1564 files changed, 510348 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/db/mork/build/moz.build b/db/mork/build/moz.build
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f77162cef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/db/mork/build/moz.build
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+# vim: set filetype=python:
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+EXPORTS += [
+    'nsIMdbFactoryFactory.h',
+    'nsMorkCID.h',
+]
+
+SOURCES += [
+    'nsMorkFactory.cpp',
+]
+
+if CONFIG['MOZ_INCOMPLETE_EXTERNAL_LINKAGE']:
+    XPCOMBinaryComponent('mork')
+    USE_LIBS += [
+        'nspr',
+        'xpcomglue_s',
+        'xul',
+    ]
+else:
+    Library('mork')
+    FINAL_LIBRARY = 'xul'
diff --git a/db/mork/build/nsIMdbFactoryFactory.h b/db/mork/build/nsIMdbFactoryFactory.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8b5294396
--- /dev/null
+++ b/db/mork/build/nsIMdbFactoryFactory.h
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsIMdbFactoryFactory_h__
+#define nsIMdbFactoryFactory_h__
+
+#include "nsISupports.h"
+#include "nsIFactory.h"
+#include "nsIComponentManager.h"
+
+class nsIMdbFactory;
+
+// 2794D0B7-E740-47a4-91C0-3E4FCB95B806
+#define NS_IMDBFACTORYFACTORY_IID          \
+{ 0x2794d0b7, 0xe740, 0x47a4, { 0x91, 0xc0, 0x3e, 0x4f, 0xcb, 0x95, 0xb8, 0x6 } }
+
+// because Mork doesn't support XPCOM, we have to wrap the mdb factory interface
+// with an interface that gives you an mdb factory.
+class nsIMdbFactoryService : public nsISupports
+{
+public:
+  NS_DECLARE_STATIC_IID_ACCESSOR(NS_IMDBFACTORYFACTORY_IID)
+  NS_IMETHOD GetMdbFactory(nsIMdbFactory **aFactory) = 0;
+};
+
+NS_DEFINE_STATIC_IID_ACCESSOR(nsIMdbFactoryService, NS_IMDBFACTORYFACTORY_IID)
+
+#endif
diff --git a/db/mork/build/nsMorkCID.h b/db/mork/build/nsMorkCID.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..79d7a6074
--- /dev/null
+++ b/db/mork/build/nsMorkCID.h
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsMorkCID_h__
+#define nsMorkCID_h__
+
+#include "nsISupports.h"
+#include "nsIFactory.h"
+#include "nsIComponentManager.h"
+
+#define NS_MORK_CONTRACTID \
+  "@mozilla.org/db/mork;1"
+
+// 36d90300-27f5-11d3-8d74-00805f8a6617
+#define NS_MORK_CID                      \
+{ 0x36d90300, 0x27f5, 0x11d3,                  \
+    { 0x8d, 0x74, 0x00, 0x80, 0x5f, 0x8a, 0x66, 0x17 } }
+
+#endif
diff --git a/db/mork/build/nsMorkFactory.cpp b/db/mork/build/nsMorkFactory.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6ca358293
--- /dev/null
+++ b/db/mork/build/nsMorkFactory.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "mozilla/ModuleUtils.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsMorkCID.h"
+#include "nsIMdbFactoryFactory.h"
+#include "mdb.h"
+
+class nsMorkFactoryService final : public nsIMdbFactoryService
+{
+public:
+  nsMorkFactoryService() {};
+  // nsISupports methods
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+
+  NS_IMETHOD GetMdbFactory(nsIMdbFactory **aFactory) override;
+
+protected:
+  ~nsMorkFactoryService() {}
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMdbFactory> mMdbFactory;
+};
+
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsMorkFactoryService)
+
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_MORK_CID);
+
+const mozilla::Module::CIDEntry kMorkCIDs[] = {
+  { &kNS_MORK_CID, false, NULL, nsMorkFactoryServiceConstructor },
+  { NULL }
+};
+
+const mozilla::Module::ContractIDEntry kMorkContracts[] = {
+  { NS_MORK_CONTRACTID, &kNS_MORK_CID },
+  { NULL }
+};
+
+static const mozilla::Module kMorkModule = {
+  mozilla::Module::kVersion,
+  kMorkCIDs,
+  kMorkContracts
+};
+
+NSMODULE_DEFN(nsMorkModule) = &kMorkModule;
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMorkFactoryService, nsIMdbFactoryService)
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMorkFactoryService::GetMdbFactory(nsIMdbFactory **aFactory)
+{
+  if (!mMdbFactory)
+    mMdbFactory = MakeMdbFactory();
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aFactory = mMdbFactory);
+  return *aFactory ? NS_OK : NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+}
diff --git a/db/mork/public/mdb.h b/db/mork/public/mdb.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..62ab1adc7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/db/mork/public/mdb.h
@@ -0,0 +1,2520 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-  */
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ *
+ * The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1999
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Contributor(s):
+ *   Blake Ross (blake@blakeross.com)
+ *
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
+ * or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ *
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+
+#ifndef _MDB_
+#define _MDB_ 1
+
+#include "nscore.h"
+#include "nsISupports.h"
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+// { %%%%% begin scalar typedefs %%%%%
+typedef unsigned char  mdb_u1;  // make sure this is one byte
+typedef unsigned short mdb_u2;  // make sure this is two bytes
+typedef short          mdb_i2;  // make sure this is two bytes
+typedef uint32_t       mdb_u4;  // make sure this is four bytes
+typedef int32_t        mdb_i4;  // make sure this is four bytes
+typedef PRWord         mdb_ip;  // make sure sizeof(mdb_ip) == sizeof(void*)
+
+typedef mdb_u1 mdb_bool;  // unsigned byte with zero=false, nonzero=true
+
+/* canonical boolean constants provided only for code clarity: */
+#define mdbBool_kTrue  ((mdb_bool) 1) /* actually any nonzero means true */
+#define mdbBool_kFalse ((mdb_bool) 0) /* only zero means false */
+
+typedef mdb_u4 mdb_id;    // unsigned object identity in a scope
+typedef mdb_id mdb_rid;          // unsigned row identity inside scope
+typedef mdb_id mdb_tid;          // unsigned table identity inside scope
+typedef mdb_u4 mdb_token; // unsigned token for atomized string
+typedef mdb_token mdb_scope;     // token used to id scope for rows
+typedef mdb_token mdb_kind;      // token used to id kind for tables
+typedef mdb_token mdb_column;    // token used to id columns for rows
+typedef mdb_token mdb_cscode;    // token used to id charset names
+typedef mdb_u4 mdb_seed;  // unsigned collection change counter
+typedef mdb_u4 mdb_count; // unsigned collection member count
+typedef mdb_u4 mdb_size;  // unsigned physical media size
+typedef mdb_u4 mdb_fill;  // unsigned logical content size
+typedef mdb_u4 mdb_more;  // more available bytes for larger buffer
+
+typedef mdb_u2 mork_uses;    // 2-byte strong uses count
+typedef mdb_u2 mork_refs;    // 2-byte actual reference count
+
+#define mdbId_kNone ((mdb_id) -1) /* never a valid Mork object ID */
+
+typedef mdb_u4 mdb_percent; // 0..100, with values >100 same as 100
+
+typedef mdb_u1 mdb_priority; // 0..9, for a total of ten different values
+
+// sequence position is signed; negative is useful to mean "before first":
+typedef mdb_i4 mdb_pos; // signed zero-based ordinal collection position
+
+#define mdbPos_kBeforeFirst ((mdb_pos) -1) /* any negative is before zero */
+
+// order is also signed, so we can use three states for comparison order:
+typedef mdb_i4 mdb_order; // neg:lessthan, zero:equalto, pos:greaterthan 
+
+typedef mdb_order (* mdbAny_Order)(const void* inA, const void* inB, 
+  const void* inClosure);
+
+// } %%%%% end scalar typedefs %%%%%
+
+// { %%%%% begin C structs %%%%%
+
+#ifndef mdbScopeStringSet_typedef
+typedef struct mdbScopeStringSet mdbScopeStringSet;
+#define mdbScopeStringSet_typedef 1
+#endif
+
+/*| mdbScopeStringSet: a set of null-terminated C strings that enumerate some
+**| names of row scopes, so that row scopes intended for use by an application
+**| can be declared by an app when trying to open or create a database file.
+**| (We use strings and not tokens because we cannot know the tokens for any
+**| particular db without having first opened the db.)  The goal is to inform
+**| a db runtime that scopes not appearing in this list can be given relatively
+**| short shrift in runtime representation, with the expectation that other
+**| scopes will not actually be used.  However, a db should still be prepared
+**| to handle accessing row scopes not in this list, rather than raising errors.
+**| But it could be quite expensive to access a row scope not on the list.
+**| Note a zero count for the string set means no such string set is being
+**| specified, and that a db should handle all row scopes efficiently. 
+**| (It does NOT mean an app plans to use no content whatsoever.)
+|*/
+#ifndef mdbScopeStringSet_struct
+#define mdbScopeStringSet_struct 1
+struct mdbScopeStringSet { // vector of scopes for use in db opening policy
+  // when mScopeStringSet_Count is zero, this means no scope constraints 
+  mdb_count     mScopeStringSet_Count;    // number of strings in vector below
+  const char**  mScopeStringSet_Strings;  // null-ended ascii scope strings
+};
+#endif /*mdbScopeStringSet_struct*/
+
+#ifndef mdbOpenPolicy_typedef
+typedef struct mdbOpenPolicy mdbOpenPolicy;
+#define mdbOpenPolicy_typedef 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef mdbOpenPolicy_struct
+#define mdbOpenPolicy_struct 1
+struct mdbOpenPolicy { // policies affecting db usage for ports and stores
+  mdbScopeStringSet  mOpenPolicy_ScopePlan; // predeclare scope usage plan
+  mdb_bool           mOpenPolicy_MaxLazy;   // nonzero: do least work
+  mdb_bool           mOpenPolicy_MinMemory; // nonzero: use least memory
+};
+#endif /*mdbOpenPolicy_struct*/
+
+#ifndef mdbTokenSet_typedef
+typedef struct mdbTokenSet mdbTokenSet;
+#define mdbTokenSet_typedef 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef mdbTokenSet_struct
+#define mdbTokenSet_struct 1
+struct mdbTokenSet { // array for a set of tokens, and actual slots used
+  mdb_count   mTokenSet_Count;   // number of token slots in the array
+  mdb_fill    mTokenSet_Fill;    // the subset of count slots actually used
+  mdb_more    mTokenSet_More;    // more tokens available for bigger array
+  mdb_token*  mTokenSet_Tokens;  // array of count mdb_token instances
+};
+#endif /*mdbTokenSet_struct*/
+
+#ifndef mdbUsagePolicy_typedef
+typedef struct mdbUsagePolicy mdbUsagePolicy;
+#define mdbUsagePolicy_typedef 1
+#endif
+
+/*| mdbUsagePolicy: another version of mdbOpenPolicy which uses tokens instead
+**| of scope strings, because usage policies can be constructed for use with a
+**| db that is already open, while an open policy must be constructed before a
+**| db has yet been opened.
+|*/
+#ifndef mdbUsagePolicy_struct
+#define mdbUsagePolicy_struct 1
+struct mdbUsagePolicy { // policies affecting db usage for ports and stores
+  mdbTokenSet  mUsagePolicy_ScopePlan; // current scope usage plan
+  mdb_bool     mUsagePolicy_MaxLazy;   // nonzero: do least work
+  mdb_bool     mUsagePolicy_MinMemory; // nonzero: use least memory
+};
+#endif /*mdbUsagePolicy_struct*/
+
+#ifndef mdbOid_typedef
+typedef struct mdbOid mdbOid;
+#define mdbOid_typedef 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef mdbOid_struct
+#define mdbOid_struct 1
+struct mdbOid { // identity of some row or table inside a database
+  mdb_scope   mOid_Scope;  // scope token for an id's namespace
+  mdb_id      mOid_Id;     // identity of object inside scope namespace
+};
+#endif /*mdbOid_struct*/
+
+#ifndef mdbRange_typedef
+typedef struct mdbRange mdbRange;
+#define mdbRange_typedef 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef mdbRange_struct
+#define mdbRange_struct 1
+struct mdbRange { // range of row positions in a table
+  mdb_pos   mRange_FirstPos;  // position of first row
+  mdb_pos   mRange_LastPos;   // position of last row
+};
+#endif /*mdbRange_struct*/
+
+#ifndef mdbColumnSet_typedef
+typedef struct mdbColumnSet mdbColumnSet;
+#define mdbColumnSet_typedef 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef mdbColumnSet_struct
+#define mdbColumnSet_struct 1
+struct mdbColumnSet { // array of column tokens (just the same as mdbTokenSet)
+  mdb_count    mColumnSet_Count;    // number of columns
+  mdb_column*  mColumnSet_Columns;  // count mdb_column instances
+};
+#endif /*mdbColumnSet_struct*/
+
+#ifndef mdbYarn_typedef
+typedef struct mdbYarn mdbYarn;
+#define mdbYarn_typedef 1
+#endif
+
+#ifdef MDB_BEGIN_C_LINKAGE_define
+#define MDB_BEGIN_C_LINKAGE_define 1
+#define MDB_BEGIN_C_LINKAGE extern "C" {
+#define MDB_END_C_LINKAGE }
+#endif /*MDB_BEGIN_C_LINKAGE_define*/
+
+/*| mdbYarn_mGrow: an abstract API for growing the size of a mdbYarn
+**| instance.  With respect to a specific API that requires a caller
+**| to supply a string (mdbYarn) that a callee fills with content
+**| that might exceed the specified size, mdbYarn_mGrow is a caller-
+**| supplied means of letting a callee attempt to increase the string
+**| size to become large enough to receive all content available.
+**|
+**|| Grow(): a method for requesting that a yarn instance be made
+**| larger in size.  Note that such requests need not be honored, and
+**| need not be honored in full if only partial size growth is desired.
+**| (Note that no nsIMdbEnv instance is passed as argument, although one
+**| might be needed in some circumstances.  So if an nsIMdbEnv is needed,
+**| a reference to one might be held inside a mdbYarn member slot.)
+**|
+**|| self: a yarn instance to be grown.  Presumably this yarn is
+**| the instance which holds the mYarn_Grow method pointer.  Yarn
+**| instancesshould only be passed to grow methods which they were
+**| specifically designed to fit, as indicated by the mYarn_Grow slot.
+**|
+**|| inNewSize: the new desired value for slot mYarn_Size in self.
+**| If mYarn_Size is already this big, then nothing should be done.
+**| If inNewSize is larger than seems feasible or desirable to honor,
+**| then any size restriction policy can be used to grow to some size
+**| greater than mYarn_Size.  (Grow() might even grow to a size
+**| greater than inNewSize in order to make the increase in size seem
+**| worthwhile, rather than growing in many smaller steps over time.)
+|*/
+typedef void (* mdbYarn_mGrow)(mdbYarn* self, mdb_size inNewSize);
+// mdbYarn_mGrow methods must be declared with C linkage in C++
+
+/*| mdbYarn: a variable length "string" of arbitrary binary bytes,
+**| whose length is mYarn_Fill, inside a buffer mYarn_Buf that has
+**| at most mYarn_Size byte of physical space.
+**|
+**|| mYarn_Buf: a pointer to space containing content.  This slot
+**| might never be nil when mYarn_Size is nonzero, but checks for nil
+**| are recommended anyway.
+**| (Implementations of mdbYarn_mGrow methods should take care to
+**| ensure the existence of a replacement before dropping old Bufs.)
+**| Content in Buf can be anything in any format, but the mYarn_Form
+**| implies the actual format by some caller-to-callee convention.
+**| mYarn_Form==0 implies US-ASCII iso-8859-1 Latin1 string content.
+**|
+**|| mYarn_Size: the physical size of Buf in bytes.  Note that if one
+**| intends to terminate a string with a null byte, that it must not
+**| be written at or after mYarn_Buf[mYarn_Size] because this is after
+**| the last byte in the physical buffer space.  Size can be zero,
+**| which means the string has no content whatsoever; note that when
+**| Size is zero, this is a suitable reason for Buf==nil as well.
+**|
+**|| mYarn_Fill: the logical content in Buf in bytes, where Fill must
+**| never exceed mYarn_Size.  Note that yarn strings might not have a
+**| terminating null byte (since they might not even be C strings), but
+**| when they do, such terminating nulls are considered part of content
+**| and therefore Fill will count such null bytes.  So an "empty" C
+**| string will have Fill==1, because content includes one null byte.
+**| Fill does not mean "length" when applied to C strings for this
+**| reason.  However, clients using yarns to hold C strings can infer
+**| that length is equal to Fill-1 (but should take care to handle the
+**| case where Fill==0).  To be paranoid, one can always copy to a
+**| destination with size exceeding Fill, and place a redundant null
+**| byte in the Fill position when this simplifies matters.
+**|
+**|| mYarn_Form: a designation of content format within mYarn_Buf.
+**| The semantics of this slot are the least well defined, since the
+**| actual meaning is context dependent, to the extent that callers
+**| and callees must agree on format encoding conventions when such
+**| are not standardized in many computing contexts.  However, in the
+**| context of a specific mdb database, mYarn_Form is a token for an
+**| atomized string in that database that typically names a preferred
+**| mime type charset designation.  If and when mdbYarn is used for
+**| other purposes away from the mdb interface, folks can use another
+**| convention system for encoding content formats.  However, in all
+**| contexts is it useful to maintain the convention that Form==0
+**| implies Buf contains US-ASCII iso-8859-1 Latin1 string content.
+**|
+**|| mYarn_Grow: either a mdbYarn_mGrow method, or else nil.  When
+**| a mdbYarn_mGrow method is provided, this method can be used to
+**| request a yarn buf size increase.  A caller who constructs the 
+**| original mdbYarn instance decides whether a grow method is necessary
+**| or desirable, and uses only grow methods suitable for the buffering
+**| nature of a specific mdbYarn instance.  (For example, Buf might be a
+**| staticly allocated string space which switches to something heap-based
+**| when grown, and subsequent calls to grow the yarn must distinguish the
+**| original static string from heap allocated space, etc.) Note that the
+**| method stored in mYarn_Grow can change, and this might be a common way
+**| to track memory managent changes in policy for mYarn_Buf.
+|*/
+#ifndef mdbYarn_struct
+#define mdbYarn_struct 1
+struct mdbYarn { // buffer with caller space allocation semantics
+  void*         mYarn_Buf;   // space for holding any binary content
+  mdb_fill      mYarn_Fill;  // logical content in Buf in bytes
+  mdb_size      mYarn_Size;  // physical size of Buf in bytes
+  mdb_more      mYarn_More;  // more available bytes if Buf is bigger
+  mdb_cscode    mYarn_Form;  // charset format encoding
+  mdbYarn_mGrow mYarn_Grow;  // optional method to grow mYarn_Buf
+  
+  // Subclasses might add further slots after mYarn_Grow in order to
+  // maintain bookkeeping needs, such as state info about mYarn_Buf.
+};
+#endif /*mdbYarn_struct*/
+
+// } %%%%% end C structs %%%%%
+
+// { %%%%% begin class forward defines %%%%%
+class nsIMdbEnv;
+class nsIMdbObject;
+class nsIMdbErrorHook;
+class nsIMdbThumb;
+class nsIMdbFactory;
+class nsIMdbFile;
+class nsIMdbPort;
+class nsIMdbStore;
+class nsIMdbCursor;
+class nsIMdbPortTableCursor;
+class nsIMdbCollection;
+class nsIMdbTable;
+class nsIMdbTableRowCursor;
+class nsIMdbRow;
+class nsIMdbRowCellCursor;
+class nsIMdbBlob;
+class nsIMdbCell;
+class nsIMdbSorting;
+// } %%%%% end class forward defines %%%%%
+
+
+// { %%%%% begin C++ abstract class interfaces %%%%%
+
+/*| nsIMdbObject: base class for all message db class interfaces
+**|
+**|| factory: all nsIMdbObjects from the same code suite have the same factory
+**|
+**|| refcounting: both strong and weak references, to ensure strong refs are
+**| acyclic, while weak refs can cause cycles.  CloseMdbObject() is
+**| called when (strong) use counts hit zero, but clients can call this close
+**| method early for some reason, if absolutely necessary even though it will
+**| thwart the other uses of the same object.  Note that implementations must
+**| cope with close methods being called arbitrary numbers of times.  The COM
+**| calls to AddRef() and release ref map directly to strong use ref calls,
+**| but the total ref count for COM objects is the sum of weak & strong refs.
+|*/
+
+#define NS_IMDBOBJECT_IID_STR "5533ea4b-14c3-4bef-ac60-22f9e9a49084"
+
+#define NS_IMDBOBJECT_IID \
+{0x5533ea4b, 0x14c3, 0x4bef, \
+{ 0xac, 0x60, 0x22, 0xf9, 0xe9, 0xa4, 0x90, 0x84}}
+
+class nsIMdbObject : public nsISupports { // msg db base class
+public:
+
+  NS_DECLARE_STATIC_IID_ACCESSOR(NS_IMDBOBJECT_IID)
+// { ===== begin nsIMdbObject methods =====
+
+  // { ----- begin attribute methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD IsFrozenMdbObject(nsIMdbEnv* ev, mdb_bool* outIsReadonly) = 0;
+  // same as nsIMdbPort::GetIsPortReadonly() when this object is inside a port.
+  // } ----- end attribute methods -----
+
+  // { ----- begin factory methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD GetMdbFactory(nsIMdbEnv* ev, nsIMdbFactory** acqFactory) = 0; 
+  // } ----- end factory methods -----
+
+  // { ----- begin ref counting for well-behaved cyclic graphs -----
+  NS_IMETHOD GetWeakRefCount(nsIMdbEnv* ev, // weak refs
+    mdb_count* outCount) = 0;  
+  NS_IMETHOD GetStrongRefCount(nsIMdbEnv* ev, // strong refs
+    mdb_count* outCount) = 0;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD AddWeakRef(nsIMdbEnv* ev) = 0;
+  NS_IMETHOD_(mork_uses) AddStrongRef(nsIMdbEnv* ev) = 0;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD CutWeakRef(nsIMdbEnv* ev) = 0;
+  NS_IMETHOD CutStrongRef(nsIMdbEnv* ev) = 0;
+  
+  NS_IMETHOD CloseMdbObject(nsIMdbEnv* ev) = 0; // called at strong refs zero
+  NS_IMETHOD IsOpenMdbObject(nsIMdbEnv* ev, mdb_bool* outOpen) = 0;
+  // } ----- end ref counting -----
+  
+// } ===== end nsIMdbObject methods =====
+};
+
+NS_DEFINE_STATIC_IID_ACCESSOR(nsIMdbObject, NS_IMDBOBJECT_IID)
+
+/*| nsIMdbErrorHook: a base class for clients of this API to subclass, in order
+**| to provide a callback installable in nsIMdbEnv for error notifications. If
+**| apps that subclass nsIMdbErrorHook wish to maintain a reference to the env
+**| that contains the hook, then this should be a weak ref to avoid cycles.
+**|
+**|| OnError: when nsIMdbEnv has an error condition that causes the total count
+**| of errors to increase, then nsIMdbEnv should call OnError() to report the
+**| error in some fashion when an instance of nsIMdbErrorHook is installed.  The
+**| variety of string flavors is currently due to the uncertainty here in the
+**| nsIMdbBlob and nsIMdbCell interfaces.  (Note that overloading by using the
+**| same method name is not necessary here, and potentially less clear.)
+|*/
+class nsIMdbErrorHook : public nsISupports{ // env callback handler to report errors
+public:
+
+// { ===== begin error methods =====
+  NS_IMETHOD OnErrorString(nsIMdbEnv* ev, const char* inAscii) = 0;
+  NS_IMETHOD OnErrorYarn(nsIMdbEnv* ev, const mdbYarn* inYarn) = 0;
+// } ===== end error methods =====
+
+// { ===== begin warning methods =====
+  NS_IMETHOD OnWarningString(nsIMdbEnv* ev, const char* inAscii) = 0;
+  NS_IMETHOD OnWarningYarn(nsIMdbEnv* ev, const mdbYarn* inYarn) = 0;
+// } ===== end warning methods =====
+
+// { ===== begin abort hint methods =====
+  NS_IMETHOD OnAbortHintString(nsIMdbEnv* ev, const char* inAscii) = 0;
+  NS_IMETHOD OnAbortHintYarn(nsIMdbEnv* ev, const mdbYarn* inYarn) = 0;
+// } ===== end abort hint methods =====
+};
+
+/*| nsIMdbHeap: abstract memory allocation interface. 
+**|
+**|| Alloc: return a block at least inSize bytes in size with alignment
+**| suitable for any native type (such as long integers).  When no such
+**| block can be allocated, failure is indicated by a null address in
+**| addition to reporting an error in the environment.
+**|
+**|| Free: deallocate a block allocated or resized earlier by the same
+**| heap instance.  If the inBlock parameter is nil, the heap should do
+**| nothing (and crashing is strongly discouraged).
+|*/
+class nsIMdbHeap { // caller-supplied memory management interface
+public:
+// { ===== begin nsIMdbHeap methods =====
+  NS_IMETHOD Alloc(nsIMdbEnv* ev, // allocate a piece of memory
+    mdb_size inSize,        // requested byte size of new memory block 
+    void** outBlock) = 0;   // memory block of inSize bytes, or nil
+    
+  NS_IMETHOD Free(nsIMdbEnv* ev, // free block from Alloc or Resize()
+    void* ioBlock) = 0;     // block to be destroyed/deallocated
+
+  virtual size_t GetUsedSize() = 0;
+
+  virtual ~nsIMdbHeap() {};
+// } ===== end nsIMdbHeap methods =====
+};
+
+/*| nsIMdbCPlusHeap: Alloc() with global ::new(), Free() with global ::delete(). 
+**| Resize() is done by ::new() followed by ::delete().
+|*/
+class nsIMdbCPlusHeap { // caller-supplied memory management interface
+public:
+// { ===== begin nsIMdbHeap methods =====
+  NS_IMETHOD Alloc(nsIMdbEnv* ev, // allocate a piece of memory
+    mdb_size inSize,   // requested size of new memory block 
+    void** outBlock);  // memory block of inSize bytes, or nil
+    
+  NS_IMETHOD Free(nsIMdbEnv* ev, // free block allocated earlier by Alloc()
+    void* inBlock);
+    
+  NS_IMETHOD HeapAddStrongRef(nsIMdbEnv* ev);
+  NS_IMETHOD HeapCutStrongRef(nsIMdbEnv* ev);
+// } ===== end nsIMdbHeap methods =====
+};
+
+/*| nsIMdbThumb: 
+|*/
+
+
+#define NS_IMDBTHUMB_IID_STR "6d3ad7c1-a809-4e74-8577-49fa9a4562fa"
+
+#define NS_IMDBTHUMB_IID \
+{0x6d3ad7c1, 0xa809, 0x4e74, \
+{ 0x85, 0x77, 0x49, 0xfa, 0x9a, 0x45, 0x62, 0xfa}}
+
+
+class nsIMdbThumb : public nsISupports { // closure for repeating incremental method
+public:
+  NS_DECLARE_STATIC_IID_ACCESSOR(NS_IMDBTHUMB_IID)
+
+// { ===== begin nsIMdbThumb methods =====
+  NS_IMETHOD GetProgress(nsIMdbEnv* ev,
+    mdb_count* outTotal,    // total somethings to do in operation
+    mdb_count* outCurrent,  // subportion of total completed so far
+    mdb_bool* outDone,      // is operation finished?
+    mdb_bool* outBroken     // is operation irreparably dead and broken?
+  ) = 0;
+  
+  NS_IMETHOD DoMore(nsIMdbEnv* ev,
+    mdb_count* outTotal,    // total somethings to do in operation
+    mdb_count* outCurrent,  // subportion of total completed so far
+    mdb_bool* outDone,      // is operation finished?
+    mdb_bool* outBroken     // is operation irreparably dead and broken?
+  ) = 0;
+  
+  NS_IMETHOD CancelAndBreakThumb( // cancel pending operation
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev) = 0;
+// } ===== end nsIMdbThumb methods =====
+};
+
+NS_DEFINE_STATIC_IID_ACCESSOR(nsIMdbThumb, NS_IMDBTHUMB_IID)
+
+/*| nsIMdbEnv: a context parameter used when calling most abstract db methods.
+**| The main purpose of such an object is to permit a database implementation
+**| to avoid the use of globals to share information between various parts of
+**| the implementation behind the abstract db interface.  An environment acts
+**| like a session object for a given calling thread, and callers should use
+**| at least one different nsIMdbEnv instance for each thread calling the API.
+**| While the database implementation might not be threaded, it is highly
+**| desirable that the db be thread-safe if calling threads use distinct
+**| instances of nsIMdbEnv.  Callers can stop at one nsIMdbEnv per thread, or they
+**| might decide to make on nsIMdbEnv instance for every nsIMdbPort opened, so that
+**| error information is segregated by database instance.  Callers create
+**| instances of nsIMdbEnv by calling the MakeEnv() method in nsIMdbFactory. 
+**|
+**|| tracing: an environment might support some kind of tracing, and this
+**| boolean attribute permits such activity to be enabled or disabled.
+**|
+**|| errors: when a call to the abstract db interface returns, a caller might
+**| check the number of outstanding errors to see whether the operation did
+**| actually succeed. Each nsIMdbEnv should have all its errors cleared by a
+**| call to ClearErrors() before making each call to the abstract db API,
+**| because outstanding errors might disable further database actions.  (This
+**| is not done inside the db interface, because the db cannot in general know
+**| when a call originates from inside or outside -- only the app knows this.)
+**|
+**|| error hook: callers can install an instance of nsIMdbErrorHook to receive
+**| error notifications whenever the error count increases.  The hook can
+**| be uninstalled by passing a null pointer.
+**|
+|*/
+
+#define NS_IMDBENV_IID_STR "a765e46b-efb6-41e6-b75b-c5d6bd710594"
+
+#define NS_IMDBENV_IID \
+{0xa765e46b, 0xefb6, 0x41e6, \
+{ 0xb7, 0x5b, 0xc5, 0xd6, 0xbd, 0x71, 0x05, 0x94}}
+
+class nsIMdbEnv : public nsISupports { // db specific context parameter
+public:
+
+  NS_DECLARE_STATIC_IID_ACCESSOR(NS_IMDBENV_IID)
+// { ===== begin nsIMdbEnv methods =====
+
+  // { ----- begin attribute methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD GetErrorCount(mdb_count* outCount,
+    mdb_bool* outShouldAbort) = 0;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetWarningCount(mdb_count* outCount,
+    mdb_bool* outShouldAbort) = 0;
+  
+  NS_IMETHOD GetEnvBeVerbose(mdb_bool* outBeVerbose) = 0;
+  NS_IMETHOD SetEnvBeVerbose(mdb_bool inBeVerbose) = 0;
+  
+  NS_IMETHOD GetDoTrace(mdb_bool* outDoTrace) = 0;
+  NS_IMETHOD SetDoTrace(mdb_bool inDoTrace) = 0;
+  
+  NS_IMETHOD GetAutoClear(mdb_bool* outAutoClear) = 0;
+  NS_IMETHOD SetAutoClear(mdb_bool inAutoClear) = 0;
+  
+  NS_IMETHOD GetErrorHook(nsIMdbErrorHook** acqErrorHook) = 0;
+  NS_IMETHOD SetErrorHook(
+    nsIMdbErrorHook* ioErrorHook) = 0; // becomes referenced
+  
+  NS_IMETHOD GetHeap(nsIMdbHeap** acqHeap) = 0;
+  NS_IMETHOD SetHeap(
+    nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap) = 0; // becomes referenced
+  // } ----- end attribute methods -----
+  
+  NS_IMETHOD ClearErrors() = 0; // clear errors beore re-entering db API
+  NS_IMETHOD ClearWarnings() = 0; // clear warnings
+  NS_IMETHOD ClearErrorsAndWarnings() = 0; // clear both errors & warnings
+// } ===== end nsIMdbEnv methods =====
+};
+
+NS_DEFINE_STATIC_IID_ACCESSOR(nsIMdbEnv, NS_IMDBENV_IID)
+
+/*| nsIMdbFactory: the main entry points to the abstract db interface.  A DLL
+**| that supports this mdb interface need only have a single exported method
+**| that will return an instance of nsIMdbFactory, so that further methods in
+**| the suite can be accessed from objects returned by nsIMdbFactory methods.
+**|
+**|| mdbYarn: note all nsIMdbFactory subclasses must guarantee null
+**| termination of all strings written into mdbYarn instances, as long as
+**| mYarn_Size and mYarn_Buf are nonzero.  Even truncated string values must
+**| be null terminated.  This is more strict behavior than mdbYarn requires,
+**| but it is part of the nsIMdbFactory interface.
+**|
+**|| envs: an environment instance is required as per-thread context for
+**| most of the db method calls, so nsIMdbFactory creates such instances.
+**|
+**|| rows: callers must be able to create row instances that are independent
+**| of storage space that is part of the db content graph.  Many interfaces
+**| for data exchange have strictly copy semantics, so that a row instance
+**| has no specific identity inside the db content model, and the text in
+**| cells are an independenty copy of unexposed content inside the db model.
+**| Callers are expected to maintain one or more row instances as a buffer
+**| for staging cell content copied into or out of a table inside the db.
+**| Callers are urged to use an instance of nsIMdbRow created by the nsIMdbFactory
+**| code suite, because reading and writing might be much more efficient than
+**| when using a hand-rolled nsIMdbRow subclass with no relation to the suite.
+**|
+**|| ports: a port is a readonly interface to a specific database file. Most
+**| of the methods to access a db file are suitable for a readonly interface,
+**| so a port is the basic minimum for accessing content.  This makes it
+**| possible to read other external formats for import purposes, without
+**| needing the code or competence necessary to write every such format.  So
+**| we can write generic import code just once, as long as every format can
+**| show a face based on nsIMdbPort. (However, same suite import can be faster.)
+**| Given a file name and the first 512 bytes of a file, a factory can say if
+**| a port can be opened by this factory.  Presumably an app maintains chains
+**| of factories for different suites, and asks each in turn about opening a
+**| a prospective file for reading (as a port) or writing (as a store).  I'm
+**| not ready to tackle issues of format fidelity and factory chain ordering.
+**|
+**|| stores: a store is a mutable interface to a specific database file, and
+**| includes the port interface plus any methods particular to writing, which
+**| are few in number.  Presumably the set of files that can be opened as
+**| stores is a subset of the set of files that can be opened as ports.  A
+**| new store can be created with CreateNewFileStore() by supplying a new
+**| file name which does not yet exist (callers are always responsible for
+**| destroying any existing files before calling this method). 
+|*/
+
+#define NS_IMDBFACTORY_IID_STR "2b80395c-b91e-4990-b1a7-023e99ab14e9"
+
+#define NS_IMDBFACTORY_IID \
+{0xf04aa4ab, 0x1fe, 0x4115, \
+{ 0xa4, 0xa5, 0x68, 0x19, 0xdf, 0xf1, 0x10, 0x3d}}
+
+
+class nsIMdbFactory : public nsISupports { // suite entry points
+public:
+
+  NS_DECLARE_STATIC_IID_ACCESSOR(NS_IMDBFACTORY_IID)
+// { ===== begin nsIMdbFactory methods =====
+
+  // { ----- begin file methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD OpenOldFile(nsIMdbEnv* ev, nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap,
+    const char* inFilePath,
+    mdb_bool inFrozen, nsIMdbFile** acqFile) = 0;
+  // Choose some subclass of nsIMdbFile to instantiate, in order to read
+  // (and write if not frozen) the file known by inFilePath.  The file
+  // returned should be open and ready for use, and presumably positioned
+  // at the first byte position of the file.  The exact manner in which
+  // files must be opened is considered a subclass specific detail, and
+  // other portions or Mork source code don't want to know how it's done.
+
+  NS_IMETHOD CreateNewFile(nsIMdbEnv* ev, nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap,
+    const char* inFilePath,
+    nsIMdbFile** acqFile) = 0;
+  // Choose some subclass of nsIMdbFile to instantiate, in order to read
+  // (and write if not frozen) the file known by inFilePath.  The file
+  // returned should be created and ready for use, and presumably positioned
+  // at the first byte position of the file.  The exact manner in which
+  // files must be opened is considered a subclass specific detail, and
+  // other portions or Mork source code don't want to know how it's done.
+  // } ----- end file methods -----
+
+  // { ----- begin env methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD MakeEnv(nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap, nsIMdbEnv** acqEnv) = 0; // acquire new env
+  // ioHeap can be nil, causing a MakeHeap() style heap instance to be used
+  // } ----- end env methods -----
+
+  // { ----- begin heap methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD MakeHeap(nsIMdbEnv* ev, nsIMdbHeap** acqHeap) = 0; // acquire new heap
+  // } ----- end heap methods -----
+
+  // { ----- begin row methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD MakeRow(nsIMdbEnv* ev, nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap, nsIMdbRow** acqRow) = 0; // new row
+  // ioHeap can be nil, causing the heap associated with ev to be used
+  // } ----- end row methods -----
+  
+  // { ----- begin port methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD CanOpenFilePort(
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    // const char* inFilePath, // the file to investigate
+    // const mdbYarn* inFirst512Bytes,
+    nsIMdbFile* ioFile, // db abstract file interface
+    mdb_bool* outCanOpen, // whether OpenFilePort() might succeed
+    mdbYarn* outFormatVersion) = 0; // informal file format description
+    
+  NS_IMETHOD OpenFilePort(
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap, // can be nil to cause ev's heap attribute to be used
+    // const char* inFilePath, // the file to open for readonly import
+    nsIMdbFile* ioFile, // db abstract file interface
+    const mdbOpenPolicy* inOpenPolicy, // runtime policies for using db
+    nsIMdbThumb** acqThumb) = 0; // acquire thumb for incremental port open
+  // Call nsIMdbThumb::DoMore() until done, or until the thumb is broken, and
+  // then call nsIMdbFactory::ThumbToOpenPort() to get the port instance.
+
+  NS_IMETHOD ThumbToOpenPort( // redeeming a completed thumb from OpenFilePort()
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    nsIMdbThumb* ioThumb, // thumb from OpenFilePort() with done status
+    nsIMdbPort** acqPort) = 0; // acquire new port object
+  // } ----- end port methods -----
+  
+  // { ----- begin store methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD CanOpenFileStore(
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    // const char* inFilePath, // the file to investigate
+    // const mdbYarn* inFirst512Bytes,
+    nsIMdbFile* ioFile, // db abstract file interface
+    mdb_bool* outCanOpenAsStore, // whether OpenFileStore() might succeed
+    mdb_bool* outCanOpenAsPort, // whether OpenFilePort() might succeed
+    mdbYarn* outFormatVersion) = 0; // informal file format description
+    
+  NS_IMETHOD OpenFileStore( // open an existing database
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap, // can be nil to cause ev's heap attribute to be used
+    // const char* inFilePath, // the file to open for general db usage
+    nsIMdbFile* ioFile, // db abstract file interface
+    const mdbOpenPolicy* inOpenPolicy, // runtime policies for using db
+    nsIMdbThumb** acqThumb) = 0; // acquire thumb for incremental store open
+  // Call nsIMdbThumb::DoMore() until done, or until the thumb is broken, and
+  // then call nsIMdbFactory::ThumbToOpenStore() to get the store instance.
+    
+  NS_IMETHOD
+  ThumbToOpenStore( // redeem completed thumb from OpenFileStore()
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    nsIMdbThumb* ioThumb, // thumb from OpenFileStore() with done status
+    nsIMdbStore** acqStore) = 0; // acquire new db store object
+  
+  NS_IMETHOD CreateNewFileStore( // create a new db with minimal content
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap, // can be nil to cause ev's heap attribute to be used
+    // const char* inFilePath, // name of file which should not yet exist
+    nsIMdbFile* ioFile, // db abstract file interface
+    const mdbOpenPolicy* inOpenPolicy, // runtime policies for using db
+    nsIMdbStore** acqStore) = 0; // acquire new db store object
+  // } ----- end store methods -----
+
+// } ===== end nsIMdbFactory methods =====
+};
+
+NS_DEFINE_STATIC_IID_ACCESSOR(nsIMdbFactory, NS_IMDBFACTORY_IID)
+
+extern "C" nsIMdbFactory* MakeMdbFactory(); 
+
+/*| nsIMdbFile: abstract file interface resembling the original morkFile
+**| abstract interface (which was in turn modeled on the file interface
+**| from public domain IronDoc).  The design of this file interface is
+**| complicated by the fact that some DB's will not find this interface
+**| adequate for all runtime requirements (even though this file API is
+**| enough to implement text-based DB's like Mork).  For this reason,
+**| more methods have been added to let a DB library force the file to
+**| become closed so the DB can reopen the file in some other manner.
+**| Folks are encouraged to suggest ways to tune this interface to suit
+**| DB's that cannot manage to pull their maneuvers even given this API.
+**|
+**|| Tell: get the current i/o position in file
+**|
+**|| Seek: change the current i/o position in file
+**|
+**|| Eof: return file's total length in bytes
+**|
+**|| Read: input inSize bytes into outBuf, returning actual transfer size
+**|
+**|| Get: read starting at specific file offset (e.g. Seek(); Read();)
+**|
+**|| Write: output inSize bytes from inBuf, returning actual transfer size
+**|
+**|| Put: write starting at specific file offset (e.g. Seek(); Write();)
+**|
+**|| Flush: if written bytes are buffered, push them to final destination
+**|
+**|| Path: get file path in some string representation.  This is intended
+**| either to support the display of file name in a user presentation, or
+**| to support the closing and reopening of the file when the DB needs more
+**| exotic file access than is presented by the nsIMdbFile interface.
+**|
+**|| Steal: tell this file to close any associated i/o stream in the file
+**| system, because the file ioThief intends to reopen the file in order
+**| to provide the MDB implementation with more exotic file access than is
+**| offered by the nsIMdbFile alone.  Presumably the thief knows enough
+**| from Path() in order to know which file to reopen.  If Steal() is
+**| successful, this file should probably delegate all future calls to
+**| the nsIMdbFile interface down to the thief files, so that even after
+**| the file has been stolen, it can still be read, written, or forcibly
+**| closed (by a call to CloseMdbObject()).
+**|
+**|| Thief: acquire and return thief passed to an earlier call to Steal().
+|*/
+
+#define NS_IMDBFILE_IID_STR "f04aa4ab-1fe7-4115-a4a5-6819dff1103d"
+
+#define NS_IMDBFILE_IID \
+{0xf04aa4ab, 0x1fe, 0x4115, \
+{ 0xa4, 0xa5, 0x68, 0x19, 0xdf, 0xf1, 0x10, 0x3d}}
+
+class nsIMdbFile : public nsISupports { // minimal file interface
+public:
+
+  NS_DECLARE_STATIC_IID_ACCESSOR(NS_IMDBFILE_IID)
+// { ===== begin nsIMdbFile methods =====
+
+  // { ----- begin pos methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD Tell(nsIMdbEnv* ev, mdb_pos* outPos) const = 0;
+  NS_IMETHOD Seek(nsIMdbEnv* ev, mdb_pos inPos, mdb_pos *outPos) = 0;
+  NS_IMETHOD Eof(nsIMdbEnv* ev, mdb_pos* outPos) = 0;
+  // } ----- end pos methods -----
+
+  // { ----- begin read methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD Read(nsIMdbEnv* ev, void* outBuf, mdb_size inSize,
+    mdb_size* outActualSize) = 0;
+  NS_IMETHOD Get(nsIMdbEnv* ev, void* outBuf, mdb_size inSize,
+    mdb_pos inPos, mdb_size* outActualSize) = 0;
+  // } ----- end read methods -----
+    
+  // { ----- begin write methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD  Write(nsIMdbEnv* ev, const void* inBuf, mdb_size inSize,
+    mdb_size* outActualSize) = 0;
+  NS_IMETHOD  Put(nsIMdbEnv* ev, const void* inBuf, mdb_size inSize,
+    mdb_pos inPos, mdb_size* outActualSize) = 0;
+  NS_IMETHOD  Flush(nsIMdbEnv* ev) = 0;
+  // } ----- end attribute methods -----
+    
+  // { ----- begin path methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD  Path(nsIMdbEnv* ev, mdbYarn* outFilePath) = 0;
+  // } ----- end path methods -----
+    
+  // { ----- begin replacement methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD  Steal(nsIMdbEnv* ev, nsIMdbFile* ioThief) = 0;
+  NS_IMETHOD  Thief(nsIMdbEnv* ev, nsIMdbFile** acqThief) = 0;
+  // } ----- end replacement methods -----
+
+  // { ----- begin versioning methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD BecomeTrunk(nsIMdbEnv* ev) = 0;
+  // If this file is a file version branch created by calling AcquireBud(),
+  // BecomeTrunk() causes this file's content to replace the original
+  // file's content, typically by assuming the original file's identity.
+  // This default implementation of BecomeTrunk() does nothing, and this
+  // is appropriate behavior for files which are not branches, and is
+  // also the right behavior for files returned from AcquireBud() which are
+  // in fact the original file that has been truncated down to zero length.
+
+  NS_IMETHOD AcquireBud(nsIMdbEnv* ev, nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap,
+    nsIMdbFile** acqBud) = 0; // acquired file for new version of content
+  // AcquireBud() starts a new "branch" version of the file, empty of content,
+  // so that a new version of the file can be written.  This new file
+  // can later be told to BecomeTrunk() the original file, so the branch
+  // created by budding the file will replace the original file.  Some
+  // file subclasses might initially take the unsafe but expedient
+  // approach of simply truncating this file down to zero length, and
+  // then returning the same morkFile pointer as this, with an extra
+  // reference count increment.  Note that the caller of AcquireBud() is
+  // expected to eventually call CutStrongRef() on the returned file
+  // in order to release the strong reference.  High quality versions
+  // of morkFile subclasses will create entirely new files which later
+  // are renamed to become the old file, so that better transactional
+  // behavior is exhibited by the file, so crashes protect old files.
+  // Note that AcquireBud() is an illegal operation on readonly files.
+  // } ----- end versioning methods -----
+
+// } ===== end nsIMdbFile methods =====
+};
+
+NS_DEFINE_STATIC_IID_ACCESSOR(nsIMdbFile, NS_IMDBFILE_IID)
+
+/*| nsIMdbPort: a readonly interface to a specific database file. The mutable
+**| nsIMdbStore interface is a subclass that includes writing behavior, but
+**| most of the needed db methods appear in the readonly nsIMdbPort interface.
+**|
+**|| mdbYarn: note all nsIMdbPort and nsIMdbStore subclasses must guarantee null
+**| termination of all strings written into mdbYarn instances, as long as
+**| mYarn_Size and mYarn_Buf are nonzero.  Even truncated string values must
+**| be null terminated.  This is more strict behavior than mdbYarn requires,
+**| but it is part of the nsIMdbPort and nsIMdbStore interface.
+**|
+**|| attributes: methods are provided to distinguish a readonly port from a
+**| mutable store, and whether a mutable store actually has any dirty content.
+**|
+**|| filepath: the file path used to open the port from the nsIMdbFactory can be
+**| queried and discovered by GetPortFilePath(), which includes format info.
+**|
+**|| export: a port can write itself in other formats, with perhaps a typical
+**| emphasis on text interchange formats used by other systems.  A port can be
+**| queried to determine its preferred export interchange format, and a port
+**| can be queried to see whether a specific export format is supported.  And
+**| actually exporting a port requires a new destination file name and format.
+**|
+**|| tokens: a port supports queries about atomized strings to map tokens to
+**| strings or strings to token integers.  (All atomized strings must be in
+**| US-ASCII iso-8859-1 Latin1 charset encoding.)  When a port is actually a
+**| mutable store and a string has not yet been atomized, then StringToToken()
+**| will actually do so and modify the store.  The QueryToken() method will not
+**| atomize a string if it has not already been atomized yet, even in stores.
+**|
+**|| tables: other than string tokens, all port content is presented through
+**| tables, which are ordered collections of rows.  Tables are identified by
+**| row scope and table kind, which might or might not be unique in a port,
+**| depending on app convention.  When tables are effectively unique, then
+**| queries for specific scope and kind pairs will find those tables.  To see
+**| all tables that match specific row scope and table kind patterns, even in
+**| the presence of duplicates, every port supports a GetPortTableCursor()
+**| method that returns an iterator over all matching tables.  Table kind is
+**| considered scoped inside row scope, so passing a zero for table kind will
+**| find all table kinds for some nonzero row scope.  Passing a zero for row
+**| scope will iterate over all tables in the port, in some undefined order.
+**| (A new table can be added to a port using nsIMdbStore::NewTable(), even when
+**| the requested scope and kind combination is already used by other tables.)
+**|
+**|| memory: callers can request that a database use less memory footprint in
+**| several flavors, from an inconsequential idle flavor to a rather drastic
+**| panic flavor. Callers might perform an idle purge very frequently if desired
+**| with very little cost, since only normally scheduled memory management will
+**| be conducted, such as freeing resources for objects scheduled to be dropped.
+**| Callers should perform session memory purges infrequently because they might
+**| involve costly scanning of data structures to removed cached content, and
+**| session purges are recommended only when a caller experiences memory crunch.
+**| Callers should only rarely perform a panic purge, in response to dire memory
+**| straits, since this is likely to make db operations much more expensive
+**| than they would be otherwise.  A panic purge asks a database to free as much
+**| memory as possible while staying effective and operational, because a caller
+**| thinks application failure might otherwise occur.  (Apps might better close
+**| an open db, so panic purges only make sense when a db is urgently needed.)
+|*/
+class nsIMdbPort : public nsISupports {
+public:
+
+// { ===== begin nsIMdbPort methods =====
+
+  // { ----- begin attribute methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD GetIsPortReadonly(nsIMdbEnv* ev, mdb_bool* outBool) = 0;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetIsStore(nsIMdbEnv* ev, mdb_bool* outBool) = 0;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetIsStoreAndDirty(nsIMdbEnv* ev, mdb_bool* outBool) = 0;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD GetUsagePolicy(nsIMdbEnv* ev, 
+    mdbUsagePolicy* ioUsagePolicy) = 0;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD SetUsagePolicy(nsIMdbEnv* ev, 
+    const mdbUsagePolicy* inUsagePolicy) = 0;
+  // } ----- end attribute methods -----
+
+  // { ----- begin memory policy methods -----  
+  NS_IMETHOD IdleMemoryPurge( // do memory management already scheduled
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    mdb_size* outEstimatedBytesFreed) = 0; // approximate bytes actually freed
+
+  NS_IMETHOD SessionMemoryPurge( // request specific footprint decrease
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    mdb_size inDesiredBytesFreed, // approximate number of bytes wanted
+    mdb_size* outEstimatedBytesFreed) = 0; // approximate bytes actually freed
+
+  NS_IMETHOD PanicMemoryPurge( // desperately free all possible memory
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    mdb_size* outEstimatedBytesFreed) = 0; // approximate bytes actually freed
+  // } ----- end memory policy methods -----
+
+  // { ----- begin filepath methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD GetPortFilePath(
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    mdbYarn* outFilePath, // name of file holding port content
+    mdbYarn* outFormatVersion) = 0; // file format description
+    
+  NS_IMETHOD GetPortFile(
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    nsIMdbFile** acqFile) = 0; // acquire file used by port or store
+  // } ----- end filepath methods -----
+
+  // { ----- begin export methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD BestExportFormat( // determine preferred export format
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    mdbYarn* outFormatVersion) = 0; // file format description
+
+  // some tentative suggested import/export formats
+  // "ns:msg:db:port:format:ldif:ns4.0:passthrough" // necessary
+  // "ns:msg:db:port:format:ldif:ns4.5:utf8"        // necessary
+  // "ns:msg:db:port:format:ldif:ns4.5:tabbed"
+  // "ns:msg:db:port:format:ldif:ns4.5:binary"      // necessary
+  // "ns:msg:db:port:format:html:ns3.0:addressbook" // necessary
+  // "ns:msg:db:port:format:html:display:verbose"
+  // "ns:msg:db:port:format:html:display:concise"
+  // "ns:msg:db:port:format:mork:zany:verbose"      // necessary
+  // "ns:msg:db:port:format:mork:zany:atomized"     // necessary
+  // "ns:msg:db:port:format:rdf:xml"
+  // "ns:msg:db:port:format:xml:mork"
+  // "ns:msg:db:port:format:xml:display:verbose"
+  // "ns:msg:db:port:format:xml:display:concise"
+  // "ns:msg:db:port:format:xml:print:verbose"      // recommended
+  // "ns:msg:db:port:format:xml:print:concise"
+
+  NS_IMETHOD
+  CanExportToFormat( // can export content in given specific format?
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    const char* inFormatVersion, // file format description
+    mdb_bool* outCanExport) = 0; // whether ExportSource() might succeed
+
+  NS_IMETHOD ExportToFormat( // export content in given specific format
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    // const char* inFilePath, // the file to receive exported content
+    nsIMdbFile* ioFile, // destination abstract file interface
+    const char* inFormatVersion, // file format description
+    nsIMdbThumb** acqThumb) = 0; // acquire thumb for incremental export
+  // Call nsIMdbThumb::DoMore() until done, or until the thumb is broken, and
+  // then the export will be finished.
+
+  // } ----- end export methods -----
+
+  // { ----- begin token methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD TokenToString( // return a string name for an integer token
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    mdb_token inToken, // token for inTokenName inside this port
+    mdbYarn* outTokenName) = 0; // the type of table to access
+  
+  NS_IMETHOD StringToToken( // return an integer token for scope name
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    const char* inTokenName, // Latin1 string to tokenize if possible
+    mdb_token* outToken) = 0; // token for inTokenName inside this port
+    
+  // String token zero is never used and never supported. If the port
+  // is a mutable store, then StringToToken() to create a new
+  // association of inTokenName with a new integer token if possible.
+  // But a readonly port will return zero for an unknown scope name.
+
+  NS_IMETHOD QueryToken( // like StringToToken(), but without adding
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    const char* inTokenName, // Latin1 string to tokenize if possible
+    mdb_token* outToken) = 0; // token for inTokenName inside this port
+  
+  // QueryToken() will return a string token if one already exists,
+  // but unlike StringToToken(), will not assign a new token if not
+  // already in use.
+
+  // } ----- end token methods -----
+
+  // { ----- begin row methods -----  
+  NS_IMETHOD HasRow( // contains a row with the specified oid?
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    const mdbOid* inOid,  // hypothetical row oid
+    mdb_bool* outHasRow) = 0; // whether GetRow() might succeed
+
+  NS_IMETHOD GetRowRefCount( // get number of tables that contain a row 
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    const mdbOid* inOid,  // hypothetical row oid
+    mdb_count* outRefCount) = 0; // number of tables containing inRowKey 
+    
+  NS_IMETHOD GetRow( // access one row with specific oid
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    const mdbOid* inOid,  // hypothetical row oid
+    nsIMdbRow** acqRow) = 0; // acquire specific row (or null)
+    
+  // NS_IMETHOD
+  // GetPortRowCursor( // get cursor for all rows in specific scope
+  //   nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+  //   mdb_scope inRowScope, // row scope for row ids
+  //   nsIMdbPortRowCursor** acqCursor) = 0; // all such rows in the port
+
+  NS_IMETHOD FindRow(nsIMdbEnv* ev, // search for row with matching cell
+    mdb_scope inRowScope,   // row scope for row ids
+    mdb_column inColumn,   // the column to search (and maintain an index)
+    const mdbYarn* inTargetCellValue, // cell value for which to search
+    mdbOid* outRowOid, // out row oid on match (or {0,-1} for no match)
+    nsIMdbRow** acqRow) = 0; // acquire matching row (or nil for no match)
+                             // can be null if you only want the oid
+  // FindRow() searches for one row that has a cell in column inColumn with
+  // a contained value with the same form (i.e. charset) and is byte-wise
+  // identical to the blob described by yarn inTargetCellValue.  Both content
+  // and form of the yarn must be an exact match to find a matching row.
+  //
+  // (In other words, both a yarn's blob bytes and form are significant.  The
+  // form is not expected to vary in columns used for identity anyway.  This
+  // is intended to make the cost of FindRow() cheaper for MDB implementors,
+  // since any cell value atomization performed internally must necessarily
+  // make yarn form significant in order to avoid data loss in atomization.)
+  //
+  // FindRow() can lazily create an index on attribute inColumn for all rows
+  // with that attribute in row space scope inRowScope, so that subsequent
+  // calls to FindRow() will perform faster.  Such an index might or might
+  // not be persistent (but this seems desirable if it is cheap to do so).
+  // Note that lazy index creation in readonly DBs is not very feasible.
+  //
+  // This FindRow() interface assumes that attribute inColumn is effectively
+  // an alternative means of unique identification for a row in a rowspace,
+  // so correct behavior is only guaranteed when no duplicates for this col
+  // appear in the given set of rows.  (If more than one row has the same cell
+  // value in this column, no more than one will be found; and cutting one of
+  // two duplicate rows can cause the index to assume no other such row lives
+  // in the row space, so future calls return nil for negative search results
+  // even though some duplicate row might still live within the rowspace.)
+  //
+  // In other words, the FindRow() implementation is allowed to assume simple
+  // hash tables mapping unqiue column keys to associated row values will be
+  // sufficient, where any duplication is not recorded because only one copy
+  // of a given key need be remembered.  Implementors are not required to sort
+  // all rows by the specified column.
+  // } ----- end row methods -----
+
+  // { ----- begin table methods -----  
+  NS_IMETHOD HasTable( // supports a table with the specified oid?
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    const mdbOid* inOid,  // hypothetical table oid
+    mdb_bool* outHasTable) = 0; // whether GetTable() might succeed
+    
+  NS_IMETHOD GetTable( // access one table with specific oid
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    const mdbOid* inOid,  // hypothetical table oid
+    nsIMdbTable** acqTable) = 0; // acquire specific table (or null)
+  
+  NS_IMETHOD HasTableKind( // supports a table of the specified type?
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    mdb_scope inRowScope, // rid scope for row ids
+    mdb_kind inTableKind, // the type of table to access
+    mdb_count* outTableCount, // current number of such tables
+    mdb_bool* outSupportsTable) = 0; // whether GetTableKind() might succeed
+    
+  // row scopes to be supported include the following suggestions:
+  // "ns:msg:db:row:scope:address:cards:all"
+  // "ns:msg:db:row:scope:mail:messages:all"
+  // "ns:msg:db:row:scope:news:articles:all"
+ 
+  // table kinds to be supported include the following suggestions:
+  // "ns:msg:db:table:kind:address:cards:main"
+  // "ns:msg:db:table:kind:address:lists:all" 
+  // "ns:msg:db:table:kind:address:list" 
+  // "ns:msg:db:table:kind:news:threads:all" 
+  // "ns:msg:db:table:kind:news:thread" 
+  // "ns:msg:db:table:kind:mail:threads:all"
+  // "ns:msg:db:table:kind:mail:thread"
+    
+  NS_IMETHOD GetTableKind( // access one (random) table of specific type
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    mdb_scope inRowScope,      // row scope for row ids
+    mdb_kind inTableKind,      // the type of table to access
+    mdb_count* outTableCount, // current number of such tables
+    mdb_bool* outMustBeUnique, // whether port can hold only one of these
+    nsIMdbTable** acqTable) = 0;       // acquire scoped collection of rows
+    
+  NS_IMETHOD
+  GetPortTableCursor( // get cursor for all tables of specific type
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    mdb_scope inRowScope, // row scope for row ids
+    mdb_kind inTableKind, // the type of table to access
+    nsIMdbPortTableCursor** acqCursor) = 0; // all such tables in the port
+  // } ----- end table methods -----
+
+
+  // { ----- begin commit methods -----
+
+  NS_IMETHOD ShouldCompress( // store wastes at least inPercentWaste?
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    mdb_percent inPercentWaste, // 0..100 percent file size waste threshold
+    mdb_percent* outActualWaste, // 0..100 percent of file actually wasted
+    mdb_bool* outShould) = 0; // true when about inPercentWaste% is wasted
+  // ShouldCompress() returns true if the store can determine that the file
+  // will shrink by an estimated percentage of inPercentWaste% (or more) if
+  // CompressCommit() is called, because that percentage of the file seems
+  // to be recoverable free space.  The granularity is only in terms of 
+  // percentage points, and any value over 100 is considered equal to 100.
+  //
+  // If a store only has an approximate idea how much space might be saved
+  // during a compress, then a best guess should be made.  For example, the
+  // Mork implementation might keep track of how much file space began with
+  // text content before the first updating transaction, and then consider
+  // all content following the start of the first transaction as potentially
+  // wasted space if it is all updates and not just new content.  (This is
+  // a safe assumption in the sense that behavior will stabilize on a low
+  // estimate of wastage after a commit removes all transaction updates.)
+  //
+  // Some db formats might attempt to keep a very accurate reckoning of free
+  // space size, so a very accurate determination can be made.  But other db
+  // formats might have difficulty determining size of free space, and might
+  // require some lengthy calculation to answer.  This is the reason for
+  // passing in the percentage threshold of interest, so that such lengthy
+  // computations can terminate early as soon as at least inPercentWaste is
+  // found, so that the entire file need not be groveled when unnecessary.
+  // However, we hope implementations will always favor fast but imprecise
+  // heuristic answers instead of extremely slow but very precise answers.
+  //
+  // If the outActualWaste parameter is non-nil, it will be used to return
+  // the actual estimated space wasted as a percentage of file size.  (This
+  // parameter is provided so callers need not call repeatedly with altered
+  // inPercentWaste values to isolate the actual wastage figure.)  Note the
+  // actual wastage figure returned can exactly equal inPercentWaste even
+  // when this grossly underestimates the real figure involved, if the db
+  // finds it very expensive to determine the extent of wastage after it is
+  // known to at least exceed inPercentWaste.  Note we expect that whenever
+  // outShould returns true, that outActualWaste returns >= inPercentWaste.
+  //
+  // The effect of different inPercentWaste values is not very uniform over
+  // the permitted range.  For example, 50 represents 50% wastage, or a file
+  // that is about double what it should be ideally.  But 99 represents 99%
+  // wastage, or a file that is about ninety-nine times as big as it should
+  // be ideally.  In the smaller direction, 25 represents 25% wastage, or
+  // a file that is only 33% larger than it should be ideally.
+  //
+  // Callers can determine what policy they want to use for considering when
+  // a file holds too much wasted space, and express this as a percentage
+  // of total file size to pass as in the inPercentWaste parameter.  A zero
+  // likely returns always trivially true, and 100 always trivially false.
+  // The great majority of callers are expected to use values from 25 to 75,
+  // since most plausible thresholds for compressing might fall between the
+  // extremes of 133% of ideal size and 400% of ideal size.  (Presumably the
+  // larger a file gets, the more important the percentage waste involved, so
+  // a sliding scale for compress thresholds might use smaller numbers for
+  // much bigger file sizes.)
+  
+  // } ----- end commit methods -----
+
+// } ===== end nsIMdbPort methods =====
+};
+
+/*| nsIMdbStore: a mutable interface to a specific database file.
+**|
+**|| tables: one can force a new table to exist in a store with NewTable()
+**| and nonzero values for both row scope and table kind.  (If one wishes only
+**| one table of a certain kind, then one might look for it first using the
+**| GetTableKind() method).  One can pass inMustBeUnique to force future
+**| users of this store to be unable to create other tables with the same pair
+**| of scope and kind attributes.  When inMustBeUnique is true, and the table
+**| with the given scope and kind pair already exists, then the existing one
+**| is returned instead of making a new table.  Similarly, if one passes false
+**| for inMustBeUnique, but the table kind has already been marked unique by a
+**| previous user of the store, then the existing unique table is returned.
+**|
+**|| import: all or some of another port's content can be imported by calling
+**| AddPortContent() with a row scope identifying the extent of content to
+**| be imported.  A zero row scope will import everything.  A nonzero row
+**| scope will only import tables with a matching row scope.  Note that one
+**| must somehow find a way to negotiate possible conflicts between existing
+**| row content and imported row content, and this involves a specific kind of
+**| definition for row identity involving either row IDs or unique attributes,
+**| or some combination of these two.  At the moment I am just going to wave
+**| my hands, and say the default behavior is to assign all new row identities
+**| to all imported content, which will result in no merging of content; this
+**| must change later because it is unacceptable in some contexts.
+**|
+**|| commits: to manage modifications in a mutable store, very few methods are
+**| really needed to indicate global policy choices that are independent of 
+**| the actual modifications that happen in objects at the level of tables,
+**| rows, and cells, etc.  The most important policy to specify is which sets
+**| of changes are considered associated in a manner such that they should be
+**| applied together atomically to a given store.  We call each such group of
+**| changes a transaction.  We handle three different grades of transaction,
+**| but they differ only in semantic significance to the application, and are
+**| not intended to nest.  (If small transactions were nested inside large
+**| transactions, that would imply that a single large transaction must be
+**| atomic over all the contained small transactions; but actually we intend
+**| smalls transaction never be undone once commited due to, say, aborting a
+**| transaction of greater significance.)  The small, large, and session level
+**| commits have equal granularity, and differ only in risk of loss from the
+**| perspective of an application.  Small commits characterize changes that
+**| can be lost with relatively small risk, so small transactions can delay
+**| until later if they are expensive or impractical to commit.  Large commits
+**| involve changes that would probably inconvenience users if lost, so the
+**| need to pay costs of writing is rather greater than with small commits.
+**| Session commits are last ditch attempts to save outstanding changes before
+**| stopping the use of a particular database, so there will be no later point
+**| in time to save changes that have been delayed due to possible high cost.
+**| If large commits are never delayed, then a session commit has about the
+**| same performance effect as another large commit; but if small and large
+**| commits are always delayed, then a session commit is likely to be rather
+**| expensive as a runtime cost compared to any earlier database usage.
+**|
+**|| aborts: the only way to abort changes to a store is by closing the store.
+**| So there is no specific method for causing any abort.  Stores must discard
+**| all changes made that are uncommited when a store is closed.  This design
+**| choice makes the implementations of tables, rows, and cells much less
+**| complex because they need not maintain a record of undobable changes.  When
+**| a store is closed, presumably this precipitates the closure of all tables,
+**| rows, and cells in the store as well.   So an application can revert the
+**| state of a store in the user interface by quietly closing and reopening a
+**| store, because this will discard uncommited changes and show old content.
+**| This implies an app that closes a store will need to send a "scramble"
+**| event notification to any views that depend on old discarded content.
+|*/
+
+#define NS_IMDBSTORE_IID_STR "74d6218d-44b0-43b5-9ebe-69a17dfb562c"
+#define NS_IMDBSTORE_IID \
+{0x74d6218d, 0x44b0, 0x43b5, \
+{0x9e, 0xbe, 0x69, 0xa1, 0x7d, 0xfb, 0x56, 0x2c}}
+
+class nsIMdbStore : public nsIMdbPort {
+public:
+  NS_DECLARE_STATIC_IID_ACCESSOR(NS_IMDBSTORE_IID)
+
+// { ===== begin nsIMdbStore methods =====
+
+  // { ----- begin table methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD NewTable( // make one new table of specific type
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    mdb_scope inRowScope,    // row scope for row ids
+    mdb_kind inTableKind,    // the type of table to access
+    mdb_bool inMustBeUnique, // whether store can hold only one of these
+    const mdbOid* inOptionalMetaRowOid, // can be nil to avoid specifying
+    nsIMdbTable** acqTable) = 0;     // acquire scoped collection of rows
+    
+  NS_IMETHOD NewTableWithOid( // make one new table of specific type
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    const mdbOid* inOid,   // caller assigned oid
+    mdb_kind inTableKind,    // the type of table to access
+    mdb_bool inMustBeUnique, // whether store can hold only one of these
+    const mdbOid* inOptionalMetaRowOid, // can be nil to avoid specifying 
+    nsIMdbTable** acqTable) = 0;     // acquire scoped collection of rows
+  // } ----- end table methods -----
+
+  // { ----- begin row scope methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD RowScopeHasAssignedIds(nsIMdbEnv* ev,
+    mdb_scope inRowScope,   // row scope for row ids
+    mdb_bool* outCallerAssigned, // nonzero if caller assigned specified
+    mdb_bool* outStoreAssigned) = 0; // nonzero if store db assigned specified
+
+  NS_IMETHOD SetCallerAssignedIds(nsIMdbEnv* ev,
+    mdb_scope inRowScope,   // row scope for row ids
+    mdb_bool* outCallerAssigned, // nonzero if caller assigned specified
+    mdb_bool* outStoreAssigned) = 0; // nonzero if store db assigned specified
+
+  NS_IMETHOD SetStoreAssignedIds(nsIMdbEnv* ev,
+    mdb_scope inRowScope,   // row scope for row ids
+    mdb_bool* outCallerAssigned, // nonzero if caller assigned specified
+    mdb_bool* outStoreAssigned) = 0; // nonzero if store db assigned specified
+  // } ----- end row scope methods -----
+
+  // { ----- begin row methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD NewRowWithOid(nsIMdbEnv* ev, // new row w/ caller assigned oid
+    const mdbOid* inOid,   // caller assigned oid
+    nsIMdbRow** acqRow) = 0; // create new row
+
+  NS_IMETHOD NewRow(nsIMdbEnv* ev, // new row with db assigned oid
+    mdb_scope inRowScope,   // row scope for row ids
+    nsIMdbRow** acqRow) = 0; // create new row
+  // Note this row must be added to some table or cell child before the
+  // store is closed in order to make this row persist across sesssions.
+
+  // } ----- end row methods -----
+
+  // { ----- begin inport/export methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD ImportContent( // import content from port
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    mdb_scope inRowScope, // scope for rows (or zero for all?)
+    nsIMdbPort* ioPort, // the port with content to add to store
+    nsIMdbThumb** acqThumb) = 0; // acquire thumb for incremental import
+  // Call nsIMdbThumb::DoMore() until done, or until the thumb is broken, and
+  // then the import will be finished.
+
+  NS_IMETHOD ImportFile( // import content from port
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    nsIMdbFile* ioFile, // the file with content to add to store
+    nsIMdbThumb** acqThumb) = 0; // acquire thumb for incremental import
+  // Call nsIMdbThumb::DoMore() until done, or until the thumb is broken, and
+  // then the import will be finished.
+  // } ----- end inport/export methods -----
+
+  // { ----- begin hinting methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD
+  ShareAtomColumnsHint( // advise re shared column content atomizing
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    mdb_scope inScopeHint, // zero, or suggested shared namespace
+    const mdbColumnSet* inColumnSet) = 0; // cols desired tokenized together
+
+  NS_IMETHOD
+  AvoidAtomColumnsHint( // advise column with poor atomizing prospects
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    const mdbColumnSet* inColumnSet) = 0; // cols with poor atomizing prospects
+  // } ----- end hinting methods -----
+
+  // { ----- begin commit methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD LargeCommit( // save important changes if at all possible
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    nsIMdbThumb** acqThumb) = 0; // acquire thumb for incremental commit
+  // Call nsIMdbThumb::DoMore() until done, or until the thumb is broken, and
+  // then the commit will be finished.  Note the store is effectively write
+  // locked until commit is finished or canceled through the thumb instance.
+  // Until the commit is done, the store will report it has readonly status.
+
+  NS_IMETHOD SessionCommit( // save all changes if large commits delayed
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    nsIMdbThumb** acqThumb) = 0; // acquire thumb for incremental commit
+  // Call nsIMdbThumb::DoMore() until done, or until the thumb is broken, and
+  // then the commit will be finished.  Note the store is effectively write
+  // locked until commit is finished or canceled through the thumb instance.
+  // Until the commit is done, the store will report it has readonly status.
+
+  NS_IMETHOD
+  CompressCommit( // commit and make db physically smaller if possible
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    nsIMdbThumb** acqThumb) = 0; // acquire thumb for incremental commit
+  // Call nsIMdbThumb::DoMore() until done, or until the thumb is broken, and
+  // then the commit will be finished.  Note the store is effectively write
+  // locked until commit is finished or canceled through the thumb instance.
+  // Until the commit is done, the store will report it has readonly status.
+  
+  // } ----- end commit methods -----
+
+// } ===== end nsIMdbStore methods =====
+};
+
+NS_DEFINE_STATIC_IID_ACCESSOR(nsIMdbStore, NS_IMDBSTORE_IID)
+
+/*| nsIMdbCursor: base cursor class for iterating row cells and table rows
+**|
+**|| count: the number of elements in the collection (table or row)
+**|
+**|| seed: the change count in the underlying collection, which is synced
+**| with the collection when the iteration position is set, and henceforth
+**| acts to show whether the iter has lost collection synchronization, in
+**| case it matters to clients whether any change happens during iteration.
+**|
+**|| pos: the position of the current element in the collection.  Negative
+**| means a position logically before the first element.  A positive value
+**| equal to count (or larger) implies a position after the last element.
+**| To iterate over all elements, set the position to negative, so subsequent
+**| calls to any 'next' method will access the first collection element.
+**|
+**|| doFailOnSeedOutOfSync: whether a cursor should return an error if the
+**| cursor's snapshot of a table's seed becomes stale with respect the table's
+**| current seed value (which implies the iteration is less than total) in
+**| between to cursor calls that actually access collection content.  By
+**| default, a cursor should assume this attribute is false until specified,
+**| so that iterations quietly try to re-sync when they lose coherence.
+|*/
+
+#define NS_IMDBCURSOR_IID_STR "a0c37337-6ebc-474c-90db-e65ea0b850aa"
+
+#define NS_IMDBCURSOR_IID \
+{0xa0c37337, 0x6ebc, 0x474c, \
+{0x90, 0xdb, 0xe6, 0x5e, 0xa0, 0xb8, 0x50, 0xaa}}
+
+class nsIMdbCursor  : public nsISupports  { // collection iterator
+public:
+
+  NS_DECLARE_STATIC_IID_ACCESSOR(NS_IMDBCURSOR_IID)
+// { ===== begin nsIMdbCursor methods =====
+
+  // { ----- begin attribute methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD GetCount(nsIMdbEnv* ev, mdb_count* outCount) = 0; // readonly
+  NS_IMETHOD GetSeed(nsIMdbEnv* ev, mdb_seed* outSeed) = 0;    // readonly
+  
+  NS_IMETHOD SetPos(nsIMdbEnv* ev, mdb_pos inPos) = 0;   // mutable
+  NS_IMETHOD GetPos(nsIMdbEnv* ev, mdb_pos* outPos) = 0;
+  
+  NS_IMETHOD SetDoFailOnSeedOutOfSync(nsIMdbEnv* ev, mdb_bool inFail) = 0;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetDoFailOnSeedOutOfSync(nsIMdbEnv* ev, mdb_bool* outFail) = 0;
+  // } ----- end attribute methods -----
+
+// } ===== end nsIMdbCursor methods =====
+};
+
+NS_DEFINE_STATIC_IID_ACCESSOR(nsIMdbCursor, NS_IMDBCURSOR_IID)
+
+#define NS_IMDBPORTTABLECURSOR_IID_STR = "f181a41e-933d-49b3-af93-20d3634b8b78"
+
+#define NS_IMDBPORTTABLECURSOR_IID \
+{0xf181a41e, 0x933d, 0x49b3, \
+{0xaf, 0x93, 0x20, 0xd3, 0x63, 0x4b, 0x8b, 0x78}}
+
+/*| nsIMdbPortTableCursor: cursor class for iterating port tables
+**|
+**|| port: the cursor is associated with a specific port, which can be
+**| set to a different port (which resets the position to -1 so the
+**| next table acquired is the first in the port.
+**|
+|*/
+class nsIMdbPortTableCursor : public nsISupports { // table collection iterator
+public:
+
+  NS_DECLARE_STATIC_IID_ACCESSOR(NS_IMDBPORTTABLECURSOR_IID)
+// { ===== begin nsIMdbPortTableCursor methods =====
+
+  // { ----- begin attribute methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD SetPort(nsIMdbEnv* ev, nsIMdbPort* ioPort) = 0; // sets pos to -1
+  NS_IMETHOD GetPort(nsIMdbEnv* ev, nsIMdbPort** acqPort) = 0;
+  
+  NS_IMETHOD SetRowScope(nsIMdbEnv* ev, // sets pos to -1
+    mdb_scope inRowScope) = 0;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetRowScope(nsIMdbEnv* ev, mdb_scope* outRowScope) = 0; 
+  // setting row scope to zero iterates over all row scopes in port
+    
+  NS_IMETHOD SetTableKind(nsIMdbEnv* ev, // sets pos to -1
+    mdb_kind inTableKind) = 0;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetTableKind(nsIMdbEnv* ev, mdb_kind* outTableKind) = 0;
+  // setting table kind to zero iterates over all table kinds in row scope
+  // } ----- end attribute methods -----
+
+  // { ----- begin table iteration methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD NextTable( // get table at next position in the db
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    nsIMdbTable** acqTable) = 0; // the next table in the iteration
+  // } ----- end table iteration methods -----
+
+// } ===== end nsIMdbPortTableCursor methods =====
+};
+
+NS_DEFINE_STATIC_IID_ACCESSOR(nsIMdbPortTableCursor,
+                              NS_IMDBPORTTABLECURSOR_IID)
+
+/*| nsIMdbCollection: an object that collects a set of other objects as members.
+**| The main purpose of this base class is to unify the perceived semantics
+**| of tables and rows where their collection behavior is similar.  This helps
+**| isolate the mechanics of collection behavior from the other semantics that
+**| are more characteristic of rows and tables.
+**|
+**|| count: the number of objects in a collection is the member count. (Some
+**| collection interfaces call this attribute the 'size', but that can be a
+**| little ambiguous, and counting actual members is harder to confuse.)
+**|
+**|| seed: the seed of a collection is a counter for changes in membership in
+**| a specific collection.  This seed should change when members are added to
+**| or removed from a collection, but not when a member changes internal state.
+**| The seed should also change whenever the internal collection of members has
+**| a complex state change that reorders member positions (say by sorting) that
+**| would affect the nature of an iteration over that collection of members.
+**| The purpose of a seed is to inform any outstanding collection cursors that
+**| they might be stale, without incurring the cost of broadcasting an event
+**| notification to such cursors, which would need more data structure support.
+**| Presumably a cursor in a particular mdb code suite has much more direct
+**| access to a collection seed member slot that this abstract COM interface,
+**| so this information is intended more for clients outside mdb that want to
+**| make inferences similar to those made by the collection cursors.  The seed
+**| value as an integer magnitude is not very important, and callers should not
+**| assume meaningful information can be derived from an integer value beyond
+**| whether it is equal or different from a previous inspection.  A seed uses
+**| integers of many bits in order to make the odds of wrapping and becoming
+**| equal to an earlier seed value have probability that is vanishingly small.
+**|
+**|| port: every collection is associated with a specific database instance.
+**|
+**|| cursor: a subclass of nsIMdbCursor suitable for this specific collection
+**| subclass.  The ability to GetCursor() from the base nsIMdbCollection class
+**| is not really as useful as getting a more specifically typed cursor more
+**| directly from the base class without any casting involved.  So including
+**| this method here is more for conceptual illustration.
+**|
+**|| oid: every collection has an identity that persists from session to
+**| session. Implementations are probably able to distinguish row IDs from
+**| table IDs, but we don't specify anything official in this regard.  A
+**| collection has the same identity for the lifetime of the collection,
+**| unless identity is swapped with another collection by means of a call to
+**| BecomeContent(), which is considered a way to swap a new representation
+**| for an old well-known object.  (Even so, only content appears to change,
+**| while the identity seems to stay the same.)
+**|
+**|| become: developers can effectively cause two objects to swap identities,
+**| in order to effect a complete swap between what persistent content is
+**| represented by two oids.  The caller should consider this a content swap,
+**| and not identity wap, because identities will seem to stay the same while
+**| only content changes.  However, implementations will likely do this
+**| internally by swapping identities.  Callers must swap content only
+**| between objects of similar type, such as a row with another row, and a
+**| table with another table, because implementations need not support
+**| cross-object swapping because it might break object name spaces.
+**|
+**|| dropping: when a caller expects a row or table will no longer be used, the
+**| caller can tell the collection to 'drop activity', which means the runtime
+**| object can have its internal representation purged to save memory or any
+**| other resource that is being consumed by the collection's representation.
+**| This has no effect on the collection's persistent content or semantics,
+**| and is only considered a runtime effect.  After a collection drops
+**| activity, the object should still be as usable as before (because it has
+**| NOT been closed), but further usage can be expensive to re-instate because
+**| it might involve reallocating space and/or re-reading disk space.  But
+**| since this future usage is not expected, the caller does not expect to
+**| pay the extra expense.  An implementation can choose to implement
+**| 'dropping activity' in different ways, or even not at all if this
+**| operation is not really feasible.  Callers cannot ask objects whether they
+**| are 'dropped' or not, so this should be transparent. (Note that
+**| implementors might fear callers do not really know whether future
+**| usage will occur, and therefore might delay the act of dropping until
+**| the near future, until seeing whether the object is used again
+**| immediately elsewhere. Such use soon after the drop request might cause
+**| the drop to be cancelled.)
+|*/
+class nsIMdbCollection : public nsISupports { // sequence of objects
+public:
+
+// { ===== begin nsIMdbCollection methods =====
+
+  // { ----- begin attribute methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD GetSeed(nsIMdbEnv* ev,
+    mdb_seed* outSeed) = 0;    // member change count
+  NS_IMETHOD GetCount(nsIMdbEnv* ev,
+    mdb_count* outCount) = 0; // member count
+
+  NS_IMETHOD GetPort(nsIMdbEnv* ev,
+    nsIMdbPort** acqPort) = 0; // collection container
+  // } ----- end attribute methods -----
+
+  // { ----- begin cursor methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD GetCursor( // make a cursor starting iter at inMemberPos
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    mdb_pos inMemberPos, // zero-based ordinal pos of member in collection
+    nsIMdbCursor** acqCursor) = 0; // acquire new cursor instance
+  // } ----- end cursor methods -----
+
+  // { ----- begin ID methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD GetOid(nsIMdbEnv* ev,
+    mdbOid* outOid) = 0; // read object identity
+  NS_IMETHOD BecomeContent(nsIMdbEnv* ev,
+    const mdbOid* inOid) = 0; // exchange content
+  // } ----- end ID methods -----
+
+  // { ----- begin activity dropping methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD DropActivity( // tell collection usage no longer expected
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev) = 0;
+  // } ----- end activity dropping methods -----
+
+// } ===== end nsIMdbCollection methods =====
+};
+
+/*| nsIMdbTable: an ordered collection of rows
+**|
+**|| row scope: an integer token for an atomized string in this database
+**| that names a space for row IDs.  This attribute of a table is intended
+**| as guidance metainformation that helps with searching a database for
+**| tables that operate on collections of rows of the specific type.  By
+**| convention, a table with a specific row scope is expected to focus on
+**| containing rows that belong to that scope, however exceptions are easily
+**| allowed because all rows in a table are known by both row ID and scope.
+**| (A table with zero row scope is never allowed because this would make it
+**| ambiguous to use a zero row scope when iterating over tables in a port to
+**| indicate that all row scopes should be seen by a cursor.)
+**|
+**|| table kind: an integer token for an atomized string in this database
+**| that names a kind of table as a subset of the associated row scope. This
+**| attribute is intended as guidance metainformation to clarify the role of
+**| this table with respect to other tables in the same row scope, and this
+**| also helps search for such tables in a database.  By convention, a table
+**| with a specific table kind has a consistent role for containing rows with
+**| respect to other collections of such rows in the same row scope.  Also by
+**| convention, at least one table in a row scope has a table kind purporting
+**| to contain ALL the rows that belong in that row scope, so that at least
+**| one table exists that allows all rows in a scope to be interated over.
+**| (A table with zero table kind is never allowed because this would make it
+**| ambiguous to use a zero table kind when iterating over tables in a port to
+**| indicate that all table kinds in a row scope should be seen by a cursor.)
+**|
+**|| port: every table is considered part of some port that contains the
+**| table, so that closing the containing port will cause the table to be
+**| indirectly closed as well.  We make it easy to get the containing port for
+**| a table, because the port supports important semantic interfaces that will
+**| affect how content in table is presented; the most important port context
+**| that affects a table is specified by the set of token to string mappings
+**| that affect all tokens used throughout the database, and which drive the
+**| meanings of row scope, table kind, cell columns, etc.
+**|
+**|| cursor: a cursor that iterates over the rows in this table, where rows
+**| have zero-based index positions from zero to count-1.  Making a cursor
+**| with negative position will next iterate over the first row in the table.
+**|
+**|| position: given any position from zero to count-1, a table will return
+**| the row ID and row scope for the row at that position.  (One can use the
+**| GetRowAllCells() method to read that row, or else use a row cursor to both
+**| get the row at some position and read its content at the same time.)  The
+**| position depends on whether a table is sorted, and upon the actual sort.
+**| Note that moving a row's position is only possible in unsorted tables.
+**|
+**|| row set: every table contains a collection of rows, where a member row is
+**| referenced by the table using the row ID and row scope for the row.  No
+**| single table owns a given row instance, because rows are effectively ref-
+**| counted and destroyed only when the last table removes a reference to that
+**| particular row.  (But a row can be emptied of all content no matter how
+**| many refs exist, and this might be the next best thing to destruction.)
+**| Once a row exists in a least one table (after NewRow() is called), then it
+**| can be added to any other table by calling AddRow(), or removed from any
+**| table by calling CutRow(), or queried as a member by calling HasRow().  A
+**| row can only be added to a table once, and further additions do nothing and
+**| complain not at all.  Cutting a row from a table only does something when
+**| the row was actually a member, and otherwise does nothing silently.
+**|
+**|| row ref count: one can query the number of tables (and/or cells)
+**| containing a row as a member or a child.
+**|
+**|| row content: one can access or modify the cell content in a table's row
+**| by moving content to or from an instance of nsIMdbRow.  Note that nsIMdbRow
+**| never represents the actual row inside a table, and this is the reason
+**| why nsIMdbRow instances do not have row IDs or row scopes.  So an instance
+**| of nsIMdbRow always and only contains a snapshot of some or all content in
+**| past, present, or future persistent row inside a table.  This means that
+**| reading and writing rows in tables has strictly copy semantics, and we
+**| currently do not plan any exceptions for specific performance reasons.
+**|
+**|| sorting: note all rows are assumed sorted by row ID as a secondary
+**| sort following the primary column sort, when table rows are sorted.
+**|
+**|| indexes:
+|*/
+
+
+#define NS_IMDBTABLE_IID_STR = "fe11bc98-d02b-4128-9fac-87042fdf9639"
+
+#define NS_IMDBTABLE_IID \
+{0xfe11bc98, 0xd02b, 0x4128, \
+{0x9f, 0xac, 0x87, 0x04, 0x2f, 0xdf, 0x96, 0x39}}
+
+class nsIMdbTable : public nsIMdbCollection { // a collection of rows
+public:
+
+  NS_DECLARE_STATIC_IID_ACCESSOR(NS_IMDBTABLE_IID)
+// { ===== begin nsIMdbTable methods =====
+
+  // { ----- begin meta attribute methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD SetTablePriority(nsIMdbEnv* ev, mdb_priority inPrio) = 0;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetTablePriority(nsIMdbEnv* ev, mdb_priority* outPrio) = 0;
+  
+  NS_IMETHOD GetTableBeVerbose(nsIMdbEnv* ev, mdb_bool* outBeVerbose) = 0;
+  NS_IMETHOD SetTableBeVerbose(nsIMdbEnv* ev, mdb_bool inBeVerbose) = 0;
+  
+  NS_IMETHOD GetTableIsUnique(nsIMdbEnv* ev, mdb_bool* outIsUnique) = 0;
+  
+  NS_IMETHOD GetTableKind(nsIMdbEnv* ev, mdb_kind* outTableKind) = 0;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetRowScope(nsIMdbEnv* ev, mdb_scope* outRowScope) = 0;
+  
+  NS_IMETHOD GetMetaRow(
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    const mdbOid* inOptionalMetaRowOid, // can be nil to avoid specifying 
+    mdbOid* outOid, // output meta row oid, can be nil to suppress output
+    nsIMdbRow** acqRow) = 0; // acquire table's unique singleton meta row
+    // The purpose of a meta row is to support the persistent recording of
+    // meta info about a table as cells put into the distinguished meta row.
+    // Each table has exactly one meta row, which is not considered a member
+    // of the collection of rows inside the table.  The only way to tell
+    // whether a row is a meta row is by the fact that it is returned by this
+    // GetMetaRow() method from some table. Otherwise nothing distinguishes
+    // a meta row from any other row.  A meta row can be used anyplace that
+    // any other row can be used, and can even be put into other tables (or
+    // the same table) as a table member, if this is useful for some reason.
+    // The first attempt to access a table's meta row using GetMetaRow() will
+    // cause the meta row to be created if it did not already exist.  When the
+    // meta row is created, it will have the row oid that was previously
+    // requested for this table's meta row; or if no oid was ever explicitly
+    // specified for this meta row, then a unique oid will be generated in
+    // the row scope named "m" (so obviously MDB clients should not
+    // manually allocate any row IDs from that special meta scope namespace).
+    // The meta row oid can be specified either when the table is created, or
+    // else the first time that GetMetaRow() is called, by passing a non-nil
+    // pointer to an oid for parameter inOptionalMetaRowOid.  The meta row's
+    // actual oid is returned in outOid (if this is a non-nil pointer), and
+    // it will be different from inOptionalMetaRowOid when the meta row was
+    // already given a different oid earlier.
+  // } ----- end meta attribute methods -----
+
+
+  // { ----- begin cursor methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD GetTableRowCursor( // make a cursor, starting iteration at inRowPos
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    mdb_pos inRowPos, // zero-based ordinal position of row in table
+    nsIMdbTableRowCursor** acqCursor) = 0; // acquire new cursor instance
+  // } ----- end row position methods -----
+
+  // { ----- begin row position methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD PosToOid( // get row member for a table position
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    mdb_pos inRowPos, // zero-based ordinal position of row in table
+    mdbOid* outOid) = 0; // row oid at the specified position
+
+  NS_IMETHOD OidToPos( // test for the table position of a row member
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    const mdbOid* inOid, // row to find in table
+    mdb_pos* outPos) = 0; // zero-based ordinal position of row in table
+    
+  NS_IMETHOD PosToRow( // test for the table position of a row member
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    mdb_pos inRowPos, // zero-based ordinal position of row in table
+    nsIMdbRow** acqRow) = 0; // acquire row at table position inRowPos
+    
+  NS_IMETHOD RowToPos( // test for the table position of a row member
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    nsIMdbRow* ioRow, // row to find in table
+    mdb_pos* outPos) = 0; // zero-based ordinal position of row in table
+  // } ----- end row position methods -----
+
+  // { ----- begin oid set methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD AddOid( // make sure the row with inOid is a table member 
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    const mdbOid* inOid) = 0; // row to ensure membership in table
+
+  NS_IMETHOD HasOid( // test for the table position of a row member
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    const mdbOid* inOid, // row to find in table
+    mdb_bool* outHasOid) = 0; // whether inOid is a member row
+
+  NS_IMETHOD CutOid( // make sure the row with inOid is not a member 
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    const mdbOid* inOid) = 0; // row to remove from table
+  // } ----- end oid set methods -----
+
+  // { ----- begin row set methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD NewRow( // create a new row instance in table
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    mdbOid* ioOid, // please use minus one (unbound) rowId for db-assigned IDs
+    nsIMdbRow** acqRow) = 0; // create new row
+
+  NS_IMETHOD AddRow( // make sure the row with inOid is a table member 
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    nsIMdbRow* ioRow) = 0; // row to ensure membership in table
+
+  NS_IMETHOD HasRow( // test for the table position of a row member
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    nsIMdbRow* ioRow, // row to find in table
+    mdb_bool* outHasRow) = 0; // whether row is a table member
+
+  NS_IMETHOD CutRow( // make sure the row with inOid is not a member 
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    nsIMdbRow* ioRow) = 0; // row to remove from table
+
+  NS_IMETHOD CutAllRows( // remove all rows from the table
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev) = 0; // context
+  // } ----- end row set methods -----
+
+  // { ----- begin hinting methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD SearchColumnsHint( // advise re future expected search cols  
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    const mdbColumnSet* inColumnSet) = 0; // columns likely to be searched
+    
+  NS_IMETHOD SortColumnsHint( // advise re future expected sort columns  
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    const mdbColumnSet* inColumnSet) = 0; // columns for likely sort requests
+    
+  NS_IMETHOD StartBatchChangeHint( // advise before many adds and cuts  
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    const void* inLabel) = 0; // intend unique address to match end call
+    // If batch starts nest by virtue of nesting calls in the stack, then
+    // the address of a local variable makes a good batch start label that
+    // can be used at batch end time, and such addresses remain unique.
+    
+  NS_IMETHOD EndBatchChangeHint( // advise before many adds and cuts  
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    const void* inLabel) = 0; // label matching start label
+    // Suppose a table is maintaining one or many sort orders for a table,
+    // so that every row added to the table must be inserted in each sort,
+    // and every row cut must be removed from each sort.  If a db client
+    // intends to make many such changes before needing any information
+    // about the order or positions of rows inside a table, then a client
+    // might tell the table to start batch changes in order to disable
+    // sorting of rows for the interim.  Presumably a table will then do
+    // a full sort of all rows at need when the batch changes end, or when
+    // a surprise request occurs for row position during batch changes.
+  // } ----- end hinting methods -----
+
+  // { ----- begin searching methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD FindRowMatches( // search variable number of sorted cols
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    const mdbYarn* inPrefix, // content to find as prefix in row's column cell
+    nsIMdbTableRowCursor** acqCursor) = 0; // set of matching rows
+    
+  NS_IMETHOD GetSearchColumns( // query columns used by FindRowMatches()
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    mdb_count* outCount, // context
+    mdbColumnSet* outColSet) = 0; // caller supplied space to put columns
+    // GetSearchColumns() returns the columns actually searched when the
+    // FindRowMatches() method is called.  No more than mColumnSet_Count
+    // slots of mColumnSet_Columns will be written, since mColumnSet_Count
+    // indicates how many slots are present in the column array.  The
+    // actual number of search column used by the table is returned in
+    // the outCount parameter; if this number exceeds mColumnSet_Count,
+    // then a caller needs a bigger array to read the entire column set.
+    // The minimum of mColumnSet_Count and outCount is the number slots
+    // in mColumnSet_Columns that were actually written by this method.
+    //
+    // Callers are expected to change this set of columns by calls to
+    // nsIMdbTable::SearchColumnsHint() or SetSearchSorting(), or both.
+  // } ----- end searching methods -----
+
+  // { ----- begin sorting methods -----
+  // sorting: note all rows are assumed sorted by row ID as a secondary
+  // sort following the primary column sort, when table rows are sorted.
+
+  NS_IMETHOD
+  CanSortColumn( // query which column is currently used for sorting
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    mdb_column inColumn, // column to query sorting potential
+    mdb_bool* outCanSort) = 0; // whether the column can be sorted
+    
+  NS_IMETHOD GetSorting( // view same table in particular sorting
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    mdb_column inColumn, // requested new column for sorting table
+    nsIMdbSorting** acqSorting) = 0; // acquire sorting for column
+    
+  NS_IMETHOD SetSearchSorting( // use this sorting in FindRowMatches()
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    mdb_column inColumn, // often same as nsIMdbSorting::GetSortColumn()
+    nsIMdbSorting* ioSorting) = 0; // requested sorting for some column
+    // SetSearchSorting() attempts to inform the table that ioSorting
+    // should be used during calls to FindRowMatches() for searching
+    // the column which is actually sorted by ioSorting.  This method
+    // is most useful in conjunction with nsIMdbSorting::SetCompare(),
+    // because otherwise a caller would not be able to override the
+    // comparison ordering method used during searchs.  Note that some
+    // database implementations might be unable to use an arbitrarily
+    // specified sort order, either due to schema or runtime interface
+    // constraints, in which case ioSorting might not actually be used.
+    // Presumably ioSorting is an instance that was returned from some
+    // earlier call to nsIMdbTable::GetSorting().  A caller can also
+    // use nsIMdbTable::SearchColumnsHint() to specify desired change
+    // in which columns are sorted and searched by FindRowMatches().
+    //
+    // A caller can pass a nil pointer for ioSorting to request that
+    // column inColumn no longer be used at all by FindRowMatches().
+    // But when ioSorting is non-nil, then inColumn should match the
+    // column actually sorted by ioSorting; when these do not agree,
+    // implementations are instructed to give precedence to the column
+    // specified by ioSorting (so this means callers might just pass
+    // zero for inColumn when ioSorting is also provided, since then
+    // inColumn is both redundant and ignored).
+  // } ----- end sorting methods -----
+
+  // { ----- begin moving methods -----
+  // moving a row does nothing unless a table is currently unsorted
+  
+  NS_IMETHOD MoveOid( // change position of row in unsorted table
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    const mdbOid* inOid,  // row oid to find in table
+    mdb_pos inHintFromPos, // suggested hint regarding start position
+    mdb_pos inToPos,       // desired new position for row inRowId
+    mdb_pos* outActualPos) = 0; // actual new position of row in table
+
+  NS_IMETHOD MoveRow( // change position of row in unsorted table
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    nsIMdbRow* ioRow,  // row oid to find in table
+    mdb_pos inHintFromPos, // suggested hint regarding start position
+    mdb_pos inToPos,       // desired new position for row inRowId
+    mdb_pos* outActualPos) = 0; // actual new position of row in table
+  // } ----- end moving methods -----
+  
+  // { ----- begin index methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD AddIndex( // create a sorting index for column if possible
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    mdb_column inColumn, // the column to sort by index
+    nsIMdbThumb** acqThumb) = 0; // acquire thumb for incremental index building
+  // Call nsIMdbThumb::DoMore() until done, or until the thumb is broken, and
+  // then the index addition will be finished.
+  
+  NS_IMETHOD CutIndex( // stop supporting a specific column index
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    mdb_column inColumn, // the column with index to be removed
+    nsIMdbThumb** acqThumb) = 0; // acquire thumb for incremental index destroy
+  // Call nsIMdbThumb::DoMore() until done, or until the thumb is broken, and
+  // then the index removal will be finished.
+  
+  NS_IMETHOD HasIndex( // query for current presence of a column index
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    mdb_column inColumn, // the column to investigate
+    mdb_bool* outHasIndex) = 0; // whether column has index for this column
+
+  
+  NS_IMETHOD EnableIndexOnSort( // create an index for col on first sort
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    mdb_column inColumn) = 0; // the column to index if ever sorted
+  
+  NS_IMETHOD QueryIndexOnSort( // check whether index on sort is enabled
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    mdb_column inColumn, // the column to investigate
+    mdb_bool* outIndexOnSort) = 0; // whether column has index-on-sort enabled
+  
+  NS_IMETHOD DisableIndexOnSort( // prevent future index creation on sort
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    mdb_column inColumn) = 0; // the column to index if ever sorted
+  // } ----- end index methods -----
+
+// } ===== end nsIMdbTable methods =====
+};
+
+NS_DEFINE_STATIC_IID_ACCESSOR(nsIMdbTable, NS_IMDBTABLE_IID)
+
+/*| nsIMdbSorting: a view of a table in some particular sort order.  This
+**| row order closely resembles a readonly array of rows with the same row
+**| membership as the underlying table, but in a different order than the
+**| table's explicit row order.  But the sorting's row membership changes
+**| whenever the table's membership changes (without any notification, so
+**| keep this in mind when modifying the table).
+**|
+**|| table: every sorting is associated with a particular table.  You
+**| cannot change which table is used by a sorting (just ask some new
+**| table for a suitable sorting instance instead).
+**|
+**|| compare: the ordering method used by a sorting, wrapped up in a
+**| abstract plug-in interface.  When this was never installed by an
+**| explicit call to SetNewCompare(), a compare object is still returned,
+**| and it might match the compare instance returned by the factory method
+**| nsIMdbFactory::MakeCompare(), which represents a default sort order
+**| (which we fervently hope is consistently ASCII byte ordering).
+**|
+**|| cursor: in case callers are more comfortable with a cursor style
+**| of accessing row members, each sorting will happily return a cursor
+**| instance with behavior very similar to a cursor returned from a call
+**| to nsIMdbTable::GetTableRowCursor(), but with different row order.
+**| A cursor should show exactly the same information as the pos methods.
+**|
+**|| pos: the PosToOid() and PosToRow() methods are just like the table
+**| methods of the same name, except they show rows in the sort order of 
+**| the sorting, rather than that of the table.  These methods are like
+**| readonly array position accessor's, or like a C++ operator[].
+|*/
+class nsIMdbSorting : public nsIMdbObject { // sorting of some table
+public:
+// { ===== begin nsIMdbSorting methods =====
+
+  // { ----- begin attribute methods -----
+  // sorting: note all rows are assumed sorted by row ID as a secondary
+  // sort following the primary column sort, when table rows are sorted.
+  
+  NS_IMETHOD GetTable(nsIMdbEnv* ev, nsIMdbTable** acqTable) = 0;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetSortColumn( // query which col is currently sorted
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    mdb_column* outColumn) = 0; // col the table uses for sorting (or zero)
+
+  // } ----- end attribute methods -----
+
+  // { ----- begin cursor methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD GetSortingRowCursor( // make a cursor, starting at inRowPos
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    mdb_pos inRowPos, // zero-based ordinal position of row in table
+    nsIMdbTableRowCursor** acqCursor) = 0; // acquire new cursor instance
+    // A cursor interface turning same info as PosToOid() or PosToRow().
+  // } ----- end row position methods -----
+
+  // { ----- begin row position methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD PosToOid( // get row member for a table position
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    mdb_pos inRowPos, // zero-based ordinal position of row in table
+    mdbOid* outOid) = 0; // row oid at the specified position
+    
+  NS_IMETHOD PosToRow( // test for the table position of a row member
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    mdb_pos inRowPos, // zero-based ordinal position of row in table
+    nsIMdbRow** acqRow) = 0; // acquire row at table position inRowPos
+  // } ----- end row position methods -----
+
+// } ===== end nsIMdbSorting methods =====
+};
+
+/*| nsIMdbTableRowCursor: cursor class for iterating table rows
+**|
+**|| table: the cursor is associated with a specific table, which can be
+**| set to a different table (which resets the position to -1 so the
+**| next row acquired is the first in the table.
+**|
+**|| NextRowId: the rows in the table can be iterated by identity alone,
+**| without actually reading the cells of any row with this method.
+**|
+**|| NextRowCells: read the next row in the table, but only read cells
+**| from the table which are already present in the row (so no new cells
+**| are added to the row, even if they are present in the table).  All the
+**| cells will have content specified, even it is the empty string.  No
+**| columns will be removed, even if missing from the row (because missing
+**| and empty are semantically equivalent).
+**|
+**|| NextRowAllCells: read the next row in the table, and access all the
+**| cells for this row in the table, adding any missing columns to the row
+**| as needed until all cells are represented.  All the
+**| cells will have content specified, even it is the empty string.  No
+**| columns will be removed, even if missing from the row (because missing
+**| and empty are semantically equivalent).
+**|
+|*/
+
+#define NS_IMDBTABLEROWCURSOR_IID_STR = "4f325dad-0385-4b62-a992-c914ab93587e"
+
+#define NS_IMDBTABLEROWCURSOR_IID \
+{0x4f325dad, 0x0385, 0x4b62, \
+{0xa9, 0x92, 0xc9, 0x14, 0xab, 0x93, 0x58, 0x7e}}
+
+
+
+class nsIMdbTableRowCursor : public nsISupports { // table row iterator
+public:
+  NS_DECLARE_STATIC_IID_ACCESSOR(NS_IMDBTABLEROWCURSOR_IID)
+
+// { ===== begin nsIMdbTableRowCursor methods =====
+
+  // { ----- begin attribute methods -----
+  // NS_IMETHOD SetTable(nsIMdbEnv* ev, nsIMdbTable* ioTable) = 0; // sets pos to -1
+  // Method SetTable() cut and made obsolete in keeping with new sorting methods.
+  
+  NS_IMETHOD GetTable(nsIMdbEnv* ev, nsIMdbTable** acqTable) = 0;
+  // } ----- end attribute methods -----
+
+  // { ----- begin duplicate row removal methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD CanHaveDupRowMembers(nsIMdbEnv* ev, // cursor might hold dups?
+    mdb_bool* outCanHaveDups) = 0;
+    
+  NS_IMETHOD MakeUniqueCursor( // clone cursor, removing duplicate rows
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    nsIMdbTableRowCursor** acqCursor) = 0;    // acquire clone with no dups
+    // Note that MakeUniqueCursor() is never necessary for a cursor which was
+    // created by table method nsIMdbTable::GetTableRowCursor(), because a table
+    // never contains the same row as a member more than once.  However, a cursor
+    // created by table method nsIMdbTable::FindRowMatches() might contain the
+    // same row more than once, because the same row can generate a hit by more
+    // than one column with a matching string prefix.  Note this method can
+    // return the very same cursor instance with just an incremented refcount,
+    // when the original cursor could not contain any duplicate rows (calling
+    // CanHaveDupRowMembers() shows this case on a false return).  Otherwise
+    // this method returns a different cursor instance.  Callers should not use
+    // this MakeUniqueCursor() method lightly, because it tends to defeat the
+    // purpose of lazy programming techniques, since it can force creation of
+    // an explicit row collection in a new cursor's representation, in order to
+    // inspect the row membership and remove any duplicates; this can have big
+    // impact if a collection holds tens of thousands of rows or more, when
+    // the original cursor with dups simply referenced rows indirectly by row
+    // position ranges, without using an explicit row set representation.
+    // Callers are encouraged to use nsIMdbCursor::GetCount() to determine
+    // whether the row collection is very large (tens of thousands), and to
+    // delay calling MakeUniqueCursor() when possible, until a user interface
+    // element actually demands the creation of an explicit set representation.
+  // } ----- end duplicate row removal methods -----
+
+  // { ----- begin oid iteration methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD NextRowOid( // get row id of next row in the table
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    mdbOid* outOid, // out row oid
+    mdb_pos* outRowPos) = 0;    // zero-based position of the row in table
+  // } ----- end oid iteration methods -----
+
+  // { ----- begin row iteration methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD NextRow( // get row cells from table for cells already in row
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    nsIMdbRow** acqRow, // acquire next row in table
+    mdb_pos* outRowPos) = 0;    // zero-based position of the row in table
+
+  NS_IMETHOD PrevRowOid( // get row id of previous row in the table
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    mdbOid* outOid, // out row oid
+    mdb_pos* outRowPos) = 0;    // zero-based position of the row in table
+  // } ----- end oid iteration methods -----
+
+  // { ----- begin row iteration methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD PrevRow( // get row cells from table for cells already in row
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    nsIMdbRow** acqRow, // acquire previous row in table
+    mdb_pos* outRowPos) = 0;    // zero-based position of the row in table
+
+  // } ----- end row iteration methods -----
+
+  // { ----- begin copy iteration methods -----
+  // NS_IMETHOD NextRowCopy( // put row cells into sink only when already in sink
+  //   nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+  //   nsIMdbRow* ioSinkRow, // sink for row cells read from next row
+  //   mdbOid* outOid, // out row oid
+  //   mdb_pos* outRowPos) = 0;    // zero-based position of the row in table
+  // 
+  // NS_IMETHOD NextRowCopyAll( // put all row cells into sink, adding to sink
+  //   nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+  //   nsIMdbRow* ioSinkRow, // sink for row cells read from next row
+  //   mdbOid* outOid, // out row oid
+  //   mdb_pos* outRowPos) = 0;    // zero-based position of the row in table
+  // } ----- end copy iteration methods -----
+
+// } ===== end nsIMdbTableRowCursor methods =====
+};
+
+NS_DEFINE_STATIC_IID_ACCESSOR(nsIMdbTableRowCursor, NS_IMDBTABLEROWCURSOR_IID)
+
+/*| nsIMdbRow: a collection of cells
+**|
+|*/
+
+#define NS_IMDBROW_IID_STR "271e8d6e-183a-40e3-9f18-36913b4c7853"
+
+
+#define NS_IMDBROW_IID \
+{0x271e8d6e, 0x183a, 0x40e3, \
+{0x9f, 0x18, 0x36, 0x91, 0x3b, 0x4c, 0x78, 0x53}}
+
+
+class nsIMdbRow : public nsIMdbCollection { // cell tuple
+public:
+
+  NS_DECLARE_STATIC_IID_ACCESSOR(NS_IMDBROW_IID)
+// { ===== begin nsIMdbRow methods =====
+
+  // { ----- begin cursor methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD GetRowCellCursor( // make a cursor starting iteration at inCellPos
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    mdb_pos inCellPos, // zero-based ordinal position of cell in row
+    nsIMdbRowCellCursor** acqCursor) = 0; // acquire new cursor instance
+  // } ----- end cursor methods -----
+
+  // { ----- begin column methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD AddColumn( // make sure a particular column is inside row
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    mdb_column inColumn, // column to add
+    const mdbYarn* inYarn) = 0; // cell value to install
+
+  NS_IMETHOD CutColumn( // make sure a column is absent from the row
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    mdb_column inColumn) = 0; // column to ensure absent from row
+
+  NS_IMETHOD CutAllColumns( // remove all columns from the row
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev) = 0; // context
+  // } ----- end column methods -----
+
+  // { ----- begin cell methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD NewCell( // get cell for specified column, or add new one
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    mdb_column inColumn, // column to add
+    nsIMdbCell** acqCell) = 0; // cell column and value
+    
+  NS_IMETHOD AddCell( // copy a cell from another row to this row
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    const nsIMdbCell* inCell) = 0; // cell column and value
+    
+  NS_IMETHOD GetCell( // find a cell in this row
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    mdb_column inColumn, // column to find
+    nsIMdbCell** acqCell) = 0; // cell for specified column, or null
+    
+  NS_IMETHOD EmptyAllCells( // make all cells in row empty of content
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev) = 0; // context
+  // } ----- end cell methods -----
+
+  // { ----- begin row methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD AddRow( // add all cells in another row to this one
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    nsIMdbRow* ioSourceRow) = 0; // row to union with
+    
+  NS_IMETHOD SetRow( // make exact duplicate of another row
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    nsIMdbRow* ioSourceRow) = 0; // row to duplicate
+  // } ----- end row methods -----
+
+  // { ----- begin blob methods -----  
+  NS_IMETHOD SetCellYarn(nsIMdbEnv* ev, // synonym for AddColumn()
+    mdb_column inColumn, // column to write
+    const mdbYarn* inYarn) = 0;   // reads from yarn slots
+  // make this text object contain content from the yarn's buffer
+  
+  NS_IMETHOD GetCellYarn(nsIMdbEnv* ev, 
+    mdb_column inColumn, // column to read 
+    mdbYarn* outYarn) = 0;  // writes some yarn slots 
+  // copy content into the yarn buffer, and update mYarn_Fill and mYarn_Form
+  
+  NS_IMETHOD AliasCellYarn(nsIMdbEnv* ev, 
+    mdb_column inColumn, // column to alias
+    mdbYarn* outYarn) = 0; // writes ALL yarn slots
+  
+  NS_IMETHOD NextCellYarn(nsIMdbEnv* ev, // iterative version of GetCellYarn()
+    mdb_column* ioColumn, // next column to read
+    mdbYarn* outYarn) = 0;  // writes some yarn slots 
+  // copy content into the yarn buffer, and update mYarn_Fill and mYarn_Form
+  //
+  // The ioColumn argument is an inout parameter which initially contains the
+  // last column accessed and returns the next column corresponding to the
+  // content read into the yarn.  Callers should start with a zero column
+  // value to say 'no previous column', which causes the first column to be
+  // read.  Then the value returned in ioColumn is perfect for the next call
+  // to NextCellYarn(), since it will then be the previous column accessed.
+  // Callers need only examine the column token returned to see which cell
+  // in the row is being read into the yarn.  When no more columns remain,
+  // and the iteration has ended, ioColumn will return a zero token again.
+  // So iterating over cells starts and ends with a zero column token.
+
+  NS_IMETHOD SeekCellYarn( // resembles nsIMdbRowCellCursor::SeekCell()
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    mdb_pos inPos, // position of cell in row sequence
+    mdb_column* outColumn, // column for this particular cell
+    mdbYarn* outYarn) = 0; // writes some yarn slots
+  // copy content into the yarn buffer, and update mYarn_Fill and mYarn_Form
+  // Callers can pass nil for outYarn to indicate no interest in content, so
+  // only the outColumn value is returned.  NOTE to subclasses: you must be
+  // able to ignore outYarn when the pointer is nil; please do not crash.
+
+  // } ----- end blob methods -----
+
+// } ===== end nsIMdbRow methods =====
+};
+
+NS_DEFINE_STATIC_IID_ACCESSOR(nsIMdbRow, NS_IMDBROW_IID)
+
+/*| nsIMdbRowCellCursor: cursor class for iterating row cells
+**|
+**|| row: the cursor is associated with a specific row, which can be
+**| set to a different row (which resets the position to -1 so the
+**| next cell acquired is the first in the row.
+**|
+**|| NextCell: get the next cell in the row and return its position and
+**| a new instance of a nsIMdbCell to represent this next cell.
+|*/
+
+#define NS_IMDBROWCELLCURSOR_IID_STR "b33371a7-5d63-4d10-85a8-e44dffe75c28"
+
+
+#define NS_IMDBROWCELLCURSOR_IID \
+{0x271e8d6e, 0x5d63, 0x4d10 , \
+{0x85, 0xa8, 0xe4, 0x4d, 0xff, 0xe7, 0x5c, 0x28}}
+
+
+class nsIMdbRowCellCursor : public nsISupports{ // cell collection iterator
+public:
+
+  NS_DECLARE_STATIC_IID_ACCESSOR(NS_IMDBROWCELLCURSOR_IID)
+// { ===== begin nsIMdbRowCellCursor methods =====
+
+  // { ----- begin attribute methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD SetRow(nsIMdbEnv* ev, nsIMdbRow* ioRow) = 0; // sets pos to -1
+  NS_IMETHOD GetRow(nsIMdbEnv* ev, nsIMdbRow** acqRow) = 0;
+  // } ----- end attribute methods -----
+
+  // { ----- begin cell creation methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD MakeCell( // get cell at current pos in the row
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    mdb_column* outColumn, // column for this particular cell
+    mdb_pos* outPos, // position of cell in row sequence
+    nsIMdbCell** acqCell) = 0; // the cell at inPos
+  // } ----- end cell creation methods -----
+
+  // { ----- begin cell seeking methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD SeekCell( // same as SetRow() followed by MakeCell()
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    mdb_pos inPos, // position of cell in row sequence
+    mdb_column* outColumn, // column for this particular cell
+    nsIMdbCell** acqCell) = 0; // the cell at inPos
+  // } ----- end cell seeking methods -----
+
+  // { ----- begin cell iteration methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD NextCell( // get next cell in the row
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    nsIMdbCell** acqCell, // changes to the next cell in the iteration
+    mdb_column* outColumn, // column for this particular cell
+    mdb_pos* outPos) = 0; // position of cell in row sequence
+    
+  NS_IMETHOD PickNextCell( // get next cell in row within filter set
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    nsIMdbCell* ioCell, // changes to the next cell in the iteration
+    const mdbColumnSet* inFilterSet, // col set of actual caller interest
+    mdb_column* outColumn, // column for this particular cell
+    mdb_pos* outPos) = 0; // position of cell in row sequence
+
+  // Note that inFilterSet should not have too many (many more than 10?)
+  // cols, since this might imply a potential excessive consumption of time
+  // over many cursor calls when looking for column and filter intersection.
+  // } ----- end cell iteration methods -----
+
+// } ===== end nsIMdbRowCellCursor methods =====
+};
+
+NS_DEFINE_STATIC_IID_ACCESSOR(nsIMdbRowCellCursor, NS_IMDBROWCELLCURSOR_IID)
+
+/*| nsIMdbBlob: a base class for objects composed mainly of byte sequence state.
+**| (This provides a base class for nsIMdbCell, so that cells themselves can
+**| be used to set state in another cell, without extracting a buffer.)
+|*/
+class nsIMdbBlob : public nsISupports { // a string with associated charset
+public:
+
+// { ===== begin nsIMdbBlob methods =====
+
+  // { ----- begin attribute methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD SetBlob(nsIMdbEnv* ev,
+    nsIMdbBlob* ioBlob) = 0; // reads inBlob slots
+  // when inBlob is in the same suite, this might be fastest cell-to-cell
+  
+  NS_IMETHOD ClearBlob( // make empty (so content has zero length)
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev) = 0;
+  // clearing a yarn is like SetYarn() with empty yarn instance content
+  
+  NS_IMETHOD GetBlobFill(nsIMdbEnv* ev,
+    mdb_fill* outFill) = 0;  // size of blob 
+  // Same value that would be put into mYarn_Fill, if one called GetYarn()
+  // with a yarn instance that had mYarn_Buf==nil and mYarn_Size==0.
+  
+  NS_IMETHOD SetYarn(nsIMdbEnv* ev, 
+    const mdbYarn* inYarn) = 0;   // reads from yarn slots
+  // make this text object contain content from the yarn's buffer
+  
+  NS_IMETHOD GetYarn(nsIMdbEnv* ev, 
+    mdbYarn* outYarn) = 0;  // writes some yarn slots 
+  // copy content into the yarn buffer, and update mYarn_Fill and mYarn_Form
+  
+  NS_IMETHOD AliasYarn(nsIMdbEnv* ev, 
+    mdbYarn* outYarn) = 0; // writes ALL yarn slots
+  // AliasYarn() reveals sensitive internal text buffer state to the caller
+  // by setting mYarn_Buf to point into the guts of this text implementation.
+  //
+  // The caller must take great care to avoid writing on this space, and to
+  // avoid calling any method that would cause the state of this text object
+  // to change (say by directly or indirectly setting the text to hold more
+  // content that might grow the size of the buffer and free the old buffer).
+  // In particular, callers should scrupulously avoid making calls into the
+  // mdb interface to write any content while using the buffer pointer found
+  // in the returned yarn instance.  Best safe usage involves copying content
+  // into some other kind of external content representation beyond mdb.
+  //
+  // (The original design of this method a week earlier included the concept
+  // of very fast and efficient cooperative locking via a pointer to some lock
+  // member slot.  But let's ignore that complexity in the current design.)
+  //
+  // AliasYarn() is specifically intended as the first step in transferring
+  // content from nsIMdbBlob to a nsString representation, without forcing extra
+  // allocations and/or memory copies. (A standard nsIMdbBlob_AsString() utility
+  // will use AliasYarn() as the first step in setting a nsString instance.)
+  //
+  // This is an alternative to the GetYarn() method, which has copy semantics
+  // only; AliasYarn() relaxes a robust safety principle only for performance
+  // reasons, to accomodate the need for callers to transform text content to
+  // some other canonical representation that would necessitate an additional
+  // copy and transformation when such is incompatible with the mdbYarn format.
+  //
+  // The implementation of AliasYarn() should have extremely little overhead
+  // besides the virtual dispatch to the method implementation, and the code
+  // necessary to populate all the mdbYarn member slots with internal buffer
+  // address and metainformation that describes the buffer content.  Note that
+  // mYarn_Grow must always be set to nil to indicate no resizing is allowed.
+  
+  // } ----- end attribute methods -----
+
+// } ===== end nsIMdbBlob methods =====
+};
+
+/*| nsIMdbCell: the text in a single column of a row.  The base nsIMdbBlob
+**| class provides all the interface related to accessing cell text.
+**|
+**|| column: each cell in a row appears in a specific column, where this
+**| column is identified by the an integer mdb_scope value (generated by
+**| the StringToScopeToken() method in the containing nsIMdbPort instance).
+**| Because a row cannot have more than one cell with the same column,
+**| something must give if one calls SetColumn() with an existing column
+**| in the same row. When this happens, the other cell is replaced with
+**| this cell (and the old cell is closed if it has outstanding refs).
+**|
+**|| row: every cell instance is a part of some row, and every cell knows
+**| which row is the parent row.  (Note this should be represented by a
+**| weak backpointer, so that outstanding cell references cannot keep a
+**| row open that should be closed. Otherwise we'd have ref graph cycles.)
+**|
+**|| text: a cell can either be text, or it can have a child row or table,
+**| but not both at once.  If text is read from a cell with a child, the text
+**| content should be empty (for AliasYarn()) or a description of the type
+**| of child (perhaps "mdb:cell:child:row" or "mdb:cell:child:table").
+**|
+**|| child: a cell might reference another row or a table, rather than text.
+**| The interface for putting and getting children rows and tables was first
+**| defined in the nsIMdbTable interface, but then this was moved to this cell
+**| interface as more natural. 
+|*/
+
+
+
+#define NS_IMDBCELL_IID \
+{0xa3b62f71, 0xa181, 0x4a91, \
+{0xb6, 0x6b, 0x27, 0x10, 0x9b, 0x88, 0x98, 0x35}}
+
+#define NS_IMDBCELL_IID_STR = "a3b62f71-a181-4a91-b66b-27109b889835"
+
+class nsIMdbCell : public nsIMdbBlob { // text attribute in row with column scope
+public:
+
+  NS_DECLARE_STATIC_IID_ACCESSOR(NS_IMDBTABLEROWCURSOR_IID)
+// { ===== begin nsIMdbCell methods =====
+
+  // { ----- begin attribute methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD SetColumn(nsIMdbEnv* ev, mdb_column inColumn) = 0; 
+  NS_IMETHOD GetColumn(nsIMdbEnv* ev, mdb_column* outColumn) = 0;
+  
+  NS_IMETHOD GetCellInfo(  // all cell metainfo except actual content
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, 
+    mdb_column* outColumn,           // the column in the containing row
+    mdb_fill*   outBlobFill,         // the size of text content in bytes
+    mdbOid*     outChildOid,         // oid of possible row or table child
+    mdb_bool*   outIsRowChild) = 0;  // nonzero if child, and a row child
+
+  // Checking all cell metainfo is a good way to avoid forcing a large cell
+  // in to memory when you don't actually want to use the content.
+  
+  NS_IMETHOD GetRow(nsIMdbEnv* ev, // parent row for this cell
+    nsIMdbRow** acqRow) = 0;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetPort(nsIMdbEnv* ev, // port containing cell
+    nsIMdbPort** acqPort) = 0;
+  // } ----- end attribute methods -----
+
+  // { ----- begin children methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD HasAnyChild( // does cell have a child instead of text?
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev,
+    mdbOid* outOid,  // out id of row or table (or unbound if no child)
+    mdb_bool* outIsRow) = 0; // nonzero if child is a row (rather than a table)
+
+  NS_IMETHOD GetAnyChild( // access table of specific attribute
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    nsIMdbRow** acqRow, // child row (or null)
+    nsIMdbTable** acqTable) = 0; // child table (or null)
+
+
+  NS_IMETHOD SetChildRow( // access table of specific attribute
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    nsIMdbRow* ioRow) = 0; // inRow must be bound inside this same db port
+
+  NS_IMETHOD GetChildRow( // access row of specific attribute
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    nsIMdbRow** acqRow) = 0; // acquire child row (or nil if no child)
+
+
+  NS_IMETHOD SetChildTable( // access table of specific attribute
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    nsIMdbTable* inTable) = 0; // table must be bound inside this same db port
+
+  NS_IMETHOD GetChildTable( // access table of specific attribute
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    nsIMdbTable** acqTable) = 0; // acquire child table (or nil if no child)
+  // } ----- end children methods -----
+
+// } ===== end nsIMdbCell methods =====
+};
+
+NS_DEFINE_STATIC_IID_ACCESSOR(nsIMdbCell, NS_IMDBTABLEROWCURSOR_IID)
+
+// } %%%%% end C++ abstract class interfaces %%%%%
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+#endif /* _MDB_ */
+
diff --git a/db/mork/public/moz.build b/db/mork/public/moz.build
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7212c6eff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/db/mork/public/moz.build
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+# vim: set filetype=python:
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+EXPORTS += [
+    'mdb.h',
+]
+
diff --git a/db/mork/src/mork.h b/db/mork/src/mork.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..606e8f3d9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/db/mork/src/mork.h
@@ -0,0 +1,247 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-  */
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ *
+ * The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1999
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Contributor(s):
+ *
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
+ * or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ *
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+
+#ifndef _MORK_
+#define _MORK_ 1
+
+#ifndef _MDB_
+#include "mdb.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "nscore.h"
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+
+// { %%%%% begin disable unused param warnings %%%%%
+#define MORK_USED_1(x) (void)(&x)
+#define MORK_USED_2(x,y) (void)(&x);(void)(&y);
+#define MORK_USED_3(x,y,z) (void)(&x);(void)(&y);(void)(&z);
+#define MORK_USED_4(w,x,y,z) (void)(&w);(void)(&x);(void)(&y);(void)(&z);
+
+// } %%%%% end disable unused param warnings %%%%%
+
+// { %%%%% begin macro for finding class member offset %%%%%
+
+/*| OffsetOf: the unsigned integer offset of a class or struct
+**| field from the beginning of that class or struct.  This is
+**| the same as the similarly named public domain IronDoc macro,
+**| and is also the same as another macro appearing in stdlib.h.
+**| We want these offsets so we can correctly convert pointers
+**| to member slots back into pointers to enclosing objects, and
+**| have this exactly match what the compiler thinks is true.
+**|
+**|| Bascially we are asking the compiler to determine the offset at
+**| compile time, and we use the definition of address artithmetic
+**| to do this.  By casting integer zero to a pointer of type obj*,
+**| we can reference the address of a slot in such an object that
+**| is hypothetically physically placed at address zero, but without
+**| actually dereferencing a memory location.  The absolute address
+**| of slot is the same as offset of that slot, when the object is
+**| placed at address zero.
+|*/
+#define mork_OffsetOf(obj,slot) ((unsigned int)&((obj*) 0)->slot)
+
+// } %%%%% end macro for finding class member offset %%%%%
+
+// { %%%%% begin specific-size integer scalar typedefs %%%%%
+typedef unsigned char  mork_u1;  // make sure this is one byte
+typedef unsigned short mork_u2;  // make sure this is two bytes
+typedef short          mork_i2;  // make sure this is two bytes
+typedef uint32_t       mork_u4;  // make sure this is four bytes
+typedef int32_t        mork_i4;  // make sure this is four bytes
+typedef PRWord         mork_ip;  // make sure sizeof(mork_ip) == sizeof(void*)
+
+typedef mork_u1 mork_ch;    // small byte-sized character (never wide)
+typedef mork_u1 mork_flags;  // one byte's worth of predicate bit flags
+
+typedef mork_u2 mork_base;    // 2-byte magic class signature slot in object
+typedef mork_u2 mork_derived; // 2-byte magic class signature slot in object
+
+typedef mork_u4 mork_token;      // unsigned token for atomized string
+typedef mork_token mork_scope;   // token used to id scope for rows
+typedef mork_token mork_kind;    // token used to id kind for tables
+typedef mork_token mork_cscode;  // token used to id charset names
+typedef mork_token mork_aid;     // token used to id atomize cell values
+
+typedef mork_token mork_column;  // token used to id columns for rows
+typedef mork_column mork_delta;  // mork_column plus mork_change 
+
+typedef mork_token mork_color;   // bead ID
+#define morkColor_kNone ((mork_color) 0)
+
+typedef mork_u4 mork_magic;      // unsigned magic signature
+
+typedef mork_u4 mork_seed;       // unsigned collection change counter
+typedef mork_u4 mork_count;      // unsigned collection member count
+typedef mork_count mork_num;     // synonym for count
+typedef mork_u4 mork_size;       // unsigned physical media size
+typedef mork_u4 mork_fill;       // unsigned logical content size
+typedef mork_u4 mork_more;       // more available bytes for larger buffer
+
+typedef mdb_u4 mork_percent; // 0..100, with values >100 same as 100
+
+typedef mork_i4 mork_pos; // negative means "before first" (at zero pos)
+typedef mork_i4 mork_line; // negative means "before first line in file"
+
+typedef mork_u1 mork_usage;   // 1-byte magic usage signature slot in object
+typedef mork_u1 mork_access;  // 1-byte magic access signature slot in object
+
+typedef mork_u1 mork_change; // add, cut, put, set, nil
+typedef mork_u1 mork_priority; // 0..9, for a total of ten different values
+
+typedef mork_u1 mork_able; // on, off, asleep (clone IronDoc's fe_able)
+typedef mork_u1 mork_load; // dirty or clean (clone IronDoc's fe_load)
+// } %%%%% end specific-size integer scalar typedefs %%%%%
+
+// 'test' is a public domain Mithril for key equality tests in probe maps
+typedef mork_i2 mork_test; /* neg=>kVoid, zero=>kHit, pos=>kMiss */
+
+#define morkTest_kVoid ((mork_test) -1) /* -1: nil key slot, no key order */
+#define morkTest_kHit  ((mork_test) 0)  /*  0: keys are equal, a map hit */
+#define morkTest_kMiss ((mork_test) 1)  /*  1: keys not equal, a map miss */
+
+// { %%%%% begin constants for Mork scalar types %%%%%
+#define morkPriority_kHi  ((mork_priority) 0) /* best priority */
+#define morkPriority_kMin ((mork_priority) 0) /* best priority is smallest */
+
+#define morkPriority_kLo  ((mork_priority) 9) /* worst priority */
+#define morkPriority_kMax ((mork_priority) 9) /* worst priority is biggest */
+
+#define morkPriority_kCount 10 /* number of distinct priority values */
+
+#define morkAble_kEnabled  ((mork_able) 0x55) /* same as IronDoc constant */
+#define morkAble_kDisabled ((mork_able) 0xAA) /* same as IronDoc constant */
+#define morkAble_kAsleep   ((mork_able) 0x5A) /* same as IronDoc constant */
+
+#define morkChange_kAdd 'a' /* add member */
+#define morkChange_kCut 'c' /* cut member */
+#define morkChange_kPut 'p' /* put member */
+#define morkChange_kSet 's' /* set all members */
+#define morkChange_kNil 0   /* no change in this member */
+#define morkChange_kDup 'd' /* duplicate changes have no effect */
+// kDup is intended to replace another change constant in an object as a
+// conclusion about change feasibility while staging intended alterations.
+
+#define morkLoad_kDirty ((mork_load) 0xDD) /* same as IronDoc constant */
+#define morkLoad_kClean ((mork_load) 0x22) /* same as IronDoc constant */
+
+#define morkAccess_kOpen    'o'
+#define morkAccess_kClosing 'c'
+#define morkAccess_kShut    's'
+#define morkAccess_kDead    'd'
+// } %%%%% end constants for Mork scalar types %%%%%
+
+// { %%%%% begin non-specific-size integer scalar typedefs %%%%%
+typedef int mork_char; // nominal type for ints used to hold input byte
+#define morkChar_IsWhite(c) \
+  ((c) == 0xA || (c) == 0x9 || (c) == 0xD || (c) == ' ')
+// } %%%%% end non-specific-size integer scalar typedefs %%%%%
+
+// { %%%%% begin mdb-driven scalar typedefs %%%%%
+// easier to define bool exactly the same as mdb:
+typedef mdb_bool mork_bool; // unsigned byte with zero=false, nonzero=true
+
+/* canonical boolean constants provided only for code clarity: */
+#define morkBool_kTrue  ((mork_bool) 1) /* actually any nonzero means true */
+#define morkBool_kFalse ((mork_bool) 0) /* only zero means false */
+
+// mdb clients can assign these, so we cannot pick maximum size:
+typedef mdb_id mork_id;    // unsigned object identity in a scope
+typedef mork_id mork_rid;  // unsigned row identity inside scope
+typedef mork_id mork_tid;  // unsigned table identity inside scope
+typedef mork_id mork_gid;  // unsigned group identity without any scope
+
+// we only care about neg, zero, pos -- so we don't care about size:
+typedef mdb_order mork_order; // neg:lessthan, zero:equalto, pos:greaterthan 
+// } %%%%% end mdb-driven scalar typedefs %%%%%
+
+#define morkId_kMinusOne ((mdb_id) -1)
+
+// { %%%%% begin class forward defines %%%%%
+// try to put these in alphabetical order for easier examination:
+class morkMid;
+class morkAtom;
+class morkAtomSpace;
+class morkBookAtom;
+class morkBuf;
+class morkBuilder;
+class morkCell;
+class morkCellObject;
+class morkCursor;
+class morkEnv;
+class morkFactory;
+class morkFile;
+class morkHandle;
+class morkHandleFace; // just an opaque cookie type
+class morkHandleFrame;
+class morkHashArrays;
+class morkMap;
+class morkNode;
+class morkObject;
+class morkOidAtom;
+class morkParser;
+class morkPool;
+class morkPlace;
+class morkPort;
+class morkPortTableCursor;
+class morkProbeMap;
+class morkRow;
+class morkRowCellCursor;
+class morkRowObject;
+class morkRowSpace;
+class morkSorting;
+class morkSortingRowCursor;
+class morkSpace;
+class morkSpan;
+class morkStore;
+class morkStream;
+class morkTable;
+class morkTableChange;
+class morkTableRowCursor;
+class morkThumb;
+class morkWriter;
+class morkZone;
+// } %%%%% end class forward defines %%%%%
+
+// include this config file last for platform & environment specific stuff:
+#ifndef _MORKCONFIG_
+#include "morkConfig.h"
+#endif
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+#endif /* _MORK_ */
diff --git a/db/mork/src/morkArray.cpp b/db/mork/src/morkArray.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5b83b85e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/db/mork/src/morkArray.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,297 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-  */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nscore.h"
+
+#ifndef _MDB_
+#include "mdb.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORK_
+#include "mork.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKNODE_
+#include "morkNode.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKENV_
+#include "morkEnv.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKARRAY_
+#include "morkArray.h"
+#endif
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+// ````` ````` ````` ````` ````` 
+// { ===== begin morkNode interface =====
+
+/*public virtual*/ void
+morkArray::CloseMorkNode(morkEnv* ev) // CloseTable() only if open
+{
+  if ( this->IsOpenNode() )
+  {
+    this->MarkClosing();
+    this->CloseArray(ev);
+    this->MarkShut();
+  }
+}
+
+/*public virtual*/
+morkArray::~morkArray() // assert CloseTable() executed earlier
+{
+  MORK_ASSERT(this->IsShutNode());
+  MORK_ASSERT(mArray_Slots==0);
+}
+
+/*public non-poly*/
+morkArray::morkArray(morkEnv* ev, const morkUsage& inUsage,
+    nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap, mork_size inSize, nsIMdbHeap* ioSlotHeap)
+: morkNode(ev, inUsage, ioHeap)
+, mArray_Slots( 0 )
+, mArray_Heap( 0 )
+, mArray_Fill( 0 )
+, mArray_Size( 0 )
+, mArray_Seed( (mork_u4)NS_PTR_TO_INT32(this) ) // "random" integer assignment
+{
+  if ( ev->Good() )
+  {
+    if ( ioSlotHeap )
+    {
+      nsIMdbHeap_SlotStrongHeap(ioSlotHeap, ev, &mArray_Heap);
+      if ( ev->Good() )
+      {
+        if ( inSize < 3 )
+          inSize = 3;
+        mdb_size byteSize = inSize * sizeof(void*);
+        void** block = 0;
+        ioSlotHeap->Alloc(ev->AsMdbEnv(), byteSize, (void**) &block);
+        if ( block && ev->Good() )
+        {
+          mArray_Slots = block;
+          mArray_Size = inSize;
+          MORK_MEMSET(mArray_Slots, 0, byteSize);
+          if ( ev->Good() )
+            mNode_Derived = morkDerived_kArray;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    else
+      ev->NilPointerError();
+  }
+}
+
+/*public non-poly*/ void
+morkArray::CloseArray(morkEnv* ev) // called by CloseMorkNode();
+{
+    if ( this->IsNode() )
+    {
+      if ( mArray_Heap && mArray_Slots )
+        mArray_Heap->Free(ev->AsMdbEnv(), mArray_Slots);
+        
+      mArray_Slots = 0;
+      mArray_Size = 0;
+      mArray_Fill = 0;
+      ++mArray_Seed;
+      nsIMdbHeap_SlotStrongHeap((nsIMdbHeap*) 0, ev, &mArray_Heap);
+      this->MarkShut();
+    }
+    else
+      this->NonNodeError(ev);
+}
+
+// } ===== end morkNode methods =====
+// ````` ````` ````` ````` ````` 
+
+/*static*/ void
+morkArray::NonArrayTypeError(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  ev->NewError("non morkArray");
+}
+
+/*static*/ void
+morkArray::IndexBeyondEndError(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  ev->NewError("array index beyond end");
+}
+
+/*static*/ void
+morkArray::NilSlotsAddressError(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  ev->NewError("nil mArray_Slots");
+}
+
+/*static*/ void
+morkArray::FillBeyondSizeError(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  ev->NewError("mArray_Fill > mArray_Size");
+}
+
+mork_bool
+morkArray::Grow(morkEnv* ev, mork_size inNewSize)
+// Grow() returns true if capacity becomes >= inNewSize and ev->Good()
+{
+  if ( ev->Good() && inNewSize > mArray_Size ) // make array larger?
+  {
+    if ( mArray_Fill <= mArray_Size ) // fill and size fit the invariant?
+    {
+      if (mArray_Size <= 3)
+        inNewSize = mArray_Size + 3;
+      else
+        inNewSize = mArray_Size  * 2;// + 3;  // try doubling size here - used to grow by 3
+        
+      mdb_size newByteSize = inNewSize * sizeof(void*);
+      void** newBlock = 0;
+      mArray_Heap->Alloc(ev->AsMdbEnv(), newByteSize, (void**) &newBlock);
+      if ( newBlock && ev->Good() ) // okay new block?
+      {
+        void** oldSlots = mArray_Slots;
+        void** oldEnd = oldSlots + mArray_Fill;
+        
+        void** newSlots = newBlock;
+        void** newEnd = newBlock + inNewSize;
+        
+        while ( oldSlots < oldEnd )
+          *newSlots++ = *oldSlots++;
+          
+        while ( newSlots < newEnd )
+          *newSlots++ = (void*) 0;
+
+        oldSlots = mArray_Slots;
+        mArray_Size = inNewSize;
+        mArray_Slots = newBlock;
+        mArray_Heap->Free(ev->AsMdbEnv(), oldSlots);
+      }
+    }
+    else
+      this->FillBeyondSizeError(ev);
+  }
+  ++mArray_Seed; // always modify seed, since caller intends to add slots
+  return ( ev->Good() && mArray_Size >= inNewSize );
+}
+
+void*
+morkArray::SafeAt(morkEnv* ev, mork_pos inPos)
+{
+  if ( mArray_Slots )
+  {
+    if ( inPos >= 0 && inPos < (mork_pos) mArray_Fill )
+      return mArray_Slots[ inPos ];
+    else
+      this->IndexBeyondEndError(ev);
+  }
+  else
+    this->NilSlotsAddressError(ev);
+    
+  return (void*) 0;
+}
+
+void
+morkArray::SafeAtPut(morkEnv* ev, mork_pos inPos, void* ioSlot)
+{
+  if ( mArray_Slots )
+  {
+    if ( inPos >= 0 && inPos < (mork_pos) mArray_Fill )
+    {
+      mArray_Slots[ inPos ] = ioSlot;
+      ++mArray_Seed;
+    }
+    else
+      this->IndexBeyondEndError(ev);
+  }
+  else
+    this->NilSlotsAddressError(ev);
+}
+
+mork_pos
+morkArray::AppendSlot(morkEnv* ev, void* ioSlot)
+{
+  mork_pos outPos = -1;
+  if ( mArray_Slots )
+  {
+    mork_fill fill = mArray_Fill;
+    if ( this->Grow(ev, fill+1) )
+    {
+      outPos = (mork_pos) fill;
+      mArray_Slots[ fill ] = ioSlot;
+      mArray_Fill = fill + 1;
+      // note Grow() increments mArray_Seed
+    }
+  }
+  else
+    this->NilSlotsAddressError(ev);
+    
+  return outPos;
+}
+
+void
+morkArray::AddSlot(morkEnv* ev, mork_pos inPos, void* ioSlot)
+{
+  if ( mArray_Slots )
+  {
+    mork_fill fill = mArray_Fill;
+    if ( this->Grow(ev, fill+1) )
+    {
+      void** slot = mArray_Slots; // the slot vector
+      void** end = slot + fill; // one past the last used array slot
+      slot += inPos; // the slot to be added
+
+      while ( --end >= slot ) // another slot to move upward?
+        end[ 1 ] = *end;
+
+      *slot = ioSlot;
+      mArray_Fill = fill + 1;
+      // note Grow() increments mArray_Seed
+    }
+  }
+  else
+    this->NilSlotsAddressError(ev);
+}
+
+void
+morkArray::CutSlot(morkEnv* ev, mork_pos inPos)
+{
+  MORK_USED_1(ev);
+  mork_fill fill = mArray_Fill;
+  if ( inPos >= 0 && inPos < (mork_pos) fill ) // cutting slot in used array portion?
+  {
+    void** slot = mArray_Slots; // the slot vector
+    void** end = slot + fill; // one past the last used array slot
+    slot += inPos; // the slot to be cut
+    
+    while ( ++slot < end ) // another slot to move downward?
+      slot[ -1 ] = *slot;
+      
+    slot[ -1 ] = 0; // clear the last used slot which is now unused
+    
+    // note inPos<fill implies fill>0, so fill-1 must be nonnegative:
+    mArray_Fill = fill - 1;
+    ++mArray_Seed;
+  }
+}
+
+void
+morkArray::CutAllSlots(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  if ( mArray_Slots )
+  {
+    if ( mArray_Fill <= mArray_Size )
+    {
+      mdb_size oldByteSize = mArray_Fill * sizeof(void*);
+      MORK_MEMSET(mArray_Slots, 0, oldByteSize);
+    }
+    else
+      this->FillBeyondSizeError(ev);
+  }
+  else
+    this->NilSlotsAddressError(ev);
+
+  ++mArray_Seed;
+  mArray_Fill = 0;
+}
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
diff --git a/db/mork/src/morkArray.h b/db/mork/src/morkArray.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d987b5d25
--- /dev/null
+++ b/db/mork/src/morkArray.h
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-  */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _MORKARRAY_
+#define _MORKARRAY_ 1
+
+#ifndef _MORK_
+#include "mork.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKNODE_
+#include "morkNode.h"
+#endif
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+#define morkDerived_kArray  /*i*/ 0x4179 /* ascii 'Ay' */
+
+class morkArray : public morkNode { // row iterator
+
+// public: // slots inherited from morkObject (meant to inform only)
+  // nsIMdbHeap*     mNode_Heap;
+  // mork_able    mNode_Mutable; // can this node be modified?
+  // mork_load    mNode_Load;    // is this node clean or dirty?
+  // mork_base    mNode_Base;    // must equal morkBase_kNode
+  // mork_derived mNode_Derived; // depends on specific node subclass
+  // mork_access  mNode_Access;  // kOpen, kClosing, kShut, or kDead
+  // mork_usage   mNode_Usage;   // kHeap, kStack, kMember, kGlobal, kNone
+  // mork_uses    mNode_Uses;    // refcount for strong refs
+  // mork_refs    mNode_Refs;    // refcount for strong refs + weak refs
+
+public: // state is public because the entire Mork system is private
+  void**       mArray_Slots; // array of pointers
+  nsIMdbHeap*  mArray_Heap;  // required heap for allocating mArray_Slots
+  mork_fill    mArray_Fill;  // logical count of used slots in mArray_Slots
+  mork_size    mArray_Size;  // physical count of mArray_Slots ( >= Fill)
+  mork_seed    mArray_Seed;  // change counter for syncing with iterators
+  
+// { ===== begin morkNode interface =====
+public: // morkNode virtual methods
+  virtual void CloseMorkNode(morkEnv* ev) override; // CloseArray()
+  virtual ~morkArray(); // assert that close executed earlier
+  
+public: // morkArray construction & destruction
+  morkArray(morkEnv* ev, const morkUsage& inUsage,
+    nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap, mork_size inSize, nsIMdbHeap* ioSlotHeap);
+  void CloseArray(morkEnv* ev); // called by CloseMorkNode();
+
+private: // copying is not allowed
+  morkArray(const morkArray& other);
+  morkArray& operator=(const morkArray& other);
+
+public: // dynamic type identification
+  mork_bool IsArray() const
+  { return IsNode() && mNode_Derived == morkDerived_kArray; }
+// } ===== end morkNode methods =====
+
+public: // typing & errors
+  static void NonArrayTypeError(morkEnv* ev);
+  static void IndexBeyondEndError(morkEnv* ev);
+  static void NilSlotsAddressError(morkEnv* ev);
+  static void FillBeyondSizeError(morkEnv* ev);
+
+public: // other table row cursor methods
+
+  mork_fill  Length() const { return mArray_Fill; }
+  mork_size  Capacity() const { return mArray_Size; }
+  
+  mork_bool  Grow(morkEnv* ev, mork_size inNewSize);
+  // Grow() returns true if capacity becomes >= inNewSize and ev->Good()
+  
+  void*      At(mork_pos inPos) const { return mArray_Slots[ inPos ]; }
+  void       AtPut(mork_pos inPos, void* ioSlot)
+  { mArray_Slots[ inPos ] = ioSlot; }
+  
+  void*      SafeAt(morkEnv* ev, mork_pos inPos);
+  void       SafeAtPut(morkEnv* ev, mork_pos inPos, void* ioSlot);
+  
+  mork_pos   AppendSlot(morkEnv* ev, void* ioSlot);
+  void       AddSlot(morkEnv* ev, mork_pos inPos, void* ioSlot);
+  void       CutSlot(morkEnv* ev, mork_pos inPos);
+  void       CutAllSlots(morkEnv* ev);
+
+public: // typesafe refcounting inlines calling inherited morkNode methods
+  static void SlotWeakArray(morkArray* me,
+    morkEnv* ev, morkArray** ioSlot)
+  { morkNode::SlotWeakNode((morkNode*) me, ev, (morkNode**) ioSlot); }
+  
+  static void SlotStrongArray(morkArray* me,
+    morkEnv* ev, morkArray** ioSlot)
+  { morkNode::SlotStrongNode((morkNode*) me, ev, (morkNode**) ioSlot); }
+};
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+#endif /* _MORKTABLEROWCURSOR_ */
diff --git a/db/mork/src/morkAtom.cpp b/db/mork/src/morkAtom.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0b73f97fa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/db/mork/src/morkAtom.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,528 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-  */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _MDB_
+#include "mdb.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORK_
+#include "mork.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKBLOB_
+#include "morkBlob.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKATOM_
+#include "morkAtom.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKENV_
+#include "morkEnv.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKATOMSPACE_
+#include "morkAtomSpace.h"
+#endif
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+mork_bool
+morkAtom::GetYarn(mdbYarn* outYarn) const
+{
+  const void* source = 0;  
+  mdb_fill fill = 0; 
+  mdb_cscode form = 0;
+  outYarn->mYarn_More = 0;
+
+    if ( this->IsWeeBook() )
+    {
+      morkWeeBookAtom* weeBook = (morkWeeBookAtom*) this;
+      source = weeBook->mWeeBookAtom_Body;
+      fill = weeBook->mAtom_Size;
+    }
+    else if ( this->IsBigBook() )
+    {
+      morkBigBookAtom* bigBook = (morkBigBookAtom*) this;
+      source = bigBook->mBigBookAtom_Body;
+      fill = bigBook->mBigBookAtom_Size;
+      form = bigBook->mBigBookAtom_Form;
+    }
+    else if ( this->IsWeeAnon() )
+    {
+      morkWeeAnonAtom* weeAnon = (morkWeeAnonAtom*) this;
+      source = weeAnon->mWeeAnonAtom_Body;
+      fill = weeAnon->mAtom_Size;
+    }
+    else if ( this->IsBigAnon() )
+    {
+      morkBigAnonAtom* bigAnon = (morkBigAnonAtom*) this;
+      source = bigAnon->mBigAnonAtom_Body;
+      fill = bigAnon->mBigAnonAtom_Size;
+      form = bigAnon->mBigAnonAtom_Form;
+    }
+
+  if ( source && fill ) // have an atom with nonempty content?
+  {
+    // if we have too many bytes, and yarn seems growable:
+    if ( fill > outYarn->mYarn_Size && outYarn->mYarn_Grow ) // try grow?
+      (*outYarn->mYarn_Grow)(outYarn, (mdb_size) fill); // request bigger
+      
+    mdb_size size = outYarn->mYarn_Size; // max dest size
+    if ( fill > size ) // too much atom content?
+    {
+      outYarn->mYarn_More = fill - size; // extra atom bytes omitted
+      fill = size; // copy no more bytes than size of yarn buffer
+    }
+    void* dest = outYarn->mYarn_Buf; // where bytes are going
+    if ( !dest ) // nil destination address buffer?
+      fill = 0; // we can't write any content at all
+      
+    if ( fill ) // anything to copy?
+      MORK_MEMCPY(dest, source, fill); // copy fill bytes to yarn
+      
+    outYarn->mYarn_Fill = fill; // tell yarn size of copied content
+  }
+  else // no content to put into the yarn
+  {
+    outYarn->mYarn_Fill = 0; // tell yarn that atom has no bytes
+  }
+  outYarn->mYarn_Form = form; // always update the form slot
+  
+  return ( source != 0 );
+}
+
+/* static */
+mork_bool
+morkAtom::AliasYarn(const morkAtom* atom, mdbYarn* outYarn)
+{
+  outYarn->mYarn_More = 0;
+  outYarn->mYarn_Form = 0;
+
+  if ( atom )
+  {
+    if ( atom->IsWeeBook() )
+    {
+      morkWeeBookAtom* weeBook = (morkWeeBookAtom*) atom;
+      outYarn->mYarn_Buf = weeBook->mWeeBookAtom_Body;
+      outYarn->mYarn_Fill = weeBook->mAtom_Size;
+      outYarn->mYarn_Size = weeBook->mAtom_Size;
+    }
+    else if ( atom->IsBigBook() )
+    {
+      morkBigBookAtom* bigBook = (morkBigBookAtom*) atom;
+      outYarn->mYarn_Buf = bigBook->mBigBookAtom_Body;
+      outYarn->mYarn_Fill = bigBook->mBigBookAtom_Size;
+      outYarn->mYarn_Size = bigBook->mBigBookAtom_Size;
+      outYarn->mYarn_Form = bigBook->mBigBookAtom_Form;
+    }
+    else if ( atom->IsWeeAnon() )
+    {
+      morkWeeAnonAtom* weeAnon = (morkWeeAnonAtom*) atom;
+      outYarn->mYarn_Buf = weeAnon->mWeeAnonAtom_Body;
+      outYarn->mYarn_Fill = weeAnon->mAtom_Size;
+      outYarn->mYarn_Size = weeAnon->mAtom_Size;
+    }
+    else if ( atom->IsBigAnon() )
+    {
+      morkBigAnonAtom* bigAnon = (morkBigAnonAtom*) atom;
+      outYarn->mYarn_Buf = bigAnon->mBigAnonAtom_Body;
+      outYarn->mYarn_Fill = bigAnon->mBigAnonAtom_Size;
+      outYarn->mYarn_Size = bigAnon->mBigAnonAtom_Size;
+      outYarn->mYarn_Form = bigAnon->mBigAnonAtom_Form;
+    }
+    else
+      atom = 0; // show desire to put empty content in yarn
+  }
+  
+  if ( !atom ) // empty content for yarn?
+  {
+    outYarn->mYarn_Buf = 0;
+    outYarn->mYarn_Fill = 0;
+    outYarn->mYarn_Size = 0;
+    // outYarn->mYarn_Grow = 0; // please don't modify the Grow slot
+  }
+  return ( atom != 0 );
+}
+
+mork_aid
+morkAtom::GetBookAtomAid() const // zero or book atom's ID
+{
+  return ( this->IsBook() )? ((morkBookAtom*) this)->mBookAtom_Id : 0;
+}
+
+mork_scope
+morkAtom::GetBookAtomSpaceScope(morkEnv* ev) const // zero or book's space's scope
+{
+  mork_scope outScope = 0;
+  if ( this->IsBook() )
+  {
+    const morkBookAtom* bookAtom = (const morkBookAtom*) this;
+    morkAtomSpace* space = bookAtom->mBookAtom_Space;
+    if ( space->IsAtomSpace() )
+      outScope = space->SpaceScope();
+    else
+      space->NonAtomSpaceTypeError(ev);
+  }
+  
+  return outScope;
+}
+
+void
+morkAtom::MakeCellUseForever(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  MORK_USED_1(ev); 
+  mAtom_CellUses = morkAtom_kForeverCellUses;
+}
+
+mork_u1
+morkAtom::AddCellUse(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  MORK_USED_1(ev); 
+  if ( mAtom_CellUses < morkAtom_kMaxCellUses ) // not already maxed out?
+    ++mAtom_CellUses;
+    
+  return mAtom_CellUses;
+}
+
+mork_u1
+morkAtom::CutCellUse(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  if ( mAtom_CellUses ) // any outstanding uses to cut?
+  {
+    if ( mAtom_CellUses < morkAtom_kMaxCellUses ) // not frozen at max?
+      --mAtom_CellUses;
+  }
+  else
+    this->CellUsesUnderflowWarning(ev);
+    
+  return mAtom_CellUses;
+}
+
+/*static*/ void
+morkAtom::CellUsesUnderflowWarning(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  ev->NewWarning("mAtom_CellUses underflow");
+}
+
+/*static*/ void
+morkAtom::BadAtomKindError(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  ev->NewError("bad mAtom_Kind");
+}
+
+/*static*/ void
+morkAtom::ZeroAidError(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  ev->NewError("zero atom ID");
+}
+
+/*static*/ void
+morkAtom::AtomSizeOverflowError(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  ev->NewError("atom mAtom_Size overflow");
+}
+
+void
+morkOidAtom::InitRowOidAtom(morkEnv* ev, const mdbOid& inOid)
+{
+  MORK_USED_1(ev); 
+  mAtom_CellUses = 0;
+  mAtom_Kind = morkAtom_kKindRowOid;
+  mAtom_Change = morkChange_kNil;
+  mAtom_Size = 0;
+  mOidAtom_Oid = inOid; // bitwise copy
+}
+
+void
+morkOidAtom::InitTableOidAtom(morkEnv* ev, const mdbOid& inOid)
+{
+  MORK_USED_1(ev); 
+  mAtom_CellUses = 0;
+  mAtom_Kind = morkAtom_kKindTableOid;
+  mAtom_Change = morkChange_kNil;
+  mAtom_Size = 0;
+  mOidAtom_Oid = inOid; // bitwise copy
+}
+
+void
+morkWeeAnonAtom::InitWeeAnonAtom(morkEnv* ev, const morkBuf& inBuf)
+{
+  mAtom_Kind = 0;
+  mAtom_Change = morkChange_kNil;
+  if ( inBuf.mBuf_Fill <= morkAtom_kMaxByteSize )
+  {
+    mAtom_CellUses = 0;
+    mAtom_Kind = morkAtom_kKindWeeAnon;
+    mork_size size = inBuf.mBuf_Fill;
+    mAtom_Size = (mork_u1) size;
+    if ( size && inBuf.mBuf_Body )
+      MORK_MEMCPY(mWeeAnonAtom_Body, inBuf.mBuf_Body, size);
+        
+    mWeeAnonAtom_Body[ size ] = 0;
+  }
+  else
+    this->AtomSizeOverflowError(ev);
+}
+
+void
+morkBigAnonAtom::InitBigAnonAtom(morkEnv* ev, const morkBuf& inBuf,
+  mork_cscode inForm)
+{
+  MORK_USED_1(ev); 
+  mAtom_CellUses = 0;
+  mAtom_Kind = morkAtom_kKindBigAnon;
+  mAtom_Change = morkChange_kNil;
+  mAtom_Size = 0;
+  mBigAnonAtom_Form = inForm;
+  mork_size size = inBuf.mBuf_Fill;
+  mBigAnonAtom_Size = size;
+  if ( size && inBuf.mBuf_Body )
+    MORK_MEMCPY(mBigAnonAtom_Body, inBuf.mBuf_Body, size);
+        
+  mBigAnonAtom_Body[ size ] = 0;
+}
+
+/*static*/ void
+morkBookAtom::NonBookAtomTypeError(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  ev->NewError("non morkBookAtom");
+}
+
+mork_u4
+morkBookAtom::HashFormAndBody(morkEnv* ev) const
+{
+  // This hash is obviously a variation of the dragon book string hash.
+  // (I won't bother to explain or rationalize this usage for you.)
+
+  mork_u4 outHash = 0; // hash value returned
+  unsigned char c; // next character
+  const mork_u1* body; // body of bytes to hash
+  mork_size size = 0; // the number of bytes to hash
+
+  if ( this->IsWeeBook() )
+  {
+    size = mAtom_Size;
+    body = ((const morkWeeBookAtom*) this)->mWeeBookAtom_Body;
+  }
+  else if ( this->IsBigBook() )
+  {
+    size = ((const morkBigBookAtom*) this)->mBigBookAtom_Size;
+    body = ((const morkBigBookAtom*) this)->mBigBookAtom_Body;
+  }
+  else if ( this->IsFarBook() )
+  {
+    size = ((const morkFarBookAtom*) this)->mFarBookAtom_Size;
+    body = ((const morkFarBookAtom*) this)->mFarBookAtom_Body;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    this->NonBookAtomTypeError(ev);
+    return 0;
+  }
+  
+  const mork_u1* end = body + size;
+  while ( body < end )
+  {
+    c = *body++;
+    outHash <<= 4;
+    outHash += c;
+    mork_u4 top = outHash & 0xF0000000L; // top four bits
+    if ( top ) // any of high four bits equal to one? 
+    {
+      outHash ^= (top >> 24); // fold down high bits
+      outHash ^= top; // zero top four bits
+    }
+  }
+    
+  return outHash;
+}
+
+mork_bool
+morkBookAtom::EqualFormAndBody(morkEnv* ev, const morkBookAtom* inAtom) const
+{
+  mork_bool outEqual = morkBool_kFalse;
+  
+  const mork_u1* body = 0; // body of inAtom bytes to compare
+  mork_size size; // the number of inAtom bytes to compare
+  mork_cscode form; // nominal charset for ioAtom
+
+  if ( inAtom->IsWeeBook() )
+  {
+    size = inAtom->mAtom_Size;
+    body = ((const morkWeeBookAtom*) inAtom)->mWeeBookAtom_Body;
+    form = 0;
+  }
+  else if ( inAtom->IsBigBook() )
+  {
+    size = ((const morkBigBookAtom*) inAtom)->mBigBookAtom_Size;
+    body = ((const morkBigBookAtom*) inAtom)->mBigBookAtom_Body;
+    form = ((const morkBigBookAtom*) inAtom)->mBigBookAtom_Form;
+  }
+  else if ( inAtom->IsFarBook() )
+  {
+    size = ((const morkFarBookAtom*) inAtom)->mFarBookAtom_Size;
+    body = ((const morkFarBookAtom*) inAtom)->mFarBookAtom_Body;
+    form = ((const morkFarBookAtom*) inAtom)->mFarBookAtom_Form;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    inAtom->NonBookAtomTypeError(ev);
+    return morkBool_kFalse;
+  }
+
+  const mork_u1* thisBody = 0; // body of bytes in this to compare
+  mork_size thisSize; // the number of bytes in this to compare
+  mork_cscode thisForm; // nominal charset for this atom
+  
+  if ( this->IsWeeBook() )
+  {
+    thisSize = mAtom_Size;
+    thisBody = ((const morkWeeBookAtom*) this)->mWeeBookAtom_Body;
+    thisForm = 0;
+  }
+  else if ( this->IsBigBook() )
+  {
+    thisSize = ((const morkBigBookAtom*) this)->mBigBookAtom_Size;
+    thisBody = ((const morkBigBookAtom*) this)->mBigBookAtom_Body;
+    thisForm = ((const morkBigBookAtom*) this)->mBigBookAtom_Form;
+  }
+  else if ( this->IsFarBook() )
+  {
+    thisSize = ((const morkFarBookAtom*) this)->mFarBookAtom_Size;
+    thisBody = ((const morkFarBookAtom*) this)->mFarBookAtom_Body;
+    thisForm = ((const morkFarBookAtom*) this)->mFarBookAtom_Form;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    this->NonBookAtomTypeError(ev);
+    return morkBool_kFalse;
+  }
+  
+  // if atoms are empty, form is irrelevant
+  if ( body && thisBody && size == thisSize && (!size || form == thisForm ))
+    outEqual = (MORK_MEMCMP(body, thisBody, size) == 0);
+  
+  return outEqual;
+}
+
+
+void
+morkBookAtom::CutBookAtomFromSpace(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  morkAtomSpace* space = mBookAtom_Space;
+  if ( space )
+  {
+    mBookAtom_Space = 0;
+    space->mAtomSpace_AtomBodies.CutAtom(ev, this);
+    space->mAtomSpace_AtomAids.CutAtom(ev, this);
+  }
+  else
+    ev->NilPointerError();
+}
+
+morkWeeBookAtom::morkWeeBookAtom(mork_aid inAid)
+{
+  mAtom_Kind = morkAtom_kKindWeeBook;
+  mAtom_CellUses = 0;
+  mAtom_Change = morkChange_kNil;
+  mAtom_Size = 0;
+
+  mBookAtom_Space = 0;
+  mBookAtom_Id = inAid;
+
+  mWeeBookAtom_Body[ 0 ] = 0;
+}
+
+void
+morkWeeBookAtom::InitWeeBookAtom(morkEnv* ev, const morkBuf& inBuf,
+  morkAtomSpace* ioSpace, mork_aid inAid)
+{
+  mAtom_Kind = 0;
+  mAtom_Change = morkChange_kNil;
+  if ( ioSpace )
+  {
+    if ( inAid )
+    {
+      if ( inBuf.mBuf_Fill <= morkAtom_kMaxByteSize )
+      {
+        mAtom_CellUses = 0;
+        mAtom_Kind = morkAtom_kKindWeeBook;
+        mBookAtom_Space = ioSpace;
+        mBookAtom_Id = inAid;
+        mork_size size = inBuf.mBuf_Fill;
+        mAtom_Size = (mork_u1) size;
+        if ( size && inBuf.mBuf_Body )
+          MORK_MEMCPY(mWeeBookAtom_Body, inBuf.mBuf_Body, size);
+        
+        mWeeBookAtom_Body[ size ] = 0;
+      }
+      else
+        this->AtomSizeOverflowError(ev);
+    }
+    else
+      this->ZeroAidError(ev);
+  }
+  else
+    ev->NilPointerError();
+}
+
+void
+morkBigBookAtom::InitBigBookAtom(morkEnv* ev, const morkBuf& inBuf,
+  mork_cscode inForm, morkAtomSpace* ioSpace, mork_aid inAid)
+{
+  mAtom_Kind = 0;
+  mAtom_Change = morkChange_kNil;
+  if ( ioSpace )
+  {
+    if ( inAid )
+    {
+      mAtom_CellUses = 0;
+      mAtom_Kind = morkAtom_kKindBigBook;
+      mAtom_Size = 0;
+      mBookAtom_Space = ioSpace;
+      mBookAtom_Id = inAid;
+      mBigBookAtom_Form = inForm;
+      mork_size size = inBuf.mBuf_Fill;
+      mBigBookAtom_Size = size;
+      if ( size && inBuf.mBuf_Body )
+        MORK_MEMCPY(mBigBookAtom_Body, inBuf.mBuf_Body, size);
+        
+      mBigBookAtom_Body[ size ] = 0;
+    }
+    else
+      this->ZeroAidError(ev);
+  }
+  else
+    ev->NilPointerError();
+}
+
+void morkFarBookAtom::InitFarBookAtom(morkEnv* ev, const morkBuf& inBuf,
+  mork_cscode inForm, morkAtomSpace* ioSpace, mork_aid inAid)
+{
+  mAtom_Kind = 0;
+  mAtom_Change = morkChange_kNil;
+  if ( ioSpace )
+  {
+    if ( inAid )
+    {
+      mAtom_CellUses = 0;
+      mAtom_Kind = morkAtom_kKindFarBook;
+      mAtom_Size = 0;
+      mBookAtom_Space = ioSpace;
+      mBookAtom_Id = inAid;
+      mFarBookAtom_Form = inForm;
+      mFarBookAtom_Size = inBuf.mBuf_Fill;
+      mFarBookAtom_Body = (mork_u1*) inBuf.mBuf_Body;
+    }
+    else
+      this->ZeroAidError(ev);
+  }
+  else
+    ev->NilPointerError();
+}
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
diff --git a/db/mork/src/morkAtom.h b/db/mork/src/morkAtom.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..68d4828de
--- /dev/null
+++ b/db/mork/src/morkAtom.h
@@ -0,0 +1,365 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-  */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _MORKATOM_
+#define _MORKATOM_ 1
+
+#ifndef _MORK_
+#include "mork.h"
+#endif
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+
+#define morkAtom_kMaxByteSize 255 /* max for 8-bit integer */
+#define morkAtom_kForeverCellUses 0x0FF /* max for 8-bit integer */
+#define morkAtom_kMaxCellUses 0x07F /* max for 7-bit integer */
+
+#define morkAtom_kKindWeeAnon  'a'  /* means morkWeeAnonAtom subclass */
+#define morkAtom_kKindBigAnon  'A'  /* means morkBigAnonAtom subclass */
+#define morkAtom_kKindWeeBook  'b'  /* means morkWeeBookAtom subclass */
+#define morkAtom_kKindBigBook  'B'  /* means morkBigBookAtom subclass */
+#define morkAtom_kKindFarBook  'f'  /* means morkFarBookAtom subclass */
+#define morkAtom_kKindRowOid   'r'  /* means morkOidAtom subclass */
+#define morkAtom_kKindTableOid 't'  /* means morkOidAtom subclass */
+
+/*| Atom: .
+|*/
+class morkAtom { //
+ 
+public: 
+
+  mork_u1       mAtom_Kind;      // identifies a specific atom subclass
+  mork_u1       mAtom_CellUses;  // number of persistent uses in a cell
+  mork_change   mAtom_Change;    // how has this atom been changed?
+  mork_u1       mAtom_Size;      // only for atoms smaller than 256 bytes
+
+public: 
+  morkAtom(mork_aid inAid, mork_u1 inKind);
+  
+  mork_bool IsWeeAnon() const { return mAtom_Kind == morkAtom_kKindWeeAnon; }
+  mork_bool IsBigAnon() const { return mAtom_Kind == morkAtom_kKindBigAnon; }
+  mork_bool IsWeeBook() const { return mAtom_Kind == morkAtom_kKindWeeBook; }
+  mork_bool IsBigBook() const { return mAtom_Kind == morkAtom_kKindBigBook; }
+  mork_bool IsFarBook() const { return mAtom_Kind == morkAtom_kKindFarBook; }
+  mork_bool IsRowOid() const { return mAtom_Kind == morkAtom_kKindRowOid; }
+  mork_bool IsTableOid() const { return mAtom_Kind == morkAtom_kKindTableOid; }
+
+  mork_bool IsBook() const { return this->IsWeeBook() || this->IsBigBook(); }
+
+public: // clean vs dirty
+
+  void SetAtomClean() { mAtom_Change = morkChange_kNil; }
+  void SetAtomDirty() { mAtom_Change = morkChange_kAdd; }
+  
+  mork_bool IsAtomClean() const { return mAtom_Change == morkChange_kNil; }
+  mork_bool IsAtomDirty() const { return mAtom_Change == morkChange_kAdd; }
+
+public: // atom space scope if IsBook() is true, or else zero:
+
+  mork_scope GetBookAtomSpaceScope(morkEnv* ev) const;
+  // zero or book's space's scope
+
+  mork_aid   GetBookAtomAid() const;
+  // zero or book atom's ID
+ 
+public: // empty construction does nothing
+  morkAtom() { }
+
+public: // one-byte refcounting, freezing at maximum
+  void       MakeCellUseForever(morkEnv* ev);
+  mork_u1    AddCellUse(morkEnv* ev);
+  mork_u1    CutCellUse(morkEnv* ev);
+  
+  mork_bool  IsCellUseForever() const 
+  { return mAtom_CellUses == morkAtom_kForeverCellUses; }
+  
+private: // warnings
+
+  static void CellUsesUnderflowWarning(morkEnv* ev);
+
+public: // errors
+
+  static void BadAtomKindError(morkEnv* ev);
+  static void ZeroAidError(morkEnv* ev);
+  static void AtomSizeOverflowError(morkEnv* ev);
+
+public: // yarns
+
+  static mork_bool AliasYarn(const morkAtom* atom, mdbYarn* outYarn);
+  mork_bool   GetYarn(mdbYarn* outYarn) const;
+
+private: // copying is not allowed
+  morkAtom(const morkAtom& other);
+  morkAtom& operator=(const morkAtom& other);
+};
+
+/*| OidAtom: an atom that references a row or table by identity.
+|*/
+class morkOidAtom : public morkAtom { //
+
+  // mork_u1       mAtom_Kind;      // identifies a specific atom subclass
+  // mork_u1       mAtom_CellUses;  // number of persistent uses in a cell
+  // mork_change   mAtom_Change;    // how has this atom been changed?
+  // mork_u1       mAtom_Size;      // NOT USED IN "BIG" format atoms
+ 
+public:
+  mdbOid           mOidAtom_Oid;       // identity of referenced object
+
+public: // empty construction does nothing
+  morkOidAtom() { }
+  void InitRowOidAtom(morkEnv* ev, const mdbOid& inOid);
+  void InitTableOidAtom(morkEnv* ev, const mdbOid& inOid);
+
+private: // copying is not allowed
+  morkOidAtom(const morkOidAtom& other);
+  morkOidAtom& operator=(const morkOidAtom& other);
+};
+
+/*| WeeAnonAtom: an atom whose content immediately follows morkAtom slots
+**| in an inline fashion, so that morkWeeAnonAtom contains both leading
+**| atom slots and then the content bytes without further overhead.  Note
+**| that charset encoding is not indicated, so zero is implied for Latin1.
+**| (Non-Latin1 content must be stored in a morkBigAnonAtom with a charset.)
+**|
+**|| An anon (anonymous) atom has no identity, with no associated bookkeeping
+**| for lookup needed for sharing like a book atom.
+**|
+**|| A wee anon atom is immediate but not shared with any other users of this
+**| atom, so no bookkeeping for sharing is needed.  This means the atom has
+**| no ID, because the atom has no identity other than this immediate content,
+**| and no hash table is needed to look up this particular atom.  This also
+**| applies to the larger format morkBigAnonAtom, which has more slots.
+|*/
+class morkWeeAnonAtom : public morkAtom { //
+
+  // mork_u1       mAtom_Kind;      // identifies a specific atom subclass
+  // mork_u1       mAtom_CellUses;  // number of persistent uses in a cell
+  // mork_change   mAtom_Change;    // how has this atom been changed?
+  // mork_u1       mAtom_Size;      // only for atoms smaller than 256 bytes
+  
+public:
+  mork_u1 mWeeAnonAtom_Body[ 1 ]; // 1st byte of immediate content vector
+
+public: // empty construction does nothing
+  morkWeeAnonAtom() { }
+  void InitWeeAnonAtom(morkEnv* ev, const morkBuf& inBuf);
+  
+  // allow extra trailing byte for a null byte:
+  static mork_size SizeForFill(mork_fill inFill)
+  { return sizeof(morkWeeAnonAtom) + inFill; }
+
+private: // copying is not allowed
+  morkWeeAnonAtom(const morkWeeAnonAtom& other);
+  morkWeeAnonAtom& operator=(const morkWeeAnonAtom& other);
+};
+
+/*| BigAnonAtom: another immediate atom that cannot be encoded as the smaller
+**| morkWeeAnonAtom format because either the size is too great, and/or the
+**| charset is not the default zero for Latin1 and must be explicitly noted.
+**|
+**|| An anon (anonymous) atom has no identity, with no associated bookkeeping
+**| for lookup needed for sharing like a book atom.
+|*/
+class morkBigAnonAtom : public morkAtom { //
+
+  // mork_u1       mAtom_Kind;      // identifies a specific atom subclass
+  // mork_u1       mAtom_CellUses;  // number of persistent uses in a cell
+  // mork_change   mAtom_Change;    // how has this atom been changed?
+  // mork_u1       mAtom_Size;      // NOT USED IN "BIG" format atoms
+ 
+public:
+  mork_cscode   mBigAnonAtom_Form;      // charset format encoding
+  mork_size     mBigAnonAtom_Size;      // size of content vector
+  mork_u1       mBigAnonAtom_Body[ 1 ]; // 1st byte of immed content vector
+
+public: // empty construction does nothing
+  morkBigAnonAtom() { }
+  void InitBigAnonAtom(morkEnv* ev, const morkBuf& inBuf, mork_cscode inForm);
+  
+  // allow extra trailing byte for a null byte:
+  static mork_size SizeForFill(mork_fill inFill)
+  { return sizeof(morkBigAnonAtom) + inFill; }
+
+private: // copying is not allowed
+  morkBigAnonAtom(const morkBigAnonAtom& other);
+  morkBigAnonAtom& operator=(const morkBigAnonAtom& other);
+};
+
+#define morkBookAtom_kMaxBodySize 1024 /* if larger, cannot be shared */
+
+/*| BookAtom: the common subportion of wee book atoms and big book atoms that
+**| includes the atom ID and the pointer to the space referencing this atom
+**| through a hash table.
+|*/
+class morkBookAtom : public morkAtom { //
+  // mork_u1       mAtom_Kind;      // identifies a specific atom subclass
+  // mork_u1       mAtom_CellUses;  // number of persistent uses in a cell
+  // mork_change   mAtom_Change;    // how has this atom been changed?
+  // mork_u1       mAtom_Size;      // only for atoms smaller than 256 bytes
+  
+public:
+  morkAtomSpace* mBookAtom_Space; // mBookAtom_Space->SpaceScope() is atom scope 
+  mork_aid       mBookAtom_Id;    // identity token for this shared atom
+
+public: // empty construction does nothing
+  morkBookAtom() { }
+
+  static void NonBookAtomTypeError(morkEnv* ev);
+
+public: // Hash() and Equal() for atom ID maps are same for all subclasses:
+
+  mork_u4 HashAid() const { return mBookAtom_Id; }
+  mork_bool EqualAid(const morkBookAtom* inAtom) const
+  { return ( mBookAtom_Id == inAtom->mBookAtom_Id); }
+
+public: // Hash() and Equal() for atom body maps know about subclasses:
+  
+  // YOU CANNOT SUBCLASS morkBookAtom WITHOUT FIXING Hash and Equal METHODS:
+
+  mork_u4 HashFormAndBody(morkEnv* ev) const;
+  mork_bool EqualFormAndBody(morkEnv* ev, const morkBookAtom* inAtom) const;
+  
+public: // separation from containing space
+
+  void CutBookAtomFromSpace(morkEnv* ev);
+
+private: // copying is not allowed
+  morkBookAtom(const morkBookAtom& other);
+  morkBookAtom& operator=(const morkBookAtom& other);
+};
+
+/*| FarBookAtom: this alternative format for book atoms was introduced
+**| in May 2000 in order to support finding atoms in hash tables without
+**| first copying the strings from original parsing buffers into a new
+**| atom format.  This was consuming too much time.  However, we can
+**| use morkFarBookAtom to stage a hash table query, as long as we then
+**| fix HashFormAndBody() and EqualFormAndBody() to use morkFarBookAtom
+**| correctly.
+**|
+**|| Note we do NOT intend that instances of morkFarBookAtom will ever
+**| be installed in hash tables, because this is not space efficient.
+**| We only expect to create temp instances for table lookups.
+|*/
+class morkFarBookAtom : public morkBookAtom { //
+  
+  // mork_u1       mAtom_Kind;      // identifies a specific atom subclass
+  // mork_u1       mAtom_CellUses;  // number of persistent uses in a cell
+  // mork_change   mAtom_Change;    // how has this atom been changed?
+  // mork_u1       mAtom_Size;      // NOT USED IN "BIG" format atoms
+
+  // morkAtomSpace* mBookAtom_Space; // mBookAtom_Space->SpaceScope() is scope 
+  // mork_aid       mBookAtom_Id;    // identity token for this shared atom
+  
+public:
+  mork_cscode   mFarBookAtom_Form;      // charset format encoding
+  mork_size     mFarBookAtom_Size;      // size of content vector
+  mork_u1*      mFarBookAtom_Body;      // bytes are elsewere, out of line
+
+public: // empty construction does nothing
+  morkFarBookAtom() { }
+  void InitFarBookAtom(morkEnv* ev, const morkBuf& inBuf,
+    mork_cscode inForm, morkAtomSpace* ioSpace, mork_aid inAid);
+  
+private: // copying is not allowed
+  morkFarBookAtom(const morkFarBookAtom& other);
+  morkFarBookAtom& operator=(const morkFarBookAtom& other);
+};
+
+/*| WeeBookAtom: .
+|*/
+class morkWeeBookAtom : public morkBookAtom { //
+  // mork_u1       mAtom_Kind;      // identifies a specific atom subclass
+  // mork_u1       mAtom_CellUses;  // number of persistent uses in a cell
+  // mork_change   mAtom_Change;    // how has this atom been changed?
+  // mork_u1       mAtom_Size;      // only for atoms smaller than 256 bytes
+
+  // morkAtomSpace* mBookAtom_Space; // mBookAtom_Space->SpaceScope() is scope 
+  // mork_aid       mBookAtom_Id;    // identity token for this shared atom
+  
+public:
+  mork_u1     mWeeBookAtom_Body[ 1 ]; // 1st byte of immed content vector
+
+public: // empty construction does nothing
+  morkWeeBookAtom() { }
+  morkWeeBookAtom(mork_aid inAid);
+  
+  void InitWeeBookAtom(morkEnv* ev, const morkBuf& inBuf,
+    morkAtomSpace* ioSpace, mork_aid inAid);
+  
+  // allow extra trailing byte for a null byte:
+  static mork_size SizeForFill(mork_fill inFill)
+  { return sizeof(morkWeeBookAtom) + inFill; }
+
+private: // copying is not allowed
+  morkWeeBookAtom(const morkWeeBookAtom& other);
+  morkWeeBookAtom& operator=(const morkWeeBookAtom& other);
+};
+
+/*| BigBookAtom: .
+|*/
+class morkBigBookAtom : public morkBookAtom { //
+  
+  // mork_u1       mAtom_Kind;      // identifies a specific atom subclass
+  // mork_u1       mAtom_CellUses;  // number of persistent uses in a cell
+  // mork_change   mAtom_Change;    // how has this atom been changed?
+  // mork_u1       mAtom_Size;      // NOT USED IN "BIG" format atoms
+
+  // morkAtomSpace* mBookAtom_Space; // mBookAtom_Space->SpaceScope() is scope 
+  // mork_aid       mBookAtom_Id;    // identity token for this shared atom
+  
+public:
+  mork_cscode   mBigBookAtom_Form;      // charset format encoding
+  mork_size     mBigBookAtom_Size;      // size of content vector
+  mork_u1       mBigBookAtom_Body[ 1 ]; // 1st byte of immed content vector
+
+public: // empty construction does nothing
+  morkBigBookAtom() { }
+  void InitBigBookAtom(morkEnv* ev, const morkBuf& inBuf,
+    mork_cscode inForm, morkAtomSpace* ioSpace, mork_aid inAid);
+  
+  // allow extra trailing byte for a null byte:
+  static mork_size SizeForFill(mork_fill inFill)
+  { return sizeof(morkBigBookAtom) + inFill; }
+
+private: // copying is not allowed
+  morkBigBookAtom(const morkBigBookAtom& other);
+  morkBigBookAtom& operator=(const morkBigBookAtom& other);
+};
+
+/*| MaxBookAtom: .
+|*/
+class morkMaxBookAtom : public morkBigBookAtom { //
+  
+  // mork_u1       mAtom_Kind;      // identifies a specific atom subclass
+  // mork_u1       mAtom_CellUses;  // number of persistent uses in a cell
+  // mork_change   mAtom_Change;    // how has this atom been changed?
+  // mork_u1       mAtom_Size;      // NOT USED IN "BIG" format atoms
+
+  // morkAtomSpace* mBookAtom_Space; // mBookAtom_Space->SpaceScope() is scope 
+  // mork_aid       mBookAtom_Id;    // identity token for this shared atom
+
+  // mork_cscode   mBigBookAtom_Form;      // charset format encoding
+  // mork_size     mBigBookAtom_Size;      // size of content vector
+  // mork_u1       mBigBookAtom_Body[ 1 ]; // 1st byte of immed content vector
+  
+public:
+  mork_u1 mMaxBookAtom_Body[ morkBookAtom_kMaxBodySize + 3 ]; // max bytes
+
+public: // empty construction does nothing
+  morkMaxBookAtom() { }
+  void InitMaxBookAtom(morkEnv* ev, const morkBuf& inBuf,
+    mork_cscode inForm, morkAtomSpace* ioSpace, mork_aid inAid)
+  { this->InitBigBookAtom(ev, inBuf, inForm, ioSpace, inAid); }
+
+private: // copying is not allowed
+  morkMaxBookAtom(const morkMaxBookAtom& other);
+  morkMaxBookAtom& operator=(const morkMaxBookAtom& other);
+};
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+#endif /* _MORKATOM_ */
+
diff --git a/db/mork/src/morkAtomMap.cpp b/db/mork/src/morkAtomMap.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2d8658402
--- /dev/null
+++ b/db/mork/src/morkAtomMap.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,427 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-  */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _MDB_
+#include "mdb.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORK_
+#include "mork.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKNODE_
+#include "morkNode.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKENV_
+#include "morkEnv.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKMAP_
+#include "morkMap.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKATOMMAP_
+#include "morkAtomMap.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKATOM_
+#include "morkAtom.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKINTMAP_
+#include "morkIntMap.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKROW_
+#include "morkRow.h"
+#endif
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+// ````` ````` ````` ````` ````` 
+// { ===== begin morkNode interface =====
+
+/*public virtual*/ void
+morkAtomAidMap::CloseMorkNode(morkEnv* ev) // CloseAtomAidMap() only if open
+{
+  if ( this->IsOpenNode() )
+  {
+    this->MarkClosing();
+    this->CloseAtomAidMap(ev);
+    this->MarkShut();
+  }
+}
+
+/*public virtual*/
+morkAtomAidMap::~morkAtomAidMap() // assert CloseAtomAidMap() executed earlier
+{
+  MORK_ASSERT(this->IsShutNode());
+}
+
+
+/*public non-poly*/
+morkAtomAidMap::morkAtomAidMap(morkEnv* ev, const morkUsage& inUsage,
+    nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap, nsIMdbHeap* ioSlotHeap)
+#ifdef MORK_ENABLE_PROBE_MAPS
+: morkProbeMap(ev, inUsage,  ioHeap,
+  /*inKeySize*/ sizeof(morkBookAtom*), /*inValSize*/ 0,
+  ioSlotHeap, morkAtomAidMap_kStartSlotCount, 
+  /*inZeroIsClearKey*/ morkBool_kTrue)
+#else /*MORK_ENABLE_PROBE_MAPS*/
+: morkMap(ev, inUsage,  ioHeap,
+  /*inKeySize*/ sizeof(morkBookAtom*), /*inValSize*/ 0,
+  morkAtomAidMap_kStartSlotCount, ioSlotHeap,
+  /*inHoldChanges*/ morkBool_kFalse)
+#endif /*MORK_ENABLE_PROBE_MAPS*/
+{
+  if ( ev->Good() )
+    mNode_Derived = morkDerived_kAtomAidMap;
+}
+
+/*public non-poly*/ void
+morkAtomAidMap::CloseAtomAidMap(morkEnv* ev) // called by CloseMorkNode();
+{
+    if ( this->IsNode() )
+    {
+#ifdef MORK_ENABLE_PROBE_MAPS
+      this->CloseProbeMap(ev);
+#else /*MORK_ENABLE_PROBE_MAPS*/
+      this->CloseMap(ev);
+#endif /*MORK_ENABLE_PROBE_MAPS*/
+      this->MarkShut();
+    }
+    else
+      this->NonNodeError(ev);
+}
+
+// } ===== end morkNode methods =====
+// ````` ````` ````` ````` ````` 
+
+#ifdef MORK_ENABLE_PROBE_MAPS
+
+  /*virtual*/ mork_test // hit(a,b) implies hash(a) == hash(b)
+  morkAtomAidMap::MapTest(morkEnv* ev, const void* inMapKey,
+    const void* inAppKey) const
+  {
+    MORK_USED_1(ev);
+    const morkBookAtom* key = *(const morkBookAtom**) inMapKey;
+    if ( key )
+    {
+      mork_bool hit = key->EqualAid(*(const morkBookAtom**) inAppKey);
+      return ( hit ) ? morkTest_kHit : morkTest_kMiss;
+    }
+    else
+      return morkTest_kVoid;
+  }
+
+  /*virtual*/ mork_u4 // hit(a,b) implies hash(a) == hash(b)
+  morkAtomAidMap::MapHash(morkEnv* ev, const void* inAppKey) const
+  {
+    const morkBookAtom* key = *(const morkBookAtom**) inAppKey;
+    if ( key )
+      return key->HashAid();
+    else
+    {
+      ev->NilPointerWarning();
+      return 0;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /*virtual*/ mork_u4 
+  morkAtomAidMap::ProbeMapHashMapKey(morkEnv* ev,
+    const void* inMapKey) const
+  {
+    const morkBookAtom* key = *(const morkBookAtom**) inMapKey;
+    if ( key )
+      return key->HashAid();
+    else
+    {
+      ev->NilPointerWarning();
+      return 0;
+    }
+  }
+#else /*MORK_ENABLE_PROBE_MAPS*/
+  // { ===== begin morkMap poly interface =====
+  /*virtual*/ mork_bool // 
+  morkAtomAidMap::Equal(morkEnv* ev, const void* inKeyA,
+    const void* inKeyB) const
+  {
+    MORK_USED_1(ev);
+    return (*(const morkBookAtom**) inKeyA)->EqualAid(
+      *(const morkBookAtom**) inKeyB);
+  }
+
+  /*virtual*/ mork_u4 // 
+  morkAtomAidMap::Hash(morkEnv* ev, const void* inKey) const
+  {
+    MORK_USED_1(ev);
+    return (*(const morkBookAtom**) inKey)->HashAid();
+  }
+  // } ===== end morkMap poly interface =====
+#endif /*MORK_ENABLE_PROBE_MAPS*/
+
+
+mork_bool
+morkAtomAidMap::AddAtom(morkEnv* ev, morkBookAtom* ioAtom)
+{
+  if ( ev->Good() )
+  {
+#ifdef MORK_ENABLE_PROBE_MAPS
+    this->MapAtPut(ev, &ioAtom, /*val*/ (void*) 0, 
+      /*key*/ (void*) 0, /*val*/ (void*) 0);
+#else /*MORK_ENABLE_PROBE_MAPS*/
+    this->Put(ev, &ioAtom, /*val*/ (void*) 0, 
+      /*key*/ (void*) 0, /*val*/ (void*) 0, (mork_change**) 0);
+#endif /*MORK_ENABLE_PROBE_MAPS*/
+  }
+  return ev->Good();
+}
+
+morkBookAtom*
+morkAtomAidMap::CutAtom(morkEnv* ev, const morkBookAtom* inAtom)
+{
+  morkBookAtom* oldKey = 0;
+  
+#ifdef MORK_ENABLE_PROBE_MAPS
+  MORK_USED_1(inAtom);
+  morkProbeMap::ProbeMapCutError(ev);
+#else /*MORK_ENABLE_PROBE_MAPS*/
+  this->Cut(ev, &inAtom, &oldKey, /*val*/ (void*) 0,
+    (mork_change**) 0);
+#endif /*MORK_ENABLE_PROBE_MAPS*/
+    
+  return oldKey;
+}
+
+morkBookAtom*
+morkAtomAidMap::GetAtom(morkEnv* ev, const morkBookAtom* inAtom)
+{
+  morkBookAtom* key = 0; // old val in the map
+
+#ifdef MORK_ENABLE_PROBE_MAPS
+  this->MapAt(ev, &inAtom, &key, /*val*/ (void*) 0);
+#else /*MORK_ENABLE_PROBE_MAPS*/
+  this->Get(ev, &inAtom, &key, /*val*/ (void*) 0, (mork_change**) 0);
+#endif /*MORK_ENABLE_PROBE_MAPS*/
+  
+  return key;
+}
+
+morkBookAtom*
+morkAtomAidMap::GetAid(morkEnv* ev, mork_aid inAid)
+{
+  morkWeeBookAtom weeAtom(inAid);
+  morkBookAtom* key = &weeAtom; // we need a pointer
+  morkBookAtom* oldKey = 0; // old key in the map
+
+#ifdef MORK_ENABLE_PROBE_MAPS
+  this->MapAt(ev, &key, &oldKey, /*val*/ (void*) 0);
+#else /*MORK_ENABLE_PROBE_MAPS*/
+  this->Get(ev, &key, &oldKey, /*val*/ (void*) 0, (mork_change**) 0);
+#endif /*MORK_ENABLE_PROBE_MAPS*/
+  
+  return oldKey;
+}
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+// ````` ````` ````` ````` ````` 
+// { ===== begin morkNode interface =====
+
+/*public virtual*/ void
+morkAtomBodyMap::CloseMorkNode(morkEnv* ev) // CloseAtomBodyMap() only if open
+{
+  if ( this->IsOpenNode() )
+  {
+    this->MarkClosing();
+    this->CloseAtomBodyMap(ev);
+    this->MarkShut();
+  }
+}
+
+/*public virtual*/
+morkAtomBodyMap::~morkAtomBodyMap() // assert CloseAtomBodyMap() executed earlier
+{
+  MORK_ASSERT(this->IsShutNode());
+}
+
+
+/*public non-poly*/
+morkAtomBodyMap::morkAtomBodyMap(morkEnv* ev, const morkUsage& inUsage,
+    nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap, nsIMdbHeap* ioSlotHeap)
+#ifdef MORK_ENABLE_PROBE_MAPS
+: morkProbeMap(ev, inUsage,  ioHeap,
+  /*inKeySize*/ sizeof(morkBookAtom*), /*inValSize*/ 0,
+  ioSlotHeap, morkAtomBodyMap_kStartSlotCount, 
+  /*inZeroIsClearKey*/ morkBool_kTrue)
+#else /*MORK_ENABLE_PROBE_MAPS*/
+: morkMap(ev, inUsage,  ioHeap,
+  /*inKeySize*/ sizeof(morkBookAtom*), /*inValSize*/ 0,
+  morkAtomBodyMap_kStartSlotCount, ioSlotHeap,
+  /*inHoldChanges*/ morkBool_kFalse)
+#endif /*MORK_ENABLE_PROBE_MAPS*/
+{
+  if ( ev->Good() )
+    mNode_Derived = morkDerived_kAtomBodyMap;
+}
+
+/*public non-poly*/ void
+morkAtomBodyMap::CloseAtomBodyMap(morkEnv* ev) // called by CloseMorkNode();
+{
+    if ( this->IsNode() )
+    {
+#ifdef MORK_ENABLE_PROBE_MAPS
+      this->CloseProbeMap(ev);
+#else /*MORK_ENABLE_PROBE_MAPS*/
+      this->CloseMap(ev);
+#endif /*MORK_ENABLE_PROBE_MAPS*/
+      this->MarkShut();
+    }
+    else
+      this->NonNodeError(ev);
+}
+
+// } ===== end morkNode methods =====
+// ````` ````` ````` ````` ````` 
+#ifdef MORK_ENABLE_PROBE_MAPS
+
+  /*virtual*/ mork_test // hit(a,b) implies hash(a) == hash(b)
+  morkAtomBodyMap::MapTest(morkEnv* ev, const void* inMapKey,
+    const void* inAppKey) const
+  {
+    const morkBookAtom* key = *(const morkBookAtom**) inMapKey;
+    if ( key )
+    {
+      return ( key->EqualFormAndBody(ev, *(const morkBookAtom**) inAppKey) ) ?
+        morkTest_kHit : morkTest_kMiss;
+    }
+    else
+      return morkTest_kVoid;
+  }
+
+  /*virtual*/ mork_u4 // hit(a,b) implies hash(a) == hash(b)
+  morkAtomBodyMap::MapHash(morkEnv* ev, const void* inAppKey) const
+  {
+    const morkBookAtom* key = *(const morkBookAtom**) inAppKey;
+    if ( key )
+      return key->HashFormAndBody(ev);
+    else
+      return 0;
+  }
+
+  /*virtual*/ mork_u4 
+  morkAtomBodyMap::ProbeMapHashMapKey(morkEnv* ev, const void* inMapKey) const
+  {
+    const morkBookAtom* key = *(const morkBookAtom**) inMapKey;
+    if ( key )
+      return key->HashFormAndBody(ev);
+    else
+      return 0;
+  }
+#else /*MORK_ENABLE_PROBE_MAPS*/
+  // { ===== begin morkMap poly interface =====
+  /*virtual*/ mork_bool // 
+  morkAtomBodyMap::Equal(morkEnv* ev, const void* inKeyA,
+    const void* inKeyB) const
+  {
+    return (*(const morkBookAtom**) inKeyA)->EqualFormAndBody(ev,
+      *(const morkBookAtom**) inKeyB);
+  }
+
+  /*virtual*/ mork_u4 // 
+  morkAtomBodyMap::Hash(morkEnv* ev, const void* inKey) const
+  {
+    return (*(const morkBookAtom**) inKey)->HashFormAndBody(ev);
+  }
+  // } ===== end morkMap poly interface =====
+#endif /*MORK_ENABLE_PROBE_MAPS*/
+
+
+mork_bool
+morkAtomBodyMap::AddAtom(morkEnv* ev, morkBookAtom* ioAtom)
+{
+  if ( ev->Good() )
+  {
+#ifdef MORK_ENABLE_PROBE_MAPS
+    this->MapAtPut(ev, &ioAtom, /*val*/ (void*) 0, 
+      /*key*/ (void*) 0, /*val*/ (void*) 0);
+#else /*MORK_ENABLE_PROBE_MAPS*/
+    this->Put(ev, &ioAtom, /*val*/ (void*) 0, 
+      /*key*/ (void*) 0, /*val*/ (void*) 0, (mork_change**) 0);
+#endif /*MORK_ENABLE_PROBE_MAPS*/
+  }
+  return ev->Good();
+}
+
+morkBookAtom*
+morkAtomBodyMap::CutAtom(morkEnv* ev, const morkBookAtom* inAtom)
+{
+  morkBookAtom* oldKey = 0;
+
+#ifdef MORK_ENABLE_PROBE_MAPS
+  MORK_USED_1(inAtom);
+  morkProbeMap::ProbeMapCutError(ev);
+#else /*MORK_ENABLE_PROBE_MAPS*/
+  this->Cut(ev, &inAtom, &oldKey, /*val*/ (void*) 0,
+    (mork_change**) 0);
+#endif /*MORK_ENABLE_PROBE_MAPS*/
+    
+  return oldKey;
+}
+
+morkBookAtom*
+morkAtomBodyMap::GetAtom(morkEnv* ev, const morkBookAtom* inAtom)
+{
+  morkBookAtom* key = 0; // old val in the map
+#ifdef MORK_ENABLE_PROBE_MAPS
+  this->MapAt(ev, &inAtom, &key, /*val*/ (void*) 0);
+#else /*MORK_ENABLE_PROBE_MAPS*/
+  this->Get(ev, &inAtom, &key, /*val*/ (void*) 0, (mork_change**) 0);
+#endif /*MORK_ENABLE_PROBE_MAPS*/
+  
+  return key;
+}
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+morkAtomRowMap::~morkAtomRowMap()
+{
+}
+
+// I changed to sizeof(mork_ip) from sizeof(mork_aid) to fix a crash on
+// 64 bit machines.  I am not sure it was the right way to fix the problem,
+// but it does stop the crash.  Perhaps we should be using the
+// morkPointerMap instead?
+morkAtomRowMap::morkAtomRowMap(morkEnv* ev, const morkUsage& inUsage,
+  nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap, nsIMdbHeap* ioSlotHeap, mork_column inIndexColumn)
+  : morkIntMap(ev, inUsage, sizeof(mork_ip), ioHeap, ioSlotHeap,
+    /*inHoldChanges*/ morkBool_kFalse)
+, mAtomRowMap_IndexColumn( inIndexColumn )
+{
+  if ( ev->Good() )
+    mNode_Derived = morkDerived_kAtomRowMap;
+}
+
+void morkAtomRowMap::AddRow(morkEnv* ev, morkRow* ioRow)
+// add ioRow only if it contains a cell in mAtomRowMap_IndexColumn. 
+{
+  mork_aid aid = ioRow->GetCellAtomAid(ev, mAtomRowMap_IndexColumn);
+  if ( aid )
+    this->AddAid(ev, aid, ioRow);
+}
+
+void morkAtomRowMap::CutRow(morkEnv* ev, morkRow* ioRow)
+// cut ioRow only if it contains a cell in mAtomRowMap_IndexColumn. 
+{
+  mork_aid aid = ioRow->GetCellAtomAid(ev, mAtomRowMap_IndexColumn);
+  if ( aid )
+    this->CutAid(ev, aid);
+}
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
diff --git a/db/mork/src/morkAtomMap.h b/db/mork/src/morkAtomMap.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6ddecc5c2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/db/mork/src/morkAtomMap.h
@@ -0,0 +1,365 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-  */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _MORKATOMMAP_
+#define _MORKATOMMAP_ 1
+
+#ifndef _MORK_
+#include "mork.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKNODE_
+#include "morkNode.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKMAP_
+#include "morkMap.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKPROBEMAP_
+#include "morkProbeMap.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKINTMAP_
+#include "morkIntMap.h"
+#endif
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+#define morkDerived_kAtomAidMap  /*i*/ 0x6141 /* ascii 'aA' */
+
+#define morkAtomAidMap_kStartSlotCount 23
+
+/*| morkAtomAidMap: keys of morkBookAtom organized by atom ID
+|*/
+#ifdef MORK_ENABLE_PROBE_MAPS
+class morkAtomAidMap : public morkProbeMap { // for mapping tokens to maps
+#else /*MORK_ENABLE_PROBE_MAPS*/
+class morkAtomAidMap : public morkMap { // for mapping tokens to maps
+#endif /*MORK_ENABLE_PROBE_MAPS*/
+
+// { ===== begin morkNode interface =====
+public: // morkNode virtual methods
+  virtual void CloseMorkNode(morkEnv* ev) override; // CloseAtomAidMap() only if open
+  virtual ~morkAtomAidMap(); // assert that CloseAtomAidMap() executed earlier
+  
+public: // morkMap construction & destruction
+  morkAtomAidMap(morkEnv* ev, const morkUsage& inUsage,
+    nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap, nsIMdbHeap* ioSlotHeap);
+  void CloseAtomAidMap(morkEnv* ev); // called by CloseMorkNode();
+
+public: // dynamic type identification
+  mork_bool IsAtomAidMap() const
+  { return IsNode() && mNode_Derived == morkDerived_kAtomAidMap; }
+// } ===== end morkNode methods =====
+
+public:
+#ifdef MORK_ENABLE_PROBE_MAPS
+  // { ===== begin morkProbeMap methods =====
+  virtual mork_test // hit(a,b) implies hash(a) == hash(b)
+  MapTest(morkEnv* ev, const void* inMapKey, const void* inAppKey) const override;
+
+  virtual mork_u4 // hit(a,b) implies hash(a) == hash(b)
+  MapHash(morkEnv* ev, const void* inAppKey) const override;
+
+  virtual mork_u4 ProbeMapHashMapKey(morkEnv* ev, const void* inMapKey) const override;
+
+  // virtual mork_bool ProbeMapIsKeyNil(morkEnv* ev, void* ioMapKey);
+
+  // virtual void ProbeMapClearKey(morkEnv* ev, // put 'nil' alls keys inside map
+  //   void* ioMapKey, mork_count inKeyCount); // array of keys inside map
+
+  // virtual void ProbeMapPushIn(morkEnv* ev, // move (key,val) into the map
+  //   const void* inAppKey, const void* inAppVal, // (key,val) outside map
+  //   void* outMapKey, void* outMapVal);      // (key,val) inside map
+
+  // virtual void ProbeMapPullOut(morkEnv* ev, // move (key,val) out from the map
+  //   const void* inMapKey, const void* inMapVal, // (key,val) inside map
+  //   void* outAppKey, void* outAppVal) const;    // (key,val) outside map
+  // } ===== end morkProbeMap methods =====
+#else /*MORK_ENABLE_PROBE_MAPS*/
+// { ===== begin morkMap poly interface =====
+  virtual mork_bool // note: equal(a,b) implies hash(a) == hash(b)
+  Equal(morkEnv* ev, const void* inKeyA, const void* inKeyB) const override;
+  // implemented using morkBookAtom::HashAid()
+
+  virtual mork_u4 // note: equal(a,b) implies hash(a) == hash(b)
+  Hash(morkEnv* ev, const void* inKey) const override;
+  // implemented using morkBookAtom::EqualAid()
+// } ===== end morkMap poly interface =====
+#endif /*MORK_ENABLE_PROBE_MAPS*/
+
+public: // other map methods
+
+  mork_bool      AddAtom(morkEnv* ev, morkBookAtom* ioAtom);
+  // AddAtom() returns ev->Good()
+
+  morkBookAtom*  CutAtom(morkEnv* ev, const morkBookAtom* inAtom);
+  // CutAtom() returns the atom removed equal to inAtom, if there was one
+  
+  morkBookAtom*  GetAtom(morkEnv* ev, const morkBookAtom* inAtom);
+  // GetAtom() returns the atom equal to inAtom, or else nil
+
+  morkBookAtom*  GetAid(morkEnv* ev, mork_aid inAid);
+  // GetAid() returns the atom equal to inAid, or else nil
+
+  // note the atoms are owned elsewhere, usuall by morkAtomSpace
+
+public: // typesafe refcounting inlines calling inherited morkNode methods
+  static void SlotWeakAtomAidMap(morkAtomAidMap* me,
+    morkEnv* ev, morkAtomAidMap** ioSlot)
+  { morkNode::SlotWeakNode((morkNode*) me, ev, (morkNode**) ioSlot); }
+  
+  static void SlotStrongAtomAidMap(morkAtomAidMap* me,
+    morkEnv* ev, morkAtomAidMap** ioSlot)
+  { morkNode::SlotStrongNode((morkNode*) me, ev, (morkNode**) ioSlot); }
+};
+
+#ifdef MORK_ENABLE_PROBE_MAPS
+class morkAtomAidMapIter: public morkProbeMapIter { // typesafe wrapper class
+#else /*MORK_ENABLE_PROBE_MAPS*/
+class morkAtomAidMapIter: public morkMapIter { // typesafe wrapper class
+#endif /*MORK_ENABLE_PROBE_MAPS*/
+
+public:
+#ifdef MORK_ENABLE_PROBE_MAPS
+  morkAtomAidMapIter(morkEnv* ev, morkAtomAidMap* ioMap)
+  : morkProbeMapIter(ev, ioMap) { }
+ 
+  morkAtomAidMapIter( ) : morkProbeMapIter()  { }
+#else /*MORK_ENABLE_PROBE_MAPS*/
+  morkAtomAidMapIter(morkEnv* ev, morkAtomAidMap* ioMap)
+  : morkMapIter(ev, ioMap) { }
+ 
+  morkAtomAidMapIter( ) : morkMapIter()  { }
+#endif /*MORK_ENABLE_PROBE_MAPS*/
+
+  void InitAtomAidMapIter(morkEnv* ev, morkAtomAidMap* ioMap)
+  { this->InitMapIter(ev, ioMap); }
+   
+  mork_change* FirstAtom(morkEnv* ev, morkBookAtom** outAtomPtr)
+  { return this->First(ev, outAtomPtr, /*val*/ (void*) 0); }
+  
+  mork_change* NextAtom(morkEnv* ev, morkBookAtom** outAtomPtr)
+  { return this->Next(ev, outAtomPtr, /*val*/ (void*) 0); }
+  
+  mork_change* HereAtom(morkEnv* ev, morkBookAtom** outAtomPtr)
+  { return this->Here(ev, outAtomPtr, /*val*/ (void*) 0); }
+  
+  mork_change* CutHereAtom(morkEnv* ev, morkBookAtom** outAtomPtr)
+  { return this->CutHere(ev, outAtomPtr, /*val*/ (void*) 0); }
+};
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+#define morkDerived_kAtomBodyMap  /*i*/ 0x6142 /* ascii 'aB' */
+
+#define morkAtomBodyMap_kStartSlotCount 23
+
+/*| morkAtomBodyMap: keys of morkBookAtom organized by body bytes
+|*/
+#ifdef MORK_ENABLE_PROBE_MAPS
+class morkAtomBodyMap : public morkProbeMap { // for mapping tokens to maps
+#else /*MORK_ENABLE_PROBE_MAPS*/
+class morkAtomBodyMap : public morkMap { // for mapping tokens to maps
+#endif /*MORK_ENABLE_PROBE_MAPS*/
+
+// { ===== begin morkNode interface =====
+public: // morkNode virtual methods
+  virtual void CloseMorkNode(morkEnv* ev) override; // CloseAtomBodyMap() only if open
+  virtual ~morkAtomBodyMap(); // assert CloseAtomBodyMap() executed earlier
+  
+public: // morkMap construction & destruction
+  morkAtomBodyMap(morkEnv* ev, const morkUsage& inUsage,
+    nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap, nsIMdbHeap* ioSlotHeap);
+  void CloseAtomBodyMap(morkEnv* ev); // called by CloseMorkNode();
+
+public: // dynamic type identification
+  mork_bool IsAtomBodyMap() const
+  { return IsNode() && mNode_Derived == morkDerived_kAtomBodyMap; }
+// } ===== end morkNode methods =====
+
+public:
+#ifdef MORK_ENABLE_PROBE_MAPS
+  // { ===== begin morkProbeMap methods =====
+  virtual mork_test // hit(a,b) implies hash(a) == hash(b)
+  MapTest(morkEnv* ev, const void* inMapKey, const void* inAppKey) const override;
+
+  virtual mork_u4 // hit(a,b) implies hash(a) == hash(b)
+  MapHash(morkEnv* ev, const void* inAppKey) const override;
+
+  virtual mork_u4 ProbeMapHashMapKey(morkEnv* ev, const void* inMapKey) const override;
+
+  // virtual mork_bool ProbeMapIsKeyNil(morkEnv* ev, void* ioMapKey);
+
+  // virtual void ProbeMapClearKey(morkEnv* ev, // put 'nil' alls keys inside map
+  //   void* ioMapKey, mork_count inKeyCount); // array of keys inside map
+
+  // virtual void ProbeMapPushIn(morkEnv* ev, // move (key,val) into the map
+  //   const void* inAppKey, const void* inAppVal, // (key,val) outside map
+  //   void* outMapKey, void* outMapVal);      // (key,val) inside map
+
+  // virtual void ProbeMapPullOut(morkEnv* ev, // move (key,val) out from the map
+  //   const void* inMapKey, const void* inMapVal, // (key,val) inside map
+  //   void* outAppKey, void* outAppVal) const;    // (key,val) outside map
+  // } ===== end morkProbeMap methods =====
+#else /*MORK_ENABLE_PROBE_MAPS*/
+// { ===== begin morkMap poly interface =====
+  virtual mork_bool // note: equal(a,b) implies hash(a) == hash(b)
+  Equal(morkEnv* ev, const void* inKeyA, const void* inKeyB) const override;
+  // implemented using morkBookAtom::EqualFormAndBody()
+
+  virtual mork_u4 // note: equal(a,b) implies hash(a) == hash(b)
+  Hash(morkEnv* ev, const void* inKey) const override;
+  // implemented using morkBookAtom::HashFormAndBody()
+// } ===== end morkMap poly interface =====
+#endif /*MORK_ENABLE_PROBE_MAPS*/
+
+public: // other map methods
+
+  mork_bool      AddAtom(morkEnv* ev, morkBookAtom* ioAtom);
+  // AddAtom() returns ev->Good()
+
+  morkBookAtom*  CutAtom(morkEnv* ev, const morkBookAtom* inAtom);
+  // CutAtom() returns the atom removed equal to inAtom, if there was one
+  
+  morkBookAtom*  GetAtom(morkEnv* ev, const morkBookAtom* inAtom);
+  // GetAtom() returns the atom equal to inAtom, or else nil
+
+  // note the atoms are owned elsewhere, usuall by morkAtomSpace
+
+public: // typesafe refcounting inlines calling inherited morkNode methods
+  static void SlotWeakAtomBodyMap(morkAtomBodyMap* me,
+    morkEnv* ev, morkAtomBodyMap** ioSlot)
+  { morkNode::SlotWeakNode((morkNode*) me, ev, (morkNode**) ioSlot); }
+  
+  static void SlotStrongAtomBodyMap(morkAtomBodyMap* me,
+    morkEnv* ev, morkAtomBodyMap** ioSlot)
+  { morkNode::SlotStrongNode((morkNode*) me, ev, (morkNode**) ioSlot); }
+};
+
+#ifdef MORK_ENABLE_PROBE_MAPS
+class morkAtomBodyMapIter: public morkProbeMapIter{ // typesafe wrapper class
+#else /*MORK_ENABLE_PROBE_MAPS*/
+class morkAtomBodyMapIter: public morkMapIter{ // typesafe wrapper class
+#endif /*MORK_ENABLE_PROBE_MAPS*/
+
+public:
+#ifdef MORK_ENABLE_PROBE_MAPS
+  morkAtomBodyMapIter(morkEnv* ev, morkAtomBodyMap* ioMap)
+  : morkProbeMapIter(ev, ioMap) { }
+ 
+  morkAtomBodyMapIter( ) : morkProbeMapIter()  { }
+#else /*MORK_ENABLE_PROBE_MAPS*/
+  morkAtomBodyMapIter(morkEnv* ev, morkAtomBodyMap* ioMap)
+  : morkMapIter(ev, ioMap) { }
+ 
+  morkAtomBodyMapIter( ) : morkMapIter()  { }
+#endif /*MORK_ENABLE_PROBE_MAPS*/
+  
+  void InitAtomBodyMapIter(morkEnv* ev, morkAtomBodyMap* ioMap)
+  { this->InitMapIter(ev, ioMap); }
+   
+  mork_change* FirstAtom(morkEnv* ev, morkBookAtom** outAtomPtr)
+  { return this->First(ev, outAtomPtr, /*val*/ (void*) 0); }
+  
+  mork_change* NextAtom(morkEnv* ev, morkBookAtom** outAtomPtr)
+  { return this->Next(ev, outAtomPtr, /*val*/ (void*) 0); }
+  
+  mork_change* HereAtom(morkEnv* ev, morkBookAtom** outAtomPtr)
+  { return this->Here(ev, outAtomPtr, /*val*/ (void*) 0); }
+  
+  mork_change* CutHereAtom(morkEnv* ev, morkBookAtom** outAtomPtr)
+  { return this->CutHere(ev, outAtomPtr, /*val*/ (void*) 0); }
+};
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+#define morkDerived_kAtomRowMap  /*i*/ 0x6152 /* ascii 'aR' */
+
+/*| morkAtomRowMap: maps morkAtom* -> morkRow*
+|*/
+class morkAtomRowMap : public morkIntMap { // for mapping atoms to rows
+
+public:
+  mork_column mAtomRowMap_IndexColumn; // row column being indexed
+
+public:
+
+  virtual ~morkAtomRowMap();
+  morkAtomRowMap(morkEnv* ev, const morkUsage& inUsage,
+    nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap, nsIMdbHeap* ioSlotHeap, mork_column inIndexColumn);
+
+public: // adding and cutting from morkRow instance candidate
+
+  void  AddRow(morkEnv* ev, morkRow* ioRow);
+  // add ioRow only if it contains a cell in mAtomRowMap_IndexColumn. 
+
+  void  CutRow(morkEnv* ev, morkRow* ioRow);
+  // cut ioRow only if it contains a cell in mAtomRowMap_IndexColumn. 
+
+public: // other map methods
+
+  mork_bool  AddAid(morkEnv* ev, mork_aid inAid, morkRow* ioRow)
+  { return this->AddInt(ev, inAid, ioRow); }
+  // the AddAid() boolean return equals ev->Good().
+
+  mork_bool  CutAid(morkEnv* ev, mork_aid inAid)
+  { return this->CutInt(ev, inAid); }
+  // The CutAid() boolean return indicates whether removal happened. 
+  
+  morkRow*   GetAid(morkEnv* ev, mork_aid inAid)
+  { return (morkRow*) this->GetInt(ev, inAid); }
+  // Note the returned space does NOT have an increase in refcount for this.
+  
+public: // dynamic type identification
+  mork_bool IsAtomRowMap() const
+  { return IsNode() && mNode_Derived == morkDerived_kAtomRowMap; }
+
+public: // typesafe refcounting inlines calling inherited morkNode methods
+  static void SlotWeakAtomRowMap(morkAtomRowMap* me,
+    morkEnv* ev, morkAtomRowMap** ioSlot)
+  { morkNode::SlotWeakNode((morkNode*) me, ev, (morkNode**) ioSlot); }
+  
+  static void SlotStrongAtomRowMap(morkAtomRowMap* me,
+    morkEnv* ev, morkAtomRowMap** ioSlot)
+  { morkNode::SlotStrongNode((morkNode*) me, ev, (morkNode**) ioSlot); }
+
+};
+
+class morkAtomRowMapIter: public morkMapIter{ // typesafe wrapper class
+
+public:
+  morkAtomRowMapIter(morkEnv* ev, morkAtomRowMap* ioMap)
+  : morkMapIter(ev, ioMap) { }
+ 
+  morkAtomRowMapIter( ) : morkMapIter()  { }
+  void InitAtomRowMapIter(morkEnv* ev, morkAtomRowMap* ioMap)
+  { this->InitMapIter(ev, ioMap); }
+   
+  mork_change*
+  FirstAtomAndRow(morkEnv* ev, morkAtom** outAtom, morkRow** outRow)
+  { return this->First(ev, outAtom, outRow); }
+  
+  mork_change*
+  NextAtomAndRow(morkEnv* ev, morkAtom** outAtom, morkRow** outRow)
+  { return this->Next(ev, outAtom, outRow); }
+  
+  mork_change*
+  HereAtomAndRow(morkEnv* ev, morkAtom** outAtom, morkRow** outRow)
+  { return this->Here(ev, outAtom, outRow); }
+  
+  mork_change*
+  CutHereAtomAndRow(morkEnv* ev, morkAtom** outAtom, morkRow** outRow)
+  { return this->CutHere(ev, outAtom, outRow); }
+};
+
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+#endif /* _MORKATOMMAP_ */
diff --git a/db/mork/src/morkAtomSpace.cpp b/db/mork/src/morkAtomSpace.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e9c1c16ed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/db/mork/src/morkAtomSpace.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,270 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-  */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _MDB_
+#include "mdb.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORK_
+#include "mork.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKNODE_
+#include "morkNode.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKMAP_
+#include "morkMap.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKSPACE_
+#include "morkSpace.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKENV_
+#include "morkEnv.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKSPACE_
+#include "morkSpace.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKATOMSPACE_
+#include "morkAtomSpace.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKPOOL_
+#include "morkPool.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKSTORE_
+#include "morkStore.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKATOM_
+#include "morkAtom.h"
+#endif
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+// ````` ````` ````` ````` ````` 
+// { ===== begin morkNode interface =====
+
+/*public virtual*/ void
+morkAtomSpace::CloseMorkNode(morkEnv* ev) // CloseAtomSpace() only if open
+{
+  if ( this->IsOpenNode() )
+  {
+    this->MarkClosing();
+    this->CloseAtomSpace(ev);
+    this->MarkShut();
+  }
+}
+
+/*public virtual*/
+morkAtomSpace::~morkAtomSpace() // assert CloseAtomSpace() executed earlier
+{
+  MORK_ASSERT(mAtomSpace_HighUnderId==0);
+  MORK_ASSERT(mAtomSpace_HighOverId==0);
+  MORK_ASSERT(this->IsShutNode());
+  MORK_ASSERT(mAtomSpace_AtomAids.IsShutNode());
+  MORK_ASSERT(mAtomSpace_AtomBodies.IsShutNode());
+}
+
+/*public non-poly*/
+morkAtomSpace::morkAtomSpace(morkEnv* ev, const morkUsage& inUsage,
+  mork_scope inScope, morkStore* ioStore,
+  nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap, nsIMdbHeap* ioSlotHeap)
+: morkSpace(ev, inUsage, inScope, ioStore, ioHeap, ioSlotHeap)
+, mAtomSpace_HighUnderId( morkAtomSpace_kMinUnderId )
+, mAtomSpace_HighOverId( morkAtomSpace_kMinOverId )
+, mAtomSpace_AtomAids(ev, morkUsage::kMember, (nsIMdbHeap*) 0, ioSlotHeap)
+, mAtomSpace_AtomBodies(ev, morkUsage::kMember, (nsIMdbHeap*) 0, ioSlotHeap)
+{
+  // the morkSpace base constructor handles any dirty propagation
+  if ( ev->Good() )
+    mNode_Derived = morkDerived_kAtomSpace;
+}
+
+/*public non-poly*/ void
+morkAtomSpace::CloseAtomSpace(morkEnv* ev) // called by CloseMorkNode();
+{
+    if ( this->IsNode() )
+    {
+      mAtomSpace_AtomBodies.CloseMorkNode(ev);
+      morkStore* store = mSpace_Store;
+      if ( store )
+        this->CutAllAtoms(ev, &store->mStore_Pool);
+      
+      mAtomSpace_AtomAids.CloseMorkNode(ev);
+      this->CloseSpace(ev);
+      mAtomSpace_HighUnderId = 0;
+      mAtomSpace_HighOverId = 0;
+      this->MarkShut();
+    }
+    else
+      this->NonNodeError(ev);
+}
+
+// } ===== end morkNode methods =====
+// ````` ````` ````` ````` ````` 
+
+/*static*/ void
+morkAtomSpace::NonAtomSpaceTypeError(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  ev->NewError("non morkAtomSpace");
+}
+
+mork_num
+morkAtomSpace::CutAllAtoms(morkEnv* ev, morkPool* ioPool)
+{
+#ifdef MORK_ENABLE_ZONE_ARENAS
+  MORK_USED_2(ev, ioPool);
+  return 0;
+#else /*MORK_ENABLE_ZONE_ARENAS*/
+  if ( this->IsAtomSpaceClean() )
+    this->MaybeDirtyStoreAndSpace();
+  
+  mork_num outSlots = mAtomSpace_AtomAids.MapFill();
+  morkBookAtom* a = 0; // old key atom in the map
+  
+  morkStore* store = mSpace_Store;
+  mork_change* c = 0;
+  morkAtomAidMapIter i(ev, &mAtomSpace_AtomAids);
+  for ( c = i.FirstAtom(ev, &a); c ; c = i.NextAtom(ev, &a) )
+  {
+    if ( a )
+      ioPool->ZapAtom(ev, a, &store->mStore_Zone);
+
+#ifdef MORK_ENABLE_PROBE_MAPS
+    // do not cut anything from the map
+#else /*MORK_ENABLE_PROBE_MAPS*/
+    i.CutHereAtom(ev, /*key*/ (morkBookAtom**) 0);
+#endif /*MORK_ENABLE_PROBE_MAPS*/
+  }
+  
+  return outSlots;
+#endif /*MORK_ENABLE_ZONE_ARENAS*/
+}
+
+
+morkBookAtom*
+morkAtomSpace::MakeBookAtomCopyWithAid(morkEnv* ev,
+   const morkFarBookAtom& inAtom,  mork_aid inAid)
+// Make copy of inAtom and put it in both maps, using specified ID.
+{
+  morkBookAtom* outAtom = 0;
+  morkStore* store = mSpace_Store;
+  if ( ev->Good() && store )
+  {
+    morkPool* pool = this->GetSpaceStorePool();
+    outAtom = pool->NewFarBookAtomCopy(ev, inAtom, &store->mStore_Zone);
+    if ( outAtom )
+    {
+      if ( store->mStore_CanDirty )
+      {
+        outAtom->SetAtomDirty();
+        if ( this->IsAtomSpaceClean() )
+          this->MaybeDirtyStoreAndSpace();
+      }
+  
+      outAtom->mBookAtom_Id = inAid;
+      outAtom->mBookAtom_Space = this;
+      mAtomSpace_AtomAids.AddAtom(ev, outAtom);
+      mAtomSpace_AtomBodies.AddAtom(ev, outAtom);
+      if ( this->SpaceScope() == morkAtomSpace_kColumnScope )
+        outAtom->MakeCellUseForever(ev);
+
+      if ( mAtomSpace_HighUnderId <= inAid )
+        mAtomSpace_HighUnderId = inAid + 1;
+    }
+  }
+  return outAtom;
+}
+
+morkBookAtom*
+morkAtomSpace::MakeBookAtomCopy(morkEnv* ev, const morkFarBookAtom& inAtom)
+// make copy of inAtom and put it in both maps, using a new ID as needed.
+{
+  morkBookAtom* outAtom = 0;
+  morkStore* store = mSpace_Store;
+  if ( ev->Good() && store )
+  {
+    if ( store->mStore_CanAutoAssignAtomIdentity )
+    {
+      morkPool* pool = this->GetSpaceStorePool();
+      morkBookAtom* atom = pool->NewFarBookAtomCopy(ev, inAtom, &mSpace_Store->mStore_Zone);
+      if ( atom )
+      {
+        mork_aid id = this->MakeNewAtomId(ev, atom);
+        if ( id )
+        {
+          if ( store->mStore_CanDirty )
+          {
+            atom->SetAtomDirty();
+            if ( this->IsAtomSpaceClean() )
+              this->MaybeDirtyStoreAndSpace();
+          }
+            
+          outAtom = atom; 
+          atom->mBookAtom_Space = this;
+          mAtomSpace_AtomAids.AddAtom(ev, atom);
+          mAtomSpace_AtomBodies.AddAtom(ev, atom);
+          if ( this->SpaceScope() == morkAtomSpace_kColumnScope )
+            outAtom->MakeCellUseForever(ev);
+        }
+        else
+          pool->ZapAtom(ev, atom, &mSpace_Store->mStore_Zone);
+      }
+    }
+    else
+      mSpace_Store->CannotAutoAssignAtomIdentityError(ev);
+  }
+  return outAtom;
+}
+
+
+mork_aid
+morkAtomSpace::MakeNewAtomId(morkEnv* ev, morkBookAtom* ioAtom)
+{
+  mork_aid outAid = 0;
+  mork_tid id = mAtomSpace_HighUnderId;
+  mork_num count = 8; // try up to eight times
+  
+  while ( !outAid && count ) // still trying to find an unused table ID?
+  {
+    --count;
+    ioAtom->mBookAtom_Id = id;
+    if ( !mAtomSpace_AtomAids.GetAtom(ev, ioAtom) )
+      outAid = id;
+    else
+    {
+      MORK_ASSERT(morkBool_kFalse); // alert developer about ID problems
+      ++id;
+    }
+  }
+  
+  mAtomSpace_HighUnderId = id + 1;
+  return outAid;
+}
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+
+morkAtomSpaceMap::~morkAtomSpaceMap()
+{
+}
+
+morkAtomSpaceMap::morkAtomSpaceMap(morkEnv* ev, const morkUsage& inUsage,
+  nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap, nsIMdbHeap* ioSlotHeap)
+  : morkNodeMap(ev, inUsage, ioHeap, ioSlotHeap)
+{
+  if ( ev->Good() )
+    mNode_Derived = morkDerived_kAtomSpaceMap;
+}
+
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
diff --git a/db/mork/src/morkAtomSpace.h b/db/mork/src/morkAtomSpace.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b72a59401
--- /dev/null
+++ b/db/mork/src/morkAtomSpace.h
@@ -0,0 +1,219 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-  */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _MORKATOMSPACE_
+#define _MORKATOMSPACE_ 1
+
+#ifndef _MORK_
+#include "mork.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKNODE_
+#include "morkNode.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKSPACE_
+#include "morkSpace.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKATOMMAP_
+#include "morkAtomMap.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKNODEMAP_
+#include "morkNodeMap.h"
+#endif
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+/*| kMinUnderId: the smallest ID we auto-assign to the 'under' namespace
+**| reserved for tokens expected to occur very frequently, such as the names
+**| of columns.  We reserve single byte ids in the ASCII range to correspond
+**| one-to-one to those tokens consisting single ASCII characters (so that
+**| this assignment is always known and constant).  So we start at 0x80, and
+**| then reserve the upper half of two hex digit ids and all the three hex
+**| digit IDs for the 'under' namespace for common tokens.
+|*/
+#define morkAtomSpace_kMinUnderId 0x80   /* low 7 bits mean byte tokens */
+
+#define morkAtomSpace_kMaxSevenBitAid 0x7F  /* low seven bit integer ID */
+
+/*| kMinOverId: the smallest ID we auto-assign to the 'over' namespace that
+**| might include very large numbers of tokens that are used infrequently,
+**| so that we care less whether the shortest hex representation is used.
+**| So we start all IDs for 'over' category tokens at a value range that
+**| needs at least four hex digits, so we can reserve three hex digits and
+**| shorter for more commonly occuring tokens in the 'under' category.
+|*/
+#define morkAtomSpace_kMinOverId 0x1000  /* using at least four hex bytes */
+
+#define morkDerived_kAtomSpace  /*i*/ 0x6153 /* ascii 'aS' */
+
+#define morkAtomSpace_kColumnScope ((mork_scope) 'c') /* column scope is forever */
+
+/*| morkAtomSpace:
+|*/
+class morkAtomSpace : public morkSpace { // 
+
+// public: // slots inherited from morkSpace (meant to inform only)
+  // nsIMdbHeap*    mNode_Heap;
+
+  // mork_base      mNode_Base;     // must equal morkBase_kNode
+  // mork_derived   mNode_Derived;  // depends on specific node subclass
+  
+  // mork_access    mNode_Access;   // kOpen, kClosing, kShut, or kDead
+  // mork_usage     mNode_Usage;    // kHeap, kStack, kMember, kGlobal, kNone
+  // mork_able      mNode_Mutable;  // can this node be modified?
+  // mork_load      mNode_Load;     // is this node clean or dirty?
+  
+  // mork_uses      mNode_Uses;     // refcount for strong refs
+  // mork_refs      mNode_Refs;     // refcount for strong refs + weak refs
+  
+  // morkStore*  mSpace_Store; // weak ref to containing store
+  
+  // mork_bool   mSpace_DoAutoIDs;    // whether db should assign member IDs
+  // mork_bool   mSpace_HaveDoneAutoIDs; // whether actually auto assigned IDs
+  // mork_u1     mSpace_Pad[ 2 ];     // pad to u4 alignment
+
+public: // state is public because the entire Mork system is private
+
+  mork_aid         mAtomSpace_HighUnderId; // high ID in 'under' range
+  mork_aid         mAtomSpace_HighOverId;  // high ID in 'over' range
+  
+  morkAtomAidMap   mAtomSpace_AtomAids; // all atoms in space by ID
+  morkAtomBodyMap  mAtomSpace_AtomBodies; // all atoms in space by body
+
+public: // more specific dirty methods for atom space:
+  void SetAtomSpaceDirty() { this->SetNodeDirty(); }
+  void SetAtomSpaceClean() { this->SetNodeClean(); }
+  
+  mork_bool IsAtomSpaceClean() const { return this->IsNodeClean(); }
+  mork_bool IsAtomSpaceDirty() const { return this->IsNodeDirty(); }
+
+// { ===== begin morkNode interface =====
+public: // morkNode virtual methods
+  virtual void CloseMorkNode(morkEnv* ev) override; // CloseAtomSpace() only if open
+  virtual ~morkAtomSpace(); // assert that CloseAtomSpace() executed earlier
+  
+public: // morkMap construction & destruction
+  morkAtomSpace(morkEnv* ev, const morkUsage& inUsage, mork_scope inScope, 
+    morkStore* ioStore, nsIMdbHeap* ioNodeHeap, nsIMdbHeap* ioSlotHeap);
+  void CloseAtomSpace(morkEnv* ev); // called by CloseMorkNode();
+
+public: // dynamic type identification
+  mork_bool IsAtomSpace() const
+  { return IsNode() && mNode_Derived == morkDerived_kAtomSpace; }
+// } ===== end morkNode methods =====
+
+public: // typing
+  void NonAtomSpaceTypeError(morkEnv* ev);
+
+public: // setup
+
+  mork_bool MarkAllAtomSpaceContentDirty(morkEnv* ev);
+  // MarkAllAtomSpaceContentDirty() visits every space object and marks 
+  // them dirty, including every table, row, cell, and atom.  The return
+  // equals ev->Good(), to show whether any error happened.  This method is
+  // intended for use in the beginning of a "compress commit" which writes
+  // all store content, whether dirty or not.  We dirty everything first so
+  // that later iterations over content can mark things clean as they are
+  // written, and organize the process of serialization so that objects are
+  // written only at need (because of being dirty).
+
+public: // other space methods
+
+  // void ReserveColumnAidCount(mork_count inCount)
+  // {
+  //   mAtomSpace_HighUnderId = morkAtomSpace_kMinUnderId + inCount;
+  //   mAtomSpace_HighOverId = morkAtomSpace_kMinOverId + inCount;
+  // }
+
+  mork_num CutAllAtoms(morkEnv* ev, morkPool* ioPool);
+  // CutAllAtoms() puts all the atoms back in the pool.
+  
+  morkBookAtom* MakeBookAtomCopyWithAid(morkEnv* ev,
+     const morkFarBookAtom& inAtom,  mork_aid inAid);
+  // Make copy of inAtom and put it in both maps, using specified ID.
+  
+  morkBookAtom* MakeBookAtomCopy(morkEnv* ev, const morkFarBookAtom& inAtom);
+  // Make copy of inAtom and put it in both maps, using a new ID as needed.
+
+  mork_aid MakeNewAtomId(morkEnv* ev, morkBookAtom* ioAtom);
+  // generate an unused atom id.
+
+public: // typesafe refcounting inlines calling inherited morkNode methods
+  static void SlotWeakAtomSpace(morkAtomSpace* me,
+    morkEnv* ev, morkAtomSpace** ioSlot)
+  { morkNode::SlotWeakNode((morkNode*) me, ev, (morkNode**) ioSlot); }
+  
+  static void SlotStrongAtomSpace(morkAtomSpace* me,
+    morkEnv* ev, morkAtomSpace** ioSlot)
+  { morkNode::SlotStrongNode((morkNode*) me, ev, (morkNode**) ioSlot); }
+};
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+#define morkDerived_kAtomSpaceMap  /*i*/ 0x615A /* ascii 'aZ' */
+
+/*| morkAtomSpaceMap: maps mork_scope -> morkAtomSpace
+|*/
+class morkAtomSpaceMap : public morkNodeMap { // for mapping tokens to tables
+
+public:
+
+  virtual ~morkAtomSpaceMap();
+  morkAtomSpaceMap(morkEnv* ev, const morkUsage& inUsage,
+    nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap, nsIMdbHeap* ioSlotHeap);
+
+public: // other map methods
+
+  mork_bool  AddAtomSpace(morkEnv* ev, morkAtomSpace* ioAtomSpace)
+  { return this->AddNode(ev, ioAtomSpace->SpaceScope(), ioAtomSpace); }
+  // the AddAtomSpace() boolean return equals ev->Good().
+
+  mork_bool  CutAtomSpace(morkEnv* ev, mork_scope inScope)
+  { return this->CutNode(ev, inScope); }
+  // The CutAtomSpace() boolean return indicates whether removal happened. 
+  
+  morkAtomSpace*  GetAtomSpace(morkEnv* ev, mork_scope inScope)
+  { return (morkAtomSpace*) this->GetNode(ev, inScope); }
+  // Note the returned space does NOT have an increase in refcount for this.
+
+  mork_num CutAllAtomSpaces(morkEnv* ev)
+  { return this->CutAllNodes(ev); }
+  // CutAllAtomSpaces() releases all the referenced table values.
+};
+
+class morkAtomSpaceMapIter: public morkMapIter{ // typesafe wrapper class
+
+public:
+  morkAtomSpaceMapIter(morkEnv* ev, morkAtomSpaceMap* ioMap)
+  : morkMapIter(ev, ioMap) { }
+ 
+  morkAtomSpaceMapIter( ) : morkMapIter()  { }
+  void InitAtomSpaceMapIter(morkEnv* ev, morkAtomSpaceMap* ioMap)
+  { this->InitMapIter(ev, ioMap); }
+   
+  mork_change*
+  FirstAtomSpace(morkEnv* ev, mork_scope* outScope, morkAtomSpace** outAtomSpace)
+  { return this->First(ev, outScope, outAtomSpace); }
+  
+  mork_change*
+  NextAtomSpace(morkEnv* ev, mork_scope* outScope, morkAtomSpace** outAtomSpace)
+  { return this->Next(ev, outScope, outAtomSpace); }
+  
+  mork_change*
+  HereAtomSpace(morkEnv* ev, mork_scope* outScope, morkAtomSpace** outAtomSpace)
+  { return this->Here(ev, outScope, outAtomSpace); }
+  
+  mork_change*
+  CutHereAtomSpace(morkEnv* ev, mork_scope* outScope, morkAtomSpace** outAtomSpace)
+  { return this->CutHere(ev, outScope, outAtomSpace); }
+};
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+#endif /* _MORKATOMSPACE_ */
+
diff --git a/db/mork/src/morkBead.cpp b/db/mork/src/morkBead.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2b552eff1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/db/mork/src/morkBead.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,425 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-  */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _MDB_
+#include "mdb.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORK_
+#include "mork.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKNODE_
+#include "morkNode.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKENV_
+#include "morkEnv.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKBEAD_
+#include "morkBead.h"
+#endif
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+// ````` ````` ````` ````` ````` 
+// { ===== begin morkNode interface =====
+
+/*public virtual*/ void
+morkBead::CloseMorkNode(morkEnv* ev) // CloseBead() only if open
+{
+  if ( this->IsOpenNode() )
+  {
+    this->MarkClosing();
+    this->CloseBead(ev);
+    this->MarkShut();
+  }
+}
+
+/*public virtual*/
+morkBead::~morkBead() // assert CloseBead() executed earlier
+{
+  MORK_ASSERT(mBead_Color==0 || mNode_Usage == morkUsage_kStack );
+}
+
+/*public non-poly*/
+morkBead::morkBead(mork_color inBeadColor)
+: morkNode( morkUsage_kStack )
+, mBead_Color( inBeadColor )
+{
+}
+
+/*public non-poly*/
+morkBead::morkBead(const morkUsage& inUsage, nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap, 
+  mork_color inBeadColor)
+: morkNode( inUsage, ioHeap )
+, mBead_Color( inBeadColor )
+{
+}
+
+/*public non-poly*/
+morkBead::morkBead(morkEnv* ev,
+  const morkUsage& inUsage, nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap, mork_color inBeadColor)
+: morkNode(ev, inUsage, ioHeap)
+, mBead_Color( inBeadColor )
+{
+  if ( ev->Good() )
+  {
+    if ( ev->Good() )
+      mNode_Derived = morkDerived_kBead;
+  }
+}
+
+/*public non-poly*/ void
+morkBead::CloseBead(morkEnv* ev) // called by CloseMorkNode();
+{
+    if ( this->IsNode() )
+    {
+      if ( !this->IsShutNode() )
+      {
+        mBead_Color = 0;
+        this->MarkShut();
+      }
+    }
+    else
+      this->NonNodeError(ev);
+}
+
+// } ===== end morkNode methods =====
+// ````` ````` ````` ````` ````` 
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+// ````` ````` ````` ````` ````` 
+// { ===== begin morkNode interface =====
+
+/*public virtual*/ void
+morkBeadMap::CloseMorkNode(morkEnv* ev) // CloseBeadMap() only if open
+{
+  if ( this->IsOpenNode() )
+  {
+    this->MarkClosing();
+    this->CloseBeadMap(ev);
+    this->MarkShut();
+  }
+}
+
+/*public virtual*/
+morkBeadMap::~morkBeadMap() // assert CloseBeadMap() executed earlier
+{
+  MORK_ASSERT(this->IsShutNode());
+}
+
+/*public non-poly*/
+morkBeadMap::morkBeadMap(morkEnv* ev,
+  const morkUsage& inUsage, nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap, nsIMdbHeap* ioSlotHeap)
+: morkMap(ev, inUsage, ioHeap, sizeof(morkBead*), /*inValSize*/ 0,
+  /*slotCount*/ 11, ioSlotHeap, /*holdChanges*/ morkBool_kFalse)
+{
+  if ( ev->Good() )
+    mNode_Derived = morkDerived_kBeadMap;
+}
+
+/*public non-poly*/ void
+morkBeadMap::CloseBeadMap(morkEnv* ev) // called by CloseMorkNode();
+{
+    if ( this->IsNode() )
+    {
+      this->CutAllBeads(ev);
+      this->CloseMap(ev);
+      this->MarkShut();
+    }
+    else
+      this->NonNodeError(ev);
+}
+
+// } ===== end morkNode methods =====
+// ````` ````` ````` ````` ````` 
+
+mork_bool
+morkBeadMap::AddBead(morkEnv* ev, morkBead* ioBead)
+  // the AddBead() boolean return equals ev->Good().
+{
+  if ( ioBead && ev->Good() )
+  {
+    morkBead* oldBead = 0; // old key in the map
+
+    mork_bool put = this->Put(ev, &ioBead, /*val*/ (void*) 0,
+      /*key*/ &oldBead, /*val*/ (void*) 0, (mork_change**) 0);
+      
+    if ( put ) // replaced an existing key?
+    {
+      if ( oldBead != ioBead ) // new bead was not already in table?
+        ioBead->AddStrongRef(ev); // now there's another ref
+        
+      if ( oldBead && oldBead != ioBead ) // need to release old node?
+        oldBead->CutStrongRef(ev);
+    }
+    else
+      ioBead->AddStrongRef(ev); // another ref if not already in table
+  }
+  else if ( !ioBead )
+    ev->NilPointerError();
+    
+  return ev->Good();
+}
+
+mork_bool
+morkBeadMap::CutBead(morkEnv* ev, mork_color inColor)
+{
+  morkBead* oldBead = 0; // old key in the map
+  morkBead bead(inColor);
+  morkBead* key = &bead;
+  
+  mork_bool outCutNode = this->Cut(ev, &key, 
+    /*key*/ &oldBead, /*val*/ (void*) 0, (mork_change**) 0);
+    
+  if ( oldBead )
+    oldBead->CutStrongRef(ev);
+  
+  bead.CloseBead(ev);
+  return outCutNode;
+}
+
+morkBead*
+morkBeadMap::GetBead(morkEnv* ev, mork_color inColor)
+  // Note the returned bead does NOT have an increase in refcount for this.
+{
+  morkBead* oldBead = 0; // old key in the map
+  morkBead bead(inColor);
+  morkBead* key = &bead;
+
+  this->Get(ev, &key, /*key*/ &oldBead, /*val*/ (void*) 0, (mork_change**) 0);
+  
+  bead.CloseBead(ev);
+  return oldBead;
+}
+
+mork_num
+morkBeadMap::CutAllBeads(morkEnv* ev)
+  // CutAllBeads() releases all the referenced beads.
+{
+  mork_num outSlots = mMap_Slots;
+  
+  morkBeadMapIter i(ev, this);
+  morkBead* b = i.FirstBead(ev);
+
+  while ( b )
+  {
+    b->CutStrongRef(ev);
+    i.CutHereBead(ev);
+    b = i.NextBead(ev);
+  }
+  
+  return outSlots;
+}
+
+
+// { ===== begin morkMap poly interface =====
+/*virtual*/ mork_bool
+morkBeadMap::Equal(morkEnv* ev, const void* inKeyA, const void* inKeyB) const
+{
+  MORK_USED_1(ev);
+  return (*(const morkBead**) inKeyA)->BeadEqual(
+    *(const morkBead**) inKeyB);
+}
+
+/*virtual*/ mork_u4
+morkBeadMap::Hash(morkEnv* ev, const void* inKey) const
+{
+  MORK_USED_1(ev);
+    return (*(const morkBead**) inKey)->BeadHash();
+}
+// } ===== end morkMap poly interface =====
+
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+ 
+morkBead* morkBeadMapIter::FirstBead(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  morkBead* bead = 0;
+  this->First(ev, &bead, /*val*/ (void*) 0);
+  return bead;
+}
+
+morkBead* morkBeadMapIter::NextBead(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  morkBead* bead = 0;
+  this->Next(ev, &bead, /*val*/ (void*) 0);
+  return bead;
+}
+
+morkBead* morkBeadMapIter::HereBead(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  morkBead* bead = 0;
+  this->Here(ev, &bead, /*val*/ (void*) 0);
+  return bead;
+}
+
+void morkBeadMapIter::CutHereBead(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  this->CutHere(ev, /*key*/ (void*) 0, /*val*/ (void*) 0);
+}
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+// ````` ````` ````` ````` ````` 
+// { ===== begin morkNode interface =====
+
+/*public virtual*/ void
+morkBeadProbeMap::CloseMorkNode(morkEnv* ev) // CloseBeadProbeMap() if open
+{
+  if ( this->IsOpenNode() )
+  {
+    this->MarkClosing();
+    this->CloseBeadProbeMap(ev);
+    this->MarkShut();
+  }
+}
+
+/*public virtual*/
+morkBeadProbeMap::~morkBeadProbeMap() // assert CloseBeadProbeMap() earlier
+{
+  MORK_ASSERT(this->IsShutNode());
+}
+
+
+/*public non-poly*/
+morkBeadProbeMap::morkBeadProbeMap(morkEnv* ev, const morkUsage& inUsage,
+    nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap, nsIMdbHeap* ioSlotHeap)
+: morkProbeMap(ev, inUsage, ioHeap,
+  /*inKeySize*/ sizeof(morkBead*), /*inValSize*/ 0,
+  ioSlotHeap, /*startSlotCount*/ 11, 
+  /*inZeroIsClearKey*/ morkBool_kTrue)
+{
+  if ( ev->Good() )
+    mNode_Derived = morkDerived_kBeadProbeMap;
+}
+
+/*public non-poly*/ void
+morkBeadProbeMap::CloseBeadProbeMap(morkEnv* ev) // called by CloseMorkNode();
+{
+    if ( this->IsNode() )
+    {
+      this->CutAllBeads(ev);
+      this->CloseProbeMap(ev);
+      this->MarkShut();
+    }
+    else
+      this->NonNodeError(ev);
+}
+
+// } ===== end morkNode methods =====
+// ````` ````` ````` ````` ````` 
+
+/*virtual*/ mork_test // hit(a,b) implies hash(a) == hash(b)
+morkBeadProbeMap::MapTest(morkEnv* ev, const void* inMapKey,
+  const void* inAppKey) const
+{
+  MORK_USED_1(ev);
+  const morkBead* key = *(const morkBead**) inMapKey;
+  if ( key )
+  {
+    mork_bool hit = key->BeadEqual(*(const morkBead**) inAppKey);
+    return ( hit ) ? morkTest_kHit : morkTest_kMiss;
+  }
+  else
+    return morkTest_kVoid;
+}
+
+/*virtual*/ mork_u4 // hit(a,b) implies hash(a) == hash(b)
+morkBeadProbeMap::MapHash(morkEnv* ev, const void* inAppKey) const
+{
+  const morkBead* key = *(const morkBead**) inAppKey;
+  if ( key )
+    return key->BeadHash();
+  else
+  {
+    ev->NilPointerWarning();
+    return 0;
+  }
+}
+
+/*virtual*/ mork_u4 
+morkBeadProbeMap::ProbeMapHashMapKey(morkEnv* ev,
+  const void* inMapKey) const
+{
+  const morkBead* key = *(const morkBead**) inMapKey;
+  if ( key )
+    return key->BeadHash();
+  else
+  {
+    ev->NilPointerWarning();
+    return 0;
+  }
+}
+
+mork_bool
+morkBeadProbeMap::AddBead(morkEnv* ev, morkBead* ioBead)
+{
+  if ( ioBead && ev->Good() )
+  {
+    morkBead* bead = 0; // old key in the map
+    
+    mork_bool put = this->MapAtPut(ev, &ioBead, /*val*/ (void*) 0, 
+      /*key*/ &bead, /*val*/ (void*) 0);
+          
+    if ( put ) // replaced an existing key?
+    {
+      if ( bead != ioBead ) // new bead was not already in table?
+        ioBead->AddStrongRef(ev); // now there's another ref
+        
+      if ( bead && bead != ioBead ) // need to release old node?
+        bead->CutStrongRef(ev);
+    }
+    else
+      ioBead->AddStrongRef(ev); // now there's another ref
+  }
+  else if ( !ioBead )
+    ev->NilPointerError();
+    
+  return ev->Good();
+}
+
+morkBead*
+morkBeadProbeMap::GetBead(morkEnv* ev, mork_color inColor)
+{
+  morkBead* oldBead = 0; // old key in the map
+  morkBead bead(inColor);
+  morkBead* key = &bead;
+
+  this->MapAt(ev, &key, &oldBead, /*val*/ (void*) 0);
+  
+  bead.CloseBead(ev);
+  return oldBead;
+}
+
+mork_num
+morkBeadProbeMap::CutAllBeads(morkEnv* ev)
+  // CutAllBeads() releases all the referenced bead values.
+{
+  mork_num outSlots = sMap_Slots;
+  
+  morkBeadProbeMapIter i(ev, this);
+  morkBead* b = i.FirstBead(ev);
+
+  while ( b )
+  {
+    b->CutStrongRef(ev);
+    b = i.NextBead(ev);
+  }
+  this->MapCutAll(ev);
+  
+  return outSlots;
+}
+
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+
diff --git a/db/mork/src/morkBead.h b/db/mork/src/morkBead.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..83ceef2f4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/db/mork/src/morkBead.h
@@ -0,0 +1,245 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-  */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _MORKBEAD_
+#define _MORKBEAD_ 1
+
+#ifndef _MORK_
+#include "mork.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKNODE_
+#include "morkNode.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKMAP_
+#include "morkMap.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKPROBEMAP_
+#include "morkProbeMap.h"
+#endif
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+#define morkDerived_kBead   /*i*/ 0x426F /* ascii 'Bo' */
+
+/*| morkBead: subclass of morkNode that adds knowledge of db suite factory
+**| and containing port to those objects that are exposed as instances of
+**| nsIMdbBead in the public interface.
+|*/
+class morkBead : public morkNode { 
+
+// public: // slots inherited from morkNode (meant to inform only)
+  // nsIMdbHeap*    mNode_Heap;
+
+  // mork_base      mNode_Base;     // must equal morkBase_kNode
+  // mork_derived   mNode_Derived;  // depends on specific node subclass
+  
+  // mork_access    mNode_Access;   // kOpen, kClosing, kShut, or kDead
+  // mork_usage     mNode_Usage;    // kHeap, kStack, kMember, kGlobal, kNone
+  // mork_able      mNode_Mutable;  // can this node be modified?
+  // mork_load      mNode_Load;     // is this node clean or dirty?
+  
+  // mork_uses      mNode_Uses;     // refcount for strong refs
+  // mork_refs      mNode_Refs;     // refcount for strong refs + weak refs
+  
+public: // state is public because the entire Mork system is private
+
+  mork_color      mBead_Color;   // ID for this bead
+
+public: // Hash() and Equal() for bead maps are same for all subclasses:
+
+  mork_u4 BeadHash() const { return (mork_u4) mBead_Color; }
+  mork_bool BeadEqual(const morkBead* inBead) const
+  { return ( mBead_Color == inBead->mBead_Color); }
+  
+// { ===== begin morkNode interface =====
+public: // morkNode virtual methods
+  virtual void CloseMorkNode(morkEnv* ev) override; // CloseBead() only if open
+  virtual ~morkBead(); // assert that CloseBead() executed earlier
+  
+public: // special case for stack construction for map usage:
+  morkBead(mork_color inBeadColor); // stack-based bead instance
+  
+protected: // special case for morkObject:
+  morkBead(const morkUsage& inUsage, nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap,
+    mork_color inBeadColor);
+  
+public: // morkEnv construction & destruction
+  morkBead(morkEnv* ev, const morkUsage& inUsage, nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap, 
+     mork_color inBeadColor);
+  void CloseBead(morkEnv* ev); // called by CloseMorkNode();
+
+private: // copying is not allowed
+  morkBead(const morkBead& other);
+  morkBead& operator=(const morkBead& other);
+
+public: // dynamic type identification
+  mork_bool IsBead() const
+  { return IsNode() && mNode_Derived == morkDerived_kBead; }
+// } ===== end morkNode methods =====
+
+  // void NewNilHandleError(morkEnv* ev); // mBead_Handle is nil
+  
+public: // typesafe refcounting inlines calling inherited morkNode methods
+  static void SlotWeakBead(morkBead* me,
+    morkEnv* ev, morkBead** ioSlot)
+  { morkNode::SlotWeakNode((morkNode*) me, ev, (morkNode**) ioSlot); }
+  
+  static void SlotStrongBead(morkBead* me,
+    morkEnv* ev, morkBead** ioSlot)
+  { morkNode::SlotStrongNode((morkNode*) me, ev, (morkNode**) ioSlot); }
+};
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+#define morkDerived_kBeadMap  /*i*/ 0x744D /* ascii 'bM' */
+
+/*| morkBeadMap: maps bead -> bead (key only using mBead_Color)
+|*/
+class morkBeadMap : public morkMap {
+
+
+// { ===== begin morkNode interface =====
+public: // morkNode virtual methods
+  virtual void CloseMorkNode(morkEnv* ev) override; // CloseBeadMap() only if open
+  virtual ~morkBeadMap(); // assert that CloseBeadMap() executed earlier
+  
+public: // morkMap construction & destruction
+  morkBeadMap(morkEnv* ev, const morkUsage& inUsage,
+    nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap, nsIMdbHeap* ioSlotHeap);
+  void CloseBeadMap(morkEnv* ev); // called by CloseMorkNode();
+
+public: // dynamic type identification
+  mork_bool IsBeadMap() const
+  { return IsNode() && mNode_Derived == morkDerived_kBeadMap; }
+// } ===== end morkNode methods =====
+
+// { ===== begin morkMap poly interface =====
+public:
+  virtual mork_bool // *((mork_u4*) inKeyA) == *((mork_u4*) inKeyB)
+  Equal(morkEnv* ev, const void* inKeyA, const void* inKeyB) const override;
+
+  virtual mork_u4 // some integer function of *((mork_u4*) inKey)
+  Hash(morkEnv* ev, const void* inKey) const override;
+// } ===== end morkMap poly interface =====
+
+public: // other map methods
+
+  mork_bool  AddBead(morkEnv* ev, morkBead* ioBead);
+  // the AddBead() boolean return equals ev->Good().
+
+  mork_bool  CutBead(morkEnv* ev, mork_color inColor);
+  // The CutBead() boolean return indicates whether removal happened. 
+  
+  morkBead*  GetBead(morkEnv* ev, mork_color inColor);
+  // Note the returned bead does NOT have an increase in refcount for this.
+
+  mork_num CutAllBeads(morkEnv* ev);
+  // CutAllBeads() releases all the referenced beads.
+};
+
+class morkBeadMapIter: public morkMapIter{ // typesafe wrapper class
+
+public:
+  morkBeadMapIter(morkEnv* ev, morkBeadMap* ioMap)
+  : morkMapIter(ev, ioMap) { }
+ 
+  morkBeadMapIter( ) : morkMapIter()  { }
+  void InitBeadMapIter(morkEnv* ev, morkBeadMap* ioMap)
+  { this->InitMapIter(ev, ioMap); }
+   
+  morkBead* FirstBead(morkEnv* ev);
+  morkBead* NextBead(morkEnv* ev);
+  morkBead* HereBead(morkEnv* ev);
+  void      CutHereBead(morkEnv* ev);
+  
+};
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+#define morkDerived_kBeadProbeMap  /*i*/ 0x6D74 /* ascii 'mb' */
+
+/*| morkBeadProbeMap: maps bead -> bead (key only using mBead_Color)
+|*/
+class morkBeadProbeMap : public morkProbeMap {
+
+
+// { ===== begin morkNode interface =====
+public: // morkNode virtual methods
+  virtual void CloseMorkNode(morkEnv* ev) override; // CloseBeadProbeMap() only if open
+  virtual ~morkBeadProbeMap(); // assert that CloseBeadProbeMap() executed earlier
+
+public: // morkMap construction & destruction
+  morkBeadProbeMap(morkEnv* ev, const morkUsage& inUsage,
+    nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap, nsIMdbHeap* ioSlotHeap);
+  void CloseBeadProbeMap(morkEnv* ev); // called by CloseMorkNode();
+
+public: // dynamic type identification
+  mork_bool IsBeadProbeMap() const
+  { return IsNode() && mNode_Derived == morkDerived_kBeadProbeMap; }
+// } ===== end morkNode methods =====
+
+  // { ===== begin morkProbeMap methods =====
+public:
+  virtual mork_test // hit(a,b) implies hash(a) == hash(b)
+  MapTest(morkEnv* ev, const void* inMapKey, const void* inAppKey) const override;
+
+  virtual mork_u4 // hit(a,b) implies hash(a) == hash(b)
+  MapHash(morkEnv* ev, const void* inAppKey) const override;
+
+  virtual mork_u4 ProbeMapHashMapKey(morkEnv* ev, const void* inMapKey) const override;
+
+  // virtual mork_bool ProbeMapIsKeyNil(morkEnv* ev, void* ioMapKey);
+
+  // virtual void ProbeMapClearKey(morkEnv* ev, // put 'nil' alls keys inside map
+  //   void* ioMapKey, mork_count inKeyCount); // array of keys inside map
+
+  // virtual void ProbeMapPushIn(morkEnv* ev, // move (key,val) into the map
+  //   const void* inAppKey, const void* inAppVal, // (key,val) outside map
+  //   void* outMapKey, void* outMapVal);      // (key,val) inside map
+
+  // virtual void ProbeMapPullOut(morkEnv* ev, // move (key,val) out from the map
+  //   const void* inMapKey, const void* inMapVal, // (key,val) inside map
+  //   void* outAppKey, void* outAppVal) const;    // (key,val) outside map
+  // } ===== end morkProbeMap methods =====
+
+public: // other map methods
+
+  mork_bool  AddBead(morkEnv* ev, morkBead* ioBead);
+  // the AddBead() boolean return equals ev->Good().
+  
+  morkBead*  GetBead(morkEnv* ev, mork_color inColor);
+  // Note the returned bead does NOT have an increase in refcount for this.
+
+  mork_num   CutAllBeads(morkEnv* ev);
+  // CutAllBeads() releases all the referenced bead values.
+};
+
+class morkBeadProbeMapIter: public morkProbeMapIter { // typesafe wrapper class
+
+public:
+  morkBeadProbeMapIter(morkEnv* ev, morkBeadProbeMap* ioMap)
+  : morkProbeMapIter(ev, ioMap) { }
+ 
+  morkBeadProbeMapIter( ) : morkProbeMapIter()  { }
+  void InitBeadProbeMapIter(morkEnv* ev, morkBeadProbeMap* ioMap)
+  { this->InitProbeMapIter(ev, ioMap); }
+   
+  morkBead* FirstBead(morkEnv* ev)
+  { return (morkBead*) this->IterFirstKey(ev); }
+  
+  morkBead* NextBead(morkEnv* ev)
+  { return (morkBead*) this->IterNextKey(ev); }
+  
+  morkBead* HereBead(morkEnv* ev)
+  { return (morkBead*) this->IterHereKey(ev); }
+  
+};
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+#endif /* _MORKBEAD_ */
diff --git a/db/mork/src/morkBlob.cpp b/db/mork/src/morkBlob.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0d3f3cccd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/db/mork/src/morkBlob.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-  */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _MDB_
+#include "mdb.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORK_
+#include "mork.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKBLOB_
+#include "morkBlob.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKENV_
+#include "morkEnv.h"
+#endif
+
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+/*static*/ void
+morkBuf::NilBufBodyError(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  ev->NewError("nil mBuf_Body");
+}
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+/*static*/ void
+morkBlob::BlobFillOverSizeError(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  ev->NewError("mBuf_Fill > mBlob_Size");
+}
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+mork_bool
+morkBlob::GrowBlob(morkEnv* ev, nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap, mork_size inNewSize)
+{
+  if ( ioHeap )
+  {
+    if ( !mBuf_Body ) // no body? implies zero sized?
+      mBlob_Size = 0;
+      
+    if ( mBuf_Fill > mBlob_Size ) // fill more than size?
+    {
+      ev->NewWarning("mBuf_Fill > mBlob_Size");
+      mBuf_Fill = mBlob_Size;
+    }
+      
+    if ( inNewSize > mBlob_Size ) // need to allocate larger blob?
+    {
+      mork_u1* body = 0;
+      ioHeap->Alloc(ev->AsMdbEnv(), inNewSize, (void**) &body);
+      if ( body && ev->Good() )
+      {
+        void* oldBody = mBuf_Body;
+        if ( mBlob_Size ) // any old content to transfer?
+          MORK_MEMCPY(body, oldBody, mBlob_Size);
+        
+        mBlob_Size = inNewSize; // install new size
+        mBuf_Body = body; // install new body
+        
+        if ( oldBody ) // need to free old buffer body?
+          ioHeap->Free(ev->AsMdbEnv(), oldBody);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  else
+    ev->NilPointerError();
+    
+  if ( ev->Good() && mBlob_Size < inNewSize )
+    ev->NewError("mBlob_Size < inNewSize");
+    
+  return ev->Good();
+}
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+morkCoil::morkCoil(morkEnv* ev, nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap)
+{
+  mBuf_Body = 0;
+  mBuf_Fill = 0;
+  mBlob_Size = 0;
+  mText_Form = 0;
+  mCoil_Heap = ioHeap;
+  if ( !ioHeap )
+    ev->NilPointerError();
+}
+
+void
+morkCoil::CloseCoil(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  void* body = mBuf_Body;
+  nsIMdbHeap* heap = mCoil_Heap;
+
+  mBuf_Body = 0;
+  mCoil_Heap = 0;
+  
+  if ( body && heap )
+  {
+    heap->Free(ev->AsMdbEnv(), body);
+  }
+}
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
diff --git a/db/mork/src/morkBlob.h b/db/mork/src/morkBlob.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5d07098e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/db/mork/src/morkBlob.h
@@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-  */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _MORKBLOB_
+#define _MORKBLOB_ 1
+
+#ifndef _MORK_
+#include "mork.h"
+#endif
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+/*| Buf: the minimum needed to describe location and content length.
+**| This is typically only enough to read from this buffer, since
+**| one cannot write effectively without knowing the size of a buf.
+|*/
+class morkBuf { // subset of nsIMdbYarn slots
+public:
+  void*         mBuf_Body;  // space for holding any binary content
+  mork_fill     mBuf_Fill;  // logical content in Buf in bytes
+
+public:
+  morkBuf() { }
+  morkBuf(const void* ioBuf, mork_fill inFill)
+  : mBuf_Body((void*) ioBuf), mBuf_Fill(inFill) { }
+
+  void ClearBufFill() { mBuf_Fill = 0; }
+
+  static void NilBufBodyError(morkEnv* ev);
+
+private: // copying is not allowed
+  morkBuf(const morkBuf& other);
+  morkBuf& operator=(const morkBuf& other);
+};
+
+/*| Blob: a buffer with an associated size, to increase known buf info
+**| to include max capacity in addition to buf location and content.
+**| This form factor allows us to allocate a vector of such blobs,
+**| which can share the same managing heap stored elsewhere, and that
+**| is why we don't include a pointer to a heap in this blob class.
+|*/
+class morkBlob : public morkBuf { // greater subset of nsIMdbYarn slots
+
+  // void*         mBuf_Body;  // space for holding any binary content
+  // mdb_fill      mBuf_Fill;  // logical content in Buf in bytes
+public:
+  mork_size      mBlob_Size;  // physical size of Buf in bytes
+
+public:
+  morkBlob() { }
+  morkBlob(const void* ioBuf, mork_fill inFill, mork_size inSize)
+  : morkBuf(ioBuf, inFill), mBlob_Size(inSize) { }
+ 
+  static void BlobFillOverSizeError(morkEnv* ev);
+ 
+public:
+  mork_bool GrowBlob(morkEnv* ev, nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap,
+    mork_size inNewSize);
+
+private: // copying is not allowed
+  morkBlob(const morkBlob& other);
+  morkBlob& operator=(const morkBlob& other);
+  
+};
+
+/*| Text: a blob with an associated charset annotation, where the
+**| charset actually includes the general notion of typing, and not
+**| just a specification of character set alone; we want to permit
+**| arbitrary charset annotations for ad hoc binary types as well.
+**| (We avoid including a nsIMdbHeap pointer in morkText for the same
+**| reason morkBlob does: we want minimal size vectors of morkText.)
+|*/
+class morkText : public morkBlob { // greater subset of nsIMdbYarn slots
+
+  // void*         mBuf_Body;  // space for holding any binary content
+  // mdb_fill      mBuf_Fill;  // logical content in Buf in bytes
+  // mdb_size      mBlob_Size;  // physical size of Buf in bytes
+
+public:
+  mork_cscode    mText_Form;  // charset format encoding
+
+  morkText() { }
+
+private: // copying is not allowed
+  morkText(const morkText& other);
+  morkText& operator=(const morkText& other);
+};
+
+/*| Coil: a text with an associated nsIMdbHeap instance that provides
+**| all memory management for the space pointed to by mBuf_Body. (This
+**| was the hardest type to give a name in this small class hierarchy,
+**| because it's hard to characterize self-management of one's space.)
+**| A coil is a self-contained blob that knows how to grow itself as
+**| necessary to hold more content when necessary.  Coil descends from
+**| morkText to include the mText_Form slot, even though this won't be
+**| needed always, because we are not as concerned about the overall
+**| size of this particular Coil object (if we were concerned about
+**| the size of an array of Coil instances, we would not bother with
+**| a separate heap pointer for each of them).
+**|
+**|| A coil makes a good medium in which to stream content as a sink,
+**| so we will have a subclass of morkSink called morkCoil that
+**| will stream bytes into this self-contained coil object. The name
+**| of this morkCoil class derives more from this intended usage than
+**| from anything else.  The Mork code to parse db content will use
+**| coils with associated sinks to accumulate parsed strings.
+**|
+**|| Heap: this is the heap used for memory allocation.  This instance
+**| is NOT refcounted, since this coil always assumes the heap is held
+**| through a reference elsewhere (for example, through the same object
+**| that contains or holds the coil itself.  This lack of refcounting
+**| is consistent with the fact that morkCoil itself is not refcounted,
+**| and is not intended for use as a standalone object.
+|*/
+class morkCoil : public morkText { // self-managing text blob object
+
+  // void*         mBuf_Body;  // space for holding any binary content
+  // mdb_fill      mBuf_Fill;  // logical content in Buf in bytes
+  // mdb_size      mBlob_Size;  // physical size of Buf in bytes
+  // mdb_cscode    mText_Form;  // charset format encoding
+public:
+  nsIMdbHeap*      mCoil_Heap;  // storage manager for mBuf_Body pointer
+
+public:
+  morkCoil(morkEnv* ev, nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap);
+  
+  void CloseCoil(morkEnv* ev);
+
+  mork_bool GrowCoil(morkEnv* ev, mork_size inNewSize)
+  { return this->GrowBlob(ev, mCoil_Heap, inNewSize); }
+
+private: // copying is not allowed
+  morkCoil(const morkCoil& other);
+  morkCoil& operator=(const morkCoil& other);
+};
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+#endif /* _MORKBLOB_ */
diff --git a/db/mork/src/morkBuilder.cpp b/db/mork/src/morkBuilder.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..27e5bd198
--- /dev/null
+++ b/db/mork/src/morkBuilder.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1031 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-  */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _MDB_
+#include "mdb.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORK_
+#include "mork.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKNODE_
+#include "morkNode.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKMAP_
+#include "morkMap.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKENV_
+#include "morkEnv.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKPARSER_
+#include "morkParser.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKBUILDER_
+#include "morkBuilder.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKCELL_
+#include "morkCell.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKSTORE_
+#include "morkStore.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKTABLE_
+#include "morkTable.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKROW_
+#include "morkRow.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKCELL_
+#include "morkCell.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKATOM_
+#include "morkAtom.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKATOMSPACE_
+#include "morkAtomSpace.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKROWSPACE_
+#include "morkRowSpace.h"
+#endif
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+// ````` ````` ````` ````` ````` 
+// { ===== begin morkNode interface =====
+
+/*public virtual*/ void
+morkBuilder::CloseMorkNode(morkEnv* ev) // CloseBuilder() only if open
+{
+  if ( this->IsOpenNode() )
+  {
+    this->MarkClosing();
+    this->CloseBuilder(ev);
+    this->MarkShut();
+  }
+}
+
+/*public virtual*/
+morkBuilder::~morkBuilder() // assert CloseBuilder() executed earlier
+{
+  MORK_ASSERT(mBuilder_Store==0);
+  MORK_ASSERT(mBuilder_Row==0);
+  MORK_ASSERT(mBuilder_Table==0);
+  MORK_ASSERT(mBuilder_Cell==0);
+  MORK_ASSERT(mBuilder_RowSpace==0);
+  MORK_ASSERT(mBuilder_AtomSpace==0);
+}
+
+/*public non-poly*/
+morkBuilder::morkBuilder(morkEnv* ev,
+  const morkUsage& inUsage, nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap, 
+  morkStream* ioStream, mdb_count inBytesPerParseSegment,
+  nsIMdbHeap* ioSlotHeap, morkStore* ioStore)
+
+: morkParser(ev, inUsage, ioHeap, ioStream,
+  inBytesPerParseSegment, ioSlotHeap)
+  
+, mBuilder_Store( 0 )
+  
+, mBuilder_Table( 0 )
+, mBuilder_Row( 0 )
+, mBuilder_Cell( 0 )
+  
+, mBuilder_RowSpace( 0 )
+, mBuilder_AtomSpace( 0 )
+  
+, mBuilder_OidAtomSpace( 0 )
+, mBuilder_ScopeAtomSpace( 0 )
+  
+, mBuilder_PortForm( 0 )
+, mBuilder_PortRowScope( (mork_scope) 'r' )
+, mBuilder_PortAtomScope( (mork_scope) 'v' )
+
+, mBuilder_TableForm( 0 )
+, mBuilder_TableRowScope( (mork_scope) 'r' )
+, mBuilder_TableAtomScope( (mork_scope) 'v' )
+, mBuilder_TableKind( 0 )
+
+, mBuilder_TablePriority( morkPriority_kLo )
+, mBuilder_TableIsUnique( morkBool_kFalse )
+, mBuilder_TableIsVerbose( morkBool_kFalse )
+, mBuilder_TablePadByte( 0 )
+  
+, mBuilder_RowForm( 0 )
+, mBuilder_RowRowScope( (mork_scope) 'r' )
+, mBuilder_RowAtomScope( (mork_scope) 'v' )
+
+, mBuilder_CellForm( 0 )
+, mBuilder_CellAtomScope( (mork_scope) 'v' )
+
+, mBuilder_DictForm( 0 )
+, mBuilder_DictAtomScope( (mork_scope) 'v' )
+
+, mBuilder_MetaTokenSlot( 0 )
+  
+, mBuilder_DoCutRow( morkBool_kFalse )
+, mBuilder_DoCutCell( morkBool_kFalse )
+, mBuilder_CellsVecFill( 0 )
+{
+  if ( ev->Good() )
+  {
+    if ( ioStore )
+    {
+      morkStore::SlotWeakStore(ioStore, ev, &mBuilder_Store);
+      if ( ev->Good() )
+        mNode_Derived = morkDerived_kBuilder;
+    }
+    else
+      ev->NilPointerError();
+  }
+   
+}
+
+/*public non-poly*/ void
+morkBuilder::CloseBuilder(morkEnv* ev) // called by CloseMorkNode();
+{
+    if ( this->IsNode() )
+    {
+      mBuilder_Row = 0;
+      mBuilder_Cell = 0;
+      mBuilder_MetaTokenSlot = 0;
+      
+      morkTable::SlotStrongTable((morkTable*) 0, ev, &mBuilder_Table);
+      morkStore::SlotWeakStore((morkStore*) 0, ev, &mBuilder_Store);
+
+      morkRowSpace::SlotStrongRowSpace((morkRowSpace*) 0, ev,
+        &mBuilder_RowSpace);
+
+      morkAtomSpace::SlotStrongAtomSpace((morkAtomSpace*) 0, ev,
+        &mBuilder_AtomSpace);
+
+      morkAtomSpace::SlotStrongAtomSpace((morkAtomSpace*) 0, ev,
+        &mBuilder_OidAtomSpace);
+
+      morkAtomSpace::SlotStrongAtomSpace((morkAtomSpace*) 0, ev,
+        &mBuilder_ScopeAtomSpace);
+      this->CloseParser(ev);
+      this->MarkShut();
+    }
+    else
+      this->NonNodeError(ev);
+}
+
+// } ===== end morkNode methods =====
+// ````` ````` ````` ````` ````` 
+
+/*static*/ void
+morkBuilder::NonBuilderTypeError(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  ev->NewError("non morkBuilder");
+}
+
+/*static*/ void
+morkBuilder::NilBuilderCellError(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  ev->NewError("nil mBuilder_Cell");
+}
+
+/*static*/ void
+morkBuilder::NilBuilderRowError(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  ev->NewError("nil mBuilder_Row");
+}
+
+/*static*/ void
+morkBuilder::NilBuilderTableError(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  ev->NewError("nil mBuilder_Table");
+}
+
+/*static*/ void
+morkBuilder::NonColumnSpaceScopeError(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  ev->NewError("column space != 'c'");
+}
+
+void
+morkBuilder::LogGlitch(morkEnv* ev, const morkGlitch& inGlitch, 
+  const char* inKind)
+{
+  MORK_USED_2(inGlitch,inKind);
+  ev->NewWarning("parsing glitch");
+}
+
+/*virtual*/ void
+morkBuilder::MidToYarn(morkEnv* ev,
+  const morkMid& inMid,  // typically an alias to concat with strings
+  mdbYarn* outYarn)
+// The parser might ask that some aliases be turned into yarns, so they
+// can be concatenated into longer blobs under some circumstances.  This
+// is an alternative to using a long and complex callback for many parts
+// for a single cell value.
+{
+  mBuilder_Store->MidToYarn(ev, inMid, outYarn);
+}
+
+/*virtual*/ void
+morkBuilder::OnNewPort(morkEnv* ev, const morkPlace& inPlace)
+// mp:Start     ::= OnNewPort mp:PortItem* OnPortEnd
+// mp:PortItem  ::= mp:Content | mp:Group | OnPortGlitch
+// mp:Content   ::= mp:PortRow | mp:Dict | mp:Table | mp:Row
+{
+  MORK_USED_2(ev,inPlace);
+  // mParser_InPort = morkBool_kTrue;
+  mBuilder_PortForm = 0;
+  mBuilder_PortRowScope = (mork_scope) 'r';
+  mBuilder_PortAtomScope = (mork_scope) 'v';
+}
+
+/*virtual*/ void
+morkBuilder::OnPortGlitch(morkEnv* ev, const morkGlitch& inGlitch)  
+{
+  this->LogGlitch(ev, inGlitch, "port");
+}
+
+/*virtual*/ void
+morkBuilder::OnPortEnd(morkEnv* ev, const morkSpan& inSpan)
+// mp:Start     ::= OnNewPort mp:PortItem* OnPortEnd
+{
+  MORK_USED_2(ev,inSpan);
+  // ev->StubMethodOnlyError();
+  // nothing to do?
+  // mParser_InPort = morkBool_kFalse;
+}
+
+/*virtual*/ void
+morkBuilder::OnNewGroup(morkEnv* ev, const morkPlace& inPlace, mork_gid inGid)
+{
+  MORK_USED_1(inPlace);
+  mParser_InGroup = morkBool_kTrue;
+  mork_pos startPos = inPlace.mPlace_Pos;
+
+  morkStore* store = mBuilder_Store;
+  if ( store )
+  {
+    if ( inGid >= store->mStore_CommitGroupIdentity )
+      store->mStore_CommitGroupIdentity = inGid + 1;
+  
+    if ( !store->mStore_FirstCommitGroupPos )
+      store->mStore_FirstCommitGroupPos = startPos;
+    else if ( !store->mStore_SecondCommitGroupPos )
+      store->mStore_SecondCommitGroupPos = startPos;
+  }
+}
+
+/*virtual*/ void
+morkBuilder::OnGroupGlitch(morkEnv* ev, const morkGlitch& inGlitch) 
+{
+  this->LogGlitch(ev, inGlitch, "group");
+}
+
+/*virtual*/ void
+morkBuilder::OnGroupCommitEnd(morkEnv* ev, const morkSpan& inSpan)  
+{
+  MORK_USED_2(ev,inSpan);
+  // mParser_InGroup = morkBool_kFalse;
+  // ev->StubMethodOnlyError();
+}
+
+/*virtual*/ void
+morkBuilder::OnGroupAbortEnd(morkEnv* ev, const morkSpan& inSpan) 
+{
+  MORK_USED_1(inSpan);
+  // mParser_InGroup = morkBool_kFalse;
+  ev->StubMethodOnlyError();
+}
+
+/*virtual*/ void
+morkBuilder::OnNewPortRow(morkEnv* ev, const morkPlace& inPlace, 
+  const morkMid& inMid, mork_change inChange)
+{
+  MORK_USED_3(inMid,inPlace,inChange);
+  // mParser_InPortRow = morkBool_kTrue;
+  ev->StubMethodOnlyError();
+}
+
+/*virtual*/ void
+morkBuilder::OnPortRowGlitch(morkEnv* ev, const morkGlitch& inGlitch)
+{
+  this->LogGlitch(ev, inGlitch, "port row");
+}
+
+/*virtual*/ void
+morkBuilder::OnPortRowEnd(morkEnv* ev, const morkSpan& inSpan)
+{
+  MORK_USED_1(inSpan);
+  // mParser_InPortRow = morkBool_kFalse;
+  ev->StubMethodOnlyError();
+}
+
+/*virtual*/ void
+morkBuilder::OnNewTable(morkEnv* ev, const morkPlace& inPlace,
+  const morkMid& inMid, mork_bool inCutAllRows)
+// mp:Table     ::= OnNewTable mp:TableItem* OnTableEnd
+// mp:TableItem ::= mp:Row | mp:MetaTable | OnTableGlitch
+// mp:MetaTable ::= OnNewMeta mp:MetaItem* mp:Row OnMetaEnd
+// mp:Meta      ::= OnNewMeta mp:MetaItem* OnMetaEnd
+// mp:MetaItem  ::= mp:Cell | OnMetaGlitch
+{
+  MORK_USED_1(inPlace);
+  // mParser_InTable = morkBool_kTrue;
+  mBuilder_TableForm = mBuilder_PortForm;
+  mBuilder_TableRowScope = mBuilder_PortRowScope;
+  mBuilder_TableAtomScope = mBuilder_PortAtomScope;
+  mBuilder_TableKind = morkStore_kNoneToken;
+  
+  mBuilder_TablePriority = morkPriority_kLo;
+  mBuilder_TableIsUnique = morkBool_kFalse;
+  mBuilder_TableIsVerbose = morkBool_kFalse;
+
+  morkTable* table = mBuilder_Store->MidToTable(ev, inMid);
+  morkTable::SlotStrongTable(table, ev, &mBuilder_Table);
+  if ( table )
+  {
+    if ( table->mTable_RowSpace )
+      mBuilder_TableRowScope = table->mTable_RowSpace->SpaceScope();
+      
+    if ( inCutAllRows )
+      table->CutAllRows(ev);
+  }
+}
+
+/*virtual*/ void
+morkBuilder::OnTableGlitch(morkEnv* ev, const morkGlitch& inGlitch)
+{
+  this->LogGlitch(ev, inGlitch, "table");
+}
+
+/*virtual*/ void
+morkBuilder::OnTableEnd(morkEnv* ev, const morkSpan& inSpan)
+// mp:Table     ::= OnNewTable mp:TableItem* OnTableEnd
+{
+  MORK_USED_1(inSpan);
+  // mParser_InTable = morkBool_kFalse;
+  if ( mBuilder_Table )
+  {
+    mBuilder_Table->mTable_Priority = mBuilder_TablePriority;
+    
+    if ( mBuilder_TableIsUnique )
+      mBuilder_Table->SetTableUnique();
+
+    if ( mBuilder_TableIsVerbose )
+      mBuilder_Table->SetTableVerbose();
+  
+    morkTable::SlotStrongTable((morkTable*) 0, ev, &mBuilder_Table);
+  }
+  else
+    this->NilBuilderTableError(ev);
+    
+  mBuilder_Row = 0;
+  mBuilder_Cell = 0;
+  
+  
+  mBuilder_TablePriority = morkPriority_kLo;
+  mBuilder_TableIsUnique = morkBool_kFalse;
+  mBuilder_TableIsVerbose = morkBool_kFalse;
+
+  if ( mBuilder_TableKind == morkStore_kNoneToken )
+    ev->NewError("missing table kind");
+
+  mBuilder_CellAtomScope = mBuilder_RowAtomScope =
+    mBuilder_TableAtomScope = mBuilder_PortAtomScope;
+
+  mBuilder_DoCutCell = morkBool_kFalse;
+  mBuilder_DoCutRow = morkBool_kFalse;
+}
+
+/*virtual*/ void
+morkBuilder::OnNewMeta(morkEnv* ev, const morkPlace& inPlace)
+// mp:Meta      ::= OnNewMeta mp:MetaItem* OnMetaEnd
+// mp:MetaItem  ::= mp:Cell | OnMetaGlitch
+// mp:Cell      ::= OnMinusCell? OnNewCell mp:CellItem? OnCellEnd
+// mp:CellItem  ::= mp:Slot | OnCellForm | OnCellGlitch
+// mp:Slot      ::= OnValue | OnValueMid | OnRowMid | OnTableMid
+{
+  MORK_USED_2(ev,inPlace);
+  // mParser_InMeta = morkBool_kTrue;
+  
+}
+
+/*virtual*/ void
+morkBuilder::OnMetaGlitch(morkEnv* ev, const morkGlitch& inGlitch)
+{
+  this->LogGlitch(ev, inGlitch, "meta");
+}
+
+/*virtual*/ void
+morkBuilder::OnMetaEnd(morkEnv* ev, const morkSpan& inSpan)
+// mp:Meta      ::= OnNewMeta mp:MetaItem* OnMetaEnd
+{
+  MORK_USED_2(ev,inSpan);
+  // mParser_InMeta = morkBool_kFalse;
+}
+
+/*virtual*/ void
+morkBuilder::OnMinusRow(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  MORK_USED_1(ev);
+  mBuilder_DoCutRow = morkBool_kTrue;
+}
+
+/*virtual*/ void
+morkBuilder::OnNewRow(morkEnv* ev, const morkPlace& inPlace, 
+  const morkMid& inMid, mork_bool inCutAllCols)
+// mp:Table     ::= OnNewTable mp:TableItem* OnTableEnd
+// mp:TableItem ::= mp:Row | mp:MetaTable | OnTableGlitch
+// mp:MetaTable ::= OnNewMeta mp:MetaItem* mp:Row OnMetaEnd
+// mp:Row       ::= OnMinusRow? OnNewRow mp:RowItem* OnRowEnd
+// mp:RowItem   ::= mp:Cell | mp:Meta | OnRowGlitch
+// mp:Cell      ::= OnMinusCell? OnNewCell mp:CellItem? OnCellEnd
+// mp:CellItem  ::= mp:Slot | OnCellForm | OnCellGlitch
+// mp:Slot      ::= OnValue | OnValueMid | OnRowMid | OnTableMid
+{
+  MORK_USED_1(inPlace);
+  // mParser_InRow = morkBool_kTrue;
+  
+  mBuilder_CellForm = mBuilder_RowForm = mBuilder_TableForm;
+  mBuilder_CellAtomScope = mBuilder_RowAtomScope = mBuilder_TableAtomScope;
+  mBuilder_RowRowScope = mBuilder_TableRowScope;
+  morkStore* store = mBuilder_Store;
+  
+  if ( !inMid.mMid_Buf && !inMid.mMid_Oid.mOid_Scope )
+  {
+    morkMid mid(inMid);
+    mid.mMid_Oid.mOid_Scope = mBuilder_RowRowScope;
+    mBuilder_Row = store->MidToRow(ev, mid);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    mBuilder_Row = store->MidToRow(ev, inMid);
+  }
+  morkRow* row = mBuilder_Row;
+  if ( row && inCutAllCols )
+  {
+    row->CutAllColumns(ev);
+  }
+
+  morkTable* table = mBuilder_Table;
+  if ( table )
+  {
+    if ( row )
+    {
+      if ( mParser_InMeta )
+      {
+        morkRow* metaRow = table->mTable_MetaRow;
+        if ( !metaRow )
+        {
+          table->mTable_MetaRow = row;
+          table->mTable_MetaRowOid = row->mRow_Oid;
+          row->AddRowGcUse(ev);
+        }
+        else if ( metaRow != row ) // not identical?
+          ev->NewError("duplicate table meta row");
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        if ( mBuilder_DoCutRow )
+          table->CutRow(ev, row);
+        else
+          table->AddRow(ev, row);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  // else // it is now okay to have rows outside a table:
+  //  this->NilBuilderTableError(ev);
+    
+  mBuilder_DoCutRow = morkBool_kFalse;
+}
+
+/*virtual*/ void
+morkBuilder::OnRowPos(morkEnv* ev, mork_pos inRowPos) 
+{
+  if ( mBuilder_Row && mBuilder_Table && !mParser_InMeta )
+  {
+    mork_pos hintFromPos = 0; // best hint when we don't know position
+    mBuilder_Table->MoveRow(ev, mBuilder_Row, hintFromPos, inRowPos);
+  }
+}
+
+/*virtual*/ void
+morkBuilder::OnRowGlitch(morkEnv* ev, const morkGlitch& inGlitch) 
+{
+  this->LogGlitch(ev, inGlitch, "row");
+}
+
+void
+morkBuilder::FlushBuilderCells(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  if ( mBuilder_Row )
+  {
+    morkPool* pool = mBuilder_Store->StorePool();
+    morkCell* cells = mBuilder_CellsVec;
+    mork_fill fill = mBuilder_CellsVecFill;
+    mBuilder_Row->TakeCells(ev, cells, fill, mBuilder_Store);
+
+    morkCell* end = cells + fill;
+    --cells; // prepare for preincrement
+    while ( ++cells < end )
+    {
+      if ( cells->mCell_Atom )
+        cells->SetAtom(ev, (morkAtom*) 0, pool);
+    }
+    mBuilder_CellsVecFill = 0;
+  }
+  else
+    this->NilBuilderRowError(ev);
+}
+
+/*virtual*/ void
+morkBuilder::OnRowEnd(morkEnv* ev, const morkSpan& inSpan) 
+// mp:Row       ::= OnMinusRow? OnNewRow mp:RowItem* OnRowEnd
+{
+  MORK_USED_1(inSpan);
+  // mParser_InRow = morkBool_kFalse;
+  if ( mBuilder_Row )
+  {
+    this->FlushBuilderCells(ev);
+  }
+  else
+    this->NilBuilderRowError(ev);
+    
+  mBuilder_Row = 0;
+  mBuilder_Cell = 0;
+
+  mBuilder_DoCutCell = morkBool_kFalse;
+  mBuilder_DoCutRow = morkBool_kFalse;
+}
+
+/*virtual*/ void
+morkBuilder::OnNewDict(morkEnv* ev, const morkPlace& inPlace)
+// mp:Dict      ::= OnNewDict mp:DictItem* OnDictEnd
+// mp:DictItem  ::= OnAlias | OnAliasGlitch | mp:Meta | OnDictGlitch
+{
+  MORK_USED_2(ev,inPlace);
+  // mParser_InDict = morkBool_kTrue;
+  
+  mBuilder_CellForm = mBuilder_DictForm = mBuilder_PortForm;
+  mBuilder_CellAtomScope = mBuilder_DictAtomScope = mBuilder_PortAtomScope;
+}
+
+/*virtual*/ void
+morkBuilder::OnDictGlitch(morkEnv* ev, const morkGlitch& inGlitch) 
+{
+  this->LogGlitch(ev, inGlitch, "dict");
+}
+
+/*virtual*/ void
+morkBuilder::OnDictEnd(morkEnv* ev, const morkSpan& inSpan)  
+// mp:Dict      ::= OnNewDict mp:DictItem* OnDictEnd
+{
+  MORK_USED_2(ev,inSpan);
+  // mParser_InDict = morkBool_kFalse;
+
+  mBuilder_DictForm = 0;
+  mBuilder_DictAtomScope = 0;
+}
+
+/*virtual*/ void
+morkBuilder::OnAlias(morkEnv* ev, const morkSpan& inSpan,
+  const morkMid& inMid)
+{
+  MORK_USED_1(inSpan);
+  if ( mParser_InDict )
+  {
+    morkMid mid = inMid; // local copy for modification
+    mid.mMid_Oid.mOid_Scope = mBuilder_DictAtomScope;
+    mBuilder_Store->AddAlias(ev, mid, mBuilder_DictForm);
+  }
+  else
+    ev->NewError("alias not in dict");
+}
+
+/*virtual*/ void
+morkBuilder::OnAliasGlitch(morkEnv* ev, const morkGlitch& inGlitch)
+{
+  this->LogGlitch(ev, inGlitch, "alias");
+}
+
+
+morkCell* 
+morkBuilder::AddBuilderCell(morkEnv* ev,
+  const morkMid& inMid, mork_change inChange)
+{
+  morkCell* outCell = 0;
+  mork_column column = inMid.mMid_Oid.mOid_Id;
+  
+  if ( ev->Good() )
+  {
+    if ( mBuilder_CellsVecFill >= morkBuilder_kCellsVecSize )
+      this->FlushBuilderCells(ev);
+    if ( ev->Good() )
+    {
+      if ( mBuilder_CellsVecFill < morkBuilder_kCellsVecSize )
+      {
+        mork_fill indx = mBuilder_CellsVecFill++;
+        outCell = mBuilder_CellsVec + indx;
+        outCell->SetColumnAndChange(column, inChange);
+        outCell->mCell_Atom = 0;
+      }
+      else
+        ev->NewError("out of builder cells");
+    }
+  }
+  return outCell;
+}
+
+/*virtual*/ void
+morkBuilder::OnMinusCell(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  MORK_USED_1(ev);
+  mBuilder_DoCutCell = morkBool_kTrue;
+}
+
+/*virtual*/ void
+morkBuilder::OnNewCell(morkEnv* ev, const morkPlace& inPlace,
+    const morkMid* inMid, const morkBuf* inBuf)
+// Exactly one of inMid and inBuf is nil, and the other is non-nil.
+// When hex ID syntax is used for a column, then inMid is not nil, and
+// when a naked string names a column, then inBuf is not nil.
+  
+  // mp:Cell      ::= OnMinusCell? OnNewCell mp:CellItem? OnCellEnd
+  // mp:CellItem  ::= mp:Slot | OnCellForm | OnCellGlitch
+  // mp:Slot      ::= OnValue | OnValueMid | OnRowMid | OnTableMid
+{
+  MORK_USED_1(inPlace);
+  // mParser_InCell = morkBool_kTrue;
+  
+  mork_change cellChange = ( mBuilder_DoCutCell )?
+    morkChange_kCut : morkChange_kAdd;
+    
+  mBuilder_DoCutCell = morkBool_kFalse;
+  
+  mBuilder_CellAtomScope = mBuilder_RowAtomScope;
+  
+  mBuilder_Cell = 0; // nil until determined for a row
+  morkStore* store = mBuilder_Store;
+  mork_scope scope = morkStore_kColumnSpaceScope;
+  morkMid tempMid; // space for local and modifiable cell mid
+  morkMid* cellMid = &tempMid; // default to local if inMid==0
+  
+  if ( inMid ) // mid parameter is actually provided?
+  {
+    *cellMid = *inMid; // bitwise copy for modifiable local mid
+
+    if ( !cellMid->mMid_Oid.mOid_Scope ) 
+    {
+      if ( cellMid->mMid_Buf )
+      {
+        scope = store->BufToToken(ev, cellMid->mMid_Buf);
+        cellMid->mMid_Buf = 0; // don't do scope lookup again
+        ev->NewWarning("column mids need column scope");
+      }
+      cellMid->mMid_Oid.mOid_Scope = scope;
+    }
+  }
+  else if ( inBuf ) // buf points to naked column string name?
+  {
+    cellMid->ClearMid();
+    cellMid->mMid_Oid.mOid_Id = store->BufToToken(ev, inBuf);
+    cellMid->mMid_Oid.mOid_Scope = scope; // kColumnSpaceScope
+  }
+  else
+    ev->NilPointerError(); // either inMid or inBuf must be non-nil
+
+  mork_column column = cellMid->mMid_Oid.mOid_Id;
+  
+  if ( mBuilder_Row && ev->Good() ) // this cell must be inside a row
+  {
+      // mBuilder_Cell = this->AddBuilderCell(ev, *cellMid, cellChange);
+
+      if ( mBuilder_CellsVecFill >= morkBuilder_kCellsVecSize )
+        this->FlushBuilderCells(ev);
+      if ( ev->Good() )
+      {
+        if ( mBuilder_CellsVecFill < morkBuilder_kCellsVecSize )
+        {
+          mork_fill ix = mBuilder_CellsVecFill++;
+          morkCell* cell =  mBuilder_CellsVec + ix;
+          cell->SetColumnAndChange(column, cellChange);
+          
+          cell->mCell_Atom = 0;
+          mBuilder_Cell = cell;
+        }
+        else
+          ev->NewError("out of builder cells");
+      }
+  }
+
+  else if ( mParser_InMeta &&  ev->Good() ) // cell is in metainfo structure?
+  {
+    if ( scope == morkStore_kColumnSpaceScope )
+    {
+      if ( mParser_InTable ) // metainfo for table?
+      {
+        if ( column == morkStore_kKindColumn )
+          mBuilder_MetaTokenSlot = &mBuilder_TableKind;
+        else if ( column == morkStore_kStatusColumn )
+          mBuilder_MetaTokenSlot = &mBuilder_TableStatus;
+        else if ( column == morkStore_kRowScopeColumn )
+          mBuilder_MetaTokenSlot = &mBuilder_TableRowScope;
+        else if ( column == morkStore_kAtomScopeColumn )
+          mBuilder_MetaTokenSlot = &mBuilder_TableAtomScope;
+        else if ( column == morkStore_kFormColumn )
+          mBuilder_MetaTokenSlot = &mBuilder_TableForm;
+      }
+      else if ( mParser_InDict ) // metainfo for dict?
+      {
+        if ( column == morkStore_kAtomScopeColumn )
+          mBuilder_MetaTokenSlot = &mBuilder_DictAtomScope;
+        else if ( column == morkStore_kFormColumn )
+          mBuilder_MetaTokenSlot = &mBuilder_DictForm;
+      }
+      else if ( mParser_InRow ) // metainfo for row?
+      {
+        if ( column == morkStore_kAtomScopeColumn )
+          mBuilder_MetaTokenSlot = &mBuilder_RowAtomScope;
+        else if ( column == morkStore_kRowScopeColumn )
+          mBuilder_MetaTokenSlot = &mBuilder_RowRowScope;
+        else if ( column == morkStore_kFormColumn )
+          mBuilder_MetaTokenSlot = &mBuilder_RowForm;
+      }
+    }
+    else
+      ev->NewWarning("expected column scope");
+  }
+}
+
+/*virtual*/ void
+morkBuilder::OnCellGlitch(morkEnv* ev, const morkGlitch& inGlitch)
+{
+  this->LogGlitch(ev, inGlitch, "cell");
+}
+
+/*virtual*/ void
+morkBuilder::OnCellForm(morkEnv* ev, mork_cscode inCharsetFormat)
+{
+  morkCell* cell = mBuilder_Cell;
+  if ( cell )
+  {
+    mBuilder_CellForm = inCharsetFormat;
+  }
+  else
+    this->NilBuilderCellError(ev);
+}
+
+/*virtual*/ void
+morkBuilder::OnCellEnd(morkEnv* ev, const morkSpan& inSpan)
+// mp:Cell      ::= OnMinusCell? OnNewCell mp:CellItem? OnCellEnd
+{
+  MORK_USED_2(ev,inSpan);
+  // mParser_InCell = morkBool_kFalse;
+  
+  mBuilder_MetaTokenSlot = 0;
+  mBuilder_CellAtomScope = mBuilder_RowAtomScope;
+}
+
+/*virtual*/ void
+morkBuilder::OnValue(morkEnv* ev, const morkSpan& inSpan,
+  const morkBuf& inBuf)
+// mp:CellItem  ::= mp:Slot | OnCellForm | OnCellGlitch
+// mp:Slot      ::= OnValue | OnValueMid | OnRowMid | OnTableMid
+{
+  MORK_USED_1(inSpan);
+  morkStore* store = mBuilder_Store;
+  morkCell* cell = mBuilder_Cell;
+  if ( cell )
+  {
+    mdbYarn yarn;
+    yarn.mYarn_Buf = inBuf.mBuf_Body;
+    yarn.mYarn_Fill = yarn.mYarn_Size = inBuf.mBuf_Fill;
+    yarn.mYarn_More = 0;
+    yarn.mYarn_Form = mBuilder_CellForm;
+    yarn.mYarn_Grow = 0;
+    morkAtom* atom = store->YarnToAtom(ev, &yarn, true /* create */);
+    cell->SetAtom(ev, atom, store->StorePool());
+  }
+  else if ( mParser_InMeta )
+  {
+    mork_token* metaSlot = mBuilder_MetaTokenSlot;
+    if ( metaSlot )
+    {
+      if ( metaSlot == &mBuilder_TableStatus ) // table status?
+      {
+        if ( mParser_InTable && mBuilder_Table )
+        {
+          const char* body = (const char*) inBuf.mBuf_Body;
+          mork_fill bufFill = inBuf.mBuf_Fill;
+          if ( body && bufFill )
+          {
+            const char* bodyEnd = body + bufFill;
+            while ( body < bodyEnd )
+            {
+              int c = *body++;
+              switch ( c )
+              {
+                case '0':
+                case '1':
+                case '2':
+                case '3':
+                case '4':
+                case '5':
+                case '6':
+                case '7':
+                case '8':
+                case '9':
+                  mBuilder_TablePriority = (mork_priority) ( c - '0' );
+                  break;
+                
+                case 'u':
+                case 'U':
+                  mBuilder_TableIsUnique = morkBool_kTrue;
+                  break;
+                  
+                case 'v':
+                case 'V':
+                  mBuilder_TableIsVerbose = morkBool_kTrue;
+                  break;
+              }
+            }
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        mork_token token = store->BufToToken(ev, &inBuf);
+        if ( token )
+        {
+          *metaSlot = token;
+          if ( metaSlot == &mBuilder_TableKind ) // table kind?
+          {
+            if ( mParser_InTable && mBuilder_Table )
+              mBuilder_Table->mTable_Kind = token;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  else
+    this->NilBuilderCellError(ev);
+}
+
+/*virtual*/ void
+morkBuilder::OnValueMid(morkEnv* ev, const morkSpan& inSpan,
+  const morkMid& inMid)
+// mp:CellItem  ::= mp:Slot | OnCellForm | OnCellGlitch
+// mp:Slot      ::= OnValue | OnValueMid | OnRowMid | OnTableMid
+{
+  MORK_USED_1(inSpan);
+  morkStore* store = mBuilder_Store;
+  morkCell* cell = mBuilder_Cell;
+
+  morkMid valMid; // local mid for modifications
+  mdbOid* valOid = &valMid.mMid_Oid; // ref to oid inside mid
+  *valOid = inMid.mMid_Oid; // bitwise copy inMid's oid
+  
+  if ( inMid.mMid_Buf )
+  {
+    if ( !valOid->mOid_Scope )
+      store->MidToOid(ev, inMid, valOid);
+  }
+  else if ( !valOid->mOid_Scope )
+    valOid->mOid_Scope = mBuilder_CellAtomScope;
+  
+  if ( cell )
+  {
+    morkBookAtom* atom = store->MidToAtom(ev, valMid);
+    if ( atom )
+      cell->SetAtom(ev, atom, store->StorePool());
+    else
+      ev->NewError("undefined cell value alias");
+  }
+  else if ( mParser_InMeta )
+  {
+    mork_token* metaSlot = mBuilder_MetaTokenSlot;
+    if ( metaSlot )
+    {
+      mork_scope valScope = valOid->mOid_Scope;
+      if ( !valScope || valScope == morkStore_kColumnSpaceScope )
+      {
+        if ( ev->Good() && valMid.HasSomeId() )
+        {
+          *metaSlot = valOid->mOid_Id;
+          if ( metaSlot == &mBuilder_TableKind ) // table kind?
+          {
+            if ( mParser_InTable && mBuilder_Table )
+            {
+              mBuilder_Table->mTable_Kind = valOid->mOid_Id;
+            }
+            else
+              ev->NewWarning("mBuilder_TableKind not in table");
+          }
+          else if ( metaSlot == &mBuilder_TableStatus ) // table status?
+          {
+            if ( mParser_InTable && mBuilder_Table )
+            {
+              // $$ what here??
+            }
+            else
+              ev->NewWarning("mBuilder_TableStatus not in table");
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      else
+        this->NonColumnSpaceScopeError(ev);
+    }
+  }
+  else
+    this->NilBuilderCellError(ev);
+}
+
+/*virtual*/ void
+morkBuilder::OnRowMid(morkEnv* ev, const morkSpan& inSpan,
+  const morkMid& inMid)
+// mp:CellItem  ::= mp:Slot | OnCellForm | OnCellGlitch
+// mp:Slot      ::= OnValue | OnValueMid | OnRowMid | OnTableMid
+{
+  MORK_USED_1(inSpan);
+  morkStore* store = mBuilder_Store;
+  morkCell* cell = mBuilder_Cell;
+  if ( cell )
+  {
+    mdbOid rowOid = inMid.mMid_Oid;
+    if ( inMid.mMid_Buf )
+    {
+      if ( !rowOid.mOid_Scope )
+        store->MidToOid(ev, inMid, &rowOid);
+    }
+    else if ( !rowOid.mOid_Scope )
+      rowOid.mOid_Scope = mBuilder_RowRowScope;
+    
+    if ( ev->Good() )
+     {
+       morkPool* pool = store->StorePool();
+       morkAtom* atom = pool->NewRowOidAtom(ev, rowOid, &store->mStore_Zone);
+       if ( atom )
+       {
+         cell->SetAtom(ev, atom, pool);
+         morkRow* row = store->OidToRow(ev, &rowOid);
+         if ( row ) // found or created such a row?
+           row->AddRowGcUse(ev);
+       }
+     }
+  }
+  else
+    this->NilBuilderCellError(ev);
+}
+
+/*virtual*/ void
+morkBuilder::OnTableMid(morkEnv* ev, const morkSpan& inSpan,
+  const morkMid& inMid)
+// mp:CellItem  ::= mp:Slot | OnCellForm | OnCellGlitch
+// mp:Slot      ::= OnValue | OnValueMid | OnRowMid | OnTableMid
+{
+  MORK_USED_1(inSpan);
+  morkStore* store = mBuilder_Store;
+  morkCell* cell = mBuilder_Cell;
+  if ( cell )
+  {
+    mdbOid tableOid = inMid.mMid_Oid;
+    if ( inMid.mMid_Buf )
+    {
+      if ( !tableOid.mOid_Scope )
+        store->MidToOid(ev, inMid, &tableOid);
+    }
+    else if ( !tableOid.mOid_Scope )
+      tableOid.mOid_Scope = mBuilder_RowRowScope;
+    
+    if ( ev->Good() )
+     {
+       morkPool* pool = store->StorePool();
+       morkAtom* atom = pool->NewTableOidAtom(ev, tableOid, &store->mStore_Zone);
+       if ( atom )
+       {
+         cell->SetAtom(ev, atom, pool);
+         morkTable* table = store->OidToTable(ev, &tableOid,
+           /*optionalMetaRowOid*/ (mdbOid*) 0);
+         if ( table ) // found or created such a table?
+           table->AddTableGcUse(ev);
+       }
+     }
+  }
+  else
+    this->NilBuilderCellError(ev);
+}
+
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
diff --git a/db/mork/src/morkBuilder.h b/db/mork/src/morkBuilder.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cd8b9527a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/db/mork/src/morkBuilder.h
@@ -0,0 +1,303 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-  */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _MORKBUILDER_
+#define _MORKBUILDER_ 1
+
+#ifndef _MORK_
+#include "mork.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKPARSER_
+#include "morkParser.h"
+#endif
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+ 
+/*| kCellsVecSize: length of cell vector buffer inside morkBuilder
+|*/
+#define morkBuilder_kCellsVecSize 64
+
+#define morkBuilder_kDefaultBytesPerParseSegment 512 /* plausible to big */
+
+#define morkDerived_kBuilder     /*i*/ 0x4275 /* ascii 'Bu' */
+
+class morkBuilder /*d*/ : public morkParser {
+
+// public: // slots inherited from morkParser (meant to inform only)
+  // nsIMdbHeap*       mNode_Heap;
+
+  // mork_base      mNode_Base;     // must equal morkBase_kNode
+  // mork_derived   mNode_Derived;  // depends on specific node subclass
+  
+  // mork_access    mNode_Access;   // kOpen, kClosing, kShut, or kDead
+  // mork_usage     mNode_Usage;    // kHeap, kStack, kMember, kGlobal, kNone
+  // mork_able      mNode_Mutable;  // can this node be modified?
+  // mork_load      mNode_Load;     // is this node clean or dirty?
+  
+  // mork_uses      mNode_Uses;     // refcount for strong refs
+  // mork_refs      mNode_Refs;     // refcount for strong refs + weak refs
+
+
+  // nsIMdbHeap*      mParser_Heap;   // refcounted heap used for allocation
+  // morkStream*   mParser_Stream; // refcounted input stream
+    
+  // mork_u4       mParser_Tag; // must equal morkParser_kTag
+  // mork_count    mParser_MoreGranularity; // constructor inBytesPerParseSegment
+
+  // mork_u4       mParser_State; // state where parser should resume
+ 
+  // after finding ends of group transactions, we can re-seek the start:
+  // mork_pos      mParser_GroupContentStartPos; // start of this group
+    
+  // mdbOid        mParser_TableOid; // table oid if inside a table
+  // mdbOid        mParser_RowOid;   // row oid if inside a row
+  // mork_gid      mParser_GroupId; // group ID if inside a group
+    
+  // mork_bool     mParser_InPort;  // called OnNewPort but not OnPortEnd?
+  // mork_bool     mParser_InDict;  // called OnNewDict but not OnDictEnd?
+  // mork_bool     mParser_InCell;  // called OnNewCell but not OnCellEnd?
+  // mork_bool     mParser_InMeta;  // called OnNewMeta but not OnMetaEnd?
+    
+  // morkMid     mParser_Mid;   // current alias being parsed
+  // note that mParser_Mid.mMid_Buf points at mParser_ScopeCoil below:
+    
+  // blob coils allocated in mParser_Heap
+  // morkCoil     mParser_ScopeCoil;   // place to accumulate ID scope blobs
+  // morkCoil     mParser_ValueCoil;   // place to accumulate value blobs
+  // morkCoil     mParser_ColumnCoil;  // place to accumulate column blobs
+  // morkCoil     mParser_StringCoil;  // place to accumulate string blobs
+    
+  // morkSpool    mParser_ScopeSpool;  // writes to mParser_ScopeCoil
+  // morkSpool    mParser_ValueSpool;  // writes to mParser_ValueCoil
+  // morkSpool    mParser_ColumnSpool; // writes to mParser_ColumnCoil
+  // morkSpool    mParser_StringSpool; // writes to mParser_StringCoil
+
+  // yarns allocated in mParser_Heap
+  // morkYarn      mParser_MidYarn;   // place to receive from MidToYarn()
+  
+  // span showing current ongoing file position status:
+  // morkSpan      mParser_PortSpan; // span of current db port file
+    
+  // various spans denoting nested subspaces inside the file's port span:
+  // morkSpan      mParser_GroupSpan; // span of current transaction group
+  // morkSpan      mParser_DictSpan;
+  // morkSpan      mParser_AliasSpan;
+  // morkSpan      mParser_MetaDictSpan;
+  // morkSpan      mParser_TableSpan;
+  // morkSpan      mParser_MetaTableSpan;
+  // morkSpan      mParser_RowSpan;
+  // morkSpan      mParser_MetaRowSpan;
+  // morkSpan      mParser_CellSpan;
+  // morkSpan      mParser_ColumnSpan;
+  // morkSpan      mParser_SlotSpan;
+
+// ````` ````` ````` `````   ````` ````` ````` `````  
+protected: // protected morkBuilder members
+  
+  // weak refs that do not prevent closure of referenced nodes:
+  morkStore*       mBuilder_Store; // weak ref to builder's store
+  
+  // strong refs that do indeed prevent closure of referenced nodes:
+  morkTable*       mBuilder_Table;    // current table being built (or nil)
+  morkRow*         mBuilder_Row;      // current row being built (or nil)
+  morkCell*        mBuilder_Cell;     // current cell within CellsVec (or nil)
+  
+  morkRowSpace*    mBuilder_RowSpace;  // space for mBuilder_CellRowScope
+  morkAtomSpace*   mBuilder_AtomSpace; // space for mBuilder_CellAtomScope
+  
+  morkAtomSpace*   mBuilder_OidAtomSpace;   // ground atom space for oids
+  morkAtomSpace*   mBuilder_ScopeAtomSpace; // ground atom space for scopes
+  
+  // scoped object ids for current objects under construction:
+  mdbOid           mBuilder_TableOid; // full oid for current table
+  mdbOid           mBuilder_RowOid;   // full oid for current row
+      
+  // tokens that become set as the result of meta cells in port rows:
+  mork_cscode      mBuilder_PortForm;       // default port charset format
+  mork_scope       mBuilder_PortRowScope;   // port row scope
+  mork_scope       mBuilder_PortAtomScope;  // port atom scope
+
+  // tokens that become set as the result of meta cells in meta tables:
+  mork_cscode      mBuilder_TableForm;       // default table charset format
+  mork_scope       mBuilder_TableRowScope;   // table row scope
+  mork_scope       mBuilder_TableAtomScope;  // table atom scope
+  mork_kind        mBuilder_TableKind;       // table kind
+  
+  mork_token       mBuilder_TableStatus;  // dummy: priority/unique/verbose
+  
+  mork_priority    mBuilder_TablePriority;   // table priority
+  mork_bool        mBuilder_TableIsUnique;   // table uniqueness
+  mork_bool        mBuilder_TableIsVerbose;  // table verboseness
+  mork_u1          mBuilder_TablePadByte;    // for u4 alignment
+  
+  // tokens that become set as the result of meta cells in meta rows:
+  mork_cscode      mBuilder_RowForm;       // default row charset format
+  mork_scope       mBuilder_RowRowScope;   // row scope per row metainfo
+  mork_scope       mBuilder_RowAtomScope;  // row atom scope
+
+  // meta tokens currently in force, driven by meta info slots above:
+  mork_cscode      mBuilder_CellForm;       // cell charset format
+  mork_scope       mBuilder_CellAtomScope;  // cell atom scope
+
+  mork_cscode      mBuilder_DictForm;       // dict charset format
+  mork_scope       mBuilder_DictAtomScope;  // dict atom scope
+
+  mork_token*      mBuilder_MetaTokenSlot; // pointer to some slot above
+  
+  // If any of these 'cut' bools are true, it means a minus was seen in the
+  // Mork source text to indicate removal of content from some container.
+  // (Note there is no corresponding 'add' bool, since add is the default.)
+  // CutRow implies the current row should be cut from the table.
+  // CutCell implies the current column should be cut from the row.
+  mork_bool        mBuilder_DoCutRow;    // row with kCut change
+  mork_bool        mBuilder_DoCutCell;   // cell with kCut change
+  mork_u1          mBuilder_row_pad;    // pad to u4 alignment
+  mork_u1          mBuilder_cell_pad;   // pad to u4 alignment
+  
+  morkCell         mBuilder_CellsVec[ morkBuilder_kCellsVecSize + 1 ];
+  mork_fill        mBuilder_CellsVecFill; // count used in CellsVec
+  // Note when mBuilder_CellsVecFill equals morkBuilder_kCellsVecSize, and 
+  // another cell is added, this means all the cells in the vector above
+  // must be flushed to the current row being built to create more room.
+  
+protected: // protected inlines
+
+  mork_bool  CellVectorIsFull() const
+  { return ( mBuilder_CellsVecFill == morkBuilder_kCellsVecSize ); }
+  
+// { ===== begin morkNode interface =====
+public: // morkNode virtual methods
+  virtual void CloseMorkNode(morkEnv* ev) override; // CloseBuilder() only if open
+  virtual ~morkBuilder(); // assert that CloseBuilder() executed earlier
+  
+public: // morkYarn construction & destruction
+  morkBuilder(morkEnv* ev, const morkUsage& inUsage, nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap,
+    morkStream* ioStream,  // the readonly stream for input bytes
+    mdb_count inBytesPerParseSegment, // target for ParseMore()
+    nsIMdbHeap* ioSlotHeap, morkStore* ioStore
+    );
+      
+  void CloseBuilder(morkEnv* ev); // called by CloseMorkNode();
+
+private: // copying is not allowed
+  morkBuilder(const morkBuilder& other);
+  morkBuilder& operator=(const morkBuilder& other);
+
+public: // dynamic type identification
+  mork_bool IsBuilder() const
+  { return IsNode() && mNode_Derived == morkDerived_kBuilder; }
+// } ===== end morkNode methods =====
+
+public: // errors
+  static void NonBuilderTypeError(morkEnv* ev);
+  static void NilBuilderCellError(morkEnv* ev);
+  static void NilBuilderRowError(morkEnv* ev);
+  static void NilBuilderTableError(morkEnv* ev);
+  static void NonColumnSpaceScopeError(morkEnv* ev);
+  
+  void LogGlitch(morkEnv* ev, const morkGlitch& inGlitch, 
+    const char* inKind);
+
+public: // other builder methods
+
+  morkCell* AddBuilderCell(morkEnv* ev,
+    const morkMid& inMid, mork_change inChange);
+
+  void FlushBuilderCells(morkEnv* ev);
+  
+// ````` ````` ````` `````   ````` ````` ````` `````  
+public: // in virtual morkParser methods, data flow subclass to parser
+
+    virtual void MidToYarn(morkEnv* ev,
+      const morkMid& inMid,  // typically an alias to concat with strings
+      mdbYarn* outYarn) override;
+    // The parser might ask that some aliases be turned into yarns, so they
+    // can be concatenated into longer blobs under some circumstances.  This
+    // is an alternative to using a long and complex callback for many parts
+    // for a single cell value.
+  
+// ````` ````` ````` `````   ````` ````` ````` `````  
+public: // out virtual morkParser methods, data flow parser to subclass
+
+  virtual void OnNewPort(morkEnv* ev, const morkPlace& inPlace) override;
+  virtual void OnPortGlitch(morkEnv* ev, const morkGlitch& inGlitch) override;
+  virtual void OnPortEnd(morkEnv* ev, const morkSpan& inSpan) override;
+
+  virtual void OnNewGroup(morkEnv* ev, const morkPlace& inPlace, mork_gid inGid) override;
+  virtual void OnGroupGlitch(morkEnv* ev, const morkGlitch& inGlitch) override;
+  virtual void OnGroupCommitEnd(morkEnv* ev, const morkSpan& inSpan) override;
+  virtual void OnGroupAbortEnd(morkEnv* ev, const morkSpan& inSpan) override;
+
+  virtual void OnNewPortRow(morkEnv* ev, const morkPlace& inPlace,
+    const morkMid& inMid, mork_change inChange) override;
+  virtual void OnPortRowGlitch(morkEnv* ev, const morkGlitch& inGlitch) override;
+  virtual void OnPortRowEnd(morkEnv* ev, const morkSpan& inSpan) override;
+
+  virtual void OnNewTable(morkEnv* ev, const morkPlace& inPlace,
+    const morkMid& inMid, mork_bool inCutAllRows) override;
+  virtual void OnTableGlitch(morkEnv* ev, const morkGlitch& inGlitch) override;
+  virtual void OnTableEnd(morkEnv* ev, const morkSpan& inSpan) override;
+    
+  virtual void OnNewMeta(morkEnv* ev, const morkPlace& inPlace) override;
+  virtual void OnMetaGlitch(morkEnv* ev, const morkGlitch& inGlitch) override;
+  virtual void OnMetaEnd(morkEnv* ev, const morkSpan& inSpan) override;
+
+  virtual void OnMinusRow(morkEnv* ev) override;
+  virtual void OnNewRow(morkEnv* ev, const morkPlace& inPlace,
+    const morkMid& inMid, mork_bool inCutAllCols) override;
+  virtual void OnRowPos(morkEnv* ev, mork_pos inRowPos) override;
+  virtual void OnRowGlitch(morkEnv* ev, const morkGlitch& inGlitch) override;
+  virtual void OnRowEnd(morkEnv* ev, const morkSpan& inSpan) override;
+
+  virtual void OnNewDict(morkEnv* ev, const morkPlace& inPlace) override;
+  virtual void OnDictGlitch(morkEnv* ev, const morkGlitch& inGlitch) override;
+  virtual void OnDictEnd(morkEnv* ev, const morkSpan& inSpan) override;
+
+  virtual void OnAlias(morkEnv* ev, const morkSpan& inSpan,
+    const morkMid& inMid) override;
+
+  virtual void OnAliasGlitch(morkEnv* ev, const morkGlitch& inGlitch) override;
+
+  virtual void OnMinusCell(morkEnv* ev) override;
+  virtual void OnNewCell(morkEnv* ev, const morkPlace& inPlace,
+    const morkMid* inMid, const morkBuf* inBuf) override;
+  // Exactly one of inMid and inBuf is nil, and the other is non-nil.
+  // When hex ID syntax is used for a column, then inMid is not nil, and
+  // when a naked string names a column, then inBuf is not nil.
+
+  virtual void OnCellGlitch(morkEnv* ev, const morkGlitch& inGlitch) override;
+  virtual void OnCellForm(morkEnv* ev, mork_cscode inCharsetFormat) override;
+  virtual void OnCellEnd(morkEnv* ev, const morkSpan& inSpan) override;
+
+  virtual void OnValue(morkEnv* ev, const morkSpan& inSpan,
+    const morkBuf& inBuf) override;
+
+  virtual void OnValueMid(morkEnv* ev, const morkSpan& inSpan,
+    const morkMid& inMid) override;
+
+  virtual void OnRowMid(morkEnv* ev, const morkSpan& inSpan,
+    const morkMid& inMid) override;
+
+  virtual void OnTableMid(morkEnv* ev, const morkSpan& inSpan,
+    const morkMid& inMid) override;
+  
+// ````` ````` ````` `````   ````` ````` ````` `````  
+public: // public non-poly morkBuilder methods
+  
+  
+public: // typesafe refcounting inlines calling inherited morkNode methods
+  static void SlotWeakBuilder(morkBuilder* me,
+    morkEnv* ev, morkBuilder** ioSlot)
+  { morkNode::SlotWeakNode((morkNode*) me, ev, (morkNode**) ioSlot); }
+  
+  static void SlotStrongBuilder(morkBuilder* me,
+    morkEnv* ev, morkBuilder** ioSlot)
+  { morkNode::SlotStrongNode((morkNode*) me, ev, (morkNode**) ioSlot); }
+};
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+#endif /* _MORKBUILDER_ */
diff --git a/db/mork/src/morkCell.cpp b/db/mork/src/morkCell.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c5844dd1a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/db/mork/src/morkCell.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-  */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _MDB_
+#include "mdb.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORK_
+#include "mork.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKNODE_
+#include "morkNode.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKSTORE_
+#include "morkStore.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKPOOL_
+#include "morkPool.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKENV_
+#include "morkEnv.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKCELL_
+#include "morkCell.h"
+#endif
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+void
+morkCell::SetYarn(morkEnv* ev, const mdbYarn* inYarn, morkStore* ioStore)
+{
+  morkAtom* atom = ioStore->YarnToAtom(ev, inYarn, true /* create */);
+  if ( atom )
+    this->SetAtom(ev, atom, ioStore->StorePool()); // refcounts atom
+}
+
+void
+morkCell::GetYarn(morkEnv* ev, mdbYarn* outYarn) const
+{
+  MORK_USED_1(ev);
+  mCell_Atom->GetYarn(outYarn);
+}
+
+void
+morkCell::AliasYarn(morkEnv* ev, mdbYarn* outYarn) const
+{
+  MORK_USED_1(ev);
+  morkAtom::AliasYarn(mCell_Atom, outYarn);
+}
+
+void
+morkCell::SetCellClean()
+{
+  mork_column col = this->GetColumn();
+  this->SetColumnAndChange(col, morkChange_kNil);
+}
+  
+void
+morkCell::SetCellDirty()
+{
+  mork_column col = this->GetColumn();
+  this->SetColumnAndChange(col, morkChange_kAdd);
+}
+
+void
+morkCell::SetAtom(morkEnv* ev, morkAtom* ioAtom, morkPool* ioPool)
+  // SetAtom() "acquires" the new ioAtom if non-nil, by calling AddCellUse()
+  // to increase the refcount, and puts ioAtom into mCell_Atom.  If the old
+  // atom in mCell_Atom is non-nil, then it is "released" first by a call to
+  // CutCellUse(), and if the use count then becomes zero, then the old atom
+  // is deallocated by returning it to the pool ioPool.  (And this is
+  // why ioPool is a parameter to this method.)  Note that ioAtom can be nil
+  // to cause the cell to refer to nothing, and the old atom in mCell_Atom
+  // can also be nil, and all the atom refcounting is handled correctly.
+  //
+  // Note that if ioAtom was just created, it typically has a zero use count
+  // before calling SetAtom().  But use count is one higher after SetAtom().
+{
+  morkAtom* oldAtom = mCell_Atom;
+  if ( oldAtom != ioAtom ) // ioAtom is not already installed in this cell?
+  {
+    if ( oldAtom )
+    {
+      mCell_Atom = 0;
+      if ( oldAtom->CutCellUse(ev) == 0 )
+      {
+      // this was zapping atoms still in use - comment out until davidmc
+      // can figure out a better fix.
+//        if ( ioPool )
+//        {
+//          if ( oldAtom->IsBook() )
+//            ((morkBookAtom*) oldAtom)->CutBookAtomFromSpace(ev);
+            
+//          ioPool->ZapAtom(ev, oldAtom);
+//        }
+//        else
+//          ev->NilPointerError();
+      }
+    }
+    if ( ioAtom )
+      ioAtom->AddCellUse(ev);
+      
+    mCell_Atom = ioAtom;
+  }
+}
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
diff --git a/db/mork/src/morkCell.h b/db/mork/src/morkCell.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..50642d916
--- /dev/null
+++ b/db/mork/src/morkCell.h
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-  */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _MORKCELL_
+#define _MORKCELL_ 1
+
+#ifndef _MORK_
+#include "mork.h"
+#endif
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+#define morkDelta_kShift 8 /* 8 bit shift */
+#define morkDelta_kChangeMask 0x0FF /* low 8 bit mask */
+#define morkDelta_kColumnMask (~ (mork_column) morkDelta_kChangeMask)
+#define morkDelta_Init(self,cl,ch) ((self) = ((cl)<<morkDelta_kShift) | (ch))
+#define morkDelta_Change(self) ((mork_change) ((self) & morkDelta_kChangeMask))
+#define morkDelta_Column(self) ((self) >> morkDelta_kShift)
+
+class morkCell { // minimal cell format
+
+public:
+  mork_delta   mCell_Delta;   // encoding of both column and change
+  morkAtom*    mCell_Atom;    // content in this cell
+  
+public:
+  morkCell() : mCell_Delta( 0 ), mCell_Atom( 0 ) { }
+
+  morkCell(const morkCell& c)
+  : mCell_Delta( c.mCell_Delta ), mCell_Atom( c.mCell_Atom ) { }
+  
+  // note if ioAtom is non-nil, caller needs to call ioAtom->AddCellUse():
+  morkCell(mork_column inCol, mork_change inChange, morkAtom* ioAtom)
+  {
+    morkDelta_Init(mCell_Delta, inCol,inChange);
+    mCell_Atom = ioAtom;
+  }
+
+  // note if ioAtom is non-nil, caller needs to call ioAtom->AddCellUse():
+  void Init(mork_column inCol, mork_change inChange, morkAtom* ioAtom)
+  {
+    morkDelta_Init(mCell_Delta,inCol,inChange);
+    mCell_Atom = ioAtom;
+  }
+  
+  mork_column  GetColumn() const { return morkDelta_Column(mCell_Delta); }
+  mork_change  GetChange() const { return morkDelta_Change(mCell_Delta); }
+  
+  mork_bool IsCellClean() const { return GetChange() == morkChange_kNil; }
+  mork_bool IsCellDirty() const { return GetChange() != morkChange_kNil; }
+
+  void SetCellClean(); // set change to kNil
+  void SetCellDirty(); // set change to kAdd
+  
+  void SetCellColumnDirty(mork_column inCol)
+  { this->SetColumnAndChange(inCol, morkChange_kAdd); }
+  
+  void SetCellColumnClean(mork_column inCol)
+  { this->SetColumnAndChange(inCol, morkChange_kNil); }
+  
+  void         SetColumnAndChange(mork_column inCol, mork_change inChange)
+  { morkDelta_Init(mCell_Delta, inCol, inChange); }
+    
+  morkAtom*  GetAtom() { return mCell_Atom; }
+  
+  void       SetAtom(morkEnv* ev, morkAtom* ioAtom, morkPool* ioPool);
+  // SetAtom() "acquires" the new ioAtom if non-nil, by calling AddCellUse()
+  // to increase the refcount, and puts ioAtom into mCell_Atom.  If the old
+  // atom in mCell_Atom is non-nil, then it is "released" first by a call to
+  // CutCellUse(), and if the use count then becomes zero, then the old atom
+  // is deallocated by returning it to the pool ioPool.  (And this is
+  // why ioPool is a parameter to this method.)  Note that ioAtom can be nil
+  // to cause the cell to refer to nothing, and the old atom in mCell_Atom
+  // can also be nil, and all the atom refcounting is handled correctly.
+  //
+  // Note that if ioAtom was just created, it typically has a zero use count
+  // before calling SetAtom().  But use count is one higher after SetAtom().
+  
+  void       SetYarn(morkEnv* ev, const mdbYarn* inYarn, morkStore* ioStore);
+  
+  void       AliasYarn(morkEnv* ev, mdbYarn* outYarn) const;
+  void       GetYarn(morkEnv* ev, mdbYarn* outYarn) const;
+};
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+#endif /* _MORKCELL_ */
diff --git a/db/mork/src/morkCellObject.cpp b/db/mork/src/morkCellObject.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5310df07d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/db/mork/src/morkCellObject.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,530 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-  */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _MDB_
+#include "mdb.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORK_
+#include "mork.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKNODE_
+#include "morkNode.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKOBJECT_
+#include "morkObject.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKENV_
+#include "morkEnv.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKCELLOBJECT_
+#include "morkCellObject.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKROWOBJECT_
+#include "morkRowObject.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKROW_
+#include "morkRow.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKCELL_
+#include "morkCell.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKSTORE_
+#include "morkStore.h"
+#endif
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+// ````` ````` ````` ````` ````` 
+// { ===== begin morkNode interface =====
+
+/*public virtual*/ void
+morkCellObject::CloseMorkNode(morkEnv* ev) // CloseCellObject() only if open
+{
+  if ( this->IsOpenNode() )
+  {
+    this->MarkClosing();
+    this->CloseCellObject(ev);
+    this->MarkShut();
+  }
+}
+
+/*public virtual*/
+morkCellObject::~morkCellObject() // assert CloseCellObject() executed earlier
+{
+  CloseMorkNode(mMorkEnv);
+  MORK_ASSERT(mCellObject_Row==0);
+}
+
+/*public non-poly*/
+morkCellObject::morkCellObject(morkEnv* ev, const morkUsage& inUsage,
+  nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap, morkRow* ioRow, morkCell* ioCell,
+  mork_column inCol, mork_pos inPos)
+: morkObject(ev, inUsage, ioHeap, morkColor_kNone, (morkHandle*) 0)
+, mCellObject_RowObject( 0 )
+, mCellObject_Row( 0 )
+, mCellObject_Cell( 0 )
+, mCellObject_Col( inCol )
+, mCellObject_RowSeed( 0 )
+, mCellObject_Pos( (mork_u2) inPos )
+{
+  if ( ev->Good() )
+  {
+    if ( ioRow && ioCell )
+    {
+      if ( ioRow->IsRow() )
+      {
+        morkStore* store = ioRow->GetRowSpaceStore(ev);
+        if ( store )
+        {
+          morkRowObject* rowObj = ioRow->AcquireRowObject(ev, store);
+          if ( rowObj )
+          {
+            mCellObject_Row = ioRow;
+            mCellObject_Cell = ioCell;
+            mCellObject_RowSeed = ioRow->mRow_Seed;
+            
+            // morkRowObject::SlotStrongRowObject(rowObj, ev,
+            //  &mCellObject_RowObject);
+              
+            mCellObject_RowObject = rowObj; // assume control of strong ref
+          }
+          if ( ev->Good() )
+            mNode_Derived = morkDerived_kCellObject;
+        }
+      }
+      else
+        ioRow->NonRowTypeError(ev);
+    }
+    else
+      ev->NilPointerError();
+  }
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED(morkCellObject, morkObject, nsIMdbCell)
+
+/*public non-poly*/ void
+morkCellObject::CloseCellObject(morkEnv* ev) // called by CloseMorkNode();
+{
+    if ( this->IsNode() )
+    {
+      NS_RELEASE(mCellObject_RowObject);
+      mCellObject_Row = 0;
+      mCellObject_Cell = 0;
+      mCellObject_RowSeed = 0;
+      this->CloseObject(ev);
+      this->MarkShut();
+    }
+    else
+      this->NonNodeError(ev);
+}
+
+// } ===== end morkNode methods =====
+// ````` ````` ````` ````` ````` 
+
+mork_bool
+morkCellObject::ResyncWithRow(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  morkRow* row = mCellObject_Row;
+  mork_pos pos = 0;
+  morkCell* cell = row->GetCell(ev, mCellObject_Col, &pos);
+  if ( cell )
+  {
+    mCellObject_Pos = (mork_u2) pos;
+    mCellObject_Cell = cell;
+    mCellObject_RowSeed = row->mRow_Seed;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    mCellObject_Cell = 0;
+    this->MissingRowColumnError(ev);
+  }
+  return ev->Good();
+}
+
+morkAtom*
+morkCellObject::GetCellAtom(morkEnv* ev) const
+{
+  morkCell* cell = mCellObject_Cell;
+  if ( cell )
+    return cell->GetAtom();
+  else
+    this->NilCellError(ev);
+    
+  return (morkAtom*) 0;
+}
+
+/*static*/ void
+morkCellObject::WrongRowObjectRowError(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  ev->NewError("mCellObject_Row != mCellObject_RowObject->mRowObject_Row");
+}
+
+/*static*/ void
+morkCellObject::NilRowError(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  ev->NewError("nil mCellObject_Row");
+}
+
+/*static*/ void
+morkCellObject::NilRowObjectError(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  ev->NewError("nil mCellObject_RowObject");
+}
+
+/*static*/ void
+morkCellObject::NilCellError(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  ev->NewError("nil mCellObject_Cell");
+}
+
+/*static*/ void
+morkCellObject::NonCellObjectTypeError(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  ev->NewError("non morkCellObject");
+}
+
+/*static*/ void
+morkCellObject::MissingRowColumnError(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  ev->NewError("mCellObject_Col not in mCellObject_Row");
+}
+
+nsIMdbCell*
+morkCellObject::AcquireCellHandle(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  nsIMdbCell* outCell = this;
+  NS_ADDREF(outCell);
+  return outCell;
+}
+
+
+morkEnv*
+morkCellObject::CanUseCell(nsIMdbEnv* mev, mork_bool inMutable,
+                           nsresult* outErr, morkCell** outCell)
+{
+  morkEnv* outEnv = 0;
+  morkCell* cell = 0;
+  morkEnv* ev = morkEnv::FromMdbEnv(mev);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    if ( IsCellObject() )
+    {
+      if ( IsMutable() || !inMutable )
+      {
+        morkRowObject* rowObj = mCellObject_RowObject;
+        if ( rowObj )
+        {
+          morkRow* row = mCellObject_Row;
+          if ( row )
+          {
+            if ( rowObj->mRowObject_Row == row )
+            {
+              mork_u2 oldSeed = mCellObject_RowSeed;
+              if ( row->mRow_Seed == oldSeed || ResyncWithRow(ev) )
+              {
+                cell = mCellObject_Cell;
+                if ( cell )
+                {
+                  outEnv = ev;
+                }
+                else
+                  NilCellError(ev);
+              }
+            }
+            else
+              WrongRowObjectRowError(ev);
+          }
+          else
+            NilRowError(ev);
+        }
+        else
+          NilRowObjectError(ev);
+      }
+      else
+        NonMutableNodeError(ev);
+    }
+    else
+      NonCellObjectTypeError(ev);
+  }
+  *outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  MORK_ASSERT(outEnv);
+  *outCell = cell;
+  
+  return outEnv;
+}
+
+// { ----- begin attribute methods -----
+NS_IMETHODIMP morkCellObject::SetBlob(nsIMdbEnv* /* mev */,
+  nsIMdbBlob* /* ioBlob */)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(false, "not implemented");
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+} // reads inBlob slots
+
+// when inBlob is in the same suite, this might be fastest cell-to-cell
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP morkCellObject::ClearBlob( // make empty (so content has zero length)
+  nsIMdbEnv*  /* mev */)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(false, "not implemented");
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+  // remember row->MaybeDirtySpaceStoreAndRow();
+}
+// clearing a yarn is like SetYarn() with empty yarn instance content
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP morkCellObject::GetBlobFill(nsIMdbEnv* mev,
+  mdb_fill* outFill)
+// Same value that would be put into mYarn_Fill, if one called GetYarn()
+// with a yarn instance that had mYarn_Buf==nil and mYarn_Size==0.
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(false, "not implemented");
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}  // size of blob 
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP morkCellObject::SetYarn(nsIMdbEnv* mev, 
+  const mdbYarn* inYarn)
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  morkCell* cell = 0;
+  morkEnv* ev = this->CanUseCell(mev, /*inMutable*/ morkBool_kTrue,
+    &outErr, &cell);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    morkRow* row = mCellObject_Row;
+    if ( row )
+    {
+      morkStore* store = row->GetRowSpaceStore(ev);
+      if ( store )
+      {
+        cell->SetYarn(ev, inYarn, store);
+        if ( row->IsRowClean() && store->mStore_CanDirty )
+          row->MaybeDirtySpaceStoreAndRow();
+      }
+    }
+    else
+      ev->NilPointerError();
+
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+    
+  return outErr;
+}   // reads from yarn slots
+// make this text object contain content from the yarn's buffer
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP morkCellObject::GetYarn(nsIMdbEnv* mev, 
+  mdbYarn* outYarn)
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  morkCell* cell = 0;
+  morkEnv* ev = this->CanUseCell(mev, /*inMutable*/ morkBool_kTrue,
+    &outErr, &cell);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    morkAtom* atom = cell->GetAtom();
+    atom->GetYarn(outYarn);
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+    
+  return outErr;
+}  // writes some yarn slots 
+// copy content into the yarn buffer, and update mYarn_Fill and mYarn_Form
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP morkCellObject::AliasYarn(nsIMdbEnv* mev, 
+  mdbYarn* outYarn)
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  morkCell* cell = 0;
+  morkEnv* ev = this->CanUseCell(mev, /*inMutable*/ morkBool_kTrue,
+    &outErr, &cell);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    morkAtom* atom = cell->GetAtom();
+    morkAtom::AliasYarn(atom, outYarn);
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+
+  return outErr;
+} // writes ALL yarn slots
+
+// } ----- end attribute methods -----
+
+// } ===== end nsIMdbBlob methods =====
+
+// { ===== begin nsIMdbCell methods =====
+
+// { ----- begin attribute methods -----
+NS_IMETHODIMP morkCellObject::SetColumn(nsIMdbEnv* mev, mdb_column inColumn)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(false, "not implemented");
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+  // remember row->MaybeDirtySpaceStoreAndRow();
+} 
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP morkCellObject::GetColumn(nsIMdbEnv* mev, mdb_column* outColumn)
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  mdb_column col = 0;
+  morkCell* cell = 0;
+  morkEnv* ev = this->CanUseCell(mev, /*inMutable*/ morkBool_kTrue,
+    &outErr, &cell);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    col = mCellObject_Col;
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  if ( outColumn )
+    *outColumn = col;
+  return outErr;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP morkCellObject::GetCellInfo(  // all cell metainfo except actual content
+  nsIMdbEnv* mev, 
+  mdb_column* outColumn,           // the column in the containing row
+  mdb_fill*   outBlobFill,         // the size of text content in bytes
+  mdbOid*     outChildOid,         // oid of possible row or table child
+  mdb_bool*   outIsRowChild)  // nonzero if child, and a row child
+// Checking all cell metainfo is a good way to avoid forcing a large cell
+// in to memory when you don't actually want to use the content.
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(false, "not implemented");
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP morkCellObject::GetRow(nsIMdbEnv* mev, // parent row for this cell
+  nsIMdbRow** acqRow)
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  nsIMdbRow* outRow = 0;
+  morkCell* cell = 0;
+  morkEnv* ev = this->CanUseCell(mev, /*inMutable*/ morkBool_kTrue,
+    &outErr, &cell);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    outRow = mCellObject_RowObject->AcquireRowHandle(ev);
+    
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  if ( acqRow )
+    *acqRow = outRow;
+  return outErr;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP morkCellObject::GetPort(nsIMdbEnv* mev, // port containing cell
+  nsIMdbPort** acqPort)
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  nsIMdbPort* outPort = 0;
+  morkCell* cell = 0;
+  morkEnv* ev = this->CanUseCell(mev, /*inMutable*/ morkBool_kTrue,
+    &outErr, &cell);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    if ( mCellObject_Row )
+    {
+      morkStore* store = mCellObject_Row->GetRowSpaceStore(ev);
+      if ( store )
+        outPort = store->AcquireStoreHandle(ev);
+    }
+    else
+      ev->NilPointerError();
+
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  if ( acqPort )
+    *acqPort = outPort;
+  return outErr;
+}
+// } ----- end attribute methods -----
+
+// { ----- begin children methods -----
+NS_IMETHODIMP morkCellObject::HasAnyChild( // does cell have a child instead of text?
+  nsIMdbEnv* mev,
+  mdbOid* outOid,  // out id of row or table (or unbound if no child)
+  mdb_bool* outIsRow) // nonzero if child is a row (rather than a table)
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  mdb_bool isRow = morkBool_kFalse;
+  outOid->mOid_Scope = 0;
+  outOid->mOid_Id = morkId_kMinusOne;
+  morkCell* cell = 0;
+  morkEnv* ev = this->CanUseCell(mev, /*inMutable*/ morkBool_kTrue,
+    &outErr, &cell);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    morkAtom* atom = GetCellAtom(ev);
+    if ( atom )
+    {
+      isRow = atom->IsRowOid();
+      if ( isRow || atom->IsTableOid() )
+        *outOid = ((morkOidAtom*) atom)->mOidAtom_Oid;
+    }
+      
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  if ( outIsRow )
+    *outIsRow = isRow;
+    
+  return outErr;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP morkCellObject::GetAnyChild( // access table of specific attribute
+  nsIMdbEnv* mev, // context
+  nsIMdbRow** acqRow, // child row (or null)
+  nsIMdbTable** acqTable) // child table (or null)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(false, "not implemented");
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP morkCellObject::SetChildRow( // access table of specific attribute
+  nsIMdbEnv* mev, // context
+  nsIMdbRow* ioRow)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(false, "not implemented");
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+} // inRow must be bound inside this same db port
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP morkCellObject::GetChildRow( // access row of specific attribute
+  nsIMdbEnv* mev, // context
+  nsIMdbRow** acqRow) // acquire child row (or nil if no child)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(false, "not implemented");
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP morkCellObject::SetChildTable( // access table of specific attribute
+  nsIMdbEnv* mev, // context
+  nsIMdbTable* inTable) // table must be bound inside this same db port
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(false, "not implemented");
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+  // remember row->MaybeDirtySpaceStoreAndRow();
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP morkCellObject::GetChildTable( // access table of specific attribute
+  nsIMdbEnv* mev, // context
+  nsIMdbTable** acqTable) // acquire child tabdle (or nil if no chil)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(false, "not implemented");
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+// } ----- end children methods -----
+
+// } ===== end nsIMdbCell methods =====
+
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
diff --git a/db/mork/src/morkCellObject.h b/db/mork/src/morkCellObject.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fced0accd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/db/mork/src/morkCellObject.h
@@ -0,0 +1,173 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-  */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _MORKCELLOBJECT_
+#define _MORKCELLOBJECT_ 1
+
+#ifndef _MORK_
+#include "mork.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKNODE_
+#include "morkNode.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKOBJECT_
+#include "morkObject.h"
+#endif
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+#define morkDerived_kCellObject  /*i*/ 0x634F /* ascii 'cO' */
+
+class morkCellObject : public morkObject, public nsIMdbCell { // blob attribute in column scope
+
+// public: // slots inherited from morkObject (meant to inform only)
+  // nsIMdbHeap*     mNode_Heap;
+  // mork_able    mNode_Mutable; // can this node be modified?
+  // mork_load    mNode_Load;    // is this node clean or dirty?
+  // mork_base    mNode_Base;    // must equal morkBase_kNode
+  // mork_derived mNode_Derived; // depends on specific node subclass
+  // mork_access  mNode_Access;  // kOpen, kClosing, kShut, or kDead
+  // mork_usage   mNode_Usage;   // kHeap, kStack, kMember, kGlobal, kNone
+  // mork_uses    mNode_Uses;    // refcount for strong refs
+  // mork_refs    mNode_Refs;    // refcount for strong refs + weak refs
+
+  // mork_color   mBead_Color;   // ID for this bead
+  // morkHandle*  mObject_Handle;  // weak ref to handle for this object
+
+public: // state is public because the entire Mork system is private
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED
+
+  morkRowObject*  mCellObject_RowObject;  // strong ref to row's object
+  morkRow*        mCellObject_Row;        // cell's row if still in row object
+  morkCell*       mCellObject_Cell;       // cell in row if rowseed matches
+  mork_column     mCellObject_Col;        // col of cell last living in pos
+  mork_u2         mCellObject_RowSeed;    // copy of row's seed
+  mork_u2         mCellObject_Pos;        // position of cell in row
+  
+// { ===== begin morkNode interface =====
+public: // morkNode virtual methods
+  virtual void CloseMorkNode(morkEnv* ev) override; // CloseCellObject() only if open
+
+public: // morkCellObject construction & destruction
+  morkCellObject(morkEnv* ev, const morkUsage& inUsage,
+    nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap, morkRow* ioRow, morkCell* ioCell,
+    mork_column inCol, mork_pos inPos);
+  void CloseCellObject(morkEnv* ev); // called by CloseMorkNode();
+
+  NS_IMETHOD SetBlob(nsIMdbEnv* ev,
+    nsIMdbBlob* ioBlob) override; // reads inBlob slots
+  // when inBlob is in the same suite, this might be fastest cell-to-cell
+
+  NS_IMETHOD ClearBlob( // make empty (so content has zero length)
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev) override;
+  // clearing a yarn is like SetYarn() with empty yarn instance content
+
+  NS_IMETHOD GetBlobFill(nsIMdbEnv* ev,
+    mdb_fill* outFill) override;  // size of blob
+  // Same value that would be put into mYarn_Fill, if one called GetYarn()
+  // with a yarn instance that had mYarn_Buf==nil and mYarn_Size==0.
+
+  NS_IMETHOD SetYarn(nsIMdbEnv* ev,
+    const mdbYarn* inYarn) override;   // reads from yarn slots
+  // make this text object contain content from the yarn's buffer
+
+  NS_IMETHOD GetYarn(nsIMdbEnv* ev,
+    mdbYarn* outYarn) override;  // writes some yarn slots
+  // copy content into the yarn buffer, and update mYarn_Fill and mYarn_Form
+
+  NS_IMETHOD AliasYarn(nsIMdbEnv* ev,
+    mdbYarn* outYarn) override; // writes ALL yarn slots
+  NS_IMETHOD SetColumn(nsIMdbEnv* ev, mdb_column inColumn) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetColumn(nsIMdbEnv* ev, mdb_column* outColumn) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD GetCellInfo(  // all cell metainfo except actual content
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev,
+    mdb_column* outColumn,           // the column in the containing row
+    mdb_fill*   outBlobFill,         // the size of text content in bytes
+    mdbOid*     outChildOid,         // oid of possible row or table child
+    mdb_bool*   outIsRowChild) override; // nonzero if child, and a row child
+
+  // Checking all cell metainfo is a good way to avoid forcing a large cell
+  // in to memory when you don't actually want to use the content.
+
+  NS_IMETHOD GetRow(nsIMdbEnv* ev, // parent row for this cell
+    nsIMdbRow** acqRow) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetPort(nsIMdbEnv* ev, // port containing cell
+    nsIMdbPort** acqPort) override;
+  // } ----- end attribute methods -----
+
+  // { ----- begin children methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD HasAnyChild( // does cell have a child instead of text?
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev,
+    mdbOid* outOid,  // out id of row or table (or unbound if no child)
+    mdb_bool* outIsRow) override; // nonzero if child is a row (rather than a table)
+
+  NS_IMETHOD GetAnyChild( // access table of specific attribute
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    nsIMdbRow** acqRow, // child row (or null)
+    nsIMdbTable** acqTable) override; // child table (or null)
+
+
+  NS_IMETHOD SetChildRow( // access table of specific attribute
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    nsIMdbRow* ioRow) override; // inRow must be bound inside this same db port
+
+  NS_IMETHOD GetChildRow( // access row of specific attribute
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    nsIMdbRow** acqRow) override; // acquire child row (or nil if no child)
+
+
+  NS_IMETHOD SetChildTable( // access table of specific attribute
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    nsIMdbTable* inTable) override; // table must be bound inside this same db port
+
+  NS_IMETHOD GetChildTable( // access table of specific attribute
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    nsIMdbTable** acqTable) override; // acquire child table (or nil if no child)
+  // } ----- end children methods -----
+
+// } ===== end nsIMdbCell methods =====
+private: // copying is not allowed
+  virtual ~morkCellObject(); // assert that CloseCellObject() executed earlier
+  morkCellObject(const morkCellObject& other);
+  morkCellObject& operator=(const morkCellObject& other);
+
+public: // dynamic type identification
+  mork_bool IsCellObject() const
+  { return IsNode() && mNode_Derived == morkDerived_kCellObject; }
+// } ===== end morkNode methods =====
+
+public: // other cell node methods
+
+  morkEnv*  CanUseCell(nsIMdbEnv* mev, mork_bool inMutable,
+                       nsresult* outErr, morkCell** outCell);
+
+  mork_bool ResyncWithRow(morkEnv* ev); // return ev->Good()
+  morkAtom* GetCellAtom(morkEnv* ev) const;
+
+  static void MissingRowColumnError(morkEnv* ev);
+  static void NilRowError(morkEnv* ev);
+  static void NilCellError(morkEnv* ev);
+  static void NilRowObjectError(morkEnv* ev);
+  static void WrongRowObjectRowError(morkEnv* ev);
+  static void NonCellObjectTypeError(morkEnv* ev);
+
+  nsIMdbCell* AcquireCellHandle(morkEnv* ev);
+
+public: // typesafe refcounting inlines calling inherited morkNode methods
+  static void SlotWeakCellObject(morkCellObject* me,
+    morkEnv* ev, morkCellObject** ioSlot)
+  { morkNode::SlotWeakNode((morkNode*) me, ev, (morkNode**) ioSlot); }
+  
+  static void SlotStrongCellObject(morkCellObject* me,
+    morkEnv* ev, morkCellObject** ioSlot)
+  { morkNode::SlotStrongNode((morkNode*) me, ev, (morkNode**) ioSlot); }
+};
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+#endif /* _MORKCELLOBJECT_ */
diff --git a/db/mork/src/morkCh.cpp b/db/mork/src/morkCh.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..07162a315
--- /dev/null
+++ b/db/mork/src/morkCh.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,233 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-  */
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ *
+ * The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1999
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Contributor(s):
+ *
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
+ * or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ *
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+
+#ifndef _MDB_
+#include "mdb.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORK_
+#include "mork.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKCH_
+#include "morkCh.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKENV_
+#include "morkEnv.h"
+#endif
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+/* this byte char predicate source file derives from public domain Mithril */
+/* (that means much of this has a copyright dedicated to the public domain) */
+
+/*============================================================================*/
+/* morkCh_Type */
+
+const mork_flags morkCh_Type[] = /* derives from public domain Mithril table */
+{
+  0,                /* 0x0 */
+  0,                /* 0x1 */
+  0,                /* 0x2 */
+  0,                /* 0x3 */
+  0,                /* 0x4 */
+  0,                /* 0x5 */
+  0,                /* 0x6 */
+  0,                /* 0x7 */
+  morkCh_kW,        /* 0x8 backspace */
+  morkCh_kW,        /* 0x9 tab */
+  morkCh_kW,        /* 0xA linefeed */
+  0,                /* 0xB */
+  morkCh_kW,        /* 0xC page */
+  morkCh_kW,        /* 0xD return */
+  0,                /* 0xE */
+  0,                /* 0xF */
+  0,                /* 0x10 */
+  0,                /* 0x11 */
+  0,                /* 0x12 */
+  0,                /* 0x13 */
+  0,                /* 0x14 */
+  0,                /* 0x15 */
+  0,                /* 0x16 */
+  0,                /* 0x17 */
+  0,                /* 0x18 */
+  0,                /* 0x19 */
+  0,                /* 0x1A */
+  0,                /* 0x1B */
+  0,                /* 0x1C */
+  0,                /* 0x1D */
+  0,                /* 0x1E */
+  0,                /* 0x1F */
+  
+  morkCh_kV|morkCh_kW,     /* 0x20 space */
+  morkCh_kV|morkCh_kM,     /* 0x21 ! */
+  morkCh_kV,               /* 0x22 " */
+  morkCh_kV,               /* 0x23 # */
+  0,                       /* 0x24 $ cannot be kV because needs escape */
+  morkCh_kV,               /* 0x25 % */
+  morkCh_kV,               /* 0x26 & */
+  morkCh_kV,               /* 0x27 ' */
+  morkCh_kV,               /* 0x28 ( */
+  0,                       /* 0x29 ) cannot be kV because needs escape */
+  morkCh_kV,               /* 0x2A * */
+  morkCh_kV|morkCh_kM,     /* 0x2B + */
+  morkCh_kV,               /* 0x2C , */
+  morkCh_kV|morkCh_kM,     /* 0x2D - */
+  morkCh_kV,               /* 0x2E . */
+  morkCh_kV,               /* 0x2F / */
+  
+  morkCh_kV|morkCh_kD|morkCh_kX,  /* 0x30 0 */
+  morkCh_kV|morkCh_kD|morkCh_kX,  /* 0x31 1 */
+  morkCh_kV|morkCh_kD|morkCh_kX,  /* 0x32 2 */
+  morkCh_kV|morkCh_kD|morkCh_kX,  /* 0x33 3 */
+  morkCh_kV|morkCh_kD|morkCh_kX,  /* 0x34 4 */
+  morkCh_kV|morkCh_kD|morkCh_kX,  /* 0x35 5 */
+  morkCh_kV|morkCh_kD|morkCh_kX,  /* 0x36 6 */
+  morkCh_kV|morkCh_kD|morkCh_kX,  /* 0x37 7 */
+  morkCh_kV|morkCh_kD|morkCh_kX,  /* 0x38 8 */
+  morkCh_kV|morkCh_kD|morkCh_kX,  /* 0x39 9 */
+  morkCh_kV|morkCh_kN|morkCh_kM,        /* 0x3A : */
+  morkCh_kV,                /* 0x3B ; */
+  morkCh_kV,                /* 0x3C < */
+  morkCh_kV,                /* 0x3D = */
+  morkCh_kV,                /* 0x3E > */
+  morkCh_kV|morkCh_kM,      /* 0x3F ? */
+  
+  morkCh_kV,                /* 0x40 @  */  
+  morkCh_kV|morkCh_kN|morkCh_kM|morkCh_kU|morkCh_kX,  /* 0x41 A */
+  morkCh_kV|morkCh_kN|morkCh_kM|morkCh_kU|morkCh_kX,  /* 0x42 B */
+  morkCh_kV|morkCh_kN|morkCh_kM|morkCh_kU|morkCh_kX,  /* 0x43 C */
+  morkCh_kV|morkCh_kN|morkCh_kM|morkCh_kU|morkCh_kX,  /* 0x44 D */
+  morkCh_kV|morkCh_kN|morkCh_kM|morkCh_kU|morkCh_kX,  /* 0x45 E */
+  morkCh_kV|morkCh_kN|morkCh_kM|morkCh_kU|morkCh_kX,  /* 0x46 F */
+  morkCh_kV|morkCh_kN|morkCh_kM|morkCh_kU,          /* 0x47 G */
+  morkCh_kV|morkCh_kN|morkCh_kM|morkCh_kU,          /* 0x48 H */
+  morkCh_kV|morkCh_kN|morkCh_kM|morkCh_kU,          /* 0x49 I */
+  morkCh_kV|morkCh_kN|morkCh_kM|morkCh_kU,          /* 0x4A J */
+  morkCh_kV|morkCh_kN|morkCh_kM|morkCh_kU,          /* 0x4B K */
+  morkCh_kV|morkCh_kN|morkCh_kM|morkCh_kU,          /* 0x4C L */
+  morkCh_kV|morkCh_kN|morkCh_kM|morkCh_kU,          /* 0x4D M */
+  morkCh_kV|morkCh_kN|morkCh_kM|morkCh_kU,          /* 0x4E N */
+  morkCh_kV|morkCh_kN|morkCh_kM|morkCh_kU,          /* 0x4F O */
+  
+  morkCh_kV|morkCh_kN|morkCh_kM|morkCh_kU,          /* 0x50 P */
+  morkCh_kV|morkCh_kN|morkCh_kM|morkCh_kU,          /* 0x51 Q */
+  morkCh_kV|morkCh_kN|morkCh_kM|morkCh_kU,          /* 0x52 R */
+  morkCh_kV|morkCh_kN|morkCh_kM|morkCh_kU,          /* 0x53 S */
+  morkCh_kV|morkCh_kN|morkCh_kM|morkCh_kU,          /* 0x54 T */
+  morkCh_kV|morkCh_kN|morkCh_kM|morkCh_kU,          /* 0x55 U */
+  morkCh_kV|morkCh_kN|morkCh_kM|morkCh_kU,          /* 0x56 V */
+  morkCh_kV|morkCh_kN|morkCh_kM|morkCh_kU,          /* 0x57 W */
+  morkCh_kV|morkCh_kN|morkCh_kM|morkCh_kU,          /* 0x58 X */
+  morkCh_kV|morkCh_kN|morkCh_kM|morkCh_kU,          /* 0x59 Y */
+  morkCh_kV|morkCh_kN|morkCh_kM|morkCh_kU,          /* 0x5A Z */
+  morkCh_kV,                /* 0x5B [ */
+  0,                /* 0x5C \ cannot be kV because needs escape */
+  morkCh_kV,                /* 0x5D ] */
+  morkCh_kV,          /* 0x5E ^ */
+  morkCh_kV|morkCh_kN|morkCh_kM,          /* 0x5F _ */
+  
+  morkCh_kV,                /* 0x60 ` */
+  morkCh_kV|morkCh_kN|morkCh_kM|morkCh_kL|morkCh_kX,  /* 0x61 a */
+  morkCh_kV|morkCh_kN|morkCh_kM|morkCh_kL|morkCh_kX,  /* 0x62 b */
+  morkCh_kV|morkCh_kN|morkCh_kM|morkCh_kL|morkCh_kX,  /* 0x63 c */
+  morkCh_kV|morkCh_kN|morkCh_kM|morkCh_kL|morkCh_kX,  /* 0x64 d */
+  morkCh_kV|morkCh_kN|morkCh_kM|morkCh_kL|morkCh_kX,  /* 0x65 e */
+  morkCh_kV|morkCh_kN|morkCh_kM|morkCh_kL|morkCh_kX,  /* 0x66 f */
+  morkCh_kV|morkCh_kN|morkCh_kM|morkCh_kL,          /* 0x67 g */
+  morkCh_kV|morkCh_kN|morkCh_kM|morkCh_kL,          /* 0x68 h */
+  morkCh_kV|morkCh_kN|morkCh_kM|morkCh_kL,          /* 0x69 i */
+  morkCh_kV|morkCh_kN|morkCh_kM|morkCh_kL,          /* 0x6A j */
+  morkCh_kV|morkCh_kN|morkCh_kM|morkCh_kL,          /* 0x6B k */
+  morkCh_kV|morkCh_kN|morkCh_kM|morkCh_kL,          /* 0x6C l */
+  morkCh_kV|morkCh_kN|morkCh_kM|morkCh_kL,          /* 0x6D m */
+  morkCh_kV|morkCh_kN|morkCh_kM|morkCh_kL,          /* 0x6E n */
+  morkCh_kV|morkCh_kN|morkCh_kM|morkCh_kL,          /* 0x6F o */
+  
+  morkCh_kV|morkCh_kN|morkCh_kM|morkCh_kL,          /* 0x70 p */
+  morkCh_kV|morkCh_kN|morkCh_kM|morkCh_kL,          /* 0x71 q */
+  morkCh_kV|morkCh_kN|morkCh_kM|morkCh_kL,          /* 0x72 r */
+  morkCh_kV|morkCh_kN|morkCh_kM|morkCh_kL,          /* 0x73 s */
+  morkCh_kV|morkCh_kN|morkCh_kM|morkCh_kL,          /* 0x74 t */
+  morkCh_kV|morkCh_kN|morkCh_kM|morkCh_kL,          /* 0x75 u */
+  morkCh_kV|morkCh_kN|morkCh_kM|morkCh_kL,          /* 0x76 v */
+  morkCh_kV|morkCh_kN|morkCh_kM|morkCh_kL,          /* 0x77 w */
+  morkCh_kV|morkCh_kN|morkCh_kM|morkCh_kL,          /* 0x78 x */
+  morkCh_kV|morkCh_kN|morkCh_kM|morkCh_kL,          /* 0x79 y */
+  morkCh_kV|morkCh_kN|morkCh_kM|morkCh_kL,          /* 0x7A z */
+  morkCh_kV,                /* 0x7B { */
+  morkCh_kV,                /* 0x7C | */
+  morkCh_kV,                /* 0x7D } */
+  morkCh_kV,          /* 0x7E ~ */
+  morkCh_kW,          /* 0x7F rubout */
+
+/* $"80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 8A 8B 8C 8D 8E 8F"   */
+  0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,  
+  0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,  
+
+/* $"90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 9A 9B 9C 9D 9E 9F"   */
+  0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,  
+  0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,  
+
+/* $"A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 AA AB AC AD AE AF"   */
+  0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,  
+  0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,  
+
+/* $"B0 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 BA BB BC BD BE BF"   */
+  0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,  
+  0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,  
+
+/* $"C0 C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 CA CB CC CD CE CF"   */
+  0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,  
+  0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,  
+
+/* $"D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9 DA DB DC DD DE DF"   */
+  0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,  
+  0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,  
+
+/* $"E0 E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E8 E9 EA EB EC ED EE EF"   */
+  0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,  
+  0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,  
+
+/* $"F0 F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 F9 FA FB FC FD FE FF"   */
+  0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,  
+  0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,  
+};
+
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
diff --git a/db/mork/src/morkCh.h b/db/mork/src/morkCh.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1d77ec64e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/db/mork/src/morkCh.h
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-  */
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ *
+ * The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1999
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Contributor(s):
+ *
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
+ * or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ *
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+ 
+#ifndef _MORKCH_
+#define _MORKCH_ 1
+
+#ifndef _MORK_
+#include "mork.h"
+#endif
+
+/* this byte char predicate header file derives from public domain Mithril */
+/* (that means much of this has a copyright dedicated to the public domain) */
+
+/* Use all 8 pred bits; lose some pred bits only if we need to reuse them. */
+
+/* ch pred bits: W:white D:digit V:value U:upper L:lower N:name  M:more */
+#define morkCh_kW      (1 << 0)
+#define morkCh_kD      (1 << 1)
+#define morkCh_kV      (1 << 2)
+#define morkCh_kU      (1 << 3)
+#define morkCh_kL      (1 << 4)
+#define morkCh_kX      (1 << 5)
+#define morkCh_kN      (1 << 6)
+#define morkCh_kM      (1 << 7)
+
+extern const mork_flags morkCh_Type[]; /* 256 byte predicate bits ch map */
+
+/* is a numeric decimal digit: (note memory access might be slower) */
+/* define morkCh_IsDigit(c)  ( morkCh_Type[ (mork_ch)(c) ] & morkCh_kD ) */
+#define morkCh_IsDigit(c)    ( ((mork_ch) c) >= '0' && ((mork_ch) c) <= '9' )
+
+/* is a numeric octal digit: */
+#define morkCh_IsOctal(c)    ( ((mork_ch) c) >= '0' && ((mork_ch) c) <= '7' )
+
+/* is a numeric hexadecimal digit: */
+#define morkCh_IsHex(c) ( morkCh_Type[ (mork_ch)(c) ] & morkCh_kX )
+
+/* is value (can be printed in Mork value without needing hex or escape): */
+#define morkCh_IsValue(c)    ( morkCh_Type[ (mork_ch)(c) ] & morkCh_kV )
+
+/* is white space : */
+#define morkCh_IsWhite(c)    ( morkCh_Type[ (mork_ch)(c) ] & morkCh_kW )
+
+/* is name (can start a Mork name): */
+#define morkCh_IsName(c)     ( morkCh_Type[ (mork_ch)(c) ] & morkCh_kN )
+
+/* is name (can continue a Mork name): */
+#define morkCh_IsMore(c) ( morkCh_Type[ (mork_ch)(c) ] & morkCh_kM )
+
+/* is alphabetic upper or lower case */
+#define morkCh_IsAlpha(c)    \
+  ( morkCh_Type[ (mork_ch)(c) ] & (morkCh_kL|morkCh_kU) )
+
+/* is alphanumeric, including lower case, upper case, and digits */
+#define morkCh_IsAlphaNum(c) \
+  (morkCh_Type[ (mork_ch)(c) ]&(morkCh_kL|morkCh_kU|morkCh_kD))
+
+/* ````` repeated testing of predicate bits in single flag byte ````` */
+
+#define morkCh_GetFlags(c) ( morkCh_Type[ (mork_ch)(c) ] )
+
+#define morkFlags_IsDigit(f)    ( (f) & morkCh_kD )
+#define morkFlags_IsHex(f)      ( (f) & morkCh_kX )
+#define morkFlags_IsValue(f)    ( (f) & morkCh_kV )
+#define morkFlags_IsWhite(f)    ( (f) & morkCh_kW )
+#define morkFlags_IsName(f)     ( (f) & morkCh_kN )
+#define morkFlags_IsMore(f)     ( (f) & morkCh_kM )
+#define morkFlags_IsAlpha(f)    ( (f) & (morkCh_kL|morkCh_kU) )
+#define morkFlags_IsAlphaNum(f) ( (f) & (morkCh_kL|morkCh_kU|morkCh_kD) )
+
+#define morkFlags_IsUpper(f)    ( (f) & morkCh_kU )
+#define morkFlags_IsLower(f)    ( (f) & morkCh_kL )
+
+/* ````` character case (e.g. for case insensitive operations) ````` */
+
+  
+#define morkCh_IsAscii(c)         ( ((mork_u1) c) <= 0x7F )
+#define morkCh_IsSevenBitChar(c)  ( ((mork_u1) c) <= 0x7F )
+
+/* ````` character case (e.g. for case insensitive operations) ````` */
+
+#define morkCh_ToLower(c)    ((c)-'A'+'a')
+#define morkCh_ToUpper(c)    ((c)-'a'+'A')
+
+/* extern int morkCh_IsUpper (int c); */
+#define morkCh_IsUpper(c)    ( morkCh_Type[ (mork_ch)(c) ] & morkCh_kU )
+
+/* extern int morkCh_IsLower (int c); */
+#define morkCh_IsLower(c)    ( morkCh_Type[ (mork_ch)(c) ] & morkCh_kL )
+
+#endif
+/* _MORKCH_ */
diff --git a/db/mork/src/morkConfig.cpp b/db/mork/src/morkConfig.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b58cd03c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/db/mork/src/morkConfig.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,201 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-  */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _MDB_
+#include "mdb.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORK_
+#include "mork.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKCONFIG_
+#include "morkConfig.h"
+#endif
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+void mork_assertion_signal(const char* inMessage)
+{
+#if defined(MORK_WIN) || defined(MORK_MAC)
+  // asm { int 3 }
+  NS_ERROR(inMessage);
+#endif /*MORK_WIN*/
+}
+
+#ifdef MORK_PROVIDE_STDLIB
+
+MORK_LIB_IMPL(mork_i4)
+mork_memcmp(const void* inOne, const void* inTwo, mork_size inSize)
+{
+  const mork_u1* t = (const mork_u1*) inTwo;
+  const mork_u1* s = (const mork_u1*) inOne;
+  const mork_u1* end = s + inSize;
+  mork_i4 delta;
+  
+  while ( s < end )
+  {
+    delta = ((mork_i4) *s) - ((mork_i4) *t);
+    if ( delta )
+      return delta;
+    else
+    {
+      ++t;
+      ++s;
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+MORK_LIB_IMPL(void)
+mork_memcpy(void* outDst, const void* inSrc, mork_size inSize)
+{
+  mork_u1* d = (mork_u1*) outDst;
+  mork_u1* end = d + inSize;
+  const mork_u1* s = ((const mork_u1*) inSrc);
+  
+  while ( inSize >= 8 )
+  {
+    *d++ = *s++;
+    *d++ = *s++;
+    *d++ = *s++;
+    *d++ = *s++;
+    
+    *d++ = *s++;
+    *d++ = *s++;
+    *d++ = *s++;
+    *d++ = *s++;
+    
+    inSize -= 8;
+  }
+  
+  while ( d < end )
+    *d++ = *s++;
+}
+
+MORK_LIB_IMPL(void)
+mork_memmove(void* outDst, const void* inSrc, mork_size inSize)
+{
+  mork_u1* d = (mork_u1*) outDst;
+  const mork_u1* s = (const mork_u1*) inSrc;
+  if ( d != s && inSize ) // copy is necessary?
+  {
+    const mork_u1* srcEnd = s + inSize; // one past last source byte
+    
+    if ( d > s && d < srcEnd ) // overlap? need to copy backwards?
+    {
+      s = srcEnd; // start one past last source byte
+      d += inSize; // start one past last dest byte
+      mork_u1* dstBegin = d; // last byte to write is first in dest range
+      while ( d - dstBegin >= 8 )
+      {
+        *--d = *--s;
+        *--d = *--s;
+        *--d = *--s;
+        *--d = *--s;
+        
+        *--d = *--s;
+        *--d = *--s;
+        *--d = *--s;
+        *--d = *--s;
+      }
+      while ( d > dstBegin )
+        *--d = *--s;
+    }
+    else // can copy forwards without any overlap
+    {
+      mork_u1* dstEnd = d + inSize;
+      while ( dstEnd - d >= 8 )
+      {
+        *d++ = *s++;
+        *d++ = *s++;
+        *d++ = *s++;
+        *d++ = *s++;
+        
+        *d++ = *s++;
+        *d++ = *s++;
+        *d++ = *s++;
+        *d++ = *s++;
+      }
+      while ( d < dstEnd )
+        *d++ = *s++;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+MORK_LIB_IMPL(void)
+mork_memset(void* outDst, int inByte, mork_size inSize)
+{
+  mork_u1* d = (mork_u1*) outDst;
+  mork_u1* end = d + inSize;
+  while ( d < end )
+    *d++ = (mork_u1) inByte;
+}
+
+MORK_LIB_IMPL(void)
+mork_strcpy(void* outDst, const void* inSrc)
+{
+  // back up one first to support preincrement
+  mork_u1* d = ((mork_u1*) outDst) - 1;
+  const mork_u1* s = ((const mork_u1*) inSrc) - 1;
+  while ( ( *++d = *++s ) != 0 )
+    /* empty */;
+}
+
+MORK_LIB_IMPL(mork_i4)
+mork_strcmp(const void* inOne, const void* inTwo)
+{
+  const mork_u1* t = (const mork_u1*) inTwo;
+  const mork_u1* s = ((const mork_u1*) inOne);
+  mork_i4 a;
+  mork_i4 b;
+  mork_i4 delta;
+  
+  do
+  {
+    a = (mork_i4) *s++;
+    b = (mork_i4) *t++;
+    delta = a - b;
+  }
+  while ( !delta && a && b );
+  
+  return delta;
+}
+
+MORK_LIB_IMPL(mork_i4)
+mork_strncmp(const void* inOne, const void* inTwo, mork_size inSize)
+{
+  const mork_u1* t = (const mork_u1*) inTwo;
+  const mork_u1* s = (const mork_u1*) inOne;
+  const mork_u1* end = s + inSize;
+  mork_i4 delta;
+  mork_i4 a;
+  mork_i4 b;
+  
+  while ( s < end )
+  {
+    a = (mork_i4) *s++;
+    b = (mork_i4) *t++;
+    delta = a - b;
+    if ( delta || !a || !b )
+      return delta;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+MORK_LIB_IMPL(mork_size)
+mork_strlen(const void* inString)
+{
+  // back up one first to support preincrement
+  const mork_u1* s = ((const mork_u1*) inString) - 1;
+  while ( *++s ) // preincrement is cheapest
+    /* empty */;
+  
+  return s - ((const mork_u1*) inString); // distance from original address
+}
+
+#endif /*MORK_PROVIDE_STDLIB*/
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
diff --git a/db/mork/src/morkConfig.h b/db/mork/src/morkConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..370cf1713
--- /dev/null
+++ b/db/mork/src/morkConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,157 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-  */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _MORKCONFIG_
+#define _MORKCONFIG_ 1
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+// { %%%%% begin debug mode options in Mork %%%%%
+#define MORK_DEBUG 1
+// } %%%%% end debug mode options in Mork %%%%%
+
+#ifdef MORK_DEBUG
+#define MORK_MAX_CODE_COMPILE 1
+#endif
+
+// { %%%%% begin platform defs peculiar to Mork %%%%%
+
+#ifdef XP_MACOSX
+#define MORK_MAC 1
+#endif
+
+#ifdef XP_WIN
+#define MORK_WIN 1
+#endif
+
+#ifdef XP_UNIX
+#define MORK_UNIX 1
+#endif
+
+// } %%%%% end platform defs peculiar to Mork %%%%%
+
+#if defined(MORK_WIN) || defined(MORK_UNIX) || defined(MORK_MAC)
+#include <stdio.h> 
+#include <ctype.h> 
+#include <errno.h> 
+#include <string.h> 
+#ifdef HAVE_MEMORY_H
+#include <memory.h> 
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+#include <unistd.h>  /* for SEEK_SET, SEEK_END */
+#endif
+
+#include "nsDebug.h" 
+
+#define MORK_ISPRINT(c) isprint(c) 
+
+#define MORK_FILETELL(file) ftell(file) 
+#define MORK_FILESEEK(file, where, how) fseek(file, where, how) 
+#define MORK_FILEREAD(outbuf, insize, file) fread(outbuf, 1, insize, file) 
+#if defined(MORK_WIN)
+void mork_fileflush(FILE * file);
+#define MORK_FILEFLUSH(file) mork_fileflush(file) 
+#else
+#define MORK_FILEFLUSH(file) fflush(file) 
+#endif /*MORK_WIN*/
+
+#define MORK_FILEOPEN(file, how) fopen(file, how) 
+#define MORK_FILECLOSE(file) fclose(file) 
+#endif /*MORK_WIN*/
+
+/* ===== separating switchable features ===== */
+
+#define MORK_ENABLE_ZONE_ARENAS 1 /* using morkZone for pooling */
+
+//#define MORK_ENABLE_PROBE_MAPS 1 /* use smaller hash tables */
+
+#define MORK_BEAD_OVER_NODE_MAPS 1 /* use bead not node maps */
+
+/* ===== pooling ===== */
+
+#if defined(HAVE_64BIT_BUILD)
+#define MORK_CONFIG_ALIGN_8 1 /* must have 8 byte alignment */
+#else
+#define MORK_CONFIG_PTR_SIZE_4 1 /* sizeof(void*) == 4 */
+#endif
+
+// #define MORK_DEBUG_HEAP_STATS 1 /* analyze per-block heap usage */
+
+/* ===== ===== ===== ===== line characters ===== ===== ===== ===== */
+#define mork_kCR 0x0D
+#define mork_kLF 0x0A
+#define mork_kVTAB '\013'
+#define mork_kFF '\014'
+#define mork_kTAB '\011'
+#define mork_kCRLF "\015\012"     /* A CR LF equivalent string */
+
+#if defined(MORK_MAC)
+#  define mork_kNewline             "\015"
+#  define mork_kNewlineSize 1
+#else
+#  if defined(MORK_WIN)
+#    define mork_kNewline           "\015\012"
+#    define mork_kNewlineSize       2
+#  else
+#    if defined(MORK_UNIX)
+#      define mork_kNewline         "\012"
+#      define mork_kNewlineSize     1
+#    endif /* MORK_UNIX */
+#  endif /* MORK_WIN */
+#endif /* MORK_MAC */
+
+// { %%%%% begin assertion macro %%%%%
+extern void mork_assertion_signal(const char* inMessage);
+#define MORK_ASSERTION_SIGNAL(Y) mork_assertion_signal(Y)
+#define MORK_ASSERT(X) if (!(X)) MORK_ASSERTION_SIGNAL(#X)
+// } %%%%% end assertion macro %%%%%
+
+#define MORK_LIB(return) return /*API return declaration*/
+#define MORK_LIB_IMPL(return) return /*implementation return declaration*/
+
+// { %%%%% begin standard c utility methods %%%%%
+
+#if defined(MORK_WIN) || defined(MORK_UNIX) || defined(MORK_MAC)
+#define MORK_USE_C_STDLIB 1
+#endif /*MORK_WIN*/
+
+#ifdef MORK_USE_C_STDLIB
+#define MORK_MEMCMP(src1,src2,size)  memcmp(src1,src2,size)
+#define MORK_MEMCPY(dest,src,size)   memcpy(dest,src,size)
+#define MORK_MEMMOVE(dest,src,size)  memmove(dest,src,size)
+#define MORK_MEMSET(dest,byte,size)  memset(dest,byte,size)
+#define MORK_STRCPY(dest,src)        strcpy(dest,src)
+#define MORK_STRCMP(one,two)         strcmp(one,two)
+#define MORK_STRNCMP(one,two,length) strncmp(one,two,length)
+#define MORK_STRLEN(string)          strlen(string)
+#endif /*MORK_USE_C_STDLIB*/
+
+#ifdef MORK_PROVIDE_STDLIB
+MORK_LIB(mork_i4) mork_memcmp(const void* a, const void* b, mork_size inSize);
+MORK_LIB(void) mork_memcpy(void* dst, const void* src, mork_size inSize);
+MORK_LIB(void) mork_memmove(void* dst, const void* src, mork_size inSize);
+MORK_LIB(void) mork_memset(void* dst, int inByte, mork_size inSize);
+MORK_LIB(void) mork_strcpy(void* dst, const void* src);
+MORK_LIB(mork_i4) mork_strcmp(const void* a, const void* b);
+MORK_LIB(mork_i4) mork_strncmp(const void* a, const void* b, mork_size inSize);
+MORK_LIB(mork_size) mork_strlen(const void* inString);
+
+#define MORK_MEMCMP(src1,src2,size)  mork_memcmp(src1,src2,size)
+#define MORK_MEMCPY(dest,src,size)   mork_memcpy(dest,src,size)
+#define MORK_MEMMOVE(dest,src,size)  mork_memmove(dest,src,size)
+#define MORK_MEMSET(dest,byte,size)  mork_memset(dest,byte,size)
+#define MORK_STRCPY(dest,src)        mork_strcpy(dest,src)
+#define MORK_STRCMP(one,two)         mork_strcmp(one,two)
+#define MORK_STRNCMP(one,two,length) mork_strncmp(one,two,length)
+#define MORK_STRLEN(string)          mork_strlen(string)
+#endif /*MORK_PROVIDE_STDLIB*/
+
+// } %%%%% end standard c utility methods %%%%%
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+#endif /* _MORKCONFIG_ */
+
diff --git a/db/mork/src/morkCursor.cpp b/db/mork/src/morkCursor.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f6aa59297
--- /dev/null
+++ b/db/mork/src/morkCursor.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,201 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-  */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _MDB_
+#include "mdb.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORK_
+#include "mork.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKNODE_
+#include "morkNode.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKMAP_
+#include "morkMap.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKENV_
+#include "morkEnv.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKCURSOR_
+#include "morkCursor.h"
+#endif
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+// ````` ````` ````` ````` ````` 
+// { ===== begin morkNode interface =====
+
+/*public virtual*/ void
+morkCursor::CloseMorkNode(morkEnv* ev) // CloseCursor() only if open
+{
+  if ( this->IsOpenNode() )
+  {
+    this->MarkClosing();
+    this->CloseCursor(ev);
+    this->MarkShut();
+  }
+}
+
+/*public virtual*/
+morkCursor::~morkCursor() // assert CloseCursor() executed earlier
+{
+}
+
+/*public non-poly*/
+morkCursor::morkCursor(morkEnv* ev,
+  const morkUsage& inUsage, nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap)
+: morkObject(ev, inUsage, ioHeap, morkColor_kNone, (morkHandle*) 0)
+, mCursor_Seed( 0 )
+, mCursor_Pos( -1 )
+, mCursor_DoFailOnSeedOutOfSync( morkBool_kFalse )
+{
+  if ( ev->Good() )
+    mNode_Derived = morkDerived_kCursor;
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED(morkCursor, morkObject, nsIMdbCursor)
+
+/*public non-poly*/ void
+morkCursor::CloseCursor(morkEnv* ev) // called by CloseMorkNode();
+{
+    if ( this->IsNode() )
+    {
+      mCursor_Seed = 0;
+      mCursor_Pos = -1;
+      this->MarkShut();
+    }
+    else
+      this->NonNodeError(ev);
+}
+
+// { ----- begin ref counting for well-behaved cyclic graphs -----
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkCursor::GetWeakRefCount(nsIMdbEnv* mev, // weak refs
+  mdb_count* outCount)
+{
+  *outCount = WeakRefsOnly();
+  return NS_OK;
+}  
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkCursor::GetStrongRefCount(nsIMdbEnv* mev, // strong refs
+  mdb_count* outCount)
+{
+  *outCount = StrongRefsOnly();
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+// ### TODO - clean up this cast, if required
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkCursor::AddWeakRef(nsIMdbEnv* mev)
+{
+  // XXX Casting mork_refs to nsresult
+  return static_cast<nsresult>(morkNode::AddWeakRef((morkEnv *) mev));
+}
+
+#ifndef _MSC_VER
+NS_IMETHODIMP_(mork_uses)
+morkCursor::AddStrongRef(morkEnv* mev)
+{
+  return morkNode::AddStrongRef(mev);
+}
+#endif
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP_(mork_uses)
+morkCursor::AddStrongRef(nsIMdbEnv* mev)
+{
+  return morkNode::AddStrongRef((morkEnv *) mev);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkCursor::CutWeakRef(nsIMdbEnv* mev)
+{
+  // XXX Casting mork_refs to nsresult
+  return static_cast<nsresult>(morkNode::CutWeakRef((morkEnv *) mev));
+}
+
+#ifndef _MSC_VER
+NS_IMETHODIMP_(mork_uses)
+morkCursor::CutStrongRef(morkEnv* mev)
+{
+  return morkNode::CutStrongRef(mev);
+}
+#endif
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkCursor::CutStrongRef(nsIMdbEnv* mev)
+{
+  // XXX Casting mork_uses to nsresult
+  return static_cast<nsresult>(morkNode::CutStrongRef((morkEnv *) mev));
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkCursor::CloseMdbObject(nsIMdbEnv* mev)
+{
+  return morkNode::CloseMdbObject((morkEnv *) mev);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkCursor::IsOpenMdbObject(nsIMdbEnv* mev, mdb_bool* outOpen)
+{
+  *outOpen = IsOpenNode();
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkCursor::IsFrozenMdbObject(nsIMdbEnv* mev, mdb_bool* outIsReadonly)
+{
+  *outIsReadonly = IsFrozen();
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+// } ===== end morkNode methods =====
+// ````` ````` ````` ````` ````` 
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkCursor::GetCount(nsIMdbEnv* mev, mdb_count* outCount)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(false, "not implemented");
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkCursor::GetSeed(nsIMdbEnv* mev, mdb_seed* outSeed)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(false, "not implemented");
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkCursor::SetPos(nsIMdbEnv* mev, mdb_pos inPos)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(false, "not implemented");
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkCursor::GetPos(nsIMdbEnv* mev, mdb_pos* outPos)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(false, "not implemented");
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkCursor::SetDoFailOnSeedOutOfSync(nsIMdbEnv* mev, mdb_bool inFail)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(false, "not implemented");
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkCursor::GetDoFailOnSeedOutOfSync(nsIMdbEnv* mev, mdb_bool* outFail)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(false, "not implemented");
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
diff --git a/db/mork/src/morkCursor.h b/db/mork/src/morkCursor.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5b3518f95
--- /dev/null
+++ b/db/mork/src/morkCursor.h
@@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-  */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _MORKCURSOR_
+#define _MORKCURSOR_ 1
+
+#ifndef _MORK_
+#include "mork.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKOBJECT_
+#include "morkObject.h"
+#endif
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+#define morkDerived_kCursor  /*i*/ 0x4375 /* ascii 'Cu' */
+
+class morkCursor : public morkObject, public nsIMdbCursor{ // collection iterator
+
+// public: // slots inherited from morkObject (meant to inform only)
+  // nsIMdbHeap*     mNode_Heap;
+  // mork_able    mNode_Mutable; // can this node be modified?
+  // mork_load    mNode_Load;    // is this node clean or dirty?
+  // mork_base    mNode_Base;    // must equal morkBase_kNode
+  // mork_derived mNode_Derived; // depends on specific node subclass
+  // mork_access  mNode_Access;  // kOpen, kClosing, kShut, or kDead
+  // mork_usage   mNode_Usage;   // kHeap, kStack, kMember, kGlobal, kNone
+  // mork_uses    mNode_Uses;    // refcount for strong refs
+  // mork_refs    mNode_Refs;    // refcount for strong refs + weak refs
+
+  // mork_color   mBead_Color;   // ID for this bead
+  // morkHandle*  mObject_Handle;  // weak ref to handle for this object
+
+public: // state is public because the entire Mork system is private
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED
+
+  // { ----- begin attribute methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD IsFrozenMdbObject(nsIMdbEnv* ev, mdb_bool* outIsReadonly) override;
+  // same as nsIMdbPort::GetIsPortReadonly() when this object is inside a port.
+  // } ----- end attribute methods -----
+
+  // { ----- begin ref counting for well-behaved cyclic graphs -----
+  NS_IMETHOD GetWeakRefCount(nsIMdbEnv* ev, // weak refs
+    mdb_count* outCount) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetStrongRefCount(nsIMdbEnv* ev, // strong refs
+    mdb_count* outCount) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD AddWeakRef(nsIMdbEnv* ev) override;
+#ifndef _MSC_VER
+  // The first declaration of AddStrongRef is to suppress -Werror,-Woverloaded-virtual.
+  NS_IMETHOD_(mork_uses) AddStrongRef(morkEnv* ev) override;
+#endif
+  NS_IMETHOD_(mork_uses) AddStrongRef(nsIMdbEnv* ev) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD CutWeakRef(nsIMdbEnv* ev) override;
+#ifndef _MSC_VER
+  // The first declaration of CutStrongRef is to suppress -Werror,-Woverloaded-virtual.
+  NS_IMETHOD_(mork_uses) CutStrongRef(morkEnv* ev) override;
+#endif
+  NS_IMETHOD CutStrongRef(nsIMdbEnv* ev) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD CloseMdbObject(nsIMdbEnv* ev) override; // called at strong refs zero
+  NS_IMETHOD IsOpenMdbObject(nsIMdbEnv* ev, mdb_bool* outOpen) override;
+  // } ----- end ref counting -----
+  
+// } ===== end nsIMdbObject methods =====
+
+// { ===== begin nsIMdbCursor methods =====
+
+  // { ----- begin attribute methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD GetCount(nsIMdbEnv* ev, mdb_count* outCount) override; // readonly
+  NS_IMETHOD GetSeed(nsIMdbEnv* ev, mdb_seed* outSeed) override;    // readonly
+
+  NS_IMETHOD SetPos(nsIMdbEnv* ev, mdb_pos inPos) override;   // mutable
+  NS_IMETHOD GetPos(nsIMdbEnv* ev, mdb_pos* outPos) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD SetDoFailOnSeedOutOfSync(nsIMdbEnv* ev, mdb_bool inFail) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetDoFailOnSeedOutOfSync(nsIMdbEnv* ev, mdb_bool* outFail) override;
+  // } ----- end attribute methods -----
+
+// } ===== end nsIMdbCursor methods =====
+    
+  // } ----- end attribute methods -----
+
+  mork_seed  mCursor_Seed;
+  mork_pos   mCursor_Pos;
+  mork_bool  mCursor_DoFailOnSeedOutOfSync;
+  mork_u1    mCursor_Pad[ 3 ]; // explicitly pad to u4 alignment
+  
+// { ===== begin morkNode interface =====
+public: // morkNode virtual methods
+  virtual void CloseMorkNode(morkEnv* ev) override; // CloseCursor() only if open
+  
+public: // morkCursor construction & destruction
+  morkCursor(morkEnv* ev, const morkUsage& inUsage, nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap);
+  void CloseCursor(morkEnv* ev); // called by CloseMorkNode();
+
+protected:
+  virtual ~morkCursor(); // assert that CloseCursor() executed earlier
+
+private: // copying is not allowed
+  morkCursor(const morkCursor& other);
+  morkCursor& operator=(const morkCursor& other);
+
+public: // dynamic type identification
+  mork_bool IsCursor() const
+  { return IsNode() && mNode_Derived == morkDerived_kCursor; }
+// } ===== end morkNode methods =====
+
+public: // other cursor methods
+
+public: // typesafe refcounting inlines calling inherited morkNode methods
+  static void SlotWeakCursor(morkCursor* me,
+    morkEnv* ev, morkCursor** ioSlot)
+  { morkNode::SlotWeakNode((morkNode*) me, ev, (morkNode**) ioSlot); }
+  
+  static void SlotStrongCursor(morkCursor* me,
+    morkEnv* ev, morkCursor** ioSlot)
+  { morkNode::SlotStrongNode((morkNode*) me, ev, (morkNode**) ioSlot); }
+};
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+#endif /* _MORKCURSOR_ */
diff --git a/db/mork/src/morkDeque.cpp b/db/mork/src/morkDeque.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3a380b5d8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/db/mork/src/morkDeque.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,288 @@
+/*************************************************************************
+This software is part of a public domain IronDoc source code distribution,
+and is provided on an "AS IS" basis, with all risks borne by the consumers
+or users of the IronDoc software.  There are no warranties, guarantees, or
+promises about quality of any kind; and no remedies for failure exist. 
+
+Permission is hereby granted to use this IronDoc software for any purpose
+at all, without need for written agreements, without royalty or license
+fees, and without fees or obligations of any other kind.  Anyone can use,
+copy, change and distribute this software for any purpose, and nothing is
+required, implicitly or otherwise, in exchange for this usage.
+
+You cannot apply your own copyright to this software, but otherwise you
+are encouraged to enjoy the use of this software in any way you see fit.
+However, it would be rude to remove names of developers from the code.
+(IronDoc is also known by the short name "Fe" and a longer name "Ferrum",
+which are used interchangeably with the name IronDoc in the sources.)
+*************************************************************************/
+/*
+ * File:      morkDeque.cpp
+ * Contains:  Ferrum deque (double ended queue (linked list))
+ *
+ * Copied directly from public domain IronDoc, with minor naming tweaks:
+ * Designed and written by David McCusker, but all this code is public domain.
+ * There are no warranties, no guarantees, no promises, and no remedies.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MDB_
+#include "mdb.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORK_
+#include "mork.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKDEQUE_
+#include "morkDeque.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKNODE_
+#include "morkNode.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKENV_
+#include "morkEnv.h"
+#endif
+
+/*=============================================================================
+ * morkNext: linked list node for very simple, singly-linked list
+ */
+ 
+morkNext::morkNext() : mNext_Link( 0 )
+{
+}
+
+/*static*/ void*
+morkNext::MakeNewNext(size_t inSize, nsIMdbHeap& ioHeap, morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  void* next = 0;
+    ioHeap.Alloc(ev->AsMdbEnv(), inSize, (void**) &next);
+    if ( !next )
+      ev->OutOfMemoryError();
+
+  return next;
+}
+
+/*static*/
+void morkNext::ZapOldNext(morkEnv* ev, nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap)
+{
+  if ( ioHeap )
+  {
+      ioHeap->Free(ev->AsMdbEnv(), this);
+  }
+  else
+    ev->NilPointerError();
+}
+
+/*=============================================================================
+ * morkList: simple, singly-linked list
+ */
+
+morkList::morkList() : mList_Head( 0 ), mList_Tail( 0 )
+{
+}
+
+void morkList::CutAndZapAllListMembers(morkEnv* ev, nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap)
+// make empty list, zapping every member by calling ZapOldNext()
+{
+  if ( ioHeap )
+  {
+    morkNext* next = 0;
+    while ( (next = this->PopHead()) != 0 )
+      next->ZapOldNext(ev, ioHeap);
+      
+    mList_Head = 0;
+    mList_Tail = 0;
+  }
+  else
+    ev->NilPointerError();
+}
+
+void morkList::CutAllListMembers()
+// just make list empty, dropping members without zapping
+{
+  while ( this->PopHead() )
+    /* empty */;
+
+  mList_Head = 0;
+  mList_Tail = 0;
+}
+
+morkNext* morkList::PopHead() // cut head of list
+{
+  morkNext* outHead = mList_Head;
+  if ( outHead ) // anything to cut from list?
+  {
+    morkNext* next = outHead->mNext_Link;
+    mList_Head = next;
+    if ( !next ) // cut the last member, so tail no longer exists?
+      mList_Tail = 0;
+      
+    outHead->mNext_Link = 0; // nil outgoing node link; unnecessary, but tidy
+  }
+  return outHead;
+}
+
+
+void morkList::PushHead(morkNext* ioLink) // add to head of list
+{
+  morkNext* head = mList_Head; // old head of list
+  morkNext* tail = mList_Tail; // old tail of list
+  
+  MORK_ASSERT( (head && tail) || (!head && !tail));
+  
+  ioLink->mNext_Link = head; // make old head follow the new link
+  if ( !head ) // list was previously empty?
+    mList_Tail = ioLink; // head is also tail for first member added
+
+  mList_Head = ioLink; // head of list is the new link
+}
+
+void morkList::PushTail(morkNext* ioLink) // add to tail of list
+{
+  morkNext* head = mList_Head; // old head of list
+  morkNext* tail = mList_Tail; // old tail of list
+  
+  MORK_ASSERT( (head && tail) || (!head && !tail));
+  
+  ioLink->mNext_Link = 0; 
+  if ( tail ) 
+  {
+	  tail->mNext_Link = ioLink;
+	  mList_Tail = ioLink;
+  }
+  else // list was previously empty?
+	  mList_Head = mList_Tail = ioLink; // tail is also head for first member added
+}
+
+/*=============================================================================
+ * morkLink: linked list node embedded in objs to allow insertion in morkDeques
+ */
+ 
+morkLink::morkLink() : mLink_Next( 0 ), mLink_Prev( 0 )
+{
+}
+
+/*static*/ void*
+morkLink::MakeNewLink(size_t inSize, nsIMdbHeap& ioHeap, morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  void* alink = 0;
+    ioHeap.Alloc(ev->AsMdbEnv(), inSize, (void**) &alink);
+    if ( !alink )
+      ev->OutOfMemoryError();
+
+  return alink;
+}
+
+/*static*/
+void morkLink::ZapOldLink(morkEnv* ev, nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap)
+{
+  if ( ioHeap )
+  {
+      ioHeap->Free(ev->AsMdbEnv(), this);
+  }
+  else
+    ev->NilPointerError();
+}
+  
+/*=============================================================================
+ * morkDeque: doubly linked list modeled after VAX queue instructions
+ */
+
+morkDeque::morkDeque()
+{
+  mDeque_Head.SelfRefer();
+}
+
+
+/*| RemoveFirst: 
+|*/
+morkLink*
+morkDeque::RemoveFirst() /*i*/
+{
+  morkLink* alink = mDeque_Head.mLink_Next;
+  if ( alink != &mDeque_Head )
+  {
+    (mDeque_Head.mLink_Next = alink->mLink_Next)->mLink_Prev = 
+      &mDeque_Head;
+    return alink;
+  }
+  return (morkLink*) 0;
+}
+
+/*| RemoveLast: 
+|*/
+morkLink*
+morkDeque::RemoveLast() /*i*/
+{
+  morkLink* alink = mDeque_Head.mLink_Prev;
+  if ( alink != &mDeque_Head )
+  {
+    (mDeque_Head.mLink_Prev = alink->mLink_Prev)->mLink_Next = 
+      &mDeque_Head;
+    return alink;
+  }
+  return (morkLink*) 0;
+}
+
+/*| At: 
+|*/
+morkLink*
+morkDeque::At(mork_pos index) const /*i*/
+  /* indexes are one based (and not zero based) */
+{ 
+  mork_num count = 0;
+  morkLink* alink;
+  for ( alink = this->First(); alink; alink = this->After(alink) )
+  {
+    if ( ++count == (mork_num) index )
+      break;
+  }
+  return alink;
+}
+
+/*| IndexOf: 
+|*/
+mork_pos
+morkDeque::IndexOf(const morkLink* member) const /*i*/
+  /* indexes are one based (and not zero based) */
+  /* zero means member is not in deque */
+{ 
+  mork_num count = 0;
+  const morkLink* alink;
+  for ( alink = this->First(); alink; alink = this->After(alink) )
+  {
+    ++count;
+    if ( member == alink )
+      return (mork_pos) count;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*| Length: 
+|*/
+mork_num
+morkDeque::Length() const /*i*/
+{ 
+  mork_num count = 0;
+  morkLink* alink;
+  for ( alink = this->First(); alink; alink = this->After(alink) )
+    ++count;
+  return count;
+}
+
+/*| LengthCompare: 
+|*/
+int
+morkDeque::LengthCompare(mork_num c) const /*i*/
+{ 
+  mork_num count = 0;
+  const morkLink* alink;
+  for ( alink = this->First(); alink; alink = this->After(alink) )
+  {
+    if ( ++count > c )
+      return 1;
+  }
+  return ( count == c )? 0 : -1;
+}
diff --git a/db/mork/src/morkDeque.h b/db/mork/src/morkDeque.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4375ecf02
--- /dev/null
+++ b/db/mork/src/morkDeque.h
@@ -0,0 +1,239 @@
+/*************************************************************************
+This software is part of a public domain IronDoc source code distribution,
+and is provided on an "AS IS" basis, with all risks borne by the consumers
+or users of the IronDoc software.  There are no warranties, guarantees, or
+promises about quality of any kind; and no remedies for failure exist. 
+
+Permission is hereby granted to use this IronDoc software for any purpose
+at all, without need for written agreements, without royalty or license
+fees, and without fees or obligations of any other kind.  Anyone can use,
+copy, change and distribute this software for any purpose, and nothing is
+required, implicitly or otherwise, in exchange for this usage.
+
+You cannot apply your own copyright to this software, but otherwise you
+are encouraged to enjoy the use of this software in any way you see fit.
+However, it would be rude to remove names of developers from the code.
+(IronDoc is also known by the short name "Fe" and a longer name "Ferrum",
+which are used interchangeably with the name IronDoc in the sources.)
+*************************************************************************/
+/*
+ * File:      morkDeque.h 
+ * Contains:  Ferrum deque (double ended queue (linked list))
+ *
+ * Copied directly from public domain IronDoc, with minor naming tweaks:
+ * Designed and written by David McCusker, but all this code is public domain.
+ * There are no warranties, no guarantees, no promises, and no remedies.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MORKDEQUE_
+#define _MORKDEQUE_ 1
+
+#ifndef _MORK_
+#include "mork.h"
+#endif
+
+/*=============================================================================
+ * morkNext: linked list node for very simple, singly-linked list
+ */
+
+class morkNext /*d*/ {  
+public:
+  morkNext*  mNext_Link;
+  
+public:
+  morkNext(int inZero) : mNext_Link( 0 ) { }
+  
+  morkNext(morkNext* ioLink) : mNext_Link( ioLink ) { }
+  
+  morkNext(); // mNext_Link( 0 ), { }
+  
+public:
+  morkNext*  GetNextLink() const { return mNext_Link; }
+  
+public: // link memory management methods
+  static void* MakeNewNext(size_t inSize, nsIMdbHeap& ioHeap, morkEnv* ev);
+  void ZapOldNext(morkEnv* ev, nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap);
+
+public: // link memory management operators
+  void* operator new(size_t inSize, nsIMdbHeap& ioHeap, morkEnv* ev) CPP_THROW_NEW
+  { return morkNext::MakeNewNext(inSize, ioHeap, ev); }
+  
+  void operator delete(void* ioAddress) // DO NOT CALL THIS, hope to crash:
+  { ((morkNext*) 0)->ZapOldNext((morkEnv*) 0, (nsIMdbHeap*) 0); } // boom
+};
+
+/*=============================================================================
+ * morkList: simple, singly-linked list
+ */
+
+/*| morkList: a list of singly-linked members (instances of morkNext), where
+**| the number of list members might be so numerous that we must about cost
+**| for two pointer link slots per member (as happens with morkLink).
+**|
+**|| morkList is intended to support lists of changes in morkTable, where we
+**| are worried about the space cost of representing such changes. (Later we
+**| can use an array instead, when we get even more worried, to avoid cost
+**| of link slots at all, per member).
+**|
+**|| Do NOT create cycles in links using this list class, since we do not
+**| deal with them very nicely.
+|*/
+class morkList /*d*/  {  
+public:
+  morkNext*  mList_Head; // first link in the list
+  morkNext*  mList_Tail; // last link in the list
+  
+public:
+  morkNext*  GetListHead() const { return mList_Head; }
+  morkNext*  GetListTail() const { return mList_Tail; }
+
+  mork_bool IsListEmpty() const { return ( mList_Head == 0 ); }
+  mork_bool HasListMembers() const { return ( mList_Head != 0 ); }
+  
+public:
+  morkList(); // : mList_Head( 0 ), mList_Tail( 0 ) { }
+  
+  void CutAndZapAllListMembers(morkEnv* ev, nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap);
+  // make empty list, zapping every member by calling ZapOldNext()
+
+  void CutAllListMembers();
+  // just make list empty, dropping members without zapping
+
+public:
+  morkNext* PopHead(); // cut head of list
+  
+  // Note we don't support PopTail(), so use morkDeque if you need that.
+  
+  void PushHead(morkNext* ioLink); // add to head of list
+  void PushTail(morkNext* ioLink); // add to tail of list
+};
+
+/*=============================================================================
+ * morkLink: linked list node embedded in objs to allow insertion in morkDeques
+ */
+
+class morkLink /*d*/ {  
+public:
+  morkLink*  mLink_Next;
+  morkLink*  mLink_Prev;
+  
+public:
+  morkLink(int inZero) : mLink_Next( 0 ), mLink_Prev( 0 ) { }
+  
+  morkLink(); // mLink_Next( 0 ), mLink_Prev( 0 ) { }
+  
+public:
+  morkLink*  Next() const { return mLink_Next; }
+  morkLink*  Prev() const { return mLink_Prev; }
+  
+  void SelfRefer() { mLink_Next = mLink_Prev = this; }
+  void Clear() { mLink_Next = mLink_Prev = 0; }
+  
+  void AddBefore(morkLink* old)
+  {
+    ((old)->mLink_Prev->mLink_Next = (this))->mLink_Prev = (old)->mLink_Prev;
+    ((this)->mLink_Next = (old))->mLink_Prev = this;
+  }
+  
+  void AddAfter(morkLink* old)
+  {
+    ((old)->mLink_Next->mLink_Prev = (this))->mLink_Next = (old)->mLink_Next;
+    ((this)->mLink_Prev = (old))->mLink_Next = this;
+  }
+  
+  void Remove()
+  {
+    (mLink_Prev->mLink_Next = mLink_Next)->mLink_Prev = mLink_Prev;
+  }
+  
+public: // link memory management methods
+  static void* MakeNewLink(size_t inSize, nsIMdbHeap& ioHeap, morkEnv* ev);
+  void ZapOldLink(morkEnv* ev, nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap);
+
+public: // link memory management operators
+  void* operator new(size_t inSize, nsIMdbHeap& ioHeap, morkEnv* ev) CPP_THROW_NEW
+  { return morkLink::MakeNewLink(inSize, ioHeap, ev); }
+  
+};
+
+/*=============================================================================
+ * morkDeque: doubly linked list modeled after VAX queue instructions
+ */
+
+class morkDeque /*d*/ {
+public:
+  morkLink  mDeque_Head;
+
+public: // construction
+  morkDeque(); // { mDeque_Head.SelfRefer(); }
+
+public:// methods
+  morkLink* RemoveFirst();
+
+  morkLink* RemoveLast();
+
+  morkLink* At(mork_pos index) const ; /* one-based, not zero-based */
+
+  mork_pos IndexOf(const morkLink* inMember) const; 
+    /* one-based index ; zero means member is not in deque */
+
+  mork_num Length() const;
+
+  /* the following method is more efficient for long lists: */
+  int LengthCompare(mork_num inCount) const;
+  /* -1: length < count, 0: length == count,  1: length > count */
+
+public: // inlines
+
+  mork_bool IsEmpty()const 
+  { return (mDeque_Head.mLink_Next == (morkLink*) &mDeque_Head); }
+
+  morkLink* After(const morkLink* old) const
+  { return (((old)->mLink_Next != &mDeque_Head)?
+            (old)->mLink_Next : (morkLink*) 0); }
+
+  morkLink* Before(const morkLink* old) const
+  { return (((old)->mLink_Prev != &mDeque_Head)?
+            (old)->mLink_Prev : (morkLink*) 0); }
+
+  morkLink*  First() const
+  { return ((mDeque_Head.mLink_Next != &mDeque_Head)?
+    mDeque_Head.mLink_Next : (morkLink*) 0); }
+
+  morkLink*  Last() const
+  { return ((mDeque_Head.mLink_Prev != &mDeque_Head)?
+    mDeque_Head.mLink_Prev : (morkLink*) 0); }
+    
+/*
+From IronDoc documentation for AddFirst:
++--------+   +--------+      +--------+   +--------+   +--------+
+| h.next |-->| b.next |      | h.next |-->| a.next |-->| b.next |
++--------+   +--------+  ==> +--------+   +--------+   +--------+
+| h.prev |<--| b.prev |      | h.prev |<--| a.prev |<--| b.prev |
++--------+   +--------+      +--------+   +--------+   +--------+
+*/
+
+  void AddFirst(morkLink* in) /*i*/ 
+  {
+    ( (mDeque_Head.mLink_Next->mLink_Prev = 
+      (in))->mLink_Next = mDeque_Head.mLink_Next, 
+        ((in)->mLink_Prev = &mDeque_Head)->mLink_Next = (in) );
+  }
+/*
+From IronDoc documentation for AddLast:
++--------+   +--------+      +--------+   +--------+   +--------+
+| y.next |-->| h.next |      | y.next |-->| z.next |-->| h.next |
++--------+   +--------+  ==> +--------+   +--------+   +--------+
+| y.prev |<--| h.prev |      | y.prev |<--| z.prev |<--| h.prev |
++--------+   +--------+      +--------+   +--------+   +--------+
+*/
+
+  void AddLast(morkLink* in)
+  {
+    ( (mDeque_Head.mLink_Prev->mLink_Next = 
+      (in))->mLink_Prev = mDeque_Head.mLink_Prev, 
+        ((in)->mLink_Next = &mDeque_Head)->mLink_Prev = (in) );
+  }
+};
+
+#endif /* _MORKDEQUE_ */
diff --git a/db/mork/src/morkEnv.cpp b/db/mork/src/morkEnv.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..083942f67
--- /dev/null
+++ b/db/mork/src/morkEnv.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,615 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-  */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _MDB_
+#include "mdb.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORK_
+#include "mork.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKNODE_
+#include "morkNode.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKCH_
+#include "morkCh.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKENV_
+#include "morkEnv.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKFACTORY_
+#include "morkFactory.h"
+#endif
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+// ````` ````` ````` ````` ````` 
+// { ===== begin morkNode interface =====
+
+/*public virtual*/ void
+morkEnv::CloseMorkNode(morkEnv* ev) /*i*/ // CloseEnv() only if open
+{
+  if ( this->IsOpenNode() )
+  {
+    this->MarkClosing();
+    this->CloseEnv(ev);
+    this->MarkShut();
+  }
+}
+
+/*public virtual*/
+morkEnv::~morkEnv() /*i*/ // assert CloseEnv() executed earlier
+{
+  CloseMorkNode(mMorkEnv);
+  if (mEnv_Heap)
+  {
+    mork_bool ownsHeap = mEnv_OwnsHeap;
+    nsIMdbHeap*saveHeap = mEnv_Heap;
+
+    if (ownsHeap)
+    {
+#ifdef MORK_DEBUG_HEAP_STATS
+      printf("%d blocks remaining \n", ((orkinHeap *) saveHeap)->HeapBlockCount());
+      mork_u4* array = (mork_u4*) this;
+      array -= 3;
+      // null out heap ptr in mem block so we won't crash trying to use it to
+      // delete the env.
+      *array = nullptr;
+#endif // MORK_DEBUG_HEAP_STATS
+      // whoops, this is our heap - hmm. Can't delete it, or not allocate env's from
+      // an orkinHeap.
+      delete saveHeap;
+    }
+
+  }
+//  MORK_ASSERT(mEnv_SelfAsMdbEnv==0);
+  MORK_ASSERT(mEnv_ErrorHook==0);
+}
+
+/* choose morkBool_kTrue or morkBool_kFalse for kBeVerbose: */
+#define morkEnv_kBeVerbose morkBool_kFalse
+
+/*public non-poly*/
+morkEnv::morkEnv(const morkUsage& inUsage, nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap,
+  morkFactory* ioFactory, nsIMdbHeap* ioSlotHeap)
+: morkObject(inUsage, ioHeap, morkColor_kNone)
+, mEnv_Factory( ioFactory )
+, mEnv_Heap( ioSlotHeap )
+
+, mEnv_SelfAsMdbEnv( 0 )
+, mEnv_ErrorHook( 0 )
+, mEnv_HandlePool( 0 )
+  
+, mEnv_ErrorCount( 0 ) 
+, mEnv_WarningCount( 0 ) 
+
+, mEnv_ErrorCode(NS_OK)
+
+, mEnv_DoTrace( morkBool_kFalse )
+, mEnv_AutoClear( morkAble_kDisabled )
+, mEnv_ShouldAbort( morkBool_kFalse )
+, mEnv_BeVerbose( morkEnv_kBeVerbose )
+, mEnv_OwnsHeap ( morkBool_kFalse )
+{
+  MORK_ASSERT(ioSlotHeap && ioFactory );
+  if ( ioSlotHeap )
+  {
+    // mEnv_Heap is NOT refcounted:
+    // nsIMdbHeap_SlotStrongHeap(ioSlotHeap, this, &mEnv_Heap);
+    
+    mEnv_HandlePool = new morkPool(morkUsage::kGlobal,
+      (nsIMdbHeap*) 0, ioSlotHeap);
+      
+    MORK_ASSERT(mEnv_HandlePool);
+    if ( mEnv_HandlePool && this->Good() )
+    {
+      mNode_Derived = morkDerived_kEnv;
+      mNode_Refs += morkEnv_kWeakRefCountEnvBonus;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*public non-poly*/
+morkEnv::morkEnv(morkEnv* ev, /*i*/
+  const morkUsage& inUsage, nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap, nsIMdbEnv* inSelfAsMdbEnv,
+  morkFactory* ioFactory, nsIMdbHeap* ioSlotHeap)
+: morkObject(ev, inUsage, ioHeap, morkColor_kNone, (morkHandle*) 0)
+, mEnv_Factory( ioFactory )
+, mEnv_Heap( ioSlotHeap )
+
+, mEnv_SelfAsMdbEnv( inSelfAsMdbEnv )
+, mEnv_ErrorHook( 0 )
+, mEnv_HandlePool( 0 )
+  
+, mEnv_ErrorCount( 0 ) 
+, mEnv_WarningCount( 0 ) 
+
+, mEnv_ErrorCode(NS_OK)
+
+, mEnv_DoTrace( morkBool_kFalse )
+, mEnv_AutoClear( morkAble_kDisabled )
+, mEnv_ShouldAbort( morkBool_kFalse )
+, mEnv_BeVerbose( morkEnv_kBeVerbose )
+, mEnv_OwnsHeap ( morkBool_kFalse )
+{
+  // $$$ do we need to refcount the inSelfAsMdbEnv nsIMdbEnv??
+  
+  if ( ioFactory && inSelfAsMdbEnv && ioSlotHeap)
+  {
+    // mEnv_Heap is NOT refcounted:
+    // nsIMdbHeap_SlotStrongHeap(ioSlotHeap, ev, &mEnv_Heap);
+
+    mEnv_HandlePool = new(*ioSlotHeap, ev) morkPool(ev, 
+      morkUsage::kHeap, ioSlotHeap, ioSlotHeap);
+      
+    MORK_ASSERT(mEnv_HandlePool);
+    if ( mEnv_HandlePool && ev->Good() )
+    {
+      mNode_Derived = morkDerived_kEnv;
+      mNode_Refs += morkEnv_kWeakRefCountEnvBonus;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+    ev->NilPointerError();
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED(morkEnv, morkObject, nsIMdbEnv)
+/*public non-poly*/ void
+morkEnv::CloseEnv(morkEnv* ev) /*i*/ // called by CloseMorkNode();
+{
+    if ( this->IsNode() )
+    {
+      // $$$ release mEnv_SelfAsMdbEnv??
+      // $$$ release mEnv_ErrorHook??
+      
+      mEnv_SelfAsMdbEnv = 0;
+      mEnv_ErrorHook = 0;
+      
+      morkPool* savePool = mEnv_HandlePool;
+      morkPool::SlotStrongPool((morkPool*) 0, ev, &mEnv_HandlePool);
+      // free the pool
+      if (mEnv_SelfAsMdbEnv)
+      {
+        if (savePool && mEnv_Heap)
+          mEnv_Heap->Free(this->AsMdbEnv(), savePool);
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        if (savePool)
+        {
+          if (savePool->IsOpenNode())
+            savePool->CloseMorkNode(ev);
+          delete savePool;
+        }
+        // how do we free this? might need to get rid of asserts.
+      }
+      // mEnv_Factory is NOT refcounted
+      
+      this->MarkShut();
+    }
+    else
+      this->NonNodeError(ev);
+}
+
+// } ===== end morkNode methods =====
+// ````` ````` ````` ````` ````` 
+
+mork_size
+morkEnv::OidAsHex(void* outBuf, const mdbOid& inOid)
+// sprintf(buf, "%lX:^%lX", (long) inOid.mOid_Id, (long) inOid.mOid_Scope);
+{
+  mork_u1* p = (mork_u1*) outBuf;
+  mork_size outSize = this->TokenAsHex(p, inOid.mOid_Id);
+  p += outSize;
+  *p++ = ':';
+  
+  mork_scope scope = inOid.mOid_Scope;
+  if ( scope < 0x80 && morkCh_IsName((mork_ch) scope) )
+  {
+    *p++ = (mork_u1) scope;
+    *p = 0; // null termination
+    outSize += 2;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    *p++ = '^';
+    mork_size scopeSize = this->TokenAsHex(p, scope);
+    outSize += scopeSize + 2;
+  }
+  return outSize;
+}
+
+
+mork_u1
+morkEnv::HexToByte(mork_ch inFirstHex, mork_ch inSecondHex)
+{
+  mork_u1 hi = 0; // high four hex bits
+  mork_flags f = morkCh_GetFlags(inFirstHex);
+  if ( morkFlags_IsDigit(f) )
+    hi = (mork_u1) (inFirstHex - (mork_ch) '0');
+  else if ( morkFlags_IsUpper(f) )
+    hi = (mork_u1) ((inFirstHex - (mork_ch) 'A') + 10);
+  else if ( morkFlags_IsLower(f) )
+    hi = (mork_u1) ((inFirstHex - (mork_ch) 'a') + 10);
+  
+  mork_u1 lo = 0; // low four hex bits
+  f = morkCh_GetFlags(inSecondHex);
+  if ( morkFlags_IsDigit(f) )
+    lo = (mork_u1) (inSecondHex - (mork_ch) '0');
+  else if ( morkFlags_IsUpper(f) )
+    lo = (mork_u1) ((inSecondHex - (mork_ch) 'A') + 10);
+  else if ( morkFlags_IsLower(f) )
+    lo = (mork_u1) ((inSecondHex - (mork_ch) 'a') + 10);
+    
+  return (mork_u1) ((hi << 4) | lo);
+}
+
+mork_size
+morkEnv::TokenAsHex(void* outBuf, mork_token inToken)
+  // TokenAsHex() is the same as sprintf(outBuf, "%lX", (long) inToken);
+{
+  static const char morkEnv_kHexDigits[] = "0123456789ABCDEF";
+  char* p = (char*) outBuf;
+  char* end = p + 32; // write no more than 32 digits for safety
+  if ( inToken )
+  {
+    // first write all the hex digits in backwards order:
+    while ( p < end && inToken ) // more digits to write?
+    {
+      *p++ = morkEnv_kHexDigits[ inToken & 0x0F ]; // low four bits
+      inToken >>= 4; // we fervently hope this does not sign extend
+    }
+    *p = 0; // end the string with a null byte
+    char* s = (char*) outBuf; // first byte in string
+    mork_size size = (mork_size) (p - s); // distance from start
+
+    // now reverse the string in place:
+    // note that p starts on the null byte, so we need predecrement:
+    while ( --p > s ) // need to swap another byte in the string?
+    {
+      char c = *p; // temp for swap
+      *p = *s;
+      *s++ = c; // move s forward here, and p backward in the test
+    }
+    return size;
+  }
+  else // special case for zero integer
+  {
+    *p++ = '0'; // write a zero digit
+    *p = 0; // end with a null byte
+    return 1; // one digit in hex representation
+  }
+}
+
+void
+morkEnv::StringToYarn(const char* inString, mdbYarn* outYarn)
+{
+  if ( outYarn )
+  {
+    mdb_fill fill = ( inString )? (mdb_fill) MORK_STRLEN(inString) : 0; 
+      
+    if ( fill ) // have nonempty content?
+    {
+      mdb_size size = outYarn->mYarn_Size; // max dest size
+      if ( fill > size ) // too much string content?
+      {
+        outYarn->mYarn_More = fill - size; // extra string bytes omitted
+        fill = size; // copy no more bytes than size of yarn buffer
+      }
+      void* dest = outYarn->mYarn_Buf; // where bytes are going
+      if ( !dest ) // nil destination address buffer?
+        fill = 0; // we can't write any content at all
+        
+      if ( fill ) // anything to copy?
+        MORK_MEMCPY(dest, inString, fill); // copy fill bytes to yarn
+        
+      outYarn->mYarn_Fill = fill; // tell yarn size of copied content
+    }
+    else // no content to put into the yarn
+    {
+      outYarn->mYarn_Fill = 0; // tell yarn that string has no bytes
+    }
+    outYarn->mYarn_Form = 0; // always update the form slot
+  }
+  else
+    this->NilPointerError();
+}
+
+char*
+morkEnv::CopyString(nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap, const char* inString)
+{
+  char* outString = 0;
+  if ( ioHeap && inString )
+  {
+    mork_size size = MORK_STRLEN(inString) + 1;
+    ioHeap->Alloc(this->AsMdbEnv(), size, (void**) &outString);
+    if ( outString )
+      MORK_STRCPY(outString, inString);
+  }
+  else
+    this->NilPointerError();
+  return outString;
+}
+
+void
+morkEnv::FreeString(nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap, char* ioString)
+{
+  if ( ioHeap )
+  {
+    if ( ioString )
+      ioHeap->Free(this->AsMdbEnv(), ioString);
+  }
+  else
+    this->NilPointerError();
+}
+
+void
+morkEnv::NewError(const char* inString)
+{
+  MORK_ASSERT(morkBool_kFalse); // get developer's attention
+
+  ++mEnv_ErrorCount;
+  mEnv_ErrorCode = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  if ( mEnv_ErrorHook )
+    mEnv_ErrorHook->OnErrorString(this->AsMdbEnv(), inString);
+}
+
+void
+morkEnv::NewWarning(const char* inString)
+{
+  MORK_ASSERT(morkBool_kFalse); // get developer's attention
+  
+  ++mEnv_WarningCount;
+  if ( mEnv_ErrorHook )
+    mEnv_ErrorHook->OnWarningString(this->AsMdbEnv(), inString);
+}
+
+void
+morkEnv::StubMethodOnlyError()
+{
+  this->NewError("method is stub only");
+}
+
+void
+morkEnv::OutOfMemoryError()
+{
+  this->NewError("out of memory");
+}
+
+void
+morkEnv::CantMakeWhenBadError()
+{
+  this->NewError("can't make an object when ev->Bad()");
+}
+
+static const char morkEnv_kNilPointer[] = "nil pointer";
+
+void
+morkEnv::NilPointerError()
+{
+  this->NewError(morkEnv_kNilPointer);
+}
+
+void
+morkEnv::NilPointerWarning()
+{
+  this->NewWarning(morkEnv_kNilPointer);
+}
+
+void
+morkEnv::NewNonEnvError()
+{
+  this->NewError("non-env instance");
+}
+
+void
+morkEnv::NilEnvSlotError()
+{
+  if ( !mEnv_HandlePool || !mEnv_Factory )
+  {
+    if ( !mEnv_HandlePool )
+      this->NewError("nil mEnv_HandlePool");
+    if ( !mEnv_Factory )
+      this->NewError("nil mEnv_Factory");
+  }
+  else
+    this->NewError("unknown nil env slot");
+}
+
+
+void morkEnv::NonEnvTypeError(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  ev->NewError("non morkEnv");
+}
+
+void
+morkEnv::ClearMorkErrorsAndWarnings()
+{
+  mEnv_ErrorCount = 0;
+  mEnv_WarningCount = 0;
+  mEnv_ErrorCode = NS_OK;
+  mEnv_ShouldAbort = morkBool_kFalse;
+}
+
+void
+morkEnv::AutoClearMorkErrorsAndWarnings()
+{
+  if ( this->DoAutoClear() )
+  {
+    mEnv_ErrorCount = 0;
+    mEnv_WarningCount = 0;
+    mEnv_ErrorCode = NS_OK;
+    mEnv_ShouldAbort = morkBool_kFalse;
+  }
+}
+
+/*static*/ morkEnv*
+morkEnv::FromMdbEnv(nsIMdbEnv* ioEnv) // dynamic type checking
+{
+  morkEnv* outEnv = 0;
+  if ( ioEnv )
+  {
+    // Note this cast is expected to perform some address adjustment of the
+    // pointer, so oenv likely does not equal ioEnv.  Do not cast to void*
+    // first to force an exactly equal pointer (we tried it and it's wrong).
+    morkEnv* ev = (morkEnv*) ioEnv;
+    if ( ev && ev->IsEnv() )
+    {
+      if ( ev->DoAutoClear() )
+      {
+        ev->mEnv_ErrorCount = 0;
+        ev->mEnv_WarningCount = 0;
+        ev->mEnv_ErrorCode = NS_OK;
+      }
+      outEnv = ev;
+    }
+    else
+      MORK_ASSERT(outEnv);
+  }
+  else
+    MORK_ASSERT(outEnv);
+  return outEnv;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkEnv::GetErrorCount(mdb_count* outCount,
+  mdb_bool* outShouldAbort)
+{
+  if ( outCount )
+    *outCount = mEnv_ErrorCount;
+  if ( outShouldAbort )
+    *outShouldAbort = mEnv_ShouldAbort;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkEnv::GetWarningCount(mdb_count* outCount,
+  mdb_bool* outShouldAbort)
+{
+  if ( outCount )
+    *outCount = mEnv_WarningCount;
+  if ( outShouldAbort )
+    *outShouldAbort = mEnv_ShouldAbort;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkEnv::GetEnvBeVerbose(mdb_bool* outBeVerbose)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(outBeVerbose);
+  *outBeVerbose = mEnv_BeVerbose;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkEnv::SetEnvBeVerbose(mdb_bool inBeVerbose)
+{
+  mEnv_BeVerbose = inBeVerbose;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkEnv::GetDoTrace(mdb_bool* outDoTrace)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(outDoTrace);
+  *outDoTrace = mEnv_DoTrace;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkEnv::SetDoTrace(mdb_bool inDoTrace)
+{
+  mEnv_DoTrace = inDoTrace;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkEnv::GetAutoClear(mdb_bool* outAutoClear)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(outAutoClear);
+  *outAutoClear = DoAutoClear();
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkEnv::SetAutoClear(mdb_bool inAutoClear)
+{
+  if ( inAutoClear )
+    EnableAutoClear();
+  else
+    DisableAutoClear();
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkEnv::GetErrorHook(nsIMdbErrorHook** acqErrorHook)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(acqErrorHook);
+  *acqErrorHook = mEnv_ErrorHook;
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(mEnv_ErrorHook);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkEnv::SetErrorHook(
+  nsIMdbErrorHook* ioErrorHook) // becomes referenced
+{
+  mEnv_ErrorHook = ioErrorHook;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkEnv::GetHeap(nsIMdbHeap** acqHeap)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(acqHeap);
+  nsIMdbHeap* outHeap = mEnv_Heap;
+
+  if ( acqHeap )
+    *acqHeap = outHeap;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkEnv::SetHeap(
+  nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap) // becomes referenced
+{
+  nsIMdbHeap_SlotStrongHeap(ioHeap, this, &mEnv_Heap);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+// } ----- end attribute methods -----
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkEnv::ClearErrors() // clear errors beore re-entering db API
+{
+  mEnv_ErrorCount = 0;
+  mEnv_ErrorCode = NS_OK;
+  mEnv_ShouldAbort = morkBool_kFalse;
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkEnv::ClearWarnings() // clear warning
+{
+  mEnv_WarningCount = 0;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkEnv::ClearErrorsAndWarnings() // clear both errors & warnings
+{
+  ClearMorkErrorsAndWarnings();
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+// } ===== end nsIMdbEnv methods =====
+
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
diff --git a/db/mork/src/morkEnv.h b/db/mork/src/morkEnv.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..827a56d72
--- /dev/null
+++ b/db/mork/src/morkEnv.h
@@ -0,0 +1,218 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-  */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _MORKENV_
+#define _MORKENV_ 1
+
+#ifndef _MORK_
+#include "mork.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKOBJECT_
+#include "morkObject.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKPOOL_
+#include "morkPool.h"
+#endif
+
+// sean was here
+#include "nsError.h"
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+#define morkDerived_kEnv     /*i*/ 0x4576 /* ascii 'Ev' */
+
+// use NS error codes to make Mork easier to use with the rest of mozilla 
+#define morkEnv_kNoError         NS_SUCCEEDED /* no error has happened */
+#define morkEnv_kNonEnvTypeError NS_ERROR_FAILURE /* morkEnv::IsEnv() is false */
+
+#define morkEnv_kStubMethodOnlyError NS_ERROR_NO_INTERFACE
+#define morkEnv_kOutOfMemoryError    NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY
+#define morkEnv_kNilPointerError     NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER
+#define morkEnv_kNewNonEnvError      NS_ERROR_FAILURE 
+#define morkEnv_kNilEnvSlotError     NS_ERROR_FAILURE
+
+#define morkEnv_kBadFactoryError     NS_ERROR_FACTORY_NOT_LOADED
+#define morkEnv_kBadFactoryEnvError  NS_ERROR_FACTORY_NOT_LOADED
+#define morkEnv_kBadEnvError         NS_ERROR_FAILURE
+
+#define morkEnv_kNonHandleTypeError  NS_ERROR_FAILURE
+#define morkEnv_kNonOpenNodeError    NS_ERROR_FAILURE 
+
+
+#define morkEnv_kWeakRefCountEnvBonus 0 /* try NOT to leak all env instances */
+
+/*| morkEnv:
+|*/
+class morkEnv : public morkObject, public nsIMdbEnv {
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED
+
+// public: // slots inherited from morkObject (meant to inform only)
+  // nsIMdbHeap*       mNode_Heap;
+
+  // mork_base      mNode_Base;     // must equal morkBase_kNode
+  // mork_derived   mNode_Derived;  // depends on specific node subclass
+  
+  // mork_access    mNode_Access;   // kOpen, kClosing, kShut, or kDead
+  // mork_usage     mNode_Usage;    // kHeap, kStack, kMember, kGlobal, kNone
+  // mork_able      mNode_Mutable;  // can this node be modified?
+  // mork_load      mNode_Load;     // is this node clean or dirty?
+  
+  // mork_uses      mNode_Uses;     // refcount for strong refs
+  // mork_refs      mNode_Refs;     // refcount for strong refs + weak refs
+
+  // mork_color   mBead_Color;   // ID for this bead
+  // morkHandle*  mObject_Handle;  // weak ref to handle for this object
+
+public: // state is public because the entire Mork system is private
+  
+  morkFactory*      mEnv_Factory;  // NON-refcounted factory
+  nsIMdbHeap*       mEnv_Heap;     // NON-refcounted heap
+
+  nsIMdbEnv*        mEnv_SelfAsMdbEnv;
+  nsIMdbErrorHook*  mEnv_ErrorHook;
+  
+  morkPool*         mEnv_HandlePool; // pool for re-using handles
+    
+  mork_u2           mEnv_ErrorCount; 
+  mork_u2           mEnv_WarningCount; 
+
+  nsresult          mEnv_ErrorCode;
+
+  mork_bool         mEnv_DoTrace;
+  mork_able         mEnv_AutoClear;
+  mork_bool         mEnv_ShouldAbort;
+  mork_bool         mEnv_BeVerbose;
+  mork_bool         mEnv_OwnsHeap;
+  
+// { ===== begin morkNode interface =====
+public: // morkNode virtual methods
+  virtual void CloseMorkNode(morkEnv* ev) override; // CloseEnv() only if open
+  virtual ~morkEnv(); // assert that CloseEnv() executed earlier
+  
+  // { ----- begin attribute methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD GetErrorCount(mdb_count* outCount,
+    mdb_bool* outShouldAbort) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetWarningCount(mdb_count* outCount,
+    mdb_bool* outShouldAbort) override;
+  
+  NS_IMETHOD GetEnvBeVerbose(mdb_bool* outBeVerbose) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD SetEnvBeVerbose(mdb_bool inBeVerbose) override;
+  
+  NS_IMETHOD GetDoTrace(mdb_bool* outDoTrace) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD SetDoTrace(mdb_bool inDoTrace) override;
+  
+  NS_IMETHOD GetAutoClear(mdb_bool* outAutoClear) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD SetAutoClear(mdb_bool inAutoClear) override;
+  
+  NS_IMETHOD GetErrorHook(nsIMdbErrorHook** acqErrorHook) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD SetErrorHook(
+    nsIMdbErrorHook* ioErrorHook) override; // becomes referenced
+  
+  NS_IMETHOD GetHeap(nsIMdbHeap** acqHeap) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD SetHeap(nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap) override; // becomes referenced
+  // } ----- end attribute methods -----
+  
+  NS_IMETHOD ClearErrors() override; // clear errors beore re-entering db API
+  NS_IMETHOD ClearWarnings() override; // clear warnings
+  NS_IMETHOD ClearErrorsAndWarnings() override; // clear both errors & warnings
+// } ===== end nsIMdbEnv methods =====
+public: // morkEnv construction & destruction
+  morkEnv(const morkUsage& inUsage, nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap,
+    morkFactory* ioFactory, nsIMdbHeap* ioSlotHeap);
+  morkEnv(morkEnv* ev, const morkUsage& inUsage, nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap, 
+     nsIMdbEnv* inSelfAsMdbEnv, morkFactory* ioFactory,
+     nsIMdbHeap* ioSlotHeap);
+  void CloseEnv(morkEnv* ev); // called by CloseMorkNode();
+
+private: // copying is not allowed
+  morkEnv(const morkEnv& other);
+  morkEnv& operator=(const morkEnv& other);
+
+public: // dynamic type identification
+  mork_bool IsEnv() const
+  { return IsNode() && mNode_Derived == morkDerived_kEnv; }
+// } ===== end morkNode methods =====
+
+public: // utility env methods
+
+  mork_u1 HexToByte(mork_ch inFirstHex, mork_ch inSecondHex);
+
+  mork_size TokenAsHex(void* outBuf, mork_token inToken);
+  // TokenAsHex() is the same as sprintf(outBuf, "%lX", (long) inToken);
+ 
+  mork_size OidAsHex(void* outBuf, const mdbOid& inOid);
+  // sprintf(buf, "%lX:^%lX", (long) inOid.mOid_Id, (long) inOid.mOid_Scope);
+ 
+  char* CopyString(nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap, const char* inString);
+  void  FreeString(nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap, char* ioString);
+  void  StringToYarn(const char* inString, mdbYarn* outYarn);
+
+public: // other env methods
+
+  morkHandleFace*  NewHandle(mork_size inSize)
+  { return mEnv_HandlePool->NewHandle(this, inSize, (morkZone*) 0); }
+  
+  void ZapHandle(morkHandleFace* ioHandle)
+  { mEnv_HandlePool->ZapHandle(this, ioHandle); }
+
+  void EnableAutoClear() { mEnv_AutoClear = morkAble_kEnabled; }
+  void DisableAutoClear() { mEnv_AutoClear = morkAble_kDisabled; }
+  
+  mork_bool DoAutoClear() const
+  { return mEnv_AutoClear == morkAble_kEnabled; }
+
+  void NewError(const char* inString);
+  void NewWarning(const char* inString);
+
+  void ClearMorkErrorsAndWarnings(); // clear both errors & warnings
+  void AutoClearMorkErrorsAndWarnings(); // clear if auto is enabled
+  
+  void StubMethodOnlyError();
+  void OutOfMemoryError();
+  void NilPointerError();
+  void NilPointerWarning();
+  void CantMakeWhenBadError();
+  void NewNonEnvError();
+  void NilEnvSlotError();
+    
+  void NonEnvTypeError(morkEnv* ev);
+  
+  // canonical env convenience methods to check for presence of errors:
+  mork_bool Good() const { return ( mEnv_ErrorCount == 0 ); }
+  mork_bool Bad() const { return ( mEnv_ErrorCount != 0 ); }
+  
+  nsIMdbEnv* AsMdbEnv() { return (nsIMdbEnv *) this; }
+  static morkEnv* FromMdbEnv(nsIMdbEnv* ioEnv); // dynamic type checking
+
+  nsresult AsErr() const { return mEnv_ErrorCode; }
+
+public: // typesafe refcounting inlines calling inherited morkNode methods
+  static void SlotWeakEnv(morkEnv* me,
+    morkEnv* ev, morkEnv** ioSlot)
+  { morkNode::SlotWeakNode((morkNode*) me, ev, (morkNode**) ioSlot); }
+  
+  static void SlotStrongEnv(morkEnv* me,
+    morkEnv* ev, morkEnv** ioSlot)
+  { morkNode::SlotStrongNode((morkNode*) me, ev, (morkNode**) ioSlot); }
+};
+
+#undef MOZ_ASSERT_TYPE_OK_FOR_REFCOUNTING
+#ifdef MOZ_IS_DESTRUCTIBLE
+#define MOZ_ASSERT_TYPE_OK_FOR_REFCOUNTING(X) \
+  static_assert(!MOZ_IS_DESTRUCTIBLE(X) || \
+                mozilla::IsSame<X, morkEnv>::value, \
+                "Reference-counted class " #X " should not have a public destructor. " \
+                "Try to make this class's destructor non-public. If that is really " \
+                "not possible, you can whitelist this class by providing a " \
+                "HasDangerousPublicDestructor specialization for it.");
+#else
+#define MOZ_ASSERT_TYPE_OK_FOR_REFCOUNTING(X)
+#endif
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+#endif /* _MORKENV_ */
diff --git a/db/mork/src/morkFactory.cpp b/db/mork/src/morkFactory.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a3aeadfd4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/db/mork/src/morkFactory.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,610 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-  */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _MDB_
+#include "mdb.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORK_
+#include "mork.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKNODE_
+#include "morkNode.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKOBJECT_
+#include "morkObject.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKENV_
+#include "morkEnv.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKFACTORY_
+#include "morkFactory.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _ORKINHEAP_
+#include "orkinHeap.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKFILE_
+#include "morkFile.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKSTORE_
+#include "morkStore.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKTHUMB_
+#include "morkThumb.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKWRITER_
+#include "morkWriter.h"
+#endif
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+// ````` ````` ````` ````` ````` 
+// { ===== begin morkNode interface =====
+
+/*public virtual*/ void
+morkFactory::CloseMorkNode(morkEnv* ev) /*i*/ // CloseFactory() only if open
+{
+  if ( this->IsOpenNode() )
+  {
+    this->MarkClosing();
+    this->CloseFactory(ev);
+    this->MarkShut();
+  }
+}
+
+/*public virtual*/
+morkFactory::~morkFactory() /*i*/ // assert CloseFactory() executed earlier
+{
+  CloseFactory(&mFactory_Env);
+  MORK_ASSERT(mFactory_Env.IsShutNode());
+  MORK_ASSERT(this->IsShutNode());
+}
+
+/*public non-poly*/
+morkFactory::morkFactory() // uses orkinHeap
+: morkObject(morkUsage::kGlobal, (nsIMdbHeap*) 0, morkColor_kNone)
+, mFactory_Env(morkUsage::kMember, (nsIMdbHeap*) 0, this,
+  new orkinHeap())
+, mFactory_Heap()
+{
+  if ( mFactory_Env.Good() )
+  {
+    mNode_Derived = morkDerived_kFactory;
+    mNode_Refs += morkFactory_kWeakRefCountBonus;
+  }
+}
+
+/*public non-poly*/
+morkFactory::morkFactory(nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap)
+: morkObject(morkUsage::kHeap, ioHeap, morkColor_kNone)
+, mFactory_Env(morkUsage::kMember, (nsIMdbHeap*) 0, this, ioHeap)
+, mFactory_Heap()
+{
+  if ( mFactory_Env.Good() )
+  {
+    mNode_Derived = morkDerived_kFactory;
+    mNode_Refs += morkFactory_kWeakRefCountBonus;
+  }
+}
+
+/*public non-poly*/
+morkFactory::morkFactory(morkEnv* ev, /*i*/
+  const morkUsage& inUsage, nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap)
+: morkObject(ev, inUsage, ioHeap, morkColor_kNone, (morkHandle*) 0)
+, mFactory_Env(morkUsage::kMember, (nsIMdbHeap*) 0, this, ioHeap)
+, mFactory_Heap()
+{
+  if ( ev->Good() )
+  {
+    mNode_Derived = morkDerived_kFactory;
+    mNode_Refs += morkFactory_kWeakRefCountBonus;
+  }
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED(morkFactory, morkObject, nsIMdbFactory)
+
+extern "C" nsIMdbFactory* MakeMdbFactory() 
+{
+  return new morkFactory(new orkinHeap());
+}
+
+
+/*public non-poly*/ void
+morkFactory::CloseFactory(morkEnv* ev) /*i*/ // called by CloseMorkNode();
+{
+    if ( this->IsNode() )
+    {
+      mFactory_Env.CloseMorkNode(ev);
+      this->CloseObject(ev);
+      this->MarkShut();
+    }
+    else
+      this->NonNodeError(ev);
+}
+
+// } ===== end morkNode methods =====
+// ````` ````` ````` ````` ````` 
+
+morkEnv* morkFactory::GetInternalFactoryEnv(nsresult* outErr)
+{
+  morkEnv* outEnv = 0;
+  if (IsNode() && IsOpenNode() && IsFactory() )
+  {
+    morkEnv* fenv = &mFactory_Env;
+    if ( fenv && fenv->IsNode() && fenv->IsOpenNode() && fenv->IsEnv() )
+    {
+      fenv->ClearMorkErrorsAndWarnings(); // drop any earlier errors
+      outEnv = fenv;
+    }
+    else
+      *outErr = morkEnv_kBadFactoryEnvError;
+  }
+  else
+    *outErr = morkEnv_kBadFactoryError;
+    
+  return outEnv;
+}
+
+
+void
+morkFactory::NonFactoryTypeError(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  ev->NewError("non morkFactory");
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkFactory::OpenOldFile(nsIMdbEnv* mev, nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap,
+  const char* inFilePath,
+  mork_bool inFrozen, nsIMdbFile** acqFile)
+  // Choose some subclass of nsIMdbFile to instantiate, in order to read
+  // (and write if not frozen) the file known by inFilePath.  The file
+  // returned should be open and ready for use, and presumably positioned
+  // at the first byte position of the file.  The exact manner in which
+  // files must be opened is considered a subclass specific detail, and
+  // other portions or Mork source code don't want to know how it's done.
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  morkEnv* ev = morkEnv::FromMdbEnv(mev);
+  morkFile* file = nullptr;
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    if ( !ioHeap )
+      ioHeap = &mFactory_Heap;
+      
+    file = morkFile::OpenOldFile(ev, ioHeap, inFilePath, inFrozen);
+    NS_IF_ADDREF( file );
+      
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  if ( acqFile )
+    *acqFile = file;
+    
+  return outErr;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkFactory::CreateNewFile(nsIMdbEnv* mev, nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap,
+  const char* inFilePath, nsIMdbFile** acqFile)
+  // Choose some subclass of nsIMdbFile to instantiate, in order to read
+  // (and write if not frozen) the file known by inFilePath.  The file
+  // returned should be created and ready for use, and presumably positioned
+  // at the first byte position of the file.  The exact manner in which
+  // files must be opened is considered a subclass specific detail, and
+  // other portions or Mork source code don't want to know how it's done.
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  morkEnv* ev = morkEnv::FromMdbEnv(mev);
+  morkFile* file = nullptr;
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    if ( !ioHeap )
+      ioHeap = &mFactory_Heap;
+      
+    file = morkFile::CreateNewFile(ev, ioHeap, inFilePath);
+    if ( file )
+      NS_ADDREF(file);
+      
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  if ( acqFile )
+    *acqFile = file;
+    
+  return outErr;
+}
+// } ----- end file methods -----
+
+// { ----- begin env methods -----
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkFactory::MakeEnv(nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap, nsIMdbEnv** acqEnv)
+// ioHeap can be nil, causing a MakeHeap() style heap instance to be used
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  nsIMdbEnv* outEnv = 0;
+  mork_bool ownsHeap = (ioHeap == 0);
+  if ( !ioHeap )
+    ioHeap = new orkinHeap();
+
+  if ( acqEnv && ioHeap )
+  {
+    morkEnv* fenv = this->GetInternalFactoryEnv(&outErr);
+    if ( fenv )
+    {
+      morkEnv* newEnv = new(*ioHeap, fenv)
+        morkEnv(morkUsage::kHeap, ioHeap, this, ioHeap);
+
+      if ( newEnv )
+      {
+        newEnv->mEnv_OwnsHeap = ownsHeap;
+        newEnv->mNode_Refs += morkEnv_kWeakRefCountEnvBonus;
+        NS_ADDREF(newEnv);
+        newEnv->mEnv_SelfAsMdbEnv = newEnv;
+        outEnv = newEnv;
+      }
+      else
+        outErr = morkEnv_kOutOfMemoryError;
+    }
+    
+    *acqEnv = outEnv;
+  }
+  else
+    outErr = morkEnv_kNilPointerError;
+    
+  return outErr;
+}
+// } ----- end env methods -----
+
+// { ----- begin heap methods -----
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkFactory::MakeHeap(nsIMdbEnv* mev, nsIMdbHeap** acqHeap)
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  nsIMdbHeap* outHeap = 0;
+  morkEnv* ev = morkEnv::FromMdbEnv(mev);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    outHeap = new orkinHeap();
+    if ( !outHeap )
+      ev->OutOfMemoryError();
+  }
+  MORK_ASSERT(acqHeap);
+  if ( acqHeap )
+    *acqHeap = outHeap;
+  return outErr;
+}
+// } ----- end heap methods -----
+
+// { ----- begin row methods -----
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkFactory::MakeRow(nsIMdbEnv* mev, nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap,
+  nsIMdbRow** acqRow)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(false, "not implemented");
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+// ioHeap can be nil, causing the heap associated with ev to be used
+// } ----- end row methods -----
+
+// { ----- begin port methods -----
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkFactory::CanOpenFilePort(
+  nsIMdbEnv* mev, // context
+  // const char* inFilePath, // the file to investigate
+  // const mdbYarn* inFirst512Bytes,
+  nsIMdbFile* ioFile, // db abstract file interface
+  mdb_bool* outCanOpen, // whether OpenFilePort() might succeed
+  mdbYarn* outFormatVersion)
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  if ( outFormatVersion )
+  {
+    outFormatVersion->mYarn_Fill = 0;
+  }
+  mdb_bool canOpenAsPort = morkBool_kFalse;
+  morkEnv* ev = morkEnv::FromMdbEnv(mev);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    if ( ioFile && outCanOpen )
+    {
+      canOpenAsPort = this->CanOpenMorkTextFile(ev, ioFile);
+    }
+    else
+      ev->NilPointerError();
+    
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+    
+  if ( outCanOpen )
+    *outCanOpen = canOpenAsPort;
+    
+  return outErr;
+}
+  
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkFactory::OpenFilePort(
+  nsIMdbEnv* mev, // context
+  nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap, // can be nil to cause ev's heap attribute to be used
+  // const char* inFilePath, // the file to open for readonly import
+  nsIMdbFile* ioFile, // db abstract file interface
+  const mdbOpenPolicy* inOpenPolicy, // runtime policies for using db
+  nsIMdbThumb** acqThumb)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(false, "this doesn't look implemented");
+  MORK_USED_1(ioHeap);
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  nsIMdbThumb* outThumb = 0;
+  morkEnv* ev = morkEnv::FromMdbEnv(mev);
+   if ( ev )
+  {
+    if ( ioFile && inOpenPolicy && acqThumb )
+    {
+    }
+    else
+      ev->NilPointerError();
+    
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  if ( acqThumb )
+    *acqThumb = outThumb;
+  return outErr;
+}
+// Call nsIMdbThumb::DoMore() until done, or until the thumb is broken, and
+// then call nsIMdbFactory::ThumbToOpenPort() to get the port instance.
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkFactory::ThumbToOpenPort( // redeeming a completed thumb from OpenFilePort()
+  nsIMdbEnv* mev, // context
+  nsIMdbThumb* ioThumb, // thumb from OpenFilePort() with done status
+  nsIMdbPort** acqPort)
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  nsIMdbPort* outPort = 0;
+  morkEnv* ev = morkEnv::FromMdbEnv(mev);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    if ( ioThumb && acqPort )
+    {
+      morkThumb* thumb = (morkThumb*) ioThumb;
+      morkStore* store = thumb->ThumbToOpenStore(ev);
+      if ( store )
+      {
+        store->mStore_CanAutoAssignAtomIdentity = morkBool_kTrue;
+        store->mStore_CanDirty = morkBool_kTrue;
+        store->SetStoreAndAllSpacesCanDirty(ev, morkBool_kTrue);
+        
+        NS_ADDREF(store);
+        outPort = store;
+      }
+    }
+    else
+      ev->NilPointerError();
+    
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  if ( acqPort )
+    *acqPort = outPort;
+  return outErr;
+}
+// } ----- end port methods -----
+
+mork_bool
+morkFactory::CanOpenMorkTextFile(morkEnv* ev,
+  // const mdbYarn* inFirst512Bytes,
+  nsIMdbFile* ioFile)
+{
+  MORK_USED_1(ev);
+  mork_bool outBool = morkBool_kFalse;
+  mork_size headSize = MORK_STRLEN(morkWriter_kFileHeader);
+  
+  char localBuf[ 256 + 4 ]; // for extra for sloppy safety
+  mdbYarn localYarn;
+  mdbYarn* y = &localYarn;
+  y->mYarn_Buf = localBuf; // space to hold content
+  y->mYarn_Fill = 0;       // no logical content yet
+  y->mYarn_Size = 256;     // physical capacity is 256 bytes
+  y->mYarn_More = 0;
+  y->mYarn_Form = 0;
+  y->mYarn_Grow = 0;
+  
+  if ( ioFile )
+  {
+    nsIMdbEnv* menv = ev->AsMdbEnv();
+    mdb_size actualSize = 0;
+    ioFile->Get(menv, y->mYarn_Buf, y->mYarn_Size, /*pos*/ 0, &actualSize);
+    y->mYarn_Fill = actualSize;
+    
+    if ( y->mYarn_Buf && actualSize >= headSize && ev->Good() )
+    {
+      mork_u1* buf = (mork_u1*) y->mYarn_Buf;
+      outBool = ( MORK_MEMCMP(morkWriter_kFileHeader, buf, headSize) == 0 );
+    }
+  }
+  else
+    ev->NilPointerError();
+
+  return outBool;
+}
+
+// { ----- begin store methods -----
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkFactory::CanOpenFileStore(
+  nsIMdbEnv* mev, // context
+  // const char* inFilePath, // the file to investigate
+  // const mdbYarn* inFirst512Bytes,
+  nsIMdbFile* ioFile, // db abstract file interface
+  mdb_bool* outCanOpenAsStore, // whether OpenFileStore() might succeed
+  mdb_bool* outCanOpenAsPort, // whether OpenFilePort() might succeed
+  mdbYarn* outFormatVersion)
+{
+  mdb_bool canOpenAsStore = morkBool_kFalse;
+  mdb_bool canOpenAsPort = morkBool_kFalse;
+  if ( outFormatVersion )
+  {
+    outFormatVersion->mYarn_Fill = 0;
+  }
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  morkEnv* ev = morkEnv::FromMdbEnv(mev);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    if ( ioFile && outCanOpenAsStore )
+    {
+      // right now always say true; later we should look for magic patterns
+      canOpenAsStore = this->CanOpenMorkTextFile(ev, ioFile);
+      canOpenAsPort = canOpenAsStore;
+    }
+    else
+      ev->NilPointerError();
+    
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  if ( outCanOpenAsStore )
+    *outCanOpenAsStore = canOpenAsStore;
+    
+  if ( outCanOpenAsPort )
+    *outCanOpenAsPort = canOpenAsPort;
+    
+  return outErr;
+}
+  
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkFactory::OpenFileStore( // open an existing database
+  nsIMdbEnv* mev, // context
+  nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap, // can be nil to cause ev's heap attribute to be used
+  // const char* inFilePath, // the file to open for general db usage
+  nsIMdbFile* ioFile, // db abstract file interface
+  const mdbOpenPolicy* inOpenPolicy, // runtime policies for using db
+  nsIMdbThumb** acqThumb)
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  nsIMdbThumb* outThumb = 0;
+  morkEnv* ev = morkEnv::FromMdbEnv(mev);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    if ( !ioHeap ) // need to use heap from env?
+      ioHeap = ev->mEnv_Heap;
+    
+    if ( ioFile && inOpenPolicy && acqThumb )
+    {
+      morkStore* store = new(*ioHeap, ev)
+        morkStore(ev, morkUsage::kHeap, ioHeap, this, ioHeap);
+        
+      if ( store )
+      {
+        mork_bool frozen = morkBool_kFalse; // open store mutable access
+        if ( store->OpenStoreFile(ev, frozen, ioFile, inOpenPolicy) )
+        {
+          morkThumb* thumb = morkThumb::Make_OpenFileStore(ev, ioHeap, store);
+          if ( thumb )
+          {
+            outThumb = thumb;
+            thumb->AddRef();
+          }
+        }
+//        store->CutStrongRef(mev); // always cut ref (handle has its own ref)
+      }
+    }
+    else
+      ev->NilPointerError();
+    
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  if ( acqThumb )
+    *acqThumb = outThumb;
+  return outErr;
+}
+// Call nsIMdbThumb::DoMore() until done, or until the thumb is broken, and
+// then call nsIMdbFactory::ThumbToOpenStore() to get the store instance.
+  
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkFactory::ThumbToOpenStore( // redeem completed thumb from OpenFileStore()
+  nsIMdbEnv* mev, // context
+  nsIMdbThumb* ioThumb, // thumb from OpenFileStore() with done status
+  nsIMdbStore** acqStore)
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  nsIMdbStore* outStore = 0;
+  morkEnv* ev = morkEnv::FromMdbEnv(mev);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    if ( ioThumb && acqStore )
+    {
+      morkThumb* thumb = (morkThumb*) ioThumb;
+      morkStore* store = thumb->ThumbToOpenStore(ev);
+      if ( store )
+      {
+        store->mStore_CanAutoAssignAtomIdentity = morkBool_kTrue;
+        store->mStore_CanDirty = morkBool_kTrue;
+        store->SetStoreAndAllSpacesCanDirty(ev, morkBool_kTrue);
+        
+        outStore = store;
+        NS_ADDREF(store);
+      }
+    }
+    else
+      ev->NilPointerError();
+    
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  if ( acqStore )
+    *acqStore = outStore;
+  return outErr;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkFactory::CreateNewFileStore( // create a new db with minimal content
+  nsIMdbEnv* mev, // context
+  nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap, // can be nil to cause ev's heap attribute to be used
+  // const char* inFilePath, // name of file which should not yet exist
+  nsIMdbFile* ioFile, // db abstract file interface
+  const mdbOpenPolicy* inOpenPolicy, // runtime policies for using db
+  nsIMdbStore** acqStore)
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  nsIMdbStore* outStore = 0;
+  morkEnv* ev = morkEnv::FromMdbEnv(mev);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    if ( !ioHeap ) // need to use heap from env?
+      ioHeap = ev->mEnv_Heap;
+    
+    if ( ioFile && inOpenPolicy && acqStore && ioHeap )
+    {
+      morkStore* store = new(*ioHeap, ev)
+        morkStore(ev, morkUsage::kHeap, ioHeap, this, ioHeap);
+        
+      if ( store )
+      {
+        store->mStore_CanAutoAssignAtomIdentity = morkBool_kTrue;
+        store->mStore_CanDirty = morkBool_kTrue;
+        store->SetStoreAndAllSpacesCanDirty(ev, morkBool_kTrue);
+
+        if ( store->CreateStoreFile(ev, ioFile, inOpenPolicy) )
+          outStore = store;
+        NS_ADDREF(store);          
+      }
+    }
+    else
+      ev->NilPointerError();
+    
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  if ( acqStore )
+    *acqStore = outStore;
+  return outErr;
+}
+// } ----- end store methods -----
+
+// } ===== end nsIMdbFactory methods =====
+
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
diff --git a/db/mork/src/morkFactory.h b/db/mork/src/morkFactory.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..544758f4c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/db/mork/src/morkFactory.h
@@ -0,0 +1,203 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-  */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _MORKFACTORY_
+#define _MORKFACTORY_ 1
+
+#ifndef _MORK_
+#include "mork.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKENV_
+#include "morkEnv.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKOBJECT_
+#include "morkObject.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _ORKINHEAP_
+#include "orkinHeap.h"
+#endif
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+class nsIMdbFactory;
+
+#define morkDerived_kFactory  /*i*/ 0x4663 /* ascii 'Fc' */
+#define morkFactory_kWeakRefCountBonus 0 /* try NOT to leak all factories */
+
+/*| morkFactory: 
+|*/
+class morkFactory : public morkObject, public nsIMdbFactory { // nsIMdbObject
+
+// public: // slots inherited from morkObject (meant to inform only)
+  // nsIMdbHeap*     mNode_Heap;
+  // mork_able    mNode_Mutable; // can this node be modified?
+  // mork_load    mNode_Load;    // is this node clean or dirty?
+  // mork_base    mNode_Base;    // must equal morkBase_kNode
+  // mork_derived mNode_Derived; // depends on specific node subclass
+  // mork_access  mNode_Access;  // kOpen, kClosing, kShut, or kDead
+  // mork_usage   mNode_Usage;   // kHeap, kStack, kMember, kGlobal, kNone
+  // mork_uses    mNode_Uses;    // refcount for strong refs
+  // mork_refs    mNode_Refs;    // refcount for strong refs + weak refs
+
+  // mork_color   mBead_Color;   // ID for this bead
+  // morkHandle*  mObject_Handle;  // weak ref to handle for this object
+
+public: // state is public because the entire Mork system is private
+
+  morkEnv        mFactory_Env; // private env instance used internally
+  orkinHeap      mFactory_Heap;
+
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED
+// { ===== begin morkNode interface =====
+public: // morkFactory virtual methods
+  virtual void CloseMorkNode(morkEnv* ev) override; // CloseFactory() only if open
+
+
+// { ===== begin nsIMdbFactory methods =====
+
+  // { ----- begin file methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD OpenOldFile(nsIMdbEnv* ev, nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap,
+    const char* inFilePath,
+    mdb_bool inFrozen, nsIMdbFile** acqFile) override;
+  // Choose some subclass of nsIMdbFile to instantiate, in order to read
+  // (and write if not frozen) the file known by inFilePath.  The file
+  // returned should be open and ready for use, and presumably positioned
+  // at the first byte position of the file.  The exact manner in which
+  // files must be opened is considered a subclass specific detail, and
+  // other portions or Mork source code don't want to know how it's done.
+
+  NS_IMETHOD CreateNewFile(nsIMdbEnv* ev, nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap,
+    const char* inFilePath,
+    nsIMdbFile** acqFile) override;
+  // Choose some subclass of nsIMdbFile to instantiate, in order to read
+  // (and write if not frozen) the file known by inFilePath.  The file
+  // returned should be created and ready for use, and presumably positioned
+  // at the first byte position of the file.  The exact manner in which
+  // files must be opened is considered a subclass specific detail, and
+  // other portions or Mork source code don't want to know how it's done.
+  // } ----- end file methods -----
+
+  // { ----- begin env methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD MakeEnv(nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap, nsIMdbEnv** acqEnv) override; // new env
+  // ioHeap can be nil, causing a MakeHeap() style heap instance to be used
+  // } ----- end env methods -----
+
+  // { ----- begin heap methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD MakeHeap(nsIMdbEnv* ev, nsIMdbHeap** acqHeap) override; // new heap
+  // } ----- end heap methods -----
+
+  // { ----- begin row methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD MakeRow(nsIMdbEnv* ev, nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap, nsIMdbRow** acqRow) override; // new row
+  // ioHeap can be nil, causing the heap associated with ev to be used
+  // } ----- end row methods -----
+
+  // { ----- begin port methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD CanOpenFilePort(
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    // const char* inFilePath, // the file to investigate
+    // const mdbYarn* inFirst512Bytes,
+    nsIMdbFile* ioFile, // db abstract file interface
+    mdb_bool* outCanOpen, // whether OpenFilePort() might succeed
+    mdbYarn* outFormatVersion) override; // informal file format description
+
+  NS_IMETHOD OpenFilePort(
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap, // can be nil to cause ev's heap attribute to be used
+    // const char* inFilePath, // the file to open for readonly import
+    nsIMdbFile* ioFile, // db abstract file interface
+    const mdbOpenPolicy* inOpenPolicy, // runtime policies for using db
+    nsIMdbThumb** acqThumb) override; // acquire thumb for incremental port open
+  // Call nsIMdbThumb::DoMore() until done, or until the thumb is broken, and
+  // then call nsIMdbFactory::ThumbToOpenPort() to get the port instance.
+
+  NS_IMETHOD ThumbToOpenPort( // redeeming a completed thumb from OpenFilePort()
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    nsIMdbThumb* ioThumb, // thumb from OpenFilePort() with done status
+    nsIMdbPort** acqPort) override; // acquire new port object
+  // } ----- end port methods -----
+
+  // { ----- begin store methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD CanOpenFileStore(
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    // const char* inFilePath, // the file to investigate
+    // const mdbYarn* inFirst512Bytes,
+    nsIMdbFile* ioFile, // db abstract file interface
+    mdb_bool* outCanOpenAsStore, // whether OpenFileStore() might succeed
+    mdb_bool* outCanOpenAsPort, // whether OpenFilePort() might succeed
+    mdbYarn* outFormatVersion) override; // informal file format description
+
+  NS_IMETHOD OpenFileStore( // open an existing database
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap, // can be nil to cause ev's heap attribute to be used
+    // const char* inFilePath, // the file to open for general db usage
+    nsIMdbFile* ioFile, // db abstract file interface
+    const mdbOpenPolicy* inOpenPolicy, // runtime policies for using db
+    nsIMdbThumb** acqThumb) override; // acquire thumb for incremental store open
+  // Call nsIMdbThumb::DoMore() until done, or until the thumb is broken, and
+  // then call nsIMdbFactory::ThumbToOpenStore() to get the store instance.
+
+  NS_IMETHOD
+  ThumbToOpenStore( // redeem completed thumb from OpenFileStore()
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    nsIMdbThumb* ioThumb, // thumb from OpenFileStore() with done status
+    nsIMdbStore** acqStore) override; // acquire new db store object
+
+  NS_IMETHOD CreateNewFileStore( // create a new db with minimal content
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap, // can be nil to cause ev's heap attribute to be used
+    // const char* inFilePath, // name of file which should not yet exist
+    nsIMdbFile* ioFile, // db abstract file interface
+    const mdbOpenPolicy* inOpenPolicy, // runtime policies for using db
+    nsIMdbStore** acqStore) override; // acquire new db store object
+  // } ----- end store methods -----
+
+// } ===== end nsIMdbFactory methods =====
+  
+public: // morkYarn construction & destruction
+  morkFactory(); // uses orkinHeap
+  morkFactory(nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap); // caller supplied heap
+  morkFactory(morkEnv* ev, const morkUsage& inUsage, nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap);
+  void CloseFactory(morkEnv* ev); // called by CloseMorkNode();
+  
+  
+public: // morkNode memory management operators
+  void* operator new(size_t inSize) CPP_THROW_NEW
+  { return ::operator new(inSize); }
+  
+  void* operator new(size_t inSize, nsIMdbHeap& ioHeap, morkEnv* ev) CPP_THROW_NEW
+  { return morkNode::MakeNew(inSize, ioHeap, ev); }
+  
+private: // copying is not allowed
+  morkFactory(const morkFactory& other);
+  morkFactory& operator=(const morkFactory& other);
+  virtual ~morkFactory(); // assert that CloseFactory() executed earlier
+
+public: // dynamic type identification
+  mork_bool IsFactory() const
+  { return IsNode() && mNode_Derived == morkDerived_kFactory; }
+// } ===== end morkNode methods =====
+
+public: // other factory methods
+
+  void NonFactoryTypeError(morkEnv* ev);
+  morkEnv* GetInternalFactoryEnv(nsresult* outErr);
+  mork_bool CanOpenMorkTextFile(morkEnv* ev, nsIMdbFile* ioFile);
+  
+public: // typesafe refcounting inlines calling inherited morkNode methods
+  static void SlotWeakFactory(morkFactory* me,
+    morkEnv* ev, morkFactory** ioSlot)
+  { morkNode::SlotWeakNode((morkNode*) me, ev, (morkNode**) ioSlot); }
+  
+  static void SlotStrongFactory(morkFactory* me,
+    morkEnv* ev, morkFactory** ioSlot)
+  { morkNode::SlotStrongNode((morkNode*) me, ev, (morkNode**) ioSlot); }
+};
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+#endif /* _MORKFACTORY_ */
diff --git a/db/mork/src/morkFile.cpp b/db/mork/src/morkFile.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..040d1a8dc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/db/mork/src/morkFile.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,874 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-  */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _MDB_
+#include "mdb.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORK_
+#include "mork.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKNODE_
+#include "morkNode.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKENV_
+#include "morkEnv.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKFILE_
+#include "morkFile.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef MORK_WIN
+#include "io.h"
+#include <windows.h>
+#endif
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+
+// ````` ````` ````` ````` ````` 
+// { ===== begin morkNode interface =====
+
+/*public virtual*/ void
+morkFile::CloseMorkNode(morkEnv* ev) // CloseFile() only if open
+{
+  if ( this->IsOpenNode() )
+  {
+    this->MarkClosing();
+    this->CloseFile(ev);
+    this->MarkShut();
+  }
+}
+
+/*public virtual*/
+morkFile::~morkFile() // assert CloseFile() executed earlier
+{
+  MORK_ASSERT(mFile_Frozen==0);
+  MORK_ASSERT(mFile_DoTrace==0);
+  MORK_ASSERT(mFile_IoOpen==0);
+  MORK_ASSERT(mFile_Active==0);
+}
+
+/*public non-poly*/
+morkFile::morkFile(morkEnv* ev, const morkUsage& inUsage, 
+  nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap, nsIMdbHeap* ioSlotHeap)
+: morkObject(ev, inUsage, ioHeap, morkColor_kNone, (morkHandle*) 0)
+, mFile_Frozen( 0 )
+, mFile_DoTrace( 0 )
+, mFile_IoOpen( 0 )
+, mFile_Active( 0 )
+
+, mFile_SlotHeap( 0 )
+, mFile_Name( 0 )
+, mFile_Thief( 0 )
+{
+  if ( ev->Good() )
+  {
+    if ( ioSlotHeap )
+    {
+      nsIMdbHeap_SlotStrongHeap(ioSlotHeap, ev, &mFile_SlotHeap);
+      if ( ev->Good() )
+        mNode_Derived = morkDerived_kFile;
+    }
+    else
+      ev->NilPointerError();
+  }
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED(morkFile, morkObject, nsIMdbFile)
+/*public non-poly*/ void
+morkFile::CloseFile(morkEnv* ev) // called by CloseMorkNode();
+{
+    if ( this->IsNode() )
+    {
+      mFile_Frozen = 0;
+      mFile_DoTrace = 0;
+      mFile_IoOpen = 0;
+      mFile_Active = 0;
+      
+      if ( mFile_Name )
+        this->SetFileName(ev, (const char*) 0);
+
+      nsIMdbHeap_SlotStrongHeap((nsIMdbHeap*) 0, ev, &mFile_SlotHeap);
+      nsIMdbFile_SlotStrongFile((nsIMdbFile*) 0, ev, &mFile_Thief);
+
+      this->MarkShut();
+    }
+    else
+      this->NonNodeError(ev);
+}
+
+// } ===== end morkNode methods =====
+// ````` ````` ````` ````` ````` 
+
+/*static*/ morkFile*
+morkFile::OpenOldFile(morkEnv* ev, nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap,
+  const char* inFilePath, mork_bool inFrozen)
+  // Choose some subclass of morkFile to instantiate, in order to read
+  // (and write if not frozen) the file known by inFilePath.  The file
+  // returned should be open and ready for use, and presumably positioned
+  // at the first byte position of the file.  The exact manner in which
+  // files must be opened is considered a subclass specific detail, and
+  // other portions or Mork source code don't want to know how it's done.
+{
+  return morkStdioFile::OpenOldStdioFile(ev, ioHeap, inFilePath, inFrozen);
+}
+
+/*static*/ morkFile*
+morkFile::CreateNewFile(morkEnv* ev, nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap,
+  const char* inFilePath)
+  // Choose some subclass of morkFile to instantiate, in order to read
+  // (and write if not frozen) the file known by inFilePath.  The file
+  // returned should be created and ready for use, and presumably positioned
+  // at the first byte position of the file.  The exact manner in which
+  // files must be opened is considered a subclass specific detail, and
+  // other portions or Mork source code don't want to know how it's done.
+{
+  return morkStdioFile::CreateNewStdioFile(ev, ioHeap, inFilePath);
+}
+
+void
+morkFile::NewMissingIoError(morkEnv* ev) const
+{
+  ev->NewError("file missing io");
+}
+
+/*static*/ void
+morkFile::NonFileTypeError(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  ev->NewError("non morkFile");
+}
+
+/*static*/ void
+morkFile::NilSlotHeapError(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  ev->NewError("nil mFile_SlotHeap");
+}
+
+/*static*/ void
+morkFile::NilFileNameError(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  ev->NewError("nil mFile_Name");
+}
+
+void
+morkFile::SetThief(morkEnv* ev, nsIMdbFile* ioThief)
+{
+  nsIMdbFile_SlotStrongFile(ioThief, ev, &mFile_Thief);
+}
+
+void
+morkFile::SetFileName(morkEnv* ev, const char* inName) // inName can be nil
+{
+  nsIMdbHeap* heap = mFile_SlotHeap;
+  if ( heap )
+  {
+    char* name = mFile_Name;
+    if ( name )
+    {
+      mFile_Name = 0;
+      ev->FreeString(heap, name);
+    }
+    if ( ev->Good() && inName )
+      mFile_Name = ev->CopyString(heap, inName);
+  }
+  else
+    this->NilSlotHeapError(ev);
+}
+
+void
+morkFile::NewFileDownError(morkEnv* ev) const
+// call NewFileDownError() when either IsOpenAndActiveFile()
+// is false, or when IsOpenActiveAndMutableFile() is false.
+{
+  if ( this->IsOpenNode() )
+  {
+    if ( this->FileActive() )
+    {
+      if ( this->FileFrozen() )
+      {
+        ev->NewError("file frozen");
+      }
+      else
+        ev->NewError("unknown file problem");
+    }
+    else
+      ev->NewError("file not active");
+  }
+  else
+    ev->NewError("file not open");
+}
+
+void
+morkFile::NewFileErrnoError(morkEnv* ev) const
+// call NewFileErrnoError() to convert std C errno into AB fault
+{
+  const char* errnoString = strerror(errno);
+  ev->NewError(errnoString); // maybe pass value of strerror() instead
+}
+
+// ````` ````` ````` ````` newlines ````` ````` ````` `````  
+
+#if defined(MORK_MAC)
+       static const char morkFile_kNewlines[] = 
+       "\015\015\015\015\015\015\015\015\015\015\015\015\015\015\015\015";
+#      define morkFile_kNewlinesCount 16
+#else
+#  if defined(MORK_WIN)
+       static const char morkFile_kNewlines[] = 
+       "\015\012\015\012\015\012\015\012\015\012\015\012\015\012\015\012";
+#    define morkFile_kNewlinesCount 8
+#  else
+#    ifdef MORK_UNIX
+       static const char morkFile_kNewlines[] = 
+       "\012\012\012\012\012\012\012\012\012\012\012\012\012\012\012\012";
+#      define morkFile_kNewlinesCount 16
+#    endif /* MORK_UNIX */
+#  endif /* MORK_WIN */
+#endif /* MORK_MAC */
+
+mork_size
+morkFile::WriteNewlines(morkEnv* ev, mork_count inNewlines)
+  // WriteNewlines() returns the number of bytes written.
+{
+  mork_size outSize = 0;
+  while ( inNewlines && ev->Good() ) // more newlines to write?
+  {
+    mork_u4 quantum = inNewlines;
+    if ( quantum > morkFile_kNewlinesCount )
+      quantum = morkFile_kNewlinesCount;
+
+    mork_size quantumSize = quantum * mork_kNewlineSize;
+    mdb_size bytesWritten;
+    this->Write(ev->AsMdbEnv(), morkFile_kNewlines, quantumSize, &bytesWritten);
+    outSize += quantumSize;
+    inNewlines -= quantum;
+  }
+  return outSize;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkFile::Eof(nsIMdbEnv* mev, mdb_pos* outPos)
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  mdb_pos pos = -1;
+  morkEnv *ev = morkEnv::FromMdbEnv(mev);
+  pos = Length(ev);
+  outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  if ( outPos )
+    *outPos = pos;
+  return outErr;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkFile::Get(nsIMdbEnv* mev, void* outBuf, mdb_size inSize,
+  mdb_pos inPos, mdb_size* outActualSize)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  morkEnv *ev = morkEnv::FromMdbEnv(mev);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    mdb_pos outPos;
+    Seek(mev, inPos, &outPos);
+    if ( ev->Good() )
+      rv = Read(mev, outBuf, inSize, outActualSize);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkFile::Put(nsIMdbEnv* mev, const void* inBuf, mdb_size inSize,
+  mdb_pos inPos, mdb_size* outActualSize)
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  *outActualSize = 0;
+  morkEnv *ev = morkEnv::FromMdbEnv(mev);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    mdb_pos outPos;
+
+    Seek(mev, inPos, &outPos);
+    if ( ev->Good() )
+      Write(mev, inBuf, inSize, outActualSize);
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  return outErr;
+}
+
+// { ----- begin path methods -----
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkFile::Path(nsIMdbEnv* mev, mdbYarn* outFilePath)
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  if ( outFilePath )
+    outFilePath->mYarn_Fill = 0;
+  morkEnv *ev = morkEnv::FromMdbEnv(mev);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    ev->StringToYarn(GetFileNameString(), outFilePath);
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  return outErr;
+}
+
+// } ----- end path methods -----
+  
+// { ----- begin replacement methods -----
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkFile::Thief(nsIMdbEnv* mev, nsIMdbFile** acqThief)
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  nsIMdbFile* outThief = 0;
+  morkEnv *ev = morkEnv::FromMdbEnv(mev);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    outThief = GetThief();
+    NS_IF_ADDREF(outThief);
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  if ( acqThief )
+    *acqThief = outThief;
+  return outErr;
+}
+
+// } ----- end replacement methods -----
+
+// { ----- begin versioning methods -----
+
+// ````` ````` ````` ````` ````` 
+// { ===== begin morkNode interface =====
+
+/*public virtual*/ void
+morkStdioFile::CloseMorkNode(morkEnv* ev) // CloseStdioFile() only if open
+{
+  if ( this->IsOpenNode() )
+  {
+    this->MarkClosing();
+    this->CloseStdioFile(ev);
+    this->MarkShut();
+  }
+}
+
+/*public virtual*/
+morkStdioFile::~morkStdioFile() // assert CloseStdioFile() executed earlier
+{
+  if (mStdioFile_File)
+    CloseStdioFile(mMorkEnv);
+  MORK_ASSERT(mStdioFile_File==0);
+}
+
+/*public non-poly*/ void
+morkStdioFile::CloseStdioFile(morkEnv* ev) // called by CloseMorkNode();
+{
+    if ( this->IsNode() )
+    {
+      if ( mStdioFile_File && this->FileActive() && this->FileIoOpen() )
+      {
+        this->CloseStdio(ev);
+      }
+      
+      mStdioFile_File = 0;
+      
+      this->CloseFile(ev);
+      this->MarkShut();
+    }
+    else
+      this->NonNodeError(ev);
+}
+
+// } ===== end morkNode methods =====
+// ````` ````` ````` ````` ````` 
+
+// compatible with the morkFile::MakeFile() entry point
+
+/*static*/ morkStdioFile* 
+morkStdioFile::OpenOldStdioFile(morkEnv* ev, nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap,
+  const char* inFilePath, mork_bool inFrozen)
+{
+  morkStdioFile* outFile = 0;
+  if ( ioHeap && inFilePath )
+  {
+    const char* mode = (inFrozen)? "rb" : "rb+";
+    outFile = new(*ioHeap, ev)
+      morkStdioFile(ev, morkUsage::kHeap, ioHeap, ioHeap, inFilePath, mode); 
+      
+    if ( outFile )
+    {
+      outFile->SetFileFrozen(inFrozen);
+    }
+  }
+  else
+    ev->NilPointerError();
+  
+  return outFile;
+}
+
+/*static*/ morkStdioFile* 
+morkStdioFile::CreateNewStdioFile(morkEnv* ev, nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap,
+  const char* inFilePath)
+{
+  morkStdioFile* outFile = 0;
+  if ( ioHeap && inFilePath )
+  {
+    const char* mode = "wb+";
+    outFile = new(*ioHeap, ev)
+      morkStdioFile(ev, morkUsage::kHeap, ioHeap, ioHeap, inFilePath, mode); 
+  }
+  else
+    ev->NilPointerError();
+
+  return outFile;
+}
+
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkStdioFile::BecomeTrunk(nsIMdbEnv* ev)
+  // If this file is a file version branch created by calling AcquireBud(),
+  // BecomeTrunk() causes this file's content to replace the original
+  // file's content, typically by assuming the original file's identity.
+{
+  return Flush(ev);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP 
+morkStdioFile::AcquireBud(nsIMdbEnv * mdbev, nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap, nsIMdbFile **acquiredFile)
+  // AcquireBud() starts a new "branch" version of the file, empty of content,
+  // so that a new version of the file can be written.  This new file
+  // can later be told to BecomeTrunk() the original file, so the branch
+  // created by budding the file will replace the original file.  Some
+  // file subclasses might initially take the unsafe but expedient
+  // approach of simply truncating this file down to zero length, and
+  // then returning the same morkFile pointer as this, with an extra
+  // reference count increment.  Note that the caller of AcquireBud() is
+  // expected to eventually call CutStrongRef() on the returned file
+  // in order to release the strong reference.  High quality versions
+  // of morkFile subclasses will create entirely new files which later
+  // are renamed to become the old file, so that better transactional
+  // behavior is exhibited by the file, so crashes protect old files.
+  // Note that AcquireBud() is an illegal operation on readonly files.
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(acquiredFile);
+  MORK_USED_1(ioHeap);
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  morkFile* outFile = 0;
+  morkEnv *ev = morkEnv::FromMdbEnv(mdbev);
+
+  if ( this->IsOpenAndActiveFile() )
+  {
+    FILE* file = (FILE*) mStdioFile_File;
+    if ( file )
+    {
+//#ifdef MORK_WIN
+//      truncate(file, /*eof*/ 0);
+//#else /*MORK_WIN*/
+      char* name = mFile_Name;
+      if ( name )
+      {
+        if ( MORK_FILECLOSE(file) >= 0 )
+        {
+          this->SetFileActive(morkBool_kFalse);
+          this->SetFileIoOpen(morkBool_kFalse);
+          mStdioFile_File = 0;
+          
+          file = MORK_FILEOPEN(name, "wb+"); // open for write, discarding old content
+          if ( file )
+          {
+            mStdioFile_File = file;
+            this->SetFileActive(morkBool_kTrue);
+            this->SetFileIoOpen(morkBool_kTrue);
+            this->SetFileFrozen(morkBool_kFalse);
+          }
+          else
+            this->new_stdio_file_fault(ev);
+        }
+        else
+          this->new_stdio_file_fault(ev);
+      }
+      else
+        this->NilFileNameError(ev);
+      
+//#endif /*MORK_WIN*/
+
+      if ( ev->Good() && this->AddStrongRef(ev->AsMdbEnv()) )
+      {
+        outFile = this;
+        AddRef();
+      }
+    }
+    else if ( mFile_Thief )
+    {
+      rv = mFile_Thief->AcquireBud(ev->AsMdbEnv(), ioHeap, acquiredFile);
+    }
+    else
+      this->NewMissingIoError(ev);
+  }
+  else this->NewFileDownError(ev);
+  
+  *acquiredFile = outFile;
+  return rv;
+}
+
+mork_pos 
+morkStdioFile::Length(morkEnv * ev) const
+{
+  mork_pos outPos = 0;
+  
+  if ( this->IsOpenAndActiveFile() )
+  {
+    FILE* file = (FILE*) mStdioFile_File;
+    if ( file )
+    {
+      long start = MORK_FILETELL(file);
+      if ( start >= 0 )
+      {
+        long fore = MORK_FILESEEK(file, 0, SEEK_END);
+        if ( fore >= 0 )
+        {
+          long eof = MORK_FILETELL(file);
+          if ( eof >= 0 )
+          {
+            long back = MORK_FILESEEK(file, start, SEEK_SET);
+            if ( back >= 0 )
+              outPos = eof;
+            else
+              this->new_stdio_file_fault(ev);
+          }
+          else this->new_stdio_file_fault(ev);
+        }
+        else this->new_stdio_file_fault(ev);
+      }
+      else this->new_stdio_file_fault(ev);
+    }
+    else if ( mFile_Thief )
+      mFile_Thief->Eof(ev->AsMdbEnv(), &outPos);
+    else
+      this->NewMissingIoError(ev);
+  }
+  else this->NewFileDownError(ev);
+
+  return outPos;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkStdioFile::Tell(nsIMdbEnv* ev, mork_pos *outPos) const
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(outPos);  
+  morkEnv* mev = morkEnv::FromMdbEnv(ev);
+  if ( this->IsOpenAndActiveFile() )
+  {
+    FILE* file = (FILE*) mStdioFile_File;
+    if ( file )
+    {
+      long where = MORK_FILETELL(file);
+      if ( where >= 0 )
+        *outPos = where;
+      else
+        this->new_stdio_file_fault(mev);
+    }
+    else if ( mFile_Thief )
+      mFile_Thief->Tell(ev, outPos);
+    else
+      this->NewMissingIoError(mev);
+  }
+  else this->NewFileDownError(mev);
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkStdioFile::Read(nsIMdbEnv* ev, void* outBuf, mork_size inSize,  mork_num *outCount)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  morkEnv* mev = morkEnv::FromMdbEnv(ev);
+  if ( this->IsOpenAndActiveFile() )
+  {
+    FILE* file = (FILE*) mStdioFile_File;
+    if ( file )
+    {
+      long count = (long) MORK_FILEREAD(outBuf, inSize, file);
+      if ( count >= 0 )
+      {
+        *outCount = (mork_num) count;
+      }
+      else this->new_stdio_file_fault(mev);
+    }
+    else if ( mFile_Thief )
+      mFile_Thief->Read(ev, outBuf, inSize, outCount);
+    else
+      this->NewMissingIoError(mev);
+  }
+  else this->NewFileDownError(mev);
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP 
+morkStdioFile::Seek(nsIMdbEnv* mdbev, mork_pos inPos, mork_pos *aOutPos)
+{
+  mork_pos outPos = 0;
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  morkEnv *ev = morkEnv::FromMdbEnv(mdbev);
+
+  if ( this->IsOpenOrClosingNode() && this->FileActive() )
+  {
+    FILE* file = (FILE*) mStdioFile_File;
+    if ( file )
+    {
+      long where = MORK_FILESEEK(file, inPos, SEEK_SET);
+      if ( where >= 0 )
+        outPos = inPos;
+      else
+        this->new_stdio_file_fault(ev);
+    }
+    else if ( mFile_Thief )
+      mFile_Thief->Seek(mdbev, inPos, aOutPos);
+    else
+      this->NewMissingIoError(ev);
+  }
+  else this->NewFileDownError(ev);
+
+  *aOutPos = outPos;
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP 
+morkStdioFile::Write(nsIMdbEnv* mdbev, const void* inBuf, mork_size inSize, mork_size *aOutSize)
+{
+  mork_num outCount = 0;
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  morkEnv *ev = morkEnv::FromMdbEnv(mdbev);
+  if ( this->IsOpenActiveAndMutableFile() )
+  {
+    FILE* file = (FILE*) mStdioFile_File;
+    if ( file )
+    {
+      fwrite(inBuf, 1, inSize, file);
+      if ( !ferror(file) )
+        outCount = inSize;
+      else
+        this->new_stdio_file_fault(ev);
+    }
+    else if ( mFile_Thief )
+      mFile_Thief->Write(mdbev, inBuf, inSize, &outCount);
+    else
+      this->NewMissingIoError(ev);
+  }
+  else this->NewFileDownError(ev);
+
+  *aOutSize = outCount;
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkStdioFile::Flush(nsIMdbEnv* mdbev)
+{
+  morkEnv *ev = morkEnv::FromMdbEnv(mdbev);
+  if ( this->IsOpenOrClosingNode() && this->FileActive() )
+  {
+    FILE* file = (FILE*) mStdioFile_File;
+    if ( file )
+    {
+      MORK_FILEFLUSH(file);
+
+    }
+    else if ( mFile_Thief )
+      mFile_Thief->Flush(mdbev);
+    else
+      this->NewMissingIoError(ev);
+  }
+  else this->NewFileDownError(ev);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// ````` ````` ````` `````   ````` ````` ````` `````  
+//protected: // protected non-poly morkStdioFile methods
+
+void
+morkStdioFile::new_stdio_file_fault(morkEnv* ev) const
+{
+  FILE* file = (FILE*) mStdioFile_File;
+
+  int copyErrno = errno; // facilitate seeing error in debugger
+  
+  //  bunch of stuff not ported here
+  if ( !copyErrno && file )
+  {
+    copyErrno = ferror(file);
+    errno = copyErrno;
+  }
+
+  this->NewFileErrnoError(ev);
+}
+
+// ````` ````` ````` `````   ````` ````` ````` `````  
+//public: // public non-poly morkStdioFile methods
+
+
+/*public non-poly*/
+morkStdioFile::morkStdioFile(morkEnv* ev,
+  const morkUsage& inUsage, nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap, nsIMdbHeap* ioSlotHeap)
+: morkFile(ev, inUsage, ioHeap, ioSlotHeap)
+, mStdioFile_File( 0 )
+{
+  if ( ev->Good() )
+    mNode_Derived = morkDerived_kStdioFile;
+}
+
+morkStdioFile::morkStdioFile(morkEnv* ev, const morkUsage& inUsage,
+  nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap, nsIMdbHeap* ioSlotHeap,
+  const char* inName, const char* inMode)
+  // calls OpenStdio() after construction
+: morkFile(ev, inUsage, ioHeap, ioSlotHeap)
+, mStdioFile_File( 0 )
+{
+  if ( ev->Good() )
+    this->OpenStdio(ev, inName, inMode);
+}
+
+morkStdioFile::morkStdioFile(morkEnv* ev, const morkUsage& inUsage,
+   nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap, nsIMdbHeap* ioSlotHeap,
+   void* ioFile, const char* inName, mork_bool inFrozen)
+  // calls UseStdio() after construction
+: morkFile(ev, inUsage, ioHeap, ioSlotHeap)
+, mStdioFile_File( 0 )
+{
+  if ( ev->Good() )
+    this->UseStdio(ev, ioFile, inName, inFrozen);
+}
+
+void
+morkStdioFile::OpenStdio(morkEnv* ev, const char* inName, const char* inMode)
+  // Open a new FILE with name inName, using mode flags from inMode.
+{
+  if ( ev->Good() )
+  {
+    if ( !inMode )
+      inMode = "";
+    
+    mork_bool frozen = (*inMode == 'r'); // cursory attempt to note readonly
+    
+    if ( this->IsOpenNode() )
+    {
+      if ( !this->FileActive() )
+      {
+        this->SetFileIoOpen(morkBool_kFalse);
+        if ( inName && *inName )
+        {
+          this->SetFileName(ev, inName);
+          if ( ev->Good() )
+          {
+            FILE* file = MORK_FILEOPEN(inName, inMode);
+            if ( file )
+            {
+              mStdioFile_File = file;
+              this->SetFileActive(morkBool_kTrue);
+              this->SetFileIoOpen(morkBool_kTrue);
+              this->SetFileFrozen(frozen);
+            }
+            else
+              this->new_stdio_file_fault(ev);
+          }
+        }
+        else ev->NewError("no file name");
+      }
+      else ev->NewError("file already active");
+    }
+    else this->NewFileDownError(ev);
+  }
+}
+
+void
+morkStdioFile::UseStdio(morkEnv* ev, void* ioFile, const char* inName,
+  mork_bool inFrozen)
+  // Use an existing file, like stdin/stdout/stderr, which should not
+  // have the io stream closed when the file is closed.  The ioFile
+  // parameter must actually be of type FILE (but we don't want to make
+  // this header file include the stdio.h header file).
+{
+  if ( ev->Good() )
+  {
+    if ( this->IsOpenNode() )
+    {
+      if ( !this->FileActive() )
+      {
+        if ( ioFile )
+        {
+          this->SetFileIoOpen(morkBool_kFalse);
+          this->SetFileName(ev, inName);
+          if ( ev->Good() )
+          {
+            mStdioFile_File = ioFile;
+            this->SetFileActive(morkBool_kTrue);
+            this->SetFileFrozen(inFrozen);
+          }
+        }
+        else
+          ev->NilPointerError();
+      }
+      else ev->NewError("file already active");
+    }
+    else this->NewFileDownError(ev);
+  }
+}
+
+void
+morkStdioFile::CloseStdio(morkEnv* ev)
+  // Close the stream io if both and FileActive() and FileIoOpen(), but
+  // this does not close this instances (like CloseStdioFile() does).
+  // If stream io was made active by means of calling UseStdio(),
+  // then this method does little beyond marking the stream inactive
+  // because FileIoOpen() is false.
+{
+  if ( mStdioFile_File && this->FileActive() && this->FileIoOpen() )
+  {
+    FILE* file = (FILE*) mStdioFile_File;
+    if ( MORK_FILECLOSE(file) < 0 )
+      this->new_stdio_file_fault(ev);
+    
+    mStdioFile_File = 0;
+    this->SetFileActive(morkBool_kFalse);
+    this->SetFileIoOpen(morkBool_kFalse);
+  }
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkStdioFile::Steal(nsIMdbEnv* ev, nsIMdbFile* ioThief)
+  // If this file is a file version branch created by calling AcquireBud(),
+  // BecomeTrunk() causes this file's content to replace the original
+  // file's content, typically by assuming the original file's identity.
+{
+  morkEnv *mev = morkEnv::FromMdbEnv(ev);
+  if ( mStdioFile_File && FileActive() && FileIoOpen() )
+  {
+    FILE* file = (FILE*) mStdioFile_File;
+    if ( MORK_FILECLOSE(file) < 0 )
+      new_stdio_file_fault(mev);
+    
+    mStdioFile_File = 0;
+  }
+  SetThief(mev, ioThief);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+#if defined(MORK_WIN)
+
+void mork_fileflush(FILE * file)
+{
+  fflush(file);
+}
+
+#endif /*MORK_WIN*/
+
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
diff --git a/db/mork/src/morkFile.h b/db/mork/src/morkFile.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..39242ce73
--- /dev/null
+++ b/db/mork/src/morkFile.h
@@ -0,0 +1,355 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-  */
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ *
+ * The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1999
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Contributor(s):
+ *
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
+ * or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ *
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+
+#ifndef _MORKFILE_
+#define _MORKFILE_ 1
+
+#ifndef _MORK_
+#include "mork.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKNODE_
+#include "morkNode.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKOBJECT_
+#include "morkObject.h"
+#endif
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+/*=============================================================================
+ * morkFile: abstract file interface
+ */
+
+#define morkDerived_kFile     /*i*/ 0x4669 /* ascii 'Fi' */
+
+class morkFile /*d*/ : public morkObject, public nsIMdbFile { /* ````` simple file API ````` */
+
+// public: // slots inherited from morkNode (meant to inform only)
+  // nsIMdbHeap*    mNode_Heap;
+
+  // mork_base      mNode_Base;     // must equal morkBase_kNode
+  // mork_derived   mNode_Derived;  // depends on specific node subclass
+  
+  // mork_access    mNode_Access;   // kOpen, kClosing, kShut, or kDead
+  // mork_usage     mNode_Usage;    // kHeap, kStack, kMember, kGlobal, kNone
+  // mork_able      mNode_Mutable;  // can this node be modified?
+  // mork_load      mNode_Load;     // is this node clean or dirty?
+  
+  // mork_uses      mNode_Uses;     // refcount for strong refs
+  // mork_refs      mNode_Refs;     // refcount for strong refs + weak refs
+  
+// public: // slots inherited from morkObject (meant to inform only)
+
+  // mork_color   mBead_Color;   // ID for this bead
+  // morkHandle*  mObject_Handle;  // weak ref to handle for this object
+
+// ````` ````` ````` `````   ````` ````` ````` `````  
+protected: // protected morkFile members (similar to public domain IronDoc)
+  virtual ~morkFile(); // assert that CloseFile() executed earlier
+
+  mork_u1     mFile_Frozen;   // 'F' => file allows only read access
+  mork_u1     mFile_DoTrace;  // 'T' trace if ev->DoTrace()
+  mork_u1     mFile_IoOpen;   // 'O' => io stream is open (& needs a close)
+  mork_u1     mFile_Active;   // 'A' => file is active and usable
+  
+  nsIMdbHeap* mFile_SlotHeap; // heap for Name and other allocated slots
+  char*       mFile_Name; // can be nil if SetFileName() is never called
+  // mFile_Name convention: managed with morkEnv::CopyString()/FreeString()
+
+  nsIMdbFile* mFile_Thief; // from a call to orkinFile::Steal()
+  
+// { ===== begin morkNode interface =====
+public: // morkNode virtual methods
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED
+  virtual void CloseMorkNode(morkEnv* ev) override; // CloseFile() only if open
+
+public: // morkFile construction & destruction
+  morkFile(morkEnv* ev, const morkUsage& inUsage, nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap,
+    nsIMdbHeap* ioSlotHeap);
+  void CloseFile(morkEnv* ev); // called by CloseMorkNode();
+
+private: // copying is not allowed
+  morkFile(const morkFile& other);
+  morkFile& operator=(const morkFile& other);
+
+public: // dynamic type identification
+  mork_bool IsFile() const
+  { return IsNode() && mNode_Derived == morkDerived_kFile; }
+// } ===== end morkNode methods =====
+    
+// ````` ````` ````` `````   ````` ````` ````` `````  
+public: // public static standard file creation entry point
+
+  static morkFile* OpenOldFile(morkEnv* ev, nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap,
+    const char* inFilePath, mork_bool inFrozen);
+  // Choose some subclass of morkFile to instantiate, in order to read
+  // (and write if not frozen) the file known by inFilePath.  The file
+  // returned should be open and ready for use, and presumably positioned
+  // at the first byte position of the file.  The exact manner in which
+  // files must be opened is considered a subclass specific detail, and
+  // other portions or Mork source code don't want to know how it's done.
+
+  static morkFile* CreateNewFile(morkEnv* ev, nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap,
+    const char* inFilePath);
+  // Choose some subclass of morkFile to instantiate, in order to read
+  // (and write if not frozen) the file known by inFilePath.  The file
+  // returned should be created and ready for use, and presumably positioned
+  // at the first byte position of the file.  The exact manner in which
+  // files must be opened is considered a subclass specific detail, and
+  // other portions or Mork source code don't want to know how it's done.
+  
+public: // non-poly morkFile methods
+
+  mork_bool FileFrozen() const  { return mFile_Frozen == 'F'; }
+  mork_bool FileDoTrace() const { return mFile_DoTrace == 'T'; }
+  mork_bool FileIoOpen() const  { return mFile_IoOpen == 'O'; }
+  mork_bool FileActive() const  { return mFile_Active == 'A'; }
+
+  void SetFileFrozen(mork_bool b)  { mFile_Frozen = (mork_u1) ((b)? 'F' : 0); }
+  void SetFileDoTrace(mork_bool b) { mFile_DoTrace = (mork_u1) ((b)? 'T' : 0); }
+  void SetFileIoOpen(mork_bool b)  { mFile_IoOpen = (mork_u1) ((b)? 'O' : 0); }
+  void SetFileActive(mork_bool b)  { mFile_Active = (mork_u1) ((b)? 'A' : 0); }
+
+  
+  mork_bool IsOpenActiveAndMutableFile() const
+  { return ( IsOpenNode() && FileActive() && !FileFrozen() ); }
+    // call IsOpenActiveAndMutableFile() before writing a file
+  
+  mork_bool IsOpenAndActiveFile() const
+  { return ( this->IsOpenNode() && this->FileActive() ); }
+    // call IsOpenAndActiveFile() before using a file
+    
+
+  nsIMdbFile* GetThief() const { return mFile_Thief; }
+  void SetThief(morkEnv* ev, nsIMdbFile* ioThief); // ioThief can be nil
+    
+  const char* GetFileNameString() const { return mFile_Name; }
+  void SetFileName(morkEnv* ev, const char* inName); // inName can be nil
+  static void NilSlotHeapError(morkEnv* ev);
+  static void NilFileNameError(morkEnv* ev);
+  static void NonFileTypeError(morkEnv* ev);
+    
+  void NewMissingIoError(morkEnv* ev) const;
+    
+  void NewFileDownError(morkEnv* ev) const;
+    // call NewFileDownError() when either IsOpenAndActiveFile()
+    // is false, or when IsOpenActiveAndMutableFile() is false.
+ 
+   void NewFileErrnoError(morkEnv* ev) const;
+       // call NewFileErrnoError() to convert std C errno into AB fault
+
+  mork_size WriteNewlines(morkEnv* ev, mork_count inNewlines);
+  // WriteNewlines() returns the number of bytes written.
+         
+public: // typesafe refcounting inlines calling inherited morkNode methods
+  static void SlotWeakFile(morkFile* me,
+    morkEnv* ev, morkFile** ioSlot)
+  { morkNode::SlotWeakNode((morkNode*) me, ev, (morkNode**) ioSlot); }
+  
+  static void SlotStrongFile(morkFile* me,
+    morkEnv* ev, morkFile** ioSlot)
+  { morkNode::SlotStrongNode((morkNode*) me, ev, (morkNode**) ioSlot); }
+public:
+  virtual mork_pos   Length(morkEnv* ev) const = 0; // eof
+  // nsIMdbFile methods
+  NS_IMETHOD Tell(nsIMdbEnv* ev, mdb_pos* outPos) const override = 0;
+  NS_IMETHOD Seek(nsIMdbEnv* ev, mdb_pos inPos, mdb_pos *outPos) override =  0;
+  NS_IMETHOD Eof(nsIMdbEnv* ev, mdb_pos* outPos) override;
+  // } ----- end pos methods -----
+
+  // { ----- begin read methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD Read(nsIMdbEnv* ev, void* outBuf, mdb_size inSize,
+    mdb_size* outActualSize) override = 0;
+  NS_IMETHOD Get(nsIMdbEnv* ev, void* outBuf, mdb_size inSize,
+    mdb_pos inPos, mdb_size* outActualSize) override;
+  // } ----- end read methods -----
+    
+  // { ----- begin write methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD  Write(nsIMdbEnv* ev, const void* inBuf, mdb_size inSize,
+    mdb_size* outActualSize) override = 0;
+  NS_IMETHOD  Put(nsIMdbEnv* ev, const void* inBuf, mdb_size inSize,
+    mdb_pos inPos, mdb_size* outActualSize) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD  Flush(nsIMdbEnv* ev) override = 0;
+  // } ----- end attribute methods -----
+    
+  // { ----- begin path methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD  Path(nsIMdbEnv* ev, mdbYarn* outFilePath) override ;
+  // } ----- end path methods -----
+    
+  // { ----- begin replacement methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD  Steal(nsIMdbEnv* ev, nsIMdbFile* ioThief) override = 0;
+  NS_IMETHOD  Thief(nsIMdbEnv* ev, nsIMdbFile** acqThief) override;
+  // } ----- end replacement methods -----
+
+  // { ----- begin versioning methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD BecomeTrunk(nsIMdbEnv* ev) override = 0;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD AcquireBud(nsIMdbEnv* ev, nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap,
+    nsIMdbFile** acqBud) override = 0;
+  // } ----- end versioning methods -----
+
+// } ===== end nsIMdbFile methods =====
+
+};
+
+/*=============================================================================
+ * morkStdioFile: concrete file using standard C file io
+ */
+
+#define morkDerived_kStdioFile     /*i*/ 0x7346 /* ascii 'sF' */
+
+class morkStdioFile /*d*/ : public morkFile { /* `` copied from IronDoc `` */
+
+// ````` ````` ````` `````   ````` ````` ````` `````  
+protected: // protected morkStdioFile members
+
+  void* mStdioFile_File;
+  // actually type FILE*, but using opaque void* type
+
+// { ===== begin morkNode interface =====
+public: // morkNode virtual methods
+  virtual void CloseMorkNode(morkEnv* ev) override; // CloseStdioFile() only if open
+  virtual ~morkStdioFile(); // assert that CloseStdioFile() executed earlier
+
+public: // morkStdioFile construction & destruction
+  morkStdioFile(morkEnv* ev, const morkUsage& inUsage,
+    nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap, nsIMdbHeap* ioSlotHeap);
+  void CloseStdioFile(morkEnv* ev); // called by CloseMorkNode();
+
+private: // copying is not allowed
+  morkStdioFile(const morkStdioFile& other);
+  morkStdioFile& operator=(const morkStdioFile& other);
+
+public: // dynamic type identification
+  mork_bool IsStdioFile() const
+  { return IsNode() && mNode_Derived == morkDerived_kStdioFile; }
+// } ===== end morkNode methods =====
+
+public: // typing
+  static void NonStdioFileTypeError(morkEnv* ev);
+    
+// ````` ````` ````` `````   ````` ````` ````` `````  
+public: // compatible with the morkFile::OpenOldFile() entry point
+
+  static morkStdioFile* OpenOldStdioFile(morkEnv* ev, nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap,
+    const char* inFilePath, mork_bool inFrozen);
+
+  static morkStdioFile* CreateNewStdioFile(morkEnv* ev, nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap,
+    const char* inFilePath);
+
+  virtual mork_pos   Length(morkEnv* ev) const override; // eof
+
+  NS_IMETHOD Tell(nsIMdbEnv* ev, mdb_pos* outPos) const override;
+  NS_IMETHOD Seek(nsIMdbEnv* ev, mdb_pos inPos, mdb_pos *outPos) override;
+//  NS_IMETHOD Eof(nsIMdbEnv* ev, mdb_pos* outPos);
+  // } ----- end pos methods -----
+
+  // { ----- begin read methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD Read(nsIMdbEnv* ev, void* outBuf, mdb_size inSize,
+    mdb_size* outActualSize) override;
+
+  // { ----- begin write methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD  Write(nsIMdbEnv* ev, const void* inBuf, mdb_size inSize,
+    mdb_size* outActualSize) override;
+//  NS_IMETHOD  Put(nsIMdbEnv* ev, const void* inBuf, mdb_size inSize,
+//    mdb_pos inPos, mdb_size* outActualSize);
+  NS_IMETHOD  Flush(nsIMdbEnv* ev) override;
+  // } ----- end attribute methods -----
+
+  NS_IMETHOD  Steal(nsIMdbEnv* ev, nsIMdbFile* ioThief) override;
+
+  // { ----- begin versioning methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD BecomeTrunk(nsIMdbEnv* ev) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD AcquireBud(nsIMdbEnv* ev, nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap,
+    nsIMdbFile** acqBud) override;
+  // } ----- end versioning methods -----
+
+// } ===== end nsIMdbFile methods =====
+
+// ````` ````` ````` `````   ````` ````` ````` `````  
+
+// ````` ````` ````` `````   ````` ````` ````` `````  
+protected: // protected non-poly morkStdioFile methods
+
+  void new_stdio_file_fault(morkEnv* ev) const;
+    
+// ````` ````` ````` `````   ````` ````` ````` `````  
+public: // public non-poly morkStdioFile methods
+    
+  morkStdioFile(morkEnv* ev, const morkUsage& inUsage, 
+    nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap, nsIMdbHeap* ioSlotHeap,
+    const char* inName, const char* inMode);
+    // calls OpenStdio() after construction
+
+  morkStdioFile(morkEnv* ev, const morkUsage& inUsage,
+    nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap, nsIMdbHeap* ioSlotHeap,
+     void* ioFile, const char* inName, mork_bool inFrozen);
+    // calls UseStdio() after construction
+  
+  void OpenStdio(morkEnv* ev, const char* inName, const char* inMode);
+    // Open a new FILE with name inName, using mode flags from inMode.
+  
+  void UseStdio(morkEnv* ev, void* ioFile, const char* inName,
+    mork_bool inFrozen);
+    // Use an existing file, like stdin/stdout/stderr, which should not
+    // have the io stream closed when the file is closed.  The ioFile
+    // parameter must actually be of type FILE (but we don't want to make
+    // this header file include the stdio.h header file).
+    
+  void CloseStdio(morkEnv* ev);
+    // Close the stream io if both and FileActive() and FileIoOpen(), but
+    // this does not close this instances (like CloseStdioFile() does).
+    // If stream io was made active by means of calling UseStdio(),
+    // then this method does little beyond marking the stream inactive
+    // because FileIoOpen() is false.
+    
+public: // typesafe refcounting inlines calling inherited morkNode methods
+  static void SlotWeakStdioFile(morkStdioFile* me,
+    morkEnv* ev, morkStdioFile** ioSlot)
+  { morkNode::SlotWeakNode((morkNode*) me, ev, (morkNode**) ioSlot); }
+  
+  static void SlotStrongStdioFile(morkStdioFile* me,
+    morkEnv* ev, morkStdioFile** ioSlot)
+  { morkNode::SlotStrongNode((morkNode*) me, ev, (morkNode**) ioSlot); }
+};
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+#endif /* _MORKFILE_ */
diff --git a/db/mork/src/morkHandle.cpp b/db/mork/src/morkHandle.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f6d426887
--- /dev/null
+++ b/db/mork/src/morkHandle.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,423 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-  */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _MDB_
+#include "mdb.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORK_
+#include "mork.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKENV_
+#include "morkEnv.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKFACTORY_
+#include "morkFactory.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKPOOL_
+#include "morkPool.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKHANDLE_
+#include "morkHandle.h"
+#endif
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+// ````` ````` ````` ````` ````` 
+// { ===== begin morkNode interface =====
+
+/*public virtual*/ void
+morkHandle::CloseMorkNode(morkEnv* ev) // CloseHandle() only if open
+{
+  if ( this->IsOpenNode() )
+  {
+    this->MarkClosing();
+    this->CloseHandle(ev);
+    this->MarkShut();
+  }
+}
+
+/*public virtual*/
+morkHandle::~morkHandle() // assert CloseHandle() executed earlier
+{
+  MORK_ASSERT(mHandle_Env==0);
+  MORK_ASSERT(mHandle_Face==0);
+  MORK_ASSERT(mHandle_Object==0);
+  MORK_ASSERT(mHandle_Magic==0);
+  MORK_ASSERT(mHandle_Tag==morkHandle_kTag); // should still have correct tag
+}
+
+/*public non-poly*/
+morkHandle::morkHandle(morkEnv* ev, // note morkUsage is always morkUsage_kPool
+    morkHandleFace* ioFace,  // must not be nil, cookie for this handle
+    morkObject* ioObject,    // must not be nil, the object for this handle
+    mork_magic inMagic)      // magic sig to denote specific subclass
+: morkNode(ev, morkUsage::kPool, (nsIMdbHeap*) 0L)
+, mHandle_Tag( 0 )
+, mHandle_Env( ev )
+, mHandle_Face( ioFace )
+, mHandle_Object( 0 )
+, mHandle_Magic( 0 )
+{
+  if ( ioFace && ioObject )
+  {
+    if ( ev->Good() )
+    {
+      mHandle_Tag = morkHandle_kTag;
+      morkObject::SlotStrongObject(ioObject, ev, &mHandle_Object);
+      morkHandle::SlotWeakHandle(this, ev, &ioObject->mObject_Handle);
+      if ( ev->Good() )
+      {
+        mHandle_Magic = inMagic;
+        mNode_Derived = morkDerived_kHandle;
+      }
+    }
+    else
+      ev->CantMakeWhenBadError();
+  }
+  else
+    ev->NilPointerError();
+}
+
+/*public non-poly*/ void
+morkHandle::CloseHandle(morkEnv* ev) // called by CloseMorkNode();
+{
+    if ( this->IsNode() )
+    {
+      morkObject* obj = mHandle_Object;
+      mork_bool objDidRefSelf = ( obj && obj->mObject_Handle == this );
+      if ( objDidRefSelf )
+        obj->mObject_Handle = 0; // drop the reference
+      
+      morkObject::SlotStrongObject((morkObject*) 0, ev, &mHandle_Object);
+      mHandle_Magic = 0;
+      // note mHandle_Tag MUST stay morkHandle_kTag for morkNode::ZapOld()
+      this->MarkShut();
+
+      if ( objDidRefSelf )
+        this->CutWeakRef(ev); // do last, because it might self destroy
+    }
+    else
+      this->NonNodeError(ev);
+}
+
+// } ===== end morkNode methods =====
+// ````` ````` ````` ````` ````` 
+
+void morkHandle::NilFactoryError(morkEnv* ev) const
+{
+  ev->NewError("nil mHandle_Factory");
+}
+  
+void morkHandle::NilHandleObjectError(morkEnv* ev) const
+{
+  ev->NewError("nil mHandle_Object");
+}
+  
+void morkHandle::NonNodeObjectError(morkEnv* ev) const
+{
+  ev->NewError("non-node mHandle_Object");
+}
+  
+void morkHandle::NonOpenObjectError(morkEnv* ev) const
+{
+  ev->NewError("non-open mHandle_Object");
+}
+  
+void morkHandle::NewBadMagicHandleError(morkEnv* ev, mork_magic inMagic) const
+{
+  MORK_USED_1(inMagic);
+  ev->NewError("wrong mHandle_Magic");
+}
+
+void morkHandle::NewDownHandleError(morkEnv* ev) const
+{
+  if ( this->IsHandle() )
+  {
+    if ( this->GoodHandleTag() )
+    {
+      if ( this->IsOpenNode() )
+        ev->NewError("unknown down morkHandle error");
+      else
+        this->NonOpenNodeError(ev);
+    }
+    else
+      ev->NewError("wrong morkHandle tag");
+  }
+  else
+    ev->NewError("non morkHandle");
+}
+
+morkObject* morkHandle::GetGoodHandleObject(morkEnv* ev,
+  mork_bool inMutable, mork_magic inMagicType, mork_bool inClosedOkay) const
+{
+  morkObject* outObject = 0;
+  if ( this->IsHandle() && this->GoodHandleTag() &&
+    ( inClosedOkay || this->IsOpenNode() ) )
+  {
+    if ( !inMagicType || mHandle_Magic == inMagicType )
+    {
+      morkObject* obj = this->mHandle_Object;
+      if ( obj )
+      {
+        if ( obj->IsNode() )
+        {
+          if ( inClosedOkay || obj->IsOpenNode() )
+          {
+            if ( this->IsMutable() || !inMutable )
+              outObject = obj;
+            else
+              this->NonMutableNodeError(ev);
+          }
+          else
+            this->NonOpenObjectError(ev);
+        }
+        else
+          this->NonNodeObjectError(ev);
+      }
+      else if ( !inClosedOkay )
+        this->NilHandleObjectError(ev);
+    }
+    else
+      this->NewBadMagicHandleError(ev, inMagicType);
+  }
+  else
+    this->NewDownHandleError(ev);
+  
+  MORK_ASSERT(outObject || inClosedOkay);
+  return outObject;
+}
+
+
+morkEnv*
+morkHandle::CanUseHandle(nsIMdbEnv* mev, mork_bool inMutable,
+                         mork_bool inClosedOkay, nsresult* outErr) const
+{
+  morkEnv* outEnv = 0;
+  morkEnv* ev = morkEnv::FromMdbEnv(mev);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    morkObject* obj = this->GetGoodHandleObject(ev, inMutable,
+      /*magic*/ 0, inClosedOkay);
+    if ( obj )
+    {
+      outEnv = ev;
+    }
+    *outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  MORK_ASSERT(outEnv || inClosedOkay);
+  return outEnv;
+}
+
+// { ===== begin nsIMdbObject methods =====
+
+// { ----- begin attribute methods -----
+/*virtual*/ nsresult
+morkHandle::Handle_IsFrozenMdbObject(nsIMdbEnv* mev, mdb_bool* outIsReadonly)
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  mdb_bool readOnly = mdbBool_kTrue;
+  
+  morkEnv* ev = CanUseHandle(mev, /*inMutable*/ morkBool_kFalse,
+    /*inClosedOkay*/ morkBool_kTrue, &outErr);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    readOnly = mHandle_Object->IsFrozen();
+    
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  MORK_ASSERT(outIsReadonly);
+  if ( outIsReadonly )
+    *outIsReadonly = readOnly;
+
+  return outErr;
+}
+// same as nsIMdbPort::GetIsPortReadonly() when this object is inside a port.
+// } ----- end attribute methods -----
+
+// { ----- begin factory methods -----
+/*virtual*/ nsresult
+morkHandle::Handle_GetMdbFactory(nsIMdbEnv* mev, nsIMdbFactory** acqFactory)
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  nsIMdbFactory* handle = 0;
+  
+  morkEnv* ev = CanUseHandle(mev, /*inMutable*/ morkBool_kFalse,
+    /*inClosedOkay*/ morkBool_kTrue, &outErr);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    morkFactory* factory = ev->mEnv_Factory;
+    if ( factory )
+    {
+      handle = factory;
+      NS_ADDREF(handle);
+    }
+    else
+      this->NilFactoryError(ev);
+      
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+
+  MORK_ASSERT(acqFactory);
+  if ( acqFactory )
+    *acqFactory = handle;
+
+  return outErr;
+} 
+// } ----- end factory methods -----
+
+// { ----- begin ref counting for well-behaved cyclic graphs -----
+/*virtual*/ nsresult
+morkHandle::Handle_GetWeakRefCount(nsIMdbEnv* mev, // weak refs
+  mdb_count* outCount)
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  mdb_count count = 0;
+  
+  morkEnv* ev = CanUseHandle(mev, /*inMutable*/ morkBool_kFalse,
+    /*inClosedOkay*/ morkBool_kTrue, &outErr);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    count = this->WeakRefsOnly();
+    
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  MORK_ASSERT(outCount);
+  if ( outCount )
+    *outCount = count;
+    
+  return outErr;
+}  
+/*virtual*/ nsresult
+morkHandle::Handle_GetStrongRefCount(nsIMdbEnv* mev, // strong refs
+  mdb_count* outCount)
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  mdb_count count = 0;
+  
+  morkEnv* ev = CanUseHandle(mev, /*inMutable*/ morkBool_kFalse,
+    /*inClosedOkay*/ morkBool_kTrue, &outErr);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    count = this->StrongRefsOnly();
+    
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  MORK_ASSERT(outCount);
+  if ( outCount )
+    *outCount = count;
+    
+  return outErr;
+}
+
+/*virtual*/ nsresult
+morkHandle::Handle_AddWeakRef(nsIMdbEnv* mev)
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+
+  morkEnv* ev = CanUseHandle(mev, /*inMutable*/ morkBool_kFalse,
+    /*inClosedOkay*/ morkBool_kTrue, &outErr);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    this->AddWeakRef(ev);
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+    
+  return outErr;
+}
+/*virtual*/ nsresult
+morkHandle::Handle_AddStrongRef(nsIMdbEnv* mev)
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+
+  morkEnv* ev = CanUseHandle(mev, /*inMutable*/ morkBool_kFalse,
+    /*inClosedOkay*/ morkBool_kFalse, &outErr);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    this->AddStrongRef(ev);
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+    
+  return outErr;
+}
+
+/*virtual*/ nsresult
+morkHandle::Handle_CutWeakRef(nsIMdbEnv* mev)
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+
+  morkEnv* ev = CanUseHandle(mev, /*inMutable*/ morkBool_kFalse,
+    /*inClosedOkay*/ morkBool_kTrue, &outErr);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    this->CutWeakRef(ev);
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+    
+  return outErr;
+}
+/*virtual*/ nsresult
+morkHandle::Handle_CutStrongRef(nsIMdbEnv* mev)
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  morkEnv* ev = CanUseHandle(mev, /*inMutable*/ morkBool_kFalse,
+    /*inClosedOkay*/ morkBool_kTrue, &outErr);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    this->CutStrongRef(ev);
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  return outErr;
+}
+
+/*virtual*/ nsresult
+morkHandle::Handle_CloseMdbObject(nsIMdbEnv* mev)
+// called at strong refs zero
+{
+  // if only one ref, Handle_CutStrongRef will clean up better.
+  if (mNode_Uses == 1)
+    return Handle_CutStrongRef(mev);
+
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+
+  if ( this->IsNode() && this->IsOpenNode() )
+  {
+    morkEnv* ev = CanUseHandle(mev, /*inMutable*/ morkBool_kFalse,
+    /*inClosedOkay*/ morkBool_kTrue, &outErr);
+    if ( ev )
+    {
+      morkObject* object = mHandle_Object;
+      if ( object && object->IsNode() && object->IsOpenNode() )
+        object->CloseMorkNode(ev);
+        
+      this->CloseMorkNode(ev);
+      outErr = ev->AsErr();
+    }
+  }
+  return outErr;
+}
+
+/*virtual*/ nsresult
+morkHandle::Handle_IsOpenMdbObject(nsIMdbEnv* mev, mdb_bool* outOpen)
+{
+  MORK_USED_1(mev);
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+
+  MORK_ASSERT(outOpen);
+  if ( outOpen )
+    *outOpen = this->IsOpenNode();
+      
+  return outErr;
+}
+// } ----- end ref counting -----
+
+// } ===== end nsIMdbObject methods =====
+
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
diff --git a/db/mork/src/morkHandle.h b/db/mork/src/morkHandle.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2065b0b9f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/db/mork/src/morkHandle.h
@@ -0,0 +1,176 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-  */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _MORKHANDLE_
+#define _MORKHANDLE_ 1
+
+#ifndef _MORK_
+#include "mork.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKNODE_
+#include "morkNode.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKDEQUE_
+#include "morkDeque.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKPOOL_
+#include "morkPool.h"
+#endif
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+class morkPool;
+class morkObject;
+class morkFactory;
+
+#define morkDerived_kHandle     /*i*/ 0x486E /* ascii 'Hn' */
+#define morkHandle_kTag   0x68416E44 /* ascii 'hAnD' */
+
+/*| morkHandle: 
+|*/
+class morkHandle : public morkNode {
+  
+// public: // slots inherited from morkNode (meant to inform only)
+  // nsIMdbHeap*    mNode_Heap;
+
+  // mork_base      mNode_Base;     // must equal morkBase_kNode
+  // mork_derived   mNode_Derived;  // depends on specific node subclass
+  
+  // mork_access    mNode_Access;   // kOpen, kClosing, kShut, or kDead
+  // mork_usage     mNode_Usage;    // kHeap, kStack, kMember, kGlobal, kNone
+  // mork_able      mNode_Mutable;  // can this node be modified?
+  // mork_load      mNode_Load;     // is this node clean or dirty?
+  
+  // mork_uses      mNode_Uses;     // refcount for strong refs
+  // mork_refs      mNode_Refs;     // refcount for strong refs + weak refs
+
+public: // state is public because the entire Mork system is private
+
+  mork_u4         mHandle_Tag;     // must equal morkHandle_kTag
+  morkEnv*        mHandle_Env;     // pool that allocated this handle
+  morkHandleFace* mHandle_Face;    // cookie from pool containing this
+  morkObject*     mHandle_Object;  // object this handle wraps for MDB API
+  mork_magic      mHandle_Magic;   // magic sig different in each subclass
+  
+// { ===== begin morkNode interface =====
+public: // morkNode virtual methods
+  virtual void CloseMorkNode(morkEnv* ev) override; // CloseHandle() only if open
+  virtual ~morkHandle(); // assert that CloseHandle() executed earlier
+  
+public: // morkHandle construction & destruction
+  morkHandle(morkEnv* ev, // note morkUsage is always morkUsage_kPool
+    morkHandleFace* ioFace,  // must not be nil, cookie for this handle
+    morkObject* ioObject,    // must not be nil, the object for this handle
+    mork_magic inMagic);     // magic sig to denote specific subclass
+  void CloseHandle(morkEnv* ev); // called by CloseMorkNode();
+
+private: // copying is not allowed
+  morkHandle(const morkHandle& other);
+  morkHandle& operator=(const morkHandle& other);
+  
+protected: // special case empty construction for morkHandleFrame
+  friend class morkHandleFrame;
+  morkHandle() { }
+
+public: // dynamic type identification
+  mork_bool IsHandle() const
+  { return IsNode() && mNode_Derived == morkDerived_kHandle; }
+// } ===== end morkNode methods =====
+
+public: // morkHandle memory management operators
+  void* operator new(size_t inSize, morkPool& ioPool, morkZone& ioZone, morkEnv* ev) CPP_THROW_NEW
+  { return ioPool.NewHandle(ev, inSize, &ioZone); }
+  
+  void* operator new(size_t inSize, morkPool& ioPool, morkEnv* ev) CPP_THROW_NEW
+  { return ioPool.NewHandle(ev, inSize, (morkZone*) 0); }
+  
+  void* operator new(size_t inSize, morkHandleFace* ioFace) CPP_THROW_NEW
+  { MORK_USED_1(inSize); return ioFace; }
+  
+
+public: // other handle methods
+  mork_bool GoodHandleTag() const
+  { return mHandle_Tag == morkHandle_kTag; }
+  
+  void NewBadMagicHandleError(morkEnv* ev, mork_magic inMagic) const;
+  void NewDownHandleError(morkEnv* ev) const;
+  void NilFactoryError(morkEnv* ev) const;
+  void NilHandleObjectError(morkEnv* ev) const;
+  void NonNodeObjectError(morkEnv* ev) const;
+  void NonOpenObjectError(morkEnv* ev) const;
+  
+  morkObject* GetGoodHandleObject(morkEnv* ev,
+    mork_bool inMutable, mork_magic inMagicType, mork_bool inClosedOkay) const;
+
+public: // interface supporting mdbObject methods
+
+  morkEnv* CanUseHandle(nsIMdbEnv* mev, mork_bool inMutable,
+                        mork_bool inClosedOkay, nsresult* outErr) const;
+    
+  // { ----- begin mdbObject style methods -----
+  nsresult Handle_IsFrozenMdbObject(nsIMdbEnv* ev, mdb_bool* outIsReadonly);
+
+  nsresult Handle_GetMdbFactory(nsIMdbEnv* ev, nsIMdbFactory** acqFactory);
+  nsresult Handle_GetWeakRefCount(nsIMdbEnv* ev,  mdb_count* outCount);
+  nsresult Handle_GetStrongRefCount(nsIMdbEnv* ev, mdb_count* outCount);
+
+  nsresult Handle_AddWeakRef(nsIMdbEnv* ev);
+  nsresult Handle_AddStrongRef(nsIMdbEnv* ev);
+
+  nsresult Handle_CutWeakRef(nsIMdbEnv* ev);
+  nsresult Handle_CutStrongRef(nsIMdbEnv* ev);
+
+  nsresult Handle_CloseMdbObject(nsIMdbEnv* ev);
+  nsresult Handle_IsOpenMdbObject(nsIMdbEnv* ev, mdb_bool* outOpen);
+  // } ----- end mdbObject style methods -----
+
+public: // typesafe refcounting inlines calling inherited morkNode methods
+  static void SlotWeakHandle(morkHandle* me,
+    morkEnv* ev, morkHandle** ioSlot)
+  { morkNode::SlotWeakNode((morkNode*) me, ev, (morkNode**) ioSlot); }
+  
+  static void SlotStrongHandle(morkHandle* me,
+    morkEnv* ev, morkHandle** ioSlot)
+  { morkNode::SlotStrongNode((morkNode*) me, ev, (morkNode**) ioSlot); }
+};
+
+#define morkHandleFrame_kPadSlotCount 4
+
+/*| morkHandleFrame: an object format used for allocating and maintaining
+**| instances of morkHandle, with leading slots used to maintain this in a
+**| linked list, and following slots to provide extra footprint that might
+**| be needed by any morkHandle subclasses that include very little extra
+**| space (by virtue of the fact that each morkHandle subclass is expected
+**| to multiply inherit from another base class that has only abstact methods
+**| for space overhead related only to some vtable representation).
+|*/
+class morkHandleFrame {
+public:
+  morkLink    mHandleFrame_Link;    // list storage without trampling Handle
+  morkHandle  mHandleFrame_Handle;
+  mork_ip     mHandleFrame_Padding[ morkHandleFrame_kPadSlotCount ];
+  
+public:
+  morkHandle*  AsHandle() { return &mHandleFrame_Handle; }
+  
+  morkHandleFrame() {}  // actually, morkHandleFrame never gets constructed
+
+private: // copying is not allowed
+  morkHandleFrame(const morkHandleFrame& other);
+  morkHandleFrame& operator=(const morkHandleFrame& other);
+};
+
+#define morkHandleFrame_kHandleOffset \
+  mork_OffsetOf(morkHandleFrame,mHandleFrame_Handle)
+  
+#define morkHandle_AsHandleFrame(h) ((h)->mHandle_Block , \
+ ((morkHandleFrame*) (((mork_u1*)(h)) - morkHandleFrame_kHandleOffset)))
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+#endif /* _MORKHANDLE_ */
diff --git a/db/mork/src/morkIntMap.cpp b/db/mork/src/morkIntMap.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9164b021d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/db/mork/src/morkIntMap.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,238 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-  */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _MDB_
+#include "mdb.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORK_
+#include "mork.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKNODE_
+#include "morkNode.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKENV_
+#include "morkEnv.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKMAP_
+#include "morkMap.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKINTMAP_
+#include "morkIntMap.h"
+#endif
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+// ````` ````` ````` ````` ````` 
+// { ===== begin morkNode interface =====
+
+/*public virtual*/ void
+morkIntMap::CloseMorkNode(morkEnv* ev) // CloseIntMap() only if open
+{
+  if ( this->IsOpenNode() )
+  {
+    this->MarkClosing();
+    this->CloseIntMap(ev);
+    this->MarkShut();
+  }
+}
+
+/*public virtual*/
+morkIntMap::~morkIntMap() // assert CloseIntMap() executed earlier
+{
+  MORK_ASSERT(this->IsShutNode());
+}
+
+/*public non-poly*/
+morkIntMap::morkIntMap(morkEnv* ev,
+  const morkUsage& inUsage, mork_size inValSize,
+  nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap, nsIMdbHeap* ioSlotHeap, mork_bool inHoldChanges)
+: morkMap(ev, inUsage, ioHeap, sizeof(mork_u4), inValSize,
+  morkIntMap_kStartSlotCount, ioSlotHeap, inHoldChanges)
+{
+  if ( ev->Good() )
+    mNode_Derived = morkDerived_kIntMap;
+}
+
+/*public non-poly*/ void
+morkIntMap::CloseIntMap(morkEnv* ev) // called by CloseMorkNode();
+{
+    if ( this->IsNode() )
+    {
+      this->CloseMap(ev);
+      this->MarkShut();
+    }
+    else
+      this->NonNodeError(ev);
+}
+
+// } ===== end morkNode methods =====
+// ````` ````` ````` ````` ````` 
+
+// { ===== begin morkMap poly interface =====
+/*virtual*/ mork_bool // *((mork_u4*) inKeyA) == *((mork_u4*) inKeyB)
+morkIntMap::Equal(morkEnv* ev, const void* inKeyA, const void* inKeyB) const
+{
+  MORK_USED_1(ev);
+  return *((const mork_u4*) inKeyA) == *((const mork_u4*) inKeyB);
+}
+
+/*virtual*/ mork_u4 // some integer function of *((mork_u4*) inKey)
+morkIntMap::Hash(morkEnv* ev, const void* inKey) const
+{
+  MORK_USED_1(ev);
+  return *((const mork_u4*) inKey);
+}
+// } ===== end morkMap poly interface =====
+
+mork_bool
+morkIntMap::AddInt(morkEnv* ev, mork_u4 inKey, void* ioAddress)
+  // the AddInt() method return value equals ev->Good().
+{
+  if ( ev->Good() )
+  {
+    this->Put(ev, &inKey, &ioAddress, 
+      /*key*/ (void*) 0, /*val*/ (void*) 0, (mork_change**) 0);
+  }
+    
+  return ev->Good();
+}
+
+mork_bool
+morkIntMap::CutInt(morkEnv* ev, mork_u4 inKey)
+{
+  return this->Cut(ev, &inKey, /*key*/ (void*) 0, /*val*/ (void*) 0,
+    (mork_change**) 0);
+}
+
+void*
+morkIntMap::GetInt(morkEnv* ev, mork_u4 inKey)
+  // Note the returned val does NOT have an increase in refcount for this.
+{
+  void* val = 0; // old val in the map
+  this->Get(ev, &inKey, /*key*/ (void*) 0, &val, (mork_change**) 0);
+  
+  return val;
+}
+
+mork_bool
+morkIntMap::HasInt(morkEnv* ev, mork_u4 inKey)
+  // Note the returned val does NOT have an increase in refcount for this.
+{
+  return this->Get(ev, &inKey, /*key*/ (void*) 0, /*val*/ (void*) 0, 
+    (mork_change**) 0);
+}
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+#ifdef MORK_POINTER_MAP_IMPL
+
+// ````` ````` ````` ````` ````` 
+// { ===== begin morkNode interface =====
+
+/*public virtual*/ void
+morkPointerMap::CloseMorkNode(morkEnv* ev) // ClosePointerMap() only if open
+{
+  if ( this->IsOpenNode() )
+  {
+    this->MarkClosing();
+    this->ClosePointerMap(ev);
+    this->MarkShut();
+  }
+}
+
+/*public virtual*/
+morkPointerMap::~morkPointerMap() // assert ClosePointerMap() executed earlier
+{
+  MORK_ASSERT(this->IsShutNode());
+}
+
+/*public non-poly*/
+morkPointerMap::morkPointerMap(morkEnv* ev,
+  const morkUsage& inUsage, nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap, nsIMdbHeap* ioSlotHeap)
+: morkMap(ev, inUsage, ioHeap, sizeof(void*), sizeof(void*),
+  morkPointerMap_kStartSlotCount, ioSlotHeap,
+  /*inHoldChanges*/ morkBool_kFalse)
+{
+  if ( ev->Good() )
+    mNode_Derived = morkDerived_kPointerMap;
+}
+
+/*public non-poly*/ void
+morkPointerMap::ClosePointerMap(morkEnv* ev) // called by CloseMorkNode();
+{
+    if ( this->IsNode() )
+    {
+      this->CloseMap(ev);
+      this->MarkShut();
+    }
+    else
+      this->NonNodeError(ev);
+}
+
+// } ===== end morkNode methods =====
+// ````` ````` ````` ````` ````` 
+
+// { ===== begin morkMap poly interface =====
+/*virtual*/ mork_bool // *((void**) inKeyA) == *((void**) inKeyB)
+morkPointerMap::Equal(morkEnv* ev, const void* inKeyA, const void* inKeyB) const
+{
+  MORK_USED_1(ev);
+  return *((const void**) inKeyA) == *((const void**) inKeyB);
+}
+
+/*virtual*/ mork_u4 // some integer function of *((mork_u4*) inKey)
+morkPointerMap::Hash(morkEnv* ev, const void* inKey) const
+{
+  MORK_USED_1(ev);
+  return *((const mork_u4*) inKey);
+}
+// } ===== end morkMap poly interface =====
+
+mork_bool
+morkPointerMap::AddPointer(morkEnv* ev, void* inKey, void* ioAddress)
+  // the AddPointer() method return value equals ev->Good().
+{
+  if ( ev->Good() )
+  {
+    this->Put(ev, &inKey, &ioAddress, 
+      /*key*/ (void*) 0, /*val*/ (void*) 0, (mork_change**) 0);
+  }
+    
+  return ev->Good();
+}
+
+mork_bool
+morkPointerMap::CutPointer(morkEnv* ev, void* inKey)
+{
+  return this->Cut(ev, &inKey, /*key*/ (void*) 0, /*val*/ (void*) 0,
+    (mork_change**) 0);
+}
+
+void*
+morkPointerMap::GetPointer(morkEnv* ev, void* inKey)
+  // Note the returned val does NOT have an increase in refcount for this.
+{
+  void* val = 0; // old val in the map
+  this->Get(ev, &inKey, /*key*/ (void*) 0, &val, (mork_change**) 0);
+  
+  return val;
+}
+
+mork_bool
+morkPointerMap::HasPointer(morkEnv* ev, void* inKey)
+  // Note the returned val does NOT have an increase in refcount for this.
+{
+  return this->Get(ev, &inKey, /*key*/ (void*) 0, /*val*/ (void*) 0, 
+    (mork_change**) 0);
+}
+#endif /*MORK_POINTER_MAP_IMPL*/
+
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
diff --git a/db/mork/src/morkIntMap.h b/db/mork/src/morkIntMap.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..543f7e59a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/db/mork/src/morkIntMap.h
@@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-  */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _MORKINTMAP_
+#define _MORKINTMAP_ 1
+
+#ifndef _MORK_
+#include "mork.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKNODE_
+#include "morkNode.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKMAP_
+#include "morkMap.h"
+#endif
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+#define morkDerived_kIntMap  /*i*/ 0x694D /* ascii 'iM' */
+
+#define morkIntMap_kStartSlotCount 256
+
+/*| morkIntMap: maps mork_token -> morkNode
+|*/
+class morkIntMap : public morkMap { // for mapping tokens to maps
+
+// { ===== begin morkNode interface =====
+public: // morkNode virtual methods
+  virtual void CloseMorkNode(morkEnv* ev) override; // CloseIntMap() only if open
+  virtual ~morkIntMap(); // assert that CloseIntMap() executed earlier
+  
+public: // morkMap construction & destruction
+
+  // keySize for morkIntMap equals sizeof(mork_u4)
+  morkIntMap(morkEnv* ev, const morkUsage& inUsage, mork_size inValSize,
+    nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap, nsIMdbHeap* ioSlotHeap, mork_bool inHoldChanges);
+  void CloseIntMap(morkEnv* ev); // called by CloseMorkNode();
+
+public: // dynamic type identification
+  mork_bool IsIntMap() const
+  { return IsNode() && mNode_Derived == morkDerived_kIntMap; }
+// } ===== end morkNode methods =====
+
+// { ===== begin morkMap poly interface =====
+  virtual mork_bool // *((mork_u4*) inKeyA) == *((mork_u4*) inKeyB)
+  Equal(morkEnv* ev, const void* inKeyA, const void* inKeyB) const override;
+
+  virtual mork_u4 // some integer function of *((mork_u4*) inKey)
+  Hash(morkEnv* ev, const void* inKey) const override;
+// } ===== end morkMap poly interface =====
+
+public: // other map methods
+
+  mork_bool  AddInt(morkEnv* ev, mork_u4 inKey, void* ioAddress);
+  // the AddInt() boolean return equals ev->Good().
+
+  mork_bool  CutInt(morkEnv* ev, mork_u4 inKey);
+  // The CutInt() boolean return indicates whether removal happened. 
+  
+  void*      GetInt(morkEnv* ev, mork_u4 inKey);
+  // Note the returned node does NOT have an increase in refcount for this.
+  
+  mork_bool  HasInt(morkEnv* ev, mork_u4 inKey);
+  // Note the returned node does NOT have an increase in refcount for this.
+
+};
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+#ifdef MORK_POINTER_MAP_IMPL
+
+#define morkDerived_kPointerMap  /*i*/ 0x704D /* ascii 'pM' */
+
+#define morkPointerMap_kStartSlotCount 256
+
+/*| morkPointerMap: maps void* -> void*
+**|
+**| This pointer map class is equivalent to morkIntMap when sizeof(mork_u4)
+**| equals sizeof(void*).  However, when these two sizes are different,
+**| then we cannot use the same hash table structure very easily without
+**| being very careful about the size and usage assumptions of those
+**| clients using the smaller data type.  So we just go ahead and use
+**| morkPointerMap for hash tables using pointer key types.
+|*/
+class morkPointerMap : public morkMap { // for mapping tokens to maps
+
+// { ===== begin morkNode interface =====
+public: // morkNode virtual methods
+  virtual void CloseMorkNode(morkEnv* ev) override; // ClosePointerMap() only if open
+  virtual ~morkPointerMap(); // assert that ClosePointerMap() executed earlier
+  
+public: // morkMap construction & destruction
+
+  // keySize for morkPointerMap equals sizeof(mork_u4)
+  morkPointerMap(morkEnv* ev, const morkUsage& inUsage,
+    nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap, nsIMdbHeap* ioSlotHeap);
+  void ClosePointerMap(morkEnv* ev); // called by CloseMorkNode();
+
+public: // dynamic type identification
+  mork_bool IsPointerMap() const
+  { return IsNode() && mNode_Derived == morkDerived_kPointerMap; }
+// } ===== end morkNode methods =====
+
+// { ===== begin morkMap poly interface =====
+  virtual mork_bool // *((void**) inKeyA) == *((void**) inKeyB)
+  Equal(morkEnv* ev, const void* inKeyA, const void* inKeyB) const;
+
+  virtual mork_u4 // some integer function of *((mork_u4*) inKey)
+  Hash(morkEnv* ev, const void* inKey) const;
+// } ===== end morkMap poly interface =====
+
+public: // other map methods
+
+  mork_bool  AddPointer(morkEnv* ev, void* inKey, void* ioAddress);
+  // the AddPointer() boolean return equals ev->Good().
+
+  mork_bool  CutPointer(morkEnv* ev, void* inKey);
+  // The CutPointer() boolean return indicates whether removal happened. 
+  
+  void*      GetPointer(morkEnv* ev, void* inKey);
+  // Note the returned node does NOT have an increase in refcount for this.
+  
+  mork_bool  HasPointer(morkEnv* ev, void* inKey);
+  // Note the returned node does NOT have an increase in refcount for this.
+
+public: // typesafe refcounting inlines calling inherited morkNode methods
+  static void SlotWeakIntMap(morkIntMap* me,
+    morkEnv* ev, morkIntMap** ioSlot)
+  { morkNode::SlotWeakNode((morkNode*) me, ev, (morkNode**) ioSlot); }
+  
+  static void SlotStrongIntMap(morkIntMap* me,
+    morkEnv* ev, morkIntMap** ioSlot)
+  { morkNode::SlotStrongNode((morkNode*) me, ev, (morkNode**) ioSlot); }
+
+};
+#endif /*MORK_POINTER_MAP_IMPL*/
+
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+#endif /* _MORKINTMAP_ */
diff --git a/db/mork/src/morkMap.cpp b/db/mork/src/morkMap.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ca6b27827
--- /dev/null
+++ b/db/mork/src/morkMap.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,953 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-  */
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ *
+ * The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1999
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Contributor(s):
+ *
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
+ * or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ *
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+
+// This code is mostly a port to C++ from public domain IronDoc C sources.
+// Note many code comments here come verbatim from cut-and-pasted IronDoc.
+
+#ifndef _MDB_
+#include "mdb.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORK_
+#include "mork.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKNODE_
+#include "morkNode.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKMAP_
+#include "morkMap.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKENV_
+#include "morkEnv.h"
+#endif
+
+
+class morkHashArrays {
+public:
+  nsIMdbHeap*   mHashArrays_Heap;     // copy of mMap_Heap
+  mork_count    mHashArrays_Slots;    // copy of mMap_Slots
+  
+  mork_u1*      mHashArrays_Keys;     // copy of mMap_Keys
+  mork_u1*      mHashArrays_Vals;     // copy of mMap_Vals
+  morkAssoc*    mHashArrays_Assocs;   // copy of mMap_Assocs
+  mork_change*  mHashArrays_Changes;  // copy of mMap_Changes
+  morkAssoc**   mHashArrays_Buckets;  // copy of mMap_Buckets
+  morkAssoc*    mHashArrays_FreeList; // copy of mMap_FreeList
+  
+public:
+  void finalize(morkEnv* ev);
+};
+
+void morkHashArrays::finalize(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  nsIMdbEnv* menv = ev->AsMdbEnv();
+  nsIMdbHeap* heap = mHashArrays_Heap;
+  
+  if ( heap )
+  {
+    if ( mHashArrays_Keys )
+      heap->Free(menv, mHashArrays_Keys);
+    if ( mHashArrays_Vals )
+      heap->Free(menv, mHashArrays_Vals);
+    if ( mHashArrays_Assocs )
+      heap->Free(menv, mHashArrays_Assocs);
+    if ( mHashArrays_Changes )
+      heap->Free(menv, mHashArrays_Changes);
+    if ( mHashArrays_Buckets )
+      heap->Free(menv, mHashArrays_Buckets);
+  }
+}
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+// ````` ````` ````` ````` ````` 
+// { ===== begin morkNode interface =====
+
+/*public virtual*/ void
+morkMap::CloseMorkNode(morkEnv* ev) // CloseMap() only if open
+{
+  if ( this->IsOpenNode() )
+  {
+    this->MarkClosing();
+    this->CloseMap(ev);
+    this->MarkShut();
+  }
+}
+
+/*public virtual*/
+morkMap::~morkMap() // assert CloseMap() executed earlier
+{
+  MORK_ASSERT(mMap_FreeList==0);
+  MORK_ASSERT(mMap_Buckets==0);
+  MORK_ASSERT(mMap_Keys==0);
+  MORK_ASSERT(mMap_Vals==0);
+  MORK_ASSERT(mMap_Changes==0);
+  MORK_ASSERT(mMap_Assocs==0);
+}
+
+/*public non-poly*/ void
+morkMap::CloseMap(morkEnv* ev) // called by CloseMorkNode();
+{
+    if ( this->IsNode() )
+    {
+      nsIMdbHeap* heap = mMap_Heap;
+      if ( heap ) /* need to free the arrays? */
+      {
+        nsIMdbEnv* menv = ev->AsMdbEnv();
+        
+        if ( mMap_Keys )
+          heap->Free(menv, mMap_Keys);
+          
+        if ( mMap_Vals )
+          heap->Free(menv, mMap_Vals);
+          
+        if ( mMap_Assocs )
+          heap->Free(menv, mMap_Assocs);
+          
+        if ( mMap_Buckets )
+          heap->Free(menv, mMap_Buckets);
+          
+        if ( mMap_Changes )
+          heap->Free(menv, mMap_Changes);
+      }
+      mMap_Keys = 0;
+      mMap_Vals = 0;
+      mMap_Buckets = 0;
+      mMap_Assocs = 0;
+      mMap_Changes = 0;
+      mMap_FreeList = 0;
+      MORK_MEMSET(&mMap_Form, 0, sizeof(morkMapForm));
+      this->MarkShut();
+    }
+    else
+      this->NonNodeError(ev);
+}
+
+// } ===== end morkNode methods =====
+// ````` ````` ````` ````` ````` 
+
+void
+morkMap::clear_map(morkEnv* ev, nsIMdbHeap* ioSlotHeap)
+{
+  mMap_Tag = 0;
+  mMap_Seed = 0;
+  mMap_Slots = 0;
+  mMap_Fill = 0;
+  mMap_Keys = 0;
+  mMap_Vals = 0;
+  mMap_Assocs = 0;
+  mMap_Changes = 0;
+  mMap_Buckets = 0;
+  mMap_FreeList = 0;
+  MORK_MEMSET(&mMap_Form, 0, sizeof(morkMapForm));
+  
+  mMap_Heap = 0;
+  if ( ioSlotHeap )
+  {
+    nsIMdbHeap_SlotStrongHeap(ioSlotHeap, ev, &mMap_Heap);
+  }
+  else
+    ev->NilPointerError();
+}
+
+morkMap::morkMap(morkEnv* ev, const morkUsage& inUsage, nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap, 
+  mork_size inKeySize, mork_size inValSize,
+  mork_size inSlots, nsIMdbHeap* ioSlotHeap, mork_bool inHoldChanges)
+: morkNode(ev, inUsage, ioHeap)
+, mMap_Heap( 0 )
+{
+  if ( ev->Good() )
+  {
+    this->clear_map(ev, ioSlotHeap);
+    if ( ev->Good() )
+    {
+      mMap_Form.mMapForm_HoldChanges = inHoldChanges;
+      
+      mMap_Form.mMapForm_KeySize = inKeySize;
+      mMap_Form.mMapForm_ValSize = inValSize;
+      mMap_Form.mMapForm_KeyIsIP = ( inKeySize == sizeof(mork_ip) );
+      mMap_Form.mMapForm_ValIsIP = ( inValSize == sizeof(mork_ip) );
+      
+      this->InitMap(ev, inSlots);
+      if ( ev->Good() )
+        mNode_Derived = morkDerived_kMap;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+void
+morkMap::NewIterOutOfSyncError(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  ev->NewError("map iter out of sync");
+}
+
+void morkMap::NewBadMapError(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  ev->NewError("bad morkMap tag");
+}
+
+void morkMap::NewSlotsUnderflowWarning(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  ev->NewWarning("member count underflow");
+}
+
+void morkMap::InitMap(morkEnv* ev, mork_size inSlots)
+{
+  if ( ev->Good() )
+  {
+    morkHashArrays old;
+    // MORK_MEMCPY(&mMap_Form, &inForm, sizeof(morkMapForm));
+    if ( inSlots < 3 ) /* requested capacity absurdly small? */
+      inSlots = 3; /* bump it up to a minimum practical level */
+    else if ( inSlots > (128 * 1024) ) /* requested slots absurdly big? */
+      inSlots = (128 * 1024); /* decrease it to a maximum practical level */
+      
+    if ( this->new_arrays(ev, &old, inSlots) )
+      mMap_Tag = morkMap_kTag;
+
+    MORK_MEMSET(&old, 0, sizeof(morkHashArrays)); // do NOT finalize
+  }
+}
+
+morkAssoc**
+morkMap::find(morkEnv* ev, const void* inKey, mork_u4 inHash) const
+{
+  mork_u1* keys = mMap_Keys;
+  mork_num keySize = this->FormKeySize();
+  // morkMap_mEqual equal = this->FormEqual();
+  
+  morkAssoc** ref = mMap_Buckets + (inHash % mMap_Slots);
+  morkAssoc* assoc = *ref;
+  while ( assoc ) /* look at another assoc in the bucket? */
+  {
+    mork_pos i = assoc - mMap_Assocs; /* index of this assoc */
+    if ( this->Equal(ev, keys + (i * keySize), inKey) ) /* found? */
+      return ref;
+      
+    ref = &assoc->mAssoc_Next; /* consider next assoc slot in bucket */
+    assoc = *ref; /* if this is null, then we are done */
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*| get_assoc: read the key and/or value at index inPos
+|*/
+void
+morkMap::get_assoc(void* outKey, void* outVal, mork_pos inPos) const
+{
+  mork_num valSize = this->FormValSize();
+  if ( valSize && outVal ) /* map holds values? caller wants the value? */
+  {
+    const mork_u1* value = mMap_Vals + (valSize * inPos);
+    if ( valSize == sizeof(mork_ip) && this->FormValIsIP() ) /* ip case? */
+      *((mork_ip*) outVal) = *((const mork_ip*) value);
+    else
+      MORK_MEMCPY(outVal, value, valSize);
+  }
+  if ( outKey ) /* caller wants the key? */
+  {
+    mork_num keySize = this->FormKeySize();
+    const mork_u1* key = mMap_Keys + (keySize * inPos);
+    if ( keySize == sizeof(mork_ip) && this->FormKeyIsIP() ) /* ip case? */
+      *((mork_ip*) outKey) = *((const mork_ip*) key);
+    else
+      MORK_MEMCPY(outKey, key, keySize);
+  }
+}
+
+/*| put_assoc: write the key and/or value at index inPos
+|*/
+void
+morkMap::put_assoc(const void* inKey, const void* inVal, mork_pos inPos) const
+{
+  mork_num valSize = this->FormValSize();
+  if ( valSize && inVal ) /* map holds values? caller sends a value? */
+  {
+    mork_u1* value = mMap_Vals + (valSize * inPos);
+    if ( valSize == sizeof(mork_ip) && this->FormValIsIP() ) /* ip case? */
+      *((mork_ip*) value) = *((const mork_ip*) inVal);
+    else
+      MORK_MEMCPY(value, inVal, valSize);
+  }
+  if ( inKey ) /* caller sends a key? */
+  {
+    mork_num keySize = this->FormKeySize();
+    mork_u1* key = mMap_Keys + (keySize * inPos);
+    if ( keySize == sizeof(mork_ip) && this->FormKeyIsIP() ) /* ip case? */
+      *((mork_ip*) key) = *((const mork_ip*) inKey);
+    else
+      MORK_MEMCPY(key, inKey, keySize);
+  }
+}
+
+void*
+morkMap::clear_alloc(morkEnv* ev, mork_size inSize)
+{
+  void* p = 0;
+  nsIMdbHeap* heap = mMap_Heap;
+  if ( heap )
+  {
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(heap->Alloc(ev->AsMdbEnv(), inSize, (void**) &p)) && p )
+    {
+      MORK_MEMSET(p, 0, inSize);
+      return p;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+    ev->NilPointerError();
+    
+  return (void*) 0;
+}
+
+void*
+morkMap::alloc(morkEnv* ev, mork_size inSize)
+{
+  void* p = 0;
+  nsIMdbHeap* heap = mMap_Heap;
+  if ( heap )
+  {
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(heap->Alloc(ev->AsMdbEnv(), inSize, (void**) &p)) && p )
+      return p;
+  }
+  else
+    ev->NilPointerError();
+
+  return (void*) 0;
+}
+
+/*| new_keys: allocate an array of inSlots new keys filled with zero.
+|*/
+mork_u1*
+morkMap::new_keys(morkEnv* ev, mork_num inSlots)
+{
+  mork_num size = inSlots * this->FormKeySize();
+  return (mork_u1*) this->clear_alloc(ev, size);
+}
+
+/*| new_values: allocate an array of inSlots new values filled with zero.
+**| When values are zero sized, we just return a null pointer.
+|*/
+mork_u1*
+morkMap::new_values(morkEnv* ev, mork_num inSlots)
+{
+  mork_u1* values = 0;
+  mork_num size = inSlots * this->FormValSize();
+  if ( size )
+    values = (mork_u1*) this->clear_alloc(ev, size);
+  return values;
+}
+
+mork_change*
+morkMap::new_changes(morkEnv* ev, mork_num inSlots)
+{
+  mork_change* changes = 0;
+  mork_num size = inSlots * sizeof(mork_change);
+  if ( size && mMap_Form.mMapForm_HoldChanges )
+    changes = (mork_change*) this->clear_alloc(ev, size);
+  return changes;
+}
+
+/*| new_buckets: allocate an array of inSlots new buckets filled with zero.
+|*/
+morkAssoc**
+morkMap::new_buckets(morkEnv* ev, mork_num inSlots)
+{
+  mork_num size = inSlots * sizeof(morkAssoc*);
+  return (morkAssoc**) this->clear_alloc(ev, size);
+}
+
+/*| new_assocs: allocate an array of inSlots new assocs, with each assoc
+**| linked together in a list with the first array element at the list head
+**| and the last element at the list tail. (morkMap::grow() needs this.)
+|*/
+morkAssoc*
+morkMap::new_assocs(morkEnv* ev, mork_num inSlots)
+{
+  mork_num size = inSlots * sizeof(morkAssoc);
+  morkAssoc* assocs = (morkAssoc*) this->alloc(ev, size);
+  if ( assocs ) /* able to allocate the array? */
+  {
+    morkAssoc* a = assocs + (inSlots - 1); /* the last array element */
+    a->mAssoc_Next = 0; /* terminate tail element of the list with null */
+    while ( --a >= assocs ) /* another assoc to link into the list? */
+      a->mAssoc_Next = a + 1; /* each points to the following assoc */
+  }
+  return assocs;
+}
+
+mork_bool
+morkMap::new_arrays(morkEnv* ev, morkHashArrays* old, mork_num inSlots)
+{
+  mork_bool outNew = morkBool_kFalse;
+    
+  /* see if we can allocate all the new arrays before we go any further: */
+  morkAssoc** newBuckets = this->new_buckets(ev, inSlots);
+  morkAssoc* newAssocs = this->new_assocs(ev, inSlots);
+  mork_u1* newKeys = this->new_keys(ev, inSlots);
+  mork_u1* newValues = this->new_values(ev, inSlots);
+  mork_change* newChanges = this->new_changes(ev, inSlots);
+  
+  /* it is okay for newChanges to be null when changes are not held: */
+  mork_bool okayChanges = ( newChanges || !this->FormHoldChanges() );
+  
+  /* it is okay for newValues to be null when values are zero sized: */
+  mork_bool okayValues = ( newValues || !this->FormValSize() );
+  
+  if ( newBuckets && newAssocs && newKeys && okayChanges && okayValues )
+  {
+    outNew = morkBool_kTrue; /* yes, we created all the arrays we need */
+
+    /* init the old hashArrays with slots from this hash table: */
+    old->mHashArrays_Heap = mMap_Heap;
+    
+    old->mHashArrays_Slots = mMap_Slots;
+    old->mHashArrays_Keys = mMap_Keys;
+    old->mHashArrays_Vals = mMap_Vals;
+    old->mHashArrays_Assocs = mMap_Assocs;
+    old->mHashArrays_Buckets = mMap_Buckets;
+    old->mHashArrays_Changes = mMap_Changes;
+    
+    /* now replace all our array slots with the new structures: */
+    ++mMap_Seed; /* note the map is now changed */
+    mMap_Keys = newKeys;
+    mMap_Vals = newValues;
+    mMap_Buckets = newBuckets;
+    mMap_Assocs = newAssocs;
+    mMap_FreeList = newAssocs; /* all are free to start with */
+    mMap_Changes = newChanges;
+    mMap_Slots = inSlots;
+  }
+  else /* free the partial set of arrays that were actually allocated */
+  {
+    nsIMdbEnv* menv = ev->AsMdbEnv();
+    nsIMdbHeap* heap = mMap_Heap;
+    if ( newBuckets )
+      heap->Free(menv, newBuckets);
+    if ( newAssocs )
+      heap->Free(menv, newAssocs);
+    if ( newKeys )
+      heap->Free(menv, newKeys);
+    if ( newValues )
+      heap->Free(menv, newValues);
+    if ( newChanges )
+      heap->Free(menv, newChanges);
+    
+    MORK_MEMSET(old, 0, sizeof(morkHashArrays));
+  }
+  
+  return outNew;
+}
+
+/*| grow: make the map arrays bigger by 33%.  The old map is completely
+**| full, or else we would not have called grow() to get more space.  This
+**| means the free list is empty, and also means every old key and value is in
+**| use in the old arrays.  So every key and value must be copied to the new
+**| arrays, and since they are contiguous in the old arrays, we can efficiently
+**| bitwise copy them in bulk from the old arrays to the new arrays, without
+**| paying any attention to the structure of the old arrays.
+**|
+**|| The content of the old bucket and assoc arrays need not be copied because
+**| this information is going to be completely rebuilt by rehashing all the
+**| keys into their new buckets, given the new larger map capacity.  The new
+**| bucket array from new_arrays() is assumed to contain all zeroes, which is
+**| necessary to ensure the lists in each bucket stay null terminated as we
+**| build the new linked lists.  (Note no old bucket ordering is preserved.)
+**|
+**|| If the old capacity is N, then in the new arrays the assocs with indexes
+**| from zero to N-1 are still allocated and must be rehashed into the map.
+**| The new free list contains all the following assocs, starting with the new
+**| assoc link at index N.  (We call the links in the link array "assocs"
+**| because allocating a link is the same as allocating the key/value pair
+**| with the same index as the link.)
+**|
+**|| The new free list is initialized simply by pointing at the first new link
+**| in the assoc array after the size of the old assoc array.  This assumes
+**| that FeHashTable_new_arrays() has already linked all the new assocs into a
+**| list with the first at the head of the list and the last at the tail of the
+**| list.  So by making the free list point to the first of the new uncopied
+**| assocs, the list is already well-formed.
+|*/
+mork_bool morkMap::grow(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  if ( mMap_Heap ) /* can we grow the map? */
+  {
+    mork_num newSlots = (mMap_Slots * 2); /* +100% */
+    morkHashArrays old; /* a place to temporarily hold all the old arrays */
+    if ( this->new_arrays(ev, &old, newSlots) ) /* have more? */
+    {
+      // morkMap_mHash hash = this->FormHash(); /* for terse loop use */
+      
+      /* figure out the bulk volume sizes of old keys and values to move: */
+      mork_num oldSlots = old.mHashArrays_Slots; /* number of old assocs */
+      mork_num keyBulk = oldSlots * this->FormKeySize(); /* key volume */
+      mork_num valBulk = oldSlots * this->FormValSize(); /* values */
+      
+      /* convenient variables for new arrays that need to be rehashed: */
+      morkAssoc** newBuckets = mMap_Buckets; /* new all zeroes */
+      morkAssoc* newAssocs = mMap_Assocs; /* hash into buckets */
+      morkAssoc* newFreeList = newAssocs + oldSlots; /* new room is free */
+      mork_u1* key = mMap_Keys; /* the first key to rehash */
+      --newAssocs; /* back up one before preincrement used in while loop */
+      
+      /* move all old keys and values to the new arrays: */
+      MORK_MEMCPY(mMap_Keys, old.mHashArrays_Keys, keyBulk);
+      if ( valBulk ) /* are values nonzero sized? */
+        MORK_MEMCPY(mMap_Vals, old.mHashArrays_Vals, valBulk);
+        
+      mMap_FreeList = newFreeList; /* remaining assocs are free */
+      
+      while ( ++newAssocs < newFreeList ) /* rehash another old assoc? */
+      {
+        morkAssoc** top = newBuckets + (this->Hash(ev, key) % newSlots);
+        key += this->FormKeySize(); /* the next key to rehash */
+        newAssocs->mAssoc_Next = *top; /* link to prev bucket top */
+        *top = newAssocs; /* push assoc on top of bucket */
+      }
+      ++mMap_Seed; /* note the map has changed */
+      old.finalize(ev); /* remember to free the old arrays */
+    }
+  }
+  else ev->OutOfMemoryError();
+  
+  return ev->Good();
+}
+
+
+mork_bool
+morkMap::Put(morkEnv* ev, const void* inKey, const void* inVal,
+  void* outKey, void* outVal, mork_change** outChange)
+{
+  mork_bool outPut = morkBool_kFalse;
+  
+  if ( this->GoodMap() ) /* looks good? */
+  {
+    mork_u4 hash = this->Hash(ev, inKey);
+    morkAssoc** ref = this->find(ev, inKey, hash);
+    if ( ref ) /* assoc was found? reuse an existing assoc slot? */
+    {
+      outPut = morkBool_kTrue; /* inKey was indeed already inside the map */
+    }
+    else /* assoc not found -- need to allocate a new assoc slot */
+    {
+      morkAssoc* assoc = this->pop_free_assoc();
+      if ( !assoc ) /* no slots remaining in free list? must grow map? */
+      {
+        if ( this->grow(ev) ) /* successfully made map larger? */
+          assoc = this->pop_free_assoc();
+      }
+      if ( assoc ) /* allocated new assoc without error? */
+      {
+        ref = mMap_Buckets + (hash % mMap_Slots);
+        assoc->mAssoc_Next = *ref; /* link to prev bucket top */
+        *ref = assoc; /* push assoc on top of bucket */
+          
+        ++mMap_Fill; /* one more member in the collection */
+        ++mMap_Seed; /* note the map has changed */
+      }
+    }
+    if ( ref ) /* did not have an error during possible growth? */
+    {
+      mork_pos i = (*ref) - mMap_Assocs; /* index of assoc */
+      if ( outPut && (outKey || outVal) ) /* copy old before cobbering? */
+        this->get_assoc(outKey, outVal, i);
+
+      this->put_assoc(inKey, inVal, i);
+      ++mMap_Seed; /* note the map has changed */
+      
+      if ( outChange )
+      {
+        if ( mMap_Changes )
+          *outChange = mMap_Changes + i;
+        else
+          *outChange = this->FormDummyChange();
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  else this->NewBadMapError(ev);
+  
+  return outPut;
+}
+
+mork_num
+morkMap::CutAll(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  mork_num outCutAll = 0;
+  
+  if ( this->GoodMap() ) /* map looks good? */
+  {
+    mork_num slots = mMap_Slots;
+    morkAssoc* before = mMap_Assocs - 1; /* before first member */
+    morkAssoc* assoc = before + slots; /* the very last member */
+
+    ++mMap_Seed; /* note the map is changed */
+
+    /* make the assoc array a linked list headed by first & tailed by last: */
+    assoc->mAssoc_Next = 0; /* null terminate the new free list */
+    while ( --assoc > before ) /* another assoc to link into the list? */
+      assoc->mAssoc_Next = assoc + 1;
+    mMap_FreeList = mMap_Assocs; /* all are free */
+
+    outCutAll = mMap_Fill; /* we'll cut all of them of course */
+
+    mMap_Fill = 0; /* the map is completely empty */
+  }
+  else this->NewBadMapError(ev);
+  
+  return outCutAll;
+}
+
+mork_bool
+morkMap::Cut(morkEnv* ev, const void* inKey,
+  void* outKey, void* outVal, mork_change** outChange)
+{
+  mork_bool outCut = morkBool_kFalse;
+  
+  if ( this->GoodMap() ) /* looks good? */
+  {
+    mork_u4 hash = this->Hash(ev, inKey);
+    morkAssoc** ref = this->find(ev, inKey, hash);
+    if ( ref ) /* found an assoc for key? */
+    {
+      outCut = morkBool_kTrue;
+      morkAssoc* assoc = *ref;
+      mork_pos i = assoc - mMap_Assocs; /* index of assoc */
+      if ( outKey || outVal )
+        this->get_assoc(outKey, outVal, i);
+
+      *ref = assoc->mAssoc_Next; /* unlink the found assoc */
+      this->push_free_assoc(assoc); /* and put it in free list */
+
+      if ( outChange )
+      {
+        if ( mMap_Changes )
+          *outChange = mMap_Changes + i;
+        else
+          *outChange = this->FormDummyChange();
+      }
+      
+      ++mMap_Seed; /* note the map has changed */
+      if ( mMap_Fill ) /* the count shows nonzero members? */
+        --mMap_Fill; /* one less member in the collection */
+      else
+        this->NewSlotsUnderflowWarning(ev);
+    }
+  }
+  else this->NewBadMapError(ev);
+  
+  return outCut;
+}
+
+mork_bool
+morkMap::Get(morkEnv* ev, const void* inKey,
+  void* outKey, void* outVal, mork_change** outChange)
+{
+  mork_bool outGet = morkBool_kFalse;
+  
+  if ( this->GoodMap() ) /* looks good? */
+  {
+    mork_u4 hash = this->Hash(ev, inKey);
+    morkAssoc** ref = this->find(ev, inKey, hash);
+    if ( ref ) /* found an assoc for inKey? */
+    {
+      mork_pos i = (*ref) - mMap_Assocs; /* index of assoc */
+      outGet = morkBool_kTrue;
+      this->get_assoc(outKey, outVal, i);
+      if ( outChange )
+      {
+        if ( mMap_Changes )
+          *outChange = mMap_Changes + i;
+        else
+          *outChange = this->FormDummyChange();
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  else this->NewBadMapError(ev);
+  
+  return outGet;
+}
+
+
+morkMapIter::morkMapIter( )
+: mMapIter_Map( 0 )
+, mMapIter_Seed( 0 )
+  
+, mMapIter_Bucket( 0 )
+, mMapIter_AssocRef( 0 )
+, mMapIter_Assoc( 0 )
+, mMapIter_Next( 0 )
+{
+}
+
+void
+morkMapIter::InitMapIter(morkEnv* ev, morkMap* ioMap)
+{
+  mMapIter_Map = 0;
+  mMapIter_Seed = 0;
+
+  mMapIter_Bucket = 0;
+  mMapIter_AssocRef = 0;
+  mMapIter_Assoc = 0;
+  mMapIter_Next = 0;
+
+  if ( ioMap )
+  {
+    if ( ioMap->GoodMap() )
+    {
+      mMapIter_Map = ioMap;
+      mMapIter_Seed = ioMap->mMap_Seed;
+    }
+    else ioMap->NewBadMapError(ev);
+  }
+  else ev->NilPointerError();
+}
+
+morkMapIter::morkMapIter(morkEnv* ev, morkMap* ioMap)
+: mMapIter_Map( 0 )
+, mMapIter_Seed( 0 )
+  
+, mMapIter_Bucket( 0 )
+, mMapIter_AssocRef( 0 )
+, mMapIter_Assoc( 0 )
+, mMapIter_Next( 0 )
+{
+  if ( ioMap )
+  {
+    if ( ioMap->GoodMap() )
+    {
+      mMapIter_Map = ioMap;
+      mMapIter_Seed = ioMap->mMap_Seed;
+    }
+    else ioMap->NewBadMapError(ev);
+  }
+  else ev->NilPointerError();
+}
+
+void
+morkMapIter::CloseMapIter(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  MORK_USED_1(ev);
+  mMapIter_Map = 0;
+  mMapIter_Seed = 0;
+  
+  mMapIter_Bucket = 0;
+  mMapIter_AssocRef = 0;
+  mMapIter_Assoc = 0;
+  mMapIter_Next = 0;
+}
+
+mork_change*
+morkMapIter::First(morkEnv* ev, void* outKey, void* outVal)
+{
+  mork_change* outFirst = 0;
+  
+  morkMap* map = mMapIter_Map;
+  
+  if ( map && map->GoodMap() ) /* map looks good? */
+  {
+    morkAssoc** bucket = map->mMap_Buckets;
+    morkAssoc** end = bucket + map->mMap_Slots; /* one past last */
+ 
+    mMapIter_Seed = map->mMap_Seed; /* sync the seeds */
+   
+    while ( bucket < end ) /* another bucket in which to look for assocs? */
+    {
+      morkAssoc* assoc = *bucket++;
+      if ( assoc ) /* found the first map assoc in use? */
+      {
+        mork_pos i = assoc - map->mMap_Assocs;
+        mork_change* c = map->mMap_Changes;
+        outFirst = ( c )? (c + i) : map->FormDummyChange();
+        
+        mMapIter_Assoc = assoc; /* current assoc in iteration */
+        mMapIter_Next = assoc->mAssoc_Next; /* more in bucket */
+        mMapIter_Bucket = --bucket; /* bucket for this assoc */
+        mMapIter_AssocRef = bucket; /* slot referencing assoc */
+        
+        map->get_assoc(outKey, outVal, i);
+          
+        break; /* end while loop */
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  else map->NewBadMapError(ev);
+
+  return outFirst;
+}
+
+mork_change*
+morkMapIter::Next(morkEnv* ev, void* outKey, void* outVal)
+{
+  mork_change* outNext = 0;
+  
+  morkMap* map = mMapIter_Map;
+  
+  if ( map && map->GoodMap() ) /* map looks good? */
+  {
+    if ( mMapIter_Seed == map->mMap_Seed ) /* in sync? */
+    {
+      morkAssoc* here = mMapIter_Assoc; /* current assoc */
+      if ( here ) /* iteration is not yet concluded? */
+      {
+        morkAssoc* next = mMapIter_Next;
+        morkAssoc* assoc = next; /* default new mMapIter_Assoc */  
+        if ( next ) /* there are more assocs in the same bucket after Here? */
+        {
+          morkAssoc** ref = mMapIter_AssocRef;
+          
+          /* (*HereRef) equals Here, except when Here has been cut, after
+          ** which (*HereRef) always equals Next.  So if (*HereRef) is not
+          ** equal to Next, then HereRef still needs to be updated to point
+          ** somewhere else other than Here.  Otherwise it is fine.
+          */
+          if ( *ref != next ) /* Here was not cut? must update HereRef? */
+            mMapIter_AssocRef = &here->mAssoc_Next;
+            
+          mMapIter_Next = next->mAssoc_Next;
+        }
+        else /* look for the next assoc in the next nonempty bucket */
+        {
+          morkAssoc** bucket = map->mMap_Buckets;
+          morkAssoc** end = bucket + map->mMap_Slots; /* beyond */
+          mMapIter_Assoc = 0; /* default to no more assocs */
+          bucket = mMapIter_Bucket; /* last exhausted bucket */
+          mMapIter_Assoc = 0; /* default to iteration ended */
+          
+          while ( ++bucket < end ) /* another bucket to search for assocs? */
+          {
+            assoc = *bucket;
+            if ( assoc ) /* found another map assoc in use? */
+            {
+              mMapIter_Bucket = bucket;
+              mMapIter_AssocRef = bucket; /* ref to assoc */
+              mMapIter_Next = assoc->mAssoc_Next; /* more */
+              
+              break; /* end while loop */
+            }
+          }
+        }
+        if ( assoc ) /* did we find another assoc in the iteration? */
+        {
+          mMapIter_Assoc = assoc; /* current assoc */
+          mork_pos i = assoc - map->mMap_Assocs;
+          mork_change* c = map->mMap_Changes;
+          outNext = ( c )? (c + i) : map->FormDummyChange();
+        
+          map->get_assoc( outKey, outVal, i);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    else map->NewIterOutOfSyncError(ev);
+  }
+  else map->NewBadMapError(ev);
+  
+  return outNext;
+}
+
+mork_change*
+morkMapIter::Here(morkEnv* ev, void* outKey, void* outVal)
+{
+  mork_change* outHere = 0;
+  
+  morkMap* map = mMapIter_Map;
+  
+  if ( map && map->GoodMap() ) /* map looks good? */
+  {
+    if ( mMapIter_Seed == map->mMap_Seed ) /* in sync? */
+    {
+      morkAssoc* here = mMapIter_Assoc; /* current assoc */
+      if ( here ) /* iteration is not yet concluded? */
+      {
+        mork_pos i = here - map->mMap_Assocs;
+        mork_change* c = map->mMap_Changes;
+        outHere = ( c )? (c + i) : map->FormDummyChange();
+          
+        map->get_assoc(outKey, outVal, i);
+      }
+    }
+    else map->NewIterOutOfSyncError(ev);
+  }
+  else map->NewBadMapError(ev);
+  
+  return outHere;
+}
+
+mork_change*
+morkMapIter::CutHere(morkEnv* ev, void* outKey, void* outVal)
+{
+  mork_change* outCutHere = 0;
+  morkMap* map = mMapIter_Map;
+  
+  if ( map && map->GoodMap() ) /* map looks good? */
+  {
+    if ( mMapIter_Seed == map->mMap_Seed ) /* in sync? */
+    {
+      morkAssoc* here = mMapIter_Assoc; /* current assoc */
+      if ( here ) /* iteration is not yet concluded? */
+      {
+        morkAssoc** ref = mMapIter_AssocRef;
+        if ( *ref != mMapIter_Next ) /* not already cut? */
+        {
+          mork_pos i = here - map->mMap_Assocs;
+          mork_change* c = map->mMap_Changes;
+          outCutHere = ( c )? (c + i) : map->FormDummyChange();
+          if ( outKey || outVal )
+            map->get_assoc(outKey, outVal, i);
+            
+          map->push_free_assoc(here); /* add to free list */
+          *ref = mMapIter_Next; /* unlink here from bucket list */
+          
+          /* note the map has changed, but we are still in sync: */
+          mMapIter_Seed = ++map->mMap_Seed; /* sync */
+          
+          if ( map->mMap_Fill ) /* still has nonzero value? */
+            --map->mMap_Fill; /* one less member in the collection */
+          else
+            map->NewSlotsUnderflowWarning(ev);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    else map->NewIterOutOfSyncError(ev);
+  }
+  else map->NewBadMapError(ev);
+  
+  return outCutHere;
+}
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
diff --git a/db/mork/src/morkMap.h b/db/mork/src/morkMap.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..57104df0e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/db/mork/src/morkMap.h
@@ -0,0 +1,394 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-  */
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ *
+ * The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1999
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Contributor(s):
+ *
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
+ * or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ *
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+
+#ifndef _MORKMAP_
+#define _MORKMAP_ 1
+
+#ifndef _MORK_
+#include "mork.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKNODE_
+#include "morkNode.h"
+#endif
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+/* (These hash methods closely resemble those in public domain IronDoc.) */
+
+/*| Equal: equal for hash table. Note equal(a,b) implies hash(a)==hash(b).
+|*/
+typedef mork_bool (* morkMap_mEqual)
+(const morkMap* self, morkEnv* ev, const void* inKeyA, const void* inKeyB);
+
+/*| Hash: hash for hash table. Note equal(a,b) implies hash(a)==hash(b).
+|*/
+typedef mork_u4 (* morkMap_mHash)
+(const morkMap* self, morkEnv* ev, const void* inKey);
+
+/*| IsNil: whether a key slot contains a "null" value denoting "no such key".
+|*/
+typedef mork_bool (* morkMap_mIsNil)
+(const morkMap* self, morkEnv* ev, const void* inKey);
+
+/*| Note: notify regarding a refcounting change for a key or a value.
+|*/
+//typedef void (* morkMap_mNote)
+//(morkMap* self, morkEnv* ev, void* inKeyOrVal);
+
+/*| morkMapForm: slots need to initialize a new dict.  (This is very similar
+**| to the config object for public domain IronDoc hash tables.)
+|*/
+class morkMapForm { // a struct of callback method pointers for morkMap
+public:
+  
+  // const void*     mMapForm_NilKey;  // externally defined 'nil' bit pattern
+
+  // void*           mMapForm_NilBuf[ 8 ]; // potential place to put NilKey
+  // If keys are no larger than 8*sizeof(void*), NilKey can be put in NilBuf.
+  // Note this should be true for all Mork subclasses, and we plan usage so.
+  
+  // These three methods must always be provided, so zero will cause errors:
+  
+  // morkMap_mEqual  mMapForm_Equal;   // for comparing two keys for identity
+  // morkMap_mHash   mMapForm_Hash;    // deterministic key to hash method
+  // morkMap_mIsNil  mMapForm_IsNil;   // to query whether a key equals 'nil'
+  
+  // If any of these method slots are nonzero, then morkMap will call the
+  // appropriate one to notify dict users when a key or value is added or cut.
+  // Presumably a caller wants to know this in order to perform refcounting or
+  // some other kind of memory management.  These methods are definitely only
+  // called when references to keys or values are inserted or removed, and are
+  // never called when the actual number of references does not change (such
+  // as when added keys are already present or cut keys are alreading missing).
+  // 
+  // morkMap_mNote   mMapForm_AddKey;  // if nonzero, notify about add key
+  // morkMap_mNote   mMapForm_CutKey;  // if nonzero, notify about cut key
+  // morkMap_mNote   mMapForm_AddVal;  // if nonzero, notify about add val
+  // morkMap_mNote   mMapForm_CutVal;  // if nonzero, notify about cut val
+  //
+  // These note methods have been removed because it seems difficult to
+  // guarantee suitable alignment of objects passed to notification methods.
+  
+  // Note dict clients should pick key and val sizes that provide whatever
+  // alignment will be required for an array of such keys and values.
+  mork_size       mMapForm_KeySize; // size of every key (cannot be zero)
+  mork_size       mMapForm_ValSize; // size of every val (can indeed be zero)
+  
+  mork_bool       mMapForm_HoldChanges; // support changes array in the map
+  mork_change     mMapForm_DummyChange; // change used for false HoldChanges
+  mork_bool       mMapForm_KeyIsIP;     // key is mork_ip sized
+  mork_bool       mMapForm_ValIsIP;     // key is mork_ip sized
+};
+
+/*| morkAssoc: a canonical association slot in a morkMap.  A single assoc
+**| instance does nothing except point to the next assoc in the same bucket
+**| of a hash table.  Each assoc has only two interesting attributes: 1) the
+**| address of the assoc, and 2) the next assoc in a bucket's list.  The assoc
+**| address is interesting because in the context of an array of such assocs,
+**| one can determine the index of a particular assoc in the array by address
+**| arithmetic, subtracting the array address from the assoc address.  And the
+**| index of each assoc is the same index as the associated key and val slots
+**| in the associated arrays
+**|
+**|| Think of an assoc instance as really also containing a key slot and a val
+**| slot, where each key is mMap_Form.mMapForm_KeySize bytes in size, and
+**| each val is mMap_Form.mMapForm_ValSize in size.  But the key and val
+**| slots are stored in separate arrays with indexes that are parallel to the
+**| indexes in the array of morkAssoc instances.  We have taken the variable
+**| sized slots out of the morkAssoc structure, and put them into parallel
+**| arrays associated with each morkAssoc by array index.  And this leaves us
+**| with only the link field to the next assoc in each assoc instance.
+|*/
+class morkAssoc {
+public:
+  morkAssoc*   mAssoc_Next;
+};
+
+
+#define morkDerived_kMap     /*i*/ 0x4D70 /* ascii 'Mp' */
+
+#define morkMap_kTag     /*i*/ 0x6D4D6150 /* ascii 'mMaP' */
+
+/*| morkMap: a hash table based on the public domain IronDoc hash table
+**| (which is in turn rather like a similar OpenDoc hash table).
+|*/
+class morkMap : public morkNode {
+
+// public: // slots inherited from morkNode (meant to inform only)
+  // nsIMdbHeap*       mNode_Heap;
+
+  // mork_base      mNode_Base;     // must equal morkBase_kNode
+  // mork_derived   mNode_Derived;  // depends on specific node subclass
+  
+  // mork_access    mNode_Access;   // kOpen, kClosing, kShut, or kDead
+  // mork_usage     mNode_Usage;    // kHeap, kStack, kMember, kGlobal, kNone
+  // mork_able      mNode_Mutable;  // can this node be modified?
+  // mork_load      mNode_Load;     // is this node clean or dirty?
+  
+  // mork_uses      mNode_Uses;     // refcount for strong refs
+  // mork_refs      mNode_Refs;     // refcount for strong refs + weak refs
+
+public: // state is public because the entire Mork system is private
+
+  nsIMdbHeap*       mMap_Heap; // strong ref to heap allocating all space
+  mork_u4           mMap_Tag; // must equal morkMap_kTag
+
+  // When a morkMap instance is constructed, the dict form slots must be
+  // provided in order to properly configure a dict with all runtime needs:
+  
+  morkMapForm       mMap_Form; // construction time parameterization
+  
+  // Whenever the dict changes structure in a way that would affect any
+  // iteration of the dict associations, the seed increments to show this:
+  
+  mork_seed         mMap_Seed;   // counter for member and structural changes
+  
+  // The current total assoc capacity of the dict is mMap_Slots, where
+  // mMap_Fill of these slots are actually holding content, so mMap_Fill
+  // is the actual membership count, and mMap_Slots is how larger membership
+  // can become before the hash table must grow the buffers being used. 
+  
+  mork_count        mMap_Slots;  // count of slots in the hash table
+  mork_fill         mMap_Fill;   // number of used slots in the hash table
+  
+  // Key and value slots are bound to corresponding mMap_Assocs array slots.
+  // Instead of having a single array like this: {key,val,next}[ mMap_Slots ]
+  // we have instead three parallel arrays with essentially the same meaning:
+  // {key}[ mMap_Slots ], {val}[ mMap_Slots ], {assocs}[ mMap_Slots ]
+  
+  mork_u1*          mMap_Keys;  // mMap_Slots * mMapForm_KeySize buffer
+  mork_u1*          mMap_Vals;  // mMap_Slots * mMapForm_ValSize buffer
+
+  // An assoc is "used" when it appears in a bucket's linked list of assocs.
+  // Until an assoc is used, it appears in the FreeList linked list.  Every
+  // assoc that becomes used goes into the bucket determined by hashing the
+  // key associated with a new assoc.  The key associated with a new assoc
+  // goes in to the slot in mMap_Keys which occupies exactly the same array
+  // index as the array index of the used assoc in the mMap_Assocs array.
+  
+  morkAssoc*        mMap_Assocs;   // mMap_Slots * sizeof(morkAssoc) buffer
+  
+  // The changes array is only needed when the
+
+  mork_change*      mMap_Changes;  // mMap_Slots * sizeof(mork_change) buffer
+  
+  // The Buckets array need not be the same length as the Assocs array, but we
+  // usually do it that way so the average bucket depth is no more than one.
+  // (We could pick a different policy, or make it parameterizable, but that's
+  // tuning we can do some other time.)
+  
+  morkAssoc**       mMap_Buckets;  // mMap_Slots * sizeof(morkAssoc*) buffer
+  
+  // The length of the mMap_FreeList should equal (mMap_Slots - mMap_Fill).
+  // We need a free list instead of a simpler representation because assocs
+  // can be cut and returned to availability in any kind of unknown pattern.
+  // (However, when assocs are first allocated, or when the dict is grown, we
+  // know all new assocs are contiguous and can chain together adjacently.)
+  
+  morkAssoc*        mMap_FreeList; // list of unused mMap_Assocs array slots 
+
+public: // getters (morkProbeMap compatibility)
+  mork_fill        MapFill() const { return mMap_Fill; }
+  
+// { ===== begin morkNode interface =====
+public: // morkNode virtual methods
+  virtual void CloseMorkNode(morkEnv* ev) override; // CloseMap() only if open
+  virtual ~morkMap(); // assert that CloseMap() executed earlier
+  
+public: // morkMap construction & destruction
+  morkMap(morkEnv* ev, const morkUsage& inUsage, nsIMdbHeap* ioNodeHeap, 
+    mork_size inKeySize, mork_size inValSize,
+    mork_size inSlots, nsIMdbHeap* ioSlotHeap, mork_bool inHoldChanges);
+  
+  void CloseMap(morkEnv* ev); // called by 
+  
+public: // dynamic type identification
+  mork_bool IsMap() const
+  { return IsNode() && mNode_Derived == morkDerived_kMap; }
+// } ===== end morkNode methods =====
+
+public: // poly map hash table methods
+
+// { ===== begin morkMap poly interface =====
+  virtual mork_bool // note: equal(a,b) implies hash(a) == hash(b)
+  Equal(morkEnv* ev, const void* inKeyA, const void* inKeyB) const = 0;
+
+  virtual mork_u4 // note: equal(a,b) implies hash(a) == hash(b)
+  Hash(morkEnv* ev, const void* inKey) const = 0;
+// } ===== end morkMap poly interface =====
+
+public: // open utitity methods
+
+  mork_bool GoodMapTag() const { return mMap_Tag == morkMap_kTag; }
+  mork_bool GoodMap() const
+  { return ( IsNode() && GoodMapTag() ); }
+  
+  void NewIterOutOfSyncError(morkEnv* ev);
+  void NewBadMapError(morkEnv* ev);
+  void NewSlotsUnderflowWarning(morkEnv* ev);
+  void InitMap(morkEnv* ev, mork_size inSlots);
+
+protected: // internal utitity methods
+
+  friend class morkMapIter;
+  void clear_map(morkEnv* ev, nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap);
+
+  void* alloc(morkEnv* ev, mork_size inSize);
+  void* clear_alloc(morkEnv* ev, mork_size inSize);
+  
+  void push_free_assoc(morkAssoc* ioAssoc)
+  {
+    ioAssoc->mAssoc_Next = mMap_FreeList;
+    mMap_FreeList = ioAssoc;
+  }
+  
+  morkAssoc* pop_free_assoc()
+  {
+    morkAssoc* assoc = mMap_FreeList;
+    if ( assoc )
+      mMap_FreeList = assoc->mAssoc_Next;
+    return assoc;
+  }
+
+  morkAssoc** find(morkEnv* ev, const void* inKey, mork_u4 inHash) const;
+  
+  mork_u1* new_keys(morkEnv* ev, mork_num inSlots);
+  mork_u1* new_values(morkEnv* ev, mork_num inSlots);
+  mork_change* new_changes(morkEnv* ev, mork_num inSlots);
+  morkAssoc** new_buckets(morkEnv* ev, mork_num inSlots);
+  morkAssoc* new_assocs(morkEnv* ev, mork_num inSlots);
+  mork_bool new_arrays(morkEnv* ev, morkHashArrays* old, mork_num inSlots);
+  
+  mork_bool grow(morkEnv* ev);
+
+  void get_assoc(void* outKey, void* outVal, mork_pos inPos) const;
+  void put_assoc(const void* inKey, const void* inVal, mork_pos inPos) const;
+  
+public: // inlines to form slots
+  // const void*     FormNilKey() const { return mMap_Form.mMapForm_NilKey; }
+  
+  // morkMap_mEqual  FormEqual() const { return mMap_Form.mMapForm_Equal; }
+  // morkMap_mHash   FormHash() const { return mMap_Form.mMapForm_Hash; }
+  // orkMap_mIsNil  FormIsNil() const { return mMap_Form.mMapForm_IsNil; } 
+    
+  // morkMap_mNote   FormAddKey() const { return mMap_Form.mMapForm_AddKey; }
+  // morkMap_mNote   FormCutKey() const { return mMap_Form.mMapForm_CutKey; }
+  // morkMap_mNote   FormAddVal() const { return mMap_Form.mMapForm_AddVal; }
+  // morkMap_mNote   FormCutVal() const { return mMap_Form.mMapForm_CutVal; }
+  
+  mork_size       FormKeySize() const { return mMap_Form.mMapForm_KeySize; }
+  mork_size       FormValSize() const { return mMap_Form.mMapForm_ValSize; }
+
+  mork_bool       FormKeyIsIP() const { return mMap_Form.mMapForm_KeyIsIP; }
+  mork_bool       FormValIsIP() const { return mMap_Form.mMapForm_ValIsIP; }
+
+  mork_bool       FormHoldChanges() const
+  { return mMap_Form.mMapForm_HoldChanges; }
+  
+  mork_change*    FormDummyChange()
+  { return &mMap_Form.mMapForm_DummyChange; }
+
+public: // other map methods
+ 
+  mork_bool Put(morkEnv* ev, const void* inKey, const void* inVal,
+    void* outKey, void* outVal, mork_change** outChange);
+    
+  mork_bool Cut(morkEnv* ev, const void* inKey,
+    void* outKey, void* outVal, mork_change** outChange);
+    
+  mork_bool Get(morkEnv* ev, const void* inKey, 
+    void* outKey, void* outVal, mork_change** outChange);
+    
+  mork_num CutAll(morkEnv* ev);
+
+private: // copying is not allowed
+  morkMap(const morkMap& other);
+  morkMap& operator=(const morkMap& other);
+
+
+public: // typesafe refcounting inlines calling inherited morkNode methods
+  static void SlotWeakMap(morkMap* me,
+    morkEnv* ev, morkMap** ioSlot)
+  { morkNode::SlotWeakNode((morkNode*) me, ev, (morkNode**) ioSlot); }
+  
+  static void SlotStrongMap(morkMap* me,
+    morkEnv* ev, morkMap** ioSlot)
+  { morkNode::SlotStrongNode((morkNode*) me, ev, (morkNode**) ioSlot); }
+};
+
+/*| morkMapIter: an iterator for morkMap and subclasses.  This is not a node,
+**| and expected usage is as a member of some other node subclass, such as in
+**| a cursor subclass or a thumb subclass.  Also, iters might be as temp stack
+**| objects when scanning the content of a map.
+|*/
+class morkMapIter{  // iterator for hash table map
+
+protected:
+  morkMap*    mMapIter_Map;      // map to iterate, NOT refcounted
+  mork_seed   mMapIter_Seed;     // cached copy of map's seed
+  
+  morkAssoc** mMapIter_Bucket;   // one bucket in mMap_Buckets array
+  morkAssoc** mMapIter_AssocRef; // usually *AtRef equals Here
+  morkAssoc*  mMapIter_Assoc;    // the current assoc in an iteration
+  morkAssoc*  mMapIter_Next;     // mMapIter_Assoc->mAssoc_Next */
+
+public:
+  morkMapIter(morkEnv* ev, morkMap* ioMap);
+  void CloseMapIter(morkEnv* ev);
+ 
+  morkMapIter( ); // everything set to zero -- need to call InitMapIter()
+
+protected: // we want all subclasses to provide typesafe wrappers:
+
+  void InitMapIter(morkEnv* ev, morkMap* ioMap);
+ 
+  // The morkAssoc returned below is always either mork_change* or
+  // else nil (when there is no such assoc).  We return a pointer to
+  // the change rather than a simple bool, because callers might
+  // want to access change info associated with an assoc.
+  
+  mork_change* First(morkEnv* ev, void* outKey, void* outVal);
+  mork_change* Next(morkEnv* ev, void* outKey, void* outVal);
+  mork_change* Here(morkEnv* ev, void* outKey, void* outVal);
+  
+  mork_change* CutHere(morkEnv* ev, void* outKey, void* outVal);
+};
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+#endif /* _MORKMAP_ */
diff --git a/db/mork/src/morkNode.cpp b/db/mork/src/morkNode.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..823ce475b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/db/mork/src/morkNode.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,592 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-  */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _MDB_
+#include "mdb.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORK_
+#include "mork.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKNODE_
+#include "morkNode.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKPOOL_
+#include "morkPool.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKENV_
+#include "morkEnv.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKHANDLE_
+#include "morkHandle.h"
+#endif
+
+/*3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_12345678*/
+
+/* ===== ===== ===== ===== morkUsage ===== ===== ===== ===== */
+
+static morkUsage morkUsage_gHeap; // ensure EnsureReadyStaticUsage()
+const morkUsage& morkUsage::kHeap = morkUsage_gHeap;
+
+static morkUsage morkUsage_gStack; // ensure EnsureReadyStaticUsage()
+const morkUsage& morkUsage::kStack = morkUsage_gStack;
+
+static morkUsage morkUsage_gMember; // ensure EnsureReadyStaticUsage()
+const morkUsage& morkUsage::kMember = morkUsage_gMember;
+
+static morkUsage morkUsage_gGlobal; // ensure EnsureReadyStaticUsage()
+const morkUsage& morkUsage::kGlobal = morkUsage_gGlobal;
+
+static morkUsage morkUsage_gPool; // ensure EnsureReadyStaticUsage()
+const morkUsage& morkUsage::kPool = morkUsage_gPool;
+
+static morkUsage morkUsage_gNone; // ensure EnsureReadyStaticUsage()
+const morkUsage& morkUsage::kNone = morkUsage_gNone;
+
+// This must be structured to allow for non-zero values in global variables
+// just before static init time.  We can only safely check for whether a
+// global has the address of some other global.  Please, do not initialize
+// either of the variables below to zero, because this could break when a zero
+// is assigned at static init time, but after EnsureReadyStaticUsage() runs.
+
+static mork_u4 morkUsage_g_static_init_target; // only address of this matters
+static mork_u4* morkUsage_g_static_init_done; // is address of target above?
+
+#define morkUsage_do_static_init() \
+  ( morkUsage_g_static_init_done = &morkUsage_g_static_init_target )
+
+#define morkUsage_need_static_init() \
+  ( morkUsage_g_static_init_done != &morkUsage_g_static_init_target )
+
+/*static*/
+void morkUsage::EnsureReadyStaticUsage()
+{
+  if ( morkUsage_need_static_init() )
+  {
+    morkUsage_do_static_init();
+
+    morkUsage_gHeap.InitUsage(morkUsage_kHeap);
+    morkUsage_gStack.InitUsage(morkUsage_kStack);
+    morkUsage_gMember.InitUsage(morkUsage_kMember);
+    morkUsage_gGlobal.InitUsage(morkUsage_kGlobal);
+    morkUsage_gPool.InitUsage(morkUsage_kPool);
+    morkUsage_gNone.InitUsage(morkUsage_kNone);
+  }
+}
+
+/*static*/
+const morkUsage& morkUsage::GetHeap()   // kHeap safe at static init time
+{
+  EnsureReadyStaticUsage();
+  return morkUsage_gHeap;
+}
+
+/*static*/
+const morkUsage& morkUsage::GetStack()  // kStack safe at static init time
+{
+  EnsureReadyStaticUsage();
+  return morkUsage_gStack;
+}
+
+/*static*/
+const morkUsage& morkUsage::GetMember() // kMember safe at static init time
+{
+  EnsureReadyStaticUsage();
+  return morkUsage_gMember;
+}
+
+/*static*/
+const morkUsage& morkUsage::GetGlobal() // kGlobal safe at static init time
+{
+  EnsureReadyStaticUsage();
+  return morkUsage_gGlobal;
+}
+
+/*static*/
+const morkUsage& morkUsage::GetPool()  // kPool safe at static init time
+{
+  EnsureReadyStaticUsage();
+  return morkUsage_gPool;
+}
+
+/*static*/
+const morkUsage& morkUsage::GetNone()  // kNone safe at static init time
+{
+  EnsureReadyStaticUsage();
+  return morkUsage_gNone;
+}
+
+morkUsage::morkUsage()
+{
+  if ( morkUsage_need_static_init() )
+  {
+    morkUsage::EnsureReadyStaticUsage();
+  }
+}
+
+morkUsage::morkUsage(mork_usage code)
+  : mUsage_Code(code)
+{
+  if ( morkUsage_need_static_init() )
+  {
+    morkUsage::EnsureReadyStaticUsage();
+  }
+}
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+/*static*/ void*
+morkNode::MakeNew(size_t inSize, nsIMdbHeap& ioHeap, morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  void* node = 0;
+    ioHeap.Alloc(ev->AsMdbEnv(), inSize, (void **) &node);
+    if ( !node )
+      ev->OutOfMemoryError();
+
+  return node;
+}
+
+/*public non-poly*/ void
+morkNode::ZapOld(morkEnv* ev, nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap)
+{
+    if ( this->IsNode() )
+    {
+      mork_usage usage = mNode_Usage; // mNode_Usage before ~morkNode
+      this->morkNode::~morkNode(); // first call polymorphic destructor
+      if ( ioHeap ) // was this node heap allocated?
+        ioHeap->Free(ev->AsMdbEnv(), this);
+      else if ( usage == morkUsage_kPool ) // mNode_Usage before ~morkNode
+      {
+        morkHandle* h = (morkHandle*) this;
+        if ( h->IsHandle() && h->GoodHandleTag() )
+        {
+          if ( h->mHandle_Face )
+          {
+            if (ev->mEnv_HandlePool)
+              ev->mEnv_HandlePool->ZapHandle(ev, h->mHandle_Face);
+            else if (h->mHandle_Env && h->mHandle_Env->mEnv_HandlePool)
+              h->mHandle_Env->mEnv_HandlePool->ZapHandle(ev, h->mHandle_Face);
+          }
+          else
+            ev->NilPointerError();
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    else
+      this->NonNodeError(ev);
+}
+
+/*public virtual*/ void
+morkNode::CloseMorkNode(morkEnv* ev) // CloseNode() only if open
+{
+  if ( this->IsOpenNode() )
+  {
+    this->MarkClosing();
+    this->CloseNode(ev);
+    this->MarkShut();
+  }
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkNode::CloseMdbObject(nsIMdbEnv* mev)
+{
+  return morkNode::CloseMdbObject((morkEnv *) mev);
+}
+
+nsresult morkNode::CloseMdbObject(morkEnv *ev)
+{
+  // if only one ref, Handle_CutStrongRef will clean up better.
+  if (mNode_Uses == 1)
+    // XXX Casting mork_uses to nsresult
+    return static_cast<nsresult>(CutStrongRef(ev));
+
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+
+  if ( IsNode() && IsOpenNode() )
+  {
+    if ( ev )
+    {
+      CloseMorkNode(ev);
+      outErr = ev->AsErr();
+    }
+  }
+  return outErr;
+}
+
+/*public virtual*/
+morkNode::~morkNode() // assert that CloseNode() executed earlier
+{
+  MORK_ASSERT(this->IsShutNode() || IsDeadNode()); // sometimes we call destructor explictly w/o freeing object.
+  mNode_Access = morkAccess_kDead;
+  mNode_Usage = morkUsage_kNone;
+}
+
+/*public virtual*/
+// void CloseMorkNode(morkEnv* ev) = 0; // CloseNode() only if open
+  // CloseMorkNode() is the polymorphic close method called when uses==0,
+  // which must do NOTHING at all when IsOpenNode() is not true.  Otherwise,
+  // CloseMorkNode() should call a static close method specific to an object.
+  // Each such static close method should either call inherited static close
+  // methods, or else perform the consolidated effect of calling them, where
+  // subclasses should closely track any changes in base classes with care.
+  
+
+/*public non-poly*/
+morkNode::morkNode( mork_usage inCode )
+: mNode_Heap( 0 )
+, mNode_Base( morkBase_kNode )
+, mNode_Derived ( 0 ) // until subclass sets appropriately
+, mNode_Access( morkAccess_kOpen )
+, mNode_Usage( inCode )
+, mNode_Mutable( morkAble_kEnabled )
+, mNode_Load( morkLoad_kClean )
+, mNode_Uses( 1 )
+, mNode_Refs( 1 )
+{
+}
+
+/*public non-poly*/
+morkNode::morkNode(const morkUsage& inUsage, nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap)
+: mNode_Heap( ioHeap )
+, mNode_Base( morkBase_kNode )
+, mNode_Derived ( 0 ) // until subclass sets appropriately
+, mNode_Access( morkAccess_kOpen )
+, mNode_Usage( inUsage.Code() )
+, mNode_Mutable( morkAble_kEnabled )
+, mNode_Load( morkLoad_kClean )
+, mNode_Uses( 1 )
+, mNode_Refs( 1 )
+{
+  if ( !ioHeap && mNode_Usage == morkUsage_kHeap )
+    MORK_ASSERT(ioHeap);
+}
+
+/*public non-poly*/
+morkNode::morkNode(morkEnv* ev,
+  const morkUsage& inUsage, nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap)
+: mNode_Heap( ioHeap )
+, mNode_Base( morkBase_kNode )
+, mNode_Derived ( 0 ) // until subclass sets appropriately
+, mNode_Access( morkAccess_kOpen )
+, mNode_Usage( inUsage.Code() )
+, mNode_Mutable( morkAble_kEnabled )
+, mNode_Load( morkLoad_kClean )
+, mNode_Uses( 1 )
+, mNode_Refs( 1 )
+{
+  if ( !ioHeap && mNode_Usage == morkUsage_kHeap )
+  {
+    this->NilHeapError(ev);
+  }
+}
+
+/*protected non-poly*/ void
+morkNode::RefsUnderUsesWarning(morkEnv* ev) const 
+{
+  ev->NewError("mNode_Refs < mNode_Uses");
+}
+
+/*protected non-poly*/ void
+morkNode::NonNodeError(morkEnv* ev) const // called when IsNode() is false
+{
+  ev->NewError("non-morkNode");
+}
+
+/*protected non-poly*/ void
+morkNode::NonOpenNodeError(morkEnv* ev) const // when IsOpenNode() is false
+{
+  ev->NewError("non-open-morkNode");
+}
+
+/*protected non-poly*/ void
+morkNode::NonMutableNodeError(morkEnv* ev) const // when IsMutable() is false
+{
+  ev->NewError("non-mutable-morkNode");
+}
+
+/*protected non-poly*/ void
+morkNode::NilHeapError(morkEnv* ev) const // zero mNode_Heap w/ kHeap usage
+{
+  ev->NewError("nil mNode_Heap");
+}
+
+/*protected non-poly*/ void
+morkNode::RefsOverflowWarning(morkEnv* ev) const // mNode_Refs overflow
+{
+  ev->NewWarning("mNode_Refs overflow");
+}
+
+/*protected non-poly*/ void
+morkNode::UsesOverflowWarning(morkEnv* ev) const // mNode_Uses overflow
+{
+  ev->NewWarning("mNode_Uses overflow");
+}
+
+/*protected non-poly*/ void
+morkNode::RefsUnderflowWarning(morkEnv* ev) const // mNode_Refs underflow
+{
+  ev->NewWarning("mNode_Refs underflow");
+}
+
+/*protected non-poly*/ void
+morkNode::UsesUnderflowWarning(morkEnv* ev) const // mNode_Uses underflow
+{
+  ev->NewWarning("mNode_Uses underflow");
+}
+
+/*public non-poly*/ void
+morkNode::CloseNode(morkEnv* ev) // called by CloseMorkNode();
+{
+    if ( this->IsNode() )
+      this->MarkShut();
+    else
+      this->NonNodeError(ev);
+}
+
+
+extern void // utility method very similar to morkNode::SlotStrongNode():
+nsIMdbFile_SlotStrongFile(nsIMdbFile* self, morkEnv* ev, nsIMdbFile** ioSlot)
+  // If *ioSlot is non-nil, that file is released by CutStrongRef() and
+  // then zeroed out.  Then if self is non-nil, this is acquired by
+  // calling AddStrongRef(), and if the return value shows success,
+  // then self is put into slot *ioSlot.  Note self can be nil, so we take
+  // expression 'nsIMdbFile_SlotStrongFile(0, ev, &slot)'.
+{
+  nsIMdbFile* file = *ioSlot;
+  if ( self != file )
+  {
+    if ( file )
+    {
+      *ioSlot = 0;
+      NS_RELEASE(file);
+    }
+    if (self && ev->Good())
+      NS_ADDREF(*ioSlot = self);
+  }
+}
+
+void // utility method very similar to morkNode::SlotStrongNode():
+nsIMdbHeap_SlotStrongHeap(nsIMdbHeap* self, morkEnv* ev, nsIMdbHeap** ioSlot)
+  // If *ioSlot is non-nil, that heap is released by CutStrongRef() and
+  // then zeroed out.  Then if self is non-nil, self is acquired by
+  // calling AddStrongRef(), and if the return value shows success,
+  // then self is put into slot *ioSlot.  Note self can be nil, so we
+  // permit expression 'nsIMdbHeap_SlotStrongHeap(0, ev, &slot)'.
+{
+  nsIMdbHeap* heap = *ioSlot;
+  if ( self != heap )
+  {
+    if ( heap )
+      *ioSlot = 0;
+
+    if (self && ev->Good())
+      *ioSlot = self;
+  }
+}
+
+/*public static*/ void
+morkNode::SlotStrongNode(morkNode* me, morkEnv* ev, morkNode** ioSlot)
+  // If *ioSlot is non-nil, that node is released by CutStrongRef() and
+  // then zeroed out.  Then if me is non-nil, this is acquired by
+  // calling AddStrongRef(), and if positive is returned to show success,
+  // then me is put into slot *ioSlot.  Note me can be nil, so we take
+  // expression 'morkNode::SlotStrongNode((morkNode*) 0, ev, &slot)'.
+{
+  morkNode* node = *ioSlot;
+  if ( me != node )
+  {
+    if ( node )
+    {
+      // what if this nulls out the ev and causes asserts?
+      // can we move this after the CutStrongRef()?
+      *ioSlot = 0;
+      node->CutStrongRef(ev);
+    }
+    if ( me && me->AddStrongRef(ev) )
+      *ioSlot = me;
+  }
+}
+
+/*public static*/ void
+morkNode::SlotWeakNode(morkNode* me, morkEnv* ev, morkNode** ioSlot)
+  // If *ioSlot is non-nil, that node is released by CutWeakRef() and
+  // then zeroed out.  Then if me is non-nil, this is acquired by
+  // calling AddWeakRef(), and if positive is returned to show success,
+  // then me is put into slot *ioSlot.  Note me can be nil, so we
+  // expression 'morkNode::SlotWeakNode((morkNode*) 0, ev, &slot)'.
+{
+  morkNode* node = *ioSlot;
+  if ( me != node )
+  {
+    if ( node )
+    {
+      *ioSlot = 0;
+      node->CutWeakRef(ev);
+    }
+    if ( me && me->AddWeakRef(ev) )
+      *ioSlot = me;
+  }
+}
+
+/*public non-poly*/ mork_uses
+morkNode::AddStrongRef(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  mork_uses outUses = 0;
+    if ( this->IsNode() )
+    {
+      mork_uses uses = mNode_Uses;
+      mork_refs refs = mNode_Refs;
+      if ( refs < uses ) // need to fix broken refs/uses relation?
+      { 
+        this->RefsUnderUsesWarning(ev);
+        mNode_Refs = mNode_Uses = refs = uses;
+      }
+      if ( refs < morkNode_kMaxRefCount ) // not too great?
+      {
+        mNode_Refs = ++refs;
+        mNode_Uses = ++uses;
+      }
+      else
+        this->RefsOverflowWarning(ev);
+
+      outUses = uses;
+    }
+    else
+      this->NonNodeError(ev);
+  return outUses;
+}
+
+/*private non-poly*/ mork_bool
+morkNode::cut_use_count(morkEnv* ev) // just one part of CutStrongRef()
+{
+  mork_bool didCut = morkBool_kFalse;
+    if ( this->IsNode() )
+    {
+      mork_uses uses = mNode_Uses;
+      if ( uses ) // not yet zero?
+        mNode_Uses = --uses;
+      else
+        this->UsesUnderflowWarning(ev);
+
+      didCut = morkBool_kTrue;
+      if ( !mNode_Uses ) // last use gone? time to close node?
+      {
+        if ( this->IsOpenNode() )
+        {
+          if ( !mNode_Refs ) // no outstanding reference?
+          {
+            this->RefsUnderflowWarning(ev);
+            ++mNode_Refs; // prevent potential crash during close
+          }
+          this->CloseMorkNode(ev); // polymorphic self close
+          // (Note CutNode() is not polymorphic -- so don't call that.)
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    else
+      this->NonNodeError(ev);
+  return didCut;
+}
+
+/*public non-poly*/ mork_uses
+morkNode::CutStrongRef(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  mork_refs outRefs = 0;
+    if ( this->IsNode() )
+    {
+      if ( this->cut_use_count(ev) )
+        outRefs = this->CutWeakRef(ev);
+    }
+    else
+      this->NonNodeError(ev);
+
+  return outRefs;
+}
+
+/*public non-poly*/ mork_refs
+morkNode::AddWeakRef(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  mork_refs outRefs = 0;
+    if ( this->IsNode() )
+    {
+      mork_refs refs = mNode_Refs;
+      if ( refs < morkNode_kMaxRefCount ) // not too great?
+        mNode_Refs = ++refs;
+      else
+        this->RefsOverflowWarning(ev);
+        
+      outRefs = refs;
+    }
+    else
+      this->NonNodeError(ev);
+
+  return outRefs;
+}
+
+/*public non-poly*/ mork_refs
+morkNode::CutWeakRef(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  mork_refs outRefs = 0;
+    if ( this->IsNode() )
+    {
+      mork_uses uses = mNode_Uses;
+      mork_refs refs = mNode_Refs;
+      if ( refs ) // not yet zero?
+        mNode_Refs = --refs;
+      else
+        this->RefsUnderflowWarning(ev);
+
+      if ( refs < uses ) // need to fix broken refs/uses relation?
+      { 
+        this->RefsUnderUsesWarning(ev);
+        mNode_Refs = mNode_Uses = refs = uses;
+      }
+        
+      outRefs = refs;
+      if ( !refs ) // last reference gone? time to destroy node?
+        this->ZapOld(ev, mNode_Heap); // self destroy, use this no longer
+    }
+    else
+      this->NonNodeError(ev);
+
+  return outRefs;
+}
+
+static const char morkNode_kBroken[] = "broken";
+
+/*public non-poly*/ const char*
+morkNode::GetNodeAccessAsString() const // e.g. "open", "shut", etc.
+{
+  const char* outString = morkNode_kBroken;
+  switch( mNode_Access )
+  {
+    case morkAccess_kOpen: outString = "open"; break;
+    case morkAccess_kClosing: outString = "closing"; break;
+    case morkAccess_kShut: outString = "shut"; break;
+    case morkAccess_kDead: outString = "dead"; break;
+  }
+  return outString;
+}
+
+/*public non-poly*/ const char*
+morkNode::GetNodeUsageAsString() const // e.g. "heap", "stack", etc.
+{
+  const char* outString = morkNode_kBroken;
+  switch( mNode_Usage )
+  {
+    case morkUsage_kHeap: outString = "heap"; break;
+    case morkUsage_kStack: outString = "stack"; break;
+    case morkUsage_kMember: outString = "member"; break;
+    case morkUsage_kGlobal: outString = "global"; break;
+    case morkUsage_kPool: outString = "pool"; break;
+    case morkUsage_kNone: outString = "none"; break;
+  }
+  return outString;
+}
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
diff --git a/db/mork/src/morkNode.h b/db/mork/src/morkNode.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0bed96fd2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/db/mork/src/morkNode.h
@@ -0,0 +1,292 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-  */
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ *
+ * The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1999
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Contributor(s):
+ *
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
+ * or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ *
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+
+#ifndef _MORKNODE_
+#define _MORKNODE_ 1
+
+#ifndef _MORK_
+#include "mork.h"
+#endif
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+#define morkUsage_kHeap    'h'
+#define morkUsage_kStack   's'
+#define morkUsage_kMember  'm'
+#define morkUsage_kGlobal  'g'
+#define morkUsage_kPool    'p'
+#define morkUsage_kNone    'n'
+
+class morkUsage {
+public:
+  mork_usage     mUsage_Code;  // kHeap, kStack, kMember, or kGhost
+  
+public:
+  morkUsage(mork_usage inCode);
+
+  morkUsage(); // does nothing except maybe call EnsureReadyStaticUsage()
+  void InitUsage( mork_usage inCode)
+  { mUsage_Code = inCode; }
+  
+  ~morkUsage() { }
+  mork_usage Code() const { return mUsage_Code; }
+  
+  static void EnsureReadyStaticUsage();
+  
+public:
+  static const morkUsage& kHeap;      // morkUsage_kHeap
+  static const morkUsage& kStack;     // morkUsage_kStack
+  static const morkUsage& kMember;    // morkUsage_kMember
+  static const morkUsage& kGlobal;    // morkUsage_kGlobal
+  static const morkUsage& kPool;      // morkUsage_kPool
+  static const morkUsage& kNone;      // morkUsage_kNone
+  
+  static const morkUsage& GetHeap();   // kHeap, safe at static init time
+  static const morkUsage& GetStack();  // kStack, safe at static init time
+  static const morkUsage& GetMember(); // kMember, safe at static init time
+  static const morkUsage& GetGlobal(); // kGlobal, safe at static init time
+  static const morkUsage& GetPool();   // kPool, safe at static init time
+  static const morkUsage& GetNone();   // kNone, safe at static init time
+    
+};
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+#define morkNode_kMaxRefCount 0x0FFFF /* count sticks if it hits this */
+
+#define morkBase_kNode      /*i*/ 0x4E64 /* ascii 'Nd' */
+
+/*| morkNode: several groups of two-byte integers that track the basic
+**| status of an object that can be used to compose in-memory graphs.
+**| This is the base class for nsIMdbObject (which adds members that fit
+**| the needs of an nsIMdbObject subclass).  The morkNode class is also used
+**| as the base class for other Mork db classes with no strong relation to
+**| the MDB class hierarchy.
+**|
+**|| Heap: the heap in which this node was allocated, when the usage equals
+**| morkUsage_kHeap to show dynamic allocation.  Note this heap is NOT ref-
+**| counted, because that would be too great and complex a burden for all
+**| the nodes allocated in that heap.  So heap users should take care to
+**| understand that nodes allocated in that heap are considered protected
+**| by some inclusive context in which all those nodes are allocated, and
+**| that context must maintain at least one strong refcount for the heap.
+**| Occasionally a node subclass will indeed wish to hold a refcounted
+**| reference to a heap, and possibly the same heap that is in mNode_Heap,
+**| but this is always done in a separate slot that explicitly refcounts,
+**| so we avoid confusing what is meant by the mNode_Heap slot.
+|*/
+class morkNode /*: public nsISupports */ { // base class for constructing Mork object graphs
+
+public: // state is public because the entire Mork system is private
+  
+//  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS;
+  nsIMdbHeap*    mNode_Heap;     // NON-refcounted heap pointer
+
+  mork_base      mNode_Base;     // must equal morkBase_kNode
+  mork_derived   mNode_Derived;  // depends on specific node subclass
+  
+  mork_access    mNode_Access;   // kOpen, kClosing, kShut, or kDead
+  mork_usage     mNode_Usage;    // kHeap, kStack, kMember, kGlobal, kNone
+  mork_able      mNode_Mutable;  // can this node be modified?
+  mork_load      mNode_Load;     // is this node clean or dirty?
+  
+  mork_uses      mNode_Uses;     // refcount for strong refs
+  mork_refs      mNode_Refs;     // refcount for strong refs + weak refs
+  
+protected: // special case empty construction for morkHandleFrame
+  friend class morkHandleFrame;
+  morkNode() { }
+  
+public: // inlines for weird mNode_Mutable and mNode_Load constants
+
+  void SetFrozen() { mNode_Mutable = morkAble_kDisabled; }
+  void SetMutable() { mNode_Mutable = morkAble_kEnabled; }
+  void SetAsleep() { mNode_Mutable = morkAble_kAsleep; }
+  
+  mork_bool IsFrozen() const { return mNode_Mutable == morkAble_kDisabled; }
+  mork_bool IsMutable() const { return mNode_Mutable == morkAble_kEnabled; }
+  mork_bool IsAsleep() const { return mNode_Mutable == morkAble_kAsleep; }
+
+  void SetNodeClean() { mNode_Load = morkLoad_kClean; }
+  void SetNodeDirty() { mNode_Load = morkLoad_kDirty; }
+  
+  mork_bool IsNodeClean() const { return mNode_Load == morkLoad_kClean; }
+  mork_bool IsNodeDirty() const { return mNode_Load == morkLoad_kDirty; }
+  
+public: // morkNode memory management methods
+  static void* MakeNew(size_t inSize, nsIMdbHeap& ioHeap, morkEnv* ev);
+  
+  void ZapOld(morkEnv* ev, nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap); // replaces operator delete()
+  // this->morkNode::~morkNode(); // first call polymorphic destructor
+  // if ( ioHeap ) // was this node heap allocated?
+  //    ioHeap->Free(ev->AsMdbEnv(), this);
+
+public: // morkNode memory management operators
+  void* operator new(size_t inSize, nsIMdbHeap& ioHeap, morkEnv* ev) CPP_THROW_NEW
+  { return morkNode::MakeNew(inSize, ioHeap, ev); }
+  
+
+protected: // construction without an anv needed for first env constructed:
+  morkNode(const morkUsage& inUsage, nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap);
+
+  morkNode(mork_usage inCode); // usage == inCode, heap == nil
+
+// { ===== begin basic node interface =====
+public: // morkNode virtual methods
+  // virtual FlushMorkNode(morkEnv* ev, morkStream* ioStream);
+  // virtual WriteMorkNode(morkEnv* ev, morkStream* ioStream);
+
+  virtual ~morkNode(); // assert that CloseNode() executed earlier
+  virtual void CloseMorkNode(morkEnv* ev); // CloseNode() only if open
+
+  // CloseMorkNode() is the polymorphic close method called when uses==0,
+  // which must do NOTHING at all when IsOpenNode() is not true.  Otherwise,
+  // CloseMorkNode() should call a static close method specific to an object.
+  // Each such static close method should either call inherited static close
+  // methods, or else perform the consolidated effect of calling them, where
+  // subclasses should closely track any changes in base classes with care.
+  
+public: // morkNode construction
+  morkNode(morkEnv* ev, const morkUsage& inUsage, nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap);
+  void CloseNode(morkEnv* ev); // called by CloseMorkNode();
+  nsresult CloseMdbObject(morkEnv *ev);
+  NS_IMETHOD CloseMdbObject(nsIMdbEnv *ev);
+private: // copying is not allowed
+  morkNode(const morkNode& other);
+  morkNode& operator=(const morkNode& other);
+
+public: // dynamic type identification
+  mork_bool IsNode() const
+  { return mNode_Base == morkBase_kNode; }
+// } ===== end basic node methods =====
+    
+public: // public error & warning methods
+
+  void RefsUnderUsesWarning(morkEnv* ev) const; // call if mNode_Refs < mNode_Uses
+  void NonNodeError(morkEnv* ev) const; // call when IsNode() is false
+  void NilHeapError(morkEnv* ev) const; // zero mNode_Heap when usage is kHeap
+  void NonOpenNodeError(morkEnv* ev) const; // call when IsOpenNode() is false
+
+  void NonMutableNodeError(morkEnv* ev) const; // when IsMutable() is false
+
+  void RefsOverflowWarning(morkEnv* ev) const; // call on mNode_Refs overflow
+  void UsesOverflowWarning(morkEnv* ev) const; // call on mNode_Uses overflow
+  void RefsUnderflowWarning(morkEnv* ev) const; // call on mNode_Refs underflow
+  void UsesUnderflowWarning(morkEnv* ev) const; // call on mNode_Uses underflow
+
+private: // private refcounting methods
+  mork_bool  cut_use_count(morkEnv* ev); // just one part of CutStrongRef()
+
+public: // other morkNode methods
+
+  mork_bool  GoodRefs() const { return mNode_Refs >= mNode_Uses; }
+  mork_bool  BadRefs() const { return mNode_Refs < mNode_Uses; }
+
+  mork_uses  StrongRefsOnly() const { return mNode_Uses; }
+  mork_refs  WeakRefsOnly() const { return (mork_refs) ( mNode_Refs - mNode_Uses ); }
+
+  // (this refcounting derives from public domain IronDoc node refcounts)
+  virtual mork_uses    AddStrongRef(morkEnv* ev);
+  virtual mork_uses    CutStrongRef(morkEnv* ev);
+  mork_refs    AddWeakRef(morkEnv* ev);
+  mork_refs    CutWeakRef(morkEnv* ev);
+
+  const char* GetNodeAccessAsString() const; // e.g. "open", "shut", etc.
+  const char* GetNodeUsageAsString() const; // e.g. "heap", "stack", etc.
+
+  mork_usage NodeUsage() const { return mNode_Usage; }
+
+  mork_bool IsHeapNode() const
+  { return mNode_Usage == morkUsage_kHeap; }
+
+  mork_bool IsOpenNode() const
+  { return mNode_Access == morkAccess_kOpen; }
+
+  mork_bool IsShutNode() const
+  { return mNode_Access == morkAccess_kShut; }
+
+  mork_bool IsDeadNode() const
+  { return mNode_Access == morkAccess_kDead; }
+
+  mork_bool IsClosingNode() const
+  { return mNode_Access == morkAccess_kClosing; }
+
+  mork_bool IsOpenOrClosingNode() const
+  { return IsOpenNode() || IsClosingNode(); }
+
+  mork_bool HasNodeAccess() const
+  { return ( IsOpenNode() || IsShutNode() || IsClosingNode() ); }
+    
+  void MarkShut() { mNode_Access = morkAccess_kShut; }
+  void MarkClosing() { mNode_Access = morkAccess_kClosing; }
+  void MarkDead() { mNode_Access = morkAccess_kDead; }
+
+public: // refcounting for typesafe subclass inline methods
+  static void SlotWeakNode(morkNode* me, morkEnv* ev, morkNode** ioSlot);
+  // If *ioSlot is non-nil, that node is released by CutWeakRef() and
+  // then zeroed out.  Then if me is non-nil, this is acquired by
+  // calling AddWeakRef(), and if positive is returned to show success,
+  // then this is put into slot *ioSlot.  Note me can be nil, so we
+  // permit expression '((morkNode*) 0L)->SlotWeakNode(ev, &slot)'.
+  
+  static void SlotStrongNode(morkNode* me, morkEnv* ev, morkNode** ioSlot);
+  // If *ioSlot is non-nil, that node is released by CutStrongRef() and
+  // then zeroed out.  Then if me is non-nil, this is acquired by
+  // calling AddStrongRef(), and if positive is returned to show success,
+  // then me is put into slot *ioSlot.  Note me can be nil, so we take
+  // expression 'morkNode::SlotStrongNode((morkNode*) 0, ev, &slot)'.
+};
+
+extern void // utility method very similar to morkNode::SlotStrongNode():
+nsIMdbHeap_SlotStrongHeap(nsIMdbHeap* self, morkEnv* ev, nsIMdbHeap** ioSlot);
+  // If *ioSlot is non-nil, that heap is released by CutStrongRef() and
+  // then zeroed out.  Then if self is non-nil, this is acquired by
+  // calling AddStrongRef(), and if the return value shows success,
+  // then self is put into slot *ioSlot.  Note self can be nil, so we take
+  // expression 'nsIMdbHeap_SlotStrongHeap(0, ev, &slot)'.
+
+extern void // utility method very similar to morkNode::SlotStrongNode():
+nsIMdbFile_SlotStrongFile(nsIMdbFile* self, morkEnv* ev, nsIMdbFile** ioSlot);
+  // If *ioSlot is non-nil, that file is released by CutStrongRef() and
+  // then zeroed out.  Then if self is non-nil, this is acquired by
+  // calling AddStrongRef(), and if the return value shows success,
+  // then self is put into slot *ioSlot.  Note self can be nil, so we take
+  // expression 'nsIMdbFile_SlotStrongFile(0, ev, &slot)'.
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+#endif /* _MORKNODE_ */
diff --git a/db/mork/src/morkNodeMap.cpp b/db/mork/src/morkNodeMap.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7178fbafc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/db/mork/src/morkNodeMap.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,155 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-  */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _MDB_
+#include "mdb.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORK_
+#include "mork.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKNODE_
+#include "morkNode.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKENV_
+#include "morkEnv.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKMAP_
+#include "morkMap.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKINTMAP_
+#include "morkIntMap.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKNODEMAP_
+#include "morkNodeMap.h"
+#endif
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+// ````` ````` ````` ````` ````` 
+// { ===== begin morkNode interface =====
+
+/*public virtual*/ void
+morkNodeMap::CloseMorkNode(morkEnv* ev) // CloseNodeMap() only if open
+{
+  if ( this->IsOpenNode() )
+  {
+    this->MarkClosing();
+    this->CloseNodeMap(ev);
+    this->MarkShut();
+  }
+}
+
+/*public virtual*/
+morkNodeMap::~morkNodeMap() // assert CloseNodeMap() executed earlier
+{
+  MORK_ASSERT(this->IsShutNode());
+}
+
+/*public non-poly*/
+morkNodeMap::morkNodeMap(morkEnv* ev,
+  const morkUsage& inUsage, nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap, nsIMdbHeap* ioSlotHeap)
+: morkIntMap(ev, inUsage, /*valsize*/ sizeof(morkNode*), ioHeap, ioSlotHeap,
+  /*inHoldChanges*/ morkBool_kTrue)
+{
+  if ( ev->Good() )
+    mNode_Derived = morkDerived_kNodeMap;
+}
+
+/*public non-poly*/ void
+morkNodeMap::CloseNodeMap(morkEnv* ev) // called by CloseMorkNode();
+{
+    if ( this->IsNode() )
+    {
+      this->CutAllNodes(ev);
+      this->CloseMap(ev);
+      this->MarkShut();
+    }
+    else
+      this->NonNodeError(ev);
+}
+
+// } ===== end morkNode methods =====
+// ````` ````` ````` ````` ````` 
+
+mork_bool
+morkNodeMap::AddNode(morkEnv* ev, mork_token inToken, morkNode* ioNode)
+  // the AddNode() method return value equals ev->Good().
+{
+  if ( ioNode && ev->Good() )
+  {
+    morkNode* node = 0; // old val in the map
+    
+    mork_bool put = this->Put(ev, &inToken, &ioNode,
+      /*key*/ (void*) 0, &node, (mork_change**) 0);
+      
+    if ( put ) // replaced an existing value for key inToken?
+    {
+      if ( node && node != ioNode ) // need to release old node?
+        node->CutStrongRef(ev);
+    }
+    
+    if ( ev->Bad() || !ioNode->AddStrongRef(ev) )
+    {
+      // problems adding node or increasing refcount?
+      this->Cut(ev, &inToken,  // make sure not in map
+        /*key*/ (void*) 0, /*val*/ (void*) 0, (mork_change**) 0);
+    }
+  }
+  else if ( !ioNode )
+    ev->NilPointerError();
+    
+  return ev->Good();
+}
+
+mork_bool
+morkNodeMap::CutNode(morkEnv* ev, mork_token inToken)
+{
+  morkNode* node = 0; // old val in the map
+  mork_bool outCutNode = this->Cut(ev, &inToken, 
+    /*key*/ (void*) 0, &node, (mork_change**) 0);
+  if ( node )
+    node->CutStrongRef(ev);
+  
+  return outCutNode;
+}
+
+morkNode*
+morkNodeMap::GetNode(morkEnv* ev, mork_token inToken)
+  // Note the returned node does NOT have an increase in refcount for this.
+{
+  morkNode* node = 0; // old val in the map
+  this->Get(ev, &inToken, /*key*/ (void*) 0, &node, (mork_change**) 0);
+  
+  return node;
+}
+
+mork_num
+morkNodeMap::CutAllNodes(morkEnv* ev)
+  // CutAllNodes() releases all the reference node values.
+{
+  mork_num outSlots = mMap_Slots;
+  mork_token key = 0; // old key token in the map
+  morkNode* val = 0; // old val node in the map
+  
+  mork_change* c = 0;
+  morkNodeMapIter i(ev, this);
+  for ( c = i.FirstNode(ev, &key, &val); c ; c = i.NextNode(ev, &key, &val) )
+  {
+    if ( val )
+      val->CutStrongRef(ev);
+    i.CutHereNode(ev, /*key*/ (mork_token*) 0, /*val*/ (morkNode**) 0);
+  }
+  
+  return outSlots;
+}
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
diff --git a/db/mork/src/morkNodeMap.h b/db/mork/src/morkNodeMap.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9f4f8e519
--- /dev/null
+++ b/db/mork/src/morkNodeMap.h
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-  */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _MORKNODEMAP_
+#define _MORKNODEMAP_ 1
+
+#ifndef _MORK_
+#include "mork.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKNODE_
+#include "morkNode.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKMAP_
+#include "morkMap.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKINTMAP_
+#include "morkIntMap.h"
+#endif
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+#define morkDerived_kNodeMap  /*i*/ 0x6E4D /* ascii 'nM' */
+
+#define morkNodeMap_kStartSlotCount 512
+
+/*| morkNodeMap: maps mork_token -> morkNode
+|*/
+class morkNodeMap : public morkIntMap { // for mapping tokens to nodes
+
+// { ===== begin morkNode interface =====
+public: // morkNode virtual methods
+  virtual void CloseMorkNode(morkEnv* ev) override; // CloseNodeMap() only if open
+  virtual ~morkNodeMap(); // assert that CloseNodeMap() executed earlier
+
+public: // morkMap construction & destruction
+  morkNodeMap(morkEnv* ev, const morkUsage& inUsage,
+    nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap, nsIMdbHeap* ioSlotHeap);
+  void CloseNodeMap(morkEnv* ev); // called by CloseMorkNode();
+
+public: // dynamic type identification
+  mork_bool IsNodeMap() const
+  { return IsNode() && mNode_Derived == morkDerived_kNodeMap; }
+// } ===== end morkNode methods =====
+
+// { ===== begin morkMap poly interface =====
+  // use the Equal() and Hash() for mork_u4 inherited from morkIntMap
+// } ===== end morkMap poly interface =====
+
+protected: // we want all subclasses to provide typesafe wrappers:
+
+  mork_bool  AddNode(morkEnv* ev, mork_token inToken, morkNode* ioNode);
+  // the AddNode() boolean return equals ev->Good().
+
+  mork_bool  CutNode(morkEnv* ev, mork_token inToken);
+  // The CutNode() boolean return indicates whether removal happened. 
+  
+  morkNode*  GetNode(morkEnv* ev, mork_token inToken);
+  // Note the returned node does NOT have an increase in refcount for this.
+
+  mork_num CutAllNodes(morkEnv* ev);
+  // CutAllNodes() releases all the reference node values.
+};
+
+class morkNodeMapIter: public morkMapIter{ // typesafe wrapper class
+
+public:
+  morkNodeMapIter(morkEnv* ev, morkNodeMap* ioMap)
+  : morkMapIter(ev, ioMap) { }
+ 
+  morkNodeMapIter( ) : morkMapIter()  { }
+  void InitNodeMapIter(morkEnv* ev, morkNodeMap* ioMap)
+  { this->InitMapIter(ev, ioMap); }
+   
+  mork_change*
+  FirstNode(morkEnv* ev, mork_token* outToken, morkNode** outNode)
+  { return this->First(ev, outToken, outNode); }
+  
+  mork_change*
+  NextNode(morkEnv* ev, mork_token* outToken, morkNode** outNode)
+  { return this->Next(ev, outToken, outNode); }
+  
+  mork_change*
+  HereNode(morkEnv* ev, mork_token* outToken, morkNode** outNode)
+  { return this->Here(ev, outToken, outNode); }
+  
+  mork_change*
+  CutHereNode(morkEnv* ev, mork_token* outToken, morkNode** outNode)
+  { return this->CutHere(ev, outToken, outNode); }
+};
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+#endif /* _MORKNODEMAP_ */
diff --git a/db/mork/src/morkObject.cpp b/db/mork/src/morkObject.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f04aff4d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/db/mork/src/morkObject.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,206 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-  */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _MDB_
+#include "mdb.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORK_
+#include "mork.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKNODE_
+#include "morkNode.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKENV_
+#include "morkEnv.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKOBJECT_
+#include "morkObject.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKHANDLE_
+#include "morkHandle.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(morkObject, nsIMdbObject)
+
+// ````` ````` ````` ````` ````` 
+// { ===== begin morkNode interface =====
+
+/*public virtual*/ void
+morkObject::CloseMorkNode(morkEnv* ev) // CloseObject() only if open
+{
+  if ( this->IsOpenNode() )
+  {
+    this->MarkClosing();
+    this->CloseObject(ev);
+    this->MarkShut();
+  }
+}
+
+/*public virtual*/
+morkObject::~morkObject() // assert CloseObject() executed earlier
+{
+  if (!IsShutNode())
+    CloseMorkNode(this->mMorkEnv);
+  MORK_ASSERT(mObject_Handle==0);
+}
+
+/*public non-poly*/
+morkObject::morkObject(const morkUsage& inUsage, nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap,
+  mork_color inBeadColor)
+: morkBead(inUsage, ioHeap, inBeadColor)
+, mObject_Handle( 0 )
+{
+  mMorkEnv = nullptr;
+}
+
+/*public non-poly*/
+morkObject::morkObject(morkEnv* ev,
+  const morkUsage& inUsage, nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap, 
+  mork_color inBeadColor, morkHandle* ioHandle)
+: morkBead(ev, inUsage, ioHeap, inBeadColor)
+, mObject_Handle( 0 )
+{
+  mMorkEnv = ev;
+  if ( ev->Good() )
+  {
+    if ( ioHandle )
+      morkHandle::SlotWeakHandle(ioHandle, ev, &mObject_Handle);
+      
+    if ( ev->Good() )
+      mNode_Derived = morkDerived_kObject;
+  }
+}
+
+/*public non-poly*/ void
+morkObject::CloseObject(morkEnv* ev) // called by CloseMorkNode();
+{
+    if ( this->IsNode() )
+    {
+      if ( !this->IsShutNode() )
+      {
+        if ( mObject_Handle )
+          morkHandle::SlotWeakHandle((morkHandle*) 0L, ev, &mObject_Handle);
+          
+        mBead_Color = 0; // this->CloseBead(ev);
+        this->MarkShut();
+      }
+    }
+    else
+      this->NonNodeError(ev);
+}
+
+// } ===== end morkNode methods =====
+// ````` ````` ````` ````` ````` 
+
+// { ----- begin factory methods -----
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkObject::GetMdbFactory(nsIMdbEnv* mev, nsIMdbFactory** acqFactory)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMdbObject> obj = do_QueryInterface(mev);
+  if (obj)
+    rv = obj->GetMdbFactory(mev, acqFactory);
+  else
+    return NS_ERROR_NO_INTERFACE;
+
+  return rv;
+} 
+// } ----- end factory methods -----
+
+// { ----- begin ref counting for well-behaved cyclic graphs -----
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkObject::GetWeakRefCount(nsIMdbEnv* mev, // weak refs
+  mdb_count* outCount)
+{
+  *outCount = WeakRefsOnly();
+  return NS_OK;
+}  
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkObject::GetStrongRefCount(nsIMdbEnv* mev, // strong refs
+  mdb_count* outCount)
+{
+  *outCount = StrongRefsOnly();
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+// ### TODO - clean up this cast, if required
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkObject::AddWeakRef(nsIMdbEnv* mev)
+{
+  // XXX Casting mork_refs to nsresult
+  return static_cast<nsresult>(morkNode::AddWeakRef((morkEnv *) mev));
+}
+
+#ifndef _MSC_VER
+NS_IMETHODIMP_(mork_uses)
+morkObject::AddStrongRef(morkEnv* mev)
+{
+  return morkNode::AddStrongRef(mev);
+}
+#endif
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP_(mork_uses)
+morkObject::AddStrongRef(nsIMdbEnv* mev)
+{
+  return morkNode::AddStrongRef((morkEnv *) mev);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkObject::CutWeakRef(nsIMdbEnv* mev)
+{
+  // XXX Casting mork_refs to nsresult
+  return static_cast<nsresult>(morkNode::CutWeakRef((morkEnv *) mev));
+}
+
+#ifndef _MSC_VER
+NS_IMETHODIMP_(mork_uses)
+morkObject::CutStrongRef(morkEnv* mev)
+{
+  return morkNode::CutStrongRef(mev);
+}
+#endif
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkObject::CutStrongRef(nsIMdbEnv* mev)
+{
+  // XXX Casting mork_refs to nsresult
+  return static_cast<nsresult>(morkNode::CutStrongRef((morkEnv *) mev));
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkObject::CloseMdbObject(nsIMdbEnv* mev)
+{
+  return morkNode::CloseMdbObject((morkEnv *) mev);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkObject::IsOpenMdbObject(nsIMdbEnv* mev, mdb_bool* outOpen)
+{
+  *outOpen = IsOpenNode();
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkObject::IsFrozenMdbObject(nsIMdbEnv* mev, mdb_bool* outIsReadonly)
+{
+  *outIsReadonly = IsFrozen();
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+//void morkObject::NewNilHandleError(morkEnv* ev) // mObject_Handle is nil
+//{
+//  ev->NewError("nil mObject_Handle");
+//}
+
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
diff --git a/db/mork/src/morkObject.h b/db/mork/src/morkObject.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..eac478d35
--- /dev/null
+++ b/db/mork/src/morkObject.h
@@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-  */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _MORKOBJECT_
+#define _MORKOBJECT_ 1
+
+#ifndef _MORK_
+#include "mork.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKNODE_
+#include "morkNode.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKBEAD_
+#include "morkBead.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKCONFIG_
+#include "morkConfig.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _ORKINHEAP_
+#include "orkinHeap.h"
+#endif
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+#define morkDerived_kObject   /*i*/ 0x6F42 /* ascii 'oB' */
+
+/*| morkObject: subclass of morkNode that adds knowledge of db suite factory
+**| and containing port to those objects that are exposed as instances of
+**| nsIMdbObject in the public interface.
+|*/
+class morkObject : public morkBead, public nsIMdbObject { 
+
+// public: // slots inherited from morkNode (meant to inform only)
+  // nsIMdbHeap*    mNode_Heap;
+
+  // mork_base      mNode_Base;     // must equal morkBase_kNode
+  // mork_derived   mNode_Derived;  // depends on specific node subclass
+  
+  // mork_access    mNode_Access;   // kOpen, kClosing, kShut, or kDead
+  // mork_usage     mNode_Usage;    // kHeap, kStack, kMember, kGlobal, kNone
+  // mork_able      mNode_Mutable;  // can this node be modified?
+  // mork_load      mNode_Load;     // is this node clean or dirty?
+  
+  // mork_uses      mNode_Uses;     // refcount for strong refs
+  // mork_refs      mNode_Refs;     // refcount for strong refs + weak refs
+
+  // mork_color      mBead_Color;   // ID for this bead
+  
+public: // state is public because the entire Mork system is private
+
+  morkHandle*      mObject_Handle;   // weak ref to handle for this object
+
+  morkEnv * mMorkEnv; // weak ref to environment this object created in.
+// { ===== begin morkNode interface =====
+public: // morkNode virtual methods
+  virtual void CloseMorkNode(morkEnv* ev) override; // CloseObject() only if open
+#ifdef MORK_DEBUG_HEAP_STATS
+  void operator delete(void* ioAddress, size_t size)
+  { 
+    mork_u4* array = (mork_u4*) ioAddress;
+    array -= 3;
+    orkinHeap *heap = (orkinHeap *) *array;
+    if (heap)
+      heap->Free(nullptr, ioAddress);
+  }
+#endif
+
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+
+    // { ----- begin attribute methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD IsFrozenMdbObject(nsIMdbEnv* ev, mdb_bool* outIsReadonly) override;
+  // same as nsIMdbPort::GetIsPortReadonly() when this object is inside a port.
+  // } ----- end attribute methods -----
+
+  // { ----- begin factory methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD GetMdbFactory(nsIMdbEnv* ev, nsIMdbFactory** acqFactory) override;
+  // } ----- end factory methods -----
+
+  // { ----- begin ref counting for well-behaved cyclic graphs -----
+  NS_IMETHOD GetWeakRefCount(nsIMdbEnv* ev, // weak refs
+    mdb_count* outCount) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetStrongRefCount(nsIMdbEnv* ev, // strong refs
+    mdb_count* outCount) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD AddWeakRef(nsIMdbEnv* ev) override;
+#ifndef _MSC_VER
+  // The first declaration of AddStrongRef is to suppress -Werror,-Woverloaded-virtual.
+  NS_IMETHOD_(mork_uses) AddStrongRef(morkEnv* ev) override;
+#endif
+  NS_IMETHOD_(mork_uses) AddStrongRef(nsIMdbEnv* ev) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD CutWeakRef(nsIMdbEnv* ev) override;
+#ifndef _MSC_VER
+  // The first declaration of CutStrongRef is to suppress -Werror,-Woverloaded-virtual.
+  NS_IMETHOD_(mork_uses) CutStrongRef(morkEnv* ev) override;
+#endif
+  NS_IMETHOD CutStrongRef(nsIMdbEnv* ev) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD CloseMdbObject(nsIMdbEnv* ev) override; // called at strong refs zero
+  NS_IMETHOD IsOpenMdbObject(nsIMdbEnv* ev, mdb_bool* outOpen) override;
+  // } ----- end ref counting -----
+  
+
+protected: // special case construction of first env without preceding env
+  morkObject(const morkUsage& inUsage, nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap,
+    mork_color inBeadColor);
+  virtual ~morkObject(); // assert that CloseObject() executed earlier
+  
+public: // morkEnv construction & destruction
+  morkObject(morkEnv* ev, const morkUsage& inUsage, nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap, 
+     mork_color inBeadColor, morkHandle* ioHandle); // ioHandle can be nil
+  void CloseObject(morkEnv* ev); // called by CloseMorkNode();
+
+private: // copying is not allowed
+  morkObject(const morkObject& other);
+  morkObject& operator=(const morkObject& other);
+
+public: // dynamic type identification
+  mork_bool IsObject() const
+  { return IsNode() && mNode_Derived == morkDerived_kObject; }
+// } ===== end morkNode methods =====
+
+  // void NewNilHandleError(morkEnv* ev); // mObject_Handle is nil
+  
+public: // typesafe refcounting inlines calling inherited morkNode methods
+  static void SlotWeakObject(morkObject* me,
+    morkEnv* ev, morkObject** ioSlot)
+  { morkNode::SlotWeakNode((morkNode*) me, ev, (morkNode**) ioSlot); }
+  
+  static void SlotStrongObject(morkObject* me,
+    morkEnv* ev, morkObject** ioSlot)
+  { morkNode::SlotStrongNode((morkNode*) me, ev, (morkNode**) ioSlot); }
+};
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+#endif /* _MORKOBJECT_ */
diff --git a/db/mork/src/morkParser.cpp b/db/mork/src/morkParser.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..65f8d6c66
--- /dev/null
+++ b/db/mork/src/morkParser.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1568 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-  */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _MDB_
+#include "mdb.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORK_
+#include "mork.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKNODE_
+#include "morkNode.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKMAP_
+#include "morkMap.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKENV_
+#include "morkEnv.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKPARSER_
+#include "morkParser.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKSTREAM_
+#include "morkStream.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKBLOB_
+#include "morkBlob.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKSINK_
+#include "morkSink.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKCH_
+#include "morkCh.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKSTORE_
+#include "morkStore.h"
+#endif
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+// ````` ````` ````` ````` ````` 
+// { ===== begin morkNode interface =====
+
+/*public virtual*/ void
+morkParser::CloseMorkNode(morkEnv* ev) // CloseParser() only if open
+{
+  if ( this->IsOpenNode() )
+  {
+    this->MarkClosing();
+    this->CloseParser(ev);
+    this->MarkShut();
+  }
+}
+
+/*public virtual*/
+morkParser::~morkParser() // assert CloseParser() executed earlier
+{
+  MORK_ASSERT(mParser_Heap==0);
+  MORK_ASSERT(mParser_Stream==0);
+}
+
+/*public non-poly*/
+morkParser::morkParser(morkEnv* ev,
+  const morkUsage& inUsage, nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap, 
+  morkStream* ioStream, mdb_count inBytesPerParseSegment,
+  nsIMdbHeap* ioSlotHeap)
+: morkNode(ev, inUsage, ioHeap)
+, mParser_Heap( 0 )
+, mParser_Stream( 0 )
+, mParser_MoreGranularity( inBytesPerParseSegment )
+, mParser_State( morkParser_kStartState )
+
+, mParser_GroupContentStartPos( 0 )
+
+, mParser_TableMid(  )
+, mParser_RowMid(  )
+, mParser_CellMid(  )
+    
+, mParser_InPort( morkBool_kFalse )
+, mParser_InDict( morkBool_kFalse )
+, mParser_InCell( morkBool_kFalse )
+, mParser_InMeta( morkBool_kFalse )
+    
+, mParser_InPortRow( morkBool_kFalse )
+, mParser_InRow( morkBool_kFalse )
+, mParser_InTable( morkBool_kFalse )
+, mParser_InGroup( morkBool_kFalse )
+
+, mParser_AtomChange( morkChange_kNil )
+, mParser_CellChange( morkChange_kNil )
+, mParser_RowChange( morkChange_kNil )
+, mParser_TableChange( morkChange_kNil )
+
+, mParser_Change( morkChange_kNil )
+, mParser_IsBroken( morkBool_kFalse )
+, mParser_IsDone( morkBool_kFalse )
+, mParser_DoMore( morkBool_kTrue )
+    
+, mParser_Mid()
+
+, mParser_ScopeCoil(ev, ioSlotHeap)
+, mParser_ValueCoil(ev, ioSlotHeap)
+, mParser_ColumnCoil(ev, ioSlotHeap)
+, mParser_StringCoil(ev, ioSlotHeap)
+
+, mParser_ScopeSpool(ev, &mParser_ScopeCoil)
+, mParser_ValueSpool(ev, &mParser_ValueCoil)
+, mParser_ColumnSpool(ev, &mParser_ColumnCoil)
+, mParser_StringSpool(ev, &mParser_StringCoil)
+
+, mParser_MidYarn(ev, morkUsage_kMember, ioSlotHeap)
+{
+  if ( inBytesPerParseSegment < morkParser_kMinGranularity )
+    inBytesPerParseSegment = morkParser_kMinGranularity;
+  else if ( inBytesPerParseSegment > morkParser_kMaxGranularity )
+    inBytesPerParseSegment = morkParser_kMaxGranularity;
+    
+  mParser_MoreGranularity = inBytesPerParseSegment;
+
+  if ( ioSlotHeap && ioStream )
+  {
+    nsIMdbHeap_SlotStrongHeap(ioSlotHeap, ev, &mParser_Heap);
+    morkStream::SlotStrongStream(ioStream, ev, &mParser_Stream);
+    
+    if ( ev->Good() )
+    {
+      mParser_Tag = morkParser_kTag;
+      mNode_Derived = morkDerived_kParser;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+    ev->NilPointerError();
+}
+
+/*public non-poly*/ void
+morkParser::CloseParser(morkEnv* ev) // called by CloseMorkNode();
+{
+    if ( this->IsNode() )
+    {
+      if ( !this->IsShutNode() )
+      {
+        mParser_ScopeCoil.CloseCoil(ev);
+        mParser_ValueCoil.CloseCoil(ev);
+        mParser_ColumnCoil.CloseCoil(ev);
+        mParser_StringCoil.CloseCoil(ev);
+        nsIMdbHeap_SlotStrongHeap((nsIMdbHeap*) 0, ev, &mParser_Heap);
+        morkStream::SlotStrongStream((morkStream*) 0, ev, &mParser_Stream);
+        this->MarkShut();
+      }
+    }
+    else
+      this->NonNodeError(ev);
+}
+
+// } ===== end morkNode methods =====
+// ````` ````` ````` ````` ````` 
+
+/*protected non-poly*/ void
+morkParser::NonGoodParserError(morkEnv* ev) // when GoodParserTag() is false
+{
+  ev->NewError("non-morkNode");
+}
+
+/*protected non-poly*/ void
+morkParser::NonUsableParserError(morkEnv* ev) //
+{
+  if ( this->IsNode() )
+  {
+    if ( this->IsOpenNode() )
+    {
+      if (  this->GoodParserTag() )
+      {
+         // okay
+      }
+      else
+        this->NonGoodParserError(ev);
+    }
+    else
+      this->NonOpenNodeError(ev);
+  }
+  else
+    this->NonNodeError(ev);
+}
+
+
+/*protected non-poly*/ void
+morkParser::StartParse(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  MORK_USED_1(ev);
+  mParser_InCell = morkBool_kFalse;
+  mParser_InMeta = morkBool_kFalse;
+  mParser_InDict = morkBool_kFalse;
+  mParser_InPortRow = morkBool_kFalse;
+  
+  mParser_RowMid.ClearMid();
+  mParser_TableMid.ClearMid();
+  mParser_CellMid.ClearMid();
+  
+  mParser_GroupId = 0;
+  mParser_InPort = morkBool_kTrue;
+
+  mParser_GroupSpan.ClearSpan();
+  mParser_DictSpan.ClearSpan();
+  mParser_AliasSpan.ClearSpan();
+  mParser_MetaSpan.ClearSpan();
+  mParser_TableSpan.ClearSpan();
+  mParser_RowSpan.ClearSpan();
+  mParser_CellSpan.ClearSpan();
+  mParser_ColumnSpan.ClearSpan();
+  mParser_SlotSpan.ClearSpan();
+
+   mParser_PortSpan.ClearSpan();
+}
+
+/*protected non-poly*/ void
+morkParser::StopParse(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  if ( mParser_InCell )
+  {
+    mParser_InCell = morkBool_kFalse;
+    mParser_CellSpan.SetEndWithEnd(mParser_PortSpan);
+    this->OnCellEnd(ev, mParser_CellSpan);
+  }
+  if ( mParser_InMeta )
+  {
+    mParser_InMeta = morkBool_kFalse;
+    mParser_MetaSpan.SetEndWithEnd(mParser_PortSpan);
+    this->OnMetaEnd(ev, mParser_MetaSpan);
+  }
+  if ( mParser_InDict )
+  {
+    mParser_InDict = morkBool_kFalse;
+    mParser_DictSpan.SetEndWithEnd(mParser_PortSpan);
+    this->OnDictEnd(ev, mParser_DictSpan);
+  }
+  if ( mParser_InPortRow )
+  {
+    mParser_InPortRow = morkBool_kFalse;
+    mParser_RowSpan.SetEndWithEnd(mParser_PortSpan);
+    this->OnPortRowEnd(ev, mParser_RowSpan);
+  }
+  if ( mParser_InRow )
+  {
+    mParser_InRow = morkBool_kFalse;
+    mParser_RowMid.ClearMid();
+    mParser_RowSpan.SetEndWithEnd(mParser_PortSpan);
+    this->OnRowEnd(ev, mParser_RowSpan);
+  }
+  if ( mParser_InTable )
+  {
+    mParser_InTable = morkBool_kFalse;
+    mParser_TableMid.ClearMid();
+    mParser_TableSpan.SetEndWithEnd(mParser_PortSpan);
+    this->OnTableEnd(ev, mParser_TableSpan);
+  }
+  if ( mParser_GroupId )
+  {
+    mParser_GroupId = 0;
+    mParser_GroupSpan.SetEndWithEnd(mParser_PortSpan);
+    this->OnGroupAbortEnd(ev, mParser_GroupSpan);
+  }
+  if ( mParser_InPort )
+  {
+    mParser_InPort = morkBool_kFalse;
+    this->OnPortEnd(ev, mParser_PortSpan);
+  }
+}
+
+int morkParser::eat_comment(morkEnv* ev) // last char was '/'
+{
+  morkStream* s = mParser_Stream;
+  // Note morkStream::Getc() returns EOF when an error occurs, so
+  // we don't need to check for both c != EOF and ev->Good() below.
+  
+  int c = s->Getc(ev);
+  if ( c == '/' ) // C++ style comment?
+  {
+    while ( (c = s->Getc(ev)) != EOF && c != 0xA && c != 0xD )
+      /* empty */;
+      
+    if ( c == 0xA || c == 0xD )
+      c = this->eat_line_break(ev, c);
+  }
+  else if ( c == '*' ) /* C style comment? */
+  {
+    int depth = 1; // count depth of comments until depth reaches zero
+    
+    while ( depth > 0 && c != EOF ) // still looking for comment end(s)?
+    {
+      while ( (c = s->Getc(ev)) != EOF && c != '/' && c != '*' )
+      {
+        if ( c == 0xA || c == 0xD ) // need to count a line break?
+        {
+          c = this->eat_line_break(ev, c);
+          if ( c == '/' || c == '*' )
+            break; // end while loop
+        }
+      }
+        
+      if ( c == '*' ) // maybe end of a comment, if next char is '/'?
+      {
+        if ( (c = s->Getc(ev)) == '/' ) // end of comment?
+        {
+          --depth; // depth of comments has decreased by one
+          if ( !depth ) // comments all done?
+            c = s->Getc(ev); // return the byte after end of comment
+        }
+        else if ( c != EOF ) // need to put the char back?
+          s->Ungetc(c); // especially need to put back '*', 0xA, or 0xD
+      }
+      else if ( c == '/' ) // maybe nested comemnt, if next char is '*'?
+      {
+        if ( (c = s->Getc(ev)) == '*' ) // nested comment?
+          ++depth; // depth of comments has increased by one
+        else if ( c != EOF ) // need to put the char back?
+          s->Ungetc(c); // especially need to put back '/', 0xA, or 0xD
+      }
+        
+      if ( ev->Bad() )
+        c = EOF;
+    }
+    if ( c == EOF && depth > 0 )
+      ev->NewWarning("EOF before end of comment");
+  }
+  else
+    ev->NewWarning("expected / or *");
+  
+  return c;
+}
+
+int morkParser::eat_line_break(morkEnv* ev, int inLast)
+{
+  morkStream* s = mParser_Stream;
+  int c = s->Getc(ev); // get next char after 0xA or 0xD
+  this->CountLineBreak();
+  if ( c == 0xA || c == 0xD ) // another line break character?
+  {
+    if ( c != inLast ) // not the same as the last one?
+      c = s->Getc(ev); // get next char after two-byte linebreak
+  }
+  return c;
+}
+
+int morkParser::eat_line_continue(morkEnv* ev) // last char was '\'
+{
+  morkStream* s = mParser_Stream;
+  int c = s->Getc(ev);
+  if ( c == 0xA || c == 0xD ) // linebreak follows \ as expected?
+  {
+    c = this->eat_line_break(ev, c);
+  }
+  else
+    ev->NewWarning("expected linebreak");
+  
+  return c;
+}
+
+int morkParser::NextChar(morkEnv* ev) // next non-white content
+{
+  morkStream* s = mParser_Stream;
+  int c = s->Getc(ev);
+  while ( c > 0 && ev->Good() )
+  {
+    if ( c == '/' )
+      c = this->eat_comment(ev);
+    else if ( c == 0xA || c == 0xD )
+      c = this->eat_line_break(ev, c);
+    else if ( c == '\\' )
+      c = this->eat_line_continue(ev);
+    else if ( morkCh_IsWhite(c) )
+      c = s->Getc(ev);
+    else  
+      break; // end while loop when return c is acceptable
+  }
+  if ( ev->Bad() )
+  {
+    mParser_State = morkParser_kBrokenState;
+    mParser_DoMore = morkBool_kFalse;
+    mParser_IsDone = morkBool_kTrue;
+    mParser_IsBroken = morkBool_kTrue;
+    c = EOF;
+  }
+  else if ( c == EOF )
+  {
+    mParser_DoMore = morkBool_kFalse;
+    mParser_IsDone = morkBool_kTrue;
+  }
+  return c;
+}
+
+void
+morkParser::OnCellState(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  ev->StubMethodOnlyError();
+}
+
+void
+morkParser::OnMetaState(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  ev->StubMethodOnlyError();
+}
+
+void
+morkParser::OnRowState(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  ev->StubMethodOnlyError();
+}
+
+void
+morkParser::OnTableState(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  ev->StubMethodOnlyError();
+}
+
+void
+morkParser::OnDictState(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  ev->StubMethodOnlyError();
+}
+
+morkBuf* morkParser::ReadName(morkEnv* ev, int c)
+{
+  morkBuf* outBuf = 0;
+  
+  if ( !morkCh_IsName(c) )
+    ev->NewError("not a name char");
+
+  morkCoil* coil = &mParser_ColumnCoil;
+  coil->ClearBufFill();
+
+  morkSpool* spool = &mParser_ColumnSpool;
+  spool->Seek(ev, /*pos*/ 0);
+  
+  if ( ev->Good() )
+  {
+    spool->Putc(ev, c);
+    
+    morkStream* s = mParser_Stream;
+    while ( (c = s->Getc(ev)) != EOF && morkCh_IsMore(c) && ev->Good() )
+      spool->Putc(ev, c);
+      
+    if ( ev->Good() )
+    {
+      if ( c != EOF )
+      {
+        s->Ungetc(c);
+        spool->FlushSink(ev); // update coil->mBuf_Fill
+      }
+      else
+        this->UnexpectedEofError(ev);
+        
+      if ( ev->Good() )
+        outBuf = coil;
+    }
+  }  
+  return outBuf;
+}
+
+mork_bool
+morkParser::ReadMid(morkEnv* ev, morkMid* outMid)
+{
+  outMid->ClearMid();
+  
+  morkStream* s = mParser_Stream;
+  int next;
+  outMid->mMid_Oid.mOid_Id = this->ReadHex(ev, &next);
+  int c = next;
+  if ( c == ':' )
+  {
+    if ( (c = s->Getc(ev)) != EOF && ev->Good() )
+    {
+      if ( c == '^' )
+      {
+        outMid->mMid_Oid.mOid_Scope = this->ReadHex(ev, &next);
+        if ( ev->Good() )
+          s->Ungetc(next);
+      }
+      else if ( morkCh_IsName(c) )
+      {
+        outMid->mMid_Buf = this->ReadName(ev, c); 
+      }
+      else
+        ev->NewError("expected name or hex after ':' following ID");
+    }
+    
+    if ( c == EOF && ev->Good() )
+      this->UnexpectedEofError(ev);
+  }
+  else
+    s->Ungetc(c);
+  
+  return ev->Good();
+}
+
+void
+morkParser::ReadCell(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  mParser_CellMid.ClearMid();
+  // this->StartSpanOnLastByte(ev, &mParser_CellSpan);
+  morkMid* cellMid = 0; // if mid syntax is used for column
+  morkBuf* cellBuf = 0; // if naked string is used for column
+
+  morkStream* s = mParser_Stream;
+  int c;
+  if ( (c = s->Getc(ev)) != EOF && ev->Good() )
+  {
+    // this->StartSpanOnLastByte(ev, &mParser_ColumnSpan);
+    if ( c == '^' )
+    {
+      cellMid = &mParser_CellMid;
+      this->ReadMid(ev, cellMid);
+      // if ( !mParser_CellMid.mMid_Oid.mOid_Scope )
+      //  mParser_CellMid.mMid_Oid.mOid_Scope = (mork_scope) 'c';
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      if (mParser_InMeta && c == morkStore_kFormColumn)
+      {
+        ReadCellForm(ev, c);
+        return;
+      }
+      else
+        cellBuf = this->ReadName(ev, c); 
+    }
+    if ( ev->Good() )
+    {
+      // this->EndSpanOnThisByte(ev, &mParser_ColumnSpan);
+
+      mParser_InCell = morkBool_kTrue;
+      this->OnNewCell(ev, *mParser_CellSpan.AsPlace(),
+        cellMid, cellBuf); // , mParser_CellChange
+
+      mParser_CellChange = morkChange_kNil;
+      if ( (c = this->NextChar(ev)) != EOF && ev->Good() )
+      {
+        // this->StartSpanOnLastByte(ev, &mParser_SlotSpan);
+        if ( c == '=' )
+        {
+          morkBuf* buf = this->ReadValue(ev);
+          if ( buf )
+          {
+            // this->EndSpanOnThisByte(ev, &mParser_SlotSpan);
+            this->OnValue(ev, mParser_SlotSpan, *buf);
+          }
+        }
+        else if ( c == '^' )
+        {
+          if ( this->ReadMid(ev, &mParser_Mid) )
+          {
+            // this->EndSpanOnThisByte(ev, &mParser_SlotSpan);
+            if ( (c = this->NextChar(ev)) != EOF && ev->Good() )
+            {
+              if ( c != ')' )
+                ev->NewError("expected ')' after cell ^ID value");
+            }
+            else if ( c == EOF )
+              this->UnexpectedEofError(ev);
+            
+            if ( ev->Good() )
+              this->OnValueMid(ev, mParser_SlotSpan, mParser_Mid);
+          }
+        }
+        else if ( c == 'r' || c == 't' || c == '"' || c == '\'' )
+        {
+          ev->NewError("cell syntax not yet supported");
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          ev->NewError("unknown cell syntax");
+        }
+      }
+      
+      // this->EndSpanOnThisByte(ev, &mParser_CellSpan);
+      mParser_InCell = morkBool_kFalse;
+      this->OnCellEnd(ev, mParser_CellSpan);
+    }
+  }
+  mParser_CellChange = morkChange_kNil;
+  
+  if ( c == EOF && ev->Good() )
+    this->UnexpectedEofError(ev);
+}
+
+void morkParser::ReadRowPos(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  int c; // next character
+  mork_pos rowPos = this->ReadHex(ev, &c);
+  
+  if ( ev->Good() && c != EOF ) // should put back byte after hex?
+    mParser_Stream->Ungetc(c);
+
+  this->OnRowPos(ev, rowPos);
+}
+
+void morkParser::ReadRow(morkEnv* ev, int c)
+// zm:Row       ::= zm:S? '[' zm:S? zm:Id zm:RowItem* zm:S? ']'
+// zm:RowItem   ::= zm:MetaRow | zm:Cell
+// zm:MetaRow   ::= zm:S? '[' zm:S? zm:Cell* zm:S? ']' /* meta attributes */
+// zm:Cell      ::= zm:S? '(' zm:Column zm:S? zm:Slot? ')'
+{
+  if ( ev->Good() )
+  {
+    // this->StartSpanOnLastByte(ev, &mParser_RowSpan);
+    if ( mParser_Change )
+      mParser_RowChange = mParser_Change;
+
+    mork_bool cutAllRowCols = morkBool_kFalse;
+
+    if ( c == '[' )
+    {
+      if ( ( c = this->NextChar(ev) ) == '-' )
+        cutAllRowCols = morkBool_kTrue;
+      else if ( ev->Good() && c != EOF )
+        mParser_Stream->Ungetc(c);
+
+      if ( this->ReadMid(ev, &mParser_RowMid) )
+      {
+        mParser_InRow = morkBool_kTrue;
+        this->OnNewRow(ev, *mParser_RowSpan.AsPlace(),
+          mParser_RowMid, cutAllRowCols);
+
+        mParser_Change = mParser_RowChange = morkChange_kNil;
+
+        while ( (c = this->NextChar(ev)) != EOF && ev->Good() && c != ']' )
+        {
+          switch ( c )
+          {
+            case '(': // cell
+              this->ReadCell(ev);
+              break;
+              
+            case '[': // meta
+              this->ReadMeta(ev, ']');
+              break;
+            
+            // case '+': // plus
+            //   mParser_CellChange = morkChange_kAdd;
+            //   break;
+              
+            case '-': // minus
+              // mParser_CellChange = morkChange_kCut;
+              this->OnMinusCell(ev);
+              break;
+              
+            // case '!': // bang
+            //   mParser_CellChange = morkChange_kSet;
+            //  break;
+              
+            default:
+              ev->NewWarning("unexpected byte in row");
+              break;
+          } // switch
+        } // while
+        
+        if ( ev->Good() )
+        {
+          if ( (c = this->NextChar(ev)) == '!' )
+            this->ReadRowPos(ev);
+          else if ( c != EOF && ev->Good() )
+            mParser_Stream->Ungetc(c);
+        }
+        
+        // this->EndSpanOnThisByte(ev, &mParser_RowSpan);
+        mParser_InRow = morkBool_kFalse;
+        this->OnRowEnd(ev, mParser_RowSpan);
+
+      } // if ReadMid
+    } // if '['
+    
+    else // c != '['
+    {
+      morkStream* s = mParser_Stream;
+      s->Ungetc(c);
+      if ( this->ReadMid(ev, &mParser_RowMid) )
+      {
+        mParser_InRow = morkBool_kTrue;
+        this->OnNewRow(ev, *mParser_RowSpan.AsPlace(),
+          mParser_RowMid, cutAllRowCols);
+
+        mParser_Change = mParser_RowChange = morkChange_kNil;
+        
+        if ( ev->Good() )
+        {
+          if ( (c = this->NextChar(ev)) == '!' )
+            this->ReadRowPos(ev);
+          else if ( c != EOF && ev->Good() )
+            s->Ungetc(c);
+        }
+
+        // this->EndSpanOnThisByte(ev, &mParser_RowSpan);
+        mParser_InRow = morkBool_kFalse;
+        this->OnRowEnd(ev, mParser_RowSpan);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  
+  if ( ev->Bad() )
+    mParser_State = morkParser_kBrokenState;
+  else if ( c == EOF )
+    mParser_State = morkParser_kDoneState;
+}
+
+void morkParser::ReadTable(morkEnv* ev)
+// zm:Table     ::= zm:S? '{' zm:S? zm:Id zm:TableItem* zm:S? '}'
+// zm:TableItem ::= zm:MetaTable | zm:RowRef | zm:Row
+// zm:MetaTable ::= zm:S? '{' zm:S? zm:Cell* zm:S? '}' /* meta attributes */
+{
+  // this->StartSpanOnLastByte(ev, &mParser_TableSpan);
+
+  if ( mParser_Change )
+    mParser_TableChange = mParser_Change;
+
+  mork_bool cutAllTableRows = morkBool_kFalse;
+  
+  int c = this->NextChar(ev);
+  if ( c == '-' )
+    cutAllTableRows = morkBool_kTrue;
+  else if ( ev->Good() && c != EOF )
+    mParser_Stream->Ungetc(c);
+  
+  if ( ev->Good() && this->ReadMid(ev, &mParser_TableMid) )
+  {
+    mParser_InTable = morkBool_kTrue;
+    this->OnNewTable(ev, *mParser_TableSpan.AsPlace(),  
+      mParser_TableMid, cutAllTableRows);
+
+    mParser_Change = mParser_TableChange = morkChange_kNil;
+
+    while ( (c = this->NextChar(ev)) != EOF && ev->Good() && c != '}' )
+    {
+      if ( morkCh_IsHex(c) )
+      {
+        this->ReadRow(ev, c);
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        switch ( c )
+        {
+          case '[': // row
+            this->ReadRow(ev, '[');
+            break;
+            
+          case '{': // meta
+            this->ReadMeta(ev, '}');
+            break;
+          
+          // case '+': // plus
+          //   mParser_RowChange = morkChange_kAdd;
+          //   break;
+            
+          case '-': // minus
+            // mParser_RowChange = morkChange_kCut;
+            this->OnMinusRow(ev);
+            break;
+            
+          // case '!': // bang
+          //   mParser_RowChange = morkChange_kSet;
+          //   break;
+            
+          default:
+            ev->NewWarning("unexpected byte in table");
+            break;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    // this->EndSpanOnThisByte(ev, &mParser_TableSpan);
+    mParser_InTable = morkBool_kFalse;
+    this->OnTableEnd(ev, mParser_TableSpan);
+
+    if ( ev->Bad() )
+      mParser_State = morkParser_kBrokenState;
+    else if ( c == EOF )
+      mParser_State = morkParser_kDoneState;
+  }
+}
+
+mork_id morkParser::ReadHex(morkEnv* ev, int* outNextChar)
+// zm:Hex   ::= [0-9a-fA-F] /* a single hex digit */
+// zm:Hex+  ::= zm:Hex | zm:Hex zm:Hex+
+{
+  mork_id hex = 0;
+
+  morkStream* s = mParser_Stream;
+  int c = this->NextChar(ev);
+    
+  if ( ev->Good() )
+  {
+    if ( c != EOF )
+    {
+      if ( morkCh_IsHex(c) )
+      {
+        do
+        {
+          if ( morkCh_IsDigit(c) ) // '0' through '9'?
+            c -= '0';
+          else if ( morkCh_IsUpper(c) ) // 'A' through 'F'?
+            c -= ('A' - 10) ; // c = (c - 'A') + 10;
+          else // 'a' through 'f'?
+            c -= ('a' - 10) ; // c = (c - 'a') + 10;
+
+          hex = (hex << 4) + c;
+        }
+        while ( (c = s->Getc(ev)) != EOF && ev->Good() && morkCh_IsHex(c) );
+      }
+      else
+        this->ExpectedHexDigitError(ev, c);
+    }
+  }
+  if ( c == EOF )
+    this->EofInsteadOfHexError(ev);
+    
+  *outNextChar = c;
+  return hex;
+}
+
+/*static*/ void
+morkParser::EofInsteadOfHexError(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  ev->NewWarning("eof instead of hex");
+}
+
+/*static*/ void
+morkParser::ExpectedHexDigitError(morkEnv* ev, int c)
+{
+  MORK_USED_1(c);
+  ev->NewWarning("expected hex digit");
+}
+
+/*static*/ void
+morkParser::ExpectedEqualError(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  ev->NewWarning("expected '='");
+}
+
+/*static*/ void
+morkParser::UnexpectedEofError(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  ev->NewWarning("unexpected eof");
+}
+
+
+morkBuf* morkParser::ReadValue(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  morkBuf* outBuf = 0;
+
+  morkCoil* coil = &mParser_ValueCoil;
+  coil->ClearBufFill();
+
+  morkSpool* spool = &mParser_ValueSpool;
+  spool->Seek(ev, /*pos*/ 0);
+  
+  if ( ev->Good() )
+  {
+    morkStream* s = mParser_Stream;
+    int c;
+    while ( (c = s->Getc(ev)) != EOF && c != ')' && ev->Good() )
+    {
+      if ( c == '\\' ) // next char is escaped by '\'? 
+      {
+        if ( (c = s->Getc(ev)) == 0xA || c == 0xD ) // linebreak after \?
+        {
+          c = this->eat_line_break(ev, c);
+          if ( c == ')' || c == '\\' || c == '$' )
+          {
+            s->Ungetc(c); // just let while loop test read this again
+            continue; // goto next iteration of while loop
+          }
+        }
+        if ( c == EOF || ev->Bad() )
+          break; // end while loop
+      }
+      else if ( c == '$' ) // "$" escapes next two hex digits?
+      {
+        if ( (c = s->Getc(ev)) != EOF && ev->Good() )
+        {
+          mork_ch first = (mork_ch) c; // first hex digit
+          if ( (c = s->Getc(ev)) != EOF && ev->Good() )
+          {
+            mork_ch second = (mork_ch) c; // second hex digit
+            c = ev->HexToByte(first, second);
+          }
+          else
+            break; // end while loop
+        }
+        else
+          break; // end while loop
+      }
+      spool->Putc(ev, c);
+    }
+      
+    if ( ev->Good() )
+    {
+      if ( c != EOF )
+        spool->FlushSink(ev); // update coil->mBuf_Fill
+      else
+        this->UnexpectedEofError(ev);
+        
+      if ( ev->Good() )
+        outBuf = coil;
+    }
+  }
+  return outBuf; 
+}
+
+void morkParser::ReadDictForm(morkEnv *ev)
+{
+  int nextChar;
+  nextChar = this->NextChar(ev);
+  if (nextChar == '(')
+  {
+    nextChar = this->NextChar(ev);
+    if (nextChar == morkStore_kFormColumn)
+    {
+      int dictForm;
+
+      nextChar = this->NextChar(ev);
+      if (nextChar == '=')
+      {
+        dictForm = this->NextChar(ev);
+        nextChar = this->NextChar(ev);
+      }
+      else if (nextChar == '^')
+      {
+        dictForm = this->ReadHex(ev, &nextChar);
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        ev->NewWarning("unexpected byte in dict form");
+        return;
+      }
+      mParser_ValueCoil.mText_Form = dictForm;
+      if (nextChar == ')')
+      {
+        nextChar = this->NextChar(ev);
+        if (nextChar == '>')
+          return;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  ev->NewWarning("unexpected byte in dict form");
+}
+
+void morkParser::ReadCellForm(morkEnv *ev, int c)
+{
+  MORK_ASSERT (c == morkStore_kFormColumn);
+  int nextChar;
+  nextChar = this->NextChar(ev);
+  int cellForm;
+
+  if (nextChar == '=')
+  {
+    cellForm = this->NextChar(ev);
+    nextChar = this->NextChar(ev);
+  }
+  else if (nextChar == '^')
+  {
+    cellForm = this->ReadHex(ev, &nextChar);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    ev->NewWarning("unexpected byte in cell form");
+    return;
+  }
+  // ### not sure about this. Which form should we set?
+  //    mBuilder_CellForm = mBuilder_RowForm = cellForm;
+  if (nextChar == ')')
+  {
+    OnCellForm(ev, cellForm);
+    return;
+  }
+  ev->NewWarning("unexpected byte in cell form");
+}
+
+void morkParser::ReadAlias(morkEnv* ev)
+// zm:Alias     ::= zm:S? '(' ('#')? zm:Hex+ zm:S? zm:Value ')'
+// zm:Value   ::= '=' ([^)$\] | '\' zm:NonCRLF | zm:Continue | zm:Dollar)*
+{
+  // this->StartSpanOnLastByte(ev, &mParser_AliasSpan);
+
+  int nextChar;
+  mork_id hex = this->ReadHex(ev, &nextChar);
+  int c = nextChar;
+
+  mParser_Mid.ClearMid();
+  mParser_Mid.mMid_Oid.mOid_Id = hex;
+
+  if ( morkCh_IsWhite(c) && ev->Good() )
+    c = this->NextChar(ev);
+
+  if ( ev->Good() )
+  {
+    if ( c == '<')
+    {
+      ReadDictForm(ev);
+      if (ev->Good())
+        c = this->NextChar(ev);
+    }
+    if ( c == '=' )
+    {
+      mParser_Mid.mMid_Buf = this->ReadValue(ev);
+      if ( mParser_Mid.mMid_Buf )
+      {
+        // this->EndSpanOnThisByte(ev, &mParser_AliasSpan);
+        this->OnAlias(ev, mParser_AliasSpan, mParser_Mid);
+        // need to reset this somewhere.
+        mParser_ValueCoil.mText_Form = 0;
+
+      }
+    }
+    else
+      this->ExpectedEqualError(ev);
+  }
+}
+
+void morkParser::ReadMeta(morkEnv* ev, int inEndMeta)
+// zm:MetaDict  ::= zm:S? '<' zm:S? zm:Cell* zm:S? '>' /* meta attributes */
+// zm:MetaTable ::= zm:S? '{' zm:S? zm:Cell* zm:S? '}' /* meta attributes */
+// zm:MetaRow   ::= zm:S? '[' zm:S? zm:Cell* zm:S? ']' /* meta attributes */
+{
+  // this->StartSpanOnLastByte(ev, &mParser_MetaSpan);
+  mParser_InMeta = morkBool_kTrue;
+  this->OnNewMeta(ev, *mParser_MetaSpan.AsPlace());
+
+  mork_bool more = morkBool_kTrue; // until end meta
+  int c;
+  while ( more && (c = this->NextChar(ev)) != EOF && ev->Good() )
+  {
+    switch ( c )
+    {
+      case '(': // cell
+        this->ReadCell(ev);
+        break;
+        
+      case '>': // maybe end meta?
+        if ( inEndMeta == '>' )
+          more = morkBool_kFalse; // stop reading meta
+        else
+          this->UnexpectedByteInMetaWarning(ev);
+        break;
+        
+      case '}': // maybe end meta?
+        if ( inEndMeta == '}' )
+          more = morkBool_kFalse; // stop reading meta
+        else
+          this->UnexpectedByteInMetaWarning(ev);
+        break;
+        
+      case ']': // maybe end meta?
+        if ( inEndMeta == ']' )
+          more = morkBool_kFalse; // stop reading meta
+        else
+          this->UnexpectedByteInMetaWarning(ev);
+        break;
+        
+      case '[': // maybe table meta row?
+        if ( mParser_InTable )
+          this->ReadRow(ev, '['); 
+        else
+          this->UnexpectedByteInMetaWarning(ev);
+        break;
+        
+      default:
+        if ( mParser_InTable && morkCh_IsHex(c) )
+          this->ReadRow(ev, c);
+        else
+          this->UnexpectedByteInMetaWarning(ev);
+        break;
+    }
+  }
+
+  // this->EndSpanOnThisByte(ev, &mParser_MetaSpan);
+  mParser_InMeta = morkBool_kFalse;
+  this->OnMetaEnd(ev, mParser_MetaSpan);
+}
+
+/*static*/ void
+morkParser::UnexpectedByteInMetaWarning(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  ev->NewWarning("unexpected byte in meta");
+}
+
+/*static*/ void
+morkParser::NonParserTypeError(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  ev->NewError("non morkParser");
+}
+
+mork_bool morkParser::MatchPattern(morkEnv* ev, const char* inPattern)
+{
+  // if an error occurs, we want original inPattern in the debugger:
+  const char* pattern = inPattern; // mutable copy of pointer
+  morkStream* s = mParser_Stream;
+  int c;
+  while ( *pattern && ev->Good() )
+  {
+    char byte = *pattern++;
+    if ( (c = s->Getc(ev)) != byte )
+    {
+      ev->NewError("byte not in expected pattern");
+    }
+  }
+  return ev->Good();
+}
+
+mork_bool morkParser::FindGroupEnd(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  mork_bool foundEnd = morkBool_kFalse;
+  
+  // char gidBuf[ 64 ]; // to hold hex pattern we want
+  // (void) ev->TokenAsHex(gidBuf, mParser_GroupId);
+  
+  morkStream* s = mParser_Stream;
+  int c;
+  
+  while ( (c = s->Getc(ev)) != EOF && ev->Good() && !foundEnd )
+  {
+    if ( c == '@' ) // maybe start of group ending?
+    {
+      // this->EndSpanOnThisByte(ev, &mParser_GroupSpan);
+      if ( (c = s->Getc(ev)) == '$' ) // '$' follows '@' ?
+      {
+        if ( (c = s->Getc(ev)) == '$' ) // '$' follows "@$" ?
+        {
+          if ( (c = s->Getc(ev)) == '}' )
+          {
+            foundEnd = this->ReadEndGroupId(ev);
+            // this->EndSpanOnThisByte(ev, &mParser_GroupSpan);
+
+          }
+          else
+            ev->NewError("expected '}' after @$$");
+        }
+      }
+      if ( !foundEnd && c == '@' )
+        s->Ungetc(c);
+    }
+  }
+
+  return foundEnd && ev->Good();
+}
+
+void morkParser::ReadGroup(morkEnv* mev)
+{
+  nsIMdbEnv *ev = mev->AsMdbEnv();
+  int next = 0;
+  mParser_GroupId = this->ReadHex(mev, &next);
+  if ( next == '{' )
+  {
+    morkStream* s = mParser_Stream;
+     int c;
+    if ( (c = s->Getc(mev)) == '@' )
+    {
+    	// we really need the following span inside morkBuilder::OnNewGroup():
+      this->StartSpanOnThisByte(mev, &mParser_GroupSpan);
+      mork_pos startPos = mParser_GroupSpan.mSpan_Start.mPlace_Pos;
+
+      // if ( !store->mStore_FirstCommitGroupPos )
+      //   store->mStore_FirstCommitGroupPos = startPos;
+      // else if ( !store->mStore_SecondCommitGroupPos )
+      //   store->mStore_SecondCommitGroupPos = startPos;
+      
+      if ( this->FindGroupEnd(mev) )
+      {
+        mork_pos outPos;
+        s->Seek(ev, startPos, &outPos);
+        if ( mev->Good() )
+        {
+          this->OnNewGroup(mev, mParser_GroupSpan.mSpan_Start,
+            mParser_GroupId);
+          
+          this->ReadContent(mev, /*inInsideGroup*/ morkBool_kTrue);
+
+          this->OnGroupCommitEnd(mev, mParser_GroupSpan);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    else
+      mev->NewError("expected '@' after @$${id{");
+  }
+  else
+    mev->NewError("expected '{' after @$$id");
+    
+}
+
+mork_bool morkParser::ReadAt(morkEnv* ev, mork_bool inInsideGroup)
+/* groups must be ignored until properly terminated */
+// zm:Group       ::= zm:GroupStart zm:Content zm:GroupEnd /* transaction */
+// zm:GroupStart  ::= zm:S? '@$${' zm:Hex+ '{@' /* xaction id has own space */
+// zm:GroupEnd    ::= zm:GroupCommit | zm:GroupAbort
+// zm:GroupCommit ::= zm:S? '@$$}' zm:Hex+ '}@'  /* id matches start id */
+// zm:GroupAbort  ::= zm:S? '@$$}~~}@' /* id matches start id */
+/* We must allow started transactions to be aborted in summary files. */
+/* Note '$$' will never occur unescaped in values we will see in Mork. */
+{
+  if ( this->MatchPattern(ev, "$$") )
+  {
+    morkStream* s = mParser_Stream;
+     int c;
+    if ( ((c = s->Getc(ev)) == '{' || c == '}') && ev->Good() )
+     {
+       if ( c == '{' ) // start of new group?
+       {
+         if ( !inInsideGroup )
+           this->ReadGroup(ev);
+         else
+           ev->NewError("nested @$${ inside another group");
+       }
+       else // c == '}' // end of old group?
+       {
+         if ( inInsideGroup )
+         {
+          this->ReadEndGroupId(ev);
+          mParser_GroupId = 0;
+         }
+         else
+           ev->NewError("unmatched @$$} outside any group");
+       }
+     }
+     else
+       ev->NewError("expected '{' or '}' after @$$");
+  }
+  return ev->Good();
+}
+
+mork_bool morkParser::ReadEndGroupId(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  mork_bool outSawGroupId = morkBool_kFalse;
+  morkStream* s = mParser_Stream;
+  int c;
+  if ( (c = s->Getc(ev)) != EOF && ev->Good() )
+  {
+    if ( c == '~' ) // transaction is aborted?
+    {
+      this->MatchPattern(ev, "~}@"); // finish rest of pattern
+    }
+    else // push back byte and read expected trailing hex id
+    {
+      s->Ungetc(c);
+      int next = 0;
+      mork_gid endGroupId = this->ReadHex(ev, &next);
+      if ( ev->Good() )
+      {
+        if ( endGroupId == mParser_GroupId ) // matches start?
+        {
+          if ( next == '}' ) // '}' after @$$}id ?
+          {
+            if ( (c = s->Getc(ev)) == '@' ) // '@' after @$$}id} ?
+            {
+              // looks good, so return with no error
+              outSawGroupId = morkBool_kTrue;
+              mParser_InGroup = false;
+            }
+            else
+              ev->NewError("expected '@' after @$$}id}");
+          }
+          else
+            ev->NewError("expected '}' after @$$}id");
+        }
+        else
+          ev->NewError("end group id mismatch");
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return ( outSawGroupId && ev->Good() );
+}
+
+
+void morkParser::ReadDict(morkEnv* ev)
+// zm:Dict      ::= zm:S? '<' zm:DictItem* zm:S? '>'
+// zm:DictItem  ::= zm:MetaDict | zm:Alias
+// zm:MetaDict  ::= zm:S? '<' zm:S? zm:Cell* zm:S? '>' /* meta attributes */
+// zm:Alias     ::= zm:S? '(' ('#')? zm:Hex+ zm:S? zm:Value ')'
+{
+  mParser_Change = morkChange_kNil;
+  mParser_AtomChange = morkChange_kNil;
+  
+  // this->StartSpanOnLastByte(ev, &mParser_DictSpan);
+  mParser_InDict = morkBool_kTrue;
+  this->OnNewDict(ev, *mParser_DictSpan.AsPlace());
+  
+  int c;
+  while ( (c = this->NextChar(ev)) != EOF && ev->Good() && c != '>' )
+  {
+    switch ( c )
+    {
+      case '(': // alias
+        this->ReadAlias(ev);
+        break;
+        
+      case '<': // meta
+        this->ReadMeta(ev, '>');
+        break;
+        
+      default:
+        ev->NewWarning("unexpected byte in dict");
+        break;
+    }
+  }
+
+  // this->EndSpanOnThisByte(ev, &mParser_DictSpan);
+  mParser_InDict = morkBool_kFalse;
+  this->OnDictEnd(ev, mParser_DictSpan);
+  
+  if ( ev->Bad() )
+    mParser_State = morkParser_kBrokenState;
+  else if ( c == EOF )
+    mParser_State = morkParser_kDoneState;
+}
+
+void morkParser::EndSpanOnThisByte(morkEnv* mev, morkSpan* ioSpan)
+{
+  mork_pos here;
+  nsIMdbEnv *ev = mev->AsMdbEnv();
+  nsresult rv = mParser_Stream->Tell(ev, &here);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && mev->Good() )
+  {
+    this->SetHerePos(here);
+    ioSpan->SetEndWithEnd(mParser_PortSpan);
+  }
+}
+
+void morkParser::EndSpanOnLastByte(morkEnv* mev, morkSpan* ioSpan)
+{
+  mork_pos here;
+  nsIMdbEnv *ev = mev->AsMdbEnv();
+  nsresult rv= mParser_Stream->Tell(ev, &here);
+  if ( NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && mev->Good() )
+  {
+    if ( here > 0 )
+      --here;
+    else
+      here = 0;
+
+    this->SetHerePos(here);
+    ioSpan->SetEndWithEnd(mParser_PortSpan);
+  }
+}
+
+void morkParser::StartSpanOnLastByte(morkEnv* mev, morkSpan* ioSpan)
+{
+  mork_pos here;
+  nsIMdbEnv *ev = mev->AsMdbEnv();
+  nsresult rv = mParser_Stream->Tell(ev, &here);
+  if ( NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && mev->Good() )
+  {
+    if ( here > 0 )
+      --here;
+    else
+      here = 0;
+
+    this->SetHerePos(here);
+    ioSpan->SetStartWithEnd(mParser_PortSpan);
+    ioSpan->SetEndWithEnd(mParser_PortSpan);
+  }
+}
+
+void morkParser::StartSpanOnThisByte(morkEnv* mev, morkSpan* ioSpan)
+{
+  mork_pos here;
+  nsIMdbEnv *ev = mev->AsMdbEnv();
+  nsresult rv = mParser_Stream->Tell(ev, &here);
+  if ( NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && mev->Good() )
+  {
+    this->SetHerePos(here);
+    ioSpan->SetStartWithEnd(mParser_PortSpan);
+    ioSpan->SetEndWithEnd(mParser_PortSpan);
+  }
+}
+
+mork_bool
+morkParser::ReadContent(morkEnv* ev, mork_bool inInsideGroup)
+{
+  int c;
+  mork_bool keep_going = true;
+  while ( keep_going && (c = this->NextChar(ev)) != EOF && ev->Good())
+  {
+    switch ( c )
+    {
+      case '[': // row
+        this->ReadRow(ev, '[');
+        keep_going = false;
+        break;
+        
+      case '{': // table
+        this->ReadTable(ev);
+        keep_going = false;
+        break;
+        
+      case '<': // dict
+        this->ReadDict(ev);
+        keep_going = false;
+        break;
+        
+      case '@': // group
+        return this->ReadAt(ev, inInsideGroup);
+        // break;
+        
+      // case '+': // plus
+      //   mParser_Change = morkChange_kAdd;
+      //   break;
+        
+      // case '-': // minus
+      //   mParser_Change = morkChange_kCut;
+      //   break;
+        
+      // case '!': // bang
+      //   mParser_Change = morkChange_kSet;
+      //   break;
+        
+      default:
+        ev->NewWarning("unexpected byte in ReadContent()");
+        break;
+    }
+  }
+  if ( ev->Bad() )
+    mParser_State = morkParser_kBrokenState;
+  else if ( c == EOF )
+    mParser_State = morkParser_kDoneState;
+    
+  return ( ev->Good() && c != EOF );
+}
+
+void
+morkParser::OnPortState(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  mork_bool firstTime = !mParser_InPort;
+  mParser_InPort = morkBool_kTrue;
+  if (firstTime)
+    this->OnNewPort(ev, *mParser_PortSpan.AsPlace());
+
+  mork_bool done = !this->ReadContent(ev, mParser_InGroup/*inInsideGroup*/);
+
+  if (done)
+  {
+    mParser_InPort = morkBool_kFalse;
+    this->OnPortEnd(ev, mParser_PortSpan);
+  }
+  
+  if ( ev->Bad() )
+    mParser_State = morkParser_kBrokenState;
+}
+
+void
+morkParser::OnStartState(morkEnv* mev)
+{
+  morkStream* s = mParser_Stream;
+  nsIMdbEnv *ev = mev->AsMdbEnv();
+  if ( s && s->IsNode() && s->IsOpenNode() )
+  {
+    mork_pos outPos;
+    nsresult rv = s->Seek(ev, 0, &outPos);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && mev->Good() )
+    {
+      this->StartParse(mev);
+      mParser_State = morkParser_kPortState;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+    mev->NilPointerError();
+
+  if ( mev->Bad() )
+    mParser_State = morkParser_kBrokenState;
+}
+
+/*protected non-poly*/ void
+morkParser::ParseChunk(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  mParser_Change = morkChange_kNil;
+  mParser_DoMore = morkBool_kTrue;
+            
+  switch ( mParser_State )
+  {
+    case morkParser_kCellState: // 0
+      this->OnCellState(ev); break;
+      
+    case morkParser_kMetaState: // 1
+      this->OnMetaState(ev); break;
+      
+    case morkParser_kRowState: // 2
+      this->OnRowState(ev); break;
+      
+    case morkParser_kTableState: // 3
+      this->OnTableState(ev); break;
+      
+    case morkParser_kDictState: // 4
+      this->OnDictState(ev); break;
+      
+    case morkParser_kPortState: // 5
+      this->OnPortState(ev); break;
+      
+    case morkParser_kStartState: // 6
+      this->OnStartState(ev); break;
+     
+    case morkParser_kDoneState: // 7
+      mParser_DoMore = morkBool_kFalse;
+      mParser_IsDone = morkBool_kTrue;
+      this->StopParse(ev);
+      break;
+    case morkParser_kBrokenState: // 8
+      mParser_DoMore = morkBool_kFalse;
+      mParser_IsBroken = morkBool_kTrue;
+      this->StopParse(ev);
+      break;
+    default: // ?
+      MORK_ASSERT(morkBool_kFalse);
+      mParser_State = morkParser_kBrokenState;
+      break;
+  }
+}
+    
+/*public non-poly*/ mdb_count
+morkParser::ParseMore( // return count of bytes consumed now
+    morkEnv* ev,          // context
+    mork_pos* outPos,     // current byte pos in the stream afterwards
+    mork_bool* outDone,   // is parsing finished?
+    mork_bool* outBroken  // is parsing irreparably dead and broken?
+  )
+{
+  mdb_count outCount = 0;
+  if ( this->IsNode() && this->GoodParserTag() && this->IsOpenNode() )
+  {
+    mork_pos startPos = this->HerePos();
+
+    if ( !mParser_IsDone && !mParser_IsBroken )
+      this->ParseChunk(ev);
+  
+    // HerePos is only updated for groups. I'd like it to be more accurate.
+
+    mork_pos here;
+    mParser_Stream->Tell(ev, &here);
+
+    if ( outDone )
+      *outDone = mParser_IsDone;
+    if ( outBroken )
+      *outBroken = mParser_IsBroken;
+    if ( outPos )
+      *outPos = here;
+      
+    if ( here > startPos )
+      outCount = (mdb_count) (here - startPos);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    this->NonUsableParserError(ev);
+    if ( outDone )
+      *outDone = morkBool_kTrue;
+    if ( outBroken )
+      *outBroken = morkBool_kTrue;
+    if ( outPos )
+      *outPos = 0;
+  }
+  return outCount;
+}
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
diff --git a/db/mork/src/morkParser.h b/db/mork/src/morkParser.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9ddfd7731
--- /dev/null
+++ b/db/mork/src/morkParser.h
@@ -0,0 +1,533 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-  */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _MORKPARSER_
+#define _MORKPARSER_ 1
+
+#ifndef _MORK_
+#include "mork.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKBLOB_
+#include "morkBlob.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKSINK_
+#include "morkSink.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKYARN_
+#include "morkYarn.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKCELL_
+#include "morkCell.h"
+#endif
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+ 
+/*=============================================================================
+ * morkPlace: stream byte position and stream line count
+ */
+
+class morkPlace {
+public:
+  mork_pos   mPlace_Pos;   // byte offset in an input stream
+  mork_line  mPlace_Line;  // line count in an input stream
+  
+  void ClearPlace()
+  {
+    mPlace_Pos = 0; mPlace_Line = 0;
+  }
+
+  void SetPlace(mork_pos inPos, mork_line inLine)
+  {
+    mPlace_Pos = inPos; mPlace_Line = inLine;
+  }
+
+  morkPlace() { mPlace_Pos = 0; mPlace_Line = 0; }
+  
+  morkPlace(mork_pos inPos, mork_line inLine)
+  { mPlace_Pos = inPos; mPlace_Line = inLine; }
+  
+  morkPlace(const morkPlace& inPlace)
+  : mPlace_Pos(inPlace.mPlace_Pos), mPlace_Line(inPlace.mPlace_Line) { }
+};
+
+/*=============================================================================
+ * morkGlitch: stream place and error comment describing a parsing error
+ */
+
+class morkGlitch {
+public:
+  morkPlace    mGlitch_Place;   // place in stream where problem happened
+  const char*  mGlitch_Comment; // null-terminated ASCII C string
+
+  morkGlitch() { mGlitch_Comment = 0; }
+  
+  morkGlitch(const morkPlace& inPlace, const char* inComment)
+  : mGlitch_Place(inPlace), mGlitch_Comment(inComment) { }
+};
+
+/*=============================================================================
+ * morkMid: all possible ways needed to express an alias ID in Mork syntax
+ */
+
+/*| morkMid: an abstraction of all the variations we might need to support
+**| in order to present an ID through the parser interface most cheaply and
+**| with minimum transformation away from the original text format.
+**|
+**|| An ID can have one of four forms:
+**| 1) idHex            (mMid_Oid.mOid_Id <- idHex)
+**| 2) idHex:^scopeHex  (mMid_Oid.mOid_Id <- idHex, mOid_Scope <- scopeHex)
+**| 3) idHex:scopeName  (mMid_Oid.mOid_Id <- idHex, mMid_Buf <- scopeName)
+**| 4) columnName       (mMid_Buf <- columnName, for columns in cells only)
+**|
+**|| Typically, mMid_Oid.mOid_Id will hold a nonzero integer value for
+**| an ID, but we might have an optional scope specified by either an integer
+**| in hex format, or a string name.  (Note that while the first ID can be
+**| scoped variably, any integer ID for a scope is assumed always located in
+**| the same scope, so the second ID need not be disambiguated.)
+**|
+**|| The only time mMid_Oid.mOid_Id is ever zero is when mMid_Buf alone
+**| is nonzero, to indicate an explicit string instead of an alias appeared.
+**| This case happens to make the representation of columns in cells somewhat
+**| easier to represent, since columns can just appear as a string name; and
+**| this unifies those interfaces with row and table APIs expecting IDs.
+**|
+**|| So when the parser passes an instance of morkMid to a subclass, the 
+**| mMid_Oid.mOid_Id slot should usually be nonzero.  And the other two
+**| slots, mMid_Oid.mOid_Scope and mMid_Buf, might both be zero, or at
+**| most one of them will be nonzero to indicate an explicit scope; the
+**| parser is responsible for ensuring at most one of these is nonzero.
+|*/
+class morkMid {
+public:
+  mdbOid          mMid_Oid;  // mOid_Scope is zero when not specified
+  const morkBuf*  mMid_Buf;  // points to some specific buf subclass
+  
+  morkMid()
+  { mMid_Oid.mOid_Scope = 0; mMid_Oid.mOid_Id = morkId_kMinusOne;
+   mMid_Buf = 0; }
+  
+  void InitMidWithCoil(morkCoil* ioCoil)
+  { mMid_Oid.mOid_Scope = 0; mMid_Oid.mOid_Id = morkId_kMinusOne;
+   mMid_Buf = ioCoil; }
+    
+  void ClearMid()
+  { mMid_Oid.mOid_Scope = 0; mMid_Oid.mOid_Id = morkId_kMinusOne;
+   mMid_Buf = 0; }
+
+  morkMid(const morkMid& other)
+  : mMid_Oid(other.mMid_Oid), mMid_Buf(other.mMid_Buf) { }
+  
+  mork_bool HasNoId() const // ID is unspecified?
+  { return ( mMid_Oid.mOid_Id == morkId_kMinusOne ); }
+  
+  mork_bool HasSomeId() const // ID is specified?
+  { return ( mMid_Oid.mOid_Id != morkId_kMinusOne ); }
+};
+
+/*=============================================================================
+ * morkSpan: start and end stream byte position and stream line count
+ */
+
+class morkSpan {
+public:
+  morkPlace   mSpan_Start;
+  morkPlace   mSpan_End;
+
+public: // methods
+  
+public: // inlines
+  morkSpan() { } // use inline empty constructor for each place
+  
+  morkPlace* AsPlace() { return &mSpan_Start; }
+  const morkPlace* AsConstPlace() const { return &mSpan_Start; }
+  
+  void SetSpan(mork_pos inFromPos, mork_line inFromLine,
+    mork_pos inToPos, mork_line inToLine)
+  {
+    mSpan_Start.SetPlace(inFromPos, inFromLine);
+    mSpan_End.SetPlace(inToPos,inToLine);
+  }
+
+  // setting end, useful to terminate a span using current port span end:
+  void SetEndWithEnd(const morkSpan& inSpan) // end <- span.end
+  { mSpan_End = inSpan.mSpan_End; }
+
+  // setting start, useful to initiate a span using current port span end:
+  void SetStartWithEnd(const morkSpan& inSpan) // start <- span.end
+  { mSpan_Start = inSpan.mSpan_End; }
+  
+  void ClearSpan()
+  {
+    mSpan_Start.mPlace_Pos = 0; mSpan_Start.mPlace_Line = 0;
+    mSpan_End.mPlace_Pos = 0; mSpan_End.mPlace_Line = 0;
+  }
+
+  morkSpan(mork_pos inFromPos, mork_line inFromLine,
+    mork_pos inToPos, mork_line inToLine)
+  : mSpan_Start(inFromPos, inFromLine), mSpan_End(inToPos, inToLine)
+  {  /* empty implementation */ }
+};
+
+/*=============================================================================
+ * morkParser: for parsing Mork text syntax
+ */
+
+#define morkParser_kMinGranularity 512 /* parse at least half 0.5K at once */
+#define morkParser_kMaxGranularity (64 * 1024) /* parse at most 64 K at once */
+
+#define morkDerived_kParser     /*i*/ 0x5073 /* ascii 'Ps' */
+#define morkParser_kTag     /*i*/ 0x70417253 /* ascii 'pArS' */
+
+// These are states for the simple parsing virtual machine.  Needless to say,
+// these must be distinct, and preferrably in a contiguous integer range.
+// Don't change these constants without looking at switch statements in code.
+#define morkParser_kCellState      0 /* cell is tightest scope */
+#define morkParser_kMetaState      1 /* meta is tightest scope */
+#define morkParser_kRowState       2 /* row is tightest scope */
+#define morkParser_kTableState     3 /* table is tightest scope */
+#define morkParser_kDictState      4 /* dict is tightest scope */
+#define morkParser_kPortState      5 /* port is tightest scope */
+
+#define morkParser_kStartState     6 /* parsing has not yet begun */
+#define morkParser_kDoneState      7 /* parsing is complete */
+#define morkParser_kBrokenState    8 /* parsing is to broken to work */
+
+class morkParser /*d*/ : public morkNode {
+
+// public: // slots inherited from morkNode (meant to inform only)
+  // nsIMdbHeap*       mNode_Heap;
+
+  // mork_base      mNode_Base;     // must equal morkBase_kNode
+  // mork_derived   mNode_Derived;  // depends on specific node subclass
+  
+  // mork_access    mNode_Access;   // kOpen, kClosing, kShut, or kDead
+  // mork_usage     mNode_Usage;    // kHeap, kStack, kMember, kGlobal, kNone
+  // mork_able      mNode_Mutable;  // can this node be modified?
+  // mork_load      mNode_Load;     // is this node clean or dirty?
+  
+  // mork_uses      mNode_Uses;     // refcount for strong refs
+  // mork_refs      mNode_Refs;     // refcount for strong refs + weak refs
+
+// ````` ````` ````` `````   ````` ````` ````` `````  
+protected: // protected morkParser members
+  
+  nsIMdbHeap*   mParser_Heap;   // refcounted heap used for allocation
+  morkStream*   mParser_Stream; // refcounted input stream
+
+  mork_u4       mParser_Tag; // must equal morkParser_kTag
+  mork_count    mParser_MoreGranularity; // constructor inBytesPerParseSegment
+
+  mork_u4       mParser_State; // state where parser should resume
+
+  // after finding ends of group transactions, we can re-seek the start:
+  mork_pos      mParser_GroupContentStartPos; // start of this group
+
+  morkMid       mParser_TableMid; // table mid if inside a table
+  morkMid       mParser_RowMid;   // row mid if inside a row
+  morkMid       mParser_CellMid;  // cell mid if inside a row
+  mork_gid      mParser_GroupId;  // group ID if inside a group
+
+  mork_bool     mParser_InPort;  // called OnNewPort but not OnPortEnd?
+  mork_bool     mParser_InDict;  // called OnNewDict but not OnDictEnd?
+  mork_bool     mParser_InCell;  // called OnNewCell but not OnCellEnd?
+  mork_bool     mParser_InMeta;  // called OnNewMeta but not OnMetaEnd?
+
+  mork_bool     mParser_InPortRow;  // called OnNewPortRow but not OnPortRowEnd?
+  mork_bool     mParser_InRow;    // called OnNewRow but not OnNewRowEnd?
+  mork_bool     mParser_InTable;  // called OnNewMeta but not OnMetaEnd?
+  mork_bool     mParser_InGroup;  // called OnNewGroup but not OnGroupEnd?
+
+  mork_change   mParser_AtomChange;  // driven by mParser_Change 
+  mork_change   mParser_CellChange;  // driven by mParser_Change 
+  mork_change   mParser_RowChange;   // driven by mParser_Change 
+  mork_change   mParser_TableChange; // driven by mParser_Change 
+
+  mork_change   mParser_Change;     // driven by modifier in text 
+  mork_bool     mParser_IsBroken;   // has the parse become broken?
+  mork_bool     mParser_IsDone;     // has the parse finished?
+  mork_bool     mParser_DoMore;     // mParser_MoreGranularity not exhausted? 
+
+  morkMid       mParser_Mid;   // current alias being parsed
+  // note that mParser_Mid.mMid_Buf points at mParser_ScopeCoil below:
+
+  // blob coils allocated in mParser_Heap
+  morkCoil     mParser_ScopeCoil;   // place to accumulate ID scope blobs
+  morkCoil     mParser_ValueCoil;   // place to accumulate value blobs
+  morkCoil     mParser_ColumnCoil;  // place to accumulate column blobs
+  morkCoil     mParser_StringCoil;  // place to accumulate string blobs
+
+  morkSpool    mParser_ScopeSpool;  // writes to mParser_ScopeCoil
+  morkSpool    mParser_ValueSpool;  // writes to mParser_ValueCoil
+  morkSpool    mParser_ColumnSpool; // writes to mParser_ColumnCoil
+  morkSpool    mParser_StringSpool; // writes to mParser_StringCoil
+
+  // yarns allocated in mParser_Heap
+  morkYarn      mParser_MidYarn;   // place to receive from MidToYarn()
+
+  // span showing current ongoing file position status:
+  morkSpan      mParser_PortSpan; // span of current db port file
+
+  // various spans denoting nested subspaces inside the file's port span:
+  morkSpan      mParser_GroupSpan; // span of current transaction group
+  morkSpan      mParser_DictSpan;
+  morkSpan      mParser_AliasSpan;
+  morkSpan      mParser_MetaSpan;
+  morkSpan      mParser_TableSpan;
+  morkSpan      mParser_RowSpan;
+  morkSpan      mParser_CellSpan;
+  morkSpan      mParser_ColumnSpan;
+  morkSpan      mParser_SlotSpan;
+
+private: // convenience inlines
+
+  mork_pos HerePos() const
+  { return mParser_PortSpan.mSpan_End.mPlace_Pos; }
+
+  void SetHerePos(mork_pos inPos)
+  { mParser_PortSpan.mSpan_End.mPlace_Pos = inPos; }
+
+  void CountLineBreak()
+  { ++mParser_PortSpan.mSpan_End.mPlace_Line; }
+
+// { ===== begin morkNode interface =====
+public: // morkNode virtual methods
+  virtual void CloseMorkNode(morkEnv* ev) override; // CloseParser() only if open
+  virtual ~morkParser(); // assert that CloseParser() executed earlier
+
+public: // morkYarn construction & destruction
+  morkParser(morkEnv* ev, const morkUsage& inUsage, nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap,
+    morkStream* ioStream,  // the readonly stream for input bytes
+    mdb_count inBytesPerParseSegment, // target for ParseMore()
+    nsIMdbHeap* ioSlotHeap);
+      
+  void CloseParser(morkEnv* ev); // called by CloseMorkNode();
+
+private: // copying is not allowed
+  morkParser(const morkParser& other);
+  morkParser& operator=(const morkParser& other);
+
+public: // dynamic type identification
+  mork_bool IsParser() const
+  { return IsNode() && mNode_Derived == morkDerived_kParser; }
+  
+// } ===== end morkNode methods =====
+
+public: // errors and warnings
+  static void UnexpectedEofError(morkEnv* ev);
+  static void EofInsteadOfHexError(morkEnv* ev);
+  static void ExpectedEqualError(morkEnv* ev);
+  static void ExpectedHexDigitError(morkEnv* ev, int c);
+  static void NonParserTypeError(morkEnv* ev);
+  static void UnexpectedByteInMetaWarning(morkEnv* ev);
+
+public: // other type methods
+  mork_bool GoodParserTag() const { return mParser_Tag == morkParser_kTag; }
+  void NonGoodParserError(morkEnv* ev);
+  void NonUsableParserError(morkEnv* ev);
+  // call when IsNode() or GoodParserTag() is false
+  
+// ````` ````` ````` `````   ````` ````` ````` `````  
+public: // in virtual morkParser methods, data flow subclass to parser
+
+    virtual void MidToYarn(morkEnv* ev,
+      const morkMid& inMid,  // typically an alias to concat with strings
+      mdbYarn* outYarn) = 0;
+    // The parser might ask that some aliases be turned into yarns, so they
+    // can be concatenated into longer blobs under some circumstances.  This
+    // is an alternative to using a long and complex callback for many parts
+    // for a single cell value.
+  
+// ````` ````` ````` `````   ````` ````` ````` `````  
+public: // out virtual morkParser methods, data flow parser to subclass
+
+// The virtual methods below will be called in a pattern corresponding
+// to the following grammar isomorphic to the Mork grammar.  There should
+// be no exceptions, so subclasses can rely on seeing an appropriate "end"
+// method whenever some "new" method has been seen earlier.  In the event
+// that some error occurs that causes content to be flushed, or sudden early
+// termination of a larger containing entity, we will always call a more
+// enclosed "end" method before we call an "end" method with greater scope.
+
+// Note the "mp" prefix stands for "Mork Parser":
+
+// mp:Start     ::= OnNewPort mp:PortItem* OnPortEnd
+// mp:PortItem  ::= mp:Content | mp:Group | OnPortGlitch
+// mp:Group     ::= OnNewGroup mp:GroupItem* mp:GroupEnd
+// mp:GroupItem ::= mp:Content | OnGroupGlitch
+// mp:GroupEnd  ::= OnGroupCommitEnd | OnGroupAbortEnd
+// mp:Content   ::= mp:PortRow | mp:Dict | mp:Table | mp:Row
+// mp:PortRow   ::= OnNewPortRow mp:RowItem* OnPortRowEnd
+// mp:Dict      ::= OnNewDict mp:DictItem* OnDictEnd
+// mp:DictItem  ::= OnAlias | OnAliasGlitch | mp:Meta | OnDictGlitch
+// mp:Table     ::= OnNewTable mp:TableItem* OnTableEnd
+// mp:TableItem ::= mp:Row | mp:MetaTable | OnTableGlitch
+// mp:MetaTable ::= OnNewMeta mp:MetaItem* mp:Row OnMetaEnd
+// mp:Meta      ::= OnNewMeta mp:MetaItem* OnMetaEnd
+// mp:MetaItem  ::= mp:Cell | OnMetaGlitch
+// mp:Row       ::= OnMinusRow? OnNewRow mp:RowItem* OnRowEnd
+// mp:RowItem   ::= mp:Cell | mp:Meta | OnRowGlitch
+// mp:Cell      ::= OnMinusCell? OnNewCell mp:CellItem? OnCellEnd
+// mp:CellItem  ::= mp:Slot | OnCellForm | OnCellGlitch
+// mp:Slot      ::= OnValue | OnValueMid | OnRowMid | OnTableMid
+
+
+  // Note that in interfaces below, mork_change parameters kAdd and kNil
+  // both mean about the same thing by default.  Only kCut is interesting,
+  // because this usually means to remove members instead of adding them.
+
+  virtual void OnNewPort(morkEnv* ev, const morkPlace& inPlace) = 0;
+  virtual void OnPortGlitch(morkEnv* ev, const morkGlitch& inGlitch) = 0;  
+  virtual void OnPortEnd(morkEnv* ev, const morkSpan& inSpan) = 0;  
+
+  virtual void OnNewGroup(morkEnv* ev, const morkPlace& inPlace, mork_gid inGid) = 0;
+  virtual void OnGroupGlitch(morkEnv* ev, const morkGlitch& inGlitch) = 0;  
+  virtual void OnGroupCommitEnd(morkEnv* ev, const morkSpan& inSpan) = 0;  
+  virtual void OnGroupAbortEnd(morkEnv* ev, const morkSpan& inSpan) = 0;  
+
+  virtual void OnNewPortRow(morkEnv* ev, const morkPlace& inPlace, 
+    const morkMid& inMid, mork_change inChange) = 0;
+  virtual void OnPortRowGlitch(morkEnv* ev, const morkGlitch& inGlitch) = 0;  
+  virtual void OnPortRowEnd(morkEnv* ev, const morkSpan& inSpan) = 0;  
+
+  virtual void OnNewTable(morkEnv* ev, const morkPlace& inPlace,
+    const morkMid& inMid, mork_bool inCutAllRows) = 0;
+  virtual void OnTableGlitch(morkEnv* ev, const morkGlitch& inGlitch) = 0;
+  virtual void OnTableEnd(morkEnv* ev, const morkSpan& inSpan) = 0;
+    
+  virtual void OnNewMeta(morkEnv* ev, const morkPlace& inPlace) = 0;
+  virtual void OnMetaGlitch(morkEnv* ev, const morkGlitch& inGlitch) = 0;
+  virtual void OnMetaEnd(morkEnv* ev, const morkSpan& inSpan) = 0;
+
+  virtual void OnMinusRow(morkEnv* ev) = 0;
+  virtual void OnNewRow(morkEnv* ev, const morkPlace& inPlace, 
+    const morkMid& inMid, mork_bool inCutAllCols) = 0;
+  virtual void OnRowPos(morkEnv* ev, mork_pos inRowPos) = 0;  
+  virtual void OnRowGlitch(morkEnv* ev, const morkGlitch& inGlitch) = 0;  
+  virtual void OnRowEnd(morkEnv* ev, const morkSpan& inSpan) = 0;  
+
+  virtual void OnNewDict(morkEnv* ev, const morkPlace& inPlace) = 0;
+  virtual void OnDictGlitch(morkEnv* ev, const morkGlitch& inGlitch) = 0;  
+  virtual void OnDictEnd(morkEnv* ev, const morkSpan& inSpan) = 0;  
+
+  virtual void OnAlias(morkEnv* ev, const morkSpan& inSpan,
+    const morkMid& inMid) = 0;
+
+  virtual void OnAliasGlitch(morkEnv* ev, const morkGlitch& inGlitch) = 0;
+
+  virtual void OnMinusCell(morkEnv* ev) = 0;
+  virtual void OnNewCell(morkEnv* ev, const morkPlace& inPlace,
+    const morkMid* inMid, const morkBuf* inBuf) = 0;
+  // Exactly one of inMid and inBuf is nil, and the other is non-nil.
+  // When hex ID syntax is used for a column, then inMid is not nil, and
+  // when a naked string names a column, then inBuf is not nil.
+    
+  virtual void OnCellGlitch(morkEnv* ev, const morkGlitch& inGlitch) = 0;
+  virtual void OnCellForm(morkEnv* ev, mork_cscode inCharsetFormat) = 0;
+  virtual void OnCellEnd(morkEnv* ev, const morkSpan& inSpan) = 0;
+    
+  virtual void OnValue(morkEnv* ev, const morkSpan& inSpan,
+    const morkBuf& inBuf) = 0;
+
+  virtual void OnValueMid(morkEnv* ev, const morkSpan& inSpan,
+    const morkMid& inMid) = 0;
+
+  virtual void OnRowMid(morkEnv* ev, const morkSpan& inSpan,
+    const morkMid& inMid) = 0;
+
+  virtual void OnTableMid(morkEnv* ev, const morkSpan& inSpan,
+    const morkMid& inMid) = 0;
+  
+// ````` ````` ````` `````   ````` ````` ````` `````  
+protected: // protected parser helper methods
+
+  void ParseChunk(morkEnv* ev); // find parse continuation and resume
+
+  void StartParse(morkEnv* ev); // prepare for parsing
+  void StopParse(morkEnv* ev); // terminate parsing & call needed methods
+
+  int NextChar(morkEnv* ev); // next non-white content
+
+  void OnCellState(morkEnv* ev);
+  void OnMetaState(morkEnv* ev);
+  void OnRowState(morkEnv* ev);
+  void OnTableState(morkEnv* ev);
+  void OnDictState(morkEnv* ev);
+  void OnPortState(morkEnv* ev);
+  void OnStartState(morkEnv* ev);
+  
+  void ReadCell(morkEnv* ev);
+  void ReadRow(morkEnv* ev, int c);
+  void ReadRowPos(morkEnv* ev);
+  void ReadTable(morkEnv* ev);
+  void ReadTableMeta(morkEnv* ev);
+  void ReadDict(morkEnv* ev);
+  mork_bool ReadContent(morkEnv* ev, mork_bool inInsideGroup);
+  void ReadGroup(morkEnv* ev);
+  mork_bool ReadEndGroupId(morkEnv* ev);
+  mork_bool ReadAt(morkEnv* ev, mork_bool inInsideGroup);
+  mork_bool FindGroupEnd(morkEnv* ev);
+  void ReadMeta(morkEnv* ev, int inEndMeta);
+  void ReadAlias(morkEnv* ev);
+  mork_id ReadHex(morkEnv* ev, int* outNextChar);
+  morkBuf* ReadValue(morkEnv* ev);
+  morkBuf* ReadName(morkEnv* ev, int c);
+  mork_bool ReadMid(morkEnv* ev, morkMid* outMid);
+  void ReadDictForm(morkEnv *ev);
+  void ReadCellForm(morkEnv *ev, int c);
+  
+  mork_bool MatchPattern(morkEnv* ev, const char* inPattern);
+  
+  void EndSpanOnThisByte(morkEnv* ev, morkSpan* ioSpan);
+  void EndSpanOnLastByte(morkEnv* ev, morkSpan* ioSpan);
+  void StartSpanOnLastByte(morkEnv* ev, morkSpan* ioSpan);
+  
+  void StartSpanOnThisByte(morkEnv* ev, morkSpan* ioSpan);
+  
+  
+  // void EndSpanOnThisByte(morkEnv* ev, morkSpan* ioSpan)
+  // { MORK_USED_2(ev,ioSpan); }
+  
+  // void EndSpanOnLastByte(morkEnv* ev, morkSpan* ioSpan)
+  // { MORK_USED_2(ev,ioSpan); }
+  
+  // void StartSpanOnLastByte(morkEnv* ev, morkSpan* ioSpan)
+  // { MORK_USED_2(ev,ioSpan); }
+  
+  // void StartSpanOnThisByte(morkEnv* ev, morkSpan* ioSpan)
+  // { MORK_USED_2(ev,ioSpan); }
+  
+  int eat_line_break(morkEnv* ev, int inLast);
+  int eat_line_continue(morkEnv* ev); // last char was '\\'
+  int eat_comment(morkEnv* ev); // last char was '/'
+  
+// ````` ````` ````` `````   ````` ````` ````` `````  
+public: // public non-poly morkParser methods
+    
+  mdb_count ParseMore( // return count of bytes consumed now
+    morkEnv* ev,          // context
+    mork_pos* outPos,     // current byte pos in the stream afterwards
+    mork_bool* outDone,   // is parsing finished?
+    mork_bool* outBroken  // is parsing irreparably dead and broken?
+  );
+  
+  
+public: // typesafe refcounting inlines calling inherited morkNode methods
+  static void SlotWeakParser(morkParser* me,
+    morkEnv* ev, morkParser** ioSlot)
+  { morkNode::SlotWeakNode((morkNode*) me, ev, (morkNode**) ioSlot); }
+  
+  static void SlotStrongParser(morkParser* me,
+    morkEnv* ev, morkParser** ioSlot)
+  { morkNode::SlotStrongNode((morkNode*) me, ev, (morkNode**) ioSlot); }
+};
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+#endif /* _MORKPARSER_ */
+
diff --git a/db/mork/src/morkPool.cpp b/db/mork/src/morkPool.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6819b8bd0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/db/mork/src/morkPool.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,552 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-  */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _MDB_
+#include "mdb.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORK_
+#include "mork.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKNODE_
+#include "morkNode.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKENV_
+#include "morkEnv.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKPOOL_
+#include "morkPool.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKATOM_
+#include "morkAtom.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKHANDLE_
+#include "morkHandle.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKCELL_
+#include "morkCell.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKROW_
+#include "morkRow.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKBLOB_
+#include "morkBlob.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKDEQUE_
+#include "morkDeque.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKZONE_
+#include "morkZone.h"
+#endif
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+// ````` ````` ````` ````` ````` 
+// { ===== begin morkNode interface =====
+
+/*public virtual*/ void
+morkPool::CloseMorkNode(morkEnv* ev) // ClosePool() only if open
+{
+  if ( this->IsOpenNode() )
+  {
+    this->MarkClosing();
+    this->ClosePool(ev);
+    this->MarkShut();
+  }
+}
+
+/*public virtual*/
+morkPool::~morkPool() // assert ClosePool() executed earlier
+{
+  MORK_ASSERT(this->IsShutNode());
+}
+
+/*public non-poly*/
+morkPool::morkPool(const morkUsage& inUsage, nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap,
+  nsIMdbHeap* ioSlotHeap)
+: morkNode(inUsage, ioHeap)
+, mPool_Heap( ioSlotHeap )
+, mPool_UsedFramesCount( 0 )
+, mPool_FreeFramesCount( 0 )
+{
+  // mPool_Heap is NOT refcounted
+  MORK_ASSERT(ioSlotHeap);
+  if ( ioSlotHeap )
+    mNode_Derived = morkDerived_kPool;
+}
+
+/*public non-poly*/
+morkPool::morkPool(morkEnv* ev,
+  const morkUsage& inUsage, nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap, nsIMdbHeap* ioSlotHeap)
+: morkNode(ev, inUsage, ioHeap)
+, mPool_Heap( ioSlotHeap )
+, mPool_UsedFramesCount( 0 )
+, mPool_FreeFramesCount( 0 )
+{
+  if ( ioSlotHeap )
+  {
+    // mPool_Heap is NOT refcounted:
+    // nsIMdbHeap_SlotStrongHeap(ioSlotHeap, ev, &mPool_Heap);
+    if ( ev->Good() )
+      mNode_Derived = morkDerived_kPool;
+  }
+  else
+    ev->NilPointerError();
+}
+
+/*public non-poly*/ void
+morkPool::ClosePool(morkEnv* ev) // called by CloseMorkNode();
+{
+    if ( this->IsNode() )
+    {
+#ifdef morkZone_CONFIG_ARENA
+#else /*morkZone_CONFIG_ARENA*/
+    //MORK_USED_1(ioZone);
+#endif /*morkZone_CONFIG_ARENA*/
+
+      nsIMdbHeap* heap = mPool_Heap;
+      nsIMdbEnv* mev = ev->AsMdbEnv();
+      morkLink* aLink;
+      morkDeque* d = &mPool_FreeHandleFrames;
+      while ( (aLink = d->RemoveFirst()) != 0 )
+        heap->Free(mev, aLink);
+  
+      // if the pool's closed, get rid of the frames in use too.
+      d = &mPool_UsedHandleFrames;
+      while ( (aLink = d->RemoveFirst()) != 0 )
+        heap->Free(mev, aLink);
+  
+      this->MarkShut();
+    }
+    else
+      this->NonNodeError(ev);
+}
+
+// } ===== end morkNode methods =====
+// ````` ````` ````` ````` ````` 
+
+
+// alloc and free individual instances of handles (inside hand frames):
+morkHandleFace*
+morkPool::NewHandle(morkEnv* ev, mork_size inSize, morkZone* ioZone)
+{
+  void* newBlock = 0;
+  if ( inSize <= sizeof(morkHandleFrame) )
+  {
+    morkLink* firstLink = mPool_FreeHandleFrames.RemoveFirst();
+    if ( firstLink )
+    {
+      newBlock = firstLink;
+      if ( mPool_FreeFramesCount )
+        --mPool_FreeFramesCount;
+      else
+        ev->NewWarning("mPool_FreeFramesCount underflow");
+    }
+    else
+      mPool_Heap->Alloc(ev->AsMdbEnv(), sizeof(morkHandleFrame),
+        (void**) &newBlock);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    ev->NewWarning("inSize > sizeof(morkHandleFrame)");
+    mPool_Heap->Alloc(ev->AsMdbEnv(), inSize, (void**) &newBlock);
+  }
+#ifdef morkZone_CONFIG_ARENA
+#else /*morkZone_CONFIG_ARENA*/
+  MORK_USED_1(ioZone);
+#endif /*morkZone_CONFIG_ARENA*/
+
+  return (morkHandleFace*) newBlock;
+}
+
+void
+morkPool::ZapHandle(morkEnv* ev, morkHandleFace* ioHandle)
+{
+  if ( ioHandle )
+  {
+    morkLink* handleLink = (morkLink*) ioHandle;
+    mPool_FreeHandleFrames.AddLast(handleLink);
+    ++mPool_FreeFramesCount;
+    // lets free all handles to track down leaks 
+    // - uncomment out next 3 lines, comment out above 2
+//      nsIMdbHeap* heap = mPool_Heap;
+//      nsIMdbEnv* mev = ev->AsMdbEnv();
+//      heap->Free(mev, handleLink);
+ 
+  }
+}
+
+
+// alloc and free individual instances of rows:
+morkRow*
+morkPool::NewRow(morkEnv* ev, morkZone* ioZone) // allocate a new row instance
+{
+  morkRow* newRow = 0;
+  
+#ifdef morkZone_CONFIG_ARENA
+  // a zone 'chip' remembers no size, and so cannot be deallocated:
+  newRow = (morkRow*) ioZone->ZoneNewChip(ev, sizeof(morkRow));
+#else /*morkZone_CONFIG_ARENA*/
+  MORK_USED_1(ioZone);
+  mPool_Heap->Alloc(ev->AsMdbEnv(), sizeof(morkRow), (void**) &newRow);
+#endif /*morkZone_CONFIG_ARENA*/
+
+  if ( newRow )
+    MORK_MEMSET(newRow, 0, sizeof(morkRow));
+  
+  return newRow;
+}
+
+void
+morkPool::ZapRow(morkEnv* ev, morkRow* ioRow,
+  morkZone* ioZone) // free old row instance
+{
+#ifdef morkZone_CONFIG_ARENA
+  if ( !ioRow )
+    ev->NilPointerWarning(); // a zone 'chip' cannot be freed
+#else /*morkZone_CONFIG_ARENA*/
+  MORK_USED_1(ioZone);
+  if ( ioRow )
+    mPool_Heap->Free(ev->AsMdbEnv(), ioRow);
+#endif /*morkZone_CONFIG_ARENA*/
+}
+
+// alloc and free entire vectors of cells (not just one cell at a time)
+morkCell*
+morkPool::NewCells(morkEnv* ev, mork_size inSize,
+  morkZone* ioZone)
+{
+  morkCell* newCells = 0;
+
+  mork_size size = inSize * sizeof(morkCell);
+  if ( size )
+  {
+#ifdef morkZone_CONFIG_ARENA
+    // a zone 'run' knows its size, and can indeed be deallocated:
+    newCells = (morkCell*) ioZone->ZoneNewRun(ev, size);
+#else /*morkZone_CONFIG_ARENA*/
+    MORK_USED_1(ioZone);
+    mPool_Heap->Alloc(ev->AsMdbEnv(), size, (void**) &newCells);
+#endif /*morkZone_CONFIG_ARENA*/
+  }
+    
+  // note morkAtom depends on having nil stored in all new mCell_Atom slots:
+  if ( newCells )
+    MORK_MEMSET(newCells, 0, size);
+  return newCells;
+}
+
+void
+morkPool::ZapCells(morkEnv* ev, morkCell* ioVector, mork_size inSize,
+  morkZone* ioZone)
+{
+  MORK_USED_1(inSize);
+
+  if ( ioVector )
+  {
+#ifdef morkZone_CONFIG_ARENA
+    // a zone 'run' knows its size, and can indeed be deallocated:
+    ioZone->ZoneZapRun(ev, ioVector);
+#else /*morkZone_CONFIG_ARENA*/
+    MORK_USED_1(ioZone);
+    mPool_Heap->Free(ev->AsMdbEnv(), ioVector);
+#endif /*morkZone_CONFIG_ARENA*/
+  }
+}
+
+// resize (grow or trim) cell vectors inside a containing row instance
+mork_bool
+morkPool::AddRowCells(morkEnv* ev, morkRow* ioRow, mork_size inNewSize,
+  morkZone* ioZone)
+{
+  // note strong implementation similarity to morkArray::Grow()
+
+  MORK_USED_1(ioZone);
+#ifdef morkZone_CONFIG_ARENA
+#else /*morkZone_CONFIG_ARENA*/
+#endif /*morkZone_CONFIG_ARENA*/
+
+  mork_fill fill = ioRow->mRow_Length;
+  if ( ev->Good() && fill < inNewSize ) // need more cells?
+  {
+    morkCell* newCells = this->NewCells(ev, inNewSize, ioZone);
+    if ( newCells )
+    {
+      morkCell* c = newCells; // for iterating during copy
+      morkCell* oldCells = ioRow->mRow_Cells;
+      morkCell* end = oldCells + fill; // copy all the old cells
+      while ( oldCells < end )
+      {
+        *c++ = *oldCells++; // bitwise copy each old cell struct
+      }
+      oldCells = ioRow->mRow_Cells;
+      ioRow->mRow_Cells = newCells;
+      ioRow->mRow_Length = (mork_u2) inNewSize;
+      ++ioRow->mRow_Seed;
+      
+      if ( oldCells )
+        this->ZapCells(ev, oldCells, fill, ioZone);
+    }
+  }
+  return ( ev->Good() && ioRow->mRow_Length >= inNewSize );
+}
+
+mork_bool
+morkPool::CutRowCells(morkEnv* ev, morkRow* ioRow,
+  mork_size inNewSize,
+  morkZone* ioZone)
+{
+  MORK_USED_1(ioZone);
+#ifdef morkZone_CONFIG_ARENA
+#else /*morkZone_CONFIG_ARENA*/
+#endif /*morkZone_CONFIG_ARENA*/
+
+  mork_fill fill = ioRow->mRow_Length;
+  if ( ev->Good() && fill > inNewSize ) // need fewer cells?
+  {
+    if ( inNewSize ) // want any row cells at all?
+    {
+      morkCell* newCells = this->NewCells(ev, inNewSize, ioZone);
+      if ( newCells )
+      {
+        morkCell* saveNewCells = newCells; // Keep newcell pos
+        morkCell* oldCells = ioRow->mRow_Cells;
+        morkCell* oldEnd = oldCells + fill; // one past all old cells
+        morkCell* newEnd = oldCells + inNewSize; // copy only kept old cells
+        while ( oldCells < newEnd )
+        {
+          *newCells++ = *oldCells++; // bitwise copy each old cell struct
+        }
+        while ( oldCells < oldEnd )
+        {
+          if ( oldCells->mCell_Atom ) // need to unref old cell atom?
+            oldCells->SetAtom(ev, (morkAtom*) 0, this); // unref cell atom
+          ++oldCells;
+        }
+        oldCells = ioRow->mRow_Cells;
+        ioRow->mRow_Cells = saveNewCells;
+        ioRow->mRow_Length = (mork_u2) inNewSize;
+        ++ioRow->mRow_Seed;
+        
+        if ( oldCells )
+          this->ZapCells(ev, oldCells, fill, ioZone);
+      }
+    }
+    else // get rid of all row cells
+    {
+      morkCell* oldCells = ioRow->mRow_Cells;
+      ioRow->mRow_Cells = 0;
+      ioRow->mRow_Length = 0;
+      ++ioRow->mRow_Seed;
+      
+      if ( oldCells )
+        this->ZapCells(ev, oldCells, fill, ioZone);
+    }
+  }
+  return ( ev->Good() && ioRow->mRow_Length <= inNewSize );
+}
+
+// alloc & free individual instances of atoms (lots of atom subclasses):
+void
+morkPool::ZapAtom(morkEnv* ev, morkAtom* ioAtom,
+  morkZone* ioZone) // any subclass (by kind)
+{
+#ifdef morkZone_CONFIG_ARENA
+  if ( !ioAtom )
+    ev->NilPointerWarning(); // a zone 'chip' cannot be freed
+#else /*morkZone_CONFIG_ARENA*/
+  MORK_USED_1(ioZone);
+  if ( ioAtom )
+    mPool_Heap->Free(ev->AsMdbEnv(), ioAtom);
+#endif /*morkZone_CONFIG_ARENA*/
+}
+
+morkOidAtom*
+morkPool::NewRowOidAtom(morkEnv* ev, const mdbOid& inOid,
+  morkZone* ioZone)
+{
+  morkOidAtom* newAtom = 0;
+  
+#ifdef morkZone_CONFIG_ARENA
+  // a zone 'chip' remembers no size, and so cannot be deallocated:
+  newAtom = (morkOidAtom*) ioZone->ZoneNewChip(ev, sizeof(morkOidAtom));
+#else /*morkZone_CONFIG_ARENA*/
+  MORK_USED_1(ioZone);
+  mPool_Heap->Alloc(ev->AsMdbEnv(), sizeof(morkOidAtom),(void**) &newAtom);
+#endif /*morkZone_CONFIG_ARENA*/
+
+  if ( newAtom )
+    newAtom->InitRowOidAtom(ev, inOid);
+  return newAtom;
+}
+
+morkOidAtom*
+morkPool::NewTableOidAtom(morkEnv* ev, const mdbOid& inOid,
+  morkZone* ioZone)
+{
+  morkOidAtom* newAtom = 0;
+
+#ifdef morkZone_CONFIG_ARENA
+  // a zone 'chip' remembers no size, and so cannot be deallocated:
+  newAtom = (morkOidAtom*) ioZone->ZoneNewChip(ev, sizeof(morkOidAtom));
+#else /*morkZone_CONFIG_ARENA*/
+  MORK_USED_1(ioZone);
+  mPool_Heap->Alloc(ev->AsMdbEnv(), sizeof(morkOidAtom), (void**) &newAtom);
+#endif /*morkZone_CONFIG_ARENA*/
+  if ( newAtom )
+    newAtom->InitTableOidAtom(ev, inOid);
+  return newAtom;
+}
+
+morkAtom*
+morkPool::NewAnonAtom(morkEnv* ev, const morkBuf& inBuf,
+  mork_cscode inForm,
+  morkZone* ioZone)
+// if inForm is zero, and inBuf.mBuf_Fill is less than 256, then a 'wee'
+// anon atom will be created, and otherwise a 'big' anon atom.
+{
+  morkAtom* newAtom = 0;
+
+  mork_bool needBig = ( inForm || inBuf.mBuf_Fill > 255 );
+  mork_size size = ( needBig )?
+    morkBigAnonAtom::SizeForFill(inBuf.mBuf_Fill) :
+    morkWeeAnonAtom::SizeForFill(inBuf.mBuf_Fill);
+
+#ifdef morkZone_CONFIG_ARENA
+  // a zone 'chip' remembers no size, and so cannot be deallocated:
+  newAtom = (morkAtom*) ioZone->ZoneNewChip(ev, size);
+#else /*morkZone_CONFIG_ARENA*/
+  MORK_USED_1(ioZone);
+  mPool_Heap->Alloc(ev->AsMdbEnv(), size, (void**) &newAtom);
+#endif /*morkZone_CONFIG_ARENA*/
+  if ( newAtom )
+  {
+    if ( needBig )
+      ((morkBigAnonAtom*) newAtom)->InitBigAnonAtom(ev, inBuf, inForm);
+    else
+      ((morkWeeAnonAtom*) newAtom)->InitWeeAnonAtom(ev, inBuf);
+  }
+  return newAtom;
+}
+
+morkBookAtom*
+morkPool::NewBookAtom(morkEnv* ev, const morkBuf& inBuf,
+  mork_cscode inForm, morkAtomSpace* ioSpace, mork_aid inAid,
+  morkZone* ioZone)
+// if inForm is zero, and inBuf.mBuf_Fill is less than 256, then a 'wee'
+// book atom will be created, and otherwise a 'big' book atom.
+{
+  morkBookAtom* newAtom = 0;
+
+  mork_bool needBig = ( inForm || inBuf.mBuf_Fill > 255 );
+  mork_size size = ( needBig )?
+    morkBigBookAtom::SizeForFill(inBuf.mBuf_Fill) :
+    morkWeeBookAtom::SizeForFill(inBuf.mBuf_Fill);
+
+#ifdef morkZone_CONFIG_ARENA
+  // a zone 'chip' remembers no size, and so cannot be deallocated:
+  newAtom = (morkBookAtom*) ioZone->ZoneNewChip(ev, size);
+#else /*morkZone_CONFIG_ARENA*/
+  MORK_USED_1(ioZone);
+  mPool_Heap->Alloc(ev->AsMdbEnv(), size, (void**) &newAtom);
+#endif /*morkZone_CONFIG_ARENA*/
+  if ( newAtom )
+  {
+    if ( needBig )
+      ((morkBigBookAtom*) newAtom)->InitBigBookAtom(ev,
+        inBuf, inForm, ioSpace, inAid);
+    else
+      ((morkWeeBookAtom*) newAtom)->InitWeeBookAtom(ev,
+        inBuf, ioSpace, inAid);
+  }
+  return newAtom;
+}
+
+morkBookAtom*
+morkPool::NewBookAtomCopy(morkEnv* ev, const morkBigBookAtom& inAtom,
+  morkZone* ioZone)
+  // make the smallest kind of book atom that can hold content in inAtom.
+  // The inAtom parameter is often expected to be a staged book atom in
+  // the store, which was used to search an atom space for existing atoms.
+{
+  morkBookAtom* newAtom = 0;
+
+  mork_cscode form = inAtom.mBigBookAtom_Form;
+  mork_fill fill = inAtom.mBigBookAtom_Size;
+  mork_bool needBig = ( form || fill > 255 );
+  mork_size size = ( needBig )?
+    morkBigBookAtom::SizeForFill(fill) :
+    morkWeeBookAtom::SizeForFill(fill);
+
+#ifdef morkZone_CONFIG_ARENA
+  // a zone 'chip' remembers no size, and so cannot be deallocated:
+  newAtom = (morkBookAtom*) ioZone->ZoneNewChip(ev, size);
+#else /*morkZone_CONFIG_ARENA*/
+  MORK_USED_1(ioZone);
+  mPool_Heap->Alloc(ev->AsMdbEnv(), size, (void**) &newAtom);
+#endif /*morkZone_CONFIG_ARENA*/
+  if ( newAtom )
+  {
+    morkBuf buf(inAtom.mBigBookAtom_Body, fill);
+    if ( needBig )
+      ((morkBigBookAtom*) newAtom)->InitBigBookAtom(ev,
+        buf, form, inAtom.mBookAtom_Space, inAtom.mBookAtom_Id);
+    else
+      ((morkWeeBookAtom*) newAtom)->InitWeeBookAtom(ev,
+        buf, inAtom.mBookAtom_Space, inAtom.mBookAtom_Id);
+  }
+  return newAtom;
+}
+
+morkBookAtom*
+morkPool::NewFarBookAtomCopy(morkEnv* ev, const morkFarBookAtom& inAtom,
+  morkZone* ioZone)
+  // make the smallest kind of book atom that can hold content in inAtom.
+  // The inAtom parameter is often expected to be a staged book atom in
+  // the store, which was used to search an atom space for existing atoms.
+{
+  morkBookAtom* newAtom = 0;
+
+  mork_cscode form = inAtom.mFarBookAtom_Form;
+  mork_fill fill = inAtom.mFarBookAtom_Size;
+  mork_bool needBig = ( form || fill > 255 );
+  mork_size size = ( needBig )?
+    morkBigBookAtom::SizeForFill(fill) :
+    morkWeeBookAtom::SizeForFill(fill);
+
+#ifdef morkZone_CONFIG_ARENA
+  // a zone 'chip' remembers no size, and so cannot be deallocated:
+  newAtom = (morkBookAtom*) ioZone->ZoneNewChip(ev, size);
+#else /*morkZone_CONFIG_ARENA*/
+  MORK_USED_1(ioZone);
+  mPool_Heap->Alloc(ev->AsMdbEnv(), size, (void**) &newAtom);
+#endif /*morkZone_CONFIG_ARENA*/
+  if ( newAtom )
+  {
+    morkBuf buf(inAtom.mFarBookAtom_Body, fill);
+    if ( needBig )
+      ((morkBigBookAtom*) newAtom)->InitBigBookAtom(ev,
+        buf, form, inAtom.mBookAtom_Space, inAtom.mBookAtom_Id);
+    else
+      ((morkWeeBookAtom*) newAtom)->InitWeeBookAtom(ev,
+        buf, inAtom.mBookAtom_Space, inAtom.mBookAtom_Id);
+  }
+  return newAtom;
+}
+
+
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
diff --git a/db/mork/src/morkPool.h b/db/mork/src/morkPool.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4cf9a4e04
--- /dev/null
+++ b/db/mork/src/morkPool.h
@@ -0,0 +1,152 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-  */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _MORKPOOL_
+#define _MORKPOOL_ 1
+
+#ifndef _MORK_
+#include "mork.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKDEQUE_
+#include "morkDeque.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKNODE_
+#include "morkNode.h"
+#endif
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+class morkHandle;
+class morkHandleFrame;
+class morkHandleFace; // just an opaque cookie type
+class morkBigBookAtom;
+class morkFarBookAtom;
+
+#define morkDerived_kPool     /*i*/ 0x706C /* ascii 'pl' */
+
+/*| morkPool: a place to manage pools of non-node objects that are memory
+**| managed out of large chunks of space, so that per-object management
+**| space overhead has no signficant cost.
+|*/
+class morkPool : public morkNode {
+  
+// public: // slots inherited from morkNode (meant to inform only)
+  // nsIMdbHeap*       mNode_Heap;
+
+  // mork_base      mNode_Base;     // must equal morkBase_kNode
+  // mork_derived   mNode_Derived;  // depends on specific node subclass
+  
+  // mork_access    mNode_Access;   // kOpen, kClosing, kShut, or kDead
+  // mork_usage     mNode_Usage;    // kHeap, kStack, kMember, kGlobal, kNone
+  // mork_able      mNode_Mutable;  // can this node be modified?
+  // mork_load      mNode_Load;     // is this node clean or dirty?
+  
+  // mork_uses      mNode_Uses;     // refcount for strong refs
+  // mork_refs      mNode_Refs;     // refcount for strong refs + weak refs
+
+public: // state is public because the entire Mork system is private
+  nsIMdbHeap*  mPool_Heap; // NON-refcounted heap instance
+  
+  morkDeque    mPool_Blocks;      // linked list of large blocks from heap
+  
+  // These two lists contain instances of morkHandleFrame:
+  morkDeque    mPool_UsedHandleFrames; // handle frames currently being used
+  morkDeque    mPool_FreeHandleFrames; // handle frames currently in free list
+  
+  mork_count   mPool_UsedFramesCount; // length of mPool_UsedHandleFrames
+  mork_count   mPool_FreeFramesCount; // length of mPool_UsedHandleFrames
+
+// { ===== begin morkNode interface =====
+public: // morkNode virtual methods
+  virtual void CloseMorkNode(morkEnv* ev); // ClosePool() only if open
+  virtual ~morkPool(); // assert that ClosePool() executed earlier
+
+public: // morkPool construction & destruction
+  morkPool(const morkUsage& inUsage, nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap,
+    nsIMdbHeap* ioSlotHeap);
+  morkPool(morkEnv* ev, const morkUsage& inUsage, nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap,
+    nsIMdbHeap* ioSlotHeap);
+  void ClosePool(morkEnv* ev); // called by CloseMorkNode();
+
+private: // copying is not allowed
+  morkPool(const morkPool& other);
+  morkPool& operator=(const morkPool& other);
+
+public: // dynamic type identification
+  mork_bool IsPool() const
+  { return IsNode() && mNode_Derived == morkDerived_kPool; }
+// } ===== end morkNode methods =====
+
+public: // typing
+  void NonPoolTypeError(morkEnv* ev);
+
+public: // morkNode memory management operators
+  void* operator new(size_t inSize, nsIMdbHeap& ioHeap, morkEnv* ev) CPP_THROW_NEW
+  { return morkNode::MakeNew(inSize, ioHeap, ev); }
+  
+  void* operator new(size_t inSize) CPP_THROW_NEW
+  { return ::operator new(inSize); }
+  
+
+public: // other pool methods
+
+  // alloc and free individual instances of handles (inside hand frames):
+  morkHandleFace*  NewHandle(morkEnv* ev, mork_size inSize, morkZone* ioZone);
+  void             ZapHandle(morkEnv* ev, morkHandleFace* ioHandle);
+
+  // alloc and free individual instances of rows:
+  morkRow*  NewRow(morkEnv* ev, morkZone* ioZone); // alloc new row instance
+  void      ZapRow(morkEnv* ev, morkRow* ioRow, morkZone* ioZone); // free old row instance
+
+  // alloc and free entire vectors of cells (not just one cell at a time)
+  morkCell* NewCells(morkEnv* ev, mork_size inSize, morkZone* ioZone);
+  void      ZapCells(morkEnv* ev, morkCell* ioVector, mork_size inSize, morkZone* ioZone);
+  
+  // resize (grow or trim) cell vectors inside a containing row instance
+  mork_bool AddRowCells(morkEnv* ev, morkRow* ioRow, mork_size inNewSize, morkZone* ioZone);
+  mork_bool CutRowCells(morkEnv* ev, morkRow* ioRow, mork_size inNewSize, morkZone* ioZone);
+  
+  // alloc & free individual instances of atoms (lots of atom subclasses):
+  void ZapAtom(morkEnv* ev, morkAtom* ioAtom, morkZone* ioZone); // any subclass (by kind)
+  
+  morkOidAtom* NewRowOidAtom(morkEnv* ev, const mdbOid& inOid, morkZone* ioZone); 
+  morkOidAtom* NewTableOidAtom(morkEnv* ev, const mdbOid& inOid, morkZone* ioZone);
+  
+  morkAtom* NewAnonAtom(morkEnv* ev, const morkBuf& inBuf,
+    mork_cscode inForm, morkZone* ioZone);
+    // if inForm is zero, and inBuf.mBuf_Fill is less than 256, then a 'wee'
+    // anon atom will be created, and otherwise a 'big' anon atom.
+    
+  morkBookAtom* NewBookAtom(morkEnv* ev, const morkBuf& inBuf,
+    mork_cscode inForm, morkAtomSpace* ioSpace, mork_aid inAid, morkZone* ioZone);
+    // if inForm is zero, and inBuf.mBuf_Fill is less than 256, then a 'wee'
+    // book atom will be created, and otherwise a 'big' book atom.
+    
+  morkBookAtom* NewBookAtomCopy(morkEnv* ev, const morkBigBookAtom& inAtom, morkZone* ioZone);
+    // make the smallest kind of book atom that can hold content in inAtom.
+    // The inAtom parameter is often expected to be a staged book atom in
+    // the store, which was used to search an atom space for existing atoms.
+    
+  morkBookAtom* NewFarBookAtomCopy(morkEnv* ev, const morkFarBookAtom& inAtom, morkZone* ioZone);
+    // make the smallest kind of book atom that can hold content in inAtom.
+    // The inAtom parameter is often expected to be a staged book atom in
+    // the store, which was used to search an atom space for existing atoms.
+
+public: // typesafe refcounting inlines calling inherited morkNode methods
+  static void SlotWeakPool(morkPool* me,
+    morkEnv* ev, morkPool** ioSlot)
+  { morkNode::SlotWeakNode((morkNode*) me, ev, (morkNode**) ioSlot); }
+  
+  static void SlotStrongPool(morkPool* me,
+    morkEnv* ev, morkPool** ioSlot)
+  { morkNode::SlotStrongNode((morkNode*) me, ev, (morkNode**) ioSlot); }
+};
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+#endif /* _MORKPOOL_ */
+
diff --git a/db/mork/src/morkPortTableCursor.cpp b/db/mork/src/morkPortTableCursor.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2542fcc49
--- /dev/null
+++ b/db/mork/src/morkPortTableCursor.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,430 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-  */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _MDB_
+#include "mdb.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORK_
+#include "mork.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKNODE_
+#include "morkNode.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKENV_
+#include "morkEnv.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKCURSOR_
+#include "morkCursor.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKPORTTABLECURSOR_
+#include "morkPortTableCursor.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKSTORE_
+#include "morkStore.h"
+#endif
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+// ````` ````` ````` ````` ````` 
+// { ===== begin morkNode interface =====
+
+/*public virtual*/ void
+morkPortTableCursor::CloseMorkNode(morkEnv* ev) // ClosePortTableCursor() only if open
+{
+  if ( this->IsOpenNode() )
+  {
+    this->MarkClosing();
+    this->ClosePortTableCursor(ev);
+    this->MarkShut();
+  }
+}
+
+/*public virtual*/
+morkPortTableCursor::~morkPortTableCursor() // ClosePortTableCursor() executed earlier
+{
+  CloseMorkNode(mMorkEnv);
+}
+
+/*public non-poly*/
+morkPortTableCursor::morkPortTableCursor(morkEnv* ev,
+  const morkUsage& inUsage,
+  nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap, morkStore* ioStore, mdb_scope inRowScope,
+  mdb_kind inTableKind, nsIMdbHeap* ioSlotHeap)
+: morkCursor(ev, inUsage, ioHeap)
+, mPortTableCursor_Store( 0 )
+, mPortTableCursor_RowScope( (mdb_scope) -1 ) // we want != inRowScope
+, mPortTableCursor_TableKind( (mdb_kind) -1 ) // we want != inTableKind
+, mPortTableCursor_LastTable ( 0 ) // not refcounted
+, mPortTableCursor_RowSpace( 0 ) // strong ref to row space
+, mPortTableCursor_TablesDidEnd( morkBool_kFalse )
+, mPortTableCursor_SpacesDidEnd( morkBool_kFalse )
+{
+  if ( ev->Good() )
+  {
+    if ( ioStore && ioSlotHeap )
+    {
+      mCursor_Pos = -1;
+      mCursor_Seed = 0; // let the iterator do its own seed handling
+      morkStore::SlotWeakStore(ioStore, ev, &mPortTableCursor_Store);
+
+      if ( this->SetRowScope(ev, inRowScope) )
+        this->SetTableKind(ev, inTableKind);
+        
+      if ( ev->Good() )
+        mNode_Derived = morkDerived_kPortTableCursor;
+    }
+    else
+      ev->NilPointerError();
+  }
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED(morkPortTableCursor, morkCursor, nsIMdbPortTableCursor)
+
+morkEnv*
+morkPortTableCursor::CanUsePortTableCursor(nsIMdbEnv* mev, mork_bool inMutable,
+                                           nsresult* outErr) const
+{
+  morkEnv* outEnv = 0;
+  morkEnv* ev = morkEnv::FromMdbEnv(mev);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    if ( IsPortTableCursor() )
+      outEnv = ev;
+    else
+      NonPortTableCursorTypeError(ev);
+    *outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  MORK_ASSERT(outEnv);
+  return outEnv;
+}
+
+
+/*public non-poly*/ void
+morkPortTableCursor::ClosePortTableCursor(morkEnv* ev) 
+{
+    if ( this->IsNode() )
+    {
+      mCursor_Pos = -1;
+      mCursor_Seed = 0;
+      mPortTableCursor_LastTable = 0;
+      morkStore::SlotWeakStore((morkStore*) 0, ev, &mPortTableCursor_Store);
+      morkRowSpace::SlotStrongRowSpace((morkRowSpace*) 0, ev,
+        &mPortTableCursor_RowSpace);
+      this->CloseCursor(ev);
+      this->MarkShut();
+    }
+    else
+      this->NonNodeError(ev);
+}
+
+// } ===== end morkNode methods =====
+// ````` ````` ````` ````` ````` 
+
+/*static*/ void
+morkPortTableCursor::NilCursorStoreError(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  ev->NewError("nil mPortTableCursor_Store");
+}
+
+/*static*/ void
+morkPortTableCursor::NonPortTableCursorTypeError(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  ev->NewError("non morkPortTableCursor");
+}
+
+mork_bool 
+morkPortTableCursor::SetRowScope(morkEnv* ev, mork_scope inRowScope)
+{
+  mPortTableCursor_RowScope = inRowScope;
+  mPortTableCursor_LastTable = 0; // restart iteration of space
+  
+  mPortTableCursor_TableIter.CloseMapIter(ev);
+  mPortTableCursor_TablesDidEnd = morkBool_kTrue;
+  mPortTableCursor_SpacesDidEnd = morkBool_kTrue;
+  
+  morkStore* store = mPortTableCursor_Store;
+  if ( store )
+  {
+    morkRowSpace* space = mPortTableCursor_RowSpace;
+
+    if ( inRowScope ) // intend to cover a specific scope only?
+    {
+      space = store->LazyGetRowSpace(ev, inRowScope);
+      morkRowSpace::SlotStrongRowSpace(space, ev, 
+       &mPortTableCursor_RowSpace);
+       
+      // We want mPortTableCursor_SpacesDidEnd == morkBool_kTrue
+      // to show this is the only space to be covered.
+    }
+    else // prepare space map iter to cover all space scopes
+    {
+      morkRowSpaceMapIter* rsi = &mPortTableCursor_SpaceIter;
+      rsi->InitRowSpaceMapIter(ev, &store->mStore_RowSpaces);
+      
+      space = 0;
+      (void) rsi->FirstRowSpace(ev, (mork_scope*) 0, &space);
+      morkRowSpace::SlotStrongRowSpace(space, ev,
+        &mPortTableCursor_RowSpace);
+        
+      if ( space ) // found first space in store
+        mPortTableCursor_SpacesDidEnd = morkBool_kFalse;
+    }
+
+    this->init_space_tables_map(ev);
+  }
+  else
+    this->NilCursorStoreError(ev);
+    
+  return ev->Good();
+}
+
+void
+morkPortTableCursor::init_space_tables_map(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  morkRowSpace* space = mPortTableCursor_RowSpace;
+  if ( space && ev->Good() )
+  {
+    morkTableMapIter* ti = &mPortTableCursor_TableIter;
+    ti->InitTableMapIter(ev, &space->mRowSpace_Tables);
+    if ( ev->Good() )
+      mPortTableCursor_TablesDidEnd = morkBool_kFalse;
+  }
+}
+
+
+mork_bool
+morkPortTableCursor::SetTableKind(morkEnv* ev, mork_kind inTableKind)
+{
+  mPortTableCursor_TableKind = inTableKind;
+  mPortTableCursor_LastTable = 0; // restart iteration of space
+
+  mPortTableCursor_TablesDidEnd = morkBool_kTrue;
+
+  morkRowSpace* space = mPortTableCursor_RowSpace;
+  if ( !space && mPortTableCursor_RowScope == 0 )
+  {
+    this->SetRowScope(ev, 0);
+  }
+  this->init_space_tables_map(ev);
+
+  return ev->Good();
+}
+
+morkRowSpace*
+morkPortTableCursor::NextSpace(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  morkRowSpace* outSpace = 0;
+  mPortTableCursor_LastTable = 0;
+  mPortTableCursor_SpacesDidEnd = morkBool_kTrue;
+  mPortTableCursor_TablesDidEnd = morkBool_kTrue;
+
+  if ( !mPortTableCursor_RowScope ) // not just one scope?
+  {
+    morkStore* store = mPortTableCursor_Store;
+    if ( store )
+    {
+      morkRowSpaceMapIter* rsi = &mPortTableCursor_SpaceIter;
+
+      (void) rsi->NextRowSpace(ev, (mork_scope*) 0, &outSpace);
+      morkRowSpace::SlotStrongRowSpace(outSpace, ev,
+        &mPortTableCursor_RowSpace);
+        
+      if ( outSpace ) // found next space in store
+      {
+        mPortTableCursor_SpacesDidEnd = morkBool_kFalse;
+        
+        this->init_space_tables_map(ev);
+
+        if ( ev->Bad() )
+          outSpace = 0;
+      }
+    }
+    else
+      this->NilCursorStoreError(ev);
+  }
+    
+  return outSpace;
+}
+
+morkTable *
+morkPortTableCursor::NextTable(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  mork_kind kind = mPortTableCursor_TableKind;
+  
+  do // until spaces end, or until we find a table in a space
+  { 
+    morkRowSpace* space = mPortTableCursor_RowSpace;
+    if ( mPortTableCursor_TablesDidEnd ) // current space exhausted?
+      space = this->NextSpace(ev); // go on to the next space
+      
+    if ( space ) // have a space remaining that might hold tables?
+    {
+#ifdef MORK_BEAD_OVER_NODE_MAPS
+      morkTableMapIter* ti = &mPortTableCursor_TableIter;
+      morkTable* table = ( mPortTableCursor_LastTable )?
+        ti->NextTable(ev) : ti->FirstTable(ev);
+
+      for ( ; table && ev->Good(); table = ti->NextTable(ev) )
+      
+#else /*MORK_BEAD_OVER_NODE_MAPS*/
+      mork_tid* key = 0; // ignore keys in table map
+      morkTable* table = 0; // old value table in the map
+      morkTableMapIter* ti = &mPortTableCursor_TableIter;
+      mork_change* c = ( mPortTableCursor_LastTable )?
+        ti->NextTable(ev, key, &table) : ti->FirstTable(ev, key, &table);
+
+      for ( ; c && ev->Good(); c = ti->NextTable(ev, key, &table) )
+#endif /*MORK_BEAD_OVER_NODE_MAPS*/
+      {
+        if ( table && table->IsTable() )
+        {
+          if ( !kind || kind == table->mTable_Kind )
+          {
+            mPortTableCursor_LastTable = table; // ti->NextTable() hence
+            return table;
+          }
+        }
+        else
+          table->NonTableTypeWarning(ev);
+      }
+      mPortTableCursor_TablesDidEnd = morkBool_kTrue; // space is done
+      mPortTableCursor_LastTable = 0; // make sure next space starts fresh
+    }
+  
+  } while ( ev->Good() && !mPortTableCursor_SpacesDidEnd );
+
+  return (morkTable*) 0;
+}
+
+
+// { ----- begin table iteration methods -----
+
+// { ===== begin nsIMdbPortTableCursor methods =====
+
+// { ----- begin attribute methods -----
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkPortTableCursor::SetPort(nsIMdbEnv* mev, nsIMdbPort* ioPort)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(false,"not implemented");
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkPortTableCursor::GetPort(nsIMdbEnv* mev, nsIMdbPort** acqPort)
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  nsIMdbPort* outPort = 0;
+  morkEnv* ev =
+    this->CanUsePortTableCursor(mev, /*inMutable*/ morkBool_kFalse, &outErr);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    if ( mPortTableCursor_Store )
+      outPort = mPortTableCursor_Store->AcquireStoreHandle(ev);
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  if ( acqPort )
+    *acqPort = outPort;
+  return outErr;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkPortTableCursor::SetRowScope(nsIMdbEnv* mev, // sets pos to -1
+  mdb_scope inRowScope)
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  morkEnv* ev =
+    this->CanUsePortTableCursor(mev, /*inMutable*/ morkBool_kFalse, &outErr);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    mCursor_Pos = -1;
+    
+    SetRowScope(ev, inRowScope);
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  return outErr;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkPortTableCursor::GetRowScope(nsIMdbEnv* mev, mdb_scope* outRowScope)
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  mdb_scope rowScope = 0;
+  morkEnv* ev =
+    this->CanUsePortTableCursor(mev, /*inMutable*/ morkBool_kFalse, &outErr);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    rowScope = mPortTableCursor_RowScope;
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  *outRowScope = rowScope;
+  return outErr;
+}
+// setting row scope to zero iterates over all row scopes in port
+  
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkPortTableCursor::SetTableKind(nsIMdbEnv* mev, // sets pos to -1
+  mdb_kind inTableKind)
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  morkEnv* ev =
+    this->CanUsePortTableCursor(mev, /*inMutable*/ morkBool_kFalse, &outErr);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    mCursor_Pos = -1;
+    
+    SetTableKind(ev, inTableKind);
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  return outErr;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkPortTableCursor::GetTableKind(nsIMdbEnv* mev, mdb_kind* outTableKind)
+// setting table kind to zero iterates over all table kinds in row scope
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  mdb_kind tableKind = 0;
+  morkEnv* ev =
+    this->CanUsePortTableCursor(mev, /*inMutable*/ morkBool_kFalse, &outErr);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    tableKind = mPortTableCursor_TableKind;
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  *outTableKind = tableKind;
+  return outErr;
+}
+// } ----- end attribute methods -----
+
+// { ----- begin table iteration methods -----
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkPortTableCursor::NextTable( // get table at next position in the db
+  nsIMdbEnv* mev, // context
+  nsIMdbTable** acqTable)
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  nsIMdbTable* outTable = 0;
+  morkEnv* ev =
+    CanUsePortTableCursor(mev, /*inMutable*/ morkBool_kFalse, &outErr);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    morkTable* table = NextTable(ev);
+    if ( table && ev->Good() )
+      outTable = table->AcquireTableHandle(ev);
+        
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  if ( acqTable )
+    *acqTable = outTable;
+  return outErr;
+}
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
diff --git a/db/mork/src/morkPortTableCursor.h b/db/mork/src/morkPortTableCursor.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cc9edaa67
--- /dev/null
+++ b/db/mork/src/morkPortTableCursor.h
@@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-  */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _MORKPORTTABLECURSOR_
+#define _MORKPORTTABLECURSOR_ 1
+
+#ifndef _MORK_
+#include "mork.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKCURSOR_
+#include "morkCursor.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKROWSPACE_
+#include "morkRowSpace.h"
+#endif
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+class orkinPortTableCursor;
+#define morkDerived_kPortTableCursor  /*i*/ 0x7443 /* ascii 'tC' */
+
+class morkPortTableCursor : public morkCursor, public nsIMdbPortTableCursor { // row iterator
+public:
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED
+// public: // slots inherited from morkObject (meant to inform only)
+  // nsIMdbHeap*     mNode_Heap;
+  // mork_able    mNode_Mutable; // can this node be modified?
+  // mork_load    mNode_Load;    // is this node clean or dirty?
+  // mork_base    mNode_Base;    // must equal morkBase_kNode
+  // mork_derived mNode_Derived; // depends on specific node subclass
+  // mork_access  mNode_Access;  // kOpen, kClosing, kShut, or kDead
+  // mork_usage   mNode_Usage;   // kHeap, kStack, kMember, kGlobal, kNone
+  // mork_uses    mNode_Uses;    // refcount for strong refs
+  // mork_refs    mNode_Refs;    // refcount for strong refs + weak refs
+
+  // morkFactory* mObject_Factory;  // weak ref to suite factory
+
+  // mork_seed  mCursor_Seed;
+  // mork_pos   mCursor_Pos;
+  // mork_bool  mCursor_DoFailOnSeedOutOfSync;
+  // mork_u1    mCursor_Pad[ 3 ]; // explicitly pad to u4 alignment
+
+public: // state is public because the entire Mork system is private
+  // { ----- begin attribute methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD SetPort(nsIMdbEnv* ev, nsIMdbPort* ioPort) override; // sets pos to -1
+  NS_IMETHOD GetPort(nsIMdbEnv* ev, nsIMdbPort** acqPort) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD SetRowScope(nsIMdbEnv* ev, // sets pos to -1
+    mdb_scope inRowScope) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetRowScope(nsIMdbEnv* ev, mdb_scope* outRowScope) override;
+  // setting row scope to zero iterates over all row scopes in port
+
+  NS_IMETHOD SetTableKind(nsIMdbEnv* ev, // sets pos to -1
+    mdb_kind inTableKind) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetTableKind(nsIMdbEnv* ev, mdb_kind* outTableKind) override;
+  // setting table kind to zero iterates over all table kinds in row scope
+  // } ----- end attribute methods -----
+
+  // { ----- begin table iteration methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD NextTable( // get table at next position in the db
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    nsIMdbTable** acqTable) override; // the next table in the iteration
+  // } ----- end table iteration methods -----
+  morkStore*    mPortTableCursor_Store;  // weak ref to store
+  
+  mdb_scope     mPortTableCursor_RowScope;
+  mdb_kind      mPortTableCursor_TableKind;
+  
+  // We only care if LastTable is non-nil, so it is not refcounted;
+  // so you must never access table state or methods using LastTable:
+  
+  morkTable* mPortTableCursor_LastTable; // nil or last table (no refcount)
+  morkRowSpace* mPortTableCursor_RowSpace; // current space (strong ref)
+
+  morkRowSpaceMapIter mPortTableCursor_SpaceIter; // iter over spaces
+  morkTableMapIter    mPortTableCursor_TableIter; // iter over tables 
+  
+  // these booleans indicate when the table or space iterator is exhausted:
+  
+  mork_bool           mPortTableCursor_TablesDidEnd; // no more tables?
+  mork_bool           mPortTableCursor_SpacesDidEnd; // no more spaces?
+  mork_u1             mPortTableCursor_Pad[ 2 ]; // for u4 alignment
+   
+// { ===== begin morkNode interface =====
+public: // morkNode virtual methods
+  virtual void CloseMorkNode(morkEnv* ev) override; // ClosePortTableCursor()
+
+public: // morkPortTableCursor construction & destruction
+  morkPortTableCursor(morkEnv* ev, const morkUsage& inUsage,
+    nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap, morkStore* ioStore, mdb_scope inRowScope,
+      mdb_kind inTableKind, nsIMdbHeap* ioSlotHeap);
+  void ClosePortTableCursor(morkEnv* ev); // called by CloseMorkNode();
+
+private: // copying is not allowed
+  morkPortTableCursor(const morkPortTableCursor& other);
+  morkPortTableCursor& operator=(const morkPortTableCursor& other);
+
+public: // dynamic type identification
+  mork_bool IsPortTableCursor() const
+  { return IsNode() && mNode_Derived == morkDerived_kPortTableCursor; }
+// } ===== end morkNode methods =====
+
+protected: // utilities
+  virtual ~morkPortTableCursor(); // assert that close executed earlier
+
+  void init_space_tables_map(morkEnv* ev);
+
+public: // other cursor methods
+
+  static void NilCursorStoreError(morkEnv* ev);
+  static void NonPortTableCursorTypeError(morkEnv* ev);
+
+ morkEnv* CanUsePortTableCursor(nsIMdbEnv* mev, mork_bool inMutable,
+                                nsresult* outErr) const;
+
+
+  morkRowSpace* NextSpace(morkEnv* ev);
+  morkTable* NextTable(morkEnv* ev);
+
+  mork_bool SetRowScope(morkEnv* ev, mork_scope inRowScope);
+  mork_bool SetTableKind(morkEnv* ev, mork_kind inTableKind);
+
+public: // typesafe refcounting inlines calling inherited morkNode methods
+  static void SlotWeakPortTableCursor(morkPortTableCursor* me,
+    morkEnv* ev, morkPortTableCursor** ioSlot)
+  { morkNode::SlotWeakNode((morkNode*) me, ev, (morkNode**) ioSlot); }
+  
+  static void SlotStrongPortTableCursor(morkPortTableCursor* me,
+    morkEnv* ev, morkPortTableCursor** ioSlot)
+  { morkNode::SlotStrongNode((morkNode*) me, ev, (morkNode**) ioSlot); }
+};
+
+
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+#endif /* _MORKPORTTABLECURSOR_ */
diff --git a/db/mork/src/morkProbeMap.cpp b/db/mork/src/morkProbeMap.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c2a9d4645
--- /dev/null
+++ b/db/mork/src/morkProbeMap.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1234 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-  */
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ *
+ * The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1999
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Contributor(s):
+ *
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
+ * or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ *
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+
+// This code is a port to NS Mork from public domain Mithril C++ sources.
+// Note many code comments here come verbatim from cut-and-pasted Mithril.
+// In many places, code is identical; Mithril versions stay public domain.
+// Changes in porting are mainly class type and scalar type name changes.
+
+#include "nscore.h"
+
+#ifndef _MDB_
+#include "mdb.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORK_
+#include "mork.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKNODE_
+#include "morkNode.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKPROBEMAP_
+#include "morkProbeMap.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKENV_
+#include "morkEnv.h"
+#endif
+
+/*============================================================================*/
+/* morkMapScratch */
+
+void morkMapScratch::halt_map_scratch(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  nsIMdbHeap* heap = sMapScratch_Heap;
+  
+  if ( heap )
+  {
+    if ( sMapScratch_Keys )
+      heap->Free(ev->AsMdbEnv(), sMapScratch_Keys);
+    if ( sMapScratch_Vals )
+      heap->Free(ev->AsMdbEnv(), sMapScratch_Vals);
+  }
+}
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+
+/*============================================================================*/
+/* morkProbeMap */
+
+void morkProbeMap::ProbeMapBadTagError(morkEnv* ev) const
+{
+  ev->NewError("bad sProbeMap_Tag");
+}
+
+void morkProbeMap::WrapWithNoVoidSlotError(morkEnv* ev) const
+{
+  ev->NewError("wrap without void morkProbeMap slot");
+}
+
+void morkProbeMap::GrowFailsMaxFillError(morkEnv* ev) const
+{
+  ev->NewError("grow fails morkEnv > sMap_Fill");
+}
+
+void morkProbeMap::MapKeyIsNotIPError(morkEnv* ev) const
+{
+  ev->NewError("not sMap_KeyIsIP");
+}
+
+void morkProbeMap::MapValIsNotIPError(morkEnv* ev) const
+{
+  ev->NewError("not sMap_ValIsIP");
+}
+
+void morkProbeMap::rehash_old_map(morkEnv* ev, morkMapScratch* ioScratch)
+{
+  mork_size keySize = sMap_KeySize; // size of every key bucket
+  mork_size valSize = sMap_ValSize; // size of every associated value
+  
+  mork_count slots = sMap_Slots; // number of new buckets
+  mork_u1* keys = sMap_Keys; // destination for rehashed keys
+  mork_u1* vals = sMap_Vals; // destination for any copied values
+  
+  mork_bool keyIsIP = ( keys && keySize == sizeof(mork_ip) && sMap_KeyIsIP );
+  mork_bool valIsIP = ( vals && valSize == sizeof(mork_ip) && sMap_ValIsIP );
+
+  mork_count oldSlots = ioScratch->sMapScratch_Slots; // sMap_Slots
+  mork_u1* oldKeys = ioScratch->sMapScratch_Keys; // sMap_Keys
+  mork_u1* oldVals = ioScratch->sMapScratch_Vals; // sMap_Vals
+  mork_u1* end = oldKeys + (keySize * oldSlots); // one byte past last key
+  
+  mork_fill fill = 0; // let's count the actual fill for a double check
+  
+  while ( oldKeys < end ) // another old key bucket to rehash if non-nil?
+  {
+    if ( !this->ProbeMapIsKeyNil(ev, oldKeys) ) // need to rehash?
+    {
+      ++fill; // this had better match sMap_Fill when we are all done
+      mork_u4 hash = this->ProbeMapHashMapKey(ev, oldKeys);
+
+      mork_pos i = hash % slots;   // target hash bucket
+      mork_pos startPos = i;       // remember start to detect
+      
+      mork_u1* k = keys + (i * keySize);
+      while ( !this->ProbeMapIsKeyNil(ev, k) )
+      {
+        if ( ++i >= (mork_pos)slots ) // advanced past end? need to wrap around now?
+          i = 0; // wrap around to first slot in map's hash table
+          
+        if ( i == startPos ) // no void slots were found anywhere in map?
+        {
+          this->WrapWithNoVoidSlotError(ev); // should never happen
+          return; // this is bad, and we can't go on with the rehash
+        }
+        k = keys + (i * keySize);
+      }
+      if ( keyIsIP ) // int special case?
+        *((mork_ip*) k) = *((const mork_ip*) oldKeys); // fast bitwise copy
+      else
+        MORK_MEMCPY(k, oldKeys, keySize); // slow bitwise copy
+
+      if ( oldVals ) // need to copy values as well?
+      {
+        mork_size valOffset = (i * valSize);
+        mork_u1* v = vals + valOffset;
+        mork_u1* ov = oldVals + valOffset;
+        if ( valIsIP ) // int special case?
+          *((mork_ip*) v) = *((const mork_ip*) ov); // fast bitwise copy
+        else
+          MORK_MEMCPY(v, ov, valSize); // slow bitwise copy
+      }
+    }
+    oldKeys += keySize; // advance to next key bucket in old map
+  }
+  if ( fill != sMap_Fill ) // is the recorded value of sMap_Fill wrong?
+  {
+    ev->NewWarning("fill != sMap_Fill");
+    sMap_Fill = fill;
+  }
+}
+
+mork_bool morkProbeMap::grow_probe_map(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  if ( sMap_Heap ) // can we grow the map?
+  {
+    mork_num newSlots = ((sMap_Slots * 4) / 3) + 1; // +25%
+    morkMapScratch old; // a place to temporarily hold all the old arrays
+    if ( this->new_slots(ev, &old, newSlots) ) // have more?
+    {      
+      ++sMap_Seed; // note the map has changed
+      this->rehash_old_map(ev, &old);
+      
+      if ( ev->Good() ) 
+      {
+        mork_count slots = sMap_Slots;
+        mork_num emptyReserve = (slots / 7) + 1; // keep this many empty
+        mork_fill maxFill = slots - emptyReserve; // new max occupancy
+        if ( maxFill > sMap_Fill ) // new max is bigger than old occupancy?
+          sProbeMap_MaxFill = maxFill; // we can install new max for fill
+        else
+          this->GrowFailsMaxFillError(ev); // we have invariant failure
+      }
+      
+      if ( ev->Bad() ) // rehash failed? need to revert map to last state?
+        this->revert_map(ev, &old); // swap the vectors back again
+
+      old.halt_map_scratch(ev); // remember to free the old arrays
+    }
+  }
+  else ev->OutOfMemoryError();
+  
+  return ev->Good();
+}
+
+void morkProbeMap::revert_map(morkEnv* ev, morkMapScratch* ioScratch)
+{
+  mork_count tempSlots = ioScratch->sMapScratch_Slots; // sMap_Slots  
+  mork_u1* tempKeys = ioScratch->sMapScratch_Keys;     // sMap_Keys
+  mork_u1* tempVals = ioScratch->sMapScratch_Vals;     // sMap_Vals
+  
+  ioScratch->sMapScratch_Slots = sMap_Slots;
+  ioScratch->sMapScratch_Keys = sMap_Keys;
+  ioScratch->sMapScratch_Vals = sMap_Vals;
+  
+  sMap_Slots = tempSlots;
+  sMap_Keys = tempKeys;
+  sMap_Vals = tempVals;
+}
+
+void morkProbeMap::put_probe_kv(morkEnv* ev,
+  const void* inAppKey, const void* inAppVal, mork_pos inPos)
+{
+  mork_u1* mapVal = 0;
+  mork_u1* mapKey = 0;
+
+  mork_num valSize = sMap_ValSize;
+  if ( valSize && inAppVal ) // map holds values? caller sends value?
+  {
+    mork_u1* val = sMap_Vals + (valSize * inPos);
+    if ( valSize == sizeof(mork_ip) && sMap_ValIsIP ) // int special case? 
+      *((mork_ip*) val) = *((const mork_ip*) inAppVal);
+    else
+      mapVal = val; // show possible need to call ProbeMapPushIn()
+  }
+  if ( inAppKey ) // caller sends the key? 
+  {
+    mork_num keySize = sMap_KeySize;
+    mork_u1* key = sMap_Keys + (keySize * inPos);
+    if ( keySize == sizeof(mork_ip) && sMap_KeyIsIP ) // int special case? 
+      *((mork_ip*) key) = *((const mork_ip*) inAppKey);
+    else
+      mapKey = key; // show possible need to call ProbeMapPushIn()
+  }
+  else
+    ev->NilPointerError();
+
+  if ( (  inAppVal && mapVal ) || ( inAppKey && mapKey ) )
+    this->ProbeMapPushIn(ev, inAppKey, inAppVal, mapKey, mapVal);
+
+  if ( sMap_Fill > sProbeMap_MaxFill )
+    this->grow_probe_map(ev);
+}
+
+void morkProbeMap::get_probe_kv(morkEnv* ev,
+  void* outAppKey, void* outAppVal, mork_pos inPos) const
+{
+  const mork_u1* mapVal = 0;
+  const mork_u1* mapKey = 0;
+
+  mork_num valSize = sMap_ValSize;
+  if ( valSize && outAppVal ) // map holds values? caller wants value?
+  {
+    const mork_u1* val = sMap_Vals + (valSize * inPos);
+    if ( valSize == sizeof(mork_ip) && sMap_ValIsIP ) // int special case? 
+      *((mork_ip*) outAppVal) = *((const mork_ip*) val);
+    else
+      mapVal = val; // show possible need to call ProbeMapPullOut()
+  }
+  if ( outAppKey ) // caller wants the key? 
+  {
+    mork_num keySize = sMap_KeySize;
+    const mork_u1* key = sMap_Keys + (keySize * inPos);
+    if ( keySize == sizeof(mork_ip) && sMap_KeyIsIP ) // int special case? 
+      *((mork_ip*) outAppKey) = *((const mork_ip*) key);
+    else
+      mapKey = key; // show possible need to call ProbeMapPullOut()
+  }
+  if ( ( outAppVal && mapVal ) || ( outAppKey && mapKey ) )
+    this->ProbeMapPullOut(ev, mapKey, mapVal, outAppKey, outAppVal);
+}
+
+mork_test
+morkProbeMap::find_key_pos(morkEnv* ev, const void* inAppKey,
+  mork_u4 inHash, mork_pos* outPos) const
+{
+  mork_u1* k = sMap_Keys;        // array of keys, each of size sMap_KeySize
+  mork_num size = sMap_KeySize;  // number of bytes in each key
+  mork_count slots = sMap_Slots; // total number of key buckets
+  mork_pos i = inHash % slots;   // target hash bucket
+  mork_pos startPos = i;         // remember start to detect
+  
+  mork_test outTest = this->MapTest(ev, k + (i * size), inAppKey);
+  while ( outTest == morkTest_kMiss )
+  {
+    if ( ++i >= (mork_pos)slots ) // advancing goes beyond end? need to wrap around now?
+      i = 0; // wrap around to first slot in map's hash table
+      
+    if ( i == startPos ) // no void slots were found anywhere in map?
+    {
+      this->WrapWithNoVoidSlotError(ev); // should never happen
+      break; // end loop on kMiss; note caller expects either kVoid or kHit
+    }
+    outTest = this->MapTest(ev, k + (i * size), inAppKey);
+  }
+  *outPos = i;
+  
+  return outTest;
+}
+ 
+void morkProbeMap::probe_map_lazy_init(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  if ( this->need_lazy_init() && sMap_Fill == 0 ) // pending lazy action?
+  {
+    // The constructor cannot successfully call virtual ProbeMapClearKey(),
+    // so we lazily do so now, when we add the first member to the map.
+    
+    mork_u1* keys = sMap_Keys;
+    if ( keys ) // okay to call lazy virtual clear method on new map keys?
+    {
+      if ( sProbeMap_ZeroIsClearKey ) // zero is good enough to clear keys?
+      {
+        mork_num keyVolume = sMap_Slots * sMap_KeySize;
+        if ( keyVolume )
+          MORK_MEMSET(keys, 0, keyVolume);
+      }
+      else
+        this->ProbeMapClearKey(ev, keys, sMap_Slots);
+    }
+    else
+      this->MapNilKeysError(ev);
+  }
+  sProbeMap_LazyClearOnAdd = 0; // don't do this ever again
+}
+
+mork_bool
+morkProbeMap::MapAtPut(morkEnv* ev,
+  const void* inAppKey, const void* inAppVal,
+  void* outAppKey, void* outAppVal)
+{
+  mork_bool outPut = morkBool_kFalse;
+  
+  if ( this->GoodProbeMap() ) /* looks good? */
+  {
+    if ( this->need_lazy_init() && sMap_Fill == 0 ) // pending lazy action?
+      this->probe_map_lazy_init(ev);
+          
+    if ( ev->Good() )
+    {
+      mork_pos slotPos = 0;
+      mork_u4 hash = this->MapHash(ev, inAppKey);
+      mork_test test = this->find_key_pos(ev, inAppKey, hash, &slotPos);
+      outPut = ( test == morkTest_kHit );
+
+      if ( outPut ) // replacing an old assoc? no change in member count?
+      {
+        if ( outAppKey || outAppVal ) /* copy old before cobber? */
+          this->get_probe_kv(ev, outAppKey, outAppVal, slotPos);
+      }
+      else // adding a new assoc increases membership by one
+      {
+        ++sMap_Fill; /* one more member in the collection */
+      }
+      
+      if ( test != morkTest_kMiss ) /* found slot to hold new assoc? */
+      {
+        ++sMap_Seed; /* note the map has changed */
+        this->put_probe_kv(ev, inAppKey, inAppVal, slotPos);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  else this->ProbeMapBadTagError(ev);
+  
+  return outPut;
+}
+    
+mork_bool
+morkProbeMap::MapAt(morkEnv* ev, const void* inAppKey,
+    void* outAppKey, void* outAppVal)
+{
+  if ( this->GoodProbeMap() ) /* looks good? */
+  {
+    if ( this->need_lazy_init() && sMap_Fill == 0 ) // pending lazy action?
+      this->probe_map_lazy_init(ev);
+          
+    mork_pos slotPos = 0;
+    mork_u4 hash = this->MapHash(ev, inAppKey);
+    mork_test test = this->find_key_pos(ev, inAppKey, hash, &slotPos);
+    if ( test == morkTest_kHit ) /* found an assoc pair for inAppKey? */
+    {
+      this->get_probe_kv(ev, outAppKey, outAppVal, slotPos);
+      return morkBool_kTrue;
+    }
+  }
+  else this->ProbeMapBadTagError(ev);
+  
+  return morkBool_kFalse;
+}
+    
+mork_num
+morkProbeMap::MapCutAll(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  mork_num outCutAll = 0;
+  
+  if ( this->GoodProbeMap() ) /* looks good? */
+  {
+    outCutAll = sMap_Fill; /* number of members cut, which is all of them */
+    
+    if ( sMap_Keys && !sProbeMap_ZeroIsClearKey )
+      this->ProbeMapClearKey(ev, sMap_Keys, sMap_Slots);
+
+    sMap_Fill = 0; /* map now has no members */
+  }
+  else this->ProbeMapBadTagError(ev);
+  
+  return outCutAll;
+}
+    
+// { ===== node interface =====
+
+/*virtual*/
+morkProbeMap::~morkProbeMap() // assert NodeStop() finished earlier
+{
+  MORK_ASSERT(sMap_Keys==0);
+  MORK_ASSERT(sProbeMap_Tag==0);
+}
+
+/*public virtual*/ void
+morkProbeMap::CloseMorkNode(morkEnv* ev) // CloseMap() only if open
+{
+  if ( this->IsOpenNode() )
+  {
+    this->MarkClosing();
+    this->CloseProbeMap(ev);
+    this->MarkShut();
+  }
+}
+
+void morkProbeMap::CloseProbeMap(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+    if ( this->IsNode() )
+    {
+      nsIMdbHeap* heap = sMap_Heap;
+      if ( heap ) // able to free map arrays?
+      {
+        void* block = sMap_Keys;
+        if ( block )
+        {
+          heap->Free(ev->AsMdbEnv(), block);
+          sMap_Keys = 0;
+        }
+          
+        block = sMap_Vals;
+        if ( block )
+        {
+          heap->Free(ev->AsMdbEnv(), block);
+          sMap_Vals = 0;
+        }
+      }
+      sMap_Keys = 0;
+      sMap_Vals = 0;
+      
+      this->CloseNode(ev);
+      sProbeMap_Tag = 0;
+      sProbeMap_MaxFill = 0;
+      
+      this->MarkShut();
+    }
+    else
+      this->NonNodeError(ev);
+}
+
+void*
+morkProbeMap::clear_alloc(morkEnv* ev, mork_size inSize)
+{
+  void* p = 0;
+  nsIMdbHeap* heap = sMap_Heap;
+  if ( heap )
+  {
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(heap->Alloc(ev->AsMdbEnv(), inSize, (void**) &p)) && p )
+    {
+      MORK_MEMSET(p, 0, inSize);
+      return p;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+    ev->NilPointerError();
+    
+  return (void*) 0;
+}
+
+/*| map_new_keys: allocate an array of inSlots new keys filled with zero.
+**| (cf IronDoc's FeHashTable_new_keys())
+|*/
+mork_u1*
+morkProbeMap::map_new_keys(morkEnv* ev, mork_num inSlots)
+{
+  mork_num size = inSlots * sMap_KeySize;
+  return (mork_u1*) this->clear_alloc(ev, size);
+}
+
+/*| map_new_vals: allocate an array of inSlots new values filled with zero.
+**| When values are zero sized, we just return a null pointer.
+**|
+**| (cf IronDoc's FeHashTable_new_values())
+|*/
+mork_u1*
+morkProbeMap::map_new_vals(morkEnv* ev, mork_num inSlots)
+{
+  mork_u1* values = 0;
+  mork_num size = inSlots * sMap_ValSize;
+  if ( size )
+    values = (mork_u1*) this->clear_alloc(ev, size);
+  return values;
+}
+
+
+void morkProbeMap::MapSeedOutOfSyncError(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  ev->NewError("sMap_Seed out of sync");
+}
+
+void morkProbeMap::MapFillUnderflowWarning(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  ev->NewWarning("sMap_Fill underflow");
+}
+
+void morkProbeMap::MapNilKeysError(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  ev->NewError("nil sMap_Keys");
+}
+
+void morkProbeMap::MapZeroKeySizeError(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  ev->NewError("zero sMap_KeySize");
+}
+
+/*static*/
+void morkProbeMap::ProbeMapCutError(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  ev->NewError("morkProbeMap cannot cut");
+}
+
+
+void morkProbeMap::init_probe_map(morkEnv* ev, mork_size inSlots)
+{
+  // Note we cannot successfully call virtual ProbeMapClearKey() when we
+  // call init_probe_map() inside the constructor; so we leave this problem
+  // to the caller.  (The constructor will call ProbeMapClearKey() later
+  // after setting a suitable lazy flag to show this action is pending.)
+
+  if ( ev->Good() )
+  {
+    morkMapScratch old;
+
+    if ( inSlots < 7 ) // capacity too small?
+      inSlots = 7; // increase to reasonable minimum
+    else if ( inSlots > (128 * 1024) ) // requested capacity too big?
+      inSlots = (128 * 1024); // decrease to reasonable maximum
+      
+    if ( this->new_slots(ev, &old, inSlots) )
+      sProbeMap_Tag = morkProbeMap_kTag;
+      
+    mork_count slots = sMap_Slots;
+    mork_num emptyReserve = (slots / 7) + 1; // keep this many empty
+    sProbeMap_MaxFill = slots - emptyReserve;
+
+    MORK_MEMSET(&old, 0, sizeof(morkMapScratch)); // don't bother halting
+  }
+}
+
+mork_bool
+morkProbeMap::new_slots(morkEnv* ev, morkMapScratch* old, mork_num inSlots)
+{
+  mork_bool outNew = morkBool_kFalse;
+  
+  // Note we cannot successfully call virtual ProbeMapClearKey() when we
+  // call new_slots() inside the constructor; so we leave this problem
+  // to the caller.  (The constructor will call ProbeMapClearKey() later
+  // after setting a suitable lazy flag to show this action is pending.)
+    
+  // allocate every new array before we continue:
+  mork_u1* newKeys = this->map_new_keys(ev, inSlots);
+  mork_u1* newVals = this->map_new_vals(ev, inSlots);
+  
+  // okay for newVals to be null when values are zero sized?
+  mork_bool okayValues = ( newVals || !sMap_ValSize );
+  
+  if ( newKeys && okayValues )
+  {
+    outNew = morkBool_kTrue; // we created every array needed
+
+    // init mapScratch using slots from current map:
+    old->sMapScratch_Heap = sMap_Heap;
+    
+    old->sMapScratch_Slots = sMap_Slots;
+    old->sMapScratch_Keys = sMap_Keys;
+    old->sMapScratch_Vals = sMap_Vals;
+    
+    // replace all map array slots using the newly allocated members:
+    ++sMap_Seed; // the map has changed
+    sMap_Keys = newKeys;
+    sMap_Vals = newVals;
+    sMap_Slots = inSlots;
+  }
+  else // free any allocations if only partially successful
+  {
+    nsIMdbHeap* heap = sMap_Heap;
+    if ( newKeys )
+      heap->Free(ev->AsMdbEnv(), newKeys);
+    if ( newVals )
+      heap->Free(ev->AsMdbEnv(), newVals);
+    
+    MORK_MEMSET(old, 0, sizeof(morkMapScratch)); // zap scratch space
+  }
+  
+  return outNew;
+}
+
+void
+morkProbeMap::clear_probe_map(morkEnv* ev, nsIMdbHeap* ioMapHeap)
+{
+  sProbeMap_Tag = 0;
+  sMap_Seed = 0;
+  sMap_Slots = 0;
+  sMap_Fill = 0;
+  sMap_Keys = 0;
+  sMap_Vals = 0;
+  sProbeMap_MaxFill = 0;
+  
+  sMap_Heap = ioMapHeap;
+  if ( !ioMapHeap )
+    ev->NilPointerError();
+}
+
+morkProbeMap::morkProbeMap(morkEnv* ev, const morkUsage& inUsage,
+  nsIMdbHeap* ioNodeHeap,
+  mork_size inKeySize, mork_size inValSize,
+  nsIMdbHeap* ioMapHeap, mork_size inSlots,
+  mork_bool inZeroIsClearKey)
+  
+: morkNode(ev, inUsage, ioNodeHeap)
+, sMap_Heap( ioMapHeap )
+    
+, sMap_Keys( 0 )
+, sMap_Vals( 0 )
+  
+, sMap_Seed( 0 )   // change count of members or structure
+    
+, sMap_Slots( 0 )  // count of slots in the hash table
+, sMap_Fill( 0 )   // number of used slots in the hash table
+
+, sMap_KeySize( 0 ) // size of each key (cannot be zero)
+, sMap_ValSize( 0 ) // size of each val (zero allowed)
+  
+, sMap_KeyIsIP( morkBool_kFalse ) // sMap_KeySize == sizeof(mork_ip)
+, sMap_ValIsIP( morkBool_kFalse ) // sMap_ValSize == sizeof(mork_ip)
+
+, sProbeMap_MaxFill( 0 )
+, sProbeMap_LazyClearOnAdd( 0 )
+, sProbeMap_ZeroIsClearKey( inZeroIsClearKey )
+, sProbeMap_Tag( 0 )
+{
+  // Note we cannot successfully call virtual ProbeMapClearKey() when we
+  // call init_probe_map() inside the constructor; so we leave this problem
+  // to the caller.  (The constructor will call ProbeMapClearKey() later
+  // after setting a suitable lazy flag to show this action is pending.)
+
+  if ( ev->Good() )
+  {
+    this->clear_probe_map(ev, ioMapHeap);
+    if ( ev->Good() )
+    {      
+      sMap_KeySize = inKeySize;
+      sMap_ValSize = inValSize;
+      sMap_KeyIsIP = ( inKeySize == sizeof(mork_ip) );
+      sMap_ValIsIP = ( inValSize == sizeof(mork_ip) );
+      
+      this->init_probe_map(ev, inSlots);
+      if ( ev->Good() )
+      {
+        if ( !inZeroIsClearKey ) // must lazy clear later with virtual method?
+          sProbeMap_LazyClearOnAdd = morkProbeMap_kLazyClearOnAdd;
+          
+        mNode_Derived = morkDerived_kProbeMap;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*============================================================================*/
+
+/*virtual*/ mork_test // hit(a,b) implies hash(a) == hash(b)
+morkProbeMap::MapTest(morkEnv* ev,
+  const void* inMapKey, const void* inAppKey) const
+  // Note inMapKey is always a key already stored in the map, while inAppKey
+  //   is always a method argument parameter from a client method call.
+  //   This matters the most in morkProbeMap subclasses, which have the
+  //   responsibility of putting 'app' keys into slots for 'map' keys, and
+  //   the bit pattern representation might be different in such cases.
+  // morkTest_kHit means that inMapKey equals inAppKey (and this had better
+  //   also imply that hash(inMapKey) == hash(inAppKey)).
+  // morkTest_kMiss means that inMapKey does NOT equal inAppKey (but this
+  //   implies nothing at all about hash(inMapKey) and hash(inAppKey)).
+  // morkTest_kVoid means that inMapKey is not a valid key bit pattern,
+  //   which means that key slot in the map is not being used.  Note that
+  //   kVoid is only expected as a return value in morkProbeMap subclasses,
+  //   because morkProbeMap must ask whether a key slot is used or not. 
+  //   morkChainMap however, always knows when a key slot is used, so only
+  //   key slots expected to have valid bit patterns will be presented to
+  //   the MapTest() methods for morkChainMap subclasses.
+  //
+  // NOTE: it is very important that subclasses correctly return the value
+  // morkTest_kVoid whenever the slot for inMapKey contains a bit pattern
+  // that means the slot is not being used, because this is the only way a
+  // probe map can terminate an unsuccessful search for a key in the map.
+{
+  mork_size keySize = sMap_KeySize;
+  if ( keySize == sizeof(mork_ip) && sMap_KeyIsIP )
+  {
+    mork_ip mapKey = *((const mork_ip*) inMapKey);
+    if ( mapKey == *((const mork_ip*) inAppKey) )
+      return morkTest_kHit;
+    else
+    {
+      return ( mapKey )? morkTest_kMiss : morkTest_kVoid;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    mork_bool allSame = morkBool_kTrue;
+    mork_bool allZero = morkBool_kTrue;
+    const mork_u1* ak = (const mork_u1*) inAppKey;
+    const mork_u1* mk = (const mork_u1*) inMapKey;
+    const mork_u1* end = mk + keySize;
+    --mk; // prepare for preincrement:
+    while ( ++mk < end )
+    {
+      mork_u1 byte = *mk;
+      if ( byte ) // any nonzero byte in map key means slot is not nil?
+        allZero = morkBool_kFalse;
+      if ( byte != *ak++ ) // bytes differ in map and app keys?
+        allSame = morkBool_kFalse;
+    }
+    if ( allSame )
+      return morkTest_kHit;
+    else
+      return ( allZero )? morkTest_kVoid : morkTest_kMiss;
+  }
+}
+
+/*virtual*/ mork_u4 // hit(a,b) implies hash(a) == hash(b)
+morkProbeMap::MapHash(morkEnv* ev, const void* inAppKey) const
+{
+  mork_size keySize = sMap_KeySize;
+  if ( keySize == sizeof(mork_ip) && sMap_KeyIsIP )
+  {
+    return *((const mork_ip*) inAppKey);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    const mork_u1* key = (const mork_u1*) inAppKey;
+    const mork_u1* end = key + keySize;
+    --key; // prepare for preincrement:
+    while ( ++key < end )
+    {
+      if ( *key ) // any nonzero byte in map key means slot is not nil?
+        return morkBool_kFalse;
+    }
+    return morkBool_kTrue;
+  }
+  return (mork_u4) NS_PTR_TO_INT32(inAppKey);
+}
+
+
+/*============================================================================*/
+
+/*virtual*/ mork_u4
+morkProbeMap::ProbeMapHashMapKey(morkEnv* ev, const void* inMapKey) const
+  // ProbeMapHashMapKey() does logically the same thing as MapHash(), and
+  // the default implementation actually calls virtual MapHash().  However,
+  // Subclasses must override this method whenever the formats of keys in
+  // the map differ from app keys outside the map, because MapHash() only
+  // works on keys in 'app' format, while ProbeMapHashMapKey() only works
+  // on keys in 'map' format.  This method is called in order to rehash all
+  // map keys when a map is grown, and this causes all old map members to
+  // move into new slot locations.
+  //
+  // Note it is absolutely imperative that a hash for a key in 'map' format
+  // be exactly the same the hash of the same key in 'app' format, or else
+  // maps will seem corrupt later when keys in 'app' format cannot be found.
+{
+  return this->MapHash(ev, inMapKey);
+}
+
+/*virtual*/ mork_bool
+morkProbeMap::ProbeMapIsKeyNil(morkEnv* ev, void* ioMapKey)
+  // ProbeMapIsKeyNil() must say whether the representation of logical 'nil'
+  // is currently found inside the key at ioMapKey, for a key found within
+  // the map.  The the map iterator uses this method to find map keys that
+  // are actually being used for valid map associations; otherwise the
+  // iterator cannot determine which map slots actually denote used keys.
+  // The default method version returns true if all the bits equal zero.
+{
+  if ( sMap_KeySize == sizeof(mork_ip) && sMap_KeyIsIP )
+  {
+    return !*((const mork_ip*) ioMapKey);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    const mork_u1* key = (const mork_u1*) ioMapKey;
+    const mork_u1* end = key + sMap_KeySize;
+    --key; // prepare for preincrement:
+    while ( ++key < end )
+    {
+      if ( *key ) // any nonzero byte in map key means slot is not nil?
+        return morkBool_kFalse;
+    }
+    return morkBool_kTrue;
+  }
+}
+
+/*virtual*/ void
+morkProbeMap::ProbeMapClearKey(morkEnv* ev, // put 'nil' alls keys inside map
+  void* ioMapKey, mork_count inKeyCount) // array of keys inside map
+  // ProbeMapClearKey() must put some representation of logical 'nil' into
+  // every key slot in the map, such that MapTest() will later recognize
+  // that this bit pattern shows each key slot is not actually being used.
+  //
+  // This method is typically called whenever the map is either created or
+  // grown into a larger size, where ioMapKey is a pointer to an array of
+  // inKeyCount keys, where each key is this->MapKeySize() bytes in size.
+  // Note that keys are assumed immediately adjacent with no padding, so
+  // if any alignment requirements must be met, then subclasses should have
+  // already accounted for this when specifying a key size in the map.
+  //
+  // Since this method will be called when a map is being grown in size,
+  // nothing should be assumed about the state slots of the map, since the
+  // ioMapKey array might not yet live in sMap_Keys, and the array length
+  // inKeyCount might not yet live in sMap_Slots.  However, the value kept
+  // in sMap_KeySize never changes, so this->MapKeySize() is always correct.
+{
+  if ( ioMapKey && inKeyCount )
+  {
+    MORK_MEMSET(ioMapKey, 0, (inKeyCount * sMap_KeySize));
+  }
+  else
+    ev->NilPointerWarning();
+}
+
+/*virtual*/ void
+morkProbeMap::ProbeMapPushIn(morkEnv* ev, // move (key,val) into the map
+  const void* inAppKey, const void* inAppVal, // (key,val) outside map
+  void* outMapKey, void* outMapVal)      // (key,val) inside map
+  // This method actually puts keys and vals in the map in suitable format.
+  //
+  // ProbeMapPushIn() must copy a caller key and value in 'app' format
+  // into the map slots provided, which are in 'map' format.  When the
+  // 'app' and 'map' formats are identical, then this is just a bitwise
+  // copy of this->MapKeySize() key bytes and this->MapValSize() val bytes,
+  // and this is exactly what the default implementation performs.  However,
+  // if 'app' and 'map' formats are different, and MapTest() depends on this
+  // difference in format, then subclasses must override this method to do
+  // whatever is necessary to store the input app key in output map format.
+  //
+  // Do NOT write more than this->MapKeySize() bytes of a map key, or more
+  // than this->MapValSize() bytes of a map val, or corruption might ensue.
+  //
+  // The inAppKey and inAppVal parameters are the same ones passed into a
+  // call to MapAtPut(), and the outMapKey and outMapVal parameters are ones
+  // determined by how the map currently positions key inAppKey in the map.
+  //
+  // Note any key or val parameter can be a null pointer, in which case
+  // this method must do nothing with those parameters.  In particular, do
+  // no key move at all when either inAppKey or outMapKey is nil, and do
+  // no val move at all when either inAppVal or outMapVal is nil.  Note that
+  // outMapVal should always be nil when this->MapValSize() is nil.
+{
+}
+
+/*virtual*/ void
+morkProbeMap::ProbeMapPullOut(morkEnv* ev, // move (key,val) out from the map
+  const void* inMapKey, const void* inMapVal, // (key,val) inside map
+  void* outAppKey, void* outAppVal) const    // (key,val) outside map
+  // This method actually gets keys and vals from the map in suitable format.
+  //
+  // ProbeMapPullOut() must copy a key and val in 'map' format into the
+  // caller key and val slots provided, which are in 'app' format.  When the
+  // 'app' and 'map' formats are identical, then this is just a bitwise
+  // copy of this->MapKeySize() key bytes and this->MapValSize() val bytes,
+  // and this is exactly what the default implementation performs.  However,
+  // if 'app' and 'map' formats are different, and MapTest() depends on this
+  // difference in format, then subclasses must override this method to do
+  // whatever is necessary to store the input map key in output app format.
+  //
+  // The outAppKey and outAppVal parameters are the same ones passed into a
+  // call to either MapAtPut() or MapAt(), while inMapKey and inMapVal are
+  // determined by how the map currently positions the target key in the map.
+  //
+  // Note any key or val parameter can be a null pointer, in which case
+  // this method must do nothing with those parameters.  In particular, do
+  // no key move at all when either inMapKey or outAppKey is nil, and do
+  // no val move at all when either inMapVal or outAppVal is nil.  Note that
+  // inMapVal should always be nil when this->MapValSize() is nil.
+{
+}
+
+
+/*============================================================================*/
+/* morkProbeMapIter */
+
+morkProbeMapIter::morkProbeMapIter(morkEnv* ev, morkProbeMap* ioMap)
+: sProbeMapIter_Map( 0 )
+, sProbeMapIter_Seed( 0 )
+, sProbeMapIter_HereIx( morkProbeMapIter_kBeforeIx )
+{
+  if ( ioMap )
+  {
+    if ( ioMap->GoodProbeMap() )
+    {
+      if ( ioMap->need_lazy_init() ) // pending lazy action?
+        ioMap->probe_map_lazy_init(ev);
+        
+      sProbeMapIter_Map = ioMap;
+      sProbeMapIter_Seed = ioMap->sMap_Seed;
+    }
+    else ioMap->ProbeMapBadTagError(ev);
+  }
+  else ev->NilPointerError();
+}
+
+void morkProbeMapIter::CloseMapIter(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  MORK_USED_1(ev);
+  sProbeMapIter_Map = 0;
+  sProbeMapIter_Seed = 0;
+
+  sProbeMapIter_HereIx = morkProbeMapIter_kAfterIx;
+}
+
+morkProbeMapIter::morkProbeMapIter( )
+// zero most slots; caller must call InitProbeMapIter()
+{
+  sProbeMapIter_Map = 0;
+  sProbeMapIter_Seed = 0;
+
+  sProbeMapIter_HereIx = morkProbeMapIter_kBeforeIx;
+}
+
+void morkProbeMapIter::InitProbeMapIter(morkEnv* ev, morkProbeMap* ioMap)
+{
+  sProbeMapIter_Map = 0;
+  sProbeMapIter_Seed = 0;
+
+  sProbeMapIter_HereIx = morkProbeMapIter_kBeforeIx;
+
+  if ( ioMap )
+  {
+    if ( ioMap->GoodProbeMap() )
+    {
+      if ( ioMap->need_lazy_init() ) // pending lazy action?
+        ioMap->probe_map_lazy_init(ev);
+        
+      sProbeMapIter_Map = ioMap;
+      sProbeMapIter_Seed = ioMap->sMap_Seed;
+    }
+    else ioMap->ProbeMapBadTagError(ev);
+  }
+  else ev->NilPointerError();
+}
+ 
+mork_bool morkProbeMapIter::IterFirst(morkEnv* ev,
+  void* outAppKey, void* outAppVal)
+{
+  sProbeMapIter_HereIx = morkProbeMapIter_kAfterIx; // default to done
+  morkProbeMap* map = sProbeMapIter_Map;
+  
+  if ( map && map->GoodProbeMap() ) /* looks good? */
+  {
+    sProbeMapIter_Seed = map->sMap_Seed; /* sync the seeds */
+    
+    mork_u1* k = map->sMap_Keys;  // array of keys, each of size sMap_KeySize
+    mork_num size = map->sMap_KeySize;  // number of bytes in each key
+    mork_count slots = map->sMap_Slots; // total number of key buckets
+    mork_pos here = 0;  // first hash bucket
+    
+    while ( here < (mork_pos)slots )
+    {
+      if ( !map->ProbeMapIsKeyNil(ev, k + (here * size)) )
+      {
+        map->get_probe_kv(ev, outAppKey, outAppVal, here);
+        
+        sProbeMapIter_HereIx = (mork_i4) here;
+        return morkBool_kTrue;
+      }
+      ++here; // next bucket
+    } 
+  }
+  else map->ProbeMapBadTagError(ev);
+
+  return morkBool_kFalse;
+}
+
+mork_bool morkProbeMapIter::IterNext(morkEnv* ev,
+  void* outAppKey, void* outAppVal)
+{
+  morkProbeMap* map = sProbeMapIter_Map;
+  
+  if ( map && map->GoodProbeMap() ) /* looks good? */
+  {    
+    if ( sProbeMapIter_Seed == map->sMap_Seed ) /* in sync? */
+    {
+      if ( sProbeMapIter_HereIx != morkProbeMapIter_kAfterIx )
+      {
+        mork_pos here = (mork_pos) sProbeMapIter_HereIx;
+        if ( sProbeMapIter_HereIx < 0 )
+          here = 0;
+        else
+          ++here;
+          
+        sProbeMapIter_HereIx = morkProbeMapIter_kAfterIx; // default to done
+
+        mork_u1* k = map->sMap_Keys;  // key array, each of size sMap_KeySize
+        mork_num size = map->sMap_KeySize;  // number of bytes in each key
+        mork_count slots = map->sMap_Slots; // total number of key buckets
+        
+        while ( here < (mork_pos)slots )
+        {
+          if ( !map->ProbeMapIsKeyNil(ev, k + (here * size)) )
+          {
+            map->get_probe_kv(ev, outAppKey, outAppVal, here);
+            
+            sProbeMapIter_HereIx = (mork_i4) here;
+            return morkBool_kTrue;
+          }
+          ++here; // next bucket
+        } 
+      }
+    }
+    else map->MapSeedOutOfSyncError(ev);
+  }
+  else map->ProbeMapBadTagError(ev);
+
+  return morkBool_kFalse;
+}
+
+mork_bool morkProbeMapIter::IterHere(morkEnv* ev,
+  void* outAppKey, void* outAppVal)
+{
+  morkProbeMap* map = sProbeMapIter_Map;
+  
+  if ( map && map->GoodProbeMap() ) /* looks good? */
+  {    
+    if ( sProbeMapIter_Seed == map->sMap_Seed ) /* in sync? */
+    {
+      mork_pos here = (mork_pos) sProbeMapIter_HereIx;
+      mork_count slots = map->sMap_Slots; // total number of key buckets
+      if ( sProbeMapIter_HereIx >= 0 && (here < (mork_pos)slots))
+      {
+        mork_u1* k = map->sMap_Keys;  // key array, each of size sMap_KeySize
+        mork_num size = map->sMap_KeySize;  // number of bytes in each key
+
+        if ( !map->ProbeMapIsKeyNil(ev, k + (here * size)) )
+        {
+          map->get_probe_kv(ev, outAppKey, outAppVal, here);
+          return morkBool_kTrue;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    else map->MapSeedOutOfSyncError(ev);
+  }
+  else map->ProbeMapBadTagError(ev);
+
+  return morkBool_kFalse;
+}
+
+mork_change*
+morkProbeMapIter::First(morkEnv* ev, void* outKey, void* outVal)
+{
+  if ( this->IterFirst(ev, outKey, outVal) )
+    return &sProbeMapIter_Change;
+  
+  return (mork_change*) 0;
+}
+
+mork_change*
+morkProbeMapIter::Next(morkEnv* ev, void* outKey, void* outVal)
+{
+  if ( this->IterNext(ev, outKey, outVal) )
+    return &sProbeMapIter_Change;
+  
+  return (mork_change*) 0;
+}
+
+mork_change*
+morkProbeMapIter::Here(morkEnv* ev, void* outKey, void* outVal)
+{
+  if ( this->IterHere(ev, outKey, outVal) )
+    return &sProbeMapIter_Change;
+  
+  return (mork_change*) 0;
+}
+
+mork_change*
+morkProbeMapIter::CutHere(morkEnv* ev, void* outKey, void* outVal)
+{
+  morkProbeMap::ProbeMapCutError(ev);
+  
+  return (mork_change*) 0;
+}
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+// NOTE: the following methods ONLY work for sMap_ValIsIP pointer values.
+// (Note the implied assumption that zero is never a good value pattern.)
+
+void* morkProbeMapIter::IterFirstVal(morkEnv* ev, void* outKey)
+// equivalent to { void* v=0; this->IterFirst(ev, outKey, &v); return v; }
+{
+  morkProbeMap* map = sProbeMapIter_Map;
+  if ( map )
+  {
+    if ( map->sMap_ValIsIP )
+    {
+      void* v = 0;
+      this->IterFirst(ev, outKey, &v);
+      return v;
+    }
+    else
+      map->MapValIsNotIPError(ev);
+  }
+  return (void*) 0;
+}
+
+void* morkProbeMapIter::IterNextVal(morkEnv* ev, void* outKey)
+// equivalent to { void* v=0; this->IterNext(ev, outKey, &v); return v; }
+{
+  morkProbeMap* map = sProbeMapIter_Map;
+  if ( map )
+  {
+    if ( map->sMap_ValIsIP )
+    {
+      void* v = 0;
+      this->IterNext(ev, outKey, &v);
+      return v;
+    }
+    else
+      map->MapValIsNotIPError(ev);
+  }
+  return (void*) 0;
+}
+
+void* morkProbeMapIter::IterHereVal(morkEnv* ev, void* outKey)
+// equivalent to { void* v=0; this->IterHere(ev, outKey, &v); return v; }
+{
+  morkProbeMap* map = sProbeMapIter_Map;
+  if ( map )
+  {
+    if ( map->sMap_ValIsIP )
+    {
+      void* v = 0;
+      this->IterHere(ev, outKey, &v);
+      return v;
+    }
+    else
+      map->MapValIsNotIPError(ev);
+  }
+  return (void*) 0;
+}
+
+// NOTE: the following methods ONLY work for sMap_KeyIsIP pointer values.
+// (Note the implied assumption that zero is never a good key pattern.)
+
+void* morkProbeMapIter::IterFirstKey(morkEnv* ev)
+// equivalent to { void* k=0; this->IterFirst(ev, &k, 0); return k; }
+{
+  morkProbeMap* map = sProbeMapIter_Map;
+  if ( map )
+  {
+    if ( map->sMap_KeyIsIP )
+    {
+      void* k = 0;
+      this->IterFirst(ev, &k, (void*) 0);
+      return k;
+    }
+    else
+      map->MapKeyIsNotIPError(ev);
+  }
+  return (void*) 0;
+}
+
+void* morkProbeMapIter::IterNextKey(morkEnv* ev)
+// equivalent to { void* k=0; this->IterNext(ev, &k, 0); return k; }
+{
+  morkProbeMap* map = sProbeMapIter_Map;
+  if ( map )
+  {
+    if ( map->sMap_KeyIsIP )
+    {
+      void* k = 0;
+      this->IterNext(ev, &k, (void*) 0);
+      return k;
+    }
+    else
+      map->MapKeyIsNotIPError(ev);
+  }
+  return (void*) 0;
+}
+
+void* morkProbeMapIter::IterHereKey(morkEnv* ev)
+// equivalent to { void* k=0; this->IterHere(ev, &k, 0); return k; }
+{
+  morkProbeMap* map = sProbeMapIter_Map;
+  if ( map )
+  {
+    if ( map->sMap_KeyIsIP )
+    {
+      void* k = 0;
+      this->IterHere(ev, &k, (void*) 0);
+      return k;
+    }
+    else
+      map->MapKeyIsNotIPError(ev);
+  }
+  return (void*) 0;
+}
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
diff --git a/db/mork/src/morkProbeMap.h b/db/mork/src/morkProbeMap.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8b9b23d21
--- /dev/null
+++ b/db/mork/src/morkProbeMap.h
@@ -0,0 +1,431 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-  */
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ *
+ * The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1999
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Contributor(s):
+ *
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
+ * or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ *
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+
+// This code is a port to NS Mork from public domain Mithril C++ sources.
+// Note many code comments here come verbatim from cut-and-pasted Mithril.
+// In many places, code is identical; Mithril versions stay public domain.
+// Changes in porting are mainly class type and scalar type name changes.
+
+#ifndef _MORKPROBEMAP_
+#define _MORKPROBEMAP_ 1
+
+#ifndef _MORK_
+#include "mork.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKNODE_
+#include "morkNode.h"
+#endif
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+class morkMapScratch { // utility class used by map subclasses
+public:
+  nsIMdbHeap*  sMapScratch_Heap;     // cached sMap_Heap
+  mork_count   sMapScratch_Slots;    // cached sMap_Slots
+  
+  mork_u1*     sMapScratch_Keys;     // cached sMap_Keys
+  mork_u1*     sMapScratch_Vals;     // cached sMap_Vals
+  
+public:
+  void halt_map_scratch(morkEnv* ev);
+};
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+#define morkDerived_kProbeMap   0x7072 /* ascii 'pr' */
+#define morkProbeMap_kTag     0x70724D50 /* ascii 'prMP' */
+
+#define morkProbeMap_kLazyClearOnAdd ((mork_u1) 'c')
+ 
+class morkProbeMap: public morkNode {
+
+protected:
+
+// public: // slots inherited from morkNode (meant to inform only)
+  // nsIMdbHeap*       mNode_Heap;
+
+  // mork_base      mNode_Base;     // must equal morkBase_kNode
+  // mork_derived   mNode_Derived;  // depends on specific node subclass
+  
+  // mork_access    mNode_Access;   // kOpen, kClosing, kShut, or kDead
+  // mork_usage     mNode_Usage;    // kHeap, kStack, kMember, kGlobal, kNone
+  // mork_able      mNode_Mutable;  // can this node be modified?
+  // mork_load      mNode_Load;     // is this node clean or dirty?
+  
+  // mork_uses      mNode_Uses;     // refcount for strong refs
+  // mork_refs      mNode_Refs;     // refcount for strong refs + weak refs
+
+protected:
+  // { begin morkMap slots
+  nsIMdbHeap* sMap_Heap; // strong ref to heap allocating all space
+    
+  mork_u1*    sMap_Keys;
+  mork_u1*    sMap_Vals;
+  
+  mork_count  sMap_Seed;   // change count of members or structure
+    
+  mork_count  sMap_Slots;  // count of slots in the hash table
+  mork_fill   sMap_Fill;   // number of used slots in the hash table
+
+  mork_size   sMap_KeySize; // size of each key (cannot be zero)
+  mork_size   sMap_ValSize; // size of each val (zero allowed)
+  
+  mork_bool   sMap_KeyIsIP;     // sMap_KeySize == sizeof(mork_ip)
+  mork_bool   sMap_ValIsIP;     // sMap_ValSize == sizeof(mork_ip)
+  mork_u1     sMap_Pad[ 2 ];    // for u4 alignment
+  // } end morkMap slots
+    
+  friend class morkProbeMapIter; // for access to protected slots
+
+public: // getters
+  mork_count  MapSeed() const { return sMap_Seed; }
+    
+  mork_count  MapSlots() const { return sMap_Slots; }
+  mork_fill   MapFill() const { return sMap_Fill; }
+
+  mork_size   MapKeySize() const { return sMap_KeySize; }
+  mork_size   MapValSize() const { return sMap_ValSize; }
+  
+  mork_bool   MapKeyIsIP() const { return sMap_KeyIsIP; }
+  mork_bool   MapValIsIP() const { return sMap_ValIsIP; }
+
+protected: // slots
+  // { begin morkProbeMap slots
+   
+  mork_fill   sProbeMap_MaxFill; // max sMap_Fill before map must grow
+  
+  mork_u1     sProbeMap_LazyClearOnAdd; // true if kLazyClearOnAdd
+  mork_bool   sProbeMap_ZeroIsClearKey; // zero is adequate to clear keys
+  mork_u1     sProbeMap_Pad[ 2 ]; // for u4 alignment
+  
+  mork_u4     sProbeMap_Tag; 
+ 
+  // } end morkProbeMap slots
+    
+public: // lazy clear on add
+
+  mork_bool need_lazy_init() const 
+  { return sProbeMap_LazyClearOnAdd == morkProbeMap_kLazyClearOnAdd; }
+
+public: // typing
+  mork_bool   GoodProbeMap() const
+  { return sProbeMap_Tag == morkProbeMap_kTag; }
+    
+protected: // utilities
+
+  void* clear_alloc(morkEnv* ev, mork_size inSize);
+
+  mork_u1*    map_new_vals(morkEnv* ev, mork_num inSlots);
+  mork_u1*    map_new_keys(morkEnv* ev, mork_num inSlots);
+
+  void clear_probe_map(morkEnv* ev, nsIMdbHeap* ioMapHeap);
+  void init_probe_map(morkEnv* ev, mork_size inSlots);
+  void probe_map_lazy_init(morkEnv* ev);
+
+  mork_bool new_slots(morkEnv* ev, morkMapScratch* old, mork_num inSlots);
+  
+  mork_test find_key_pos(morkEnv* ev, const void* inAppKey,
+    mork_u4 inHash, mork_pos* outPos) const;
+  
+  void put_probe_kv(morkEnv* ev,
+    const void* inAppKey, const void* inAppVal, mork_pos inPos);
+  void get_probe_kv(morkEnv* ev,
+    void* outAppKey, void* outAppVal, mork_pos inPos) const;
+    
+  mork_bool grow_probe_map(morkEnv* ev);
+  void      rehash_old_map(morkEnv* ev, morkMapScratch* ioScratch);
+  void      revert_map(morkEnv* ev, morkMapScratch* ioScratch);
+
+public: // errors
+  void ProbeMapBadTagError(morkEnv* ev) const;
+  void WrapWithNoVoidSlotError(morkEnv* ev) const;
+  void GrowFailsMaxFillError(morkEnv* ev) const;
+  void MapKeyIsNotIPError(morkEnv* ev) const;
+  void MapValIsNotIPError(morkEnv* ev) const;
+
+  void MapNilKeysError(morkEnv* ev);
+  void MapZeroKeySizeError(morkEnv* ev);
+
+  void MapSeedOutOfSyncError(morkEnv* ev);
+  void MapFillUnderflowWarning(morkEnv* ev);
+
+  static void ProbeMapCutError(morkEnv* ev);
+
+  // { ===== begin morkMap methods =====
+public:
+
+  virtual mork_test // hit(a,b) implies hash(a) == hash(b)
+  MapTest(morkEnv* ev, const void* inMapKey, const void* inAppKey) const;
+    // Note inMapKey is always a key already stored in the map, while inAppKey
+    //   is always a method argument parameter from a client method call.
+    //   This matters the most in morkProbeMap subclasses, which have the
+    //   responsibility of putting 'app' keys into slots for 'map' keys, and
+    //   the bit pattern representation might be different in such cases.
+    // morkTest_kHit means that inMapKey equals inAppKey (and this had better
+    //   also imply that hash(inMapKey) == hash(inAppKey)).
+    // morkTest_kMiss means that inMapKey does NOT equal inAppKey (but this
+    //   implies nothing at all about hash(inMapKey) and hash(inAppKey)).
+    // morkTest_kVoid means that inMapKey is not a valid key bit pattern,
+    //   which means that key slot in the map is not being used.  Note that
+    //   kVoid is only expected as a return value in morkProbeMap subclasses,
+    //   because morkProbeMap must ask whether a key slot is used or not. 
+    //   morkChainMap however, always knows when a key slot is used, so only
+    //   key slots expected to have valid bit patterns will be presented to
+    //   the MapTest() methods for morkChainMap subclasses.
+    //
+    // NOTE: it is very important that subclasses correctly return the value
+    // morkTest_kVoid whenever the slot for inMapKey contains a bit pattern
+    // that means the slot is not being used, because this is the only way a
+    // probe map can terminate an unsuccessful search for a key in the map.
+
+  virtual mork_u4 // hit(a,b) implies hash(a) == hash(b)
+  MapHash(morkEnv* ev, const void* inAppKey) const;
+
+  virtual mork_bool
+  MapAtPut(morkEnv* ev, const void* inAppKey, const void* inAppVal,
+    void* outAppKey, void* outAppVal);
+    
+  virtual mork_bool
+  MapAt(morkEnv* ev, const void* inAppKey, void* outAppKey, void* outAppVal);
+    
+  virtual mork_num
+  MapCutAll(morkEnv* ev);
+  // } ===== end morkMap methods =====
+
+    
+  // { ===== begin morkProbeMap methods =====
+public:
+
+  virtual mork_u4
+  ProbeMapHashMapKey(morkEnv* ev, const void* inMapKey) const;
+    // ProbeMapHashMapKey() does logically the same thing as MapHash(), and
+    // the default implementation actually calls virtual MapHash().  However,
+    // Subclasses must override this method whenever the formats of keys in
+    // the map differ from app keys outside the map, because MapHash() only
+    // works on keys in 'app' format, while ProbeMapHashMapKey() only works
+    // on keys in 'map' format.  This method is called in order to rehash all
+    // map keys when a map is grown, and this causes all old map members to
+    // move into new slot locations.
+    //
+    // Note it is absolutely imperative that a hash for a key in 'map' format
+    // be exactly the same the hash of the same key in 'app' format, or else
+    // maps will seem corrupt later when keys in 'app' format cannot be found.
+
+  virtual mork_bool
+  ProbeMapIsKeyNil(morkEnv* ev, void* ioMapKey);
+    // ProbeMapIsKeyNil() must say whether the representation of logical 'nil'
+    // is currently found inside the key at ioMapKey, for a key found within
+    // the map.  The the map iterator uses this method to find map keys that
+    // are actually being used for valid map associations; otherwise the
+    // iterator cannot determine which map slots actually denote used keys.
+    // The default method version returns true if all the bits equal zero.
+
+  virtual void
+  ProbeMapClearKey(morkEnv* ev, // put 'nil' alls keys inside map
+    void* ioMapKey, mork_count inKeyCount); // array of keys inside map
+    // ProbeMapClearKey() must put some representation of logical 'nil' into
+    // every key slot in the map, such that MapTest() will later recognize
+    // that this bit pattern shows each key slot is not actually being used.
+    //
+    // This method is typically called whenever the map is either created or
+    // grown into a larger size, where ioMapKey is a pointer to an array of
+    // inKeyCount keys, where each key is this->MapKeySize() bytes in size.
+    // Note that keys are assumed immediately adjacent with no padding, so
+    // if any alignment requirements must be met, then subclasses should have
+    // already accounted for this when specifying a key size in the map.
+    //
+    // Since this method will be called when a map is being grown in size,
+    // nothing should be assumed about the state slots of the map, since the
+    // ioMapKey array might not yet live in sMap_Keys, and the array length
+    // inKeyCount might not yet live in sMap_Slots.  However, the value kept
+    // in sMap_KeySize never changes, so this->MapKeySize() is always correct.
+
+  virtual void
+  ProbeMapPushIn(morkEnv* ev, // move (key,val) into the map
+    const void* inAppKey, const void* inAppVal, // (key,val) outside map
+    void* outMapKey, void* outMapVal);      // (key,val) inside map
+    // This method actually puts keys and vals in the map in suitable format.
+    //
+    // ProbeMapPushIn() must copy a caller key and value in 'app' format
+    // into the map slots provided, which are in 'map' format.  When the
+    // 'app' and 'map' formats are identical, then this is just a bitwise
+    // copy of this->MapKeySize() key bytes and this->MapValSize() val bytes,
+    // and this is exactly what the default implementation performs.  However,
+    // if 'app' and 'map' formats are different, and MapTest() depends on this
+    // difference in format, then subclasses must override this method to do
+    // whatever is necessary to store the input app key in output map format.
+    //
+    // Do NOT write more than this->MapKeySize() bytes of a map key, or more
+    // than this->MapValSize() bytes of a map val, or corruption might ensue.
+    //
+    // The inAppKey and inAppVal parameters are the same ones passed into a
+    // call to MapAtPut(), and the outMapKey and outMapVal parameters are ones
+    // determined by how the map currently positions key inAppKey in the map.
+    //
+    // Note any key or val parameter can be a null pointer, in which case
+    // this method must do nothing with those parameters.  In particular, do
+    // no key move at all when either inAppKey or outMapKey is nil, and do
+    // no val move at all when either inAppVal or outMapVal is nil.  Note that
+    // outMapVal should always be nil when this->MapValSize() is nil.
+
+  virtual void
+  ProbeMapPullOut(morkEnv* ev, // move (key,val) out from the map
+    const void* inMapKey, const void* inMapVal, // (key,val) inside map
+    void* outAppKey, void* outAppVal) const;    // (key,val) outside map
+    // This method actually gets keys and vals from the map in suitable format.
+    //
+    // ProbeMapPullOut() must copy a key and val in 'map' format into the
+    // caller key and val slots provided, which are in 'app' format.  When the
+    // 'app' and 'map' formats are identical, then this is just a bitwise
+    // copy of this->MapKeySize() key bytes and this->MapValSize() val bytes,
+    // and this is exactly what the default implementation performs.  However,
+    // if 'app' and 'map' formats are different, and MapTest() depends on this
+    // difference in format, then subclasses must override this method to do
+    // whatever is necessary to store the input map key in output app format.
+    //
+    // The outAppKey and outAppVal parameters are the same ones passed into a
+    // call to either MapAtPut() or MapAt(), while inMapKey and inMapVal are
+    // determined by how the map currently positions the target key in the map.
+    //
+    // Note any key or val parameter can be a null pointer, in which case
+    // this method must do nothing with those parameters.  In particular, do
+    // no key move at all when either inMapKey or outAppKey is nil, and do
+    // no val move at all when either inMapVal or outAppVal is nil.  Note that
+    // inMapVal should always be nil when this->MapValSize() is nil.
+  
+  // } ===== end morkProbeMap methods =====
+    
+  
+// { ===== begin morkNode interface =====
+public: // morkNode virtual methods
+  virtual void CloseMorkNode(morkEnv* ev) override; // CloseProbeMap() only if open
+  virtual ~morkProbeMap(); // assert that CloseProbeMap() executed earlier
+  
+public: // morkProbeMap construction & destruction
+  morkProbeMap(morkEnv* ev, const morkUsage& inUsage,
+  nsIMdbHeap* ioNodeHeap,
+  mork_size inKeySize, mork_size inValSize,
+  nsIMdbHeap* ioMapHeap, mork_size inSlots,
+  mork_bool inZeroIsClearKey);
+  
+  void CloseProbeMap(morkEnv* ev); // called by 
+  
+public: // dynamic type identification
+  mork_bool IsProbeMap() const
+  { return IsNode() && mNode_Derived == morkDerived_kProbeMap; }
+// } ===== end morkNode methods =====
+
+public: // typesafe refcounting inlines calling inherited morkNode methods
+  static void SlotWeakMap(morkMap* me,
+    morkEnv* ev, morkMap** ioSlot)
+  { morkNode::SlotWeakNode((morkNode*) me, ev, (morkNode**) ioSlot); }
+  
+  static void SlotStrongMap(morkMap* me,
+    morkEnv* ev, morkMap** ioSlot)
+  { morkNode::SlotStrongNode((morkNode*) me, ev, (morkNode**) ioSlot); }
+};
+
+/*============================================================================*/
+/* morkProbeMapIter */
+
+#define morkProbeMapIter_kBeforeIx ((mork_i4) -1) /* before first member */
+#define morkProbeMapIter_kAfterIx  ((mork_i4) -2) /* after last member */
+
+class morkProbeMapIter {
+
+protected:
+  morkProbeMap* sProbeMapIter_Map;      // nonref
+  mork_num      sProbeMapIter_Seed;     // iter's cached copy of map's seed
+  
+  mork_i4       sProbeMapIter_HereIx;
+  
+  mork_change   sProbeMapIter_Change;   // morkMapIter API simulation dummy
+  mork_u1       sProbeMapIter_Pad[ 3 ]; // for u4 alignment
+  
+public:
+  morkProbeMapIter(morkEnv* ev, morkProbeMap* ioMap);
+  void CloseMapIter(morkEnv* ev);
+ 
+  morkProbeMapIter( ); // zero most slots; caller must call InitProbeMapIter()
+
+protected: // protected so subclasses must provide suitable typesafe inlines:
+
+  void InitProbeMapIter(morkEnv* ev, morkProbeMap* ioMap);
+   
+  void InitMapIter(morkEnv* ev, morkProbeMap* ioMap) // morkMapIter compatibility
+  { this->InitProbeMapIter(ev, ioMap); }
+   
+  mork_bool IterFirst(morkEnv* ev, void* outKey, void* outVal);
+  mork_bool IterNext(morkEnv* ev, void* outKey, void* outVal);
+  mork_bool IterHere(morkEnv* ev, void* outKey, void* outVal);
+   
+  // NOTE: the following methods ONLY work for sMap_ValIsIP pointer values.
+  // (Note the implied assumption that zero is never a good value pattern.)
+  
+  void*     IterFirstVal(morkEnv* ev, void* outKey);
+  // equivalent to { void* v=0; this->IterFirst(ev, outKey, &v); return v; }
+  
+  void*     IterNextVal(morkEnv* ev, void* outKey);
+  // equivalent to { void* v=0; this->IterNext(ev, outKey, &v); return v; }
+
+  void*     IterHereVal(morkEnv* ev, void* outKey);
+  // equivalent to { void* v=0; this->IterHere(ev, outKey, &v); return v; }
+
+  // NOTE: the following methods ONLY work for sMap_KeyIsIP pointer values.
+  // (Note the implied assumption that zero is never a good key pattern.)
+  
+  void*     IterFirstKey(morkEnv* ev);
+  // equivalent to { void* k=0; this->IterFirst(ev, &k, 0); return k; }
+  
+  void*     IterNextKey(morkEnv* ev);
+  // equivalent to { void* k=0; this->IterNext(ev, &k, 0); return k; }
+
+  void*     IterHereKey(morkEnv* ev);
+  // equivalent to { void* k=0; this->IterHere(ev, &k, 0); return k; }
+
+public: // simulation of the morkMapIter API for morkMap compatibility:  
+  mork_change* First(morkEnv* ev, void* outKey, void* outVal);
+  mork_change* Next(morkEnv* ev, void* outKey, void* outVal);
+  mork_change* Here(morkEnv* ev, void* outKey, void* outVal);
+  
+  mork_change* CutHere(morkEnv* ev, void* outKey, void* outVal);
+};
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+#endif /* _MORKPROBEMAP_ */
diff --git a/db/mork/src/morkQuickSort.cpp b/db/mork/src/morkQuickSort.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c0a4c11d0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/db/mork/src/morkQuickSort.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,187 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 8; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1992, 1993
+ *  The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+/* We need this because Solaris' version of qsort is broken and
+ * causes array bounds reads.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MDB_
+#include "mdb.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORK_
+#include "mork.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKQUICKSORT_
+#include "morkQuickSort.h"
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(DEBUG) && (defined(__cplusplus) || defined(__gcc))
+# ifndef INLINE
+#  define INLINE inline
+# endif
+#else
+# define INLINE
+#endif
+
+static INLINE mork_u1*
+morkQS_med3(mork_u1 *, mork_u1 *, mork_u1 *, mdbAny_Order, void *);
+
+static INLINE void
+morkQS_swapfunc(mork_u1 *, mork_u1 *, int, int);
+
+/*
+ * Qsort routine from Bentley & McIlroy's "Engineering a Sort Function".
+ */
+#define morkQS_swapcode(TYPE, parmi, parmj, n) {     \
+  long i = (n) / sizeof (TYPE);       \
+  TYPE *pi = (TYPE *) (parmi);     \
+  TYPE *pj = (TYPE *) (parmj);     \
+  do {             \
+    TYPE  t = *pi;    \
+    *pi++ = *pj;        \
+    *pj++ = t;        \
+        } while (--i > 0);        \
+}
+
+#define morkQS_SwapInit(a, es) swaptype = (a - (mork_u1 *)0) % sizeof(long) || \
+  es % sizeof(long) ? 2 : es == sizeof(long)? 0 : 1;
+
+static INLINE void
+morkQS_swapfunc(mork_u1* a, mork_u1* b, int n, int swaptype)
+{
+  if(swaptype <= 1)
+    morkQS_swapcode(long, a, b, n)
+  else
+    morkQS_swapcode(mork_u1, a, b, n)
+}
+
+#define morkQS_swap(a, b)          \
+  if (swaptype == 0) {        \
+    long t = *(long *)(a);      \
+    *(long *)(a) = *(long *)(b);    \
+    *(long *)(b) = t;      \
+  } else            \
+    morkQS_swapfunc(a, b, (int)inSize, swaptype)
+
+#define morkQS_vecswap(a, b, n)   if ((n) > 0) morkQS_swapfunc(a, b, (int)n, swaptype)
+
+static INLINE mork_u1 *
+morkQS_med3(mork_u1* a, mork_u1* b, mork_u1* c, mdbAny_Order cmp, void* closure)
+{
+  return (*cmp)(a, b, closure) < 0 ?
+    ((*cmp)(b, c, closure) < 0 ? b : ((*cmp)(a, c, closure) < 0 ? c : a ))
+      :((*cmp)(b, c, closure) > 0 ? b : ((*cmp)(a, c, closure) < 0 ? a : c ));
+}
+
+#define morkQS_MIN(x,y)     ((x)<(y)?(x):(y))
+
+void
+morkQuickSort(mork_u1* ioVec, mork_u4 inCount, mork_u4 inSize,
+  mdbAny_Order inOrder, void* ioClosure)
+{
+  mork_u1* pa, *pb, *pc, *pd, *pl, *pm, *pn;
+  int d, r, swaptype, swap_cnt;
+
+tailCall:  morkQS_SwapInit(ioVec, inSize);
+  swap_cnt = 0;
+  if (inCount < 7) {
+    for (pm = ioVec + inSize; pm < ioVec + inCount * inSize; pm += inSize)
+      for (pl = pm; pl > ioVec && (*inOrder)(pl - inSize, pl, ioClosure) > 0;
+           pl -= inSize)
+        morkQS_swap(pl, pl - inSize);
+    return;
+  }
+  pm = ioVec + (inCount / 2) * inSize;
+  if (inCount > 7) {
+    pl = ioVec;
+    pn = ioVec + (inCount - 1) * inSize;
+    if (inCount > 40) {
+      d = (inCount / 8) * inSize;
+      pl = morkQS_med3(pl, pl + d, pl + 2 * d, inOrder, ioClosure);
+      pm = morkQS_med3(pm - d, pm, pm + d, inOrder, ioClosure);
+      pn = morkQS_med3(pn - 2 * d, pn - d, pn, inOrder, ioClosure);
+    }
+    pm = morkQS_med3(pl, pm, pn, inOrder, ioClosure);
+  }
+  morkQS_swap(ioVec, pm);
+  pa = pb = ioVec + inSize;
+
+  pc = pd = ioVec + (inCount - 1) * inSize;
+  for (;;) {
+    while (pb <= pc && (r = (*inOrder)(pb, ioVec, ioClosure)) <= 0) {
+      if (r == 0) {
+        swap_cnt = 1;
+        morkQS_swap(pa, pb);
+        pa += inSize;
+      }
+      pb += inSize;
+    }
+    while (pb <= pc && (r = (*inOrder)(pc, ioVec, ioClosure)) >= 0) {
+      if (r == 0) {
+        swap_cnt = 1;
+        morkQS_swap(pc, pd);
+        pd -= inSize;
+      }
+      pc -= inSize;
+    }
+    if (pb > pc)
+      break;
+    morkQS_swap(pb, pc);
+    swap_cnt = 1;
+    pb += inSize;
+    pc -= inSize;
+  }
+  if (swap_cnt == 0) {  /* Switch to insertion sort */
+    for (pm = ioVec + inSize; pm < ioVec + inCount * inSize; pm += inSize)
+      for (pl = pm; pl > ioVec && (*inOrder)(pl - inSize, pl, ioClosure) > 0;
+           pl -= inSize)
+        morkQS_swap(pl, pl - inSize);
+    return;
+  }
+
+  pn = ioVec + inCount * inSize;
+  r = morkQS_MIN(pa - ioVec, pb - pa);
+  morkQS_vecswap(ioVec, pb - r, r);
+  r = morkQS_MIN(pd - pc, (int)(pn - pd - inSize));
+  morkQS_vecswap(pb, pn - r, r);
+  if ((r = pb - pa) > (int)inSize)
+        morkQuickSort(ioVec, r / inSize, inSize, inOrder, ioClosure);
+  if ((r = pd - pc) > (int)inSize) {
+    /* Iterate rather than recurse to save stack space */
+    ioVec = pn - r;
+    inCount = r / inSize;
+    goto tailCall;
+  }
+/*    morkQuickSort(pn - r, r / inSize, inSize, inOrder, ioClosure);*/
+}
+
diff --git a/db/mork/src/morkQuickSort.h b/db/mork/src/morkQuickSort.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a9c2e5546
--- /dev/null
+++ b/db/mork/src/morkQuickSort.h
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-  */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _MORKQUICKSORT_
+#define _MORKQUICKSORT_ 1
+
+#ifndef _MDB_
+#include "mdb.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORK_
+#include "mork.h"
+#endif
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+extern void
+morkQuickSort(mork_u1* ioVec, mork_u4 inCount, mork_u4 inSize,
+  mdbAny_Order inOrder, void* ioClosure);
+ 
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+#endif /* _MORKQUICKSORT_ */
diff --git a/db/mork/src/morkRow.cpp b/db/mork/src/morkRow.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ede1bf646
--- /dev/null
+++ b/db/mork/src/morkRow.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,933 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-  */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _MDB_
+#include "mdb.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORK_
+#include "mork.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKNODE_
+#include "morkNode.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKROW_
+#include "morkRow.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKENV_
+#include "morkEnv.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKROWSPACE_
+#include "morkRowSpace.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKPOOL_
+#include "morkPool.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKROWOBJECT_
+#include "morkRowObject.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKCELLOBJECT_
+#include "morkCellObject.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKCELL_
+#include "morkCell.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKSTORE_
+#include "morkStore.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKROWCELLCURSOR_
+#include "morkRowCellCursor.h"
+#endif
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+
+// notifications regarding row changes:
+
+void morkRow::NoteRowAddCol(morkEnv* ev, mork_column inColumn)
+{
+  if ( !this->IsRowRewrite() )
+  {
+    mork_delta newDelta;
+    morkDelta_Init(newDelta, inColumn, morkChange_kAdd);
+    
+    if ( newDelta != mRow_Delta ) // not repeating existing data?
+    {
+      if ( this->HasRowDelta() ) // already have one change recorded?
+        this->SetRowRewrite(); // just plan to write all row cells
+      else
+        this->SetRowDelta(inColumn, morkChange_kAdd);
+    }
+  }
+  else
+    this->ClearRowDelta();
+}
+
+void morkRow::NoteRowCutCol(morkEnv* ev, mork_column inColumn)
+{
+  if ( !this->IsRowRewrite() )
+  {
+    mork_delta newDelta;
+    morkDelta_Init(newDelta, inColumn, morkChange_kCut);
+    
+    if ( newDelta != mRow_Delta ) // not repeating existing data?
+    {
+      if ( this->HasRowDelta() ) // already have one change recorded?
+        this->SetRowRewrite(); // just plan to write all row cells
+      else
+        this->SetRowDelta(inColumn, morkChange_kCut);
+    }
+  }
+  else
+    this->ClearRowDelta();
+}
+
+void morkRow::NoteRowSetCol(morkEnv* ev, mork_column inColumn)
+{
+  if ( !this->IsRowRewrite() )
+  {
+    if ( this->HasRowDelta() ) // already have one change recorded?
+      this->SetRowRewrite(); // just plan to write all row cells
+    else
+      this->SetRowDelta(inColumn, morkChange_kSet);
+  }
+  else
+    this->ClearRowDelta();
+}
+
+void morkRow::NoteRowSetAll(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  this->SetRowRewrite(); // just plan to write all row cells
+  this->ClearRowDelta();
+}
+
+mork_u2
+morkRow::AddRowGcUse(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  if ( this->IsRow() )
+  {
+    if ( mRow_GcUses < morkRow_kMaxGcUses ) // not already maxed out?
+      ++mRow_GcUses;
+  }
+  else
+    this->NonRowTypeError(ev);
+    
+  return mRow_GcUses;
+}
+
+mork_u2
+morkRow::CutRowGcUse(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  if ( this->IsRow() )
+  {
+    if ( mRow_GcUses ) // any outstanding uses to cut?
+    {
+      if ( mRow_GcUses < morkRow_kMaxGcUses ) // not frozen at max?
+        --mRow_GcUses;
+    }
+    else
+      this->GcUsesUnderflowWarning(ev);
+  }
+  else
+    this->NonRowTypeError(ev);
+    
+  return mRow_GcUses;
+}
+
+/*static*/ void
+morkRow::GcUsesUnderflowWarning(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  ev->NewWarning("mRow_GcUses underflow");
+}
+
+
+/*static*/ void
+morkRow::NonRowTypeError(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  ev->NewError("non morkRow");
+}
+
+/*static*/ void
+morkRow::NonRowTypeWarning(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  ev->NewWarning("non morkRow");
+}
+
+/*static*/ void
+morkRow::LengthBeyondMaxError(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  ev->NewError("mRow_Length over max");
+}
+
+/*static*/ void
+morkRow::ZeroColumnError(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  ev->NewError(" zero mork_column");
+}
+
+/*static*/ void
+morkRow::NilCellsError(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  ev->NewError("nil mRow_Cells");
+}
+
+void
+morkRow::InitRow(morkEnv* ev, const mdbOid* inOid, morkRowSpace* ioSpace,
+  mork_size inLength, morkPool* ioPool)
+  // if inLength is nonzero, cells will be allocated from ioPool
+{
+  if ( ioSpace && ioPool && inOid )
+  {
+    if ( inLength <= morkRow_kMaxLength )
+    {
+      if ( inOid->mOid_Id != morkRow_kMinusOneRid )
+      {
+        mRow_Space = ioSpace;
+        mRow_Object = 0;
+        mRow_Cells = 0;
+        mRow_Oid = *inOid;
+
+        mRow_Length = (mork_u2) inLength;
+        mRow_Seed = (mork_u2) (mork_ip) this; // "random" assignment
+
+        mRow_GcUses = 0;
+        mRow_Pad = 0;
+        mRow_Flags = 0;
+        mRow_Tag = morkRow_kTag;
+        
+        morkZone* zone = &ioSpace->mSpace_Store->mStore_Zone;
+
+        if ( inLength )
+          mRow_Cells = ioPool->NewCells(ev, inLength, zone);
+
+        if ( this->MaybeDirtySpaceStoreAndRow() ) // new row might dirty store
+        {
+          this->SetRowRewrite();
+          this->NoteRowSetAll(ev);
+        }
+      }
+      else
+        ioSpace->MinusOneRidError(ev);
+    }
+    else
+      this->LengthBeyondMaxError(ev);
+  }
+  else
+    ev->NilPointerError();
+}
+
+morkRowObject*
+morkRow::AcquireRowObject(morkEnv* ev, morkStore* ioStore)
+{
+  morkRowObject* ro = mRow_Object;
+  if ( ro ) // need new row object?
+    ro->AddRef();
+  else
+  {
+    nsIMdbHeap* heap = ioStore->mPort_Heap;
+    ro = new(*heap, ev)
+      morkRowObject(ev, morkUsage::kHeap, heap, this, ioStore);
+    if ( !ro )
+      return (morkRowObject*) 0;
+
+    morkRowObject::SlotWeakRowObject(ro, ev, &mRow_Object);
+    ro->AddRef();
+  }
+  return ro;
+}
+
+nsIMdbRow*
+morkRow::AcquireRowHandle(morkEnv* ev, morkStore* ioStore)
+{
+  return AcquireRowObject(ev, ioStore);
+}
+
+nsIMdbCell*
+morkRow::AcquireCellHandle(morkEnv* ev, morkCell* ioCell,
+  mdb_column inCol, mork_pos inPos)
+{
+  nsIMdbHeap* heap = ev->mEnv_Heap;
+  morkCellObject* cellObj = new(*heap, ev)
+    morkCellObject(ev, morkUsage::kHeap, heap, this, ioCell, inCol, inPos);
+  if ( cellObj )
+  {
+    nsIMdbCell* cellHandle = cellObj->AcquireCellHandle(ev);
+//    cellObj->CutStrongRef(ev->AsMdbEnv());
+    return cellHandle;
+  }
+  return (nsIMdbCell*) 0;
+}
+
+mork_count
+morkRow::CountOverlap(morkEnv* ev, morkCell* ioVector, mork_fill inFill)
+  // Count cells in ioVector that change existing cells in this row when
+  // ioVector is added to the row (as in TakeCells()).   This is the set
+  // of cells with the same columns in ioVector and mRow_Cells, which do
+  // not have exactly the same value in mCell_Atom, and which do not both
+  // have change status equal to morkChange_kCut (because cutting a cut
+  // cell still yields a cell that has been cut).  CountOverlap() also
+  // modifies the change attribute of any cell in ioVector to kDup when
+  // the change was previously kCut and the same column cell was found
+  // in this row with change also equal to kCut; this tells callers later
+  // they need not look for that cell in the row again on a second pass.
+{
+  mork_count outCount = 0;
+  mork_pos pos = 0; // needed by GetCell()
+  morkCell* cells = ioVector;
+  morkCell* end = cells + inFill;
+  --cells; // prepare for preincrement
+  while ( ++cells < end && ev->Good() )
+  {
+    mork_column col = cells->GetColumn();
+    
+    morkCell* old = this->GetCell(ev, col, &pos);
+    if ( old ) // same column?
+    {
+      mork_change newChg = cells->GetChange();
+      mork_change oldChg = old->GetChange();
+      if ( newChg != morkChange_kCut || oldChg != newChg ) // not cut+cut?
+      {
+        if ( cells->mCell_Atom != old->mCell_Atom ) // not same atom?
+          ++outCount; // cells will replace old significantly when added
+      }
+      else
+        cells->SetColumnAndChange(col, morkChange_kDup); // note dup status
+    }
+  }
+  return outCount;
+}
+
+void
+morkRow::MergeCells(morkEnv* ev, morkCell* ioVector,
+  mork_fill inVecLength, mork_fill inOldRowFill, mork_fill inOverlap)
+  // MergeCells() is the part of TakeCells() that does the insertion.
+  // inOldRowFill is the old value of mRow_Length, and inOverlap is the
+  // number of cells in the intersection that must be updated.
+{
+  morkCell* newCells = mRow_Cells + inOldRowFill; // 1st new cell in row
+  morkCell* newEnd = newCells + mRow_Length; // one past last cell
+
+  morkCell* srcCells = ioVector;
+  morkCell* srcEnd = srcCells + inVecLength;
+  
+  --srcCells; // prepare for preincrement
+  while ( ++srcCells < srcEnd && ev->Good() )
+  {
+    mork_change srcChg = srcCells->GetChange();
+    if ( srcChg != morkChange_kDup ) // anything to be done?
+    {
+      morkCell* dstCell = 0;
+      if ( inOverlap )
+      {
+        mork_pos pos = 0; // needed by GetCell()
+        dstCell = this->GetCell(ev, srcCells->GetColumn(), &pos);
+      }
+      if ( dstCell )
+      {
+        --inOverlap; // one fewer intersections to resolve
+        // swap the atoms in the cells to avoid ref counting here:
+        morkAtom* dstAtom = dstCell->mCell_Atom;
+        *dstCell = *srcCells; // bitwise copy, taking src atom
+        srcCells->mCell_Atom = dstAtom; // forget cell ref, if any
+      }
+      else if ( newCells < newEnd ) // another new cell exists?
+      {
+        dstCell = newCells++; // alloc another new cell
+        // take atom from source cell, transferring ref to this row:
+        *dstCell = *srcCells; // bitwise copy, taking src atom
+        srcCells->mCell_Atom = 0; // forget cell ref, if any
+      }
+      else // oops, we ran out...
+        ev->NewError("out of new cells");
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+void
+morkRow::TakeCells(morkEnv* ev, morkCell* ioVector, mork_fill inVecLength,
+  morkStore* ioStore)
+{
+  if ( ioVector && inVecLength && ev->Good() )
+  {
+    ++mRow_Seed; // intend to change structure of mRow_Cells
+    mork_size length = (mork_size) mRow_Length;
+    
+    mork_count overlap = this->CountOverlap(ev, ioVector, inVecLength);
+
+    mork_size growth = inVecLength - overlap; // cells to add
+    mork_size newLength = length + growth;
+    
+    if ( growth && ev->Good() ) // need to add any cells?
+    {
+      morkZone* zone = &ioStore->mStore_Zone;
+      morkPool* pool = ioStore->StorePool();
+      if ( !pool->AddRowCells(ev, this, length + growth, zone) )
+        ev->NewError("cannot take cells");
+    }
+    if ( ev->Good() )
+    {
+      if ( mRow_Length >= newLength )
+        this->MergeCells(ev, ioVector, inVecLength, length, overlap);
+      else
+        ev->NewError("not enough new cells");
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+mork_bool morkRow::MaybeDirtySpaceStoreAndRow()
+{
+  morkRowSpace* rowSpace = mRow_Space;
+  if ( rowSpace )
+  {
+    morkStore* store = rowSpace->mSpace_Store;
+    if ( store && store->mStore_CanDirty )
+    {
+      store->SetStoreDirty();
+      rowSpace->mSpace_CanDirty = morkBool_kTrue;
+    }
+    
+    if ( rowSpace->mSpace_CanDirty )
+    {
+      this->SetRowDirty();
+      rowSpace->SetRowSpaceDirty();
+      return morkBool_kTrue;
+    }
+  }
+  return morkBool_kFalse;
+}
+
+morkCell*
+morkRow::NewCell(morkEnv* ev, mdb_column inColumn,
+  mork_pos* outPos, morkStore* ioStore)
+{
+  ++mRow_Seed; // intend to change structure of mRow_Cells
+  mork_size length = (mork_size) mRow_Length;
+  *outPos = (mork_pos) length;
+  morkPool* pool = ioStore->StorePool();
+  morkZone* zone = &ioStore->mStore_Zone;
+  
+  mork_bool canDirty = this->MaybeDirtySpaceStoreAndRow();
+  
+  if ( pool->AddRowCells(ev, this, length + 1, zone) )
+  {
+    morkCell* cell = mRow_Cells + length;
+    // next line equivalent to inline morkCell::SetCellDirty():
+    if ( canDirty )
+      cell->SetCellColumnDirty(inColumn);
+    else
+      cell->SetCellColumnClean(inColumn);
+      
+    if ( canDirty && !this->IsRowRewrite() )
+      this->NoteRowAddCol(ev, inColumn);
+      
+    return cell;
+  }
+    
+  return (morkCell*) 0;
+}
+
+
+
+void morkRow::SeekColumn(morkEnv* ev, mdb_pos inPos, 
+  mdb_column* outColumn, mdbYarn* outYarn)
+{
+  morkCell* cells = mRow_Cells;
+  if ( cells && inPos < mRow_Length && inPos >= 0 )
+  {
+    morkCell* c = cells + inPos;
+    if ( outColumn )
+    	*outColumn = c->GetColumn();
+    if ( outYarn )
+    	c->mCell_Atom->GetYarn(outYarn); // nil atom works okay here
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    if ( outColumn )
+    	*outColumn = 0;
+    if ( outYarn )
+    	((morkAtom*) 0)->GetYarn(outYarn); // yes this will work
+  }
+}
+
+void
+morkRow::NextColumn(morkEnv* ev, mdb_column* ioColumn, mdbYarn* outYarn)
+{
+  morkCell* cells = mRow_Cells;
+  if ( cells )
+  {
+  	mork_column last = 0;
+  	mork_column inCol = *ioColumn;
+    morkCell* end = cells + mRow_Length;
+    while ( cells < end )
+    {
+      if ( inCol == last ) // found column?
+      {
+		    if ( outYarn )
+		    	cells->mCell_Atom->GetYarn(outYarn); // nil atom works okay here
+        *ioColumn = cells->GetColumn();
+        return;  // stop, we are done
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        last = cells->GetColumn();
+        ++cells;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+	*ioColumn = 0;
+  if ( outYarn )
+  	((morkAtom*) 0)->GetYarn(outYarn); // yes this will work
+}
+
+morkCell*
+morkRow::CellAt(morkEnv* ev, mork_pos inPos) const
+{
+  MORK_USED_1(ev);
+  morkCell* cells = mRow_Cells;
+  if ( cells && inPos < mRow_Length && inPos >= 0 )
+  {
+    return cells + inPos;
+  }
+  return (morkCell*) 0;
+}
+
+morkCell*
+morkRow::GetCell(morkEnv* ev, mdb_column inColumn, mork_pos* outPos) const
+{
+  MORK_USED_1(ev);
+  morkCell* cells = mRow_Cells;
+  if ( cells )
+  {
+    morkCell* end = cells + mRow_Length;
+    while ( cells < end )
+    {
+      mork_column col = cells->GetColumn();
+      if ( col == inColumn ) // found the desired column?
+      {
+        *outPos = cells - mRow_Cells;
+        return cells;
+      }
+      else
+        ++cells;
+    }
+  }
+  *outPos = -1;
+  return (morkCell*) 0;
+}
+
+mork_aid
+morkRow::GetCellAtomAid(morkEnv* ev, mdb_column inColumn) const
+  // GetCellAtomAid() finds the cell with column inColumn, and sees if the
+  // atom has a token ID, and returns the atom's ID if there is one.  Or
+  // else zero is returned if there is no such column, or no atom, or if
+  // the atom has no ID to return.  This method is intended to support
+  // efficient updating of column indexes for rows in a row space.
+{
+  if (this->IsRow())
+  {
+    morkCell* cells = mRow_Cells;
+    if ( cells )
+    {
+      morkCell* end = cells + mRow_Length;
+      while ( cells < end )
+      {
+        mork_column col = cells->GetColumn();
+        if ( col == inColumn ) // found desired column?
+        {
+          morkAtom* atom = cells->mCell_Atom;
+          if ( atom && atom->IsBook() )
+            return ((morkBookAtom*) atom)->mBookAtom_Id;
+          else
+            return 0;
+        }
+        else
+          ++cells;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  else
+    this->NonRowTypeError(ev);
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+void
+morkRow::EmptyAllCells(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  morkCell* cells = mRow_Cells;
+  if ( cells )
+  {
+    morkStore* store = this->GetRowSpaceStore(ev);
+    if ( store )
+    {
+      if ( this->MaybeDirtySpaceStoreAndRow() )
+      {
+        this->SetRowRewrite();
+        this->NoteRowSetAll(ev);
+      }
+      morkPool* pool = store->StorePool();
+      morkCell* end = cells + mRow_Length;
+      --cells; // prepare for preincrement:
+      while ( ++cells < end )
+      {
+        if ( cells->mCell_Atom )
+          cells->SetAtom(ev, (morkAtom*) 0, pool);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+void 
+morkRow::cut_all_index_entries(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  morkRowSpace* rowSpace = mRow_Space;
+  if ( rowSpace->mRowSpace_IndexCount ) // any indexes?
+  {
+    morkCell* cells = mRow_Cells;
+    if ( cells )
+    {
+      morkCell* end = cells + mRow_Length;
+      --cells; // prepare for preincrement:
+      while ( ++cells < end )
+      {
+        morkAtom* atom = cells->mCell_Atom;
+        if ( atom )
+        {
+          mork_aid atomAid = atom->GetBookAtomAid();
+          if ( atomAid )
+          {
+            mork_column col = cells->GetColumn();
+            morkAtomRowMap* map = rowSpace->FindMap(ev, col);
+            if ( map ) // cut row from index for this column?
+              map->CutAid(ev, atomAid);
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+void
+morkRow::CutAllColumns(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  morkStore* store = this->GetRowSpaceStore(ev);
+  if ( store )
+  {
+    if ( this->MaybeDirtySpaceStoreAndRow() )
+    {
+      this->SetRowRewrite();
+      this->NoteRowSetAll(ev);
+    }
+    morkRowSpace* rowSpace = mRow_Space;
+    if ( rowSpace->mRowSpace_IndexCount ) // any indexes?
+      this->cut_all_index_entries(ev);
+  
+    morkPool* pool = store->StorePool();
+    pool->CutRowCells(ev, this, /*newSize*/ 0, &store->mStore_Zone);
+  }
+}
+
+void
+morkRow::SetRow(morkEnv* ev, const morkRow* inSourceRow)
+{  
+  // note inSourceRow might be in another DB, with a different store...
+  morkStore* store = this->GetRowSpaceStore(ev);
+  morkStore* srcStore = inSourceRow->GetRowSpaceStore(ev);
+  if ( store && srcStore )
+  {
+    if ( this->MaybeDirtySpaceStoreAndRow() )
+    {
+      this->SetRowRewrite();
+      this->NoteRowSetAll(ev);
+    }
+    morkRowSpace* rowSpace = mRow_Space;
+    mork_count indexes = rowSpace->mRowSpace_IndexCount; // any indexes?
+    
+    mork_bool sameStore = ( store == srcStore ); // identical stores?
+    morkPool* pool = store->StorePool();
+    if ( pool->CutRowCells(ev, this, /*newSize*/ 0, &store->mStore_Zone) )
+    {
+      mork_fill fill = inSourceRow->mRow_Length;
+      if ( pool->AddRowCells(ev, this, fill, &store->mStore_Zone) )
+      {
+        morkCell* dst = mRow_Cells;
+        morkCell* dstEnd = dst + mRow_Length;
+        
+        const morkCell* src = inSourceRow->mRow_Cells;
+        const morkCell* srcEnd = src + fill;
+        --dst; --src; // prepare both for preincrement:
+        
+        while ( ++dst < dstEnd && ++src < srcEnd && ev->Good() )
+        {
+          morkAtom* atom = src->mCell_Atom;
+          mork_column dstCol = src->GetColumn();
+          // Note we modify the mCell_Atom slot directly instead of using
+          // morkCell::SetAtom(), because we know it starts equal to nil.
+          
+          if ( sameStore ) // source and dest in same store?
+          {
+            // next line equivalent to inline morkCell::SetCellDirty():
+            dst->SetCellColumnDirty(dstCol);
+            dst->mCell_Atom = atom;
+            if ( atom ) // another ref to non-nil atom?
+              atom->AddCellUse(ev);
+          }
+          else // need to dup items from src store in a dest store
+          {
+            dstCol = store->CopyToken(ev, dstCol, srcStore);
+            if ( dstCol )
+            {
+              // next line equivalent to inline morkCell::SetCellDirty():
+              dst->SetCellColumnDirty(dstCol);
+              atom = store->CopyAtom(ev, atom);
+              dst->mCell_Atom = atom;
+              if ( atom ) // another ref?
+                atom->AddCellUse(ev);
+            }
+          }
+          if ( indexes && atom )
+          {
+            mork_aid atomAid = atom->GetBookAtomAid();
+            if ( atomAid )
+            {
+              morkAtomRowMap* map = rowSpace->FindMap(ev, dstCol);
+              if ( map )
+                map->AddAid(ev, atomAid, this);
+            }
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+void
+morkRow::AddRow(morkEnv* ev, const morkRow* inSourceRow)
+{
+  if ( mRow_Length ) // any existing cells we might need to keep?
+  {
+    ev->StubMethodOnlyError();
+  }
+  else
+    this->SetRow(ev, inSourceRow); // just exactly duplicate inSourceRow
+}
+
+void
+morkRow::OnZeroRowGcUse(morkEnv* ev)
+// OnZeroRowGcUse() is called when CutRowGcUse() returns zero.
+{
+  MORK_USED_1(ev);
+  // ev->NewWarning("need to implement OnZeroRowGcUse");
+}
+
+void
+morkRow::DirtyAllRowContent(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  MORK_USED_1(ev);
+
+  if ( this->MaybeDirtySpaceStoreAndRow() )
+  {
+    this->SetRowRewrite();
+    this->NoteRowSetAll(ev);
+  }
+  morkCell* cells = mRow_Cells;
+  if ( cells )
+  {
+    morkCell* end = cells + mRow_Length;
+    --cells; // prepare for preincrement:
+    while ( ++cells < end )
+    {
+      cells->SetCellDirty();
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+morkStore*
+morkRow::GetRowSpaceStore(morkEnv* ev) const
+{
+  morkRowSpace* rowSpace = mRow_Space;
+  if ( rowSpace )
+  {
+    morkStore* store = rowSpace->mSpace_Store;
+    if ( store )
+    {
+      if ( store->IsStore() )
+      {
+        return store;
+      }
+      else
+        store->NonStoreTypeError(ev);
+    }
+    else
+      ev->NilPointerError();
+  }
+  else
+    ev->NilPointerError();
+    
+  return (morkStore*) 0;
+}
+
+void morkRow::CutColumn(morkEnv* ev, mdb_column inColumn)
+{
+  mork_pos pos = -1;
+  morkCell* cell = this->GetCell(ev, inColumn, &pos);
+  if ( cell ) 
+  {
+    morkStore* store = this->GetRowSpaceStore(ev);
+    if ( store )
+    {
+      if ( this->MaybeDirtySpaceStoreAndRow() && !this->IsRowRewrite() )
+        this->NoteRowCutCol(ev, inColumn);
+        
+      morkRowSpace* rowSpace = mRow_Space;
+      morkAtomRowMap* map = ( rowSpace->mRowSpace_IndexCount )?
+        rowSpace->FindMap(ev, inColumn) : (morkAtomRowMap*) 0;
+      if ( map ) // this row attribute is indexed by row space?
+      {
+        morkAtom* oldAtom = cell->mCell_Atom;
+        if ( oldAtom ) // need to cut an entry from the index?
+        {
+          mork_aid oldAid = oldAtom->GetBookAtomAid();
+          if ( oldAid ) // cut old row attribute from row index in space?
+            map->CutAid(ev, oldAid);
+        }
+      }
+      
+      morkPool* pool = store->StorePool();
+      cell->SetAtom(ev, (morkAtom*) 0, pool);
+      
+      mork_fill fill = mRow_Length; // should not be zero
+      MORK_ASSERT(fill);
+      if ( fill ) // index < fill for last cell exists?
+      {
+        mork_fill last = fill - 1; // index of last cell in row
+        
+        if ( pos < (mork_pos)last ) // need to move cells following cut cell?
+        {
+          morkCell* lastCell = mRow_Cells + last;
+          mork_count after = last - pos; // cell count after cut cell
+          morkCell* next = cell + 1; // next cell after cut cell
+          MORK_MEMMOVE(cell, next, after * sizeof(morkCell));
+          lastCell->SetColumnAndChange(0, 0);
+          lastCell->mCell_Atom = 0;
+        }
+        
+        if ( ev->Good() )
+          pool->CutRowCells(ev, this, fill - 1, &store->mStore_Zone);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+morkAtom* morkRow::GetColumnAtom(morkEnv* ev, mdb_column inColumn)
+{
+  if ( ev->Good() )
+  {
+    mork_pos pos = -1;
+    morkCell* cell = this->GetCell(ev, inColumn, &pos);
+    if ( cell )
+    	return cell->mCell_Atom;
+  }
+  return (morkAtom*) 0;
+}
+
+void morkRow::AddColumn(morkEnv* ev, mdb_column inColumn,
+  const mdbYarn* inYarn, morkStore* ioStore)
+{
+  if ( ev->Good() )
+  {
+    mork_pos pos = -1;
+    morkCell* cell = this->GetCell(ev, inColumn, &pos);
+    morkCell* oldCell = cell; // need to know later whether new
+    if ( !cell ) // column does not yet exist?
+      cell = this->NewCell(ev, inColumn, &pos, ioStore);
+    
+    if ( cell )
+    {
+      morkAtom* oldAtom = cell->mCell_Atom;
+
+      morkAtom* atom = ioStore->YarnToAtom(ev, inYarn, true /* create */);
+      if ( atom && atom != oldAtom )
+      {
+        morkRowSpace* rowSpace = mRow_Space;
+        morkAtomRowMap* map = ( rowSpace->mRowSpace_IndexCount )?
+          rowSpace->FindMap(ev, inColumn) : (morkAtomRowMap*) 0;
+        
+        if ( map ) // inColumn is indexed by row space?
+        {
+          if ( oldAtom && oldAtom != atom ) // cut old cell from index?
+          {
+            mork_aid oldAid = oldAtom->GetBookAtomAid();
+            if ( oldAid ) // cut old row attribute from row index in space?
+              map->CutAid(ev, oldAid);
+          }
+        }
+        
+        cell->SetAtom(ev, atom, ioStore->StorePool()); // refcounts atom
+
+        if ( oldCell ) // we changed a pre-existing cell in the row?
+        {
+          ++mRow_Seed;
+          if ( this->MaybeDirtySpaceStoreAndRow() && !this->IsRowRewrite() )
+            this->NoteRowAddCol(ev, inColumn);
+        }
+
+        if ( map ) // inColumn is indexed by row space?
+        {
+          mork_aid newAid = atom->GetBookAtomAid();
+          if ( newAid ) // add new row attribute to row index in space?
+            map->AddAid(ev, newAid, this);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+morkRowCellCursor*
+morkRow::NewRowCellCursor(morkEnv* ev, mdb_pos inPos)
+{
+  morkRowCellCursor* outCursor = 0;
+  if ( ev->Good() )
+  {
+    morkStore* store = this->GetRowSpaceStore(ev);
+    if ( store )
+    {
+      morkRowObject* rowObj = this->AcquireRowObject(ev, store);
+      if ( rowObj )
+      {
+        nsIMdbHeap* heap = store->mPort_Heap;
+        morkRowCellCursor* cursor = new(*heap, ev)
+          morkRowCellCursor(ev, morkUsage::kHeap, heap, rowObj);
+         
+        if ( cursor )
+        {
+          if ( ev->Good() )
+          {
+            cursor->mRowCellCursor_Col = inPos;
+            outCursor = cursor;
+          }
+          else
+            cursor->CutStrongRef(ev->mEnv_SelfAsMdbEnv);
+        }
+        rowObj->Release(); // always cut ref (cursor has its own)
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return outCursor;
+}
+
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
diff --git a/db/mork/src/morkRow.h b/db/mork/src/morkRow.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..31fa20609
--- /dev/null
+++ b/db/mork/src/morkRow.h
@@ -0,0 +1,226 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-  */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _MORKROW_
+#define _MORKROW_ 1
+
+#ifndef _MORK_
+#include "mork.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKCELL_
+#include "morkCell.h"
+#endif
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+class nsIMdbRow;
+class nsIMdbCell;
+#define morkDerived_kRow  /*i*/ 0x5277 /* ascii 'Rw' */
+
+#define morkRow_kMaxGcUses 0x0FF /* max for 8-bit unsigned int */
+#define morkRow_kMaxLength 0x0FFFF /* max for 16-bit unsigned int */
+#define morkRow_kMinusOneRid ((mork_rid) -1)
+
+#define morkRow_kTag 'r' /* magic signature for mRow_Tag */
+
+#define morkRow_kNotedBit   ((mork_u1) (1 << 0)) /* space has change notes */
+#define morkRow_kRewriteBit ((mork_u1) (1 << 1)) /* must rewrite all cells */
+#define morkRow_kDirtyBit   ((mork_u1) (1 << 2)) /* row has been changed */
+
+class morkRow{ // row of cells
+
+public: // state is public because the entire Mork system is private
+
+  morkRowSpace*   mRow_Space;  // mRow_Space->SpaceScope() is the row scope 
+  morkRowObject*  mRow_Object; // refcount & other state for object sharing
+  morkCell*       mRow_Cells;
+  mdbOid          mRow_Oid;
+  
+  mork_delta      mRow_Delta;   // space to note a single column change
+
+  mork_u2         mRow_Length;     // physical count of cells in mRow_Cells 
+  mork_u2         mRow_Seed;       // count changes in mRow_Cells structure
+
+  mork_u1         mRow_GcUses;  // persistent references from tables
+  mork_u1         mRow_Pad;     // for u1 alignment
+  mork_u1         mRow_Flags;   // one-byte flags slot
+  mork_u1         mRow_Tag;     // one-byte tag (need u4 alignment pad)
+
+public: // interpreting mRow_Delta
+  
+  mork_bool HasRowDelta() const { return ( mRow_Delta != 0 ); }
+  
+  void ClearRowDelta() { mRow_Delta = 0; }
+  
+  void SetRowDelta(mork_column inCol, mork_change inChange)
+  { morkDelta_Init(mRow_Delta, inCol, inChange); }
+  
+  mork_column  GetDeltaColumn() const { return morkDelta_Column(mRow_Delta); }
+  mork_change  GetDeltaChange() const { return morkDelta_Change(mRow_Delta); }
+
+public: // noting row changes
+
+  void NoteRowSetAll(morkEnv* ev);
+  void NoteRowSetCol(morkEnv* ev, mork_column inCol);
+  void NoteRowAddCol(morkEnv* ev, mork_column inCol);
+  void NoteRowCutCol(morkEnv* ev, mork_column inCol);
+
+public: // flags bit twiddling
+
+  void SetRowNoted() { mRow_Flags |= morkRow_kNotedBit; }
+  void SetRowRewrite() { mRow_Flags |= morkRow_kRewriteBit; }
+  void SetRowDirty() { mRow_Flags |= morkRow_kDirtyBit; }
+
+  void ClearRowNoted() { mRow_Flags &= (mork_u1) ~morkRow_kNotedBit; }
+  void ClearRowRewrite() { mRow_Flags &= (mork_u1) ~morkRow_kRewriteBit; }
+  void SetRowClean() { mRow_Flags = 0; mRow_Delta = 0; }
+  
+  mork_bool IsRowNoted() const
+  { return ( mRow_Flags & morkRow_kNotedBit ) != 0; }
+  
+  mork_bool IsRowRewrite() const
+  { return ( mRow_Flags & morkRow_kRewriteBit ) != 0; }
+   
+  mork_bool IsRowClean() const
+  { return ( mRow_Flags & morkRow_kDirtyBit ) == 0; }
+  
+  mork_bool IsRowDirty() const
+  { return ( mRow_Flags & morkRow_kDirtyBit ) != 0; }
+  
+  mork_bool IsRowUsed() const
+  { return mRow_GcUses != 0; }
+
+public: // other row methods
+  morkRow( ) { }
+  morkRow(const mdbOid* inOid) :mRow_Oid(*inOid) { }
+  void InitRow(morkEnv* ev, const mdbOid* inOid, morkRowSpace* ioSpace,
+    mork_size inLength, morkPool* ioPool);
+    // if inLength is nonzero, cells will be allocated from ioPool
+
+  morkRowObject* AcquireRowObject(morkEnv* ev, morkStore* ioStore);
+  nsIMdbRow* AcquireRowHandle(morkEnv* ev, morkStore* ioStore);
+  nsIMdbCell* AcquireCellHandle(morkEnv* ev, morkCell* ioCell,
+    mdb_column inColumn, mork_pos inPos);
+  
+  mork_u2 AddRowGcUse(morkEnv* ev);
+  mork_u2 CutRowGcUse(morkEnv* ev);
+
+  
+  mork_bool MaybeDirtySpaceStoreAndRow();
+
+public: // internal row methods
+
+  void cut_all_index_entries(morkEnv* ev);
+
+  // void cut_cell_from_space_index(morkEnv* ev, morkCell* ioCell);
+
+  mork_count CountOverlap(morkEnv* ev, morkCell* ioVector, mork_fill inFill);
+  // Count cells in ioVector that change existing cells in this row when
+  // ioVector is added to the row (as in TakeCells()).   This is the set
+  // of cells with the same columns in ioVector and mRow_Cells, which do
+  // not have exactly the same value in mCell_Atom, and which do not both
+  // have change status equal to morkChange_kCut (because cutting a cut
+  // cell still yields a cell that has been cut).  CountOverlap() also
+  // modifies the change attribute of any cell in ioVector to kDup when
+  // the change was previously kCut and the same column cell was found
+  // in this row with change also equal to kCut; this tells callers later
+  // they need not look for that cell in the row again on a second pass.
+
+  void MergeCells(morkEnv* ev, morkCell* ioVector,
+    mork_fill inVecLength, mork_fill inOldRowFill, mork_fill inOverlap);
+  // MergeCells() is the part of TakeCells() that does the insertion.
+  // inOldRowFill is the old value of mRow_Length, and inOverlap is the
+  // number of cells in the intersection that must be updated.
+
+  void TakeCells(morkEnv* ev, morkCell* ioVector, mork_fill inVecLength,
+    morkStore* ioStore);
+
+  morkCell* NewCell(morkEnv* ev, mdb_column inColumn, mork_pos* outPos,
+    morkStore* ioStore);
+  morkCell* GetCell(morkEnv* ev, mdb_column inColumn, mork_pos* outPos) const;
+  morkCell* CellAt(morkEnv* ev, mork_pos inPos) const;
+
+  mork_aid GetCellAtomAid(morkEnv* ev, mdb_column inColumn) const;
+  // GetCellAtomAid() finds the cell with column inColumn, and sees if the
+  // atom has a token ID, and returns the atom's ID if there is one.  Or
+  // else zero is returned if there is no such column, or no atom, or if
+  // the atom has no ID to return.  This method is intended to support
+  // efficient updating of column indexes for rows in a row space.
+
+public: // external row methods
+
+  void DirtyAllRowContent(morkEnv* ev);
+
+  morkStore* GetRowSpaceStore(morkEnv* ev) const;
+
+  void AddColumn(morkEnv* ev, mdb_column inColumn,
+    const mdbYarn* inYarn, morkStore* ioStore);
+
+  morkAtom* GetColumnAtom(morkEnv* ev, mdb_column inColumn);
+
+  void NextColumn(morkEnv* ev, mdb_column* ioColumn, mdbYarn* outYarn);
+
+  void SeekColumn(morkEnv* ev, mdb_pos inPos, 
+	  mdb_column* outColumn, mdbYarn* outYarn);
+
+  void CutColumn(morkEnv* ev, mdb_column inColumn);
+
+  morkRowCellCursor* NewRowCellCursor(morkEnv* ev, mdb_pos inPos);
+  
+  void EmptyAllCells(morkEnv* ev);
+  void AddRow(morkEnv* ev, const morkRow* inSourceRow);
+  void SetRow(morkEnv* ev, const morkRow* inSourceRow);
+  void CutAllColumns(morkEnv* ev);
+
+  void OnZeroRowGcUse(morkEnv* ev);
+  // OnZeroRowGcUse() is called when CutRowGcUse() returns zero.
+
+public: // dynamic typing
+
+  mork_bool IsRow() const { return mRow_Tag == morkRow_kTag; }
+
+public: // hash and equal
+
+  mork_u4 HashRow() const
+  {
+    return (mRow_Oid.mOid_Scope << 16) ^ mRow_Oid.mOid_Id;
+  }
+
+  mork_bool EqualRow(const morkRow* ioRow) const
+  {
+    return
+    (
+      ( mRow_Oid.mOid_Scope == ioRow->mRow_Oid.mOid_Scope ) 
+      && ( mRow_Oid.mOid_Id == ioRow->mRow_Oid.mOid_Id )
+    );
+  }
+
+  mork_bool EqualOid(const mdbOid* ioOid) const
+  {
+    return
+    (
+      ( mRow_Oid.mOid_Scope == ioOid->mOid_Scope ) 
+      && ( mRow_Oid.mOid_Id == ioOid->mOid_Id )
+    );
+  }
+
+public: // errors
+  static void ZeroColumnError(morkEnv* ev);
+  static void LengthBeyondMaxError(morkEnv* ev);
+  static void NilCellsError(morkEnv* ev);
+  static void NonRowTypeError(morkEnv* ev);
+  static void NonRowTypeWarning(morkEnv* ev);
+  static void GcUsesUnderflowWarning(morkEnv* ev);
+
+private: // copying is not allowed
+  morkRow(const morkRow& other);
+  morkRow& operator=(const morkRow& other);
+};
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+#endif /* _MORKROW_ */
+
diff --git a/db/mork/src/morkRowCellCursor.cpp b/db/mork/src/morkRowCellCursor.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d5d4a0d20
--- /dev/null
+++ b/db/mork/src/morkRowCellCursor.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,289 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-  */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _MDB_
+#include "mdb.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORK_
+#include "mork.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKNODE_
+#include "morkNode.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKENV_
+#include "morkEnv.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKCURSOR_
+#include "morkCursor.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKROWCELLCURSOR_
+#include "morkRowCellCursor.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKSTORE_
+#include "morkStore.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKROWOBJECT_
+#include "morkRowObject.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKROW_
+#include "morkRow.h"
+#endif
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+// ````` ````` ````` ````` ````` 
+// { ===== begin morkNode interface =====
+
+/*public virtual*/ void
+morkRowCellCursor::CloseMorkNode(morkEnv* ev) // CloseRowCellCursor() only if open
+{
+  if ( this->IsOpenNode() )
+  {
+    this->MarkClosing();
+    this->CloseRowCellCursor(ev);
+    this->MarkShut();
+  }
+}
+
+/*public virtual*/
+morkRowCellCursor::~morkRowCellCursor() // CloseRowCellCursor() executed earlier
+{
+  CloseMorkNode(mMorkEnv);
+  MORK_ASSERT(this->IsShutNode());
+}
+
+/*public non-poly*/
+morkRowCellCursor::morkRowCellCursor(morkEnv* ev,
+  const morkUsage& inUsage,
+  nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap, morkRowObject* ioRowObject)
+: morkCursor(ev, inUsage, ioHeap)
+, mRowCellCursor_RowObject( 0 )
+, mRowCellCursor_Col( 0 )
+{
+  if ( ev->Good() )
+  {
+    if ( ioRowObject )
+    {
+      morkRow* row = ioRowObject->mRowObject_Row;
+      if ( row )
+      {
+        if ( row->IsRow() )
+        {
+          mCursor_Pos = -1;
+          mCursor_Seed = row->mRow_Seed;
+          
+          morkRowObject::SlotStrongRowObject(ioRowObject, ev,
+            &mRowCellCursor_RowObject);
+          if ( ev->Good() )
+            mNode_Derived = morkDerived_kRowCellCursor;
+        }
+        else
+          row->NonRowTypeError(ev);
+      }
+      else
+        ioRowObject->NilRowError(ev);
+    }
+    else
+      ev->NilPointerError();
+  }
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED(morkRowCellCursor, morkCursor, nsIMdbRowCellCursor)
+
+/*public non-poly*/ void
+morkRowCellCursor::CloseRowCellCursor(morkEnv* ev) 
+{
+    if ( this->IsNode() )
+    {
+      mCursor_Pos = -1;
+      mCursor_Seed = 0;
+      morkRowObject::SlotStrongRowObject((morkRowObject*) 0, ev,
+        &mRowCellCursor_RowObject);
+      this->CloseCursor(ev);
+      this->MarkShut();
+    }
+    else
+      this->NonNodeError(ev);
+}
+
+// } ===== end morkNode methods =====
+// ````` ````` ````` ````` ````` 
+
+/*static*/ void
+morkRowCellCursor::NilRowObjectError(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  ev->NewError("nil mRowCellCursor_RowObject");
+}
+
+/*static*/ void
+morkRowCellCursor::NonRowCellCursorTypeError(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  ev->NewError("non morkRowCellCursor");
+}
+
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+// { ----- begin attribute methods -----
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkRowCellCursor::SetRow(nsIMdbEnv* mev, nsIMdbRow* ioRow)
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  morkRow* row = 0;
+  morkEnv* ev = morkEnv::FromMdbEnv(mev);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    row = (morkRow *) ioRow;
+    morkStore* store = row->GetRowSpaceStore(ev);
+    if ( store )
+    {
+      morkRowObject* rowObj = row->AcquireRowObject(ev, store);
+      if ( rowObj )
+      {
+        morkRowObject::SlotStrongRowObject((morkRowObject*) 0, ev,
+          &mRowCellCursor_RowObject);
+          
+        mRowCellCursor_RowObject = rowObj; // take this strong ref
+        mCursor_Seed = row->mRow_Seed;
+        
+        row->GetCell(ev, mRowCellCursor_Col, &mCursor_Pos);
+      }
+    }
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  return outErr;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkRowCellCursor::GetRow(nsIMdbEnv* mev, nsIMdbRow** acqRow)
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  nsIMdbRow* outRow = 0;
+  morkEnv* ev = morkEnv::FromMdbEnv(mev);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    morkRowObject* rowObj = mRowCellCursor_RowObject;
+    if ( rowObj )
+      outRow = rowObj->AcquireRowHandle(ev);
+
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  if ( acqRow )
+    *acqRow = outRow;
+  return outErr;
+}
+// } ----- end attribute methods -----
+
+// { ----- begin cell creation methods -----
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkRowCellCursor::MakeCell( // get cell at current pos in the row
+  nsIMdbEnv* mev, // context
+  mdb_column* outColumn, // column for this particular cell
+  mdb_pos* outPos, // position of cell in row sequence
+  nsIMdbCell** acqCell)
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  nsIMdbCell* outCell = 0;
+  mdb_pos pos = 0;
+  mdb_column col = 0;
+  morkRow* row = 0;
+  morkEnv* ev = morkEnv::FromMdbEnv(mev);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    pos = mCursor_Pos;
+    morkCell* cell = row->CellAt(ev, pos);
+    if ( cell )
+    {
+      col = cell->GetColumn();
+      outCell = row->AcquireCellHandle(ev, cell, col, pos);
+    }
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  if ( acqCell )
+    *acqCell = outCell;
+   if ( outPos )
+     *outPos = pos;
+   if ( outColumn )
+     *outColumn = col;
+     
+  return outErr;
+}
+// } ----- end cell creation methods -----
+
+// { ----- begin cell seeking methods -----
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkRowCellCursor::SeekCell( // same as SetRow() followed by MakeCell()
+  nsIMdbEnv* mev, // context
+  mdb_pos inPos, // position of cell in row sequence
+  mdb_column* outColumn, // column for this particular cell
+  nsIMdbCell** acqCell)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(false, "not implemented");
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+// } ----- end cell seeking methods -----
+
+// { ----- begin cell iteration methods -----
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkRowCellCursor::NextCell( // get next cell in the row
+  nsIMdbEnv* mev, // context
+  nsIMdbCell** acqCell, // changes to the next cell in the iteration
+  mdb_column* outColumn, // column for this particular cell
+  mdb_pos* outPos)
+{
+  morkEnv* ev = morkEnv::FromMdbEnv(mev);
+  mdb_column col = 0;
+  mdb_pos pos = mRowCellCursor_Col;
+  if ( pos < 0 )
+    pos = 0;
+  else
+    ++pos;
+
+  morkCell* cell = mRowCellCursor_RowObject->mRowObject_Row->CellAt(ev, pos);
+  if ( cell )
+  {
+    col = cell->GetColumn();
+    *acqCell = mRowCellCursor_RowObject->mRowObject_Row->AcquireCellHandle(ev, cell, col, pos);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    *acqCell = nullptr;
+    pos = -1;
+  }
+ if ( outPos )
+   *outPos = pos;
+ if ( outColumn )
+   *outColumn = col;
+     
+  mRowCellCursor_Col = pos;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+  
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkRowCellCursor::PickNextCell( // get next cell in row within filter set
+  nsIMdbEnv* mev, // context
+  nsIMdbCell* ioCell, // changes to the next cell in the iteration
+  const mdbColumnSet* inFilterSet, // col set of actual caller interest
+  mdb_column* outColumn, // column for this particular cell
+  mdb_pos* outPos)
+// Note that inFilterSet should not have too many (many more than 10?)
+// cols, since this might imply a potential excessive consumption of time
+// over many cursor calls when looking for column and filter intersection.
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(false, "not implemented");
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+// } ----- end cell iteration methods -----
+
+// } ===== end nsIMdbRowCellCursor methods =====
+
diff --git a/db/mork/src/morkRowCellCursor.h b/db/mork/src/morkRowCellCursor.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c9d95a2f2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/db/mork/src/morkRowCellCursor.h
@@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-  */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _MORKROWCELLCURSOR_
+#define _MORKROWCELLCURSOR_ 1
+
+#ifndef _MORK_
+#include "mork.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKCURSOR_
+#include "morkCursor.h"
+#endif
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+class orkinRowCellCursor;
+#define morkDerived_kRowCellCursor  /*i*/ 0x6343 /* ascii 'cC' */
+
+class morkRowCellCursor : public morkCursor, public nsIMdbRowCellCursor { // row iterator
+
+// public: // slots inherited from morkObject (meant to inform only)
+  // nsIMdbHeap*     mNode_Heap;
+  // mork_able    mNode_Mutable; // can this node be modified?
+  // mork_load    mNode_Load;    // is this node clean or dirty?
+  // mork_base    mNode_Base;    // must equal morkBase_kNode
+  // mork_derived mNode_Derived; // depends on specific node subclass
+  // mork_access  mNode_Access;  // kOpen, kClosing, kShut, or kDead
+  // mork_usage   mNode_Usage;   // kHeap, kStack, kMember, kGlobal, kNone
+  // mork_uses    mNode_Uses;    // refcount for strong refs
+  // mork_refs    mNode_Refs;    // refcount for strong refs + weak refs
+
+  // morkFactory* mObject_Factory;  // weak ref to suite factory
+
+  // mork_seed  mCursor_Seed;
+  // mork_pos   mCursor_Pos;
+  // mork_bool  mCursor_DoFailOnSeedOutOfSync;
+  // mork_u1    mCursor_Pad[ 3 ]; // explicitly pad to u4 alignment
+
+public: // state is public because the entire Mork system is private
+
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED
+  morkRowObject*   mRowCellCursor_RowObject;  // strong ref to row
+  mork_column      mRowCellCursor_Col;        // col of cell last at mCursor_Pos
+
+// { ===== begin morkNode interface =====
+public: // morkNode virtual methods
+  virtual void CloseMorkNode(morkEnv* ev) override; // CloseRowCellCursor()
+
+public: // morkRowCellCursor construction & destruction
+  morkRowCellCursor(morkEnv* ev, const morkUsage& inUsage,
+    nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap, morkRowObject* ioRowObject);
+  void CloseRowCellCursor(morkEnv* ev); // called by CloseMorkNode();
+
+  // { ----- begin attribute methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD SetRow(nsIMdbEnv* ev, nsIMdbRow* ioRow) override; // sets pos to -1
+  NS_IMETHOD GetRow(nsIMdbEnv* ev, nsIMdbRow** acqRow) override;
+  // } ----- end attribute methods -----
+
+  // { ----- begin cell creation methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD MakeCell( // get cell at current pos in the row
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    mdb_column* outColumn, // column for this particular cell
+    mdb_pos* outPos, // position of cell in row sequence
+    nsIMdbCell** acqCell) override; // the cell at inPos
+  // } ----- end cell creation methods -----
+
+  // { ----- begin cell seeking methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD SeekCell( // same as SetRow() followed by MakeCell()
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    mdb_pos inPos, // position of cell in row sequence
+    mdb_column* outColumn, // column for this particular cell
+    nsIMdbCell** acqCell) override; // the cell at inPos
+  // } ----- end cell seeking methods -----
+
+  // { ----- begin cell iteration methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD NextCell( // get next cell in the row
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    nsIMdbCell** acqCell, // changes to the next cell in the iteration
+    mdb_column* outColumn, // column for this particular cell
+    mdb_pos* outPos) override; // position of cell in row sequence
+    
+  NS_IMETHOD PickNextCell( // get next cell in row within filter set
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    nsIMdbCell* ioCell, // changes to the next cell in the iteration
+    const mdbColumnSet* inFilterSet, // col set of actual caller interest
+    mdb_column* outColumn, // column for this particular cell
+    mdb_pos* outPos) override; // position of cell in row sequence
+
+  // Note that inFilterSet should not have too many (many more than 10?)
+  // cols, since this might imply a potential excessive consumption of time
+  // over many cursor calls when looking for column and filter intersection.
+  // } ----- end cell iteration methods -----
+
+
+private: // copying is not allowed
+  morkRowCellCursor(const morkRowCellCursor& other);
+  morkRowCellCursor& operator=(const morkRowCellCursor& other);
+  virtual ~morkRowCellCursor(); // assert that close executed earlier
+
+public: // dynamic type identification
+  mork_bool IsRowCellCursor() const
+  { return IsNode() && mNode_Derived == morkDerived_kRowCellCursor; }
+// } ===== end morkNode methods =====
+
+public: // errors
+  static void NilRowObjectError(morkEnv* ev);
+  static void NonRowCellCursorTypeError(morkEnv* ev);
+
+public: // typesafe refcounting inlines calling inherited morkNode methods
+  static void SlotWeakRowCellCursor(morkRowCellCursor* me,
+    morkEnv* ev, morkRowCellCursor** ioSlot)
+  { morkNode::SlotWeakNode((morkNode*) me, ev, (morkNode**) ioSlot); }
+  
+  static void SlotStrongRowCellCursor(morkRowCellCursor* me,
+    morkEnv* ev, morkRowCellCursor** ioSlot)
+  { morkNode::SlotStrongNode((morkNode*) me, ev, (morkNode**) ioSlot); }
+};
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+#endif /* _MORKROWCELLCURSOR_ */
diff --git a/db/mork/src/morkRowMap.cpp b/db/mork/src/morkRowMap.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..35c8b9202
--- /dev/null
+++ b/db/mork/src/morkRowMap.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,297 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-  */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _MDB_
+#include "mdb.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORK_
+#include "mork.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKNODE_
+#include "morkNode.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKENV_
+#include "morkEnv.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKMAP_
+#include "morkMap.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKROWMAP_
+#include "morkRowMap.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKROW_
+#include "morkRow.h"
+#endif
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+// ````` ````` ````` ````` ````` 
+// { ===== begin morkNode interface =====
+
+/*public virtual*/ void
+morkRowMap::CloseMorkNode(morkEnv* ev) // CloseRowMap() only if open
+{
+  if ( this->IsOpenNode() )
+  {
+    this->MarkClosing();
+    this->CloseRowMap(ev);
+    this->MarkShut();
+  }
+}
+
+/*public virtual*/
+morkRowMap::~morkRowMap() // assert CloseRowMap() executed earlier
+{
+  MORK_ASSERT(this->IsShutNode());
+}
+
+/*public non-poly*/
+morkRowMap::morkRowMap(morkEnv* ev, const morkUsage& inUsage,
+  nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap, nsIMdbHeap* ioSlotHeap, mork_size inSlots)
+: morkMap(ev, inUsage,  ioHeap,
+  /*inKeySize*/ sizeof(morkRow*), /*inValSize*/ 0,
+  inSlots, ioSlotHeap, /*inHoldChanges*/ morkBool_kFalse)
+{
+  if ( ev->Good() )
+    mNode_Derived = morkDerived_kRowMap;
+}
+
+/*public non-poly*/ void
+morkRowMap::CloseRowMap(morkEnv* ev) // called by CloseMorkNode();
+{
+    if ( this->IsNode() )
+    {
+      this->CloseMap(ev);
+      this->MarkShut();
+    }
+    else
+      this->NonNodeError(ev);
+}
+
+// } ===== end morkNode methods =====
+// ````` ````` ````` ````` ````` 
+
+
+// { ===== begin morkMap poly interface =====
+/*virtual*/ mork_bool // 
+morkRowMap::Equal(morkEnv* ev, const void* inKeyA,
+  const void* inKeyB) const
+{
+  MORK_USED_1(ev);
+  return (*(const morkRow**) inKeyA)->EqualRow(*(const morkRow**) inKeyB);
+}
+
+/*virtual*/ mork_u4 // 
+morkRowMap::Hash(morkEnv* ev, const void* inKey) const
+{
+  MORK_USED_1(ev);
+  return (*(const morkRow**) inKey)->HashRow();
+}
+// } ===== end morkMap poly interface =====
+
+
+mork_bool
+morkRowMap::AddRow(morkEnv* ev, morkRow* ioRow)
+{
+  if ( ev->Good() )
+  {
+    this->Put(ev, &ioRow, /*val*/ (void*) 0, 
+      /*key*/ (void*) 0, /*val*/ (void*) 0, (mork_change**) 0);
+  }
+  return ev->Good();
+}
+
+morkRow*
+morkRowMap::CutOid(morkEnv* ev, const mdbOid* inOid)
+{
+  morkRow row(inOid);
+  morkRow* key = &row;
+  morkRow* oldKey = 0;
+  this->Cut(ev, &key, &oldKey, /*val*/ (void*) 0,
+    (mork_change**) 0);
+    
+  return oldKey;
+}
+
+morkRow*
+morkRowMap::CutRow(morkEnv* ev, const morkRow* ioRow)
+{
+  morkRow* oldKey = 0;
+  this->Cut(ev, &ioRow, &oldKey, /*val*/ (void*) 0,
+    (mork_change**) 0);
+    
+  return oldKey;
+}
+
+morkRow*
+morkRowMap::GetOid(morkEnv* ev, const mdbOid* inOid)
+{
+  morkRow row(inOid);
+  morkRow* key = &row;
+  morkRow* oldKey = 0;
+  this->Get(ev, &key, &oldKey, /*val*/ (void*) 0, (mork_change**) 0);
+  
+  return oldKey;
+}
+
+morkRow*
+morkRowMap::GetRow(morkEnv* ev, const morkRow* ioRow)
+{
+  morkRow* oldKey = 0;
+  this->Get(ev, &ioRow, &oldKey, /*val*/ (void*) 0, (mork_change**) 0);
+  
+  return oldKey;
+}
+
+
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+// ````` ````` ````` ````` ````` 
+// { ===== begin morkNode interface =====
+
+/*public virtual*/ void
+morkRowProbeMap::CloseMorkNode(morkEnv* ev) // CloseRowProbeMap() only if open
+{
+  if ( this->IsOpenNode() )
+  {
+    this->MarkClosing();
+    this->CloseRowProbeMap(ev);
+    this->MarkShut();
+  }
+}
+
+/*public virtual*/
+morkRowProbeMap::~morkRowProbeMap() // assert CloseRowProbeMap() executed earlier
+{
+  MORK_ASSERT(this->IsShutNode());
+}
+
+/*public non-poly*/
+morkRowProbeMap::morkRowProbeMap(morkEnv* ev, const morkUsage& inUsage,
+  nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap, nsIMdbHeap* ioSlotHeap, mork_size inSlots)
+: morkProbeMap(ev, inUsage,  ioHeap,
+  /*inKeySize*/ sizeof(morkRow*), /*inValSize*/ 0,
+  ioSlotHeap, inSlots, 
+  /*inHoldChanges*/ morkBool_kTrue)
+{
+  if ( ev->Good() )
+    mNode_Derived = morkDerived_kRowProbeMap;
+}
+
+/*public non-poly*/ void
+morkRowProbeMap::CloseRowProbeMap(morkEnv* ev) // called by CloseMorkNode();
+{
+    if ( this->IsNode() )
+    {
+      this->CloseProbeMap(ev);
+      this->MarkShut();
+    }
+    else
+      this->NonNodeError(ev);
+}
+
+// } ===== end morkNode methods =====
+// ````` ````` ````` ````` ````` 
+
+/*virtual*/ mork_test // hit(a,b) implies hash(a) == hash(b)
+morkRowProbeMap::MapTest(morkEnv* ev, const void* inMapKey,
+  const void* inAppKey) const
+{
+  MORK_USED_1(ev);
+  const morkRow* key = *(const morkRow**) inMapKey;
+  if ( key )
+  {
+    mork_bool hit = key->EqualRow(*(const morkRow**) inAppKey);
+    return ( hit ) ? morkTest_kHit : morkTest_kMiss;
+  }
+  else
+    return morkTest_kVoid;
+}
+
+/*virtual*/ mork_u4 // hit(a,b) implies hash(a) == hash(b)
+morkRowProbeMap::MapHash(morkEnv* ev, const void* inAppKey) const
+{
+  const morkRow* key = *(const morkRow**) inAppKey;
+  if ( key )
+    return key->HashRow();
+  else
+  {
+    ev->NilPointerWarning();
+    return 0;
+  }
+}
+
+/*virtual*/ mork_u4 
+morkRowProbeMap::ProbeMapHashMapKey(morkEnv* ev,
+  const void* inMapKey) const
+{
+  const morkRow* key = *(const morkRow**) inMapKey;
+  if ( key )
+    return key->HashRow();
+  else
+  {
+    ev->NilPointerWarning();
+    return 0;
+  }
+}
+
+mork_bool
+morkRowProbeMap::AddRow(morkEnv* ev, morkRow* ioRow)
+{
+  if ( ev->Good() )
+  {
+    this->MapAtPut(ev, &ioRow, /*val*/ (void*) 0, 
+      /*key*/ (void*) 0, /*val*/ (void*) 0);
+  }
+  return ev->Good();
+}
+
+morkRow*
+morkRowProbeMap::CutOid(morkEnv* ev, const mdbOid* inOid)
+{
+  MORK_USED_1(inOid);
+  morkProbeMap::ProbeMapCutError(ev);
+    
+  return 0;
+}
+
+morkRow*
+morkRowProbeMap::CutRow(morkEnv* ev, const morkRow* ioRow)
+{
+  MORK_USED_1(ioRow);
+  morkProbeMap::ProbeMapCutError(ev);
+    
+  return 0;
+}
+
+morkRow*
+morkRowProbeMap::GetOid(morkEnv* ev, const mdbOid* inOid)
+{
+  morkRow row(inOid);
+  morkRow* key = &row;
+  morkRow* oldKey = 0;
+  this->MapAt(ev, &key, &oldKey, /*val*/ (void*) 0);
+  
+  return oldKey;
+}
+
+morkRow*
+morkRowProbeMap::GetRow(morkEnv* ev, const morkRow* ioRow)
+{
+  morkRow* oldKey = 0;
+  this->MapAt(ev, &ioRow, &oldKey, /*val*/ (void*) 0);
+  
+  return oldKey;
+}
+
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
diff --git a/db/mork/src/morkRowMap.h b/db/mork/src/morkRowMap.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5bf220829
--- /dev/null
+++ b/db/mork/src/morkRowMap.h
@@ -0,0 +1,211 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-  */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _MORKROWMAP_
+#define _MORKROWMAP_ 1
+
+#ifndef _MORK_
+#include "mork.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKNODE_
+#include "morkNode.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKMAP_
+#include "morkMap.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKPROBEMAP_
+#include "morkProbeMap.h"
+#endif
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+#define morkDerived_kRowMap  /*i*/ 0x724D /* ascii 'rM' */
+
+/*| morkRowMap: maps a set of morkRow by contained Oid
+|*/
+class morkRowMap : public morkMap { // for mapping row IDs to rows
+
+// { ===== begin morkNode interface =====
+public: // morkNode virtual methods
+  virtual void CloseMorkNode(morkEnv* ev) override; // CloseRowMap() only if open
+  virtual ~morkRowMap(); // assert that CloseRowMap() executed earlier
+  
+public: // morkMap construction & destruction
+  morkRowMap(morkEnv* ev, const morkUsage& inUsage,
+    nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap, nsIMdbHeap* ioSlotHeap, mork_size inSlots);
+  void CloseRowMap(morkEnv* ev); // called by CloseMorkNode();
+
+public: // dynamic type identification
+  mork_bool IsRowMap() const
+  { return IsNode() && mNode_Derived == morkDerived_kRowMap; }
+// } ===== end morkNode methods =====
+
+// { ===== begin morkMap poly interface =====
+  virtual mork_bool // note: equal(a,b) implies hash(a) == hash(b)
+  Equal(morkEnv* ev, const void* inKeyA, const void* inKeyB) const override;
+  // implemented using morkRow::EqualRow()
+
+  virtual mork_u4 // note: equal(a,b) implies hash(a) == hash(b)
+  Hash(morkEnv* ev, const void* inKey) const override;
+  // implemented using morkRow::HashRow()
+// } ===== end morkMap poly interface =====
+
+public: // other map methods
+
+  mork_bool AddRow(morkEnv* ev, morkRow* ioRow);
+  // AddRow() returns ev->Good()
+
+  morkRow*  CutOid(morkEnv* ev, const mdbOid* inOid);
+  // CutRid() returns the row removed equal to inRid, if there was one
+
+  morkRow*  CutRow(morkEnv* ev, const morkRow* ioRow);
+  // CutRow() returns the row removed equal to ioRow, if there was one
+  
+  morkRow*  GetOid(morkEnv* ev, const mdbOid* inOid);
+  // GetOid() returns the row equal to inRid, or else nil
+  
+  morkRow*  GetRow(morkEnv* ev, const morkRow* ioRow);
+  // GetRow() returns the row equal to ioRow, or else nil
+  
+  // note the rows are owned elsewhere, usuall by morkRowSpace
+
+public: // typesafe refcounting inlines calling inherited morkNode methods
+  static void SlotWeakRowMap(morkRowMap* me,
+    morkEnv* ev, morkRowMap** ioSlot)
+  { morkNode::SlotWeakNode((morkNode*) me, ev, (morkNode**) ioSlot); }
+  
+  static void SlotStrongRowMap(morkRowMap* me,
+    morkEnv* ev, morkRowMap** ioSlot)
+  { morkNode::SlotStrongNode((morkNode*) me, ev, (morkNode**) ioSlot); }
+};
+
+class morkRowMapIter: public morkMapIter{ // typesafe wrapper class
+
+public:
+  morkRowMapIter(morkEnv* ev, morkRowMap* ioMap)
+  : morkMapIter(ev, ioMap) { }
+ 
+  morkRowMapIter( ) : morkMapIter()  { }
+  void InitRowMapIter(morkEnv* ev, morkRowMap* ioMap)
+  { this->InitMapIter(ev, ioMap); }
+   
+  mork_change* FirstRow(morkEnv* ev, morkRow** outRowPtr)
+  { return this->First(ev, outRowPtr, /*val*/ (void*) 0); }
+  
+  mork_change* NextRow(morkEnv* ev, morkRow** outRowPtr)
+  { return this->Next(ev, outRowPtr, /*val*/ (void*) 0); }
+  
+  mork_change* HereRow(morkEnv* ev, morkRow** outRowPtr)
+  { return this->Here(ev, outRowPtr, /*val*/ (void*) 0); }
+  
+  mork_change* CutHereRow(morkEnv* ev, morkRow** outRowPtr)
+  { return this->CutHere(ev, outRowPtr, /*val*/ (void*) 0); }
+};
+
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+#define morkDerived_kRowProbeMap  /*i*/ 0x726D /* ascii 'rm' */
+
+/*| morkRowProbeMap: maps a set of morkRow by contained Oid
+|*/
+class morkRowProbeMap : public morkProbeMap { // for mapping row IDs to rows
+
+// { ===== begin morkNode interface =====
+public: // morkNode virtual methods
+  virtual void CloseMorkNode(morkEnv* ev) override; // CloseRowProbeMap() only if open
+  virtual ~morkRowProbeMap(); // assert CloseRowProbeMap() executed earlier
+  
+public: // morkMap construction & destruction
+  morkRowProbeMap(morkEnv* ev, const morkUsage& inUsage,
+    nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap, nsIMdbHeap* ioSlotHeap, mork_size inSlots);
+  void CloseRowProbeMap(morkEnv* ev); // called by CloseMorkNode();
+
+public: // dynamic type identification
+  mork_bool IsRowMap() const
+  { return IsNode() && mNode_Derived == morkDerived_kRowMap; }
+// } ===== end morkNode methods =====
+
+  // { ===== begin morkProbeMap methods =====
+  virtual mork_test // hit(a,b) implies hash(a) == hash(b)
+  MapTest(morkEnv* ev, const void* inMapKey, const void* inAppKey) const override;
+
+  virtual mork_u4 // hit(a,b) implies hash(a) == hash(b)
+  MapHash(morkEnv* ev, const void* inAppKey) const override;
+
+  virtual mork_u4 ProbeMapHashMapKey(morkEnv* ev, const void* inMapKey) const override;
+
+  // virtual mork_bool ProbeMapIsKeyNil(morkEnv* ev, void* ioMapKey);
+
+  // virtual void ProbeMapClearKey(morkEnv* ev, // put 'nil' alls keys inside map
+  //   void* ioMapKey, mork_count inKeyCount); // array of keys inside map
+
+  // virtual void ProbeMapPushIn(morkEnv* ev, // move (key,val) into the map
+  //   const void* inAppKey, const void* inAppVal, // (key,val) outside map
+  //   void* outMapKey, void* outMapVal);      // (key,val) inside map
+
+  // virtual void ProbeMapPullOut(morkEnv* ev, // move (key,val) out from the map
+  //   const void* inMapKey, const void* inMapVal, // (key,val) inside map
+  //   void* outAppKey, void* outAppVal) const;    // (key,val) outside map
+  // } ===== end morkProbeMap methods =====
+
+public: // other map methods
+
+  mork_bool AddRow(morkEnv* ev, morkRow* ioRow);
+  // AddRow() returns ev->Good()
+
+  morkRow*  CutOid(morkEnv* ev, const mdbOid* inOid);
+  // CutRid() returns the row removed equal to inRid, if there was one
+
+  morkRow*  CutRow(morkEnv* ev, const morkRow* ioRow);
+  // CutRow() returns the row removed equal to ioRow, if there was one
+  
+  morkRow*  GetOid(morkEnv* ev, const mdbOid* inOid);
+  // GetOid() returns the row equal to inRid, or else nil
+  
+  morkRow*  GetRow(morkEnv* ev, const morkRow* ioRow);
+  // GetRow() returns the row equal to ioRow, or else nil
+  
+  // note the rows are owned elsewhere, usuall by morkRowSpace
+
+public: // typesafe refcounting inlines calling inherited morkNode methods
+  static void SlotWeakRowProbeMap(morkRowProbeMap* me,
+    morkEnv* ev, morkRowProbeMap** ioSlot)
+  { morkNode::SlotWeakNode((morkNode*) me, ev, (morkNode**) ioSlot); }
+  
+  static void SlotStrongRowProbeMap(morkRowProbeMap* me,
+    morkEnv* ev, morkRowProbeMap** ioSlot)
+  { morkNode::SlotStrongNode((morkNode*) me, ev, (morkNode**) ioSlot); }
+};
+
+class morkRowProbeMapIter: public morkProbeMapIter{ // typesafe wrapper class
+
+public:
+  morkRowProbeMapIter(morkEnv* ev, morkRowProbeMap* ioMap)
+  : morkProbeMapIter(ev, ioMap) { }
+ 
+  morkRowProbeMapIter( ) : morkProbeMapIter()  { }
+  void InitRowMapIter(morkEnv* ev, morkRowProbeMap* ioMap)
+  { this->InitMapIter(ev, ioMap); }
+   
+  mork_change* FirstRow(morkEnv* ev, morkRow** outRowPtr)
+  { return this->First(ev, outRowPtr, /*val*/ (void*) 0); }
+  
+  mork_change* NextRow(morkEnv* ev, morkRow** outRowPtr)
+  { return this->Next(ev, outRowPtr, /*val*/ (void*) 0); }
+  
+  mork_change* HereRow(morkEnv* ev, morkRow** outRowPtr)
+  { return this->Here(ev, outRowPtr, /*val*/ (void*) 0); }
+  
+  mork_change* CutHereRow(morkEnv* ev, morkRow** outRowPtr)
+  { return this->CutHere(ev, outRowPtr, /*val*/ (void*) 0); }
+};
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+#endif /* _MORKROWMAP_ */
diff --git a/db/mork/src/morkRowObject.cpp b/db/mork/src/morkRowObject.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..884b5be4c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/db/mork/src/morkRowObject.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,623 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-  */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _MDB_
+#include "mdb.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORK_
+#include "mork.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKNODE_
+#include "morkNode.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKROWOBJECT_
+#include "morkRowObject.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKENV_
+#include "morkEnv.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKSTORE_
+#include "morkStore.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKROWCELLCURSOR_
+#include "morkRowCellCursor.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKCELLOBJECT_
+#include "morkCellObject.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKROW_
+#include "morkRow.h"
+#endif
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+// ````` ````` ````` ````` ````` 
+// { ===== begin morkNode interface =====
+
+/*public virtual*/ void
+morkRowObject::CloseMorkNode(morkEnv* ev) // CloseRowObject() only if open
+{
+  if ( this->IsOpenNode() )
+  {
+    this->MarkClosing();
+    this->CloseRowObject(ev);
+    this->MarkShut();
+  }
+}
+
+/*public virtual*/
+morkRowObject::~morkRowObject() // assert CloseRowObject() executed earlier
+{
+  CloseMorkNode(mMorkEnv);
+  MORK_ASSERT(this->IsShutNode());
+}
+
+/*public non-poly*/
+morkRowObject::morkRowObject(morkEnv* ev,
+  const morkUsage& inUsage, nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap,
+     morkRow* ioRow, morkStore* ioStore)
+: morkObject(ev, inUsage, ioHeap, morkColor_kNone, (morkHandle*) 0)
+, mRowObject_Row( 0 )
+, mRowObject_Store( 0 )
+{
+  if ( ev->Good() )
+  {
+    if ( ioRow && ioStore )
+    {
+      mRowObject_Row = ioRow;
+      mRowObject_Store = ioStore; // morkRowObjects don't ref-cnt the owning store.
+      
+      if ( ev->Good() )
+        mNode_Derived = morkDerived_kRowObject;
+    }
+    else
+      ev->NilPointerError();
+  }
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED(morkRowObject, morkObject, nsIMdbRow)
+// { ===== begin nsIMdbCollection methods =====
+
+// { ----- begin attribute methods -----
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkRowObject::GetSeed(nsIMdbEnv* mev,
+  mdb_seed* outSeed)
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  morkEnv* ev = morkEnv::FromMdbEnv(mev);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    *outSeed = (mdb_seed) mRowObject_Row->mRow_Seed;
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  return outErr;
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkRowObject::GetCount(nsIMdbEnv* mev,
+  mdb_count* outCount)
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  morkEnv* ev = morkEnv::FromMdbEnv(mev);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    *outCount = (mdb_count) mRowObject_Row->mRow_Length;
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  return outErr;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkRowObject::GetPort(nsIMdbEnv* mev,
+  nsIMdbPort** acqPort)
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  nsIMdbPort* outPort = 0;
+  morkEnv* ev = morkEnv::FromMdbEnv(mev);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    morkRowSpace* rowSpace = mRowObject_Row->mRow_Space;
+    if ( rowSpace && rowSpace->mSpace_Store )
+    {
+      morkStore* store = mRowObject_Row->GetRowSpaceStore(ev);
+      if ( store )
+        outPort = store->AcquireStoreHandle(ev);
+    }
+    else
+      ev->NilPointerError();
+      
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  if ( acqPort )
+    *acqPort = outPort;
+    
+  return outErr;
+}
+// } ----- end attribute methods -----
+
+// { ----- begin cursor methods -----
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkRowObject::GetCursor( // make a cursor starting iter at inMemberPos
+  nsIMdbEnv* mev, // context
+  mdb_pos inMemberPos, // zero-based ordinal pos of member in collection
+  nsIMdbCursor** acqCursor)
+{
+  return this->GetRowCellCursor(mev, inMemberPos,
+    (nsIMdbRowCellCursor**) acqCursor);
+}
+// } ----- end cursor methods -----
+
+// { ----- begin ID methods -----
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkRowObject::GetOid(nsIMdbEnv* mev,
+  mdbOid* outOid)
+{
+  *outOid = mRowObject_Row->mRow_Oid;
+  morkEnv* ev = morkEnv::FromMdbEnv(mev);
+  return (ev) ? ev->AsErr() : NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkRowObject::BecomeContent(nsIMdbEnv* mev,
+  const mdbOid* inOid)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(false, "not implemented");
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+  // remember row->MaybeDirtySpaceStoreAndRow();
+}
+// } ----- end ID methods -----
+
+// { ----- begin activity dropping methods -----
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkRowObject::DropActivity( // tell collection usage no longer expected
+  nsIMdbEnv* mev)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(false, "not implemented");
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+// } ----- end activity dropping methods -----
+
+// } ===== end nsIMdbCollection methods =====
+
+// { ===== begin nsIMdbRow methods =====
+
+// { ----- begin cursor methods -----
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkRowObject::GetRowCellCursor( // make a cursor starting iteration at inCellPos
+  nsIMdbEnv* mev, // context
+  mdb_pos inPos, // zero-based ordinal position of cell in row
+  nsIMdbRowCellCursor** acqCursor)
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  morkEnv* ev = morkEnv::FromMdbEnv(mev);
+  nsIMdbRowCellCursor* outCursor = 0;
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    morkRowCellCursor* cursor = mRowObject_Row->NewRowCellCursor(ev, inPos);
+    if ( cursor )
+    {
+      if ( ev->Good() )
+      {
+        cursor->mCursor_Seed = (mork_seed) inPos;
+        outCursor = cursor;
+        NS_ADDREF(cursor);
+      }
+    }
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  if ( acqCursor )
+    *acqCursor = outCursor;
+  return outErr;
+}
+// } ----- end cursor methods -----
+
+// { ----- begin column methods -----
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkRowObject::AddColumn( // make sure a particular column is inside row
+  nsIMdbEnv* mev, // context
+  mdb_column inColumn, // column to add
+  const mdbYarn* inYarn)
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  morkEnv* ev = morkEnv::FromMdbEnv(mev);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    if ( mRowObject_Store && mRowObject_Row)
+      mRowObject_Row->AddColumn(ev, inColumn, inYarn, mRowObject_Store);
+      
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  return outErr;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkRowObject::CutColumn( // make sure a column is absent from the row
+  nsIMdbEnv* mev, // context
+  mdb_column inColumn)
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  morkEnv* ev = morkEnv::FromMdbEnv(mev);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    mRowObject_Row->CutColumn(ev, inColumn);
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  return outErr;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkRowObject::CutAllColumns( // remove all columns from the row
+  nsIMdbEnv* mev)
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  morkEnv* ev = morkEnv::FromMdbEnv(mev);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    mRowObject_Row->CutAllColumns(ev);
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  return outErr;
+}
+// } ----- end column methods -----
+
+// { ----- begin cell methods -----
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkRowObject::NewCell( // get cell for specified column, or add new one
+  nsIMdbEnv* mev, // context
+  mdb_column inColumn, // column to add
+  nsIMdbCell** acqCell)
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  morkEnv* ev = morkEnv::FromMdbEnv(mev);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    GetCell(mev, inColumn, acqCell);
+    if ( !*acqCell )
+    {
+      if ( mRowObject_Store )
+      {
+        mdbYarn yarn; // to pass empty yarn into morkRowObject::AddColumn()
+        yarn.mYarn_Buf = 0;
+        yarn.mYarn_Fill = 0;
+        yarn.mYarn_Size = 0;
+        yarn.mYarn_More = 0;
+        yarn.mYarn_Form = 0;
+        yarn.mYarn_Grow = 0;
+        AddColumn(ev, inColumn, &yarn);
+        GetCell(mev, inColumn, acqCell);
+      }
+    }
+      
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  return outErr;
+}
+  
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkRowObject::AddCell( // copy a cell from another row to this row
+  nsIMdbEnv* mev, // context
+  const nsIMdbCell* inCell)
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  morkEnv* ev = morkEnv::FromMdbEnv(mev);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    morkCell* cell = 0;
+    morkCellObject* cellObj = (morkCellObject*) inCell;
+    if ( cellObj->CanUseCell(mev, morkBool_kFalse, &outErr, &cell) )
+    {
+
+      morkRow* cellRow = cellObj->mCellObject_Row;
+      if ( cellRow )
+      {
+        if ( mRowObject_Row != cellRow )
+        {
+          morkStore* store = mRowObject_Row->GetRowSpaceStore(ev);
+          morkStore* cellStore = cellRow->GetRowSpaceStore(ev);
+          if ( store && cellStore )
+          {
+            mork_column col = cell->GetColumn();
+            morkAtom* atom = cell->mCell_Atom;
+            mdbYarn yarn;
+            morkAtom::AliasYarn(atom, &yarn); // works even when atom is nil
+
+            if ( store != cellStore )
+              col = store->CopyToken(ev, col, cellStore);
+            if ( ev->Good() )
+              AddColumn(ev, col, &yarn);
+          }
+          else
+            ev->NilPointerError();
+        }
+      }
+      else
+        ev->NilPointerError();
+    }
+
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  return outErr;
+}
+  
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkRowObject::GetCell( // find a cell in this row
+  nsIMdbEnv* mev, // context
+  mdb_column inColumn, // column to find
+  nsIMdbCell** acqCell)
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  nsIMdbCell* outCell = 0;
+  morkEnv* ev = morkEnv::FromMdbEnv(mev);
+
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    if ( inColumn )
+    {
+      mork_pos pos = 0;
+      morkCell* cell = mRowObject_Row->GetCell(ev, inColumn, &pos);
+      if ( cell )
+      {
+        outCell = mRowObject_Row->AcquireCellHandle(ev, cell, inColumn, pos);
+      }
+    }
+    else
+      mRowObject_Row->ZeroColumnError(ev);
+      
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  if ( acqCell )
+    *acqCell = outCell;
+  return outErr;
+}
+  
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkRowObject::EmptyAllCells( // make all cells in row empty of content
+  nsIMdbEnv* mev)
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  morkEnv* ev = morkEnv::FromMdbEnv(mev);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    EmptyAllCells(ev);
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  return outErr;
+}
+// } ----- end cell methods -----
+
+// { ----- begin row methods -----
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkRowObject::AddRow( // add all cells in another row to this one
+  nsIMdbEnv* mev, // context
+  nsIMdbRow* ioSourceRow)
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  morkEnv* ev = morkEnv::FromMdbEnv(mev);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    morkRow* unsafeSource = (morkRow*) ioSourceRow; // unsafe cast
+//    if ( unsafeSource->CanUseRow(mev, morkBool_kFalse, &outErr, &source) )
+    {
+      mRowObject_Row->AddRow(ev, unsafeSource);
+    }
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  return outErr;
+}
+  
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkRowObject::SetRow( // make exact duplicate of another row
+  nsIMdbEnv* mev, // context
+  nsIMdbRow* ioSourceRow)
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  morkEnv* ev = morkEnv::FromMdbEnv(mev);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    morkRowObject *sourceObject = (morkRowObject *) ioSourceRow; // unsafe cast
+    morkRow* unsafeSource = sourceObject->mRowObject_Row;
+//    if ( unsafeSource->CanUseRow(mev, morkBool_kFalse, &outErr, &source) )
+    {
+      mRowObject_Row->SetRow(ev, unsafeSource);
+    }
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  return outErr;
+}
+// } ----- end row methods -----
+
+// { ----- begin blob methods -----
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkRowObject::SetCellYarn( // synonym for AddColumn()
+  nsIMdbEnv* mev, // context
+  mdb_column inColumn, // column to add
+  const mdbYarn* inYarn)
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  morkEnv* ev = morkEnv::FromMdbEnv(mev);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    if ( mRowObject_Store )
+      AddColumn(ev, inColumn, inYarn);
+      
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  return outErr;
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkRowObject::GetCellYarn(
+  nsIMdbEnv* mev, // context
+  mdb_column inColumn, // column to read 
+  mdbYarn* outYarn)  // writes some yarn slots 
+// copy content into the yarn buffer, and update mYarn_Fill and mYarn_Form
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  morkEnv* ev = morkEnv::FromMdbEnv(mev);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    if ( mRowObject_Store && mRowObject_Row)
+    {
+      morkAtom* atom = mRowObject_Row->GetColumnAtom(ev, inColumn);
+      atom->GetYarn(outYarn);
+      // note nil atom works and sets yarn correctly
+    }
+      
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  return outErr;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkRowObject::AliasCellYarn(
+  nsIMdbEnv* mev, // context
+    mdb_column inColumn, // column to alias
+    mdbYarn* outYarn) // writes ALL yarn slots
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  morkEnv* ev = morkEnv::FromMdbEnv(mev);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    if ( mRowObject_Store && mRowObject_Row)
+    {
+      morkAtom* atom = mRowObject_Row->GetColumnAtom(ev, inColumn);
+      morkAtom::AliasYarn(atom, outYarn);
+      // note nil atom works and sets yarn correctly
+    }
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  return outErr;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkRowObject::NextCellYarn(nsIMdbEnv* mev, // iterative version of GetCellYarn()
+  mdb_column* ioColumn, // next column to read
+  mdbYarn* outYarn)  // writes some yarn slots 
+// copy content into the yarn buffer, and update mYarn_Fill and mYarn_Form
+//
+// The ioColumn argument is an inout parameter which initially contains the
+// last column accessed and returns the next column corresponding to the
+// content read into the yarn.  Callers should start with a zero column
+// value to say 'no previous column', which causes the first column to be
+// read.  Then the value returned in ioColumn is perfect for the next call
+// to NextCellYarn(), since it will then be the previous column accessed.
+// Callers need only examine the column token returned to see which cell
+// in the row is being read into the yarn.  When no more columns remain,
+// and the iteration has ended, ioColumn will return a zero token again.
+// So iterating over cells starts and ends with a zero column token.
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  morkEnv* ev = morkEnv::FromMdbEnv(mev);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    if ( mRowObject_Store && mRowObject_Row)
+      mRowObject_Row->NextColumn(ev, ioColumn, outYarn);
+      
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  return outErr;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkRowObject::SeekCellYarn( // resembles nsIMdbRowCellCursor::SeekCell()
+  nsIMdbEnv* mev, // context
+  mdb_pos inPos, // position of cell in row sequence
+  mdb_column* outColumn, // column for this particular cell
+  mdbYarn* outYarn) // writes some yarn slots
+// copy content into the yarn buffer, and update mYarn_Fill and mYarn_Form
+// Callers can pass nil for outYarn to indicate no interest in content, so
+// only the outColumn value is returned.  NOTE to subclasses: you must be
+// able to ignore outYarn when the pointer is nil; please do not crash.
+
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  morkEnv* ev = morkEnv::FromMdbEnv(mev);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    if ( mRowObject_Store && mRowObject_Row)
+      mRowObject_Row->SeekColumn(ev, inPos, outColumn, outYarn);
+      
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  return outErr;
+}
+
+// } ----- end blob methods -----
+
+
+// } ===== end nsIMdbRow methods =====
+
+
+
+/*public non-poly*/ void
+morkRowObject::CloseRowObject(morkEnv* ev) // called by CloseMorkNode();
+{
+    if ( this->IsNode() )
+    {
+      morkRow* row = mRowObject_Row;
+      mRowObject_Row = 0;
+      this->CloseObject(ev);
+      this->MarkShut();
+
+      if ( row )
+      {
+        MORK_ASSERT(row->mRow_Object == this);
+        if ( row->mRow_Object == this )
+        {
+          row->mRow_Object = 0; // just nil this slot -- cut ref down below
+          
+          mRowObject_Store = 0; // morkRowObjects don't ref-cnt the owning store.
+            
+          this->CutWeakRef(ev->AsMdbEnv()); // do last, because it might self destroy
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    else
+      this->NonNodeError(ev);
+}
+
+// } ===== end morkNode methods =====
+// ````` ````` ````` ````` ````` 
+
+/*static*/ void
+morkRowObject::NonRowObjectTypeError(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  ev->NewError("non morkRowObject");
+}
+
+/*static*/ void
+morkRowObject::NilRowError(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  ev->NewError("nil mRowObject_Row");
+}
+
+/*static*/ void
+morkRowObject::NilStoreError(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  ev->NewError("nil mRowObject_Store");
+}
+
+/*static*/ void
+morkRowObject::RowObjectRowNotSelfError(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  ev->NewError("mRowObject_Row->mRow_Object != self");
+}
+
+
+nsIMdbRow*
+morkRowObject::AcquireRowHandle(morkEnv* ev) // mObject_Handle
+{
+  AddRef();
+  return this;
+}
+
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
diff --git a/db/mork/src/morkRowObject.h b/db/mork/src/morkRowObject.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c30494a45
--- /dev/null
+++ b/db/mork/src/morkRowObject.h
@@ -0,0 +1,200 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-  */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _MORKROWOBJECT_
+#define _MORKROWOBJECT_ 1
+
+#ifndef _MORK_
+#include "mork.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKOBJECT_
+#include "morkObject.h"
+#endif
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+class nsIMdbRow;
+#define morkDerived_kRowObject  /*i*/ 0x724F /* ascii 'rO' */
+
+class morkRowObject : public morkObject, public nsIMdbRow  { //
+
+public: // state is public because the entire Mork system is private
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED
+  
+  morkRow*    mRowObject_Row;     // non-refcounted alias to morkRow
+  morkStore*  mRowObject_Store;   // non-refcounted ptr to store containing row
+  
+// { ===== begin morkNode interface =====
+public: // morkNode virtual methods
+  virtual void CloseMorkNode(morkEnv* ev) override; // CloseRowObject() only if open
+
+public: // morkRowObject construction & destruction
+  morkRowObject(morkEnv* ev, const morkUsage& inUsage,
+    nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap, morkRow* ioRow, morkStore* ioStore);
+  void CloseRowObject(morkEnv* ev); // called by CloseMorkNode();
+
+// { ===== begin nsIMdbCollection methods =====
+
+  // { ----- begin attribute methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD GetSeed(nsIMdbEnv* ev,
+    mdb_seed* outSeed) override;    // member change count
+  NS_IMETHOD GetCount(nsIMdbEnv* ev,
+    mdb_count* outCount) override; // member count
+
+  NS_IMETHOD GetPort(nsIMdbEnv* ev,
+    nsIMdbPort** acqPort) override; // collection container
+  // } ----- end attribute methods -----
+
+  // { ----- begin cursor methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD GetCursor( // make a cursor starting iter at inMemberPos
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    mdb_pos inMemberPos, // zero-based ordinal pos of member in collection
+    nsIMdbCursor** acqCursor) override; // acquire new cursor instance
+  // } ----- end cursor methods -----
+
+  // { ----- begin ID methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD GetOid(nsIMdbEnv* ev,
+    mdbOid* outOid) override; // read object identity
+  NS_IMETHOD BecomeContent(nsIMdbEnv* ev,
+    const mdbOid* inOid) override; // exchange content
+  // } ----- end ID methods -----
+
+  // { ----- begin activity dropping methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD DropActivity( // tell collection usage no longer expected
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev) override;
+  // } ----- end activity dropping methods -----
+
+// } ===== end nsIMdbCollection methods =====
+// { ===== begin nsIMdbRow methods =====
+
+  // { ----- begin cursor methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD GetRowCellCursor( // make a cursor starting iteration at inRowPos
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    mdb_pos inRowPos, // zero-based ordinal position of row in table
+    nsIMdbRowCellCursor** acqCursor) override; // acquire new cursor instance
+  // } ----- end cursor methods -----
+
+  // { ----- begin column methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD AddColumn( // make sure a particular column is inside row
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    mdb_column inColumn, // column to add
+    const mdbYarn* inYarn) override; // cell value to install
+
+  NS_IMETHOD CutColumn( // make sure a column is absent from the row
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    mdb_column inColumn) override; // column to ensure absent from row
+
+  NS_IMETHOD CutAllColumns( // remove all columns from the row
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev) override; // context
+  // } ----- end column methods -----
+
+  // { ----- begin cell methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD NewCell( // get cell for specified column, or add new one
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    mdb_column inColumn, // column to add
+    nsIMdbCell** acqCell) override; // cell column and value
+
+  NS_IMETHOD AddCell( // copy a cell from another row to this row
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    const nsIMdbCell* inCell) override; // cell column and value
+
+  NS_IMETHOD GetCell( // find a cell in this row
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    mdb_column inColumn, // column to find
+    nsIMdbCell** acqCell) override; // cell for specified column, or null
+
+  NS_IMETHOD EmptyAllCells( // make all cells in row empty of content
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev) override; // context
+  // } ----- end cell methods -----
+
+  // { ----- begin row methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD AddRow( // add all cells in another row to this one
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    nsIMdbRow* ioSourceRow) override; // row to union with
+
+  NS_IMETHOD SetRow( // make exact duplicate of another row
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    nsIMdbRow* ioSourceRow) override; // row to duplicate
+  // } ----- end row methods -----
+
+  // { ----- begin blob methods -----  
+  NS_IMETHOD SetCellYarn(nsIMdbEnv* ev, // synonym for AddColumn()
+    mdb_column inColumn, // column to write
+    const mdbYarn* inYarn) override;   // reads from yarn slots
+  // make this text object contain content from the yarn's buffer
+
+  NS_IMETHOD GetCellYarn(nsIMdbEnv* ev, 
+    mdb_column inColumn, // column to read 
+    mdbYarn* outYarn) override;  // writes some yarn slots 
+  // copy content into the yarn buffer, and update mYarn_Fill and mYarn_Form
+
+  NS_IMETHOD AliasCellYarn(nsIMdbEnv* ev, 
+    mdb_column inColumn, // column to alias
+    mdbYarn* outYarn) override; // writes ALL yarn slots
+
+  NS_IMETHOD NextCellYarn(nsIMdbEnv* ev, // iterative version of GetCellYarn()
+    mdb_column* ioColumn, // next column to read
+    mdbYarn* outYarn) override;  // writes some yarn slots 
+  // copy content into the yarn buffer, and update mYarn_Fill and mYarn_Form
+  //
+  // The ioColumn argument is an inout parameter which initially contains the
+  // last column accessed and returns the next column corresponding to the
+  // content read into the yarn.  Callers should start with a zero column
+  // value to say 'no previous column', which causes the first column to be
+  // read.  Then the value returned in ioColumn is perfect for the next call
+  // to NextCellYarn(), since it will then be the previous column accessed.
+  // Callers need only examine the column token returned to see which cell
+  // in the row is being read into the yarn.  When no more columns remain,
+  // and the iteration has ended, ioColumn will return a zero token again.
+  // So iterating over cells starts and ends with a zero column token.
+
+  NS_IMETHOD SeekCellYarn( // resembles nsIMdbRowCellCursor::SeekCell()
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    mdb_pos inPos, // position of cell in row sequence
+    mdb_column* outColumn, // column for this particular cell
+    mdbYarn* outYarn) override; // writes some yarn slots
+  // copy content into the yarn buffer, and update mYarn_Fill and mYarn_Form
+  // Callers can pass nil for outYarn to indicate no interest in content, so
+  // only the outColumn value is returned.  NOTE to subclasses: you must be
+  // able to ignore outYarn when the pointer is nil; please do not crash.
+
+  // } ----- end blob methods -----
+
+// } ===== end nsIMdbRow methods =====
+
+private: // copying is not allowed
+  morkRowObject(const morkRowObject& other);
+  morkRowObject& operator=(const morkRowObject& other);
+  virtual ~morkRowObject(); // assert that CloseRowObject() executed earlier
+
+public: // dynamic type identification
+  mork_bool IsRowObject() const
+  { return IsNode() && mNode_Derived == morkDerived_kRowObject; }
+// } ===== end morkNode methods =====
+
+public: // typing
+  static void NonRowObjectTypeError(morkEnv* ev);
+  static void NilRowError(morkEnv* ev);
+  static void NilStoreError(morkEnv* ev);
+  static void RowObjectRowNotSelfError(morkEnv* ev);
+
+public: // other row node methods
+
+  nsIMdbRow* AcquireRowHandle(morkEnv* ev); // mObject_Handle
+  
+public: // typesafe refcounting inlines calling inherited morkNode methods
+  static void SlotWeakRowObject(morkRowObject* me,
+    morkEnv* ev, morkRowObject** ioSlot)
+  { morkNode::SlotWeakNode((morkNode*) me, ev, (morkNode**) ioSlot); }
+  
+  static void SlotStrongRowObject(morkRowObject* me,
+    morkEnv* ev, morkRowObject** ioSlot)
+  { morkNode::SlotStrongNode((morkNode*) me, ev, (morkNode**) ioSlot); }
+};
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+#endif /* _MORKROWOBJECT_ */
diff --git a/db/mork/src/morkRowSpace.cpp b/db/mork/src/morkRowSpace.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..10f2416f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/db/mork/src/morkRowSpace.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,632 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-  */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _MDB_
+#include "mdb.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORK_
+#include "mork.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKNODE_
+#include "morkNode.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKMAP_
+#include "morkMap.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKSPACE_
+#include "morkSpace.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKNODEMAP_
+#include "morkNodeMap.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKROWMAP_
+#include "morkRowMap.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKENV_
+#include "morkEnv.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKROWSPACE_
+#include "morkRowSpace.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKPOOL_
+#include "morkPool.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKSTORE_
+#include "morkStore.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKTABLE_
+#include "morkTable.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKROW_
+#include "morkRow.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKATOMMAP_
+#include "morkAtomMap.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKROWOBJECT_
+#include "morkRowObject.h"
+#endif
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+// ````` ````` ````` ````` ````` 
+// { ===== begin morkNode interface =====
+
+/*public virtual*/ void
+morkRowSpace::CloseMorkNode(morkEnv* ev) // CloseRowSpace() only if open
+{
+  if ( this->IsOpenNode() )
+  {
+    this->MarkClosing();
+    this->CloseRowSpace(ev);
+    this->MarkShut();  
+  }
+}
+
+/*public virtual*/
+morkRowSpace::~morkRowSpace() // assert CloseRowSpace() executed earlier
+{
+  MORK_ASSERT(this->IsShutNode());
+}
+
+/*public non-poly*/
+morkRowSpace::morkRowSpace(morkEnv* ev, 
+  const morkUsage& inUsage, mork_scope inScope, morkStore* ioStore,
+  nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap, nsIMdbHeap* ioSlotHeap)
+: morkSpace(ev, inUsage, inScope, ioStore, ioHeap, ioSlotHeap)
+, mRowSpace_SlotHeap( ioSlotHeap )
+, mRowSpace_Rows(ev, morkUsage::kMember, (nsIMdbHeap*) 0, ioSlotHeap,
+  morkRowSpace_kStartRowMapSlotCount)
+, mRowSpace_Tables(ev, morkUsage::kMember, (nsIMdbHeap*) 0, ioSlotHeap)
+, mRowSpace_NextTableId( 1 )
+, mRowSpace_NextRowId( 1 )
+
+, mRowSpace_IndexCount( 0 )
+{
+  morkAtomRowMap** cache = mRowSpace_IndexCache;
+  morkAtomRowMap** cacheEnd = cache + morkRowSpace_kPrimeCacheSize;
+  while ( cache < cacheEnd )
+    *cache++ = 0; // put nil into every slot of cache table
+    
+  if ( ev->Good() )
+  {
+    if ( ioSlotHeap )
+    {
+      mNode_Derived = morkDerived_kRowSpace;
+      
+      // the morkSpace base constructor handles any dirty propagation
+    }
+    else
+      ev->NilPointerError();
+  }
+}
+
+/*public non-poly*/ void
+morkRowSpace::CloseRowSpace(morkEnv* ev) // called by CloseMorkNode();
+{
+    if ( this->IsNode() )
+    {
+      morkAtomRowMap** cache = mRowSpace_IndexCache;
+      morkAtomRowMap** cacheEnd = cache + morkRowSpace_kPrimeCacheSize;
+      --cache; // prepare for preincrement:
+      while ( ++cache < cacheEnd )
+      {
+        if ( *cache )
+          morkAtomRowMap::SlotStrongAtomRowMap(0, ev, cache);
+      }
+      
+      mRowSpace_Tables.CloseMorkNode(ev);
+      
+      morkStore* store = mSpace_Store;
+      if ( store )
+        this->CutAllRows(ev, &store->mStore_Pool);
+      
+      mRowSpace_Rows.CloseMorkNode(ev);
+      this->CloseSpace(ev);
+    }
+    else
+      this->NonNodeError(ev);
+}
+
+// } ===== end morkNode methods =====
+// ````` ````` ````` ````` ````` 
+
+/*static*/ void
+morkRowSpace::NonRowSpaceTypeError(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  ev->NewError("non morkRowSpace");
+}
+
+/*static*/ void
+morkRowSpace::ZeroKindError(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  ev->NewError("zero table kind");
+}
+
+/*static*/ void
+morkRowSpace::ZeroScopeError(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  ev->NewError("zero row scope");
+}
+
+/*static*/ void
+morkRowSpace::ZeroTidError(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  ev->NewError("zero table ID");
+}
+
+/*static*/ void
+morkRowSpace::MinusOneRidError(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  ev->NewError("row ID is -1");
+}
+
+///*static*/ void
+//morkRowSpace::ExpectAutoIdOnlyError(morkEnv* ev)
+//{
+//  ev->NewError("zero row ID");
+//}
+
+///*static*/ void
+//morkRowSpace::ExpectAutoIdNeverError(morkEnv* ev)
+//{
+//}
+
+mork_num
+morkRowSpace::CutAllRows(morkEnv* ev, morkPool* ioPool)
+{
+  if ( this->IsRowSpaceClean() )
+    this->MaybeDirtyStoreAndSpace();
+  
+  mork_num outSlots = mRowSpace_Rows.MapFill();
+
+#ifdef MORK_ENABLE_ZONE_ARENAS
+  MORK_USED_2(ev, ioPool);
+  return 0;
+#else /*MORK_ENABLE_ZONE_ARENAS*/
+  morkZone* zone = &mSpace_Store->mStore_Zone;
+  morkRow* r = 0; // old key row in the map
+  mork_change* c = 0;
+
+#ifdef MORK_ENABLE_PROBE_MAPS
+  morkRowProbeMapIter i(ev, &mRowSpace_Rows);
+#else /*MORK_ENABLE_PROBE_MAPS*/
+  morkRowMapIter i(ev, &mRowSpace_Rows);
+#endif /*MORK_ENABLE_PROBE_MAPS*/
+  
+  for ( c = i.FirstRow(ev, &r); c && ev->Good();
+        c = i.NextRow(ev, &r) )
+  {
+    if ( r )
+    {
+      if ( r->IsRow() )
+      {
+        if ( r->mRow_Object )
+        {
+          morkRowObject::SlotWeakRowObject((morkRowObject*) 0, ev,
+            &r->mRow_Object);
+        }
+        ioPool->ZapRow(ev, r, zone);
+      }
+      else
+        r->NonRowTypeWarning(ev);
+    }
+    else
+      ev->NilPointerError();
+    
+#ifdef MORK_ENABLE_PROBE_MAPS
+    // cut nothing from the map
+#else /*MORK_ENABLE_PROBE_MAPS*/
+    i.CutHereRow(ev, /*key*/ (morkRow**) 0);
+#endif /*MORK_ENABLE_PROBE_MAPS*/
+  }
+#endif /*MORK_ENABLE_ZONE_ARENAS*/
+  
+  
+  return outSlots;
+}
+
+morkTable*
+morkRowSpace::FindTableByKind(morkEnv* ev, mork_kind inTableKind)
+{
+  if ( inTableKind )
+  {
+#ifdef MORK_BEAD_OVER_NODE_MAPS
+
+    morkTableMapIter i(ev, &mRowSpace_Tables);
+    morkTable* table = i.FirstTable(ev);
+    for ( ; table && ev->Good(); table = i.NextTable(ev) )
+          
+#else /*MORK_BEAD_OVER_NODE_MAPS*/
+    mork_tid* key = 0; // nil pointer to suppress key access
+    morkTable* table = 0; // old table in the map
+
+    mork_change* c = 0;
+    morkTableMapIter i(ev, &mRowSpace_Tables);
+    for ( c = i.FirstTable(ev, key, &table); c && ev->Good();
+          c = i.NextTable(ev, key, &table) )
+#endif /*MORK_BEAD_OVER_NODE_MAPS*/
+    {
+      if ( table->mTable_Kind == inTableKind )
+        return table;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+    this->ZeroKindError(ev);
+    
+  return (morkTable*) 0;
+}
+
+morkTable*
+morkRowSpace::NewTableWithTid(morkEnv* ev, mork_tid inTid,
+  mork_kind inTableKind,
+  const mdbOid* inOptionalMetaRowOid) // can be nil to avoid specifying 
+{
+  morkTable* outTable = 0;
+  morkStore* store = mSpace_Store;
+  
+  if ( inTableKind && store )
+  {
+    mdb_bool mustBeUnique = morkBool_kFalse;
+    nsIMdbHeap* heap = store->mPort_Heap;
+    morkTable* table = new(*heap, ev)
+      morkTable(ev, morkUsage::kHeap, heap, store, heap, this,
+        inOptionalMetaRowOid, inTid, inTableKind, mustBeUnique);
+    if ( table )
+    {
+      if ( mRowSpace_Tables.AddTable(ev, table) )
+      {
+        outTable = table;
+        if ( mRowSpace_NextTableId <= inTid )
+          mRowSpace_NextTableId = inTid + 1;
+      }
+        
+      if ( this->IsRowSpaceClean() && store->mStore_CanDirty )
+        this->MaybeDirtyStoreAndSpace(); // morkTable does already
+
+    }
+  }
+  else if ( store )
+    this->ZeroKindError(ev);
+  else
+    this->NilSpaceStoreError(ev);
+    
+  return outTable;
+}
+
+morkTable*
+morkRowSpace::NewTable(morkEnv* ev, mork_kind inTableKind,
+  mdb_bool inMustBeUnique,
+  const mdbOid* inOptionalMetaRowOid) // can be nil to avoid specifying 
+{
+  morkTable* outTable = 0;
+  morkStore* store = mSpace_Store;
+  
+  if ( inTableKind && store )
+  {
+    if ( inMustBeUnique ) // need to look for existing table first?
+      outTable = this->FindTableByKind(ev, inTableKind);
+      
+    if ( !outTable && ev->Good() )
+    {
+      mork_tid id = this->MakeNewTableId(ev);
+      if ( id )
+      {
+        nsIMdbHeap* heap = mSpace_Store->mPort_Heap;
+        morkTable* table = new(*heap, ev)
+          morkTable(ev, morkUsage::kHeap, heap, mSpace_Store, heap, this,
+            inOptionalMetaRowOid, id, inTableKind, inMustBeUnique);
+        if ( table )
+        {
+          if ( mRowSpace_Tables.AddTable(ev, table) )
+            outTable = table;
+          else
+            table->Release();
+
+          if ( this->IsRowSpaceClean() && store->mStore_CanDirty )
+            this->MaybeDirtyStoreAndSpace(); // morkTable does already
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  else if ( store )
+    this->ZeroKindError(ev);
+  else
+    this->NilSpaceStoreError(ev);
+    
+  return outTable;
+}
+
+mork_tid
+morkRowSpace::MakeNewTableId(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  mork_tid outTid = 0;
+  mork_tid id = mRowSpace_NextTableId;
+  mork_num count = 9; // try up to eight times
+  
+  while ( !outTid && --count ) // still trying to find an unused table ID?
+  {
+    if ( !mRowSpace_Tables.GetTable(ev, id) )
+      outTid = id;
+    else
+    {
+      MORK_ASSERT(morkBool_kFalse); // alert developer about ID problems
+      ++id;
+    }
+  }
+  
+  mRowSpace_NextTableId = id + 1;
+  return outTid;
+}
+
+#define MAX_AUTO_ID (morkRow_kMinusOneRid - 2)
+mork_rid
+morkRowSpace::MakeNewRowId(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  mork_rid outRid = 0;
+  mork_rid id = mRowSpace_NextRowId;
+  mork_num count = 9; // try up to eight times
+  mdbOid oid;
+  oid.mOid_Scope = this->SpaceScope();
+
+  // still trying to find an unused row ID?
+  while (!outRid && --count && id <= MAX_AUTO_ID)
+  {
+    oid.mOid_Id = id;
+    if ( !mRowSpace_Rows.GetOid(ev, &oid) )
+      outRid = id;
+    else
+    {
+      MORK_ASSERT(morkBool_kFalse); // alert developer about ID problems
+      ++id;
+    }
+  }
+  
+  if (id < MAX_AUTO_ID)
+    mRowSpace_NextRowId = id + 1;
+  return outRid;
+}
+
+morkAtomRowMap*
+morkRowSpace::make_index(morkEnv* ev, mork_column inCol)
+{
+  morkAtomRowMap* outMap = 0;
+  nsIMdbHeap* heap = mRowSpace_SlotHeap;
+  if ( heap ) // have expected heap for allocations?
+  {
+    morkAtomRowMap* map = new(*heap, ev)
+      morkAtomRowMap(ev, morkUsage::kHeap, heap, heap, inCol);
+    
+    if ( map ) // able to create new map index?
+    {
+      if ( ev->Good() ) // no errors during construction?
+      {
+#ifdef MORK_ENABLE_PROBE_MAPS
+        morkRowProbeMapIter i(ev, &mRowSpace_Rows);
+#else /*MORK_ENABLE_PROBE_MAPS*/
+        morkRowMapIter i(ev, &mRowSpace_Rows);
+#endif /*MORK_ENABLE_PROBE_MAPS*/
+        mork_change* c = 0;
+        morkRow* row = 0;
+        mork_aid aidKey = 0;
+        
+        for ( c = i.FirstRow(ev, &row); c && ev->Good();
+              c = i.NextRow(ev, &row) ) // another row in space?
+        {
+          aidKey = row->GetCellAtomAid(ev, inCol);
+          if ( aidKey ) // row has indexed attribute?
+            map->AddAid(ev, aidKey, row); // include in map
+        }
+      }
+      if ( ev->Good() ) // no errors constructing index?
+        outMap = map; // return from function
+      else
+        map->CutStrongRef(ev); // discard map on error
+    }
+  }
+  else
+    ev->NilPointerError();
+  
+  return outMap;
+}
+
+morkAtomRowMap*
+morkRowSpace::ForceMap(morkEnv* ev, mork_column inCol)
+{
+  morkAtomRowMap* outMap = this->FindMap(ev, inCol);
+  
+  if ( !outMap && ev->Good() ) // no such existing index?
+  {
+    if ( mRowSpace_IndexCount < morkRowSpace_kMaxIndexCount )
+    {
+      morkAtomRowMap* map = this->make_index(ev, inCol);
+      if ( map ) // created a new index for col?
+      {
+        mork_count wrap = 0; // count times wrap-around occurs
+        morkAtomRowMap** slot = mRowSpace_IndexCache; // table
+        morkAtomRowMap** end = slot + morkRowSpace_kPrimeCacheSize;
+        slot += ( inCol % morkRowSpace_kPrimeCacheSize ); // hash
+        while ( *slot ) // empty slot not yet found?
+        {
+          if ( ++slot >= end ) // wrap around?
+          {
+            slot = mRowSpace_IndexCache; // back to table start
+            if ( ++wrap > 1 ) // wrapped more than once?
+            {
+              ev->NewError("no free cache slots"); // disaster
+              break; // end while loop
+            }
+          }
+        }
+        if ( ev->Good() ) // everything went just fine?
+        {
+          ++mRowSpace_IndexCount; // note another new map
+          *slot = map; // install map in the hash table
+          outMap = map; // return the new map from function
+        }
+        else
+          map->CutStrongRef(ev); // discard map on error
+      }
+    }
+    else
+      ev->NewError("too many indexes"); // why so many indexes?
+  }
+  return outMap;
+}
+
+morkAtomRowMap*
+morkRowSpace::FindMap(morkEnv* ev, mork_column inCol)
+{
+  if ( mRowSpace_IndexCount && ev->Good() )
+  {
+    mork_count wrap = 0; // count times wrap-around occurs
+    morkAtomRowMap** slot = mRowSpace_IndexCache; // table
+    morkAtomRowMap** end = slot + morkRowSpace_kPrimeCacheSize;
+    slot += ( inCol % morkRowSpace_kPrimeCacheSize ); // hash
+    morkAtomRowMap* map = *slot;
+    while ( map ) // another used slot to examine?
+    {
+      if ( inCol == map->mAtomRowMap_IndexColumn ) // found col?
+        return map;
+      if ( ++slot >= end ) // wrap around?
+      {
+        slot = mRowSpace_IndexCache;
+        if ( ++wrap > 1 ) // wrapped more than once?
+          return (morkAtomRowMap*) 0; // stop searching
+      }
+      map = *slot;
+    }
+  }
+  return (morkAtomRowMap*) 0;
+}
+
+morkRow*
+morkRowSpace::FindRow(morkEnv* ev, mork_column inCol, const mdbYarn* inYarn)
+{
+  morkRow* outRow = 0;
+
+  // if yarn hasn't been atomized, there can't be a corresponding row,
+  // so pass in false to not create the row - should help history bloat
+  morkAtom* atom = mSpace_Store->YarnToAtom(ev, inYarn, false);
+  if ( atom ) // have or created an atom corresponding to input yarn?
+  {
+    mork_aid atomAid = atom->GetBookAtomAid();
+    if ( atomAid ) // atom has an identity for use in hash table?
+    {
+      morkAtomRowMap* map = this->ForceMap(ev, inCol);
+      if ( map ) // able to find or create index for col?
+      {
+        outRow = map->GetAid(ev, atomAid); // search for row
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  
+  return outRow;
+}
+
+morkRow*
+morkRowSpace::NewRowWithOid(morkEnv* ev, const mdbOid* inOid)
+{
+  morkRow* outRow = mRowSpace_Rows.GetOid(ev, inOid);
+  MORK_ASSERT(outRow==0);
+  if ( !outRow && ev->Good() )
+  {
+    morkStore* store = mSpace_Store;
+    if ( store )
+    {
+      morkPool* pool = this->GetSpaceStorePool();
+      morkRow* row = pool->NewRow(ev, &store->mStore_Zone);
+      if ( row )
+      {
+        row->InitRow(ev, inOid, this, /*length*/ 0, pool);
+        
+        if ( ev->Good() && mRowSpace_Rows.AddRow(ev, row) )
+        {
+          outRow = row;
+          mork_rid rid = inOid->mOid_Id;
+          if ( mRowSpace_NextRowId <= rid )
+            mRowSpace_NextRowId = rid + 1;
+        }
+        else
+          pool->ZapRow(ev, row, &store->mStore_Zone);
+
+        if ( this->IsRowSpaceClean() && store->mStore_CanDirty )
+          this->MaybeDirtyStoreAndSpace(); // InitRow() does already
+      }
+    }
+    else
+      this->NilSpaceStoreError(ev);
+  }
+  return outRow;
+}
+
+morkRow*
+morkRowSpace::NewRow(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  morkRow* outRow = 0;
+  if ( ev->Good() )
+  {
+    mork_rid id = this->MakeNewRowId(ev);
+    if ( id )
+    {
+      morkStore* store = mSpace_Store;
+      if ( store )
+      {
+        mdbOid oid;
+        oid.mOid_Scope = this->SpaceScope();
+        oid.mOid_Id = id;
+        morkPool* pool = this->GetSpaceStorePool();
+        morkRow* row = pool->NewRow(ev, &store->mStore_Zone);
+        if ( row )
+        {
+          row->InitRow(ev, &oid, this, /*length*/ 0, pool);
+          
+          if ( ev->Good() && mRowSpace_Rows.AddRow(ev, row) )
+            outRow = row;
+          else
+            pool->ZapRow(ev, row, &store->mStore_Zone);
+
+          if ( this->IsRowSpaceClean() && store->mStore_CanDirty )
+            this->MaybeDirtyStoreAndSpace(); // InitRow() does already
+        }
+      }
+      else
+        this->NilSpaceStoreError(ev);
+    }
+  }
+  return outRow;
+}
+
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+
+morkRowSpaceMap::~morkRowSpaceMap()
+{
+}
+
+morkRowSpaceMap::morkRowSpaceMap(morkEnv* ev, const morkUsage& inUsage,
+  nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap, nsIMdbHeap* ioSlotHeap)
+  : morkNodeMap(ev, inUsage, ioHeap, ioSlotHeap)
+{
+  if ( ev->Good() )
+    mNode_Derived = morkDerived_kRowSpaceMap;
+}
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
diff --git a/db/mork/src/morkRowSpace.h b/db/mork/src/morkRowSpace.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0ef331bb8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/db/mork/src/morkRowSpace.h
@@ -0,0 +1,233 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-  */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _MORKROWSPACE_
+#define _MORKROWSPACE_ 1
+
+#ifndef _MORK_
+#include "mork.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKNODE_
+#include "morkNode.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKSPACE_
+#include "morkSpace.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKNODEMAP_
+#include "morkNodeMap.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKROWMAP_
+#include "morkRowMap.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKTABLE_
+#include "morkTable.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKARRAY_
+#include "morkArray.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKDEQUE_
+#include "morkDeque.h"
+#endif
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+#define morkDerived_kRowSpace  /*i*/ 0x7253 /* ascii 'rS' */
+
+#define morkRowSpace_kStartRowMapSlotCount 11
+
+#define morkRowSpace_kMaxIndexCount 8 /* no more indexes than this */
+#define morkRowSpace_kPrimeCacheSize 17 /* should be prime number */
+
+class morkAtomRowMap;
+
+/*| morkRowSpace:
+|*/
+class morkRowSpace : public morkSpace { // 
+
+// public: // slots inherited from morkSpace (meant to inform only)
+  // nsIMdbHeap*    mNode_Heap;
+
+  // mork_base      mNode_Base;     // must equal morkBase_kNode
+  // mork_derived   mNode_Derived;  // depends on specific node subclass
+  
+  // mork_access    mNode_Access;   // kOpen, kClosing, kShut, or kDead
+  // mork_usage     mNode_Usage;    // kHeap, kStack, kMember, kGlobal, kNone
+  // mork_able      mNode_Mutable;  // can this node be modified?
+  // mork_load      mNode_Load;     // is this node clean or dirty?
+  
+  // mork_uses      mNode_Uses;     // refcount for strong refs
+  // mork_refs      mNode_Refs;     // refcount for strong refs + weak refs
+  
+  // morkStore*  mSpace_Store; // weak ref to containing store
+  
+  // mork_bool   mSpace_DoAutoIDs;    // whether db should assign member IDs
+  // mork_bool   mSpace_HaveDoneAutoIDs; // whether actually auto assigned IDs
+  // mork_u1     mSpace_Pad[ 2 ];    // pad to u4 alignment
+
+public: // state is public because the entire Mork system is private
+
+  nsIMdbHeap*  mRowSpace_SlotHeap;
+
+#ifdef MORK_ENABLE_PROBE_MAPS
+  morkRowProbeMap   mRowSpace_Rows;   // hash table of morkRow instances
+#else /*MORK_ENABLE_PROBE_MAPS*/
+  morkRowMap   mRowSpace_Rows;   // hash table of morkRow instances
+#endif /*MORK_ENABLE_PROBE_MAPS*/
+  morkTableMap mRowSpace_Tables; // all the tables in this row scope
+
+  mork_tid     mRowSpace_NextTableId;  // for auto-assigning table IDs
+  mork_rid     mRowSpace_NextRowId;    // for auto-assigning row IDs
+  
+  mork_count   mRowSpace_IndexCount; // if nonzero, row indexes exist
+    
+  // every nonzero slot in IndexCache is a strong ref to a morkAtomRowMap:
+  morkAtomRowMap* mRowSpace_IndexCache[ morkRowSpace_kPrimeCacheSize ];
+
+  morkDeque    mRowSpace_TablesByPriority[ morkPriority_kCount ];
+
+public: // more specific dirty methods for row space:
+  void SetRowSpaceDirty() { this->SetNodeDirty(); }
+  void SetRowSpaceClean() { this->SetNodeClean(); }
+  
+  mork_bool IsRowSpaceClean() const { return this->IsNodeClean(); }
+  mork_bool IsRowSpaceDirty() const { return this->IsNodeDirty(); }
+
+// { ===== begin morkNode interface =====
+public: // morkNode virtual methods
+  virtual void CloseMorkNode(morkEnv* ev) override; // CloseRowSpace() only if open
+  virtual ~morkRowSpace(); // assert that CloseRowSpace() executed earlier
+  
+public: // morkMap construction & destruction
+  morkRowSpace(morkEnv* ev, const morkUsage& inUsage, mork_scope inScope,
+    morkStore* ioStore, nsIMdbHeap* ioNodeHeap, nsIMdbHeap* ioSlotHeap);
+  void CloseRowSpace(morkEnv* ev); // called by CloseMorkNode();
+
+public: // dynamic type identification
+  mork_bool IsRowSpace() const
+  { return IsNode() && mNode_Derived == morkDerived_kRowSpace; }
+// } ===== end morkNode methods =====
+
+public: // typing
+  static void NonRowSpaceTypeError(morkEnv* ev);
+  static void ZeroScopeError(morkEnv* ev);
+  static void ZeroKindError(morkEnv* ev);
+  static void ZeroTidError(morkEnv* ev);
+  static void MinusOneRidError(morkEnv* ev);
+
+  //static void ExpectAutoIdOnlyError(morkEnv* ev);
+  //static void ExpectAutoIdNeverError(morkEnv* ev);
+
+public: // other space methods
+
+  mork_num CutAllRows(morkEnv* ev, morkPool* ioPool);
+  // CutAllRows() puts all rows and cells back into the pool.
+  
+  morkTable* NewTable(morkEnv* ev, mork_kind inTableKind,
+    mdb_bool inMustBeUnique, const mdbOid* inOptionalMetaRowOid);
+  
+  morkTable* NewTableWithTid(morkEnv* ev, mork_tid inTid,
+    mork_kind inTableKind, const mdbOid* inOptionalMetaRowOid);
+  
+  morkTable* FindTableByKind(morkEnv* ev, mork_kind inTableKind);
+  morkTable* FindTableByTid(morkEnv* ev, mork_tid inTid)
+  { return mRowSpace_Tables.GetTable(ev, inTid); }
+
+  mork_tid MakeNewTableId(morkEnv* ev);
+  mork_rid MakeNewRowId(morkEnv* ev);
+
+  // morkRow* FindRowByRid(morkEnv* ev, mork_rid inRid)
+  // { return (morkRow*) mRowSpace_Rows.GetRow(ev, inRid); }
+
+  morkRow* NewRowWithOid(morkEnv* ev, const mdbOid* inOid);
+  morkRow* NewRow(morkEnv* ev);
+
+  morkRow* FindRow(morkEnv* ev, mork_column inColumn, const mdbYarn* inYarn);
+
+  morkAtomRowMap* ForceMap(morkEnv* ev, mork_column inColumn);
+  morkAtomRowMap* FindMap(morkEnv* ev, mork_column inColumn);
+
+protected: // internal utilities
+  morkAtomRowMap* make_index(morkEnv* ev, mork_column inColumn);
+
+public: // typesafe refcounting inlines calling inherited morkNode methods
+  static void SlotWeakRowSpace(morkRowSpace* me,
+    morkEnv* ev, morkRowSpace** ioSlot)
+  { morkNode::SlotWeakNode((morkNode*) me, ev, (morkNode**) ioSlot); }
+  
+  static void SlotStrongRowSpace(morkRowSpace* me,
+    morkEnv* ev, morkRowSpace** ioSlot)
+  { morkNode::SlotStrongNode((morkNode*) me, ev, (morkNode**) ioSlot); }
+};
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+#define morkDerived_kRowSpaceMap  /*i*/ 0x725A /* ascii 'rZ' */
+
+/*| morkRowSpaceMap: maps mork_scope -> morkRowSpace
+|*/
+class morkRowSpaceMap : public morkNodeMap { // for mapping tokens to tables
+
+public:
+
+  virtual ~morkRowSpaceMap();
+  morkRowSpaceMap(morkEnv* ev, const morkUsage& inUsage,
+    nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap, nsIMdbHeap* ioSlotHeap);
+
+public: // other map methods
+
+  mork_bool  AddRowSpace(morkEnv* ev, morkRowSpace* ioRowSpace)
+  { return this->AddNode(ev, ioRowSpace->SpaceScope(), ioRowSpace); }
+  // the AddRowSpace() boolean return equals ev->Good().
+
+  mork_bool  CutRowSpace(morkEnv* ev, mork_scope inScope)
+  { return this->CutNode(ev, inScope); }
+  // The CutRowSpace() boolean return indicates whether removal happened. 
+  
+  morkRowSpace*  GetRowSpace(morkEnv* ev, mork_scope inScope)
+  { return (morkRowSpace*) this->GetNode(ev, inScope); }
+  // Note the returned space does NOT have an increase in refcount for this.
+
+  mork_num CutAllRowSpaces(morkEnv* ev)
+  { return this->CutAllNodes(ev); }
+  // CutAllRowSpaces() releases all the referenced table values.
+};
+
+class morkRowSpaceMapIter: public morkMapIter{ // typesafe wrapper class
+
+public:
+  morkRowSpaceMapIter(morkEnv* ev, morkRowSpaceMap* ioMap)
+  : morkMapIter(ev, ioMap) { }
+ 
+  morkRowSpaceMapIter( ) : morkMapIter()  { }
+  void InitRowSpaceMapIter(morkEnv* ev, morkRowSpaceMap* ioMap)
+  { this->InitMapIter(ev, ioMap); }
+   
+  mork_change*
+  FirstRowSpace(morkEnv* ev, mork_scope* outScope, morkRowSpace** outRowSpace)
+  { return this->First(ev, outScope, outRowSpace); }
+  
+  mork_change*
+  NextRowSpace(morkEnv* ev, mork_scope* outScope, morkRowSpace** outRowSpace)
+  { return this->Next(ev, outScope, outRowSpace); }
+  
+  mork_change*
+  HereRowSpace(morkEnv* ev, mork_scope* outScope, morkRowSpace** outRowSpace)
+  { return this->Here(ev, outScope, outRowSpace); }
+  
+  mork_change*
+  CutHereRowSpace(morkEnv* ev, mork_scope* outScope, morkRowSpace** outRowSpace)
+  { return this->CutHere(ev, outScope, outRowSpace); }
+};
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+#endif /* _MORKROWSPACE_ */
diff --git a/db/mork/src/morkSearchRowCursor.cpp b/db/mork/src/morkSearchRowCursor.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5bc0b4372
--- /dev/null
+++ b/db/mork/src/morkSearchRowCursor.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-  */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _MDB_
+#include "mdb.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORK_
+#include "mork.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKNODE_
+#include "morkNode.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKENV_
+#include "morkEnv.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKCURSOR_
+#include "morkCursor.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKSEARCHROWCURSOR_
+#include "morkSearchRowCursor.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKUNIQROWCURSOR_
+#include "morkUniqRowCursor.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKSTORE_
+#include "morkStore.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKTABLE_
+#include "morkTable.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKROW_
+#include "morkRow.h"
+#endif
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+// ````` ````` ````` ````` ````` 
+// { ===== begin morkNode interface =====
+
+/*public virtual*/ void
+morkSearchRowCursor::CloseMorkNode(morkEnv* ev) // CloseSearchRowCursor() only if open
+{
+  if ( this->IsOpenNode() )
+  {
+    this->MarkClosing();
+    this->CloseSearchRowCursor(ev);
+    this->MarkShut();
+  }
+}
+
+/*public virtual*/
+morkSearchRowCursor::~morkSearchRowCursor() // CloseSearchRowCursor() executed earlier
+{
+  MORK_ASSERT(this->IsShutNode());
+}
+
+/*public non-poly*/
+morkSearchRowCursor::morkSearchRowCursor(morkEnv* ev,
+  const morkUsage& inUsage,
+  nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap, morkTable* ioTable, mork_pos inRowPos)
+: morkTableRowCursor(ev, inUsage, ioHeap, ioTable, inRowPos)
+// , mSortingRowCursor_Sorting( 0 )
+{
+  if ( ev->Good() )
+  {
+    if ( ioTable )
+    {
+      // morkSorting::SlotWeakSorting(ioSorting, ev, &mSortingRowCursor_Sorting);
+      if ( ev->Good() )
+      {
+        // mNode_Derived = morkDerived_kTableRowCursor;
+        // mNode_Derived must stay equal to  kTableRowCursor
+      }
+    }
+    else
+      ev->NilPointerError();
+  }
+}
+
+/*public non-poly*/ void
+morkSearchRowCursor::CloseSearchRowCursor(morkEnv* ev) 
+{
+    if ( this->IsNode() )
+    {
+      // morkSorting::SlotWeakSorting((morkSorting*) 0, ev, &mSortingRowCursor_Sorting);
+      this->CloseTableRowCursor(ev);
+      this->MarkShut();
+    }
+    else
+      this->NonNodeError(ev);
+}
+
+// } ===== end morkNode methods =====
+// ````` ````` ````` ````` ````` 
+
+/*static*/ void
+morkSearchRowCursor::NonSearchRowCursorTypeError(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  ev->NewError("non morkSearchRowCursor");
+}
+
+morkUniqRowCursor*
+morkSearchRowCursor::MakeUniqCursor(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  morkUniqRowCursor* outCursor = 0;
+  
+  return outCursor;
+}
+
+#if 0
+orkinTableRowCursor*
+morkSearchRowCursor::AcquireUniqueRowCursorHandle(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  orkinTableRowCursor* outCursor = 0;
+  
+  morkUniqRowCursor* uniqCursor = this->MakeUniqCursor(ev);
+  if ( uniqCursor )
+  {
+    outCursor = uniqCursor->AcquireTableRowCursorHandle(ev);
+    uniqCursor->CutStrongRef(ev);
+  }
+  return outCursor;
+}
+#endif
+mork_bool
+morkSearchRowCursor::CanHaveDupRowMembers(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  return morkBool_kTrue; // true is correct
+}
+
+mork_count
+morkSearchRowCursor::GetMemberCount(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  morkTable* table = mTableRowCursor_Table;
+  if ( table )
+    return table->mTable_RowArray.mArray_Fill;
+  else
+    return 0;
+}
+
+morkRow*
+morkSearchRowCursor::NextRow(morkEnv* ev, mdbOid* outOid, mdb_pos* outPos)
+{
+  morkRow* outRow = 0;
+  mork_pos pos = -1;
+  
+  morkTable* table = mTableRowCursor_Table;
+  if ( table )
+  {
+  }
+  else
+    ev->NilPointerError();
+
+  *outPos = pos;
+  return outRow;
+}
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
diff --git a/db/mork/src/morkSearchRowCursor.h b/db/mork/src/morkSearchRowCursor.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..019610643
--- /dev/null
+++ b/db/mork/src/morkSearchRowCursor.h
@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-  */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _MORKSEARCHROWCURSOR_
+#define _MORKSEARCHROWCURSOR_ 1
+
+#ifndef _MORK_
+#include "mork.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKCURSOR_
+#include "morkCursor.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKTABLEROWCURSOR_
+#include "morkTableRowCursor.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKMAP_
+#include "morkMap.h"
+#endif
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+class morkUniqRowCursor;
+class orkinTableRowCursor;
+// #define morkDerived_kSearchRowCursor  /*i*/ 0x7352 /* ascii 'sR' */
+
+class morkSearchRowCursor : public morkTableRowCursor { // row iterator
+
+// public: // slots inherited from morkObject (meant to inform only)
+  // nsIMdbHeap*     mNode_Heap;
+  // mork_able    mNode_Mutable; // can this node be modified?
+  // mork_load    mNode_Load;    // is this node clean or dirty?
+  // mork_base    mNode_Base;    // must equal morkBase_kNode
+  // mork_derived mNode_Derived; // depends on specific node subclass
+  // mork_access  mNode_Access;  // kOpen, kClosing, kShut, or kDead
+  // mork_usage   mNode_Usage;   // kHeap, kStack, kMember, kGlobal, kNone
+  // mork_uses    mNode_Uses;    // refcount for strong refs
+  // mork_refs    mNode_Refs;    // refcount for strong refs + weak refs
+
+  // morkFactory* mObject_Factory;  // weak ref to suite factory
+
+  // mork_seed  mCursor_Seed;
+  // mork_pos   mCursor_Pos;
+  // mork_bool  mCursor_DoFailOnSeedOutOfSync;
+  // mork_u1    mCursor_Pad[ 3 ]; // explicitly pad to u4 alignment
+
+  // morkTable*  mTableRowCursor_Table; // weak ref to table
+
+public: // state is public because the entire Mork system is private
+    
+// { ===== begin morkNode interface =====
+public: // morkNode virtual methods
+  virtual void CloseMorkNode(morkEnv* ev); // CloseSearchRowCursor()
+  virtual ~morkSearchRowCursor(); // assert that close executed earlier
+  
+public: // morkSearchRowCursor construction & destruction
+  morkSearchRowCursor(morkEnv* ev, const morkUsage& inUsage,
+    nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap, morkTable* ioTable, mork_pos inRowPos);
+  void CloseSearchRowCursor(morkEnv* ev); // called by CloseMorkNode();
+
+private: // copying is not allowed
+  morkSearchRowCursor(const morkSearchRowCursor& other);
+  morkSearchRowCursor& operator=(const morkSearchRowCursor& other);
+
+public: // dynamic type identification
+  // mork_bool IsSearchRowCursor() const
+  // { return IsNode() && mNode_Derived == morkDerived_kSearchRowCursor; }
+// } ===== end morkNode methods =====
+
+public: // typing
+  static void NonSearchRowCursorTypeError(morkEnv* ev);
+
+public: // uniquify
+
+  morkUniqRowCursor* MakeUniqCursor(morkEnv* ev);
+
+public: // other search row cursor methods
+
+  virtual mork_bool CanHaveDupRowMembers(morkEnv* ev);
+  virtual mork_count GetMemberCount(morkEnv* ev);
+
+#if 0
+  virtual orkinTableRowCursor* AcquireUniqueRowCursorHandle(morkEnv* ev);
+#endif
+
+  // virtual mdb_pos NextRowOid(morkEnv* ev, mdbOid* outOid);
+  virtual morkRow* NextRow(morkEnv* ev, mdbOid* outOid, mdb_pos* outPos);
+
+public: // typesafe refcounting inlines calling inherited morkNode methods
+  static void SlotWeakSearchRowCursor(morkSearchRowCursor* me,
+    morkEnv* ev, morkSearchRowCursor** ioSlot)
+  { morkNode::SlotWeakNode((morkNode*) me, ev, (morkNode**) ioSlot); }
+  
+  static void SlotStrongSearchRowCursor(morkSearchRowCursor* me,
+    morkEnv* ev, morkSearchRowCursor** ioSlot)
+  { morkNode::SlotStrongNode((morkNode*) me, ev, (morkNode**) ioSlot); }
+};
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+#endif /* _MORKSEARCHROWCURSOR_ */
diff --git a/db/mork/src/morkSink.cpp b/db/mork/src/morkSink.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1d4089c0a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/db/mork/src/morkSink.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,292 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-  */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _MDB_
+#include "mdb.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORK_
+#include "mork.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKSINK_
+#include "morkSink.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKENV_
+#include "morkEnv.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKBLOB_
+#include "morkBlob.h"
+#endif
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+/*virtual*/ morkSink::~morkSink()
+{
+  mSink_At = 0;
+  mSink_End = 0;
+}
+
+/*virtual*/ void
+morkSpool::FlushSink(morkEnv* ev) // sync mSpool_Coil->mBuf_Fill
+{
+  morkCoil* coil = mSpool_Coil;
+  if ( coil )
+  {
+    mork_u1* body = (mork_u1*) coil->mBuf_Body;
+    if ( body )
+    {
+      mork_u1* at = mSink_At;
+      mork_u1* end = mSink_End;
+      if ( at >= body && at <= end ) // expected cursor order?
+      {
+        mork_fill fill = (mork_fill) (at - body); // current content size
+        if ( fill <= coil->mBlob_Size )
+          coil->mBuf_Fill = fill;
+        else
+        {
+          coil->BlobFillOverSizeError(ev);
+          coil->mBuf_Fill = coil->mBlob_Size; // make it safe
+        }
+      }
+      else
+        this->BadSpoolCursorOrderError(ev);
+    }
+    else
+      coil->NilBufBodyError(ev);
+  }
+  else
+    this->NilSpoolCoilError(ev);
+}
+
+/*virtual*/ void
+morkSpool::SpillPutc(morkEnv* ev, int c) // grow coil and write byte
+{
+  morkCoil* coil = mSpool_Coil;
+  if ( coil )
+  {
+    mork_u1* body = (mork_u1*) coil->mBuf_Body;
+    if ( body )
+    {
+      mork_u1* at = mSink_At;
+      mork_u1* end = mSink_End;
+      if ( at >= body && at <= end ) // expected cursor order?
+      {
+        mork_size size = coil->mBlob_Size;
+        mork_fill fill = (mork_fill) (at - body); // current content size
+        if ( fill <= size ) // less content than medium size?
+        {
+          coil->mBuf_Fill = fill;
+          if ( at >= end ) // need to grow the coil?
+          {
+            if ( size > 2048 ) // grow slower over 2K?
+              size += 512;
+            else
+            {
+              mork_size growth = ( size * 4 ) / 3; // grow by 33%
+              if ( growth < 64 ) // grow faster under (64 * 3)?
+                growth = 64;
+              size += growth;
+            }
+            if ( coil->GrowCoil(ev, size) ) // made coil bigger?
+            {
+              body = (mork_u1*) coil->mBuf_Body;
+              if ( body ) // have a coil body?
+              {
+                mSink_At = at = body + fill;
+                mSink_End = end = body + coil->mBlob_Size;
+              }
+              else
+                coil->NilBufBodyError(ev);
+            }
+          }
+          if ( ev->Good() ) // seem ready to write byte c?
+          {
+            if ( at < end ) // morkSink::Putc() would succeed?
+            {
+              *at++ = (mork_u1) c;
+              mSink_At = at;
+              coil->mBuf_Fill = fill + 1;
+            }
+            else
+              this->BadSpoolCursorOrderError(ev);
+          }
+        }
+        else // fill exceeds size
+        {
+          coil->BlobFillOverSizeError(ev);
+          coil->mBuf_Fill = coil->mBlob_Size; // make it safe
+        }
+      }
+      else
+        this->BadSpoolCursorOrderError(ev);
+    }
+    else
+      coil->NilBufBodyError(ev);
+  }
+  else
+    this->NilSpoolCoilError(ev);
+}
+
+// ````` ````` ````` `````   ````` ````` ````` `````  
+// public: // public non-poly morkSink methods
+
+/*virtual*/
+morkSpool::~morkSpool()
+// Zero all slots to show this sink is disabled, but destroy no memory.
+// Note it is typically unnecessary to flush this coil sink, since all
+// content is written directly to the coil without any buffering.
+{
+  mSink_At = 0;
+  mSink_End = 0;
+  mSpool_Coil = 0;
+}
+
+morkSpool::morkSpool(morkEnv* ev, morkCoil* ioCoil)
+// After installing the coil, calls Seek(ev, 0) to prepare for writing.
+: morkSink()
+, mSpool_Coil( 0 )
+{
+  mSink_At = 0; // set correctly later in Seek()
+  mSink_End = 0; // set correctly later in Seek()
+  
+  if ( ev->Good() )
+  {
+    if ( ioCoil )
+    {
+      mSpool_Coil = ioCoil;
+      this->Seek(ev, /*pos*/ 0);
+    }
+    else
+      ev->NilPointerError();
+  }
+}
+
+// ----- All boolean return values below are equal to ev->Good(): -----
+
+/*static*/ void
+morkSpool::BadSpoolCursorOrderError(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  ev->NewError("bad morkSpool cursor order");
+}
+
+/*static*/ void
+morkSpool::NilSpoolCoilError(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  ev->NewError("nil mSpool_Coil");
+}
+
+mork_bool
+morkSpool::Seek(morkEnv* ev, mork_pos inPos)
+// Changed the current write position in coil's buffer to inPos.
+// For example, to start writing the coil from scratch, use inPos==0.
+{
+  morkCoil* coil = mSpool_Coil;
+  if ( coil )
+  {
+    mork_size minSize = (mork_size) (inPos + 64);
+    
+    if ( coil->mBlob_Size < minSize )
+      coil->GrowCoil(ev, minSize);
+      
+    if ( ev->Good() )
+    {
+      coil->mBuf_Fill = (mork_fill) inPos;
+      mork_u1* body = (mork_u1*) coil->mBuf_Body;
+      if ( body )
+      {
+        mSink_At = body + inPos;
+        mSink_End = body + coil->mBlob_Size;
+      }
+      else
+        coil->NilBufBodyError(ev);
+    }
+  }
+  else
+    this->NilSpoolCoilError(ev);
+    
+  return ev->Good();
+}
+
+mork_bool
+morkSpool::Write(morkEnv* ev, const void* inBuf, mork_size inSize)
+// write inSize bytes of inBuf to current position inside coil's buffer
+{
+  // This method is conceptually very similar to morkStream::Write(),
+  // and this code was written while looking at that method for clues.
+ 
+  morkCoil* coil = mSpool_Coil;
+  if ( coil )
+  {
+    mork_u1* body = (mork_u1*) coil->mBuf_Body;
+    if ( body )
+    {
+      if ( inBuf && inSize ) // anything to write?
+      {
+        mork_u1* at = mSink_At;
+        mork_u1* end = mSink_End;
+        if ( at >= body && at <= end ) // expected cursor order?
+        {
+          // note coil->mBuf_Fill can be stale after morkSink::Putc():
+          mork_pos fill = at - body; // current content size
+          mork_num space = (mork_num) (end - at); // space left in body
+          if ( space < inSize ) // not enough to hold write?
+          {
+            mork_size minGrowth = space + 16;
+            mork_size minSize = coil->mBlob_Size + minGrowth;
+            if ( coil->GrowCoil(ev, minSize) )
+            {
+              body = (mork_u1*) coil->mBuf_Body;
+              if ( body )
+              {
+                mSink_At = at = body + fill;
+                mSink_End = end = body + coil->mBlob_Size;
+                space = (mork_num) (end - at); // space left in body
+              }
+              else
+                coil->NilBufBodyError(ev);
+            }
+          }
+          if ( ev->Good() )
+          {
+            if ( space >= inSize ) // enough room to hold write?
+            {
+              MORK_MEMCPY(at, inBuf, inSize); // into body
+              mSink_At = at + inSize; // advance past written bytes
+              coil->mBuf_Fill = fill + inSize; // "flush" to fix fill
+            }
+            else
+              ev->NewError("insufficient morkSpool space");
+          }
+        }
+        else
+          this->BadSpoolCursorOrderError(ev);
+      }
+    }
+    else
+      coil->NilBufBodyError(ev);
+  }
+  else
+    this->NilSpoolCoilError(ev);
+  
+  return ev->Good();
+}
+
+mork_bool
+morkSpool::PutString(morkEnv* ev, const char* inString)
+// call Write() with inBuf=inString and inSize=strlen(inString),
+// unless inString is null, in which case we then do nothing at all.
+{
+  if ( inString )
+  {
+    mork_size size = MORK_STRLEN(inString);
+    this->Write(ev, inString, size);
+  }
+  return ev->Good();
+}
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
diff --git a/db/mork/src/morkSink.h b/db/mork/src/morkSink.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4d501e76c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/db/mork/src/morkSink.h
@@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-  */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _MORKSINK_
+#define _MORKSINK_ 1
+
+#ifndef _MORK_
+#include "mork.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKBLOB_
+#include "morkBlob.h"
+#endif
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+/*| morkSink is intended to be a very cheap buffered i/o sink which
+**| writes to bufs and other strings a single byte at a time.  The
+**| basic idea is that writing a single byte has a very cheap average
+**| cost, because a polymophic function call need only occur when the
+**| space between At and End is exhausted.  The rest of the time a
+**| very cheap inline method will write a byte, and then bump a pointer.
+**|
+**|| At: the current position in some sequence of bytes at which to
+**| write the next byte put into the sink.  Presumably At points into
+**| the private storage of some space which is not yet filled (except
+**| when At reaches End, and the overflow must then spill).  Note both
+**| At and End are zeroed in the destructor to help show that a sink
+**| is no longer usable; this is safe because At==End causes the case
+**| where SpillPutc() is called to handled an exhausted buffer space.
+**|
+**|| End: an address one byte past the last byte which can be written
+**| without needing to make a buffer larger than previously.  When At
+**| and End are equal, this means there is no space to write a byte,
+**| and that some underlying buffer space must be grown before another
+**| byte can be written.  Note At must always be less than or equal to
+**| End, and otherwise an important invariant has failed severely.
+**|
+**|| Buf: this original class slot has been commented out in the new
+**| and more abstract version of this sink class, but the general idea
+**| behind this slot should be explained to help design subclasses.
+**| Each subclass should provide space into which At and End can point,
+**| where End is beyond the last writable byte, and At is less than or
+**| equal to this point inside the same buffer.  With some kinds of
+**| medium, such as writing to an instance of morkBlob, it is feasible
+**| to point directly into the final resting place for all the content
+**| written to the medium.  Other mediums such as files, which write
+**| only through function calls, will typically need a local buffer
+**| to efficiently accumulate many bytes between such function calls.
+**|
+**|| FlushSink: this flush method should move any buffered content to 
+**| its final destination.  For example, for buffered writes to a
+**| string medium, where string methods are function calls and not just
+**| inline macros, it is faster to accumulate many bytes in a small
+**| local buffer and then move these en masse later in a single call.
+**|
+**|| SpillPutc: when At is greater than or equal to End, this means an
+**| underlying buffer has become full, so the buffer must be flushed
+**| before a new byte can be written.  The intention is that SpillPutc()
+**| will be equivalent to calling FlushSink() followed by another call
+**| to Putc(), where the flush is expected to make At less then End once
+**| again.  Except that FlushSink() need not make the underlying buffer
+**| any larger, and SpillPutc() typically must make room for more bytes.
+**| Note subclasses might want to guard against the case that both At
+**| and End are null, which happens when a sink is destroyed, which sets
+**| both these pointers to null as an indication the sink is disabled.
+|*/
+class morkSink {
+    
+// ````` ````` ````` `````   ````` ````` ````` `````  
+public: // public sink virtual methods
+
+  virtual void FlushSink(morkEnv* ev) = 0;
+  virtual void SpillPutc(morkEnv* ev, int c) = 0;
+
+// ````` ````` ````` `````   ````` ````` ````` `````  
+public: // member variables
+
+  mork_u1*     mSink_At;     // pointer into mSink_Buf
+  mork_u1*     mSink_End;    // one byte past last content byte
+
+// define morkSink_kBufSize 256 /* small enough to go on stack */
+
+  // mork_u1      mSink_Buf[ morkSink_kBufSize + 4 ];
+  // want plus one for any needed end null byte; use plus 4 for alignment
+   
+// ````` ````` ````` `````   ````` ````` ````` `````  
+public: // public non-poly morkSink methods
+
+  virtual ~morkSink(); // zero both At and End; virtual for subclasses
+  morkSink() { } // does nothing; subclasses must set At and End suitably
+
+  void Putc(morkEnv* ev, int c)
+  { 
+    if ( mSink_At < mSink_End )
+      *mSink_At++ = (mork_u1) c;
+    else
+      this->SpillPutc(ev, c);
+  }
+};
+
+/*| morkSpool: an output sink that efficiently writes individual bytes
+**| or entire byte sequences to a coil instance, which grows as needed by
+**| using the heap instance in the coil to grow the internal buffer.
+**|
+**|| Note we do not "own" the coil referenced by mSpool_Coil, and
+**| the lifetime of the coil is expected to equal or exceed that of this
+**| sink by some external means.  Typical usage might involve keeping an
+**| instance of morkCoil and an instance of morkSpool in the same
+**| owning parent object, which uses the spool with the associated coil.
+|*/
+class morkSpool : public morkSink { // for buffered i/o to a morkCoil
+
+// ````` ````` ````` `````   ````` ````` ````` `````  
+public: // public sink virtual methods
+
+  // when morkSink::Putc() moves mSink_At, mSpool_Coil->mBuf_Fill is wrong:
+
+  virtual void FlushSink(morkEnv* ev); // sync mSpool_Coil->mBuf_Fill
+  virtual void SpillPutc(morkEnv* ev, int c); // grow coil and write byte
+
+// ````` ````` ````` `````   ````` ````` ````` `````  
+public: // member variables
+  morkCoil*   mSpool_Coil; // destination medium for written bytes
+    
+// ````` ````` ````` `````   ````` ````` ````` `````  
+public: // public non-poly morkSink methods
+
+  static void BadSpoolCursorOrderError(morkEnv* ev);
+  static void NilSpoolCoilError(morkEnv* ev);
+
+  virtual ~morkSpool();
+  // Zero all slots to show this sink is disabled, but destroy no memory.
+  // Note it is typically unnecessary to flush this coil sink, since all
+  // content is written directly to the coil without any buffering.
+  
+  morkSpool(morkEnv* ev, morkCoil* ioCoil);
+  // After installing the coil, calls Seek(ev, 0) to prepare for writing.
+  
+  // ----- All boolean return values below are equal to ev->Good(): -----
+
+  mork_bool Seek(morkEnv* ev, mork_pos inPos);
+  // Changed the current write position in coil's buffer to inPos.
+  // For example, to start writing the coil from scratch, use inPos==0.
+
+  mork_bool Write(morkEnv* ev, const void* inBuf, mork_size inSize);
+  // write inSize bytes of inBuf to current position inside coil's buffer
+
+  mork_bool PutBuf(morkEnv* ev, const morkBuf& inBuffer)
+  { return this->Write(ev, inBuffer.mBuf_Body, inBuffer.mBuf_Fill); }
+  
+  mork_bool PutString(morkEnv* ev, const char* inString);
+  // call Write() with inBuf=inString and inSize=strlen(inString),
+  // unless inString is null, in which case we then do nothing at all.
+};
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+#endif /* _MORKSINK_ */
diff --git a/db/mork/src/morkSpace.cpp b/db/mork/src/morkSpace.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b19a6e737
--- /dev/null
+++ b/db/mork/src/morkSpace.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,152 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-  */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _MDB_
+#include "mdb.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORK_
+#include "mork.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKNODE_
+#include "morkNode.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKMAP_
+#include "morkMap.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKSPACE_
+#include "morkSpace.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKMAP_
+#include "morkMap.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKENV_
+#include "morkEnv.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKSTORE_
+#include "morkStore.h"
+#endif
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+// ````` ````` ````` ````` ````` 
+// { ===== begin morkNode interface =====
+
+/*public virtual*/ void
+morkSpace::CloseMorkNode(morkEnv* ev) // CloseSpace() only if open
+{
+  if ( this->IsOpenNode() )
+  {
+    this->MarkClosing();
+    this->CloseSpace(ev);
+    this->MarkShut();
+  }
+}
+
+/*public virtual*/
+morkSpace::~morkSpace() // assert CloseSpace() executed earlier
+{
+  MORK_ASSERT(SpaceScope()==0);
+  MORK_ASSERT(mSpace_Store==0);
+  MORK_ASSERT(this->IsShutNode());
+}    
+
+/*public non-poly*/
+//morkSpace::morkSpace(morkEnv* ev, const morkUsage& inUsage,
+//  nsIMdbHeap* ioNodeHeap, const morkMapForm& inForm,
+//  nsIMdbHeap* ioSlotHeap)
+//: morkNode(ev, inUsage, ioNodeHeap)
+//, mSpace_Map(ev, morkUsage::kMember, (nsIMdbHeap*) 0, ioSlotHeap)
+//{
+//  ev->StubMethodOnlyError();
+//}
+
+/*public non-poly*/
+morkSpace::morkSpace(morkEnv* ev,
+  const morkUsage& inUsage, mork_scope inScope, morkStore* ioStore,
+  nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap, nsIMdbHeap* ioSlotHeap)
+: morkBead(ev, inUsage, ioHeap, inScope)
+, mSpace_Store( 0 )
+, mSpace_DoAutoIDs( morkBool_kFalse )
+, mSpace_HaveDoneAutoIDs( morkBool_kFalse )
+, mSpace_CanDirty( morkBool_kFalse ) // only when store can be dirtied
+{
+  if ( ev->Good() )
+  {
+    if ( ioStore && ioSlotHeap )
+    {
+      morkStore::SlotWeakStore(ioStore, ev, &mSpace_Store);
+
+      mSpace_CanDirty = ioStore->mStore_CanDirty;
+      if ( mSpace_CanDirty ) // this new space dirties the store?
+        this->MaybeDirtyStoreAndSpace();
+        
+      if ( ev->Good() )
+        mNode_Derived = morkDerived_kSpace;
+    }
+    else
+      ev->NilPointerError();
+  }
+}
+
+/*public non-poly*/ void
+morkSpace::CloseSpace(morkEnv* ev) // called by CloseMorkNode();
+{
+    if ( this->IsNode() )
+    {
+      morkStore::SlotWeakStore((morkStore*) 0, ev, &mSpace_Store);
+      mBead_Color = 0; // this->CloseBead();
+      this->MarkShut();
+    }
+    else
+      this->NonNodeError(ev);
+}
+
+// } ===== end morkNode methods =====
+// ````` ````` ````` ````` ````` 
+
+/*static*/ void 
+morkSpace::NonAsciiSpaceScopeName(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  ev->NewError("SpaceScope() > 0x7F");
+}
+
+/*static*/ void 
+morkSpace::NilSpaceStoreError(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  ev->NewError("nil mSpace_Store");
+}
+
+morkPool* morkSpace::GetSpaceStorePool() const
+{
+  return &mSpace_Store->mStore_Pool;
+}
+
+mork_bool morkSpace::MaybeDirtyStoreAndSpace()
+{
+  morkStore* store = mSpace_Store;
+  if ( store && store->mStore_CanDirty )
+  {
+    store->SetStoreDirty();
+    mSpace_CanDirty = morkBool_kTrue;
+  }
+  
+  if ( mSpace_CanDirty )
+  {
+    this->SetSpaceDirty();
+    return morkBool_kTrue;
+  }
+  
+  return morkBool_kFalse;
+}
+
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
diff --git a/db/mork/src/morkSpace.h b/db/mork/src/morkSpace.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a0a12d116
--- /dev/null
+++ b/db/mork/src/morkSpace.h
@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-  */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _MORKSPACE_
+#define _MORKSPACE_ 1
+
+#ifndef _MORK_
+#include "mork.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKNODE_
+#include "morkNode.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKBEAD_
+#include "morkBead.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKMAP_
+#include "morkMap.h"
+#endif
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+#define morkSpace_kInitialSpaceSlots  /*i*/ 1024 /* default */
+#define morkDerived_kSpace  /*i*/ 0x5370 /* ascii 'Sp' */
+
+/*| morkSpace:
+|*/
+class morkSpace : public morkBead { // 
+
+// public: // slots inherited from morkNode (meant to inform only)
+  // nsIMdbHeap*       mNode_Heap;
+
+  // mork_base      mNode_Base;     // must equal morkBase_kNode
+  // mork_derived   mNode_Derived;  // depends on specific node subclass
+  
+  // mork_access    mNode_Access;   // kOpen, kClosing, kShut, or kDead
+  // mork_usage     mNode_Usage;    // kHeap, kStack, kMember, kGlobal, kNone
+  // mork_able      mNode_Mutable;  // can this node be modified?
+  // mork_load      mNode_Load;     // is this node clean or dirty?
+  
+  // mork_uses      mNode_Uses;     // refcount for strong refs
+  // mork_refs      mNode_Refs;     // refcount for strong refs + weak refs
+
+  // mork_color      mBead_Color;   // ID for this bead
+
+public: // bead color setter & getter replace obsolete member mTable_Id:
+
+  mork_tid     SpaceScope() const { return mBead_Color; }
+  void         SetSpaceScope(mork_scope inScope) { mBead_Color = inScope; }
+
+public: // state is public because the entire Mork system is private
+
+  morkStore*  mSpace_Store; // weak ref to containing store
+    
+  mork_bool   mSpace_DoAutoIDs;    // whether db should assign member IDs
+  mork_bool   mSpace_HaveDoneAutoIDs; // whether actually auto assigned IDs
+  mork_bool   mSpace_CanDirty; // changes imply the store becomes dirty?
+  mork_u1     mSpace_Pad;    // pad to u4 alignment
+
+public: // more specific dirty methods for space:
+  void SetSpaceDirty() { this->SetNodeDirty(); }
+  void SetSpaceClean() { this->SetNodeClean(); }
+  
+  mork_bool IsSpaceClean() const { return this->IsNodeClean(); }
+  mork_bool IsSpaceDirty() const { return this->IsNodeDirty(); }
+
+// { ===== begin morkNode interface =====
+public: // morkNode virtual methods
+  virtual void CloseMorkNode(morkEnv* ev); // CloseSpace() only if open
+  virtual ~morkSpace(); // assert that CloseSpace() executed earlier
+  
+public: // morkMap construction & destruction
+  //morkSpace(morkEnv* ev, const morkUsage& inUsage, nsIMdbHeap* ioNodeHeap,
+  //  const morkMapForm& inForm, nsIMdbHeap* ioSlotHeap);
+  
+  morkSpace(morkEnv* ev, const morkUsage& inUsage,mork_scope inScope, 
+    morkStore* ioStore, nsIMdbHeap* ioNodeHeap, nsIMdbHeap* ioSlotHeap);
+  void CloseSpace(morkEnv* ev); // called by CloseMorkNode();
+
+public: // dynamic type identification
+  mork_bool IsSpace() const
+  { return IsNode() && mNode_Derived == morkDerived_kSpace; }
+// } ===== end morkNode methods =====
+
+public: // other space methods
+  
+  mork_bool MaybeDirtyStoreAndSpace();
+
+  static void NonAsciiSpaceScopeName(morkEnv* ev);
+  static void NilSpaceStoreError(morkEnv* ev);
+
+  morkPool* GetSpaceStorePool() const;
+
+public: // typesafe refcounting inlines calling inherited morkNode methods
+  static void SlotWeakSpace(morkSpace* me,
+    morkEnv* ev, morkSpace** ioSlot)
+  { morkNode::SlotWeakNode((morkNode*) me, ev, (morkNode**) ioSlot); }
+  
+  static void SlotStrongSpace(morkSpace* me,
+    morkEnv* ev, morkSpace** ioSlot)
+  { morkNode::SlotStrongNode((morkNode*) me, ev, (morkNode**) ioSlot); }
+};
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+#endif /* _MORKSPACE_ */
diff --git a/db/mork/src/morkStore.cpp b/db/mork/src/morkStore.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..47f145c83
--- /dev/null
+++ b/db/mork/src/morkStore.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,2290 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-  */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+  
+#ifndef _MDB_
+#include "mdb.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORK_
+#include "mork.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKNODE_
+#include "morkNode.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKBLOB_
+#include "morkBlob.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKMAP_
+#include "morkMap.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKENV_
+#include "morkEnv.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKSTORE_
+#include "morkStore.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKFACTORY_
+#include "morkFactory.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKNODEMAP_
+#include "morkNodeMap.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKROW_
+#include "morkRow.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKTHUMB_
+#include "morkThumb.h"
+#endif
+// #ifndef _MORKFILE_
+// #include "morkFile.h"
+// #endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKBUILDER_
+#include "morkBuilder.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKATOMSPACE_
+#include "morkAtomSpace.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKSTREAM_
+#include "morkStream.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKATOMSPACE_
+#include "morkAtomSpace.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKROWSPACE_
+#include "morkRowSpace.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKPORTTABLECURSOR_
+#include "morkPortTableCursor.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKTABLE_
+#include "morkTable.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKROWMAP_
+#include "morkRowMap.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKPARSER_
+#include "morkParser.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+// ````` ````` ````` ````` ````` 
+// { ===== begin morkNode interface =====
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+// ````` ````` ````` ````` ````` 
+// { ===== begin morkNode interface =====
+
+/*public virtual*/ void
+morkStore::CloseMorkNode(morkEnv* ev) // ClosePort() only if open
+{
+  if ( this->IsOpenNode() )
+  {
+    this->MarkClosing();
+    this->CloseStore(ev);
+    this->MarkShut();
+  }
+}
+
+/*public non-poly*/ void
+morkStore::ClosePort(morkEnv* ev) // called by CloseMorkNode();
+{
+    if ( this->IsNode() )
+    {
+      morkFactory::SlotWeakFactory((morkFactory*) 0, ev, &mPort_Factory);
+      nsIMdbHeap_SlotStrongHeap((nsIMdbHeap*) 0, ev, &mPort_Heap);
+      this->CloseObject(ev);
+      this->MarkShut();
+    }
+    else
+      this->NonNodeError(ev);
+}
+
+/*public virtual*/
+morkStore::~morkStore() // assert CloseStore() executed earlier
+{
+  MOZ_COUNT_DTOR(morkStore);
+  if (IsOpenNode())
+    CloseMorkNode(mMorkEnv);
+  MORK_ASSERT(this->IsShutNode());
+  MORK_ASSERT(mStore_File==0);
+  MORK_ASSERT(mStore_InStream==0);
+  MORK_ASSERT(mStore_OutStream==0);
+  MORK_ASSERT(mStore_Builder==0);
+  MORK_ASSERT(mStore_OidAtomSpace==0);
+  MORK_ASSERT(mStore_GroundAtomSpace==0);
+  MORK_ASSERT(mStore_GroundColumnSpace==0);
+  MORK_ASSERT(mStore_RowSpaces.IsShutNode());
+  MORK_ASSERT(mStore_AtomSpaces.IsShutNode());
+  MORK_ASSERT(mStore_Pool.IsShutNode());
+}
+
+/*public non-poly*/
+morkStore::morkStore(morkEnv* ev, const morkUsage& inUsage,
+     nsIMdbHeap* ioNodeHeap, // the heap (if any) for this node instance
+     morkFactory* inFactory, // the factory for this
+     nsIMdbHeap* ioPortHeap  // the heap to hold all content in the port
+     )
+: morkObject(ev, inUsage, ioNodeHeap, morkColor_kNone, (morkHandle*) 0)
+, mPort_Env( ev )
+, mPort_Factory( 0 )
+, mPort_Heap( 0 )
+, mStore_OidAtomSpace( 0 )
+, mStore_GroundAtomSpace( 0 )
+, mStore_GroundColumnSpace( 0 )
+
+, mStore_File( 0 )
+, mStore_InStream( 0 )
+, mStore_Builder( 0 )
+, mStore_OutStream( 0 )
+
+, mStore_RowSpaces(ev, morkUsage::kMember, (nsIMdbHeap*) 0, ioPortHeap)
+, mStore_AtomSpaces(ev, morkUsage::kMember, (nsIMdbHeap*) 0, ioPortHeap)
+, mStore_Zone(ev, morkUsage::kMember, (nsIMdbHeap*) 0, ioPortHeap)
+, mStore_Pool(ev, morkUsage::kMember, (nsIMdbHeap*) 0, ioPortHeap)
+
+, mStore_CommitGroupIdentity( 0 )
+
+, mStore_FirstCommitGroupPos( 0 )
+, mStore_SecondCommitGroupPos( 0 )
+
+// disable auto-assignment of atom IDs until someone knows it is okay:
+, mStore_CanAutoAssignAtomIdentity( morkBool_kFalse )
+, mStore_CanDirty( morkBool_kFalse ) // not until the store is open
+, mStore_CanWriteIncremental( morkBool_kTrue ) // always with few exceptions
+{
+  MOZ_COUNT_CTOR(morkStore);
+  if ( ev->Good() )
+  {
+    if ( inFactory && ioPortHeap )
+    {
+      morkFactory::SlotWeakFactory(inFactory, ev, &mPort_Factory);
+      nsIMdbHeap_SlotStrongHeap(ioPortHeap, ev, &mPort_Heap);
+      if ( ev->Good() )
+        mNode_Derived = morkDerived_kPort;
+    }
+    else
+      ev->NilPointerError();
+  }
+  if ( ev->Good() )
+  {
+    mNode_Derived = morkDerived_kStore;
+    
+  }
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED(morkStore, morkObject, nsIMdbStore)
+
+/*public non-poly*/ void
+morkStore::CloseStore(morkEnv* ev) // called by CloseMorkNode();
+{
+    if ( this->IsNode() )
+    {
+
+      nsIMdbFile* file = mStore_File;
+      file->AddRef();
+
+      morkFactory::SlotWeakFactory((morkFactory*) 0, ev, &mPort_Factory);
+      nsIMdbHeap_SlotStrongHeap((nsIMdbHeap*) 0, ev, &mPort_Heap);
+      morkAtomSpace::SlotStrongAtomSpace((morkAtomSpace*) 0, ev,
+        &mStore_OidAtomSpace);
+      morkAtomSpace::SlotStrongAtomSpace((morkAtomSpace*) 0, ev,
+        &mStore_GroundAtomSpace);
+      morkAtomSpace::SlotStrongAtomSpace((morkAtomSpace*) 0, ev,
+        &mStore_GroundColumnSpace);
+      mStore_RowSpaces.CloseMorkNode(ev);
+      mStore_AtomSpaces.CloseMorkNode(ev);
+      morkBuilder::SlotStrongBuilder((morkBuilder*) 0, ev, &mStore_Builder);
+      
+      nsIMdbFile_SlotStrongFile((nsIMdbFile*) 0, ev,
+        &mStore_File);
+      
+      file->Release();
+
+      morkStream::SlotStrongStream((morkStream*) 0, ev, &mStore_InStream);
+      morkStream::SlotStrongStream((morkStream*) 0, ev, &mStore_OutStream);
+
+      mStore_Pool.CloseMorkNode(ev);
+      mStore_Zone.CloseMorkNode(ev);
+      this->ClosePort(ev);
+      this->MarkShut();
+    }
+    else
+      this->NonNodeError(ev);
+}
+
+// } ===== end morkNode methods =====
+// ````` ````` ````` ````` ````` 
+
+
+mork_bool morkStore::DoPreferLargeOverCompressCommit(morkEnv* ev)
+  // true when mStore_CanWriteIncremental && store has file large enough 
+{
+  nsIMdbFile* file = mStore_File;
+  if ( file && mStore_CanWriteIncremental )
+  {
+    mdb_pos fileEof = 0;
+    file->Eof(ev->AsMdbEnv(), &fileEof);
+    if ( ev->Good() && fileEof > 128 )
+      return morkBool_kTrue;
+  }
+  return morkBool_kFalse;
+}
+
+mork_percent morkStore::PercentOfStoreWasted(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  mork_percent outPercent = 0;
+  nsIMdbFile* file = mStore_File;
+  
+  if ( file )
+  {
+    mork_pos firstPos = mStore_FirstCommitGroupPos;
+    mork_pos secondPos = mStore_SecondCommitGroupPos;
+    if ( firstPos || secondPos )
+    {
+      if ( firstPos < 512 && secondPos > firstPos )
+        firstPos = secondPos; // better approximation of first commit
+        
+      mork_pos fileLength = 0;
+      file->Eof(ev->AsMdbEnv(), &fileLength); // end of file
+      if ( ev->Good() && fileLength > firstPos )
+      {
+        mork_size groupContent = fileLength - firstPos;
+        outPercent = ( groupContent * 100 ) / fileLength;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  else
+    this->NilStoreFileError(ev);
+    
+  return outPercent;
+}
+
+void
+morkStore::SetStoreAndAllSpacesCanDirty(morkEnv* ev, mork_bool inCanDirty)
+{
+  mStore_CanDirty = inCanDirty;
+  
+  mork_change* c = 0;
+  mork_scope* key = 0; // ignore keys in maps
+
+  if ( ev->Good() )
+  {
+    morkAtomSpaceMapIter asi(ev, &mStore_AtomSpaces);
+
+    morkAtomSpace* atomSpace = 0; // old val node in the map
+    
+    for ( c = asi.FirstAtomSpace(ev, key, &atomSpace); c && ev->Good();
+          c = asi.NextAtomSpace(ev, key, &atomSpace) )
+    {
+      if ( atomSpace )
+      {
+        if ( atomSpace->IsAtomSpace() )
+          atomSpace->mSpace_CanDirty = inCanDirty;
+        else
+          atomSpace->NonAtomSpaceTypeError(ev);
+      }
+      else
+        ev->NilPointerError();
+    }
+  }
+
+  if ( ev->Good() )
+  {
+    morkRowSpaceMapIter rsi(ev, &mStore_RowSpaces);
+    morkRowSpace* rowSpace = 0; // old val node in the map
+    
+    for ( c = rsi.FirstRowSpace(ev, key, &rowSpace); c && ev->Good();
+          c = rsi.NextRowSpace(ev, key, &rowSpace) )
+    {
+      if ( rowSpace )
+      {
+        if ( rowSpace->IsRowSpace() )
+          rowSpace->mSpace_CanDirty = inCanDirty;
+        else
+          rowSpace->NonRowSpaceTypeError(ev);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+void
+morkStore::RenumberAllCollectableContent(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  MORK_USED_1(ev);
+  // do nothing currently
+}
+
+nsIMdbStore*
+morkStore::AcquireStoreHandle(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  return this;
+}
+
+
+morkFarBookAtom*
+morkStore::StageAliasAsFarBookAtom(morkEnv* ev, const morkMid* inMid,
+   morkAtomSpace* ioSpace, mork_cscode inForm)
+{
+  if ( inMid && inMid->mMid_Buf )
+  {
+    const morkBuf* buf = inMid->mMid_Buf;
+    mork_size length = buf->mBuf_Fill;
+    if ( length <= morkBookAtom_kMaxBodySize )
+    {
+      mork_aid dummyAid = 1;
+      //mStore_BookAtom.InitMaxBookAtom(ev, *buf, 
+      //  inForm, ioSpace, dummyAid);
+       
+      mStore_FarBookAtom.InitFarBookAtom(ev, *buf, 
+        inForm, ioSpace, dummyAid);
+      return &mStore_FarBookAtom;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+    ev->NilPointerError();
+    
+  return (morkFarBookAtom*) 0;
+}
+
+morkFarBookAtom*
+morkStore::StageYarnAsFarBookAtom(morkEnv* ev, const mdbYarn* inYarn,
+   morkAtomSpace* ioSpace)
+{
+  if ( inYarn && inYarn->mYarn_Buf )
+  {
+    mork_size length = inYarn->mYarn_Fill;
+    if ( length <= morkBookAtom_kMaxBodySize )
+    {
+      morkBuf buf(inYarn->mYarn_Buf, length);
+      mork_aid dummyAid = 1;
+      //mStore_BookAtom.InitMaxBookAtom(ev, buf, 
+      //  inYarn->mYarn_Form, ioSpace, dummyAid);
+      mStore_FarBookAtom.InitFarBookAtom(ev, buf, 
+        inYarn->mYarn_Form, ioSpace, dummyAid);
+      return &mStore_FarBookAtom;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+    ev->NilPointerError();
+    
+  return (morkFarBookAtom*) 0;
+}
+
+morkFarBookAtom*
+morkStore::StageStringAsFarBookAtom(morkEnv* ev, const char* inString,
+   mork_cscode inForm, morkAtomSpace* ioSpace)
+{
+  if ( inString )
+  {
+    mork_size length = MORK_STRLEN(inString);
+    if ( length <= morkBookAtom_kMaxBodySize )
+    {
+      morkBuf buf(inString, length);
+      mork_aid dummyAid = 1;
+      //mStore_BookAtom.InitMaxBookAtom(ev, buf, inForm, ioSpace, dummyAid);
+      mStore_FarBookAtom.InitFarBookAtom(ev, buf, inForm, ioSpace, dummyAid);
+      return &mStore_FarBookAtom;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+    ev->NilPointerError();
+    
+  return (morkFarBookAtom*) 0;
+}
+
+morkAtomSpace* morkStore::LazyGetOidAtomSpace(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  MORK_USED_1(ev);
+  if ( !mStore_OidAtomSpace )
+  {
+  }
+  return mStore_OidAtomSpace;
+}
+
+morkAtomSpace* morkStore::LazyGetGroundAtomSpace(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  if ( !mStore_GroundAtomSpace )
+  {
+    mork_scope atomScope = morkStore_kValueSpaceScope;
+    nsIMdbHeap* heap = mPort_Heap;
+    morkAtomSpace* space = new(*heap, ev) 
+      morkAtomSpace(ev, morkUsage::kHeap, atomScope, this, heap, heap);
+      
+    if ( space ) // successful space creation?
+    {
+      this->MaybeDirtyStore();
+    
+      mStore_GroundAtomSpace = space; // transfer strong ref to this slot
+      mStore_AtomSpaces.AddAtomSpace(ev, space);
+    }
+  }
+  return mStore_GroundAtomSpace;
+}
+
+morkAtomSpace* morkStore::LazyGetGroundColumnSpace(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  if ( !mStore_GroundColumnSpace )
+  {
+    mork_scope atomScope = morkStore_kGroundColumnSpace;
+    nsIMdbHeap* heap = mPort_Heap;
+    morkAtomSpace* space = new(*heap, ev) 
+      morkAtomSpace(ev, morkUsage::kHeap, atomScope, this, heap, heap);
+      
+    if ( space ) // successful space creation?
+    {
+      this->MaybeDirtyStore();
+    
+      mStore_GroundColumnSpace = space; // transfer strong ref to this slot
+      mStore_AtomSpaces.AddAtomSpace(ev, space);
+    }
+  }
+  return mStore_GroundColumnSpace;
+}
+
+morkStream* morkStore::LazyGetInStream(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  if ( !mStore_InStream )
+  {
+    nsIMdbFile* file = mStore_File;
+    if ( file )
+    {
+      morkStream* stream = new(*mPort_Heap, ev) 
+        morkStream(ev, morkUsage::kHeap, mPort_Heap, file,
+          morkStore_kStreamBufSize, /*frozen*/ morkBool_kTrue);
+      if ( stream )
+      {
+        this->MaybeDirtyStore();
+        mStore_InStream = stream; // transfer strong ref to this slot
+      }
+    }
+    else
+      this->NilStoreFileError(ev);
+  }
+  return mStore_InStream;
+}
+
+morkStream* morkStore::LazyGetOutStream(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  if ( !mStore_OutStream )
+  {
+    nsIMdbFile* file = mStore_File;
+    if ( file )
+    {
+      morkStream* stream = new(*mPort_Heap, ev) 
+        morkStream(ev, morkUsage::kHeap, mPort_Heap, file,
+          morkStore_kStreamBufSize, /*frozen*/ morkBool_kFalse);
+      if ( stream )
+      {
+        this->MaybeDirtyStore();
+        mStore_InStream = stream; // transfer strong ref to this slot
+      }
+    }
+    else
+      this->NilStoreFileError(ev);
+  }
+  return mStore_OutStream;
+}
+
+void
+morkStore::ForgetBuilder(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  if ( mStore_Builder )
+    morkBuilder::SlotStrongBuilder((morkBuilder*) 0, ev, &mStore_Builder);
+  if ( mStore_InStream )
+    morkStream::SlotStrongStream((morkStream*) 0, ev, &mStore_InStream);
+}
+
+morkBuilder* morkStore::LazyGetBuilder(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  if ( !mStore_Builder )
+  {
+    morkStream* stream = this->LazyGetInStream(ev);
+    if ( stream )
+    {
+      nsIMdbHeap* heap = mPort_Heap;
+      morkBuilder* builder = new(*heap, ev) 
+        morkBuilder(ev, morkUsage::kHeap, heap, stream,
+          morkBuilder_kDefaultBytesPerParseSegment, heap, this);
+      if ( builder )
+      {
+        mStore_Builder = builder; // transfer strong ref to this slot
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return mStore_Builder;
+}
+
+morkRowSpace*
+morkStore::LazyGetRowSpace(morkEnv* ev, mdb_scope inRowScope)
+{
+  morkRowSpace* outSpace = mStore_RowSpaces.GetRowSpace(ev, inRowScope);
+  if ( !outSpace && ev->Good() ) // try to make new space?
+  {
+    nsIMdbHeap* heap = mPort_Heap;
+    outSpace = new(*heap, ev) 
+      morkRowSpace(ev, morkUsage::kHeap, inRowScope, this, heap, heap);
+      
+    if ( outSpace ) // successful space creation?
+    {
+      this->MaybeDirtyStore();
+    
+      // note adding to node map creates its own strong ref...
+      if ( mStore_RowSpaces.AddRowSpace(ev, outSpace) )
+        outSpace->CutStrongRef(ev); // ...so we can drop our strong ref
+    }
+  }
+  return outSpace;
+}
+
+morkAtomSpace*
+morkStore::LazyGetAtomSpace(morkEnv* ev, mdb_scope inAtomScope)
+{
+  morkAtomSpace* outSpace = mStore_AtomSpaces.GetAtomSpace(ev, inAtomScope);
+  if ( !outSpace && ev->Good() ) // try to make new space?
+  {
+    if ( inAtomScope == morkStore_kValueSpaceScope )
+      outSpace = this->LazyGetGroundAtomSpace(ev);
+      
+    else if ( inAtomScope == morkStore_kGroundColumnSpace )
+      outSpace = this->LazyGetGroundColumnSpace(ev);
+    else
+    {
+      nsIMdbHeap* heap = mPort_Heap;
+      outSpace = new(*heap, ev) 
+        morkAtomSpace(ev, morkUsage::kHeap, inAtomScope, this, heap, heap);
+        
+      if ( outSpace ) // successful space creation?
+      {
+        this->MaybeDirtyStore();
+    
+        // note adding to node map creates its own strong ref...
+        if ( mStore_AtomSpaces.AddAtomSpace(ev, outSpace) )
+          outSpace->CutStrongRef(ev); // ...so we can drop our strong ref
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return outSpace;
+}
+
+/*static*/ void
+morkStore::NonStoreTypeError(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  ev->NewError("non morkStore");
+}
+
+/*static*/ void
+morkStore::NilStoreFileError(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  ev->NewError("nil mStore_File");
+}
+
+/*static*/ void
+morkStore::CannotAutoAssignAtomIdentityError(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  ev->NewError("false mStore_CanAutoAssignAtomIdentity");
+}
+
+
+mork_bool
+morkStore::OpenStoreFile(morkEnv* ev, mork_bool inFrozen,
+    // const char* inFilePath,
+    nsIMdbFile* ioFile, // db abstract file interface
+    const mdbOpenPolicy* inOpenPolicy)
+{
+  MORK_USED_2(inOpenPolicy,inFrozen);
+  nsIMdbFile_SlotStrongFile(ioFile, ev, &mStore_File);
+  
+  // if ( ev->Good() )
+  // {
+  //   morkFile* file = morkFile::OpenOldFile(ev, mPort_Heap,
+  //     inFilePath, inFrozen);
+  //   if ( ioFile )
+  //   {
+  //     if ( ev->Good() )
+  //       morkFile::SlotStrongFile(file, ev, &mStore_File);
+  //     else
+  //       file->CutStrongRef(ev);
+  //       
+  //   }
+  // }
+  return ev->Good();
+}
+
+mork_bool
+morkStore::CreateStoreFile(morkEnv* ev,
+    // const char* inFilePath,
+    nsIMdbFile* ioFile, // db abstract file interface
+    const mdbOpenPolicy* inOpenPolicy)
+{
+  MORK_USED_1(inOpenPolicy);
+  nsIMdbFile_SlotStrongFile(ioFile, ev, &mStore_File);
+  
+  return ev->Good();
+}
+
+morkAtom*
+morkStore::CopyAtom(morkEnv* ev, const morkAtom* inAtom)
+// copy inAtom (from some other store) over to this store
+{
+  morkAtom* outAtom = 0;
+  if ( inAtom )
+  {
+    mdbYarn yarn;
+    if ( morkAtom::AliasYarn(inAtom, &yarn) )
+      outAtom = this->YarnToAtom(ev, &yarn, true /* create */);
+  }
+  return outAtom;
+}
+
+morkAtom*
+morkStore::YarnToAtom(morkEnv* ev, const mdbYarn* inYarn, bool createIfMissing /* = true */)
+{
+  morkAtom* outAtom = 0;
+  if ( ev->Good() )
+  {
+    morkAtomSpace* groundSpace = this->LazyGetGroundAtomSpace(ev);
+    if ( groundSpace )
+    {
+      morkFarBookAtom* keyAtom =
+        this->StageYarnAsFarBookAtom(ev, inYarn, groundSpace);
+        
+      if ( keyAtom )
+      {
+        morkAtomBodyMap* map = &groundSpace->mAtomSpace_AtomBodies;
+        outAtom = map->GetAtom(ev, keyAtom);
+        if ( !outAtom && createIfMissing)
+        {
+          this->MaybeDirtyStore();
+          outAtom = groundSpace->MakeBookAtomCopy(ev, *keyAtom);
+        }
+      }
+      else if ( ev->Good() )
+      {
+        morkBuf b(inYarn->mYarn_Buf, inYarn->mYarn_Fill);
+        morkZone* z = &mStore_Zone;
+        outAtom = mStore_Pool.NewAnonAtom(ev, b, inYarn->mYarn_Form, z);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return outAtom;
+}
+
+mork_bool
+morkStore::MidToOid(morkEnv* ev, const morkMid& inMid, mdbOid* outOid)
+{
+  *outOid = inMid.mMid_Oid;
+  const morkBuf* buf = inMid.mMid_Buf;
+  if ( buf && !outOid->mOid_Scope )
+  {
+    if ( buf->mBuf_Fill <= morkBookAtom_kMaxBodySize )
+    {
+      if ( buf->mBuf_Fill == 1 )
+      {
+        mork_u1* name = (mork_u1*) buf->mBuf_Body;
+        if ( name )
+        {
+          outOid->mOid_Scope = (mork_scope) *name;
+          return ev->Good();
+        }
+      }
+      morkAtomSpace* groundSpace = this->LazyGetGroundColumnSpace(ev);
+      if ( groundSpace )
+      {
+        mork_cscode form = 0; // default
+        mork_aid aid = 1; // dummy
+        mStore_FarBookAtom.InitFarBookAtom(ev, *buf, form, groundSpace, aid);
+        morkFarBookAtom* keyAtom = &mStore_FarBookAtom;
+        morkAtomBodyMap* map = &groundSpace->mAtomSpace_AtomBodies;
+        morkBookAtom* bookAtom = map->GetAtom(ev, keyAtom);
+        if ( bookAtom )
+          outOid->mOid_Scope = bookAtom->mBookAtom_Id;
+        else
+        {
+          this->MaybeDirtyStore();
+          bookAtom = groundSpace->MakeBookAtomCopy(ev, *keyAtom);
+          if ( bookAtom )
+          {
+            outOid->mOid_Scope = bookAtom->mBookAtom_Id;
+            bookAtom->MakeCellUseForever(ev);
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return ev->Good();
+}
+
+morkRow*
+morkStore::MidToRow(morkEnv* ev, const morkMid& inMid)
+{
+  mdbOid tempOid;
+  this->MidToOid(ev, inMid, &tempOid);
+  return this->OidToRow(ev, &tempOid);
+}
+
+morkTable*
+morkStore::MidToTable(morkEnv* ev, const morkMid& inMid)
+{
+  mdbOid tempOid;
+  this->MidToOid(ev, inMid, &tempOid);
+  return this->OidToTable(ev, &tempOid, /*metarow*/ (mdbOid*) 0);
+}
+
+mork_bool
+morkStore::MidToYarn(morkEnv* ev, const morkMid& inMid, mdbYarn* outYarn)
+{
+  mdbOid tempOid;
+  this->MidToOid(ev, inMid, &tempOid);
+  return this->OidToYarn(ev, tempOid, outYarn);
+}
+
+mork_bool
+morkStore::OidToYarn(morkEnv* ev, const mdbOid& inOid, mdbYarn* outYarn)
+{
+  morkBookAtom* atom = 0;
+      
+  morkAtomSpace* atomSpace = mStore_AtomSpaces.GetAtomSpace(ev, inOid.mOid_Scope);
+  if ( atomSpace )
+  {
+    morkAtomAidMap* map = &atomSpace->mAtomSpace_AtomAids;
+    atom = map->GetAid(ev, (mork_aid) inOid.mOid_Id);
+  }
+  atom->GetYarn(outYarn); // note this is safe even when atom==nil
+
+  return ev->Good();
+}
+
+morkBookAtom*
+morkStore::MidToAtom(morkEnv* ev, const morkMid& inMid)
+{
+  morkBookAtom* outAtom = 0;
+  mdbOid oid;
+  if ( this->MidToOid(ev, inMid, &oid) )
+  {
+    morkAtomSpace* atomSpace = mStore_AtomSpaces.GetAtomSpace(ev, oid.mOid_Scope);
+    if ( atomSpace )
+    {
+      morkAtomAidMap* map = &atomSpace->mAtomSpace_AtomAids;
+      outAtom = map->GetAid(ev, (mork_aid) oid.mOid_Id);
+    }
+  }
+  return outAtom;
+}
+
+/*static*/ void
+morkStore::SmallTokenToOneByteYarn(morkEnv* ev, mdb_token inToken,
+  mdbYarn* outYarn)
+{
+  MORK_USED_1(ev);
+  if ( outYarn->mYarn_Buf && outYarn->mYarn_Size ) // any space in yarn at all?
+  {
+    mork_u1* buf = (mork_u1*) outYarn->mYarn_Buf; // for byte arithmetic
+    buf[ 0 ] = (mork_u1) inToken; // write the single byte
+    outYarn->mYarn_Fill = 1;
+    outYarn->mYarn_More = 0;
+  }
+  else // just record we could not write the single byte
+  {
+    outYarn->mYarn_More = 1;
+    outYarn->mYarn_Fill = 0;
+  }
+}
+
+void
+morkStore::TokenToString(morkEnv* ev, mdb_token inToken, mdbYarn* outTokenName)
+{
+  if ( inToken > morkAtomSpace_kMaxSevenBitAid )
+  {
+    morkBookAtom* atom = 0;
+    morkAtomSpace* space = mStore_GroundColumnSpace;
+    if ( space )
+      atom = space->mAtomSpace_AtomAids.GetAid(ev, (mork_aid) inToken);
+      
+    atom->GetYarn(outTokenName); // note this is safe even when atom==nil
+  }
+  else // token is an "immediate" single byte string representation?
+    this->SmallTokenToOneByteYarn(ev, inToken, outTokenName);
+}
+  
+// void
+// morkStore::SyncTokenIdChange(morkEnv* ev, const morkBookAtom* inAtom,
+//   const mdbOid* inOid)
+// {
+// mork_token   mStore_MorkNoneToken;    // token for "mork:none"   // fill=9
+// mork_column  mStore_CharsetToken;     // token for "charset"     // fill=7
+// mork_column  mStore_AtomScopeToken;   // token for "atomScope"   // fill=9
+// mork_column  mStore_RowScopeToken;    // token for "rowScope"    // fill=8
+// mork_column  mStore_TableScopeToken;  // token for "tableScope"  // fill=10
+// mork_column  mStore_ColumnScopeToken; // token for "columnScope" // fill=11
+// mork_kind    mStore_TableKindToken;   // token for "tableKind"   // fill=9
+// ---------------------ruler-for-token-length-above---123456789012
+// 
+//   if ( inOid->mOid_Scope == morkStore_kColumnSpaceScope && inAtom->IsWeeBook() )
+//   {
+//     const mork_u1* body = ((const morkWeeBookAtom*) inAtom)->mWeeBookAtom_Body;
+//     mork_size size = inAtom->mAtom_Size;
+// 
+//     if ( size >= 7 && size <= 11 )
+//     {
+//       if ( size == 9 )
+//       {
+//         if ( *body == 'm' )
+//         {
+//           if ( MORK_MEMCMP(body, "mork:none", 9) == 0 )
+//             mStore_MorkNoneToken = inAtom->mBookAtom_Id;
+//         }
+//         else if ( *body == 'a' )
+//         {
+//           if ( MORK_MEMCMP(body, "atomScope", 9) == 0 )
+//             mStore_AtomScopeToken = inAtom->mBookAtom_Id;
+//         }
+//         else if ( *body == 't' )
+//         {
+//           if ( MORK_MEMCMP(body, "tableKind", 9) == 0 )
+//             mStore_TableKindToken = inAtom->mBookAtom_Id;
+//         }
+//       }
+//       else if ( size == 7 && *body == 'c' )
+//       {
+//         if ( MORK_MEMCMP(body, "charset", 7) == 0 )
+//           mStore_CharsetToken = inAtom->mBookAtom_Id;
+//       }
+//       else if ( size == 8 && *body == 'r' )
+//       {
+//         if ( MORK_MEMCMP(body, "rowScope", 8) == 0 )
+//           mStore_RowScopeToken = inAtom->mBookAtom_Id;
+//       }
+//       else if ( size == 10 && *body == 't' )
+//       {
+//         if ( MORK_MEMCMP(body, "tableScope", 10) == 0 )
+//           mStore_TableScopeToken = inAtom->mBookAtom_Id;
+//       }
+//       else if ( size == 11 && *body == 'c' )
+//       {
+//         if ( MORK_MEMCMP(body, "columnScope", 11) == 0 )
+//           mStore_ColumnScopeToken = inAtom->mBookAtom_Id;
+//       }
+//     }
+//   }
+// }
+
+morkAtom*
+morkStore::AddAlias(morkEnv* ev, const morkMid& inMid, mork_cscode inForm)
+{
+  morkBookAtom* outAtom = 0;
+  if ( ev->Good() )
+  {
+    const mdbOid* oid = &inMid.mMid_Oid;
+    morkAtomSpace* atomSpace = this->LazyGetAtomSpace(ev, oid->mOid_Scope);
+    if ( atomSpace )
+    {
+      morkFarBookAtom* keyAtom =
+        this->StageAliasAsFarBookAtom(ev, &inMid, atomSpace, inForm);
+      if ( keyAtom )
+      {
+         morkAtomAidMap* map = &atomSpace->mAtomSpace_AtomAids;
+        outAtom = map->GetAid(ev, (mork_aid) oid->mOid_Id);
+        if ( outAtom )
+        {
+          if ( !outAtom->EqualFormAndBody(ev, keyAtom) )
+              ev->NewError("duplicate alias ID");
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          this->MaybeDirtyStore();
+          keyAtom->mBookAtom_Id = oid->mOid_Id;
+          outAtom = atomSpace->MakeBookAtomCopyWithAid(ev,
+            *keyAtom, (mork_aid) oid->mOid_Id);
+            
+          // if ( outAtom && outAtom->IsWeeBook() )
+          // {
+          //   if ( oid->mOid_Scope == morkStore_kColumnSpaceScope )
+          //   {
+          //    mork_size size = outAtom->mAtom_Size;
+          //     if ( size >= 7 && size <= 11 )
+          //       this->SyncTokenIdChange(ev, outAtom, oid);
+          //   }
+          // }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return outAtom;
+}
+
+#define morkStore_kMaxCopyTokenSize 512 /* if larger, cannot be copied */
+  
+mork_token
+morkStore::CopyToken(morkEnv* ev, mdb_token inToken, morkStore* inStore)
+// copy inToken from inStore over to this store
+{
+  mork_token outToken = 0;
+  if ( inStore == this ) // same store?
+    outToken = inToken; // just return token unchanged
+  else
+  {
+    char yarnBuf[ morkStore_kMaxCopyTokenSize ];
+    mdbYarn yarn;
+    yarn.mYarn_Buf = yarnBuf;
+    yarn.mYarn_Fill = 0;
+    yarn.mYarn_Size = morkStore_kMaxCopyTokenSize;
+    yarn.mYarn_More = 0;
+    yarn.mYarn_Form = 0;
+    yarn.mYarn_Grow = 0;
+    
+    inStore->TokenToString(ev, inToken, &yarn);
+    if ( ev->Good() )
+    {
+      morkBuf buf(yarn.mYarn_Buf, yarn.mYarn_Fill);
+      outToken = this->BufToToken(ev, &buf);
+    }
+  }
+  return outToken;
+}
+
+mork_token
+morkStore::BufToToken(morkEnv* ev, const morkBuf* inBuf)
+{
+  mork_token outToken = 0;
+  if ( ev->Good() )
+  {
+    const mork_u1* s = (const mork_u1*) inBuf->mBuf_Body;
+    mork_bool nonAscii = ( *s > 0x7F );
+    mork_size length = inBuf->mBuf_Fill;
+    if ( nonAscii || length > 1 ) // more than one byte?
+    {
+      mork_cscode form = 0; // default charset
+      morkAtomSpace* space = this->LazyGetGroundColumnSpace(ev);
+      if ( space )
+      {
+        morkFarBookAtom* keyAtom = 0;
+        if ( length <= morkBookAtom_kMaxBodySize )
+        {
+          mork_aid aid = 1; // dummy
+          //mStore_BookAtom.InitMaxBookAtom(ev, *inBuf, form, space, aid);
+          mStore_FarBookAtom.InitFarBookAtom(ev, *inBuf, form, space, aid);
+          keyAtom = &mStore_FarBookAtom;
+        }
+        if ( keyAtom )
+        {
+          morkAtomBodyMap* map = &space->mAtomSpace_AtomBodies;
+          morkBookAtom* bookAtom = map->GetAtom(ev, keyAtom);
+          if ( bookAtom )
+            outToken = bookAtom->mBookAtom_Id;
+          else
+          {
+            this->MaybeDirtyStore();
+            bookAtom = space->MakeBookAtomCopy(ev, *keyAtom);
+            if ( bookAtom )
+            {
+              outToken = bookAtom->mBookAtom_Id;
+              bookAtom->MakeCellUseForever(ev);
+            }
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    else // only a single byte in inTokenName string:
+      outToken = *s;
+  }
+  
+  return outToken;
+}
+
+mork_token
+morkStore::StringToToken(morkEnv* ev, const char* inTokenName)
+{
+  mork_token outToken = 0;
+  if ( ev->Good() )
+  {
+    const mork_u1* s = (const mork_u1*) inTokenName;
+    mork_bool nonAscii = ( *s > 0x7F );
+    if ( nonAscii || ( *s && s[ 1 ] ) ) // more than one byte?
+    {
+      mork_cscode form = 0; // default charset
+      morkAtomSpace* groundSpace = this->LazyGetGroundColumnSpace(ev);
+      if ( groundSpace )
+      {
+        morkFarBookAtom* keyAtom =
+          this->StageStringAsFarBookAtom(ev, inTokenName, form, groundSpace);
+        if ( keyAtom )
+        {
+          morkAtomBodyMap* map = &groundSpace->mAtomSpace_AtomBodies;
+          morkBookAtom* bookAtom = map->GetAtom(ev, keyAtom);
+          if ( bookAtom )
+            outToken = bookAtom->mBookAtom_Id;
+          else
+          {
+            this->MaybeDirtyStore();
+            bookAtom = groundSpace->MakeBookAtomCopy(ev, *keyAtom);
+            if ( bookAtom )
+            {
+              outToken = bookAtom->mBookAtom_Id;
+              bookAtom->MakeCellUseForever(ev);
+            }
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    else // only a single byte in inTokenName string:
+      outToken = *s;
+  }
+  
+  return outToken;
+}
+
+mork_token
+morkStore::QueryToken(morkEnv* ev, const char* inTokenName)
+{
+  mork_token outToken = 0;
+  if ( ev->Good() )
+  {
+    const mork_u1* s = (const mork_u1*) inTokenName;
+    mork_bool nonAscii = ( *s > 0x7F );
+    if ( nonAscii || ( *s && s[ 1 ] ) ) // more than one byte?
+    {
+      mork_cscode form = 0; // default charset
+      morkAtomSpace* groundSpace = this->LazyGetGroundColumnSpace(ev);
+      if ( groundSpace )
+      {
+        morkFarBookAtom* keyAtom =
+          this->StageStringAsFarBookAtom(ev, inTokenName, form, groundSpace);
+        if ( keyAtom )
+        {
+          morkAtomBodyMap* map = &groundSpace->mAtomSpace_AtomBodies;
+          morkBookAtom* bookAtom = map->GetAtom(ev, keyAtom);
+          if ( bookAtom )
+          {
+            outToken = bookAtom->mBookAtom_Id;
+            bookAtom->MakeCellUseForever(ev);
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    else // only a single byte in inTokenName string:
+      outToken = *s;
+  }
+  
+  return outToken;
+}
+
+mork_bool
+morkStore::HasTableKind(morkEnv* ev, mdb_scope inRowScope, 
+  mdb_kind inTableKind, mdb_count* outTableCount)
+{
+  MORK_USED_2(inRowScope,inTableKind);
+  mork_bool outBool = morkBool_kFalse;
+  mdb_count tableCount = 0;
+
+  ev->StubMethodOnlyError();
+  
+  if ( outTableCount )
+    *outTableCount = tableCount;
+  return outBool;
+}
+
+morkTable*
+morkStore::GetTableKind(morkEnv* ev, mdb_scope inRowScope, 
+  mdb_kind inTableKind, mdb_count* outTableCount,
+  mdb_bool* outMustBeUnique)
+{
+  morkTable* outTable = 0;
+  if ( ev->Good() )
+  {
+    morkRowSpace* rowSpace = this->LazyGetRowSpace(ev, inRowScope);
+    if ( rowSpace )
+    {
+      outTable = rowSpace->FindTableByKind(ev, inTableKind);
+      if ( outTable )
+      {
+        if ( outTableCount )
+          *outTableCount = outTable->GetRowCount();
+        if ( outMustBeUnique )
+          *outMustBeUnique = outTable->IsTableUnique();
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return outTable;
+}
+
+morkRow*
+morkStore::FindRow(morkEnv* ev, mdb_scope inScope, mdb_column inColumn,
+  const mdbYarn* inYarn)
+{
+  morkRow* outRow = 0;
+  if ( ev->Good() )
+  {
+    morkRowSpace* rowSpace = this->LazyGetRowSpace(ev, inScope);
+    if ( rowSpace )
+    {
+      outRow = rowSpace->FindRow(ev, inColumn, inYarn);
+    }
+  }
+  return outRow;
+}
+
+morkRow*
+morkStore::GetRow(morkEnv* ev, const mdbOid* inOid)
+{
+  morkRow* outRow = 0;
+  if ( ev->Good() )
+  {
+    morkRowSpace* rowSpace = this->LazyGetRowSpace(ev, inOid->mOid_Scope);
+    if ( rowSpace )
+    {
+      outRow = rowSpace->mRowSpace_Rows.GetOid(ev, inOid);
+    }
+  }
+  return outRow;
+}
+
+morkTable*
+morkStore::GetTable(morkEnv* ev, const mdbOid* inOid)
+{
+  morkTable* outTable = 0;
+  if ( ev->Good() )
+  {
+    morkRowSpace* rowSpace = this->LazyGetRowSpace(ev, inOid->mOid_Scope);
+    if ( rowSpace )
+    {
+      outTable = rowSpace->FindTableByTid(ev, inOid->mOid_Id);
+    }
+  }
+  return outTable;
+}
+  
+morkTable*
+morkStore::NewTable(morkEnv* ev, mdb_scope inRowScope,
+  mdb_kind inTableKind, mdb_bool inMustBeUnique,
+  const mdbOid* inOptionalMetaRowOid) // can be nil to avoid specifying 
+{
+  morkTable* outTable = 0;
+  if ( ev->Good() )
+  {
+    morkRowSpace* rowSpace = this->LazyGetRowSpace(ev, inRowScope);
+    if ( rowSpace )
+      outTable = rowSpace->NewTable(ev, inTableKind, inMustBeUnique,
+        inOptionalMetaRowOid);
+  }
+  return outTable;
+}
+
+morkPortTableCursor*
+morkStore::GetPortTableCursor(morkEnv* ev, mdb_scope inRowScope,
+  mdb_kind inTableKind)
+{
+  morkPortTableCursor* outCursor = 0;
+  if ( ev->Good() )
+  {
+    nsIMdbHeap* heap = mPort_Heap;
+    outCursor = new(*heap, ev) 
+      morkPortTableCursor(ev, morkUsage::kHeap, heap, this,
+        inRowScope, inTableKind, heap);
+  }
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(outCursor);
+  return outCursor;
+}
+
+morkRow*
+morkStore::NewRow(morkEnv* ev, mdb_scope inRowScope)
+{
+  morkRow* outRow = 0;
+  if ( ev->Good() )
+  {
+    morkRowSpace* rowSpace = this->LazyGetRowSpace(ev, inRowScope);
+    if ( rowSpace )
+      outRow = rowSpace->NewRow(ev);
+  }
+  return outRow;
+}
+
+morkRow*
+morkStore::NewRowWithOid(morkEnv* ev, const mdbOid* inOid)
+{
+  morkRow* outRow = 0;
+  if ( ev->Good() )
+  {
+    morkRowSpace* rowSpace = this->LazyGetRowSpace(ev, inOid->mOid_Scope);
+    if ( rowSpace )
+      outRow = rowSpace->NewRowWithOid(ev, inOid);
+  }
+  return outRow;
+}
+
+morkRow*
+morkStore::OidToRow(morkEnv* ev, const mdbOid* inOid)
+  // OidToRow() finds old row with oid, or makes new one if not found.
+{
+  morkRow* outRow = 0;
+  if ( ev->Good() )
+  {
+    morkRowSpace* rowSpace = this->LazyGetRowSpace(ev, inOid->mOid_Scope);
+    if ( rowSpace )
+    {
+      outRow = rowSpace->mRowSpace_Rows.GetOid(ev, inOid);
+      if ( !outRow && ev->Good() )
+        outRow = rowSpace->NewRowWithOid(ev, inOid);
+    }
+  }
+  return outRow;
+}
+
+morkTable*
+morkStore::OidToTable(morkEnv* ev, const mdbOid* inOid,
+  const mdbOid* inOptionalMetaRowOid) // can be nil to avoid specifying 
+  // OidToTable() finds old table with oid, or makes new one if not found.
+{
+  morkTable* outTable = 0;
+  if ( ev->Good() )
+  {
+    morkRowSpace* rowSpace = this->LazyGetRowSpace(ev, inOid->mOid_Scope);
+    if ( rowSpace )
+    {
+      outTable = rowSpace->mRowSpace_Tables.GetTable(ev, inOid->mOid_Id);
+      if ( !outTable && ev->Good() )
+      {
+        mork_kind tableKind = morkStore_kNoneToken;
+        outTable = rowSpace->NewTableWithTid(ev, inOid->mOid_Id, tableKind,
+          inOptionalMetaRowOid);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return outTable;
+}
+
+// { ===== begin nsIMdbObject methods =====
+
+// { ----- begin ref counting for well-behaved cyclic graphs -----
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkStore::GetWeakRefCount(nsIMdbEnv* mev, // weak refs
+  mdb_count* outCount)
+{
+  *outCount = WeakRefsOnly();
+  return NS_OK;
+}  
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkStore::GetStrongRefCount(nsIMdbEnv* mev, // strong refs
+  mdb_count* outCount)
+{
+  *outCount = StrongRefsOnly();
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+// ### TODO - clean up this cast, if required
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkStore::AddWeakRef(nsIMdbEnv* mev)
+{
+  morkEnv *ev  = morkEnv::FromMdbEnv(mev);
+  // XXX Casting mork_refs to nsresult
+  return static_cast<nsresult>(morkNode::AddWeakRef(ev));
+}
+#ifndef _MSC_VER
+NS_IMETHODIMP_(mork_uses)
+morkStore::AddStrongRef(morkEnv* mev)
+{
+  return AddRef();
+}
+#endif
+NS_IMETHODIMP_(mork_uses)
+morkStore::AddStrongRef(nsIMdbEnv* mev)
+{
+  return AddRef();
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkStore::CutWeakRef(nsIMdbEnv* mev)
+{
+  morkEnv *ev  = morkEnv::FromMdbEnv(mev);
+  // XXX Casting mork_refs to nsresult
+  return static_cast<nsresult>(morkNode::CutWeakRef(ev));
+}
+#ifndef _MSC_VER
+NS_IMETHODIMP_(mork_uses)
+morkStore::CutStrongRef(morkEnv* mev)
+{
+  return Release();
+}
+#endif
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkStore::CutStrongRef(nsIMdbEnv* mev)
+{
+  // XXX Casting nsrefcnt to nsresult
+  return static_cast<nsresult>(Release());
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkStore::CloseMdbObject(nsIMdbEnv* mev)
+{
+  morkEnv *ev = morkEnv::FromMdbEnv(mev);
+  CloseMorkNode(ev);
+  Release();
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkStore::IsOpenMdbObject(nsIMdbEnv* mev, mdb_bool* outOpen)
+{
+  *outOpen = IsOpenNode();
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+// } ----- end ref counting -----
+
+// } ===== end nsIMdbObject methods =====
+
+// { ===== begin nsIMdbPort methods =====
+
+// { ----- begin attribute methods -----
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkStore::GetIsPortReadonly(nsIMdbEnv* mev, mdb_bool* outBool)
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  mdb_bool isReadOnly = morkBool_kFalse;
+  morkEnv* ev = this->CanUseStore(mev, /*inMutable*/ morkBool_kFalse, &outErr);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    ev->StubMethodOnlyError();
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  if ( outBool )
+    *outBool = isReadOnly;
+  return outErr;
+}
+
+morkEnv*
+morkStore::CanUseStore(nsIMdbEnv* mev, mork_bool inMutable,
+                       nsresult* outErr) const
+{
+  morkEnv* outEnv = 0;
+  morkEnv* ev = morkEnv::FromMdbEnv(mev);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    if (IsStore())
+      outEnv = ev;
+    else
+      NonStoreTypeError(ev);
+    *outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  MORK_ASSERT(outEnv);
+  return outEnv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkStore::GetIsStore(nsIMdbEnv* mev, mdb_bool* outBool)
+{
+  MORK_USED_1(mev);
+ if ( outBool )
+    *outBool = morkBool_kTrue;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkStore::GetIsStoreAndDirty(nsIMdbEnv* mev, mdb_bool* outBool)
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  mdb_bool isStoreAndDirty = morkBool_kFalse;
+  morkEnv* ev = this->CanUseStore(mev, /*inMutable*/ morkBool_kFalse, &outErr);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    ev->StubMethodOnlyError();
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  if ( outBool )
+    *outBool = isStoreAndDirty;
+  return outErr;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkStore::GetUsagePolicy(nsIMdbEnv* mev, 
+  mdbUsagePolicy* ioUsagePolicy)
+{
+  MORK_USED_1(ioUsagePolicy);
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  morkEnv* ev = this->CanUseStore(mev, /*inMutable*/ morkBool_kFalse, &outErr);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    ev->StubMethodOnlyError();
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  return outErr;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkStore::SetUsagePolicy(nsIMdbEnv* mev, 
+  const mdbUsagePolicy* inUsagePolicy)
+{
+  MORK_USED_1(inUsagePolicy);
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  morkEnv* ev = this->CanUseStore(mev, /*inMutable*/ morkBool_kFalse, &outErr);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    // ev->StubMethodOnlyError(); // okay to do nothing?
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  return outErr;
+}
+// } ----- end attribute methods -----
+
+// { ----- begin memory policy methods -----  
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkStore::IdleMemoryPurge( // do memory management already scheduled
+  nsIMdbEnv* mev, // context
+  mdb_size* outEstimatedBytesFreed) // approximate bytes actually freed
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  mdb_size estimatedBytesFreed = 0;
+  morkEnv* ev = this->CanUseStore(mev, /*inMutable*/ morkBool_kFalse, &outErr);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    // ev->StubMethodOnlyError(); // okay to do nothing?
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  if ( outEstimatedBytesFreed )
+    *outEstimatedBytesFreed = estimatedBytesFreed;
+  return outErr;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkStore::SessionMemoryPurge( // request specific footprint decrease
+  nsIMdbEnv* mev, // context
+  mdb_size inDesiredBytesFreed, // approximate number of bytes wanted
+  mdb_size* outEstimatedBytesFreed) // approximate bytes actually freed
+{
+  MORK_USED_1(inDesiredBytesFreed);
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  mdb_size estimate = 0;
+  morkEnv* ev = this->CanUseStore(mev, /*inMutable*/ morkBool_kFalse, &outErr);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    // ev->StubMethodOnlyError(); // okay to do nothing?
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  if ( outEstimatedBytesFreed )
+    *outEstimatedBytesFreed = estimate;
+  return outErr;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkStore::PanicMemoryPurge( // desperately free all possible memory
+  nsIMdbEnv* mev, // context
+  mdb_size* outEstimatedBytesFreed) // approximate bytes actually freed
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  mdb_size estimate = 0;
+  morkEnv* ev = this->CanUseStore(mev, /*inMutable*/ morkBool_kFalse, &outErr);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    // ev->StubMethodOnlyError(); // okay to do nothing?
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  if ( outEstimatedBytesFreed )
+    *outEstimatedBytesFreed = estimate;
+  return outErr;
+}
+// } ----- end memory policy methods -----
+
+// { ----- begin filepath methods -----
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkStore::GetPortFilePath(
+  nsIMdbEnv* mev, // context
+  mdbYarn* outFilePath, // name of file holding port content
+  mdbYarn* outFormatVersion) // file format description
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  if ( outFormatVersion )
+    outFormatVersion->mYarn_Fill = 0;
+  if ( outFilePath )
+    outFilePath->mYarn_Fill = 0;
+  morkEnv* ev = this->CanUseStore(mev, /*inMutable*/ morkBool_kFalse, &outErr);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    if ( mStore_File )
+      mStore_File->Path(mev, outFilePath);
+    else
+      NilStoreFileError(ev);
+    
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  return outErr;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkStore::GetPortFile(
+  nsIMdbEnv* mev, // context
+  nsIMdbFile** acqFile) // acquire file used by port or store
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  if ( acqFile )
+    *acqFile = 0;
+
+  morkEnv* ev = this->CanUseStore(mev, /*inMutable*/ morkBool_kFalse, &outErr);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    
+    if ( mStore_File )
+    {
+      if ( acqFile )
+      {
+        mStore_File->AddRef();
+        if ( ev->Good() )
+          *acqFile = mStore_File;
+      }
+    }
+    else
+      NilStoreFileError(ev);
+      
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  return outErr;
+}
+// } ----- end filepath methods -----
+
+// { ----- begin export methods -----
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkStore::BestExportFormat( // determine preferred export format
+  nsIMdbEnv* mev, // context
+  mdbYarn* outFormatVersion) // file format description
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  if ( outFormatVersion )
+    outFormatVersion->mYarn_Fill = 0;
+  morkEnv* ev = this->CanUseStore(mev, /*inMutable*/ morkBool_kFalse, &outErr);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    ev->StubMethodOnlyError();
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  return outErr;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkStore::CanExportToFormat( // can export content in given specific format?
+  nsIMdbEnv* mev, // context
+  const char* inFormatVersion, // file format description
+  mdb_bool* outCanExport) // whether ExportSource() might succeed
+{
+  MORK_USED_1(inFormatVersion);
+  mdb_bool canExport = morkBool_kFalse;
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  morkEnv* ev = this->CanUseStore(mev, /*inMutable*/ morkBool_kFalse, &outErr);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    ev->StubMethodOnlyError();
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  if ( outCanExport )
+    *outCanExport = canExport;
+  return outErr;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkStore::ExportToFormat( // export content in given specific format
+  nsIMdbEnv* mev, // context
+  // const char* inFilePath, // the file to receive exported content
+  nsIMdbFile* ioFile, // destination abstract file interface
+  const char* inFormatVersion, // file format description
+  nsIMdbThumb** acqThumb) // acquire thumb for incremental export
+// Call nsIMdbThumb::DoMore() until done, or until the thumb is broken, and
+// then the export will be finished.
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  nsIMdbThumb* outThumb = 0;
+  morkEnv* ev = this->CanUseStore(mev, /*inMutable*/ morkBool_kFalse, &outErr);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    if ( ioFile && inFormatVersion && acqThumb )
+    {
+      ev->StubMethodOnlyError();
+    }
+    else
+      ev->NilPointerError();
+    
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  if ( acqThumb )
+    *acqThumb = outThumb;
+  return outErr;
+}
+
+// } ----- end export methods -----
+
+// { ----- begin token methods -----
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkStore::TokenToString( // return a string name for an integer token
+  nsIMdbEnv* mev, // context
+  mdb_token inToken, // token for inTokenName inside this port
+  mdbYarn* outTokenName) // the type of table to access
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  morkEnv* ev = this->CanUseStore(mev, /*inMutable*/ morkBool_kFalse, &outErr);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    TokenToString(ev, inToken, outTokenName);
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  return outErr;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkStore::StringToToken( // return an integer token for scope name
+  nsIMdbEnv* mev, // context
+  const char* inTokenName, // Latin1 string to tokenize if possible
+  mdb_token* outToken) // token for inTokenName inside this port
+  // String token zero is never used and never supported. If the port
+  // is a mutable store, then StringToToken() to create a new
+  // association of inTokenName with a new integer token if possible.
+  // But a readonly port will return zero for an unknown scope name.
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  mdb_token token = 0;
+  morkEnv* ev = this->CanUseStore(mev, /*inMutable*/ morkBool_kFalse, &outErr);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    token = StringToToken(ev, inTokenName);
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  if ( outToken )
+    *outToken = token;
+  return outErr;
+}
+  
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkStore::QueryToken( // like StringToToken(), but without adding
+  nsIMdbEnv* mev, // context
+  const char* inTokenName, // Latin1 string to tokenize if possible
+  mdb_token* outToken) // token for inTokenName inside this port
+  // QueryToken() will return a string token if one already exists,
+  // but unlike StringToToken(), will not assign a new token if not
+  // already in use.
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  mdb_token token = 0;
+  morkEnv* ev = this->CanUseStore(mev, /*inMutable*/ morkBool_kFalse, &outErr);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    token = QueryToken(ev, inTokenName);
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  if ( outToken )
+    *outToken = token;
+  return outErr;
+}
+
+
+// } ----- end token methods -----
+
+// { ----- begin row methods -----  
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkStore::HasRow( // contains a row with the specified oid?
+  nsIMdbEnv* mev, // context
+  const mdbOid* inOid,  // hypothetical row oid
+  mdb_bool* outHasRow) // whether GetRow() might succeed
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  mdb_bool hasRow = morkBool_kFalse;
+  morkEnv* ev = this->CanUseStore(mev, /*inMutable*/ morkBool_kFalse, &outErr);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    morkRow* row = GetRow(ev, inOid);
+    if ( row )
+      hasRow = morkBool_kTrue;
+      
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  if ( outHasRow )
+    *outHasRow = hasRow;
+  return outErr;
+}
+  
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkStore::GetRow( // access one row with specific oid
+  nsIMdbEnv* mev, // context
+  const mdbOid* inOid,  // hypothetical row oid
+  nsIMdbRow** acqRow) // acquire specific row (or null)
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  nsIMdbRow* outRow = 0;
+  morkEnv* ev = this->CanUseStore(mev, /*inMutable*/ morkBool_kFalse, &outErr);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    morkRow* row = GetRow(ev, inOid);
+    if ( row && ev->Good() )
+      outRow = row->AcquireRowHandle(ev, this);
+      
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  if ( acqRow )
+    *acqRow = outRow;
+  return outErr;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkStore::GetRowRefCount( // get number of tables that contain a row 
+  nsIMdbEnv* mev, // context
+  const mdbOid* inOid,  // hypothetical row oid
+  mdb_count* outRefCount) // number of tables containing inRowKey 
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  mdb_count count = 0;
+  morkEnv* ev = this->CanUseStore(mev, /*inMutable*/ morkBool_kFalse, &outErr);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    morkRow* row = GetRow(ev, inOid);
+    if ( row && ev->Good() )
+      count = row->mRow_GcUses;
+      
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  if ( outRefCount )
+    *outRefCount = count;
+  return outErr;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkStore::FindRow(nsIMdbEnv* mev, // search for row with matching cell
+    mdb_scope inRowScope,   // row scope for row ids
+    mdb_column inColumn,   // the column to search (and maintain an index)
+    const mdbYarn* inTargetCellValue, // cell value for which to search
+    mdbOid* outRowOid, // out row oid on match (or {0,-1} for no match)
+    nsIMdbRow** acqRow) // acquire matching row (or nil for no match)
+  // FindRow() searches for one row that has a cell in column inColumn with
+  // a contained value with the same form (i.e. charset) and is byte-wise
+  // identical to the blob described by yarn inTargetCellValue.  Both content
+  // and form of the yarn must be an exact match to find a matching row.
+  //
+  // (In other words, both a yarn's blob bytes and form are significant.  The
+  // form is not expected to vary in columns used for identity anyway.  This
+  // is intended to make the cost of FindRow() cheaper for MDB implementors,
+  // since any cell value atomization performed internally must necessarily
+  // make yarn form significant in order to avoid data loss in atomization.)
+  //
+  // FindRow() can lazily create an index on attribute inColumn for all rows
+  // with that attribute in row space scope inRowScope, so that subsequent
+  // calls to FindRow() will perform faster.  Such an index might or might
+  // not be persistent (but this seems desirable if it is cheap to do so).
+  // Note that lazy index creation in readonly DBs is not very feasible.
+  //
+  // This FindRow() interface assumes that attribute inColumn is effectively
+  // an alternative means of unique identification for a row in a rowspace,
+  // so correct behavior is only guaranteed when no duplicates for this col
+  // appear in the given set of rows.  (If more than one row has the same cell
+  // value in this column, no more than one will be found; and cutting one of
+  // two duplicate rows can cause the index to assume no other such row lives
+  // in the row space, so future calls return nil for negative search results
+  // even though some duplicate row might still live within the rowspace.)
+  //
+  // In other words, the FindRow() implementation is allowed to assume simple
+  // hash tables mapping unqiue column keys to associated row values will be
+  // sufficient, where any duplication is not recorded because only one copy
+  // of a given key need be remembered.  Implementors are not required to sort
+  // all rows by the specified column.
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  nsIMdbRow* outRow = 0;
+  mdbOid rowOid;
+  rowOid.mOid_Scope = 0;
+  rowOid.mOid_Id = (mdb_id) -1;
+  
+  morkEnv* ev = this->CanUseStore(mev, /*inMutable*/ morkBool_kFalse, &outErr);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    morkRow* row = FindRow(ev, inRowScope, inColumn, inTargetCellValue);
+    if ( row && ev->Good() )
+    {
+      rowOid = row->mRow_Oid;
+      if ( acqRow )
+          outRow = row->AcquireRowHandle(ev, this);
+    }
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  if ( acqRow )
+    *acqRow = outRow;
+  if ( outRowOid )
+    *outRowOid = rowOid;
+
+  return outErr;
+}
+
+// } ----- end row methods -----
+
+// { ----- begin table methods -----  
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkStore::HasTable( // supports a table with the specified oid?
+  nsIMdbEnv* mev, // context
+  const mdbOid* inOid,  // hypothetical table oid
+  mdb_bool* outHasTable) // whether GetTable() might succeed
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  mork_bool hasTable = morkBool_kFalse;
+  morkEnv* ev = this->CanUseStore(mev, /*inMutable*/ morkBool_kFalse, &outErr);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    morkTable* table = GetTable(ev, inOid);
+    if ( table )
+      hasTable = morkBool_kTrue;
+    
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  if ( outHasTable )
+    *outHasTable = hasTable;
+  return outErr;
+}
+  
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkStore::GetTable( // access one table with specific oid
+  nsIMdbEnv* mev, // context
+  const mdbOid* inOid,  // hypothetical table oid
+  nsIMdbTable** acqTable) // acquire specific table (or null)
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  nsIMdbTable* outTable = 0;
+  morkEnv* ev = this->CanUseStore(mev, /*inMutable*/ morkBool_kFalse, &outErr);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    morkTable* table = GetTable(ev, inOid);
+    if ( table && ev->Good() )
+      outTable = table->AcquireTableHandle(ev);
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  if ( acqTable )
+    *acqTable = outTable;
+  return outErr;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkStore::HasTableKind( // supports a table of the specified type?
+  nsIMdbEnv* mev, // context
+  mdb_scope inRowScope, // rid scope for row ids
+  mdb_kind inTableKind, // the type of table to access
+  mdb_count* outTableCount, // current number of such tables
+  mdb_bool* outSupportsTable) // whether GetTableKind() might succeed
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  morkEnv* ev = this->CanUseStore(mev, /*inMutable*/ morkBool_kFalse, &outErr);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    *outSupportsTable = HasTableKind(ev, inRowScope,
+        inTableKind, outTableCount);
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  return outErr;
+}
+      
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkStore::GetTableKind( // access one (random) table of specific type
+  nsIMdbEnv* mev, // context
+  mdb_scope inRowScope,      // row scope for row ids
+  mdb_kind inTableKind,      // the type of table to access
+  mdb_count* outTableCount, // current number of such tables
+  mdb_bool* outMustBeUnique, // whether port can hold only one of these
+  nsIMdbTable** acqTable)      // acquire scoped collection of rows
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  nsIMdbTable* outTable = 0;
+  morkEnv* ev = this->CanUseStore(mev, /*inMutable*/ morkBool_kFalse, &outErr);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    morkTable* table = GetTableKind(ev, inRowScope,
+        inTableKind, outTableCount, outMustBeUnique);
+    if ( table && ev->Good() )
+      outTable = table->AcquireTableHandle(ev);
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  if ( acqTable )
+    *acqTable = outTable;
+  return outErr;
+}
+  
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkStore::GetPortTableCursor( // get cursor for all tables of specific type
+  nsIMdbEnv* mev, // context
+  mdb_scope inRowScope, // row scope for row ids
+  mdb_kind inTableKind, // the type of table to access
+  nsIMdbPortTableCursor** acqCursor) // all such tables in the port
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  nsIMdbPortTableCursor* outCursor = 0;
+  morkEnv* ev = this->CanUseStore(mev, /*inMutable*/ morkBool_kFalse, &outErr);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    morkPortTableCursor* cursor =
+      GetPortTableCursor(ev, inRowScope,
+        inTableKind);
+    if ( cursor && ev->Good() )
+      outCursor = cursor;
+
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  if ( acqCursor )
+    *acqCursor = outCursor;
+  return outErr;
+}
+// } ----- end table methods -----
+
+// { ----- begin commit methods -----
+  
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkStore::ShouldCompress( // store wastes at least inPercentWaste?
+  nsIMdbEnv* mev, // context
+  mdb_percent inPercentWaste, // 0..100 percent file size waste threshold
+  mdb_percent* outActualWaste, // 0..100 percent of file actually wasted
+  mdb_bool* outShould) // true when about inPercentWaste% is wasted
+{
+  mdb_percent actualWaste = 0;
+  mdb_bool shouldCompress = morkBool_kFalse;
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  morkEnv* ev = this->CanUseStore(mev, /*inMutable*/ morkBool_kFalse, &outErr);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    actualWaste = PercentOfStoreWasted(ev);
+    if ( inPercentWaste > 100 )
+      inPercentWaste = 100;
+    shouldCompress = ( actualWaste >= inPercentWaste );
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  if ( outActualWaste )
+    *outActualWaste = actualWaste;
+  if ( outShould )
+    *outShould = shouldCompress;
+  return outErr;
+}
+
+
+// } ===== end nsIMdbPort methods =====
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkStore::NewTable( // make one new table of specific type
+  nsIMdbEnv* mev, // context
+  mdb_scope inRowScope,    // row scope for row ids
+  mdb_kind inTableKind,    // the type of table to access
+  mdb_bool inMustBeUnique, // whether store can hold only one of these
+  const mdbOid* inOptionalMetaRowOid, // can be nil to avoid specifying 
+  nsIMdbTable** acqTable)     // acquire scoped collection of rows
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  nsIMdbTable* outTable = 0;
+  morkEnv* ev = this->CanUseStore(mev, /*inMutable*/ morkBool_kFalse, &outErr);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    morkTable* table = NewTable(ev, inRowScope,
+        inTableKind, inMustBeUnique, inOptionalMetaRowOid);
+    if ( table && ev->Good() )
+      outTable = table->AcquireTableHandle(ev);
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  if ( acqTable )
+    *acqTable = outTable;
+  return outErr;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkStore::NewTableWithOid( // make one new table of specific type
+  nsIMdbEnv* mev, // context
+  const mdbOid* inOid,   // caller assigned oid
+  mdb_kind inTableKind,    // the type of table to access
+  mdb_bool inMustBeUnique, // whether store can hold only one of these
+  const mdbOid* inOptionalMetaRowOid, // can be nil to avoid specifying 
+  nsIMdbTable** acqTable)     // acquire scoped collection of rows
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  nsIMdbTable* outTable = 0;
+  morkEnv* ev = CanUseStore(mev, /*inMutable*/ morkBool_kFalse, &outErr);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    morkTable* table = OidToTable(ev, inOid,
+      inOptionalMetaRowOid);
+    if ( table && ev->Good() )
+    {
+      table->mTable_Kind = inTableKind;
+      if ( inMustBeUnique )
+        table->SetTableUnique();
+      outTable = table->AcquireTableHandle(ev);
+    }
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  if ( acqTable )
+    *acqTable = outTable;
+  return outErr;
+}
+// } ----- end table methods -----
+
+// { ----- begin row scope methods -----
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkStore::RowScopeHasAssignedIds(nsIMdbEnv* mev,
+  mdb_scope inRowScope,   // row scope for row ids
+  mdb_bool* outCallerAssigned, // nonzero if caller assigned specified
+  mdb_bool* outStoreAssigned) // nonzero if store db assigned specified
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(false, " not implemented");
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkStore::SetCallerAssignedIds(nsIMdbEnv* mev,
+  mdb_scope inRowScope,   // row scope for row ids
+  mdb_bool* outCallerAssigned, // nonzero if caller assigned specified
+  mdb_bool* outStoreAssigned) // nonzero if store db assigned specified
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(false, " not implemented");
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkStore::SetStoreAssignedIds(nsIMdbEnv* mev,
+  mdb_scope inRowScope,   // row scope for row ids
+  mdb_bool* outCallerAssigned, // nonzero if caller assigned specified
+  mdb_bool* outStoreAssigned) // nonzero if store db assigned specified
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(false, " not implemented");
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+// } ----- end row scope methods -----
+
+// { ----- begin row methods -----
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkStore::NewRowWithOid(nsIMdbEnv* mev, // new row w/ caller assigned oid
+  const mdbOid* inOid,   // caller assigned oid
+  nsIMdbRow** acqRow) // create new row
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  nsIMdbRow* outRow = 0;
+  morkEnv* ev = CanUseStore(mev, /*inMutable*/ morkBool_kFalse, &outErr);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    morkRow* row = NewRowWithOid(ev, inOid);
+    if ( row && ev->Good() )
+      outRow = row->AcquireRowHandle(ev, this);
+      
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  if ( acqRow )
+    *acqRow = outRow;
+  return outErr;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkStore::NewRow(nsIMdbEnv* mev, // new row with db assigned oid
+  mdb_scope inRowScope,   // row scope for row ids
+  nsIMdbRow** acqRow) // create new row
+// Note this row must be added to some table or cell child before the
+// store is closed in order to make this row persist across sesssions.
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  nsIMdbRow* outRow = 0;
+  morkEnv* ev = CanUseStore(mev, /*inMutable*/ morkBool_kFalse, &outErr);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    morkRow* row = NewRow(ev, inRowScope);
+    if ( row && ev->Good() )
+      outRow = row->AcquireRowHandle(ev, this);
+      
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  if ( acqRow )
+    *acqRow = outRow;
+  return outErr;
+}
+// } ----- end row methods -----
+
+// { ----- begin inport/export methods -----
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkStore::ImportContent( // import content from port
+  nsIMdbEnv* mev, // context
+  mdb_scope inRowScope, // scope for rows (or zero for all?)
+  nsIMdbPort* ioPort, // the port with content to add to store
+  nsIMdbThumb** acqThumb) // acquire thumb for incremental import
+// Call nsIMdbThumb::DoMore() until done, or until the thumb is broken, and
+// then the import will be finished.
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(false, " not implemented");
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkStore::ImportFile( // import content from port
+  nsIMdbEnv* mev, // context
+  nsIMdbFile* ioFile, // the file with content to add to store
+  nsIMdbThumb** acqThumb) // acquire thumb for incremental import
+// Call nsIMdbThumb::DoMore() until done, or until the thumb is broken, and
+// then the import will be finished.
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(false, " not implemented");
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+// } ----- end inport/export methods -----
+
+// { ----- begin hinting methods -----
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkStore::ShareAtomColumnsHint( // advise re shared col content atomizing
+  nsIMdbEnv* mev, // context
+  mdb_scope inScopeHint, // zero, or suggested shared namespace
+  const mdbColumnSet* inColumnSet) // cols desired tokenized together
+{
+  MORK_USED_2(inColumnSet,inScopeHint);
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  morkEnv* ev = CanUseStore(mev, /*inMutable*/ morkBool_kFalse, &outErr);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    // ev->StubMethodOnlyError(); // okay to do nothing for a hint method
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  return outErr;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkStore::AvoidAtomColumnsHint( // advise col w/ poor atomizing prospects
+  nsIMdbEnv* mev, // context
+  const mdbColumnSet* inColumnSet) // cols with poor atomizing prospects
+{
+  MORK_USED_1(inColumnSet);
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  morkEnv* ev = CanUseStore(mev, /*inMutable*/ morkBool_kFalse, &outErr);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    // ev->StubMethodOnlyError(); // okay to do nothing for a hint method
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  return outErr;
+}
+// } ----- end hinting methods -----
+
+// { ----- begin commit methods -----
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkStore::LargeCommit( // save important changes if at all possible
+  nsIMdbEnv* mev, // context
+  nsIMdbThumb** acqThumb) // acquire thumb for incremental commit
+// Call nsIMdbThumb::DoMore() until done, or until the thumb is broken, and
+// then the commit will be finished.  Note the store is effectively write
+// locked until commit is finished or canceled through the thumb instance.
+// Until the commit is done, the store will report it has readonly status.
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  nsIMdbThumb* outThumb = 0;
+  morkEnv* ev = CanUseStore(mev, /*inMutable*/ morkBool_kFalse, &outErr);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    
+    morkThumb* thumb = 0;
+    // morkFile* file = store->mStore_File;
+    if ( DoPreferLargeOverCompressCommit(ev) )
+    {
+      thumb = morkThumb::Make_LargeCommit(ev, mPort_Heap, this);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      mork_bool doCollect = morkBool_kFalse;
+      thumb = morkThumb::Make_CompressCommit(ev, mPort_Heap, this, doCollect);
+    }
+    
+    if ( thumb )
+    {
+      outThumb = thumb;
+      thumb->AddRef();
+    }
+      
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  if ( acqThumb )
+    *acqThumb = outThumb;
+  return outErr;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkStore::SessionCommit( // save all changes if large commits delayed
+  nsIMdbEnv* mev, // context
+  nsIMdbThumb** acqThumb) // acquire thumb for incremental commit
+// Call nsIMdbThumb::DoMore() until done, or until the thumb is broken, and
+// then the commit will be finished.  Note the store is effectively write
+// locked until commit is finished or canceled through the thumb instance.
+// Until the commit is done, the store will report it has readonly status.
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  nsIMdbThumb* outThumb = 0;
+  morkEnv* ev = CanUseStore(mev, /*inMutable*/ morkBool_kFalse, &outErr);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    
+    morkThumb* thumb = 0;
+    if ( DoPreferLargeOverCompressCommit(ev) )
+    {
+      thumb = morkThumb::Make_LargeCommit(ev, mPort_Heap, this);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      mork_bool doCollect = morkBool_kFalse;
+      thumb = morkThumb::Make_CompressCommit(ev, mPort_Heap, this, doCollect);
+    }
+    
+    if ( thumb )
+    {
+      outThumb = thumb;
+      thumb->AddRef();
+    }
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  if ( acqThumb )
+    *acqThumb = outThumb;
+  return outErr;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkStore::CompressCommit( // commit and make db smaller if possible
+  nsIMdbEnv* mev, // context
+  nsIMdbThumb** acqThumb) // acquire thumb for incremental commit
+// Call nsIMdbThumb::DoMore() until done, or until the thumb is broken, and
+// then the commit will be finished.  Note the store is effectively write
+// locked until commit is finished or canceled through the thumb instance.
+// Until the commit is done, the store will report it has readonly status.
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  nsIMdbThumb* outThumb = 0;
+  morkEnv* ev = CanUseStore(mev, /*inMutable*/ morkBool_kFalse, &outErr);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    mork_bool doCollect = morkBool_kFalse;
+    morkThumb* thumb = morkThumb::Make_CompressCommit(ev, mPort_Heap, this, doCollect);
+    if ( thumb )
+    {
+      outThumb = thumb;
+      thumb->AddRef();
+      mStore_CanWriteIncremental = morkBool_kTrue;
+    }
+      
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  if ( acqThumb )
+    *acqThumb = outThumb;
+  return outErr;
+}
+
+// } ----- end commit methods -----
+
+// } ===== end nsIMdbStore methods =====
+
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
diff --git a/db/mork/src/morkStore.h b/db/mork/src/morkStore.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f0471ff15
--- /dev/null
+++ b/db/mork/src/morkStore.h
@@ -0,0 +1,768 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-  */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _MORKSTORE_
+#define _MORKSTORE_ 1
+
+#ifndef _MORK_
+#include "mork.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKOBJECT_
+#include "morkObject.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKNODEMAP_
+#include "morkNodeMap.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKPOOL_
+#include "morkPool.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKZONE_
+#include "morkZone.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKATOM_
+#include "morkAtom.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKROWSPACE_
+#include "morkRowSpace.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKATOMSPACE_
+#include "morkAtomSpace.h"
+#endif
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+#define morkDerived_kPort  /*i*/ 0x7054 /* ascii 'pT' */
+
+#define morkDerived_kStore  /*i*/ 0x7354 /* ascii 'sT' */
+
+/*| kGroundColumnSpace: we use the 'column space' as the default scope
+**| for grounding column name IDs, and this is also the default scope for
+**| all other explicitly tokenized strings.
+|*/
+#define morkStore_kGroundColumnSpace 'c' /* for mStore_GroundColumnSpace*/
+#define morkStore_kColumnSpaceScope ((mork_scope) 'c') /*kGroundColumnSpace*/
+#define morkStore_kValueSpaceScope ((mork_scope) 'v')
+#define morkStore_kStreamBufSize (8 * 1024) /* okay buffer size */
+
+#define morkStore_kReservedColumnCount 0x20 /* for well-known columns */
+
+#define morkStore_kNoneToken ((mork_token) 'n')
+#define morkStore_kFormColumn ((mork_column) 'f')
+#define morkStore_kAtomScopeColumn ((mork_column) 'a')
+#define morkStore_kRowScopeColumn ((mork_column) 'r')
+#define morkStore_kMetaScope ((mork_scope) 'm')
+#define morkStore_kKindColumn ((mork_column) 'k')
+#define morkStore_kStatusColumn ((mork_column) 's')
+
+/*| morkStore: 
+|*/
+class morkStore :  public morkObject, public nsIMdbStore {
+
+public: // state is public because the entire Mork system is private
+
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED
+
+  morkEnv*        mPort_Env;      // non-refcounted env which created port
+  morkFactory*    mPort_Factory;  // weak ref to suite factory
+  nsIMdbHeap*     mPort_Heap;     // heap in which this port allocs objects
+  
+// { ===== begin morkNode interface =====
+public: // morkNode virtual methods
+  
+  void ClosePort(morkEnv* ev); // called by CloseMorkNode();
+
+public: // dynamic type identification
+  mork_bool IsPort() const
+  { return IsNode() && mNode_Derived == morkDerived_kPort; }
+// } ===== end morkNode methods =====
+
+public: // other port methods
+
+  // { ----- begin attribute methods -----
+//  NS_IMETHOD IsFrozenMdbObject(nsIMdbEnv* ev, mdb_bool* outIsReadonly);
+  // same as nsIMdbPort::GetIsPortReadonly() when this object is inside a port.
+  // } ----- end attribute methods -----
+
+  // { ----- begin factory methods -----
+//  NS_IMETHOD GetMdbFactory(nsIMdbEnv* ev, nsIMdbFactory** acqFactory); 
+  // } ----- end factory methods -----
+
+  // { ----- begin ref counting for well-behaved cyclic graphs -----
+  NS_IMETHOD GetWeakRefCount(nsIMdbEnv* ev, // weak refs
+    mdb_count* outCount) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetStrongRefCount(nsIMdbEnv* ev, // strong refs
+    mdb_count* outCount) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD AddWeakRef(nsIMdbEnv* ev) override;
+#ifndef _MSC_VER
+  // The first declaration of AddStrongRef is to suppress -Werror,-Woverloaded-virtual.
+  NS_IMETHOD_(mork_uses) AddStrongRef(morkEnv* ev) override;
+#endif
+  NS_IMETHOD_(mork_uses) AddStrongRef(nsIMdbEnv* ev) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD CutWeakRef(nsIMdbEnv* ev) override;
+#ifndef _MSC_VER
+  // The first declaration of CutStrongRef is to suppress -Werror,-Woverloaded-virtual.
+  NS_IMETHOD_(mork_uses) CutStrongRef(morkEnv* ev) override;
+#endif
+  NS_IMETHOD CutStrongRef(nsIMdbEnv* ev) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD CloseMdbObject(nsIMdbEnv* ev) override; // called at strong refs zero
+  NS_IMETHOD IsOpenMdbObject(nsIMdbEnv* ev, mdb_bool* outOpen) override;
+  // } ----- end ref counting -----
+  
+// } ===== end nsIMdbObject methods =====
+
+// { ===== begin nsIMdbPort methods =====
+
+  // { ----- begin attribute methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD GetIsPortReadonly(nsIMdbEnv* ev, mdb_bool* outBool) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetIsStore(nsIMdbEnv* ev, mdb_bool* outBool) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetIsStoreAndDirty(nsIMdbEnv* ev, mdb_bool* outBool) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD GetUsagePolicy(nsIMdbEnv* ev,
+    mdbUsagePolicy* ioUsagePolicy) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD SetUsagePolicy(nsIMdbEnv* ev,
+    const mdbUsagePolicy* inUsagePolicy) override;
+  // } ----- end attribute methods -----
+
+  // { ----- begin memory policy methods -----  
+  NS_IMETHOD IdleMemoryPurge( // do memory management already scheduled
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    mdb_size* outEstimatedBytesFreed) override; // approximate bytes actually freed
+
+  NS_IMETHOD SessionMemoryPurge( // request specific footprint decrease
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    mdb_size inDesiredBytesFreed, // approximate number of bytes wanted
+    mdb_size* outEstimatedBytesFreed) override; // approximate bytes actually freed
+
+  NS_IMETHOD PanicMemoryPurge( // desperately free all possible memory
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    mdb_size* outEstimatedBytesFreed) override; // approximate bytes actually freed
+  // } ----- end memory policy methods -----
+
+  // { ----- begin filepath methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD GetPortFilePath(
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    mdbYarn* outFilePath, // name of file holding port content
+    mdbYarn* outFormatVersion) override; // file format description
+
+  NS_IMETHOD GetPortFile(
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    nsIMdbFile** acqFile) override; // acquire file used by port or store
+  // } ----- end filepath methods -----
+
+  // { ----- begin export methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD BestExportFormat( // determine preferred export format
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    mdbYarn* outFormatVersion) override; // file format description
+
+  NS_IMETHOD
+  CanExportToFormat( // can export content in given specific format?
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    const char* inFormatVersion, // file format description
+    mdb_bool* outCanExport) override; // whether ExportSource() might succeed
+
+  NS_IMETHOD ExportToFormat( // export content in given specific format
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    // const char* inFilePath, // the file to receive exported content
+    nsIMdbFile* ioFile, // destination abstract file interface
+    const char* inFormatVersion, // file format description
+    nsIMdbThumb** acqThumb) override; // acquire thumb for incremental export
+  // Call nsIMdbThumb::DoMore() until done, or until the thumb is broken, and
+  // then the export will be finished.
+
+  // } ----- end export methods -----
+
+  // { ----- begin token methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD TokenToString( // return a string name for an integer token
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    mdb_token inToken, // token for inTokenName inside this port
+    mdbYarn* outTokenName) override; // the type of table to access
+  
+  NS_IMETHOD StringToToken( // return an integer token for scope name
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    const char* inTokenName, // Latin1 string to tokenize if possible
+    mdb_token* outToken) override; // token for inTokenName inside this port
+    
+  // String token zero is never used and never supported. If the port
+  // is a mutable store, then StringToToken() to create a new
+  // association of inTokenName with a new integer token if possible.
+  // But a readonly port will return zero for an unknown scope name.
+
+  NS_IMETHOD QueryToken( // like StringToToken(), but without adding
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    const char* inTokenName, // Latin1 string to tokenize if possible
+    mdb_token* outToken) override; // token for inTokenName inside this port
+  
+  // QueryToken() will return a string token if one already exists,
+  // but unlike StringToToken(), will not assign a new token if not
+  // already in use.
+
+  // } ----- end token methods -----
+
+  // { ----- begin row methods -----  
+  NS_IMETHOD HasRow( // contains a row with the specified oid?
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    const mdbOid* inOid,  // hypothetical row oid
+    mdb_bool* outHasRow) override; // whether GetRow() might succeed
+
+  NS_IMETHOD GetRowRefCount( // get number of tables that contain a row 
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    const mdbOid* inOid,  // hypothetical row oid
+    mdb_count* outRefCount) override; // number of tables containing inRowKey 
+    
+  NS_IMETHOD GetRow( // access one row with specific oid
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    const mdbOid* inOid,  // hypothetical row oid
+    nsIMdbRow** acqRow) override; // acquire specific row (or null)
+
+  NS_IMETHOD FindRow(nsIMdbEnv* ev, // search for row with matching cell
+    mdb_scope inRowScope,   // row scope for row ids
+    mdb_column inColumn,   // the column to search (and maintain an index)
+    const mdbYarn* inTargetCellValue, // cell value for which to search
+    mdbOid* outRowOid, // out row oid on match (or {0,-1} for no match)
+    nsIMdbRow** acqRow) override; // acquire matching row (or nil for no match)
+                         // can be null if you only want the oid
+  // FindRow() searches for one row that has a cell in column inColumn with
+  // a contained value with the same form (i.e. charset) and is byte-wise
+  // identical to the blob described by yarn inTargetCellValue.  Both content
+  // and form of the yarn must be an exact match to find a matching row.
+  //
+  // (In other words, both a yarn's blob bytes and form are significant.  The
+  // form is not expected to vary in columns used for identity anyway.  This
+  // is intended to make the cost of FindRow() cheaper for MDB implementors,
+  // since any cell value atomization performed internally must necessarily
+  // make yarn form significant in order to avoid data loss in atomization.)
+  //
+  // FindRow() can lazily create an index on attribute inColumn for all rows
+  // with that attribute in row space scope inRowScope, so that subsequent
+  // calls to FindRow() will perform faster.  Such an index might or might
+  // not be persistent (but this seems desirable if it is cheap to do so).
+  // Note that lazy index creation in readonly DBs is not very feasible.
+  //
+  // This FindRow() interface assumes that attribute inColumn is effectively
+  // an alternative means of unique identification for a row in a rowspace,
+  // so correct behavior is only guaranteed when no duplicates for this col
+  // appear in the given set of rows.  (If more than one row has the same cell
+  // value in this column, no more than one will be found; and cutting one of
+  // two duplicate rows can cause the index to assume no other such row lives
+  // in the row space, so future calls return nil for negative search results
+  // even though some duplicate row might still live within the rowspace.)
+  //
+  // In other words, the FindRow() implementation is allowed to assume simple
+  // hash tables mapping unqiue column keys to associated row values will be
+  // sufficient, where any duplication is not recorded because only one copy
+  // of a given key need be remembered.  Implementors are not required to sort
+  // all rows by the specified column.
+  // } ----- end row methods -----
+
+  // { ----- begin table methods -----  
+  NS_IMETHOD HasTable( // supports a table with the specified oid?
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    const mdbOid* inOid,  // hypothetical table oid
+    mdb_bool* outHasTable) override; // whether GetTable() might succeed
+    
+  NS_IMETHOD GetTable( // access one table with specific oid
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    const mdbOid* inOid,  // hypothetical table oid
+    nsIMdbTable** acqTable) override; // acquire specific table (or null)
+  
+  NS_IMETHOD HasTableKind( // supports a table of the specified type?
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    mdb_scope inRowScope, // rid scope for row ids
+    mdb_kind inTableKind, // the type of table to access
+    mdb_count* outTableCount, // current number of such tables
+    mdb_bool* outSupportsTable) override; // whether GetTableKind() might succeed
+        
+  NS_IMETHOD GetTableKind( // access one (random) table of specific type
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    mdb_scope inRowScope,      // row scope for row ids
+    mdb_kind inTableKind,      // the type of table to access
+    mdb_count* outTableCount, // current number of such tables
+    mdb_bool* outMustBeUnique, // whether port can hold only one of these
+    nsIMdbTable** acqTable) override; // acquire scoped collection of rows
+    
+  NS_IMETHOD
+  GetPortTableCursor( // get cursor for all tables of specific type
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    mdb_scope inRowScope, // row scope for row ids
+    mdb_kind inTableKind, // the type of table to access
+    nsIMdbPortTableCursor** acqCursor) override; // all such tables in the port
+  // } ----- end table methods -----
+
+
+  // { ----- begin commit methods -----
+
+  NS_IMETHOD ShouldCompress( // store wastes at least inPercentWaste?
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    mdb_percent inPercentWaste, // 0..100 percent file size waste threshold
+    mdb_percent* outActualWaste, // 0..100 percent of file actually wasted
+    mdb_bool* outShould) override; // true when about inPercentWaste% is wasted
+  // ShouldCompress() returns true if the store can determine that the file
+  // will shrink by an estimated percentage of inPercentWaste% (or more) if
+  // CompressCommit() is called, because that percentage of the file seems
+  // to be recoverable free space.  The granularity is only in terms of 
+  // percentage points, and any value over 100 is considered equal to 100.
+  //
+  // If a store only has an approximate idea how much space might be saved
+  // during a compress, then a best guess should be made.  For example, the
+  // Mork implementation might keep track of how much file space began with
+  // text content before the first updating transaction, and then consider
+  // all content following the start of the first transaction as potentially
+  // wasted space if it is all updates and not just new content.  (This is
+  // a safe assumption in the sense that behavior will stabilize on a low
+  // estimate of wastage after a commit removes all transaction updates.)
+  //
+  // Some db formats might attempt to keep a very accurate reckoning of free
+  // space size, so a very accurate determination can be made.  But other db
+  // formats might have difficulty determining size of free space, and might
+  // require some lengthy calculation to answer.  This is the reason for
+  // passing in the percentage threshold of interest, so that such lengthy
+  // computations can terminate early as soon as at least inPercentWaste is
+  // found, so that the entire file need not be groveled when unnecessary.
+  // However, we hope implementations will always favor fast but imprecise
+  // heuristic answers instead of extremely slow but very precise answers.
+  //
+  // If the outActualWaste parameter is non-nil, it will be used to return
+  // the actual estimated space wasted as a percentage of file size.  (This
+  // parameter is provided so callers need not call repeatedly with altered
+  // inPercentWaste values to isolate the actual wastage figure.)  Note the
+  // actual wastage figure returned can exactly equal inPercentWaste even
+  // when this grossly underestimates the real figure involved, if the db
+  // finds it very expensive to determine the extent of wastage after it is
+  // known to at least exceed inPercentWaste.  Note we expect that whenever
+  // outShould returns true, that outActualWaste returns >= inPercentWaste.
+  //
+  // The effect of different inPercentWaste values is not very uniform over
+  // the permitted range.  For example, 50 represents 50% wastage, or a file
+  // that is about double what it should be ideally.  But 99 represents 99%
+  // wastage, or a file that is about ninety-nine times as big as it should
+  // be ideally.  In the smaller direction, 25 represents 25% wastage, or
+  // a file that is only 33% larger than it should be ideally.
+  //
+  // Callers can determine what policy they want to use for considering when
+  // a file holds too much wasted space, and express this as a percentage
+  // of total file size to pass as in the inPercentWaste parameter.  A zero
+  // likely returns always trivially true, and 100 always trivially false.
+  // The great majority of callers are expected to use values from 25 to 75,
+  // since most plausible thresholds for compressing might fall between the
+  // extremes of 133% of ideal size and 400% of ideal size.  (Presumably the
+  // larger a file gets, the more important the percentage waste involved, so
+  // a sliding scale for compress thresholds might use smaller numbers for
+  // much bigger file sizes.)
+  
+  // } ----- end commit methods -----
+
+// } ===== end nsIMdbPort methods =====
+
+// { ===== begin nsIMdbStore methods =====
+
+  // { ----- begin table methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD NewTable( // make one new table of specific type
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    mdb_scope inRowScope,    // row scope for row ids
+    mdb_kind inTableKind,    // the type of table to access
+    mdb_bool inMustBeUnique, // whether store can hold only one of these
+    const mdbOid* inOptionalMetaRowOid, // can be nil to avoid specifying
+    nsIMdbTable** acqTable) override; // acquire scoped collection of rows
+    
+  NS_IMETHOD NewTableWithOid( // make one new table of specific type
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    const mdbOid* inOid,   // caller assigned oid
+    mdb_kind inTableKind,    // the type of table to access
+    mdb_bool inMustBeUnique, // whether store can hold only one of these
+    const mdbOid* inOptionalMetaRowOid, // can be nil to avoid specifying 
+    nsIMdbTable** acqTable) override; // acquire scoped collection of rows
+  // } ----- end table methods -----
+
+  // { ----- begin row scope methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD RowScopeHasAssignedIds(nsIMdbEnv* ev,
+    mdb_scope inRowScope,   // row scope for row ids
+    mdb_bool* outCallerAssigned, // nonzero if caller assigned specified
+    mdb_bool* outStoreAssigned) override; // nonzero if store db assigned specified
+
+  NS_IMETHOD SetCallerAssignedIds(nsIMdbEnv* ev,
+    mdb_scope inRowScope,   // row scope for row ids
+    mdb_bool* outCallerAssigned, // nonzero if caller assigned specified
+    mdb_bool* outStoreAssigned) override; // nonzero if store db assigned specified
+
+  NS_IMETHOD SetStoreAssignedIds(nsIMdbEnv* ev,
+    mdb_scope inRowScope,   // row scope for row ids
+    mdb_bool* outCallerAssigned, // nonzero if caller assigned specified
+    mdb_bool* outStoreAssigned) override; // nonzero if store db assigned specified
+  // } ----- end row scope methods -----
+
+  // { ----- begin row methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD NewRowWithOid(nsIMdbEnv* ev, // new row w/ caller assigned oid
+    const mdbOid* inOid,   // caller assigned oid
+    nsIMdbRow** acqRow) override; // create new row
+
+  NS_IMETHOD NewRow(nsIMdbEnv* ev, // new row with db assigned oid
+    mdb_scope inRowScope,   // row scope for row ids
+    nsIMdbRow** acqRow) override; // create new row
+  // Note this row must be added to some table or cell child before the
+  // store is closed in order to make this row persist across sesssions.
+
+  // } ----- end row methods -----
+
+  // { ----- begin inport/export methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD ImportContent( // import content from port
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    mdb_scope inRowScope, // scope for rows (or zero for all?)
+    nsIMdbPort* ioPort, // the port with content to add to store
+    nsIMdbThumb** acqThumb) override; // acquire thumb for incremental import
+  // Call nsIMdbThumb::DoMore() until done, or until the thumb is broken, and
+  // then the import will be finished.
+
+  NS_IMETHOD ImportFile( // import content from port
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    nsIMdbFile* ioFile, // the file with content to add to store
+    nsIMdbThumb** acqThumb) override; // acquire thumb for incremental import
+  // Call nsIMdbThumb::DoMore() until done, or until the thumb is broken, and
+  // then the import will be finished.
+  // } ----- end inport/export methods -----
+
+  // { ----- begin hinting methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD
+  ShareAtomColumnsHint( // advise re shared column content atomizing
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    mdb_scope inScopeHint, // zero, or suggested shared namespace
+    const mdbColumnSet* inColumnSet) override; // cols desired tokenized together
+
+  NS_IMETHOD
+  AvoidAtomColumnsHint( // advise column with poor atomizing prospects
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    const mdbColumnSet* inColumnSet) override; // cols with poor atomizing prospects
+  // } ----- end hinting methods -----
+
+  // { ----- begin commit methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD LargeCommit( // save important changes if at all possible
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    nsIMdbThumb** acqThumb) override; // acquire thumb for incremental commit
+  // Call nsIMdbThumb::DoMore() until done, or until the thumb is broken, and
+  // then the commit will be finished.  Note the store is effectively write
+  // locked until commit is finished or canceled through the thumb instance.
+  // Until the commit is done, the store will report it has readonly status.
+
+  NS_IMETHOD SessionCommit( // save all changes if large commits delayed
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    nsIMdbThumb** acqThumb) override; // acquire thumb for incremental commit
+  // Call nsIMdbThumb::DoMore() until done, or until the thumb is broken, and
+  // then the commit will be finished.  Note the store is effectively write
+  // locked until commit is finished or canceled through the thumb instance.
+  // Until the commit is done, the store will report it has readonly status.
+
+  NS_IMETHOD
+  CompressCommit( // commit and make db physically smaller if possible
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    nsIMdbThumb** acqThumb) override; // acquire thumb for incremental commit
+  // Call nsIMdbThumb::DoMore() until done, or until the thumb is broken, and
+  // then the commit will be finished.  Note the store is effectively write
+  // locked until commit is finished or canceled through the thumb instance.
+  // Until the commit is done, the store will report it has readonly status.
+  
+  // } ----- end commit methods -----
+
+// } ===== end nsIMdbStore methods =====
+
+public: // typesafe refcounting inlines calling inherited morkNode methods
+  static void SlotWeakPort(morkPort* me,
+    morkEnv* ev, morkPort** ioSlot)
+  { morkNode::SlotWeakNode((morkNode*) me, ev, (morkNode**) ioSlot); }
+  
+  static void SlotStrongPort(morkPort* me,
+    morkEnv* ev, morkPort** ioSlot)
+  { morkNode::SlotStrongNode((morkNode*) me, ev, (morkNode**) ioSlot); }
+// public: // slots inherited from morkPort (meant to inform only)
+  // nsIMdbHeap*     mNode_Heap;
+  // mork_able    mNode_Mutable; // can this node be modified?
+  // mork_load    mNode_Load;    // is this node clean or dirty?
+  // mork_base    mNode_Base;    // must equal morkBase_kNode
+  // mork_derived mNode_Derived; // depends on specific node subclass
+  // mork_access  mNode_Access;  // kOpen, kClosing, kShut, or kDead
+  // mork_usage   mNode_Usage;   // kHeap, kStack, kMember, kGlobal, kNone
+  // mork_uses    mNode_Uses;    // refcount for strong refs
+  // mork_refs    mNode_Refs;    // refcount for strong refs + weak refs
+ 
+  // morkEnv*        mPort_Env;      // non-refcounted env which created port
+  // morkFactory*    mPort_Factory;  // weak ref to suite factory
+  // nsIMdbHeap*     mPort_Heap;     // heap in which this port allocs objects
+
+public: // state is public because the entire Mork system is private
+
+// mStore_OidAtomSpace might be unnecessary; I don't remember why I wanted it.
+  morkAtomSpace*   mStore_OidAtomSpace;   // ground atom space for oids
+  morkAtomSpace*   mStore_GroundAtomSpace; // ground atom space for scopes
+  morkAtomSpace*   mStore_GroundColumnSpace; // ground column space for scopes
+
+  nsIMdbFile*      mStore_File; // the file containing Mork text
+  morkStream*      mStore_InStream; // stream using file used by the builder
+  morkBuilder*     mStore_Builder; // to parse Mork text and build structures 
+
+  morkStream*      mStore_OutStream; // stream using file used by the writer
+  
+  morkRowSpaceMap  mStore_RowSpaces;  // maps mork_scope -> morkSpace
+  morkAtomSpaceMap mStore_AtomSpaces; // maps mork_scope -> morkSpace
+  
+  morkZone         mStore_Zone;
+  
+  morkPool         mStore_Pool;
+
+  // we alloc a max size book atom to reuse space for atom map key searches:
+  // morkMaxBookAtom  mStore_BookAtom; // staging area for atom map searches
+  
+  morkFarBookAtom  mStore_FarBookAtom; // staging area for atom map searches
+  
+  // GroupIdentity should be one more than largest seen in a parsed db file:
+  mork_gid         mStore_CommitGroupIdentity; // transaction ID number
+  
+  // group positions are used to help compute PercentOfStoreWasted():
+  mork_pos         mStore_FirstCommitGroupPos; // start of first group
+  mork_pos         mStore_SecondCommitGroupPos; // start of second group
+  // If the first commit group is very near the start of the file (say less
+  // than 512 bytes), then we might assume the file started nearly empty and
+  // that most of the first group is not wasted.  In that case, the pos of
+  // the second commit group might make a better estimate of the start of
+  // transaction space that might represent wasted file space.  That's why
+  // we support fields for both first and second commit group positions.
+  //
+  // We assume that a zero in either group pos means that the slot has not
+  // yet been given a valid value, since the file will always start with a
+  // tag, and a commit group cannot actually start at position zero.
+  //
+  // Either or both the first or second commit group positions might be
+  // supplied by either morkWriter (while committing) or morkBuilder (while
+  // parsing), since either reading or writing the file might encounter the
+  // first transaction groups which came into existence either in the past
+  // or in the very recent present.
+  
+  mork_bool        mStore_CanAutoAssignAtomIdentity;
+  mork_bool        mStore_CanDirty; // changes imply the store becomes dirty?
+  mork_u1          mStore_CanWriteIncremental; // compress not required?
+  mork_u1          mStore_Pad; // for u4 alignment
+  
+  // mStore_CanDirty should be FALSE when parsing a file while building the
+  // content going into the store, because such data structure modifications
+  // are actuallly in sync with the file.  So content read from a file must
+  // be clean with respect to the file.  After a file is finished parsing,
+  // the mStore_CanDirty slot should become TRUE, so that any additional
+  // changes at runtime cause structures to be marked dirty with respect to
+  // the file which must later be updated with changes during a commit.
+  //
+  // It might also make sense to set mStore_CanDirty to FALSE while a commit
+  // is in progress, lest some internal transformations make more content
+  // appear dirty when it should not.  So anyone modifying content during a
+  // commit should think about the intended significance regarding dirty.
+
+public: // more specific dirty methods for store:
+  void SetStoreDirty() { this->SetNodeDirty(); }
+  void SetStoreClean() { this->SetNodeClean(); }
+  
+  mork_bool IsStoreClean() const { return this->IsNodeClean(); }
+  mork_bool IsStoreDirty() const { return this->IsNodeDirty(); }
+ 
+public: // setting dirty based on CanDirty:
+ 
+  void MaybeDirtyStore()
+  { if ( mStore_CanDirty ) this->SetStoreDirty(); }
+  
+public: // space waste analysis
+
+  mork_percent PercentOfStoreWasted(morkEnv* ev);
+ 
+public: // setting store and all subspaces canDirty:
+ 
+  void SetStoreAndAllSpacesCanDirty(morkEnv* ev, mork_bool inCanDirty);
+
+public: // building an atom inside mStore_FarBookAtom from a char* string
+
+  morkFarBookAtom* StageAliasAsFarBookAtom(morkEnv* ev,
+    const morkMid* inMid, morkAtomSpace* ioSpace, mork_cscode inForm);
+
+  morkFarBookAtom* StageYarnAsFarBookAtom(morkEnv* ev,
+    const mdbYarn* inYarn, morkAtomSpace* ioSpace);
+
+  morkFarBookAtom* StageStringAsFarBookAtom(morkEnv* ev,
+    const char* inString, mork_cscode inForm, morkAtomSpace* ioSpace);
+
+public: // determining whether incremental writing is a good use of time:
+
+  mork_bool DoPreferLargeOverCompressCommit(morkEnv* ev);
+  // true when mStore_CanWriteIncremental && store has file large enough 
+
+public: // lazy creation of members and nested row or atom spaces
+
+  morkAtomSpace*   LazyGetOidAtomSpace(morkEnv* ev);
+  morkAtomSpace*   LazyGetGroundAtomSpace(morkEnv* ev);
+  morkAtomSpace*   LazyGetGroundColumnSpace(morkEnv* ev);
+
+  morkStream*      LazyGetInStream(morkEnv* ev);
+  morkBuilder*     LazyGetBuilder(morkEnv* ev); 
+  void             ForgetBuilder(morkEnv* ev); 
+
+  morkStream*      LazyGetOutStream(morkEnv* ev);
+  
+  morkRowSpace*    LazyGetRowSpace(morkEnv* ev, mdb_scope inRowScope);
+  morkAtomSpace*   LazyGetAtomSpace(morkEnv* ev, mdb_scope inAtomScope);
+ 
+// { ===== begin morkNode interface =====
+public: // morkNode virtual methods
+  virtual void CloseMorkNode(morkEnv* ev) override; // CloseStore() only if open
+  
+public: // morkStore construction & destruction
+  morkStore(morkEnv* ev, const morkUsage& inUsage,
+     nsIMdbHeap* ioNodeHeap, // the heap (if any) for this node instance
+     morkFactory* inFactory, // the factory for this
+     nsIMdbHeap* ioPortHeap  // the heap to hold all content in the port
+     );
+  void CloseStore(morkEnv* ev); // called by CloseMorkNode();
+
+private: // copying is not allowed
+  morkStore(const morkStore& other);
+  morkStore& operator=(const morkStore& other);
+  virtual ~morkStore(); // assert that CloseStore() executed earlier
+
+public: // dynamic type identification
+  morkEnv* CanUseStore(nsIMdbEnv* mev, mork_bool inMutable,
+                       nsresult* outErr) const;
+   mork_bool IsStore() const
+  { return IsNode() && mNode_Derived == morkDerived_kStore; }
+// } ===== end morkNode methods =====
+
+public: // typing
+  static void NonStoreTypeError(morkEnv* ev);
+  static void NilStoreFileError(morkEnv* ev);
+  static void CannotAutoAssignAtomIdentityError(morkEnv* ev);
+  
+public: //  store utilties
+  
+  morkAtom* YarnToAtom(morkEnv* ev, const mdbYarn* inYarn, bool createIfMissing = true);
+  morkAtom* AddAlias(morkEnv* ev, const morkMid& inMid,
+    mork_cscode inForm);
+
+public: // other store methods
+
+  void RenumberAllCollectableContent(morkEnv* ev);
+
+  nsIMdbStore* AcquireStoreHandle(morkEnv* ev); // mObject_Handle
+
+  morkPool* StorePool() { return &mStore_Pool; }
+
+  mork_bool OpenStoreFile(morkEnv* ev, // return value equals ev->Good()
+    mork_bool inFrozen,
+    // const char* inFilePath,
+    nsIMdbFile* ioFile, // db abstract file interface
+    const mdbOpenPolicy* inOpenPolicy);
+
+  mork_bool CreateStoreFile(morkEnv* ev, // return value equals ev->Good()
+    // const char* inFilePath,
+    nsIMdbFile* ioFile, // db abstract file interface
+    const mdbOpenPolicy* inOpenPolicy);
+    
+  morkAtom* CopyAtom(morkEnv* ev, const morkAtom* inAtom);
+  // copy inAtom (from some other store) over to this store
+    
+  mork_token CopyToken(morkEnv* ev, mdb_token inToken, morkStore* inStore);
+  // copy inToken from inStore over to this store
+    
+  mork_token BufToToken(morkEnv* ev, const morkBuf* inBuf);
+  mork_token StringToToken(morkEnv* ev, const char* inTokenName);
+  mork_token QueryToken(morkEnv* ev, const char* inTokenName);
+  void TokenToString(morkEnv* ev, mdb_token inToken, mdbYarn* outTokenName);
+  
+  mork_bool MidToOid(morkEnv* ev, const morkMid& inMid,
+     mdbOid* outOid);
+  mork_bool OidToYarn(morkEnv* ev, const mdbOid& inOid, mdbYarn* outYarn);
+  mork_bool MidToYarn(morkEnv* ev, const morkMid& inMid,
+     mdbYarn* outYarn);
+
+  morkBookAtom* MidToAtom(morkEnv* ev, const morkMid& inMid);
+  morkRow* MidToRow(morkEnv* ev, const morkMid& inMid);
+  morkTable* MidToTable(morkEnv* ev, const morkMid& inMid);
+  
+  morkRow* OidToRow(morkEnv* ev, const mdbOid* inOid);
+  // OidToRow() finds old row with oid, or makes new one if not found.
+
+  morkTable* OidToTable(morkEnv* ev, const mdbOid* inOid,
+    const mdbOid* inOptionalMetaRowOid);
+  // OidToTable() finds old table with oid, or makes new one if not found.
+  
+  static void SmallTokenToOneByteYarn(morkEnv* ev, mdb_token inToken,
+    mdbYarn* outYarn);
+  
+  mork_bool HasTableKind(morkEnv* ev, mdb_scope inRowScope, 
+    mdb_kind inTableKind, mdb_count* outTableCount);
+  
+  morkTable* GetTableKind(morkEnv* ev, mdb_scope inRowScope, 
+    mdb_kind inTableKind, mdb_count* outTableCount,
+    mdb_bool* outMustBeUnique);
+
+  morkRow* FindRow(morkEnv* ev, mdb_scope inScope, mdb_column inColumn,
+    const mdbYarn* inTargetCellValue);
+  
+  morkRow* GetRow(morkEnv* ev, const mdbOid* inOid);
+  morkTable* GetTable(morkEnv* ev, const mdbOid* inOid);
+    
+  morkTable* NewTable(morkEnv* ev, mdb_scope inRowScope,
+    mdb_kind inTableKind, mdb_bool inMustBeUnique,
+    const mdbOid* inOptionalMetaRowOid);
+
+  morkPortTableCursor* GetPortTableCursor(morkEnv* ev, mdb_scope inRowScope,
+    mdb_kind inTableKind) ;
+
+  morkRow* NewRowWithOid(morkEnv* ev, const mdbOid* inOid);
+  morkRow* NewRow(morkEnv* ev, mdb_scope inRowScope);
+
+  morkThumb* MakeCompressCommitThumb(morkEnv* ev, mork_bool inDoCollect);
+
+public: // commit related methods
+
+  mork_bool MarkAllStoreContentDirty(morkEnv* ev);
+  // MarkAllStoreContentDirty() visits every object in the store and marks 
+  // them dirty, including every table, row, cell, and atom.  The return
+  // equals ev->Good(), to show whether any error happened.  This method is
+  // intended for use in the beginning of a "compress commit" which writes
+  // all store content, whether dirty or not.  We dirty everything first so
+  // that later iterations over content can mark things clean as they are
+  // written, and organize the process of serialization so that objects are
+  // written only at need (because of being dirty).
+
+public: // typesafe refcounting inlines calling inherited morkNode methods
+  static void SlotWeakStore(morkStore* me,
+    morkEnv* ev, morkStore** ioSlot)
+  { morkNode::SlotWeakNode((morkNode*) me, ev, (morkNode**) ioSlot); }
+  
+  static void SlotStrongStore(morkStore* me,
+    morkEnv* ev, morkStore** ioSlot)
+  { 
+    morkStore* store = *ioSlot;
+    if ( me != store )
+    {
+      if ( store )
+      {
+        // what if this nulls out the ev and causes asserts?
+        // can we move this after the CutStrongRef()?
+        *ioSlot = 0;
+        store->Release();
+      }
+      if ( me && me->AddRef() )
+        *ioSlot = me;
+    }
+  }
+};
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+#endif /* _MORKSTORE_ */
+
diff --git a/db/mork/src/morkStream.cpp b/db/mork/src/morkStream.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..26c6f443e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/db/mork/src/morkStream.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,859 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-  */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _MDB_
+#include "mdb.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORK_
+#include "mork.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKNODE_
+#include "morkNode.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKFILE_
+#include "morkFile.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKENV_
+#include "morkEnv.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKSTREAM_
+#include "morkStream.h"
+#endif
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+// ````` ````` ````` ````` ````` 
+// { ===== begin morkNode interface =====
+
+/*public virtual*/ void
+morkStream::CloseMorkNode(morkEnv* ev) // CloseStream() only if open
+{
+  if ( this->IsOpenNode() )
+  {
+    this->MarkClosing();
+    this->CloseStream(ev);
+    this->MarkShut();
+  }
+}
+
+/*public virtual*/
+morkStream::~morkStream() // assert CloseStream() executed earlier
+{
+  MORK_ASSERT(mStream_ContentFile==0);
+  MORK_ASSERT(mStream_Buf==0);
+}
+
+/*public non-poly*/
+morkStream::morkStream(morkEnv* ev, const morkUsage& inUsage,
+  nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap,
+  nsIMdbFile* ioContentFile, mork_size inBufSize, mork_bool inFrozen)
+: morkFile(ev, inUsage, ioHeap, ioHeap)
+, mStream_At( 0 )
+, mStream_ReadEnd( 0 )
+, mStream_WriteEnd( 0 )
+
+, mStream_ContentFile( 0 )
+
+, mStream_Buf( 0 )
+, mStream_BufSize( inBufSize )
+, mStream_BufPos( 0 )
+, mStream_Dirty( morkBool_kFalse )
+, mStream_HitEof( morkBool_kFalse )
+{
+  if ( ev->Good() )
+  {
+    if ( inBufSize < morkStream_kMinBufSize )
+      mStream_BufSize = inBufSize = morkStream_kMinBufSize;
+    else if ( inBufSize > morkStream_kMaxBufSize )
+      mStream_BufSize = inBufSize = morkStream_kMaxBufSize;
+    
+    if ( ioContentFile && ioHeap )
+    {
+      // if ( ioContentFile->FileFrozen() ) // forced to be readonly?
+      //   inFrozen = morkBool_kTrue; // override the input value
+        
+      nsIMdbFile_SlotStrongFile(ioContentFile, ev, &mStream_ContentFile);
+      if ( ev->Good() )
+      {
+        mork_u1* buf = 0;
+        ioHeap->Alloc(ev->AsMdbEnv(), inBufSize, (void**) &buf);
+        if ( buf )
+        {
+          mStream_At = mStream_Buf = buf;
+          
+          if ( !inFrozen )
+          {
+            // physical buffer end never moves:
+            mStream_WriteEnd = buf + inBufSize;
+          }
+          else
+            mStream_WriteEnd = 0; // no writing is allowed
+          
+          if ( inFrozen )
+          {
+            // logical buffer end starts at Buf with no content:
+            mStream_ReadEnd = buf;
+            this->SetFileFrozen(inFrozen);
+          }
+          else
+            mStream_ReadEnd = 0; // no reading is allowed
+          
+          this->SetFileActive(morkBool_kTrue);
+          this->SetFileIoOpen(morkBool_kTrue);
+        }
+        if ( ev->Good() )
+          mNode_Derived = morkDerived_kStream;
+      }
+    }
+    else ev->NilPointerError();
+  }
+}
+
+/*public non-poly*/ void
+morkStream::CloseStream(morkEnv* ev) // called by CloseMorkNode();
+{
+    if ( this->IsNode() )
+    {
+      nsIMdbFile_SlotStrongFile((nsIMdbFile*) 0, ev, &mStream_ContentFile);
+      nsIMdbHeap* heap = mFile_SlotHeap;
+      mork_u1* buf = mStream_Buf;
+      mStream_Buf = 0;
+      
+      if ( heap && buf )
+        heap->Free(ev->AsMdbEnv(), buf);
+
+      this->CloseFile(ev);
+      this->MarkShut();
+    }
+    else
+      this->NonNodeError(ev);
+}
+
+// } ===== end morkNode methods =====
+// ````` ````` ````` ````` ````` 
+  
+#define morkStream_kSpacesPerIndent 1 /* one space per indent */
+#define morkStream_kMaxIndentDepth 70 /* max indent of 70 space bytes */
+static const char morkStream_kSpaces[] // next line to ease length perception
+= "                                                                        ";
+// 123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_
+// morkStream_kSpaces above must contain (at least) 70 spaces (ASCII 0x20)
+ 
+mork_size
+morkStream::PutIndent(morkEnv* ev, mork_count inDepth)
+  // PutIndent() puts a linebreak, and then
+  // "indents" by inDepth, and returns the line length after indentation.
+{
+  mork_size outLength = 0;
+  nsIMdbEnv *mev = ev->AsMdbEnv();
+  if ( ev->Good() )
+  {
+    this->PutLineBreak(ev);
+    if ( ev->Good() )
+    {
+      outLength = inDepth;
+      mdb_size bytesWritten;
+      if ( inDepth )
+        this->Write(mev, morkStream_kSpaces, inDepth, &bytesWritten);
+    }
+  }
+  return outLength;
+}
+
+mork_size
+morkStream::PutByteThenIndent(morkEnv* ev, int inByte, mork_count inDepth)
+  // PutByteThenIndent() puts the byte, then a linebreak, and then
+  // "indents" by inDepth, and returns the line length after indentation.
+{
+  mork_size outLength = 0;
+  nsIMdbEnv *mev = ev->AsMdbEnv();
+  
+  if ( inDepth > morkStream_kMaxIndentDepth )
+    inDepth = morkStream_kMaxIndentDepth;
+  
+  this->Putc(ev, inByte);
+  if ( ev->Good() )
+  {
+    this->PutLineBreak(ev);
+    if ( ev->Good() )
+    {
+      outLength = inDepth;
+      mdb_size bytesWritten;
+      if ( inDepth )
+        this->Write(mev, morkStream_kSpaces, inDepth, &bytesWritten);
+    }
+  }
+  return outLength;
+}
+  
+mork_size
+morkStream::PutStringThenIndent(morkEnv* ev,
+  const char* inString, mork_count inDepth)
+// PutStringThenIndent() puts the string, then a linebreak, and then
+// "indents" by inDepth, and returns the line length after indentation.
+{
+  mork_size outLength = 0;
+  mdb_size bytesWritten;
+  nsIMdbEnv *mev = ev->AsMdbEnv();
+  
+  if ( inDepth > morkStream_kMaxIndentDepth )
+    inDepth = morkStream_kMaxIndentDepth;
+  
+  if ( inString )
+  {
+    mork_size length = MORK_STRLEN(inString);
+    if ( length && ev->Good() ) // any bytes to write?
+      this->Write(mev, inString, length, &bytesWritten);
+  }
+  
+  if ( ev->Good() )
+  {
+    this->PutLineBreak(ev);
+    if ( ev->Good() )
+    {
+      outLength = inDepth;
+      if ( inDepth )
+        this->Write(mev, morkStream_kSpaces, inDepth, &bytesWritten);
+    }
+  }
+  return outLength;
+}
+
+mork_size
+morkStream::PutString(morkEnv* ev, const char* inString)
+{
+  nsIMdbEnv *mev = ev->AsMdbEnv();
+  mork_size outSize = 0;
+  mdb_size bytesWritten;
+  if ( inString )
+  {
+    outSize = MORK_STRLEN(inString);
+    if ( outSize && ev->Good() ) // any bytes to write?
+    {
+      this->Write(mev, inString, outSize, &bytesWritten);
+    }
+  }
+  return outSize;
+}
+
+mork_size
+morkStream::PutStringThenNewline(morkEnv* ev, const char* inString)
+  // PutStringThenNewline() returns total number of bytes written.
+{
+  nsIMdbEnv *mev = ev->AsMdbEnv();
+  mork_size outSize = 0;
+  mdb_size bytesWritten;
+  if ( inString )
+  {
+    outSize = MORK_STRLEN(inString);
+    if ( outSize && ev->Good() ) // any bytes to write?
+    {
+      this->Write(mev, inString, outSize, &bytesWritten);
+      if ( ev->Good() )
+        outSize += this->PutLineBreak(ev);
+    }
+  }
+  return outSize;
+}
+
+mork_size
+morkStream::PutByteThenNewline(morkEnv* ev, int inByte)
+  // PutByteThenNewline() returns total number of bytes written.
+{
+  mork_size outSize = 1; // one for the following byte
+  this->Putc(ev, inByte);
+  if ( ev->Good() )
+    outSize += this->PutLineBreak(ev);
+  return outSize;
+}
+
+mork_size
+morkStream::PutLineBreak(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+#if defined(MORK_MAC)
+
+  this->Putc(ev, mork_kCR);
+  return 1;
+  
+#else
+#  if defined(MORK_WIN)
+  
+  this->Putc(ev, mork_kCR);
+  this->Putc(ev, mork_kLF);
+  return 2;
+  
+#  else
+#    ifdef MORK_UNIX
+  
+  this->Putc(ev, mork_kLF);
+  return 1;
+  
+#    endif /* MORK_UNIX */
+#  endif /* MORK_WIN */
+#endif /* MORK_MAC */
+}
+// ````` ````` ````` `````   ````` ````` ````` `````  
+// public: // virtual morkFile methods
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkStream::Steal(nsIMdbEnv* mev, nsIMdbFile* ioThief)
+  // Steal: tell this file to close any associated i/o stream in the file
+  // system, because the file ioThief intends to reopen the file in order
+  // to provide the MDB implementation with more exotic file access than is
+  // offered by the nsIMdbFile alone.  Presumably the thief knows enough
+  // from Path() in order to know which file to reopen.  If Steal() is
+  // successful, this file should probably delegate all future calls to
+  // the nsIMdbFile interface down to the thief files, so that even after
+  // the file has been stolen, it can still be read, written, or forcibly
+  // closed (by a call to CloseMdbObject()).
+{
+  MORK_USED_1(ioThief);
+  morkEnv *ev = morkEnv::FromMdbEnv(mev);
+  ev->StubMethodOnlyError();
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkStream::BecomeTrunk(nsIMdbEnv* mev)
+  // If this file is a file version branch created by calling AcquireBud(),
+  // BecomeTrunk() causes this file's content to replace the original
+  // file's content, typically by assuming the original file's identity.
+{
+  morkEnv *ev = morkEnv::FromMdbEnv(mev);
+  ev->StubMethodOnlyError();
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkStream::AcquireBud(nsIMdbEnv* mev, nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap, nsIMdbFile **acqBud)
+  // AcquireBud() starts a new "branch" version of the file, empty of content,
+  // so that a new version of the file can be written.  This new file
+  // can later be told to BecomeTrunk() the original file, so the branch
+  // created by budding the file will replace the original file.  Some
+  // file subclasses might initially take the unsafe but expedient
+  // approach of simply truncating this file down to zero length, and
+  // then returning the same morkFile pointer as this, with an extra
+  // reference count increment.  Note that the caller of AcquireBud() is
+  // expected to eventually call CutStrongRef() on the returned file
+  // in order to release the strong reference.  High quality versions
+  // of morkFile subclasses will create entirely new files which later
+  // are renamed to become the old file, so that better transactional
+  // behavior is exhibited by the file, so crashes protect old files.
+  // Note that AcquireBud() is an illegal operation on readonly files.
+{
+  MORK_USED_1(ioHeap);
+  morkFile* outFile = 0;
+  nsIMdbFile* file = mStream_ContentFile;
+  morkEnv *ev = morkEnv::FromMdbEnv(mev);
+  if ( this->IsOpenAndActiveFile() && file )
+  {
+    // figure out how this interacts with buffering and mStream_WriteEnd:
+    ev->StubMethodOnlyError();
+  }
+  else this->NewFileDownError(ev);
+  
+  *acqBud = outFile;
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+mork_pos 
+morkStream::Length(morkEnv* ev) const // eof
+{
+  mork_pos outPos = 0;
+
+  nsIMdbFile* file = mStream_ContentFile;
+  if ( this->IsOpenAndActiveFile() && file )
+  {
+    mork_pos contentEof = 0;
+    file->Eof(ev->AsMdbEnv(), &contentEof);
+    if ( ev->Good() )
+    {
+      if ( mStream_WriteEnd ) // this stream supports writing?
+      {
+        // the local buffer might have buffered content past content eof
+        if ( ev->Good() ) // no error happened during Length() above?
+        {
+          mork_u1* at = mStream_At;
+          mork_u1* buf = mStream_Buf;
+          if ( at >= buf ) // expected cursor order?
+          {
+            mork_pos localContent = mStream_BufPos + (at - buf);
+            if ( localContent > contentEof ) // buffered past eof?
+              contentEof = localContent; // return new logical eof
+
+            outPos = contentEof;
+          }
+          else this->NewBadCursorOrderError(ev);
+        }
+      }
+      else
+        outPos = contentEof; // frozen files get length from content file
+    }
+  }
+  else this->NewFileDownError(ev);
+
+  return outPos;
+}
+
+void morkStream::NewBadCursorSlotsError(morkEnv* ev) const
+{ ev->NewError("bad stream cursor slots"); }
+
+void morkStream::NewNullStreamBufferError(morkEnv* ev) const
+{ ev->NewError("null stream buffer"); }
+
+void morkStream::NewCantReadSinkError(morkEnv* ev) const
+{ ev->NewError("cant read stream sink"); }
+
+void morkStream::NewCantWriteSourceError(morkEnv* ev) const
+{ ev->NewError("cant write stream source"); }
+
+void morkStream::NewPosBeyondEofError(morkEnv* ev) const
+{ ev->NewError("stream pos beyond eof"); }
+
+void morkStream::NewBadCursorOrderError(morkEnv* ev) const
+{ ev->NewError("bad stream cursor order"); }
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP 
+morkStream::Tell(nsIMdbEnv* mdbev, mork_pos *aOutPos) const
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  morkEnv *ev = morkEnv::FromMdbEnv(mdbev);
+
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aOutPos);
+  
+  nsIMdbFile* file = mStream_ContentFile;
+  if ( this->IsOpenAndActiveFile() && file )
+  {
+    mork_u1* buf = mStream_Buf;
+    mork_u1* at = mStream_At;
+    
+    mork_u1* readEnd = mStream_ReadEnd;   // nonzero only if readonly
+    mork_u1* writeEnd = mStream_WriteEnd; // nonzero only if writeonly
+    
+    if ( writeEnd )
+    {
+      if ( buf && at >= buf && at <= writeEnd ) 
+      {
+        *aOutPos = mStream_BufPos + (at - buf);
+      }
+      else this->NewBadCursorOrderError(ev);
+    }
+    else if ( readEnd )
+    {
+      if ( buf && at >= buf && at <= readEnd ) 
+      {
+        *aOutPos = mStream_BufPos + (at - buf);
+      }
+      else this->NewBadCursorOrderError(ev);
+    }
+  }
+  else this->NewFileDownError(ev);
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP 
+morkStream::Read(nsIMdbEnv* mdbev, void* outBuf, mork_size inSize, mork_size *aOutSize)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aOutSize);
+  // First we satisfy the request from buffered bytes, if any.  Then
+  // if additional bytes are needed, we satisfy these by direct reads
+  // from the content file without any local buffering (but we still need
+  // to adjust the buffer position to reflect the current i/o point).
+
+  morkEnv *ev = morkEnv::FromMdbEnv(mdbev);
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  nsIMdbFile* file = mStream_ContentFile;
+  if ( this->IsOpenAndActiveFile() && file )
+  {
+    mork_u1* end = mStream_ReadEnd; // byte after last buffered byte
+    if ( end ) // file is open for read access?
+    {
+      if ( inSize ) // caller wants any output?
+      {
+        mork_u1* sink = (mork_u1*) outBuf; // where we plan to write bytes
+        if ( sink ) // caller passed good buffer address?
+        {
+          mork_u1* at = mStream_At;
+          mork_u1* buf = mStream_Buf;
+          if ( at >= buf && at <= end ) // expected cursor order?
+          {
+            mork_num remaining = (mork_num) (end - at); // bytes left in buffer
+            
+            mork_num quantum = inSize; // number of bytes to copy
+            if ( quantum > remaining ) // more than buffer content?
+              quantum = remaining; // restrict to buffered bytes
+              
+            if ( quantum ) // any bytes left in the buffer?
+            {
+              MORK_MEMCPY(sink, at, quantum); // from buffer bytes
+              
+              at += quantum; // advance past read bytes
+              mStream_At = at;
+              *aOutSize += quantum;  // this much copied so far
+
+              sink += quantum;   // in case we need to copy more
+              inSize -= quantum; // filled this much of request
+              mStream_HitEof = morkBool_kFalse;
+            }
+            
+            if ( inSize ) // we still need to read more content?
+            {
+              // We need to read more bytes directly from the
+              // content file, without local buffering.  We have
+              // exhausted the local buffer, so we need to show
+              // it is now empty, and adjust the current buf pos.
+              
+              mork_num posDelta = (mork_num) (at - buf); // old buf content
+              mStream_BufPos += posDelta;   // past now empty buf
+              
+              mStream_At = mStream_ReadEnd = buf; // empty buffer
+              
+              // file->Seek(ev, mStream_BufPos); // set file pos
+              // if ( ev->Good() ) // no seek error?
+              // {
+              // }
+              
+              mork_num actual = 0;
+              nsIMdbEnv* menv = ev->AsMdbEnv();
+              file->Get(menv, sink, inSize, mStream_BufPos, &actual);
+              if ( ev->Good() ) // no read error?
+              {
+                if ( actual )
+                {
+                  *aOutSize += actual;
+                  mStream_BufPos += actual;
+                  mStream_HitEof = morkBool_kFalse;
+                }
+                else if ( !*aOutSize )
+                  mStream_HitEof = morkBool_kTrue;
+              }
+            }
+          }
+          else this->NewBadCursorOrderError(ev);
+        }
+        else this->NewNullStreamBufferError(ev);
+      }
+    }
+    else this->NewCantReadSinkError(ev);
+  }
+  else this->NewFileDownError(ev);
+  
+  if ( ev->Bad() )
+    *aOutSize = 0;
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP 
+morkStream::Seek(nsIMdbEnv * mdbev, mork_pos inPos, mork_pos *aOutPos)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aOutPos);
+  morkEnv *ev = morkEnv::FromMdbEnv(mdbev);
+  *aOutPos = 0;
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  nsIMdbFile* file = mStream_ContentFile;
+  if ( this->IsOpenOrClosingNode() && this->FileActive() && file )
+  {
+    mork_u1* at = mStream_At;             // current position in buffer
+    mork_u1* buf = mStream_Buf;           // beginning of buffer 
+    mork_u1* readEnd = mStream_ReadEnd;   // nonzero only if readonly
+    mork_u1* writeEnd = mStream_WriteEnd; // nonzero only if writeonly
+    
+    if ( writeEnd ) // file is mutable/writeonly?
+    {
+      if ( mStream_Dirty ) // need to commit buffer changes?
+        this->Flush(mdbev);
+
+      if ( ev->Good() ) // no errors during flush or earlier?
+      {
+        if ( at == buf ) // expected post flush cursor value?
+        {
+          if ( mStream_BufPos != inPos ) // need to change pos?
+          {
+            mork_pos eof = 0;
+            nsIMdbEnv* menv = ev->AsMdbEnv();
+            file->Eof(menv, &eof);
+            if ( ev->Good() ) // no errors getting length?
+            {
+              if ( inPos <= eof ) // acceptable new position?
+              {
+                mStream_BufPos = inPos; // new stream position
+                *aOutPos = inPos;
+              }
+              else this->NewPosBeyondEofError(ev);
+            }
+          }
+        }
+        else this->NewBadCursorOrderError(ev);
+      }
+    }
+    else if ( readEnd ) // file is frozen/readonly?
+    {
+      if ( at >= buf && at <= readEnd ) // expected cursor order?
+      {
+        mork_pos eof = 0;
+        nsIMdbEnv* menv = ev->AsMdbEnv();
+        file->Eof(menv, &eof);
+        if ( ev->Good() ) // no errors getting length?
+        {
+          if ( inPos <= eof ) // acceptable new position?
+          {
+            *aOutPos = inPos;
+            mStream_BufPos = inPos; // new stream position
+            mStream_At = mStream_ReadEnd = buf; // empty buffer
+            if ( inPos == eof ) // notice eof reached?
+              mStream_HitEof = morkBool_kTrue;
+          }
+          else this->NewPosBeyondEofError(ev);
+        }
+      }
+      else this->NewBadCursorOrderError(ev);
+    }
+      
+  }
+  else this->NewFileDownError(ev);
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP 
+morkStream::Write(nsIMdbEnv* menv, const void* inBuf, mork_size inSize, mork_size  *aOutSize)
+{
+  mork_num outActual = 0;
+  morkEnv *ev = morkEnv::FromMdbEnv(menv);
+
+  nsIMdbFile* file = mStream_ContentFile;
+  if ( this->IsOpenActiveAndMutableFile() && file )
+  {
+    mork_u1* end = mStream_WriteEnd; // byte after last buffered byte
+    if ( end ) // file is open for write access?
+    {
+      if ( inSize ) // caller provided any input?
+      {
+        const mork_u1* source = (const mork_u1*) inBuf; // from where
+        if ( source ) // caller passed good buffer address?
+        {
+          mork_u1* at = mStream_At;
+          mork_u1* buf = mStream_Buf;
+          if ( at >= buf && at <= end ) // expected cursor order?
+          {
+            mork_num space = (mork_num) (end - at); // space left in buffer
+            
+            mork_num quantum = inSize; // number of bytes to write
+            if ( quantum > space ) // more than buffer size?
+              quantum = space; // restrict to avail space
+              
+            if ( quantum ) // any space left in the buffer?
+            {
+              mStream_Dirty = morkBool_kTrue; // to ensure later flush
+              MORK_MEMCPY(at, source, quantum); // into buffer
+              
+              mStream_At += quantum; // advance past written bytes
+              outActual += quantum;  // this much written so far
+
+              source += quantum; // in case we need to write more
+              inSize -= quantum; // filled this much of request
+            }
+            
+            if ( inSize ) // we still need to write more content?
+            {
+              // We need to write more bytes directly to the
+              // content file, without local buffering.  We have
+              // exhausted the local buffer, so we need to flush
+              // it and empty it, and adjust the current buf pos.
+              // After flushing, if the rest of the write fits
+              // inside the buffer, we will put bytes into the
+              // buffer rather than write them to content file.
+              
+              if ( mStream_Dirty )
+                this->Flush(menv); // will update mStream_BufPos
+
+              at = mStream_At;
+              if ( at < buf || at > end ) // bad cursor?
+                this->NewBadCursorOrderError(ev);
+                
+              if ( ev->Good() ) // no errors?
+              {
+                space = (mork_num) (end - at); // space left in buffer
+                if ( space > inSize ) // write to buffer?
+                {
+                  mStream_Dirty = morkBool_kTrue; // ensure flush
+                  MORK_MEMCPY(at, source, inSize); // copy
+                  
+                  mStream_At += inSize; // past written bytes
+                  outActual += inSize;  // this much written
+                }
+                else // directly to content file instead
+                {
+                  // file->Seek(ev, mStream_BufPos); // set pos
+                  // if ( ev->Good() ) // no seek error?
+                  // {
+                  // }
+
+                  mork_num actual = 0;
+                  file->Put(menv, source, inSize, mStream_BufPos, &actual);
+                  if ( ev->Good() ) // no write error?
+                  {
+                    outActual += actual;
+                    mStream_BufPos += actual;
+                  }
+                }
+              }
+            }
+          }
+          else this->NewBadCursorOrderError(ev);
+        }
+        else this->NewNullStreamBufferError(ev);
+      }
+    }
+    else this->NewCantWriteSourceError(ev);
+  }
+  else this->NewFileDownError(ev);
+  
+  if ( ev->Bad() )
+    outActual = 0;
+
+  *aOutSize = outActual;
+  return ev->AsErr();
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP     
+morkStream::Flush(nsIMdbEnv* ev)
+{
+  morkEnv *mev = morkEnv::FromMdbEnv(ev);
+  nsresult rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  nsIMdbFile* file = mStream_ContentFile;
+  if ( this->IsOpenOrClosingNode() && this->FileActive() && file )
+  {
+    if ( mStream_Dirty )
+      this->spill_buf(mev);
+
+    rv = file->Flush(ev);
+  }
+  else this->NewFileDownError(mev);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+// ````` ````` ````` `````   ````` ````` ````` `````  
+// protected: // protected non-poly morkStream methods (for char io)
+
+int
+morkStream::fill_getc(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  int c = EOF;
+  
+  nsIMdbFile* file = mStream_ContentFile;
+  if ( this->IsOpenAndActiveFile() && file )
+  {
+    mork_u1* buf = mStream_Buf;
+    mork_u1* end = mStream_ReadEnd; // beyond buf after earlier read
+    if ( end > buf ) // any earlier read bytes buffered?
+    {
+      mStream_BufPos += ( end - buf ); // advance past old read
+    }
+      
+    if ( ev->Good() ) // no errors yet?
+    {
+      // file->Seek(ev, mStream_BufPos); // set file pos
+      // if ( ev->Good() ) // no seek error?
+      // {
+      // }
+
+      nsIMdbEnv* menv = ev->AsMdbEnv();
+      mork_num actual = 0;
+      file->Get(menv, buf, mStream_BufSize, mStream_BufPos, &actual);
+      if ( ev->Good() ) // no read errors?
+      {
+        if ( actual > mStream_BufSize ) // more than asked for??
+          actual = mStream_BufSize;
+        
+        mStream_At = buf;
+        mStream_ReadEnd = buf + actual;
+        if ( actual ) // any bytes actually read?
+        {
+          c = *mStream_At++; // return first byte from buffer
+          mStream_HitEof = morkBool_kFalse;
+        }
+        else
+          mStream_HitEof = morkBool_kTrue;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  else this->NewFileDownError(ev);
+  
+  return c;
+}
+
+void
+morkStream::spill_putc(morkEnv* ev, int c)
+{
+  this->spill_buf(ev);
+  if ( ev->Good() && mStream_At < mStream_WriteEnd )
+    this->Putc(ev, c);
+}
+
+void
+morkStream::spill_buf(morkEnv* ev) // spill/flush from buffer to file
+{
+  nsIMdbFile* file = mStream_ContentFile;
+  if ( this->IsOpenOrClosingNode() && this->FileActive() && file )
+  {
+    mork_u1* buf = mStream_Buf;
+    if ( mStream_Dirty )
+    {
+      mork_u1* at = mStream_At;
+      if ( at >= buf && at <= mStream_WriteEnd ) // order?
+      {
+        mork_num count = (mork_num) (at - buf); // bytes buffered
+        if ( count ) // anything to write to the string?
+        {
+          if ( count > mStream_BufSize ) // no more than max?
+          {
+            count = mStream_BufSize;
+            mStream_WriteEnd = buf + mStream_BufSize;
+            this->NewBadCursorSlotsError(ev);
+          }
+          if ( ev->Good() )
+          {
+            // file->Seek(ev, mStream_BufPos);
+            // if ( ev->Good() )
+            // {
+            // }
+            nsIMdbEnv* menv = ev->AsMdbEnv();
+            mork_num actual = 0;
+            
+            file->Put(menv, buf, count, mStream_BufPos, &actual);
+            if ( ev->Good() )
+            {
+              mStream_BufPos += actual; // past bytes written
+              mStream_At = buf; // reset buffer cursor
+              mStream_Dirty = morkBool_kFalse;
+            }
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      else this->NewBadCursorOrderError(ev);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+#ifdef MORK_DEBUG
+      ev->NewWarning("stream:spill:not:dirty");
+#endif /*MORK_DEBUG*/
+    }
+  }
+  else this->NewFileDownError(ev);
+
+}
+
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
diff --git a/db/mork/src/morkStream.h b/db/mork/src/morkStream.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..418b68070
--- /dev/null
+++ b/db/mork/src/morkStream.h
@@ -0,0 +1,251 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-  */
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ *
+ * The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1999
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Contributor(s):
+ *
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
+ * or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ *
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+
+#ifndef _MORKSTREAM_
+#define _MORKSTREAM_ 1
+
+#ifndef _MORK_
+#include "mork.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKNODE_
+#include "morkNode.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKFILE_
+#include "morkFile.h"
+#endif
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+/*=============================================================================
+ * morkStream: buffered file i/o
+ */
+
+/*| morkStream exists to define an morkFile subclass that provides buffered
+**| i/o for an underlying content file.  Naturally this arrangement only makes
+**| sense when the underlying content file is itself not efficiently buffered
+**| (especially for character by character i/o).
+**|
+**|| morkStream is intended for either reading use or writing use, but not
+**| both simultaneously or interleaved.  Pick one when the stream is created
+**| and don't change your mind.  This restriction is intended to avoid obscure
+**| and complex bugs that might arise from interleaved reads and writes -- so
+**| just don't do it.  A stream is either a sink or a source, but not both.
+**|
+**|| (When the underlying content file is intended to support both reading and
+**| writing, a developer might use two instances of morkStream where one is for
+**| reading and the other is for writing.  In this case, a developer must take
+**| care to keep the two streams in sync because each will maintain a separate
+**| buffer representing a cache consistency problem for the other.  A simple
+**| approach is to invalidate the buffer of one when one uses the other, with
+**| the assumption that closely mixed reading and writing is not expected, so
+**| that little cost is associated with changing read/write streaming modes.)
+**|
+**|| Exactly one of mStream_ReadEnd or mStream_WriteEnd must be a null pointer,
+**| and this will cause the right thing to occur when inlines use them, because
+**| mStream_At < mStream_WriteEnd (for example) will always be false and the
+**| else branch of the statement calls a function that raises an appropriate
+**| error to complain about either reading a sink or writing a source.
+**|
+**|| morkStream is a direct clone of ab_Stream from Communicator 4.5's
+**| address book code, which in turn was based on the stream class in the
+**| public domain Mithril programming language.
+|*/
+
+#define morkStream_kPrintBufSize /*i*/ 512 /* buffer size used by printf() */ 
+
+#define morkStream_kMinBufSize /*i*/ 512 /* buffer no fewer bytes */ 
+#define morkStream_kMaxBufSize /*i*/ (32 * 1024) /* buffer no more bytes */ 
+
+#define morkDerived_kStream     /*i*/ 0x7A74 /* ascii 'zt' */
+
+class morkStream /*d*/ : public morkFile { /* from Mithril's AgStream class */
+
+// ````` ````` ````` `````   ````` ````` ````` `````  
+protected: // protected morkStream members
+  mork_u1*    mStream_At;       // pointer into mStream_Buf
+  mork_u1*    mStream_ReadEnd;  // null or one byte past last readable byte
+  mork_u1*    mStream_WriteEnd; // null or mStream_Buf + mStream_BufSize
+
+  nsIMdbFile* mStream_ContentFile;  // where content is read and written
+
+  mork_u1*    mStream_Buf;      // dynamically allocated memory to buffer io
+  mork_size   mStream_BufSize;  // requested buf size (fixed by min and max)
+  mork_pos    mStream_BufPos;   // logical position of byte at mStream_Buf
+  mork_bool   mStream_Dirty;    // does the buffer need to be flushed?
+  mork_bool   mStream_HitEof;   // has eof been reached? (only frozen streams)
+  
+// { ===== begin morkNode interface =====
+public: // morkNode virtual methods
+  virtual void CloseMorkNode(morkEnv* ev) override; // CloseStream() only if open
+  virtual ~morkStream(); // assert that CloseStream() executed earlier
+  
+public: // morkStream construction & destruction
+  morkStream(morkEnv* ev, const morkUsage& inUsage, nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap,
+      nsIMdbFile* ioContentFile, mork_size inBufSize, mork_bool inFrozen);
+  void CloseStream(morkEnv* ev); // called by CloseMorkNode();
+
+private: // copying is not allowed
+  morkStream(const morkStream& other);
+  morkStream& operator=(const morkStream& other);
+
+public: // dynamic type identification
+  mork_bool IsStream() const
+  { return IsNode() && mNode_Derived == morkDerived_kStream; }
+// } ===== end morkNode methods =====
+
+public: // typing
+  void NonStreamTypeError(morkEnv* ev);
+
+// ````` ````` ````` `````   ````` ````` ````` `````  
+public: // virtual morkFile methods
+
+  NS_IMETHOD Steal(nsIMdbEnv* ev, nsIMdbFile* ioThief) override;
+  // Steal: tell this file to close any associated i/o stream in the file
+  // system, because the file ioThief intends to reopen the file in order
+  // to provide the MDB implementation with more exotic file access than is
+  // offered by the nsIMdbFile alone.  Presumably the thief knows enough
+  // from Path() in order to know which file to reopen.  If Steal() is
+  // successful, this file should probably delegate all future calls to
+  // the nsIMdbFile interface down to the thief files, so that even after
+  // the file has been stolen, it can still be read, written, or forcibly
+  // closed (by a call to CloseMdbObject()).
+
+  NS_IMETHOD BecomeTrunk(nsIMdbEnv* ev) override;
+  // If this file is a file version branch created by calling AcquireBud(),
+  // BecomeTrunk() causes this file's content to replace the original
+  // file's content, typically by assuming the original file's identity.
+
+  NS_IMETHOD AcquireBud(nsIMdbEnv* ev, nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap, nsIMdbFile** acqBud) override;
+  // AcquireBud() starts a new "branch" version of the file, empty of content,
+  // so that a new version of the file can be written.  This new file
+  // can later be told to BecomeTrunk() the original file, so the branch
+  // created by budding the file will replace the original file.  Some
+  // file subclasses might initially take the unsafe but expedient
+  // approach of simply truncating this file down to zero length, and
+  // then returning the same morkFile pointer as this, with an extra
+  // reference count increment.  Note that the caller of AcquireBud() is
+  // expected to eventually call CutStrongRef() on the returned file
+  // in order to release the strong reference.  High quality versions
+  // of morkFile subclasses will create entirely new files which later
+  // are renamed to become the old file, so that better transactional
+  // behavior is exhibited by the file, so crashes protect old files.
+  // Note that AcquireBud() is an illegal operation on readonly files.
+
+  virtual mork_pos Length(morkEnv* ev) const override; // eof
+  NS_IMETHOD  Tell(nsIMdbEnv* ev, mork_pos *aOutPos  ) const override;
+  NS_IMETHOD  Read(nsIMdbEnv* ev, void* outBuf, mork_size inSize, mork_size *aOutCount) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD  Seek(nsIMdbEnv* ev, mork_pos inPos, mork_pos *aOutPos) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD  Write(nsIMdbEnv* ev, const void* inBuf, mork_size inSize, mork_size *aOutCount) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD  Flush(nsIMdbEnv* ev) override;
+    
+// ````` ````` ````` `````   ````` ````` ````` `````  
+protected: // protected non-poly morkStream methods (for char io)
+
+  int     fill_getc(morkEnv* ev);
+  void    spill_putc(morkEnv* ev, int c);
+  void    spill_buf(morkEnv* ev); // spill/flush from buffer to file
+      
+// ````` ````` ````` `````   ````` ````` ````` `````  
+public: // public non-poly morkStream methods
+    
+  void NewBadCursorSlotsError(morkEnv* ev) const;
+  void NewBadCursorOrderError(morkEnv* ev) const;
+  void NewNullStreamBufferError(morkEnv* ev) const;
+  void NewCantReadSinkError(morkEnv* ev) const;
+  void NewCantWriteSourceError(morkEnv* ev) const;
+  void NewPosBeyondEofError(morkEnv* ev) const;
+      
+  nsIMdbFile* GetStreamContentFile() const { return mStream_ContentFile; }
+  mork_size   GetStreamBufferSize() const { return mStream_BufSize; }
+  
+  mork_size  PutIndent(morkEnv* ev, mork_count inDepth);
+  // PutIndent() puts a linebreak, and then
+  // "indents" by inDepth, and returns the line length after indentation.
+  
+  mork_size  PutByteThenIndent(morkEnv* ev, int inByte, mork_count inDepth);
+  // PutByteThenIndent() puts the byte, then a linebreak, and then
+  // "indents" by inDepth, and returns the line length after indentation.
+  
+  mork_size  PutStringThenIndent(morkEnv* ev,
+    const char* inString, mork_count inDepth);
+  // PutStringThenIndent() puts the string, then a linebreak, and then
+  // "indents" by inDepth, and returns the line length after indentation.
+  
+  mork_size  PutString(morkEnv* ev, const char* inString);
+  // PutString() returns the length of the string written.
+  
+  mork_size  PutStringThenNewline(morkEnv* ev, const char* inString);
+  // PutStringThenNewline() returns total number of bytes written.
+
+  mork_size  PutByteThenNewline(morkEnv* ev, int inByte);
+  // PutByteThenNewline() returns total number of bytes written.
+
+  // ````` ````` stdio type methods ````` ````` 
+  void    Ungetc(int c) /*i*/
+  { if ( mStream_At > mStream_Buf && c > 0 ) *--mStream_At = (mork_u1) c; }
+  
+  // Note Getc() returns EOF consistently after any fill_getc() error occurs.
+  int     Getc(morkEnv* ev) /*i*/
+  { return ( mStream_At < mStream_ReadEnd )? *mStream_At++ : fill_getc(ev); }
+  
+  void    Putc(morkEnv* ev, int c) /*i*/
+  { 
+    mStream_Dirty = morkBool_kTrue;
+    if ( mStream_At < mStream_WriteEnd )
+      *mStream_At++ = (mork_u1) c;
+    else
+      spill_putc(ev, c);
+  }
+
+  mork_size PutLineBreak(morkEnv* ev);
+  
+public: // typesafe refcounting inlines calling inherited morkNode methods
+  static void SlotWeakStream(morkStream* me,
+    morkEnv* ev, morkStream** ioSlot)
+  { morkNode::SlotWeakNode((morkNode*) me, ev, (morkNode**) ioSlot); }
+  
+  static void SlotStrongStream(morkStream* me,
+    morkEnv* ev, morkStream** ioSlot)
+  { morkNode::SlotStrongNode((morkNode*) me, ev, (morkNode**) ioSlot); }
+};
+
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+#endif /* _MORKSTREAM_ */
diff --git a/db/mork/src/morkTable.cpp b/db/mork/src/morkTable.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..aaa4bd50e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/db/mork/src/morkTable.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1610 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-  */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _MDB_
+#include "mdb.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORK_
+#include "mork.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKNODE_
+#include "morkNode.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKMAP_
+#include "morkMap.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKENV_
+#include "morkEnv.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKTABLE_
+#include "morkTable.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKSTORE_
+#include "morkStore.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKROWSPACE_
+#include "morkRowSpace.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKARRAY_
+#include "morkArray.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKROW_
+#include "morkRow.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKTABLEROWCURSOR_
+#include "morkTableRowCursor.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKROWOBJECT_
+#include "morkRowObject.h"
+#endif
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+// ````` ````` ````` ````` ````` 
+// { ===== begin morkNode interface =====
+
+/*public virtual*/ void
+morkTable::CloseMorkNode(morkEnv* ev) /*i*/ // CloseTable() only if open
+{
+  if ( this->IsOpenNode() )
+  {
+    morkObject::CloseMorkNode(ev); // give base class a chance.
+    this->MarkClosing();
+    this->CloseTable(ev);
+    this->MarkShut();
+  }
+}
+
+/*public virtual*/
+morkTable::~morkTable() /*i*/ // assert CloseTable() executed earlier
+{
+  CloseMorkNode(mMorkEnv);
+  MORK_ASSERT(this->IsShutNode());
+  MORK_ASSERT(mTable_Store==0);
+  MORK_ASSERT(mTable_RowSpace==0);
+}
+
+/*public non-poly*/
+morkTable::morkTable(morkEnv* ev, /*i*/
+  const morkUsage& inUsage, nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap, 
+  morkStore* ioStore, nsIMdbHeap* ioSlotHeap, morkRowSpace* ioRowSpace,
+  const mdbOid* inOptionalMetaRowOid, // can be nil to avoid specifying 
+  mork_tid inTid, mork_kind inKind, mork_bool inMustBeUnique)
+: morkObject(ev, inUsage, ioHeap, (mork_color) inTid, (morkHandle*) 0)
+, mTable_Store( 0 )
+, mTable_RowSpace( 0 )
+, mTable_MetaRow( 0 )
+
+, mTable_RowMap( 0 )
+// , mTable_RowMap(ev, morkUsage::kMember, (nsIMdbHeap*) 0, ioSlotHeap,
+//   morkTable_kStartRowMapSlotCount)
+, mTable_RowArray(ev, morkUsage::kMember, (nsIMdbHeap*) 0,
+  morkTable_kStartRowArraySize, ioSlotHeap)
+  
+, mTable_ChangeList()
+, mTable_ChangesCount( 0 )
+, mTable_ChangesMax( 3 ) // any very small number greater than zero
+
+, mTable_Kind( inKind )
+
+, mTable_Flags( 0 )
+, mTable_Priority( morkPriority_kLo ) // NOT high priority
+, mTable_GcUses( 0 )
+, mTable_Pad( 0 )
+{
+  this->mLink_Next = 0;
+  this->mLink_Prev = 0;
+  
+  if ( ev->Good() )
+  {
+    if ( ioStore && ioSlotHeap && ioRowSpace )
+    {
+      if ( inKind )
+      {
+        if ( inMustBeUnique )
+          this->SetTableUnique();
+        mTable_Store = ioStore;
+        mTable_RowSpace = ioRowSpace;
+        if ( inOptionalMetaRowOid )
+          mTable_MetaRowOid = *inOptionalMetaRowOid;
+        else
+        {
+          mTable_MetaRowOid.mOid_Scope = 0;
+          mTable_MetaRowOid.mOid_Id = morkRow_kMinusOneRid;
+        }
+        if ( ev->Good() )
+        {
+          if ( this->MaybeDirtySpaceStoreAndTable() )
+            this->SetTableRewrite(); // everything is dirty
+            
+          mNode_Derived = morkDerived_kTable;
+        }
+        this->MaybeDirtySpaceStoreAndTable(); // new table might dirty store
+      }
+      else
+        ioRowSpace->ZeroKindError(ev);
+    }
+    else
+      ev->NilPointerError();
+  }
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED(morkTable, morkObject, nsIMdbTable)
+
+/*public non-poly*/ void
+morkTable::CloseTable(morkEnv* ev) /*i*/ // called by CloseMorkNode();
+{
+    if ( this->IsNode() )
+    {
+      morkRowMap::SlotStrongRowMap((morkRowMap*) 0, ev, &mTable_RowMap);
+      // mTable_RowMap.CloseMorkNode(ev);
+      mTable_RowArray.CloseMorkNode(ev);
+      mTable_Store = 0;
+      mTable_RowSpace = 0;
+      this->MarkShut();
+    }
+    else
+      this->NonNodeError(ev);
+}
+
+
+// } ===== end morkNode methods =====
+// ````` ````` ````` ````` ````` 
+
+// { ===== begin nsIMdbCollection methods =====
+
+// { ----- begin attribute methods -----
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkTable::GetSeed(nsIMdbEnv* mev,
+  mdb_seed* outSeed)    // member change count
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  morkEnv* ev = morkEnv::FromMdbEnv(mev);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    *outSeed = mTable_RowArray.mArray_Seed;
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  return outErr;
+}
+  
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkTable::GetCount(nsIMdbEnv* mev,
+  mdb_count* outCount) // member count
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(outCount);
+  *outCount = mTable_RowArray.mArray_Fill;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkTable::GetPort(nsIMdbEnv* mev,
+  nsIMdbPort** acqPort) // collection container
+{
+  (void) morkEnv::FromMdbEnv(mev);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(acqPort);    
+  *acqPort = mTable_Store;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+// } ----- end attribute methods -----
+
+// { ----- begin cursor methods -----
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkTable::GetCursor( // make a cursor starting iter at inMemberPos
+  nsIMdbEnv* mev, // context
+  mdb_pos inMemberPos, // zero-based ordinal pos of member in collection
+  nsIMdbCursor** acqCursor) // acquire new cursor instance
+{
+  return this->GetTableRowCursor(mev, inMemberPos,
+    (nsIMdbTableRowCursor**) acqCursor);
+}
+// } ----- end cursor methods -----
+
+// { ----- begin ID methods -----
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkTable::GetOid(nsIMdbEnv* mev,
+  mdbOid* outOid) // read object identity
+{
+  morkEnv* ev = morkEnv::FromMdbEnv(mev);
+  GetTableOid(ev, outOid);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkTable::BecomeContent(nsIMdbEnv* mev,
+  const mdbOid* inOid) // exchange content
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(false, "not implemented"); 
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+  // remember table->MaybeDirtySpaceStoreAndTable();
+}
+
+// } ----- end ID methods -----
+
+// { ----- begin activity dropping methods -----
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkTable::DropActivity( // tell collection usage no longer expected
+  nsIMdbEnv* mev)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(false, "not implemented"); 
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+// } ----- end activity dropping methods -----
+
+// } ===== end nsIMdbCollection methods =====
+
+// { ===== begin nsIMdbTable methods =====
+
+// { ----- begin attribute methods -----
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkTable::SetTablePriority(nsIMdbEnv* mev, mdb_priority inPrio)
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  morkEnv* ev = morkEnv::FromMdbEnv(mev);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    if ( inPrio > morkPriority_kMax )
+      inPrio = morkPriority_kMax;
+      
+    mTable_Priority = inPrio;
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  return outErr;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkTable::GetTablePriority(nsIMdbEnv* mev, mdb_priority* outPrio)
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  mork_priority prio = 0;
+  morkEnv* ev = morkEnv::FromMdbEnv(mev);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    prio = mTable_Priority;
+    if ( prio > morkPriority_kMax )
+    {
+      prio = morkPriority_kMax;
+      mTable_Priority = prio;
+    }
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  if ( outPrio )
+    *outPrio = prio;
+  return outErr;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkTable:: GetTableBeVerbose(nsIMdbEnv* mev, mdb_bool* outBeVerbose)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(outBeVerbose);
+  *outBeVerbose = IsTableVerbose();
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkTable::SetTableBeVerbose(nsIMdbEnv* mev, mdb_bool inBeVerbose)
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  morkEnv* ev = morkEnv::FromMdbEnv(mev);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    if ( inBeVerbose )
+      SetTableVerbose();
+    else
+      ClearTableVerbose();
+   
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  return outErr;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkTable::GetTableIsUnique(nsIMdbEnv* mev, mdb_bool* outIsUnique)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(outIsUnique);
+  *outIsUnique = IsTableUnique();
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkTable::GetTableKind(nsIMdbEnv* mev, mdb_kind* outTableKind)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(outTableKind);
+  *outTableKind = mTable_Kind;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkTable::GetRowScope(nsIMdbEnv* mev, mdb_scope* outRowScope)
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  mdb_scope rowScope = 0;
+  morkEnv* ev = morkEnv::FromMdbEnv(mev);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    if ( mTable_RowSpace )
+      rowScope = mTable_RowSpace->SpaceScope();
+    else
+      NilRowSpaceError(ev);
+
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  if ( outRowScope )
+    *outRowScope = rowScope;
+  return outErr;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkTable::GetMetaRow( nsIMdbEnv* mev,
+  const mdbOid* inOptionalMetaRowOid, // can be nil to avoid specifying 
+  mdbOid* outOid, // output meta row oid, can be nil to suppress output
+  nsIMdbRow** acqRow) // acquire table's unique singleton meta row
+  // The purpose of a meta row is to support the persistent recording of
+  // meta info about a table as cells put into the distinguished meta row.
+  // Each table has exactly one meta row, which is not considered a member
+  // of the collection of rows inside the table.  The only way to tell
+  // whether a row is a meta row is by the fact that it is returned by this
+  // GetMetaRow() method from some table. Otherwise nothing distinguishes
+  // a meta row from any other row.  A meta row can be used anyplace that
+  // any other row can be used, and can even be put into other tables (or
+  // the same table) as a table member, if this is useful for some reason.
+  // The first attempt to access a table's meta row using GetMetaRow() will
+  // cause the meta row to be created if it did not already exist.  When the
+  // meta row is created, it will have the row oid that was previously
+  // requested for this table's meta row; or if no oid was ever explicitly
+  // specified for this meta row, then a unique oid will be generated in
+  // the row scope named "metaScope" (so obviously MDB clients should not
+  // manually allocate any row IDs from that special meta scope namespace).
+  // The meta row oid can be specified either when the table is created, or
+  // else the first time that GetMetaRow() is called, by passing a non-nil
+  // pointer to an oid for parameter inOptionalMetaRowOid.  The meta row's
+  // actual oid is returned in outOid (if this is a non-nil pointer), and
+  // it will be different from inOptionalMetaRowOid when the meta row was
+  // already given a different oid earlier.
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  nsIMdbRow* outRow = 0;
+  morkEnv* ev = morkEnv::FromMdbEnv(mev);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    morkRow* row = GetMetaRow(ev, inOptionalMetaRowOid);
+    if ( row && ev->Good() )
+    {
+      if ( outOid )
+        *outOid = row->mRow_Oid;
+        
+      outRow = row->AcquireRowHandle(ev, mTable_Store);
+    }
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  if ( acqRow )
+    *acqRow = outRow;
+    
+  if ( ev->Bad() && outOid )
+  {
+    outOid->mOid_Scope = 0;
+    outOid->mOid_Id = morkRow_kMinusOneRid;
+  }
+  return outErr;
+}
+
+// } ----- end attribute methods -----
+
+// { ----- begin cursor methods -----
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkTable::GetTableRowCursor( // make a cursor, starting iteration at inRowPos
+  nsIMdbEnv* mev, // context
+  mdb_pos inRowPos, // zero-based ordinal position of row in table
+  nsIMdbTableRowCursor** acqCursor) // acquire new cursor instance
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  nsIMdbTableRowCursor* outCursor = 0;
+  morkEnv* ev = morkEnv::FromMdbEnv(mev);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    morkTableRowCursor* cursor = NewTableRowCursor(ev, inRowPos);
+    if ( cursor )
+    {
+      if ( ev->Good() )
+      {
+        // cursor->mCursor_Seed = (mork_seed) inRowPos;
+        outCursor = cursor;
+        outCursor->AddRef();
+      }
+    }
+      
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  if ( acqCursor )
+    *acqCursor = outCursor;
+  return outErr;
+}
+// } ----- end row position methods -----
+
+// { ----- begin row position methods -----
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkTable::PosToOid( // get row member for a table position
+  nsIMdbEnv* mev, // context
+  mdb_pos inRowPos, // zero-based ordinal position of row in table
+  mdbOid* outOid) // row oid at the specified position
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  mdbOid roid;
+  roid.mOid_Scope = 0;
+  roid.mOid_Id = (mork_id) -1;
+  
+  morkEnv* ev = morkEnv::FromMdbEnv(mev);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    morkRow* row = SafeRowAt(ev, inRowPos);
+    if ( row )
+      roid = row->mRow_Oid;
+    
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  if ( outOid )
+    *outOid = roid;
+  return outErr;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkTable::OidToPos( // test for the table position of a row member
+  nsIMdbEnv* mev, // context
+  const mdbOid* inOid, // row to find in table
+  mdb_pos* outPos) // zero-based ordinal position of row in table
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  morkEnv* ev = morkEnv::FromMdbEnv(mev);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    mork_pos pos = ArrayHasOid(ev, inOid);
+    if ( outPos )
+      *outPos = pos;
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  return outErr;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkTable::PosToRow( // get row member for a table position
+  nsIMdbEnv* mev, // context
+  mdb_pos inRowPos, // zero-based ordinal position of row in table
+  nsIMdbRow** acqRow) // acquire row at table position inRowPos
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  nsIMdbRow* outRow = 0;
+  morkEnv* ev = morkEnv::FromMdbEnv(mev);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    morkRow* row = SafeRowAt(ev, inRowPos);
+    if ( row && mTable_Store )
+      outRow = row->AcquireRowHandle(ev, mTable_Store);
+      
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  if ( acqRow )
+    *acqRow = outRow;
+  return outErr;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkTable::RowToPos( // test for the table position of a row member
+  nsIMdbEnv* mev, // context
+  nsIMdbRow* ioRow, // row to find in table
+  mdb_pos* outPos) // zero-based ordinal position of row in table
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  mork_pos pos = -1;
+  morkEnv* ev = morkEnv::FromMdbEnv(mev);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    morkRowObject* row = (morkRowObject*) ioRow;
+    pos = ArrayHasOid(ev, &row->mRowObject_Row->mRow_Oid);
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  if ( outPos )
+    *outPos = pos;
+  return outErr;
+}
+  
+// Note that HasRow() performs the inverse oid->pos mapping
+// } ----- end row position methods -----
+
+// { ----- begin oid set methods -----
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkTable::AddOid( // make sure the row with inOid is a table member 
+  nsIMdbEnv* mev, // context
+  const mdbOid* inOid) // row to ensure membership in table
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(false, "not implemented");
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkTable::HasOid( // test for the table position of a row member
+  nsIMdbEnv* mev, // context
+  const mdbOid* inOid, // row to find in table
+  mdb_bool* outHasOid) // whether inOid is a member row
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  morkEnv* ev = morkEnv::FromMdbEnv(mev);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    if ( outHasOid )
+      *outHasOid = MapHasOid(ev, inOid);
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  return outErr;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkTable::CutOid( // make sure the row with inOid is not a member 
+  nsIMdbEnv* mev, // context
+  const mdbOid* inOid) // row to remove from table
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  morkEnv* ev = morkEnv::FromMdbEnv(mev);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    if ( inOid && mTable_Store )
+    {
+      morkRow* row = mTable_Store->GetRow(ev, inOid);
+      if ( row )
+        CutRow(ev, row);
+    }
+    else
+      ev->NilPointerError();
+      
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  return outErr;
+}
+// } ----- end oid set methods -----
+
+// { ----- begin row set methods -----
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkTable::NewRow( // create a new row instance in table
+  nsIMdbEnv* mev, // context
+  mdbOid* ioOid, // please use zero (unbound) rowId for db-assigned IDs
+  nsIMdbRow** acqRow) // create new row
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  nsIMdbRow* outRow = 0;
+  morkEnv* ev = morkEnv::FromMdbEnv(mev);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    if ( ioOid && mTable_Store )
+    {
+      morkRow* row = 0;
+      if ( ioOid->mOid_Id == morkRow_kMinusOneRid )
+        row = mTable_Store->NewRow(ev, ioOid->mOid_Scope);
+      else
+        row = mTable_Store->NewRowWithOid(ev, ioOid);
+        
+      if ( row && AddRow(ev, row) )
+        outRow = row->AcquireRowHandle(ev, mTable_Store);
+    }
+    else
+      ev->NilPointerError();
+      
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  if ( acqRow )
+    *acqRow = outRow;
+  return outErr;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkTable::AddRow( // make sure the row with inOid is a table member 
+  nsIMdbEnv* mev, // context
+  nsIMdbRow* ioRow) // row to ensure membership in table
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  morkEnv* ev = morkEnv::FromMdbEnv(mev);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    morkRowObject *rowObj = (morkRowObject *) ioRow;
+    morkRow* row = rowObj->mRowObject_Row;
+    AddRow(ev, row);
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  return outErr;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkTable::HasRow( // test for the table position of a row member
+  nsIMdbEnv* mev, // context
+  nsIMdbRow* ioRow, // row to find in table
+  mdb_bool* outBool) // zero-based ordinal position of row in table
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  morkEnv* ev = morkEnv::FromMdbEnv(mev);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    morkRowObject *rowObj = (morkRowObject *) ioRow;
+    morkRow* row = rowObj->mRowObject_Row;
+    if ( outBool )
+      *outBool = MapHasOid(ev, &row->mRow_Oid);
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  return outErr;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkTable::CutRow( // make sure the row with inOid is not a member 
+  nsIMdbEnv* mev, // context
+  nsIMdbRow* ioRow) // row to remove from table
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  morkEnv* ev = morkEnv::FromMdbEnv(mev);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    morkRowObject *rowObj = (morkRowObject *) ioRow;
+    morkRow* row = rowObj->mRowObject_Row;
+    CutRow(ev, row);
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  return outErr;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkTable::CutAllRows( // remove all rows from the table 
+  nsIMdbEnv* mev) // context
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  morkEnv* ev = morkEnv::FromMdbEnv(mev);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    CutAllRows(ev);
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  return outErr;
+}
+// } ----- end row set methods -----
+
+// { ----- begin searching methods -----
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkTable::FindRowMatches( // search variable number of sorted cols
+  nsIMdbEnv* mev, // context
+  const mdbYarn* inPrefix, // content to find as prefix in row's column cell
+  nsIMdbTableRowCursor** acqCursor) // set of matching rows
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(false, "not implemented");
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+  
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkTable::GetSearchColumns( // query columns used by FindRowMatches()
+  nsIMdbEnv* mev, // context
+  mdb_count* outCount, // context
+  mdbColumnSet* outColSet) // caller supplied space to put columns
+  // GetSearchColumns() returns the columns actually searched when the
+  // FindRowMatches() method is called.  No more than mColumnSet_Count
+  // slots of mColumnSet_Columns will be written, since mColumnSet_Count
+  // indicates how many slots are present in the column array.  The
+  // actual number of search column used by the table is returned in
+  // the outCount parameter; if this number exceeds mColumnSet_Count,
+  // then a caller needs a bigger array to read the entire column set.
+  // The minimum of mColumnSet_Count and outCount is the number slots
+  // in mColumnSet_Columns that were actually written by this method.
+  //
+  // Callers are expected to change this set of columns by calls to
+  // nsIMdbTable::SearchColumnsHint() or SetSearchSorting(), or both.
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(false, "not implemented");
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+// } ----- end searching methods -----
+
+// { ----- begin hinting methods -----
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkTable::SearchColumnsHint( // advise re future expected search cols  
+  nsIMdbEnv* mev, // context
+  const mdbColumnSet* inColumnSet) // columns likely to be searched
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(false, "not implemented");
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+  
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkTable::SortColumnsHint( // advise re future expected sort columns  
+  nsIMdbEnv* mev, // context
+  const mdbColumnSet* inColumnSet) // columns for likely sort requests
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(false, "not implemented");
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkTable::StartBatchChangeHint( // advise before many adds and cuts  
+  nsIMdbEnv* mev, // context
+  const void* inLabel) // intend unique address to match end call
+  // If batch starts nest by virtue of nesting calls in the stack, then
+  // the address of a local variable makes a good batch start label that
+  // can be used at batch end time, and such addresses remain unique.
+{
+  // we don't do anything here.
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkTable::EndBatchChangeHint( // advise before many adds and cuts  
+  nsIMdbEnv* mev, // context
+  const void* inLabel) // label matching start label
+  // Suppose a table is maintaining one or many sort orders for a table,
+  // so that every row added to the table must be inserted in each sort,
+  // and every row cut must be removed from each sort.  If a db client
+  // intends to make many such changes before needing any information
+  // about the order or positions of rows inside a table, then a client
+  // might tell the table to start batch changes in order to disable
+  // sorting of rows for the interim.  Presumably a table will then do
+  // a full sort of all rows at need when the batch changes end, or when
+  // a surprise request occurs for row position during batch changes.
+{
+  // we don't do anything here.
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+// } ----- end hinting methods -----
+
+// { ----- begin sorting methods -----
+// sorting: note all rows are assumed sorted by row ID as a secondary
+// sort following the primary column sort, when table rows are sorted.
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkTable::CanSortColumn( // query which column is currently used for sorting
+  nsIMdbEnv* mev, // context
+  mdb_column inColumn, // column to query sorting potential
+  mdb_bool* outCanSort) // whether the column can be sorted
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(false, "not implemented");
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkTable::GetSorting( // view same table in particular sorting
+  nsIMdbEnv* mev, // context
+  mdb_column inColumn, // requested new column for sorting table
+  nsIMdbSorting** acqSorting) // acquire sorting for column
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(false, "not implemented");
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkTable::SetSearchSorting( // use this sorting in FindRowMatches()
+  nsIMdbEnv* mev, // context
+  mdb_column inColumn, // often same as nsIMdbSorting::GetSortColumn()
+  nsIMdbSorting* ioSorting) // requested sorting for some column
+  // SetSearchSorting() attempts to inform the table that ioSorting
+  // should be used during calls to FindRowMatches() for searching
+  // the column which is actually sorted by ioSorting.  This method
+  // is most useful in conjunction with nsIMdbSorting::SetCompare(),
+  // because otherwise a caller would not be able to override the
+  // comparison ordering method used during searchs.  Note that some
+  // database implementations might be unable to use an arbitrarily
+  // specified sort order, either due to schema or runtime interface
+  // constraints, in which case ioSorting might not actually be used.
+  // Presumably ioSorting is an instance that was returned from some
+  // earlier call to nsIMdbTable::GetSorting().  A caller can also
+  // use nsIMdbTable::SearchColumnsHint() to specify desired change
+  // in which columns are sorted and searched by FindRowMatches().
+  //
+  // A caller can pass a nil pointer for ioSorting to request that
+  // column inColumn no longer be used at all by FindRowMatches().
+  // But when ioSorting is non-nil, then inColumn should match the
+  // column actually sorted by ioSorting; when these do not agree,
+  // implementations are instructed to give precedence to the column
+  // specified by ioSorting (so this means callers might just pass
+  // zero for inColumn when ioSorting is also provided, since then
+  // inColumn is both redundant and ignored).
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(false, "not implemented");
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+// } ----- end sorting methods -----
+
+// { ----- begin moving methods -----
+// moving a row does nothing unless a table is currently unsorted
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkTable::MoveOid( // change position of row in unsorted table
+  nsIMdbEnv* mev, // context
+  const mdbOid* inOid,  // row oid to find in table
+  mdb_pos inHintFromPos, // suggested hint regarding start position
+  mdb_pos inToPos,       // desired new position for row inOid
+  mdb_pos* outActualPos) // actual new position of row in table
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  mdb_pos actualPos = -1; // meaning it was never found in table
+  morkEnv* ev = morkEnv::FromMdbEnv(mev);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    if ( inOid && mTable_Store )
+    {
+      morkRow* row = mTable_Store->GetRow(ev, inOid);
+      if ( row )
+        actualPos = MoveRow(ev, row, inHintFromPos, inToPos);
+    }
+    else
+      ev->NilPointerError();
+
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  if ( outActualPos )
+    *outActualPos = actualPos;
+  return outErr;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkTable::MoveRow( // change position of row in unsorted table
+  nsIMdbEnv* mev, // context
+  nsIMdbRow* ioRow,  // row oid to find in table
+  mdb_pos inHintFromPos, // suggested hint regarding start position
+  mdb_pos inToPos,       // desired new position for row ioRow
+  mdb_pos* outActualPos) // actual new position of row in table
+{
+  mdb_pos actualPos = -1; // meaning it was never found in table
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  morkEnv* ev = morkEnv::FromMdbEnv(mev);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    morkRowObject *rowObj = (morkRowObject *) ioRow;
+    morkRow* row = rowObj->mRowObject_Row;
+    actualPos = MoveRow(ev, row, inHintFromPos, inToPos);
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  if ( outActualPos )
+    *outActualPos = actualPos;
+  return outErr;
+}
+// } ----- end moving methods -----
+
+// { ----- begin index methods -----
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkTable::AddIndex( // create a sorting index for column if possible
+  nsIMdbEnv* mev, // context
+  mdb_column inColumn, // the column to sort by index
+  nsIMdbThumb** acqThumb) // acquire thumb for incremental index building
+// Call nsIMdbThumb::DoMore() until done, or until the thumb is broken, and
+// then the index addition will be finished.
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(false, "not implemented");
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkTable::CutIndex( // stop supporting a specific column index
+  nsIMdbEnv* mev, // context
+  mdb_column inColumn, // the column with index to be removed
+  nsIMdbThumb** acqThumb) // acquire thumb for incremental index destroy
+// Call nsIMdbThumb::DoMore() until done, or until the thumb is broken, and
+// then the index removal will be finished.
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(false, "not implemented");
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkTable::HasIndex( // query for current presence of a column index
+  nsIMdbEnv* mev, // context
+  mdb_column inColumn, // the column to investigate
+  mdb_bool* outHasIndex) // whether column has index for this column
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(false, "not implemented");
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkTable::EnableIndexOnSort( // create an index for col on first sort
+  nsIMdbEnv* mev, // context
+  mdb_column inColumn) // the column to index if ever sorted
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(false, "not implemented");
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkTable::QueryIndexOnSort( // check whether index on sort is enabled
+  nsIMdbEnv* mev, // context
+  mdb_column inColumn, // the column to investigate
+  mdb_bool* outIndexOnSort) // whether column has index-on-sort enabled
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(false, "not implemented");
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkTable::DisableIndexOnSort( // prevent future index creation on sort
+  nsIMdbEnv* mev, // context
+  mdb_column inColumn) // the column to index if ever sorted
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(false, "not implemented");
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+// } ----- end index methods -----
+
+// } ===== end nsIMdbTable methods =====
+
+// we override these so that we'll use the xpcom add and release ref.
+#ifndef _MSC_VER
+mork_refs
+morkTable::AddStrongRef(nsIMdbEnv *ev)
+{
+  return (mork_refs) AddRef();
+}
+#endif
+
+mork_refs
+morkTable::AddStrongRef(morkEnv *ev)
+{
+  return (mork_refs) AddRef();
+}
+
+#ifndef _MSC_VER
+nsresult
+morkTable::CutStrongRef(nsIMdbEnv *ev)
+{
+  return (nsresult) Release();
+}
+#endif
+
+mork_refs
+morkTable::CutStrongRef(morkEnv *ev)
+{
+  return (mork_refs) Release();
+}
+
+mork_u2
+morkTable::AddTableGcUse(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  MORK_USED_1(ev); 
+  if ( mTable_GcUses < morkTable_kMaxTableGcUses ) // not already maxed out?
+    ++mTable_GcUses;
+    
+  return mTable_GcUses;
+}
+
+mork_u2
+morkTable::CutTableGcUse(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  if ( mTable_GcUses ) // any outstanding uses to cut?
+  {
+    if ( mTable_GcUses < morkTable_kMaxTableGcUses ) // not frozen at max?
+      --mTable_GcUses;
+  }
+  else
+    this->TableGcUsesUnderflowWarning(ev);
+    
+  return mTable_GcUses;
+}
+
+// table dirty handling more complex thatn morkNode::SetNodeDirty() etc.
+
+void morkTable::SetTableClean(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  if ( mTable_ChangeList.HasListMembers() )
+  {
+    nsIMdbHeap* heap = mTable_Store->mPort_Heap;
+    mTable_ChangeList.CutAndZapAllListMembers(ev, heap); // forget changes
+  }
+  mTable_ChangesCount = 0;
+  
+  mTable_Flags = 0;
+  this->SetNodeClean();
+}
+
+// notifications regarding table changes:
+
+void morkTable::NoteTableMoveRow(morkEnv* ev, morkRow* ioRow, mork_pos inPos)
+{
+  nsIMdbHeap* heap = mTable_Store->mPort_Heap;
+  if ( this->IsTableRewrite() || this->HasChangeOverflow() )
+    this->NoteTableSetAll(ev);
+  else
+  {
+    morkTableChange* tableChange = new(*heap, ev)
+      morkTableChange(ev, ioRow, inPos);
+    if ( tableChange )
+    {
+      if ( ev->Good() )
+      {
+        mTable_ChangeList.PushTail(tableChange);
+        ++mTable_ChangesCount;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        tableChange->ZapOldNext(ev, heap);
+        this->SetTableRewrite(); // just plan to write all table rows
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+void morkTable::note_row_move(morkEnv* ev, morkRow* ioRow, mork_pos inNewPos)
+{
+  if ( this->IsTableRewrite() || this->HasChangeOverflow() )
+    this->NoteTableSetAll(ev);
+  else
+  {
+    nsIMdbHeap* heap = mTable_Store->mPort_Heap;
+    morkTableChange* tableChange = new(*heap, ev)
+      morkTableChange(ev, ioRow, inNewPos);
+    if ( tableChange )
+    {
+      if ( ev->Good() )
+      {
+        mTable_ChangeList.PushTail(tableChange);
+        ++mTable_ChangesCount;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        tableChange->ZapOldNext(ev, heap);
+        this->NoteTableSetAll(ev);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+void morkTable::note_row_change(morkEnv* ev, mork_change inChange,
+  morkRow* ioRow)
+{
+  if ( this->IsTableRewrite() || this->HasChangeOverflow() )
+    this->NoteTableSetAll(ev);
+  else
+  {
+    nsIMdbHeap* heap = mTable_Store->mPort_Heap;
+    morkTableChange* tableChange = new(*heap, ev)
+      morkTableChange(ev, inChange, ioRow);
+    if ( tableChange )
+    {
+      if ( ev->Good() )
+      {
+        mTable_ChangeList.PushTail(tableChange);
+        ++mTable_ChangesCount;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        tableChange->ZapOldNext(ev, heap);
+        this->NoteTableSetAll(ev);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+void morkTable::NoteTableSetAll(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  if ( mTable_ChangeList.HasListMembers() )
+  {
+    nsIMdbHeap* heap = mTable_Store->mPort_Heap;
+    mTable_ChangeList.CutAndZapAllListMembers(ev, heap); // forget changes
+  }
+  mTable_ChangesCount = 0;
+  this->SetTableRewrite();
+}
+
+/*static*/ void
+morkTable::TableGcUsesUnderflowWarning(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  ev->NewWarning("mTable_GcUses underflow");
+}
+
+/*static*/ void
+morkTable::NonTableTypeError(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  ev->NewError("non morkTable");
+}
+
+/*static*/ void
+morkTable::NonTableTypeWarning(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  ev->NewWarning("non morkTable");
+}
+
+/*static*/ void
+morkTable::NilRowSpaceError(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  ev->NewError("nil mTable_RowSpace");
+}
+
+mork_bool morkTable::MaybeDirtySpaceStoreAndTable()
+{
+  morkRowSpace* rowSpace = mTable_RowSpace;
+  if ( rowSpace )
+  {
+    morkStore* store = rowSpace->mSpace_Store;
+    if ( store && store->mStore_CanDirty )
+    {
+      store->SetStoreDirty();
+      rowSpace->mSpace_CanDirty = morkBool_kTrue;
+    }
+    
+    if ( rowSpace->mSpace_CanDirty ) // first time being dirtied?
+    {
+      if ( this->IsTableClean() )
+      {
+        mork_count rowCount = this->GetRowCount();
+        mork_count oneThird = rowCount / 4; // one third of rows
+        if ( oneThird > 0x07FFF ) // more than half max u2?
+          oneThird = 0x07FFF;
+          
+        mTable_ChangesMax = (mork_u2) oneThird;
+      }
+      this->SetTableDirty();
+      rowSpace->SetRowSpaceDirty();
+      
+      return morkBool_kTrue;
+    }
+  }
+  return morkBool_kFalse;
+}
+
+morkRow*
+morkTable::GetMetaRow(morkEnv* ev, const mdbOid* inOptionalMetaRowOid)
+{
+  morkRow* outRow = mTable_MetaRow;
+  if ( !outRow )
+  {
+    morkStore* store = mTable_Store;
+    mdbOid* oid = &mTable_MetaRowOid;
+    if ( inOptionalMetaRowOid && !oid->mOid_Scope )
+      *oid = *inOptionalMetaRowOid;
+      
+    if ( oid->mOid_Scope ) // oid already recorded in table?
+      outRow = store->OidToRow(ev, oid);
+    else
+    {
+      outRow = store->NewRow(ev, morkStore_kMetaScope);
+      if ( outRow ) // need to record new oid in table?
+        *oid = outRow->mRow_Oid;
+    }
+    mTable_MetaRow = outRow;
+    if ( outRow ) // need to note another use of this row?
+    {
+      outRow->AddRowGcUse(ev);
+
+      this->SetTableNewMeta();
+      if ( this->IsTableClean() ) // catch dirty status of meta row?
+        this->MaybeDirtySpaceStoreAndTable();
+    }
+  }
+  
+  return outRow;
+}
+
+void
+morkTable::GetTableOid(morkEnv* ev, mdbOid* outOid)
+{
+  morkRowSpace* space = mTable_RowSpace;
+  if ( space )
+  {
+    outOid->mOid_Scope = space->SpaceScope();
+    outOid->mOid_Id = this->TableId();
+  }
+  else
+    this->NilRowSpaceError(ev);
+}
+
+nsIMdbTable*
+morkTable::AcquireTableHandle(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  AddRef();
+  return this;
+}
+
+mork_pos
+morkTable::ArrayHasOid(morkEnv* ev, const mdbOid* inOid)
+{
+  MORK_USED_1(ev); 
+  mork_count count = mTable_RowArray.mArray_Fill;
+  mork_pos pos = -1;
+  while ( ++pos < (mork_pos)count )
+  {
+    morkRow* row = (morkRow*) mTable_RowArray.At(pos);
+    MORK_ASSERT(row);
+    if ( row && row->EqualOid(inOid) )
+    {
+      return pos;
+    }
+  }
+  return -1;
+}
+
+mork_bool
+morkTable::MapHasOid(morkEnv* ev, const mdbOid* inOid)
+{
+  if ( mTable_RowMap )
+    return ( mTable_RowMap->GetOid(ev, inOid) != 0 );
+  else
+    return ( ArrayHasOid(ev, inOid) >= 0 );
+}
+
+void morkTable::build_row_map(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  morkRowMap* map = mTable_RowMap;
+  if ( !map )
+  {
+    mork_count count = mTable_RowArray.mArray_Fill + 3;
+    nsIMdbHeap* heap = mTable_Store->mPort_Heap;
+    map = new(*heap, ev) morkRowMap(ev, morkUsage::kHeap, heap, heap, count);
+    if ( map )
+    {
+      if ( ev->Good() )
+      {
+        mTable_RowMap = map; // put strong ref here
+        count = mTable_RowArray.mArray_Fill;
+        mork_pos pos = -1;
+        while ( ++pos < (mork_pos)count )
+        {
+          morkRow* row = (morkRow*) mTable_RowArray.At(pos);
+          if ( row && row->IsRow() )
+            map->AddRow(ev, row);
+          else
+            row->NonRowTypeError(ev);
+        }
+      }
+      else
+        map->CutStrongRef(ev);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+morkRow* morkTable::find_member_row(morkEnv* ev, morkRow* ioRow)
+{
+  if ( mTable_RowMap )
+    return mTable_RowMap->GetRow(ev, ioRow);
+  else
+  {
+    mork_count count = mTable_RowArray.mArray_Fill;
+    mork_pos pos = -1;
+    while ( ++pos < (mork_pos)count )
+    {
+      morkRow* row = (morkRow*) mTable_RowArray.At(pos);
+      if ( row == ioRow )
+        return row;
+    }
+  }
+  return (morkRow*) 0;
+}
+
+mork_pos
+morkTable::MoveRow(morkEnv* ev, morkRow* ioRow, // change row position
+  mork_pos inHintFromPos, // suggested hint regarding start position
+  mork_pos inToPos) // desired new position for row ioRow
+  // MoveRow() returns the actual position of ioRow afterwards; this
+  // position is -1 if and only if ioRow was not found as a member.     
+{
+  mork_pos outPos = -1; // means ioRow was not a table member
+  mork_bool canDirty = ( this->IsTableClean() )?
+    this->MaybeDirtySpaceStoreAndTable() : morkBool_kTrue;
+  
+  morkRow** rows = (morkRow**) mTable_RowArray.mArray_Slots;
+  mork_count count = mTable_RowArray.mArray_Fill;
+  if ( count && rows && ev->Good() ) // any members at all? no errors?
+  {
+    mork_pos lastPos = count - 1; // index of last row slot
+      
+    if ( inToPos > lastPos ) // beyond last used array slot?
+      inToPos = lastPos; // put row into last available slot
+    else if ( inToPos < 0 ) // before first usable slot?
+      inToPos = 0; // put row in very first slow
+      
+    if ( inHintFromPos > lastPos ) // beyond last used array slot?
+      inHintFromPos = lastPos; // seek row in last available slot
+    else if ( inHintFromPos < 0 ) // before first usable slot?
+      inHintFromPos = 0; // seek row in very first slow
+
+    morkRow** fromSlot = 0; // becomes nonzero of ioRow is ever found
+    morkRow** rowsEnd = rows + count; // one past last used array slot
+    
+    if ( inHintFromPos <= 0 ) // start of table? just scan for row?
+    {
+      morkRow** cursor = rows - 1; // before first array slot
+      while ( ++cursor < rowsEnd )
+      {
+        if ( *cursor == ioRow )
+        {
+          fromSlot = cursor;
+          break; // end while loop
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    else // search near the start position and work outwards
+    {
+      morkRow** lo = rows + inHintFromPos; // lowest search point
+      morkRow** hi = lo; // highest search point starts at lowest point
+      
+      // Seek ioRow in spiral widening search below and above inHintFromPos.
+      // This is faster when inHintFromPos is at all accurate, but is slower
+      // than a straightforward scan when inHintFromPos is nearly random.
+      
+      while ( lo >= rows || hi < rowsEnd ) // keep searching?
+      {
+        if ( lo >= rows ) // low direction search still feasible?
+        {
+          if ( *lo == ioRow ) // actually found the row?
+          {
+            fromSlot = lo;
+            break; // end while loop
+          }
+          --lo; // advance further lower
+        }
+        if ( hi < rowsEnd ) // high direction search still feasible?
+        {
+          if ( *hi == ioRow ) // actually found the row?
+          {
+            fromSlot = hi;
+            break; // end while loop
+          }
+          ++hi; // advance further higher
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    
+    if ( fromSlot ) // ioRow was found as a table member?
+    {
+      outPos = fromSlot - rows; // actual position where row was found
+      if ( outPos != inToPos ) // actually need to move this row?
+      {
+        morkRow** toSlot = rows + inToPos; // slot where row must go
+        
+        ++mTable_RowArray.mArray_Seed; // we modify the array now:
+        
+        if ( fromSlot < toSlot ) // row is moving upwards?
+        {
+          morkRow** up = fromSlot; // leading pointer going upward
+          while ( ++up <= toSlot ) // have not gone above destination?
+          {
+            *fromSlot = *up; // shift down one
+            fromSlot = up; // shift trailing pointer up
+          }
+        }
+        else // ( fromSlot > toSlot ) // row is moving downwards
+        {
+          morkRow** down = fromSlot; // leading pointer going downward
+          while ( --down >= toSlot ) // have not gone below destination?
+          {
+            *fromSlot = *down; // shift up one
+            fromSlot = down; // shift trailing pointer
+          }
+        }
+        *toSlot = ioRow;
+        outPos = inToPos; // okay, we actually moved the row here
+
+        if ( canDirty )
+          this->note_row_move(ev, ioRow, inToPos);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return outPos;
+}
+
+mork_bool
+morkTable::AddRow(morkEnv* ev, morkRow* ioRow)
+{
+  morkRow* row = this->find_member_row(ev, ioRow);
+  if ( !row && ev->Good() )
+  {
+    mork_bool canDirty = ( this->IsTableClean() )?
+      this->MaybeDirtySpaceStoreAndTable() : morkBool_kTrue;
+      
+    mork_pos pos = mTable_RowArray.AppendSlot(ev, ioRow);
+    if ( ev->Good() && pos >= 0 )
+    {
+      ioRow->AddRowGcUse(ev);
+      if ( mTable_RowMap )
+      {
+        if ( mTable_RowMap->AddRow(ev, ioRow) )
+        {
+          // okay, anything else?
+        }
+        else
+          mTable_RowArray.CutSlot(ev, pos);
+      }
+      else if ( mTable_RowArray.mArray_Fill >= morkTable_kMakeRowMapThreshold )
+        this->build_row_map(ev);
+
+      if ( canDirty && ev->Good() )
+        this->NoteTableAddRow(ev, ioRow);
+    }
+  }
+  return ev->Good();
+}
+
+mork_bool
+morkTable::CutRow(morkEnv* ev, morkRow* ioRow)
+{
+  morkRow* row = this->find_member_row(ev, ioRow);
+  if ( row )
+  {
+    mork_bool canDirty = ( this->IsTableClean() )?
+      this->MaybeDirtySpaceStoreAndTable() : morkBool_kTrue;
+      
+    mork_count count = mTable_RowArray.mArray_Fill;
+    morkRow** rowSlots = (morkRow**) mTable_RowArray.mArray_Slots;
+    if ( rowSlots ) // array has vector as expected?
+    {
+      mork_pos pos = -1;
+      morkRow** end = rowSlots + count;
+      morkRow** slot = rowSlots - 1; // prepare for preincrement:
+      while ( ++slot < end ) // another slot to check?
+      {
+        if ( *slot == row ) // found the slot containing row?
+        {
+          pos = slot - rowSlots; // record absolute position
+          break; // end while loop
+        }
+      }
+      if ( pos >= 0 ) // need to cut if from the array?
+        mTable_RowArray.CutSlot(ev, pos);
+      else
+        ev->NewWarning("row not found in array");
+    }
+    else
+      mTable_RowArray.NilSlotsAddressError(ev);
+      
+    if ( mTable_RowMap )
+      mTable_RowMap->CutRow(ev, ioRow);
+
+    if ( canDirty )
+      this->NoteTableCutRow(ev, ioRow);
+
+    if ( ioRow->CutRowGcUse(ev) == 0 )
+      ioRow->OnZeroRowGcUse(ev);
+  }
+  return ev->Good();
+}
+
+
+mork_bool
+morkTable::CutAllRows(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  if ( this->MaybeDirtySpaceStoreAndTable() )
+  {
+    this->SetTableRewrite(); // everything is dirty
+    this->NoteTableSetAll(ev);
+  }
+    
+  if ( ev->Good() )
+  {
+    mTable_RowArray.CutAllSlots(ev);
+    if ( mTable_RowMap )
+    {
+      morkRowMapIter i(ev, mTable_RowMap);
+      mork_change* c = 0;
+      morkRow* r = 0;
+      
+      for ( c = i.FirstRow(ev, &r); c;  c = i.NextRow(ev, &r) )
+      {
+        if ( r )
+        {
+          if ( r->CutRowGcUse(ev) == 0 )
+            r->OnZeroRowGcUse(ev);
+            
+          i.CutHereRow(ev, (morkRow**) 0);
+        }
+        else
+          ev->NewWarning("nil row in table map");
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return ev->Good();
+}
+
+morkTableRowCursor*
+morkTable::NewTableRowCursor(morkEnv* ev, mork_pos inRowPos)
+{
+  morkTableRowCursor* outCursor = 0;
+  if ( ev->Good() )
+  {
+    nsIMdbHeap* heap = mTable_Store->mPort_Heap;
+    morkTableRowCursor* cursor = new(*heap, ev)
+      morkTableRowCursor(ev, morkUsage::kHeap, heap, this, inRowPos);
+    if ( cursor )
+    {
+      if ( ev->Good() )
+        outCursor = cursor;
+      else
+        cursor->CutStrongRef((nsIMdbEnv *) ev);
+    }
+  }
+  return outCursor;
+}
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+morkTableChange::morkTableChange(morkEnv* ev, mork_change inChange,
+  morkRow* ioRow)
+// use this constructor for inChange == morkChange_kAdd or morkChange_kCut
+: morkNext()
+, mTableChange_Row( ioRow )
+, mTableChange_Pos( morkTableChange_kNone )
+{
+  if ( ioRow )
+  {
+    if ( ioRow->IsRow() )
+    {
+      if ( inChange == morkChange_kAdd )
+        mTableChange_Pos = morkTableChange_kAdd;
+      else if ( inChange == morkChange_kCut )
+        mTableChange_Pos = morkTableChange_kCut;
+      else
+        this->UnknownChangeError(ev);
+    }
+    else
+      ioRow->NonRowTypeError(ev);
+  }
+  else
+    ev->NilPointerError();
+}
+
+morkTableChange::morkTableChange(morkEnv* ev, morkRow* ioRow, mork_pos inPos)
+// use this constructor when the row is moved
+: morkNext()
+, mTableChange_Row( ioRow )
+, mTableChange_Pos( inPos )
+{
+  if ( ioRow )
+  {
+    if ( ioRow->IsRow() )
+    {
+      if ( inPos < 0 )
+        this->NegativeMovePosError(ev);
+    }
+    else
+      ioRow->NonRowTypeError(ev);
+  }
+  else
+    ev->NilPointerError();
+}
+
+void morkTableChange::UnknownChangeError(morkEnv* ev) const
+// morkChange_kAdd or morkChange_kCut
+{
+  ev->NewError("mTableChange_Pos neither kAdd nor kCut");
+}
+
+void morkTableChange::NegativeMovePosError(morkEnv* ev) const
+// move must be non-neg position
+{
+  ev->NewError("negative mTableChange_Pos for row move");
+}
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+
+morkTableMap::~morkTableMap()
+{
+}
+
+morkTableMap::morkTableMap(morkEnv* ev, const morkUsage& inUsage,
+  nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap, nsIMdbHeap* ioSlotHeap)
+#ifdef MORK_BEAD_OVER_NODE_MAPS
+  : morkBeadMap(ev, inUsage, ioHeap, ioSlotHeap)
+#else /*MORK_BEAD_OVER_NODE_MAPS*/
+  : morkNodeMap(ev, inUsage, ioHeap, ioSlotHeap)
+#endif /*MORK_BEAD_OVER_NODE_MAPS*/
+{
+  if ( ev->Good() )
+    mNode_Derived = morkDerived_kTableMap;
+}
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
diff --git a/db/mork/src/morkTable.h b/db/mork/src/morkTable.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c9428fd96
--- /dev/null
+++ b/db/mork/src/morkTable.h
@@ -0,0 +1,729 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-  */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _MORKTABLE_
+#define _MORKTABLE_ 1
+
+#ifndef _MORK_
+#include "mork.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKNODE_
+#include "morkNode.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKDEQUE_
+#include "morkDeque.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKOBJECT_
+#include "morkObject.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKARRAY_
+#include "morkArray.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKROWMAP_
+#include "morkRowMap.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKNODEMAP_
+#include "morkNodeMap.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKPROBEMAP_
+#include "morkProbeMap.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKBEAD_
+#include "morkBead.h"
+#endif
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+class nsIMdbTable;
+#define morkDerived_kTable  /*i*/ 0x5462 /* ascii 'Tb' */
+
+/*| kStartRowArraySize: starting physical size of array for mTable_RowArray.
+**| We want this number very small, so that a table containing exactly one
+**| row member will not pay too significantly in space overhead.  But we want
+**| a number bigger than one, so there is some space for growth.
+|*/
+#define morkTable_kStartRowArraySize 3 /* modest starting size for array */
+
+/*| kMakeRowMapThreshold: this is the number of rows in a table which causes
+**| a hash table (mTable_RowMap) to be lazily created for faster member row
+**| identification, during such operations as cuts and adds.  This number must
+**| be small enough that linear searches are not bad for member counts less
+**| than this; but this number must also be large enough that creating a hash
+**| table does not increase the per-row space overhead by a big percentage.
+**| For speed, numbers on the order of ten to twenty are all fine; for space,
+**| I believe a number as small as ten will have too much space overhead.
+|*/
+#define morkTable_kMakeRowMapThreshold 17 /* when to build mTable_RowMap */
+
+#define morkTable_kStartRowMapSlotCount 13
+#define morkTable_kMaxTableGcUses 0x0FF /* max for 8-bit unsigned int */
+
+#define morkTable_kUniqueBit   ((mork_u1) (1 << 0))
+#define morkTable_kVerboseBit  ((mork_u1) (1 << 1))
+#define morkTable_kNotedBit    ((mork_u1) (1 << 2)) /* space has change notes */
+#define morkTable_kRewriteBit  ((mork_u1) (1 << 3)) /* must rewrite all rows */
+#define morkTable_kNewMetaBit  ((mork_u1) (1 << 4)) /* new table meta row */
+
+class morkTable : public morkObject, public morkLink, public nsIMdbTable { 
+
+  // NOTE the morkLink base is for morkRowSpace::mRowSpace_TablesByPriority
+
+// public: // slots inherited from morkObject (meant to inform only)
+  // nsIMdbHeap*    mNode_Heap;
+
+  // mork_base      mNode_Base;     // must equal morkBase_kNode
+  // mork_derived   mNode_Derived;  // depends on specific node subclass
+  
+  // mork_access    mNode_Access;   // kOpen, kClosing, kShut, or kDead
+  // mork_usage     mNode_Usage;    // kHeap, kStack, kMember, kGlobal, kNone
+  // mork_able      mNode_Mutable;  // can this node be modified?
+  // mork_load      mNode_Load;     // is this node clean or dirty?
+  
+  // mork_uses      mNode_Uses;     // refcount for strong refs
+  // mork_refs      mNode_Refs;     // refcount for strong refs + weak refs
+
+  // mork_color   mBead_Color;   // ID for this bead
+  // morkHandle*  mObject_Handle;  // weak ref to handle for this object
+
+public: // bead color setter & getter replace obsolete member mTable_Id:
+
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED
+  mork_tid     TableId() const { return mBead_Color; }
+  void         SetTableId(mork_tid inTid) { mBead_Color = inTid; }
+
+  // we override these so we use xpcom ref-counting semantics.
+#ifndef _MSC_VER
+  // The first declaration of AddStrongRef is to suppress -Werror,-Woverloaded-virtual.
+  virtual mork_refs    AddStrongRef(nsIMdbEnv* ev) override;
+#endif
+  virtual mork_refs    AddStrongRef(morkEnv* ev) override;
+#ifndef _MSC_VER
+  // The first declaration of CutStrongRef is to suppress -Werror,-Woverloaded-virtual.
+  virtual nsresult     CutStrongRef(nsIMdbEnv* ev) override;
+#endif
+  virtual mork_refs    CutStrongRef(morkEnv* ev) override;
+public: // state is public because the entire Mork system is private
+
+// { ===== begin nsIMdbCollection methods =====
+
+  // { ----- begin attribute methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD GetSeed(nsIMdbEnv* ev,
+    mdb_seed* outSeed) override;    // member change count
+  NS_IMETHOD GetCount(nsIMdbEnv* ev,
+    mdb_count* outCount) override; // member count
+
+  NS_IMETHOD GetPort(nsIMdbEnv* ev,
+    nsIMdbPort** acqPort) override; // collection container
+  // } ----- end attribute methods -----
+
+  // { ----- begin cursor methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD GetCursor( // make a cursor starting iter at inMemberPos
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    mdb_pos inMemberPos, // zero-based ordinal pos of member in collection
+    nsIMdbCursor** acqCursor) override; // acquire new cursor instance
+  // } ----- end cursor methods -----
+
+  // { ----- begin ID methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD GetOid(nsIMdbEnv* ev,
+    mdbOid* outOid) override; // read object identity
+  NS_IMETHOD BecomeContent(nsIMdbEnv* ev,
+    const mdbOid* inOid) override; // exchange content
+  // } ----- end ID methods -----
+
+  // { ----- begin activity dropping methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD DropActivity( // tell collection usage no longer expected
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev) override;
+  // } ----- end activity dropping methods -----
+
+// } ===== end nsIMdbCollection methods =====
+  NS_IMETHOD SetTablePriority(nsIMdbEnv* ev, mdb_priority inPrio) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetTablePriority(nsIMdbEnv* ev, mdb_priority* outPrio) override;
+  
+  NS_IMETHOD GetTableBeVerbose(nsIMdbEnv* ev, mdb_bool* outBeVerbose) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD SetTableBeVerbose(nsIMdbEnv* ev, mdb_bool inBeVerbose) override;
+  
+  NS_IMETHOD GetTableIsUnique(nsIMdbEnv* ev, mdb_bool* outIsUnique) override;
+  
+  NS_IMETHOD GetTableKind(nsIMdbEnv* ev, mdb_kind* outTableKind) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetRowScope(nsIMdbEnv* ev, mdb_scope* outRowScope) override;
+  
+  NS_IMETHOD GetMetaRow(
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    const mdbOid* inOptionalMetaRowOid, // can be nil to avoid specifying 
+    mdbOid* outOid, // output meta row oid, can be nil to suppress output
+    nsIMdbRow** acqRow) override; // acquire table's unique singleton meta row
+    // The purpose of a meta row is to support the persistent recording of
+    // meta info about a table as cells put into the distinguished meta row.
+    // Each table has exactly one meta row, which is not considered a member
+    // of the collection of rows inside the table.  The only way to tell
+    // whether a row is a meta row is by the fact that it is returned by this
+    // GetMetaRow() method from some table. Otherwise nothing distinguishes
+    // a meta row from any other row.  A meta row can be used anyplace that
+    // any other row can be used, and can even be put into other tables (or
+    // the same table) as a table member, if this is useful for some reason.
+    // The first attempt to access a table's meta row using GetMetaRow() will
+    // cause the meta row to be created if it did not already exist.  When the
+    // meta row is created, it will have the row oid that was previously
+    // requested for this table's meta row; or if no oid was ever explicitly
+    // specified for this meta row, then a unique oid will be generated in
+    // the row scope named "m" (so obviously MDB clients should not
+    // manually allocate any row IDs from that special meta scope namespace).
+    // The meta row oid can be specified either when the table is created, or
+    // else the first time that GetMetaRow() is called, by passing a non-nil
+    // pointer to an oid for parameter inOptionalMetaRowOid.  The meta row's
+    // actual oid is returned in outOid (if this is a non-nil pointer), and
+    // it will be different from inOptionalMetaRowOid when the meta row was
+    // already given a different oid earlier.
+  // } ----- end meta attribute methods -----
+
+
+  // { ----- begin cursor methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD GetTableRowCursor( // make a cursor, starting iteration at inRowPos
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    mdb_pos inRowPos, // zero-based ordinal position of row in table
+    nsIMdbTableRowCursor** acqCursor) override; // acquire new cursor instance
+  // } ----- end row position methods -----
+
+  // { ----- begin row position methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD PosToOid( // get row member for a table position
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    mdb_pos inRowPos, // zero-based ordinal position of row in table
+    mdbOid* outOid) override; // row oid at the specified position
+
+  NS_IMETHOD OidToPos( // test for the table position of a row member
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    const mdbOid* inOid, // row to find in table
+    mdb_pos* outPos) override; // zero-based ordinal position of row in table
+    
+  NS_IMETHOD PosToRow( // test for the table position of a row member
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    mdb_pos inRowPos, // zero-based ordinal position of row in table
+    nsIMdbRow** acqRow) override; // acquire row at table position inRowPos
+    
+  NS_IMETHOD RowToPos( // test for the table position of a row member
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    nsIMdbRow* ioRow, // row to find in table
+    mdb_pos* outPos) override; // zero-based ordinal position of row in table
+  // } ----- end row position methods -----
+
+  // { ----- begin oid set methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD AddOid( // make sure the row with inOid is a table member 
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    const mdbOid* inOid) override; // row to ensure membership in table
+
+  NS_IMETHOD HasOid( // test for the table position of a row member
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    const mdbOid* inOid, // row to find in table
+    mdb_bool* outHasOid) override; // whether inOid is a member row
+
+  NS_IMETHOD CutOid( // make sure the row with inOid is not a member 
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    const mdbOid* inOid) override; // row to remove from table
+  // } ----- end oid set methods -----
+
+  // { ----- begin row set methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD NewRow( // create a new row instance in table
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    mdbOid* ioOid, // please use minus one (unbound) rowId for db-assigned IDs
+    nsIMdbRow** acqRow) override; // create new row
+
+  NS_IMETHOD AddRow( // make sure the row with inOid is a table member 
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    nsIMdbRow* ioRow) override; // row to ensure membership in table
+
+  NS_IMETHOD HasRow( // test for the table position of a row member
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    nsIMdbRow* ioRow, // row to find in table
+    mdb_bool* outHasRow) override; // whether row is a table member
+
+  NS_IMETHOD CutRow( // make sure the row with inOid is not a member 
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    nsIMdbRow* ioRow) override; // row to remove from table
+
+  NS_IMETHOD CutAllRows( // remove all rows from the table
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev) override; // context
+  // } ----- end row set methods -----
+
+  // { ----- begin hinting methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD SearchColumnsHint( // advise re future expected search cols  
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    const mdbColumnSet* inColumnSet) override; // columns likely to be searched
+    
+  NS_IMETHOD SortColumnsHint( // advise re future expected sort columns  
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    const mdbColumnSet* inColumnSet) override; // columns for likely sort requests
+    
+  NS_IMETHOD StartBatchChangeHint( // advise before many adds and cuts  
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    const void* inLabel) override; // intend unique address to match end call
+    // If batch starts nest by virtue of nesting calls in the stack, then
+    // the address of a local variable makes a good batch start label that
+    // can be used at batch end time, and such addresses remain unique.
+    
+  NS_IMETHOD EndBatchChangeHint( // advise before many adds and cuts  
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    const void* inLabel) override; // label matching start label
+    // Suppose a table is maintaining one or many sort orders for a table,
+    // so that every row added to the table must be inserted in each sort,
+    // and every row cut must be removed from each sort.  If a db client
+    // intends to make many such changes before needing any information
+    // about the order or positions of rows inside a table, then a client
+    // might tell the table to start batch changes in order to disable
+    // sorting of rows for the interim.  Presumably a table will then do
+    // a full sort of all rows at need when the batch changes end, or when
+    // a surprise request occurs for row position during batch changes.
+  // } ----- end hinting methods -----
+
+  // { ----- begin searching methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD FindRowMatches( // search variable number of sorted cols
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    const mdbYarn* inPrefix, // content to find as prefix in row's column cell
+    nsIMdbTableRowCursor** acqCursor) override; // set of matching rows
+
+  NS_IMETHOD GetSearchColumns( // query columns used by FindRowMatches()
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    mdb_count* outCount, // context
+    mdbColumnSet* outColSet) override; // caller supplied space to put columns
+    // GetSearchColumns() returns the columns actually searched when the
+    // FindRowMatches() method is called.  No more than mColumnSet_Count
+    // slots of mColumnSet_Columns will be written, since mColumnSet_Count
+    // indicates how many slots are present in the column array.  The
+    // actual number of search column used by the table is returned in
+    // the outCount parameter; if this number exceeds mColumnSet_Count,
+    // then a caller needs a bigger array to read the entire column set.
+    // The minimum of mColumnSet_Count and outCount is the number slots
+    // in mColumnSet_Columns that were actually written by this method.
+    //
+    // Callers are expected to change this set of columns by calls to
+    // nsIMdbTable::SearchColumnsHint() or SetSearchSorting(), or both.
+  // } ----- end searching methods -----
+
+  // { ----- begin sorting methods -----
+  // sorting: note all rows are assumed sorted by row ID as a secondary
+  // sort following the primary column sort, when table rows are sorted.
+
+  NS_IMETHOD
+  CanSortColumn( // query which column is currently used for sorting
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    mdb_column inColumn, // column to query sorting potential
+    mdb_bool* outCanSort) override; // whether the column can be sorted
+    
+  NS_IMETHOD GetSorting( // view same table in particular sorting
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    mdb_column inColumn, // requested new column for sorting table
+    nsIMdbSorting** acqSorting) override; // acquire sorting for column
+    
+  NS_IMETHOD SetSearchSorting( // use this sorting in FindRowMatches()
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    mdb_column inColumn, // often same as nsIMdbSorting::GetSortColumn()
+    nsIMdbSorting* ioSorting) override; // requested sorting for some column
+    // SetSearchSorting() attempts to inform the table that ioSorting
+    // should be used during calls to FindRowMatches() for searching
+    // the column which is actually sorted by ioSorting.  This method
+    // is most useful in conjunction with nsIMdbSorting::SetCompare(),
+    // because otherwise a caller would not be able to override the
+    // comparison ordering method used during searchs.  Note that some
+    // database implementations might be unable to use an arbitrarily
+    // specified sort order, either due to schema or runtime interface
+    // constraints, in which case ioSorting might not actually be used.
+    // Presumably ioSorting is an instance that was returned from some
+    // earlier call to nsIMdbTable::GetSorting().  A caller can also
+    // use nsIMdbTable::SearchColumnsHint() to specify desired change
+    // in which columns are sorted and searched by FindRowMatches().
+    //
+    // A caller can pass a nil pointer for ioSorting to request that
+    // column inColumn no longer be used at all by FindRowMatches().
+    // But when ioSorting is non-nil, then inColumn should match the
+    // column actually sorted by ioSorting; when these do not agree,
+    // implementations are instructed to give precedence to the column
+    // specified by ioSorting (so this means callers might just pass
+    // zero for inColumn when ioSorting is also provided, since then
+    // inColumn is both redundant and ignored).
+  // } ----- end sorting methods -----
+
+  // { ----- begin moving methods -----
+  // moving a row does nothing unless a table is currently unsorted
+  
+  NS_IMETHOD MoveOid( // change position of row in unsorted table
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    const mdbOid* inOid,  // row oid to find in table
+    mdb_pos inHintFromPos, // suggested hint regarding start position
+    mdb_pos inToPos,       // desired new position for row inRowId
+    mdb_pos* outActualPos) override; // actual new position of row in table
+
+  NS_IMETHOD MoveRow( // change position of row in unsorted table
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    nsIMdbRow* ioRow,  // row oid to find in table
+    mdb_pos inHintFromPos, // suggested hint regarding start position
+    mdb_pos inToPos,       // desired new position for row inRowId
+    mdb_pos* outActualPos) override; // actual new position of row in table
+  // } ----- end moving methods -----
+  
+  // { ----- begin index methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD AddIndex( // create a sorting index for column if possible
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    mdb_column inColumn, // the column to sort by index
+    nsIMdbThumb** acqThumb) override; // acquire thumb for incremental index building
+  // Call nsIMdbThumb::DoMore() until done, or until the thumb is broken, and
+  // then the index addition will be finished.
+  
+  NS_IMETHOD CutIndex( // stop supporting a specific column index
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    mdb_column inColumn, // the column with index to be removed
+    nsIMdbThumb** acqThumb) override; // acquire thumb for incremental index destroy
+  // Call nsIMdbThumb::DoMore() until done, or until the thumb is broken, and
+  // then the index removal will be finished.
+  
+  NS_IMETHOD HasIndex( // query for current presence of a column index
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    mdb_column inColumn, // the column to investigate
+    mdb_bool* outHasIndex) override; // whether column has index for this column
+
+  
+  NS_IMETHOD EnableIndexOnSort( // create an index for col on first sort
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    mdb_column inColumn) override; // the column to index if ever sorted
+  
+  NS_IMETHOD QueryIndexOnSort( // check whether index on sort is enabled
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    mdb_column inColumn, // the column to investigate
+    mdb_bool* outIndexOnSort) override; // whether column has index-on-sort enabled
+  
+  NS_IMETHOD DisableIndexOnSort( // prevent future index creation on sort
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    mdb_column inColumn) override; // the column to index if ever sorted
+  // } ----- end index methods -----
+
+  morkStore*      mTable_Store;   // non-refcnted ptr to port
+
+  // mTable_RowSpace->SpaceScope() is row scope 
+  morkRowSpace*   mTable_RowSpace; // non-refcnted ptr to containing space
+
+  morkRow*        mTable_MetaRow; // table's actual meta row
+  mdbOid          mTable_MetaRowOid; // oid for meta row
+  
+  morkRowMap*     mTable_RowMap;     // (strong ref) hash table of all members
+  morkArray       mTable_RowArray;   // array of morkRow pointers
+  
+  morkList        mTable_ChangeList;      // list of table changes
+  mork_u2         mTable_ChangesCount; // length of changes list 
+  mork_u2         mTable_ChangesMax;   // max list length before rewrite 
+  
+  // mork_tid        mTable_Id;
+  mork_kind       mTable_Kind;
+  
+  mork_u1         mTable_Flags;         // bit flags
+  mork_priority   mTable_Priority;      // 0..9, any other value equals 9
+  mork_u1         mTable_GcUses;        // persistent references from cells
+  mork_u1         mTable_Pad;      // for u4 alignment
+
+public: // flags bit twiddling
+  
+  void SetTableUnique() { mTable_Flags |= morkTable_kUniqueBit; }
+  void SetTableVerbose() { mTable_Flags |= morkTable_kVerboseBit; }
+  void SetTableNoted() { mTable_Flags |= morkTable_kNotedBit; }
+  void SetTableRewrite() { mTable_Flags |= morkTable_kRewriteBit; }
+  void SetTableNewMeta() { mTable_Flags |= morkTable_kNewMetaBit; }
+
+  void ClearTableUnique() { mTable_Flags &= (mork_u1) ~morkTable_kUniqueBit; }
+  void ClearTableVerbose() { mTable_Flags &= (mork_u1) ~morkTable_kVerboseBit; }
+  void ClearTableNoted() { mTable_Flags &= (mork_u1) ~morkTable_kNotedBit; }
+  void ClearTableRewrite() { mTable_Flags &= (mork_u1) ~morkTable_kRewriteBit; }
+  void ClearTableNewMeta() { mTable_Flags &= (mork_u1) ~morkTable_kNewMetaBit; }
+
+  mork_bool IsTableUnique() const
+  { return ( mTable_Flags & morkTable_kUniqueBit ) != 0; }
+  
+  mork_bool IsTableVerbose() const
+  { return ( mTable_Flags & morkTable_kVerboseBit ) != 0; }
+  
+  mork_bool IsTableNoted() const
+  { return ( mTable_Flags & morkTable_kNotedBit ) != 0; }
+  
+  mork_bool IsTableRewrite() const
+  { return ( mTable_Flags & morkTable_kRewriteBit ) != 0; }
+  
+  mork_bool IsTableNewMeta() const
+  { return ( mTable_Flags & morkTable_kNewMetaBit ) != 0; }
+
+public: // table dirty handling more complex than morkNode::SetNodeDirty() etc.
+
+  void SetTableDirty() { this->SetNodeDirty(); }
+  void SetTableClean(morkEnv* ev);
+   
+  mork_bool IsTableClean() const { return this->IsNodeClean(); }
+  mork_bool IsTableDirty() const { return this->IsNodeDirty(); }
+
+public: // morkNode memory management operators
+  void* operator new(size_t inSize, nsIMdbHeap& ioHeap, morkEnv* ev) CPP_THROW_NEW
+  { return morkNode::MakeNew(inSize, ioHeap, ev); }
+  
+ 
+// { ===== begin morkNode interface =====
+public: // morkNode virtual methods
+  virtual void CloseMorkNode(morkEnv* ev) override; // CloseTable() if open
+  
+public: // morkTable construction & destruction
+  morkTable(morkEnv* ev, const morkUsage& inUsage,
+    nsIMdbHeap* ioNodeHeap, morkStore* ioStore,
+    nsIMdbHeap* ioSlotHeap, morkRowSpace* ioRowSpace,
+    const mdbOid* inOptionalMetaRowOid, // can be nil to avoid specifying 
+    mork_tid inTableId,
+    mork_kind inKind, mork_bool inMustBeUnique);
+  void CloseTable(morkEnv* ev); // called by CloseMorkNode();
+
+private: // copying is not allowed
+  morkTable(const morkTable& other);
+  morkTable& operator=(const morkTable& other);
+  virtual ~morkTable(); // assert that close executed earlier
+
+public: // dynamic type identification
+  mork_bool IsTable() const
+  { return IsNode() && mNode_Derived == morkDerived_kTable; }
+// } ===== end morkNode methods =====
+
+public: // errors
+  static void NonTableTypeError(morkEnv* ev);
+  static void NonTableTypeWarning(morkEnv* ev);
+  static void NilRowSpaceError(morkEnv* ev);
+
+public: // warnings
+  static void TableGcUsesUnderflowWarning(morkEnv* ev);
+
+public: // noting table changes
+
+  mork_bool HasChangeOverflow() const
+  { return mTable_ChangesCount >= mTable_ChangesMax; }
+
+  void NoteTableSetAll(morkEnv* ev);
+  void NoteTableMoveRow(morkEnv* ev, morkRow* ioRow, mork_pos inPos);
+
+  void note_row_change(morkEnv* ev, mork_change inChange, morkRow* ioRow);
+  void note_row_move(morkEnv* ev, morkRow* ioRow, mork_pos inNewPos);
+  
+  void NoteTableAddRow(morkEnv* ev, morkRow* ioRow)
+  { this->note_row_change(ev, morkChange_kAdd, ioRow); }
+  
+  void NoteTableCutRow(morkEnv* ev, morkRow* ioRow)
+  { this->note_row_change(ev, morkChange_kCut, ioRow); }
+  
+protected: // internal row map methods
+
+  morkRow* find_member_row(morkEnv* ev, morkRow* ioRow);
+  void build_row_map(morkEnv* ev);
+
+public: // other table methods
+  
+  mork_bool MaybeDirtySpaceStoreAndTable();
+
+  morkRow* GetMetaRow(morkEnv* ev, const mdbOid* inOptionalMetaRowOid);
+  
+  mork_u2 AddTableGcUse(morkEnv* ev);
+  mork_u2 CutTableGcUse(morkEnv* ev);
+
+  // void DirtyAllTableContent(morkEnv* ev);
+
+  mork_seed TableSeed() const { return mTable_RowArray.mArray_Seed; }
+  
+  morkRow* SafeRowAt(morkEnv* ev, mork_pos inPos)
+  { return (morkRow*) mTable_RowArray.SafeAt(ev, inPos); }
+
+  nsIMdbTable* AcquireTableHandle(morkEnv* ev); // mObject_Handle
+  
+  mork_count GetRowCount() const { return mTable_RowArray.mArray_Fill; }
+
+  mork_bool IsTableUsed() const
+  { return (mTable_GcUses != 0 || this->GetRowCount() != 0); }
+
+  void GetTableOid(morkEnv* ev, mdbOid* outOid);
+  mork_pos  ArrayHasOid(morkEnv* ev, const mdbOid* inOid);
+  mork_bool MapHasOid(morkEnv* ev, const mdbOid* inOid);
+  mork_bool AddRow(morkEnv* ev, morkRow* ioRow); // returns ev->Good()
+  mork_bool CutRow(morkEnv* ev, morkRow* ioRow); // returns ev->Good()
+  mork_bool CutAllRows(morkEnv* ev); // returns ev->Good()
+  
+  mork_pos MoveRow(morkEnv* ev, morkRow* ioRow, // change row position
+    mork_pos inHintFromPos, // suggested hint regarding start position
+    mork_pos inToPos); // desired new position for row ioRow
+    // MoveRow() returns the actual position of ioRow afterwards; this
+    // position is -1 if and only if ioRow was not found as a member.     
+
+
+  morkTableRowCursor* NewTableRowCursor(morkEnv* ev, mork_pos inRowPos);
+
+public: // typesafe refcounting inlines calling inherited morkNode methods
+  static void SlotWeakTable(morkTable* me,
+    morkEnv* ev, morkTable** ioSlot)
+  { morkNode::SlotWeakNode((morkNode*) me, ev, (morkNode**) ioSlot); }
+  
+  static void SlotStrongTable(morkTable* me,
+    morkEnv* ev, morkTable** ioSlot)
+  { morkNode::SlotStrongNode((morkNode*) me, ev, (morkNode**) ioSlot); }
+};
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+// use negative values for kCut and kAdd, to keep non-neg move pos distinct:
+#define morkTableChange_kCut ((mork_pos) -1) /* shows row was cut */
+#define morkTableChange_kAdd ((mork_pos) -2) /* shows row was added */
+#define morkTableChange_kNone ((mork_pos) -3) /* unknown change */
+
+class morkTableChange : public morkNext { 
+public: // state is public because the entire Mork system is private
+
+  morkRow*  mTableChange_Row; // the row in the change
+  
+  mork_pos  mTableChange_Pos; // kAdd, kCut, or non-neg for row move
+
+public:
+  morkTableChange(morkEnv* ev, mork_change inChange, morkRow* ioRow);
+  // use this constructor for inChange == morkChange_kAdd or morkChange_kCut
+  
+  morkTableChange(morkEnv* ev, morkRow* ioRow, mork_pos inPos);
+  // use this constructor when the row is moved
+
+public:
+  void UnknownChangeError(morkEnv* ev) const; // morkChange_kAdd or morkChange_kCut
+  void NegativeMovePosError(morkEnv* ev) const; // move must be non-neg position
+  
+public:
+  
+  mork_bool IsAddRowTableChange() const
+  { return ( mTableChange_Pos == morkTableChange_kAdd ); }
+  
+  mork_bool IsCutRowTableChange() const
+  { return ( mTableChange_Pos == morkTableChange_kCut ); }
+  
+  mork_bool IsMoveRowTableChange() const
+  { return ( mTableChange_Pos >= 0 ); }
+
+public:
+  
+  mork_pos GetMovePos() const { return mTableChange_Pos; }
+  // GetMovePos() assumes that IsMoveRowTableChange() is true.
+};
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+#define morkDerived_kTableMap  /*i*/ 0x744D /* ascii 'tM' */
+
+/*| morkTableMap: maps mork_token -> morkTable
+|*/
+#ifdef MORK_BEAD_OVER_NODE_MAPS
+class morkTableMap : public morkBeadMap { 
+#else /*MORK_BEAD_OVER_NODE_MAPS*/
+class morkTableMap : public morkNodeMap { // for mapping tokens to tables
+#endif /*MORK_BEAD_OVER_NODE_MAPS*/
+
+public:
+
+  virtual ~morkTableMap();
+  morkTableMap(morkEnv* ev, const morkUsage& inUsage,
+    nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap, nsIMdbHeap* ioSlotHeap);
+
+public: // other map methods
+
+#ifdef MORK_BEAD_OVER_NODE_MAPS
+  mork_bool  AddTable(morkEnv* ev, morkTable* ioTable)
+  { return this->AddBead(ev, ioTable); }
+  // the AddTable() boolean return equals ev->Good().
+
+  mork_bool  CutTable(morkEnv* ev, mork_tid inTid)
+  { return this->CutBead(ev, inTid); }
+  // The CutTable() boolean return indicates whether removal happened. 
+  
+  morkTable*  GetTable(morkEnv* ev, mork_tid inTid)
+  { return (morkTable*) this->GetBead(ev, inTid); }
+  // Note the returned table does NOT have an increase in refcount for this.
+
+  mork_num CutAllTables(morkEnv* ev)
+  { return this->CutAllBeads(ev); }
+  // CutAllTables() releases all the referenced table values.
+  
+#else /*MORK_BEAD_OVER_NODE_MAPS*/
+  mork_bool  AddTable(morkEnv* ev, morkTable* ioTable)
+  { return this->AddNode(ev, ioTable->TableId(), ioTable); }
+  // the AddTable() boolean return equals ev->Good().
+
+  mork_bool  CutTable(morkEnv* ev, mork_tid inTid)
+  { return this->CutNode(ev, inTid); }
+  // The CutTable() boolean return indicates whether removal happened. 
+  
+  morkTable*  GetTable(morkEnv* ev, mork_tid inTid)
+  { return (morkTable*) this->GetNode(ev, inTid); }
+  // Note the returned table does NOT have an increase in refcount for this.
+
+  mork_num CutAllTables(morkEnv* ev)
+  { return this->CutAllNodes(ev); }
+  // CutAllTables() releases all the referenced table values.
+#endif /*MORK_BEAD_OVER_NODE_MAPS*/
+
+};
+
+#ifdef MORK_BEAD_OVER_NODE_MAPS
+class morkTableMapIter: public morkBeadMapIter {
+#else /*MORK_BEAD_OVER_NODE_MAPS*/
+class morkTableMapIter: public morkMapIter{ // typesafe wrapper class
+#endif /*MORK_BEAD_OVER_NODE_MAPS*/
+
+public:
+
+#ifdef MORK_BEAD_OVER_NODE_MAPS
+  morkTableMapIter(morkEnv* ev, morkTableMap* ioMap)
+  : morkBeadMapIter(ev, ioMap) { }
+ 
+  morkTableMapIter( ) : morkBeadMapIter()  { }
+  void InitTableMapIter(morkEnv* ev, morkTableMap* ioMap)
+  { this->InitBeadMapIter(ev, ioMap); }
+   
+  morkTable* FirstTable(morkEnv* ev)
+  { return (morkTable*) this->FirstBead(ev); }
+  
+  morkTable* NextTable(morkEnv* ev)
+  { return (morkTable*) this->NextBead(ev); }
+  
+  morkTable* HereTable(morkEnv* ev)
+  { return (morkTable*) this->HereBead(ev); }
+  
+
+#else /*MORK_BEAD_OVER_NODE_MAPS*/
+  morkTableMapIter(morkEnv* ev, morkTableMap* ioMap)
+  : morkMapIter(ev, ioMap) { }
+ 
+  morkTableMapIter( ) : morkMapIter()  { }
+  void InitTableMapIter(morkEnv* ev, morkTableMap* ioMap)
+  { this->InitMapIter(ev, ioMap); }
+   
+  mork_change*
+  FirstTable(morkEnv* ev, mork_tid* outTid, morkTable** outTable)
+  { return this->First(ev, outTid, outTable); }
+  
+  mork_change*
+  NextTable(morkEnv* ev, mork_tid* outTid, morkTable** outTable)
+  { return this->Next(ev, outTid, outTable); }
+  
+  mork_change*
+  HereTable(morkEnv* ev, mork_tid* outTid, morkTable** outTable)
+  { return this->Here(ev, outTid, outTable); }
+  
+  // cutting while iterating hash map might dirty the parent table:
+  mork_change*
+  CutHereTable(morkEnv* ev, mork_tid* outTid, morkTable** outTable)
+  { return this->CutHere(ev, outTid, outTable); }
+#endif /*MORK_BEAD_OVER_NODE_MAPS*/
+};
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+#endif /* _MORKTABLE_ */
+
diff --git a/db/mork/src/morkTableRowCursor.cpp b/db/mork/src/morkTableRowCursor.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6f3693269
--- /dev/null
+++ b/db/mork/src/morkTableRowCursor.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,493 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-  */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _MDB_
+#include "mdb.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORK_
+#include "mork.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKNODE_
+#include "morkNode.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKENV_
+#include "morkEnv.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKCURSOR_
+#include "morkCursor.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKTABLEROWCURSOR_
+#include "morkTableRowCursor.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKSTORE_
+#include "morkStore.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKTABLE_
+#include "morkTable.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKROW_
+#include "morkRow.h"
+#endif
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+// ````` ````` ````` ````` ````` 
+// { ===== begin morkNode interface =====
+
+/*public virtual*/ void
+morkTableRowCursor::CloseMorkNode(morkEnv* ev) // CloseTableRowCursor() only if open
+{
+  if ( this->IsOpenNode() )
+  {
+    this->MarkClosing();
+    this->CloseTableRowCursor(ev);
+    this->MarkShut();
+  }
+}
+
+/*public virtual*/
+morkTableRowCursor::~morkTableRowCursor() // CloseTableRowCursor() executed earlier
+{
+  CloseMorkNode(mMorkEnv);
+  MORK_ASSERT(this->IsShutNode());
+}
+
+/*public non-poly*/
+morkTableRowCursor::morkTableRowCursor(morkEnv* ev,
+  const morkUsage& inUsage,
+  nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap, morkTable* ioTable, mork_pos inRowPos)
+: morkCursor(ev, inUsage, ioHeap)
+, mTableRowCursor_Table( 0 )
+{
+  if ( ev->Good() )
+  {
+    if ( ioTable )
+    {
+      mCursor_Pos = inRowPos;
+      mCursor_Seed = ioTable->TableSeed();
+      morkTable::SlotWeakTable(ioTable, ev, &mTableRowCursor_Table);
+      if ( ev->Good() )
+        mNode_Derived = morkDerived_kTableRowCursor;
+    }
+    else
+      ev->NilPointerError();
+  }
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED(morkTableRowCursor, morkCursor, nsIMdbTableRowCursor)
+/*public non-poly*/ void
+morkTableRowCursor::CloseTableRowCursor(morkEnv* ev) 
+{
+    if ( this->IsNode() )
+    {
+      mCursor_Pos = -1;
+      mCursor_Seed = 0;
+      morkTable::SlotWeakTable((morkTable*) 0, ev, &mTableRowCursor_Table);
+      this->CloseCursor(ev);
+      this->MarkShut();
+    }
+    else
+      this->NonNodeError(ev);
+}
+
+// } ===== end morkNode methods =====
+// ````` ````` ````` ````` ````` 
+// { ----- begin attribute methods -----
+/*virtual*/ nsresult
+morkTableRowCursor::GetCount(nsIMdbEnv* mev, mdb_count* outCount)
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  mdb_count count = 0;
+  morkEnv* ev = morkEnv::FromMdbEnv(mev);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    count = GetMemberCount(ev);
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  if ( outCount )
+    *outCount = count;
+  return outErr;
+}
+
+/*virtual*/ nsresult
+morkTableRowCursor::GetSeed(nsIMdbEnv* mev, mdb_seed* outSeed)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(false, "not implemented");
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+/*virtual*/ nsresult
+morkTableRowCursor::SetPos(nsIMdbEnv* mev, mdb_pos inPos)
+{
+  mCursor_Pos = inPos;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/*virtual*/ nsresult
+morkTableRowCursor::GetPos(nsIMdbEnv* mev, mdb_pos* outPos)
+{
+  *outPos = mCursor_Pos;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/*virtual*/ nsresult
+morkTableRowCursor::SetDoFailOnSeedOutOfSync(nsIMdbEnv* mev, mdb_bool inFail)
+{
+  mCursor_DoFailOnSeedOutOfSync = inFail;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/*virtual*/ nsresult
+morkTableRowCursor::GetDoFailOnSeedOutOfSync(nsIMdbEnv* mev, mdb_bool* outFail)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(outFail);
+  *outFail = mCursor_DoFailOnSeedOutOfSync;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+// } ----- end attribute methods -----
+
+
+// { ===== begin nsIMdbTableRowCursor methods =====
+
+// { ----- begin attribute methods -----
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkTableRowCursor::GetTable(nsIMdbEnv* mev, nsIMdbTable** acqTable)
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  nsIMdbTable* outTable = 0;
+  morkEnv* ev = morkEnv::FromMdbEnv(mev);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    if ( mTableRowCursor_Table )
+      outTable = mTableRowCursor_Table->AcquireTableHandle(ev);
+    
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  if ( acqTable )
+    *acqTable = outTable;
+  return outErr;
+}
+// } ----- end attribute methods -----
+
+// { ----- begin oid iteration methods -----
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkTableRowCursor::NextRowOid( // get row id of next row in the table
+  nsIMdbEnv* mev, // context
+  mdbOid* outOid, // out row oid
+  mdb_pos* outRowPos)
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  mork_pos pos = -1;
+  morkEnv* ev = morkEnv::FromMdbEnv(mev);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    if ( outOid )
+    {
+      pos = NextRowOid(ev, outOid);
+    }
+    else
+      ev->NilPointerError();
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  if ( outRowPos )
+    *outRowPos = pos;
+  return outErr;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkTableRowCursor::PrevRowOid( // get row id of previous row in the table
+  nsIMdbEnv* mev, // context
+  mdbOid* outOid, // out row oid
+  mdb_pos* outRowPos)
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  mork_pos pos = -1;
+  morkEnv* ev = morkEnv::FromMdbEnv(mev);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    if ( outOid )
+    {
+      pos = PrevRowOid(ev, outOid);
+    }
+    else
+      ev->NilPointerError();
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  if ( outRowPos )
+    *outRowPos = pos;
+  return outErr;
+}
+// } ----- end oid iteration methods -----
+
+// { ----- begin row iteration methods -----
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkTableRowCursor::NextRow( // get row cells from table for cells already in row
+  nsIMdbEnv* mev, // context
+  nsIMdbRow** acqRow, // acquire next row in table
+  mdb_pos* outRowPos)
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  nsIMdbRow* outRow = 0;
+  morkEnv* ev = morkEnv::FromMdbEnv(mev);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+      
+    mdbOid oid; // place to put oid we intend to ignore
+    morkRow* row = NextRow(ev, &oid, outRowPos);
+    if ( row )
+    {
+      morkStore* store = row->GetRowSpaceStore(ev);
+      if ( store )
+        outRow = row->AcquireRowHandle(ev, store);
+    }
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  if ( acqRow )
+    *acqRow = outRow;
+  return outErr;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkTableRowCursor::PrevRow( // get row cells from table for cells already in row
+  nsIMdbEnv* mev, // context
+  nsIMdbRow** acqRow, // acquire previous row in table
+  mdb_pos* outRowPos)
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  nsIMdbRow* outRow = 0;
+  morkEnv* ev = morkEnv::FromMdbEnv(mev);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+      
+    mdbOid oid; // place to put oid we intend to ignore
+    morkRow* row = PrevRow(ev, &oid, outRowPos);
+    if ( row )
+    {
+      morkStore* store = row->GetRowSpaceStore(ev);
+      if ( store )
+        outRow = row->AcquireRowHandle(ev, store);
+    }
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  if ( acqRow )
+    *acqRow = outRow;
+  return outErr;
+}
+
+// } ----- end row iteration methods -----
+
+
+// { ----- begin duplicate row removal methods -----
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkTableRowCursor::CanHaveDupRowMembers(nsIMdbEnv* mev, // cursor might hold dups?
+  mdb_bool* outCanHaveDups)
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  mdb_bool canHaveDups = mdbBool_kFalse;
+  
+  morkEnv* ev = morkEnv::FromMdbEnv(mev);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    canHaveDups = CanHaveDupRowMembers(ev);
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  if ( outCanHaveDups )
+    *outCanHaveDups = canHaveDups;
+  return outErr;
+}
+  
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkTableRowCursor::MakeUniqueCursor( // clone cursor, removing duplicate rows
+  nsIMdbEnv* mev, // context
+  nsIMdbTableRowCursor** acqCursor)    // acquire clone with no dups
+  // Note that MakeUniqueCursor() is never necessary for a cursor which was
+  // created by table method nsIMdbTable::GetTableRowCursor(), because a table
+  // never contains the same row as a member more than once.  However, a cursor
+  // created by table method nsIMdbTable::FindRowMatches() might contain the
+  // same row more than once, because the same row can generate a hit by more
+  // than one column with a matching string prefix.  Note this method can
+  // return the very same cursor instance with just an incremented refcount,
+  // when the original cursor could not contain any duplicate rows (calling
+  // CanHaveDupRowMembers() shows this case on a false return).  Otherwise
+  // this method returns a different cursor instance.  Callers should not use
+  // this MakeUniqueCursor() method lightly, because it tends to defeat the
+  // purpose of lazy programming techniques, since it can force creation of
+  // an explicit row collection in a new cursor's representation, in order to
+  // inspect the row membership and remove any duplicates; this can have big
+  // impact if a collection holds tens of thousands of rows or more, when
+  // the original cursor with dups simply referenced rows indirectly by row
+  // position ranges, without using an explicit row set representation.
+  // Callers are encouraged to use nsIMdbCursor::GetCount() to determine
+  // whether the row collection is very large (tens of thousands), and to
+  // delay calling MakeUniqueCursor() when possible, until a user interface
+  // element actually demands the creation of an explicit set representation.
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  nsIMdbTableRowCursor* outCursor = 0;
+  
+  morkEnv* ev = morkEnv::FromMdbEnv(mev);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    AddRef();
+    outCursor = this;
+      
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  if ( acqCursor )
+    *acqCursor = outCursor;
+  return outErr;
+}
+// } ----- end duplicate row removal methods -----
+
+// } ===== end nsIMdbTableRowCursor methods =====
+
+
+/*static*/ void
+morkTableRowCursor::NonTableRowCursorTypeError(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  ev->NewError("non morkTableRowCursor");
+}
+
+
+mdb_pos
+morkTableRowCursor::NextRowOid(morkEnv* ev, mdbOid* outOid)
+{
+  mdb_pos outPos = -1;
+  (void) this->NextRow(ev, outOid, &outPos);
+  return outPos;
+}
+
+mdb_pos
+morkTableRowCursor::PrevRowOid(morkEnv* ev, mdbOid* outOid)
+{
+  mdb_pos outPos = -1;
+  (void) this->PrevRow(ev, outOid, &outPos);
+  return outPos;
+}
+
+mork_bool
+morkTableRowCursor::CanHaveDupRowMembers(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  return morkBool_kFalse; // false default is correct
+}
+
+mork_count
+morkTableRowCursor::GetMemberCount(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  morkTable* table = mTableRowCursor_Table;
+  if ( table )
+    return table->mTable_RowArray.mArray_Fill;
+  else
+    return 0;
+}
+
+morkRow*
+morkTableRowCursor::PrevRow(morkEnv* ev, mdbOid* outOid, mdb_pos* outPos)
+{
+  morkRow* outRow = 0;
+  mork_pos pos = -1;
+  
+  morkTable* table = mTableRowCursor_Table;
+  if ( table )
+  {
+    if ( table->IsOpenNode() )
+    {
+      morkArray* array = &table->mTable_RowArray;
+      pos = mCursor_Pos - 1;
+        
+      if ( pos >= 0 && pos < (mork_pos)(array->mArray_Fill) )
+      {
+        mCursor_Pos = pos; // update for next time
+        morkRow* row = (morkRow*) array->At(pos);
+        if ( row )
+        {
+          if ( row->IsRow() )
+          {
+            outRow = row;
+            *outOid = row->mRow_Oid;
+          }
+          else
+            row->NonRowTypeError(ev);
+        }
+        else
+          ev->NilPointerError();
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        outOid->mOid_Scope = 0;
+        outOid->mOid_Id = morkId_kMinusOne;
+      }
+    }
+    else
+      table->NonOpenNodeError(ev);
+  }
+  else
+    ev->NilPointerError();
+
+  *outPos = pos;
+  return outRow;
+}
+
+morkRow*
+morkTableRowCursor::NextRow(morkEnv* ev, mdbOid* outOid, mdb_pos* outPos)
+{
+  morkRow* outRow = 0;
+  mork_pos pos = -1;
+  
+  morkTable* table = mTableRowCursor_Table;
+  if ( table )
+  {
+    if ( table->IsOpenNode() )
+    {
+      morkArray* array = &table->mTable_RowArray;
+      pos = mCursor_Pos;
+      if ( pos < 0 )
+        pos = 0;
+      else
+        ++pos;
+        
+      if ( pos < (mork_pos)(array->mArray_Fill) )
+      {
+        mCursor_Pos = pos; // update for next time
+        morkRow* row = (morkRow*) array->At(pos);
+        if ( row )
+        {
+          if ( row->IsRow() )
+          {
+            outRow = row;
+            *outOid = row->mRow_Oid;
+          }
+          else
+            row->NonRowTypeError(ev);
+        }
+        else
+          ev->NilPointerError();
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        outOid->mOid_Scope = 0;
+        outOid->mOid_Id = morkId_kMinusOne;
+      }
+    }
+    else
+      table->NonOpenNodeError(ev);
+  }
+  else
+    ev->NilPointerError();
+
+  *outPos = pos;
+  return outRow;
+}
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
diff --git a/db/mork/src/morkTableRowCursor.h b/db/mork/src/morkTableRowCursor.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..edd98947b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/db/mork/src/morkTableRowCursor.h
@@ -0,0 +1,146 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-  */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _MORKTABLEROWCURSOR_
+#define _MORKTABLEROWCURSOR_ 1
+
+#ifndef _MORK_
+#include "mork.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKCURSOR_
+#include "morkCursor.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKMAP_
+#include "morkMap.h"
+#endif
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+class orkinTableRowCursor;
+#define morkDerived_kTableRowCursor  /*i*/ 0x7243 /* ascii 'rC' */
+
+class morkTableRowCursor : public morkCursor, public nsIMdbTableRowCursor { // row iterator
+
+// public: // slots inherited from morkObject (meant to inform only)
+  // nsIMdbHeap*     mNode_Heap;
+  // mork_able    mNode_Mutable; // can this node be modified?
+  // mork_load    mNode_Load;    // is this node clean or dirty?
+  // mork_base    mNode_Base;    // must equal morkBase_kNode
+  // mork_derived mNode_Derived; // depends on specific node subclass
+  // mork_access  mNode_Access;  // kOpen, kClosing, kShut, or kDead
+  // mork_usage   mNode_Usage;   // kHeap, kStack, kMember, kGlobal, kNone
+  // mork_uses    mNode_Uses;    // refcount for strong refs
+  // mork_refs    mNode_Refs;    // refcount for strong refs + weak refs
+
+  // morkFactory* mObject_Factory;  // weak ref to suite factory
+
+  // mork_seed  mCursor_Seed;
+  // mork_pos   mCursor_Pos;
+  // mork_bool  mCursor_DoFailOnSeedOutOfSync;
+  // mork_u1    mCursor_Pad[ 3 ]; // explicitly pad to u4 alignment
+
+public: // state is public because the entire Mork system is private
+  morkTable*  mTableRowCursor_Table; // weak ref to table
+    
+// { ===== begin morkNode interface =====
+public: // morkNode virtual methods
+  virtual void CloseMorkNode(morkEnv* ev) override; // CloseTableRowCursor()
+
+protected:
+  virtual ~morkTableRowCursor(); // assert that close executed earlier
+  
+public: // morkTableRowCursor construction & destruction
+  morkTableRowCursor(morkEnv* ev, const morkUsage& inUsage,
+    nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap, morkTable* ioTable, mork_pos inRowPos);
+  void CloseTableRowCursor(morkEnv* ev); // called by CloseMorkNode();
+
+private: // copying is not allowed
+  morkTableRowCursor(const morkTableRowCursor& other);
+  morkTableRowCursor& operator=(const morkTableRowCursor& other);
+
+public:
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED
+
+  // { ----- begin attribute methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD GetCount(nsIMdbEnv* ev, mdb_count* outCount) override; // readonly
+  NS_IMETHOD GetSeed(nsIMdbEnv* ev, mdb_seed* outSeed) override;    // readonly
+  
+  NS_IMETHOD SetPos(nsIMdbEnv* ev, mdb_pos inPos) override;   // mutable
+  NS_IMETHOD GetPos(nsIMdbEnv* ev, mdb_pos* outPos) override;
+  
+  NS_IMETHOD SetDoFailOnSeedOutOfSync(nsIMdbEnv* ev, mdb_bool inFail) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetDoFailOnSeedOutOfSync(nsIMdbEnv* ev, mdb_bool* outFail) override;
+
+  // } ----- end attribute methods -----
+    NS_IMETHOD GetTable(nsIMdbEnv* ev, nsIMdbTable** acqTable) override;
+  // } ----- end attribute methods -----
+
+  // { ----- begin duplicate row removal methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD CanHaveDupRowMembers(nsIMdbEnv* ev, // cursor might hold dups?
+    mdb_bool* outCanHaveDups) override;
+    
+  NS_IMETHOD MakeUniqueCursor( // clone cursor, removing duplicate rows
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    nsIMdbTableRowCursor** acqCursor) override;    // acquire clone with no dups
+  // } ----- end duplicate row removal methods -----
+
+  // { ----- begin oid iteration methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD NextRowOid( // get row id of next row in the table
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    mdbOid* outOid, // out row oid
+    mdb_pos* outRowPos) override; // zero-based position of the row in table
+  NS_IMETHOD PrevRowOid( // get row id of previous row in the table
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    mdbOid* outOid, // out row oid
+    mdb_pos* outRowPos) override; // zero-based position of the row in table
+  // } ----- end oid iteration methods -----
+
+  // { ----- begin row iteration methods -----
+  NS_IMETHOD NextRow( // get row cells from table for cells already in row
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    nsIMdbRow** acqRow, // acquire next row in table
+    mdb_pos* outRowPos) override; // zero-based position of the row in table
+  NS_IMETHOD PrevRow( // get row cells from table for cells already in row
+    nsIMdbEnv* ev, // context
+    nsIMdbRow** acqRow, // acquire previous row in table
+    mdb_pos* outRowPos) override; // zero-based position of the row in table
+  // } ----- end row iteration methods -----
+
+
+public: // dynamic type identification
+  mork_bool IsTableRowCursor() const
+  { return IsNode() && mNode_Derived == morkDerived_kTableRowCursor; }
+// } ===== end morkNode methods =====
+
+public: // typing
+  static void NonTableRowCursorTypeError(morkEnv* ev);
+
+public: // oid only iteration
+  mdb_pos NextRowOid(morkEnv* ev, mdbOid* outOid);
+  mdb_pos PrevRowOid(morkEnv* ev, mdbOid* outOid);
+
+public: // other table row cursor methods
+
+  virtual mork_bool CanHaveDupRowMembers(morkEnv* ev);
+  virtual mork_count GetMemberCount(morkEnv* ev);
+
+  virtual morkRow* NextRow(morkEnv* ev, mdbOid* outOid, mdb_pos* outPos);
+  virtual morkRow* PrevRow(morkEnv* ev, mdbOid* outOid, mdb_pos* outPos);
+
+public: // typesafe refcounting inlines calling inherited morkNode methods
+  static void SlotWeakTableRowCursor(morkTableRowCursor* me,
+    morkEnv* ev, morkTableRowCursor** ioSlot)
+  { morkNode::SlotWeakNode((morkNode*) me, ev, (morkNode**) ioSlot); }
+  
+  static void SlotStrongTableRowCursor(morkTableRowCursor* me,
+    morkEnv* ev, morkTableRowCursor** ioSlot)
+  { morkNode::SlotStrongNode((morkNode*) me, ev, (morkNode**) ioSlot); }
+};
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+#endif /* _MORKTABLEROWCURSOR_ */
diff --git a/db/mork/src/morkThumb.cpp b/db/mork/src/morkThumb.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ed88ea971
--- /dev/null
+++ b/db/mork/src/morkThumb.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,523 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-  */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _MDB_
+#include "mdb.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORK_
+#include "mork.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKNODE_
+#include "morkNode.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKENV_
+#include "morkEnv.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKTHUMB_
+#include "morkThumb.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKSTORE_
+#include "morkStore.h"
+#endif
+
+// #ifndef _MORKFILE_
+// #include "morkFile.h"
+// #endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKWRITER_
+#include "morkWriter.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKPARSER_
+#include "morkParser.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKBUILDER_
+#include "morkBuilder.h"
+#endif
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+// ````` ````` ````` ````` ````` 
+// { ===== begin morkNode interface =====
+
+/*public virtual*/ void
+morkThumb::CloseMorkNode(morkEnv* ev) // CloseThumb() only if open
+{
+  if ( this->IsOpenNode() )
+  {
+    this->MarkClosing();
+    this->CloseThumb(ev);
+    this->MarkShut();
+  }
+}
+
+/*public virtual*/
+morkThumb::~morkThumb() // assert CloseThumb() executed earlier
+{
+  CloseMorkNode(mMorkEnv);
+  MORK_ASSERT(mThumb_Magic==0);
+  MORK_ASSERT(mThumb_Store==0);
+  MORK_ASSERT(mThumb_File==0);
+}
+
+/*public non-poly*/
+morkThumb::morkThumb(morkEnv* ev,
+  const morkUsage& inUsage, nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap,
+  nsIMdbHeap* ioSlotHeap, mork_magic inMagic)
+: morkObject(ev, inUsage, ioHeap, morkColor_kNone, (morkHandle*) 0)
+, mThumb_Magic( 0 )
+, mThumb_Total( 0 )
+, mThumb_Current( 0 )
+
+, mThumb_Done( morkBool_kFalse )
+, mThumb_Broken( morkBool_kFalse )
+, mThumb_Seed( 0 )
+
+, mThumb_Store( 0 )
+, mThumb_File( 0 )
+, mThumb_Writer( 0 )
+, mThumb_Builder( 0 )
+, mThumb_SourcePort( 0 )
+
+, mThumb_DoCollect( morkBool_kFalse )
+{
+  if ( ev->Good() )
+  {
+    if ( ioSlotHeap )
+    {
+      mThumb_Magic = inMagic;
+      mNode_Derived = morkDerived_kThumb;
+    }
+    else
+      ev->NilPointerError();
+  }
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED(morkThumb, morkObject, nsIMdbThumb)
+
+/*public non-poly*/ void
+morkThumb::CloseThumb(morkEnv* ev) // called by CloseMorkNode();
+{
+    if ( this->IsNode() )
+    {
+      mThumb_Magic = 0;
+      if ( mThumb_Builder && mThumb_Store )
+        mThumb_Store->ForgetBuilder(ev);
+      morkBuilder::SlotStrongBuilder((morkBuilder*) 0, ev, &mThumb_Builder);
+      
+      morkWriter::SlotStrongWriter((morkWriter*) 0, ev, &mThumb_Writer);
+      nsIMdbFile_SlotStrongFile((nsIMdbFile*) 0, ev, &mThumb_File);
+      morkStore::SlotStrongStore((morkStore*) 0, ev, &mThumb_Store);
+      morkStore::SlotStrongPort((morkPort*) 0, ev, &mThumb_SourcePort);
+      this->MarkShut();
+    }
+    else
+      this->NonNodeError(ev);
+}
+
+// } ===== end morkNode methods =====
+// ````` ````` ````` ````` ````` 
+
+// { ===== begin nsIMdbThumb methods =====
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkThumb::GetProgress(nsIMdbEnv* mev, mdb_count* outTotal,
+  mdb_count* outCurrent, mdb_bool* outDone, mdb_bool* outBroken)
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  morkEnv* ev = morkEnv::FromMdbEnv(mev);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    GetProgress(ev, outTotal, outCurrent, outDone, outBroken);
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  return outErr;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkThumb::DoMore(nsIMdbEnv* mev, mdb_count* outTotal,
+  mdb_count* outCurrent, mdb_bool* outDone, mdb_bool* outBroken)
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  morkEnv* ev = morkEnv::FromMdbEnv(mev);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    DoMore(ev, outTotal, outCurrent, outDone, outBroken);
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  return outErr;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+morkThumb::CancelAndBreakThumb(nsIMdbEnv* mev)
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  morkEnv* ev = morkEnv::FromMdbEnv(mev);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    mThumb_Done = morkBool_kTrue;
+    mThumb_Broken = morkBool_kTrue;
+    CloseMorkNode(ev); // should I close this here?
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  return outErr;
+}
+// } ===== end nsIMdbThumb methods =====
+
+/*static*/ void morkThumb::NonThumbTypeError(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  ev->NewError("non morkThumb");
+}
+
+/*static*/ void morkThumb::UnsupportedThumbMagicError(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  ev->NewError("unsupported mThumb_Magic");
+}
+
+/*static*/ void morkThumb::NilThumbStoreError(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  ev->NewError("nil mThumb_Store");
+}
+
+/*static*/ void morkThumb::NilThumbFileError(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  ev->NewError("nil mThumb_File");
+}
+
+/*static*/ void morkThumb::NilThumbWriterError(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  ev->NewError("nil mThumb_Writer");
+}
+
+/*static*/ void morkThumb::NilThumbBuilderError(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  ev->NewError("nil mThumb_Builder");
+}
+
+/*static*/ void morkThumb::NilThumbSourcePortError(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  ev->NewError("nil mThumb_SourcePort");
+}
+
+/*static*/ morkThumb*
+morkThumb::Make_OpenFileStore(morkEnv* ev, nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap, 
+  morkStore* ioStore)
+{
+  morkThumb* outThumb = 0;
+  if ( ioHeap && ioStore )
+  {
+    nsIMdbFile* file = ioStore->mStore_File;
+    if ( file )
+    {
+      mork_pos fileEof = 0;
+      file->Eof(ev->AsMdbEnv(), &fileEof);
+      if ( ev->Good() )
+      {
+        outThumb = new(*ioHeap, ev)
+          morkThumb(ev, morkUsage::kHeap, ioHeap, ioHeap,
+            morkThumb_kMagic_OpenFileStore);
+            
+        if ( outThumb )
+        {
+          morkBuilder* builder = ioStore->LazyGetBuilder(ev);
+          if ( builder )
+          {
+            outThumb->mThumb_Total = (mork_count) fileEof;
+            morkStore::SlotStrongStore(ioStore, ev, &outThumb->mThumb_Store);
+            morkBuilder::SlotStrongBuilder(builder, ev,
+              &outThumb->mThumb_Builder);
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    else
+      ioStore->NilStoreFileError(ev);
+  }
+  else
+    ev->NilPointerError();
+    
+  return outThumb;
+}
+
+
+/*static*/ morkThumb*
+morkThumb::Make_LargeCommit(morkEnv* ev, 
+  nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap, morkStore* ioStore)
+{
+  morkThumb* outThumb = 0;
+  if ( ioHeap && ioStore )
+  {
+    nsIMdbFile* file = ioStore->mStore_File;
+    if ( file )
+    {
+      outThumb = new(*ioHeap, ev)
+        morkThumb(ev, morkUsage::kHeap, ioHeap, ioHeap,
+          morkThumb_kMagic_LargeCommit);
+          
+      if ( outThumb )
+      {
+        morkWriter* writer = new(*ioHeap, ev)
+          morkWriter(ev, morkUsage::kHeap, ioHeap, ioStore, file, ioHeap);
+        if ( writer )
+        {
+          writer->mWriter_CommitGroupIdentity =
+            ++ioStore->mStore_CommitGroupIdentity;
+          writer->mWriter_NeedDirtyAll = morkBool_kFalse;
+          outThumb->mThumb_DoCollect = morkBool_kFalse;
+          morkStore::SlotStrongStore(ioStore, ev, &outThumb->mThumb_Store);
+          
+          nsIMdbFile_SlotStrongFile(file, ev, &outThumb->mThumb_File);
+          
+          outThumb->mThumb_Writer = writer; // pass writer ownership to thumb
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    else
+      ioStore->NilStoreFileError(ev);
+  }
+  else
+    ev->NilPointerError();
+    
+  return outThumb;
+}
+
+/*static*/ morkThumb*
+morkThumb::Make_CompressCommit(morkEnv* ev, 
+  nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap, morkStore* ioStore, mork_bool inDoCollect)
+{
+  morkThumb* outThumb = 0;
+  if ( ioHeap && ioStore )
+  {
+    nsIMdbFile* file = ioStore->mStore_File;
+    if ( file )
+    {
+      outThumb = new(*ioHeap, ev)
+        morkThumb(ev, morkUsage::kHeap, ioHeap, ioHeap,
+          morkThumb_kMagic_CompressCommit);
+          
+      if ( outThumb )
+      {
+        morkWriter* writer = new(*ioHeap, ev)
+          morkWriter(ev, morkUsage::kHeap, ioHeap, ioStore, file, ioHeap);
+        if ( writer )
+        {
+          writer->mWriter_NeedDirtyAll = morkBool_kTrue;
+          outThumb->mThumb_DoCollect = inDoCollect;
+          morkStore::SlotStrongStore(ioStore, ev, &outThumb->mThumb_Store);
+          nsIMdbFile_SlotStrongFile(file, ev, &outThumb->mThumb_File);
+          outThumb->mThumb_Writer = writer; // pass writer ownership to thumb
+          
+          // cope with fact that parsed transaction groups are going away:
+          ioStore->mStore_FirstCommitGroupPos = 0;
+          ioStore->mStore_SecondCommitGroupPos = 0;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    else
+      ioStore->NilStoreFileError(ev);
+  }
+  else
+    ev->NilPointerError();
+    
+  return outThumb;
+}
+
+// { ===== begin non-poly methods imitating nsIMdbThumb =====
+void morkThumb::GetProgress(morkEnv* ev, mdb_count* outTotal,
+  mdb_count* outCurrent, mdb_bool* outDone, mdb_bool* outBroken)
+{
+  MORK_USED_1(ev);
+  if ( outTotal )
+    *outTotal = mThumb_Total;
+  if ( outCurrent )
+    *outCurrent = mThumb_Current;
+  if ( outDone )
+    *outDone = mThumb_Done;
+  if ( outBroken )
+    *outBroken = mThumb_Broken;
+}
+
+void morkThumb::DoMore(morkEnv* ev, mdb_count* outTotal,
+  mdb_count* outCurrent, mdb_bool* outDone, mdb_bool* outBroken)
+{
+  if ( !mThumb_Done && !mThumb_Broken )
+  {
+    switch ( mThumb_Magic )
+    {
+      case morkThumb_kMagic_OpenFilePort: // 1 /* factory method */
+        this->DoMore_OpenFilePort(ev); break;
+
+      case morkThumb_kMagic_OpenFileStore: // 2 /* factory method */
+        this->DoMore_OpenFileStore(ev); break;
+
+      case morkThumb_kMagic_ExportToFormat: // 3 /* port method */
+        this->DoMore_ExportToFormat(ev); break;
+
+      case morkThumb_kMagic_ImportContent: // 4 /* store method */
+        this->DoMore_ImportContent(ev); break;
+
+      case morkThumb_kMagic_LargeCommit: // 5 /* store method */
+        this->DoMore_LargeCommit(ev); break;
+
+      case morkThumb_kMagic_SessionCommit: // 6 /* store method */
+        this->DoMore_SessionCommit(ev); break;
+
+      case morkThumb_kMagic_CompressCommit: // 7 /* store method */
+        this->DoMore_CompressCommit(ev); break;
+
+      case morkThumb_kMagic_SearchManyColumns: // 8 /* table method */
+        this->DoMore_SearchManyColumns(ev); break;
+
+      case morkThumb_kMagic_NewSortColumn: // 9 /* table metho) */
+        this->DoMore_NewSortColumn(ev); break;
+
+      case morkThumb_kMagic_NewSortColumnWithCompare: // 10 /* table method */
+        this->DoMore_NewSortColumnWithCompare(ev); break;
+
+      case morkThumb_kMagic_CloneSortColumn: // 11 /* table method */
+        this->DoMore_CloneSortColumn(ev); break;
+
+      case morkThumb_kMagic_AddIndex: // 12 /* table method */
+        this->DoMore_AddIndex(ev); break;
+
+      case morkThumb_kMagic_CutIndex: // 13 /* table method */
+        this->DoMore_CutIndex(ev); break;
+
+      default:
+        this->UnsupportedThumbMagicError(ev);
+        break;
+    }
+  }
+  if ( outTotal )
+    *outTotal = mThumb_Total;
+  if ( outCurrent )
+    *outCurrent = mThumb_Current;
+  if ( outDone )
+    *outDone = mThumb_Done;
+  if ( outBroken )
+    *outBroken = mThumb_Broken;
+}
+
+void morkThumb::CancelAndBreakThumb(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  MORK_USED_1(ev);
+  mThumb_Broken = morkBool_kTrue;
+}
+
+// } ===== end non-poly methods imitating nsIMdbThumb =====
+
+morkStore*
+morkThumb::ThumbToOpenStore(morkEnv* ev)
+// for orkinFactory::ThumbToOpenStore() after OpenFileStore()
+{
+  MORK_USED_1(ev);
+  return mThumb_Store;
+}
+
+void morkThumb::DoMore_OpenFilePort(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  this->UnsupportedThumbMagicError(ev);
+}
+
+void morkThumb::DoMore_OpenFileStore(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  morkBuilder* builder = mThumb_Builder;
+  if ( builder )
+  {
+    mork_pos pos = 0;
+    builder->ParseMore(ev, &pos, &mThumb_Done, &mThumb_Broken);
+    // mThumb_Total = builder->mBuilder_TotalCount;
+    // mThumb_Current = builder->mBuilder_DoneCount;
+    mThumb_Current = (mork_count) pos;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    this->NilThumbBuilderError(ev);
+    mThumb_Broken = morkBool_kTrue;
+    mThumb_Done = morkBool_kTrue;
+  }
+}
+
+void morkThumb::DoMore_ExportToFormat(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  this->UnsupportedThumbMagicError(ev);
+}
+
+void morkThumb::DoMore_ImportContent(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  this->UnsupportedThumbMagicError(ev);
+}
+
+void morkThumb::DoMore_LargeCommit(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  this->DoMore_Commit(ev);
+}
+
+void morkThumb::DoMore_SessionCommit(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  this->DoMore_Commit(ev);
+}
+
+void morkThumb::DoMore_Commit(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  morkWriter* writer = mThumb_Writer;
+  if ( writer )
+  {
+    writer->WriteMore(ev);
+    mThumb_Total = writer->mWriter_TotalCount;
+    mThumb_Current = writer->mWriter_DoneCount;
+    mThumb_Done = ( ev->Bad() || writer->IsWritingDone() );
+    mThumb_Broken = ev->Bad();
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    this->NilThumbWriterError(ev);
+    mThumb_Broken = morkBool_kTrue;
+    mThumb_Done = morkBool_kTrue;
+  }
+}
+
+void morkThumb::DoMore_CompressCommit(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  this->DoMore_Commit(ev);
+}
+
+void morkThumb::DoMore_SearchManyColumns(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  this->UnsupportedThumbMagicError(ev);
+}
+
+void morkThumb::DoMore_NewSortColumn(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  this->UnsupportedThumbMagicError(ev);
+}
+
+void morkThumb::DoMore_NewSortColumnWithCompare(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  this->UnsupportedThumbMagicError(ev);
+}
+
+void morkThumb::DoMore_CloneSortColumn(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  this->UnsupportedThumbMagicError(ev);
+}
+
+void morkThumb::DoMore_AddIndex(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  this->UnsupportedThumbMagicError(ev);
+}
+
+void morkThumb::DoMore_CutIndex(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  this->UnsupportedThumbMagicError(ev);
+}
+
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
diff --git a/db/mork/src/morkThumb.h b/db/mork/src/morkThumb.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f17aee9a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/db/mork/src/morkThumb.h
@@ -0,0 +1,180 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-  */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _MORKTHUMB_
+#define _MORKTHUMB_ 1
+
+#ifndef _MORK_
+#include "mork.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKNODE_
+#include "morkNode.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKOBJECT_
+#include "morkObject.h"
+#endif
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+
+#define morkThumb_kMagic_OpenFilePort               1 /* factory method */
+#define morkThumb_kMagic_OpenFileStore              2 /* factory method */
+#define morkThumb_kMagic_ExportToFormat             3 /* port method */
+#define morkThumb_kMagic_ImportContent              4 /* store method */
+#define morkThumb_kMagic_LargeCommit                5 /* store method */
+#define morkThumb_kMagic_SessionCommit              6 /* store method */
+#define morkThumb_kMagic_CompressCommit             7 /* store method */
+#define morkThumb_kMagic_SearchManyColumns          8 /* table method */
+#define morkThumb_kMagic_NewSortColumn              9 /* table metho) */
+#define morkThumb_kMagic_NewSortColumnWithCompare  10 /* table method */
+#define morkThumb_kMagic_CloneSortColumn           11 /* table method */
+#define morkThumb_kMagic_AddIndex                  12 /* table method */
+#define morkThumb_kMagic_CutIndex                  13 /* table method */
+
+#define morkDerived_kThumb     /*i*/ 0x5468 /* ascii 'Th' */
+
+/*| morkThumb: 
+|*/
+class morkThumb : public morkObject, public nsIMdbThumb {
+
+// public: // slots inherited from morkNode (meant to inform only)
+  // nsIMdbHeap*    mNode_Heap;
+
+  // mork_base      mNode_Base;     // must equal morkBase_kNode
+  // mork_derived   mNode_Derived;  // depends on specific node subclass
+  
+  // mork_access    mNode_Access;   // kOpen, kClosing, kShut, or kDead
+  // mork_usage     mNode_Usage;    // kHeap, kStack, kMember, kGlobal, kNone
+  // mork_able      mNode_Mutable;  // can this node be modified?
+  // mork_load      mNode_Load;     // is this node clean or dirty?
+  
+  // mork_uses      mNode_Uses;     // refcount for strong refs
+  // mork_refs      mNode_Refs;     // refcount for strong refs + weak refs
+
+  // mork_color   mBead_Color;   // ID for this bead
+  // morkHandle*  mObject_Handle;  // weak ref to handle for this object
+
+public: // state is public because the entire Mork system is private
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED
+
+// { ===== begin nsIMdbThumb methods =====
+  NS_IMETHOD GetProgress(nsIMdbEnv* ev, mdb_count* outTotal,
+    mdb_count* outCurrent, mdb_bool* outDone, mdb_bool* outBroken) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD DoMore(nsIMdbEnv* ev, mdb_count* outTotal,
+    mdb_count* outCurrent, mdb_bool* outDone, mdb_bool* outBroken) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD CancelAndBreakThumb(nsIMdbEnv* ev) override;
+// } ===== end nsIMdbThumb methods =====
+
+  // might as well include all the return values here:
+  
+  mork_magic   mThumb_Magic;   // magic sig different in each thumb type
+  mork_count   mThumb_Total;
+  mork_count   mThumb_Current;
+
+  mork_bool    mThumb_Done;
+  mork_bool    mThumb_Broken;
+  mork_u2      mThumb_Seed;  // optional seed for u4 alignment padding
+  
+  morkStore*   mThumb_Store; // weak ref to created store
+  nsIMdbFile*  mThumb_File;  // strong ref to file (store, import, export)
+  morkWriter*  mThumb_Writer;  // strong ref to writer (for commit)
+  morkBuilder* mThumb_Builder;  // strong ref to builder (for store open)
+  morkPort*    mThumb_SourcePort;  // strong ref to port for import
+  
+  mork_bool    mThumb_DoCollect; // influence whether a collect happens
+  mork_bool    mThumb_Pad[ 3 ]; // padding for u4 alignment
+  
+// { ===== begin morkNode interface =====
+public: // morkNode virtual methods
+  virtual void CloseMorkNode(morkEnv* ev) override; // CloseThumb() only if open
+
+public: // morkThumb construction & destruction
+  morkThumb(morkEnv* ev, const morkUsage& inUsage,
+    nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap, nsIMdbHeap* ioSlotHeap, mork_magic inMagic);
+  void CloseThumb(morkEnv* ev); // called by CloseMorkNode();
+
+private: // copying is not allowed
+  morkThumb(const morkThumb& other);
+  morkThumb& operator=(const morkThumb& other);
+  virtual ~morkThumb(); // assert that CloseThumb() executed earlier
+
+public: // dynamic type identification
+  mork_bool IsThumb() const
+  { return IsNode() && mNode_Derived == morkDerived_kThumb; }
+// } ===== end morkNode methods =====
+
+public: // typing
+  static void NonThumbTypeError(morkEnv* ev);
+  static void UnsupportedThumbMagicError(morkEnv* ev);
+
+  static void NilThumbStoreError(morkEnv* ev);
+  static void NilThumbFileError(morkEnv* ev);
+  static void NilThumbWriterError(morkEnv* ev);
+  static void NilThumbBuilderError(morkEnv* ev);
+  static void NilThumbSourcePortError(morkEnv* ev);
+
+public: // 'do more' methods
+
+  void DoMore_OpenFilePort(morkEnv* ev);
+  void DoMore_OpenFileStore(morkEnv* ev);
+  void DoMore_ExportToFormat(morkEnv* ev);
+  void DoMore_ImportContent(morkEnv* ev);
+  void DoMore_LargeCommit(morkEnv* ev);
+  void DoMore_SessionCommit(morkEnv* ev);
+  void DoMore_CompressCommit(morkEnv* ev);
+  void DoMore_Commit(morkEnv* ev);
+  void DoMore_SearchManyColumns(morkEnv* ev);
+  void DoMore_NewSortColumn(morkEnv* ev);
+  void DoMore_NewSortColumnWithCompare(morkEnv* ev);
+  void DoMore_CloneSortColumn(morkEnv* ev);
+  void DoMore_AddIndex(morkEnv* ev);
+  void DoMore_CutIndex(morkEnv* ev);
+
+public: // other thumb methods
+
+  morkStore* ThumbToOpenStore(morkEnv* ev);
+  // for orkinFactory::ThumbToOpenStore() after OpenFileStore()
+
+public: // assorted thumb constructors
+
+  static morkThumb* Make_OpenFileStore(morkEnv* ev, 
+    nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap, morkStore* ioStore);
+
+  static morkThumb* Make_CompressCommit(morkEnv* ev, 
+    nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap, morkStore* ioStore, mork_bool inDoCollect);
+
+  static morkThumb* Make_LargeCommit(morkEnv* ev, 
+    nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap, morkStore* ioStore);
+
+// { ===== begin non-poly methods imitating nsIMdbThumb =====
+  void GetProgress(morkEnv* ev, mdb_count* outTotal,
+    mdb_count* outCurrent, mdb_bool* outDone, mdb_bool* outBroken);
+  
+  void DoMore(morkEnv* ev, mdb_count* outTotal,
+    mdb_count* outCurrent, mdb_bool* outDone, mdb_bool* outBroken);
+  
+  void CancelAndBreakThumb(morkEnv* ev);
+// } ===== end non-poly methods imitating nsIMdbThumb =====
+
+
+
+public: // typesafe refcounting inlines calling inherited morkNode methods
+  static void SlotWeakThumb(morkThumb* me,
+    morkEnv* ev, morkThumb** ioSlot)
+  { morkNode::SlotWeakNode((morkNode*) me, ev, (morkNode**) ioSlot); }
+  
+  static void SlotStrongThumb(morkThumb* me,
+    morkEnv* ev, morkThumb** ioSlot)
+  { morkNode::SlotStrongNode((morkNode*) me, ev, (morkNode**) ioSlot); }
+};
+
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+#endif /* _MORKTHUMB_ */
diff --git a/db/mork/src/morkUniqRowCursor.h b/db/mork/src/morkUniqRowCursor.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..44eac9471
--- /dev/null
+++ b/db/mork/src/morkUniqRowCursor.h
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-  */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _MORKUNIQROWCURSOR_
+#define _MORKUNIQROWCURSOR_ 1
+
+#ifndef _MORK_
+#include "mork.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKCURSOR_
+#include "morkCursor.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKMAP_
+#include "morkMap.h"
+#endif
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+class orkinTableRowCursor;
+// #define morkDerived_kUniqRowCursor  /*i*/ 0x7352 /* ascii 'sR' */
+
+class morkUniqRowCursor : public morkTableRowCursor { // row iterator
+
+// public: // slots inherited from morkObject (meant to inform only)
+  // nsIMdbHeap*     mNode_Heap;
+  // mork_able    mNode_Mutable; // can this node be modified?
+  // mork_load    mNode_Load;    // is this node clean or dirty?
+  // mork_base    mNode_Base;    // must equal morkBase_kNode
+  // mork_derived mNode_Derived; // depends on specific node subclass
+  // mork_access  mNode_Access;  // kOpen, kClosing, kShut, or kDead
+  // mork_usage   mNode_Usage;   // kHeap, kStack, kMember, kGlobal, kNone
+  // mork_uses    mNode_Uses;    // refcount for strong refs
+  // mork_refs    mNode_Refs;    // refcount for strong refs + weak refs
+
+  // morkFactory* mObject_Factory;  // weak ref to suite factory
+
+  // mork_seed  mCursor_Seed;
+  // mork_pos   mCursor_Pos;
+  // mork_bool  mCursor_DoFailOnSeedOutOfSync;
+  // mork_u1    mCursor_Pad[ 3 ]; // explicitly pad to u4 alignment
+
+  // morkTable*  mTableRowCursor_Table; // weak ref to table
+
+public: // state is public because the entire Mork system is private
+
+// { ===== begin morkNode interface =====
+public: // morkNode virtual methods
+  virtual void CloseMorkNode(morkEnv* ev) override; // CloseUniqRowCursor()
+  virtual ~morkUniqRowCursor(); // assert that close executed earlier
+
+public: // morkUniqRowCursor construction & destruction
+  morkUniqRowCursor(morkEnv* ev, const morkUsage& inUsage,
+    nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap, morkTable* ioTable, mork_pos inRowPos);
+  void CloseUniqRowCursor(morkEnv* ev); // called by CloseMorkNode();
+
+private: // copying is not allowed
+  morkUniqRowCursor(const morkUniqRowCursor& other);
+  morkUniqRowCursor& operator=(const morkUniqRowCursor& other);
+
+public: // dynamic type identification
+  // mork_bool IsUniqRowCursor() const
+  // { return IsNode() && mNode_Derived == morkDerived_kUniqRowCursor; }
+// } ===== end morkNode methods =====
+
+public: // typing
+  static void NonUniqRowCursorTypeError(morkEnv* ev);
+
+public: // other search row cursor methods
+
+  virtual mork_bool CanHaveDupRowMembers(morkEnv* ev);
+  virtual mork_count GetMemberCount(morkEnv* ev);
+
+  virtual orkinTableRowCursor* AcquireUniqueRowCursorHandle(morkEnv* ev);
+  
+  // virtual mdb_pos NextRowOid(morkEnv* ev, mdbOid* outOid);
+  virtual morkRow* NextRow(morkEnv* ev, mdbOid* outOid, mdb_pos* outPos);
+
+public: // typesafe refcounting inlines calling inherited morkNode methods
+  static void SlotWeakUniqRowCursor(morkUniqRowCursor* me,
+    morkEnv* ev, morkUniqRowCursor** ioSlot)
+  { morkNode::SlotWeakNode((morkNode*) me, ev, (morkNode**) ioSlot); }
+  
+  static void SlotStrongUniqRowCursor(morkUniqRowCursor* me,
+    morkEnv* ev, morkUniqRowCursor** ioSlot)
+  { morkNode::SlotStrongNode((morkNode*) me, ev, (morkNode**) ioSlot); }
+};
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+#endif /* _MORKUNIQROWCURSOR_ */
diff --git a/db/mork/src/morkWriter.cpp b/db/mork/src/morkWriter.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..98ca5457f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/db/mork/src/morkWriter.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,2206 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-  */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _MDB_
+#include "mdb.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORK_
+#include "mork.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKBLOB_
+#include "morkBlob.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKNODE_
+#include "morkNode.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKENV_
+#include "morkEnv.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKARRAY_
+#include "morkWriter.h"
+#endif
+
+// #ifndef _MORKFILE_
+// #include "morkFile.h"
+// #endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKSTREAM_
+#include "morkStream.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKSTORE_
+#include "morkStore.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKATOMSPACE_
+#include "morkAtomSpace.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKROWSPACE_
+#include "morkRowSpace.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKROWMAP_
+#include "morkRowMap.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKATOMMAP_
+#include "morkAtomMap.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKROW_
+#include "morkRow.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKTABLE_
+#include "morkTable.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKCELL_
+#include "morkCell.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKATOM_
+#include "morkAtom.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKCH_
+#include "morkCh.h"
+#endif
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+// ````` ````` ````` ````` ````` 
+// { ===== begin morkNode interface =====
+
+/*public virtual*/ void
+morkWriter::CloseMorkNode(morkEnv* ev) // CloseTable() only if open
+{
+  if ( this->IsOpenNode() )
+  {
+    this->MarkClosing();
+    this->CloseWriter(ev);
+    this->MarkShut();
+  }
+}
+
+/*public virtual*/
+morkWriter::~morkWriter() // assert CloseTable() executed earlier
+{
+  MORK_ASSERT(this->IsShutNode());
+  MORK_ASSERT(mWriter_Store==0);
+}
+
+/*public non-poly*/
+morkWriter::morkWriter(morkEnv* ev, const morkUsage& inUsage,
+    nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap, morkStore* ioStore, nsIMdbFile* ioFile,
+    nsIMdbHeap* ioSlotHeap)
+: morkNode(ev, inUsage, ioHeap)
+, mWriter_Store( 0 )
+, mWriter_File( 0 )
+, mWriter_Bud( 0 )
+, mWriter_Stream( 0 )
+, mWriter_SlotHeap( 0 )
+
+, mWriter_CommitGroupIdentity( 0 ) // see mStore_CommitGroupIdentity
+, mWriter_GroupBufFill( 0 )
+
+, mWriter_TotalCount( morkWriter_kCountNumberOfPhases )
+, mWriter_DoneCount( 0 )
+
+, mWriter_LineSize( 0 )
+, mWriter_MaxIndent( morkWriter_kMaxIndent )
+, mWriter_MaxLine( morkWriter_kMaxLine )
+  
+, mWriter_TableForm( 0 )
+, mWriter_TableAtomScope( 'v' )
+, mWriter_TableRowScope( 0 )
+, mWriter_TableKind( 0 )
+  
+, mWriter_RowForm( 0 )
+, mWriter_RowAtomScope( 0 )
+, mWriter_RowScope( 0 )
+  
+, mWriter_DictForm( 0 )
+, mWriter_DictAtomScope( 'v' )
+
+, mWriter_NeedDirtyAll( morkBool_kFalse )
+, mWriter_Incremental( morkBool_kTrue ) // opposite of mWriter_NeedDirtyAll
+, mWriter_DidStartDict( morkBool_kFalse )
+, mWriter_DidEndDict( morkBool_kTrue )
+
+, mWriter_SuppressDirtyRowNewline( morkBool_kFalse )
+, mWriter_DidStartGroup( morkBool_kFalse )
+, mWriter_DidEndGroup( morkBool_kTrue )
+, mWriter_Phase( morkWriter_kPhaseNothingDone )
+
+, mWriter_BeVerbose( ev->mEnv_BeVerbose )
+
+, mWriter_TableRowArrayPos( 0 )
+
+// empty constructors for map iterators:
+, mWriter_StoreAtomSpacesIter( )
+, mWriter_AtomSpaceAtomAidsIter( )
+  
+, mWriter_StoreRowSpacesIter( )
+, mWriter_RowSpaceTablesIter( )
+, mWriter_RowSpaceRowsIter( )
+{
+  mWriter_GroupBuf[ 0 ] = 0;
+
+  mWriter_SafeNameBuf[ 0 ] = 0;
+  mWriter_SafeNameBuf[ morkWriter_kMaxColumnNameSize * 2 ] = 0;
+  mWriter_ColNameBuf[ 0 ] = 0;
+  mWriter_ColNameBuf[ morkWriter_kMaxColumnNameSize ] = 0;
+  
+  mdbYarn* y = &mWriter_ColYarn;
+  y->mYarn_Buf = mWriter_ColNameBuf; // where to put col bytes
+  y->mYarn_Fill = 0; // set later by writer
+  y->mYarn_Size = morkWriter_kMaxColumnNameSize; // our buf size
+  y->mYarn_More = 0; // set later by writer
+  y->mYarn_Form = 0; // set later by writer
+  y->mYarn_Grow = 0; // do not allow buffer growth
+  
+  y = &mWriter_SafeYarn;
+  y->mYarn_Buf = mWriter_SafeNameBuf; // where to put col bytes
+  y->mYarn_Fill = 0; // set later by writer
+  y->mYarn_Size = morkWriter_kMaxColumnNameSize * 2; // our buf size
+  y->mYarn_More = 0; // set later by writer
+  y->mYarn_Form = 0; // set later by writer
+  y->mYarn_Grow = 0; // do not allow buffer growth
+  
+  if ( ev->Good() )
+  {
+    if ( ioSlotHeap && ioFile && ioStore )
+    {
+      morkStore::SlotWeakStore(ioStore, ev, &mWriter_Store);
+      nsIMdbFile_SlotStrongFile(ioFile, ev, &mWriter_File);
+      nsIMdbHeap_SlotStrongHeap(ioSlotHeap, ev, &mWriter_SlotHeap);
+      if ( ev->Good() )
+      {
+        mNode_Derived = morkDerived_kWriter;
+      }
+    }
+    else
+      ev->NilPointerError();
+  }
+}
+
+
+void
+morkWriter::MakeWriterStream(morkEnv* ev) // give writer a suitable stream
+{
+  mWriter_Incremental = !mWriter_NeedDirtyAll; // opposites
+  
+  if ( !mWriter_Stream && ev->Good() )
+  {
+    if ( mWriter_File )
+    {
+      morkStream* stream = 0;
+      mork_bool frozen = morkBool_kFalse; // need to modify
+      nsIMdbHeap* heap = mWriter_SlotHeap;
+    
+      if ( mWriter_Incremental )
+      {
+        stream = new(*heap, ev)
+          morkStream(ev, morkUsage::kHeap, heap, mWriter_File,
+            morkWriter_kStreamBufSize, frozen);
+      }
+      else // compress commit
+      {
+        nsIMdbFile* bud = 0;
+        mWriter_File->AcquireBud(ev->AsMdbEnv(), heap, &bud);
+        if ( bud )
+        {
+          if ( ev->Good() )
+          {
+            mWriter_Bud = bud;
+            stream = new(*heap, ev)
+              morkStream(ev, morkUsage::kHeap, heap, bud,
+                morkWriter_kStreamBufSize, frozen);
+          }
+          else
+            bud->Release();
+        }
+      }
+        
+      if ( stream )
+      {
+        if ( ev->Good() )
+          mWriter_Stream = stream;
+        else
+          stream->CutStrongRef(ev->AsMdbEnv());
+      }
+    }
+    else
+      this->NilWriterFileError(ev);
+  }
+}
+
+/*public non-poly*/ void
+morkWriter::CloseWriter(morkEnv* ev) // called by CloseMorkNode();
+{
+    if ( this->IsNode() )
+    {
+      morkStore::SlotWeakStore((morkStore*) 0, ev, &mWriter_Store);
+      nsIMdbFile_SlotStrongFile((nsIMdbFile*) 0, ev, &mWriter_File);
+      nsIMdbFile_SlotStrongFile((nsIMdbFile*) 0, ev, &mWriter_Bud);
+      morkStream::SlotStrongStream((morkStream*) 0, ev, &mWriter_Stream);
+      nsIMdbHeap_SlotStrongHeap((nsIMdbHeap*) 0, ev, &mWriter_SlotHeap);
+      this->MarkShut();
+    }
+    else
+      this->NonNodeError(ev);
+}
+
+// } ===== end morkNode methods =====
+// ````` ````` ````` ````` ````` 
+
+/*static*/ void
+morkWriter::NonWriterTypeError(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  ev->NewError("non morkWriter");
+}
+
+/*static*/ void
+morkWriter::NilWriterStoreError(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  ev->NewError("nil mWriter_Store");
+}
+
+/*static*/ void
+morkWriter::NilWriterBudError(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  ev->NewError("nil mWriter_Bud");
+}
+
+/*static*/ void
+morkWriter::NilWriterFileError(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  ev->NewError("nil mWriter_File");
+}
+
+/*static*/ void
+morkWriter::NilWriterStreamError(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  ev->NewError("nil mWriter_Stream");
+}
+
+/*static*/ void
+morkWriter::UnsupportedPhaseError(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  ev->NewError("unsupported mWriter_Phase");
+}
+
+mork_bool
+morkWriter::WriteMore(morkEnv* ev) // call until IsWritingDone() is true
+{
+  if ( this->IsOpenNode() )
+  {
+    if ( this->IsWriter() )
+    {
+      if ( !mWriter_Stream )
+        this->MakeWriterStream(ev);
+        
+      if ( mWriter_Stream )
+      {
+        if ( ev->Bad() )
+        {
+          ev->NewWarning("writing stops on error");
+          mWriter_Phase = morkWriter_kPhaseWritingDone;
+        }
+        switch( mWriter_Phase )
+        {
+          case morkWriter_kPhaseNothingDone:
+            OnNothingDone(ev); break;
+          
+          case morkWriter_kPhaseDirtyAllDone:
+            OnDirtyAllDone(ev); break;
+          
+          case morkWriter_kPhasePutHeaderDone:
+            OnPutHeaderDone(ev); break;
+          
+          case morkWriter_kPhaseRenumberAllDone:
+            OnRenumberAllDone(ev); break;
+          
+          case morkWriter_kPhaseStoreAtomSpaces:
+            OnStoreAtomSpaces(ev); break;
+          
+          case morkWriter_kPhaseAtomSpaceAtomAids:
+            OnAtomSpaceAtomAids(ev); break;
+          
+          case morkWriter_kPhaseStoreRowSpacesTables:
+            OnStoreRowSpacesTables(ev); break;
+          
+          case morkWriter_kPhaseRowSpaceTables:
+            OnRowSpaceTables(ev); break;
+          
+          case morkWriter_kPhaseTableRowArray:
+            OnTableRowArray(ev); break;
+          
+          case morkWriter_kPhaseStoreRowSpacesRows:
+            OnStoreRowSpacesRows(ev); break;
+          
+          case morkWriter_kPhaseRowSpaceRows:
+            OnRowSpaceRows(ev); break;
+          
+          case morkWriter_kPhaseContentDone:
+            OnContentDone(ev); break;
+          
+          case morkWriter_kPhaseWritingDone:
+            OnWritingDone(ev); break;
+          
+          default:
+            this->UnsupportedPhaseError(ev);
+        }
+      }
+      else
+        this->NilWriterStreamError(ev);
+    }
+    else
+      this->NonWriterTypeError(ev);
+  }
+  else
+    this->NonOpenNodeError(ev);
+    
+  return ev->Good();
+}
+
+static const char morkWriter_kHexDigits[] = "0123456789ABCDEF";
+
+mork_size
+morkWriter::WriteYarn(morkEnv* ev, const mdbYarn* inYarn)
+  // return number of atom bytes written on the current line (which
+  // implies that escaped line breaks will make the size value smaller
+  // than the entire yarn's size, since only part goes on a last line).
+{
+
+
+  mork_size outSize = 0;
+  mork_size lineSize = mWriter_LineSize;
+  morkStream* stream = mWriter_Stream;
+
+  const mork_u1* b = (const mork_u1*) inYarn->mYarn_Buf;
+  if ( b )
+  {
+    int c;
+    mork_fill fill = inYarn->mYarn_Fill;
+
+    const mork_u1* end = b + fill;
+    while ( b < end && ev->Good() )
+    {
+      if ( lineSize + outSize >= mWriter_MaxLine ) // continue line?
+      {
+        stream->PutByteThenNewline(ev, '\\');
+        mWriter_LineSize = lineSize = outSize = 0;
+      }
+      
+      c = *b++; // next byte to print
+      if ( morkCh_IsValue(c) )
+      {
+        stream->Putc(ev, c);
+        ++outSize; // c
+      }
+      else if ( c == ')' || c == '$' || c == '\\' )
+      {
+        stream->Putc(ev, '\\');
+        stream->Putc(ev, c);
+        outSize += 2; // '\' c
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        outSize += 3; // '$' hex hex
+        stream->Putc(ev, '$');
+        stream->Putc(ev, morkWriter_kHexDigits[ (c >> 4) & 0x0F ]);
+        stream->Putc(ev, morkWriter_kHexDigits[ c & 0x0F ]);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  mWriter_LineSize += outSize;
+    
+  return outSize;
+}
+
+mork_size
+morkWriter::WriteAtom(morkEnv* ev, const morkAtom* inAtom)
+  // return number of atom bytes written on the current line (which
+  // implies that escaped line breaks will make the size value smaller
+  // than the entire atom's size, since only part goes on a last line).
+{
+  mork_size outSize = 0;
+  mdbYarn yarn; // to ref content inside atom
+
+  if ( morkAtom::AliasYarn(inAtom, &yarn) )
+  {
+    if ( mWriter_DidStartDict && yarn.mYarn_Form != mWriter_DictForm )
+      this->ChangeDictForm(ev, yarn.mYarn_Form);  
+      
+    outSize = this->WriteYarn(ev, &yarn);
+    // mWriter_LineSize += stream->Write(ev, inYarn->mYarn_Buf, outSize);
+  }
+  else
+    inAtom->BadAtomKindError(ev);
+    
+  return outSize;
+}
+
+void
+morkWriter::WriteAtomSpaceAsDict(morkEnv* ev, morkAtomSpace* ioSpace)
+{
+  morkStream* stream = mWriter_Stream;
+  nsIMdbEnv *mdbev = ev->AsMdbEnv();
+  mork_scope scope = ioSpace->SpaceScope();
+  if ( scope < 0x80 )
+  {
+    if ( mWriter_LineSize )
+      stream->PutLineBreak(ev);
+    stream->PutString(ev, "< <(a=");
+    stream->Putc(ev, (int) scope);
+    ++mWriter_LineSize;
+    stream->PutString(ev, ")> // (f=iso-8859-1)");
+    mWriter_LineSize = stream->PutIndent(ev, morkWriter_kDictAliasDepth);
+  }
+  else
+    ioSpace->NonAsciiSpaceScopeName(ev);
+
+  if ( ev->Good() )
+  {
+    mdbYarn yarn; // to ref content inside atom
+    char buf[ 64 ]; // buffer for staging the dict alias hex ID
+    char* idBuf = buf + 1; // where the id always starts
+    buf[ 0 ] = '('; // we always start with open paren
+    morkBookAtom* atom = 0;
+    morkAtomAidMapIter* ai = &mWriter_AtomSpaceAtomAidsIter;
+    ai->InitAtomAidMapIter(ev, &ioSpace->mAtomSpace_AtomAids);
+    mork_change* c = 0;
+    
+    for ( c = ai->FirstAtom(ev, &atom); c && ev->Good();
+          c = ai->NextAtom(ev, &atom) )
+    {
+      if ( atom )
+      {
+        if ( atom->IsAtomDirty() )
+        {
+          atom->SetAtomClean(); // neutralize change
+
+          morkAtom::AliasYarn(atom, &yarn);
+          mork_size size = ev->TokenAsHex(idBuf, atom->mBookAtom_Id);
+
+          if ( yarn.mYarn_Form != mWriter_DictForm )
+            this->ChangeDictForm(ev, yarn.mYarn_Form);
+
+          mork_size pending = yarn.mYarn_Fill + size + 
+            morkWriter_kYarnEscapeSlop + 4;
+          this->IndentOverMaxLine(ev, pending, morkWriter_kDictAliasDepth);
+          mork_size bytesWritten;
+          stream->Write(mdbev, buf, size+1, &bytesWritten); //  + '('
+          mWriter_LineSize += bytesWritten;
+          
+          pending -= ( size + 1 );
+          this->IndentOverMaxLine(ev, pending, morkWriter_kDictAliasValueDepth);
+          stream->Putc(ev, '='); // start alias
+          ++mWriter_LineSize;
+          
+          this->WriteYarn(ev, &yarn);
+          stream->Putc(ev, ')'); // end alias
+          ++mWriter_LineSize;
+          
+          ++mWriter_DoneCount;
+        }
+      }
+      else
+        ev->NilPointerError();
+    }
+    ai->CloseMapIter(ev);
+  }
+  
+  if ( ev->Good() )
+  {
+    ioSpace->SetAtomSpaceClean();
+    // this->IndentAsNeeded(ev, 0);
+    // stream->PutByteThenNewline(ev, '>'); // end dict
+    
+    stream->Putc(ev, '>'); // end dict
+    ++mWriter_LineSize;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+(I'm putting the text of this message in file morkWriter.cpp.)
+
+I'm making a change which should cause rows and tables to go away
+when a Mork db is compress committed, when the rows and tables
+are no longer needed.  Because this is subtle, I'm describing it
+here in case misbehavior is ever observed.  Otherwise you'll have
+almost no hope of fixing a related bug.
+
+This is done entirely in morkWriter.cpp: morkWriter::DirtyAll(),
+which currently marks all rows and tables dirty so they will be
+written in a later phase of the commit.  My change is to merely
+selectively not mark certain rows and tables dirty, when they seem
+to be superfluous.
+
+A row is no longer needed when the mRow_GcUses slot hits zero, and
+this is used by the following inline morkRow method:
+
+  mork_bool IsRowUsed() const { return mRow_GcUses != 0; }
+
+Naturally disaster ensues if mRow_GcUses is ever smaller than right.
+
+Similarly, we should drop tables when mTable_GcUses hits zero, but
+only when a table contains no row members.  We consider tables to
+self reference (and prevent collection) when they contain content.
+Again, disaster ensues if mTable_GcUses is ever smaller than right.
+
+  mork_count GetRowCount() const
+  { return mTable_RowArray.mArray_Fill; }
+
+  mork_bool IsTableUsed() const
+  { return (mTable_GcUses != 0 || this->GetRowCount() != 0); }
+
+Now let's question why the design involves filtering what gets set
+to dirty.  Why not apply a filter in the later phase when we write
+content?  Because I'm afraid of missing some subtle interaction in
+updating table and row relationships.  It seems safer to write a row
+or table when it starts out dirty, before morkWriter::DirtyAll() is
+called.  So this design calls for writing out rows and tables when
+they are still clearly used, and additionally, <i>when we have just
+been actively writing to them right before this commit</i>.
+
+Presumably if they are truly useless, they will no longer be dirtied
+in later sessions and will get collected during the next compress
+commit.  So we wait to collect them until they become all dead, and
+not just mostly dead.  (At which time you can feel free to go through
+their pockets looking for loose change.)
+*/
+
+mork_bool
+morkWriter::DirtyAll(morkEnv* ev)
+  // DirtyAll() visits every store sub-object and marks 
+  // them dirty, including every table, row, cell, and atom.  The return
+  // equals ev->Good(), to show whether any error happened.  This method is
+  // intended for use in the beginning of a "compress commit" which writes
+  // all store content, whether dirty or not.  We dirty everything first so
+  // that later iterations over content can mark things clean as they are
+  // written, and organize the process of serialization so that objects are
+  // written only at need (because of being dirty).  Note the method can 
+  // stop early when any error happens, since this will abort any commit.
+{
+  morkStore* store = mWriter_Store;
+  if ( store )
+  {
+    store->SetStoreDirty();
+    mork_change* c = 0;
+
+    if ( ev->Good() )
+    {
+      morkAtomSpaceMapIter* asi = &mWriter_StoreAtomSpacesIter;
+      asi->InitAtomSpaceMapIter(ev, &store->mStore_AtomSpaces);
+
+      mork_scope* key = 0; // ignore keys in map
+      morkAtomSpace* space = 0; // old val node in the map
+      
+      for ( c = asi->FirstAtomSpace(ev, key, &space); c && ev->Good();
+            c = asi->NextAtomSpace(ev, key, &space) )
+      {
+        if ( space )
+        {
+          if ( space->IsAtomSpace() )
+          {
+            space->SetAtomSpaceDirty();
+            morkBookAtom* atom = 0;
+            morkAtomAidMapIter* ai = &mWriter_AtomSpaceAtomAidsIter;
+            ai->InitAtomAidMapIter(ev, &space->mAtomSpace_AtomAids);
+            
+            for ( c = ai->FirstAtom(ev, &atom); c && ev->Good();
+                  c = ai->NextAtom(ev, &atom) )
+            {
+              if ( atom )
+              {
+                atom->SetAtomDirty();
+                ++mWriter_TotalCount;
+              }
+              else
+                ev->NilPointerError();
+            }
+            
+            ai->CloseMapIter(ev);
+          }
+          else
+            space->NonAtomSpaceTypeError(ev);
+        }
+        else
+          ev->NilPointerError();
+      }
+    }
+    
+    if ( ev->Good() )
+    {
+      morkRowSpaceMapIter* rsi = &mWriter_StoreRowSpacesIter;
+      rsi->InitRowSpaceMapIter(ev, &store->mStore_RowSpaces);
+
+      mork_scope* key = 0; // ignore keys in map
+      morkRowSpace* space = 0; // old val node in the map
+      
+      for ( c = rsi->FirstRowSpace(ev, key, &space); c && ev->Good();
+            c = rsi->NextRowSpace(ev, key, &space) )
+      {
+        if ( space )
+        {
+          if ( space->IsRowSpace() )
+          {
+            space->SetRowSpaceDirty();
+            if ( ev->Good() )
+            {
+#ifdef MORK_ENABLE_PROBE_MAPS
+              morkRowProbeMapIter* ri = &mWriter_RowSpaceRowsIter;
+#else /*MORK_ENABLE_PROBE_MAPS*/
+              morkRowMapIter* ri = &mWriter_RowSpaceRowsIter;
+#endif /*MORK_ENABLE_PROBE_MAPS*/
+              ri->InitRowMapIter(ev, &space->mRowSpace_Rows);
+
+              morkRow* row = 0; // old key row in the map
+                
+              for ( c = ri->FirstRow(ev, &row); c && ev->Good();
+                    c = ri->NextRow(ev, &row) )
+              {
+                if ( row && row->IsRow() ) // need to dirty row?
+                {
+                	if ( row->IsRowUsed() || row->IsRowDirty() )
+                	{
+	                  row->DirtyAllRowContent(ev);
+	                  ++mWriter_TotalCount;
+                	}
+                }
+                else
+                  row->NonRowTypeWarning(ev);
+              }
+              ri->CloseMapIter(ev);
+            }
+            
+            if ( ev->Good() )
+            {
+              morkTableMapIter* ti = &mWriter_RowSpaceTablesIter;
+              ti->InitTableMapIter(ev, &space->mRowSpace_Tables);
+
+#ifdef MORK_BEAD_OVER_NODE_MAPS
+              morkTable* table = ti->FirstTable(ev);
+                
+              for ( ; table && ev->Good(); table = ti->NextTable(ev) )
+#else /*MORK_BEAD_OVER_NODE_MAPS*/
+              mork_tid* tableKey = 0; // ignore keys in table map
+              morkTable* table = 0; // old key row in the map
+                
+              for ( c = ti->FirstTable(ev, tableKey, &table); c && ev->Good();
+                    c = ti->NextTable(ev, tableKey, &table) )
+#endif /*MORK_BEAD_OVER_NODE_MAPS*/
+              {
+                if ( table && table->IsTable() ) // need to dirty table?
+                {
+                	if ( table->IsTableUsed() || table->IsTableDirty() )
+                	{
+	                  // table->DirtyAllTableContent(ev);
+	                  // only necessary to mark table itself dirty:
+	                  table->SetTableDirty();
+	                  table->SetTableRewrite();
+	                  ++mWriter_TotalCount;
+                	}
+                }
+                else
+                  table->NonTableTypeWarning(ev);
+              }
+              ti->CloseMapIter(ev);
+            }
+          }
+          else
+            space->NonRowSpaceTypeError(ev);
+        }
+        else
+          ev->NilPointerError();
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  else
+    this->NilWriterStoreError(ev);
+  
+  return ev->Good();
+}
+
+
+mork_bool
+morkWriter::OnNothingDone(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  mWriter_Incremental = !mWriter_NeedDirtyAll; // opposites
+  
+  if (!mWriter_Store->IsStoreDirty() && !mWriter_NeedDirtyAll)
+  {
+    mWriter_Phase = morkWriter_kPhaseWritingDone;
+    return morkBool_kTrue;
+  }
+
+  // morkStream* stream = mWriter_Stream;
+  if ( mWriter_NeedDirtyAll )
+    this->DirtyAll(ev);
+    
+  if ( ev->Good() )
+    mWriter_Phase = morkWriter_kPhaseDirtyAllDone;
+  else
+    mWriter_Phase = morkWriter_kPhaseWritingDone; // stop on error
+    
+  return ev->Good();
+}
+
+mork_bool
+morkWriter::StartGroup(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  nsIMdbEnv *mdbev = ev->AsMdbEnv();
+  morkStream* stream = mWriter_Stream;
+  mWriter_DidStartGroup = morkBool_kTrue;
+  mWriter_DidEndGroup = morkBool_kFalse;
+
+  char buf[ 64 ];
+  char* p = buf;
+  *p++ = '@';
+  *p++ = '$';
+  *p++ = '$';
+  *p++ = '{';
+  
+  mork_token groupID = mWriter_CommitGroupIdentity;
+  mork_fill idFill = ev->TokenAsHex(p, groupID);
+  mWriter_GroupBufFill = 0;
+  // ev->TokenAsHex(mWriter_GroupBuf, groupID);
+  if ( idFill < morkWriter_kGroupBufSize )
+  {
+    MORK_MEMCPY(mWriter_GroupBuf, p, idFill + 1);
+    mWriter_GroupBufFill = idFill;
+  }
+  else
+    *mWriter_GroupBuf = 0;
+    
+  p += idFill;
+  *p++ = '{';
+  *p++ = '@';
+  *p = 0;
+
+  stream->PutLineBreak(ev);
+  
+  morkStore* store = mWriter_Store;
+  if ( store ) // might need to capture commit group position?
+  {
+    mork_pos groupPos;
+    stream->Tell(mdbev, &groupPos);
+    if ( !store->mStore_FirstCommitGroupPos )
+      store->mStore_FirstCommitGroupPos = groupPos;
+    else if ( !store->mStore_SecondCommitGroupPos )
+      store->mStore_SecondCommitGroupPos = groupPos;
+  }
+  
+  mork_size bytesWritten;
+  stream->Write(mdbev, buf, idFill + 6, &bytesWritten); // '@$${' + idFill + '{@'
+  stream->PutLineBreak(ev);
+  mWriter_LineSize = 0;
+  
+  return ev->Good();
+}
+
+mork_bool
+morkWriter::CommitGroup(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  if ( mWriter_DidStartGroup )
+  {
+    nsIMdbEnv *mdbev = ev->AsMdbEnv();
+    mork_size bytesWritten;
+    morkStream* stream = mWriter_Stream;
+  
+    if ( mWriter_LineSize )
+      stream->PutLineBreak(ev);
+      
+    stream->Putc(ev, '@');
+    stream->Putc(ev, '$');
+    stream->Putc(ev, '$');
+    stream->Putc(ev, '}');
+    
+    mork_fill bufFill = mWriter_GroupBufFill;
+    if ( bufFill )
+      stream->Write(mdbev, mWriter_GroupBuf, bufFill, &bytesWritten);
+
+    stream->Putc(ev, '}');
+    stream->Putc(ev, '@');
+    stream->PutLineBreak(ev);
+
+    mWriter_LineSize = 0;
+  }
+
+  mWriter_DidStartGroup = morkBool_kFalse;
+  mWriter_DidEndGroup = morkBool_kTrue;
+  
+  return ev->Good();
+}
+
+mork_bool
+morkWriter::AbortGroup(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  if ( mWriter_DidStartGroup )
+  {
+    morkStream* stream = mWriter_Stream;
+    stream->PutLineBreak(ev);
+    stream->PutStringThenNewline(ev, "@$$}~~}@");
+    mWriter_LineSize = 0;
+  }
+  
+  mWriter_DidStartGroup = morkBool_kFalse;
+  mWriter_DidEndGroup = morkBool_kTrue;
+
+  return ev->Good();
+}
+
+
+mork_bool
+morkWriter::OnDirtyAllDone(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  if ( ev->Good() )
+  {
+    nsIMdbEnv *mdbev = ev->AsMdbEnv();
+    morkStream* stream = mWriter_Stream;
+    mork_pos resultPos;
+    if ( mWriter_NeedDirtyAll ) // compress commit
+    {
+
+      stream->Seek(mdbev, 0, &resultPos); // beginning of stream
+      stream->PutStringThenNewline(ev, morkWriter_kFileHeader);
+      mWriter_LineSize = 0;
+    }
+    else // else mWriter_Incremental
+    {
+      mork_pos eos = stream->Length(ev); // length is end of stream
+      if ( ev->Good() )
+      {
+        stream->Seek(mdbev, eos, &resultPos); // goto end of stream
+        if ( eos < 128 ) // maybe need file header?
+        {
+          stream->PutStringThenNewline(ev, morkWriter_kFileHeader);
+          mWriter_LineSize = 0;
+        }
+        this->StartGroup(ev); // begin incremental transaction
+      }
+    }
+  }
+    
+  if ( ev->Good() )
+    mWriter_Phase = morkWriter_kPhasePutHeaderDone;
+  else
+    mWriter_Phase = morkWriter_kPhaseWritingDone; // stop on error
+    
+  return ev->Good();
+}
+
+mork_bool
+morkWriter::OnPutHeaderDone(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  morkStream* stream = mWriter_Stream;
+  if ( mWriter_LineSize )
+    stream->PutLineBreak(ev);
+  
+  // if ( mWriter_NeedDirtyAll )
+  //   stream->PutStringThenNewline(ev, "// OnPutHeaderDone()");
+  mWriter_LineSize = 0;
+  
+  if ( mWriter_NeedDirtyAll ) // compress commit
+  {
+    morkStore* store = mWriter_Store;
+    if ( store )
+      store->RenumberAllCollectableContent(ev);
+    else
+      this->NilWriterStoreError(ev);
+  }
+    
+  if ( ev->Good() )
+    mWriter_Phase = morkWriter_kPhaseRenumberAllDone;
+  else
+    mWriter_Phase = morkWriter_kPhaseWritingDone; // stop on error
+    
+  return ev->Good();
+}
+
+mork_bool
+morkWriter::OnRenumberAllDone(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  morkStream* stream = mWriter_Stream;
+  if ( mWriter_LineSize )
+    stream->PutLineBreak(ev);
+    
+  // if ( mWriter_NeedDirtyAll )
+  //  stream->PutStringThenNewline(ev, "// OnRenumberAllDone()");
+  mWriter_LineSize = 0;
+  
+  if ( mWriter_NeedDirtyAll ) // compress commit
+  {
+  }
+    
+  if ( ev->Good() )
+    mWriter_Phase = morkWriter_kPhaseStoreAtomSpaces;
+  else
+    mWriter_Phase = morkWriter_kPhaseWritingDone; // stop on error
+
+  return ev->Good();
+}
+
+mork_bool
+morkWriter::OnStoreAtomSpaces(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  morkStream* stream = mWriter_Stream;
+  if ( mWriter_LineSize )
+    stream->PutLineBreak(ev);
+
+  // if ( mWriter_NeedDirtyAll )
+  //   stream->PutStringThenNewline(ev, "// OnStoreAtomSpaces()");
+  mWriter_LineSize = 0;
+  
+  if ( mWriter_NeedDirtyAll ) // compress commit
+  {
+  }
+  
+  if ( ev->Good() )
+  {
+    morkStore* store = mWriter_Store;
+    if ( store )
+    {
+      morkAtomSpace* space = store->LazyGetGroundColumnSpace(ev);
+      if ( space && space->IsAtomSpaceDirty() )
+      {
+        // stream->PutStringThenNewline(ev, "// ground column space dict:");
+        
+        if ( mWriter_LineSize )
+        {
+          stream->PutLineBreak(ev);
+          mWriter_LineSize = 0;
+        }
+        this->WriteAtomSpaceAsDict(ev, space);
+        space->SetAtomSpaceClean();
+      }
+    }
+    else
+      this->NilWriterStoreError(ev);
+  }
+    
+  if ( ev->Good() )
+    mWriter_Phase = morkWriter_kPhaseStoreRowSpacesTables;
+  else
+    mWriter_Phase = morkWriter_kPhaseWritingDone; // stop on error
+
+  return ev->Good();
+}
+
+mork_bool
+morkWriter::OnAtomSpaceAtomAids(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  morkStream* stream = mWriter_Stream;
+  if ( mWriter_LineSize )
+    stream->PutLineBreak(ev);
+
+  // if ( mWriter_NeedDirtyAll )
+  //   stream->PutStringThenNewline(ev, "// OnAtomSpaceAtomAids()");
+  mWriter_LineSize = 0;
+  
+  if ( mWriter_NeedDirtyAll ) // compress commit
+  {
+  }
+    
+  if ( ev->Good() )
+    mWriter_Phase = morkWriter_kPhaseStoreRowSpacesTables;
+  else
+    mWriter_Phase = morkWriter_kPhaseWritingDone; // stop on error
+
+  return ev->Good();
+}
+
+void
+morkWriter::WriteAllStoreTables(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  morkStore* store = mWriter_Store;
+  if ( store && ev->Good() )
+  {
+    morkRowSpaceMapIter* rsi = &mWriter_StoreRowSpacesIter;
+    rsi->InitRowSpaceMapIter(ev, &store->mStore_RowSpaces);
+
+    mork_scope* key = 0; // ignore keys in map
+    morkRowSpace* space = 0; // old val node in the map
+    mork_change* c = 0;
+    
+    for ( c = rsi->FirstRowSpace(ev, key, &space); c && ev->Good();
+          c = rsi->NextRowSpace(ev, key, &space) )
+    {
+      if ( space )
+      {
+        if ( space->IsRowSpace() )
+        {
+          space->SetRowSpaceClean();
+          if ( ev->Good() )
+          {
+            morkTableMapIter* ti = &mWriter_RowSpaceTablesIter;
+            ti->InitTableMapIter(ev, &space->mRowSpace_Tables);
+
+#ifdef MORK_BEAD_OVER_NODE_MAPS
+            morkTable* table = ti->FirstTable(ev);
+              
+            for ( ; table && ev->Good(); table = ti->NextTable(ev) )
+#else /*MORK_BEAD_OVER_NODE_MAPS*/
+            mork_tid* key2 = 0; // ignore keys in table map
+            morkTable* table = 0; // old key row in the map
+              
+            for ( c = ti->FirstTable(ev, key2, &table); c && ev->Good();
+                  c = ti->NextTable(ev, key2, &table) )
+#endif /*MORK_BEAD_OVER_NODE_MAPS*/
+            {
+              if ( table && table->IsTable() )
+              {
+                if ( table->IsTableDirty() )
+                {
+                  mWriter_BeVerbose =
+                    ( ev->mEnv_BeVerbose || table->IsTableVerbose() );
+                    
+                  if ( this->PutTableDict(ev, table) )
+                    this->PutTable(ev, table);
+
+                  table->SetTableClean(ev);
+                  mWriter_BeVerbose = ev->mEnv_BeVerbose;
+                }
+              }
+              else
+                table->NonTableTypeWarning(ev);
+            }
+            ti->CloseMapIter(ev);
+          }
+          if ( ev->Good() )
+          {
+            mWriter_TableRowScope = 0; // ensure no table context now
+            
+#ifdef MORK_ENABLE_PROBE_MAPS
+            morkRowProbeMapIter* ri = &mWriter_RowSpaceRowsIter;
+#else /*MORK_ENABLE_PROBE_MAPS*/
+            morkRowMapIter* ri = &mWriter_RowSpaceRowsIter;
+#endif /*MORK_ENABLE_PROBE_MAPS*/
+            ri->InitRowMapIter(ev, &space->mRowSpace_Rows);
+
+            morkRow* row = 0; // old row in the map
+              
+            for ( c = ri->FirstRow(ev, &row); c && ev->Good();
+                  c = ri->NextRow(ev, &row) )
+            {
+              if ( row && row->IsRow() )
+              {
+                // later we should also check that table use count is nonzero:
+                if ( row->IsRowDirty() ) // && row->IsRowUsed() ??
+                {
+                  mWriter_BeVerbose = ev->mEnv_BeVerbose;
+                  if ( this->PutRowDict(ev, row) )
+                  {
+                    if ( ev->Good() && mWriter_DidStartDict )
+                    {
+                      this->EndDict(ev);
+                      if ( mWriter_LineSize < 32 && ev->Good() )
+                        mWriter_SuppressDirtyRowNewline = morkBool_kTrue;
+                    }
+                      
+                    if ( ev->Good() )
+                      this->PutRow(ev, row);
+                  }
+                  mWriter_BeVerbose = ev->mEnv_BeVerbose;
+                }
+              }
+              else
+                row->NonRowTypeWarning(ev);
+            }
+            ri->CloseMapIter(ev);
+          }
+        }
+        else
+          space->NonRowSpaceTypeError(ev);
+      }
+      else
+        ev->NilPointerError();
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+mork_bool
+morkWriter::OnStoreRowSpacesTables(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  morkStream* stream = mWriter_Stream;
+  if ( mWriter_LineSize )
+    stream->PutLineBreak(ev);
+
+  // if ( mWriter_NeedDirtyAll )
+  //   stream->PutStringThenNewline(ev, "// OnStoreRowSpacesTables()");
+  mWriter_LineSize = 0;
+  
+  if ( mWriter_NeedDirtyAll ) // compress commit
+  {
+  }
+  
+  // later we'll break this up, but today we'll write all in one shot:
+  this->WriteAllStoreTables(ev);
+    
+  if ( ev->Good() )
+    mWriter_Phase = morkWriter_kPhaseStoreRowSpacesRows;
+  else
+    mWriter_Phase = morkWriter_kPhaseWritingDone; // stop on error
+
+  return ev->Good();
+}
+
+mork_bool
+morkWriter::OnRowSpaceTables(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  morkStream* stream = mWriter_Stream;
+  if ( mWriter_LineSize )
+    stream->PutLineBreak(ev);
+
+  // if ( mWriter_NeedDirtyAll )
+  //   stream->PutStringThenNewline(ev, "// OnRowSpaceTables()");
+  mWriter_LineSize = 0;
+  
+  if ( mWriter_NeedDirtyAll ) // compress commit
+  {
+  }
+    
+  if ( ev->Good() )
+    mWriter_Phase = morkWriter_kPhaseStoreRowSpacesRows;
+  else
+    mWriter_Phase = morkWriter_kPhaseWritingDone; // stop on error
+
+  return ev->Good();
+}
+
+mork_bool
+morkWriter::OnTableRowArray(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  morkStream* stream = mWriter_Stream;
+  if ( mWriter_LineSize )
+    stream->PutLineBreak(ev);
+
+  // if ( mWriter_NeedDirtyAll )
+  //   stream->PutStringThenNewline(ev, "// OnTableRowArray()");
+  mWriter_LineSize = 0;
+  
+  if ( mWriter_NeedDirtyAll ) // compress commit
+  {
+  }
+    
+  if ( ev->Good() )
+    mWriter_Phase = morkWriter_kPhaseStoreRowSpacesRows;
+  else
+    mWriter_Phase = morkWriter_kPhaseWritingDone; // stop on error
+
+  return ev->Good();
+}
+
+mork_bool
+morkWriter::OnStoreRowSpacesRows(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  morkStream* stream = mWriter_Stream;
+  if ( mWriter_LineSize )
+    stream->PutLineBreak(ev);
+
+  // if ( mWriter_NeedDirtyAll )
+  //   stream->PutStringThenNewline(ev, "// OnStoreRowSpacesRows()");
+  mWriter_LineSize = 0;
+  
+  if ( mWriter_NeedDirtyAll ) // compress commit
+  {
+  }
+    
+  if ( ev->Good() )
+    mWriter_Phase = morkWriter_kPhaseContentDone;
+  else
+    mWriter_Phase = morkWriter_kPhaseWritingDone; // stop on error
+
+  return ev->Good();
+}
+
+mork_bool
+morkWriter::OnRowSpaceRows(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  morkStream* stream = mWriter_Stream;
+  if ( mWriter_LineSize )
+    stream->PutLineBreak(ev);
+
+  // if ( mWriter_NeedDirtyAll )
+  //   stream->PutStringThenNewline(ev, "// OnRowSpaceRows()");
+  mWriter_LineSize = 0;
+  
+  if ( mWriter_NeedDirtyAll ) // compress commit
+  {
+  }
+    
+  if ( ev->Good() )
+    mWriter_Phase = morkWriter_kPhaseContentDone;
+  else
+    mWriter_Phase = morkWriter_kPhaseWritingDone; // stop on error
+
+  return ev->Good();
+}
+
+mork_bool
+morkWriter::OnContentDone(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  morkStream* stream = mWriter_Stream;
+  if ( mWriter_LineSize )
+    stream->PutLineBreak(ev);
+
+  // if ( mWriter_NeedDirtyAll )
+  //   stream->PutStringThenNewline(ev, "// OnContentDone()");
+  mWriter_LineSize = 0;
+  
+  if ( mWriter_Incremental )
+  {
+    if ( ev->Good() )
+      this->CommitGroup(ev);
+    else
+      this->AbortGroup(ev);
+  }
+  else if ( mWriter_Store && ev->Good() )
+  {
+    // after rewriting everything, there are no transaction groups:
+    mWriter_Store->mStore_FirstCommitGroupPos = 0;
+    mWriter_Store->mStore_SecondCommitGroupPos = 0;
+  }
+  
+  stream->Flush(ev->AsMdbEnv());
+  nsIMdbFile* bud = mWriter_Bud;
+  if ( bud )
+  {
+    bud->Flush(ev->AsMdbEnv());
+    bud->BecomeTrunk(ev->AsMdbEnv());
+    nsIMdbFile_SlotStrongFile((nsIMdbFile*) 0, ev, &mWriter_Bud);
+  }
+  else if ( !mWriter_Incremental ) // should have a bud?
+    this->NilWriterBudError(ev);
+    
+  mWriter_Phase = morkWriter_kPhaseWritingDone; // stop always
+  mWriter_DoneCount = mWriter_TotalCount;
+  
+  return ev->Good();
+}
+
+mork_bool
+morkWriter::OnWritingDone(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  mWriter_DoneCount = mWriter_TotalCount;
+  ev->NewWarning("writing is done");
+  return ev->Good();
+}
+
+mork_bool
+morkWriter::PutTableChange(morkEnv* ev, const morkTableChange* inChange)
+{
+  nsIMdbEnv *mdbev = ev->AsMdbEnv();
+  if ( inChange->IsAddRowTableChange() )
+  {
+    this->PutRow(ev, inChange->mTableChange_Row ); // row alone means add
+  }
+  else if ( inChange->IsCutRowTableChange() )
+  {
+    mWriter_Stream->Putc(ev, '-'); // prefix '-' indicates cut row
+    ++mWriter_LineSize;
+    this->PutRow(ev, inChange->mTableChange_Row );
+  }
+  else if ( inChange->IsMoveRowTableChange() )
+  {
+    this->PutRow(ev, inChange->mTableChange_Row );
+    char buf[ 64 ];
+    char* p = buf;
+    *p++ = '!'; // for moves, position is indicated by prefix '!'
+    mork_size posSize = ev->TokenAsHex(p, inChange->mTableChange_Pos);
+    p += posSize;
+    *p++ = ' ';
+    mork_size bytesWritten;
+    mWriter_Stream->Write(mdbev, buf, posSize + 2, &bytesWritten);
+    mWriter_LineSize += bytesWritten;
+  }
+  else
+    inChange->UnknownChangeError(ev);
+  
+  return ev->Good();
+}
+
+mork_bool
+morkWriter::PutTable(morkEnv* ev, morkTable* ioTable)
+{
+  if ( ev->Good() )
+    this->StartTable(ev, ioTable);
+    
+  if ( ev->Good() )
+  {
+    if ( ioTable->IsTableRewrite() || mWriter_NeedDirtyAll )
+    {
+      morkArray* array = &ioTable->mTable_RowArray; // vector of rows
+      mork_fill fill = array->mArray_Fill; // count of rows
+      morkRow** rows = (morkRow**) array->mArray_Slots;
+      if ( rows && fill )
+      {
+        morkRow** end = rows + fill;
+        while ( rows < end && ev->Good() )
+        {
+          morkRow* r = *rows++; // next row to consider
+          this->PutRow(ev, r);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    else // incremental write only table changes
+    {
+      morkList* list = &ioTable->mTable_ChangeList;
+      morkNext* next = list->GetListHead();
+      while ( next && ev->Good() )
+      {
+        this->PutTableChange(ev, (morkTableChange*) next);
+        next = next->GetNextLink();
+      }
+    }
+  }
+    
+  if ( ev->Good() )
+    this->EndTable(ev);
+  
+  ioTable->SetTableClean(ev); // note this also cleans change list
+  mWriter_TableRowScope = 0;
+
+  ++mWriter_DoneCount;
+  return ev->Good();
+}
+
+mork_bool
+morkWriter::PutTableDict(morkEnv* ev, morkTable* ioTable)
+{
+  morkRowSpace* space = ioTable->mTable_RowSpace;
+  mWriter_TableRowScope = space->SpaceScope();
+  mWriter_TableForm = 0;     // (f=iso-8859-1)
+  mWriter_TableAtomScope = 'v'; // (a=v)
+  mWriter_TableKind = ioTable->mTable_Kind;
+  
+  mWriter_RowForm = mWriter_TableForm;
+  mWriter_RowAtomScope = mWriter_TableAtomScope;
+  mWriter_RowScope = mWriter_TableRowScope;
+  
+  mWriter_DictForm = mWriter_TableForm;
+  mWriter_DictAtomScope = mWriter_TableAtomScope;
+  
+  // if ( ev->Good() )
+  //  this->StartDict(ev); // delay as long as possible
+
+  if ( ev->Good() )
+  {
+    morkRow* r = ioTable->mTable_MetaRow;
+    if ( r )
+    {
+      if ( r->IsRow() )
+        this->PutRowDict(ev, r);
+      else
+        r->NonRowTypeError(ev);
+    }
+    morkArray* array = &ioTable->mTable_RowArray; // vector of rows
+    mork_fill fill = array->mArray_Fill; // count of rows
+    morkRow** rows = (morkRow**) array->mArray_Slots;
+    if ( rows && fill )
+    {
+      morkRow** end = rows + fill;
+      while ( rows < end && ev->Good() )
+      {
+        r = *rows++; // next row to consider
+        if ( r && r->IsRow() )
+          this->PutRowDict(ev, r);
+        else
+          r->NonRowTypeError(ev);
+      }
+    }
+    // we may have a change for a row which is no longer in the
+    // table, but contains a cell with something not in the dictionary.
+    // So, loop through the rows in the change log, writing out any
+    // dirty dictionary elements.
+    morkList* list = &ioTable->mTable_ChangeList;
+    morkNext* next = list->GetListHead();
+    while ( next && ev->Good() )
+    {
+      r = ((morkTableChange*) next)->mTableChange_Row;
+      if  ( r && r->IsRow() )
+        this->PutRowDict(ev, r);
+      next = next->GetNextLink();
+    }
+  }
+  if ( ev->Good() )
+    this->EndDict(ev);
+  
+  return ev->Good();
+}
+  
+void
+morkWriter::WriteTokenToTokenMetaCell(morkEnv* ev,
+  mork_token inCol, mork_token inValue)
+{
+  morkStream* stream = mWriter_Stream;
+  mork_bool isKindCol = ( morkStore_kKindColumn == inCol );
+  mork_u1 valSep = (mork_u1) (( isKindCol )? '^' : '=');
+  
+  char buf[ 128 ]; // buffer for staging the two hex IDs
+  char* p = buf;
+
+  mork_size bytesWritten;
+  if ( inCol < 0x80 )
+  {
+    stream->Putc(ev, '(');
+    stream->Putc(ev, (char) inCol);
+    stream->Putc(ev, valSep);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    *p++ = '('; // we always start with open paren
+    
+    *p++ = '^'; // indicates col is hex ID
+    mork_size colSize = ev->TokenAsHex(p, inCol);
+    p += colSize;
+    *p++ = (char) valSep;
+    stream->Write(ev->AsMdbEnv(), buf, colSize + 3, &bytesWritten);
+    
+    mWriter_LineSize += bytesWritten;
+  }
+
+  if ( isKindCol )
+  {
+    p = buf;
+    mork_size valSize = ev->TokenAsHex(p, inValue);
+    p += valSize;
+    *p++ = ':';
+    *p++ = 'c';
+    *p++ = ')';
+    stream->Write(ev->AsMdbEnv(), buf, valSize + 3, &bytesWritten);
+    mWriter_LineSize += bytesWritten;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    this->IndentAsNeeded(ev, morkWriter_kTableMetaCellValueDepth);
+    mdbYarn* yarn = &mWriter_ColYarn;
+    // mork_u1* yarnBuf = (mork_u1*) yarn->mYarn_Buf;
+    mWriter_Store->TokenToString(ev, inValue, yarn);
+    this->WriteYarn(ev, yarn);
+    stream->Putc(ev, ')');
+    ++mWriter_LineSize;
+  }
+  
+  // mork_fill fill = yarn->mYarn_Fill;
+  // yarnBuf[ fill ] = ')'; // append terminator
+  // mWriter_LineSize += stream->Write(ev, yarnBuf, fill + 1); // +1 for ')'
+}
+  
+void
+morkWriter::WriteStringToTokenDictCell(morkEnv* ev,
+  const char* inCol, mork_token inValue)
+  // Note inCol should begin with '(' and end with '=', with col in between.
+{
+  morkStream* stream = mWriter_Stream;
+  mWriter_LineSize += stream->PutString(ev, inCol);
+
+  this->IndentAsNeeded(ev, morkWriter_kDictMetaCellValueDepth);
+  mdbYarn* yarn = &mWriter_ColYarn;
+  // mork_u1* yarnBuf = (mork_u1*) yarn->mYarn_Buf;
+  mWriter_Store->TokenToString(ev, inValue, yarn);
+  this->WriteYarn(ev, yarn);
+  stream->Putc(ev, ')');
+  ++mWriter_LineSize;
+  
+  // mork_fill fill = yarn->mYarn_Fill;
+  // yarnBuf[ fill ] = ')'; // append terminator
+  // mWriter_LineSize += stream->Write(ev, yarnBuf, fill + 1); // +1 for ')'
+}
+
+void
+morkWriter::ChangeDictAtomScope(morkEnv* ev, mork_scope inScope)
+{
+  if ( inScope != mWriter_DictAtomScope )
+  {
+    ev->NewWarning("unexpected atom scope change");
+    
+    morkStream* stream = mWriter_Stream;
+    if ( mWriter_LineSize )
+      stream->PutLineBreak(ev);
+    mWriter_LineSize = 0;
+
+    char buf[ 128 ]; // buffer for staging the two hex IDs
+    char* p = buf;
+    *p++ = '<'; // we always start with open paren
+    *p++ = '('; // we always start with open paren
+    *p++ = (char) morkStore_kAtomScopeColumn;
+
+    mork_size scopeSize = 1; // default to one byte
+    if ( inScope >= 0x80 )
+    {
+      *p++ = '^'; // indicates col is hex ID
+      scopeSize = ev->TokenAsHex(p, inScope);
+      p += scopeSize;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      *p++ = '='; // indicates col is imm byte
+      *p++ = (char) (mork_u1) inScope;
+    }
+
+    *p++ = ')';
+    *p++ = '>';
+    *p = 0;
+
+    mork_size pending = scopeSize + 6;
+    this->IndentOverMaxLine(ev, pending, morkWriter_kDictAliasDepth);
+    mork_size bytesWritten;
+
+    stream->Write(ev->AsMdbEnv(), buf, pending, &bytesWritten);
+    mWriter_LineSize += bytesWritten;
+      
+    mWriter_DictAtomScope = inScope;
+  }
+}
+
+void
+morkWriter::ChangeRowForm(morkEnv* ev, mork_cscode inNewForm)
+{
+  if ( inNewForm != mWriter_RowForm )
+  {
+    morkStream* stream = mWriter_Stream;
+    if ( mWriter_LineSize )
+      stream->PutLineBreak(ev);
+    mWriter_LineSize = 0;
+
+    char buf[ 128 ]; // buffer for staging the two hex IDs
+    char* p = buf;
+    *p++ = '['; // we always start with open bracket
+    *p++ = '('; // we always start with open paren
+    *p++ = (char) morkStore_kFormColumn;
+
+    mork_size formSize = 1; // default to one byte
+    if (! morkCh_IsValue(inNewForm))
+    {
+      *p++ = '^'; // indicates col is hex ID
+      formSize = ev->TokenAsHex(p, inNewForm);
+      p += formSize;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      *p++ = '='; // indicates col is imm byte
+      *p++ = (char) (mork_u1) inNewForm;
+    }
+    
+    *p++ = ')';
+    *p++ = ']';
+    *p = 0;
+
+    mork_size pending = formSize + 6;
+    this->IndentOverMaxLine(ev, pending, morkWriter_kRowCellDepth);
+    mork_size bytesWritten;
+    stream->Write(ev->AsMdbEnv(), buf, pending, &bytesWritten);
+    mWriter_LineSize += bytesWritten;
+      
+    mWriter_RowForm = inNewForm;
+  }
+}
+
+void
+morkWriter::ChangeDictForm(morkEnv* ev, mork_cscode inNewForm)
+{
+  if ( inNewForm != mWriter_DictForm )
+  {
+    morkStream* stream = mWriter_Stream;
+    if ( mWriter_LineSize )
+      stream->PutLineBreak(ev);
+    mWriter_LineSize = 0;
+
+    char buf[ 128 ]; // buffer for staging the two hex IDs
+    char* p = buf;
+    *p++ = '<'; // we always start with open angle
+    *p++ = '('; // we always start with open paren
+    *p++ = (char) morkStore_kFormColumn;
+
+    mork_size formSize = 1; // default to one byte
+    if (! morkCh_IsValue(inNewForm))
+    {
+      *p++ = '^'; // indicates col is hex ID
+      formSize = ev->TokenAsHex(p, inNewForm);
+      p += formSize;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      *p++ = '='; // indicates col is imm byte
+      *p++ = (char) (mork_u1) inNewForm;
+    }
+    
+    *p++ = ')';
+    *p++ = '>';
+    *p = 0;
+
+    mork_size pending = formSize + 6;
+    this->IndentOverMaxLine(ev, pending, morkWriter_kDictAliasDepth);
+    
+    mork_size bytesWritten;
+    stream->Write(ev->AsMdbEnv(), buf, pending, &bytesWritten);
+    mWriter_LineSize += bytesWritten;
+      
+    mWriter_DictForm = inNewForm;
+  }
+}
+
+void
+morkWriter::StartDict(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  morkStream* stream = mWriter_Stream;
+  if ( mWriter_DidStartDict )
+  {
+    stream->Putc(ev, '>'); // end dict
+    ++mWriter_LineSize;
+  }
+  mWriter_DidStartDict = morkBool_kTrue;
+  mWriter_DidEndDict = morkBool_kFalse;
+  
+  if ( mWriter_LineSize )
+    stream->PutLineBreak(ev);
+  mWriter_LineSize = 0;
+  
+  if ( mWriter_TableRowScope ) // blank line before table's dict?
+    stream->PutLineBreak(ev);
+    
+  if ( mWriter_DictForm || mWriter_DictAtomScope != 'v' )
+  {
+    stream->Putc(ev, '<');
+    stream->Putc(ev, ' ');
+    stream->Putc(ev, '<');
+    mWriter_LineSize = 3;
+    if ( mWriter_DictForm )
+      this->WriteStringToTokenDictCell(ev, "(f=", mWriter_DictForm);
+    if ( mWriter_DictAtomScope != 'v' )
+      this->WriteStringToTokenDictCell(ev, "(a=", mWriter_DictAtomScope);
+  
+    stream->Putc(ev, '>');
+    ++mWriter_LineSize;
+
+    mWriter_LineSize = stream->PutIndent(ev, morkWriter_kDictAliasDepth);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    stream->Putc(ev, '<');
+    // stream->Putc(ev, ' ');
+    ++mWriter_LineSize;
+  }
+}
+
+void
+morkWriter::EndDict(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  morkStream* stream = mWriter_Stream;
+  if ( mWriter_DidStartDict )
+  {
+    stream->Putc(ev, '>'); // end dict
+    ++mWriter_LineSize;
+  }
+  mWriter_DidStartDict = morkBool_kFalse;
+  mWriter_DidEndDict = morkBool_kTrue;
+}
+
+void
+morkWriter::StartTable(morkEnv* ev, morkTable* ioTable)
+{
+  mdbOid toid; // to receive table oid
+  ioTable->GetTableOid(ev, &toid);
+  
+  if ( ev->Good() )
+  {
+    morkStream* stream = mWriter_Stream;
+    if ( mWriter_LineSize )
+      stream->PutLineBreak(ev);
+    mWriter_LineSize = 0;
+    // stream->PutLineBreak(ev);
+
+    char buf[ 64 + 16 ]; // buffer for staging hex
+    char* p = buf;
+    *p++ = '{'; // punct 1
+    mork_size punctSize = (mWriter_BeVerbose) ? 10 : 3; // counting "{ {/*r=*/ "
+
+    if ( ioTable->IsTableRewrite() && mWriter_Incremental )
+    {
+      *p++ = '-';
+      ++punctSize; // counting '-' // punct ++
+      ++mWriter_LineSize;
+    }
+    mork_size oidSize = ev->OidAsHex(p, toid);
+    p += oidSize;
+    *p++ = ' '; // punct 2
+    *p++ = '{'; // punct 3
+    if (mWriter_BeVerbose)
+    {
+    
+      *p++ = '/'; // punct=4
+      *p++ = '*'; // punct=5
+      *p++ = 'r'; // punct=6
+      *p++ = '='; // punct=7
+
+      mork_token tableUses = (mork_token) ioTable->mTable_GcUses;
+      mork_size usesSize = ev->TokenAsHex(p, tableUses);
+      punctSize += usesSize;
+      p += usesSize;
+    
+      *p++ = '*'; // punct=8
+      *p++ = '/'; // punct=9
+      *p++ = ' '; // punct=10
+    }
+    mork_size bytesWritten;
+
+    stream->Write(ev->AsMdbEnv(), buf, oidSize + punctSize, &bytesWritten);
+    mWriter_LineSize += bytesWritten;
+
+    mork_kind tk = mWriter_TableKind;
+    if ( tk )
+    {
+      this->IndentAsNeeded(ev, morkWriter_kTableMetaCellDepth);
+      this->WriteTokenToTokenMetaCell(ev, morkStore_kKindColumn, tk);
+    }
+      
+    stream->Putc(ev, '('); // start 's' col cell
+    stream->Putc(ev, 's'); // column
+    stream->Putc(ev, '='); // column
+    mWriter_LineSize += 3;
+
+    int prio = (int) ioTable->mTable_Priority;
+    if ( prio > 9 ) // need to force down to max decimal digit?
+      prio = 9;
+    prio += '0'; // add base digit zero
+    stream->Putc(ev, prio); // priority: (s=0
+    ++mWriter_LineSize;
+    
+    if ( ioTable->IsTableUnique() )
+    {
+      stream->Putc(ev, 'u'); // (s=0u
+      ++mWriter_LineSize;
+    }
+    if ( ioTable->IsTableVerbose() )
+    {
+      stream->Putc(ev, 'v'); // (s=0uv
+      ++mWriter_LineSize;
+    }
+    
+    // stream->Putc(ev, ':'); // (s=0uv:
+    // stream->Putc(ev, 'c'); // (s=0uv:c
+    stream->Putc(ev, ')'); // end 's' col cell (s=0uv:c)
+    mWriter_LineSize += 1; // maybe 3 if we add ':' and 'c'
+
+    morkRow* r = ioTable->mTable_MetaRow;
+    if ( r )
+    {
+      if ( r->IsRow() )
+      {
+        mWriter_SuppressDirtyRowNewline = morkBool_kTrue;
+        this->PutRow(ev, r);
+      }
+      else
+        r->NonRowTypeError(ev);
+    }
+    
+    stream->Putc(ev, '}'); // end meta
+    ++mWriter_LineSize;
+    
+    if ( mWriter_LineSize < mWriter_MaxIndent )
+    {
+      stream->Putc(ev, ' '); // nice white space
+      ++mWriter_LineSize;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+void
+morkWriter::EndTable(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  morkStream* stream = mWriter_Stream;
+  stream->Putc(ev, '}'); // end table
+  ++mWriter_LineSize;
+
+  mWriter_TableAtomScope = 'v'; // (a=v)
+}
+
+mork_bool
+morkWriter::PutRowDict(morkEnv* ev, morkRow* ioRow)
+{
+  mWriter_RowForm = mWriter_TableForm;
+
+  morkCell* cells = ioRow->mRow_Cells;
+  if ( cells )
+  {
+    morkStream* stream = mWriter_Stream;
+    mdbYarn yarn; // to ref content inside atom
+    char buf[ 64 ]; // buffer for staging the dict alias hex ID
+    char* idBuf = buf + 1; // where the id always starts
+    buf[ 0 ] = '('; // we always start with open paren
+
+    morkCell* end = cells + ioRow->mRow_Length;
+    --cells; // prepare for preincrement:
+    while ( ++cells < end && ev->Good() )
+    {
+      morkAtom* atom = cells->GetAtom();
+      if ( atom && atom->IsAtomDirty() )
+      {
+        if ( atom->IsBook() ) // is it possible to write atom ID?
+        {
+          if ( !this->DidStartDict() )
+          {
+            this->StartDict(ev);
+            if ( ev->Bad() )
+              break;
+          }
+          atom->SetAtomClean(); // neutralize change
+          
+          this->IndentAsNeeded(ev, morkWriter_kDictAliasDepth);
+          morkBookAtom* ba = (morkBookAtom*) atom;
+          mork_size size = ev->TokenAsHex(idBuf, ba->mBookAtom_Id);
+          mork_size bytesWritten;
+          stream->Write(ev->AsMdbEnv(), buf, size+1, &bytesWritten); // '('
+          mWriter_LineSize += bytesWritten;
+
+          if ( morkAtom::AliasYarn(atom, &yarn) )
+          {
+            mork_scope atomScope = atom->GetBookAtomSpaceScope(ev);
+            if ( atomScope && atomScope != mWriter_DictAtomScope )
+              this->ChangeDictAtomScope(ev, atomScope);
+            
+            if ( mWriter_DidStartDict && yarn.mYarn_Form != mWriter_DictForm )
+              this->ChangeDictForm(ev, yarn.mYarn_Form);  
+      
+            mork_size pending = yarn.mYarn_Fill + morkWriter_kYarnEscapeSlop + 1;
+            this->IndentOverMaxLine(ev, pending, morkWriter_kDictAliasValueDepth);
+              
+            stream->Putc(ev, '='); // start value
+            ++mWriter_LineSize;
+      
+            this->WriteYarn(ev, &yarn);
+
+            stream->Putc(ev, ')'); // end value
+            ++mWriter_LineSize;
+          }
+          else
+            atom->BadAtomKindError(ev);
+                      
+          ++mWriter_DoneCount;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return ev->Good();
+}
+
+mork_bool
+morkWriter::IsYarnAllValue(const mdbYarn* inYarn)
+{
+  mork_fill fill = inYarn->mYarn_Fill;
+  const mork_u1* buf = (const mork_u1*) inYarn->mYarn_Buf;
+  const mork_u1* end = buf + fill;
+  --buf; // prepare for preincrement
+  while ( ++buf < end )
+  {
+    mork_ch c = *buf;
+    if ( !morkCh_IsValue(c) )
+      return morkBool_kFalse;
+  }
+  return morkBool_kTrue;
+}
+
+mork_bool
+morkWriter::PutVerboseCell(morkEnv* ev, morkCell* ioCell, mork_bool inWithVal)
+{
+  morkStream* stream = mWriter_Stream;
+  morkStore* store = mWriter_Store;
+
+  mdbYarn* colYarn = &mWriter_ColYarn;
+
+  morkAtom* atom = (inWithVal)? ioCell->GetAtom() : (morkAtom*) 0;
+
+  mork_column col = ioCell->GetColumn();
+  store->TokenToString(ev, col, colYarn);
+
+  mdbYarn yarn; // to ref content inside atom
+  morkAtom::AliasYarn(atom, &yarn); // works even when atom==nil
+
+  if ( yarn.mYarn_Form != mWriter_RowForm )
+    this->ChangeRowForm(ev, yarn.mYarn_Form);
+
+  mork_size pending = yarn.mYarn_Fill + colYarn->mYarn_Fill +
+     morkWriter_kYarnEscapeSlop + 3;
+  this->IndentOverMaxLine(ev, pending, morkWriter_kRowCellDepth);
+
+  stream->Putc(ev, '('); // start cell
+  ++mWriter_LineSize;
+
+  this->WriteYarn(ev, colYarn); // column
+
+  pending = yarn.mYarn_Fill + morkWriter_kYarnEscapeSlop;
+  this->IndentOverMaxLine(ev, pending, morkWriter_kRowCellValueDepth);
+  stream->Putc(ev, '=');
+  ++mWriter_LineSize;
+
+  this->WriteYarn(ev, &yarn); // value
+
+  stream->Putc(ev, ')'); // end cell
+  ++mWriter_LineSize;
+
+  return ev->Good();
+}
+
+mork_bool
+morkWriter::PutVerboseRowCells(morkEnv* ev, morkRow* ioRow)
+{
+  morkCell* cells = ioRow->mRow_Cells;
+  if ( cells )
+  {
+
+    morkCell* end = cells + ioRow->mRow_Length;
+    --cells; // prepare for preincrement:
+    while ( ++cells < end && ev->Good() )
+    {
+      // note we prefer to avoid writing cells here with no value:
+      if ( cells->GetAtom() ) // does cell have any value?
+        this->PutVerboseCell(ev, cells, /*inWithVal*/ morkBool_kTrue);
+    }
+  }
+  return ev->Good();
+}
+
+
+mork_bool
+morkWriter::PutCell(morkEnv* ev, morkCell* ioCell, mork_bool inWithVal)
+{
+  morkStream* stream = mWriter_Stream;
+  char buf[ 128 ]; // buffer for staging hex ids
+  char* idBuf = buf + 2; // where the id always starts
+  buf[ 0 ] = '('; // we always start with open paren
+  buf[ 1 ] = '^'; // column is always a hex ID
+  
+  mork_size colSize = 0; // the size of col hex ID
+  mork_size bytesWritten;
+  
+  morkAtom* atom = (inWithVal)? ioCell->GetAtom() : (morkAtom*) 0;
+  
+  mork_column col = ioCell->GetColumn();
+  char* p = idBuf;
+  colSize = ev->TokenAsHex(p, col);
+  p += colSize;
+
+  mdbYarn yarn; // to ref content inside atom
+  morkAtom::AliasYarn(atom, &yarn); // works even when atom==nil
+
+  if ( yarn.mYarn_Form != mWriter_RowForm )
+    this->ChangeRowForm(ev, yarn.mYarn_Form);
+
+  if ( atom && atom->IsBook() ) // is it possible to write atom ID?
+  {
+    this->IndentAsNeeded(ev, morkWriter_kRowCellDepth);
+    *p++ = '^';
+    morkBookAtom* ba = (morkBookAtom*) atom;
+
+    mork_size valSize = ev->TokenAsHex(p, ba->mBookAtom_Id);
+    mork_fill yarnFill = yarn.mYarn_Fill;
+    mork_bool putImmYarn = ( yarnFill <= valSize );
+    if ( putImmYarn )
+      putImmYarn = this->IsYarnAllValue(&yarn);
+    
+    if ( putImmYarn ) // value no bigger than id?
+    {
+      p[ -1 ] = '='; // go back and clobber '^' with '=' instead
+      if ( yarnFill )
+      {
+        MORK_MEMCPY(p, yarn.mYarn_Buf, yarnFill);
+        p += yarnFill;
+      }
+      *p++ = ')';
+      mork_size distance = (mork_size) (p - buf);
+      stream->Write(ev->AsMdbEnv(), buf, distance, &bytesWritten);
+      mWriter_LineSize += bytesWritten;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      p += valSize;
+      *p = ')';
+      stream->Write(ev->AsMdbEnv(), buf, colSize + valSize + 4, &bytesWritten);
+      mWriter_LineSize += bytesWritten;
+    }
+
+    if ( atom->IsAtomDirty() )
+    {
+      atom->SetAtomClean();
+      ++mWriter_DoneCount;
+    }
+  }
+  else // must write an anonymous atom
+  {
+    mork_size pending = yarn.mYarn_Fill + colSize +
+      morkWriter_kYarnEscapeSlop + 2;
+    this->IndentOverMaxLine(ev, pending, morkWriter_kRowCellDepth);
+
+    mork_size bytesWritten;
+    stream->Write(ev->AsMdbEnv(), buf, colSize + 2, &bytesWritten);
+    mWriter_LineSize += bytesWritten;
+
+    pending -= ( colSize + 2 );
+    this->IndentOverMaxLine(ev, pending, morkWriter_kRowCellDepth);
+    stream->Putc(ev, '=');
+    ++mWriter_LineSize;
+    
+    this->WriteYarn(ev, &yarn);
+    stream->Putc(ev, ')'); // end cell
+    ++mWriter_LineSize;
+  }
+  return ev->Good();
+}
+
+mork_bool
+morkWriter::PutRowCells(morkEnv* ev, morkRow* ioRow)
+{
+  morkCell* cells = ioRow->mRow_Cells;
+  if ( cells )
+  {
+    morkCell* end = cells + ioRow->mRow_Length;
+    --cells; // prepare for preincrement:
+    while ( ++cells < end && ev->Good() )
+    {
+      // note we prefer to avoid writing cells here with no value:
+      if ( cells->GetAtom() ) // does cell have any value?
+        this->PutCell(ev, cells, /*inWithVal*/ morkBool_kTrue);
+    }
+  }
+  return ev->Good();
+}
+
+mork_bool
+morkWriter::PutRow(morkEnv* ev, morkRow* ioRow)
+{
+  if ( ioRow && ioRow->IsRow() )
+  {
+    mWriter_RowForm = mWriter_TableForm;
+
+    mork_size bytesWritten;
+    morkStream* stream = mWriter_Stream;
+    char buf[ 128 + 16 ]; // buffer for staging hex
+    char* p = buf;
+    mdbOid* roid = &ioRow->mRow_Oid;
+    mork_size ridSize = 0;
+    
+    mork_scope tableScope = mWriter_TableRowScope;
+
+    if ( ioRow->IsRowDirty() )
+    {
+      if ( mWriter_SuppressDirtyRowNewline || !mWriter_LineSize )
+        mWriter_SuppressDirtyRowNewline = morkBool_kFalse;
+      else
+      {
+        if ( tableScope ) // in a table?
+          mWriter_LineSize = stream->PutIndent(ev, morkWriter_kRowDepth);
+        else
+          mWriter_LineSize = stream->PutIndent(ev, 0); // no indent
+      }
+      
+//      mork_rid rid = roid->mOid_Id;
+      *p++ = '['; // start row punct=1
+      mork_size punctSize = (mWriter_BeVerbose) ? 9 : 1; // counting "[ /*r=*/ "
+      
+      mork_bool rowRewrite = ioRow->IsRowRewrite();
+            
+      if ( rowRewrite && mWriter_Incremental )
+      {
+        *p++ = '-';
+        ++punctSize; // counting '-'
+        ++mWriter_LineSize;
+      }
+
+      if ( tableScope && roid->mOid_Scope == tableScope )
+        ridSize = ev->TokenAsHex(p, roid->mOid_Id);
+      else
+        ridSize = ev->OidAsHex(p, *roid);
+      
+      p += ridSize;
+      
+      if (mWriter_BeVerbose)
+      {
+        *p++ = ' '; // punct=2
+        *p++ = '/'; // punct=3
+        *p++ = '*'; // punct=4
+        *p++ = 'r'; // punct=5
+        *p++ = '='; // punct=6
+
+        mork_size usesSize = ev->TokenAsHex(p, (mork_token) ioRow->mRow_GcUses);
+        punctSize += usesSize;
+        p += usesSize;
+      
+        *p++ = '*'; // punct=7
+        *p++ = '/'; // punct=8
+        *p++ = ' '; // punct=9
+      }
+      stream->Write(ev->AsMdbEnv(), buf, ridSize + punctSize, &bytesWritten);
+      mWriter_LineSize += bytesWritten;
+      
+      // special case situation where row puts exactly one column:
+      if ( !rowRewrite && mWriter_Incremental && ioRow->HasRowDelta() )
+      {
+        mork_column col = ioRow->GetDeltaColumn();
+        morkCell dummy(col, morkChange_kNil, (morkAtom*) 0);
+        morkCell* cell = 0;
+        
+        mork_bool withVal = ( ioRow->GetDeltaChange() != morkChange_kCut );
+        
+        if ( withVal )
+        {
+          mork_pos cellPos = 0; // dummy pos
+          cell = ioRow->GetCell(ev, col, &cellPos);
+        }
+        if ( !cell )
+          cell = &dummy;
+          
+        if ( mWriter_BeVerbose )
+          this->PutVerboseCell(ev, cell, withVal);
+        else
+          this->PutCell(ev, cell, withVal);
+      }
+      else // put entire row?
+      {
+        if ( mWriter_BeVerbose )
+          this->PutVerboseRowCells(ev, ioRow); // write all, verbosely
+        else
+          this->PutRowCells(ev, ioRow); // write all, hex notation
+      }
+        
+      stream->Putc(ev, ']'); // end row
+      ++mWriter_LineSize;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      this->IndentAsNeeded(ev, morkWriter_kRowDepth);
+
+      if ( tableScope && roid->mOid_Scope == tableScope )
+        ridSize = ev->TokenAsHex(p, roid->mOid_Id);
+      else
+        ridSize = ev->OidAsHex(p, *roid);
+
+      stream->Write(ev->AsMdbEnv(), buf, ridSize, &bytesWritten);
+      mWriter_LineSize += bytesWritten;
+      stream->Putc(ev, ' ');
+      ++mWriter_LineSize;
+    }
+
+    ++mWriter_DoneCount;
+
+    ioRow->SetRowClean(); // try to do this at the very last
+  }
+  else
+    ioRow->NonRowTypeWarning(ev);
+  
+  return ev->Good();
+}
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
diff --git a/db/mork/src/morkWriter.h b/db/mork/src/morkWriter.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..dea0ced83
--- /dev/null
+++ b/db/mork/src/morkWriter.h
@@ -0,0 +1,343 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-  */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _MORKWRITER_
+#define _MORKWRITER_ 1
+
+#ifndef _MORK_
+#include "mork.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKNODE_
+#include "morkNode.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKMAP_
+#include "morkMap.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKROWMAP_
+#include "morkRowMap.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKTABLE_
+#include "morkTable.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKATOMMAP_
+#include "morkAtomMap.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKATOMSPACE_
+#include "morkAtomSpace.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKROWSPACE_
+#include "morkRowSpace.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKSTREAM_
+#include "morkStream.h"
+#endif
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+
+#define morkWriter_kStreamBufSize /*i*/ (16 * 1024) /* buffer size for stream */ 
+
+#define morkDerived_kWriter  /*i*/ 0x5772 /* ascii 'Wr' */
+
+#define morkWriter_kPhaseNothingDone          0 /* nothing has yet been done */
+#define morkWriter_kPhaseDirtyAllDone         1 /* DirtyAll() is done */
+#define morkWriter_kPhasePutHeaderDone        2 /* PutHeader() is done */
+
+#define morkWriter_kPhaseRenumberAllDone      3 /* RenumberAll() is done */
+
+#define morkWriter_kPhaseStoreAtomSpaces      4 /*mWriter_StoreAtomSpacesIter*/
+#define morkWriter_kPhaseAtomSpaceAtomAids    5 /*mWriter_AtomSpaceAtomAidsIter*/
+
+#define morkWriter_kPhaseStoreRowSpacesTables 6 /*mWriter_StoreRowSpacesIter*/
+#define morkWriter_kPhaseRowSpaceTables       7 /*mWriter_RowSpaceTablesIter*/
+#define morkWriter_kPhaseTableRowArray        8 /*mWriter_TableRowArrayPos */
+
+#define morkWriter_kPhaseStoreRowSpacesRows   9 /*mWriter_StoreRowSpacesIter*/
+#define morkWriter_kPhaseRowSpaceRows        10 /*mWriter_RowSpaceRowsIter*/
+
+#define morkWriter_kPhaseContentDone         11 /* all content written */
+#define morkWriter_kPhaseWritingDone         12 /* everthing has been done */
+
+#define morkWriter_kCountNumberOfPhases      13 /* part of mWrite_TotalCount */
+
+#define morkWriter_kMaxColumnNameSize        128 /* longest writable col name */
+
+#define morkWriter_kMaxIndent 66 /* default value for mWriter_MaxIndent */
+#define morkWriter_kMaxLine   78 /* default value for mWriter_MaxLine */
+
+#define morkWriter_kYarnEscapeSlop  4 /* guess average yarn escape overhead */
+
+#define morkWriter_kTableMetaCellDepth 4 /* */
+#define morkWriter_kTableMetaCellValueDepth 6 /* */
+
+#define morkWriter_kDictMetaCellDepth 4 /* */
+#define morkWriter_kDictMetaCellValueDepth 6 /* */
+
+#define morkWriter_kDictAliasDepth 2 /* */
+#define morkWriter_kDictAliasValueDepth 4 /* */
+
+#define morkWriter_kRowDepth 2 /* */
+#define morkWriter_kRowCellDepth 4 /* */
+#define morkWriter_kRowCellValueDepth 6 /* */
+
+#define morkWriter_kGroupBufSize 64 /* */
+
+// v=1.1 retired on 23-Mar-99 (for metainfo one char column names)
+// v=1.2 retired on 20-Apr-99 (for ":c" suffix on table kind hex refs)
+// v=1.3 retired on 20-Apr-99 (for 1CE:m instead of ill-formed 1CE:^6D)
+#define morkWriter_kFileHeader "// <!-- <mdb:mork:z v=\"1.4\"/> -->"
+
+class morkWriter : public morkNode { // row iterator
+
+// public: // slots inherited from morkObject (meant to inform only)
+  // nsIMdbHeap*     mNode_Heap;
+  // mork_able    mNode_Mutable; // can this node be modified?
+  // mork_load    mNode_Load;    // is this node clean or dirty?
+  // mork_base    mNode_Base;    // must equal morkBase_kNode
+  // mork_derived mNode_Derived; // depends on specific node subclass
+  // mork_access  mNode_Access;  // kOpen, kClosing, kShut, or kDead
+  // mork_usage   mNode_Usage;   // kHeap, kStack, kMember, kGlobal, kNone
+  // mork_uses    mNode_Uses;    // refcount for strong refs
+  // mork_refs    mNode_Refs;    // refcount for strong refs + weak refs
+
+public: // state is public because the entire Mork system is private
+
+  morkStore*   mWriter_Store;      // weak ref to committing store
+  nsIMdbFile*  mWriter_File;       // strong ref to store's file
+  nsIMdbFile*  mWriter_Bud;        // strong ref to bud of mWriter_File
+  morkStream*  mWriter_Stream;     // strong ref to stream on bud file
+  nsIMdbHeap*  mWriter_SlotHeap;   // strong ref to slot heap
+
+  // GroupIdentity should be based on mStore_CommitGroupIdentity:
+  mork_gid     mWriter_CommitGroupIdentity; // transaction ID number
+  
+  // GroupBuf holds a hex version of mWriter_CommitGroupIdentity:
+  char         mWriter_GroupBuf[ morkWriter_kGroupBufSize ];
+  mork_fill    mWriter_GroupBufFill; // actual bytes in GroupBuf
+  
+  mork_count   mWriter_TotalCount;  // count of all things to be written
+  mork_count   mWriter_DoneCount;   // count of things already written
+  
+  mork_size    mWriter_LineSize;  // length of current line being written
+  mork_size    mWriter_MaxIndent; // line size forcing a line break
+  mork_size    mWriter_MaxLine;   // line size forcing a value continuation
+  
+  mork_cscode  mWriter_TableForm;     // current charset metainfo
+  mork_scope   mWriter_TableAtomScope;   // current atom scope
+  mork_scope   mWriter_TableRowScope;    // current row scope
+  mork_kind    mWriter_TableKind;        // current table kind
+  
+  mork_cscode  mWriter_RowForm;         // current charset metainfo
+  mork_scope   mWriter_RowAtomScope;    // current atom scope
+  mork_scope   mWriter_RowScope;        // current row scope
+  
+  mork_cscode  mWriter_DictForm;      // current charset metainfo
+  mork_scope   mWriter_DictAtomScope;    // current atom scope
+ 
+  mork_bool    mWriter_NeedDirtyAll;  // need to call DirtyAll()
+  mork_bool    mWriter_Incremental;   // opposite of mWriter_NeedDirtyAll
+  mork_bool    mWriter_DidStartDict;  // true when a dict has been started
+  mork_bool    mWriter_DidEndDict;    // true when a dict has been ended
+
+  mork_bool    mWriter_SuppressDirtyRowNewline; // for table meta rows
+  mork_bool    mWriter_DidStartGroup; // true when a group has been started
+  mork_bool    mWriter_DidEndGroup;    // true when a group has been ended
+  mork_u1      mWriter_Phase;         // status of writing process
+
+  mork_bool    mWriter_BeVerbose; // driven by env and table verbose settings:
+  // mWriter_BeVerbose equals ( ev->mEnv_BeVerbose || table->IsTableVerbose() )
+  
+  mork_u1      mWriter_Pad[ 3 ];  // for u4 alignment
+
+  mork_pos     mWriter_TableRowArrayPos;  // index into mTable_RowArray
+   
+  char         mWriter_SafeNameBuf[ (morkWriter_kMaxColumnNameSize * 2) + 4 ];
+  // Note: extra four bytes in ColNameBuf means we can always append to yarn
+
+  char         mWriter_ColNameBuf[ morkWriter_kMaxColumnNameSize + 4 ];
+  // Note: extra four bytes in ColNameBuf means we can always append to yarn
+  
+  mdbYarn      mWriter_ColYarn; // a yarn to describe space in ColNameBuf:
+  // mYarn_Buf == mWriter_ColNameBuf, mYarn_Size == morkWriter_kMaxColumnNameSize
+  
+  mdbYarn      mWriter_SafeYarn; // a yarn to describe space in ColNameBuf:
+  // mYarn_Buf == mWriter_SafeNameBuf, mYarn_Size == (kMaxColumnNameSize * 2)
+
+  morkAtomSpaceMapIter  mWriter_StoreAtomSpacesIter;   // for mStore_AtomSpaces
+  morkAtomAidMapIter  mWriter_AtomSpaceAtomAidsIter; // for AtomSpace_AtomAids
+  
+  morkRowSpaceMapIter  mWriter_StoreRowSpacesIter;    // for mStore_RowSpaces
+  morkTableMapIter  mWriter_RowSpaceTablesIter;    // for mRowSpace_Tables
+  
+#ifdef MORK_ENABLE_PROBE_MAPS
+  morkRowProbeMapIter  mWriter_RowSpaceRowsIter; // for mRowSpace_Rows
+#else /*MORK_ENABLE_PROBE_MAPS*/
+  morkRowMapIter  mWriter_RowSpaceRowsIter;      // for mRowSpace_Rows
+#endif /*MORK_ENABLE_PROBE_MAPS*/
+
+// { ===== begin morkNode interface =====
+public: // morkNode virtual methods
+  virtual void CloseMorkNode(morkEnv* ev) override; // CloseWriter()
+  virtual ~morkWriter(); // assert that close executed earlier
+
+public: // morkWriter construction & destruction
+  morkWriter(morkEnv* ev, const morkUsage& inUsage,
+    nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap, morkStore* ioStore, nsIMdbFile* ioFile,
+    nsIMdbHeap* ioSlotHeap);
+  void CloseWriter(morkEnv* ev); // called by CloseMorkNode();
+
+private: // copying is not allowed
+  morkWriter(const morkWriter& other);
+  morkWriter& operator=(const morkWriter& other);
+
+public: // dynamic type identification
+  mork_bool IsWriter() const
+  { return IsNode() && mNode_Derived == morkDerived_kWriter; }
+// } ===== end morkNode methods =====
+
+public: // typing & errors
+  static void NonWriterTypeError(morkEnv* ev);
+  static void NilWriterStoreError(morkEnv* ev);
+  static void NilWriterBudError(morkEnv* ev);
+  static void NilWriterStreamError(morkEnv* ev);
+  static void NilWriterFileError(morkEnv* ev);
+  static void UnsupportedPhaseError(morkEnv* ev);
+
+public: // utitlities
+  void ChangeRowForm(morkEnv* ev, mork_cscode inNewForm);
+  void ChangeDictForm(morkEnv* ev, mork_cscode inNewForm);
+  void ChangeDictAtomScope(morkEnv* ev, mork_scope inScope);
+
+public: // inlines
+  mork_bool DidStartDict() const { return mWriter_DidStartDict; }
+  mork_bool DidEndDict() const { return mWriter_DidEndDict; }
+  
+  void IndentAsNeeded(morkEnv* ev, mork_size inDepth)
+  { 
+    if ( mWriter_LineSize > mWriter_MaxIndent )
+      mWriter_LineSize = mWriter_Stream->PutIndent(ev, inDepth);
+  }
+  
+  void IndentOverMaxLine(morkEnv* ev,
+    mork_size inPendingSize, mork_size inDepth)
+  { 
+    if ( mWriter_LineSize + inPendingSize > mWriter_MaxLine )
+      mWriter_LineSize = mWriter_Stream->PutIndent(ev, inDepth);
+  }
+
+public: // delayed construction
+
+  void MakeWriterStream(morkEnv* ev); // give writer a suitable stream
+
+public: // iterative/asynchronous writing
+  
+  mork_bool WriteMore(morkEnv* ev); // call until IsWritingDone() is true
+  
+  mork_bool IsWritingDone() const // don't call WriteMore() any longer?
+  { return mWriter_Phase == morkWriter_kPhaseWritingDone; }
+
+public: // marking all content dirty
+  mork_bool DirtyAll(morkEnv* ev);
+  // DirtyAll() visits every store sub-object and marks 
+  // them dirty, including every table, row, cell, and atom.  The return
+  // equals ev->Good(), to show whether any error happened.  This method is
+  // intended for use in the beginning of a "compress commit" which writes
+  // all store content, whether dirty or not.  We dirty everything first so
+  // that later iterations over content can mark things clean as they are
+  // written, and organize the process of serialization so that objects are
+  // written only at need (because of being dirty).  Note the method can 
+  // stop early when any error happens, since this will abort any commit.
+
+public: // group commit transactions
+
+  mork_bool StartGroup(morkEnv* ev);
+  mork_bool CommitGroup(morkEnv* ev);
+  mork_bool AbortGroup(morkEnv* ev);
+
+public: // phase methods
+  mork_bool OnNothingDone(morkEnv* ev);
+  mork_bool OnDirtyAllDone(morkEnv* ev);
+  mork_bool OnPutHeaderDone(morkEnv* ev);
+
+  mork_bool OnRenumberAllDone(morkEnv* ev);
+
+  mork_bool OnStoreAtomSpaces(morkEnv* ev);
+  mork_bool OnAtomSpaceAtomAids(morkEnv* ev);
+
+  mork_bool OnStoreRowSpacesTables(morkEnv* ev);
+  mork_bool OnRowSpaceTables(morkEnv* ev);
+  mork_bool OnTableRowArray(morkEnv* ev);
+
+  mork_bool OnStoreRowSpacesRows(morkEnv* ev);
+  mork_bool OnRowSpaceRows(morkEnv* ev);
+
+  mork_bool OnContentDone(morkEnv* ev);
+  mork_bool OnWritingDone(morkEnv* ev);
+
+public: // writing dict items first pass
+  mork_bool PutTableDict(morkEnv* ev, morkTable* ioTable);
+  mork_bool PutRowDict(morkEnv* ev, morkRow* ioRow);
+
+public: // writing node content second pass
+  mork_bool PutTable(morkEnv* ev, morkTable* ioTable);
+  mork_bool PutRow(morkEnv* ev, morkRow* ioRow);
+  mork_bool PutRowCells(morkEnv* ev, morkRow* ioRow);
+  mork_bool PutVerboseRowCells(morkEnv* ev, morkRow* ioRow);
+  
+  mork_bool PutCell(morkEnv* ev, morkCell* ioCell, mork_bool inWithVal);
+  mork_bool PutVerboseCell(morkEnv* ev, morkCell* ioCell, mork_bool inWithVal);
+  
+  mork_bool PutTableChange(morkEnv* ev, const morkTableChange* inChange);
+
+public: // other writer methods
+
+  mork_bool IsYarnAllValue(const mdbYarn* inYarn);
+
+  mork_size WriteYarn(morkEnv* ev, const mdbYarn* inYarn);
+  // return number of atom bytes written on the current line (which
+  // implies that escaped line breaks will make the size value smaller
+  // than the entire yarn's size, since only part goes on a last line).
+
+  mork_size WriteAtom(morkEnv* ev, const morkAtom* inAtom);
+  // return number of atom bytes written on the current line (which
+  // implies that escaped line breaks will make the size value smaller
+  // than the entire atom's size, since only part goes on a last line).
+
+  void WriteAllStoreTables(morkEnv* ev);
+  void WriteAtomSpaceAsDict(morkEnv* ev, morkAtomSpace* ioSpace);
+  
+  void WriteTokenToTokenMetaCell(morkEnv* ev, mork_token inCol,
+    mork_token inValue);
+  void WriteStringToTokenDictCell(morkEnv* ev, const char* inCol, 
+    mork_token inValue);
+  // Note inCol should begin with '(' and end with '=', with col in between.
+
+  void StartDict(morkEnv* ev);
+  void EndDict(morkEnv* ev);
+
+  void StartTable(morkEnv* ev, morkTable* ioTable);
+  void EndTable(morkEnv* ev);
+
+public: // typesafe refcounting inlines calling inherited morkNode methods
+  static void SlotWeakWriter(morkWriter* me,
+    morkEnv* ev, morkWriter** ioSlot)
+  { morkNode::SlotWeakNode((morkNode*) me, ev, (morkNode**) ioSlot); }
+  
+  static void SlotStrongWriter(morkWriter* me,
+    morkEnv* ev, morkWriter** ioSlot)
+  { morkNode::SlotStrongNode((morkNode*) me, ev, (morkNode**) ioSlot); }
+};
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+#endif /* _MORKTABLEROWCURSOR_ */
diff --git a/db/mork/src/morkYarn.cpp b/db/mork/src/morkYarn.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ce52a741e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/db/mork/src/morkYarn.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-  */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _MDB_
+#include "mdb.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORK_
+#include "mork.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKNODE_
+#include "morkNode.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKENV_
+#include "morkEnv.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKYARN_
+#include "morkYarn.h"
+#endif
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+// ````` ````` ````` ````` ````` 
+// { ===== begin morkNode interface =====
+
+/*public virtual*/ void
+morkYarn::CloseMorkNode(morkEnv* ev) /*i*/ // CloseYarn() only if open
+{
+  if ( this->IsOpenNode() )
+  {
+    this->MarkClosing();
+    this->CloseYarn(ev);
+    this->MarkShut();
+  }
+}
+
+/*public virtual*/
+morkYarn::~morkYarn() /*i*/ // assert CloseYarn() executed earlier
+{
+  MORK_ASSERT(mYarn_Body.mYarn_Buf==0);
+}
+
+/*public non-poly*/
+morkYarn::morkYarn(morkEnv* ev, /*i*/
+  const morkUsage& inUsage, nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap)
+  : morkNode(ev, inUsage, ioHeap)
+{
+  if ( ev->Good() )
+    mNode_Derived = morkDerived_kYarn;
+}
+
+/*public non-poly*/ void
+morkYarn::CloseYarn(morkEnv* ev) /*i*/ // called by CloseMorkNode();
+{
+    if ( this->IsNode() )
+      this->MarkShut();
+    else
+      this->NonNodeError(ev);
+}
+
+// } ===== end morkNode methods =====
+// ````` ````` ````` ````` ````` 
+
+/*static*/ void
+morkYarn::NonYarnTypeError(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  ev->NewError("non morkYarn");
+}
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
diff --git a/db/mork/src/morkYarn.h b/db/mork/src/morkYarn.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a5b38bbf3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/db/mork/src/morkYarn.h
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-  */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _MORKYARN_
+#define _MORKYARN_ 1
+
+#ifndef _MORK_
+#include "mork.h"
+#endif
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+
+#define morkDerived_kYarn     /*i*/ 0x7952 /* ascii 'yR' */
+
+/*| morkYarn: a reference counted nsIMdbYarn C struct.  This is for use in those
+**| few cases where single instances of reference counted buffers are needed
+**| in Mork, and we expect few enough instances that overhead is not a factor
+**| in decided whether to use such a thing.
+|*/
+class morkYarn : public morkNode { // refcounted yarn
+  
+// public: // slots inherited from morkNode (meant to inform only)
+  // nsIMdbHeap*       mNode_Heap;
+
+  // mork_base      mNode_Base;     // must equal morkBase_kNode
+  // mork_derived   mNode_Derived;  // depends on specific node subclass
+  
+  // mork_access    mNode_Access;   // kOpen, kClosing, kShut, or kDead
+  // mork_usage     mNode_Usage;    // kHeap, kStack, kMember, kGlobal, kNone
+  // mork_able      mNode_Mutable;  // can this node be modified?
+  // mork_load      mNode_Load;     // is this node clean or dirty?
+  
+  // mork_uses      mNode_Uses;     // refcount for strong refs
+  // mork_refs      mNode_Refs;     // refcount for strong refs + weak refs
+
+public: // state is public because the entire Mork system is private
+  mdbYarn  mYarn_Body;
+
+// { ===== begin morkNode interface =====
+public: // morkNode virtual methods
+  virtual void CloseMorkNode(morkEnv* ev) override; // CloseYarn() only if open
+  virtual ~morkYarn(); // assert that CloseYarn() executed earlier
+
+public: // morkYarn construction & destruction
+  morkYarn(morkEnv* ev, const morkUsage& inUsage, nsIMdbHeap* ioHeap);
+  void CloseYarn(morkEnv* ev); // called by CloseMorkNode();
+
+private: // copying is not allowed
+  morkYarn(const morkYarn& other);
+  morkYarn& operator=(const morkYarn& other);
+
+public: // dynamic type identification
+  mork_bool IsYarn() const
+  { return IsNode() && mNode_Derived == morkDerived_kYarn; }
+// } ===== end morkNode methods =====
+
+public: // typing
+  static void NonYarnTypeError(morkEnv* ev);
+
+public: // typesafe refcounting inlines calling inherited morkNode methods
+  static void SlotWeakYarn(morkYarn* me,
+    morkEnv* ev, morkYarn** ioSlot)
+  { morkNode::SlotWeakNode((morkNode*) me, ev, (morkNode**) ioSlot); }
+  
+  static void SlotStrongYarn(morkYarn* me,
+    morkEnv* ev, morkYarn** ioSlot)
+  { morkNode::SlotStrongNode((morkNode*) me, ev, (morkNode**) ioSlot); }
+};
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+#endif /* _MORKYARN_ */
diff --git a/db/mork/src/morkZone.cpp b/db/mork/src/morkZone.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..239e86bba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/db/mork/src/morkZone.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,527 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-  */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _MDB_
+#include "mdb.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORK_
+#include "mork.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKNODE_
+#include "morkNode.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKZONE_
+#include "morkZone.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKENV_
+#include "morkEnv.h"
+#endif
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+// { ===== begin morkNode interface =====
+// public: // morkNode virtual methods
+void morkZone::CloseMorkNode(morkEnv* ev) // CloseZone() only if open
+{
+  if ( this->IsOpenNode() )
+  {
+    this->MarkClosing();
+    this->CloseZone(ev);
+    this->MarkShut();
+  }
+}
+
+morkZone::~morkZone() // assert that CloseZone() executed earlier
+{
+  MORK_ASSERT(this->IsShutNode());
+}
+
+// public: // morkMap construction & destruction
+morkZone::morkZone(morkEnv* ev, const morkUsage& inUsage,
+  nsIMdbHeap* ioNodeHeap, nsIMdbHeap* ioZoneHeap)
+: morkNode(ev, inUsage, ioNodeHeap)
+, mZone_Heap( 0 )
+, mZone_HeapVolume( 0 )
+, mZone_BlockVolume( 0 )
+, mZone_RunVolume( 0 )
+, mZone_ChipVolume( 0 )
+  
+, mZone_FreeOldRunVolume( 0 )
+  
+, mZone_HunkCount( 0 )
+, mZone_FreeOldRunCount( 0 )
+
+, mZone_HunkList( 0 )
+, mZone_FreeOldRunList( 0 )
+  
+, mZone_At( 0 )
+, mZone_AtSize( 0 )
+    
+  // morkRun*     mZone_FreeRuns[ morkZone_kBuckets + 1 ];
+{
+
+  morkRun** runs = mZone_FreeRuns;
+  morkRun** end = runs + (morkZone_kBuckets + 1); // one past last slot
+  --runs; // prepare for preincrement
+  while ( ++runs < end ) // another slot in array?
+    *runs = 0; // clear all the slots
+  
+  if ( ev->Good() )
+  {
+    if ( ioZoneHeap )
+    {
+      nsIMdbHeap_SlotStrongHeap(ioZoneHeap, ev, &mZone_Heap);
+      if ( ev->Good() )
+        mNode_Derived = morkDerived_kZone;
+    }
+    else
+      ev->NilPointerError();
+  }
+}
+
+void morkZone::CloseZone(morkEnv* ev) // called by CloseMorkNode()
+{
+    if ( this->IsNode() )
+    {
+      nsIMdbHeap* heap = mZone_Heap;
+      if ( heap )
+      {
+        morkHunk* hunk = 0;
+        nsIMdbEnv* mev = ev->AsMdbEnv();
+        
+        morkHunk* next = mZone_HunkList;
+        while ( ( hunk = next ) != 0 )
+        {
+#ifdef morkHunk_USE_TAG_SLOT
+          if ( !hunk->HunkGoodTag()  )
+            hunk->BadHunkTagWarning(ev);
+#endif /* morkHunk_USE_TAG_SLOT */
+
+          next = hunk->HunkNext();
+          heap->Free(mev, hunk);
+        }
+      }
+      nsIMdbHeap_SlotStrongHeap((nsIMdbHeap*) 0, ev, &mZone_Heap);
+      this->MarkShut();
+    }
+    else
+      this->NonNodeError(ev);
+}
+
+// } ===== end morkNode methods =====
+
+/*static*/ void
+morkZone::NonZoneTypeError(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  ev->NewError("non morkZone");
+}
+
+/*static*/ void
+morkZone::NilZoneHeapError(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  ev->NewError("nil mZone_Heap");
+}
+
+/*static*/ void
+morkHunk::BadHunkTagWarning(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  ev->NewWarning("bad mHunk_Tag");
+}
+
+/*static*/ void
+morkRun::BadRunTagError(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  ev->NewError("bad mRun_Tag");
+}
+
+/*static*/ void
+morkRun::RunSizeAlignError(morkEnv* ev)
+{
+  ev->NewError("bad RunSize() alignment");
+}
+
+// { ===== begin morkZone methods =====
+
+
+mork_size morkZone::zone_grow_at(morkEnv* ev, mork_size inNeededSize)
+{
+  mZone_At = 0;       // remove any ref to current hunk
+  mZone_AtSize = 0;   // zero available bytes in current hunk
+  
+  mork_size runSize = 0; // actual size of a particular run
+  
+  // try to find a run in old run list with at least inNeededSize bytes:
+  morkRun* run = mZone_FreeOldRunList; // cursor in list scan
+  morkRun* prev = 0; // the node before run in the list scan
+ 
+  while ( run ) // another run in list to check?
+  {
+    morkOldRun* oldRun = (morkOldRun*) run;
+    mork_size oldSize = oldRun->OldSize();
+    if ( oldSize >= inNeededSize ) // found one big enough?
+    {
+      runSize = oldSize;
+      break; // end while loop early
+    }
+    prev = run; // remember last position in singly linked list
+    run = run->RunNext(); // advance cursor to next node in list
+  }
+  if ( runSize && run ) // found a usable old run?
+  {
+    morkRun* next = run->RunNext();
+    if ( prev ) // another node in free list precedes run?
+      prev->RunSetNext(next); // unlink run
+    else
+      mZone_FreeOldRunList = next; // unlink run from head of list
+      
+    morkOldRun *oldRun = (morkOldRun *) run;
+    oldRun->OldSetSize(runSize);
+    mZone_At = (mork_u1*) run;
+    mZone_AtSize = runSize;
+
+#ifdef morkZone_CONFIG_DEBUG
+#ifdef morkZone_CONFIG_ALIGN_8
+    mork_ip lowThree = ((mork_ip) mZone_At) & 7;
+    if ( lowThree ) // not 8 byte aligned?
+#else /*morkZone_CONFIG_ALIGN_8*/
+    mork_ip lowTwo = ((mork_ip) mZone_At) & 3;
+    if ( lowTwo ) // not 4 byte aligned?
+#endif /*morkZone_CONFIG_ALIGN_8*/
+      ev->NewWarning("mZone_At not aligned");
+#endif /*morkZone_CONFIG_DEBUG*/
+  }
+  else // need to allocate a brand new run
+  {
+    inNeededSize += 7; // allow for possible alignment padding
+    mork_size newSize = ( inNeededSize > morkZone_kNewHunkSize )?
+      inNeededSize : morkZone_kNewHunkSize;
+      
+    morkHunk* hunk = this->zone_new_hunk(ev, newSize);
+    if ( hunk )
+    {
+      morkRun* hunkRun = hunk->HunkRun();
+      mork_u1* at = (mork_u1*) hunkRun->RunAsBlock();
+      mork_ip lowBits = ((mork_ip) at) & 7;
+      if ( lowBits ) // not 8 byte aligned?
+      {
+        mork_ip skip = (8 - lowBits); // skip the complement to align
+        at += skip;
+        newSize -= skip;
+      }
+      mZone_At = at;
+      mZone_AtSize = newSize;
+    }
+  }
+  
+  return mZone_AtSize;
+}
+
+morkHunk* morkZone::zone_new_hunk(morkEnv* ev, mdb_size inSize) // alloc  
+{
+  mdb_size hunkSize = inSize + sizeof(morkHunk);
+  void* outBlock = 0; // we are going straight to the heap:
+  mZone_Heap->Alloc(ev->AsMdbEnv(), hunkSize, &outBlock);
+  if ( outBlock )
+  {
+#ifdef morkZone_CONFIG_VOL_STATS
+    mZone_HeapVolume += hunkSize; // track all heap allocations
+#endif /* morkZone_CONFIG_VOL_STATS */
+  
+    morkHunk* hunk = (morkHunk*) outBlock;
+#ifdef morkHunk_USE_TAG_SLOT
+    hunk->HunkInitTag();
+#endif /* morkHunk_USE_TAG_SLOT */
+  
+    hunk->HunkSetNext(mZone_HunkList);
+    mZone_HunkList = hunk;
+    ++mZone_HunkCount;
+    
+    morkRun* run = hunk->HunkRun();
+    run->RunSetSize(inSize);
+#ifdef morkRun_USE_TAG_SLOT
+    run->RunInitTag();
+#endif /* morkRun_USE_TAG_SLOT */
+    
+    return hunk;
+  }
+  if ( ev->Good() ) // got this far without any error reported yet?
+    ev->OutOfMemoryError();
+  return (morkHunk*) 0;
+}
+
+void* morkZone::zone_new_chip(morkEnv* ev, mdb_size inSize) // alloc  
+{
+#ifdef morkZone_CONFIG_VOL_STATS
+  mZone_BlockVolume += inSize; // sum sizes of both chips and runs
+#endif /* morkZone_CONFIG_VOL_STATS */
+  
+  mork_u1* at = mZone_At;
+  mork_size atSize = mZone_AtSize; // available bytes in current hunk
+  if ( atSize >= inSize ) // current hunk can satisfy request?
+  {
+    mZone_At = at + inSize;
+    mZone_AtSize = atSize - inSize;
+    return at;
+  }
+  else if ( atSize > morkZone_kMaxHunkWaste ) // over max waste allowed?
+  {
+    morkHunk* hunk = this->zone_new_hunk(ev, inSize);
+    if ( hunk )
+      return hunk->HunkRun();
+      
+    return (void*) 0; // show allocation has failed
+  }
+  else // get ourselves a new hunk for suballocation:
+  {
+    atSize = this->zone_grow_at(ev, inSize); // get a new hunk
+  }
+
+  if ( atSize >= inSize ) // current hunk can satisfy request?
+  {
+    at = mZone_At;
+    mZone_At = at + inSize;
+    mZone_AtSize = atSize - inSize;
+    return at;
+  }
+  
+  if ( ev->Good() ) // got this far without any error reported yet?
+    ev->OutOfMemoryError();
+    
+  return (void*) 0; // show allocation has failed
+}
+
+void* morkZone::ZoneNewChip(morkEnv* ev, mdb_size inSize) // alloc  
+{
+#ifdef morkZone_CONFIG_ARENA
+
+#ifdef morkZone_CONFIG_DEBUG
+  if ( !this->IsZone() )
+    this->NonZoneTypeError(ev);
+  else if ( !mZone_Heap )
+    this->NilZoneHeapError(ev);
+#endif /*morkZone_CONFIG_DEBUG*/
+
+#ifdef morkZone_CONFIG_ALIGN_8
+  inSize += 7;
+  inSize &= ~((mork_ip) 7); // force to multiple of 8 bytes
+#else /*morkZone_CONFIG_ALIGN_8*/
+  inSize += 3;
+  inSize &= ~((mork_ip) 3); // force to multiple of 4 bytes
+#endif /*morkZone_CONFIG_ALIGN_8*/
+
+#ifdef morkZone_CONFIG_VOL_STATS
+  mZone_ChipVolume += inSize; // sum sizes of chips only
+#endif /* morkZone_CONFIG_VOL_STATS */
+
+  return this->zone_new_chip(ev, inSize);
+
+#else /*morkZone_CONFIG_ARENA*/
+  void* outBlock = 0;
+  mZone_Heap->Alloc(ev->AsMdbEnv(), inSize, &outBlock);
+  return outBlock;
+#endif /*morkZone_CONFIG_ARENA*/
+  
+}
+  
+// public: // ...but runs do indeed know how big they are
+void* morkZone::ZoneNewRun(morkEnv* ev, mdb_size inSize) // alloc  
+{
+#ifdef morkZone_CONFIG_ARENA
+
+#ifdef morkZone_CONFIG_DEBUG
+  if ( !this->IsZone() )
+    this->NonZoneTypeError(ev);
+  else if ( !mZone_Heap )
+    this->NilZoneHeapError(ev);
+#endif /*morkZone_CONFIG_DEBUG*/
+
+  inSize += morkZone_kRoundAdd;
+  inSize &= morkZone_kRoundMask;
+  if ( inSize <= morkZone_kMaxCachedRun )
+  {
+    morkRun** bucket = mZone_FreeRuns + (inSize >> morkZone_kRoundBits);
+    morkRun* hit = *bucket;
+    if ( hit ) // cache hit?
+    {
+      *bucket = hit->RunNext();
+      hit->RunSetSize(inSize);
+      return hit->RunAsBlock();
+    }
+  }
+  mdb_size blockSize = inSize + sizeof(morkRun); // plus run overhead
+#ifdef morkZone_CONFIG_VOL_STATS
+  mZone_RunVolume += blockSize; // sum sizes of runs only
+#endif /* morkZone_CONFIG_VOL_STATS */
+  morkRun* run = (morkRun*) this->zone_new_chip(ev, blockSize);
+  if ( run )
+  {
+    run->RunSetSize(inSize);
+#ifdef morkRun_USE_TAG_SLOT
+    run->RunInitTag();
+#endif /* morkRun_USE_TAG_SLOT */
+    return run->RunAsBlock();
+  }
+  
+  if ( ev->Good() ) // got this far without any error reported yet?
+    ev->OutOfMemoryError();
+  
+  return (void*) 0; // indicate failed allocation
+
+#else /*morkZone_CONFIG_ARENA*/
+  void* outBlock = 0;
+  mZone_Heap->Alloc(ev->AsMdbEnv(), inSize, &outBlock);
+  return outBlock;
+#endif /*morkZone_CONFIG_ARENA*/
+}
+
+void morkZone::ZoneZapRun(morkEnv* ev, void* ioRunBlock) // free
+{
+#ifdef morkZone_CONFIG_ARENA
+
+  morkRun* run = morkRun::BlockAsRun(ioRunBlock);
+  mdb_size runSize = run->RunSize();
+#ifdef morkZone_CONFIG_VOL_STATS
+  mZone_BlockVolume -= runSize; // tracking sizes of both chips and runs
+#endif /* morkZone_CONFIG_VOL_STATS */
+
+#ifdef morkZone_CONFIG_DEBUG
+  if ( !this->IsZone() )
+    this->NonZoneTypeError(ev);
+  else if ( !mZone_Heap )
+    this->NilZoneHeapError(ev);
+  else if ( !ioRunBlock )
+    ev->NilPointerError();
+  else if ( runSize & morkZone_kRoundAdd )
+    run->RunSizeAlignError(ev);
+#ifdef morkRun_USE_TAG_SLOT
+  else if ( !run->RunGoodTag() )
+    run->BadRunTagError(ev);
+#endif /* morkRun_USE_TAG_SLOT */
+#endif /*morkZone_CONFIG_DEBUG*/
+
+  if ( runSize <= morkZone_kMaxCachedRun ) // goes into free run list?
+  {
+    morkRun** bucket = mZone_FreeRuns + (runSize >> morkZone_kRoundBits);
+    run->RunSetNext(*bucket); // push onto free run list
+    *bucket = run;
+  }
+  else // free old run list
+  {
+    run->RunSetNext(mZone_FreeOldRunList); // push onto free old run list
+    mZone_FreeOldRunList = run;
+    ++mZone_FreeOldRunCount;
+#ifdef morkZone_CONFIG_VOL_STATS
+    mZone_FreeOldRunVolume += runSize;
+#endif /* morkZone_CONFIG_VOL_STATS */
+
+    morkOldRun* oldRun = (morkOldRun*) run; // to access extra size slot
+    oldRun->OldSetSize(runSize); // so we know how big this is later
+  }
+
+#else /*morkZone_CONFIG_ARENA*/
+  mZone_Heap->Free(ev->AsMdbEnv(), ioRunBlock);
+#endif /*morkZone_CONFIG_ARENA*/
+}
+
+void* morkZone::ZoneGrowRun(morkEnv* ev, void* ioRunBlock, mdb_size inSize)
+{
+#ifdef morkZone_CONFIG_ARENA
+
+  morkRun* run = morkRun::BlockAsRun(ioRunBlock);
+  mdb_size runSize = run->RunSize();
+
+#ifdef morkZone_CONFIG_DEBUG
+  if ( !this->IsZone() )
+    this->NonZoneTypeError(ev);
+  else if ( !mZone_Heap )
+    this->NilZoneHeapError(ev);
+#endif /*morkZone_CONFIG_DEBUG*/
+
+#ifdef morkZone_CONFIG_ALIGN_8
+  inSize += 7;
+  inSize &= ~((mork_ip) 7); // force to multiple of 8 bytes
+#else /*morkZone_CONFIG_ALIGN_8*/
+  inSize += 3;
+  inSize &= ~((mork_ip) 3); // force to multiple of 4 bytes
+#endif /*morkZone_CONFIG_ALIGN_8*/
+
+  if ( inSize > runSize )
+  {
+    void* newBuf = this->ZoneNewRun(ev, inSize);
+    if ( newBuf )
+    {
+      MORK_MEMCPY(newBuf, ioRunBlock, runSize);
+      this->ZoneZapRun(ev, ioRunBlock);
+      
+      return newBuf;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+    return ioRunBlock; // old size is big enough
+  
+  if ( ev->Good() ) // got this far without any error reported yet?
+    ev->OutOfMemoryError();
+  
+  return (void*) 0; // indicate failed allocation
+
+#else /*morkZone_CONFIG_ARENA*/
+  void* outBlock = 0;
+  mZone_Heap->Free(ev->AsMdbEnv(), ioRunBlock);
+  return outBlock;
+#endif /*morkZone_CONFIG_ARENA*/
+}
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+// { ===== begin nsIMdbHeap methods =====
+/*virtual*/ nsresult
+morkZone::Alloc(nsIMdbEnv* mev, // allocate a piece of memory
+  mdb_size inSize,   // requested size of new memory block 
+  void** outBlock)  // memory block of inSize bytes, or nil
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  void* block = 0;
+  morkEnv* ev = morkEnv::FromMdbEnv(mev);
+  if ( ev )
+  {
+    block = this->ZoneNewRun(ev, inSize);
+    outErr = ev->AsErr();
+  }
+  else
+    outErr = morkEnv_kOutOfMemoryError;
+
+  if ( outBlock )
+    *outBlock = block;
+    
+  return outErr;
+}
+  
+/*virtual*/ nsresult
+morkZone::Free(nsIMdbEnv* mev, // free block allocated earlier by Alloc()
+  void* inBlock)
+{
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  if ( inBlock )
+  {
+    morkEnv* ev = morkEnv::FromMdbEnv(mev);
+    if ( ev )
+    {
+      this->ZoneZapRun(ev, inBlock);
+      outErr = ev->AsErr();
+    }
+    else
+      // XXX 1 is not a valid nsresult
+      outErr = static_cast<nsresult>(1);
+  }
+    
+  return outErr;
+}
+
+// } ===== end nsIMdbHeap methods =====
+
diff --git a/db/mork/src/morkZone.h b/db/mork/src/morkZone.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9e5ffc54c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/db/mork/src/morkZone.h
@@ -0,0 +1,321 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-  */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _MORKZONE_
+#define _MORKZONE_ 1
+
+#ifndef _MORK_
+#include "mork.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKNODE_
+#include "morkNode.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKDEQUE_
+#include "morkDeque.h"
+#endif
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+/*| CONFIG_DEBUG: do paranoid debug checks if defined.
+|*/
+#ifdef MORK_DEBUG
+#define morkZone_CONFIG_DEBUG 1 /* debug paranoid if defined */
+#endif /*MORK_DEBUG*/
+
+/*| CONFIG_STATS: keep volume and usage statistics.
+|*/
+#define morkZone_CONFIG_VOL_STATS 1 /* count space used by zone instance */
+
+/*| CONFIG_ARENA: if this is defined, then the morkZone class will alloc big
+**| blocks from the zone's heap, and suballocate from these.  If undefined,
+**| then morkZone will just pass all calls through to the zone's heap.
+|*/
+#ifdef MORK_ENABLE_ZONE_ARENAS
+#define morkZone_CONFIG_ARENA 1 /* be arena, if defined; otherwise no-op */
+#endif /*MORK_ENABLE_ZONE_ARENAS*/
+
+/*| CONFIG_ALIGN_8: if this is defined, then the morkZone class will give
+**| blocks 8 byte alignment instead of only 4 byte alignment.
+|*/
+#ifdef MORK_CONFIG_ALIGN_8
+#define morkZone_CONFIG_ALIGN_8 1 /* ifdef: align to 8 bytes, otherwise 4 */
+#endif /*MORK_CONFIG_ALIGN_8*/
+
+/*| CONFIG_PTR_SIZE_4: if this is defined, then the morkZone class will
+**| assume sizeof(void*) == 4, so a tag slot for padding is needed.
+|*/
+#ifdef MORK_CONFIG_PTR_SIZE_4
+#define morkZone_CONFIG_PTR_SIZE_4 1 /* ifdef: sizeof(void*) == 4 */
+#endif /*MORK_CONFIG_PTR_SIZE_4*/
+
+/*| morkZone_USE_TAG_SLOT: if this is defined, then define slot mRun_Tag
+**| in order to achieve eight byte alignment after the mRun_Next slot.
+|*/
+#if defined(morkZone_CONFIG_ALIGN_8) && defined(morkZone_CONFIG_PTR_SIZE_4)
+#define morkRun_USE_TAG_SLOT 1  /* need mRun_Tag slot inside morkRun */
+#define morkHunk_USE_TAG_SLOT 1 /* need mHunk_Tag slot inside morkHunk */
+#endif
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+#define morkRun_kTag ((mork_u4) 0x6D52754E ) /* ascii 'mRuN' */
+
+/*| morkRun: structure used by morkZone for sized blocks
+|*/
+class morkRun {
+
+protected: // member variable slots
+#ifdef morkRun_USE_TAG_SLOT
+  mork_u4   mRun_Tag; // force 8 byte alignment after mRun_Next
+#endif /* morkRun_USE_TAG_SLOT */
+
+  morkRun*  mRun_Next;
+  
+public: // pointer interpretation of mRun_Next (when inside a list):
+  morkRun*   RunNext() const { return mRun_Next; }
+  void       RunSetNext(morkRun* ioNext) { mRun_Next = ioNext; }
+  
+public: // size interpretation of mRun_Next (when not inside a list):
+  mork_size  RunSize() const { return (mork_size) ((mork_ip) mRun_Next); }
+  void       RunSetSize(mork_size inSize)
+             { mRun_Next = (morkRun*) ((mork_ip) inSize); }
+  
+public: // maintenance and testing of optional tag magic signature slot:
+#ifdef morkRun_USE_TAG_SLOT
+  void       RunInitTag() { mRun_Tag = morkRun_kTag; }
+  mork_bool  RunGoodTag() { return ( mRun_Tag == morkRun_kTag ); }
+#endif /* morkRun_USE_TAG_SLOT */
+  
+public: // conversion back and forth to inline block following run instance:
+  void* RunAsBlock() { return (((mork_u1*) this) + sizeof(morkRun)); }
+  
+  static morkRun* BlockAsRun(void* ioBlock)
+  { return (morkRun*) (((mork_u1*) ioBlock) - sizeof(morkRun)); }
+
+public: // typing & errors
+  static void BadRunTagError(morkEnv* ev);
+  static void RunSizeAlignError(morkEnv* ev);
+};
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+
+/*| morkOldRun: more space to record size when run is put into old free list
+|*/
+class morkOldRun : public morkRun {
+
+protected: // need another size field when mRun_Next is used for linkage:
+  mdb_size mOldRun_Size;
+  
+public: // size getter/setter
+  mork_size  OldSize() const { return mOldRun_Size; }
+  void       OldSetSize(mork_size inSize) { mOldRun_Size = inSize; }
+  
+};
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+#define morkHunk_kTag ((mork_u4) 0x68556E4B ) /* ascii 'hUnK' */
+
+/*| morkHunk: structure used by morkZone for heap allocations.
+|*/
+class morkHunk {
+
+protected: // member variable slots
+
+#ifdef morkHunk_USE_TAG_SLOT
+  mork_u4   mHunk_Tag; // force 8 byte alignment after mHunk_Next
+#endif /* morkHunk_USE_TAG_SLOT */
+
+  morkHunk* mHunk_Next;
+  
+  morkRun   mHunk_Run;
+  
+public: // setters
+  void      HunkSetNext(morkHunk* ioNext) { mHunk_Next = ioNext; }
+  
+public: // getters
+  morkHunk* HunkNext() const { return mHunk_Next; }
+
+  morkRun*  HunkRun() { return &mHunk_Run; }
+  
+public: // maintenance and testing of optional tag magic signature slot:
+#ifdef morkHunk_USE_TAG_SLOT
+  void       HunkInitTag() { mHunk_Tag = morkHunk_kTag; }
+  mork_bool  HunkGoodTag() { return ( mHunk_Tag == morkHunk_kTag ); }
+#endif /* morkHunk_USE_TAG_SLOT */
+
+public: // typing & errors
+  static void BadHunkTagWarning(morkEnv* ev);
+  
+};
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+/*| kNewHunkSize: the default size for a hunk, assuming we must allocate
+**| a new one whenever the free hunk list does not already have.  Note this
+**| number should not be changed without also considering suitable changes
+**| in the related kMaxHunkWaste and kMinHunkSize constants. 
+|*/
+#define morkZone_kNewHunkSize ((mork_size) (64 * 1024)) /* 64K per hunk */
+
+/*| kMaxFreeVolume: some number of bytes of free space in the free hunk list
+**| over which we no longer want to add more free hunks to the list, for fear
+**| of accumulating too much unused, fragmented free space.  This should be a
+**| small multiple of kNewHunkSize, say about two to four times as great, to
+**| allow for no more free hunk space than fits in a handful of new hunks.
+**| This strategy will let us usefuly accumulate "some" free space in the
+**| free hunk list, but without accumulating "too much" free space that way.
+|*/
+#define morkZone_kMaxFreeVolume (morkZone_kNewHunkSize * 3)
+
+/*| kMaxHunkWaste: if a current request is larger than this, and we cannot
+**| satisfy the request with the current hunk, then we just allocate the
+**| block from the heap without changing the current hunk.  Basically this
+**| number represents the largest amount of memory we are willing to waste,
+**| since a block request barely less than this can cause the current hunk
+**| to be retired (with any unused space wasted) as well get a new hunk.
+|*/
+#define morkZone_kMaxHunkWaste ((mork_size) 4096) /* 1/16 kNewHunkSize */
+
+/*| kRound*: the algorithm for rounding up allocation sizes for caching
+**| in free lists works like the following.  We add kRoundAdd to any size
+**| requested, and then bitwise AND with kRoundMask, and this will give us
+**| the smallest multiple of kRoundSize that is at least as large as the
+**| requested size.  Then if we rightshift this number by kRoundBits, we
+**| will have the index into the mZone_FreeRuns array which will hold any
+**| cache runs of that size.  So 4 bits of shift gives us a granularity
+**| of 16 bytes, so that free lists will hold successive runs that are
+**| 16 bytes greater than the next smaller run size.  If we have 256 free
+**| lists of nonzero sized runs altogether, then the largest run that can
+**| be cached is 4096, or 4K (since 4096 == 16 * 256).  A larger run that
+**| gets freed will go in to the free hunk list (or back to the heap).
+|*/
+#define morkZone_kRoundBits 4 /* bits to round-up size for free lists */
+#define morkZone_kRoundSize (1 << morkZone_kRoundBits)
+#define morkZone_kRoundAdd ((1 << morkZone_kRoundBits) - 1)
+#define morkZone_kRoundMask (~ ((mork_ip) morkZone_kRoundAdd))
+
+#define morkZone_kBuckets 256 /* number of distinct free lists */
+
+/*| kMaxCachedRun: the largest run that will be stored inside a free
+**| list of old zapped runs.  A run larger than this cannot be put in
+**| a free list, and must be allocated from the heap at need, and put
+**| into the free hunk list when discarded.
+|*/
+#define morkZone_kMaxCachedRun (morkZone_kBuckets * morkZone_kRoundSize)
+
+#define morkDerived_kZone     /*i*/ 0x5A6E /* ascii 'Zn' */
+
+/*| morkZone: a pooled memory allocator like an NSPR arena.  The term 'zone'
+**| is roughly synonymous with 'heap'.  I avoid calling this class a "heap"
+**| to avoid any confusion with nsIMdbHeap, and I avoid calling this class
+**| an arean to avoid confusion with NSPR usage.
+|*/
+class morkZone : public morkNode, public nsIMdbHeap {
+
+// public: // slots inherited from morkNode (meant to inform only)
+  // nsIMdbHeap*       mNode_Heap;
+
+  // mork_base      mNode_Base;     // must equal morkBase_kNode
+  // mork_derived   mNode_Derived;  // depends on specific node subclass
+  
+  // mork_access    mNode_Access;   // kOpen, kClosing, kShut, or kDead
+  // mork_usage     mNode_Usage;    // kHeap, kStack, kMember, kGlobal, kNone
+  // mork_able      mNode_Mutable;  // can this node be modified?
+  // mork_load      mNode_Load;     // is this node clean or dirty?
+  
+  // mork_uses      mNode_Uses;     // refcount for strong refs
+  // mork_refs      mNode_Refs;     // refcount for strong refs + weak refs
+
+public: // state is public because the entire Mork system is private
+
+  nsIMdbHeap*  mZone_Heap; // strong ref to heap allocating all space
+  
+  mork_size    mZone_HeapVolume;  // total bytes allocated from heap
+  mork_size    mZone_BlockVolume; // total bytes in all zone blocks
+  mork_size    mZone_RunVolume;   // total bytes in all zone runs
+  mork_size    mZone_ChipVolume;  // total bytes in all zone chips
+  
+  mork_size    mZone_FreeOldRunVolume; // total bytes in all used hunks
+  
+  mork_count   mZone_HunkCount;        // total number of used hunks
+  mork_count   mZone_FreeOldRunCount;  // total free old runs
+
+  morkHunk*    mZone_HunkList;       // linked list of all used hunks  
+  morkRun*     mZone_FreeOldRunList; // linked list of free old runs
+  
+  // note mZone_At is a byte pointer for single byte address arithmetic:
+  mork_u1*     mZone_At;     // current position in most recent hunk
+  mork_size    mZone_AtSize; // number of bytes remaining in this hunk
+  
+  // kBuckets+1 so indexes zero through kBuckets are all okay to use:
+  
+  morkRun*     mZone_FreeRuns[ morkZone_kBuckets + 1 ];
+  // Each piece of memory stored in list mZone_FreeRuns[ i ] has an
+  // allocation size equal to sizeof(morkRun) + (i * kRoundSize), so
+  // that callers can be given a piece of memory with (i * kRoundSize)
+  // bytes of writeable space while reserving the first sizeof(morkRun)
+  // bytes to keep track of size information for later re-use.  Note
+  // that mZone_FreeRuns[ 0 ] is unused because no run will be zero
+  // bytes in size (and morkZone plans to complain about zero sizes). 
+
+protected: // zone utilities
+  
+  mork_size zone_grow_at(morkEnv* ev, mork_size inNeededSize);
+
+  void*     zone_new_chip(morkEnv* ev, mdb_size inSize); // alloc  
+  morkHunk* zone_new_hunk(morkEnv* ev, mdb_size inRunSize); // alloc  
+
+// { ===== begin nsIMdbHeap methods =====
+public:
+  NS_IMETHOD Alloc(nsIMdbEnv* ev, // allocate a piece of memory
+    mdb_size inSize,   // requested size of new memory block 
+    void** outBlock) override; // memory block of inSize bytes, or nil
+    
+  NS_IMETHOD Free(nsIMdbEnv* ev, // free block allocated earlier by Alloc()
+    void* inBlock) override;
+
+  virtual size_t GetUsedSize() override { return mZone_Heap->GetUsedSize(); }
+// } ===== end nsIMdbHeap methods =====
+
+// { ===== begin morkNode interface =====
+public: // morkNode virtual methods
+  virtual void CloseMorkNode(morkEnv* ev) override; // CloseZone() only if open
+  virtual ~morkZone(); // assert that CloseMap() executed earlier
+
+public: // morkMap construction & destruction
+  morkZone(morkEnv* ev, const morkUsage& inUsage, nsIMdbHeap* ioNodeHeap, 
+    nsIMdbHeap* ioZoneHeap);
+  
+  void CloseZone(morkEnv* ev); // called by CloseMorkNode()
+  
+public: // dynamic type identification
+  mork_bool IsZone() const
+  { return IsNode() && mNode_Derived == morkDerived_kZone; }
+// } ===== end morkNode methods =====
+
+// { ===== begin morkZone methods =====
+public: // chips do not know how big they are...
+  void* ZoneNewChip(morkEnv* ev, mdb_size inSize); // alloc  
+    
+public: // ...but runs do indeed know how big they are
+  void* ZoneNewRun(morkEnv* ev, mdb_size inSize); // alloc  
+  void  ZoneZapRun(morkEnv* ev, void* ioRunBody); // free
+  void* ZoneGrowRun(morkEnv* ev, void* ioRunBody, mdb_size inSize); // realloc
+    
+// } ===== end morkZone methods =====
+
+public: // typing & errors
+  static void NonZoneTypeError(morkEnv* ev);
+  static void NilZoneHeapError(morkEnv* ev);
+  static void BadZoneTagError(morkEnv* ev);
+};
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+#endif /* _MORKZONE_ */
diff --git a/db/mork/src/moz.build b/db/mork/src/moz.build
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0fb9645d9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/db/mork/src/moz.build
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+# vim: set filetype=python:
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+SOURCES += [
+    'morkArray.cpp',
+    'morkAtom.cpp',
+    'morkAtomMap.cpp',
+    'morkAtomSpace.cpp',
+    'morkBead.cpp',
+    'morkBlob.cpp',
+    'morkBuilder.cpp',
+    'morkCell.cpp',
+    'morkCellObject.cpp',
+    'morkCh.cpp',
+    'morkConfig.cpp',
+    'morkCursor.cpp',
+    'morkDeque.cpp',
+    'morkEnv.cpp',
+    'morkFactory.cpp',
+    'morkFile.cpp',
+    'morkHandle.cpp',
+    'morkIntMap.cpp',
+    'morkMap.cpp',
+    'morkNode.cpp',
+    'morkNodeMap.cpp',
+    'morkObject.cpp',
+    'morkParser.cpp',
+    'morkPool.cpp',
+    'morkPortTableCursor.cpp',
+    'morkProbeMap.cpp',
+    'morkRow.cpp',
+    'morkRowCellCursor.cpp',
+    'morkRowMap.cpp',
+    'morkRowObject.cpp',
+    'morkRowSpace.cpp',
+    'morkSink.cpp',
+    'morkSpace.cpp',
+    'morkStore.cpp',
+    'morkStream.cpp',
+    'morkTable.cpp',
+    'morkTableRowCursor.cpp',
+    'morkThumb.cpp',
+    'morkWriter.cpp',
+    'morkYarn.cpp',
+    'morkZone.cpp',
+    'orkinHeap.cpp',
+]
+
+if CONFIG['OS_ARCH'] == 'WINNT':
+    SOURCES += ['morkSearchRowCursor.cpp']
+
+FINAL_LIBRARY = 'mork'
+
diff --git a/db/mork/src/orkinHeap.cpp b/db/mork/src/orkinHeap.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4a309a154
--- /dev/null
+++ b/db/mork/src/orkinHeap.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-  */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _MDB_
+#include "mdb.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORK_
+#include "mork.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _ORKINHEAP_
+#include "orkinHeap.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORKENV_
+#include "morkEnv.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "nsIMemoryReporter.h"
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+
+orkinHeap::orkinHeap() // does nothing
+  : mUsedSize(0)
+{
+}
+
+/*virtual*/
+orkinHeap::~orkinHeap() // does nothing
+{
+}
+
+MOZ_DEFINE_MALLOC_SIZE_OF_ON_ALLOC(MorkSizeOfOnAlloc)
+MOZ_DEFINE_MALLOC_SIZE_OF_ON_FREE(MorkSizeOfOnFree)
+
+// { ===== begin nsIMdbHeap methods =====
+/*virtual*/ nsresult
+orkinHeap::Alloc(nsIMdbEnv* mev, // allocate a piece of memory
+  mdb_size inSize,  // requested size of new memory block
+  void** outBlock)  // memory block of inSize bytes, or nil
+{
+
+  MORK_USED_1(mev);
+  nsresult outErr = NS_OK;
+  void* block = malloc(inSize);
+  if ( !block )
+    outErr = morkEnv_kOutOfMemoryError;
+  else
+    mUsedSize += MorkSizeOfOnAlloc(block);
+
+  MORK_ASSERT(outBlock);
+  if ( outBlock )
+    *outBlock = block;
+  return outErr;
+}
+
+/*virtual*/ nsresult
+orkinHeap::Free(nsIMdbEnv* mev, // free block allocated earlier by Alloc()
+  void* inBlock)
+{
+  MORK_USED_1(mev);
+  MORK_ASSERT(inBlock);
+  if ( inBlock )
+  {
+    mUsedSize -= MorkSizeOfOnFree(inBlock);
+    free(inBlock);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+size_t
+orkinHeap::GetUsedSize()
+{
+  return mUsedSize;
+}
+// } ===== end nsIMdbHeap methods =====
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
diff --git a/db/mork/src/orkinHeap.h b/db/mork/src/orkinHeap.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a3c14d295
--- /dev/null
+++ b/db/mork/src/orkinHeap.h
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-  */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _ORKINHEAP_
+#define _ORKINHEAP_ 1
+
+#ifndef _MDB_
+#include "mdb.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _MORK_
+#include "mork.h"
+#endif
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+#define orkinHeap_kTag 0x68456150 /* ascii 'hEaP' */
+
+/*| orkinHeap: 
+|*/
+class orkinHeap : public nsIMdbHeap { //
+protected:
+  size_t mUsedSize;
+
+public:
+  orkinHeap(); // does nothing
+  virtual ~orkinHeap(); // does nothing
+    
+private: // copying is not allowed
+  orkinHeap(const orkinHeap& other);
+  orkinHeap& operator=(const orkinHeap& other);
+
+public:
+
+// { ===== begin nsIMdbHeap methods =====
+  NS_IMETHOD Alloc(nsIMdbEnv* ev, // allocate a piece of memory
+    mdb_size inSize,   // requested size of new memory block 
+    void** outBlock);  // memory block of inSize bytes, or nil
+    
+  NS_IMETHOD Free(nsIMdbEnv* ev, // free block allocated earlier by Alloc()
+    void* inBlock);
+
+  virtual size_t GetUsedSize();
+// } ===== end nsIMdbHeap methods =====
+
+};
+
+//3456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789_123456789
+
+#endif /* _ORKINHEAP_ */
diff --git a/db/moz.build b/db/moz.build
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2f360fad6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/db/moz.build
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+# vim: set filetype=python:
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+if not CONFIG['NSS_DISABLE_DBM'] and CONFIG['MOZ_MORK']:
+    DIRS += [
+        'mork/public',
+        'mork/src',
+        'mork/build',
+    ]
diff --git a/ldap/c-sdk/include/disptmpl.h b/ldap/c-sdk/include/disptmpl.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b287e3f95
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/c-sdk/include/disptmpl.h
@@ -0,0 +1,379 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ * 
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version 
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with 
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at 
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ * 
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ * 
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, released
+ * March 31, 1998.
+ * 
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998-1999
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ * 
+ * Contributor(s):
+ * 
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
+ * or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ * 
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 Regents of the University of Michigan.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms are permitted
+ * provided that this notice is preserved and that due credit is given
+ * to the University of Michigan at Ann Arbor. The name of the University
+ * may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this
+ * software without specific prior written permission. This software
+ * is provided ``as is'' without express or implied warranty.
+ *
+ * disptmpl.h:  display template library defines
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DISPTMPL_H
+#define _DISPTMPL_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* calling conventions used by library */
+#ifndef LDAP_CALL
+#if defined( _WINDOWS ) || defined( _WIN32 )
+#define LDAP_C __cdecl
+#ifndef _WIN32 
+#define __stdcall _far _pascal
+#define LDAP_CALLBACK _loadds
+#else
+#define LDAP_CALLBACK
+#endif /* _WIN32 */
+#define LDAP_PASCAL __stdcall
+#define LDAP_CALL LDAP_PASCAL
+#else /* _WINDOWS */
+#define LDAP_C
+#define LDAP_CALLBACK
+#define LDAP_PASCAL
+#define LDAP_CALL
+#endif /* _WINDOWS */
+#endif /* LDAP_CALL */
+
+#define LDAP_TEMPLATE_VERSION	1
+
+/*
+ * general types of items (confined to most significant byte)
+ */
+#define LDAP_SYN_TYPE_TEXT		0x01000000L
+#define LDAP_SYN_TYPE_IMAGE		0x02000000L
+#define LDAP_SYN_TYPE_BOOLEAN		0x04000000L
+#define LDAP_SYN_TYPE_BUTTON		0x08000000L
+#define LDAP_SYN_TYPE_ACTION		0x10000000L
+
+
+/*
+ * syntax options (confined to second most significant byte)
+ */
+#define LDAP_SYN_OPT_DEFER		0x00010000L
+
+
+/* 
+ * display template item syntax ids (defined by common agreement)
+ * these are the valid values for the ti_syntaxid of the tmplitem
+ * struct (defined below).  A general type is encoded in the
+ * most-significant 8 bits, and some options are encoded in the next
+ * 8 bits.  The lower 16 bits are reserved for the distinct types.
+ */
+#define LDAP_SYN_CASEIGNORESTR	( 1 | LDAP_SYN_TYPE_TEXT )
+#define LDAP_SYN_MULTILINESTR	( 2 | LDAP_SYN_TYPE_TEXT )
+#define LDAP_SYN_DN		( 3 | LDAP_SYN_TYPE_TEXT )
+#define LDAP_SYN_BOOLEAN	( 4 | LDAP_SYN_TYPE_BOOLEAN )
+#define LDAP_SYN_JPEGIMAGE	( 5 | LDAP_SYN_TYPE_IMAGE )
+#define LDAP_SYN_JPEGBUTTON	( 6 | LDAP_SYN_TYPE_BUTTON | LDAP_SYN_OPT_DEFER )
+#define LDAP_SYN_FAXIMAGE	( 7 | LDAP_SYN_TYPE_IMAGE )
+#define LDAP_SYN_FAXBUTTON	( 8 | LDAP_SYN_TYPE_BUTTON | LDAP_SYN_OPT_DEFER )
+#define LDAP_SYN_AUDIOBUTTON	( 9 | LDAP_SYN_TYPE_BUTTON | LDAP_SYN_OPT_DEFER )
+#define LDAP_SYN_TIME		( 10 | LDAP_SYN_TYPE_TEXT )
+#define LDAP_SYN_DATE		( 11 | LDAP_SYN_TYPE_TEXT )
+#define LDAP_SYN_LABELEDURL	( 12 | LDAP_SYN_TYPE_TEXT )
+#define LDAP_SYN_SEARCHACTION	( 13 | LDAP_SYN_TYPE_ACTION )
+#define LDAP_SYN_LINKACTION	( 14 | LDAP_SYN_TYPE_ACTION )
+#define LDAP_SYN_ADDDNACTION	( 15 | LDAP_SYN_TYPE_ACTION )
+#define LDAP_SYN_VERIFYDNACTION ( 16 | LDAP_SYN_TYPE_ACTION )
+#define LDAP_SYN_RFC822ADDR	( 17 | LDAP_SYN_TYPE_TEXT )
+
+
+/*
+ * handy macros
+ */
+#define LDAP_GET_SYN_TYPE( syid )	((syid) & 0xFF000000UL )
+#define LDAP_GET_SYN_OPTIONS( syid )	((syid) & 0x00FF0000UL )
+
+
+/*
+ * display options for output routines (used by entry2text and friends)
+ */
+/*
+ * use calculated label width (based on length of longest label in
+ * template) instead of contant width
+ */
+#define LDAP_DISP_OPT_AUTOLABELWIDTH	0x00000001L
+#define LDAP_DISP_OPT_HTMLBODYONLY	0x00000002L
+
+/*
+ * perform search actions (applies to ldap_entry2text_search only) 
+ */
+#define LDAP_DISP_OPT_DOSEARCHACTIONS	0x00000002L
+
+/*
+ * include additional info. relevant to "non leaf" entries only
+ * used by ldap_entry2html and ldap_entry2html_search to include "Browse"
+ * and "Move Up" HREFs
+ */
+#define LDAP_DISP_OPT_NONLEAF		0x00000004L
+
+
+/*
+ * display template item options (may not apply to all types)
+ * if this bit is set in ti_options, it applies.
+ */
+#define LDAP_DITEM_OPT_READONLY		0x00000001L
+#define LDAP_DITEM_OPT_SORTVALUES	0x00000002L
+#define LDAP_DITEM_OPT_SINGLEVALUED	0x00000004L
+#define LDAP_DITEM_OPT_HIDEIFEMPTY	0x00000008L
+#define LDAP_DITEM_OPT_VALUEREQUIRED	0x00000010L
+#define LDAP_DITEM_OPT_HIDEIFFALSE	0x00000020L	/* booleans only */
+
+
+
+/*
+ * display template item structure
+ */
+struct ldap_tmplitem {
+    unsigned long		ti_syntaxid;
+    unsigned long		ti_options;
+    char  			*ti_attrname;
+    char			*ti_label;
+    char			**ti_args;
+    struct ldap_tmplitem	*ti_next_in_row;
+    struct ldap_tmplitem	*ti_next_in_col;
+    void			*ti_appdata;
+};
+
+
+#define NULLTMPLITEM	((struct ldap_tmplitem *)0)
+
+#define LDAP_SET_TMPLITEM_APPDATA( ti, datap )	\
+	(ti)->ti_appdata = (void *)(datap)
+
+#define LDAP_GET_TMPLITEM_APPDATA( ti, type )	\
+	(type)((ti)->ti_appdata)
+
+#define LDAP_IS_TMPLITEM_OPTION_SET( ti, option )	\
+	(((ti)->ti_options & option ) != 0 )
+
+
+/*
+ * object class array structure
+ */
+struct ldap_oclist {
+    char		**oc_objclasses;
+    struct ldap_oclist	*oc_next;
+};
+
+#define NULLOCLIST	((struct ldap_oclist *)0)
+
+
+/*
+ * add defaults list
+ */
+struct ldap_adddeflist {
+    int			ad_source;
+#define LDAP_ADSRC_CONSTANTVALUE	1
+#define LDAP_ADSRC_ADDERSDN		2
+    char		*ad_attrname;
+    char		*ad_value;
+    struct ldap_adddeflist	*ad_next;
+};
+
+#define NULLADLIST	((struct ldap_adddeflist *)0)
+
+
+/*
+ * display template global options
+ * if this bit is set in dt_options, it applies.
+ */
+/*
+ * users should be allowed to try to add objects of these entries
+ */
+#define LDAP_DTMPL_OPT_ADDABLE		0x00000001L
+
+/*
+ * users should be allowed to do "modify RDN" operation of these entries
+ */
+#define LDAP_DTMPL_OPT_ALLOWMODRDN	0x00000002L
+
+/*
+ * this template is an alternate view, not a primary view
+ */
+#define LDAP_DTMPL_OPT_ALTVIEW		0x00000004L
+
+
+/*
+ * display template structure
+ */
+struct ldap_disptmpl {
+    char			*dt_name;
+    char			*dt_pluralname;
+    char			*dt_iconname;
+    unsigned long		dt_options;
+    char			*dt_authattrname;
+    char			*dt_defrdnattrname;
+    char			*dt_defaddlocation;
+    struct ldap_oclist		*dt_oclist;
+    struct ldap_adddeflist	*dt_adddeflist;
+    struct ldap_tmplitem	*dt_items;
+    void			*dt_appdata;
+    struct ldap_disptmpl	*dt_next;
+};
+
+#define NULLDISPTMPL	((struct ldap_disptmpl *)0)
+
+#define LDAP_SET_DISPTMPL_APPDATA( dt, datap )	\
+	(dt)->dt_appdata = (void *)(datap)
+
+#define LDAP_GET_DISPTMPL_APPDATA( dt, type )	\
+	(type)((dt)->dt_appdata)
+
+#define LDAP_IS_DISPTMPL_OPTION_SET( dt, option )	\
+	(((dt)->dt_options & option ) != 0 )
+
+#define LDAP_TMPL_ERR_VERSION	1
+#define LDAP_TMPL_ERR_MEM	2
+#define LDAP_TMPL_ERR_SYNTAX	3
+#define LDAP_TMPL_ERR_FILE	4
+
+/*
+ * buffer size needed for entry2text and vals2text
+ */
+#define LDAP_DTMPL_BUFSIZ	8192
+
+typedef int (*writeptype)( void *writeparm, char *p, int len );
+
+LDAP_API(int)
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_init_templates( char *file, struct ldap_disptmpl **tmpllistp );
+
+LDAP_API(int)
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_init_templates_buf( char *buf, long buflen,
+	struct ldap_disptmpl **tmpllistp );
+
+LDAP_API(void)
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_free_templates( struct ldap_disptmpl *tmpllist );
+
+LDAP_API(struct ldap_disptmpl *)
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_first_disptmpl( struct ldap_disptmpl *tmpllist );
+
+LDAP_API(struct ldap_disptmpl *)
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_next_disptmpl( struct ldap_disptmpl *tmpllist,
+	struct ldap_disptmpl *tmpl );
+
+LDAP_API(struct ldap_disptmpl *)
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_name2template( char *name, struct ldap_disptmpl *tmpllist );
+
+LDAP_API(struct ldap_disptmpl *)
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_oc2template( char **oclist, struct ldap_disptmpl *tmpllist );
+
+LDAP_API(char **)
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_tmplattrs( struct ldap_disptmpl *tmpl, char **includeattrs, int exclude,
+	 unsigned long syntaxmask );
+
+LDAP_API(struct ldap_tmplitem *)
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_first_tmplrow( struct ldap_disptmpl *tmpl );
+
+LDAP_API(struct ldap_tmplitem *)
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_next_tmplrow( struct ldap_disptmpl *tmpl, struct ldap_tmplitem *row );
+
+LDAP_API(struct ldap_tmplitem *)
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_first_tmplcol( struct ldap_disptmpl *tmpl, struct ldap_tmplitem *row );
+
+LDAP_API(struct ldap_tmplitem *)
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_next_tmplcol( struct ldap_disptmpl *tmpl, struct ldap_tmplitem *row,
+	struct ldap_tmplitem *col );
+
+LDAP_API(int)
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_entry2text( LDAP *ld, char *buf, LDAPMessage *entry,
+	struct ldap_disptmpl *tmpl, char **defattrs, char ***defvals,
+	writeptype writeproc, void *writeparm, char *eol, int rdncount,
+	unsigned long opts );
+
+LDAP_API(int)
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_vals2text( LDAP *ld, char *buf, char **vals, char *label, int labelwidth,
+	unsigned long syntaxid, writeptype writeproc, void *writeparm,
+	char *eol, int rdncount );
+
+LDAP_API(int)
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_entry2text_search( LDAP *ld, char *dn, char *base, LDAPMessage *entry,
+	struct ldap_disptmpl *tmpllist, char **defattrs, char ***defvals,
+	writeptype writeproc, void *writeparm, char *eol, int rdncount,
+	unsigned long opts );
+
+LDAP_API(int)
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_entry2html( LDAP *ld, char *buf, LDAPMessage *entry,
+	struct ldap_disptmpl *tmpl, char **defattrs, char ***defvals,
+	writeptype writeproc, void *writeparm, char *eol, int rdncount,
+	unsigned long opts, char *urlprefix, char *base );
+
+LDAP_API(int)
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_vals2html( LDAP *ld, char *buf, char **vals, char *label, int labelwidth,
+	unsigned long syntaxid, writeptype writeproc, void *writeparm,
+	char *eol, int rdncount, char *urlprefix );
+
+LDAP_API(int)
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_entry2html_search( LDAP *ld, char *dn, char *base, LDAPMessage *entry,
+	struct ldap_disptmpl *tmpllist, char **defattrs, char ***defvals,
+	writeptype writeproc, void *writeparm, char *eol, int rdncount,
+	unsigned long opts, char *urlprefix );
+
+LDAP_API(char *)
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_tmplerr2string( int err );
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#endif /* _DISPTMPL_H */
diff --git a/ldap/c-sdk/include/iutil.h b/ldap/c-sdk/include/iutil.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a87a800d2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/c-sdk/include/iutil.h
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ * 
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version 
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with 
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at 
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ * 
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ * 
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, released
+ * March 31, 1998.
+ * 
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998-1999
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ * 
+ * Contributor(s):
+ * 
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
+ * or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ * 
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+
+/*
+ * Interface for libiutil the innosoft migration library
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef _IUTIL_H
+#define _IUTIL_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+/* from iutil-lock.c */
+
+#ifdef _WINDOWS
+#define LDAP_MUTEX_T HANDLE
+
+extern		char *ldap_strdup();
+extern		unsigned char *ldap_utf8_nextchar();
+extern		char **ldap_explode_ava();
+extern		int ldap_utf8_toupper();
+
+int		pthread_mutex_init( LDAP_MUTEX_T *mp, void *attr);
+static void  *	pthread_mutex_alloc( void );
+int		pthread_mutex_destroy( LDAP_MUTEX_T *mp );
+static void	pthread_mutex_free( void *mutexp );
+int		pthread_mutex_lock( LDAP_MUTEX_T *mp );
+int		pthread_mutex_unlock( LDAP_MUTEX_T *mp );
+
+#endif /* _WINDOWS */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+#endif /* _IUTIL_H */
diff --git a/ldap/c-sdk/include/lber.h b/ldap/c-sdk/include/lber.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4ad1daafd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/c-sdk/include/lber.h
@@ -0,0 +1,339 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ * 
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version 
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with 
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at 
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ * 
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ * 
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, released
+ * March 31, 1998.
+ * 
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998-1999
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ * 
+ * Contributor(s):
+ * 
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
+ * or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ * 
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+/* lber.h - header file for ber_* functions */
+#ifndef _LBER_H
+#define _LBER_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>	/* to pick up size_t typedef */
+
+/*
+ * Note that LBER_ERROR and LBER_DEFAULT are values that can never appear
+ * as valid BER tags, and so it is safe to use them to report errors.  In
+ * fact, any tag for which the following is true is invalid:
+ *     (( tag & 0x00000080 ) != 0 ) && (( tag & 0xFFFFFF00 ) != 0 )
+ */
+#define LBER_ERROR              ((ber_tag_t) -1) /* 0xffffffffU */
+#define LBER_DEFAULT            ((ber_tag_t) -1) /* 0xffffffffU */	
+#define LBER_END_OF_SEQORSET    ((ber_tag_t) -2) /* 0xfffffffeU */
+#define LBER_OVERFLOW           ((ber_tag_t) -3) /* 0xfffffffdU */
+
+/* BER classes and mask */
+#define LBER_CLASS_UNIVERSAL    0x00
+#define LBER_CLASS_APPLICATION  0x40
+#define LBER_CLASS_CONTEXT      0x80
+#define LBER_CLASS_PRIVATE      0xc0
+#define LBER_CLASS_MASK         0xc0
+
+/* BER encoding type and mask */
+#define LBER_PRIMITIVE          0x00
+#define LBER_CONSTRUCTED        0x20
+#define LBER_ENCODING_MASK      0x20
+
+#define LBER_BIG_TAG_MASK       0x1f
+#define LBER_MORE_TAG_MASK      0x80
+
+/* general BER types we know about */
+#define LBER_BOOLEAN		0x01
+#define LBER_INTEGER		0x02
+#define LBER_BITSTRING		0x03
+#define LBER_OCTETSTRING	0x04
+#define LBER_NULL			0x05
+#define LBER_ENUMERATED		0x0a
+#define LBER_SEQUENCE		0x30
+#define LBER_SET			0x31
+
+/* BerElement set/get options */
+#define LBER_OPT_REMAINING_BYTES	0x01
+#define LBER_OPT_TOTAL_BYTES		0x02
+#define LBER_OPT_USE_DER			0x04
+#define LBER_OPT_TRANSLATE_STRINGS	0x08
+#define LBER_OPT_BYTES_TO_WRITE		0x10
+#define LBER_OPT_MEMALLOC_FN_PTRS	0x20
+#define LBER_OPT_DEBUG_LEVEL		0x40
+#define LBER_OPT_BUFSIZE			0x80
+
+/*
+ * LBER_USE_DER is defined for compatibility with the C LDAP API RFC.
+ * In our implementation, we recognize it (instead of the numerically
+ * identical LBER_OPT_REMAINING_BYTES) in calls to ber_alloc_t() and 
+ * ber_init_w_nullchar() only.  Callers of ber_set_option() or
+ * ber_get_option() must use LBER_OPT_USE_DER instead.  Sorry!
+ */
+#define LBER_USE_DER			0x01
+
+/* Sockbuf set/get options */
+#define LBER_SOCKBUF_OPT_TO_FILE			0x001
+#define LBER_SOCKBUF_OPT_TO_FILE_ONLY		0x002
+#define LBER_SOCKBUF_OPT_MAX_INCOMING_SIZE	0x004
+#define LBER_SOCKBUF_OPT_NO_READ_AHEAD		0x008
+#define LBER_SOCKBUF_OPT_DESC				0x010
+#define LBER_SOCKBUF_OPT_COPYDESC			0x020
+#define LBER_SOCKBUF_OPT_READ_FN			0x040
+#define LBER_SOCKBUF_OPT_WRITE_FN			0x080
+#define LBER_SOCKBUF_OPT_EXT_IO_FNS			0x100
+#define	LBER_SOCKBUF_OPT_VALID_TAG			0x200
+#define LBER_SOCKBUF_OPT_SOCK_ARG			0x400
+
+#define LBER_OPT_ON	((void *) 1)
+#define LBER_OPT_OFF	((void *) 0)
+
+typedef unsigned int	ber_len_t;   /* for BER len */
+typedef unsigned int	ber_tag_t;   /* for BER tags */
+typedef int				ber_int_t;   /* for BER ints, enums, and Booleans */
+typedef unsigned int	ber_uint_t; /* unsigned equivalent of ber_int_t */
+typedef int				ber_slen_t; /* signed equivalent of ber_len_t */
+
+typedef struct berval {
+	ber_len_t	bv_len;
+	char		*bv_val;
+} BerValue;
+
+typedef struct berelement BerElement;
+typedef struct sockbuf Sockbuf;
+typedef int (*BERTranslateProc)( char **bufp, ber_uint_t *buflenp,
+	int free_input );
+#ifndef macintosh
+#if defined( _WINDOWS ) || defined( _WIN32) || defined( _CONSOLE )
+#include <winsock.h> /* for SOCKET */
+typedef SOCKET LBER_SOCKET;
+#else
+typedef long LBER_SOCKET;
+#endif /* _WINDOWS */
+#else /* macintosh */
+typedef void *LBER_SOCKET;
+#endif /* macintosh */
+
+/* calling conventions used by library */
+#ifndef LDAP_CALL
+#if defined( _WINDOWS ) || defined( _WIN32 )
+#define LDAP_C __cdecl
+#ifndef _WIN32 
+#define __stdcall _far _pascal
+#define LDAP_CALLBACK _loadds
+#else
+#define LDAP_CALLBACK
+#endif /* _WIN32 */
+#define LDAP_PASCAL __stdcall
+#define LDAP_CALL LDAP_PASCAL
+#else /* _WINDOWS */
+#define LDAP_C
+#define LDAP_CALLBACK
+#define LDAP_PASCAL
+#define LDAP_CALL
+#endif /* _WINDOWS */
+#endif /* LDAP_CALL */
+
+/*
+ * function prototypes for lber library
+ */
+
+#ifndef LDAP_API
+#if defined( _WINDOWS ) || defined( _WIN32 )
+#define LDAP_API(rt) rt
+#else /* _WINDOWS */
+#define LDAP_API(rt) rt
+#endif /* _WINDOWS */
+#endif /* LDAP_API */
+
+struct lextiof_socket_private;          /* Defined by the extended I/O */
+                                        /* callback functions */
+struct lextiof_session_private;         /* Defined by the extended I/O */
+                                        /* callback functions */
+
+/* This is modeled after the PRIOVec that is passed to the NSPR
+   writev function! The void* is a char* in that struct */
+typedef struct ldap_x_iovec {
+        char    *ldapiov_base;
+        int     ldapiov_len;
+} ldap_x_iovec;
+
+/*
+ * libldap read and write I/O function callbacks.  The rest of the I/O callback
+ * types are defined in ldap.h
+ */
+typedef int (LDAP_C LDAP_CALLBACK LDAP_IOF_READ_CALLBACK)( LBER_SOCKET s,
+	void *buf, int bufsize );
+typedef int (LDAP_C LDAP_CALLBACK LDAP_IOF_WRITE_CALLBACK)( LBER_SOCKET s,
+	const void *buf, int len );
+typedef int (LDAP_C LDAP_CALLBACK LDAP_X_EXTIOF_READ_CALLBACK)( int s,
+	void *buf, int bufsize, struct lextiof_socket_private *socketarg );
+typedef int (LDAP_C LDAP_CALLBACK LDAP_X_EXTIOF_WRITE_CALLBACK)( int s,
+	const void *buf, int len, struct lextiof_socket_private *socketarg );
+typedef int (LDAP_C LDAP_CALLBACK LDAP_X_EXTIOF_WRITEV_CALLBACK)(int s,
+	const ldap_x_iovec iov[], int iovcnt, struct lextiof_socket_private *socketarg);
+						     
+
+/*
+ * Structure for use with LBER_SOCKBUF_OPT_EXT_IO_FNS:
+ */
+struct lber_x_ext_io_fns {
+	    /* lbextiofn_size should always be set to LBER_X_EXTIO_FNS_SIZE */
+	int				lbextiofn_size;
+	LDAP_X_EXTIOF_READ_CALLBACK	*lbextiofn_read;
+	LDAP_X_EXTIOF_WRITE_CALLBACK	*lbextiofn_write;
+	struct lextiof_socket_private	*lbextiofn_socket_arg;
+        LDAP_X_EXTIOF_WRITEV_CALLBACK   *lbextiofn_writev;
+};
+#define LBER_X_EXTIO_FNS_SIZE sizeof(struct lber_x_ext_io_fns)
+
+/*
+ * liblber memory allocation callback functions.  These are global to all
+ *  Sockbufs and BerElements.  Install your own functions by using a call
+ *  like this: ber_set_option( NULL, LBER_OPT_MEMALLOC_FN_PTRS, &memalloc_fns );
+ */
+typedef void * (LDAP_C LDAP_CALLBACK LDAP_MALLOC_CALLBACK)( size_t size );
+typedef void * (LDAP_C LDAP_CALLBACK LDAP_CALLOC_CALLBACK)( size_t nelem,
+	size_t elsize );
+typedef void * (LDAP_C LDAP_CALLBACK LDAP_REALLOC_CALLBACK)( void *ptr,
+	size_t size );
+typedef void (LDAP_C LDAP_CALLBACK LDAP_FREE_CALLBACK)( void *ptr );
+
+struct lber_memalloc_fns {
+	LDAP_MALLOC_CALLBACK	*lbermem_malloc;
+	LDAP_CALLOC_CALLBACK	*lbermem_calloc;
+	LDAP_REALLOC_CALLBACK	*lbermem_realloc;
+	LDAP_FREE_CALLBACK	*lbermem_free;
+};
+
+/*
+ * decode routines
+ */
+LDAP_API(ber_tag_t) LDAP_CALL ber_get_tag( BerElement *ber );
+LDAP_API(ber_tag_t) LDAP_CALL ber_skip_tag( BerElement *ber, 
+	ber_len_t *len );
+LDAP_API(ber_tag_t) LDAP_CALL ber_peek_tag( BerElement *ber, 
+	ber_len_t *len );
+LDAP_API(ber_tag_t) LDAP_CALL ber_get_int( BerElement *ber, ber_int_t *num );
+LDAP_API(ber_tag_t) LDAP_CALL ber_get_stringb( BerElement *ber, char *buf,
+	ber_len_t *len );
+LDAP_API(ber_tag_t) LDAP_CALL ber_get_stringa( BerElement *ber, 
+	char **buf );
+LDAP_API(ber_tag_t) LDAP_CALL ber_get_stringal( BerElement *ber,
+	struct berval **bv );
+LDAP_API(ber_tag_t) LDAP_CALL ber_get_bitstringa( BerElement *ber, 
+	char **buf, ber_len_t *len );
+LDAP_API(ber_tag_t) LDAP_CALL ber_get_null( BerElement *ber );
+LDAP_API(ber_tag_t) LDAP_CALL ber_get_boolean( BerElement *ber, 
+	ber_int_t *boolval );
+LDAP_API(ber_tag_t) LDAP_CALL ber_first_element( BerElement *ber,
+	ber_len_t *len, char **last );
+LDAP_API(ber_tag_t) LDAP_CALL ber_next_element( BerElement *ber,
+	ber_len_t *len, char *last );
+LDAP_API(ber_tag_t) LDAP_C ber_scanf( BerElement *ber, const char *fmt,
+	... );
+LDAP_API(void) LDAP_CALL ber_bvfree( struct berval *bv );
+LDAP_API(void) LDAP_CALL ber_bvecfree( struct berval **bv );
+LDAP_API(void) LDAP_CALL ber_svecfree( char **vals );
+LDAP_API(struct berval *) LDAP_CALL ber_bvdup( const struct berval *bv );
+LDAP_API(void) LDAP_CALL ber_set_string_translators( BerElement *ber,
+	BERTranslateProc encode_proc, BERTranslateProc decode_proc );
+LDAP_API(BerElement *) LDAP_CALL ber_init( const struct berval *bv );
+
+/*
+ * encoding routines
+ */
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ber_put_enum( BerElement *ber, ber_int_t num, 
+	ber_tag_t tag );
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ber_put_int( BerElement *ber, ber_int_t num, 
+	ber_tag_t tag );
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ber_put_ostring( BerElement *ber, char *str, 
+	ber_len_t len, ber_tag_t tag );
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ber_put_string( BerElement *ber, char *str,
+	ber_tag_t tag );
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ber_put_bitstring( BerElement *ber, char *str,
+	ber_len_t bitlen, ber_tag_t tag );
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ber_put_null( BerElement *ber, ber_tag_t tag );
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ber_put_boolean( BerElement *ber, 
+	ber_int_t boolval, ber_tag_t tag );
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ber_start_seq( BerElement *ber, ber_tag_t tag );
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ber_start_set( BerElement *ber, ber_tag_t tag );
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ber_put_seq( BerElement *ber );
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ber_put_set( BerElement *ber );
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_C ber_printf( BerElement *ber, const char *fmt, ... );
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ber_flatten( BerElement *ber,
+	struct berval **bvPtr );
+
+/*
+ * miscellaneous routines
+ */
+LDAP_API(void) LDAP_CALL ber_free( BerElement *ber, int freebuf );
+LDAP_API(void) LDAP_CALL ber_special_free(void* buf, BerElement *ber);
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ber_flush( Sockbuf *sb, BerElement *ber, int freeit );
+LDAP_API(BerElement*) LDAP_CALL ber_alloc( void );
+LDAP_API(BerElement*) LDAP_CALL der_alloc( void );
+LDAP_API(BerElement*) LDAP_CALL ber_alloc_t( int options );
+LDAP_API(void*) LDAP_CALL ber_special_alloc(size_t size, BerElement **ppBer);
+LDAP_API(BerElement*) LDAP_CALL ber_dup( BerElement *ber );
+LDAP_API(ber_tag_t) LDAP_CALL ber_get_next( Sockbuf *sb, ber_len_t *len,
+	BerElement *ber );
+LDAP_API(ber_tag_t) LDAP_CALL ber_get_next_buffer( void *buffer,
+	size_t buffer_size, ber_len_t *len, BerElement *ber,
+	ber_len_t *Bytes_Scanned );
+LDAP_API(ber_tag_t) LDAP_CALL ber_get_next_buffer_ext( void *buffer,
+	size_t buffer_size, ber_len_t *len, BerElement *ber,
+	ber_len_t *Bytes_Scanned, Sockbuf *sb );
+LDAP_API(ber_int_t) LDAP_CALL ber_read( BerElement *ber, char *buf, 
+	ber_len_t len );
+LDAP_API(ber_int_t) LDAP_CALL ber_write( BerElement *ber, char *buf, 
+	ber_len_t len, int nosos );
+LDAP_API(void) LDAP_CALL ber_init_w_nullchar( BerElement *ber, int options );
+LDAP_API(void) LDAP_CALL ber_reset( BerElement *ber, int was_writing );
+LDAP_API(size_t) LDAP_CALL ber_get_buf_datalen( BerElement *ber );
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ber_stack_init(BerElement *ber, int options, 
+	char * buf, size_t size);
+LDAP_API(char*) LDAP_CALL ber_get_buf_databegin (BerElement * ber);
+LDAP_API(void) LDAP_CALL ber_sockbuf_free_data(Sockbuf *p);
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ber_set_option( BerElement *ber, int option, 
+	void *value );
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ber_get_option( BerElement *ber, int option, 
+	void *value );
+LDAP_API(Sockbuf*) LDAP_CALL ber_sockbuf_alloc( void );
+LDAP_API(void) LDAP_CALL ber_sockbuf_free( Sockbuf* p );
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ber_sockbuf_set_option( Sockbuf *sb, int option, 
+	void *value );
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ber_sockbuf_get_option( Sockbuf *sb, int option, 
+	void *value );
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#endif /* _LBER_H */
+
diff --git a/ldap/c-sdk/include/lcache.h b/ldap/c-sdk/include/lcache.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b070bd652
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/c-sdk/include/lcache.h
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ * 
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version 
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with 
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at 
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ * 
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ * 
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, released
+ * March 31, 1998.
+ * 
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998-1999
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ * 
+ * Contributor(s):
+ * 
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
+ * or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ * 
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+
+/* lcache.h - ldap persistent cache */
+#ifndef _LCACHE_H
+#define _LCACHE_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* calling conventions used by library */
+#ifndef LDAP_CALL
+#if defined( _WINDOWS ) || defined( _WIN32 )
+#define LDAP_C __cdecl
+#ifndef _WIN32 
+#define __stdcall _far _pascal
+#define LDAP_CALLBACK _loadds
+#else
+#define LDAP_CALLBACK
+#endif /* _WIN32 */
+#define LDAP_PASCAL __stdcall
+#define LDAP_CALL LDAP_PASCAL
+#else /* _WINDOWS */
+#define LDAP_C
+#define LDAP_CALLBACK
+#define LDAP_PASCAL
+#define LDAP_CALL
+#endif /* _WINDOWS */
+#endif /* LDAP_CALL */
+
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_C lcache_init( LDAP *ld, void *arg );
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_C lcache_bind( LDAP *ld, int msgid, unsigned long tag,
+	const char *dn, struct berval *cred, int method );
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_C lcache_unbind( LDAP *ld, int msgid, unsigned long tag );
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_C lcache_search( LDAP *ld, int msgid, unsigned long tag,
+	const char *dn, int scope, const char *filter, char **attrs,
+	int attrsonly );
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_C lcache_compare( LDAP *ld, int msgid, unsigned long tag,
+	const char *dn, const char *attr, struct berval *val );
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_C lcache_add( LDAP *ld, int msgid, unsigned long tag,
+	const char *dn, LDAPMod **entry );
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_C lcache_delete( LDAP *ld, int msgid, unsigned long tag,
+	const char *dn );
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_C lcache_rename( LDAP *ld, int msgid, unsigned long tag,
+	const char *dn, const char *newrdn, const char *newparent, 
+	int deleteoldrdn );
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_C lcache_modify( LDAP *ld, int msgid, unsigned long tag,
+	const char *dn, LDAPMod **mods );
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_C lcache_modrdn( LDAP *ld, int msgid, unsigned long tag,
+	const char *dn, const char *newrdn, int deleteoldrdn );
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_C lcache_result( LDAP *ld, int msgid, int all,
+	struct timeval *timeout, LDAPMessage **result );
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_C lcache_flush( LDAP *ld, char *dn, char *filter );
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _LCACHE_H */
diff --git a/ldap/c-sdk/include/ldap-deprecated.h b/ldap/c-sdk/include/ldap-deprecated.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4b219844e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/c-sdk/include/ldap-deprecated.h
@@ -0,0 +1,201 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ * 
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version 
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with 
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at 
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ * 
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ * 
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, released
+ * March 31, 1998.
+ * 
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998-1999
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ * 
+ * Contributor(s):
+ * 
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
+ * or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ * 
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+
+/* ldap-deprecated.h - deprecated functions and declarations
+ *
+ * A deprecated API is an API that we recommend you no longer use,
+ * due to improvements in the LDAP C SDK. While deprecated APIs are
+ * currently still implemented, they may be removed in future
+ * implementations, and we recommend using other APIs.
+ *
+ * This file contain functions and declarations which have
+ * outlived their usefullness and have been deprecated.  In many
+ * cases functions and declarations have been replaced with newer
+ * extended functions.  In no way should applications rely on the
+ * declarations and defines within this files as they can and will
+ * disappear without any notice.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LDAP_DEPRECATED_H
+#define _LDAP_DEPRECATED_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * establish an ldap session
+ */
+LDAP_API(LDAP *) LDAP_CALL ldap_open( const char *host, int port );
+
+/*
+ * Authentication methods:
+ */
+#define LDAP_AUTH_NONE          0x00L
+#define LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE        0x80L
+#define LDAP_AUTH_SASL          0xa3L
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_bind( LDAP *ld, const char *who,
+        const char *passwd, int authmethod );
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_bind_s( LDAP *ld, const char *who,
+        const char *cred, int method );
+
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_modrdn( LDAP *ld, const char *dn,
+        const char *newrdn );
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_modrdn_s( LDAP *ld, const char *dn,
+        const char *newrdn );
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_modrdn2( LDAP *ld, const char *dn,
+        const char *newrdn, int deleteoldrdn );
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_modrdn2_s( LDAP *ld, const char *dn,
+        const char *newrdn, int deleteoldrdn);
+
+LDAP_API(void) LDAP_CALL ldap_perror( LDAP *ld, const char *s );
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_result2error( LDAP *ld, LDAPMessage *r,
+        int freeit );
+
+/*
+ * Preferred language and get_lang_values (an API extension --
+ * LDAP_API_FEATURE_X_GETLANGVALUES)
+ *
+ * The following two APIs are deprecated
+ */
+
+#define LDAP_OPT_PREFERRED_LANGUAGE     0x14    /* 20 - API extension */
+LDAP_API(char **) LDAP_CALL ldap_get_lang_values( LDAP *ld, LDAPMessage *entry,
+        const char *target, char **type );
+LDAP_API(struct berval **) LDAP_CALL ldap_get_lang_values_len( LDAP *ld,
+        LDAPMessage *entry, const char *target, char **type );
+
+/*
+ * Asynchronous I/O (an API extension).
+ */
+/*
+ * This option enables completely asynchronous IO.  It works by using ioctl()
+ * on the fd, (or tlook())
+ */
+#define LDAP_OPT_ASYNC_CONNECT          0x63    /* 99 - API extension */
+
+/*
+ * functions and definitions that have been replaced by new improved ones
+ */
+/*
+ * Use ldap_get_option() with LDAP_OPT_API_INFO and an LDAPAPIInfo structure
+ * instead of ldap_version().
+ */
+typedef struct _LDAPVersion {
+        int sdk_version;      /* Version of the SDK, * 100 */
+        int protocol_version; /* Highest protocol version supported, * 100 */
+        int SSL_version;      /* SSL version if this SDK supports it, * 100 */
+        int security_level;   /* highest level available */
+        int reserved[4];
+} LDAPVersion;
+#define LDAP_SECURITY_NONE      0
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_version( LDAPVersion *ver );
+
+/* use ldap_create_filter() instead of ldap_build_filter() */
+LDAP_API(void) LDAP_CALL ldap_build_filter( char *buf, unsigned long buflen,
+        char *pattern, char *prefix, char *suffix, char *attr,
+        char *value, char **valwords );
+/* use ldap_set_filter_additions() instead of ldap_setfilteraffixes() */
+LDAP_API(void) LDAP_CALL ldap_setfilteraffixes( LDAPFiltDesc *lfdp,
+        char *prefix, char *suffix );
+
+/* older result types a server can return -- use LDAP_RES_MODDN instead */
+#define LDAP_RES_MODRDN                 LDAP_RES_MODDN
+#define LDAP_RES_RENAME                 LDAP_RES_MODDN
+
+/* older error messages */
+#define LDAP_AUTH_METHOD_NOT_SUPPORTED  LDAP_STRONG_AUTH_NOT_SUPPORTED
+
+/*
+ * Generalized cache callback interface:
+ */
+#define LDAP_OPT_CACHE_FN_PTRS          0x0D    /* 13 - API extension */
+#define LDAP_OPT_CACHE_STRATEGY         0x0E    /* 14 - API extension */
+#define LDAP_OPT_CACHE_ENABLE           0x0F    /* 15 - API extension */
+
+/* cache strategies */
+#define LDAP_CACHE_CHECK                0
+#define LDAP_CACHE_POPULATE             1
+#define LDAP_CACHE_LOCALDB              2
+
+typedef int (LDAP_C LDAP_CALLBACK LDAP_CF_BIND_CALLBACK)( LDAP *ld, int msgid,
+        unsigned long tag, const char *dn, const struct berval *creds,
+        int method);
+typedef int (LDAP_C LDAP_CALLBACK LDAP_CF_UNBIND_CALLBACK)( LDAP *ld,
+        int unused0, unsigned long unused1 );
+typedef int (LDAP_C LDAP_CALLBACK LDAP_CF_SEARCH_CALLBACK)( LDAP *ld,
+        int msgid, unsigned long tag, const char *base, int scope,
+        const char LDAP_CALLBACK *filter, char **attrs, int attrsonly );
+typedef int (LDAP_C LDAP_CALLBACK LDAP_CF_COMPARE_CALLBACK)( LDAP *ld,
+        int msgid, unsigned long tag, const char *dn, const char *attr,
+        const struct berval *value );
+typedef int (LDAP_C LDAP_CALLBACK LDAP_CF_ADD_CALLBACK)( LDAP *ld,
+        int msgid, unsigned long tag, const char *dn, LDAPMod **attrs );
+typedef int (LDAP_C LDAP_CALLBACK LDAP_CF_DELETE_CALLBACK)( LDAP *ld,
+        int msgid, unsigned long tag, const char *dn );
+typedef int (LDAP_C LDAP_CALLBACK LDAP_CF_MODIFY_CALLBACK)( LDAP *ld,
+        int msgid, unsigned long tag, const char *dn, LDAPMod **mods );
+typedef int (LDAP_C LDAP_CALLBACK LDAP_CF_MODRDN_CALLBACK)( LDAP *ld,
+        int msgid, unsigned long tag, const char *dn, const char *newrdn,
+        int deleteoldrdn );
+typedef int (LDAP_C LDAP_CALLBACK LDAP_CF_RESULT_CALLBACK)( LDAP *ld,
+        int msgid, int all, struct timeval *timeout, LDAPMessage **result );
+typedef int (LDAP_C LDAP_CALLBACK LDAP_CF_FLUSH_CALLBACK)( LDAP *ld,
+        const char *dn, const char *filter );
+
+struct ldap_cache_fns {
+        void    *lcf_private;
+        LDAP_CF_BIND_CALLBACK *lcf_bind;
+        LDAP_CF_UNBIND_CALLBACK *lcf_unbind;
+        LDAP_CF_SEARCH_CALLBACK *lcf_search;
+        LDAP_CF_COMPARE_CALLBACK *lcf_compare;
+        LDAP_CF_ADD_CALLBACK *lcf_add;
+        LDAP_CF_DELETE_CALLBACK *lcf_delete;
+        LDAP_CF_MODIFY_CALLBACK *lcf_modify;
+        LDAP_CF_MODRDN_CALLBACK *lcf_modrdn;
+        LDAP_CF_RESULT_CALLBACK *lcf_result;
+        LDAP_CF_FLUSH_CALLBACK *lcf_flush;
+};
+
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_cache_flush( LDAP *ld, const char *dn,
+        const char *filter );
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#endif /* _LDAP_DEPRECATED_H */
diff --git a/ldap/c-sdk/include/ldap-extension.h b/ldap/c-sdk/include/ldap-extension.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7bbefdfb2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/c-sdk/include/ldap-extension.h
@@ -0,0 +1,853 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ * 
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version 
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with 
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at 
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ * 
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ * 
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, released
+ * March 31, 1998.
+ * 
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998-1999
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ * 
+ * Contributor(s):
+ * 
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
+ * or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ * 
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+
+/* ldap-extension.h - extensions to the ldap c api specification */
+
+#ifndef _LDAP_EXTENSION_H
+#define _LDAP_EXTENSION_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#define LDAP_PORT_MAX           65535           /* API extension */
+#define LDAP_VERSION1           1               /* API extension */
+#define LDAP_VERSION            LDAP_VERSION3   /* API extension */
+
+/*
+ * C LDAP features we support that are not (yet) part of the LDAP C API
+ * Internet Draft.  Use the ldap_get_option() call with an option value of
+ * LDAP_OPT_API_FEATURE_INFO to retrieve information about a feature.
+ *
+ * Note that this list is incomplete; it includes only the most widely
+ * used extensions.  Also, the version is 1 for all of these for now.
+ */
+#define LDAP_API_FEATURE_SERVER_SIDE_SORT       1
+#define LDAP_API_FEATURE_VIRTUAL_LIST_VIEW      1
+#define LDAP_API_FEATURE_PERSISTENT_SEARCH      1
+#define LDAP_API_FEATURE_PROXY_AUTHORIZATION    1
+#define LDAP_API_FEATURE_X_LDERRNO              1
+#define LDAP_API_FEATURE_X_MEMCACHE             1
+#define LDAP_API_FEATURE_X_IO_FUNCTIONS         1
+#define LDAP_API_FEATURE_X_EXTIO_FUNCTIONS      1
+#define LDAP_API_FEATURE_X_DNS_FUNCTIONS        1
+#define LDAP_API_FEATURE_X_MEMALLOC_FUNCTIONS   1
+#define LDAP_API_FEATURE_X_THREAD_FUNCTIONS     1
+#define LDAP_API_FEATURE_X_EXTHREAD_FUNCTIONS   1
+#define LDAP_API_FEATURE_X_GETLANGVALUES        1
+#define LDAP_API_FEATURE_X_CLIENT_SIDE_SORT     1
+#define LDAP_API_FEATURE_X_URL_FUNCTIONS        1
+#define LDAP_API_FEATURE_X_FILTER_FUNCTIONS     1
+
+#define LDAP_ROOT_DSE           ""              /* API extension */
+
+#define LDAP_OPT_DESC                   0x01    /*  1 */
+
+#define NULLMSG ((LDAPMessage *)0)
+
+/*built-in SASL methods */
+#define LDAP_SASL_EXTERNAL      "EXTERNAL"      /* TLS/SSL extension */
+
+/* possible error codes we can be returned */
+#define LDAP_PARTIAL_RESULTS            0x09    /* 9 (UMich LDAPv2 extn) */
+#define NAME_ERROR(n)   ((n & 0xf0) == 0x20)
+
+#define LDAP_SORT_CONTROL_MISSING       0x3C    /* 60 (server side sort extn) */
+#define LDAP_INDEX_RANGE_ERROR          0x3D    /* 61 (VLV extn) */
+
+/*
+ * LDAPv3 server controls we know about
+ */
+#define LDAP_CONTROL_MANAGEDSAIT        "2.16.840.1.113730.3.4.2"
+#define LDAP_CONTROL_SORTREQUEST        "1.2.840.113556.1.4.473"
+#define LDAP_CONTROL_SORTRESPONSE       "1.2.840.113556.1.4.474"
+#define LDAP_CONTROL_PERSISTENTSEARCH   "2.16.840.1.113730.3.4.3"
+#define LDAP_CONTROL_ENTRYCHANGE        "2.16.840.1.113730.3.4.7"
+#define LDAP_CONTROL_VLVREQUEST         "2.16.840.1.113730.3.4.9"
+#define LDAP_CONTROL_VLVRESPONSE        "2.16.840.1.113730.3.4.10"
+#define LDAP_CONTROL_PROXYAUTH          "2.16.840.1.113730.3.4.12" /* version 1
+*/
+#define LDAP_CONTROL_PROXIEDAUTH        "2.16.840.1.113730.3.4.18" /* version 2
+*/
+
+/* Authorization Identity Request and Response Controls */
+#define LDAP_CONTROL_AUTHZID_REQ        "2.16.840.1.113730.3.4.16"
+#define LDAP_CONTROL_AUTHZID_RES        "2.16.840.1.113730.3.4.15"
+
+/* Authentication request and response controls */
+#define LDAP_CONTROL_AUTH_REQUEST       LDAP_CONTROL_AUTHZID_REQ
+#define LDAP_CONTROL_AUTH_RESPONSE      LDAP_CONTROL_AUTHZID_RES
+
+/* Password information sent back to client */
+#define LDAP_CONTROL_PWEXPIRED          "2.16.840.1.113730.3.4.4"
+#define LDAP_CONTROL_PWEXPIRING         "2.16.840.1.113730.3.4.5"
+
+/* Password Policy Control */
+#define LDAP_CONTROL_PASSWD_POLICY      "1.3.6.1.4.1.42.2.27.8.5.1"
+
+/* Password Policy Control compatibility macros */
+#define LDAP_X_CONTROL_PWPOLICY_REQUEST		LDAP_CONTROL_PASSWD_POLICY
+#define LDAP_X_CONTROL_PWPOLICY_RESPONSE	LDAP_CONTROL_PASSWD_POLICY
+#define LDAP_CONTROL_PASSWORDPOLICYREQUEST	LDAP_CONTROL_PASSWD_POLICY
+#define LDAP_CONTROL_PASSWORDPOLICYRESPONSE	LDAP_CONTROL_PASSWD_POLICY
+
+/* Password Modify Extended Operation */
+#define LDAP_EXOP_MODIFY_PASSWD			"1.3.6.1.4.1.4203.1.11.1"
+
+/* Suppress virtual/inherited attribute values */
+#define LDAP_CONTROL_REAL_ATTRS_ONLY	"2.16.840.1.113730.3.4.17"
+
+/* Only return virtual/inherited attribute values */
+#define LDAP_CONTROL_VIRTUAL_ATTRS_ONLY	"2.16.840.1.113730.3.4.19"
+
+/* getEffectiveRights request */
+#define LDAP_CONTROL_GETEFFECTIVERIGHTS_REQUEST "1.3.6.1.4.1.42.2.27.9.5.2"
+
+/* Password Policy Control to get account availability */	
+#define LDAP_CONTROL_ACCOUNT_USABLE     "1.3.6.1.4.1.42.2.27.9.5.8"
+
+/* "Who am I?" Extended Operation */	
+#define LDAP_EXOP_WHO_AM_I				"1.3.6.1.4.1.4203.1.11.3"
+
+LDAP_API(void) LDAP_CALL ldap_ber_free( BerElement *ber, int freebuf );
+
+LDAP_API(LDAPControl *) LDAP_CALL ldap_find_control( const char *oid, 
+		LDAPControl **ctrls );
+
+/*
+ * Server side sorting of search results (an LDAPv3 extension --
+ * LDAP_API_FEATURE_SERVER_SIDE_SORT)
+ */
+typedef struct LDAPsortkey {    /* structure for a sort-key */
+        char *  sk_attrtype;
+        char *  sk_matchruleoid;
+        int     sk_reverseorder;
+} LDAPsortkey;
+
+/* where LDAP_CONTROL_ACCOUNT_USABLE control parse results */
+typedef struct LDAPuserstatus {     /* user account availability   */
+        unsigned int us_available;  /* availability status         */
+#define LDAP_US_ACCOUNT_USABLE      1
+#define LDAP_US_ACCOUNT_NOT_USABLE  0
+        int          us_expire;     /* will expire in seconds      */
+        int          us_inactive;   /* boolean inactivation status */
+#define LDAP_US_ACCOUNT_ACTIVE      0
+#define LDAP_US_ACCOUNT_INACTIVE    1
+        int          us_reset;      /* boolean password reset      */
+#define LDAP_US_ACCOUNT_NOT_RESET   0
+#define LDAP_US_ACCOUNT_RESET       1
+        int          us_expired;    /* boolean password expired    */
+#define LDAP_US_ACCOUNT_NOT_EXPIRED 0
+#define LDAP_US_ACCOUNT_EXPIRED     1
+        int          us_remaining;  /* remaining logins            */
+        int          us_seconds;    /* will unlock in seconds      */
+} LDAPuserstatus;
+
+/* LDAP_CONTROL_PASSWD_POLICY results */
+typedef enum passpolicyerror_enum {
+       PP_passwordExpired = 0,
+       PP_accountLocked = 1,
+       PP_changeAfterReset = 2,
+       PP_passwordModNotAllowed = 3,
+       PP_mustSupplyOldPassword = 4,
+       PP_insufficientPasswordQuality = 5,
+       PP_passwordTooShort = 6,
+       PP_passwordTooYoung = 7,
+       PP_passwordInHistory = 8,
+       PP_noError = 65535
+} LDAPPasswordPolicyError;
+
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_create_sort_control( LDAP *ld,
+        LDAPsortkey **sortKeyList, const char ctl_iscritical,
+        LDAPControl **ctrlp );
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_parse_sort_control( LDAP *ld,
+        LDAPControl **ctrls, ber_int_t *result, char **attribute );
+
+LDAP_API(void) LDAP_CALL ldap_free_sort_keylist( LDAPsortkey **sortKeyList );
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_create_sort_keylist( LDAPsortkey ***sortKeyList,
+        const char *string_rep );
+
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_create_userstatus_control( 
+		LDAP *ld, const char ctl_iscritical, LDAPControl **ctrlp );
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_parse_userstatus_control( LDAP *ld, 
+		LDAPControl **ctrlp, LDAPuserstatus *us );
+
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_create_passwordpolicy_control( LDAP *ld, 
+		LDAPControl **ctrlp );
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_create_passwordpolicy_control_ext( LDAP *ld, 
+		const char ctl_iscritical, LDAPControl **ctrlp );
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_parse_passwordpolicy_control( LDAP *ld, 
+		LDAPControl *ctrlp, ber_int_t *expirep, ber_int_t *gracep,
+		LDAPPasswordPolicyError *errorp );
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_parse_passwordpolicy_control_ext ( LDAP *ld, 
+		LDAPControl **ctrlp, ber_int_t *expirep, ber_int_t *gracep,
+		LDAPPasswordPolicyError *errorp );
+LDAP_API(const char *) LDAP_CALL ldap_passwordpolicy_err2txt( 
+		LDAPPasswordPolicyError err );
+
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_create_authzid_control( LDAP *ld, 
+		const char ctl_iscritical, LDAPControl **ctrlp );
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_parse_authzid_control( LDAP *ld, 
+		LDAPControl **ctrlp, char **authzid );
+
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_whoami( LDAP *ld, LDAPControl **serverctrls, 
+		LDAPControl **clientctrls, int *msgidp );
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_whoami_s( LDAP *ld, struct berval **authzid,
+		LDAPControl **serverctrls, LDAPControl **clientctrls );
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_parse_whoami( LDAP *ld, LDAPMessage *result, 
+		struct berval **authzid );
+
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_create_geteffectiveRights_control( LDAP *ld,
+        const char *authzid, const char **attrlist,  const char ctl_iscritical,
+		LDAPControl **ctrlp );
+
+/*
+ * Virtual list view (an LDAPv3 extension -- LDAP_API_FEATURE_VIRTUAL_LIST_VIEW)
+ */
+/*
+ * structure that describes a VirtualListViewRequest control.
+ * note that ldvlist_index and ldvlist_size are only relevant to
+ * ldap_create_virtuallist_control() if ldvlist_attrvalue is NULL.
+ */
+typedef struct ldapvirtuallist {
+    ber_int_t   ldvlist_before_count;       /* # entries before target */
+    ber_int_t   ldvlist_after_count;        /* # entries after target */
+    char        *ldvlist_attrvalue;         /* jump to this value */
+    ber_int_t   ldvlist_index;              /* list offset */
+    ber_int_t   ldvlist_size;               /* number of items in vlist */
+    void        *ldvlist_extradata;         /* for use by application */
+} LDAPVirtualList;
+
+/*
+ * VLV functions:
+ */
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_create_virtuallist_control( LDAP *ld,
+        LDAPVirtualList *ldvlistp, LDAPControl **ctrlp );
+
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_parse_virtuallist_control( LDAP *ld,
+        LDAPControl **ctrls, ber_int_t *target_posp,
+        ber_int_t *list_sizep, int *errcodep );
+
+/*
+ * Routines for creating persistent search controls and for handling
+ * "entry changed notification" controls (an LDAPv3 extension --
+ * LDAP_API_FEATURE_PERSISTENT_SEARCH)
+ */
+#define LDAP_CHANGETYPE_ADD             1
+#define LDAP_CHANGETYPE_DELETE          2
+#define LDAP_CHANGETYPE_MODIFY          4
+#define LDAP_CHANGETYPE_MODDN           8
+#define LDAP_CHANGETYPE_ANY             (1|2|4|8)
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_create_persistentsearch_control( LDAP *ld,
+        int changetypes, int changesonly, int return_echg_ctls,
+        char ctl_iscritical, LDAPControl **ctrlp );
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_parse_entrychange_control( LDAP *ld,
+        LDAPControl **ctrls, ber_int_t *chgtypep, char **prevdnp,
+        int *chgnumpresentp, ber_int_t *chgnump );
+
+/*
+ * Routines for creating Proxied Authorization controls (an LDAPv3
+ * extension -- LDAP_API_FEATURE_PROXY_AUTHORIZATION)
+ * ldap_create_proxyauth_control() is for the old (version 1) control.
+ * ldap_create_proxiedauth_control() is for the newer (version 2) control.
+ */
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_create_proxyauth_control( LDAP *ld,
+        const char *dn, const char ctl_iscritical, LDAPControl **ctrlp );
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_create_proxiedauth_control( LDAP *ld,
+        const char *authzid, LDAPControl **ctrlp );
+
+/*
+ * Functions to get and set LDAP error information (API extension --
+ * LDAP_API_FEATURE_X_LDERRNO )
+ *
+ * By using LDAP_OPT_THREAD_FN_PTRS, you can arrange for the error info. to
+ * be thread-specific.
+ */
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_get_lderrno( LDAP *ld, char **m, char **s );
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_set_lderrno( LDAP *ld, int e, char *m, char *s );
+
+
+/*
+ * LDAP URL functions and definitions (an API extension --
+ * LDAP_API_FEATURE_X_URL_FUNCTIONS)
+ */
+/*
+ * types for ldap URL handling
+ */
+typedef struct ldap_url_desc {
+    char                *lud_host;
+    int                 lud_port;
+    char                *lud_dn;
+    char                **lud_attrs;
+    int                 lud_scope;
+    char                *lud_filter;
+    unsigned long       lud_options;
+#define LDAP_URL_OPT_SECURE     0x01
+    char        *lud_string;    /* for internal use only */
+} LDAPURLDesc;
+
+#define NULLLDAPURLDESC ((LDAPURLDesc *)NULL)
+
+/*
+ * possible errors returned by ldap_url_parse()
+ */
+#define LDAP_URL_ERR_NOTLDAP    1       /* URL doesn't begin with "ldap://" */
+#define LDAP_URL_ERR_NODN       2       /* URL has no DN (required) */
+#define LDAP_URL_ERR_BADSCOPE   3       /* URL scope string is invalid */
+#define LDAP_URL_ERR_MEM        4       /* can't allocate memory space */
+#define LDAP_URL_ERR_PARAM      5       /* bad parameter to an URL function */
+#define LDAP_URL_UNRECOGNIZED_CRITICAL_EXTENSION	6
+
+/*
+ * URL functions:
+ */
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_is_ldap_url( const char *url );
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_url_parse( const char *url, LDAPURLDesc **ludpp );
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_url_parse_no_defaults( const char *url, 
+        LDAPURLDesc **ludpp, int dn_required);
+LDAP_API(void) LDAP_CALL ldap_free_urldesc( LDAPURLDesc *ludp );
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_url_search( LDAP *ld, const char *url,
+        int attrsonly );
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_url_search_s( LDAP *ld, const char *url,
+        int attrsonly, LDAPMessage **res );
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_url_search_st( LDAP *ld, const char *url,
+        int attrsonly, struct timeval *timeout, LDAPMessage **res );
+
+
+/*
+ * Function to dispose of an array of LDAPMod structures (an API extension).
+ * Warning: don't use this unless the mods array was allocated using the
+ * same memory allocator as is being used by libldap.
+ */
+LDAP_API(void) LDAP_CALL ldap_mods_free( LDAPMod **mods, int freemods );
+
+/*
+ * SSL option (an API extension):
+ */
+#define LDAP_OPT_SSL                    0x0A    /* 10 - API extension */
+
+/*
+ * Referral hop limit (an API extension):
+ */
+#define LDAP_OPT_REFERRAL_HOP_LIMIT     0x10    /* 16 - API extension */
+
+/*
+ * Rebind callback function (an API extension)
+ */
+#define LDAP_OPT_REBIND_FN              0x06    /* 6 - API extension */
+#define LDAP_OPT_REBIND_ARG             0x07    /* 7 - API extension */
+typedef int (LDAP_CALL LDAP_CALLBACK LDAP_REBINDPROC_CALLBACK)( LDAP *ld,
+        char **dnp, char **passwdp, int *authmethodp, int freeit, void *arg);
+LDAP_API(void) LDAP_CALL ldap_set_rebind_proc( LDAP *ld,
+        LDAP_REBINDPROC_CALLBACK *rebindproc, void *arg );
+
+/*
+ * Thread function callbacks (an API extension --
+ * LDAP_API_FEATURE_X_THREAD_FUNCTIONS).
+ */
+#define LDAP_OPT_THREAD_FN_PTRS         0x05    /* 5 - API extension */
+
+/*
+ * Thread callback functions:
+ */
+typedef void *(LDAP_C LDAP_CALLBACK LDAP_TF_MUTEX_ALLOC_CALLBACK)( void );
+typedef void (LDAP_C LDAP_CALLBACK LDAP_TF_MUTEX_FREE_CALLBACK)( void *m );
+typedef int (LDAP_C LDAP_CALLBACK LDAP_TF_MUTEX_LOCK_CALLBACK)( void *m );
+typedef int (LDAP_C LDAP_CALLBACK LDAP_TF_MUTEX_UNLOCK_CALLBACK)( void *m );
+typedef int (LDAP_C LDAP_CALLBACK LDAP_TF_GET_ERRNO_CALLBACK)( void );
+typedef void (LDAP_C LDAP_CALLBACK LDAP_TF_SET_ERRNO_CALLBACK)( int e );
+typedef int (LDAP_C LDAP_CALLBACK LDAP_TF_GET_LDERRNO_CALLBACK)(
+        char **matchedp, char **errmsgp, void *arg );
+typedef void    (LDAP_C LDAP_CALLBACK LDAP_TF_SET_LDERRNO_CALLBACK)( int err,
+        char *matched, char *errmsg, void *arg );
+
+/*
+ * Structure to hold thread function pointers:
+ */
+struct ldap_thread_fns {
+        LDAP_TF_MUTEX_ALLOC_CALLBACK *ltf_mutex_alloc;
+        LDAP_TF_MUTEX_FREE_CALLBACK *ltf_mutex_free;
+        LDAP_TF_MUTEX_LOCK_CALLBACK *ltf_mutex_lock;
+        LDAP_TF_MUTEX_UNLOCK_CALLBACK *ltf_mutex_unlock;
+        LDAP_TF_GET_ERRNO_CALLBACK *ltf_get_errno;
+        LDAP_TF_SET_ERRNO_CALLBACK *ltf_set_errno;
+        LDAP_TF_GET_LDERRNO_CALLBACK *ltf_get_lderrno;
+        LDAP_TF_SET_LDERRNO_CALLBACK *ltf_set_lderrno;
+        void    *ltf_lderrno_arg;
+};
+
+/*
+ * Extended I/O function callbacks option (an API extension --
+ * LDAP_API_FEATURE_X_EXTIO_FUNCTIONS).
+ */
+#define LDAP_X_OPT_EXTIO_FN_PTRS   (LDAP_OPT_PRIVATE_EXTENSION_BASE + 0x0F00)
+        /* 0x4000 + 0x0F00 = 0x4F00 = 20224 - API extension */
+
+/* Additional Extended I/O function callback option (for Extended Socket Arg callback) */
+#define LDAP_X_OPT_SOCKETARG	(LDAP_OPT_PRIVATE_EXTENSION_BASE + 0x0F02)
+        /* 0x4000 + 0x0F02 = 0x4F02 = 20226 - API extension */
+	
+/*
+ * These extended I/O function callbacks echo the BSD socket API but accept
+ * an extra pointer parameter at the end of their argument list that can
+ * be used by client applications for their own needs.  For some of the calls,
+ * the pointer is a session argument of type struct lextiof_session_private *
+ * that is associated with the LDAP session handle (LDAP *).  For others, the
+ * pointer is a socket specific struct lextiof_socket_private * argument that
+ * is associated with a particular socket (a TCP connection).
+ *
+ * The lextiof_session_private and lextiof_socket_private structures are not
+ * defined by the LDAP C API; users of this extended I/O interface should
+ * define these themselves.
+ *
+ * The combination of the integer socket number (i.e., lpoll_fd, which is
+ * the value returned by the CONNECT callback) and the application specific
+ * socket argument (i.e., lpoll_socketarg, which is the value set in *sockargpp
+ * by the CONNECT callback) must be unique.
+ *
+ * The types for the extended READ and WRITE callbacks are actually in lber.h.
+ *
+ * The CONNECT callback gets passed both the session argument (sessionarg)
+ * and a pointer to a socket argument (socketargp) so it has the
+ * opportunity to set the socket-specific argument.  The CONNECT callback
+ * also takes a timeout parameter whose value can be set by calling
+ * ldap_set_option( ld, LDAP_X_OPT_..., &val ).  The units used for the
+ * timeout parameter are milliseconds.
+ *
+ * A POLL interface is provided instead of a select() one.  The timeout is
+ * in milliseconds.
+ *
+ * A NEWHANDLE callback function is also provided.  It is called right
+ * after the LDAP session handle is created, e.g., during ldap_init().
+ * If the NEWHANDLE callback returns anything other than LDAP_SUCCESS,
+ * the session handle allocation fails.
+ *
+ * A DISPOSEHANDLE callback function is also provided.  It is called right
+ * before the LDAP session handle and its contents are destroyed, e.g.,
+ * during ldap_unbind().
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Special timeout values for poll and connect:
+ */
+#define LDAP_X_IO_TIMEOUT_NO_WAIT       0       /* return immediately */
+#define LDAP_X_IO_TIMEOUT_NO_TIMEOUT    (-1)    /* block indefinitely */
+
+/* LDAP poll()-like descriptor:
+ */
+typedef struct ldap_x_pollfd {     /* used by LDAP_X_EXTIOF_POLL_CALLBACK */
+    int         lpoll_fd;          /* integer file descriptor / socket */
+    struct lextiof_socket_private
+                *lpoll_socketarg;
+                                   /* pointer socket and for use by */
+                                   /* application */
+    short       lpoll_events;      /* requested event */
+    short       lpoll_revents;     /* returned event */
+} LDAP_X_PollFD;
+
+/* Event flags for lpoll_events and lpoll_revents:
+ */
+#define LDAP_X_POLLIN    0x01  /* regular data ready for reading */
+#define LDAP_X_POLLPRI   0x02  /* high priority data available */
+#define LDAP_X_POLLOUT   0x04  /* ready for writing */
+#define LDAP_X_POLLERR   0x08  /* error occurred -- only in lpoll_revents */
+#define LDAP_X_POLLHUP   0x10  /* connection closed -- only in lpoll_revents */
+#define LDAP_X_POLLNVAL  0x20  /* invalid lpoll_fd -- only in lpoll_revents */
+
+/* Options passed to LDAP_X_EXTIOF_CONNECT_CALLBACK to modify socket behavior:
+ */
+#define LDAP_X_EXTIOF_OPT_NONBLOCKING   0x01  /* turn on non-blocking mode */
+#define LDAP_X_EXTIOF_OPT_SECURE        0x02  /* turn on 'secure' mode */
+
+
+/* extended I/O callback function prototypes:
+ */
+typedef int     (LDAP_C LDAP_CALLBACK LDAP_X_EXTIOF_CONNECT_CALLBACK )(
+            const char *hostlist, int port, /* host byte order */
+            int timeout /* milliseconds */,
+            unsigned long options, /* bitmapped options */
+            struct lextiof_session_private *sessionarg,
+            struct lextiof_socket_private **socketargp );
+typedef int     (LDAP_C LDAP_CALLBACK LDAP_X_EXTIOF_CLOSE_CALLBACK )(
+            int s, struct lextiof_socket_private *socketarg );
+typedef int     (LDAP_C LDAP_CALLBACK LDAP_X_EXTIOF_POLL_CALLBACK)(
+            LDAP_X_PollFD fds[], int nfds, int timeout /* milliseconds */,
+            struct lextiof_session_private *sessionarg );
+typedef int     (LDAP_C LDAP_CALLBACK LDAP_X_EXTIOF_NEWHANDLE_CALLBACK)(
+            LDAP *ld, struct lextiof_session_private *sessionarg );
+typedef void    (LDAP_C LDAP_CALLBACK LDAP_X_EXTIOF_DISPOSEHANDLE_CALLBACK)(
+            LDAP *ld, struct lextiof_session_private *sessionarg );
+
+
+/* Structure to hold extended I/O function pointers:
+ */
+struct ldap_x_ext_io_fns {
+        /* lextiof_size should always be set to LDAP_X_EXTIO_FNS_SIZE */
+        int                                     lextiof_size;
+        LDAP_X_EXTIOF_CONNECT_CALLBACK          *lextiof_connect;
+        LDAP_X_EXTIOF_CLOSE_CALLBACK            *lextiof_close;
+        LDAP_X_EXTIOF_READ_CALLBACK             *lextiof_read;
+        LDAP_X_EXTIOF_WRITE_CALLBACK            *lextiof_write;
+        LDAP_X_EXTIOF_POLL_CALLBACK             *lextiof_poll;
+        LDAP_X_EXTIOF_NEWHANDLE_CALLBACK        *lextiof_newhandle;
+        LDAP_X_EXTIOF_DISPOSEHANDLE_CALLBACK    *lextiof_disposehandle;
+        void                                    *lextiof_session_arg;
+        LDAP_X_EXTIOF_WRITEV_CALLBACK           *lextiof_writev;
+};
+#define LDAP_X_EXTIO_FNS_SIZE   sizeof(struct ldap_x_ext_io_fns)
+
+/*
+ * Utility functions for parsing space-separated host lists (useful for
+ * implementing an extended I/O CONNECT callback function).
+ */
+struct ldap_x_hostlist_status;
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_x_hostlist_first( const char *hostlist,
+        int defport, char **hostp, int *portp /* host byte order */,
+        struct ldap_x_hostlist_status **statusp );
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_x_hostlist_next( char **hostp,
+        int *portp /* host byte order */, struct ldap_x_hostlist_status *status
+);
+LDAP_API(void) LDAP_CALL ldap_x_hostlist_statusfree(
+        struct ldap_x_hostlist_status *status );
+
+/*
+ * Client side sorting of entries (an API extension --
+ * LDAP_API_FEATURE_X_CLIENT_SIDE_SORT)
+ */
+/*
+ * Client side sorting callback functions:
+ */
+typedef const struct berval* (LDAP_C LDAP_CALLBACK
+        LDAP_KEYGEN_CALLBACK)( void *arg, LDAP *ld, LDAPMessage *entry );
+typedef int (LDAP_C LDAP_CALLBACK
+        LDAP_KEYCMP_CALLBACK)( void *arg, const struct berval*,
+        const struct berval* );
+typedef void (LDAP_C LDAP_CALLBACK
+        LDAP_KEYFREE_CALLBACK)( void *arg, const struct berval* );
+typedef int (LDAP_C LDAP_CALLBACK
+        LDAP_CMP_CALLBACK)(const char *val1, const char *val2);
+typedef int (LDAP_C LDAP_CALLBACK
+        LDAP_VALCMP_CALLBACK)(const char **val1p, const char **val2p);
+
+/*
+ * Client side sorting functions:
+ */
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_keysort_entries( LDAP *ld, LDAPMessage **chain,
+        void *arg, LDAP_KEYGEN_CALLBACK *gen, LDAP_KEYCMP_CALLBACK *cmp,
+        LDAP_KEYFREE_CALLBACK *fre );
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_multisort_entries( LDAP *ld, LDAPMessage **chain,
+        char **attr, LDAP_CMP_CALLBACK *cmp );
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_sort_entries( LDAP *ld, LDAPMessage **chain,
+        char *attr, LDAP_CMP_CALLBACK *cmp );
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_sort_values( LDAP *ld, char **vals,
+        LDAP_VALCMP_CALLBACK *cmp );
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_C LDAP_CALLBACK ldap_sort_strcasecmp( const char **a,
+        const char **b );
+
+
+/*
+ * Filter functions and definitions (an API extension --
+ * LDAP_API_FEATURE_X_FILTER_FUNCTIONS)
+ */
+/*
+ * Structures, constants, and types for filter utility routines:
+ */
+typedef struct ldap_filt_info {
+        char                    *lfi_filter;
+        char                    *lfi_desc;
+        int                     lfi_scope;      /* LDAP_SCOPE_BASE, etc */
+        int                     lfi_isexact;    /* exact match filter? */
+        struct ldap_filt_info   *lfi_next;
+} LDAPFiltInfo;
+
+#define LDAP_FILT_MAXSIZ        1024
+
+typedef struct ldap_filt_list LDAPFiltList; /* opaque filter list handle */
+typedef struct ldap_filt_desc LDAPFiltDesc; /* opaque filter desc handle */
+
+/*
+ * Filter utility functions:
+ */
+LDAP_API(LDAPFiltDesc *) LDAP_CALL ldap_init_getfilter( char *fname );
+LDAP_API(LDAPFiltDesc *) LDAP_CALL ldap_init_getfilter_buf( char *buf,
+        long buflen );
+LDAP_API(LDAPFiltInfo *) LDAP_CALL ldap_getfirstfilter( LDAPFiltDesc *lfdp,
+        char *tagpat, char *value );
+LDAP_API(LDAPFiltInfo *) LDAP_CALL ldap_getnextfilter( LDAPFiltDesc *lfdp );
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_set_filter_additions( LDAPFiltDesc *lfdp,
+        char *prefix, char *suffix );
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_create_filter( char *buf, unsigned long buflen,
+        char *pattern, char *prefix, char *suffix, char *attr,
+        char *value, char **valwords );
+LDAP_API(void) LDAP_CALL ldap_getfilter_free( LDAPFiltDesc *lfdp );
+
+/*
+ * Friendly mapping structure and routines (an API extension)
+ */
+typedef struct friendly {
+        char    *f_unfriendly;
+        char    *f_friendly;
+} *FriendlyMap;
+LDAP_API(char *) LDAP_CALL ldap_friendly_name( char *filename, char *name,
+        FriendlyMap *map );
+LDAP_API(void) LDAP_CALL ldap_free_friendlymap( FriendlyMap *map );
+
+/*
+ * In Memory Cache (an API extension -- LDAP_API_FEATURE_X_MEMCACHE)
+ */
+typedef struct ldapmemcache  LDAPMemCache;  /* opaque in-memory cache handle */
+
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_memcache_init( unsigned long ttl,
+        unsigned long size, char **baseDNs, struct ldap_thread_fns *thread_fns,
+        LDAPMemCache **cachep );
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_memcache_set( LDAP *ld, LDAPMemCache *cache );
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_memcache_get( LDAP *ld, LDAPMemCache **cachep );
+LDAP_API(void) LDAP_CALL ldap_memcache_flush( LDAPMemCache *cache, char *dn,
+        int scope );
+LDAP_API(void) LDAP_CALL ldap_memcache_flush_results( LDAPMemCache *cache,
+        char *dn, int scope );
+LDAP_API(void) LDAP_CALL ldap_memcache_destroy( LDAPMemCache *cache );
+LDAP_API(void) LDAP_CALL ldap_memcache_update( LDAPMemCache *cache );
+
+/*
+ * Timeout value for nonblocking connect call
+ */
+#define LDAP_X_OPT_CONNECT_TIMEOUT    (LDAP_OPT_PRIVATE_EXTENSION_BASE + 0x0F01)
+        /* 0x4000 + 0x0F01 = 0x4F01 = 20225 - API extension */
+
+/* 
+ * Socket buffer structure associated to the LDAP connection
+ */
+#define LDAP_X_OPT_SOCKBUF            (LDAP_OPT_PRIVATE_EXTENSION_BASE + 0x0F03)
+	/* 0x4000 + 0x0F03 = 0x4F03 = 20227 - API extension */
+
+/*
+ * Memory allocation callback functions (an API extension --
+ * LDAP_API_FEATURE_X_MEMALLOC_FUNCTIONS).  These are global and can
+ * not be set on a per-LDAP session handle basis.  Install your own
+ * functions by making a call like this:
+ *    ldap_set_option( NULL, LDAP_OPT_MEMALLOC_FN_PTRS, &memalloc_fns );
+ *
+ * look in lber.h for the function typedefs themselves.
+ */
+#define LDAP_OPT_MEMALLOC_FN_PTRS       0x61    /* 97 - API extension */
+
+struct ldap_memalloc_fns {
+        LDAP_MALLOC_CALLBACK    *ldapmem_malloc;
+        LDAP_CALLOC_CALLBACK    *ldapmem_calloc;
+        LDAP_REALLOC_CALLBACK   *ldapmem_realloc;
+        LDAP_FREE_CALLBACK      *ldapmem_free;
+};
+
+
+/*
+ * Memory allocation functions (an API extension)
+ */
+void *ldap_x_malloc( size_t size );
+void *ldap_x_calloc( size_t nelem, size_t elsize );
+void *ldap_x_realloc( void *ptr, size_t size );
+void ldap_x_free( void *ptr );
+
+/*
+ * Server reconnect (an API extension).
+ */
+#define LDAP_OPT_RECONNECT              0x62    /* 98 - API extension */
+
+
+/*
+ * Extra thread callback functions (an API extension --
+ * LDAP_API_FEATURE_X_EXTHREAD_FUNCTIONS)
+ */
+#define LDAP_OPT_EXTRA_THREAD_FN_PTRS  0x65     /* 101 - API extension */
+
+/*
+ * When bind is called, don't bind if there's a connection open with the same DN
+ */
+#define LDAP_OPT_NOREBIND               0x66    /* 102 - API extension */
+
+typedef int (LDAP_C LDAP_CALLBACK LDAP_TF_MUTEX_TRYLOCK_CALLBACK)( void *m );
+typedef void *(LDAP_C LDAP_CALLBACK LDAP_TF_SEMA_ALLOC_CALLBACK)( void );
+typedef void (LDAP_C LDAP_CALLBACK LDAP_TF_SEMA_FREE_CALLBACK)( void *s );
+typedef int (LDAP_C LDAP_CALLBACK LDAP_TF_SEMA_WAIT_CALLBACK)( void *s );
+typedef int (LDAP_C LDAP_CALLBACK LDAP_TF_SEMA_POST_CALLBACK)( void *s );
+typedef void *(LDAP_C LDAP_CALLBACK LDAP_TF_THREADID_CALLBACK)(void);
+
+struct ldap_extra_thread_fns {
+        LDAP_TF_MUTEX_TRYLOCK_CALLBACK *ltf_mutex_trylock;
+        LDAP_TF_SEMA_ALLOC_CALLBACK *ltf_sema_alloc;
+        LDAP_TF_SEMA_FREE_CALLBACK *ltf_sema_free;
+        LDAP_TF_SEMA_WAIT_CALLBACK *ltf_sema_wait;
+        LDAP_TF_SEMA_POST_CALLBACK *ltf_sema_post;
+        LDAP_TF_THREADID_CALLBACK *ltf_threadid_fn;
+};
+
+/*
+ * Debugging level (an API extension)
+ */
+#define LDAP_OPT_DEBUG_LEVEL            0x6E    /* 110 - API extension */
+/* On UNIX, there's only one copy of ldap_debug */
+/* On NT, each dll keeps its own module_ldap_debug, which */
+/* points to the process' ldap_debug and needs initializing after load */
+#ifdef _WIN32
+extern int              *module_ldap_debug;
+typedef void (*set_debug_level_fn_t)(int*);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef LDAP_DNS
+#define LDAP_OPT_DNS                    0x0C    /* 12 - API extension */
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * UTF-8 routines (should these move into libnls?)
+ */
+/* number of bytes in character */
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_utf8len( const char* );
+/* find next character */
+LDAP_API(char*) LDAP_CALL ldap_utf8next( char* );
+/* find previous character */
+LDAP_API(char*) LDAP_CALL ldap_utf8prev( char* );
+/* copy one character */
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_utf8copy( char* dst, const char* src );
+/* total number of characters */
+LDAP_API(size_t) LDAP_CALL ldap_utf8characters( const char* );
+/* get one UCS-4 character, and move *src to the next character */
+LDAP_API(unsigned long) LDAP_CALL ldap_utf8getcc( const char** src );
+/* UTF-8 aware strtok_r() */
+LDAP_API(char*) LDAP_CALL ldap_utf8strtok_r( char* src, const char* brk, char**
+next);
+
+/* like isalnum(*s) in the C locale */
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_utf8isalnum( char* s );
+/* like isalpha(*s) in the C locale */
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_utf8isalpha( char* s );
+/* like isdigit(*s) in the C locale */
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_utf8isdigit( char* s );
+/* like isxdigit(*s) in the C locale */
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_utf8isxdigit(char* s );
+/* like isspace(*s) in the C locale */
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_utf8isspace( char* s );
+
+#define LDAP_UTF8LEN(s)  ((0x80 & *(unsigned char*)(s)) ?   ldap_utf8len (s) : 1)
+#define LDAP_UTF8NEXT(s) ((0x80 & *(unsigned char*)(s)) ?   ldap_utf8next(s) : ( s)+1)
+#define LDAP_UTF8INC(s)  ((0x80 & *(unsigned char*)(s)) ? s=ldap_utf8next(s) : ++s)
+
+#define LDAP_UTF8PREV(s)   ldap_utf8prev(s)
+#define LDAP_UTF8DEC(s) (s=ldap_utf8prev(s))
+
+#define LDAP_UTF8COPY(d,s) ((0x80 & *(unsigned char*)(s)) ? ldap_utf8copy(d,s) : ((*(d) = *(s)), 1))
+#define LDAP_UTF8GETCC(s) ((0x80 & *(unsigned char*)(s)) ? ldap_utf8getcc (&s) : *s++)
+#define LDAP_UTF8GETC(s) ((0x80 & *(unsigned char*)(s)) ? ldap_utf8getcc ((const char**)&s) : *s++)
+
+/* SASL options */
+#define LDAP_OPT_X_SASL_MECH            0x6100
+#define LDAP_OPT_X_SASL_REALM           0x6101
+#define LDAP_OPT_X_SASL_AUTHCID         0x6102
+#define LDAP_OPT_X_SASL_AUTHZID         0x6103
+#define LDAP_OPT_X_SASL_SSF             0x6104 /* read-only */
+#define LDAP_OPT_X_SASL_SSF_EXTERNAL    0x6105 /* write-only */
+#define LDAP_OPT_X_SASL_SECPROPS        0x6106 /* write-only */
+#define LDAP_OPT_X_SASL_SSF_MIN         0x6107
+#define LDAP_OPT_X_SASL_SSF_MAX         0x6108
+#define LDAP_OPT_X_SASL_MAXBUFSIZE      0x6109
+
+/* ldap_interactive_bind_s Interaction flags
+ *  Interactive: prompt always - REQUIRED
+ */
+#define LDAP_SASL_AUTOMATIC     0U /* only prompt for missing items not supplied as defaults */
+#define LDAP_SASL_INTERACTIVE   1U /* prompt for everything and print defaults, if any */
+#define LDAP_SASL_QUIET         2U /* no prompts - only use defaults (e.g. for non-interactive apps) */
+
+/*
+ * V3 SASL Interaction Function Callback Prototype
+ *      when using Cyrus SASL, interact is pointer to sasl_interact_t
+ *  should likely passed in a control (and provided controls)
+ */
+typedef int (LDAP_SASL_INTERACT_PROC)
+        (LDAP *ld, unsigned flags, void* defaults, void *interact );
+
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_sasl_interactive_bind_s (
+        LDAP *ld,
+        const char *dn, /* usually NULL */
+        const char *saslMechanism,
+        LDAPControl **serverControls,
+        LDAPControl **clientControls,
+
+        /* should be client controls */
+        unsigned flags,
+        LDAP_SASL_INTERACT_PROC *proc,
+        void *defaults );
+
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_sasl_interactive_bind_ext_s (
+        LDAP *ld,
+        const char *dn, /* usually NULL */
+        const char *saslMechanism,
+        LDAPControl **serverControls,
+        LDAPControl **clientControls,
+
+        /* should be client controls */
+        unsigned flags,
+        LDAP_SASL_INTERACT_PROC *proc,
+        void *defaults,
+        LDAPControl ***responseControls );
+
+/*
+ * Password modify functions
+ */
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_passwd( LDAP *ld, struct berval *userid,
+	struct berval *oldpasswd, struct berval *newpasswd,
+	LDAPControl **serverctrls, LDAPControl **clientctrls,
+	int *msgidp );
+
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_passwd_s( LDAP *ld, struct berval *userid,
+	struct berval *oldpasswd, struct berval *newpasswd,
+	struct berval *genpasswd, LDAPControl **serverctrls,
+	LDAPControl **clientctrls );
+
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_parse_passwd( LDAP *ld, LDAPMessage *result,
+	struct berval *genpasswd );
+    
+/*
+ * in reslist.c
+ */
+LDAP_API(LDAPMessage *) LDAP_CALL ldap_delete_result_entry( LDAPMessage **list, LDAPMessage *e );
+LDAP_API(void) LDAP_CALL ldap_add_result_entry( LDAPMessage **list, LDAPMessage *e );
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#endif /* _LDAP_EXTENSION_H */
+
diff --git a/ldap/c-sdk/include/ldap-platform.h b/ldap/c-sdk/include/ldap-platform.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fee8fcf66
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/c-sdk/include/ldap-platform.h
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ * 
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version 
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with 
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at 
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ * 
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ * 
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, released
+ * March 31, 1998.
+ * 
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998-1999
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ * 
+ * Contributor(s):
+ * 
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
+ * or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ * 
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+
+/* ldap-platform.h - platform transparency */
+
+#ifndef _LDAP_PLATFORM_H
+#define _LDAP_PLATFORM_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#if defined (WIN32) || defined (_WIN32) || defined( _CONSOLE ) 
+#include <windows.h>
+#  if defined( _WINDOWS )
+#  include <winsock.h>
+#  endif
+#elif defined(macintosh)
+#ifndef LDAP_TYPE_TIMEVAL_DEFINED
+#include <utime.h>
+#endif
+#ifndef LDAP_TYPE_SOCKET_DEFINED	/* API extension */
+#include "macsocket.h"
+#endif
+#else /* everything else, e.g., Unix */
+#ifndef LDAP_TYPE_TIMEVAL_DEFINED
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#endif
+#ifndef LDAP_TYPE_SOCKET_DEFINED	/* API extension */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/socket.h>
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _AIX
+#include <sys/select.h>
+#endif /* _AIX */
+
+#ifdef XP_OS2
+#include <sys/select.h>
+#endif /* XP_OS2 */
+
+/*
+ * LDAP_API macro definition:
+ */
+#ifndef LDAP_API
+#if defined( _WINDOWS ) || defined( _WIN32 )
+#define LDAP_API(rt) rt
+#else /* _WINDOWS */
+#define LDAP_API(rt) rt
+#endif /* _WINDOWS */
+#endif /* LDAP_API */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#endif /* _LDAP_PLATFORM_H */
diff --git a/ldap/c-sdk/include/ldap-standard.h b/ldap/c-sdk/include/ldap-standard.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7e632cb1e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/c-sdk/include/ldap-standard.h
@@ -0,0 +1,457 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ * 
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version 
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with 
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at 
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ * 
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ * 
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, released
+ * March 31, 1998.
+ * 
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998-1999
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ * 
+ * Contributor(s):
+ * 
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
+ * or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ * 
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+
+/* ldap-standard.h - standards base header file for libldap */
+/* This file contain the defines and function prototypes matching */
+/* very closely to the latest LDAP C API draft */
+ 
+#ifndef _LDAP_STANDARD_H
+#define _LDAP_STANDARD_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#include "ldap-platform.h"
+
+#include "lber.h"
+
+#define LDAP_PORT       	389
+#define LDAPS_PORT      	636
+#define LDAP_VERSION2   	2
+#define LDAP_VERSION3   	3
+#define LDAP_VERSION_MIN	LDAP_VERSION1
+#define LDAP_VERSION_MAX	LDAP_VERSION3
+
+#define LDAP_VENDOR_VERSION	607	/* version # * 100 */
+#define LDAP_VENDOR_NAME	"mozilla.org"
+/*
+ * The following will be an RFC number once the LDAP C API Internet Draft
+ * is published as a Proposed Standard RFC.  For now we use 2000 + the
+ * draft revision number (currently 5) since we are close to compliance
+ * with revision 5 of the draft.
+ */
+#define LDAP_API_VERSION	2005
+
+/* special values that may appear in the attributes field of a SearchRequest.
+ */
+#define LDAP_NO_ATTRS		"1.1"
+#define LDAP_ALL_USER_ATTRS	"*"
+
+/*
+ * Standard options (used with ldap_set_option() and ldap_get_option):
+ */
+#define LDAP_OPT_API_INFO               0x00	/*  0 */
+#define LDAP_OPT_DEREF                  0x02	/*  2 */
+#define LDAP_OPT_SIZELIMIT              0x03	/*  3 */
+#define LDAP_OPT_TIMELIMIT              0x04	/*  4 */
+#define LDAP_OPT_REFERRALS              0x08	/*  8 */
+#define LDAP_OPT_RESTART                0x09	/*  9 */
+#define LDAP_OPT_PROTOCOL_VERSION	0x11	/* 17 */
+#define LDAP_OPT_SERVER_CONTROLS	0x12	/* 18 */
+#define LDAP_OPT_CLIENT_CONTROLS	0x13	/* 19 */
+#define LDAP_OPT_API_FEATURE_INFO	0x15	/* 21 */
+#define LDAP_OPT_HOST_NAME		0x30	/* 48 */
+#define LDAP_OPT_ERROR_NUMBER		0x31	/* 49 */
+#define LDAP_OPT_ERROR_STRING		0x32	/* 50 */
+#define LDAP_OPT_MATCHED_DN		0x33	/* 51 */
+
+/*
+ * Well-behaved private and experimental extensions will use option values
+ * between 0x4000 (16384) and 0x7FFF (32767) inclusive.
+ */
+#define LDAP_OPT_PRIVATE_EXTENSION_BASE	0x4000	/* to 0x7FFF inclusive */
+
+/* for on/off options */
+#define LDAP_OPT_ON     ((void *)1)
+#define LDAP_OPT_OFF    ((void *)0)
+
+typedef struct ldap     LDAP;           /* opaque connection handle */
+typedef struct ldapmsg  LDAPMessage;    /* opaque result/entry handle */
+
+/* structure representing an LDAP modification */
+typedef struct ldapmod {
+	int             mod_op;         /* kind of mod + form of values*/
+#define LDAP_MOD_ADD            0x00
+#define LDAP_MOD_DELETE         0x01
+#define LDAP_MOD_REPLACE        0x02
+#define LDAP_MOD_BVALUES        0x80
+	char            *mod_type;      /* attribute name to modify */
+	union mod_vals_u {
+		char            **modv_strvals;
+		struct berval   **modv_bvals;
+	} mod_vals;                     /* values to add/delete/replace */
+#define mod_values      mod_vals.modv_strvals
+#define mod_bvalues     mod_vals.modv_bvals
+} LDAPMod;
+
+
+/*
+ * structure for holding ldapv3 controls
+ */
+typedef struct ldapcontrol {
+    char            *ldctl_oid;
+    struct berval   ldctl_value;
+    char            ldctl_iscritical;
+} LDAPControl;
+
+
+/*
+ * LDAP API information.  Can be retrieved by using a sequence like:
+ *
+ *    LDAPAPIInfo ldai;
+ *    ldai.ldapai_info_version = LDAP_API_INFO_VERSION;
+ *    if ( ldap_get_option( NULL, LDAP_OPT_API_INFO, &ldia ) == 0 ) ...
+ */
+#define LDAP_API_INFO_VERSION		1
+typedef struct ldapapiinfo {
+    int  ldapai_info_version;     /* version of this struct (1) */
+    int  ldapai_api_version;      /* revision of API supported */
+    int  ldapai_protocol_version; /* highest LDAP version supported */
+    char **ldapai_extensions;     /* names of API extensions */
+    char *ldapai_vendor_name;     /* name of supplier */
+    int  ldapai_vendor_version;   /* supplier-specific version times 100 */
+} LDAPAPIInfo;
+
+
+/*
+ * LDAP API extended features info.  Can be retrieved by using a sequence like:
+ *
+ *    LDAPAPIFeatureInfo ldfi;
+ *    ldfi.ldapaif_info_version = LDAP_FEATURE_INFO_VERSION;
+ *    ldfi.ldapaif_name = "VIRTUAL_LIST_VIEW";
+ *    if ( ldap_get_option( NULL, LDAP_OPT_API_FEATURE_INFO, &ldfi ) == 0 ) ...
+ */
+#define LDAP_FEATURE_INFO_VERSION	1
+typedef struct ldap_apifeature_info {
+    int   ldapaif_info_version;	/* version of this struct (1) */
+    char  *ldapaif_name;	/* name of supported feature */
+    int   ldapaif_version;	/* revision of supported feature */
+} LDAPAPIFeatureInfo;
+
+
+/* possible result types a server can return */
+#define LDAP_RES_BIND                   0x61L	/* 97 */
+#define LDAP_RES_SEARCH_ENTRY           0x64L	/* 100 */
+#define LDAP_RES_SEARCH_RESULT          0x65L	/* 101 */
+#define LDAP_RES_MODIFY                 0x67L	/* 103 */
+#define LDAP_RES_ADD                    0x69L	/* 105 */
+#define LDAP_RES_DELETE                 0x6BL	/* 107 */
+#define LDAP_RES_MODDN			0x6DL	/* 109 */
+#define LDAP_RES_COMPARE                0x6FL	/* 111 */
+#define LDAP_RES_SEARCH_REFERENCE       0x73L	/* 115 */
+#define LDAP_RES_EXTENDED               0x78L	/* 120 */
+
+/* Special values for ldap_result() "msgid" parameter */
+#define LDAP_RES_ANY                (-1)
+#define LDAP_RES_UNSOLICITED		0
+
+/* built-in SASL methods */
+#define LDAP_SASL_SIMPLE	0	/* special value used for simple bind */
+
+/* search scopes */
+#define LDAP_SCOPE_BASE         0x00
+#define LDAP_SCOPE_ONELEVEL     0x01
+#define LDAP_SCOPE_SUBTREE      0x02
+
+/* alias dereferencing */
+#define LDAP_DEREF_NEVER        0x00
+#define LDAP_DEREF_SEARCHING    0x01
+#define LDAP_DEREF_FINDING      0x02
+#define LDAP_DEREF_ALWAYS       0x03
+
+/* predefined size/time limits */
+#define LDAP_NO_LIMIT           0
+
+/* allowed values for "all" ldap_result() parameter */
+#define LDAP_MSG_ONE		0x00
+#define LDAP_MSG_ALL		0x01
+#define LDAP_MSG_RECEIVED	0x02
+
+/* possible error codes we can be returned */
+#define LDAP_SUCCESS                    0x00	/* 0 */
+#define LDAP_OPERATIONS_ERROR           0x01	/* 1 */
+#define LDAP_PROTOCOL_ERROR             0x02	/* 2 */
+#define LDAP_TIMELIMIT_EXCEEDED         0x03	/* 3 */
+#define LDAP_SIZELIMIT_EXCEEDED         0x04	/* 4 */
+#define LDAP_COMPARE_FALSE              0x05	/* 5 */
+#define LDAP_COMPARE_TRUE               0x06	/* 6 */
+#define LDAP_STRONG_AUTH_NOT_SUPPORTED  0x07	/* 7 */
+#define LDAP_STRONG_AUTH_REQUIRED       0x08	/* 8 */
+#define LDAP_REFERRAL                   0x0a	/* 10 - LDAPv3 */
+#define LDAP_ADMINLIMIT_EXCEEDED	0x0b	/* 11 - LDAPv3 */
+#define LDAP_UNAVAILABLE_CRITICAL_EXTENSION  0x0c /* 12 - LDAPv3 */
+#define LDAP_CONFIDENTIALITY_REQUIRED	0x0d	/* 13 */
+#define LDAP_SASL_BIND_IN_PROGRESS	0x0e	/* 14 - LDAPv3 */
+
+#define LDAP_NO_SUCH_ATTRIBUTE          0x10	/* 16 */
+#define LDAP_UNDEFINED_TYPE             0x11	/* 17 */
+#define LDAP_INAPPROPRIATE_MATCHING     0x12	/* 18 */
+#define LDAP_CONSTRAINT_VIOLATION       0x13	/* 19 */
+#define LDAP_TYPE_OR_VALUE_EXISTS       0x14	/* 20 */
+#define LDAP_INVALID_SYNTAX             0x15	/* 21 */
+
+#define LDAP_NO_SUCH_OBJECT             0x20	/* 32 */
+#define LDAP_ALIAS_PROBLEM              0x21	/* 33 */
+#define LDAP_INVALID_DN_SYNTAX          0x22	/* 34 */
+#define LDAP_IS_LEAF                    0x23	/* 35 (not used in LDAPv3) */
+#define LDAP_ALIAS_DEREF_PROBLEM        0x24	/* 36 */
+
+#define LDAP_INAPPROPRIATE_AUTH         0x30	/* 48 */
+#define LDAP_INVALID_CREDENTIALS        0x31	/* 49 */
+#define LDAP_INSUFFICIENT_ACCESS        0x32	/* 50 */
+#define LDAP_BUSY                       0x33	/* 51 */
+#define LDAP_UNAVAILABLE                0x34	/* 52 */
+#define LDAP_UNWILLING_TO_PERFORM       0x35	/* 53 */
+#define LDAP_LOOP_DETECT                0x36	/* 54 */
+
+#define LDAP_NAMING_VIOLATION           0x40	/* 64 */
+#define LDAP_OBJECT_CLASS_VIOLATION     0x41	/* 65 */
+#define LDAP_NOT_ALLOWED_ON_NONLEAF     0x42	/* 66 */
+#define LDAP_NOT_ALLOWED_ON_RDN         0x43	/* 67 */
+#define LDAP_ALREADY_EXISTS             0x44	/* 68 */
+#define LDAP_NO_OBJECT_CLASS_MODS       0x45	/* 69 */
+#define LDAP_RESULTS_TOO_LARGE          0x46	/* 70 - CLDAP */
+#define LDAP_AFFECTS_MULTIPLE_DSAS      0x47	/* 71 */
+
+#define LDAP_OTHER                      0x50	/* 80 */
+#define LDAP_SERVER_DOWN                0x51	/* 81 */
+#define LDAP_LOCAL_ERROR                0x52	/* 82 */
+#define LDAP_ENCODING_ERROR             0x53	/* 83 */
+#define LDAP_DECODING_ERROR             0x54	/* 84 */
+#define LDAP_TIMEOUT                    0x55	/* 85 */
+#define LDAP_AUTH_UNKNOWN               0x56	/* 86 */
+#define LDAP_FILTER_ERROR               0x57	/* 87 */
+#define LDAP_USER_CANCELLED             0x58	/* 88 */
+#define LDAP_PARAM_ERROR                0x59	/* 89 */
+#define LDAP_NO_MEMORY                  0x5a	/* 90 */
+#define LDAP_CONNECT_ERROR              0x5b	/* 91 */
+#define LDAP_NOT_SUPPORTED              0x5c	/* 92 - LDAPv3 */
+#define LDAP_CONTROL_NOT_FOUND		0x5d	/* 93 - LDAPv3 */
+#define LDAP_NO_RESULTS_RETURNED	0x5e	/* 94 - LDAPv3 */
+#define LDAP_MORE_RESULTS_TO_RETURN	0x5f	/* 95 - LDAPv3 */
+#define LDAP_CLIENT_LOOP		0x60	/* 96 - LDAPv3 */
+#define LDAP_REFERRAL_LIMIT_EXCEEDED	0x61	/* 97 - LDAPv3 */
+
+/*
+ * LDAPv3 unsolicited notification messages we know about
+ */
+#define LDAP_NOTICE_OF_DISCONNECTION	"1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.20036"
+
+/*
+ * Client controls we know about
+ */
+#define LDAP_CONTROL_REFERRALS		"1.2.840.113556.1.4.616"
+
+/*
+ * Initializing an ldap sesssion, set session handle options, and
+ * closing an ldap session functions
+ *
+ * NOTE: If you want to use IPv6, you must use prldap creating a LDAP handle
+ * with prldap_init instead of ldap_init. Or install the NSPR functions
+ * by calling prldap_install_routines. (See the nspr samples in examples)
+ */
+LDAP_API(LDAP *) LDAP_CALL ldap_init( const char *defhost, int defport );
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_set_option( LDAP *ld, int option,
+	const void *optdata );
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_get_option( LDAP *ld, int option, void *optdata );
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_unbind( LDAP *ld );
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_unbind_s( LDAP *ld );
+
+/*
+ * perform ldap operations
+ */
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_abandon( LDAP *ld, int msgid );
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_add( LDAP *ld, const char *dn, LDAPMod **attrs );
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_add_s( LDAP *ld, const char *dn, LDAPMod **attrs );
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_simple_bind( LDAP *ld, const char *who,
+	const char *passwd );
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_simple_bind_s( LDAP *ld, const char *who,
+	const char *passwd );
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_modify( LDAP *ld, const char *dn, LDAPMod **mods );
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_modify_s( LDAP *ld, const char *dn, 
+	LDAPMod **mods );
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_compare( LDAP *ld, const char *dn,
+	const char *attr, const char *value );
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_compare_s( LDAP *ld, const char *dn, 
+	const char *attr, const char *value );
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_delete( LDAP *ld, const char *dn );
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_delete_s( LDAP *ld, const char *dn );
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_search( LDAP *ld, const char *base, int scope,
+	const char *filter, char **attrs, int attrsonly );
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_search_s( LDAP *ld, const char *base, int scope,
+	const char *filter, char **attrs, int attrsonly, LDAPMessage **res );
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_search_st( LDAP *ld, const char *base, int scope,
+	const char *filter, char **attrs, int attrsonly,
+	struct timeval *timeout, LDAPMessage **res );
+
+/*
+ * obtain result from ldap operation
+ */
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_result( LDAP *ld, int msgid, int all,
+	struct timeval *timeout, LDAPMessage **result );
+
+/*
+ * peeking inside LDAP Messages and deallocating LDAP Messages
+ */
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_msgfree( LDAPMessage *lm );
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_msgid( LDAPMessage *lm );
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_msgtype( LDAPMessage *lm );
+
+
+/*
+ * Routines to parse/deal with results and errors returned
+ */
+LDAP_API(char *) LDAP_CALL ldap_err2string( int err );
+LDAP_API(LDAPMessage *) LDAP_CALL ldap_first_entry( LDAP *ld, 
+	LDAPMessage *chain );
+LDAP_API(LDAPMessage *) LDAP_CALL ldap_next_entry( LDAP *ld, 
+	LDAPMessage *entry );
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_count_entries( LDAP *ld, LDAPMessage *chain );
+LDAP_API(char *) LDAP_CALL ldap_get_dn( LDAP *ld, LDAPMessage *entry );
+LDAP_API(char *) LDAP_CALL ldap_dn2ufn( const char *dn );
+LDAP_API(char **) LDAP_CALL ldap_explode_dn( const char *dn, 
+	const int notypes );
+LDAP_API(char **) LDAP_CALL ldap_explode_rdn( const char *rdn, 
+	const int notypes );
+LDAP_API(char *) LDAP_CALL ldap_first_attribute( LDAP *ld, LDAPMessage *entry,
+	BerElement **ber );
+LDAP_API(char *) LDAP_CALL ldap_next_attribute( LDAP *ld, LDAPMessage *entry,
+	BerElement *ber );
+LDAP_API(char **) LDAP_CALL ldap_get_values( LDAP *ld, LDAPMessage *entry,
+	const char *target );
+LDAP_API(struct berval **) LDAP_CALL ldap_get_values_len( LDAP *ld,
+	LDAPMessage *entry, const char *target );
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_count_values( char **vals );
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_count_values_len( struct berval **vals );
+LDAP_API(void) LDAP_CALL ldap_value_free( char **vals );
+LDAP_API(void) LDAP_CALL ldap_value_free_len( struct berval **vals );
+LDAP_API(void) LDAP_CALL ldap_memfree( void *p );
+
+
+/*
+ * LDAPv3 extended operation calls
+ */
+/*
+ * Note: all of the new asynchronous calls return an LDAP error code,
+ * not a message id.  A message id is returned via the int *msgidp
+ * parameter (usually the last parameter) if appropriate.
+ */
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_abandon_ext( LDAP *ld, int msgid,
+	LDAPControl **serverctrls, LDAPControl **clientctrls );
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_add_ext( LDAP *ld, const char *dn, LDAPMod **attrs,
+	LDAPControl **serverctrls, LDAPControl **clientctrls, int *msgidp );
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_add_ext_s( LDAP *ld, const char *dn,
+	LDAPMod **attrs, LDAPControl **serverctrls, LDAPControl **clientctrls );
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_sasl_bind( LDAP *ld, const char *dn,
+	const char *mechanism, const struct berval *cred,
+	LDAPControl **serverctrls, LDAPControl **clientctrls, int *msgidp );
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_sasl_bind_s( LDAP *ld, const char *dn,
+	const char *mechanism, const struct berval *cred,
+	LDAPControl **serverctrls, LDAPControl **clientctrls,
+	struct berval **servercredp );
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_modify_ext( LDAP *ld, const char *dn,
+	LDAPMod **mods, LDAPControl **serverctrls, LDAPControl **clientctrls,
+	int *msgidp );
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_modify_ext_s( LDAP *ld, const char *dn,
+	LDAPMod **mods, LDAPControl **serverctrls, LDAPControl **clientctrls );
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_rename( LDAP *ld, const char *dn,
+	const char *newrdn, const char *newparent, int deleteoldrdn,
+	LDAPControl **serverctrls, LDAPControl **clientctrls, int *msgidp );
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_rename_s( LDAP *ld, const char *dn,
+	const char *newrdn, const char *newparent, int deleteoldrdn,
+	LDAPControl **serverctrls, LDAPControl **clientctrls );
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_compare_ext( LDAP *ld, const char *dn,
+	const char *attr, const struct berval *bvalue,
+	LDAPControl **serverctrls, LDAPControl **clientctrls, int *msgidp );
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_compare_ext_s( LDAP *ld, const char *dn,
+	const char *attr, const struct berval *bvalue,
+	LDAPControl **serverctrls, LDAPControl **clientctrls );
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_delete_ext( LDAP *ld, const char *dn,
+	LDAPControl **serverctrls, LDAPControl **clientctrls, int *msgidp );
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_delete_ext_s( LDAP *ld, const char *dn,
+	LDAPControl **serverctrls, LDAPControl **clientctrls );
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_search_ext( LDAP *ld, const char *base,
+	int scope, const char *filter, char **attrs, int attrsonly,
+	LDAPControl **serverctrls, LDAPControl **clientctrls,
+	struct timeval *timeoutp, int sizelimit, int *msgidp );
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_search_ext_s( LDAP *ld, const char *base,
+	int scope, const char *filter, char **attrs, int attrsonly,
+	LDAPControl **serverctrls, LDAPControl **clientctrls,
+	struct timeval *timeoutp, int sizelimit, LDAPMessage **res );
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_extended_operation( LDAP *ld,
+	const char *requestoid, const struct berval *requestdata,
+	LDAPControl **serverctrls, LDAPControl **clientctrls, int *msgidp );
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_extended_operation_s( LDAP *ld,
+	const char *requestoid, const struct berval *requestdata,
+	LDAPControl **serverctrls, LDAPControl **clientctrls,
+	char **retoidp, struct berval **retdatap );
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_unbind_ext( LDAP *ld, LDAPControl **serverctrls,
+	LDAPControl **clientctrls );
+
+
+/*
+ * LDAPv3 extended parsing / result handling calls
+ */
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_parse_sasl_bind_result( LDAP *ld,
+	LDAPMessage *res, struct berval **servercredp, int freeit );
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_parse_result( LDAP *ld, LDAPMessage *res,
+	int *errcodep, char **matcheddnp, char **errmsgp, char ***referralsp,
+	LDAPControl ***serverctrlsp, int freeit );
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_parse_extended_result( LDAP *ld, LDAPMessage *res,
+	char **retoidp, struct berval **retdatap, int freeit );
+LDAP_API(LDAPMessage *) LDAP_CALL ldap_first_message( LDAP *ld,
+	LDAPMessage *res );
+LDAP_API(LDAPMessage *) LDAP_CALL ldap_next_message( LDAP *ld,	
+	LDAPMessage *msg );
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_count_messages( LDAP *ld, LDAPMessage *res );
+LDAP_API(LDAPMessage *) LDAP_CALL ldap_first_reference( LDAP *ld,
+	LDAPMessage *res );
+LDAP_API(LDAPMessage *) LDAP_CALL ldap_next_reference( LDAP *ld,
+	LDAPMessage *ref );
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_count_references( LDAP *ld, LDAPMessage *res );
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_parse_reference( LDAP *ld, LDAPMessage *ref,
+	char ***referralsp, LDAPControl ***serverctrlsp, int freeit );
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_get_entry_controls( LDAP *ld, LDAPMessage *entry,
+	LDAPControl ***serverctrlsp );
+LDAP_API(void) LDAP_CALL ldap_control_free( LDAPControl *ctrl );
+LDAP_API(void) LDAP_CALL ldap_controls_free( LDAPControl **ctrls );
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#endif /* _LDAP_STANDARD_H */
diff --git a/ldap/c-sdk/include/ldap-to-be-deprecated.h b/ldap/c-sdk/include/ldap-to-be-deprecated.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..73404da0f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/c-sdk/include/ldap-to-be-deprecated.h
@@ -0,0 +1,193 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ * 
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version 
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with 
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at 
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ * 
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ * 
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, released
+ * March 31, 1998.
+ * 
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998-1999
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ * 
+ * Contributor(s):
+ * 
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
+ * or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ * 
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+
+/* ldap-to-be-deprecated.h - functions and declaration which will be
+ * deprecated in a future release.
+ * 
+ * A deprecated API is an API that we recommend you no longer use,
+ * due to improvements in the LDAP C SDK. While deprecated APIs are
+ * currently still implemented, they may be removed in future
+ * implementations, and we recommend using other APIs.
+ *
+ * This header file will act as a first warning before moving functions
+ * into an unsupported/deprecated state.  If your favorite application
+ * depend on any declaration and defines, and there is a good reason
+ * for not porting to new functions, Speak up now or they may disappear
+ * in a future release
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LDAP_TOBE_DEPRECATED_H
+#define _LDAP_TOBE_DEPRECATED_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * I/O function callbacks option (an API extension --
+ * LDAP_API_FEATURE_X_IO_FUNCTIONS).
+ * Use of the extended I/O functions instead is recommended
+ */
+#define LDAP_OPT_IO_FN_PTRS		0x0B	/* 11 - API extension */
+
+/*
+ * I/O callback functions (note that types for the read and write callbacks
+ * are actually in lber.h):
+ */
+typedef int	(LDAP_C LDAP_CALLBACK LDAP_IOF_SELECT_CALLBACK)( int nfds,
+	fd_set *readfds, fd_set *writefds, fd_set *errorfds,
+	struct timeval *timeout );
+typedef LBER_SOCKET (LDAP_C LDAP_CALLBACK LDAP_IOF_SOCKET_CALLBACK)(
+	int domain, int type, int protocol );
+typedef int	(LDAP_C LDAP_CALLBACK LDAP_IOF_IOCTL_CALLBACK)( LBER_SOCKET s, 
+	int option, ... );
+typedef int	(LDAP_C LDAP_CALLBACK LDAP_IOF_CONNECT_CALLBACK )(
+	LBER_SOCKET s, struct sockaddr *name, int namelen );
+typedef int	(LDAP_C LDAP_CALLBACK LDAP_IOF_CLOSE_CALLBACK )(
+	LBER_SOCKET s );
+typedef int	(LDAP_C LDAP_CALLBACK LDAP_IOF_SSL_ENABLE_CALLBACK )(
+	LBER_SOCKET s );
+
+/*
+ * Structure to hold I/O function pointers:
+ */
+struct ldap_io_fns {
+	LDAP_IOF_READ_CALLBACK *liof_read;
+	LDAP_IOF_WRITE_CALLBACK *liof_write;
+	LDAP_IOF_SELECT_CALLBACK *liof_select;
+	LDAP_IOF_SOCKET_CALLBACK *liof_socket;
+	LDAP_IOF_IOCTL_CALLBACK *liof_ioctl;
+	LDAP_IOF_CONNECT_CALLBACK *liof_connect;
+	LDAP_IOF_CLOSE_CALLBACK *liof_close;
+	LDAP_IOF_SSL_ENABLE_CALLBACK *liof_ssl_enable;
+};
+
+/*
+ * DNS resolver callbacks (an API extension --LDAP_API_FEATURE_X_DNS_FUNCTIONS).
+ * Note that gethostbyaddr() is not currently used.
+ */
+#define LDAP_OPT_DNS_FN_PTRS            0x60    /* 96 - API extension */
+
+typedef struct LDAPHostEnt {
+    char        *ldaphe_name;           /* official name of host */
+    char        **ldaphe_aliases;       /* alias list */
+    int         ldaphe_addrtype;        /* host address type */
+    int         ldaphe_length;          /* length of address */
+    char        **ldaphe_addr_list;     /* list of addresses from name server */
+} LDAPHostEnt;
+
+typedef LDAPHostEnt * (LDAP_C LDAP_CALLBACK LDAP_DNSFN_GETHOSTBYNAME)(
+        const char *name, LDAPHostEnt *result, char *buffer,
+        int buflen, int *statusp, void *extradata );
+typedef LDAPHostEnt * (LDAP_C LDAP_CALLBACK LDAP_DNSFN_GETHOSTBYADDR)(
+        const char *addr, int length, int type, LDAPHostEnt *result,
+        char *buffer, int buflen, int *statusp, void *extradata );
+typedef int (LDAP_C LDAP_CALLBACK LDAP_DNSFN_GETPEERNAME)(
+        LDAP *ld, struct sockaddr *netaddr, char *buffer, int buflen);
+
+struct ldap_dns_fns {
+        void                            *lddnsfn_extradata;
+        int                             lddnsfn_bufsize;
+        LDAP_DNSFN_GETHOSTBYNAME        *lddnsfn_gethostbyname;
+        LDAP_DNSFN_GETHOSTBYADDR        *lddnsfn_gethostbyaddr;
+	LDAP_DNSFN_GETPEERNAME          *lddnsfn_getpeername;
+};
+
+/*
+ * experimental DN format support
+ */
+LDAP_API(char **) LDAP_CALL ldap_explode_dns( const char *dn );
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_is_dns_dn( const char *dn );
+
+
+/*
+ * user friendly naming/searching routines
+ */
+typedef int (LDAP_C LDAP_CALLBACK LDAP_CANCELPROC_CALLBACK)( void *cl );
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_ufn_search_c( LDAP *ld, char *ufn,
+        char **attrs, int attrsonly, LDAPMessage **res,
+        LDAP_CANCELPROC_CALLBACK *cancelproc, void *cancelparm );
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_ufn_search_ct( LDAP *ld, char *ufn,
+        char **attrs, int attrsonly, LDAPMessage **res,
+        LDAP_CANCELPROC_CALLBACK *cancelproc, void *cancelparm,
+        char *tag1, char *tag2, char *tag3 );
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_ufn_search_s( LDAP *ld, char *ufn,
+        char **attrs, int attrsonly, LDAPMessage **res );
+LDAP_API(LDAPFiltDesc *) LDAP_CALL ldap_ufn_setfilter( LDAP *ld, char *fname );
+LDAP_API(void) LDAP_CALL ldap_ufn_setprefix( LDAP *ld, char *prefix );
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_C ldap_ufn_timeout( void *tvparam );
+
+/*
+ * utility routines
+ */
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_charray_add( char ***a, char *s );
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_charray_merge( char ***a, char **s );
+LDAP_API(void) LDAP_CALL ldap_charray_free( char **array );
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_charray_inlist( char **a, char *s );
+LDAP_API(char **) LDAP_CALL ldap_charray_dup( char **a );
+LDAP_API(char **) LDAP_CALL ldap_str2charray( char *str, char *brkstr );
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldap_charray_position( char **a, char *s );
+
+/* from ldap_ssl.h - the pkcs function and declaration */
+typedef int (LDAP_C LDAP_CALLBACK LDAP_PKCS_GET_TOKEN_CALLBACK)(void *context, char **tokenname);
+typedef int (LDAP_C LDAP_CALLBACK LDAP_PKCS_GET_PIN_CALLBACK)(void *context, const char *tokenname, char **tokenpin);
+typedef int (LDAP_C LDAP_CALLBACK LDAP_PKCS_GET_CERTPATH_CALLBACK)(void *context, char **certpath);
+typedef int (LDAP_C LDAP_CALLBACK LDAP_PKCS_GET_KEYPATH_CALLBACK)(void *context,char **keypath);
+typedef int (LDAP_C LDAP_CALLBACK LDAP_PKCS_GET_MODPATH_CALLBACK)(void *context, char **modulepath);
+typedef int (LDAP_C LDAP_CALLBACK LDAP_PKCS_GET_CERTNAME_CALLBACK)(void *context, char **certname);
+typedef int (LDAP_C LDAP_CALLBACK LDAP_PKCS_GET_DONGLEFILENAME_CALLBACK)(void *context, char **filename);
+
+#define PKCS_STRUCTURE_ID 1
+struct ldapssl_pkcs_fns {
+    int local_structure_id;
+    void *local_data;
+    LDAP_PKCS_GET_CERTPATH_CALLBACK *pkcs_getcertpath;
+    LDAP_PKCS_GET_CERTNAME_CALLBACK *pkcs_getcertname;
+    LDAP_PKCS_GET_KEYPATH_CALLBACK *pkcs_getkeypath;
+    LDAP_PKCS_GET_MODPATH_CALLBACK *pkcs_getmodpath;
+    LDAP_PKCS_GET_PIN_CALLBACK *pkcs_getpin;
+    LDAP_PKCS_GET_TOKEN_CALLBACK *pkcs_gettokenname;
+    LDAP_PKCS_GET_DONGLEFILENAME_CALLBACK *pkcs_getdonglefilename;
+
+};
+
+LDAP_API(int) LDAP_CALL ldapssl_pkcs_init( const struct ldapssl_pkcs_fns *pfns);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#endif /* _LDAP_TOBE_DEPRECATED_H */
diff --git a/ldap/c-sdk/include/ldap.h b/ldap/c-sdk/include/ldap.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2eea7ada6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/c-sdk/include/ldap.h
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ * 
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version 
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with 
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at 
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ * 
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ * 
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, released
+ * March 31, 1998.
+ * 
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998-1999
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ * 
+ * Contributor(s):
+ * 
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
+ * or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ * 
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+
+/* ldap.h - general header file for libldap */
+
+#ifndef _LDAP_H
+#define _LDAP_H
+
+/* Standard LDAP API functions and declarations */ 
+#include "ldap-standard.h"
+
+/* Extensions to the LDAP standard */
+#include "ldap-extension.h"
+
+/* A deprecated API is an API that we recommend you no longer use,
+ * due to improvements in the LDAP C SDK. While deprecated APIs are
+ * currently still implemented, they may be removed in future
+ * implementations, and we recommend using other APIs.
+ */
+
+/* Soon-to-be deprecated functions and declarations */
+#include "ldap-to-be-deprecated.h"
+
+/* Deprecated functions and declarations */
+#include "ldap-deprecated.h"
+
+#endif /* _LDAP_H */
+
diff --git a/ldap/c-sdk/include/ldap_ssl.h b/ldap/c-sdk/include/ldap_ssl.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5c786a908
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/c-sdk/include/ldap_ssl.h
@@ -0,0 +1,254 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ * 
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version 
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with 
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at 
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ * 
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ * 
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, released
+ * March 31, 1998.
+ * 
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998-1999
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ * 
+ * Contributor(s):
+ * 
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
+ * or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ * 
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+
+#if !defined(LDAP_SSL_H)
+#define LDAP_SSL_H
+
+/* ldap_ssl.h - prototypes for LDAP over SSL functions */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * these three defines resolve the SSL strength 
+ * setting auth weak, diables all cert checking
+ * the CNCHECK tests for the man in the middle hack
+ */ 
+#define LDAPSSL_AUTH_WEAK       0
+#define LDAPSSL_AUTH_CERT       1
+#define LDAPSSL_AUTH_CNCHECK    2
+
+/*
+ * an ExtendedRequest [LDAPv3] specifying the OID for the
+ * Start TLS operation: RFC 2830
+ */
+#define LDAP_EXOP_START_TLS			"1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.20037"
+
+/*
+ * Initialize LDAP library for SSL
+ */
+LDAP * LDAP_CALL ldapssl_init( const char *defhost, int defport,
+	int defsecure );
+
+/*
+ * Shutdown LDAP library for SSL :
+ * Perform necessary cleanup and attempt to shutdown NSS. All existing
+ * ld session handles should be ldap_unbind(ld) prior to calling this.
+ */	
+int LDAP_CALL ldapssl_shutdown();
+
+/* Initialize LDAP library for TLS(SSL) and sends StartTLS extended
+ * operation to the Directory Server.
+ * Returns LDAP_SUCCESS if all goes well.
+ */
+int LDAP_CALL ldap_start_tls_s( LDAP *ld, LDAPControl **serverctrls,
+ 					  LDAPControl **clientctrls );
+/*
+ * Install I/O routines to make SSL over LDAP possible.
+ * Use this after ldap_init() or just use ldapssl_init() instead.
+ * Returns 0 if all goes well.
+ */
+int LDAP_CALL ldapssl_install_routines( LDAP *ld );
+
+
+/* The next four functions initialize the security code for SSL
+ * The first one ldapssl_client_init() does initialization for SSL only
+ * The next one supports server authentication using clientauth_init()
+ * and allows the caller to specify the ssl strength to use in order to
+ * verify the servers's certificate.
+ * The next one supports ldapssl_clientauth_init() intializes security 
+ * for SSL for client authentication.  The third function initializes
+ * security for doing SSL with client authentication, and PKCS, that is, 
+ * the third function initializes the security module database (secmod.db).
+ * The parameters are as follows:
+ * const char *certdbpath - path to the cert file.  This can be a shortcut 
+ *     to the directory name, if so cert7.db will be postfixed to the string.
+ * void *certdbhandle - Normally this is NULL.  This memory will need 
+ *     to be freed.
+ * int needkeydb - boolean.  Must be !=0 if client Authentification 
+ *     is required
+ * char *keydbpath - path to the key database.  This can be a shortcut 
+ *     to the directory name, if so key3.db will be postfixed to the string.
+ * void *keydbhandle - Normally this is NULL, This memory will need 
+ *     to be freed 
+ * int needsecmoddb - boolean.  Must be !=0 to assure that the correct 
+ *     security module is loaded into memory
+ * char *secmodpath - path to the secmod.  This can be a shortcut to the
+ *    directory name, if so secmod.db will be postfixed to the string.
+ *
+ *  These three functions are mutually exclusive.  You can only call 
+ *     one.  This means that, for a given process, you must call the
+ *     appropriate initialization function for the life of the process.
+ */
+
+
+/*
+ * Initialize the secure parts (Security and SSL) of the runtime for use
+ * by a client application.  This is only called once.
+ * Returns 0 if all goes well.
+ */
+
+int LDAP_CALL ldapssl_client_init(
+    const char *certdbpath, void *certdbhandle );
+
+/*
+ * Initialize the secure parts (Security and SSL) of the runtime for use
+ * by a client application using server authentication.  This is only
+ * called once.
+ *
+ * ldapssl_serverauth_init() is a server-authentication only version of
+ * ldapssl_clientauth_init().  This function allows the sslstrength
+ * to be passed in.  The sslstrength can take one of the following
+ * values:
+ *
+ *      LDAPSSL_AUTH_WEAK: indicate that you accept the server's 
+ *                         certificate without checking the CA who
+ *                         issued the certificate
+ *      LDAPSSL_AUTH_CERT: indicates that you accept the server's 
+ *                         certificate only if you trust the CA who
+ *                         issued the certificate
+ *      LDAPSSL_AUTH_CNCHECK:
+ *                         indicates that you accept the server's
+ *                         certificate only if you trust the CA who
+ *                         issued the certificate and if the value
+ *                         of the cn attribute is the DNS hostname
+ *                         of the server.  If this option is selected,
+ *			   please ensure that the "defhost" parameter
+ *			   passed to ldapssl_init() consist of only 
+ *			   one hostname and not a list of hosts.
+ *			   Furthermore, the port number must be passed
+ *			   via the "defport" parameter, and cannot
+ *			   be passed via a host:port option. 
+ *
+ * Returns 0 if all goes well.
+ */
+
+int LDAP_CALL ldapssl_serverauth_init(
+    const char *certdbpath, void *certdbhandle, const int sslstrength );
+
+/*
+ * Initialize the secure parts (Security and SSL) of the runtime for use
+ * by a client application that may want to do SSL client authentication.
+ * Returns 0 if all goes well.
+ */
+
+int LDAP_CALL ldapssl_clientauth_init( 
+    const char *certdbpath, void *certdbhandle, 
+    const int needkeydb, const char *keydbpath, void *keydbhandle );
+
+/*
+ * Initialize the secure parts (Security and SSL) of the runtime for use
+ * by a client application that may want to do SSL client authentication.
+ *
+ * Please see the description of the sslstrength value in the
+ * ldapssl_serverauth_init() function above and note the potential
+ * problems which can be caused by passing in wrong host & portname 
+ * values.  The same warning applies to the ldapssl_advclientauth_init()
+ * function.
+ *
+ * Returns 0 if all goes well.
+ */
+
+int LDAP_CALL ldapssl_advclientauth_init( 
+    const char *certdbpath, void *certdbhandle, 
+    const int needkeydb, const char *keydbpath, void *keydbhandle,  
+    const int needsecmoddb, const char *secmoddbpath, 
+    const int sslstrength );
+
+
+
+/*
+ * get a meaningful error string back from the security library
+ * this function should be called, if ldap_err2string doesn't 
+ * identify the error code.
+ */
+const char * LDAP_CALL ldapssl_err2string( const int prerrno );
+
+
+/*
+ * Enable SSL client authentication on the given ld.
+ * Returns 0 if all goes well.
+ */
+int LDAP_CALL ldapssl_enable_clientauth( LDAP *ld, char *keynickname,
+	char *keypasswd, char *certnickname );
+
+/*
+ * Set the SSL strength for an existing SSL-enabled LDAP session handle.
+ *
+ * See the description of ldapssl_serverauth_init() above for valid
+ * sslstrength values. If ld is NULL, the default for new LDAP session
+ * handles is set.
+ *
+ * Returns 0 if all goes well.
+ */ 
+int LDAP_CALL ldapssl_set_strength( LDAP *ld, int sslstrength );
+
+
+/*
+ * Set or get SSL options for an existing SSL-enabled LDAP session handle.
+ * If ld is NULL, the default options used for all future LDAP SSL sessions
+ * are the ones affected. The option values are specific to the underlying
+ * SSL provider; see ssl.h within the Network Security Services (NSS)
+ * distribution for the options supported by NSS (the default SSL provider).
+ *
+ * The ldapssl_set_option() function should be called before any LDAP
+ * connections are created.
+ *
+ * Both functions return 0 if all goes well.
+ */
+int LDAP_CALL ldapssl_set_option( LDAP *ld, int option, int on );
+int LDAP_CALL ldapssl_get_option( LDAP *ld, int option, int *onp );
+
+/*
+ * Import the file descriptor corresponding to the socket of an already
+ * open LDAP connection into SSL, and update the socket and session
+ * information accordingly. Returns 0 if all goes well.
+ */
+int LDAP_CALL ldapssl_import_fd ( LDAP *ld, int secure );
+
+/*
+ * Reset an LDAP session from SSL to a non-secure status. Basically, 
+ * this function undoes the work done by ldapssl_install_routines.
+ * Returns 0 if all goes well.
+ */
+int LDAP_CALL ldapssl_reset_to_nonsecure ( LDAP *ld );
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#endif /* !defined(LDAP_SSL_H) */
diff --git a/ldap/c-sdk/include/ldaplog.h b/ldap/c-sdk/include/ldaplog.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9f3f12e13
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/c-sdk/include/ldaplog.h
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ * 
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version 
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with 
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at 
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ * 
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ * 
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, released
+ * March 31, 1998.
+ * 
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998-1999
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ * 
+ * Contributor(s):
+ * 
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
+ * or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ * 
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+
+#ifndef _LDAPLOG_H
+#define _LDAPLOG_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#define LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE	0x00001
+#define LDAP_DEBUG_PACKETS	0x00002
+#define LDAP_DEBUG_ARGS		0x00004
+#define LDAP_DEBUG_CONNS	0x00008
+#define LDAP_DEBUG_BER		0x00010
+#define LDAP_DEBUG_FILTER	0x00020
+#define LDAP_DEBUG_CONFIG	0x00040
+#define LDAP_DEBUG_ACL		0x00080
+#define LDAP_DEBUG_STATS	0x00100
+#define LDAP_DEBUG_STATS2	0x00200
+#define LDAP_DEBUG_SHELL	0x00400
+#define LDAP_DEBUG_PARSE	0x00800
+#define LDAP_DEBUG_HOUSE        0x01000
+#define LDAP_DEBUG_REPL         0x02000
+#define LDAP_DEBUG_ANY          0x04000
+#define LDAP_DEBUG_CACHE        0x08000
+#define LDAP_DEBUG_PLUGIN	0x10000
+
+/* debugging stuff */
+/* Disable by default */
+#define LDAPDebug( level, fmt, arg1, arg2, arg3 )
+
+#ifdef LDAP_DEBUG
+#  undef LDAPDebug
+
+/* SLAPD_LOGGING should not be on for WINSOCK (16-bit Windows) */
+#  if defined(SLAPD_LOGGING)
+#    ifdef _WIN32
+       extern int	*module_ldap_debug;
+#      define LDAPDebug( level, fmt, arg1, arg2, arg3 )	\
+       { \
+		if ( *module_ldap_debug & level ) { \
+		        slapd_log_error_proc( NULL, fmt, arg1, arg2, arg3 ); \
+	    } \
+       }
+#    else /* _WIN32 */
+       extern int	ldap_debug;
+#      define LDAPDebug( level, fmt, arg1, arg2, arg3 )	\
+       { \
+		if ( ldap_debug & level ) { \
+		        slapd_log_error_proc( NULL, fmt, arg1, arg2, arg3 ); \
+	    } \
+       }
+#    endif /* Win32 */
+#  else /* no SLAPD_LOGGING */
+     extern void ber_err_print( char * );
+     extern int	ldap_debug;
+#    define LDAPDebug( level, fmt, arg1, arg2, arg3 ) \
+		if ( ldap_debug & level ) { \
+			char msg[1024]; \
+			snprintf( msg, sizeof(msg), fmt, arg1, arg2, arg3 ); \
+			msg[sizeof(msg)-1] = '\0'; \
+			ber_err_print( msg ); \
+		}
+#  endif /* SLAPD_LOGGING */
+#endif /* LDAP_DEBUG */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _LDAP_H */
diff --git a/ldap/c-sdk/include/ldappr.h b/ldap/c-sdk/include/ldappr.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..04e710e1a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/c-sdk/include/ldappr.h
@@ -0,0 +1,273 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ * 
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version 
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with 
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at 
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ * 
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ * 
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, released
+ * March 31, 1998.
+ * 
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998-1999
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ * 
+ * Contributor(s):
+ * 
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
+ * or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ * 
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+
+#ifndef LDAP_PR_H
+#define LDAP_PR_H
+
+#include "nspr.h"
+
+/*
+ * ldappr.h - prototypes for functions that tie libldap into NSPR (Netscape
+ *	Portable Runtime).
+ */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Function: prldap_init().
+ *
+ * Create a new LDAP session handle, but with NSPR I/O, threading, and DNS
+ * functions installed.
+ *
+ * Pass a non-zero value for the 'shared' parameter if you plan to use
+ * this LDAP * handle from more than one thread.
+ *
+ * Returns an LDAP session handle (or NULL if an error occurs).
+ *
+ * NOTE: If you want to use IPv6, you must use prldap creating a LDAP handle
+ * with this function prldap_init.  Prldap_init installs the appropriate
+ * set of NSPR functions and prevents calling deprecated functions accidentally.
+ */
+LDAP * LDAP_CALL prldap_init( const char *defhost, int defport, int shared );
+
+
+/*
+ * Function: prldap_install_routines().
+ *
+ * Install NSPR I/O, threading, and DNS functions so they will be used by
+ * 'ld'.
+ *
+ * If 'ld' is NULL, the functions are installed as the default functions
+ * for all new LDAP * handles).
+ *
+ * Pass a non-zero value for the 'shared' parameter if you plan to use
+ * this LDAP * handle from more than one thread.
+ *
+ * Returns an LDAP API error code (LDAP_SUCCESS if all goes well).
+ */
+int LDAP_CALL prldap_install_routines( LDAP *ld, int shared );
+
+
+/*
+ * Function: prldap_set_session_option().
+ *
+ * Given an LDAP session handle or a session argument such is passed to
+ * CONNECT, POLL, NEWHANDLE, or DISPOSEHANDLE extended I/O callbacks, set
+ * an option that affects the prldap layer.
+ *
+ * If 'ld' and 'session" are both NULL, the option is set as the default
+ * for all new prldap sessions.
+ *
+ * Returns an LDAP API error code (LDAP_SUCCESS if all goes well).
+ */
+int LDAP_CALL prldap_set_session_option( LDAP *ld, void *sessionarg,
+	int option, ... );
+
+
+/*
+ * Function: prldap_get_session_option().
+ *
+ * Given an LDAP session handle or a session argument such is passed to
+ * CONNECT, POLL, NEWHANDLE, or DISPOSEHANDLE extended I/O callbacks, retrieve
+ * the setting for an option that affects the prldap layer.
+ *
+ * If 'ld' and 'session" are both NULL, the default option value for all new
+ * new prldap sessions is retrieved.
+ *
+ * Returns an LDAP API error code (LDAP_SUCCESS if all goes well).
+ */
+int LDAP_CALL prldap_get_session_option( LDAP *ld, void *sessionarg,
+	int option, ... );
+
+
+/*
+ * Available options.
+ */
+/*
+ * PRLDAP_OPT_IO_MAX_TIMEOUT: the maximum time in milliseconds to
+ * block waiting for a network I/O operation to complete.
+ *
+ * Data type: int.
+ *
+ * These two special values from ldap-extension.h can also be used;
+ *
+ *    LDAP_X_IO_TIMEOUT_NO_TIMEOUT
+ *    LDAP_X_IO_TIMEOUT_NO_WAIT
+ */
+#define PRLDAP_OPT_IO_MAX_TIMEOUT		1
+
+
+/**
+ ** Note: the types and functions below are only useful for developers
+ ** who need to layer one or more custom extended I/O functions on top of
+ ** the standard NSPR I/O functions installed by a call to prldap_init()
+ ** or prldap_install_routines().  Layering can be accomplished after
+ ** prldap_init() or prldap_install_routines() has completed successfully
+ ** by:
+ **
+ **   1) Calling ldap_get_option( ..., LDAP_X_OPT_EXTIO_FN_PTRS, ... ).
+ **
+ **   2) Saving the function pointer of one or more of the standard functions.
+ **
+ **   3) Replacing one or more standard functions in the ldap_x_ext_io_fns
+ **      struct	with new functions that optionally do some preliminary work,
+ **      call the standard function (via the function pointer saved in step 2),
+ **      and optionally do some followup work.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Data structure for session information.
+ * seinfo_size should be set to PRLDAP_SESSIONINFO_SIZE before use.
+ */
+struct prldap_session_private;
+
+typedef struct prldap_session_info {
+	int				seinfo_size;
+	struct prldap_session_private	*seinfo_appdata;
+} PRLDAPSessionInfo;
+#define PRLDAP_SESSIONINFO_SIZE	sizeof( PRLDAPSessionInfo )
+
+
+/*
+ * Function: prldap_set_session_info().
+ *
+ * Given an LDAP session handle or a session argument such is passed to
+ * CONNECT, POLL, NEWHANDLE, or DISPOSEHANDLE extended I/O callbacks,
+ * set some application-specific data.  If ld is NULL, arg is used.  If
+ * both ld and arg are NULL, LDAP_PARAM_ERROR is returned.
+ *
+ * Returns an LDAP API error code (LDAP_SUCCESS if all goes well).
+ */
+int LDAP_CALL prldap_set_session_info( LDAP *ld, void *sessionarg,
+	PRLDAPSessionInfo *seip );
+
+
+/*
+ * Function: prldap_get_session_info().
+ *
+ * Given an LDAP session handle or a session argument such is passed to
+ * CONNECT, POLL, NEWHANDLE, or DISPOSEHANDLE extended I/O callbacks,
+ * retrieve some application-specific data.  If ld is NULL, arg is used.  If
+ * both ld and arg are NULL, LDAP_PARAM_ERROR is returned.
+ *
+ * Returns an LDAP API error code (LDAP_SUCCESS if all goes well, in
+ * which case the fields in the structure that seip points to are filled in).
+ */
+int LDAP_CALL prldap_get_session_info( LDAP *ld, void *sessionarg,
+	PRLDAPSessionInfo *seip );
+
+
+/*
+ * Data structure for socket specific information.
+ * Note: soinfo_size should be set to PRLDAP_SOCKETINFO_SIZE before use.
+ */
+struct prldap_socket_private;
+typedef struct prldap_socket_info {
+	int				soinfo_size;
+	PRFileDesc			*soinfo_prfd;
+	struct prldap_socket_private	*soinfo_appdata;
+} PRLDAPSocketInfo;
+#define PRLDAP_SOCKETINFO_SIZE	sizeof( PRLDAPSocketInfo )
+
+
+/*
+ * Function: prldap_set_socket_info().
+ *
+ * Given an integer fd and a socket argument such as those passed to the
+ * extended I/O callback functions, set socket specific information.
+ *
+ * Returns an LDAP API error code (LDAP_SUCCESS if all goes well).
+ *
+ * Note: it is only safe to change soinfo_prfd from within the CONNECT
+ * extended I/O callback function.
+ */
+int LDAP_CALL prldap_set_socket_info( int fd, void *socketarg,
+					PRLDAPSocketInfo *soip );
+
+/*
+ * Function: prldap_get_socket_info().
+ *
+ * Given an integer fd and a socket argument such as those passed to the
+ * extended I/O callback functions, retrieve socket specific information.
+ *
+ * Returns an LDAP API error code (LDAP_SUCCESS if all goes well, in
+ * which case the fields in the structure that soip points to are filled in).
+ */
+int LDAP_CALL prldap_get_socket_info( int fd, void *socketarg,
+					PRLDAPSocketInfo *soip );
+
+/*
+ * Function: prldap_get_default_socket_info().
+ *
+ * Given an LDAP session handle, retrieve socket specific information.
+ * If ld is NULL, LDAP_PARAM_ERROR is returned.
+ *
+ * Returns an LDAP API error code (LDAP_SUCCESS if all goes well, in
+ * which case the fields in the structure that soip points to are filled in).
+ */
+int LDAP_CALL prldap_get_default_socket_info( LDAP *ld, PRLDAPSocketInfo *soip );
+
+/*
+ * Function: prldap_set_default_socket_info().
+ *
+ * Given an LDAP session handle, set socket specific information.
+ * If ld is NULL, LDAP_PARAM_ERROR is returned.
+ *
+ * Returns an LDAP API error code (LDAP_SUCCESS if all goes well, in
+ * which case the fields in the structure that soip points to are filled in).
+ */
+int LDAP_CALL prldap_set_default_socket_info( LDAP *ld, PRLDAPSocketInfo *soip );
+
+/* Function: prldap_is_installed()
+ * Check if NSPR routine is installed 
+ */
+PRBool prldap_is_installed( LDAP *ld );
+
+/* Function: prldap_import_connection().
+ * Given a ldap handle with connection already done with ldap_init()
+ * installs NSPR routines and imports the original connection info.
+ *
+ * Returns an LDAP API error code (LDAP_SUCCESS if all goes well).
+ */
+int LDAP_CALL prldap_import_connection (LDAP *ld);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#endif /* !defined(LDAP_PR_H) */
diff --git a/ldap/c-sdk/include/ldaprot.h b/ldap/c-sdk/include/ldaprot.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..98aec13c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/c-sdk/include/ldaprot.h
@@ -0,0 +1,203 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ * 
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version 
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with 
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at 
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ * 
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ * 
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, released
+ * March 31, 1998.
+ * 
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998-1999
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ * 
+ * Contributor(s):
+ * 
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
+ * or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ * 
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+
+#ifndef _LDAPROT_H
+#define _LDAPROT_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#define LDAP_VERSION1	1
+#define LDAP_VERSION2	2
+#define LDAP_VERSION3	3
+#define LDAP_VERSION	LDAP_VERSION3
+
+#define COMPAT20
+#define COMPAT30
+#if defined(COMPAT20) || defined(COMPAT30)
+#define COMPAT
+#endif
+
+#define LDAP_URL_PREFIX		"ldap://"
+#define LDAP_URL_PREFIX_LEN	7
+#define LDAPS_URL_PREFIX	"ldaps://"
+#define LDAPS_URL_PREFIX_LEN	8
+#define LDAP_REF_STR		"Referral:\n"
+#define LDAP_REF_STR_LEN	10
+
+/* 
+ * specific LDAP instantiations of BER types we know about
+ */
+
+/* general stuff */
+#define LDAP_TAG_MESSAGE	0x30L	/* tag is 16 + constructed bit */
+#define OLD_LDAP_TAG_MESSAGE	0x10L	/* forgot the constructed bit  */
+#define LDAP_TAG_MSGID		0x02L   /* INTEGER */
+#define LDAP_TAG_LDAPDN		0x04L	/* OCTET STRING */
+#define LDAP_TAG_CONTROLS	0xa0L	/* context specific + constructed + 0 */
+#define LDAP_TAG_REFERRAL	0xa3L	/* context specific + constructed + 3 */
+#define LDAP_TAG_NEWSUPERIOR	0x80L	/* context specific + primitive + 0 */
+#define LDAP_TAG_MRA_OID	0x81L	/* context specific + primitive + 1 */
+#define LDAP_TAG_MRA_TYPE	0x82L	/* context specific + primitive + 2 */
+#define LDAP_TAG_MRA_VALUE	0x83L	/* context specific + primitive + 3 */
+#define LDAP_TAG_MRA_DNATTRS	0x84L	/* context specific + primitive + 4 */
+#define LDAP_TAG_EXOP_REQ_OID	0x80L	/* context specific + primitive + 0 */
+#define LDAP_TAG_EXOP_REQ_VALUE	0x81L	/* context specific + primitive + 1 */
+#define LDAP_TAG_EXOP_RES_OID	0x8aL	/* context specific + primitive + 10 */
+#define LDAP_TAG_EXOP_RES_VALUE	0x8bL	/* context specific + primitive + 11 */
+#define LDAP_TAG_SK_MATCHRULE   0x80L   /* context specific + primitive + 0 */
+#define LDAP_TAG_SK_REVERSE 	0x81L	/* context specific + primitive + 1 */
+#define LDAP_TAG_SR_ATTRTYPE    0x80L   /* context specific + primitive + 0 */
+#define LDAP_TAG_SASL_RES_CREDS	0x87L	/* context specific + primitive + 7 */
+#define LDAP_TAG_VLV_BY_INDEX	0xa0L	/* context specific + constructed + 0 */
+#define LDAP_TAG_VLV_BY_VALUE	0x81L	/* context specific + primitive + 1 */
+#define LDAP_TAG_PWP_WARNING	0xA0L   /* context specific + constructed */
+#define LDAP_TAG_PWP_SECSLEFT	0x80L   /* context specific + primitive */
+#define LDAP_TAG_PWP_GRCLOGINS	0x81L   /* context specific + primitive + 1 */
+#define LDAP_TAG_PWP_ERROR	0x81L   /* context specific + primitive + 1 */
+#define LDAP_TAG_PWDMOD_REQ_ID  0x80L   /* context specific + primitive + 0 */
+#define LDAP_TAG_PWDMOD_REQ_OLD 0x81L   /* context specific + primitive + 1 */
+#define LDAP_TAG_PWDMOD_REQ_NEW 0x82L   /* context specific + primitive + 2 */
+#define LDAP_TAG_PWDMOD_RES_GEN 0x80L   /* context specific + primitive + 0 */
+
+/* possible operations a client can invoke */
+#define LDAP_REQ_BIND		0x60L	/* application + constructed + 0 */
+#define LDAP_REQ_UNBIND		0x42L	/* application + primitive   + 2 */
+#define LDAP_REQ_SEARCH		0x63L	/* application + constructed + 3 */
+#define LDAP_REQ_MODIFY		0x66L	/* application + constructed + 6 */
+#define LDAP_REQ_ADD		0x68L	/* application + constructed + 8 */
+#define LDAP_REQ_DELETE		0x4aL	/* application + primitive   + 10 */
+#define LDAP_REQ_MODRDN		0x6cL	/* application + constructed + 12 */
+#define LDAP_REQ_MODDN		0x6cL	/* application + constructed + 12 */
+#define LDAP_REQ_RENAME		0x6cL	/* application + constructed + 12 */
+#define LDAP_REQ_COMPARE	0x6eL	/* application + constructed + 14 */
+#define LDAP_REQ_ABANDON	0x50L	/* application + primitive   + 16 */
+#define LDAP_REQ_EXTENDED	0x77L	/* application + constructed + 23 */
+
+/* U-M LDAP release 3.0 compatibility stuff */
+#define LDAP_REQ_UNBIND_30	0x62L
+#define LDAP_REQ_DELETE_30	0x6aL
+#define LDAP_REQ_ABANDON_30	0x70L
+
+/*
+ * old broken stuff for backwards compatibility - forgot application tag
+ * and constructed/primitive bit
+ */
+#define OLD_LDAP_REQ_BIND	0x00L
+#define OLD_LDAP_REQ_UNBIND	0x02L
+#define OLD_LDAP_REQ_SEARCH	0x03L
+#define OLD_LDAP_REQ_MODIFY	0x06L
+#define OLD_LDAP_REQ_ADD	0x08L
+#define OLD_LDAP_REQ_DELETE	0x0aL
+#define OLD_LDAP_REQ_MODRDN	0x0cL
+#define OLD_LDAP_REQ_MODDN	0x0cL
+#define OLD_LDAP_REQ_COMPARE	0x0eL
+#define OLD_LDAP_REQ_ABANDON	0x10L
+
+/* old broken stuff for backwards compatibility */
+#define OLD_LDAP_RES_BIND		0x01L
+#define OLD_LDAP_RES_SEARCH_ENTRY	0x04L
+#define OLD_LDAP_RES_SEARCH_RESULT	0x05L
+#define OLD_LDAP_RES_MODIFY		0x07L
+#define OLD_LDAP_RES_ADD		0x09L
+#define OLD_LDAP_RES_DELETE		0x0bL
+#define OLD_LDAP_RES_MODRDN		0x0dL
+#define OLD_LDAP_RES_MODDN		0x0dL
+#define OLD_LDAP_RES_COMPARE		0x0fL
+
+/* U-M LDAP 3.0 compatibility auth methods */
+#define LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE_30	0xa0L	/* context specific + constructed */
+#define LDAP_AUTH_KRBV41_30	0xa1L	/* context specific + constructed */
+#define LDAP_AUTH_KRBV42_30	0xa2L	/* context specific + constructed */
+
+/* old broken stuff */
+#define OLD_LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE	0x00L
+#define OLD_LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4	0x01L
+#define OLD_LDAP_AUTH_KRBV42	0x02L
+
+/* U-M LDAP 3.0 compatibility filter types */
+#define LDAP_FILTER_PRESENT_30	0xa7L	/* context specific + constructed */
+
+/* filter types */
+#define LDAP_FILTER_AND		0xa0L	/* context specific + constructed + 0 */
+#define LDAP_FILTER_OR		0xa1L	/* context specific + constructed + 1 */
+#define LDAP_FILTER_NOT		0xa2L	/* context specific + constructed + 2 */
+#define LDAP_FILTER_EQUALITY	0xa3L	/* context specific + constructed + 3 */
+#define LDAP_FILTER_SUBSTRINGS	0xa4L	/* context specific + constructed + 4 */
+#define LDAP_FILTER_GE		0xa5L	/* context specific + constructed + 5 */
+#define LDAP_FILTER_LE		0xa6L	/* context specific + constructed + 6 */
+#define LDAP_FILTER_PRESENT	0x87L	/* context specific + primitive   + 7 */
+#define LDAP_FILTER_APPROX	0xa8L	/* context specific + constructed + 8 */
+#define LDAP_FILTER_EXTENDED	0xa9L	/* context specific + constructed + 0 */
+
+/* old broken stuff */
+#define OLD_LDAP_FILTER_AND		0x00L
+#define OLD_LDAP_FILTER_OR		0x01L
+#define OLD_LDAP_FILTER_NOT		0x02L
+#define OLD_LDAP_FILTER_EQUALITY	0x03L
+#define OLD_LDAP_FILTER_SUBSTRINGS	0x04L
+#define OLD_LDAP_FILTER_GE		0x05L
+#define OLD_LDAP_FILTER_LE		0x06L
+#define OLD_LDAP_FILTER_PRESENT		0x07L
+#define OLD_LDAP_FILTER_APPROX		0x08L
+
+/* substring filter component types */
+#define LDAP_SUBSTRING_INITIAL	0x80L	/* context specific + primitive + 0 */
+#define LDAP_SUBSTRING_ANY	0x81L	/* context specific + primitive + 1 */
+#define LDAP_SUBSTRING_FINAL	0x82L	/* context specific + primitive + 2 */
+
+/* extended filter component types */
+#define LDAP_FILTER_EXTENDED_OID	0x81L	/* context spec. + prim. + 1 */
+#define LDAP_FILTER_EXTENDED_TYPE	0x82L	/* context spec. + prim. + 2 */
+#define LDAP_FILTER_EXTENDED_VALUE	0x83L	/* context spec. + prim. + 3 */
+#define LDAP_FILTER_EXTENDED_DNATTRS	0x84L	/* context spec. + prim. + 4 */
+
+/* U-M LDAP 3.0 compatibility substring filter component types */
+#define LDAP_SUBSTRING_INITIAL_30	0xa0L	/* context specific */
+#define LDAP_SUBSTRING_ANY_30		0xa1L	/* context specific */
+#define LDAP_SUBSTRING_FINAL_30		0xa2L	/* context specific */
+
+/* old broken stuff */
+#define OLD_LDAP_SUBSTRING_INITIAL	0x00L
+#define OLD_LDAP_SUBSTRING_ANY		0x01L
+#define OLD_LDAP_SUBSTRING_FINAL	0x02L
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#endif /* _LDAPROT_H */
diff --git a/ldap/c-sdk/include/ldif.h b/ldap/c-sdk/include/ldif.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..87ce19e94
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/c-sdk/include/ldif.h
@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ * 
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version 
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with 
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at 
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ * 
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ * 
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, released
+ * March 31, 1998.
+ * 
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998-1999
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ * 
+ * Contributor(s):
+ * 
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
+ * or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ * 
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1996 Regents of the University of Michigan.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms are permitted
+ * provided that this notice is preserved and that due credit is given
+ * to the University of Michigan at Ann Arbor. The name of the University
+ * may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this
+ * software without specific prior written permission. This software
+ * is provided ``as is'' without express or implied warranty.
+ */
+
+/* NOTE: As of mozldap version 6.0.1 the LDIF functions are now
+   publicly usable.  The LDIF functions were originally designed for
+   "internal use only" purposes and as such the APIs are not very modern
+   or safe.  For example, the caller needs to be careful to provide
+   adequately sized buffers and so on.
+*/
+
+#ifndef _LDIF_H
+#define _LDIF_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#define LDIF_VERSION_ONE        1	/* LDIF standard version */
+
+#define LDIF_MAX_LINE_WIDTH      76      /* maximum length of LDIF lines */
+
+/*
+ * Macro to calculate maximum number of bytes that the base64 equivalent
+ * of an item that is "vlen" bytes long will take up.  Base64 encoding
+ * uses one byte for every six bits in the value plus up to two pad bytes.
+ */
+#define LDIF_BASE64_LEN(vlen)	(((vlen) * 4 / 3 ) + 3)
+
+/*
+ * Macro to calculate maximum size that an LDIF-encoded type (length
+ * tlen) and value (length vlen) will take up:  room for type + ":: " +
+ * first newline + base64 value + continued lines.  Each continued line
+ * needs room for a newline and a leading space character.
+ */
+#define LDIF_SIZE_NEEDED(tlen,vlen) \
+    ((tlen) + 4 + LDIF_BASE64_LEN(vlen) \
+    + ((LDIF_BASE64_LEN(vlen) + tlen + 3) / LDIF_MAX_LINE_WIDTH * 2 ))
+
+/*
+ * Options for ldif_put_type_and_value_with_options() and 
+ * ldif_type_and_value_with_options().
+ */
+#define LDIF_OPT_NOWRAP			0x01UL
+#define LDIF_OPT_VALUE_IS_URL		0x02UL
+#define LDIF_OPT_MINIMAL_ENCODING	0x04UL
+
+int ldif_parse_line( char *line, char **type, char **value, int *vlen);
+char * ldif_getline( char **next );
+void ldif_put_type_and_value( char **out, char *t, char *val, int vlen );
+void ldif_put_type_and_value_nowrap( char **out, char *t, char *val, int vlen );
+void ldif_put_type_and_value_with_options( char **out, char *t, char *val,
+	int vlen, unsigned long options );
+char *ldif_type_and_value( char *type, char *val, int vlen );
+char *ldif_type_and_value_nowrap( char *type, char *val, int vlen );
+char *ldif_type_and_value_with_options( char *type, char *val, int vlen,
+	unsigned long options );
+int ldif_base64_decode( char *src, unsigned char *dst );
+int ldif_base64_encode( unsigned char *src, char *dst, int srclen,
+	int lenused );
+int ldif_base64_encode_nowrap( unsigned char *src, char *dst, int srclen,
+	int lenused );
+char *ldif_get_entry( FILE *fp, int *lineno );
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _LDIF_H */
diff --git a/ldap/c-sdk/include/portable.h b/ldap/c-sdk/include/portable.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..52698867f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/c-sdk/include/portable.h
@@ -0,0 +1,462 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ * 
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version 
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with 
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at 
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ * 
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ * 
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, released
+ * March 31, 1998.
+ * 
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998-1999
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ * 
+ * Contributor(s):
+ * 
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
+ * or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ * 
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1994 Regents of the University of Michigan.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms are permitted
+ * provided that this notice is preserved and that due credit is given
+ * to the University of Michigan at Ann Arbor. The name of the University
+ * may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this
+ * software without specific prior written permission. This software
+ * is provided ``as is'' without express or implied warranty.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _PORTABLE_H
+#define _PORTABLE_H
+
+/*
+ * portable.h for LDAP -- this is where we define common stuff to make
+ * life easier on various Unix systems.
+ *
+ * Unless you are porting LDAP to a new platform, you should not need to
+ * edit this file.
+ */
+
+#ifndef SYSV
+#if defined( hpux ) || defined( SOLARIS ) || defined ( sgi ) || defined( SVR4 )
+#define SYSV
+#endif
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * under System V, use sysconf() instead of getdtablesize
+ */
+#if !defined( USE_SYSCONF ) && defined( SYSV )
+#define USE_SYSCONF
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * under System V, daemons should use setsid() instead of detaching from their
+ * tty themselves
+ */
+#if !defined( USE_SETSID ) && defined( SYSV )
+#define USE_SETSID
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * System V has socket options in filio.h
+ */
+#if !defined( NEED_FILIO ) && defined( SYSV ) && !defined( hpux ) && !defined( AIX )
+#define NEED_FILIO
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * use lockf() under System V
+ */
+#if !defined( USE_LOCKF ) && ( defined( SYSV ) || defined( aix ))
+#define USE_LOCKF
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * on many systems, we should use waitpid() instead of waitN()
+ */
+#if !defined( USE_WAITPID ) && ( defined( SYSV ) || defined( sunos4 ) || defined( ultrix ) || defined( aix ))
+#define USE_WAITPID
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * define the wait status argument type
+ */
+#if ( defined( SunOS ) && SunOS < 40 ) || defined( nextstep )
+#define WAITSTATUSTYPE	union wait
+#else
+#define WAITSTATUSTYPE	int
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * defined the options for openlog (syslog)
+ */
+#ifdef ultrix
+#define OPENLOG_OPTIONS		LOG_PID
+#else
+#define OPENLOG_OPTIONS		( LOG_PID | LOG_NOWAIT )
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * some systems don't have the BSD re_comp and re_exec routines
+ */
+#ifndef NEED_BSDREGEX
+#if ( defined( SYSV ) || defined( NETBSD ) || defined( FREEBSD ) || defined(__OpenBSD__) || defined( linux ) || defined( DARWIN )) && !defined(sgi)
+#define NEED_BSDREGEX
+#endif
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * many systems do not have the setpwfile() library routine... we just
+ * enable use for those systems we know have it.
+ */
+#ifndef HAVE_SETPWFILE
+#if defined( sunos4 ) || defined( ultrix ) || defined( OSF1 )
+#define HAVE_SETPWFILE
+#endif
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Are sys_errlist and sys_nerr declared in stdio.h?
+ */
+#ifndef SYSERRLIST_IN_STDIO
+#if defined( freebsd ) 
+#define SYSERRLIST_IN_STDIO
+#endif
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+ * Is snprintf() part of the standard C runtime library?
+ */
+#if defined(_WINDOWS)
+#define snprintf _snprintf
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+ * Async IO.  Use a non blocking implementation of connect() and 
+ * dns functions
+ */
+#if !defined(LDAP_ASYNC_IO)
+#if !defined(_WINDOWS) && !defined(macintosh)
+#define LDAP_ASYNC_IO
+#endif /* _WINDOWS */
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * for select()
+ */
+#if !defined(WINSOCK) && !defined(_WINDOWS) && !defined(macintosh) && !defined(XP_OS2)
+#if defined(hpux) || defined(LINUX) || defined(SUNOS4) || defined(XP_BEOS)
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#else
+#include <sys/select.h>
+#endif
+#if !defined(FD_SET)
+#define NFDBITS         32
+#define FD_SETSIZE      32
+#define FD_SET(n, p)    ((p)->fds_bits[(n)/NFDBITS] |= (1 << ((n) % NFDBITS)))
+#define FD_CLR(n, p)    ((p)->fds_bits[(n)/NFDBITS] &= ~(1 << ((n) % NFDBITS)))
+#define FD_ISSET(n, p)  ((p)->fds_bits[(n)/NFDBITS] & (1 << ((n) % NFDBITS)))
+#define FD_ZERO(p)      bzero((char *)(p), sizeof(*(p)))
+#endif /* !FD_SET */
+#endif /* !WINSOCK && !_WINDOWS && !macintosh */
+
+
+/*
+ * for connect() -- must we block signals when calling connect()?  This
+ * is necessary on some buggy UNIXes.
+ */
+#if !defined(NSLDAPI_CONNECT_MUST_NOT_BE_INTERRUPTED) && \
+	( defined(AIX) || defined(IRIX) || defined(HPUX) || defined(SUNOS4) \
+	|| defined(SOLARIS) || defined(OSF1) ||defined(freebsd)) 
+#define NSLDAPI_CONNECT_MUST_NOT_BE_INTERRUPTED
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * On most platforms, sigprocmask() works fine even in multithreaded code.
+ * But not everywhere.
+ */
+#ifdef AIX
+#define NSLDAPI_MT_SAFE_SIGPROCMASK(h,s,o)	sigthreadmask(h,s,o)
+#else
+#define NSLDAPI_MT_SAFE_SIGPROCMASK(h,s,o)	sigprocmask(h,s,o)
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * toupper and tolower macros are different under bsd and sys v
+ */
+#if defined( SYSV ) && !defined( hpux )
+#define TOUPPER(c)	(isascii(c) && islower(c) ? _toupper(c) : c)
+#define TOLOWER(c)	(isascii(c) && isupper(c) ? _tolower(c) : c)
+#else
+#define TOUPPER(c)	(isascii(c) && islower(c) ? toupper(c) : c)
+#define TOLOWER(c)	(isascii(c) && isupper(c) ? tolower(c) : c)
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * put a cover on the tty-related ioctl calls we need to use
+ */
+#if defined( NeXT ) || (defined(SunOS) && SunOS < 40)
+#define TERMIO_TYPE struct sgttyb
+#define TERMFLAG_TYPE int
+#define GETATTR( fd, tiop )	ioctl((fd), TIOCGETP, (caddr_t)(tiop))
+#define SETATTR( fd, tiop )	ioctl((fd), TIOCSETP, (caddr_t)(tiop))
+#define GETFLAGS( tio )		(tio).sg_flags
+#define SETFLAGS( tio, flags )	(tio).sg_flags = (flags)
+#else
+#define USE_TERMIOS
+#define TERMIO_TYPE struct termios
+#define TERMFLAG_TYPE tcflag_t
+#define GETATTR( fd, tiop )	tcgetattr((fd), (tiop))
+#define SETATTR( fd, tiop )	tcsetattr((fd), TCSANOW /* 0 */, (tiop))
+#define GETFLAGS( tio )		(tio).c_lflag
+#define SETFLAGS( tio, flags )	(tio).c_lflag = (flags)
+#endif
+
+#if ( !defined( HPUX9 )) && ( !defined( sunos4 )) && ( !defined( SNI )) && \
+	( !defined( HAVE_TIME_R ))
+#define HAVE_TIME_R
+#endif
+
+#if defined(SNI) || defined(LINUX1_2)
+int strcasecmp(const char *, const char *);
+#ifdef SNI
+int strncasecmp(const char *, const char *, int);
+#endif /* SNI */
+#ifdef LINUX1_2
+int strncasecmp(const char *, const char *, size_t);
+#endif /* LINUX1_2 */
+#endif /* SNI || LINUX1_2 */
+
+#if defined(_WINDOWS) || defined(macintosh) || defined(XP_OS2) || defined(DARWIN)
+#define GETHOSTBYNAME( n, r, b, l, e )  gethostbyname( n )
+#define NSLDAPI_CTIME( c, b, l )	ctime( c )
+#define STRTOK( s1, s2, l )		strtok( s1, s2 )
+#elif defined(XP_BEOS)
+#define GETHOSTBYNAME( n, r, b, l, e )  gethostbyname( n )
+#define NSLDAPI_CTIME( c, b, l )                ctime_r( c, b )
+#define STRTOK( s1, s2, l )		strtok_r( s1, s2, l )
+#define HAVE_STRTOK_R
+#else /* UNIX */
+#if (defined(AIX) && defined(_THREAD_SAFE)) || defined(OSF1)
+#define NSLDAPI_NETDB_BUF_SIZE	 sizeof(struct protoent_data) 
+#else
+#define NSLDAPI_NETDB_BUF_SIZE	1024
+#endif
+
+#if defined(sgi) || defined(HPUX9) || defined(SCOOS) || \
+    defined(UNIXWARE) || defined(SUNOS4) || defined(SNI) || defined(BSDI) || \
+    defined(NCR) || defined(OSF1) || defined(NEC) || defined(VMS) || \
+    ( defined(HPUX10) && !defined(_REENTRANT)) || defined(HPUX11) || \
+    defined(UnixWare) || defined(NETBSD) || \
+    defined(FREEBSD) || defined(OPENBSD) || \
+    (defined(LINUX) && __GLIBC__ < 2) || \
+    (defined(AIX) && !defined(USE_REENTRANT_LIBC))
+#define GETHOSTBYNAME( n, r, b, l, e )  gethostbyname( n )
+#elif defined(AIX)
+/* Maybe this is for another version of AIX?
+   Commenting out for AIX 4.1 for Nova
+   Replaced with following to lines, stolen from the #else below
+#define GETHOSTBYNAME_BUF_T struct hostent_data
+*/
+typedef char GETHOSTBYNAME_buf_t [NSLDAPI_NETDB_BUF_SIZE];
+#define GETHOSTBYNAME_BUF_T GETHOSTBYNAME_buf_t
+#define GETHOSTBYNAME( n, r, b, l, e ) \
+	(memset (&b, 0, l), gethostbyname_r (n, r, &b) ? NULL : r)
+#elif defined(HPUX10)
+#define GETHOSTBYNAME_BUF_T struct hostent_data
+#define GETHOSTBYNAME( n, r, b, l, e )	nsldapi_compat_gethostbyname_r( n, r, (char *)&b, l, e )
+#elif defined(LINUX) || defined(DRAGONFLY)
+typedef char GETHOSTBYNAME_buf_t [NSLDAPI_NETDB_BUF_SIZE];
+#define GETHOSTBYNAME_BUF_T GETHOSTBYNAME_buf_t
+#define GETHOSTBYNAME( n, r, b, l, rp, e )  gethostbyname_r( n, r, b, l, rp, e )
+#define GETHOSTBYNAME_R_RETURNS_INT
+#else
+typedef char GETHOSTBYNAME_buf_t [NSLDAPI_NETDB_BUF_SIZE];
+#define GETHOSTBYNAME_BUF_T GETHOSTBYNAME_buf_t
+#define GETHOSTBYNAME( n, r, b, l, e )  gethostbyname_r( n, r, b, l, e )
+#endif
+#if defined(HPUX9) || defined(LINUX1_2) || defined(LINUX2_0) || \
+    defined(LINUX2_1) || defined(SUNOS4) || defined(SNI) || \
+    defined(SCOOS) || defined(BSDI) || defined(NCR) || \
+    defined(NEC) || ( defined(HPUX10) && !defined(_REENTRANT)) || \
+    (defined(AIX) && !defined(USE_REENTRANT_LIBC))
+#define NSLDAPI_CTIME( c, b, l )	ctime( c )
+#elif defined(HPUX10) && defined(_REENTRANT) && !defined(HPUX11)
+#define NSLDAPI_CTIME( c, b, l )	nsldapi_compat_ctime_r( c, b, l )
+#elif defined( IRIX6_2 ) || defined( IRIX6_3 ) || defined(UNIXWARE) \
+	|| defined(OSF1V4) || defined(AIX) || defined(UnixWare) \
+        || defined(hpux) || defined(HPUX11) || defined(NETBSD) \
+        || defined(IRIX6) || defined(FREEBSD) || defined(VMS) \
+        || defined(NTO) || defined(OPENBSD) || defined(DRAGONFLY)
+#define NSLDAPI_CTIME( c, b, l )        ctime_r( c, b )
+#elif defined( OSF1V3 )
+#define NSLDAPI_CTIME( c, b, l )	(ctime_r( c, b, l ) ? NULL : b)
+#else
+#define NSLDAPI_CTIME( c, b, l )	ctime_r( c, b, l )
+#endif
+#if defined(hpux9) || defined(SUNOS4) || defined(SNI) || \
+    defined(SCOOS) || defined(BSDI) || defined(NCR) || defined(VMS) || \
+    defined(NEC) || (defined(LINUX) && __GNU_LIBRARY__ != 6) || \
+    (defined(AIX) && !defined(USE_REENTRANT_LIBC))
+#define STRTOK( s1, s2, l )		strtok( s1, s2 )
+#else
+#define HAVE_STRTOK_R
+#ifndef strtok_r
+char *strtok_r(char *, const char *, char **);
+#endif
+#define STRTOK( s1, s2, l )		(char *)strtok_r( s1, s2, l )
+#endif /* STRTOK */
+#endif /* UNIX */
+
+#if defined( ultrix ) || defined( nextstep )
+extern char *strdup();
+#endif /* ultrix || nextstep */
+
+#if defined( sunos4 ) || defined( OSF1 )
+#define	BSD_TIME	1	/* for servers/slapd/log.h */
+#endif /* sunos4 || osf */
+
+#if defined(XP_OS2)
+#include <machine/endian.h>   /* for htonl, et.al. */
+#include <arpa/inet.h>	      /* for inet_addr() */
+#elif !defined(_WINDOWS) && !defined(macintosh)
+#include <netinet/in.h>
+#if !defined(XP_BEOS)
+#include <arpa/inet.h>	/* for inet_addr() */
+#endif
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+ * Define portable 32-bit integral types.
+ */
+#include <limits.h>
+#if UINT_MAX >= 0xffffffffU	/* an int holds at least 32 bits */
+    typedef signed int nsldapi_int_32;
+    typedef unsigned int nsldapi_uint_32;
+#else				/* ints are < 32 bits; use long instead */
+    typedef signed long nsldapi_int_32;
+    typedef unsigned long nsldapi_uint_32;
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Define a portable type for IPv4 style Internet addresses (32 bits):
+ */
+#if defined(_IN_ADDR_T) || defined(aix) || defined(HPUX11) || defined(OSF1)
+typedef in_addr_t	nsldapi_in_addr_t;
+#else
+typedef nsldapi_uint_32	nsldapi_in_addr_t;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SUNOS4
+#include <pcfs/pc_dir.h>	/* for toupper() */
+int fprintf(FILE *, char *, ...);
+int fseek(FILE *, long, int);
+int fread(char *, int, int, FILE *);
+int fclose(FILE *);
+int fflush(FILE *);
+int rewind(FILE *);
+void *memmove(void *, const void *, size_t);
+int strcasecmp(char *, char *);
+int strncasecmp(char *, char *, int);
+time_t time(time_t *);
+void perror(char *);
+int fputc(char, FILE *);
+int fputs(char *, FILE *);
+int re_exec(char *);
+int socket(int, int, int);
+void bzero(char *, int);
+unsigned long inet_addr(char *);
+char * inet_ntoa(struct in_addr);
+int getdtablesize();
+int connect(int, struct sockaddr *, int);
+#endif /* SUNOS4 */
+
+/* #if defined(SUNOS4) || defined(SNI) */
+#if defined(SUNOS4)
+int select(int, fd_set *, fd_set *, fd_set *, struct timeval *);
+#endif /* SUNOS4 || SNI */
+
+/*
+ * SAFEMEMCPY is an overlap-safe copy from s to d of n bytes
+ */
+#ifdef macintosh
+#define SAFEMEMCPY( d, s, n )	BlockMoveData( (Ptr)s, (Ptr)d, n )
+#else /* macintosh */
+#ifdef sunos4
+#define SAFEMEMCPY( d, s, n )	bcopy( s, d, n )
+#else /* sunos4 */
+#define SAFEMEMCPY( d, s, n )	memmove( d, s, n )
+#endif /* sunos4 */
+#endif /* macintosh */
+
+#ifdef _WINDOWS
+
+#define strcasecmp strcmpi
+#define strncasecmp _strnicmp
+#define bzero(a, b) memset( a, 0, b )
+#define getpid _getpid
+#define ioctl ioctlsocket
+#define sleep(a) Sleep( a*1000 )
+
+#define EMSGSIZE WSAEMSGSIZE
+#define EWOULDBLOCK WSAEWOULDBLOCK
+#define EHOSTUNREACH WSAEHOSTUNREACH
+
+#ifndef MAXPATHLEN
+#define MAXPATHLEN _MAX_PATH
+#endif
+
+/* We'd like this number to be prime for the hash
+ * into the Connection table */
+#define DS_MAX_NT_SOCKET_CONNECTIONS 2003
+
+#elif defined(XP_OS2)
+
+#define strcasecmp stricmp
+#define strncasecmp strnicmp
+#define bzero(a, b) memset( a, 0, b )
+#include <string.h> /*for strcmpi()*/
+#include <time.h>   /*for ctime()*/
+
+#endif /* XP_OS2 */
+
+/* Define a macro to support large files */
+#ifdef _LARGEFILE64_SOURCE
+#define NSLDAPI_FOPEN( filename, mode )	fopen64( filename, mode )
+#else
+#define NSLDAPI_FOPEN( filename, mode )	fopen( filename, mode )
+#endif
+
+#if defined(LINUX) || defined(AIX) || defined(HPUX) || defined(_WINDOWS)
+size_t nsldapi_compat_strlcpy(char *dst, const char *src, size_t len);
+#define STRLCPY nsldapi_compat_strlcpy
+#else
+#define STRLCPY strlcpy
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _PORTABLE_H */
diff --git a/ldap/c-sdk/include/proto-ntutil.h b/ldap/c-sdk/include/proto-ntutil.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..616f46897
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/c-sdk/include/proto-ntutil.h
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ * 
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version 
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with 
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at 
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ * 
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ * 
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, released
+ * March 31, 1998.
+ * 
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998-1999
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ * 
+ * Contributor(s):
+ * 
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
+ * or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ * 
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+
+/******************************************************
+ *
+ *  proto-ntutil.h - Prototypes for utility functions used
+ *  throughout slapd on NT.
+ *
+ ******************************************************/
+#if defined( _WINDOWS )
+
+#ifndef _PROTO_NTUTIL
+#define _PROTO_NTUTIL
+
+/* 
+ *
+ * ntreg.c  
+ *
+ */
+extern int SlapdGetRegSZ( LPTSTR lpszRegKey, LPSTR lpszValueName, LPTSTR lpszValue );
+
+/* 
+ *
+ * getopt.c  
+ *
+ */
+extern int getopt (int argc, char *const *argv, const char *optstring);
+
+/* 
+ *
+ * ntevent.c  
+ *
+ */
+extern BOOL MultipleInstances();
+extern BOOL SlapdIsAService();
+extern void InitializeSlapdLogging( LPTSTR lpszRegLocation, LPTSTR lpszEventLogName, LPTSTR lpszMessageFile );
+extern void ReportSlapdEvent(WORD wEventType, DWORD dwIdEvent, WORD wNumInsertStrings, 
+						char *pszStrings);
+extern BOOL ReportSlapdStatusToSCMgr(
+					SERVICE_STATUS *serviceStatus,
+					SERVICE_STATUS_HANDLE serviceStatusHandle,
+					HANDLE Event,
+					DWORD dwCurrentState,
+                    DWORD dwWin32ExitCode,
+                    DWORD dwCheckPoint,
+                    DWORD dwWaitHint);
+extern void WINAPI SlapdServiceCtrlHandler(DWORD dwOpcode);
+extern BOOL SlapdGetServerNameFromCmdline(char *szServerName, char *szCmdLine);
+
+/* 
+ *
+ * ntgetpassword.c  
+ *
+ */
+#ifdef NET_SSL
+extern char *Slapd_GetPassword();
+#ifdef FORTEZZA
+extern char *Slapd_GetFortezzaPIN();
+#endif
+extern void CenterDialog(HWND hwndParent, HWND hwndDialog);
+#endif /* NET_SSL */
+
+#endif /* _PROTO_NTUTIL */
+
+#endif /* _WINDOWS */
diff --git a/ldap/c-sdk/include/regex.h b/ldap/c-sdk/include/regex.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8d2c60962
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/c-sdk/include/regex.h
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ * 
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version 
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with 
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at 
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ * 
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ * 
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, released
+ * March 31, 1998.
+ * 
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998-1999
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ * 
+ * Contributor(s):
+ * 
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
+ * or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ * 
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+
+#if defined( macintosh ) || defined( DOS ) || defined( _WINDOWS ) || defined( NEED_BSDREGEX ) || defined( XP_OS2 )
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1993 Regents of the University of Michigan.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms are permitted
+ * provided that this notice is preserved and that due credit is given
+ * to the University of Michigan at Ann Arbor. The name of the University
+ * may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this
+ * software without specific prior written permission. This software
+ * is provided ``as is'' without express or implied warranty.
+ */
+/*
+ * regex.h -- includes for regular expression matching routines
+ * 13 August 1993 Mark C Smith
+ */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#include "ldap.h" 
+
+#if !defined( NEEDPROTOS ) && defined( __STDC__ )
+#define NEEDPROTOS
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _SLDAPD_H_	/* server build: no need to use LDAP_CALL stuff */
+#ifdef LDAP_CALL
+#undef LDAP_CALL
+#define LDAP_CALL
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef NEEDPROTOS
+int re_init( void );
+void re_lock( void );
+int re_unlock( void );
+char * LDAP_CALL re_comp( const char *pat );
+int LDAP_CALL re_exec( const char *lp );
+void LDAP_CALL re_modw( char *s );
+int LDAP_CALL re_subs( char *src, char *dst );
+#else /* NEEDPROTOS */
+int re_init();
+void re_lock();
+int re_unlock();
+char * LDAP_CALL re_comp();
+int LDAP_CALL re_exec();
+void LDAP_CALL re_modw();
+int LDAP_CALL re_subs();
+#endif /* NEEDPROTOS */
+
+#define re_fail( m, p )
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#endif /* macintosh or DOS or or _WIN32 or NEED_BSDREGEX */
diff --git a/ldap/c-sdk/include/srchpref.h b/ldap/c-sdk/include/srchpref.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1e28a5dc9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/c-sdk/include/srchpref.h
@@ -0,0 +1,154 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ * 
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version 
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with 
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at 
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ * 
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ * 
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, released
+ * March 31, 1998.
+ * 
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998-1999
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ * 
+ * Contributor(s):
+ * 
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
+ * or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ * 
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 Regents of the University of Michigan.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms are permitted
+ * provided that this notice is preserved and that due credit is given
+ * to the University of Michigan at Ann Arbor. The name of the University
+ * may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this
+ * software without specific prior written permission. This software
+ * is provided ``as is'' without express or implied warranty.
+ *
+ * searchpref.h:  display template library defines
+ */
+
+
+#ifndef _SRCHPREF_H
+#define _SRCHPREF_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* calling conventions used by library */
+#ifndef LDAP_CALL
+#if defined( _WINDOWS ) || defined( _WIN32 )
+#define LDAP_C __cdecl
+#ifndef _WIN32 
+#define __stdcall _far _pascal
+#define LDAP_CALLBACK _loadds
+#else
+#define LDAP_CALLBACK
+#endif /* _WIN32 */
+#define LDAP_PASCAL __stdcall
+#define LDAP_CALL LDAP_PASCAL
+#else /* _WINDOWS */
+#define LDAP_C
+#define LDAP_CALLBACK
+#define LDAP_PASCAL
+#define LDAP_CALL
+#endif /* _WINDOWS */
+#endif /* LDAP_CALL */
+
+struct ldap_searchattr {
+	char				*sa_attrlabel;
+	char				*sa_attr;
+					/* max 32 matchtypes for now */
+	unsigned long			sa_matchtypebitmap;
+	char				*sa_selectattr;
+	char				*sa_selecttext;
+	struct ldap_searchattr		*sa_next;
+};
+
+struct ldap_searchmatch {
+	char				*sm_matchprompt;
+	char				*sm_filter;
+	struct ldap_searchmatch		*sm_next;
+};
+
+struct ldap_searchobj {
+	char				*so_objtypeprompt;
+	unsigned long			so_options;
+	char				*so_prompt;
+	short				so_defaultscope;
+	char				*so_filterprefix;
+	char				*so_filtertag;
+	char				*so_defaultselectattr;
+	char				*so_defaultselecttext;
+	struct ldap_searchattr		*so_salist;
+	struct ldap_searchmatch		*so_smlist;
+	struct ldap_searchobj		*so_next;
+};
+
+#define NULLSEARCHOBJ			((struct ldap_searchobj *)0)
+
+/*
+ * global search object options
+ */
+#define LDAP_SEARCHOBJ_OPT_INTERNAL	0x00000001
+
+#define LDAP_IS_SEARCHOBJ_OPTION_SET( so, option )	\
+	(((so)->so_options & option ) != 0 )
+
+#define LDAP_SEARCHPREF_VERSION_ZERO	0
+#define LDAP_SEARCHPREF_VERSION		1
+
+#define LDAP_SEARCHPREF_ERR_VERSION	1
+#define LDAP_SEARCHPREF_ERR_MEM		2
+#define LDAP_SEARCHPREF_ERR_SYNTAX	3
+#define LDAP_SEARCHPREF_ERR_FILE	4
+
+
+LDAP_API(int)
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_init_searchprefs( char *file, struct ldap_searchobj **solistp );
+
+LDAP_API(int)
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_init_searchprefs_buf( char *buf, long buflen,
+	struct ldap_searchobj **solistp );
+
+LDAP_API(void)
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_free_searchprefs( struct ldap_searchobj *solist );
+
+LDAP_API(struct ldap_searchobj *)
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_first_searchobj( struct ldap_searchobj *solist );
+
+LDAP_API(struct ldap_searchobj *)
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_next_searchobj( struct ldap_searchobj *sollist,
+	struct ldap_searchobj *so );
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#endif /* _SRCHPREF_H */
diff --git a/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/liblber/bprint.c b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/liblber/bprint.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7a7ccc01f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/liblber/bprint.c
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ * 
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version 
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with 
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at 
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ * 
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ * 
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, released
+ * March 31, 1998.
+ * 
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998-1999
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ * 
+ * Contributor(s):
+ * 
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
+ * or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ * 
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+
+/* bprint.c - a printing utility for debuging output */
+#include <string.h>
+#include "lber-int.h"
+
+#ifdef LDAP_DEBUG
+/*
+ * Print arbitrary stuff, for debugging.
+ */
+
+#define BPLEN	48
+
+void
+lber_bprint( char *data, int len )
+{
+    static char	hexdig[] = "0123456789abcdef";
+    char	out[ BPLEN ];
+    int		i = 0;
+
+    memset( out, 0, BPLEN );
+    for ( ;; ) {
+	if ( len < 1 ) {
+		char msg[BPLEN + 80];
+	    sprintf( msg, "\t%s\n", ( i == 0 ) ? "(end)" : out );
+		ber_err_print( msg );
+	    break;
+	}
+
+#ifndef HEX
+	if ( isgraph( (unsigned char)*data )) {
+	    out[ i ] = ' ';
+	    out[ i+1 ] = *data;
+	} else {
+#endif
+	    out[ i ] = hexdig[ ( *data & 0xf0 ) >> 4 ];
+	    out[ i+1 ] = hexdig[ *data & 0x0f ];
+#ifndef HEX
+	}
+#endif
+	i += 2;
+	len--;
+	data++;
+
+	if ( i > BPLEN - 2 ) {
+		char msg[BPLEN + 80];
+	    sprintf( msg, "\t%s\n", out );
+		ber_err_print( msg );
+	    memset( out, 0, BPLEN );
+	    i = 0;
+	    continue;
+	}
+	out[ i++ ] = ' ';
+    }
+}
+
+#endif
+
+void ber_err_print( char *data )
+{
+#ifdef USE_DEBUG_WIN
+	OutputDebugString( data );
+#else
+	fputs( data, stderr );
+	fflush( stderr );
+#endif
+}
diff --git a/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/liblber/decode.c b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/liblber/decode.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..732dd6e64
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/liblber/decode.c
@@ -0,0 +1,833 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ * 
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version 
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with 
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at 
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ * 
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ * 
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, released
+ * March 31, 1998.
+ * 
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998-1999
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ * 
+ * Contributor(s):
+ * 
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
+ * or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ * 
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1990 Regents of the University of Michigan.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms are permitted
+ * provided that this notice is preserved and that due credit is given
+ * to the University of Michigan at Ann Arbor. The name of the University
+ * may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this
+ * software without specific prior written permission. This software
+ * is provided ``as is'' without express or implied warranty.
+ */
+
+/* decode.c - ber input decoding routines */
+
+#include "lber-int.h"
+
+/*
+ * Note: ber_get_tag() only uses the ber_end and ber_ptr elements of ber.
+ * If that changes, the ber_peek_tag() and/or ber_skip_tag() implementations
+ * will need to be changed.
+ */
+/* return the tag - LBER_DEFAULT returned means trouble */
+ber_tag_t
+LDAP_CALL
+ber_get_tag( BerElement *ber )
+{
+	unsigned char	xbyte;
+	ber_tag_t		tag;
+	char			*tagp;
+	int				i;
+
+	if ( ber_read( ber, (char *) &xbyte, 1 ) != 1 )
+		return( LBER_DEFAULT );
+
+	if ( (xbyte & LBER_BIG_TAG_MASK) != LBER_BIG_TAG_MASK )
+		return( (ber_uint_t) xbyte );
+
+	tagp = (char *) &tag;
+	tagp[0] = xbyte;
+	for ( i = 1; i < sizeof(ber_int_t); i++ ) {
+		if ( ber_read( ber, (char *) &xbyte, 1 ) != 1 )
+			return( LBER_DEFAULT );
+
+		tagp[i] = xbyte;
+
+		if ( ! (xbyte & LBER_MORE_TAG_MASK) )
+			break;
+	}
+
+	/* tag too big! */
+	if ( i == sizeof(ber_int_t) )
+		return( LBER_DEFAULT );
+
+	/* want leading, not trailing 0's */
+	return( tag >> (sizeof(ber_int_t) - i - 1) );
+}
+
+/*
+ * Note: ber_skip_tag() only uses the ber_end and ber_ptr elements of ber.
+ * If that changes, the implementation of ber_peek_tag() will need to
+ * be changed.
+ */
+ber_tag_t
+LDAP_CALL
+ber_skip_tag( BerElement *ber, ber_len_t *len )
+{
+	ber_tag_t		tag;
+	unsigned char	lc;
+	int				noctets, diff;
+	ber_len_t		netlen;
+
+	/*
+	 * Any ber element looks like this: tag length contents.
+	 * Assuming everything's ok, we return the tag byte (we
+	 * can assume a single byte), and return the length in len.
+	 *
+	 * Assumptions:
+	 *	1) definite lengths
+	 *	2) primitive encodings used whenever possible
+	 */
+
+	/*
+	 * First, we read the tag.
+	 */
+
+	if ( (tag = ber_get_tag( ber )) == LBER_DEFAULT )
+		return( LBER_DEFAULT );
+
+	/*
+	 * Next, read the length.  The first byte contains the length of
+	 * the length.  If bit 8 is set, the length is the long form,
+	 * otherwise it's the short form.  We don't allow a length that's
+	 * greater than what we can hold in an unsigned long.
+	 */
+
+	*len = netlen = 0;
+	if ( ber_read( ber, (char *) &lc, 1 ) != 1 )
+		return( LBER_DEFAULT );
+	if ( lc & 0x80 ) {
+		noctets = (lc & 0x7f);
+		if ( noctets > sizeof(ber_uint_t) )
+			return( LBER_DEFAULT );
+		diff = sizeof(ber_int_t) - noctets;
+		if ( ber_read( ber, (char *) &netlen + diff, noctets )
+		    != noctets )
+			return( LBER_DEFAULT );
+		*len = LBER_NTOHL( netlen );
+	} else {
+		*len = lc;
+	}
+
+	return( tag );
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Note: Previously, we passed the "ber" parameter directly to ber_skip_tag(),
+ * saving and restoring the ber_ptr element only.  We now take advantage
+ * of the fact that the only ber structure elements touched by ber_skip_tag()
+ * are ber_end and ber_ptr.  If that changes, this code must change too.
+ */
+ber_tag_t
+LDAP_CALL
+ber_peek_tag( BerElement *ber, ber_len_t *len )
+{
+	BerElement	bercopy;
+
+	bercopy.ber_end = ber->ber_end;
+	bercopy.ber_ptr = ber->ber_ptr;
+	return( ber_skip_tag( &bercopy, len ));
+}
+
+static int
+ber_getnint( BerElement *ber, ber_int_t *num, ber_slen_t len )
+{
+	int				i;
+	ber_int_t		value;
+	unsigned char	buffer[sizeof(ber_int_t)];
+	/*
+	 * The tag and length have already been stripped off.  We should
+	 * be sitting right before len bytes of 2's complement integer,
+	 * ready to be read straight into an int.  We may have to sign
+	 * extend after we read it in.
+	 */
+
+	if ( len > sizeof(ber_slen_t) )
+		return( -1 );
+
+	/* read into the low-order bytes of netnum */
+	if ( ber_read( ber, (char *) buffer, len ) != len )
+		return( -1 );
+
+	/* This sets the required sign extension */
+	if ( len != 0) {
+		value = 0x80 & buffer[0] ? (-1) : 0;
+	} else {
+		value = 0;
+	}
+		
+	for ( i = 0; i < len; i++ )
+	  value = (value << 8) | buffer[i];
+	
+	*num = value;
+	
+	return( len );
+}
+
+ber_tag_t
+LDAP_CALL
+ber_get_int( BerElement *ber, ber_int_t *num )
+{
+	ber_tag_t	tag;
+	ber_len_t	len;
+
+	if ( (tag = ber_skip_tag( ber, &len )) == LBER_DEFAULT )
+		return( LBER_DEFAULT );
+
+	/*
+     * len is being demoted to a long here --  possible conversion error
+     */
+  
+	if ( ber_getnint( ber, num, (int)len ) != (ber_slen_t)len )
+		return( LBER_DEFAULT );
+	else
+		return( tag );
+}
+
+ber_tag_t
+LDAP_CALL
+ber_get_stringb( BerElement *ber, char *buf, ber_len_t *len )
+{
+	ber_len_t	datalen;
+	ber_tag_t	tag;
+#ifdef STR_TRANSLATION
+	char		*transbuf;
+#endif /* STR_TRANSLATION */
+
+	if ( (tag = ber_skip_tag( ber, &datalen )) == LBER_DEFAULT )
+		return( LBER_DEFAULT );
+	if ( datalen > (*len - 1) )
+		return( LBER_DEFAULT );
+
+	/*
+     * datalen is being demoted to a long here --  possible conversion error
+     */
+
+	if ( ber_read( ber, buf, datalen ) != (ber_slen_t) datalen )
+		return( LBER_DEFAULT );
+
+	buf[datalen] = '\0';
+
+#ifdef STR_TRANSLATION
+	if ( datalen > 0 && ( ber->ber_options & LBER_OPT_TRANSLATE_STRINGS )
+	    != 0 && ber->ber_decode_translate_proc != NULL ) {
+		transbuf = buf;
+		++datalen;
+		if ( (*(ber->ber_decode_translate_proc))( &transbuf, &datalen,
+		    0 ) != 0 ) {
+			return( LBER_DEFAULT );
+		}
+		if ( datalen > *len ) {
+			NSLBERI_FREE( transbuf );
+			return( LBER_DEFAULT );
+		}
+		SAFEMEMCPY( buf, transbuf, datalen );
+		NSLBERI_FREE( transbuf );
+		--datalen;
+	}
+#endif /* STR_TRANSLATION */
+
+	*len = datalen;
+	return( tag );
+}
+
+ber_tag_t
+LDAP_CALL
+ber_get_stringa( BerElement *ber, char **buf )
+{
+	ber_len_t	datalen, ndatalen;
+	ber_tag_t	tag;
+
+	if ( (tag = ber_skip_tag( ber, &datalen )) == LBER_DEFAULT )
+		return( LBER_DEFAULT );
+
+	if ( ((ndatalen = (size_t)datalen + 1) < (size_t) datalen) ||
+	   ( datalen > (ber->ber_end - ber->ber_ptr) ) ||
+	   ( (*buf = (char *)NSLBERI_MALLOC( (size_t)ndatalen )) == NULL ))
+		return( LBER_DEFAULT );
+
+    /*
+     * datalen is being demoted to a long here --  possible conversion error
+     */
+	if ( ber_read( ber, *buf, datalen ) != (ber_slen_t) datalen ) {
+		NSLBERI_FREE( *buf );
+		*buf = NULL;
+		return( LBER_DEFAULT );
+	}
+
+	(*buf)[datalen] = '\0';
+
+#ifdef STR_TRANSLATION
+	if ( datalen > 0 && ( ber->ber_options & LBER_OPT_TRANSLATE_STRINGS )
+	    != 0 && ber->ber_decode_translate_proc != NULL ) {
+		++datalen;
+		if ( (*(ber->ber_decode_translate_proc))( buf, &datalen, 1 )
+		    != 0 ) {
+			NSLBERI_FREE( *buf );
+			*buf = NULL;
+			return( LBER_DEFAULT );
+		}
+	}
+#endif /* STR_TRANSLATION */
+
+	return( tag );
+}
+
+ber_tag_t
+LDAP_CALL
+ber_get_stringal( BerElement *ber, struct berval **bv )
+{
+	ber_len_t	len, nlen;
+	ber_tag_t	tag;
+
+	if ( (*bv = (struct berval *)NSLBERI_MALLOC( sizeof(struct berval) ))
+	    == NULL ) {
+		return( LBER_DEFAULT );
+	}
+	
+	(*bv)->bv_val = NULL;
+	(*bv)->bv_len = 0;
+
+	if ( (tag = ber_skip_tag( ber, &len )) == LBER_DEFAULT ) {
+		NSLBERI_FREE( *bv );
+		*bv = NULL;
+		return( LBER_DEFAULT );
+	}
+
+	if ( ((nlen = (size_t) len + 1) < (size_t)len) ||
+	     ( len > (ber->ber_end - ber->ber_ptr) ) ||
+	     (((*bv)->bv_val = (char *)NSLBERI_MALLOC( (size_t)nlen ))
+	    == NULL )) {
+		NSLBERI_FREE( *bv );
+		*bv = NULL;
+		return( LBER_DEFAULT );
+	}
+
+    /*
+     * len is being demoted to a long here --  possible conversion error
+     */
+	if ( ber_read( ber, (*bv)->bv_val, len ) != (ber_slen_t) len ) {
+		NSLBERI_FREE( (*bv)->bv_val );
+		(*bv)->bv_val = NULL;
+		NSLBERI_FREE( *bv );
+		*bv = NULL;
+		return( LBER_DEFAULT );
+	}
+
+	((*bv)->bv_val)[len] = '\0';
+	(*bv)->bv_len = len;
+
+#ifdef STR_TRANSLATION
+	if ( len > 0 && ( ber->ber_options & LBER_OPT_TRANSLATE_STRINGS ) != 0
+	    && ber->ber_decode_translate_proc != NULL ) {
+		++len;
+		if ( (*(ber->ber_decode_translate_proc))( &((*bv)->bv_val),
+		    &len, 1 ) != 0 ) {
+			NSLBERI_FREE( (*bv)->bv_val );
+			(*bv)->bv_val = NULL;
+			NSLBERI_FREE( *bv );
+			*bv = NULL;
+			return( LBER_DEFAULT );
+		}
+		(*bv)->bv_len = len - 1;
+	}
+#endif /* STR_TRANSLATION */
+
+	return( tag );
+}
+
+ber_tag_t
+LDAP_CALL
+ber_get_bitstringa( BerElement *ber, char **buf, ber_len_t *blen )
+{
+	ber_len_t		datalen;
+	ber_tag_t		tag;
+	unsigned char	unusedbits;
+
+	if ( (tag = ber_skip_tag( ber, &datalen )) == LBER_DEFAULT )
+		return( LBER_DEFAULT );
+	--datalen;
+
+	if ( (datalen > (ber->ber_end - ber->ber_ptr)) ||
+	   ( (*buf = (char *)NSLBERI_MALLOC((size_t)datalen )) == NULL ) )
+		return( LBER_DEFAULT );
+
+	if ( ber_read( ber, (char *)&unusedbits, 1 ) != 1 ) {
+		NSLBERI_FREE( *buf );
+		*buf = NULL;
+		return( LBER_DEFAULT );
+	}
+
+	/*
+     * datalen is being demoted to a long here --  possible conversion error
+     */
+	if ( ber_read( ber, *buf, datalen ) != (ber_slen_t) datalen ) {
+		NSLBERI_FREE( *buf );
+		*buf = NULL;
+		return( LBER_DEFAULT );
+	}
+
+	*blen = datalen * 8 - unusedbits;
+	return( tag );
+}
+
+ber_tag_t
+LDAP_CALL
+ber_get_null( BerElement *ber )
+{
+	ber_len_t	len;
+	ber_tag_t	tag;
+
+	if ( (tag = ber_skip_tag( ber, &len )) == LBER_DEFAULT )
+		return( LBER_DEFAULT );
+
+	if ( len != 0 )
+		return( LBER_DEFAULT );
+
+	return( tag );
+}
+
+ber_tag_t
+LDAP_CALL
+ber_get_boolean( BerElement *ber, ber_int_t *boolval )
+{
+	int	rc;
+
+	rc = ber_get_int( ber, boolval );
+
+	return( rc );
+}
+
+ber_tag_t
+LDAP_CALL
+ber_first_element( BerElement *ber, ber_len_t *len, char **last )
+{
+	/* skip the sequence header, use the len to mark where to stop */
+	if ( ber_skip_tag( ber, len ) == LBER_DEFAULT ) {
+		return( LBER_ERROR );
+	}
+
+	*last = ber->ber_ptr + *len;
+
+	if ( *last == ber->ber_ptr ) {
+		return( LBER_END_OF_SEQORSET );
+	}
+
+	return( ber_peek_tag( ber, len ) );
+}
+
+ber_tag_t
+LDAP_CALL
+ber_next_element( BerElement *ber, ber_len_t *len, char *last )
+{
+	if ( ber->ber_ptr == last ) {
+		return( LBER_END_OF_SEQORSET );
+	}
+
+	return( ber_peek_tag( ber, len ) );
+}
+
+/* VARARGS */
+ber_tag_t
+LDAP_C
+ber_scanf( BerElement *ber, const char *fmt, ... )
+{
+	va_list			ap;
+	char			*last, *p;
+	char			*s, **ss, ***sss;
+	struct berval 	***bv, **bvp, *bval;
+	int				*i, j;
+	ber_int_t		*l, rc, tag;
+	ber_tag_t		*t;
+	ber_len_t		len;
+	size_t			array_size;
+	
+	va_start( ap, fmt );
+
+#ifdef LDAP_DEBUG
+	if ( lber_debug & 64 ) {
+		char msg[80];
+		sprintf( msg, "ber_scanf fmt (%s) ber:\n", fmt );
+		ber_err_print( msg );
+		ber_dump( ber, 1 );
+	}
+#endif
+	for ( rc = 0, p = (char *) fmt; *p && rc != LBER_DEFAULT; p++ ) {
+		switch ( *p ) {
+		case 'a':	/* octet string - allocate storage as needed */
+			ss = va_arg( ap, char ** );
+			rc = ber_get_stringa( ber, ss );
+			break;
+
+		case 'b':	/* boolean */
+			i = va_arg( ap, int * );
+			rc = ber_get_boolean( ber, i );
+			break;
+
+		case 'e':	/* enumerated */
+		case 'i':	/* int */
+			l = va_arg( ap, ber_slen_t * );
+			rc = ber_get_int( ber, l );
+			break;
+
+		case 'l':	/* length of next item */
+			l = va_arg( ap, ber_slen_t * );
+			rc = ber_peek_tag( ber, (ber_len_t *)l );
+			break;
+
+		case 'n':	/* null */
+			rc = ber_get_null( ber );
+			break;
+
+		case 's':	/* octet string - in a buffer */
+			s = va_arg( ap, char * );
+			l = va_arg( ap, ber_slen_t * );
+			rc = ber_get_stringb( ber, s, (ber_len_t *)l );
+			break;
+
+		case 'o':	/* octet string in a supplied berval */
+			bval = va_arg( ap, struct berval * );
+			ber_peek_tag( ber, &bval->bv_len );
+			rc = ber_get_stringa( ber, &bval->bv_val );
+			break;
+
+		case 'O':	/* octet string - allocate & include length */
+			bvp = va_arg( ap, struct berval ** );
+			rc = ber_get_stringal( ber, bvp );
+			break;
+
+		case 'B':	/* bit string - allocate storage as needed */
+			ss = va_arg( ap, char ** );
+			l = va_arg( ap, ber_slen_t * ); /* for length, in bits */
+			rc = ber_get_bitstringa( ber, ss, (ber_len_t *)l );
+			break;
+
+		case 't':	/* tag of next item */
+			t = va_arg( ap, ber_tag_t * );
+			*t = rc = ber_peek_tag( ber, &len );
+			break;
+
+		case 'T':	/* skip tag of next item */
+			t = va_arg( ap, ber_tag_t * );
+			*t = rc = ber_skip_tag( ber, &len );
+			break;
+
+		case 'v':	/* sequence of strings */
+			sss = va_arg( ap, char *** );
+			*sss = NULL;
+			j = 0;
+			array_size = 0;
+			for ( tag = ber_first_element( ber, &len, &last );
+			    tag != LBER_DEFAULT && tag != LBER_END_OF_SEQORSET
+			    && rc != LBER_DEFAULT;
+			    tag = ber_next_element( ber, &len, last ) ) {
+				if ( *sss == NULL ) {
+				    /* Make room for at least 15 strings */
+				    *sss = (char **)NSLBERI_MALLOC(16 * sizeof(char *) );
+					if (!*sss) {
+						rc = LBER_DEFAULT;
+						break; /* out of memory - cannot continue */
+                    }
+				    array_size = 16;
+				} else {
+				    char **save_sss = *sss;
+				    if ( (size_t)(j+2) > array_size) {
+						/* We'v overflowed our buffer */
+						*sss = (char **)NSLBERI_REALLOC( *sss, (array_size * 2) * sizeof(char *) );
+						array_size = array_size * 2;
+				    }
+					if (!*sss) {
+						rc = LBER_DEFAULT;
+						ber_svecfree(save_sss);
+						break; /* out of memory - cannot continue */
+					}
+				}
+				(*sss)[j] = NULL;
+				rc = ber_get_stringa( ber, &((*sss)[j]) );
+				j++;
+			}
+			if ( rc != LBER_DEFAULT &&
+			    tag != LBER_END_OF_SEQORSET ) {
+				rc = LBER_DEFAULT;
+			}
+			if ( *sss && (j > 0) ) {
+				(*sss)[j] = NULL;
+			}
+			break;
+
+		case 'V':	/* sequence of strings + lengths */
+			bv = va_arg( ap, struct berval *** );
+			*bv = NULL;
+			j = 0;
+			for ( tag = ber_first_element( ber, &len, &last );
+			    tag != LBER_DEFAULT && tag != LBER_END_OF_SEQORSET
+			    && rc != LBER_DEFAULT;
+			    tag = ber_next_element( ber, &len, last ) ) {
+				if ( *bv == NULL ) {
+					*bv = (struct berval **)NSLBERI_MALLOC(
+					    2 * sizeof(struct berval *) );
+					if (!*bv) {
+						rc = LBER_DEFAULT;
+						break; /* out of memory - cannot continue */
+					}
+				} else {
+					struct berval **save_bv = *bv;
+					*bv = (struct berval **)NSLBERI_REALLOC(
+					    *bv,
+					    (j + 2) * sizeof(struct berval *) );
+					if (!*bv) {
+						rc = LBER_DEFAULT;
+						ber_bvecfree(save_bv);
+						break; /* out of memory - cannot continue */
+					}
+				}
+				rc = ber_get_stringal( ber, &((*bv)[j]) );
+				j++;
+			}
+			if ( rc != LBER_DEFAULT &&
+			    tag != LBER_END_OF_SEQORSET ) {
+				rc = LBER_DEFAULT;
+			}
+			if ( *bv && (j > 0) ) {
+				(*bv)[j] = NULL;
+			}
+			break;
+
+		case 'x':	/* skip the next element - whatever it is */
+			if ( (rc = ber_skip_tag( ber, &len )) == LBER_DEFAULT )
+				break;
+			ber->ber_ptr += len;
+			break;
+
+		case '{':	/* begin sequence */
+		case '[':	/* begin set */
+			if ( *(p + 1) != 'v' && *(p + 1) != 'V' )
+				rc = ber_skip_tag( ber, &len );
+			break;
+
+		case '}':	/* end sequence */
+		case ']':	/* end set */
+			break;
+
+		default:
+			{
+				char msg[80];
+				sprintf( msg, "unknown fmt %c\n", *p );
+				ber_err_print( msg );
+			}
+			rc = LBER_DEFAULT;
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	va_end( ap );
+
+	if (rc == LBER_DEFAULT) {
+	  va_start( ap, fmt );
+	  for ( p--; fmt < p && *fmt; fmt++ ) {
+		switch ( *fmt ) {
+		case 'a':	/* octet string - allocate storage as needed */
+			ss = va_arg( ap, char ** );
+			NSLBERI_FREE(*ss);
+			*ss = NULL;
+			break;
+
+		case 'b':	/* boolean */
+			i = va_arg( ap, int * );
+			break;
+
+		case 'e':	/* enumerated */
+		case 'i':	/* int */
+			l = va_arg( ap, ber_slen_t * );
+			break;
+
+		case 'l':	/* length of next item */
+			l = va_arg( ap, ber_slen_t * );
+			break;
+
+		case 'n':	/* null */
+			break;
+
+		case 's':	/* octet string - in a buffer */
+			s = va_arg( ap, char * );
+			l = va_arg( ap, ber_slen_t * );
+			break;
+
+		case 'o':	/* octet string in a supplied berval */
+			bval = va_arg( ap, struct berval * );
+			if (bval->bv_val) NSLBERI_FREE(bval->bv_val);
+			memset(bval, 0, sizeof(struct berval));
+			break;
+
+		case 'O':	/* octet string - allocate & include length */
+			bvp = va_arg( ap, struct berval ** );
+			ber_bvfree(*bvp);
+			bvp = NULL;
+			break;
+
+		case 'B':	/* bit string - allocate storage as needed */
+			ss = va_arg( ap, char ** );
+			l = va_arg( ap, ber_slen_t * ); /* for length, in bits */
+			if (*ss) NSLBERI_FREE(*ss);
+			*ss = NULL;
+			break;
+
+		case 't':	/* tag of next item */
+			t = va_arg( ap, ber_tag_t * );
+			break;
+
+		case 'T':	/* skip tag of next item */
+			t = va_arg( ap, ber_tag_t * );
+			break;
+
+		case 'v':	/* sequence of strings */
+			sss = va_arg( ap, char *** );
+			ber_svecfree(*sss);
+			*sss = NULL;
+			break;
+
+		case 'V':	/* sequence of strings + lengths */
+			bv = va_arg( ap, struct berval *** );
+			ber_bvecfree(*bv);
+			*bv = NULL;
+			break;
+
+		case 'x':	/* skip the next element - whatever it is */
+			break;
+
+		case '{':	/* begin sequence */
+		case '[':	/* begin set */
+			break;
+
+		case '}':	/* end sequence */
+		case ']':	/* end set */
+			break;
+
+		default:
+			break;
+		}
+	  } /* for */
+	  va_end( ap );
+	} /* if */
+
+	return( rc );
+}
+
+void
+LDAP_CALL
+ber_bvfree( struct berval *bv )
+{
+	if ( bv != NULL ) {
+		if ( bv->bv_val != NULL ) {
+			NSLBERI_FREE( bv->bv_val );
+		}
+		NSLBERI_FREE( (char *) bv );
+	}
+}
+
+void
+LDAP_CALL
+ber_bvecfree( struct berval **bv )
+{
+	int	i;
+
+	if ( bv != NULL ) {
+		for ( i = 0; bv[i] != NULL; i++ ) {
+			ber_bvfree( bv[i] );
+		}
+		NSLBERI_FREE( (char *) bv );
+	}
+}
+
+struct berval *
+LDAP_CALL
+ber_bvdup( const struct berval *bv )
+{
+	struct berval	*new;
+
+	if ( (new = (struct berval *)NSLBERI_MALLOC( sizeof(struct berval) ))
+	    == NULL ) {
+		return( NULL );
+	}
+	if ( bv->bv_val == NULL ) {
+	    new->bv_val = NULL;
+	    new->bv_len = 0;
+	} else {
+	    if ( (new->bv_val = (char *)NSLBERI_MALLOC( bv->bv_len + 1 ))
+		== NULL ) {
+			NSLBERI_FREE( new );
+			new = NULL;
+		    return( NULL );
+	    }
+	    SAFEMEMCPY( new->bv_val, bv->bv_val, (size_t) bv->bv_len );
+	    new->bv_val[bv->bv_len] = '\0';
+	    new->bv_len = bv->bv_len;
+	}
+
+	return( new );
+}
+
+void
+LDAP_CALL
+ber_svecfree( char **vals )
+{
+        int     i;
+
+        if ( vals == NULL )
+                return;
+        for ( i = 0; vals[i] != NULL; i++ )
+                NSLBERI_FREE( vals[i] );
+        NSLBERI_FREE( (char *) vals );
+}
+
+#ifdef STR_TRANSLATION
+void
+LDAP_CALL
+ber_set_string_translators(
+    BerElement		*ber,
+    BERTranslateProc	encode_proc,
+    BERTranslateProc	decode_proc
+)
+{
+    ber->ber_encode_translate_proc = encode_proc;
+    ber->ber_decode_translate_proc = decode_proc;
+}
+#endif /* STR_TRANSLATION */
diff --git a/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/liblber/dtest.c b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/liblber/dtest.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..71f13d45a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/liblber/dtest.c
@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ * 
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version 
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with 
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at 
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ * 
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ * 
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, released
+ * March 31, 1998.
+ * 
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998-1999
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ * 
+ * Contributor(s):
+ * 
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
+ * or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ * 
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1990 Regents of the University of Michigan.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms are permitted
+ * provided that this notice is preserved and that due credit is given
+ * to the University of Michigan at Ann Arbor. The name of the University
+ * may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this
+ * software without specific prior written permission. This software
+ * is provided ``as is'' without express or implied warranty.
+ */
+/* dtest.c - lber decoding test program */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#ifdef MACOS
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <console.h>
+#else /* MACOS */
+#ifdef _WIN32
+#include <windows.h>
+#else
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/socket.h>
+#endif /* _WIN32 */
+#endif /* MACOS */
+#include "lber.h"
+
+int
+SSL_Recv( int s, char *b, unsigned l, int dummy )
+{
+	return( read( s, b, l ) );
+}
+
+SSL_Send( int s, char *b, unsigned l, int dummy )
+{
+	return( write( s, b, l ) );
+}
+
+static void usage( char *name )
+{
+	fprintf( stderr, "usage: %s < berfile\n", name );
+}
+
+main( int argc, char **argv )
+{
+	long		i, fd;
+	ber_len_t	len;
+	ber_tag_t	tag;
+	BerElement	*ber;
+	Sockbuf		*sb;
+	extern int	lber_debug;
+
+	lber_debug = 255;
+	if ( argc > 1 ) {
+		usage( argv[0] );
+		exit( 1 );
+	}
+
+	sb = ber_sockbuf_alloc();
+	fd = 0;
+	ber_sockbuf_set_option( sb, LBER_SOCKBUF_OPT_DESC, &fd );
+
+	if ( (ber = der_alloc()) == NULL ) {
+		perror( "ber_alloc" );
+		exit( 1 );
+	}
+
+	if ( (tag = ber_get_next( sb, &len, ber )) == LBER_ERROR ) {
+		perror( "ber_get_next" );
+		exit( 1 );
+	}
+	printf( "message has tag 0x%x and length %ld\n", tag, len );
+
+	return( 0 );
+}
diff --git a/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/liblber/encode.c b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/liblber/encode.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1c47b12a0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/liblber/encode.c
@@ -0,0 +1,699 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ * 
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version 
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with 
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at 
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ * 
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ * 
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, released
+ * March 31, 1998.
+ * 
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998-1999
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ * 
+ * Contributor(s):
+ * 
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
+ * or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ * 
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1990 Regents of the University of Michigan.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms are permitted
+ * provided that this notice is preserved and that due credit is given
+ * to the University of Michigan at Ann Arbor. The name of the University
+ * may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this
+ * software without specific prior written permission. This software
+ * is provided ``as is'' without express or implied warranty.
+ */
+
+/* encode.c - ber output encoding routines */
+
+#include "lber-int.h"
+
+static int
+ber_calc_taglen( ber_tag_t tag )
+{
+	int			i;
+	ber_int_t	mask;
+
+	/* find the first non-all-zero byte in the tag */
+	for ( i = sizeof(ber_int_t) - 1; i > 0; i-- ) {
+		mask = (0xff << (i * 8));
+		/* not all zero */
+		if ( tag & mask )
+			break;
+	}
+
+	return( i + 1 );
+}
+
+static int
+ber_put_tag( BerElement	*ber, ber_tag_t tag, int nosos )
+{
+	int			taglen;
+	ber_tag_t	ntag;
+
+	taglen = ber_calc_taglen( tag );
+
+	ntag = LBER_HTONL( tag );
+
+	return( ber_write( ber, ((char *) &ntag) + sizeof(ber_int_t) - taglen,
+	    taglen, nosos ) );
+}
+
+static int
+ber_calc_lenlen( ber_len_t len )
+{
+	/*
+	 * short len if it's less than 128 - one byte giving the len,
+	 * with bit 8 0.
+	 */
+
+	if ( len <= 0x7F )
+		return( 1 );
+
+	/*
+	 * long len otherwise - one byte with bit 8 set, giving the
+	 * length of the length, followed by the length itself.
+	 */
+
+	if ( len <= 0xFF )
+		return( 2 );
+	if ( len <= 0xFFFF )
+		return( 3 );
+	if ( len <= 0xFFFFFF )
+		return( 4 );
+
+	return( 5 );
+}
+
+static int
+ber_put_len( BerElement *ber, ber_len_t len, int nosos )
+{
+	int			i;
+	char		lenlen;
+	ber_int_t	mask;
+	ber_len_t	netlen;
+
+	/*
+	 * short len if it's less than 128 - one byte giving the len,
+	 * with bit 8 0.
+	 */
+
+	if ( len <= 127 ) {
+		netlen = LBER_HTONL( len );
+		return( ber_write( ber, (char *) &netlen + sizeof(ber_int_t) - 1,
+		    1, nosos ) );
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * long len otherwise - one byte with bit 8 set, giving the
+	 * length of the length, followed by the length itself.
+	 */
+
+	/* find the first non-all-zero byte */
+	for ( i = sizeof(ber_int_t) - 1; i > 0; i-- ) {
+		mask = (0xff << (i * 8));
+		/* not all zero */
+		if ( len & mask )
+			break;
+	}
+	lenlen = ++i;
+	if ( lenlen > 4 )
+		return( -1 );
+	lenlen |= 0x80;
+
+	/* write the length of the length */
+	if ( ber_write( ber, &lenlen, 1, nosos ) != 1 )
+		return( -1 );
+
+	/* write the length itself */
+	netlen = LBER_HTONL( len );
+	if ( ber_write( ber, (char *) &netlen + (sizeof(ber_int_t) - i), i, nosos )
+	    != i )
+		return( -1 );
+
+	return( i + 1 );
+}
+
+static int
+ber_put_int_or_enum( BerElement *ber, ber_int_t num, ber_tag_t tag )
+{
+	int			i, sign, taglen;
+	int			len, lenlen;
+	ber_int_t	netnum, mask;
+
+	sign = (num < 0);
+
+	/*
+	 * high bit is set - look for first non-all-one byte
+	 * high bit is clear - look for first non-all-zero byte
+	 */
+	for ( i = sizeof(ber_int_t) - 1; i > 0; i-- ) {
+		mask = (0xff << (i * 8));
+
+		if ( sign ) {
+			/* not all ones */
+			if ( (num & mask) != mask )
+				break;
+		} else {
+			/* not all zero */
+			if ( num & mask )
+				break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * we now have the "leading byte".  if the high bit on this
+	 * byte matches the sign bit, we need to "back up" a byte.
+	 */
+	mask = (num & (0x80 << (i * 8)));
+	if ( (mask && !sign) || (sign && !mask) )
+		i++;
+
+	len = i + 1;
+
+	if ( (taglen = ber_put_tag( ber, tag, 0 )) == -1 )
+		return( -1 );
+
+	if ( (lenlen = ber_put_len( ber, len, 0 )) == -1 )
+		return( -1 );
+	i++;
+	netnum = LBER_HTONL( num );
+	if ( ber_write( ber, (char *) &netnum + (sizeof(ber_int_t) - i), i, 0 ) 
+		== i) 
+		/* length of tag + length + contents */
+		return( taglen + lenlen + i );
+
+	return( -1 );
+}
+
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ber_put_enum( BerElement *ber, ber_int_t num, ber_tag_t tag )
+{
+	if ( tag == LBER_DEFAULT )
+		tag = LBER_ENUMERATED;
+
+	return( ber_put_int_or_enum( ber, num, tag ) );
+}
+
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ber_put_int( BerElement *ber, ber_int_t num, ber_tag_t tag )
+{
+	if ( tag == LBER_DEFAULT )
+		tag = LBER_INTEGER;
+
+	return( ber_put_int_or_enum( ber, num, tag ) );
+}
+
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ber_put_ostring( BerElement *ber, char *str, ber_len_t len,
+	ber_tag_t tag )
+{
+	int	taglen, lenlen, rc;
+#ifdef STR_TRANSLATION
+	int	free_str;
+#endif /* STR_TRANSLATION */
+
+	if ( tag == LBER_DEFAULT )
+		tag = LBER_OCTETSTRING;
+
+	if ( (taglen = ber_put_tag( ber, tag, 0 )) == -1 )
+		return( -1 );
+
+#ifdef STR_TRANSLATION
+	if ( len > 0 && ( ber->ber_options & LBER_OPT_TRANSLATE_STRINGS ) != 0
+	    && ber->ber_encode_translate_proc != NULL ) {
+		if ( (*(ber->ber_encode_translate_proc))( &str, &len, 0 )
+		    != 0 ) {
+			return( -1 );
+		}
+		free_str = 1;
+	} else {
+		free_str = 0;
+	}
+#endif /* STR_TRANSLATION */
+
+    /*  
+     *  Note:  below is a spot where we limit ber_write 
+     *         to signed long (instead of unsigned long)
+     */
+
+	if ( (lenlen = ber_put_len( ber, len, 0 )) == -1 ||
+		ber_write( ber, str, len, 0 ) != (ber_int_t) len ) {
+		rc = -1;
+	} else {
+		/* return length of tag + length + contents */
+		rc = taglen + lenlen + len;
+	}
+
+#ifdef STR_TRANSLATION
+	if ( free_str ) {
+		NSLBERI_FREE( str );
+	}
+#endif /* STR_TRANSLATION */
+
+	return( rc );
+}
+
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ber_put_string( BerElement *ber, char *str, ber_tag_t tag )
+{
+	return( ber_put_ostring( ber, str, (ber_len_t) strlen( str ), tag ));
+}
+
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ber_put_bitstring( BerElement *ber, char *str,
+	ber_len_t blen /* in bits */, ber_tag_t tag )
+{
+	int		taglen, lenlen, len;
+	unsigned char	unusedbits;
+
+	if ( tag == LBER_DEFAULT )
+		tag = LBER_BITSTRING;
+
+	if ( (taglen = ber_put_tag( ber, tag, 0 )) == -1 )
+		return( -1 );
+
+	len = ( blen + 7 ) / 8;
+	unusedbits = (unsigned char) (len * 8 - blen);
+	if ( (lenlen = ber_put_len( ber, len + 1, 0 )) == -1 )
+		return( -1 );
+
+	if ( ber_write( ber, (char *)&unusedbits, 1, 0 ) != 1 )
+		return( -1 );
+
+	if ( ber_write( ber, str, len, 0 ) != len )
+		return( -1 );
+
+	/* return length of tag + length + unused bit count + contents */
+	return( taglen + 1 + lenlen + len );
+}
+
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ber_put_null( BerElement *ber, ber_tag_t tag )
+{
+	int	taglen;
+
+	if ( tag == LBER_DEFAULT )
+		tag = LBER_NULL;
+
+	if ( (taglen = ber_put_tag( ber, tag, 0 )) == -1 )
+		return( -1 );
+
+	if ( ber_put_len( ber, 0, 0 ) != 1 )
+		return( -1 );
+
+	return( taglen + 1 );
+}
+
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ber_put_boolean( BerElement *ber, ber_int_t boolval, ber_tag_t tag )
+{
+	int		taglen;
+	unsigned char	trueval = 0xff;
+	unsigned char	falseval = 0x00;
+
+	if ( tag == LBER_DEFAULT )
+		tag = LBER_BOOLEAN;
+
+	if ( (taglen = ber_put_tag( ber, tag, 0 )) == -1 )
+		return( -1 );
+
+	if ( ber_put_len( ber, 1, 0 ) != 1 )
+		return( -1 );
+
+	if ( ber_write( ber, (char *)(boolval ? &trueval : &falseval), 1, 0 )
+	    != 1 )
+		return( -1 );
+
+	return( taglen + 2 );
+}
+
+#define FOUR_BYTE_LEN	5
+
+
+/* the idea here is roughly this: we maintain a stack of these Seqorset
+ * structures. This is pushed when we see the beginning of a new set or
+ * sequence. It is popped when we see the end of a set or sequence.
+ * Since we don't want to malloc and free these structures all the time,
+ * we pre-allocate a small set of them within the ber element structure.
+ * thus we need to spot when we've overflowed this stack and fall back to
+ * malloc'ing instead.
+ */
+static int
+ber_start_seqorset( BerElement *ber, ber_tag_t tag )
+{
+	Seqorset	*new_sos;
+
+	/* can we fit into the local stack ? */
+	if (ber->ber_sos_stack_posn < SOS_STACK_SIZE) {
+		/* yes */
+		new_sos = &ber->ber_sos_stack[ber->ber_sos_stack_posn];
+	} else {
+		/* no */
+		if ( (new_sos = (Seqorset *)NSLBERI_MALLOC( sizeof(Seqorset)))
+		    == NULLSEQORSET ) {
+			return( -1 );
+		}
+	}
+	ber->ber_sos_stack_posn++;
+
+	if ( ber->ber_sos == NULLSEQORSET )
+		new_sos->sos_first = ber->ber_ptr;
+	else
+		new_sos->sos_first = ber->ber_sos->sos_ptr;
+
+	/* Set aside room for a 4 byte length field */
+	new_sos->sos_ptr = new_sos->sos_first + ber_calc_taglen( tag ) + FOUR_BYTE_LEN;
+	new_sos->sos_tag = tag;
+
+	new_sos->sos_next = ber->ber_sos;
+	new_sos->sos_clen = 0;
+
+	ber->ber_sos = new_sos;
+    if (ber->ber_sos->sos_ptr > ber->ber_end) {
+        nslberi_ber_realloc(ber, ber->ber_sos->sos_ptr - ber->ber_end);
+    }
+	return( 0 );
+}
+
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ber_start_seq( BerElement *ber, ber_tag_t tag )
+{
+	if ( tag == LBER_DEFAULT )
+		tag = LBER_SEQUENCE;
+
+	return( ber_start_seqorset( ber, tag ) );
+}
+
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ber_start_set( BerElement *ber, ber_tag_t tag )
+{
+	if ( tag == LBER_DEFAULT )
+		tag = LBER_SET;
+
+	return( ber_start_seqorset( ber, tag ) );
+}
+
+static int
+ber_put_seqorset( BerElement *ber )
+{
+	ber_len_t		len, netlen;
+	int				taglen, lenlen;
+	unsigned char	ltag = 0x80 + FOUR_BYTE_LEN - 1;
+	Seqorset		*next;
+	Seqorset		**sos = &ber->ber_sos;
+
+	if ( *sos == NULL ) {
+        /* No sequence or set to put... fatal error. */
+        return( -1 );
+	}
+
+    /*
+	 * If this is the toplevel sequence or set, we need to actually
+	 * write the stuff out.  Otherwise, it's already been put in
+	 * the appropriate buffer and will be written when the toplevel
+	 * one is written.  In this case all we need to do is update the
+	 * length and tag.
+	 */
+
+	len = (*sos)->sos_clen;
+	netlen = LBER_HTONL( len );
+	if ( sizeof(ber_int_t) > 4 && len > 0xFFFFFFFF )
+		return( -1 );
+
+	if ( ber->ber_options & LBER_OPT_USE_DER ) {
+		lenlen = ber_calc_lenlen( len );
+	} else {
+		lenlen = FOUR_BYTE_LEN;
+	}
+
+	if ( (next = (*sos)->sos_next) == NULLSEQORSET ) {
+		/* write the tag */
+		if ( (taglen = ber_put_tag( ber, (*sos)->sos_tag, 1 )) == -1 )
+			return( -1 );
+
+		if ( ber->ber_options & LBER_OPT_USE_DER ) {
+			/* Write the length in the minimum # of octets */
+			if ( ber_put_len( ber, len, 1 ) == -1 )
+				return( -1 );
+
+			if (lenlen != FOUR_BYTE_LEN) {
+				/*
+				 * We set aside FOUR_BYTE_LEN bytes for
+				 * the length field.  Move the data if
+				 * we don't actually need that much
+				 */
+				SAFEMEMCPY( (*sos)->sos_first + taglen +
+				    lenlen, (*sos)->sos_first + taglen +
+				    FOUR_BYTE_LEN, len );
+			}
+		} else {
+			/* Fill FOUR_BYTE_LEN bytes for length field */
+			/* one byte of length length */
+			if ( ber_write( ber, (char *)&ltag, 1, 1 ) != 1 )
+				return( -1 );
+
+			/* the length itself */
+			if ( ber_write( ber, (char *) &netlen + sizeof(ber_int_t)
+			    - (FOUR_BYTE_LEN - 1), FOUR_BYTE_LEN - 1, 1 )
+			    != FOUR_BYTE_LEN - 1 )
+				return( -1 );
+		}
+		/* The ber_ptr is at the set/seq start - move it to the end */
+		ber->ber_ptr += len;
+	} else {
+		ber_tag_t	ntag;
+
+		/* the tag */
+		taglen = ber_calc_taglen( (*sos)->sos_tag );
+		ntag = LBER_HTONL( (*sos)->sos_tag );
+		SAFEMEMCPY( (*sos)->sos_first, (char *) &ntag +
+		    sizeof(ber_int_t) - taglen, taglen );
+
+		if ( ber->ber_options & LBER_OPT_USE_DER ) {
+			ltag = (lenlen == 1) ? (unsigned char)len :  
+                (unsigned char) (0x80 + (lenlen - 1));
+		}
+
+		/* one byte of length length */
+		SAFEMEMCPY( (*sos)->sos_first + 1, &ltag, 1 );
+
+		if ( ber->ber_options & LBER_OPT_USE_DER ) {
+			if (lenlen > 1) {
+				/* Write the length itself */
+				SAFEMEMCPY( (*sos)->sos_first + 2,
+				    (char *)&netlen + sizeof(ber_uint_t) -
+				    (lenlen - 1),
+				    lenlen - 1 );
+			}
+			if (lenlen != FOUR_BYTE_LEN) {
+				/*
+				 * We set aside FOUR_BYTE_LEN bytes for
+				 * the length field.  Move the data if
+				 * we don't actually need that much
+				 */
+				SAFEMEMCPY( (*sos)->sos_first + taglen +
+				    lenlen, (*sos)->sos_first + taglen +
+				    FOUR_BYTE_LEN, len );
+			}
+		} else {
+			/* the length itself */
+			SAFEMEMCPY( (*sos)->sos_first + taglen + 1,
+			    (char *) &netlen + sizeof(ber_int_t) -
+			    (FOUR_BYTE_LEN - 1), FOUR_BYTE_LEN - 1 );
+		}
+
+		next->sos_clen += (taglen + lenlen + len);
+		next->sos_ptr += (taglen + lenlen + len);
+	}
+
+	/* we're done with this seqorset, so free it up */
+	/* was this one from the local stack ? */
+	if (ber->ber_sos_stack_posn <= SOS_STACK_SIZE) {
+		/* yes */
+	} else {
+		/* no */
+		NSLBERI_FREE( (char *) (*sos) );
+	}
+	ber->ber_sos_stack_posn--;
+	*sos = next;
+
+	return( taglen + lenlen + len );
+}
+
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ber_put_seq( BerElement *ber )
+{
+	return( ber_put_seqorset( ber ) );
+}
+
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ber_put_set( BerElement *ber )
+{
+	return( ber_put_seqorset( ber ) );
+}
+
+/* VARARGS */
+int
+LDAP_C
+ber_printf( BerElement *ber, const char *fmt, ... )
+{
+	va_list			ap;
+	char			*s, **ss;
+	struct berval	*bval, **bv;
+	int				rc, i;
+	ber_len_t		len;
+
+	va_start( ap, fmt );
+
+#ifdef LDAP_DEBUG
+	if ( lber_debug & 64 ) {
+		char msg[80];
+		sprintf( msg, "ber_printf fmt (%s)\n", fmt );
+		ber_err_print( msg );
+	}
+#endif
+
+	for ( rc = 0; *fmt && rc != -1; fmt++ ) {
+		switch ( *fmt ) {
+		case 'b':	/* boolean */
+			i = va_arg( ap, int );
+			rc = ber_put_boolean( ber, i, ber->ber_tag );
+			break;
+
+		case 'i':	/* int */
+			i = va_arg( ap, int );
+			rc = ber_put_int( ber, (ber_int_t)i, ber->ber_tag );
+			break;
+
+		case 'e':	/* enumeration */
+			i = va_arg( ap, int );
+			rc = ber_put_enum( ber, (ber_int_t)i, ber->ber_tag );
+			break;
+
+		case 'n':	/* null */
+			rc = ber_put_null( ber, ber->ber_tag );
+			break;
+
+		case 'o':	/* octet string (non-null terminated) */
+			s = va_arg( ap, char * );
+			len = va_arg( ap, int );
+			rc = ber_put_ostring( ber, s, len, ber->ber_tag );
+			break;
+
+		case 'O':	/* berval octet string */
+			if( ( bval = va_arg( ap, struct berval * ) ) == NULL )
+				break;
+			if( bval->bv_len == 0 ) {
+				rc = ber_put_ostring( ber, "", 0, ber->ber_tag );
+			} else {
+				rc = ber_put_ostring( ber, bval->bv_val, bval->bv_len,
+					ber->ber_tag );
+			}
+ 			break;
+
+		case 's':	/* string */
+			s = va_arg( ap, char * );
+			rc = ber_put_string( ber, s, ber->ber_tag );
+			break;
+
+		case 'B':	/* bit string */
+			s = va_arg( ap, char * );
+			len = va_arg( ap, int );	/* in bits */
+			rc = ber_put_bitstring( ber, s, len, ber->ber_tag );
+			break;
+
+		case 't':	/* tag for the next element */
+			ber->ber_tag = va_arg( ap, ber_tag_t );
+			ber->ber_usertag = 1;
+			break;
+
+		case 'v':	/* vector of strings */
+			if ( (ss = va_arg( ap, char ** )) == NULL )
+				break;
+			for ( i = 0; ss[i] != NULL; i++ ) {
+				if ( (rc = ber_put_string( ber, ss[i],
+				    ber->ber_tag )) == -1 )
+					break;
+			}
+			break;
+
+		case 'V':	/* sequences of strings + lengths */
+			if ( (bv = va_arg( ap, struct berval ** )) == NULL )
+				break;
+			for ( i = 0; bv[i] != NULL; i++ ) {
+				if ( (rc = ber_put_ostring( ber, bv[i]->bv_val,
+				    bv[i]->bv_len, ber->ber_tag )) == -1 )
+					break;
+			}
+			break;
+
+		case '{':	/* begin sequence */
+			rc = ber_start_seq( ber, ber->ber_tag );
+			break;
+
+		case '}':	/* end sequence */
+			rc = ber_put_seqorset( ber );
+			break;
+
+		case '[':	/* begin set */
+			rc = ber_start_set( ber, ber->ber_tag );
+			break;
+
+		case ']':	/* end set */
+			rc = ber_put_seqorset( ber );
+			break;
+
+		default: {
+				char msg[80];
+				sprintf( msg, "unknown fmt %c\n", *fmt );
+				ber_err_print( msg );
+				rc = -1;
+				break;
+			}
+		}
+
+		if ( ber->ber_usertag == 0 )
+			ber->ber_tag = LBER_DEFAULT;
+		else
+			ber->ber_usertag = 0;
+	}
+
+	va_end( ap );
+
+	return( rc );
+}
diff --git a/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/liblber/etest.c b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/liblber/etest.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f2bab358f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/liblber/etest.c
@@ -0,0 +1,193 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ * 
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version 
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with 
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at 
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ * 
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ * 
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, released
+ * March 31, 1998.
+ * 
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998-1999
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ * 
+ * Contributor(s):
+ * 
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
+ * or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ * 
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1990 Regents of the University of Michigan.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms are permitted
+ * provided that this notice is preserved and that due credit is given
+ * to the University of Michigan at Ann Arbor. The name of the University
+ * may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this
+ * software without specific prior written permission. This software
+ * is provided ``as is'' without express or implied warranty.
+ */
+
+/* test.c - lber encoding test program */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#ifdef MACOS
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <unix.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <console.h>
+#else /* MACOS */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#ifdef _WIN32
+#include <windows.h>
+#else
+#include <sys/socket.h>
+#endif /* _WIN32 */
+#endif /* MACOS */
+#include "lber.h"
+
+int
+SSL_Recv( int s, char *b, unsigned l, int dummy )
+{
+	return( read( s, b, l ) );
+}
+
+SSL_Send( int s, char *b, unsigned l, int dummy )
+{
+	return( write( s, b, l ) );
+}
+
+int
+getline( char *prompt, char c, char *buf, int bsize )
+{
+	char	*p;
+
+	if ( prompt != NULL ) {
+		fprintf( stderr, "%s: ", prompt );
+	} else {
+		fprintf( stderr, "enter value for '%c': ", c );
+	}
+	if ( fgets( buf, bsize, stdin ) == NULL ) {
+		return( -1 );
+	}
+	if ( (p = strchr( buf, '\n' )) != NULL ) {
+		*p = '\0';
+	}
+
+	return( 0 );
+}
+
+
+static void usage( char *name )
+{
+	fprintf( stderr, "usage: %s fmtstring\n", name );
+}
+
+main( int argc, char **argv )
+{
+	int		rc, fd;
+	char		*s, *p;
+	void		*arg1, *arg2;
+	Sockbuf		*sb;
+	BerElement	*ber;
+	char		fmt[2];
+	char		buf[BUFSIZ];
+	extern int	lber_debug;
+
+	lber_debug = 255;
+	if ( argc < 2 ) {
+		usage( argv[0] );
+		exit( 1 );
+	}
+
+	sb = ber_sockbuf_alloc();
+	fd = 1;
+	ber_sockbuf_set_option( sb, LBER_SOCKBUF_OPT_DESC, &fd );
+
+	if ( (ber = der_alloc()) == NULL ) {
+		perror( "ber_alloc" );
+		exit( 1 );
+	}
+
+	rc = 0;
+	fmt[1] = '\0';
+	for ( s = argv[1]; *s; s++ ) {
+		switch ( *s ) {
+		case 'i':	/* int */
+		case 'b':	/* boolean */
+		case 'e':	/* enumeration */
+			getline( NULL, *s, buf, sizeof(buf) );
+			arg1 = (void *) atoi( buf );
+			break;
+
+		case 'n':	/* null */
+			arg1 = NULL;
+			break;
+
+		case 'o':	/* octet string (non-null terminated) */
+			getline( NULL, *s, buf, sizeof(buf) );
+			arg1 = (void *) buf;
+			arg2 = (void *) strlen( buf );
+			break;
+
+		case 's':	/* string */
+			getline( NULL, *s, buf, sizeof(buf) );
+			arg1 = (void *) buf;
+			break;
+
+		case 'B':	/* bit string */
+			getline( NULL, *s, buf, sizeof(buf) );
+			arg1 = (void *) buf;
+			arg2 = (void *) strlen( buf );
+			break;
+
+		case 't':	/* tag for the next element */
+			getline( NULL, *s, buf, sizeof(buf) );
+			arg1 = (void *) buf;
+			break;
+
+		case '{':	/* begin sequence */
+		case '}':	/* end sequence */
+		case '[':	/* begin set */
+		case ']':	/* end set */
+			break;
+
+		default:
+			fprintf( stderr, "unknown fmt %c\n", *s );
+			rc = -1;
+			break;
+		}
+
+		fmt[0] = *s;
+		if ( ber_printf( ber, fmt, arg1, arg2 ) == -1 ) {
+			fprintf( stderr, "ber_printf\n" );
+			exit( 1 );
+		}
+	}
+
+	if ( ber_flush( sb, ber, 1 ) != 0 ) {
+		perror( "ber_flush" );
+		rc = -1;
+	}
+
+	return( rc );
+}
diff --git a/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/liblber/idtest.c b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/liblber/idtest.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e6f8fa4ae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/liblber/idtest.c
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ * 
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version 
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with 
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at 
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ * 
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ * 
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, released
+ * March 31, 1998.
+ * 
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998-1999
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ * 
+ * Contributor(s):
+ * 
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
+ * or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ * 
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1990 Regents of the University of Michigan.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms are permitted
+ * provided that this notice is preserved and that due credit is given
+ * to the University of Michigan at Ann Arbor. The name of the University
+ * may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this
+ * software without specific prior written permission. This software
+ * is provided ``as is'' without express or implied warranty.
+ */
+
+/* idtest.c - ber decoding test program using isode libraries */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <psap.h>
+#include <quipu/attr.h>
+
+static usage( char *name )
+{
+	fprintf( stderr, "usage: %s\n", name );
+}
+
+main( int argc, char **argv )
+{
+	PE	pe;
+	PS	psin, psout, pserr;
+
+	/* read the pe from standard in */
+	if ( (psin = ps_alloc( std_open )) == NULLPS ) {
+		perror( "ps_alloc" );
+		exit( 1 );
+	}
+	if ( std_setup( psin, stdin ) == NOTOK ) {
+		perror( "std_setup" );
+		exit( 1 );
+	}
+	/* write the pe to standard out */
+	if ( (psout = ps_alloc( std_open )) == NULLPS ) {
+		perror( "ps_alloc" );
+		exit( 1 );
+	}
+	if ( std_setup( psout, stdout ) == NOTOK ) {
+		perror( "std_setup" );
+		exit( 1 );
+	}
+	/* pretty print it to standard error */
+	if ( (pserr = ps_alloc( std_open )) == NULLPS ) {
+		perror( "ps_alloc" );
+		exit( 1 );
+	}
+	if ( std_setup( pserr, stderr ) == NOTOK ) {
+		perror( "std_setup" );
+		exit( 1 );
+	}
+
+	while ( (pe = ps2pe( psin )) != NULLPE ) {
+		pe2pl( pserr, pe );
+		pe2ps( psout, pe );
+	}
+
+	exit( 0 );
+}
diff --git a/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/liblber/io.c b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/liblber/io.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fc81a9dee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/liblber/io.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1757 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ * 
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version 
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with 
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at 
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ * 
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ * 
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, released
+ * March 31, 1998.
+ * 
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998-1999
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ * 
+ * Contributor(s):
+ * 
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
+ * or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ * 
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1990 Regents of the University of Michigan.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms are permitted
+ * provided that this notice is preserved and that due credit is given
+ * to the University of Michigan at Ann Arbor. The name of the University
+ * may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this
+ * software without specific prior written permission. This software
+ * is provided ``as is'' without express or implied warranty.
+ */
+/* io.c - ber general i/o routines */
+
+#include "lber-int.h"
+
+#define bergetc( sb, len )    ( sb->sb_ber.ber_end > sb->sb_ber.ber_ptr ? \
+			  (unsigned char)*sb->sb_ber.ber_ptr++ : \
+			  ber_filbuf( sb, len ))
+
+# ifdef macintosh
+/*
+ * MacTCP/OpenTransport
+ */
+#  define read( s, b, l ) tcpread( s, 0, (unsigned char *)b, l, NULL )
+#  define MAX_WRITE	65535
+#  define BerWrite( sb, b, l )   tcpwrite( sb->sb_sd, (unsigned char *)(b), (l<MAX_WRITE)? l : MAX_WRITE )
+# else /* macintosh */
+#  if defined(_WIN32) || defined(_WINDOWS) || defined(XP_OS2)
+/*
+ * 32-bit Windows Socket API (under Windows NT or Windows 95)
+ */
+#   define read( s, b, l )		recv( s, b, l, 0 )
+#   define BerWrite( s, b, l )	send( s->sb_sd, b, l, 0 )
+#  else /* _WIN32 */
+/*
+ * everything else (Unix/BSD 4.3 socket API)
+ */
+#   define BerWrite( sb, b, l )	write( sb->sb_sd, b, l )
+#   define udp_read( sb, b, l, al ) recvfrom(sb->sb_sd, (char *)b, l, 0, \
+		(struct sockaddr *)sb->sb_fromaddr, \
+		(al = sizeof(struct sockaddr), &al))
+#   define udp_write( sb, b, l ) sendto(sb->sb_sd, (char *)(b), l, 0, \
+		(struct sockaddr *)sb->sb_useaddr, sizeof(struct sockaddr))
+#  endif /* _WIN32 */
+# endif /* macintosh */
+
+#ifndef udp_read
+#define udp_read( sb, b, l, al )	CLDAP NOT SUPPORTED
+#define udp_write( sb, b, l )		CLDAP NOT SUPPORTED
+#endif /* udp_read */
+
+#define EXBUFSIZ			1024
+size_t  lber_bufsize = EXBUFSIZ;
+
+#ifdef LDAP_DEBUG
+int	lber_debug;
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * function prototypes
+ */
+static void nslberi_install_compat_io_fns( Sockbuf *sb );
+static int nslberi_extread_compat( int s, void *buf, int len,
+		struct lextiof_socket_private *arg );
+static int nslberi_extwrite_compat( int s, const void *buf, int len,
+		struct lextiof_socket_private *arg );
+static ber_tag_t get_tag( Sockbuf *sb, BerElement *ber);
+static ber_len_t get_ber_len( BerElement *ber);
+static ber_len_t read_len_in_ber( Sockbuf *sb, BerElement *ber);
+
+/*
+ * internal global structure for memory allocation callback functions
+ */
+static struct lber_memalloc_fns nslberi_memalloc_fns;
+
+
+/*
+ * buffered read from "sb".
+ * returns value of first character read on success and -1 on error.
+ */
+static int
+ber_filbuf( Sockbuf *sb, ber_slen_t len )
+{
+	ssize_t	rc;
+#ifdef CLDAP
+	int	addrlen;
+#endif /* CLDAP */
+
+	if ( sb->sb_ber.ber_buf == NULL ) {
+		if ( (sb->sb_ber.ber_buf = (char *)NSLBERI_MALLOC(
+		    READBUFSIZ )) == NULL ) {
+			return( -1 );
+		}
+		sb->sb_ber.ber_flags &= ~LBER_FLAG_NO_FREE_BUFFER;
+		sb->sb_ber.ber_ptr = sb->sb_ber.ber_buf;
+		sb->sb_ber.ber_end = sb->sb_ber.ber_buf;
+	}
+
+	if ( sb->sb_naddr > 0 ) {
+#ifdef CLDAP
+		rc = udp_read(sb, sb->sb_ber.ber_buf, READBUFSIZ, addrlen );
+#ifdef LDAP_DEBUG
+		if ( lber_debug ) {
+			char msg[80];
+			sprintf( msg, "ber_filbuf udp_read %d bytes\n",
+				rc );
+			ber_err_print( msg );
+			if ( lber_debug > 1 && rc > 0 )
+				lber_bprint( sb->sb_ber.ber_buf, rc );
+		}
+#endif /* LDAP_DEBUG */
+#else /* CLDAP */
+		rc = -1;
+#endif /* CLDAP */
+	} else {
+		if ( sb->sb_ext_io_fns.lbextiofn_read != NULL ) {
+			rc = sb->sb_ext_io_fns.lbextiofn_read(
+			    sb->sb_sd, sb->sb_ber.ber_buf,
+			    ((sb->sb_options & LBER_SOCKBUF_OPT_NO_READ_AHEAD)
+			    && (len < READBUFSIZ)) ? len : READBUFSIZ,
+			    sb->sb_ext_io_fns.lbextiofn_socket_arg );
+		} else {
+#ifdef NSLDAPI_AVOID_OS_SOCKETS
+			return( -1 );
+#else
+			rc = read( sb->sb_sd, sb->sb_ber.ber_buf,
+			    ((sb->sb_options & LBER_SOCKBUF_OPT_NO_READ_AHEAD)
+			    && (len < READBUFSIZ)) ? len : READBUFSIZ );
+#endif
+		}
+	}
+
+	if ( rc > 0 ) {
+		sb->sb_ber.ber_ptr = sb->sb_ber.ber_buf + 1;
+		sb->sb_ber.ber_end = sb->sb_ber.ber_buf + rc;
+		return( (unsigned char)*sb->sb_ber.ber_buf );
+	}
+
+	return( -1 );
+}
+
+
+static ber_int_t
+BerRead( Sockbuf *sb, char *buf, ber_slen_t len )
+{
+  int c;
+  ber_int_t nread = 0;
+  
+  while (len > 0)
+    {
+      ber_int_t inberbuf = sb->sb_ber.ber_end - sb->sb_ber.ber_ptr;
+      if (inberbuf > 0)
+	{
+	  size_t tocopy = len > inberbuf ? inberbuf : len;
+	  SAFEMEMCPY(buf, sb->sb_ber.ber_ptr, tocopy);
+	  buf += tocopy;
+	  sb->sb_ber.ber_ptr += tocopy;
+	  nread += tocopy;
+	  len -= tocopy;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  c = ber_filbuf(sb, len);
+	  if (c < 0)
+	    {
+	      if (nread > 0)
+		break;
+               else
+                 return c;
+             }
+           *buf++ = c;
+           nread++;
+           len--;
+         }
+     }
+   return (nread);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Note: ber_read() only uses the ber_end and ber_ptr elements of ber.
+ * Functions like ber_get_tag(), ber_skip_tag, and ber_peek_tag() rely on
+ * that fact, so if this code is changed to use any additional elements of
+ * the ber structure, those functions will need to be changed as well.
+ */
+ber_int_t
+LDAP_CALL
+ber_read( BerElement *ber, char *buf, ber_len_t len )
+{
+	ber_len_t	actuallen;
+	ber_uint_t  nleft;
+
+	nleft = ber->ber_end - ber->ber_ptr;
+	actuallen = nleft < len ? nleft : len;
+
+	SAFEMEMCPY( buf, ber->ber_ptr, (size_t)actuallen );
+
+	ber->ber_ptr += actuallen;
+
+	return( (ber_int_t)actuallen );
+}
+
+/*
+ * enlarge the ber buffer.
+ * return 0 on success, -1 on error.
+ */
+int
+nslberi_ber_realloc( BerElement *ber, ber_len_t len )
+{
+	ber_uint_t	need, have, total;
+	size_t		have_bytes;
+	Seqorset	*s;
+	ber_int_t	off;
+	char		*oldbuf;
+	int			freeoldbuf = 0;
+
+	ber->ber_buf_reallocs++;
+
+	have_bytes = ber->ber_end - ber->ber_buf;
+	have = have_bytes / lber_bufsize;
+	need = (len < lber_bufsize ? 1 : (len + (lber_bufsize - 1)) / lber_bufsize);
+	total = have * lber_bufsize + need * lber_bufsize * ber->ber_buf_reallocs;
+	
+	oldbuf = ber->ber_buf;
+
+	if (ber->ber_buf == NULL) {
+		if ( (ber->ber_buf = (char *)NSLBERI_MALLOC( (size_t)total ))
+			 == NULL ) {
+			return( -1 );
+		}
+		ber->ber_flags &= ~LBER_FLAG_NO_FREE_BUFFER;
+	} else {
+		if ( !(ber->ber_flags & LBER_FLAG_NO_FREE_BUFFER) ) {
+			freeoldbuf = 1;
+		}
+		/* transition to malloc'd buffer */
+		if ( (ber->ber_buf = (char *)NSLBERI_MALLOC(
+			(size_t)total )) == NULL ) {
+			return( -1 );
+		}
+		ber->ber_flags &= ~LBER_FLAG_NO_FREE_BUFFER;
+		/* copy existing data into new malloc'd buffer */
+		SAFEMEMCPY( ber->ber_buf, oldbuf, have_bytes );
+	}
+
+	ber->ber_end = ber->ber_buf + total;
+
+	/*
+	 * If the stinking thing was moved, we need to go through and
+	 * reset all the sos and ber pointers.  Offsets would've been
+	 * a better idea... oh well.
+	 */
+
+	if ( ber->ber_buf != oldbuf ) {	
+		ber->ber_ptr = ber->ber_buf + (ber->ber_ptr - oldbuf);
+
+		for ( s = ber->ber_sos; s != NULLSEQORSET; s = s->sos_next ) {
+			off = s->sos_first - oldbuf;
+			s->sos_first = ber->ber_buf + off;
+
+			off = s->sos_ptr - oldbuf;
+			s->sos_ptr = ber->ber_buf + off;
+		}
+		
+		if ( freeoldbuf && oldbuf ) {
+			NSLBERI_FREE( oldbuf );
+		}
+	}
+
+	return( 0 );
+}
+
+/*
+ * returns "len" on success and -1 on failure.
+ */
+ber_int_t
+LDAP_CALL
+ber_write( BerElement *ber, char *buf, ber_len_t len, int nosos )
+{
+	if ( nosos || ber->ber_sos == NULL ) {
+		if ( ber->ber_ptr + len > ber->ber_end ) {
+			if ( nslberi_ber_realloc( ber, len ) != 0 )
+				return( -1 );
+		}
+		SAFEMEMCPY( ber->ber_ptr, buf, (size_t)len );
+		ber->ber_ptr += len;
+		return( len );
+	} else {
+		if ( ber->ber_sos->sos_ptr + len > ber->ber_end ) {
+			if ( nslberi_ber_realloc( ber, len ) != 0 )
+				return( -1 );
+		}
+		SAFEMEMCPY( ber->ber_sos->sos_ptr, buf, (size_t)len );
+		ber->ber_sos->sos_ptr += len;
+		ber->ber_sos->sos_clen += len;
+		return( len );
+	}
+}
+
+void
+LDAP_CALL
+ber_free( BerElement *ber, int freebuf )
+{
+	if ( ber != NULL ) {
+		    if ( freebuf &&
+			!(ber->ber_flags & LBER_FLAG_NO_FREE_BUFFER)) {
+			    NSLBERI_FREE(ber->ber_buf);
+		    }
+		    NSLBERI_FREE( (char *) ber );
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * return >= 0 on success, -1 on failure.
+ */
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ber_flush( Sockbuf *sb, BerElement *ber, int freeit )
+{
+	ssize_t	nwritten = 0, towrite, rc;
+	int     i = 0;
+	
+	if (ber->ber_rwptr == NULL) {
+	  ber->ber_rwptr = ber->ber_buf;
+	} else if (ber->ber_rwptr >= ber->ber_end) {
+	  /* we will use the ber_rwptr to continue an exited flush,
+	     so if rwptr is not within the buffer we return an error. */
+	  return( -1 );
+	}
+	
+	/* writev section - for iDAR only!!! */
+	if (sb->sb_ext_io_fns.lbextiofn_writev != NULL) {
+
+	  /* add the sizes of the different buffers to write with writev */
+	  for (towrite = 0, i = 0; i < BER_ARRAY_QUANTITY; ++i) {
+	    /* don't add lengths of null buffers - writev will ignore them */
+	    if (ber->ber_struct[i].ldapiov_base) {
+	      towrite += ber->ber_struct[i].ldapiov_len;
+	    }
+	  }
+	  
+	  rc = sb->sb_ext_io_fns.lbextiofn_writev(sb->sb_sd, ber->ber_struct, BER_ARRAY_QUANTITY, 
+						  sb->sb_ext_io_fns.lbextiofn_socket_arg);
+	  
+	  if ( freeit )
+		ber_free( ber, 1 );
+
+	  if (rc >= 0) {
+	    /* return the number of bytes TO BE written */
+	    return (towrite - rc);
+	  } else {
+	    /* otherwise it's an error */
+	    return (rc);
+	  }
+	} /* end writev section */
+
+	towrite = ber->ber_ptr - ber->ber_rwptr;
+
+#ifdef LDAP_DEBUG
+	if ( lber_debug ) {
+		char msg[80];
+		sprintf( msg, "ber_flush: %d bytes to sd %ld%s\n", (int)towrite,
+		    sb->sb_sd, ber->ber_rwptr != ber->ber_buf ? " (re-flush)"
+		    : "" );
+		ber_err_print( msg );
+		if ( lber_debug > 1 )
+			lber_bprint( ber->ber_rwptr, towrite );
+	}
+#endif
+#if !defined(macintosh) && !defined(DOS)
+	if ( sb->sb_options & (LBER_SOCKBUF_OPT_TO_FILE | LBER_SOCKBUF_OPT_TO_FILE_ONLY) ) {
+		rc = write( sb->sb_copyfd, ber->ber_buf, towrite );
+		if ( sb->sb_options & LBER_SOCKBUF_OPT_TO_FILE_ONLY ) {
+			return( (int)rc );
+		}
+	}
+#endif
+
+	nwritten = 0;
+	do {
+		if (sb->sb_naddr > 0) {
+#ifdef CLDAP
+			rc = udp_write( sb, ber->ber_buf + nwritten,
+			    (size_t)towrite );
+#else /* CLDAP */
+			rc = -1;
+#endif /* CLDAP */
+			if ( rc <= 0 )
+				return( -1 );
+			/* fake error if write was not atomic */
+			if (rc < towrite) {
+#if !defined( macintosh ) && !defined( DOS )
+			    errno = EMSGSIZE;  /* For Win32, see portable.h */
+#endif
+			    return( -1 );
+			}
+		} else {
+			if ( sb->sb_ext_io_fns.lbextiofn_write != NULL ) {
+				if ( (rc = sb->sb_ext_io_fns.lbextiofn_write(
+				    sb->sb_sd, ber->ber_rwptr, (size_t)towrite,
+				    sb->sb_ext_io_fns.lbextiofn_socket_arg ))
+				    <= 0 ) {
+					return( -1 );
+				}
+			} else {
+#ifdef NSLDAPI_AVOID_OS_SOCKETS
+				return( -1 );
+#else
+				if ( (rc = BerWrite( sb, ber->ber_rwptr,
+				    (size_t) towrite )) <= 0 ) {
+					return( -1 );
+				}
+#endif
+			}
+		}
+		towrite -= rc;
+		nwritten += rc;
+		ber->ber_rwptr += rc;
+	} while ( towrite > 0 );
+
+	if ( freeit )
+		ber_free( ber, 1 );
+
+	return( 0 );
+}
+
+
+/* we pre-allocate a buffer to save the extra malloc later */
+BerElement *
+LDAP_CALL
+ber_alloc_t( int options )
+{
+	BerElement	*ber;
+
+	if ( (ber = (BerElement*)NSLBERI_CALLOC( 1,
+	    sizeof(struct berelement) + lber_bufsize )) == NULL ) {
+		return( NULL );
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * for compatibility with the C LDAP API standard, we recognize
+	 * LBER_USE_DER as LBER_OPT_USE_DER.  See lber.h for a bit more info.
+	 */
+	if ( options & LBER_USE_DER ) {
+		options &= ~LBER_USE_DER;
+		options |= LBER_OPT_USE_DER;
+	}
+
+	ber->ber_tag = LBER_DEFAULT;
+	ber->ber_options = options;
+	ber->ber_buf = (char*)ber + sizeof(struct berelement);
+	ber->ber_ptr = ber->ber_buf;
+	ber->ber_end = ber->ber_buf + lber_bufsize;
+	ber->ber_flags = LBER_FLAG_NO_FREE_BUFFER;
+
+	return( ber );
+}
+
+
+BerElement *
+LDAP_CALL
+ber_alloc()
+{
+	return( ber_alloc_t( 0 ) );
+}
+
+BerElement *
+LDAP_CALL
+der_alloc()
+{
+	return( ber_alloc_t( LBER_OPT_USE_DER ) );
+}
+
+BerElement *
+LDAP_CALL
+ber_dup( BerElement *ber )
+{
+	BerElement	*new;
+
+	if ( (new = ber_alloc()) == NULL )
+		return( NULL );
+
+	*new = *ber;
+
+	return( new );
+}
+
+
+void
+LDAP_CALL
+ber_init_w_nullchar( BerElement *ber, int options )
+{
+	(void) memset( (char *)ber, '\0', sizeof(struct berelement) );
+	ber->ber_tag = LBER_DEFAULT;
+
+	/*
+	 * For compatibility with the C LDAP API standard, we recognize
+	 * LBER_USE_DER as LBER_OPT_USE_DER.  See lber.h for a bit more info.
+	 */
+	if ( options & LBER_USE_DER ) {
+		options &= ~LBER_USE_DER;
+		options |= LBER_OPT_USE_DER;
+	}
+
+	ber->ber_options = options;
+}
+
+void
+LDAP_CALL
+ber_reset( BerElement *ber, int was_writing )
+{
+	if ( was_writing ) {
+		ber->ber_end = ber->ber_ptr;
+		ber->ber_ptr = ber->ber_buf;
+	} else {
+		ber->ber_ptr = ber->ber_end;
+	}
+
+	ber->ber_rwptr = NULL;
+	ber->ber_tag_len_read = 0;
+
+	memset(ber->ber_struct, 0, BER_CONTENTS_STRUCT_SIZE);
+}
+
+/* Returns the length of the ber buffer so far,
+   taking into account sequences/sets also.
+   CAUTION: Returns 0 on null buffers as well 
+   as 0 on empty buffers!
+*/
+size_t
+LDAP_CALL
+ber_get_buf_datalen( BerElement *ber )
+{
+  size_t datalen;
+
+  if ( ( ber == NULL) || ( ber->ber_buf == NULL) || ( ber->ber_ptr == NULL ) ) {
+    datalen = 0;
+  } else if (ber->ber_sos == NULLSEQORSET) {
+    /* there are no sequences or sets yet, 
+       so just subtract ptr from the beginning of the ber buffer */
+    datalen = ber->ber_ptr - ber->ber_buf;
+  } else {
+    /* sequences exist, so just take the ptr of the sequence
+       on top of the stack and subtract the beginning of the
+       buffer from it */
+    datalen = ber->ber_sos->sos_ptr - ber->ber_buf;
+  }
+  
+  return datalen;
+}
+
+/*
+  if buf is 0 then malloc a buffer of length size
+  returns > 0 on success, 0 otherwise
+*/
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ber_stack_init(BerElement *ber, int options, char * buf,
+        size_t size)
+{
+  if (NULL == ber)
+    return 0;
+  
+  memset(ber, 0, sizeof(*ber));
+
+  /*
+   * for compatibility with the C LDAP API standard, we recognize
+   * LBER_USE_DER as LBER_OPT_USE_DER.  See lber.h for a bit more info.
+   */
+
+  if ( options & LBER_USE_DER ) {
+    options &= ~LBER_USE_DER;
+    options |= LBER_OPT_USE_DER;
+  }
+
+  ber->ber_tag = LBER_DEFAULT;
+  ber->ber_options = options;
+  
+  if ( ber->ber_buf && !(ber->ber_flags & LBER_FLAG_NO_FREE_BUFFER)) {
+	  NSLBERI_FREE(ber->ber_buf);
+  }
+  
+  if (buf) {
+    ber->ber_buf = ber->ber_ptr = buf;
+    ber->ber_flags = LBER_FLAG_NO_FREE_BUFFER;
+  } else {
+    ber->ber_buf = ber->ber_ptr = (char *) NSLBERI_MALLOC(size);
+  }
+
+  ber->ber_end = ber->ber_buf + size;
+
+  return ber->ber_buf != 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * This call allows to release only the data part of
+ * the target Sockbuf.
+ * Other info of this Sockbuf are kept unchanged.
+ */
+void
+LDAP_CALL
+ber_sockbuf_free_data(Sockbuf *p)
+{
+    if ( p != NULL ) {
+	if ( p->sb_ber.ber_buf != NULL &&
+	     !(p->sb_ber.ber_flags & LBER_FLAG_NO_FREE_BUFFER) ) {
+	    NSLBERI_FREE( p->sb_ber.ber_buf );
+	    p->sb_ber.ber_buf = NULL;
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/* simply returns ber_buf in the ber ...
+   explicitly for DS MMR only...
+*/
+char *
+LDAP_CALL
+ber_get_buf_databegin (BerElement * ber)
+{
+  if (NULL != ber) {
+    return ber->ber_buf;
+  } else {
+    return NULL;
+  }
+}
+
+#ifdef LDAP_DEBUG
+
+void
+ber_dump( BerElement *ber, int inout )
+{
+	char msg[128];
+	sprintf( msg, "ber_dump: buf 0x%p, ptr 0x%p, rwptr 0x%p, end 0x%p\n",
+	    ber->ber_buf, ber->ber_ptr, ber->ber_rwptr, ber->ber_end );
+	ber_err_print( msg );
+	if ( inout == 1 ) {
+		sprintf( msg, "          current len %ld, contents:\n",
+                 (long)(ber->ber_end - ber->ber_ptr) );
+		ber_err_print( msg );
+		lber_bprint( ber->ber_ptr, ber->ber_end - ber->ber_ptr );
+	} else {
+		sprintf( msg, "          current len %ld, contents:\n",
+                 (long)(ber->ber_ptr - ber->ber_buf) );
+		ber_err_print( msg );
+		lber_bprint( ber->ber_buf, ber->ber_ptr - ber->ber_buf );
+	}
+}
+
+void
+ber_sos_dump( Seqorset *sos )
+{
+	char msg[80];
+	ber_err_print ( "*** sos dump ***\n" );
+	while ( sos != NULLSEQORSET ) {
+		sprintf( msg, "ber_sos_dump: clen %d first 0x%p ptr 0x%p\n",
+		    sos->sos_clen, sos->sos_first, sos->sos_ptr );
+		ber_err_print( msg );
+		sprintf( msg, "              current len %ld contents:\n",
+                 (long)(sos->sos_ptr - sos->sos_first) );
+		ber_err_print( msg );
+		lber_bprint( sos->sos_first, sos->sos_ptr - sos->sos_first );
+
+		sos = sos->sos_next;
+	}
+	ber_err_print( "*** end dump ***\n" );
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/* return the tag - LBER_DEFAULT returned means trouble
+ * assumes the tag is only one byte! */
+static ber_tag_t
+get_tag( Sockbuf *sb, BerElement *ber)
+{
+        unsigned char   xbyte;
+
+        if ( (BerRead( sb, (char *) &xbyte, 1 )) != 1 ) {
+                return( LBER_DEFAULT );
+        }
+
+        /* we only handle small (one byte) tags */
+        if ( (xbyte & LBER_BIG_TAG_MASK) == LBER_BIG_TAG_MASK ) {
+                return( LBER_DEFAULT );
+        }
+
+	ber->ber_tag_contents[0] = xbyte;
+	ber->ber_struct[BER_STRUCT_TAG].ldapiov_len = 1;
+	return((ber_tag_t)xbyte);
+}
+
+
+/* Error checking? */
+/* Takes a ber and returns the actual length */
+static ber_len_t
+get_ber_len( BerElement *ber)
+{
+  int noctets;
+  ber_len_t len = 0;
+  char xbyte;
+
+  xbyte = ber->ber_len_contents[0];
+  
+  /* long form */
+  if (xbyte & 0x80) {
+    noctets = (int) (xbyte & 0x7f);
+    if (noctets >= MAX_LEN_SIZE) {
+      return(LBER_DEFAULT);
+    }
+    SAFEMEMCPY((char*) &len + sizeof(ber_len_t) - noctets, &ber->ber_len_contents[1], noctets);
+    len = LBER_NTOHL(len);
+    return(len);
+  } else {
+    return((ber_len_t)(xbyte));
+  }
+}
+
+/* LBER_DEFAULT means trouble
+   reads in the length, stores it in ber->ber_struct, and returns get_ber_len */
+static ber_len_t
+read_len_in_ber( Sockbuf *sb, BerElement *ber)
+{
+  unsigned char xbyte;
+  int           noctets;
+  int           rc = 0, read_result = 0;
+
+  /*
+   * Next, read the length.  The first byte contains the length
+   * of the length.  If bit 8 is set, the length is the long
+   * form, otherwise it's the short form.  We don't allow a
+   * length that's greater than what we can hold in a ber_int_t
+   */
+  if ( ber->ber_tag_len_read == 1) {
+      /* the length of the length hasn't been read yet */
+      if ( BerRead( sb, (char *) &xbyte, 1 ) != 1 ) {
+	  return( LBER_DEFAULT );
+      }
+      ber->ber_tag_len_read = 2;
+      ber->ber_len_contents[0] = xbyte;
+  } else {
+      rc = ber->ber_tag_len_read - 2;
+      xbyte = ber->ber_len_contents[0];
+  }
+  
+  /* long form of the length value */
+  if ( xbyte & 0x80 ) {
+    noctets = (xbyte & 0x7f);
+    if ( noctets >= MAX_LEN_SIZE )
+	return( LBER_DEFAULT );
+    while (rc < noctets) {
+	read_result = BerRead( sb, &(ber->ber_len_contents[1]) + rc, noctets - rc );
+	if (read_result <= 0) {
+	    ber->ber_tag_len_read = rc + 2; /* so we can continue later - include tag and lenlen */
+	    return( LBER_DEFAULT );
+	}
+	rc += read_result;
+    }
+    ber->ber_tag_len_read = rc + 2; /* adds tag (1 byte) and lenlen (1 byte) */
+    ber->ber_struct[BER_STRUCT_LEN].ldapiov_len = 1 + noctets;
+  } else { /* short form of the length value */ 
+    ber->ber_struct[BER_STRUCT_LEN].ldapiov_len = 1;
+  }
+  return(get_ber_len(ber));
+}
+
+
+ber_tag_t
+LDAP_CALL
+ber_get_next( Sockbuf *sb, ber_len_t *len, BerElement *ber )
+{
+	ber_len_t	newlen;
+	ber_len_t	toread;
+	ber_int_t	rc;
+	ber_len_t   orig_taglen_read = 0;
+	char * orig_rwptr = ber->ber_rwptr ? ber->ber_rwptr : ber->ber_buf;
+
+#ifdef LDAP_DEBUG
+	if ( lber_debug )
+		ber_err_print( "ber_get_next\n" );
+#endif
+
+	/*
+	 * When rwptr is NULL this signifies that the tag and length have not been
+	 * read in their entirety yet. (if at all)
+	 */
+	if ( ber->ber_rwptr == NULL ) {
+
+            /* first save the amount we previously read, so we know what to return in len. */
+	    orig_taglen_read = ber->ber_tag_len_read;
+
+	    /* read the tag - if tag_len_read is greater than 0, then it has already been read. */
+	    if (ber->ber_tag_len_read == 0) {
+		if ((ber->ber_tag = get_tag(sb, ber)) == LBER_DEFAULT ) {
+		    *len = 0;
+		    return( LBER_DEFAULT );
+		}
+
+		ber->ber_tag_contents[0] = (char)ber->ber_tag; /* we only handle 1 byte tags */
+		ber->ber_tag_len_read = 1;  
+
+                /* check for validity */
+		if((sb->sb_options & LBER_SOCKBUF_OPT_VALID_TAG) &&
+		   (ber->ber_tag != sb->sb_valid_tag)) {
+		    *len = 1; /* we just read the tag so far */
+		    return( LBER_DEFAULT);
+		}              
+	    }	  
+	  
+	    /* read the length */
+	    if ((newlen = read_len_in_ber(sb, ber)) == LBER_DEFAULT ) {
+		*len = ber->ber_tag_len_read - orig_taglen_read;
+		return( LBER_DEFAULT );
+	    }
+
+	    /*
+	     * Finally, malloc a buffer for the contents and read it in.
+	     * It's this buffer that's passed to all the other ber decoding
+	     * routines.
+	     */
+	  
+#if defined( DOS ) && !( defined( _WIN32 ) || defined(XP_OS2) )
+	    if ( newlen > 65535 ) {	/* DOS can't allocate > 64K */
+		return( LBER_DEFAULT );
+	    }
+#endif /* DOS && !_WIN32 */
+	  
+	    if ( ( sb->sb_options & LBER_SOCKBUF_OPT_MAX_INCOMING_SIZE )
+		 && newlen > sb->sb_max_incoming ) {
+		return( LBER_DEFAULT );
+	    }
+	    
+	    /* check to see if we already have enough memory allocated */
+	    if ( ((ber_len_t) ber->ber_end - (ber_len_t) ber->ber_buf) < newlen) {
+			if ( ber->ber_buf && !(ber->ber_flags & LBER_FLAG_NO_FREE_BUFFER)) {
+				NSLBERI_FREE(ber->ber_buf);
+			}
+			if ( (ber->ber_buf = (char *)NSLBERI_CALLOC( 1,(size_t)newlen ))
+				 == NULL ) {
+				return( LBER_DEFAULT );
+			}
+			ber->ber_flags &= ~LBER_FLAG_NO_FREE_BUFFER;
+			orig_rwptr = ber->ber_buf;
+	    }
+	    
+	    
+	    ber->ber_len = newlen;
+	    ber->ber_ptr = ber->ber_buf;
+	    ber->ber_end = ber->ber_buf + newlen;
+	    ber->ber_rwptr = ber->ber_buf;
+	    ber->ber_tag_len_read = 0; /* now that rwptr is set, this doesn't matter */
+	}
+	
+	/* OK, we've malloc-ed the buffer; now read the rest of the expected length */
+	toread = (ber_len_t)ber->ber_end - (ber_len_t)ber->ber_rwptr;
+	do {
+	    if ( (rc = BerRead( sb, ber->ber_rwptr, (ber_int_t)toread )) <= 0 ) {
+		*len = (ber_len_t) ber->ber_rwptr - (ber_len_t) orig_rwptr;
+		return( LBER_DEFAULT );
+	    }
+	    
+	    toread -= rc;
+	    ber->ber_rwptr += rc;
+	} while ( toread > 0 );
+	
+#ifdef LDAP_DEBUG
+	if ( lber_debug ) {
+	    char msg[80];
+	    sprintf( msg, "ber_get_next: tag 0x%x len %d contents:\n",
+		     ber->ber_tag, ber->ber_len );
+	    ber_err_print( msg );
+	    if ( lber_debug > 1 )
+		ber_dump( ber, 1 );
+	}
+#endif
+	
+	*len = (ber_len_t) ber->ber_rwptr - (ber_len_t) orig_rwptr;
+	ber->ber_rwptr = NULL;
+	ber->ber_struct[BER_STRUCT_VAL].ldapiov_len = ber->ber_len;
+	return( ber->ber_tag );
+}
+
+Sockbuf *
+LDAP_CALL
+ber_sockbuf_alloc()
+{
+	return( (Sockbuf *)NSLBERI_CALLOC( 1, sizeof(struct sockbuf) ) );
+}
+
+void
+LDAP_CALL
+ber_sockbuf_free(Sockbuf *p)
+{
+	if ( p != NULL ) {
+		if ( p->sb_ber.ber_buf != NULL &&
+		    !(p->sb_ber.ber_flags & LBER_FLAG_NO_FREE_BUFFER) ) {
+			NSLBERI_FREE( p->sb_ber.ber_buf );
+		}
+		NSLBERI_FREE(p);
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * return 0 on success and -1 on error
+ */
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ber_set_option( struct berelement *ber, int option, void *value )
+{
+  
+  /*
+   * memory allocation callbacks are global, so it is OK to pass
+   * NULL for ber.  Handle this as a special case.
+   */
+  if ( option == LBER_OPT_MEMALLOC_FN_PTRS ) {
+    /* struct copy */
+    nslberi_memalloc_fns = *((struct lber_memalloc_fns *)value);
+    return( 0 );
+  }
+  
+  /*
+   * lber_debug is global, so it is OK to pass
+   * NULL for ber.  Handle this as a special case.
+   */
+  if ( option == LBER_OPT_DEBUG_LEVEL ) {
+#ifdef LDAP_DEBUG
+    lber_debug = *(int *)value;
+#endif
+    return( 0 );
+  }
+
+ /*
+  * lber_bufsize is global, so it is OK to pass
+  * NULL for ber. Handle this as a special case.
+  */	
+  if ( option == LBER_OPT_BUFSIZE ) {
+	if ( *(size_t *)value > EXBUFSIZ ) {
+		lber_bufsize = *(size_t *)value;
+	}
+    return( 0 );
+  }
+
+  /*
+   * all the rest require a non-NULL ber
+   */
+  if ( !NSLBERI_VALID_BERELEMENT_POINTER( ber )) {
+    return( -1 );
+  }
+  
+  switch ( option ) {
+	case LBER_OPT_USE_DER:
+	case LBER_OPT_TRANSLATE_STRINGS:
+		if ( value != NULL ) {
+			ber->ber_options |= option;
+		} else {
+			ber->ber_options &= ~option;
+		}
+		break;
+	case LBER_OPT_REMAINING_BYTES:
+		ber->ber_end = ber->ber_ptr + *((ber_len_t *)value);
+		break;
+	case LBER_OPT_TOTAL_BYTES:
+		ber->ber_end = ber->ber_buf + *((ber_len_t *)value);
+		break;
+	case LBER_OPT_BYTES_TO_WRITE:
+		ber->ber_ptr = ber->ber_buf + *((ber_len_t *)value);
+		break;
+	default:
+		return( -1 );
+  }
+  
+  return( 0 );
+}
+
+/*
+ * return 0 on success and -1 on error
+ */
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ber_get_option( struct berelement *ber, int option, void *value )
+{
+	/*
+	 * memory callocation callbacks are global, so it is OK to pass
+	 * NULL for ber.  Handle this as a special case
+	 */
+	if ( option == LBER_OPT_MEMALLOC_FN_PTRS ) {
+		/* struct copy */
+		*((struct lber_memalloc_fns *)value) = nslberi_memalloc_fns;
+		return( 0 );
+	}
+	
+	/*
+	 * lber_debug is global, so it is OK to pass
+	 * NULL for ber.  Handle this as a special case.
+	 */
+	if ( option == LBER_OPT_DEBUG_LEVEL ) {
+#ifdef LDAP_DEBUG
+	 *(int *)value =  lber_debug;
+#endif
+	  return( 0 );
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * lber_bufsize is global, so it is OK to pass
+	 * NULL for ber. Handle this as a special case.
+	 */
+	if ( option == LBER_OPT_BUFSIZE ) {
+	  *(size_t *)value = lber_bufsize;
+	  return( 0 );
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * all the rest require a non-NULL ber
+	 */
+	if ( !NSLBERI_VALID_BERELEMENT_POINTER( ber )) {
+		return( -1 );
+	}
+
+	switch ( option ) {
+	case LBER_OPT_USE_DER:
+	case LBER_OPT_TRANSLATE_STRINGS:
+		*((int *) value) = (ber->ber_options & option);
+		break;
+	case LBER_OPT_REMAINING_BYTES:
+		*((ber_len_t *) value) = ber->ber_end - ber->ber_ptr;
+		break;
+	case LBER_OPT_TOTAL_BYTES:
+		*((ber_len_t *) value) = ber->ber_end - ber->ber_buf;
+		break;
+	case LBER_OPT_BYTES_TO_WRITE:
+		*((ber_len_t *) value) = ber->ber_ptr - ber->ber_buf;
+		break;
+	default:
+		return( -1 );
+	}
+
+	return( 0 );
+}
+
+/*
+ * return 0 on success and -1 on error
+ */
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ber_sockbuf_set_option( Sockbuf *sb, int option, void *value )
+{
+	struct lber_x_ext_io_fns	*extiofns;
+
+	if ( !NSLBERI_VALID_SOCKBUF_POINTER( sb )) {
+		return( -1 );
+	}
+
+        /* check for a NULL value for certain options. */
+	if (NULL == value) {
+	    switch ( option ) {
+	    case LBER_SOCKBUF_OPT_TO_FILE:
+	    case LBER_SOCKBUF_OPT_TO_FILE_ONLY:
+	    case LBER_SOCKBUF_OPT_NO_READ_AHEAD:
+	    case LBER_SOCKBUF_OPT_READ_FN:
+	    case LBER_SOCKBUF_OPT_WRITE_FN:
+	    case LBER_SOCKBUF_OPT_EXT_IO_FNS:
+	    case LBER_SOCKBUF_OPT_MAX_INCOMING_SIZE:
+		/* do nothing - it's OK to have a NULL value for these options */
+		break;
+	    default:
+		return( -1 );
+	    }
+	}
+
+	switch ( option ) {
+	case LBER_SOCKBUF_OPT_VALID_TAG:
+		sb->sb_valid_tag= *((ber_tag_t *) value);
+		/* use NULL to reset */
+		if ( value != NULL ) {
+			sb->sb_options |= option;
+		} else {
+			sb->sb_options &= ~option;
+		}
+		break;
+	case LBER_SOCKBUF_OPT_MAX_INCOMING_SIZE:
+		if ( value != NULL ) {
+		    sb->sb_max_incoming = *((ber_len_t *) value);
+		    sb->sb_options |= option;
+		} else {
+		    /* setting the max incoming to 0 seems to be the only
+		       way to tell the callers of ber_sockbuf_get_option
+		       that this option isn't set. */
+		    sb->sb_max_incoming = 0;
+		    sb->sb_options &= ~option;
+		}
+		break;
+	case LBER_SOCKBUF_OPT_TO_FILE:
+	case LBER_SOCKBUF_OPT_TO_FILE_ONLY:
+	case LBER_SOCKBUF_OPT_NO_READ_AHEAD:
+		if ( value != NULL ) {
+			sb->sb_options |= option;
+		} else {
+			sb->sb_options &= ~option;
+		}
+		break;
+	case LBER_SOCKBUF_OPT_DESC:
+		sb->sb_sd = *((LBER_SOCKET *) value);
+		break;
+	case LBER_SOCKBUF_OPT_COPYDESC:
+		sb->sb_copyfd = *((LBER_SOCKET *) value);
+		break;
+	case LBER_SOCKBUF_OPT_READ_FN:
+		sb->sb_io_fns.lbiof_read = (LDAP_IOF_READ_CALLBACK *) value;
+		nslberi_install_compat_io_fns( sb );
+		break;
+	case LBER_SOCKBUF_OPT_WRITE_FN:
+		sb->sb_io_fns.lbiof_write = (LDAP_IOF_WRITE_CALLBACK *) value;
+		nslberi_install_compat_io_fns( sb );
+		break;
+	case LBER_SOCKBUF_OPT_EXT_IO_FNS:
+		extiofns = (struct lber_x_ext_io_fns *) value;
+		if ( extiofns == NULL ) {	/* remove */
+			(void)memset( (char *)&sb->sb_ext_io_fns, '\0',
+				sizeof(sb->sb_ext_io_fns ));
+		} else if ( extiofns->lbextiofn_size
+		    == LBER_X_EXTIO_FNS_SIZE ) {
+			/* struct copy */
+			sb->sb_ext_io_fns = *extiofns;
+		} else if ( extiofns->lbextiofn_size
+			    == LBER_X_EXTIO_FNS_SIZE_REV0 ) {
+			/* backwards compatiblity for older struct */
+			sb->sb_ext_io_fns.lbextiofn_size =
+				LBER_X_EXTIO_FNS_SIZE;
+			sb->sb_ext_io_fns.lbextiofn_read =
+				extiofns->lbextiofn_read;
+			sb->sb_ext_io_fns.lbextiofn_write =
+				    extiofns->lbextiofn_write;
+			sb->sb_ext_io_fns.lbextiofn_writev = NULL;
+			sb->sb_ext_io_fns.lbextiofn_socket_arg =
+				    extiofns->lbextiofn_socket_arg;
+		} else {
+			return( -1 );
+		}
+		break;
+	case LBER_SOCKBUF_OPT_SOCK_ARG:
+		sb->sb_ext_io_fns.lbextiofn_socket_arg = 
+		(struct lextiof_socket_private *) value;
+		break;
+	default:
+		return( -1 );
+	}
+
+	return( 0 );
+}
+
+/*
+ * return 0 on success and -1 on error
+ */
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ber_sockbuf_get_option( Sockbuf *sb, int option, void *value )
+{
+	struct lber_x_ext_io_fns	*extiofns;
+
+	if ( !NSLBERI_VALID_SOCKBUF_POINTER( sb ) || (NULL == value)) {
+		return( -1 );
+	}
+
+	switch ( option ) {
+	case LBER_SOCKBUF_OPT_VALID_TAG:
+		*((ber_tag_t *) value) = sb->sb_valid_tag;
+		break;
+	case LBER_SOCKBUF_OPT_MAX_INCOMING_SIZE:
+		*((ber_len_t *) value) = sb->sb_max_incoming;
+		break;
+	case LBER_SOCKBUF_OPT_TO_FILE:
+	case LBER_SOCKBUF_OPT_TO_FILE_ONLY:
+	case LBER_SOCKBUF_OPT_NO_READ_AHEAD:
+		*((int *) value) = (sb->sb_options & option);
+		break;
+	case LBER_SOCKBUF_OPT_DESC:
+		*((LBER_SOCKET *) value) = sb->sb_sd;
+		break;
+	case LBER_SOCKBUF_OPT_COPYDESC:
+		*((LBER_SOCKET *) value) = sb->sb_copyfd;
+		break;
+	case LBER_SOCKBUF_OPT_READ_FN:
+		*((LDAP_IOF_READ_CALLBACK **) value)
+		    = sb->sb_io_fns.lbiof_read;
+		break;
+	case LBER_SOCKBUF_OPT_WRITE_FN:
+		*((LDAP_IOF_WRITE_CALLBACK **) value)
+		    = sb->sb_io_fns.lbiof_write;
+		break;
+	case LBER_SOCKBUF_OPT_EXT_IO_FNS:
+		extiofns = (struct lber_x_ext_io_fns *) value;
+        if ( extiofns == NULL ) {
+			return( -1 );
+		} else if ( extiofns->lbextiofn_size
+			    == LBER_X_EXTIO_FNS_SIZE ) {
+			/* struct copy */
+			*extiofns = sb->sb_ext_io_fns;
+		} else if ( extiofns->lbextiofn_size
+			    == LBER_X_EXTIO_FNS_SIZE_REV0 ) {
+			/* backwards compatiblity for older struct */
+			extiofns->lbextiofn_read = sb->sb_ext_io_fns.lbextiofn_read;
+			extiofns->lbextiofn_write = sb->sb_ext_io_fns.lbextiofn_write;
+			extiofns->lbextiofn_socket_arg = sb->sb_ext_io_fns.lbextiofn_socket_arg;
+		} else {
+			return( -1 );
+		}
+		break;
+	case LBER_SOCKBUF_OPT_SOCK_ARG:
+		*((struct lextiof_socket_private **)value) = sb->sb_ext_io_fns.lbextiofn_socket_arg;
+		break;
+	default:
+		return( -1 );
+	}
+
+	return( 0 );
+}
+
+
+/* new dboreham code below: */
+
+struct byte_buffer  {
+	unsigned char *p;
+	int offset;
+	int length;
+};
+typedef struct byte_buffer byte_buffer;
+
+
+/* This call allocates us a BerElement structure plus some extra memory. 
+ * It returns a pointer to the BerElement, plus a pointer to the extra memory.
+ * This routine also allocates a ber data buffer within the same block, thus
+ * saving a call to calloc later when we read data.
+ */
+void*
+LDAP_CALL
+ber_special_alloc(size_t size, BerElement **ppBer)
+{
+	char *mem = NULL;
+
+	/* Make sure mem size requested is aligned */
+	if (0 != ( size & 0x03 )) {
+		size += (sizeof(ber_int_t) - (size & 0x03));
+	}
+
+	mem = NSLBERI_MALLOC(sizeof(struct berelement) + lber_bufsize + size );
+	if (NULL == mem) {
+		return NULL;
+	} 
+	*ppBer = (BerElement*) (mem + size);
+	memset(*ppBer,0,sizeof(struct berelement));
+	(*ppBer)->ber_tag = LBER_DEFAULT;
+	(*ppBer)->ber_buf = mem + size + sizeof(struct berelement);
+	(*ppBer)->ber_ptr = (*ppBer)->ber_buf;
+	(*ppBer)->ber_end = (*ppBer)->ber_buf + lber_bufsize;
+	(*ppBer)->ber_flags = LBER_FLAG_NO_FREE_BUFFER;
+	return (void*)mem;
+}
+
+void
+LDAP_CALL
+ber_special_free(void* buf, BerElement *ber)
+{
+	if (!(ber->ber_flags & LBER_FLAG_NO_FREE_BUFFER)) {
+		NSLBERI_FREE(ber->ber_buf);
+	}
+	NSLBERI_FREE( buf );
+}
+
+/* Copy up to bytes_to_read bytes from b into return_buffer.
+ * Returns a count of bytes copied (always >= 0).
+ */
+static int
+read_bytes(byte_buffer *b, unsigned char *return_buffer, int bytes_to_read)
+{
+	/* copy up to bytes_to_read bytes into the caller's buffer, return the number of bytes copied */
+	int bytes_to_copy = 0;
+
+	if (bytes_to_read <= (b->length - b->offset) ) {
+		bytes_to_copy = bytes_to_read;
+	} else {
+		bytes_to_copy = (b->length - b->offset);
+	}
+	if (1 == bytes_to_copy) {
+		*return_buffer = *(b->p+b->offset++);
+	} else if (bytes_to_copy <= 0) {
+		bytes_to_copy = 0;	/* never return a negative result */
+	} else {
+		SAFEMEMCPY(return_buffer,b->p+b->offset,bytes_to_copy);
+		b->offset += bytes_to_copy;
+	}
+	return bytes_to_copy;
+}
+
+/* return the tag - LBER_DEFAULT returned means trouble */
+static ber_tag_t
+get_buffer_tag(byte_buffer *sb )
+{
+	unsigned char	xbyte;
+	ber_tag_t		tag;
+	char			*tagp;
+	int				i;
+
+	if ( (i = read_bytes( sb, &xbyte, 1 )) != 1 ) {
+		return( LBER_DEFAULT );
+	}
+
+	if ( (xbyte & LBER_BIG_TAG_MASK) != LBER_BIG_TAG_MASK ) {
+		return( (ber_uint_t) xbyte );
+	}
+
+	tagp = (char *) &tag;
+	tagp[0] = xbyte;
+	for ( i = 1; i < sizeof(ber_int_t); i++ ) {
+		if ( read_bytes( sb, &xbyte, 1 ) != 1 )
+			return( LBER_DEFAULT );
+
+		tagp[i] = xbyte;
+
+		if ( ! (xbyte & LBER_MORE_TAG_MASK) )
+			break;
+	}
+
+	/* tag too big! */
+	if ( i == sizeof(ber_int_t) )
+		return( LBER_DEFAULT );
+
+	/* want leading, not trailing 0's */
+	return( tag >> (sizeof(ber_int_t) - i - 1) );
+}
+
+/* Like ber_get_next, but from a byte buffer the caller already has. */
+/* Bytes_Scanned returns the number of bytes we actually looked at in the buffer. */
+/* ber_get_next_buffer is now implemented in terms of ber_get_next_buffer_ext */
+/* and is here for backward compatibility.  This new function allows us to pass */
+/* the Sockbuf structure along */
+
+ber_uint_t
+LDAP_CALL
+ber_get_next_buffer( void *buffer, size_t buffer_size, ber_len_t *len,
+    BerElement *ber, ber_uint_t *Bytes_Scanned )
+{
+	return (ber_get_next_buffer_ext( buffer, buffer_size, len, ber,
+		Bytes_Scanned, NULL));
+}
+
+/*
+ * Returns the tag of the message or LBER_ return code if an error occurs.
+ *
+ * If there was not enough data in the buffer to complete the message this
+ * is a "soft" error. In this case, *Bytes_Scanned is set to a positive
+ * number and return code is set to LBER_DEFAULT.
+ *
+ * On overflow condition when the length is either bigger than ber_uint_t 
+ * type or the value preset via LBER_SOCKBUF_OPT_MAX_INCOMING_SIZE option,
+ * *Bytes_Scanned is set to zero and return code is set to LBER_OVERFLOW.
+ *
+ * For backward compatibility errno is also set on these error conditions:
+ *
+ * EINVAL   - LBER_SOCKBUF_OPT_VALID_TAG option set but tag doesnt match.
+ * EMSGSIZE - an overflow condition as described above for LBER_OVERFLOW.
+ */
+ber_uint_t
+LDAP_CALL
+ber_get_next_buffer_ext( void *buffer, size_t buffer_size, ber_len_t *len,
+    BerElement *ber, ber_uint_t *Bytes_Scanned, Sockbuf *sock )
+{
+	ber_tag_t		tag = 0; 
+	ber_len_t		netlen;
+	ber_len_t		toread;
+	unsigned char	lc;
+	ssize_t			rc;
+	int				noctets, diff;
+	byte_buffer		sb = {0};
+
+
+	/*
+	 * Any ber element looks like this: tag length contents.
+	 * Assuming everything's ok, we return the tag byte (we
+	 * can assume a single byte), return the length in len,
+	 * and the rest of the undecoded element in buf.
+	 *
+	 * Assumptions:
+	 *	1) small tags (less than 128)
+	 *	2) definite lengths
+	 *	3) primitive encodings used whenever possible
+	 */
+
+	/*
+	 * first time through - malloc the buffer, set up ptrs, and
+	 * read the tag and the length and as much of the rest as we can
+	 */
+
+	sb.p = buffer;
+	sb.length = buffer_size;
+
+	if ( ber->ber_rwptr == NULL ) {
+
+		/*
+		 * First, we read the tag.
+		 */
+
+        /* if we have been called before with a fragment not
+         * containing a complete length, we have no rwptr but
+         * a tag already
+         */
+		if ( ber->ber_tag == LBER_DEFAULT ) {
+			if ( (tag = get_buffer_tag( &sb )) == LBER_DEFAULT ) {
+				goto premature_exit;
+			}
+			ber->ber_tag = tag;
+		}
+		
+		if((sock->sb_options & LBER_SOCKBUF_OPT_VALID_TAG) &&
+		   (ber->ber_tag != sock->sb_valid_tag)) {
+#if !defined( macintosh ) && !defined( DOS )
+			errno = EINVAL;
+#endif
+            goto error_exit;
+		}
+
+		/* If we have been called before with an incomplete length,
+		 * the fragment of the length read is in ber->ber_len_contents
+		 * ber->ber_tag_len_read is the # of bytes of the length available
+		 * from a previous fragment
+		 */
+
+		if (ber->ber_tag_len_read) {
+			int nbytes;
+			
+			noctets = ((ber->ber_len_contents[0]) & 0x7f);
+			diff = noctets + 1 /* tag */ - ber->ber_tag_len_read;
+			
+			if ( (nbytes = read_bytes( &sb, (unsigned char *) &ber->ber_len_contents[0] +
+						   ber->ber_tag_len_read, diff )) != diff ) {
+				
+				if (nbytes > 0)
+					ber->ber_tag_len_read+=nbytes;
+				
+				goto premature_exit;
+			}
+			*len = get_ber_len(ber); /* cast ber->ber_len_contents to unsigned long */
+			
+		} else {
+			/*
+			 * Next, read the length.  The first byte contains the length
+			 * of the length.  If bit 8 is set, the length is the long
+			 * form, otherwise it's the short form.  We don't allow a
+			 * length that's greater than what we can hold in an unsigned
+			 * long.
+			 */
+
+			*len = netlen = 0;
+			if ( read_bytes( &sb, &lc, 1 ) != 1 ) {
+				goto premature_exit;
+			}
+			if ( lc & 0x80 ) {
+				int nbytes;
+				
+				noctets = (lc & 0x7f);
+				if ( noctets > sizeof(ber_uint_t) ) {
+#if !defined( macintosh ) && !defined( DOS )
+                    errno = EMSGSIZE;
+#endif
+                    *Bytes_Scanned = 0;
+                    return(LBER_OVERFLOW);
+                }
+                diff = sizeof(ber_uint_t) - noctets;
+				if ( (nbytes = read_bytes( &sb, (unsigned char *)&netlen + diff,
+							   noctets )) != noctets ) {				       
+					/*
+					 * The length is in long form and we don't get it in one
+					 * fragment, so stash partial length in the ber element
+					 * for later use
+					 */
+
+					ber->ber_tag_len_read = nbytes + 1;
+					ber->ber_len_contents[0]=lc;					
+					memset(&(ber->ber_len_contents[1]), 0, sizeof(ber_uint_t));
+					SAFEMEMCPY(&(ber->ber_len_contents[1]), (unsigned char *)&netlen + diff, nbytes);
+
+					goto premature_exit;
+                }
+                    *len = LBER_NTOHL( netlen );
+                } else {
+                    *len = lc;
+                }
+		}
+		
+        ber->ber_len = *len;
+		/* length fully decoded */
+		ber->ber_tag_len_read=0;
+		/*
+		 * Finally, malloc a buffer for the contents and read it in.
+		 * It's this buffer that's passed to all the other ber decoding
+		 * routines.
+		 */
+
+#if defined( DOS ) && !defined( _WIN32 )
+		if ( *len > 65535 ) {	/* DOS can't allocate > 64K */
+			goto premature_exit;
+		}
+#endif /* DOS && !_WIN32 */
+
+        if ( (sock != NULL)  &&
+		    ( sock->sb_options & LBER_SOCKBUF_OPT_MAX_INCOMING_SIZE )
+                    && (*len > sock->sb_max_incoming) ) {
+#if !defined( macintosh ) && !defined( DOS )
+                    errno = EMSGSIZE;
+#endif
+                    *Bytes_Scanned = 0;
+                    return( LBER_OVERFLOW );
+        }
+
+		if ( ber->ber_buf + *len > ber->ber_end ) {
+			if ( nslberi_ber_realloc( ber, *len ) != 0 )
+				goto error_exit;
+		}
+		ber->ber_ptr = ber->ber_buf;
+		ber->ber_end = ber->ber_buf + *len;
+		ber->ber_rwptr = ber->ber_buf;
+	}
+
+	toread = (ber_len_t)ber->ber_end - (ber_len_t)ber->ber_rwptr;
+	do {
+		if ( (rc = read_bytes( &sb, (unsigned char *)ber->ber_rwptr,
+		    (ber_int_t)toread )) <= 0 ) {
+			goto premature_exit;
+		}
+
+		toread -= rc;
+		ber->ber_rwptr += rc;
+	} while ( toread > 0 );
+
+	*len = ber->ber_len;
+	*Bytes_Scanned = sb.offset;
+	return( ber->ber_tag );
+
+premature_exit:
+	/*
+	 * we're here because we hit the end of the buffer before seeing
+	 * all of the PDU
+	 */
+	*Bytes_Scanned = sb.offset;
+	return(LBER_DEFAULT);
+
+error_exit:
+	*Bytes_Scanned = 0;
+	return(LBER_DEFAULT);
+}
+
+
+/* The ber_flatten routine allocates a struct berval whose contents
+ * are a BER encoding taken from the ber argument. The bvPtr pointer
+ * points to the returned berval, which must be freed using
+ * ber_bvfree().  This routine returns 0 on success and -1 on error.
+ * The use of ber_flatten on a BerElement in which all '{' and '}'
+ * format modifiers have not been properly matched can result in a
+ * berval whose contents are not a valid BER encoding. 
+ * Note that the ber_ptr is not modified.
+ */
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ber_flatten( BerElement *ber, struct berval **bvPtr )
+{
+	struct berval *new;
+	ber_len_t len;
+
+	/* allocate a struct berval */
+	if ( (new = (struct berval *)NSLBERI_MALLOC( sizeof(struct berval) ))
+	    == NULL ) {
+		return( -1 );
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Copy everything from the BerElement's ber_buf to ber_ptr
+	 * into the berval structure.
+	 */
+	if ( ber == NULL ) {
+	    new->bv_val = NULL;
+	    new->bv_len = 0;
+	} else {
+ 	    len = ber->ber_ptr - ber->ber_buf; 
+	    if ( ( new->bv_val = (char *)NSLBERI_MALLOC( len + 1 )) == NULL ) {
+		    ber_bvfree( new );
+		    return( -1 );
+	    }
+ 	    SAFEMEMCPY( new->bv_val, ber->ber_buf, (size_t)len ); 
+	    new->bv_val[len] = '\0';
+	    new->bv_len = len;
+	}
+
+	/* set bvPtr pointer to point to the returned berval */
+  	*bvPtr = new; 
+
+        return( 0 );
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * The ber_init function constructs and returns a new BerElement
+ * containing a copy of the data in the bv argument.  ber_init
+ * returns the null pointer on error.
+ */
+BerElement *
+LDAP_CALL
+ber_init( const struct berval *bv )
+{
+	BerElement *ber;
+
+	/* construct BerElement */
+	if (( ber = ber_alloc_t( 0 )) != NULLBER ) {
+		/* copy data from the bv argument into BerElement */
+		/* XXXmcs: had to cast unsigned long bv_len to long */
+		if ( (ber_write ( ber, bv->bv_val, bv->bv_len, 0 ))
+		    != (ber_slen_t)bv->bv_len ) {
+			ber_free( ber, 1 );
+			return( NULL );
+		}
+	}
+	
+	/*
+	 * reset ber_ptr back to the beginning of buffer so that this new
+	 * and initialized ber element can be READ
+	 */
+	ber_reset( ber, 1);
+
+	/*
+	 * return a ptr to a new BerElement containing a copy of the data
+	 * in the bv argument or a null pointer on error
+	 */
+	return( ber );
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * memory allocation functions.
+ */
+void *
+nslberi_malloc( size_t size )
+{
+	return( nslberi_memalloc_fns.lbermem_malloc == NULL ?
+	    malloc( size ) :
+	    nslberi_memalloc_fns.lbermem_malloc( size ));
+}
+
+
+void *
+nslberi_calloc( size_t nelem, size_t elsize )
+{
+	return( nslberi_memalloc_fns.lbermem_calloc == NULL ?
+	    calloc(  nelem, elsize ) :
+	    nslberi_memalloc_fns.lbermem_calloc( nelem, elsize ));
+}
+
+
+void *
+nslberi_realloc( void *ptr, size_t size )
+{
+	return( nslberi_memalloc_fns.lbermem_realloc == NULL ?
+	    realloc( ptr, size ) :
+	    nslberi_memalloc_fns.lbermem_realloc( ptr, size ));
+}
+
+
+void
+nslberi_free( void *ptr )
+{
+	if ( nslberi_memalloc_fns.lbermem_free == NULL ) {
+		free( ptr );
+	} else {
+		nslberi_memalloc_fns.lbermem_free( ptr );
+	}
+}
+
+
+/*
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * functions to bridge the gap between new extended I/O functions that are
+ *    installed using ber_sockbuf_set_option( ..., LBER_SOCKBUF_OPT_EXT_IO_FNS,
+ *    ... ).
+ *
+ * the basic strategy is to use the new extended arg to hold a pointer to the
+ *    Sockbuf itself so we can find the old functions and call them.
+ * note that the integer socket s passed in is not used.  we use the sb_sd
+ *    from the Sockbuf itself because it is the correct type.
+ */
+static int
+nslberi_extread_compat( int s, void *buf, int len,
+	struct lextiof_socket_private *arg )
+{
+	Sockbuf	*sb = (Sockbuf *)arg;
+
+	return( sb->sb_io_fns.lbiof_read( sb->sb_sd, buf, len ));
+}
+
+
+static int
+nslberi_extwrite_compat( int s, const void *buf, int len,
+	struct lextiof_socket_private *arg )
+{
+	Sockbuf	*sb = (Sockbuf *)arg;
+
+	return( sb->sb_io_fns.lbiof_write( sb->sb_sd, buf, len ));
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Install I/O compatiblity functions.  This can't fail.
+ */
+static void
+nslberi_install_compat_io_fns( Sockbuf *sb )
+{
+	sb->sb_ext_io_fns.lbextiofn_size = LBER_X_EXTIO_FNS_SIZE;
+	sb->sb_ext_io_fns.lbextiofn_read = nslberi_extread_compat;
+	sb->sb_ext_io_fns.lbextiofn_write = nslberi_extwrite_compat;
+	sb->sb_ext_io_fns.lbextiofn_writev = NULL;
+	sb->sb_ext_io_fns.lbextiofn_socket_arg = (void *)sb;
+}
+/*
+ * end of compat I/O functions
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
diff --git a/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/liblber/lber-int.h b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/liblber/lber-int.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..24b15bdc5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/liblber/lber-int.h
@@ -0,0 +1,305 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ * 
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version 
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with 
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at 
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ * 
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ * 
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, released
+ * March 31, 1998.
+ * 
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998-1999
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ * 
+ * Contributor(s):
+ * 
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
+ * or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ * 
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1990 Regents of the University of Michigan.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms are permitted
+ * provided that this notice is preserved and that due credit is given
+ * to the University of Michigan at Ann Arbor. The name of the University
+ * may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this
+ * software without specific prior written permission. This software
+ * is provided ``as is'' without express or implied warranty.
+ */
+/* lbet-int.h - internal header file for liblber */
+
+#ifndef _LBERINT_H
+#define _LBERINT_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#ifdef macintosh
+# include "ldap-macos.h"
+#else /* macintosh */
+#if !defined(BSDI) && !defined(DARWIN) && !defined(FREEBSD) && !defined(OPENBSD)
+# include <malloc.h>
+#endif
+# include <errno.h>
+# include <sys/types.h>
+#if defined(SUNOS4) || defined(SCOOS)
+# include <sys/time.h>
+#endif
+#if defined( _WINDOWS )
+#  define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+#  include <windows.h>
+#  include <basetsd.h>
+#  define ssize_t SSIZE_T
+#  include <time.h>
+/* No stderr in a 16-bit Windows DLL */
+#  if defined(_WINDLL) && !defined(_WIN32)
+#    define USE_DBG_WIN
+#  endif
+# else
+/* #  include <sys/varargs.h> */
+#  include <sys/socket.h>
+#  include <netinet/in.h>
+#if !defined(XP_OS2) && !defined(DARWIN)
+#  include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+# endif /* defined( _WINDOWS ) */
+#endif /* macintosh */
+
+#include <memory.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include "portable.h"
+
+#ifdef _WINDOWS
+#  if defined(FD_SETSIZE)
+#  else
+#    define FD_SETSIZE 256 /* set it before winsock sets it to 64! */
+#  endif
+#include <winsock.h>
+#include <io.h>
+#endif /* _WINDOWS */
+
+#ifdef XP_OS2
+#include <io.h>
+#endif /* XP_OS2 */
+
+/* No stderr in a 16-bit Windows DLL */
+#if defined(_WINDLL) && !defined(_WIN32)
+#define stderr NULL
+#endif
+
+#include "lber.h"
+
+#ifdef macintosh
+#define NSLDAPI_LBER_SOCKET_IS_PTR
+#endif
+
+#define OLD_LBER_SEQUENCE	0x10	/* w/o constructed bit - broken */
+#define OLD_LBER_SET		0x11	/* w/o constructed bit - broken */
+
+#ifndef _IFP
+#define _IFP
+typedef int (LDAP_C LDAP_CALLBACK *IFP)();
+#endif
+
+typedef struct seqorset {
+  ber_len_t	sos_clen;
+  ber_tag_t	sos_tag;
+  char		*sos_first;
+  char		*sos_ptr;
+  struct seqorset	*sos_next;
+} Seqorset;
+#define NULLSEQORSET	((Seqorset *) 0)
+
+#define SOS_STACK_SIZE 8 /* depth of the pre-allocated sos structure stack */
+
+#define MAX_TAG_SIZE (1 + sizeof(ber_int_t)) /* One byte for the length of the tag */
+#define MAX_LEN_SIZE (1 + sizeof(ber_int_t)) /* One byte for the length of the length */
+#define MAX_VALUE_PREFIX_SIZE (2 + sizeof(ber_int_t)) /* 1 byte for the tag and 1 for the len (msgid) */
+#define BER_ARRAY_QUANTITY 7 /* 0:Tag   1:Length   2:Value-prefix   3:Value   4:Value-suffix  */
+#define BER_STRUCT_TAG 0     /* 5:ControlA   6:ControlB */
+#define BER_STRUCT_LEN 1
+#define BER_STRUCT_PRE 2
+#define BER_STRUCT_VAL 3
+#define BER_STRUCT_SUF 4
+#define BER_STRUCT_CO1 5
+#define BER_STRUCT_CO2 6
+
+struct berelement {
+  ldap_x_iovec  ber_struct[BER_ARRAY_QUANTITY];   /* See above */
+
+  char          ber_tag_contents[MAX_TAG_SIZE];
+  char          ber_len_contents[MAX_LEN_SIZE];
+  char          ber_pre_contents[MAX_VALUE_PREFIX_SIZE];
+  char          ber_suf_contents[MAX_LEN_SIZE+1];
+
+  char      *ber_buf; /* update the value value when writing in case realloc is called */
+  char		*ber_ptr;
+  char		*ber_end;
+  struct seqorset	*ber_sos;
+  ber_len_t ber_tag_len_read;
+  ber_tag_t	ber_tag; /* Remove me someday */
+  ber_len_t	ber_len; /* Remove me someday */
+  int		ber_usertag;
+  char		ber_options;
+  char		*ber_rwptr;
+  BERTranslateProc ber_encode_translate_proc;
+  BERTranslateProc ber_decode_translate_proc;
+  int		ber_flags;
+#define LBER_FLAG_NO_FREE_BUFFER	1	/* don't free ber_buf */
+  unsigned  int ber_buf_reallocs;		/* realloc counter */
+  int		ber_sos_stack_posn;
+  Seqorset	ber_sos_stack[SOS_STACK_SIZE];
+};
+
+#define BER_CONTENTS_STRUCT_SIZE (sizeof(ldap_x_iovec) * BER_ARRAY_QUANTITY)
+
+#define NULLBER	((BerElement *)NULL)
+
+#ifdef LDAP_DEBUG
+void ber_dump( BerElement *ber, int inout );
+#endif
+
+
+
+/*
+ * structure for read/write I/O callback functions.
+ */
+struct nslberi_io_fns {
+    LDAP_IOF_READ_CALLBACK	*lbiof_read;
+    LDAP_IOF_WRITE_CALLBACK	*lbiof_write;
+};
+
+
+/*
+ * Old  structure for use with LBER_SOCKBUF_OPT_EXT_IO_FNS:
+ */
+struct lber_x_ext_io_fns_rev0 {
+	    /* lbextiofn_size should always be set to LBER_X_EXTIO_FNS_SIZE */
+	int				lbextiofn_size;
+	LDAP_X_EXTIOF_READ_CALLBACK	*lbextiofn_read;
+	LDAP_X_EXTIOF_WRITE_CALLBACK	*lbextiofn_write;
+	struct lextiof_socket_private	*lbextiofn_socket_arg;
+};
+#define LBER_X_EXTIO_FNS_SIZE_REV0    sizeof(struct lber_x_ext_io_fns_rev0)
+
+
+
+struct sockbuf {
+	LBER_SOCKET	sb_sd;
+	BerElement	sb_ber;
+	int		sb_naddr;	/* > 0 implies using CLDAP (UDP) */
+	void		*sb_useaddr;	/* pointer to sockaddr to use next */
+	void		*sb_fromaddr;	/* pointer to message source sockaddr */
+	void		**sb_addrs;	/* actually an array of pointers to
+					   sockaddrs */
+
+	int		sb_options;	/* to support copying ber elements */
+	LBER_SOCKET	sb_copyfd;	/* for LBER_SOCKBUF_OPT_TO_FILE* opts */
+	ber_len_t	sb_max_incoming;
+	ber_tag_t   sb_valid_tag;	/* valid tag to accept */
+	struct nslberi_io_fns
+			sb_io_fns;	/* classic I/O callback functions */
+
+	struct lber_x_ext_io_fns
+			sb_ext_io_fns;	/* extended I/O callback functions */
+};
+#define NULLSOCKBUF	((Sockbuf *)NULL)
+
+/* needed by libldap, even in non-DEBUG builds */
+void ber_err_print( char *data );
+
+#ifndef NSLBERI_LBER_INT_FRIEND
+/*
+ * Everything from this point on is excluded if NSLBERI_LBER_INT_FRIEND is
+ * defined.  The code under ../libraries/libldap defines this.
+ */
+
+#define READBUFSIZ	8192
+
+/*
+ * macros used to check validity of data structures and parameters
+ */
+#define NSLBERI_VALID_BERELEMENT_POINTER( ber ) \
+	( (ber) != NULLBER )
+
+#define NSLBERI_VALID_SOCKBUF_POINTER( sb ) \
+	( (sb) != NULLSOCKBUF )
+
+#define LBER_HTONL( l )	htonl( l )
+#define LBER_NTOHL( l )	ntohl( l )
+
+/* function prototypes */
+#ifdef LDAP_DEBUG
+void lber_bprint( char *data, int len );
+#endif
+void ber_err_print( char *data );
+void *nslberi_malloc( size_t size );
+void *nslberi_calloc( size_t nelem, size_t elsize );
+void *nslberi_realloc( void *ptr, size_t size );
+void nslberi_free( void *ptr );
+int nslberi_ber_realloc( BerElement *ber, ber_len_t len );
+
+/* blame: dboreham 
+ * slapd spends much of its time doing memcpy's for the ber code.
+ * Most of these are single-byte, so we special-case those and speed
+ * things up considerably. 
+ */
+
+#ifdef sunos4
+#define THEMEMCPY( d, s, n )	bcopy( s, d, n )
+#else /* sunos4 */
+#define THEMEMCPY( d, s, n )	memmove( d, s, n )
+#endif /* sunos4 */
+
+#ifdef SAFEMEMCPY
+#undef SAFEMEMCPY
+#define SAFEMEMCPY(d,s,n) if (1 == n) *((char*)d) = *((char*)s); else THEMEMCPY(d,s,n);
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Memory allocation done in liblber should all go through one of the
+ * following macros. This is so we can plug-in alternative memory
+ * allocators, etc. as the need arises.
+ */
+#define NSLBERI_MALLOC( size )		nslberi_malloc( size )
+#define NSLBERI_CALLOC( nelem, elsize )	nslberi_calloc( nelem, elsize )
+#define NSLBERI_REALLOC( ptr, size )	nslberi_realloc( ptr, size )
+#define NSLBERI_FREE( ptr )		nslberi_free( ptr )
+
+/* allow the library to access the debug variable */
+
+extern int lber_debug;
+
+#endif /* !NSLBERI_LBER_INT_FRIEND */
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#endif /* _LBERINT_H */
diff --git a/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/liblber/moz.build b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/liblber/moz.build
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8a344a473
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/liblber/moz.build
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+# vim: set filetype=python:
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+include('/ldap/ldap-sdk.mozbuild')
+
+Library('lber60')
+
+SOURCES += [
+    'bprint.c',
+    'decode.c',
+    'encode.c',
+    'io.c',
+]
+
+DEFINES['USE_WAITPID'] = True
+DEFINES['NEEDPROTOS'] = True
+
+LOCAL_INCLUDES += [
+    '/ldap/c-sdk/include'
+]
+
diff --git a/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/abandon.c b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/abandon.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a514cfd89
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/abandon.c
@@ -0,0 +1,303 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ * 
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version 
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with 
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at 
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ * 
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ * 
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, released
+ * March 31, 1998.
+ * 
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998-1999
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ * 
+ * Contributor(s):
+ * 
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
+ * or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ * 
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+
+/*
+ *  Copyright (c) 1990 Regents of the University of Michigan.
+ *  All rights reserved.
+ */
+/*
+ *  abandon.c
+ */
+
+#if 0
+#ifndef lint 
+static char copyright[] = "@(#) Copyright (c) 1990 Regents of the University of Michigan.\nAll rights reserved.\n";
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#include "ldap-int.h"
+
+static int do_abandon( LDAP *ld, int origid, int msgid,
+    LDAPControl **serverctrls, LDAPControl **clientctrls );
+static int nsldapi_send_abandon_message( LDAP *ld, LDAPConn *lc, 
+    BerElement *ber, int abandon_msgid );
+
+/*
+ * ldap_abandon - perform an ldap abandon operation. Parameters:
+ *
+ *	ld		LDAP descriptor
+ *	msgid		The message id of the operation to abandon
+ *
+ * ldap_abandon returns 0 if everything went ok, -1 otherwise.
+ *
+ * Example:
+ *	ldap_abandon( ld, msgid );
+ */
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_abandon( LDAP *ld, int msgid )
+{
+	LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "ldap_abandon %d\n", msgid, 0, 0 );
+	LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "4e65747363617065\n", msgid, 0, 0 );
+	LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "466f726576657221\n", msgid, 0, 0 );
+
+	if ( ldap_abandon_ext( ld, msgid, NULL, NULL ) == LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+	    return( 0 );
+	}
+
+	return( -1 );
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * LDAPv3 extended abandon.
+ * Returns an LDAP error code.
+ */
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_abandon_ext( LDAP *ld, int msgid, LDAPControl **serverctrls,
+	LDAPControl **clientctrls )
+{
+	int	rc;
+
+	LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "ldap_abandon_ext %d\n", msgid, 0, 0 );
+
+	if ( !NSLDAPI_VALID_LDAP_POINTER( ld )) {
+		return( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+	}
+
+	LDAP_MUTEX_LOCK( ld, LDAP_CONN_LOCK );
+	LDAP_MUTEX_LOCK( ld, LDAP_REQ_LOCK );
+	rc = do_abandon( ld, msgid, msgid, serverctrls, clientctrls );
+
+	/*
+	 * XXXmcs should use cache function pointers to hook in memcache
+	 */
+	ldap_memcache_abandon( ld, msgid );
+
+	LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_REQ_LOCK );
+	LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_CONN_LOCK );
+
+	return( rc );
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Abandon all outstanding requests for msgid (included child requests
+ * spawned when chasing referrals).  This function calls itself recursively.
+ * No locking is done is this function so it must be done by the caller.
+ * Returns an LDAP error code and sets it in LDAP *ld as well
+ */
+static int
+do_abandon( LDAP *ld, int origid, int msgid, LDAPControl **serverctrls,
+    LDAPControl **clientctrls )
+{
+	BerElement	*ber;
+	int		i, bererr, lderr, sendabandon;
+	LDAPRequest	*lr = NULL;
+
+	/*
+	 * An abandon request looks like this:
+	 *	AbandonRequest ::= MessageID
+	 */
+	LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "do_abandon origid %d, msgid %d\n",
+		origid, msgid, 0 );
+
+	/* optimistic */
+	lderr = LDAP_SUCCESS;	
+
+        /*
+	 * Find the request that we are abandoning.  Don't send an
+	 * abandon message unless there is something to abandon.
+	 */
+        sendabandon = 0;
+	for ( lr = ld->ld_requests; lr != NULL; lr = lr->lr_next ) {
+		if ( lr->lr_msgid == msgid ) {	/* this message */
+			if ( origid == msgid && lr->lr_parent != NULL ) {
+				/* don't let caller abandon child requests! */
+				lderr = LDAP_PARAM_ERROR;
+				goto set_errorcode_and_return;
+			}
+			if ( lr->lr_status == LDAP_REQST_INPROGRESS ) {
+			 	/*
+				 * We only need to send an abandon message if
+				 * the request is in progress.
+				 */
+			    sendabandon = 1;
+			}
+			break;
+		}
+		if ( lr->lr_origid == msgid ) {	/* child:  abandon it */
+			(void)do_abandon( ld, msgid, lr->lr_msgid,
+			      serverctrls, clientctrls );
+			/* we ignore errors from child abandons... */
+		}
+	}
+
+	if ( ldap_msgdelete( ld, msgid ) == 0 ) {
+		/* we had all the results and deleted them */
+		goto set_errorcode_and_return;
+	}
+
+	if ( lr != NULL && sendabandon ) {
+		/* create a message to send */
+		if (( lderr = nsldapi_alloc_ber_with_options( ld, &ber )) ==
+		    LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+			int	abandon_msgid;
+
+			LDAP_MUTEX_LOCK( ld, LDAP_MSGID_LOCK );
+			abandon_msgid = ++ld->ld_msgid;
+			LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_MSGID_LOCK );
+#ifdef CLDAP
+			if ( ld->ld_dbp->sb_naddr > 0 ) {
+				bererr = ber_printf( ber, "{isti",
+				    abandon_msgid, ld->ld_cldapdn,
+				    LDAP_REQ_ABANDON, msgid );
+			} else {
+#endif /* CLDAP */
+				bererr = ber_printf( ber, "{iti",
+				    abandon_msgid, LDAP_REQ_ABANDON, msgid );
+#ifdef CLDAP
+			}
+#endif /* CLDAP */
+
+			if ( bererr == -1 ||
+			    ( lderr = nsldapi_put_controls( ld, serverctrls,
+			    1, ber )) != LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+				lderr = LDAP_ENCODING_ERROR;
+				ber_free( ber, 1 );
+			} else {
+				/* try to send the message */
+				lderr = nsldapi_send_abandon_message( ld,
+				    lr->lr_conn, ber, abandon_msgid );
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	if ( lr != NULL ) {
+		/*
+		 * Always call nsldapi_free_connection() so that the connection's
+		 * ref count is correctly decremented.  It is OK to always pass
+		 * 1 for the "unbind" parameter because doing so will only affect
+		 * connections that resulted from a child request (because the
+		 * default connection's ref count never goes to zero).
+		 */
+		nsldapi_free_connection( ld, lr->lr_conn, NULL, NULL,
+			0 /* do not force */, 1 /* send unbind before closing */ );
+
+		/*
+		 * Free the entire request chain if we finished abandoning everything.
+		 */
+		if ( origid == msgid ) {
+			nsldapi_free_request( ld, lr, 0 );
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Record the abandoned message ID (used to discard any server responses
+	 * that arrive later).
+	 */
+	LDAP_MUTEX_LOCK( ld, LDAP_ABANDON_LOCK );
+	if ( ld->ld_abandoned == NULL ) {
+		if ( (ld->ld_abandoned = (int *)NSLDAPI_MALLOC( 2
+		    * sizeof(int) )) == NULL ) {
+			lderr = LDAP_NO_MEMORY;
+			LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_ABANDON_LOCK );
+			goto set_errorcode_and_return;
+		}
+		i = 0;
+	} else {
+		for ( i = 0; ld->ld_abandoned[i] != -1; i++ )
+			;	/* NULL */
+		if ( (ld->ld_abandoned = (int *)NSLDAPI_REALLOC( (char *)
+		    ld->ld_abandoned, (i + 2) * sizeof(int) )) == NULL ) {
+			lderr = LDAP_NO_MEMORY;
+			LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_ABANDON_LOCK );
+			goto set_errorcode_and_return;
+		}
+	}
+	ld->ld_abandoned[i] = msgid;
+	ld->ld_abandoned[i + 1] = -1;
+	LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_ABANDON_LOCK );
+
+set_errorcode_and_return:
+	LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, lderr, NULL, NULL );
+	return( lderr );
+}
+
+/*
+ * Try to send the abandon message that is encoded in ber.  Returns an
+ * LDAP result code.
+ */
+static int
+nsldapi_send_abandon_message( LDAP *ld, LDAPConn *lc, BerElement *ber,
+    int abandon_msgid )
+{
+	int	lderr = LDAP_SUCCESS;
+	int	err = 0;
+
+	err = nsldapi_send_ber_message( ld, lc->lconn_sb,
+	    ber, 1 /* free ber */, 0 /* will not handle EPIPE */ );
+	if ( err == -2 ) {
+		/*
+		 * "Would block" error.  Queue the abandon as
+		 * a pending request.
+		 */
+		LDAPRequest	*lr;
+
+		lr = nsldapi_new_request( lc, ber, abandon_msgid,
+		    0 /* no response expected */ );
+		if ( lr == NULL ) {
+			lderr = LDAP_NO_MEMORY;
+			ber_free( ber, 1 );
+		} else {
+			lr->lr_status = LDAP_REQST_WRITING;
+			nsldapi_queue_request_nolock( ld, lr );
+			++lc->lconn_pending_requests;
+			nsldapi_iostatus_interest_write( ld,
+			    lc->lconn_sb );
+		}
+	} else if ( err != 0 ) {
+		/*
+		 * Fatal error (not a "would block" error).
+		 */
+		lderr = LDAP_SERVER_DOWN;
+		ber_free( ber, 1 );
+	}
+
+	return( lderr );
+}
diff --git a/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/add.c b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/add.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0cb5dbfb5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/add.c
@@ -0,0 +1,225 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ * 
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version 
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with 
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at 
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ * 
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ * 
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, released
+ * March 31, 1998.
+ * 
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998-1999
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ * 
+ * Contributor(s):
+ * 
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
+ * or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ * 
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+/*
+ *  Copyright (c) 1990 Regents of the University of Michigan.
+ *  All rights reserved.
+ */
+/*
+ *  add.c
+ */
+
+#if 0
+#ifndef lint 
+static char copyright[] = "@(#) Copyright (c) 1990 Regents of the University of Michigan.\nAll rights reserved.\n";
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#include "ldap-int.h"
+
+/*
+ * ldap_add - initiate an ldap add operation.  Parameters:
+ *
+ *	ld		LDAP descriptor
+ *	dn		DN of the entry to add
+ *	mods		List of attributes for the entry.  This is a null-
+ *			terminated array of pointers to LDAPMod structures.
+ *			only the type and values in the structures need be
+ *			filled in.
+ *
+ * Example:
+ *	LDAPMod	*attrs[] = { 
+ *			{ 0, "cn", { "babs jensen", "babs", 0 } },
+ *			{ 0, "sn", { "jensen", 0 } },
+ *			{ 0, "objectClass", { "person", 0 } },
+ *			0
+ *		}
+ *	msgid = ldap_add( ld, dn, attrs );
+ */
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_add( LDAP *ld, const char *dn, LDAPMod **attrs )
+{
+	int		msgid;
+
+	LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "ldap_add\n", 0, 0, 0 );
+
+	if ( ldap_add_ext( ld, dn, attrs, NULL, NULL, &msgid )
+	    == LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+		return( msgid );
+	} else {
+		return( -1 );	/* error is in ld handle */
+	}
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * LDAPv3 extended add.
+ * Returns an LDAP error code.
+ */
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_add_ext( LDAP *ld, const char *dn, LDAPMod **attrs,
+    LDAPControl **serverctrls, LDAPControl **clientctrls, int *msgidp )
+{
+	BerElement	*ber;
+	int		i, rc, lderr;
+
+	/*
+	 * An add request looks like this:
+	 *	AddRequest ::= SEQUENCE {
+	 *		entry	DistinguishedName,
+	 *		attrs	SEQUENCE OF SEQUENCE {
+	 *			type	AttributeType,
+	 *			values	SET OF AttributeValue
+	 *		}
+	 *	}
+	 */
+
+	LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "ldap_add_ext\n", 0, 0, 0 );
+
+	if ( !NSLDAPI_VALID_LDAP_POINTER( ld )) {
+		return( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+	}
+
+	if ( !NSLDAPI_VALID_LDAPMESSAGE_POINTER( msgidp )) 
+        {
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_PARAM_ERROR, NULL, NULL );
+		return( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+	}
+	if ( !NSLDAPI_VALID_NONEMPTY_LDAPMOD_ARRAY( attrs )
+	    || msgidp == NULL ) {
+		lderr = LDAP_PARAM_ERROR;
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, lderr, NULL, NULL );
+		return( lderr );
+	}
+
+	if ( dn == NULL ) {
+		dn = "";
+	}
+
+	LDAP_MUTEX_LOCK( ld, LDAP_MSGID_LOCK );
+	*msgidp = ++ld->ld_msgid;
+	LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_MSGID_LOCK );
+
+	/* see if we should add to the cache */
+	if ( ld->ld_cache_on && ld->ld_cache_add != NULL ) {
+		LDAP_MUTEX_LOCK( ld, LDAP_CACHE_LOCK );
+		if ( (rc = (ld->ld_cache_add)( ld, *msgidp, LDAP_REQ_ADD, dn,
+		    attrs )) != 0 ) {
+			*msgidp = rc;
+			LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_CACHE_LOCK );
+			return( LDAP_SUCCESS );
+		}
+		LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_CACHE_LOCK );
+	}
+
+	/* create a message to send */
+	if (( lderr = nsldapi_alloc_ber_with_options( ld, &ber ))
+	    != LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+		return( lderr );
+	}
+
+	if ( ber_printf( ber, "{it{s{", *msgidp, LDAP_REQ_ADD, dn )
+	    == -1 ) {
+		lderr = LDAP_ENCODING_ERROR;
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, lderr, NULL, NULL );
+		ber_free( ber, 1 );
+		return( lderr );
+	}
+
+	/* for each attribute in the entry... */
+	for ( i = 0; attrs[i] != NULL; i++ ) {
+		if ( ( attrs[i]->mod_op & LDAP_MOD_BVALUES) != 0 ) {
+			rc = ber_printf( ber, "{s[V]}", attrs[i]->mod_type,
+			    attrs[i]->mod_bvalues );
+		} else {
+			rc = ber_printf( ber, "{s[v]}", attrs[i]->mod_type,
+			    attrs[i]->mod_values );
+		}
+		if ( rc == -1 ) {
+			lderr = LDAP_ENCODING_ERROR;
+			LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, lderr, NULL, NULL );
+			ber_free( ber, 1 );
+			return( lderr );
+		}
+	}
+
+	if ( ber_printf( ber, "}}" ) == -1 ) {
+		lderr = LDAP_ENCODING_ERROR;
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, lderr, NULL, NULL );
+		ber_free( ber, 1 );
+		return( lderr );
+	}
+
+	if (( lderr = nsldapi_put_controls( ld, serverctrls, 1, ber ))
+	    != LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+		ber_free( ber, 1 );
+		return( lderr );
+	}
+
+	/* send the message */
+	rc = nsldapi_send_initial_request( ld, *msgidp, LDAP_REQ_ADD,
+						(char *) dn, ber );
+	*msgidp = rc;
+	return( rc < 0 ? LDAP_GET_LDERRNO( ld, NULL, NULL ) : LDAP_SUCCESS );
+}
+
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_add_s( LDAP *ld, const char *dn, LDAPMod **attrs )
+{
+	return( ldap_add_ext_s( ld, dn, attrs, NULL, NULL ));
+}
+
+int LDAP_CALL
+ldap_add_ext_s( LDAP *ld, const char *dn, LDAPMod **attrs,
+	LDAPControl **serverctrls, LDAPControl **clientctrls )
+{
+	int		err, msgid;
+	LDAPMessage	*res;
+
+	if (( err = ldap_add_ext( ld, dn, attrs, serverctrls, clientctrls,
+	    &msgid )) != LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+		return( err );
+	}
+
+	if ( ldap_result( ld, msgid, 1, (struct timeval *)NULL, &res ) == -1 ) {
+		return( LDAP_GET_LDERRNO( ld, NULL, NULL ) );
+	}
+
+	return( ldap_result2error( ld, res, 1 ) );
+}
diff --git a/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/authzidctrl.c b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/authzidctrl.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..69b776cdc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/authzidctrl.c
@@ -0,0 +1,157 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ *
+ * The Original Code is Sun LDAP C SDK.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *
+ * Portions created by Sun Microsystems, Inc are Copyright (C) 2005
+ * Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Contributor(s): abobrov@sun.com
+ *
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
+ * the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ *
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+
+#include "ldap-int.h"
+
+/* ldap_create_authzid_control:
+
+Parameters are  
+
+ld              LDAP pointer to the desired connection 
+
+ctl_iscritical  Indicates whether the control is critical of not. 
+                If this field is non-zero, the operation will only be 
+                carried out if the control is recognized by the server
+                and/or client
+
+ctrlp           the address of a place to put the constructed control 
+*/
+
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_create_authzid_control ( 	
+							 LDAP        *ld, 
+							 const char  ctl_iscritical,
+							 LDAPControl **ctrlp   
+							)
+{
+	int				rc;
+	
+	if ( !NSLDAPI_VALID_LDAP_POINTER( ld )) {
+		return( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+	}
+	
+	if ( ctrlp == NULL ) {
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_PARAM_ERROR, NULL, NULL );
+		return ( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+	}
+	
+	rc = nsldapi_build_control( LDAP_CONTROL_AUTHZID_REQ, 
+								NULL, 0, ctl_iscritical, ctrlp );
+	
+	LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, rc, NULL, NULL );
+	return( rc );
+}
+
+/* ldap_parse_authzid_control:
+
+Parameters are  
+
+ld              LDAP pointer to the desired connection 
+
+ctrlp           An array of controls obtained from calling  
+                ldap_parse_result on the set of results 
+                returned by the server     
+
+authzid         authorization identity, as defined in 
+                RFC 2829, section 9.
+*/
+
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_parse_authzid_control ( 	
+							LDAP        *ld, 
+							LDAPControl **ctrlp,  
+							char        **authzid
+						   )
+{
+	int			i, foundAUTHZIDControl;
+	char        *authzidp = NULL;
+	LDAPControl *AUTHZIDCtrlp = NULL;
+	
+	if ( !NSLDAPI_VALID_LDAP_POINTER( ld ) ) {
+	    return( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+	}
+	
+	/* find the control in the list of controls if it exists */
+	if ( ctrlp == NULL ) {
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_CONTROL_NOT_FOUND, NULL, NULL );
+		return ( LDAP_CONTROL_NOT_FOUND );
+	} 
+	foundAUTHZIDControl = 0;
+	for ( i = 0; (( ctrlp[i] != NULL ) && ( !foundAUTHZIDControl )); i++ ) {
+		foundAUTHZIDControl = !strcmp( ctrlp[i]->ldctl_oid, 
+									  LDAP_CONTROL_AUTHZID_RES );
+	}
+	
+	/*
+	 * The control is only included in a bind response if the resultCode 
+	 * for the bind operation is success.
+	 */
+	if ( !foundAUTHZIDControl ) {
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_CONTROL_NOT_FOUND, NULL, NULL );
+		return ( LDAP_CONTROL_NOT_FOUND );
+	} else {
+		/* let local var point to the control */
+		AUTHZIDCtrlp = ctrlp[i-1];			
+	}
+	
+	/*
+	 * If the bind request succeeded and resulted in an identity (not anonymous), 
+	 * the controlValue contains the authorization identity (authzid), as
+	 * defined in [AUTH] section 9, granted to the requestor.  If the bind
+	 * request resulted in an anonymous association, the controlValue field
+	 * is a string of zero length.  If the bind request resulted in more
+	 * than one authzid, the primary authzid is returned in the controlValue
+	 * field.
+	 */
+	if ( AUTHZIDCtrlp && AUTHZIDCtrlp->ldctl_value.bv_val && 
+		 AUTHZIDCtrlp->ldctl_value.bv_len ) {
+		authzidp = ( (char *)NSLDAPI_MALLOC( 
+							( AUTHZIDCtrlp->ldctl_value.bv_len + 1 ) ) );
+		if ( authzidp == NULL ) {
+			LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_NO_MEMORY, NULL, NULL );
+			return( LDAP_NO_MEMORY );
+		}
+		STRLCPY( authzidp, AUTHZIDCtrlp->ldctl_value.bv_val, 
+				 ( AUTHZIDCtrlp->ldctl_value.bv_len + 1 ) );
+		*authzid = authzidp;
+	} else {
+		authzid = NULL;
+	}
+	
+	return( LDAP_SUCCESS );
+}
diff --git a/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/bind.c b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/bind.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8b5504be3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/bind.c
@@ -0,0 +1,170 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ * 
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version 
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with 
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at 
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ * 
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ * 
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, released
+ * March 31, 1998.
+ * 
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998-1999
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ * 
+ * Contributor(s):
+ * 
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
+ * or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ * 
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+/*
+ *  bind.c
+ */
+
+#if 0
+#ifndef lint 
+static char copyright[] = "@(#) Copyright (c) 1990 Regents of the University of Michigan.\nAll rights reserved.\n";
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#include "ldap-int.h"
+
+/*
+ * ldap_bind - bind to the ldap server. The dn and password
+ * of the entry to which to bind are supplied, along with the authentication
+ * method to use.  The msgid of the bind request is returned on success,
+ * -1 if there's trouble.  Note, the kerberos support assumes the user already
+ * has a valid tgt for now.  ldap_result() should be called to find out the
+ * outcome of the bind request.
+ *
+ * Example:
+ *	ldap_bind( ld, "cn=manager, o=university of michigan, c=us", "secret",
+ *	    LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE )
+ */
+
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_bind( LDAP *ld, const char *dn, const char *passwd, int authmethod )
+{
+	/*
+	 * The bind request looks like this:
+	 *	BindRequest ::= SEQUENCE {
+	 *		version		INTEGER,
+	 *		name		DistinguishedName,	 -- who
+	 *		authentication	CHOICE {
+	 *			simple		[0] OCTET STRING -- passwd
+	 *		}
+	 *	}
+	 * all wrapped up in an LDAPMessage sequence.
+	 */
+
+	LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "ldap_bind\n", 0, 0, 0 );
+
+	if ( !NSLDAPI_VALID_LDAP_POINTER( ld )) {
+		return( -1 );
+	}
+
+	switch ( authmethod ) {
+	case LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE:
+		return( ldap_simple_bind( ld, dn, passwd ) );
+
+	default:
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_AUTH_UNKNOWN, NULL, NULL );
+		return( -1 );
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * ldap_bind_s - bind to the ldap server.  The dn and password
+ * of the entry to which to bind are supplied, along with the authentication
+ * method to use.  This routine just calls whichever bind routine is
+ * appropriate and returns the result of the bind (e.g. LDAP_SUCCESS or
+ * some other error indication).  Note, the kerberos support assumes the
+ * user already has a valid tgt for now.
+ *
+ * Examples:
+ *	ldap_bind_s( ld, "cn=manager, o=university of michigan, c=us",
+ *	    "secret", LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE )
+ *	ldap_bind_s( ld, "cn=manager, o=university of michigan, c=us",
+ *	    NULL, LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4 )
+ */
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_bind_s( LDAP *ld, const char *dn, const char *passwd, int authmethod )
+{
+	int	err;
+
+	LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "ldap_bind_s\n", 0, 0, 0 );
+
+	switch ( authmethod ) {
+	case LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE:
+		return( ldap_simple_bind_s( ld, dn, passwd ) );
+
+	default:
+		err = LDAP_AUTH_UNKNOWN;
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, err, NULL, NULL );
+		return( err );
+	}
+}
+
+
+void
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_set_rebind_proc( LDAP *ld, LDAP_REBINDPROC_CALLBACK *rebindproc,
+    void *arg )
+{
+	if ( ld == NULL ) {
+		if ( !nsldapi_initialized ) {
+			nsldapi_initialize_defaults();
+		}
+		ld = &nsldapi_ld_defaults;
+	}
+
+	if ( NSLDAPI_VALID_LDAP_POINTER( ld )) {
+		LDAP_MUTEX_LOCK( ld, LDAP_OPTION_LOCK );
+		ld->ld_rebind_fn = rebindproc;
+		ld->ld_rebind_arg = arg;
+		LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_OPTION_LOCK );
+	}
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * return a pointer to the bind DN for the default connection (a copy is
+ * not made).  If there is no bind DN available, NULL is returned.
+ */
+char *
+nsldapi_get_binddn( LDAP *ld )
+{
+	char	*binddn;
+
+	binddn = NULL;	/* default -- assume they are not bound */
+
+	LDAP_MUTEX_LOCK( ld, LDAP_CONN_LOCK );
+	if ( NULL != ld->ld_defconn && LDAP_CONNST_CONNECTED ==
+	    ld->ld_defconn->lconn_status && ld->ld_defconn->lconn_bound ) {
+		if (( binddn = ld->ld_defconn->lconn_binddn ) == NULL ) {
+			binddn = "";
+		}
+	}
+	LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_CONN_LOCK );
+
+	return( binddn );
+}
diff --git a/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/cache.c b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/cache.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..54195e5fe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/cache.c
@@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ * 
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version 
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with 
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at 
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ * 
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ * 
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, released
+ * March 31, 1998.
+ * 
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998-1999
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ * 
+ * Contributor(s):
+ * 
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
+ * or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ * 
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+/*
+ *  Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of Michigan.
+ *  All rights reserved.
+ */
+/*
+ *  cache.c - generic caching support for LDAP
+ */
+
+#include "ldap-int.h"
+
+/*
+ * ldap_cache_flush - flush part of the LDAP cache. returns an
+ * ldap error code (LDAP_SUCCESS, LDAP_NO_SUCH_OBJECT, etc.).
+ */
+
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_cache_flush( LDAP *ld, const char *dn, const char *filter )
+{
+	if ( !NSLDAPI_VALID_LDAP_POINTER( ld )) {
+		return( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+	}
+
+	if ( dn == NULL ) {
+		dn = "";
+	}
+
+	return( (ld->ld_cache_flush)( ld, dn, filter ) );
+}
+
+/*
+ * nsldapi_add_result_to_cache - add an ldap entry we just read off the network
+ * to the ldap cache. this routine parses the ber for the entry and
+ * constructs the appropriate add request. this routine calls the
+ * cache add routine to actually add the entry.
+ */
+
+void
+nsldapi_add_result_to_cache( LDAP *ld, LDAPMessage *m )
+{
+	char		*dn;
+	LDAPMod		**mods;
+	int		i, max, rc;
+	char		*a;
+	BerElement	*ber;
+	char		buf[50];
+	struct berval	bv;
+	struct berval	*bvp[2];
+
+	LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "=> nsldapi_add_result_to_cache id %d type %d\n",
+	    m->lm_msgid, m->lm_msgtype, 0 );
+	if ( m->lm_msgtype != LDAP_RES_SEARCH_ENTRY ||
+	    ld->ld_cache_add == NULL ) {
+		LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE,
+		    "<= nsldapi_add_result_to_cache not added\n", 0, 0, 0 );
+		return;
+	}
+
+#define GRABSIZE	5
+
+	dn = ldap_get_dn( ld, m );
+	mods = (LDAPMod **)NSLDAPI_MALLOC( GRABSIZE * sizeof(LDAPMod *) );
+	max = GRABSIZE;
+	for ( i = 0, a = ldap_first_attribute( ld, m, &ber ); a != NULL;
+	    a = ldap_next_attribute( ld, m, ber ), i++ ) {
+		if ( i == (max - 1) ) {
+			max += GRABSIZE;
+			mods = (LDAPMod **)NSLDAPI_REALLOC( mods,
+			    sizeof(LDAPMod *) * max );
+		}
+
+		mods[i] = (LDAPMod *)NSLDAPI_CALLOC( 1, sizeof(LDAPMod) );
+		mods[i]->mod_op = LDAP_MOD_BVALUES;
+		mods[i]->mod_type = a;
+		mods[i]->mod_bvalues = ldap_get_values_len( ld, m, a );
+	}
+	if ( ber != NULL ) {
+		ber_free( ber, 0 );
+	}
+	if (( rc = LDAP_GET_LDERRNO( ld, NULL, NULL )) != LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+		LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE,
+		    "<= nsldapi_add_result_to_cache error: failed to construct mod list (%s)\n",
+		    ldap_err2string( rc ), 0, 0 );
+		ldap_mods_free( mods, 1 );
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/* update special cachedtime attribute */
+	if ( i == (max - 1) ) {
+		max++;
+		mods = (LDAPMod **)NSLDAPI_REALLOC( mods,
+		    sizeof(LDAPMod *) * max );
+	}
+	mods[i] = (LDAPMod *)NSLDAPI_CALLOC( 1, sizeof(LDAPMod) );
+	mods[i]->mod_op = LDAP_MOD_BVALUES;
+	mods[i]->mod_type = "cachedtime";
+	sprintf( buf, "%ld", time( NULL ) );
+	bv.bv_val = buf;
+	bv.bv_len = strlen( buf );
+	bvp[0] = &bv;
+	bvp[1] = NULL;
+	mods[i]->mod_bvalues = bvp;
+	mods[++i] = NULL;
+
+	/* msgid of -1 means don't send the result */
+	rc = (ld->ld_cache_add)( ld, -1, m->lm_msgtype, dn, mods );
+	LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE,
+	    "<= nsldapi_add_result_to_cache added (rc %d)\n", rc, 0, 0 );
+}
diff --git a/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/charray.c b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/charray.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..043f99e8a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/charray.c
@@ -0,0 +1,248 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ * 
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version 
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with 
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at 
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ * 
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ * 
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, released
+ * March 31, 1998.
+ * 
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998-1999
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ * 
+ * Contributor(s):
+ * 
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
+ * or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ * 
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+/* charray.c - routines for dealing with char * arrays */
+
+
+#include "ldap-int.h" 
+ 
+/*
+ * Add s at the end of the array of strings *a.
+ * Return 0 for success, -1 for failure.
+ */
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_charray_add(
+    char	***a,
+    char	*s
+)
+{
+	int	n;
+
+	if ( *a == NULL ) {
+		*a = (char **)NSLDAPI_MALLOC( 2 * sizeof(char *) );
+		if ( *a == NULL ) {
+			return -1;
+		}
+		n = 0;
+	} else {
+		for ( n = 0; *a != NULL && (*a)[n] != NULL; n++ ) {
+			;	/* NULL */
+		}
+
+		*a = (char **)NSLDAPI_REALLOC( (char *) *a,
+		    (n + 2) * sizeof(char *) );
+		if ( *a == NULL ) {
+			return -1;
+		}
+	}
+
+	(*a)[n++] = s;
+	(*a)[n] = NULL;
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Add array of strings s at the end of the array of strings *a.
+ * Return 0 for success, -1 for failure.
+ */
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_charray_merge(
+    char	***a,
+    char	**s
+)
+{
+	int	i, n, nn;
+
+	if ( (s == NULL) || (s[0] == NULL) )
+	    return 0;
+
+	for ( n = 0; *a != NULL && (*a)[n] != NULL; n++ ) {
+		;	/* NULL */
+	}
+	for ( nn = 0; s[nn] != NULL; nn++ ) {
+		;	/* NULL */
+	}
+
+	*a = (char **)NSLDAPI_REALLOC( (char *) *a,
+	    (n + nn + 1) * sizeof(char *) );
+	if ( *a == NULL ) {
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	for ( i = 0; i < nn; i++ ) {
+		(*a)[n + i] = s[i];
+	}
+	(*a)[n + nn] = NULL;
+	return 0;
+}
+
+void
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_charray_free( char **array )
+{
+	char	**a;
+
+	if ( array == NULL ) {
+		return;
+	}
+
+	for ( a = array; *a != NULL; a++ ) {
+		if ( *a != NULL ) {
+			NSLDAPI_FREE( *a );
+		}
+	}
+	NSLDAPI_FREE( (char *) array );
+}
+
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_charray_inlist(
+    char	**a,
+    char	*s
+)
+{
+	int	i;
+
+	if ( a == NULL )
+		return( 0 );
+
+	for ( i = 0; a[i] != NULL; i++ ) {
+		if ( strcasecmp( s, a[i] ) == 0 ) {
+			return( 1 );
+		}
+	}
+
+	return( 0 );
+}
+
+/*
+ * Duplicate the array of strings a, return NULL upon any memory failure.
+ */
+char **
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_charray_dup( char **a )
+{
+	int	i;
+	char	**new;
+
+	for ( i = 0; a[i] != NULL; i++ )
+		;	/* NULL */
+
+	new = (char **)NSLDAPI_MALLOC( (i + 1) * sizeof(char *) );
+	if ( new == NULL ) {
+		return NULL;
+	}
+
+	for ( i = 0; a[i] != NULL; i++ ) {
+		new[i] = nsldapi_strdup( a[i] );
+		if ( new[i] == NULL ) {
+			int	j;
+
+			for ( j = 0; j < i; j++ )
+			    NSLDAPI_FREE( new[j] );
+			NSLDAPI_FREE( new );
+			return NULL;
+		}
+	}
+	new[i] = NULL;
+
+	return( new );
+}
+
+/*
+ * Tokenize the string str, return NULL upon any memory failure.
+ * XXX: on many platforms this function is not thread safe because it
+ *	uses strtok().
+ */
+char **
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_str2charray( char *str, char *brkstr )
+     /* This implementation fails if brkstr contains multibyte characters.
+        But it works OK if str is UTF-8 and brkstr is 7-bit ASCII.
+      */
+{
+	char	**res;
+	char	*s;
+	int	i;
+#ifdef HAVE_STRTOK_R    /* defined in portable.h */
+	char	*lasts; 
+#endif
+
+	i = 1;
+	for ( s = str; *s; s++ ) {
+		if ( strchr( brkstr, *s ) != NULL ) {
+			i++;
+		}
+	}
+
+	res = (char **)NSLDAPI_MALLOC( (i + 1) * sizeof(char *) );
+	if ( res == NULL ) {
+		return NULL;
+	}
+	i = 0;
+	for ( s = STRTOK( str, brkstr, &lasts ); s != NULL; s = STRTOK( NULL,
+	    brkstr, &lasts ) ) {
+		res[i++] = nsldapi_strdup( s );
+		if ( res[i - 1] == NULL ) {
+			int	j;
+
+			for ( j = 0; j < (i - 1); j++ )
+			    NSLDAPI_FREE( res[j] );
+			NSLDAPI_FREE( res );
+			return NULL;
+		}
+	}
+	res[i] = NULL;
+
+	return( res );
+}
+
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_charray_position( char **a, char *s )
+{
+	int     i;
+
+	for ( i = 0; a[i] != NULL; i++ ) {
+		if ( strcasecmp( s, a[i] ) == 0 ) {
+			return( i );
+		}
+	}
+
+	return( -1 );
+}
diff --git a/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/charset.c b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/charset.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..23bad239b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/charset.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1845 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ * 
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version 
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with 
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at 
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ * 
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ * 
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, released
+ * March 31, 1998.
+ * 
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998-1999
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ * 
+ * Contributor(s):
+ * 
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
+ * or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ * 
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+/*
+ *  Copyright (c) 1995 Regents of the University of Michigan.
+ *  All rights reserved.
+ */
+/*
+ *  charset.c
+ */
+
+#include "ldap-int.h"
+
+#ifdef STR_TRANSLATION
+
+void
+ldap_set_string_translators( LDAP *ld, BERTranslateProc encode_proc,
+	BERTranslateProc decode_proc )
+{
+	if ( ld == NULL ) {
+		if ( !nsldapi_initialized ) {
+			nsldapi_initialize_defaults();
+		}
+		ld = &nsldapi_ld_defaults;
+	}
+
+	if ( NSLDAPI_VALID_LDAP_POINTER( ld )) {
+		ld->ld_lber_encode_translate_proc = encode_proc;
+		ld->ld_lber_decode_translate_proc = decode_proc;
+	}
+}
+
+
+void
+ldap_enable_translation( LDAP *ld, LDAPMessage *entry, int enable )
+{
+	char	*optionsp;
+
+	if ( ld == NULL ) {
+		if ( !nsldapi_initialized ) {
+			nsldapi_initialize_defaults();
+		}
+		ld = &nsldapi_ld_defaults;
+	}
+
+	optionsp = ( entry == NULLMSG ) ? &ld->ld_lberoptions :
+	    &entry->lm_ber->ber_options;
+		
+	if ( enable ) {
+		*optionsp |= LBER_OPT_TRANSLATE_STRINGS;
+	} else {
+		*optionsp &= ~LBER_OPT_TRANSLATE_STRINGS;
+	}
+}
+
+
+int
+ldap_translate_from_t61( LDAP *ld, char **bufp, unsigned long *lenp,
+    int free_input )
+{
+	if ( ld->ld_lber_decode_translate_proc == NULL ) {
+		return( LDAP_SUCCESS );
+	}
+	    
+	return( (*ld->ld_lber_decode_translate_proc)( bufp, lenp, free_input ));
+}
+
+
+int
+ldap_translate_to_t61( LDAP *ld, char **bufp, unsigned long *lenp,
+    int free_input )
+{
+	if ( ld->ld_lber_encode_translate_proc == NULL ) {
+		return( LDAP_SUCCESS );
+	}
+	    
+	return( (*ld->ld_lber_encode_translate_proc)( bufp, lenp, free_input ));
+}
+
+
+/*
+ ** Character translation routine notes:
+ *
+ * On entry:  bufp points to a "string" to be converted (not necessarily
+ *  zero-terminated) and buflenp points to the length of the buffer.
+ *
+ * On exit:  bufp should point to a malloc'd result.  If free_input is
+ *  non-zero then the original bufp will be freed.  *buflenp should be
+ *  set to the new length.  Zero bytes in the input buffer must be left
+ *  as zero bytes.
+ *
+ * Return values: any ldap error code (LDAP_SUCCESS if all goes well).
+ */
+
+
+#ifdef LDAP_CHARSET_8859
+
+#if LDAP_CHARSET_8859 == 88591
+#define ISO_8859 1
+#elif LDAP_CHARSET_8859 == 88592
+#define ISO_8859 2
+#elif LDAP_CHARSET_8859 == 88593
+#define ISO_8859 3
+#elif LDAP_CHARSET_8859 == 88594
+#define ISO_8859 4
+#elif LDAP_CHARSET_8859 == 88595
+#define ISO_8859 5
+#elif LDAP_CHARSET_8859 == 88596
+#define ISO_8859 6
+#elif LDAP_CHARSET_8859 == 88597
+#define ISO_8859 7
+#elif LDAP_CHARSET_8859 == 88598
+#define ISO_8859 8
+#elif LDAP_CHARSET_8859 == 88599
+#define ISO_8859 9
+#elif LDAP_CHARSET_8859 == 885910
+#define ISO_8859 10
+#else
+#define ISO_8859 0
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * the following ISO_8859 to/afrom T.61 character set translation code is
+ * based on the code found in Enrique Silvestre Mora's iso-t61.c, found
+ * as part of this package:
+ *   ftp://pereiii.uji.es/pub/uji-ftp/unix/ldap/iso-t61.translation.tar.Z
+ * Enrique is now (10/95) at this address: enrique.silvestre@uv.es
+ *
+ * changes made by mcs@umich.edu 12 October 1995:
+ *   Change calling conventions of iso8859_t61() and t61_iso8859() to
+ *	match libldap conventions; rename to ldap_8859_to_t61() and
+ *	ldap_t61_to_8859().
+ *   Change conversion routines to deal with non-zero terminated strings.
+ *   ANSI-ize functions and include prototypes.
+ */
+
+/* iso-t61.c - ISO-T61 translation routines (version: 0.2.1, July-1994) */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1994 Enrique Silvestre Mora, Universitat Jaume I, Spain.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms are permitted
+ * provided that this notice is preserved and that due credit is given
+ * to the Universitat Jaume I. The name of the University
+ * may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this
+ * software without specific prior written permission. This software
+ * is provided ``as is'' without express or implied warranty.
+*/
+
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+/* Character set used: ISO 8859-1, ISO 8859-2, ISO 8859-3, ... */
+/* #define  ISO_8859      1 */
+
+#ifndef ISO_8859
+#  define ISO_8859     0
+#endif
+
+typedef unsigned char  Byte;
+typedef struct { Byte  a, b; } Couple;
+
+#ifdef NEEDPROTOS
+static Byte *c_to_hh( Byte *o, Byte c );
+static Byte *c_to_cc( Byte *o, Couple *cc, Byte c );
+static int hh_to_c( Byte *h );
+static Byte *cc_to_t61( Byte *o, Byte *s );
+#else /* NEEDPROTOS */
+static Byte *c_to_hh();
+static Byte *c_to_cc();
+static int hh_to_c();
+static Byte *cc_to_t61();
+#endif /* NEEDPROTOS */
+
+/*
+   Character choosed as base in diacritics alone: NO-BREAK SPACE.
+   (The standard say it must be a blank space, 0x20.)
+*/
+#define  ALONE  0xA0
+
+static Couple diacritic[16] = {
+#if (ISO_8859 == 1) || (ISO_8859 == 9)
+	{0,0},       {'`',0},     {0xb4,0},    {'^',0},
+	{'~',0},     {0xaf,0},    {'(',ALONE}, {'.',ALONE},
+	{0xa8,0},    {0,0},       {'0',ALONE}, {0xb8,0},
+	{0,0},       {'"',ALONE}, {';',ALONE}, {'<',ALONE},
+#elif (ISO_8859 == 2)
+	{0,0},       {'`',0},     {0xb4,0},    {'^',0},
+	{'~',0},     {'-',ALONE}, {0xa2,0},    {0xff,0},
+	{0xa8,0},    {0,0},       {'0',ALONE}, {0xb8,0},
+	{0,0},       {0xbd,0},    {0xb2,0},    {0xb7,0}
+#elif (ISO_8859 == 3)
+	{0,0},       {'`',0},     {0xb4,0},    {'^',0},
+	{'~',0},     {'-',ALONE}, {0xa2,0},    {0xff,0},
+	{0xa8,0},    {0,0},       {'0',ALONE}, {0xb8,0},
+	{0,0},       {'"',ALONE}, {';',ALONE}, {'<',ALONE}
+#elif (ISO_8859 == 4)
+	{0,0},       {'`',0},     {0xb4,0},    {'^',0},
+	{'~',0},     {0xaf,0},    {'(',ALONE}, {0xff,0},
+	{0xa8,0},    {0,0},       {'0',ALONE}, {0xb8,0},
+	{0,0},       {'"',ALONE}, {0xb2,0},    {0xb7,0}
+#else
+	{0,0},       {'`',0},     {'\'',ALONE}, {'^',0},
+	{'~',0},     {'-',ALONE}, {'(',ALONE},  {'.',ALONE},
+	{':',ALONE}, {0,0},       {'0',ALONE},  {',',ALONE},
+	{0,0},       {'"',ALONE}, {';',ALONE},  {'<',ALONE}
+#endif
+};
+
+/*
+   --- T.61 (T.51) letters with diacritics: conversion to ISO 8859-n -----
+       A,   C,   D,   E,   G,   H,   I,   J,   K,
+       L,   N,   O,   R,   S,   T,   U,   W,   Y,   Z.
+   -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+*/
+static int letter_w_diacritic[16][38] = {
+#if (ISO_8859 == 1)
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0xc0,0,   0,   0xc8,0,   0,   0xcc,0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0xd2,0,   0,   0,   0xd9,0,   0,   0,
+	0xe0,0,   0,   0xe8,0,   0,   0xec,0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0xf2,0,   0,   0,   0xf9,0,   0,   0,
+	0xc1,-1,  0,   0xc9,0,   0,   0xcd,0,   0,
+	-1,  -1,  0xd3,-1,  -1,  0,   0xda,0,   0xdd,-1,
+	0xe1,-1,  0,   0xe9,0,   0,   0xed,0,   0,
+	-1,  -1,  0xf3,-1,  -1,  0,   0xfa,0,   0xfd,-1,
+	0xc2,-1,  0,   0xca,-1,  -1,  0xce,-1,  0,
+	0,   0,   0xd4,0,   -1,  0,   0xdb,-1,  -1,  0,
+	0xe2,-1,  0,   0xea,-1,  -1,  0xee,-1,  0,
+	0,   0,   0xf4,0,   -1,  0,   0xfb,-1,  -1,  0,
+	0xc3,0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,
+	0,   0xd1,0xd5,0,   0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,
+	0xe3,0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,
+	0,   0xf1,0xf5,0,   0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,
+	-1,  0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,
+	0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,
+	-1,  0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,
+	0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,
+	-1,  0,   0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,
+	-1,  0,   0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,
+	0,   -1,  0,   -1,  -1,  0,   -1,  0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   -1,
+	0,   -1,  0,   -1,  -1,  0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   -1,
+	0xc4,0,   0,   0xcb,0,   0,   0xcf,0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0xd6,0,   0,   0,   0xdc,0,   -1,  0,
+	0xe4,0,   0,   0xeb,0,   0,   0xef,0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0xf6,0,   0,   0,   0xfc,0,   0xff,0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0xc5,0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,
+	0xe5,0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0xc7,0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,   -1,
+	-1,  -1,  0,   -1,  -1,  -1,  0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0xe7,0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,   -1,
+	-1,  -1,  0,   -1,  -1,  -1,  0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,
+	-1,  0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,
+	-1,  0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,
+	0,   -1,  -1,  -1,  0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	-1,  -1,  0,   -1,  -1,  -1,  0,   0,   0,   -1,
+	0,   -1,  -1,  -1,  0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	-1,  -1,  0,   -1,  -1,  -1,  0,   0,   0,   -1
+#elif (ISO_8859 == 2)
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	-1,  0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,
+	0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,
+	-1,  0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,
+	0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,
+	0xc1,0xc6,0,   0xc9,0,   0,   0xcd,0,   0,
+	0xc5,0xd1,0xd3,0xc0,0xa6,0,   0xda,0,   0xdd,0xac,
+	0xe1,0xe6,0,   0xe9,0,   0,   0xed,0,   0,
+	0xe5,0xf1,0xf3,0xe0,0xb6,0,   0xfa,0,   0xfd,0xbc,
+	0xc2,-1,  0,   -1,  -1,  -1,  0xce,-1,  0,
+	0,   0,   0xd4,0,   -1,  0,   -1,  -1,  -1,  0,
+	0xe2,-1,  0,   -1,  -1,  -1,  0xee,-1,  0,
+	0,   0,   0xf4,0,   -1,  0,   -1,  -1,  -1,  0,
+	-1,  0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,
+	0,   -1,  -1,  0,   0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,
+	-1,  0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,
+	0,   -1,  -1,  0,   0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,
+	-1,  0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,
+	0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,
+	-1,  0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,
+	0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,
+	0xc3,0,   0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,
+	0xe3,0,   0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,
+	0,   -1,  0,   -1,  -1,  0,   -1,  0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0xaf,
+	0,   -1,  0,   -1,  -1,  0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0xbf,
+	0xc4,0,   0,   0xcb,0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0xd6,0,   0,   0,   0xdc,0,   -1,  0,
+	0xe4,0,   0,   0xeb,0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0xf6,0,   0,   0,   0xfc,0,   -1,  0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	-1,  0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0xd9,0,   0,   0,
+	-1,  0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0xf9,0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0xc7,0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,   -1,
+	-1,  -1,  0,   -1,  0xaa,0xde,0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0xe7,0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,   -1,
+	-1,  -1,  0,   -1,  0xba,0xfe,0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0xd5,0,   0,   0,   0xdb,0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0xf5,0,   0,   0,   0xfb,0,   0,   0,
+	0xa1,0,   0,   0xca,0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,
+	0xb1,0,   0,   0xea,0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0xc8,0xcf,0xcc,0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0xa5,0xd2,0,   0xd8,0xa9,0xab,0,   0,   0,   0xae,
+	0,   0xe8,0xef,0xec,0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0xb5,0xf2,0,   0xf8,0xb9,0xbb,0,   0,   0,   0xbe
+#elif (ISO_8859 == 3)
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0xc0,0,   0,   0xc8,0,   0,   0xcc,0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0xd2,0,   0,   0,   0xd9,0,   0,   0,
+	0xe0,0,   0,   0xe8,0,   0,   0xec,0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0xf2,0,   0,   0,   0xf9,0,   0,   0,
+	0xc1,-1,  0,   0xc9,0,   0,   0xcd,0,   0,
+	-1,  -1,  0xd3,-1,  -1,  0,   0xda,0,   -1,  -1,
+	0xe1,-1,  0,   0xe9,0,   0,   0xed,0,   0,
+	-1,  -1,  0xf3,-1,  -1,  0,   0xfa,0,   -1,  -1,
+	0xc2,0xc6,0,   0xca,0xd8,0xa6,0xce,0xac,0,
+	0,   0,   0xd4,0,   0xde,0,   0xdb,-1,  -1,  0,
+	0xe2,0xe6,0,   0xea,0xf8,0xb6,0xee,0xbc,0,
+	0,   0,   0xf4,0,   0xfe,0,   0xfb,-1,  -1,  0,
+	-1,  0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,
+	0,   0xd1,-1,  0,   0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,
+	-1,  0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,
+	0,   0xf1,-1,  0,   0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,
+	-1,  0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,
+	0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,
+	-1,  0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,
+	0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,
+	-1,  0,   0,   0,   0xab,0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0xdd,0,   0,   0,
+	-1,  0,   0,   0,   0xbb,0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0xfd,0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0xc5,0,   -1,  0xd5,0,   0xa9,0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0xaf,
+	0,   0xe5,0,   -1,  0xf5,0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0xbf,
+	0xc4,0,   0,   0xcb,0,   0,   0xcf,0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0xd6,0,   0,   0,   0xdc,0,   -1,  0,
+	0xe4,0,   0,   0xeb,0,   0,   0xef,0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0xf6,0,   0,   0,   0xfc,0,   -1,  0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	-1,  0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,
+	-1,  0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0xc7,0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,   -1,
+	-1,  -1,  0,   -1,  0xaa,-1,  0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0xe7,0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,   -1,
+	-1,  -1,  0,   -1,  0xba,-1,  0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,
+	-1,  0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,
+	-1,  0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,
+	0,   -1,  -1,  -1,  0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	-1,  -1,  0,   -1,  -1,  -1,  0,   0,   0,   -1,
+	0,   -1,  -1,  -1,  0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	-1,  -1,  0,   -1,  -1,  -1,  0,   0,   0,   -1
+#elif (ISO_8859 == 4)
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	-1,  0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,
+	0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,
+	-1,  0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,
+	0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,
+	0xc1,-1,  0,   0xc9,0,   0,   0xcd,0,   0,
+	-1,  -1,  -1,  -1,  -1,  0,   0xda,0,   -1,  -1,
+	0xe1,-1,  0,   0xe9,0,   0,   0xed,0,   0,
+	-1,  -1,  -1,  -1,  -1,  0,   0xfa,0,   -1,  -1,
+	0xc2,-1,  0,   -1,  -1,  -1,  0xce,-1,  0,
+	0,   0,   0xd4,0,   -1,  0,   0xdb,-1,  -1,  0,
+	0xe2,-1,  0,   -1,  -1,  -1,  0xee,-1,  0,
+	0,   0,   0xf4,0,   -1,  0,   0xfb,-1,  -1,  0,
+	0xc3,0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0xa5,0,   0,
+	0,   -1,  0xd5,0,   0,   0,   0xdd,0,   0,   0,
+	0xe3,0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0xb5,0,   0,
+	0,   -1,  0xf5,0,   0,   0,   0xfd,0,   0,   0,
+	0xc0,0,   0,   0xaa,0,   0,   0xcf,0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0xd2,0,   0,   0,   0xde,0,   0,   0,
+	0xe0,0,   0,   0xba,0,   0,   0xef,0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0xf2,0,   0,   0,   0xfe,0,   0,   0,
+	-1,  0,   0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,
+	-1,  0,   0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,
+	0,   -1,  0,   0xcc,-1,  0,   -1,  0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   -1,
+	0,   -1,  0,   0xec,-1,  0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   -1,
+	0xc4,0,   0,   0xcb,0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0xd6,0,   0,   0,   0xdc,0,   -1,  0,
+	0xe4,0,   0,   0xeb,0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0xf6,0,   0,   0,   0xfc,0,   -1,  0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0xc5,0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,
+	0xe5,0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,
+	0,   -1,  0,   0,   0xab,0,   0,   0,   0xd3,
+	0xa6,0xd1,0,   0xa3,-1,  -1,  0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   -1,  0,   0,   0xbb,0,   0,   0,   0xf3,
+	0xb6,0xf1,0,   0xb3,-1,  -1,  0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,
+	0xa1,0,   0,   0xca,0,   0,   0xc7,0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0xd9,0,   0,   0,
+	0xb1,0,   0,   0xea,0,   0,   0xe7,0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0xf9,0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0xc8,-1,  -1,  0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	-1,  -1,  0,   -1,  0xa9,-1,  0,   0,   0,   0xae,
+	0,   0xe8,-1,  -1,  0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	-1,  -1,  0,   -1,  0xb9,-1,  0,   0,   0,   0xbe
+#elif (ISO_8859 == 9)
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0xc0,0,   0,   0xc8,0,   0,   0xcc,0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0xd2,0,   0,   0,   0xd9,0,   0,   0,
+	0xe0,0,   0,   0xe8,0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0xf2,0,   0,   0,   0xf9,0,   0,   0,
+	0xc1,-1,  0,   0xc9,0,   0,   0xcd,0,   0,
+	-1,  -1,  0xd3,-1,  -1,  0,   0xda,0,   -1,  -1,
+	0xe1,-1,  0,   0xe9,0,   0,   0xed,0,   0,
+	-1,  -1,  0xf3,-1,  -1,  0,   0xfa,0,   -1,  -1,
+	0xc2,-1,  0,   0xca,-1,  -1,  0xce,-1,  0,
+	0,   0,   0xd4,0,   -1,  0,   0xdb,-1,  -1,  0,
+	0xe2,-1,  0,   -1,  -1,  -1,  0xee,-1,  0,
+	0,   0,   0xf4,0,   -1,  0,   0xfb,-1,  -1,  0,
+	0xc3,0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,
+	0,   0xd1,0xd5,0,   0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,
+	0xe3,0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,
+	0,   0xf1,0xf5,0,   0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,
+	-1,  0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,
+	0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,
+	-1,  0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0xef,0,   0,
+	0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,
+	-1,  0,   0,   0,   0xd0,0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,
+	-1,  0,   0,   0,   0xf0,0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,
+	0,   -1,  0,   -1,  -1,  0,   0xdd,0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   -1,
+	0,   -1,  0,   0xec,-1,  0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   -1,
+	0xc4,0,   0,   0xcb,0,   0,   0xcf,0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0xd6,0,   0,   0,   0xdc,0,   -1,  0,
+	0xe4,0,   0,   0xeb,0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0xf6,0,   0,   0,   0xfc,0,   0xff,0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0xc5,0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,
+	0xe5,0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0xc7,0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,   -1,
+	-1,  -1,  0,   -1,  0xde,-1,  0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0xe7,0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,   -1,
+	-1,  -1,  0,   -1,  0xfe,-1,  0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,
+	-1,  0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,
+	-1,  0,   0,   0xea,0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,
+	0,   -1,  -1,  -1,  0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	-1,  -1,  0,   -1,  -1,  -1,  0,   0,   0,   -1,
+	0,   -1,  -1,  -1,  0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	-1,  -1,  0,   -1,  -1,  -1,  0,   0,   0,   -1
+#elif (ISO_8859 == 10)
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	-1,  0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,
+	0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,
+	-1,  0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,
+	0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,
+	0xc1,-1,  0,   0xc9,0,   0,   0xcd,0,   0,
+	-1,  -1,  0xd3,-1,  -1,  0,   0xda,0,   0xdd,-1,
+	0xe1,-1,  0,   0xe9,0,   0,   0xed,0,   0,
+	-1,  -1,  0xf3,-1,  -1,  0,   0xfa,0,   0xfd,-1,
+	0xc2,-1,  0,   -1,  -1,  -1,  0xce,-1,  0,
+	0,   0,   0xd4,0,   -1,  0,   0xdb,-1,  -1,  0,
+	0xe2,-1,  0,   -1,  -1,  -1,  0xee,-1,  0,
+	0,   0,   0xf4,0,   -1,  0,   0xfb,-1,  -1,  0,
+	0xc3,0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0xa5,0,   0,
+	0,   -1,  0xd5,0,   0,   0,   0xd7,0,   0,   0,
+	0xe3,0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0xb5,0,   0,
+	0,   -1,  0xf5,0,   0,   0,   0xf7,0,   0,   0,
+	0xc0,0,   0,   0xa2,0,   0,   0xa4,0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0xd2,0,   0,   0,   0xae,0,   0,   0,
+	0xe0,0,   0,   0xb2,0,   0,   0xb4,0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0xf2,0,   0,   0,   0xbe,0,   0,   0,
+	-1,  0,   0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,
+	-1,  0,   0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,
+	0,   -1,  0,   0xcc,-1,  0,   -1,  0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   -1,
+	0,   -1,  0,   0xec,-1,  0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   -1,
+	0xc4,0,   0,   0xcb,0,   0,   0xcf,0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0xd6,0,   0,   0,   0xdc,0,   -1,  0,
+	0xe4,0,   0,   0xeb,0,   0,   0xef,0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0xf6,0,   0,   0,   0xfc,0,   -1,  0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0xc5,0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,
+	0xe5,0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,
+	0,   -1,  0,   0,   0xa3,0,   0,   0,   0xa6,
+	0xa8,0xd1,0,   -1,  -1,  -1,  0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   -1,  0,   0,   0xb3,0,   0,   0,   0xb6,
+	0xb8,0xf1,0,   -1,  -1,  -1,  0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,
+	0xa1,0,   0,   0xca,0,   0,   0xc7,0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0xd9,0,   0,   0,
+	0xb1,0,   0,   0xea,0,   0,   0xe7,0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0xf9,0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0xc8,-1,  -1,  0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	-1,  -1,  0,   -1,  0xaa,-1,  0,   0,   0,   0xac,
+	0,   0xe8,-1,  -1,  0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	-1,  -1,  0,   -1,  0xba,-1,  0,   0,   0,   0xbc
+#else
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	-1,  0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,
+	0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,
+	-1,  0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,
+	0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,
+	-1,  -1,  0,   -1,  0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,
+	-1,  -1,  -1,  -1,  -1,  0,   -1,  0,   -1,  -1,
+	-1,  -1,  0,   -1,  0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,
+	-1,  -1,  -1,  -1,  -1,  0,   -1,  0,   -1,  -1,
+	-1,  -1,  0,   -1,  -1,  -1,  -1,  -1,  0,
+	0,   0,   -1,  0,   -1,  0,   -1,  -1,  -1,  0,
+	-1,  -1,  0,   -1,  -1,  -1,  -1,  -1,  0,
+	0,   0,   -1,  0,   -1,  0,   -1,  -1,  -1,  0,
+	-1,  0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,
+	0,   -1,  -1,  0,   0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,
+	-1,  0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,
+	0,   -1,  -1,  0,   0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,
+	-1,  0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,
+	0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,
+	-1,  0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,
+	0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,
+	-1,  0,   0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,
+	-1,  0,   0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,
+	0,   -1,  0,   -1,  -1,  0,   -1,  0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   -1,
+	0,   -1,  0,   -1,  -1,  0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   -1,
+	-1,  0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,
+	0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,   -1,  0,   -1,  0,
+	-1,  0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,
+	0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,   -1,  0,   -1,  0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	-1,  0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,
+	-1,  0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,
+	0,   -1,  0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,   -1,
+	-1,  -1,  0,   -1,  -1,  -1,  0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   -1,  0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,   -1,
+	-1,  -1,  0,   -1,  -1,  -1,  0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,
+	-1,  0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,
+	-1,  0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,
+	0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   -1,  0,   0,   0,
+	0,   -1,  -1,  -1,  0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	-1,  -1,  0,   -1,  -1,  -1,  0,   0,   0,   -1,
+	0,   -1,  -1,  -1,  0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	-1,  -1,  0,   -1,  -1,  -1,  0,   0,   0,   -1
+#endif
+};
+
+/*
+--- T.61 characters [0xA0 .. 0xBF] -----------------
+*/
+static Couple trans_t61a_iso8859[32] = {
+#if (ISO_8859 == 1) || (ISO_8859 == 9)
+	{'N','S'}, {0xa1,0},  {0xa2,0},  {0xa3,0},
+	{'D','O'}, {0xa5,0},  {'C','u'}, {0xa7,0},
+	{0xa4,0},  {'\'','6'},{'"','6'}, {0xab,0},
+	{'<','-'}, {'-','!'}, {'-','>'}, {'-','v'},
+	{0xb0,0},  {0xb1,0},  {0xb2,0},  {0xb3,0},
+	{0xd7,0},  {0xb5,0},  {0xb6,0},  {0xb7,0},
+	{0xf7,0},  {'\'','9'},{'"','9'}, {0xbb,0},
+	{0xbc,0},  {0xbd,0},  {0xbe,0},  {0xbf,0}
+#elif (ISO_8859 == 2) || (ISO_8859 == 4)
+	{'N','S'}, {'!','I'}, {'C','t'}, {'P','d'},
+	{'D','O'}, {'Y','e'}, {'C','u'}, {0xa7,0},
+	{0xa4,0},  {'\'','6'},{'"','6'}, {'<','<'},
+	{'<','-'}, {'-','!'}, {'-','>'}, {'-','v'},
+	{0xb0,0},  {'+','-'}, {'2','S'}, {'3','S'},
+	{0xd7,0},  {'M','y'}, {'P','I'}, {'.','M'},
+	{0xf7,0},  {'\'','9'},{'"','9'}, {'>','>'},
+	{'1','4'}, {'1','2'}, {'3','4'}, {'?','I'},
+#elif (ISO_8859 == 3)
+	{'N','S'}, {'!','I'}, {'C','t'}, {0xa3,0},
+	{'D','O'}, {'Y','e'}, {'C','u'}, {0xa7,0},
+	{0xa4,0},  {'\'','6'},{'"','6'}, {'<','<'},
+	{'<','-'}, {'-','!'}, {'-','>'}, {'-','v'},
+	{0xb0,0},  {'+','-'}, {0xb2,0},  {0xb3,0},
+	{0xd7,0},  {0xb5,0},  {'P','I'}, {0xb7,0},
+	{0xf7,0},  {'\'','9'},{'"','9'}, {'>','>'},
+	{'1','4'}, {0xbd,0},  {'3','4'}, {'?','I'}
+#elif (ISO_8859 == 10)
+	{'N','S'}, {'!','I'}, {'C','t'}, {'P','d'},
+	{'D','O'}, {'Y','e'}, {'C','u'}, {0xa7,0},
+	{'C','u'}, {'\'','6'},{'"','6'}, {'<','<'},
+	{'<','-'}, {'-','!'}, {'-','>'}, {'-','v'},
+	{0xb0,0},  {'+','-'}, {'2','S'}, {'3','S'},
+	{'*','X'}, {'M','y'}, {'P','I'}, {0xb7,0},
+	{'-',':'}, {'\'','9'},{'"','9'}, {'>','>'},
+	{'1','4'}, {'1','2'}, {'3','4'}, {'?','I'}
+#else
+	{'N','S'}, {'!','I'}, {'C','t'}, {'P','d'},
+	{'D','O'}, {'Y','e'}, {'C','u'}, {'S','E'},
+	{'X','O'}, {'\'','6'},{'"','6'}, {'<','<'},
+	{'<','-'}, {'-','!'}, {'-','>'}, {'-','v'},
+	{'D','G'}, {'+','-'}, {'2','S'}, {'3','S'},
+	{'*','X'}, {'M','y'}, {'P','I'}, {'.','M'},
+	{'-',':'}, {'\'','9'},{'"','9'}, {'>','>'},
+	{'1','4'}, {'1','2'}, {'3','4'}, {'?','I'}
+#endif
+};
+
+/*
+--- T.61 characters [0xE0 .. 0xFF] -----------------
+*/
+static Couple trans_t61b_iso8859[48] = {
+#if (ISO_8859 == 1)
+	{'-','M'}, {0xb9,0},  {0xae,0},  {0xa9,0},
+	{'T','M'}, {'M','8'}, {0xac,0},  {0xa6,0},
+	{0,0},     {0,0},     {0,0},     {0,0},
+	{'1','8'}, {'3','8'}, {'5','8'}, {'7','8'},
+	{'O','m'}, {0xc6,0},  {0xd0,0},  {0xaa,0},
+	{'H','/'}, {0,0},     {'I','J'}, {'L','.'},
+	{'L','/'}, {0xd8,0},  {'O','E'}, {0xba,0},
+	{0xde,0},  {'T','/'}, {'N','G'}, {'\'','n'},
+	{'k','k'}, {0xe6,0},  {'d','/'}, {0xf0,0},
+	{'h','/'}, {'i','.'}, {'i','j'}, {'l','.'},
+	{'l','/'}, {0xf8,0},  {'o','e'}, {0xdf,0},
+	{0xfe,0},  {'t','/'}, {'n','g'}, {'-','-'}
+#elif (ISO_8859 == 2)
+	{'-','M'}, {'1','S'}, {'R','g'}, {'C','o'},
+	{'T','M'}, {'M','8'}, {'N','O'}, {'B','B'},
+	{0,0},     {0,0},     {0,0},     {0,0},
+	{'1','8'}, {'3','8'}, {'5','8'}, {'7','8'},
+	{'O','m'}, {'A','E'}, {0xd0,0},  {'-','a'},
+	{'H','/'}, {0,0},     {'I','J'}, {'L','.'},
+	{0xa3,0},  {'O','/'}, {'O','E'}, {'-','o'},
+	{'T','H'}, {'T','/'}, {'N','G'}, {'\'','n'},
+	{'k','k'}, {'a','e'}, {0xf0,0},  {'d','-'},
+	{'h','/'}, {'i','.'}, {'i','j'}, {'l','.'},
+	{0xb3,0},  {'o','/'}, {'o','e'}, {0xdf,0},
+	{'t','h'}, {'t','/'}, {'n','g'}, {'-','-'}
+#elif (ISO_8859 == 3)
+	{'-','M'}, {'1','S'}, {'R','g'}, {'C','o'},
+	{'T','M'}, {'M','8'}, {'N','O'}, {'B','B'},
+	{0,0},     {0,0},     {0,0},     {0,0},
+	{'1','8'}, {'3','8'}, {'5','8'}, {'7','8'},
+	{'O','m'}, {'A','E'}, {'D','/'}, {'-','a'},
+	{0xa1,0},  {0,0},     {'I','J'}, {'L','.'},
+	{'L','/'}, {'O','/'}, {'O','E'}, {'-','o'},
+	{'T','H'}, {'T','/'}, {'N','G'}, {'\'','n'},
+	{'k','k'}, {'a','e'}, {'d','/'}, {'d','-'},
+	{0xb1,0},  {0xb9,0},  {'i','j'}, {'l','.'},
+	{'l','/'}, {'o','/'}, {'o','e'}, {0xdf,0},
+	{'t','h'}, {'t','/'}, {'n','g'}, {'-','-'}
+#elif (ISO_8859 == 4)
+	{'-','M'}, {'1','S'}, {'R','g'}, {'C','o'},
+	{'T','M'}, {'M','8'}, {'N','O'}, {'B','B'},
+	{0,0},     {0,0},     {0,0},     {0,0},
+	{'1','8'}, {'3','8'}, {'5','8'}, {'7','8'},
+	{'O','m'}, {0xc6,0},  {0xd0,0},  {'-','a'},
+	{'H','/'}, {0,0},     {'I','J'}, {'L','.'},
+	{'L','/'}, {0xd8,0},  {'O','E'}, {'-','o'},
+	{'T','H'}, {0xac,0},  {0xbd,0},  {'\'','n'},
+	{0xa2,0},  {0xe6,0},  {0xf0,0},  {'d','-'},
+	{'h','/'}, {'i','.'}, {'i','j'}, {'l','.'},
+	{'l','/'}, {0xf8,0},  {'o','e'}, {0xdf,0},
+	{'t','h'}, {0xbc,0},  {0xbf,0},  {'-','-'}
+#elif (ISO_8859 == 9)
+	{'-','M'}, {0xb9,0},  {0xae,0},  {0xa9,0},
+	{'T','M'}, {'M','8'}, {0xac,0},  {0xa6,0},
+	{0,0},     {0,0},     {0,0},     {0,0},
+	{'1','8'}, {'3','8'}, {'5','8'}, {'7','8'},
+	{'O','m'}, {0xc6,0},  {'D','/'}, {0xaa,0},
+	{'H','/'}, {0,0},     {'I','J'}, {'L','.'},
+	{'L','/'}, {0xd8,0},  {'O','E'}, {0xba,0},
+	{'T','H'}, {'T','/'}, {'N','G'}, {'\'','n'},
+	{'k','k'}, {0xe6,0},  {'d','/'}, {'d','-'},
+	{'h','/'}, {0xfd,0},  {'i','j'}, {'l','.'},
+	{'l','/'}, {0xf8,0},  {'o','e'}, {0xdf,0},
+	{'t','h'}, {'t','/'}, {'n','g'}, {'-','-'}
+#elif (ISO_8859 == 10)
+	{0xbd,0},  {'1','S'}, {'R','g'}, {'C','o'},
+	{'T','M'}, {'M','8'}, {'N','O'}, {'B','B'},
+	{0,0},     {0,0},     {0,0},     {0,0},
+	{'1','8'}, {'3','8'}, {'5','8'}, {'7','8'},
+	{'O','m'}, {0xc6,0},  {0xa9,0},  {'-','a'},
+	{'H','/'}, {0,0},     {'I','J'}, {'L','.'},
+	{'L','/'}, {0xd8,0},  {'O','E'}, {'-','o'},
+	{0xde,0},  {0xab,0},  {0xaf,0},  {'\'','n'},
+	{0xff,0},  {0xe6,0},  {0xb9,0},  {0xf0,0},
+	{'h','/'}, {'i','.'}, {'i','j'}, {'l','.'},
+	{'l','/'}, {0xf8,0},  {'o','e'}, {0xdf,0},
+	{0xfe,0},  {0xbb,0},  {0xbf,0},  {'-','-'}
+#else
+	{'-','M'}, {'1','S'}, {'R','g'}, {'C','o'},
+	{'T','M'}, {'M','8'}, {'N','O'}, {'B','B'},
+	{0,0},     {0,0},     {0,0},     {0,0},
+	{'1','8'}, {'3','8'}, {'5','8'}, {'7','8'},
+	{'O','m'}, {'A','E'}, {'D','/'}, {'-','a'},
+	{'H','/'}, {0,0},     {'I','J'}, {'L','.'},
+	{'L','/'}, {'O','/'}, {'O','E'}, {'-','o'},
+	{'T','H'}, {'T','/'}, {'N','G'}, {'\'','n'},
+	{'k','k'}, {'a','e'}, {'d','/'}, {'d','-'},
+	{'h','/'}, {'i','.'}, {'i','j'}, {'l','.'},
+	{'l','/'}, {'o','/'}, {'o','e'}, {'s','s'},
+	{'t','h'}, {'t','-'}, {'n','g'}, {'-','-'}
+#endif
+};
+
+/*
+--- ISO 8859-n characters <0xA0 .. 0xFF> -------------------
+*/
+#if (ISO_8859 == 1)
+static Couple trans_iso8859_t61[96] = {
+	{0xa0,0},     {0xa1,0},     {0xa2,0},     {0xa3,0},
+	{0xa8,0},     {0xa5,0},     {0xd7,0},     {0xa7,0},
+	{0xc8,ALONE}, {0xd3,0},     {0xe3,0},     {0xab,0},
+	{0xd6,0},     {0xff,0},     {0xd2,0},     {0xc5,ALONE},
+	{0xb0,0},     {0xb1,0},     {0xb2,0},     {0xb3,0},
+	{0xc2,ALONE}, {0xb5,0},     {0xb6,0},     {0xb7,0},
+	{0xcb,ALONE}, {0xd1,0},     {0xeb,0},     {0xbb,0},
+	{0xbc,0},     {0xbd,0},     {0xbe,0},     {0xbf,0},
+	{0xc1,'A'},   {0xc2,'A'},   {0xc3,'A'},   {0xc4,'A'},
+	{0xc8,'A'},   {0xca,'A'},   {0xe1,0},     {0xcb,'C'},
+	{0xc1,'E'},   {0xc2,'E'},   {0xc3,'E'},   {0xc8,'E'},
+	{0xc1,'I'},   {0xc2,'I'},   {0xc3,'I'},   {0xc8,'I'},
+	{0xe2,0},     {0xc4,'N'},   {0xc1,'O'},   {0xc2,'O'},
+	{0xc3,'O'},   {0xc4,'O'},   {0xc8,'O'},   {0xb4,0},
+	{0xe9,0},     {0xc1,'U'},   {0xc2,'U'},   {0xc3,'U'},
+	{0xc8,'U'},   {0xc2,'Y'},   {0xec,0},     {0xfb,0},
+	{0xc1,'a'},   {0xc2,'a'},   {0xc3,'a'},   {0xc4,'a'},
+	{0xc8,'a'},   {0xca,'a'},   {0xf1,0},     {0xcb,'c'},
+	{0xc1,'e'},   {0xc2,'e'},   {0xc3,'e'},   {0xc8,'e'},
+	{0xc1,'i'},   {0xc2,'i'},   {0xc3,'i'},   {0xc8,'i'},
+	{0xf3,0},     {0xc4,'n'},   {0xc1,'o'},   {0xc2,'o'},
+	{0xc3,'o'},   {0xc4,'o'},   {0xc8,'o'},   {0xb8,0},
+	{0xf9,0},     {0xc1,'u'},   {0xc2,'u'},   {0xc3,'u'},
+	{0xc8,'u'},   {0xc2,'y'},   {0xfc,0},     {0xc8,'y'}
+};
+#elif (ISO_8859 == 2)
+static Couple trans_iso8859_t61[96] = {
+	{0xa0,0},     {0xce,'A'},   {0xc6,ALONE}, {0xe8,0},
+	{0xa8,0},     {0xcf,'L'},   {0xc2,'S'},   {0xa7,0},
+	{0xc8,ALONE}, {0xcf,'S'},   {0xcb,'S'},   {0xcf,'T'},
+	{0xc2,'Z'},   {0xff,0},     {0xcf,'Z'},   {0xc7,'Z'},
+	{0xb0,0},     {0xce,'a'},   {0xce,ALONE}, {0xf8,0},
+	{0xc2,ALONE}, {0xcf,'l'},   {0xc2,'s'},   {0xcf,ALONE},
+	{0xcb,ALONE}, {0xcf,'s'},   {0xcb,'s'},   {0xcf,'t'},
+	{0xc2,'z'},   {0xcd,ALONE}, {0xcf,'z'},   {0xc7,'z'},
+	{0xc2,'R'},   {0xc2,'A'},   {0xc3,'A'},   {0xc6,'A'},
+	{0xc8,'A'},   {0xc2,'L'},   {0xc2,'C'},   {0xcb,'C'},
+	{0xcf,'C'},   {0xc2,'E'},   {0xce,'E'},   {0xc8,'E'},
+	{0xcf,'E'},   {0xc2,'I'},   {0xc3,'I'},   {0xcf,'D'},
+	{0xe2,0},     {0xc2,'N'},   {0xcf,'N'},   {0xc2,'O'},
+	{0xc3,'O'},   {0xcd,'O'},   {0xc8,'O'},   {0xb4,0},
+	{0xcf,'R'},   {0xca,'U'},   {0xc2,'U'},   {0xcd,'U'},
+	{0xc8,'U'},   {0xc2,'Y'},   {0xcb,'T'},   {0xfb,0},
+	{0xc2,'r'},   {0xc2,'a'},   {0xc3,'a'},   {0xc6,'a'},
+	{0xc8,'a'},   {0xc2,'l'},   {0xc2,'c'},   {0xcb,'c'},
+	{0xcf,'c'},   {0xc2,'e'},   {0xce,'e'},   {0xc8,'e'},
+	{0xcf,'e'},   {0xc2,'i'},   {0xc3,'i'},   {0xcf,'d'},
+	{0xf2,0},     {0xc2,'n'},   {0xcf,'n'},   {0xc2,'o'},
+	{0xc3,'o'},   {0xcd,'o'},   {0xc8,'o'},   {0xb8,0},
+	{0xcf,'r'},   {0xca,'u'},   {0xc2,'u'},   {0xcd,'u'},
+	{0xc8,'u'},   {0xc2,'y'},   {0xcb,'t'},   {0xc7,ALONE}
+};
+#elif (ISO_8859 == 3)
+static Couple trans_iso8859_t61[96] = {
+	{0xa0,0},     {0xe4,0},     {0xc6,ALONE}, {0xa3,0},
+	{0xa8,0},     {0,0},        {0xc3,'H'},   {0xa7,0},
+	{0xc8,ALONE}, {0xc7,'I'},   {0xcb,'S'},   {0xc6,'G'},
+	{0xc3,'J'},   {0xff,0},     {0,0},        {0xc7,'Z'},
+	{0xb0,0},     {0xf4,0},     {0xb2,0},     {0xb3,0},
+	{0xc2,ALONE}, {0xb5,0},     {0xc3,'h'},   {0xb7,0},
+	{0xcb,ALONE}, {0xf5,0},     {0xcb,'s'},   {0xc6,'g'},
+	{0xc3,'j'},   {0xbd,0},     {0,0},        {0xc7,'z'},
+	{0xc1,'A'},   {0xc2,'A'},   {0xc3,'A'},   {0,0},
+	{0xc8,'A'},   {0xc7,'C'},   {0xc3,'C'},   {0xcb,'C'},
+	{0xc1,'E'},   {0xc2,'E'},   {0xc3,'E'},   {0xc8,'E'},
+	{0xc1,'I'},   {0xc2,'I'},   {0xc3,'I'},   {0xc8,'I'},
+	{0,0},        {0xc4,'N'},   {0xc1,'O'},   {0xc2,'O'},
+	{0xc3,'O'},   {0xc7,'G'},   {0xc8,'O'},   {0xb4,0},
+	{0xc3,'G'},   {0xc1,'U'},   {0xc2,'U'},   {0xc3,'U'},
+	{0xc8,'U'},   {0xc6,'U'},   {0xc3,'S'},   {0xfb,0},
+	{0xc1,'a'},   {0xc2,'a'},   {0xc3,'a'},   {0,0},
+	{0xc8,'a'},   {0xc7,'c'},   {0xc3,'c'},   {0xcb,'c'},
+	{0xc1,'e'},   {0xc2,'e'},   {0xc3,'e'},   {0xc8,'e'},
+	{0xc1,'i'},   {0xc2,'i'},   {0xc3,'i'},   {0xc8,'i'},
+	{0,0},        {0xc4,'n'},   {0xc1,'o'},   {0xc2,'o'},
+	{0xc3,'o'},   {0xc7,'g'},   {0xc8,'o'},   {0xb8,0},
+	{0xc3,'g'},   {0xc1,'u'},   {0xc2,'u'},   {0xc3,'u'},
+	{0xc8,'u'},   {0xc6,'u'},   {0xc3,'s'},   {0xc7,ALONE}
+};
+#elif (ISO_8859 == 4)
+static Couple trans_iso8859_t61[96] = {
+	{0xa0,0},     {0xce,'A'},   {0xf0,0},     {0xcb,'R'},
+	{0xa8,0},     {0xc4,'I'},   {0xcb,'L'},   {0xa7,0},
+	{0xc8,ALONE}, {0xcf,'S'},   {0xc5,'E'},   {0xcb,'G'},
+	{0xed,0},     {0xff,0},     {0xcf,'Z'},   {0xc5,ALONE},
+	{0xb0,0},     {0xce,'a'},   {0xce,ALONE}, {0xcb,'r'},
+	{0xc2,ALONE}, {0xc4,'i'},   {0xcb,'l'},   {0xcf,ALONE},
+	{0xcb,ALONE}, {0xcf,'s'},   {0xc5,'e'},   {0xcb,'g'},
+	{0xfd,0},     {0xee,0},     {0xcf,'z'},   {0xfe,0},
+	{0xc5,'A'},   {0xc2,'A'},   {0xc3,'A'},   {0xc4,'A'},
+	{0xc8,'A'},   {0xca,'A'},   {0xe1,0},     {0xce,'I'},
+	{0xcf,'C'},   {0xc2,'E'},   {0xce,'E'},   {0xc8,'E'},
+	{0xc7,'E'},   {0xc2,'I'},   {0xc3,'I'},   {0xc5,'I'},
+	{0xe2,0},     {0xcb,'N'},   {0xc5,'O'},   {0xcb,'K'},
+	{0xc3,'O'},   {0xc4,'O'},   {0xc8,'O'},   {0xb4,0},
+	{0xe9,0},     {0xce,'U'},   {0xc2,'U'},   {0xc3,'U'},
+	{0xc8,'U'},   {0xc4,'U'},   {0xc5,'U'},   {0xfb,0},
+	{0xc5,'a'},   {0xc2,'a'},   {0xc3,'a'},   {0xc4,'a'},
+	{0xc8,'a'},   {0xca,'a'},   {0xf1,0},     {0xce,'i'},
+	{0xcf,'c'},   {0xc2,'e'},   {0xce,'e'},   {0xc8,'e'},
+	{0xc7,'e'},   {0xc2,'i'},   {0xc3,'i'},   {0xc5,'i'},
+	{0xf2,0},     {0xcb,'n'},   {0xc5,'o'},   {0xcb,'k'},
+	{0xc3,'o'},   {0xc4,'o'},   {0xc8,'o'},   {0xb8,0},
+	{0xf9,0},     {0xce,'u'},   {0xc2,'u'},   {0xc3,'u'},
+	{0xc8,'u'},   {0xc4,'u'},   {0xc5,'u'},   {0xc7,ALONE}
+};
+#elif (ISO_8859 == 9)
+static Couple trans_iso8859_t61[96] = {
+	{0xa0,0},     {0xa1,0},     {0xa2,0},     {0xa3,0},
+	{0xa8,0},     {0xa5,0},     {0xd7,0},     {0xa7,0},
+	{0xc8,ALONE}, {0xd3,0},     {0xe3,0},     {0xab,0},
+	{0xd6,0},     {0xff,0},     {0xd2,0},     {0xc5,ALONE},
+	{0xb0,0},     {0xb1,0},     {0xb2,0},     {0xb3,0},
+	{0xc2,ALONE}, {0xb5,0},     {0xb6,0},     {0xb7,0},
+	{0xcb,ALONE}, {0xd1,0},     {0xeb,0},     {0xbb,0},
+	{0xbc,0},     {0xbd,0},     {0xbe,0},     {0xbf,0},
+	{0xc1,'A'},   {0xc2,'A'},   {0xc3,'A'},   {0xc4,'A'},
+	{0xc8,'A'},   {0xca,'A'},   {0xe1,0},     {0xcb,'C'},
+	{0xc1,'E'},   {0xc2,'E'},   {0xc3,'E'},   {0xc8,'E'},
+	{0xc1,'I'},   {0xc2,'I'},   {0xc3,'I'},   {0xc8,'I'},
+	{0xc6,'G'},   {0xc4,'N'},   {0xc1,'O'},   {0xc2,'O'},
+	{0xc3,'O'},   {0xc4,'O'},   {0xc8,'O'},   {0xb4,0},
+	{0xe9,0},     {0xc1,'U'},   {0xc2,'U'},   {0xc3,'U'},
+	{0xc8,'U'},   {0xc7,'I'},   {0xcb,'S'},   {0xfb,0},
+	{0xc1,'a'},   {0xc2,'a'},   {0xc3,'a'},   {0xc4,'a'},
+	{0xc8,'a'},   {0xca,'a'},   {0xf1,0},     {0xcb,'c'},
+	{0xc1,'e'},   {0xc2,'e'},   {0xce,'e'},   {0xc8,'e'},
+	{0xc7,'e'},   {0xc2,'i'},   {0xc3,'i'},   {0xc5,'i'},
+	{0xc6,'g'},   {0xc4,'n'},   {0xc1,'o'},   {0xc2,'o'},
+	{0xc3,'o'},   {0xc4,'o'},   {0xc8,'o'},   {0xb8,0},
+	{0xf9,0},     {0xc1,'u'},   {0xc2,'u'},   {0xc3,'u'},
+	{0xc8,'u'},   {0xf5,0},     {0xcb,'s'},   {0xc8,'y'}
+};
+#elif (ISO_8859 == 10)
+static Couple trans_iso8859_t61[96] = {
+	{0xa0,0},     {0xce,'A'},   {0xc5,'E'},   {0xcb,'G'},
+	{0xc5,'I'},   {0xc4,'I'},   {0xcb,'K'},   {0xa7,0},
+	{0xcb,'L'},   {0xe2,0},     {0xcf,'S'},   {0xed,0},
+	{0xcf,'Z'},   {0xff,0},     {0xc5,'U'},   {0xee,0},
+	{0xb0,0},     {0xce,'a'},   {0xc5,'e'},   {0xcb,'g'},
+	{0xc5,'i'},   {0xc4,'i'},   {0xcb,'k'},   {0xb7,0},
+	{0xcb,'l'},   {0xf2,0},     {0xcf,'s'},   {0xfd,0},
+	{0xcf,'z'},   {0xd0,0},     {0xc5,'u'},   {0xfe,0},
+	{0xc5,'A'},   {0xc2,'A'},   {0xc3,'A'},   {0xc4,'A'},
+	{0xc8,'A'},   {0xca,'A'},   {0xe1,0},     {0xce,'I'},
+	{0xcf,'C'},   {0xc2,'E'},   {0xce,'E'},   {0xc8,'E'},
+	{0xc7,'E'},   {0xc2,'I'},   {0xc3,'I'},   {0xc8,'I'},
+	{0,0},        {0xcb,'N'},   {0xc5,'O'},   {0xc2,'O'},
+	{0xc3,'O'},   {0xc4,'O'},   {0xc8,'O'},   {0xc4,'U'},
+	{0xe9,0},     {0xce,'U'},   {0xc2,'U'},   {0xc3,'U'},
+	{0xc8,'U'},   {0xc2,'Y'},   {0xec,0},     {0xfb,0},
+	{0xc5,'a'},   {0xc2,'a'},   {0xc3,'a'},   {0xc4,'a'},
+	{0xc8,'a'},   {0xca,'a'},   {0xf1,0},     {0xce,'i'},
+	{0xcf,'c'},   {0xc2,'e'},   {0xce,'e'},   {0xc8,'e'},
+	{0xc7,'e'},   {0xc2,'i'},   {0xc3,'i'},   {0xc8,'i'},
+	{0xf3,0},     {0xcb,'n'},   {0xc5,'o'},   {0xc2,'o'},
+	{0xc3,'o'},   {0xc4,'o'},   {0xc8,'o'},   {0xc4,'u'},
+	{0xf9,0},     {0xce,'u'},   {0xc2,'u'},   {0xc3,'u'},
+	{0xc8,'u'},   {0xc2,'y'},   {0xfc,0},     {0xf0,0}
+};
+#endif
+
+
+static Byte *
+c_to_hh( Byte *o, Byte c )
+{
+  Byte n;
+
+  *o++ = '{'; *o++ = 'x';
+  n = c >> 4;
+  *o++ = ((n < 0xA) ? '0' : 'A' - 0xA) + n;
+  n = c & 0x0F;
+  *o++ = ((n < 0xA) ? '0' : 'A' - 0xA) + n;
+  *o++ = '}';
+  return o;
+}
+
+
+static Byte *
+c_to_cc( Byte *o, Couple *cc, Byte c )
+{
+  if ( (*cc).a != 0 ) {
+    if ( (*cc).b == 0 )
+      *o++ = (*cc).a;
+    else {
+      *o++ = '{';
+      *o++ = (*cc).a;
+      *o++ = (*cc).b;
+      *o++ = '}';
+    }
+    return o;
+  }
+  else
+    return c_to_hh( o, c );
+}
+
+/* --- routine to convert from T.61 to ISO 8859-n --- */
+
+int
+ldap_t61_to_8859( char **bufp, unsigned long *buflenp, int free_input )
+{
+  Byte		*s, *oo, *o;
+  unsigned int  n;
+  int           c;
+  unsigned long len;
+  Couple        *cc;
+
+  LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "ldap_t61_to_8859 input length: %ld\n",
+	*buflenp, 0, 0 );
+
+  len = *buflenp;
+  s = (Byte *) *bufp;
+
+  if ( (o = oo = (Byte *)NSLDAPI_MALLOC( 2 * len + 64 )) == NULL ) {
+        return( 1 );
+  }
+
+  while ( (char *)s - *(char **)bufp < len ) {
+    switch ( *s >> 4 ) {
+
+    case 0xA: case 0xB:
+      o = c_to_cc( o, &trans_t61a_iso8859[ *s - 0xA0 ], *s );
+      s++;
+      break;
+
+    case 0xD: case 0xE: case 0xF:
+      o = c_to_cc( o, &trans_t61b_iso8859[ *s - 0xD0 ], *s );
+      s++;
+      break;
+
+    case 0xC:
+      if ( (*s == 0xC0) || (*s == 0xC9) || (*s == 0xCC) ) {
+        o = c_to_hh( o, *s++ );
+        break;
+      }
+
+      n = (*s++) - 0xC0;
+      switch ( *s ) {
+
+      case 'A':  c = letter_w_diacritic[n][0]; break;
+      case 'C':  c = letter_w_diacritic[n][1]; break;
+      case 'D':  c = letter_w_diacritic[n][2]; break;
+      case 'E':  c = letter_w_diacritic[n][3]; break;
+      case 'G':  c = letter_w_diacritic[n][4]; break;
+      case 'H':  c = letter_w_diacritic[n][5]; break;
+      case 'I':  c = letter_w_diacritic[n][6]; break;
+      case 'J':  c = letter_w_diacritic[n][7]; break;
+      case 'K':  c = letter_w_diacritic[n][8]; break;
+      case 'L':  c = letter_w_diacritic[n][9]; break;
+      case 'N':  c = letter_w_diacritic[n][10]; break;
+      case 'O':  c = letter_w_diacritic[n][11]; break;
+      case 'R':  c = letter_w_diacritic[n][12]; break;
+      case 'S':  c = letter_w_diacritic[n][13]; break;
+      case 'T':  c = letter_w_diacritic[n][14]; break;
+      case 'U':  c = letter_w_diacritic[n][15]; break;
+      case 'W':  c = letter_w_diacritic[n][16]; break;
+      case 'Y':  c = letter_w_diacritic[n][17]; break;
+      case 'Z':  c = letter_w_diacritic[n][18]; break;
+
+      case 'a':  c = letter_w_diacritic[n][19]; break;
+      case 'c':  c = letter_w_diacritic[n][20]; break;
+      case 'd':  c = letter_w_diacritic[n][21]; break;
+      case 'e':  c = letter_w_diacritic[n][22]; break;
+      case 'g':  c = letter_w_diacritic[n][23]; break;
+      case 'h':  c = letter_w_diacritic[n][24]; break;
+      case 'i':  c = letter_w_diacritic[n][25]; break;
+      case 'j':  c = letter_w_diacritic[n][26]; break;
+      case 'k':  c = letter_w_diacritic[n][27]; break;
+      case 'l':  c = letter_w_diacritic[n][28]; break;
+      case 'n':  c = letter_w_diacritic[n][29]; break;
+      case 'o':  c = letter_w_diacritic[n][30]; break;
+      case 'r':  c = letter_w_diacritic[n][31]; break;
+      case 's':  c = letter_w_diacritic[n][32]; break;
+      case 't':  c = letter_w_diacritic[n][33]; break;
+      case 'u':  c = letter_w_diacritic[n][34]; break;
+      case 'w':  c = letter_w_diacritic[n][35]; break;
+      case 'y':  c = letter_w_diacritic[n][36]; break;
+      case 'z':  c = letter_w_diacritic[n][37]; break;
+
+      case ALONE:  c = (( !diacritic[n].b ) ? diacritic[n].a : -1);
+                   break;
+
+      default:   c = 0;
+      }
+
+      if ( c > 0 ) {
+        *o++ = c;  s++;
+      } else {
+        *o++ = '{';
+        if ( c == -1 ) {
+          *o++ = ( ( *s == ALONE ) ? ' ' : *s );
+          s++;
+        } else {
+          *o++ = '"';
+        }
+        *o++ = diacritic[n].a;
+        *o++ = '}';
+      }
+      break;
+
+#if (ISO_8859 == 0)
+    case 0x8: case 0x9:
+      *o++ = 0x1B; /* <ESC> */
+      *o++ = *s++ - 0x40;
+      break;
+#endif
+
+      default:
+        *o++ = *s++;
+    }
+  }
+
+  len = o - oo;
+  o = oo;
+
+  if ( (oo = (Byte *)NSLDAPI_REALLOC( o, len )) == NULL ) {
+    NSLDAPI_FREE( o );
+    return( 1 );
+  }
+
+  if ( free_input ) {
+    NSLDAPI_FREE( *bufp );
+  }
+  *bufp = (char *) oo;
+  *buflenp = len;
+  return( 0 );
+}
+
+
+static int
+hh_to_c( Byte *h )
+{
+  Byte c;
+
+  if ( (*h >= '0') && (*h <= '9') )      c = *h++ - '0';
+  else if ( (*h >= 'A') && (*h <= 'F') ) c = *h++ - 'A' + 10;
+  else if ( (*h >= 'a') && (*h <= 'f') ) c = *h++ - 'a' + 10;
+  else return -1;
+
+  c <<= 4;
+
+  if ( (*h >= '0') && (*h <= '9') )      c |= *h - '0';
+  else if ( (*h >= 'A') && (*h <= 'F') ) c |= *h - 'A' + 10;
+  else if ( (*h >= 'a') && (*h <= 'f') ) c |= *h - 'a' + 10;
+  else return -1;
+
+  return c;
+}
+
+
+static Byte *
+cc_to_t61( Byte *o, Byte *s )
+{
+  int n, c = 0;
+
+  switch ( *(s + 1) ) {
+
+  case '`':  c = -1;   break;    /* <grave-accent> */
+
+  case '!':
+    switch ( *s ) {
+    case '!':  c = 0x7C;  break;  /* <vertical-line> */
+    case '(':  c = 0x7B;  break;  /* <left-curly-bracket> */
+    case '-':  c = 0xAD;  break;  /* <upwards-arrow> */
+    default:   c = -1;            /* <grave-accent> */
+    }
+    break;
+
+#if (ISO_8859 == 1) || (ISO_8859 == 2) || (ISO_8859 == 3) || \
+    (ISO_8859 == 4) || (ISO_8859 == 9)
+  case 0xB4:
+#endif
+  case '\'': c = -2;  break;    /* <acute-accent> */
+
+  case '^':  c = -3;  break;    /* <circumflex-acent> */
+
+  case '>':
+    switch ( *s ) {
+    case ')':  c = 0x5D;  break;  /* <right-square-bracket> */
+    case '>':  c = 0xBB;  break;  /* <right-angle-quotation> */
+    case '-':  c = 0xAE;  break;  /* <rightwards-arrow> */
+    default:   c = -3;            /* <circumflex-acent> */
+    }
+    break;
+
+  case '~':
+  case '?':  c = -4;  break;        /* <tilde> */
+
+#if (ISO_8859 == 1) || (ISO_8859 == 4) || (ISO_8859 == 9)
+  case 0xAF:  c = -5;  break;       /* <macron> */
+#endif
+
+  case '-':
+    switch ( *s ) {
+    case '-':  c = 0xFF; break; /* <soft-hyphen> */
+    case '<':  c = 0xAC; break; /* <leftwards arrow> */
+    case '+':  c = 0xB1; break; /* <plus-minus> */
+    case 'd':  c = 0xF3; break; /* <eth> */
+    default:   c = -5;          /* <macron> */
+    }
+    break;
+
+#if (ISO_8859 == 2) || (ISO_8859 == 3)
+  case 0xA2:  c = -6;  break;            /* <breve> */
+#endif
+
+  case '(':
+    if ( *s == '<' ) c = 0x5B;  /* <left-square-bracket> */
+    else             c = -6;    /* <breve> */
+    break;
+
+#if (ISO_8859 == 2) || (ISO_8859 == 3) || (ISO_8859 == 4)
+  case 0xFF:  c = -7;  break;    /* <dot-accent> */
+#endif
+
+  case '.':
+    switch ( *s ) {
+    case 'i':  c = 0xF5; break; /* <dotless-i> */
+    case 'L':  c = 0xE7; break; /* <L-middle-dot> */
+    case 'l':  c = 0xF7; break; /* <l-middle-dot> */
+    default:   c = -7;          /* <dot-accent> */
+    }
+    break;
+
+#if (ISO_8859 == 1) || (ISO_8859 == 2) || (ISO_8859 == 3) || \
+    (ISO_8859 == 4) || (ISO_8859 == 9)
+  case 0xA8:  c = -8; break; /* <diaeresis> */
+#endif
+
+  case ':':
+    if ( *s == '-')  c = 0xB8; /* <division-sign> */
+    else             c = -8;   /* <diaeresis> */
+    break;
+
+#if (ISO_8859 == 1) || (ISO_8859 == 2) || (ISO_8859 == 3) || \
+    (ISO_8859 == 4) || (ISO_8859 == 9) || (ISO_8859 == 10)
+  case 0xB0:
+#endif
+  case '0':  c = -10;  break;  /* <ring-above> */
+
+#if (ISO_8859 == 1) || (ISO_8859 == 2) || (ISO_8859 == 3) || \
+    (ISO_8859 == 4) || (ISO_8859 == 9)
+  case 0xB8:
+#endif
+  case ',':  c = -11; break; /* <cedilla> */
+
+#if (ISO_8859 == 2)
+  case 0xBD:
+#endif
+  case '"':  c = -13; break; /* <double-acute-accent> */
+
+#if (ISO_8859 == 2) || (ISO_8859 == 4)
+  case 0xB2:
+#endif
+  case ';':  c = -14; break; /* <ogonek> */
+
+#if (ISO_8859 == 2) || (ISO_8859 == 4)
+  case 0xB7:  c = -15;  break;  /* <caron> */
+#endif
+
+  case ')':
+    if ( *s == '!' )  c = 0x7D;  /* <left-curly-bracket> */
+    break;
+
+  case '<':
+    if ( *s == '<' )  c = 0xAB;  /* <left-angle-quotation> */
+    else              c = -15;   /* <caron> */
+    break;
+
+  case '/':
+    switch ( *s ) {
+    case '/':  c = 0x5C; break; /* <reverse-solidus> */
+    case 'D':  c = 0xE2; break; /* <D-stroke> */
+    case 'd':  c = 0xF2; break; /* <d-stroke> */
+    case 'H':  c = 0xE4; break; /* <H-stroke> */
+    case 'h':  c = 0xF4; break; /* <h-stroke> */
+    case 'L':  c = 0xE8; break; /* <L-stroke> */
+    case 'l':  c = 0xF8; break; /* <l-stroke> */
+    case 'O':  c = 0xE9; break; /* <O-stroke> */
+    case 'o':  c = 0xF9; break; /* <o-stroke> */
+    case 'T':  c = 0xED; break; /* <T-stroke> */
+    case 't':  c = 0xFD; break; /* <t-stroke> */
+    }
+    break;
+
+  case '2':
+    if ( *s == '1' )  c = 0xBD;    /* <one-half> */
+    break;
+
+  case '4':
+    switch ( *s ) {
+    case '1':  c = 0xBC; break; /* <one-quarter> */
+    case '3':  c = 0xBE; break; /* <three-quarters> */
+    }
+    break;
+
+  case '6':
+    switch ( *s ) {
+    case '\'': c = 0xA9; break; /* <left-single-quotation> */
+    case '"':  c = 0xAA; break; /* <left-double-quotation> */
+    }
+    break;
+
+  case '8':
+    switch ( *s ) {
+    case '1':  c = 0xDC; break; /* <one-eighth> */
+    case '3':  c = 0xDD; break; /* <three-eighths> */
+    case '5':  c = 0xDE; break; /* <five-eighths> */
+    case '7':  c = 0xDF; break; /* <seven-eighths> */
+    case 'M':  c = 0xD5; break; /* <eighth-note> */
+    }
+    break;
+
+  case '9':
+    switch ( *s ) {
+    case '\'': c = 0xB9; break; /* <right-single-quotation> */
+    case '"':  c = 0xBA; break; /* <right-double-quotation> */
+    }
+    break;
+
+  case 'A':
+    if ( *s == 'A' )  c = -10;  /* <ring-above> + <A> */
+    break;
+
+  case 'a':
+    switch ( *s ) {
+    case '-':  c = 0xE3; break; /* <femenine-ordinal-a> */
+    case 'a':  c = -10;  break; /* <ring-above> + <a> */
+    }
+    break;
+
+  case 'B':
+    if ( *s == 'B' )  c = 0xD7; /* <broken-bar> */
+    break;
+
+  case 'b':
+    if ( *s == 'N' )  c = 0xA6;  /* <number-sign> */
+    break;
+
+  case 'd':
+    if ( *s == 'P' )  c = 0xA3;  /* <pound-sign> */
+    break;
+
+  case 'E':
+    switch ( *s ) {
+    case 'S':  c = 0xA7; break; /* <section-sign> */
+    case 'A':  c = 0xE1; break; /* <AE> */
+    case 'O':  c = 0xEA; break; /* <OE> */
+    }
+    break;
+
+  case 'e':
+    switch ( *s ) {
+    case 'a':  c = 0xF1; break; /* <ae> */
+    case 'o':  c = 0xFA; break; /* <oe> */
+    case 'Y':  c = 0xA5;  break;  /* <yen-sign> */
+    }
+    break;
+
+  case 'G':
+    switch ( *s ) {
+    case 'D':  c = 0xB0; break; /* <degree-sign> */
+    case 'N':  c = 0xEE; break; /* <Eng> */
+    }
+    break;
+
+  case 'g':
+    switch ( *s ) {
+    case 'R':  c = 0xD2; break;  /* <registered-sign> */
+    case 'n':  c = 0xFE; break; /* <eng> */
+    }
+    break;
+
+  case 'H':
+    if ( *s == 'T' )  c = 0xEC;  /* <Thorn> */
+    break;
+
+  case 'h':
+    if ( *s == 't' )  c = 0xFC; /* <thorn> */
+    break;
+
+  case 'I':
+    switch ( *s ) {
+    case 'P':  c = 0xB6; break;  /* <pilcrow-sign> */
+    case '!':  c = 0xA1; break; /* <inverted-exclamation> */
+    case '?':  c = 0xBF; break; /* <inverted-question> */
+    }
+    break;
+
+  case 'J':
+    if ( *s == 'I' )  c = 0xE6; /* <IJ> */
+    break;
+
+  case 'j':
+    if ( *s == 'i' )  c = 0xF6;  /* <ij> */
+    break;
+
+  case 'k':
+    if ( *s == 'k' )  c = 0xF0; /* <kra> */
+    break;
+
+  case 'M':
+    switch ( *s ) {
+    case '.':  c = 0xB7; break; /* <middle-dot> */
+    case '-':  c = 0xD0; break; /* <em-dash> */
+    case 'T':  c = 0xD4; break; /* <trade-mark-sign> */
+    }
+    break;
+
+  case 'm':
+    switch ( *s ) {
+    case '\'':                  /* <macron> RFC 1345 */
+    case ' ':  c = -5;   break; /* <macron> */
+    case 'O':  c = 0xE0; break; /* <Ohm sign> */
+    }
+    break;
+
+  case 'n':
+    if ( *s == '\'' )  c = 0xEF; /* <n-preceded-by-apostrophe> */
+    break;
+
+  case 'O':
+    switch ( *s ) {
+    case 'D':  c = 0xA4; break; /* <dollar-sign> */
+    case 'N':  c = 0xD6; break; /* <not-sign> */
+    }
+    break;
+
+  case 'o':
+    switch ( *s ) {
+    case 'C':  c = 0xD3; break; /* <copyright-sign> */
+    case '-':  c = 0xEB; break; /* <masculine-ordinal-o> */
+    }
+    break;
+
+  case 'S':
+    switch ( *s ) {
+    case '1':  c = 0xD1; break; /* <superscript-1> */
+    case '2':  c = 0xB2; break; /* <superscript-2> */
+    case '3':  c = 0xB3; break; /* <superscript-3> */
+    case 'N':  c = 0xA0; break; /* <no-break-space> */
+    }
+    break;
+
+  case 's':
+    if ( *s == 's' )  c = 0xFB; /* <sharp-s> */
+    break;
+
+  case 't':
+    if ( *s == 'C' )  c = 0xA2; /* <cent-sign> */
+    break;
+
+  case 'u':
+    if ( *s == 'C' )  c = 0xA8; /* <currency-sign> */
+    break;
+
+  case 'v':
+    if ( *s == '-' )  c = 0xAF; /* <downwards-arrow> */
+    break;
+
+  case 'X':
+    if ( *s == '*' )  c = 0xB4; /* <multiplication-sign> */
+    break;
+
+  case 'y':
+    if ( *s == 'M' )  c = 0xB5; /* <micro-sign> */
+    break;
+  }
+
+  if ( c > 0 ) {
+    *o++ = c;
+    return o;
+  } else if ( !c )
+    return NULL;
+
+  /* else: c < 0 */
+  n = -c;
+  switch ( *s ) {
+
+  case 'A':  c = letter_w_diacritic[n][0]; break;
+  case 'C':  c = letter_w_diacritic[n][1]; break;
+  case 'D':  c = letter_w_diacritic[n][2]; break;
+  case 'E':  c = letter_w_diacritic[n][3]; break;
+  case 'G':  c = letter_w_diacritic[n][4]; break;
+  case 'H':  c = letter_w_diacritic[n][5]; break;
+  case 'I':  c = letter_w_diacritic[n][6]; break;
+  case 'J':  c = letter_w_diacritic[n][7]; break;
+  case 'K':  c = letter_w_diacritic[n][8]; break;
+  case 'L':  c = letter_w_diacritic[n][9]; break;
+  case 'N':  c = letter_w_diacritic[n][10]; break;
+  case 'O':  c = letter_w_diacritic[n][11]; break;
+  case 'R':  c = letter_w_diacritic[n][12]; break;
+  case 'S':  c = letter_w_diacritic[n][13]; break;
+  case 'T':  c = letter_w_diacritic[n][14]; break;
+  case 'U':  c = letter_w_diacritic[n][15]; break;
+  case 'W':  c = letter_w_diacritic[n][16]; break;
+  case 'Y':  c = letter_w_diacritic[n][17]; break;
+  case 'Z':  c = letter_w_diacritic[n][18]; break;
+
+  case 'a':  c = letter_w_diacritic[n][19]; break;
+  case 'c':  c = letter_w_diacritic[n][20]; break;
+  case 'd':  c = letter_w_diacritic[n][21]; break;
+  case 'e':  c = letter_w_diacritic[n][22]; break;
+  case 'g':  c = letter_w_diacritic[n][23]; break;
+  case 'h':  c = letter_w_diacritic[n][24]; break;
+  case 'i':  c = letter_w_diacritic[n][25]; break;
+  case 'j':  c = letter_w_diacritic[n][26]; break;
+  case 'k':  c = letter_w_diacritic[n][27]; break;
+  case 'l':  c = letter_w_diacritic[n][28]; break;
+  case 'n':  c = letter_w_diacritic[n][29]; break;
+  case 'o':  c = letter_w_diacritic[n][30]; break;
+  case 'r':  c = letter_w_diacritic[n][31]; break;
+  case 's':  c = letter_w_diacritic[n][32]; break;
+  case 't':  c = letter_w_diacritic[n][33]; break;
+  case 'u':  c = letter_w_diacritic[n][34]; break;
+  case 'w':  c = letter_w_diacritic[n][35]; break;
+  case 'y':  c = letter_w_diacritic[n][36]; break;
+  case 'z':  c = letter_w_diacritic[n][37]; break;
+
+  case '\'':
+  case ' ':  c = -1; break;
+
+  default:   c = 0;
+  }
+
+  if ( !c )
+    return NULL;
+
+  *o++ = n + 0xC0;
+  *o++ = ( ( (*s == ' ') || (*s == '\'') ) ? ALONE : *s );
+  return o;
+}
+
+
+/* --- routine to convert from ISO 8859-n to T.61 --- */
+
+int
+ldap_8859_to_t61( char **bufp, unsigned long *buflenp, int free_input )
+{
+  Byte		*s, *oo, *o, *aux;
+  int		c;
+  unsigned long len; 
+  Couple	*cc;
+
+  LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "ldap_8859_to_t61 input length: %ld\n",
+	*buflenp, 0, 0 );
+
+  len = *buflenp;
+  s = (Byte *) *bufp;
+
+  if ( (o = oo = (Byte *)NSLDAPI_MALLOC( 2 * len + 64 )) == NULL ) {
+        return( 1 );
+  }
+
+  while ( (char *)s - *(char **)bufp < len ) {
+    switch( *s >> 5 ) {
+
+    case 2:
+      switch ( *s ) {
+
+      case '^':  *o++ = 0xC3; *o++ = ALONE; s++; break;
+
+      case '\\':
+        s++;
+        if ( (c = hh_to_c( s )) != -1 ) {
+          *o++ = c;
+          s += 2;
+        } else
+          *o++ = '\\';
+        break;
+
+      default:  *o++ = *s++;
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case 3:
+      switch ( *s ) {
+
+      case '`':  *o++ = 0xC1; *o++ = ALONE; s++; break;
+      case '~':  *o++ = 0xC4; *o++ = ALONE; s++; break;
+
+      case '{':
+        s++;
+        if ( *(s + 2) == '}' ) {
+          if ( (aux = cc_to_t61( o, s )) != NULL ) {
+            o = aux;
+            s += 3;
+          } else {
+            *o++ = '{';
+          }
+        } else if ( (*(s + 3) == '}') && ( (*s == 'x') || (*s == 'X') ) &&
+                    ( (c = hh_to_c( s + 1 )) != -1 ) ) {
+          *o++ = c;
+          s += 4;
+        } else {
+          *o++ = '{';
+        }
+        break;
+
+      default:
+        *o++ = *s++;
+      }
+      break;
+
+#if (ISO_8859 == 0)
+    case 4: case 5: case 6: case 7:
+      s++;
+      break;
+#else
+    case 5: case 6: case 7:
+# if (ISO_8859 == 1) || (ISO_8859 == 2) || (ISO_8859 == 3) || \
+     (ISO_8859 == 4) || (ISO_8859 == 9) || (ISO_8859 == 10)
+      if ( (*(cc = &trans_iso8859_t61[ *s - 0xA0 ])).a ) {
+	*o++ = (*cc).a;
+	if ( (*cc).b )  *o++ = (*cc).b;
+      }
+# endif
+      s++;
+      break;
+#endif
+
+    default:
+      *o++ = *s++;
+    }
+  }
+
+  len = o - oo;
+  o = oo;
+
+  if ( (oo = (Byte *)NSLDAPI_REALLOC( o, len )) == NULL ) {
+    NSLDAPI_FREE( o );
+    return( 1 );
+  }
+
+  if ( free_input ) {
+    NSLDAPI_FREE( *bufp );
+  }
+  *bufp = (char *) oo;
+  *buflenp = len;
+  return( 0 );
+}
+
+
+#ifdef NOT_NEEDED_IN_LIBLDAP	/* mcs@umich.edu 12 Oct 1995 */
+/* --- routine to convert "escaped" (\hh) characters to 8bits --- */
+
+void convert_escaped_to_8bit( s )
+char	*s;
+{
+  char	*o = s;
+  int	c;
+
+  while ( *s ) {
+    if ( *s == '\\' ) {
+      if ( (c = hh_to_c( ++s )) != -1 ) {
+	*o++ = c;
+	s += 2;
+      } else
+        *o++ = '\\';
+    } else
+      *o++ = *s++;
+  }
+  *o = '\0';
+}
+
+/* --- routine to convert 8bits characters to the "escaped" (\hh) form --- */
+
+char *convert_8bit_to_escaped( s )
+Byte  *s;
+{
+  Byte	*o, *oo;
+  Byte	n;
+
+  if ( (o = oo = (Byte *)NSLDAPI_MALLOC( 2 * strlen( s ) + 64 )) == NULL ) {
+        return( NULL );
+  }
+
+  while ( *s ) {
+    if ( *s < 0x80 )
+      *o++ = *s++;
+    else {
+      *o++ = '\\';
+      n = *s >> 4;
+      *o++ = ((n < 0xA) ? '0' : 'A' - 0xA) + n;
+      n = *s++ & 0x0F;
+      *o++ = ((n < 0xA) ? '0' : 'A' - 0xA) + n;
+    }
+  }
+  *o = '\0';
+
+  o = oo;
+
+  if ( (oo = (Byte *)NSLDAPI_REALLOC( o, strlen( o ) + 1 )) == NULL ) {
+    NSLDAPI_FREE( o );
+    return( NULL );
+  }
+
+  return( (char *)oo );
+}
+
+/* --- routine to convert from T.61 to printable characters --- */
+
+/*
+   printable characters [RFC 1488]: 'A'..'Z', 'a'..'z', '0'..'9',
+       '\'', '(', ')', '+', ',', '-', '.', '/', ':', '?, ' '.
+
+   that conversion is language dependent.
+*/
+
+static Couple last_t61_printabled[32] = {
+	{0,0},     {'A','E'}, {'D',0},   {0,0},
+	{'H',0},   {0,0},     {'I','J'}, {'L',0},
+	{'L',0},   {'O',0},   {'O','E'}, {0,0},
+	{'T','H'}, {'T',0},   {'N','G'}, {'n',0},
+	{'k',0},   {'a','e'}, {'d',0},   {'d',0},
+	{'h',0},   {'i',0},   {'i','j'}, {'l',0},
+	{'l',0},   {'o',0},   {'o','e'}, {'s','s'},
+	{'t','h'}, {'t',0},   {'n','g'}, {0,0}
+};
+
+char *t61_printable( s )
+Byte  *s;
+{
+  Byte   *o, *oo;
+  Byte   n;
+  Couple *cc;
+
+  if ( (o = oo = (Byte *)NSLDAPI_MALLOC( 2 * strlen( s ) + 64 )) == NULL ) {
+        return( NULL );
+  }
+
+  while ( *s ) {
+    if ( ( (*s >= 'A') && (*s <= 'Z') ) ||
+         ( (*s >= 'a') && (*s <= 'z') ) ||
+         ( (*s >= '0') && (*s <= '9') ) ||
+         ( (*s >= '\'') && (*s <= ')') ) ||
+         ( (*s >= '+') && (*s <= '/') ) ||
+         ( *s == '?' ) || ( *s == ' ' ) )
+      *o++ = *s++;
+    else {
+      if ( *s >= 0xE0 ) {
+	if ( (*(cc = &last_t61_printabled[ *s - 0xE0 ])).a ) {
+          *o++ = (*cc).a;
+          if ( (*cc).b )  *o++ = (*cc).b;
+        }
+      }
+      else if ( (*s >> 4) == 0xC ) {
+        switch ( *s ) {
+	case 0xCA:			/* ring */
+	  switch ( *(s + 1) ) {
+	  case 'A':  *o++ = 'A'; *o++ = 'A'; s++; break; /* Swedish */
+	  case 'a':  *o++ = 'a'; *o++ = 'a'; s++; break; /* Swedish */
+	  }
+	  break;
+
+	case 0xC8:			/* diaeresis */
+	  switch ( *(s + 1) ) {
+	  case 'Y':  *o++ = 'I'; *o++ = 'J'; s++; break; /* Dutch */
+	  case 'y':  *o++ = 'i'; *o++ = 'j'; s++; break; /* Dutch */
+          }
+	  break;
+        }
+      }
+      s++;
+    }
+  }
+  *o = '\0';
+
+  o = oo;
+
+  if ( (oo = (Byte *)NSLDAPI_REALLOC( o, strlen( o ) + 1 )) == NULL ) {
+    NSLDAPI_FREE( o );
+    return( NULL );
+  }
+
+  return( (char *)oo );
+}
+#endif /* NOT_NEEDED_IN_LIBLDAP */	/* mcs@umich.edu 12 Oct 1995 */
+
+#endif /* LDAP_CHARSET_8859 */
+#endif /* STR_TRANSLATION */
diff --git a/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/cldap.c b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/cldap.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..829d34c28
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/cldap.c
@@ -0,0 +1,585 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ * 
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version 
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with 
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at 
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ * 
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ * 
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, released
+ * March 31, 1998.
+ * 
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998-1999
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ * 
+ * Contributor(s):
+ * 
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
+ * or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ * 
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+/*
+ *  Copyright (c) 1990, 1994 Regents of the University of Michigan.
+ *  All rights reserved.
+ */
+/*
+ *  cldap.c - synchronous, retrying interface to the cldap protocol
+ */
+
+
+#ifdef CLDAP
+
+XXX not MT-safe XXX
+
+#ifndef lint 
+static char copyright[] = "@(#) Copyright (c) 1990, 1994 Regents of the University of Michigan.\nAll rights reserved.\n";
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#ifdef macintosh
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include "macos.h"
+#else /* macintosh */
+#ifdef DOS
+#include "msdos.h"
+#else /* DOS */
+#ifdef _WINDOWS
+#include <windows.h>
+#else /* _WINDOWS */
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/socket.h>
+#include <netinet/in.h>
+#include <netdb.h>
+#endif /* _WINDOWS */
+#endif /* DOS */
+#endif /* macintosh */
+
+#include "ldap-int.h"
+
+#define DEF_CLDAP_TIMEOUT	3
+#define DEF_CLDAP_TRIES		4
+
+#ifndef INADDR_LOOPBACK
+#define INADDR_LOOPBACK	((unsigned long) 0x7f000001)
+#endif
+
+
+struct cldap_retinfo {
+	int		cri_maxtries;
+	int		cri_try;
+	int		cri_useaddr;
+	long		cri_timeout;
+};
+
+#ifdef NEEDPROTOS
+static int add_addr( LDAP *ld, struct sockaddr *sap );
+static int cldap_result( LDAP *ld, int msgid, LDAPMessage **res,
+	struct cldap_retinfo *crip, char *base );
+static int cldap_parsemsg( LDAP *ld, int msgid, BerElement *ber,
+	LDAPMessage **res, char *base );
+#else /* NEEDPROTOS */
+static int add_addr();
+static int cldap_result();
+static int cldap_parsemsg();
+#endif /* NEEDPROTOS */
+
+/*
+ * cldap_open - initialize and connect to an ldap server.  A magic cookie to
+ * be used for future communication is returned on success, NULL on failure.
+ *
+ * Example:
+ *	LDAP	*ld;
+ *	ld = cldap_open( hostname, port );
+ */
+
+LDAP *
+cldap_open( char *host, int port )
+{
+    int 		s;
+    ldap_x_in_addr_t	address;
+    struct sockaddr_in 	sock;
+    struct hostent	*hp;
+    LDAP		*ld;
+    char		*p;
+    int			i;
+
+    LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "cldap_open\n", 0, 0, 0 );
+
+    if ( port == 0 ) {
+	    port = LDAP_PORT;
+    }
+
+    if ( (s = socket( AF_INET, SOCK_DGRAM, 0 )) < 0 ) {
+	return( NULL );
+    }
+
+    sock.sin_addr.s_addr = 0;
+    sock.sin_family = AF_INET;
+    sock.sin_port = 0;
+    if ( bind(s, (struct sockaddr *) &sock, sizeof(sock)) < 0)  {
+	close( s );
+	return( NULL );
+    }
+
+    if (( ld = ldap_init( host, port )) == NULL ) {
+	close( s );
+	return( NULL );
+    }
+    if ( (ld->ld_sbp->sb_fromaddr = (void *)NSLDAPI_CALLOC( 1,
+	    sizeof( struct sockaddr ))) == NULL ) {
+	NSLDAPI_FREE( ld );
+	close( s );
+	return( NULL );
+    }	
+    ld->ld_sbp->sb_sd = s;
+    ld->ld_sbp->sb_naddr = 0;
+    ld->ld_version = LDAP_VERSION2;
+
+    sock.sin_family = AF_INET;
+    sock.sin_port = htons( port );
+
+    /*
+     * 'host' may be a space-separated list.
+     */
+    if ( host != NULL ) {
+	for ( ; host != NULL; host = p ) {
+	    if (( p = strchr( host, ' ' )) != NULL ) {
+		for (*p++ = '\0'; *p == ' '; p++) {
+		    ;
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    if ( (address = inet_addr( host )) == -1 ) {
+/* XXXmcs: need to use DNS callbacks here XXX */
+XXX
+		if ( (hp = gethostbyname( host )) == NULL ) {
+		    LDAP_SET_ERRNO( ld, EHOSTUNREACH );
+		    continue;
+		}
+
+		for ( i = 0; hp->h_addr_list[ i ] != 0; ++i ) {
+		    SAFEMEMCPY( (char *)&sock.sin_addr.s_addr,
+			    (char *)hp->h_addr_list[ i ],
+			    sizeof(sock.sin_addr.s_addr));
+		    if ( add_addr( ld, (struct sockaddr *)&sock ) < 0 ) {
+			close( s );
+			NSLDAPI_FREE( ld );
+			return( NULL );
+		    }
+		}
+
+	    } else {
+		sock.sin_addr.s_addr = address;
+		if ( add_addr( ld, (struct sockaddr *)&sock ) < 0 ) {
+		    close( s );
+		    NSLDAPI_FREE( ld );
+		    return( NULL );
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    if ( ld->ld_host == NULL ) {
+		    ld->ld_host = nsldapi_strdup( host );
+	    }
+	}
+
+    } else {
+	address = INADDR_LOOPBACK;
+	sock.sin_addr.s_addr = htonl( address );
+	if ( add_addr( ld, (struct sockaddr *)&sock ) < 0 ) {
+	    close( s );
+	    NSLDAPI_FREE( ld );
+	    return( NULL );
+	}
+    }
+
+    if ( ld->ld_sbp->sb_addrs == NULL
+	    || ( ld->ld_defconn = nsldapi_new_connection( ld, NULL, 1,0,0 )) == NULL ) {
+	NSLDAPI_FREE( ld );
+	return( NULL );
+    }
+
+    ld->ld_sbp->sb_useaddr = ld->ld_sbp->sb_addrs[ 0 ];
+    cldap_setretryinfo( ld, 0, 0 );
+
+#ifdef LDAP_DEBUG
+    putchar( '\n' );
+    for ( i = 0; i < ld->ld_sbp->sb_naddr; ++i ) {
+	LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "end of cldap_open address %d is %s\n",
+		i, inet_ntoa( ((struct sockaddr_in *)
+		ld->ld_sbp->sb_addrs[ i ])->sin_addr ), 0 );
+    }
+#endif
+
+    return( ld );
+}
+
+
+
+void
+cldap_close( LDAP *ld )
+{
+	ldap_ld_free( ld, NULL, NULL, 0 );
+}
+
+
+void
+cldap_setretryinfo( LDAP *ld, int tries, int timeout )
+{
+    ld->ld_cldaptries = ( tries <= 0 ) ? DEF_CLDAP_TRIES : tries;
+    ld->ld_cldaptimeout = ( timeout <= 0 ) ? DEF_CLDAP_TIMEOUT : timeout;
+}
+
+
+int
+cldap_search_s( LDAP *ld, char *base, int scope, char *filter, char **attrs,
+	int attrsonly, LDAPMessage **res, char *logdn )
+{
+    int				ret, msgid;
+    struct cldap_retinfo	cri;
+
+    *res = NULLMSG;
+
+    (void) memset( &cri, 0, sizeof( cri ));
+
+    if ( logdn != NULL ) {
+	ld->ld_cldapdn = logdn;
+    } else if ( ld->ld_cldapdn == NULL ) {
+	ld->ld_cldapdn = "";
+    }
+
+    do {
+	if ( cri.cri_try != 0 ) {
+		--ld->ld_msgid;	/* use same id as before */
+	}
+	ld->ld_sbp->sb_useaddr = ld->ld_sbp->sb_addrs[ cri.cri_useaddr ];
+
+	LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "cldap_search_s try %d (to %s)\n",
+	    cri.cri_try, inet_ntoa( ((struct sockaddr_in *)
+	    ld->ld_sbp->sb_useaddr)->sin_addr ), 0 );
+
+	    if ( (msgid = ldap_search( ld, base, scope, filter, attrs,
+		attrsonly )) == -1 ) {
+		    return( LDAP_GET_LDERRNO( ld, NULL, NULL ) );
+	    }
+#ifndef NO_CACHE
+	    if ( ld->ld_cache != NULL && ld->ld_responses != NULL ) {
+		LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "cldap_search_s res from cache\n",
+			0, 0, 0 );
+		*res = ld->ld_responses;
+		ld->ld_responses = ld->ld_responses->lm_next;
+		return( ldap_result2error( ld, *res, 0 ));
+	    }
+#endif /* NO_CACHE */
+	    ret = cldap_result( ld, msgid, res, &cri, base );
+	} while (ret == -1);
+
+	return( ret );
+}
+
+
+static int
+add_addr( LDAP *ld, struct sockaddr *sap )
+{
+    struct sockaddr	*newsap, **addrs;
+
+    if (( newsap = (struct sockaddr *)NSLDAPI_MALLOC(
+	    sizeof( struct sockaddr ))) == NULL ) {
+	LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_NO_MEMORY, NULL, NULL );
+	return( -1 );
+    }
+
+    if ( ld->ld_sbp->sb_naddr == 0 ) {
+	addrs = (struct sockaddr **)NSLDAPI_MALLOC( sizeof(struct sockaddr *));
+    } else {
+	addrs = (struct sockaddr **)NSLDAPI_REALLOC( ld->ld_sbp->sb_addrs,
+		( ld->ld_sbp->sb_naddr + 1 ) * sizeof(struct sockaddr *));
+    }
+
+    if ( addrs == NULL ) {
+	NSLDAPI_FREE( newsap );
+	LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_NO_MEMORY, NULL, NULL );
+	return( -1 );
+    }
+
+    SAFEMEMCPY( (char *)newsap, (char *)sap, sizeof( struct sockaddr ));
+    addrs[ ld->ld_sbp->sb_naddr++ ] = newsap;
+    ld->ld_sbp->sb_addrs = (void **)addrs;
+    return( 0 );
+}
+
+
+static int
+cldap_result( LDAP *ld, int msgid, LDAPMessage **res,
+	struct cldap_retinfo *crip, char *base )
+{
+    Sockbuf 		*sb = ld->ld_sbp;
+    BerElement		ber;
+    char		*logdn;
+    int			ret, fromaddr, i;
+    ber_int_t		id;
+    struct timeval	tv;
+
+    fromaddr = -1;
+
+    if ( crip->cri_try == 0 ) {
+	crip->cri_maxtries = ld->ld_cldaptries * sb->sb_naddr;
+	crip->cri_timeout = ld->ld_cldaptimeout;
+	crip->cri_useaddr = 0;
+	LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "cldap_result tries %d timeout %d\n",
+		ld->ld_cldaptries, ld->ld_cldaptimeout, 0 );
+    }
+
+    if ((tv.tv_sec = crip->cri_timeout / sb->sb_naddr) < 1 ) {
+	tv.tv_sec = 1;
+    }
+    tv.tv_usec = 0;
+
+    LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE,
+	    "cldap_result waiting up to %d seconds for a response\n",
+	    tv.tv_sec, 0, 0 );
+    ber_init_w_nullchar( &ber, 0 );
+    nsldapi_set_ber_options( ld, &ber );
+
+    if ( cldap_getmsg( ld, &tv, &ber ) == -1 ) {
+	ret = LDAP_GET_LDERRNO( ld, NULL, NULL );
+	LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "cldap_getmsg returned -1 (%d)\n",
+		ret, 0, 0 );
+    } else if ( LDAP_GET_LDERRNO( ld, NULL, NULL ) == LDAP_TIMEOUT ) {
+	LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE,
+	    "cldap_result timed out\n", 0, 0, 0 );
+	/*
+	 * It timed out; is it time to give up?
+	 */
+	if ( ++crip->cri_try >= crip->cri_maxtries ) {
+	    ret = LDAP_TIMEOUT;
+	    --crip->cri_try;
+	} else {
+	    if ( ++crip->cri_useaddr >= sb->sb_naddr ) {
+		/*
+		 * new round: reset address to first one and
+		 * double the timeout
+		 */
+		crip->cri_useaddr = 0;
+		crip->cri_timeout <<= 1;
+	    }
+	    ret = -1;
+	}
+
+    } else {
+	/*
+	 * Got a response.  It should look like:
+	 * { msgid, logdn, { searchresponse...}}
+	 */
+	logdn = NULL;
+
+	if ( ber_scanf( &ber, "ia", &id, &logdn ) == LBER_ERROR ) {
+	    NSLDAPI_FREE( ber.ber_buf );	/* gack! */
+	    ret = LDAP_DECODING_ERROR;
+	    LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE,
+		    "cldap_result: ber_scanf returned LBER_ERROR (%d)\n",
+		    ret, 0, 0 );
+	} else if ( id != msgid ) {
+	    NSLDAPI_FREE( ber.ber_buf );	/* gack! */
+	    LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE,
+		    "cldap_result: looking for msgid %d; got %ld\n",
+		    msgid, id, 0 );
+	    ret = -1;	/* ignore and keep looking */
+	} else {
+	    /*
+	     * got a result: determine which server it came from
+	     * decode into ldap message chain
+	     */
+	    for ( fromaddr = 0; fromaddr < sb->sb_naddr; ++fromaddr ) {
+		    if ( memcmp( &((struct sockaddr_in *)
+			    sb->sb_addrs[ fromaddr ])->sin_addr,
+			    &((struct sockaddr_in *)sb->sb_fromaddr)->sin_addr,
+			    sizeof( struct in_addr )) == 0 ) {
+			break;
+		    }
+	    }
+	    ret = cldap_parsemsg( ld, msgid, &ber, res, base );
+	    NSLDAPI_FREE( ber.ber_buf );	/* gack! */
+	    LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE,
+		"cldap_result got result (%d)\n", ret, 0, 0 );
+	}
+
+	if ( logdn != NULL ) {
+		NSLDAPI_FREE( logdn );
+	}
+    }
+    
+
+    /*
+     * If we are giving up (successfully or otherwise) then 
+     * abandon any outstanding requests.
+     */
+    if ( ret != -1 ) {
+	i = crip->cri_try;
+	if ( i >= sb->sb_naddr ) {
+	    i = sb->sb_naddr - 1;
+	}
+
+	for ( ; i >= 0; --i ) {
+	    if ( i == fromaddr ) {
+		continue;
+	    }
+	    sb->sb_useaddr = sb->sb_addrs[ i ];
+	    LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "cldap_result abandoning id %d (to %s)\n",
+		msgid, inet_ntoa( ((struct sockaddr_in *)
+		sb->sb_useaddr)->sin_addr ), 0 );
+	    (void) ldap_abandon( ld, msgid );
+	}
+    }
+
+    LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, ret, NULL, NULL );
+    return( ret );
+}
+
+
+static int
+cldap_parsemsg( LDAP *ld, int msgid, BerElement *ber,
+	LDAPMessage **res, char *base )
+{
+    ber_tag_t	tag;
+    ber_len_t len;
+    int			baselen, slen, rc;
+    char		*dn, *p, *cookie;
+    LDAPMessage		*chain, *prev, *ldm;
+    struct berval	*bv;
+
+    rc = LDAP_DECODING_ERROR;	/* pessimistic */
+    ldm = chain = prev = NULLMSG;
+    baselen = ( base == NULL ) ? 0 : strlen( base );
+    bv = NULL;
+
+    for ( tag = ber_first_element( ber, &len, &cookie );
+	    tag != LBER_ERROR && tag != LBER_END_OF_SEQOFSET
+	    && rc != LDAP_SUCCESS;
+	    tag = ber_next_element( ber, &len, cookie )) {
+	if (( ldm = (LDAPMessage *)NSLDAPI_CALLOC( 1, sizeof(LDAPMessage)))
+		== NULL ) {
+	    rc = LDAP_NO_MEMORY;
+	    break;	/* return with error */
+	} else if (( rc = nsldapi_alloc_ber_with_options( ld, &ldm->lm_ber ))
+		!= LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+	    break;	/* return with error*/
+	}
+	ldm->lm_msgid = msgid;
+	ldm->lm_msgtype = tag;
+
+	if ( tag == LDAP_RES_SEARCH_RESULT ) {
+	    LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "cldap_parsemsg got search result\n",
+		    0, 0, 0 );
+
+	    if ( ber_get_stringal( ber, &bv ) == LBER_DEFAULT ) {
+		break;	/* return w/error */
+	    }
+
+	    if ( ber_printf( ldm->lm_ber, "to", tag, bv->bv_val,
+		    bv->bv_len ) == -1 ) {
+		break;	/* return w/error */
+	    }
+	    ber_bvfree( bv );
+	    bv = NULL;
+	    rc = LDAP_SUCCESS;
+
+	} else if ( tag == LDAP_RES_SEARCH_ENTRY ) {
+	    if ( ber_scanf( ber, "{aO", &dn, &bv ) == LBER_ERROR ) {
+		break;	/* return w/error */
+	    }
+	    LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "cldap_parsemsg entry %s\n", dn, 0, 0 );
+	    if ( dn != NULL && *(dn + ( slen = strlen(dn)) - 1) == '*' &&
+		    baselen > 0 ) {
+		/*
+		 * substitute original searchbase for trailing '*'
+		 */
+		if (( p = (char *)NSLDAPI_MALLOC( slen + baselen )) == NULL ) {
+		    rc = LDAP_NO_MEMORY;
+		    NSLDAPI_FREE( dn );
+		    break;	/* return w/error */
+		}
+		strcpy( p, dn );
+		strcpy( p + slen - 1, base );
+		NSLDAPI_FREE( dn );
+		dn = p;
+	    }
+
+	    if ( ber_printf( ldm->lm_ber, "t{so}", tag, dn, bv->bv_val,
+		    bv->bv_len ) == -1 ) {
+		break;	/* return w/error */
+	    }
+	    NSLDAPI_FREE( dn );
+	    ber_bvfree( bv );
+	    bv = NULL;
+		
+	} else {
+	    LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "cldap_parsemsg got unknown tag %d\n",
+		    tag, 0, 0 );
+	    rc = LDAP_PROTOCOL_ERROR;
+	    break;	/* return w/error */
+	}
+
+	/* Reset message ber so we can read from it later.  Gack! */
+	ldm->lm_ber->ber_end = ldm->lm_ber->ber_ptr;
+	ldm->lm_ber->ber_ptr = ldm->lm_ber->ber_buf;
+
+#ifdef LDAP_DEBUG
+	if ( ldap_debug & LDAP_DEBUG_PACKETS ) {
+		char msg[80];
+	    sprintf( msg, "cldap_parsemsg add message id %d type %d:\n",
+		    ldm->lm_msgid, ldm->lm_msgtype  );
+		ber_err_print( msg );
+	    ber_dump( ldm->lm_ber, 1 );
+	}
+#endif /* LDAP_DEBUG */
+
+#ifndef NO_CACHE
+	    if ( ld->ld_cache != NULL ) {
+		nsldapi_add_result_to_cache( ld, ldm );
+	    }
+#endif /* NO_CACHE */
+
+	if ( chain == NULL ) {
+	    chain = ldm;
+	} else {
+	    prev->lm_chain = ldm;
+	}
+	prev = ldm;
+	ldm = NULL;
+    }
+
+    /* dispose of any leftovers */
+    if ( ldm != NULL ) {
+	if ( ldm->lm_ber != NULLBER ) {
+	    ber_free( ldm->lm_ber, 1 );
+	}
+	NSLDAPI_FREE( ldm );
+    }
+    if ( bv != NULL ) {
+	ber_bvfree( bv );
+    }
+
+    /* return chain, calling result2error if we got anything at all */
+    *res = chain;
+    return(( *res == NULLMSG ) ? rc : ldap_result2error( ld, *res, 0 ));
+}
+#endif /* CLDAP */
diff --git a/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/compare.c b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/compare.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6ccd0e8aa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/compare.c
@@ -0,0 +1,194 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ * 
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version 
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with 
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at 
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ * 
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ * 
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, released
+ * March 31, 1998.
+ * 
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998-1999
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ * 
+ * Contributor(s):
+ * 
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
+ * or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ * 
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+/*
+ *  Copyright (c) 1990 Regents of the University of Michigan.
+ *  All rights reserved.
+ */
+/*
+ *  compare.c
+ */
+
+#if 0
+#ifndef lint 
+static char copyright[] = "@(#) Copyright (c) 1990 Regents of the University of Michigan.\nAll rights reserved.\n";
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#include "ldap-int.h"
+
+/*
+ * ldap_compare - perform an ldap compare operation.  The dn
+ * of the entry to compare to and the attribute and value to compare (in
+ * attr and value) are supplied.  The msgid of the response is returned.
+ *
+ * Example:
+ *	ldap_compare( ld, "c=us@cn=bob", "userPassword", "secret" )
+ */
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_compare( LDAP *ld, const char *dn, const char *attr, const char *value )
+{
+	int		msgid;
+	struct berval	bv;
+
+	LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "ldap_compare\n", 0, 0, 0 );
+
+	bv.bv_val = (char *)value;
+	bv.bv_len = ( value == NULL ) ? 0 : strlen( value );
+
+	if ( ldap_compare_ext( ld, dn, attr, &bv, NULL, NULL, &msgid )
+	    == LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+		return( msgid );
+	} else {
+		return( -1 );	/* error is in ld handle */
+	}
+}
+
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_compare_ext( LDAP *ld, const char *dn, const char *attr,
+    const struct berval *bvalue, LDAPControl **serverctrls,
+    LDAPControl **clientctrls, int *msgidp )
+{
+	BerElement	*ber;
+	int		rc, lderr; 
+
+	/* The compare request looks like this:
+	 *	CompareRequest ::= SEQUENCE {
+	 *		entry	DistinguishedName,
+	 *		ava	SEQUENCE {
+	 *			type	AttributeType,
+	 *			value	AttributeValue
+	 *		}
+	 *	}
+	 * and must be wrapped in an LDAPMessage.
+	 */
+
+	LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "ldap_compare_ext\n", 0, 0, 0 );
+
+	if ( !NSLDAPI_VALID_LDAP_POINTER( ld )) {
+		return( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+	}
+	if ( attr == NULL || bvalue == NULL || bvalue->bv_len == 0
+	    || msgidp == NULL ) {
+		lderr = LDAP_PARAM_ERROR;
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, lderr, NULL, NULL );
+		return( lderr );
+	}
+		
+	if ( dn == NULL ) {
+		dn = "";
+	}
+
+	LDAP_MUTEX_LOCK( ld, LDAP_MSGID_LOCK );
+	*msgidp = ++ld->ld_msgid;
+	LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_MSGID_LOCK );
+
+	/* check the cache */
+	if ( ld->ld_cache_on && ld->ld_cache_compare != NULL ) {
+		LDAP_MUTEX_LOCK( ld, LDAP_CACHE_LOCK );
+		if ( (rc = (ld->ld_cache_compare)( ld, *msgidp,
+		    LDAP_REQ_COMPARE, dn, attr, bvalue )) != 0 ) {
+			*msgidp = rc;
+			LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_CACHE_LOCK );
+			return( LDAP_SUCCESS );
+		}
+		LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_CACHE_LOCK );
+	}
+
+	/* create a message to send */
+	if (( lderr = nsldapi_alloc_ber_with_options( ld, &ber ))
+	    != LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+		return( lderr );
+	}
+
+	if ( ber_printf( ber, "{it{s{so}}", *msgidp, LDAP_REQ_COMPARE, dn,
+	    attr, bvalue->bv_val, bvalue->bv_len )
+	    == -1 ) {
+		lderr = LDAP_ENCODING_ERROR;
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, lderr, NULL, NULL );
+		ber_free( ber, 1 );
+		return( lderr );
+	}
+
+	if (( lderr = nsldapi_put_controls( ld, serverctrls, 1, ber ))
+	    != LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+		ber_free( ber, 1 );
+		return( lderr );
+	}
+
+	/* send the message */
+	rc = nsldapi_send_initial_request( ld, *msgidp, LDAP_REQ_COMPARE,
+		(char *)dn, ber );
+	*msgidp = rc;
+	return( rc < 0 ? LDAP_GET_LDERRNO( ld, NULL, NULL ) : LDAP_SUCCESS );
+}
+
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_compare_s( LDAP *ld, const char *dn, const char *attr,
+    const char *value )
+{
+	struct berval	bv;
+
+	bv.bv_val = (char *)value;
+	bv.bv_len = ( value == NULL ) ? 0 : strlen( value );
+
+	return( ldap_compare_ext_s( ld, dn, attr, &bv, NULL, NULL ));
+}
+
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_compare_ext_s( LDAP *ld, const char *dn, const char *attr,
+    const struct berval *bvalue, LDAPControl **serverctrls,
+    LDAPControl **clientctrls ) 
+{
+	int		err, msgid;
+	LDAPMessage	*res;
+
+	if (( err = ldap_compare_ext( ld, dn, attr, bvalue, serverctrls,
+	    clientctrls, &msgid )) != LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+		return( err );
+	}
+
+	if ( ldap_result( ld, msgid, 1, (struct timeval *)NULL, &res )
+	    == -1 ) {
+		return( LDAP_GET_LDERRNO( ld, NULL, NULL ) );
+	}
+
+	return( ldap_result2error( ld, res, 1 ) );
+}
diff --git a/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/compat.c b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/compat.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..94e58ca7a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/compat.c
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ * 
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version 
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with 
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at 
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ * 
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ * 
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, released
+ * March 31, 1998.
+ * 
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998-1999
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ * 
+ * Contributor(s):
+ * 
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
+ * or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ * 
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+/*
+ *  Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of Michigan.
+ *  All rights reserved.
+ */
+/*
+ *  compat.c - compatibility routines.
+ *
+ */
+
+#if 0
+#ifndef lint 
+static char copyright[] = "@(#) Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of Michigan.\nAll rights reserved.\n";
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#include "ldap-int.h"
+
+#if defined( HPUX10 ) && defined( _REENTRANT ) && !defined(HPUX11)
+extern int h_errno;
+
+struct hostent *
+nsldapi_compat_gethostbyname_r( const char *name, struct hostent *result,
+	char *buffer, int buflen, int *h_errnop )
+{
+    struct hostent_data	*hep;
+
+    if ( buflen < sizeof(struct hostent_data)) {	/* sanity check */
+	*h_errnop = NO_RECOVERY;	/* XXX best error code to use? */
+	return( NULL );
+    }
+
+    hep = (struct hostent_data *)buffer;
+    hep->current = NULL;
+
+    if ( gethostbyname_r( name, result, hep ) == -1) {
+	*h_errnop = h_errno; /* XXX don't see anywhere else to get this */
+	return NULL;
+    }
+    return result;
+}
+
+char *
+nsldapi_compat_ctime_r( const time_t *clock, char *buf, int buflen )
+{
+    NSLDAPI_CTIME1( clock, buf, buflen );
+    return buf;
+}
+#endif /* HPUX10 && _REENTRANT && !HPUX11 */
+
+#if defined(LINUX) || defined(AIX) || defined(HPUX) || defined(_WINDOWS)
+/* 
+ * Copies src to the dstsize buffer at dst. The copy will never 
+ * overflow the destination buffer and the buffer will always be null 
+ * terminated. 
+ */   
+size_t nsldapi_compat_strlcpy(char *dst, const char *src, size_t len) 
+{ 
+	size_t slen = strlen(src); 
+	size_t copied; 
+	
+	if (len == 0) 
+		return (slen); 
+	
+	if (slen >= len) 
+		copied = len - 1; 
+	else 
+		copied = slen; 
+	SAFEMEMCPY(dst, src, copied); 
+	dst[copied] = '\0'; 
+	return (slen); 
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/control.c b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/control.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5f2eb7375
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/control.c
@@ -0,0 +1,559 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ * 
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version 
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with 
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at 
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ * 
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ * 
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, released
+ * March 31, 1998.
+ * 
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998-1999
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ * 
+ * Contributor(s):
+ * 
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
+ * or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ * 
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+/* control.c - routines to handle ldapv3 controls */
+
+#include "ldap-int.h"
+
+static LDAPControl *ldap_control_dup( LDAPControl *ctrl );
+static int ldap_control_copy_contents( LDAPControl *ctrl_dst,
+    LDAPControl *ctrl_src );
+
+/*
+ * Append a list of LDAPv3 controls to ber.  If ctrls is NULL, use default
+ * set of controls from ld.
+ * Return an LDAP error code (LDAP_SUCCESS if all goes well).
+ * If closeseq is non-zero, we do an extra ber_put_seq() as well.
+ */
+int
+nsldapi_put_controls( LDAP *ld, LDAPControl **ctrls, int closeseq,
+    BerElement *ber )
+{
+	LDAPControl	*c;
+	int		rc, i;
+
+	rc = LDAP_ENCODING_ERROR;	/* the most popular error */
+
+	/* if no controls were passed in, use global list from LDAP * */
+	LDAP_MUTEX_LOCK( ld, LDAP_CTRL_LOCK );
+	if ( ctrls == NULL ) {
+		ctrls = ld->ld_servercontrols;
+	}
+
+	/* if there are no controls then we are done */
+	if ( ctrls == NULL || ctrls[ 0 ] == NULL ) {
+		goto clean_exit;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * If we're using LDAPv2 or earlier we can't send any controls, so
+	 * we just ignore them unless one is marked critical, in which case
+	 * we return an error.
+	 */
+	if ( NSLDAPI_LDAP_VERSION( ld ) < LDAP_VERSION3 ) {
+		for ( i = 0; ctrls != NULL && ctrls[i] != NULL; i++ ) {
+			if ( ctrls[i]->ldctl_iscritical ) {
+				rc = LDAP_NOT_SUPPORTED;
+				goto error_exit;
+			}
+		}
+		goto clean_exit;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * encode the controls as a Sequence of Sequence
+	 */
+	if ( ber_printf( ber, "t{", LDAP_TAG_CONTROLS ) == -1 ) {
+		goto error_exit;
+	}
+
+	for ( i = 0; ctrls[i] != NULL; i++ ) {
+		c = ctrls[i];
+
+		if ( ber_printf( ber, "{s", c->ldctl_oid ) == -1 ) {
+			goto error_exit;
+		}
+
+		/* criticality is "BOOLEAN DEFAULT FALSE" */
+		/* therefore, it should only be encoded if it exists AND is TRUE */
+		if ( c->ldctl_iscritical ) {
+			if ( ber_printf( ber, "b", (int)c->ldctl_iscritical )
+			    == -1 ) {
+				goto error_exit;
+			}
+		}
+
+		if ( c->ldctl_value.bv_val != NULL ) {
+			if ( ber_printf( ber, "o", c->ldctl_value.bv_val,
+			    c->ldctl_value.bv_len )
+			    == -1 ) {
+				goto error_exit;
+			}
+		}
+
+		if ( ber_put_seq( ber ) == -1 ) {
+			goto error_exit;
+		}
+	}
+
+	if ( ber_put_seq( ber ) == -1 ) {
+		goto error_exit;
+	}
+
+clean_exit:
+	LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_CTRL_LOCK );
+	if ( closeseq && ber_put_seq( ber ) == -1 ) {
+		goto error_exit;
+	}
+	return( LDAP_SUCCESS );
+
+error_exit:
+	LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_CTRL_LOCK );
+	LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, rc, NULL, NULL );
+	return( rc );
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Pull controls out of "ber" (if any present) and return them in "controlsp."
+ * Returns an LDAP error code.
+ */
+int
+nsldapi_get_controls( BerElement *ber, LDAPControl ***controlsp )
+{
+	LDAPControl		*newctrl;
+	ber_tag_t		tag;
+	ber_len_t		len;
+	int				rc, maxcontrols, curcontrols;
+	char			*last;
+
+	/*
+	 * Each LDAPMessage can have a set of controls appended
+	 * to it. Controls are used to extend the functionality
+	 * of an LDAP operation (e.g., add an attribute size limit
+	 * to the search operation). These controls look like this:
+	 *
+	 *	Controls ::= SEQUENCE OF Control
+	 *
+	 *	Control ::= SEQUENCE {
+	 *		controlType	LDAPOID,
+	 *		criticality	BOOLEAN DEFAULT FALSE,
+	 *		controlValue	OCTET STRING
+	 *	}
+	 */
+	LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "=> nsldapi_get_controls\n", 0, 0, 0 );
+
+	*controlsp = NULL;
+
+	/*
+         * check to see if controls were included
+	 */
+	if ( ber_get_option( ber, LBER_OPT_REMAINING_BYTES, &len ) != 0 ) {
+		return( LDAP_DECODING_ERROR );	/* unexpected error */
+	}
+	if ( len == 0 ) {
+		LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE,
+		    "<= nsldapi_get_controls no controls\n", 0, 0, 0 );
+		return( LDAP_SUCCESS );			/* no controls */
+	}
+	if (( tag = ber_peek_tag( ber, &len )) != LDAP_TAG_CONTROLS ) {
+		if ( tag == LBER_ERROR ) {
+			LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE,
+			    "<= nsldapi_get_controls LDAP_PROTOCOL_ERROR\n",
+			    0, 0, 0 );
+			return( LDAP_DECODING_ERROR );	/* decoding error */
+		}
+		/*
+		 * We found something other than controls.  This should never
+		 * happen in LDAPv3, but we don't treat this is a hard error --
+		 * we just ignore the extra stuff.
+		 */
+		LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE,
+		    "<= nsldapi_get_controls ignoring unrecognized data in message (tag 0x%x)\n",
+		    tag, 0, 0 );
+		return( LDAP_SUCCESS );
+	}
+
+	maxcontrols = curcontrols = 0;
+	for ( tag = ber_first_element( ber, &len, &last );
+	    tag != LBER_ERROR && tag != LBER_END_OF_SEQORSET;
+	    tag = ber_next_element( ber, &len, last ) ) {
+		if ( curcontrols >= maxcontrols - 1 ) {
+#define CONTROL_GRABSIZE	5
+			maxcontrols += CONTROL_GRABSIZE;
+			*controlsp = (struct ldapcontrol **)NSLDAPI_REALLOC(
+			    (char *)*controlsp, maxcontrols *
+			    sizeof(struct ldapcontrol *) );
+			if ( *controlsp == NULL ) {
+			    rc = LDAP_NO_MEMORY;
+			    goto free_and_return;
+			}
+		}
+		if (( newctrl = (struct ldapcontrol *)NSLDAPI_CALLOC( 1,
+		    sizeof(LDAPControl))) == NULL ) {
+			rc = LDAP_NO_MEMORY;
+			goto free_and_return;
+		}
+		
+		(*controlsp)[curcontrols++] = newctrl;
+		(*controlsp)[curcontrols] = NULL;
+
+		if ( ber_scanf( ber, "{a", &newctrl->ldctl_oid )
+		    == LBER_ERROR ) {
+			rc = LDAP_DECODING_ERROR;
+			goto free_and_return;
+		}
+
+		/* the criticality is optional */
+		if ( ber_peek_tag( ber, &len ) == LBER_BOOLEAN ) {
+			int		aint;
+
+			if ( ber_scanf( ber, "b", &aint ) == LBER_ERROR ) {
+				rc = LDAP_DECODING_ERROR;
+				goto free_and_return;
+			}
+			newctrl->ldctl_iscritical = (char)aint;	/* XXX lossy cast */
+		} else {
+			/* absent is synonomous with FALSE */
+			newctrl->ldctl_iscritical = 0;
+		}
+
+		/* the control value is optional */
+		if ( ber_peek_tag( ber, &len ) == LBER_OCTETSTRING ) {
+			if ( ber_scanf( ber, "o", &newctrl->ldctl_value )
+			    == LBER_ERROR ) {
+				rc = LDAP_DECODING_ERROR;
+				goto free_and_return;
+			}
+		} else {
+			(newctrl->ldctl_value).bv_val = NULL;
+			(newctrl->ldctl_value).bv_len = 0;
+		}
+
+	}
+
+	if ( tag == LBER_ERROR ) {
+		rc = LDAP_DECODING_ERROR;
+		goto free_and_return;
+	}
+
+	LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE,
+	    "<= nsldapi_get_controls found %d controls\n", curcontrols, 0, 0 );
+	return( LDAP_SUCCESS );
+
+free_and_return:;
+	ldap_controls_free( *controlsp );
+	*controlsp = NULL;
+	LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE,
+	    "<= nsldapi_get_controls error 0x%x\n", rc, 0, 0 );
+	return( rc );
+}
+
+/*
+ * Skips forward in a ber to find a control tag, then calls on
+ * nsldapi_get_controls() to parse them into an LDAPControl list.
+ * Returns an LDAP error code.
+ */
+int
+nsldapi_find_controls( BerElement *ber, LDAPControl ***controlsp )
+{
+	ber_tag_t tag;
+	ber_len_t len;
+
+	if ( ber == NULLBER ) {
+		return( LDAP_DECODING_ERROR );
+	}
+
+	tag = ber_peek_tag( ber, &len );
+
+	while( tag != LDAP_TAG_CONTROLS && tag != LBER_DEFAULT ) {
+		tag = ber_skip_tag( ber, &len );
+		/* Skip ahead to the next sequence */
+		ber->ber_ptr += len;
+		tag = ber_peek_tag( ber, &len );
+	}
+
+	return( nsldapi_get_controls( ber, controlsp ) );
+}
+
+
+void
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_control_free( LDAPControl *ctrl )
+{
+	if ( ctrl != NULL ) {
+		if ( ctrl->ldctl_oid != NULL ) {
+			NSLDAPI_FREE( ctrl->ldctl_oid );
+		}
+		if ( ctrl->ldctl_value.bv_val != NULL ) {
+			NSLDAPI_FREE( ctrl->ldctl_value.bv_val );
+		}
+		NSLDAPI_FREE( (char *)ctrl );
+	}
+}
+
+
+void
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_controls_free( LDAPControl **ctrls )
+{
+	int	i;
+
+	if ( ctrls != NULL ) {
+		for ( i = 0; ctrls[i] != NULL; i++ ) {
+			ldap_control_free( ctrls[i] );
+		}
+		NSLDAPI_FREE( (char *)ctrls );
+	}
+}
+
+LDAPControl *
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_find_control( const char *oid, LDAPControl **ctrls )
+{
+	int i, foundControl;
+	LDAPControl *Ctrlp = NULL;
+	
+	/* find the control in the list of controls if it exists */
+	if ( ctrls == NULL ) {
+		return ( NULL );
+	} 
+	foundControl = 0;
+	for ( i = 0; (( ctrls[i] != NULL ) && ( !foundControl )); i++ ) {
+		foundControl = !strcmp( ctrls[i]->ldctl_oid, oid );
+	}
+	if ( !foundControl ) {
+		return ( NULL );
+	} else {
+		/* let local var point to the control */
+		Ctrlp = ctrls[i-1];			
+	}
+	
+	return( Ctrlp );
+}
+
+#if 0
+LDAPControl **
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_control_append( LDAPControl **ctrl_src, LDAPControl *ctrl )
+{
+    int nctrls = 0;
+	LDAPControl **ctrlp;
+	int i;
+
+	if ( NULL == ctrl )
+	    return ( NULL );
+
+	/* Count the existing controls */
+	if ( NULL != ctrl_src ) {
+		while( NULL != ctrl_src[nctrls] ) {
+			nctrls++;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/* allocate the new control structure */
+	if ( ( ctrlp = (LDAPControl **)NSLDAPI_MALLOC( sizeof(LDAPControl *)
+	    * (nctrls + 2) ) ) == NULL ) {
+		return( NULL );
+	}
+	memset( ctrlp, 0, sizeof(*ctrlp) * (nctrls + 2) );
+
+	for( i = 0; i < (nctrls + 1); i++ ) {
+	    if ( i < nctrls ) {
+		    ctrlp[i] = ldap_control_dup( ctrl_src[i] );
+	    } else {
+		    ctrlp[i] = ldap_control_dup( ctrl );
+	    }
+	    if ( NULL == ctrlp[i] ) {
+		    ldap_controls_free( ctrlp );
+		    return( NULL );
+	    }
+	}
+	return ctrlp;
+}
+#endif /* 0 */
+
+
+/*
+ * Replace *ldctrls with a copy of newctrls.
+ * returns 0 if successful.
+ * return -1 if not and set error code inside LDAP *ld.
+ */
+int
+nsldapi_dup_controls( LDAP *ld, LDAPControl ***ldctrls, LDAPControl **newctrls )
+{
+	int	count;
+
+	if ( *ldctrls != NULL ) {
+		ldap_controls_free( *ldctrls );
+	}
+
+	if ( newctrls == NULL || newctrls[0] == NULL ) {
+		*ldctrls = NULL;
+		return( 0 );
+	}
+
+	for ( count = 0; newctrls[ count ] != NULL; ++count ) {
+		;
+	}
+
+	if (( *ldctrls = (LDAPControl **)NSLDAPI_MALLOC(( count + 1 ) *
+	    sizeof( LDAPControl *))) == NULL ) {
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_NO_MEMORY, NULL, NULL );
+		return( -1 );
+	}
+	(*ldctrls)[ count ] = NULL;
+
+	for ( count = 0; newctrls[ count ] != NULL; ++count ) {
+		if (( (*ldctrls)[ count ] =
+		    ldap_control_dup( newctrls[ count ] )) == NULL ) {
+			ldap_controls_free( *ldctrls );
+			*ldctrls = NULL;
+			LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_NO_MEMORY, NULL, NULL );
+			return( -1 );
+		}
+	}
+
+	return( 0 );
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * return a malloc'd copy of "ctrl" (NULL if memory allocation fails)
+ */
+static LDAPControl *
+/* LDAP_CALL */		/* keep this routine internal for now */
+ldap_control_dup( LDAPControl *ctrl )
+{
+	LDAPControl	*rctrl;
+
+	if (( rctrl = (LDAPControl *)NSLDAPI_MALLOC( sizeof( LDAPControl )))
+	    == NULL ) {
+		return( NULL );
+	}
+
+	if ( ldap_control_copy_contents( rctrl, ctrl ) != LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+		NSLDAPI_FREE( rctrl );
+		return( NULL );
+	}
+
+	return( rctrl );
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * duplicate the contents of "ctrl_src" and place in "ctrl_dst"
+ */
+static int
+/* LDAP_CALL */		/* keep this routine internal for now */
+ldap_control_copy_contents( LDAPControl *ctrl_dst, LDAPControl *ctrl_src )
+{
+	size_t	len;
+
+	if ( NULL == ctrl_dst || NULL == ctrl_src ) {
+		return( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+	}
+
+	ctrl_dst->ldctl_iscritical = ctrl_src->ldctl_iscritical;
+
+	/* fill in the fields of this new control */
+	if (( ctrl_dst->ldctl_oid = nsldapi_strdup( ctrl_src->ldctl_oid ))
+	    == NULL ) {
+		return( LDAP_NO_MEMORY );
+	}
+
+	len = (size_t)(ctrl_src->ldctl_value).bv_len;
+	if ( ctrl_src->ldctl_value.bv_val == NULL || len <= 0 ) {
+		ctrl_dst->ldctl_value.bv_len = 0;
+		ctrl_dst->ldctl_value.bv_val = NULL;
+	} else {
+		ctrl_dst->ldctl_value.bv_len = len;
+		if (( ctrl_dst->ldctl_value.bv_val = NSLDAPI_MALLOC( len ))
+		    == NULL ) {
+			NSLDAPI_FREE( ctrl_dst->ldctl_oid );
+			return( LDAP_NO_MEMORY );
+		}
+		SAFEMEMCPY( ctrl_dst->ldctl_value.bv_val,
+		    ctrl_src->ldctl_value.bv_val, len );
+	}
+
+	return ( LDAP_SUCCESS );
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+ * build an allocated LDAPv3 control.  Returns an LDAP error code.
+ */
+int
+nsldapi_build_control( char *oid, BerElement *ber, int freeber, char iscritical,
+    LDAPControl **ctrlp )
+{
+	int		rc;
+	struct berval	*bvp;
+
+	if ( ber == NULL ) {
+		bvp = NULL;
+	} else {
+		/* allocate struct berval with contents of the BER encoding */
+		rc = ber_flatten( ber, &bvp );
+		if ( freeber ) {
+			ber_free( ber, 1 );
+		}
+		if ( rc == -1 ) {
+			return( LDAP_NO_MEMORY );
+		}
+	}
+
+	/* allocate the new control structure */
+	if (( *ctrlp = (LDAPControl *)NSLDAPI_MALLOC( sizeof(LDAPControl)))
+	    == NULL ) {
+		if ( bvp != NULL ) {
+			ber_bvfree( bvp );
+		}
+		return( LDAP_NO_MEMORY );
+	}
+
+	/* fill in the fields of this new control */
+	(*ctrlp)->ldctl_iscritical = iscritical;  
+	if (( (*ctrlp)->ldctl_oid = nsldapi_strdup( oid )) == NULL ) {
+		NSLDAPI_FREE( *ctrlp ); 
+		if ( bvp != NULL ) {
+			ber_bvfree( bvp );
+		}
+		return( LDAP_NO_MEMORY );
+	}				
+
+	if ( bvp == NULL ) {
+		(*ctrlp)->ldctl_value.bv_len = 0;
+		(*ctrlp)->ldctl_value.bv_val = NULL;
+	} else {
+		(*ctrlp)->ldctl_value = *bvp;	/* struct copy */
+		NSLDAPI_FREE( bvp );	/* free container, not contents! */
+	}
+
+	return( LDAP_SUCCESS );
+}
diff --git a/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/countvalues.c b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/countvalues.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..90e9e0adc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/countvalues.c
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ * 
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version 
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with 
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at 
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ * 
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ * 
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, released
+ * March 31, 1998.
+ * 
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998-1999
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ * 
+ * Contributor(s):
+ * 
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
+ * or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ * 
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+/*
+ *  Copyright (c) 1990 Regents of the University of Michigan.
+ *  All rights reserved.
+ */
+/*
+ *  countvalues.c
+ */
+
+#include "ldap-int.h"
+
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_count_values( char **vals )
+{
+	int	i;
+
+	if ( vals == NULL )
+		return( 0 );
+
+	for ( i = 0; vals[i] != NULL; i++ )
+		;	/* NULL */
+
+	return( i );
+}
+
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_count_values_len( struct berval **vals )
+{
+	return( ldap_count_values( (char **) vals ) );
+}
diff --git a/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/delete.c b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/delete.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..531761371
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/delete.c
@@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ * 
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version 
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with 
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at 
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ * 
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ * 
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, released
+ * March 31, 1998.
+ * 
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998-1999
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ * 
+ * Contributor(s):
+ * 
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
+ * or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ * 
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+/*
+ *  delete.c
+ */
+
+#if 0
+#ifndef lint 
+static char copyright[] = "@(#) Copyright (c) 1990 Regents of the University of Michigan.\nAll rights reserved.\n";
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#include "ldap-int.h"
+
+/*
+ * ldap_delete - initiate an ldap delete operation. Parameters:
+ *
+ *	ld		LDAP descriptor
+ *	dn		DN of the object to delete
+ *
+ * Example:
+ *	msgid = ldap_delete( ld, dn );
+ */
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_delete( LDAP *ld, const char *dn )
+{
+	int	msgid;
+
+	LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "ldap_delete\n", 0, 0, 0 );
+
+	if ( ldap_delete_ext( ld, dn, NULL, NULL, &msgid ) == LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+		return( msgid );
+	} else {
+		return( -1 );	/* error is in ld handle */
+	}
+}
+
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_delete_ext( LDAP *ld, const char *dn, LDAPControl **serverctrls,
+    LDAPControl **clientctrls, int *msgidp )
+{
+	BerElement	*ber;
+	int		rc, lderr;
+
+	/*
+	 * A delete request looks like this:
+	 *	DelRequet ::= DistinguishedName,
+	 */
+
+	LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "ldap_delete_ext\n", 0, 0, 0 );
+
+	if ( !NSLDAPI_VALID_LDAP_POINTER( ld )) {
+		return( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+	}
+
+	if ( !NSLDAPI_VALID_LDAPMESSAGE_POINTER( msgidp )) 
+        {
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_PARAM_ERROR, NULL, NULL );
+		return( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+	}
+	if ( dn == NULL ) {
+		dn = "";
+	}
+
+	LDAP_MUTEX_LOCK( ld, LDAP_MSGID_LOCK );
+	*msgidp = ++ld->ld_msgid;
+	LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_MSGID_LOCK );
+
+	/* see if we should add to the cache */
+	if ( ld->ld_cache_on && ld->ld_cache_delete != NULL ) {
+		LDAP_MUTEX_LOCK( ld, LDAP_CACHE_LOCK );
+		if ( (rc = (ld->ld_cache_delete)( ld, *msgidp, LDAP_REQ_DELETE,
+		    dn )) != 0 ) {
+			*msgidp = rc;
+			LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_CACHE_LOCK );
+			return( LDAP_SUCCESS );
+		}
+		LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_CACHE_LOCK );
+	}
+
+	/* create a message to send */
+	if (( lderr = nsldapi_alloc_ber_with_options( ld, &ber ))
+	    != LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+		return( lderr );
+	}
+
+	if ( ber_printf( ber, "{its", *msgidp, LDAP_REQ_DELETE, dn )
+	    == -1 ) {
+		lderr = LDAP_ENCODING_ERROR;
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, lderr, NULL, NULL );
+		ber_free( ber, 1 );
+		return( lderr );
+	}
+
+	if (( lderr = nsldapi_put_controls( ld, serverctrls, 1, ber ))
+	    != LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+		ber_free( ber, 1 );
+		return( lderr );
+	}
+
+	/* send the message */
+	rc = nsldapi_send_initial_request( ld, *msgidp, LDAP_REQ_DELETE,
+		(char *)dn, ber );
+	*msgidp = rc;
+	return( rc < 0 ? LDAP_GET_LDERRNO( ld, NULL, NULL ) : LDAP_SUCCESS );
+}
+
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_delete_s( LDAP *ld, const char *dn )
+{
+	return( ldap_delete_ext_s( ld, dn, NULL, NULL ));
+}
+
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_delete_ext_s( LDAP *ld, const char *dn, LDAPControl **serverctrls,
+    LDAPControl **clientctrls )
+{
+	int		err, msgid;
+	LDAPMessage	*res;
+
+	if (( err = ldap_delete_ext( ld, dn, serverctrls, clientctrls,
+	    &msgid )) != LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+		return( err );
+	}
+
+	if ( ldap_result( ld, msgid, 1, (struct timeval *)NULL, &res ) == -1 ) {
+		return( LDAP_GET_LDERRNO( ld, NULL, NULL ) );
+	}
+
+	return( ldap_result2error( ld, res, 1 ) );
+}
diff --git a/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/disptmpl.c b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/disptmpl.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..17fc71944
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/disptmpl.c
@@ -0,0 +1,770 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ * 
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version 
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with 
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at 
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ * 
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ * 
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, released
+ * March 31, 1998.
+ * 
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998-1999
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ * 
+ * Contributor(s):
+ * 
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
+ * or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ * 
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 Regents of the University of Michigan.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms are permitted
+ * provided that this notice is preserved and that due credit is given
+ * to the University of Michigan at Ann Arbor. The name of the University
+ * may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this
+ * software without specific prior written permission. This software
+ * is provided ``as is'' without express or implied warranty.
+ */
+/*
+ * disptmpl.c:  display template library routines for LDAP clients
+ */
+
+#include "ldap-int.h"
+#include "disptmpl.h"
+
+static void free_disptmpl( struct ldap_disptmpl *tmpl );
+static int read_next_tmpl( char **bufp, long *blenp,
+	struct ldap_disptmpl **tmplp, int dtversion );
+
+static char		*tmploptions[] = {
+    "addable", "modrdn",
+    "altview",
+    NULL
+};
+
+
+static unsigned long	tmploptvals[] = {
+    LDAP_DTMPL_OPT_ADDABLE, LDAP_DTMPL_OPT_ALLOWMODRDN,
+    LDAP_DTMPL_OPT_ALTVIEW,
+};
+
+
+static char		*itemtypes[] = {
+    "cis",			"mls",			"dn",
+    "bool",			"jpeg",			"jpegbtn",
+    "fax",			"faxbtn",		"audiobtn",
+    "time",			"date",			"url",
+    "searchact",		"linkact",		"adddnact",
+    "addact",			"verifyact",		"mail",
+    NULL
+};
+
+static unsigned long	itemsynids[] = {
+    LDAP_SYN_CASEIGNORESTR,	LDAP_SYN_MULTILINESTR,	LDAP_SYN_DN,
+    LDAP_SYN_BOOLEAN,		LDAP_SYN_JPEGIMAGE,	LDAP_SYN_JPEGBUTTON,
+    LDAP_SYN_FAXIMAGE,		LDAP_SYN_FAXBUTTON,	LDAP_SYN_AUDIOBUTTON,
+    LDAP_SYN_TIME,		LDAP_SYN_DATE,		LDAP_SYN_LABELEDURL,
+    LDAP_SYN_SEARCHACTION,	LDAP_SYN_LINKACTION,	LDAP_SYN_ADDDNACTION,
+    LDAP_SYN_ADDDNACTION,	LDAP_SYN_VERIFYDNACTION,LDAP_SYN_RFC822ADDR,
+};
+
+
+static char		*itemoptions[] = {
+    "ro",		       		"sort",
+    "1val",				"hide",
+    "required",				"hideiffalse",
+    NULL
+};
+
+
+static unsigned long	itemoptvals[] = {
+    LDAP_DITEM_OPT_READONLY,		LDAP_DITEM_OPT_SORTVALUES,
+    LDAP_DITEM_OPT_SINGLEVALUED,	LDAP_DITEM_OPT_HIDEIFEMPTY,
+    LDAP_DITEM_OPT_VALUEREQUIRED,	LDAP_DITEM_OPT_HIDEIFFALSE,
+};
+
+
+#define ADDEF_CONSTANT	"constant"
+#define ADDEF_ADDERSDN	"addersdn"
+
+
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_init_templates( char *file, struct ldap_disptmpl **tmpllistp )
+{
+    FILE	*fp;
+    char	*buf;
+    long	rlen, len;
+    int		rc, eof;
+
+    *tmpllistp = NULLDISPTMPL;
+
+    if (( fp = NSLDAPI_FOPEN( file, "r" )) == NULL ) {
+	return( LDAP_TMPL_ERR_FILE );
+    }
+
+    if ( fseek( fp, 0L, SEEK_END ) != 0 ) {	/* move to end to get len */
+	fclose( fp );
+	return( LDAP_TMPL_ERR_FILE );
+    }
+
+    len = ftell( fp );
+
+    if ( fseek( fp, 0L, SEEK_SET ) != 0 ) {	/* back to start of file */
+	fclose( fp );
+	return( LDAP_TMPL_ERR_FILE );
+    }
+
+    if (( buf = NSLDAPI_MALLOC( (size_t)len )) == NULL ) {
+	fclose( fp );
+	return( LDAP_TMPL_ERR_MEM );
+    }
+
+    rlen = fread( buf, 1, (size_t)len, fp );
+    eof = feof( fp );
+    fclose( fp );
+
+    if ( rlen != len && !eof ) {	/* error:  didn't get the whole file */
+	NSLDAPI_FREE( buf );
+	return( LDAP_TMPL_ERR_FILE );
+    }
+
+    rc = ldap_init_templates_buf( buf, rlen, tmpllistp );
+    NSLDAPI_FREE( buf );
+
+    return( rc );
+}
+
+
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_init_templates_buf( char *buf, long buflen,
+	struct ldap_disptmpl **tmpllistp )
+{
+    int				rc = 0, version;
+    char			**toks;
+    struct ldap_disptmpl	*prevtmpl, *tmpl;
+
+    *tmpllistp = prevtmpl = NULLDISPTMPL;
+
+    if ( nsldapi_next_line_tokens( &buf, &buflen, &toks ) != 2 ||
+	    strcasecmp( toks[ 0 ], "version" ) != 0 ) {
+	nsldapi_free_strarray( toks );
+	return( LDAP_TMPL_ERR_SYNTAX );
+    }
+    version = atoi( toks[ 1 ] );
+    nsldapi_free_strarray( toks );
+    if ( version != LDAP_TEMPLATE_VERSION ) {
+	return( LDAP_TMPL_ERR_VERSION );
+    }
+
+    while ( buflen > 0 && ( rc = read_next_tmpl( &buf, &buflen, &tmpl,
+	    version )) == 0 && tmpl != NULLDISPTMPL ) {
+	if ( prevtmpl == NULLDISPTMPL ) {
+	    *tmpllistp = tmpl;
+	} else {
+	    prevtmpl->dt_next = tmpl;
+	}
+	prevtmpl = tmpl;
+    }
+
+    if ( rc != 0 ) {
+	ldap_free_templates( *tmpllistp );
+    }
+
+    return( rc );
+}
+	    
+
+
+void
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_free_templates( struct ldap_disptmpl *tmpllist )
+{
+    struct ldap_disptmpl	*tp, *nexttp;
+
+    if ( tmpllist != NULL ) {
+	for ( tp = tmpllist; tp != NULL; tp = nexttp ) {
+	    nexttp = tp->dt_next;
+	    free_disptmpl( tp );
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+
+static void
+free_disptmpl( struct ldap_disptmpl *tmpl )
+{
+    if ( tmpl != NULL ) {
+	if ( tmpl->dt_name != NULL ) {
+	    NSLDAPI_FREE(  tmpl->dt_name );
+	}
+
+	if ( tmpl->dt_pluralname != NULL ) {
+	    NSLDAPI_FREE( tmpl->dt_pluralname );
+	}
+
+	if ( tmpl->dt_iconname != NULL ) {
+	    NSLDAPI_FREE( tmpl->dt_iconname );
+	}
+
+	if ( tmpl->dt_authattrname != NULL ) {
+	    NSLDAPI_FREE( tmpl->dt_authattrname );
+	}
+
+	if ( tmpl->dt_defrdnattrname != NULL ) {
+	    NSLDAPI_FREE( tmpl->dt_defrdnattrname );
+	}
+
+	if ( tmpl->dt_defaddlocation != NULL ) {
+	    NSLDAPI_FREE( tmpl->dt_defaddlocation );
+	}
+
+	if (  tmpl->dt_oclist != NULL ) {
+	    struct ldap_oclist	*ocp, *nextocp;
+
+	    for ( ocp = tmpl->dt_oclist; ocp != NULL; ocp = nextocp ) {
+		nextocp = ocp->oc_next;
+		nsldapi_free_strarray( ocp->oc_objclasses );
+		NSLDAPI_FREE( ocp );
+	    }
+	}
+
+	if (  tmpl->dt_adddeflist != NULL ) {
+	    struct ldap_adddeflist	*adp, *nextadp;
+
+	    for ( adp = tmpl->dt_adddeflist; adp != NULL; adp = nextadp ) {
+		nextadp = adp->ad_next;
+		if( adp->ad_attrname != NULL ) {
+		    NSLDAPI_FREE( adp->ad_attrname );
+		}
+		if( adp->ad_value != NULL ) {
+		    NSLDAPI_FREE( adp->ad_value );
+		}
+		NSLDAPI_FREE( adp );
+	    }
+	}
+
+	if (  tmpl->dt_items != NULL ) {
+	    struct ldap_tmplitem	*rowp, *nextrowp, *colp, *nextcolp;
+
+	    for ( rowp = tmpl->dt_items; rowp != NULL; rowp = nextrowp ) {
+		nextrowp = rowp->ti_next_in_col;
+		for ( colp = rowp; colp != NULL; colp = nextcolp ) {
+		    nextcolp = colp->ti_next_in_row;
+		    if ( colp->ti_attrname != NULL ) {
+			NSLDAPI_FREE( colp->ti_attrname );
+		    }
+		    if ( colp->ti_label != NULL ) {
+			NSLDAPI_FREE( colp->ti_label );
+		    }
+		    if ( colp->ti_args != NULL ) {
+			nsldapi_free_strarray( colp->ti_args );
+		    }
+		    NSLDAPI_FREE( colp );
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	NSLDAPI_FREE( tmpl );
+    }
+}
+
+
+struct ldap_disptmpl *
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_first_disptmpl( struct ldap_disptmpl *tmpllist )
+{
+    return( tmpllist );
+}
+
+
+struct ldap_disptmpl *
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_next_disptmpl( struct ldap_disptmpl *tmpllist,
+	struct ldap_disptmpl *tmpl )
+{
+    return( tmpl == NULLDISPTMPL ? tmpl : tmpl->dt_next );
+}
+
+
+struct ldap_disptmpl *
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_name2template( char *name, struct ldap_disptmpl *tmpllist )
+{
+    struct ldap_disptmpl	*dtp;
+
+    for ( dtp = ldap_first_disptmpl( tmpllist ); dtp != NULLDISPTMPL;
+	    dtp = ldap_next_disptmpl( tmpllist, dtp )) {
+	if ( strcasecmp( name, dtp->dt_name ) == 0 ) {
+	    return( dtp );
+	}
+    }
+
+    return( NULLDISPTMPL );
+}
+
+
+struct ldap_disptmpl *
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_oc2template( char **oclist, struct ldap_disptmpl *tmpllist )
+{
+    struct ldap_disptmpl	*dtp;
+    struct ldap_oclist		*oclp;
+    int				i, j, needcnt, matchcnt;
+
+    if ( tmpllist == NULL || oclist == NULL || oclist[ 0 ] == NULL ) {
+	return( NULLDISPTMPL );
+    }
+
+    for ( dtp = ldap_first_disptmpl( tmpllist ); dtp != NULLDISPTMPL;
+		dtp = ldap_next_disptmpl( tmpllist, dtp )) {
+	for ( oclp = dtp->dt_oclist; oclp != NULLOCLIST;
+		oclp = oclp->oc_next ) {
+	    needcnt = matchcnt = 0;
+	    for ( i = 0; oclp->oc_objclasses[ i ] != NULL; ++i ) {
+		for ( j = 0; oclist[ j ] != NULL; ++j ) {
+		    if ( strcasecmp( oclist[ j ], oclp->oc_objclasses[ i ] )
+			    == 0 ) {
+			++matchcnt;
+		    }
+		}
+		++needcnt;
+	    }
+
+	    if ( matchcnt == needcnt ) {
+		return( dtp );
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    return( NULLDISPTMPL );
+}
+
+
+struct ldap_tmplitem *
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_first_tmplrow( struct ldap_disptmpl *tmpl )
+{
+    return( tmpl->dt_items );
+}
+
+
+struct ldap_tmplitem *
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_next_tmplrow( struct ldap_disptmpl *tmpl, struct ldap_tmplitem *row )
+{
+    return( row == NULLTMPLITEM ? row : row->ti_next_in_col );
+}
+
+
+struct ldap_tmplitem *
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_first_tmplcol( struct ldap_disptmpl *tmpl, struct ldap_tmplitem *row )
+{
+    return( row );
+}
+
+
+struct ldap_tmplitem *
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_next_tmplcol( struct ldap_disptmpl *tmpl, struct ldap_tmplitem *row,
+	struct ldap_tmplitem *col )
+{
+    return( col == NULLTMPLITEM ? col : col->ti_next_in_row );
+}
+
+
+char **
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_tmplattrs( struct ldap_disptmpl *tmpl, char **includeattrs,
+	int exclude, unsigned long syntaxmask )
+{
+/*
+ * this routine should filter out duplicate attributes...
+ */
+    struct ldap_tmplitem	*tirowp, *ticolp;
+    int			i, attrcnt, memerr;
+    char		**attrs;
+
+    attrcnt = 0;
+    memerr = 0;
+
+    if (( attrs = (char **)NSLDAPI_MALLOC( sizeof( char * ))) == NULL ) {
+	return( NULL );
+    }
+
+    if ( includeattrs != NULL ) {
+	for ( i = 0; !memerr && includeattrs[ i ] != NULL; ++i ) {
+	    if (( attrs = (char **)NSLDAPI_REALLOC( attrs, ( attrcnt + 2 ) *
+		    sizeof( char * ))) == NULL || ( attrs[ attrcnt++ ] =
+		    nsldapi_strdup( includeattrs[ i ] )) == NULL ) {
+		memerr = 1;
+	    } else {
+		attrs[ attrcnt ] = NULL;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    for ( tirowp = ldap_first_tmplrow( tmpl );
+	    !memerr && tirowp != NULLTMPLITEM;
+	    tirowp = ldap_next_tmplrow( tmpl, tirowp )) {
+	for ( ticolp = ldap_first_tmplcol( tmpl, tirowp );
+		ticolp != NULLTMPLITEM;
+		ticolp = ldap_next_tmplcol( tmpl, tirowp, ticolp )) {
+
+	    if ( syntaxmask != 0 ) {
+		if (( exclude &&
+			( syntaxmask & ticolp->ti_syntaxid ) != 0 ) ||
+			( !exclude &&
+			( syntaxmask & ticolp->ti_syntaxid ) == 0 )) {
+		    continue;
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    if ( ticolp->ti_attrname != NULL ) {
+		if (( attrs = (char **)NSLDAPI_REALLOC( attrs, ( attrcnt + 2 )
+			* sizeof( char * ))) == NULL || ( attrs[ attrcnt++ ] =
+			nsldapi_strdup( ticolp->ti_attrname )) == NULL ) {
+		    memerr = 1;
+		} else {
+		    attrs[ attrcnt ] = NULL;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    if ( memerr || attrcnt == 0 ) {
+	for ( i = 0; i < attrcnt; ++i ) {
+	    if ( attrs[ i ] != NULL ) {
+		NSLDAPI_FREE( attrs[ i ] );
+	    }
+	}
+
+	NSLDAPI_FREE( (char *)attrs );
+	return( NULL );
+    }
+
+    return( attrs );
+}
+
+
+static int
+read_next_tmpl( char **bufp, long *blenp, struct ldap_disptmpl **tmplp,
+	int dtversion )
+{
+    int				i, j, tokcnt, samerow, adsource;
+    char			**toks, *itemopts;
+    struct ldap_disptmpl	*tmpl = NULL;
+    struct ldap_oclist		*ocp = NULL, *prevocp = NULL;
+    struct ldap_adddeflist	*adp = NULL, *prevadp = NULL;
+    struct ldap_tmplitem	*rowp = NULL, *ip = NULL, *previp = NULL;
+
+    /*
+     * template name comes first
+     */
+    if (( tokcnt = nsldapi_next_line_tokens( bufp, blenp, &toks )) != 1 ) {
+	nsldapi_free_strarray( toks );
+	return( tokcnt == 0 ? 0 : LDAP_TMPL_ERR_SYNTAX );
+    }
+
+    if (( tmpl = (struct ldap_disptmpl *)NSLDAPI_CALLOC( 1,
+	    sizeof( struct ldap_disptmpl ))) == NULL ) {
+	nsldapi_free_strarray( toks );
+	return(  LDAP_TMPL_ERR_MEM );
+    }
+    tmpl->dt_name = toks[ 0 ];
+    NSLDAPI_FREE( (char *)toks );
+
+    /*
+     * template plural name comes next
+     */
+    if (( tokcnt = nsldapi_next_line_tokens( bufp, blenp, &toks )) != 1 ) {
+	nsldapi_free_strarray( toks );
+	free_disptmpl( tmpl );
+	return( LDAP_TMPL_ERR_SYNTAX );
+    }
+    tmpl->dt_pluralname = toks[ 0 ];
+    NSLDAPI_FREE( (char *)toks );
+
+    /*
+     * template icon name is next
+     */
+    if (( tokcnt = nsldapi_next_line_tokens( bufp, blenp, &toks )) != 1 ) {
+	nsldapi_free_strarray( toks );
+	free_disptmpl( tmpl );
+	return( LDAP_TMPL_ERR_SYNTAX );
+    }
+    tmpl->dt_iconname = toks[ 0 ];
+    NSLDAPI_FREE( (char *)toks );
+
+    /*
+     * template options come next
+     */
+    if (( tokcnt = nsldapi_next_line_tokens( bufp, blenp, &toks )) < 1 ) {
+	nsldapi_free_strarray( toks );
+	free_disptmpl( tmpl );
+	return( LDAP_TMPL_ERR_SYNTAX );
+    }
+    for ( i = 0; toks[ i ] != NULL; ++i ) {
+	for ( j = 0; tmploptions[ j ] != NULL; ++j ) {
+	    if ( strcasecmp( toks[ i ], tmploptions[ j ] ) == 0 ) {
+		tmpl->dt_options |= tmploptvals[ j ];
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+    nsldapi_free_strarray( toks );
+
+    /*
+     * object class list is next
+     */
+    while (( tokcnt = nsldapi_next_line_tokens( bufp, blenp, &toks )) > 0 ) {
+	if (( ocp = (struct ldap_oclist *)NSLDAPI_CALLOC( 1,
+		sizeof( struct ldap_oclist ))) == NULL ) {
+	    nsldapi_free_strarray( toks );
+	    free_disptmpl( tmpl );
+	    return( LDAP_TMPL_ERR_MEM );
+	}
+	ocp->oc_objclasses = toks;
+	if ( tmpl->dt_oclist == NULL ) {
+	    tmpl->dt_oclist = ocp;
+	} else {
+	    prevocp->oc_next = ocp;
+	}
+	prevocp = ocp;
+    }
+    if ( tokcnt < 0 ) {
+	free_disptmpl( tmpl );
+	return( LDAP_TMPL_ERR_SYNTAX );
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * read name of attribute to authenticate as
+     */
+    if (( tokcnt = nsldapi_next_line_tokens( bufp, blenp, &toks )) != 1 ) {
+	nsldapi_free_strarray( toks );
+	free_disptmpl( tmpl );
+	return( LDAP_TMPL_ERR_SYNTAX );
+    }
+    if ( toks[ 0 ][ 0 ] != '\0' ) {
+	tmpl->dt_authattrname = toks[ 0 ];
+    } else {
+	NSLDAPI_FREE( toks[ 0 ] );
+    }
+    NSLDAPI_FREE( (char *)toks );
+
+    /*
+     * read default attribute to use for RDN
+     */
+    if (( tokcnt = nsldapi_next_line_tokens( bufp, blenp, &toks )) != 1 ) {
+	nsldapi_free_strarray( toks );
+	free_disptmpl( tmpl );
+	return( LDAP_TMPL_ERR_SYNTAX );
+    }
+    tmpl->dt_defrdnattrname = toks[ 0 ];
+    NSLDAPI_FREE( (char *)toks );
+
+    /*
+     * read default location for new entries
+     */
+    if (( tokcnt = nsldapi_next_line_tokens( bufp, blenp, &toks )) != 1 ) {
+	nsldapi_free_strarray( toks );
+	free_disptmpl( tmpl );
+	return( LDAP_TMPL_ERR_SYNTAX );
+    }
+    if ( toks[ 0 ][ 0 ] != '\0' ) {
+	tmpl->dt_defaddlocation = toks[ 0 ];
+    } else {
+	NSLDAPI_FREE( toks[ 0 ] );
+    }
+    NSLDAPI_FREE( (char *)toks );
+
+    /*
+     * read list of rules used to define default values for new entries
+     */
+    while (( tokcnt = nsldapi_next_line_tokens( bufp, blenp, &toks )) > 0 ) {
+	if ( strcasecmp( ADDEF_CONSTANT, toks[ 0 ] ) == 0 ) {
+	    adsource = LDAP_ADSRC_CONSTANTVALUE;
+	} else if ( strcasecmp( ADDEF_ADDERSDN, toks[ 0 ] ) == 0 ) {
+	    adsource = LDAP_ADSRC_ADDERSDN;
+	} else {
+	    adsource = 0;
+	}
+	if ( adsource == 0 || tokcnt < 2 ||
+		( adsource == LDAP_ADSRC_CONSTANTVALUE && tokcnt != 3 ) ||
+		( adsource == LDAP_ADSRC_ADDERSDN && tokcnt != 2 )) {
+	    nsldapi_free_strarray( toks );
+	    free_disptmpl( tmpl );
+	    return( LDAP_TMPL_ERR_SYNTAX );
+	}
+		
+	if (( adp = (struct ldap_adddeflist *)NSLDAPI_CALLOC( 1,
+		sizeof( struct ldap_adddeflist ))) == NULL ) {
+	    nsldapi_free_strarray( toks );
+	    free_disptmpl( tmpl );
+	    return( LDAP_TMPL_ERR_MEM );
+	}
+	adp->ad_source = adsource;
+	adp->ad_attrname = toks[ 1 ];
+	if ( adsource == LDAP_ADSRC_CONSTANTVALUE ) {
+	    adp->ad_value = toks[ 2 ];
+	}
+	NSLDAPI_FREE( toks[ 0 ] );
+	NSLDAPI_FREE( (char *)toks );
+
+	if ( tmpl->dt_adddeflist == NULL ) {
+	    tmpl->dt_adddeflist = adp;
+	} else {
+	    prevadp->ad_next = adp;
+	}
+	prevadp = adp;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * item list is next
+     */
+    samerow = 0;
+    while (( tokcnt = nsldapi_next_line_tokens( bufp, blenp, &toks )) > 0 ) {
+	if ( strcasecmp( toks[ 0 ], "item" ) == 0 ) {
+	    if ( tokcnt < 4 ) {
+		nsldapi_free_strarray( toks );
+		free_disptmpl( tmpl );
+		return( LDAP_TMPL_ERR_SYNTAX );
+	    }
+
+	    if (( ip = (struct ldap_tmplitem *)NSLDAPI_CALLOC( 1,
+		    sizeof( struct ldap_tmplitem ))) == NULL ) {
+		nsldapi_free_strarray( toks );
+		free_disptmpl( tmpl );
+		return( LDAP_TMPL_ERR_MEM );
+	    }
+
+	    /*
+	     * find syntaxid from config file string
+	     */
+	    while (( itemopts = strrchr( toks[ 1 ], ',' )) != NULL ) {
+		*itemopts++ = '\0';
+		for ( i = 0; itemoptions[ i ] != NULL; ++i ) {
+		    if ( strcasecmp( itemopts, itemoptions[ i ] ) == 0 ) {
+			break;
+		    }
+		}
+		if ( itemoptions[ i ] == NULL ) {
+		    nsldapi_free_strarray( toks );
+		    free_disptmpl( tmpl );
+		    return( LDAP_TMPL_ERR_SYNTAX );
+		}
+		ip->ti_options |= itemoptvals[ i ];
+	    }
+
+	    for ( i = 0; itemtypes[ i ] != NULL; ++i ) {
+		if ( strcasecmp( toks[ 1 ], itemtypes[ i ] ) == 0 ) {
+		    break;
+		}
+	    }
+	    if ( itemtypes[ i ] == NULL ) {
+		nsldapi_free_strarray( toks );
+		free_disptmpl( tmpl );
+		return( LDAP_TMPL_ERR_SYNTAX );
+	    }
+
+	    NSLDAPI_FREE( toks[ 0 ] );
+	    NSLDAPI_FREE( toks[ 1 ] );
+	    ip->ti_syntaxid = itemsynids[ i ];
+	    ip->ti_label = toks[ 2 ];
+	    if ( toks[ 3 ][ 0 ] == '\0' ) {
+		ip->ti_attrname = NULL;
+		NSLDAPI_FREE( toks[ 3 ] );
+	    } else {
+		ip->ti_attrname = toks[ 3 ];
+	    }
+	    if ( toks[ 4 ] != NULL ) {	/* extra args. */
+		for ( i = 0; toks[ i + 4 ] != NULL; ++i ) {
+		    ;
+		}
+		if (( ip->ti_args = (char **)NSLDAPI_CALLOC( i + 1,
+			sizeof( char * ))) == NULL ) {
+		    free_disptmpl( tmpl );
+		    return( LDAP_TMPL_ERR_MEM );
+		}
+		for ( i = 0; toks[ i + 4 ] != NULL; ++i ) {
+		    ip->ti_args[ i ] = toks[ i + 4 ];
+		}
+	    }
+	    NSLDAPI_FREE( (char *)toks );
+
+	    if ( tmpl->dt_items == NULL ) {
+		tmpl->dt_items = rowp = ip;
+	    } else if ( samerow ) {
+		previp->ti_next_in_row = ip;
+	    } else {
+		rowp->ti_next_in_col = ip;
+		rowp = ip;
+	    }
+	    previp = ip;
+	    samerow = 0;
+	} else if ( strcasecmp( toks[ 0 ], "samerow" ) == 0 ) {
+	    nsldapi_free_strarray( toks );
+	    samerow = 1;
+	} else {
+	    nsldapi_free_strarray( toks );
+	    free_disptmpl( tmpl );
+	    return( LDAP_TMPL_ERR_SYNTAX );
+	}
+    }
+    if ( tokcnt < 0 ) {
+	free_disptmpl( tmpl );
+	return( LDAP_TMPL_ERR_SYNTAX );
+    }
+
+    *tmplp = tmpl;
+    return( 0 );
+}
+
+
+struct tmplerror {
+	int	e_code;
+	char	*e_reason;
+};
+
+static struct tmplerror ldap_tmplerrlist[] = {
+	{ LDAP_TMPL_ERR_VERSION, "Bad template version"		},
+	{ LDAP_TMPL_ERR_MEM,     "Out of memory"		}, 
+	{ LDAP_TMPL_ERR_SYNTAX,  "Bad template syntax"		},
+	{ LDAP_TMPL_ERR_FILE,    "File error reading template"	},
+	{ -1, 0 }
+};
+
+char *
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_tmplerr2string( int err )
+{
+	int	i;
+
+	for ( i = 0; ldap_tmplerrlist[i].e_code != -1; i++ ) {
+		if ( err == ldap_tmplerrlist[i].e_code )
+			return( ldap_tmplerrlist[i].e_reason );
+	}
+
+	return( "Unknown error" );
+}
diff --git a/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/dllmain.c b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/dllmain.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b51c16caa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/dllmain.c
@@ -0,0 +1,178 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ * 
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version 
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with 
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at 
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ * 
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ * 
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, released
+ * March 31, 1998.
+ * 
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998-1999
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ * 
+ * Contributor(s):
+ * 
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
+ * or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ * 
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+/*
+ * Microsoft Windows specifics for LIBLDAP DLL
+ */
+#include "ldap.h"
+#include "lber.h"
+
+
+#ifdef _WIN32
+/* Lifted from Q125688
+ * How to Port a 16-bit DLL to a Win32 DLL
+ * on the MSVC 4.0 CD
+ */
+BOOL WINAPI DllMain (HANDLE hModule, DWORD fdwReason, LPVOID lpReserved)
+{
+	switch (fdwReason)
+	{
+	case DLL_PROCESS_ATTACH:
+		 /* Code from LibMain inserted here.  Return TRUE to keep the
+		    DLL loaded or return FALSE to fail loading the DLL.
+
+		    You may have to modify the code in your original LibMain to
+		    account for the fact that it may be called more than once.
+		    You will get one DLL_PROCESS_ATTACH for each process that
+		    loads the DLL. This is different from LibMain which gets
+		    called only once when the DLL is loaded. The only time this
+		    is critical is when you are using shared data sections.
+		    If you are using shared data sections for statically
+		    allocated data, you will need to be careful to initialize it
+		    only once. Check your code carefully.
+
+		    Certain one-time initializations may now need to be done for
+		    each process that attaches. You may also not need code from
+		    your original LibMain because the operating system may now
+		    be doing it for you.
+		 */
+		/*
+		 * 16 bit code calls UnlockData()
+		 * which is mapped to UnlockSegment in windows.h
+		 * in 32 bit world UnlockData is not defined anywhere
+		 * UnlockSegment is mapped to GlobalUnfix in winbase.h
+		 * and the docs for both UnlockSegment and GlobalUnfix say 
+		 * ".. function is oboslete.  Segments have no meaning 
+		 *  in the 32-bit environment".  So we do nothing here.
+		 */
+		/* If we are building a version that includes the security libraries,
+		 * we have to initialize Winsock here. If not, we can defer until the
+		 * first real socket call is made (in mozock.c).
+		 */
+#ifdef LINK_SSL
+	{
+		WSADATA wsaData;
+		WSAStartup(0x0101, &wsaData);
+	}
+#endif
+
+		break;
+
+	case DLL_THREAD_ATTACH:
+		/* Called each time a thread is created in a process that has
+		   already loaded (attached to) this DLL. Does not get called
+		   for each thread that exists in the process before it loaded
+		   the DLL.
+
+		   Do thread-specific initialization here.
+		*/
+		break;
+
+	case DLL_THREAD_DETACH:
+		/* Same as above, but called when a thread in the process
+		   exits.
+
+		   Do thread-specific cleanup here.
+		*/
+		break;
+
+	case DLL_PROCESS_DETACH:
+		/* Code from _WEP inserted here.  This code may (like the
+		   LibMain) not be necessary.  Check to make certain that the
+		   operating system is not doing it for you.
+		*/
+#ifdef LINK_SSL
+		WSACleanup();
+#endif
+
+		break;
+	}
+	/* The return value is only used for DLL_PROCESS_ATTACH; all other
+	conditions are ignored.  */
+	return TRUE;   // successful DLL_PROCESS_ATTACH
+}
+#else
+int CALLBACK
+LibMain( HINSTANCE hinst, WORD wDataSeg, WORD cbHeapSize, LPSTR lpszCmdLine )
+{
+	/*UnlockData( 0 );*/
+ 	return( 1 );
+}
+
+BOOL CALLBACK __loadds WEP(BOOL fSystemExit)
+{
+	WSACleanup();
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+#ifdef LDAP_DEBUG
+#ifndef _WIN32
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+void LDAP_C LDAPDebug( int level, char* fmt, ... )
+{
+	static char debugBuf[1024];
+
+	if (ldap_debug & level)
+	{
+		va_list ap;
+		va_start (ap, fmt);
+		_snprintf (debugBuf, sizeof(debugBuf), fmt, ap);
+		va_end (ap);
+
+		OutputDebugString (debugBuf);
+	}
+}
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _WIN32
+
+/* The 16-bit version of the RTL does not implement perror() */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+void perror( const char *msg )
+{
+	char buf[128];
+	wsprintf( buf, "%s: error %d\n", msg, WSAGetLastError()) ;
+	OutputDebugString( buf );
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/dsparse.c b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/dsparse.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..22d411617
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/dsparse.c
@@ -0,0 +1,227 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ * 
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version 
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with 
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at 
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ * 
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ * 
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, released
+ * March 31, 1998.
+ * 
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998-1999
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ * 
+ * Contributor(s):
+ * 
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
+ * or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ * 
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 Regents of the University of Michigan.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms are permitted
+ * provided that this notice is preserved and that due credit is given
+ * to the University of Michigan at Ann Arbor. The name of the University
+ * may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this
+ * software without specific prior written permission. This software
+ * is provided ``as is'' without express or implied warranty.
+ */
+/*
+ * dsparse.c:  parsing routines used by display template and search 
+ * preference file library routines for LDAP clients.
+ *
+ */
+
+#include "ldap-int.h"
+
+static int next_line( char **bufp, long *blenp, char **linep );
+static char *next_token( char ** sp );
+
+int
+nsldapi_next_line_tokens( char **bufp, long *blenp, char ***toksp )
+{
+    char	*p, *line, *token, **toks;
+    int		rc, tokcnt;
+
+    *toksp = NULL;
+
+    if (( rc = next_line( bufp, blenp, &line )) <= 0 ) {
+	return( rc );
+    }
+
+    if (( toks = (char **)NSLDAPI_CALLOC( 1, sizeof( char * ))) == NULL ) {
+	NSLDAPI_FREE( line );
+	return( -1 );
+    }
+    tokcnt = 0;
+
+    p = line;
+    while (( token = next_token( &p )) != NULL ) {
+	if (( toks = (char **)NSLDAPI_REALLOC( toks, ( tokcnt + 2 ) *
+		sizeof( char * ))) == NULL ) {
+	    NSLDAPI_FREE( (char *)toks );
+	    NSLDAPI_FREE( line );
+	    return( -1 );
+	}
+	toks[ tokcnt ] = token;
+	toks[ ++tokcnt ] = NULL;
+    }
+
+    if ( tokcnt == 1 && strcasecmp( toks[ 0 ], "END" ) == 0 ) {
+	tokcnt = 0;
+	nsldapi_free_strarray( toks );
+	toks = NULL;
+    }
+
+    NSLDAPI_FREE( line );
+
+    if ( tokcnt == 0 ) {
+	if ( toks != NULL ) {
+	    NSLDAPI_FREE( (char *)toks );
+	}
+    } else {
+	*toksp = toks;
+    }
+
+    return( tokcnt );
+}
+
+
+static int
+next_line( char **bufp, long *blenp, char **linep )
+{
+    char	*linestart, *line, *p;
+    long	plen;
+
+    linestart = *bufp;
+    p = *bufp;
+    plen = *blenp;
+
+    do {
+	for ( linestart = p; plen > 0; ++p, --plen ) {
+	    if ( *p == '\r' ) {
+		if ( plen > 1 && *(p+1) == '\n' ) {
+		    ++p;
+		    --plen;
+		}
+		break;
+	    }
+
+	    if ( *p == '\n' ) {
+		if ( plen > 1 && *(p+1) == '\r' ) {
+		    ++p;
+		    --plen;
+		}
+		break;
+	    }
+	}
+	++p;
+	--plen;
+    } while ( plen > 0 && ( *linestart == '#' || linestart + 1 == p ));
+
+
+    *bufp = p;
+    *blenp = plen;
+
+
+    if ( plen <= 0 ) {
+	*linep = NULL;
+	return( 0 );	/* end of file */
+    }
+
+    if (( line = NSLDAPI_MALLOC( p - linestart )) == NULL ) {
+	*linep = NULL;
+	return( -1 );	/* fatal error */
+    }
+
+    SAFEMEMCPY( line, linestart, p - linestart );
+    line[ p - linestart - 1 ] = '\0';
+    *linep = line;
+    return( strlen( line ));
+}
+
+
+static char *
+next_token( char **sp )
+{
+    int		in_quote = 0;
+    char	*p, *tokstart, *t;
+
+    if ( **sp == '\0' ) {
+	return( NULL );
+    }
+
+    p = *sp;
+
+    while ( ldap_utf8isspace( p )) {		/* skip leading white space */
+	++p;
+    }
+
+    if ( *p == '\0' ) {
+	return( NULL );
+    }
+
+    if ( *p == '\"' ) {
+	in_quote = 1;
+	++p;
+    }
+    t = tokstart = p;
+
+    for ( ;; ) {
+	if ( *p == '\0' || ( ldap_utf8isspace( p ) && !in_quote )) {
+	    if ( *p != '\0' ) {
+		++p;
+	    }
+	    *t++ = '\0';		/* end of token */
+	    break;
+	}
+
+	if ( *p == '\"' ) {
+	    in_quote = !in_quote;
+	    ++p;
+	} else {
+	    *t++ = *p++;
+	}
+    }
+
+    *sp = p;
+
+    if ( t == tokstart ) {
+	return( NULL );
+    }
+
+    return( nsldapi_strdup( tokstart ));
+}
+
+
+void
+nsldapi_free_strarray( char **sap )
+{
+    int		i;
+
+    if ( sap != NULL ) {
+	for ( i = 0; sap[ i ] != NULL; ++i ) {
+	    NSLDAPI_FREE( sap[ i ] );
+	}
+	NSLDAPI_FREE( (char *)sap );
+    }
+}
diff --git a/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/error.c b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/error.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..82cbb56cb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/error.c
@@ -0,0 +1,490 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ * 
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version 
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with 
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at 
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ * 
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ * 
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, released
+ * March 31, 1998.
+ * 
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998-1999
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ * 
+ * Contributor(s):
+ * 
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
+ * or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ * 
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+#include "ldap-int.h"
+
+struct ldaperror {
+	int	e_code;
+	char	*e_reason;
+};
+
+static struct ldaperror ldap_errlist[] = {
+	{ LDAP_SUCCESS, 			"Success" },
+	{ LDAP_OPERATIONS_ERROR, 		"Operations error" },
+	{ LDAP_PROTOCOL_ERROR, 			"Protocol error" },
+	{ LDAP_TIMELIMIT_EXCEEDED,		"Timelimit exceeded" },
+	{ LDAP_SIZELIMIT_EXCEEDED, 		"Sizelimit exceeded" },
+	{ LDAP_COMPARE_FALSE, 			"Compare false" },
+	{ LDAP_COMPARE_TRUE, 			"Compare true" },
+	{ LDAP_STRONG_AUTH_NOT_SUPPORTED,	"Authentication method not supported" },
+	{ LDAP_STRONG_AUTH_REQUIRED, 		"Strong authentication required" },
+	{ LDAP_PARTIAL_RESULTS, 		"Partial results and referral received" },
+	{ LDAP_REFERRAL, 			"Referral received" },
+	{ LDAP_ADMINLIMIT_EXCEEDED,		"Administrative limit exceeded" },
+	{ LDAP_UNAVAILABLE_CRITICAL_EXTENSION,	"Unavailable critical extension" },
+	{ LDAP_CONFIDENTIALITY_REQUIRED,	"Confidentiality required" },
+	{ LDAP_SASL_BIND_IN_PROGRESS,		"SASL bind in progress" },
+
+	{ LDAP_NO_SUCH_ATTRIBUTE, 		"No such attribute" },
+	{ LDAP_UNDEFINED_TYPE, 			"Undefined attribute type" },
+	{ LDAP_INAPPROPRIATE_MATCHING, 		"Inappropriate matching" },
+	{ LDAP_CONSTRAINT_VIOLATION, 		"Constraint violation" },
+	{ LDAP_TYPE_OR_VALUE_EXISTS, 		"Type or value exists" },
+	{ LDAP_INVALID_SYNTAX, 			"Invalid syntax" },
+
+	{ LDAP_NO_SUCH_OBJECT, 			"No such object" },
+	{ LDAP_ALIAS_PROBLEM, 			"Alias problem" },
+	{ LDAP_INVALID_DN_SYNTAX,		"Invalid DN syntax" },
+	{ LDAP_IS_LEAF, 			"Object is a leaf" },
+	{ LDAP_ALIAS_DEREF_PROBLEM, 		"Alias dereferencing problem" },
+
+	{ LDAP_INAPPROPRIATE_AUTH, 		"Inappropriate authentication" },
+	{ LDAP_INVALID_CREDENTIALS, 		"Invalid credentials" },
+	{ LDAP_INSUFFICIENT_ACCESS, 		"Insufficient access" },
+	{ LDAP_BUSY, 				"DSA is busy" },
+	{ LDAP_UNAVAILABLE, 			"DSA is unavailable" },
+	{ LDAP_UNWILLING_TO_PERFORM, 		"DSA is unwilling to perform" },
+	{ LDAP_LOOP_DETECT, 			"Loop detected" },
+    { LDAP_SORT_CONTROL_MISSING,    "Sort Control is missing"  },
+    { LDAP_INDEX_RANGE_ERROR,              "Search results exceed the range specified by the offsets" }, 
+    
+    { LDAP_NAMING_VIOLATION, 		"Naming violation" },
+	{ LDAP_OBJECT_CLASS_VIOLATION, 		"Object class violation" },
+	{ LDAP_NOT_ALLOWED_ON_NONLEAF, 		"Operation not allowed on nonleaf" },
+	{ LDAP_NOT_ALLOWED_ON_RDN, 		"Operation not allowed on RDN" },
+	{ LDAP_ALREADY_EXISTS, 			"Already exists" },
+	{ LDAP_NO_OBJECT_CLASS_MODS, 		"Cannot modify object class" },
+	{ LDAP_RESULTS_TOO_LARGE,		"Results too large" },
+	{ LDAP_AFFECTS_MULTIPLE_DSAS,		"Affects multiple servers" },
+
+	{ LDAP_OTHER, 				"Unknown error" },
+	{ LDAP_SERVER_DOWN,			"Can't contact LDAP server" },
+	{ LDAP_LOCAL_ERROR,			"Local error" },
+	{ LDAP_ENCODING_ERROR,			"Encoding error" },
+	{ LDAP_DECODING_ERROR,			"Decoding error" },
+	{ LDAP_TIMEOUT,				"Timed out" },
+	{ LDAP_AUTH_UNKNOWN,			"Unknown authentication method" },
+	{ LDAP_FILTER_ERROR,			"Bad search filter" },
+	{ LDAP_USER_CANCELLED,			"User cancelled operation" },
+	{ LDAP_PARAM_ERROR,			"Bad parameter to an ldap routine" },
+	{ LDAP_NO_MEMORY,			"Out of memory" },
+	{ LDAP_CONNECT_ERROR,			"Can't connect to the LDAP server" },
+	{ LDAP_NOT_SUPPORTED,			"Not supported by this version of the LDAP protocol" },
+	{ LDAP_CONTROL_NOT_FOUND,		"Requested LDAP control not found" },
+	{ LDAP_NO_RESULTS_RETURNED,		"No results returned" },
+	{ LDAP_MORE_RESULTS_TO_RETURN,		"More results to return" },
+	{ LDAP_CLIENT_LOOP,			"Client detected loop" },
+	{ LDAP_REFERRAL_LIMIT_EXCEEDED,		"Referral hop limit exceeded" },
+	{ -1, 0 }
+};
+
+char *
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_err2string( int err )
+{
+	int	i;
+
+	LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "ldap_err2string\n", 0, 0, 0 );
+
+	for ( i = 0; ldap_errlist[i].e_code != -1; i++ ) {
+		if ( err == ldap_errlist[i].e_code )
+			return( ldap_errlist[i].e_reason );
+	}
+
+	return( "Unknown error" );
+}
+
+
+static char *
+nsldapi_safe_strerror( int e )
+{
+	char *s;
+
+	if (( s = strerror( e )) == NULL ) {
+		s = "unknown error";
+	}
+
+	return( s );
+}
+
+
+void
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_perror( LDAP *ld, const char *s )
+{
+	int		i, err;
+	char	*matched = NULL;
+	char	*errmsg = NULL; 
+	char	*separator;
+	char    msg[1024];
+
+	LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "ldap_perror\n", 0, 0, 0 );
+
+	if ( s == NULL ) {
+		s = separator = "";
+	} else {
+		separator = ": ";
+	}
+
+	if ( ld == NULL ) {
+		snprintf( msg, sizeof( msg ), 
+			"%s%s%s", s, separator, nsldapi_safe_strerror( errno ) );
+		ber_err_print( msg );
+		return;
+	}
+
+	LDAP_MUTEX_LOCK( ld, LDAP_ERR_LOCK );
+	err = LDAP_GET_LDERRNO( ld, &matched, &errmsg );
+	for ( i = 0; ldap_errlist[i].e_code != -1; i++ ) {
+		if ( err == ldap_errlist[i].e_code ) {
+			snprintf( msg, sizeof( msg ), 
+				"%s%s%s", s, separator, ldap_errlist[i].e_reason );
+			ber_err_print( msg );
+			if ( err == LDAP_CONNECT_ERROR ) {
+				ber_err_print( " - " );
+				ber_err_print( nsldapi_safe_strerror(
+				    LDAP_GET_ERRNO( ld )));
+			}
+			ber_err_print( "\n" );
+			if ( matched != NULL && *matched != '\0' ) {
+				snprintf( msg, sizeof( msg ), 
+					"%s%smatched: %s\n", s, separator, matched );
+				ber_err_print( msg );
+			}
+			if ( errmsg != NULL && *errmsg != '\0' ) {
+				snprintf( msg, sizeof( msg ), 
+					"%s%sadditional info: %s\n", s, separator, errmsg );
+				ber_err_print( msg );
+			}
+			LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_ERR_LOCK );
+			return;
+		}
+	}
+	snprintf( msg, sizeof( msg ), 
+		"%s%sNot an LDAP errno %d\n", s, separator, err );
+	ber_err_print( msg );
+	LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_ERR_LOCK );
+}
+
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_result2error( LDAP *ld, LDAPMessage *r, int freeit )
+{
+	int	lderr_parse, lderr;
+
+	lderr_parse = ldap_parse_result( ld, r, &lderr, NULL, NULL, NULL,
+	    NULL, freeit );
+
+	if ( lderr_parse != LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+		return( lderr_parse );
+	}
+
+	return( lderr );
+}
+
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_get_lderrno( LDAP *ld, char **m, char **s )
+{
+	if ( !NSLDAPI_VALID_LDAP_POINTER( ld )) {
+		return( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );	/* punt */
+	}
+
+	if ( ld->ld_get_lderrno_fn == NULL ) {
+		if ( m != NULL ) {
+			*m = ld->ld_matched;
+		}
+		if ( s != NULL ) {
+			*s = ld->ld_error;
+		}
+		return( ld->ld_errno );
+	} else {
+		return( ld->ld_get_lderrno_fn( m, s, ld->ld_lderrno_arg ) );
+	}
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Note: there is no need for callers of ldap_set_lderrno() to lock the
+ * ld mutex.  If applications intend to share an LDAP session handle
+ * between threads they *must* perform their own locking around the
+ * session handle or they must install a "set lderrno" thread callback
+ * function.
+ * 
+ */
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_set_lderrno( LDAP *ld, int e, char *m, char *s )
+{
+	if ( !NSLDAPI_VALID_LDAP_POINTER( ld )) {
+		return( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+	}
+
+	if ( ld->ld_set_lderrno_fn != NULL ) {
+		ld->ld_set_lderrno_fn( e, m, s, ld->ld_lderrno_arg );
+	} else {
+        LDAP_MUTEX_LOCK( ld, LDAP_ERR_LOCK );
+		ld->ld_errno = e;
+		if ( ld->ld_matched ) {
+			NSLDAPI_FREE( ld->ld_matched );
+		}
+		ld->ld_matched = m;
+		if ( ld->ld_error ) {
+			NSLDAPI_FREE( ld->ld_error );
+		}
+		ld->ld_error = s;
+        LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_ERR_LOCK );
+	}
+
+	return( LDAP_SUCCESS );
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Returns an LDAP error that says whether parse succeeded.  The error code
+ * from the LDAP result itself is returned in the errcodep result parameter.
+ * If any of the result params. (errcodep, matchednp, errmsgp, referralsp,
+ * or serverctrlsp) are NULL we don't return that info.
+ */
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_parse_result( LDAP *ld, LDAPMessage *res, int *errcodep, char **matchednp,
+	char **errmsgp, char ***referralsp, LDAPControl ***serverctrlsp,
+	int freeit )
+{
+	LDAPMessage		*lm;
+	int			err, errcode;
+	char			*m, *e;
+	m = e = NULL;
+
+	LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "ldap_parse_result\n", 0, 0, 0 );
+
+	if ( !NSLDAPI_VALID_LDAP_POINTER( ld ) ||
+	    !NSLDAPI_VALID_LDAPMESSAGE_POINTER( res )) {
+		return( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+	}
+
+	/* skip over entries and references to find next result in this chain */
+	for ( lm = res; lm != NULL; lm = lm->lm_chain ) {	
+		if ( lm->lm_msgtype != LDAP_RES_SEARCH_ENTRY &&
+		    lm->lm_msgtype != LDAP_RES_SEARCH_REFERENCE ) {
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	if ( lm == NULL ) {
+		err = LDAP_NO_RESULTS_RETURNED;
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, err, NULL, NULL );
+		return( err );
+	}
+
+	err = nsldapi_parse_result( ld, lm->lm_msgtype, lm->lm_ber, &errcode,
+	    &m, &e, referralsp, serverctrlsp );
+
+	if ( err == LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+		if ( errcodep != NULL ) {
+			*errcodep = errcode;
+		}
+		if ( matchednp != NULL ) {
+			*matchednp = nsldapi_strdup( m );
+		}
+		if ( errmsgp != NULL ) {
+			*errmsgp = nsldapi_strdup( e );
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * if there are more result messages in the chain, arrange to
+		 * return the special LDAP_MORE_RESULTS_TO_RETURN "error" code.
+		 */
+		for ( lm = lm->lm_chain; lm != NULL; lm = lm->lm_chain ) {	
+			if ( lm->lm_msgtype != LDAP_RES_SEARCH_ENTRY &&
+			    lm->lm_msgtype != LDAP_RES_SEARCH_REFERENCE ) {
+				err = LDAP_MORE_RESULTS_TO_RETURN;
+				break;
+			}
+		}
+	} else { 
+	    /* In this case, m and e were already freed by ber_scanf */
+	    m = e = NULL; 
+	} 
+
+	if ( freeit ) {
+		ldap_msgfree( res );
+	}
+
+	LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, ( err == LDAP_SUCCESS ) ? errcode : err, m, e );
+
+	/* nsldapi_parse_result set m and e, so we have to delete them if they exist.
+	   Only delete them if they haven't been reused for matchednp or errmsgp.
+	   if ( err == LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+	if ( (m != NULL) && (matchednp == NULL) ) {
+	NSLDAPI_FREE( m );
+	}
+	if ( (e != NULL) && (errmsgp == NULL) ) {
+	NSLDAPI_FREE( e );
+	}
+	} */
+
+	return( err );
+}
+
+/*
+ * returns an LDAP error code indicating success or failure of parsing
+ * does NOT set any error information inside "ld"
+ */
+int
+nsldapi_parse_result( LDAP *ld, int msgtype, BerElement *rber, int *errcodep,
+    char **matchednp, char **errmsgp, char ***referralsp,
+    LDAPControl ***serverctrlsp )
+{
+	BerElement	ber;
+	ber_len_t	len;
+	ber_int_t   errcode;
+	int			berrc, err;
+	char		*m, *e;
+
+	/*
+	 * Parse the result message.  LDAPv3 result messages look like this:
+	 *
+	 *	LDAPResult ::= SEQUENCE {
+	 *		resultCode	ENUMERATED { ... },
+	 *		matchedDN	LDAPDN,
+	 *		errorMessage	LDAPString,
+	 *		referral	[3] Referral OPTIONAL
+	 *		opSpecificStuff	OPTIONAL
+	 *	}
+	 *
+	 * all wrapped up in an LDAPMessage sequence which looks like this:
+	 *	LDAPMessage ::= SEQUENCE {
+	 *		messageID	MessageID,
+	 *		LDAPResult	CHOICE { ... },	// message type
+	 *		controls	[0] Controls OPTIONAL
+	 *	}
+	 *
+	 * LDAPv2 messages don't include referrals or controls.
+	 * LDAPv1 messages don't include matchedDN, referrals, or controls.
+	 *
+	 * ldap_result() pulls out the message id, so by the time a result
+	 * message gets here we are sitting at the start of the LDAPResult.
+	 */
+
+	err = LDAP_SUCCESS;	/* optimistic */
+	m = e = NULL;
+	if ( matchednp != NULL ) {
+		*matchednp = NULL;
+	}
+	if ( errmsgp != NULL ) {
+		*errmsgp = NULL;
+	}
+	if ( referralsp != NULL ) {
+		*referralsp = NULL;
+	}
+	if ( serverctrlsp != NULL ) {
+		*serverctrlsp = NULL;
+	}
+	ber = *rber;		/* struct copy */
+
+	if ( NSLDAPI_LDAP_VERSION( ld ) < LDAP_VERSION2 ) {
+		berrc = ber_scanf( &ber, "{ia}", &errcode, &e );
+	} else {
+		if (( berrc = ber_scanf( &ber, "{iaa", &errcode, &m, &e ))
+		    != LBER_ERROR ) {
+			/* check for optional referrals */
+			if ( ber_peek_tag( &ber, &len ) == LDAP_TAG_REFERRAL ) {
+				if ( referralsp == NULL ) {
+					/* skip referrals */
+					berrc = ber_scanf( &ber, "x" );
+				} else {
+					/* suck out referrals */
+					berrc = ber_scanf( &ber, "v",
+					    referralsp );
+				}
+			} else if ( referralsp != NULL ) {
+				*referralsp = NULL;
+			}
+		}
+
+		if ( berrc != LBER_ERROR ) {
+			/*
+			 * skip past optional operation-specific elements:
+			 *   bind results - serverSASLcreds
+			 *   extendedop results -  OID plus value
+			 */
+			if ( msgtype == LDAP_RES_BIND ) {
+				if ( ber_peek_tag( &ber, &len ) == 
+				    LDAP_TAG_SASL_RES_CREDS ) {
+					berrc = ber_scanf( &ber, "x" );
+				}
+			} else if ( msgtype == LDAP_RES_EXTENDED ) {
+				if ( ber_peek_tag( &ber, &len ) ==
+				    LDAP_TAG_EXOP_RES_OID ) {
+					berrc = ber_scanf( &ber, "x" );
+				}
+				if ( berrc != LBER_ERROR &&
+				    ber_peek_tag( &ber, &len ) ==
+				    LDAP_TAG_EXOP_RES_VALUE ) {
+					berrc = ber_scanf( &ber, "x" );
+				}
+			}
+		}
+
+		/* pull out controls (if requested and any are present) */
+		if ( berrc != LBER_ERROR && serverctrlsp != NULL &&
+		    ( berrc = ber_scanf( &ber, "}" )) != LBER_ERROR ) {
+			err = nsldapi_get_controls( &ber, serverctrlsp );
+		}
+	}
+
+	if ( berrc == LBER_ERROR && err == LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+		err = LDAP_DECODING_ERROR;
+	}
+
+	if ( errcodep != NULL ) {
+		*errcodep = errcode;
+	}
+	if ( matchednp != NULL ) {
+		*matchednp = m;
+	} else if ( m != NULL ) {
+		NSLDAPI_FREE( m );
+	}
+	if ( errmsgp != NULL ) {
+		*errmsgp = e;
+	} else if ( e != NULL ) {
+		NSLDAPI_FREE( e );
+	}
+
+	return( err );
+}
diff --git a/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/extendop.c b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/extendop.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f1a92afcd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/extendop.c
@@ -0,0 +1,275 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ * 
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version 
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with 
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at 
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ * 
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ * 
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, released
+ * March 31, 1998.
+ * 
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998-1999
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ * 
+ * Contributor(s):
+ * 
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
+ * or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ * 
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+#include "ldap-int.h"
+
+/*
+ * ldap_extended_operation - initiate an arbitrary ldapv3 extended operation.
+ * the oid and data of the extended operation are supplied. Returns an
+ * LDAP error code.
+ *
+ * Example:
+ *	struct berval	exdata;
+ *	char		*exoid;
+ *	int		err, msgid;
+ *	... fill in oid and data ...
+ *	err = ldap_extended_operation( ld, exoid, &exdata, NULL, NULL, &msgid );
+ */
+
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_extended_operation(
+    LDAP		*ld,
+    const char		*exoid,
+    const struct berval	*exdata,
+    LDAPControl		**serverctrls,
+    LDAPControl		**clientctrls,
+    int			*msgidp
+)
+{
+	BerElement	*ber;
+	int		rc, msgid;
+
+	/*
+	 * the ldapv3 extended operation request looks like this:
+	 *
+	 *	ExtendedRequest ::= [APPLICATION 23] SEQUENCE {
+	 *		requestName	LDAPOID,
+	 *		requestValue	OCTET STRING
+	 *	}
+	 *
+	 * all wrapped up in an LDAPMessage sequence.
+	 */
+
+	LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "ldap_extended_operation\n", 0, 0, 0 );
+
+	if ( !NSLDAPI_VALID_LDAP_POINTER( ld )) {
+		return( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+	}
+
+
+	/* only ldapv3 or higher can do extended operations */
+	if ( NSLDAPI_LDAP_VERSION( ld ) < LDAP_VERSION3 ) {
+		rc = LDAP_NOT_SUPPORTED;
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, rc, NULL, NULL );
+		return( rc );
+	}
+
+	if ( msgidp == NULL || exoid == NULL || *exoid == '\0' ) {
+		rc = LDAP_PARAM_ERROR;
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, rc, NULL, NULL );
+		return( rc );
+	}
+
+	LDAP_MUTEX_LOCK( ld, LDAP_MSGID_LOCK );
+	msgid = ++ld->ld_msgid;
+	LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_MSGID_LOCK );
+
+#if 0
+	if ( ld->ld_cache_on && ld->ld_cache_extendedop != NULL ) {
+		LDAP_MUTEX_LOCK( ld, LDAP_CACHE_LOCK );
+		if ( (rc = (ld->ld_cache_extendedop)( ld, msgid,
+		    LDAP_REQ_EXTENDED, exoid, cred )) != 0 ) {
+			LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_CACHE_LOCK );
+			return( rc );
+		}
+		LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_CACHE_LOCK );
+	}
+#endif
+
+	/* create a message to send */
+	if (( rc = nsldapi_alloc_ber_with_options( ld, &ber ))
+	    != LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+		return( rc );
+	}
+
+	/* fill it in */
+	if ( exdata ) {
+		if ( ber_printf( ber, "{it{tsto}", msgid, LDAP_REQ_EXTENDED,
+						 LDAP_TAG_EXOP_REQ_OID, exoid, LDAP_TAG_EXOP_REQ_VALUE,
+						 exdata->bv_val, exdata->bv_len ) == -1 ) {
+			rc = LDAP_ENCODING_ERROR;
+			LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, rc, NULL, NULL );
+			ber_free( ber, 1 );
+			return( rc );
+		}
+	} else { /* some implementations are pretty strict on empty values */
+		if ( ber_printf( ber, "{it{ts}", msgid, LDAP_REQ_EXTENDED,
+						 LDAP_TAG_EXOP_REQ_OID, exoid ) == -1 ) {
+			rc = LDAP_ENCODING_ERROR;
+			LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, rc, NULL, NULL );
+			ber_free( ber, 1 );
+			return( rc );
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (( rc = nsldapi_put_controls( ld, serverctrls, 1, ber ))
+	    != LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+		ber_free( ber, 1 );
+		return( rc );
+	}
+
+	/* send the message */
+	rc = nsldapi_send_initial_request( ld, msgid, LDAP_REQ_EXTENDED, NULL,
+		ber );
+	*msgidp = rc;
+	return( rc < 0 ? LDAP_GET_LDERRNO( ld, NULL, NULL ) : LDAP_SUCCESS );
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * ldap_extended_operation_s - perform an arbitrary ldapv3 extended operation.
+ * the oid and data of the extended operation are supplied. LDAP_SUCCESS
+ * is returned upon success, the ldap error code otherwise.
+ *
+ * Example:
+ *	struct berval	exdata, exretval;
+ *	char		*exoid;
+ *	int		rc;
+ *	... fill in oid and data ...
+ *	rc = ldap_extended_operation_s( ld, exoid, &exdata, &exretval );
+ */
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_extended_operation_s(
+    LDAP		*ld,
+    const char		*requestoid,
+    const struct berval	*requestdata,
+    LDAPControl		**serverctrls,
+    LDAPControl		**clientctrls,
+    char		**retoidp,
+    struct berval	**retdatap
+)
+{
+	int		err, msgid;
+	LDAPMessage	*result;
+
+	if (( err = ldap_extended_operation( ld, requestoid, requestdata,
+	    serverctrls, clientctrls, &msgid )) != LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+		return( err );
+	}
+
+	if ( ldap_result( ld, msgid, 1, (struct timeval *) 0, &result )
+	    == -1 ) {
+		return( LDAP_GET_LDERRNO( ld, NULL, NULL ) );
+	}
+
+	if (( err = ldap_parse_extended_result( ld, result, retoidp, retdatap,
+		0 )) != LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+	    ldap_msgfree( result );
+	    return( err );
+	}
+
+	return( ldap_result2error( ld, result, 1 ) );
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Pull the oid returned by the server and the data out of an extended
+ * operation result.  Return an LDAP error code.
+ */
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_parse_extended_result(
+    LDAP		*ld,
+    LDAPMessage		*res,
+    char		**retoidp,	/* may be NULL */
+    struct berval	**retdatap,	/* may be NULL */
+    int			freeit
+)
+{
+	struct berelement	ber;
+	ber_len_t			len;
+	ber_int_t			err;
+	char				*m, *e, *roid;
+	struct berval		*rdata;
+
+	LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "ldap_parse_extended_result\n", 0, 0, 0 );
+
+	if ( !NSLDAPI_VALID_LDAP_POINTER( ld )) {
+		return( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+	}
+
+        if ( !NSLDAPI_VALID_LDAPMESSAGE_EXRESULT_POINTER( res )) {
+		return( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+	}
+
+	m = e = NULL;
+	ber = *(res->lm_ber);
+	if ( NSLDAPI_LDAP_VERSION( ld ) < LDAP_VERSION3 ) {
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_NOT_SUPPORTED, NULL, NULL );
+		return( LDAP_NOT_SUPPORTED );
+	}
+
+	if ( ber_scanf( &ber, "{iaa", &err, &m, &e ) == LBER_ERROR ) {
+		goto decoding_error;
+	}
+	roid = NULL;
+	if ( ber_peek_tag( &ber, &len ) == LDAP_TAG_EXOP_RES_OID ) {
+		if ( ber_scanf( &ber, "a", &roid ) == LBER_ERROR ) {
+			goto decoding_error;
+		}
+	}
+	if ( retoidp != NULL ) {
+		*retoidp = roid;
+	} else if ( roid != NULL ) {
+		NSLDAPI_FREE( roid );
+	}
+
+	rdata = NULL;
+	if ( ber_peek_tag( &ber, &len ) == LDAP_TAG_EXOP_RES_VALUE ) {
+		if ( ber_scanf( &ber, "O", &rdata ) == LBER_ERROR ) {
+			goto decoding_error;
+		}
+	}
+	if ( retdatap != NULL ) {
+		*retdatap = rdata;
+	} else if ( rdata != NULL ) {
+		ber_bvfree( rdata );
+	}
+
+	LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, err, m, e );
+
+	if ( freeit ) {
+		ldap_msgfree( res );
+	}
+
+	return( LDAP_SUCCESS );
+
+decoding_error:;
+	LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_DECODING_ERROR, NULL, NULL );
+	return( LDAP_DECODING_ERROR );
+}
diff --git a/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/free.c b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/free.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..821ebad10
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/free.c
@@ -0,0 +1,156 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ * 
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version 
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with 
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at 
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ * 
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ * 
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, released
+ * March 31, 1998.
+ * 
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998-1999
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ * 
+ * Contributor(s):
+ * 
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
+ * or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ * 
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+/*
+ *  Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of Michigan.
+ *  All rights reserved.
+ */
+/*
+ *  free.c - some free routines are included here to avoid having to
+ *           link in lots of extra code when not using certain features
+ */
+
+#if 0
+#ifndef lint 
+static char copyright[] = "@(#) Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of Michigan.\nAll rights reserved.\n";
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#include "ldap-int.h"
+
+void
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_getfilter_free( LDAPFiltDesc *lfdp )
+{
+    LDAPFiltList	*flp, *nextflp;
+    LDAPFiltInfo	*fip, *nextfip;
+
+    if ( lfdp == NULL ) {
+	return;
+    }
+
+    for ( flp = lfdp->lfd_filtlist; flp != NULL; flp = nextflp ) {
+	for ( fip = flp->lfl_ilist; fip != NULL; fip = nextfip ) {
+	    nextfip = fip->lfi_next;
+	    NSLDAPI_FREE( fip->lfi_filter );
+	    NSLDAPI_FREE( fip->lfi_desc );
+	    NSLDAPI_FREE( fip );
+	}
+	nextflp = flp->lfl_next;
+	NSLDAPI_FREE( flp->lfl_pattern );
+	NSLDAPI_FREE( flp->lfl_delims );
+	NSLDAPI_FREE( flp->lfl_tag );
+	NSLDAPI_FREE( flp );
+    }
+
+    if ( lfdp->lfd_curval != NULL ) {
+	NSLDAPI_FREE( lfdp->lfd_curval );
+    }
+    if ( lfdp->lfd_curvalcopy != NULL ) {
+	NSLDAPI_FREE( lfdp->lfd_curvalcopy );
+    }
+    if ( lfdp->lfd_curvalwords != NULL ) {
+	NSLDAPI_FREE( lfdp->lfd_curvalwords );
+    }
+    if ( lfdp->lfd_filtprefix != NULL ) {
+	NSLDAPI_FREE( lfdp->lfd_filtprefix );
+    }
+    if ( lfdp->lfd_filtsuffix != NULL ) {
+	NSLDAPI_FREE( lfdp->lfd_filtsuffix );
+    }
+
+    NSLDAPI_FREE( lfdp );
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * free a null-terminated array of pointers to mod structures. the
+ * structures are freed, not the array itself, unless the freemods
+ * flag is set.
+ */
+void
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_mods_free( LDAPMod **mods, int freemods )
+{
+	int	i;
+
+	if ( !NSLDAPI_VALID_LDAPMOD_ARRAY( mods )) {
+		return;
+	}
+
+	for ( i = 0; mods[i] != NULL; i++ ) {
+		if ( mods[i]->mod_op & LDAP_MOD_BVALUES ) {
+			if ( mods[i]->mod_bvalues != NULL ) {
+				ber_bvecfree( mods[i]->mod_bvalues );
+			}
+		} else if ( mods[i]->mod_values != NULL ) {
+			ldap_value_free( mods[i]->mod_values );
+		}
+		if ( mods[i]->mod_type != NULL ) {
+			NSLDAPI_FREE( mods[i]->mod_type );
+		}
+		NSLDAPI_FREE( (char *) mods[i] );
+	}
+
+	if ( freemods )
+		NSLDAPI_FREE( (char *) mods );
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * ldap_memfree() is needed to ensure that memory allocated by the C runtime
+ * assocated with libldap is freed by the same runtime code.
+ */
+void
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_memfree( void *s )
+{
+	if ( s != NULL ) {
+		NSLDAPI_FREE( s );
+	}
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * ldap_ber_free() is just a cover for ber_free()
+ * ber_free() checks for ber == NULL, so we don't bother.
+ */
+void
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_ber_free( BerElement *ber, int freebuf )
+{
+	ber_free( ber, freebuf );
+}
diff --git a/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/freevalues.c b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/freevalues.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..29a0ea03f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/freevalues.c
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ * 
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version 
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with 
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at 
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ * 
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ * 
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, released
+ * March 31, 1998.
+ * 
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998-1999
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ * 
+ * Contributor(s):
+ * 
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
+ * or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ * 
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+/*
+ *  Copyright (c) 1990 Regents of the University of Michigan.
+ *  All rights reserved.
+ */
+/*
+ *  freevalues.c
+ */
+
+#include "ldap-int.h"
+
+void
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_value_free( char **vals )
+{
+	int	i;
+
+	if ( vals == NULL )
+		return;
+	for ( i = 0; vals[i] != NULL; i++ )
+		NSLDAPI_FREE( vals[i] );
+	NSLDAPI_FREE( (char *) vals );
+}
+
+void
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_value_free_len( struct berval **vals )
+{
+	int	i;
+
+	if ( vals == NULL )
+		return;
+	for ( i = 0; vals[i] != NULL; i++ ) {
+		NSLDAPI_FREE( vals[i]->bv_val );
+		NSLDAPI_FREE( vals[i] );
+	}
+	NSLDAPI_FREE( (char *) vals );
+}
diff --git a/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/friendly.c b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/friendly.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d7b5dc65d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/friendly.c
@@ -0,0 +1,151 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ * 
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version 
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with 
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at 
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ * 
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ * 
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, released
+ * March 31, 1998.
+ * 
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998-1999
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ * 
+ * Contributor(s):
+ * 
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
+ * or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ * 
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+/*
+ *  Copyright (c) 1990 Regents of the University of Michigan.
+ *  All rights reserved.
+ */
+/*
+ *  friendly.c
+ */
+
+#if 0
+#ifndef lint 
+static char copyright[] = "@(#) Copyright (c) 1993 Regents of the University of Michigan.\nAll rights reserved.\n";
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#include "ldap-int.h"
+
+char *
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_friendly_name( char *filename, char *name, FriendlyMap *map )
+{
+	int	i, entries;
+	FILE	*fp;
+	char	*s;
+	char	buf[BUFSIZ];
+
+	if ( map == NULL ) {
+		return( name );
+	}
+    if ( NULL == name)
+    {
+        return (name);
+    }
+
+	if ( *map == NULL ) {
+		if ( (fp = NSLDAPI_FOPEN( filename, "r" )) == NULL )
+			return( name );
+
+		entries = 0;
+		while ( fgets( buf, sizeof(buf), fp ) != NULL ) {
+			if ( buf[0] != '#' )
+				entries++;
+		}
+		rewind( fp );
+
+		if ( (*map = (FriendlyMap)NSLDAPI_MALLOC( (entries + 1) *
+		    sizeof(struct friendly) )) == NULL ) {
+			fclose( fp );
+			return( name );
+		}
+
+		i = 0;
+		while ( fgets( buf, sizeof(buf), fp ) != NULL && i < entries ) {
+			if ( buf[0] == '#' )
+				continue;
+
+			if ( (s = strchr( buf, '\n' )) != NULL )
+				*s = '\0';
+
+			if ( (s = strchr( buf, '\t' )) == NULL )
+				continue;
+			*s++ = '\0';
+
+			if ( *s == '"' ) {
+				int	esc = 0, found = 0;
+
+				for ( ++s; *s && !found; s++ ) {
+					switch ( *s ) {
+					case '\\':
+						esc = 1;
+						break;
+					case '"':
+						if ( !esc )
+							found = 1;
+						/* FALL */
+					default:
+						esc = 0;
+						break;
+					}
+				}
+			}
+
+			(*map)[i].f_unfriendly = nsldapi_strdup( buf );
+			(*map)[i].f_friendly = nsldapi_strdup( s );
+			i++;
+		}
+
+		fclose( fp );
+		(*map)[i].f_unfriendly = NULL;
+	}
+
+	for ( i = 0; (*map)[i].f_unfriendly != NULL; i++ ) {
+		if ( strcasecmp( name, (*map)[i].f_unfriendly ) == 0 )
+			return( (*map)[i].f_friendly );
+	}
+	return( name );
+}
+
+
+void
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_free_friendlymap( FriendlyMap *map )
+{
+	struct friendly* pF;
+
+	if ( map == NULL || *map == NULL ) {
+		return;
+	}
+
+	for ( pF = *map; pF->f_unfriendly; pF++ ) {
+		NSLDAPI_FREE( pF->f_unfriendly );
+		NSLDAPI_FREE( pF->f_friendly );
+	}
+	NSLDAPI_FREE( *map );
+	*map = NULL;
+}
diff --git a/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/getattr.c b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/getattr.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fbe688fea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/getattr.c
@@ -0,0 +1,150 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ * 
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version 
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with 
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at 
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ * 
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ * 
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, released
+ * March 31, 1998.
+ * 
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998-1999
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ * 
+ * Contributor(s):
+ * 
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
+ * or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ * 
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+/*
+ *  Copyright (c) 1990 Regents of the University of Michigan.
+ *  All rights reserved.
+ */
+/*
+ *  getattr.c
+ */
+
+#if 0
+#ifndef lint 
+static char copyright[] = "@(#) Copyright (c) 1990 Regents of the University of Michigan.\nAll rights reserved.\n";
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#include "ldap-int.h"
+
+
+static unsigned long
+bytes_remaining( BerElement *ber )
+{
+	ber_len_t	len;
+
+	if ( ber_get_option( ber, LBER_OPT_REMAINING_BYTES, &len ) != 0 ) {
+		return( 0 );	/* not sure what else to do.... */
+	}
+	return( len );
+}
+
+
+char *
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_first_attribute( LDAP *ld, LDAPMessage *entry, BerElement **ber )
+{
+	char		*attr;
+	int			err;
+	ber_len_t	seqlength;
+
+	LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "ldap_first_attribute\n", 0, 0, 0 );
+
+	if ( !NSLDAPI_VALID_LDAP_POINTER( ld )) {
+		return( NULL );		/* punt */
+	}
+
+	if ( ber == NULL || !NSLDAPI_VALID_LDAPMESSAGE_ENTRY_POINTER( entry )) {
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_PARAM_ERROR, NULL, NULL );
+		return( NULL );
+	}
+	
+	if ( nsldapi_alloc_ber_with_options( ld, ber ) != LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+		return( NULL );
+	}
+
+	**ber = *entry->lm_ber;
+
+	attr = NULL;			/* pessimistic */
+	err = LDAP_DECODING_ERROR;	/* ditto */
+
+	/* 
+	 * Skip past the sequence, dn, and sequence of sequence.
+	 * Reset number of bytes remaining so we confine the rest of our
+	 * decoding to the current sequence.
+	 */
+	if ( ber_scanf( *ber, "{xl{", &seqlength ) != LBER_ERROR &&
+	     ber_set_option( *ber, LBER_OPT_REMAINING_BYTES, &seqlength )
+	    == 0 ) {
+		/* snarf the attribute type, and skip the set of values,
+		 * leaving us positioned right before the next attribute
+		 * type/value sequence.
+		 */
+		if ( ber_scanf( *ber, "{ax}", &attr ) != LBER_ERROR ||
+		    bytes_remaining( *ber ) == 0 ) {
+			err = LDAP_SUCCESS;
+		}
+	}
+
+	LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, err, NULL, NULL );
+	if ( attr == NULL || err != LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+		ber_free( *ber, 0 );
+		*ber = NULL;
+	}
+	return( attr );
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+char *
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_next_attribute( LDAP *ld, LDAPMessage *entry, BerElement *ber )
+{
+	char	*attr;
+	int	err;
+
+	LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "ldap_next_attribute\n", 0, 0, 0 );
+
+	if ( !NSLDAPI_VALID_LDAP_POINTER( ld )) {
+		return( NULL );		/* punt */
+	}
+
+	if ( ber == NULL || !NSLDAPI_VALID_LDAPMESSAGE_ENTRY_POINTER( entry )) {
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_PARAM_ERROR, NULL, NULL );
+		return( NULL );
+	}
+
+	attr = NULL;			/* pessimistic */
+	err = LDAP_DECODING_ERROR;	/* ditto */
+
+	/* skip sequence, snarf attribute type, skip values */
+	if ( ber_scanf( ber, "{ax}", &attr ) != LBER_ERROR ||
+	    bytes_remaining( ber ) == 0 ) {
+		err = LDAP_SUCCESS;
+	}
+
+	LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, err, NULL, NULL );
+	return( attr );
+}
diff --git a/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/getdn.c b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/getdn.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4fab52cc6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/getdn.c
@@ -0,0 +1,371 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ * 
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version 
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with 
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at 
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ * 
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ * 
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, released
+ * March 31, 1998.
+ * 
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998-1999
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ * 
+ * Contributor(s):
+ * 
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
+ * or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ * 
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+/*
+ *  Copyright (c) 1994 Regents of the University of Michigan.
+ *  All rights reserved.
+ */
+/*
+ *  getdn.c
+ */
+
+#if 0
+#ifndef lint 
+static char copyright[] = "@(#) Copyright (c) 1990 Regents of the University of Michigan.\nAll rights reserved.\n";
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#include "ldap-int.h"
+
+char *
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_get_dn( LDAP *ld, LDAPMessage *entry )
+{
+	char			*dn;
+	struct berelement	tmp;
+
+	LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "ldap_get_dn\n", 0, 0, 0 );
+
+	if ( !NSLDAPI_VALID_LDAP_POINTER( ld )) {
+		return( NULL );		/* punt */
+	}
+
+	if ( !NSLDAPI_VALID_LDAPMESSAGE_ENTRY_POINTER( entry )) {
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_PARAM_ERROR, NULL, NULL );
+		return( NULL );
+	}
+
+	tmp = *entry->lm_ber;	/* struct copy */
+	if ( ber_scanf( &tmp, "{a", &dn ) == LBER_ERROR ) {
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_DECODING_ERROR, NULL, NULL );
+		return( NULL );
+	}
+
+	return( dn );
+}
+
+char *
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_dn2ufn( const char *dn )
+{
+	char	*p, *ufn, *r;
+	size_t	plen;
+	int	state;
+
+	LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "ldap_dn2ufn\n", 0, 0, 0 );
+
+	if ( dn == NULL ) {
+		dn = "";
+	}
+
+	if ( ldap_is_dns_dn( dn ) || ( p = strchr( dn, '=' )) == NULL )
+		return( nsldapi_strdup( (char *)dn ));
+
+	ufn = nsldapi_strdup( ++p );
+
+#define INQUOTE		1
+#define OUTQUOTE	2
+	state = OUTQUOTE;
+	for ( p = ufn, r = ufn; *p; p += plen ) {
+	    plen = 1;
+		switch ( *p ) {
+		case '\\':
+			if ( *++p == '\0' )
+				plen=0;
+			else {
+				*r++ = '\\';
+				r += (plen = LDAP_UTF8COPY(r,p));
+			}
+			break;
+		case '"':
+			if ( state == INQUOTE )
+				state = OUTQUOTE;
+			else
+				state = INQUOTE;
+			*r++ = *p;
+			break;
+		case ';':
+		case ',':
+			if ( state == OUTQUOTE )
+				*r++ = ',';
+			else
+				*r++ = *p;
+			break;
+		case '=':
+			if ( state == INQUOTE )
+				*r++ = *p;
+			else {
+				char	*rsave = r;
+				LDAP_UTF8DEC(r);
+				*rsave = '\0';
+				while ( !ldap_utf8isspace( r ) && *r != ';'
+				    && *r != ',' && r > ufn )
+					LDAP_UTF8DEC(r);
+				LDAP_UTF8INC(r);
+
+				if ( strcasecmp( r, "c" )
+				    && strcasecmp( r, "o" )
+				    && strcasecmp( r, "ou" )
+				    && strcasecmp( r, "st" )
+				    && strcasecmp( r, "l" )
+				    && strcasecmp( r, "dc" )
+				    && strcasecmp( r, "uid" )
+				    && strcasecmp( r, "cn" ) ) {
+					r = rsave;
+					*r++ = '=';
+				}
+			}
+			break;
+		default:
+			r += (plen = LDAP_UTF8COPY(r,p));
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+	*r = '\0';
+
+	return( ufn );
+}
+
+char **
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_explode_dns( const char *dn )
+{
+	int	ncomps, maxcomps;
+	char	*s, *cpydn;
+	char	**rdns;
+#ifdef HAVE_STRTOK_R	/* defined in portable.h */
+	char	*lasts;
+#endif
+
+	if ( dn == NULL ) {
+		dn = "";
+	}
+
+	if ( (rdns = (char **)NSLDAPI_MALLOC( 8 * sizeof(char *) )) == NULL ) {
+		return( NULL );
+	}
+
+	maxcomps = 8;
+	ncomps = 0;
+	cpydn = nsldapi_strdup( (char *)dn );
+	for ( s = STRTOK( cpydn, "@.", &lasts ); s != NULL;
+	    s = STRTOK( NULL, "@.", &lasts ) ) {
+		if ( ncomps == maxcomps ) {
+			maxcomps *= 2;
+			if ( (rdns = (char **)NSLDAPI_REALLOC( rdns, maxcomps *
+			    sizeof(char *) )) == NULL ) {
+				NSLDAPI_FREE( cpydn );
+				return( NULL );
+			}
+		}
+		rdns[ncomps++] = nsldapi_strdup( s );
+	}
+	rdns[ncomps] = NULL;
+	NSLDAPI_FREE( cpydn );
+
+	return( rdns );
+}
+
+#define LDAP_DN		1
+#define LDAP_RDN	2
+
+static char **
+ldap_explode( const char *dn, const int notypes, const int nametype )
+{
+	char	*p, *q, *rdnstart, **rdns = NULL;
+	size_t	plen = 0;
+	int		state = 0;
+	int		count = 0;
+	int		startquote = 0;
+	int		endquote = 0;
+	int		len = 0;
+	int		goteq = 0;
+
+	LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "ldap_explode\n", 0, 0, 0 );
+
+	if ( dn == NULL ) {
+		dn = "";
+	}
+
+#if 0
+	if ( ldap_is_dns_dn( dn ) ) {
+		return( ldap_explode_dns( dn ) );
+	}
+#endif
+
+	while ( ldap_utf8isspace( (char *)dn )) { /* ignore leading spaces */
+		++dn;
+	}
+
+	p = rdnstart = (char *) dn;
+	state = OUTQUOTE;
+
+	do {
+		p += plen;
+		plen = 1;
+		switch ( *p ) {
+		case '\\':
+			if ( *++p == '\0' )
+				p--;
+			else
+				plen = LDAP_UTF8LEN(p);
+			break;
+		case '"':
+			if ( state == INQUOTE )
+				state = OUTQUOTE;
+			else
+				state = INQUOTE;
+			break;
+		case '+': if ( nametype != LDAP_RDN ) break;
+		case ';':
+		case ',':
+		case '\0':
+			if ( state == OUTQUOTE ) {
+				/*
+				 * semicolon and comma are not valid RDN
+				 * separators.
+				 */
+				if ( nametype == LDAP_RDN && 
+					( *p == ';' || *p == ',' || !goteq)) {
+					ldap_charray_free( rdns );
+					return NULL;
+				}
+				if ( (*p == ',' || *p == ';') && !goteq ) {
+                                   /* If we get here, we have a case similar
+				    * to <attr>=<value>,<string>,<attr>=<value>
+				    * This is not a valid dn */
+				    ldap_charray_free( rdns );
+				    return NULL;
+				}
+				goteq = 0;
+				++count;
+				if ( rdns == NULL ) {
+					if (( rdns = (char **)NSLDAPI_MALLOC( 8
+						 * sizeof( char *))) == NULL )
+						return( NULL );
+				} else if ( count >= 8 ) {
+					if (( rdns = (char **)NSLDAPI_REALLOC(
+					    rdns, (count+1) *
+					    sizeof( char *))) == NULL )
+						return( NULL );
+				}
+				rdns[ count ] = NULL;
+				endquote = 0;
+				if ( notypes ) {
+					for ( q = rdnstart;
+					    q < p && *q != '='; ++q ) {
+						;
+					}
+					if ( q < p ) { /* *q == '=' */
+						rdnstart = ++q;
+					}
+					if ( *rdnstart == '"' ) {
+						startquote = 1;
+						++rdnstart;
+					}
+					
+					if ( (*(p-1) == '"') && startquote ) {
+						endquote = 1;
+						--p;
+					}
+				}
+
+				len = p - rdnstart;
+				if (( rdns[ count-1 ] = (char *)NSLDAPI_CALLOC(
+				    1, len + 1 )) != NULL ) {
+				    	SAFEMEMCPY( rdns[ count-1 ], rdnstart,
+					    len );
+					if ( !endquote ) {
+                                                /* trim trailing spaces unless
+                                                 * they are properly escaped */
+						while ( len > 0 &&
+						    ldap_utf8isspace(
+                                                    &rdns[count-1][len-1] ) &&
+                                                    ((len == 1) || (rdns[count-1][len-2] != '\\'))) {
+                                                         --len;
+						}
+					}
+					rdns[ count-1 ][ len ] = '\0';
+				}
+
+				/*
+				 *  Don't forget to increment 'p' back to where
+				 *  it should be.  If we don't, then we will
+				 *  never get past an "end quote."
+				 */
+				if ( endquote == 1 )
+					p++;
+
+				rdnstart = *p ? p + 1 : p;
+				while ( ldap_utf8isspace( rdnstart ))
+					++rdnstart;
+			}
+			break;
+		case '=':
+			if ( state == OUTQUOTE ) {
+				goteq = 1;
+			}
+			/* FALL */
+		default:
+			plen = LDAP_UTF8LEN(p);
+			break;
+		}
+	} while ( *p );
+
+	return( rdns );
+}
+
+char **
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_explode_dn( const char *dn, const int notypes )
+{
+	return( ldap_explode( dn, notypes, LDAP_DN ) );
+}
+
+char **
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_explode_rdn( const char *rdn, const int notypes )
+{
+	return( ldap_explode( rdn, notypes, LDAP_RDN ) );
+}
+
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_is_dns_dn( const char *dn )
+{
+	return( dn != NULL && dn[ 0 ] != '\0' && strchr( dn, '=' ) == NULL &&
+	    strchr( dn, ',' ) == NULL );
+}
diff --git a/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/getdxbyname.c b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/getdxbyname.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d70614458
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/getdxbyname.c
@@ -0,0 +1,279 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ * 
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version 
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with 
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at 
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ * 
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ * 
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, released
+ * March 31, 1998.
+ * 
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998-1999
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ * 
+ * Contributor(s):
+ * 
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
+ * or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ * 
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+/*
+ *  Copyright (c) 1995 Regents of the University of Michigan.
+ *  All rights reserved.
+ */
+/*
+ * nsldapi_getdxbyname - retrieve DX records from the DNS (from 
+ * TXT records for now)
+ */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#ifdef LDAP_DNS
+
+XXX not MT-safe XXX
+
+#include <string.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+#ifdef macintosh
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include "macos.h"
+#endif /* macintosh */
+
+#ifdef _WINDOWS
+#include <windows.h>
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(macintosh) && !defined(DOS) && !defined( _WINDOWS )
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <netinet/in.h>
+#include <arpa/nameser.h>
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/socket.h>
+#include <netdb.h>
+#include <resolv.h>
+#endif
+#include "ldap-int.h"
+
+#if defined( DOS ) 
+#include "msdos.h"
+#endif /* DOS */
+
+
+#ifdef NEEDPROTOS
+static char ** decode_answer( unsigned char *answer, int len );
+#else /* NEEDPROTOS */
+static char **decode_answer();
+#endif /* NEEDPROTOS */
+
+extern int h_errno;
+extern char *h_errlist[];
+
+
+#define MAX_TO_SORT	32
+
+
+/*
+ * nsldapi_getdxbyname - lookup DNS DX records for domain and return an ordered
+ *	array.
+ */
+char **
+nsldapi_getdxbyname( char *domain )
+{
+    unsigned char	buf[ PACKETSZ ];
+    char		**dxs;
+    int			rc;
+
+    LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "nsldapi_getdxbyname( %s )\n", domain, 0, 0 );
+
+    memset( buf, 0, sizeof( buf ));
+
+    /* XXX not MT safe XXX */
+    if (( rc = res_search( domain, C_IN, T_TXT, buf, sizeof( buf ))) < 0
+		|| ( rc > sizeof( buf ))
+		|| ( dxs = decode_answer( buf, rc )) == NULL ) {
+	/*
+	 * punt:  return list consisting of the original domain name only
+	 */
+	if (( dxs = (char **)NSLDAPI_MALLOC( 2 * sizeof( char * ))) == NULL ||
+		( dxs[ 0 ] = nsldapi_strdup( domain )) == NULL ) {
+	    if ( dxs != NULL ) {
+		NSLDAPI_FREE( dxs );
+	    }
+	    dxs = NULL;
+	} else {
+	    dxs[ 1 ] = NULL;
+	}
+    }
+
+    return( dxs );
+}
+
+
+static char **
+decode_answer( unsigned char *answer, int len )
+{
+    HEADER		*hp;
+    char		buf[ 256 ], **dxs;
+    unsigned char	*eom, *p;
+    int			ancount, err, rc, type, class, dx_count, rr_len;
+    int			dx_pref[ MAX_TO_SORT ];
+
+#ifdef LDAP_DEBUG
+    if ( ldap_debug & LDAP_DEBUG_PACKETS ) {
+/*	__p_query( answer );	*/
+    }
+#endif /* LDAP_DEBUG */
+
+    dxs = NULL;
+    hp = (HEADER *)answer;
+    eom = answer + len;
+
+    if ( len < sizeof( *hp ) ) {
+	h_errno = NO_RECOVERY;
+	return( NULL );
+    }
+
+    if ( ntohs( hp->qdcount ) != 1 ) {
+	h_errno = NO_RECOVERY;
+	return( NULL );
+    }
+
+    ancount = ntohs( hp->ancount );
+    if ( ancount < 1 ) {
+	h_errno = NO_DATA;
+	return( NULL );
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * skip over the query
+     */
+    p = answer + HFIXEDSZ;
+    if (( rc = dn_expand( answer, eom, p, buf, sizeof( buf ))) < 0 ) {
+	h_errno = NO_RECOVERY;
+	return( NULL );
+    }
+    p += ( rc + QFIXEDSZ );
+
+    /*
+     * pull out the answers we are interested in
+     */
+    err = dx_count = 0;
+    while ( ancount > 0 && err == 0 && p < eom ) {
+	if (( rc = dn_expand( answer, eom, p, buf, sizeof( buf ))) < 0 ) {
+	    err = NO_RECOVERY;
+	    continue;
+	}
+	p += rc;	/* skip over name */
+	if ( p + 3 * INT16SZ + INT32SZ > eom ) {
+	    err = NO_RECOVERY;
+	    continue;
+	}
+	type = _getshort( p );
+	p += INT16SZ;
+	class = _getshort( p );
+	p += INT16SZ;
+	p += INT32SZ;		/* skip over TTL */
+	rr_len = _getshort( p );
+	p += INT16SZ;
+	if ( p + rr_len > eom ) {
+	    err = NO_RECOVERY;
+	    continue;
+	}
+	if ( class == C_IN && type == T_TXT ) {
+	    int 	i, n, pref, txt_len;
+	    char	*q, *r;
+
+	    q = (char *)p;
+	    while ( q < (char *)p + rr_len && err == 0 ) {
+		if ( *q >= 3 && strncasecmp( q + 1, "dx:", 3 ) == 0 ) {
+		    txt_len = *q - 3;
+		    r = q + 4;
+		    while ( isspace( *r )) { 
+			++r;
+			--txt_len;
+		    }
+		    pref = 0;
+		    while ( isdigit( *r )) {
+			pref *= 10;
+			pref += ( *r - '0' );
+			++r;
+			--txt_len;
+		    }
+		    if ( dx_count < MAX_TO_SORT - 1 ) {
+			dx_pref[ dx_count ] = pref;
+		    }
+		    while ( isspace( *r )) { 
+			++r;
+			--txt_len;
+		    }
+		    if ( dx_count == 0 ) {
+			dxs = (char **)NSLDAPI_MALLOC( 2 * sizeof( char * ));
+		    } else {
+			dxs = (char **)NSLDAPI_REALLOC( dxs,
+				( dx_count + 2 ) * sizeof( char * ));
+		    }
+		    if ( dxs == NULL || ( dxs[ dx_count ] =
+			    (char *)NSLDAPI_CALLOC( 1, txt_len + 1 ))
+			    == NULL ) {
+			err = NO_RECOVERY;
+			continue;
+		    }
+		    SAFEMEMCPY( dxs[ dx_count ], r, txt_len );
+		    dxs[ ++dx_count ] = NULL;
+		}
+		q += ( *q + 1 );	/* move past last TXT record */
+	    }
+	}
+	p += rr_len;
+    }
+
+    if ( err == 0 ) {
+	if ( dx_count == 0 ) {
+	    err = NO_DATA;
+	} else {
+	    /*
+	     * sort records based on associated preference value
+	     */
+	    int		i, j, sort_count, tmp_pref;
+	    char	*tmp_dx;
+
+	    sort_count = ( dx_count < MAX_TO_SORT ) ? dx_count : MAX_TO_SORT;
+	    for ( i = 0; i < sort_count; ++i ) {
+		for ( j = i + 1; j < sort_count; ++j ) {
+		    if ( dx_pref[ i ] > dx_pref[ j ] ) {
+			tmp_pref = dx_pref[ i ];
+			dx_pref[ i ] = dx_pref[ j ];
+			dx_pref[ j ] = tmp_pref;
+			tmp_dx = dxs[ i ];
+			dxs[ i ] = dxs[ j ];
+			dxs[ j ] = tmp_dx;
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    h_errno = err;
+    return( dxs );
+}
+
+#endif /* LDAP_DNS */
diff --git a/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/geteffectiverightsctrl.c b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/geteffectiverightsctrl.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f03fdc441
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/geteffectiverightsctrl.c
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ *
+ * The Original Code is Sun LDAP C SDK.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *
+ * Portions created by Sun Microsystems, Inc are Copyright (C) 2005
+ * Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Contributor(s):
+ *
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
+ * the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ *
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+
+#include "ldap-int.h"
+
+/* ldap_create_geteffectiveRights_control
+
+   Create Effective Rights control.
+
+   Parameters are  
+
+   ld              LDAP pointer to the desired connection 
+
+   authzid		   RFC2829 section 9, eg "dn:<DN>".
+                   NULL or empty string means get bound user's rights, 
+                   just "dn:" means get anonymous user's rights.
+                   
+   attrlist        additional attributes for which rights info is 
+                   requrested. NULL means "just the ones returned 
+                   with the search operation".
+
+   ctl_iscritical  Indicates whether the control is critical of not. If
+                   this field is non-zero, the operation will only be car-
+                   ried out if the control is recognized by the server
+                   and/or client
+
+   ctrlp           the address of a place to put the constructed control 
+*/
+
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_create_geteffectiveRights_control (
+     LDAP *ld, 
+     const char *authzid,
+	 const char **attrlist, 
+     const char ctl_iscritical,
+     LDAPControl **ctrlp   
+)
+{
+	BerElement		*ber;
+	int				rc;
+
+	if ( !NSLDAPI_VALID_LDAP_POINTER( ld )) {
+		return( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+	}
+
+	if (  ctrlp == NULL ) {
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_PARAM_ERROR, NULL, NULL );
+		return ( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+	}
+	if (NULL == authzid)
+	{
+	    authzid = "";
+	}
+
+	/* create a ber package to hold the controlValue */
+	if ( ( nsldapi_alloc_ber_with_options( ld, &ber ) ) != LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_NO_MEMORY, NULL, NULL );
+		return( LDAP_NO_MEMORY );
+	}
+
+	if ( LBER_ERROR == ber_printf( ber, "{s{v}}", authzid, attrlist ) ) {
+        LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_ENCODING_ERROR, NULL, NULL );
+        ber_free( ber, 1 );
+        return( LDAP_ENCODING_ERROR );
+    }
+
+	rc = nsldapi_build_control( LDAP_CONTROL_GETEFFECTIVERIGHTS_REQUEST, ber, 1,
+	    ctl_iscritical, ctrlp );
+
+	LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, rc, NULL, NULL );
+	return( rc );
+
+}
+
+
diff --git a/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/getentry.c b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/getentry.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fb999265b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/getentry.c
@@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ * 
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version 
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with 
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at 
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ * 
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ * 
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, released
+ * March 31, 1998.
+ * 
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998-1999
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ * 
+ * Contributor(s):
+ * 
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
+ * or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ * 
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+/*
+ *  Copyright (c) 1990 Regents of the University of Michigan.
+ *  All rights reserved.
+ */
+/*
+ *  getentry.c
+ */
+
+#if 0
+#ifndef lint 
+static char copyright[] = "@(#) Copyright (c) 1990 Regents of the University of Michigan.\nAll rights reserved.\n";
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#include "ldap-int.h"
+
+LDAPMessage *
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_first_entry( LDAP *ld, LDAPMessage *chain )
+{
+	if ( !NSLDAPI_VALID_LDAP_POINTER( ld ) || chain == NULLMSG ) {
+		return( NULLMSG );
+	}
+
+	if ( chain->lm_msgtype == LDAP_RES_SEARCH_ENTRY ) {
+		return( chain );
+	}
+
+	return( ldap_next_entry( ld, chain ));
+}
+
+
+LDAPMessage *
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_next_entry( LDAP *ld, LDAPMessage *entry )
+{
+	if ( !NSLDAPI_VALID_LDAP_POINTER( ld ) || entry == NULLMSG ) {
+		return( NULLMSG );
+	}
+
+	for ( entry = entry->lm_chain; entry != NULLMSG;
+	    entry = entry->lm_chain ) {
+		if ( entry->lm_msgtype == LDAP_RES_SEARCH_ENTRY ) {
+			return( entry );
+		}
+	}
+
+	return( NULLMSG );
+}
+
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_count_entries( LDAP *ld, LDAPMessage *chain )
+{
+	int	i;
+
+	if ( !NSLDAPI_VALID_LDAP_POINTER( ld )) {
+		return( -1 );
+	}
+
+	for ( i = 0; chain != NULL; chain = chain->lm_chain ) {
+		if ( chain->lm_msgtype == LDAP_RES_SEARCH_ENTRY ) {
+			++i;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return( i );
+}
+
+
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_get_entry_controls( LDAP *ld, LDAPMessage *entry,
+	LDAPControl ***serverctrlsp )
+{
+	int		rc;
+	BerElement	tmpber;
+
+	LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "ldap_get_entry_controls\n", 0, 0, 0 );
+
+	if ( !NSLDAPI_VALID_LDAP_POINTER( ld )) {
+		return( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+	}
+
+	if ( !NSLDAPI_VALID_LDAPMESSAGE_ENTRY_POINTER( entry )
+	    || serverctrlsp == NULL ) {
+		rc = LDAP_PARAM_ERROR;
+		goto report_error_and_return;
+	}
+
+	*serverctrlsp = NULL;
+	tmpber = *entry->lm_ber;	/* struct copy */
+
+	/* skip past dn and entire attribute/value list */ 
+	if ( ber_scanf( &tmpber, "{xx" ) == LBER_ERROR ) {
+		rc = LDAP_DECODING_ERROR;
+		goto report_error_and_return;
+	}
+
+	rc = nsldapi_get_controls( &tmpber, serverctrlsp );
+
+report_error_and_return:
+	LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, rc, NULL, NULL );
+	return( rc );
+}
diff --git a/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/getfilter.c b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/getfilter.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ff2ee77f9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/getfilter.c
@@ -0,0 +1,553 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ * 
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version 
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with 
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at 
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ * 
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ * 
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, released
+ * March 31, 1998.
+ * 
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998-1999
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ * 
+ * Contributor(s):
+ * 
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
+ * or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ * 
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+/*
+ *  Copyright (c) 1993 Regents of the University of Michigan.
+ *  All rights reserved.
+ */
+/*
+ *  getfilter.c -- optional add-on to libldap
+ */
+
+#if 0
+#ifndef lint 
+static char copyright[] = "@(#) Copyright (c) 1993 Regents of the University of Michigan.\nAll rights reserved.\n";
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#include "ldap-int.h"
+#include "regex.h"
+
+static int break_into_words( char *str, char *delims, char ***wordsp );
+
+#if !defined( macintosh ) && !defined( DOS )
+extern char	* LDAP_CALL re_comp();
+#endif
+
+#define FILT_MAX_LINE_LEN	1024
+
+LDAPFiltDesc *
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_init_getfilter( char *fname )
+{
+    FILE		*fp;
+    char		*buf;
+    long		rlen, len;
+    int 		eof;
+    LDAPFiltDesc	*lfdp;
+
+    if (( fp = NSLDAPI_FOPEN( fname, "r" )) == NULL ) {
+	return( NULL );
+    }
+
+    if ( fseek( fp, 0L, SEEK_END ) != 0 ) {	/* move to end to get len */
+	fclose( fp );
+	return( NULL );
+    }
+
+    len = ftell( fp );
+
+    if ( fseek( fp, 0L, SEEK_SET ) != 0 ) {	/* back to start of file */
+	fclose( fp );
+	return( NULL );
+    }
+
+    if (( buf = NSLDAPI_MALLOC( (size_t)len )) == NULL ) {
+	fclose( fp );
+	return( NULL );
+    }
+
+    rlen = fread( buf, 1, (size_t)len, fp );
+    eof = feof( fp );
+    fclose( fp );
+
+    if ( rlen != len && !eof ) {	/* error:  didn't get the whole file */
+	NSLDAPI_FREE( buf );
+	return( NULL );
+    }
+
+
+    lfdp = ldap_init_getfilter_buf( buf, rlen );
+    NSLDAPI_FREE( buf );
+
+    return( lfdp );
+}
+
+
+LDAPFiltDesc *
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_init_getfilter_buf( char *buf, long buflen )
+{
+    LDAPFiltDesc	*lfdp;
+    LDAPFiltList	*flp, *nextflp;
+    LDAPFiltInfo	*fip, *nextfip;
+    char		*errmsg, *tag, **tok;
+    int			tokcnt, i;
+
+    if ( (buf == NULL) || (buflen < 0) ||
+	 ( lfdp = (LDAPFiltDesc *)NSLDAPI_CALLOC(1, sizeof( LDAPFiltDesc)))
+	 == NULL ) {
+	return( NULL );
+    }
+
+    flp = nextflp = NULL;
+    fip = NULL;
+    tag = NULL;
+
+    while ( buflen > 0 && ( tokcnt = nsldapi_next_line_tokens( &buf, &buflen,
+	    &tok )) > 0 ) {
+	switch( tokcnt ) {
+	case 1:		/* tag line */
+	    if ( tag != NULL ) {
+		NSLDAPI_FREE( tag );
+	    }
+	    tag = tok[ 0 ];
+	    NSLDAPI_FREE( tok );
+	    break;
+	case 4:
+	case 5:		/* start of filter info. list */
+	    if (( nextflp = (LDAPFiltList *)NSLDAPI_CALLOC( 1,
+		    sizeof( LDAPFiltList ))) == NULL ) {
+		ldap_getfilter_free( lfdp );
+		return( NULL );
+	    }
+	    nextflp->lfl_tag = nsldapi_strdup( tag );
+	    nextflp->lfl_pattern = tok[ 0 ];
+	    if (( errmsg = re_comp( nextflp->lfl_pattern )) != NULL ) {
+		char    msg[512];
+		ldap_getfilter_free( lfdp );
+		snprintf( msg, sizeof(msg),
+			"bad regular expression \"%s\" - %s\n",
+			nextflp->lfl_pattern, errmsg );
+		ber_err_print( msg );
+		nsldapi_free_strarray( tok );
+		return( NULL );
+	    }
+		
+	    nextflp->lfl_delims = tok[ 1 ];
+	    nextflp->lfl_ilist = NULL;
+	    nextflp->lfl_next = NULL;
+	    if ( flp == NULL ) {	/* first one */
+		lfdp->lfd_filtlist = nextflp;
+	    } else {
+		flp->lfl_next = nextflp;
+	    }
+	    flp = nextflp;
+	    fip = NULL;
+	    for ( i = 2; i < 5; ++i ) {
+		tok[ i - 2 ] = tok[ i ];
+	    }
+	    /* fall through */
+
+	case 2:
+	case 3:		/* filter, desc, and optional search scope */
+	    if ( nextflp != NULL ) { /* add to info list */
+		if (( nextfip = (LDAPFiltInfo *)NSLDAPI_CALLOC( 1,
+			sizeof( LDAPFiltInfo ))) == NULL ) {
+		    ldap_getfilter_free( lfdp );
+		    nsldapi_free_strarray( tok );
+		    return( NULL );
+		}
+		if ( fip == NULL ) {	/* first one */
+		    nextflp->lfl_ilist = nextfip;
+		} else {
+		    fip->lfi_next = nextfip;
+		}
+		fip = nextfip;
+		nextfip->lfi_next = NULL;
+		nextfip->lfi_filter = tok[ 0 ];
+		nextfip->lfi_desc = tok[ 1 ];
+		if ( tok[ 2 ] != NULL ) {
+		    if ( strcasecmp( tok[ 2 ], "subtree" ) == 0 ) {
+			nextfip->lfi_scope = LDAP_SCOPE_SUBTREE;
+		    } else if ( strcasecmp( tok[ 2 ], "onelevel" ) == 0 ) {
+			nextfip->lfi_scope = LDAP_SCOPE_ONELEVEL;
+		    } else if ( strcasecmp( tok[ 2 ], "base" ) == 0 ) {
+			nextfip->lfi_scope = LDAP_SCOPE_BASE;
+		    } else {
+			nsldapi_free_strarray( tok );
+			ldap_getfilter_free( lfdp );
+			return( NULL );
+		    }
+		    NSLDAPI_FREE( tok[ 2 ] );
+		    tok[ 2 ] = NULL;
+		} else {
+		    nextfip->lfi_scope = LDAP_SCOPE_SUBTREE;	/* default */
+		}
+		nextfip->lfi_isexact = ( strchr( tok[ 0 ], '*' ) == NULL &&
+			strchr( tok[ 0 ], '~' ) == NULL );
+		NSLDAPI_FREE( tok );
+	    }
+	    break;
+
+	default:
+	    nsldapi_free_strarray( tok );
+	    ldap_getfilter_free( lfdp );
+	    return( NULL );
+	}
+    }
+
+    if ( tag != NULL ) {
+	NSLDAPI_FREE( tag );
+    }
+
+    return( lfdp );
+}
+
+
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_set_filter_additions( LDAPFiltDesc *lfdp, char *prefix, char *suffix )
+{
+    if ( lfdp == NULL ) {
+	return( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+    }
+
+    if ( lfdp->lfd_filtprefix != NULL ) {
+	NSLDAPI_FREE( lfdp->lfd_filtprefix );
+    }
+    lfdp->lfd_filtprefix = ( prefix == NULL ) ? NULL : nsldapi_strdup( prefix );
+
+    if ( lfdp->lfd_filtsuffix != NULL ) {
+	NSLDAPI_FREE( lfdp->lfd_filtsuffix );
+    }
+    lfdp->lfd_filtsuffix = ( suffix == NULL ) ? NULL : nsldapi_strdup( suffix );
+
+    return( LDAP_SUCCESS );
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * ldap_setfilteraffixes() is deprecated -- use ldap_set_filter_additions()
+ */
+void
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_setfilteraffixes( LDAPFiltDesc *lfdp, char *prefix, char *suffix )
+{
+    (void)ldap_set_filter_additions( lfdp, prefix, suffix );
+}
+
+
+LDAPFiltInfo *
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_getfirstfilter( LDAPFiltDesc *lfdp, char *tagpat, char *value )
+{
+    LDAPFiltList	*flp;
+
+    if ( lfdp == NULL || tagpat == NULL || value == NULL ) {
+	return( NULL );	/* punt */
+    }
+
+    if ( lfdp->lfd_curvalcopy != NULL ) {
+	NSLDAPI_FREE( lfdp->lfd_curvalcopy );
+	NSLDAPI_FREE( lfdp->lfd_curvalwords );
+    }
+
+    NSLDAPI_FREE(lfdp->lfd_curval);
+    if ((lfdp->lfd_curval = nsldapi_strdup(value)) == NULL) {
+	return( NULL );
+    }
+
+    lfdp->lfd_curfip = NULL;
+
+    for ( flp = lfdp->lfd_filtlist; flp != NULL; flp = flp->lfl_next ) {
+	if ( re_comp( tagpat ) == NULL && re_exec( flp->lfl_tag ) == 1
+		&& re_comp( flp->lfl_pattern ) == NULL
+		&& re_exec( lfdp->lfd_curval ) == 1 ) {
+	    lfdp->lfd_curfip = flp->lfl_ilist;
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+
+    if ( lfdp->lfd_curfip == NULL ) {
+	return( NULL );
+    }
+
+    if (( lfdp->lfd_curvalcopy = nsldapi_strdup( value )) == NULL ) {
+	return( NULL );
+    }
+
+    if ( break_into_words( lfdp->lfd_curvalcopy, flp->lfl_delims,
+		&lfdp->lfd_curvalwords ) < 0 ) {
+	NSLDAPI_FREE( lfdp->lfd_curvalcopy );
+	lfdp->lfd_curvalcopy = NULL;
+	return( NULL );
+    }
+
+    return( ldap_getnextfilter( lfdp ));
+}
+
+
+LDAPFiltInfo *
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_getnextfilter( LDAPFiltDesc *lfdp )
+{
+    LDAPFiltInfo	*fip;
+
+    if ( lfdp == NULL || ( fip = lfdp->lfd_curfip ) == NULL ) {
+	return( NULL );
+    }
+
+    lfdp->lfd_curfip = fip->lfi_next;
+
+    ldap_build_filter( lfdp->lfd_filter, LDAP_FILT_MAXSIZ, fip->lfi_filter,
+	    lfdp->lfd_filtprefix, lfdp->lfd_filtsuffix, NULL,
+	    lfdp->lfd_curval, lfdp->lfd_curvalwords );
+    lfdp->lfd_retfi.lfi_filter = lfdp->lfd_filter;
+    lfdp->lfd_retfi.lfi_desc = fip->lfi_desc;
+    lfdp->lfd_retfi.lfi_scope = fip->lfi_scope;
+    lfdp->lfd_retfi.lfi_isexact = fip->lfi_isexact;
+
+    return( &lfdp->lfd_retfi );
+}
+
+
+static char*
+filter_add_strn( char *f, char *flimit, char *v, size_t vlen )
+     /* Copy v into f.  If flimit is too small, return NULL;
+      * otherwise return (f + vlen).
+      */
+{
+    auto size_t flen = flimit - f;
+    if ( vlen > flen ) { /* flimit is too small */
+	if ( flen > 0 ) SAFEMEMCPY( f, v, flen );
+	return NULL;
+    }
+    if ( vlen > 0 ) SAFEMEMCPY( f, v, vlen );
+    return f + vlen;
+}
+
+static char*
+filter_add_value( char *f, char *flimit, char *v, int escape_all )
+     /* Copy v into f, but with parentheses escaped.  But only escape * and \
+      * if escape_all is non-zero so that either "*" or "\2a" can be used in
+      * v, with different meanings.
+      * If flimit is too small, return NULL; otherwise
+      * return (f + the number of bytes copied).
+      */
+{
+    auto char x[4];
+    auto size_t slen;
+    while ( f && *v ) {
+	switch ( *v ) {
+	case '*':
+	    if ( escape_all ) {
+		f = filter_add_strn( f, flimit, "\\2a", 3 );
+		v++;
+	    } else {
+		if ( f < flimit ) {
+		    *f++ = *v++;
+		} else {
+		    f = NULL; /* overflow */
+		}
+	    }
+	    break;
+
+	case '(':
+	case ')':
+	    sprintf( x, "\\%02x", (unsigned)*v );
+	    f = filter_add_strn( f, flimit, x, 3 );
+	    v++;
+	    break;
+
+	case '\\':
+	    if ( escape_all ) {
+		f = filter_add_strn( f, flimit, "\\5c", 3 );
+		v++;
+	    } else {
+		slen = (ldap_utf8isxdigit( v+1 ) &&
+			ldap_utf8isxdigit( v+2 )) ? 3 : (v[1] ? 2 : 1);
+		f = filter_add_strn( f, flimit, v, slen );
+		v += slen;
+	    }
+	    break;
+	    
+	default:
+	    if ( f < flimit ) {
+		*f++ = *v++;
+	    } else {
+		f = NULL; /* overflow */
+	    }
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+    return f;
+}
+
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_create_filter( char *filtbuf, unsigned long buflen, char *pattern,
+	char *prefix, char *suffix, char *attr, char *value, char **valwords )
+{
+	char	*p, *f, *flimit;
+	int	i, wordcount, wordnum, endwordnum, escape_all;
+
+    /* 
+     * there is some confusion on what to create for a filter if 
+     * attr or value are null pointers.  For now we just leave them
+     * as TO BE DEALT with
+     */
+
+	if ( filtbuf == NULL || buflen == 0 || pattern == NULL ){
+		return( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+	}
+	
+	if ( valwords == NULL ) {
+	    wordcount = 0;
+	} else {
+	    for ( wordcount = 0; valwords[ wordcount ] != NULL; ++wordcount ) {
+		;
+	    }
+	}
+
+	f = filtbuf;
+	flimit = filtbuf + buflen - 1;
+
+	if ( prefix != NULL ) {
+	    f = filter_add_strn( f, flimit, prefix, strlen( prefix ));
+	}
+
+	for ( p = pattern; f != NULL && *p != '\0'; ++p ) {
+	    if ( *p == '%' ) {
+		++p;
+		if ( *p == 'v' || *p == 'e' ) {
+		    escape_all = ( *p == 'e' );
+		    if ( ldap_utf8isdigit( p+1 )) {
+			++p;
+			wordnum = *p - '1';
+			if ( *(p+1) == '-' ) {
+			    ++p;
+			    if ( ldap_utf8isdigit( p+1 )) {
+				++p;
+				endwordnum = *p - '1';	/* e.g., "%v2-4" */
+				if ( endwordnum > wordcount - 1 ) {
+				    endwordnum = wordcount - 1;
+				}
+			    } else {
+				endwordnum = wordcount - 1;  /* e.g., "%v2-" */
+			    }
+			} else {
+			    endwordnum = wordnum;	/* e.g., "%v2" */
+			}
+
+			if ( wordcount > 0 ) {
+			    for ( i = wordnum; i <= endwordnum; ++i ) {
+				if ( i > wordnum ) {  /* add blank btw words */
+				    f = filter_add_strn( f, flimit, " ", 1 );
+				    if ( f == NULL ) break;
+				}
+				f = filter_add_value( f, flimit, valwords[ i ],
+					escape_all );
+				if ( f == NULL ) break;
+			    }
+			}
+		    } else if ( *(p+1) == '$' ) {
+			++p;
+			if ( wordcount > 0 ) {
+			    wordnum = wordcount - 1;
+			    f = filter_add_value( f, flimit,
+				    valwords[ wordnum ], escape_all );
+			}
+		    } else if ( value != NULL ) {
+			f = filter_add_value( f, flimit, value, escape_all );
+		    }
+		} else if ( *p == 'a' && attr != NULL ) {
+		    f = filter_add_strn( f, flimit, attr, strlen( attr ));
+		} else {
+		    *f++ = *p;
+		}
+	    } else {
+		*f++ = *p;
+	    }
+	    if ( f > flimit ) { /* overflow */
+		f = NULL;
+	    }
+	}
+
+	if ( suffix != NULL && f != NULL) {
+	    f = filter_add_strn( f, flimit, suffix, strlen( suffix ));
+	}
+
+	if ( f == NULL ) {
+	    *flimit = '\0';
+	    return( LDAP_SIZELIMIT_EXCEEDED );
+	}
+	*f = '\0';
+	return( LDAP_SUCCESS );
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * ldap_build_filter() is deprecated -- use ldap_create_filter() instead
+ */
+void
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_build_filter( char *filtbuf, unsigned long buflen, char *pattern,
+	char *prefix, char *suffix, char *attr, char *value, char **valwords )
+{
+    (void)ldap_create_filter( filtbuf, buflen, pattern, prefix, suffix, attr,
+	    value, valwords );
+}
+
+
+static int
+break_into_words( char *str, char *delims, char ***wordsp )
+{
+    char	*word, **words;
+    int		count;
+    char	*lasts;
+	
+    if (( words = (char **)NSLDAPI_CALLOC( 1, sizeof( char * ))) == NULL ) {
+	return( -1 );
+    }
+    count = 0;
+    words[ count ] = NULL;
+
+    word = ldap_utf8strtok_r( str, delims, &lasts );
+    while ( word != NULL ) {
+	if (( words = (char **)NSLDAPI_REALLOC( words,
+		( count + 2 ) * sizeof( char * ))) == NULL ) {
+	    return( -1 );
+	}
+
+	words[ count ] = word;
+	words[ ++count ] = NULL;
+	word = ldap_utf8strtok_r( NULL, delims, &lasts );
+    }
+	
+    *wordsp = words;
+    return( count );
+}
diff --git a/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/getoption.c b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/getoption.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..73e21a2dc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/getoption.c
@@ -0,0 +1,475 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ * 
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version 
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with 
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at 
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ * 
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ * 
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, released
+ * March 31, 1998.
+ * 
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998-1999
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ * 
+ * Contributor(s):
+ * 
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
+ * or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ * 
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+#include "ldap-int.h"
+
+#define LDAP_GET_BITOPT( ld, bit ) \
+	((ld)->ld_options & bit ) != 0 ? 1 : 0
+
+static int nsldapi_get_api_info( LDAPAPIInfo *aip );
+static int nsldapi_get_feature_info( LDAPAPIFeatureInfo *fip );
+
+
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_get_option( LDAP *ld, int option, void *optdata )
+{
+	int		rc = 0;
+
+	if ( !nsldapi_initialized ) {
+		nsldapi_initialize_defaults();
+	}
+
+    /*
+     * optdata MUST be a valid pointer...
+     */
+    if (NULL == optdata)
+    {
+        return(LDAP_PARAM_ERROR);
+    }
+	/*
+	 * process global options (not associated with an LDAP session handle)
+	 */
+	if ( option == LDAP_OPT_MEMALLOC_FN_PTRS ) {
+		/* struct copy */
+		*((struct ldap_memalloc_fns *)optdata) = nsldapi_memalloc_fns;
+		return( 0 );
+	}
+
+	if ( option == LDAP_OPT_API_INFO ) {
+		rc = nsldapi_get_api_info( (LDAPAPIInfo *)optdata );
+		if ( rc != LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+			if ( ld != NULL ) {
+				LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, rc, NULL, NULL );
+			}
+			return( -1 );
+		}
+		return( 0 );
+	}
+    /* 
+     * LDAP_OPT_DEBUG_LEVEL is global 
+     */
+    if (LDAP_OPT_DEBUG_LEVEL == option) 
+    {
+#ifdef LDAP_DEBUG	  
+        *((int *) optdata) = ldap_debug;
+#endif /* LDAP_DEBUG */
+        return ( 0 );
+    }
+
+	/*
+	 * if ld is NULL, arrange to return options from our default settings
+	 */
+	if ( ld == NULL ) {
+		ld = &nsldapi_ld_defaults;
+	}
+
+	if ( !NSLDAPI_VALID_LDAP_POINTER( ld )) {
+		return( -1 );	/* punt */
+	}
+
+
+	if (ld != &nsldapi_ld_defaults)
+		LDAP_MUTEX_LOCK( ld, LDAP_OPTION_LOCK );
+	switch( option ) {
+#ifdef LDAP_DNS
+	case LDAP_OPT_DNS:
+		*((int *) optdata) = LDAP_GET_BITOPT( ld, LDAP_BITOPT_DNS );
+		break;
+#endif
+
+	case LDAP_OPT_REFERRALS:
+		*((int *) optdata) =
+		    LDAP_GET_BITOPT( ld, LDAP_BITOPT_REFERRALS );
+		break;
+
+	case LDAP_OPT_SSL:
+		*((int *) optdata) = LDAP_GET_BITOPT( ld, LDAP_BITOPT_SSL );
+		break;
+
+	case LDAP_OPT_RESTART:
+		*((int *) optdata) = LDAP_GET_BITOPT( ld, LDAP_BITOPT_RESTART );
+		break;
+
+	case LDAP_OPT_RECONNECT:
+		*((int *) optdata) =
+		    LDAP_GET_BITOPT( ld, LDAP_BITOPT_RECONNECT );
+		break;
+
+	case LDAP_OPT_NOREBIND:
+		*((int *) optdata) =
+		    LDAP_GET_BITOPT( ld, LDAP_BITOPT_NOREBIND );
+		break;
+
+#ifdef LDAP_ASYNC_IO
+	case LDAP_OPT_ASYNC_CONNECT:
+		*((int *) optdata) =
+		    LDAP_GET_BITOPT( ld, LDAP_BITOPT_ASYNC );
+		break;
+#endif /* LDAP_ASYNC_IO */
+
+        /* stuff in the sockbuf */
+        case LDAP_X_OPT_SOCKBUF:
+                *((Sockbuf **) optdata) = ld->ld_sbp;
+                break;
+
+	case LDAP_OPT_DESC:
+		if ( ber_sockbuf_get_option( ld->ld_sbp,
+		    LBER_SOCKBUF_OPT_DESC, optdata ) != 0 ) {
+			LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_LOCAL_ERROR, NULL, NULL );
+			rc = -1;
+		}
+		break;
+
+	/* fields in the LDAP structure */
+	case LDAP_OPT_DEREF:
+		*((int *) optdata) = ld->ld_deref;
+		break;
+	case LDAP_OPT_SIZELIMIT:
+		*((int *) optdata) = ld->ld_sizelimit;
+                break;  
+	case LDAP_OPT_TIMELIMIT:
+		*((int *) optdata) = ld->ld_timelimit;
+                break;
+	case LDAP_OPT_REFERRAL_HOP_LIMIT:
+		 *((int *) optdata) = ld->ld_refhoplimit;
+		break;
+	case LDAP_OPT_PROTOCOL_VERSION:
+		 *((int *) optdata) = ld->ld_version;
+		break;
+	case LDAP_OPT_SERVER_CONTROLS:
+		/* fall through */
+	case LDAP_OPT_CLIENT_CONTROLS:
+		*((LDAPControl ***)optdata) = NULL;
+		/* nsldapi_dup_controls returns -1 and sets lderrno on error */
+		rc = nsldapi_dup_controls( ld, (LDAPControl ***)optdata,
+		    ( option == LDAP_OPT_SERVER_CONTROLS ) ?
+		    ld->ld_servercontrols : ld->ld_clientcontrols );
+		break;
+
+	/* rebind proc */
+	case LDAP_OPT_REBIND_FN:
+		*((LDAP_REBINDPROC_CALLBACK **) optdata) = ld->ld_rebind_fn;
+		break;
+	case LDAP_OPT_REBIND_ARG:
+		*((void **) optdata) = ld->ld_rebind_arg;
+		break;
+
+	/* i/o function pointers */
+	case LDAP_OPT_IO_FN_PTRS:
+		if ( ld->ld_io_fns_ptr == NULL ) {
+			memset( optdata, 0, sizeof( struct ldap_io_fns ));
+		} else {
+			/* struct copy */
+			*((struct ldap_io_fns *)optdata) = *(ld->ld_io_fns_ptr);
+		}
+		break;
+
+	/* extended i/o function pointers */
+	case LDAP_X_OPT_EXTIO_FN_PTRS:
+	  if ( ((struct ldap_x_ext_io_fns *) optdata)->lextiof_size == LDAP_X_EXTIO_FNS_SIZE_REV0) {
+	    ((struct ldap_x_ext_io_fns_rev0 *) optdata)->lextiof_close = ld->ld_extclose_fn;
+	    ((struct ldap_x_ext_io_fns_rev0 *) optdata)->lextiof_connect = ld->ld_extconnect_fn;
+	    ((struct ldap_x_ext_io_fns_rev0 *) optdata)->lextiof_read = ld->ld_extread_fn;
+	    ((struct ldap_x_ext_io_fns_rev0 *) optdata)->lextiof_write = ld->ld_extwrite_fn;
+	    ((struct ldap_x_ext_io_fns_rev0 *) optdata)->lextiof_poll = ld->ld_extpoll_fn;
+	    ((struct ldap_x_ext_io_fns_rev0 *) optdata)->lextiof_newhandle = ld->ld_extnewhandle_fn;
+	    ((struct ldap_x_ext_io_fns_rev0 *) optdata)->lextiof_disposehandle = ld->ld_extdisposehandle_fn;
+	    ((struct ldap_x_ext_io_fns_rev0 *) optdata)->lextiof_session_arg = ld->ld_ext_session_arg;
+	  } else if ( ((struct ldap_x_ext_io_fns *) optdata)->lextiof_size ==
+		      LDAP_X_EXTIO_FNS_SIZE ) {
+	    /* struct copy */
+	    *((struct ldap_x_ext_io_fns *) optdata) = ld->ld_ext_io_fns;
+	  } else {       
+	    LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_PARAM_ERROR, NULL, NULL );
+	    rc = -1;
+	  }
+	  break;
+	  
+	/* get socketargp in extended i/o function */
+	case LDAP_X_OPT_SOCKETARG:
+	  if ( ber_sockbuf_get_option( ld->ld_sbp,LBER_SOCKBUF_OPT_SOCK_ARG, optdata)	    
+		 != 0 ) {
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_LOCAL_ERROR, NULL, NULL );
+		rc = -1;
+	   }
+	   	break;
+
+	/* thread function pointers */
+	case LDAP_OPT_THREAD_FN_PTRS:
+		/* struct copy */
+		*((struct ldap_thread_fns *) optdata) = ld->ld_thread;
+		break;
+
+	/* extra thread function pointers */
+	case LDAP_OPT_EXTRA_THREAD_FN_PTRS:
+		/* struct copy */
+		*((struct ldap_extra_thread_fns *) optdata) = ld->ld_thread2;
+		break;
+
+	/* DNS function pointers */
+	case LDAP_OPT_DNS_FN_PTRS:
+		/* struct copy */
+		*((struct ldap_dns_fns *) optdata) = ld->ld_dnsfn;
+		break;
+
+	/* cache function pointers */
+	case LDAP_OPT_CACHE_FN_PTRS:
+		/* struct copy */
+		*((struct ldap_cache_fns *) optdata) = ld->ld_cache;
+		break;
+	case LDAP_OPT_CACHE_STRATEGY:
+		*((int *) optdata) = ld->ld_cache_strategy;
+		break;
+	case LDAP_OPT_CACHE_ENABLE:
+		*((int *) optdata) = ld->ld_cache_on;
+		break;
+
+	case LDAP_OPT_ERROR_NUMBER:
+		*((int *) optdata) = LDAP_GET_LDERRNO( ld, NULL, NULL );
+		break;
+
+	case LDAP_OPT_ERROR_STRING:
+		(void)LDAP_GET_LDERRNO( ld, NULL, (char **)optdata );
+		*((char **) optdata) = nsldapi_strdup( *((char **) optdata ));
+		break;
+
+	case LDAP_OPT_MATCHED_DN:
+		(void)LDAP_GET_LDERRNO( ld, (char **)optdata, NULL );
+		*((char **) optdata) = nsldapi_strdup( *((char **) optdata ));
+		break;
+
+	case LDAP_OPT_PREFERRED_LANGUAGE:
+		if ( NULL != ld->ld_preferred_language ) {
+			*((char **) optdata) =
+			    nsldapi_strdup(ld->ld_preferred_language);
+		} else {
+			*((char **) optdata) = NULL;
+		}
+		break;
+
+	case LDAP_OPT_API_FEATURE_INFO:
+		rc = nsldapi_get_feature_info( (LDAPAPIFeatureInfo *)optdata );
+		if ( rc != LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+			LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, rc, NULL, NULL );
+			rc = -1;
+		}
+		break;
+
+	case LDAP_OPT_HOST_NAME:
+		*((char **) optdata) = nsldapi_strdup( ld->ld_defhost );
+		break;
+
+        case LDAP_X_OPT_CONNECT_TIMEOUT:
+                *((int *) optdata) = ld->ld_connect_timeout;
+                break;
+
+#ifdef LDAP_SASLIO_HOOKS
+	/* SASL options */
+	case LDAP_OPT_X_SASL_MECH:
+		*((char **) optdata) = nsldapi_strdup(ld->ld_def_sasl_mech);
+		break;
+	case LDAP_OPT_X_SASL_REALM:
+		*((char **) optdata) = nsldapi_strdup(ld->ld_def_sasl_realm);
+		break;
+	case LDAP_OPT_X_SASL_AUTHCID:
+		*((char **) optdata) = nsldapi_strdup(ld->ld_def_sasl_authcid);
+		break;
+	case LDAP_OPT_X_SASL_AUTHZID:
+		*((char **) optdata) = nsldapi_strdup(ld->ld_def_sasl_authzid);
+		break;
+	case LDAP_OPT_X_SASL_SSF:
+		{
+			int sc;
+			sasl_ssf_t      *ssf;
+			sasl_conn_t     *ctx;
+			if( ld->ld_defconn == NULL ) {
+				return -1;
+			}
+			ctx = (sasl_conn_t *)(ld->ld_defconn->lconn_sasl_ctx);
+			if ( ctx == NULL ) {
+				return -1;
+			}
+			sc = sasl_getprop( ctx, SASL_SSF, (const void **) &ssf );
+			if ( sc != SASL_OK ) {
+				return -1;
+			}
+			*((sasl_ssf_t *) optdata) = *ssf;
+		}
+		break;
+	case LDAP_OPT_X_SASL_SSF_MIN:
+		*((sasl_ssf_t *) optdata) = ld->ld_sasl_secprops.min_ssf;
+		break;
+	case LDAP_OPT_X_SASL_SSF_MAX:
+		*((sasl_ssf_t *) optdata) = ld->ld_sasl_secprops.max_ssf;
+		break;
+	case LDAP_OPT_X_SASL_MAXBUFSIZE:
+		*((sasl_ssf_t *) optdata) = ld->ld_sasl_secprops.maxbufsize;
+		break;
+	case LDAP_OPT_X_SASL_SSF_EXTERNAL:
+	case LDAP_OPT_X_SASL_SECPROPS:
+		/*
+		 * These options are write only.  Making these options
+		 * read/write would expose semi-private interfaces of libsasl
+		 * for which there are no cross platform/standardized
+		 * definitions.
+		 */
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_PARAM_ERROR, NULL, NULL );
+		rc = -1;
+		break;
+#endif
+
+	default:
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_PARAM_ERROR, NULL, NULL );
+		rc = -1;
+	}
+	if (ld != &nsldapi_ld_defaults)
+		LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_OPTION_LOCK  );
+	return( rc );
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Table of extended API features we support.
+ * The first field is the version of the info. strcuture itself; we do not
+ * use the ones from this table so it is okay to leave as zero.
+ */
+static LDAPAPIFeatureInfo nsldapi_extensions[] = {
+    { 0, "SERVER_SIDE_SORT",		LDAP_API_FEATURE_SERVER_SIDE_SORT },
+    { 0, "VIRTUAL_LIST_VIEW",		LDAP_API_FEATURE_VIRTUAL_LIST_VIEW },
+    { 0, "PERSISTENT_SEARCH",		LDAP_API_FEATURE_PERSISTENT_SEARCH },
+    { 0, "PROXY_AUTHORIZATION",		LDAP_API_FEATURE_PROXY_AUTHORIZATION },
+    { 0, "X_LDERRNO",			LDAP_API_FEATURE_X_LDERRNO },
+    { 0, "X_MEMCACHE",			LDAP_API_FEATURE_X_MEMCACHE },
+    { 0, "X_IO_FUNCTIONS",		LDAP_API_FEATURE_X_IO_FUNCTIONS },
+    { 0, "X_EXTIO_FUNCTIONS",		LDAP_API_FEATURE_X_EXTIO_FUNCTIONS },
+    { 0, "X_DNS_FUNCTIONS",		LDAP_API_FEATURE_X_DNS_FUNCTIONS },
+    { 0, "X_MEMALLOC_FUNCTIONS",	LDAP_API_FEATURE_X_MEMALLOC_FUNCTIONS },
+    { 0, "X_THREAD_FUNCTIONS",		LDAP_API_FEATURE_X_THREAD_FUNCTIONS },
+    { 0, "X_EXTHREAD_FUNCTIONS",	LDAP_API_FEATURE_X_EXTHREAD_FUNCTIONS },
+    { 0, "X_GETLANGVALUES",		LDAP_API_FEATURE_X_GETLANGVALUES },
+    { 0, "X_CLIENT_SIDE_SORT",		LDAP_API_FEATURE_X_CLIENT_SIDE_SORT },
+    { 0, "X_URL_FUNCTIONS",		LDAP_API_FEATURE_X_URL_FUNCTIONS },
+    { 0, "X_FILTER_FUNCTIONS",		LDAP_API_FEATURE_X_FILTER_FUNCTIONS },
+};
+
+#define NSLDAPI_EXTENSIONS_COUNT	\
+	(sizeof(nsldapi_extensions)/sizeof(LDAPAPIFeatureInfo))
+
+/*
+ * Retrieve information about this implementation of the LDAP API.
+ * Returns an LDAP error code.
+ */
+static int
+nsldapi_get_api_info( LDAPAPIInfo *aip )
+{
+	int	i;
+
+	if ( aip == NULL ) {
+		return( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+	}
+
+	aip->ldapai_api_version = LDAP_API_VERSION;
+
+	if ( aip->ldapai_info_version != LDAP_API_INFO_VERSION ) {
+		aip->ldapai_info_version = LDAP_API_INFO_VERSION;
+		return( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+	}
+
+	aip->ldapai_protocol_version = LDAP_VERSION_MAX;
+	aip->ldapai_vendor_version = LDAP_VENDOR_VERSION;
+
+	if (( aip->ldapai_vendor_name = nsldapi_strdup( LDAP_VENDOR_NAME ))
+	    == NULL ) {
+		return( LDAP_NO_MEMORY );
+	}
+
+	if ( NSLDAPI_EXTENSIONS_COUNT < 1 ) {
+		aip->ldapai_extensions = NULL;
+	} else {
+		if (( aip->ldapai_extensions = NSLDAPI_CALLOC(
+		    NSLDAPI_EXTENSIONS_COUNT + 1, sizeof(char *))) == NULL ) {
+			NSLDAPI_FREE( aip->ldapai_vendor_name );
+			aip->ldapai_vendor_name = NULL;
+			return( LDAP_NO_MEMORY );
+		}
+
+		for ( i = 0; i < NSLDAPI_EXTENSIONS_COUNT; ++i ) {
+			if (( aip->ldapai_extensions[i] = nsldapi_strdup(
+			    nsldapi_extensions[i].ldapaif_name )) == NULL ) {
+				ldap_value_free( aip->ldapai_extensions );
+				NSLDAPI_FREE( aip->ldapai_vendor_name );
+				aip->ldapai_extensions = NULL;
+				aip->ldapai_vendor_name = NULL;
+				return( LDAP_NO_MEMORY );
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	return( LDAP_SUCCESS );
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Retrieves information about a specific extended feature of the LDAP API/
+ * Returns an LDAP error code.
+ */
+static int
+nsldapi_get_feature_info( LDAPAPIFeatureInfo *fip )
+{
+	int	i;
+
+	if ( fip == NULL || fip->ldapaif_name == NULL ) {
+		return( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+	}
+
+	if ( fip->ldapaif_info_version != LDAP_FEATURE_INFO_VERSION ) {
+		fip->ldapaif_info_version = LDAP_FEATURE_INFO_VERSION;
+		return( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+	}
+
+	for ( i = 0; i < NSLDAPI_EXTENSIONS_COUNT; ++i ) {
+		if ( strcmp( fip->ldapaif_name,
+		    nsldapi_extensions[i].ldapaif_name ) == 0 ) {
+			fip->ldapaif_version =
+			    nsldapi_extensions[i].ldapaif_version;
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return(( i < NSLDAPI_EXTENSIONS_COUNT ) ? LDAP_SUCCESS
+	    : LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+}
diff --git a/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/getvalues.c b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/getvalues.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cae40d2cd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/getvalues.c
@@ -0,0 +1,480 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ * 
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version 
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with 
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at 
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ * 
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ * 
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, released
+ * March 31, 1998.
+ * 
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998-1999
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ * 
+ * Contributor(s):
+ * 
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
+ * or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ * 
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+/*
+ *  Copyright (c) 1990 Regents of the University of Michigan.
+ *  All rights reserved.
+ */
+/*
+ *  getvalues.c
+ */
+
+#if 0
+#ifndef lint 
+static char copyright[] = "@(#) Copyright (c) 1990 Regents of the University of Michigan.\nAll rights reserved.\n";
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#include "ldap-int.h"
+
+
+static void **
+internal_ldap_get_values( LDAP *ld, LDAPMessage *entry, const char *target,
+	int lencall )
+{
+	struct berelement	ber;
+	char		        *attr;
+	int			        rc;
+	void			    **vals;
+
+	LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "ldap_get_values\n", 0, 0, 0 );
+
+	if ( !NSLDAPI_VALID_LDAP_POINTER( ld )) {
+		return( NULL );	/* punt */
+	}
+	if ( target == NULL ||
+	    !NSLDAPI_VALID_LDAPMESSAGE_ENTRY_POINTER( entry )) {
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_PARAM_ERROR, NULL, NULL );
+		return( NULL );
+	}
+
+	ber = *entry->lm_ber;
+
+	/* skip sequence, dn, sequence of, and snag the first attr */
+	if ( ber_scanf( &ber, "{x{{a", &attr ) == LBER_ERROR ) {
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_DECODING_ERROR, NULL, NULL );
+		return( NULL );
+	}
+
+	rc = strcasecmp( (char *)target, attr );
+	NSLDAPI_FREE( attr );
+	if ( rc != 0 ) {
+		while ( 1 ) {
+			if ( ber_scanf( &ber, "x}{a", &attr ) == LBER_ERROR ) {
+				LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_DECODING_ERROR,
+				    NULL, NULL );
+				return( NULL );
+			}
+
+			rc = strcasecmp( (char *)target, attr );
+			if ( rc == 0 ) {
+				NSLDAPI_FREE( attr );
+				break;
+			}
+			NSLDAPI_FREE( attr );
+		}
+	}
+
+	/* 
+	 * if we get this far, we've found the attribute and are sitting
+	 * just before the set of values.
+	 */
+
+	if ( lencall ) {
+		rc = ber_scanf( &ber, "[V]", &vals );
+	} else {
+		rc = ber_scanf( &ber, "[v]", &vals );
+	}
+
+	if ( rc == LBER_ERROR ) {
+		rc = LDAP_DECODING_ERROR;
+	} else {
+		rc = LDAP_SUCCESS;
+	}
+
+	LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, rc, NULL, NULL );
+
+	return(( rc == LDAP_SUCCESS ) ? vals : NULL );
+}
+
+
+/* For language-sensitive attribute matching, we are looking for a
+   language tag that looks like one of the following:
+
+   cn
+   cn;lang-en
+   cn;lang-en-us
+   cn;lang-ja
+   cn;lang-ja-JP-kanji
+
+   The base language specification consists of two letters following
+   "lang-". After that, there may be additional language-specific
+   narrowings preceded by a "-". In our processing we go from the
+   specific to the general, preferring a complete subtype match, but
+   accepting a partial one. For example:
+
+   For a request for "cn;lang-en-us", we would return cn;lang-en-us
+   if present, otherwise cn;lang-en if present, otherwise cn.
+
+   Besides the language subtype, there may be other subtypes:
+
+   cn;lang-ja;binary         (Unlikely!)
+   cn;lang-ja;phonetic
+
+   If not in the target, they are ignored. If they are in the target,
+   they must be in the attribute to match.
+*/
+#define LANG_SUBTYPE_INDEX_NONE      -1
+#define LANG_SUBTYPE_INDEX_DUPLICATE -2
+
+typedef struct {
+	int    start;
+	int    length;
+} _SubStringIndex;
+
+static int
+parse_subtypes( const char *target, int *baseLenp, char **langp,
+				_SubStringIndex **subs, int *nsubtypes )
+{
+	int nSubtypes = 0;
+	int ind = 0;
+	char *nextToken;
+ 	_SubStringIndex *result = NULL;
+	int langIndex;
+	int targetLen;
+	int subtypeStart;
+
+	langIndex = LANG_SUBTYPE_INDEX_NONE;
+	*subs = NULL;
+	*langp = NULL;
+	*baseLenp = 0;
+	*nsubtypes = 0;
+	targetLen = strlen( target );
+
+	/* Parse past base attribute */
+	nextToken = strchr( target, ';' );
+	if ( NULL != nextToken ) {
+		subtypeStart = nextToken - target + 1;
+		*baseLenp = subtypeStart - 1;
+	}
+	else {
+		subtypeStart = targetLen;
+		*baseLenp = subtypeStart;
+	}
+	ind = subtypeStart;
+
+	/* How many subtypes? */
+	nextToken = (char *)target + subtypeStart;
+	while ( nextToken && *nextToken ) {
+		char *thisToken = nextToken;
+		nextToken = strchr( thisToken, ';' );
+		if ( NULL != nextToken )
+			nextToken++;
+		if ( 0 == strncasecmp( thisToken, "lang-", 5 ) ) {
+			/* If there was a previous lang tag, this is illegal! */
+			if ( langIndex != LANG_SUBTYPE_INDEX_NONE ) {
+				langIndex = LANG_SUBTYPE_INDEX_DUPLICATE;
+				return langIndex;
+			}
+			else {
+				langIndex = nSubtypes;
+			}
+		} else {
+			nSubtypes++;
+		}
+	}
+	/* No language subtype? */
+	if ( langIndex < 0 )
+		return langIndex;
+
+	/* Allocate array of non-language subtypes */
+	if ( nSubtypes > 0 ) {
+		result = (_SubStringIndex *)NSLDAPI_MALLOC( sizeof(*result)
+		    * nSubtypes );
+		memset( result, 0, sizeof(*result) * nSubtypes );
+	}
+	ind = 0;
+	nSubtypes = 0;
+	ind = subtypeStart;
+	nextToken = (char *)target + subtypeStart;
+	while ( nextToken && *nextToken ) {
+		char *thisToken = nextToken;
+		int len;
+		nextToken = strchr( thisToken, ';' );
+		if ( NULL != nextToken ) {
+			len = nextToken - thisToken;
+			nextToken++;
+		}
+		else {
+			nextToken = (char *)target + targetLen;
+			len = nextToken - thisToken;
+		}
+		if ( 0 == strncasecmp( thisToken, "lang-", 5 ) ) {
+			int i;
+			*langp = (char *)NSLDAPI_MALLOC( len + 1 );
+			for( i = 0; i < len; i++ )
+				(*langp)[i] = toupper( target[ind+i] );
+			(*langp)[len] = 0;
+		}
+		else {
+			result[nSubtypes].start = thisToken - target;
+			result[nSubtypes].length = len;
+			nSubtypes++;
+		}
+	}
+	*subs = result;
+	*nsubtypes = nSubtypes;
+	return langIndex;
+}
+		
+
+static int
+check_lang_match( const char *target, const char *baseTarget,
+				  _SubStringIndex *targetTypes,
+				  int ntargetTypes, char *targetLang, char *attr )
+{
+	int langIndex;
+ 	_SubStringIndex *subtypes;
+	int baseLen;
+	char *lang;
+	int nsubtypes;
+	int mismatch = 0;
+	int match = -1;
+	int i;
+
+	/* Get all subtypes in the attribute name */
+ 	langIndex = parse_subtypes( attr, &baseLen, &lang, &subtypes, &nsubtypes );
+
+	/* Check if there any required non-language subtypes which are
+	   not in this attribute */
+	for( i = 0; i < ntargetTypes; i++ ) {
+		char *t = (char *)target+targetTypes[i].start;
+		int tlen = targetTypes[i].length;
+		int j;
+		for( j = 0; j < nsubtypes; j++ ) {
+			char *a = attr + subtypes[j].start;
+			int alen = subtypes[j].length;
+			if ( (tlen == alen) && !strncasecmp( t, a, tlen ) )
+				break;
+		}
+		if ( j >= nsubtypes ) {
+			mismatch = 1;
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+	if ( mismatch ) {
+	    if ( NULL != subtypes )
+		    NSLDAPI_FREE( subtypes );
+		if ( NULL != lang )
+		    NSLDAPI_FREE( lang );
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	/* If there was no language subtype... */
+	if ( langIndex < 0 ) {
+	    if ( NULL != subtypes )
+		    NSLDAPI_FREE( subtypes );
+		if ( NULL != lang )
+		    NSLDAPI_FREE( lang );
+		if ( LANG_SUBTYPE_INDEX_NONE == langIndex )
+			return 0;
+		else
+			return -1;
+	}
+
+	/* Okay, now check the language subtag */
+	i = 0;
+	while( targetLang[i] && lang[i] &&
+			(toupper(targetLang[i]) == toupper(lang[i])) )
+		i++;
+
+	/* The total length can't be longer than the requested subtype */
+	if ( !lang[i] || (lang[i] == ';') ) {
+		/* If the found subtype is shorter than the requested one, the next
+		   character in the requested one should be "-" */
+		if ( !targetLang[i] || (targetLang[i] == '-') )
+			match = i;
+	}
+	return match;
+}
+
+static int check_base_match( const char *target, char *attr )
+{
+    int i = 0;
+	int rc;
+	while( target[i] && attr[i] && (toupper(target[i]) == toupper(attr[i])) )
+	    i++;
+	rc = ( !target[i] && (!attr[i] || (';' == attr[i])) );
+	return rc;
+}
+
+static void **
+internal_ldap_get_lang_values( LDAP *ld, LDAPMessage *entry,
+							const char *target, char **type, int lencall )
+{
+	struct berelement	ber;
+	char		        *attr = NULL;
+	int			        rc;
+	void			    **vals = NULL;
+	int                 langIndex;
+ 	_SubStringIndex     *subtypes;
+	int                 nsubtypes;
+	char                *baseTarget = NULL;
+	int                 bestMatch = 0;
+	char                *lang = NULL;
+	int                 len;
+	int					firstAttr = 1;
+	char				*bestType = NULL;
+
+	LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "ldap_get_values\n", 0, 0, 0 );
+
+	if ( !NSLDAPI_VALID_LDAP_POINTER( ld )) {
+		return( NULL );
+	}
+	if ( (target == NULL) ||
+	    !NSLDAPI_VALID_LDAPMESSAGE_ENTRY_POINTER( entry )) {
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_PARAM_ERROR, NULL, NULL );
+		return( NULL );
+	}
+
+	/* A language check was requested, so see if there really is a
+	   language subtype in the attribute spec */
+	langIndex = parse_subtypes( target, &len, &lang,
+							   &subtypes, &nsubtypes );
+	if ( langIndex < 0 ) {
+		if ( NULL != subtypes ) {
+			NSLDAPI_FREE( subtypes );
+			subtypes = NULL;
+		}
+		vals = internal_ldap_get_values( ld, entry, target, lencall );
+		if ( NULL != type )
+			*type = nsldapi_strdup( target );
+		return vals;
+	} else {
+		/* Get just the base attribute name */
+		baseTarget = (char *)NSLDAPI_MALLOC( len + 1 );
+		memcpy( baseTarget, target, len );
+		baseTarget[len] = 0;
+	}
+
+	ber = *entry->lm_ber;
+
+	/* Process all attributes in the entry */
+	while ( 1 ) {
+		int foundMatch = 0;
+		if ( NULL != attr )
+			NSLDAPI_FREE( attr );
+		if ( firstAttr ) {
+			firstAttr = 0;
+			/* skip sequence, dn, sequence of, and snag the first attr */
+			if ( ber_scanf( &ber, "{x{{a", &attr ) == LBER_ERROR ) {
+				break;
+			}
+		} else {
+			if ( ber_scanf( &ber, "{a", &attr ) == LBER_ERROR ) {
+				break;
+			}
+		}
+
+		if ( check_base_match( (const char *)baseTarget, attr ) ) {
+			int thisMatch = check_lang_match( target, baseTarget,
+											  subtypes, nsubtypes, lang, attr );
+			if ( thisMatch > bestMatch ) {
+				if ( vals )
+					NSLDAPI_FREE( vals );
+				foundMatch = 1;
+				bestMatch = thisMatch;
+				if ( NULL != bestType )
+					NSLDAPI_FREE( bestType );
+				bestType = attr;
+				attr = NULL;
+			}
+		}
+		if ( foundMatch ) {
+			if ( lencall ) {
+				rc = ber_scanf( &ber, "[V]}", &vals );
+			} else {
+				rc = ber_scanf( &ber, "[v]}", &vals );
+			}
+		} else {
+			ber_scanf( &ber, "x}" );
+		}
+	}
+
+	NSLDAPI_FREE( lang );
+	NSLDAPI_FREE( baseTarget );
+	NSLDAPI_FREE( subtypes );
+
+	if ( NULL != type )
+		*type = bestType;
+	else if ( NULL != bestType )
+		NSLDAPI_FREE( bestType );
+
+	if ( NULL == vals ) {
+		rc = LDAP_DECODING_ERROR;
+	} else {
+		rc = LDAP_SUCCESS;
+	}
+
+	LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, rc, NULL, NULL );
+
+	return( vals );
+}
+
+
+char **
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_get_values( LDAP *ld, LDAPMessage *entry, const char *target )
+{
+	return( (char **) internal_ldap_get_values( ld, entry, target, 0 ) );
+}
+
+struct berval **
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_get_values_len( LDAP *ld, LDAPMessage *entry, const char *target )
+{
+	return( (struct berval **) internal_ldap_get_values( ld, entry, target,
+	    1 ) );
+}
+
+char **
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_get_lang_values( LDAP *ld, LDAPMessage *entry, const char *target,
+						char **type )
+{
+	return( (char **) internal_ldap_get_lang_values( ld, entry,
+											target, type, 0 ) );
+}
+
+struct berval **
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_get_lang_values_len( LDAP *ld, LDAPMessage *entry, const char *target,
+						char **type )
+{
+	return( (struct berval **) internal_ldap_get_lang_values( ld, entry,
+										   target, type, 1 ) );
+}
+
diff --git a/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/ldap-int.h b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/ldap-int.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f64d1b3d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/ldap-int.h
@@ -0,0 +1,888 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ * 
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version 
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with 
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at 
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ * 
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ * 
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, released
+ * March 31, 1998.
+ * 
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998-1999
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ * 
+ * Contributor(s):
+ * 
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
+ * or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ * 
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+#ifndef _LDAPINT_H
+#define _LDAPINT_H
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <time.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#ifdef hpux
+#include <strings.h>
+#endif /* hpux */
+
+#ifdef _WINDOWS
+#  define FD_SETSIZE		256	/* number of connections we support */
+#  define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+# include <windows.h>
+#elif defined(macintosh)
+#include "ldap-macos.h"
+#else /* _WINDOWS */
+# include <sys/time.h>
+# include <sys/types.h>
+# include <sys/socket.h>
+# include <netinet/in.h>
+#if !defined(XP_OS2) && !defined(XP_BEOS)
+# include <arpa/inet.h>
+#endif
+# include <netdb.h>
+#if !defined(hpux) && !defined(SUNOS4) && !defined(XP_BEOS)
+# include <sys/select.h>
+#endif /* !defined(hpux) and others */
+#endif /* _WINDOWS */
+
+#if defined(IRIX)
+#include <bstring.h>
+#endif /* IRIX */
+
+#ifdef XP_BEOS
+#define NSLDAPI_AVOID_OS_SOCKETS
+#endif
+
+#define NSLBERI_LBER_INT_FRIEND
+#ifdef macintosh
+#include "lber-int.h"
+#else /* macintosh */
+#include "../liblber/lber-int.h"
+#endif /* macintosh */
+
+#include "ldap.h"
+#include "ldaprot.h"
+#include "ldaplog.h"
+#include "portable.h"
+
+#ifdef LDAP_ASYNC_IO
+#ifdef NEED_FILIO
+#include <sys/filio.h>		/* to get FIONBIO for ioctl() call */
+#else /* NEED_FILIO */
+#if !defined( _WINDOWS) && !defined (macintosh)
+#include <sys/ioctl.h>		/* to get FIONBIO for ioctl() call */
+#endif /* _WINDOWS && macintosh */
+#endif /* NEED_FILIO */
+#endif /* LDAP_ASYNC_IO */
+
+#ifdef USE_SYSCONF
+#  include <unistd.h>
+#endif /* USE_SYSCONF */
+
+#ifdef LDAP_SASLIO_HOOKS
+#include <sasl.h>
+#define SASL_MAX_BUFF_SIZE      65536
+#define SASL_MIN_BUFF_SIZE      4096
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(_WINDOWS) && !defined(macintosh) && !defined(BSDI) && \
+    !defined(XP_OS2) && !defined(XP_BEOS) && !defined(NTO) && \
+    !defined(DARWIN)
+#define NSLDAPI_HAVE_POLL	1
+#endif
+
+/* SSL version, or 0 if not built with SSL */
+#if defined(NET_SSL)
+#  define SSL_VERSION 3
+#else
+#  define SSL_VERSION 0
+#endif
+
+
+#define LDAP_URL_URLCOLON	"URL:"
+#define LDAP_URL_URLCOLON_LEN	4
+
+#define LDAP_LDAP_REF_STR	LDAP_URL_PREFIX
+#define LDAP_LDAP_REF_STR_LEN	LDAP_URL_PREFIX_LEN
+#define LDAP_LDAPS_REF_STR	LDAPS_URL_PREFIX
+#define LDAP_LDAPS_REF_STR_LEN	LDAPS_URL_PREFIX_LEN
+
+/* default limit on nesting of referrals */
+#define LDAP_DEFAULT_REFHOPLIMIT	5
+#ifdef LDAP_DNS
+#define LDAP_DX_REF_STR		"dx://"
+#define LDAP_DX_REF_STR_LEN	5
+#endif /* LDAP_DNS */
+
+typedef enum { 
+    LDAP_CACHE_LOCK, 
+    LDAP_MEMCACHE_LOCK, 
+    LDAP_MSGID_LOCK,
+    LDAP_REQ_LOCK, 
+    LDAP_RESP_LOCK, 
+    LDAP_ABANDON_LOCK, 
+    LDAP_CTRL_LOCK,
+    LDAP_OPTION_LOCK, 
+    LDAP_ERR_LOCK, 
+    LDAP_CONN_LOCK, 
+    LDAP_IOSTATUS_LOCK,		/* serializes access to ld->ld_iostatus */
+    LDAP_RESULT_LOCK, 
+    LDAP_PEND_LOCK, 
+    LDAP_THREADID_LOCK, 
+#ifdef LDAP_SASLIO_HOOKS
+    LDAP_SASL_LOCK,
+#endif
+    LDAP_MAX_LOCK 
+} LDAPLock;
+
+/*
+ * This structure represents both ldap messages and ldap responses.
+ * These are really the same, except in the case of search responses,
+ * where a response has multiple messages.
+ */
+
+struct ldapmsg {
+	int		lm_msgid;	/* the message id */
+	ber_tag_t	lm_msgtype;	/* the message type */
+	BerElement	*lm_ber;	/* the ber encoded message contents */
+	struct ldapmsg	*lm_chain;	/* for search - next msg in the resp */
+	struct ldapmsg	*lm_next;	/* next response */
+	int		lm_fromcache;	/* memcache: origin of message */
+};
+
+/*
+ * structure for tracking LDAP server host, ports, DNs, etc.
+ */
+typedef struct ldap_server {
+	char			*lsrv_host;
+	char			*lsrv_dn;	/* if NULL, use default */
+	int			lsrv_port;
+	unsigned long		lsrv_options;	/* boolean options */
+#define LDAP_SRV_OPT_SECURE	0x01
+	struct ldap_server	*lsrv_next;
+} LDAPServer;
+
+/*
+ * structure for representing an LDAP server connection
+ */
+typedef struct ldap_conn {
+	Sockbuf			*lconn_sb;
+	BerElement		*lconn_ber;  /* non-NULL if in midst of msg. */
+	int			lconn_version;	/* LDAP protocol version */
+	int			lconn_refcnt;
+	unsigned long		lconn_lastused;	/* time */
+	int			lconn_status;
+#define LDAP_CONNST_CONNECTING		2
+#define LDAP_CONNST_CONNECTED		3
+#define LDAP_CONNST_DEAD		4
+	LDAPServer		*lconn_server;
+	char			*lconn_binddn;	/* DN of last successful bind */
+	int			lconn_bound;	/* has a bind been done? */
+	int			lconn_pending_requests; /* count of unsent req*/
+	char			*lconn_krbinstance;
+#ifdef LDAP_SASLIO_HOOKS
+    sasl_conn_t     *lconn_sasl_ctx; /* the sasl connection context */
+#endif /* LDAP_SASLIO_HOOKS */
+	struct ldap_conn	*lconn_next;
+} LDAPConn;
+
+
+/*
+ * structure used to track outstanding requests
+ */
+typedef struct ldapreq {
+	int		lr_msgid;	/* the message id */
+	int		lr_status;	/* status of request */
+#define LDAP_REQST_INPROGRESS	1
+#define LDAP_REQST_CHASINGREFS	2
+#define LDAP_REQST_WRITING	4
+#define LDAP_REQST_CONNDEAD	5	/* associated conn. has failed */
+	int		lr_outrefcnt;	/* count of outstanding referrals */
+	int		lr_origid;	/* original request's message id */
+	int		lr_parentcnt;	/* count of parent requests */
+	ber_tag_t	lr_res_msgtype;	/* result message type */
+	int		lr_expect_resp;	/* if non-zero, expect a response */
+	int		lr_res_errno;	/* result LDAP errno */
+	char		*lr_res_error;	/* result error string */
+	char		*lr_res_matched;/* result matched DN string */
+	BerElement	*lr_ber;	/* ber encoded request contents */
+	LDAPConn	*lr_conn;	/* connection used to send request */
+	char		*lr_binddn;	/* request is a bind for this DN */
+	struct ldapreq	*lr_parent;	/* request that spawned this referral */
+	struct ldapreq	*lr_child;	/* list of requests we spawned */
+	struct ldapreq	*lr_sibling;	/* next referral spawned */
+	struct ldapreq	*lr_prev;	/* ld->ld_requests previous request */
+	struct ldapreq	*lr_next;	/* ld->ld_requests next request */
+	LDAPControl	**lr_res_ctrls; /* result controls */
+} LDAPRequest;
+
+typedef struct ldappend {
+	void		*lp_sema;	/* semaphore to post */
+	int		lp_msgid;	/* message id */
+	LDAPMessage	*lp_result;	/* result storage */
+	struct ldappend	*lp_prev;	/* previous pending */
+	struct ldappend	*lp_next;	/* next pending */
+} LDAPPend;
+
+/*
+ * forward declaration for I/O status structure (defined in os-ip.c)
+ */
+typedef struct nsldapi_iostatus_info NSLDAPIIOStatus;
+
+/*
+ * old extended IO structure (before writev callback was added)
+ */
+struct ldap_x_ext_io_fns_rev0 {
+        int                                     lextiof_size;
+        LDAP_X_EXTIOF_CONNECT_CALLBACK          *lextiof_connect;
+        LDAP_X_EXTIOF_CLOSE_CALLBACK            *lextiof_close;
+        LDAP_X_EXTIOF_READ_CALLBACK             *lextiof_read;
+        LDAP_X_EXTIOF_WRITE_CALLBACK            *lextiof_write;
+        LDAP_X_EXTIOF_POLL_CALLBACK             *lextiof_poll;
+        LDAP_X_EXTIOF_NEWHANDLE_CALLBACK        *lextiof_newhandle;
+        LDAP_X_EXTIOF_DISPOSEHANDLE_CALLBACK    *lextiof_disposehandle;
+        void                                    *lextiof_session_arg;
+};
+#define LDAP_X_EXTIO_FNS_SIZE_REV0   sizeof(struct ldap_x_ext_io_fns_rev0)
+
+
+/*
+ * Structure representing an ldap connection.
+ *
+ * This is an opaque struct; the fields are not visible to
+ * applications that use the LDAP API.
+ */
+struct ldap {
+	struct sockbuf	*ld_sbp;	/* pointer to socket desc. & buffer */
+	char		*ld_host;
+	int		ld_version;	/* LDAP protocol version */
+	char		ld_lberoptions;
+	int		ld_deref;
+
+	int		ld_timelimit;
+	int		ld_sizelimit;
+
+	struct ldap_filt_desc	*ld_filtd;	/* from getfilter for ufn searches */
+	char		*ld_ufnprefix;	/* for incomplete ufn's */
+
+	int		ld_errno;
+	char		*ld_error;
+	char		*ld_matched;
+	int		ld_msgid;
+
+	/* Note: the ld_requests list is ordered old to new */
+	LDAPRequest	*ld_requests;	/* list of outstanding requests */
+	LDAPMessage	*ld_responses;	/* list of outstanding responses */
+	int		*ld_abandoned;	/* array of abandoned requests */
+	char		*ld_cldapdn;	/* DN used in connectionless search */
+
+	int		ld_cldaptries;	/* connectionless search retry count */
+	int		ld_cldaptimeout;/* time between retries */
+	int		ld_refhoplimit;	/* limit on referral nesting */
+	unsigned long	ld_options;	/* boolean options */
+
+#define LDAP_BITOPT_REFERRALS	0x80000000
+#define LDAP_BITOPT_SSL		0x40000000
+#define LDAP_BITOPT_DNS		0x20000000
+#define LDAP_BITOPT_RESTART	0x10000000
+#define LDAP_BITOPT_RECONNECT	0x08000000
+#define LDAP_BITOPT_ASYNC       0x04000000
+#define LDAP_BITOPT_NOREBIND    0x02000000
+
+	char		*ld_defhost;	/* full name of default server */
+	int		ld_defport;	/* port of default server */
+	BERTranslateProc ld_lber_encode_translate_proc;
+	BERTranslateProc ld_lber_decode_translate_proc;
+	LDAPConn	*ld_defconn;	/* default connection */
+	LDAPConn	*ld_conns;	/* list of all server connections */
+	NSLDAPIIOStatus	*ld_iostatus;	/* status info. about network sockets */
+	LDAP_REBINDPROC_CALLBACK *ld_rebind_fn;
+	void		*ld_rebind_arg;
+
+	/* function pointers, etc. for extended I/O */
+	struct ldap_x_ext_io_fns ld_ext_io_fns;
+#define ld_extio_size		ld_ext_io_fns.lextiof_size
+#define ld_extclose_fn		ld_ext_io_fns.lextiof_close
+#define ld_extconnect_fn	ld_ext_io_fns.lextiof_connect
+#define ld_extread_fn		ld_ext_io_fns.lextiof_read
+#define ld_extwrite_fn		ld_ext_io_fns.lextiof_write
+#define ld_extwritev_fn         ld_ext_io_fns.lextiof_writev
+#define ld_extpoll_fn		ld_ext_io_fns.lextiof_poll
+#define ld_extnewhandle_fn	ld_ext_io_fns.lextiof_newhandle
+#define ld_extdisposehandle_fn	ld_ext_io_fns.lextiof_disposehandle
+#define ld_ext_session_arg	ld_ext_io_fns.lextiof_session_arg
+
+	/* allocated pointer for older I/O functions */
+	struct ldap_io_fns	*ld_io_fns_ptr;
+#define NSLDAPI_USING_CLASSIC_IO_FUNCTIONS( ld ) ((ld)->ld_io_fns_ptr != NULL)
+
+	/* function pointers, etc. for DNS */
+	struct ldap_dns_fns	ld_dnsfn;
+#define ld_dns_extradata	ld_dnsfn.lddnsfn_extradata
+#define ld_dns_bufsize		ld_dnsfn.lddnsfn_bufsize
+#define ld_dns_gethostbyname_fn	ld_dnsfn.lddnsfn_gethostbyname
+#define ld_dns_gethostbyaddr_fn	ld_dnsfn.lddnsfn_gethostbyaddr
+#define ld_dns_getpeername_fn   ld_dnsfn.lddnsfn_getpeername
+
+	/* function pointers, etc. for threading */
+	struct ldap_thread_fns	ld_thread;
+#define ld_mutex_alloc_fn	ld_thread.ltf_mutex_alloc
+#define ld_mutex_free_fn	ld_thread.ltf_mutex_free
+#define ld_mutex_lock_fn	ld_thread.ltf_mutex_lock
+#define ld_mutex_unlock_fn	ld_thread.ltf_mutex_unlock
+#define ld_get_errno_fn		ld_thread.ltf_get_errno
+#define ld_set_errno_fn		ld_thread.ltf_set_errno
+#define ld_get_lderrno_fn	ld_thread.ltf_get_lderrno
+#define ld_set_lderrno_fn	ld_thread.ltf_set_lderrno
+#define ld_lderrno_arg		ld_thread.ltf_lderrno_arg
+	void			**ld_mutex;
+
+	/* function pointers, etc. for caching */
+	int			ld_cache_on;
+	int			ld_cache_strategy;
+	struct ldap_cache_fns	ld_cache;
+#define ld_cache_config		ld_cache.lcf_config
+#define ld_cache_bind		ld_cache.lcf_bind
+#define ld_cache_unbind		ld_cache.lcf_unbind
+#define ld_cache_search		ld_cache.lcf_search
+#define ld_cache_compare	ld_cache.lcf_compare
+#define ld_cache_add		ld_cache.lcf_add
+#define ld_cache_delete		ld_cache.lcf_delete
+#if 0
+#define ld_cache_rename		ld_cache.lcf_rename
+#endif
+#define ld_cache_modify		ld_cache.lcf_modify
+#define ld_cache_modrdn		ld_cache.lcf_modrdn
+#define ld_cache_abandon	ld_cache.lcf_abandon
+#define ld_cache_result		ld_cache.lcf_result
+#define ld_cache_flush		ld_cache.lcf_flush
+#define ld_cache_arg		ld_cache.lcf_arg
+
+	/* ldapv3 controls */
+	LDAPControl		**ld_servercontrols;
+	LDAPControl		**ld_clientcontrols;
+
+	/* Preferred language */
+	char            *ld_preferred_language;
+
+	/* MemCache */
+	LDAPMemCache	*ld_memcache;
+
+	/* Pending results */
+	LDAPPend	*ld_pend;	/* list of pending results */
+
+	/* extra thread function pointers */
+	struct ldap_extra_thread_fns	ld_thread2;
+
+	/*
+	 * With the 4.0 and later versions of the LDAP SDK, the extra thread
+	 * functions except for the ld_threadid_fn have been disabled.
+	 * Look at the release notes for the full explanation.
+	 */
+#define ld_mutex_trylock_fn		ld_thread2.ltf_mutex_trylock
+#define ld_sema_alloc_fn		ld_thread2.ltf_sema_alloc
+#define ld_sema_free_fn			ld_thread2.ltf_sema_free
+#define ld_sema_wait_fn			ld_thread2.ltf_sema_wait
+#define ld_sema_post_fn			ld_thread2.ltf_sema_post
+#define ld_threadid_fn			ld_thread2.ltf_threadid_fn
+
+	/* extra data for mutex handling in referrals */
+	void 			*ld_mutex_threadid[LDAP_MAX_LOCK];
+	unsigned long		ld_mutex_refcnt[LDAP_MAX_LOCK];
+
+	/* connect timeout value (milliseconds) */
+	int				ld_connect_timeout;
+
+#ifdef LDAP_SASLIO_HOOKS
+	/* SASL default option settings */
+	char                    *ld_def_sasl_mech;
+	char                    *ld_def_sasl_realm;
+	char                    *ld_def_sasl_authcid;
+	char                    *ld_def_sasl_authzid;
+	/* SASL Security properties */
+	struct sasl_security_properties ld_sasl_secprops;
+#endif
+};
+
+/* allocate/free mutex */
+#define LDAP_MUTEX_ALLOC( ld ) \
+	(((ld)->ld_mutex_alloc_fn != NULL) ? (ld)->ld_mutex_alloc_fn() : NULL)
+
+/* allocate/free mutex */
+#define LDAP_MUTEX_FREE( ld, m ) \
+	if ( (ld)->ld_mutex_free_fn != NULL && m != NULL ) { \
+		(ld)->ld_mutex_free_fn( m ); \
+	}
+
+/* enter/exit critical sections */
+/*
+ * The locks assume that the locks are thread safe.  XXXmcs: which means???
+ *
+ * Note that we test for both ld_mutex_lock_fn != NULL AND ld_mutex != NULL.
+ * This is necessary because there is a window in ldap_init() between the
+ * time we set the ld_mutex_lock_fn pointer and the time we allocate the
+ * mutexes in which external code COULD be called which COULD make a call to
+ * something like ldap_get_option(), which uses LDAP_MUTEX_LOCK().  The
+ * libprldap code does this in its newhandle callback (prldap_newhandle).
+ */
+
+#define LDAP_MUTEX_LOCK(ld, lock) \
+    if ((ld)->ld_mutex_lock_fn != NULL && ld->ld_mutex != NULL) { \
+        if ((ld)->ld_threadid_fn != NULL) { \
+            if ((ld)->ld_mutex_threadid[lock] == (ld)->ld_threadid_fn()) { \
+                (ld)->ld_mutex_refcnt[lock]++; \
+            } else { \
+                (ld)->ld_mutex_lock_fn(ld->ld_mutex[lock]); \
+                (ld)->ld_mutex_threadid[lock] = ld->ld_threadid_fn(); \
+                (ld)->ld_mutex_refcnt[lock] = 1; \
+            } \
+        } else { \
+            (ld)->ld_mutex_lock_fn(ld->ld_mutex[lock]); \
+        } \
+    } 
+
+#define LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK(ld, lock) \
+    if ((ld)->ld_mutex_lock_fn != NULL && ld->ld_mutex != NULL) { \
+        if ((ld)->ld_threadid_fn != NULL) { \
+            if ((ld)->ld_mutex_threadid[lock] == (ld)->ld_threadid_fn()) { \
+                (ld)->ld_mutex_refcnt[lock]--; \
+                if ((ld)->ld_mutex_refcnt[lock] <= 0) { \
+                    (ld)->ld_mutex_threadid[lock] = (void *) -1; \
+                    (ld)->ld_mutex_refcnt[lock] = 0; \
+                    (ld)->ld_mutex_unlock_fn(ld->ld_mutex[lock]); \
+                } \
+            } \
+        } else { \
+            ld->ld_mutex_unlock_fn(ld->ld_mutex[lock]); \
+        } \
+    }
+
+/* Backward compatibility locks */
+#define LDAP_MUTEX_BC_LOCK( ld, i ) \
+	/* the ld_mutex_trylock_fn is always set to NULL */ \
+	/* in setoption.c as the extra thread functions were */ \
+	/* turned off in the 4.0 SDK.  This check will  */ \
+	/* always be true */ \
+	if( (ld)->ld_mutex_trylock_fn == NULL ) { \
+		LDAP_MUTEX_LOCK( ld, i ) ; \
+	}
+#define LDAP_MUTEX_BC_UNLOCK( ld, i ) \
+	/* the ld_mutex_trylock_fn is always set to NULL */ \
+	/* in setoption.c as the extra thread functions were */ \
+	/* turned off in the 4.0 SDK.  This check will  */ \
+	/* always be true */ \
+	if( (ld)->ld_mutex_trylock_fn == NULL ) { \
+		LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, i ) ; \
+	}
+
+/* allocate/free semaphore */
+#define LDAP_SEMA_ALLOC( ld ) \
+	(((ld)->ld_sema_alloc_fn != NULL) ? (ld)->ld_sema_alloc_fn() : NULL)
+#define LDAP_SEMA_FREE( ld, m ) \
+	if ( (ld)->ld_sema_free_fn != NULL && m != NULL ) { \
+		(ld)->ld_sema_free_fn( m ); \
+	}
+
+/* wait/post binary semaphore */
+#define LDAP_SEMA_WAIT( ld, lp ) \
+	if ( (ld)->ld_sema_wait_fn != NULL ) { \
+		(ld)->ld_sema_wait_fn( lp->lp_sema ); \
+	}
+#define LDAP_SEMA_POST( ld, lp ) \
+	if ( (ld)->ld_sema_post_fn != NULL ) { \
+		(ld)->ld_sema_post_fn( lp->lp_sema ); \
+	}
+#define POST( ld, y, z ) \
+	/* the ld_mutex_trylock_fn is always set to NULL */ \
+	/* in setoption.c as the extra thread functions were */ \
+	/* turned off in the 4.0 SDK.  This check will  */ \
+	/* always be false */ \
+	if( (ld)->ld_mutex_trylock_fn != NULL ) { \
+		nsldapi_post_result( ld, y, z ); \
+	}
+
+/* get/set errno */
+#ifndef macintosh
+#define LDAP_SET_ERRNO( ld, e ) \
+	if ( (ld)->ld_set_errno_fn != NULL ) { \
+		(ld)->ld_set_errno_fn( e ); \
+	} else { \
+		errno = e; \
+	}
+#define LDAP_GET_ERRNO( ld ) \
+	(((ld)->ld_get_errno_fn != NULL) ? \
+		(ld)->ld_get_errno_fn() : errno)
+#else /* macintosh */
+#define LDAP_SET_ERRNO( ld, e ) \
+	if ( (ld)->ld_set_errno_fn != NULL ) { \
+		(ld)->ld_set_errno_fn( e ); \
+	}
+#define LDAP_GET_ERRNO( ld ) \
+	(((ld)->ld_get_errno_fn != NULL) ? \
+		(ld)->ld_get_errno_fn() : 0)
+#endif
+
+
+/* get/set ldap-specific errno */
+#define LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, e, m, s )	ldap_set_lderrno( ld, e, m, s )
+#define LDAP_GET_LDERRNO( ld, m, s ) ldap_get_lderrno( ld, m, s )
+
+/*
+ * your standard "mimimum of two values" macro
+ */
+#define NSLDAPI_MIN(a, b)	(((a) < (b)) ? (a) : (b))
+
+/*
+ * handy macro to check whether LDAP struct is set up for CLDAP or not
+ */
+#define LDAP_IS_CLDAP( ld )	( ld->ld_sbp->sb_naddr > 0 )
+
+/*
+ * Some Unix error defs. Under CW 7, we can't define OTUNIXERRORS because
+ * it generates many conflicts with errno.h. Define what we need here.
+ * These need to be in sync with OpenTransport.h
+ */
+ 
+#if defined(macintosh)
+#define EWOULDBLOCK     35
+#define EHOSTUNREACH    65
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * handy macro to check errno "e" for an "in progress" sort of error
+ */
+#if defined(macintosh) || defined(_WINDOWS)
+#define NSLDAPI_ERRNO_IO_INPROGRESS( e )  ((e) == EWOULDBLOCK || (e) == EAGAIN)
+#else
+#ifdef EAGAIN
+#define NSLDAPI_ERRNO_IO_INPROGRESS( e )  ((e) == EWOULDBLOCK || (e) == EINPROGRESS || (e) == EAGAIN)
+#else /* EAGAIN */
+#define NSLDAPI_ERRNO_IO_INPROGRESS( e )  ((e) == EWOULDBLOCK || (e) == EINPROGRESS) 
+#endif /* EAGAIN */
+#endif /* macintosh || _WINDOWS*/
+
+/*
+ * macro to return the LDAP protocol version we are using
+ */
+#define NSLDAPI_LDAP_VERSION( ld )	( (ld)->ld_defconn == NULL ? \
+					(ld)->ld_version : \
+					(ld)->ld_defconn->lconn_version )
+
+/*
+ * Structures used for handling client filter lists.
+ */
+#define LDAP_FILT_MAXSIZ	1024
+
+struct ldap_filt_list {
+    char			*lfl_tag;
+    char			*lfl_pattern;
+    char			*lfl_delims;
+    struct ldap_filt_info	*lfl_ilist;
+    struct ldap_filt_list	*lfl_next;
+};
+
+struct ldap_filt_desc {
+	LDAPFiltList		*lfd_filtlist;
+	LDAPFiltInfo		*lfd_curfip;
+	LDAPFiltInfo		lfd_retfi;
+	char			lfd_filter[ LDAP_FILT_MAXSIZ ];
+	char			*lfd_curval;
+	char			*lfd_curvalcopy;
+	char			**lfd_curvalwords;
+	char			*lfd_filtprefix;
+	char			*lfd_filtsuffix;
+};
+
+/*
+ * "internal" globals used to track defaults and memory allocation callbacks:
+ *    (the actual definitions are in open.c)
+ */
+extern struct ldap			nsldapi_ld_defaults;
+extern struct ldap_memalloc_fns		nsldapi_memalloc_fns;
+extern int				nsldapi_initialized;
+
+
+/*
+ * Memory allocation done in liblber should all go through one of the
+ * following macros. This is so we can plug-in alternative memory
+ * allocators, etc. as the need arises.
+ */
+#define NSLDAPI_MALLOC( size )		ldap_x_malloc( size )
+#define NSLDAPI_CALLOC( nelem, elsize )	ldap_x_calloc( nelem, elsize )
+#define NSLDAPI_REALLOC( ptr, size )	ldap_x_realloc( ptr, size )
+#define NSLDAPI_FREE( ptr )		ldap_x_free( ptr )
+
+
+/*
+ * macros used to check validity of data structures and parameters
+ */
+#define NSLDAPI_VALID_LDAP_POINTER( ld ) \
+	( (ld) != NULL )
+
+#define NSLDAPI_VALID_LDAPMESSAGE_POINTER( lm ) \
+	( (lm) != NULL )
+
+#define NSLDAPI_VALID_LDAPMESSAGE_ENTRY_POINTER( lm ) \
+	( (lm) != NULL && (lm)->lm_msgtype == LDAP_RES_SEARCH_ENTRY )
+
+#define NSLDAPI_VALID_LDAPMESSAGE_REFERENCE_POINTER( lm ) \
+	( (lm) != NULL && (lm)->lm_msgtype == LDAP_RES_SEARCH_REFERENCE )
+
+#define NSLDAPI_VALID_LDAPMESSAGE_BINDRESULT_POINTER( lm ) \
+	( (lm) != NULL && (lm)->lm_msgtype == LDAP_RES_BIND )
+
+#define NSLDAPI_VALID_LDAPMESSAGE_EXRESULT_POINTER( lm ) \
+	( (lm) != NULL && (lm)->lm_msgtype == LDAP_RES_EXTENDED )
+
+#define NSLDAPI_VALID_LDAPMOD_ARRAY( mods ) \
+	( (mods) != NULL )
+
+#define NSLDAPI_VALID_NONEMPTY_LDAPMOD_ARRAY( mods ) \
+	( (mods) != NULL && (mods)[0] != NULL )
+
+#define NSLDAPI_IS_SEARCH_ENTRY( code ) \
+	((code) == LDAP_RES_SEARCH_ENTRY)
+
+#define NSLDAPI_IS_SEARCH_RESULT( code ) \
+	((code) == LDAP_RES_SEARCH_RESULT)
+
+#define NSLDAPI_SEARCH_RELATED_RESULT( code ) \
+	(NSLDAPI_IS_SEARCH_RESULT( code ) || NSLDAPI_IS_SEARCH_ENTRY( code ))
+
+/*
+ * in bind.c
+ */
+char *nsldapi_get_binddn( LDAP *ld );
+
+/*
+ * in cache.c
+ */
+void nsldapi_add_result_to_cache( LDAP *ld, LDAPMessage *result );
+
+/*
+ * in dsparse.c
+ */
+int nsldapi_next_line_tokens( char **bufp, long *blenp, char ***toksp );
+void nsldapi_free_strarray( char **sap );
+
+/*
+ * in error.c
+ */
+int nsldapi_parse_result( LDAP *ld, int msgtype, BerElement *rber,
+    int *errcodep, char **matchednp, char **errmsgp, char ***referralsp,
+    LDAPControl ***serverctrlsp );
+
+/*
+ * in open.c
+ */
+void nsldapi_initialize_defaults( void );
+void nsldapi_mutex_alloc_all( LDAP *ld );
+void nsldapi_mutex_free_all( LDAP *ld );
+int nsldapi_open_ldap_defconn( LDAP *ld );
+char *nsldapi_strdup( const char *s );  /* if s is NULL, returns NULL */
+
+/*
+ * in os-ip.c
+ */
+int nsldapi_connect_to_host( LDAP *ld, Sockbuf *sb, const char *host,
+	int port, int secure, char **krbinstancep );
+void nsldapi_close_connection( LDAP *ld, Sockbuf *sb );
+
+int nsldapi_iostatus_poll( LDAP *ld, struct timeval *timeout );
+void nsldapi_iostatus_free( LDAP *ld );
+int nsldapi_iostatus_interest_write( LDAP *ld, Sockbuf *sb );
+int nsldapi_iostatus_interest_read( LDAP *ld, Sockbuf *sb );
+int nsldapi_iostatus_interest_clear( LDAP *ld, Sockbuf *sb );
+int nsldapi_iostatus_is_read_ready( LDAP *ld, Sockbuf *sb );
+int nsldapi_iostatus_is_write_ready( LDAP *ld, Sockbuf *sb );
+int nsldapi_install_lber_extiofns( LDAP *ld, Sockbuf *sb );
+int nsldapi_install_compat_io_fns( LDAP *ld, struct ldap_io_fns *iofns );
+
+/*
+ * if referral.c
+ */
+int nsldapi_parse_reference( LDAP *ld, BerElement *rber, char ***referralsp,
+	LDAPControl ***serverctrlsp );
+
+
+/*
+ * in result.c
+ */
+int ldap_msgdelete( LDAP *ld, int msgid );
+int nsldapi_result_nolock( LDAP *ld, int msgid, int all, int unlock_permitted,
+    struct timeval *timeout, LDAPMessage **result );
+int nsldapi_wait_result( LDAP *ld, int msgid, int all, struct timeval *timeout,
+    LDAPMessage **result );
+int nsldapi_post_result( LDAP *ld, int msgid, LDAPMessage *result );
+
+/*
+ * in request.c
+ */
+int nsldapi_send_initial_request( LDAP *ld, int msgid, unsigned long msgtype,
+	char *dn, BerElement *ber );
+int nsldapi_send_pending_requests_nolock( LDAP *ld, LDAPConn *lc );
+int nsldapi_alloc_ber_with_options( LDAP *ld, BerElement **berp );
+void nsldapi_set_ber_options( LDAP *ld, BerElement *ber );
+int nsldapi_send_ber_message( LDAP *ld, Sockbuf *sb, BerElement *ber,
+	int freeit, int epipe_handler );
+int nsldapi_send_server_request( LDAP *ld, BerElement *ber, int msgid,
+	LDAPRequest *parentreq, LDAPServer *srvlist, LDAPConn *lc,
+	char *bindreqdn, int bind );
+LDAPConn *nsldapi_new_connection( LDAP *ld, LDAPServer **srvlistp, int use_ldsb,
+	int connect, int bind );
+LDAPRequest *nsldapi_find_request_by_msgid( LDAP *ld, int msgid );
+LDAPRequest *nsldapi_new_request( LDAPConn *lc, BerElement *ber, int msgid,
+   int expect_resp );
+void nsldapi_free_request( LDAP *ld, LDAPRequest *lr, int free_conn );
+void nsldapi_queue_request_nolock( LDAP *ld, LDAPRequest *lr );
+void nsldapi_free_connection( LDAP *ld, LDAPConn *lc,
+	LDAPControl **serverctrls, LDAPControl **clientctrls,
+	int force, int unbind );
+void nsldapi_dump_connection( LDAP *ld, LDAPConn *lconns, int all );
+void nsldapi_dump_requests_and_responses( LDAP *ld );
+int nsldapi_chase_v2_referrals( LDAP *ld, LDAPRequest *lr, char **errstrp,
+	int *totalcountp, int *chasingcountp );
+int nsldapi_chase_v3_refs( LDAP *ld, LDAPRequest *lr, char **refs,
+	int is_reference, int *totalcountp, int *chasingcountp );
+int nsldapi_append_referral( LDAP *ld, char **referralsp, char *s );
+void nsldapi_connection_lost_nolock( LDAP *ld, Sockbuf *sb );
+
+#ifdef LDAP_SASLIO_HOOKS
+/*
+ * in saslbind.c
+ */
+int nsldapi_sasl_is_inited();
+int nsldapi_sasl_cvterrno( LDAP *ld, int err, char *msg );
+int nsldapi_sasl_secprops( const char *in,
+                        sasl_security_properties_t *secprops );
+
+/*
+ * in saslio.c
+ */
+int nsldapi_sasl_install( LDAP *ld, LDAPConn *lconn );
+int nsldapi_sasl_open( LDAP *ld, LDAPConn *lconn, sasl_conn_t **ctx, sasl_ssf_t ssf );
+
+#endif /* LDAP_SASLIO_HOOKS */
+
+/*
+ * in search.c
+ */
+int nsldapi_build_search_req( LDAP *ld, const char *base, int scope,
+	const char *filter, char **attrs, int attrsonly,
+	LDAPControl **serverctrls, LDAPControl **clientctrls,
+	int timelimit, int sizelimit, int msgid, BerElement **berp );
+
+/*
+ * in unbind.c
+ */
+int ldap_ld_free( LDAP *ld, LDAPControl **serverctrls,
+	LDAPControl **clientctrls, int close );
+int nsldapi_send_unbind( LDAP *ld, Sockbuf *sb, LDAPControl **serverctrls,
+	LDAPControl **clientctrls );
+
+#ifdef LDAP_DNS
+/*
+ * in getdxbyname.c
+ */
+char **nsldapi_getdxbyname( char *domain );
+
+#endif /* LDAP_DNS */
+
+/*
+ * in unescape.c
+ */
+void nsldapi_hex_unescape( char *s );
+
+/*
+ * in compat.c
+ */
+#ifdef hpux
+char *nsldapi_compat_ctime_r( const time_t *clock, char *buf, int buflen );
+struct hostent *nsldapi_compat_gethostbyname_r( const char *name,
+	struct hostent *result, char *buffer, int buflen, int *h_errnop );
+#endif /* hpux */
+
+/*
+ * in control.c
+ */
+int nsldapi_put_controls( LDAP *ld, LDAPControl **ctrls, int closeseq,
+	BerElement *ber );
+int nsldapi_get_controls( BerElement *ber, LDAPControl ***controlsp );
+int nsldapi_find_controls( BerElement *ber, LDAPControl ***controlsp );
+int nsldapi_dup_controls( LDAP *ld, LDAPControl ***ldctrls,
+	LDAPControl **newctrls );
+int nsldapi_build_control( char *oid, BerElement *ber, int freeber,
+    char iscritical, LDAPControl **ctrlp );
+
+
+/*
+ * in url.c
+ */
+int nsldapi_url_parse( const char *inurl, LDAPURLDesc **ludpp,
+	int dn_required );
+
+
+/*
+ * in charset.c
+ *
+ * If we ever want to expose character set translation functionality to
+ * users of libldap, all of these prototypes will need to be moved to ldap.h
+ */
+#ifdef STR_TRANSLATION
+void ldap_set_string_translators( LDAP *ld,
+        BERTranslateProc encode_proc, BERTranslateProc decode_proc );
+int ldap_translate_from_t61( LDAP *ld, char **bufp,
+        unsigned long *lenp, int free_input );
+int ldap_translate_to_t61( LDAP *ld, char **bufp,
+        unsigned long *lenp, int free_input );
+void ldap_enable_translation( LDAP *ld, LDAPMessage *entry,
+        int enable );
+#ifdef LDAP_CHARSET_8859
+int ldap_t61_to_8859( char **bufp, unsigned long *buflenp,
+        int free_input );
+int ldap_8859_to_t61( char **bufp, unsigned long *buflenp,
+        int free_input );
+#endif /* LDAP_CHARSET_8859 */
+#endif /* STR_TRANSLATION */
+
+/*
+ * in memcache.h
+ */
+int ldap_memcache_createkey( LDAP *ld, const char *base, int scope,
+	const char *filter, char **attrs, int attrsonly,
+	LDAPControl **serverctrls, LDAPControl **clientctrls,
+	unsigned long *keyp );
+int ldap_memcache_result( LDAP *ld, int msgid, unsigned long key );
+int ldap_memcache_new( LDAP *ld, int msgid, unsigned long key,
+	const char *basedn );
+int ldap_memcache_append( LDAP *ld, int msgid, int bLast, LDAPMessage *result );
+int ldap_memcache_abandon( LDAP *ld, int msgid );
+
+/*
+ * in sbind.c
+ */
+void nsldapi_handle_reconnect( LDAP *ld );
+
+#endif /* _LDAPINT_H */
diff --git a/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/libldap.def b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/libldap.def
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..dd79389a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/libldap.def
@@ -0,0 +1,352 @@
+;
+; ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+; Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.
+;
+; The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
+; 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+; the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+; http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+;
+; Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+; WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+; for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+; License.
+;
+; The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code.
+;
+; The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+; Netscape Communications Corporation.
+; Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1996-1999
+; the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+;
+; Contributor(s):
+;
+; Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+; either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
+; or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+; in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+; of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+; under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+; use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+; decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+; and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+; the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+; the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+;
+; ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
+
+LIBRARY        LDAP60
+VERSION        6.0
+HEAPSIZE       4096
+
+EXPORTS
+; exports list (generated by genexports.pl)
+;
+    ldap_abandon
+    ldap_add
+    ldap_unbind
+
+;     ldap_enable_cache
+;     ldap_disable_cache
+;     ldap_destroy_cache
+;     ldap_flush_cache
+;     ldap_uncache_entry
+
+    ldap_compare
+    ldap_delete
+    ldap_result2error
+    ldap_err2string
+    ldap_modify
+    ldap_modrdn
+    ldap_open
+    ldap_first_entry
+    ldap_next_entry
+    ldap_get_dn
+    ldap_dn2ufn
+    ldap_first_attribute
+    ldap_next_attribute
+    ldap_get_values
+    ldap_get_values_len
+    ldap_count_entries
+    ldap_count_values
+    ldap_value_free
+    ldap_explode_dn
+    ldap_result
+    ldap_msgfree
+    ldap_search
+    ldap_add_s
+    ldap_bind_s
+    ldap_unbind_s
+    ldap_delete_s
+    ldap_modify_s
+    ldap_modrdn_s
+    ldap_search_s
+    ldap_search_st
+    ldap_compare_s
+    ldap_ufn_search_c
+    ldap_ufn_search_s
+    ldap_init_getfilter
+    ldap_getfilter_free
+    ldap_getfirstfilter
+    ldap_getnextfilter
+    ldap_simple_bind
+    ldap_simple_bind_s
+    ldap_bind
+    ldap_friendly_name
+    ldap_free_friendlymap
+    ldap_ufn_search_ct
+
+;     ldap_set_cache_options
+;     ldap_uncache_request
+
+    ldap_modrdn2
+    ldap_modrdn2_s
+    ldap_ufn_setfilter
+    ldap_ufn_setprefix
+    ldap_ufn_timeout
+    ldap_init_getfilter_buf
+    ldap_setfilteraffixes
+    ldap_sort_entries
+    ldap_sort_values
+    ldap_sort_strcasecmp
+    ldap_count_values_len
+    ldap_name2template
+    ldap_value_free_len
+
+;  manually comment and uncomment these five as necessary
+;     ldap_kerberos_bind1
+;     ldap_kerberos_bind2
+;     ldap_kerberos_bind_s
+;     ldap_kerberos_bind1_s
+;     ldap_kerberos_bind2_s
+
+    ldap_init
+    ldap_is_dns_dn
+    ldap_explode_dns
+    ldap_mods_free
+
+    ldap_is_ldap_url
+    ldap_free_urldesc
+    ldap_url_parse
+    ldap_url_search
+    ldap_url_search_s
+    ldap_url_search_st
+    ldap_set_rebind_proc
+    ber_skip_tag
+    ber_peek_tag
+    ber_get_int
+    ber_get_stringb
+    ber_get_stringa
+    ber_get_stringal
+    ber_get_bitstringa
+    ber_get_null
+    ber_get_boolean
+    ber_first_element
+    ber_next_element
+    ber_scanf
+    ber_bvfree
+    ber_bvecfree
+    ber_put_int
+    ber_put_ostring
+    ber_put_string
+    ber_put_bitstring
+    ber_put_null
+    ber_put_boolean
+    ber_start_seq
+    ber_start_set
+    ber_put_seq
+    ber_put_set
+    ber_printf
+    ber_read
+    ber_write
+    ber_free
+    ber_flush
+    ber_alloc
+    ber_dup
+    ber_get_next
+    ber_get_tag
+    ber_put_enum
+    der_alloc
+    ber_alloc_t
+    ber_bvdup
+    ber_init_w_nullchar
+    ber_reset
+    ber_get_option
+    ber_set_option
+    ber_sockbuf_alloc
+    ber_sockbuf_get_option
+    ber_sockbuf_set_option
+    ber_init
+    ber_flatten
+    ber_special_alloc
+    ber_special_free
+    ber_get_next_buffer
+    ber_err_print
+    ber_sockbuf_free
+    ber_get_next_buffer_ext
+    ber_svecfree
+    ber_get_buf_datalen
+    ber_get_buf_databegin
+    ber_stack_init
+    ber_sockbuf_free_data
+
+    ldap_memfree
+    ldap_ber_free
+
+    ldap_init_searchprefs
+    ldap_init_searchprefs_buf
+    ldap_free_searchprefs
+    ldap_first_searchobj
+    ldap_next_searchobj
+    ldap_build_filter
+
+    ldap_init_templates
+    ldap_init_templates_buf
+    ldap_free_templates
+    ldap_first_disptmpl
+    ldap_next_disptmpl
+    ldap_oc2template
+    ldap_tmplattrs
+    ldap_first_tmplrow
+    ldap_next_tmplrow
+    ldap_first_tmplcol
+    ldap_next_tmplcol
+    ldap_entry2text_search
+    ldap_entry2text
+    ldap_vals2text
+    ldap_entry2html
+    ldap_entry2html_search
+    ldap_vals2html
+    ldap_tmplerr2string
+    ldap_set_option
+    ldap_get_option
+    ldap_charray_merge
+    ldap_get_lderrno
+    ldap_set_lderrno
+    ldap_perror
+    ldap_set_filter_additions
+    ldap_create_filter
+    ldap_version
+    ldap_multisort_entries
+    ldap_msgid
+    ldap_explode_rdn
+    ldap_msgtype
+    ldap_cache_flush
+    ldap_str2charray
+    ldap_charray_add
+    ldap_charray_dup
+    ldap_charray_free
+
+;  Windows ordinals 450-469 are reserved for SSL routines
+
+    ldap_charray_inlist
+    ldap_charray_position
+    ldap_rename
+    ldap_rename_s
+    ldap_utf8len
+    ldap_utf8next
+    ldap_utf8prev
+    ldap_utf8copy
+    ldap_utf8characters
+    ldap_utf8strtok_r
+    ldap_utf8isalnum
+    ldap_utf8isalpha
+    ldap_utf8isdigit
+    ldap_utf8isxdigit
+    ldap_utf8isspace
+    ldap_control_free
+    ldap_controls_free
+    ldap_sasl_bind
+    ldap_sasl_bind_s
+    ldap_parse_sasl_bind_result
+    ldap_sasl_interactive_bind_s
+    ldap_sasl_interactive_bind_ext_s
+;  LDAPv3 simple paging controls are not supported by Netscape at this time.
+;  490    ldap_create_page_control
+;  491    ldap_parse_page_control
+    ldap_create_sort_control
+    ldap_parse_sort_control
+;  an LDAPv3 language control was proposed but then retracted.
+;  494    ldap_create_language_control
+    ldap_get_lang_values
+    ldap_get_lang_values_len
+    ldap_free_sort_keylist
+    ldap_create_sort_keylist
+    ldap_utf8getcc
+    ldap_get_entry_controls
+    ldap_create_persistentsearch_control
+    ldap_parse_entrychange_control
+    ldap_parse_result
+    ldap_parse_extended_result
+    ldap_parse_reference
+    ldap_abandon_ext
+    ldap_add_ext
+    ldap_add_ext_s
+    ldap_modify_ext
+    ldap_modify_ext_s
+    ldap_first_message
+    ldap_next_message
+    ldap_compare_ext
+    ldap_compare_ext_s
+    ldap_delete_ext
+    ldap_delete_ext_s
+    ldap_search_ext
+    ldap_search_ext_s
+    ldap_extended_operation
+    ldap_extended_operation_s
+    ldap_first_reference
+    ldap_next_reference
+    ldap_count_references
+    ldap_count_messages
+    ldap_create_virtuallist_control
+    ldap_parse_virtuallist_control
+    ldap_create_proxyauth_control
+    ldap_unbind_ext
+    ldap_x_hostlist_first
+    ldap_x_hostlist_next
+    ldap_x_hostlist_statusfree
+    ldap_x_malloc
+    ldap_x_calloc
+    ldap_x_realloc
+    ldap_x_free
+;
+    ldap_create_proxiedauth_control
+;
+    ldap_create_geteffectiveRights_control
+;
+    ldap_find_control
+;
+    ldap_url_parse_no_defaults
+;
+    ldap_create_userstatus_control
+    ldap_parse_userstatus_control
+;
+    ldap_create_passwordpolicy_control
+    ldap_create_passwordpolicy_control_ext
+    ldap_parse_passwordpolicy_control
+    ldap_parse_passwordpolicy_control_ext
+    ldap_passwordpolicy_err2txt
+;
+    ldap_passwd
+    ldap_parse_passwd
+    ldap_passwd_s
+;
+    ldap_delete_result_entry
+    ldap_add_result_entry
+;
+    ldap_whoami
+    ldap_parse_whoami
+    ldap_whoami_s
+;
+    ldap_create_authzid_control
+    ldap_parse_authzid_control
+;
+    ldap_memcache_init
+    ldap_memcache_set
+    ldap_memcache_get
+    ldap_memcache_flush
+    ldap_memcache_destroy
+    ldap_memcache_update
+    ldap_keysort_entries
+;
+; end of generated exports list.
diff --git a/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/memcache.c b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/memcache.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..78943408a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/memcache.c
@@ -0,0 +1,2244 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ * 
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version 
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with 
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at 
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ * 
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ * 
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, released
+ * March 31, 1998.
+ * 
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998-1999
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ * 
+ * Contributor(s):
+ * 
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
+ * or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ * 
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+/*
+ *
+ *  memcache.c - routines that implement an in-memory cache.
+ *
+ *  To Do:  1) ber_dup_ext().
+ *	    2) referrals and reference?
+ */
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include "ldap-int.h"
+
+/*
+ * Extra size allocated to BerElement.
+ * XXXmcs: must match EXBUFSIZ in liblber/io.c?
+ */
+#define EXTRA_SIZE		    1024
+
+/* Mode constants for function memcache_access() */
+#define MEMCACHE_ACCESS_ADD	    0
+#define MEMCACHE_ACCESS_APPEND	    1
+#define MEMCACHE_ACCESS_APPEND_LAST 2
+#define MEMCACHE_ACCESS_FIND	    3
+#define MEMCACHE_ACCESS_DELETE	    4
+#define MEMCACHE_ACCESS_DELETE_ALL  5
+#define MEMCACHE_ACCESS_UPDATE	    6
+#define MEMCACHE_ACCESS_FLUSH	    7
+#define MEMCACHE_ACCESS_FLUSH_ALL   8
+#define MEMCACHE_ACCESS_FLUSH_LRU   9
+#define MEMCACHE_ACCESS_FLUSH_RESULTS 10
+
+/* Mode constants for function memcache_adj_size */
+#define MEMCACHE_SIZE_DEDUCT	    0
+#define MEMCACHE_SIZE_ADD	    1
+
+#define MEMCACHE_SIZE_ENTRIES       1
+#define MEMCACHE_SIZE_NON_ENTRIES   2
+
+/* Size used for calculation if given size of cache is 0 */
+#define MEMCACHE_DEF_SIZE	    131072		/* 128K bytes */
+
+/* Index into different list structure */
+#define LIST_TTL		    0
+#define LIST_LRU		    1
+#define LIST_TMP		    2
+#define LIST_TOTAL		    3
+
+/* Macros to make code more readable */
+#define NSLDAPI_VALID_MEMCACHE_POINTER( cp )	( (cp) != NULL )
+#define NSLDAPI_STR_NONNULL( s )		( (s) ? (s) : "" )
+#define NSLDAPI_SAFE_STRLEN( s )		( (s) ? strlen((s)) + 1 : 1 )
+
+/* Macros dealing with mutex */
+#define LDAP_MEMCACHE_MUTEX_LOCK( c ) \
+	if ( (c) && ((c)->ldmemc_lock_fns).ltf_mutex_lock ) { \
+	    ((c)->ldmemc_lock_fns).ltf_mutex_lock( (c)->ldmemc_lock ); \
+	}
+
+#define LDAP_MEMCACHE_MUTEX_UNLOCK( c ) \
+	if ( (c) && ((c)->ldmemc_lock_fns).ltf_mutex_unlock ) { \
+	    ((c)->ldmemc_lock_fns).ltf_mutex_unlock( (c)->ldmemc_lock ); \
+	}
+
+#define LDAP_MEMCACHE_MUTEX_ALLOC( c ) \
+	((c) && ((c)->ldmemc_lock_fns).ltf_mutex_alloc ? \
+	    ((c)->ldmemc_lock_fns).ltf_mutex_alloc() : NULL)
+
+#define LDAP_MEMCACHE_MUTEX_FREE( c ) \
+	if ( (c) && ((c)->ldmemc_lock_fns).ltf_mutex_free ) { \
+	    ((c)->ldmemc_lock_fns).ltf_mutex_free( (c)->ldmemc_lock ); \
+	}
+
+/* Macros used for triming unnecessary spaces in a basedn */
+#define NSLDAPI_IS_SPACE( c ) \
+	(((c) == ' ') || ((c) == '\t') || ((c) == '\n'))
+
+#define NSLDAPI_IS_SEPARATER( c ) \
+	((c) == ',')
+
+/* Hash table callback function pointer definition */
+typedef int (*HashFuncPtr)(int table_size, void *key);
+typedef int (*PutDataPtr)(void **ppTableData, void *key, void *pData);
+typedef int (*GetDataPtr)(void *pTableData, void *key, void **ppData);
+typedef int (*RemoveDataPtr)(void **ppTableData, void *key, void **ppData);
+typedef int (*MiscFuncPtr)(void **ppTableData, void *key, void *pData);
+typedef void (*ClrTableNodePtr)(void **ppTableData, void *pData);
+
+/* Structure of a node in a hash table */
+typedef struct HashTableNode_struct {
+    void *pData;
+} HashTableNode;
+
+/* Structure of a hash table */
+typedef struct HashTable_struct {
+    HashTableNode   *table;
+    int		    size;
+    HashFuncPtr	    hashfunc;
+    PutDataPtr	    putdata;
+    GetDataPtr	    getdata;
+    MiscFuncPtr     miscfunc;
+    RemoveDataPtr   removedata;
+    ClrTableNodePtr clrtablenode;
+} HashTable;
+
+/* Structure uniquely identifies a search request */
+typedef struct ldapmemcacheReqId_struct {
+    LDAP				*ldmemcrid_ld;
+    int					ldmemcrid_msgid;
+} ldapmemcacheReqId;
+
+/* Structure representing a ldap handle associated to memcache */
+typedef struct ldapmemcacheld_struct {
+    LDAP		    		*ldmemcl_ld;
+    struct ldapmemcacheld_struct	*ldmemcl_next;
+} ldapmemcacheld;
+
+/* Structure representing header of a search result */
+typedef struct ldapmemcacheRes_struct {
+    char				*ldmemcr_basedn;
+    unsigned long			ldmemcr_crc_key;
+    unsigned long			ldmemcr_resSize;
+    unsigned long			ldmemcr_timestamp;
+    LDAPMessage				*ldmemcr_resHead;
+    LDAPMessage				*ldmemcr_resTail;
+    ldapmemcacheReqId			ldmemcr_req_id;
+    struct ldapmemcacheRes_struct	*ldmemcr_next[LIST_TOTAL];
+    struct ldapmemcacheRes_struct	*ldmemcr_prev[LIST_TOTAL];
+    struct ldapmemcacheRes_struct	*ldmemcr_htable_next;
+} ldapmemcacheRes;
+
+/* Structure for memcache statistics */
+typedef struct ldapmemcacheStats_struct {
+    unsigned long			ldmemcstat_tries;
+    unsigned long			ldmemcstat_hits;
+} ldapmemcacheStats;
+
+/* Structure of a memcache object */
+struct ldapmemcache {
+    unsigned long			ldmemc_ttl;
+    unsigned long			ldmemc_size;
+    unsigned long			ldmemc_size_used;
+    unsigned long			ldmemc_size_entries;
+    char				**ldmemc_basedns;
+    void				*ldmemc_lock;
+    ldapmemcacheld			*ldmemc_lds;
+    HashTable				*ldmemc_resTmp;
+    HashTable				*ldmemc_resLookup;
+    ldapmemcacheRes			*ldmemc_resHead[LIST_TOTAL];
+    ldapmemcacheRes			*ldmemc_resTail[LIST_TOTAL];
+    struct ldap_thread_fns		ldmemc_lock_fns;
+    ldapmemcacheStats			ldmemc_stats;
+};
+
+/* Function prototypes */
+static int memcache_exist(LDAP *ld);
+static int memcache_add_to_ld(LDAP *ld, int msgid, LDAPMessage *pMsg);
+static int memcache_compare_dn(const char *main_dn, const char *dn, int scope);
+static int memcache_dup_message(LDAPMessage *res, int msgid, int fromcache, 
+				LDAPMessage **ppResCopy, unsigned long *pSize);
+static BerElement* memcache_ber_dup(BerElement* pBer, unsigned long *pSize);
+
+static void memcache_trim_basedn_spaces(char *basedn);
+static int memcache_validate_basedn(LDAPMemCache *cache, const char *basedn);
+static int memcache_get_ctrls_len(LDAPControl **ctrls);
+static void memcache_append_ctrls(char *buf, LDAPControl **serverCtrls,
+				  LDAPControl **clientCtrls);
+static int memcache_adj_size(LDAPMemCache *cache, unsigned long size,
+                             int usageFlags, int bAdd);
+static int memcache_free_entry(LDAPMemCache *cache, ldapmemcacheRes *pRes);
+static int memcache_expired(LDAPMemCache *cache, ldapmemcacheRes *pRes, 
+			    unsigned long curTime);
+static int memcache_add_to_list(LDAPMemCache *cache, ldapmemcacheRes *pRes, 
+				int index);
+static int memcache_add_res_to_list(ldapmemcacheRes *pRes, LDAPMessage *pMsg, 
+				    unsigned long size);
+static int memcache_free_from_list(LDAPMemCache *cache, ldapmemcacheRes *pRes, 
+				   int index);
+static int memcache_search(LDAP *ld, unsigned long key, LDAPMessage **ppRes);
+static int memcache_add(LDAP *ld, unsigned long key, int msgid,
+			const char *basedn);
+static int memcache_append(LDAP *ld, int msgid, LDAPMessage *pRes);
+static int memcache_append_last(LDAP *ld, int msgid, LDAPMessage *pRes);
+static int memcache_remove(LDAP *ld, int msgid);
+#if 0	/* function not used */
+static int memcache_remove_all(LDAP *ld);
+#endif /* 0 */
+static int memcache_access(LDAPMemCache *cache, int mode, 
+			   void *pData1, void *pData2, void *pData3);
+static void memcache_flush(LDAPMemCache *cache, char *dn, int scope,
+			   int flushresults);
+#ifdef LDAP_DEBUG
+static void memcache_print_list( LDAPMemCache *cache, int index );
+static void memcache_report_statistics( LDAPMemCache *cache );
+#endif /* LDAP_DEBUG */
+
+static int htable_calculate_size(int sizelimit);
+static int htable_sizeinbytes(HashTable *pTable);
+static int htable_put(HashTable *pTable, void *key, void *pData);
+static int htable_get(HashTable *pTable, void *key, void **ppData);
+static int htable_misc(HashTable *pTable, void *key, void *pData);
+static int htable_remove(HashTable *pTable, void *key, void **ppData);
+static int htable_removeall(HashTable *pTable, void *pData);
+static int htable_create(int size_limit, HashFuncPtr hashf,
+                         PutDataPtr putDataf, GetDataPtr getDataf,
+			 RemoveDataPtr removeDataf, ClrTableNodePtr clrNodef,
+			 MiscFuncPtr miscOpf, HashTable **ppTable);
+static int htable_free(HashTable *pTable);
+
+static int msgid_hashf(int table_size, void *key);
+static int msgid_putdata(void **ppTableData, void *key, void *pData);
+static int msgid_getdata(void *pTableData, void *key, void **ppData);
+static int msgid_removedata(void **ppTableData, void *key, void **ppData);
+static int msgid_clear_ld_items(void **ppTableData, void *key, void *pData);
+static void msgid_clearnode(void **ppTableData, void *pData);
+
+static int attrkey_hashf(int table_size, void *key);
+static int attrkey_putdata(void **ppTableData, void *key, void *pData);
+static int attrkey_getdata(void *pTableData, void *key, void **ppData);
+static int attrkey_removedata(void **ppTableData, void *key, void **ppData);
+static void attrkey_clearnode(void **ppTableData, void *pData);
+
+static unsigned long crc32_convert(char *buf, int len);
+
+/* Create a memcache object. */
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_memcache_init( unsigned long ttl, unsigned long size,
+                    char **baseDNs, struct ldap_thread_fns *thread_fns,
+		    LDAPMemCache **cachep )
+{
+    unsigned long total_size = 0;
+
+    LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "ldap_memcache_init\n", 0, 0, 0 );
+
+    if ( cachep == NULL ) {
+	return( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+    }
+
+    if ((*cachep = (LDAPMemCache*)NSLDAPI_CALLOC(1,
+	    sizeof(LDAPMemCache))) == NULL) {
+	return ( LDAP_NO_MEMORY );
+    }
+
+    total_size += sizeof(LDAPMemCache);
+
+    (*cachep)->ldmemc_ttl = ttl;
+    (*cachep)->ldmemc_size = size;
+    (*cachep)->ldmemc_lds = NULL;
+
+    /* Non-zero default size needed for calculating size of hash tables */
+    size = (size ? size : MEMCACHE_DEF_SIZE);
+
+    if (thread_fns) {
+	memcpy(&((*cachep)->ldmemc_lock_fns), thread_fns, 
+           sizeof(struct ldap_thread_fns));
+    } else {
+	memset(&((*cachep)->ldmemc_lock_fns), 0, 
+	   sizeof(struct ldap_thread_fns));
+    }
+
+    (*cachep)->ldmemc_lock = LDAP_MEMCACHE_MUTEX_ALLOC( *cachep );
+
+    /* Cache basedns */
+    if (baseDNs != NULL) {
+
+	int i;
+
+	for (i = 0; baseDNs[i]; i++) {
+		;
+	}
+
+	(*cachep)->ldmemc_basedns = (char**)NSLDAPI_CALLOC(i + 1,
+		sizeof(char*));
+
+	if ((*cachep)->ldmemc_basedns == NULL) {
+    	    ldap_memcache_destroy(*cachep);
+	    *cachep = NULL;
+	    return ( LDAP_NO_MEMORY );
+	}
+
+	total_size += (i + 1) * sizeof(char*);
+
+	for (i = 0; baseDNs[i]; i++) {
+	    (*cachep)->ldmemc_basedns[i] = nsldapi_strdup(baseDNs[i]);
+	    total_size += strlen(baseDNs[i]) + 1;
+	}
+
+	(*cachep)->ldmemc_basedns[i] = NULL;
+    }
+
+    /* Create hash table for temporary cache */
+    if (htable_create(size, msgid_hashf, msgid_putdata, msgid_getdata,
+                      msgid_removedata, msgid_clearnode, msgid_clear_ld_items,
+		      &((*cachep)->ldmemc_resTmp)) != LDAP_SUCCESS) {
+	ldap_memcache_destroy(*cachep);
+	*cachep = NULL;
+	return( LDAP_NO_MEMORY );
+    }
+
+    total_size += htable_sizeinbytes((*cachep)->ldmemc_resTmp);
+
+    /* Create hash table for primary cache */
+    if (htable_create(size, attrkey_hashf, attrkey_putdata, 
+	              attrkey_getdata, attrkey_removedata, attrkey_clearnode,
+		      NULL, &((*cachep)->ldmemc_resLookup)) != LDAP_SUCCESS) {
+	ldap_memcache_destroy(*cachep);
+	*cachep = NULL;
+	return( LDAP_NO_MEMORY );
+    }
+
+    total_size += htable_sizeinbytes((*cachep)->ldmemc_resLookup);
+    
+    /* See if there is enough room so far */
+    if (memcache_adj_size(*cachep, total_size, MEMCACHE_SIZE_NON_ENTRIES,
+	                  MEMCACHE_SIZE_ADD) != LDAP_SUCCESS) {
+	ldap_memcache_destroy(*cachep);
+	*cachep = NULL;
+	return( LDAP_SIZELIMIT_EXCEEDED );
+    }
+
+    LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "ldap_memcache_init new cache 0x%p\n",
+	    *cachep, 0, 0 );
+
+    return( LDAP_SUCCESS );
+}
+
+/* Associates a ldap handle to a memcache object. */
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_memcache_set( LDAP *ld, LDAPMemCache *cache )
+{
+    int nRes = LDAP_SUCCESS;
+
+    LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "ldap_memcache_set\n", 0, 0, 0 );
+
+    if ( !NSLDAPI_VALID_LDAP_POINTER( ld ) )
+	return( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+
+    LDAP_MUTEX_LOCK( ld, LDAP_MEMCACHE_LOCK );
+
+    if (ld->ld_memcache != cache) {
+
+        LDAPMemCache *c = ld->ld_memcache;
+	ldapmemcacheld *pCur = NULL;
+	ldapmemcacheld *pPrev = NULL;
+
+	/* First dissociate handle from old cache */
+
+	LDAP_MEMCACHE_MUTEX_LOCK( c );
+
+	pCur = (c ? c->ldmemc_lds : NULL);
+	for (; pCur; pCur = pCur->ldmemcl_next) {
+	    if (pCur->ldmemcl_ld == ld)
+		break;
+	    pPrev = pCur;
+	}
+
+	if (pCur) {
+
+	    ldapmemcacheReqId reqid;
+
+	    reqid.ldmemcrid_ld = ld;
+	    reqid.ldmemcrid_msgid = -1;
+	    htable_misc(c->ldmemc_resTmp, (void*)&reqid, (void*)c);
+
+	    if (pPrev)
+		pPrev->ldmemcl_next = pCur->ldmemcl_next;
+	    else
+		c->ldmemc_lds = pCur->ldmemcl_next;
+	    NSLDAPI_FREE(pCur);
+	    pCur = NULL;
+
+	    memcache_adj_size(c, sizeof(ldapmemcacheld),
+	                MEMCACHE_SIZE_NON_ENTRIES, MEMCACHE_SIZE_DEDUCT);
+	}
+
+	LDAP_MEMCACHE_MUTEX_UNLOCK( c );
+
+	ld->ld_memcache = NULL;
+
+	/* Exit if no new cache is specified */
+	if (cache == NULL) {
+	    LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_MEMCACHE_LOCK );
+	    return( LDAP_SUCCESS );
+	}
+
+	/* Then associate handle with new cache */
+
+        LDAP_MEMCACHE_MUTEX_LOCK( cache );
+
+	if ((nRes = memcache_adj_size(cache, sizeof(ldapmemcacheld),
+	       MEMCACHE_SIZE_NON_ENTRIES, MEMCACHE_SIZE_ADD)) != LDAP_SUCCESS) {
+	    LDAP_MEMCACHE_MUTEX_UNLOCK( cache );
+	    LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_MEMCACHE_LOCK );
+	    return nRes;
+	}
+
+	pCur = (ldapmemcacheld*)NSLDAPI_CALLOC(1, sizeof(ldapmemcacheld));
+	if (pCur == NULL) {
+	    memcache_adj_size(cache, sizeof(ldapmemcacheld), 
+		              MEMCACHE_SIZE_NON_ENTRIES, MEMCACHE_SIZE_DEDUCT);
+	    nRes = LDAP_NO_MEMORY;
+	} else {
+	    pCur->ldmemcl_ld = ld;
+	    pCur->ldmemcl_next = cache->ldmemc_lds;
+	    cache->ldmemc_lds = pCur;
+	    ld->ld_memcache = cache;
+	}
+
+	LDAP_MEMCACHE_MUTEX_UNLOCK( cache );
+    }
+
+    LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_MEMCACHE_LOCK );
+
+    return nRes;
+}
+
+/* Retrieves memcache with which the ldap handle has been associated. */
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_memcache_get( LDAP *ld, LDAPMemCache **cachep )
+{
+    LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "ldap_memcache_get ld: 0x%p\n", ld, 0, 0 );
+
+    if ( !NSLDAPI_VALID_LDAP_POINTER( ld ) || cachep == NULL ) { 
+	return( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+    }
+
+    LDAP_MUTEX_LOCK( ld, LDAP_MEMCACHE_LOCK );
+    *cachep = ld->ld_memcache;
+    LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_MEMCACHE_LOCK );
+
+    return( LDAP_SUCCESS );
+}
+
+/*
+ * Function that stays inside libldap and proactively expires items from
+ * the given cache.  This should be called from a newly created thread since
+ * it will not return until after ldap_memcache_destroy() is called.
+ */
+void
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_memcache_update( LDAPMemCache *cache )
+{
+    LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "ldap_memcache_update: cache 0x%p\n",
+	    cache, 0, 0 );
+
+    if ( !NSLDAPI_VALID_MEMCACHE_POINTER( cache )) {
+	return;
+    }
+
+    LDAP_MEMCACHE_MUTEX_LOCK( cache );
+    memcache_access(cache, MEMCACHE_ACCESS_UPDATE, NULL, NULL, NULL);
+    LDAP_MEMCACHE_MUTEX_UNLOCK( cache );
+}
+
+/* Removes specified entries from given memcache. Only clears out search
+   results that included search entries. */
+void
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_memcache_flush( LDAPMemCache *cache, char *dn, int scope )
+{
+    LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE,
+        "ldap_memcache_flush( cache: 0x%p, dn: %s, scope: %d)\n",
+        cache, ( dn == NULL ) ? "(null)" : dn, scope );
+    memcache_flush(cache, dn, scope, 0 /* Don't use result flush mode */);
+}
+
+/* Removes specified entries from given memcache, including search
+   results that returned no entries. */
+void
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_memcache_flush_results( LDAPMemCache *cache, char *dn, int scope )
+{
+    LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE,
+        "ldap_memcache_flush_results( cache: 0x%p, dn: %s, scope: %d)\n",
+        cache, ( dn == NULL ) ? "(null)" : dn, scope );
+    memcache_flush(cache, dn, scope, 1 /* Use result flush mode */);
+}
+
+/* Destroys the given memcache. */
+void
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_memcache_destroy( LDAPMemCache *cache )
+{
+    int i = 0;
+    unsigned long size = sizeof(LDAPMemCache);
+    ldapmemcacheld *pNode = NULL, *pNextNode = NULL;
+
+    LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "ldap_memcache_destroy( 0x%p )\n",
+	    cache, 0, 0 );
+
+    if ( !NSLDAPI_VALID_MEMCACHE_POINTER( cache )) {
+	return;
+    }
+
+    /* Dissociate all ldap handes from this cache. */
+    LDAP_MEMCACHE_MUTEX_LOCK( cache );
+
+    for (pNode = cache->ldmemc_lds; pNode; pNode = pNextNode, i++) {
+        LDAP_MUTEX_LOCK( pNode->ldmemcl_ld, LDAP_MEMCACHE_LOCK );
+	cache->ldmemc_lds = pNode->ldmemcl_next;
+	pNode->ldmemcl_ld->ld_memcache = NULL;
+        LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( pNode->ldmemcl_ld, LDAP_MEMCACHE_LOCK );
+	pNextNode = pNode->ldmemcl_next;
+	NSLDAPI_FREE(pNode);
+    }
+
+    size += i * sizeof(ldapmemcacheld);
+
+    LDAP_MEMCACHE_MUTEX_UNLOCK( cache );
+
+    /* Free array of basedns */
+    if (cache->ldmemc_basedns) {
+	for (i = 0; cache->ldmemc_basedns[i]; i++) {
+	    size += strlen(cache->ldmemc_basedns[i]) + 1;
+	    NSLDAPI_FREE(cache->ldmemc_basedns[i]);
+	}
+	size += (i + 1) * sizeof(char*);
+	NSLDAPI_FREE(cache->ldmemc_basedns);
+    }
+
+    /* Free hash table used for temporary cache */
+    if (cache->ldmemc_resTmp) {
+	size += htable_sizeinbytes(cache->ldmemc_resTmp);
+	memcache_access(cache, MEMCACHE_ACCESS_DELETE_ALL, NULL, NULL, NULL);
+	htable_free(cache->ldmemc_resTmp);
+    }
+
+    /* Free hash table used for primary cache */
+    if (cache->ldmemc_resLookup) {
+	size += htable_sizeinbytes(cache->ldmemc_resLookup);
+	memcache_access(cache, MEMCACHE_ACCESS_FLUSH_ALL, NULL, NULL, NULL);
+	htable_free(cache->ldmemc_resLookup);
+    }
+
+    memcache_adj_size(cache, size, MEMCACHE_SIZE_NON_ENTRIES, 
+	              MEMCACHE_SIZE_DEDUCT);
+
+    LDAP_MEMCACHE_MUTEX_FREE( cache );
+
+    NSLDAPI_FREE(cache);
+}
+
+/************************* Internal API Functions ****************************/
+
+/* Creates an integer key by applying the Cyclic Reduntency Check algorithm on
+   a long string formed by concatenating all the search parameters plus the
+   current bind DN.  The key is used in the cache for looking up cached
+   entries.  It is assumed that the CRC algorithm will generate
+   different integers from different byte strings. */
+int
+ldap_memcache_createkey(LDAP *ld, const char *base, int scope, 
+			const char *filter, char **attrs, 
+                        int attrsonly, LDAPControl **serverctrls, 
+                        LDAPControl **clientctrls, unsigned long *keyp)
+{
+    int nRes, i, j, i_smallest;
+    int len;
+    int defport;
+    char buf[50];
+    char *tmp, *defhost, *binddn, *keystr, *tmpbase;
+
+    if ( !NSLDAPI_VALID_LDAP_POINTER( ld ) || (keyp == NULL) )
+	return( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+
+    *keyp = 0;
+
+    if (!memcache_exist(ld))
+	return( LDAP_LOCAL_ERROR );
+
+    LDAP_MUTEX_LOCK( ld, LDAP_MEMCACHE_LOCK );
+    LDAP_MEMCACHE_MUTEX_LOCK( ld->ld_memcache );
+    nRes = memcache_validate_basedn(ld->ld_memcache, base);
+    LDAP_MEMCACHE_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld->ld_memcache );
+    LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_MEMCACHE_LOCK );
+
+    if (nRes != LDAP_SUCCESS)
+	return nRes;
+
+    defhost = NSLDAPI_STR_NONNULL(ld->ld_defhost);
+    defport = ld->ld_defport;
+    tmpbase = nsldapi_strdup(NSLDAPI_STR_NONNULL(base));
+    memcache_trim_basedn_spaces(tmpbase);
+
+    if ((binddn = nsldapi_get_binddn(ld)) == NULL)
+	binddn = "";
+
+    sprintf(buf, "%i\n%i\n%i\n", defport, scope, (attrsonly ? 1 : 0));
+    len = NSLDAPI_SAFE_STRLEN(buf) + NSLDAPI_SAFE_STRLEN(tmpbase) +
+	  NSLDAPI_SAFE_STRLEN(filter) + NSLDAPI_SAFE_STRLEN(defhost) +
+	  NSLDAPI_SAFE_STRLEN(binddn);
+
+    if (attrs) {
+	for (i = 0; attrs[i]; i++) {
+
+	    for (i_smallest = j = i; attrs[j]; j++) {
+		if (strcasecmp(attrs[i_smallest], attrs[j]) > 0)
+		    i_smallest = j;
+	    }
+
+	    if (i != i_smallest) {
+		tmp = attrs[i];
+		attrs[i] = attrs[i_smallest];
+		attrs[i_smallest] = tmp;
+	    }
+
+	    len += NSLDAPI_SAFE_STRLEN(attrs[i]);
+	}
+    } else {
+	len += 1;
+    }
+
+    len += memcache_get_ctrls_len(serverctrls) + 
+	   memcache_get_ctrls_len(clientctrls) + 1;
+
+    if ((keystr = (char*)NSLDAPI_CALLOC(len, sizeof(char))) == NULL) {
+	NSLDAPI_FREE(defhost);
+	return( LDAP_NO_MEMORY );
+    }
+
+    sprintf(keystr, "%s\n%s\n%s\n%s\n%s\n", binddn, tmpbase,
+	    NSLDAPI_STR_NONNULL(defhost), NSLDAPI_STR_NONNULL(filter), 
+	    NSLDAPI_STR_NONNULL(buf));
+
+    if (attrs) {
+	for (i = 0; attrs[i]; i++) {
+	    strcat(keystr, NSLDAPI_STR_NONNULL(attrs[i]));
+	    strcat(keystr, "\n");
+	}
+    } else {
+	strcat(keystr, "\n");
+    }
+
+    for (tmp = keystr; *tmp; 
+         *tmp += (*tmp >= 'a' && *tmp <= 'z' ? 'A'-'a' : 0), tmp++) {
+		;
+	}
+
+    memcache_append_ctrls(keystr, serverctrls, clientctrls);
+
+    /* CRC algorithm */
+    *keyp = crc32_convert(keystr, len);
+
+    NSLDAPI_FREE(keystr);
+    NSLDAPI_FREE(tmpbase);
+
+    return LDAP_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/* Searches the cache for the right cached entries, and if found, attaches
+   them to the given ldap handle.  This function relies on locking by the
+   caller. */
+int
+ldap_memcache_result(LDAP *ld, int msgid, unsigned long key)
+{
+    int nRes;
+    LDAPMessage *pMsg = NULL;
+
+    LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE,
+	    "ldap_memcache_result( ld: 0x%p, msgid: %d, key: 0x%8.8lx)\n",
+	    ld, msgid, key );
+
+    if ( !NSLDAPI_VALID_LDAP_POINTER( ld ) || (msgid < 0) ) {
+	return( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+    }
+
+    if (!memcache_exist(ld)) {
+	return( LDAP_LOCAL_ERROR );
+    }
+
+    LDAP_MUTEX_LOCK( ld, LDAP_MEMCACHE_LOCK );
+    LDAP_MEMCACHE_MUTEX_LOCK( ld->ld_memcache );
+
+    /* Search the cache and append the results to ld if found */
+    ++ld->ld_memcache->ldmemc_stats.ldmemcstat_tries;
+    if ((nRes = memcache_search(ld, key, &pMsg)) == LDAP_SUCCESS) {
+	nRes = memcache_add_to_ld(ld, msgid, pMsg);
+	++ld->ld_memcache->ldmemc_stats.ldmemcstat_hits;
+	LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE,
+		"ldap_memcache_result: key 0x%8.8lx found in cache\n",
+		key, 0, 0 );
+    } else {
+	LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE,
+		"ldap_memcache_result: key 0x%8.8lx not found in cache\n",
+		key, 0, 0 );
+    }
+
+#ifdef LDAP_DEBUG
+    memcache_print_list( ld->ld_memcache, LIST_LRU );
+    memcache_report_statistics( ld->ld_memcache );
+#endif /* LDAP_DEBUG */
+
+    LDAP_MEMCACHE_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld->ld_memcache );
+    LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_MEMCACHE_LOCK );
+
+    return nRes;
+}
+
+/* Creates a new header in the cache so that entries arriving from the
+   directory server can later be cached under the header. */
+int
+ldap_memcache_new(LDAP *ld, int msgid, unsigned long key, const char *basedn)
+{
+    int nRes;
+
+    if ( !NSLDAPI_VALID_LDAP_POINTER( ld ) ) {
+	return( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+    }
+
+    LDAP_MUTEX_LOCK( ld, LDAP_MEMCACHE_LOCK );
+
+    if (!memcache_exist(ld)) {
+        LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_MEMCACHE_LOCK );
+	return( LDAP_LOCAL_ERROR );
+    }
+
+    LDAP_MEMCACHE_MUTEX_LOCK( ld->ld_memcache );
+    nRes = memcache_add(ld, key, msgid, basedn);
+    LDAP_MEMCACHE_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld->ld_memcache );
+    LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_MEMCACHE_LOCK );
+
+    return nRes;
+}
+
+/* Appends a chain of entries to an existing cache header.  Parameter "bLast"
+   indicates whether there will be more entries arriving for the search in
+   question. */
+int
+ldap_memcache_append(LDAP *ld, int msgid, int bLast, LDAPMessage *result)
+{
+    int nRes = LDAP_SUCCESS;
+
+    LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "ldap_memcache_append( ld: 0x%p, ", ld, 0, 0 );
+    LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "msgid %d, bLast: %d, result: 0x%p)\n",
+	    msgid, bLast, result );
+
+    if ( !NSLDAPI_VALID_LDAP_POINTER( ld ) || !result ) {
+	return( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+    }
+
+    LDAP_MUTEX_LOCK( ld, LDAP_MEMCACHE_LOCK );
+
+    if (!memcache_exist(ld)) {
+        LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_MEMCACHE_LOCK );
+	return( LDAP_LOCAL_ERROR );
+    }
+
+    LDAP_MEMCACHE_MUTEX_LOCK( ld->ld_memcache );
+
+    if (!bLast)
+	nRes = memcache_append(ld, msgid, result);
+    else
+	nRes = memcache_append_last(ld, msgid, result);
+
+    LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE,
+	    "ldap_memcache_append: %s result for msgid %d\n",
+	    ( nRes == LDAP_SUCCESS ) ? "added" : "failed to add", msgid , 0 );
+
+    LDAP_MEMCACHE_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld->ld_memcache );
+    LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_MEMCACHE_LOCK );
+
+    return nRes;
+}
+
+/* Removes partially cached results for a search as a result of calling
+   ldap_abandon() by the client. */
+int
+ldap_memcache_abandon(LDAP *ld, int msgid)
+{
+    int nRes;
+
+    if ( !NSLDAPI_VALID_LDAP_POINTER( ld ) || (msgid < 0) ) {
+	return( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+    }
+
+    LDAP_MUTEX_LOCK( ld, LDAP_MEMCACHE_LOCK );
+
+    if (!memcache_exist(ld)) {
+        LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_MEMCACHE_LOCK );
+	return( LDAP_LOCAL_ERROR );
+    }
+
+    LDAP_MEMCACHE_MUTEX_LOCK( ld->ld_memcache );
+    nRes = memcache_remove(ld, msgid);
+    LDAP_MEMCACHE_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld->ld_memcache );
+    LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_MEMCACHE_LOCK );
+
+    return nRes;
+}
+
+/*************************** helper functions *******************************/
+
+/* Removes extraneous spaces in a basedn so that basedns differ by only those
+   spaces will be treated as equal.  Extraneous spaces are those that
+   precedes the basedn and those that follow a comma. */
+/*
+ * XXXmcs: this is a bit too agressive... we need to deal with the fact that
+ * commas and spaces may be quoted, in which case it is wrong to remove them.
+ */
+static void
+memcache_trim_basedn_spaces(char *basedn)
+{
+    char *pRead, *pWrite;
+
+    if (!basedn) 
+	return;
+
+    for (pWrite = pRead = basedn; *pRead; ) {
+	for (; *pRead && NSLDAPI_IS_SPACE(*pRead); pRead++) {
+		;
+	}
+	for (; *pRead && !NSLDAPI_IS_SEPARATER(*pRead);
+	    *(pWrite++) = *(pRead++)) {
+	    ;
+	}
+	*(pWrite++) = (*pRead ? *(pRead++) : *pRead);
+    }
+}
+
+/* Verifies whether the results of a search should be cached or not by
+   checking if the search's basedn falls under any of the basedns for which
+   the memcache is responsible. */
+static int
+memcache_validate_basedn(LDAPMemCache *cache, const char *basedn)
+{
+    int i;
+
+    if ( cache->ldmemc_basedns == NULL ) {
+	return( LDAP_SUCCESS );
+    }
+
+#if 1
+    if (basedn == NULL) {
+	basedn = "";
+    }
+#else
+    /* XXXmcs: I do not understand this code... */
+    if (basedn == NULL)
+	return (cache->ldmemc_basedns && cache->ldmemc_basedns[0] ?
+	                             LDAP_OPERATIONS_ERROR : LDAP_SUCCESS);
+    }
+#endif
+
+    for (i = 0; cache->ldmemc_basedns[i]; i++) {
+	if (memcache_compare_dn(basedn, cache->ldmemc_basedns[i], 
+	                        LDAP_SCOPE_SUBTREE) == LDAP_COMPARE_TRUE) {
+	    return( LDAP_SUCCESS );
+	}
+    }
+
+    return( LDAP_OPERATIONS_ERROR );
+}
+
+/* Calculates the length of the buffer needed to concatenate the contents of
+   a ldap control. */
+static int
+memcache_get_ctrls_len(LDAPControl **ctrls)
+{
+    int len = 0, i;
+
+    if (ctrls) {
+	for (i = 0; ctrls[i]; i++) {
+	    len += strlen(NSLDAPI_STR_NONNULL(ctrls[i]->ldctl_oid)) +
+	           (ctrls[i]->ldctl_value).bv_len + 4;
+	}
+    }
+
+    return len;
+}
+
+/* Contenates the contents of client and server controls to a buffer. */
+static void
+memcache_append_ctrls(char *buf, LDAPControl **serverCtrls,
+				  LDAPControl **clientCtrls)
+{
+    int i, j;
+    char *pCh = buf + strlen(buf);
+    LDAPControl **ctrls;
+
+    for (j = 0; j < 2; j++) {
+
+	if ((ctrls = (j ? clientCtrls : serverCtrls)) == NULL)
+	    continue;
+
+	for (i = 0; ctrls[i]; i++) {
+	    sprintf(pCh, "%s\n", NSLDAPI_STR_NONNULL(ctrls[i]->ldctl_oid));
+	    pCh += strlen(NSLDAPI_STR_NONNULL(ctrls[i]->ldctl_oid)) + 1;
+	    if ((ctrls[i]->ldctl_value).bv_len > 0) {
+		memcpy(pCh, (ctrls[i]->ldctl_value).bv_val, 
+		       (ctrls[i]->ldctl_value).bv_len);
+		pCh += (ctrls[i]->ldctl_value).bv_len;
+	    }
+	    sprintf(pCh, "\n%i\n", (ctrls[i]->ldctl_iscritical ? 1 : 0));
+	    pCh += 3;
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/* Increases or decreases the size (in bytes) the given memcache currently
+   uses.  If the size goes over the limit, the function returns an error. */
+static int
+memcache_adj_size(LDAPMemCache *cache, unsigned long size,
+                  int usageFlags, int bAdd)
+{
+    LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE,
+	    "memcache_adj_size: attempting to %s %ld %s bytes...\n",
+	    bAdd ? "add" : "remove", size,
+	    ( usageFlags & MEMCACHE_SIZE_ENTRIES ) ? "entry" : "non-entry" );
+
+    if (bAdd) {
+	cache->ldmemc_size_used += size;
+	if ((cache->ldmemc_size > 0) &&
+	    (cache->ldmemc_size_used > cache->ldmemc_size)) {
+
+	    if (size > cache->ldmemc_size_entries) {
+	        cache->ldmemc_size_used -= size;
+		LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE,
+			"memcache_adj_size: failed (size > size_entries %ld).\n",
+			cache->ldmemc_size_entries, 0, 0 );
+		return( LDAP_SIZELIMIT_EXCEEDED );
+	    }
+
+	    while (cache->ldmemc_size_used > cache->ldmemc_size) {
+		if (memcache_access(cache, MEMCACHE_ACCESS_FLUSH_LRU,
+		                    NULL, NULL, NULL) != LDAP_SUCCESS) {
+	            cache->ldmemc_size_used -= size;
+		    LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE,
+			    "memcache_adj_size: failed (LRU flush failed).\n",
+			    0, 0, 0 );
+		    return( LDAP_SIZELIMIT_EXCEEDED );
+	        }
+	    }
+	}
+	if (usageFlags & MEMCACHE_SIZE_ENTRIES)
+	    cache->ldmemc_size_entries += size;
+    } else {
+	cache->ldmemc_size_used -= size;
+	assert(cache->ldmemc_size_used >= 0);
+	if (usageFlags & MEMCACHE_SIZE_ENTRIES)
+	    cache->ldmemc_size_entries -= size;
+    }
+
+#ifdef LDAP_DEBUG
+    if ( cache->ldmemc_size == 0 ) {	/* no size limit */
+	LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE,
+		"memcache_adj_size: succeeded (new size: %ld bytes).\n",
+		cache->ldmemc_size_used, 0, 0 );
+    } else {
+	LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE,
+		"memcache_adj_size: succeeded (new size: %ld bytes, "
+		"free space: %ld bytes).\n", cache->ldmemc_size_used,
+		cache->ldmemc_size - cache->ldmemc_size_used, 0 );
+    }
+#endif /* LDAP_DEBUG */
+
+    return( LDAP_SUCCESS );
+}
+
+/* Searches the cache for results for a particular search identified by
+   parameter "key", which was generated ldap_memcache_createkey(). */
+static int
+memcache_search(LDAP *ld, unsigned long key, LDAPMessage **ppRes)
+{
+    int nRes;
+    ldapmemcacheRes *pRes;
+
+    *ppRes = NULL;
+
+    if (!memcache_exist(ld))
+        return LDAP_LOCAL_ERROR;
+
+    nRes = memcache_access(ld->ld_memcache, MEMCACHE_ACCESS_FIND,
+	                   (void*)&key, (void*)(&pRes), NULL);
+
+    if (nRes != LDAP_SUCCESS)
+	return nRes;
+
+    *ppRes = pRes->ldmemcr_resHead;
+    assert((pRes->ldmemcr_req_id).ldmemcrid_msgid == -1);
+
+    return( LDAP_SUCCESS );
+}
+
+/* Adds a new header into the cache as a place holder for entries
+   arriving later. */
+static int
+memcache_add(LDAP *ld, unsigned long key, int msgid,
+			const char *basedn)
+{
+    ldapmemcacheReqId reqid;
+
+    if (!memcache_exist(ld))
+        return LDAP_LOCAL_ERROR;
+
+    reqid.ldmemcrid_msgid = msgid;
+    reqid.ldmemcrid_ld = ld;
+
+    return memcache_access(ld->ld_memcache, MEMCACHE_ACCESS_ADD,
+	                   (void*)&key, (void*)&reqid, (void*)basedn);
+}
+
+/* Appends search entries arriving from the dir server to the cache. */
+static int
+memcache_append(LDAP *ld, int msgid, LDAPMessage *pRes)
+{
+    ldapmemcacheReqId reqid;
+
+    if (!memcache_exist(ld))
+        return LDAP_LOCAL_ERROR;
+
+    reqid.ldmemcrid_msgid = msgid;
+    reqid.ldmemcrid_ld = ld;
+
+    return memcache_access(ld->ld_memcache, MEMCACHE_ACCESS_APPEND,
+	                   (void*)&reqid, (void*)pRes, NULL);
+}
+
+/* Same as memcache_append(), but the entries being appended are the
+   last from the dir server.  Once all entries for a search have arrived,
+   the entries are moved from secondary to primary cache, and a time
+   stamp is given to the entries. */
+static int
+memcache_append_last(LDAP *ld, int msgid, LDAPMessage *pRes)
+{
+    ldapmemcacheReqId reqid;
+
+    if (!memcache_exist(ld))
+        return LDAP_LOCAL_ERROR;
+
+    reqid.ldmemcrid_msgid = msgid;
+    reqid.ldmemcrid_ld = ld;
+
+    return memcache_access(ld->ld_memcache, MEMCACHE_ACCESS_APPEND_LAST,
+	                   (void*)&reqid, (void*)pRes, NULL);
+}
+
+/* Removes entries from the temporary cache. */
+static int
+memcache_remove(LDAP *ld, int msgid)
+{
+    ldapmemcacheReqId reqid;
+
+    if (!memcache_exist(ld))
+        return LDAP_LOCAL_ERROR;
+
+    reqid.ldmemcrid_msgid = msgid;
+    reqid.ldmemcrid_ld = ld;
+
+    return memcache_access(ld->ld_memcache, MEMCACHE_ACCESS_DELETE,
+	                   (void*)&reqid, NULL, NULL);
+}
+
+#if 0 /* this function is not used */
+/* Wipes out everything in the temporary cache directory. */
+static int
+memcache_remove_all(LDAP *ld)
+{
+    if (!memcache_exist(ld))
+        return LDAP_LOCAL_ERROR;
+
+    return memcache_access(ld->ld_memcache, MEMCACHE_ACCESS_DELETE_ALL,
+	                   NULL, NULL, NULL);
+}
+#endif /* 0 */
+
+/* Returns TRUE or FALSE */
+static int
+memcache_exist(LDAP *ld)
+{
+    return (ld->ld_memcache != NULL);
+}
+
+/* Attaches cached entries to an ldap handle. */
+static int
+memcache_add_to_ld(LDAP *ld, int msgid, LDAPMessage *pMsg)
+{
+    int nRes = LDAP_SUCCESS;
+    LDAPMessage **r;
+    LDAPMessage *pCopy;
+
+    nRes = memcache_dup_message(pMsg, msgid, 1, &pCopy, NULL);
+    if (nRes != LDAP_SUCCESS)
+	return nRes;
+
+    LDAP_MUTEX_LOCK( ld, LDAP_RESP_LOCK );
+
+    for (r = &(ld->ld_responses); *r; r = &((*r)->lm_next))
+	if ((*r)->lm_msgid == msgid)
+	    break;
+
+    if (*r)
+	for (r = &((*r)->lm_chain); *r; r = &((*r)->lm_chain)) {
+		;
+	}
+
+    *r = pCopy;
+
+    LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_RESP_LOCK );
+    
+    return nRes;
+}
+
+/* Check if main_dn is included in {dn, scope} */
+static int
+memcache_compare_dn(const char *main_dn, const char *dn, int scope)
+{
+    int nRes;
+    char **components = NULL;
+    char **main_components = NULL;
+
+    components = ldap_explode_dn(dn, 0);
+    main_components = ldap_explode_dn(main_dn, 0);
+
+    if (!components || !main_components) {
+	nRes = LDAP_COMPARE_TRUE;
+    }
+    else {
+
+	int i, main_i;
+
+	main_i = ldap_count_values(main_components) - 1;
+	i = ldap_count_values(components) - 1;
+
+	for (; i >= 0 && main_i >= 0; i--, main_i--) {
+	    if (strcasecmp(main_components[main_i], components[i]))
+		break;
+	}
+
+	if (i >= 0 && main_i >= 0) {
+	    nRes = LDAP_COMPARE_FALSE;
+	}
+	else if (i < 0 && main_i < 0) {
+	    if (scope != LDAP_SCOPE_ONELEVEL)
+		nRes = LDAP_COMPARE_TRUE;
+	    else
+		nRes = LDAP_COMPARE_FALSE;
+	}
+	else if (main_i < 0) {
+	    nRes = LDAP_COMPARE_FALSE;
+	}
+	else {
+	    if (scope == LDAP_SCOPE_BASE) 
+		nRes = LDAP_COMPARE_FALSE;
+	    else if (scope == LDAP_SCOPE_SUBTREE)
+		nRes = LDAP_COMPARE_TRUE;
+	    else if (main_i == 0)
+		nRes = LDAP_COMPARE_TRUE;
+	    else
+		nRes = LDAP_COMPARE_FALSE;
+	}
+    }
+
+    if (components)
+	ldap_value_free(components);
+
+    if (main_components)
+	ldap_value_free(main_components);
+
+    return nRes;
+}
+
+/* Dup a complete separate copy of a berelement, including the buffers
+   the berelement points to. */
+static BerElement*
+memcache_ber_dup(BerElement* pBer, unsigned long *pSize)
+{
+    BerElement *p = ber_dup(pBer);
+
+    *pSize = 0;
+
+    if (p) {
+
+	*pSize += sizeof(BerElement) + EXTRA_SIZE;
+
+	if (p->ber_len <= EXTRA_SIZE) {
+	    p->ber_flags |= LBER_FLAG_NO_FREE_BUFFER;
+	    p->ber_buf = (char*)p + sizeof(BerElement);
+	} else {
+	    p->ber_flags &= ~LBER_FLAG_NO_FREE_BUFFER;
+	    p->ber_buf = (char*)NSLDAPI_CALLOC(1, p->ber_len);
+	    *pSize += (p->ber_buf ? p->ber_len : 0);
+	}
+
+	if (p->ber_buf) {
+	    p->ber_ptr = p->ber_buf + (pBer->ber_ptr - pBer->ber_buf);
+	    p->ber_end = p->ber_buf + p->ber_len;
+	    memcpy(p->ber_buf, pBer->ber_buf, p->ber_len);
+	} else {
+	    ber_free(p, 0);
+	    p = NULL;
+	    *pSize = 0;
+	}
+    }
+
+    return p;
+}
+
+/* Dup a entry or a chain of entries. */
+static int
+memcache_dup_message(LDAPMessage *res, int msgid, int fromcache,
+				LDAPMessage **ppResCopy, unsigned long *pSize)
+{
+    int nRes = LDAP_SUCCESS;
+    unsigned long ber_size;
+    LDAPMessage *pCur;
+    LDAPMessage **ppCurNew;
+
+    *ppResCopy = NULL;
+
+    if (pSize)
+	*pSize = 0;
+
+    /* Make a copy of res */
+    for (pCur = res, ppCurNew = ppResCopy; pCur; 
+         pCur = pCur->lm_chain, ppCurNew = &((*ppCurNew)->lm_chain)) {
+
+	if ((*ppCurNew = (LDAPMessage*)NSLDAPI_CALLOC(1, 
+	                                     sizeof(LDAPMessage))) == NULL) {
+	    nRes = LDAP_NO_MEMORY;
+	    break;
+	}
+
+	memcpy(*ppCurNew, pCur, sizeof(LDAPMessage));
+	(*ppCurNew)->lm_next = NULL;
+	(*ppCurNew)->lm_ber = memcache_ber_dup(pCur->lm_ber, &ber_size);
+	(*ppCurNew)->lm_msgid = msgid;
+	(*ppCurNew)->lm_fromcache = (fromcache != 0);
+
+	if (pSize)
+	    *pSize += sizeof(LDAPMessage) + ber_size;
+    }
+
+    if ((nRes != LDAP_SUCCESS) && (*ppResCopy != NULL)) {
+	ldap_msgfree(*ppResCopy);
+	*ppResCopy = NULL;
+	if (pSize)
+	    *pSize = 0;
+    }
+
+    return nRes;
+}
+
+/************************* Cache Functions ***********************/
+
+/* Frees a cache header. */
+static int
+memcache_free_entry(LDAPMemCache *cache, ldapmemcacheRes *pRes)
+{
+    if (pRes) {
+
+	unsigned long size = sizeof(ldapmemcacheRes); 
+
+	if (pRes->ldmemcr_basedn) {
+	    size += strlen(pRes->ldmemcr_basedn) + 1;
+	    NSLDAPI_FREE(pRes->ldmemcr_basedn);
+	}
+
+	if (pRes->ldmemcr_resHead) {
+	    size += pRes->ldmemcr_resSize;
+	    ldap_msgfree(pRes->ldmemcr_resHead);
+	}
+
+	NSLDAPI_FREE(pRes);
+
+	memcache_adj_size(cache, size, MEMCACHE_SIZE_ENTRIES,
+	                  MEMCACHE_SIZE_DEDUCT);
+    }
+
+    return( LDAP_SUCCESS );
+}
+
+/* Detaches a cache header from the list of headers. */
+static int
+memcache_free_from_list(LDAPMemCache *cache, ldapmemcacheRes *pRes, int index)
+{
+    if (pRes->ldmemcr_prev[index])
+	pRes->ldmemcr_prev[index]->ldmemcr_next[index] = 
+	                                     pRes->ldmemcr_next[index];
+
+    if (pRes->ldmemcr_next[index])
+	pRes->ldmemcr_next[index]->ldmemcr_prev[index] = 
+	                                     pRes->ldmemcr_prev[index];
+
+    if (cache->ldmemc_resHead[index] == pRes)
+	cache->ldmemc_resHead[index] = pRes->ldmemcr_next[index];
+
+    if (cache->ldmemc_resTail[index] == pRes)
+	cache->ldmemc_resTail[index] = pRes->ldmemcr_prev[index];
+
+    pRes->ldmemcr_prev[index] = NULL;
+    pRes->ldmemcr_next[index] = NULL;
+
+    return( LDAP_SUCCESS );
+}
+
+/* Inserts a new cache header to a list of headers. */
+static int
+memcache_add_to_list(LDAPMemCache *cache, ldapmemcacheRes *pRes, int index)
+{
+    if (cache->ldmemc_resHead[index])
+	cache->ldmemc_resHead[index]->ldmemcr_prev[index] = pRes;
+    else
+	cache->ldmemc_resTail[index] = pRes;
+
+    pRes->ldmemcr_prev[index] = NULL;
+    pRes->ldmemcr_next[index] = cache->ldmemc_resHead[index];
+    cache->ldmemc_resHead[index] = pRes;
+
+    return( LDAP_SUCCESS );
+}
+
+/* Appends a chain of entries to the given cache header. */
+static int
+memcache_add_res_to_list(ldapmemcacheRes *pRes, LDAPMessage *pMsg,
+				    unsigned long size)
+{
+    if (pRes->ldmemcr_resTail)
+	pRes->ldmemcr_resTail->lm_chain = pMsg;
+    else
+	pRes->ldmemcr_resHead = pMsg;
+
+    for (pRes->ldmemcr_resTail = pMsg;
+         pRes->ldmemcr_resTail->lm_chain;
+         pRes->ldmemcr_resTail = pRes->ldmemcr_resTail->lm_chain) {
+		;
+	}
+
+    pRes->ldmemcr_resSize += size;
+
+    return( LDAP_SUCCESS );
+}
+
+
+#ifdef LDAP_DEBUG
+static void
+memcache_print_list( LDAPMemCache *cache, int index )
+{
+    char		*name;
+    ldapmemcacheRes	*restmp;
+
+    switch( index ) {
+    case LIST_TTL:
+	name = "TTL";
+	break;
+    case LIST_LRU:
+	name = "LRU";
+	break;
+    case LIST_TMP:
+	name = "TMP";
+	break;
+    case LIST_TOTAL:
+	name = "TOTAL";
+	break;
+    default:
+	name = "unknown";
+    }
+
+    LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "memcache 0x%p %s list:\n",
+	    cache, name, 0 );
+    for ( restmp = cache->ldmemc_resHead[index]; restmp != NULL;
+	    restmp = restmp->ldmemcr_next[index] ) {
+	LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE,
+		"    key: 0x%8.8lx, ld: 0x%p, msgid: %d\n",
+		restmp->ldmemcr_crc_key,
+		restmp->ldmemcr_req_id.ldmemcrid_ld,
+		restmp->ldmemcr_req_id.ldmemcrid_msgid );
+    }
+    LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "memcache 0x%p end of %s list.\n",
+	    cache, name, 0 );
+}
+#endif /* LDAP_DEBUG */
+
+/* Tells whether a cached result has expired. */
+static int
+memcache_expired(LDAPMemCache *cache, ldapmemcacheRes *pRes,
+                 unsigned long curTime)
+{
+    if (!cache->ldmemc_ttl)
+	return 0;
+
+    return ((unsigned long)difftime(
+	                     (time_t)curTime, 
+			     (time_t)(pRes->ldmemcr_timestamp)) >=
+			                          cache->ldmemc_ttl);
+}
+
+/* Operates the cache in a central place. */
+static int
+memcache_access(LDAPMemCache *cache, int mode, 
+			   void *pData1, void *pData2, void *pData3)
+{
+    int nRes = LDAP_SUCCESS;
+    unsigned long size = 0;
+
+    /* Add a new cache header to the cache. */
+    if (mode == MEMCACHE_ACCESS_ADD) {
+	unsigned long key = *((unsigned long*)pData1);
+	char *basedn = (char*)pData3;
+	ldapmemcacheRes *pRes = NULL;
+	void* hashResult = NULL;
+
+	nRes = htable_get(cache->ldmemc_resTmp, pData2, &hashResult);
+	if (nRes == LDAP_SUCCESS)
+	    return( LDAP_ALREADY_EXISTS );
+
+	pRes = (ldapmemcacheRes*)NSLDAPI_CALLOC(1, sizeof(ldapmemcacheRes));
+	if (pRes == NULL)
+	    return( LDAP_NO_MEMORY );
+
+	pRes->ldmemcr_crc_key = key;
+	pRes->ldmemcr_req_id = *((ldapmemcacheReqId*)pData2);
+	pRes->ldmemcr_basedn = (basedn ? nsldapi_strdup(basedn) : NULL);
+
+	size += sizeof(ldapmemcacheRes) + strlen(basedn) + 1;
+	nRes = memcache_adj_size(cache, size, MEMCACHE_SIZE_ENTRIES,
+	                         MEMCACHE_SIZE_ADD);
+	if (nRes == LDAP_SUCCESS)
+	    nRes = htable_put(cache->ldmemc_resTmp, pData2, (void*)pRes);
+	if (nRes == LDAP_SUCCESS)
+	    memcache_add_to_list(cache, pRes, LIST_TMP);
+	else
+	    memcache_free_entry(cache, pRes);
+    }
+    /* Append entries to an existing cache header. */
+    else if ((mode == MEMCACHE_ACCESS_APPEND) ||
+	     (mode == MEMCACHE_ACCESS_APPEND_LAST)) {
+
+	LDAPMessage *pMsg = (LDAPMessage*)pData2;
+	LDAPMessage *pCopy = NULL;
+	ldapmemcacheRes *pRes = NULL;
+	void* hashResult = NULL;
+
+	nRes = htable_get(cache->ldmemc_resTmp, pData1, &hashResult);
+	if (nRes != LDAP_SUCCESS)
+	    return nRes;
+
+	pRes = (ldapmemcacheRes*) hashResult;
+	nRes = memcache_dup_message(pMsg, pMsg->lm_msgid, 0, &pCopy, &size);
+	if (nRes != LDAP_SUCCESS) {
+	    nRes = htable_remove(cache->ldmemc_resTmp, pData1, NULL);
+	    assert(nRes == LDAP_SUCCESS);
+	    memcache_free_from_list(cache, pRes, LIST_TMP);
+	    memcache_free_entry(cache, pRes);
+	    return nRes;
+	}
+
+	nRes = memcache_adj_size(cache, size, MEMCACHE_SIZE_ENTRIES,
+	                         MEMCACHE_SIZE_ADD);
+	if (nRes != LDAP_SUCCESS) {
+	    ldap_msgfree(pCopy);
+	    nRes = htable_remove(cache->ldmemc_resTmp, pData1, NULL);
+	    assert(nRes == LDAP_SUCCESS);
+	    memcache_free_from_list(cache, pRes, LIST_TMP);
+	    memcache_free_entry(cache, pRes);
+	    return nRes;
+	}
+
+	memcache_add_res_to_list(pRes, pCopy, size);
+
+	if (mode == MEMCACHE_ACCESS_APPEND)
+	    return( LDAP_SUCCESS );
+
+	nRes = htable_remove(cache->ldmemc_resTmp, pData1, NULL);
+	assert(nRes == LDAP_SUCCESS);
+	memcache_free_from_list(cache, pRes, LIST_TMP);
+	(pRes->ldmemcr_req_id).ldmemcrid_ld = NULL;
+	(pRes->ldmemcr_req_id).ldmemcrid_msgid = -1;
+	pRes->ldmemcr_timestamp = (unsigned long)time(NULL);
+
+	if ((nRes = htable_put(cache->ldmemc_resLookup, 
+	                       (void*)&(pRes->ldmemcr_crc_key),
+                               (void*)pRes)) == LDAP_SUCCESS) {
+	    memcache_add_to_list(cache, pRes, LIST_TTL);
+	    memcache_add_to_list(cache, pRes, LIST_LRU);
+	} else {
+	    memcache_free_entry(cache, pRes);
+	}
+    }
+    /* Search for cached entries for a particular search. */
+    else if (mode == MEMCACHE_ACCESS_FIND) {
+
+	ldapmemcacheRes **ppRes = (ldapmemcacheRes**)pData2;
+
+	nRes = htable_get(cache->ldmemc_resLookup, pData1, (void**)ppRes);
+	if (nRes != LDAP_SUCCESS)
+	    return nRes;
+
+	if (!memcache_expired(cache, *ppRes, (unsigned long)time(0))) {
+	    memcache_free_from_list(cache, *ppRes, LIST_LRU);
+	    memcache_add_to_list(cache, *ppRes, LIST_LRU);
+	    return( LDAP_SUCCESS );
+	}
+
+	nRes = htable_remove(cache->ldmemc_resLookup, pData1, NULL);
+	assert(nRes == LDAP_SUCCESS);
+	memcache_free_from_list(cache, *ppRes, LIST_TTL);
+	memcache_free_from_list(cache, *ppRes, LIST_LRU);
+	memcache_free_entry(cache, *ppRes);
+	nRes = LDAP_NO_SUCH_OBJECT;
+	*ppRes = NULL;
+    }
+    /* Remove cached entries in the temporary cache. */
+    else if (mode == MEMCACHE_ACCESS_DELETE) {
+
+	void* hashResult = NULL;
+
+	if ((nRes = htable_remove(cache->ldmemc_resTmp, pData1,
+	                          &hashResult)) == LDAP_SUCCESS) {
+	    ldapmemcacheRes *pCurRes = (ldapmemcacheRes*) hashResult;
+	    memcache_free_from_list(cache, pCurRes, LIST_TMP);
+	    memcache_free_entry(cache, pCurRes);
+	}
+    }
+    /* Wipe out the temporary cache. */
+    else if (mode == MEMCACHE_ACCESS_DELETE_ALL) {
+
+	nRes = htable_removeall(cache->ldmemc_resTmp, (void*)cache);
+    }
+    /* Remove expired entries from primary cache. */
+    else if (mode == MEMCACHE_ACCESS_UPDATE) {
+
+	ldapmemcacheRes *pCurRes = cache->ldmemc_resTail[LIST_TTL];
+	unsigned long curTime = (unsigned long)time(NULL);
+
+	for (; pCurRes; pCurRes = cache->ldmemc_resTail[LIST_TTL]) {
+
+	    if (!memcache_expired(cache, pCurRes, curTime))
+		break;
+
+	    nRes = htable_remove(cache->ldmemc_resLookup, 
+		          (void*)&(pCurRes->ldmemcr_crc_key), NULL);
+	    assert(nRes == LDAP_SUCCESS);
+	    memcache_free_from_list(cache, pCurRes, LIST_TTL);
+	    memcache_free_from_list(cache, pCurRes, LIST_LRU);
+	    memcache_free_entry(cache, pCurRes);
+	}
+    }
+    /* Wipe out the primary cache. */
+    else if (mode == MEMCACHE_ACCESS_FLUSH_ALL) {
+
+	ldapmemcacheRes *pCurRes = cache->ldmemc_resHead[LIST_TTL];
+
+	nRes = htable_removeall(cache->ldmemc_resLookup, (void*)cache);
+
+	for (; pCurRes; pCurRes = cache->ldmemc_resHead[LIST_TTL]) {
+	    memcache_free_from_list(cache, pCurRes, LIST_LRU);
+	    cache->ldmemc_resHead[LIST_TTL] = 
+		      cache->ldmemc_resHead[LIST_TTL]->ldmemcr_next[LIST_TTL];
+	    memcache_free_entry(cache, pCurRes);
+	}
+	cache->ldmemc_resTail[LIST_TTL] = NULL;
+    }
+    /* Remove cached entries in both primary and temporary cache. */
+    else if ((mode == MEMCACHE_ACCESS_FLUSH) ||
+	     (mode == MEMCACHE_ACCESS_FLUSH_RESULTS)) {
+
+	int i, list_id, bDone;
+	int scope = (int)pData2;
+	char *dn = (char*)pData1;
+	char *dnTmp;
+	BerElement ber;
+	LDAPMessage *pMsg;
+	ldapmemcacheRes *pRes;
+
+	if (cache->ldmemc_basedns) {
+	    for (i = 0; cache->ldmemc_basedns[i]; i++) {
+		if ((memcache_compare_dn(cache->ldmemc_basedns[i], dn, 
+			    LDAP_SCOPE_SUBTREE) == LDAP_COMPARE_TRUE) ||
+		    (memcache_compare_dn(dn, cache->ldmemc_basedns[i], 
+			    LDAP_SCOPE_SUBTREE) == LDAP_COMPARE_TRUE))
+		    break;
+	    }
+	    if (cache->ldmemc_basedns[i] == NULL)
+		return( LDAP_SUCCESS );
+	}
+
+	for (i = 0; i < 2; i++) {
+
+	    list_id = (i == 0 ? LIST_TTL : LIST_TMP);
+
+	    for (pRes = cache->ldmemc_resHead[list_id]; pRes != NULL; 
+		 pRes = pRes->ldmemcr_next[list_id]) {
+
+		int foundentries = 0;
+
+		if ((memcache_compare_dn(pRes->ldmemcr_basedn, dn, 
+				 LDAP_SCOPE_SUBTREE) != LDAP_COMPARE_TRUE) &&
+		    (memcache_compare_dn(dn, pRes->ldmemcr_basedn, 
+				 LDAP_SCOPE_SUBTREE) != LDAP_COMPARE_TRUE))
+		    continue;
+
+		for (pMsg = pRes->ldmemcr_resHead, bDone = 0; 
+		     !bDone && pMsg; pMsg = pMsg->lm_chain) {
+
+		    if (!NSLDAPI_IS_SEARCH_ENTRY( pMsg->lm_msgtype ))
+			continue;
+		    foundentries = 1;
+		    ber = *(pMsg->lm_ber);
+		    if (ber_scanf(&ber, "{a", &dnTmp) != LBER_ERROR) {
+			bDone = (memcache_compare_dn(dnTmp, dn, scope) == 
+							    LDAP_COMPARE_TRUE);
+			ldap_memfree(dnTmp);
+		    }
+		}
+
+		/* If we're in the result flush mode, and the base matched, and
+		   there were no entries in the result, we'll flush this cache
+		   slot, as opposed to the MEMCACHE_ACCESS_FLUSH mode which does
+		   not flush negative results. */
+		if ((mode == MEMCACHE_ACCESS_FLUSH_RESULTS) && !foundentries) {
+			bDone = 1;
+		}
+
+		if (!bDone)
+		    continue;
+
+		if (list_id == LIST_TTL) {
+		    nRes = htable_remove(cache->ldmemc_resLookup, 
+			  	 (void*)&(pRes->ldmemcr_crc_key), NULL);
+		    assert(nRes == LDAP_SUCCESS);
+		    memcache_free_from_list(cache, pRes, LIST_TTL);
+		    memcache_free_from_list(cache, pRes, LIST_LRU);
+		} else {
+		    nRes = htable_remove(cache->ldmemc_resTmp, 
+				  (void*)&(pRes->ldmemcr_req_id), NULL);
+		    assert(nRes == LDAP_SUCCESS);
+		    memcache_free_from_list(cache, pRes, LIST_TMP);
+		}
+		memcache_free_entry(cache, pRes);
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+    /* Flush least recently used entries from cache */
+    else if (mode == MEMCACHE_ACCESS_FLUSH_LRU) {
+
+	ldapmemcacheRes *pRes = cache->ldmemc_resTail[LIST_LRU];
+
+	if (pRes == NULL)
+	    return LDAP_NO_SUCH_OBJECT;
+
+	LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE,
+		"memcache_access FLUSH_LRU: removing key 0x%8.8lx\n",
+		pRes->ldmemcr_crc_key, 0, 0 );
+	nRes = htable_remove(cache->ldmemc_resLookup,
+	              (void*)&(pRes->ldmemcr_crc_key), NULL);
+	assert(nRes == LDAP_SUCCESS);
+	memcache_free_from_list(cache, pRes, LIST_TTL);
+	memcache_free_from_list(cache, pRes, LIST_LRU);
+	memcache_free_entry(cache, pRes);
+    }
+    /* Unknown command */
+    else {
+	nRes = LDAP_PARAM_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    return nRes;
+}
+
+static void
+memcache_flush( LDAPMemCache *cache, char *dn, int scope, int flushresults )
+{
+    if ( !NSLDAPI_VALID_MEMCACHE_POINTER( cache )) {
+	return;
+    }
+
+    LDAP_MEMCACHE_MUTEX_LOCK( cache );
+
+    if (!dn) {
+	memcache_access(cache, MEMCACHE_ACCESS_FLUSH_ALL, NULL, NULL, NULL);
+    } else {
+	if (flushresults) {
+		memcache_access(cache, MEMCACHE_ACCESS_FLUSH_RESULTS,
+			(void*)dn, (void*)scope, NULL);
+	} else {
+		memcache_access(cache, MEMCACHE_ACCESS_FLUSH, 
+	                (void*)dn, (void*)scope, NULL);
+	}
+    }
+
+    LDAP_MEMCACHE_MUTEX_UNLOCK( cache );
+}
+
+
+#ifdef LDAP_DEBUG
+static void
+memcache_report_statistics( LDAPMemCache *cache )
+{
+    unsigned long	hitrate;
+
+    if ( cache->ldmemc_stats.ldmemcstat_tries == 0 ) {
+	hitrate = 0;
+    } else {
+	hitrate = ( 100L * cache->ldmemc_stats.ldmemcstat_hits ) /
+	    cache->ldmemc_stats.ldmemcstat_tries;
+    }
+    LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_STATS, "memcache 0x%p:\n", cache, 0, 0 );
+    LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_STATS, "    tries: %ld  hits: %ld  hitrate: %ld%%\n",
+	    cache->ldmemc_stats.ldmemcstat_tries,
+	    cache->ldmemc_stats.ldmemcstat_hits, hitrate );
+    if ( cache->ldmemc_size <= 0 ) {	/* no size limit */
+	LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_STATS, "    memory bytes used: %ld\n",
+		cache->ldmemc_size_used, 0, 0 );
+    } else {
+	LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_STATS, "    memory bytes used: %ld free: %ld\n",
+		cache->ldmemc_size_used,
+		cache->ldmemc_size - cache->ldmemc_size_used, 0 );
+    }
+}
+#endif /* LDAP_DEBUG */
+
+/************************ Hash Table Functions *****************************/
+
+/* Calculates size (# of entries) of hash table given the size limit for
+   the cache. */
+static int
+htable_calculate_size(int sizelimit)
+{
+    int i, j;
+    int size = (int)(((double)sizelimit / 
+	                (double)(sizeof(BerElement) + EXTRA_SIZE)) / 1.5);
+
+    /* Get a prime # */
+    size = (size & 0x1 ? size : size + 1);
+    for (i = 3, j = size / 2; i < j; i++) {
+	if ((size % i) == 0) {
+	    size += 2;
+	    i = 3;
+	    j = size / 2;
+	}
+    }
+
+    return size;
+}
+
+/* Returns the size in bytes of the given hash table. */
+static int
+htable_sizeinbytes(HashTable *pTable)
+{
+    if (!pTable)
+	return 0;
+
+    return (pTable->size * sizeof(HashTableNode));
+}
+
+/* Inserts an item into the hash table. */
+static int
+htable_put(HashTable *pTable, void *key, void *pData)
+{
+    int index = pTable->hashfunc(pTable->size, key);
+
+    if (index >= 0 && index < pTable->size)
+	return pTable->putdata(&(pTable->table[index].pData), key, pData);
+
+    return( LDAP_OPERATIONS_ERROR );
+}
+
+/* Retrieves an item from the hash table. */
+static int
+htable_get(HashTable *pTable, void *key, void **ppData)
+{
+    int index = pTable->hashfunc(pTable->size, key);
+
+    *ppData = NULL;
+
+    if (index >= 0 && index < pTable->size)
+	return pTable->getdata(pTable->table[index].pData, key, ppData);
+
+    return( LDAP_OPERATIONS_ERROR );
+}
+
+/* Performs a miscellaneous operation on a hash table entry. */
+static int
+htable_misc(HashTable *pTable, void *key, void *pData)
+{
+    if (pTable->miscfunc) {
+	int index = pTable->hashfunc(pTable->size, key);
+	if (index >= 0 && index < pTable->size)
+	    return pTable->miscfunc(&(pTable->table[index].pData), key, pData);
+    }
+
+    return( LDAP_OPERATIONS_ERROR );
+}
+
+/* Removes an item from the hash table. */
+static int
+htable_remove(HashTable *pTable, void *key, void **ppData)
+{
+    int index = pTable->hashfunc(pTable->size, key);
+
+    if (ppData)
+	*ppData = NULL;
+
+    if (index >= 0 && index < pTable->size)
+	return pTable->removedata(&(pTable->table[index].pData), key, ppData);
+
+    return( LDAP_OPERATIONS_ERROR );
+}
+
+/* Removes everything in the hash table. */
+static int
+htable_removeall(HashTable *pTable, void *pData)
+{
+    int i;
+
+    for (i = 0; i < pTable->size; i++)
+	pTable->clrtablenode(&(pTable->table[i].pData), pData);
+
+    return( LDAP_SUCCESS );
+}
+
+/* Creates a new hash table. */
+static int
+htable_create(int size_limit, HashFuncPtr hashf,
+			 PutDataPtr putDataf, GetDataPtr getDataf,
+			 RemoveDataPtr removeDataf, ClrTableNodePtr clrNodef,
+			 MiscFuncPtr miscOpf, HashTable **ppTable)
+{
+    size_limit = htable_calculate_size(size_limit);
+
+    if ((*ppTable = (HashTable*)NSLDAPI_CALLOC(1, sizeof(HashTable))) == NULL)
+	return( LDAP_NO_MEMORY );
+
+    (*ppTable)->table = (HashTableNode*)NSLDAPI_CALLOC(size_limit, 
+	                                       sizeof(HashTableNode));
+    if ((*ppTable)->table == NULL) {
+	NSLDAPI_FREE(*ppTable);
+	*ppTable = NULL;
+	return( LDAP_NO_MEMORY );
+    }
+
+    (*ppTable)->size = size_limit;
+    (*ppTable)->hashfunc = hashf;
+    (*ppTable)->putdata = putDataf;
+    (*ppTable)->getdata = getDataf;
+    (*ppTable)->miscfunc = miscOpf;
+    (*ppTable)->removedata = removeDataf;
+    (*ppTable)->clrtablenode = clrNodef;
+
+    return( LDAP_SUCCESS );
+}
+
+/* Destroys a hash table. */
+static int
+htable_free(HashTable *pTable)
+{
+    NSLDAPI_FREE(pTable->table);
+    NSLDAPI_FREE(pTable);
+    return( LDAP_SUCCESS );
+}
+
+/**************** Hash table callbacks for temporary cache ****************/
+
+/* Hash function */
+static int
+msgid_hashf(int table_size, void *key)
+{
+    unsigned code = (unsigned)((ldapmemcacheReqId*)key)->ldmemcrid_ld;
+    return (((code << 20) + (code >> 12)) % table_size);
+}
+
+/* Called by hash table to insert an item. */
+static int
+msgid_putdata(void **ppTableData, void *key, void *pData)
+{
+    ldapmemcacheReqId *pReqId = (ldapmemcacheReqId*)key;
+    ldapmemcacheRes *pRes = (ldapmemcacheRes*)pData;
+    ldapmemcacheRes **ppHead = (ldapmemcacheRes**)ppTableData;
+    ldapmemcacheRes *pCurRes = *ppHead;
+    ldapmemcacheRes *pPrev = NULL;
+
+    for (; pCurRes; pCurRes = pCurRes->ldmemcr_htable_next) {
+	if ((pCurRes->ldmemcr_req_id).ldmemcrid_ld == pReqId->ldmemcrid_ld)
+	    break;
+	pPrev = pCurRes;
+    }
+
+    if (pCurRes) {
+	for (; pCurRes; pCurRes = pCurRes->ldmemcr_next[LIST_TTL]) { 
+	    if ((pCurRes->ldmemcr_req_id).ldmemcrid_msgid == 
+		                               pReqId->ldmemcrid_msgid)
+		return( LDAP_ALREADY_EXISTS );
+	    pPrev = pCurRes;
+	}
+	pPrev->ldmemcr_next[LIST_TTL] = pRes;
+	pRes->ldmemcr_prev[LIST_TTL] = pPrev;
+	pRes->ldmemcr_next[LIST_TTL] = NULL;
+    } else {
+	if (pPrev)
+	    pPrev->ldmemcr_htable_next = pRes;
+	else
+	    *ppHead = pRes;
+	pRes->ldmemcr_htable_next = NULL;
+    }
+
+    return( LDAP_SUCCESS );
+}
+
+/* Called by hash table to retrieve an item. */
+static int
+msgid_getdata(void *pTableData, void *key, void **ppData)
+{
+    ldapmemcacheReqId *pReqId = (ldapmemcacheReqId*)key;
+    ldapmemcacheRes *pCurRes = (ldapmemcacheRes*)pTableData;
+
+    *ppData = NULL;
+    
+    for (; pCurRes; pCurRes = pCurRes->ldmemcr_htable_next) {
+	if ((pCurRes->ldmemcr_req_id).ldmemcrid_ld == pReqId->ldmemcrid_ld)
+	    break;
+    }
+
+    if (!pCurRes)
+	return( LDAP_NO_SUCH_OBJECT );
+
+    for (; pCurRes; pCurRes = pCurRes->ldmemcr_next[LIST_TTL]) { 
+	if ((pCurRes->ldmemcr_req_id).ldmemcrid_msgid == 
+	                                  pReqId->ldmemcrid_msgid) {
+	    *ppData = (void*)pCurRes;
+	    return( LDAP_SUCCESS );
+	}
+    }
+
+    return( LDAP_NO_SUCH_OBJECT );
+}
+
+/* Called by hash table to remove an item. */
+static int
+msgid_removedata(void **ppTableData, void *key, void **ppData)
+{
+    ldapmemcacheRes *pHead = *((ldapmemcacheRes**)ppTableData);
+    ldapmemcacheRes *pCurRes = NULL;
+    ldapmemcacheRes *pPrev = NULL;
+    ldapmemcacheReqId *pReqId = (ldapmemcacheReqId*)key;
+
+    if (ppData)
+	*ppData = NULL;
+
+    for (; pHead; pHead = pHead->ldmemcr_htable_next) {
+	if ((pHead->ldmemcr_req_id).ldmemcrid_ld == pReqId->ldmemcrid_ld)
+	    break;
+	pPrev = pHead;
+    }
+
+    if (!pHead)
+	return( LDAP_NO_SUCH_OBJECT );
+
+    for (pCurRes = pHead; pCurRes; pCurRes = pCurRes->ldmemcr_next[LIST_TTL]) { 
+	if ((pCurRes->ldmemcr_req_id).ldmemcrid_msgid == 
+	                                        pReqId->ldmemcrid_msgid)
+	    break;
+    }
+
+    if (!pCurRes)
+	return( LDAP_NO_SUCH_OBJECT );
+
+    if (ppData) {
+	pCurRes->ldmemcr_next[LIST_TTL] = NULL;
+	pCurRes->ldmemcr_prev[LIST_TTL] = NULL;
+	pCurRes->ldmemcr_htable_next = NULL;
+	*ppData = (void*)pCurRes;
+    }
+
+    if (pCurRes != pHead) {
+	if (pCurRes->ldmemcr_prev[LIST_TTL])
+	    pCurRes->ldmemcr_prev[LIST_TTL]->ldmemcr_next[LIST_TTL] = 
+	                                     pCurRes->ldmemcr_next[LIST_TTL];
+	if (pCurRes->ldmemcr_next[LIST_TTL])
+	    pCurRes->ldmemcr_next[LIST_TTL]->ldmemcr_prev[LIST_TTL] = 
+	                                     pCurRes->ldmemcr_prev[LIST_TTL];
+	return( LDAP_SUCCESS );
+    }
+
+    if (pPrev) {
+	if (pHead->ldmemcr_next[LIST_TTL]) {
+	    pPrev->ldmemcr_htable_next = pHead->ldmemcr_next[LIST_TTL];
+	    pHead->ldmemcr_next[LIST_TTL]->ldmemcr_htable_next = 
+			                   pHead->ldmemcr_htable_next;
+	} else {
+	    pPrev->ldmemcr_htable_next = pHead->ldmemcr_htable_next;
+	}
+    } else {
+	if (pHead->ldmemcr_next[LIST_TTL]) {
+	    *((ldapmemcacheRes**)ppTableData) = pHead->ldmemcr_next[LIST_TTL];
+	    pHead->ldmemcr_next[LIST_TTL]->ldmemcr_htable_next = 
+			                   pHead->ldmemcr_htable_next;
+	} else {
+	    *((ldapmemcacheRes**)ppTableData) = pHead->ldmemcr_htable_next;
+	}
+    }
+    
+    return( LDAP_SUCCESS );
+}
+
+/* Called by hash table to remove all cached entries associated to searches
+   being performed using the given ldap handle. */
+static int
+msgid_clear_ld_items(void **ppTableData, void *key, void *pData)
+{
+    LDAPMemCache *cache = (LDAPMemCache*)pData;
+    ldapmemcacheRes *pHead = *((ldapmemcacheRes**)ppTableData);
+    ldapmemcacheRes *pPrev = NULL;
+    ldapmemcacheRes *pCurRes = NULL;
+    ldapmemcacheReqId *pReqId = (ldapmemcacheReqId*)key;
+    
+    for (; pHead; pHead = pHead->ldmemcr_htable_next) {
+	if ((pHead->ldmemcr_req_id).ldmemcrid_ld == pReqId->ldmemcrid_ld)
+	    break;
+	pPrev = pHead;
+    }
+
+    if (!pHead)
+	return( LDAP_NO_SUCH_OBJECT );
+
+    if (pPrev)
+	pPrev->ldmemcr_htable_next = pHead->ldmemcr_htable_next;
+    else
+	*((ldapmemcacheRes**)ppTableData) = pHead->ldmemcr_htable_next;
+
+    for (pCurRes = pHead; pHead; pCurRes = pHead) {
+	pHead = pHead->ldmemcr_next[LIST_TTL];
+	memcache_free_from_list(cache, pCurRes, LIST_TMP);
+	memcache_free_entry(cache, pCurRes);
+    }
+
+    return( LDAP_SUCCESS );
+}
+
+/* Called by hash table for removing all items in the table. */
+static void
+msgid_clearnode(void **ppTableData, void *pData)
+{
+    LDAPMemCache *cache = (LDAPMemCache*)pData;
+    ldapmemcacheRes **ppHead = (ldapmemcacheRes**)ppTableData;
+    ldapmemcacheRes *pSubHead = *ppHead;
+    ldapmemcacheRes *pCurRes = NULL;
+
+    for (; *ppHead; pSubHead = *ppHead) {
+	ppHead = &((*ppHead)->ldmemcr_htable_next);
+	for (pCurRes = pSubHead; pSubHead; pCurRes = pSubHead) {
+	    pSubHead = pSubHead->ldmemcr_next[LIST_TTL];
+	    memcache_free_from_list(cache, pCurRes, LIST_TMP);
+	    memcache_free_entry(cache, pCurRes);
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/********************* Hash table for primary cache ************************/
+
+/* Hash function */
+static int
+attrkey_hashf(int table_size, void *key)
+{
+    return ((*((unsigned long*)key)) % table_size);
+}
+
+/* Called by hash table to insert an item. */
+static int
+attrkey_putdata(void **ppTableData, void *key, void *pData)
+{
+    unsigned long attrkey = *((unsigned long*)key);
+    ldapmemcacheRes **ppHead = (ldapmemcacheRes**)ppTableData;
+    ldapmemcacheRes *pRes = *ppHead;
+
+    for (; pRes; pRes = pRes->ldmemcr_htable_next) {
+	if (pRes->ldmemcr_crc_key == attrkey)
+	    return( LDAP_ALREADY_EXISTS );
+    }
+
+    pRes = (ldapmemcacheRes*)pData;
+    pRes->ldmemcr_htable_next = *ppHead;
+    *ppHead = pRes;
+
+    return( LDAP_SUCCESS );
+}
+
+/* Called by hash table to retrieve an item. */
+static int
+attrkey_getdata(void *pTableData, void *key, void **ppData)
+{
+    unsigned long attrkey = *((unsigned long*)key);
+    ldapmemcacheRes *pRes = (ldapmemcacheRes*)pTableData;
+    
+    for (; pRes; pRes = pRes->ldmemcr_htable_next) {
+	if (pRes->ldmemcr_crc_key == attrkey) {
+	    *ppData = (void*)pRes;
+	    return( LDAP_SUCCESS );
+	}
+    }
+
+    *ppData = NULL;
+
+    return( LDAP_NO_SUCH_OBJECT );
+}
+
+/* Called by hash table to remove an item. */
+static int
+attrkey_removedata(void **ppTableData, void *key, void **ppData)
+{
+    unsigned long attrkey = *((unsigned long*)key);
+    ldapmemcacheRes **ppHead = (ldapmemcacheRes**)ppTableData;
+    ldapmemcacheRes *pRes = *ppHead;
+    ldapmemcacheRes *pPrev = NULL;
+    
+    for (; pRes; pRes = pRes->ldmemcr_htable_next) {
+	if (pRes->ldmemcr_crc_key == attrkey) {
+	    if (ppData)
+		*ppData = (void*)pRes;
+	    if (pPrev)
+		pPrev->ldmemcr_htable_next = pRes->ldmemcr_htable_next;
+	    else
+		*ppHead = pRes->ldmemcr_htable_next;
+	    pRes->ldmemcr_htable_next = NULL;
+	    return( LDAP_SUCCESS );
+	}
+	pPrev = pRes;
+    }
+
+    if (ppData)
+	*ppData = NULL;
+
+    return( LDAP_NO_SUCH_OBJECT );
+}
+
+/* Called by hash table for removing all items in the table. */
+static void
+attrkey_clearnode(void **ppTableData, void *pData)
+{
+    ldapmemcacheRes **ppHead = (ldapmemcacheRes**)ppTableData;
+    ldapmemcacheRes *pRes = *ppHead;
+
+    (void)pData;
+
+    for (; *ppHead; pRes = *ppHead) {
+	ppHead = &((*ppHead)->ldmemcr_htable_next);
+	pRes->ldmemcr_htable_next = NULL;
+    }
+}
+
+/***************************** CRC algorithm ********************************/
+
+/* From http://www.faqs.org/faqs/compression-faq/part1/section-25.html */
+
+/*
+ * Build auxiliary table for parallel byte-at-a-time CRC-32.
+ */
+#define NSLDAPI_CRC32_POLY 0x04c11db7     /* AUTODIN II, Ethernet, & FDDI */
+
+static nsldapi_uint_32 crc32_table[256] = { 
+    0x00000000, 0x04c11db7, 0x09823b6e, 0x0d4326d9, 0x130476dc, 0x17c56b6b, 
+    0x1a864db2, 0x1e475005, 0x2608edb8, 0x22c9f00f, 0x2f8ad6d6, 0x2b4bcb61, 
+    0x350c9b64, 0x31cd86d3, 0x3c8ea00a, 0x384fbdbd, 0x4c11db70, 0x48d0c6c7, 
+    0x4593e01e, 0x4152fda9, 0x5f15adac, 0x5bd4b01b, 0x569796c2, 0x52568b75, 
+    0x6a1936c8, 0x6ed82b7f, 0x639b0da6, 0x675a1011, 0x791d4014, 0x7ddc5da3, 
+    0x709f7b7a, 0x745e66cd, 0x9823b6e0, 0x9ce2ab57, 0x91a18d8e, 0x95609039, 
+    0x8b27c03c, 0x8fe6dd8b, 0x82a5fb52, 0x8664e6e5, 0xbe2b5b58, 0xbaea46ef, 
+    0xb7a96036, 0xb3687d81, 0xad2f2d84, 0xa9ee3033, 0xa4ad16ea, 0xa06c0b5d, 
+    0xd4326d90, 0xd0f37027, 0xddb056fe, 0xd9714b49, 0xc7361b4c, 0xc3f706fb, 
+    0xceb42022, 0xca753d95, 0xf23a8028, 0xf6fb9d9f, 0xfbb8bb46, 0xff79a6f1, 
+    0xe13ef6f4, 0xe5ffeb43, 0xe8bccd9a, 0xec7dd02d, 0x34867077, 0x30476dc0, 
+    0x3d044b19, 0x39c556ae, 0x278206ab, 0x23431b1c, 0x2e003dc5, 0x2ac12072, 
+    0x128e9dcf, 0x164f8078, 0x1b0ca6a1, 0x1fcdbb16, 0x018aeb13, 0x054bf6a4, 
+    0x0808d07d, 0x0cc9cdca, 0x7897ab07, 0x7c56b6b0, 0x71159069, 0x75d48dde, 
+    0x6b93dddb, 0x6f52c06c, 0x6211e6b5, 0x66d0fb02, 0x5e9f46bf, 0x5a5e5b08, 
+    0x571d7dd1, 0x53dc6066, 0x4d9b3063, 0x495a2dd4, 0x44190b0d, 0x40d816ba, 
+    0xaca5c697, 0xa864db20, 0xa527fdf9, 0xa1e6e04e, 0xbfa1b04b, 0xbb60adfc, 
+    0xb6238b25, 0xb2e29692, 0x8aad2b2f, 0x8e6c3698, 0x832f1041, 0x87ee0df6, 
+    0x99a95df3, 0x9d684044, 0x902b669d, 0x94ea7b2a, 0xe0b41de7, 0xe4750050, 
+    0xe9362689, 0xedf73b3e, 0xf3b06b3b, 0xf771768c, 0xfa325055, 0xfef34de2, 
+    0xc6bcf05f, 0xc27dede8, 0xcf3ecb31, 0xcbffd686, 0xd5b88683, 0xd1799b34, 
+    0xdc3abded, 0xd8fba05a, 0x690ce0ee, 0x6dcdfd59, 0x608edb80, 0x644fc637, 
+    0x7a089632, 0x7ec98b85, 0x738aad5c, 0x774bb0eb, 0x4f040d56, 0x4bc510e1, 
+    0x46863638, 0x42472b8f, 0x5c007b8a, 0x58c1663d, 0x558240e4, 0x51435d53, 
+    0x251d3b9e, 0x21dc2629, 0x2c9f00f0, 0x285e1d47, 0x36194d42, 0x32d850f5, 
+    0x3f9b762c, 0x3b5a6b9b, 0x0315d626, 0x07d4cb91, 0x0a97ed48, 0x0e56f0ff, 
+    0x1011a0fa, 0x14d0bd4d, 0x19939b94, 0x1d528623, 0xf12f560e, 0xf5ee4bb9, 
+    0xf8ad6d60, 0xfc6c70d7, 0xe22b20d2, 0xe6ea3d65, 0xeba91bbc, 0xef68060b, 
+    0xd727bbb6, 0xd3e6a601, 0xdea580d8, 0xda649d6f, 0xc423cd6a, 0xc0e2d0dd, 
+    0xcda1f604, 0xc960ebb3, 0xbd3e8d7e, 0xb9ff90c9, 0xb4bcb610, 0xb07daba7, 
+    0xae3afba2, 0xaafbe615, 0xa7b8c0cc, 0xa379dd7b, 0x9b3660c6, 0x9ff77d71, 
+    0x92b45ba8, 0x9675461f, 0x8832161a, 0x8cf30bad, 0x81b02d74, 0x857130c3, 
+    0x5d8a9099, 0x594b8d2e, 0x5408abf7, 0x50c9b640, 0x4e8ee645, 0x4a4ffbf2, 
+    0x470cdd2b, 0x43cdc09c, 0x7b827d21, 0x7f436096, 0x7200464f, 0x76c15bf8, 
+    0x68860bfd, 0x6c47164a, 0x61043093, 0x65c52d24, 0x119b4be9, 0x155a565e, 
+    0x18197087, 0x1cd86d30, 0x029f3d35, 0x065e2082, 0x0b1d065b, 0x0fdc1bec, 
+    0x3793a651, 0x3352bbe6, 0x3e119d3f, 0x3ad08088, 0x2497d08d, 0x2056cd3a, 
+    0x2d15ebe3, 0x29d4f654, 0xc5a92679, 0xc1683bce, 0xcc2b1d17, 0xc8ea00a0, 
+    0xd6ad50a5, 0xd26c4d12, 0xdf2f6bcb, 0xdbee767c, 0xe3a1cbc1, 0xe760d676, 
+    0xea23f0af, 0xeee2ed18, 0xf0a5bd1d, 0xf464a0aa, 0xf9278673, 0xfde69bc4, 
+    0x89b8fd09, 0x8d79e0be, 0x803ac667, 0x84fbdbd0, 0x9abc8bd5, 0x9e7d9662, 
+    0x933eb0bb, 0x97ffad0c, 0xafb010b1, 0xab710d06, 0xa6322bdf, 0xa2f33668, 
+    0xbcb4666d, 0xb8757bda, 0xb5365d03, 0xb1f740b4 };
+
+/* Initialized first time "crc32()" is called. If you prefer, you can
+ * statically initialize it at compile time. [Another exercise.]
+ */
+
+static unsigned long
+crc32_convert(char *buf, int len)
+{
+    unsigned char *p;
+	nsldapi_uint_32	crc;
+
+    crc = 0xffffffff;       /* preload shift register, per CRC-32 spec */
+    for (p = (unsigned char *)buf; len > 0; ++p, --len)
+	crc = ((crc << 8) ^ crc32_table[(crc >> 24) ^ *p]) & 0xffffffff;
+
+    return (unsigned long) ~crc;    /* transmit complement, per CRC-32 spec */
+}
diff --git a/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/message.c b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/message.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..bfbd200f8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/message.c
@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ * 
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version 
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with 
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at 
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ * 
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ * 
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, released
+ * March 31, 1998.
+ * 
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998-1999
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ * 
+ * Contributor(s):
+ * 
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
+ * or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ * 
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+#include "ldap-int.h"
+
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_msgid( LDAPMessage *lm )
+{
+	if ( !NSLDAPI_VALID_LDAPMESSAGE_POINTER( lm )) {
+		return( -1 );
+	}
+
+	return( lm->lm_msgid );
+}
+
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_msgtype( LDAPMessage *lm )
+{
+	if ( !NSLDAPI_VALID_LDAPMESSAGE_POINTER( lm )) {
+		return( -1 );
+	}
+
+	return( lm->lm_msgtype );
+}
+
+
+LDAPMessage *
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_first_message( LDAP *ld, LDAPMessage *chain )
+{
+	if ( !NSLDAPI_VALID_LDAP_POINTER( ld )) {
+		return( NULLMSG );		/* punt */
+	}
+
+	return( chain );
+}
+
+
+LDAPMessage *
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_next_message( LDAP *ld, LDAPMessage *msg )
+{
+	if ( !NSLDAPI_VALID_LDAP_POINTER( ld )) {
+		return( NULLMSG );		/* punt */
+	}
+
+	if ( msg == NULLMSG || msg->lm_chain == NULLMSG ) {
+		return( NULLMSG );
+	}
+
+	return( msg->lm_chain );
+}
+
+
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_count_messages( LDAP *ld, LDAPMessage *chain )
+{
+	int	i;
+
+	if ( !NSLDAPI_VALID_LDAP_POINTER( ld )) {
+		return( -1 );
+	}
+
+	for ( i = 0; chain != NULL; chain = chain->lm_chain ) {
+		i++;
+	}
+
+	return( i );
+}
diff --git a/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/modify.c b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/modify.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ea81102c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/modify.c
@@ -0,0 +1,226 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ * 
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version 
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with 
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at 
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ * 
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ * 
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, released
+ * March 31, 1998.
+ * 
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998-1999
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ * 
+ * Contributor(s):
+ * 
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
+ * or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ * 
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+/*
+ *  Copyright (c) 1990 Regents of the University of Michigan.
+ *  All rights reserved.
+ */
+/*
+ *  modify.c
+ */
+
+#if 0
+#ifndef lint 
+static char copyright[] = "@(#) Copyright (c) 1990 Regents of the University of Michigan.\nAll rights reserved.\n";
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#include "ldap-int.h"
+
+/*
+ * ldap_modify - initiate an ldap modify operation.  Parameters:
+ *
+ *	ld		LDAP descriptor
+ *	dn		DN of the object to modify
+ *	mods		List of modifications to make.  This is null-terminated
+ *			array of struct ldapmod's, specifying the modifications
+ *			to perform.
+ *
+ * Example:
+ *	LDAPMod	*mods[] = { 
+ *			{ LDAP_MOD_ADD, "cn", { "babs jensen", "babs", 0 } },
+ *			{ LDAP_MOD_REPLACE, "sn", { "jensen", 0 } },
+ *			0
+ *		}
+ *	msgid = ldap_modify( ld, dn, mods );
+ */
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_modify( LDAP *ld, const char *dn, LDAPMod **mods )
+{
+	int		msgid;
+
+	LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "ldap_modify\n", 0, 0, 0 );
+
+	if ( ldap_modify_ext( ld, dn, mods, NULL, NULL, &msgid )
+	    == LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+		return( msgid );
+	} else {
+		return( -1 );	/* error is in ld handle */
+	}
+}
+
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_modify_ext( LDAP *ld, const char *dn, LDAPMod **mods,
+    LDAPControl **serverctrls, LDAPControl **clientctrls, int *msgidp )
+{
+	BerElement	*ber;
+	int		i, rc, lderr;
+
+	/*
+	 * A modify request looks like this:
+	 *	ModifyRequet ::= SEQUENCE {
+	 *		object		DistinguishedName,
+	 *		modifications	SEQUENCE OF SEQUENCE {
+	 *			operation	ENUMERATED {
+	 *				add	(0),
+	 *				delete	(1),
+	 *				replace	(2)
+	 *			},
+	 *			modification	SEQUENCE {
+	 *				type	AttributeType,
+	 *				values	SET OF AttributeValue
+	 *			}
+	 *		}
+	 *	}
+	 */
+
+	LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "ldap_modify_ext\n", 0, 0, 0 );
+
+	if ( !NSLDAPI_VALID_LDAP_POINTER( ld )) {
+		return( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+	}
+	if ( !NSLDAPI_VALID_LDAPMESSAGE_POINTER( msgidp )) 
+        {
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_PARAM_ERROR, NULL, NULL );
+		return( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+	}
+        
+	if ( !NSLDAPI_VALID_NONEMPTY_LDAPMOD_ARRAY( mods )) {
+		lderr = LDAP_PARAM_ERROR;
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, lderr, NULL, NULL );
+		return( lderr );
+	}
+	if ( dn == NULL ) {
+		dn = "";
+	}
+
+	LDAP_MUTEX_LOCK( ld, LDAP_MSGID_LOCK );
+	*msgidp = ++ld->ld_msgid;
+	LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_MSGID_LOCK );
+
+	/* see if we should add to the cache */
+	if ( ld->ld_cache_on && ld->ld_cache_modify != NULL ) {
+		LDAP_MUTEX_LOCK( ld, LDAP_CACHE_LOCK );
+		if ( (rc = (ld->ld_cache_modify)( ld, *msgidp, LDAP_REQ_MODIFY,
+		    dn, mods )) != 0 ) {
+			*msgidp = rc;
+			LDAP_MUTEX_LOCK( ld, LDAP_CACHE_LOCK );
+			return( LDAP_SUCCESS );
+		}
+		LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_CACHE_LOCK );
+	}
+
+	/* create a message to send */
+	if (( lderr = nsldapi_alloc_ber_with_options( ld, &ber ))
+	    != LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+		return( lderr );
+	}
+
+	if ( ber_printf( ber, "{it{s{", *msgidp, LDAP_REQ_MODIFY, dn )
+	    == -1 ) {
+		lderr = LDAP_ENCODING_ERROR;
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, lderr, NULL, NULL );
+		ber_free( ber, 1 );
+		return( lderr );
+	}
+
+	/* for each modification to be performed... */
+	for ( i = 0; mods[i] != NULL; i++ ) {
+		if (( mods[i]->mod_op & LDAP_MOD_BVALUES) != 0 ) {
+			rc = ber_printf( ber, "{e{s[V]}}",
+			    mods[i]->mod_op & ~LDAP_MOD_BVALUES,
+			    mods[i]->mod_type, mods[i]->mod_bvalues );
+		} else {
+			rc = ber_printf( ber, "{e{s[v]}}", mods[i]->mod_op,
+			    mods[i]->mod_type, mods[i]->mod_values );
+		}
+
+		if ( rc == -1 ) {
+			lderr = LDAP_ENCODING_ERROR;
+			LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, lderr, NULL, NULL );
+			ber_free( ber, 1 );
+			return( lderr );
+		}
+	}
+
+	if ( ber_printf( ber, "}}" ) == -1 ) {
+		lderr = LDAP_ENCODING_ERROR;
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, lderr, NULL, NULL );
+		ber_free( ber, 1 );
+		return( lderr );
+	}
+
+	if (( lderr = nsldapi_put_controls( ld, serverctrls, 1, ber ))
+	    != LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+		ber_free( ber, 1 );
+		return( lderr );
+	}
+
+	/* send the message */
+	rc = nsldapi_send_initial_request( ld, *msgidp, LDAP_REQ_MODIFY,
+		(char *)dn, ber );
+	*msgidp = rc;
+	return( rc < 0 ? LDAP_GET_LDERRNO( ld, NULL, NULL ) : LDAP_SUCCESS );
+}
+
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_modify_s( LDAP *ld, const char *dn, LDAPMod **mods )
+{
+	return( ldap_modify_ext_s( ld, dn, mods, NULL, NULL ));
+}
+
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_modify_ext_s( LDAP *ld, const char *dn, LDAPMod **mods,
+    LDAPControl **serverctrls, LDAPControl **clientctrls )
+{
+	int		msgid, err;
+	LDAPMessage	*res;
+
+	if (( err = ldap_modify_ext( ld, dn, mods, serverctrls, clientctrls,
+	    &msgid )) != LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+		return( err );
+	}
+
+	if ( ldap_result( ld, msgid, 1, (struct timeval *)NULL, &res ) == -1 ) {
+		return( LDAP_GET_LDERRNO( ld, NULL, NULL ) );
+	}
+
+	return( ldap_result2error( ld, res, 1 ) );
+}
diff --git a/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/moz.build b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/moz.build
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..05c7a6b52
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/moz.build
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+# vim: set filetype=python:
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+include('/ldap/ldap-sdk.mozbuild')
+
+SharedLibrary('ldap60')
+
+SOURCES += [
+    'abandon.c',
+    'add.c',
+    'authzidctrl.c',
+    'bind.c',
+    'cache.c',
+    'charray.c',
+    'charset.c',
+    'compare.c',
+    'compat.c',
+    'control.c',
+    'countvalues.c',
+    'delete.c',
+    'disptmpl.c',
+    'dsparse.c',
+    'error.c',
+    'extendop.c',
+    'free.c',
+    'freevalues.c',
+    'friendly.c',
+    'getattr.c',
+    'getdn.c',
+    'getdxbyname.c',
+    'geteffectiverightsctrl.c',
+    'getentry.c',
+    'getfilter.c',
+    'getoption.c',
+    'getvalues.c',
+    'memcache.c',
+    'message.c',
+    'modify.c',
+    'open.c',
+    'os-ip.c',
+    'proxyauthctrl.c',
+    'psearch.c',
+    'pwmodext.c',
+    'pwpctrl.c',
+    'referral.c',
+    'regex.c',
+    'rename.c',
+    'request.c',
+    'reslist.c',
+    'result.c',
+    'saslbind.c',
+    'sbind.c',
+    'search.c',
+    'setoption.c',
+    'sort.c',
+    'sortctrl.c',
+    'srchpref.c',
+    'tmplout.c',
+    'ufn.c',
+    'unbind.c',
+    'unescape.c',
+    'url.c',
+    'userstatusctrl.c',
+    'utf8.c',
+    'vlistctrl.c',
+    'whoami.c',
+]
+
+if CONFIG['OS_TARGET'] == 'WINNT':
+    SOURCES += [
+        'dllmain.c',
+        'mozock.c',
+    ]
+    DEFFILE = SRCDIR + '/libldap.def'
+
+if CONFIG['OS_TARGET'] != 'WINNT':
+    DEFINES['USE_WAITPID'] = True
+    DEFINES['USE_PTHREADS'] = True
+
+DEFINES['NEEDPROTOS'] = True
+
+LOCAL_INCLUDES += [
+    '/ldap/c-sdk/include'
+]
+
+USE_LIBS += ['lber60']
diff --git a/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/mozock.c b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/mozock.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4f0bc5750
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/mozock.c
@@ -0,0 +1,714 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ * 
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version 
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with 
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at 
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ * 
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ * 
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, released
+ * March 31, 1998.
+ * 
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998-1999
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ * 
+ * Contributor(s):
+ * 
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
+ * or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ * 
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+
+#ifdef _WINDOWS
+#define FD_SETSIZE	30000
+#endif
+
+#include <windows.h>
+#include <winsock.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+//	Purpose of this file is to implement an intermediate layer to our network
+//		services, the winsock.
+//	This intermediate layer will be able to function with and without a working
+//		winsock being present.
+//	The attempt to activate the winsock happens as would normally be expected,
+//              through the calling application's entry point to us, WSAStartup.
+
+
+//	Name of the winsock we would like to load.
+//	Diffs between OSs, Win32s is out in the cold if running 32 bits unless
+//		they also have a winsock name wsock32.dll.
+#ifndef _WIN32
+#define SZWINSOCK "winsock.dll"
+#else
+#define SZWINSOCK "wsock32.dll"
+#endif
+
+//	Here is the enumeration for the winsock functions we have currently
+//		overridden (needed to run).  Add more when needed.
+//	We use these to access proc addresses, and to hold a table of strings
+//		to obtain the proc addresses.
+enum SockProc	{
+	sp_WSAAsyncGetHostByName = 0,
+	sp_WSAAsyncSelect,
+	sp_WSACleanup,
+	sp_WSAGetLastError,
+	sp_WSASetLastError,
+	sp_WSAStartup,
+	sp___WSAFDIsSet,
+	sp_accept,
+	sp_bind,
+	sp_closesocket,
+	sp_connect,
+	sp_gethostbyname,
+	sp_gethostbyaddr,
+	sp_gethostname,
+	sp_getpeername,
+	sp_getsockname,
+	sp_getsockopt,
+	sp_getprotobyname,
+	sp_htonl,
+	sp_htons,
+	sp_inet_addr,
+	sp_ioctlsocket,
+	sp_listen,
+	sp_ntohl,
+	sp_ntohs,
+	sp_recv,
+	sp_select,
+	sp_send,
+	sp_setsockopt,
+	sp_shutdown,
+	sp_socket,
+	sp_inet_ntoa,
+
+	sp_MaxProcs	//	Total count.
+};
+
+//	Array of function names used in GetProcAddress to fill in our
+//		proc array when needed.
+//	This array must match the enumerations exactly.
+char *spName[(int)sp_MaxProcs] =	{
+        "WSAAsyncGetHostByName",
+        "WSAAsyncSelect",
+        "WSACleanup",
+        "WSAGetLastError",
+        "WSASetLastError",
+        "WSAStartup",
+        "__WSAFDIsSet",
+        "accept",
+        "bind",
+        "closesocket",
+        "connect",
+        "gethostbyname",
+        "gethostbyaddr",
+        "gethostname",
+        "getpeername",
+        "getsockname",
+        "getsockopt",
+        "getprotobyname",
+        "htonl",
+        "htons",
+        "inet_addr",
+        "ioctlsocket",
+        "listen",
+        "ntohl",
+        "ntohs",
+        "recv",
+        "select",
+        "send",
+        "setsockopt",
+        "shutdown",
+        "socket",
+        "inet_ntoa"
+};
+
+//	Array of proc addresses to the winsock functions.
+//      These can be NULL, indicating their absence (as in the case we couldn't
+//              load the winsock.dll or one of the functions wasn't loaded).
+//	The procs assigned in must corellate with the enumerations exactly.
+FARPROC spArray[(int)sp_MaxProcs];
+
+//	Typedef all the different types of functions that we must cast the
+//		procs to in order to call without the compiler barfing.
+//	Prefix is always sp.
+//	Retval is next, spelled out.
+//	Parameters in their order are next, spelled out.
+typedef int (PASCAL FAR *sp_int_WORD_LPWSADATA)(WORD, LPWSADATA);
+typedef int (PASCAL FAR *sp_int_void)(void);
+typedef HANDLE (PASCAL FAR *sp_HANDLE_HWND_uint_ccharFARp_charFARp_int)(HWND, unsigned int, const char FAR *, char FAR *, int);
+typedef int (PASCAL FAR *sp_int_SOCKET_HWND_uint_long)(SOCKET, HWND, unsigned int, long);
+typedef void (PASCAL FAR *sp_void_int)(int);
+typedef int (PASCAL FAR *sp_int_SOCKET_fdsetFARp)(SOCKET, fd_set FAR *);
+typedef SOCKET(PASCAL FAR *sp_SOCKET_SOCKET_sockaddrFARp_intFARp)(SOCKET, struct sockaddr FAR *, int FAR *);
+typedef int (PASCAL FAR *sp_int_SOCKET_csockaddrFARp_int)(SOCKET, const struct sockaddr FAR *, int);
+typedef int (PASCAL FAR *sp_int_SOCKET)(SOCKET);
+typedef struct hostent FAR *(PASCAL FAR *sp_hostentFARp_ccharFARp)(const char FAR *);
+typedef struct hostent FAR *(PASCAL FAR *sp_hostentFARp_ccharFARp_int_int)(const char FAR *, int, int);
+typedef int (PASCAL FAR *sp_int_charFARp_int)(char FAR *, int);
+typedef int (PASCAL FAR *sp_int_SOCKET_sockaddrFARp_intFARp)(SOCKET, struct sockaddr FAR *, int FAR *);
+typedef int (PASCAL FAR *sp_int_SOCKET_int_int_charFARp_intFARp)(SOCKET, int, int, char FAR *, int FAR *);
+typedef u_long (PASCAL FAR *sp_ulong_ulong)(u_long);
+typedef u_short (PASCAL FAR *sp_ushort_ushort)(u_short);
+typedef unsigned long (PASCAL FAR *sp_ulong_ccharFARp)(const char FAR *);
+typedef int (PASCAL FAR *sp_int_SOCKET_long_ulongFARp)(SOCKET, long, u_long FAR *);
+typedef int (PASCAL FAR *sp_int_SOCKET_int)(SOCKET, int);
+typedef int (PASCAL FAR *sp_int_SOCKET_charFARp_int_int)(SOCKET, char FAR *, int, int);
+typedef int (PASCAL FAR *sp_int_int_fdsetFARp_fdsetFARp_fdsetFARp_ctimevalFARp)(int,fd_set FAR *,fd_set FAR *,fd_set FAR *,const struct timeval FAR*);
+typedef int (PASCAL FAR *sp_int_SOCKET_ccharFARp_int_int)(SOCKET, const char FAR *, int, int);
+typedef int (PASCAL FAR *sp_int_SOCKET_int_int_ccharFARp_int)(SOCKET, int, int, const char FAR *, int);
+typedef SOCKET (PASCAL FAR *sp_SOCKET_int_int_int)(int, int, int);
+typedef char FAR * (PASCAL FAR *sp_charFARp_in_addr)(struct in_addr in);
+typedef struct protoent FAR * (PASCAL FAR *sp_protoentFARcchar)(const char FAR *);
+
+//	Handle to the winsock, if loaded.
+HINSTANCE hWinsock = NULL;
+
+#ifndef _WIN32
+//	Last error code for the winsock.
+int ispError = 0;
+#endif
+
+
+BOOL IsWinsockLoaded (int sp)
+{
+	if (hWinsock == NULL)
+	{
+		WSADATA wsaData;
+#ifdef _WIN32
+		static LONG sc_init = 0;
+		static DWORD sc_done = 0;
+		static CRITICAL_SECTION sc;
+#endif
+		/* We need to wait here because another thread might be
+		 in the routine already */
+#ifdef _WIN32
+		if (0 == InterlockedExchange(&sc_init,1)) {
+			InitializeCriticalSection(&sc);
+			sc_done = 1;
+		}
+		while (0 == sc_done) Sleep(0);
+		EnterCriticalSection(&sc);
+		if (hWinsock == NULL) {
+#endif
+			WSAStartup(0x0101, &wsaData);
+#ifdef _WIN32
+		}
+		LeaveCriticalSection(&sc);
+#endif
+	}
+//	Quick macro to tell if the winsock has actually loaded for a particular
+//		function.
+//  Debug version is a little more strict to make sure you get the names right.
+#ifdef DEBUG
+	return hWinsock != NULL && spArray[(int)(sp)] != NULL;
+#else //  A little faster
+	return hWinsock != NULL;
+#endif
+}
+
+//	Here are the functions that we have taken over by not directly linking
+//		with the winsock import library or importing through the def file.
+
+/* In win16 we simulate blocking commands as follows.  Prior to issuing the
+ * command we make the socket not-blocking (WSAAsyncSelect does that).
+ * We then issue the command and see if it would have blocked.	If so, we
+ * yield the processor and go to sleep until an event occurs that unblocks
+ * us (WSAAsyncSelect allowed us to register what that condition is).  We
+ * keep repeating until we do not get a would-block indication when issuing
+ * the command.  At that time we unregister the notification condition and
+ * return the result of the command to the caller.
+ */
+
+//#ifndef _WIN32
+#if 0
+#define NON_BLOCKING(command,condition,index,type)			      \
+    type iret;								      \
+    HWND hWndFrame = AfxGetApp()->m_pMainWnd->m_hWnd;			      \
+    while (TRUE) {							      \
+	if (WSAAsyncSelect(s, hWndFrame, msg_NetActivity, condition)	      \
+		== SOCKET_ERROR) {					      \
+	    break;							      \
+	}								      \
+	if(IsWinsockLoaded(index)) {					      \
+	    iret=command;						      \
+	    if (!(iret==SOCKET_ERROR && WSAGetLastError()==WSAEWOULDBLOCK)) { \
+		WSAAsyncSelect(s, hWndFrame, msg_NetActivity, 0);	      \
+		return iret;						      \
+	    }								      \
+	    PR_Yield(); 						      \
+	} else {							      \
+	    break;							      \
+	}								      \
+    }
+#else
+#define NON_BLOCKING(command,condition,index,type)			      \
+    if(IsWinsockLoaded(index)) {					      \
+	return command; 						      \
+    }
+#endif
+
+int PASCAL FAR WSAStartup(WORD wVersionRequested, LPWSADATA lpWSAData)	{
+	//	Our default return value is failure, though we change this regardless.
+	int iRetval = WSAVERNOTSUPPORTED;
+	HINSTANCE MyHandle;
+
+	//	Before doing anything, clear out our proc array.
+	memset(spArray, 0, sizeof(spArray));
+
+	//	attempt to load the real winsock.
+	MyHandle = LoadLibrary(SZWINSOCK);
+#ifdef _WIN32
+	if(MyHandle != NULL)	{
+#else
+	if(MyHandle > HINSTANCE_ERROR)	{
+#endif
+		//	Winsock was loaded.
+		//	Get the proc addresses for each needed function next.
+		int spTraverse;
+		for(spTraverse = 0; spTraverse < (int)sp_MaxProcs; spTraverse++)	{
+			spArray[spTraverse] = GetProcAddress(MyHandle, spName[spTraverse]);
+			if ( NULL == spArray[spTraverse] )
+				return iRetval;//	Bad winsock?  Bad function name?
+		}
+
+		hWinsock = MyHandle;
+		//	AllRight, attempt to make our first proxied call.
+		if(IsWinsockLoaded(sp_WSAStartup))	{
+			iRetval = ((sp_int_WORD_LPWSADATA)spArray[sp_WSAStartup])(wVersionRequested, lpWSAData);
+		}
+
+		//	If the return value is still an error at this point, we unload the DLL,
+		//		so that we can act as though nothing happened and the user
+		//		gets no network access.
+		if(iRetval != 0)	{
+			//	Clear out our proc array.
+			memset(spArray, 0, sizeof(spArray));
+
+			//	Free up the winsock.
+			FreeLibrary(MyHandle);
+			MyHandle = NULL;
+		}
+	}
+#ifndef _WIN32
+	else	{
+		//	Failed to load.
+		//	Set this to NULL so it is clear.
+		hWinsock = NULL;
+	}
+#endif
+
+
+        //      Check our return value, if it isn't success, then we need to fake
+	//		our own winsock implementation.
+	if(iRetval != 0)	{
+		//	We always return success.
+		iRetval = 0;
+
+		//	Fill in the structure.
+		//	Return the version requested as the version supported.
+		lpWSAData->wVersion = wVersionRequested;
+		lpWSAData->wHighVersion = wVersionRequested;
+
+		//	Fill in a discription.
+                strcpy(lpWSAData->szDescription, "Mozock DLL internal implementation.");
+                strcpy(lpWSAData->szSystemStatus, "Winsock running, allowing no network access.");
+
+		//	Report a nice round number for sockets and datagram sizes.
+		lpWSAData->iMaxSockets = 4096;
+		lpWSAData->iMaxUdpDg = 4096;
+
+		//	No vendor information.
+		lpWSAData->lpVendorInfo = NULL;
+	}
+
+	return(iRetval);
+}
+
+int PASCAL FAR WSACleanup(void) {
+	int iRetval = 0;
+
+	//	Handling normally or internally.
+	// When IsWinsockLoaded() is called and hWinsock is NULL, it winds up calling WSAStartup
+	// which wedges rpcrt4.dll on win95 with some winsock implementations. Bug: 81359.
+	if(hWinsock && IsWinsockLoaded(sp_WSACleanup))  {
+		//	Call their cleanup routine.
+		//	We could set the return value here, but it is meaning less.
+		//	We always return success.
+		iRetval = ((sp_int_void)spArray[sp_WSACleanup])();
+		//ASSERT(iRetval == 0);
+		iRetval = 0;
+	}
+
+	//	Wether or not it succeeded, we free off the library here.
+	//	Clear out our proc table too.
+	memset(spArray, 0, sizeof(spArray));
+	if(hWinsock != NULL)	{
+		FreeLibrary(hWinsock);
+		hWinsock = NULL;
+	}
+
+	return(iRetval);
+}
+
+HANDLE PASCAL FAR WSAAsyncGetHostByName(HWND hWnd, unsigned int wMsg, const char FAR *name, char FAR *buf, int buflen)	{
+	// Normal or shim.
+	if(IsWinsockLoaded(sp_WSAAsyncGetHostByName))	{
+		return(((sp_HANDLE_HWND_uint_ccharFARp_charFARp_int)spArray[sp_WSAAsyncGetHostByName])(hWnd, wMsg, name, buf, buflen));
+	}
+
+	//	Must return error here.
+	//	Set our last error value to be that the net is down.
+	WSASetLastError(WSAENETDOWN);
+	return(NULL);
+}
+
+int PASCAL FAR WSAAsyncSelect(SOCKET s, HWND hWnd, unsigned int wMsg, long lEvent)	{
+	//	Normal or shim.
+	if(IsWinsockLoaded(sp_WSAAsyncSelect))	{
+		return(((sp_int_SOCKET_HWND_uint_long)spArray[sp_WSAAsyncSelect])(s, hWnd, wMsg, lEvent));
+	}
+
+	//	Must return error here.
+	WSASetLastError(WSAENETDOWN);
+	return(SOCKET_ERROR);
+}
+
+int PASCAL FAR WSAGetLastError(void)	{
+	//	See if someone else can handle.
+	if(IsWinsockLoaded(sp_WSAGetLastError)) {
+		return(((sp_int_void)spArray[sp_WSAGetLastError])());
+	}
+
+#ifndef _WIN32
+	{
+		//	Fake it.
+		int iRetval = ispError;
+		ispError = 0;
+		return(iRetval);
+	}
+#else
+	//	Use default OS handler.
+	return(GetLastError());
+#endif
+}
+
+void PASCAL FAR WSASetLastError(int iError)	{
+	//	See if someone else can handle.
+	if(IsWinsockLoaded(sp_WSASetLastError)) {
+		((sp_void_int)spArray[sp_WSASetLastError])(iError);
+		return;
+	}
+
+#ifndef _WIN32
+	//	Fake it.
+	ispError = iError;
+	return;
+#else
+	//	Use default OS handler.
+	SetLastError(iError);
+	return;
+#endif
+}
+
+int PASCAL FAR __WSAFDIsSet(SOCKET fd, fd_set FAR *set) {
+	int i;
+
+	//	See if someone else will handle.
+	if(IsWinsockLoaded(sp___WSAFDIsSet))	{
+		return(((sp_int_SOCKET_fdsetFARp)spArray[sp___WSAFDIsSet])(fd, set));
+	}
+
+	//	Default implementation.
+	i = set->fd_count;
+	while (i--)	{
+		if (set->fd_array[i] == fd)	{
+			return 1;
+		}
+	}
+	return 0;
+}
+
+SOCKET PASCAL FAR accept(SOCKET s, struct sockaddr FAR *addr, int FAR *addrlen) {
+	//	Internally or shim
+	NON_BLOCKING(
+	    (((sp_SOCKET_SOCKET_sockaddrFARp_intFARp)spArray[sp_accept])(s, addr, addrlen)),
+	    FD_ACCEPT, sp_accept, SOCKET);
+
+	//	Fail.
+	WSASetLastError(WSAENETDOWN);
+	return(INVALID_SOCKET);
+}
+
+int PASCAL FAR bind(SOCKET s, const struct sockaddr FAR *name, int namelen)	{
+	//	Internally or shim
+	if(IsWinsockLoaded(sp_bind))	{
+		return(((sp_int_SOCKET_csockaddrFARp_int)spArray[sp_bind])(s, name, namelen));
+	}
+
+	//	Fail.
+	WSASetLastError(WSAENETDOWN);
+	return(SOCKET_ERROR);
+}
+
+int PASCAL FAR closesocket(SOCKET s)	{
+	//	Internally or shim.
+	NON_BLOCKING(
+	    (((sp_int_SOCKET)spArray[sp_closesocket])(s)),
+	    FD_CLOSE, sp_closesocket, int);
+
+	//	Error.
+	WSASetLastError(WSAENETDOWN);
+	return(SOCKET_ERROR);
+}
+
+int PASCAL FAR connect(SOCKET s, const struct sockaddr FAR *name, int namelen)	{
+	//	Internally or shim.
+	if(IsWinsockLoaded(sp_connect)) {
+		/* This could block and so it would seem that the NON_BLOCK
+		 * macro should be used here.  However it was causing a crash
+		 * and so it was decided to allow blocking here instead
+		 */
+		return (((sp_int_SOCKET_csockaddrFARp_int)spArray[sp_connect])(s, name, namelen));
+	}
+
+	//	Err.
+	WSASetLastError(WSAENETDOWN);
+	return(SOCKET_ERROR);
+}
+
+struct hostent FAR * PASCAL FAR gethostbyname(const char FAR *name)	{
+	if(IsWinsockLoaded(sp_gethostbyname))	{
+		return(((sp_hostentFARp_ccharFARp)spArray[sp_gethostbyname])(name));
+	}
+
+	WSASetLastError(WSAENETDOWN);
+	return(NULL);
+}
+
+struct hostent FAR * PASCAL FAR gethostbyaddr(const char FAR *addr, int len, int type)	{
+	if(IsWinsockLoaded(sp_gethostbyaddr))	{
+		return(((sp_hostentFARp_ccharFARp_int_int)spArray[sp_gethostbyaddr])(addr, len, type));
+	}
+
+	WSASetLastError(WSAENETDOWN);
+	return(NULL);
+}
+
+int PASCAL FAR gethostname(char FAR *name, int namelen) {
+	if(IsWinsockLoaded(sp_gethostname))	{
+		return(((sp_int_charFARp_int)spArray[sp_gethostname])(name, namelen));
+	}
+
+	WSASetLastError(WSAENETDOWN);
+	return(SOCKET_ERROR);
+}
+
+int PASCAL FAR getpeername(SOCKET s, struct sockaddr FAR *name, int FAR *namelen)	{
+	if(IsWinsockLoaded(sp_getpeername))	{
+		return(((sp_int_SOCKET_sockaddrFARp_intFARp)spArray[sp_getpeername])(s, name, namelen));
+	}
+
+	WSASetLastError(WSAENETDOWN);
+	return(SOCKET_ERROR);
+}
+
+int PASCAL FAR getsockname(SOCKET s, struct sockaddr FAR *name, int FAR *namelen)	{
+	if(IsWinsockLoaded(sp_getsockname))	{
+		return(((sp_int_SOCKET_sockaddrFARp_intFARp)spArray[sp_getsockname])(s, name, namelen));
+	}
+
+	WSASetLastError(WSAENETDOWN);
+	return(SOCKET_ERROR);
+}
+
+int PASCAL FAR getsockopt(SOCKET s, int level, int optname, char FAR *optval, int FAR *optlen)	{
+	if(IsWinsockLoaded(sp_getsockopt))	{
+		return(((sp_int_SOCKET_int_int_charFARp_intFARp)spArray[sp_getsockopt])(s, level, optname, optval, optlen));
+	}
+
+	WSASetLastError(WSAENETDOWN);
+	return(SOCKET_ERROR);
+}
+
+struct protoent FAR * PASCAL getprotobyname(const char FAR * name) {
+	if(IsWinsockLoaded(sp_getprotobyname))	{
+		return(((sp_protoentFARcchar)spArray[sp_getprotobyname])(name));
+	}
+
+	WSASetLastError(WSAENETDOWN);
+	return NULL;
+}
+
+u_long PASCAL FAR htonl(u_long hostlong)	{
+	if(IsWinsockLoaded(sp_htonl))	{
+		return(((sp_ulong_ulong)spArray[sp_htonl])(hostlong));
+	}
+
+#ifndef _WIN32
+	return
+	    (((hostlong&0xff)<<24) + ((hostlong&0xff00)<<8) +
+	     ((hostlong&0xff0000)>>8) + ((hostlong&0xff000000)>>24));
+
+#else
+	//	Just return what was passed in.
+	return(hostlong);
+#endif
+}
+
+u_short PASCAL FAR htons(u_short hostshort)	{
+	if(IsWinsockLoaded(sp_htons))	{
+		return(((sp_ushort_ushort)spArray[sp_htons])(hostshort));
+	}
+
+#ifndef _WIN32
+	return (((hostshort&0xff)<<8) + ((hostshort&0xff00)>>8));
+
+#else
+	//	Just return what was passed in.
+	return(hostshort);
+#endif
+}
+
+u_long PASCAL FAR ntohl(u_long hostlong)	{
+	if(IsWinsockLoaded(sp_ntohl))	{
+		return(((sp_ulong_ulong)spArray[sp_ntohl])(hostlong));
+	}
+
+#ifndef _WIN32
+	return
+	    (((hostlong&0xff)<<24) + ((hostlong&0xff00)<<8) +
+	     ((hostlong&0xff0000)>>8) + ((hostlong&0xff000000)>>24));
+
+#else
+	//	Just return what was passed in.
+	return(hostlong);
+#endif
+}
+
+u_short PASCAL FAR ntohs(u_short hostshort)	{
+	if(IsWinsockLoaded(sp_ntohs))	{
+		return(((sp_ushort_ushort)spArray[sp_ntohs])(hostshort));
+	}
+
+#ifndef _WIN32
+	return (((hostshort&0xff)<<8) + ((hostshort&0xff00)>>8));
+
+#else
+	//	Just return what was passed in.
+	return(hostshort);
+#endif
+}
+
+unsigned long PASCAL FAR inet_addr(const char FAR *cp)	{
+	if(IsWinsockLoaded(sp_inet_addr))	{
+		return(((sp_ulong_ccharFARp)spArray[sp_inet_addr])(cp));
+	}
+
+	return(INADDR_NONE);
+}
+
+int PASCAL FAR ioctlsocket(SOCKET s, long cmd, u_long FAR *argp)	{
+	if(IsWinsockLoaded(sp_ioctlsocket))	{
+		return(((sp_int_SOCKET_long_ulongFARp)spArray[sp_ioctlsocket])(s, cmd, argp));
+	}
+
+	WSASetLastError(WSAENETDOWN);
+	return(SOCKET_ERROR);
+}
+
+int PASCAL FAR listen(SOCKET s, int backlog)	{
+	if(IsWinsockLoaded(sp_listen))	{
+		return(((sp_int_SOCKET_int)spArray[sp_listen])(s, backlog));
+	}
+
+	WSASetLastError(WSAENETDOWN);
+	return(SOCKET_ERROR);
+}
+
+int PASCAL FAR recv(SOCKET s, char FAR *buf, int len, int flags)	{
+	NON_BLOCKING(
+	    (((sp_int_SOCKET_charFARp_int_int)spArray[sp_recv])(s, buf, len, flags)),
+	    FD_READ, sp_recv, int);
+
+	WSASetLastError(WSAENETDOWN);
+	return(SOCKET_ERROR);
+}
+
+int PASCAL FAR select(int nfds, fd_set FAR *readfds, fd_set FAR *writefds, fd_set FAR *exceptfds, const struct timeval FAR *timeout)	{
+    //  If there's nothing to do, stop now before we go off into dll land.
+    //	Optimization, boyz.
+    if((readfds && readfds->fd_count) || (writefds && writefds->fd_count) || (exceptfds && exceptfds->fd_count))    {
+	    if(IsWinsockLoaded(sp_select))	{
+			return(((sp_int_int_fdsetFARp_fdsetFARp_fdsetFARp_ctimevalFARp)spArray[sp_select])(nfds,readfds,writefds,exceptfds,timeout));
+	    }
+
+	    WSASetLastError(WSAENETDOWN);
+	    return(SOCKET_ERROR);
+    }
+
+    //	No need to go to the DLL, there is nothing to do.
+    return(0);
+}
+
+int PASCAL FAR send(SOCKET s, const char FAR *buf, int len, int flags)	{
+	NON_BLOCKING(
+
+	    (((sp_int_SOCKET_ccharFARp_int_int)spArray[sp_send])(s, buf, len, flags)),
+	    FD_WRITE, sp_send, int);
+
+	WSASetLastError(WSAENETDOWN);
+	return(SOCKET_ERROR);
+}
+
+int PASCAL FAR setsockopt(SOCKET s, int level, int optname, const char FAR *optval, int optlen) {
+	if(IsWinsockLoaded(sp_setsockopt))	{
+		return(((sp_int_SOCKET_int_int_ccharFARp_int)spArray[sp_setsockopt])(s, level, optname, optval, optlen));
+	}
+
+	WSASetLastError(WSAENETDOWN);
+	return(SOCKET_ERROR);
+}
+
+int PASCAL FAR shutdown(SOCKET s, int how)	{
+	if(IsWinsockLoaded(sp_shutdown))	{
+		return(((sp_int_SOCKET_int)spArray[sp_shutdown])(s, how));
+	}
+
+	WSASetLastError(WSAENETDOWN);
+	return(SOCKET_ERROR);
+}
+
+SOCKET PASCAL FAR socket(int af, int type, int protocol)	{
+	if(IsWinsockLoaded(sp_socket))	{
+		return(((sp_SOCKET_int_int_int)spArray[sp_socket])(af, type, protocol));
+	}
+
+	WSASetLastError(WSAENETDOWN);
+	return(INVALID_SOCKET);
+}
+
+char FAR * PASCAL FAR inet_ntoa(struct in_addr in) {
+	if(IsWinsockLoaded(sp_inet_ntoa))	{
+		return ((sp_charFARp_in_addr)spArray[sp_inet_ntoa])(in);
+	}
+
+	WSASetLastError(WSAENETDOWN);
+	return NULL;
+}
diff --git a/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/nsprthreadtest.c b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/nsprthreadtest.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f9af68b42
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/nsprthreadtest.c
@@ -0,0 +1,621 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ * 
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version 
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with 
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at 
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ * 
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ * 
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, released
+ * March 31, 1998.
+ * 
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998-1999
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ * 
+ * Contributor(s):
+ * 
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
+ * or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ * 
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+#include <nspr.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <ldap.h>
+
+#define NAME		"cn=Directory Manager"
+#define PASSWORD	"secret99"
+#define BASE		"dc=example,dc=com"
+
+static int simplebind( LDAP *ld, char *msg, int tries );
+static void search_thread( void * );
+static void modify_thread( void * );
+static void add_thread( void * );
+static void delete_thread( void * );
+static void set_ld_error();
+static int  get_ld_error();
+static void set_errno();
+static int  get_errno();
+static void tsd_setup();
+static void *my_mutex_alloc( void );
+static void my_mutex_free( void * );
+static int my_mutex_lock( void * );
+static int my_mutex_unlock( void * );
+static LDAPHostEnt *my_gethostbyname( const char *name, LDAPHostEnt *result,
+	char *buffer, int buflen, int *statusp, void *extradata );
+static LDAPHostEnt *my_gethostbyaddr( const char *addr, int length,
+	int type, LDAPHostEnt *result, char *buffer, int buflen,
+	int *statusp, void *extradata );
+static LDAPHostEnt *copyPRHostEnt2LDAPHostEnt( LDAPHostEnt *ldhp,
+	PRHostEnt *prhp );
+
+typedef struct ldapmsgwrapper {
+    LDAPMessage			*lmw_messagep;
+    struct ldapmsgwrapper	*lmw_next;
+} ldapmsgwrapper;
+
+
+#define CONNECTION_ERROR( lderr )	( (lderr) == LDAP_SERVER_DOWN || \
+					(lderr) == LDAP_CONNECT_ERROR )
+
+
+LDAP		*ld;
+PRUintn		tsdindex;
+#ifdef LDAP_MEMCACHE
+LDAPMemCache	*memcache = NULL;
+#define MEMCACHE_SIZE		(256*1024)	/* 256K bytes */
+#define MEMCACHE_TTL		(15*60)		/* 15 minutes */
+#endif
+
+
+main( int argc, char **argv )
+{
+	PRThread		*search_tid, *search_tid2, *search_tid3;
+	PRThread		*search_tid4, *modify_tid, *add_tid;
+	PRThread		*delete_tid;
+	struct ldap_thread_fns	tfns;
+	struct ldap_dns_fns	dnsfns;
+	int			rc;
+
+	if ( argc != 3 ) {
+		fprintf( stderr, "usage: %s host port\n", argv[0] );
+		exit( 1 );
+	}
+
+	PR_Init( PR_USER_THREAD, PR_PRIORITY_NORMAL, 0 );
+	if ( PR_NewThreadPrivateIndex( &tsdindex, NULL ) != PR_SUCCESS ) {
+		perror( "PR_NewThreadPrivateIndex" );
+		exit( 1 );
+	}
+	tsd_setup();	/* for main thread */
+
+	if ( (ld = ldap_init( argv[1], atoi( argv[2] ) )) == NULL ) {
+		perror( "ldap_open" );
+		exit( 1 );
+	}
+
+	/* set thread function pointers */
+	memset( &tfns, '\0', sizeof(struct ldap_thread_fns) );
+	tfns.ltf_mutex_alloc = my_mutex_alloc;
+	tfns.ltf_mutex_free = my_mutex_free;
+	tfns.ltf_mutex_lock = my_mutex_lock;
+	tfns.ltf_mutex_unlock = my_mutex_unlock;
+	tfns.ltf_get_errno = get_errno;
+	tfns.ltf_set_errno = set_errno;
+	tfns.ltf_get_lderrno = get_ld_error;
+	tfns.ltf_set_lderrno = set_ld_error;
+	tfns.ltf_lderrno_arg = NULL;
+	if ( ldap_set_option( ld, LDAP_OPT_THREAD_FN_PTRS, (void *) &tfns )
+	    != 0 ) {
+		ldap_perror( ld, "ldap_set_option: thread functions" );
+		exit( 1 );
+	}
+
+	/* set DNS function pointers */
+	memset( &dnsfns, '\0', sizeof(struct ldap_dns_fns) );
+	dnsfns.lddnsfn_bufsize = PR_NETDB_BUF_SIZE;
+	dnsfns.lddnsfn_gethostbyname = my_gethostbyname;
+	dnsfns.lddnsfn_gethostbyaddr = my_gethostbyaddr;
+	if ( ldap_set_option( ld, LDAP_OPT_DNS_FN_PTRS, (void *)&dnsfns )
+	    != 0 ) {
+		ldap_perror( ld, "ldap_set_option: DNS functions" );
+		exit( 1 );
+	}
+
+#ifdef LDAP_MEMCACHE
+	/* create the in-memory cache */
+	if (( rc = ldap_memcache_init( MEMCACHE_TTL, MEMCACHE_SIZE, NULL,
+	    &tfns, &memcache )) != LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+		fprintf( stderr, "ldap_memcache_init failed - %s\n",
+		    ldap_err2string( rc ));
+		exit( 1 );
+	}
+	if (( rc = ldap_memcache_set( ld, memcache )) != LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+		fprintf( stderr, "ldap_memcache_set failed - %s\n",
+		    ldap_err2string( rc ));
+		exit( 1 );
+	}
+#endif
+
+	/*
+	 * set option so that the next call to ldap_simple_bind_s() after
+	 * the server connection is lost will attempt to reconnect.
+	 */
+	if ( ldap_set_option( ld, LDAP_OPT_RECONNECT, LDAP_OPT_ON ) != 0 ) {
+		ldap_perror( ld, "ldap_set_option: reconnect" );
+		exit( 1 );
+	}
+
+	/* initial bind */
+	if ( simplebind( ld, "ldap_simple_bind_s/main", 1 ) != LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+		exit( 1 );
+	}
+
+	/* create the operation threads */
+	if ( (search_tid = PR_CreateThread( PR_USER_THREAD, search_thread,
+	    "1", PR_PRIORITY_NORMAL, PR_GLOBAL_THREAD, PR_UNJOINABLE_THREAD,
+	    0 )) == NULL ) {
+		perror( "PR_CreateThread search_thread" );
+		exit( 1 );
+	}
+	if ( (modify_tid = PR_CreateThread( PR_USER_THREAD, modify_thread,
+	    "2", PR_PRIORITY_NORMAL, PR_GLOBAL_THREAD, PR_UNJOINABLE_THREAD,
+	    0 )) == NULL ) {
+		perror( "PR_CreateThread modify_thread" );
+		exit( 1 );
+	}
+	if ( (search_tid2 = PR_CreateThread( PR_USER_THREAD, search_thread,
+	    "3", PR_PRIORITY_NORMAL, PR_GLOBAL_THREAD, PR_UNJOINABLE_THREAD,
+	    0 )) == NULL ) {
+		perror( "PR_CreateThread search_thread 2" );
+		exit( 1 );
+	}
+	if ( (add_tid = PR_CreateThread( PR_USER_THREAD, add_thread,
+	    "4", PR_PRIORITY_NORMAL, PR_GLOBAL_THREAD, PR_UNJOINABLE_THREAD,
+	    0 )) == NULL ) {
+		perror( "PR_CreateThread add_thread" );
+		exit( 1 );
+	}
+	if ( (search_tid3 = PR_CreateThread( PR_USER_THREAD, search_thread,
+	    "5", PR_PRIORITY_NORMAL, PR_GLOBAL_THREAD, PR_UNJOINABLE_THREAD,
+	    0 )) == NULL ) {
+		perror( "PR_CreateThread search_thread 3" );
+		exit( 1 );
+	}
+	if ( (delete_tid = PR_CreateThread( PR_USER_THREAD, delete_thread,
+	    "6", PR_PRIORITY_NORMAL, PR_GLOBAL_THREAD, PR_UNJOINABLE_THREAD,
+	    0 )) == NULL ) {
+		perror( "PR_CreateThread delete_thread" );
+		exit( 1 );
+	}
+	if ( (search_tid4 = PR_CreateThread( PR_USER_THREAD, search_thread,
+	    "7", PR_PRIORITY_NORMAL, PR_GLOBAL_THREAD, PR_UNJOINABLE_THREAD,
+	    0 )) == NULL ) {
+		perror( "PR_CreateThread search_thread 4" );
+		exit( 1 );
+	}
+
+	PR_Cleanup();
+	return( 0 );
+}
+
+
+static int
+simplebind( LDAP *ld, char *msg, int tries )
+{
+	int	rc;
+
+	while ( tries-- > 0 ) {
+		rc = ldap_simple_bind_s( ld, NAME, PASSWORD );
+		if ( rc != LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+			ldap_perror( ld, msg );
+		}
+		if ( tries == 0 || !CONNECTION_ERROR( rc )) {
+			return( rc );
+		}
+		fprintf( stderr,
+		    "%s: sleeping for 5 secs - will try %d more time(s)...\n",
+		    msg, tries );
+		sleep( 5 );
+	}
+
+	return( rc );
+}
+
+
+static void
+search_thread( void *arg1 )
+{
+	LDAPMessage	*res;
+	LDAPMessage	*e;
+	char		*a;
+	char		**v;
+	char		*dn;
+	BerElement	*ber;
+	int		i, rc, msgid;
+	void		*tsd;
+	char		*id = arg1;
+
+	printf( "search_thread\n" );
+	tsd_setup();
+	for ( ;; ) {
+		printf( "%sSearching...\n", id );
+		if ( (msgid = ldap_search( ld, BASE, LDAP_SCOPE_SUBTREE,
+		    "(objectclass=*)", NULL, 0 )) == -1 ) {
+			ldap_perror( ld, "ldap_search_s" );
+			rc =  ldap_get_lderrno( ld, NULL, NULL );
+			if ( CONNECTION_ERROR( rc ) && simplebind( ld,
+			    "bind-search_thread", 5 ) != LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+				return;
+			}
+			continue;
+		}
+		while ( (rc = ldap_result( ld, msgid, 0, NULL, &res ))
+		    == LDAP_RES_SEARCH_ENTRY ) {
+			for ( e = ldap_first_entry( ld, res ); e != NULL;
+			    e = ldap_next_entry( ld, e ) ) {
+				dn = ldap_get_dn( ld, e );
+				/* printf( "%sdn: %s\n", id, dn ); */
+				free( dn );
+				for ( a = ldap_first_attribute( ld, e, &ber );
+				    a != NULL; a = ldap_next_attribute( ld, e,
+				    ber ) ) {
+					v = ldap_get_values( ld, e, a );
+					for ( i = 0; v && v[i] != 0; i++ ) {
+						/*
+						printf( "%s%s: %s\n", id, a,
+						    v[i] );
+						*/
+					}
+					ldap_value_free( v );
+					ldap_memfree( a );
+				}
+				if ( ber != NULL ) {
+					ber_free( ber, 0 );
+				}
+			}
+			ldap_msgfree( res );
+			/* printf( "%s\n", id ); */
+		}
+
+		if ( rc == -1 || ldap_result2error( ld, res, 0 ) !=
+		    LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+			ldap_perror( ld, "ldap_search" );
+		} else {
+			printf( "%sDone with one round\n", id );
+		}
+
+		if ( rc == -1 ) {
+			rc = ldap_get_lderrno( ld, NULL, NULL );
+			if ( CONNECTION_ERROR( rc ) && simplebind( ld,
+			    "bind-search_thread", 5 ) != LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+				return;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+static void
+modify_thread( void *arg1 )
+{
+	LDAPMessage	*res;
+	LDAPMessage	*e;
+	int		i, modentry, entries, msgid, rc;
+	LDAPMod		mod;
+	LDAPMod		*mods[2];
+	char		*vals[2];
+	char		*dn;
+	char		*id = arg1;
+	ldapmsgwrapper	*list, *lmwp, *lastlmwp;
+
+	printf( "modify_thread\n" );
+	tsd_setup();
+	if ( (msgid = ldap_search( ld, BASE, LDAP_SCOPE_SUBTREE,
+	    "(objectclass=*)", NULL, 0 )) == -1 ) {
+		ldap_perror( ld, "ldap_search_s" );
+		exit( 1 );
+	}
+	entries = 0;
+	list = lastlmwp = NULL;
+	while ( (rc = ldap_result( ld, msgid, 0, NULL, &res ))
+	    == LDAP_RES_SEARCH_ENTRY ) {
+		entries++;
+		if (( lmwp = (ldapmsgwrapper *)
+			malloc( sizeof( ldapmsgwrapper ))) == NULL ) {
+			perror( "modify_thread: malloc" );
+			exit( 1 );
+		}
+		lmwp->lmw_messagep = res;
+		lmwp->lmw_next = NULL;
+		if ( lastlmwp == NULL ) {
+			list = lastlmwp = lmwp;
+		} else {
+			lastlmwp->lmw_next = lmwp;
+		}
+		lastlmwp = lmwp;
+	}
+	if ( rc == -1 || ldap_result2error( ld, res, 0 ) != LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+		ldap_perror( ld, "modify_thread: ldap_search" );
+		exit( 1 );
+	} else {
+		entries++;
+		printf( "%sModify got %d entries\n", id, entries );
+	}
+
+	mods[0] = &mod;
+	mods[1] = NULL;
+	vals[0] = "bar";
+	vals[1] = NULL;
+	for ( ;; ) {
+		modentry = rand() % entries;
+		for ( i = 0, lmwp = list; lmwp != NULL && i < modentry;
+		    i++, lmwp = lmwp->lmw_next ) {
+			/* NULL */
+		}
+
+		if ( lmwp == NULL ) {
+			fprintf( stderr,
+			    "%sModify could not find entry %d of %d\n",
+			    id, modentry, entries );
+			continue;
+		}
+		e = lmwp->lmw_messagep;
+		printf( "%sPicked entry %d of %d\n", id, i, entries );
+		dn = ldap_get_dn( ld, e );
+		mod.mod_op = LDAP_MOD_REPLACE;
+		mod.mod_type = "description";
+		mod.mod_values = vals;
+		printf( "%sModifying (%s)\n", id, dn );
+		if (( rc = ldap_modify_s( ld, dn, mods )) != LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+			ldap_perror( ld, "ldap_modify_s" );
+			if ( CONNECTION_ERROR( rc ) && simplebind( ld,
+			    "bind-modify_thread", 5 ) != LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+				return;
+			}
+		}
+		free( dn );
+	}
+}
+
+static void
+add_thread( void *arg1 )
+{
+	LDAPMod	mod[5];
+	LDAPMod	*mods[6];
+	char	dn[BUFSIZ], name[40];
+	char	*cnvals[2], *snvals[2], *ocvals[2];
+	int	i, rc;
+	char	*id = arg1;
+
+	printf( "add_thread\n" );
+	tsd_setup();
+	for ( i = 0; i < 5; i++ ) {
+		mods[i] = &mod[i];
+	}
+	mods[5] = NULL;
+	mod[0].mod_op = 0;
+	mod[0].mod_type = "cn";
+	mod[0].mod_values = cnvals;
+	cnvals[1] = NULL;
+	mod[1].mod_op = 0;
+	mod[1].mod_type = "sn";
+	mod[1].mod_values = snvals;
+	snvals[1] = NULL;
+	mod[2].mod_op = 0;
+	mod[2].mod_type = "objectclass";
+	mod[2].mod_values = ocvals;
+	ocvals[0] = "person";
+	ocvals[1] = NULL;
+	mods[3] = NULL;
+
+	for ( ;; ) {
+		sprintf( name, "%d", rand() );
+		sprintf( dn, "cn=%s, " BASE, name );
+		cnvals[0] = name;
+		snvals[0] = name;
+
+		printf( "%sAdding entry (%s)\n", id, dn );
+		if (( rc = ldap_add_s( ld, dn, mods )) != LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+			ldap_perror( ld, "ldap_add_s" );
+			if ( CONNECTION_ERROR( rc ) && simplebind( ld,
+			    "bind-add_thread", 5 ) != LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+				return;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+static void
+delete_thread( void *arg1 )
+{
+	LDAPMessage	*res;
+	char		dn[BUFSIZ], name[40];
+	int		entries, msgid, rc;
+	char		*id = arg1;
+
+	printf( "delete_thread\n" );
+	tsd_setup();
+	if ( (msgid = ldap_search( ld, BASE, LDAP_SCOPE_SUBTREE,
+	    "(objectclass=*)", NULL, 0 )) == -1 ) {
+		ldap_perror( ld, "delete_thread: ldap_search_s" );
+		exit( 1 );
+	}
+	entries = 0;
+	while ( (rc = ldap_result( ld, msgid, 0, NULL, &res ))
+	    == LDAP_RES_SEARCH_ENTRY ) {
+		entries++;
+		ldap_msgfree( res );
+	}
+	entries++;
+	if ( rc == -1 || ldap_result2error( ld, res, 1 ) != LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+		ldap_perror( ld, "delete_thread: ldap_search" );
+	} else {
+		printf( "%sDelete got %d entries\n", id, entries );
+	}
+
+	for ( ;; ) {
+		sprintf( name, "%d", rand() );
+		sprintf( dn, "cn=%s, " BASE, name );
+
+		printf( "%sDeleting entry (%s)\n", id, dn );
+		if (( rc = ldap_delete_s( ld, dn )) != LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+			ldap_perror( ld, "ldap_delete_s" );
+			if ( CONNECTION_ERROR( rc ) && simplebind( ld,
+			    "bind-delete_thread", 5 ) != LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+				return;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+struct ldap_error {
+	int	le_errno;
+	char	*le_matched;
+	char	*le_errmsg;
+};
+
+static void
+tsd_setup()
+{
+	void	*tsd;
+
+	tsd = (void *) PR_GetThreadPrivate( tsdindex );
+	if ( tsd != NULL ) {
+		fprintf( stderr, "tsd non-null!\n" );
+		exit( 1 );
+	}
+	tsd = (void *) calloc( 1, sizeof(struct ldap_error) );
+	if ( PR_SetThreadPrivate( tsdindex, tsd ) != 0 ) {
+		perror( "PR_SetThreadPrivate" );
+		exit( 1 );
+	}
+}
+
+static void
+set_ld_error( int err, char *matched, char *errmsg, void *dummy )
+{
+	struct ldap_error *le;
+
+	le = (void *) PR_GetThreadPrivate( tsdindex );
+	le->le_errno = err;
+	if ( le->le_matched != NULL ) {
+		ldap_memfree( le->le_matched );
+	}
+	le->le_matched = matched;
+	if ( le->le_errmsg != NULL ) {
+		ldap_memfree( le->le_errmsg );
+	}
+	le->le_errmsg = errmsg;
+}
+
+static int
+get_ld_error( char **matchedp, char **errmsgp, void *dummy )
+{
+	struct ldap_error *le;
+
+	le = PR_GetThreadPrivate( tsdindex );
+	if ( matchedp != NULL ) {
+		*matchedp = le->le_matched;
+	}
+	if ( errmsgp != NULL ) {
+		*errmsgp = le->le_errmsg;
+	}
+	return( le->le_errno );
+}
+
+static void
+set_errno( int oserrno )
+{
+	/* XXXmcs: should this be PR_SetError( oserrno, 0 )? */
+	PR_SetError( PR_UNKNOWN_ERROR, oserrno );
+}
+
+static int
+get_errno( void )
+{
+	/* XXXmcs: should this be PR_GetError()? */
+	return( PR_GetOSError());
+}
+
+static void *
+my_mutex_alloc( void )
+{
+	return( (void *)PR_NewLock());
+}
+
+static void
+my_mutex_free( void *mutex )
+{
+	PR_DestroyLock( (PRLock *)mutex );
+}
+
+static int
+my_mutex_lock( void *mutex )
+{
+	PR_Lock( (PRLock *)mutex );
+	return( 0 );
+}
+
+static int
+my_mutex_unlock( void *mutex )
+{
+	if ( PR_Unlock( (PRLock *)mutex ) == PR_FAILURE ) {
+		return( -1 );
+	}
+
+	return( 0 );
+}
+
+static LDAPHostEnt *
+my_gethostbyname( const char *name, LDAPHostEnt *result,
+	char *buffer, int buflen, int *statusp, void *extradata )
+{
+	PRHostEnt	prhent;
+
+	if ( PR_GetHostByName( name, buffer, buflen,
+	    &prhent ) != PR_SUCCESS ) {
+		return( NULL );
+	}
+
+	return( copyPRHostEnt2LDAPHostEnt( result, &prhent ));
+}
+
+static LDAPHostEnt *
+my_gethostbyaddr( const char *addr, int length, int type, LDAPHostEnt *result,
+	char *buffer, int buflen, int *statusp, void *extradata )
+{
+	PRHostEnt	prhent;
+
+	if ( PR_GetHostByAddr( (PRNetAddr *)addr, buffer, buflen,
+	    &prhent ) != PR_SUCCESS ) {
+		return( NULL );
+	}
+
+	return( copyPRHostEnt2LDAPHostEnt( result, &prhent ));
+}
+
+static LDAPHostEnt *
+copyPRHostEnt2LDAPHostEnt( LDAPHostEnt *ldhp, PRHostEnt *prhp )
+{
+	ldhp->ldaphe_name = prhp->h_name;
+	ldhp->ldaphe_aliases = prhp->h_aliases;
+	ldhp->ldaphe_addrtype = prhp->h_addrtype;
+	ldhp->ldaphe_length =  prhp->h_length;
+	ldhp->ldaphe_addr_list =  prhp->h_addr_list;
+	return( ldhp );
+}
diff --git a/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/open.c b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/open.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..06cb629cb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/open.c
@@ -0,0 +1,912 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ * 
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version 
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with 
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at 
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ * 
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ * 
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, released
+ * March 31, 1998.
+ * 
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998-1999
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ * 
+ * Contributor(s):
+ * 
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
+ * or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ * 
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+/*
+ *  Copyright (c) 1995 Regents of the University of Michigan.
+ *  All rights reserved.
+ */
+/*
+ *  open.c
+ */
+
+#if 0
+#ifndef lint 
+static char copyright[] = "@(#) Copyright (c) 1995 Regents of the University of Michigan.\nAll rights reserved.\n";
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#include "ldap-int.h"
+#ifdef LDAP_SASLIO_HOOKS
+/* Valid for any ANSI C compiler */
+#include <limits.h>
+extern sasl_callback_t client_callbacks[];
+#endif
+
+#define VI_PRODUCTVERSION 3
+
+#ifndef INADDR_LOOPBACK
+#define INADDR_LOOPBACK	((unsigned long) 0x7f000001)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef LDAP_DEBUG
+int	ldap_debug = 0;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _WINDOWS
+#define USE_WINDOWS_TLS /* thread local storage */
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * global defaults for callbacks are stored here.  callers of the API set
+ *    these by passing a NULL "ld" to ldap_set_option().  Everything in
+ *    nsldapi_ld_defaults can be overridden on a per-ld basis as well (the
+ *    memory allocation functions are global to all ld's).
+ */
+struct ldap                     nsldapi_ld_defaults;
+struct ldap_memalloc_fns        nsldapi_memalloc_fns = { 0, 0, 0, 0 };
+int				nsldapi_initialized = 0;
+
+#ifdef USE_PTHREADS
+#include <pthread.h>
+#ifdef VMS
+/*
+** pthread_self() is not a routine on OpenVMS; it's inline assembler code. 
+** Since we need a real address which we can stuff away into a table, we need 
+** to make sure that pthread_self maps to the real pthread_self routine (yes,
+** we do have one fortunately).
+*/
+#undef pthread_self
+#define pthread_self PTHREAD_SELF
+extern pthread_t pthread_self (void);
+#endif
+static pthread_key_t		nsldapi_key;
+static pthread_mutex_t		nsldapi_init_mutex = PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER;
+
+struct nsldapi_ldap_error {
+        int     le_errno;
+        char    *le_matched;
+        char    *le_errmsg;
+};
+#elif defined (USE_WINDOWS_TLS)
+static DWORD dwTlsIndex;
+struct nsldapi_ldap_error {
+	int	le_errno;
+	char	*le_matched;
+	char	*le_errmsg;
+};
+#elif defined (_WINDOWS) /* use static tls */
+__declspec ( thread ) int	nsldapi_gldaperrno;
+__declspec ( thread ) char	*nsldapi_gmatched = NULL;
+__declspec ( thread ) char	*nsldapi_gldaperror = NULL; 
+#endif /* USE_WINDOWS_TLS */
+
+
+#ifdef _WINDOWS
+#define	LDAP_MUTEX_T	HANDLE
+static LDAP_MUTEX_T		nsldapi_init_mutex;
+
+int
+pthread_mutex_init( LDAP_MUTEX_T *mp, void *attr)
+{
+        if ( (*mp = CreateMutex(NULL, FALSE, NULL)) == NULL )
+                return( 1 );
+        else
+                return( 0 );
+}
+
+static void *
+pthread_mutex_alloc( void )
+{
+        LDAP_MUTEX_T *mutexp;
+
+        if ( (mutexp = malloc( sizeof(LDAP_MUTEX_T) )) != NULL ) {
+                pthread_mutex_init( mutexp, NULL );
+        }
+        return( mutexp );
+}
+
+int
+pthread_mutex_destroy( LDAP_MUTEX_T *mp )
+{
+        if ( !(CloseHandle(*mp)) )
+                return( 1 );
+        else
+                return( 0 );
+}
+
+static void
+pthread_mutex_free( void *mutexp )
+{
+        pthread_mutex_destroy( (LDAP_MUTEX_T *) mutexp );
+        free( mutexp );
+}
+
+int
+pthread_mutex_lock( LDAP_MUTEX_T *mp )
+{
+        if ( (WaitForSingleObject(*mp, INFINITE) != WAIT_OBJECT_0) )
+                return( 1 );
+        else
+                return( 0 );
+}
+
+int
+pthread_mutex_unlock( LDAP_MUTEX_T *mp )
+{
+        if ( !(ReleaseMutex(*mp)) )
+                return( 1 );
+        else
+                return( 0 );
+}
+
+static int
+get_errno( void )
+{
+	return errno;
+}
+
+static void
+set_errno( int Errno )
+{
+	errno = Errno;
+}
+
+#ifdef USE_WINDOWS_TLS
+static void
+set_ld_error( int err, char *matched, char *errmsg, void *dummy )
+{
+	struct nsldapi_ldap_error *le;
+	void *tsd;
+
+	le = TlsGetValue( dwTlsIndex );
+
+	if (le == NULL) {
+		tsd = (void *)calloc(1, sizeof(struct nsldapi_ldap_error));
+		TlsSetValue( dwTlsIndex, tsd );
+	}
+
+	le = TlsGetValue ( dwTlsIndex );
+
+	if (le == NULL)
+		return;
+
+	le->le_errno = err;
+
+	if ( le->le_matched != NULL ) {
+		ldap_memfree( le->le_matched );
+	}
+	le->le_matched = matched;
+
+	if ( le->le_errmsg != NULL ) {
+		ldap_memfree( le->le_errmsg );
+	}
+	le->le_errmsg = errmsg;
+}
+
+static int
+get_ld_error ( char **matched, char **errmsg, void *dummy )
+{
+	struct nsldapi_ldap_error *le;
+
+	le = TlsGetValue( dwTlsIndex );
+	if ( matched != NULL ) {
+		*matched = le->le_matched;
+	}
+
+	if ( errmsg != NULL ) {
+		*errmsg = le->le_errmsg;
+	}
+
+	return( le->le_errno );
+}
+#else
+static int
+get_ld_error( char **LDMatched, char **LDError, void * Args )
+{
+	if ( LDMatched != NULL )
+	{
+		*LDMatched = nsldapi_gmatched;
+	}
+	if ( LDError != NULL )
+	{
+		*LDError = nsldapi_gldaperror;
+	}
+	return nsldapi_gldaperrno;
+}
+
+static void
+set_ld_error( int LDErrno, char *  LDMatched, char *  LDError,
+	void *  Args )
+{
+	/* Clean up any previous string storage. */
+	if ( nsldapi_gmatched != NULL )
+	{
+		ldap_memfree( nsldapi_gmatched );
+	}
+	if ( nsldapi_gldaperror != NULL )
+	{
+		ldap_memfree( nsldapi_gldaperror );
+	}
+
+	nsldapi_gldaperrno  = LDErrno;
+	nsldapi_gmatched    = LDMatched;
+	nsldapi_gldaperror  = LDError;
+}
+#endif /* USE_WINDOWS_TLS */
+#endif /* ! _WINDOWS */
+
+#ifdef USE_PTHREADS
+static void *
+pthread_mutex_alloc( void )
+{
+	pthread_mutex_t *mutexp;
+
+	if ( (mutexp = malloc( sizeof(pthread_mutex_t) )) != NULL ) {
+		pthread_mutex_init( mutexp, NULL );
+	}
+	return( mutexp );
+}
+
+static void
+pthread_mutex_free( void *mutexp )
+{
+	pthread_mutex_destroy( (pthread_mutex_t *) mutexp );
+	free( mutexp );
+}
+
+static void
+set_ld_error( int err, char *matched, char *errmsg, void *dummy )
+{
+        struct nsldapi_ldap_error *le;
+        void *tsd;
+
+        le = pthread_getspecific( nsldapi_key );
+
+        if (le == NULL) {
+                tsd = (void *)calloc(1, sizeof(struct nsldapi_ldap_error));
+                pthread_setspecific( nsldapi_key, tsd );
+        }
+
+        le = pthread_getspecific( nsldapi_key );
+
+        if (le == NULL)
+                return;
+
+        le->le_errno = err;
+
+        if ( le->le_matched != NULL ) {
+                ldap_memfree( le->le_matched );
+        }
+        le->le_matched = matched;
+
+        if ( le->le_errmsg != NULL ) {
+                ldap_memfree( le->le_errmsg );
+        }
+        le->le_errmsg = errmsg;
+}
+
+static int
+get_ld_error( char **matched, char **errmsg, void *dummy )
+{
+        struct nsldapi_ldap_error *le;
+
+        le = pthread_getspecific( nsldapi_key );
+
+        if (le == NULL)
+                return( LDAP_SUCCESS );
+
+        if ( matched != NULL ) {
+                *matched = le->le_matched;
+        }
+        if ( errmsg != NULL ) {
+                *errmsg = le->le_errmsg;
+        }
+        return( le->le_errno );
+}
+
+static void
+set_errno( int err )
+{
+        errno = err;
+}
+
+static int
+get_errno( void )
+{
+        return( errno );
+}
+#endif /* use_pthreads */
+
+#if defined(USE_PTHREADS) || defined(_WINDOWS)
+static struct ldap_thread_fns
+	nsldapi_default_thread_fns = {
+		(void *(*)(void))pthread_mutex_alloc,
+		(void (*)(void *))pthread_mutex_free,
+		(int (*)(void *))pthread_mutex_lock,
+		(int (*)(void *))pthread_mutex_unlock,
+                (int (*)(void))get_errno,
+                (void (*)(int))set_errno,
+                (int (*)(char **, char **, void *))get_ld_error,
+                (void (*)(int, char *, char *, void *))set_ld_error,
+		0 };
+
+static struct ldap_extra_thread_fns
+	nsldapi_default_extra_thread_fns = {
+		0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+#ifdef _WINDOWS
+		0
+#else
+		(void *(*)(void))pthread_self
+#endif /* _WINDOWS */
+		};
+#endif /* use_pthreads || _windows */
+
+void
+nsldapi_initialize_defaults( void )
+{
+#ifdef _WINDOWS
+	pthread_mutex_init( &nsldapi_init_mutex, NULL );
+#endif /* _WINDOWS */
+
+#if defined(USE_PTHREADS) || defined(_WINDOWS)
+	pthread_mutex_lock( &nsldapi_init_mutex );
+
+	if ( nsldapi_initialized ) {
+		pthread_mutex_unlock( &nsldapi_init_mutex );
+		return;
+	}
+#else
+         if ( nsldapi_initialized ) {
+                 return;
+         }
+#endif /* use_pthreads || _windows */
+
+#ifdef USE_PTHREADS
+        if ( pthread_key_create(&nsldapi_key, free ) != 0) {
+                perror("pthread_key_create");
+        }
+#elif defined(USE_WINDOWS_TLS)
+	dwTlsIndex = TlsAlloc();
+#endif /* USE_WINDOWS_TLS */
+
+	memset( &nsldapi_memalloc_fns, 0, sizeof( nsldapi_memalloc_fns ));
+	memset( &nsldapi_ld_defaults, 0, sizeof( nsldapi_ld_defaults ));
+	nsldapi_ld_defaults.ld_options = LDAP_BITOPT_REFERRALS;
+	nsldapi_ld_defaults.ld_version = LDAP_VERSION3;
+	nsldapi_ld_defaults.ld_lberoptions = LBER_OPT_USE_DER;
+	nsldapi_ld_defaults.ld_refhoplimit = LDAP_DEFAULT_REFHOPLIMIT;
+
+#ifdef LDAP_SASLIO_HOOKS
+	/* SASL default option settings */
+	nsldapi_ld_defaults.ld_def_sasl_mech = NULL;
+	nsldapi_ld_defaults.ld_def_sasl_realm = NULL;
+	nsldapi_ld_defaults.ld_def_sasl_authcid = NULL;
+	nsldapi_ld_defaults.ld_def_sasl_authzid = NULL;
+	/* SASL Security properties */
+	nsldapi_ld_defaults.ld_sasl_secprops.max_ssf = UINT_MAX;
+	nsldapi_ld_defaults.ld_sasl_secprops.maxbufsize = SASL_MAX_BUFF_SIZE;
+	nsldapi_ld_defaults.ld_sasl_secprops.security_flags =
+		SASL_SEC_NOPLAINTEXT | SASL_SEC_NOANONYMOUS;
+
+	/* SASL mutex function callbacks */
+	sasl_set_mutex(
+		(sasl_mutex_alloc_t *)nsldapi_default_thread_fns.ltf_mutex_alloc,
+		(sasl_mutex_lock_t *)nsldapi_default_thread_fns.ltf_mutex_lock,
+		(sasl_mutex_unlock_t *)nsldapi_default_thread_fns.ltf_mutex_unlock,
+		(sasl_mutex_free_t *)nsldapi_default_thread_fns.ltf_mutex_free );
+
+	/* SASL memory allocation function callbacks */
+	sasl_set_alloc(
+		(sasl_malloc_t *)ldap_x_malloc,
+		(sasl_calloc_t *)ldap_x_calloc,
+		(sasl_realloc_t *)ldap_x_realloc,
+		(sasl_free_t *)ldap_x_free );
+
+	/* SASL library initialization */
+	if ( sasl_client_init( client_callbacks ) != SASL_OK ) {
+		nsldapi_initialized = 0;
+		pthread_mutex_unlock( &nsldapi_init_mutex );
+		return;
+	}
+#endif
+
+#if defined( STR_TRANSLATION ) && defined( LDAP_DEFAULT_CHARSET )
+	nsldapi_ld_defaults.ld_lberoptions |= LBER_OPT_TRANSLATE_STRINGS;
+#if LDAP_CHARSET_8859 == LDAP_DEFAULT_CHARSET
+	ldap_set_string_translators( &nsldapi_ld_defaults, ldap_8859_to_t61,
+	    ldap_t61_to_8859 );
+#endif /* LDAP_CHARSET_8859 == LDAP_DEFAULT_CHARSET */
+#endif /* STR_TRANSLATION && LDAP_DEFAULT_CHARSET */
+
+        /* set default connect timeout (in milliseconds) */
+        /* this was picked as it is the standard tcp timeout as well */
+        nsldapi_ld_defaults.ld_connect_timeout = LDAP_X_IO_TIMEOUT_NO_TIMEOUT;
+
+#if defined(USE_PTHREADS) || defined(_WINDOWS)
+        /* load up default platform specific locking routines */
+        if (ldap_set_option( &nsldapi_ld_defaults, LDAP_OPT_THREAD_FN_PTRS,
+                (void *)&nsldapi_default_thread_fns) != LDAP_SUCCESS) {
+		nsldapi_initialized = 0;
+		pthread_mutex_unlock( &nsldapi_init_mutex );
+                return;
+        }
+
+#ifndef _WINDOWS
+        /* load up default threadid function */
+        if (ldap_set_option( &nsldapi_ld_defaults, LDAP_OPT_EXTRA_THREAD_FN_PTRS,
+                (void *)&nsldapi_default_extra_thread_fns) != LDAP_SUCCESS) {
+		nsldapi_initialized = 0;
+		pthread_mutex_unlock( &nsldapi_init_mutex );
+                return;
+        }
+#endif /* _WINDOWS */
+	nsldapi_initialized = 1;
+	pthread_mutex_unlock( &nsldapi_init_mutex );
+#else
+        nsldapi_initialized = 1;
+#endif /* use_pthreads || _windows */
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * ldap_version - report version levels for important properties
+ * This function is deprecated.  Use ldap_get_option( ..., LDAP_OPT_API_INFO,
+ *	... ) instead.
+ *
+ * Example:
+ *	LDAPVersion ver;
+ *	ldap_version( &ver );
+ *  if ( (ver.sdk_version < 100) || (ver.SSL_version < 300) )
+ *      fprintf( stderr, "LDAP SDK level insufficient\n" );
+ *
+ * or:
+ *  if ( ldap_version(NULL) < 100 )
+ *      fprintf( stderr, "LDAP SDK level insufficient\n" );
+ *
+ */
+
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_version( LDAPVersion *ver )
+{
+	if ( NULL != ver )
+	{
+		memset( ver, 0, sizeof(*ver) );
+		ver->sdk_version = (int)(VI_PRODUCTVERSION * 100);
+		ver->protocol_version = LDAP_VERSION_MAX * 100;
+		ver->SSL_version = SSL_VERSION * 100;
+		/* 
+		 * set security to none by default 
+		 */
+
+		ver->security_level = LDAP_SECURITY_NONE;
+#if defined(LINK_SSL)
+#if defined(NS_DOMESTIC)
+		ver->security_level = 128;
+#elif defined(NSS_EXPORT)
+		ver->security_level = 40;
+#endif
+#endif
+
+	}
+	return (int)(VI_PRODUCTVERSION * 100);
+}
+
+/*
+ * ldap_open - initialize and connect to an ldap server.  A magic cookie to
+ * be used for future communication is returned on success, NULL on failure.
+ * "host" may be a space-separated list of hosts or IP addresses
+ *
+ * Example:
+ *	LDAP	*ld;
+ *	ld = ldap_open( hostname, port );
+ */
+
+LDAP *
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_open( const char *host, int port )
+{
+	LDAP	*ld;
+
+	LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "ldap_open\n", 0, 0, 0 );
+
+	if (( ld = ldap_init( host, port )) == NULL ) {
+		return( NULL );
+	}
+
+	LDAP_MUTEX_LOCK( ld, LDAP_CONN_LOCK );
+	if ( nsldapi_open_ldap_defconn( ld ) < 0 ) {
+		LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_CONN_LOCK );
+		ldap_ld_free( ld, NULL, NULL, 0 );
+		return( NULL );
+	}
+
+	LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_CONN_LOCK );
+	LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "ldap_open successful, ld_host is %s\n",
+		( ld->ld_host == NULL ) ? "(null)" : ld->ld_host, 0, 0 );
+
+	return( ld );
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * ldap_init - initialize the LDAP library.  A magic cookie to be used for
+ * future communication is returned on success, NULL on failure.
+ * "defhost" may be a space-separated list of hosts or IP addresses
+ *
+ * NOTE: If you want to use IPv6, you must use prldap creating a LDAP handle
+ * with prldap_init instead of ldap_init. Or install the NSPR functions
+ * by calling prldap_install_routines. (See the nspr samples in examples)
+ *
+ * Example:
+ *	LDAP	*ld;
+ *	ld = ldap_init( default_hostname, default_port );
+ */
+LDAP *
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_init( const char *defhost, int defport )
+{
+	LDAP	*ld;
+
+	if ( !nsldapi_initialized ) {
+		nsldapi_initialize_defaults();
+	}
+
+	if ( defport < 0 || defport > LDAP_PORT_MAX ) {
+	    LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_ANY,
+		    "ldap_init: port %d is invalid (port numbers must range from 1 to %d)\n",
+		    defport, LDAP_PORT_MAX, 0 );
+#if !defined( macintosh ) && !defined( DOS ) && !defined( BEOS )
+	    errno = EINVAL;
+#endif
+	    return( NULL );
+	}
+
+	LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "ldap_init\n", 0, 0, 0 );
+
+	if ( (ld = (LDAP*)NSLDAPI_MALLOC( sizeof(struct ldap) )) == NULL ) {
+		return( NULL );
+	}
+
+	/* copy defaults */
+	SAFEMEMCPY( ld, &nsldapi_ld_defaults, sizeof( struct ldap ));
+	if ( nsldapi_ld_defaults.ld_io_fns_ptr != NULL ) {
+		if (( ld->ld_io_fns_ptr = (struct ldap_io_fns *)NSLDAPI_MALLOC(
+		    sizeof( struct ldap_io_fns ))) == NULL ) {
+			NSLDAPI_FREE( (char *)ld );
+			return( NULL );
+		}
+		/* struct copy */
+		*(ld->ld_io_fns_ptr) = *(nsldapi_ld_defaults.ld_io_fns_ptr);
+	}
+
+	/* call the new handle I/O callback if one is defined */
+	if ( ld->ld_extnewhandle_fn != NULL ) {
+		/*
+		 * We always pass the session extended I/O argument to
+		 * the new handle callback.
+		 */
+		if ( ld->ld_extnewhandle_fn( ld, ld->ld_ext_session_arg )
+		    != LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+			NSLDAPI_FREE( (char*)ld );
+			return( NULL );
+		}
+	}
+
+	/* allocate session-specific resources */
+	if (( ld->ld_sbp = ber_sockbuf_alloc()) == NULL ||
+	    ( defhost != NULL &&
+	    ( ld->ld_defhost = nsldapi_strdup( defhost )) == NULL ) ||
+	    ((ld->ld_mutex = (void **) NSLDAPI_CALLOC( LDAP_MAX_LOCK, sizeof(void *))) == NULL )) {
+		if ( ld->ld_sbp != NULL ) {
+			ber_sockbuf_free( ld->ld_sbp );
+		}
+		if( ld->ld_mutex != NULL ) {
+			NSLDAPI_FREE( ld->ld_mutex );
+		}
+		NSLDAPI_FREE( (char*)ld );
+		return( NULL );
+	}
+
+	/* install Sockbuf I/O functions if set in LDAP * */
+	if ( ld->ld_extread_fn != NULL || ld->ld_extwrite_fn != NULL ) {
+		struct lber_x_ext_io_fns lberiofns;
+
+		memset( &lberiofns, 0, sizeof( lberiofns ));
+
+		lberiofns.lbextiofn_size = LBER_X_EXTIO_FNS_SIZE;
+		lberiofns.lbextiofn_read = ld->ld_extread_fn;
+		lberiofns.lbextiofn_write = ld->ld_extwrite_fn;
+		lberiofns.lbextiofn_writev = ld->ld_extwritev_fn;
+		lberiofns.lbextiofn_socket_arg = NULL;
+		ber_sockbuf_set_option( ld->ld_sbp, LBER_SOCKBUF_OPT_EXT_IO_FNS,
+			(void *)&lberiofns );
+	}
+
+	/* allocate mutexes */
+	nsldapi_mutex_alloc_all( ld );
+
+	/* set default port */
+	ld->ld_defport = ( defport == 0 ) ? LDAP_PORT : defport;
+
+	return( ld );
+}
+
+
+void
+nsldapi_mutex_alloc_all( LDAP *ld )
+{
+	int	i;
+
+	if ( ld != &nsldapi_ld_defaults && ld->ld_mutex != NULL ) {
+		for ( i = 0; i<LDAP_MAX_LOCK; i++ ) {
+			ld->ld_mutex[i] = LDAP_MUTEX_ALLOC( ld );
+			ld->ld_mutex_threadid[i] = (void *) -1; 
+			ld->ld_mutex_refcnt[i] = 0; 
+		}
+	} 
+}
+
+
+void
+nsldapi_mutex_free_all( LDAP *ld )
+{
+	int	i;
+
+	if ( ld != &nsldapi_ld_defaults && ld->ld_mutex != NULL ) {
+		for ( i = 0; i<LDAP_MAX_LOCK; i++ ) {
+			LDAP_MUTEX_FREE( ld, ld->ld_mutex[i] );
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/* returns 0 if connection opened and -1 if an error occurs */
+int
+nsldapi_open_ldap_defconn( LDAP *ld )
+{
+	LDAPServer	*srv;
+
+	if (( srv = (LDAPServer *)NSLDAPI_CALLOC( 1, sizeof( LDAPServer ))) ==
+	    NULL || ( ld->ld_defhost != NULL && ( srv->lsrv_host =
+	    nsldapi_strdup( ld->ld_defhost )) == NULL )) {
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_NO_MEMORY, NULL, NULL );
+		return( -1 );
+	}
+	srv->lsrv_port = ld->ld_defport;
+
+	if (( ld->ld_options & LDAP_BITOPT_SSL ) != 0 ) {
+		srv->lsrv_options |= LDAP_SRV_OPT_SECURE;
+	}
+
+	if (( ld->ld_defconn = nsldapi_new_connection( ld, &srv, 1, 1, 0 ))
+	    == NULL ) {
+		if ( ld->ld_defhost != NULL ) {
+			NSLDAPI_FREE( srv->lsrv_host );
+		}
+		NSLDAPI_FREE( (char *)srv );
+		return( -1 );
+	}
+	++ld->ld_defconn->lconn_refcnt;	/* so it never gets closed/freed */
+
+	return( 0 );
+}
+
+
+struct ldap_x_hostlist_status {
+	char	*lhs_hostlist;
+	char	*lhs_nexthost;
+	int	lhs_defport;
+};
+
+/*
+ * Return the first host and port in hostlist (setting *hostp and *portp).
+ * Return value is an LDAP API error code (LDAP_SUCCESS if all goes well).
+ * Note that a NULL or zero-length hostlist causes the host "127.0.0.1" to
+ * be returned.
+ */
+int LDAP_CALL
+ldap_x_hostlist_first( const char *hostlist, int defport, char **hostp,
+    int *portp, struct ldap_x_hostlist_status **statusp )
+{
+
+	if ( NULL == hostp || NULL == portp || NULL == statusp ) {
+		return( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+	}
+
+	if ( NULL == hostlist || *hostlist == '\0' ) {
+		*hostp = nsldapi_strdup( "127.0.0.1" );
+		if ( NULL == *hostp ) {
+			return( LDAP_NO_MEMORY );
+		}
+		*portp = defport;
+		*statusp = NULL;
+		return( LDAP_SUCCESS );
+	}
+
+	*statusp = NSLDAPI_CALLOC( 1, sizeof( struct ldap_x_hostlist_status ));
+	if ( NULL == *statusp ) {
+		return( LDAP_NO_MEMORY );
+	}
+	(*statusp)->lhs_hostlist = nsldapi_strdup( hostlist );
+	if ( NULL == (*statusp)->lhs_hostlist ) {
+		return( LDAP_NO_MEMORY );
+	}
+	(*statusp)->lhs_nexthost = (*statusp)->lhs_hostlist;
+	(*statusp)->lhs_defport = defport;
+	return( ldap_x_hostlist_next( hostp, portp, *statusp ));
+}
+
+/*
+ * Return the next host and port in hostlist (setting *hostp and *portp).
+ * Return value is an LDAP API error code (LDAP_SUCCESS if all goes well).
+ * If no more hosts are available, LDAP_SUCCESS is returned but *hostp is set
+ * to NULL.
+ */
+int LDAP_CALL
+ldap_x_hostlist_next( char **hostp, int *portp,
+	struct ldap_x_hostlist_status *status )
+{
+	char	*q;
+	int		squarebrackets = 0;
+
+	if ( NULL == hostp || NULL == portp ) {
+		return( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+	}
+
+	if ( NULL == status || NULL == status->lhs_nexthost ) {
+		*hostp = NULL;
+		return( LDAP_SUCCESS );
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * skip past leading '[' if present (IPv6 addresses may be surrounded
+	 * with square brackets, e.g., [fe80::a00:20ff:fee5:c0b4]:389
+	 */
+	if ( status->lhs_nexthost[0] == '[' ) {
+		++status->lhs_nexthost;
+		squarebrackets = 1;
+	}
+
+	/* copy host into *hostp */
+	if ( NULL != ( q = strchr( status->lhs_nexthost, ' ' ))) {
+		size_t	len = q - status->lhs_nexthost;
+		*hostp = NSLDAPI_MALLOC( len + 1 );
+		if ( NULL == *hostp ) {
+			return( LDAP_NO_MEMORY );
+		}
+		strncpy( *hostp, status->lhs_nexthost, len );
+		(*hostp)[len] = '\0';
+		status->lhs_nexthost += ( len + 1 );
+	} else {	/* last host */
+		*hostp = nsldapi_strdup( status->lhs_nexthost );
+		if ( NULL == *hostp ) {
+			return( LDAP_NO_MEMORY );
+		}
+		status->lhs_nexthost = NULL;
+	}
+
+	/* 
+	 * Look for closing ']' and skip past it before looking for port.
+	 */
+	if ( squarebrackets && NULL != ( q = strchr( *hostp, ']' ))) {
+		*q++ = '\0';
+	} else {
+		q = *hostp;
+	}
+
+	/* determine and set port */
+	if ( NULL != ( q = strchr( q, ':' ))) {
+		*q++ = '\0';
+		*portp = atoi( q );
+	} else {
+		*portp = status->lhs_defport;
+	}
+
+	return( LDAP_SUCCESS );
+}
+
+
+void LDAP_CALL
+ldap_x_hostlist_statusfree( struct ldap_x_hostlist_status *status )
+{
+	if ( NULL != status ) {
+		if ( NULL != status->lhs_hostlist ) {
+			NSLDAPI_FREE( status->lhs_hostlist );
+		}
+		NSLDAPI_FREE( status );
+	}
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+ * memory allocation functions.  we include these in open.c since every
+ *    LDAP application is likely to pull the rest of the code in this file
+ *    in anyways.
+ */
+void *
+ldap_x_malloc( size_t size )
+{
+	return( nsldapi_memalloc_fns.ldapmem_malloc == NULL ?
+	    malloc( size ) :
+	    nsldapi_memalloc_fns.ldapmem_malloc( size ));
+}
+
+
+void *
+ldap_x_calloc( size_t nelem, size_t elsize )
+{
+	return( nsldapi_memalloc_fns.ldapmem_calloc == NULL ?
+	    calloc(  nelem, elsize ) :
+	    nsldapi_memalloc_fns.ldapmem_calloc( nelem, elsize ));
+}
+
+
+void *
+ldap_x_realloc( void *ptr, size_t size )
+{
+	return( nsldapi_memalloc_fns.ldapmem_realloc == NULL ?
+	    realloc( ptr, size ) :
+	    nsldapi_memalloc_fns.ldapmem_realloc( ptr, size ));
+}
+
+
+void
+ldap_x_free( void *ptr )
+{
+	if ( nsldapi_memalloc_fns.ldapmem_free == NULL ) {
+		free( ptr );
+	} else {
+		nsldapi_memalloc_fns.ldapmem_free( ptr );
+	}
+}
+
+
+/* if s is NULL, returns NULL */
+char *
+nsldapi_strdup( const char *s )
+{
+	char	*p;
+
+	if ( s == NULL ||
+	    (p = (char *)NSLDAPI_MALLOC( strlen( s ) + 1 )) == NULL )
+		return( NULL );
+
+	strcpy( p, s );
+
+	return( p );
+}
diff --git a/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/os-ip.c b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/os-ip.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2e70139be
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/os-ip.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1862 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ * 
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version 
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with 
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at 
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ * 
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ * 
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, released
+ * March 31, 1998.
+ * 
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998-1999
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ * 
+ * Contributor(s):
+ * 
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
+ * or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ * 
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+/*
+ *  Copyright (c) 1995 Regents of the University of Michigan.
+ *  All rights reserved.
+ */
+/*
+ *  os-ip.c -- platform-specific TCP & UDP related code
+ */
+
+#if 0
+#ifndef lint 
+static char copyright[] = "@(#) Copyright (c) 1995 Regents of the University of Michigan.\nAll rights reserved.\n";
+#endif
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * On platforms where poll() does not exist, we use select().
+ * Therefore, we should increase the number of file descriptors
+ * we can use by #defining FD_SETSIZE to a large number before
+ * we include <sys/select.h> or its equivalent.  We do not need
+ * to do this for Windows, because on that platform there is no
+ * relationship between FD_SETSIZE and the highest numbered file
+ * descriptor we can use.  See the document fdsetsize.txt in
+ * this directory for a description of the setting of FD_SETSIZE
+ * for the OS'es we care about.
+ */
+#ifndef NSLDAPI_HAVE_POLL
+/* XXX value for BSDI? */
+/* XXX value for macintosh (if applicable)? */
+#endif
+
+#include "ldap-int.h"
+#ifdef NSLDAPI_CONNECT_MUST_NOT_BE_INTERRUPTED
+#include <signal.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef NSLDAPI_HAVE_POLL
+#include <poll.h>
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef _WINDOWS
+#define NSLDAPI_INVALID_OS_SOCKET( s )	((s) == INVALID_SOCKET)
+#else
+#define NSLDAPI_INVALID_OS_SOCKET( s )	((s) < 0 )	
+#endif
+
+
+#define NSLDAPI_POLL_ARRAY_GROWTH  5  /* grow arrays 5 elements at a time */
+
+
+/*
+ * Structures and union for tracking status of network sockets
+ */
+#ifdef NSLDAPI_HAVE_POLL
+struct nsldapi_os_statusinfo {		/* used with native OS poll() */
+	struct pollfd		*ossi_pollfds;
+	int			ossi_pollfds_size;
+};
+#else /* NSLDAPI_HAVE_POLL */
+struct nsldapi_os_statusinfo {		/* used with native OS select() */
+	fd_set			ossi_readfds;
+	fd_set			ossi_writefds;
+	fd_set			ossi_use_readfds;
+	fd_set			ossi_use_writefds;
+};
+#endif /* else NSLDAPI_HAVE_POLL */
+
+struct nsldapi_cb_statusinfo {		/* used with ext. I/O poll() callback */
+    LDAP_X_PollFD		*cbsi_pollfds;
+    int				cbsi_pollfds_size;
+};
+
+/*
+ * NSLDAPI_CB_POLL_MATCH() evaluates to non-zero (true) if the Sockbuf *sdp
+ * matches the LDAP_X_PollFD pollfd.
+ */
+#ifdef _WINDOWS
+#define NSLDAPI_CB_POLL_SD_CAST		(unsigned int)
+#else
+#define NSLDAPI_CB_POLL_SD_CAST
+#endif
+#define NSLDAPI_CB_POLL_MATCH( sbp, pollfd ) \
+    ((sbp)->sb_sd == NSLDAPI_CB_POLL_SD_CAST ((pollfd).lpoll_fd) && \
+    (sbp)->sb_ext_io_fns.lbextiofn_socket_arg == (pollfd).lpoll_socketarg)
+
+
+struct nsldapi_iostatus_info {
+	int				ios_type;
+#define NSLDAPI_IOSTATUS_TYPE_OSNATIVE		1   /* poll() or select() */
+#define NSLDAPI_IOSTATUS_TYPE_CALLBACK		2   /* poll()-like */
+	int				ios_read_count;
+	int				ios_write_count;
+	union {
+	    struct nsldapi_os_statusinfo	ios_osinfo;
+	    struct nsldapi_cb_statusinfo	ios_cbinfo;
+	} ios_status;
+};
+
+#ifndef NSLDAPI_AVOID_OS_SOCKETS
+#ifdef NSLDAPI_HAVE_POLL
+static int nsldapi_add_to_os_pollfds( int fd,
+    struct nsldapi_os_statusinfo *pip, short events );
+static int nsldapi_clear_from_os_pollfds( int fd,
+    struct nsldapi_os_statusinfo *pip, short events );
+static int nsldapi_find_in_os_pollfds( int fd,
+    struct nsldapi_os_statusinfo *pip, short revents );
+#endif /* NSLDAPI_HAVE_POLL */
+#endif /* NSLDAPI_AVOID_OS_SOCKETS */
+
+static int nsldapi_iostatus_init_nolock( LDAP *ld );
+static int nsldapi_add_to_cb_pollfds( Sockbuf *sb,
+    struct nsldapi_cb_statusinfo *pip, short events );
+static int nsldapi_clear_from_cb_pollfds( Sockbuf *sb,
+    struct nsldapi_cb_statusinfo *pip, short events );
+static int nsldapi_find_in_cb_pollfds( Sockbuf *sb,
+    struct nsldapi_cb_statusinfo *pip, short revents );
+
+
+#ifdef irix
+#ifndef _PR_THREADS
+/*
+ * XXXmcs: on IRIX NSPR's poll() and select() wrappers will crash if NSPR
+ * has not been initialized.  We work around the problem by bypassing
+ * the NSPR wrapper functions and going directly to the OS' functions.
+ */
+#define NSLDAPI_POLL		_poll
+#define NSLDAPI_SELECT		_select
+extern int _poll(struct pollfd *fds, unsigned long nfds, int timeout);
+extern int _select(int nfds, fd_set *readfds, fd_set *writefds,
+        fd_set *exceptfds, struct timeval *timeout);
+#else /* _PR_THREADS */
+#define NSLDAPI_POLL		poll
+#define NSLDAPI_SELECT		select
+#endif /* else _PR_THREADS */
+#else /* irix */
+#define NSLDAPI_POLL		poll
+#define NSLDAPI_SELECT		select
+#endif /* else irix */
+
+
+static LBER_SOCKET nsldapi_os_socket( LDAP *ld, int secure, int domain,
+	int type, int protocol );
+static int nsldapi_os_ioctl( LBER_SOCKET s, int option, int *statusp );
+static int nsldapi_os_connect_with_to( LBER_SOCKET s, struct sockaddr *name,
+	int namelen, int msec_timeout );
+#if defined(KERBEROS)
+char * nsldapi_host_connected_to( LDAP *ld, Sockbuf *sb );
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Function typedefs used by nsldapi_try_each_host()
+ */
+typedef LBER_SOCKET (NSLDAPI_SOCKET_FN)( LDAP *ld, int secure, int domain,
+	    int type, int protocol );
+typedef int (NSLDAPI_IOCTL_FN)( LBER_SOCKET s, int option, int *statusp );
+typedef int (NSLDAPI_CONNECT_WITH_TO_FN )( LBER_SOCKET s, struct sockaddr *name,
+	int namelen, int msec_timeout );
+typedef int (NSLDAPI_CONNECT_FN )( LBER_SOCKET s, struct sockaddr *name,
+	int namelen );
+typedef int (NSLDAPI_CLOSE_FN )( LBER_SOCKET s );
+
+static int nsldapi_try_each_host( LDAP *ld, const char *hostlist, int defport,
+	int secure, NSLDAPI_SOCKET_FN *socketfn, NSLDAPI_IOCTL_FN *ioctlfn,
+	NSLDAPI_CONNECT_WITH_TO_FN *connectwithtofn,
+	NSLDAPI_CONNECT_FN *connectfn, NSLDAPI_CLOSE_FN *closefn );
+
+
+static int
+nsldapi_os_closesocket( LBER_SOCKET s )
+{
+	int	rc;
+
+#ifdef NSLDAPI_AVOID_OS_SOCKETS
+	rc = -1;
+#else /* NSLDAPI_AVOID_OS_SOCKETS */
+#ifdef _WINDOWS
+	rc = closesocket( s );
+#else /* _WINDOWS */
+	rc = close( s );
+#endif /* _WINDOWS */
+#endif /* NSLDAPI_AVOID_OS_SOCKETS */
+	return( rc );
+}
+
+
+static LBER_SOCKET
+nsldapi_os_socket( LDAP *ld, int secure, int domain, int type, int protocol )
+{
+#ifdef NSLDAPI_AVOID_OS_SOCKETS
+	return -1;
+#else /* NSLDAPI_AVOID_OS_SOCKETS */
+	int		s, invalid_socket;
+	char		*errmsg = NULL;
+
+	if ( secure ) {
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_LOCAL_ERROR, NULL,
+			    nsldapi_strdup( "secure mode not supported" ));
+		return( -1 );
+	}
+
+	s = socket( domain, type, protocol );
+
+	/*
+	 * if the socket() call failed or it returned a socket larger
+	 * than we can deal with, return a "local error."
+	 */
+	if ( NSLDAPI_INVALID_OS_SOCKET( s )) {
+		errmsg = "unable to create a socket";
+		invalid_socket = 1;
+	} else {	/* valid socket -- check for overflow */
+		invalid_socket = 0;
+#if !defined(NSLDAPI_HAVE_POLL) && !defined(_WINDOWS)
+		/* not on Windows and do not have poll() */
+		if ( s >= FD_SETSIZE ) {
+			errmsg = "can't use socket >= FD_SETSIZE";
+		}
+#endif
+	}
+
+	if ( errmsg != NULL ) {	/* local socket error */
+		if ( !invalid_socket ) {
+			nsldapi_os_closesocket( s );
+		}
+		errmsg = nsldapi_strdup( errmsg );
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_LOCAL_ERROR, NULL, errmsg );
+		return( -1 );
+	}
+
+	return( s );
+#endif /* NSLDAPI_AVOID_OS_SOCKETS */
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+ * Non-blocking connect call function
+ */
+static int
+nsldapi_os_connect_with_to(LBER_SOCKET sockfd, struct sockaddr *saptr,
+	int salen, int msec)
+{
+#ifdef NSLDAPI_AVOID_OS_SOCKETS
+	return -1;
+#else /* NSLDAPI_AVOID_OS_SOCKETS */
+	int		n, error;
+	int		len;
+#if defined(_WINDOWS) || defined(XP_OS2)
+	int		nonblock = 1;
+	int		block = 0;
+#else
+	int		flags;
+#endif /* _WINDOWS */
+#ifdef NSLDAPI_HAVE_POLL
+	struct pollfd   pfd;
+#else
+	struct timeval	tval;
+	fd_set		rset, wset;
+#ifdef _WINDOWS
+	fd_set		eset;
+#endif
+#endif /* NSLDAPI_HAVE_POLL */
+
+
+	LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "nsldapi_connect_nonblock timeout: %d (msec)\n",
+		msec, 0, 0);
+
+#ifdef _WINDOWS
+	ioctlsocket(sockfd, FIONBIO, &nonblock);
+#elif defined(XP_OS2)
+  ioctl( sockfd, FIONBIO, &nonblock, sizeof(nonblock) );
+#else
+	flags = fcntl(sockfd, F_GETFL, 0);
+	fcntl(sockfd, F_SETFL, flags | O_NONBLOCK);
+#endif /* _WINDOWS */
+
+	error = 0;
+	if ((n = connect(sockfd, saptr, salen)) < 0)
+#ifdef _WINDOWS
+		if ((n != SOCKET_ERROR) &&  (WSAGetLastError() != WSAEWOULDBLOCK)) {
+#else
+		if (errno != EINPROGRESS) {
+#endif /* _WINDOWS */
+#ifdef LDAP_DEBUG
+			if ( ldap_debug & LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE ) {
+				perror("connect");
+			}
+#endif
+			return (-1);
+		}
+
+	/* success */
+	if (n == 0)
+		goto done;
+
+#ifdef NSLDAPI_HAVE_POLL
+	pfd.fd = sockfd;
+	pfd.events = POLLOUT;
+#else
+	FD_ZERO(&rset);
+	FD_SET(sockfd, &rset);
+	wset = rset;
+
+#ifdef _WINDOWS
+	eset = rset;
+#endif /* _WINDOWS */
+#endif /* NSLDAPI_HAVE_POLL */
+
+	if (msec < 0 && msec != LDAP_X_IO_TIMEOUT_NO_TIMEOUT) {
+		LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "Invalid timeout value detected.."
+			"resetting connect timeout to default value "
+			"(LDAP_X_IO_TIMEOUT_NO_TIMEOUT\n", 0, 0, 0);
+		msec = LDAP_X_IO_TIMEOUT_NO_TIMEOUT;
+#ifndef NSLDAPI_HAVE_POLL
+	} else {
+		if (msec != 0) {
+			tval.tv_sec = msec / 1000;
+			tval.tv_usec = 1000 * ( msec % 1000 );
+		} else {
+			tval.tv_sec = 0;
+			tval.tv_usec = 0;
+		}
+#endif /* NSLDAPI_HAVE_POLL */
+	}
+
+#ifdef NSLDAPI_HAVE_POLL
+	if ((n = poll(&pfd, 1,
+		(msec != LDAP_X_IO_TIMEOUT_NO_TIMEOUT) ? msec : -1)) == 0) {
+		errno = ETIMEDOUT;
+		return (-1);
+	}
+	if (pfd.revents & (POLLOUT|POLLERR|POLLHUP|POLLNVAL)) {
+		len = sizeof(error);
+		if (getsockopt(sockfd, SOL_SOCKET, SO_ERROR, (char *)&error, &len)
+			< 0)
+			return (-1);
+#ifdef LDAP_DEBUG
+	} else if ( ldap_debug & LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE ) {
+		perror("poll error: sockfd not set");
+#endif
+	}
+
+#else /* NSLDAPI_HAVE_POLL */
+	/* if timeval structure == NULL, select will block indefinitely */
+	/* 			!= NULL, and value == 0, select will */
+	/* 			         not block */
+	/* Windows is a bit quirky on how it behaves w.r.t nonblocking */
+	/* connects.  If the connect fails, the exception fd, eset, is */
+	/* set to show the failure.  The first argument in select is */
+	/* ignored */
+
+#ifdef _WINDOWS
+	if ((n = select(sockfd +1, &rset, &wset, &eset,
+		(msec != LDAP_X_IO_TIMEOUT_NO_TIMEOUT) ? &tval : NULL)) == 0) {
+		errno = WSAETIMEDOUT;
+		return (-1);
+	}
+	/* if wset is set, the connect worked */
+	if (FD_ISSET(sockfd, &wset) || FD_ISSET(sockfd, &rset)) {
+		len = sizeof(error);
+		if (getsockopt(sockfd, SOL_SOCKET, SO_ERROR, (char *)&error, &len)
+			< 0)
+			return (-1);
+		goto done;
+	}
+
+	/* if eset is set, the connect failed */
+	if (FD_ISSET(sockfd, &eset)) {
+		return (-1);
+	}
+
+	/* failure on select call */
+	if (n == SOCKET_ERROR) {
+		perror("select error: SOCKET_ERROR returned");
+		return (-1);		
+	}
+#else
+	if ((n = select(sockfd +1, &rset, &wset, NULL,
+		(msec != LDAP_X_IO_TIMEOUT_NO_TIMEOUT) ? &tval : NULL)) == 0) {
+		errno = ETIMEDOUT;
+		return (-1);
+	}
+	if (FD_ISSET(sockfd, &rset) || FD_ISSET(sockfd, &wset)) {
+		len = sizeof(error);
+		if (getsockopt(sockfd, SOL_SOCKET, SO_ERROR, (char *)&error, &len)
+			< 0)
+			return (-1);
+#ifdef LDAP_DEBUG
+	} else if ( ldap_debug & LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE ) {
+		perror("select error: sockfd not set");
+#endif
+	}
+#endif /* _WINDOWS */
+#endif /* NSLDAPI_HAVE_POLL */
+
+done:
+#ifdef _WINDOWS
+	ioctlsocket(sockfd, FIONBIO, &block);
+#elif defined(XP_OS2)
+  ioctl( sockfd, FIONBIO, &nonblock, sizeof(block) );
+#else
+	fcntl(sockfd, F_SETFL, flags);
+#endif /* _WINDOWS */
+
+	if (error) {
+		errno = error;
+		return (-1);
+	}
+
+	return (0);
+#endif /* NSLDAPI_AVOID_OS_SOCKETS */
+}
+
+
+static int
+nsldapi_os_ioctl( LBER_SOCKET s, int option, int *statusp )
+{
+#ifdef NSLDAPI_AVOID_OS_SOCKETS
+	return -1;
+#else /* NSLDAPI_AVOID_OS_SOCKETS */
+	int		err;
+#if defined(_WINDOWS) || defined(XP_OS2)
+	u_long		iostatus;
+#endif
+
+	if ( FIONBIO != option ) {
+		return( -1 );
+	}
+
+#ifdef _WINDOWS
+	iostatus = *(u_long *)statusp;
+	err = ioctlsocket( s, FIONBIO, &iostatus );
+#else
+#ifdef XP_OS2
+	err = ioctl( s, FIONBIO, (caddr_t)&iostatus, sizeof(iostatus) );
+#else
+	err = ioctl( s, FIONBIO, (caddr_t)statusp );
+#endif
+#endif
+
+	return( err );
+#endif /* NSLDAPI_AVOID_OS_SOCKETS */
+}
+
+
+int
+nsldapi_connect_to_host( LDAP *ld, Sockbuf *sb, const char *hostlist,
+		int defport, int secure, char **krbinstancep )
+/*
+ * "defport" must be in host byte order
+ * zero is returned upon success, -1 if fatal error, -2 EINPROGRESS
+ * if -1 is returned, ld_errno is set
+ */
+{
+	int		s;
+
+	LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "nsldapi_connect_to_host: %s, port: %d\n",
+	    NULL == hostlist ? "NULL" : hostlist, defport, 0 );
+
+	/*
+	 * If an extended I/O connect callback has been defined, just use it.
+	 */
+	if ( NULL != ld->ld_extconnect_fn ) {
+		unsigned long connect_opts = 0;
+
+		if ( ld->ld_options & LDAP_BITOPT_ASYNC) {
+			connect_opts |= LDAP_X_EXTIOF_OPT_NONBLOCKING;
+		}
+		if ( secure ) {
+			connect_opts |= LDAP_X_EXTIOF_OPT_SECURE;
+		}
+		s = ld->ld_extconnect_fn( hostlist, defport,
+		    ld->ld_connect_timeout, connect_opts,
+		    ld->ld_ext_session_arg,
+		    &sb->sb_ext_io_fns.lbextiofn_socket_arg );
+
+	} else {
+#ifdef NSLDAPI_AVOID_OS_SOCKETS
+		return( -1 );
+#else /* NSLDAPI_AVOID_OS_SOCKETS */
+		s = nsldapi_try_each_host( ld, hostlist,
+			defport, secure, nsldapi_os_socket,
+			nsldapi_os_ioctl, nsldapi_os_connect_with_to,
+			NULL, nsldapi_os_closesocket );
+#endif /* NSLDAPI_AVOID_OS_SOCKETS */
+	}
+
+	if ( s < 0 ) {
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_CONNECT_ERROR, NULL, NULL );
+		return( -1 );
+	}
+
+	sb->sb_sd = s;
+
+	/*
+	 * Set krbinstancep (canonical name of host for use by Kerberos).
+	 */
+#ifdef KERBEROS
+	char	*p;
+
+	if (( *krbinstancep = nsldapi_host_connected_to( sb )) != NULL
+	    && ( p = strchr( *krbinstancep, '.' )) != NULL ) {
+		*p = '\0';
+	}
+#else /* KERBEROS */
+	*krbinstancep = NULL;
+#endif /* KERBEROS */
+
+	return( 0 );
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Returns a socket number if successful and -1 if an error occurs.
+ */
+static int
+nsldapi_try_each_host( LDAP *ld, const char *hostlist,
+	int defport, int secure, NSLDAPI_SOCKET_FN *socketfn,
+	NSLDAPI_IOCTL_FN *ioctlfn, NSLDAPI_CONNECT_WITH_TO_FN *connectwithtofn,
+	NSLDAPI_CONNECT_FN *connectfn, NSLDAPI_CLOSE_FN *closefn )
+{
+#ifdef NSLDAPI_AVOID_OS_SOCKETS
+	return -1;
+#else /* NSLDAPI_AVOID_OS_SOCKETS */
+	int			rc = -1;
+	int			s = 0;
+	int			i, err, connected, use_hp;
+	int			parse_err, port;
+	struct sockaddr_in	sin;
+	nsldapi_in_addr_t	address;
+	char			**addrlist, *ldhpbuf, *ldhpbuf_allocd = NULL;
+	char			*host;
+	LDAPHostEnt		ldhent, *ldhp;
+	struct hostent		*hp;
+	struct ldap_x_hostlist_status	*status;
+#ifdef GETHOSTBYNAME_BUF_T
+	GETHOSTBYNAME_BUF_T	hbuf;
+	struct hostent		hent;
+#endif /* GETHOSTBYNAME_BUF_T */
+
+	connected = 0;
+	parse_err = ldap_x_hostlist_first( hostlist, defport, &host, &port,
+            &status );
+	while ( !connected && LDAP_SUCCESS == parse_err && host != NULL ) {
+		ldhpbuf_allocd = NULL;
+		ldhp = NULL;
+		hp = NULL;
+		s = 0;
+		use_hp = 0;
+		addrlist = NULL;
+
+
+		if (( address = inet_addr( host )) == -1 ) {
+			if ( ld->ld_dns_gethostbyname_fn == NULL ) {
+#ifdef GETHOSTBYNAME_R_RETURNS_INT
+				(void)GETHOSTBYNAME( host, &hent, hbuf,
+				    sizeof(hbuf), &hp, &err );
+#else
+				hp = GETHOSTBYNAME( host, &hent, hbuf,
+				    sizeof(hbuf), &err );
+#endif
+				if ( hp != NULL ) {
+					addrlist = hp->h_addr_list;
+				}
+			} else {
+				/*
+				 * DNS callback installed... use it.
+				 */
+#ifdef GETHOSTBYNAME_buf_t
+				/* avoid allocation by using hbuf if large enough */
+				if ( sizeof( hbuf ) < ld->ld_dns_bufsize ) {
+					ldhpbuf = ldhpbuf_allocd
+					    = NSLDAPI_MALLOC( ld->ld_dns_bufsize );
+				} else {
+					ldhpbuf = (char *)hbuf;
+				}
+#else /* GETHOSTBYNAME_buf_t */
+				ldhpbuf = ldhpbuf_allocd = NSLDAPI_MALLOC(
+				    ld->ld_dns_bufsize );
+#endif /* else GETHOSTBYNAME_buf_t */
+
+				if ( ldhpbuf == NULL ) {
+					LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_NO_MEMORY,
+					    NULL, NULL );
+					ldap_memfree( host );
+					ldap_x_hostlist_statusfree( status );
+					return( -1 );
+				}
+
+				if (( ldhp = ld->ld_dns_gethostbyname_fn( host,
+				    &ldhent, ldhpbuf, ld->ld_dns_bufsize, &err,
+				    ld->ld_dns_extradata )) != NULL ) {
+					addrlist = ldhp->ldaphe_addr_list;
+				}
+			}
+
+			if ( addrlist == NULL ) {
+				LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_CONNECT_ERROR, NULL, NULL );
+				LDAP_SET_ERRNO( ld, EHOSTUNREACH );  /* close enough */
+				if ( ldhpbuf_allocd != NULL ) {
+					NSLDAPI_FREE( ldhpbuf_allocd );
+				}
+				ldap_memfree( host );
+				ldap_x_hostlist_statusfree( status );
+				return( -1 );
+			}
+			use_hp = 1;
+		}
+
+		rc = -1;
+		for ( i = 0; !use_hp || ( addrlist[ i ] != 0 ); i++ ) {
+			if ( -1 == ( s = (*socketfn)( ld, secure, AF_INET,
+					SOCK_STREAM, 0 ))) {
+				if ( ldhpbuf_allocd != NULL ) {
+					NSLDAPI_FREE( ldhpbuf_allocd );
+				}
+				ldap_memfree( host );
+				ldap_x_hostlist_statusfree( status );
+				return( -1 );
+			}
+
+			if ( ld->ld_options & LDAP_BITOPT_ASYNC ) {
+				int	iostatus = 1;
+
+				err = (*ioctlfn)( s, FIONBIO, &iostatus );
+				if ( err == -1 ) {
+					LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_ANY,
+					    "FIONBIO ioctl failed on %d\n",
+					    s, 0, 0 );
+				}
+			}
+
+			(void)memset( (char *)&sin, 0, sizeof( struct sockaddr_in ));
+			sin.sin_family = AF_INET;
+			sin.sin_port = htons( (unsigned short)port );
+
+			SAFEMEMCPY( (char *) &sin.sin_addr.s_addr,
+			    ( use_hp ? (char *) addrlist[ i ] :
+			    (char *) &address ), sizeof( sin.sin_addr.s_addr) );
+
+			{
+#ifdef NSLDAPI_CONNECT_MUST_NOT_BE_INTERRUPTED
+/*
+ * Block all of the signals that might interrupt connect() since
+ * there is an OS bug that causes connect() to fail if it is restarted.
+ * Look in ../../include/portable.h for the definition of
+ * NSLDAPI_CONNECT_MUST_NOT_BE_INTERRUPTED.
+ */
+				sigset_t	ints_off, oldset;
+
+				sigemptyset( &ints_off );
+				sigaddset( &ints_off, SIGALRM );
+				sigaddset( &ints_off, SIGIO );
+				sigaddset( &ints_off, SIGCLD );
+
+				NSLDAPI_MT_SAFE_SIGPROCMASK( SIG_BLOCK, &ints_off, &oldset );
+#endif /* NSLDAPI_CONNECT_MUST_NOT_BE_INTERRUPTED */
+
+				if ( NULL != connectwithtofn  ) {	
+					err = (*connectwithtofn)(s,
+						(struct sockaddr *)&sin,
+						sizeof(struct sockaddr_in),
+						ld->ld_connect_timeout);
+				} else {
+					err = (*connectfn)(s,
+						(struct sockaddr *)&sin,
+						sizeof(struct sockaddr_in));
+				}
+#ifdef NSLDAPI_CONNECT_MUST_NOT_BE_INTERRUPTED
+/*
+ * restore original signal mask
+ */
+				NSLDAPI_MT_SAFE_SIGPROCMASK( SIG_SETMASK, &oldset, 0 );
+#endif /* NSLDAPI_CONNECT_MUST_NOT_BE_INTERRUPTED */
+
+			}
+			if ( err >= 0 ) {
+				connected = 1;
+				rc = 0;
+				break;
+			} else {
+				if ( ld->ld_options & LDAP_BITOPT_ASYNC) {
+#ifdef _WINDOWS
+					if (err == -1 && WSAGetLastError() == WSAEWOULDBLOCK)
+						LDAP_SET_ERRNO( ld, EWOULDBLOCK );
+#endif /* _WINDOWS */
+					err = LDAP_GET_ERRNO( ld );
+					if ( NSLDAPI_ERRNO_IO_INPROGRESS( err )) {
+						LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "connect would block...\n",
+							   0, 0, 0 );
+						rc = -2;
+						break;
+					}
+				}
+
+#ifdef LDAP_DEBUG
+				if ( ldap_debug & LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE ) {
+					perror( (char *)inet_ntoa( sin.sin_addr ));
+				}
+#endif
+				(*closefn)( s );
+				if ( !use_hp ) {
+					break;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+
+		ldap_memfree( host );
+		parse_err = ldap_x_hostlist_next( &host, &port, status );
+	}
+
+	if ( ldhpbuf_allocd != NULL ) {
+		NSLDAPI_FREE( ldhpbuf_allocd );
+	}
+	ldap_memfree( host );
+	ldap_x_hostlist_statusfree( status );
+
+	if ( connected ) {
+		LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "sd %d connected to: %s\n",
+		    s, inet_ntoa( sin.sin_addr ), 0 );
+	}
+
+	return( rc == 0 ? s : -1 );
+#endif /* NSLDAPI_AVOID_OS_SOCKETS */
+}
+
+void
+nsldapi_close_connection( LDAP *ld, Sockbuf *sb )
+{
+	if ( ld->ld_extclose_fn == NULL ) {
+#ifndef NSLDAPI_AVOID_OS_SOCKETS
+		nsldapi_os_closesocket( sb->sb_sd );
+#endif /* NSLDAPI_AVOID_OS_SOCKETS */
+	} else {
+		ld->ld_extclose_fn( sb->sb_sd,
+			    sb->sb_ext_io_fns.lbextiofn_socket_arg );
+	}
+}
+
+
+#ifdef KERBEROS
+char *
+nsldapi_host_connected_to( LDAP *ld, Sockbuf *sb )
+{
+	struct hostent		*hp;
+	char			*p;
+	int			len;
+	struct sockaddr_in	sin;
+
+	(void)memset( (char *)&sin, 0, sizeof( struct sockaddr_in ));
+	len = sizeof( sin );
+	if ( getpeername( sb->sb_sd, (struct sockaddr *)&sin, &len ) == -1 ) {
+		return( NULL );
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * do a reverse lookup on the addr to get the official hostname.
+	 * this is necessary for kerberos to work right, since the official
+	 * hostname is used as the kerberos instance.
+	 */
+#error XXXmcs: need to use DNS callbacks here
+	if (( hp = (struct hostent *)gethostbyaddr( (char *) &sin.sin_addr,
+	    sizeof( sin.sin_addr ), AF_INET )) != NULL ) {
+		if ( hp->h_name != NULL ) {
+			return( nsldapi_strdup( hp->h_name ));
+		}
+	}
+
+	return( NULL );
+}
+#endif /* KERBEROS */
+
+
+/*
+ * Returns 0 if all goes well and -1 if an error occurs (error code set in ld)
+ * Also allocates initializes ld->ld_iostatus if needed..
+ */
+int
+nsldapi_iostatus_interest_write( LDAP *ld, Sockbuf *sb )
+{
+	int		rc = 0;
+	NSLDAPIIOStatus	*iosp;
+
+	LDAP_MUTEX_LOCK( ld, LDAP_IOSTATUS_LOCK );
+
+	if ( ld->ld_iostatus == NULL
+	    && nsldapi_iostatus_init_nolock( ld ) < 0 ) {
+		rc = -1;
+		goto unlock_and_return;
+	}
+
+	iosp = ld->ld_iostatus;
+
+	if ( iosp->ios_type == NSLDAPI_IOSTATUS_TYPE_OSNATIVE ) {
+#ifdef NSLDAPI_AVOID_OS_SOCKETS
+		rc = -1;
+		goto unlock_and_return;
+#else /* NSLDAPI_AVOID_OS_SOCKETS */
+#ifdef NSLDAPI_HAVE_POLL
+		if ( nsldapi_add_to_os_pollfds( sb->sb_sd,
+		    &iosp->ios_status.ios_osinfo, POLLOUT )) {
+			++iosp->ios_write_count;
+		}
+#else /* NSLDAPI_HAVE_POLL */
+		if ( !FD_ISSET( sb->sb_sd,
+		    &iosp->ios_status.ios_osinfo.ossi_writefds )) {
+			FD_SET( sb->sb_sd,
+			    &iosp->ios_status.ios_osinfo.ossi_writefds );
+			++iosp->ios_write_count;
+		}
+#endif /* else NSLDAPI_HAVE_POLL */
+#endif /* NSLDAPI_AVOID_OS_SOCKETS */
+
+	} else if ( iosp->ios_type == NSLDAPI_IOSTATUS_TYPE_CALLBACK ) {
+		if ( nsldapi_add_to_cb_pollfds( sb,
+		    &iosp->ios_status.ios_cbinfo, LDAP_X_POLLOUT )) {
+			++iosp->ios_write_count;
+		}
+
+	} else {
+		LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_ANY,
+		    "nsldapi_iostatus_interest_write: unknown I/O type %d\n",
+		     iosp->ios_type, 0, 0 );
+	}
+
+unlock_and_return:
+	LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_IOSTATUS_LOCK );
+	return( rc );
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Returns 0 if all goes well and -1 if an error occurs (error code set in ld)
+ * Also allocates initializes ld->ld_iostatus if needed..
+ */
+int
+nsldapi_iostatus_interest_read( LDAP *ld, Sockbuf *sb )
+{
+	int		rc = 0;
+	NSLDAPIIOStatus	*iosp;
+
+	LDAP_MUTEX_LOCK( ld, LDAP_IOSTATUS_LOCK );
+
+	if ( ld->ld_iostatus == NULL
+	    && nsldapi_iostatus_init_nolock( ld ) < 0 ) {
+		rc = -1;
+		goto unlock_and_return;
+	}
+
+	iosp = ld->ld_iostatus;
+
+	if ( iosp->ios_type == NSLDAPI_IOSTATUS_TYPE_OSNATIVE ) {
+#ifdef NSLDAPI_AVOID_OS_SOCKETS
+		rc = -1;
+		goto unlock_and_return;
+#else /* NSLDAPI_AVOID_OS_SOCKETS */
+#ifdef NSLDAPI_HAVE_POLL
+		if ( nsldapi_add_to_os_pollfds( sb->sb_sd,
+		    &iosp->ios_status.ios_osinfo, POLLIN )) {
+			++iosp->ios_read_count;
+		}
+#else /* NSLDAPI_HAVE_POLL */
+		if ( !FD_ISSET( sb->sb_sd,
+		    &iosp->ios_status.ios_osinfo.ossi_readfds )) {
+			FD_SET( sb->sb_sd,
+			    &iosp->ios_status.ios_osinfo.ossi_readfds );
+			++iosp->ios_read_count;
+		}
+#endif /* else NSLDAPI_HAVE_POLL */
+#endif /* NSLDAPI_AVOID_OS_SOCKETS */
+
+	} else if ( iosp->ios_type == NSLDAPI_IOSTATUS_TYPE_CALLBACK ) {
+		if ( nsldapi_add_to_cb_pollfds( sb,
+		    &iosp->ios_status.ios_cbinfo, LDAP_X_POLLIN )) {
+			++iosp->ios_read_count;
+		}
+	} else {
+		LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_ANY,
+		    "nsldapi_iostatus_interest_read: unknown I/O type %d\n",
+		     iosp->ios_type, 0, 0 );
+	}
+
+unlock_and_return:
+	LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_IOSTATUS_LOCK );
+	return( rc );
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Returns 0 if all goes well and -1 if an error occurs (error code set in ld)
+ * Also allocates initializes ld->ld_iostatus if needed..
+ */
+int
+nsldapi_iostatus_interest_clear( LDAP *ld, Sockbuf *sb )
+{
+	int		rc = 0;
+	NSLDAPIIOStatus	*iosp;
+
+	LDAP_MUTEX_LOCK( ld, LDAP_IOSTATUS_LOCK );
+
+	if ( ld->ld_iostatus == NULL
+	    && nsldapi_iostatus_init_nolock( ld ) < 0 ) {
+		rc = -1;
+		goto unlock_and_return;
+	}
+
+	iosp = ld->ld_iostatus;
+
+	if ( iosp->ios_type == NSLDAPI_IOSTATUS_TYPE_OSNATIVE ) {
+#ifdef NSLDAPI_AVOID_OS_SOCKETS
+		rc = -1;
+		goto unlock_and_return;
+#else /* NSLDAPI_AVOID_OS_SOCKETS */
+#ifdef NSLDAPI_HAVE_POLL
+		if ( nsldapi_clear_from_os_pollfds( sb->sb_sd,
+		    &iosp->ios_status.ios_osinfo, POLLOUT )) {
+			--iosp->ios_write_count;
+		}
+		if ( nsldapi_clear_from_os_pollfds( sb->sb_sd,
+		    &iosp->ios_status.ios_osinfo, POLLIN )) {
+			--iosp->ios_read_count;
+		}
+#else /* NSLDAPI_HAVE_POLL */
+		if ( FD_ISSET( sb->sb_sd,
+		    &iosp->ios_status.ios_osinfo.ossi_writefds )) {
+			FD_CLR( sb->sb_sd,
+			    &iosp->ios_status.ios_osinfo.ossi_writefds );
+			--iosp->ios_write_count;
+		}
+		if ( FD_ISSET( sb->sb_sd,
+		    &iosp->ios_status.ios_osinfo.ossi_readfds )) {
+			FD_CLR( sb->sb_sd,
+			    &iosp->ios_status.ios_osinfo.ossi_readfds );
+			--iosp->ios_read_count;
+		}
+#endif /* else NSLDAPI_HAVE_POLL */
+#endif /* NSLDAPI_AVOID_OS_SOCKETS */
+
+	} else if ( iosp->ios_type == NSLDAPI_IOSTATUS_TYPE_CALLBACK ) {
+		if ( nsldapi_clear_from_cb_pollfds( sb,
+		    &iosp->ios_status.ios_cbinfo, LDAP_X_POLLOUT )) {
+			--iosp->ios_write_count;
+		}
+		if ( nsldapi_clear_from_cb_pollfds( sb,
+		    &iosp->ios_status.ios_cbinfo, LDAP_X_POLLIN )) {
+			--iosp->ios_read_count;
+		}
+	} else {
+		LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_ANY,
+		    "nsldapi_iostatus_interest_clear: unknown I/O type %d\n",
+		     iosp->ios_type, 0, 0 );
+	}
+
+unlock_and_return:
+	LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_IOSTATUS_LOCK );
+	return( rc );
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Return a non-zero value if sb is ready for write.
+ */
+int
+nsldapi_iostatus_is_write_ready( LDAP *ld, Sockbuf *sb )
+{
+	int		rc = 0;
+	NSLDAPIIOStatus	*iosp;
+
+	LDAP_MUTEX_LOCK( ld, LDAP_IOSTATUS_LOCK );
+	iosp = ld->ld_iostatus;
+	if ( iosp == NULL ) {
+		goto unlock_and_return;
+	}
+
+	if ( iosp->ios_type == NSLDAPI_IOSTATUS_TYPE_OSNATIVE ) {
+#ifdef NSLDAPI_AVOID_OS_SOCKETS
+		goto unlock_and_return;
+#else  /* NSLDAPI_AVOID_OS_SOCKETS */
+#ifdef NSLDAPI_HAVE_POLL
+		/*
+		 * if we are using poll() we do something a little tricky: if
+		 * any bits in the socket's returned events field other than
+		 * POLLIN (ready for read) are set, we return true.  This
+		 * is done so we notice when a server closes a connection
+		 * or when another error occurs.  The actual error will be
+		 * noticed later when we call write() or send().
+		 */
+		rc = nsldapi_find_in_os_pollfds( sb->sb_sd,
+		    &iosp->ios_status.ios_osinfo, ~POLLIN );
+
+#else /* NSLDAPI_HAVE_POLL */
+		rc = FD_ISSET( sb->sb_sd,
+			&iosp->ios_status.ios_osinfo.ossi_use_writefds );
+#endif /* else NSLDAPI_HAVE_POLL */
+#endif /* NSLDAPI_AVOID_OS_SOCKETS */
+
+	} else if ( iosp->ios_type == NSLDAPI_IOSTATUS_TYPE_CALLBACK ) {
+		rc = nsldapi_find_in_cb_pollfds( sb,
+		    &iosp->ios_status.ios_cbinfo, ~LDAP_X_POLLIN );
+
+	} else {
+		LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_ANY,
+		    "nsldapi_iostatus_is_write_ready: unknown I/O type %d\n",
+		     iosp->ios_type, 0, 0 );
+		rc = 0;
+	}
+
+unlock_and_return:
+	LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_IOSTATUS_LOCK );
+	return( rc );
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Return a non-zero value if sb is ready for read.
+ */
+int
+nsldapi_iostatus_is_read_ready( LDAP *ld, Sockbuf *sb )
+{
+	int		rc = 0;
+	NSLDAPIIOStatus	*iosp;
+
+	LDAP_MUTEX_LOCK( ld, LDAP_IOSTATUS_LOCK );
+	iosp = ld->ld_iostatus;
+	if ( iosp == NULL ) {
+		goto unlock_and_return;
+	}
+
+	if ( iosp->ios_type == NSLDAPI_IOSTATUS_TYPE_OSNATIVE ) {
+#ifdef NSLDAPI_AVOID_OS_SOCKETS
+		goto unlock_and_return;
+#else /* NSLDAPI_AVOID_OS_SOCKETS */
+#ifdef NSLDAPI_HAVE_POLL
+		/*
+		 * if we are using poll() we do something a little tricky: if
+		 * any bits in the socket's returned events field other than
+		 * POLLOUT (ready for write) are set, we return true.  This
+		 * is done so we notice when a server closes a connection
+		 * or when another error occurs.  The actual error will be
+		 * noticed later when we call read() or recv().
+		 */
+		rc = nsldapi_find_in_os_pollfds( sb->sb_sd,
+		    &iosp->ios_status.ios_osinfo, ~POLLOUT );
+
+#else /* NSLDAPI_HAVE_POLL */
+		rc = FD_ISSET( sb->sb_sd,
+		    &iosp->ios_status.ios_osinfo.ossi_use_readfds );
+#endif /* else NSLDAPI_HAVE_POLL */
+#endif /* NSLDAPI_AVOID_OS_SOCKETS */
+
+	} else if ( iosp->ios_type == NSLDAPI_IOSTATUS_TYPE_CALLBACK ) {
+		rc = nsldapi_find_in_cb_pollfds( sb,
+		    &iosp->ios_status.ios_cbinfo, ~LDAP_X_POLLOUT );
+
+	} else {
+		LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_ANY,
+		    "nsldapi_iostatus_is_read_ready: unknown I/O type %d\n",
+		     iosp->ios_type, 0, 0 );
+		rc = 0;
+	}
+
+unlock_and_return:
+	LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_IOSTATUS_LOCK );
+	return( rc );
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Allocate and initialize ld->ld_iostatus if not already done.
+ * Should be called with LDAP_IOSTATUS_LOCK locked.
+ * Returns 0 if all goes well and -1 if not (sets error in ld)
+ */
+static int
+nsldapi_iostatus_init_nolock( LDAP *ld )
+{
+	NSLDAPIIOStatus	*iosp;
+
+	if ( ld->ld_iostatus != NULL ) {
+		return( 0 );
+	}
+
+	if (( iosp = (NSLDAPIIOStatus *)NSLDAPI_CALLOC( 1,
+	    sizeof( NSLDAPIIOStatus ))) == NULL ) {
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_NO_MEMORY, NULL, NULL );
+		return( -1 );
+	}
+
+	if ( ld->ld_extpoll_fn == NULL ) {
+		iosp->ios_type = NSLDAPI_IOSTATUS_TYPE_OSNATIVE;
+#ifdef NSLDAPI_AVOID_OS_SOCKETS
+		return( -1 );
+#else /* NSLDAPI_AVOID_OS_SOCKETS */
+#ifndef NSLDAPI_HAVE_POLL
+		FD_ZERO( &iosp->ios_status.ios_osinfo.ossi_readfds );
+		FD_ZERO( &iosp->ios_status.ios_osinfo.ossi_writefds );
+#endif /* !NSLDAPI_HAVE_POLL */
+#endif /* NSLDAPI_AVOID_OS_SOCKETS */
+
+	} else {
+		iosp->ios_type = NSLDAPI_IOSTATUS_TYPE_CALLBACK;
+	}
+
+	ld->ld_iostatus = iosp;
+	return( 0 );
+}
+
+
+void
+nsldapi_iostatus_free( LDAP *ld )
+{
+	if ( ld == NULL ) {
+		return;
+	}
+
+		
+	/* clean up classic I/O compatibility glue */
+	if ( ld->ld_io_fns_ptr != NULL ) {
+		if ( ld->ld_ext_session_arg != NULL ) {
+			NSLDAPI_FREE( ld->ld_ext_session_arg );
+		}
+		NSLDAPI_FREE( ld->ld_io_fns_ptr );
+	}
+
+	/* clean up I/O status tracking info. */
+	if ( ld->ld_iostatus != NULL ) {
+		NSLDAPIIOStatus	*iosp = ld->ld_iostatus;
+
+		if ( iosp->ios_type == NSLDAPI_IOSTATUS_TYPE_OSNATIVE ) {
+#ifdef NSLDAPI_HAVE_POLL
+			if ( iosp->ios_status.ios_osinfo.ossi_pollfds
+			    != NULL ) {
+				NSLDAPI_FREE(
+				    iosp->ios_status.ios_osinfo.ossi_pollfds );
+			}
+#endif /* NSLDAPI_HAVE_POLL */
+
+		} else if ( iosp->ios_type == NSLDAPI_IOSTATUS_TYPE_CALLBACK ) {
+			if ( iosp->ios_status.ios_cbinfo.cbsi_pollfds
+			    != NULL ) {
+				NSLDAPI_FREE(
+				    iosp->ios_status.ios_cbinfo.cbsi_pollfds );
+			}
+		} else {
+			LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_ANY,
+			    "nsldapi_iostatus_free: unknown I/O type %d\n",
+			     iosp->ios_type, 0, 0 );
+		}
+
+		NSLDAPI_FREE( iosp );
+	}
+}
+
+
+
+#if !defined(NSLDAPI_HAVE_POLL) && !defined(NSLDAPI_AVOID_OS_SOCKETS)
+static int
+nsldapi_get_select_table_size( void )
+{
+	static int	tblsize = 0;	/* static */
+
+	if ( tblsize == 0 ) {
+#if defined(_WINDOWS) || defined(XP_OS2)
+		tblsize = FOPEN_MAX; /* ANSI spec. */
+#else
+#ifdef USE_SYSCONF
+		tblsize = sysconf( _SC_OPEN_MAX );
+#else /* USE_SYSCONF */
+		tblsize = getdtablesize();
+#endif /* else USE_SYSCONF */
+#endif /* else _WINDOWS */
+
+		if ( tblsize >= FD_SETSIZE ) {
+			/*
+			 * clamp value so we don't overrun the fd_set structure
+			 */
+			tblsize = FD_SETSIZE - 1;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return( tblsize );
+}
+#endif /* !defined(NSLDAPI_HAVE_POLL) && !defined(NSLDAPI_AVOID_OS_SOCKETS) */
+
+
+static int
+nsldapi_tv2ms( struct timeval *tv )
+{
+	if ( tv == NULL ) {
+		return( -1 );	/* infinite timout for poll() */
+	}
+
+	return( tv->tv_sec * 1000 + tv->tv_usec / 1000 );
+}
+
+
+int
+nsldapi_iostatus_poll( LDAP *ld, struct timeval *timeout )
+{
+	int			rc;
+	NSLDAPIIOStatus		*iosp;
+
+	LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "nsldapi_iostatus_poll\n", 0, 0, 0 );
+
+	LDAP_MUTEX_LOCK( ld, LDAP_IOSTATUS_LOCK );
+	iosp = ld->ld_iostatus;
+
+	if ( iosp == NULL ||
+            ( iosp->ios_read_count <= 0 && iosp->ios_write_count <= 0 )) {
+		rc = 0;		/* simulate a timeout */
+
+	} else if ( iosp->ios_type == NSLDAPI_IOSTATUS_TYPE_OSNATIVE ) {
+#ifndef NSLDAPI_AVOID_OS_SOCKETS
+#ifdef NSLDAPI_HAVE_POLL
+
+		rc = NSLDAPI_POLL( iosp->ios_status.ios_osinfo.ossi_pollfds,
+		    iosp->ios_status.ios_osinfo.ossi_pollfds_size,
+		    nsldapi_tv2ms( timeout ));
+
+#else /* NSLDAPI_HAVE_POLL */
+
+		/* two (potentially large) struct copies */
+		iosp->ios_status.ios_osinfo.ossi_use_readfds
+		    = iosp->ios_status.ios_osinfo.ossi_readfds;
+		iosp->ios_status.ios_osinfo.ossi_use_writefds
+		    = iosp->ios_status.ios_osinfo.ossi_writefds;
+
+#ifdef HPUX9
+		rc = NSLDAPI_SELECT( nsldapi_get_select_table_size(),
+		    (int *)&iosp->ios_status.ios_osinfo.ossi_use_readfds
+		    (int *)&iosp->ios_status.ios_osinfo.ossi_use_writefds,
+		    NULL, timeout );
+#else
+		rc = NSLDAPI_SELECT( nsldapi_get_select_table_size(),
+		    &iosp->ios_status.ios_osinfo.ossi_use_readfds,
+		    &iosp->ios_status.ios_osinfo.ossi_use_writefds,
+		    NULL, timeout );
+#endif /* else HPUX9 */
+#endif /* else NSLDAPI_HAVE_POLL */
+#endif /* NSLDAPI_AVOID_OS_SOCKETS */
+
+	} else if ( iosp->ios_type == NSLDAPI_IOSTATUS_TYPE_CALLBACK ) {
+		/*
+		 * We always pass the session extended I/O argument to
+		 * the extended poll() callback.
+		 */
+		rc = ld->ld_extpoll_fn( 
+		    iosp->ios_status.ios_cbinfo.cbsi_pollfds,
+		    iosp->ios_status.ios_cbinfo.cbsi_pollfds_size,
+		    nsldapi_tv2ms( timeout ), ld->ld_ext_session_arg );
+
+	} else {
+		LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_ANY,
+		    "nsldapi_iostatus_poll: unknown I/O type %d\n",
+		     iosp->ios_type, 0, 0 );
+		rc = 0;	/* simulate a timeout (what else to do?) */
+	}
+
+	LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_IOSTATUS_LOCK );
+	return( rc );
+}
+
+#if defined(NSLDAPI_HAVE_POLL) && !defined(NSLDAPI_AVOID_OS_SOCKETS)
+/*
+ * returns 1 if "fd" was added to pollfds.
+ * returns 1 if some of the bits in "events" were added to pollfds.
+ * returns 0 if no changes were made.
+ */
+static int
+nsldapi_add_to_os_pollfds( int fd, struct nsldapi_os_statusinfo *pip,
+	short events )
+{
+	int	i, openslot;
+
+	/* first we check to see if "fd" is already in our pollfds */
+	openslot = -1;
+	for ( i = 0; i < pip->ossi_pollfds_size; ++i ) {
+		if ( pip->ossi_pollfds[ i ].fd == fd ) {
+			if (( pip->ossi_pollfds[ i ].events & events )
+			    != events ) {
+				pip->ossi_pollfds[ i ].events |= events;
+				return( 1 );
+			} else {
+				return( 0 );
+			}
+		}
+		if ( pip->ossi_pollfds[ i ].fd == -1 && openslot == -1 ) {
+			openslot = i;	/* remember for later */
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * "fd" is not currently being poll'd on -- add to array.
+	 * if we need to expand the pollfds array, we do it in increments of
+	 * NSLDAPI_POLL_ARRAY_GROWTH (#define near the top of this file).
+	 */
+	if ( openslot == -1 ) {
+		struct pollfd	*newpollfds;
+
+		if ( pip->ossi_pollfds_size == 0 ) {
+			newpollfds = (struct pollfd *)NSLDAPI_MALLOC(
+			    NSLDAPI_POLL_ARRAY_GROWTH
+			    * sizeof( struct pollfd ));
+		} else {
+			newpollfds = (struct pollfd *)NSLDAPI_REALLOC(
+			    pip->ossi_pollfds, (NSLDAPI_POLL_ARRAY_GROWTH
+			    + pip->ossi_pollfds_size)
+			    * sizeof( struct pollfd ));
+		}
+		if ( newpollfds == NULL ) { /* XXXmcs: no way to return err! */
+			return( 0 );
+		}
+		pip->ossi_pollfds = newpollfds;
+		openslot = pip->ossi_pollfds_size;
+		pip->ossi_pollfds_size += NSLDAPI_POLL_ARRAY_GROWTH;
+		for ( i = openslot + 1; i < pip->ossi_pollfds_size; ++i ) {
+			pip->ossi_pollfds[ i ].fd = -1;
+			pip->ossi_pollfds[ i ].events =
+			    pip->ossi_pollfds[ i ].revents = 0;
+		}
+	}
+	pip->ossi_pollfds[ openslot ].fd = fd;
+	pip->ossi_pollfds[ openslot ].events = events;
+	pip->ossi_pollfds[ openslot ].revents = 0;
+	return( 1 );
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * returns 1 if any "events" from "fd" were removed from pollfds
+ * returns 0 of "fd" wasn't in pollfds or if events did not overlap.
+ */
+static int
+nsldapi_clear_from_os_pollfds( int fd, struct nsldapi_os_statusinfo *pip,
+    short events )
+{
+	int	i;
+
+	for ( i = 0; i < pip->ossi_pollfds_size; ++i ) {
+		if ( pip->ossi_pollfds[i].fd == fd ) {
+			if (( pip->ossi_pollfds[ i ].events & events ) != 0 ) {
+				pip->ossi_pollfds[ i ].events &= ~events;
+				if ( pip->ossi_pollfds[ i ].events == 0 ) {
+					pip->ossi_pollfds[i].fd = -1;
+				}
+				return( 1 );	/* events overlap */
+			} else {
+				return( 0 );	/* events do not overlap */
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	return( 0 );	/* "fd" was not found */
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * returns 1 if any "revents" from "fd" were set in pollfds revents field.
+ * returns 0 if not.
+ */
+static int
+nsldapi_find_in_os_pollfds( int fd, struct nsldapi_os_statusinfo *pip,
+	short revents )
+{
+	int	i;
+
+	for ( i = 0; i < pip->ossi_pollfds_size; ++i ) {
+		if ( pip->ossi_pollfds[i].fd == fd ) {
+			if (( pip->ossi_pollfds[ i ].revents & revents ) != 0 ) {
+				return( 1 );	/* revents overlap */
+			} else {
+				return( 0 );	/* revents do not overlap */
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	return( 0 );	/* "fd" was not found */
+}
+#endif /* !defined(NSLDAPI_HAVE_POLL) && !defined(NSLDAPI_AVOID_OS_SOCKETS) */
+
+/*
+ * returns 1 if "sb" was added to pollfds.
+ * returns 1 if some of the bits in "events" were added to pollfds.
+ * returns 0 if no changes were made.
+ */
+static int
+nsldapi_add_to_cb_pollfds( Sockbuf *sb, struct nsldapi_cb_statusinfo *pip,
+    short events )
+{
+	int	i, openslot;
+
+	/* first we check to see if "sb" is already in our pollfds */
+	openslot = -1;
+	for ( i = 0; i < pip->cbsi_pollfds_size; ++i ) {
+		if ( NSLDAPI_CB_POLL_MATCH( sb, pip->cbsi_pollfds[ i ] )) {
+			if (( pip->cbsi_pollfds[ i ].lpoll_events & events )
+			    != events ) {
+				pip->cbsi_pollfds[ i ].lpoll_events |= events;
+				return( 1 );
+			} else {
+				return( 0 );
+			}
+		}
+		if ( pip->cbsi_pollfds[ i ].lpoll_fd == -1 && openslot == -1 ) {
+			openslot = i;	/* remember for later */
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * "sb" is not currently being poll'd on -- add to array.
+	 * if we need to expand the pollfds array, we do it in increments of
+	 * NSLDAPI_POLL_ARRAY_GROWTH (#define near the top of this file).
+	 */
+	if ( openslot == -1 ) {
+		LDAP_X_PollFD	*newpollfds;
+
+		if ( pip->cbsi_pollfds_size == 0 ) {
+			newpollfds = (LDAP_X_PollFD *)NSLDAPI_MALLOC(
+			    NSLDAPI_POLL_ARRAY_GROWTH
+			    * sizeof( LDAP_X_PollFD ));
+		} else {
+			newpollfds = (LDAP_X_PollFD *)NSLDAPI_REALLOC(
+			    pip->cbsi_pollfds, (NSLDAPI_POLL_ARRAY_GROWTH
+			    + pip->cbsi_pollfds_size)
+			    * sizeof( LDAP_X_PollFD ));
+		}
+		if ( newpollfds == NULL ) { /* XXXmcs: no way to return err! */
+			return( 0 );
+		}
+		pip->cbsi_pollfds = newpollfds;
+		openslot = pip->cbsi_pollfds_size;
+		pip->cbsi_pollfds_size += NSLDAPI_POLL_ARRAY_GROWTH;
+		for ( i = openslot + 1; i < pip->cbsi_pollfds_size; ++i ) {
+			pip->cbsi_pollfds[ i ].lpoll_fd = -1;
+			pip->cbsi_pollfds[ i ].lpoll_socketarg = NULL;
+			pip->cbsi_pollfds[ i ].lpoll_events =
+			    pip->cbsi_pollfds[ i ].lpoll_revents = 0;
+		}
+	}
+	pip->cbsi_pollfds[ openslot ].lpoll_fd = sb->sb_sd;
+	pip->cbsi_pollfds[ openslot ].lpoll_socketarg =
+	    sb->sb_ext_io_fns.lbextiofn_socket_arg;
+	pip->cbsi_pollfds[ openslot ].lpoll_events = events;
+	pip->cbsi_pollfds[ openslot ].lpoll_revents = 0;
+	return( 1 );
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * returns 1 if any "events" from "sb" were removed from pollfds
+ * returns 0 of "sb" wasn't in pollfds or if events did not overlap.
+ */
+static int
+nsldapi_clear_from_cb_pollfds( Sockbuf *sb,
+    struct nsldapi_cb_statusinfo *pip, short events )
+{
+	int	i;
+
+	for ( i = 0; i < pip->cbsi_pollfds_size; ++i ) {
+		if ( NSLDAPI_CB_POLL_MATCH( sb, pip->cbsi_pollfds[ i ] )) {
+			if (( pip->cbsi_pollfds[ i ].lpoll_events
+			    & events ) != 0 ) {
+				pip->cbsi_pollfds[ i ].lpoll_events &= ~events;
+				if ( pip->cbsi_pollfds[ i ].lpoll_events
+				    == 0 ) {
+					pip->cbsi_pollfds[i].lpoll_fd = -1;
+				}
+				return( 1 );	/* events overlap */
+			} else {
+				return( 0 );	/* events do not overlap */
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	return( 0 );	/* "sb" was not found */
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * returns 1 if any "revents" from "sb" were set in pollfds revents field.
+ * returns 0 if not.
+ */
+static int
+nsldapi_find_in_cb_pollfds( Sockbuf *sb, struct nsldapi_cb_statusinfo *pip,
+    short revents )
+{
+	int	i;
+
+	for ( i = 0; i < pip->cbsi_pollfds_size; ++i ) {
+		if ( NSLDAPI_CB_POLL_MATCH( sb, pip->cbsi_pollfds[ i ] )) {
+			if (( pip->cbsi_pollfds[ i ].lpoll_revents
+			    & revents ) != 0 ) {
+				return( 1 );	/* revents overlap */
+			} else {
+				return( 0 );	/* revents do not overlap */
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	return( 0 );	/* "sb" was not found */
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Install read and write functions into lber layer / sb
+ */
+int
+nsldapi_install_lber_extiofns( LDAP *ld, Sockbuf *sb )
+{
+	struct lber_x_ext_io_fns	lberiofns;
+
+	if ( NULL != sb ) {
+		lberiofns.lbextiofn_size = LBER_X_EXTIO_FNS_SIZE;
+		lberiofns.lbextiofn_read = ld->ld_extread_fn;
+		lberiofns.lbextiofn_write = ld->ld_extwrite_fn;
+		lberiofns.lbextiofn_writev = ld->ld_extwritev_fn;
+		lberiofns.lbextiofn_socket_arg = ld->ld_ext_session_arg;
+
+		if ( ber_sockbuf_set_option( sb, LBER_SOCKBUF_OPT_EXT_IO_FNS,
+		    &lberiofns ) != 0 ) {
+			return( LDAP_LOCAL_ERROR );
+		}
+	}
+
+	return( LDAP_SUCCESS );
+}
+
+
+/*
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * One struct and several functions to bridge the gap between new extended
+ * I/O functions that are installed using ldap_set_option( ...,
+ * LDAP_OPT_EXTIO_FN_PTRS, ... ) and the original "classic" I/O functions
+ * (installed using LDAP_OPT_IO_FN_PTRS) follow.
+ *
+ * Our basic strategy is to use the new extended arg to hold a pointer to a
+ *    structure that contains a pointer to the LDAP * (which contains pointers
+ *    to the old functions so we can call them) as well as a pointer to an
+ *    LBER_SOCKET to hold the socket used by the classic functions (the new
+ *    functions use a simple int for the socket).
+ */
+typedef struct nsldapi_compat_socket_info {
+    LBER_SOCKET		csi_socket;
+    LDAP		*csi_ld;
+} NSLDAPICompatSocketInfo;
+    
+static int LDAP_CALLBACK
+nsldapi_ext_compat_read( int s, void *buf, int len,
+	struct lextiof_socket_private *arg )
+{
+	NSLDAPICompatSocketInfo	*csip = (NSLDAPICompatSocketInfo *)arg;
+	struct ldap_io_fns	*iofns = csip->csi_ld->ld_io_fns_ptr;
+
+	return( iofns->liof_read( csip->csi_socket, buf, len ));
+}
+
+
+static int LDAP_CALLBACK
+nsldapi_ext_compat_write( int s, const void *buf, int len,
+	struct lextiof_socket_private *arg  )
+{
+	NSLDAPICompatSocketInfo	*csip = (NSLDAPICompatSocketInfo *)arg;
+	struct ldap_io_fns	*iofns = csip->csi_ld->ld_io_fns_ptr;
+
+	return( iofns->liof_write( csip->csi_socket, buf, len ));
+}
+
+
+static int LDAP_CALLBACK
+nsldapi_ext_compat_poll( LDAP_X_PollFD fds[], int nfds, int timeout,
+	struct lextiof_session_private *arg )
+{
+	NSLDAPICompatSocketInfo	*csip = (NSLDAPICompatSocketInfo *)arg;
+	struct ldap_io_fns	*iofns = csip->csi_ld->ld_io_fns_ptr;
+	fd_set			readfds, writefds;
+	int			i, rc, maxfd = 0;
+	struct timeval		tv, *tvp;
+
+	/*
+	 * Prepare fd_sets for select()
+	 */
+	FD_ZERO( &readfds );
+	FD_ZERO( &writefds );
+	for ( i = 0; i < nfds; ++i ) {
+		if ( fds[ i ].lpoll_fd < 0 ) {
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		if ( fds[ i ].lpoll_fd >= FD_SETSIZE ) {
+			LDAP_SET_ERRNO( csip->csi_ld, EINVAL );
+			return( -1 );
+		}
+		
+		if ( 0 != ( fds[i].lpoll_events & LDAP_X_POLLIN )) {
+			FD_SET( fds[i].lpoll_fd, &readfds );
+		}
+
+		if ( 0 != ( fds[i].lpoll_events & LDAP_X_POLLOUT )) {
+			FD_SET( fds[i].lpoll_fd, &writefds );
+		}
+
+		fds[i].lpoll_revents = 0;	/* clear revents */
+
+		if ( fds[i].lpoll_fd >= maxfd ) {
+			maxfd = fds[i].lpoll_fd;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * select() using callback.
+	 */
+	++maxfd;
+	if ( timeout == -1 ) {
+		tvp = NULL;
+	} else {
+		tv.tv_sec = timeout / 1000;
+		tv.tv_usec = 1000 * ( timeout - tv.tv_sec * 1000 );
+		tvp = &tv;
+	}
+	rc = iofns->liof_select( maxfd, &readfds, &writefds, NULL, tvp );
+	if ( rc <= 0 ) {	/* timeout or fatal error */
+		return( rc );
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Use info. in fd_sets to populate poll() revents.
+	 */
+	for ( i = 0; i < nfds; ++i ) {
+		if ( fds[ i ].lpoll_fd < 0 ) {
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		if ( 0 != ( fds[i].lpoll_events & LDAP_X_POLLIN )
+		    && FD_ISSET( fds[i].lpoll_fd, &readfds )) {
+			fds[i].lpoll_revents |= LDAP_X_POLLIN;
+		}
+
+		if ( 0 != ( fds[i].lpoll_events & LDAP_X_POLLOUT )
+		    && FD_ISSET( fds[i].lpoll_fd, &writefds )) {
+			fds[i].lpoll_revents |= LDAP_X_POLLOUT;
+		}
+
+		/* XXXmcs: any other cases to deal with?  LDAP_X_POLLERR? */
+	}
+
+	return( rc );
+}
+
+
+static LBER_SOCKET
+nsldapi_compat_socket( LDAP *ld, int secure, int domain, int type,
+	int protocol )
+{
+	int		s;
+
+	s = ld->ld_io_fns_ptr->liof_socket( domain, type, protocol );
+
+	if ( s >= 0 ) {
+		char				*errmsg = NULL;
+
+#ifdef NSLDAPI_HAVE_POLL
+		if ( ld->ld_io_fns_ptr->liof_select != NULL
+			    && s >= FD_SETSIZE ) {
+			errmsg = "can't use socket >= FD_SETSIZE";
+		}
+#elif !defined(_WINDOWS) /* not on Windows and do not have poll() */
+		if ( s >= FD_SETSIZE ) {
+			errmsg = "can't use socket >= FD_SETSIZE";
+		}
+#endif
+
+		if ( NULL == errmsg && secure &&
+			    ld->ld_io_fns_ptr->liof_ssl_enable( s ) < 0 ) {
+			errmsg = "failed to enable secure mode";
+		    }
+
+		if ( NULL != errmsg ) {
+			if ( NULL == ld->ld_io_fns_ptr->liof_close ) {
+				nsldapi_os_closesocket( s );
+			} else {
+				ld->ld_io_fns_ptr->liof_close( s );
+			}
+			LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_LOCAL_ERROR, NULL,
+				    nsldapi_strdup( errmsg ));
+			return( -1 );
+		}
+	}
+
+	return( s );
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Note: timeout is ignored because we have no way to pass it via
+ * the old I/O callback interface.
+ */
+static int LDAP_CALLBACK
+nsldapi_ext_compat_connect( const char *hostlist, int defport, int timeout,
+	unsigned long options, struct lextiof_session_private *sessionarg,
+	struct lextiof_socket_private **socketargp )
+{
+	NSLDAPICompatSocketInfo		*defcsip;
+	struct ldap_io_fns		*iofns;
+	int				s, secure;
+	NSLDAPI_SOCKET_FN		*socketfn;
+	NSLDAPI_IOCTL_FN		*ioctlfn;
+	NSLDAPI_CONNECT_WITH_TO_FN	*connectwithtofn;
+	NSLDAPI_CONNECT_FN		*connectfn;
+	NSLDAPI_CLOSE_FN		*closefn;
+
+	defcsip = (NSLDAPICompatSocketInfo *)sessionarg;
+	iofns = defcsip->csi_ld->ld_io_fns_ptr;
+
+	if ( 0 != ( options & LDAP_X_EXTIOF_OPT_SECURE )) {
+		if ( NULL == iofns->liof_ssl_enable ) {
+			LDAP_SET_ERRNO( defcsip->csi_ld, EINVAL );
+			return( -1 );
+		}
+		secure = 1;
+	} else {
+		secure = 0;
+	}
+
+	socketfn = ( iofns->liof_socket == NULL ) ?
+		    nsldapi_os_socket : nsldapi_compat_socket;
+	ioctlfn = ( iofns->liof_ioctl == NULL ) ?
+		    nsldapi_os_ioctl : (NSLDAPI_IOCTL_FN *)(iofns->liof_ioctl);
+	if ( NULL == iofns->liof_connect ) {
+		connectwithtofn = nsldapi_os_connect_with_to;
+		connectfn = NULL;
+	} else {
+		connectwithtofn = NULL;
+		connectfn = iofns->liof_connect;
+	}
+	closefn = ( iofns->liof_close == NULL ) ?
+		    nsldapi_os_closesocket : iofns->liof_close;	
+
+	s = nsldapi_try_each_host( defcsip->csi_ld, hostlist, defport,
+			secure, socketfn, ioctlfn, connectwithtofn,
+			connectfn, closefn );
+
+	if ( s >= 0 ) {
+		NSLDAPICompatSocketInfo		*csip;
+
+		if (( csip = (NSLDAPICompatSocketInfo *)NSLDAPI_CALLOC( 1,
+		    sizeof( NSLDAPICompatSocketInfo ))) == NULL ) {
+			(*closefn)( s );
+			LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( defcsip->csi_ld, LDAP_NO_MEMORY,
+				NULL, NULL );
+			return( -1 );
+		}
+
+		csip->csi_socket = s;
+		csip->csi_ld = defcsip->csi_ld;
+		*socketargp = (void *)csip;
+
+		/*
+		 * We always return 1, which is a valid but not unique socket
+		 * (file descriptor) number.  The extended I/O functions only
+		 * require that the combination of the void *arg and the int
+		 * socket be unique.  Since we allocate the
+		 * NSLDAPICompatSocketInfo that we assign to arg, we meet
+		 * that requirement.
+		 */
+		s = 1;
+	}
+
+	return( s );
+}
+
+
+static int LDAP_CALLBACK
+nsldapi_ext_compat_close( int s, struct lextiof_socket_private *arg )
+{
+	NSLDAPICompatSocketInfo	*csip = (NSLDAPICompatSocketInfo *)arg;
+	struct ldap_io_fns	*iofns = csip->csi_ld->ld_io_fns_ptr;
+	int			rc;
+
+	rc = iofns->liof_close( csip->csi_socket );
+
+	NSLDAPI_FREE( csip );
+
+	return( rc );
+}
+
+/*
+ * Install the I/O functions.
+ * Return an LDAP error code (LDAP_SUCCESS if all goes well).
+ */
+int
+nsldapi_install_compat_io_fns( LDAP *ld, struct ldap_io_fns *iofns )
+{
+	NSLDAPICompatSocketInfo		*defcsip;
+
+	if (( defcsip = (NSLDAPICompatSocketInfo *)NSLDAPI_CALLOC( 1,
+	    sizeof( NSLDAPICompatSocketInfo ))) == NULL ) {
+		return( LDAP_NO_MEMORY );
+	}
+
+	defcsip->csi_socket = -1;
+	defcsip->csi_ld = ld;
+
+	if ( ld->ld_io_fns_ptr != NULL ) {
+		(void)memset( (char *)ld->ld_io_fns_ptr, 0,
+		    sizeof( struct ldap_io_fns ));
+	} else if (( ld->ld_io_fns_ptr = (struct ldap_io_fns *)NSLDAPI_CALLOC(
+	    1, sizeof( struct ldap_io_fns ))) == NULL ) {
+		NSLDAPI_FREE( defcsip );
+		return( LDAP_NO_MEMORY );
+	}
+
+	/* struct copy */
+	*(ld->ld_io_fns_ptr) = *iofns;
+
+	ld->ld_extio_size = LBER_X_EXTIO_FNS_SIZE;
+	ld->ld_ext_session_arg = defcsip;
+	ld->ld_extread_fn = nsldapi_ext_compat_read;
+	ld->ld_extwrite_fn = nsldapi_ext_compat_write;
+	ld->ld_extpoll_fn = nsldapi_ext_compat_poll;
+	ld->ld_extconnect_fn = nsldapi_ext_compat_connect;
+	ld->ld_extclose_fn = nsldapi_ext_compat_close;
+
+	return( nsldapi_install_lber_extiofns( ld, ld->ld_sbp ));
+}
+/*
+ * end of compat I/O functions
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
diff --git a/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/proxyauthctrl.c b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/proxyauthctrl.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e8e80cb14
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/proxyauthctrl.c
@@ -0,0 +1,164 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ * 
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version 
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with 
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at 
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ * 
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ * 
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, released
+ * March 31, 1998.
+ * 
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998-1999
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ * 
+ * Contributor(s):
+ * 
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
+ * or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ * 
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+#include "ldap-int.h"
+
+/* ldap_create_proxyauth_control
+
+   Create a "version 1" proxied authorization control.
+
+   Parameters are  
+
+   ld              LDAP pointer to the desired connection 
+
+   dn		   The dn used in the proxy auth
+
+   ctl_iscritical  Indicates whether the control is critical of not. If
+                   this field is non-zero, the operation will only be car-
+                   ried out if the control is recognized by the server
+                   and/or client
+
+   ctrlp           the address of a place to put the constructed control 
+*/
+
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_create_proxyauth_control (
+     LDAP *ld, 
+     const char *dn, 
+     const char ctl_iscritical,
+     LDAPControl **ctrlp   
+)
+{
+	BerElement		*ber;
+	int				rc;
+
+	if ( !NSLDAPI_VALID_LDAP_POINTER( ld )) {
+		return( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+	}
+
+	if (  ctrlp == NULL ) {
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_PARAM_ERROR, NULL, NULL );
+		return ( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+	}
+	if (NULL == dn)
+	{
+	    dn = "";
+	}
+
+	/* create a ber package to hold the controlValue */
+	if ( ( nsldapi_alloc_ber_with_options( ld, &ber ) ) != LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_NO_MEMORY, NULL, NULL );
+		return( LDAP_NO_MEMORY );
+	}
+
+
+
+        if ( LBER_ERROR == ber_printf( ber, 
+                                       "{s}", 
+                                       dn ) ) 
+        {
+            LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_ENCODING_ERROR, NULL, NULL );
+            ber_free( ber, 1 );
+            return( LDAP_ENCODING_ERROR );
+        }
+
+	rc = nsldapi_build_control( LDAP_CONTROL_PROXYAUTH, ber, 1,
+	    ctl_iscritical, ctrlp );
+
+	LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, rc, NULL, NULL );
+	return( rc );
+
+}
+
+
+/* ldap_create_proxiedauth_control
+
+   Create a "version 2" proxied authorization control.
+
+   Parameters are  
+
+   ld              LDAP pointer to the desired connection 
+
+   authzid		   The authorization identity used in the proxy auth,
+                   e.g., dn:uid=bjensen,dc=example,dc=com
+
+   ctrlp           the address of a place to put the constructed control 
+*/
+
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_create_proxiedauth_control (
+     LDAP *ld, 
+     const char *authzid, 
+     LDAPControl **ctrlp   
+)
+{
+	BerElement		*ber;
+	int				rc;
+
+	if ( !NSLDAPI_VALID_LDAP_POINTER( ld )) {
+		return( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+	}
+
+	if (  ctrlp == NULL || authzid == NULL ) {
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_PARAM_ERROR, NULL, NULL );
+		return ( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+	}
+
+	/* create a ber package to hold the controlValue */
+	if ( ( nsldapi_alloc_ber_with_options( ld, &ber ) ) != LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_NO_MEMORY, NULL, NULL );
+		return( LDAP_NO_MEMORY );
+	}
+
+
+
+        if ( LBER_ERROR == ber_printf( ber, 
+                                       "s", 
+                                       authzid ) ) 
+        {
+            LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_ENCODING_ERROR, NULL, NULL );
+            ber_free( ber, 1 );
+            return( LDAP_ENCODING_ERROR );
+        }
+
+	rc = nsldapi_build_control( LDAP_CONTROL_PROXIEDAUTH, ber, 1, 1, ctrlp );
+
+	LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, rc, NULL, NULL );
+	return( rc );
+
+}
diff --git a/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/psearch.c b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/psearch.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..71b9da90d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/psearch.c
@@ -0,0 +1,190 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ * 
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version 
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with 
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at 
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ * 
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ * 
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, released
+ * March 31, 1998.
+ * 
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998-1999
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ * 
+ * Contributor(s):
+ * 
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
+ * or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ * 
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+/*
+ * psearch.c - Persistent search and "Entry Change Notification" support.
+ */
+#include "ldap-int.h"
+
+
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_create_persistentsearch_control( LDAP *ld, int changetypes,
+    int changesonly, int return_echg_ctls, char ctl_iscritical,
+    LDAPControl **ctrlp )
+{
+    BerElement	*ber;
+    int		rc;
+
+    if ( !NSLDAPI_VALID_LDAP_POINTER( ld )) {
+	return( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+    }
+
+    if ( ctrlp == NULL || ( changetypes & ~LDAP_CHANGETYPE_ANY ) != 0 ) {
+	rc = LDAP_PARAM_ERROR;
+	goto report_error_and_return;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * create a Persistent Search control.  The control value looks like this:
+     *
+     *	PersistentSearch ::= SEQUENCE {
+     *		changeTypes INTEGER,
+     *		-- the changeTypes field is the logical OR of 
+     *		-- one or more of these values: add (1), delete (2),
+     *		-- modify (4), modDN (8).  It specifies which types of
+     *		-- changes will cause an entry to be returned.
+     *		changesOnly BOOLEAN, -- skip initial search?
+     *		returnECs BOOLEAN,   -- return "Entry Change" controls?
+     *	}
+     */
+    if (( nsldapi_alloc_ber_with_options( ld, &ber )) != LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+	rc = LDAP_NO_MEMORY;
+	goto report_error_and_return;
+    }
+
+    if ( ber_printf( ber, "{ibb}", changetypes, changesonly,
+	    return_echg_ctls ) == -1 ) {
+	ber_free( ber, 1 );
+	rc = LDAP_ENCODING_ERROR;
+	goto report_error_and_return;
+    }
+
+    rc = nsldapi_build_control( LDAP_CONTROL_PERSISTENTSEARCH, ber, 1,
+	    ctl_iscritical, ctrlp );
+
+report_error_and_return:
+    LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, rc, NULL, NULL );
+    return( rc );
+}
+
+
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_parse_entrychange_control( LDAP *ld, LDAPControl **ctrls, ber_int_t *chgtypep,
+    char **prevdnp, int *chgnumpresentp, ber_int_t *chgnump )
+{
+    BerElement		*ber;
+    int				rc, i;
+    ber_int_t       changetype;
+    ber_len_t		len;
+    ber_int_t		along;
+    char			*previousdn;
+
+    if ( !NSLDAPI_VALID_LDAP_POINTER( ld )) {
+	return( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * find the entry change notification in the list of controls
+     */
+    for ( i = 0; ctrls != NULL && ctrls[i] != NULL; ++i ) {
+	if ( strcmp( ctrls[i]->ldctl_oid, LDAP_CONTROL_ENTRYCHANGE ) == 0 ) {
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+
+    if ( ctrls == NULL || ctrls[i] == NULL ) {
+	rc = LDAP_CONTROL_NOT_FOUND;
+	goto report_error_and_return;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * allocate a BER element from the control value and parse it.  The control
+     * value should look like this:
+     *
+     *	EntryChangeNotification ::= SEQUENCE {
+     *	     changeType ENUMERATED {
+     *	 	add             (1),  -- these values match the
+     *	 	delete          (2),  -- values used for changeTypes
+     *	 	modify          (4),  -- in the PersistentSearch control.
+     *	 	modDN           (8),
+     *	     },
+     *	     previousDN   LDAPDN OPTIONAL,     -- modDN ops. only
+     *	     changeNumber INTEGER OPTIONAL,    -- if supported
+     *	}
+     */
+    if (( ber = ber_init( &(ctrls[i]->ldctl_value))) == NULL ) {
+	rc = LDAP_NO_MEMORY;
+	goto report_error_and_return;
+    }		
+
+    if ( ber_scanf( ber, "{e", &along ) == LBER_ERROR ) {
+	ber_free( ber, 1 );
+	rc = LDAP_DECODING_ERROR;
+	goto report_error_and_return;
+    }
+    changetype = along;
+
+    if ( changetype == LDAP_CHANGETYPE_MODDN ) {
+	if ( ber_scanf( ber, "a", &previousdn ) == LBER_ERROR ) {
+	    ber_free( ber, 1 );
+	    rc = LDAP_DECODING_ERROR;
+	    goto report_error_and_return;
+	}
+    } else {
+	previousdn = NULL;
+    }
+
+    if ( chgtypep != NULL ) {
+	*chgtypep = changetype;
+    }
+    if ( prevdnp != NULL ) {
+	*prevdnp = previousdn;
+    } else if ( previousdn != NULL ) {
+	NSLDAPI_FREE( previousdn );
+    }
+
+    if ( chgnump != NULL ) {	/* check for optional changenumber */
+	if ( ber_peek_tag( ber, &len ) == LBER_INTEGER
+		&& ber_get_int( ber, chgnump ) != LBER_ERROR ) {
+	    if ( chgnumpresentp != NULL ) {
+		*chgnumpresentp = 1;
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    if ( chgnumpresentp != NULL ) {
+		*chgnumpresentp = 0;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    ber_free( ber, 1 );
+    rc = LDAP_SUCCESS;
+
+report_error_and_return:
+    LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, rc, NULL, NULL );
+    return( rc );
+}
diff --git a/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/pthreadtest.c b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/pthreadtest.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fa913f691
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/pthreadtest.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1028 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ * 
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version 
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with 
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at 
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ * 
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ * 
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, released
+ * March 31, 1998.
+ * 
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998-1999
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ * 
+ * Contributor(s):
+ * 
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
+ * or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ * 
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <malloc.h>
+#include <values.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <pthread.h>
+#include <synch.h>
+
+#include <ldap.h>
+
+/* Authentication and search information. */
+#define NAME		"cn=Directory Manager"
+#define PASSWORD	"rtfm11111"
+#define BASE		"dc=example,dc=com"
+#define SCOPE		LDAP_SCOPE_SUBTREE
+
+static void *modify_thread();
+static void *add_thread();
+static void *delete_thread();
+static void *bind_thread();
+static void *compare_thread();
+static void *search_thread();
+static void *my_mutex_alloc();
+static void my_mutex_free();
+void *my_sema_alloc( void );
+void my_sema_free( void * );
+int my_sema_wait( void * );
+int my_sema_post( void * );
+static void set_ld_error();
+static int  get_ld_error();
+static void set_errno();
+static int  get_errno();
+static void tsd_setup();
+static void tsd_cleanup();
+static int get_random_id( void );
+static char *get_id_str( int id );
+
+/* Linked list of LDAPMessage structs for search results. */
+typedef struct ldapmsgwrapper {
+    LDAPMessage			*lmw_messagep;
+    struct ldapmsgwrapper	*lmw_next;
+} ldapmsgwrapper;
+
+LDAP		*ld;
+pthread_key_t	key;
+int		maxid = MAXINT;
+int		maxops = 0;		/* zero means no limit */
+int		range_filters = 0;	/* if non-zero use >= and >= filters */
+
+main( int argc, char **argv )
+
+{
+	pthread_attr_t			attr;
+	pthread_t			*threadids;
+	void				*status;
+	struct ldap_thread_fns		tfns;
+	struct ldap_extra_thread_fns	extrafns;
+	int		rc, c, errflg, i, inited_attr;
+	int		doadd, dodelete, domodify, docompare, dosearch, dobind;
+	int		option_extthreads, option_restart;
+	int		each_thread_count, thread_count;
+	extern int	optind;
+	extern char	*optarg;
+
+	doadd = dodelete = domodify = docompare = dobind = dosearch = 0;
+	option_extthreads = option_restart = 0;
+	inited_attr = 0;
+	errflg = 0;
+	each_thread_count = 1;	/* how many of each type of thread? */
+	rc = LDAP_SUCCESS;	/* optimistic */
+
+	while (( c = getopt( argc, argv, "abcdmrsERi:n:o:S:" )) != EOF ) {
+		switch( c ) {
+		case 'a':		/* perform add operations */
+			++doadd;
+			break;
+		case 'b':		/* perform bind operations */
+			++dobind;
+			break;
+		case 'c':		/* perform compare operations */
+			++docompare;
+			break;
+		case 'd':		/* perform delete operations */
+			++dodelete;
+			break;
+		case 'm':		/* perform modify operations */
+			++domodify;
+			break;
+		case 'r':		/* use range filters in searches */
+			++range_filters;
+			break;
+		case 's':		/* perform search operations */
+			++dosearch;
+			break;
+		case 'E':		/* use extended thread functions */
+			++option_extthreads;
+			break;
+		case 'R':		/* turn on LDAP_OPT_RESTART */
+			++option_restart;
+			break;
+		case 'i':		/* highest # used for entry names */
+			maxid = atoi( optarg );
+			break;
+		case 'n':		/* # threads for each operation */
+			if (( each_thread_count = atoi( optarg )) < 1 ) {
+				fprintf( stderr, "thread count must be > 0\n" );
+				++errflg;
+			}
+			break;
+		case 'o':		/* operations to perform per thread */
+			if (( maxops = atoi( optarg )) < 0 ) {
+				fprintf( stderr,
+				    "operation limit must be >= 0\n" );
+				++errflg;
+			}
+			break;
+		case 'S':		/* random number seed */
+			if ( *optarg == 'r' ) {
+				int	seed = (int)time( (time_t *)0 );
+				srandom( seed );
+				printf( "Random seed: %d\n", seed );
+			} else {
+				srandom( atoi( optarg ));
+			}
+			break;
+		default:
+			++errflg;
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+	
+	/* Check command-line syntax. */
+	thread_count = each_thread_count * ( doadd + dodelete + domodify
+	    + dobind + docompare + dosearch );
+	if ( thread_count < 1 ) {
+		fprintf( stderr,
+		    "Specify at least one of -a, -b, -c, -d, -m, or -s\n" );
+		++errflg;
+	}
+
+	if ( errflg || argc - optind != 2 ) {
+		fprintf( stderr, "usage: %s [-abcdmrsER] [-i id] [-n thr]"
+		    " [-o oplim] [-S sd] host port\n", argv[0] );
+		fputs( "\nWhere:\n"
+		    "\t\"id\" is the highest entry id (name) to use"
+			" (default is MAXINT)\n"
+		    "\t\"thr\" is the number of threads for each operation"
+			" (default is 1)\n"
+		    "\t\"oplim\" is the number of ops done by each thread"
+			" (default is infinite)\n"
+		    "\t\"sd\" is a random() number seed (default is 1).  Use"
+			" the letter r for\n"
+			"\t\tsd to seed random() using time of day.\n"
+		    "\t\"host\" is the hostname of an LDAP directory server\n"
+		    "\t\"port\" is the TCP port of the LDAP directory server\n"
+		    , stderr );
+		fputs( "\nAnd the single character options are:\n"
+		    "\t-a\tstart thread(s) to perform add operations\n"
+		    "\t-b\tstart thread(s) to perform bind operations\n"
+		    "\t-c\tstart thread(s) to perform compare operations\n"
+		    "\t-d\tstart thread(s) to perform delete operations\n"
+		    "\t-m\tstart thread(s) to perform modify operations\n"
+		    "\t-s\tstart thread(s) to perform search operations\n"
+		    "\t-r\tuse range filters in searches\n"
+		    "\t-E\tinstall LDAP_OPT_EXTRA_THREAD_FN_PTRS\n"
+		    "\t-R\tturn on LDAP_OPT_RESTART\n", stderr );
+
+		return( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+	}
+
+	/* Create a key. */
+	if ( pthread_key_create( &key, free ) != 0 ) {
+		perror( "pthread_key_create" );
+	}
+	tsd_setup();
+
+	/* Allocate space for thread ids */
+	if (( threadids = (pthread_t *)calloc( thread_count,
+	    sizeof( pthread_t ))) == NULL ) {
+		rc = LDAP_LOCAL_ERROR;
+		goto clean_up_and_return;
+	}
+
+
+	/* Initialize the LDAP session. */
+	if (( ld = ldap_init( argv[optind], atoi( argv[optind+1] ))) == NULL ) {
+		perror( "ldap_init" );
+		rc = LDAP_LOCAL_ERROR;
+		goto clean_up_and_return;
+	}
+
+	/* Set the function pointers for dealing with mutexes
+	   and error information. */
+	memset( &tfns, '\0', sizeof(struct ldap_thread_fns) );
+	tfns.ltf_mutex_alloc = (void *(*)(void)) my_mutex_alloc;
+	tfns.ltf_mutex_free = (void (*)(void *)) my_mutex_free;
+	tfns.ltf_mutex_lock = (int (*)(void *)) pthread_mutex_lock;
+	tfns.ltf_mutex_unlock = (int (*)(void *)) pthread_mutex_unlock;
+	tfns.ltf_get_errno = get_errno;
+	tfns.ltf_set_errno = set_errno;
+	tfns.ltf_get_lderrno = get_ld_error;
+	tfns.ltf_set_lderrno = set_ld_error;
+	tfns.ltf_lderrno_arg = NULL;
+
+	/* Set up this session to use those function pointers. */
+
+	rc = ldap_set_option( ld, LDAP_OPT_THREAD_FN_PTRS, (void *) &tfns );
+	if ( rc < 0 ) {
+		rc = ldap_get_lderrno( ld, NULL, NULL );
+		fprintf( stderr,
+		    "ldap_set_option (LDAP_OPT_THREAD_FN_PTRS): %s\n",
+		    ldap_err2string( rc ) );
+		goto clean_up_and_return;
+	}
+
+	if ( option_extthreads ) {
+		/* Set the function pointers for working with semaphores. */
+
+		memset( &extrafns, '\0', sizeof(struct ldap_extra_thread_fns) );
+		extrafns.ltf_mutex_trylock =
+		    (int (*)(void *)) pthread_mutex_trylock;
+		extrafns.ltf_sema_alloc = (void *(*)(void)) my_sema_alloc;
+		extrafns.ltf_sema_free = (void (*)(void *)) my_sema_free;
+		extrafns.ltf_sema_wait = (int (*)(void *)) my_sema_wait;
+		extrafns.ltf_sema_post = (int (*)(void *)) my_sema_post;
+
+		/* Set up this session to use those function pointers. */
+
+		if ( ldap_set_option( ld, LDAP_OPT_EXTRA_THREAD_FN_PTRS,
+		    (void *) &extrafns ) != 0 ) {
+			rc = ldap_get_lderrno( ld, NULL, NULL );
+			ldap_perror( ld, "ldap_set_option"
+			    " (LDAP_OPT_EXTRA_THREAD_FN_PTRS)" );
+			goto clean_up_and_return;
+		}
+	}
+
+
+	if ( option_restart && ldap_set_option( ld, LDAP_OPT_RESTART,
+	    LDAP_OPT_ON ) != 0 ) {
+		rc = ldap_get_lderrno( ld, NULL, NULL );
+		ldap_perror( ld, "ldap_set_option(LDAP_OPT_RESTART)" );
+		goto clean_up_and_return;
+	}
+
+	/* Attempt to bind to the server. */
+	rc = ldap_simple_bind_s( ld, NAME, PASSWORD );
+	if ( rc != LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+		fprintf( stderr, "ldap_simple_bind_s: %s\n",
+		    ldap_err2string( rc ) );
+		goto clean_up_and_return;
+	}
+
+	/* Initialize the attribute. */
+	if ( pthread_attr_init( &attr ) != 0 ) {
+		perror( "pthread_attr_init" );
+		rc = LDAP_LOCAL_ERROR;
+		goto clean_up_and_return;
+	}
+	++inited_attr;
+
+	/* Specify that the threads are joinable. */
+	pthread_attr_setdetachstate( &attr, PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE );
+
+	/* Create all the requested threads */
+	thread_count = 0;
+	if ( domodify ) {
+		for ( i = 0; i < each_thread_count; ++i ) {
+			if ( pthread_create( &threadids[thread_count], &attr,
+			    modify_thread, get_id_str(thread_count) ) != 0 ) {
+				perror( "pthread_create modify_thread" );
+			    rc = LDAP_LOCAL_ERROR;
+			    goto clean_up_and_return;
+			}
+			++thread_count;
+		}
+	}
+
+	if ( doadd ) {
+		for ( i = 0; i < each_thread_count; ++i ) {
+			if ( pthread_create( &threadids[thread_count], &attr,
+			    add_thread, get_id_str(thread_count) ) != 0 ) {
+				perror( "pthread_create add_thread" );
+			    rc = LDAP_LOCAL_ERROR;
+			    goto clean_up_and_return;
+			}
+			++thread_count;
+		}
+	}
+
+	if ( dodelete ) {
+		for ( i = 0; i < each_thread_count; ++i ) {
+			if ( pthread_create( &threadids[thread_count], &attr,
+			    delete_thread, get_id_str(thread_count) ) != 0 ) {
+				perror( "pthread_create delete_thread" );
+			    rc = LDAP_LOCAL_ERROR;
+			    goto clean_up_and_return;
+			}
+			++thread_count;
+		}
+	}
+
+	if ( dobind ) {
+		for ( i = 0; i < each_thread_count; ++i ) {
+			if ( pthread_create( &threadids[thread_count], &attr,
+			    bind_thread, get_id_str(thread_count) ) != 0 ) {
+				perror( "pthread_create bind_thread" );
+			    rc = LDAP_LOCAL_ERROR;
+			    goto clean_up_and_return;
+			}
+			++thread_count;
+		}
+	}
+
+	if ( docompare ) {
+		for ( i = 0; i < each_thread_count; ++i ) {
+			if ( pthread_create( &threadids[thread_count], &attr,
+			    compare_thread, get_id_str(thread_count) ) != 0 ) {
+				perror( "pthread_create compare_thread" );
+			    rc = LDAP_LOCAL_ERROR;
+			    goto clean_up_and_return;
+			}
+			++thread_count;
+		}
+	}
+
+	if ( dosearch ) {
+		for ( i = 0; i < each_thread_count; ++i ) {
+			if ( pthread_create( &threadids[thread_count], &attr,
+			    search_thread, get_id_str(thread_count) ) != 0 ) {
+				perror( "pthread_create search_thread" );
+			    rc = LDAP_LOCAL_ERROR;
+			    goto clean_up_and_return;
+			}
+			++thread_count;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/* Wait until these threads exit. */
+	for ( i = 0; i < thread_count; ++i ) {
+		pthread_join( threadids[i], &status );
+	}
+
+clean_up_and_return:
+	if ( ld != NULL ) {
+		set_ld_error( 0, NULL, NULL, NULL );  /* disposes of memory */
+		ldap_unbind( ld );
+	}
+	if ( threadids != NULL ) {
+		free( threadids );
+	}
+	if ( inited_attr ) {
+		pthread_attr_destroy( &attr );
+	}
+	tsd_cleanup();
+
+	return( rc );
+}
+
+
+static void *
+modify_thread( char *id )
+{
+	LDAPMessage	*res;
+	LDAPMessage	*e;
+	int		i, modentry, num_entries, msgid, parse_rc, finished;
+	int		rc, opcount;
+	LDAPMod		mod;
+	LDAPMod		*mods[2];
+	char		*vals[2];
+	char		*dn;
+	ldapmsgwrapper	*list, *lmwp, *lastlmwp;
+	struct timeval	zerotime;
+	void		*voidrc = (void *)0;
+
+	zerotime.tv_sec = zerotime.tv_usec = 0L;
+
+	printf( "Starting modify_thread %s.\n", id );
+	opcount = 0;
+	tsd_setup();
+
+	rc = ldap_search_ext( ld, BASE, SCOPE, "(objectclass=*)",
+		NULL, 0, NULL, NULL, NULL, LDAP_NO_LIMIT, &msgid );
+	if ( rc != LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+		fprintf( stderr, "Thread %s error: Modify thread: "
+		"ldap_search_ext: %s\n", id, ldap_err2string( rc ) );
+		exit( 1 );
+	}
+	list = lastlmwp = NULL;
+	finished = 0;
+	num_entries = 0;
+	while ( !finished ) {
+		rc = ldap_result( ld, msgid, LDAP_MSG_ONE, &zerotime, &res );
+		switch ( rc ) {
+		case -1:
+			rc = ldap_get_lderrno( ld, NULL, NULL );
+			fprintf( stderr, "ldap_result: %s\n", ldap_err2string( rc ) );
+			exit( 1 );
+			break;
+		case 0:
+			break;
+		/* Keep track of the number of entries found. */
+		case LDAP_RES_SEARCH_ENTRY:
+			num_entries++;
+			if (( lmwp = (ldapmsgwrapper *)
+				malloc( sizeof( ldapmsgwrapper ))) == NULL ) {
+				fprintf( stderr, "Thread %s: Modify thread: Cannot malloc\n", id );
+				exit( 1 );
+			}
+			lmwp->lmw_messagep = res;
+			lmwp->lmw_next = NULL;
+			if ( lastlmwp == NULL ) {
+				list = lastlmwp = lmwp;
+			} else {
+				lastlmwp->lmw_next = lmwp;
+			}
+			lastlmwp = lmwp;
+			break;
+		case LDAP_RES_SEARCH_REFERENCE:
+			break;
+		case LDAP_RES_SEARCH_RESULT:
+			finished = 1;
+			parse_rc = ldap_parse_result( ld, res, &rc, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 1 );
+			if ( parse_rc != LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+				fprintf( stderr, "Thread %s error: can't parse result code.\n", id );
+				exit( 1 );
+			} else {
+				if ( rc != LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+					fprintf( stderr, "Thread %s error: ldap_search: %s\n", id, ldap_err2string( rc ) );
+				} else {
+					printf( "Thread %s: Got %d results.\n", id, num_entries );
+				}
+			}
+			break;
+		default:
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	mods[0] = &mod;
+	mods[1] = NULL;
+	vals[0] = "bar";
+	vals[1] = NULL;
+
+	for ( ;; ) {
+		modentry = random() % num_entries;
+		for ( i = 0, lmwp = list; lmwp != NULL && i < modentry;
+		    i++, lmwp = lmwp->lmw_next ) {
+			/* NULL */
+		}
+
+		if ( lmwp == NULL ) {
+			fprintf( stderr,
+			    "Thread %s: Modify thread could not find entry %d of %d\n",
+			    id, modentry, num_entries );
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		e = lmwp->lmw_messagep;
+		printf( "Thread %s: Modify thread picked entry %d of %d\n", id, i, num_entries );
+		dn = ldap_get_dn( ld, e );
+
+		mod.mod_op = LDAP_MOD_REPLACE;
+		mod.mod_type = "description";
+		mod.mod_values = vals;
+		printf( "Thread %s: Modifying (%s)\n", id, dn );
+
+		rc = ldap_modify_ext_s( ld, dn, mods, NULL, NULL );
+		if ( rc != LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+			fprintf( stderr, "ldap_modify_ext_s: %s\n",
+			    ldap_err2string( rc ) );
+			if ( rc == LDAP_SERVER_DOWN ) {
+				perror( "ldap_modify_ext_s" );
+				voidrc = (void *)1;
+				goto modify_cleanup_and_return;
+			}
+		}
+		free( dn );
+
+		++opcount;
+		if ( maxops != 0 && opcount >= maxops ) {
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+
+modify_cleanup_and_return:
+	printf( "Thread %s: attempted %d modify operations\n", id, opcount );
+	set_ld_error( 0, NULL, NULL, NULL );	/* disposes of memory */
+	tsd_cleanup();
+	free( id );
+	return voidrc;
+}
+
+
+static void *
+add_thread( char *id )
+{
+	LDAPMod	mod[4];
+	LDAPMod	*mods[5];
+	char	dn[BUFSIZ], name[40];
+	char	*cnvals[2], *snvals[2], *pwdvals[2], *ocvals[3];
+	int	i, rc, opcount;
+	void	*voidrc = (void *)0;
+
+	printf( "Starting add_thread %s.\n", id );
+	opcount = 0;
+	tsd_setup();
+
+	for ( i = 0; i < 4; i++ ) {
+		mods[i] = &mod[i];
+	}
+
+	mods[4] = NULL;
+
+	mod[0].mod_op = 0;
+	mod[0].mod_type = "cn";
+	mod[0].mod_values = cnvals;
+	cnvals[1] = NULL;
+	mod[1].mod_op = 0;
+	mod[1].mod_type = "sn";
+	mod[1].mod_values = snvals;
+	snvals[1] = NULL;
+	mod[2].mod_op = 0;
+	mod[2].mod_type = "objectclass";
+	mod[2].mod_values = ocvals;
+	ocvals[0] = "top";
+	ocvals[1] = "person";
+	ocvals[2] = NULL;
+	mod[3].mod_op = 0;
+	mod[3].mod_type = "userPassword";
+	mod[3].mod_values = pwdvals;
+	pwdvals[1] = NULL;
+	mods[4] = NULL;
+
+	for ( ;; ) {
+		sprintf( name, "%d", get_random_id() );
+		sprintf( dn, "cn=%s, " BASE, name );
+		cnvals[0] = name;
+		snvals[0] = name;
+		pwdvals[0] = name;
+
+		printf( "Thread %s: Adding entry (%s)\n", id, dn );
+		rc = ldap_add_ext_s( ld, dn, mods, NULL, NULL ); 
+		if ( rc != LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+			fprintf( stderr, "ldap_add_ext_s: %s\n",
+			    ldap_err2string( rc ) );
+			if ( rc == LDAP_SERVER_DOWN ) {
+				perror( "ldap_add_ext_s" );
+				voidrc = (void *)1;
+				goto add_cleanup_and_return;
+			}
+		}
+
+		++opcount;
+		if ( maxops != 0 && opcount >= maxops ) {
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+
+add_cleanup_and_return:
+	printf( "Thread %s: attempted %d add operations\n", id, opcount );
+	set_ld_error( 0, NULL, NULL, NULL );	/* disposes of memory */
+	tsd_cleanup();
+	free( id );
+	return voidrc;
+}
+
+
+static void *
+delete_thread( char *id )
+{
+	LDAPMessage	*res;
+	char		dn[BUFSIZ], name[40];
+	int		num_entries, msgid, rc, parse_rc, finished, opcount;
+	struct timeval	zerotime;
+	void		*voidrc = (void *)0;
+
+	zerotime.tv_sec = zerotime.tv_usec = 0L;
+
+	printf( "Starting delete_thread %s.\n", id );
+	opcount = 0;
+	tsd_setup();
+
+	rc = ldap_search_ext( ld, BASE, SCOPE, "(objectclass=*)",
+		NULL, 0, NULL, NULL, NULL, LDAP_NO_LIMIT, &msgid );
+	if ( rc != LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+		fprintf( stderr, "Thread %s error: Delete thread: "
+		"ldap_search_ext: %s\n", id, ldap_err2string( rc ) );
+		exit( 1 );
+	}
+
+	finished = 0;
+	num_entries = 0;
+	while ( !finished ) {
+		rc = ldap_result( ld, msgid, LDAP_MSG_ONE, &zerotime, &res );
+		switch ( rc ) {
+		case -1:
+			rc = ldap_get_lderrno( ld, NULL, NULL );
+			fprintf( stderr, "ldap_result: %s\n", ldap_err2string( rc ) );
+			exit( 1 );
+			break;
+		case 0:
+			break;
+		/* Keep track of the number of entries found. */
+		case LDAP_RES_SEARCH_ENTRY:
+			num_entries++;
+			break;
+		case LDAP_RES_SEARCH_REFERENCE:
+			break;
+		case LDAP_RES_SEARCH_RESULT:
+			finished = 1;
+			parse_rc = ldap_parse_result( ld, res, &rc, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 1 );
+			if ( parse_rc != LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+				fprintf( stderr, "Thread %s error: can't parse result code.\n", id );
+				exit( 1 );
+			} else {
+				if ( rc != LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+					fprintf( stderr, "Thread %s error: ldap_search: %s\n", id, ldap_err2string( rc ) );
+				} else {
+					printf( "Thread %s: Got %d results.\n", id, num_entries );
+				}
+			}
+			break;
+		default:
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	for ( ;; ) {
+		sprintf( name, "%d", get_random_id() );
+		sprintf( dn, "cn=%s, " BASE, name );
+		printf( "Thread %s: Deleting entry (%s)\n", id, dn );
+
+		if (( rc = ldap_delete_ext_s( ld, dn, NULL, NULL ))
+		    != LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+			ldap_perror( ld, "ldap_delete_ext_s" );
+			if ( rc == LDAP_SERVER_DOWN ) {
+				perror( "ldap_delete_ext_s" );
+				voidrc = (void *)1;
+				goto delete_cleanup_and_return;
+			}
+		}
+
+		++opcount;
+		if ( maxops != 0 && opcount >= maxops ) {
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+
+delete_cleanup_and_return:
+	printf( "Thread %s: attempted %d delete operations\n", id, opcount );
+	set_ld_error( 0, NULL, NULL, NULL );	/* disposes of memory */
+	tsd_cleanup();
+	free( id );
+	return voidrc;
+}
+
+
+static void *
+bind_thread( char *id )
+{
+	char		dn[BUFSIZ], name[40];
+	int		rc, opcount;
+	void		*voidrc = (void *)0;
+
+	printf( "Starting bind_thread %s.\n", id );
+	opcount = 0;
+	tsd_setup();
+
+	for ( ;; ) {
+		sprintf( name, "%d", get_random_id() );
+		sprintf( dn, "cn=%s, " BASE, name );
+		printf( "Thread %s: Binding as entry (%s)\n", id, dn );
+
+		if (( rc = ldap_simple_bind_s( ld, dn, name ))
+		    != LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+			ldap_perror( ld, "ldap_simple_bind_s" );
+			if ( rc == LDAP_SERVER_DOWN ) {
+				perror( "ldap_simple_bind_s" );
+				voidrc = (void *)1;
+				goto bind_cleanup_and_return;
+			}
+		} else {
+			printf( "Thread %s: bound as entry (%s)\n", id, dn );
+		}
+
+		++opcount;
+		if ( maxops != 0 && opcount >= maxops ) {
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+
+bind_cleanup_and_return:
+	printf( "Thread %s: attempted %d bind operations\n", id, opcount );
+	set_ld_error( 0, NULL, NULL, NULL );	/* disposes of memory */
+	tsd_cleanup();
+	free( id );
+	return voidrc;
+}
+
+
+static void *
+compare_thread( char *id )
+{
+	char		dn[BUFSIZ], name[40], cmpval[40];
+	int		rc, randval, opcount;
+	struct berval	bv;
+	void		*voidrc = (void *)0;
+
+	printf( "Starting compare_thread %s.\n", id );
+	opcount = 0;
+	tsd_setup();
+
+	for ( ;; ) {
+		randval = get_random_id();
+		sprintf( name, "%d", randval );
+		sprintf( dn, "cn=%s, " BASE, name );
+		sprintf( cmpval, "%d", randval + random() % 3 );
+		bv.bv_val = cmpval;
+		bv.bv_len = strlen( cmpval );
+
+		printf( "Thread %s: Comparing cn in entry (%s) with %s\n",
+		    id, dn, cmpval );
+
+		rc = ldap_compare_ext_s( ld, dn, "cn", &bv, NULL, NULL );
+		switch ( rc ) {
+		case LDAP_COMPARE_TRUE:
+			printf( "Thread %s: entry (%s) contains cn %s\n",
+			    id, dn, cmpval );
+			break;
+		case LDAP_COMPARE_FALSE:
+			printf( "Thread %s: entry (%s) doesn't contain cn %s\n",
+			    id, dn, cmpval );
+			break;
+		default:
+			ldap_perror( ld, "ldap_compare_ext_s" );
+			if ( rc == LDAP_SERVER_DOWN ) {
+				perror( "ldap_compare_ext_s" );
+				voidrc = (void *)1;
+				goto compare_cleanup_and_return;
+			}
+		}
+
+		++opcount;
+		if ( maxops != 0 && opcount >= maxops ) {
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+
+compare_cleanup_and_return:
+	printf( "Thread %s: attempted %d compare operations\n", id, opcount );
+	set_ld_error( 0, NULL, NULL, NULL );	/* disposes of memory */
+	tsd_cleanup();
+	free( id );
+	return voidrc;
+}
+
+
+static void *
+search_thread( char *id )
+{
+	LDAPMessage	*res, *entry;
+	char		*dn, filter[40];
+	int		rc, opcount;
+	void		*voidrc = (void *)0;
+
+	printf( "Starting search_thread %s.\n", id );
+	opcount = 0;
+	tsd_setup();
+
+	for ( ;; ) {
+		if ( range_filters ) {
+			switch( get_random_id() % 3 ) {
+			case 0:
+				sprintf( filter, "(cn>=%d)", get_random_id());
+				break;
+			case 1:
+				sprintf( filter, "(cn<=%d)", get_random_id());
+				break;
+			case 2:
+				sprintf( filter, "(&(cn>=%d)(cn<=%d))",
+				    get_random_id(), get_random_id() );
+				break;
+			}
+		} else {
+			sprintf( filter, "cn=%d", get_random_id() );
+		}
+
+		printf( "Thread %s: Searching for entry (%s)\n", id, filter );
+
+		res = NULL;
+		if (( rc = ldap_search_ext_s( ld, BASE, SCOPE, filter, NULL, 0,
+		    NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, &res )) != LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+			ldap_perror( ld, "ldap_search_ext_s" );
+			if ( rc == LDAP_SERVER_DOWN ) {
+				perror( "ldap_search_ext_s" );
+				voidrc = (void *)1;
+				goto search_cleanup_and_return;
+			}
+		}
+		if ( res != NULL ) {
+			entry = ldap_first_entry( ld, res );
+			if ( entry == NULL ) {
+				printf( "Thread %s: found no entries\n", id );
+			} else {
+				dn = ldap_get_dn( ld, entry );
+				printf(
+				    "Thread %s: found entry (%s); %d total\n",
+				    id, dn == NULL ? "(Null)" : dn,
+				    ldap_count_entries( ld, res ));
+				ldap_memfree( dn );
+			}
+			ldap_msgfree( res );
+		}
+
+		++opcount;
+		if ( maxops != 0 && opcount >= maxops ) {
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+
+search_cleanup_and_return:
+	printf( "Thread %s: attempted %d search operations\n", id, opcount );
+	set_ld_error( 0, NULL, NULL, NULL );	/* disposes of memory */
+	tsd_cleanup();
+	free( id );
+	return voidrc;
+}
+
+
+static void *
+my_mutex_alloc( void )
+{
+	pthread_mutex_t	*mutexp;
+
+	if ( (mutexp = malloc( sizeof(pthread_mutex_t) )) != NULL ) {
+		pthread_mutex_init( mutexp, NULL );
+	}
+	return( mutexp );
+}
+
+
+void *
+my_sema_alloc( void )
+{
+	sema_t *semptr;
+
+	if( (semptr = malloc( sizeof(sema_t) ) ) != NULL ) {
+		sema_init( semptr, 0, USYNC_THREAD, NULL );
+	}
+	return ( semptr );
+}
+
+
+static void
+my_mutex_free( void *mutexp )
+{
+	pthread_mutex_destroy( (pthread_mutex_t *) mutexp );
+	free( mutexp );
+}
+
+
+void
+my_sema_free( void *semptr )
+{
+	sema_destroy( (sema_t *) semptr );
+	free( semptr );
+}
+
+
+int
+my_sema_wait( void *semptr )
+{
+	if( semptr != NULL )
+		return( sema_wait( (sema_t *) semptr ) );
+	else
+		return( -1 );
+}
+
+
+int
+my_sema_post( void *semptr )
+{
+	if( semptr != NULL )
+		return( sema_post( (sema_t *) semptr ) );
+	else
+		return( -1 );
+}
+
+
+struct ldap_error {
+	int	le_errno;
+	char	*le_matched;
+	char	*le_errmsg;
+};
+
+
+static void
+tsd_setup()
+{
+	void	*tsd;
+	tsd = pthread_getspecific( key );
+	if ( tsd != NULL ) {
+		fprintf( stderr, "tsd non-null!\n" );
+		pthread_exit( NULL );
+	}
+
+	tsd = (void *) calloc( 1, sizeof(struct ldap_error) );
+	pthread_setspecific( key, tsd );
+}
+
+
+static void
+tsd_cleanup()
+{
+	void	*tsd;
+
+	if (( tsd = pthread_getspecific( key )) != NULL ) {
+		pthread_setspecific( key, NULL );
+		free( tsd );
+	}
+}
+
+
+static void
+set_ld_error( int err, char *matched, char *errmsg, void *dummy )
+{
+	struct ldap_error *le;
+
+	le = pthread_getspecific( key );
+
+	le->le_errno = err;
+
+	if ( le->le_matched != NULL ) {
+		ldap_memfree( le->le_matched );
+	}
+	le->le_matched = matched;
+
+	if ( le->le_errmsg != NULL ) {
+		ldap_memfree( le->le_errmsg );
+	}
+	le->le_errmsg = errmsg;
+}
+
+
+static int
+get_ld_error( char **matchedp, char **errmsgp, void *dummy )
+{
+	struct ldap_error *le;
+
+	le = pthread_getspecific( key );
+	if ( matchedp != NULL ) {
+		*matchedp = le->le_matched;
+	}
+	if ( errmsgp != NULL ) {
+		*errmsgp = le->le_errmsg;
+	}
+	return( le->le_errno );
+}
+
+
+static void
+set_errno( int err )
+{
+	errno = err;
+}
+
+
+static int
+get_errno( void )
+{
+	return( errno );
+}
+
+
+static int
+get_random_id()
+{
+	return( random() % maxid );
+}
+
+
+static char *
+get_id_str( int id )
+{
+	char	idstr[ 10 ];
+
+	sprintf( idstr, "%d", id );
+	return( strdup( idstr ));
+}
diff --git a/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/pwmodext.c b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/pwmodext.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fd737c4a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/pwmodext.c
@@ -0,0 +1,265 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ *
+ * The Original Code is Sun LDAP C SDK.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *
+ * Portions created by Sun Microsystems, Inc are Copyright (C) 2005
+ * Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Contributor(s): abobrov
+ *
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
+ * the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ *
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+
+#include "ldap-int.h"
+
+/* ldap_passwd */
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_passwd (
+	LDAP          *ld, 
+	struct berval *userid,
+	struct berval *oldpasswd,
+	struct berval *newpasswd,
+	LDAPControl   **serverctrls,
+	LDAPControl   **clientctrls,
+	int           *msgidp
+	)
+{
+	int				rc;
+	BerElement		*ber = NULL;
+	struct berval   *requestdata = NULL;
+	
+	if ( !NSLDAPI_VALID_LDAP_POINTER( ld )) {
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_PARAM_ERROR, NULL, NULL );
+		return( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+	}
+
+	requestdata = NSLDAPI_MALLOC( sizeof( struct berval ) );
+	if ( requestdata == NULL ) {
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_NO_MEMORY, NULL, NULL );
+		return( LDAP_NO_MEMORY );
+	}
+	
+	/* If the requestValue field is provided, it SHALL contain a 
+	 * PasswdModifyRequestValue with one or more fields present.
+	 */
+	if ( userid || oldpasswd || newpasswd ) {
+		if ( ( nsldapi_alloc_ber_with_options( ld, &ber ) ) 
+			 != LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+			LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_NO_MEMORY, NULL, NULL );
+			return( LDAP_NO_MEMORY );
+		}
+		
+		/*
+		 * PasswdModifyRequestValue ::= SEQUENCE {
+		 *	 userIdentity    [0]  OCTET STRING OPTIONAL
+		 *	 oldPasswd       [1]  OCTET STRING OPTIONAL
+		 *	 newPasswd       [2]  OCTET STRING OPTIONAL }
+		 */
+		if ( LBER_ERROR == ( ber_printf( ber, "{" ) ) ) {
+			LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_ENCODING_ERROR, NULL, NULL );
+			ber_free( ber, 1 );
+			return( LDAP_ENCODING_ERROR );
+		}
+		
+		if ( userid && userid->bv_val && userid->bv_len ) {
+			if ( LBER_ERROR == ( ber_printf( ber, "to", LDAP_TAG_PWDMOD_REQ_ID, 
+							userid->bv_val, userid->bv_len ) ) ) {
+				LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_ENCODING_ERROR, NULL, NULL );
+				ber_free( ber, 1 );
+				return( LDAP_ENCODING_ERROR );
+			}
+		}
+
+		if ( oldpasswd && oldpasswd->bv_val && oldpasswd->bv_len ) {
+			if ( LBER_ERROR == ( ber_printf( ber, "to", LDAP_TAG_PWDMOD_REQ_OLD, 
+							oldpasswd->bv_val, oldpasswd->bv_len ) ) ) {
+				LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_ENCODING_ERROR, NULL, NULL );
+				ber_free( ber, 1 );
+				return( LDAP_ENCODING_ERROR );
+			}
+		}
+
+		if ( newpasswd && newpasswd->bv_val && newpasswd->bv_len ) {
+			if ( LBER_ERROR == ( ber_printf( ber, "to", LDAP_TAG_PWDMOD_REQ_NEW, 
+							newpasswd->bv_val, newpasswd->bv_len ) ) ) {
+				LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_ENCODING_ERROR, NULL, NULL );
+				ber_free( ber, 1 );
+				return( LDAP_ENCODING_ERROR );
+			}
+		}
+		
+		if ( LBER_ERROR == ( ber_printf( ber, "}" ) ) ) {
+			LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_ENCODING_ERROR, NULL, NULL );
+			ber_free( ber, 1 );
+			return( LDAP_ENCODING_ERROR );
+		}
+		
+		/* allocate struct berval with contents of the BER encoding */
+		rc = ber_flatten( ber, &requestdata );
+		if ( rc == -1 ) {
+			LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_NO_MEMORY, NULL, NULL );
+			ber_free( ber, 1 );
+			return( LDAP_NO_MEMORY );
+		}
+	} else {
+		requestdata = NULL;
+	}
+		
+	rc = ldap_extended_operation( ld, LDAP_EXOP_MODIFY_PASSWD, requestdata, 
+										serverctrls, clientctrls, msgidp );
+	
+	/* the ber encoding is no longer needed */
+	if ( requestdata ) {
+		ber_bvfree( requestdata );
+	}
+
+	if ( ber ) {
+		ber_free( ber, 1 );
+	}
+
+	LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, rc, NULL, NULL );
+	return( rc );
+}
+
+/* ldap_parse_passwd */
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_parse_passwd ( 	
+	LDAP			*ld, 
+	LDAPMessage		*result,
+	struct berval	*genpasswd
+	)
+{	
+	int			rc;
+	char			*retoidp = NULL;
+	struct berval		*retdatap = NULL;
+	BerElement		*ber = NULL;
+	ber_len_t		len;
+	ber_tag_t		tag;
+	
+	if ( !NSLDAPI_VALID_LDAP_POINTER( ld )) {
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_PARAM_ERROR, NULL, NULL );
+		return( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+	}	
+
+	if ( !result ) {
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_PARAM_ERROR, NULL, NULL );
+		return( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+	}
+
+	if ( !genpasswd ) {
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_PARAM_ERROR, NULL, NULL );
+		return( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+	}
+		
+	rc = ldap_parse_extended_result( ld, result, &retoidp, &retdatap, 0 );
+	if ( rc != LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+		return( rc );
+	}
+	
+	rc = ldap_get_lderrno( ld, NULL, NULL );
+	if ( rc != LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+		return( rc );
+	}
+	
+	if ( retdatap ) {
+		/* allocate a Ber element with the contents of the
+		 * berval from the response.
+		 */
+		if ( ( ber = ber_init( retdatap ) ) == NULL ) {
+			LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_NO_MEMORY, NULL, NULL );
+			return( LDAP_NO_MEMORY );
+		}
+		
+		if ( ( tag = ber_skip_tag( ber, &len ) ) == LBER_ERROR ) {
+			LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_DECODING_ERROR, NULL, NULL );
+			ber_free( ber, 1 );
+			ldap_memfree( retoidp );
+			return( LDAP_DECODING_ERROR );
+		}
+		
+		if ( ( ( tag = ber_peek_tag( ber, &len ) ) == LBER_ERROR ) ||
+			 tag != LDAP_TAG_PWDMOD_RES_GEN ) {
+			LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_DECODING_ERROR, NULL, NULL );
+			ber_free( ber, 1 );
+			ldap_memfree( retoidp );
+			return( LDAP_DECODING_ERROR );
+		}
+		
+		if ( ber_scanf( ber, "o}", genpasswd ) == LBER_ERROR ) {
+			LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_DECODING_ERROR, NULL, NULL );
+			ber_free( ber, 1 );
+			ldap_memfree( retoidp );
+			return( LDAP_DECODING_ERROR );
+		}
+		
+		/* the ber encoding is no longer needed */
+		ber_free( ber,1 );
+	}
+	
+	ldap_memfree( retoidp );
+	return( LDAP_SUCCESS );
+}
+
+/* ldap_passwd_s */
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_passwd_s ( 	
+	LDAP          *ld, 
+	struct berval *userid,
+	struct berval *oldpasswd,
+	struct berval *newpasswd,
+	struct berval *genpasswd,
+	LDAPControl   **serverctrls,
+	LDAPControl   **clientctrls
+	)
+{
+	int			rc, msgid;
+	LDAPMessage             *result = NULL;
+	
+	if ( !NSLDAPI_VALID_LDAP_POINTER( ld )) {
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_PARAM_ERROR, NULL, NULL );
+		return( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+	}	
+
+	rc = ldap_passwd( ld, userid, oldpasswd, newpasswd, serverctrls, 
+					  clientctrls, &msgid );
+	if ( rc != LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+		return( rc );
+	}
+	
+	rc = ldap_result( ld, msgid, LDAP_MSG_ALL, NULL, &result );
+	if ( rc == -1 ) {
+		return( LDAP_GET_LDERRNO( ld, NULL, NULL ) );
+	}
+
+	rc = ldap_parse_passwd( ld, result, genpasswd );
+
+	ldap_msgfree( result );
+	return( rc );
+}
diff --git a/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/pwpctrl.c b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/pwpctrl.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..26a3f1b2f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/pwpctrl.c
@@ -0,0 +1,315 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ *
+ * The Original Code is Sun LDAP C SDK.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *
+ * Portions created by Sun Microsystems, Inc are Copyright (C) 2005
+ * Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Contributor(s): abobrov@sun.com
+ *
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
+ * the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ *
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+
+#include "ldap-int.h"
+
+/* ldap_create_passwordpolicy_control:
+
+Parameters are  
+
+ld              LDAP pointer to the desired connection 
+
+ctrlp           the address of a place to put the constructed control 
+*/
+
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_create_passwordpolicy_control ( 	
+										LDAP *ld, 
+										LDAPControl **ctrlp   
+																	)
+{
+	int rc;
+	
+	if ( !NSLDAPI_VALID_LDAP_POINTER( ld )) {
+		return( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+	}
+	
+	if ( ctrlp == NULL ) {
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_PARAM_ERROR, NULL, NULL );
+		return ( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+	}
+	
+	rc = nsldapi_build_control( LDAP_CONTROL_PASSWD_POLICY, 
+								NULL, 0, 0, ctrlp );
+	
+	LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, rc, NULL, NULL );
+	return( rc );
+}
+
+/* ldap_create_passwordpolicy_control_ext:
+
+Parameters are  
+
+ld              LDAP pointer to the desired connection 
+
+ctl_iscritical  Indicates whether the control is critical of not. If
+                this field is non-zero, the operation will only be car-
+                ried out if the control is recognized by the server
+                and/or client
+
+ctrlp           the address of a place to put the constructed control 
+*/
+
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_create_passwordpolicy_control_ext ( 	
+											LDAP *ld, 
+											const char ctl_iscritical,
+											LDAPControl **ctrlp   
+																		)
+{
+	int rc;
+	
+	if ( !NSLDAPI_VALID_LDAP_POINTER( ld )) {
+		return( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+	}
+	
+	if ( ctrlp == NULL ) {
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_PARAM_ERROR, NULL, NULL );
+		return ( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+	}
+	
+	rc = nsldapi_build_control( LDAP_CONTROL_PASSWD_POLICY, 
+								NULL, 0, ctl_iscritical, ctrlp );
+	
+	LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, rc, NULL, NULL );
+	return( rc );
+}
+
+/* ldap_parse_passwordpolicy_control:
+
+Parameters are  
+
+ld              LDAP pointer to the desired connection 
+
+ctrlp           pointer to LDAPControl structure, obtained from
+				calling ldap_find_control() or by other means.  
+
+exptimep        result parameter is filled in with the number of seconds before
+                the password will expire.
+
+gracep          result parameter is filled in with the number of grace logins 
+                after the password has expired.
+
+errorcodep      result parameter is filled in with the error code of the 
+                password operation.
+*/
+
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_parse_passwordpolicy_control ( 	
+									LDAP *ld, 
+									LDAPControl *ctrlp,  
+									ber_int_t *expirep,
+									ber_int_t *gracep,
+									LDAPPasswordPolicyError *errorp
+																	)
+{
+	ber_len_t	len;
+	ber_tag_t	tag;
+	ber_int_t	pp_exp = -1;
+	ber_int_t	pp_grace = -1;
+	ber_int_t	pp_warning = -1;
+	ber_int_t	pp_err = PP_noError;
+	BerElement	*ber = NULL;
+
+	if ( !NSLDAPI_VALID_LDAP_POINTER( ld ) ) {
+	    return( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+	}
+	
+	if ( ctrlp == NULL ) {
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_CONTROL_NOT_FOUND, NULL, NULL );
+		return ( LDAP_CONTROL_NOT_FOUND );
+	}
+	
+	/*  allocate a Ber element with the contents of the control's struct berval */
+	if ( ( ber = ber_init( &ctrlp->ldctl_value ) ) == NULL ) {
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_NO_MEMORY, NULL, NULL );
+		return( LDAP_NO_MEMORY );
+	}
+	
+	/*
+	 * The control value should look like this:
+	 *	
+	 *	PasswordPolicyResponseValue ::= SEQUENCE {
+	 *		warning [0] CHOICE {
+	 *			timeBeforeExpiration        [0] INTEGER (0 .. maxInt),
+	 *			graceLoginsRemaining        [1] INTEGER (0 .. maxInt) } OPTIONAL
+	 *		error       [1] ENUMERATED {
+	 *			passwordExpired             (0),
+	 *			accountLocked               (1),
+	 *			changeAfterReset            (2),
+	 *			passwordModNotAllowed       (3),
+	 *			mustSupplyOldPassword       (4),
+	 *			insufficientPasswordQuality (5),
+	 *			passwordTooShort            (6),
+	 *			passwordTooYoung            (7),
+	 *			passwordInHistory           (8) } OPTIONAL }
+	 */
+
+	if ( ber_scanf( ber, "{" ) == LBER_ERROR ) {
+        LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_DECODING_ERROR, NULL, NULL );
+        ber_free( ber, 1 );
+        return( LDAP_DECODING_ERROR );
+	}
+    
+	tag = ber_peek_tag( ber, &len );
+
+	while ( (tag != LBER_ERROR) && (tag != LBER_END_OF_SEQORSET) ) {
+		if ( tag == ( LBER_CONSTRUCTED | LBER_CLASS_CONTEXT ) ) {
+			ber_skip_tag( ber, &len );
+			if ( ber_scanf( ber, "ti", &tag, &pp_warning ) == LBER_ERROR ) {
+				LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_DECODING_ERROR, NULL, NULL );
+				ber_free( ber, 1 );
+				return( LDAP_DECODING_ERROR );
+			}
+			if ( tag == LBER_CLASS_CONTEXT ) {
+				pp_exp = pp_warning;
+			} else if ( tag == ( LBER_CLASS_CONTEXT | 0x01 ) ) {
+				pp_grace = pp_warning;
+			}
+		} else if ( tag == ( LBER_CLASS_CONTEXT | 0x01 ) ) {
+				if ( ber_scanf( ber, "ti", &tag, &pp_err ) == LBER_ERROR ) {
+					LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_DECODING_ERROR, NULL, NULL );
+					ber_free( ber, 1 );
+					return( LDAP_DECODING_ERROR );
+				}
+		}
+		if ( tag == LBER_DEFAULT ) {
+			LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_DECODING_ERROR, NULL, NULL );
+			ber_free( ber, 1 );
+			return( LDAP_DECODING_ERROR );
+		}
+		tag = ber_skip_tag( ber, &len );
+	}
+
+	if (expirep) *expirep = pp_exp;
+	if (gracep) *gracep = pp_grace;
+	if (errorp) *errorp = pp_err;
+
+	/* the ber encoding is no longer needed */
+	ber_free( ber, 1 );
+	return( LDAP_SUCCESS );
+}
+
+/* ldap_parse_passwordpolicy_control_ext:
+
+Parameters are  
+
+ld              LDAP pointer to the desired connection 
+
+ctrlp           An array of controls obtained from calling  
+                ldap_parse_result on the set of results 
+                returned by the server
+
+exptimep        result parameter is filled in with the number of seconds before
+                the password will expire.
+
+gracep          result parameter is filled in with the number of grace logins 
+                after the password has expired.
+
+errorcodep      result parameter is filled in with the error code of the 
+                password operation.
+*/
+
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_parse_passwordpolicy_control_ext ( 	
+										LDAP *ld, 
+										LDAPControl **ctrlp,  
+										ber_int_t *expirep,
+										ber_int_t *gracep,
+										LDAPPasswordPolicyError *errorp
+																		)
+{
+	int i, foundPPControl;
+	LDAPControl *PPCtrlp = NULL;
+
+	if ( !NSLDAPI_VALID_LDAP_POINTER( ld ) ) {
+	    return( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+	}
+	
+	/* find the control in the list of controls if it exists */
+	if ( ctrlp == NULL ) {
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_CONTROL_NOT_FOUND, NULL, NULL );
+		return ( LDAP_CONTROL_NOT_FOUND );
+	} 
+	foundPPControl = 0;
+	for ( i = 0; (( ctrlp[i] != NULL ) && ( !foundPPControl )); i++ ) {
+		foundPPControl = !strcmp( ctrlp[i]->ldctl_oid, LDAP_CONTROL_PASSWD_POLICY );
+	}
+	if ( !foundPPControl ) {
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_CONTROL_NOT_FOUND, NULL, NULL );
+		return ( LDAP_CONTROL_NOT_FOUND );
+	} else {
+		/* let local var point to the control */
+		PPCtrlp = ctrlp[i-1];			
+	}
+	
+	return (
+	ldap_parse_passwordpolicy_control( ld, PPCtrlp, expirep, gracep, errorp ));
+}
+
+const char *
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_passwordpolicy_err2txt( LDAPPasswordPolicyError err )
+{
+	switch(err) {
+		case PP_passwordExpired: 
+			return "Password expired";
+		case PP_accountLocked: 
+			return "Account locked";
+		case PP_changeAfterReset: 
+			return "Password must be changed";
+		case PP_passwordModNotAllowed: 
+			return "Policy prevents password modification";
+		case PP_mustSupplyOldPassword: 
+			return "Policy requires old password in order to change password";
+		case PP_insufficientPasswordQuality: 
+			return "Password fails quality checks";
+		case PP_passwordTooShort: 
+			return "Password is too short for policy";
+		case PP_passwordTooYoung: 
+			return "Password has been changed too recently";
+		case PP_passwordInHistory: 
+			return "New password is in list of old passwords";
+		case PP_noError: 
+			return "No error";
+		default: 
+			return "Unknown error code";
+	}
+}
diff --git a/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/referral.c b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/referral.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..742d3d986
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/referral.c
@@ -0,0 +1,177 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ * 
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version 
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with 
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at 
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ * 
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ * 
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, released
+ * March 31, 1998.
+ * 
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998-1999
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ * 
+ * Contributor(s):
+ * 
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
+ * or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ * 
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+/*
+ *  referral.c - routines for handling LDAPv3 referrals and references.
+ */
+
+#include "ldap-int.h"
+
+
+LDAPMessage *
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_first_reference( LDAP *ld, LDAPMessage *res )
+{
+	if ( !NSLDAPI_VALID_LDAP_POINTER( ld ) || res == NULLMSG ) {
+		return( NULLMSG );
+	}
+
+	if ( res->lm_msgtype == LDAP_RES_SEARCH_REFERENCE ) {
+		return( res );
+	}
+
+	return( ldap_next_reference( ld, res ));
+}
+
+
+LDAPMessage *
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_next_reference( LDAP *ld, LDAPMessage *ref )
+{
+	if ( !NSLDAPI_VALID_LDAP_POINTER( ld ) || ref == NULLMSG ) {
+		return( NULLMSG );		/* punt */
+	}
+
+	for ( ref = ref->lm_chain; ref != NULLMSG; ref = ref->lm_chain ) {
+		if ( ref->lm_msgtype == LDAP_RES_SEARCH_REFERENCE ) {
+			return( ref );
+		}
+	}
+
+	return( NULLMSG );
+}
+
+
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_count_references( LDAP *ld, LDAPMessage *res )
+{
+	int	i;
+
+	if ( !NSLDAPI_VALID_LDAP_POINTER( ld )) {
+		return( -1 );
+	}
+
+	for ( i = 0; res != NULL; res = res->lm_chain ) {
+		if ( res->lm_msgtype == LDAP_RES_SEARCH_REFERENCE ) {
+			++i;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return( i );
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * returns an LDAP error code.
+ */
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_parse_reference( LDAP *ld, LDAPMessage *ref, char ***referralsp,
+    LDAPControl ***serverctrlsp, int freeit )
+{
+	int		err;
+
+	if ( !NSLDAPI_VALID_LDAP_POINTER( ld ) ||
+	    !NSLDAPI_VALID_LDAPMESSAGE_REFERENCE_POINTER( ref )) {
+		return( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+	}
+
+	err = nsldapi_parse_reference( ld, ref->lm_ber, referralsp,
+		serverctrlsp );
+
+	LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, err, NULL, NULL );
+
+	if ( freeit ) {
+		ldap_msgfree( ref );
+	}
+
+	return( err );
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * returns an LDAP error code indicating success or failure of parsing
+ * does NOT set any error information inside "ld"
+ */
+int
+nsldapi_parse_reference( LDAP *ld, BerElement *rber, char ***referralsp,
+    LDAPControl ***serverctrlsp )
+{
+	int		err;
+	BerElement	ber;
+	char		**refs;
+
+	/*
+	 * Parse a searchResultReference message.  These are used in LDAPv3
+	 * and beyond and look like this:
+	 *
+	 *	SearchResultReference ::= [APPLICATION 19] SEQUENCE OF LDAPURL
+	 *
+	 * all wrapped up in an LDAPMessage sequence which looks like this:
+	 *
+	 *	LDAPMessage ::= SEQUENCE {
+	 *		messageID	MessageID,
+	 *		SearchResultReference
+	 *		controls	[0] Controls OPTIONAL
+	 *	}
+	 *
+	 * ldap_result() pulls out the message id, so by the time a result
+	 * message gets here we are conveniently sitting at the start of the
+	 * SearchResultReference itself.
+	 */
+	err = LDAP_SUCCESS;	/* optimistic */
+	ber = *rber;		/* struct copy */
+
+	if ( ber_scanf( &ber, "{v", &refs ) == LBER_ERROR ) {
+	    err = LDAP_DECODING_ERROR;
+	} else if ( serverctrlsp != NULL ) {
+	    /* pull out controls (if requested and any are present) */
+	    if ( ber_scanf( &ber, "}" ) == LBER_ERROR ) {
+		err = LDAP_DECODING_ERROR;
+	    } else {
+		err = nsldapi_get_controls( &ber, serverctrlsp );
+	    }
+	}
+
+	if ( referralsp == NULL ) {
+	    ldap_value_free( refs );
+	} else {
+	    *referralsp = refs;
+	}
+
+	return( err );
+}
diff --git a/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/regex.c b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/regex.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4ba4ee08a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/regex.c
@@ -0,0 +1,920 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ * 
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version 
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with 
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at 
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ * 
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ * 
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, released
+ * March 31, 1998.
+ * 
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998-1999
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ * 
+ * Contributor(s):
+ * 
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
+ * or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ * 
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+#include "ldap-int.h"
+#if defined( macintosh ) || defined( DOS ) || defined( _WINDOWS ) || defined( NEED_BSDREGEX ) || defined( XP_OS2)
+#include "regex.h"
+
+/*
+ * regex - Regular expression pattern matching  and replacement
+ *
+ * By:  Ozan S. Yigit (oz)
+ *      Dept. of Computer Science
+ *      York University
+ *
+ * These routines are the PUBLIC DOMAIN equivalents of regex
+ * routines as found in 4.nBSD UN*X, with minor extensions.
+ *
+ * These routines are derived from various implementations found
+ * in software tools books, and Conroy's grep. They are NOT derived
+ * from licensed/restricted software.
+ * For more interesting/academic/complicated implementations,
+ * see Henry Spencer's regexp routines, or GNU Emacs pattern
+ * matching module.
+ *
+ * Use the actual CCL code in the CLO
+ * section of pmatch. No need for a recursive
+ * pmatch call.
+ * 
+ * Use a bitmap table to set char bits in an
+ * 8-bit chunk.
+ * 
+ * Interfaces:
+ *      re_comp:        compile a regular expression into a NFA.
+ *
+ *			char *re_comp(s)
+ *			char *s;
+ *
+ *      re_exec:        execute the NFA to match a pattern.
+ *
+ *			int re_exec(s)
+ *			char *s;
+ *
+ *	re_modw		change re_exec's understanding of what a "word"
+ *			looks like (for \< and \>) by adding into the
+ *			hidden word-syntax table.
+ *
+ *			void re_modw(s)
+ *			char *s;
+ *
+ *      re_subs:	substitute the matched portions in a new string.
+ *
+ *			int re_subs(src, dst)
+ *			char *src;
+ *			char *dst;
+ *
+ *	re_fail:	failure routine for re_exec.
+ *
+ *			void re_fail(msg, op)
+ *			char *msg;
+ *			char op;
+ *  
+ * Regular Expressions:
+ *
+ *      [1]     char    matches itself, unless it is a special
+ *                      character (metachar): . \ [ ] * + ^ $
+ *
+ *      [2]     .       matches any character.
+ *
+ *      [3]     \       matches the character following it, except
+ *			when followed by a left or right round bracket,
+ *			a digit 1 to 9 or a left or right angle bracket. 
+ *			(see [7], [8] and [9])
+ *			It is used as an escape character for all 
+ *			other meta-characters, and itself. When used
+ *			in a set ([4]), it is treated as an ordinary
+ *			character.
+ *
+ *      [4]     [set]   matches one of the characters in the set.
+ *                      If the first character in the set is "^",
+ *                      it matches a character NOT in the set, i.e. 
+ *			complements the set. A shorthand S-E is 
+ *			used to specify a set of characters S upto 
+ *			E, inclusive. The special characters "]" and 
+ *			"-" have no special meaning if they appear 
+ *			as the first chars in the set.
+ *                      examples:        match:
+ *
+ *                              [a-z]    any lowercase alpha
+ *
+ *                              [^]-]    any char except ] and -
+ *
+ *                              [^A-Z]   any char except uppercase
+ *                                       alpha
+ *
+ *                              [a-zA-Z] any alpha
+ *
+ *      [5]     *       any regular expression form [1] to [4], followed by
+ *                      closure char (*) matches zero or more matches of
+ *                      that form.
+ *
+ *      [6]     +       same as [5], except it matches one or more.
+ *
+ *      [7]             a regular expression in the form [1] to [10], enclosed
+ *                      as \(form\) matches what form matches. The enclosure
+ *                      creates a set of tags, used for [8] and for
+ *                      pattern substution. The tagged forms are numbered
+ *			starting from 1.
+ *
+ *      [8]             a \ followed by a digit 1 to 9 matches whatever a
+ *                      previously tagged regular expression ([7]) matched.
+ *
+ *	[9]	\<	a regular expression starting with a \< construct
+ *		\>	and/or ending with a \> construct, restricts the
+ *			pattern matching to the beginning of a word, and/or
+ *			the end of a word. A word is defined to be a character
+ *			string beginning and/or ending with the characters
+ *			A-Z a-z 0-9 and _. It must also be preceded and/or
+ *			followed by any character outside those mentioned.
+ *
+ *      [10]            a composite regular expression xy where x and y
+ *                      are in the form [1] to [10] matches the longest
+ *                      match of x followed by a match for y.
+ *
+ *      [11]	^	a regular expression starting with a ^ character
+ *		$	and/or ending with a $ character, restricts the
+ *                      pattern matching to the beginning of the line,
+ *                      or the end of line. [anchors] Elsewhere in the
+ *			pattern, ^ and $ are treated as ordinary characters.
+ *
+ *
+ * Acknowledgements:
+ *
+ *	HCR's Hugh Redelmeier has been most helpful in various
+ *	stages of development. He convinced me to include BOW
+ *	and EOW constructs, originally invented by Rob Pike at
+ *	the University of Toronto.
+ *
+ * References:
+ *              Software tools			Kernighan & Plauger
+ *              Software tools in Pascal        Kernighan & Plauger
+ *              Grep [rsx-11 C dist]            David Conroy
+ *		ed - text editor		Un*x Programmer's Manual
+ *		Advanced editing on Un*x	B. W. Kernighan
+ *		RegExp routines			Henry Spencer
+ *
+ * Notes:
+ *
+ *	This implementation uses a bit-set representation for character
+ *	classes for speed and compactness. Each character is represented 
+ *	by one bit in a 128-bit block. Thus, CCL always takes a 
+ *	constant 16 bytes in the internal nfa, and re_exec does a single
+ *	bit comparison to locate the character in the set.
+ *
+ * Examples:
+ *
+ *	pattern:	foo*.*
+ *	compile:	CHR f CHR o CLO CHR o END CLO ANY END END
+ *	matches:	fo foo fooo foobar fobar foxx ...
+ *
+ *	pattern:	fo[ob]a[rz]	
+ *	compile:	CHR f CHR o CCL bitset CHR a CCL bitset END
+ *	matches:	fobar fooar fobaz fooaz
+ *
+ *	pattern:	foo\\+
+ *	compile:	CHR f CHR o CHR o CHR \ CLO CHR \ END END
+ *	matches:	foo\ foo\\ foo\\\  ...
+ *
+ *	pattern:	\(foo\)[1-3]\1	(same as foo[1-3]foo)
+ *	compile:	BOT 1 CHR f CHR o CHR o EOT 1 CCL bitset REF 1 END
+ *	matches:	foo1foo foo2foo foo3foo
+ *
+ *	pattern:	\(fo.*\)-\1
+ *	compile:	BOT 1 CHR f CHR o CLO ANY END EOT 1 CHR - REF 1 END
+ *	matches:	foo-foo fo-fo fob-fob foobar-foobar ...
+ */
+
+#define MAXNFA  1024
+#define MAXTAG  10
+
+#define OKP     1
+#define NOP     0
+
+#define CHR     1
+#define ANY     2
+#define CCL     3
+#define BOL     4
+#define EOL     5
+#define BOT     6
+#define EOT     7
+#define BOW	8
+#define EOW	9
+#define REF     10
+#define CLO     11
+
+#define END     0
+
+/*
+ * The following defines are not meant to be changeable.
+ * They are for readability only.
+ */
+#define MAXCHR	128
+#define CHRBIT	8
+#define BITBLK	MAXCHR/CHRBIT
+#define BLKIND	0170
+#define BITIND	07
+
+#define ASCIIB	0177
+
+/* Plain char, on the other hand, may be signed or unsigned; it depends on
+ * the platform and perhaps a compiler option.  A hard fact of life, in C.
+ *
+ * 6-April-1999 mcs@netscape.com: replaced CHAR with REGEXCHAR to avoid
+ *              conflicts with system types on Win32.   Changed typedef
+ *              for REGEXCHAR to always be unsigned, which seems right.
+ */
+typedef unsigned char REGEXCHAR;
+
+static int  tagstk[MAXTAG];             /* subpat tag stack..*/
+static REGEXCHAR nfa[MAXNFA];		/* automaton..       */
+static int  sta = NOP;               	/* status of lastpat */
+
+static REGEXCHAR bittab[BITBLK];	/* bit table for CCL */
+					/* pre-set bits...   */
+static REGEXCHAR bitarr[] = {1,2,4,8,16,32,64,128};
+
+static void
+chset(REGEXCHAR c)
+{
+	bittab[((c) & (unsigned)BLKIND) >> 3] |= bitarr[(c) & BITIND];
+}
+
+#define badpat(x)	(*nfa = END, x)
+#define store(x)	*mp++ = x
+ 
+char *     
+LDAP_CALL
+re_comp( const char *pat )
+{
+	register REGEXCHAR *p;          /* pattern pointer   */
+	register REGEXCHAR *mp=nfa;     /* nfa pointer       */
+	register REGEXCHAR *lp;         /* saved pointer..   */
+	register REGEXCHAR *sp=nfa;     /* another one..     */
+
+	register int tagi = 0;          /* tag stack index   */
+	register int tagc = 1;          /* actual tag count  */
+
+	register int n;
+	register REGEXCHAR mask;	/* xor mask -CCL/NCL */
+	int c1, c2;
+		
+	if (!pat || !*pat) {
+		if (sta) {
+			return 0;
+		} else {
+			return badpat("No previous regular expression");
+		}
+	}
+	sta = NOP;
+
+	for (p = (REGEXCHAR*)pat; *p; p++) {
+		lp = mp;
+		switch(*p) {
+
+		case '.':               /* match any char..  */
+			store(ANY);
+			break;
+
+		case '^':               /* match beginning.. */
+			if (p == (REGEXCHAR*)pat)
+				store(BOL);
+			else {
+				store(CHR);
+				store(*p);
+			}
+			break;
+
+		case '$':               /* match endofline.. */
+			if (!*(p+1))
+				store(EOL);
+			else {
+				store(CHR);
+				store(*p);
+			}
+			break;
+
+		case '[':               /* match char class..*/
+			store(CCL);
+
+			if (*++p == '^') {
+				mask = 0377;	
+				p++;
+			}
+			else
+				mask = 0;
+
+			if (*p == '-')		/* real dash */
+				chset(*p++);
+			if (*p == ']')		/* real brac */
+				chset(*p++);
+			while (*p && *p != ']') {
+				if (*p == '-' && *(p+1) && *(p+1) != ']') {
+					p++;
+					c1 = *(p-2) + 1;
+					c2 = *p++;
+					while (c1 <= c2)
+						chset((REGEXCHAR)c1++);
+				}
+#ifdef EXTEND
+				else if (*p == '\\' && *(p+1)) {
+					p++;
+					chset(*p++);
+				}
+#endif
+				else
+					chset(*p++);
+			}
+			if (!*p)
+				return badpat("Missing ]");
+
+			for (n = 0; n < BITBLK; bittab[n++] = (REGEXCHAR) 0)
+				store(mask ^ bittab[n]);
+	
+			break;
+
+		case '*':               /* match 0 or more.. */
+		case '+':               /* match 1 or more.. */
+			if (p == (REGEXCHAR*)pat)
+				return badpat("Empty closure");
+			lp = sp;		/* previous opcode */
+			if (*lp == CLO)		/* equivalence..   */
+				break;
+			switch(*lp) {
+
+			case BOL:
+			case BOT:
+			case EOT:
+			case BOW:
+			case EOW:
+			case REF:
+				return badpat("Illegal closure");
+			default:
+				break;
+			}
+
+			if (*p == '+')
+				for (sp = mp; lp < sp; lp++)
+					store(*lp);
+
+			store(END);
+			store(END);
+			sp = mp;
+			while (--mp > lp)
+				*mp = mp[-1];
+			store(CLO);
+			mp = sp;
+			break;
+
+		case '\\':              /* tags, backrefs .. */
+			switch(*++p) {
+
+			case '(':
+				if (tagc < MAXTAG) {
+					tagstk[++tagi] = tagc;
+					store(BOT);
+					store(tagc++);
+				}
+				else
+					return badpat("Too many \\(\\) pairs");
+				break;
+			case ')':
+				if (*sp == BOT)
+					return badpat("Null pattern inside \\(\\)");
+				if (tagi > 0) {
+					store(EOT);
+					store(tagstk[tagi--]);
+				}
+				else
+					return badpat("Unmatched \\)");
+				break;
+			case '<':
+				store(BOW);
+				break;
+			case '>':
+				if (*sp == BOW)
+					return badpat("Null pattern inside \\<\\>");
+				store(EOW);
+				break;
+			case '1':
+			case '2':
+			case '3':
+			case '4':
+			case '5':
+			case '6':
+			case '7':
+			case '8':
+			case '9':
+				n = *p-'0';
+				if (tagi > 0 && tagstk[tagi] == n)
+					return badpat("Cyclical reference");
+				if (tagc > n) {
+					store(REF);
+					store(n);
+				}
+				else
+					return badpat("Undetermined reference");
+				break;
+#ifdef EXTEND
+			case 'b':
+				store(CHR);
+				store('\b');
+				break;
+			case 'n':
+				store(CHR);
+				store('\n');
+				break;
+			case 'f':
+				store(CHR);
+				store('\f');
+				break;
+			case 'r':
+				store(CHR);
+				store('\r');
+				break;
+			case 't':
+				store(CHR);
+				store('\t');
+				break;
+#endif
+			default:
+				store(CHR);
+				store(*p);
+			}
+			break;
+
+		default :               /* an ordinary char  */
+			store(CHR);
+			store(*p);
+			break;
+		}
+		sp = lp;
+	}
+	if (tagi > 0)
+		return badpat("Unmatched \\(");
+	store(END);
+	sta = OKP;
+	return 0;
+}
+
+
+static REGEXCHAR *bol;
+static REGEXCHAR *bopat[MAXTAG];
+static REGEXCHAR *eopat[MAXTAG];
+#ifdef NEEDPROTOS
+static REGEXCHAR *pmatch( REGEXCHAR *lp, REGEXCHAR *ap );
+#else /* NEEDPROTOS */
+static REGEXCHAR *pmatch();
+#endif /* NEEDPROTOS */
+
+/*
+ * re_exec:
+ * 	execute nfa to find a match.
+ *
+ *	special cases: (nfa[0])	
+ *		BOL
+ *			Match only once, starting from the
+ *			beginning.
+ *		CHR
+ *			First locate the character without
+ *			calling pmatch, and if found, call
+ *			pmatch for the remaining string.
+ *		END
+ *			re_comp failed, poor luser did not
+ *			check for it. Fail fast.
+ *
+ *	If a match is found, bopat[0] and eopat[0] are set
+ *	to the beginning and the end of the matched fragment,
+ *	respectively.
+ *
+ */
+
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+re_exec( const char *lp )
+{
+	register REGEXCHAR c;
+	register REGEXCHAR *ep = 0;
+	register REGEXCHAR *ap = nfa;
+
+	bol = (REGEXCHAR*)lp;
+
+	bopat[0] = 0;
+	bopat[1] = 0;
+	bopat[2] = 0;
+	bopat[3] = 0;
+	bopat[4] = 0;
+	bopat[5] = 0;
+	bopat[6] = 0;
+	bopat[7] = 0;
+	bopat[8] = 0;
+	bopat[9] = 0;
+
+	switch(*ap) {
+
+	case BOL:			/* anchored: match from BOL only */
+		ep = pmatch((REGEXCHAR*)lp,ap);
+		break;
+	case CHR:			/* ordinary char: locate it fast */
+		c = *(ap+1);
+		while (*lp && *(REGEXCHAR*)lp != c)
+			lp++;
+		if (!*lp)		/* if EOS, fail, else fall thru. */
+			return 0;
+	default:			/* regular matching all the way. */
+		do {
+			if ((ep = pmatch((REGEXCHAR*)lp,ap)))
+				break;
+			lp++;
+		} while (*lp);
+
+		break;
+	case END:			/* munged automaton. fail always */
+		return 0;
+	}
+	if (!ep)
+		return 0;
+
+	bopat[0] = (REGEXCHAR*)lp;
+	eopat[0] = ep;
+	return 1;
+}
+
+/* 
+ * pmatch: internal routine for the hard part
+ *
+ * 	This code is partly snarfed from an early grep written by
+ *	David Conroy. The backref and tag stuff, and various other
+ *	innovations are by oz.
+ *
+ *	special case optimizations: (nfa[n], nfa[n+1])
+ *		CLO ANY
+ *			We KNOW .* will match everything upto the
+ *			end of line. Thus, directly go to the end of
+ *			line, without recursive pmatch calls. As in
+ *			the other closure cases, the remaining pattern
+ *			must be matched by moving backwards on the
+ *			string recursively, to find a match for xy
+ *			(x is ".*" and y is the remaining pattern)
+ *			where the match satisfies the LONGEST match for
+ *			x followed by a match for y.
+ *		CLO CHR
+ *			We can again scan the string forward for the
+ *			single char and at the point of failure, we
+ *			execute the remaining nfa recursively, same as
+ *			above.
+ *
+ *	At the end of a successful match, bopat[n] and eopat[n]
+ *	are set to the beginning and end of subpatterns matched
+ *	by tagged expressions (n = 1 to 9).	
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef re_fail
+extern void re_fail();
+#endif /* re_fail */
+
+/*
+ * character classification table for word boundary operators BOW
+ * and EOW. the reason for not using ctype macros is that we can
+ * let the user add into our own table. see re_modw. This table
+ * is not in the bitset form, since we may wish to extend it in the
+ * future for other character classifications. 
+ *
+ *	TRUE for 0-9 A-Z a-z _
+ */
+static char chrtyp[MAXCHR] = {
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 
+	1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 
+	1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 
+	1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 
+	1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 
+	1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 
+	1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 
+	1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
+	};
+
+#define HIBIT		0200
+#define inascii(x)	(0177&(x))
+#define iswordc(x) 	chrtyp[inascii(x)]
+#define isinset(x,y) 	(((y)&HIBIT)?0:((x)[((y)&BLKIND)>>3] & bitarr[(y)&BITIND]))
+
+/*
+ * skip values for CLO XXX to skip past the closure
+ */
+
+#define ANYSKIP	2 	/* [CLO] ANY END ...	     */
+#define CHRSKIP	3	/* [CLO] CHR chr END ...     */
+#define CCLSKIP 18	/* [CLO] CCL 16bytes END ... */
+
+static REGEXCHAR *
+pmatch( REGEXCHAR *lp, REGEXCHAR *ap)
+{
+	register int op, c, n;
+	register REGEXCHAR *e;		/* extra pointer for CLO */
+	register REGEXCHAR *bp;		/* beginning of subpat.. */
+	register REGEXCHAR *ep;		/* ending of subpat..	 */
+	REGEXCHAR *are;			/* to save the line ptr. */
+
+	while ((op = *ap++) != END)
+		switch(op) {
+
+		case CHR:
+			if (*lp++ != *ap++)
+				return 0;
+			break;
+		case ANY:
+			if (!*lp++)
+				return 0;
+			break;
+		case CCL:
+			c = *lp++;
+			if (!isinset(ap,c))
+				return 0;
+			ap += BITBLK;
+			break;
+		case BOL:
+			if (lp != bol)
+				return 0;
+			break;
+		case EOL:
+			if (*lp)
+				return 0;
+			break;
+		case BOT:
+			bopat[*ap++] = lp;
+			break;
+		case EOT:
+			eopat[*ap++] = lp;
+			break;
+ 		case BOW:
+			if ((lp!=bol && iswordc(lp[-1])) || !iswordc(*lp))
+				return 0;
+			break;
+		case EOW:
+			if (lp==bol || !iswordc(lp[-1]) || iswordc(*lp))
+				return 0;
+			break;
+		case REF:
+			n = *ap++;
+			bp = bopat[n];
+			ep = eopat[n];
+			while (bp < ep)
+				if (*bp++ != *lp++)
+					return 0;
+			break;
+		case CLO:
+			are = lp;
+			switch(*ap) {
+
+			case ANY:
+				while (*lp)
+					lp++;
+				n = ANYSKIP;
+				break;
+			case CHR:
+				c = *(ap+1);
+				while (*lp && c == *lp)
+					lp++;
+				n = CHRSKIP;
+				break;
+			case CCL:
+				while ((c = *lp) && isinset(ap+1,c))
+					lp++;
+				n = CCLSKIP;
+				break;
+			default:
+				re_fail("closure: bad nfa.", *ap);
+				return 0;
+			}
+
+			ap += n;
+
+			while (lp >= are) {
+				if ((e = pmatch(lp, ap)))
+					return e;
+				--lp;
+			}
+			return 0;
+		default:
+			re_fail("re_exec: bad nfa.", op);
+			return 0;
+		}
+	return lp;
+}
+
+/*
+ * re_modw:
+ *	add new characters into the word table to change re_exec's
+ *	understanding of what a word should look like. Note that we
+ *	only accept additions into the word definition.
+ *
+ *	If the string parameter is 0 or null string, the table is
+ *	reset back to the default containing A-Z a-z 0-9 _. [We use
+ *	the compact bitset representation for the default table]
+ */
+
+static REGEXCHAR deftab[16] = {	
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0377, 003, 0376, 0377, 0377, 0207,  
+	0376, 0377, 0377, 007 
+}; 
+
+void
+LDAP_CALL
+re_modw( char *s )
+{
+	register int i;
+
+	if (!s || !*s) {
+		for (i = 0; i < MAXCHR; i++)
+			if (!isinset(deftab,i))
+				iswordc(i) = 0;
+	}
+	else
+		while(*s)
+			iswordc(*s++) = 1;
+}
+
+/*
+ * re_subs:
+ *	substitute the matched portions of the src in dst.
+ *
+ *	&	substitute the entire matched pattern.
+ *
+ *	\digit	substitute a subpattern, with the given	tag number.
+ *		Tags are numbered from 1 to 9. If the particular
+ *		tagged subpattern does not exist, null is substituted.
+ */
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+re_subs( char *src, char *dst)
+{
+	register char      c;
+	register int       pin;
+	register REGEXCHAR *bp;
+	register REGEXCHAR *ep;
+
+	if (!*src || !bopat[0])
+		return 0;
+
+	while ((c = *src++)) {
+		switch(c) {
+
+		case '&':
+			pin = 0;
+			break;
+
+		case '\\':
+			c = *src++;
+			if (c >= '0' && c <= '9') {
+				pin = c - '0';
+				break;
+			}
+			
+		default:
+			*dst++ = c;
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		if ((bp = bopat[pin]) && (ep = eopat[pin])) {
+			while (*bp && bp < ep)
+				*dst++ = *(char*)bp++;
+			if (bp < ep)
+				return 0;
+		}
+	}
+	*dst = (char) 0;
+	return 1;
+}
+			
+#ifdef DEBUG
+
+/* No printf or exit in 16-bit Windows */
+#if defined( _WINDOWS ) && !defined( _WIN32 )
+static int LDAP_C printf( const char* pszFormat, ...)
+{
+    char buf[1024];
+	va_list arglist;
+	va_start(arglist, pszFormat);
+    vsprintf(buf, pszFormat, arglist);
+	va_end(arglist);
+    OutputDebugString(buf);
+	return 0;
+}
+#define exit(v) return
+#endif /* 16-bit Windows */
+
+
+#ifdef REGEX_DEBUG
+
+static void nfadump( REGEXCHAR *ap);
+
+/*
+ * symbolic - produce a symbolic dump of the nfa
+ */
+void
+symbolic( char *s ) 
+{
+	printf("pattern: %s\n", s);
+	printf("nfacode:\n");
+	nfadump(nfa);
+}
+
+static void
+nfadump( REGEXCHAR *ap)
+{
+	register int n;
+
+	while (*ap != END)
+		switch(*ap++) {
+		case CLO:
+			printf("CLOSURE");
+			nfadump(ap);
+			switch(*ap) {
+			case CHR:
+				n = CHRSKIP;
+				break;
+			case ANY:
+				n = ANYSKIP;
+				break;
+			case CCL:
+				n = CCLSKIP;
+				break;
+			}
+			ap += n;
+			break;
+		case CHR:
+			printf("\tCHR %c\n",*ap++);
+			break;
+		case ANY:
+			printf("\tANY .\n");
+			break;
+		case BOL:
+			printf("\tBOL -\n");
+			break;
+		case EOL:
+			printf("\tEOL -\n");
+			break;
+		case BOT:
+			printf("BOT: %d\n",*ap++);
+			break;
+		case EOT:
+			printf("EOT: %d\n",*ap++);
+			break;
+		case BOW:
+			printf("BOW\n");
+			break;
+		case EOW:
+			printf("EOW\n");
+			break;
+		case REF:
+			printf("REF: %d\n",*ap++);
+			break;
+		case CCL:
+			printf("\tCCL [");
+			for (n = 0; n < MAXCHR; n++)
+				if (isinset(ap,(REGEXCHAR)n)) {
+					if (n < ' ')
+						printf("^%c", n ^ 0x040);
+					else
+						printf("%c", n);
+				}
+			printf("]\n");
+			ap += BITBLK;
+			break;
+		default:
+			printf("bad nfa. opcode %o\n", ap[-1]);
+			exit(1);
+			break;
+		}
+}
+#endif /* REGEX_DEBUG */
+#endif /* DEBUG */
+#endif /* macintosh or DOS or _WINDOWS or NEED_BSDREGEX */
diff --git a/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/rename.c b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/rename.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ac3ec7c73
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/rename.c
@@ -0,0 +1,265 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ * 
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version 
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with 
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at 
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ * 
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ * 
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, released
+ * March 31, 1998.
+ * 
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998-1999
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ * 
+ * Contributor(s):
+ * 
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
+ * or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ * 
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+/*
+ *  Copyright (c) 1990 Regents of the University of Michigan.
+ *  All rights reserved.
+ */
+/*
+ *  rename.c
+ */
+
+#if 0
+#ifndef lint 
+static char copyright[] = "@(#) Copyright (c) 1990 Regents of the University of Michigan.\nAll rights reserved.\n";
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#include "ldap-int.h"
+
+/*
+ * ldap_rename - initiate an ldap modifyDN operation. Parameters:
+ *
+ *	ld		LDAP descriptor
+ *	dn		DN of the object to modify
+ *	newrdn		RDN that will form leftmost component of entry's new name
+ *      newparent       if present, this is the Distinguished Name of the entry
+ *                      which becomes the immediate parent of the existing entry
+ *	deleteoldrdn	nonzero means to delete old rdn values from the entry
+ *                      while zero means to retain them as attributes of the entry
+ *      serverctrls     list of LDAP server controls
+ *      clientctrls     list of client controls
+ *      msgidp          this result parameter will be set to the message id of the
+ *                      request if the ldap_rename() call succeeds
+ *
+ * Example:
+ *      int rc;
+ *	rc = ldap_rename( ld, dn, newrdn, newparent, deleteoldrdn, serverctrls, clientctrls, &msgid );
+ */
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_rename( 
+	   LDAP *ld, 
+	   const char *dn, 
+	   const char *newrdn, 
+	   const char *newparent,
+	   int deleteoldrdn, 
+	   LDAPControl	**serverctrls,
+	   LDAPControl	**clientctrls,  /* not used for anything yet */
+	   int *msgidp
+)
+{
+	BerElement	*ber;
+	int		rc, err;
+
+	/*
+	 * A modify dn request looks like this:
+	 *	ModifyDNRequest ::= SEQUENCE {
+	 *		entry		LDAPDN,
+	 *		newrdn		RelativeLDAPDN,
+	 *              newparent       [0] LDAPDN OPTIONAL,
+	 *		deleteoldrdn	BOOLEAN
+	 *	}
+	 */
+
+	LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "ldap_rename\n", 0, 0, 0 );
+
+	if ( !NSLDAPI_VALID_LDAP_POINTER( ld )) {
+		return( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+	}
+	if ( NULL == newrdn) {
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_PARAM_ERROR, NULL, NULL );
+		return( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+	}
+
+	/* only ldapv3 or higher can do a proper rename
+	 * (i.e. with non-NULL newparent and/or controls)
+	 */
+
+	if (( NSLDAPI_LDAP_VERSION( ld ) < LDAP_VERSION3 )
+	    && ((newparent != NULL) || (serverctrls != NULL)
+	    || (clientctrls != NULL))) {
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_NOT_SUPPORTED, NULL, NULL );
+		return( LDAP_NOT_SUPPORTED );
+	}
+
+	if ( msgidp == NULL ) {
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_PARAM_ERROR, NULL, NULL );
+                return( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+        }
+
+	LDAP_MUTEX_LOCK( ld, LDAP_MSGID_LOCK );
+	*msgidp = ++ld->ld_msgid;
+        LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_MSGID_LOCK );
+
+	/* see if modRDN or modDN is handled by the cache */
+ 	if ( ld->ld_cache_on ) {
+		if ( newparent == NULL && ld->ld_cache_modrdn != NULL ) {
+			LDAP_MUTEX_LOCK( ld, LDAP_CACHE_LOCK );
+			if ( (rc = (ld->ld_cache_modrdn)( ld, *msgidp,
+			    LDAP_REQ_MODRDN, dn, newrdn, deleteoldrdn ))
+			    != 0 ) {   
+				*msgidp = rc;
+				LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_CACHE_LOCK );
+				return( LDAP_SUCCESS );
+			}
+			LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_CACHE_LOCK );
+#if 0
+		} else if ( ld->ld_cache_rename != NULL ) {
+			LDAP_MUTEX_LOCK( ld, LDAP_CACHE_LOCK );
+			if ( (rc = (ld->ld_cache_rename)( ld, *msgidp,
+			    LDAP_REQ_MODDN, dn, newrdn, newparent,
+			    deleteoldrdn )) != 0 ) {   
+				*msgidp = rc;
+				return( LDAP_SUCCESS );
+			}
+			LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_CACHE_LOCK );
+#endif
+		}
+	}
+
+	/* create a message to send */
+	if (( err = nsldapi_alloc_ber_with_options( ld, &ber ))
+	    != LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+		return( err );
+	}
+
+	/* fill it in */
+	if ( ber_printf( ber, "{it{ssb", *msgidp, LDAP_REQ_MODDN, dn,
+	    newrdn, deleteoldrdn ) == -1 ) {
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_ENCODING_ERROR, NULL, NULL );
+		ber_free( ber, 1 );
+		return( LDAP_ENCODING_ERROR );
+	}
+
+	if ( newparent == NULL ) {
+		if ( ber_printf( ber, "}" ) == -1 ) {
+			LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_ENCODING_ERROR, NULL, NULL );
+			ber_free( ber, 1 );
+			return( LDAP_ENCODING_ERROR );
+		}
+	} else {
+		if ( ber_printf( ber, "ts}", LDAP_TAG_NEWSUPERIOR, newparent )
+		    == -1 ) {
+			LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_ENCODING_ERROR, NULL, NULL );
+			ber_free( ber, 1 );
+			return( LDAP_ENCODING_ERROR );
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (( rc = nsldapi_put_controls( ld, serverctrls, 1, ber ))
+	    != LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+		ber_free( ber, 1 );
+		return( rc );
+	}
+
+	/* send the message */
+	rc = nsldapi_send_initial_request( ld, *msgidp, LDAP_REQ_MODDN,
+		(char *) dn, ber );
+	*msgidp = rc;
+	return( rc < 0 ? LDAP_GET_LDERRNO( ld, NULL, NULL ) : LDAP_SUCCESS );
+}
+
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_modrdn2( LDAP *ld, const char *dn, const char *newrdn, int deleteoldrdn )
+{
+	int             msgid;
+
+	if ( ldap_rename( ld, dn, newrdn, NULL, deleteoldrdn, NULL, NULL, &msgid ) == LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+		return( msgid );
+	} else {
+		return( -1 );	/* error is in ld handle */
+	}
+}
+
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_modrdn( LDAP *ld, const char *dn, const char *newrdn )
+{
+	return( ldap_modrdn2( ld, dn, newrdn, 1 ) );
+}
+
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_rename_s( 
+	   LDAP *ld, 
+	   const char *dn, 
+	   const char *newrdn, 
+	   const char *newparent,
+	   int deleteoldrdn, 
+	   LDAPControl	**serverctrls,
+	   LDAPControl	**clientctrls  /* not used for anything yet */
+)
+{
+	int		msgid;
+	LDAPMessage	*res;
+
+	if ( ldap_rename( ld, dn, newrdn, newparent, deleteoldrdn, serverctrls, clientctrls, &msgid ) != LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+		return( LDAP_GET_LDERRNO( ld, NULL, NULL ) );
+	}
+
+ 	if ( msgid == -1 ) 
+		return( LDAP_GET_LDERRNO( ld, NULL, NULL ) );
+
+	if ( ldap_result( ld, msgid, 1, (struct timeval *) NULL, &res ) == -1 )
+		return( LDAP_GET_LDERRNO( ld, NULL, NULL ) );
+
+	return( ldap_result2error( ld, res, 1 ) );
+}
+
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_modrdn2_s( LDAP *ld, const char *dn, const char *newrdn, int deleteoldrdn )
+{
+        int             msgid;
+        LDAPMessage     *res;
+ 
+        if ( (msgid = ldap_modrdn2( ld, dn, newrdn, deleteoldrdn )) == -1 )
+                return( LDAP_GET_LDERRNO( ld, NULL, NULL ) );
+ 
+        if ( ldap_result( ld, msgid, 1, (struct timeval *) NULL, &res ) == -1 )
+                return( LDAP_GET_LDERRNO( ld, NULL, NULL ) );
+ 
+        return( ldap_result2error( ld, res, 1 ) );
+}
+
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_modrdn_s( LDAP *ld, const char *dn, const char *newrdn )
+{
+	return( ldap_modrdn2_s( ld, dn, newrdn, 1 ) );
+}
diff --git a/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/request.c b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/request.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d379917b2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/request.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1659 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ * 
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version 
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with 
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at 
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ * 
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ * 
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, released
+ * March 31, 1998.
+ * 
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998-1999
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ * 
+ * Contributor(s):
+ * 
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
+ * or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ * 
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+/*
+ *  Copyright (c) 1995 Regents of the University of Michigan.
+ *  All rights reserved.
+ */
+/*
+ *  request.c - sending of ldap requests; handling of referrals
+ */
+
+#if 0
+#ifndef lint 
+static char copyright[] = "@(#) Copyright (c) 1995 Regents of the University of Michigan.\nAll rights reserved.\n";
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#include "ldap-int.h"
+
+static LDAPConn *find_connection( LDAP *ld, LDAPServer *srv, int any );
+static void free_servers( LDAPServer *srvlist );
+static int chase_one_referral( LDAP *ld, LDAPRequest *lr, LDAPRequest *origreq,
+    char *refurl, char *desc, int *unknownp, int is_reference );
+static int re_encode_request( LDAP *ld, BerElement *origber,
+    int msgid, LDAPURLDesc *ludp, BerElement **berp, int is_reference );
+
+#ifdef LDAP_DNS
+static LDAPServer *dn2servers( LDAP *ld, char *dn );
+#endif /* LDAP_DNS */
+
+
+/* returns an LDAP error code and also sets error inside LDAP * */
+int
+nsldapi_alloc_ber_with_options( LDAP *ld, BerElement **berp )
+{
+	int	err;
+
+	LDAP_MUTEX_LOCK( ld, LDAP_OPTION_LOCK );
+    	if (( *berp = ber_alloc_t( ld->ld_lberoptions )) == NULLBER ) {
+		err = LDAP_NO_MEMORY;
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, err, NULL, NULL );
+	} else {
+		err = LDAP_SUCCESS;
+#ifdef STR_TRANSLATION
+		nsldapi_set_ber_options( ld, *berp );
+#endif /* STR_TRANSLATION */
+	}
+	LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_OPTION_LOCK );
+
+	return( err );
+}
+
+
+void
+nsldapi_set_ber_options( LDAP *ld, BerElement *ber )
+{
+	ber->ber_options = ld->ld_lberoptions;
+#ifdef STR_TRANSLATION
+	if (( ld->ld_lberoptions & LBER_OPT_TRANSLATE_STRINGS ) != 0 ) {
+		ber_set_string_translators( ber,
+		    ld->ld_lber_encode_translate_proc,
+		    ld->ld_lber_decode_translate_proc );
+	}
+#endif /* STR_TRANSLATION */
+}
+
+
+/* returns the message id of the request or -1 if an error occurs */
+int
+nsldapi_send_initial_request( LDAP *ld, int msgid, unsigned long msgtype,
+	char *dn, BerElement *ber )
+{
+	LDAPServer	*servers;
+	
+	LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "nsldapi_send_initial_request\n", 0,0,0 );
+
+#ifdef LDAP_DNS
+	LDAP_MUTEX_LOCK( ld, LDAP_OPTION_LOCK );
+	if (( ld->ld_options & LDAP_BITOPT_DNS ) != 0 && ldap_is_dns_dn( dn )) {
+		if (( servers = dn2servers( ld, dn )) == NULL ) {
+			ber_free( ber, 1 );
+			LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_OPTION_LOCK );
+			return( -1 );
+		}
+
+#ifdef LDAP_DEBUG
+		if ( ldap_debug & LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE ) {
+			LDAPServer	*srv;
+			char    msg[256];
+
+			for ( srv = servers; srv != NULL;
+			    srv = srv->lsrv_next ) {
+				sprintf( msg,
+				    "LDAP server %s:  dn %s, port %d\n",
+				    srv->lsrv_host, ( srv->lsrv_dn == NULL ) ?
+				    "(default)" : srv->lsrv_dn,
+				    srv->lsrv_port );
+				ber_err_print( msg );
+			}
+		}
+#endif /* LDAP_DEBUG */
+	} else {
+#endif /* LDAP_DNS */
+		/*
+		 * use of DNS is turned off or this is an LDAP DN...
+		 * use our default connection
+		 */
+		servers = NULL;
+#ifdef LDAP_DNS
+	}	
+	LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_OPTION_LOCK );
+#endif /* LDAP_DNS */
+
+	return( nsldapi_send_server_request( ld, ber, msgid, NULL,
+	    servers, NULL, ( msgtype == LDAP_REQ_BIND ) ? dn : NULL, 0 ));
+}
+
+
+/* returns the message id of the request or -1 if an error occurs */
+int
+nsldapi_send_server_request(
+    LDAP *ld,			/* session handle */
+    BerElement *ber,		/* message to send */
+    int msgid,			/* ID of message to send */
+    LDAPRequest *parentreq,	/* non-NULL for referred requests */
+    LDAPServer *srvlist,	/* servers to connect to (NULL for default) */
+    LDAPConn *lc,		/* connection to use (NULL for default) */
+    char *bindreqdn,		/* non-NULL for bind requests */
+    int bind			/* perform a bind after opening new conn.? */
+)
+{
+	LDAPRequest	*lr;
+	int		err;
+	int		incparent; /* did we bump parent's ref count? */
+	/* EPIPE and Unsolicited Response handling variables */
+	int				res_rc     = 0;
+	int				epipe_err  = 0;
+	int				ext_res_rc = 0;
+	char			*ext_oid   = NULL;
+	struct berval	*ext_data  = NULL;
+	LDAPMessage		*ext_res   = NULL;
+
+	LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "nsldapi_send_server_request\n", 0, 0, 0 );
+
+	incparent = 0;
+	LDAP_MUTEX_LOCK( ld, LDAP_CONN_LOCK );
+	if ( lc == NULL ) {
+		if ( srvlist == NULL ) {
+			if ( ld->ld_defconn == NULL ) {
+				LDAP_MUTEX_LOCK( ld, LDAP_OPTION_LOCK );
+				if ( bindreqdn == NULL && ( ld->ld_options
+				    & LDAP_BITOPT_RECONNECT ) != 0 ) {
+					LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_SERVER_DOWN,
+					    NULL, NULL );
+					ber_free( ber, 1 );
+					LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_OPTION_LOCK );
+					LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_CONN_LOCK );
+					return( -1 );
+				}
+				LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_OPTION_LOCK );
+
+				if ( nsldapi_open_ldap_defconn( ld ) < 0 ) {
+					ber_free( ber, 1 );
+					LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_CONN_LOCK );
+					return( -1 );
+				}
+			}
+			lc = ld->ld_defconn;
+		} else {
+			if (( lc = find_connection( ld, srvlist, 1 )) ==
+			    NULL ) {
+				if ( bind && (parentreq != NULL) ) {
+					/* Remember the bind in the parent */
+					incparent = 1;
+					++parentreq->lr_outrefcnt;
+				}
+
+				lc = nsldapi_new_connection( ld, &srvlist, 0,
+					1, bind );
+			}
+			free_servers( srvlist );
+		}
+	}
+
+
+	/*
+     * return a fatal error if:
+     * 1. no connections exists
+	 * or 
+     * 2. the connection is dead
+	 * or 
+     * 3. it is not in the connected state with normal (non async) I/O
+	 */
+	if (   lc == NULL
+                    || ( lc->lconn_status == LDAP_CONNST_DEAD )
+                    || ( 0 == (ld->ld_options & LDAP_BITOPT_ASYNC) &&
+                        lc->lconn_status != LDAP_CONNST_CONNECTED) ) {
+
+		ber_free( ber, 1 );
+		if ( lc != NULL ) {
+			LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_SERVER_DOWN, NULL, NULL );
+		}
+		if ( incparent ) {
+			/* Forget about the bind */
+			--parentreq->lr_outrefcnt; 
+		}
+		LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_CONN_LOCK );
+		return( -1 );
+	}
+
+	if (( lr = nsldapi_new_request( lc, ber, msgid,
+	    1 /* expect a response */)) == NULL
+	    || ( bindreqdn != NULL && ( bindreqdn =
+	    nsldapi_strdup( bindreqdn )) == NULL )) {
+		if ( lr != NULL ) {
+			NSLDAPI_FREE( lr );
+		}
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_NO_MEMORY, NULL, NULL );
+		nsldapi_free_connection( ld, lc, NULL, NULL, 0, 0 );
+		ber_free( ber, 1 );
+		if ( incparent ) {
+			/* Forget about the bind */
+			--parentreq->lr_outrefcnt; 
+		}
+		LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_CONN_LOCK );
+		return( -1 );
+	} 
+	lr->lr_binddn = bindreqdn;
+
+	if ( parentreq != NULL ) {	/* sub-request */
+		if ( !incparent ) { 
+			/* Increment if we didn't do it before the bind */
+			++parentreq->lr_outrefcnt;
+		}
+		lr->lr_origid = parentreq->lr_origid;
+		lr->lr_parentcnt = parentreq->lr_parentcnt + 1;
+		lr->lr_parent = parentreq;
+		if ( parentreq->lr_child != NULL ) {
+			lr->lr_sibling = parentreq->lr_child;
+		}
+		parentreq->lr_child = lr;
+	} else {			/* original request */
+		lr->lr_origid = lr->lr_msgid;
+	}
+
+	LDAP_MUTEX_LOCK( ld, LDAP_REQ_LOCK );
+        /* add new request to the end of the list of outstanding requests */
+	nsldapi_queue_request_nolock( ld, lr );
+
+	/*
+	 * Issue a non-blocking poll() if we need to check this
+	 * connection's status.
+	 */
+	if ( lc->lconn_status == LDAP_CONNST_CONNECTING ||
+	    lc->lconn_pending_requests > 0 ) {
+		struct timeval	tv;
+
+		tv.tv_sec = tv.tv_usec = 0;
+		(void)nsldapi_iostatus_poll( ld, &tv );
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * If the connect is pending, check to see if it has now completed.
+	 */
+	if ( lc->lconn_status == LDAP_CONNST_CONNECTING &&
+	    nsldapi_iostatus_is_write_ready( ld, lc->lconn_sb )) {
+		lc->lconn_status = LDAP_CONNST_CONNECTED;
+
+		LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE,
+		    "nsldapi_send_server_request: connection 0x%p -"
+		    " LDAP_CONNST_CONNECTING -> LDAP_CONNST_CONNECTED\n",
+		    lc, 0, 0 );
+	}
+
+    if ( lc->lconn_status == LDAP_CONNST_CONNECTING ||
+                        lc->lconn_pending_requests > 0 ) {
+       /*
+        * The connect is not yet complete, or there are existing
+        * requests that have not yet been sent to the server.
+        * Delay sending this request.
+        */
+		lr->lr_status = LDAP_REQST_WRITING;
+                ++lc->lconn_pending_requests;
+		nsldapi_iostatus_interest_write( ld, lc->lconn_sb );
+
+		/*
+		 * If the connection is now connected, and it is ready
+		 * to accept some more outbound data, send as many
+		 * pending requests as possible.
+		 */
+		if ( lc->lconn_status != LDAP_CONNST_CONNECTING
+		    && nsldapi_iostatus_is_write_ready( ld, lc->lconn_sb )) {
+			if ( nsldapi_send_pending_requests_nolock( ld, lc )
+			    == -1 ) {	/* error */
+				/*
+				 * Since nsldapi_send_pending_requests_nolock()
+				 * sets LDAP errno, there is no need to do so
+				 * here.
+				 */
+				LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_REQ_LOCK );
+				LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_CONN_LOCK );
+				return( -1 );
+			}
+		}
+
+	    } else {
+		    if (( err = nsldapi_send_ber_message( ld, lc->lconn_sb,
+				    ber, 0 /* do not free ber */, 
+				    1 /* will handle EPIPE */ )) != 0 ) {
+				    
+				epipe_err = LDAP_GET_ERRNO( ld );
+				if ( epipe_err == EPIPE ) {
+					res_rc = nsldapi_result_nolock(ld, LDAP_RES_UNSOLICITED, 1, 
+									1, (struct timeval *) NULL, &ext_res);
+					if ( ( res_rc == LDAP_RES_EXTENDED ) && ext_res ) {
+						ext_res_rc = ldap_parse_extended_result( ld, ext_res, 
+										&ext_oid, &ext_data, 0 );
+						if ( ext_res_rc != LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+							if ( ext_res ) {
+								ldap_msgfree( ext_res );
+							}					
+							nsldapi_connection_lost_nolock( ld, lc->lconn_sb );
+						} else {
+#ifdef LDAP_DEBUG
+	LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, 
+			   "nsldapi_send_server_request: Unsolicited response\n", 0, 0, 0 );
+	if ( ext_oid ) {
+		LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, 
+				"nsldapi_send_server_request: Unsolicited response oid: %s\n", 
+				   ext_oid, 0, 0 );
+	}
+	if ( ext_data && ext_data->bv_len && ext_data->bv_val ) {
+		LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, 
+				"nsldapi_send_server_request: Unsolicited response len: %d\n", 
+				   ext_data->bv_len, 0, 0 );
+		LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, 
+				"nsldapi_send_server_request: Unsolicited response val: %s\n", 
+				   ext_data->bv_val, 0, 0 );
+	}
+	if ( !ext_oid && !ext_data ) { 					
+		LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, 
+				"nsldapi_send_server_request: Unsolicited response is empty\n", 
+				   0, 0, 0 );
+	}
+#endif /* LDAP_DEBUG */
+							if ( ext_oid ) {
+								if ( strcmp ( ext_oid, 
+										LDAP_NOTICE_OF_DISCONNECTION ) == 0 ) {
+									if ( ext_data ) {
+										ber_bvfree( ext_data );
+									}
+									if ( ext_oid ) {
+										ldap_memfree( ext_oid );
+									}
+									if ( ext_res ) {
+										ldap_msgfree( ext_res );
+									}
+									nsldapi_connection_lost_nolock( ld, 
+														lc->lconn_sb );
+									nsldapi_free_request( ld, lr, 0 );
+									nsldapi_free_connection( ld, lc, 
+													NULL, NULL, 0, 0 );
+									LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_REQ_LOCK );
+									LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_CONN_LOCK );
+									return( -1 );					
+								}
+							}
+						}
+					} else {
+						if ( ext_res ) {
+							ldap_msgfree( ext_res );
+						}				
+						nsldapi_connection_lost_nolock( ld, lc->lconn_sb );
+					}
+				}
+
+                /* need to continue write later */
+                if (err == -2 ) {       
+                   	lr->lr_status = LDAP_REQST_WRITING;
+                   	++lc->lconn_pending_requests;
+                   	nsldapi_iostatus_interest_write( ld, lc->lconn_sb );
+                } else {
+					LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_SERVER_DOWN, NULL, NULL );
+					nsldapi_free_request( ld, lr, 0 );
+                    nsldapi_free_connection( ld, lc, NULL, NULL, 0, 0 );
+					LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_REQ_LOCK );
+					LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_CONN_LOCK );
+					return( -1 );
+				}
+
+			} else {
+				if ( parentreq == NULL ) {
+					ber->ber_end = ber->ber_ptr;
+					ber->ber_ptr = ber->ber_buf;
+				}
+
+				/* sent -- waiting for a response */
+				if (ld->ld_options & LDAP_BITOPT_ASYNC) {
+					lc->lconn_status = LDAP_CONNST_CONNECTED;
+				}
+
+				nsldapi_iostatus_interest_read( ld, lc->lconn_sb );
+			}
+	}
+	LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_REQ_LOCK );
+	LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_CONN_LOCK );
+
+	LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_SUCCESS, NULL, NULL );
+	return( msgid );
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * nsldapi_send_ber_message(): Attempt to send a BER-encoded message.
+ * If freeit is non-zero, ber is freed when the send succeeds.
+ * If errno is EPIPE and epipe_handler is set we let the caller
+ * deal with EPIPE and dont call lost_nolock here but the caller 
+ * should call lost_nolock itself when done with handling EPIPE.
+ *
+ * Return values:
+ *    0: message sent successfully.
+ *   -1: a fatal error occurred while trying to send.
+ *   -2: async. I/O is enabled and the send would block.
+ */
+int
+nsldapi_send_ber_message( LDAP *ld, Sockbuf *sb, BerElement *ber, int freeit,
+		int epipe_handler )
+{
+	int	rc = 0;	/* optimistic */
+	int	async = ( 0 != (ld->ld_options & LDAP_BITOPT_ASYNC));
+	int	more_to_send = 1;
+
+	while ( more_to_send) {
+		 /*
+		  * ber_flush() doesn't set errno on EOF, so we pre-set it to
+		  * zero to avoid getting tricked by leftover "EAGAIN" errors
+		  */
+		LDAP_SET_ERRNO( ld, 0 );
+
+		if ( ber_flush( sb, ber, freeit ) == 0 ) {
+			more_to_send = 0;	/* success */
+		} else {
+			int terrno = LDAP_GET_ERRNO( ld );
+			if ( NSLDAPI_ERRNO_IO_INPROGRESS( terrno )) {
+				if ( async ) {
+					rc = -2;
+					break;
+				}
+			} else {
+				if ( !(epipe_handler && ( terrno == EPIPE )) ) {
+					nsldapi_connection_lost_nolock( ld, sb );
+				}
+				rc = -1;	/* fatal error */
+				break;
+			}
+		}
+    }
+
+	return( rc );
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * nsldapi_send_pending_requests_nolock(): Send one or more pending requests
+ * that are associated with connection 'lc'.
+ *
+ * Return values:  0 -- success.
+ *		  -1 -- fatal error; connection closed.
+ *
+ * Must be called with these two mutexes locked, in this order:
+ *	LDAP_CONN_LOCK
+ *	LDAP_REQ_LOCK
+ */
+int
+nsldapi_send_pending_requests_nolock( LDAP *ld, LDAPConn *lc )
+{
+	int		err;
+	int		waiting_for_a_response = 0;
+	int		rc = 0;
+	LDAPRequest	*lr;
+	char		*logname = "nsldapi_send_pending_requests_nolock";
+
+	LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "%s\n", logname, 0, 0 );
+
+	for ( lr = ld->ld_requests; lr != NULL; lr = lr->lr_next ) {
+		/*
+		 * This code relies on the fact that the ld_requests list
+		 * is in order from oldest to newest request (the oldest
+		 * requests that have not yet been sent to the server are
+		 * sent first).
+		 */
+		if ( lr->lr_status == LDAP_REQST_WRITING
+		    && lr->lr_conn == lc ) {
+			err = nsldapi_send_ber_message( ld, lc->lconn_sb,
+			    lr->lr_ber, 0 /* do not free ber */, 
+			    0 /* will not handle EPIPE */ );
+			if ( err == 0 ) {		/* send succeeded */
+				LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE,
+				    "%s: 0x%p SENT\n", logname, lr, 0 );
+				lr->lr_ber->ber_end = lr->lr_ber->ber_ptr;
+				lr->lr_ber->ber_ptr = lr->lr_ber->ber_buf;
+				lr->lr_status = LDAP_REQST_INPROGRESS;
+				--lc->lconn_pending_requests;
+			} else if ( err == -2 ) {	/* would block */
+				rc = 0; /* not an error */
+				LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE,
+				    "%s: 0x%p WOULD BLOCK\n", logname, lr, 0 );
+				break;
+			} else {			/* fatal error */
+				LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE,
+				    "%s: 0x%p FATAL ERROR\n", logname, lr, 0 );
+				LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_SERVER_DOWN,
+				    NULL, NULL );
+				nsldapi_free_request( ld, lr, 0 );
+				lr = NULL;
+				nsldapi_free_connection( ld, lc, NULL, NULL,
+				    0, 0 );
+				lc = NULL;
+				rc = -1;
+				break;
+			}
+		}
+
+		if (lr->lr_status == LDAP_REQST_INPROGRESS ) {
+			if (lr->lr_expect_resp) {
+				++waiting_for_a_response;
+			} else {
+				LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE,
+				    "%s: 0x%p NO RESPONSE EXPECTED;"
+				    " freeing request \n", logname, lr, 0 );
+				nsldapi_free_request( ld, lr, 0 );
+				lr = NULL;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	if ( lc != NULL ) {
+		if ( lc->lconn_pending_requests < 1 ) {
+			/* no need to poll for "write ready" any longer */
+			nsldapi_iostatus_interest_clear( ld, lc->lconn_sb );
+		}
+
+		if ( waiting_for_a_response ) {
+			/* need to poll for "read ready" */
+			nsldapi_iostatus_interest_read( ld, lc->lconn_sb );
+		}
+	}
+
+	LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "%s <- %d\n", logname, rc, 0 );
+	return( rc );
+}
+
+
+LDAPConn *
+nsldapi_new_connection( LDAP *ld, LDAPServer **srvlistp, int use_ldsb,
+	int connect, int bind )
+{
+	int		rc = -1;
+	LDAPConn	*lc;
+	LDAPServer	*prevsrv, *srv;
+	Sockbuf		*sb = NULL;
+
+	/*
+	 * make a new LDAP server connection
+	 */
+	if (( lc = (LDAPConn *)NSLDAPI_CALLOC( 1, sizeof( LDAPConn ))) == NULL
+	    || ( !use_ldsb && ( sb = ber_sockbuf_alloc()) == NULL )) {
+		if ( lc != NULL ) {
+			NSLDAPI_FREE( (char *)lc );
+		}
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_NO_MEMORY, NULL, NULL );
+		return( NULL );
+	}
+
+	LDAP_MUTEX_LOCK( ld, LDAP_OPTION_LOCK );
+	if ( !use_ldsb ) {
+		/*
+		 * we have allocated a new sockbuf
+		 * set I/O routines to match those in default LDAP sockbuf
+		 */
+		IFP				sb_fn;
+		struct lber_x_ext_io_fns	extiofns;
+		
+		extiofns.lbextiofn_size = LBER_X_EXTIO_FNS_SIZE;
+
+		if ( ber_sockbuf_get_option( ld->ld_sbp,
+		    LBER_SOCKBUF_OPT_EXT_IO_FNS, &extiofns ) == 0 ) {
+			ber_sockbuf_set_option( sb,
+			    LBER_SOCKBUF_OPT_EXT_IO_FNS, &extiofns );
+		}
+		if ( ber_sockbuf_get_option( ld->ld_sbp,
+		    LBER_SOCKBUF_OPT_READ_FN, (void *)&sb_fn ) == 0
+		    && sb_fn != NULL ) {
+			ber_sockbuf_set_option( sb, LBER_SOCKBUF_OPT_READ_FN,
+			    (void *)sb_fn );
+		}
+		if ( ber_sockbuf_get_option( ld->ld_sbp,
+		    LBER_SOCKBUF_OPT_WRITE_FN, (void *)&sb_fn ) == 0
+		    && sb_fn != NULL ) {
+			ber_sockbuf_set_option( sb, LBER_SOCKBUF_OPT_WRITE_FN,
+			    (void *)sb_fn );
+		}
+	}
+
+	lc->lconn_sb = ( use_ldsb ) ? ld->ld_sbp : sb;
+	lc->lconn_version = ld->ld_version;	/* inherited */
+	LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_OPTION_LOCK );
+
+	if ( connect ) {
+		prevsrv = NULL;
+        /* 
+         * save the return code for later
+         */ 
+		for ( srv = *srvlistp; srv != NULL; srv = srv->lsrv_next ) {
+			rc = nsldapi_connect_to_host( ld, lc->lconn_sb,
+				   srv->lsrv_host, srv->lsrv_port,
+			       (  srv->lsrv_options & LDAP_SRV_OPT_SECURE ) != 0,
+					&lc->lconn_krbinstance );
+			if (rc != -1) {
+				break;
+			}
+			prevsrv = srv;
+		}
+
+		if ( srv == NULL ) {
+		    if ( !use_ldsb ) {
+			NSLDAPI_FREE( (char *)lc->lconn_sb );
+		    }
+		    NSLDAPI_FREE( (char *)lc );
+		    /* nsldapi_open_ldap_connection has already set ld_errno */
+		    return( NULL );
+		}
+
+		if ( prevsrv == NULL ) {
+		    *srvlistp = srv->lsrv_next;
+		} else {
+		    prevsrv->lsrv_next = srv->lsrv_next;
+		}
+		lc->lconn_server = srv;
+	}
+
+        if ( 0 != (ld->ld_options & LDAP_BITOPT_ASYNC)) {
+                /*
+                 * Technically, the socket may already be connected but we are
+                 * not sure. By setting the state to LDAP_CONNST_CONNECTING, we
+                 * ensure that we will check the socket status to make sure it
+                 * is connected before we try to send any LDAP messages.
+                 */
+        lc->lconn_status = LDAP_CONNST_CONNECTING;
+    } else {
+        lc->lconn_status = LDAP_CONNST_CONNECTED;
+    }
+    
+	lc->lconn_next = ld->ld_conns;
+	ld->ld_conns = lc;
+
+	/*
+	 * XXX for now, we always do a synchronous bind.  This will have
+	 * to change in the long run...
+	 */
+	if ( bind ) {
+		int		err, lderr, freepasswd, authmethod;
+		char		*binddn, *passwd;
+		LDAPConn	*savedefconn;
+
+		freepasswd = err = 0;
+
+		if ( ld->ld_rebind_fn == NULL ) {
+			binddn = passwd = "";
+			authmethod = LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE;
+		} else {
+			if (( lderr = (*ld->ld_rebind_fn)( ld, &binddn, &passwd,
+			    &authmethod, 0, ld->ld_rebind_arg ))
+			    == LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+				freepasswd = 1;
+			} else {
+				LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, lderr, NULL, NULL );
+				err = -1;
+			}
+		}
+
+
+		if ( err == 0 ) {
+			savedefconn = ld->ld_defconn;
+			ld->ld_defconn = lc;
+			++lc->lconn_refcnt;	/* avoid premature free */
+
+			/*
+			 * when binding, we will back down as low as LDAPv2
+			 * if we get back "protocol error" from bind attempts
+			 */
+			for ( ;; ) {
+				/* LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK(ld, LDAP_CONN_LOCK); */
+				if (( lderr = ldap_bind_s( ld, binddn, passwd,
+				    authmethod )) == LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+					/* LDAP_MUTEX_LOCK(ld, LDAP_CONN_LOCK); */
+					break;
+				}
+				/* LDAP_MUTEX_LOCK(ld, LDAP_CONN_LOCK); */
+				if ( lc->lconn_version <= LDAP_VERSION2
+				    || lderr != LDAP_PROTOCOL_ERROR ) {
+					err = -1;
+					break;
+				}
+				--lc->lconn_version;	/* try lower version */
+			}
+			--lc->lconn_refcnt;
+			ld->ld_defconn = savedefconn;
+		}
+
+		if ( freepasswd ) {
+			(*ld->ld_rebind_fn)( ld, &binddn, &passwd,
+				&authmethod, 1, ld->ld_rebind_arg );
+		}
+
+		if ( err != 0 ) {
+			nsldapi_free_connection( ld, lc, NULL, NULL, 1, 0 );
+			lc = NULL;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return( lc );
+}
+
+
+#define LDAP_CONN_SAMEHOST( h1, h2 ) \
+	(( (h1) == NULL && (h2) == NULL ) || \
+	( (h1) != NULL && (h2) != NULL && strcasecmp( (h1), (h2) ) == 0 ))
+
+static LDAPConn *
+find_connection( LDAP *ld, LDAPServer *srv, int any )
+/*
+ * return an existing connection (if any) to the server srv
+ * if "any" is non-zero, check for any server in the "srv" chain
+ */
+{
+	LDAPConn	*lc;
+	LDAPServer	*ls;
+
+	for ( lc = ld->ld_conns; lc != NULL; lc = lc->lconn_next ) {
+		for ( ls = srv; ls != NULL; ls = ls->lsrv_next ) {
+			if ( LDAP_CONN_SAMEHOST( ls->lsrv_host,
+			    lc->lconn_server->lsrv_host )
+			    && ls->lsrv_port == lc->lconn_server->lsrv_port
+			    && ls->lsrv_options ==
+			    lc->lconn_server->lsrv_options ) {
+				return( lc );
+			}
+			if ( !any ) {
+				break;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	return( NULL );
+}
+
+
+void
+nsldapi_free_connection( LDAP *ld, LDAPConn *lc, LDAPControl **serverctrls,
+    LDAPControl **clientctrls, int force, int unbind )
+{
+	LDAPConn	*tmplc, *prevlc;
+
+	LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "nsldapi_free_connection\n", 0, 0, 0 );
+
+	if ( force || --lc->lconn_refcnt <= 0 ) {
+		nsldapi_iostatus_interest_clear( ld, lc->lconn_sb );
+		if ( lc->lconn_status == LDAP_CONNST_CONNECTED ) {
+			if ( unbind ) {
+				nsldapi_send_unbind( ld, lc->lconn_sb,
+				    serverctrls, clientctrls );
+			}
+		}
+		nsldapi_close_connection( ld, lc->lconn_sb );
+		prevlc = NULL;
+		for ( tmplc = ld->ld_conns; tmplc != NULL;
+		    tmplc = tmplc->lconn_next ) {
+			if ( tmplc == lc ) {
+				if ( prevlc == NULL ) {
+				    ld->ld_conns = tmplc->lconn_next;
+				} else {
+				    prevlc->lconn_next = tmplc->lconn_next;
+				}
+				break;
+			}
+			prevlc = tmplc;
+		}
+		free_servers( lc->lconn_server );
+		if ( lc->lconn_krbinstance != NULL ) {
+			NSLDAPI_FREE( lc->lconn_krbinstance );
+		}
+		/*
+		 * if this is the default connection (lc->lconn_sb==ld->ld_sbp)
+		 * we do not free the Sockbuf here since it will be freed
+		 * later inside ldap_unbind().
+		 */
+		if ( lc->lconn_sb != ld->ld_sbp ) {
+			ber_sockbuf_free( lc->lconn_sb );
+			lc->lconn_sb = NULL;
+		}
+		if ( lc->lconn_ber != NULLBER ) {
+			ber_free( lc->lconn_ber, 1 );
+		}
+		if ( lc->lconn_binddn != NULL ) {
+			NSLDAPI_FREE( lc->lconn_binddn );
+		}
+#ifdef LDAP_SASLIO_HOOKS
+		if ( lc->lconn_sasl_ctx ) { /* the sasl connection context */
+			sasl_dispose(&lc->lconn_sasl_ctx);
+			lc->lconn_sasl_ctx = NULL;
+		}
+#endif /* LDAP_SASLIO_HOOKS */
+		NSLDAPI_FREE( lc );
+		LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "nsldapi_free_connection: actually freed\n",
+		    0, 0, 0 );
+	} else {
+		lc->lconn_lastused = time( 0 );
+		LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "nsldapi_free_connection: refcnt %d\n",
+		    lc->lconn_refcnt, 0, 0 );
+	}
+}
+
+
+#ifdef LDAP_DEBUG
+void
+nsldapi_dump_connection( LDAP *ld, LDAPConn *lconns, int all )
+{
+	LDAPConn	*lc;
+	char        msg[256];
+/* CTIME for this platform doesn't use this. */
+#if !defined(SUNOS4) && !defined(_WIN32) && !defined(LINUX) && !defined(macintosh)
+	char		buf[26];
+#endif
+
+	sprintf( msg, "** Connection%s:\n", all ? "s" : "" );
+	ber_err_print( msg );
+	for ( lc = lconns; lc != NULL; lc = lc->lconn_next ) {
+		if ( lc->lconn_server != NULL ) {
+                        sprintf( msg, "* 0x%p - host: %s  port: %d  secure: %s%s\n",
+                                lc, ( lc->lconn_server->lsrv_host == NULL ) ? "(null)"
+			    : lc->lconn_server->lsrv_host,
+			    lc->lconn_server->lsrv_port,
+			    ( lc->lconn_server->lsrv_options &
+			    LDAP_SRV_OPT_SECURE ) ? "Yes" :
+			    "No", ( lc->lconn_sb == ld->ld_sbp ) ?
+			    "  (default)" : "" );
+			ber_err_print( msg );
+		}
+                sprintf( msg, "  refcnt: %d  pending: %d  status: %s\n",
+                    lc->lconn_refcnt, lc->lconn_pending_requests,
+                    ( lc->lconn_status == LDAP_CONNST_CONNECTING )
+                    ? "Connecting" :
+		    ( lc->lconn_status == LDAP_CONNST_DEAD ) ? "Dead" :
+		    "Connected" );
+		ber_err_print( msg );
+		sprintf( msg, "  last used: %s",
+		    NSLDAPI_CTIME( (time_t *) &lc->lconn_lastused, buf,
+				sizeof(buf) ));
+		ber_err_print( msg );
+		if ( lc->lconn_ber != NULLBER ) {
+			ber_err_print( "  partial response has been received:\n" );
+			ber_dump( lc->lconn_ber, 1 );
+		}
+		ber_err_print( "\n" );
+
+		if ( !all ) {
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+void
+nsldapi_dump_requests_and_responses( LDAP *ld )
+{
+	LDAPRequest	*lr;
+	LDAPMessage	*lm, *l;
+	char        msg[256];
+
+	ber_err_print( "** Outstanding Requests:\n" );
+	LDAP_MUTEX_LOCK( ld, LDAP_REQ_LOCK );
+	if (( lr = ld->ld_requests ) == NULL ) {
+		ber_err_print( "   Empty\n" );
+	}
+	for ( ; lr != NULL; lr = lr->lr_next ) {
+            sprintf( msg, " * 0x%p - msgid %d,  origid %d, status %s\n",
+                lr, lr->lr_msgid, lr->lr_origid, ( lr->lr_status ==
+		LDAP_REQST_INPROGRESS ) ? "InProgress" :
+		( lr->lr_status == LDAP_REQST_CHASINGREFS ) ? "ChasingRefs" :
+		( lr->lr_status == LDAP_REQST_CONNDEAD ) ? "Dead" :
+		"Writing" );
+	    ber_err_print( msg );
+	    sprintf( msg, "   outstanding referrals %d, parent count %d\n",
+		    lr->lr_outrefcnt, lr->lr_parentcnt );
+	    ber_err_print( msg );
+	    if ( lr->lr_binddn != NULL ) {
+		    sprintf( msg, "   pending bind DN: <%s>\n", lr->lr_binddn );
+		    ber_err_print( msg );
+	    }
+	}
+	LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_REQ_LOCK );
+
+	ber_err_print( "** Response Queue:\n" );
+	LDAP_MUTEX_LOCK( ld, LDAP_RESP_LOCK );
+	if (( lm = ld->ld_responses ) == NULLMSG ) {
+		ber_err_print( "   Empty\n" );
+	}
+	for ( ; lm != NULLMSG; lm = lm->lm_next ) {
+                sprintf( msg, " * 0x%p - msgid %d,  type %d\n",
+                    lm, lm->lm_msgid, lm->lm_msgtype );
+		ber_err_print( msg );
+		if (( l = lm->lm_chain ) != NULL ) {
+			ber_err_print( "   chained responses:\n" );
+			for ( ; l != NULLMSG; l = l->lm_chain ) {
+				sprintf( msg,
+                                    "  * 0x%p - msgid %d,  type %d\n",
+                                    l, l->lm_msgid, l->lm_msgtype );
+				ber_err_print( msg );
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_RESP_LOCK );
+}
+#endif /* LDAP_DEBUG */
+
+
+LDAPRequest *
+nsldapi_new_request( LDAPConn *lc, BerElement *ber, int msgid, int expect_resp )
+{
+	LDAPRequest	*lr;
+
+	lr = (LDAPRequest *)NSLDAPI_CALLOC( 1, sizeof( LDAPRequest ));
+
+	if ( lr != NULL ) {
+		lr->lr_conn = lc;
+		lr->lr_ber = ber;
+		lr->lr_msgid = lr->lr_origid = msgid;
+		lr->lr_expect_resp = expect_resp;
+		lr->lr_status = LDAP_REQST_INPROGRESS;
+		lr->lr_res_errno = LDAP_SUCCESS;	/* optimistic */
+
+		if ( lc != NULL ) {	/* mark connection as in use */
+			++lc->lconn_refcnt;
+			lc->lconn_lastused = time( 0 );
+		}
+	}
+
+	return( lr );
+}
+
+
+void
+nsldapi_free_request( LDAP *ld, LDAPRequest *lr, int free_conn )
+{
+	LDAPRequest	*tmplr, *nextlr;
+
+	LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE,
+		"nsldapi_free_request 0x%p (origid %d, msgid %d)\n",
+		lr, lr->lr_origid, lr->lr_msgid );
+
+	if ( lr->lr_parent != NULL ) {
+		/* unlink child from parent */
+		lr->lr_parent->lr_child = NULL;
+		--lr->lr_parent->lr_outrefcnt;
+	}
+
+	if ( lr->lr_status == LDAP_REQST_WRITING ) {
+		--lr->lr_conn->lconn_pending_requests;
+	}
+
+	/* free all of our spawned referrals (child requests) */
+	for ( tmplr = lr->lr_child; tmplr != NULL; tmplr = nextlr ) {
+		nextlr = tmplr->lr_sibling;
+		nsldapi_free_request( ld, tmplr, free_conn );
+	}
+
+	if ( free_conn ) {
+		nsldapi_free_connection( ld, lr->lr_conn, NULL, NULL, 0, 1 );
+	}
+
+	if ( lr->lr_prev == NULL ) {
+		ld->ld_requests = lr->lr_next;
+	} else {
+		lr->lr_prev->lr_next = lr->lr_next;
+	}
+
+	if ( lr->lr_next != NULL ) {
+		lr->lr_next->lr_prev = lr->lr_prev;
+	}
+
+	if ( lr->lr_ber != NULL ) {
+		ber_free( lr->lr_ber, 1 );
+	}
+
+	if ( lr->lr_res_error != NULL ) {
+		NSLDAPI_FREE( lr->lr_res_error );
+	}
+
+	if ( lr->lr_res_matched != NULL ) {
+		NSLDAPI_FREE( lr->lr_res_matched );
+	}
+
+	if ( lr->lr_binddn != NULL ) {
+		NSLDAPI_FREE( lr->lr_binddn );
+	}
+
+	if ( lr->lr_res_ctrls != NULL ) {
+		ldap_controls_free( lr->lr_res_ctrls );
+	}
+	NSLDAPI_FREE( lr );
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Add a request to the end of the list of outstanding requests.
+ * This function must be called with these two locks in hand, acquired in
+ * this order:
+ *	LDAP_CONN_LOCK
+ *	LDAP_REQ_LOCK
+ */
+void
+nsldapi_queue_request_nolock( LDAP *ld, LDAPRequest *lr )
+{
+        if ( NULL == ld->ld_requests ) {
+		ld->ld_requests = lr;
+        } else {
+                LDAPRequest     *tmplr;
+
+                for ( tmplr = ld->ld_requests; tmplr->lr_next != NULL;
+                                tmplr = tmplr->lr_next ) {
+                        ;
+                }
+                tmplr->lr_next = lr;
+                lr->lr_prev = tmplr;
+        }
+}
+
+
+static void
+free_servers( LDAPServer *srvlist )
+{
+    LDAPServer	*nextsrv;
+
+    while ( srvlist != NULL ) {
+	nextsrv = srvlist->lsrv_next;
+	if ( srvlist->lsrv_dn != NULL ) {
+		NSLDAPI_FREE( srvlist->lsrv_dn );
+	}
+	if ( srvlist->lsrv_host != NULL ) {
+		NSLDAPI_FREE( srvlist->lsrv_host );
+	}
+	NSLDAPI_FREE( srvlist );
+	srvlist = nextsrv;
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Initiate chasing of LDAPv2+ (Umich extension) referrals.
+ *
+ * Returns an LDAP error code.
+ *
+ * Note that *hadrefp will be set to 1 if one or more referrals were found in
+ * "*errstrp" (even if we can't chase them) and zero if none were found.
+ * 
+ * XXX merging of errors in this routine needs to be improved.
+ */
+int
+nsldapi_chase_v2_referrals( LDAP *ld, LDAPRequest *lr, char **errstrp,
+    int *totalcountp, int *chasingcountp )
+{
+	char		*p, *ref, *unfollowed;
+	LDAPRequest	*origreq;
+	int		rc, tmprc, len, unknown;
+
+	LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "nsldapi_chase_v2_referrals\n", 0, 0, 0 );
+
+	*totalcountp = *chasingcountp = 0;
+
+	if ( *errstrp == NULL ) {
+		return( LDAP_SUCCESS );
+	}
+
+	len = strlen( *errstrp );
+	for ( p = *errstrp; len >= LDAP_REF_STR_LEN; ++p, --len ) {
+		if (( *p == 'R' || *p == 'r' ) && strncasecmp( p,
+		    LDAP_REF_STR, LDAP_REF_STR_LEN ) == 0 ) {
+			*p = '\0';
+			p += LDAP_REF_STR_LEN;
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	if ( len < LDAP_REF_STR_LEN ) {
+		return( LDAP_SUCCESS );
+	}
+
+	if ( lr->lr_parentcnt >= ld->ld_refhoplimit ) {
+		LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE,
+		    "more than %d referral hops (dropping)\n",
+		    ld->ld_refhoplimit, 0, 0 );
+		return( LDAP_REFERRAL_LIMIT_EXCEEDED );
+	}
+
+	/* find original request */
+	for ( origreq = lr; origreq->lr_parent != NULL;
+	     origreq = origreq->lr_parent ) {
+		;
+	}
+
+	unfollowed = NULL;
+	rc = LDAP_SUCCESS;
+
+	/* parse out & follow referrals */
+	for ( ref = p; rc == LDAP_SUCCESS && ref != NULL; ref = p ) {
+		if (( p = strchr( ref, '\n' )) != NULL ) {
+			*p++ = '\0';
+		} else {
+			p = NULL;
+		}
+
+		++*totalcountp;
+
+		rc = chase_one_referral( ld, lr, origreq, ref, "v2 referral",
+		    &unknown, 0 /* not a reference */ );
+
+		if ( rc != LDAP_SUCCESS || unknown ) {
+			if (( tmprc = nsldapi_append_referral( ld, &unfollowed,
+			    ref )) != LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+				rc = tmprc;
+			}
+		} else {
+			++*chasingcountp;
+		}
+	}
+
+	NSLDAPI_FREE( *errstrp );
+	*errstrp = unfollowed;
+
+	return( rc );
+}
+
+
+/* returns an LDAP error code */
+int
+nsldapi_chase_v3_refs( LDAP *ld, LDAPRequest *lr, char **v3refs,
+    int is_reference, int *totalcountp, int *chasingcountp )
+{
+   	int		rc = LDAP_SUCCESS;
+	int		i, unknown;
+	LDAPRequest	*origreq;
+
+	*totalcountp = *chasingcountp = 0;
+
+	if ( v3refs == NULL || v3refs[0] == NULL ) {
+		return( LDAP_SUCCESS );
+	}
+
+	*totalcountp = 1;
+
+	if ( lr->lr_parentcnt >= ld->ld_refhoplimit ) {
+		LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE,
+		    "more than %d referral hops (dropping)\n",
+		    ld->ld_refhoplimit, 0, 0 );
+		return( LDAP_REFERRAL_LIMIT_EXCEEDED );
+	}
+
+	/* find original request */
+	for ( origreq = lr; origreq->lr_parent != NULL;
+	    origreq = origreq->lr_parent ) {
+		;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * in LDAPv3, we just need to follow one referral in the set.
+	 * we dp this by stopping as soon as we succeed in initiating a
+	 * chase on any referral (basically this means we were able to connect
+	 * to the server and bind).
+	 */
+	for ( i = 0; v3refs[i] != NULL; ++i ) {
+		rc = chase_one_referral( ld, lr, origreq, v3refs[i],
+		    is_reference ? "v3 reference" : "v3 referral", &unknown,
+		    is_reference );
+		if ( rc == LDAP_SUCCESS && !unknown ) {
+			*chasingcountp = 1;
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/* XXXmcs: should we save unfollowed referrals somewhere? */
+
+	return( rc );	/* last error is as good as any other I guess... */
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * returns an LDAP error code
+ *
+ * XXXmcs: this function used to have #ifdef LDAP_DNS code in it but I
+ *	removed it when I improved the parsing (we don't define LDAP_DNS
+ *	here at Netscape).
+ */
+static int
+chase_one_referral( LDAP *ld, LDAPRequest *lr, LDAPRequest *origreq,
+    char *refurl, char *desc, int *unknownp, int is_reference )
+{
+	int		rc, tmprc, secure, msgid;
+	LDAPServer	*srv;
+	BerElement	*ber;
+	LDAPURLDesc	*ludp;
+
+	*unknownp = 0;
+	ludp = NULLLDAPURLDESC;
+
+	if ( nsldapi_url_parse( refurl, &ludp, 0 ) != 0 ) {
+		LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE,
+		    "ignoring unknown %s <%s>\n", desc, refurl, 0 );
+		*unknownp = 1;
+		rc = LDAP_SUCCESS;
+		goto cleanup_and_return;
+	}
+
+	secure = (( ludp->lud_options & LDAP_URL_OPT_SECURE ) != 0 );
+
+/* XXXmcs: can't tell if secure is supported by connect callback */
+	if ( secure && ld->ld_extconnect_fn == NULL ) {
+		LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE,
+		    "ignoring LDAPS %s <%s>\n", desc, refurl, 0 );
+		*unknownp = 1;
+		rc = LDAP_SUCCESS;
+		goto cleanup_and_return;
+	}
+
+	LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "chasing LDAP%s %s: <%s>\n",
+	    secure ? "S" : "", desc, refurl );
+
+	LDAP_MUTEX_LOCK( ld, LDAP_MSGID_LOCK );
+	msgid = ++ld->ld_msgid;
+	LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_MSGID_LOCK );
+
+	if (( tmprc = re_encode_request( ld, origreq->lr_ber, msgid,
+	    ludp, &ber, is_reference )) != LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+		rc = tmprc;
+		goto cleanup_and_return;
+	}
+
+	if (( srv = (LDAPServer *)NSLDAPI_CALLOC( 1, sizeof( LDAPServer )))
+	    == NULL ) {
+		ber_free( ber, 1 );
+		rc = LDAP_NO_MEMORY;
+		goto cleanup_and_return;
+	}
+
+	if ( ludp->lud_host == NULL && ld->ld_defhost == NULL ) {
+		srv->lsrv_host = NULL;
+	} else {
+		if ( ludp->lud_host == NULL ) {
+		  srv->lsrv_host =
+		    nsldapi_strdup( origreq->lr_conn->lconn_server->lsrv_host );
+		  LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE,
+		    "chase_one_referral: using hostname '%s' from original "
+		    "request on new request\n",
+		    srv->lsrv_host, 0, 0);
+		} else {
+		  srv->lsrv_host = nsldapi_strdup( ludp->lud_host );
+		  LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE,
+		    "chase_one_referral: using hostname '%s' as specified "
+		    "on new request\n",
+		    srv->lsrv_host, 0, 0);
+		}
+
+		if ( srv->lsrv_host == NULL ) {
+			NSLDAPI_FREE( (char *)srv );
+			ber_free( ber, 1 );
+			rc = LDAP_NO_MEMORY;
+			goto cleanup_and_return;
+		}
+	}
+
+	if ( ludp->lud_port == 0 && ludp->lud_host == NULL ) {
+		srv->lsrv_port = origreq->lr_conn->lconn_server->lsrv_port;
+		LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE,
+		    "chase_one_referral: using port (%d) from original "
+		    "request on new request\n",
+		    srv->lsrv_port, 0, 0);
+	} else if ( ludp->lud_port != 0 ) {
+		srv->lsrv_port = ludp->lud_port;
+		LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE,
+		    "chase_one_referral: using port (%d) as specified on "
+		    "new request\n",
+		    srv->lsrv_port, 0, 0);
+	} else {
+		srv->lsrv_port = secure ? LDAPS_PORT : LDAP_PORT;
+		LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE,
+		    "chase_one_referral: using default port (%d)\n",
+			srv->lsrv_port, 0, 0 );
+	}
+
+	if ( secure ) {
+		srv->lsrv_options |= LDAP_SRV_OPT_SECURE;
+	}
+
+	if ( nsldapi_send_server_request( ld, ber, msgid,
+	    lr, srv, NULL, NULL, 1 ) < 0 ) {
+		rc = LDAP_GET_LDERRNO( ld, NULL, NULL );
+		LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_ANY, "Unable to chase %s %s (%s)\n",
+		    desc, refurl, ldap_err2string( rc ));
+	} else {
+		rc = LDAP_SUCCESS;
+	}
+
+cleanup_and_return:
+	if ( ludp != NULLLDAPURLDESC ) {
+		ldap_free_urldesc( ludp );
+	}
+
+	return( rc );
+}
+
+
+/* returns an LDAP error code */
+int
+nsldapi_append_referral( LDAP *ld, char **referralsp, char *s )
+{
+	int	first;
+
+	if ( *referralsp == NULL ) {
+		first = 1;
+		*referralsp = (char *)NSLDAPI_MALLOC( strlen( s ) +
+		    LDAP_REF_STR_LEN + 1 );
+	} else {
+		first = 0;
+		*referralsp = (char *)NSLDAPI_REALLOC( *referralsp,
+		    strlen( *referralsp ) + strlen( s ) + 2 );
+	}
+
+	if ( *referralsp == NULL ) {
+		return( LDAP_NO_MEMORY );
+	}
+
+	if ( first ) {
+		strcpy( *referralsp, LDAP_REF_STR );
+	} else {
+		strcat( *referralsp, "\n" );
+	}
+	strcat( *referralsp, s );
+
+	return( LDAP_SUCCESS );
+}
+
+
+
+/* returns an LDAP error code */
+static int
+re_encode_request( LDAP *ld, BerElement *origber, int msgid, LDAPURLDesc *ludp,
+    BerElement **berp, int is_reference )
+{
+/*
+ * XXX this routine knows way too much about how the lber library works!
+ */
+	ber_int_t origmsgid;
+	ber_tag_t tag;
+	ber_int_t ver;
+	int			rc;
+	BerElement		*ber;
+	struct berelement	tmpber;
+	char			*dn, *orig_dn;
+	/* extra stuff for search request */
+	ber_int_t scope = -1;
+
+	LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE,
+	    "re_encode_request: new msgid %d, new dn <%s>\n",
+	    msgid, ( ludp->lud_dn == NULL ) ? "NONE" : ludp->lud_dn, 0 );
+
+	tmpber = *origber;
+
+	/*
+	 * All LDAP requests are sequences that start with a message id.  For
+	 * everything except delete requests, this is followed by a sequence
+	 * that is tagged with the operation code.  For deletes, there is just
+	 * a DN that is tagged with the operation code.
+	 */
+
+	/* skip past msgid and get operation tag */
+	if ( ber_scanf( &tmpber, "{it", &origmsgid, &tag ) == LBER_ERROR ) {
+		return( LDAP_DECODING_ERROR );
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * XXXmcs: we don't support filters in search referrals yet,
+	 * so if present we return an error which is probably
+	 * better than just ignoring the extra info.
+	 * XXXrichm: we now support scopes.  Supporting filters would require
+	 * a lot more additional work to be able to read the filter from
+	 * the ber original search request, convert to string, etc.  It might
+	 * be better and easier to change nsldapi_build_search_req to have
+	 * some special mode by which you could tell it to skip filter and
+	 * attrlist encoding if no filter was given - then we could just
+	 * create a new ber search request with our new filter if present.
+	 */
+	if ( ( tag == LDAP_REQ_SEARCH ) && ( ludp->lud_filter != NULL )) {
+		return( LDAP_LOCAL_ERROR );
+	}
+
+	if ( tag == LDAP_REQ_BIND ) {
+		/* bind requests have a version number before the DN */
+		rc = ber_scanf( &tmpber, "{ia", &ver, &orig_dn );
+	} else if ( tag == LDAP_REQ_DELETE ) {
+		/* delete requests DNs are not within a sequence */
+		rc = ber_scanf( &tmpber, "a", &orig_dn );
+	} else if ( tag == LDAP_REQ_SEARCH ) {
+	    /* need scope */
+	    rc = ber_scanf( &tmpber, "{ae", &orig_dn, &scope );
+	} else {
+	    rc = ber_scanf( &tmpber, "{a", &orig_dn );
+	}
+
+	if ( rc == LBER_ERROR ) {
+	    return( LDAP_DECODING_ERROR );
+	}
+
+	if ( ludp->lud_dn == NULL ) {
+	    dn = orig_dn;
+	} else {
+	    dn = ludp->lud_dn;
+	    NSLDAPI_FREE( orig_dn );
+	    orig_dn = NULL;
+	}
+
+	if ( ludp->lud_scope != -1 ) {
+	    scope = ludp->lud_scope; /* scope provided by ref - use it */
+	} else if (is_reference) {
+	    /* 
+	     * RFC 4511 says that the we should use scope BASE in the
+	     * search reference if the client's original request was for scope
+	     * ONELEVEL - since the server did not include the scope in the 
+	     * search reference returned, we must provide the correct behavior
+	     * in the client (i.e. the correct behavior is implied)
+	     * see RFC 4511 section 4.5.3 for more information
+	     */
+	    if (scope == LDAP_SCOPE_ONELEVEL) {
+		scope = LDAP_SCOPE_BASE;
+	    }
+	}
+
+	/* allocate and build the new request */
+	if (( rc = nsldapi_alloc_ber_with_options( ld, &ber ))
+	    != LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+		if ( orig_dn != NULL ) {
+			NSLDAPI_FREE( orig_dn );
+		}
+		return( rc );
+	}
+
+	if ( tag == LDAP_REQ_BIND ) {
+		rc = ber_printf( ber, "{it{is", msgid, tag, ver , dn );
+	} else if ( tag == LDAP_REQ_DELETE ) {
+	    rc = ber_printf( ber, "{its}", msgid, tag, dn );
+	} else if ( tag == LDAP_REQ_SEARCH ) {
+	    rc = ber_printf( ber, "{it{se", msgid, tag, dn, scope );
+	} else {
+	    rc = ber_printf( ber, "{it{s", msgid, tag, dn );
+	}
+
+	if ( orig_dn != NULL ) {
+		NSLDAPI_FREE( orig_dn );
+	}
+/*
+ * can't use "dn" or "orig_dn" from this point on (they've been freed)
+ */
+
+	if ( rc == -1 ) {
+		ber_free( ber, 1 );
+		return( LDAP_ENCODING_ERROR );
+	}
+
+	if ( tag != LDAP_REQ_DELETE &&
+	    ( ber_write( ber, tmpber.ber_ptr, ( tmpber.ber_end -
+	    tmpber.ber_ptr ), 0 ) != ( tmpber.ber_end - tmpber.ber_ptr )
+	    || ber_printf( ber, "}}" ) == -1 )) {
+		ber_free( ber, 1 );
+		return( LDAP_ENCODING_ERROR );
+	}
+
+#ifdef LDAP_DEBUG
+	if ( ldap_debug & LDAP_DEBUG_PACKETS ) {
+		LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_ANY, "re_encode_request new request is:\n",
+		    0, 0, 0 );
+		ber_dump( ber, 0 );
+	}
+#endif /* LDAP_DEBUG */
+
+	*berp = ber;
+	return( LDAP_SUCCESS );
+}
+
+
+LDAPRequest *
+nsldapi_find_request_by_msgid( LDAP *ld, int msgid )
+{
+    	LDAPRequest	*lr;
+
+	for ( lr = ld->ld_requests; lr != NULL; lr = lr->lr_next ) {
+		if ( msgid == lr->lr_msgid ) {
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return( lr );
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * nsldapi_connection_lost_nolock() resets "ld" to a non-connected, known
+ * state.  It should be called whenever a fatal error occurs on the
+ * Sockbuf "sb."  sb == NULL means we don't know specifically where
+ * the problem was so we assume all connections are bad.
+ */
+void
+nsldapi_connection_lost_nolock( LDAP *ld, Sockbuf *sb )
+{
+	LDAPRequest	*lr;
+
+	/*
+	 * change status of all pending requests that are associated with "sb
+	 *	to "connection dead."
+	 * also change the connection status to "dead" and remove it from
+	 *	the list of sockets we are interested in.
+	 */
+	for ( lr = ld->ld_requests; lr != NULL; lr = lr->lr_next ) {
+		if ( sb == NULL ||
+		    ( lr->lr_conn != NULL && lr->lr_conn->lconn_sb == sb )) {
+			lr->lr_status = LDAP_REQST_CONNDEAD;
+			if ( lr->lr_conn != NULL ) {
+				lr->lr_conn->lconn_status = LDAP_CONNST_DEAD;
+				nsldapi_iostatus_interest_clear( ld,
+				    lr->lr_conn->lconn_sb );
+			}
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+#ifdef LDAP_DNS
+static LDAPServer *
+dn2servers( LDAP *ld, char *dn )	/* dn can also be a domain.... */
+{
+	char		*p, *domain, *host, *server_dn, **dxs;
+	int		i, port;
+	LDAPServer	*srvlist, *prevsrv, *srv;
+
+	if (( domain = strrchr( dn, '@' )) != NULL ) {
+		++domain;
+	} else {
+		domain = dn;
+	}
+
+	if (( dxs = nsldapi_getdxbyname( domain )) == NULL ) {
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_NO_MEMORY, NULL, NULL );
+		return( NULL );
+	}
+
+	srvlist = NULL;
+
+	for ( i = 0; dxs[ i ] != NULL; ++i ) {
+		port = LDAP_PORT;
+		server_dn = NULL;
+		if ( strchr( dxs[ i ], ':' ) == NULL ) {
+			host = dxs[ i ];
+		} else if ( strlen( dxs[ i ] ) >= 7 &&
+		    strncmp( dxs[ i ], "ldap://", 7 ) == 0 ) {
+			host = dxs[ i ] + 7;
+			if (( p = strchr( host, ':' )) == NULL ) {
+				p = host;
+			} else {
+				*p++ = '\0';
+				port = atoi( p );
+			}
+			if (( p = strchr( p, '/' )) != NULL ) {
+				server_dn = ++p;
+				if ( *server_dn == '\0' ) {
+					server_dn = NULL;
+				}
+			}
+		} else {
+			host = NULL;
+		}
+
+		if ( host != NULL ) {	/* found a server we can use */
+			if (( srv = (LDAPServer *)NSLDAPI_CALLOC( 1,
+			    sizeof( LDAPServer ))) == NULL ) {
+				free_servers( srvlist );
+				srvlist = NULL;
+				break;		/* exit loop & return */
+			}
+
+			/* add to end of list of servers */
+			if ( srvlist == NULL ) {
+				srvlist = srv;
+			} else {
+				prevsrv->lsrv_next = srv;
+			}
+			prevsrv = srv;
+			
+			/* copy in info. */
+			if (( srv->lsrv_host = nsldapi_strdup( host )) == NULL
+			    || ( server_dn != NULL && ( srv->lsrv_dn =
+			    nsldapi_strdup( server_dn )) == NULL )) {
+				free_servers( srvlist );
+				srvlist = NULL;
+				break;		/* exit loop & return */
+			}
+			srv->lsrv_port = port;
+		}
+	}
+
+	ldap_value_free( dxs );
+
+	if ( srvlist == NULL ) {
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_SERVER_DOWN, NULL, NULL );
+	}
+
+	return( srvlist );
+}
+#endif /* LDAP_DNS */
diff --git a/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/reslist.c b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/reslist.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a382941eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/reslist.c
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ * 
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version 
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with 
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at 
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ * 
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ * 
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, released
+ * March 31, 1998.
+ * 
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998-1999
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ * 
+ * Contributor(s):
+ * 
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
+ * or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ * 
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+/*
+ *  Copyright (c) 1990 Regents of the University of Michigan.
+ *  All rights reserved.
+ */
+/*
+ *  reslist.c
+ */
+
+#if 0
+#ifndef lint 
+static char copyright[] = "@(#) Copyright (c) 1990 Regents of the University of Michigan.\nAll rights reserved.\n";
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#include "ldap-int.h"
+
+LDAPMessage *
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_delete_result_entry( LDAPMessage **list, LDAPMessage *e )
+{
+	LDAPMessage	*tmp, *prev = NULL;
+    
+    if ( list == NULL || e == NULL ) {
+        return( NULL );
+    }
+
+	for ( tmp = *list; tmp != NULL && tmp != e; tmp = tmp->lm_chain )
+		prev = tmp;
+
+	if ( tmp == NULL )
+		return( NULL );
+
+	if ( prev == NULL )
+		*list = tmp->lm_chain;
+	else
+		prev->lm_chain = tmp->lm_chain;
+	tmp->lm_chain = NULL;
+
+	return( tmp );
+}
+
+void
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_add_result_entry( LDAPMessage **list, LDAPMessage *e )
+{
+    if ( list != NULL && e != NULL ) {
+        e->lm_chain = *list;
+        *list = e;
+    }
+}
diff --git a/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/result.c b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/result.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..59c15f811
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/result.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1473 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ * 
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version 
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with 
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at 
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ * 
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ * 
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, released
+ * March 31, 1998.
+ * 
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998-1999
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ * 
+ * Contributor(s):
+ * 
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
+ * or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ * 
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+/*
+ *  Copyright (c) 1990 Regents of the University of Michigan.
+ *  All rights reserved.
+ */
+/*
+ *  result.c - wait for an ldap result
+ */
+
+#if 0
+#ifndef lint 
+static char copyright[] = "@(#) Copyright (c) 1990 Regents of the University of Michigan.\nAll rights reserved.\n";
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#include "ldap-int.h"
+
+/*
+ * Special return values used by some functions (wait4msg() and read1msg()).
+ */
+#define NSLDAPI_RESULT_TIMEOUT          0
+#define NSLDAPI_RESULT_ERROR            (-1)
+#define NSLDAPI_RESULT_NOT_FOUND        (-2)
+
+static int check_response_queue( LDAP *ld, int msgid, int all,
+	int do_abandon_check, LDAPMessage **result );
+static int ldap_abandoned( LDAP *ld, int msgid );
+static int ldap_mark_abandoned( LDAP *ld, int msgid );
+static int wait4msg( LDAP *ld, int msgid, int all, int unlock_permitted,
+	struct timeval *timeout, LDAPMessage **result );
+static int read1msg( LDAP *ld, int msgid, int all, Sockbuf *sb, LDAPConn **lcp,
+	LDAPMessage **result );
+static void check_for_refs( LDAP *ld, LDAPRequest *lr, BerElement *ber,
+	int ldapversion, int *totalcountp, int *chasingcountp );
+static int build_result_ber( LDAP *ld, BerElement **berp, LDAPRequest *lr );
+static void merge_error_info( LDAP *ld, LDAPRequest *parentr, LDAPRequest *lr );
+#if defined( CLDAP )
+static int cldap_select1( LDAP *ld, struct timeval *timeout );
+#endif
+static void link_pend( LDAP *ld, LDAPPend *lp );
+
+/*
+ * ldap_result - wait for an ldap result response to a message from the
+ * ldap server.  If msgid is -1, any message will be accepted, otherwise
+ * ldap_result will wait for a response with msgid.  If all is 0 the
+ * first message with id msgid will be accepted, otherwise, ldap_result
+ * will wait for all responses with id msgid and then return a pointer to
+ * the entire list of messages.  This is only useful for search responses,
+ * which can be of two message types (zero or more entries, followed by an
+ * ldap result).  The type of the first message received is returned.
+ * When waiting, any messages that have been abandoned are discarded.
+ *
+ * Example:
+ *	ldap_result( s, msgid, all, timeout, result )
+ */
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_result(
+    LDAP 		*ld,
+    int 		msgid,
+    int 		all,
+    struct timeval	*timeout,
+    LDAPMessage		**result
+)
+{
+	int		rc;
+
+	LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "ldap_result\n", 0, 0, 0 );
+
+	if ( !NSLDAPI_VALID_LDAP_POINTER( ld )) {
+		return( -1 );	/* punt */
+	}
+
+	LDAP_MUTEX_LOCK( ld, LDAP_RESULT_LOCK );
+
+	rc = nsldapi_result_nolock(ld, msgid, all, 1, timeout, result);
+
+	LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_RESULT_LOCK );
+
+	return( rc );
+}
+
+
+int
+nsldapi_result_nolock( LDAP *ld, int msgid, int all, int unlock_permitted,
+    struct timeval *timeout, LDAPMessage **result )
+{
+	int		rc;
+
+	LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE,
+		"nsldapi_result_nolock (msgid=%d, all=%d)\n", msgid, all, 0 );
+
+	/*
+	 * First, look through the list of responses we have received on
+	 * this association and see if the response we're interested in
+	 * is there.  If it is, return it.  If not, call wait4msg() to
+	 * wait until it arrives or timeout occurs.
+	 */
+
+	if ( result == NULL ) {
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_PARAM_ERROR, NULL, NULL );
+		return( -1 );
+	}
+
+	if ( check_response_queue( ld, msgid, all, 1, result ) != 0 ) {
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_SUCCESS, NULL, NULL );
+		rc = (*result)->lm_msgtype;
+	} else {
+		rc = wait4msg( ld, msgid, all, unlock_permitted, timeout,
+		    result );
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * XXXmcs should use cache function pointers to hook in memcache
+	 */
+	if ( ld->ld_memcache != NULL && NSLDAPI_SEARCH_RELATED_RESULT( rc ) &&
+	     !((*result)->lm_fromcache )) {
+		ldap_memcache_append( ld, (*result)->lm_msgid,
+		    (all || NSLDAPI_IS_SEARCH_RESULT( rc )), *result );
+	}
+
+	return( rc );
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Look through the list of queued responses for a message that matches the
+ * criteria in the msgid and all parameters.  msgid == LDAP_RES_ANY matches
+ * all ids.
+ *
+ * If an appropriate message is found, a non-zero value is returned and the
+ * message is dequeued and assigned to *result.
+ *
+ * If not, *result is set to NULL and this function returns 0.
+ */
+static int
+check_response_queue( LDAP *ld, int msgid, int all, int do_abandon_check,
+    LDAPMessage **result )
+{
+	LDAPMessage	*lm, *lastlm, *nextlm;
+	LDAPRequest	*lr;
+
+	LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE,
+	    "=> check_response_queue (msgid=%d, all=%d)\n", msgid, all, 0 );
+
+	*result = NULL;
+	lastlm = NULL;
+	LDAP_MUTEX_LOCK( ld, LDAP_RESP_LOCK );
+	for ( lm = ld->ld_responses; lm != NULL; lm = nextlm ) {
+		nextlm = lm->lm_next;
+
+		if ( do_abandon_check && ldap_abandoned( ld, lm->lm_msgid ) ) {
+			ldap_mark_abandoned( ld, lm->lm_msgid );
+
+			if ( lastlm == NULL ) {
+				ld->ld_responses = lm->lm_next;
+			} else {
+				lastlm->lm_next = nextlm;
+			}
+
+			ldap_msgfree( lm );
+
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		if ( msgid == LDAP_RES_ANY || lm->lm_msgid == msgid ) {
+			LDAPMessage	*tmp;
+
+			if ( all == 0
+			    || (lm->lm_msgtype != LDAP_RES_SEARCH_RESULT
+			    && lm->lm_msgtype != LDAP_RES_SEARCH_REFERENCE
+			    && lm->lm_msgtype != LDAP_RES_SEARCH_ENTRY) )
+				break;
+
+			for ( tmp = lm; tmp != NULL; tmp = tmp->lm_chain ) {
+				if ( tmp->lm_msgtype == LDAP_RES_SEARCH_RESULT )
+					break;
+			}
+
+			if ( tmp == NULL ) {
+				LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_RESP_LOCK );
+				LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE,
+				    "<= check_response_queue NOT FOUND\n",
+				    0, 0, 0 );
+				return( 0 );	/* no message to return */
+			}
+
+			break;
+		}
+		lastlm = lm;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * if we did not find a message OR if the one we found is a result for
+	 * a request that is still pending, return failure.
+	 */
+	if ( lm == NULL 
+             || (( lr = nsldapi_find_request_by_msgid( ld, lm->lm_msgid ))
+		   != NULL && lr->lr_outrefcnt > 0 )) {
+		LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_RESP_LOCK );
+		LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE,
+		    "<= check_response_queue NOT FOUND\n",
+		    0, 0, 0 );
+		return( 0 );	/* no message to return */
+	}
+
+	if ( all == 0 ) {
+		if ( lm->lm_chain == NULL ) {
+			if ( lastlm == NULL ) {
+				ld->ld_responses = lm->lm_next;
+			} else {
+				lastlm->lm_next = lm->lm_next;
+			}
+		} else {
+			if ( lastlm == NULL ) {
+				ld->ld_responses = lm->lm_chain;
+				ld->ld_responses->lm_next = lm->lm_next;
+			} else {
+				lastlm->lm_next = lm->lm_chain;
+				lastlm->lm_next->lm_next = lm->lm_next;
+			}
+		}
+	} else {
+		if ( lastlm == NULL ) {
+			ld->ld_responses = lm->lm_next;
+		} else {
+			lastlm->lm_next = lm->lm_next;
+		}
+	}
+
+	if ( all == 0 ) {
+		lm->lm_chain = NULL;
+	}
+	lm->lm_next = NULL;
+	LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_RESP_LOCK );
+
+	*result = lm;
+	LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE,
+	    "<= check_response_queue returning msgid %d type %d\n",
+	    lm->lm_msgid, lm->lm_msgtype, 0 );
+	return( 1 );	/* a message was found and returned in *result */
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * wait4msg(): Poll for incoming LDAP messages, respecting the timeout.
+ *
+ * Return values:
+ *  > 0:                      message received; value is the tag of the message.
+ *  NSLDAPI_RESULT_TIMEOUT    timeout exceeded.
+ *  NSLDAPI_RESULT_ERROR      fatal error occurred such as connection closed.
+ */
+static int
+wait4msg( LDAP *ld, int msgid, int all, int unlock_permitted,
+	struct timeval *timeout, LDAPMessage **result )
+{
+	int		err, rc = NSLDAPI_RESULT_NOT_FOUND, msgfound;
+	struct timeval	tv, *tvp;
+	long		start_time = 0, tmp_time;
+	LDAPConn	*lc, *nextlc;
+	/* lr points to the specific request we are waiting for, if any */
+	LDAPRequest	*lr = NULL;
+
+#ifdef LDAP_DEBUG
+	if ( timeout == NULL ) {
+		LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "wait4msg (infinite timeout)\n",
+		    0, 0, 0 );
+	} else {
+		LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "wait4msg (timeout %ld sec, %ld usec)\n",
+		    timeout->tv_sec, (long) timeout->tv_usec, 0 );
+	}
+#endif /* LDAP_DEBUG */
+
+	/* check the cache */
+	if ( ld->ld_cache_on && ld->ld_cache_result != NULL ) {
+		/* if ( unlock_permitted ) LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld ); */
+		LDAP_MUTEX_LOCK( ld, LDAP_CACHE_LOCK );
+		rc = (ld->ld_cache_result)( ld, msgid, all, timeout, result );
+		LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_CACHE_LOCK );
+		/* if ( unlock_permitted ) LDAP_MUTEX_LOCK( ld ); */
+		if ( rc != NSLDAPI_RESULT_TIMEOUT ) {
+			return( rc );
+		}
+		if ( ld->ld_cache_strategy == LDAP_CACHE_LOCALDB ) {
+			LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_TIMEOUT, NULL, NULL );
+			return( NSLDAPI_RESULT_TIMEOUT );
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * if we are looking for a specific msgid, check to see if it is
+	 * associated with a dead connection and return an error if so.
+	 */
+	if ( msgid != LDAP_RES_ANY && msgid != LDAP_RES_UNSOLICITED ) {
+		LDAP_MUTEX_LOCK( ld, LDAP_REQ_LOCK );
+		if (( lr = nsldapi_find_request_by_msgid( ld, msgid ))
+		    == NULL ) {
+			LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_REQ_LOCK );
+			LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_PARAM_ERROR, NULL,
+				nsldapi_strdup( "unknown message id" ));
+			return( NSLDAPI_RESULT_ERROR );	/* could not find request for msgid */
+		}
+		if ( lr->lr_conn != NULL &&
+		    lr->lr_conn->lconn_status == LDAP_CONNST_DEAD ) {
+			nsldapi_free_request( ld, lr, 1 );
+			LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_REQ_LOCK );
+			LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_SERVER_DOWN, NULL, NULL );
+			return( NSLDAPI_RESULT_ERROR );	/* connection dead */
+		}
+		LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_REQ_LOCK );
+	}
+
+	if ( timeout == NULL ) {
+		tvp = NULL;
+	} else {
+		tv = *timeout;
+		tvp = &tv;
+		start_time = (long)time( NULL );
+	}
+
+	rc = NSLDAPI_RESULT_NOT_FOUND;
+	while ( rc == NSLDAPI_RESULT_NOT_FOUND ) {
+		msgfound = 0;
+#ifdef LDAP_DEBUG
+		if ( ldap_debug & LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE ) {
+			nsldapi_dump_connection( ld, ld->ld_conns, 1 );
+			nsldapi_dump_requests_and_responses( ld );
+		}
+#endif /* LDAP_DEBUG */
+
+		/*
+		 * Check if we have some data in a connection's BER buffer.
+		 * If so, use it.
+		 */
+		LDAP_MUTEX_LOCK( ld, LDAP_CONN_LOCK );
+		LDAP_MUTEX_LOCK( ld, LDAP_REQ_LOCK );
+		for ( lc = ld->ld_conns; lc != NULL; lc = lc->lconn_next ) {
+			if ( lc->lconn_sb->sb_ber.ber_ptr <
+			    lc->lconn_sb->sb_ber.ber_end ) {
+				/* read1msg() might free the connection. */
+				rc = read1msg( ld, msgid, all, lc->lconn_sb,
+				    &lc, result );
+				/* Indicate to next segment that we've processed a message
+				   (or several, via chased refs) this time around. */
+				msgfound = 1;
+				break;
+			}
+		}
+		LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_REQ_LOCK );
+		LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_CONN_LOCK );
+
+		if ( !msgfound ) {
+			/*
+			 * There was no buffered data. Poll to check connection
+			 * status (read/write readiness).
+			 */
+			err = nsldapi_iostatus_poll( ld, tvp );
+
+#if defined( LDAP_DEBUG ) && !defined( macintosh ) && !defined( DOS )
+			if ( err == -1 ) {
+			    LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE,
+				    "nsldapi_iostatus_poll returned -1: errno %d\n",
+				    LDAP_GET_ERRNO( ld ), 0, 0 );
+			}
+#endif
+
+#if !defined( macintosh ) && !defined( DOS )
+			/*
+			 * If the restart option is enabled and the error
+			 * was EINTR, try again.
+			 */
+			if ( err == -1
+			    && 0 != ( ld->ld_options & LDAP_BITOPT_RESTART )
+			    && LDAP_GET_ERRNO( ld ) == EINTR ) {
+				continue;
+			}
+#endif
+
+			/*
+			 * Handle timeouts (no activity) and fatal errors.
+			 */
+			if ( err == -1 || err == 0 ) {
+				LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, (err == -1 ?
+				    LDAP_SERVER_DOWN : LDAP_TIMEOUT), NULL,
+				    NULL );
+				if ( err == -1 ) {
+					LDAP_MUTEX_LOCK( ld, LDAP_REQ_LOCK );
+					nsldapi_connection_lost_nolock( ld,
+						NULL );
+					LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_REQ_LOCK );
+					rc = NSLDAPI_RESULT_ERROR;
+				} else {
+					rc = NSLDAPI_RESULT_TIMEOUT;
+				}
+				return( rc );
+			}
+
+			/*
+			 * Check each connection for interesting activity.
+			 */
+			LDAP_MUTEX_LOCK( ld, LDAP_CONN_LOCK );
+			LDAP_MUTEX_LOCK( ld, LDAP_REQ_LOCK );
+			for ( lc = ld->ld_conns;
+			    rc == NSLDAPI_RESULT_NOT_FOUND && lc != NULL;
+			    lc = nextlc ) {
+				nextlc = lc->lconn_next;
+
+				/*
+				 * For connections that are in the CONNECTING
+				 * state, check for write ready (which
+				 * indicates that the connection completed) and
+				 * transition to the CONNECTED state.
+				 */
+				if ( lc->lconn_status == LDAP_CONNST_CONNECTING
+				    && nsldapi_iostatus_is_write_ready( ld,
+				    lc->lconn_sb ) ) {
+					lc->lconn_status = LDAP_CONNST_CONNECTED;
+					LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE,
+					"wait4msg: connection 0x%p -"
+					" LDAP_CONNST_CONNECTING ->"
+					" LDAP_CONNST_CONNECTED\n",
+					lc, 0, 0 );
+				}
+
+				if ( lc->lconn_status
+				    != LDAP_CONNST_CONNECTED ) {
+					continue;
+				}
+
+				/*
+				* For connections that are CONNECTED, check
+				* for read ready (which indicates that data
+				* from server is available), and, for
+				* connections with associated requests that
+				* have not yet been sent, write ready (okay
+				* to send some data to the server).
+				*/
+				if ( nsldapi_iostatus_is_read_ready( ld,
+				    lc->lconn_sb )) {
+				/* read1msg() might free the connection. */
+					rc = read1msg( ld, msgid, all,
+					    lc->lconn_sb, &lc, result );
+				}
+
+				/*
+				 * Send pending requests if possible.  If there is no lc then
+				 * it was a child connection closed by read1msg().
+				 */
+				if ( lc && lc->lconn_pending_requests > 0
+				    && nsldapi_iostatus_is_write_ready( ld,
+				    lc->lconn_sb )) {
+					err = nsldapi_send_pending_requests_nolock(
+					    ld, lc );
+					if ( err == -1 &&
+					    rc == NSLDAPI_RESULT_NOT_FOUND ) {
+						rc = NSLDAPI_RESULT_ERROR;
+					}
+				}
+
+			}
+
+			LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_REQ_LOCK );
+			LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_CONN_LOCK );
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * It is possible that recursion occurred while chasing
+		 * referrals and as a result the message we are looking
+		 * for may have been placed on the response queue.  Look
+		 * for it there before continuing so we don't end up
+		 * waiting on the network for a message that we already
+		 * received!
+		 */
+		if ( rc == NSLDAPI_RESULT_NOT_FOUND &&
+		    check_response_queue( ld, msgid, all, 0, result ) != 0 ) {
+			LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_SUCCESS, NULL, NULL );
+			rc = (*result)->lm_msgtype;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * honor the timeout if specified
+		 */
+		if ( rc == NSLDAPI_RESULT_NOT_FOUND && tvp != NULL ) {
+			tmp_time = (long)time( NULL );
+			if (( tv.tv_sec -=  ( tmp_time - start_time )) <= 0 ) {
+				rc = NSLDAPI_RESULT_TIMEOUT;
+				LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_TIMEOUT, NULL,
+				    NULL );
+				break;
+			}
+
+			LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "wait4msg:  %ld secs to go\n",
+				tv.tv_sec, 0, 0 );
+			start_time = tmp_time;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return( rc );
+}
+
+
+#define NSLDAPI_REQUEST_COMPLETE( lr )				\
+	( (lr)->lr_outrefcnt <= 0 && 				\
+	  (lr)->lr_res_msgtype != LDAP_RES_SEARCH_ENTRY &&	\
+	  (lr)->lr_res_msgtype != LDAP_RES_SEARCH_REFERENCE )
+
+/*
+ * read1msg() should be called with LDAP_CONN_LOCK and LDAP_REQ_LOCK locked.
+ *
+ * Return values:
+ *  > 0:                      message received; value is the tag of the message.
+ *  NSLDAPI_RESULT_TIMEOUT    timeout exceeded.
+ *  NSLDAPI_RESULT_ERROR      fatal error occurred such as connection closed.
+ *  NSLDAPI_RESULT_NOT_FOUND  message not yet complete; keep waiting.
+ *
+ *  The LDAPConn passed in my be freed by read1msg() if the reference count
+ *  shows that it's no longer needed.
+ */
+static int
+read1msg( LDAP *ld, int msgid, int all, Sockbuf *sb, LDAPConn **lcp,
+    LDAPMessage **result )
+{
+	BerElement	*ber;
+	LDAPMessage	*new, *l, *prev, *chainprev, *tmp;
+	ber_int_t	id;
+	ber_tag_t	tag;
+	ber_len_t	len;
+	int		terrno, lderr, foundit = 0;
+	LDAPRequest	*lr;
+	int		rc, has_parent, message_can_be_returned;
+	int		manufactured_result = 0;
+	LDAPConn	*lc = *lcp;
+
+	LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "read1msg\n", 0, 0, 0 );
+
+	message_can_be_returned = 1;	/* the usual case... */
+
+	/*
+	 * if we are not already in the midst of reading a message, allocate
+	 * a ber that is associated with this connection
+	 */
+	if ( lc->lconn_ber == NULLBER && nsldapi_alloc_ber_with_options( ld,
+	    &lc->lconn_ber ) != LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+		return( NSLDAPI_RESULT_ERROR );
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * ber_get_next() doesn't set errno on EOF, so we pre-set it to
+	 * zero to avoid getting tricked by leftover "EAGAIN" errors
+	 */
+	LDAP_SET_ERRNO( ld, 0 );
+
+	/* get the next message */
+	if ( (tag = ber_get_next( sb, &len, lc->lconn_ber ))
+	    != LDAP_TAG_MESSAGE ) {
+		terrno = LDAP_GET_ERRNO( ld );
+		if ( terrno == EWOULDBLOCK || terrno == EAGAIN ) {
+		    return( NSLDAPI_RESULT_NOT_FOUND );	/* try again */
+		}
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, (tag == LBER_DEFAULT ? LDAP_SERVER_DOWN :
+                    LDAP_LOCAL_ERROR), NULL, NULL );
+		if ( tag == LBER_DEFAULT ) {
+			nsldapi_connection_lost_nolock( ld, sb );
+		}
+		return( NSLDAPI_RESULT_ERROR );
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Since we have received a complete message now, we pull this ber
+	 * out of the connection structure and never read into it again.
+	 */
+	ber = lc->lconn_ber;
+	lc->lconn_ber = NULLBER;
+
+	/* message id */
+	if ( ber_get_int( ber, &id ) == LBER_ERROR ) {
+		ber_free( ber, 1 );
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_DECODING_ERROR, NULL, NULL );
+		return( NSLDAPI_RESULT_ERROR );
+	}
+
+	/* if it's been abandoned, toss it */
+	if ( ldap_abandoned( ld, (int)id ) ) {
+		ber_free( ber, 1 );
+		return( NSLDAPI_RESULT_NOT_FOUND );	/* continue looking */
+	}
+
+	if ( id == LDAP_RES_UNSOLICITED ) {
+		lr = NULL;
+	} else if (( lr = nsldapi_find_request_by_msgid( ld, id )) == NULL ) {
+		LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_ANY,
+		    "no request for response with msgid %d (tossing)\n",
+		    id, 0, 0 );
+		ber_free( ber, 1 );
+		return( NSLDAPI_RESULT_NOT_FOUND );	/* continue looking */
+	}
+
+	/* the message type */
+	if ( (tag = ber_peek_tag( ber, &len )) == LBER_ERROR ) {
+		ber_free( ber, 1 );
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_DECODING_ERROR, NULL, NULL );
+		return( NSLDAPI_RESULT_ERROR );
+	}
+	LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "got %s msgid %d, original id %d\n",
+	    ( tag == LDAP_RES_SEARCH_ENTRY ) ? "ENTRY" :
+	    ( tag == LDAP_RES_SEARCH_REFERENCE ) ? "REFERENCE" : "RESULT", id,
+	    ( lr == NULL ) ? id : lr->lr_origid );
+
+	if ( lr != NULL ) {
+		id = lr->lr_origid;
+		lr->lr_res_msgtype = tag;
+	}
+	rc = NSLDAPI_RESULT_NOT_FOUND;	/* default is to keep looking (no response found) */
+
+	if ( id != LDAP_RES_UNSOLICITED && ( tag == LDAP_RES_SEARCH_REFERENCE ||
+	    tag != LDAP_RES_SEARCH_ENTRY )) {
+		int		refchasing, reftotal, simple_request = 0;
+		LDAPControl **ctrls = NULL;
+
+		check_for_refs( ld, lr, ber, lc->lconn_version, &reftotal,
+		    &refchasing );
+
+		if ( refchasing > 0 || lr->lr_outrefcnt > 0 ) {
+			/*
+			 * we're chasing one or more new refs...
+			 */
+			ber_free( ber, 1 );
+			ber = NULLBER;
+			lr->lr_status = LDAP_REQST_CHASINGREFS;
+			message_can_be_returned = 0;
+
+		} else if ( tag != LDAP_RES_SEARCH_REFERENCE ) {
+			/*
+			 * this request is complete...
+			 */
+			has_parent = ( lr->lr_parent != NULL );
+
+			if ( lr->lr_outrefcnt <= 0 && !has_parent ) {
+				/* request without any refs */
+				simple_request = ( reftotal == 0 );
+			}
+
+			/*
+			 * If this is not a child request and it is a bind
+			 * request, reset the connection's bind DN and
+			 * status based on the result of the operation.
+			 */
+			if ( !has_parent &&
+			    LDAP_RES_BIND == lr->lr_res_msgtype &&
+			    lr->lr_conn != NULL ) {
+				if ( lr->lr_conn->lconn_binddn != NULL ) {
+					NSLDAPI_FREE(
+					    lr->lr_conn->lconn_binddn );
+				}
+				if ( LDAP_SUCCESS == nsldapi_parse_result( ld,
+				    lr->lr_res_msgtype, ber, &lderr, NULL,
+				    NULL, NULL, NULL )
+				    && LDAP_SUCCESS == lderr ) {
+					lr->lr_conn->lconn_bound = 1;
+					lr->lr_conn->lconn_binddn =
+					    lr->lr_binddn;
+					lr->lr_binddn = NULL;
+				} else {
+					lr->lr_conn->lconn_bound = 0;
+					lr->lr_conn->lconn_binddn = NULL;
+				}
+			}
+
+			/*
+			 * if this response is to a child request, we toss
+			 * the message contents and just merge error info.
+			 * into the parent.
+			 */
+			if ( has_parent ) {
+				/* Extract any response controls from ber before ditching it */
+				if( nsldapi_find_controls( ber, &ctrls ) != LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+					ber_free( ber, 1 );
+					LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_DECODING_ERROR, NULL, NULL );
+					return( NSLDAPI_RESULT_ERROR );
+				}
+
+				ber_free( ber, 1 );
+				ber = NULLBER;
+			}
+			while ( lr->lr_parent != NULL ) {
+				merge_error_info( ld, lr->lr_parent, lr );
+
+				lr = lr->lr_parent;
+				--lr->lr_outrefcnt;
+				if ( !NSLDAPI_REQUEST_COMPLETE(lr)) {
+					break;
+				}
+			}
+			/* Stash response controls in original request so they can be baked
+			   into the manufactured result message later */
+			if( ctrls != NULL ) {
+				if( lr->lr_res_ctrls != NULL ) {
+					/* There are controls saved in original request already,
+					   replace them with the new ones because we only save
+					   the final controls received.
+					   May want to arrange for merging intermediate response
+					   controls into the array in the future */
+					ldap_controls_free( lr->lr_res_ctrls );
+				}
+				lr->lr_res_ctrls = ctrls;
+			}
+
+			/*
+			 * we recognize a request as fully complete when:
+			 *  1) it is not a child request (NULL parent)
+			 *  2) it has no outstanding referrals
+			 *  3) we have received a result for the request (i.e.,
+			 *     something other than an entry or a reference).
+			 */
+			if ( lr->lr_parent == NULL
+			    && NSLDAPI_REQUEST_COMPLETE(lr)) {
+				id = lr->lr_msgid;
+				tag = lr->lr_res_msgtype;
+				LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE,
+				    "request %d done\n", id, 0, 0 );
+LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE,
+"res_errno: %d, res_error: <%s>, res_matched: <%s>\n",
+lr->lr_res_errno, lr->lr_res_error ? lr->lr_res_error : "",
+lr->lr_res_matched ? lr->lr_res_matched : "" );
+				if ( !simple_request ) {
+					if ( ber != NULLBER ) {
+						ber_free( ber, 1 );
+						ber = NULLBER;
+					}
+					if ( build_result_ber( ld, &ber, lr )
+					    != LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+                                                rc = NSLDAPI_RESULT_ERROR;
+					} else {
+						manufactured_result = 1;
+					}
+				}
+
+				nsldapi_free_request( ld, lr, 1 );
+				/* Since we asked nsldapi_free_request() to free the
+				   connection, lets make sure our callers know it's gone. */
+				*lcp = NULL;
+			} else {
+				message_can_be_returned = 0;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	if ( ber == NULLBER ) {
+		return( rc );
+	}
+
+	/* make a new ldap message */
+	if ( (new = (LDAPMessage*)NSLDAPI_CALLOC( 1, sizeof(struct ldapmsg) ))
+	    == NULL ) {
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_NO_MEMORY, NULL, NULL );
+                return( NSLDAPI_RESULT_ERROR );
+	}
+	new->lm_msgid = (int)id;
+	new->lm_msgtype = tag;
+	new->lm_ber = ber;
+
+	/*
+	 * if this is a search entry or if this request is complete (i.e.,
+	 * there are no outstanding referrals) then add to cache and check
+	 * to see if we should return this to the caller right away or not.
+	 */
+	if ( message_can_be_returned ) {
+		if ( ld->ld_cache_on ) {
+			nsldapi_add_result_to_cache( ld, new );
+		}
+
+		if ( msgid == LDAP_RES_ANY || id == msgid ) {
+			if ( new->lm_msgtype == LDAP_RES_SEARCH_RESULT ) {
+				/*
+				 * return the first response we have for this
+				 * search request later (possibly an entire
+				 * chain of messages).
+				 */
+				foundit = 1;
+			} else if ( all == 0
+			    || (new->lm_msgtype != LDAP_RES_SEARCH_REFERENCE
+			    && new->lm_msgtype != LDAP_RES_SEARCH_ENTRY) ) {
+				*result = new;
+				LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_SUCCESS, NULL,
+				    NULL );
+				return( tag );
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	/* 
+	 * if not, we must add it to the list of responses.  if
+	 * the msgid is already there, it must be part of an existing
+	 * search response.
+	 */
+
+	prev = NULL;
+	LDAP_MUTEX_LOCK( ld, LDAP_RESP_LOCK );
+	for ( l = ld->ld_responses; l != NULL; l = l->lm_next ) {
+		if ( l->lm_msgid == new->lm_msgid )
+			break;
+		prev = l;
+	}
+
+	/* not part of an existing search response */
+	if ( l == NULL ) {
+		if ( foundit ) {
+			LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_RESP_LOCK );
+			*result = new;
+			LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_SUCCESS, NULL, NULL );
+			return( tag );
+		}
+
+		new->lm_next = ld->ld_responses;
+		ld->ld_responses = new;
+		LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE,
+		    "adding new response id %d type %d (looking for id %d)\n",
+		    new->lm_msgid, new->lm_msgtype, msgid );
+		LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_RESP_LOCK );
+		if( message_can_be_returned )
+			POST( ld, new->lm_msgid, new );
+                return( NSLDAPI_RESULT_NOT_FOUND );  /* continue looking */
+	}
+
+	LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE,
+            "adding response 0x%p - id %d type %d",
+            new, new->lm_msgid, new->lm_msgtype );
+        LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, " (looking for id %d)\n", msgid, 0, 0 );
+
+	/*
+	 * part of a search response - add to end of list of entries
+	 *
+	 * the first step is to find the end of the list of entries and
+	 * references.  after the following loop is executed, tmp points to
+	 * the last entry or reference in the chain.  If there are none,
+	 * tmp points to the search result.
+	 */
+	chainprev = NULL;
+	for ( tmp = l; tmp->lm_chain != NULL &&
+	    ( tmp->lm_chain->lm_msgtype == LDAP_RES_SEARCH_ENTRY
+	    || tmp->lm_chain->lm_msgtype == LDAP_RES_SEARCH_REFERENCE );
+	    tmp = tmp->lm_chain ) {
+		chainprev = tmp;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * If this is a manufactured result message and a result is already
+	 * queued we throw away the one that is queued and replace it with
+	 * our new result.  This is necessary so we don't end up returning
+	 * more than one result.
+	 */
+	if ( manufactured_result &&
+	    tmp->lm_msgtype == LDAP_RES_SEARCH_RESULT ) {
+		/*
+		 * the result is the only thing in the chain... replace it.
+		 */
+		new->lm_chain = tmp->lm_chain;
+		new->lm_next = tmp->lm_next;
+		if ( chainprev == NULL ) {
+			if ( prev == NULL ) {
+				ld->ld_responses = new;
+			} else {
+				prev->lm_next = new;
+			}
+		} else {
+		    chainprev->lm_chain = new;
+		}
+		if ( l == tmp ) {
+			l = new;
+		}
+		ldap_msgfree( tmp );
+
+	} else if ( manufactured_result && tmp->lm_chain != NULL
+	    && tmp->lm_chain->lm_msgtype == LDAP_RES_SEARCH_RESULT ) {
+		/*
+		 * entries or references are also present, so the result
+		 * is the next entry after tmp.  replace it.
+		 */
+		new->lm_chain = tmp->lm_chain->lm_chain;
+		new->lm_next = tmp->lm_chain->lm_next;
+		ldap_msgfree( tmp->lm_chain );
+		tmp->lm_chain = new;
+
+	} else if ( tmp->lm_msgtype == LDAP_RES_SEARCH_RESULT ) {
+		/*
+		 * the result is the only thing in the chain... add before it.
+		 */
+		new->lm_chain = tmp;
+		if ( chainprev == NULL ) {
+			if ( prev == NULL ) {
+				ld->ld_responses = new;
+			} else {
+				prev->lm_next = new;
+			}
+		} else {
+		    chainprev->lm_chain = new;
+		}
+		if ( l == tmp ) {
+			l = new;
+		}
+
+	} else {
+		/*
+		 * entries and/or references are present... add to the end
+		 * of the entry/reference part of the chain.
+		 */
+		new->lm_chain = tmp->lm_chain;
+		tmp->lm_chain = new;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * return the first response or the whole chain if that's what
+	 * we were looking for....
+	 */
+	if ( foundit ) {
+		if ( all == 0 && l->lm_chain != NULL ) {
+			/*
+			 * only return the first response in the chain
+			 */
+			if ( prev == NULL ) {
+				ld->ld_responses = l->lm_chain;
+			} else {
+				prev->lm_next = l->lm_chain;
+			}
+			l->lm_chain = NULL;
+			tag = l->lm_msgtype;
+		} else {
+			/*
+			 * return all of the responses (may be a chain)
+			 */
+			if ( prev == NULL ) {
+				ld->ld_responses = l->lm_next;
+			} else {
+				prev->lm_next = l->lm_next;
+			}
+		}
+		*result = l;
+		LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_RESP_LOCK );
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_SUCCESS, NULL, NULL );
+		return( tag );
+	}
+	LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_RESP_LOCK );
+        return( NSLDAPI_RESULT_NOT_FOUND );     /* continue looking */
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * check for LDAPv2+ (UMich extension) or LDAPv3 referrals or references
+ * errors are merged in "lr".
+ */
+static void
+check_for_refs( LDAP *ld, LDAPRequest *lr, BerElement *ber,
+    int ldapversion, int *totalcountp, int *chasingcountp )
+{
+	int		err, origerr;
+	char		*errstr, *matcheddn, **v3refs;
+
+	LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "check_for_refs\n", 0, 0, 0 );
+
+	*chasingcountp = *totalcountp = 0;
+
+	if ( ldapversion < LDAP_VERSION2 || ( lr->lr_parent == NULL
+	    && ( ld->ld_options & LDAP_BITOPT_REFERRALS ) == 0 )) {
+		/* referrals are not supported or are disabled */
+		return;
+	}
+
+	if ( lr->lr_res_msgtype == LDAP_RES_SEARCH_REFERENCE ) {
+		err = nsldapi_parse_reference( ld, ber, &v3refs, NULL );
+		origerr = LDAP_REFERRAL;	/* a small lie... */
+		matcheddn = errstr = NULL;
+	} else {
+		err = nsldapi_parse_result( ld, lr->lr_res_msgtype, ber,
+		    &origerr, &matcheddn, &errstr, &v3refs, NULL );
+	}
+
+	if ( err != LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+		/* parse failed */
+		return;
+	}
+
+	if ( origerr == LDAP_REFERRAL ) {	/* ldapv3 */
+		if ( v3refs != NULL ) {
+			err = nsldapi_chase_v3_refs( ld, lr, v3refs,
+			    ( lr->lr_res_msgtype == LDAP_RES_SEARCH_REFERENCE ),
+			    totalcountp, chasingcountp );
+			ldap_value_free( v3refs );
+		}
+	} else if ( ldapversion == LDAP_VERSION2
+	    && origerr != LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+		/* referrals may be present in the error string */
+		err = nsldapi_chase_v2_referrals( ld, lr, &errstr,
+		    totalcountp, chasingcountp );
+	}
+
+	/* set LDAP errno, message, and matched string appropriately */
+	if ( lr->lr_res_error != NULL ) {
+		NSLDAPI_FREE( lr->lr_res_error );
+	}
+	lr->lr_res_error = errstr;
+
+	if ( lr->lr_res_matched != NULL ) {
+		NSLDAPI_FREE( lr->lr_res_matched );
+	}
+	lr->lr_res_matched = matcheddn;
+
+	if ( err == LDAP_SUCCESS && ( *chasingcountp == *totalcountp )) {
+		if ( *totalcountp > 0 && ( origerr == LDAP_PARTIAL_RESULTS
+		    || origerr == LDAP_REFERRAL )) {
+			/* substitute success for referral error codes */
+			lr->lr_res_errno = LDAP_SUCCESS;
+		} else {
+			/* preserve existing non-referral error code */
+			lr->lr_res_errno = origerr;
+		}
+	} else if ( err != LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+		/* error occurred while trying to chase referrals */
+		lr->lr_res_errno = err;
+	} else {
+		/* some referrals were not recognized */
+		lr->lr_res_errno = ( ldapversion == LDAP_VERSION2 )
+		    ? LDAP_PARTIAL_RESULTS : LDAP_REFERRAL;
+	}
+		
+	LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE,
+	    "check_for_refs: new result: msgid %d, res_errno %d, ",
+	    lr->lr_msgid, lr->lr_res_errno, 0 );
+	LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, " res_error <%s>, res_matched <%s>\n",
+	    lr->lr_res_error ? lr->lr_res_error : "",
+	    lr->lr_res_matched ? lr->lr_res_matched : "", 0 );
+	LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE,
+	    "check_for_refs: %d new refs(s); chasing %d of them\n",
+	    *totalcountp, *chasingcountp, 0 );
+}
+
+
+/* returns an LDAP error code and also sets it in LDAP * */
+static int
+build_result_ber( LDAP *ld, BerElement **berp, LDAPRequest *lr )
+{
+	ber_len_t	len;
+	ber_int_t	along;
+	BerElement	*ber;
+	int		err;
+
+	if (( err = nsldapi_alloc_ber_with_options( ld, &ber ))
+	    != LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+		return( err );
+	}
+	*berp = ber;
+	if ( ber_printf( ber, lr->lr_res_ctrls ? "{it{ess}" : "{it{ess}}",
+	    lr->lr_msgid, (long)lr->lr_res_msgtype, lr->lr_res_errno,
+	    lr->lr_res_matched ? lr->lr_res_matched : "",
+	    lr->lr_res_error ? lr->lr_res_error : "" ) == -1 ) {
+		return( LDAP_ENCODING_ERROR );
+	}
+
+	if ( NULL != lr->lr_res_ctrls && nsldapi_put_controls( ld,
+	    lr->lr_res_ctrls, 1 /* close seq */, ber ) != LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+		return( LDAP_ENCODING_ERROR );
+	}
+
+	ber_reset( ber, 1 );
+	if ( ber_skip_tag( ber, &len ) == LBER_ERROR ||
+	    ber_get_int( ber, &along ) == LBER_ERROR ||
+	    ber_peek_tag( ber, &len ) == LBER_ERROR ) {
+		return( LDAP_DECODING_ERROR );
+	}
+
+	return( LDAP_SUCCESS );
+}
+
+
+static void
+merge_error_info( LDAP *ld, LDAPRequest *parentr, LDAPRequest *lr )
+{
+/*
+ * Merge error information in "lr" with "parentr" error code and string.
+ */
+	if ( lr->lr_res_errno == LDAP_PARTIAL_RESULTS ) {
+		parentr->lr_res_errno = lr->lr_res_errno;
+		if ( lr->lr_res_error != NULL ) {
+			(void)nsldapi_append_referral( ld, &parentr->lr_res_error,
+			    lr->lr_res_error );
+		}
+	} else if ( lr->lr_res_errno != LDAP_SUCCESS &&
+	    parentr->lr_res_errno == LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+		parentr->lr_res_errno = lr->lr_res_errno;
+		if ( parentr->lr_res_error != NULL ) {
+			NSLDAPI_FREE( parentr->lr_res_error );
+		}
+		parentr->lr_res_error = lr->lr_res_error;
+		lr->lr_res_error = NULL;
+		if ( NAME_ERROR( lr->lr_res_errno )) {
+			if ( parentr->lr_res_matched != NULL ) {
+				NSLDAPI_FREE( parentr->lr_res_matched );
+			}
+			parentr->lr_res_matched = lr->lr_res_matched;
+			lr->lr_res_matched = NULL;
+		}
+	}
+
+	LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "merged parent (id %d) error info:  ",
+	    parentr->lr_msgid, 0, 0 );
+	LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "result lderrno %d, error <%s>, matched <%s>\n",
+	    parentr->lr_res_errno, parentr->lr_res_error ?
+	    parentr->lr_res_error : "", parentr->lr_res_matched ?
+	    parentr->lr_res_matched : "" );
+}
+
+#if defined( CLDAP )
+#if !defined( macintosh ) && !defined( DOS ) && !defined( _WINDOWS ) && !defined(XP_OS2)
+/* XXXmcs: was revised to support extended I/O callbacks but never compiled! */
+static int
+cldap_select1( LDAP *ld, struct timeval *timeout )
+{
+	int		rc;
+	static int	tblsize = 0;
+	NSLDAPIIOStatus	*iosp = ld->ld_iostatus;
+
+	if ( tblsize == 0 ) {
+#ifdef USE_SYSCONF
+		tblsize = sysconf( _SC_OPEN_MAX );
+#else /* USE_SYSCONF */
+		tblsize = getdtablesize();
+#endif /* USE_SYSCONF */
+	}
+
+	if ( tblsize >= FD_SETSIZE ) {
+		/*
+		 * clamp value so we don't overrun the fd_set structure
+		 */
+		tblsize = FD_SETSIZE - 1;
+	}
+
+	if ( NSLDAPI_IOSTATUS_TYPE_OSNATIVE == iosp->ios_type ) {
+		fd_set		readfds;
+
+		FD_ZERO( &readfds );
+		FD_SET( ld->ld_sbp->sb_sd, &readfds );
+
+		/* XXXmcs: UNIX platforms should use poll() */
+		rc = select( tblsize, &readfds, 0, 0, timeout ) );
+
+	} else if ( NSLDAPI_IOSTATUS_TYPE_CALLBACK == iosp->ios_type ) {
+		LDAP_X_PollFD	pollfds[ 1 ];
+
+		pollfds[0].lpoll_fd = ld->ld_sbp->sb_sd;
+		pollfds[0].lpoll_arg = ld->ld_sbp->sb_arg;
+		pollfds[0].lpoll_events = LDAP_X_POLLIN;
+		pollfds[0].lpoll_revents = 0;
+		rc = ld->ld_extpoll_fn( pollfds, 1, nsldapi_tv2ms( timeout ),
+		    ld->ld_ext_session_arg );
+	} else {
+		LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_ANY,
+		    "nsldapi_iostatus_poll: unknown I/O type %d\n",
+		rc = 0; /* simulate a timeout (what else to do?) */
+	}
+
+	return( rc );
+}
+#endif /* !macintosh */
+
+
+#ifdef macintosh
+static int
+cldap_select1( LDAP *ld, struct timeval *timeout )
+{
+	/* XXXmcs: needs to be revised to support I/O callbacks */
+	return( tcpselect( ld->ld_sbp->sb_sd, timeout ));
+}
+#endif /* macintosh */
+
+
+#if (defined( DOS ) && defined( WINSOCK )) || defined( _WINDOWS ) || defined(XP_OS2)
+/* XXXmcs: needs to be revised to support extended I/O callbacks */
+static int
+cldap_select1( LDAP *ld, struct timeval *timeout )
+{
+    fd_set          readfds;
+    int             rc;
+
+    FD_ZERO( &readfds );
+    FD_SET( ld->ld_sbp->sb_sd, &readfds );
+
+    if ( NSLDAPI_IO_TYPE_STANDARD == ld->ldiou_type &&
+	NULL != ld->ld_select_fn ) {
+	    rc = ld->ld_select_fn( 1, &readfds, 0, 0, timeout );
+    } else if ( NSLDAPI_IO_TYPE_EXTENDED == ld->ldiou_type &&
+	NULL != ld->ld_extselect_fn ) {
+	    rc = ld->ld_extselect_fn( ld->ld_ext_session_arg, 1, &readfds, 0,
+		0, timeout ) );
+    } else {
+	    /* XXXmcs: UNIX platforms should use poll() */
+	    rc = select( 1, &readfds, 0, 0, timeout ) );
+    }
+
+    return( rc == SOCKET_ERROR ? -1 : rc );
+}
+#endif /* WINSOCK || _WINDOWS */
+#endif /* CLDAP */
+
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_msgfree( LDAPMessage *lm )
+{
+	LDAPMessage	*next;
+	int		type = 0;
+
+	LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "ldap_msgfree\n", 0, 0, 0 );
+
+	for ( ; lm != NULL; lm = next ) {
+		next = lm->lm_chain;
+		type = lm->lm_msgtype;
+		ber_free( lm->lm_ber, 1 );
+		NSLDAPI_FREE( (char *) lm );
+	}
+
+	return( type );
+}
+
+/*
+ * ldap_msgdelete - delete a message.  It returns:
+ *	0	if the entire message was deleted
+ *	-1	if the message was not found, or only part of it was found
+ */
+int
+ldap_msgdelete( LDAP *ld, int msgid )
+{
+	LDAPMessage	*lm, *prev;
+	int		msgtype;
+
+	LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "ldap_msgdelete\n", 0, 0, 0 );
+
+	if ( !NSLDAPI_VALID_LDAP_POINTER( ld )) {
+		return( -1 );	/* punt */
+	}
+
+	prev = NULL;
+        LDAP_MUTEX_LOCK( ld, LDAP_RESP_LOCK );
+	for ( lm = ld->ld_responses; lm != NULL; lm = lm->lm_next ) {
+		if ( lm->lm_msgid == msgid )
+			break;
+		prev = lm;
+	}
+
+	if ( lm == NULL )
+	{
+        	LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_RESP_LOCK );
+		return( -1 );
+	}
+
+	if ( prev == NULL )
+		ld->ld_responses = lm->lm_next;
+	else
+		prev->lm_next = lm->lm_next;
+        LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_RESP_LOCK );
+
+	msgtype = ldap_msgfree( lm );
+	if ( msgtype == LDAP_RES_SEARCH_ENTRY
+	    || msgtype == LDAP_RES_SEARCH_REFERENCE ) {
+		return( -1 );
+	}
+
+	return( 0 );
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * return 1 if message msgid is waiting to be abandoned, 0 otherwise
+ */
+static int
+ldap_abandoned( LDAP *ld, int msgid )
+{
+	int	i;
+
+	LDAP_MUTEX_LOCK( ld, LDAP_ABANDON_LOCK );
+	if ( ld->ld_abandoned == NULL )
+	{
+		LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_ABANDON_LOCK );
+		return( 0 );
+	}
+
+	for ( i = 0; ld->ld_abandoned[i] != -1; i++ )
+		if ( ld->ld_abandoned[i] == msgid )
+		{
+			LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_ABANDON_LOCK );
+			return( 1 );
+		}
+
+	LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_ABANDON_LOCK );
+	return( 0 );
+}
+
+
+static int
+ldap_mark_abandoned( LDAP *ld, int msgid )
+{
+	int	i;
+
+	LDAP_MUTEX_LOCK( ld, LDAP_ABANDON_LOCK );
+	if ( ld->ld_abandoned == NULL )
+	{
+		LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_ABANDON_LOCK );
+		return( -1 );
+	}
+
+	for ( i = 0; ld->ld_abandoned[i] != -1; i++ )
+		if ( ld->ld_abandoned[i] == msgid )
+			break;
+
+	if ( ld->ld_abandoned[i] == -1 )
+	{
+		LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_ABANDON_LOCK );
+		return( -1 );
+	}
+
+	for ( ; ld->ld_abandoned[i] != -1; i++ ) {
+		ld->ld_abandoned[i] = ld->ld_abandoned[i + 1];
+	}
+
+	LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_ABANDON_LOCK );
+	return( 0 );
+}
+
+
+#ifdef CLDAP
+int
+cldap_getmsg( LDAP *ld, struct timeval *timeout, BerElement **ber )
+{
+	int		rc;
+	ber_tag_t	tag;
+	ber_len_t len;
+
+	if ( ld->ld_sbp->sb_ber.ber_ptr >= ld->ld_sbp->sb_ber.ber_end ) {
+		rc = cldap_select1( ld, timeout );
+		if ( rc == -1 || rc == 0 ) {
+			LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, (rc == -1 ? LDAP_SERVER_DOWN :
+			    LDAP_TIMEOUT), NULL, NULL );
+			return( rc );
+		}
+	}
+
+	/* get the next message */
+	if ( (tag = ber_get_next( ld->ld_sbp, &len, ber ))
+	    != LDAP_TAG_MESSAGE ) {
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, (tag == LBER_DEFAULT ? LDAP_SERVER_DOWN :
+		    LDAP_LOCAL_ERROR), NULL, NULL );
+		return( -1 );
+	}
+
+	return( tag );
+}
+#endif /* CLDAP */
+
+int
+nsldapi_post_result( LDAP *ld, int msgid, LDAPMessage *result )
+{
+	LDAPPend	*lp;
+
+	LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE,
+	    "nsldapi_post_result(ld=0x%p, msgid=%d, result=0x%p)\n",
+	    ld, msgid, result );
+	LDAP_MUTEX_LOCK( ld, LDAP_PEND_LOCK );
+	if( msgid == LDAP_RES_ANY ) {
+		/*
+		 * Look for any pending request for which someone is waiting.
+		 */
+		for( lp = ld->ld_pend; lp != NULL; lp = lp->lp_next )
+		{
+			if ( lp->lp_sema != NULL ) {
+				break;
+			} 
+		}
+		/*
+		 * If we did't find a pending request, lp is NULL at this
+		 * point, and we will leave this function without doing
+		 * anything more -- which is exactly what we want to do.
+		 */
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		/*
+		 * Look for a pending request specific to this message id
+		 */
+		for( lp = ld->ld_pend; lp != NULL; lp = lp->lp_next )
+		{
+			if( lp->lp_msgid == msgid )
+				break;
+		}
+
+		if( lp == NULL )
+		{
+			/*
+			 * No pending requests for this response... append to
+			 * our pending result list.
+			 */
+			LDAPPend	*newlp;
+			newlp = (LDAPPend *)NSLDAPI_CALLOC( 1,
+			    sizeof( LDAPPend ));
+			if( newlp == NULL )
+			{
+				LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_PEND_LOCK );
+				LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_NO_MEMORY, NULL,
+				    NULL );
+				return (-1);
+			}
+			newlp->lp_msgid = msgid;
+			newlp->lp_result = result;
+			link_pend( ld, newlp );
+		}
+	}
+
+
+	if( lp != NULL )
+	{
+		/*
+		 * Wake up a thread that is waiting for this result.
+		 */
+		lp->lp_msgid = msgid;
+		lp->lp_result = result;
+		LDAP_SEMA_POST( ld, lp );
+	}
+
+	LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_PEND_LOCK );
+	return (0);
+}
+
+static void
+link_pend( LDAP *ld, LDAPPend *lp )
+{
+	if (( lp->lp_next = ld->ld_pend ) != NULL )
+	{
+		lp->lp_next->lp_prev = lp;    
+	} 
+	ld->ld_pend = lp; 
+	lp->lp_prev = NULL; 
+}
diff --git a/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/saslbind.c b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/saslbind.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5cbe73bbf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/saslbind.c
@@ -0,0 +1,877 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ * 
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version 
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with 
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at 
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ * 
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ * 
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, released
+ * March 31, 1998.
+ * 
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998-1999
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ * 
+ * Contributor(s):
+ * 
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
+ * or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ * 
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+#include "ldap-int.h"
+
+#ifdef LDAP_SASLIO_HOOKS
+/*
+ * Global SASL Init data
+ */
+
+static int
+nsldapi_sasl_fail()
+{
+        return( SASL_FAIL );
+}
+
+sasl_callback_t client_callbacks[] = {
+        { SASL_CB_GETOPT, nsldapi_sasl_fail, NULL },
+        { SASL_CB_GETREALM, NULL, NULL },
+        { SASL_CB_USER, NULL, NULL },
+        { SASL_CB_CANON_USER, NULL, NULL },
+        { SASL_CB_AUTHNAME, NULL, NULL },
+        { SASL_CB_PASS, NULL, NULL },
+        { SASL_CB_ECHOPROMPT, NULL, NULL },
+        { SASL_CB_NOECHOPROMPT, NULL, NULL },
+        { SASL_CB_LIST_END, NULL, NULL }
+};
+
+int
+nsldapi_sasl_cvterrno( LDAP *ld, int err, char *msg )
+{
+        int rc = LDAP_LOCAL_ERROR;
+
+        switch (err) {
+        case SASL_OK:
+                rc = LDAP_SUCCESS;
+                break;
+        case SASL_NOMECH:
+                rc = LDAP_AUTH_UNKNOWN;
+                break;
+        case SASL_BADSERV:
+                rc = LDAP_CONNECT_ERROR;
+                break;
+        case SASL_DISABLED:
+        case SASL_ENCRYPT:
+        case SASL_EXPIRED:
+        case SASL_NOUSERPASS:
+        case SASL_NOVERIFY:
+        case SASL_PWLOCK:
+        case SASL_TOOWEAK:
+        case SASL_UNAVAIL:
+        case SASL_WEAKPASS:
+                rc = LDAP_INAPPROPRIATE_AUTH;
+                break;
+        case SASL_BADAUTH:
+        case SASL_NOAUTHZ:
+                rc = LDAP_INVALID_CREDENTIALS;
+                break;
+        case SASL_NOMEM:
+                rc = LDAP_NO_MEMORY;
+                break;
+        case SASL_NOUSER:
+                rc = LDAP_NO_SUCH_OBJECT;
+                break;
+        case SASL_CONTINUE:
+        case SASL_FAIL:
+        case SASL_INTERACT:
+        default:
+                rc = LDAP_LOCAL_ERROR;
+                break;
+        }
+
+        LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, rc, NULL, msg );
+        return( rc );
+}
+
+#ifdef LDAP_SASLIO_GET_MECHS_FROM_SERVER
+/*
+ * Get available SASL Mechanisms supported by the server
+ */
+
+static int
+nsldapi_get_sasl_mechs ( LDAP *ld, char **pmech )
+{
+        char *attr[] = { "supportedSASLMechanisms", NULL };
+        char **values, **v, *mech, *m;
+        LDAPMessage *res, *e;
+        struct timeval  timeout;
+        int slen, rc;
+
+        if ( !NSLDAPI_VALID_LDAP_POINTER( ld )) {
+                return( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+        }
+
+        timeout.tv_sec = SEARCH_TIMEOUT_SECS;
+        timeout.tv_usec = 0;
+
+        rc = ldap_search_st( ld, "", LDAP_SCOPE_BASE,
+                "objectclass=*", attr, 0, &timeout, &res );
+
+        if ( rc != LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+                return( LDAP_GET_LDERRNO( ld, NULL, NULL ) );
+        }
+
+        e = ldap_first_entry( ld, res );
+        if ( e == NULL ) {
+                ldap_msgfree( res );
+                if ( ld->ld_errno == LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+                        LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_NO_SUCH_OBJECT, NULL, NULL );
+                }
+                return( LDAP_GET_LDERRNO( ld, NULL, NULL ) );
+        }
+
+        values = ldap_get_values( ld, e, "supportedSASLMechanisms" );
+        if ( values == NULL ) {
+                ldap_msgfree( res );
+                LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_NO_SUCH_ATTRIBUTE, NULL, NULL );
+                return( LDAP_NO_SUCH_ATTRIBUTE );
+        }
+
+        slen = 0;
+        for(v = values; *v != NULL; v++ ) {
+                slen += strlen(*v) + 1;
+        }
+        if ( (mech = NSLDAPI_CALLOC(1, slen)) == NULL) {
+                ldap_value_free( values );
+                ldap_msgfree( res );
+                LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_NO_MEMORY, NULL, NULL );
+                return( LDAP_NO_MEMORY );
+        }
+        m = mech;
+        for(v = values; *v; v++) {
+                if (v != values) {
+                        *m++ = ' ';
+                }
+                slen = strlen(*v);
+                strncpy(m, *v, slen);
+                m += slen;
+        }
+        *m = '\0';
+
+        ldap_value_free( values );
+        ldap_msgfree( res );
+
+        *pmech = mech;
+
+        return( LDAP_SUCCESS );
+}
+#endif /* LDAP_SASLIO_GET_MECHS_FROM_SERVER */
+
+int
+nsldapi_sasl_secprops(
+        const char *in,
+        sasl_security_properties_t *secprops )
+{
+        int i;
+        char **props = NULL;
+        char *inp;
+        unsigned sflags = 0;
+        sasl_ssf_t max_ssf = 0;
+        sasl_ssf_t min_ssf = 0;
+        unsigned maxbufsize = 0;
+        int got_sflags = 0;
+        int got_max_ssf = 0;
+        int got_min_ssf = 0;
+        int got_maxbufsize = 0;
+
+        if (in == NULL) {
+                return LDAP_PARAM_ERROR;
+        }
+        inp = nsldapi_strdup(in);
+        if (inp == NULL) {
+                return LDAP_PARAM_ERROR;
+        }
+        props = ldap_str2charray( inp, "," );
+        NSLDAPI_FREE( inp );
+
+        if( props == NULL || secprops == NULL ) {
+                return LDAP_PARAM_ERROR;
+        }
+
+        for( i=0; props[i]; i++ ) {
+                if( strcasecmp(props[i], "none") == 0 ) {
+                        got_sflags++;
+
+                } else if( strcasecmp(props[i], "noactive") == 0 ) {
+                        got_sflags++;
+                        sflags |= SASL_SEC_NOACTIVE;
+
+                } else if( strcasecmp(props[i], "noanonymous") == 0 ) {
+                        got_sflags++;
+                        sflags |= SASL_SEC_NOANONYMOUS;
+
+                } else if( strcasecmp(props[i], "nodict") == 0 ) {
+                        got_sflags++;
+                        sflags |= SASL_SEC_NODICTIONARY;
+
+                } else if( strcasecmp(props[i], "noplain") == 0 ) {
+                        got_sflags++;
+                        sflags |= SASL_SEC_NOPLAINTEXT;
+
+                } else if( strcasecmp(props[i], "forwardsec") == 0 ) {
+                        got_sflags++;
+                        sflags |= SASL_SEC_FORWARD_SECRECY;
+
+                } else if( strcasecmp(props[i], "passcred") == 0 ) {
+                        got_sflags++;
+                        sflags |= SASL_SEC_PASS_CREDENTIALS;
+
+                } else if( strncasecmp(props[i],
+                        "minssf=", sizeof("minssf")) == 0 ) {
+                        if( isdigit( props[i][sizeof("minssf")] ) ) {
+                                got_min_ssf++;
+                                min_ssf = atoi( &props[i][sizeof("minssf")] );
+                        } else {
+                                return LDAP_NOT_SUPPORTED;
+                        }
+
+                } else if( strncasecmp(props[i],
+                        "maxssf=", sizeof("maxssf")) == 0 ) {
+                        if( isdigit( props[i][sizeof("maxssf")] ) ) {
+                                got_max_ssf++;
+                                max_ssf = atoi( &props[i][sizeof("maxssf")] );
+                        } else {
+                                return LDAP_NOT_SUPPORTED;
+                        }
+
+                } else if( strncasecmp(props[i],
+                        "maxbufsize=", sizeof("maxbufsize")) == 0 ) {
+                        if( isdigit( props[i][sizeof("maxbufsize")] ) ) {
+                                got_maxbufsize++;
+                                maxbufsize = atoi( &props[i][sizeof("maxbufsize")] );
+                                if( maxbufsize &&
+                                    (( maxbufsize < SASL_MIN_BUFF_SIZE )
+                                    || (maxbufsize > SASL_MAX_BUFF_SIZE ))) {
+                                        return( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+                                }
+                        } else {
+                                return( LDAP_NOT_SUPPORTED );
+                        }
+                } else {
+                        return( LDAP_NOT_SUPPORTED );
+                }
+        }
+
+        if(got_sflags) {
+                secprops->security_flags = sflags;
+        }
+        if(got_min_ssf) {
+                secprops->min_ssf = min_ssf;
+        }
+        if(got_max_ssf) {
+                secprops->max_ssf = max_ssf;
+        }
+        if(got_maxbufsize) {
+                secprops->maxbufsize = maxbufsize;
+        }
+
+        ldap_charray_free( props );
+        return( LDAP_SUCCESS );
+}
+#endif /* LDAP_SASLIO_HOOKS */
+
+static int
+nsldapi_sasl_bind_s(
+    LDAP                *ld,
+    const char          *dn,
+    const char          *mechanism,
+    const struct berval *cred,
+    LDAPControl         **serverctrls,
+    LDAPControl         **clientctrls,
+    struct berval       **servercredp,
+    LDAPControl         ***responsectrls
+)
+{
+        int             err, msgid;
+        LDAPMessage     *result;
+
+        LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "nsldapi_sasl_bind_s\n", 0, 0, 0 );
+
+        if ( !NSLDAPI_VALID_LDAP_POINTER( ld )) {
+                return( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+        }
+
+        if ( NSLDAPI_LDAP_VERSION( ld ) < LDAP_VERSION3 ) {
+                LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_NOT_SUPPORTED, NULL, NULL );
+                return( LDAP_NOT_SUPPORTED );
+        }
+
+        if ( ( err = ldap_sasl_bind( ld, dn, mechanism, cred, serverctrls,
+            clientctrls, &msgid )) != LDAP_SUCCESS )
+                return( err );
+
+        if ( ldap_result( ld, msgid, 1, (struct timeval *) 0, &result ) == -1 )
+                return( LDAP_GET_LDERRNO( ld, NULL, NULL ) );
+
+        /* Get the controls sent by the server if requested */
+        if ( responsectrls ) {
+                if ( ( err = ldap_parse_result( ld, result, &err, NULL, NULL,
+                       NULL, responsectrls, 0 )) != LDAP_SUCCESS )
+                    return( err );
+        }
+
+        err = ldap_parse_sasl_bind_result( ld, result, servercredp, 0 );
+        if (err != LDAP_SUCCESS  && err != LDAP_SASL_BIND_IN_PROGRESS) {
+                ldap_msgfree( result );
+                return( err );
+        }
+
+        return( ldap_result2error( ld, result, 1 ) );
+}
+
+#ifdef LDAP_SASLIO_HOOKS
+static int
+nsldapi_sasl_do_bind( LDAP *ld, const char *dn,
+        const char *mechs, unsigned flags,
+        LDAP_SASL_INTERACT_PROC *callback, void *defaults,
+        LDAPControl **sctrl, LDAPControl **cctrl, LDAPControl ***rctrl )
+{
+        sasl_interact_t *prompts = NULL;
+        sasl_conn_t     *ctx = NULL;
+        sasl_ssf_t      *ssf = NULL;
+        const char      *mech = NULL;
+        int             saslrc, rc;
+        struct berval   ccred;
+        unsigned        credlen;
+        int stepnum = 1;
+        char *sasl_username = NULL;
+
+        if (rctrl) {
+            /* init to NULL so we can call ldap_controls_free below */
+            *rctrl = NULL;
+        }
+
+        if (NSLDAPI_LDAP_VERSION( ld ) < LDAP_VERSION3) {
+                LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_NOT_SUPPORTED, NULL, NULL );
+                return( LDAP_NOT_SUPPORTED );
+        }
+
+        /* shouldn't happen */
+        if (callback == NULL) {
+                return( LDAP_LOCAL_ERROR );
+        }
+
+        if ( (rc = nsldapi_sasl_open(ld, NULL, &ctx, 0)) != LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+            return( rc );
+        }
+
+        ccred.bv_val = NULL;
+        ccred.bv_len = 0;
+
+        LDAPDebug(LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "Starting SASL/%s authentication\n",
+                  (mechs ? mechs : ""), 0, 0 );
+
+        do {
+                saslrc = sasl_client_start( ctx,
+                        mechs,
+                        &prompts,
+                        (const char **)&ccred.bv_val,
+                        &credlen,
+                        &mech );
+
+                LDAPDebug(LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "Doing step %d of client start for SASL/%s authentication\n",
+                          stepnum, (mech ? mech : ""), 0 );
+                stepnum++;
+
+                if( saslrc == SASL_INTERACT &&
+                    (callback)(ld, flags, defaults, prompts) != LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+                        break;
+                }
+        } while ( saslrc == SASL_INTERACT );
+
+        ccred.bv_len = credlen;
+
+        if ( (saslrc != SASL_OK) && (saslrc != SASL_CONTINUE) ) {
+                return( nsldapi_sasl_cvterrno( ld, saslrc, nsldapi_strdup( sasl_errdetail( ctx ) ) ) );
+        }
+
+        stepnum = 1;
+
+        do {
+                struct berval *scred;
+                int clientstepnum = 1;
+
+                scred = NULL;
+
+                if (rctrl) {
+                    /* if we're looping again, we need to free any controls set
+                       during the previous loop */
+                    /* NOTE that this assumes we only care about the controls
+                       returned by the last call to nsldapi_sasl_bind_s - if
+                       we care about _all_ controls, we will have to figure out
+                       some way to append them each loop go round */
+                    ldap_controls_free(*rctrl);
+                    *rctrl = NULL;
+                }
+
+                LDAPDebug(LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "Doing step %d of bind for SASL/%s authentication\n",
+                          stepnum, (mech ? mech : ""), 0 );
+                stepnum++;
+
+                /* notify server of a sasl bind step */
+                rc = nsldapi_sasl_bind_s(ld, dn, mech, &ccred,
+                                      sctrl, cctrl, &scred, rctrl); 
+
+                if ( ccred.bv_val != NULL ) {
+                        ccred.bv_val = NULL;
+                }
+
+                if ( rc != LDAP_SUCCESS && rc != LDAP_SASL_BIND_IN_PROGRESS ) {
+                        ber_bvfree( scred );
+                        return( rc );
+                }
+
+                if( rc == LDAP_SUCCESS && saslrc == SASL_OK ) {
+                        /* we're done, no need to step */
+                        if( scred ) {
+                            if ( scred->bv_len == 0 ) { /* MS AD sends back empty screds */
+                                LDAPDebug(LDAP_DEBUG_ANY,
+                                          "SASL BIND complete - ignoring empty credential response\n",
+                                          0, 0, 0);
+                                ber_bvfree( scred );
+                            } else {
+                                /* but server provided us with data! */
+                                LDAPDebug(LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE,
+                                          "SASL BIND complete but invalid because server responded with credentials - length [%u]\n",
+                                          scred->bv_len, 0, 0);
+                                ber_bvfree( scred );
+                                LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_LOCAL_ERROR,
+                                                  NULL, "Error during SASL handshake - invalid server credential response" );
+                                return( LDAP_LOCAL_ERROR );
+                            }
+                        }
+                        break;
+                }
+
+                /* perform the next step of the sasl bind */
+                do {
+                        LDAPDebug(LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "Doing client step %d of bind step %d for SASL/%s authentication\n",
+                                  clientstepnum, stepnum, (mech ? mech : "") );
+                        clientstepnum++;
+                        saslrc = sasl_client_step( ctx,
+                                (scred == NULL) ? NULL : scred->bv_val,
+                                (scred == NULL) ? 0 : scred->bv_len,
+                                &prompts,
+                                (const char **)&ccred.bv_val,
+                                &credlen );
+
+                        if( saslrc == SASL_INTERACT &&
+                            (callback)(ld, flags, defaults, prompts)
+                                                        != LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+                                break;
+                        }
+                } while ( saslrc == SASL_INTERACT );
+
+                ccred.bv_len = credlen;
+                ber_bvfree( scred );
+
+                if ( (saslrc != SASL_OK) && (saslrc != SASL_CONTINUE) ) {
+                        return( nsldapi_sasl_cvterrno( ld, saslrc, nsldapi_strdup( sasl_errdetail( ctx ) ) ) );
+                }
+        } while ( rc == LDAP_SASL_BIND_IN_PROGRESS );
+
+        if ( rc != LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+                return( rc );
+        }
+
+        if ( saslrc != SASL_OK ) {
+                return( nsldapi_sasl_cvterrno( ld, saslrc, nsldapi_strdup( sasl_errdetail( ctx ) ) ) );
+        }
+
+        saslrc = sasl_getprop( ctx, SASL_USERNAME, (const void **) &sasl_username );
+        if ( (saslrc == SASL_OK) && sasl_username ) {
+                LDAPDebug(LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "SASL identity: %s\n", sasl_username, 0, 0);
+        }
+
+        saslrc = sasl_getprop( ctx, SASL_SSF, (const void **) &ssf );
+        if( saslrc == SASL_OK ) {
+                if( ssf && *ssf ) {
+                        LDAPDebug(LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE,
+                                "SASL install encryption, for SSF: %lu\n",
+                                (unsigned long) *ssf, 0, 0 );
+                        nsldapi_sasl_install( ld, NULL );
+                }
+        }
+
+        return( rc );
+}
+#endif /* LDAP_SASLIO_HOOKS */
+
+
+/*
+ * ldap_sasl_bind - authenticate to the ldap server.  The dn, mechanism,
+ * and credentials of the entry to which to bind are supplied. An LDAP
+ * error code is returned and if LDAP_SUCCESS is returned *msgidp is set
+ * to the id of the request initiated.
+ *
+ * Example:
+ *	struct berval	creds;
+ *	LDAPControl	**ctrls;
+ *	int		err, msgid;
+ *	... fill in creds with credentials ...
+ *	... fill in ctrls with server controls ...
+ *	err = ldap_sasl_bind( ld, "cn=manager, o=university of michigan, c=us",
+ *	    "mechanismname", &creds, ctrls, NULL, &msgid );
+ */
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_sasl_bind(
+    LDAP		*ld,
+    const char		*dn,
+    const char		*mechanism,
+    const struct berval	*cred,
+    LDAPControl		**serverctrls,
+    LDAPControl		**clientctrls,
+    int			*msgidp
+)
+{
+	BerElement	*ber;
+	int		rc, simple, msgid, ldapversion;
+
+	/*
+	 * The ldapv3 bind request looks like this:
+	 *	BindRequest ::= SEQUENCE {
+	 *		version		INTEGER,
+	 *		name		DistinguishedName,	 -- who
+	 *		authentication	CHOICE {
+	 *			simple		[0] OCTET STRING, -- passwd
+	 *			sasl		[3] SaslCredentials -- v3 only
+	 *		}
+	 *	}
+	 *	SaslCredentials ::= SEQUENCE {
+	 *		mechanism	LDAPString,
+	 * 		credentials	OCTET STRING
+	 *	}
+	 * all wrapped up in an LDAPMessage sequence.
+	 */
+
+	LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "ldap_sasl_bind\n", 0, 0, 0 );
+	
+	if ( !NSLDAPI_VALID_LDAP_POINTER( ld )) {
+		return( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+	}
+	
+	if ( msgidp == NULL ) {
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_PARAM_ERROR, NULL, NULL );
+		return( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+	}
+	
+	if ( ( ld->ld_options & LDAP_BITOPT_RECONNECT ) != 0 ) {
+		nsldapi_handle_reconnect( ld );
+	}	
+
+	simple = ( mechanism == LDAP_SASL_SIMPLE );
+	ldapversion = NSLDAPI_LDAP_VERSION( ld );
+
+	/* only ldapv3 or higher can do sasl binds */
+	if ( !simple && ldapversion < LDAP_VERSION3 ) {
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_NOT_SUPPORTED, NULL, NULL );
+		return( LDAP_NOT_SUPPORTED );
+	}
+
+	LDAP_MUTEX_LOCK( ld, LDAP_MSGID_LOCK );
+	msgid = ++ld->ld_msgid;
+	LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_MSGID_LOCK );
+
+	if ( dn == NULL )
+		dn = "";
+
+	if ( ld->ld_cache_on && ld->ld_cache_bind != NULL ) {
+		LDAP_MUTEX_LOCK( ld, LDAP_CACHE_LOCK );
+		if ( (rc = (ld->ld_cache_bind)( ld, msgid, LDAP_REQ_BIND, dn,
+		    cred, LDAP_AUTH_SASL )) != 0 ) {
+			*msgidp = rc;
+			LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_CACHE_LOCK );
+			return( LDAP_SUCCESS );
+		}
+		LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_CACHE_LOCK );
+	}
+
+	/* create a message to send */
+	if (( rc = nsldapi_alloc_ber_with_options( ld, &ber ))
+	    != LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+		return( rc );
+	}
+
+	/* fill it in */
+	if ( simple ) {		/* simple bind; works in LDAPv2 or v3 */
+		struct berval	tmpcred;
+
+		if ( cred == NULL ) {
+			tmpcred.bv_val = "";
+			tmpcred.bv_len = 0;
+			cred = &tmpcred;
+		}
+		rc = ber_printf( ber, "{it{isto}", msgid, LDAP_REQ_BIND,
+		    ldapversion, dn, LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE, cred->bv_val,
+		    cred->bv_len );
+
+	} else {		/* SASL bind; requires LDAPv3 or better */
+		if ( cred == NULL || cred->bv_val == NULL || cred->bv_len == 0) {
+			rc = ber_printf( ber, "{it{ist{s}}", msgid,
+			    LDAP_REQ_BIND, ldapversion, dn, LDAP_AUTH_SASL,
+			    mechanism );
+		} else {
+			rc = ber_printf( ber, "{it{ist{so}}", msgid,
+			    LDAP_REQ_BIND, ldapversion, dn, LDAP_AUTH_SASL,
+			    mechanism, cred->bv_val,
+			    cred->bv_len );
+		}
+	}
+
+	if ( rc == -1 ) {
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_ENCODING_ERROR, NULL, NULL );
+		ber_free( ber, 1 );
+		return( LDAP_ENCODING_ERROR );
+	}
+
+	if ( (rc = nsldapi_put_controls( ld, serverctrls, 1, ber ))
+	    != LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+		ber_free( ber, 1 );
+		return( rc );
+	}
+
+	/* send the message */
+	rc = nsldapi_send_initial_request( ld, msgid, LDAP_REQ_BIND,
+		(char *)dn, ber );
+	*msgidp = rc;
+	return( rc < 0 ? LDAP_GET_LDERRNO( ld, NULL, NULL ) : LDAP_SUCCESS );
+}
+
+/*
+ * ldap_sasl_bind_s - bind to the ldap server using sasl authentication
+ * The dn, mechanism, and credentials of the entry to which to bind are
+ * supplied.  LDAP_SUCCESS is returned upon success, the ldap error code
+ * otherwise.
+ *
+ * Example:
+ *	struct berval	creds;
+ *	... fill in creds with credentials ...
+ *	ldap_sasl_bind_s( ld, "cn=manager, o=university of michigan, c=us",
+ *	    "mechanismname", &creds )
+ */
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_sasl_bind_s(
+    LDAP		*ld,
+    const char		*dn,
+    const char		*mechanism,
+    const struct berval	*cred,
+    LDAPControl		**serverctrls,
+    LDAPControl		**clientctrls,
+    struct berval	**servercredp
+)
+{
+        return ( nsldapi_sasl_bind_s( ld, dn, mechanism, cred,
+                 serverctrls, clientctrls, servercredp, NULL ) );
+}
+
+#ifdef LDAP_SASLIO_HOOKS 
+/*
+ * SASL Authentication Interface: ldap_sasl_interactive_bind_s
+ *
+ * This routine takes a DN, SASL mech list, and a SASL callback
+ * and performs the necessary sequencing to complete a SASL bind
+ * to the LDAP connection ld.  The user provided callback can
+ * use an optionally provided set of default values to complete
+ * any necessary interactions.
+ *
+ * Currently imposes the following restrictions:
+ *   A mech list must be provided
+ *   LDAP_SASL_INTERACTIVE mode requires a callback
+ */
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_sasl_interactive_bind_s( LDAP *ld, const char *dn,
+        const char *saslMechanism,
+        LDAPControl **sctrl, LDAPControl **cctrl, unsigned flags,
+        LDAP_SASL_INTERACT_PROC *callback, void *defaults )
+{
+        return ldap_sasl_interactive_bind_ext_s( ld, dn, 
+                saslMechanism, sctrl, cctrl, flags, callback,
+                defaults, NULL );
+}
+
+/*
+ * ldap_sasl_interactive_bind_ext_s
+ *
+ * This function extends ldap_sasl_interactive_bind_s by allowing
+ * controls received from the server to be returned as rctrl. The
+ * caller must pass in a valid LDAPControl** pointer and free the
+ * array of controls when finished with them e.g.
+ * LDAPControl **retctrls = NULL;
+ * ...
+ * ldap_sasl_interactive_bind_ext_s(ld, ...., &retctrls);
+ * ...
+ * ldap_controls_free(retctrls);
+ * Only the controls from the server during the last bind step are returned -
+ * intermediate controls (if any, usually not) are discarded.
+ */
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_sasl_interactive_bind_ext_s( LDAP *ld, const char *dn,
+        const char *saslMechanism,
+        LDAPControl **sctrl, LDAPControl **cctrl, unsigned flags,
+        LDAP_SASL_INTERACT_PROC *callback, void *defaults, LDAPControl ***rctrl )
+{
+#ifdef LDAP_SASLIO_GET_MECHS_FROM_SERVER
+        char *smechs;
+#endif
+        int rc;
+
+        LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "ldap_sasl_interactive_bind_s\n", 0, 0, 0 );
+
+        if ( !NSLDAPI_VALID_LDAP_POINTER( ld )) {
+                return( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+        }
+
+        if ((flags == LDAP_SASL_INTERACTIVE) && (callback == NULL)) {
+                return( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+        }
+
+        LDAP_MUTEX_LOCK(ld, LDAP_SASL_LOCK );
+
+        if( saslMechanism == NULL || *saslMechanism == '\0' ) {
+#ifdef LDAP_SASLIO_GET_MECHS_FROM_SERVER
+                rc = nsldapi_get_sasl_mechs( ld, &smechs );
+                if( rc != LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+                        LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK(ld, LDAP_SASL_LOCK );
+                        return( rc );
+                }
+                saslMechanism = smechs;
+#else
+                LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK(ld, LDAP_SASL_LOCK );
+                return( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+#endif /* LDAP_SASLIO_GET_MECHS_FROM_SERVER */
+        }
+
+        rc = nsldapi_sasl_do_bind( ld, dn, saslMechanism,
+                        flags, callback, defaults, sctrl, cctrl, rctrl);
+
+        LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK(ld, LDAP_SASL_LOCK );
+        return( rc );
+}
+#else /* LDAP_SASLIO_HOOKS */
+/* stubs for platforms that do not support SASL */
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_sasl_interactive_bind_s( LDAP *ld, const char *dn,
+        const char *saslMechanism,
+        LDAPControl **sctrl, LDAPControl **cctrl, unsigned flags,
+        LDAP_SASL_INTERACT_PROC *callback, void *defaults )
+{
+  return LDAP_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_sasl_interactive_bind_ext_s( LDAP *ld, const char *dn,
+        const char *saslMechanism,
+        LDAPControl **sctrl, LDAPControl **cctrl, unsigned flags,
+        LDAP_SASL_INTERACT_PROC *callback, void *defaults, LDAPControl ***rctrl )
+{
+  return LDAP_SUCCESS;
+}
+#endif /* LDAP_SASLIO_HOOKS */
+
+
+/* returns an LDAP error code that indicates if parse succeeded or not */
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_parse_sasl_bind_result(
+    LDAP		*ld,
+    LDAPMessage		*res,
+    struct berval	**servercredp,
+    int			freeit
+)
+{
+	BerElement	ber;
+	int		rc, err;
+    ber_int_t	along;
+	ber_len_t	len;
+	char		*m, *e;
+
+	LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "ldap_parse_sasl_bind_result\n", 0, 0, 0 );
+
+	/*
+	 * the ldapv3 SASL bind response looks like this:
+	 *
+	 *	BindResponse ::= [APPLICATION 1] SEQUENCE {
+	 *		COMPONENTS OF LDAPResult,
+	 *		serverSaslCreds [7] OCTET STRING OPTIONAL
+	 *	}
+	 *
+	 * all wrapped up in an LDAPMessage sequence.
+	 */
+
+	if ( !NSLDAPI_VALID_LDAP_POINTER( ld ) ||
+	    !NSLDAPI_VALID_LDAPMESSAGE_BINDRESULT_POINTER( res )) {
+		return( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+	}
+
+	/* only ldapv3 or higher can do sasl binds */
+	if ( NSLDAPI_LDAP_VERSION( ld ) < LDAP_VERSION3 ) {
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_NOT_SUPPORTED, NULL, NULL );
+		return( LDAP_NOT_SUPPORTED );
+	}
+
+	if ( servercredp != NULL ) {
+		*servercredp = NULL;
+	}
+
+	ber = *(res->lm_ber);	/* struct copy */
+
+	/* skip past message id, matched dn, error message ... */
+	rc = ber_scanf( &ber, "{iaa}", &along, &m, &e );
+
+	if ( rc != LBER_ERROR &&
+	    ber_peek_tag( &ber, &len ) == LDAP_TAG_SASL_RES_CREDS ) {
+		rc = ber_get_stringal( &ber, servercredp );
+	}
+
+	if ( freeit ) {
+		ldap_msgfree( res );
+	}
+
+	if ( rc == LBER_ERROR ) {
+		err = LDAP_DECODING_ERROR;
+	} else {
+		err = (int) along;
+	}
+
+	LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, err, m, e );
+	/* this is a little kludge for the 3.0 Barracuda/hammerhead relese */
+	/* the docs state that the return is either LDAP_DECODING_ERROR */
+	/* or LDAP_SUCCESS.  Here we match the docs...  it's cleaner in 3.1 */
+
+	if ( LDAP_DECODING_ERROR == err ) {
+		return (LDAP_DECODING_ERROR);
+	} else {
+		return( LDAP_SUCCESS );
+	}
+}
+
diff --git a/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/saslio.c b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/saslio.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6ab6303d0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/saslio.c
@@ -0,0 +1,635 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ *
+ * The Original Code is Sun LDAP C SDK.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *
+ * Portions created by Sun Microsystems, Inc are Copyright (C) 2005
+ * Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Contributor(s):
+ *
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
+ * the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ *
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+
+#ifdef LDAP_SASLIO_HOOKS
+#include <assert.h>
+#include "ldap-int.h"
+#include "../liblber/lber-int.h"
+#include <sasl.h>
+/* Should be pulled in from lber-int.h */
+#define READBUFSIZ	8192
+
+#define SEARCH_TIMEOUT_SECS	120
+#define NSLDAPI_SM_BUF	128
+
+/*
+ * Data structures:
+ */
+
+/* data structure that populates the I/O callback socket-specific arg. */
+typedef struct lextiof_socket_private {
+	struct ldap_x_ext_io_fns sess_io_fns; /* the saved layered ld fns from the layer we are "pushing" */
+	struct lber_x_ext_io_fns sock_io_fns; /* the saved layered ber fns from the layer we are "pushing" */
+	sasl_conn_t     *sasl_ctx;     /* the sasl context - pointer to the one from the connection */
+	char            *sb_sasl_ibuf; /* sasl decrypted input buffer */
+	char            *sb_sasl_iptr; /* current location in buffer */
+	int             sb_sasl_bfsz;  /* Alloc'd size of input buffer */
+	int             sb_sasl_ilen;  /* remaining length to process */
+	LDAP            *ld;           /* used to set errno */
+	Sockbuf         *sb;           /* pointer to our associated sockbuf */
+} SASLIOSocketArg;
+
+static void
+destroy_SASLIOSocketArg(SASLIOSocketArg** sockarg)
+{
+	if (sockarg && *sockarg) {
+		NSLDAPI_FREE((*sockarg)->sb_sasl_ibuf);
+		NSLDAPI_FREE((*sockarg));
+		*sockarg = NULL;
+	}
+}
+
+static SASLIOSocketArg*
+new_SASLIOSocketArg(sasl_conn_t *ctx, int bufsiz, LDAP *ld, Sockbuf *sb)
+{
+	SASLIOSocketArg *sockarg = NULL;
+
+	if (bufsiz <= 0) {
+		return sockarg;
+	}
+
+	sockarg = (SASLIOSocketArg*)NSLDAPI_CALLOC(1, sizeof(SASLIOSocketArg));
+	if (sockarg) {
+		sockarg->sasl_ctx = ctx;
+		sockarg->sb_sasl_ibuf = NSLDAPI_MALLOC(bufsiz);
+		if (!sockarg->sb_sasl_ibuf) {
+			destroy_SASLIOSocketArg(&sockarg);
+			return sockarg;
+		}
+		sockarg->sb_sasl_iptr = NULL;
+		sockarg->sb_sasl_bfsz = bufsiz;
+		sockarg->sb_sasl_ilen = 0;
+		sockarg->ld           = ld;
+		sockarg->sb           = sb;
+	}
+
+	return sockarg;
+}
+
+/*
+ * SASL Dependent routines
+ *
+ * SASL security and integrity options are supported through the
+ * use of the extended I/O functionality.  Because the extended
+ * I/O functions may already be in use prior to enabling encryption,
+ * when SASL encryption si enabled, these routine interpose themselves
+ * over the exitng extended I/O routines and add an additional level
+ * of indirection.
+ *  IE: Before SASL:  client->libldap->lber->extio
+ *      After  SASL:  client->libldap->lber->saslio->extio
+ * Any extio function are stilled used for the raw i/O [IE prldap]
+ * but SASL will decrypt before passing to lber.
+ * SASL cannot decrypt a stream so full packaets must be read
+ * before proceeding.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Get the 4 octet header [size] for a sasl encrypted buffer.
+ * See RFC222 [section 3].
+ */
+static int
+nsldapi_sasl_pktlen( char *buf, int maxbufsize )
+{
+        int     size;
+
+#if defined( _WINDOWS ) || defined( _WIN32 )
+        size = ntohl(*(u_long *)buf);
+#else
+        size = ntohl(*(uint32_t *)buf);
+#endif
+        if ( size < 0 || size > maxbufsize ) {
+                return (-1 );
+        }
+
+        return( size + 4 ); /* include the first 4 bytes */
+}
+
+/*
+ * SASL encryption routines
+ */
+
+static int
+nsldapi_sasl_read( int s, void *buf, int  len,
+	struct lextiof_socket_private *arg)
+{
+	LDAP		*ld;
+	const char	*dbuf;
+	char		*cp;
+	int		ret;
+	unsigned	dlen, blen;
+   
+	ld = (LDAP *)arg->ld;
+
+	/* Is there anything left in the existing buffer? */
+	if ((ret = arg->sb_sasl_ilen) > 0) {
+		ret = (ret > len ? len : ret);
+		SAFEMEMCPY( buf, arg->sb_sasl_iptr, ret );
+		if (ret == arg->sb_sasl_ilen) {
+			arg->sb_sasl_ilen = 0;
+			arg->sb_sasl_iptr = NULL;
+		} else {
+			arg->sb_sasl_ilen -= ret;
+			arg->sb_sasl_iptr += ret;
+		}
+		return( ret );
+	}
+
+	/* buffer is empty - fill it */
+	cp = arg->sb_sasl_ibuf;
+	dlen = 0;
+	
+	/* Read the length of the packet */
+	while ( dlen < 4 ) {
+		if (arg->sock_io_fns.lbextiofn_read != NULL) {
+			ret = arg->sock_io_fns.lbextiofn_read(
+				s, cp, 4 - dlen,
+				arg->sock_io_fns.lbextiofn_socket_arg);
+		} else {
+			ret = read( s, cp, 4 - dlen );
+		}
+#ifdef EINTR
+		if ( ( ret < 0 ) && ( LDAP_GET_ERRNO(ld) == EINTR ) )
+			continue;
+#endif
+		if ( ret <= 0 )
+			return( ret );
+
+		cp += ret;
+		dlen += ret;
+	}
+
+	blen = 4;
+
+	ret = nsldapi_sasl_pktlen( arg->sb_sasl_ibuf, arg->sb_sasl_bfsz );
+	if (ret < 0) {
+		LDAP_SET_ERRNO(ld, EIO);
+		return( -1 );
+	}
+	dlen = ret - dlen;
+
+	/* read the rest of the encrypted packet */
+	while ( dlen > 0 ) {
+		if (arg->sock_io_fns.lbextiofn_read != NULL) {
+			ret = arg->sock_io_fns.lbextiofn_read(
+				s, cp, dlen,
+				arg->sock_io_fns.lbextiofn_socket_arg);
+		} else {
+			ret = read( s, cp, dlen );
+		}
+
+#ifdef EINTR
+		if ( ( ret < 0 ) && ( LDAP_GET_ERRNO(ld) == EINTR ) )
+			continue;
+#endif
+		if ( ret <= 0 )
+			return( ret );
+
+		cp += ret;
+		blen += ret;
+		dlen -= ret;
+   	}
+
+	/* Decode the packet */
+	ret = sasl_decode( arg->sasl_ctx,
+			   arg->sb_sasl_ibuf, blen,
+			   &dbuf, &dlen);
+	if ( ret != SASL_OK ) {
+		/* sb_sasl_read: failed to decode packet, drop it, error */
+		arg->sb_sasl_iptr = NULL;
+		arg->sb_sasl_ilen = 0;
+		LDAP_SET_ERRNO(ld, EIO);
+		return( -1 );
+	}
+	
+	/* copy decrypted packet to the input buffer */
+	SAFEMEMCPY( arg->sb_sasl_ibuf, dbuf, dlen );
+	arg->sb_sasl_iptr = arg->sb_sasl_ibuf;
+	arg->sb_sasl_ilen = dlen;
+
+	ret = (dlen > (unsigned) len ? len : dlen);
+	SAFEMEMCPY( buf, arg->sb_sasl_iptr, ret );
+	if (ret == arg->sb_sasl_ilen) {
+		arg->sb_sasl_ilen = 0;
+		arg->sb_sasl_iptr = NULL;
+	} else {
+		arg->sb_sasl_ilen -= ret;
+		arg->sb_sasl_iptr += ret;
+	}
+	return( ret );
+}
+
+static int
+nsldapi_sasl_write( int s, const void *buf, int  len,
+	struct lextiof_socket_private *arg)
+{
+	int			ret = 0;
+	const char	*obuf, *optr, *cbuf = (const char *)buf;
+	unsigned	olen, clen, tlen = 0;
+	unsigned	*maxbuf; 
+	
+	ret = sasl_getprop(arg->sasl_ctx, SASL_MAXOUTBUF,
+					   (const void **)&maxbuf);
+	if ( ret != SASL_OK ) {
+		/* just a sanity check, should never happen */
+		return( -1 );
+	}
+	
+	while (len > 0) {
+		clen = (len > *maxbuf) ? *maxbuf : len;
+		/* encode the next packet. */
+		ret = sasl_encode( arg->sasl_ctx, cbuf, clen, &obuf, &olen);
+		if ( ret != SASL_OK ) {
+			/* XXX Log error? "sb_sasl_write: failed to encode packet..." */
+			return( -1 );
+		}
+		/* Write everything now, buffer is only good until next sasl_encode */
+		optr = obuf;
+		while (olen > 0) {
+			if (arg->sock_io_fns.lbextiofn_write != NULL) {
+				ret = arg->sock_io_fns.lbextiofn_write(
+					s, optr, olen,
+					arg->sock_io_fns.lbextiofn_socket_arg);
+			} else {
+				ret = write( s, optr, olen);
+			}
+			if ( ret < 0 )
+				return( ret );
+			optr += ret;
+			olen -= ret;
+		}
+		len -= clen;
+		cbuf += clen;
+		tlen += clen;
+	}
+	return( tlen );
+}
+
+/*
+ * What's all this then?
+ * First, take a look at os-ip.c:nsldapi_add_to_cb_pollfds().  When a new descriptor is
+ * added to the pollfds array, the lpoll_socketarg field is initialized to the value from
+ * the socketarg field - sb->sb_ext_io_fns.lbextiofn_socket_arg.  In our case, since we
+ * override this with our sasl data (see below nsldapi_sasl_install), we need to restore
+ * the previous value so that the layer below us (i.e. prldap) can use the lpoll_socketarg
+ * which it sets.
+ * So how do which know which fds[i] is a "sasl" fd?
+ * We initialize the lextiof_session_private *arg (see nsldapi_sasl_install) to point to
+ * the socket_private data in sb->sb_ext_io_fns.lbextiofn_socket_arg for "sasl" sockets,
+ * which is then used to initialize lpoll_socketarg (see above).
+ * So, if the arg which gets passed into nsldapi_sasl_poll is the same as the
+ * fds[i].lpoll_socketarg, we know it is a "sasl" socket and we need to "pop" the sasl
+ * layer.  We do this by replacing lpoll_socketarg with the one we saved when we "pushed"
+ * the sasl layer.
+ * So why the loop to restore the sasl lpoll_socketarg?
+ * The lower layer only uses lpoll_socketarg during poll().  See ldappr-io.c:prldap_poll()
+ * for more information about how that works.  However, after the polling is done, there
+ * is some special magic in os-ip.c in the functions nsldapi_add_to_cb_pollfds(),
+ * nsldapi_clear_from_cb_pollfds(), and nsldapi_find_in_cb_pollfds() to find the correct
+ * Sockbuf to operate on.  This is the macro NSLDAPI_CB_POLL_MATCH().  For the extended
+ * io function callbacks to work correctly, it is not sufficient to say that the file
+ * descriptor in the Sockbuf matches the one that poll says has activity - we also need
+ * to match the lpoll_socketarg with the sb->sb_ext_io_fns.lbextiofn_socket_arg to make
+ * sure this really is the Sockbuf we want to use.  So we have to restore the
+ * lpoll_socketarg with the original one.
+ * Why have origarg and staticorigarg?
+ * To avoid malloc.  The sizeof staticorigarg should be large enough to accomodate almost
+ * all clients without incurring too much additional overhead.  However, if we need more
+ * room, origarg will grow to nfds.  If this proves to be inadequate, the size of the
+ * staticorigarg is a good candidate for a #define set by configure.
+ */
+static int
+nsldapi_sasl_poll(
+	LDAP_X_PollFD fds[], int nfds, int timeout,
+	struct lextiof_session_private *arg ) 
+{
+	LDAP_X_EXTIOF_POLL_CALLBACK *origpoll; /* poll fn from the pushed layer */
+	struct lextiof_session_private *origsess = NULL; /* session arg from the pushed layer */
+	SASLIOSocketArg **origarg = NULL; /* list of saved original socket args */
+	SASLIOSocketArg *staticorigarg[1024]; /* default list to avoid malloc */
+	int origargsize = sizeof(staticorigarg)/sizeof(staticorigarg[0]);
+	int rc = -1; /* the return code - -1 means failure */
+
+	if (arg == NULL) { /* should not happen */
+		return( rc );
+	}
+
+	origarg = staticorigarg;
+	/* if the static array is not large enough, alloc a dynamic one */
+	if (origargsize < nfds) {
+		origarg = (SASLIOSocketArg **)NSLDAPI_MALLOC(nfds*sizeof(SASLIOSocketArg *));
+	}
+
+	if (fds && nfds > 0) {
+		int i;
+		for(i = 0; i < nfds; i++) {
+			/* save the original socket arg */
+			origarg[i] = fds[i].lpoll_socketarg;
+			if (arg == (struct lextiof_session_private *)fds[i].lpoll_socketarg) {
+				/* lpoll_socketarg is a sasl socket arg - we need to replace it
+				   with the one from the layer we pushed (i.e. prldap) */
+				SASLIOSocketArg *sockarg = (SASLIOSocketArg *)fds[i].lpoll_socketarg;
+				/* reset to pushed layer's socket arg */
+				fds[i].lpoll_socketarg = sockarg->sock_io_fns.lbextiofn_socket_arg;
+				/* grab the pushed layers' poll fn and its session arg */
+				if (!origsess) {
+					origpoll = sockarg->sess_io_fns.lextiof_poll;
+					origsess = sockarg->sess_io_fns.lextiof_session_arg;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (origsess == NULL) { /* should not happen */
+		goto done;
+	}
+
+	/* call the "real" poll function */
+	rc = origpoll( fds, nfds, timeout, origsess );
+
+	/* reset the lpoll_socketarg values to their original values because
+	   they must match what's in sb->iofns->lbextiofn_socket_arg in order
+	   for NSLDAPI_CB_POLL_MATCH to work - see os-ip.c */
+	if (fds && nfds > 0) {
+		int i;
+		for(i = 0; i < nfds; i++) {
+			if ((SASLIOSocketArg *)arg == origarg[i]) {
+				fds[i].lpoll_socketarg = origarg[i];
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+done:
+	/* if we had to use a dynamic array, free it */
+	if (origarg != staticorigarg) {
+		NSLDAPI_FREE(origarg);
+	}
+
+	return rc;
+}
+
+int
+nsldapi_sasl_open( LDAP *ld, LDAPConn *lconn, sasl_conn_t **ctx, sasl_ssf_t ssf )
+{
+        int saslrc;
+        char *host = NULL;
+
+        if ( !NSLDAPI_VALID_LDAP_POINTER( ld )) {
+                LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_LOCAL_ERROR, NULL, NULL );
+                return( LDAP_LOCAL_ERROR );
+        }
+
+        if ( lconn == NULL ) {
+                if ( ld->ld_defconn == NULL ||
+                     ld->ld_defconn->lconn_status != LDAP_CONNST_CONNECTED) {
+                        int rc = nsldapi_open_ldap_defconn( ld );
+                        if( rc < 0 )  {
+                                return( LDAP_GET_LDERRNO( ld, NULL, NULL ) );
+                        }
+                }
+                lconn = ld->ld_defconn;
+        }
+
+        /* need to clear out the old context for this connection, if any */
+        /* client may have re-bind-ed this connection without closing first */
+        if (lconn->lconn_sasl_ctx) {
+            sasl_dispose(&lconn->lconn_sasl_ctx);
+            lconn->lconn_sasl_ctx = NULL;
+        }
+
+        if ( 0 != ldap_get_option( ld, LDAP_OPT_HOST_NAME, &host ) ) {
+                LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_LOCAL_ERROR, NULL, NULL );
+                return( LDAP_LOCAL_ERROR );
+        }
+
+        saslrc = sasl_client_new( "ldap", host,
+                NULL, NULL, /* iplocalport, ipremoteport - use defaults */
+                NULL, 0, ctx );
+        ldap_memfree(host);
+
+        if ( (saslrc != SASL_OK) || (!*ctx) ) {
+                return( nsldapi_sasl_cvterrno( ld, saslrc, NULL ) );
+        }
+
+        if( ssf ) {
+                sasl_ssf_t extprops;
+                memset(&extprops, 0L, sizeof(extprops));
+                extprops = ssf;
+
+                (void) sasl_setprop( *ctx, SASL_SSF_EXTERNAL,
+                        (void *) &extprops );
+        }
+
+        /* (re)set security properties */
+        sasl_setprop( *ctx, SASL_SEC_PROPS, &ld->ld_sasl_secprops );
+
+        /* set the connection context */
+        lconn->lconn_sasl_ctx = *ctx;
+
+        return( LDAP_SUCCESS );
+}
+
+static int
+nsldapi_sasl_close( struct lextiof_socket_private *arg )
+{
+	/* undo function pointer interposing */
+	ldap_set_option( arg->ld, LDAP_X_OPT_EXTIO_FN_PTRS, &arg->sess_io_fns );
+	/* have to do this separately to make sure the socketarg is set correctly */
+	ber_sockbuf_set_option( arg->sb,
+							LBER_SOCKBUF_OPT_EXT_IO_FNS,
+							(void *)&arg->sock_io_fns );
+
+	destroy_SASLIOSocketArg(&arg);
+	return( LDAP_SUCCESS );
+}
+
+static int
+nsldapi_sasl_close_socket(int s, struct lextiof_socket_private *arg ) 
+{
+	LDAP_X_EXTIOF_CLOSE_CALLBACK *origclose;
+	struct lextiof_socket_private *origsock;
+
+	if (arg == NULL) {
+		return( -1 );
+	}
+
+	origclose = arg->sess_io_fns.lextiof_close;
+	origsock = arg->sock_io_fns.lbextiofn_socket_arg;
+
+	/* undo SASL */
+	nsldapi_sasl_close( arg );
+	arg = NULL;
+	/* arg is destroyed at this point - do not use it */
+
+	if (origclose )
+		return ( origclose( s, origsock ) );
+	else {
+		/* This is a copy of nsldapi_os_closesocket()
+		 * from os-ip.c. It is declared static there,
+		 * hence the copy of it.
+		 */
+	        int     rc;
+
+#ifdef NSLDAPI_AVOID_OS_SOCKETS
+		rc = -1;
+#else /* NSLDAPI_AVOID_OS_SOCKETS */
+#ifdef _WINDOWS
+		rc = closesocket( s );
+#else /* _WINDOWS */
+		rc = close( s );
+#endif /* _WINDOWS */
+#endif /* NSLDAPI_AVOID_OS_SOCKETS */
+		return( rc );
+	}
+		
+}
+
+/*
+ * install encryption routines if security has been negotiated
+ */
+int
+nsldapi_sasl_install( LDAP *ld, LDAPConn *lconn )
+{
+        struct lber_x_ext_io_fns        fns;
+        struct ldap_x_ext_io_fns        iofns;
+        sasl_security_properties_t      *secprops;
+        int     rc, value;
+        int     bufsiz;
+        Sockbuf *sb = NULL;
+        sasl_conn_t *ctx = NULL;
+        SASLIOSocketArg *sockarg = NULL;
+
+        if ( lconn == NULL ) {
+                lconn = ld->ld_defconn;
+                if ( lconn == NULL ) {
+                        return( LDAP_LOCAL_ERROR );
+                }
+        }
+        if ( (sb = lconn->lconn_sb) == NULL ) {
+                return( LDAP_LOCAL_ERROR );
+        }
+        rc = ber_sockbuf_get_option( sb,
+                        LBER_SOCKBUF_OPT_TO_FILE_ONLY,
+                        (void *) &value);
+        if (rc != 0 || value != 0) {
+                return( LDAP_LOCAL_ERROR );
+        }
+
+        /* the sasl context in the lconn must have been set prior to this */
+        ctx = lconn->lconn_sasl_ctx;
+        rc = sasl_getprop( ctx, SASL_SEC_PROPS,
+                           (const void **)&secprops );
+        if (rc != SASL_OK)
+                return( LDAP_LOCAL_ERROR );
+        bufsiz = secprops->maxbufsize;
+        if (bufsiz <= 0) {
+                return( LDAP_LOCAL_ERROR );
+        }
+
+        /* create our socket specific context */
+        sockarg = new_SASLIOSocketArg(ctx, bufsiz, ld, sb);
+        if (!sockarg) {
+                return( LDAP_LOCAL_ERROR );
+        }
+
+        /* save a copy of the existing io fns and the session arg */
+        memset( &sockarg->sess_io_fns, 0, LDAP_X_EXTIO_FNS_SIZE );
+        sockarg->sess_io_fns.lextiof_size = LDAP_X_EXTIO_FNS_SIZE;
+        rc = ldap_get_option( ld, LDAP_X_OPT_EXTIO_FN_PTRS,
+                              &sockarg->sess_io_fns );
+        if (rc != 0) {
+                destroy_SASLIOSocketArg(&sockarg);
+                return( LDAP_LOCAL_ERROR );
+        }
+
+        /* save a copy of the existing ber io fns and the socket arg */
+        memset( &sockarg->sock_io_fns, 0, LBER_X_EXTIO_FNS_SIZE );
+        sockarg->sock_io_fns.lbextiofn_size = LBER_X_EXTIO_FNS_SIZE;
+        rc = ber_sockbuf_get_option( sb,
+                        LBER_SOCKBUF_OPT_EXT_IO_FNS,
+                        (void *)&sockarg->sock_io_fns);
+        if (rc != 0) {
+                destroy_SASLIOSocketArg(&sockarg);
+                return( LDAP_LOCAL_ERROR );
+        }
+
+	/* Always set the ext io close fn pointer to ensure we
+	 * clean up our sockarg context */
+	memset( &iofns, 0, sizeof(iofns));
+	/* first, copy struct - sets defaults */
+	iofns = sockarg->sess_io_fns;
+	iofns.lextiof_close = nsldapi_sasl_close_socket;
+	iofns.lextiof_session_arg = sockarg; /* needed for close and poll */
+
+        /* Set new values for the other ext io funcs if there are any -
+           when using the native io fns (as opposed to prldap) there
+           won't be any */
+        if (  sockarg->sess_io_fns.lextiof_read != NULL ||
+              sockarg->sess_io_fns.lextiof_write != NULL ||
+              sockarg->sess_io_fns.lextiof_poll != NULL ||
+              sockarg->sess_io_fns.lextiof_connect != NULL ) {
+		/* next, just reset those functions we want to override */
+                iofns.lextiof_read = nsldapi_sasl_read;
+                iofns.lextiof_write = nsldapi_sasl_write;
+                iofns.lextiof_poll = nsldapi_sasl_poll;
+        }
+
+	/* set the ext io funcs */
+	rc = ldap_set_option( ld, LDAP_X_OPT_EXTIO_FN_PTRS, &iofns );
+	if (rc != 0) {
+		/* frees everything and resets fns above */
+		nsldapi_sasl_close(sockarg);
+		return( LDAP_LOCAL_ERROR );
+	}
+
+        /* set the new ber io funcs and socket arg */
+        (void) memset( &fns, 0, LBER_X_EXTIO_FNS_SIZE);
+        fns.lbextiofn_size = LBER_X_EXTIO_FNS_SIZE;
+        fns.lbextiofn_read = nsldapi_sasl_read;
+        fns.lbextiofn_write = nsldapi_sasl_write;
+        fns.lbextiofn_socket_arg = sockarg;
+        rc = ber_sockbuf_set_option( sb,
+                        LBER_SOCKBUF_OPT_EXT_IO_FNS,
+                        (void *)&fns);
+        if (rc != 0) {
+                /* frees everything and resets fns above */
+                nsldapi_sasl_close(sockarg);
+                return( LDAP_LOCAL_ERROR );
+        }
+
+        return( LDAP_SUCCESS );
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/sbind.c b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/sbind.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d9bfc71fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/sbind.c
@@ -0,0 +1,214 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ * 
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version 
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with 
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at 
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ * 
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ * 
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, released
+ * March 31, 1998.
+ * 
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998-1999
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ * 
+ * Contributor(s):
+ * 
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
+ * or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ * 
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+/*
+ *  Copyright (c) 1993 Regents of the University of Michigan.
+ *  All rights reserved.
+ */
+/*
+ *  sbind.c
+ */
+
+#if 0
+#ifndef lint 
+static char copyright[] = "@(#) Copyright (c) 1993 Regents of the University of Michigan.\nAll rights reserved.\n";
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#include "ldap-int.h"
+
+static int simple_bind_nolock( LDAP *ld, const char *dn, const char *passwd,
+	int unlock_permitted );
+
+/*
+ * ldap_simple_bind - bind to the ldap server.  The dn and
+ * password of the entry to which to bind are supplied.  The message id
+ * of the request initiated is returned.
+ *
+ * Example:
+ *	ldap_simple_bind( ld, "cn=manager, o=university of michigan, c=us",
+ *	    "secret" )
+ */
+
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_simple_bind( LDAP *ld, const char *dn, const char *passwd )
+{
+	int	rc;
+
+	LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "ldap_simple_bind\n", 0, 0, 0 );
+
+	if ( !NSLDAPI_VALID_LDAP_POINTER( ld )) {
+		return( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+	}
+
+	if ( ( ld->ld_options & LDAP_BITOPT_RECONNECT ) != 0 ) {
+		nsldapi_handle_reconnect( ld );
+	}
+
+	rc = simple_bind_nolock( ld, dn, passwd, 1 );
+
+	return( rc );
+}
+
+
+static int
+simple_bind_nolock( LDAP *ld, const char *dn, const char *passwd,
+    int unlock_permitted )
+{
+	BerElement	*ber;
+	int		rc, msgid;
+
+	/*
+	 * The bind request looks like this:
+	 *	BindRequest ::= SEQUENCE {
+	 *		version		INTEGER,
+	 *		name		DistinguishedName,	 -- who
+	 *		authentication	CHOICE {
+	 *			simple		[0] OCTET STRING -- passwd
+	 *		}
+	 *	}
+	 * all wrapped up in an LDAPMessage sequence.
+	 */
+
+	LDAP_MUTEX_LOCK( ld, LDAP_MSGID_LOCK );
+	msgid = ++ld->ld_msgid;
+	LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_MSGID_LOCK );
+
+	if ( dn == NULL )
+		dn = "";
+	if ( passwd == NULL )
+		passwd = "";
+
+	if ( ld->ld_cache_on && ld->ld_cache_bind != NULL ) {
+		struct berval	bv;
+
+		bv.bv_val = (char *)passwd;
+		bv.bv_len = strlen( passwd );
+		/* if ( unlock_permitted ) LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld ); */
+		LDAP_MUTEX_LOCK( ld, LDAP_CACHE_LOCK );
+		rc = (ld->ld_cache_bind)( ld, msgid, LDAP_REQ_BIND, dn, &bv,
+		    LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE );
+		LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_CACHE_LOCK );
+		/* if ( unlock_permitted ) LDAP_MUTEX_LOCK( ld ); */
+		if ( rc != 0 ) {
+			return( rc );
+		}
+	}
+
+	/* create a message to send */
+	if (( rc = nsldapi_alloc_ber_with_options( ld, &ber ))
+	    != LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+		return( -1 );
+	}
+
+	/* fill it in */
+	if ( ber_printf( ber, "{it{ists}", msgid, LDAP_REQ_BIND,
+	    NSLDAPI_LDAP_VERSION( ld ), dn, LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE, passwd ) == -1 ) {
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_ENCODING_ERROR, NULL, NULL );
+		ber_free( ber, 1 );
+		return( -1 );
+	}
+
+	if ( nsldapi_put_controls( ld, NULL, 1, ber ) != LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+		ber_free( ber, 1 );
+		return( -1 );
+	}
+
+	/* send the message */
+	return( nsldapi_send_initial_request( ld, msgid, LDAP_REQ_BIND,
+		(char *)dn, ber ));
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * ldap_simple_bind - bind to the ldap server using simple
+ * authentication.  The dn and password of the entry to which to bind are
+ * supplied.  LDAP_SUCCESS is returned upon success, the ldap error code
+ * otherwise.
+ *
+ * Example:
+ *	ldap_simple_bind_s( ld, "cn=manager, o=university of michigan, c=us",
+ *	    "secret" )
+ */
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_simple_bind_s( LDAP *ld, const char *dn, const char *passwd )
+{
+	int		msgid;
+	LDAPMessage	*result;
+
+	LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "ldap_simple_bind_s\n", 0, 0, 0 );
+
+	if ( !NSLDAPI_VALID_LDAP_POINTER( ld )) {
+		return( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+	}
+
+	if ( (msgid = ldap_simple_bind( ld, dn, passwd )) == -1 )
+		return( LDAP_GET_LDERRNO( ld, NULL, NULL ) );
+
+	if ( ldap_result( ld, msgid, 1, (struct timeval *) 0, &result ) == -1 )
+		return( LDAP_GET_LDERRNO( ld, NULL, NULL ) );
+
+	return( ldap_result2error( ld, result, 1 ) );
+}
+
+void nsldapi_handle_reconnect( LDAP *ld )
+{
+
+	LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "nsldapi_handle_reconnect\n", 0, 0, 0 );
+	
+	/*
+	 * if the default connection has been lost and is now marked dead,
+	 * dispose of the default connection so it will get re-established.
+	 *
+	 * if not, clear the bind DN and status to ensure that we don't
+	 * report the wrong bind DN to a different thread while waiting
+	 * for our bind result to return from the server.
+	 */
+	LDAP_MUTEX_LOCK( ld, LDAP_CONN_LOCK );
+	if ( NULL != ld->ld_defconn ) {
+	    if ( LDAP_CONNST_DEAD == ld->ld_defconn->lconn_status ) {
+			nsldapi_free_connection( ld, ld->ld_defconn, NULL, NULL, 1, 0 );
+			ld->ld_defconn = NULL;
+	    } else if ( ld->ld_defconn->lconn_binddn != NULL ) {
+			NSLDAPI_FREE( ld->ld_defconn->lconn_binddn );
+			ld->ld_defconn->lconn_binddn = NULL;
+			ld->ld_defconn->lconn_bound = 0;
+	    }
+	}
+	LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_CONN_LOCK );
+}
diff --git a/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/search.c b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/search.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..648d739e6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/search.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1022 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ * 
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version 
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with 
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at 
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ * 
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ * 
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, released
+ * March 31, 1998.
+ * 
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998-1999
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ * 
+ * Contributor(s):
+ * 
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
+ * or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ * 
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+/*
+ *  Copyright (c) 1990 Regents of the University of Michigan.
+ *  All rights reserved.
+ */
+/*
+ *  search.c
+ */
+
+#if 0
+#ifndef lint 
+static char copyright[] = "@(#) Copyright (c) 1990 Regents of the University of Michigan.\nAll rights reserved.\n";
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#include "ldap-int.h"
+
+static int nsldapi_timeval2ldaplimit( struct timeval *timeoutp,
+	int defaultvalue );
+static int nsldapi_search( LDAP *ld, const char *base, int scope,
+	const char *filter, char **attrs, int attrsonly,
+	LDAPControl **serverctrls, LDAPControl **clientctrls,
+	int timelimit, int sizelimit, int *msgidp );
+static char *find_right_paren( char *s );
+static char *put_complex_filter( BerElement *ber, char *str,
+	unsigned long tag, int not );
+static int put_filter( BerElement *ber, char *str );
+static int unescape_filterval( char *str );
+static int hexchar2int( char c );
+static int is_valid_attr( char *a );
+static int put_simple_filter( BerElement *ber, char *str );
+static int put_substring_filter( BerElement *ber, char *type,
+	char *str );
+static int put_filter_list( BerElement *ber, char *str );
+static int nsldapi_search_s( LDAP *ld, const char *base, int scope, 
+	const char *filter, char **attrs, int attrsonly,
+	LDAPControl **serverctrls, LDAPControl **clientctrls,
+	struct timeval *localtimeoutp, int timelimit, int sizelimit,
+	LDAPMessage **res );
+
+/*
+ * ldap_search - initiate an ldap search operation.  Parameters:
+ *
+ *	ld		LDAP descriptor
+ *	base		DN of the base object
+ *	scope		the search scope - one of LDAP_SCOPE_BASE,
+ *			    LDAP_SCOPE_ONELEVEL, LDAP_SCOPE_SUBTREE
+ *	filter		a string containing the search filter
+ *			(e.g., "(|(cn=bob)(sn=bob))")
+ *	attrs		list of attribute types to return for matches
+ *	attrsonly	1 => attributes only 0 => attributes and values
+ *
+ * Example:
+ *	char	*attrs[] = { "mail", "title", 0 };
+ *	msgid = ldap_search( ld, "c=us@o=UM", LDAP_SCOPE_SUBTREE, "cn~=bob",
+ *	    attrs, attrsonly );
+ */
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_search(
+    LDAP 	*ld,
+    const char 	*base,
+    int 	scope,
+    const char 	*filter,
+    char 	**attrs,
+    int 	attrsonly
+)
+{
+	int		msgid;
+
+	LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "ldap_search\n", 0, 0, 0 );
+
+	if ( ldap_search_ext( ld, base, scope, filter, attrs, attrsonly, NULL,
+	    NULL, NULL, -1, &msgid ) == LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+		return( msgid );
+	} else {
+		return( -1 );	/* error is in ld handle */
+	}
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * LDAPv3 extended search.
+ * Returns an LDAP error code.
+ */
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_search_ext(
+    LDAP 		*ld,
+    const char 		*base,
+    int 		scope,
+    const char 		*filter,
+    char 		**attrs,
+    int 		attrsonly,
+    LDAPControl		**serverctrls,
+    LDAPControl		**clientctrls,
+    struct timeval	*timeoutp,	/* NULL means use ld->ld_timelimit */
+    int			sizelimit,
+    int			*msgidp
+)
+{
+	/*
+	 * It is an error to pass in a zero'd timeval.
+	 */
+	if ( timeoutp != NULL && timeoutp->tv_sec == 0 &&
+	    timeoutp->tv_usec == 0 ) {
+		if ( ld != NULL ) {
+			LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_PARAM_ERROR, NULL, NULL );
+		}
+                return( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+        }
+
+	return( nsldapi_search( ld, base, scope, filter, attrs, attrsonly,
+	    serverctrls, clientctrls,
+	    nsldapi_timeval2ldaplimit( timeoutp, -1 ), sizelimit, msgidp ));
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Like ldap_search_ext() except an integer timelimit is passed instead of
+ * using the overloaded struct timeval *timeoutp.
+ */
+static int
+nsldapi_search(
+    LDAP 		*ld,
+    const char 		*base,
+    int 		scope,
+    const char 		*filter,
+    char 		**attrs,
+    int 		attrsonly,
+    LDAPControl		**serverctrls,
+    LDAPControl		**clientctrls,
+    int			timelimit,	/* -1 means use ld->ld_timelimit */
+    int			sizelimit,	/* -1 means use ld->ld_sizelimit */
+    int			*msgidp
+)
+{
+	BerElement	*ber;
+	int		rc, rc_key;
+	unsigned long	key;	/* XXXmcs: memcache */
+
+	LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "ldap_search_ext\n", 0, 0, 0 );
+
+	if ( !NSLDAPI_VALID_LDAP_POINTER( ld )) {
+		return( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+	}
+
+	if ( base == NULL ) {
+	    base = "";
+	}
+
+	if ( filter == NULL ) {
+	    filter = "(objectclass=*)";
+	}
+
+	if ( msgidp == NULL || ( scope != LDAP_SCOPE_BASE
+	    && scope != LDAP_SCOPE_ONELEVEL && scope != LDAP_SCOPE_SUBTREE )
+		|| ( sizelimit < -1 )) {
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_PARAM_ERROR, NULL, NULL );
+                return( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+        }
+	LDAP_MUTEX_LOCK( ld, LDAP_MSGID_LOCK );
+	*msgidp = ++ld->ld_msgid;
+	LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_MSGID_LOCK );
+
+	/*
+	 * XXXmcs: should use cache function pointers to hook in memcache
+	 */
+	if ( ld->ld_memcache == NULL ) {
+		rc_key = LDAP_NOT_SUPPORTED;
+	} else if (( rc_key = ldap_memcache_createkey( ld, base, scope, filter,
+	    attrs, attrsonly, serverctrls, clientctrls, &key)) == LDAP_SUCCESS
+	    && ldap_memcache_result( ld, *msgidp, key ) == LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+		return LDAP_SUCCESS;
+	}
+
+	/* check the cache */
+	if ( ld->ld_cache_on && ld->ld_cache_search != NULL ) {
+		LDAP_MUTEX_LOCK( ld, LDAP_CACHE_LOCK );
+		if ( (rc = (ld->ld_cache_search)( ld, *msgidp, LDAP_REQ_SEARCH,
+		    base, scope, filter, attrs, attrsonly )) != 0 ) {
+			*msgidp = rc;
+			LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_CACHE_LOCK );
+			return( LDAP_SUCCESS );
+		}
+		LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_CACHE_LOCK );
+	}
+
+	/* caching off or did not find it in the cache - check the net */
+	if (( rc = nsldapi_build_search_req( ld, base, scope, filter, attrs,
+	    attrsonly, serverctrls, clientctrls, timelimit, sizelimit,
+	    *msgidp, &ber )) != LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+		return( rc );
+	}
+
+	/* send the message */
+	rc = nsldapi_send_initial_request( ld, *msgidp, LDAP_REQ_SEARCH,
+		(char *) base, ber );
+
+	/*
+	 * XXXmcs: should use cache function pointers to hook in memcache
+	 */
+	if ( (rc_key == LDAP_SUCCESS) && (rc >= 0) ) {
+		ldap_memcache_new( ld, rc, key, base );
+	}
+
+	*msgidp = rc;
+	return( rc < 0 ? LDAP_GET_LDERRNO( ld, NULL, NULL ) : LDAP_SUCCESS );
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Convert a non-NULL timeoutp to a value in seconds that is appropriate to
+ * send in an LDAP search request.  If timeoutp is NULL, return defaultvalue.
+ */
+static int
+nsldapi_timeval2ldaplimit( struct timeval *timeoutp, int defaultvalue )
+{
+	int		timelimit;
+
+	if ( NULL == timeoutp ) {
+		timelimit = defaultvalue;
+	} else if ( timeoutp->tv_sec > 0 ) {
+		timelimit = timeoutp->tv_sec;
+	} else if ( timeoutp->tv_usec > 0 ) {
+		timelimit = 1;	/* minimum we can express in LDAP */
+	} else {
+		/*
+		 * both tv_sec and tv_usec are less than one (zero?) so
+		 * to maintain compatiblity with our "zero means no limit"
+		 * convention we pass no limit to the server.
+		 */
+		timelimit = 0;	/* no limit */
+	}
+
+	return( timelimit );
+}
+
+
+/* returns an LDAP error code and also sets it in ld */
+int
+nsldapi_build_search_req(
+    LDAP		*ld, 
+    const char		*base, 
+    int			scope, 
+    const char		*filter,
+    char		**attrs, 
+    int			attrsonly,
+    LDAPControl		**serverctrls,
+    LDAPControl		**clientctrls,	/* not used for anything yet */
+    int			timelimit,	/* if -1, ld->ld_timelimit is used */
+    int			sizelimit,	/* if -1, ld->ld_sizelimit is used */
+    int			msgid,
+    BerElement		**berp
+)
+{
+	BerElement	*ber;
+	int		err;
+	char		*fdup;
+
+	/*
+	 * Create the search request.  It looks like this:
+	 *	SearchRequest := [APPLICATION 3] SEQUENCE {
+	 *		baseObject	DistinguishedName,
+	 *		scope		ENUMERATED {
+	 *			baseObject	(0),
+	 *			singleLevel	(1),
+	 *			wholeSubtree	(2)
+	 *		},
+	 *		derefAliases	ENUMERATED {
+	 *			neverDerefaliases	(0),
+	 *			derefInSearching	(1),
+	 *			derefFindingBaseObj	(2),
+	 *			alwaysDerefAliases	(3)
+	 *		},
+	 *		sizelimit	INTEGER (0 .. 65535),
+	 *		timelimit	INTEGER (0 .. 65535),
+	 *		attrsOnly	BOOLEAN,
+	 *		filter		Filter,
+	 *		attributes	SEQUENCE OF AttributeType
+	 *	}
+	 * wrapped in an ldap message.
+	 */
+
+	/* create a message to send */
+	if (( err = nsldapi_alloc_ber_with_options( ld, &ber ))
+	    != LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+		return( err );
+	}
+
+	if ( base == NULL ) {
+	    base = "";
+	}
+
+	if ( sizelimit == -1 ) {
+	    sizelimit = ld->ld_sizelimit;
+	}
+
+	if ( timelimit == -1 ) {
+	    timelimit = ld->ld_timelimit;
+	}
+
+#ifdef CLDAP
+	if ( ld->ld_sbp->sb_naddr > 0 ) {
+	    err = ber_printf( ber, "{ist{seeiib", msgid,
+		ld->ld_cldapdn, LDAP_REQ_SEARCH, base, scope, ld->ld_deref,
+		sizelimit, timelimit, attrsonly );
+	} else {
+#endif /* CLDAP */
+		err = ber_printf( ber, "{it{seeiib", msgid,
+		    LDAP_REQ_SEARCH, base, scope, ld->ld_deref,
+		    sizelimit, timelimit, attrsonly );
+#ifdef CLDAP
+	}
+#endif /* CLDAP */
+
+	if ( err == -1 ) {
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_ENCODING_ERROR, NULL, NULL );
+		ber_free( ber, 1 );
+		return( LDAP_ENCODING_ERROR );
+	}
+
+	fdup = nsldapi_strdup( filter );
+	err = put_filter( ber, fdup );
+	NSLDAPI_FREE( fdup );
+
+	if ( err == -1 ) {
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_FILTER_ERROR, NULL, NULL );
+		ber_free( ber, 1 );
+		return( LDAP_FILTER_ERROR );
+	}
+
+	if ( ber_printf( ber, "{v}}", attrs ) == -1 ) {
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_ENCODING_ERROR, NULL, NULL );
+		ber_free( ber, 1 );
+		return( LDAP_ENCODING_ERROR );
+	}
+
+	if ( (err = nsldapi_put_controls( ld, serverctrls, 1, ber ))
+	    != LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+		ber_free( ber, 1 );
+		return( err );
+	}
+
+	*berp = ber;
+	return( LDAP_SUCCESS );
+}
+
+static char *
+find_right_paren( char *s )
+{
+	int	balance, escape;
+
+	balance = 1;
+	escape = 0;
+	while ( *s && balance ) {
+		if ( escape == 0 ) {
+			if ( *s == '(' )
+				balance++;
+			else if ( *s == ')' )
+				balance--;
+		}
+		if ( *s == '\\' && ! escape )
+			escape = 1;
+		else
+			escape = 0;
+		if ( balance )
+			s++;
+	}
+
+	return( *s ? s : NULL );
+}
+
+static char *
+put_complex_filter(
+    BerElement		*ber, 
+    char		*str, 
+    unsigned long	tag, 
+    int			not 
+)
+{
+	char	*next;
+
+	/*
+	 * We have (x(filter)...) with str sitting on
+	 * the x.  We have to find the paren matching
+	 * the one before the x and put the intervening
+	 * filters by calling put_filter_list().
+	 */
+
+	/* put explicit tag */
+	if ( ber_printf( ber, "t{", tag ) == -1 )
+		return( NULL );
+
+	str++;
+	if ( (next = find_right_paren( str )) == NULL )
+		return( NULL );
+
+	*next = '\0';
+	if ( put_filter_list( ber, str ) == -1 )
+		return( NULL );
+	*next++ = ')';
+
+	/* flush explicit tagged thang */
+	if ( ber_printf( ber, "}" ) == -1 )
+		return( NULL );
+
+	return( next );
+}
+
+static int
+put_filter( BerElement *ber, char *str )
+{
+	char	*next;
+	int	parens, balance, escape;
+
+	/*
+	 * A Filter looks like this:
+	 *      Filter ::= CHOICE {
+	 *              and             [0]     SET OF Filter,
+	 *              or              [1]     SET OF Filter,
+	 *              not             [2]     Filter,
+	 *              equalityMatch   [3]     AttributeValueAssertion,
+	 *              substrings      [4]     SubstringFilter,
+	 *              greaterOrEqual  [5]     AttributeValueAssertion,
+	 *              lessOrEqual     [6]     AttributeValueAssertion,
+	 *              present         [7]     AttributeType,,
+	 *              approxMatch     [8]     AttributeValueAssertion
+	 *      }
+	 *
+	 *      SubstringFilter ::= SEQUENCE {
+	 *              type               AttributeType,
+	 *              SEQUENCE OF CHOICE {
+	 *                      initial          [0] IA5String,
+	 *                      any              [1] IA5String,
+	 *                      final            [2] IA5String
+	 *              }
+	 *      }
+	 * Note: tags in a choice are always explicit
+	 */
+
+	LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "put_filter \"%s\"\n", str, 0, 0 );
+
+	parens = 0;
+	while ( *str ) {
+		switch ( *str ) {
+		case '(':
+			str++;
+			parens++;
+			switch ( *str ) {
+			case '&':
+				LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "put_filter: AND\n",
+				    0, 0, 0 );
+
+				if ( (str = put_complex_filter( ber, str,
+				    LDAP_FILTER_AND, 0 )) == NULL )
+					return( -1 );
+
+				parens--;
+				break;
+
+			case '|':
+				LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "put_filter: OR\n",
+				    0, 0, 0 );
+
+				if ( (str = put_complex_filter( ber, str,
+				    LDAP_FILTER_OR, 0 )) == NULL )
+					return( -1 );
+
+				parens--;
+				break;
+
+			case '!':
+				LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "put_filter: NOT\n",
+				    0, 0, 0 );
+
+				if ( (str = put_complex_filter( ber, str,
+				    LDAP_FILTER_NOT, 1 )) == NULL )
+					return( -1 );
+
+				parens--;
+				break;
+
+			default:
+				LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE,
+				    "put_filter: simple\n", 0, 0, 0 );
+
+				balance = 1;
+				escape = 0;
+				next = str;
+				while ( *next && balance ) {
+					if ( escape == 0 ) {
+						if ( *next == '(' )
+							balance++;
+						else if ( *next == ')' )
+							balance--;
+					}
+					if ( *next == '\\' && ! escape )
+						escape = 1;
+					else
+						escape = 0;
+					if ( balance )
+						next++;
+				}
+				if ( balance != 0 )
+					return( -1 );
+
+				*next = '\0';
+				if ( put_simple_filter( ber, str ) == -1 ) {
+					return( -1 );
+				}
+				*next++ = ')';
+				str = next;
+				parens--;
+				break;
+			}
+			break;
+
+		case ')':
+			LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "put_filter: end\n", 0, 0,
+			    0 );
+			if ( ber_printf( ber, "]" ) == -1 )
+				return( -1 );
+			str++;
+			parens--;
+			break;
+
+		case ' ':
+			str++;
+			break;
+
+		default:	/* assume it's a simple type=value filter */
+			LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "put_filter: default\n", 0, 0,
+			    0 );
+			next = strchr( str, '\0' );
+			if ( put_simple_filter( ber, str ) == -1 ) {
+				return( -1 );
+			}
+			str = next;
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return( parens ? -1 : 0 );
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Put a list of filters like this "(filter1)(filter2)..."
+ */
+
+static int
+put_filter_list( BerElement *ber, char *str )
+{
+	char	*next;
+	char	save;
+
+	LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "put_filter_list \"%s\"\n", str, 0, 0 );
+
+	while ( *str ) {
+		while ( *str && isspace( *str ) )
+			str++;
+		if ( *str == '\0' )
+			break;
+
+		if ( (next = find_right_paren( str + 1 )) == NULL )
+			return( -1 );
+		save = *++next;
+
+		/* now we have "(filter)" with str pointing to it */
+		*next = '\0';
+		if ( put_filter( ber, str ) == -1 )
+			return( -1 );
+		*next = save;
+
+		str = next;
+	}
+
+	return( 0 );
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * is_valid_attr - returns 1 if a is a syntactically valid left-hand side
+ * of a filter expression, 0 otherwise.  A valid string may contain only
+ * letters, numbers, hyphens, semi-colons, colons and periods. examples:
+ *	cn
+ *	cn;lang-fr
+ *	1.2.3.4;binary;dynamic
+ *	mail;dynamic
+ *	cn:dn:1.2.3.4
+ *
+ * For compatibility with older servers, we also allow underscores in
+ * attribute types, even through they are not allowed by the LDAPv3 RFCs.
+ */
+static int
+is_valid_attr( char *a )
+{
+	for ( ; *a; a++ ) {
+	    if ( !isascii( *a ) ) {
+		return( 0 );
+	    } else if ( !isalnum( *a ) ) {
+		switch ( *a ) {
+		  case '-':
+		  case '.':
+		  case ';':
+		  case ':':
+		  case '_':
+		    break; /* valid */
+		  default:
+		    return( 0 );
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	return( 1 );
+}
+
+static char *
+find_star( char *s )
+{
+    for ( ; *s; ++s ) {
+	switch ( *s ) {
+	  case '*': return s;
+	  case '\\':
+	    ++s;
+	    if ( hexchar2int(s[0]) >= 0 && hexchar2int(s[1]) >= 0 ) ++s;
+	  default: break;
+	}
+    }
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+static int
+put_simple_filter( BerElement *ber, char *str )
+{
+	char		*s, *s2, *s3, filterop;
+	char		*value;
+	unsigned long	ftype;
+	int		rc, len;
+	char		*oid;	/* for v3 extended filter */
+	int		dnattr;	/* for v3 extended filter */
+
+	LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "put_simple_filter \"%s\"\n", str, 0, 0 );
+
+	rc = -1;	/* pessimistic */
+
+	if (( str = nsldapi_strdup( str )) == NULL ) {
+		return( rc );
+	}
+
+	if ( (s = strchr( str, '=' )) == NULL ) {
+		goto free_and_return;
+	}
+	value = s + 1;
+	*s-- = '\0';
+	filterop = *s;
+	if ( filterop == '<' || filterop == '>' || filterop == '~' ||
+	    filterop == ':' ) {
+		*s = '\0';
+	}
+
+	if ( ! is_valid_attr( str ) ) {
+		goto free_and_return;
+	}
+
+	switch ( filterop ) {
+	case '<':
+		ftype = LDAP_FILTER_LE;
+		break;
+	case '>':
+		ftype = LDAP_FILTER_GE;
+		break;
+	case '~':
+		ftype = LDAP_FILTER_APPROX;
+		break;
+	case ':':	/* extended filter - v3 only */
+		/*
+		 * extended filter looks like this:
+		 *
+		 *	[type][':dn'][':'oid]':='value
+		 *
+		 * where one of type or :oid is required.
+		 *
+		 */
+		ftype = LDAP_FILTER_EXTENDED;
+		s2 = s3 = NULL;
+		if ( (s2 = strrchr( str, ':' )) == NULL ) {
+			goto free_and_return;
+		}
+		if ( strcasecmp( s2, ":dn" ) == 0 ) {
+			oid = NULL;
+			dnattr = 1;
+			*s2 = '\0';
+		} else {
+			oid = s2 + 1;
+			dnattr = 0;
+			*s2 = '\0';
+			if ( (s3 = strrchr( str, ':' )) != NULL ) {
+				if ( strcasecmp( s3, ":dn" ) == 0 ) {
+					dnattr = 1;
+				} else {
+					goto free_and_return;
+				}
+				*s3 = '\0';
+			}
+		}
+		if ( (rc = ber_printf( ber, "t{", ftype )) == -1 ) {
+			goto free_and_return;
+		}
+		if ( oid != NULL ) {
+			if ( (rc = ber_printf( ber, "ts", LDAP_TAG_MRA_OID,
+			    oid )) == -1 ) {
+				goto free_and_return;
+			}
+		}
+		if ( *str != '\0' ) {
+			if ( (rc = ber_printf( ber, "ts",
+			    LDAP_TAG_MRA_TYPE, str )) == -1 ) {
+				goto free_and_return;
+			}
+		}
+		if (( len = unescape_filterval( value )) < 0 ||
+		    ( rc = ber_printf( ber, "totb}", LDAP_TAG_MRA_VALUE,
+		    value, len, LDAP_TAG_MRA_DNATTRS, dnattr )) == -1 ) {
+			goto free_and_return;
+		}
+		rc = 0;
+		goto free_and_return;
+		break;
+	default:
+		if ( find_star( value ) == NULL ) {
+			ftype = LDAP_FILTER_EQUALITY;
+		} else if ( strcmp( value, "*" ) == 0 ) {
+			ftype = LDAP_FILTER_PRESENT;
+		} else {
+			rc = put_substring_filter( ber, str, value );
+			goto free_and_return;
+		}
+		break;
+	}
+
+	if ( ftype == LDAP_FILTER_PRESENT ) {
+		rc = ber_printf( ber, "ts", ftype, str );
+	} else if (( len = unescape_filterval( value )) >= 0 ) {
+		rc = ber_printf( ber, "t{so}", ftype, str, value, len );
+	}
+	if ( rc != -1 ) {
+		rc = 0;
+	}
+
+free_and_return:
+	NSLDAPI_FREE( str );
+	return( rc );
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Undo in place both LDAPv2 (RFC-1960) and LDAPv3 (hexadecimal) escape
+ * sequences within the null-terminated string 'val'.  The resulting value
+ * may contain null characters.
+ *
+ * If 'val' contains invalid escape sequences we return -1.
+ * Otherwise the length of the unescaped value is returned.
+ */
+static int
+unescape_filterval( char *val )
+{
+	int	escape, firstdigit, ival; 
+	char	*s, *d;
+
+	escape = firstdigit = 0;
+	for ( s = d = val; *s; s++ ) {
+		if ( escape ) {
+			/*
+			 * first try LDAPv3 escape (hexadecimal) sequence
+			 */
+			if (( ival = hexchar2int( *s )) < 0 ) {
+				if ( firstdigit ) {
+					/*
+					 * LDAPv2 (RFC1960) escape sequence
+					 */
+					*d++ = *s;
+					escape = 0;
+				} else {
+					return(-1);
+				}
+			}
+			if ( firstdigit ) {
+			    *d = ( ival<<4 );
+			    firstdigit = 0;
+			} else {
+			    *d++ |= ival;
+			    escape = 0;
+			}
+
+		} else if ( *s != '\\' ) {
+			*d++ = *s;
+			escape = 0;
+
+		} else {
+			escape = 1;
+			firstdigit = 1;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return( d - val );
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * convert character 'c' that represents a hexadecimal digit to an integer.
+ * if 'c' is not a hexidecimal digit [0-9A-Fa-f], -1 is returned.
+ * otherwise the converted value is returned.
+ */
+static int
+hexchar2int( char c )
+{
+    if ( c >= '0' && c <= '9' ) {
+	return( c - '0' );
+    }
+    if ( c >= 'A' && c <= 'F' ) {
+	return( c - 'A' + 10 );
+    }
+    if ( c >= 'a' && c <= 'f' ) {
+	return( c - 'a' + 10 );
+    }
+    return( -1 );
+}
+
+static int
+put_substring_filter( BerElement *ber, char *type, char *val )
+{
+	char		*nextstar, gotstar = 0;
+	unsigned long	ftype;
+	int		len;
+
+	LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "put_substring_filter \"%s=%s\"\n", type,
+	    val, 0 );
+
+	if ( ber_printf( ber, "t{s{", LDAP_FILTER_SUBSTRINGS, type ) == -1 ) {
+		return( -1 );
+	}
+
+	for ( ; val != NULL; val = nextstar ) {
+		if ( (nextstar = find_star( val )) != NULL ) {
+			*nextstar++ = '\0';
+		}
+
+		if ( gotstar == 0 ) {
+			ftype = LDAP_SUBSTRING_INITIAL;
+		} else if ( nextstar == NULL ) {
+			ftype = LDAP_SUBSTRING_FINAL;
+		} else {
+			ftype = LDAP_SUBSTRING_ANY;
+		}
+		if ( *val != '\0' ) {
+			if (( len = unescape_filterval( val )) < 0 ||
+			    ber_printf( ber, "to", ftype, val, len ) == -1 ) {
+				return( -1 );
+			}
+		}
+
+		gotstar = 1;
+	}
+
+	if ( ber_printf( ber, "}}" ) == -1 ) {
+		return( -1 );
+	}
+
+	return( 0 );
+}
+
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_search_st(
+    LDAP		*ld, 
+    const char 		*base, 
+    int 		scope, 
+    const char 		*filter, 
+    char 		**attrs,
+    int 		attrsonly, 
+    struct timeval	*timeout, 
+    LDAPMessage 	**res
+)
+{
+	return( nsldapi_search_s( ld, base, scope, filter, attrs, attrsonly,
+	    NULL, NULL, timeout, -1, -1, res ));
+}
+
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_search_s(
+    LDAP	*ld, 
+    const char 	*base, 
+    int 	scope, 
+    const char 	*filter, 
+    char 	**attrs,
+    int		attrsonly, 
+    LDAPMessage	**res
+)
+{
+	return( nsldapi_search_s( ld, base, scope, filter, attrs, attrsonly,
+	    NULL, NULL, NULL, -1, -1, res ));
+}
+
+int LDAP_CALL
+ldap_search_ext_s(
+    LDAP		*ld, 
+    const char 		*base, 
+    int 		scope, 
+    const char 		*filter, 
+    char 		**attrs,
+    int			attrsonly, 
+    LDAPControl		**serverctrls,
+    LDAPControl		**clientctrls,
+    struct timeval	*timeoutp,
+    int			sizelimit,
+    LDAPMessage		**res
+)
+{
+	return( nsldapi_search_s( ld, base, scope, filter, attrs, attrsonly,
+	    serverctrls, clientctrls, timeoutp,
+	    nsldapi_timeval2ldaplimit( timeoutp, -1 ), sizelimit, res ));
+}
+
+
+static int 
+nsldapi_search_s(
+    LDAP		*ld, 
+    const char 		*base, 
+    int 		scope, 
+    const char 		*filter, 
+    char 		**attrs,
+    int			attrsonly, 
+    LDAPControl		**serverctrls,
+    LDAPControl		**clientctrls,
+    struct timeval	*localtimeoutp,
+    int			timelimit,	/* -1 means use ld->ld_timelimit */
+    int			sizelimit,	/* -1 means use ld->ld_sizelimit */
+    LDAPMessage		**res
+)
+{
+	int	err, msgid;
+
+	/*
+	 * It is an error to pass in a zero'd timeval.
+	 */
+	if ( localtimeoutp != NULL && localtimeoutp->tv_sec == 0 &&
+	    localtimeoutp->tv_usec == 0 ) {
+		if ( ld != NULL ) {
+			LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_PARAM_ERROR, NULL, NULL );
+		}
+		if ( res != NULL ) {
+			*res = NULL;
+		}
+                return( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+        }
+
+	if (( err = nsldapi_search( ld, base, scope, filter, attrs, attrsonly,
+	    serverctrls, clientctrls, timelimit, sizelimit, &msgid ))
+	    != LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+		if ( res != NULL ) {
+			*res = NULL;
+		}
+		return( err );
+	}
+
+	if ( ldap_result( ld, msgid, 1, localtimeoutp, res ) == -1 ) {
+		/*
+		 * Error.  ldap_result() sets *res to NULL for us.
+		 */
+		return( LDAP_GET_LDERRNO( ld, NULL, NULL ) );
+	}
+
+	if ( LDAP_GET_LDERRNO( ld, NULL, NULL ) == LDAP_TIMEOUT ) {
+		(void) ldap_abandon( ld, msgid );
+		err = LDAP_TIMEOUT;
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, err, NULL, NULL );
+		if ( res != NULL ) {
+			*res = NULL;
+		}
+		return( err );
+	}
+
+	return( ldap_result2error( ld, *res, 0 ) );
+}
diff --git a/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/setoption.c b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/setoption.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5c4d753f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/setoption.c
@@ -0,0 +1,411 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ * 
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version 
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with 
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at 
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ * 
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ * 
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, released
+ * March 31, 1998.
+ * 
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998-1999
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ * 
+ * Contributor(s):
+ * 
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
+ * or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ * 
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+/*
+ * setoption.c - ldap_set_option implementation 
+ */
+
+#include "ldap-int.h"
+
+#define LDAP_SETCLR_BITOPT( ld, bit, optdata ) \
+	if ( optdata != NULL ) {		\
+		(ld)->ld_options |= bit;	\
+	} else {				\
+		(ld)->ld_options &= ~bit;	\
+	}
+
+
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_set_option( LDAP *ld, int option, const void *optdata )
+{
+	int		rc, i;
+	char		*matched, *errstr;
+
+	/*
+         * if ld is NULL, arrange to modify our default settings
+         */
+        if ( ld == NULL ) {
+		if ( !nsldapi_initialized ) {
+			nsldapi_initialize_defaults();
+		}
+		ld = &nsldapi_ld_defaults;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * process global options (not associated with an LDAP session handle)
+	 */
+	if ( option == LDAP_OPT_MEMALLOC_FN_PTRS ) {
+		struct lber_memalloc_fns	memalloc_fns;
+
+		/* set libldap ones via a struct copy */
+		nsldapi_memalloc_fns = *((struct ldap_memalloc_fns *)optdata);
+
+		/* also set liblber memory allocation callbacks */
+		memalloc_fns.lbermem_malloc =
+		    nsldapi_memalloc_fns.ldapmem_malloc;
+		memalloc_fns.lbermem_calloc =
+		    nsldapi_memalloc_fns.ldapmem_calloc;
+		memalloc_fns.lbermem_realloc =
+		    nsldapi_memalloc_fns.ldapmem_realloc;
+		memalloc_fns.lbermem_free =
+		    nsldapi_memalloc_fns.ldapmem_free;
+		if ( ber_set_option( NULL, LBER_OPT_MEMALLOC_FN_PTRS,
+		    &memalloc_fns ) != 0 ) {
+			return( -1 );
+		}
+
+		return( 0 );
+	}
+	/* 
+     * LDAP_OPT_DEBUG_LEVEL is global 
+     */
+    if (LDAP_OPT_DEBUG_LEVEL == option) 
+    {
+#ifdef LDAP_DEBUG	  
+        ldap_debug = *((int *) optdata);
+#endif
+        return 0;
+    }
+
+	/*
+	 * process options that are associated with an LDAP session handle
+	 */
+	if ( !NSLDAPI_VALID_LDAP_POINTER( ld )) {
+		return( -1 );	/* punt */
+	}
+
+	rc = 0;
+	if ( ld != &nsldapi_ld_defaults
+		&& option != LDAP_OPT_EXTRA_THREAD_FN_PTRS
+		&& option != LDAP_OPT_THREAD_FN_PTRS ) {
+	    LDAP_MUTEX_LOCK( ld, LDAP_OPTION_LOCK );
+	}
+	switch( option ) {
+	/* options that can be turned on and off */
+#ifdef LDAP_DNS
+	case LDAP_OPT_DNS:
+		LDAP_SETCLR_BITOPT( ld, LDAP_BITOPT_DNS, optdata );
+		break;
+#endif
+
+	case LDAP_OPT_REFERRALS:
+		LDAP_SETCLR_BITOPT( ld, LDAP_BITOPT_REFERRALS, optdata );
+		break;
+
+	case LDAP_OPT_SSL:
+		LDAP_SETCLR_BITOPT( ld, LDAP_BITOPT_SSL, optdata );
+		break;
+
+	case LDAP_OPT_RESTART:
+		LDAP_SETCLR_BITOPT( ld, LDAP_BITOPT_RESTART, optdata );
+		break;
+
+	case LDAP_OPT_RECONNECT:
+		LDAP_SETCLR_BITOPT( ld, LDAP_BITOPT_RECONNECT, optdata );
+		break;
+
+	case LDAP_OPT_NOREBIND:
+		LDAP_SETCLR_BITOPT( ld, LDAP_BITOPT_NOREBIND, optdata );
+		break;
+
+#ifdef LDAP_ASYNC_IO
+	case LDAP_OPT_ASYNC_CONNECT:
+ 		LDAP_SETCLR_BITOPT(ld, LDAP_BITOPT_ASYNC, optdata );
+	 	break;
+#endif /* LDAP_ASYNC_IO */
+
+	/* fields in the LDAP structure */
+	case LDAP_OPT_DEREF:
+		ld->ld_deref = *((int *) optdata);
+		break;
+	case LDAP_OPT_SIZELIMIT:
+		ld->ld_sizelimit = *((int *) optdata);
+                break;  
+	case LDAP_OPT_TIMELIMIT:
+		ld->ld_timelimit = *((int *) optdata);
+                break;
+	case LDAP_OPT_REFERRAL_HOP_LIMIT:
+		ld->ld_refhoplimit = *((int *) optdata);
+		break;
+	case LDAP_OPT_PROTOCOL_VERSION:
+		ld->ld_version = *((int *) optdata);
+		if ( ld->ld_defconn != NULL ) {	/* also set in default conn. */
+			ld->ld_defconn->lconn_version = ld->ld_version;
+		}
+		break;
+	case LDAP_OPT_SERVER_CONTROLS:
+		/* nsldapi_dup_controls returns -1 and sets lderrno on error */
+		rc = nsldapi_dup_controls( ld, &ld->ld_servercontrols,
+		    (LDAPControl **)optdata );
+		break;
+	case LDAP_OPT_CLIENT_CONTROLS:
+		/* nsldapi_dup_controls returns -1 and sets lderrno on error */
+		rc = nsldapi_dup_controls( ld, &ld->ld_clientcontrols,
+		    (LDAPControl **)optdata );
+		break;
+
+	/* rebind proc */
+	case LDAP_OPT_REBIND_FN:
+		ld->ld_rebind_fn = (LDAP_REBINDPROC_CALLBACK *) optdata;
+		break;
+	case LDAP_OPT_REBIND_ARG:
+		ld->ld_rebind_arg = (void *) optdata;
+		break;
+
+	/* i/o function pointers */
+	case LDAP_OPT_IO_FN_PTRS:
+		if (( rc = nsldapi_install_compat_io_fns( ld,
+		    (struct ldap_io_fns *)optdata )) != LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+			LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, rc, NULL, NULL );
+			rc = -1;
+		}
+		break;
+
+	/* extended i/o function pointers */
+	case LDAP_X_OPT_EXTIO_FN_PTRS:
+	  /* denotes use of old iofns struct (no writev) */
+	  if (((struct ldap_x_ext_io_fns_rev0 *) optdata)->lextiof_size == LDAP_X_EXTIO_FNS_SIZE_REV0) {
+	    ld->ld_extio_size = LDAP_X_EXTIO_FNS_SIZE;
+	    ld->ld_extclose_fn = ((struct ldap_x_ext_io_fns_rev0 *) optdata)->lextiof_close;
+	    ld->ld_extconnect_fn = ((struct ldap_x_ext_io_fns_rev0 *) optdata)->lextiof_connect;
+	    ld->ld_extread_fn = ((struct ldap_x_ext_io_fns_rev0 *) optdata)->lextiof_read;
+	    ld->ld_extwrite_fn = ((struct ldap_x_ext_io_fns_rev0 *) optdata)->lextiof_write;
+	    ld->ld_extpoll_fn = ((struct ldap_x_ext_io_fns_rev0 *) optdata)->lextiof_poll;
+	    ld->ld_extnewhandle_fn = ((struct ldap_x_ext_io_fns_rev0 *) optdata)->lextiof_newhandle;
+	    ld->ld_extdisposehandle_fn = ((struct ldap_x_ext_io_fns_rev0 *) optdata)->lextiof_disposehandle;
+	    ld->ld_ext_session_arg = ((struct ldap_x_ext_io_fns_rev0 *) optdata)->lextiof_session_arg;
+	    ld->ld_extwritev_fn = NULL;
+	    if ( ber_sockbuf_set_option( ld->ld_sbp, LBER_SOCKBUF_OPT_EXT_IO_FNS,
+					 &(ld->ld_ext_io_fns) ) != 0 ) {
+	      LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_LOCAL_ERROR, NULL, NULL );
+	      rc = -1;
+	      break;
+	    }
+	  }
+	  else {
+	    /* struct copy */
+	    ld->ld_ext_io_fns = *((struct ldap_x_ext_io_fns *) optdata);
+	  }
+	  if (( rc = nsldapi_install_lber_extiofns( ld, ld->ld_sbp ))
+	      != LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+	    LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, rc, NULL, NULL );
+	    rc = -1;
+	  }
+	  break;
+
+	 /* set Socket Arg in extended socket i/o functions*/
+	case LDAP_X_OPT_SOCKETARG:
+	  if ( ber_sockbuf_set_option( ld->ld_sbp,
+	    LBER_SOCKBUF_OPT_SOCK_ARG, (void *)optdata ) != 0 ) {
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_LOCAL_ERROR, NULL, NULL );
+		rc = -1;
+	  }
+		
+	  break;
+	  
+	/* thread function pointers */
+	case LDAP_OPT_THREAD_FN_PTRS:
+		/*
+		 * It is only safe to set the thread function pointers
+		 * when one thread is using the LDAP session handle.
+		 */
+		/* free existing mutexes (some are allocated by ldap_init()) */
+		nsldapi_mutex_free_all( ld );
+
+		/* struct copy */
+		ld->ld_thread = *((struct ldap_thread_fns *) optdata);
+
+		/* allocate new mutexes */
+		nsldapi_mutex_alloc_all( ld );
+
+		/* LDAP_OPTION_LOCK was never locked... so just return */
+		return (rc);
+
+	/* extra thread function pointers */
+	case LDAP_OPT_EXTRA_THREAD_FN_PTRS:
+	/* The extra thread funcs will only pick up the threadid */
+	    ld->ld_thread2  = *((struct ldap_extra_thread_fns *) optdata);
+	    
+	/* Reset the rest of the structure preserving the threadid fn */
+	    ld->ld_mutex_trylock_fn =  (LDAP_TF_MUTEX_TRYLOCK_CALLBACK *)NULL;
+	    ld->ld_sema_alloc_fn = (LDAP_TF_SEMA_ALLOC_CALLBACK *) NULL;
+	    ld->ld_sema_free_fn = (LDAP_TF_SEMA_FREE_CALLBACK *) NULL;
+	    ld->ld_sema_wait_fn = (LDAP_TF_SEMA_WAIT_CALLBACK *) NULL;
+	    ld->ld_sema_post_fn = (LDAP_TF_SEMA_POST_CALLBACK *) NULL;
+
+	/* We assume that only one thread is active when replacing */
+	/* the threadid function.  We will now proceed and reset all */
+	/* of the threadid/refcounts */
+	    for( i=0; i<LDAP_MAX_LOCK; i++ ) {
+                ld->ld_mutex_threadid[i] = (void *) -1;
+                ld->ld_mutex_refcnt[i] = 0;
+            }
+
+	/* LDAP_OPTION_LOCK was never locked... so just return */
+	    return (rc);
+
+	/* DNS function pointers */
+	case LDAP_OPT_DNS_FN_PTRS:
+		/* struct copy */
+		ld->ld_dnsfn = *((struct ldap_dns_fns *) optdata);
+		break;
+
+	/* cache function pointers */
+	case LDAP_OPT_CACHE_FN_PTRS:
+		/* struct copy */
+		ld->ld_cache = *((struct ldap_cache_fns *) optdata);
+		break;
+	case LDAP_OPT_CACHE_STRATEGY:
+		ld->ld_cache_strategy = *((int *) optdata);
+		break;
+	case LDAP_OPT_CACHE_ENABLE:
+		ld->ld_cache_on = *((int *) optdata);
+		break;
+
+	case LDAP_OPT_ERROR_NUMBER:
+		LDAP_GET_LDERRNO( ld, &matched, &errstr );
+		matched = nsldapi_strdup( matched );
+		errstr = nsldapi_strdup( errstr );
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, *((int *) optdata), matched, errstr );
+		break;
+
+	case LDAP_OPT_ERROR_STRING:
+		rc = LDAP_GET_LDERRNO( ld, &matched, NULL );
+		matched = nsldapi_strdup( matched );
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, rc, matched,
+		    nsldapi_strdup((char *) optdata));
+		rc = LDAP_SUCCESS;
+		break;
+
+	case LDAP_OPT_MATCHED_DN:
+		rc = LDAP_GET_LDERRNO( ld, NULL, &errstr );
+		errstr = nsldapi_strdup( errstr );
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, rc,
+		    nsldapi_strdup((char *) optdata), errstr );
+		rc = LDAP_SUCCESS;
+		break;
+
+	case LDAP_OPT_PREFERRED_LANGUAGE:
+		if ( NULL != ld->ld_preferred_language ) {
+			NSLDAPI_FREE(ld->ld_preferred_language);
+		}
+		ld->ld_preferred_language = nsldapi_strdup((char *) optdata);
+		break;
+
+	case LDAP_OPT_HOST_NAME:
+		if ( NULL != ld->ld_defhost ) {
+			NSLDAPI_FREE(ld->ld_defhost);
+		}
+		ld->ld_defhost = nsldapi_strdup((char *) optdata);
+		break;
+
+	case LDAP_X_OPT_CONNECT_TIMEOUT:
+		ld->ld_connect_timeout = *((int *) optdata);
+		break;
+
+#ifdef LDAP_SASLIO_HOOKS
+	/* SASL options */
+	case LDAP_OPT_X_SASL_MECH:
+		NSLDAPI_FREE(ld->ld_def_sasl_mech);
+		ld->ld_def_sasl_mech = nsldapi_strdup((char *) optdata);
+		break;
+	case LDAP_OPT_X_SASL_REALM:
+		NSLDAPI_FREE(ld->ld_def_sasl_realm);
+		ld->ld_def_sasl_realm = nsldapi_strdup((char *) optdata);
+		break;
+	case LDAP_OPT_X_SASL_AUTHCID:
+		NSLDAPI_FREE(ld->ld_def_sasl_authcid);
+		ld->ld_def_sasl_authcid = nsldapi_strdup((char *) optdata);
+		break;
+	case LDAP_OPT_X_SASL_AUTHZID:
+		NSLDAPI_FREE(ld->ld_def_sasl_authzid);
+		ld->ld_def_sasl_authzid = nsldapi_strdup((char *) optdata);
+		break;
+	case LDAP_OPT_X_SASL_SSF_EXTERNAL:
+		{
+			int sc;
+			sasl_ssf_t extprops;
+			sasl_conn_t *ctx;
+			if( ld->ld_defconn == NULL ) {
+				return -1;
+			}
+			ctx = (sasl_conn_t *)(ld->ld_defconn->lconn_sasl_ctx);
+			if ( ctx == NULL ) {
+				return -1;
+			}
+			memset(&extprops, 0L, sizeof(extprops));
+			extprops = * ((sasl_ssf_t *) optdata);
+			sc = sasl_setprop( ctx, SASL_SSF_EXTERNAL,
+					(void *) &extprops );
+			if ( sc != SASL_OK ) {
+				return -1;
+			}
+		}
+		break;
+	case LDAP_OPT_X_SASL_SECPROPS:
+		{
+			int sc;
+			sc = nsldapi_sasl_secprops( (char *) optdata,
+					&ld->ld_sasl_secprops );
+			return sc == LDAP_SUCCESS ? 0 : -1;
+		}
+		break;
+	case LDAP_OPT_X_SASL_SSF_MIN:
+		ld->ld_sasl_secprops.min_ssf = *((sasl_ssf_t *) optdata);
+		break;
+	case LDAP_OPT_X_SASL_SSF_MAX:
+		ld->ld_sasl_secprops.max_ssf = *((sasl_ssf_t *) optdata);
+		break;
+	case LDAP_OPT_X_SASL_MAXBUFSIZE:
+		ld->ld_sasl_secprops.maxbufsize = *((sasl_ssf_t *) optdata);
+		break;
+	case LDAP_OPT_X_SASL_SSF:       /* read only */
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_PARAM_ERROR, NULL, NULL );
+		rc = -1;
+		break;
+#endif
+
+	default:
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_PARAM_ERROR, NULL, NULL );
+		rc = -1;
+	}
+
+	if ( ld != &nsldapi_ld_defaults ) {
+	    LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_OPTION_LOCK );
+	}
+	return( rc );
+}
diff --git a/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/sort.c b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/sort.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8a716c818
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/sort.c
@@ -0,0 +1,355 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ * 
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version 
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with 
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at 
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ * 
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ * 
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, released
+ * March 31, 1998.
+ * 
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998-1999
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ * 
+ * Contributor(s):
+ * 
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
+ * or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ * 
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1994 Regents of the University of Michigan.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms are permitted
+ * provided that this notice is preserved and that due credit is given
+ * to the University of Michigan at Ann Arbor. The name of the University
+ * may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this
+ * software without specific prior written permission. This software
+ * is provided ``as is'' without express or implied warranty.
+ */
+/*
+ * sort.c:  LDAP library entry and value sort routines
+ */
+
+#include "ldap-int.h"
+
+/* This xp_qsort fixes a memory problem (ABR) on Solaris for the client.
+ * Server is welcome to use it too, but I wasn't sure if it
+ * would be ok to use XP code here.  -slamm
+ *
+ * We don't want to require use of libxp when linking with libldap, so
+ * I'll leave use of xp_qsort as a MOZILLA_CLIENT-only thing for now. --mcs
+ */
+#if defined(MOZILLA_CLIENT) && defined(SOLARIS)
+#include "xp_qsort.h"
+#else
+#define XP_QSORT qsort
+#endif
+
+typedef struct keycmp {
+    void                 *kc_arg;
+    LDAP_KEYCMP_CALLBACK *kc_cmp;
+} keycmp_t;
+
+typedef struct keything {
+    keycmp_t            *kt_cmp;
+    const struct berval *kt_key;
+    LDAPMessage         *kt_msg;
+} keything_t;
+
+static int LDAP_C LDAP_CALLBACK
+ldapi_keycmp( const void *Lv, const void *Rv )
+{
+    auto keything_t **L = (keything_t**)Lv;
+    auto keything_t **R = (keything_t**)Rv;
+    auto keycmp_t *cmp = (*L)->kt_cmp;
+    return cmp->kc_cmp( cmp->kc_arg, (*L)->kt_key, (*R)->kt_key );
+}
+
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_keysort_entries(
+    LDAP        *ld,
+    LDAPMessage **chain,
+    void                  *arg,
+    LDAP_KEYGEN_CALLBACK  *gen,
+    LDAP_KEYCMP_CALLBACK  *cmp,
+    LDAP_KEYFREE_CALLBACK *fre)
+{
+	size_t		count, i;
+	keycmp_t	kc = {0};
+	keything_t	**kt;
+	LDAPMessage	*e, *last;
+	LDAPMessage	**ep;
+	int scount;
+
+	if ( !NSLDAPI_VALID_LDAP_POINTER( ld )
+	    || chain == NULL || cmp == NULL ) {
+		return( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+	}
+
+	scount = ldap_count_entries( ld, *chain );
+
+	if (scount < 0) { /* error */
+		return( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+	}
+
+	count = scount;
+
+	if (count < 2) { /* nothing to sort */
+		return( 0 );
+	}
+
+	kt = (keything_t**)NSLDAPI_MALLOC( count * (sizeof(keything_t*) + sizeof(keything_t)) );
+	if ( kt == NULL ) {
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_NO_MEMORY, NULL, NULL );
+		return( -1 );
+	}
+	for ( i = 0; i < count; i++ ) {
+		kt[i] = i + (keything_t*)(kt + count);
+	}
+	kc.kc_arg = arg;
+	kc.kc_cmp = cmp;
+
+	for ( e = *chain, i = 0; i < count; i++, e = e->lm_chain ) {
+		kt[i]->kt_msg = e;
+		kt[i]->kt_cmp = &kc;
+		kt[i]->kt_key = gen( arg, ld, e );
+		if ( kt[i]->kt_key == NULL ) {
+			if ( fre ) while ( i-- > 0 ) fre( arg, kt[i]->kt_key );
+			NSLDAPI_FREE( (char*)kt );
+			LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_NO_MEMORY, NULL, NULL );
+			return( -1 );
+		}
+	}
+	last = e;
+
+	XP_QSORT( (void*)kt, count, (size_t)sizeof(keything_t*), ldapi_keycmp );
+    
+	ep = chain;
+	for ( i = 0; i < count; i++ ) {
+		*ep = kt[i]->kt_msg;
+		ep = &(*ep)->lm_chain;
+		if ( fre ) fre( arg, kt[i]->kt_key );
+	}
+	*ep = last;
+	NSLDAPI_FREE( (char*)kt );
+	return( 0 );
+}
+
+
+struct entrything {
+	char		**et_vals;
+	LDAPMessage	*et_msg;
+};
+
+typedef int (LDAP_C LDAP_CALLBACK LDAP_CHARCMP_CALLBACK)(char*, char*);
+typedef int (LDAP_C LDAP_CALLBACK LDAP_VOIDCMP_CALLBACK)(const void*, 
+	const void*);
+
+static LDAP_CHARCMP_CALLBACK *et_cmp_fn;
+static LDAP_VOIDCMP_CALLBACK et_cmp;
+
+int
+LDAP_C
+LDAP_CALLBACK
+ldap_sort_strcasecmp(
+    const char	**a,
+    const char	**b
+)
+{
+    /* XXXceb
+     * I am not 100% sure this is the way this should be handled.  
+     * For now we will return a 0 on invalid.
+     */    
+    if (NULL == a || NULL == b)
+        return (0);
+	return( strcasecmp( (char *)*a, (char *)*b ) );
+}
+
+static int
+LDAP_C
+LDAP_CALLBACK
+et_cmp(
+    const void	*aa,
+    const void	*bb
+)
+{
+	int			i, rc;
+	struct entrything	*a = (struct entrything *)aa;
+	struct entrything	*b = (struct entrything *)bb;
+
+	if ( a->et_vals == NULL && b->et_vals == NULL )
+		return( 0 );
+	if ( a->et_vals == NULL )
+		return( -1 );
+	if ( b->et_vals == NULL )
+		return( 1 );
+
+	for ( i = 0; a->et_vals[i] && b->et_vals[i]; i++ ) {
+		if ( (rc = (*et_cmp_fn)( a->et_vals[i], b->et_vals[i] ))
+		    != 0 ) {
+			return( rc );
+		}
+	}
+
+	if ( a->et_vals[i] == NULL && b->et_vals[i] == NULL )
+		return( 0 );
+	if ( a->et_vals[i] == NULL )
+		return( -1 );
+	return( 1 );
+}
+
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_multisort_entries(
+    LDAP	*ld,
+    LDAPMessage	**chain,
+    char	**attr,		/* NULL => sort by DN */
+    LDAP_CMP_CALLBACK *cmp
+)
+{
+	int			i, count;
+	struct entrything	*et;
+	LDAPMessage		*e, *last;
+	LDAPMessage		**ep;
+	int scount;
+
+	if ( !NSLDAPI_VALID_LDAP_POINTER( ld )
+	    || chain == NULL || cmp == NULL ) {
+		return( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+	}
+
+	scount = ldap_count_entries( ld, *chain );
+
+	if (scount < 0) { /* error, usually with bad ld or malloc */
+		return( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+	}
+
+	count = scount;
+
+	if (count < 2) { /* nothing to sort */
+		return( 0 );
+	}
+
+	if ( (et = (struct entrything *)NSLDAPI_MALLOC( count *
+	    sizeof(struct entrything) )) == NULL ) {
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_NO_MEMORY, NULL, NULL );
+		return( -1 );
+	}
+
+	e = *chain;
+	for ( i = 0; i < count; i++ ) {
+		et[i].et_msg = e;
+		et[i].et_vals = NULL;
+		if ( attr == NULL ) {
+			char	*dn;
+
+			dn = ldap_get_dn( ld, e );
+			et[i].et_vals = ldap_explode_dn( dn, 1 );
+			NSLDAPI_FREE( dn );
+		} else {
+			int	attrcnt;
+			char	**vals;
+
+			for ( attrcnt = 0; attr[attrcnt] != NULL; attrcnt++ ) {
+			    vals = ldap_get_values( ld, e, attr[attrcnt] );
+			    if ( ldap_charray_merge( &(et[i].et_vals), vals )
+				!= 0 ) {
+				int	j;
+
+				/* XXX risky: ldap_value_free( vals ); */
+				for ( j = 0; j <= i; j++ )
+				    ldap_value_free( et[j].et_vals );
+				NSLDAPI_FREE( (char *) et );
+				LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_NO_MEMORY, NULL, 
+				    NULL );
+				return( -1 );
+			    }
+			    if ( vals != NULL ) {
+				NSLDAPI_FREE( (char *)vals );
+			    }
+			}
+		}
+
+		e = e->lm_chain;
+	}
+	last = e;
+
+	et_cmp_fn = (LDAP_CHARCMP_CALLBACK *)cmp;
+	XP_QSORT( (void *) et, (size_t) count,
+		(size_t) sizeof(struct entrything), et_cmp );
+
+	ep = chain;
+	for ( i = 0; i < count; i++ ) {
+		*ep = et[i].et_msg;
+		ep = &(*ep)->lm_chain;
+
+		ldap_value_free( et[i].et_vals );
+	}
+	*ep = last;
+	NSLDAPI_FREE( (char *) et );
+
+	return( 0 );
+}
+
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_sort_entries(
+    LDAP	*ld,
+    LDAPMessage	**chain,
+    char	*attr,		/* NULL => sort by DN */
+    LDAP_CMP_CALLBACK *cmp
+)
+{
+	char	*attrs[2];
+
+	attrs[0] = attr;
+	attrs[1] = NULL;
+	return( ldap_multisort_entries( ld, chain, attr ? attrs : NULL, cmp ) );
+}
+
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_sort_values(
+    LDAP	*ld,
+    char	**vals,
+    LDAP_VALCMP_CALLBACK *cmp
+)
+{
+	int	nel;
+
+	if ( !NSLDAPI_VALID_LDAP_POINTER( ld ) || cmp == NULL ) {
+		return( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+	}
+
+    if ( NULL == vals) 
+    {
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_PARAM_ERROR, NULL, NULL );
+		return( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+	}
+	for ( nel = 0; vals[nel] != NULL; nel++ )
+		;	/* NULL */
+
+	XP_QSORT( vals, nel, sizeof(char *), (LDAP_VOIDCMP_CALLBACK *)cmp );
+
+	return( LDAP_SUCCESS );
+}
diff --git a/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/sortctrl.c b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/sortctrl.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..585e2fd3f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/sortctrl.c
@@ -0,0 +1,438 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ * 
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version 
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with 
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at 
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ * 
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ * 
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, released
+ * March 31, 1998.
+ * 
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998-1999
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ * 
+ * Contributor(s):
+ * 
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
+ * or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ * 
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+#include "ldap-int.h"
+
+/* ldap_create_sort_control:
+
+   Parameters are  
+
+   ld              LDAP pointer to the desired connection 
+
+   sortKeyList     an array of sortkeys 
+
+   ctl_iscritical  Indicates whether the control is critical of not. If
+                   this field is non-zero, the operation will only be car-
+                   ried out if the control is recognized by the server
+                   and/or client
+
+   ctrlp           the address of a place to put the constructed control 
+*/
+
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_create_sort_control ( 	
+     LDAP *ld, 
+     LDAPsortkey **sortKeyList,
+     const char ctl_iscritical,
+     LDAPControl **ctrlp   
+)
+{
+	BerElement		*ber;
+	int				i, rc;
+
+	if ( !NSLDAPI_VALID_LDAP_POINTER( ld )) {
+		return( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+	}
+
+	if ( sortKeyList == NULL || ctrlp == NULL ) {
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_PARAM_ERROR, NULL, NULL );
+		return ( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+	}
+
+	/* create a ber package to hold the controlValue */
+	if ( ( nsldapi_alloc_ber_with_options( ld, &ber ) ) != LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_NO_MEMORY, NULL, NULL );
+		return( LDAP_NO_MEMORY );
+	}
+
+	/* encode the start of the sequence of sequences into the ber */
+	if ( ber_printf( ber, "{" ) == -1 ) {
+		goto encoding_error_exit;
+	}
+
+	/* the sort control value will be encoded as a sequence of sequences
+	   which are each encoded as one of the following: {s} or {sts} or {stb} or {ststb} 
+	   since the orderingRule and reverseOrder flag are both optional */
+	for ( i = 0; sortKeyList[i] != NULL; i++ ) {
+
+		/* encode the attributeType into the ber */
+		if ( ber_printf( ber, "{s", (sortKeyList[i])->sk_attrtype  )
+		    == -1 ) {
+			goto encoding_error_exit;
+		}
+		
+		/* encode the optional orderingRule into the ber */
+		if ( (sortKeyList[i])->sk_matchruleoid != NULL ) {
+			if ( ber_printf( ber, "ts", LDAP_TAG_SK_MATCHRULE,
+			    (sortKeyList[i])->sk_matchruleoid )
+			    == -1 ) {
+				goto encoding_error_exit;
+			}
+		} 
+
+		/* Encode the optional reverseOrder flag into the ber. */
+		/* If the flag is false, it should be absent. */
+		if ( (sortKeyList[i])->sk_reverseorder ) {
+			if ( ber_printf( ber, "tb}", LDAP_TAG_SK_REVERSE,
+			    (sortKeyList[i])->sk_reverseorder ) == -1 ) {
+				goto encoding_error_exit;
+			}
+		} else {
+			if ( ber_printf( ber, "}" ) == -1 ) {
+				goto encoding_error_exit;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	/* encode the end of the sequence of sequences into the ber */
+	if ( ber_printf( ber, "}" ) == -1 ) {
+		goto encoding_error_exit;
+	}
+
+	rc = nsldapi_build_control( LDAP_CONTROL_SORTREQUEST, ber, 1,
+	    ctl_iscritical, ctrlp );
+
+	LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, rc, NULL, NULL );
+	return( rc );
+
+encoding_error_exit:
+	LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_ENCODING_ERROR, NULL, NULL );
+	ber_free( ber, 1 );
+	return( LDAP_ENCODING_ERROR );
+}
+
+/* ldap_parse_sort_control:
+
+   Parameters are  
+
+   ld              LDAP pointer to the desired connection 
+
+   ctrlp           An array of controls obtained from calling  
+                   ldap_parse_result on the set of results returned by 
+                   the server     
+
+   result          the address of a place to put the result code 
+
+   attribute       the address of a place to put the name of the 
+                   attribute which cause the operation to fail, optionally 
+                   returned by the server */
+
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_parse_sort_control ( 	
+     LDAP *ld, 
+     LDAPControl **ctrlp,  
+     ber_int_t *result,
+     char **attribute
+)
+{
+	BerElement *ber;
+	int			i, foundSortControl;
+	LDAPControl *sortCtrlp;
+	ber_len_t	len;
+	ber_tag_t	tag;
+	char		*attr;
+
+	if ( !NSLDAPI_VALID_LDAP_POINTER( ld ) || result == NULL ||
+		attribute == NULL ) {
+	    return( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+	}
+
+
+	/* find the sortControl in the list of controls if it exists */
+	if ( ctrlp == NULL ) {
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_CONTROL_NOT_FOUND, NULL, NULL );
+		return ( LDAP_CONTROL_NOT_FOUND );
+	} 
+	foundSortControl = 0;
+	for ( i = 0; (( ctrlp[i] != NULL ) && ( !foundSortControl )); i++ ) {
+		foundSortControl = !strcmp( ctrlp[i]->ldctl_oid, LDAP_CONTROL_SORTRESPONSE );
+	}
+	if ( !foundSortControl ) {
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_CONTROL_NOT_FOUND, NULL, NULL );
+		return ( LDAP_CONTROL_NOT_FOUND );
+	} else {
+		/* let local var point to the sortControl */
+		sortCtrlp = ctrlp[i-1];			
+	}
+
+	/*  allocate a Ber element with the contents of the sort_control's struct berval */
+	if ( ( ber = ber_init( &sortCtrlp->ldctl_value ) ) == NULL ) {
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_NO_MEMORY, NULL, NULL );
+		return( LDAP_NO_MEMORY );
+	}		
+
+	/* decode the result from the Berelement */
+	if ( ber_scanf( ber, "{i", result ) == LBER_ERROR ) {
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_DECODING_ERROR, NULL, NULL );
+		ber_free( ber, 1 );
+		return( LDAP_DECODING_ERROR );
+	}
+
+	/* if the server returned one, decode the attribute from the Ber element */
+	if ( ber_peek_tag( ber, &len ) == LDAP_TAG_SR_ATTRTYPE ) {
+		if ( ber_scanf( ber, "ta", &tag, &attr ) == LBER_ERROR ) {
+			LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_DECODING_ERROR, NULL, NULL );
+			ber_free( ber, 1 );
+			return( LDAP_DECODING_ERROR );
+		}
+		*attribute = attr;		  
+	} else {
+		*attribute = NULL;
+	}
+
+	if ( ber_scanf( ber, "}" ) == LBER_ERROR ) {
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_DECODING_ERROR, NULL, NULL );
+		ber_free( ber, 1 );
+		return( LDAP_DECODING_ERROR );
+	}
+
+	/* the ber encoding is no longer needed */
+	ber_free(ber,1);
+
+	return( LDAP_SUCCESS );
+}
+
+/* Routines for the manipulation of string-representations of sort control keylists */
+
+static int count_tokens(const char *s)
+{
+	int count = 0;
+	const char *p = s;
+	int whitespace = 1;
+	/* Loop along the string counting the number of times we see the
+	 * beginning of non-whitespace. This tells us
+	 * the number of tokens in the string
+	 */
+	while (*p != '\0') {
+		if (whitespace) {
+			if (!isspace(*p)) {
+				whitespace = 0;
+				count++;
+			}
+		} else {
+			if (isspace(*p)) {
+				whitespace = 1;
+			}
+		}
+		p++;
+	}
+	return count;
+}
+
+
+static int read_next_token(const char **s,LDAPsortkey **key)
+{
+	char c = 0;
+	const char *pos = *s;
+	int retval = 0;
+	LDAPsortkey *new_key = NULL;
+
+	const char *matchrule_source = NULL;
+	int matchrule_size = 0;
+	const char *attrdesc_source = NULL;
+	int attrdesc_size = 0;
+	int reverse = 0;
+
+	int state = 0;
+	
+	while ( ((c = *pos++) != '\0') && (state != 4) ) {
+		switch (state) {
+		case 0:
+		/* case where we've not seen the beginning of the attr yet */
+			/* If we still see whitespace, nothing to do */
+			if (!isspace(c)) {
+				/* Otherwise, something to look at */
+				/* Is it a minus sign ? */
+				if ('-' == c) {
+					reverse = 1;
+				} else {
+					attrdesc_source = pos - 1;
+					state = 1;
+				}
+			}
+			break;
+		case 1:
+		/* case where we've seen the beginning of the attr, but not the end */
+			/* Is this char either whitespace or a ';' ? */
+			if ( isspace(c) || (':' == c)) {
+				attrdesc_size = (pos - attrdesc_source) - 1;
+				if (':' == c) {
+					state = 2;
+				} else {
+					state = 4;
+				}
+			} 
+			break;
+		case 2:
+		/* case where we've seen the end of the attr and want the beginning of match rule */
+			if (!isspace(c)) {
+				matchrule_source = pos - 1;
+				state = 3;
+			} else {
+				state = 4;
+			}
+			break;
+		case 3:
+		/* case where we've seen the beginning of match rule and want to find the end */
+			if (isspace(c)) {
+				matchrule_size = (pos - matchrule_source) - 1;
+				state = 4;
+			}
+			break;
+		default:
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+	
+	if (3 == state) {
+		/* means we fell off the end of the string looking for the end of the marching rule */
+		matchrule_size = (pos - matchrule_source) - 1;
+	}
+
+	if (1 == state) {
+		/* means we fell of the end of the string looking for the end of the attribute */
+		attrdesc_size = (pos - attrdesc_source) - 1;
+	}
+
+	if (NULL == attrdesc_source)  {
+		/* Didn't find anything */
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	new_key = (LDAPsortkey*)NSLDAPI_MALLOC(sizeof(LDAPsortkey));
+	if (0 == new_key) {
+		return LDAP_NO_MEMORY;
+	}
+	
+	/* Allocate the strings */
+	new_key->sk_attrtype = (char *)NSLDAPI_MALLOC(attrdesc_size + 1);
+	if (NULL != matchrule_source) {
+		new_key->sk_matchruleoid = (char *)NSLDAPI_MALLOC(
+		    matchrule_size + 1);
+	} else {
+		new_key->sk_matchruleoid = NULL;
+	}
+	/* Copy over the strings */
+	memcpy(new_key->sk_attrtype,attrdesc_source,attrdesc_size);
+	*(new_key->sk_attrtype + attrdesc_size) = '\0';
+	if (NULL != matchrule_source) {
+		memcpy(new_key->sk_matchruleoid,matchrule_source,matchrule_size);
+		*(new_key->sk_matchruleoid + matchrule_size) = '\0';
+	}
+
+	new_key->sk_reverseorder = reverse;
+
+	*s = pos - 1;
+	*key = new_key;
+	return retval;
+}
+
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_create_sort_keylist (
+	LDAPsortkey ***sortKeyList,
+	const char *string_rep
+)
+{
+	int count = 0;
+	LDAPsortkey **pointer_array = NULL;
+	const char *current_position = NULL;
+	int retval = 0;
+	int i = 0;
+
+	/* Figure out how many there are */
+	if (NULL == string_rep) {
+		return LDAP_PARAM_ERROR;
+	}
+	if (NULL == sortKeyList) {
+		return LDAP_PARAM_ERROR;
+	}
+	count = count_tokens(string_rep);
+	if (0 == count) {
+		*sortKeyList = NULL;
+		return LDAP_PARAM_ERROR;
+	}
+	/* Allocate enough memory for the pointers */
+	pointer_array = (LDAPsortkey**)NSLDAPI_MALLOC(sizeof(LDAPsortkey*)
+	    * (count + 1) );
+	if (NULL == pointer_array) {
+		return LDAP_NO_MEMORY;
+	}
+	/* Now walk along the string, allocating and filling in the LDAPsearchkey structure */
+	current_position = string_rep;
+
+	for (i = 0; i < count; i++) {
+		if (0 != (retval = read_next_token(&current_position,&(pointer_array[i])))) {
+			pointer_array[count] = NULL;
+			ldap_free_sort_keylist(pointer_array);
+			*sortKeyList = NULL;
+			return retval;
+		}
+	}
+	pointer_array[count] = NULL;
+	*sortKeyList = pointer_array;
+	return LDAP_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+void
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_free_sort_keylist (
+	LDAPsortkey **sortKeyList
+)
+{
+	LDAPsortkey *this_one = NULL;
+	int i = 0;
+
+	if ( NULL == sortKeyList ) {
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/* Walk down the list freeing the LDAPsortkey structures */
+	for (this_one = sortKeyList[0]; this_one ; this_one = sortKeyList[++i]) {
+		/* Free the strings, if present */
+		if (NULL != this_one->sk_attrtype) {
+			NSLDAPI_FREE(this_one->sk_attrtype);
+		}
+		if (NULL != this_one->sk_matchruleoid) {
+			NSLDAPI_FREE(this_one->sk_matchruleoid);
+		}
+		NSLDAPI_FREE(this_one);
+	}
+	/* Free the pointer list */
+	NSLDAPI_FREE(sortKeyList);
+}
diff --git a/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/srchpref.c b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/srchpref.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a3025afd3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/srchpref.c
@@ -0,0 +1,434 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ * 
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version 
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with 
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at 
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ * 
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ * 
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, released
+ * March 31, 1998.
+ * 
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998-1999
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ * 
+ * Contributor(s):
+ * 
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
+ * or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ * 
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 Regents of the University of Michigan.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms are permitted
+ * provided that this notice is preserved and that due credit is given
+ * to the University of Michigan at Ann Arbor. The name of the University
+ * may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this
+ * software without specific prior written permission. This software
+ * is provided ``as is'' without express or implied warranty.
+ *
+ */
+/*
+ * searchpref.c:  search preferences library routines for LDAP clients
+ */
+
+#include "ldap-int.h"
+#include "srchpref.h"
+
+static void free_searchobj( struct ldap_searchobj *so );
+static int read_next_searchobj( char **bufp, long *blenp,
+	struct ldap_searchobj **sop, int soversion );
+
+
+static char		*sobjoptions[] = {
+    "internal",
+    NULL
+};
+
+
+static unsigned long	sobjoptvals[] = {
+    LDAP_SEARCHOBJ_OPT_INTERNAL,
+};
+
+
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_init_searchprefs( char *file, struct ldap_searchobj **solistp )
+{
+    FILE	*fp;
+    char	*buf;
+    long	rlen, len;
+    int		rc, eof;
+
+    if (( fp = NSLDAPI_FOPEN( file, "r" )) == NULL ) {
+	return( LDAP_SEARCHPREF_ERR_FILE );
+    }
+
+    if ( fseek( fp, 0L, SEEK_END ) != 0 ) {	/* move to end to get len */
+	fclose( fp );
+	return( LDAP_SEARCHPREF_ERR_FILE );
+    }
+
+    len = ftell( fp );
+
+    if ( fseek( fp, 0L, SEEK_SET ) != 0 ) {	/* back to start of file */
+	fclose( fp );
+	return( LDAP_SEARCHPREF_ERR_FILE );
+    }
+
+    if (( buf = NSLDAPI_MALLOC( (size_t)len )) == NULL ) {
+	fclose( fp );
+	return( LDAP_SEARCHPREF_ERR_MEM );
+    }
+
+    rlen = fread( buf, 1, (size_t)len, fp );
+    eof = feof( fp );
+    fclose( fp );
+
+    if ( rlen != len && !eof ) {	/* error:  didn't get the whole file */
+	NSLDAPI_FREE( buf );
+	return( LDAP_SEARCHPREF_ERR_FILE );
+    }
+
+    rc = ldap_init_searchprefs_buf( buf, rlen, solistp );
+    NSLDAPI_FREE( buf );
+
+    return( rc );
+}
+
+
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_init_searchprefs_buf( char *buf, long buflen,
+	struct ldap_searchobj **solistp )
+{
+    int				rc = 0, version;
+    char			**toks;
+    struct ldap_searchobj	*prevso, *so;
+
+    *solistp = prevso = NULLSEARCHOBJ;
+
+    if ( nsldapi_next_line_tokens( &buf, &buflen, &toks ) != 2 ||
+	    strcasecmp( toks[ 0 ], "version" ) != 0 ) {
+	nsldapi_free_strarray( toks );
+	return( LDAP_SEARCHPREF_ERR_SYNTAX );
+    }
+    version = atoi( toks[ 1 ] );
+    nsldapi_free_strarray( toks );
+    if ( version != LDAP_SEARCHPREF_VERSION &&
+	    version != LDAP_SEARCHPREF_VERSION_ZERO ) {
+	return( LDAP_SEARCHPREF_ERR_VERSION );
+    }
+
+    while ( buflen > 0 && ( rc = read_next_searchobj( &buf, &buflen, &so,
+	    version )) == 0 && so != NULLSEARCHOBJ ) {
+	if ( prevso == NULLSEARCHOBJ ) {
+	    *solistp = so;
+	} else {
+	    prevso->so_next = so;
+	}
+	prevso = so;
+    }
+
+    if ( rc != 0 ) {
+	ldap_free_searchprefs( *solistp );
+    }
+
+    return( rc );
+}
+	    
+
+
+void
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_free_searchprefs( struct ldap_searchobj *solist )
+{
+    struct ldap_searchobj	*so, *nextso;
+
+    if ( solist != NULL ) {
+	for ( so = solist; so != NULL; so = nextso ) {
+	    nextso = so->so_next;
+	    free_searchobj( so );
+	}
+    }
+    /* XXX XXX need to do some work here */
+}
+
+
+static void
+free_searchobj( struct ldap_searchobj *so )
+{
+    if ( so != NULL ) {
+	if ( so->so_objtypeprompt != NULL ) {
+	    NSLDAPI_FREE(  so->so_objtypeprompt );
+	}
+	if ( so->so_prompt != NULL ) {
+	    NSLDAPI_FREE(  so->so_prompt );
+	}
+	if ( so->so_filterprefix != NULL ) {
+	    NSLDAPI_FREE(  so->so_filterprefix );
+	}
+	if ( so->so_filtertag != NULL ) {
+	    NSLDAPI_FREE(  so->so_filtertag );
+	}
+	if ( so->so_defaultselectattr != NULL ) {
+	    NSLDAPI_FREE(  so->so_defaultselectattr );
+	}
+	if ( so->so_defaultselecttext != NULL ) {
+	    NSLDAPI_FREE(  so->so_defaultselecttext );
+	}
+	if ( so->so_salist != NULL ) {
+	    struct ldap_searchattr *sa, *nextsa;
+	    for ( sa = so->so_salist; sa != NULL; sa = nextsa ) {
+		nextsa = sa->sa_next;
+		if ( sa->sa_attrlabel != NULL ) {
+		    NSLDAPI_FREE( sa->sa_attrlabel );
+		}
+		if ( sa->sa_attr != NULL ) {
+		    NSLDAPI_FREE( sa->sa_attr );
+		}
+		if ( sa->sa_selectattr != NULL ) {
+		    NSLDAPI_FREE( sa->sa_selectattr );
+		}
+		if ( sa->sa_selecttext != NULL ) {
+		    NSLDAPI_FREE( sa->sa_selecttext );
+		}
+		NSLDAPI_FREE( sa );
+	    }
+	}
+	if ( so->so_smlist != NULL ) {
+	    struct ldap_searchmatch *sm, *nextsm;
+	    for ( sm = so->so_smlist; sm != NULL; sm = nextsm ) {
+		nextsm = sm->sm_next;
+		if ( sm->sm_matchprompt != NULL ) {
+		    NSLDAPI_FREE( sm->sm_matchprompt );
+		}
+		if ( sm->sm_filter != NULL ) {
+		    NSLDAPI_FREE( sm->sm_filter );
+		}
+		NSLDAPI_FREE( sm );
+	    }
+	}
+	NSLDAPI_FREE( so );
+    }
+}
+
+
+
+struct ldap_searchobj *
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_first_searchobj( struct ldap_searchobj *solist )
+{
+    return( solist );
+}
+
+
+struct ldap_searchobj *
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_next_searchobj( struct ldap_searchobj *solist, struct ldap_searchobj *so )
+{
+    return( so == NULLSEARCHOBJ ? so : so->so_next );
+}
+
+
+
+static int
+read_next_searchobj( char **bufp, long *blenp, struct ldap_searchobj **sop,
+	int soversion )
+{
+    int				i, j, tokcnt;
+    char			**toks;
+    struct ldap_searchobj	*so;
+    struct ldap_searchattr	**sa;
+    struct ldap_searchmatch	**sm;
+
+    *sop = NULL;
+
+    /*
+     * Object type prompt comes first
+     */
+    if (( tokcnt = nsldapi_next_line_tokens( bufp, blenp, &toks )) != 1 ) {
+	nsldapi_free_strarray( toks );
+	return( tokcnt == 0 ? 0 : LDAP_SEARCHPREF_ERR_SYNTAX );
+    }
+
+    if (( so = (struct ldap_searchobj *)NSLDAPI_CALLOC( 1,
+	    sizeof( struct ldap_searchobj ))) == NULL ) {
+	nsldapi_free_strarray( toks );
+	return(  LDAP_SEARCHPREF_ERR_MEM );
+    }
+    so->so_objtypeprompt = toks[ 0 ];
+    NSLDAPI_FREE( (char *)toks );
+
+    /*
+     * if this is post-version zero, options come next
+     */
+    if ( soversion > LDAP_SEARCHPREF_VERSION_ZERO ) {
+	if (( tokcnt = nsldapi_next_line_tokens( bufp, blenp, &toks )) < 1 ) {
+	    nsldapi_free_strarray( toks );
+	    ldap_free_searchprefs( so );
+	    return( LDAP_SEARCHPREF_ERR_SYNTAX );
+	}
+	for ( i = 0; toks[ i ] != NULL; ++i ) {
+	    for ( j = 0; sobjoptions[ j ] != NULL; ++j ) {
+		if ( strcasecmp( toks[ i ], sobjoptions[ j ] ) == 0 ) {
+		    so->so_options |= sobjoptvals[ j ];
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+	nsldapi_free_strarray( toks );
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * "Fewer choices" prompt is next
+     */
+    if (( tokcnt = nsldapi_next_line_tokens( bufp, blenp, &toks )) != 1 ) {
+	nsldapi_free_strarray( toks );
+	ldap_free_searchprefs( so );
+	return( LDAP_SEARCHPREF_ERR_SYNTAX );
+    }
+    so->so_prompt = toks[ 0 ];
+    NSLDAPI_FREE( (char *)toks );
+
+    /*
+     * Filter prefix for "More Choices" searching is next
+     */
+    if (( tokcnt = nsldapi_next_line_tokens( bufp, blenp, &toks )) != 1 ) {
+	nsldapi_free_strarray( toks );
+	ldap_free_searchprefs( so );
+	return( LDAP_SEARCHPREF_ERR_SYNTAX );
+    }
+    so->so_filterprefix = toks[ 0 ];
+    NSLDAPI_FREE( (char *)toks );
+
+    /*
+     * "Fewer Choices" filter tag comes next
+     */
+    if (( tokcnt = nsldapi_next_line_tokens( bufp, blenp, &toks )) != 1 ) {
+	nsldapi_free_strarray( toks );
+	ldap_free_searchprefs( so );
+	return( LDAP_SEARCHPREF_ERR_SYNTAX );
+    }
+    so->so_filtertag = toks[ 0 ];
+    NSLDAPI_FREE( (char *)toks );
+
+    /*
+     * Selection (disambiguation) attribute comes next
+     */
+    if (( tokcnt = nsldapi_next_line_tokens( bufp, blenp, &toks )) != 1 ) {
+	nsldapi_free_strarray( toks );
+	ldap_free_searchprefs( so );
+	return( LDAP_SEARCHPREF_ERR_SYNTAX );
+    }
+    so->so_defaultselectattr = toks[ 0 ];
+    NSLDAPI_FREE( (char *)toks );
+
+    /*
+     * Label for selection (disambiguation) attribute
+     */
+    if (( tokcnt = nsldapi_next_line_tokens( bufp, blenp, &toks )) != 1 ) {
+	nsldapi_free_strarray( toks );
+	ldap_free_searchprefs( so );
+	return( LDAP_SEARCHPREF_ERR_SYNTAX );
+    }
+    so->so_defaultselecttext = toks[ 0 ];
+    NSLDAPI_FREE( (char *)toks );
+
+    /*
+     * Search scope is next
+     */
+    if (( tokcnt = nsldapi_next_line_tokens( bufp, blenp, &toks )) != 1 ) {
+	nsldapi_free_strarray( toks );
+	ldap_free_searchprefs( so );
+	return( LDAP_SEARCHPREF_ERR_SYNTAX );
+    }
+    if ( !strcasecmp(toks[ 0 ], "subtree" )) {
+	so->so_defaultscope = LDAP_SCOPE_SUBTREE;
+    } else if ( !strcasecmp(toks[ 0 ], "onelevel" )) {
+	so->so_defaultscope = LDAP_SCOPE_ONELEVEL;
+    } else if ( !strcasecmp(toks[ 0 ], "base" )) {
+	so->so_defaultscope = LDAP_SCOPE_BASE;
+    } else {
+	ldap_free_searchprefs( so );
+	return( LDAP_SEARCHPREF_ERR_SYNTAX );
+    }
+    nsldapi_free_strarray( toks );
+
+
+    /*
+     * "More Choices" search option list comes next
+     */
+    sa = &( so->so_salist );
+    while (( tokcnt = nsldapi_next_line_tokens( bufp, blenp, &toks )) > 0 ) {
+	if ( tokcnt < 5 ) {
+	    nsldapi_free_strarray( toks );
+	    ldap_free_searchprefs( so );
+	    return( LDAP_SEARCHPREF_ERR_SYNTAX );
+	}
+	if (( *sa = ( struct ldap_searchattr * )NSLDAPI_CALLOC( 1,
+		sizeof( struct ldap_searchattr ))) == NULL ) {
+	    nsldapi_free_strarray( toks );
+	    ldap_free_searchprefs( so );
+	    return(  LDAP_SEARCHPREF_ERR_MEM );
+	}
+	( *sa )->sa_attrlabel = toks[ 0 ];
+	( *sa )->sa_attr = toks[ 1 ];
+	( *sa )->sa_selectattr = toks[ 3 ];
+	( *sa )->sa_selecttext = toks[ 4 ];
+	/* Deal with bitmap */
+	( *sa )->sa_matchtypebitmap = 0;
+	for ( i = strlen( toks[ 2 ] ) - 1, j = 0; i >= 0; i--, j++ ) {
+	    if ( toks[ 2 ][ i ] == '1' ) {
+		( *sa )->sa_matchtypebitmap |= (1 << j);
+	    }
+	}
+	NSLDAPI_FREE( toks[ 2 ] );
+	NSLDAPI_FREE( ( char * ) toks );
+	sa = &(( *sa )->sa_next);
+    }
+    *sa = NULL;
+
+    /*
+     * Match types are last
+     */
+    sm = &( so->so_smlist );
+    while (( tokcnt = nsldapi_next_line_tokens( bufp, blenp, &toks )) > 0 ) {
+	if ( tokcnt < 2 ) {
+	    nsldapi_free_strarray( toks );
+	    ldap_free_searchprefs( so );
+	    return( LDAP_SEARCHPREF_ERR_SYNTAX );
+	}
+	if (( *sm = ( struct ldap_searchmatch * )NSLDAPI_CALLOC( 1,
+		sizeof( struct ldap_searchmatch ))) == NULL ) {
+	    nsldapi_free_strarray( toks );
+	    ldap_free_searchprefs( so );
+	    return(  LDAP_SEARCHPREF_ERR_MEM );
+	}
+	( *sm )->sm_matchprompt = toks[ 0 ];
+	( *sm )->sm_filter = toks[ 1 ];
+	NSLDAPI_FREE( ( char * ) toks );
+	sm = &(( *sm )->sm_next );
+    }
+    *sm = NULL;
+
+    *sop = so;
+    return( 0 );
+}
diff --git a/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/test.c b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/test.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fa984f343
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/test.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1898 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ * 
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version 
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with 
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at 
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ * 
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ * 
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, released
+ * March 31, 1998.
+ * 
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998-1999
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ * 
+ * Contributor(s):
+ * 
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
+ * or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ * 
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+
+/* test.c - a simple test harness. */
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#ifdef MACOS
+#ifdef THINK_C
+#include <console.h>
+#include <unix.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#endif /* THINK_C */
+#include "macos.h"
+#else /* MACOS */
+#if defined( DOS )
+#include "msdos.h"
+#if defined( WINSOCK ) 
+#include "console.h"
+#endif /* WINSOCK */
+#else /* DOS */
+#ifdef _WINDOWS
+#include <windows.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+//#include "console.h"
+#else /* _WINDOWS */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/socket.h>
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <sys/file.h>
+#ifndef VMS
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#endif /* VMS */
+#endif /* _WINDOWS */
+#endif /* DOS */
+#endif /* MACOS */
+
+#include "ldap.h"
+#include "disptmpl.h"
+#include "ldaplog.h"
+#include "portable.h"
+#ifndef NO_LIBLCACHE
+#include "lcache.h"
+#endif /* !NO_LIBLCACHE */
+
+#undef NET_SSL
+#if defined(NET_SSL)
+#include <nss.h>
+#include <ldap_ssl.h>
+#endif
+
+
+#if !defined( PCNFS ) && !defined( WINSOCK ) && !defined( MACOS )
+#define MOD_USE_BVALS
+#endif /* !PCNFS && !WINSOCK && !MACOS */
+
+static void handle_result( LDAP *ld, LDAPMessage *lm, int onlyone );
+static void print_ldap_result( LDAP *ld, LDAPMessage *lm, char *s );
+static void print_controls( LDAPControl **ctrls, int freeit );
+static void print_referrals( char **refs, int freeit );
+static void print_search_entry( LDAP *ld, LDAPMessage *res, int onlyone );
+static char *changetype_num2string( ber_int_t chgtype );
+static void print_search_reference( LDAP *ld, LDAPMessage *res, int onlyone );
+static void free_list( char **list );
+static int entry2textwrite( void *fp, char *buf, int len );
+static void bprint( char *data, int len );
+static char **string2words( char *str, char *delims );
+static const char * url_parse_err2string( int e );
+
+char *dnsuffix;
+
+#ifndef WINSOCK
+static char *
+getline( char *line, int len, FILE *fp, char *prompt )
+{
+	printf(prompt);
+
+	if ( fgets( line, len, fp ) == NULL )
+		return( NULL );
+
+	line[ strlen( line ) - 1 ] = '\0';
+
+	return( line );
+}
+#endif /* WINSOCK */
+
+static char **
+get_list( char *prompt )
+{
+	static char	buf[256];
+	int		num;
+	char		**result;
+
+	num = 0;
+	result = (char **) 0;
+	while ( 1 ) {
+		getline( buf, sizeof(buf), stdin, prompt );
+
+		if ( *buf == '\0' )
+			break;
+
+		if ( result == (char **) 0 )
+			result = (char **) malloc( sizeof(char *) );
+		else
+			result = (char **) realloc( result,
+			    sizeof(char *) * (num + 1) );
+
+		result[num++] = (char *) strdup( buf );
+	}
+	if ( result == (char **) 0 )
+		return( NULL );
+	result = (char **) realloc( result, sizeof(char *) * (num + 1) );
+	result[num] = NULL;
+
+	return( result );
+}
+
+
+static void
+free_list( char **list )
+{
+	int	i;
+
+	if ( list != NULL ) {
+		for ( i = 0; list[ i ] != NULL; ++i ) {
+			free( list[ i ] );
+		}
+		free( (char *)list );
+	}
+}
+
+
+#ifdef MOD_USE_BVALS
+static int
+file_read( char *path, struct berval *bv )
+{
+	FILE		*fp;
+	long		rlen;
+	int		eof;
+
+	if (( fp = NSLDAPI_FOPEN( path, "r" )) == NULL ) {
+	    	perror( path );
+		return( -1 );
+	}
+
+	if ( fseek( fp, 0L, SEEK_END ) != 0 ) {
+		perror( path );
+		fclose( fp );
+		return( -1 );
+	}
+
+	bv->bv_len = ftell( fp );
+
+	if (( bv->bv_val = (char *)malloc( bv->bv_len )) == NULL ) {
+		perror( "malloc" );
+		fclose( fp );
+		return( -1 );
+	}
+
+	if ( fseek( fp, 0L, SEEK_SET ) != 0 ) {
+		perror( path );
+		fclose( fp );
+		return( -1 );
+	}
+
+	rlen = fread( bv->bv_val, 1, bv->bv_len, fp );
+	eof = feof( fp );
+	fclose( fp );
+
+	if ( (unsigned long)rlen != bv->bv_len ) {
+		perror( path );
+		free( bv->bv_val );
+		return( -1 );
+	}
+
+	return( bv->bv_len );
+}
+#endif /* MOD_USE_BVALS */
+
+
+static LDAPMod **
+get_modlist( char *prompt1, char *prompt2, char *prompt3 )
+{
+	static char	buf[256];
+	int		num;
+	LDAPMod		tmp;
+	LDAPMod		**result;
+#ifdef MOD_USE_BVALS
+	struct berval	**bvals;
+#endif /* MOD_USE_BVALS */
+
+	num = 0;
+	result = NULL;
+	while ( 1 ) {
+		if ( prompt1 ) {
+			getline( buf, sizeof(buf), stdin, prompt1 );
+			tmp.mod_op = atoi( buf );
+
+			if ( tmp.mod_op == -1 || buf[0] == '\0' )
+				break;
+		} else {
+			tmp.mod_op = 0;
+		}
+
+		getline( buf, sizeof(buf), stdin, prompt2 );
+		if ( buf[0] == '\0' )
+			break;
+		tmp.mod_type = strdup( buf );
+
+		tmp.mod_values = get_list( prompt3 );
+#ifdef MOD_USE_BVALS
+		if ( tmp.mod_values != NULL ) {
+			int	i;
+
+			for ( i = 0; tmp.mod_values[i] != NULL; ++i )
+				;
+			bvals = (struct berval **)calloc( i + 1,
+			    sizeof( struct berval *));
+			for ( i = 0; tmp.mod_values[i] != NULL; ++i ) {
+				bvals[i] = (struct berval *)malloc(
+				    sizeof( struct berval ));
+				if ( strncmp( tmp.mod_values[i], "{FILE}",
+				    6 ) == 0 ) {
+					if ( file_read( tmp.mod_values[i] + 6,
+					    bvals[i] ) < 0 ) {
+						return( NULL );
+					}
+				} else {
+					bvals[i]->bv_val = tmp.mod_values[i];
+					bvals[i]->bv_len =
+					    strlen( tmp.mod_values[i] );
+				}
+			}
+			tmp.mod_bvalues = bvals;
+			tmp.mod_op |= LDAP_MOD_BVALUES;
+		}
+#endif /* MOD_USE_BVALS */
+
+		if ( result == NULL )
+			result = (LDAPMod **) malloc( sizeof(LDAPMod *) );
+		else
+			result = (LDAPMod **) realloc( result,
+			    sizeof(LDAPMod *) * (num + 1) );
+
+		result[num] = (LDAPMod *) malloc( sizeof(LDAPMod) );
+		*(result[num]) = tmp;	/* struct copy */
+		num++;
+	}
+	if ( result == NULL )
+		return( NULL );
+	result = (LDAPMod **) realloc( result, sizeof(LDAPMod *) * (num + 1) );
+	result[num] = NULL;
+
+	return( result );
+}
+
+
+int LDAP_CALL LDAP_CALLBACK
+bind_prompt( LDAP *ld, char **dnp, char **passwdp, int *authmethodp,
+	int freeit, void *dummy )
+{
+	static char	dn[256], passwd[256];
+
+	if ( !freeit ) {
+#ifdef KERBEROS
+		getline( dn, sizeof(dn), stdin,
+		    "re-bind method (0->simple, 1->krbv41, 2->krbv42, 3->krbv41&2)? " );
+		if (( *authmethodp = atoi( dn )) == 3 ) {
+			*authmethodp = LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4;
+		} else {
+			*authmethodp |= 0x80;
+		}
+#else /* KERBEROS */
+		*authmethodp = LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE;
+#endif /* KERBEROS */
+
+		getline( dn, sizeof(dn), stdin, "re-bind dn? " );
+		strcat( dn, dnsuffix );
+		*dnp = dn;
+
+		if ( *authmethodp == LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE && dn[0] != '\0' ) {
+			getline( passwd, sizeof(passwd), stdin,
+			    "re-bind password? " );
+		} else {
+			passwd[0] = '\0';
+		}
+		*passwdp = passwd;
+	}
+
+	return( LDAP_SUCCESS );
+}
+
+
+#define HEX2BIN( h )	( (h) >= '0' && (h) <='9' ? (h) - '0' : (h) - 'A' + 10 )
+
+void
+berval_from_hex( struct berval *bvp, char *hexstr )
+{
+    char	*src, *dst, c;
+	unsigned char abyte;
+
+    dst = bvp->bv_val;
+    bvp->bv_len = 0;
+    src = hexstr;
+    while ( *src != '\0' ) {
+	c = *src;
+	if ( isupper( c )) {
+		c = tolower( c );
+	}
+	abyte = HEX2BIN( c ) << 4;
+
+	++src;
+	c = *src;
+	if ( isupper( c )) {
+		c = tolower( c );
+	}
+	abyte |= HEX2BIN( c );
+	++src;
+
+	*dst++ = abyte;
+	++bvp->bv_len;
+    }
+}
+
+
+static void
+add_control( LDAPControl ***ctrlsp, LDAPControl *newctrl )
+{
+	int	i;
+
+	if ( *ctrlsp == NULL ) {
+		*ctrlsp = (LDAPControl **) calloc( 2, sizeof(LDAPControl *) );
+		i = 0;
+	} else {
+		for ( i = 0; (*ctrlsp)[i] != NULL; i++ ) {
+			;	/* NULL */
+		}
+		*ctrlsp = (LDAPControl **) realloc( *ctrlsp,
+		    (i + 2) * sizeof(LDAPControl *) );
+	}
+	(*ctrlsp)[i] = newctrl;
+	(*ctrlsp)[i+1] = NULL;
+}
+
+
+#ifdef TEST_CUSTOM_MALLOC
+
+typedef struct my_malloc_info {
+	long	mmi_magic;
+	size_t	mmi_actualsize;
+} MyMallocInfo;
+#define MY_MALLOC_MAGIC_NUMBER		0x19940618
+
+#define MY_MALLOC_CHECK_MAGIC( p )	if ( ((MyMallocInfo *)( (p) - sizeof()
+
+void *
+my_malloc( size_t size )
+{
+	void		*p;
+	MyMallocInfo	*mmip;
+
+	if (( p = malloc( size + sizeof( struct my_malloc_info ))) != NULL ) {
+		mmip = (MyMallocInfo *)p;
+		mmip->mmi_magic = MY_MALLOC_MAGIC_NUMBER;
+		mmip->mmi_actualsize = size;
+	}
+
+	fprintf( stderr, "my_malloc: allocated ptr 0x%x, size %ld\n",
+	    p,  mmip->mmi_actualsize );
+
+	return( (char *)p + sizeof( MyMallocInfo ));
+}
+
+
+void *
+my_calloc( size_t nelem, size_t elsize )
+{
+	void	*p;
+
+	if (( p = my_malloc( nelem * elsize )) != NULL ) {
+		memset( p, 0, nelem * elsize );
+	}
+
+	return( p );
+}
+
+
+void
+my_free( void *ptr )
+{
+	char		*p;
+	MyMallocInfo	*mmip;
+
+	p = (char *)ptr;
+	p -= sizeof( MyMallocInfo );
+	mmip = (MyMallocInfo *)p;
+	if ( mmip->mmi_magic != MY_MALLOC_MAGIC_NUMBER ) {
+		fprintf( stderr,
+		    "my_malloc_check_magic: ptr 0x%x bad magic number\n", ptr );
+		exit( 1 );
+	}
+
+	fprintf( stderr, "my_free: freeing ptr 0x%x, size %ld\n",
+	    p,  mmip->mmi_actualsize );
+
+	memset( p, 0, mmip->mmi_actualsize + sizeof( MyMallocInfo ));
+	free( p );
+}
+
+
+void *
+my_realloc( void *ptr, size_t size )
+{
+	void		*p;
+	MyMallocInfo	*mmip;
+
+	if ( ptr == NULL ) {
+		return( my_malloc( size ));
+	}
+
+	mmip = (MyMallocInfo *)( (char *)ptr - sizeof( MyMallocInfo ));
+	if ( mmip->mmi_magic != MY_MALLOC_MAGIC_NUMBER ) {
+		fprintf( stderr,
+		    "my_malloc_check_magic: ptr 0x%x bad magic number\n", ptr );
+		exit( 1 );
+	}
+
+	if ( size <= mmip->mmi_actualsize ) {	/* current block big enough? */
+		return( ptr );
+	}
+
+	if (( p = my_malloc( size )) != NULL ) {
+		memcpy( p, ptr, mmip->mmi_actualsize );
+		my_free( ptr );
+	}
+
+	return( p );
+}
+#endif /* TEST_CUSTOM_MALLOC */
+
+int
+#ifdef WINSOCK
+ldapmain(
+#else /* WINSOCK */
+main(
+#endif /* WINSOCK */
+	int argc, char **argv )
+{
+	LDAP		*ld;
+	int		rc, i, c, port, cldapflg, errflg, method, id, msgtype;
+	int		version;
+	char		line[256], command1, command2, command3;
+	char		passwd[64], dn[256], rdn[64], attr[64], value[256];
+	char		filter[256], *host, **types;
+	char		**exdn, *fnname;
+	int		bound, all, scope, attrsonly, optval, ldapversion;
+	LDAPMessage	*res;
+	LDAPMod		**mods, **attrs;
+	struct timeval	timeout, *tvp;
+	char		*copyfname = NULL;
+	int		copyoptions = 0;
+	LDAPURLDesc	*ludp;
+	struct ldap_disptmpl	*tmpllist = NULL;
+	int		changetypes, changesonly, return_echg_ctls;
+	LDAPControl	**tmpctrls, *newctrl, **controls = NULL;
+	char		*usage = "usage: %s [-u] [-h host] [-d level] [-s dnsuffix] [-p port] [-t file] [-T file] [-V protocolversion]\n";
+
+	extern char	*optarg;
+	extern int	optind;
+
+#ifdef MACOS
+	if (( argv = get_list( "cmd line arg?" )) == NULL ) {
+		exit( 1 );
+	}
+	for ( argc = 0; argv[ argc ] != NULL; ++argc ) {
+		;
+	}
+#endif /* MACOS */
+
+#ifdef TEST_CUSTOM_MALLOC
+        {
+		struct ldap_memalloc_fns	memalloc_fns;
+
+		memalloc_fns.ldapmem_malloc = my_malloc;
+		memalloc_fns.ldapmem_calloc = my_calloc;
+		memalloc_fns.ldapmem_realloc = my_realloc;
+		memalloc_fns.ldapmem_free = my_free;
+
+		if ( ldap_set_option( NULL, LDAP_OPT_MEMALLOC_FN_PTRS,
+		    &memalloc_fns ) != 0 ) {
+			fputs( "ldap_set_option failed\n", stderr );
+			exit( 1 );
+		}
+	}
+#endif /* TEST_CUSTOM_MALLOC */
+
+	host = NULL;
+	port = LDAP_PORT;
+	dnsuffix = "";
+	cldapflg = errflg = 0;
+	ldapversion = 0;	/* use default */
+#ifndef _WIN32
+#ifdef LDAP_DEBUG
+	ldap_debug = LDAP_DEBUG_ANY;
+#endif
+#endif
+
+	while (( c = getopt( argc, argv, "uh:d:s:p:t:T:V:" )) != -1 ) {
+		switch( c ) {
+		case 'u':
+#ifdef CLDAP
+			cldapflg++;
+#else /* CLDAP */
+			printf( "Compile with -DCLDAP for UDP support\n" );
+#endif /* CLDAP */
+			break;
+
+		case 'd':
+#ifndef _WIN32
+#ifdef LDAP_DEBUG
+			ldap_debug = atoi( optarg ) | LDAP_DEBUG_ANY;
+			if ( ldap_debug & LDAP_DEBUG_PACKETS ) {
+				ber_set_option( NULL, LBER_OPT_DEBUG_LEVEL,
+					&ldap_debug );
+			}
+#else
+			printf( "Compile with -DLDAP_DEBUG for debugging\n" );
+#endif
+#endif
+			break;
+
+		case 'h':
+			host = optarg;
+			break;
+
+		case 's':
+			dnsuffix = optarg;
+			break;
+
+		case 'p':
+			port = atoi( optarg );
+			break;
+
+#if !defined(MACOS) && !defined(DOS)
+		case 't':	/* copy ber's to given file */
+			copyfname = strdup( optarg );
+			copyoptions = LBER_SOCKBUF_OPT_TO_FILE;
+			break;
+
+		case 'T':	/* only output ber's to given file */
+			copyfname = strdup( optarg );
+			copyoptions = (LBER_SOCKBUF_OPT_TO_FILE |
+			    LBER_SOCKBUF_OPT_TO_FILE_ONLY);
+			break;
+#endif
+		case 'V':	/* LDAP protocol version */
+			ldapversion = atoi( optarg );
+			break;
+
+		default:
+		    ++errflg;
+		}
+	}
+
+	if ( host == NULL && optind == argc - 1 ) {
+		host = argv[ optind ];
+		++optind;
+	}
+
+	if ( errflg || optind < argc - 1 ) {
+		fprintf( stderr, usage, argv[ 0 ] );
+		exit( 1 );
+	}
+	
+	printf( "%sldap_init( %s, %d )\n", cldapflg ? "c" : "",
+		host == NULL ? "(null)" : host, port );
+
+	if ( cldapflg ) {
+#ifdef CLDAP
+		ld = cldap_open( host, port );
+#endif /* CLDAP */
+	} else {
+		ld = ldap_init( host, port );
+	}
+
+	if ( ld == NULL ) {
+		perror( "ldap_init" );
+		exit(1);
+	}
+
+	if ( ldapversion != 0 && ldap_set_option( ld,
+	    LDAP_OPT_PROTOCOL_VERSION, (void *)&ldapversion ) != 0 ) {
+		ldap_perror( ld, "ldap_set_option (protocol version)" );
+		exit(1);
+	}
+
+#ifdef notdef
+#if !defined(MACOS) && !defined(DOS)
+	if ( copyfname != NULL ) {
+		int	fd;
+		Sockbuf	*sb;
+
+		if ( (fd = open( copyfname, O_WRONLY | O_CREAT, 0600 ))
+		    == -1 ) {
+			perror( copyfname );
+			exit ( 1 );
+		}
+		ldap_get_option( ld, LDAP_OPT_SOCKBUF, &sb );
+		ber_sockbuf_set_option( sb, LBER_SOCKBUF_OPT_COPYDESC,
+		    (void *) &fd );
+		ber_sockbuf_set_option( sb, copyoptions, LBER_OPT_ON );
+	}
+#endif
+#endif
+
+	bound = 0;
+	timeout.tv_sec = 0;
+	timeout.tv_usec = 0;
+	tvp = &timeout;
+
+	(void) memset( line, '\0', sizeof(line) );
+	while ( getline( line, sizeof(line), stdin, "\ncommand? " ) != NULL ) {
+		command1 = line[0];
+		command2 = line[1];
+		command3 = line[2];
+
+		switch ( command1 ) {
+		case 'a':	/* add or abandon */
+			switch ( command2 ) {
+			case 'd':	/* add */
+				getline( dn, sizeof(dn), stdin, "dn? " );
+				strcat( dn, dnsuffix );
+				if ( (attrs = get_modlist( NULL, "attr? ",
+				    "value? " )) == NULL )
+					break;
+				if ( (id = ldap_add( ld, dn, attrs )) == -1 )
+					ldap_perror( ld, "ldap_add" );
+				else
+					printf( "Add initiated with id %d\n",
+					    id );
+				break;
+
+			case 'b':	/* abandon */
+				getline( line, sizeof(line), stdin, "msgid? " );
+				id = atoi( line );
+				if ( ldap_abandon( ld, id ) != 0 )
+					ldap_perror( ld, "ldap_abandon" );
+				else
+					printf( "Abandon successful\n" );
+				break;
+			default:
+				printf( "Possibilities: [ad]d, [ab]ort\n" );
+			}
+			break;
+
+		case 'v':	/* ldap protocol version */
+			getline( line, sizeof(line), stdin,
+			    "ldap version? " );
+			version = atoi( line );
+			if ( ldap_set_option( ld, LDAP_OPT_PROTOCOL_VERSION,
+			    (void *) &version ) != 0 ) {
+				ldap_perror( ld, "ldap_set_option" );
+			}
+			break;
+
+		case 'b':	/* asynch bind */
+			getline( line, sizeof(line), stdin,
+			    "method 0->simple 3->sasl? " );
+			method = atoi( line );
+			if ( method == 0 ) {
+				method = LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE;
+			} else if ( method == 3 ) {
+				method = LDAP_AUTH_SASL;
+			}
+			getline( dn, sizeof(dn), stdin, "dn? " );
+			strcat( dn, dnsuffix );
+
+			if ( method == LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE && dn[0] != '\0' ) {
+			} else {
+				passwd[0] = '\0';
+			}
+
+			if ( method == LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE ) {
+				if ( dn[0] != '\0' ) {
+					getline( passwd, sizeof(passwd), stdin,
+					    "password? " );
+				} else {
+					passwd[0] = '\0';
+				}
+				rc = ldap_simple_bind( ld, dn, passwd );
+			} else {
+				struct berval	cred;
+				char		mechanism[BUFSIZ];
+
+				getline( mechanism, sizeof(mechanism), stdin,
+				    "mechanism? " );
+				getline( passwd, sizeof(passwd), stdin,
+				    "credentials? " );
+				cred.bv_val = passwd;
+				cred.bv_len = strlen( passwd );
+				if ( ldap_sasl_bind( ld, dn, mechanism, &cred,
+				    NULL, NULL, &rc ) != LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+					rc = -1;
+				}
+			}
+			if ( rc == -1 ) {
+				fprintf( stderr, "ldap_bind failed\n" );
+				ldap_perror( ld, "ldap_bind" );
+			} else {
+				printf( "Bind initiated\n" );
+				bound = 1;
+			}
+			break;
+
+		case 'B':	/* synch bind */
+			getline( line, sizeof(line), stdin,
+			    "method 0->simple 3->sasl? " );
+			method = atoi( line );
+			if ( method == 0 ) {
+				method = LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE;
+			} else if ( method == 3 ) {
+				method = LDAP_AUTH_SASL;
+			}
+			getline( dn, sizeof(dn), stdin, "dn? " );
+			strcat( dn, dnsuffix );
+
+			if ( method == LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE && dn[0] != '\0' ) {
+			} else {
+				passwd[0] = '\0';
+			}
+
+			if ( method == LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE ) {
+				if ( dn[0] != '\0' ) {
+					getline( passwd, sizeof(passwd), stdin,
+					    "password? " );
+				} else {
+					passwd[0] = '\0';
+				}
+				rc = ldap_simple_bind_s( ld, dn, passwd );
+				fnname = "ldap_simple_bind_s";
+			} else {
+				struct berval	cred;
+				char		mechanism[BUFSIZ];
+
+				getline( mechanism, sizeof(mechanism), stdin,
+				    "mechanism? " );
+				getline( passwd, sizeof(passwd), stdin,
+				    "credentials? " );
+				cred.bv_val = passwd;
+				cred.bv_len = strlen( passwd );
+				rc = ldap_sasl_bind_s( ld, dn, mechanism,
+					&cred, NULL, NULL, NULL );
+				fnname = "ldap_sasl_bind_s";
+			}
+			if ( rc != LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+				fprintf( stderr, "%s failed\n", fnname );
+				ldap_perror( ld, fnname );
+			} else {
+				printf( "Bind successful\n" );
+				bound = 1;
+			}
+			break;
+
+		case 'c':	/* compare */
+			getline( dn, sizeof(dn), stdin, "dn? " );
+			strcat( dn, dnsuffix );
+			getline( attr, sizeof(attr), stdin, "attr? " );
+			getline( value, sizeof(value), stdin, "value? " );
+
+			if ( (id = ldap_compare( ld, dn, attr, value )) == -1 )
+				ldap_perror( ld, "ldap_compare" );
+			else
+				printf( "Compare initiated with id %d\n", id );
+			break;
+
+		case 'x':	/* extended operation */
+			{
+			char		oid[100];
+			struct berval	val;
+
+			getline( oid, sizeof(oid), stdin, "oid? " );
+			getline( value, sizeof(value), stdin, "value? " );
+			if ( strncmp( value, "0x", 2 ) == 0 ) {
+				val.bv_val = (char *)malloc( strlen( value ) / 2 );
+				berval_from_hex( &val, value + 2 );
+			} else {
+				val.bv_val = strdup( value );
+				val.bv_len = strlen( value );
+			}
+			if ( ldap_extended_operation( ld, oid, &val, NULL,
+			    NULL, &id ) != LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+				ldap_perror( ld, "ldap_extended_operation" );
+			} else {
+				printf( "Extended op initiated with id %d\n",
+				    id );
+			}
+			free( val.bv_val );
+			}
+			break;
+
+		case 'C':	/* set cache parameters */
+#ifdef NO_LIBLCACHE
+			getline( line, sizeof(line), stdin,
+			    "cache init (memcache 0)? " );
+#else
+			getline( line, sizeof(line), stdin,
+			    "cache init (memcache 0, lcache 1)? " );
+#endif
+			i = atoi( line );
+			if ( i == 0 ) {		/* memcache */
+				unsigned long	ttl, size;
+				char		**basedns, *dnarray[2];
+				LDAPMemCache	*mc;
+
+				getline( line, sizeof(line), stdin,
+				    "memcache ttl? " );
+				ttl = atoi( line );
+				getline( line, sizeof(line), stdin,
+				    "memcache size? " );
+				size = atoi( line );
+				getline( line, sizeof(line), stdin,
+				    "memcache baseDN? " );
+				if ( *line == '\0' ) {
+					basedns = NULL;
+				} else {
+					dnarray[0] = line;
+					dnarray[1] = NULL;
+					basedns = dnarray;
+				}
+				if (( rc = ldap_memcache_init( ttl, size,
+				    basedns, NULL, &mc )) != LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+					fprintf( stderr,
+					    "ldap_memcache_init: %s\n",
+					    ldap_err2string( rc ));
+				} else if (( rc = ldap_memcache_set( ld, mc ))
+				    != LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+					fprintf( stderr,
+					    "ldap_memcache_set: %s\n",
+					    ldap_err2string( rc ));
+				}
+
+#ifndef NO_LIBLCACHE
+			} else if ( i == 1 ) {
+				getline( line, sizeof(line), stdin,
+				    "cache config file? " );
+				if ( line[0] != '\0' ) {
+					if ( lcache_init( ld, line ) != 0 ) {
+						perror( "ldap_cache_init" );
+						break;
+					}
+				}
+				getline( line, sizeof(line), stdin,
+				    "cache on/off (on 1, off 0)? " );
+				if ( line[0] != '\0' ) {
+					i = atoi( line );
+					if ( ldap_set_option( ld,
+					    LDAP_OPT_CACHE_ENABLE, &i ) != 0 ) {
+						ldap_perror( ld, "ldap_cache_enable" );
+						break;
+					}
+				}
+				getline( line, sizeof(line), stdin,
+				  "cache strategy (check 0, populate 1, localdb 2)? " );
+				if ( line[0] != '\0' ) {
+					i = atoi( line );
+					if ( ldap_set_option( ld,
+					    LDAP_OPT_CACHE_STRATEGY, &i )
+					    != 0 ) {
+						ldap_perror(ld, "ldap_cache_strategy");
+						break;
+					}
+				}
+#endif /* !NO_LIBLCACHE */
+
+			} else {
+				fprintf( stderr, "unknown cachetype %d\n", i );
+			}
+			break;
+
+		case 'd':	/* turn on debugging */
+#ifndef _WIN32
+#ifdef LDAP_DEBUG
+			getline( line, sizeof(line), stdin, "debug level? " );
+			ldap_debug = atoi( line ) | LDAP_DEBUG_ANY;
+			if ( ldap_debug & LDAP_DEBUG_PACKETS ) {
+				ber_set_option( NULL, LBER_OPT_DEBUG_LEVEL,
+					&ldap_debug );
+			}
+#else
+			printf( "Compile with -DLDAP_DEBUG for debugging\n" );
+#endif
+#endif
+			break;
+
+		case 'E':	/* explode a dn */
+			getline( line, sizeof(line), stdin, "dn? " );
+			exdn = ldap_explode_dn( line, 0 );
+			for ( i = 0; exdn != NULL && exdn[i] != NULL; i++ ) {
+				printf( "\t\"%s\"\n", exdn[i] );
+			}
+			break;
+
+		case 'R':	/* explode an rdn */
+			getline( line, sizeof(line), stdin, "rdn? " );
+			exdn = ldap_explode_rdn( line, 0 );
+			for ( i = 0; exdn != NULL && exdn[i] != NULL; i++ ) {
+				printf( "\t\"%s\"\n", exdn[i] );
+			}
+			break;
+
+		case 'm':	/* modify or modifyrdn */
+			if ( strncmp( line, "modify", 4 ) == 0 ) {
+				getline( dn, sizeof(dn), stdin, "dn? " );
+				strcat( dn, dnsuffix );
+				if ( (mods = get_modlist(
+				    "mod (0=>add, 1=>delete, 2=>replace -1=>done)? ",
+				    "attribute type? ", "attribute value? " ))
+				    == NULL )
+					break;
+				if ( (id = ldap_modify( ld, dn, mods )) == -1 )
+					ldap_perror( ld, "ldap_modify" );
+				else
+					printf( "Modify initiated with id %d\n",
+					    id );
+			} else if ( strncmp( line, "modrdn", 4 ) == 0 ) {
+				getline( dn, sizeof(dn), stdin, "dn? " );
+				strcat( dn, dnsuffix );
+				getline( rdn, sizeof(rdn), stdin, "newrdn? " );
+				getline( line, sizeof(line), stdin,
+				    "deleteoldrdn? " );
+				if ( (id = ldap_modrdn2( ld, dn, rdn,
+				    atoi(line) )) == -1 )
+					ldap_perror( ld, "ldap_modrdn" );
+				else
+					printf( "Modrdn initiated with id %d\n",
+					    id );
+			} else {
+				printf( "Possibilities: [modi]fy, [modr]dn\n" );
+			}
+			break;
+
+		case 'q':	/* quit */
+#ifdef CLDAP
+			if ( cldapflg )
+				cldap_close( ld );
+#endif /* CLDAP */
+			if ( !cldapflg )
+				ldap_unbind( ld );
+			exit( 0 );
+			break;
+
+		case 'r':	/* result or remove */
+			switch ( command3 ) {
+			case 's':	/* result */
+				getline( line, sizeof(line), stdin,
+				    "msgid (-1=>any)? " );
+				if ( line[0] == '\0' )
+					id = -1;
+				else
+					id = atoi( line );
+				getline( line, sizeof(line), stdin,
+				    "all (0=>any, 1=>all)? " );
+				if ( line[0] == '\0' )
+					all = 1;
+				else
+					all = atoi( line );
+				if (( msgtype = ldap_result( ld, id, all,
+				    tvp, &res )) < 1 ) {
+					ldap_perror( ld, "ldap_result" );
+					break;
+				}
+				printf( "\nresult: msgtype %d msgid %d\n",
+				    msgtype, ldap_msgid( res ) );
+				handle_result( ld, res, 0 );
+				res = NULL;
+				break;
+
+			case 'm':	/* remove */
+				getline( dn, sizeof(dn), stdin, "dn? " );
+				strcat( dn, dnsuffix );
+				if ( (id = ldap_delete( ld, dn )) == -1 )
+					ldap_perror( ld, "ldap_delete" );
+				else
+					printf( "Remove initiated with id %d\n",
+					    id );
+				break;
+
+			default:
+				printf( "Possibilities: [rem]ove, [res]ult\n" );
+				break;
+			}
+			break;
+
+		case 's':	/* search */
+			getline( dn, sizeof(dn), stdin, "searchbase? " );
+			strcat( dn, dnsuffix );
+			getline( line, sizeof(line), stdin,
+			    "scope (0=Base, 1=One Level, 2=Subtree)? " );
+			scope = atoi( line );
+			getline( filter, sizeof(filter), stdin,
+			    "search filter (e.g. sn=jones)? " );
+			types = get_list( "attrs to return? " );
+			getline( line, sizeof(line), stdin,
+			    "attrsonly (0=attrs&values, 1=attrs only)? " );
+			attrsonly = atoi( line );
+
+			if ( cldapflg ) {
+#ifdef CLDAP
+			    getline( line, sizeof(line), stdin,
+				"Requestor DN (for logging)? " );
+			    if ( cldap_search_s( ld, dn, scope, filter, types,
+				    attrsonly, &res, line ) != 0 ) {
+				ldap_perror( ld, "cldap_search_s" );
+			    } else {
+				printf( "\nresult: msgid %d\n",
+				    res->lm_msgid );
+				handle_result( ld, res, 0 );
+				res = NULL;
+			    }
+#endif /* CLDAP */
+			} else {
+			    if (( id = ldap_search( ld, dn, scope, filter,
+				    types, attrsonly  )) == -1 ) {
+				ldap_perror( ld, "ldap_search" );
+			    } else {
+				printf( "Search initiated with id %d\n", id );
+			    }
+			}
+			free_list( types );
+			break;
+
+		case 't':	/* set timeout value */
+			getline( line, sizeof(line), stdin, "timeout (-1=infinite)? " );
+			timeout.tv_sec = atoi( line );
+			if ( timeout.tv_sec < 0 ) {
+				tvp = NULL;
+			} else {
+				tvp = &timeout;
+			}
+			break;
+
+		case 'U':	/* set ufn search prefix */
+			getline( line, sizeof(line), stdin, "ufn prefix? " );
+			ldap_ufn_setprefix( ld, line );
+			break;
+
+		case 'u':	/* user friendly search w/optional timeout */
+			getline( dn, sizeof(dn), stdin, "ufn? " );
+			strcat( dn, dnsuffix );
+			types = get_list( "attrs to return? " );
+			getline( line, sizeof(line), stdin,
+			    "attrsonly (0=attrs&values, 1=attrs only)? " );
+			attrsonly = atoi( line );
+
+			if ( command2 == 't' ) {
+				id = ldap_ufn_search_c( ld, dn, types,
+				    attrsonly, &res, ldap_ufn_timeout,
+				    &timeout );
+			} else {
+				id = ldap_ufn_search_s( ld, dn, types,
+				    attrsonly, &res );
+			}
+			if ( res == NULL )
+				ldap_perror( ld, "ldap_ufn_search" );
+			else {
+				printf( "\nresult: err %d\n", id );
+				handle_result( ld, res, 0 );
+				res = NULL;
+			}
+			free_list( types );
+			break;
+
+		case 'l':	/* URL search */
+			getline( line, sizeof(line), stdin,
+			    "attrsonly (0=attrs&values, 1=attrs only)? " );
+			attrsonly = atoi( line );
+			getline( line, sizeof(line), stdin, "LDAP URL? " );
+			if (( id = ldap_url_search( ld, line, attrsonly  ))
+				== -1 ) {
+			    ldap_perror( ld, "ldap_url_search" );
+			} else {
+			    printf( "URL search initiated with id %d\n", id );
+			}
+			break;
+
+		case 'p':	/* parse LDAP URL */
+			getline( line, sizeof(line), stdin, "LDAP URL? " );
+			if (( i = ldap_url_parse( line, &ludp )) != 0 ) {
+			    fprintf( stderr, "ldap_url_parse: error %d (%s)\n", i,
+						url_parse_err2string( i ));
+			} else {
+			    printf( "\t  host: " );
+			    if ( ludp->lud_host == NULL ) {
+				printf( "DEFAULT\n" );
+			    } else {
+				printf( "<%s>\n", ludp->lud_host );
+			    }
+			    printf( "\t  port: " );
+			    if ( ludp->lud_port == 0 ) {
+				printf( "DEFAULT\n" );
+			    } else {
+				printf( "%d\n", ludp->lud_port );
+			    }
+			    printf( "\tsecure: %s\n", ( ludp->lud_options &
+				    LDAP_URL_OPT_SECURE ) != 0 ? "Yes" : "No" );
+			    printf( "\t    dn: " );
+			    if ( ludp->lud_dn == NULL ) {
+				printf( "ROOT\n" );
+			    } else {
+				printf( "%s\n", ludp->lud_dn );
+			    }
+			    printf( "\t attrs:" );
+			    if ( ludp->lud_attrs == NULL ) {
+				printf( " ALL" );
+			    } else {
+				for ( i = 0; ludp->lud_attrs[ i ] != NULL; ++i ) {
+				    printf( " <%s>", ludp->lud_attrs[ i ] );
+				}
+			    }
+			    printf( "\n\t scope: %s\n", ludp->lud_scope == LDAP_SCOPE_ONELEVEL ?
+				"ONE" : ludp->lud_scope == LDAP_SCOPE_BASE ? "BASE" :
+				ludp->lud_scope == LDAP_SCOPE_SUBTREE ? "SUB" : "**invalid**" );
+			    printf( "\tfilter: <%s>\n", ludp->lud_filter );
+			    ldap_free_urldesc( ludp );
+			}
+			    break;
+
+		case 'n':	/* set dn suffix, for convenience */
+			getline( line, sizeof(line), stdin, "DN suffix? " );
+			strcpy( dnsuffix, line );
+			break;
+
+		case 'N':	/* add an LDAPv3 control */
+			getline( line, sizeof(line), stdin,
+			    "Control oid (. to clear list)? " );
+			if ( *line == '.' && *(line+1) == '\0' ) {
+			    controls = NULL;
+			} else {
+			    newctrl = (LDAPControl *) malloc(
+				sizeof(LDAPControl) );
+			    newctrl->ldctl_oid = strdup( line );
+			    getline( line, sizeof(line), stdin,
+				"Control value? " );
+			    if ( strncmp( line, "0x", 2 ) == 0 ) {
+				    newctrl->ldctl_value.bv_val =
+				    (char *)malloc( strlen( line ) / 2 );
+				    berval_from_hex( &(newctrl->ldctl_value), 
+					    line + 2 );
+			    } else {
+				    newctrl->ldctl_value.bv_val
+					= strdup( line );
+			    }
+			    newctrl->ldctl_value.bv_len = strlen( line );
+			    getline( line, sizeof(line), stdin,
+				"Critical (0=no, 1=yes)? " );
+			    newctrl->ldctl_iscritical = atoi( line );
+			    add_control( &controls, newctrl );
+			}
+			ldap_set_option( ld, LDAP_OPT_SERVER_CONTROLS,
+			    controls );
+			ldap_get_option( ld, LDAP_OPT_SERVER_CONTROLS,
+			    &tmpctrls );
+			print_controls( tmpctrls, 0 );
+			break;
+
+		case 'P':	/* add a persistent search control */
+			getline( line, sizeof(line), stdin, "Changetypes to "
+			    " return (additive - add (1), delete (2), "
+			    "modify (4), modDN (8))? " );
+			changetypes = atoi(line);
+			getline( line, sizeof(line), stdin,
+			    "Return changes only (0=no, 1=yes)? " );
+			changesonly = atoi(line);
+			getline( line, sizeof(line), stdin, "Return entry "
+			    "change controls (0=no, 1=yes)? " );
+			return_echg_ctls = atoi(line);
+			getline( line, sizeof(line), stdin,
+				"Critical (0=no, 1=yes)? " );
+			if ( ldap_create_persistentsearch_control( ld,
+			    changetypes, changesonly, return_echg_ctls,
+			    (char)atoi(line), &newctrl ) != LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+				ldap_perror( ld, "ldap_create_persistent"
+				    "search_control" );
+			} else {
+			    add_control( &controls, newctrl );
+			    ldap_set_option( ld, LDAP_OPT_SERVER_CONTROLS,
+				controls );
+			    ldap_get_option( ld, LDAP_OPT_SERVER_CONTROLS,
+				&tmpctrls );
+			    print_controls( tmpctrls, 0 );
+			}
+			break;
+			
+		case 'o':	/* set ldap options */
+			getline( line, sizeof(line), stdin, "alias deref (0=never, 1=searching, 2=finding, 3=always)?" );
+			i = atoi( line );
+			ldap_set_option( ld, LDAP_OPT_DEREF, &i );
+			getline( line, sizeof(line), stdin, "timelimit?" );
+			i = atoi( line );
+			ldap_set_option( ld, LDAP_OPT_TIMELIMIT, &i );
+			getline( line, sizeof(line), stdin, "sizelimit?" );
+			i = atoi( line );
+			ldap_set_option( ld, LDAP_OPT_SIZELIMIT, &i );
+
+#ifdef STR_TRANSLATION
+			getline( line, sizeof(line), stdin,
+				"Automatic translation of T.61 strings (0=no, 1=yes)?" );
+			if ( atoi( line ) == 0 ) {
+				ld->ld_lberoptions &= ~LBER_OPT_TRANSLATE_STRINGS;
+			} else {
+				ld->ld_lberoptions |= LBER_OPT_TRANSLATE_STRINGS;
+#ifdef LDAP_CHARSET_8859
+				getline( line, sizeof(line), stdin,
+					"Translate to/from ISO-8859 (0=no, 1=yes?" );
+				if ( atoi( line ) != 0 ) {
+					ldap_set_string_translators( ld,
+					    ldap_8859_to_t61,
+					    ldap_t61_to_8859 );
+				}
+#endif /* LDAP_CHARSET_8859 */
+			}
+#endif /* STR_TRANSLATION */
+
+#ifdef LDAP_DNS
+			getline( line, sizeof(line), stdin,
+				"Use DN & DNS to determine where to send requests (0=no, 1=yes)?" );
+			optval = ( atoi( line ) != 0 );
+			ldap_set_option( ld, LDAP_OPT_DNS, (void *) optval );
+#endif /* LDAP_DNS */
+
+			getline( line, sizeof(line), stdin,
+				"Recognize and chase referrals (0=no, 1=yes)?" );
+			optval = ( atoi( line ) != 0 );
+			ldap_set_option( ld, LDAP_OPT_REFERRALS,
+			    (void *) optval );
+			if ( optval ) {
+				getline( line, sizeof(line), stdin,
+					"Prompt for bind credentials when chasing referrals (0=no, 1=yes)?" );
+				if ( atoi( line ) != 0 ) {
+					ldap_set_rebind_proc( ld, bind_prompt,
+					    NULL );
+				}
+			}
+#ifdef NET_SSL
+			getline( line, sizeof(line), stdin,
+				"Use Secure Sockets Layer - SSL (0=no, 1=yes)?" );
+			optval = ( atoi( line ) != 0 );
+			if ( optval ) {
+				getline( line, sizeof(line), stdin,
+				    "security DB path?" ); 
+				if ( ldapssl_client_init( (*line == '\0') ?
+				    NULL : line, NULL ) < 0 ) {
+					perror( "ldapssl_client_init" );
+					optval = 0;     /* SSL not avail. */
+				} else if ( ldapssl_install_routines( ld )
+				    < 0 ) {
+					ldap_perror( ld,
+					    "ldapssl_install_routines" );
+					optval = 0;     /* SSL not avail. */
+				}
+			}
+
+			ldap_set_option( ld, LDAP_OPT_SSL,
+			    optval ? LDAP_OPT_ON : LDAP_OPT_OFF );
+
+			getline( line, sizeof(line), stdin,
+				"Set SSL options (0=no, 1=yes)?" );
+			optval = ( atoi( line ) != 0 );
+			while ( 1 ) {
+			    PRInt32 sslopt;
+			    PRBool  on;
+
+			    getline( line, sizeof(line), stdin,
+				    "Option to set (0 if done)?" );
+			    sslopt = atoi(line);
+			    if ( sslopt == 0 ) {
+				break;
+			    }
+			    getline( line, sizeof(line), stdin,
+				    "On=1, Off=0?" );
+			    on = ( atoi( line ) != 0 );
+			    if ( ldapssl_set_option( ld, sslopt, on ) != 0 ) {
+				ldap_perror( ld, "ldapssl_set_option" );
+			    }
+			}
+#endif
+
+			getline( line, sizeof(line), stdin, "Reconnect?" );
+			ldap_set_option( ld, LDAP_OPT_RECONNECT,
+			    ( atoi( line ) == 0 ) ? LDAP_OPT_OFF :
+			    LDAP_OPT_ON );
+
+			getline( line, sizeof(line), stdin, "Async I/O?" );
+			ldap_set_option( ld, LDAP_OPT_ASYNC_CONNECT,
+			    ( atoi( line ) == 0 ) ? LDAP_OPT_OFF :
+			    LDAP_OPT_ON );
+			break;
+
+		case 'I':	/* initialize display templates */
+			getline( line, sizeof(line), stdin,	
+				"Template file [ldaptemplates.conf]?" );
+			if (( i = ldap_init_templates( *line == '\0' ?
+				"ldaptemplates.conf" : line, &tmpllist ))
+				!= 0 ) {
+			    fprintf( stderr, "ldap_init_templates: %s\n",
+				    ldap_tmplerr2string( i ));
+			}
+			break;
+
+		case 'T':	/* read & display using template */
+			getline( dn, sizeof(dn), stdin, "entry DN? " );
+			strcat( dn, dnsuffix );
+			if (( i = ldap_entry2text_search( ld, dn, NULL, NULL,
+				tmpllist, NULL, NULL, entry2textwrite, stdout,
+				"\n", 0, 0 )) != LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+			    fprintf( stderr, "ldap_entry2text_search: %s\n",
+				    ldap_err2string( i ));
+			}
+			break;
+
+		case 'L':	/* set preferred language */
+			getline( line, sizeof(line), stdin,
+				"Preferred language? " );
+			if ( *line == '\0' ) {
+				ldap_set_option( ld,
+				    LDAP_OPT_PREFERRED_LANGUAGE, NULL );
+			} else {
+				ldap_set_option( ld,
+				    LDAP_OPT_PREFERRED_LANGUAGE, line );
+			}
+			break;
+
+		case 'F':	/* create filter */
+			{
+				char	filtbuf[ 512 ], pattern[ 512 ];
+				char	prefix[ 512 ], suffix[ 512 ];
+				char	attr[ 512 ], value[ 512 ];
+				char	*dupvalue, **words;
+
+				getline( pattern, sizeof(pattern), stdin,
+				    "pattern? " );
+				getline( prefix, sizeof(prefix), stdin,
+				    "prefix? " );
+				getline( suffix, sizeof(suffix), stdin,
+				    "suffix? " );
+				getline( attr, sizeof(attr), stdin,
+				    "attribute? " );
+				getline( value, sizeof(value), stdin,
+				    "value? " );
+				
+				if (( dupvalue = strdup( value )) != NULL ) {
+					words = string2words( value, " " );
+				} else {
+					words = NULL;
+				}
+				if ( ldap_create_filter( filtbuf,
+				    sizeof(filtbuf), pattern, prefix, suffix,
+				    attr, value, words) != 0 ) {
+					fprintf( stderr,
+						"ldap_create_filter failed\n" );
+				} else {
+					printf( "filter is \"%s\"\n", filtbuf );
+				}
+				if ( dupvalue != NULL ) free( dupvalue );
+				if ( words != NULL ) free( words );
+			}
+			break;
+
+		case '?':	/* help */
+		case '\0':	/* help */
+    printf( "Commands: [ad]d         [ab]andon         [b]ind\n" );
+    printf( "          synch [B]ind  [c]ompare         [l]URL search\n" );
+    printf( "          [modi]fy      [modr]dn          [rem]ove\n" );
+    printf( "          [res]ult      [s]earch          [q]uit/unbind\n\n" );
+    printf( "          [u]fn search  [ut]fn search with timeout\n" );
+    printf( "          [d]ebug       [C]set cache parms[g]set msgid\n" );
+    printf( "          d[n]suffix    [t]imeout         [v]ersion\n" );
+    printf( "          [U]fn prefix  [?]help           [o]ptions\n" );
+    printf( "          [E]xplode dn  [p]arse LDAP URL  [R]explode RDN\n" );
+    printf( "          e[x]tended op [F]ilter create\n" );
+    printf( "          set co[N]trols    set preferred [L]anguage\n" );
+    printf( "          add a [P]ersistent search control\n" );
+    printf( "          [I]nitialize display templates\n" );
+    printf( "          [T]read entry and display using template\n" );
+			break;
+
+		default:
+			printf( "Invalid command.  Type ? for help.\n" );
+			break;
+		}
+
+		(void) memset( line, '\0', sizeof(line) );
+	}
+
+	return( 0 );
+}
+
+static void
+handle_result( LDAP *ld, LDAPMessage *lm, int onlyone )
+{
+	int	msgtype;
+
+	switch ( (msgtype = ldap_msgtype( lm )) ) {
+	case LDAP_RES_COMPARE:
+		printf( "Compare result\n" );
+		print_ldap_result( ld, lm, "compare" );
+		break;
+
+	case LDAP_RES_SEARCH_RESULT:
+		printf( "Search result\n" );
+		print_ldap_result( ld, lm, "search" );
+		break;
+
+	case LDAP_RES_SEARCH_ENTRY:
+		printf( "Search entry\n" );
+		print_search_entry( ld, lm, onlyone );
+		break;
+
+	case LDAP_RES_SEARCH_REFERENCE:
+		printf( "Search reference\n" );
+		print_search_reference( ld, lm, onlyone );
+		break;
+
+	case LDAP_RES_ADD:
+		printf( "Add result\n" );
+		print_ldap_result( ld, lm, "add" );
+		break;
+
+	case LDAP_RES_DELETE:
+		printf( "Delete result\n" );
+		print_ldap_result( ld, lm, "delete" );
+		break;
+
+	case LDAP_RES_MODIFY:
+		printf( "Modify result\n" );
+		print_ldap_result( ld, lm, "modify" );
+		break;
+
+	case LDAP_RES_MODRDN:
+		printf( "ModRDN result\n" );
+		print_ldap_result( ld, lm, "modrdn" );
+		break;
+
+	case LDAP_RES_BIND:
+		printf( "Bind result\n" );
+		print_ldap_result( ld, lm, "bind" );
+		break;
+	case LDAP_RES_EXTENDED:
+		if ( ldap_msgid( lm ) == LDAP_RES_UNSOLICITED ) {
+			printf( "Unsolicited result\n" );
+			print_ldap_result( ld, lm, "unsolicited" );
+		} else {
+			printf( "ExtendedOp result\n" );
+			print_ldap_result( ld, lm, "extendedop" );
+		}
+		break;
+
+	default:
+		printf( "Unknown result type 0x%x\n", msgtype );
+		print_ldap_result( ld, lm, "unknown" );
+	}
+
+	if ( !onlyone ) {
+		ldap_msgfree( lm );
+	}
+}
+
+static void
+print_ldap_result( LDAP *ld, LDAPMessage *lm, char *s )
+{
+	int		lderr;
+	char		*matcheddn, *errmsg, *oid, **refs;
+	LDAPControl	**ctrls;
+	struct berval	*servercred, *data;
+
+	if ( ldap_parse_result( ld, lm, &lderr, &matcheddn, &errmsg, &refs,
+	    &ctrls, 0 ) != LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+		ldap_perror( ld, "ldap_parse_result" );
+	} else {
+		fprintf( stderr, "%s: %s", s, ldap_err2string( lderr ));
+		if ( lderr == LDAP_CONNECT_ERROR ) {
+			perror( " - " );
+		} else {
+			fputc( '\n', stderr );
+		}
+		if ( errmsg != NULL ) {
+			if ( *errmsg != '\0' ) {
+				fprintf( stderr, "Additional info: %s\n",
+				    errmsg );
+			}
+			ldap_memfree( errmsg );
+		}
+		if ( matcheddn != NULL ) {
+			if ( NAME_ERROR( lderr )) {
+				fprintf( stderr, "Matched DN: %s\n",
+				    matcheddn );
+			}
+			ldap_memfree( matcheddn );
+		}
+		print_referrals( refs, 1 );
+		print_controls( ctrls, 1 );
+	}
+
+	/* if SASL bind response, get and show server credentials */
+	if ( ldap_msgtype( lm ) == LDAP_RES_BIND &&
+	    ldap_parse_sasl_bind_result( ld, lm, &servercred, 0 ) ==
+	    LDAP_SUCCESS && servercred != NULL ) {
+		fputs( "\tSASL server credentials:\n", stderr );
+		bprint( servercred->bv_val, servercred->bv_len );
+		ber_bvfree( servercred );
+	}
+
+	/* if ExtendedOp response, get and show oid plus data */
+	if ( ldap_msgtype( lm ) == LDAP_RES_EXTENDED &&
+	    ldap_parse_extended_result( ld, lm, &oid, &data, 0 ) ==
+	    LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+		if ( oid != NULL ) {
+			if ( strcmp ( oid, LDAP_NOTICE_OF_DISCONNECTION )
+			    == 0 ) {
+				printf(
+				    "\t%s Notice of Disconnection (OID: %s)\n",
+				    s, oid );
+			} else {
+				printf( "\t%s OID: %s\n", s, oid );
+			}
+			ldap_memfree( oid );
+		}
+		if ( data != NULL ) {
+			printf( "\t%s data:\n", s );
+			bprint( data->bv_val, data->bv_len );
+			ber_bvfree( data );
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+static void
+print_search_entry( LDAP *ld, LDAPMessage *res, int onlyone )
+{
+	BerElement	*ber;
+	char		*a, *dn, *ufn;
+	struct berval	**vals;
+	int		i, count;
+	LDAPMessage	*e, *msg;
+	LDAPControl	**ectrls;
+
+	count = 0;
+	for ( msg = ldap_first_message( ld, res );
+	    msg != NULL && ( !onlyone || count == 0 );
+	    msg = ldap_next_message( ld, msg ), ++count ) {
+		if ( ldap_msgtype( msg ) != LDAP_RES_SEARCH_ENTRY ) {
+		    handle_result( ld, msg, 1 );	/* something else */
+		    continue;
+		}
+		e = msg;
+
+		dn = ldap_get_dn( ld, e );
+		printf( "\tDN: %s\n", dn );
+
+		ufn = ldap_dn2ufn( dn );
+		printf( "\tUFN: %s\n", ufn );
+#ifdef WINSOCK
+		ldap_memfree( dn );
+		ldap_memfree( ufn );
+#else /* WINSOCK */
+		free( dn );
+		free( ufn );
+#endif /* WINSOCK */
+
+		for ( a = ldap_first_attribute( ld, e, &ber ); a != NULL;
+		    a = ldap_next_attribute( ld, e, ber ) ) {
+			printf( "\t\tATTR: %s\n", a );
+			if ( (vals = ldap_get_values_len( ld, e, a ))
+			    == NULL ) {
+				printf( "\t\t\t(no values)\n" );
+			} else {
+				for ( i = 0; vals[i] != NULL; i++ ) {
+					int		nonascii = 0;
+					unsigned long	j;
+
+					for ( j = 0; j < vals[i]->bv_len; j++ )
+						if ( !isascii( vals[i]->bv_val[j] ) ) {
+							nonascii = 1;
+							break;
+						}
+
+					if ( nonascii ) {
+						printf( "\t\t\tlength (%ld) (not ascii)\n", vals[i]->bv_len );
+#ifdef BPRINT_NONASCII
+						bprint( vals[i]->bv_val,
+						    vals[i]->bv_len );
+#endif /* BPRINT_NONASCII */
+						continue;
+					}
+					printf( "\t\t\tlength (%ld) %s\n",
+					    vals[i]->bv_len, vals[i]->bv_val );
+				}
+				ber_bvecfree( vals );
+			}
+			ldap_memfree( a );
+		}
+		if ( ldap_get_lderrno( ld, NULL, NULL ) != LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+			ldap_perror( ld,
+			    "ldap_first_attribute/ldap_next_attribute" );
+		}
+		if ( ber != NULL ) {
+			ber_free( ber, 0 );
+		}
+
+		if ( ldap_get_entry_controls( ld, e, &ectrls )
+		    != LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+			ldap_perror( ld, "ldap_get_entry_controls" );
+		} else {
+			int	changenumpresent;
+            ber_int_t changetype;
+			char	*prevdn;
+			ber_int_t  changenum;
+
+			if ( ldap_parse_entrychange_control( ld, ectrls,
+			    &changetype, &prevdn, &changenumpresent,
+			    &changenum ) == LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+				fprintf( stderr, "EntryChangeNotification\n"
+				    "\tchangeType:   %s\n", 
+				    changetype_num2string( changetype ));
+				if ( prevdn != NULL ) {
+					fprintf( stderr,
+					    "\tpreviousDN:   \"%s\"\n",
+					    prevdn );
+				}
+				if ( changenumpresent ) {
+					fprintf( stderr, "\tchangeNumber: %d\n",
+					    changenum );
+				}
+				if ( prevdn != NULL ) {
+					free( prevdn );
+				}
+			}
+			print_controls( ectrls, 1 );
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+static char *
+changetype_num2string( ber_int_t chgtype )
+{
+    static char buf[ 25 ];
+    char	*s;
+
+    switch( chgtype ) {
+    case LDAP_CHANGETYPE_ADD:
+	s = "add";
+	break;
+    case LDAP_CHANGETYPE_DELETE:
+	s = "delete";
+	break;
+    case LDAP_CHANGETYPE_MODIFY:
+	s = "modify";
+	break;
+    case LDAP_CHANGETYPE_MODDN:
+	s = "moddn";
+	break;
+    default:
+	s = buf;
+	sprintf( s, "unknown (%d)", chgtype );
+    }
+
+    return( s );
+}
+
+
+static void
+print_search_reference( LDAP *ld, LDAPMessage *res, int onlyone )
+{
+	LDAPMessage	*msg;
+	LDAPControl	**ctrls;
+	char		**refs;
+	int		count;
+
+	count = 0;
+	for ( msg = ldap_first_message( ld, res );
+	    msg != NULL && ( !onlyone || count == 0 );
+	    msg = ldap_next_message( ld, msg ), ++count ) {
+		if ( ldap_msgtype( msg ) != LDAP_RES_SEARCH_REFERENCE ) {
+			handle_result( ld, msg, 1 );	/* something else */
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		if ( ldap_parse_reference( ld, msg, &refs, &ctrls, 0 ) !=
+		    LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+			ldap_perror( ld, "ldap_parse_reference" );
+		} else {
+			print_referrals( refs, 1 );
+			print_controls( ctrls, 1 );
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+static void
+print_referrals( char **refs, int freeit )
+{
+	int	i;
+
+	if ( refs == NULL ) {
+		return;
+	}
+
+	fprintf( stderr, "Referrals:\n" );
+	for ( i = 0; refs[ i ] != NULL; ++i ) {
+		fprintf( stderr, "\t%s\n", refs[ i ] );
+	}
+
+	if ( freeit ) {
+		ldap_value_free( refs );
+	}
+}
+
+
+static void
+print_controls( LDAPControl **ctrls, int freeit )
+{
+	int	i;
+
+	if ( ctrls == NULL ) {
+		return;
+	}
+
+	fprintf( stderr, "Controls:\n" );
+	for ( i = 0; ctrls[ i ] != NULL; ++i ) {
+		if ( i > 0 ) {
+			fputs( "\t-----------\n", stderr );
+		}
+		fprintf( stderr, "\toid:      %s\n", ctrls[ i ]->ldctl_oid );
+		fprintf( stderr, "\tcritical: %s\n",
+		    ctrls[ i ]->ldctl_iscritical ? "YES" : "NO" );
+		fputs( "\tvalue:\n", stderr );
+		bprint( ctrls[ i ]->ldctl_value.bv_val,
+		    ctrls[ i ]->ldctl_value.bv_len );
+	}
+
+	if ( freeit ) {
+		ldap_controls_free( ctrls );
+	}
+}
+
+
+static int
+entry2textwrite( void *fp, char *buf, int len )
+{
+        return( fwrite( buf, len, 1, (FILE *)fp ) == 0 ? -1 : len );
+}
+
+
+/* similar to getfilter.c:break_into_words() */
+static char **
+string2words( char *str, char *delims )
+{
+    char        *word, **words;
+    int         count;
+    char        *lasts;
+
+    if (( words = (char **)calloc( 1, sizeof( char * ))) == NULL ) {
+	    return( NULL );
+    }
+    count = 0;
+    words[ count ] = NULL;
+
+    word = ldap_utf8strtok_r( str, delims, &lasts );
+    while ( word != NULL ) {
+        if (( words = (char **)realloc( words,
+                ( count + 2 ) * sizeof( char * ))) == NULL ) {
+	    free( words );
+            return( NULL );
+        }
+
+        words[ count ] = word;
+        words[ ++count ] = NULL;
+        word = ldap_utf8strtok_r( NULL, delims, &lasts );
+    }
+
+    return( words );
+}
+
+
+static const char *
+url_parse_err2string( int e )
+{
+    const char	*s = "unknown";
+
+    switch( e ) {
+    case LDAP_URL_ERR_NOTLDAP:
+	s = "URL doesn't begin with \"ldap://\"";
+	break;
+    case LDAP_URL_ERR_NODN:
+	s = "URL has no DN (required)";
+	break;
+    case LDAP_URL_ERR_BADSCOPE:
+	s = "URL scope string is invalid";
+	break;
+    case LDAP_URL_ERR_MEM:
+	s = "can't allocate memory space";
+	break;
+    case LDAP_URL_ERR_PARAM:
+	s = "bad parameter to an URL function";
+	break;
+    case LDAP_URL_UNRECOGNIZED_CRITICAL_EXTENSION:
+	s = "unrecognized critical URL extension";
+	break;
+    }
+
+    return( s );
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Print arbitrary stuff, for debugging.
+ */
+
+#define BPLEN	48
+static void
+bprint( char *data, int len )
+{
+    static char	hexdig[] = "0123456789abcdef";
+    char	out[ BPLEN ];
+    int		i = 0;
+
+    memset( out, 0, BPLEN );
+    for ( ;; ) {
+	if ( len < 1 ) {
+		fprintf( stderr, "\t%s\n", ( i == 0 ) ? "(end)" : out );
+	    break;
+	}
+
+#ifndef HEX
+	if ( isgraph( (unsigned char)*data )) {
+	    out[ i ] = ' ';
+	    out[ i+1 ] = *data;
+	} else {
+#endif
+	    out[ i ] = hexdig[ ( *data & 0xf0 ) >> 4 ];
+	    out[ i+1 ] = hexdig[ *data & 0x0f ];
+#ifndef HEX
+	}
+#endif
+	i += 2;
+	len--;
+	data++;
+
+	if ( i > BPLEN - 2 ) {
+	    fprintf( stderr, "\t%s\n", out );
+	    memset( out, 0, BPLEN );
+	    i = 0;
+	    continue;
+	}
+	out[ i++ ] = ' ';
+    }
+
+    fflush( stderr );
+}
diff --git a/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/tmplout.c b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/tmplout.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0dded6b4c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/tmplout.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1144 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ * 
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version 
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with 
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at 
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ * 
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ * 
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, released
+ * March 31, 1998.
+ * 
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998-1999
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ * 
+ * Contributor(s):
+ * 
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
+ * or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ * 
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+
+/*
+ * tmplout.c:  display template library output routines for LDAP clients
+ * 
+ */
+
+#include "ldap-int.h"
+#include "disptmpl.h"
+
+#if defined(_WINDOWS) || defined(aix) || defined(SCOOS) || defined(OSF1) || defined(SOLARIS)
+#include <time.h> /* for struct tm and ctime */
+#endif
+
+
+/* This is totally lame, since it should be coming from time.h, but isn't. */
+#if defined(SOLARIS) 
+char *ctime_r(const time_t *, char *, int);
+#endif
+
+static int do_entry2text( LDAP *ld, char *buf, char *base, LDAPMessage *entry,
+	struct ldap_disptmpl *tmpl, char **defattrs, char ***defvals,
+	writeptype writeproc, void *writeparm, char *eol, int rdncount,
+	unsigned long opts, char *urlprefix );
+static int do_entry2text_search( LDAP *ld, char *dn, char *base,
+	LDAPMessage *entry, struct ldap_disptmpl *tmpllist, char **defattrs,
+	char ***defvals, writeptype writeproc, void *writeparm, char *eol,
+	int rdncount, unsigned long opts, char *urlprefix );
+static int do_vals2text( LDAP *ld, char *buf, char **vals, char *label,
+	int labelwidth, unsigned long syntaxid, writeptype writeproc,
+	void *writeparm, char *eol, int rdncount, char *urlprefix );
+static int max_label_len( struct ldap_disptmpl *tmpl );
+static int output_label( char *buf, char *label, int width,
+	writeptype writeproc, void *writeparm, char *eol, int html );
+static int output_dn( char *buf, char *dn, int width, int rdncount,
+	writeptype writeproc, void *writeparm, char *eol, char *urlprefix );
+static void strcat_escaped( char *s1, char *s2 );
+static char *time2text( char *ldtimestr, int dateonly );
+static long gtime( struct tm *tm );
+static int searchaction( LDAP *ld, char *buf, char *base, LDAPMessage *entry,
+	char *dn, struct ldap_tmplitem *tip, int labelwidth, int rdncount,
+	writeptype writeproc, void *writeparm, char *eol, char *urlprefix );
+
+#define DEF_LABEL_WIDTH		15
+#define SEARCH_TIMEOUT_SECS	120
+#define OCATTRNAME		"objectClass"
+
+
+#define NONFATAL_LDAP_ERR( err )	( err == LDAP_SUCCESS || \
+	err == LDAP_TIMELIMIT_EXCEEDED || err == LDAP_SIZELIMIT_EXCEEDED )
+
+#define DEF_LDAP_URL_PREFIX	"ldap:///"
+
+ 
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_entry2text(
+	LDAP			*ld,
+	char			*buf,		/* NULL for "use internal" */
+	LDAPMessage		*entry,
+	struct ldap_disptmpl	*tmpl,
+	char			**defattrs,
+	char			***defvals,
+	writeptype		writeproc,
+	void			*writeparm,
+	char			*eol,
+	int			rdncount,
+	unsigned long		opts
+)
+{
+    LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "ldap_entry2text\n", 0, 0, 0 );
+
+    return( do_entry2text( ld, buf, NULL, entry, tmpl, defattrs, defvals,
+		writeproc, writeparm, eol, rdncount, opts, NULL ));
+
+}
+
+
+
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_entry2html(
+	LDAP			*ld,
+	char			*buf,		/* NULL for "use internal" */
+	LDAPMessage		*entry,
+	struct ldap_disptmpl	*tmpl,
+	char			**defattrs,
+	char			***defvals,
+	writeptype		writeproc,
+	void			*writeparm,
+	char			*eol,
+	int			rdncount,
+	unsigned long		opts,
+	char			*base,
+	char			*urlprefix
+)
+{
+    LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "ldap_entry2html\n", 0, 0, 0 );
+
+    if ( urlprefix == NULL ) {
+	urlprefix = DEF_LDAP_URL_PREFIX;
+    }
+
+    return( do_entry2text( ld, buf, base, entry, tmpl, defattrs, defvals,
+		writeproc, writeparm, eol, rdncount, opts, urlprefix ));
+}
+
+
+static int
+do_entry2text(
+	LDAP			*ld,
+	char			*buf,		/* NULL for use-internal */
+	char			*base,		/* used for search actions */
+	LDAPMessage		*entry,
+	struct ldap_disptmpl	*tmpl,
+	char			**defattrs,
+	char			***defvals,
+	writeptype		writeproc,
+	void			*writeparm,
+	char			*eol,
+	int			rdncount,
+	unsigned long		opts,
+	char			*urlprefix	/* if non-NULL, do HTML */
+)
+{
+    int				i, err, html, show, labelwidth;
+    int				freebuf,  freevals;
+    char			*dn, **vals;
+    struct ldap_tmplitem	*rowp, *colp;
+
+    if ( !NSLDAPI_VALID_LDAP_POINTER( ld )) {
+	return( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+    }
+
+    if ( writeproc == NULL ||
+	    !NSLDAPI_VALID_LDAPMESSAGE_ENTRY_POINTER( entry )) {
+	err = LDAP_PARAM_ERROR;
+	LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, err, NULL, NULL );
+	return( err );
+    }
+
+    if (( dn = ldap_get_dn( ld, entry )) == NULL ) {
+	return( LDAP_GET_LDERRNO( ld, NULL, NULL ) );
+    }
+
+    if ( buf == NULL ) {
+	if (( buf = NSLDAPI_MALLOC( LDAP_DTMPL_BUFSIZ )) == NULL ) {
+	    err = LDAP_NO_MEMORY;
+	    LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, err, NULL, NULL );
+	    NSLDAPI_FREE( dn );
+	    return( err );
+	}
+	freebuf = 1;
+    } else {
+	freebuf = 0;
+    }
+
+    html = ( urlprefix != NULL );
+
+    if ( html ) {
+	/*
+	 * add HTML intro. and title
+	 */
+	if (!(( opts & LDAP_DISP_OPT_HTMLBODYONLY ) != 0 )) {
+	    sprintf( buf, "<HTML>%s<HEAD>%s<TITLE>%s%s - ", eol, eol, eol,
+		    ( tmpl == NULL ) ? "Entry" : tmpl->dt_name );
+	    (*writeproc)( writeparm, buf, strlen( buf ));
+	    output_dn( buf, dn, 0, rdncount, writeproc, writeparm, "", NULL );
+	    sprintf( buf, "%s</TITLE>%s</HEAD>%s<BODY>%s<H3>%s - ", eol, eol,
+		    eol, eol, ( tmpl == NULL ) ? "Entry" : tmpl->dt_name );
+	    (*writeproc)( writeparm, buf, strlen( buf ));
+	    output_dn( buf, dn, 0, rdncount, writeproc, writeparm, "", NULL );
+	    sprintf( buf, "</H3>%s", eol );
+	    (*writeproc)( writeparm, buf, strlen( buf ));
+	}
+
+	if (( opts & LDAP_DISP_OPT_NONLEAF ) != 0 &&
+		( vals = ldap_explode_dn( dn, 0 )) != NULL ) {
+	    char	*untagged;
+
+	    /*
+	     * add "Move Up" link
+	     */
+	    sprintf( buf, "<A HREF=\"%s", urlprefix );
+	    for ( i = 1; vals[ i ] != NULL; ++i ) {
+		if ( i > 1 ) {
+		     strcat_escaped( buf, ", " );
+		}
+		strcat_escaped( buf, vals[ i ] );
+	    }
+	    if ( vals[ 1 ] != NULL ) {
+		untagged = strchr( vals[ 1 ], '=' );
+	    } else {
+		untagged = "=The World";
+	    }
+	    sprintf( buf + strlen( buf ),
+		    "%s\">Move Up To <EM>%s</EM></A>%s<BR>",
+		    ( vals[ 1 ] == NULL ) ? "??one" : "",
+		    ( untagged != NULL ) ? untagged + 1 : vals[ 1 ], eol );
+	    (*writeproc)( writeparm, buf, strlen( buf ));
+
+	    /*
+	     * add "Browse" link
+	     */
+	    untagged = strchr( vals[ 0 ], '=' );
+	    sprintf( buf, "<A HREF=\"%s", urlprefix );
+	    strcat_escaped( buf, dn );
+	    sprintf( buf + strlen( buf ), "??one?(!(objectClass=dsa))\">Browse Below <EM>%s</EM></A>%s%s",
+		    ( untagged != NULL ) ? untagged + 1 : vals[ 0 ], eol, eol );
+	    (*writeproc)( writeparm, buf, strlen( buf ));
+
+	    ldap_value_free( vals );
+	}
+
+	(*writeproc)( writeparm, "<HR>", 4 );	/* horizontal rule */
+    } else {
+	(*writeproc)( writeparm, "\"", 1 );
+	output_dn( buf, dn, 0, rdncount, writeproc, writeparm, "", NULL );
+	sprintf( buf, "\"%s", eol );
+	(*writeproc)( writeparm, buf, strlen( buf ));
+    }
+
+    if ( tmpl != NULL && ( opts & LDAP_DISP_OPT_AUTOLABELWIDTH ) != 0 ) {
+	labelwidth = max_label_len( tmpl ) + 3;
+    } else {
+	labelwidth = DEF_LABEL_WIDTH;;
+    }
+
+    err = LDAP_SUCCESS;
+
+    if ( tmpl == NULL ) {
+	BerElement	*ber;
+	char		*attr;
+
+	ber = NULL;
+	for ( attr = ldap_first_attribute( ld, entry, &ber );
+		NONFATAL_LDAP_ERR( err ) && attr != NULL;
+		attr = ldap_next_attribute( ld, entry, ber )) {
+	    if (( vals = ldap_get_values( ld, entry, attr )) == NULL ) {
+		freevals = 0;
+		if ( defattrs != NULL ) {
+		    for ( i = 0; defattrs[ i ] != NULL; ++i ) {
+			if ( strcasecmp( attr, defattrs[ i ] ) == 0 ) {
+			    break;
+			}
+		    }
+		    if ( defattrs[ i ] != NULL ) {
+			vals = defvals[ i ];
+		    }
+		}
+	    } else {
+		freevals = 1;
+	    }
+
+	    if ( islower( *attr )) {	/* cosmetic -- upcase attr. name */
+		*attr = toupper( *attr );
+	    }
+
+	    err = do_vals2text( ld, buf, vals, attr, labelwidth,
+		    LDAP_SYN_CASEIGNORESTR, writeproc, writeparm, eol, 
+		    rdncount, urlprefix );
+	    if ( freevals ) {
+		ldap_value_free( vals );
+	    }
+	}
+	if ( ber == NULL ) {
+	    ber_free( ber, 0 );
+	}
+	/*
+	 * XXX check for errors in ldap_first_attribute/ldap_next_attribute
+	 * here (but what should we do if there was one?)
+	 */
+
+    } else {
+	for ( rowp = ldap_first_tmplrow( tmpl );
+		NONFATAL_LDAP_ERR( err ) && rowp != NULLTMPLITEM;
+		rowp = ldap_next_tmplrow( tmpl, rowp )) {
+	    for ( colp = ldap_first_tmplcol( tmpl, rowp ); colp != NULLTMPLITEM;
+		    colp = ldap_next_tmplcol( tmpl, rowp, colp )) {
+		vals = NULL;
+		if ( colp->ti_attrname == NULL || ( vals = ldap_get_values( ld,
+			entry, colp->ti_attrname )) == NULL ) {
+		    freevals = 0;
+		    if ( !LDAP_IS_TMPLITEM_OPTION_SET( colp,
+			    LDAP_DITEM_OPT_HIDEIFEMPTY ) && defattrs != NULL
+			    && colp->ti_attrname != NULL ) {
+			for ( i = 0; defattrs[ i ] != NULL; ++i ) {
+			    if ( strcasecmp( colp->ti_attrname, defattrs[ i ] )
+				    == 0 ) {
+				break;
+			    }
+			}
+			if ( defattrs[ i ] != NULL ) {
+			    vals = defvals[ i ];
+			}
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    freevals = 1;
+		    if ( LDAP_IS_TMPLITEM_OPTION_SET( colp,
+			    LDAP_DITEM_OPT_SORTVALUES ) && vals[ 0 ] != NULL
+			    && vals[ 1 ] != NULL ) {
+			ldap_sort_values(ld, vals, ldap_sort_strcasecmp);
+		    }
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * don't bother even calling do_vals2text() if no values
+		 * or boolean with value false and "hide if false" option set
+		 */
+		show = ( vals != NULL && vals[ 0 ] != NULL );
+		if ( show && LDAP_GET_SYN_TYPE( colp->ti_syntaxid )
+			== LDAP_SYN_TYPE_BOOLEAN && LDAP_IS_TMPLITEM_OPTION_SET(
+			colp, LDAP_DITEM_OPT_HIDEIFFALSE ) &&
+			toupper( vals[ 0 ][ 0 ] ) != 'T' ) {
+		    show = 0;
+		}
+
+		if ( colp->ti_syntaxid == LDAP_SYN_SEARCHACTION ) {
+		    if (( opts & LDAP_DISP_OPT_DOSEARCHACTIONS ) != 0 ) {
+			if ( colp->ti_attrname == NULL || ( show &&
+				toupper( vals[ 0 ][ 0 ] ) == 'T' )) {
+			    err = searchaction( ld, buf, base, entry, dn, colp,
+				    labelwidth, rdncount, writeproc,
+				    writeparm, eol, urlprefix );
+			}
+		    }
+		    show = 0;
+		}
+
+		if ( show ) {
+		    err = do_vals2text( ld, buf, vals, colp->ti_label,
+			labelwidth, colp->ti_syntaxid, writeproc, writeparm,
+			eol, rdncount, urlprefix );
+		}
+
+		if ( freevals ) {
+		    ldap_value_free( vals );
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    if ( html  && !(( opts & LDAP_DISP_OPT_HTMLBODYONLY ) != 0 )) {
+	sprintf( buf, "</BODY>%s</HTML>%s", eol, eol );
+	(*writeproc)( writeparm, buf, strlen( buf ));
+    }
+
+    NSLDAPI_FREE( dn );
+    if ( freebuf ) {
+	NSLDAPI_FREE( buf );
+    }
+
+    return( err );
+}
+
+	
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_entry2text_search(
+	LDAP			*ld,
+	char			*dn,		/* if NULL, use entry */
+	char			*base,		/* if NULL, no search actions */
+	LDAPMessage		*entry,		/* if NULL, use dn */
+	struct ldap_disptmpl*	tmpllist,	/* if NULL, load default file */
+	char			**defattrs,
+	char			***defvals,
+	writeptype		writeproc,
+	void			*writeparm,
+	char			*eol,
+	int			rdncount,	/* if 0, display full DN */
+	unsigned long		opts
+)
+{
+    LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "ldap_entry2text_search\n", 0, 0, 0 );
+
+    return( do_entry2text_search( ld, dn, base, entry, tmpllist, defattrs,
+	    defvals, writeproc, writeparm, eol, rdncount, opts, NULL ));
+}
+
+
+
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_entry2html_search(
+	LDAP			*ld,
+	char			*dn,		/* if NULL, use entry */
+	char			*base,		/* if NULL, no search actions */
+	LDAPMessage		*entry,		/* if NULL, use dn */
+	struct ldap_disptmpl*	tmpllist,	/* if NULL, load default file */
+	char			**defattrs,
+	char			***defvals,
+	writeptype		writeproc,
+	void			*writeparm,
+	char			*eol,
+	int			rdncount,	/* if 0, display full DN */
+	unsigned long		opts,
+	char			*urlprefix
+)
+{
+    LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "ldap_entry2html_search\n", 0, 0, 0 );
+
+    return( do_entry2text_search( ld, dn, base, entry, tmpllist, defattrs,
+	    defvals, writeproc, writeparm, eol, rdncount, opts, urlprefix ));
+}
+
+
+static int
+do_entry2text_search(
+	LDAP			*ld,
+	char			*dn,		/* if NULL, use entry */
+	char			*base,		/* if NULL, no search actions */
+	LDAPMessage		*entry,		/* if NULL, use dn */
+	struct ldap_disptmpl*	tmpllist,	/* if NULL, no template used */
+	char			**defattrs,
+	char			***defvals,
+	writeptype		writeproc,
+	void			*writeparm,
+	char			*eol,
+	int			rdncount,	/* if 0, display full DN */
+	unsigned long		opts,
+	char			*urlprefix
+)
+{
+    int				err, freedn, html;
+    char			*buf, **fetchattrs, **vals;
+    LDAPMessage			*ldmp;
+    struct ldap_disptmpl	*tmpl;
+    struct timeval		timeout;
+
+    if ( !NSLDAPI_VALID_LDAP_POINTER( ld )) {
+	return( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+    }
+
+    if ( dn == NULL && entry == NULLMSG ) {
+	err = LDAP_PARAM_ERROR;
+	LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, err, NULL, NULL );
+	return( err );
+    }
+
+    html = ( urlprefix != NULL );
+
+    timeout.tv_sec = SEARCH_TIMEOUT_SECS;
+    timeout.tv_usec = 0;
+
+    if (( buf = NSLDAPI_MALLOC( LDAP_DTMPL_BUFSIZ )) == NULL ) {
+	err = LDAP_NO_MEMORY;
+	LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, err, NULL, NULL );
+	return( err );
+    }
+
+    freedn = 0;
+    tmpl = NULL;
+
+    if ( dn == NULL ) {
+	if (( dn = ldap_get_dn( ld, entry )) == NULL ) {
+	    NSLDAPI_FREE( buf );
+	    return( LDAP_GET_LDERRNO( ld, NULL, NULL ) );
+	}
+	freedn = 1;
+    }
+
+
+    if ( tmpllist != NULL ) {
+	ldmp = NULLMSG;
+
+	if ( entry == NULL ) {
+	    char	*ocattrs[2];
+
+	    ocattrs[0] = OCATTRNAME;
+	    ocattrs[1] = NULL;
+#ifdef CLDAP
+	    if ( LDAP_IS_CLDAP( ld ))
+		    err = cldap_search_s( ld, dn, LDAP_SCOPE_BASE,
+			"objectClass=*", ocattrs, 0, &ldmp, NULL );
+	    else
+#endif /* CLDAP */
+		    err = ldap_search_st( ld, dn, LDAP_SCOPE_BASE,
+			    "objectClass=*", ocattrs, 0, &timeout, &ldmp );
+
+	    if ( err == LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+		entry = ldap_first_entry( ld, ldmp );
+	    }
+	}
+
+	if ( entry != NULL ) {
+	    vals = ldap_get_values( ld, entry, OCATTRNAME );
+	    tmpl = ldap_oc2template( vals, tmpllist );
+	    if ( vals != NULL ) {
+		ldap_value_free( vals );
+	    }
+	}
+	if ( ldmp != NULL ) {
+	    ldap_msgfree( ldmp );
+	}
+    }
+
+    entry = NULL;
+
+    if ( tmpl == NULL ) {
+	fetchattrs = NULL;
+    } else {
+	fetchattrs = ldap_tmplattrs( tmpl, NULL, 1, LDAP_SYN_OPT_DEFER );
+    }
+
+#ifdef CLDAP
+    if ( LDAP_IS_CLDAP( ld ))
+	err = cldap_search_s( ld, dn, LDAP_SCOPE_BASE, "objectClass=*",
+		fetchattrs, 0, &ldmp, NULL );
+    else
+#endif /* CLDAP */
+	err = ldap_search_st( ld, dn, LDAP_SCOPE_BASE, "objectClass=*",
+		fetchattrs, 0, &timeout, &ldmp );
+
+    if ( freedn ) {
+	NSLDAPI_FREE( dn );
+    }
+    if ( fetchattrs != NULL ) {
+	ldap_value_free( fetchattrs );
+    }
+
+    if ( err != LDAP_SUCCESS ||
+	    ( entry = ldap_first_entry( ld, ldmp )) == NULL ) {
+	NSLDAPI_FREE( buf );
+	return( LDAP_GET_LDERRNO( ld, NULL, NULL ) );
+    }
+
+    err = do_entry2text( ld, buf, base, entry, tmpl, defattrs, defvals,
+	    writeproc, writeparm, eol, rdncount, opts, urlprefix );
+
+    NSLDAPI_FREE( buf );
+    ldap_msgfree( ldmp );
+    return( err );
+}
+	    
+
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_vals2text(
+	LDAP			*ld,
+	char			*buf,		/* NULL for "use internal" */
+	char			**vals,
+	char			*label,
+	int			labelwidth,	/* 0 means use default */
+	unsigned long		syntaxid,
+	writeptype		writeproc,
+	void			*writeparm,
+	char			*eol,
+	int			rdncount
+)
+{
+    LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "ldap_vals2text\n", 0, 0, 0 );
+
+    return( do_vals2text( ld, buf, vals, label, labelwidth, syntaxid,
+		writeproc, writeparm, eol, rdncount, NULL ));
+}
+
+
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_vals2html(
+	LDAP			*ld,
+	char			*buf,		/* NULL for "use internal" */
+	char			**vals,
+	char			*label,
+	int			labelwidth,	/* 0 means use default */
+	unsigned long		syntaxid,
+	writeptype		writeproc,
+	void			*writeparm,
+	char			*eol,
+	int			rdncount,
+	char			*urlprefix
+)
+{
+    LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "ldap_vals2html\n", 0, 0, 0 );
+
+    if ( urlprefix == NULL ) {
+	urlprefix = DEF_LDAP_URL_PREFIX;
+    }
+
+    return( do_vals2text( ld, buf, vals, label, labelwidth, syntaxid,
+		writeproc, writeparm, eol, rdncount, urlprefix ));
+}
+
+
+static int
+do_vals2text(
+	LDAP			*ld,
+	char			*buf,		/* NULL for "use internal" */
+	char			**vals,
+	char			*label,
+	int			labelwidth,	/* 0 means use default */
+	unsigned long		syntaxid,
+	writeptype		writeproc,
+	void			*writeparm,
+	char			*eol,
+	int			rdncount,
+	char			*urlprefix
+)
+{
+    int		err, i, html, writeoutval, freebuf, notascii;
+    char	*p, *s, *outval;
+
+    if ( !NSLDAPI_VALID_LDAP_POINTER( ld ) || writeproc == NULL ) {
+	return( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+    }
+
+    if ( vals == NULL ) {
+	return( LDAP_SUCCESS );
+    }
+
+    html = ( urlprefix != NULL );
+
+    switch( LDAP_GET_SYN_TYPE( syntaxid )) {
+    case LDAP_SYN_TYPE_TEXT:
+    case LDAP_SYN_TYPE_BOOLEAN:
+	break;		/* we only bother with these two types... */
+    default:
+	return( LDAP_SUCCESS );
+    }
+
+    if ( labelwidth == 0 || labelwidth < 0 ) {
+	labelwidth = DEF_LABEL_WIDTH;
+    }
+
+    if ( buf == NULL ) {
+	if (( buf = NSLDAPI_MALLOC( LDAP_DTMPL_BUFSIZ )) == NULL ) {
+	    err = LDAP_NO_MEMORY;
+	    LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, err, NULL, NULL );
+	    return( err );
+	}
+	freebuf = 1;
+    } else {
+	freebuf = 0;
+    }
+
+    output_label( buf, label, labelwidth, writeproc, writeparm, eol, html );
+
+    for ( i = 0; vals[ i ] != NULL; ++i ) {
+	for ( p = vals[ i ]; *p != '\0'; ++p ) {
+	    if ( !isascii( *p )) {
+		break;
+	    }
+	}
+	notascii = ( *p != '\0' );
+	outval = notascii ? "(unable to display non-ASCII text value)"
+		: vals[ i ];
+
+	writeoutval = 0;	/* if non-zero, write outval after switch */
+
+	switch( syntaxid ) {
+	case LDAP_SYN_CASEIGNORESTR:
+	    ++writeoutval;
+	    break;
+
+	case LDAP_SYN_RFC822ADDR:
+	    if ( html ) {
+		strcpy( buf, "<DD><A HREF=\"mailto:" );
+		strcat_escaped( buf, outval );
+		sprintf( buf + strlen( buf ), "\">%s</A><BR>%s", outval, eol );
+		(*writeproc)( writeparm, buf, strlen( buf ));
+	    } else {
+		++writeoutval;
+	    }
+	    break;
+
+	case LDAP_SYN_DN:	/* for now */
+	    output_dn( buf, outval, labelwidth, rdncount, writeproc,
+		    writeparm, eol, urlprefix );
+	    break;
+
+	case LDAP_SYN_MULTILINESTR:
+	    if ( i > 0 && !html ) {
+		output_label( buf, label, labelwidth, writeproc,
+			writeparm, eol, html );
+	    }
+
+	    p = s = outval;
+	    while (( s = strchr( s, '$' )) != NULL ) {
+		*s++ = '\0';
+		while ( ldap_utf8isspace( s )) {
+		    ++s;
+		}
+		if ( html ) {
+		    sprintf( buf, "<DD>%s<BR>%s", p, eol );
+		} else {
+		    sprintf( buf, "%-*s%s%s", labelwidth, " ", p, eol );
+		}
+		(*writeproc)( writeparm, buf, strlen( buf ));
+		p = s;
+	    }
+	    outval = p;
+	    ++writeoutval;
+	    break;
+
+	case LDAP_SYN_BOOLEAN:
+	    outval = toupper( outval[ 0 ] ) == 'T' ? "TRUE" : "FALSE";
+	    ++writeoutval;
+	    break;
+
+	case LDAP_SYN_TIME:
+	case LDAP_SYN_DATE:
+	    outval = time2text( outval, syntaxid == LDAP_SYN_DATE );
+	    ++writeoutval;
+	    break;
+
+	case LDAP_SYN_LABELEDURL:
+	    if ( !notascii && ( p = strchr( outval, '$' )) != NULL ) {
+		*p++ = '\0';
+		while ( ldap_utf8isspace( p )) {
+		    ++p;
+		}
+		s = outval;
+	    } else if ( !notascii && ( s = strchr( outval, ' ' )) != NULL ) {
+		*s++ = '\0';
+		while ( ldap_utf8isspace( s )) {
+		    ++s;
+		}
+		p = outval;
+	    } else {
+		s = "URL";
+		p = outval;
+	    }
+
+	    /*
+	     * at this point `s' points to the label & `p' to the URL
+	     */
+	    if ( html ) {
+		sprintf( buf, "<DD><A HREF=\"%s\">%s</A><BR>%s", p, s, eol );
+	    } else {
+		sprintf( buf, "%-*s%s%s%-*s%s%s", labelwidth, " ",
+		    s, eol, labelwidth + 2, " ",p , eol );
+	    }
+	    (*writeproc)( writeparm, buf, strlen( buf ));
+	    break;
+
+	default:
+	    sprintf( buf, " Can't display item type %ld%s",
+		    syntaxid, eol );
+	    (*writeproc)( writeparm, buf, strlen( buf ));
+	}
+
+	if ( writeoutval ) {
+	    if ( html ) {
+		sprintf( buf, "<DD>%s<BR>%s", outval, eol );
+	    } else {
+		sprintf( buf, "%-*s%s%s", labelwidth, " ", outval, eol );
+	    }
+	    (*writeproc)( writeparm, buf, strlen( buf ));
+	}
+    }
+
+    if ( freebuf ) {
+	NSLDAPI_FREE( buf );
+    }
+
+    return( LDAP_SUCCESS );
+}
+
+
+static int
+max_label_len( struct ldap_disptmpl *tmpl )
+{
+    struct ldap_tmplitem	*rowp, *colp;
+    int				len, maxlen;
+
+    maxlen = 0;
+
+    for ( rowp = ldap_first_tmplrow( tmpl ); rowp != NULLTMPLITEM;
+	    rowp = ldap_next_tmplrow( tmpl, rowp )) {
+	for ( colp = ldap_first_tmplcol( tmpl, rowp ); colp != NULLTMPLITEM;
+		colp = ldap_next_tmplcol( tmpl, rowp, colp )) {
+	    if (( len = strlen( colp->ti_label )) > maxlen ) {
+		maxlen = len;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    return( maxlen );
+}
+
+
+static int
+output_label( char *buf, char *label, int width, writeptype writeproc,
+	void *writeparm, char *eol, int html )
+{
+    char	*p;
+
+    if ( html ) {
+	sprintf( buf, "<DT><B>%s</B>", label );
+    } else {
+	auto size_t w;
+	sprintf( buf, " %s:", label );
+	p = buf + strlen( buf );
+
+	for (w = ldap_utf8characters(buf); w < (size_t)width; ++w) {
+	    *p++ = ' ';
+	}
+
+	*p = '\0';
+	strcat( buf, eol );
+    }
+
+    return ((*writeproc)( writeparm, buf, strlen( buf )));
+}
+
+
+static int
+output_dn( char *buf, char *dn, int width, int rdncount,
+	writeptype writeproc, void *writeparm, char *eol, char *urlprefix )
+{
+    char	**dnrdns;
+    int		i;
+
+    if (( dnrdns = ldap_explode_dn( dn, 1 )) == NULL ) {
+	return( -1 );
+    }
+
+    if ( urlprefix != NULL ) {
+	sprintf( buf, "<DD><A HREF=\"%s", urlprefix );
+	strcat_escaped( buf, dn );
+	strcat( buf, "\">" );
+    } else if ( width > 0 ) {
+	sprintf( buf, "%-*s", width, " " );
+    } else {
+	*buf = '\0';
+    }
+
+    for ( i = 0; dnrdns[ i ] != NULL && ( rdncount == 0 || i < rdncount );
+	    ++i ) {
+	if ( i > 0 ) {
+	    strcat( buf, ", " );
+	}
+	strcat( buf, dnrdns[ i ] );
+    }
+
+    if ( urlprefix != NULL ) {
+	strcat( buf, "</A><BR>" );
+    }
+
+    ldap_value_free( dnrdns );
+
+    strcat( buf, eol );
+
+    return ((*writeproc)( writeparm, buf, strlen( buf )));
+}
+
+
+
+#define HREF_CHAR_ACCEPTABLE( c )	(( c >= '-' && c <= '9' ) ||	\
+					 ( c >= '@' && c <= 'Z' ) ||	\
+					 ( c == '_' ) ||		\
+					 ( c >= 'a' && c <= 'z' ))
+
+static void
+strcat_escaped( char *s1, char *s2 )
+{
+    char	*p, *q;
+    char	*hexdig = "0123456789ABCDEF";
+
+    p = s1 + strlen( s1 );
+    for ( q = s2; *q != '\0'; ++q ) {
+	if ( HREF_CHAR_ACCEPTABLE( *q )) {
+	    *p++ = *q;
+	} else {
+	    *p++ = '%';
+	    *p++ = hexdig[ 0x0F & ((*(unsigned char*)q) >> 4) ];
+	    *p++ = hexdig[ 0x0F & *q ];
+	}
+    }
+
+    *p = '\0';
+}
+
+
+#define GET2BYTENUM( p )	(( *p - '0' ) * 10 + ( *(p+1) - '0' ))
+
+static char *
+time2text( char *ldtimestr, int dateonly )
+{
+    int			len;
+    struct tm		t;
+    char		*p, *timestr, zone, *fmterr = "badly formatted time";
+    time_t		gmttime;
+/* CTIME for this platform doesn't use this. */
+#if !defined(SUNOS4) && !defined(BSDI) && !defined(LINUX1_2) && \
+    !defined(SNI) && !defined(_WIN32) && !defined(macintosh) && !defined(LINUX)
+    char		buf[26];
+#endif
+
+    memset( (char *)&t, 0, sizeof( struct tm ));
+    if (( len = (int)strlen( ldtimestr )) < 13 ) {
+	return( fmterr );
+    }
+    if ( len > 15 ) {   /* throw away excess from 4-digit year time string */
+	len = 15;
+    } else if ( len == 14 ) {
+	len = 13;       /* assume we have a time w/2-digit year (len=13) */
+    }
+
+    for ( p = ldtimestr; p - ldtimestr + 1 < len; ++p ) {
+	if ( !isdigit( *p )) {
+	    return( fmterr );
+	}
+    }
+
+    p = ldtimestr;
+    t.tm_year = GET2BYTENUM( p ); p += 2;
+    if ( len == 15 ) {
+	t.tm_year = 100 * (t.tm_year - 19);
+	t.tm_year += GET2BYTENUM( p ); p += 2;
+    }
+    else {
+	/* 2 digit years...assumed to be in the range (19)70 through
+	   (20)69 ...less than 70 (for now, 38) means 20xx */
+	if(t.tm_year < 70) {
+	    t.tm_year += 100;
+	}
+    }
+    t.tm_mon = GET2BYTENUM( p ) - 1; p += 2;
+    t.tm_mday = GET2BYTENUM( p ); p += 2;
+    t.tm_hour = GET2BYTENUM( p ); p += 2;
+    t.tm_min = GET2BYTENUM( p ); p += 2;
+    t.tm_sec = GET2BYTENUM( p ); p += 2;
+
+    if (( zone = *p ) == 'Z' ) {	/* GMT */
+	zone = '\0';	/* no need to indicate on screen, so we make it null */
+    }
+
+    gmttime = gtime( &t );
+    timestr = NSLDAPI_CTIME( &gmttime, buf, sizeof(buf) );
+
+    timestr[ strlen( timestr ) - 1 ] = zone;	/* replace trailing newline */
+    if ( dateonly ) {
+	strcpy( timestr + 11, timestr + 20 );
+    }
+
+    return( timestr );
+}
+
+
+
+/* gtime.c - inverse gmtime */
+
+#if !defined( macintosh ) && !defined( _WINDOWS ) && !defined( DOS ) && !defined(XP_OS2)
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#endif /* !macintosh */
+
+/* gtime(): the inverse of localtime().
+	This routine was supplied by Mike Accetta at CMU many years ago.
+ */
+
+static int	dmsize[] = {
+    31, 28, 31, 30, 31, 30, 31, 31, 30, 31, 30, 31
+};
+
+#define	dysize(y)	\
+	(((y) % 4) ? 365 : (((y) % 100) ? 366 : (((y) % 400) ? 365 : 366)))
+
+/*
+#define	YEAR(y)		((y) >= 100 ? (y) : (y) + 1900)
+*/
+#define YEAR(y)		(((y) < 1900) ? ((y) + 1900) : (y)) 
+
+/*  */
+
+static long	gtime ( struct tm *tm )
+{
+    register int    i,
+                    sec,
+                    mins,
+                    hour,
+                    mday,
+                    mon,
+                    year;
+    register long   result;
+
+    if ((sec = tm -> tm_sec) < 0 || sec > 59
+	    || (mins = tm -> tm_min) < 0 || mins > 59
+	    || (hour = tm -> tm_hour) < 0 || hour > 24
+	    || (mday = tm -> tm_mday) < 1 || mday > 31
+	    || (mon = tm -> tm_mon + 1) < 1 || mon > 12)
+	return ((long) -1);
+    if (hour == 24) {
+	hour = 0;
+	mday++;
+    }
+    year = YEAR (tm -> tm_year);
+
+    result = 0L;
+    for (i = 1970; i < year; i++)
+	result += dysize (i);
+    if (dysize (year) == 366 && mon >= 3)
+	result++;
+    while (--mon)
+	result += dmsize[mon - 1];
+    result += mday - 1;
+    result = 24 * result + hour;
+    result = 60 * result + mins;
+    result = 60 * result + sec;
+
+    return result;
+}
+
+static int
+searchaction( LDAP *ld, char *buf, char *base, LDAPMessage *entry, char *dn,
+	struct ldap_tmplitem *tip, int labelwidth, int rdncount,
+	writeptype writeproc, void *writeparm, char *eol, char *urlprefix )
+{
+    int			err = LDAP_SUCCESS, lderr, i, count, html;
+    char		**vals, **members;
+    char		*value, *filtpattern, *attr, *selectname;
+    char		*retattrs[2], filter[ 256 ];
+    LDAPMessage		*ldmp;
+    struct timeval	timeout;
+
+    html = ( urlprefix != NULL );
+
+    for ( i = 0; tip->ti_args != NULL && tip->ti_args[ i ] != NULL; ++i ) {
+	;
+    }
+    if ( i < 3 ) {
+	return( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+    }
+    attr = tip->ti_args[ 0 ];
+    filtpattern = tip->ti_args[ 1 ];
+    retattrs[ 0 ] = tip->ti_args[ 2 ];
+    retattrs[ 1 ] = NULL;
+    selectname = tip->ti_args[ 3 ];
+
+    vals = NULL;
+    if ( attr == NULL ) {
+	value = NULL;
+    } else if ( strcasecmp( attr, "-dnb" ) == 0 ) {
+	return( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+    } else if ( strcasecmp( attr, "-dnt" ) == 0 ) {
+	value = dn;
+    } else if (( vals = ldap_get_values( ld, entry, attr )) != NULL ) {
+	value = vals[ 0 ];
+    } else {
+	value = NULL;
+    }
+
+    ldap_build_filter( filter, sizeof( filter ), filtpattern, NULL, NULL, NULL,
+	    value, NULL );
+
+    if ( html ) {
+	/*
+	 * if we are generating HTML, we add an HREF link that embodies this
+	 * search action as an LDAP URL, instead of actually doing the search
+	 * now.
+	 */
+	sprintf( buf, "<DT><A HREF=\"%s", urlprefix );
+	if ( base != NULL ) {
+	    strcat_escaped( buf, base );
+	}
+	strcat( buf, "??sub?" );
+	strcat_escaped( buf, filter );
+	sprintf( buf + strlen( buf ), "\"><B>%s</B></A><DD><BR>%s",
+		tip->ti_label, eol );
+	if ((*writeproc)( writeparm, buf, strlen( buf )) < 0 ) {
+	    return( LDAP_LOCAL_ERROR );
+	}
+	return( LDAP_SUCCESS );
+    }
+
+    timeout.tv_sec = SEARCH_TIMEOUT_SECS;
+    timeout.tv_usec = 0;
+
+#ifdef CLDAP
+    if ( LDAP_IS_CLDAP( ld ))
+	lderr = cldap_search_s( ld, base, LDAP_SCOPE_SUBTREE, filter, retattrs,
+		0, &ldmp, NULL );
+    else
+#endif /* CLDAP */
+	lderr = ldap_search_st( ld, base, LDAP_SCOPE_SUBTREE, filter,
+		retattrs, 0, &timeout, &ldmp );
+
+    if ( lderr == LDAP_SUCCESS || NONFATAL_LDAP_ERR( lderr )) {
+	if (( count = ldap_count_entries( ld, ldmp )) > 0 ) {
+	    if (( members = (char **)NSLDAPI_MALLOC( (count + 1)
+		    * sizeof(char *))) == NULL ) {
+		err = LDAP_NO_MEMORY;
+	    } else {
+		for ( i = 0, entry = ldap_first_entry( ld, ldmp );
+			entry != NULL;
+			entry = ldap_next_entry( ld, entry ), ++i ) {
+		    members[ i ] = ldap_get_dn( ld, entry );
+		}
+		members[ i ] = NULL;
+
+		ldap_sort_values(ld,members, ldap_sort_strcasecmp);
+
+		err = do_vals2text( ld, NULL, members, tip->ti_label,
+			html ? -1 : 0, LDAP_SYN_DN, writeproc, writeparm,
+			eol, rdncount, urlprefix );
+
+		ldap_value_free( members );
+	    }
+	}
+	ldap_msgfree( ldmp );
+    }
+
+    
+    if ( vals != NULL ) {
+	ldap_value_free( vals );
+    }
+
+    return(( err == LDAP_SUCCESS ) ? lderr : err );
+}
diff --git a/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/tmpltest.c b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/tmpltest.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..35ee54e06
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/tmpltest.c
@@ -0,0 +1,319 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ * 
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version 
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with 
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at 
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ * 
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ * 
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, released
+ * March 31, 1998.
+ * 
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998-1999
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ * 
+ * Contributor(s):
+ * 
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
+ * or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ * 
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+
+/* tmpltest.c - implements a test/config templates. */
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#ifdef _WINDOWS
+#include <windows.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "ldap-int.h"
+#include "disptmpl.h"
+#include "srchpref.h"
+
+#ifdef MACOS
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <console.h>
+#endif /* MACOS */
+
+#ifdef NEEDPROTOS
+void dump_tmpl( struct ldap_disptmpl *tmpl );
+void dump_srchpref( struct ldap_searchobj *sp );
+#else /* NEEDPROTOS */
+void dump_tmpl();
+void dump_srchpref();
+#endif /* NEEDPROTOS */
+
+
+#define NULLSTRINGIFNULL( s )	( s == NULL ? "(null)" : s )
+
+
+int
+main( int argc, char **argv )
+{
+    struct ldap_disptmpl	*templates, *dtp;
+    struct ldap_searchobj	*so, *sop;
+    int				err;
+
+#ifdef MACOS
+	ccommand( &argv );
+	for ( argc = 0; argv[ argc ] != NULL; ++argc ) {
+	    ;
+	}
+	cshow( stdout );
+#endif /* MACOS */
+
+    if (( err = ldap_init_templates( "ldaptemplates.conf", &templates ))
+	    != 0 ) {
+	fprintf( stderr, "ldap_init_templates failed (%d)\n", err );
+	exit( 1 );
+    }
+
+    if (( err = ldap_init_searchprefs( "ldapsearchprefs.conf", &so ))
+	    != 0 ) {
+	fprintf( stderr, "ldap_init_searchprefs failed (%d)\n", err );
+	exit( 1 );
+    }
+
+    if ( argc == 1 ) {
+	printf( "*** Display Templates:\n" );
+	for ( dtp = ldap_first_disptmpl( templates ); dtp != NULLDISPTMPL;
+		dtp = ldap_next_disptmpl( templates, dtp )) {
+	    dump_tmpl( dtp );
+	    printf( "\n\n" );
+	}
+
+	printf( "\n\n*** Search Objects:\n" );
+	for ( sop = ldap_first_searchobj( so ); sop != NULLSEARCHOBJ;
+		    sop = ldap_next_searchobj( so, sop )) {
+	    dump_srchpref( sop );
+	    printf( "\n\n" );
+	}
+
+    } else {
+	if (( dtp = ldap_oc2template( ++argv, templates )) == NULL ) {
+	    fprintf( stderr, "no matching template found\n" );
+	} else {
+	    dump_tmpl( dtp );
+	}
+    }
+
+
+    ldap_free_templates( templates );
+    ldap_free_searchprefs( so );
+
+    exit( 0 );
+}
+
+
+static char *syn_name[] = {
+    "?", "CIS", "MLS", "DN", "BOOL", "JPEG", "JPEGBTN", "FAX", "FAXBTN",
+    "AUDIOBTN", "TIME", "DATE", "URL", "SEARCHACT", "LINKACT", "ADDDNACT",
+    "VERIFYACT",
+};
+
+static char *syn_type[] = {
+    "?", "txt", "img", "?", "bool", "?", "?", "?", "btn",
+    "?", "?", "?", "?", "?", "?", "?",
+    "action", "?"
+};
+
+static char *includeattrs[] = { "objectClass", "sn", NULL };
+
+static char *item_opts[] = {
+    "ro", "sort", "1val", "hide", "required", "hideiffalse", NULL
+};
+
+static unsigned long item_opt_vals[] = {
+    LDAP_DITEM_OPT_READONLY,		LDAP_DITEM_OPT_SORTVALUES,
+    LDAP_DITEM_OPT_SINGLEVALUED,	LDAP_DITEM_OPT_HIDEIFEMPTY,
+    LDAP_DITEM_OPT_VALUEREQUIRED,	LDAP_DITEM_OPT_HIDEIFFALSE,
+};
+
+
+void
+dump_tmpl( struct ldap_disptmpl *tmpl )
+{
+    struct ldap_tmplitem	*rowp, *colp;
+    int				i, rowcnt, colcnt;
+    char			**fetchattrs;
+    struct ldap_oclist		*ocp;
+    struct ldap_adddeflist	*adp;
+
+    printf( "** Template \"%s\" (plural \"%s\", icon \"%s\")\n",
+	    NULLSTRINGIFNULL( tmpl->dt_name ),
+	    NULLSTRINGIFNULL( tmpl->dt_pluralname ),
+	    NULLSTRINGIFNULL( tmpl->dt_iconname ));
+
+    printf( "object class list:\n" );
+    for ( ocp = tmpl->dt_oclist; ocp != NULL; ocp = ocp->oc_next ) {
+	for ( i = 0; ocp->oc_objclasses[ i ] != NULL; ++i ) {
+	    printf( "%s%s", i == 0 ? "  " : " & ",
+		    NULLSTRINGIFNULL( ocp->oc_objclasses[ i ] ));
+	}
+	putchar( '\n' );
+    }
+    putchar( '\n' );
+
+    printf( "template options:          " );
+    if ( tmpl->dt_options == 0L ) {
+	printf( "NONE\n" );
+    } else {
+	printf( "%s %s %s\n", LDAP_IS_DISPTMPL_OPTION_SET( tmpl,
+		LDAP_DTMPL_OPT_ADDABLE ) ? "addable" : "",
+		LDAP_IS_DISPTMPL_OPTION_SET( tmpl, LDAP_DTMPL_OPT_ALLOWMODRDN )
+		? "modrdn" : "",
+		LDAP_IS_DISPTMPL_OPTION_SET( tmpl, LDAP_DTMPL_OPT_ALTVIEW )
+		? "altview" : "" );
+    }
+
+    printf( "authenticate as attribute: %s\n", tmpl->dt_authattrname != NULL ?
+	    tmpl->dt_authattrname : "<default>" );
+
+    printf( "default RDN attribute:     %s\n", tmpl->dt_defrdnattrname != NULL ?
+	    tmpl->dt_defrdnattrname : "NONE" );
+
+    printf( "default add location:      %s\n", tmpl->dt_defaddlocation != NULL ?
+	    tmpl->dt_defaddlocation : "NONE" );
+
+    printf( "\nnew entry value default rules:\n" );
+    for ( adp = tmpl->dt_adddeflist; adp != NULL; adp = adp->ad_next ) {
+	if ( adp->ad_source == LDAP_ADSRC_CONSTANTVALUE ) {
+	    printf( "  attribute %s <-- constant value \"%s\"\n",
+		NULLSTRINGIFNULL( adp->ad_attrname),
+		NULLSTRINGIFNULL( adp->ad_value ));
+	} else {
+	    printf( "  attribute %s <-- adder's DN\n",
+		    NULLSTRINGIFNULL( adp->ad_attrname ));
+	}
+    }
+    putchar( '\n' );
+
+    printf( "\nfetch attributes & values:\n" );
+    if (( fetchattrs = ldap_tmplattrs( tmpl, includeattrs, 1,
+		LDAP_SYN_OPT_DEFER )) == NULL ) {
+	printf( "  <none>\n" );
+    } else {
+	for ( i = 0; fetchattrs[ i ] != NULL; ++i ) {
+	    printf( "  %s\n", fetchattrs[ i ] );
+	    free( fetchattrs[ i ] );
+	}
+	free( (char *)fetchattrs );
+    }
+
+    printf( "\nfetch attributes only:\n" );
+    if (( fetchattrs = ldap_tmplattrs( tmpl, NULL, 0,
+		LDAP_SYN_OPT_DEFER )) == NULL ) {
+	printf( "  <none>\n" );
+    } else {
+	for ( i = 0; fetchattrs[ i ] != NULL; ++i ) {
+	    printf( "  %s\n", fetchattrs[ i ] );
+	    free( fetchattrs[ i ] );
+	}
+	free( (char *)fetchattrs );
+    }
+
+    printf( "\ntemplate items:\n" );
+    rowcnt = 0;
+    for ( rowp = ldap_first_tmplrow( tmpl ); rowp != NULLTMPLITEM;
+	    rowp = ldap_next_tmplrow( tmpl, rowp )) {
+	++rowcnt;
+	colcnt = 0;
+	for ( colp = ldap_first_tmplcol( tmpl, rowp ); colp != NULLTMPLITEM;
+		colp = ldap_next_tmplcol( tmpl, rowp, colp )) {
+	    ++colcnt;
+	    printf( "  %2d-%d: %s (%s%s", rowcnt, colcnt,
+		syn_name[ colp->ti_syntaxid & 0x0000FFFF ],
+		syn_type[ LDAP_GET_SYN_TYPE( colp->ti_syntaxid ) >> 24 ],
+		(( LDAP_GET_SYN_OPTIONS( colp->ti_syntaxid ) &
+		LDAP_SYN_OPT_DEFER ) != 0 ) ? ",defer" : "" );
+
+	    for ( i = 0; item_opts[ i ] != NULL; ++i ) {
+		if ( LDAP_IS_TMPLITEM_OPTION_SET( colp, item_opt_vals[ i ] )) {
+		    printf( ",%s", NULLSTRINGIFNULL( item_opts[ i ] ));
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    printf( "), %s, %s", NULLSTRINGIFNULL( colp->ti_attrname ),
+		    NULLSTRINGIFNULL( colp->ti_label ));
+	    if ( colp->ti_args != NULL ) {
+		printf( ",args=" );
+		for ( i = 0; colp->ti_args[ i ] != NULL; ++i ) {
+		    printf( "<%s>", NULLSTRINGIFNULL( colp->ti_args[ i ] ));
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    putchar( '\n' );
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+
+void
+dump_srchpref( struct ldap_searchobj *so )
+{
+    int i;
+    struct ldap_searchattr *sa;
+    struct ldap_searchmatch *sm;
+
+    printf( "Object type prompt:  %s\n",
+	    NULLSTRINGIFNULL( so->so_objtypeprompt ));
+    printf( "Options:             %s\n",
+	    LDAP_IS_SEARCHOBJ_OPTION_SET( so, LDAP_SEARCHOBJ_OPT_INTERNAL ) ?
+	    "internal" : "NONE" );
+    printf( "Prompt:              %s\n", NULLSTRINGIFNULL( so->so_prompt ));
+    printf( "Scope:               " );
+    switch ( so->so_defaultscope ) {
+    case LDAP_SCOPE_BASE:
+	printf( "LDAP_SCOPE_BASE" );
+	break;
+    case LDAP_SCOPE_ONELEVEL:
+	printf( "LDAP_SCOPE_ONELEVEL" );
+	break;
+    case LDAP_SCOPE_SUBTREE:
+	printf( "LDAP_SCOPE_SUBTREE" );
+	break;
+    default:
+	printf("*** unknown!" );
+    }
+    puts( "\n" );
+    printf( "Filter prefix:       %s\n",
+	    NULLSTRINGIFNULL( so->so_filterprefix ));
+    printf( "Filter tag:          %s\n",
+	    NULLSTRINGIFNULL( so->so_filtertag ));
+    printf( "Default select attr: %s\n",
+	    NULLSTRINGIFNULL( so->so_defaultselectattr ));
+    printf( "Default select text: %s\n",
+	    NULLSTRINGIFNULL( so->so_defaultselecttext ));
+    printf( "Searchable attributes ---- \n" );
+    for ( sa = so->so_salist; sa != NULL; sa = sa->sa_next ) {
+	printf( "  Label: %s\n", NULLSTRINGIFNULL( sa->sa_attrlabel ));
+	printf( "  Attribute: %s\n", NULLSTRINGIFNULL( sa->sa_attr ));
+	printf( "  Select attr: %s\n", NULLSTRINGIFNULL( sa->sa_selectattr ));
+	printf( "  Select text: %s\n", NULLSTRINGIFNULL( sa->sa_selecttext ));
+	printf( "  Match types ---- \n" );
+	for ( i = 0, sm = so->so_smlist; sm != NULL; i++, sm = sm->sm_next ) {
+	    if (( sa->sa_matchtypebitmap >> i ) & 1 ) {
+		printf( "    %s (%s)\n",
+			NULLSTRINGIFNULL( sm->sm_matchprompt ),
+			NULLSTRINGIFNULL( sm->sm_filter ));
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+}
diff --git a/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/ufn.c b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/ufn.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..54e737e15
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/ufn.c
@@ -0,0 +1,563 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ * 
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version 
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with 
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at 
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ * 
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ * 
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, released
+ * March 31, 1998.
+ * 
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998-1999
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ * 
+ * Contributor(s):
+ * 
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
+ * or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ * 
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+/*
+ *  Copyright (c) 1990 Regents of the University of Michigan.
+ *  All rights reserved.
+ */
+/*
+ *  ufn.c
+ */
+
+#if 0
+#ifndef lint 
+static char copyright[] = "@(#) Copyright (c) 1993 Regents of the University of Michigan.\nAll rights reserved.\n";
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#include "ldap-int.h"
+
+typedef int (LDAP_CALL *cancelptype)( void *cancelparm );
+
+static int ldap_ufn_search_ctx( LDAP *ld, char **ufncomp, int ncomp, 
+	char *prefix, char **attrs, int attrsonly,
+	LDAPMessage **res, LDAP_CANCELPROC_CALLBACK *cancelproc, void *cancelparm,
+	char *tag1, char *tag2, char *tag3 );
+static LDAPMessage *ldap_msg_merge( LDAP *ld, LDAPMessage *a, LDAPMessage *b );
+static LDAPMessage *ldap_ufn_expand( LDAP *ld, 
+	LDAP_CANCELPROC_CALLBACK *cancelproc, void *cancelparm, char **dns, 
+	char *filter, int scope, char **attrs, int aonly, int *err );
+
+/*
+ * ldap_ufn_search_ctx - do user friendly searching; provide cancel feature;
+ *			specify ldapfilter.conf tags for each phase of search
+ *
+ *	ld		LDAP descriptor
+ *	ufncomp		the exploded user friendly name to look for
+ *	ncomp		number of elements in ufncomp
+ *	prefix		where to start searching
+ *	attrs		list of attribute types to return for matches
+ *	attrsonly	1 => attributes only 0 => attributes and values
+ *	res		will contain the result of the search
+ *	cancelproc	routine that returns non-zero if operation should be
+ *			cancelled.  This can be NULL.  If it is non-NULL, the
+ *			routine will be called periodically.
+ *	cancelparm	void * that is passed to cancelproc
+ *	tag[123]	the ldapfilter.conf tag that will be used in phases
+ *			1, 2, and 3 of the search, respectively
+ *
+ * Example:
+ *	char		*attrs[] = { "mail", "title", 0 };
+ *	char		*ufncomp[] = { "howes", "umich", "us", 0 }
+ *	LDAPMessage	*res;
+ *	error = ldap_ufn_search_ctx( ld, ufncomp, 3, NULL, attrs, attrsonly,
+ *			&res, acancelproc, along, "ufn first",
+ *			"ufn intermediate", "ufn last" );
+ */
+
+static int
+ldap_ufn_search_ctx(
+    LDAP 	*ld, 
+    char 	**ufncomp, 
+    int 	ncomp, 
+    char 	*prefix,
+    char 	**attrs,
+    int 	attrsonly, 
+    LDAPMessage **res, 
+    LDAP_CANCELPROC_CALLBACK *cancelproc,
+    void 	*cancelparm, 
+    char 	*tag1, 
+    char 	*tag2, 
+    char 	*tag3
+)
+{
+	char		*dn, *ftag = NULL;
+	char		**dns = NULL;
+	int		max, i, err, scope = 0, phase, tries;
+	LDAPFiltInfo	*fi;
+	LDAPMessage	*tmpcand;
+	LDAPMessage	*candidates;
+	static char	*objattrs[] = { "objectClass", NULL };
+
+	/* 
+	 * look up ufn components from most to least significant.
+	 * there are 3 phases.  
+	 * 	phase 1	search the root for orgs or countries
+	 * 	phase 2	search for orgs
+	 * 	phase 3	search for a person
+	 * in phases 1 and 2, we are building a list of candidate DNs,
+	 * below which we will search for the final component of the ufn.
+	 * for each component we try the filters listed in the
+	 * filterconfig file, first one-level (except the last compoment),
+	 * then subtree.  if any of them produce any results, we go on to
+	 * the next component.
+	 */
+
+	*res = NULL;
+	candidates = NULL;
+	phase = 1;
+	for ( ncomp--; ncomp != -1; ncomp-- ) {
+		if ( *ufncomp[ncomp] == '"' ) {
+			char	*quote;
+
+			if ( (quote = strrchr( ufncomp[ncomp], '"' )) != NULL )
+				*quote = '\0';
+			strcpy( ufncomp[ncomp], ufncomp[ncomp] + 1 );
+		}
+		if ( ncomp == 0 )
+			phase = 3;
+
+		switch ( phase ) {
+		case 1:
+			ftag = tag1;
+			scope = LDAP_SCOPE_ONELEVEL;
+			break;
+		case 2:
+			ftag = tag2;
+			scope = LDAP_SCOPE_ONELEVEL;
+			break;
+		case 3:
+			ftag = tag3;
+			scope = LDAP_SCOPE_SUBTREE;
+			break;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * construct an array of DN's to search below from the
+		 * list of candidates.
+		 */
+
+		if ( candidates == NULL ) {
+			if ( prefix != NULL ) {
+				if ( (dns = (char **)NSLDAPI_MALLOC(
+				    sizeof(char *) * 2 )) == NULL ) {
+					err = LDAP_NO_MEMORY;
+					LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, err, NULL, NULL );
+					return( err );
+				}
+				dns[0] = nsldapi_strdup( prefix );
+				dns[1] = NULL;
+			} else {
+				dns = NULL;
+			}
+		} else {
+			i = 0, max = 0;
+			for ( tmpcand = candidates; tmpcand != NULL &&
+			    tmpcand->lm_msgtype != LDAP_RES_SEARCH_RESULT;
+			    tmpcand = tmpcand->lm_chain )
+			{
+				if ( (dn = ldap_get_dn( ld, tmpcand )) == NULL )
+					continue;
+
+				if ( dns == NULL ) {
+					if ( (dns = (char **)NSLDAPI_MALLOC(
+					    sizeof(char *) * 8 )) == NULL ) {
+						err = LDAP_NO_MEMORY;
+						LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, err,
+						    NULL, NULL );
+						return( err );
+					}
+					max = 8;
+				} else if ( i >= max ) {
+					if ( (dns = (char **)NSLDAPI_REALLOC(
+					    dns, sizeof(char *) * 2 * max ))
+					    == NULL ) {
+						err = LDAP_NO_MEMORY;
+						LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, err,
+						    NULL, NULL );
+						return( err );
+					}
+					max *= 2;
+				}
+				dns[i++] = dn;
+				dns[i] = NULL;
+			}
+			ldap_msgfree( candidates );
+			candidates = NULL;
+		}
+		tries = 0;
+	tryagain:
+		tries++;
+		for ( fi = ldap_getfirstfilter( ld->ld_filtd, ftag,
+		    ufncomp[ncomp] ); fi != NULL;
+		    fi = ldap_getnextfilter( ld->ld_filtd ) )
+		{
+			if ( (candidates = ldap_ufn_expand( ld, cancelproc,
+			    cancelparm, dns, fi->lfi_filter, scope,
+			    phase == 3 ? attrs : objattrs,
+			    phase == 3 ? attrsonly : 1, &err )) != NULL )
+			{
+				break;
+			}
+
+			if ( err == -1 || err == LDAP_USER_CANCELLED ) {
+				if ( dns != NULL ) {
+					ldap_value_free( dns );
+					dns = NULL;
+				}
+				return( err );
+			}
+		}
+
+		if ( candidates == NULL ) {
+			if ( tries < 2 && phase != 3 ) {
+				scope = LDAP_SCOPE_SUBTREE;
+				goto tryagain;
+			} else {
+				if ( dns != NULL ) {
+					ldap_value_free( dns );
+					dns = NULL;
+				}
+				return( err );
+			}
+		}
+
+		/* go on to the next component */
+		if ( phase == 1 )
+			phase++;
+		if ( dns != NULL ) {
+			ldap_value_free( dns );
+			dns = NULL;
+		}
+	}
+	*res = candidates;
+
+	return( err );
+}
+
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_ufn_search_ct( LDAP *ld, char *ufn, char **attrs, int attrsonly,
+	LDAPMessage **res, LDAP_CANCELPROC_CALLBACK *cancelproc, void *cancelparm,
+	char *tag1, char *tag2, char *tag3 )
+{
+	char	**ufncomp, **prefixcomp;
+	char	*pbuf;
+	int	ncomp, pcomp, i, err = 0;
+
+	/* getfilter stuff must be inited before we are called */
+	if ( ld->ld_filtd == NULL ) {
+		err = LDAP_PARAM_ERROR;
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, err, NULL, NULL );
+		return( err );
+	}
+
+	/* call ldap_explode_dn() to break the ufn into its components */
+	if ( (ufncomp = ldap_explode_dn( ufn, 0 )) == NULL ) {
+		err = LDAP_LOCAL_ERROR;
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, err, NULL, NULL );
+		return( err );
+	}
+	for ( ncomp = 0; ufncomp[ncomp] != NULL; ncomp++ )
+		;	/* NULL */
+
+	/* more than two components => try it fully qualified first */
+	if ( ncomp > 2 || ld->ld_ufnprefix == NULL ) {
+		err = ldap_ufn_search_ctx( ld, ufncomp, ncomp, NULL, attrs,
+		    attrsonly, res, cancelproc, cancelparm, tag1, tag2, tag3 );
+
+		if ( ldap_count_entries( ld, *res ) > 0 ) {
+			ldap_value_free( ufncomp );
+			return( err );
+		} else {
+			ldap_msgfree( *res );
+			*res = NULL;
+		}
+	}
+
+	if ( ld->ld_ufnprefix == NULL ) {
+		ldap_value_free( ufncomp );
+		return( err );
+	}
+
+	/* if that failed, or < 2 components, use the prefix */
+	if ( (prefixcomp = ldap_explode_dn( ld->ld_ufnprefix, 0 )) == NULL ) {
+		ldap_value_free( ufncomp );
+		err = LDAP_LOCAL_ERROR;
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, err, NULL, NULL );
+		return( err );
+	}
+	for ( pcomp = 0; prefixcomp[pcomp] != NULL; pcomp++ )
+		;	/* NULL */
+	if ( (pbuf = (char *)NSLDAPI_MALLOC( strlen( ld->ld_ufnprefix ) + 1 ))
+	    == NULL ) {	
+		ldap_value_free( ufncomp );
+		ldap_value_free( prefixcomp );
+		err = LDAP_NO_MEMORY;
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, err, NULL, NULL );
+		return( err );
+	}
+
+	for ( i = 0; i < pcomp; i++ ) {
+		int	j;
+
+		*pbuf = '\0';
+		for ( j = i; j < pcomp; j++ ) {
+			strcat( pbuf, prefixcomp[j] );
+			if ( j + 1 < pcomp )
+				strcat( pbuf, "," );
+		}
+		err = ldap_ufn_search_ctx( ld, ufncomp, ncomp, pbuf, attrs,
+		    attrsonly, res, cancelproc, cancelparm, tag1, tag2, tag3 );
+
+		if ( ldap_count_entries( ld, *res ) > 0 ) {
+			break;
+		} else {
+			ldap_msgfree( *res );
+			*res = NULL;
+		}
+	}
+
+	ldap_value_free( ufncomp );
+	ldap_value_free( prefixcomp );
+	NSLDAPI_FREE( pbuf );
+
+	return( err );
+}
+
+/*
+ * same as ldap_ufn_search_ct, except without the ability to specify
+ * ldapfilter.conf tags.
+ */
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_ufn_search_c( LDAP *ld, char *ufn, char **attrs, int attrsonly,
+	LDAPMessage **res, LDAP_CANCELPROC_CALLBACK *cancelproc, void *cancelparm )
+{
+	return( ldap_ufn_search_ct( ld, ufn, attrs, attrsonly, res, cancelproc,
+	    cancelparm, "ufn first", "ufn intermediate", "ufn last" ) );
+}
+
+/*
+ * same as ldap_ufn_search_c without the cancel function
+ */
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_ufn_search_s( LDAP *ld, char *ufn, char **attrs, int attrsonly,
+	LDAPMessage **res )
+{
+	struct timeval	tv;
+
+	tv.tv_sec = ld->ld_timelimit;
+
+	return( ldap_ufn_search_ct( ld, ufn, attrs, attrsonly, res,
+		ld->ld_timelimit ? ldap_ufn_timeout : NULL,
+		ld->ld_timelimit ? (void *) &tv : NULL,
+		"ufn first", "ufn intermediate", "ufn last" ) );
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * ldap_msg_merge - merge two ldap search result chains.  the more
+ * serious of the two error result codes is kept.
+ */
+
+static LDAPMessage *
+ldap_msg_merge( LDAP *ld, LDAPMessage *a, LDAPMessage *b )
+{
+	LDAPMessage	*end, *aprev, *aend, *bprev, *bend;
+
+	if ( a == NULL )
+		return( b );
+
+	if ( b == NULL )
+		return( a );
+
+	/* find the ends of the a and b chains */
+	aprev = NULL;
+	for ( aend = a; aend->lm_chain != NULL; aend = aend->lm_chain )
+		aprev = aend;
+	bprev = NULL;
+	for ( bend = b; bend->lm_chain != NULL; bend = bend->lm_chain )
+		bprev = bend;
+
+	/* keep result a */
+	if ( ldap_result2error( ld, aend, 0 ) != LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+		/* remove result b */
+		ldap_msgfree( bend );
+		if ( bprev != NULL )
+			bprev->lm_chain = NULL;
+		else
+			b = NULL;
+		end = aend;
+		if ( aprev != NULL )
+			aprev->lm_chain = NULL;
+		else
+			a = NULL;
+	/* keep result b */
+	} else {
+		/* remove result a */
+		ldap_msgfree( aend );
+		if ( aprev != NULL )
+			aprev->lm_chain = NULL;
+		else
+			a = NULL;
+		end = bend;
+		if ( bprev != NULL )
+			bprev->lm_chain = NULL;
+		else
+			b = NULL;
+	}
+
+	if ( (a == NULL && b == NULL) || (a == NULL && bprev == NULL) ||
+	    (b == NULL && aprev == NULL) )
+		return( end );
+
+	if ( a == NULL ) {
+		bprev->lm_chain = end;
+		return( b );
+	} else if ( b == NULL ) {
+		aprev->lm_chain = end;
+		return( a );
+	} else {
+		bprev->lm_chain = end;
+		aprev->lm_chain = b;
+		return( a );
+	}
+}
+
+static LDAPMessage *
+ldap_ufn_expand( LDAP *ld, LDAP_CANCELPROC_CALLBACK *cancelproc, 
+	void *cancelparm, char **dns, char *filter, int scope, 
+	char **attrs, int aonly, int *err )
+{
+	LDAPMessage	*tmpcand, *tmpres;
+	char		*dn;
+	int		i, msgid;
+	struct timeval	tv;
+
+	/* search for this component below the current candidates */
+	tmpcand = NULL;
+	i = 0;
+	do {
+		if ( dns != NULL )
+			dn = dns[i];
+		else
+			dn = "";
+
+		if (( msgid = ldap_search( ld, dn, scope, filter, attrs,
+		    aonly )) == -1 ) {
+			ldap_msgfree( tmpcand );
+                        tmpcand = NULL;
+			*err = LDAP_GET_LDERRNO( ld, NULL, NULL );
+                        /*
+                         * Compiling with gcc-4.2 on Mac:
+                         * gcc-4.2 -arch ppc -c -o ufn.o -gdwarf-2 -01 ufn.c
+                         * having a return NULL statement here causes gcc to
+                         * hang. Therefore set tmpcand to null (above) and break
+                         * out of this loop to make gcc happy.
+                         */
+                        break;
+		}
+
+		tv.tv_sec = 0;
+		tv.tv_usec = 100000;	/* 1/10 of a second */
+
+		do {
+			*err = ldap_result( ld, msgid, 1, &tv, &tmpres );
+			if ( *err == 0 && cancelproc != NULL &&
+			    (*cancelproc)( cancelparm ) != 0 ) {
+				ldap_abandon( ld, msgid );
+				*err = LDAP_USER_CANCELLED;
+				LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, *err, NULL, NULL );
+			}
+		} while ( *err == 0 );
+
+		if ( *err == LDAP_USER_CANCELLED || *err < 0 ||
+		    ( *err = ldap_result2error( ld, tmpres, 0 )) == -1 ) {
+			ldap_msgfree( tmpcand );
+			return( NULL );
+		}
+		
+		tmpcand = ldap_msg_merge( ld, tmpcand, tmpres );
+
+		i++;
+	} while ( dns != NULL && dns[i] != NULL );
+
+        /* Catch the tmpcand = NULL case as required by breaking out the loop
+         * to prevent gcc-4.2 hanging on Mac.
+         */
+        if (!tmpcand)
+          return NULL;
+
+	if ( ldap_count_entries( ld, tmpcand ) > 0 ) {
+		return( tmpcand );
+	} else {
+		ldap_msgfree( tmpcand );
+		return( NULL );
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * ldap_ufn_setfilter - set the filter config file used in ufn searching
+ */
+
+LDAPFiltDesc *
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_ufn_setfilter( LDAP *ld, char *fname )
+{
+	if ( ld->ld_filtd != NULL )
+		ldap_getfilter_free( ld->ld_filtd );
+
+	return( ld->ld_filtd = ldap_init_getfilter( fname ) );
+}
+
+void
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_ufn_setprefix( LDAP *ld, char *prefix )
+{
+	if ( ld->ld_ufnprefix != NULL )
+		NSLDAPI_FREE( ld->ld_ufnprefix );
+
+	ld->ld_ufnprefix = nsldapi_strdup( prefix );
+}
+
+int
+LDAP_C
+ldap_ufn_timeout( void *tvparam )
+{
+	struct timeval	*tv;
+
+	tv = (struct timeval *)tvparam;
+
+	if ( tv->tv_sec != 0 ) {
+		tv->tv_usec = tv->tv_sec * 1000000;	/* sec => micro sec */
+		tv->tv_sec = 0;
+	}
+	tv->tv_usec -= 100000;	/* 1/10 of a second */
+
+	return( tv->tv_usec <= 0 ? 1 : 0 );
+}
diff --git a/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/unbind.c b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/unbind.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..95ca49411
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/unbind.c
@@ -0,0 +1,248 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ * 
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version 
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with 
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at 
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ * 
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ * 
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, released
+ * March 31, 1998.
+ * 
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998-1999
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ * 
+ * Contributor(s):
+ * 
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
+ * or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ * 
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+/*
+ *  Copyright (c) 1990 Regents of the University of Michigan.
+ *  All rights reserved.
+ */
+
+/*
+ *  unbind.c
+ */
+
+#if 0
+#ifndef lint 
+static char copyright[] = "@(#) Copyright (c) 1990 Regents of the University of Michigan.\nAll rights reserved.\n";
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#include "ldap-int.h"
+
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_unbind( LDAP *ld )
+{
+	LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "ldap_unbind\n", 0, 0, 0 );
+
+	return( ldap_ld_free( ld, NULL, NULL, 1 ) );
+}
+
+
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_unbind_s( LDAP *ld )
+{
+	return( ldap_ld_free( ld, NULL, NULL, 1 ));
+}
+
+
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_unbind_ext( LDAP *ld, LDAPControl **serverctrls,
+    LDAPControl **clientctrls )
+{
+	return( ldap_ld_free( ld, serverctrls, clientctrls, 1 ));
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Dispose of the LDAP session ld, including all associated connections
+ * and resources.  If close is non-zero, an unbind() request is sent as well.
+ */
+int
+ldap_ld_free( LDAP *ld, LDAPControl **serverctrls,
+    LDAPControl **clientctrls, int close )
+{
+	LDAPMessage	*lm, *next;
+	int		err = LDAP_SUCCESS;
+	LDAPRequest	*lr, *nextlr;
+
+	if ( !NSLDAPI_VALID_LDAP_POINTER( ld )) {
+		return( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+	}
+
+	if ( ld->ld_sbp->sb_naddr == 0 ) {
+		LDAP_MUTEX_LOCK( ld, LDAP_REQ_LOCK );
+		/* free LDAP structure and outstanding requests/responses */
+		for ( lr = ld->ld_requests; lr != NULL; lr = nextlr ) {
+			nextlr = lr->lr_next;
+			nsldapi_free_request( ld, lr, 0 );
+		}
+		LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_REQ_LOCK );
+
+		/* free and unbind from all open connections */
+		LDAP_MUTEX_LOCK( ld, LDAP_CONN_LOCK );
+		while ( ld->ld_conns != NULL ) {
+			nsldapi_free_connection( ld, ld->ld_conns, serverctrls,
+			    clientctrls, 1, close );
+		}
+		LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_CONN_LOCK );
+
+	} else {
+		int	i;
+
+		for ( i = 0; i < ld->ld_sbp->sb_naddr; ++i ) {
+			NSLDAPI_FREE( ld->ld_sbp->sb_addrs[ i ] );
+		}
+		NSLDAPI_FREE( ld->ld_sbp->sb_addrs );
+		NSLDAPI_FREE( ld->ld_sbp->sb_fromaddr );
+	}
+
+	LDAP_MUTEX_LOCK( ld, LDAP_RESP_LOCK );
+	for ( lm = ld->ld_responses; lm != NULL; lm = next ) {
+		next = lm->lm_next;
+		ldap_msgfree( lm );
+	}
+	LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_RESP_LOCK );
+
+	/* call cache unbind function to allow it to clean up after itself */
+	if ( ld->ld_cache_unbind != NULL ) {
+		LDAP_MUTEX_LOCK( ld, LDAP_CACHE_LOCK );
+		(void)ld->ld_cache_unbind( ld, 0, 0 );
+		LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_CACHE_LOCK );
+	}
+
+	/* call the dispose handle I/O callback if one is defined */
+	if ( ld->ld_extdisposehandle_fn != NULL ) {
+	    /*
+	     * We always pass the session extended I/O argument to
+	     * the dispose handle callback.
+	     */
+	    ld->ld_extdisposehandle_fn( ld, ld->ld_ext_session_arg );
+	}
+
+	if ( ld->ld_error != NULL )
+		NSLDAPI_FREE( ld->ld_error );
+	if ( ld->ld_matched != NULL )
+		NSLDAPI_FREE( ld->ld_matched );
+	if ( ld->ld_host != NULL )
+		NSLDAPI_FREE( ld->ld_host );
+	if ( ld->ld_ufnprefix != NULL )
+		NSLDAPI_FREE( ld->ld_ufnprefix );
+	if ( ld->ld_filtd != NULL )
+		ldap_getfilter_free( ld->ld_filtd );
+	if ( ld->ld_abandoned != NULL )
+		NSLDAPI_FREE( ld->ld_abandoned );
+	if ( ld->ld_sbp != NULL )
+		ber_sockbuf_free( ld->ld_sbp );
+	if ( ld->ld_defhost != NULL )
+		NSLDAPI_FREE( ld->ld_defhost );
+	if ( ld->ld_servercontrols != NULL )
+		ldap_controls_free( ld->ld_servercontrols );
+	if ( ld->ld_clientcontrols != NULL )
+		ldap_controls_free( ld->ld_clientcontrols );
+	if ( ld->ld_preferred_language != NULL )
+		NSLDAPI_FREE( ld->ld_preferred_language );
+	nsldapi_iostatus_free( ld );
+#ifdef LDAP_SASLIO_HOOKS
+	NSLDAPI_FREE( ld->ld_def_sasl_mech );
+	NSLDAPI_FREE( ld->ld_def_sasl_realm );
+	NSLDAPI_FREE( ld->ld_def_sasl_authcid );
+	NSLDAPI_FREE( ld->ld_def_sasl_authzid );
+#endif
+
+	/*
+	 * XXXmcs: should use cache function pointers to hook in memcache
+	 */
+	if ( ld->ld_memcache != NULL ) {
+		ldap_memcache_set( ld, NULL );
+	}
+
+	/* free all mutexes we have allocated */
+	nsldapi_mutex_free_all( ld );
+	NSLDAPI_FREE( ld->ld_mutex );
+
+	NSLDAPI_FREE( (char *) ld );
+
+	return( err );
+}
+
+
+
+int
+nsldapi_send_unbind( LDAP *ld, Sockbuf *sb, LDAPControl **serverctrls,
+    LDAPControl **clientctrls )
+{
+	BerElement	*ber;
+	int		err, msgid;
+
+	LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "nsldapi_send_unbind\n", 0, 0, 0 );
+
+	/* create a message to send */
+	if (( err = nsldapi_alloc_ber_with_options( ld, &ber ))
+	    != LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+		return( err );
+	}
+
+	/* fill it in */
+	LDAP_MUTEX_LOCK( ld, LDAP_MSGID_LOCK );
+	msgid = ++ld->ld_msgid;
+	LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_MSGID_LOCK );
+
+	if ( ber_printf( ber, "{itn", msgid, LDAP_REQ_UNBIND ) == -1 ) {
+		ber_free( ber, 1 );
+		err = LDAP_ENCODING_ERROR;
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, err, NULL, NULL );
+		return( err );
+	}
+
+	if (( err = nsldapi_put_controls( ld, serverctrls, 1, ber ))
+	    != LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+		ber_free( ber, 1 );
+		return( err );
+	}
+
+	/* send the message */
+        err = nsldapi_send_ber_message( ld, sb, ber, 1 /* free ber */,
+        	0 /* will not handle EPIPE */ );
+	if ( err != 0 ) {
+		ber_free( ber, 1 );
+		if (err != -2 ) {
+			/*
+			 * Message could not be sent, and the reason is
+			 * something other than a "would block" error.
+			 * Note that we ignore "would block" errors because
+			 * it is not critical that an UnBind request
+			 * actually reach the LDAP server.
+			 */
+			err = LDAP_SERVER_DOWN;
+			LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, err, NULL, NULL );
+			return( err );
+		}
+	}
+
+	return( LDAP_SUCCESS );
+}
diff --git a/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/unescape.c b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/unescape.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..66d5bd27f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/unescape.c
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ * 
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version 
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with 
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at 
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ * 
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ * 
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, released
+ * March 31, 1998.
+ * 
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998-1999
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ * 
+ * Contributor(s):
+ * 
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
+ * or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ * 
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+
+/*
+ *  LIBLDAP unescape.c -- LDAP URL un-escape routines
+ *  We also tolerate URLs that look like: <ldapurl> and <URL:ldapurl>
+ */
+
+#include "ldap-int.h"
+
+
+static int unhex( char c );
+
+
+void
+nsldapi_hex_unescape( char *s )
+{
+/*
+ * Remove URL hex escapes from s... done in place.  The basic concept for
+ * this routine is borrowed from the WWW library HTUnEscape() routine.
+ */
+	char	*p;
+
+	for ( p = s; *s != '\0'; ++s ) {
+		if ( *s == '%' ) {
+			if ( *++s == '\0' ) {
+				break;
+			}
+			*p = unhex( *s ) << 4;
+			if ( *++s == '\0' ) {
+				break;
+			}
+			*p++ += unhex( *s );
+
+		} else {
+			*p++ = *s;
+		}
+	}
+
+	*p = '\0';
+}
+
+
+static int
+unhex( char c )
+{
+	return( c >= '0' && c <= '9' ? c - '0'
+	    : c >= 'A' && c <= 'F' ? c - 'A' + 10
+	    : c - 'a' + 10 );
+}
diff --git a/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/url.c b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/url.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..789ee3ac2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/url.c
@@ -0,0 +1,527 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ * 
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version 
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with 
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at 
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ * 
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ * 
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, released
+ * March 31, 1998.
+ * 
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998-1999
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ * 
+ * Contributor(s):
+ * 
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
+ * or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ * 
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+/*
+ *  Copyright (c) 1996 Regents of the University of Michigan.
+ *  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ */
+/*  LIBLDAP url.c -- LDAP URL related routines
+ *
+ *  LDAP URLs look like this:
+ *    l d a p : / / [ hostport ] [ / dn [ ? [ attributes ] [ ? [ scope ]
+ *			[ ? [ filter ] [ ? extensions ] ] ] ] ]
+ *
+ *  where:
+ *   hostport is a host or a host:port list that can be space-separated.
+ *   attributes is a comma separated list
+ *   scope is one of these three strings:  base one sub (default=base)
+ *   filter is a string-represented filter as in RFC 2254
+ *   extensions is a comma-separated list of name=value pairs.
+ *
+ *  e.g.,  ldap://ldap.itd.umich.edu/c=US?o,description?one?o=umich
+ *
+ *  To accomodate IPv6 addresses, the host portion of a host that appears
+ *  in hostport can be enclosed in square brackets, e.g
+ *
+ *  e.g.,  ldap://[fe80::a00:20ff:fee5:c0b4]:3389/dc=siroe,dc=com
+ *
+ *  We also tolerate URLs that look like: <ldapurl> and <URL:ldapurl>
+ */
+
+#if 0
+#ifndef lint 
+static char copyright[] = "@(#) Copyright (c) 1996 Regents of the University of Michigan.\nAll rights reserved.\n";
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#include "ldap-int.h"
+
+
+static int skip_url_prefix( const char **urlp, int *enclosedp, int *securep );
+
+
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_is_ldap_url( const char *url )
+{
+	int	enclosed, secure;
+
+	return( url != NULL
+	    && skip_url_prefix( &url, &enclosed, &secure ));
+}
+
+
+static int
+skip_url_prefix( const char **urlp, int *enclosedp, int *securep )
+{
+/*
+ * return non-zero if this looks like a LDAP URL; zero if not
+ * if non-zero returned, *urlp will be moved past "ldap://" part of URL
+ * The data that *urlp points to is not changed by this function.
+ */
+	if ( *urlp == NULL ) {
+		return( 0 );
+	}
+
+	/* skip leading '<' (if any) */
+	if ( **urlp == '<' ) {
+		*enclosedp = 1;
+		++*urlp;
+	} else {
+		*enclosedp = 0;
+	}
+
+	/* skip leading "URL:" (if any) */
+	if ( strlen( *urlp ) >= LDAP_URL_URLCOLON_LEN && strncasecmp(
+	    *urlp, LDAP_URL_URLCOLON, LDAP_URL_URLCOLON_LEN ) == 0 ) {
+		*urlp += LDAP_URL_URLCOLON_LEN;
+	}
+
+	/* check for an "ldap://" prefix */
+	if ( strlen( *urlp ) >= LDAP_URL_PREFIX_LEN && strncasecmp( *urlp,
+	    LDAP_URL_PREFIX, LDAP_URL_PREFIX_LEN ) == 0 ) {
+		/* skip over URL prefix and return success */
+		*urlp += LDAP_URL_PREFIX_LEN;
+		*securep = 0;
+		return( 1 );
+	}
+
+	/* check for an "ldaps://" prefix */
+	if ( strlen( *urlp ) >= LDAPS_URL_PREFIX_LEN && strncasecmp( *urlp,
+	    LDAPS_URL_PREFIX, LDAPS_URL_PREFIX_LEN ) == 0 ) {
+		/* skip over URL prefix and return success */
+		*urlp += LDAPS_URL_PREFIX_LEN;
+		*securep = 1;
+		return( 1 );
+	}
+
+	return( 0 );	/* not an LDAP URL */
+}
+
+
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_url_parse_no_defaults( const char *url, LDAPURLDesc **ludpp, int dn_required)
+{
+    return( nsldapi_url_parse( url, ludpp, dn_required ) );
+}
+
+
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_url_parse( const char *url, LDAPURLDesc **ludpp )
+{
+/*
+ *  Pick apart the pieces of an LDAP URL.
+ */
+	int	rc;
+
+	if (( rc = nsldapi_url_parse( url, ludpp, 1 )) == 0 ) {
+		if ( (*ludpp)->lud_scope == -1 ) {
+			(*ludpp)->lud_scope = LDAP_SCOPE_BASE;
+		}
+		if ( (*ludpp)->lud_filter == NULL ) {
+			(*ludpp)->lud_filter = "(objectclass=*)";
+		}
+		if ( *((*ludpp)->lud_dn) == '\0' ) {
+			(*ludpp)->lud_dn = NULL;
+		}
+	} else if ( rc == LDAP_URL_UNRECOGNIZED_CRITICAL_EXTENSION ) {
+		rc = LDAP_URL_ERR_PARAM;	/* mapped for backwards compatibility */
+	}
+
+	return( rc );
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * like ldap_url_parse() with a few exceptions:
+ *   1) if dn_required is zero, a missing DN does not generate an error
+ *	(we just leave the lud_dn field NULL)
+ *   2) no defaults are set for lud_scope and lud_filter (they are set to -1
+ *	and NULL respectively if no SCOPE or FILTER are present in the URL).
+ *   3) when there is a zero-length DN in a URL we do not set lud_dn to NULL.
+ *
+ * note that LDAPv3 URL extensions are ignored unless they are marked
+ * critical, in which case an LDAP_URL_UNRECOGNIZED_CRITICAL_EXTENSION error
+ * is returned.
+ */
+int
+nsldapi_url_parse( const char *url, LDAPURLDesc **ludpp, int dn_required )
+{
+
+	LDAPURLDesc	*ludp;
+	char		*urlcopy, *attrs, *scope, *extensions = NULL, *p, *q;
+	int		enclosed, secure, i, nattrs, at_start;
+
+	LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_TRACE, "nsldapi_url_parse(%s)\n", url, 0, 0 );
+
+	if ( url == NULL || ludpp == NULL ) {
+		return( LDAP_URL_ERR_PARAM );
+	}
+
+	*ludpp = NULL;	/* pessimistic */
+
+	if ( !skip_url_prefix( &url, &enclosed, &secure )) {
+		return( LDAP_URL_ERR_NOTLDAP );
+	}
+
+	/* allocate return struct */
+	if (( ludp = (LDAPURLDesc *)NSLDAPI_CALLOC( 1, sizeof( LDAPURLDesc )))
+	    == NULLLDAPURLDESC ) {
+		return( LDAP_URL_ERR_MEM );
+	}
+
+	if ( secure ) {
+		ludp->lud_options |= LDAP_URL_OPT_SECURE;
+	}
+
+	/* make working copy of the remainder of the URL */
+	if (( urlcopy = nsldapi_strdup( url )) == NULL ) {
+		ldap_free_urldesc( ludp );
+		return( LDAP_URL_ERR_MEM );
+	}
+
+	if ( enclosed && *((p = urlcopy + strlen( urlcopy ) - 1)) == '>' ) {
+		*p = '\0';
+	}
+
+	/* initialize scope and filter */
+	ludp->lud_scope = -1;
+	ludp->lud_filter = NULL;
+
+	/* lud_string is the only malloc'd string space we use */
+	ludp->lud_string = urlcopy;
+
+	/* scan forward for '/' that marks end of hostport and begin. of dn */
+	if (( ludp->lud_dn = strchr( urlcopy, '/' )) == NULL ) {
+		if ( dn_required ) {
+			ldap_free_urldesc( ludp );
+			return( LDAP_URL_ERR_NODN );
+		}
+	} else {
+		/* terminate hostport; point to start of dn */
+		*ludp->lud_dn++ = '\0';
+	}
+
+
+	if ( *urlcopy == '\0' ) {
+		ludp->lud_host = NULL;
+	} else {
+		ludp->lud_host = urlcopy;
+		nsldapi_hex_unescape( ludp->lud_host );
+
+		/*
+		 * Locate and strip off optional port number (:#) in host
+		 * portion of URL.
+		 *
+		 * If more than one space-separated host is listed, we only
+		 * look for a port number within the right-most one since
+		 * ldap_init() will handle host parameters that look like
+		 * host:port anyway.
+		 */
+		if (( p = strrchr( ludp->lud_host, ' ' )) == NULL ) {
+			p = ludp->lud_host;
+		} else {
+			++p;
+		}
+		if ( *p == '[' && ( q = strchr( p, ']' )) != NULL ) {
+			 /* square brackets present -- skip past them */
+			p = q++;
+		}
+		if (( p = strchr( p, ':' )) != NULL ) {
+			*p++ = '\0';
+			ludp->lud_port = atoi( p );
+			if ( *ludp->lud_host == '\0' ) {
+				ludp->lud_host = NULL;  /* no hostname */
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	/* scan for '?' that marks end of dn and beginning of attributes */
+	attrs = NULL;
+	if ( ludp->lud_dn != NULL &&
+	    ( attrs = strchr( ludp->lud_dn, '?' )) != NULL ) {
+		/* terminate dn; point to start of attrs. */
+		*attrs++ = '\0';
+
+		/* scan for '?' that marks end of attrs and begin. of scope */
+		if (( p = strchr( attrs, '?' )) != NULL ) {
+			/*
+			 * terminate attrs; point to start of scope and scan for
+			 * '?' that marks end of scope and begin. of filter
+			 */
+			*p++ = '\0';
+			scope = p;
+
+			if (( p = strchr( scope, '?' )) != NULL ) {
+				/* terminate scope; point to start of filter */
+				*p++ = '\0';
+				if ( *p != '\0' ) {
+					ludp->lud_filter = p;
+					/*
+					 * scan for the '?' that marks the end
+					 * of the filter and the start of any
+					 * extensions
+					 */
+					if (( p = strchr( ludp->lud_filter, '?' ))
+					    != NULL ) {
+						*p++ = '\0'; /* term. filter */
+						extensions = p;
+					}
+					if ( *ludp->lud_filter == '\0' ) {
+						ludp->lud_filter = NULL;
+					} else {
+						nsldapi_hex_unescape( ludp->lud_filter );
+					}
+				}
+			}
+
+			if ( strcasecmp( scope, "one" ) == 0 ) {
+				ludp->lud_scope = LDAP_SCOPE_ONELEVEL;
+			} else if ( strcasecmp( scope, "base" ) == 0 ) {
+				ludp->lud_scope = LDAP_SCOPE_BASE;
+			} else if ( strcasecmp( scope, "sub" ) == 0 ) {
+				ludp->lud_scope = LDAP_SCOPE_SUBTREE;
+			} else if ( *scope != '\0' ) {
+				ldap_free_urldesc( ludp );
+				return( LDAP_URL_ERR_BADSCOPE );
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	if ( ludp->lud_dn != NULL ) {
+		nsldapi_hex_unescape( ludp->lud_dn );
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * if attrs list was included, turn it into a null-terminated array
+	 */
+	if ( attrs != NULL && *attrs != '\0' ) {
+		nsldapi_hex_unescape( attrs );
+		for ( nattrs = 1, p = attrs; *p != '\0'; ++p ) {
+		    if ( *p == ',' ) {
+			    ++nattrs;
+		    }
+		}
+
+		if (( ludp->lud_attrs = (char **)NSLDAPI_CALLOC( nattrs + 1,
+		    sizeof( char * ))) == NULL ) {
+			ldap_free_urldesc( ludp );
+			return( LDAP_URL_ERR_MEM );
+		}
+
+		for ( i = 0, p = attrs; i < nattrs; ++i ) {
+			ludp->lud_attrs[ i ] = p;
+			if (( p = strchr( p, ',' )) != NULL ) {
+				*p++ ='\0';
+			}
+			nsldapi_hex_unescape( ludp->lud_attrs[ i ] );
+		}
+	}
+
+	/* if extensions list was included, check for critical ones */
+	if ( extensions != NULL && *extensions != '\0' ) {
+		/* Note: at present, we do not recognize ANY extensions */
+		at_start = 1;
+		for ( p = extensions; *p != '\0'; ++p ) {
+			if ( at_start ) {
+				if ( *p == '!' ) {	/* critical extension */
+					ldap_free_urldesc( ludp );
+					return( LDAP_URL_UNRECOGNIZED_CRITICAL_EXTENSION );
+				}
+				at_start = 0;
+			} else if ( *p == ',' ) {
+				at_start = 1;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	*ludpp = ludp;
+
+	return( 0 );
+}
+
+
+void
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_free_urldesc( LDAPURLDesc *ludp )
+{
+	if ( ludp != NULLLDAPURLDESC ) {
+		if ( ludp->lud_string != NULL ) {
+			NSLDAPI_FREE( ludp->lud_string );
+		}
+		if ( ludp->lud_attrs != NULL ) {
+			NSLDAPI_FREE( ludp->lud_attrs );
+		}
+		NSLDAPI_FREE( ludp );
+	}
+}
+
+
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_url_search( LDAP *ld, const char *url, int attrsonly )
+{
+	int		err, msgid;
+	LDAPURLDesc	*ludp;
+	BerElement	*ber;
+	LDAPServer	*srv;
+	char		*host;
+
+	if ( !NSLDAPI_VALID_LDAP_POINTER( ld )) {
+		return( -1 );		/* punt */
+	}
+
+	if ( ldap_url_parse( url, &ludp ) != 0 ) {
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_PARAM_ERROR, NULL, NULL );
+		return( -1 );
+	}
+
+	LDAP_MUTEX_LOCK( ld, LDAP_MSGID_LOCK );
+	msgid = ++ld->ld_msgid;
+	LDAP_MUTEX_UNLOCK( ld, LDAP_MSGID_LOCK );
+
+	if ( nsldapi_build_search_req( ld, ludp->lud_dn, ludp->lud_scope,
+	    ludp->lud_filter, ludp->lud_attrs, attrsonly, NULL, NULL,
+	    -1, -1, msgid, &ber ) != LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+		return( -1 );
+	}
+
+	err = 0;
+
+	if ( ludp->lud_host == NULL ) {
+		host = ld->ld_defhost;
+	} else {
+		host = ludp->lud_host;
+	}
+
+	if (( srv = (LDAPServer *)NSLDAPI_CALLOC( 1, sizeof( LDAPServer )))
+	    == NULL || ( host != NULL &&
+	    ( srv->lsrv_host = nsldapi_strdup( host )) == NULL )) {
+		if ( srv != NULL ) {
+			NSLDAPI_FREE( srv );
+		}
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_NO_MEMORY, NULL, NULL );
+		err = -1;
+	} else {
+		if ( ludp->lud_port != 0 ) {
+			/* URL includes a port - use it */
+			 srv->lsrv_port = ludp->lud_port;
+		} else if ( ludp->lud_host == NULL ) {
+			/* URL has no port or host - use port from ld */
+			srv->lsrv_port = ld->ld_defport;
+		} else if (( ludp->lud_options & LDAP_URL_OPT_SECURE ) == 0 ) {
+			/* ldap URL has a host but no port - use std. port */
+			srv->lsrv_port = LDAP_PORT;
+		} else {
+			/* ldaps URL has a host but no port - use std. port */
+			srv->lsrv_port = LDAPS_PORT;
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (( ludp->lud_options & LDAP_URL_OPT_SECURE ) != 0 ) {
+		srv->lsrv_options |= LDAP_SRV_OPT_SECURE;
+	}
+
+	if ( err != 0 ) {
+		ber_free( ber, 1 );
+	} else {
+		err = nsldapi_send_server_request( ld, ber, msgid, NULL, srv,
+		    NULL, NULL, 1 );
+	}
+
+	ldap_free_urldesc( ludp );
+	return( err );
+}
+
+
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_url_search_st( LDAP *ld, const char *url, int attrsonly,
+	struct timeval *timeout, LDAPMessage **res )
+{
+	int	msgid;
+
+	/*
+	 * It is an error to pass in a zero'd timeval.
+	 */
+	if ( timeout != NULL && timeout->tv_sec == 0 &&
+	    timeout->tv_usec == 0 ) {
+		if ( ld != NULL ) {
+			LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_PARAM_ERROR, NULL, NULL );
+		}
+		if ( res != NULL ) {
+			*res = NULL;
+		}
+                return( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+        }
+
+	if (( msgid = ldap_url_search( ld, url, attrsonly )) == -1 ) {
+		return( LDAP_GET_LDERRNO( ld, NULL, NULL ) );
+	}
+
+	if ( ldap_result( ld, msgid, 1, timeout, res ) == -1 ) {
+		return( LDAP_GET_LDERRNO( ld, NULL, NULL ) );
+	}
+
+	if ( LDAP_GET_LDERRNO( ld, NULL, NULL ) == LDAP_TIMEOUT ) {
+		(void) ldap_abandon( ld, msgid );
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_TIMEOUT, NULL, NULL );
+		return( LDAP_TIMEOUT );
+	}
+
+	return( ldap_result2error( ld, *res, 0 ));
+}
+
+
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_url_search_s( LDAP *ld, const char *url, int attrsonly, LDAPMessage **res )
+{
+	int	msgid;
+
+	if (( msgid = ldap_url_search( ld, url, attrsonly )) == -1 ) {
+		return( LDAP_GET_LDERRNO( ld, NULL, NULL ) );
+	}
+
+	if ( ldap_result( ld, msgid, 1, (struct timeval *)NULL, res ) == -1 ) {
+		return( LDAP_GET_LDERRNO( ld, NULL, NULL ) );
+	}
+
+	return( ldap_result2error( ld, *res, 0 ));
+}
diff --git a/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/userstatusctrl.c b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/userstatusctrl.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1127d67bb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/userstatusctrl.c
@@ -0,0 +1,228 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ *
+ * The Original Code is Sun LDAP C SDK.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *
+ * Portions created by Sun Microsystems, Inc are Copyright (C) 2005
+ * Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Contributor(s): abobrov@sun.com
+ *
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
+ * the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ *
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+
+#include "ldap-int.h"
+
+/* ldap_create_userstatus_control:
+
+   Parameters are  
+
+   ld              LDAP pointer to the desired connection 
+
+   ctl_iscritical  Indicates whether the control is critical of not. If
+                   this field is non-zero, the operation will only be car-
+                   ried out if the control is recognized by the server
+                   and/or client
+
+   ctrlp           the address of a place to put the constructed control 
+*/
+
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_create_userstatus_control ( 	
+									LDAP *ld, 
+									const char ctl_iscritical,
+									LDAPControl **ctrlp   
+																)
+{
+	int rc;
+
+	if ( !NSLDAPI_VALID_LDAP_POINTER( ld )) {
+		return( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+	}
+
+	if ( ctrlp == NULL ) {
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_PARAM_ERROR, NULL, NULL );
+		return ( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+	}
+
+	rc = nsldapi_build_control( LDAP_CONTROL_ACCOUNT_USABLE, 
+								NULL, 0, ctl_iscritical, ctrlp );
+
+	LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, rc, NULL, NULL );
+	return( rc );
+}
+
+/* ldap_parse_userstatus_control:
+
+   Parameters are  
+
+   ld              LDAP pointer to the desired connection 
+
+   ctrlp           An array of controls obtained from calling  
+                   ldap_parse_result on the set of results 
+                   returned by the server     
+
+   us              the address of struct LDAPuserstatus
+                   to parse control results to 
+*/
+
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_parse_userstatus_control ( 	
+									LDAP *ld, 
+									LDAPControl **ctrlp,  
+									LDAPuserstatus *us
+															)
+{
+	BerElement *ber = NULL;
+	int			i, foundUSControl;
+	LDAPControl *USCtrlp = NULL;
+	ber_tag_t	tag;
+
+	if ( !NSLDAPI_VALID_LDAP_POINTER( ld ) || us == NULL ) {
+	    return( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+	}
+
+	/* find the control in the list of controls if it exists */
+	if ( ctrlp == NULL ) {
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_CONTROL_NOT_FOUND, NULL, NULL );
+		return ( LDAP_CONTROL_NOT_FOUND );
+	} 
+	foundUSControl = 0;
+	for ( i = 0; (( ctrlp[i] != NULL ) && ( !foundUSControl )); i++ ) {
+		foundUSControl = !strcmp( ctrlp[i]->ldctl_oid, LDAP_CONTROL_ACCOUNT_USABLE );
+	}
+	if ( !foundUSControl ) {
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_CONTROL_NOT_FOUND, NULL, NULL );
+		return ( LDAP_CONTROL_NOT_FOUND );
+	} else {
+		/* let local var point to the control */
+		USCtrlp = ctrlp[i-1];			
+	}
+
+	/*  allocate a Ber element with the contents of the control's struct berval */
+	if ( ( ber = ber_init( &USCtrlp->ldctl_value ) ) == NULL ) {
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_NO_MEMORY, NULL, NULL );
+		return( LDAP_NO_MEMORY );
+	}
+
+	memset( us, 0, sizeof(struct LDAPuserstatus) );
+
+    /*
+     * The control value should look like this:
+     *
+	 *	ACCOUNT_USABLE_RESPONSE::= CHOICE {
+	 * 		is_available		[0] INTEGER, ** seconds before expiration **
+	 *		is_not_available	[1] More_info
+	 *	}
+	 *	More_info::= SEQUENCE {
+	 *		inactive				[0] BOOLEAN DEFAULT FALSE,    
+	 *		reset					[1] BOOLEAN DEFAULT FALSE,    
+	 *		expired					[2] BOOLEAN DEFAULT FALSE,    
+	 *		remaining_grace			[3] INTEGER OPTIONAL,
+	 *		seconds_before_unlock	[4] INTEGER OPTIONAL
+	 *	}
+	 */
+
+	if ( ( ber_scanf( ber, "t", &tag ) ) == LBER_ERROR ) {
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_DECODING_ERROR, NULL, NULL );
+		ber_free( ber, 1 );
+		return( LDAP_DECODING_ERROR );
+	}
+
+    tag = (( tag & LBER_CONSTRUCTED ) == LBER_CONSTRUCTED ) ? 1 : 0;
+
+	if ( !tag ) {
+		us->us_available = 1;
+		if ( ber_scanf( ber, "i", &us->us_expire ) == LBER_ERROR ) {
+			LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_DECODING_ERROR, NULL, NULL );
+			ber_free( ber, 1 );
+			return( LDAP_DECODING_ERROR );
+		}
+	} else {
+		us->us_available = 0;
+		tag = 0;
+		if ( ( ber_scanf( ber, "{t", &tag ) ) == LBER_ERROR ) {
+			LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_DECODING_ERROR, NULL, NULL );
+			ber_free( ber, 1 );
+			return( LDAP_DECODING_ERROR );
+		}
+        while ( tag != LBER_ERROR && tag != LBER_END_OF_SEQORSET ) {
+            tag = tag & (~LBER_CLASS_CONTEXT);
+            switch (tag)
+			{
+				case 0:
+                    if ( ber_scanf( ber, "b", &us->us_inactive ) == LBER_ERROR ) {
+                        LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_DECODING_ERROR, NULL, NULL );
+                        ber_free( ber, 1 );
+                        return( LDAP_DECODING_ERROR );
+                    }
+                    us->us_inactive = ( us->us_inactive != 0 ) ? 1 : 0;
+                    break;
+				case 1:
+                    if ( ber_scanf( ber, "b", &us->us_reset ) == LBER_ERROR ) {
+                        LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_DECODING_ERROR, NULL, NULL );
+                        ber_free( ber, 1 );
+                        return( LDAP_DECODING_ERROR );
+                    }
+                    us->us_reset = ( us->us_reset != 0 ) ? 1 : 0;
+                    break;
+				case 2:
+                    if ( ber_scanf( ber, "b", &us->us_expired ) == LBER_ERROR ) {
+                        LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_DECODING_ERROR, NULL, NULL );
+                        ber_free( ber, 1 );
+                        return( LDAP_DECODING_ERROR );
+                    }
+                    us->us_expired = ( us->us_expired != 0 ) ? 1 : 0;
+                    break;
+                case 3:
+                    if ( ber_scanf( ber, "i", &us->us_remaining ) == LBER_ERROR ) {
+                        LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_DECODING_ERROR, NULL, NULL );
+                        ber_free( ber, 1 );
+                        return( LDAP_DECODING_ERROR );
+                    }
+                    break;
+                case 4:
+                    if ( ber_scanf( ber, "i", &us->us_seconds ) == LBER_ERROR ) {
+                        LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_DECODING_ERROR, NULL, NULL );
+                        ber_free( ber, 1 );
+                        return( LDAP_DECODING_ERROR );
+                    }
+                    break;
+                default:
+                    LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_DECODING_ERROR, NULL, NULL );
+                    ber_free( ber, 1 );
+                    return( LDAP_DECODING_ERROR );
+            }
+            ber_scanf( ber, "t", &tag );
+        }
+	}
+
+	/* the ber encoding is no longer needed */
+	ber_free( ber, 1 );
+	return( LDAP_SUCCESS );
+}
diff --git a/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/utf8.c b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/utf8.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..98957cc5b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/utf8.c
@@ -0,0 +1,282 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ * 
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version 
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with 
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at 
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ * 
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ * 
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, released
+ * March 31, 1998.
+ * 
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998-1999
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ * 
+ * Contributor(s):
+ * 
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
+ * or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ * 
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+
+/* uft8.c - misc. utf8 "string" functions. */
+#include "ldap-int.h"
+
+static char UTF8len[64]
+= {1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
+   1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
+   0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+   2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 3, 3, 3, 3, 4, 4, 5, 6};
+
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_utf8len (const char* s)
+     /* Return the number of char's in the character at *s. */
+{
+    return ldap_utf8next((char*)s) - s;
+}
+
+char*
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_utf8next (char* s)
+     /* Return a pointer to the character immediately following *s.
+	Handle any valid UTF-8 character, including '\0' and ASCII.
+	Try to handle a misaligned pointer or a malformed character.
+     */
+{
+    register unsigned char* next = (unsigned char*)s;
+    switch (UTF8len [(*next >> 2) & 0x3F]) {
+      case 0: /* erroneous: s points to the middle of a character. */
+      case 6: if ((*++next & 0xC0) != 0x80) break;
+      case 5: if ((*++next & 0xC0) != 0x80) break;
+      case 4: if ((*++next & 0xC0) != 0x80) break;
+      case 3: if ((*++next & 0xC0) != 0x80) break;
+      case 2: if ((*++next & 0xC0) != 0x80) break;
+      case 1: ++next;
+    }
+    return (char*) next;
+}
+
+char*
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_utf8prev (char* s)
+     /* Return a pointer to the character immediately preceding *s.
+	Handle any valid UTF-8 character, including '\0' and ASCII.
+	Try to handle a misaligned pointer or a malformed character.
+     */
+{
+    register unsigned char* prev = (unsigned char*)s;
+    unsigned char* limit = prev - 6;
+    while (((*--prev & 0xC0) == 0x80) && (prev != limit)) {
+    	;
+    }
+    return (char*) prev;
+}
+
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_utf8copy (char* dst, const char* src)
+     /* Copy a character from src to dst; return the number of char's copied.
+	Handle any valid UTF-8 character, including '\0' and ASCII.
+	Try to handle a misaligned pointer or a malformed character.
+     */
+{
+    register const unsigned char* s = (const unsigned char*)src;
+    switch (UTF8len [(*s >> 2) & 0x3F]) {
+      case 0: /* erroneous: s points to the middle of a character. */
+      case 6: *dst++ = *s++; if ((*s & 0xC0) != 0x80) break;
+      case 5: *dst++ = *s++; if ((*s & 0xC0) != 0x80) break;
+      case 4: *dst++ = *s++; if ((*s & 0xC0) != 0x80) break;
+      case 3: *dst++ = *s++; if ((*s & 0xC0) != 0x80) break;
+      case 2: *dst++ = *s++; if ((*s & 0xC0) != 0x80) break;
+      case 1: *dst   = *s++;
+    }
+    return s - (const unsigned char*)src;
+}
+
+size_t
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_utf8characters (const char* src)
+     /* Return the number of UTF-8 characters in the 0-terminated array s. */
+{
+    register char* s = (char*)src;
+    size_t n;
+    for (n = 0; *s; LDAP_UTF8INC(s)) ++n;
+    return n;
+}
+
+unsigned long LDAP_CALL
+ldap_utf8getcc( const char** src )
+{
+    register unsigned long c = 0;
+    register const unsigned char* s = (const unsigned char*)*src;
+    switch (UTF8len [(*s >> 2) & 0x3F]) {
+      case 0: /* erroneous: s points to the middle of a character. */
+	      c = (*s++) & 0x3F; goto more5;
+      case 1: c = (*s++); break;
+      case 2: c = (*s++) & 0x1F; goto more1;
+      case 3: c = (*s++) & 0x0F; goto more2;
+      case 4: c = (*s++) & 0x07; goto more3;
+      case 5: c = (*s++) & 0x03; goto more4;
+      case 6: c = (*s++) & 0x01; goto more5;
+      more5: if ((*s & 0xC0) != 0x80) break; c = (c << 6) | ((*s++) & 0x3F);
+      more4: if ((*s & 0xC0) != 0x80) break; c = (c << 6) | ((*s++) & 0x3F);
+      more3: if ((*s & 0xC0) != 0x80) break; c = (c << 6) | ((*s++) & 0x3F);
+      more2: if ((*s & 0xC0) != 0x80) break; c = (c << 6) | ((*s++) & 0x3F);
+      more1: if ((*s & 0xC0) != 0x80) break; c = (c << 6) | ((*s++) & 0x3F);
+	break;
+    }
+    *src = (const char*)s;
+    return c;
+}
+
+char*
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_utf8strtok_r( char* sp, const char* brk, char** next)
+{
+    const char *bp;
+    unsigned long sc, bc;
+    char *tok;
+
+    if (sp == NULL && (sp = *next) == NULL)
+      return NULL;
+
+    /* Skip leading delimiters; roughly, sp += strspn(sp, brk) */
+  cont:
+    sc = LDAP_UTF8GETC(sp);
+    for (bp = brk; (bc = LDAP_UTF8GETCC(bp)) != 0;) {
+	if (sc == bc)
+	  goto cont;
+    }
+
+    if (sc == 0) { /* no non-delimiter characters */
+	*next = NULL;
+	return NULL;
+    }
+    tok = LDAP_UTF8PREV(sp);
+
+    /* Scan token; roughly, sp += strcspn(sp, brk)
+     * Note that brk must be 0-terminated; we stop if we see that, too.
+     */
+    while (1) {
+	sc = LDAP_UTF8GETC(sp);
+	bp = brk;
+	do {
+	    if ((bc = LDAP_UTF8GETCC(bp)) == sc) {
+		if (sc == 0) {
+		    *next = NULL;
+		} else {
+		    *next = sp;
+		    *(LDAP_UTF8PREV(sp)) = 0;
+		}
+		return tok;
+	    }
+	} while (bc != 0);
+    }
+    /* NOTREACHED */
+}
+
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_utf8isalnum( char* s )
+{
+    register unsigned char c = *(unsigned char*)s;
+    if (0x80 & c) return 0;
+    if (c >= 'A' && c <= 'Z') return 1;
+    if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z') return 1;
+    if (c >= '0' && c <= '9') return 1;
+    return 0;
+}
+
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_utf8isalpha( char* s )
+{
+    register unsigned char c = *(unsigned char*)s;
+    if (0x80 & c) return 0;
+    if (c >= 'A' && c <= 'Z') return 1;
+    if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z') return 1;
+    return 0;
+}
+
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_utf8isdigit( char* s )
+{
+    register unsigned char c = *(unsigned char*)s;
+    if (0x80 & c) return 0;
+    if (c >= '0' && c <= '9') return 1;
+    return 0;
+}
+
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_utf8isxdigit( char* s )
+{
+    register unsigned char c = *(unsigned char*)s;
+    if (0x80 & c) return 0;
+    if (c >= '0' && c <= '9') return 1;
+    if (c >= 'A' && c <= 'F') return 1;
+    if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'f') return 1;
+    return 0;
+}
+
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_utf8isspace( char* s )
+{
+    register unsigned char *c = (unsigned char*)s;
+    int len = ldap_utf8len(s);
+
+    if (len == 0) {
+	return 0;
+    } else if (len == 1) {
+	switch (*c) {
+	    case 0x09:
+	    case 0x0A:
+	    case 0x0B:
+	    case 0x0C:
+	    case 0x0D:
+	    case 0x20:
+		return 1;
+	    default:
+		return 0;
+	}
+    } else if (len == 2) {
+	if (*c == 0xc2) {
+		return *(c+1) == 0x80;
+	}
+    } else if (len == 3) {
+	if (*c == 0xE2) {
+	    c++;
+	    if (*c == 0x80) {
+		c++;
+		return (*c>=0x80 && *c<=0x8a);
+	    }
+	} else if (*c == 0xE3) {
+	    return (*(c+1)==0x80) && (*(c+2)==0x80);
+	} else if (*c==0xEF) {
+	    return (*(c+1)==0xBB) && (*(c+2)==0xBF);
+	}
+	return 0;
+    }
+
+    /* should never reach here */
+    return 0;
+}
diff --git a/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/vlistctrl.c b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/vlistctrl.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e42d74641
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/vlistctrl.c
@@ -0,0 +1,259 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ * 
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version 
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with 
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at 
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ * 
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ * 
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, released
+ * March 31, 1998.
+ * 
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998-1999
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ * 
+ * Contributor(s):
+ * 
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
+ * or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ * 
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+
+/* vlistctrl.c - virtual list control implementation. */
+#include "ldap-int.h"
+
+
+
+/*
+ * function to create a VirtualListViewRequest control that can be passed
+ * to ldap_search_ext() or ldap_search_ext_s().  *ctrlp will be set to a
+ * freshly allocated LDAPControl structure.  Returns an LDAP error code
+ * (LDAP_SUCCESS if all goes well).
+ * 
+ *  Parameters
+ *   ld              LDAP pointer to the desired connection 
+ *
+ *   ldvlistp        the control structure.
+ *
+ *   ctrlp           the address of a place to put the constructed control 
+
+  The controlValue is an OCTET STRING
+  whose value is the BER-encoding of the following SEQUENCE:
+  
+       VirtualListViewRequest ::= SEQUENCE {
+               beforeCount    INTEGER (0 .. maxInt),
+               afterCount     INTEGER (0 .. maxInt),
+               CHOICE {
+                       byIndex [0] SEQUENCE {
+                       index           INTEGER (0 .. maxInt),
+                       contentCount    INTEGER (0 .. maxInt) }
+                       byValue [1] greaterThanOrEqual assertionValue }
+  
+  beforeCount indicates how many  entries  before  the  target  entry  the
+  client  wants  the  server  to  send. afterCount indicates the number of
+  entries after the target entry the client  wants  the  server  to  send.
+  index  and contentCount identify the target entry
+  greaterThanOrEqual  is  an  attribute  assertion  value  defined  in
+  [LDAPv3].  If  present, the value supplied in greaterThanOrEqual is used
+  to determine the target entry by  comparison  with  the  values  of  the
+  attribute  specified as the primary sort key. The first list entry who's
+  value is no less than the supplied value is the target entry.
+
+ */
+
+int 
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_create_virtuallist_control( 
+    LDAP *ld, 
+    LDAPVirtualList *ldvlistp,
+    LDAPControl **ctrlp 
+)
+{
+    BerElement *ber;
+    int rc;
+    
+    if (!NSLDAPI_VALID_LDAP_POINTER( ld )) {
+	return( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+    }
+
+
+    if ( NULL == ctrlp || NULL == ldvlistp ) {
+        LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_PARAM_ERROR, NULL, NULL );
+        return ( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+    }
+
+    /* create a ber package to hold the controlValue */
+    if ( LDAP_SUCCESS != nsldapi_alloc_ber_with_options( ld, &ber )  ) 
+    {
+        LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_NO_MEMORY, NULL, NULL );
+        return( LDAP_NO_MEMORY );
+    }
+
+    if ( LBER_ERROR == ber_printf( ber, 
+                                   "{ii", 
+                                   ldvlistp->ldvlist_before_count,
+                                   ldvlistp->ldvlist_after_count )) 
+				    /* XXX lossy casts */
+    {
+        LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_ENCODING_ERROR, NULL, NULL );
+        ber_free( ber, 1 );
+        return( LDAP_ENCODING_ERROR );
+    }
+
+    if (NULL == ldvlistp->ldvlist_attrvalue)
+    {
+        if ( LBER_ERROR == ber_printf( ber, 
+                                       "t{ii}}", 
+				       LDAP_TAG_VLV_BY_INDEX,
+                                       ldvlistp->ldvlist_index, 
+                                       ldvlistp->ldvlist_size ) ) 
+				       /* XXX lossy casts */
+        {
+            LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_ENCODING_ERROR, NULL, NULL );
+            ber_free( ber, 1 );
+            return( LDAP_ENCODING_ERROR );
+        }
+    } 
+    else 
+    {
+        if ( LBER_ERROR == ber_printf( ber, 
+                                      "to}", 
+				       LDAP_TAG_VLV_BY_VALUE,
+                                      ldvlistp->ldvlist_attrvalue,
+				       (int)strlen( ldvlistp->ldvlist_attrvalue )) ) {
+            LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_ENCODING_ERROR, NULL, NULL );
+            ber_free( ber, 1 );
+            return( LDAP_ENCODING_ERROR );
+        }
+    }
+
+
+    rc = nsldapi_build_control( LDAP_CONTROL_VLVREQUEST , 
+                                ber, 
+                                1,
+                                1, 
+                                ctrlp );
+
+    LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, rc, NULL, NULL );
+    return( rc );
+
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * function to find and parse a VirtualListViewResponse control contained in
+ * "ctrls"  *target_posp, *list_sizep, and *errcodep are set based on its
+ * contents.  Returns an LDAP error code that indicates whether the parsing
+ * itself was successful (LDAP_SUCCESS if all goes well).
+
+  The controlValue is an OCTET STRING, whose value
+  is the BER encoding of a value of the following SEQUENCE:
+  
+       VirtualListViewResponse ::= SEQUENCE {
+               targetPosition    INTEGER (0 .. maxInt),
+               contentCount     INTEGER (0 .. maxInt),
+               virtualListViewResult ENUMERATED {
+                       success (0),
+                       operatonsError (1),
+                       unwillingToPerform (53),
+                       insufficientAccessRights (50),
+                       busy (51),
+                       timeLimitExceeded (3),
+                       adminLimitExceeded (11),
+                       sortControlMissing (60),
+                       indexRangeError (61),
+                       other (80) }  }
+
+ */
+int 
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_parse_virtuallist_control
+( 
+    LDAP *ld, 
+    LDAPControl **ctrls,
+    ber_int_t *target_posp, 
+    ber_int_t *list_sizep, 
+    int *errcodep
+)
+{
+    BerElement		*ber;
+    int			i, foundListControl;
+    ber_int_t		errcode;
+    LDAPControl		*listCtrlp;
+    ber_int_t	target_pos, list_size;
+
+    if ( !NSLDAPI_VALID_LDAP_POINTER( ld )) {
+        return( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+    }
+
+    /* only ldapv3 or higher can do virtual lists. */
+    if ( NSLDAPI_LDAP_VERSION( ld ) < LDAP_VERSION3 ) {
+        LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_NOT_SUPPORTED, NULL, NULL );
+        return( LDAP_NOT_SUPPORTED );
+    }
+
+    /* find the listControl in the list of controls if it exists */
+    if ( ctrls == NULL ) {
+        LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_CONTROL_NOT_FOUND, NULL, NULL );
+        return ( LDAP_CONTROL_NOT_FOUND );
+    } 
+    
+    foundListControl = 0;
+    for ( i = 0; (( ctrls[i] != NULL ) && ( !foundListControl )); i++ ) {
+        foundListControl = !strcmp( ctrls[i]->ldctl_oid, 
+                                    LDAP_CONTROL_VLVRESPONSE );
+    }
+    if ( !foundListControl ) {
+        LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_CONTROL_NOT_FOUND, NULL, NULL );
+        return ( LDAP_CONTROL_NOT_FOUND );
+    } else {
+        /* let local var point to the listControl */
+        listCtrlp = ctrls[i-1];                 
+    }
+
+    /*  allocate a Ber element with the contents of the list_control's struct berval */
+    if ( ( ber = ber_init( &listCtrlp->ldctl_value ) ) == NULL ) {
+        LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_NO_MEMORY, NULL, NULL );
+        return( LDAP_NO_MEMORY );
+    }           
+
+    /* decode the result from the Berelement */
+    if (  LBER_ERROR == ber_scanf( ber, "{iie}", &target_pos, &list_size,
+	    &errcode ) ) {
+        LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_DECODING_ERROR, NULL, NULL );
+        ber_free( ber, 1 );
+        return( LDAP_DECODING_ERROR );
+    }
+
+    if ( target_posp != NULL ) {
+        *target_posp = target_pos;
+    }
+    if ( list_sizep != NULL ) {
+        *list_sizep = list_size;
+    }
+    if ( errcodep != NULL ) {
+        *errcodep = (int)errcode;
+    }
+
+    /* the ber encoding is no longer needed */
+    ber_free(ber,1);
+
+    return(LDAP_SUCCESS);
+
+}
diff --git a/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/whoami.c b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/whoami.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..35e10e71c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldap/whoami.c
@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ *
+ * The Original Code is Sun LDAP C SDK.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *
+ * Portions created by Sun Microsystems, Inc are Copyright (C) 2005
+ * Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Contributor(s): abobrov@sun.com
+ *
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
+ * the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ *
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+
+#include "ldap-int.h"
+
+/* ldap_whoami */
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_whoami ( 	
+				LDAP          *ld, 
+				LDAPControl   **serverctrls,
+				LDAPControl   **clientctrls,
+				int           *msgidp
+												)
+{
+	int				rc;
+	struct berval   *requestdata = NULL;
+	
+	if ( !NSLDAPI_VALID_LDAP_POINTER( ld )) {
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_PARAM_ERROR, NULL, NULL );
+		return( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+	}
+	
+	rc = ldap_extended_operation( ld, LDAP_EXOP_WHO_AM_I, requestdata, 
+									serverctrls, clientctrls, msgidp );
+	
+	return( rc );
+}
+
+/* ldap_parse_whoami */
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_parse_whoami ( 	
+						LDAP			*ld, 
+						LDAPMessage		*result,
+						struct berval	**authzid
+													)
+{	
+	int				rc;
+	char			*retoidp = NULL;
+	
+	if ( !NSLDAPI_VALID_LDAP_POINTER( ld )) {
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_PARAM_ERROR, NULL, NULL );
+		return( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+	}
+	if ( !result ) {
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_PARAM_ERROR, NULL, NULL );
+		return( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+	}
+	
+	*authzid = NULL;
+	
+	rc = ldap_parse_extended_result( ld, result, &retoidp, authzid, 0 );
+	
+	if ( rc != LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+		return( rc );
+    }
+	
+	ldap_memfree( retoidp );
+	return( LDAP_SUCCESS );
+}
+
+/* ldap_whoami_s */
+int
+LDAP_CALL
+ldap_whoami_s ( 	
+				LDAP          *ld,
+				struct berval **authzid,
+				LDAPControl   **serverctrls,
+				LDAPControl   **clientctrls
+												)
+{
+	int			rc;
+	int			msgid;
+	LDAPMessage	*result = NULL;
+	
+	if ( !NSLDAPI_VALID_LDAP_POINTER( ld )) {
+		LDAP_SET_LDERRNO( ld, LDAP_PARAM_ERROR, NULL, NULL );
+		return( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+	}	
+	
+	rc = ldap_whoami( ld, serverctrls, clientctrls, &msgid );
+	if ( rc != LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+		return( rc );
+	}
+	
+	rc = ldap_result( ld, msgid, LDAP_MSG_ALL, NULL, &result );
+	if ( rc == -1 ) {
+		return( LDAP_GET_LDERRNO( ld, NULL, NULL ) );
+	}
+
+	rc = ldap_parse_whoami( ld, result, authzid );
+	
+	ldap_msgfree( result );
+	
+	return( rc );
+}
diff --git a/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldif/libldif.def b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldif/libldif.def
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1c5ad5382
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldif/libldif.def
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+;
+; ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+; Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+;
+; The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
+; 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+; the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+; http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+;
+; Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+; WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+; for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+; License.
+;
+; The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code.
+;
+; The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+; Netscape Communications Corporation.
+; Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1996-1999
+; the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+;
+; Contributor(s):
+;
+; Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+; either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
+; or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+; in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+; of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+; under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+; use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+; decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+; and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+; the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+; the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+;
+; ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
+
+LIBRARY         LDIF60
+VERSION         6.0
+HEAPSIZE        4096
+
+EXPORTS
+; exports list (generated by genexports.pl)
+;
+    ldif_parse_line
+    ldif_getline
+    ldif_put_type_and_value
+    ldif_put_type_and_value_nowrap
+    ldif_put_type_and_value_with_options
+    ldif_type_and_value
+    ldif_type_and_value_nowrap
+    ldif_type_and_value_with_options
+    ldif_base64_decode
+    ldif_base64_encode
+    ldif_base64_encode_nowrap
+    ldif_get_entry
+;
+; end of generated exports list.
diff --git a/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldif/line64.c b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldif/line64.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a819825cc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldif/line64.c
@@ -0,0 +1,612 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ * 
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version 
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with 
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at 
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ * 
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ * 
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, released
+ * March 31, 1998.
+ * 
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998-1999
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ * 
+ * Contributor(s):
+ * 
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
+ * or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ * 
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+
+/* line64.c - routines for dealing with the slapd line format */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#ifndef macintosh
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef _WIN32
+#include <windows.h>
+#elif !defined( macintosh )
+#include <sys/socket.h>
+#endif
+#include "ldaplog.h"
+#include "ldif.h"
+
+#ifndef isascii
+#define isascii( c )	(!((c) & ~0177))
+#endif
+
+#define RIGHT2			0x03
+#define RIGHT4			0x0f
+#define CONTINUED_LINE_MARKER	'\001'
+
+#define ISBLANK(c) (c == ' ' || c == '\t' || c == '\n') /* not "\r\v\f" */
+
+#define LDIF_OPT_ISSET( value, opt )	(((value) & (opt)) != 0 )
+
+static char nib2b64[0x40f] =
+        "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz0123456789+/";
+
+static unsigned char b642nib[0x80] = {
+	0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff,
+	0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff,
+	0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff,
+	0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff,
+	0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff,
+	0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x3e, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x3f,
+	0x34, 0x35, 0x36, 0x37, 0x38, 0x39, 0x3a, 0x3b,
+	0x3c, 0x3d, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff,
+	0xff, 0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06,
+	0x07, 0x08, 0x09, 0x0a, 0x0b, 0x0c, 0x0d, 0x0e,
+	0x0f, 0x10, 0x11, 0x12, 0x13, 0x14, 0x15, 0x16,
+	0x17, 0x18, 0x19, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff,
+	0xff, 0x1a, 0x1b, 0x1c, 0x1d, 0x1e, 0x1f, 0x20,
+	0x21, 0x22, 0x23, 0x24, 0x25, 0x26, 0x27, 0x28,
+	0x29, 0x2a, 0x2b, 0x2c, 0x2d, 0x2e, 0x2f, 0x30,
+	0x31, 0x32, 0x33, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff
+};
+
+static int ldif_base64_encode_internal( unsigned char *src, char *dst, int srclen,
+	int lenused, int wraplen );
+
+/*
+ * ldif_parse_line - takes a line of the form "type:[:] value" and splits it
+ * into components "type" and "value".  if a double colon separates type from
+ * value, then value is encoded in base 64, and parse_line un-decodes it
+ * (in place) before returning.
+ */
+
+int
+ldif_parse_line(
+    char	*line,
+    char	**type,
+    char	**value,
+    int		*vlen
+)
+{
+	char	*p, *s, *d;
+	int	b64;
+
+	/* skip any leading space */
+	while ( ISBLANK( *line ) ) {
+		line++;
+	}
+	*type = line;
+
+	for ( s = line; *s && *s != ':'; s++ )
+		;	/* NULL */
+	if ( *s == '\0' ) {
+
+		/* Comment-out while we address calling libldif from ns-back-ldbm
+			on NT. 1 of 3 */
+#if defined( _WIN32 )
+		/*
+#endif
+		 LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_PARSE, "ldif_parse_line: missing ':' "
+			"on line \"%s\"\n", line, 0, 0 ); 
+#if defined( _WIN32 )
+		*/
+#endif
+		return( -1 );
+	}
+
+	/* trim any space between type and : */
+	for ( p = s - 1; p > line && ISBLANK( *p ); p-- ) {
+		*p = '\0';
+	}
+	*s++ = '\0';
+
+	/* check for double : - indicates base 64 encoded value */
+	if ( *s == ':' ) {
+		s++;
+		b64 = 1;
+
+	/* single : - normally encoded value */
+	} else {
+		b64 = 0;
+	}
+
+	/* skip space between : and value */
+	while ( ISBLANK( *s ) ) {
+		s++;
+	}
+
+	/* 
+	 * If no value is present, return a zero-length string for
+	 * *value, with *vlen set to zero.
+	 */
+	if ( *s == '\0' ) {
+		*value = s;
+		*vlen = 0;
+		return( 0 );
+	}
+
+	/* check for continued line markers that should be deleted */
+	for ( p = s, d = s; *p; p++ ) {
+		if ( *p != CONTINUED_LINE_MARKER )
+			*d++ = *p;
+	}
+	*d = '\0';
+
+	*value = s;
+	if ( b64 ) {
+		if (( *vlen = ldif_base64_decode( s, (unsigned char *)s ))
+		    < 0 ) {
+			/* Comment-out while we address calling libldif from ns-back-ldbm
+				on NT. 3 of 3 */
+#if defined( _WIN32 )
+		/*
+#endif
+			 LDAPDebug( LDAP_DEBUG_ANY,
+			    "ldif_parse_line: invalid base 64 char on line \"%s\"\n",
+			    line, 0, 0 ); 
+#if defined( _WIN32 )
+		*/
+#endif
+			return( -1 );
+		}
+		s[ *vlen ] = '\0';
+	} else {
+		*vlen = (int) (d - s);
+	}
+
+	return( 0 );
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * ldif_base64_decode - take the BASE64-encoded characters in "src"
+ * (a zero-terminated string) and decode them into the the buffer "dst".
+ * "src" and "dst" can be the same if in-place decoding is desired.
+ * "dst" must be large enough to hold the decoded octets.  No more than
+ *	3 * strlen( src ) / 4 bytes will be produced.
+ * "dst" may contain zero octets anywhere within it, but it is not
+ *	zero-terminated by this function.
+ *
+ * The number of bytes copied to "dst" is returned if all goes well.
+ * -1 is returned if the BASE64 encoding in "src" is invalid.
+ */
+
+int
+ldif_base64_decode( char *src, unsigned char *dst )
+{
+	char		*p, *stop;
+	unsigned char	nib, *byte;
+	int		i, len;
+
+	stop = strchr( src, '\0' );
+	byte = dst;
+	for ( p = src, len = 0; p < stop; p += 4, len += 3 ) {
+		for ( i = 0; i < 4; i++ ) {
+			if ( p[i] != '=' && (p[i] & 0x80 ||
+			    b642nib[ p[i] & 0x7f ] > 0x3f) ) {
+				return( -1 );
+			}
+		}
+
+		/* first digit */
+		nib = b642nib[ p[0] & 0x7f ];
+		byte[0] = nib << 2;
+
+		/* second digit */
+		nib = b642nib[ p[1] & 0x7f ];
+		byte[0] |= nib >> 4;
+
+		/* third digit */
+		if ( p[2] == '=' ) {
+			len += 1;
+			break;
+		}
+		byte[1] = (nib & RIGHT4) << 4;
+		nib = b642nib[ p[2] & 0x7f ];
+		byte[1] |= nib >> 2;
+
+		/* fourth digit */
+		if ( p[3] == '=' ) {
+			len += 2;
+			break;
+		}
+		byte[2] = (nib & RIGHT2) << 6;
+		nib = b642nib[ p[3] & 0x7f ];
+		byte[2] |= nib;
+
+		byte += 3;
+	}
+
+	return( len );
+}
+
+/*
+ * ldif_getline - return the next "line" (minus newline) of input from a
+ * string buffer of lines separated by newlines, terminated by \n\n
+ * or \0.  this routine handles continued lines, bundling them into
+ * a single big line before returning.  if a line begins with a white
+ * space character, it is a continuation of the previous line. the white
+ * space character (nb: only one char), and preceeding newline are changed
+ * into CONTINUED_LINE_MARKER chars, to be deleted later by the
+ * ldif_parse_line() routine above.
+ *
+ * it takes a pointer to a pointer to the buffer on the first call,
+ * which it updates and must be supplied on subsequent calls.
+ *
+ * XXX need to update this function to also support <CR><LF> as EOL.
+ * XXX supports <CR><LF> as of 07/29/1998 (richm)
+ */
+
+char *
+ldif_getline( char **next )
+{
+	char	*l;
+	char	c;
+	char	*p;
+
+	if ( *next == NULL || **next == '\n' || **next == '\0' ) {
+		return( NULL );
+	}
+
+	while ( **next == '#' ) {	/* skip comment lines */
+		if (( *next = strchr( *next, '\n' )) == NULL ) {
+			return( NULL );
+		}
+		(*next)++;
+	}
+
+	l = *next;
+	while ( (*next = strchr( *next, '\n' )) != NULL ) {
+		p = *next - 1; /* pointer to character previous to the newline */
+		c = *(*next + 1); /* character after the newline */
+		if ( ISBLANK( c ) && c != '\n' ) {
+			/* DOS EOL is \r\n, so if the character before */
+			/* the \n is \r, continue it too */
+			if (*p == '\r')
+				*p = CONTINUED_LINE_MARKER;
+			**next = CONTINUED_LINE_MARKER;
+			*(*next+1) = CONTINUED_LINE_MARKER;
+		} else {
+			/* DOS EOL is \r\n, so if the character before */
+			/* the \n is \r, null it too */
+			if (*p == '\r')
+				*p = '\0';
+			*(*next)++ = '\0';
+			break;
+		}
+		(*next)++;
+	}
+
+	return( l );
+}
+
+
+#define LDIF_SAFE_CHAR( c )		( (c) != '\r' && (c) != '\n' )
+#define LDIF_CONSERVATIVE_CHAR( c )	( LDIF_SAFE_CHAR(c) && isascii((c)) \
+					 && ( isprint((c)) || (c) == '\t' ))
+#define LDIF_SAFE_INITCHAR( c )		( LDIF_SAFE_CHAR(c) && (c) != ':' \
+					 && (c) != ' ' && (c) != '<' )
+#define LDIF_CONSERVATIVE_INITCHAR( c ) ( LDIF_SAFE_INITCHAR( c ) && \
+					 ! ( isascii((c)) && isspace((c))))
+#define LDIF_CONSERVATIVE_FINALCHAR( c ) ( (c) != ' ' )
+
+
+void
+ldif_put_type_and_value_with_options( char **out, char *t, char *val,
+	int vlen, unsigned long options )
+{
+	unsigned char	*p, *byte, *stop;
+	char		*save;
+	int		b64, len, savelen, wraplen;
+	len = 0;
+
+	if ( LDIF_OPT_ISSET( options, LDIF_OPT_NOWRAP )) {
+		wraplen = -1;
+	} else {
+		wraplen = LDIF_MAX_LINE_WIDTH;
+	}
+
+	/* put the type + ": " */
+	for ( p = (unsigned char *) t; *p; p++, len++ ) {
+		*(*out)++ = *p;
+	}
+	*(*out)++ = ':';
+	len++;
+	if ( LDIF_OPT_ISSET( options, LDIF_OPT_VALUE_IS_URL )) {
+		*(*out)++ = '<';	/* add '<' for URLs */
+		len++;
+	}
+	save = *out;
+	savelen = len;
+	b64 = 0;
+
+	stop = (unsigned char *)val;
+	if ( val && vlen > 0 ) {
+		*(*out)++ = ' ';
+		stop = (unsigned char *) (val + vlen);
+		if ( LDIF_OPT_ISSET( options, LDIF_OPT_MINIMAL_ENCODING )) {
+			if ( !LDIF_SAFE_INITCHAR( val[0] )) {
+				b64 = 1;
+			}
+		} else {
+			if ( !LDIF_CONSERVATIVE_INITCHAR( val[0] ) ||
+				 !LDIF_CONSERVATIVE_FINALCHAR( val[vlen-1] )) {
+				b64 = 1;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	if ( !b64 ) {
+		for ( byte = (unsigned char *) val; byte < stop;
+		    byte++, len++ ) {
+			if ( LDIF_OPT_ISSET( options,
+			    LDIF_OPT_MINIMAL_ENCODING )) {
+				if ( !LDIF_SAFE_CHAR( *byte )) {
+					b64 = 1;
+					break;
+				}
+			} else if ( !LDIF_CONSERVATIVE_CHAR( *byte )) {
+				b64 = 1;
+				break;
+			}
+			
+			if ( wraplen != -1 && len > wraplen ) {
+				*(*out)++ = '\n';
+				*(*out)++ = ' ';
+				len = 1;
+			}
+			*(*out)++ = *byte;
+		}
+	}
+
+	if ( b64 ) {
+		*out = save;
+		*(*out)++ = ':';
+		*(*out)++ = ' ';
+		len = ldif_base64_encode_internal( (unsigned char *)val, *out, vlen,
+		    savelen + 2, wraplen );
+		*out += len;
+	}
+
+	*(*out)++ = '\n';
+}
+
+void 
+ldif_put_type_and_value( char **out, char *t, char *val, int vlen )
+{
+    ldif_put_type_and_value_with_options( out, t, val, vlen, 0 );
+}
+
+void 
+ldif_put_type_and_value_nowrap( char **out, char *t, char *val, int vlen )
+{
+    ldif_put_type_and_value_with_options( out, t, val, vlen, LDIF_OPT_NOWRAP );
+}
+
+/*
+ * ldif_base64_encode_internal - encode "srclen" bytes in "src", place BASE64
+ * encoded bytes in "dst" and return the length of the BASE64
+ * encoded string.  "dst" is also zero-terminated by this function.
+ *
+ * If "lenused" >= 0, newlines will be included in "dst" and "lenused" if
+ * appropriate.  "lenused" should be a count of characters already used
+ * on the current line.  The LDIF lines we create will contain at most
+ * "wraplen" characters on each line, unless "wraplen" is -1, in which
+ * case output line length is unlimited.
+ *
+ * If "lenused" < 0, no newlines will be included, and the LDIF_BASE64_LEN()
+ * macro can be used to determine how many bytes will be placed in "dst."
+ */
+
+static int
+ldif_base64_encode_internal( unsigned char *src, char *dst, int srclen, int lenused, int wraplen )
+{
+	unsigned char	*byte, *stop;
+	unsigned char	buf[3];
+	char		*out;
+	unsigned long	bits;
+	int		i, pad, len;
+
+	len = 0;
+	out = dst;
+	stop = src + srclen;
+
+	/* convert to base 64 (3 bytes => 4 base 64 digits) */
+	for ( byte = src; byte < stop - 2; byte += 3 ) {
+		bits = (byte[0] & 0xff) << 16;
+		bits |= (byte[1] & 0xff) << 8;
+		bits |= (byte[2] & 0xff);
+
+		for ( i = 0; i < 4; i++, bits <<= 6 ) {
+			if ( wraplen != -1 &&  lenused >= 0 && lenused++ > wraplen ) {
+				*out++ = '\n';
+				*out++ = ' ';
+				lenused = 2;
+			}
+
+			/* get b64 digit from high order 6 bits */
+			*out++ = nib2b64[ (bits & 0xfc0000L) >> 18 ];
+		}
+	}
+
+	/* add padding if necessary */
+	if ( byte < stop ) {
+		for ( i = 0; byte + i < stop; i++ ) {
+			buf[i] = byte[i];
+		}
+		for ( pad = 0; i < 3; i++, pad++ ) {
+			buf[i] = '\0';
+		}
+		byte = buf;
+		bits = (byte[0] & 0xff) << 16;
+		bits |= (byte[1] & 0xff) << 8;
+		bits |= (byte[2] & 0xff);
+
+		for ( i = 0; i < 4; i++, bits <<= 6 ) {
+			if ( wraplen != -1 && lenused >= 0 && lenused++ > wraplen ) {
+				*out++ = '\n';
+				*out++ = ' ';
+				lenused = 2;
+			}
+
+			if (( i == 3 && pad > 0 ) || ( i == 2 && pad == 2 )) {
+				/* Pad as appropriate */
+				*out++ = '=';
+			} else {
+				/* get b64 digit from low order 6 bits */
+				*out++ = nib2b64[ (bits & 0xfc0000L) >> 18 ];
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	*out = '\0';
+
+	return( out - dst );
+}
+
+int
+ldif_base64_encode( unsigned char *src, char *dst, int srclen, int lenused )
+{
+    return ldif_base64_encode_internal( src, dst, srclen, lenused, LDIF_MAX_LINE_WIDTH );
+}
+
+int
+ldif_base64_encode_nowrap( unsigned char *src, char *dst, int srclen, int lenused )
+{
+    return ldif_base64_encode_internal( src, dst, srclen, lenused, -1 );
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * return malloc'd, zero-terminated LDIF line
+ */
+char *
+ldif_type_and_value_with_options( char *type, char *val, int vlen,
+	unsigned long options )
+{
+    char	*buf, *p;
+    int		tlen;
+
+    tlen = strlen( type );
+    if (( buf = (char *)malloc( LDIF_SIZE_NEEDED( tlen, vlen ) + 1 )) !=
+	    NULL ) {
+	p = buf;
+	ldif_put_type_and_value_with_options( &p, type, val, vlen, options );
+	*p = '\0';
+    }
+
+    return( buf );
+}
+
+char *
+ldif_type_and_value( char *type, char *val, int vlen )
+{
+    return ldif_type_and_value_with_options( type, val, vlen, 0 );
+}
+
+char *
+ldif_type_and_value_nowrap( char *type, char *val, int vlen )
+{
+    return ldif_type_and_value_with_options( type, val, vlen, LDIF_OPT_NOWRAP );
+}
+
+/*
+ * ldif_get_entry - read the next ldif entry from the FILE referenced
+ * by fp. return a pointer to a malloc'd, null-terminated buffer. also
+ * returned is the last line number read, in *lineno.
+ */
+char *
+ldif_get_entry( FILE *fp, int *lineno )
+{
+	char	line[BUFSIZ];
+	char	*buf;
+	int	max, cur, len, gotsome;
+
+	buf = NULL;
+	max = cur = gotsome = 0;
+	while ( fgets( line, sizeof(line), fp ) != NULL ) {
+		if ( lineno != NULL ) {
+			(*lineno)++;
+		}
+		/* ldif entries are terminated by a \n on a line by itself */
+		if ( line[0] == '\0' || line[0] == '\n'
+#if !defined( XP_WIN32 )
+		     || ( line[0] == '\r' && line[1] == '\n' ) /* DOS format */
+#endif
+		   ) {
+			if ( gotsome ) {
+				break;
+			} else {
+				continue;
+			}
+		} else if ( line[0] == '#' ) {
+			continue;
+		}
+		gotsome = 1;
+		len = strlen( line );
+#if !defined( XP_WIN32 )
+		/* DOS format */
+		if ( len > 0 && line[len-1] == '\r' ) {
+			--len;
+			line[len] = '\0';
+		} else if ( len > 1 && line[len-2] == '\r' && line[len-1] == '\n' ) {
+			--len;
+			line[len-1] = line[len];
+			line[len] = '\0';
+		}
+#endif
+		while ( cur + (len + 1) > max ) {
+			if ( buf == NULL ) {
+				max += BUFSIZ;
+				buf = (char *) malloc( max );
+			} else {
+				max *= 2;
+				buf = (char *) realloc( buf, max );
+			}
+			if ( buf == NULL ) {
+				return( NULL );
+			}
+		}
+
+		memcpy( buf + cur, line, len + 1 );
+		cur += len;
+	}
+
+	return( buf );
+}
diff --git a/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldif/moz.build b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldif/moz.build
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..000775a24
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libldif/moz.build
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+# vim: set filetype=python:
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+include('/ldap/ldap-sdk.mozbuild')
+
+SharedLibrary('ldif60')
+
+SOURCES += [
+    'line64.c'
+]
+
+LOCAL_INCLUDES += [
+    '/ldap/c-sdk/include'
+]
+
+if CONFIG['OS_ARCH'] == 'WINNT':
+    DEFFILE = SRCDIR + '/libldif.def'
+
+DEFINES['USE_WAITPID'] = True
+DEFINES['NEEDPROTOS'] = True
+
diff --git a/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libprldap/ldappr-dns.c b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libprldap/ldappr-dns.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a88bfe31c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libprldap/ldappr-dns.c
@@ -0,0 +1,166 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ * 
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version 
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with 
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at 
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ * 
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ * 
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, released
+ * March 31, 1998.
+ * 
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998-1999
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ * 
+ * Contributor(s):
+ * 
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
+ * or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ * 
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+
+/*
+ * DNS callback functions for libldap that use the NSPR (Netscape
+ * Portable Runtime) thread API.
+ *
+ */
+
+#include "ldappr-int.h"
+
+static LDAPHostEnt *prldap_gethostbyname( const char *name,
+	LDAPHostEnt *result, char *buffer, int buflen, int *statusp,
+	void *extradata );
+static LDAPHostEnt *prldap_gethostbyaddr( const char *addr, int length,
+	int type, LDAPHostEnt *result, char *buffer, int buflen,
+	int *statusp, void *extradata );
+static int prldap_getpeername( LDAP *ld, struct sockaddr *addr,
+	char *buffer, int buflen );
+static LDAPHostEnt *prldap_convert_hostent( LDAPHostEnt *ldhp,
+	PRHostEnt *prhp );
+
+
+/*
+ * Install NSPR DNS functions into ld (if ld is NULL, they are installed
+ * as the default functions for new LDAP * handles).
+ *
+ * Returns 0 if all goes well and -1 if not.
+ */
+int
+prldap_install_dns_functions( LDAP *ld )
+{
+    struct ldap_dns_fns			dnsfns;
+
+    memset( &dnsfns, '\0', sizeof(struct ldap_dns_fns) );
+    dnsfns.lddnsfn_bufsize = PR_NETDB_BUF_SIZE;
+    dnsfns.lddnsfn_gethostbyname = prldap_gethostbyname;
+    dnsfns.lddnsfn_gethostbyaddr = prldap_gethostbyaddr;
+    dnsfns.lddnsfn_getpeername = prldap_getpeername;
+    if ( ldap_set_option( ld, LDAP_OPT_DNS_FN_PTRS, (void *)&dnsfns ) != 0 ) {
+	return( -1 );
+    }
+
+    return( 0 );
+}
+
+
+static LDAPHostEnt *
+prldap_gethostbyname( const char *name, LDAPHostEnt *result,
+	char *buffer, int buflen, int *statusp, void *extradata )
+{
+    PRHostEnt	prhent;
+
+    if( !statusp || ( *statusp = (int)PR_GetIPNodeByName( name,
+		PRLDAP_DEFAULT_ADDRESS_FAMILY, PR_AI_DEFAULT,
+		buffer, buflen, &prhent )) == PR_FAILURE ) {
+	return( NULL );
+    }
+
+    return( prldap_convert_hostent( result, &prhent ));
+}
+
+
+static LDAPHostEnt *
+prldap_gethostbyaddr( const char *addr, int length, int type,
+	LDAPHostEnt *result, char *buffer, int buflen, int *statusp,
+	void *extradata )
+{
+    PRHostEnt	prhent;
+    PRNetAddr	iaddr;
+
+    if ( NULL == statusp ) {
+	return( NULL );
+    }
+
+    memset( &iaddr, 0, sizeof( iaddr ));
+    if ( PR_StringToNetAddr( addr, &iaddr ) == PR_FAILURE ) {
+	return( NULL );
+    }
+    PRLDAP_SET_PORT( &iaddr, 0 );
+
+    if( PR_FAILURE == (*statusp =
+			PR_GetHostByAddr(&iaddr, buffer, buflen, &prhent ))) {
+	return( NULL );
+    }
+
+    return( prldap_convert_hostent( result, &prhent ));
+}
+
+
+static int
+prldap_getpeername( LDAP *ld, struct sockaddr *addr, char *buffer, int buflen)
+{
+    PRLDAPIOSocketArg *sa;
+    PRNetAddr	iaddr;
+    int		ret;
+
+    if (NULL != ld) {
+	    ret = prldap_socket_arg_from_ld( ld, &sa );
+	    if (ret != LDAP_SUCCESS) {
+		return (-1);
+	    }
+	    ret = PR_GetPeerName(sa->prsock_prfd, &iaddr);
+	    if( ret == PR_FAILURE ) {
+		return( -1 );
+	    }
+	    *addr = *((struct sockaddr *)&iaddr.raw);
+	    ret = PR_NetAddrToString(&iaddr, buffer, buflen);
+	    if( ret == PR_FAILURE ) {
+		return( -1 );
+	    }
+	    return (0);
+    }
+    return (-1);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Function: prldap_convert_hostent()
+ * Description: copy the fields of a PRHostEnt struct to an LDAPHostEnt
+ * Returns: the LDAPHostEnt pointer passed in.
+ */
+static LDAPHostEnt *
+prldap_convert_hostent( LDAPHostEnt *ldhp, PRHostEnt *prhp )
+{
+	ldhp->ldaphe_name = prhp->h_name;
+	ldhp->ldaphe_aliases = prhp->h_aliases;
+	ldhp->ldaphe_addrtype = prhp->h_addrtype;
+	ldhp->ldaphe_length =  prhp->h_length;
+	ldhp->ldaphe_addr_list =  prhp->h_addr_list;
+	return( ldhp );
+}
diff --git a/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libprldap/ldappr-error.c b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libprldap/ldappr-error.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b0cb6ed96
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libprldap/ldappr-error.c
@@ -0,0 +1,335 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ * 
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version 
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with 
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at 
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ * 
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ * 
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, released
+ * March 31, 1998.
+ * 
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998-1999
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ * 
+ * Contributor(s):
+ * 
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
+ * or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ * 
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+
+/*
+ * Utilities for manageing the relationship between NSPR errors and
+ * OS (errno-style) errors.
+ *
+ * The overall strategy used is to map NSPR errors into OS errors.
+ */
+
+#include "ldappr-int.h"
+
+void
+prldap_set_system_errno( int oserrno )
+{
+    PR_SetError( PR_GetError(), oserrno );
+}
+
+
+int
+prldap_get_system_errno( void )
+{
+    return( PR_GetOSError());
+}
+
+/*
+ * Retrieve the NSPR error number, convert to a system error code, and return
+ * the result.
+ */
+struct prldap_errormap_entry {
+    PRInt32	erm_nspr;	/* NSPR error code */
+    int		erm_system;	/* corresponding system error code */
+};
+
+/* XXX: not sure if this extra mapping for Windows is good or correct */
+#ifdef _WINDOWS
+#ifndef ENOTSUP
+#define ENOTSUP		-1
+#endif
+#ifndef ETIMEDOUT
+#define ETIMEDOUT	WSAETIMEDOUT
+#endif
+#ifndef EADDRNOTAVAIL
+#define EADDRNOTAVAIL	WSAEADDRNOTAVAIL
+#endif
+#ifndef EAFNOSUPPORT
+#define EAFNOSUPPORT	WSAEAFNOSUPPORT
+#endif
+#ifndef EISCONN
+#define EISCONN		WSAEISCONN
+#endif
+#ifndef EADDRINUSE
+#define EADDRINUSE	WSAEADDRINUSE
+#endif
+#ifndef ECONNREFUSED
+#define ECONNREFUSED	WSAECONNREFUSED
+#endif
+#ifndef EHOSTUNREACH
+#define EHOSTUNREACH	WSAEHOSTUNREACH
+#endif
+#ifndef ENOTCONN
+#define ENOTCONN	WSAENOTCONN
+#endif
+#ifndef ENOTSOCK
+#define ENOTSOCK	WSAENOTSOCK
+#endif
+#ifndef EPROTOTYPE
+#define EPROTOTYPE	WSAEPROTOTYPE
+#endif
+#ifndef EOPNOTSUPP
+#define EOPNOTSUPP	WSAEOPNOTSUPP
+#endif
+#ifndef EPROTONOSUPPORT
+#define EPROTONOSUPPORT	WSAEPROTONOSUPPORT
+#endif
+#ifndef EOVERFLOW
+#define EOVERFLOW	-1
+#endif
+#ifndef ECONNRESET
+#define ECONNRESET	WSAECONNRESET
+#endif
+#ifndef ELOOP
+#define ELOOP		WSAELOOP
+#endif
+#ifndef ENOTBLK
+#define ENOTBLK		-1
+#endif
+#ifndef ETXTBSY
+#define ETXTBSY		-1
+#endif
+#ifndef ENETDOWN
+#define ENETDOWN	WSAENETDOWN
+#endif
+#ifndef ESHUTDOWN
+#define ESHUTDOWN	WSAESHUTDOWN
+#endif
+#ifndef ECONNABORTED
+#define ECONNABORTED	WSAECONNABORTED
+#endif
+#endif /* _WINDOWS */
+
+#if defined(macintosh)
+/*
+ * Some Unix error defs. Under CW 7, we can't define OTUNIXERRORS because
+ * it generates many conflicts with errno.h. Define what we need here.
+ * These need to be in sync with OpenTransport.h
+ */
+#define EWOULDBLOCK     35
+#define ENOTSOCK        38
+#define EPROTOTYPE      41
+#define EPROTONOSUPPORT 43
+#define EOPNOTSUPP      45
+#define EADDRINUSE      48
+#define EADDRNOTAVAIL   49
+#define ENETDOWN        50
+#define ECONNABORTED    53
+#define ECONNRESET      54
+#define EISCONN         56
+#define ENOTCONN        57
+#define ESHUTDOWN       58
+#define ETIMEDOUT       60
+#define ECONNREFUSED    61
+#define EHOSTUNREACH    65
+#define EAFNOSUPPORT    -1
+#define ELOOP           -1
+#define ENOTBLK         -1
+#define ENOTSUP         -1
+#define EOVERFLOW       -1
+#define ETXTBSY         -1
+#endif /* macintosh */
+
+#ifdef XP_OS2
+#define SOCBASEERR      0
+#endif
+#ifndef ENOTSUP
+#define ENOTSUP         -1
+#endif
+#ifndef EOVERFLOW
+#define EOVERFLOW       -1
+#endif
+#ifndef EDEADLOCK
+#define EDEADLOCK       -1
+#endif
+#ifndef EFAULT
+#define EFAULT          SOCEFAULT
+#endif
+#ifndef EPIPE
+#define EPIPE           SOCEPIPE
+#endif
+#ifndef EIO
+#define EIO             (SOCBASEERR+5)
+#endif
+#ifndef EDEADLK
+#define EDEADLK         (SOCBASEERR+11)
+#endif
+#ifndef ENOTBLK
+#define ENOTBLK         (SOCBASEERR+15)
+#endif
+#ifndef EBUSY
+#define EBUSY           (SOCBASEERR+16)
+#endif
+#ifndef ENOTDIR
+#define ENOTDIR         (SOCBASEERR+20)
+#endif
+#ifndef EISDIR
+#define EISDIR          (SOCBASEERR+21)
+#endif
+#ifndef ENFILE
+#define ENFILE          (SOCBASEERR+23)
+#endif
+#ifndef ETXTBSY
+#define ETXTBSY         (SOCBASEERR+26)
+#endif
+#ifndef EFBIG
+#define EFBIG           (SOCBASEERR+27)
+#endif
+#ifndef ESPIPE
+#define ESPIPE          (SOCBASEERR+29)
+#endif
+#ifndef EROFS
+#define EROFS           (SOCBASEERR+30)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef BEOS
+#define ENOTSUP         -1
+#define ENOTBLK         -1
+#define ETXTBSY         -1
+#endif
+
+#if defined(BSDI) || defined(OPENBSD) || defined (NETBSD)
+#define ENOTSUP		-1
+#endif
+
+#if defined(OSF1) || defined(BSDI) || defined(VMS) || defined(OPENBSD)
+#define EOVERFLOW       -1
+#endif
+
+#if defined(__hpux) || defined(_AIX) || defined(OSF1) || defined(DARWIN) || \
+  defined(BEOS) || defined(FREEBSD) || defined(BSDI) || defined(VMS) || \
+  defined(OPENBSD) || defined(NETBSD)
+#define EDEADLOCK       -1
+#endif
+
+/* XXX: need to verify that the -1 entries are correct (no mapping) */
+static struct prldap_errormap_entry prldap_errormap[] = {
+    {  PR_OUT_OF_MEMORY_ERROR, ENOMEM },
+    {  PR_BAD_DESCRIPTOR_ERROR, EBADF },
+    {  PR_WOULD_BLOCK_ERROR, EAGAIN },
+    {  PR_ACCESS_FAULT_ERROR, EFAULT },
+    {  PR_INVALID_METHOD_ERROR, EINVAL },	/* XXX: correct mapping ? */
+    {  PR_ILLEGAL_ACCESS_ERROR, EACCES },	/* XXX: correct mapping ? */
+    {  PR_UNKNOWN_ERROR, -1 },
+    {  PR_PENDING_INTERRUPT_ERROR, -1 },
+    {  PR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED_ERROR, ENOTSUP },
+    {  PR_IO_ERROR, EIO },
+    {  PR_IO_TIMEOUT_ERROR, ETIMEDOUT },	/* XXX: correct mapping ? */
+    {  PR_IO_PENDING_ERROR, -1 },
+    {  PR_DIRECTORY_OPEN_ERROR, ENOTDIR },
+    {  PR_INVALID_ARGUMENT_ERROR, EINVAL },
+    {  PR_ADDRESS_NOT_AVAILABLE_ERROR, EADDRNOTAVAIL },
+    {  PR_ADDRESS_NOT_SUPPORTED_ERROR, EAFNOSUPPORT },
+    {  PR_IS_CONNECTED_ERROR, EISCONN },
+    {  PR_BAD_ADDRESS_ERROR, EFAULT },		/* XXX: correct mapping ? */
+    {  PR_ADDRESS_IN_USE_ERROR, EADDRINUSE },
+    {  PR_CONNECT_REFUSED_ERROR, ECONNREFUSED },
+    {  PR_NETWORK_UNREACHABLE_ERROR, EHOSTUNREACH },
+    {  PR_CONNECT_TIMEOUT_ERROR, ETIMEDOUT },
+    {  PR_NOT_CONNECTED_ERROR, ENOTCONN },
+    {  PR_LOAD_LIBRARY_ERROR, -1 },
+    {  PR_UNLOAD_LIBRARY_ERROR, -1 },
+    {  PR_FIND_SYMBOL_ERROR, -1 },
+    {  PR_INSUFFICIENT_RESOURCES_ERROR, -1 },
+    {  PR_DIRECTORY_LOOKUP_ERROR, EHOSTUNREACH },/* an approximation */
+    {  PR_TPD_RANGE_ERROR, -1 },
+    {  PR_PROC_DESC_TABLE_FULL_ERROR, -1 },
+    {  PR_SYS_DESC_TABLE_FULL_ERROR, -1 },
+    {  PR_NOT_SOCKET_ERROR, ENOTSOCK },
+    {  PR_NOT_TCP_SOCKET_ERROR, EPROTOTYPE },
+    {  PR_SOCKET_ADDRESS_IS_BOUND_ERROR, -1 },
+    {  PR_NO_ACCESS_RIGHTS_ERROR, EACCES },	/* XXX: correct mapping ? */
+    {  PR_OPERATION_NOT_SUPPORTED_ERROR, EOPNOTSUPP },
+    {  PR_PROTOCOL_NOT_SUPPORTED_ERROR, EPROTONOSUPPORT },
+    {  PR_REMOTE_FILE_ERROR, -1 },
+    {  PR_BUFFER_OVERFLOW_ERROR, EOVERFLOW },
+    {  PR_CONNECT_RESET_ERROR, ECONNRESET },
+    {  PR_RANGE_ERROR, ERANGE },
+    {  PR_DEADLOCK_ERROR, EDEADLK },
+    {  PR_FILE_IS_LOCKED_ERROR, EDEADLOCK },	/* XXX: correct mapping ? */
+    {  PR_FILE_TOO_BIG_ERROR, EFBIG },
+    {  PR_NO_DEVICE_SPACE_ERROR, ENOSPC },
+    {  PR_PIPE_ERROR, EPIPE },
+    {  PR_NO_SEEK_DEVICE_ERROR, ESPIPE },
+    {  PR_IS_DIRECTORY_ERROR, EISDIR },
+    {  PR_LOOP_ERROR, ELOOP },
+    {  PR_NAME_TOO_LONG_ERROR, ENAMETOOLONG },
+    {  PR_FILE_NOT_FOUND_ERROR, ENOENT },
+    {  PR_NOT_DIRECTORY_ERROR, ENOTDIR },
+    {  PR_READ_ONLY_FILESYSTEM_ERROR, EROFS },
+    {  PR_DIRECTORY_NOT_EMPTY_ERROR, ENOTEMPTY },
+    {  PR_FILESYSTEM_MOUNTED_ERROR, EBUSY },
+    {  PR_NOT_SAME_DEVICE_ERROR, EXDEV },
+    {  PR_DIRECTORY_CORRUPTED_ERROR, -1 },
+    {  PR_FILE_EXISTS_ERROR, EEXIST },
+    {  PR_MAX_DIRECTORY_ENTRIES_ERROR, -1 },
+    {  PR_INVALID_DEVICE_STATE_ERROR, ENOTBLK }, /* XXX: correct mapping ? */
+    {  PR_DEVICE_IS_LOCKED_ERROR, -2 },
+    {  PR_NO_MORE_FILES_ERROR, ENFILE },
+    {  PR_END_OF_FILE_ERROR, -1 },
+    {  PR_FILE_SEEK_ERROR, ESPIPE },		/* XXX: correct mapping ? */
+    {  PR_FILE_IS_BUSY_ERROR, ETXTBSY },
+    {  PR_OPERATION_ABORTED_ERROR, -1 },
+    {  PR_IN_PROGRESS_ERROR, -1 },
+    {  PR_ALREADY_INITIATED_ERROR, -1 },
+    {  PR_GROUP_EMPTY_ERROR, -1 },
+    {  PR_INVALID_STATE_ERROR, -1 },
+    {  PR_NETWORK_DOWN_ERROR, ENETDOWN },
+    {  PR_SOCKET_SHUTDOWN_ERROR, ESHUTDOWN },
+    {  PR_CONNECT_ABORTED_ERROR, ECONNABORTED },
+    {  PR_HOST_UNREACHABLE_ERROR, EHOSTUNREACH },
+    {  PR_MAX_ERROR, -1 },
+};
+
+
+int
+prldap_prerr2errno( void )
+{
+    int		oserr, i;
+    PRInt32	nsprerr;
+
+    nsprerr = PR_GetError();
+
+    oserr = -1;		/* unknown */
+    for ( i = 0; prldap_errormap[i].erm_nspr != PR_MAX_ERROR; ++i ) {
+	if ( prldap_errormap[i].erm_nspr == nsprerr ) {
+	    oserr = prldap_errormap[i].erm_system;
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+
+    return( oserr );
+}
diff --git a/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libprldap/ldappr-int.h b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libprldap/ldappr-int.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ed4bfbce6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libprldap/ldappr-int.h
@@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ * 
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version 
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with 
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at 
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ * 
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ * 
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, released
+ * March 31, 1998.
+ * 
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998-1999
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ * 
+ * Contributor(s):
+ * 
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
+ * or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ * 
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+
+/*
+ * Internal header for libprldap -- glue NSPR (Netscape Portable Runtime)
+ * to libldap.
+ *
+ */
+
+#include "ldap.h"
+#include "nspr.h"
+#include "ldappr.h"
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+
+/*
+ * Macros:
+ */
+
+/* #define PRLDAP_DEBUG	1	*/ 	/* uncomment to enable debugging printfs */
+
+/*
+ * All of the sockets we use are IPv6 capable.
+ * Change the following #define to PR_AF_INET to support IPv4 only.
+ */
+#define PRLDAP_DEFAULT_ADDRESS_FAMILY	PR_AF_INET6
+
+/*
+ * Max length for sending message with one PR_Send.
+ * If a single message is larger than this size, the message is divided
+ * into multiple pieces up to this length and sent out.  This is necessary
+ * on Microsoft Windows at least where attempts to send really large
+ * messages in one PR_Send() call result in an error.
+ */
+#define PRLDAP_MAX_SEND_SIZE (8*1024*1024) /* 8MB */
+
+/*
+ * Macro to set port to the 'port' field of a NSPR PRNetAddr union.
+ ** INPUTS:
+ ** PRNetAddr *myaddr   A network address.
+ ** PRUint16   myport   port to set to the 'port' field of 'addr'.
+ ** RETURN: none
+ */
+#define PRLDAP_SET_PORT(myaddr,myport) \
+    ((myaddr)->raw.family == PR_AF_INET6 ? ((myaddr)->ipv6.port = PR_htons(myport)) : ((myaddr)->inet.port = PR_htons(myport)))
+
+/*
+ * Data structures:
+ */
+
+/* data structure that populates the I/O callback session arg. */
+typedef struct lextiof_session_private {
+	PRPollDesc	*prsess_pollds;		/* for poll callback */
+	int		prsess_pollds_count;	/* # of elements in pollds */
+	int		prsess_io_max_timeout;	/* in milliseconds */
+	void		*prsess_appdata;	/* application specific data */
+} PRLDAPIOSessionArg;
+
+/* data structure that populates the I/O callback socket-specific arg. */
+typedef struct lextiof_socket_private {
+	PRFileDesc	*prsock_prfd;		/* associated NSPR file desc. */
+	int		prsock_io_max_timeout;	/* in milliseconds */
+	void		*prsock_appdata;	/* application specific data */
+} PRLDAPIOSocketArg;
+
+
+/*
+ * Function prototypes:
+ */
+
+/*
+ * From ldapprio.c:
+ */
+int prldap_install_io_functions( LDAP *ld, int shared );
+int prldap_session_arg_from_ld( LDAP *ld, PRLDAPIOSessionArg **sessargpp );
+int prldap_set_io_max_timeout( PRLDAPIOSessionArg *prsessp,
+	int io_max_timeout );
+int prldap_get_io_max_timeout( PRLDAPIOSessionArg *prsessp,
+	int *io_max_timeoutp );
+int prldap_socket_arg_from_ld( LDAP *ld, PRLDAPIOSocketArg **sockargpp );
+PRLDAPIOSocketArg *prldap_socket_arg_alloc( PRLDAPIOSessionArg *sessionarg );
+
+
+/*
+ * From ldapprthreads.c:
+ */
+int prldap_install_thread_functions( LDAP *ld, int shared );
+int prldap_thread_new_handle( LDAP *ld, void *sessionarg );
+void prldap_thread_dispose_handle( LDAP *ld, void *sessionarg );
+
+
+/*
+ * From ldapprdns.c:
+ */
+int prldap_install_dns_functions( LDAP *ld );
+
+
+/*
+ * From ldapprerror.c:
+ */
+void prldap_set_system_errno( int e );
+int prldap_get_system_errno( void );
+int prldap_prerr2errno( void );
diff --git a/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libprldap/ldappr-io.c b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libprldap/ldappr-io.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..863545146
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libprldap/ldappr-io.c
@@ -0,0 +1,744 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ * 
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version 
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with 
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at 
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ * 
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ * 
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, released
+ * March 31, 1998.
+ * 
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998-1999
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ * 
+ * Contributor(s):
+ * 
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
+ * or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ * 
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+
+/*
+ * Extended I/O callback functions for libldap that use
+ * NSPR (Netscape Portable Runtime) I/O.
+ *
+ * High level strategy: we use the socket-specific arg to hold our own data
+ * structure that includes the NSPR file handle (PRFileDesc *), among other
+ * useful information.  We use the default argument to hold an LDAP session
+ * handle specific data structure.
+ */
+
+#include "ldappr-int.h"
+
+#define PRLDAP_POLL_ARRAY_GROWTH  5  /* grow arrays 5 elements at a time */
+
+/*
+ * Local function prototypes:
+ */
+static PRIntervalTime prldap_timeout2it( int ms_timeout, int ms_maxtimeout );
+static int LDAP_CALLBACK prldap_read( int s, void *buf, int bufsize,
+	struct lextiof_socket_private *socketarg );
+static int LDAP_CALLBACK prldap_write( int s, const void *buf, int len,
+	struct lextiof_socket_private *socketarg );
+static int LDAP_CALLBACK prldap_poll( LDAP_X_PollFD fds[], int nfds,
+	int timeout, struct lextiof_session_private *sessionarg );
+static int LDAP_CALLBACK prldap_connect( const char *hostlist, int defport,
+	int timeout, unsigned long options,
+	struct lextiof_session_private *sessionarg,
+	struct lextiof_socket_private **socketargp );
+static int LDAP_CALLBACK prldap_close( int s,
+	struct lextiof_socket_private *socketarg );
+static int LDAP_CALLBACK prldap_newhandle( LDAP *ld,
+	struct lextiof_session_private *sessionarg );
+static void LDAP_CALLBACK prldap_disposehandle( LDAP *ld,
+	struct lextiof_session_private *sessionarg );
+static int LDAP_CALLBACK prldap_shared_newhandle( LDAP *ld,
+	struct lextiof_session_private *sessionarg );
+static void LDAP_CALLBACK prldap_shared_disposehandle( LDAP *ld,
+	struct lextiof_session_private *sessionarg );
+static PRLDAPIOSessionArg *prldap_session_arg_alloc( void );
+static void prldap_session_arg_free( PRLDAPIOSessionArg **prsesspp );
+static void prldap_socket_arg_free( PRLDAPIOSocketArg **prsockpp );
+static void *prldap_safe_realloc( void *ptr, PRUint32 size );
+
+
+
+/*
+ * Local macros:
+ */
+/* given a socket-specific arg, return the corresponding PRFileDesc * */
+#define PRLDAP_GET_PRFD( socketarg )	\
+		(((PRLDAPIOSocketArg *)(socketarg))->prsock_prfd)
+
+/*
+ * Static variables.
+ */
+static int prldap_default_io_max_timeout = LDAP_X_IO_TIMEOUT_NO_TIMEOUT;
+
+
+/*
+ * Install NSPR I/O functions into ld (if ld is NULL, they are installed
+ * as the default functions for new LDAP * handles).
+ *
+ * Returns 0 if all goes well and -1 if not.
+ */
+int
+prldap_install_io_functions( LDAP *ld, int shared )
+{
+    struct ldap_x_ext_io_fns	iofns;
+
+    memset( &iofns, 0, sizeof(iofns));
+    iofns.lextiof_size = LDAP_X_EXTIO_FNS_SIZE;
+    iofns.lextiof_read = prldap_read;
+    iofns.lextiof_write = prldap_write;
+    iofns.lextiof_poll = prldap_poll;
+    iofns.lextiof_connect = prldap_connect;
+    iofns.lextiof_close = prldap_close;
+    if ( shared ) {
+	iofns.lextiof_newhandle = prldap_shared_newhandle;
+	iofns.lextiof_disposehandle = prldap_shared_disposehandle;
+    } else {
+	iofns.lextiof_newhandle = prldap_newhandle;
+	iofns.lextiof_disposehandle = prldap_disposehandle;
+    }
+    if ( NULL != ld ) {
+	/*
+	 * If we are dealing with a real ld, we allocate the session specific
+	 * data structure now.  If not allocated here, it will be allocated
+	 * inside prldap_newhandle() or prldap_shared_newhandle().
+	 */
+	if ( NULL ==
+		( iofns.lextiof_session_arg = prldap_session_arg_alloc())) {
+	    ldap_set_lderrno( ld, LDAP_NO_MEMORY, NULL, NULL );
+	    return( -1 );
+	}
+    } else {
+	iofns.lextiof_session_arg = NULL;
+    }
+
+    if ( ldap_set_option( ld, LDAP_X_OPT_EXTIO_FN_PTRS, &iofns ) != 0 ) {
+	prldap_session_arg_free(
+		(PRLDAPIOSessionArg **) &iofns.lextiof_session_arg );
+	return( -1 );
+    }
+
+    return( 0 );
+}
+
+
+static PRIntervalTime
+prldap_timeout2it( int ms_timeout, int ms_maxtimeout )
+{
+    PRIntervalTime	prit;
+
+    if ( LDAP_X_IO_TIMEOUT_NO_WAIT == ms_timeout ) {
+	prit = PR_INTERVAL_NO_WAIT;
+    } else if ( LDAP_X_IO_TIMEOUT_NO_TIMEOUT == ms_timeout ) {
+	prit = PR_INTERVAL_NO_TIMEOUT;
+    } else {
+	prit = PR_MillisecondsToInterval( ms_timeout );
+    }
+
+    /* cap at maximum I/O timeout */
+    if ( LDAP_X_IO_TIMEOUT_NO_WAIT == ms_maxtimeout ) {
+	prit = LDAP_X_IO_TIMEOUT_NO_WAIT;
+    } else if ( LDAP_X_IO_TIMEOUT_NO_TIMEOUT != ms_maxtimeout ) {
+	if ( LDAP_X_IO_TIMEOUT_NO_TIMEOUT == ms_timeout ||
+		    ms_timeout > ms_maxtimeout ) {
+	    prit = PR_MillisecondsToInterval( ms_maxtimeout );
+	}
+    }
+
+#ifdef PRLDAP_DEBUG
+    if ( PR_INTERVAL_NO_WAIT == prit ) {
+	fprintf( stderr, "prldap_timeout2it: NO_WAIT\n" );
+    } else if ( PR_INTERVAL_NO_TIMEOUT == prit ) {
+	fprintf( stderr, "prldap_timeout2it: NO_TIMEOUT\n" );
+    } else {
+	fprintf( stderr, "prldap_timeout2it: %dms\n",
+		PR_IntervalToMilliseconds(prit));
+    }
+#endif /* PRLDAP_DEBUG */
+
+    return( prit );
+}
+
+
+static int LDAP_CALLBACK
+prldap_read( int s, void *buf, int bufsize,
+	struct lextiof_socket_private *socketarg )
+{
+    PRIntervalTime	prit;
+
+    prit = prldap_timeout2it( LDAP_X_IO_TIMEOUT_NO_TIMEOUT,
+			socketarg->prsock_io_max_timeout );
+    return( PR_Recv( PRLDAP_GET_PRFD(socketarg), buf, bufsize, 0, prit ));
+}
+
+
+static int LDAP_CALLBACK
+prldap_write( int s, const void *buf, int len,
+	struct lextiof_socket_private *socketarg )
+{
+    PRIntervalTime	prit;
+    char		*ptr = (char *)buf;
+    int			rest = len;
+
+    prit = prldap_timeout2it( LDAP_X_IO_TIMEOUT_NO_TIMEOUT,
+			socketarg->prsock_io_max_timeout );
+
+    while ( rest > 0 ) {
+	int rval;
+	if ( rest > PRLDAP_MAX_SEND_SIZE ) {
+	    len = PRLDAP_MAX_SEND_SIZE;
+	} else {
+	    len = rest;
+	}
+	/*
+	 * Note the 4th parameter (flags) to PR_Send() has been obsoleted and
+	 * must always be 0
+	 */
+	rval = PR_Send( PRLDAP_GET_PRFD(socketarg), ptr, len, 0, prit );
+	if ( 0 > rval ) {
+	    return rval;
+	}
+
+	if ( 0 == rval ) {
+	    break;
+	}
+
+	ptr += rval;
+	rest -= rval;
+    }
+
+    return (int)( ptr - (char *)buf );
+}
+
+
+struct prldap_eventmap_entry {
+    PRInt16	evm_nspr;	/* corresponding NSPR PR_Poll() event */
+    int		evm_ldap;	/* LDAP poll event */
+};
+
+static struct prldap_eventmap_entry prldap_eventmap[] = {
+    { PR_POLL_READ,	LDAP_X_POLLIN },
+    { PR_POLL_EXCEPT,	LDAP_X_POLLPRI },
+    { PR_POLL_WRITE,	LDAP_X_POLLOUT },
+    { PR_POLL_ERR,	LDAP_X_POLLERR },
+    { PR_POLL_HUP,	LDAP_X_POLLHUP },
+    { PR_POLL_NVAL,	LDAP_X_POLLNVAL },
+};
+
+#define PRLDAP_EVENTMAP_ENTRIES	\
+	sizeof(prldap_eventmap)/sizeof(struct prldap_eventmap_entry )
+
+static int LDAP_CALLBACK
+prldap_poll( LDAP_X_PollFD fds[], int nfds, int timeout,
+	struct lextiof_session_private *sessionarg )
+{
+    PRLDAPIOSessionArg	*prsessp = sessionarg;
+    PRPollDesc		*pds;
+    int			i, j, rc;
+
+    if ( NULL == prsessp ) {
+	prldap_set_system_errno( EINVAL );
+	return( -1 );
+    }
+
+    /* allocate or resize NSPR poll descriptor array */
+    if ( prsessp->prsess_pollds_count < nfds ) {
+	pds = prldap_safe_realloc( prsessp->prsess_pollds,
+		( nfds + PRLDAP_POLL_ARRAY_GROWTH )
+		* sizeof( PRPollDesc ));
+	if ( NULL == pds ) {
+	    prldap_set_system_errno( prldap_prerr2errno());
+	    return( -1 );
+	}
+	prsessp->prsess_pollds = pds;
+	prsessp->prsess_pollds_count = nfds + PRLDAP_POLL_ARRAY_GROWTH;
+    } else {
+	pds = prsessp->prsess_pollds;
+    }
+
+    /* populate NSPR poll info. based on LDAP info. */
+    for ( i = 0; i < nfds; ++i ) {
+	if ( NULL == fds[i].lpoll_socketarg ) {
+	    pds[i].fd = NULL;
+	} else {
+	    pds[i].fd = PRLDAP_GET_PRFD( fds[i].lpoll_socketarg );
+	}
+	pds[i].in_flags = pds[i].out_flags = 0;
+	if ( fds[i].lpoll_fd >= 0 ) {
+	    for ( j = 0; j < PRLDAP_EVENTMAP_ENTRIES; ++j ) {
+		if (( fds[i].lpoll_events & prldap_eventmap[j].evm_ldap )
+		    != 0 ) {
+			pds[i].in_flags |= prldap_eventmap[j].evm_nspr;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+	fds[i].lpoll_revents = 0;	/* clear revents */
+    }
+
+    /* call PR_Poll() to do the real work */
+    rc = PR_Poll( pds, nfds,
+	    prldap_timeout2it( timeout, prsessp->prsess_io_max_timeout ));
+
+    /* populate LDAP info. based on NSPR results */
+    for ( i = 0; i < nfds; ++i ) {
+	if ( pds[i].fd != NULL ) {
+	    for ( j = 0; j < PRLDAP_EVENTMAP_ENTRIES; ++j ) {
+		if (( pds[i].out_flags & prldap_eventmap[j].evm_nspr )
+			!= 0 ) {
+		    fds[i].lpoll_revents |= prldap_eventmap[j].evm_ldap;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    return( rc );
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Utility function to try one TCP connect()
+ * Returns 1 if successful and -1 if not.  Sets the NSPR fd inside prsockp.
+ */
+static int
+prldap_try_one_address( struct lextiof_socket_private *prsockp,
+    PRNetAddr *addrp, int timeout, unsigned long options )
+{
+    /*
+     * Open a TCP socket:
+     */
+    if (( prsockp->prsock_prfd = PR_OpenTCPSocket(
+		PR_NetAddrFamily(addrp) )) == NULL ) {
+	return( -1 );
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Set nonblocking option if requested:
+     */
+    if ( 0 != ( options & LDAP_X_EXTIOF_OPT_NONBLOCKING )) {
+	PRSocketOptionData	optdata;
+
+	optdata.option = PR_SockOpt_Nonblocking;
+	optdata.value.non_blocking = PR_TRUE;
+	if ( PR_SetSocketOption( prsockp->prsock_prfd, &optdata )
+		    != PR_SUCCESS ) {
+	    prldap_set_system_errno( prldap_prerr2errno());
+	    PR_Close( prsockp->prsock_prfd );
+	    return( -1 );
+	}
+    }
+
+#ifdef PRLDAP_DEBUG
+    {
+	char	buf[ 256 ], *p, *fmtstr;
+
+	if ( PR_SUCCESS != PR_NetAddrToString( addrp, buf, sizeof(buf ))) {
+		strcpy( buf, "conversion failed!" );
+	}
+	if ( strncmp( buf, "::ffff:", 7 ) == 0 ) {
+		/* IPv4 address mapped into IPv6 address space */
+		p = buf + 7;
+		fmtstr = "prldap_try_one_address(): Trying %s:%d...\n";
+	} else {
+		p = buf;
+		fmtstr = "prldap_try_one_address(): Trying [%s]:%d...\n";
+	}
+	fprintf( stderr, fmtstr, p, PR_ntohs( addrp->ipv6.port ));
+    }
+#endif /* PRLDAP_DEBUG */
+
+    /*
+     * Try to open the TCP connection itself:
+     */
+    if ( PR_SUCCESS != PR_Connect( prsockp->prsock_prfd, addrp,
+                prldap_timeout2it( timeout, prsockp->prsock_io_max_timeout ))
+                && PR_IN_PROGRESS_ERROR != PR_GetError() ) {
+	PR_Close( prsockp->prsock_prfd );
+	prsockp->prsock_prfd = NULL;
+	return( -1 );
+    }
+
+#ifdef PRLDAP_DEBUG
+    fputs( "prldap_try_one_address(): Connected.\n", stderr );
+#endif /* PRLDAP_DEBUG */
+
+    /*
+     * Success.  Return a valid file descriptor (1 is always valid)
+     */
+    return( 1 );
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * XXXmcs: At present, this code ignores the timeout when doing DNS lookups.
+ */
+static int LDAP_CALLBACK
+prldap_connect( const char *hostlist, int defport, int timeout,
+	unsigned long options, struct lextiof_session_private *sessionarg,
+	struct lextiof_socket_private **socketargp )
+{
+    int					rc, parse_err, port;
+    char				*host;
+    struct ldap_x_hostlist_status	*status;
+    struct lextiof_socket_private	*prsockp;
+    PRNetAddr				addr;
+    PRAddrInfo 				*infop = NULL;
+
+    if ( 0 != ( options & LDAP_X_EXTIOF_OPT_SECURE )) {
+	prldap_set_system_errno( EINVAL );
+	return( -1 );
+    }
+
+    if ( NULL == ( prsockp = prldap_socket_arg_alloc( sessionarg ))) {
+	prldap_set_system_errno( prldap_prerr2errno());
+	return( -1 );
+    }
+
+    rc = -1;	/* pessimistic */
+    for ( parse_err = ldap_x_hostlist_first( hostlist, defport, &host, &port,
+		&status );
+		rc < 0 && LDAP_SUCCESS == parse_err && NULL != host;
+		parse_err = ldap_x_hostlist_next( &host, &port, status )) {
+	/*
+	 * First, call PR_GetAddrInfoByName; PR_GetAddrInfoByName could 
+	 * support both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses depending upon the system's
+	 * configuration.  All available addresses are returned and each of
+	 * them is examined in prldap_try_one_address till it succeeds.
+	 * Then, try converting the string address, in case the string
+	 * address was not successfully handled in PR_GetAddrInfoByName.
+	 */
+	if ( NULL != ( infop =
+	      PR_GetAddrInfoByName( host, PR_AF_UNSPEC, 
+				    (PR_AI_ADDRCONFIG|PR_AI_NOCANONNAME) ))) {
+	    void *enump = NULL;
+	    do {
+		memset( &addr, 0, sizeof( addr ));
+		enump = PR_EnumerateAddrInfo( enump, infop, port, &addr );
+		if ( NULL == enump ) {
+		    break;
+		}
+		rc = prldap_try_one_address( prsockp, &addr, timeout, options );
+	    } while ( rc < 0 );
+	    PR_FreeAddrInfo( infop );
+	} else if ( PR_SUCCESS == PR_StringToNetAddr( host, &addr )) {
+	    PRLDAP_SET_PORT( &addr, port );
+	    rc = prldap_try_one_address( prsockp, &addr, timeout, options );
+	}
+	ldap_memfree( host );
+    }
+
+    if ( host ) {
+		ldap_memfree( host );
+	}
+    ldap_x_hostlist_statusfree( status );
+
+    if ( rc < 0 ) {
+	prldap_set_system_errno( prldap_prerr2errno());
+	prldap_socket_arg_free( &prsockp );
+    } else {
+	*socketargp = prsockp;
+    }
+
+    return( rc );
+}
+
+
+static int LDAP_CALLBACK
+prldap_close( int s, struct lextiof_socket_private *socketarg )
+{
+    int		rc;
+
+    rc = 0;
+    if ( PR_Close( PRLDAP_GET_PRFD(socketarg)) != PR_SUCCESS ) {
+	rc = -1;
+	prldap_set_system_errno( prldap_prerr2errno());
+    }
+    prldap_socket_arg_free( &socketarg );
+
+    return( rc );
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * LDAP session handle creation callback.
+ *
+ * Allocate a session argument if not already done, and then call the
+ * thread's new handle function.
+ */
+static int LDAP_CALLBACK
+prldap_newhandle( LDAP *ld, struct lextiof_session_private *sessionarg )
+{
+
+    if ( NULL == sessionarg ) {
+	struct ldap_x_ext_io_fns	iofns;
+
+	memset( &iofns, 0, sizeof(iofns));
+	iofns.lextiof_size = LDAP_X_EXTIO_FNS_SIZE;
+	if ( ldap_get_option( ld, LDAP_X_OPT_EXTIO_FN_PTRS,
+		(void *)&iofns ) < 0 ) {
+	    return( ldap_get_lderrno( ld, NULL, NULL ));
+	}
+	if ( NULL ==
+		( iofns.lextiof_session_arg = prldap_session_arg_alloc())) {
+	    return( LDAP_NO_MEMORY );
+	}
+	if ( ldap_set_option( ld, LDAP_X_OPT_EXTIO_FN_PTRS,
+		    (void *)&iofns ) < 0 ) {
+	    return( ldap_get_lderrno( ld, NULL, NULL ));
+	}
+    }
+
+    return( LDAP_SUCCESS );
+}
+
+
+/* only called/installed if shared is non-zero. */
+static int LDAP_CALLBACK
+prldap_shared_newhandle( LDAP *ld, struct lextiof_session_private *sessionarg )
+{
+    int		rc;
+
+    if (( rc = prldap_newhandle( ld, sessionarg )) == LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+	rc = prldap_thread_new_handle( ld, sessionarg );
+    }
+
+    return( rc );
+}
+
+
+static void LDAP_CALLBACK
+prldap_disposehandle( LDAP *ld, struct lextiof_session_private *sessionarg )
+{
+    prldap_session_arg_free( &sessionarg );
+}
+
+
+/* only called/installed if shared is non-zero */
+static void LDAP_CALLBACK
+prldap_shared_disposehandle( LDAP *ld,
+	struct lextiof_session_private *sessionarg )
+{
+    prldap_thread_dispose_handle( ld, sessionarg );
+    prldap_disposehandle( ld, sessionarg );
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Allocate a session argument.
+ */
+static PRLDAPIOSessionArg *
+prldap_session_arg_alloc( void )
+{
+    PRLDAPIOSessionArg		*prsessp;
+
+    prsessp = PR_Calloc( 1, sizeof( PRLDAPIOSessionArg ));
+
+    if ( NULL != prsessp ) {
+	/* copy global defaults to the new session handle */
+	prsessp->prsess_io_max_timeout = prldap_default_io_max_timeout;
+    }
+
+    return( prsessp );
+}
+
+
+static void
+prldap_session_arg_free( PRLDAPIOSessionArg **prsesspp )
+{
+    if ( NULL != prsesspp && NULL != *prsesspp ) {
+	if ( NULL != (*prsesspp)->prsess_pollds ) {
+	    PR_Free( (*prsesspp)->prsess_pollds );
+	    (*prsesspp)->prsess_pollds = NULL;
+	}
+	PR_Free( *prsesspp );
+	*prsesspp = NULL;
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Given an LDAP session handle, retrieve a session argument.
+ * Returns an LDAP error code.
+ */
+int
+prldap_session_arg_from_ld( LDAP *ld, PRLDAPIOSessionArg **sessargpp )
+{
+    struct ldap_x_ext_io_fns	iofns;
+
+    if ( NULL == ld || NULL == sessargpp ) {
+	/* XXXmcs: NULL ld's are not supported */
+	ldap_set_lderrno( ld, LDAP_PARAM_ERROR, NULL, NULL );
+	return( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+    }
+
+    memset( &iofns, 0, sizeof(iofns));
+    iofns.lextiof_size = LDAP_X_EXTIO_FNS_SIZE;
+    if ( ldap_get_option( ld, LDAP_X_OPT_EXTIO_FN_PTRS, (void *)&iofns ) < 0 ) {
+	return( ldap_get_lderrno( ld, NULL, NULL ));
+    }
+
+    if ( NULL == iofns.lextiof_session_arg ) {
+	ldap_set_lderrno( ld, LDAP_LOCAL_ERROR, NULL, NULL );
+	return( LDAP_LOCAL_ERROR );
+    }
+
+    *sessargpp = iofns.lextiof_session_arg;
+    return( LDAP_SUCCESS );
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Given an LDAP session handle, retrieve a socket argument.
+ * Returns an LDAP error code.
+ */
+int
+prldap_socket_arg_from_ld( LDAP *ld, PRLDAPIOSocketArg **sockargpp )
+{
+    Sockbuf *sbp;
+    struct lber_x_ext_io_fns    extiofns;
+
+    if ( NULL == ld || NULL == sockargpp ) {
+        /* XXXmcs: NULL ld's are not supported */
+        ldap_set_lderrno( ld, LDAP_PARAM_ERROR, NULL, NULL );
+        return( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+    }
+
+    if ( ldap_get_option( ld, LDAP_X_OPT_SOCKBUF, (void *)&sbp ) < 0 ) {
+        return( ldap_get_lderrno( ld, NULL, NULL ));
+    }
+
+    memset( &extiofns, 0, sizeof(extiofns));
+    extiofns.lbextiofn_size = LBER_X_EXTIO_FNS_SIZE;
+    if ( ber_sockbuf_get_option( sbp, LBER_SOCKBUF_OPT_EXT_IO_FNS,
+        (void *)&extiofns ) < 0 ) {
+        return( ldap_get_lderrno( ld, NULL, NULL ));
+    }
+
+    if ( NULL == extiofns.lbextiofn_socket_arg ) {
+        ldap_set_lderrno( ld, LDAP_LOCAL_ERROR, NULL, NULL );
+        return( LDAP_LOCAL_ERROR );
+    }
+
+    *sockargpp = extiofns.lbextiofn_socket_arg;
+    return( LDAP_SUCCESS );
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Allocate a socket argument.
+ */
+PRLDAPIOSocketArg *
+prldap_socket_arg_alloc( PRLDAPIOSessionArg *sessionarg )
+{
+    PRLDAPIOSocketArg		*prsockp;
+
+    prsockp = PR_Calloc( 1, sizeof( PRLDAPIOSocketArg ));
+
+    if ( NULL != prsockp && NULL != sessionarg ) {
+	/* copy socket defaults from the session */
+	prsockp->prsock_io_max_timeout = sessionarg->prsess_io_max_timeout;
+    }
+
+    return( prsockp );
+}
+
+
+static void
+prldap_socket_arg_free( PRLDAPIOSocketArg **prsockpp )
+{
+    if ( NULL != prsockpp && NULL != *prsockpp ) {
+	PR_Free( *prsockpp );
+	*prsockpp = NULL;
+    }
+}
+
+
+static void *
+prldap_safe_realloc( void *ptr, PRUint32 size )
+{
+    void	*p;
+
+    if ( NULL == ptr ) {
+	p = PR_Malloc( size );
+    } else {
+	p = PR_Realloc( ptr, size );
+    }
+
+    return( p );
+}
+
+
+
+/* returns an LDAP result code */
+int
+prldap_set_io_max_timeout( PRLDAPIOSessionArg *prsessp, int io_max_timeout )
+{
+    int	rc = LDAP_SUCCESS;	/* optimistic */
+
+    if ( NULL == prsessp ) {
+	prldap_default_io_max_timeout = io_max_timeout;
+    } else {
+	prsessp->prsess_io_max_timeout = io_max_timeout;
+    }
+
+    return( rc );
+}
+
+
+/* returns an LDAP result code */
+int
+prldap_get_io_max_timeout( PRLDAPIOSessionArg *prsessp, int *io_max_timeoutp )
+{
+    int	rc = LDAP_SUCCESS;	/* optimistic */
+
+    if ( NULL == io_max_timeoutp ) {
+	rc = LDAP_PARAM_ERROR;
+    } else if ( NULL == prsessp ) {
+	*io_max_timeoutp = prldap_default_io_max_timeout;
+    } else {
+	*io_max_timeoutp = prsessp->prsess_io_max_timeout;
+    }
+
+    return( rc );
+}
+
+/* Check if NSPR layer has been installed for a LDAP session.
+ * Simply check whether prldap_connect() I/O function is installed 
+ */
+PRBool
+prldap_is_installed( LDAP *ld )
+{
+    struct ldap_x_ext_io_fns iofns;
+
+    /* Retrieve current I/O functions */
+    memset( &iofns, 0, sizeof(iofns));
+    iofns.lextiof_size = LDAP_X_EXTIO_FNS_SIZE;
+    if ( ld == NULL || ldap_get_option( ld, LDAP_X_OPT_EXTIO_FN_PTRS, (void *)&iofns )
+	 != 0 ||  iofns.lextiof_connect != prldap_connect ) 
+    {
+	return( PR_FALSE );
+    }
+    
+    return( PR_TRUE );
+}
+
diff --git a/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libprldap/ldappr-public.c b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libprldap/ldappr-public.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6e9e597e6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libprldap/ldappr-public.c
@@ -0,0 +1,454 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ * 
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version 
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with 
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at 
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ * 
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ * 
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, released
+ * March 31, 1998.
+ * 
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998-1999
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ * 
+ * Contributor(s):
+ * 
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
+ * or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ * 
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+
+/*
+ * Public interface for libprldap -- use NSPR (Netscape Portable Runtime)
+ * I/O, threads, etc. with libldap.
+ *
+ */
+
+#include "ldappr-int.h"
+#include <private/pprio.h>
+
+/*
+ * Function: prldap_init().
+ *
+ * Create a new LDAP session handle, but with NSPR I/O, threading, and DNS
+ * functions installed.
+ *
+ * Pass a non-zero value for the 'shared' parameter if you plan to use
+ * this LDAP * handle from more than one thread.
+ *
+ * prldap_init() returns an LDAP session handle (or NULL if an error occurs).
+ */
+LDAP * LDAP_CALL
+prldap_init( const char *defhost, int defport, int shared )
+{
+    LDAP	*ld;
+
+    if (( ld = ldap_init( defhost, defport )) != NULL ) {
+	if ( prldap_install_routines( ld, shared ) != LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+	    prldap_set_system_errno( EINVAL );	/* XXXmcs: just a guess! */
+	    ldap_unbind( ld );
+	    ld = NULL;
+	}
+    }
+
+    return( ld );
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Function: prldap_install_routines().
+ *
+ * Install NSPR I/O, threading, and DNS functions so they will be used by
+ * 'ld'.
+ *
+ * If 'ld' is NULL, the functions are installed as the default functions
+ * for all new LDAP * handles).
+ *
+ * Pass a non-zero value for the 'shared' parameter if you plan to use
+ * this LDAP * handle from more than one thread.
+ *
+ * prldap_install_routines() returns an LDAP API error code (LDAP_SUCCESS
+ * if all goes well).
+ */
+int LDAP_CALL
+prldap_install_routines( LDAP *ld, int shared )
+{
+
+    if ( prldap_install_io_functions( ld, shared ) != 0
+		|| prldap_install_thread_functions( ld, shared ) != 0
+		|| prldap_install_dns_functions( ld ) != 0 ) {
+	return( ldap_get_lderrno( ld, NULL, NULL ));
+    }
+
+    return( LDAP_SUCCESS );
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Function: prldap_set_session_option().
+ * 
+ * Given an LDAP session handle or a session argument such is passed to
+ * SOCKET, POLL, NEWHANDLE, or DISPOSEHANDLE extended I/O callbacks, set
+ * an option that affects the prldap layer.
+ * 
+ * If 'ld' and 'session" are both NULL, the option is set as the default
+ * for all new prldap sessions. 
+ * 
+ * Returns an LDAP API error code (LDAP_SUCCESS if all goes well).
+ */
+int LDAP_CALL
+prldap_set_session_option( LDAP *ld, void *sessionarg, int option, ... )
+{
+    int				rc = LDAP_SUCCESS;	/* optimistic */
+    PRLDAPIOSessionArg		*prsessp = NULL;
+    va_list			ap;
+
+    if ( NULL != ld ) {
+	if ( LDAP_SUCCESS !=
+		( rc = prldap_session_arg_from_ld( ld, &prsessp ))) {
+	    return( rc );
+	}
+    } else if ( NULL != sessionarg ) {
+	prsessp = (PRLDAPIOSessionArg *)sessionarg;
+    }
+
+    va_start( ap, option );
+    switch ( option ) {
+    case PRLDAP_OPT_IO_MAX_TIMEOUT:
+	rc = prldap_set_io_max_timeout( prsessp, va_arg( ap, int ));
+	break;
+    default:
+	rc = LDAP_PARAM_ERROR;
+    }
+    va_end( ap );
+
+    return( rc );
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Function: prldap_get_session_option().
+ *
+ * Given an LDAP session handle or a session argument such is passed to
+ * SOCKET, POLL, NEWHANDLE, or DISPOSEHANDLE extended I/O callbacks, retrieve
+ * the setting for an option that affects the prldap layer.
+ *
+ * If 'ld' and 'session" are both NULL, the default option value for all new
+ * new prldap sessions is retrieved.
+ *
+ * Returns an LDAP API error code (LDAP_SUCCESS if all goes well).
+ */
+int LDAP_CALL prldap_get_session_option( LDAP *ld, void *sessionarg,
+        int option, ... )
+{
+    int				rc = LDAP_SUCCESS;	/* optimistic */
+    PRLDAPIOSessionArg		*prsessp = NULL;
+    va_list			ap;
+
+    if ( NULL != ld ) {
+	if ( LDAP_SUCCESS !=
+		( rc = prldap_session_arg_from_ld( ld, &prsessp ))) {
+	    return( rc );
+	}
+    } else if ( NULL != sessionarg ) {
+	prsessp = (PRLDAPIOSessionArg *)sessionarg;
+    }
+
+    va_start( ap, option );
+    switch ( option ) {
+    case PRLDAP_OPT_IO_MAX_TIMEOUT:
+	rc = prldap_get_io_max_timeout( prsessp, va_arg( ap, int * ));
+	break;
+    default:
+	rc = LDAP_PARAM_ERROR;
+    }
+    va_end( ap );
+
+    return( rc );
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Function: prldap_set_session_info().
+ *
+ * Given an LDAP session handle, set some application-specific data.
+ *
+ * Returns an LDAP API error code (LDAP_SUCCESS if all goes well).
+ */
+int LDAP_CALL
+prldap_set_session_info( LDAP *ld, void *sessionarg, PRLDAPSessionInfo *seip )
+{
+    int				rc;
+    PRLDAPIOSessionArg		*prsessp;
+
+    if ( seip == NULL || PRLDAP_SESSIONINFO_SIZE != seip->seinfo_size ) {
+	ldap_set_lderrno( ld, LDAP_PARAM_ERROR, NULL, NULL );
+	return( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+    }
+
+    if ( NULL != ld ) {
+	if ( LDAP_SUCCESS !=
+		( rc = prldap_session_arg_from_ld( ld, &prsessp ))) {
+	    return( rc );
+	}
+    } else if ( NULL != sessionarg ) {
+	prsessp = (PRLDAPIOSessionArg *)sessionarg;
+    } else {
+	ldap_set_lderrno( ld, LDAP_PARAM_ERROR, NULL, NULL );
+	return( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+    }
+
+    prsessp->prsess_appdata = seip->seinfo_appdata;
+    return( LDAP_SUCCESS );
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Function: prldap_get_session_info().
+ *
+ * Given an LDAP session handle, retrieve some application-specific data.
+ *
+ * Returns an LDAP API error code (LDAP_SUCCESS if all goes well, in
+ * which case the fields in the structure that seip points to are filled in).
+ */
+int LDAP_CALL
+prldap_get_session_info( LDAP *ld, void *sessionarg, PRLDAPSessionInfo *seip )
+{
+    int				rc;
+    PRLDAPIOSessionArg		*prsessp;
+
+    if ( seip == NULL || PRLDAP_SESSIONINFO_SIZE != seip->seinfo_size ) {
+	ldap_set_lderrno( ld, LDAP_PARAM_ERROR, NULL, NULL );
+	return( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+    }
+
+    if ( NULL != ld ) {
+	if ( LDAP_SUCCESS !=
+		( rc = prldap_session_arg_from_ld( ld, &prsessp ))) {
+	    return( rc );
+	}
+    } else if ( NULL != sessionarg ) {
+	prsessp = (PRLDAPIOSessionArg *)sessionarg;
+    } else {
+	ldap_set_lderrno( ld, LDAP_PARAM_ERROR, NULL, NULL );
+	return( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+    }
+
+    seip->seinfo_appdata = prsessp->prsess_appdata;
+    return( LDAP_SUCCESS );
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Function: prldap_set_socket_info().
+ *
+ * Given an integer fd and a void * argument such as those passed to the
+ * extended I/O callback functions, set socket specific information.
+ *
+ * Returns an LDAP API error code (LDAP_SUCCESS if all goes well).
+ *
+ * Note: it is only safe to change soinfo_prfd from within the SOCKET
+ * extended I/O callback function.
+ */
+int LDAP_CALL
+prldap_set_socket_info( int fd, void *socketarg, PRLDAPSocketInfo *soip )
+{
+    PRLDAPIOSocketArg	*prsockp;
+
+    if ( NULL == socketarg || NULL == soip ||
+		PRLDAP_SOCKETINFO_SIZE != soip->soinfo_size ) {
+	return( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+    }
+
+    prsockp = (PRLDAPIOSocketArg *)socketarg;
+    prsockp->prsock_prfd = soip->soinfo_prfd;
+    prsockp->prsock_appdata = soip->soinfo_appdata;
+
+    return( LDAP_SUCCESS );
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Function: prldap_get_socket_info().
+ *
+ * Given an integer fd and a void * argument such as those passed to the
+ * extended I/O callback functions, retrieve socket specific information.
+ *
+ * Returns an LDAP API error code (LDAP_SUCCESS if all goes well, in
+ * which case the fields in the structure that soip points to are filled in).
+ */
+int LDAP_CALL
+prldap_get_socket_info( int fd, void *socketarg, PRLDAPSocketInfo *soip )
+{
+    PRLDAPIOSocketArg	*prsockp;
+
+    if ( NULL == socketarg || NULL == soip ||
+		PRLDAP_SOCKETINFO_SIZE != soip->soinfo_size ) {
+	return( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+    }
+
+    prsockp = (PRLDAPIOSocketArg *)socketarg;
+    soip->soinfo_prfd = prsockp->prsock_prfd;
+    soip->soinfo_appdata = prsockp->prsock_appdata;
+
+    return( LDAP_SUCCESS );
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Function: prldap_get_default_socket_info().
+ *
+ * Given an LDAP session handle, retrieve socket specific information.
+ * If ld is NULL, LDAP_PARAM_ERROR is returned.
+ *
+ * Returns an LDAP API error code (LDAP_SUCCESS if all goes well, in
+ * which case the fields in the structure that soip points to are filled in).
+ */
+int LDAP_CALL
+prldap_get_default_socket_info( LDAP *ld, PRLDAPSocketInfo *soip )
+{
+    int rc;
+    PRLDAPIOSocketArg *prsockp;
+
+
+    if ( NULL == soip || PRLDAP_SOCKETINFO_SIZE != soip->soinfo_size ) {
+        ldap_set_lderrno( ld, LDAP_PARAM_ERROR, NULL, NULL );
+        return( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+    }
+
+    if ( NULL != ld ) {
+        if ( LDAP_SUCCESS !=
+                ( rc = prldap_socket_arg_from_ld( ld, &prsockp ))) {
+            return( rc );
+        }
+    } else {
+        ldap_set_lderrno( ld, LDAP_PARAM_ERROR, NULL, NULL );
+        return( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+    }
+
+    soip->soinfo_prfd = prsockp->prsock_prfd;
+    soip->soinfo_appdata = prsockp->prsock_appdata;
+
+    return( LDAP_SUCCESS );
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Function: prldap_set_default_socket_info().
+ *
+ * Given an LDAP session handle, set socket specific information.
+ * If ld is NULL, LDAP_PARAM_ERROR is returned.
+ *
+ * Returns an LDAP API error code (LDAP_SUCCESS if all goes well, in
+ * which case the fields in the structure that soip points to are filled in).
+ */
+int LDAP_CALL
+prldap_set_default_socket_info( LDAP *ld, PRLDAPSocketInfo *soip )
+{
+    int rc;
+    PRLDAPIOSocketArg *prsockp;
+
+
+    if ( NULL == soip || PRLDAP_SOCKETINFO_SIZE != soip->soinfo_size ) {
+        ldap_set_lderrno( ld, LDAP_PARAM_ERROR, NULL, NULL );
+        return( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+    }
+
+    if ( NULL != ld ) {
+        if ( LDAP_SUCCESS !=
+                ( rc = prldap_socket_arg_from_ld( ld, &prsockp ))) {
+            return( rc );
+        }
+    } else {
+        ldap_set_lderrno( ld, LDAP_PARAM_ERROR, NULL, NULL );
+        return( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+    }
+
+    prsockp->prsock_prfd = soip->soinfo_prfd;
+    prsockp->prsock_appdata = soip->soinfo_appdata;
+
+    return( LDAP_SUCCESS );
+}
+
+
+/*
+* Function: prldap_import_connection().
+* 
+* Given the LDAP handle the connection parameters for the
+* file descriptor are imported into NSPR layer.
+* 
+* Returns an LDAP API code (LDAP_SUCCESS) if all goes well.
+*/
+int LDAP_CALL
+prldap_import_connection (LDAP *ld)
+{
+	int rc = LDAP_SUCCESS; /* optimistic */
+	int shared = 1; /* Assume shared init */
+	LBER_SOCKET orig_socket = -1;
+	PRLDAPIOSessionArg *prsessp = NULL;
+	PRLDAPIOSocketArg *prsockp = NULL;
+	PRFileDesc *pr_socket = NULL;
+	
+	/* Check for invalid ld handle */
+    	if ( ld == NULL) {
+	    ldap_set_lderrno( ld, LDAP_PARAM_ERROR, NULL, NULL );
+	    return( LDAP_PARAM_ERROR );
+    	}
+	
+	/* Retrieve TCP socket's integer file descriptor */
+    	if ( ldap_get_option( ld, LDAP_OPT_DESC, &orig_socket ) < 0 ) {
+	    return( ldap_get_lderrno( ld, NULL, NULL ));
+    	}
+	
+	/* Check for NSPR functions on ld */
+   	if ( prldap_is_installed(ld)) {	/* Error : NSPR already Installed */
+	    ldap_set_lderrno( ld, LDAP_LOCAL_ERROR, NULL, NULL );
+	    return( LDAP_LOCAL_ERROR );
+	}
+	
+    	if (LDAP_SUCCESS != (rc = prldap_install_routines(ld, shared))) {
+	    return( rc );
+    	}
+
+	if (LDAP_SUCCESS != (rc = prldap_session_arg_from_ld( ld, &prsessp ))) {
+	    return( rc );
+	}
+		
+	/* Get NSPR Socket Arg  */
+	if ( NULL == ( prsockp = prldap_socket_arg_alloc( prsessp ))) {
+	    ldap_set_lderrno( ld, LDAP_NO_MEMORY, NULL, NULL );
+	    return( LDAP_NO_MEMORY );
+	}
+	
+	/* Import file descriptor of connection made via ldap_init() */
+	if (NULL == (pr_socket = PR_ImportTCPSocket(orig_socket)) ) {
+	    ldap_set_lderrno( ld, LDAP_LOCAL_ERROR, NULL, NULL );
+	    return( LDAP_LOCAL_ERROR );
+	}
+
+	prsockp->prsock_prfd = pr_socket;
+
+	/* Set Socket Arg in Extended I/O Layer */
+	if ( ldap_set_option( ld, LDAP_X_OPT_SOCKETARG, prsockp) != 0 ) {
+	    return( ldap_get_lderrno( ld, NULL, NULL ));
+	}
+
+	return( rc );
+}
diff --git a/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libprldap/ldappr-threads.c b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libprldap/ldappr-threads.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1cfdc9263
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libprldap/ldappr-threads.c
@@ -0,0 +1,643 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ * 
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version 
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with 
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at 
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ * 
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ * 
+ * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, released
+ * March 31, 1998.
+ * 
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+ * Netscape Communications Corporation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998-1999
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ * 
+ * Contributor(s):
+ * 
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
+ * or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ * 
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+
+/*
+ * Thread callback functions for libldap that use the NSPR (Netscape
+ * Portable Runtime) thread API.
+ *
+ */
+
+#include "ldappr-int.h"
+
+/*
+ * Macros:
+ */
+/*
+ * Grow thread private data arrays 10 elements at a time.
+ */
+#define PRLDAP_TPD_ARRAY_INCREMENT	10
+
+/*
+ * Structures and types:
+ */
+/*
+ * Structure used by libldap thread callbacks to maintain error information.
+ */
+typedef struct prldap_errorinfo {
+    int		plei_magic;	/* must be first in the structure */
+    int		plei_lderrno;
+    char	*plei_matched;
+    char	*plei_errmsg;
+} PRLDAP_ErrorInfo;
+
+#define PRLDAP_ERRORINFO_MAGIC	0x4D4F5A45	/* 'MOZE' */
+
+
+/*
+ * Structure used to maintain thread-private data. At the present time,
+ * only error info. is thread-private.  One of these structures is allocated
+ * for each thread.
+ */
+typedef struct prldap_tpd_header {
+    int			ptpdh_tpd_count;	/* # of data items allocated */
+    void		**ptpdh_dataitems;	/* array of data items */
+} PRLDAP_TPDHeader;
+
+/*
+ * Structure used by associate a PRLDAP thread-private data index with an
+ * LDAP session handle. One of these exists for each active LDAP session
+ * handle.
+ */
+typedef struct prldap_tpd_map {
+    LDAP			*prtm_ld;	/* non-NULL if in use */
+    PRUintn			prtm_index;	/* index into TPD array */
+    struct prldap_tpd_map	*prtm_next;
+} PRLDAP_TPDMap;
+
+
+
+/*
+ * Static Variables:
+ */
+/*
+ * prldap_map_list points to all of the PRLDAP_TPDMap structures
+ * we have ever allocated.  We recycle them as we open and close LDAP
+ * sessions.
+ */
+static PRLDAP_TPDMap *prldap_map_list = NULL;
+
+
+/*
+ * The prldap_map_mutex is used to protect access to the prldap_map_list.
+ */
+static PRLock	*prldap_map_mutex = NULL;
+
+/*
+ * The prldap_tpd_maxindex value is used to track the largest TPD array
+ * index we have used.
+ */
+static PRInt32	prldap_tpd_maxindex = -1;
+
+/*
+ * prldap_tpdindex is an NSPR thread private data index we use to
+ * maintain our own thread-private data. It is initialized inside
+ * prldap_init_tpd().
+ */
+static PRUintn	prldap_tpdindex = 0;
+
+/*
+ * The prldap_callonce_init_tpd structure is used by NSPR to ensure
+ * that prldap_init_tpd() is called at most once.
+ */
+static PRCallOnceType prldap_callonce_init_tpd = { 0, 0, 0 };
+
+
+/*
+ * Private function prototypes:
+ */
+static void prldap_set_ld_error( int err, char *matched, char *errmsg,
+	void *errorarg );
+static int prldap_get_ld_error( char **matchedp, char **errmsgp,
+	void *errorarg );
+static void *prldap_mutex_alloc( void );
+static void prldap_mutex_free( void *mutex );
+static int prldap_mutex_lock( void *mutex );
+static int prldap_mutex_unlock( void *mutex );
+static void *prldap_get_thread_id( void );
+static PRStatus prldap_init_tpd( void );
+static PRLDAP_TPDMap *prldap_allocate_map( LDAP *ld );
+static void prldap_return_map( PRLDAP_TPDMap *map );
+static PRUintn prldap_new_tpdindex( void );
+static int prldap_set_thread_private( PRInt32 tpdindex, void *priv );
+static void *prldap_get_thread_private( PRInt32 tpdindex );
+static PRLDAP_TPDHeader *prldap_tsd_realloc( PRLDAP_TPDHeader *tsdhdr,
+	int maxindex );
+static void prldap_tsd_destroy( void *priv );
+
+
+/*
+ * Install NSPR thread functions into ld (if ld is NULL, they are installed
+ * as the default functions for new LDAP * handles).
+ *
+ * Returns 0 if all goes well and -1 if not.
+ */
+int
+prldap_install_thread_functions( LDAP *ld, int shared )
+{
+    struct ldap_thread_fns		tfns;
+    struct ldap_extra_thread_fns	xtfns;
+
+    if ( PR_CallOnce( &prldap_callonce_init_tpd, prldap_init_tpd )
+		!= PR_SUCCESS ) {
+	ldap_set_lderrno( ld, LDAP_LOCAL_ERROR, NULL, NULL );
+	return( -1 );
+    }
+
+    /* set thread function pointers */
+    memset( &tfns, '\0', sizeof(struct ldap_thread_fns) );
+    tfns.ltf_get_errno = prldap_get_system_errno;
+    tfns.ltf_set_errno = prldap_set_system_errno;
+    if ( shared ) {
+	tfns.ltf_mutex_alloc = prldap_mutex_alloc;
+	tfns.ltf_mutex_free = prldap_mutex_free;
+	tfns.ltf_mutex_lock = prldap_mutex_lock;
+	tfns.ltf_mutex_unlock = prldap_mutex_unlock;
+	tfns.ltf_get_lderrno = prldap_get_ld_error;
+	tfns.ltf_set_lderrno = prldap_set_ld_error;
+	if ( ld != NULL ) {
+	    /*
+	     * If this is a real ld (i.e., we are not setting the global
+	     * defaults) allocate thread private data for error information.
+	     * If ld is NULL we do not do this here but it is done in
+	     * prldap_thread_new_handle().
+	     */
+	    if (( tfns.ltf_lderrno_arg = (void *)prldap_allocate_map( ld ))
+		    == NULL ) {
+		return( -1 );
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    if ( ldap_set_option( ld, LDAP_OPT_THREAD_FN_PTRS,
+	    (void *)&tfns ) != 0 ) {
+	prldap_return_map( (PRLDAP_TPDMap *)tfns.ltf_lderrno_arg );
+	return( -1 );
+    }
+
+    /* set extended thread function pointers */
+    memset( &xtfns, '\0', sizeof(struct ldap_extra_thread_fns) );
+    xtfns.ltf_threadid_fn = prldap_get_thread_id;
+    if ( ldap_set_option( ld, LDAP_OPT_EXTRA_THREAD_FN_PTRS,
+	    (void *)&xtfns ) != 0 ) {
+	return( -1 );
+    }
+
+    return( 0 );
+}
+
+
+static void *
+prldap_mutex_alloc( void )
+{
+    return( (void *)PR_NewLock());
+}
+
+
+static void
+prldap_mutex_free( void *mutex )
+{
+    PR_DestroyLock( (PRLock *)mutex );
+}
+
+
+static int
+prldap_mutex_lock( void *mutex )
+{
+    PR_Lock( (PRLock *)mutex );
+    return( 0 );
+}
+
+
+static int
+prldap_mutex_unlock( void *mutex )
+{
+    if ( PR_Unlock( (PRLock *)mutex ) == PR_FAILURE ) {
+	return( -1 );
+    }
+
+    return( 0 );
+}
+
+
+static void *
+prldap_get_thread_id( void )
+{
+    return( (void *)PR_GetCurrentThread());
+}
+
+
+static int
+prldap_get_ld_error( char **matchedp, char **errmsgp, void *errorarg )
+{
+    PRLDAP_TPDMap	*map;
+    PRLDAP_ErrorInfo	*eip;
+
+    if (( map = (PRLDAP_TPDMap *)errorarg ) != NULL && ( eip =
+	    (PRLDAP_ErrorInfo *)prldap_get_thread_private(
+	    map->prtm_index )) != NULL ) {
+	if ( matchedp != NULL ) {
+	    *matchedp = eip->plei_matched;
+	}
+	if ( errmsgp != NULL ) {
+	    *errmsgp = eip->plei_errmsg;
+	}
+	return( eip->plei_lderrno );
+    } else {
+	if ( matchedp != NULL ) {
+	    *matchedp = NULL;
+	}
+	if ( errmsgp != NULL ) {
+	    *errmsgp = NULL;
+	}
+	return( LDAP_LOCAL_ERROR );	/* punt */
+    }
+}
+
+
+static void
+prldap_set_ld_error( int err, char *matched, char *errmsg, void *errorarg )
+{
+    PRLDAP_TPDMap	*map;
+    PRLDAP_ErrorInfo	*eip;
+
+    if (( map = (PRLDAP_TPDMap *)errorarg ) != NULL ) {
+	if (( eip = (PRLDAP_ErrorInfo *)prldap_get_thread_private(
+		map->prtm_index )) == NULL ) {
+	    /*
+	     * Error info. has not yet been allocated for this thread.
+	     * Do so now.  Note that we free this memory only for the
+	     * thread that calls prldap_thread_dispose_handle(), which
+	     * should be the one that called ldap_unbind() -- see
+	     * prldap_return_map().  Not freeing the memory used by
+	     * other threads is deemed acceptable since it will be
+	     * recycled and used by other LDAP sessions.  All of the
+	     * thread-private memory is freed when a thread exits
+	     * (inside the prldap_tsd_destroy() function).
+	     */
+	    eip = (PRLDAP_ErrorInfo *)PR_Calloc( 1,
+		    sizeof( PRLDAP_ErrorInfo ));
+	    if ( eip == NULL ) {
+		return;	/* punt */
+	    }
+	    eip->plei_magic = PRLDAP_ERRORINFO_MAGIC;
+	    (void)prldap_set_thread_private( map->prtm_index, eip );
+	}
+
+	eip->plei_lderrno = err;
+
+	if ( eip->plei_matched != NULL ) {
+	    ldap_memfree( eip->plei_matched );
+	}
+	eip->plei_matched = matched;
+
+	if ( eip->plei_errmsg != NULL ) {
+	    ldap_memfree( eip->plei_errmsg );
+	}
+	eip->plei_errmsg = errmsg;
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Utility function to free a PRLDAP_ErrorInfo structure and everything
+ * it contains.
+ */
+static void
+prldap_free_errorinfo( PRLDAP_ErrorInfo *eip )
+{
+    if ( NULL != eip && PRLDAP_ERRORINFO_MAGIC == eip->plei_magic ) {
+	if ( eip->plei_matched != NULL ) {
+	    ldap_memfree( eip->plei_matched );
+	}
+	if ( eip->plei_errmsg != NULL ) {
+	    ldap_memfree( eip->plei_errmsg );
+	}
+
+	PR_Free( eip );
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Called when a new LDAP * session handle is allocated.
+ * Allocate thread-private data for error information, but only if
+ * it has not already been allocated and the get_ld_error callback has
+ * been installed.  If ld is not NULL when prldap_install_thread_functions()
+ * is called, we will have already allocated the thread-private data there.
+ */
+int
+prldap_thread_new_handle( LDAP *ld, void *sessionarg )
+{
+    struct ldap_thread_fns	tfns;
+
+    if ( ldap_get_option( ld, LDAP_OPT_THREAD_FN_PTRS, (void *)&tfns ) != 0 ) {
+	return( LDAP_LOCAL_ERROR );
+    }
+
+    if ( tfns.ltf_lderrno_arg == NULL && tfns.ltf_get_lderrno != NULL ) {
+	if (( tfns.ltf_lderrno_arg = (void *)prldap_allocate_map( ld )) == NULL
+		|| ldap_set_option( ld, LDAP_OPT_THREAD_FN_PTRS,
+		(void *)&tfns ) != 0 ) {
+	    return( LDAP_LOCAL_ERROR );
+	}
+    }
+
+    return( LDAP_SUCCESS );
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Called when an LDAP * session handle is being destroyed.
+ * Clean up our thread private data map.
+ */
+void
+prldap_thread_dispose_handle( LDAP *ld, void *sessionarg )
+{
+    struct ldap_thread_fns	tfns;
+
+    if ( ldap_get_option( ld, LDAP_OPT_THREAD_FN_PTRS,
+	    (void *)&tfns ) == 0 &&
+	    tfns.ltf_lderrno_arg != NULL ) {
+	prldap_return_map( (PRLDAP_TPDMap *)tfns.ltf_lderrno_arg );
+    }
+}
+
+
+static PRStatus
+prldap_init_tpd( void )
+{
+    if (( prldap_map_mutex = PR_NewLock()) == NULL || PR_NewThreadPrivateIndex(
+		&prldap_tpdindex, prldap_tsd_destroy ) != PR_SUCCESS ) {
+	return( PR_FAILURE );
+    }
+
+    prldap_map_list = NULL;
+
+    return( PR_SUCCESS );
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Function: prldap_allocate_map()
+ * Description: allocate a thread-private data map to use for a new
+ *	LDAP session handle.
+ * Returns: a pointer to the TPD map or NULL if none available.
+ */
+static PRLDAP_TPDMap *
+prldap_allocate_map( LDAP *ld )
+{
+    PRLDAP_TPDMap	*map, *prevmap;
+
+    PR_Lock( prldap_map_mutex );
+
+    /*
+     * first look for a map that is already allocated but free to be re-used
+     */
+    prevmap = NULL;
+    for ( map = prldap_map_list; map != NULL; map = map->prtm_next ) {
+	if ( map->prtm_ld == NULL ) {
+	    break;
+	}
+	prevmap = map;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * if none was found (map == NULL), try to allocate a new one and add it
+     * to the end of our global list.
+     */
+    if ( map == NULL ) {
+	PRUintn	tpdindex;
+
+	tpdindex = prldap_new_tpdindex();
+	map = (PRLDAP_TPDMap *)PR_Malloc( sizeof( PRLDAP_TPDMap ));
+	if ( map != NULL ) {
+	    map->prtm_index = tpdindex;
+	    map->prtm_next = NULL;
+	    if ( prevmap == NULL ) {
+		prldap_map_list = map;
+	    } else {
+		prevmap->prtm_next = map;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    if ( map != NULL ) {
+	map->prtm_ld = ld;	/* now marked as "in use" */
+
+	/*
+	 * If old thread-private error information exists, reset it. It may
+	 * have been left behind by an old LDAP session that was used by
+	 * this thread but disposed of by a different thread.
+	 */
+	if ( NULL != prldap_get_thread_private( map->prtm_index )) {
+	    prldap_set_ld_error( LDAP_SUCCESS, NULL, NULL, map );
+	}
+    }
+
+    PR_Unlock( prldap_map_mutex );
+
+    return( map );
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Function: prldap_return_map()
+ * Description: return a thread-private data map to the pool of ones
+ *	available for re-use.
+ */
+static void
+prldap_return_map( PRLDAP_TPDMap *map )
+{
+    PRLDAP_ErrorInfo	*eip;
+
+    PR_Lock( prldap_map_mutex );
+
+    /*
+     * Dispose of thread-private LDAP error information.  Note that this
+     * only disposes of the memory consumed on THIS thread, but that is
+     * okay.  See the comment in prldap_set_ld_error() for the reason why.
+     */
+    if (( eip = (PRLDAP_ErrorInfo *)prldap_get_thread_private(
+		map->prtm_index )) != NULL &&
+		prldap_set_thread_private( map->prtm_index, NULL ) == 0 ) {
+	prldap_free_errorinfo( eip );
+    }
+
+    /* mark map as available for re-use */
+    map->prtm_ld = NULL;
+
+    PR_Unlock( prldap_map_mutex );
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Function: prldap_new_tpdindex()
+ * Description: allocate a thread-private data index.
+ * Returns: the new index.
+ */
+static PRUintn
+prldap_new_tpdindex( void )
+{
+    PRUintn	tpdindex;
+
+    tpdindex = (PRUintn)PR_AtomicIncrement( &prldap_tpd_maxindex );
+    return( tpdindex );
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Function: prldap_set_thread_private()
+ * Description: store a piece of thread-private data.
+ * Returns: 0 if successful and -1 if not.
+ */
+static int
+prldap_set_thread_private( PRInt32 tpdindex, void *priv )
+{
+    PRLDAP_TPDHeader	*tsdhdr;
+
+    if ( tpdindex > prldap_tpd_maxindex ) {
+	return( -1 );	/* bad index */ 
+    }
+
+    tsdhdr = (PRLDAP_TPDHeader *)PR_GetThreadPrivate( prldap_tpdindex );
+    if ( tsdhdr == NULL || tpdindex >= tsdhdr->ptpdh_tpd_count ) {
+	tsdhdr = prldap_tsd_realloc( tsdhdr, tpdindex );
+	if ( tsdhdr == NULL ) {
+	    return( -1 );	/* realloc failed */
+	}
+    }
+
+    tsdhdr->ptpdh_dataitems[ tpdindex ] = priv;
+    return( 0 );
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Function: prldap_get_thread_private()
+ * Description: retrieve a piece of thread-private data.  If not set,
+ *	NULL is returned.
+ * Returns: 0 if successful and -1 if not.
+ */
+static void *
+prldap_get_thread_private( PRInt32 tpdindex )
+{
+    PRLDAP_TPDHeader	*tsdhdr;
+
+    tsdhdr = (PRLDAP_TPDHeader *)PR_GetThreadPrivate( prldap_tpdindex );
+    if ( tsdhdr == NULL ) {
+	return( NULL );	/* no thread private data */
+    }
+
+    if ( tpdindex >= tsdhdr->ptpdh_tpd_count
+		|| tsdhdr->ptpdh_dataitems == NULL ) {
+	return( NULL );	/* fewer data items than requested index */
+    }
+
+    return( tsdhdr->ptpdh_dataitems[ tpdindex ] );
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Function: prldap_tsd_realloc()
+ * Description: enlarge the thread-private data array.
+ * Returns: the new PRLDAP_TPDHeader value (non-NULL if successful).
+ * Note: tsdhdr can be NULL (allocates a new PRLDAP_TPDHeader).
+ */
+static PRLDAP_TPDHeader *
+prldap_tsd_realloc( PRLDAP_TPDHeader *tsdhdr, int maxindex )
+{
+    void	*newdataitems = NULL;
+    int		count;
+
+    if ( tsdhdr == NULL ) {
+	/* allocate a new thread private data header */
+	if (( tsdhdr = PR_Calloc( 1, sizeof( PRLDAP_TPDHeader ))) == NULL ) {
+	    return( NULL );
+	}
+	(void)PR_SetThreadPrivate( prldap_tpdindex, tsdhdr );
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Make the size of the new array the next highest multiple of
+     * the array increment value that is greater than maxindex.
+     */
+    count = PRLDAP_TPD_ARRAY_INCREMENT *
+		( 1 + ( maxindex / PRLDAP_TPD_ARRAY_INCREMENT ));
+
+    /* increase the size of the data item array if necessary */
+    if ( count > tsdhdr->ptpdh_tpd_count  ) {
+	newdataitems = (PRLDAP_ErrorInfo *)PR_Calloc( count, sizeof( void * ));
+	if ( newdataitems == NULL ) {
+	    return( NULL );
+	}
+	if ( tsdhdr->ptpdh_dataitems != NULL ) {	/* preserve old data */
+	    memcpy( newdataitems, tsdhdr->ptpdh_dataitems,
+			tsdhdr->ptpdh_tpd_count * sizeof( void * ));
+	    PR_Free( tsdhdr->ptpdh_dataitems );
+	}
+
+	tsdhdr->ptpdh_tpd_count = count;
+	tsdhdr->ptpdh_dataitems = newdataitems;
+    }
+
+    return( tsdhdr );
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Function: prldap_tsd_destroy()
+ * Description: Free a thread-private data array. Installed as an NSPR TPD
+ *	destructor function
+ * Returns: nothing.
+ */
+static void
+prldap_tsd_destroy( void *priv )
+{
+    PRLDAP_TPDHeader	*tsdhdr;
+    PRLDAP_ErrorInfo	*eip;
+    int			i;
+
+    tsdhdr = (PRLDAP_TPDHeader *)priv;
+    if ( tsdhdr != NULL ) {
+	if ( tsdhdr->ptpdh_dataitems != NULL ) {
+	    for ( i = 0; i < tsdhdr->ptpdh_tpd_count; ++i ) {
+		if ( tsdhdr->ptpdh_dataitems[ i ] != NULL ) {
+		    eip = (PRLDAP_ErrorInfo *)tsdhdr->ptpdh_dataitems[ i ];
+		    if ( PRLDAP_ERRORINFO_MAGIC == eip->plei_magic ) {
+			prldap_free_errorinfo( eip );
+		    } else {
+			PR_Free( tsdhdr->ptpdh_dataitems[ i ] );
+		    }
+		    tsdhdr->ptpdh_dataitems[ i ] = NULL;
+		}
+	    }
+	    PR_Free( tsdhdr->ptpdh_dataitems );
+	    tsdhdr->ptpdh_dataitems = NULL;
+	}
+	PR_Free( tsdhdr );
+    }
+}
diff --git a/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libprldap/libprldap.def b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libprldap/libprldap.def
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a18e7ee82
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libprldap/libprldap.def
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+;
+; ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+; Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+;
+; The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
+; 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+; the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+; http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+;
+; Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+; WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+; for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+; License.
+;
+; The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code.
+;
+; The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+; Netscape Communications Corporation.
+; Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1996-1999
+; the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+;
+; Contributor(s):
+;
+; Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+; either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
+; or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+; in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+; of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+; under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+; use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+; decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+; and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+; the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+; the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+;
+; ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
+
+LIBRARY         PRLDAP60
+VERSION         6.0
+HEAPSIZE        4096
+
+EXPORTS
+; exports list (generated by genexports.pl)
+;
+
+    prldap_init
+    prldap_install_routines
+    prldap_set_session_info
+    prldap_get_session_info
+    prldap_set_socket_info
+    prldap_get_socket_info
+    prldap_set_session_option
+    prldap_get_session_option
+    prldap_is_installed
+    prldap_import_connection
+    prldap_set_default_socket_info
+    prldap_get_default_socket_info
+;
+; end of generated exports list.
diff --git a/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libprldap/moz.build b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libprldap/moz.build
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..422557cc9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/libprldap/moz.build
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+# vim: set filetype=python:
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+include('/ldap/ldap-sdk.mozbuild')
+
+SharedLibrary('prldap60')
+
+SOURCES += [
+    'ldappr-dns.c',
+    'ldappr-error.c',
+    'ldappr-io.c',
+    'ldappr-public.c',
+    'ldappr-threads.c',
+]
+
+if CONFIG['OS_ARCH'] == 'WINNT':
+    DEFFILE = SRCDIR + '/libprldap.def'
+
+DEFINES['USE_WAITPID'] = True
+DEFINES['NEEDPROTOS'] = True
+
+LOCAL_INCLUDES += [
+    '/ldap/c-sdk/include'
+]
+
+USE_LIBS += [
+    'ldap60',
+    'nspr'
+]
diff --git a/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/moz.build b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/moz.build
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..339783bfd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/c-sdk/libraries/moz.build
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+# vim: set filetype=python:
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ 
+DIRS += [
+    'liblber',
+    'libldif',
+    'libldap',
+    'libprldap'
+]
diff --git a/ldap/ldap-sdk.mozbuild b/ldap/ldap-sdk.mozbuild
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4377982c5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/ldap-sdk.mozbuild
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+# vim: set filetype=python:
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+NO_VISIBILITY_FLAGS = True
+DISABLE_STL_WRAPPING = True
+ALLOW_COMPILER_WARNINGS = True
+
+if CONFIG['OS_TARGET'] == 'Linux':
+    DEFINES['LINUX'] = 1
+    DEFINES['LINUX2_0'] = True
+    DEFINES['linux'] = 1
+elif CONFIG['OS_TARGET'] == 'Darwin':
+    DEFINES["DARWIN"] = 1
+elif CONFIG['OS_TARGET'] in ('OpenBSD', 'FreeBSD', 'NetBSD'):
+    DEFINES[CONFIG['OS_TARGET'].upper()] = True
+elif CONFIG['OS_ARCH'] == 'WINNT':
+    DEFINES['_WINDOWS'] = True
+
+DEFINES['_PR_PTHREADS'] = True
+DEFINES['NET_SSL'] = True
+DEFINES['NS_DOMESTIC'] = True
+
+if CONFIG['MOZ_DEBUG']:
+    DEFINES['LDAP_DEBUG'] = True
diff --git a/ldap/moz.build b/ldap/moz.build
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cd511ceb1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/moz.build
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+# vim: set filetype=python:
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+Library('ldapsdks')
+
+DIRS += [
+    'c-sdk/libraries'
+]
+
+USE_LIBS += [
+    'ldap60',
+    'ldif60',
+    'prldap60',
+]
diff --git a/ldap/xpcom/README.txt b/ldap/xpcom/README.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d621b14fc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/xpcom/README.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+This is the home for XPCOM modules that implement LDAP functionality.
+
+What's Here
+-----------
+base/	
+	Implements a wrapper around the LDAP C SDK, as well as support
+	for ldap: URLs in the browser.  Written entirely in C++;
+	theoretically only depends on necko, xpcom, nspr, and the LDAP
+	C SDK.
+
+datasource/
+	An RDF datasource, written in Javascript. 
+
+tests/
+	Some basic tests to help ensure that things don't break as
+        development proceeds.  Currently, there is only some stuff for
+	testing the datasource.
+
+
+Building
+--------
+See <http://www.mozilla.org/directory/xpcom.html>.
+
+Dan Mosedale <dmose@mozilla.org>
diff --git a/ldap/xpcom/TODO.txt b/ldap/xpcom/TODO.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ff70c2bcd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/xpcom/TODO.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,155 @@
+housecleaning for first 0.x release
+-----------------------------------
+* error handling: sort out what should be NS_ASSERTIONs vs. normal
+  error conditions (eg network & data errors), especially in nsLDAPChannel.  
+  also shouldn't be casting results of nsILDAPConnection::GetErrorString to
+  void in ldapSearch.  (ideally this would use xpidl nsresult decls
+  (bug 13423), but that's not done yet).  This also requires some 
+  threadsafety work related to the data and interfaces touched by 
+  nsLDAPChannel::Cancel, since these are used in the connection
+  callbacks, and we also need to be able to cancel from the connection 
+  callbacks themselves. 
+
+* audit for and fix leaks / bloat
+
+* destroy connection & thread when done with it; deal with timeouts 
+  (blocked on LDAP C SDK 4.1, in the hopes that the NSPR 
+  binding of the IO functions will provide us with some way to pop out
+  of the select() that's called under ldap_result().  It may not be worth 
+  implementing this until nsLDAPService is resurrected.  If this
+  doesn't work, we may have to give nsLDAPConnection an event queue &
+  loop of its own, instead of using the LDAP C SDK as a vector to get
+  events over there.
+
+items blocked waiting for other work
+------------------------------------ 
+* go through the various options that can be used with the SDK function 
+  ldap_set_options() and decide if and where the various functions should 
+  be used.  This will include memory allocator settings, and possibly 
+  threadsafety callbacks (if necessary).  (blocked waiting on LDAP C
+  SDK 4.1 to land, since it contains NSPR bindings for some of this).
+
+* searches that return lots of entries to the nsLDAPChannel
+  (eg (sn=Smith) at netcenter) mostly stall out the UI.  moving most of the 
+  callback work off the UI thread to the LDAP connection thread didn't 
+  help; so this seems to be lossage in the event system itself (bug 50104).
+
+* deal with race condition that happens if data comes back after
+  nsLDAPChannel::Cancel is called.  AsyncStreamListener expects
+  GetStatus to return OK, and asserts when it doesn't.  (blocked waiting
+  on insight from Warren about nsSocketTransport's use of mCancelStatus).
+
+* ensure that multiple calls to Cancel don't do the wrong thing
+
+* move the ldap_unbind() call out of the nsLDAPConnection destructor, 
+  since nsLDAPConnection will soon go back to being callable from the
+  UI thread, and ldap_unbind() is actually synchronous.  additionally,
+  arrange for the connection thread to shutdown.  (waiting for
+  nsILDAPService to be implemented on the theory that nsILDAPService
+  might have it's own thread and it would be reasonable to call
+  ldap_unbind() from that thread).
+
+* currently nsILDAPOperation::SimpleBind is called as though it were
+  asynchronous (ie from the UI thread), which it mostly is -- the call
+  to connect() can stall.  We could use the ASYNC_CONNECT flag, but it
+  seems to do weird stuff on Linux, and mcs says it isn't well tested
+  anyway.  At the moment, my feeling is that fixing ASYNC_CONNECT is
+  probably the right thing to do, but the bind could actually be
+  pushed from nsILDAPOperation into nsILDAPConnection and then called
+  after the thread for the connection is spun up (waiting on help from
+  the LDAP SDK folks: bug 50074).
+
+misc
+----
+* verify that ldap_parse_result() and ldap_get_ldaperrno() aren't
+  required to be called from the same thread as ldap_result() and
+  before the thread-specific ldaperrno has a chance to change.  Note:
+  now that ldap_parse_result is only called inside the initializer
+  nsLDAPMessage::Init(), this is probably no longer an issue there at
+  least.  Need to confirm.
+
+* replace instances of (obsolete) |static NS_DEFINE_IID| variables
+  with direct calls to NS_GET_IID in the code.
+
+* investigate use of DNS in LDAP sdk.  I think sync functions used in the 
+  wrong places (eg they end up getting called from Mozilla on the UI thread)?
+
+* audit for and implement any appropriate NOT_IMPLEMENTED functions
+
+* re-read the IDL for interfaces implemented by nsLDAPChannel.cpp make sure 
+  all interfaces are implemented correctly
+
+* implement progress info interfaces, if possible (% done)
+
+* investigate the MOZILLA_CLIENT define as used by the SDK. eg do we still
+  want the reference to "xp_sort.h"?
+
+* i18n / l10n (any text strings)
+
+* cachability of nsILDAPChannel content: browser cache? ldap_memcache? both?
+
+* use a rebind_proc?
+
+* HTMLize nsLDAPChannel output for linkification
+* the LDAP SDK returns UTF8, but I think nsILDAPChannel is handing it
+  off to callers as ASCII.  How does this all relate to the stated
+  UCS2 policy in Mozilla?
+
+* all attributes are assumed to be strings right now.  This probably
+  needs to change: assume all attributes are binary, use some
+  heuristic to figure out if they're a string.  I wonder how
+  ldapsearch does this.
+
+* grep for XXXs and fix the issues 
+
+rdf datasource 
+--------------
+
+* revamp nsILDAPService (currently unused code) to manage LDAP
+  connections and allow for sharing connections between browser
+  clients.  I think this should obviate the need to hold onto the
+  connection with a delegate factory.
+
+* non-anonymous binding (ie nsLDAPURL supports x-bind-name -- I
+  suspect this may come with the LDAP C SDK version after 4.1,
+  though.)
+
+testing
+-------
+* see how the browser copes when it does such a big search that the server 
+  only returns partial results and an error.
+
+perf
+----
+* rather than having one thread per nsILDAPConnection, have multiple
+  nsILDAPConnections share the same thread.  possibly pre-spin up a
+  thread-pool to handle this?
+
+* nsLDAPService: assuming that we do the above and start using
+  nsLDAPService again, need to implement shutdown for nsLDAPService
+  (probably analogous to the way nsSocketTransportService shuts down.
+  but how does nsIShutdownListener fit in here? and CanUnload?)
+
+* remove any unnecessary thread-safety code (NS_IMPL_THREADSAFE) to avoid
+  locking overhead.  need to figure out if everything must be
+  threadsafe or not.
+
+later
+-----
+* rationalize the logging strategy.  right now there is a mix of 
+  PR_LOG/NS{WARNING|ERROR} and nsIConsoleService and non-logging, 
+  as I have been vacillating on how much logging it's really important to have
+  (part of my thought process about the XPCOM-wrapper being part of 
+  Mozilla-as-platform)
+* get rid of inappropriate use of nsVoidKey by implementing an nsPRInt32Key
+* handle referrals
+* failover
+* addressbook/mail UI glue
+* PSM certs from directory glue(?)
+* secure (& proxied/socksified?) ldap
+* make the LDAP C SDK autoconf glue not be a shim and not require
+  nsprpub build infrastructure.  requires work with the LDAP C SDK
+  owners, and shouldn't this shouldn't happen until after the most
+  current ldap SDK code lands in mozilla.org anyway.
+* figure out our strategy for LDAPv2 vs. LDAPv3.  right now, the code just
+  uses the C SDK's default of always advertising itself as LDAPv2.
diff --git a/ldap/xpcom/moz.build b/ldap/xpcom/moz.build
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..27dcb8746
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/xpcom/moz.build
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+# vim: set filetype=python:
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+DIRS += [
+    'public',
+    'src',
+]
diff --git a/ldap/xpcom/public/moz.build b/ldap/xpcom/public/moz.build
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9ff6b21c6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/xpcom/public/moz.build
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+# vim: set filetype=python:
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+XPIDL_SOURCES += [
+    'nsILDAPBERElement.idl',
+    'nsILDAPBERValue.idl',
+    'nsILDAPConnection.idl',
+    'nsILDAPControl.idl',
+    'nsILDAPErrors.idl',
+    'nsILDAPMessage.idl',
+    'nsILDAPMessageListener.idl',
+    'nsILDAPModification.idl',
+    'nsILDAPOperation.idl',
+    'nsILDAPServer.idl',
+    'nsILDAPService.idl',
+    'nsILDAPURL.idl',
+]
+
+if CONFIG['MOZ_PREF_EXTENSIONS']:
+    XPIDL_SOURCES += [
+        'nsILDAPSyncQuery.idl',
+    ]
+
+XPIDL_MODULE = 'mozldap'
+
diff --git a/ldap/xpcom/public/nsILDAPBERElement.idl b/ldap/xpcom/public/nsILDAPBERElement.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..24a662782
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/xpcom/public/nsILDAPBERElement.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ * 
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+interface nsILDAPBERValue;
+
+
+/**
+ * nsILDAPBERElement is a wrapper interface for a C-SDK BerElement object.
+ * Typically, this is used as an intermediate object to aid in the manual 
+ * construction of a BER value.  Once the construction is completed by calling
+ * methods on this object, an nsILDAPBERValue can be retrieved from the 
+ * asValue attribute on this interface.
+ *
+ * <http://www.mozilla.org/directory/ietf-docs/draft-ietf-ldapext-ldap-c-api-05.txt>
+ * contains some documentation that mostly (but not exactly) matches
+ * the code that this wraps in section 17.
+ */
+
+[scriptable, uuid(409f5b31-c062-4d11-a35b-0a09e7967bf2)]
+interface nsILDAPBERElement : nsISupports 
+{
+  /**
+   * Initialize this object.  Must be called before calling any other method
+   * on this interface.
+   *
+   * @param  aValue  value to preinitialize with; 0 for a new empty object
+   *
+   * @exception  NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED  preinitialization is currently
+   *                                       not implemented
+   * @exception  NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY    unable to allocate the internal
+   *                                       BerElement
+   */
+  void init(in nsILDAPBERValue aValue);
+
+  /**
+   * Most TAG_* constants can be used in the construction or passing in of 
+   * values to the aTag arguments to most of the methods in this interface.
+   */
+
+  /** 
+   * When returned from a parsing method, 0xffffffff is referred to 
+   * has the parse-error semantic (ie TAG_LBER_ERROR); when passing it to
+   * a construction method, it is used to mean "pick the default tag for 
+   * this type" (ie TAG_LBER_DEFAULT).
+   */
+  const unsigned long TAG_LBER_ERROR = 0xffffffff;
+  const unsigned long TAG_LBER_DEFAULT = 0xffffffff;
+  const unsigned long TAG_LBER_END_OF_SEQORSET = 0xfffffffe;
+
+  /** 
+   * BER encoding types and masks
+   */
+  const unsigned long TAG_LBER_PRIMITIVE = 0x00;
+
+  /**
+   * The following two tags are carried over from the LDAP C SDK; their
+   * exact purpose there is not well documented.  They both have
+   * the same value there as well.
+   */
+  const unsigned long TAG_LBER_CONSTRUCTED = 0x20;
+  const unsigned long TAG_LBER_ENCODING_MASK = 0x20;
+
+  const unsigned long TAG_LBER_BIG_TAG_MASK = 0x1f;
+  const unsigned long TAG_LBER_MORE_TAG_MASK = 0x80;
+
+  /**
+   * general BER types we know about
+   */
+  const unsigned long TAG_LBER_BOOLEAN = 0x01;
+  const unsigned long TAG_LBER_INTEGER = 0x02;
+  const unsigned long TAG_LBER_BITSTRING = 0x03;
+  const unsigned long TAG_LBER_OCTETSTRING = 0x04;
+  const unsigned long TAG_LBER_NULL =	0x05;
+  const unsigned long TAG_LBER_ENUMERATED = 0x0a;
+  const unsigned long TAG_LBER_SEQUENCE	= 0x30;
+  const unsigned long TAG_LBER_SET = 0x31;
+
+  /**
+   * Write a string to this element.  
+   *
+   * @param  aString  string to write
+   * @param  aTag     tag for this string (if TAG_LBER_DEFAULT is used,
+   *                  TAG_LBER_OCTETSTRING will be written).
+   *
+   * @return     number of bytes written
+   *
+   * @exception  NS_ERROR_FAILUE   C-SDK returned error
+   */
+  unsigned long putString(in AUTF8String aString, in unsigned long aTag);
+
+  /**
+   * Start a set.  Sets may be nested.
+   *
+   * @param  aTag  tag for this set (if TAG_LBER_DEFAULT is used, 
+   *               TAG_LBER_SET will be written).
+   *
+   * @exception  NS_ERROR_FAILUE   C-SDK returned an error
+   */
+  void startSet(in unsigned long aTag);
+
+  /**
+   * Cause the entire set started by the last startSet() call to be written.
+   *
+   * @exception  NS_ERROR_FAILUE   C-SDK returned an error
+   *
+   * @return     number of bytes written
+   */
+  unsigned long putSet();
+
+  /**
+   * an nsILDAPBERValue version of this element.  Calls ber_flatten() under
+   * the hood.
+   *
+   * @exception NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY
+   */
+  readonly attribute nsILDAPBERValue asValue;
+};
diff --git a/ldap/xpcom/public/nsILDAPBERValue.idl b/ldap/xpcom/public/nsILDAPBERValue.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..da918d639
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/xpcom/public/nsILDAPBERValue.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ * 
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+/**
+ * Representation of a BER value as an interface containing an array of
+ * bytes.  Someday this should perhaps be obsoleted by a better, more
+ * generalized version of nsIByteBuffer, but that's currently not even
+ * scriptable (see bug 125596).  
+ */
+[scriptable, uuid(c817c5fe-1dd1-11b2-a10b-ae9885762ea9)]
+interface nsILDAPBERValue : nsISupports 
+{
+    /**
+     * Set the BER value from an array of bytes (copies).
+     *
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY    couldn't allocate buffer to copy to
+     */
+    void set(in unsigned long aCount, 
+             [array, size_is(aCount)] in octet aValue);
+
+    /** 
+     * Set the BER value from a UTF8 string (copies).
+     *
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY    couldn't allocate buffer to copy to
+     */
+    void setFromUTF8(in AUTF8String aValue);
+
+    /** 
+     * Get the BER value as an array of bytes.  Note that if this value is
+     * zero-length, aCount and aRetVal will both be 0.  This means that 
+     * (in C++ anyway) the caller MUST test either aCount or aRetval before
+     * dereferencing aRetVal.
+     *
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY    couldn't allocate buffer to copy to
+     */
+    void get(out unsigned long aCount, 
+             [retval, array, size_is(aCount)] out octet aRetVal);
+};
+
diff --git a/ldap/xpcom/public/nsILDAPConnection.idl b/ldap/xpcom/public/nsILDAPConnection.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..63b367363
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/xpcom/public/nsILDAPConnection.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+interface nsILDAPOperation;
+interface nsILDAPMessageListener;
+interface nsILDAPURL;
+
+%{C++
+#define NS_LDAPCONNECTION_CONTRACTID "@mozilla.org/network/ldap-connection;1" 
+%}
+
+[scriptable, uuid(360c1ff7-15e3-4ffe-b4b8-0eda72ebc096)]
+interface nsILDAPConnection : nsISupports
+{
+    /**
+     * the string version of lderrno
+     */
+    readonly attribute wstring errorString;
+
+    /**
+     * DN to bind as.  use the init() method to set this.
+     *
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY
+     */
+    readonly attribute AUTF8String bindName;
+    
+    /**
+     * private parameter (anything caller desires)
+     */
+    attribute nsISupports closure;
+
+    /** 
+     * Set up the connection.  Note that init() must be called on a thread
+     * that already has an nsIEventQueue.
+     *
+     * @param aUrl              A URL for the ldap server. The host, port and
+     *                          ssl connection type will be extracted from this
+     * @param aBindName         DN to bind as
+     * @param aMessageListener  Callback for DNS resolution completion
+     * @param aClosure          private parameter (anything caller desires)
+     * @param aVersion          LDAP version to use (currently VERSION2 or 
+     *                          VERSION3)
+     *
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_ILLEGAL_VALUE        null pointer or invalid version
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY        ran out of memory
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_OFFLINE              we are in off-line mode
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_FAILURE              
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED           internal error
+     */
+    void init(in nsILDAPURL aUrl,
+              in AUTF8String aBindName,
+              in nsILDAPMessageListener aMessageListener,
+              in nsISupports aClosure, in unsigned long aVersion);
+
+    const unsigned long VERSION2 = 2;
+    const unsigned long VERSION3 = 3;
+
+    /**
+     * Get information about the last error that occured on this connection.
+     *
+     * @param matched   if the server is returning LDAP_NO_SUCH_OBJECT, 
+     *                  LDAP_ALIAS_PROBLEM, LDAP_INVALID_DN_SYNTAX, 
+     *                  or LDAP_ALIAS_DEREF_PROBLEM, this will contain
+     *                  the portion of DN that matches the entry that is 
+     *                  closest to the requested entry
+     *
+     * @param s         additional error information from the server
+     * 
+     * @return          the error code, as defined in nsILDAPErrors.idl
+     */
+    long getLdErrno(out AUTF8String matched, out AUTF8String s);
+};
diff --git a/ldap/xpcom/public/nsILDAPControl.idl b/ldap/xpcom/public/nsILDAPControl.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..89b87f850
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/xpcom/public/nsILDAPControl.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ * 
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+interface nsILDAPBERValue;
+
+/**
+ * XPCOM representation of the C SDK LDAPControl structure.
+ */
+[scriptable, uuid(3a7ceb8e-482a-4a4f-9aa4-26b9a69a3595)]
+interface nsILDAPControl : nsISupports
+{
+  /**
+   * Control type, represented as a string.
+   *
+   * @exceptions   none
+   */
+  attribute ACString oid;
+
+  /**
+   * The data associated with a control, if any.  To specify that no data 
+   * is to be associated with the control, don't set this at all (which
+   * is equivalent to setting it to null).  
+   *
+   * @note Specifying a zero-length value is not currently supported.  At some
+   * date, setting this to an nsILDAPBERValue which has not had any of the
+   * set methods called will be the appropriate way to do that.
+   *
+   * @exceptions   none
+   */
+  attribute nsILDAPBERValue value;
+
+  /**
+   * Should the client or server abort if the control is not understood?
+   * Should be set to false for server controls used in abandon and unbind
+   * operations, since those have no server response.
+   *
+   * @exceptions   none
+   */
+  attribute boolean isCritical;
+};
diff --git a/ldap/xpcom/public/nsILDAPErrors.idl b/ldap/xpcom/public/nsILDAPErrors.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f85f75d79
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/xpcom/public/nsILDAPErrors.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,447 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+/**
+ * Error codes used in the LDAP XPCOM SDK.
+ *
+ * Taken from the Mozilla C SDK's ldap.h include file, these should be
+ * the same as those specified in the draft-ietf-ldapext-ldap-c-api-04.txt 
+ * Internet Draft.  
+ *
+ * The only good documentation I'm aware of for these error codes is
+ * at <http://docs.iplanet.com/docs/manuals/directory.html#SDKC>.
+ * Unfortunately, this does not currently seem to be available under any
+ * open source license, so I can't include that documentation here as
+ * doxygen comments.
+ *
+ */
+[scriptable, uuid(f9ac10fa-1dd1-11b2-9798-8d5cbda95d74)]
+interface nsILDAPErrors : nsISupports
+{
+
+    const long SUCCESS = 0x00;
+
+    const long OPERATIONS_ERROR = 0x01;
+
+    const long PROTOCOL_ERROR = 0x02;
+
+    const long TIMELIMIT_EXCEEDED = 0x03;
+
+    const long SIZELIMIT_EXCEEDED = 0x04;
+
+    const long COMPARE_FALSE = 0x05;
+
+    const long COMPARE_TRUE = 0x06;
+
+    const long STRONG_AUTH_NOT_SUPPORTED = 0x07;
+
+    const long STRONG_AUTH_REQUIRED = 0x08;
+
+
+    /**
+     * UMich LDAPv2 extension
+     */
+    const long PARTIAL_RESULTS = 0x09;
+
+    /**
+     * new in LDAPv3
+     */
+    const long REFERRAL = 0x0a;
+
+    /**
+     * new in LDAPv3
+     */
+    const long ADMINLIMIT_EXCEEDED = 0x0b;
+
+    /**
+     * new in LDAPv3
+     */
+    const long UNAVAILABLE_CRITICAL_EXTENSION = 0x0c;
+
+    /**
+     * new in LDAPv3
+     */
+    const long CONFIDENTIALITY_REQUIRED = 0x0d;
+
+    /**
+     * new in LDAPv3
+     */
+    const long SASL_BIND_IN_PROGRESS = 0x0e;
+
+    const long NO_SUCH_ATTRIBUTE = 0x10;
+
+    const long UNDEFINED_TYPE = 0x11;
+
+    const long INAPPROPRIATE_MATCHING = 0x12;
+
+    const long CONSTRAINT_VIOLATION = 0x13;
+
+    const long TYPE_OR_VALUE_EXISTS = 0x14;
+
+    const long INVALID_SYNTAX = 0x15;
+
+    const long NO_SUCH_OBJECT = 0x20;
+
+    const long ALIAS_PROBLEM = 0x21;
+
+    const long INVALID_DN_SYNTAX = 0x22;
+
+    /**
+     * not used in LDAPv3
+     */
+    const long IS_LEAF = 0x23;
+
+    const long ALIAS_DEREF_PROBLEM = 0x24;
+
+    const long INAPPROPRIATE_AUTH = 0x30;
+
+    const long INVALID_CREDENTIALS = 0x31;
+ 
+    const long INSUFFICIENT_ACCESS = 0x32;
+
+    const long BUSY = 0x33;
+
+    const long UNAVAILABLE = 0x34;    
+
+    const long UNWILLING_TO_PERFORM = 0x35;
+
+    const long LOOP_DETECT = 0x36;
+
+    /**
+     * server side sort extension
+     */
+    const long SORT_CONTROL_MISSING = 0x3C;
+
+    /**
+     * VLV extension
+     */
+    const long INDEX_RANGE_ERROR = 0x3D;
+
+    const long NAMING_VIOLATION = 0x40;
+
+    const long OBJECT_CLASS_VIOLATION = 0x41;
+
+    const long NOT_ALLOWED_ON_NONLEAF = 0x42;
+
+    const long NOT_ALLOWED_ON_RDN = 0x43;
+
+    const long ALREADY_EXISTS = 0x44;
+
+    const long NO_OBJECT_CLASS_MODS = 0x45;
+
+    /**
+     * reserved CLDAP
+     */
+    const long RESULTS_TOO_LARGE = 0x46;
+
+    /**
+     * new in LDAPv3
+     */
+    const long AFFECTS_MULTIPLE_DSAS = 0x47;
+
+    const long OTHER = 0x50;
+
+    const long SERVER_DOWN = 0x51;
+
+    const long LOCAL_ERROR = 0x52;
+
+    const long ENCODING_ERROR = 0x53;
+
+    const long DECODING_ERROR = 0x54;
+
+    const long TIMEOUT = 0x55;
+
+    const long AUTH_UNKNOWN = 0x56;
+
+    const long FILTER_ERROR = 0x57;
+
+    const long USER_CANCELLED = 0x58;
+
+    const long PARAM_ERROR = 0x59;
+
+    const long NO_MEMORY = 0x5a;
+
+    const long CONNECT_ERROR = 0x5b;
+
+    /**
+     * new in LDAPv3
+     */
+    const long NOT_SUPPORTED = 0x5c;
+
+    /**
+     * new in LDAPv3
+     */
+    const long CONTROL_NOT_FOUND = 0x5d;
+
+    /**
+     * new in LDAPv3
+     */
+    const long NO_RESULTS_RETURNED = 0x5e;
+
+    /**
+     * new in LDAPv3
+     */
+    const long MORE_RESULTS_TO_RETURN = 0x5f;
+
+    /**
+     * new in LDAPv3
+     */
+    const long CLIENT_LOOP = 0x60;
+
+    /**
+     * new in LDAPv3
+     */
+    const long REFERRAL_LIMIT_EXCEEDED = 0x61;
+};
+
+/* 
+ * Map these errors codes into the nsresult namespace in C++
+ */
+%{C++
+
+#define NS_ERROR_LDAP_OPERATIONS_ERROR \
+    NS_ERROR_GENERATE_FAILURE(NS_ERROR_MODULE_LDAP, \
+                              nsILDAPErrors::OPERATIONS_ERROR)
+
+#define NS_ERROR_LDAP_PROTOCOL_ERROR \
+    NS_ERROR_GENERATE_FAILURE(NS_ERROR_MODULE_LDAP, \
+                              nsILDAPErrors::PROTOCOL_ERROR)
+
+#define NS_ERROR_LDAP_TIMELIMIT_EXCEEDED \
+    NS_ERROR_GENERATE_FAILURE(NS_ERROR_MODULE_LDAP, \
+                              nsILDAPErrors::TIMELIMIT_EXCEEDED)
+
+#define NS_ERROR_LDAP_SIZELIMIT_EXCEEDED \
+    NS_ERROR_GENERATE_FAILURE(NS_ERROR_MODULE_LDAP, \
+                              nsILDAPErrors::SIZELIMIT_EXCEEDED)
+
+#define NS_ERROR_LDAP_COMPARE_FALSE \
+    NS_ERROR_GENERATE_FAILURE(NS_ERROR_MODULE_LDAP, \
+                              nsILDAPErrors::COMPARE_FALSE)
+
+#define NS_ERROR_LDAP_COMPARE_TRUE \
+    NS_ERROR_GENERATE_FAILURE(NS_ERROR_MODULE_LDAP, \
+                              nsILDAPErrors::COMPARE_TRUE)
+
+#define NS_ERROR_LDAP_STRONG_AUTH_NOT_SUPPORTED \
+    NS_ERROR_GENERATE_FAILURE(NS_ERROR_MODULE_LDAP, \
+                              nsILDAPErrors::STRONG_AUTH_NOT_SUPPORTED)
+
+#define NS_ERROR_LDAP_STRONG_AUTH_REQUIRED \
+    NS_ERROR_GENERATE_FAILURE(NS_ERROR_MODULE_LDAP, \
+                              nsILDAPErrors::STRONG_AUTH_REQUIRED)
+
+#define NS_ERROR_LDAP_PARTIAL_RESULTS \
+    NS_ERROR_GENERATE_FAILURE(NS_ERROR_MODULE_LDAP, \
+                              nsILDAPErrors::PARTIAL_RESULTS)
+
+#define NS_ERROR_LDAP_REFERRAL \
+    NS_ERROR_GENERATE_FAILURE(NS_ERROR_MODULE_LDAP, \
+                              nsILDAPErrors::REFERRAL)
+
+#define NS_ERROR_LDAP_ADMINLIMIT_EXCEEDED \
+    NS_ERROR_GENERATE_FAILURE(NS_ERROR_MODULE_LDAP, \
+                              nsILDAPErrors::ADMINLIMIT_EXCEEDED)
+
+#define NS_ERROR_LDAP_UNAVAILABLE_CRITICAL_EXTENSION \
+    NS_ERROR_GENERATE_FAILURE(NS_ERROR_MODULE_LDAP, \
+                              nsILDAPErrors::UNAVAILABLE_CRITICAL_EXTENSION)
+
+#define NS_ERROR_LDAP_CONFIDENTIALITY_REQUIRED \
+    NS_ERROR_GENERATE_FAILURE(NS_ERROR_MODULE_LDAP, \
+                              nsILDAPErrors::CONFIDENTIALITY_REQUIRED)
+
+#define NS_ERROR_LDAP_SASL_BIND_IN_PROGRESS \
+    NS_ERROR_GENERATE_FAILURE(NS_ERROR_MODULE_LDAP, \
+                              nsILDAPErrors::SASL_BIND_IN_PROGRESS)
+
+#define NS_ERROR_LDAP_NO_SUCH_ATTRIBUTE \
+    NS_ERROR_GENERATE_FAILURE(NS_ERROR_MODULE_LDAP, \
+                              nsILDAPErrors::NO_SUCH_ATTRIBUTE)
+
+#define NS_ERROR_LDAP_UNDEFINED_TYPE \
+    NS_ERROR_GENERATE_FAILURE(NS_ERROR_MODULE_LDAP, \
+                              nsILDAPErrors::UNDEFINED_TYPE)
+
+#define NS_ERROR_LDAP_INAPPROPRIATE_MATCHING \
+    NS_ERROR_GENERATE_FAILURE(NS_ERROR_MODULE_LDAP, \
+                              nsILDAPErrors::INAPPROPRIATE_MATCHING)
+
+#define NS_ERROR_LDAP_CONSTRAINT_VIOLATION \
+    NS_ERROR_GENERATE_FAILURE(NS_ERROR_MODULE_LDAP, \
+                              nsILDAPErrors::CONSTRAINT_VIOLATION)
+
+#define NS_ERROR_LDAP_TYPE_OR_VALUE_EXISTS \
+    NS_ERROR_GENERATE_FAILURE(NS_ERROR_MODULE_LDAP, \
+                              nsILDAPErrors::TYPE_OR_VALUE_EXISTS)
+
+#define NS_ERROR_LDAP_INVALID_SYNTAX \
+    NS_ERROR_GENERATE_FAILURE(NS_ERROR_MODULE_LDAP, \
+                              nsILDAPErrors::INVALID_SYNTAX)
+
+#define NS_ERROR_LDAP_NO_SUCH_OBJECT \
+    NS_ERROR_GENERATE_FAILURE(NS_ERROR_MODULE_LDAP, \
+                              nsILDAPErrors::NO_SUCH_OBJECT)
+
+#define NS_ERROR_LDAP_ALIAS_PROBLEM \
+    NS_ERROR_GENERATE_FAILURE(NS_ERROR_MODULE_LDAP, \
+                              nsILDAPErrors::ALIAS_PROBLEM)
+
+#define NS_ERROR_LDAP_INVALID_DN_SYNTAX \
+    NS_ERROR_GENERATE_FAILURE(NS_ERROR_MODULE_LDAP, \
+                              nsILDAPErrors::INVALID_DN_SYNTAX)
+
+#define NS_ERROR_LDAP_IS_LEAF \
+    NS_ERROR_GENERATE_FAILURE(NS_ERROR_MODULE_LDAP, \
+                              nsILDAPErrors::IS_LEAF)
+
+#define NS_ERROR_LDAP_ALIAS_DEREF_PROBLEM \
+    NS_ERROR_GENERATE_FAILURE(NS_ERROR_MODULE_LDAP, \
+                              nsILDAPErrors::ALIAS_DEREF_PROBLEM)
+
+#define NS_ERROR_LDAP_INAPPROPRIATE_AUTH \
+    NS_ERROR_GENERATE_FAILURE(NS_ERROR_MODULE_LDAP, \
+                              nsILDAPErrors::INAPPROPRIATE_AUTH)
+
+#define NS_ERROR_LDAP_INVALID_CREDENTIALS \
+    NS_ERROR_GENERATE_FAILURE(NS_ERROR_MODULE_LDAP, \
+                              nsILDAPErrors::INVALID_CREDENTIALS)
+
+#define NS_ERROR_LDAP_INSUFFICIENT_ACCESS \
+    NS_ERROR_GENERATE_FAILURE(NS_ERROR_MODULE_LDAP, \
+                              nsILDAPErrors::INSUFFICIENT_ACCESS)
+
+#define NS_ERROR_LDAP_BUSY \
+    NS_ERROR_GENERATE_FAILURE(NS_ERROR_MODULE_LDAP, \
+                              nsILDAPErrors::BUSY)
+
+#define NS_ERROR_LDAP_UNAVAILABLE \
+    NS_ERROR_GENERATE_FAILURE(NS_ERROR_MODULE_LDAP, \
+                              nsILDAPErrors::UNAVAILABLE)
+
+#define NS_ERROR_LDAP_UNWILLING_TO_PERFORM \
+    NS_ERROR_GENERATE_FAILURE(NS_ERROR_MODULE_LDAP, \
+                              nsILDAPErrors::UNWILLING_TO_PERFORM)
+
+#define NS_ERROR_LDAP_LOOP_DETECT \
+    NS_ERROR_GENERATE_FAILURE(NS_ERROR_MODULE_LDAP, \
+                              nsILDAPErrors::LOOP_DETECT)
+
+#define NS_ERROR_LDAP_SORT_CONTROL_MISSING \
+    NS_ERROR_GENERATE_FAILURE(NS_ERROR_MODULE_LDAP, \
+                              nsILDAPErrors::SORT_CONTROL_MISSING)
+
+#define NS_ERROR_LDAP_INDEX_RANGE_ERROR \
+    NS_ERROR_GENERATE_FAILURE(NS_ERROR_MODULE_LDAP, \
+                              nsILDAPErrors::INDEX_RANGE_ERROR)
+
+#define NS_ERROR_LDAP_NAMING_VIOLATION \
+    NS_ERROR_GENERATE_FAILURE(NS_ERROR_MODULE_LDAP, \
+                              nsILDAPErrors::NAMING_VIOLATION)
+
+#define NS_ERROR_LDAP_OBJECT_CLASS_VIOLATION \
+    NS_ERROR_GENERATE_FAILURE(NS_ERROR_MODULE_LDAP, \
+                              nsILDAPErrors::OBJECT_CLASS_VIOLATION)
+
+#define NS_ERROR_LDAP_NOT_ALLOWED_ON_NONLEAF \
+    NS_ERROR_GENERATE_FAILURE(NS_ERROR_MODULE_LDAP, \
+                              nsILDAPErrors::NOT_ALLOWED_ON_NONLEAF)
+
+#define NS_ERROR_LDAP_NOT_ALLOWED_ON_RDN \
+    NS_ERROR_GENERATE_FAILURE(NS_ERROR_MODULE_LDAP, \
+                              nsILDAPErrors::NOT_ALLOWED_ON_RDN)
+
+#define NS_ERROR_LDAP_ALREADY_EXISTS \
+    NS_ERROR_GENERATE_FAILURE(NS_ERROR_MODULE_LDAP, \
+                              nsILDAPErrors::ALREADY_EXISTS)
+
+#define NS_ERROR_LDAP_NO_OBJECT_CLASS_MODS \
+    NS_ERROR_GENERATE_FAILURE(NS_ERROR_MODULE_LDAP, \
+                              nsILDAPErrors::NO_OBJECT_CLASS_MODS)
+
+#define NS_ERROR_LDAP_RESULTS_TOO_LARGE \
+    NS_ERROR_GENERATE_FAILURE(NS_ERROR_MODULE_LDAP, \
+                              nsILDAPErrors::RESULTS_TOO_LARGE)
+
+#define NS_ERROR_LDAP_AFFECTS_MULTIPLE_DSAS \
+    NS_ERROR_GENERATE_FAILURE(NS_ERROR_MODULE_LDAP, \
+                              nsILDAPErrors::AFFECTS_MULTIPLE_DSAS)
+
+#define NS_ERROR_LDAP_OTHER \
+    NS_ERROR_GENERATE_FAILURE(NS_ERROR_MODULE_LDAP, \
+                              nsILDAPErrors::OTHER)
+
+#define NS_ERROR_LDAP_SERVER_DOWN \
+    NS_ERROR_GENERATE_FAILURE(NS_ERROR_MODULE_LDAP, \
+                              nsILDAPErrors::SERVER_DOWN)
+
+#define NS_ERROR_LDAP_LOCAL_ERROR \
+    NS_ERROR_GENERATE_FAILURE(NS_ERROR_MODULE_LDAP, \
+                              nsILDAPErrors::LOCAL_ERROR)
+
+#define NS_ERROR_LDAP_ENCODING_ERROR \
+    NS_ERROR_GENERATE_FAILURE(NS_ERROR_MODULE_LDAP, \
+                              nsILDAPErrors::ENCODING_ERROR)
+
+#define NS_ERROR_LDAP_DECODING_ERROR \
+    NS_ERROR_GENERATE_FAILURE(NS_ERROR_MODULE_LDAP, \
+                              nsILDAPErrors::DECODING_ERROR)
+
+#define NS_ERROR_LDAP_TIMEOUT \
+    NS_ERROR_GENERATE_FAILURE(NS_ERROR_MODULE_LDAP, \
+                              nsILDAPErrors::TIMEOUT)
+
+#define NS_ERROR_LDAP_AUTH_UNKNOWN \
+    NS_ERROR_GENERATE_FAILURE(NS_ERROR_MODULE_LDAP, \
+                              nsILDAPErrors::AUTH_UNKNOWN)
+
+#define NS_ERROR_LDAP_FILTER_ERROR \
+    NS_ERROR_GENERATE_FAILURE(NS_ERROR_MODULE_LDAP, \
+                              nsILDAPErrors::FILTER_ERROR)
+
+#define NS_ERROR_LDAP_USER_CANCELLED \
+    NS_ERROR_GENERATE_FAILURE(NS_ERROR_MODULE_LDAP, \
+                              nsILDAPErrors::USER_CANCELLED)
+
+#define NS_ERROR_LDAP_PARAM_ERROR \
+    NS_ERROR_GENERATE_FAILURE(NS_ERROR_MODULE_LDAP, \
+                              nsILDAPErrors::PARAM_ERROR)
+
+#define NS_ERROR_LDAP_NO_MEMORY \
+    NS_ERROR_GENERATE_FAILURE(NS_ERROR_MODULE_LDAP, \
+                              nsILDAPErrors::NO_MEMORY)
+
+#define NS_ERROR_LDAP_CONNECT_ERROR \
+    NS_ERROR_GENERATE_FAILURE(NS_ERROR_MODULE_LDAP, \
+                              nsILDAPErrors::CONNECT_ERROR)
+
+#define NS_ERROR_LDAP_NOT_SUPPORTED \
+    NS_ERROR_GENERATE_FAILURE(NS_ERROR_MODULE_LDAP, \
+                              nsILDAPErrors::NOT_SUPPORTED)
+
+#define NS_ERROR_LDAP_CONTROL_NOT_FOUND \
+    NS_ERROR_GENERATE_FAILURE(NS_ERROR_MODULE_LDAP, \
+                              nsILDAPErrors::CONTROL_NOT_FOUND)
+
+#define NS_ERROR_LDAP_NO_RESULTS_RETURNED \
+    NS_ERROR_GENERATE_FAILURE(NS_ERROR_MODULE_LDAP, \
+                              nsILDAPErrors::NO_RESULTS_RETURNED)
+
+#define NS_ERROR_LDAP_MORE_RESULTS_TO_RETURN \
+    NS_ERROR_GENERATE_FAILURE(NS_ERROR_MODULE_LDAP, \
+                              nsILDAPErrors::MORE_RESULTS_TO_RETURN)
+
+#define NS_ERROR_LDAP_CLIENT_LOOP \
+    NS_ERROR_GENERATE_FAILURE(NS_ERROR_MODULE_LDAP, \
+                              nsILDAPErrors::CLIENT_LOOP)
+
+#define NS_ERROR_LDAP_REFERRAL_LIMIT_EXCEEDED \
+    NS_ERROR_GENERATE_FAILURE(NS_ERROR_MODULE_LDAP, \
+                              nsILDAPErrors::REFERRAL_LIMIT_EXCEEDED)
+
+%}
diff --git a/ldap/xpcom/public/nsILDAPMessage.idl b/ldap/xpcom/public/nsILDAPMessage.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7b3298e48
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/xpcom/public/nsILDAPMessage.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,170 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ * 
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+interface nsILDAPBERValue;
+interface nsILDAPOperation;
+
+%{C++
+#define NS_LDAPMESSAGE_CONTRACTID "@mozilla.org/network/ldap-message;1"
+%}
+
+[scriptable, uuid(973ff50f-2002-4f0c-b57d-2242156139a2)]
+interface nsILDAPMessage : nsISupports
+{
+    /**
+     * The Distinguished Name of the entry associated with this message.
+     * 
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY        ran out of memory
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_ILLEGAL_VALUE        null pointer passed in
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_LDAP_DECODING_ERROR  problem during BER-decoding
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED           bug or memory corruption
+     */
+    readonly attribute AUTF8String dn;
+
+    /**
+     * Get all the attributes in this message.
+     *
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_ILLEGAL_VALUE        null pointer passed in
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED           bug or memory corruption
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_LDAP_DECODING_ERROR  problem during BER decoding
+     *
+     * @return  array of all attributes in the current message
+     */
+    void getAttributes(out unsigned long count, 
+                       [retval, array, size_is(count)] out string aAttributes);
+
+    /**
+     * Get an array of all the attribute values in this message.
+     *
+     * @param attr      The attribute whose values are to be returned
+     * @param count     Number of values in the outbound array.
+     * @param values    Array of values
+     *
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED           Bug or memory corruption
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_LDAP_DECODING_ERROR  Attribute not found or other 
+     *                                          decoding error.
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY
+     */
+    void getValues(in string attr, out unsigned long count, 
+                   [retval, array, size_is(count)] out wstring values);
+
+    /**
+     * The operation this message originated from
+     * 
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER         NULL pointer to getter
+     */
+    readonly attribute nsILDAPOperation operation;
+
+    /**
+     * The result code (aka lderrno) for this message.  
+     *
+     * IDL definitions for these constants live in nsILDAPErrors.idl.
+     *
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_ILLEGAL_VALUE    null pointer passed in
+     */
+    readonly attribute long errorCode;
+
+    /**
+     * The result type of this message.  Possible types listed below, the 
+     * values chosen are taken from the draft-ietf-ldapext-ldap-c-api-04.txt
+     * and are the same ones used in the ldap.h include file from the Mozilla
+     * LDAP C SDK.
+     *
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_ILLEGAL_VALUE    null pointer passed in
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED       internal error (possible memory
+     *                                                      corruption)
+     */
+    readonly attribute long type;
+
+    /**
+     * Result of a bind operation
+     */
+    const long RES_BIND = 0x61;
+
+    /**
+     * An entry found in an search operation.
+     */
+    const long RES_SEARCH_ENTRY = 0x64;
+
+    /**
+     * An LDAPv3 search reference (a referral to another server)
+     */
+    const long RES_SEARCH_REFERENCE = 0x73;
+
+    /** 
+     * The result of a search operation (i.e. the search is done; no more
+     * entries to follow).
+     */
+    const long RES_SEARCH_RESULT = 0x65;
+
+    /**
+     * The result of a modify operation.
+     */
+    const long RES_MODIFY = 0x67;
+
+    /** 
+     * The result of an add operation
+     */
+    const long RES_ADD = 0x69;
+    
+    /**
+     * The result of a delete operation
+     */
+    const long RES_DELETE = 0x6B;
+
+    /**
+     * The result of an modify DN operation
+     */
+    const long RES_MODDN = 0x6D;
+
+    /**
+     * The result of a compare operation
+     */
+    const long RES_COMPARE = 0x6F;
+
+    /** 
+     * The result of an LDAPv3 extended operation
+     */
+    const long RES_EXTENDED = 0x78;
+
+    /**
+     * get an LDIF-like string representation of this message
+     *
+     * @return unicode encoded string representation.
+     */
+    wstring toUnicode();
+
+    /**
+     * Additional error information optionally sent by the server.
+     */
+    readonly attribute AUTF8String errorMessage;
+
+    /**
+     * In LDAPv3, when the server returns any of the following errors:
+     * NO_SUCH_OBJECT, ALIAS_PROBLEM, INVALID_DN_SYNTAX, ALIAS_DEREF_PROBLEM,
+     * it also returns the closest existing DN to the entry requested.
+     */
+    readonly attribute AUTF8String matchedDn;
+
+    /**
+     * Get an array of all the attribute values in this message (a wrapper
+     * around the LDAP C SDK's get_values_len()).
+     *
+     * @param attr      The attribute whose values are to be returned
+     * @param count     Number of values in the outbound array.
+     * @param values    Array of nsILDAPBERValue objects
+     *
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED           Bug or memory corruption
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_LDAP_DECODING_ERROR  Attribute not found or other 
+     *                                          decoding error.
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY
+     */
+    void getBinaryValues(in string attr, out unsigned long count,
+                         [retval, array, size_is(count)] out nsILDAPBERValue values);
+};
diff --git a/ldap/xpcom/public/nsILDAPMessageListener.idl b/ldap/xpcom/public/nsILDAPMessageListener.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8d4da5354
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/xpcom/public/nsILDAPMessageListener.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ * 
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+interface nsILDAPMessage;
+
+interface nsILDAPConnection;
+
+/** 
+ * A callback interface to be implemented by any objects that want to 
+ * receive results from an nsILDAPOperation (ie nsILDAPMessages) as they
+ * come in.
+ */
+[scriptable, uuid(dc721d4b-3ff2-4387-a80c-5e29545f774a)]
+interface nsILDAPMessageListener : nsISupports
+{
+    /**
+     * Messages received are passed back via this function.
+     *
+     * @arg aMessage  The message that was returned, NULL if none was.
+     *
+     * XXX semantics of NULL?
+     */
+    void onLDAPMessage(in nsILDAPMessage aMessage);
+
+    /**
+     * Notify the listener that the Init has completed, passing
+     * in the results from the connection initialization. The
+     * Reason for this is to allow us to do asynchronous DNS
+     * lookups, preresolving hostnames.
+     *
+     * @arg aConn     The LDAP connection in question
+     * @arg aStatus   The result from the LDAP connection init
+     */
+    void onLDAPInit(in nsILDAPConnection aConn, in nsresult aStatus);
+};
diff --git a/ldap/xpcom/public/nsILDAPModification.idl b/ldap/xpcom/public/nsILDAPModification.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6c93316e9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/xpcom/public/nsILDAPModification.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+interface nsILDAPBERValue;
+interface nsIArray;
+
+[scriptable, uuid(f64ef501-0623-11d6-a7f2-b65476fc49dc)]
+interface nsILDAPModification : nsISupports
+{
+  /**
+   * The operation to perform.
+   */
+  attribute long operation;
+
+  /**
+   * Add operation
+   */
+  const long MOD_ADD = 0x00;
+
+  /**
+   * Delete operation
+   */
+  const long MOD_DELETE = 0x01;
+
+  /**
+   * Replace operation
+   */
+  const long MOD_REPLACE = 0x02;
+
+  /**
+   * Values are BER encoded
+   */
+  const long MOD_BVALUES = 0x80;
+
+  /**
+   * The attribute to modify.
+   */
+  attribute ACString type;
+
+  /**
+   * The array of values this modification sets for the attribute
+   */
+  attribute nsIArray values;
+
+  /** 
+   * Function that allows all the attributes to be set at the same
+   * time to avoid multiple function calls.
+   */
+  void setUpModification(in long aOperation, in ACString aType,
+                         in nsIArray aValues);
+
+  void setUpModificationOneValue(in long aOperation, in ACString aType,
+                                 in nsILDAPBERValue aValue);
+};
diff --git a/ldap/xpcom/public/nsILDAPOperation.idl b/ldap/xpcom/public/nsILDAPOperation.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f3b9e6e7a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/xpcom/public/nsILDAPOperation.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,275 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ * 
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+#include "nsILDAPConnection.idl"
+#include "nsIAuthModule.idl"
+
+interface nsILDAPMessage;
+interface nsILDAPMessageListener;
+interface nsILDAPModification;
+interface nsIMutableArray;
+interface nsIArray;
+
+%{C++
+#define NS_LDAPOPERATION_CONTRACTID "@mozilla.org/network/ldap-operation;1" 
+%}
+
+// XXXdmose check to make sure ctl-related err codes documented
+
+typedef uint32_t PRIntervalTime;
+
+[scriptable, uuid(4dfb1b19-fc8f-4525-92e7-f97b78a9747a)]
+interface nsILDAPOperation : nsISupports
+{
+    /**
+     * The connection this operation is on. 
+     * 
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_ILLEGAL_VALUE        a NULL pointer was passed in
+     */
+    readonly attribute nsILDAPConnection connection;
+
+    /**
+     * Callback for individual result messages related to this operation (set
+     * by the init() method).  This is actually an nsISupports proxy object, 
+     * as the callback will happen from another thread.
+     * 
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_ILLEGAL_VALUE        a NULL pointer was passed in
+     */
+    readonly attribute nsILDAPMessageListener messageListener;
+
+    /**
+     * The message-id associated with this operation.
+     *
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_ILLEGAL_VALUE        a NULL pointer was passed in
+     */
+    readonly attribute long messageID;
+
+    /**
+     * private parameter (anything caller desires)
+     */
+    attribute nsISupports closure;
+
+    /**
+     * No time and/or size limit specified
+     */
+    const long NO_LIMIT = 0;
+
+    /**
+     * If specified, these arrays of nsILDAPControls are passed into the LDAP
+     * C SDK for any extended operations (ie method calls on this interface
+     * ending in "Ext").
+     */
+    attribute nsIMutableArray serverControls;
+    attribute nsIMutableArray clientControls;
+
+    /**
+     * Initializes this operation.  Must be called prior to initiating
+     * any actual operations.  Note that by default, the aMessageListener
+     * callbacks happen on the LDAP connection thread.  If you need them
+     * to happen on the main thread (or any other thread), then you should
+     * created an nsISupports proxy object and pass that in.
+     *
+     * @param aConnection       connection this operation should use
+     * @param aMessageListener  interface used to call back the results.
+     * @param aClosure          private parameter (anything caller desires)
+     *
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_ILLEGAL_VALUE        a NULL pointer was passed in
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED           failed to get connection handle
+     */
+    void init(in nsILDAPConnection aConnection, 
+              in nsILDAPMessageListener aMessageListener,
+              in nsISupports aClosure);
+
+    /**
+     * Asynchronously authenticate to the LDAP server.
+     * 
+     * @param passwd    the password used for binding; NULL for anon-binds
+     *
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_LDAP_ENCODING_ERROR  problem encoding bind request
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_LDAP_SERVER_DOWN     server down (XXX rebinds?)
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_LDAP_CONNECT_ERROR   connection failed or lost
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY        ran out of memory
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED           internal error
+     */
+    void simpleBind(in AUTF8String passwd);
+
+    /**
+     * Asynchronously perform a SASL bind against the LDAP server
+     *
+     * @param service    the host name of the service being connected to
+     * @param mechanism  the name of the SASL mechanism in use
+     * @param authModule the nsIAuthModule to be used to perform the operation
+     *
+     */
+    void saslBind(in ACString service, in ACString mechanism, 
+                  in nsIAuthModule authModule);
+
+    /**
+     * Continue a SASL bind operation
+     *
+     * @param token     the next SASL token to send to the server
+     * @param tokenLen  the length of the token to send
+     *
+     */
+    void saslStep(in string token, in unsigned long tokenLen);
+
+    /**
+     * Kicks off an asynchronous add request.  The "ext" stands for 
+     * "extensions", and is intended to convey that this method will
+     * eventually support the extensions described in the
+     * draft-ietf-ldapext-ldap-c-api-04.txt Internet Draft.
+     *
+     * @param aBaseDn           Base DN to add
+     * @param aModCount         Number of modifications
+     * @param aMods             Array of modifications
+     *
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED      operation not initialized
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_INVALID_ARG          invalid argument
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_LDAP_ENCODING_ERROR  error during BER-encoding
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_LDAP_SERVER_DOWN     the LDAP server did not
+     *                                          receive the request or the
+     *                                          connection was lost
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY        ran out of memory
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_LDAP_NOT_SUPPORTED   not supported in the version
+     *                                          of the LDAP protocol that the
+     *                                          client is using
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED           an unexpected error has
+     *                                          occurred
+     *
+     * XXX doesn't currently handle LDAPControl params
+     */
+    void addExt(in AUTF8String aBaseDn, in nsIArray aMods);
+
+    /**
+     * Kicks off an asynchronous delete request.  The "ext" stands for 
+     * "extensions", and is intended to convey that this method will
+     * eventually support the extensions described in the
+     * draft-ietf-ldapext-ldap-c-api-04.txt Internet Draft.
+     *
+     * @param aBaseDn           Base DN to delete
+     *
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED      operation not initialized
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_INVALID_ARG          invalid argument
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_LDAP_ENCODING_ERROR  error during BER-encoding
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_LDAP_SERVER_DOWN     the LDAP server did not
+     *                                          receive the request or the
+     *                                          connection was lost
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY        ran out of memory
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_LDAP_NOT_SUPPORTED   not supported in the version
+     *                                          of the LDAP protocol that the
+     *                                          client is using
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED           an unexpected error has
+     *                                          occurred
+     *
+     * XXX doesn't currently handle LDAPControl params
+     */
+    void deleteExt(in AUTF8String aBaseDn);
+
+    /**
+     * Kicks off an asynchronous modify request.  The "ext" stands for 
+     * "extensions", and is intended to convey that this method will
+     * eventually support the extensions described in the
+     * draft-ietf-ldapext-ldap-c-api-04.txt Internet Draft.
+     *
+     * @param aBaseDn           Base DN to modify
+     * @param aModCount         Number of modifications
+     * @param aMods             Array of modifications
+     *
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED      operation not initialized
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_INVALID_ARG          invalid argument
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_LDAP_ENCODING_ERROR  error during BER-encoding
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_LDAP_SERVER_DOWN     the LDAP server did not
+     *                                          receive the request or the
+     *                                          connection was lost
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY        ran out of memory
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_LDAP_NOT_SUPPORTED   not supported in the version
+     *                                          of the LDAP protocol that the
+     *                                          client is using
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED           an unexpected error has
+     *                                          occurred
+     *
+     * XXX doesn't currently handle LDAPControl params
+     */
+    void modifyExt(in AUTF8String aBaseDn, in nsIArray aMods);
+
+    /**
+     * Kicks off an asynchronous rename request.
+     *
+     * @param aBaseDn           Base DN to rename
+     * @param aNewRDn           New relative DN
+     * @param aNewParent        DN of the new parent under which to move the
+     *                          entry
+     * @param aDeleteOldRDn     Indicates whether to remove the old relative
+     *                          DN as a value in the entry or not
+     *
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED      operation not initialized
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_INVALID_ARG          invalid argument
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_LDAP_ENCODING_ERROR  error during BER-encoding
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_LDAP_SERVER_DOWN     the LDAP server did not
+     *                                          receive the request or the
+     *                                          connection was lost
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY        ran out of memory
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_LDAP_NOT_SUPPORTED   not supported in the version
+     *                                          of the LDAP protocol that the
+     *                                          client is using
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED           an unexpected error has
+     *                                          occurred
+     *
+     * XXX doesn't currently handle LDAPControl params
+     */
+    void rename(in AUTF8String aBaseDn, in AUTF8String aNewRDn,
+                in AUTF8String aNewParent, in boolean aDeleteOldRDn);
+
+    /**
+     * Kicks off an asynchronous search request.  The "ext" stands for 
+     * "extensions", and is intended to convey that this method will
+     * eventually support the extensions described in the
+     * draft-ietf-ldapext-ldap-c-api-04.txt Internet Draft.
+     *
+     * @param aBaseDn           Base DN to search
+     * @param aScope            One of SCOPE_{BASE,ONELEVEL,SUBTREE}
+     * @param aFilter           Search filter
+     * @param aAttributes       Comma separated list of values, holding the
+     *                          attributes we need
+     * @param aTimeOut          How long to wait
+     * @param aSizeLimit        Maximum number of entries to return.
+     *
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED      operation not initialized
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_LDAP_ENCODING_ERROR  error during BER-encoding
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_LDAP_SERVER_DOWN     the LDAP server did not
+     *                                          receive the request or the
+     *                                          connection was lost
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY        ran out of memory
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_INVALID_ARG          invalid argument
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_LDAP_NOT_SUPPORTED   not supported in the version
+     *                                          of the LDAP protocol that the
+     *                                          client is using
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_LDAP_FILTER_ERROR
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED
+     */
+    void searchExt(in AUTF8String aBaseDn, in int32_t aScope,
+                   in AUTF8String aFilter, in ACString aAttributes,
+                   in PRIntervalTime aTimeOut, in int32_t aSizeLimit);
+
+    /**  
+     * Cancels an async operation that is in progress.
+     *
+     * XXX controls not supported yet
+     *
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED      server or client controls
+     *                                          were set on this object
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED      operation not initialized
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_LDAP_ENCODING_ERROR  error during BER-encoding
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_LDAP_SERVER_DOWN     the LDAP server did not
+     *                                          receive the request or the
+     *                                          connection was lost
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY        out of memory
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_INVALID_ARG          invalid argument
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED           internal error
+     */
+    void abandonExt();
+};
diff --git a/ldap/xpcom/public/nsILDAPServer.idl b/ldap/xpcom/public/nsILDAPServer.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5fc9522e4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/xpcom/public/nsILDAPServer.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+#include "nsILDAPConnection.idl"
+
+interface nsILDAPURL;
+
+/**
+ * this interface provides a way to store, retrieve and manipulate
+ * information related to a specific LDAP server. This includes the
+ * LDAP URL, as well as certain user specific data (e.g. credentials).
+ *
+ * The implementation of nsILDAPService relies heavily on this
+ * interface, managing all LDAP connections (nsILDAPConnection).
+ * The Service manages LDAP connections (connect and disconnect etc.),
+ * using the information available from these LDAP Server objects.
+ */
+
+
+[scriptable, uuid(8aa717a4-1dd2-11b2-99c7-f01e2d449ded)]
+interface nsILDAPServer : nsISupports {
+
+    /**
+     * unique identifier for this server, used (typically) to identify a
+     * particular server object in a list of servers. This key can be
+     * any "string", but in our case it will most likely be the same
+     * identifier as used in a Mozilla preferences files.
+     *
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER     NULL pointer to GET method
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY    ran out of memory
+     */
+    attribute wstring key;
+
+    /**
+     * the password string used to bind to this server. An empty
+     * string here implies binding as anonymous.
+     *
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER     NULL pointer to GET method
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY    ran out of memory
+     */
+    attribute AUTF8String password;
+
+    /**
+     * the user name to authenticate as. An empty string here would
+     * imply binding as anonymous.
+     *
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER     NULL pointer to GET method
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY    ran out of memory
+     */
+    attribute AUTF8String username;
+
+    /**
+     * the bind DN (Distinguished Name).
+     *
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER     NULL pointer to GET method
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY    ran out of memory
+     */
+    attribute AUTF8String binddn;
+
+    /** maximum number of hits we want to accept from an LDAP search
+     *  operation.
+     *
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER     NULL pointer to GET method
+     */
+    attribute unsigned long sizelimit;
+
+    /**
+     * the URL for this server.
+     *
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER     NULL pointer to GET method
+     */
+    attribute nsILDAPURL url;
+
+    /**
+     * protocol version to be used (see nsILDAPConnection.idl for constants)
+     * Defaults to 3.
+     *
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER     NULL pointer passed to getter
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_INVALID_ARG      Invalid version passed to setter
+     */
+    attribute unsigned long protocolVersion;
+};
diff --git a/ldap/xpcom/public/nsILDAPService.idl b/ldap/xpcom/public/nsILDAPService.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e4f8e75e6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/xpcom/public/nsILDAPService.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,197 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+interface nsILDAPServer;
+interface nsILDAPConnection;
+interface nsILDAPMessageListener;
+
+/**
+ * This interface provides an LDAP connection management service.
+ * It's used to cache already established LDAP connections, as well
+ * as reaping unused connections after a certain time period. This
+ * is done completely asynchronously, using callback functions.
+ */
+
+
+[scriptable, uuid(69de6fbc-2e8c-4482-bf14-358d68b785d1)]
+interface nsILDAPService : nsISupports {
+
+    /**
+     * Add a (possibly) new LDAP server entry to the service. A
+     * server entry holds information about the host, port and
+     * other components of the LDAP URL, as well as information
+     * used for binding a connection to the LDAP server.
+     *
+     * An LDAP Server entry (nsILDAPServer) contains the URL,
+     * user credentials, and other information related to the actual
+     * server itself. It is used for connecting, binding, rebinding,
+     * setting timeouts and so forth.
+     *
+     * @param aServer          an nsILDAPServer object
+     *
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_FAILURE          the server has already been
+     *                                      added to the service
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER     NULL pointer
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY    ran out of memory
+     */
+    void addServer(in nsILDAPServer aServer);
+
+    /**
+     * Mark an LDAP server, in the Service, as a candidate for
+     * deletion. If there are still leases ("users") of this server,
+     * the operation fails.
+     *
+     * @param aKey             unique key identifying the server entry
+     *
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_FAILURE          either the server doesn't
+     *                                      exist, or there are still
+     *                                      leases oustanding
+     */
+    void deleteServer(in wstring aKey);
+
+    /**
+     * Get the nsILDAPServer object for the specified server entry
+     * in the service.
+     *
+     * @param aKey             unique key identifying the server entry
+     *
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_FAILURE          there is no server registered
+     *                                      in the service with this key
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER     NULL pointer
+     */
+    nsILDAPServer getServer(in wstring aKey);
+
+    /**
+     * Request a connection from the service, asynchronously. If there is
+     * one "cached" already, we will actually call the callback function
+     * before returning from this function. This might be considered a bug,
+     * but for now be aware of this (see Bugzilla bug #75989).
+     *
+     * Calling this method does not increment the leases on this connection,
+     * you'll have to use the getConnection() method to actually get the
+     * connection itself (presumably from the callback/listener object).
+     * The listener needs to implement nsILDAPMessageListener, providing
+     * the OnLDAPMessage() method.
+     * 
+     * @param aKey             unique key identifying the server entry
+     * @param aMessageListener the listener object, which we will call
+     *                         when the LDAP bind message is available
+     *
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_FAILURE          there is no server registered
+     *                                      in the service with this key,
+     *                                      or we were unable to get a
+     *                                      connection properly to the server
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_NOT_AVAILABLE	couldn't create connection thread
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY    ran out of memory
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED       unknown or unexpected error...
+     */
+    void requestConnection(in wstring aKey,
+                           in nsILDAPMessageListener aListener);
+
+    /**
+     * This is the nsLDAPConnection object related to this server.
+     * This does increase the lease counter on the object, so you have
+     * to call the releaseConnection() method to return it. It is
+     * important that you do this in matching pairs, and that you do
+     * not keep any dangling references to an object around after you
+     * have called the releaseConnection() method.
+     *
+     * @param aKey             unique key identifying the server entry
+     *
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_FAILURE          there is no server registered
+     *                                      in the service with this key
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER     NULL pointer
+     */
+    nsILDAPConnection getConnection(in wstring aKey);
+
+    /**
+     * Release the lease on a (cached) LDAP connection, making it a
+     * potential candidate for disconnection. Note that this will not
+     * delete the actual LDAP server entry in the service, it's still
+     * registered and can be used in future calls to requestConnection().
+     *
+     * This API might be deprecated in the future, once we figure out how
+     * to use weak references to support our special needs for reference
+     * counting. For the time being, it is vital that you call this function
+     * when you're done with a Connection, and that you do not keep any
+     * copies of the Connection object lingering around.
+     *
+     * @param aKey             unique key identifying the server entry
+     *
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_FAILURE          there is no server registered
+     *                                      in the service with this key
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY    ran out of memory
+     */
+    void releaseConnection(in wstring aKey);
+
+    /**
+     * If we detect that a connection is broken (server disconnected us,
+     * or any other problem with the link), we need to try to reestablish
+     * the connection. This is very similar to requestConnection(),
+     * except you use this when detecting an error with a connection
+     * that is being cached.
+     *
+     * @param aKey             unique key identifying the server entry
+     * @param aMessageListener the listener object, which we will call
+     *                         when the LDAP bind message is available
+     *
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_FAILURE          there is no server registered
+     *                                      in the service with this key,
+     *                                      or we were unable to get a
+     *                                      connection properly to the server
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_NOT_AVAILABLE	couldn't create connection thread
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY    ran out of memory
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED       unknown or unexpected error...
+     */
+    void reconnectConnection(in wstring aKey,
+                             in nsILDAPMessageListener aListener);
+
+    /**
+     * Generates and returns an LDAP search filter by substituting
+     * aValue, aAttr, aPrefix, and aSuffix into aPattern.
+     *
+     * The only good documentation I'm aware of for this function is
+     * at <http://docs.iplanet.com/docs/manuals/dirsdk/csdk41/html/filter.htm>
+     * and 
+     * <http://docs.iplanet.com/docs/manuals/dirsdk/csdk41/html/function.htm#17835>
+     * Unfortunately, this does not currently seem to be available
+     * under any open source license, so I can't include that
+     * documentation here in the doxygen comments.
+     *
+     * @param aMaxSize   maximum size (in char) of string to be 
+     *                   created and returned (including final \0)
+     * @param aPattern   pattern to be used for the filter
+     * @param aPrefix    prefix to prepend to the filter
+     * @param aSuffix    suffix to be appended to the filer
+     * @param aAttr      replacement for %a in the pattern
+     * @param aValue     replacement for %v in the pattern
+     *  
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_INVALID_ARG      invalid parameter passed in
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY    allocation failed
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_NOT_AVAILABLE    filter longer than maxsiz chars
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED       ldap_create_filter returned
+     *                                      unexpected error code
+     */
+    AUTF8String createFilter(in unsigned long aMaxSize, in AUTF8String aPattern, 
+                             in AUTF8String aPrefix, in AUTF8String aSuffix,
+                             in AUTF8String aAttr, in AUTF8String aValue);
+
+    /**
+     * Parses a distinguished name (DN) and returns the relative DN,
+     * base DN and the list of attributes that make up the relative DN.
+     *
+     * @param dn        DN to parse
+     * @param rdn       The relative DN for the given DN
+     * @param baseDn    The base DN for the given DN
+     * @param rdnCount  Number of values in the outbound attributes array.
+     * @param rdnAttrs  Array of attribute names
+     *
+     */
+    void parseDn(in string dn, out AUTF8String rdn, out AUTF8String baseDn,
+                 out unsigned long rdnCount,
+                 [retval, array, size_is(rdnCount)] out string rdnAttrs);
+};
diff --git a/ldap/xpcom/public/nsILDAPSyncQuery.idl b/ldap/xpcom/public/nsILDAPSyncQuery.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2ae3307f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/xpcom/public/nsILDAPSyncQuery.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+/* -*- Mode: IDL; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+interface nsILDAPURL;
+
+
+[scriptable, uuid (0308fb36-1dd2-11b2-b16f-8510e8c5311a)]
+interface nsILDAPSyncQuery : nsISupports {
+  
+  /**
+   * getQueryResults
+   *
+   * Create a new LDAP connection do a synchronous LDAP search and return 
+   * the results.
+   * @param aServerURL - LDAP URL with parameters to a LDAP search 
+   *                     ("ldap://host/base?attributes?one/sub?filter")
+   * @param aProtocolVersion - LDAP protocol version to use for connection
+   *                           (nsILDAPConnection.idl has symbolic constants)
+   * @return results
+   */
+   wstring getQueryResults (in nsILDAPURL aServerURL,
+                            in unsigned long aProtocolVersion);
+
+};
diff --git a/ldap/xpcom/public/nsILDAPURL.idl b/ldap/xpcom/public/nsILDAPURL.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..dae76496d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/xpcom/public/nsILDAPURL.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,132 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ * 
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsIURI.idl"
+
+%{C++
+#define NS_LDAPURL_CONTRACTID "@mozilla.org/network/ldap-url;1"
+%}
+
+/**
+ * Strings in methods inherited from nsIURI, which are using XPIDL
+ * |string| types, are expected to be UTF8 encoded. All such strings
+ * in this interface, except attribute types (e.g. "cn"), should in fact
+ * be UTF8. It's important to remember that attributes can not be UTF8,
+ * they can only be of a limited subset of ASCII (see RFC 2251).
+ */
+
+[scriptable, uuid(8e3a6d33-2e68-40ba-8f94-6ac03f69066e)]
+interface nsILDAPURL : nsIURI {
+    /**
+     * Initialize an LDAP URL
+     *
+     * @param aUrlType       - one of the URLTYPE_ flags @seealso nsIStandardURL
+     * @param aDefaultPort   - if the port parsed from the URL string matches
+     *                         this port, then the port will be removed from the
+     *                         canonical form of the URL.
+     * @param aSpec          - URL string.
+     * @param aOriginCharset - the charset from which this URI string
+     *                         originated.  this corresponds to the charset
+     *                         that should be used when communicating this
+     *                         URI to an origin server, for example.  if
+     *                         null, then provide aBaseURI implements this
+     *                         interface, the origin charset of aBaseURI will
+     *                         be assumed, otherwise defaulting to UTF-8 (i.e.,
+     *                         no charset transformation from aSpec).
+     * @param aBaseURI       - if null, aSpec must specify an absolute URI.
+     *                         otherwise, aSpec will be resolved relative
+     *                         to aBaseURI.
+     */
+    void init(in unsigned long aUrlType,
+              in long aDefaultPort,
+              in AUTF8String aSpec,
+              in string aOriginCharset,
+              in nsIURI aBaseURI);
+
+    /**
+     * The distinguished name of the URL (ie the base DN for the search).
+     * This string is expected to be a valid UTF8 string.
+     *
+     * for the getter:
+     *
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER     NULL pointer to GET method
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY	Ran out of memory
+     */
+    attribute AUTF8String dn;
+
+    /**
+     * The attributes to get for this URL, in comma-separated format. If the
+     * list is empty, all attributes are requested.
+     */
+    attribute ACString attributes;
+
+    /**
+     * Add one attribute to the array of attributes to request. If the
+     * attribute is already in our array, this becomes a noop.
+     *
+     * @param aAttribute          An LDAP attribute (e.g. "cn")
+     */
+    void addAttribute(in ACString aAttribute);
+
+    /**
+     * Remove one attribute from the array of attributes to request. If
+     * the attribute didn't exist in the array, this becomes a noop.
+     *
+     * @param aAttribute                    An LDAP attribute (e.g. "cn")
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY	Ran out of memory
+     */
+    void removeAttribute(in ACString aAttribute);
+
+    /**
+     * Test if an attribute is in our list of attributes already
+     *
+     * @param aAttribute                    An LDAP attribute (e.g. "cn")
+     * @return boolean                      Truth value
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER     NULL pointer to GET method
+     */
+    boolean hasAttribute(in ACString aAttribute);
+
+    /**
+     * The scope of the search.  defaults to SCOPE_BASE. 
+     *
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER     NULL pointer to GET method
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_MALFORMED_URI	Illegal base to SET method
+     */
+    attribute long scope;
+
+    /**
+     * Search just the base object
+     */
+    const long SCOPE_BASE = 0;
+    
+    /** 
+     * Search only the children of the base object
+     */
+    const long SCOPE_ONELEVEL = 1;
+
+    /**
+     * Search the entire subtree under and including the base object
+     */
+    const long SCOPE_SUBTREE = 2;
+
+    /**
+     * The search filter. "(objectClass=*)" is the default.
+     */
+    attribute AUTF8String filter;
+
+    /**
+     * Any options defined for this URL (check options using a bitwise and)
+     * 
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER     NULL pointer to GET method
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY    Ran out of memory
+     */
+    attribute unsigned long options;
+
+    /**
+     * If this is set/true, this is an ldaps: URL, not an ldap: URL
+     */
+    const unsigned long OPT_SECURE = 0x01;
+};
diff --git a/ldap/xpcom/src/ldapComponents.manifest b/ldap/xpcom/src/ldapComponents.manifest
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..482bbd55e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/xpcom/src/ldapComponents.manifest
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+component {b3de9249-b0e5-4c12-8d91-c9a434fd80f5} nsLDAPProtocolHandler.js
+contract @mozilla.org/network/protocol;1?name=ldap {b3de9249-b0e5-4c12-8d91-c9a434fd80f5}
+
+component {c85a5ef2-9c56-445f-b029-76889f2dd29b} nsLDAPProtocolHandler.js
+contract @mozilla.org/network/protocol;1?name=ldaps {c85a5ef2-9c56-445f-b029-76889f2dd29b}
diff --git a/ldap/xpcom/src/moz.build b/ldap/xpcom/src/moz.build
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..06753e317
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/xpcom/src/moz.build
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+# vim: set filetype=python:
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+SOURCES += [
+    'nsLDAPBERElement.cpp',
+    'nsLDAPBERValue.cpp',
+    'nsLDAPConnection.cpp',
+    'nsLDAPControl.cpp',
+    'nsLDAPMessage.cpp',
+    'nsLDAPModification.cpp',
+    'nsLDAPOperation.cpp',
+    'nsLDAPProtocolModule.cpp',
+    'nsLDAPSecurityGlue.cpp',
+    'nsLDAPServer.cpp',
+    'nsLDAPService.cpp',
+    'nsLDAPURL.cpp',
+]
+
+if CONFIG['MOZ_PREF_EXTENSIONS']:
+    SOURCES += ['nsLDAPSyncQuery.cpp']
+    DEFINES['MOZ_PREF_EXTENSIONS'] = True
+
+EXTRA_COMPONENTS += [
+    'ldapComponents.manifest',
+    'nsLDAPProtocolHandler.js',
+]
+
+USE_LIBS += [
+    'ldapsdks',
+]
+
+if CONFIG['MOZ_INCOMPLETE_EXTERNAL_LINKAGE']:
+    XPCOMBinaryComponent('mozldap')
+    USE_LIBS += [
+        'nspr',
+        'xpcomglue_s',
+        'xul',
+    ]
+# js needs to come after xul for now, because it is an archive and its content
+# is discarded when it comes first.
+    USE_LIBS += [
+        'js',
+    ]
+else:
+    Library('mozldap')
+    FINAL_LIBRARY = 'xul'
+
+LOCAL_INCLUDES += [
+    '/ldap/c-sdk/include',
+]
+
diff --git a/ldap/xpcom/src/nsLDAPBERElement.cpp b/ldap/xpcom/src/nsLDAPBERElement.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1ea96793e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/xpcom/src/nsLDAPBERElement.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ * 
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsLDAPBERElement.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsLDAPBERValue.h"
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsLDAPBERElement, nsILDAPBERElement)
+
+nsLDAPBERElement::nsLDAPBERElement()
+  : mElement(0)
+{
+}
+
+nsLDAPBERElement::~nsLDAPBERElement()
+{
+  if (mElement) {
+    // anything inside here is not something that we own separately from
+    // this object, so free it
+    ber_free(mElement, 1);
+  }
+
+  return;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsLDAPBERElement::Init(nsILDAPBERValue *aValue)
+{
+  if (aValue) {
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+  } 
+
+  mElement = ber_alloc_t(LBER_USE_DER);
+  return mElement ? NS_OK : NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+}
+
+/* void putString (in AUTF8String aString, in unsigned long aTag); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsLDAPBERElement::PutString(const nsACString & aString, uint32_t aTag, 
+                            uint32_t *aBytesWritten)
+{
+  // XXX if the string translation feature of the C SDK is ever used,
+  // this const_cast will break
+  int i = ber_put_ostring(mElement, 
+                          const_cast<char *>(PromiseFlatCString(aString).get()),
+                          aString.Length(), aTag);
+
+  if (i < 0) {
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+
+  *aBytesWritten = i;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* void startSet (); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsLDAPBERElement::StartSet(uint32_t aTag)
+{
+  int i = ber_start_set(mElement, aTag);
+
+  if (i < 0) {
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* void putSet (); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsLDAPBERElement::PutSet(uint32_t *aBytesWritten)
+{
+  int i = ber_put_set(mElement);
+
+  if (i < 0) {
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+
+  *aBytesWritten = i;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* nsILDAPBERValue flatten (); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsLDAPBERElement::GetAsValue(nsILDAPBERValue **_retval)
+{
+  // create the value object
+  nsCOMPtr<nsILDAPBERValue> berValue = new nsLDAPBERValue();
+
+  if (!berValue) {
+    NS_ERROR("nsLDAPBERElement::GetAsValue(): out of memory"
+             " creating nsLDAPBERValue object");
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+  }
+
+  struct berval *bv;
+  if ( ber_flatten(mElement, &bv) < 0 ) {
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+  }
+
+  nsresult rv = berValue->Set(bv->bv_len, 
+                              reinterpret_cast<uint8_t *>(bv->bv_val));
+
+  // whether or not we've succeeded, we're done with the ldap c sdk struct
+  ber_bvfree(bv);
+
+  // as of this writing, this error can only be NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+    return rv;
+  }
+
+  // return the raw interface pointer
+  NS_ADDREF(*_retval = berValue.get());
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
diff --git a/ldap/xpcom/src/nsLDAPBERElement.h b/ldap/xpcom/src/nsLDAPBERElement.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..bdeb9c439
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/xpcom/src/nsLDAPBERElement.h
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ * 
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "lber.h"
+#include "nsILDAPBERElement.h"
+
+// 070af769-b7f5-40e7-81be-196155ead84c
+#define NS_LDAPBERELEMENT_CID \
+  { 0x070af769, 0xb7f5, 0x40e7, \
+      { 0x81, 0xbe, 0x19, 0x61, 0x55, 0xea, 0xd8, 0x4c }}
+
+class nsLDAPBERElement final : public nsILDAPBERElement
+{
+public:
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSILDAPBERELEMENT
+
+  nsLDAPBERElement();
+
+private:
+  ~nsLDAPBERElement();
+
+  BerElement *mElement;
+
+protected:
+};
+
diff --git a/ldap/xpcom/src/nsLDAPBERValue.cpp b/ldap/xpcom/src/nsLDAPBERValue.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d71073b7a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/xpcom/src/nsLDAPBERValue.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ * 
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsLDAPBERValue.h"
+#include "nsMemory.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsLDAPBERValue, nsILDAPBERValue)
+
+nsLDAPBERValue::nsLDAPBERValue() : mValue(0), mSize(0)
+{
+}
+
+nsLDAPBERValue::~nsLDAPBERValue()
+{
+    if (mValue) {
+        free(mValue);
+    }
+}
+
+// void get (out unsigned long aCount, 
+//           [array, size_is (aCount), retval] out octet aRetVal); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP 
+nsLDAPBERValue::Get(uint32_t *aCount, uint8_t **aRetVal)
+{
+    // if mSize = 0, return a count of a 0 and a null pointer
+
+    if (mSize) {
+        // get a buffer to hold a copy of the data
+        //
+        uint8_t *array = static_cast<uint8_t *>(moz_xmalloc(mSize));
+
+        if (!array) {
+            return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+        }
+    
+        // copy and return
+        //
+        memcpy(array, mValue, mSize);
+        *aRetVal = array;
+    } else {
+        *aRetVal = 0;
+    }
+
+    *aCount = mSize;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// void set(in unsigned long aCount, 
+//          [array, size_is(aCount)] in octet aValue);
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsLDAPBERValue::Set(uint32_t aCount, uint8_t *aValue)
+{
+    // get rid of any old value being held here
+    //
+    if (mValue) {
+        free(mValue);
+    }
+
+    // if this is a non-zero value, allocate a buffer and copy
+    //
+    if (aCount) { 
+        // get a buffer to hold a copy of this data
+        //
+        mValue = static_cast<uint8_t *>(moz_xmalloc(aCount));
+        if (!mValue) {
+            return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+        }
+
+        // copy the data and return
+        //
+        memcpy(mValue, aValue, aCount);
+    } else {
+        // otherwise just set it to null
+        //
+        mValue = 0;
+    }
+
+    mSize = aCount;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// void setFromUTF8(in AUTF8String aValue);
+//
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsLDAPBERValue::SetFromUTF8(const nsACString & aValue)
+{
+    // get rid of any old value being held here
+    //
+    if (mValue) {
+        free(mValue);
+    }
+
+    // copy the data and return
+    //
+    mSize = aValue.Length();
+    if (mSize) {
+        mValue = reinterpret_cast<uint8_t *>(ToNewCString(aValue));
+    } else {
+        mValue = 0;
+    }
+    return NS_OK;
+}
diff --git a/ldap/xpcom/src/nsLDAPBERValue.h b/ldap/xpcom/src/nsLDAPBERValue.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d7f563f03
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/xpcom/src/nsLDAPBERValue.h
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ * 
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _nsLDAPBERValue_h_
+#define _nsLDAPBERValue_h_
+
+#include "ldap.h"
+#include "nsILDAPBERValue.h"
+
+// 7c9fa10e-1dd2-11b2-a097-ac379e6803b2
+//
+#define NS_LDAPBERVALUE_CID \
+{ 0x7c9fa10e, 0x1dd2, 0x11b2, \
+  {0xa0, 0x97, 0xac, 0x37, 0x9e, 0x68, 0x03, 0xb2 }}
+
+class nsLDAPBERValue : public nsILDAPBERValue
+{
+public:
+    NS_DECL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS
+    NS_DECL_NSILDAPBERVALUE
+
+    nsLDAPBERValue();
+    
+protected:
+    virtual ~nsLDAPBERValue();
+
+    /** 
+     * nsLDAPControl needs to be able to grovel through this without an
+     * an extra copy
+     */
+    friend class nsLDAPControl;
+
+    uint8_t *mValue;    // pointer to an array
+    uint32_t mSize;	    // size of the value, in bytes
+};
+
+#endif // _nsLDAPBERValue_h_
diff --git a/ldap/xpcom/src/nsLDAPConnection.cpp b/ldap/xpcom/src/nsLDAPConnection.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..834e803b4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/xpcom/src/nsLDAPConnection.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,737 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsLDAPInternal.h"
+#include "nsIServiceManager.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsIComponentManager.h"
+#include "nsIDNSRecord.h"
+#include "nsLDAPConnection.h"
+#include "nsLDAPMessage.h"
+#include "nsThreadUtils.h"
+#include "nsIConsoleService.h"
+#include "nsIDNSService.h"
+#include "nsINetAddr.h"
+#include "nsIRequestObserver.h"
+#include "nsError.h"
+#include "nsLDAPOperation.h"
+#include "nsILDAPErrors.h"
+#include "nsIClassInfoImpl.h"
+#include "nsILDAPURL.h"
+#include "nsIObserverService.h"
+#include "mozilla/Services.h"
+#include "nsMemory.h"
+#include "nsLDAPUtils.h"
+#include "nsProxyRelease.h"
+#include "mozilla/Logging.h"
+#include "mozilla/Attributes.h"
+
+using namespace mozilla;
+
+const char kDNSServiceContractId[] = "@mozilla.org/network/dns-service;1";
+
+// constructor
+//
+nsLDAPConnection::nsLDAPConnection()
+    : mConnectionHandle(nullptr),
+      mPendingOperationsMutex("nsLDAPConnection.mPendingOperationsMutex"),
+      mPendingOperations(10),
+      mSSL(false),
+      mVersion(nsILDAPConnection::VERSION3),
+      mDNSRequest(nullptr)
+{
+}
+
+// destructor
+//
+nsLDAPConnection::~nsLDAPConnection()
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIObserverService> obsServ =
+      do_GetService(NS_OBSERVERSERVICE_CONTRACTID);
+  if (obsServ)
+      obsServ->RemoveObserver(this, "profile-change-net-teardown");
+  Close();
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ADDREF(nsLDAPConnection)
+NS_IMPL_RELEASE(nsLDAPConnection)
+NS_IMPL_CLASSINFO(nsLDAPConnection, NULL, nsIClassInfo::THREADSAFE,
+                  NS_LDAPCONNECTION_CID)
+
+NS_INTERFACE_MAP_BEGIN(nsLDAPConnection)
+  NS_INTERFACE_MAP_ENTRY(nsILDAPConnection)
+  NS_INTERFACE_MAP_ENTRY(nsISupportsWeakReference)
+  NS_INTERFACE_MAP_ENTRY(nsIDNSListener)
+  NS_INTERFACE_MAP_ENTRY(nsIObserver)
+  NS_INTERFACE_MAP_ENTRY_AMBIGUOUS(nsISupports, nsILDAPConnection)
+  NS_IMPL_QUERY_CLASSINFO(nsLDAPConnection)
+NS_INTERFACE_MAP_END_THREADSAFE
+NS_IMPL_CI_INTERFACE_GETTER(nsLDAPConnection, nsILDAPConnection,
+                             nsISupportsWeakReference, nsIDNSListener,
+                             nsIObserver)
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsLDAPConnection::Init(nsILDAPURL *aUrl, const nsACString &aBindName,
+                       nsILDAPMessageListener *aMessageListener,
+                       nsISupports *aClosure, uint32_t aVersion)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aUrl);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMessageListener);
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIObserverService> obsServ =
+        do_GetService(NS_OBSERVERSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  // We have to abort all LDAP pending operation before shutdown.
+  obsServ->AddObserver(this, "profile-change-net-teardown", true);
+
+  // Save various items that we'll use later
+  mBindName.Assign(aBindName);
+  mClosure = aClosure;
+  mInitListener = aMessageListener;
+
+  // Make sure we haven't called Init earlier, i.e. there's a DNS
+  // request pending.
+  NS_ASSERTION(!mDNSRequest, "nsLDAPConnection::Init() "
+               "Connection was already initialized\n");
+
+  // Check and save the version number
+  if (aVersion != nsILDAPConnection::VERSION2 &&
+      aVersion != nsILDAPConnection::VERSION3) {
+    NS_ERROR("nsLDAPConnection::Init(): illegal version");
+    return NS_ERROR_ILLEGAL_VALUE;
+  }
+  mVersion = aVersion;
+
+  // Get the port number, SSL flag for use later, once the DNS server(s)
+  // has resolved the host part.
+  rv = aUrl->GetPort(&mPort);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  uint32_t options;
+  rv = aUrl->GetOptions(&options);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  mSSL = options & nsILDAPURL::OPT_SECURE;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIThread> curThread = do_GetCurrentThread();
+  if (!curThread) {
+    NS_ERROR("nsLDAPConnection::Init(): couldn't get current thread");
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+
+  // Do the pre-resolve of the hostname, using the DNS service. This
+  // will also initialize the LDAP connection properly, once we have
+  // the IPs resolved for the hostname. This includes creating the
+  // new thread for this connection.
+  //
+  // XXX - What return codes can we expect from the DNS service?
+  //
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIDNSService>
+    pDNSService(do_GetService(kDNSServiceContractId, &rv));
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+    NS_ERROR("nsLDAPConnection::Init(): couldn't create the DNS Service object");
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+
+  rv = aUrl->GetAsciiHost(mDNSHost);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // if the caller has passed in a space-delimited set of hosts, as the
+  // ldap c-sdk allows, strip off the trailing hosts for now.
+  // Soon, we'd like to make multiple hosts work, but now make
+  // at least the first one work.
+  LdapCompressWhitespace(mDNSHost);
+
+  int32_t spacePos = mDNSHost.FindChar(' ');
+  // trim off trailing host(s)
+  if (spacePos != kNotFound)
+    mDNSHost.SetLength(spacePos);
+
+  rv = pDNSService->AsyncResolve(mDNSHost, 0, this, curThread,
+                                 getter_AddRefs(mDNSRequest));
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+    switch (rv) {
+    case NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY:
+    case NS_ERROR_UNKNOWN_HOST:
+    case NS_ERROR_FAILURE:
+    case NS_ERROR_OFFLINE:
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      rv = NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+    }
+    mDNSHost.Truncate();
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+// this might get exposed to clients, so we've broken it
+// out of the destructor.
+void
+nsLDAPConnection::Close()
+{
+  int rc;
+  MOZ_LOG(gLDAPLogModule, mozilla::LogLevel::Debug, ("unbinding\n"));
+
+  if (mConnectionHandle) {
+      // note that the ldap_unbind() call in the 5.0 version of the LDAP C SDK
+      // appears to be exactly identical to ldap_unbind_s(), so it may in fact
+      // still be synchronous
+      //
+      rc = ldap_unbind(mConnectionHandle);
+#ifdef PR_LOGGING
+      if (rc != LDAP_SUCCESS) {
+          MOZ_LOG(gLDAPLogModule, mozilla::LogLevel::Warning,
+                 ("nsLDAPConnection::Close(): %s\n",
+                  ldap_err2string(rc)));
+      }
+#endif
+      mConnectionHandle = nullptr;
+  }
+
+  MOZ_LOG(gLDAPLogModule, mozilla::LogLevel::Debug, ("unbound\n"));
+
+  NS_ASSERTION(!mThread || NS_SUCCEEDED(mThread->Shutdown()),
+               "Failed to shutdown thread cleanly");
+
+  // Cancel the DNS lookup if needed, and also drop the reference to the
+  // Init listener (if still there).
+  //
+  if (mDNSRequest) {
+      mDNSRequest->Cancel(NS_ERROR_ABORT);
+      mDNSRequest = nullptr;
+  }
+  mInitListener = nullptr;
+
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsLDAPConnection::Observe(nsISupports *aSubject, const char *aTopic,
+                          const char16_t *aData)
+{
+  if (!strcmp(aTopic, "profile-change-net-teardown")) {
+    // Abort all ldap requests.
+    /* We cannot use enumerate function to abort operations because
+     * nsILDAPOperation::AbandonExt() is modifying list of operations
+     * and this leads to starvation.
+     * We have to do a copy of pending operations.
+     */
+    nsTArray<nsILDAPOperation*> pending_operations;
+    {
+      MutexAutoLock lock(mPendingOperationsMutex);
+      for (auto iter = mPendingOperations.Iter(); !iter.Done(); iter.Next()) {
+        pending_operations.AppendElement(iter.UserData());
+      }
+    }
+    for (uint32_t i = 0; i < pending_operations.Length(); i++) {
+      pending_operations[i]->AbandonExt();
+    }
+    Close();
+  } else {
+    NS_NOTREACHED("unexpected topic");
+    return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsLDAPConnection::GetClosure(nsISupports **_retval)
+{
+    if (!_retval) {
+        return NS_ERROR_ILLEGAL_VALUE;
+    }
+    NS_IF_ADDREF(*_retval = mClosure);
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsLDAPConnection::SetClosure(nsISupports *aClosure)
+{
+    mClosure = aClosure;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// who we're binding as
+//
+// readonly attribute AUTF8String bindName
+//
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsLDAPConnection::GetBindName(nsACString& _retval)
+{
+    _retval.Assign(mBindName);
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// wrapper for ldap_get_lderrno
+// XXX should copy before returning
+//
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsLDAPConnection::GetLdErrno(nsACString& matched, nsACString& errString,
+                             int32_t *_retval)
+{
+    char *match, *err;
+
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(_retval);
+
+    *_retval = ldap_get_lderrno(mConnectionHandle, &match, &err);
+    matched.Assign(match);
+    errString.Assign(err);
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// return the error string corresponding to GetLdErrno.
+//
+// XXX - deal with optional params
+// XXX - how does ldap_perror know to look at the global errno?
+//
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsLDAPConnection::GetErrorString(char16_t **_retval)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(_retval);
+
+    // get the error string
+    //
+    char *rv = ldap_err2string(ldap_get_lderrno(mConnectionHandle, 0, 0));
+    if (!rv) {
+        return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+    }
+
+    // make a copy using the XPCOM shared allocator
+    //
+    *_retval = ToNewUnicode(NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16(rv));
+    if (!*_retval) {
+        return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+    }
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Add an nsILDAPOperation to the list of operations pending on
+ * this connection.  This is also mainly intended for use by the
+ * nsLDAPOperation code.
+ */
+nsresult
+nsLDAPConnection::AddPendingOperation(uint32_t aOperationID, nsILDAPOperation *aOperation)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aOperation);
+
+  nsIRunnable* runnable = new nsLDAPConnectionRunnable(aOperationID, aOperation,
+                                                       this);
+  {
+    MutexAutoLock lock(mPendingOperationsMutex);
+    mPendingOperations.Put((uint32_t)aOperationID, aOperation);
+    MOZ_LOG(gLDAPLogModule, mozilla::LogLevel::Debug,
+           ("pending operation added; total pending operations now = %d\n",
+            mPendingOperations.Count()));
+  }
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  if (!mThread)
+  {
+    rv = NS_NewThread(getter_AddRefs(mThread), runnable);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    rv = mThread->Dispatch(runnable, nsIEventTarget::DISPATCH_NORMAL);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Remove an nsILDAPOperation from the list of operations pending on this
+ * connection.  Mainly intended for use by the nsLDAPOperation code.
+ *
+ * @param aOperation    operation to add
+ * @exception NS_ERROR_INVALID_POINTER  aOperation was NULL
+ * @exception NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY    out of memory
+ * @exception NS_ERROR_FAILURE      could not delete the operation
+ *
+ * void removePendingOperation(in nsILDAPOperation aOperation);
+ */
+nsresult
+nsLDAPConnection::RemovePendingOperation(uint32_t aOperationID)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(aOperationID > 0, NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED);
+
+  MOZ_LOG(gLDAPLogModule, mozilla::LogLevel::Debug,
+         ("nsLDAPConnection::RemovePendingOperation(): operation removed\n"));
+
+  {
+    MutexAutoLock lock(mPendingOperationsMutex);
+    mPendingOperations.Remove(aOperationID);
+    MOZ_LOG(gLDAPLogModule, mozilla::LogLevel::Debug,
+           ("nsLDAPConnection::RemovePendingOperation(): operation "
+            "removed; total pending operations now = %d\n",
+            mPendingOperations.Count()));
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+class nsOnLDAPMessageRunnable : public Runnable
+{
+public:
+  nsOnLDAPMessageRunnable(nsLDAPMessage *aMsg, bool aClear)
+    : m_msg(aMsg)
+    , m_clear(aClear)
+  {}
+  NS_DECL_NSIRUNNABLE
+private:
+  RefPtr<nsLDAPMessage> m_msg;
+  bool m_clear;
+};
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsOnLDAPMessageRunnable::Run()
+{
+  // get the message listener object.
+  nsLDAPOperation *nsoperation = static_cast<nsLDAPOperation *>(m_msg->mOperation.get());
+  nsCOMPtr<nsILDAPMessageListener> listener;
+  nsresult rv = nsoperation->GetMessageListener(getter_AddRefs(listener));
+
+  if (m_clear)
+  {
+    // try to break cycles
+    nsoperation->Clear();
+  }
+
+  if (!listener)
+  {
+    NS_ERROR("nsLDAPConnection::InvokeMessageCallback(): probable "
+             "memory corruption: GetMessageListener() returned nullptr");
+    return rv;
+  }
+
+  return listener->OnLDAPMessage(m_msg);
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsLDAPConnection::InvokeMessageCallback(LDAPMessage *aMsgHandle,
+                                        nsILDAPMessage *aMsg,
+                                        int32_t aOperation,
+                                        bool aRemoveOpFromConnQ)
+{
+#if defined(DEBUG)
+  // We only want this being logged for debug builds so as not to affect performance too much.
+  MOZ_LOG(gLDAPLogModule, mozilla::LogLevel::Debug, ("InvokeMessageCallback entered\n"));
+#endif
+
+  // Get the operation.
+  nsCOMPtr<nsILDAPOperation> operation;
+  {
+    MutexAutoLock lock(mPendingOperationsMutex);
+    mPendingOperations.Get((uint32_t)aOperation, getter_AddRefs(operation));
+  }
+
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(operation, NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER);
+
+  nsLDAPMessage *msg = static_cast<nsLDAPMessage *>(aMsg);
+  msg->mOperation = operation;
+
+  // proxy the listener callback to the ui thread.
+  RefPtr<nsOnLDAPMessageRunnable> runnable =
+    new nsOnLDAPMessageRunnable(msg, aRemoveOpFromConnQ);
+  // invoke the callback
+  NS_DispatchToMainThread(runnable);
+
+  // if requested (ie the operation is done), remove the operation
+  // from the connection queue.
+  if (aRemoveOpFromConnQ)
+  {
+    MutexAutoLock lock(mPendingOperationsMutex);
+    mPendingOperations.Remove(aOperation);
+
+    MOZ_LOG(gLDAPLogModule, mozilla::LogLevel::Debug,
+           ("pending operation removed; total pending operations now ="
+            " %d\n", mPendingOperations.Count()));
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsLDAPConnection::OnLookupComplete(nsICancelable *aRequest,
+                                   nsIDNSRecord  *aRecord,
+                                   nsresult       aStatus)
+{
+    nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+    if (aRecord) {
+        // Build mResolvedIP list
+        //
+        mResolvedIP.Truncate();
+
+        int32_t index = 0;
+        nsCString addrbuf;
+        nsCOMPtr<nsINetAddr> addr;
+
+        while (NS_SUCCEEDED(aRecord->GetScriptableNextAddr(0, getter_AddRefs(addr)))) {
+            // We can only use v4 addresses
+            //
+            uint16_t family = 0;
+            bool v4mapped = false;
+            addr->GetFamily(&family);
+            addr->GetIsV4Mapped(&v4mapped);
+            if (family == nsINetAddr::FAMILY_INET || v4mapped) {
+                // If there are more IPs in the list, we separate them with
+                // a space, as supported/used by the LDAP C-SDK.
+                //
+                if (index++)
+                    mResolvedIP.Append(' ');
+
+                // Convert the IPv4 address to a string, and append it to our
+                // list of IPs.  Strip leading '::FFFF:' (the IPv4-mapped-IPv6
+                // indicator) if present.
+                //
+                addr->GetAddress(addrbuf);
+                if (addrbuf[0] == ':' && addrbuf.Length() > 7)
+                    mResolvedIP.Append(Substring(addrbuf, 7));
+                else
+                    mResolvedIP.Append(addrbuf);
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    if (NS_FAILED(aStatus)) {
+        // The DNS service failed, lets pass something reasonable
+        // back to the listener.
+        //
+        switch (aStatus) {
+        case NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY:
+        case NS_ERROR_UNKNOWN_HOST:
+        case NS_ERROR_FAILURE:
+        case NS_ERROR_OFFLINE:
+            rv = aStatus;
+            break;
+
+        default:
+            rv = NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+            break;
+        }
+    } else if (!mResolvedIP.Length()) {
+        // We have no host resolved, that is very bad, and should most
+        // likely have been caught earlier.
+        //
+        NS_ERROR("nsLDAPConnection::OnStopLookup(): the resolved IP "
+                 "string is empty.\n");
+
+        rv = NS_ERROR_UNKNOWN_HOST;
+    } else {
+        // We've got the IP(s) for the hostname, now lets setup the
+        // LDAP connection using this information. Note that if the
+        // LDAP server returns a referral, the C-SDK will perform a
+        // new, synchronous DNS lookup, which might hang (but hopefully
+        // if we've come this far, DNS is working properly).
+        //
+        mConnectionHandle = ldap_init(mResolvedIP.get(),
+                                      mPort == -1 ?
+                                      (mSSL ? LDAPS_PORT : LDAP_PORT) : mPort);
+        // Check that we got a proper connection, and if so, setup the
+        // threading functions for this connection.
+        //
+        if ( !mConnectionHandle ) {
+            rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;  // LDAP C SDK API gives no useful error
+        } else {
+#if defined(DEBUG_dmose) || defined(DEBUG_bienvenu)
+            const int lDebug = 0;
+            ldap_set_option(mConnectionHandle, LDAP_OPT_DEBUG_LEVEL, &lDebug);
+#endif
+
+            // the C SDK currently defaults to v2.  if we're to use v3,
+            // tell it so.
+            //
+            int version;
+            switch (mVersion) {
+            case 2:
+                break;
+            case 3:
+                version = LDAP_VERSION3;
+                ldap_set_option(mConnectionHandle, LDAP_OPT_PROTOCOL_VERSION,
+                                &version);
+		break;
+            default:
+                NS_ERROR("nsLDAPConnection::OnLookupComplete(): mVersion"
+                         " invalid");
+            }
+
+            // This code sets up the current connection to use PSM for SSL
+            // functionality.  Making this use libssldap instead for
+            // non-browser user shouldn't be hard.
+
+            extern nsresult nsLDAPInstallSSL(LDAP *ld, const char *aHostName);
+
+            if (mSSL) {
+                if (ldap_set_option(mConnectionHandle, LDAP_OPT_SSL,
+                                    LDAP_OPT_ON) != LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+                    NS_ERROR("nsLDAPConnection::OnStopLookup(): Error"
+                             " configuring connection to use SSL");
+                    rv = NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+                }
+
+                rv = nsLDAPInstallSSL(mConnectionHandle, mDNSHost.get());
+                if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+                    NS_ERROR("nsLDAPConnection::OnStopLookup(): Error"
+                             " installing secure LDAP routines for"
+                             " connection");
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Drop the DNS request object, we no longer need it, and set the flag
+    // indicating that DNS has finished.
+    //
+    mDNSRequest = nullptr;
+    mDNSHost.Truncate();
+
+    // Call the listener, and then we can release our reference to it.
+    //
+    mInitListener->OnLDAPInit(this, rv);
+    mInitListener = nullptr;
+
+    return rv;
+}
+
+nsLDAPConnectionRunnable::nsLDAPConnectionRunnable(int32_t aOperationID,
+                                                   nsILDAPOperation *aOperation,
+                                                   nsLDAPConnection *aConnection)
+  : mOperationID(aOperationID),  mConnection(aConnection)
+{
+}
+
+nsLDAPConnectionRunnable::~nsLDAPConnectionRunnable()
+{
+  if (mConnection) {
+    NS_ReleaseOnMainThread(mConnection.forget());
+  }
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsLDAPConnectionRunnable, nsIRunnable)
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsLDAPConnectionRunnable::Run()
+{
+  if (!mOperationID) {
+    NS_ERROR("mOperationID is null");
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+  }
+
+  LDAPMessage *msgHandle;
+  bool operationFinished = true;
+  RefPtr<nsLDAPMessage> msg;
+
+  struct timeval timeout = { 0, 0 };
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIThread> thread = do_GetCurrentThread();
+  int32_t returnCode = ldap_result(mConnection->mConnectionHandle, mOperationID, LDAP_MSG_ONE, &timeout, &msgHandle);
+  switch (returnCode)
+  {
+    // timeout
+    case 0:
+      // XXX do we need a timer?
+      return thread->Dispatch(this, nsIEventTarget::DISPATCH_NORMAL);
+    case -1:
+      NS_ERROR("We don't know what went wrong with the ldap operation");
+      return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+    case LDAP_RES_SEARCH_ENTRY:
+    case LDAP_RES_SEARCH_REFERENCE:
+      // XXX what should we do with LDAP_RES_SEARCH_EXTENDED
+      operationFinished = false;
+      MOZ_FALLTHROUGH;
+    default:
+    {
+      msg = new nsLDAPMessage;
+      if (!msg)
+        return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+      // initialize the message, using a protected method not available
+      // through nsILDAPMessage (which is why we need the raw pointer)
+      nsresult rv = msg->Init(mConnection, msgHandle);
+
+      switch (rv)
+      {
+        case NS_OK:
+        {
+          int32_t errorCode;
+          msg->GetErrorCode(&errorCode);
+
+          // maybe a version error, e.g., using v3 on a v2 server.
+          // if we're using v3, try v2.
+          if (errorCode == LDAP_PROTOCOL_ERROR &&
+              mConnection->mVersion == nsILDAPConnection::VERSION3)
+          {
+            nsAutoCString password;
+            mConnection->mVersion = nsILDAPConnection::VERSION2;
+            ldap_set_option(mConnection->mConnectionHandle,
+                            LDAP_OPT_PROTOCOL_VERSION, &mConnection->mVersion);
+
+            if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+            {
+              // We don't want to notify callers that we are done, so
+              // redispatch the runnable.
+              // XXX do we need a timer?
+              rv = thread->Dispatch(this, nsIEventTarget::DISPATCH_NORMAL);
+              NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+              return NS_OK;
+            }
+          }
+          // If we're midway through a SASL Bind, we need to continue
+          // without letting our caller know what we're up to!
+          //
+          if (errorCode == LDAP_SASL_BIND_IN_PROGRESS) {
+            struct berval *creds;
+            ldap_parse_sasl_bind_result(
+              mConnection->mConnectionHandle, msgHandle,
+              &creds, 0);
+
+            nsCOMPtr<nsILDAPOperation> operation;
+            {
+              MutexAutoLock lock(mConnection->mPendingOperationsMutex);
+              mConnection->mPendingOperations.Get((uint32_t)mOperationID, getter_AddRefs(operation));
+            }
+
+            NS_ENSURE_TRUE(operation, NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER);
+
+            nsresult rv = operation->SaslStep(creds->bv_val, creds->bv_len);
+            if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+              return NS_OK;
+          }
+          break;
+        }
+          // Error code handling in here
+        default:
+          return NS_OK;
+      }
+
+      // invoke the callback on the nsILDAPOperation corresponding to
+      // this message
+      rv = mConnection->InvokeMessageCallback(msgHandle, msg, mOperationID,
+                                              operationFinished);
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      {
+        NS_ERROR("CheckLDAPOperationResult(): error invoking message"
+                 " callback");
+        // punt and hope things work out better next time around
+        return NS_OK;
+      }
+
+      if (!operationFinished)
+      {
+        // XXX do we need a timer?
+        rv = thread->Dispatch(this, nsIEventTarget::DISPATCH_NORMAL);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      }
+
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
diff --git a/ldap/xpcom/src/nsLDAPConnection.h b/ldap/xpcom/src/nsLDAPConnection.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..08c88295c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/xpcom/src/nsLDAPConnection.h
@@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _nsLDAPConnection_h_
+#define _nsLDAPConnection_h_
+
+#include "nsILDAPConnection.h"
+#include "ldap.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsIThread.h"
+#include "nsIRunnable.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsILDAPMessageListener.h"
+#include "nsInterfaceHashtable.h"
+#include "nspr.h"
+#include "nsWeakReference.h"
+#include "nsWeakPtr.h"
+#include "nsIDNSListener.h"
+#include "nsICancelable.h"
+#include "nsIRequest.h"
+#include "nsCOMArray.h"
+#include "nsIObserver.h"
+#include "nsAutoPtr.h"
+#include "mozilla/Mutex.h"
+
+/**
+ * Casting nsILDAPConnection to nsISupports is ambiguous.
+ * This method handles that.
+ */
+inline nsISupports*
+ToSupports(nsILDAPConnection* p)
+{
+  return NS_ISUPPORTS_CAST(nsILDAPConnection*, p);
+}
+
+// 0d871e30-1dd2-11b2-8ea9-831778c78e93
+//
+#define NS_LDAPCONNECTION_CID \
+{ 0x0d871e30, 0x1dd2, 0x11b2, \
+ { 0x8e, 0xa9, 0x83, 0x17, 0x78, 0xc7, 0x8e, 0x93 }}
+
+class nsLDAPConnection : public nsILDAPConnection,
+                         public nsSupportsWeakReference,
+                         public nsIDNSListener,
+                         public nsIObserver
+
+{
+    friend class nsLDAPOperation;
+    friend class nsLDAPMessage;
+    friend class nsLDAPConnectionRunnable;
+    typedef mozilla::Mutex Mutex;
+
+  public:
+    NS_DECL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS
+    NS_DECL_NSILDAPCONNECTION
+    NS_DECL_NSIDNSLISTENER
+    NS_DECL_NSIOBSERVER
+
+    // constructor & destructor
+    //
+    nsLDAPConnection();
+
+  protected:
+    virtual ~nsLDAPConnection();
+    // invoke the callback associated with a given message, and possibly
+    // delete it from the connection queue
+    //
+    nsresult InvokeMessageCallback(LDAPMessage *aMsgHandle,
+                                   nsILDAPMessage *aMsg,
+                                   int32_t aOperation,
+                                   bool aRemoveOpFromConnQ);
+    /**
+     * Add an nsILDAPOperation to the list of operations pending on
+     * this connection.  This is mainly intended for use by the
+     * nsLDAPOperation code.  Used so that the thread waiting on messages
+     * for this connection has an operation to callback to.
+     *
+     * @param aOperation                    operation to add
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_ILLEGAL_VALUE    aOperation was NULL
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED       this operation's msgId was not
+     *                                      unique to this connection
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY    out of memory
+     */
+  nsresult AddPendingOperation(uint32_t aOperationID, nsILDAPOperation *aOperation);
+
+    /**
+     * Remove an nsILDAPOperation from the list of operations pending on this
+     * connection.  Mainly intended for use by the nsLDAPOperation code.
+     *
+     * @param aOperation        operation to add
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_INVALID_POINTER  aOperation was NULL
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY    out of memory
+     * @exception NS_ERROR_FAILURE          could not delete the operation
+     */
+    nsresult RemovePendingOperation(uint32_t aOperationID);
+
+    void Close();                       // close the connection
+    LDAP *mConnectionHandle;            // the LDAP C SDK's connection object
+    nsCString mBindName;                // who to bind as
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIThread> mThread;        // thread which marshals results
+
+    Mutex mPendingOperationsMutex;
+    nsInterfaceHashtable<nsUint32HashKey, nsILDAPOperation> mPendingOperations;
+
+    int32_t mPort;                      // The LDAP port we're binding to
+    bool mSSL;                        // the options
+    uint32_t mVersion;                  // LDAP protocol version
+
+    nsCString mResolvedIP;              // Preresolved list of host IPs
+    nsCOMPtr<nsILDAPMessageListener> mInitListener; // Init callback
+    nsCOMPtr<nsICancelable> mDNSRequest;   // The "active" DNS request
+    nsCString               mDNSHost;   // The hostname being resolved
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> mClosure;     // private parameter (anything caller desires)
+};
+
+class nsLDAPConnectionRunnable : public nsIRunnable
+{
+  friend class nsLDAPConnection;
+  friend class nsLDAPMessage;
+
+public:
+  nsLDAPConnectionRunnable(int32_t aOperationID,
+                           nsILDAPOperation *aOperation,
+                           nsLDAPConnection *aConnection);
+
+  NS_DECL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIRUNNABLE
+
+  int32_t mOperationID;
+  RefPtr<nsLDAPConnection> mConnection;
+
+private:
+  virtual ~nsLDAPConnectionRunnable();
+};
+
+#endif // _nsLDAPConnection_h_
diff --git a/ldap/xpcom/src/nsLDAPControl.cpp b/ldap/xpcom/src/nsLDAPControl.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a01972835
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/xpcom/src/nsLDAPControl.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ * 
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsLDAPControl.h"
+#include "prmem.h"
+#include "plstr.h"
+#include "nsLDAPBERValue.h"
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsLDAPControl, nsILDAPControl)
+
+nsLDAPControl::nsLDAPControl()
+  : mIsCritical(false)
+{
+}
+
+nsLDAPControl::~nsLDAPControl()
+{
+}
+
+/* attribute ACString oid; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsLDAPControl::GetOid(nsACString & aOid)
+{
+  aOid.Assign(mOid);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsLDAPControl::SetOid(const nsACString & aOid)
+{
+  mOid = aOid;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* attribute nsILDAPBERValue value; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsLDAPControl::GetValue(nsILDAPBERValue * *aValue)
+{
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aValue = mValue);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsLDAPControl::SetValue(nsILDAPBERValue * aValue)
+{
+  mValue = aValue;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* attribute boolean isCritical; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP 
+nsLDAPControl::GetIsCritical(bool *aIsCritical)
+{
+  *aIsCritical = mIsCritical;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsLDAPControl::SetIsCritical(bool aIsCritical)
+{
+  mIsCritical = aIsCritical;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * utility routine for use inside the LDAP XPCOM SDK
+ */
+nsresult
+nsLDAPControl::ToLDAPControl(LDAPControl **control)
+{
+  // because nsLDAPProtocolModule::Init calls prldap_install_routines we know
+  // that the C SDK will be using the NSPR allocator under the hood, so our
+  // callers will therefore be able to use ldap_control_free() and friends on
+  // this control.
+  LDAPControl *ctl = static_cast<LDAPControl *>(PR_Calloc(1, sizeof(LDAPControl)));
+  if (!ctl) {
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+  }
+
+  // need to ensure that this string is also alloced by PR_Alloc
+  ctl->ldctl_oid = PL_strdup(mOid.get());
+  if (!ctl->ldctl_oid) {
+    PR_Free(ctl);
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+  }
+
+  ctl->ldctl_iscritical = mIsCritical;
+
+  if (!mValue) {
+    // no data associated with this control
+    ctl->ldctl_value.bv_len = 0;
+    ctl->ldctl_value.bv_val = 0;
+  } else {
+
+    // just to make the code below a bit more readable
+    nsLDAPBERValue *nsBerVal = 
+      static_cast<nsLDAPBERValue *>(static_cast<nsILDAPBERValue *>
+                             (mValue.get()));
+    ctl->ldctl_value.bv_len = nsBerVal->mSize;
+
+    if (!nsBerVal->mSize) {
+      // a zero-length value is associated with this control
+      return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+    } else {
+
+      // same for the berval itself
+      ctl->ldctl_value.bv_len = nsBerVal->mSize;
+      ctl->ldctl_value.bv_val = static_cast<char *>
+                                           (PR_Malloc(nsBerVal->mSize));
+      if (!ctl->ldctl_value.bv_val) {
+        ldap_control_free(ctl);
+        return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+      }
+  
+      memcpy(ctl->ldctl_value.bv_val, nsBerVal->mValue,
+             ctl->ldctl_value.bv_len);
+    }
+  }
+
+  *control = ctl;
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
diff --git a/ldap/xpcom/src/nsLDAPControl.h b/ldap/xpcom/src/nsLDAPControl.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6baf269c7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/xpcom/src/nsLDAPControl.h
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ * 
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsILDAPControl.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsILDAPBERValue.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "ldap.h"
+
+// {5B608BBE-C0EA-4f74-B209-9CDCD79EC401}
+#define NS_LDAPCONTROL_CID \
+  { 0x5b608bbe, 0xc0ea, 0x4f74, \
+      { 0xb2, 0x9, 0x9c, 0xdc, 0xd7, 0x9e, 0xc4, 0x1 } }
+
+class nsLDAPControl final : public nsILDAPControl
+{
+public:
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSILDAPCONTROL
+
+  nsLDAPControl();
+
+  /**
+   * return a pointer to C-SDK compatible LDAPControl structure.  Note that
+   * this is allocated with NS_Alloc and must be freed with NS_Free, both by 
+   * ldap_control_free() and friends.
+   *
+   * @exception null pointer return if allocation failed
+   */
+  nsresult ToLDAPControl(LDAPControl **aControl);
+
+private:
+  ~nsLDAPControl();
+
+protected:
+  nsCOMPtr<nsILDAPBERValue> mValue;	// the value portion of this control
+  bool mIsCritical;      // should server abort if control not understood?
+  nsCString mOid;          // Object ID for this control
+};
diff --git a/ldap/xpcom/src/nsLDAPInternal.h b/ldap/xpcom/src/nsLDAPInternal.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..989f113b3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/xpcom/src/nsLDAPInternal.h
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "prlog.h"
+
+#ifdef PR_LOGGING
+extern PRLogModuleInfo *gLDAPLogModule;    // defn in nsLDAPProtocolModule.cpp
+#endif
diff --git a/ldap/xpcom/src/nsLDAPMessage.cpp b/ldap/xpcom/src/nsLDAPMessage.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..782fa047f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/xpcom/src/nsLDAPMessage.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,649 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ * 
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsLDAPInternal.h"
+#include "nsLDAPMessage.h"
+#include "nspr.h"
+#include "nsDebug.h"
+#include "nsMemory.h"
+#include "nsLDAPConnection.h"
+#include "nsISupportsUtils.h"
+#include "nsLDAPBERValue.h"
+#include "nsILDAPErrors.h"
+#include "nsIClassInfoImpl.h"
+#include "nsLDAPUtils.h"
+#include "mozilla/Logging.h"
+
+NS_IMPL_CLASSINFO(nsLDAPMessage, NULL, nsIClassInfo::THREADSAFE,
+                  NS_LDAPMESSAGE_CID)
+
+NS_IMPL_ADDREF(nsLDAPMessage)
+NS_IMPL_RELEASE(nsLDAPMessage)
+NS_INTERFACE_MAP_BEGIN(nsLDAPMessage)
+  NS_INTERFACE_MAP_ENTRY(nsILDAPMessage)
+  NS_INTERFACE_MAP_ENTRY_AMBIGUOUS(nsISupports, nsILDAPMessage)
+  NS_IMPL_QUERY_CLASSINFO(nsLDAPMessage)
+NS_INTERFACE_MAP_END_THREADSAFE
+NS_IMPL_CI_INTERFACE_GETTER(nsLDAPMessage, nsILDAPMessage)
+
+
+// constructor
+//
+nsLDAPMessage::nsLDAPMessage() 
+    : mMsgHandle(0),
+      mErrorCode(LDAP_SUCCESS),
+      mMatchedDn(0),
+      mErrorMessage(0),
+      mReferrals(0),
+      mServerControls(0)
+{
+}
+
+// destructor
+//
+nsLDAPMessage::~nsLDAPMessage(void)
+{
+    if (mMsgHandle) {
+        int rc = ldap_msgfree(mMsgHandle);
+
+// If you are having problems compiling the following code on a Solaris
+// machine with the Forte 6 Update 1 compilers, then you need to make 
+// sure you have applied all the required patches. See:
+// http://www.mozilla.org/unix/solaris-build.html for more details.
+
+        switch(rc) {
+        case LDAP_RES_BIND:
+        case LDAP_RES_SEARCH_ENTRY:
+        case LDAP_RES_SEARCH_RESULT:
+        case LDAP_RES_MODIFY:
+        case LDAP_RES_ADD:
+        case LDAP_RES_DELETE:
+        case LDAP_RES_MODRDN:
+        case LDAP_RES_COMPARE:
+        case LDAP_RES_SEARCH_REFERENCE:
+        case LDAP_RES_EXTENDED:
+        case LDAP_RES_ANY:
+            // success
+            break;
+
+        case LDAP_SUCCESS:
+            // timed out (dunno why LDAP_SUCCESS is used to indicate this) 
+            MOZ_LOG(gLDAPLogModule, mozilla::LogLevel::Warning, 
+                   ("nsLDAPMessage::~nsLDAPMessage: ldap_msgfree() "
+                    "timed out\n"));
+            break;
+
+        default:
+            // other failure
+            MOZ_LOG(gLDAPLogModule, mozilla::LogLevel::Warning, 
+                   ("nsLDAPMessage::~nsLDAPMessage: ldap_msgfree() "
+                    "failed: %s\n", ldap_err2string(rc)));
+            break;
+        }
+    }
+
+    if (mMatchedDn) {
+        ldap_memfree(mMatchedDn);
+    }
+
+    if (mErrorMessage) {
+        ldap_memfree(mErrorMessage);
+    }
+
+    if (mReferrals) {
+        ldap_value_free(mReferrals);
+    }
+
+    if (mServerControls) {
+        ldap_controls_free(mServerControls);
+    }
+
+}
+
+/** 
+ * Initializes a message.
+ *
+ * @param aConnection           The nsLDAPConnection this message is on
+ * @param aMsgHandle            The native LDAPMessage to be wrapped.
+ * 
+ * @exception NS_ERROR_ILLEGAL_VALUE        null pointer passed in
+ * @exception NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED           internal err; shouldn't happen
+ * @exception NS_ERROR_LDAP_DECODING_ERROR  problem during BER decoding
+ * @exception NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY        ran out of memory
+ */
+nsresult 
+nsLDAPMessage::Init(nsILDAPConnection *aConnection, LDAPMessage *aMsgHandle)
+{
+    int parseResult; 
+
+    if (!aConnection || !aMsgHandle) {
+        NS_WARNING("Null pointer passed in to nsLDAPMessage::Init()");
+        return NS_ERROR_ILLEGAL_VALUE;
+    }
+
+    // initialize the appropriate member vars
+    //
+    mConnection = aConnection;
+    mMsgHandle = aMsgHandle;
+
+    // cache the connection handle.  we're violating the XPCOM type-system
+    // here since we're a friend of the connection class and in the 
+    // same module.
+    //
+    mConnectionHandle = static_cast<nsLDAPConnection *>(aConnection)->mConnectionHandle;
+
+    // do any useful message parsing
+    //
+    const int msgType = ldap_msgtype(mMsgHandle);
+    if ( msgType == -1) {
+        NS_ERROR("nsLDAPMessage::Init(): ldap_msgtype() failed");
+        return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+    }
+
+    switch (msgType) {
+
+    case LDAP_RES_SEARCH_REFERENCE:
+        // XXX should do something here?
+        break;
+
+    case LDAP_RES_SEARCH_ENTRY:
+        // nothing to do here
+        break;
+
+    case LDAP_RES_EXTENDED:
+        // XXX should do something here?
+        break;
+
+    case LDAP_RES_BIND:
+    case LDAP_RES_SEARCH_RESULT:
+    case LDAP_RES_MODIFY:
+    case LDAP_RES_ADD:
+    case LDAP_RES_DELETE:
+    case LDAP_RES_MODRDN:
+    case LDAP_RES_COMPARE:
+        parseResult = ldap_parse_result(mConnectionHandle, 
+                                        mMsgHandle, &mErrorCode, &mMatchedDn,
+                                        &mErrorMessage,&mReferrals, 
+                                        &mServerControls, 0);
+        switch (parseResult) {
+        case LDAP_SUCCESS: 
+            // we're good
+            break;
+
+        case LDAP_DECODING_ERROR:
+            NS_WARNING("nsLDAPMessage::Init(): ldap_parse_result() hit a "
+                       "decoding error");
+            return NS_ERROR_LDAP_DECODING_ERROR;
+
+        case LDAP_NO_MEMORY:
+            NS_WARNING("nsLDAPMessage::Init(): ldap_parse_result() ran out " 
+                       "of memory");
+            return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+        case LDAP_PARAM_ERROR:
+        case LDAP_MORE_RESULTS_TO_RETURN:
+        case LDAP_NO_RESULTS_RETURNED:
+        default:
+            NS_ERROR("nsLDAPMessage::Init(): ldap_parse_result returned "
+                     "unexpected return code");
+            return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+        }
+
+        break;
+
+    default:
+        NS_ERROR("nsLDAPMessage::Init(): unexpected message type");
+        return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+    }
+
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * The result code of the (possibly partial) operation.
+ *
+ * @exception NS_ERROR_ILLEGAL_VALUE    null pointer passed in
+ *
+ * readonly attribute long errorCode;
+ */
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsLDAPMessage::GetErrorCode(int32_t *aErrorCode)
+{
+    if (!aErrorCode) {
+        return NS_ERROR_ILLEGAL_VALUE;
+    }
+
+    *aErrorCode = mErrorCode;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsLDAPMessage::GetType(int32_t *aType)
+{
+    if (!aType) {
+        return NS_ERROR_ILLEGAL_VALUE;
+    }
+
+    *aType = ldap_msgtype(mMsgHandle);
+    if (*aType == -1) {
+        return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+    };
+
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// we don't get to use exceptions, so we'll fake it.  this is an error
+// handler for IterateAttributes().  
+//
+nsresult
+nsLDAPMessage::IterateAttrErrHandler(int32_t aLderrno, uint32_t *aAttrCount, 
+                                     char** *aAttributes, BerElement *position)
+{
+
+    // if necessary, free the position holder used by 
+    // ldap_{first,next}_attribute()  
+    //
+    if (position) {
+        ldap_ber_free(position, 0);
+    }
+
+    // deallocate any entries in the array that have been allocated, then
+    // the array itself
+    //
+    if (*aAttributes) {
+        NS_FREE_XPCOM_ALLOCATED_POINTER_ARRAY(*aAttrCount, *aAttributes);
+    }
+
+    // possibly spit out a debugging message, then return an appropriate
+    // error code
+    //
+    switch (aLderrno) {
+
+    case LDAP_PARAM_ERROR:
+        NS_WARNING("nsLDAPMessage::IterateAttributes() failure; probable bug "
+                   "or memory corruption encountered");
+        return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+        break;
+
+    case LDAP_DECODING_ERROR:
+        NS_WARNING("nsLDAPMessage::IterateAttributes(): decoding error");
+        return NS_ERROR_LDAP_DECODING_ERROR;
+        break;
+
+    case LDAP_NO_MEMORY:
+        return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+        break;
+
+    }
+
+    NS_WARNING("nsLDAPMessage::IterateAttributes(): LDAP C SDK returned "
+               "unexpected value; possible bug or memory corruption");
+    return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+}
+
+
+// wrapper for ldap_first_attribute 
+//
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsLDAPMessage::GetAttributes(uint32_t *aAttrCount, char** *aAttributes)
+{
+    return IterateAttributes(aAttrCount, aAttributes, true);
+}
+
+// if getP is true, we get the attributes by recursing once
+// (without getP set) in order to fill in *attrCount, then allocate
+// and fill in the *aAttributes.  
+// 
+// if getP is false, just fill in *attrCount and return
+// 
+nsresult
+nsLDAPMessage::IterateAttributes(uint32_t *aAttrCount, char** *aAttributes, 
+                 bool getP)
+{
+    BerElement *position;
+    nsresult rv;
+
+    if (!aAttrCount || !aAttributes ) {
+        return NS_ERROR_INVALID_POINTER;
+    }
+
+    // if we've been called from GetAttributes, recurse once in order to
+    // count the elements in this message.
+    //
+    if (getP) {
+        *aAttributes = 0;
+        *aAttrCount = 0;
+
+        rv = IterateAttributes(aAttrCount, aAttributes, false);
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+            return rv;
+
+        // create an array of the appropriate size
+        //
+        *aAttributes = static_cast<char **>(moz_xmalloc(*aAttrCount *
+                                                      sizeof(char *)));
+        if (!*aAttributes) {
+            return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+        }
+    } 
+
+    // get the first attribute
+    //
+    char *attr = ldap_first_attribute(mConnectionHandle, 
+                                      mMsgHandle, 
+                                      &position);
+    if (!attr) {
+        return IterateAttrErrHandler(ldap_get_lderrno(mConnectionHandle, 0, 0),
+                                     aAttrCount, aAttributes, position);
+    }
+
+    // if we're getting attributes, try and fill in the first field
+    //
+    if (getP) {
+        (*aAttributes)[0] = NS_strdup(attr);
+        if (!(*aAttributes)[0]) {
+            ldap_memfree(attr);
+            free(*aAttributes);
+            return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+        }
+
+        // note that we start counting again, in order to keep our place in 
+        // the array so that we can unwind gracefully and avoid leakage if
+        // we hit an error as we're filling in the array
+        //
+        *aAttrCount = 1;
+    } else {
+
+        // otherwise just update the count
+        //
+        *aAttrCount = 1;
+    }
+    ldap_memfree(attr);
+
+    while (1) {
+    
+        // get the next attribute
+        //
+        attr = ldap_next_attribute(mConnectionHandle, mMsgHandle, position);
+
+        // check to see if there is an error, or if we're just done iterating
+        //
+        if (!attr) {
+            
+            // bail out if there's an error
+            //
+            int32_t lderrno = ldap_get_lderrno(mConnectionHandle, 0, 0);
+            if (lderrno != LDAP_SUCCESS) {
+                return IterateAttrErrHandler(lderrno, aAttrCount, aAttributes, 
+                                             position);
+            }
+
+            // otherwise, there are no more attributes; we're done with
+            // the while loop
+            //
+            break;
+
+        } else if (getP) {
+
+            // if ldap_next_attribute did return successfully, and 
+            // we're supposed to fill in a value, do so.
+            //
+            (*aAttributes)[*aAttrCount] = NS_strdup(attr);
+            if (!(*aAttributes)[*aAttrCount]) {
+                ldap_memfree(attr);
+                return IterateAttrErrHandler(LDAP_NO_MEMORY, aAttrCount, 
+                                             aAttributes, position);
+            }
+       
+        }
+        ldap_memfree(attr);
+
+        // we're done using *aAttrCount as a c-style array index (ie starting
+        // at 0).  update it to reflect the number of elements now in the array
+        //
+        *aAttrCount += 1;
+    }
+
+    // free the position pointer, if necessary
+    //
+    if (position) {
+        ldap_ber_free(position, 0);
+    }
+
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// readonly attribute wstring dn;
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsLDAPMessage::GetDn(nsACString& aDn)
+{
+    char *rawDn = ldap_get_dn(mConnectionHandle, mMsgHandle);
+
+    if (!rawDn) {
+        int32_t lderrno = ldap_get_lderrno(mConnectionHandle, 0, 0);
+
+        switch (lderrno) {
+
+        case LDAP_DECODING_ERROR:
+            NS_WARNING("nsLDAPMessage::GetDn(): ldap decoding error");
+            return NS_ERROR_LDAP_DECODING_ERROR;
+
+        case LDAP_PARAM_ERROR:
+        default:
+            NS_ERROR("nsLDAPMessage::GetDn(): internal error");
+            return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+        }
+    }
+
+    MOZ_LOG(gLDAPLogModule, mozilla::LogLevel::Debug,
+           ("nsLDAPMessage::GetDn(): dn = '%s'", rawDn));
+
+    aDn.Assign(rawDn);
+    ldap_memfree(rawDn);
+
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// wrapper for ldap_get_values()
+//
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsLDAPMessage::GetValues(const char *aAttr, uint32_t *aCount, 
+                         char16_t ***aValues)
+{
+    char **values;
+    
+#if defined(DEBUG)
+    // We only want this being logged for debug builds so as not to affect performance too much.
+    MOZ_LOG(gLDAPLogModule, mozilla::LogLevel::Debug,
+           ("nsLDAPMessage::GetValues(): called with aAttr = '%s'", aAttr));
+#endif
+
+    values = ldap_get_values(mConnectionHandle, mMsgHandle, aAttr);
+
+    // bail out if there was a problem
+    //
+    if (!values) {
+        int32_t lderrno = ldap_get_lderrno(mConnectionHandle, 0, 0);
+
+        if ( lderrno == LDAP_DECODING_ERROR ) {
+            // this may not be an error; it could just be that the 
+            // caller has asked for an attribute that doesn't exist.
+            //
+            MOZ_LOG(gLDAPLogModule, mozilla::LogLevel::Warning, 
+                   ("nsLDAPMessage::GetValues(): ldap_get_values returned "
+                    "LDAP_DECODING_ERROR"));
+            return NS_ERROR_LDAP_DECODING_ERROR;
+
+        } else if ( lderrno == LDAP_PARAM_ERROR ) {
+            NS_ERROR("nsLDAPMessage::GetValues(): internal error: 1");
+            return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+
+        } else {
+            NS_ERROR("nsLDAPMessage::GetValues(): internal error: 2");
+            return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+        }
+    }
+
+    // count the values
+    //
+    uint32_t numVals = ldap_count_values(values);
+
+    // create an array of the appropriate size
+    //
+    *aValues = static_cast<char16_t **>(moz_xmalloc(numVals * sizeof(char16_t *)));
+    if (!*aValues) {
+        ldap_value_free(values);
+        return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+    }
+
+    // clone the array (except for the trailing NULL entry) using the 
+    // shared allocator for XPCOM correctness
+    //
+    uint32_t i;
+    for ( i = 0 ; i < numVals ; i++ ) {
+        nsDependentCString sValue(values[i]);
+        if (IsUTF8(sValue))
+            (*aValues)[i] = ToNewUnicode(NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16(sValue));
+        else
+            (*aValues)[i] = ToNewUnicode(NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16(sValue));
+        if ( ! (*aValues)[i] ) {
+            NS_FREE_XPCOM_ALLOCATED_POINTER_ARRAY(i, aValues);
+            ldap_value_free(values);
+            return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+        }
+    }
+
+    // now free our value array since we already cloned the values array 
+    // to the 'aValues' results array.
+    ldap_value_free(values);
+
+    *aCount = numVals;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// wrapper for get_values_len
+//
+NS_IMETHODIMP 
+nsLDAPMessage::GetBinaryValues(const char *aAttr, uint32_t *aCount,
+                               nsILDAPBERValue ***aValues)
+{
+    struct berval **values;
+
+#if defined(DEBUG)
+    // We only want this being logged for debug builds so as not to affect performance too much.
+    MOZ_LOG(gLDAPLogModule, mozilla::LogLevel::Debug,
+           ("nsLDAPMessage::GetBinaryValues(): called with aAttr = '%s'", 
+            aAttr));
+#endif
+
+    values = ldap_get_values_len(mConnectionHandle, mMsgHandle, aAttr);
+
+    // bail out if there was a problem
+    //
+    if (!values) {
+        int32_t lderrno = ldap_get_lderrno(mConnectionHandle, 0, 0);
+
+        if ( lderrno == LDAP_DECODING_ERROR ) {
+            // this may not be an error; it could just be that the 
+            // caller has asked for an attribute that doesn't exist.
+            //
+            MOZ_LOG(gLDAPLogModule, mozilla::LogLevel::Warning, 
+                   ("nsLDAPMessage::GetBinaryValues(): ldap_get_values "
+                    "returned LDAP_DECODING_ERROR"));
+            return NS_ERROR_LDAP_DECODING_ERROR;
+
+        } else if ( lderrno == LDAP_PARAM_ERROR ) {
+            NS_ERROR("nsLDAPMessage::GetBinaryValues(): internal error: 1");
+            return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+
+        } else {
+            NS_ERROR("nsLDAPMessage::GetBinaryValues(): internal error: 2");
+            return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+        }
+    }
+
+    // count the values
+    //
+    uint32_t numVals = ldap_count_values_len(values);
+
+    // create the out array
+    //
+    *aValues = 
+        static_cast<nsILDAPBERValue **>(moz_xmalloc(numVals * sizeof(nsILDAPBERValue)));
+    if (!aValues) {
+        ldap_value_free_len(values);
+        return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+    }
+
+    // clone the array (except for the trailing NULL entry) using the 
+    // shared allocator for XPCOM correctness
+    //
+    uint32_t i;
+    nsresult rv;
+    for ( i = 0 ; i < numVals ; i++ ) {
+
+        // create an nsBERValue object
+        //
+        nsCOMPtr<nsILDAPBERValue> berValue = new nsLDAPBERValue();
+        if (!berValue) {
+            NS_ERROR("nsLDAPMessage::GetBinaryValues(): out of memory"
+                     " creating nsLDAPBERValue object");
+            NS_FREE_XPCOM_ALLOCATED_POINTER_ARRAY(i, aValues);
+            ldap_value_free_len(values);
+            return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+        }
+
+        // copy the value from the struct into the nsBERValue
+        //
+        rv = berValue->Set(values[i]->bv_len, 
+                           reinterpret_cast<uint8_t *>(values[i]->bv_val));
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+            NS_ERROR("nsLDAPMessage::GetBinaryValues(): error setting"
+                     " nsBERValue");
+            ldap_value_free_len(values);
+            return rv == NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY ? rv : NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+        }
+
+        // put the nsIBERValue object into the out array
+        //
+        NS_ADDREF( (*aValues)[i] = berValue.get() );
+    }
+
+    *aCount = numVals;
+    ldap_value_free_len(values);
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// readonly attribute nsILDAPOperation operation;
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsLDAPMessage::GetOperation(nsILDAPOperation **_retval)
+{
+    if (!_retval) {
+        NS_ERROR("nsLDAPMessage::GetOperation: null pointer ");
+        return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+    }
+
+    NS_IF_ADDREF(*_retval = mOperation);
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsLDAPMessage::ToUnicode(char16_t* *aString)
+{
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsLDAPMessage::GetErrorMessage(nsACString & aErrorMessage)
+{
+    aErrorMessage.Assign(mErrorMessage);
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsLDAPMessage::GetMatchedDn(nsACString & aMatchedDn)
+{
+    aMatchedDn.Assign(mMatchedDn);
+    return NS_OK;
+}
diff --git a/ldap/xpcom/src/nsLDAPMessage.h b/ldap/xpcom/src/nsLDAPMessage.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d3c0b2d2e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/xpcom/src/nsLDAPMessage.h
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _nsLDAPMessage_h_
+#define _nsLDAPMessage_h_
+
+#include "ldap.h"
+#include "nsILDAPMessage.h"
+#include "nsILDAPOperation.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+
+// 76e061ad-a59f-43b6-b812-ee6e8e69423f
+//
+#define NS_LDAPMESSAGE_CID \
+{ 0x76e061ad, 0xa59f, 0x43b6, \
+  { 0xb8, 0x12, 0xee, 0x6e, 0x8e, 0x69, 0x42, 0x3f }}
+
+class nsLDAPMessage : public nsILDAPMessage
+{
+    friend class nsLDAPOperation;
+    friend class nsLDAPConnection;
+    friend class nsLDAPConnectionRunnable;
+    friend class nsOnLDAPMessageRunnable;
+
+  public:
+
+    NS_DECL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS
+    NS_DECL_NSILDAPMESSAGE
+
+    // constructor & destructor
+    //
+    nsLDAPMessage();
+
+  protected:
+    virtual ~nsLDAPMessage();
+
+    nsresult IterateAttrErrHandler(int32_t aLderrno, uint32_t *aAttrCount,
+                            char** *aAttributes, BerElement *position);
+    nsresult IterateAttributes(uint32_t *aAttrCount, char** *aAttributes,
+                              bool getP);
+    nsresult Init(nsILDAPConnection *aConnection,
+                  LDAPMessage *aMsgHandle);
+    LDAPMessage *mMsgHandle; // the message we're wrapping
+    nsCOMPtr<nsILDAPOperation> mOperation;  // operation this msg relates to
+
+    LDAP *mConnectionHandle; // cached connection this op is on
+
+    // since we're caching the connection handle (above), we need to
+    // hold an owning ref to the relevant nsLDAPConnection object as long
+    // as we're around
+    //
+    nsCOMPtr<nsILDAPConnection> mConnection;
+
+    // the next five member vars are returned by ldap_parse_result()
+    //
+    int mErrorCode;
+    char *mMatchedDn;
+    char *mErrorMessage;
+    char **mReferrals;
+    LDAPControl **mServerControls;
+};
+
+#endif // _nsLDAPMessage_h
diff --git a/ldap/xpcom/src/nsLDAPModification.cpp b/ldap/xpcom/src/nsLDAPModification.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..77253835a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/xpcom/src/nsLDAPModification.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,158 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsLDAPModification.h"
+#include "nsILDAPBERValue.h"
+#include "nsISimpleEnumerator.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsComponentManagerUtils.h"
+
+using namespace mozilla;
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsLDAPModification, nsILDAPModification)
+
+// constructor
+//
+nsLDAPModification::nsLDAPModification()
+    : mValuesLock("nsLDAPModification.mValuesLock")
+{
+}
+
+// destructor
+//
+nsLDAPModification::~nsLDAPModification()
+{
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsLDAPModification::Init()
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsLDAPModification::GetOperation(int32_t *aOperation)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aOperation);
+
+  *aOperation = mOperation;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsLDAPModification::SetOperation(int32_t aOperation)
+{
+  mOperation = aOperation;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsLDAPModification::GetType(nsACString& aType)
+{
+  aType.Assign(mType);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsLDAPModification::SetType(const nsACString& aType)
+{
+  mType.Assign(aType);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsLDAPModification::GetValues(nsIArray** aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+
+  MutexAutoLock lock(mValuesLock);
+
+  if (!mValues)
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+  NS_ADDREF(*aResult = mValues);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsLDAPModification::SetValues(nsIArray* aValues)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aValues);
+
+  MutexAutoLock lock(mValuesLock);
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  if (!mValues)
+    mValues = do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  else
+    rv = mValues->Clear();
+
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleEnumerator> enumerator;
+  rv = aValues->Enumerate(getter_AddRefs(enumerator));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  bool hasMoreElements;
+  rv = enumerator->HasMoreElements(&hasMoreElements);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> value;
+
+  while (hasMoreElements)
+  {
+    rv = enumerator->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(value));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    rv = mValues->AppendElement(value, false);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    rv = enumerator->HasMoreElements(&hasMoreElements);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsLDAPModification::SetUpModification(int32_t aOperation,
+                                      const nsACString &aType,
+                                      nsIArray *aValues)
+{
+  // Set the values using our local function before entering lock
+  // to avoid deadlocks due to holding the same lock twice.
+  nsresult rv = SetValues(aValues);
+
+  MutexAutoLock lock(mValuesLock);
+
+  mOperation = aOperation;
+  mType.Assign(aType);
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsLDAPModification::SetUpModificationOneValue(int32_t aOperation,
+                                              const nsACString &aType,
+                                              nsILDAPBERValue *aValue)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aValue);
+
+  MutexAutoLock lock(mValuesLock);
+
+  mOperation = aOperation;
+  mType.Assign(aType);
+
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  if (!mValues)
+    mValues = do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  else
+    rv = mValues->Clear();
+
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  
+  return mValues->AppendElement(aValue, false);
+}
diff --git a/ldap/xpcom/src/nsLDAPModification.h b/ldap/xpcom/src/nsLDAPModification.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e9c9c5599
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/xpcom/src/nsLDAPModification.h
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _nsLDAPModification_h_
+#define _nsLDAPModification_h_
+
+#include "nsILDAPModification.h"
+#include "nsIMutableArray.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "mozilla/Mutex.h"
+
+// 5b0f4d00-062e-11d6-a7f2-fc943c3c039c
+//
+#define NS_LDAPMODIFICATION_CID \
+{ 0x5b0f4d00, 0x062e, 0x11d6, \
+  { 0xa7, 0xf2, 0xfc, 0x94, 0x3c, 0x3c, 0x03, 0x9c }}
+
+class nsLDAPModification : public nsILDAPModification
+{
+public:
+  NS_DECL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSILDAPMODIFICATION
+
+  // constructor & destructor
+  //
+  nsLDAPModification();
+
+  nsresult Init();
+
+private:
+  virtual ~nsLDAPModification();
+
+  int32_t mOperation;
+  nsCString mType;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> mValues;
+  mozilla::Mutex mValuesLock;
+};
+
+#endif // _nsLDAPModification_h_
diff --git a/ldap/xpcom/src/nsLDAPOperation.cpp b/ldap/xpcom/src/nsLDAPOperation.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..72cf32089
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/xpcom/src/nsLDAPOperation.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,975 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsLDAPInternal.h"
+#include "nsLDAPOperation.h"
+#include "nsLDAPBERValue.h"
+#include "nsILDAPMessage.h"
+#include "nsILDAPModification.h"
+#include "nsIComponentManager.h"
+#include "nspr.h"
+#include "nsISimpleEnumerator.h"
+#include "nsLDAPControl.h"
+#include "nsILDAPErrors.h"
+#include "nsIClassInfoImpl.h"
+#include "nsIAuthModule.h"
+#include "nsArrayUtils.h"
+#include "nsMemory.h"
+#include "mozilla/Logging.h"
+
+// Helper function
+static nsresult TranslateLDAPErrorToNSError(const int ldapError)
+{
+  switch (ldapError) {
+  case LDAP_SUCCESS:
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  case LDAP_ENCODING_ERROR:
+    return NS_ERROR_LDAP_ENCODING_ERROR;
+
+  case LDAP_CONNECT_ERROR:
+    return NS_ERROR_LDAP_CONNECT_ERROR;
+
+  case LDAP_SERVER_DOWN:
+    return NS_ERROR_LDAP_SERVER_DOWN;
+
+  case LDAP_NO_MEMORY:
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+  case LDAP_NOT_SUPPORTED:
+    return NS_ERROR_LDAP_NOT_SUPPORTED;
+
+  case LDAP_PARAM_ERROR:
+    return NS_ERROR_INVALID_ARG;
+
+  case LDAP_FILTER_ERROR:
+    return NS_ERROR_LDAP_FILTER_ERROR;
+
+  default:
+    MOZ_LOG(gLDAPLogModule, mozilla::LogLevel::Error,
+           ("TranslateLDAPErrorToNSError: "
+            "Do not know how to translate LDAP error: 0x%x", ldapError));
+    return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+  }
+}
+
+
+// constructor
+nsLDAPOperation::nsLDAPOperation()
+{
+}
+
+// destructor
+nsLDAPOperation::~nsLDAPOperation()
+{
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_CLASSINFO(nsLDAPOperation, NULL, nsIClassInfo::THREADSAFE,
+                  NS_LDAPOPERATION_CID)
+
+NS_IMPL_ADDREF(nsLDAPOperation)
+NS_IMPL_RELEASE(nsLDAPOperation)
+NS_INTERFACE_MAP_BEGIN(nsLDAPOperation)
+  NS_INTERFACE_MAP_ENTRY(nsILDAPOperation)
+  NS_INTERFACE_MAP_ENTRY_AMBIGUOUS(nsISupports, nsILDAPOperation)
+  NS_IMPL_QUERY_CLASSINFO(nsLDAPOperation)
+NS_INTERFACE_MAP_END_THREADSAFE
+NS_IMPL_CI_INTERFACE_GETTER(nsLDAPOperation, nsILDAPOperation)
+
+/**
+ * Initializes this operation.  Must be called prior to use.
+ *
+ * @param aConnection connection this operation should use
+ * @param aMessageListener where are the results are called back to.
+ */
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsLDAPOperation::Init(nsILDAPConnection *aConnection,
+                      nsILDAPMessageListener *aMessageListener,
+                      nsISupports *aClosure)
+{
+    if (!aConnection) {
+        return NS_ERROR_ILLEGAL_VALUE;
+    }
+
+    // so we know that the operation is not yet running (and therefore don't
+    // try and call ldap_abandon_ext() on it) or remove it from the queue.
+    //
+    mMsgID = 0;
+
+    // set the member vars
+    //
+    mConnection = static_cast<nsLDAPConnection*>(aConnection);
+    mMessageListener = aMessageListener;
+    mClosure = aClosure;
+
+    // cache the connection handle
+    //
+    mConnectionHandle =
+        mConnection->mConnectionHandle;
+
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsLDAPOperation::GetClosure(nsISupports **_retval)
+{
+    if (!_retval) {
+        return NS_ERROR_ILLEGAL_VALUE;
+    }
+    NS_IF_ADDREF(*_retval = mClosure);
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsLDAPOperation::SetClosure(nsISupports *aClosure)
+{
+    mClosure = aClosure;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsLDAPOperation::GetConnection(nsILDAPConnection* *aConnection)
+{
+    if (!aConnection) {
+        return NS_ERROR_ILLEGAL_VALUE;
+    }
+
+    *aConnection = mConnection;
+    NS_IF_ADDREF(*aConnection);
+
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+void
+nsLDAPOperation::Clear()
+{
+  mMessageListener = nullptr;
+  mClosure = nullptr;
+  mConnection = nullptr;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsLDAPOperation::GetMessageListener(nsILDAPMessageListener **aMessageListener)
+{
+    if (!aMessageListener) {
+        return NS_ERROR_ILLEGAL_VALUE;
+    }
+
+    *aMessageListener = mMessageListener;
+    NS_IF_ADDREF(*aMessageListener);
+
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsLDAPOperation::SaslBind(const nsACString &service,
+                          const nsACString &mechanism,
+                          nsIAuthModule *authModule)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsAutoCString bindName;
+  struct berval creds;
+  unsigned int credlen;
+
+  mAuthModule = authModule;
+  mMechanism.Assign(mechanism);
+
+  rv = mConnection->GetBindName(bindName);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  creds.bv_val = NULL;
+  mAuthModule->Init(PromiseFlatCString(service).get(),
+                    nsIAuthModule::REQ_DEFAULT, nullptr,
+                    NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16(bindName).get(), nullptr);
+
+  rv = mAuthModule->GetNextToken(nullptr, 0, (void **)&creds.bv_val,
+                                 &credlen);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !creds.bv_val)
+    return rv;
+
+  creds.bv_len = credlen;
+  const int lderrno = ldap_sasl_bind(mConnectionHandle, bindName.get(),
+                                     mMechanism.get(), &creds, NULL, NULL,
+                                     &mMsgID);
+  free(creds.bv_val);
+
+  if (lderrno != LDAP_SUCCESS)
+    return TranslateLDAPErrorToNSError(lderrno);
+
+  // make sure the connection knows where to call back once the messages
+  // for this operation start coming in
+  rv = mConnection->AddPendingOperation(mMsgID, this);
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    (void)ldap_abandon_ext(mConnectionHandle, mMsgID, 0, 0);
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsLDAPOperation::SaslStep(const char *token, uint32_t tokenLen)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsAutoCString bindName;
+  struct berval clientCreds;
+  struct berval serverCreds;
+  unsigned int credlen;
+
+  rv = mConnection->RemovePendingOperation(mMsgID);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  serverCreds.bv_val = (char *) token;
+  serverCreds.bv_len = tokenLen;
+
+  rv = mConnection->GetBindName(bindName);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = mAuthModule->GetNextToken(serverCreds.bv_val, serverCreds.bv_len,
+                                 (void **) &clientCreds.bv_val, &credlen);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  clientCreds.bv_len = credlen;
+
+  const int lderrno = ldap_sasl_bind(mConnectionHandle, bindName.get(),
+                                     mMechanism.get(), &clientCreds, NULL,
+                                     NULL, &mMsgID);
+
+  free(clientCreds.bv_val);
+
+  if (lderrno != LDAP_SUCCESS)
+    return TranslateLDAPErrorToNSError(lderrno);
+
+  // make sure the connection knows where to call back once the messages
+  // for this operation start coming in
+  rv = mConnection->AddPendingOperation(mMsgID, this);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    (void)ldap_abandon_ext(mConnectionHandle, mMsgID, 0, 0);
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+
+// wrapper for ldap_simple_bind()
+//
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsLDAPOperation::SimpleBind(const nsACString& passwd)
+{
+    RefPtr<nsLDAPConnection> connection = mConnection;
+    // There is a possibilty that mConnection can be cleared by another
+    // thread. Grabbing a local reference to mConnection may avoid this.
+    // See https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=557928#c1
+    nsresult rv;
+    nsAutoCString bindName;
+    int32_t originalMsgID = mMsgID;
+    // Ugly hack alert:
+    // the first time we get called with a passwd, remember it.
+    // Then, if we get called again w/o a password, use the
+    // saved one. Getting called again means we're trying to
+    // fall back to VERSION2.
+    // Since LDAP operations are thrown away when done, it won't stay
+    // around in memory.
+    if (!passwd.IsEmpty())
+      mSavePassword = passwd;
+
+    NS_PRECONDITION(mMessageListener, "MessageListener not set");
+
+    rv = connection->GetBindName(bindName);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        return rv;
+
+    MOZ_LOG(gLDAPLogModule, mozilla::LogLevel::Debug,
+           ("nsLDAPOperation::SimpleBind(): called; bindName = '%s'; ",
+            bindName.get()));
+
+    // this (nsLDAPOperation) may be released by RemovePendingOperation()
+    // See https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=1063829.
+    RefPtr<nsLDAPOperation> kungFuDeathGrip = this;
+
+    // If this is a second try at binding, remove the operation from pending ops
+    // because msg id has changed...
+    if (originalMsgID)
+      connection->RemovePendingOperation(originalMsgID);
+
+    mMsgID = ldap_simple_bind(mConnectionHandle, bindName.get(),
+                              mSavePassword.get());
+
+    if (mMsgID == -1) {
+      // XXX Should NS_ERROR_LDAP_SERVER_DOWN cause a rebind here?
+      return TranslateLDAPErrorToNSError(ldap_get_lderrno(mConnectionHandle,
+                                                          0, 0));
+    }
+
+    // make sure the connection knows where to call back once the messages
+    // for this operation start coming in
+    rv = connection->AddPendingOperation(mMsgID, this);
+    switch (rv) {
+    case NS_OK:
+        break;
+
+        // note that the return value of ldap_abandon_ext() is ignored, as
+        // there's nothing useful to do with it
+
+    case NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY:
+        (void)ldap_abandon_ext(mConnectionHandle, mMsgID, 0, 0);
+        return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+        break;
+
+    case NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED:
+    case NS_ERROR_ILLEGAL_VALUE:
+    default:
+        (void)ldap_abandon_ext(mConnectionHandle, mMsgID, 0, 0);
+        return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+    }
+
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Given an nsIArray of nsILDAPControls, return the appropriate
+ * zero-terminated array of LDAPControls ready to pass in to the C SDK.
+ */
+static nsresult
+convertControlArray(nsIArray *aXpcomArray, LDAPControl ***aArray)
+{
+    // get the size of the original array
+    uint32_t length;
+    nsresult rv  = aXpcomArray->GetLength(&length);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    // don't allocate an array if someone passed us in an empty one
+    if (!length) {
+        *aArray = 0;
+        return NS_OK;
+    }
+
+    // allocate a local array of the form understood by the C-SDK;
+    // +1 is to account for the final null terminator.  PR_Calloc is
+    // is used so that ldap_controls_free will work anywhere during the
+    // iteration
+    LDAPControl **controls =
+        static_cast<LDAPControl **>
+                   (PR_Calloc(length+1, sizeof(LDAPControl)));
+
+    // prepare to enumerate the array
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleEnumerator> enumerator;
+    rv = aXpcomArray->Enumerate(getter_AddRefs(enumerator));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    bool moreElements;
+    rv = enumerator->HasMoreElements(&moreElements);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    uint32_t i = 0;
+    while (moreElements) {
+
+        // get the next array element
+        nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> isupports;
+        rv = enumerator->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(isupports));
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+            ldap_controls_free(controls);
+            return rv;
+        }
+        nsCOMPtr<nsILDAPControl> control = do_QueryInterface(isupports, &rv);
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+            ldap_controls_free(controls);
+            return NS_ERROR_INVALID_ARG; // bogus element in the array
+        }
+        nsLDAPControl *ctl = static_cast<nsLDAPControl *>
+                                        (static_cast<nsILDAPControl *>
+                                                    (control.get()));
+
+        // convert it to an LDAPControl structure placed in the new array
+        rv = ctl->ToLDAPControl(&controls[i]);
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+            ldap_controls_free(controls);
+            return rv;
+        }
+
+        // on to the next element
+        rv = enumerator->HasMoreElements(&moreElements);
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+            ldap_controls_free(controls);
+            return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+        }
+        ++i;
+    }
+
+    *aArray = controls;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsLDAPOperation::SearchExt(const nsACString& aBaseDn, int32_t aScope,
+                           const nsACString& aFilter,
+                           const nsACString &aAttributes,
+                           PRIntervalTime aTimeOut, int32_t aSizeLimit)
+{
+    if (!mMessageListener) {
+        NS_ERROR("nsLDAPOperation::SearchExt(): mMessageListener not set");
+        return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+    }
+
+    // XXX add control logging
+    MOZ_LOG(gLDAPLogModule, mozilla::LogLevel::Debug,
+           ("nsLDAPOperation::SearchExt(): called with aBaseDn = '%s'; "
+            "aFilter = '%s'; aAttributes = %s; aSizeLimit = %d",
+            PromiseFlatCString(aBaseDn).get(),
+            PromiseFlatCString(aFilter).get(),
+            PromiseFlatCString(aAttributes).get(), aSizeLimit));
+
+    LDAPControl **serverctls = 0;
+    nsresult rv;
+    if (mServerControls) {
+        rv = convertControlArray(mServerControls, &serverctls);
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+            MOZ_LOG(gLDAPLogModule, mozilla::LogLevel::Error,
+                   ("nsLDAPOperation::SearchExt(): error converting server "
+                    "control array: %x", rv));
+            return rv;
+        }
+    }
+
+    LDAPControl **clientctls = 0;
+    if (mClientControls) {
+        rv = convertControlArray(mClientControls, &clientctls);
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+            MOZ_LOG(gLDAPLogModule, mozilla::LogLevel::Error,
+                   ("nsLDAPOperation::SearchExt(): error converting client "
+                    "control array: %x", rv));
+            ldap_controls_free(serverctls);
+            return rv;
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Convert our comma separated string to one that the C-SDK will like, i.e.
+    // convert to a char array and add a last NULL element.
+    nsTArray<nsCString> attrArray;
+    ParseString(aAttributes, ',', attrArray);
+    char **attrs = nullptr;
+    uint32_t origLength = attrArray.Length();
+    if (origLength)
+    {
+      attrs = static_cast<char **> (NS_Alloc((origLength + 1) * sizeof(char *)));
+      if (!attrs)
+        return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+      for (uint32_t i = 0; i < origLength; ++i)
+        attrs[i] = ToNewCString(attrArray[i]);
+
+      attrs[origLength] = 0;
+    }
+
+    // XXX deal with timeout here
+    int retVal = ldap_search_ext(mConnectionHandle,
+                                 PromiseFlatCString(aBaseDn).get(),
+                                 aScope, PromiseFlatCString(aFilter).get(),
+                                 attrs, 0, serverctls, clientctls, 0,
+                                 aSizeLimit, &mMsgID);
+
+    // clean up
+    ldap_controls_free(serverctls);
+    ldap_controls_free(clientctls);
+    // The last entry is null, so no need to free that.
+    NS_FREE_XPCOM_ALLOCATED_POINTER_ARRAY(origLength, attrs);
+
+    rv = TranslateLDAPErrorToNSError(retVal);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    // make sure the connection knows where to call back once the messages
+    // for this operation start coming in
+    //
+    rv = mConnection->AddPendingOperation(mMsgID, this);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+        switch (rv) {
+        case NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY:
+            (void)ldap_abandon_ext(mConnectionHandle, mMsgID, 0, 0);
+            return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+        default:
+            (void)ldap_abandon_ext(mConnectionHandle, mMsgID, 0, 0);
+            NS_ERROR("nsLDAPOperation::SearchExt(): unexpected error in "
+                     "mConnection->AddPendingOperation");
+            return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+        }
+    }
+
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsLDAPOperation::GetMessageID(int32_t *aMsgID)
+{
+    if (!aMsgID) {
+        return NS_ERROR_ILLEGAL_VALUE;
+    }
+
+    *aMsgID = mMsgID;
+
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// as far as I can tell from reading the LDAP C SDK code, abandoning something
+// that has already been abandoned does not return an error
+//
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsLDAPOperation::AbandonExt()
+{
+    nsresult rv;
+    nsresult retStatus = NS_OK;
+
+    if (!mMessageListener || mMsgID == 0) {
+        NS_ERROR("nsLDAPOperation::AbandonExt(): mMessageListener or "
+                 "mMsgId not initialized");
+        return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+    }
+
+    // XXX handle controls here
+    if (mServerControls || mClientControls) {
+        return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+    }
+
+    rv = TranslateLDAPErrorToNSError(ldap_abandon_ext(mConnectionHandle,
+                                                      mMsgID, 0, 0));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    // try to remove it from the pendingOperations queue, if it's there.
+    // even if something goes wrong here, the abandon() has already succeeded
+    // succeeded (and there's nothing else the caller can reasonably do),
+    // so we only pay attention to this in debug builds.
+    //
+    // check mConnection in case we're getting bit by
+    // http://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=239729, wherein we
+    // theorize that ::Clearing the operation is nulling out the mConnection
+    // from another thread.
+    if (mConnection)
+    {
+      rv = mConnection->RemovePendingOperation(mMsgID);
+
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+          // XXXdmose should we keep AbandonExt from happening on multiple
+          // threads at the same time?  that's when this condition is most
+          // likely to occur.  i _think_ the LDAP C SDK is ok with this; need
+          // to verify.
+          //
+          NS_WARNING("nsLDAPOperation::AbandonExt: "
+                     "mConnection->RemovePendingOperation(this) failed.");
+      }
+    }
+
+    return retStatus;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsLDAPOperation::GetClientControls(nsIMutableArray **aControls)
+{
+    NS_IF_ADDREF(*aControls = mClientControls);
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsLDAPOperation::SetClientControls(nsIMutableArray *aControls)
+{
+    mClientControls = aControls;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsLDAPOperation::GetServerControls(nsIMutableArray **aControls)
+{
+    NS_IF_ADDREF(*aControls = mServerControls);
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsLDAPOperation::SetServerControls(nsIMutableArray *aControls)
+{
+    mServerControls = aControls;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// wrappers for ldap_add_ext
+//
+nsresult
+nsLDAPOperation::AddExt(const char *base,
+                        nsIArray *mods,
+                        LDAPControl **serverctrls,
+                        LDAPControl **clientctrls)
+{
+  if (!mMessageListener) {
+    NS_ERROR("nsLDAPOperation::AddExt(): mMessageListener not set");
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+  }
+
+  LDAPMod **attrs = 0;
+  int retVal = LDAP_SUCCESS;
+  uint32_t modCount = 0;
+  nsresult rv = mods->GetLength(&modCount);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  if (mods && modCount) {
+    attrs = static_cast<LDAPMod **>(moz_xmalloc((modCount + 1) *
+                                                       sizeof(LDAPMod *)));
+    if (!attrs) {
+      NS_ERROR("nsLDAPOperation::AddExt: out of memory ");
+      return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+    }
+
+    nsAutoCString type;
+    uint32_t index;
+    for (index = 0; index < modCount && NS_SUCCEEDED(rv); ++index) {
+      attrs[index] = new LDAPMod();
+
+      if (!attrs[index])
+        return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+      nsCOMPtr<nsILDAPModification> modif(do_QueryElementAt(mods, index, &rv));
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        break;
+
+#ifdef NS_DEBUG
+      int32_t operation;
+      NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(modif->GetOperation(&operation)) &&
+                   ((operation & ~LDAP_MOD_BVALUES) == LDAP_MOD_ADD),
+                   "AddExt can only add.");
+#endif
+
+      attrs[index]->mod_op = LDAP_MOD_ADD | LDAP_MOD_BVALUES;
+
+      nsresult rv = modif->GetType(type);
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        break;
+
+      attrs[index]->mod_type = ToNewCString(type);
+
+      rv = CopyValues(modif, &attrs[index]->mod_bvalues);
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        break;
+    }
+
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+      attrs[modCount] = 0;
+
+      retVal = ldap_add_ext(mConnectionHandle, base, attrs,
+                            serverctrls, clientctrls, &mMsgID);
+    }
+    else
+      // reset the modCount so we correctly free the array.
+      modCount = index;
+  }
+
+  for (uint32_t counter = 0; counter < modCount; ++counter)
+    delete attrs[counter];
+
+  free(attrs);
+
+  return NS_FAILED(rv) ? rv : TranslateLDAPErrorToNSError(retVal);
+}
+
+/**
+ * wrapper for ldap_add_ext(): kicks off an async add request.
+ *
+ * @param aBaseDn           Base DN to search
+ * @param aModCount         Number of modifications
+ * @param aMods             Array of modifications
+ *
+ * XXX doesn't currently handle LDAPControl params
+ *
+ * void addExt (in AUTF8String aBaseDn, in unsigned long aModCount,
+ *              [array, size_is (aModCount)] in nsILDAPModification aMods);
+ */
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsLDAPOperation::AddExt(const nsACString& aBaseDn,
+                        nsIArray *aMods)
+{
+  MOZ_LOG(gLDAPLogModule, mozilla::LogLevel::Debug,
+         ("nsLDAPOperation::AddExt(): called with aBaseDn = '%s'",
+          PromiseFlatCString(aBaseDn).get()));
+
+  nsresult rv = AddExt(PromiseFlatCString(aBaseDn).get(), aMods, 0, 0);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  // make sure the connection knows where to call back once the messages
+  // for this operation start coming in
+  rv = mConnection->AddPendingOperation(mMsgID, this);
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+    (void)ldap_abandon_ext(mConnectionHandle, mMsgID, 0, 0);
+    MOZ_LOG(gLDAPLogModule, mozilla::LogLevel::Debug,
+           ("nsLDAPOperation::AddExt(): abandoned due to rv %x",
+            rv));
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+// wrappers for ldap_delete_ext
+//
+nsresult
+nsLDAPOperation::DeleteExt(const char *base,
+                           LDAPControl **serverctrls,
+                           LDAPControl **clientctrls)
+{
+  if (!mMessageListener) {
+    NS_ERROR("nsLDAPOperation::DeleteExt(): mMessageListener not set");
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+  }
+
+  return TranslateLDAPErrorToNSError(ldap_delete_ext(mConnectionHandle, base,
+                                                     serverctrls, clientctrls,
+                                                     &mMsgID));
+}
+
+/**
+ * wrapper for ldap_delete_ext(): kicks off an async delete request.
+ *
+ * @param aBaseDn               Base DN to delete
+ *
+ * XXX doesn't currently handle LDAPControl params
+ *
+ * void deleteExt(in AUTF8String aBaseDn);
+ */
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsLDAPOperation::DeleteExt(const nsACString& aBaseDn)
+{
+  MOZ_LOG(gLDAPLogModule, mozilla::LogLevel::Debug,
+         ("nsLDAPOperation::DeleteExt(): called with aBaseDn = '%s'",
+          PromiseFlatCString(aBaseDn).get()));
+
+  nsresult rv = DeleteExt(PromiseFlatCString(aBaseDn).get(), 0, 0);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  // make sure the connection knows where to call back once the messages
+  // for this operation start coming in
+  rv = mConnection->AddPendingOperation(mMsgID, this);
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+    (void)ldap_abandon_ext(mConnectionHandle, mMsgID, 0, 0);
+    MOZ_LOG(gLDAPLogModule, mozilla::LogLevel::Debug,
+           ("nsLDAPOperation::AddExt(): abandoned due to rv %x",
+            rv));
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+// wrappers for ldap_modify_ext
+//
+nsresult
+nsLDAPOperation::ModifyExt(const char *base,
+                           nsIArray *mods,
+                           LDAPControl **serverctrls,
+                           LDAPControl **clientctrls)
+{
+  if (!mMessageListener) {
+    NS_ERROR("nsLDAPOperation::ModifyExt(): mMessageListener not set");
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+  }
+
+  LDAPMod **attrs = 0;
+  int retVal = 0;
+  uint32_t modCount = 0;
+  nsresult rv = mods->GetLength(&modCount);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  if (modCount && mods) {
+    attrs = static_cast<LDAPMod **>(moz_xmalloc((modCount + 1) *
+                                                       sizeof(LDAPMod *)));
+    if (!attrs) {
+      NS_ERROR("nsLDAPOperation::ModifyExt: out of memory ");
+      return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+    }
+
+    nsAutoCString type;
+    uint32_t index;
+    for (index = 0; index < modCount && NS_SUCCEEDED(rv); ++index) {
+      attrs[index] = new LDAPMod();
+      if (!attrs[index])
+        return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+      nsCOMPtr<nsILDAPModification> modif(do_QueryElementAt(mods, index, &rv));
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        break;
+
+      int32_t operation;
+      nsresult rv = modif->GetOperation(&operation);
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        break;
+
+      attrs[index]->mod_op = operation | LDAP_MOD_BVALUES;
+
+      rv = modif->GetType(type);
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        break;
+
+      attrs[index]->mod_type = ToNewCString(type);
+
+      rv = CopyValues(modif, &attrs[index]->mod_bvalues);
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        break;
+    }
+
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+      attrs[modCount] = 0;
+
+      retVal = ldap_modify_ext(mConnectionHandle, base, attrs,
+                               serverctrls, clientctrls, &mMsgID);
+    }
+    else
+      // reset the modCount so we correctly free the array.
+      modCount = index;
+
+  }
+
+  for (uint32_t counter = 0; counter < modCount; ++counter)
+    delete attrs[counter];
+
+  free(attrs);
+
+  return NS_FAILED(rv) ? rv : TranslateLDAPErrorToNSError(retVal);
+}
+
+/**
+ * wrapper for ldap_modify_ext(): kicks off an async modify request.
+ *
+ * @param aBaseDn           Base DN to modify
+ * @param aModCount         Number of modifications
+ * @param aMods             Array of modifications
+ *
+ * XXX doesn't currently handle LDAPControl params
+ *
+ * void modifyExt (in AUTF8String aBaseDn, in unsigned long aModCount,
+ *                 [array, size_is (aModCount)] in nsILDAPModification aMods);
+ */
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsLDAPOperation::ModifyExt(const nsACString& aBaseDn,
+                           nsIArray *aMods)
+{
+  MOZ_LOG(gLDAPLogModule, mozilla::LogLevel::Debug,
+         ("nsLDAPOperation::ModifyExt(): called with aBaseDn = '%s'",
+          PromiseFlatCString(aBaseDn).get()));
+
+  nsresult rv = ModifyExt(PromiseFlatCString(aBaseDn).get(),
+                          aMods, 0, 0);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  // make sure the connection knows where to call back once the messages
+  // for this operation start coming in
+  rv = mConnection->AddPendingOperation(mMsgID, this);
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+    (void)ldap_abandon_ext(mConnectionHandle, mMsgID, 0, 0);
+    MOZ_LOG(gLDAPLogModule, mozilla::LogLevel::Debug,
+           ("nsLDAPOperation::AddExt(): abandoned due to rv %x",
+            rv));
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+// wrappers for ldap_rename
+//
+nsresult
+nsLDAPOperation::Rename(const char *base,
+                        const char *newRDn,
+                        const char *newParent,
+                        bool deleteOldRDn,
+                        LDAPControl **serverctrls,
+                        LDAPControl **clientctrls)
+{
+  if (!mMessageListener) {
+    NS_ERROR("nsLDAPOperation::Rename(): mMessageListener not set");
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+  }
+
+  return TranslateLDAPErrorToNSError(ldap_rename(mConnectionHandle, base,
+                                                 newRDn, newParent,
+                                                 deleteOldRDn, serverctrls,
+                                                 clientctrls, &mMsgID));
+}
+
+/**
+ * wrapper for ldap_rename(): kicks off an async rename request.
+ *
+ * @param aBaseDn               Base DN to rename
+ * @param aNewRDn               New relative DN
+ * @param aNewParent            DN of the new parent under which to move the
+ *
+ * XXX doesn't currently handle LDAPControl params
+ *
+ * void rename(in AUTF8String aBaseDn, in AUTF8String aNewRDn,
+ *             in AUTF8String aNewParent, in boolean aDeleteOldRDn);
+ */
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsLDAPOperation::Rename(const nsACString& aBaseDn,
+                        const nsACString& aNewRDn,
+                        const nsACString& aNewParent,
+                        bool aDeleteOldRDn)
+{
+  MOZ_LOG(gLDAPLogModule, mozilla::LogLevel::Debug,
+         ("nsLDAPOperation::Rename(): called with aBaseDn = '%s'",
+          PromiseFlatCString(aBaseDn).get()));
+
+  nsresult rv = Rename(PromiseFlatCString(aBaseDn).get(),
+                       PromiseFlatCString(aNewRDn).get(),
+                       PromiseFlatCString(aNewParent).get(),
+                       aDeleteOldRDn, 0, 0);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  // make sure the connection knows where to call back once the messages
+  // for this operation start coming in
+  rv = mConnection->AddPendingOperation(mMsgID, this);
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+    (void)ldap_abandon_ext(mConnectionHandle, mMsgID, 0, 0);
+    MOZ_LOG(gLDAPLogModule, mozilla::LogLevel::Debug,
+           ("nsLDAPOperation::AddExt(): abandoned due to rv %x",
+            rv));
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+// wrappers for ldap_search_ext
+//
+
+/* static */
+nsresult
+nsLDAPOperation::CopyValues(nsILDAPModification* aMod, berval*** aBValues)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIArray> values;
+  nsresult rv = aMod->GetValues(getter_AddRefs(values));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  uint32_t valuesCount;
+  rv = values->GetLength(&valuesCount);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  *aBValues = static_cast<berval **>
+                         (moz_xmalloc((valuesCount + 1) *
+                                             sizeof(berval *)));
+  if (!*aBValues)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+  uint32_t valueIndex;
+  for (valueIndex = 0; valueIndex < valuesCount; ++valueIndex) {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsILDAPBERValue> value(do_QueryElementAt(values, valueIndex, &rv));
+
+    berval* bval = new berval;
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !bval) {
+      for (uint32_t counter = 0;
+           counter < valueIndex && counter < valuesCount;
+           ++counter)
+        delete (*aBValues)[valueIndex];
+
+      free(*aBValues);
+      delete bval;
+      return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+    }
+    value->Get((uint32_t*)&bval->bv_len,
+               (uint8_t**)&bval->bv_val);
+    (*aBValues)[valueIndex] = bval;
+  }
+
+  (*aBValues)[valuesCount] = 0;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
diff --git a/ldap/xpcom/src/nsLDAPOperation.h b/ldap/xpcom/src/nsLDAPOperation.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7a74046d7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/xpcom/src/nsLDAPOperation.h
@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ * 
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _nsLDAPOperation_h_
+#define _nsLDAPOperation_h_
+
+#include "ldap.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsILDAPConnection.h"
+#include "nsILDAPOperation.h"
+#include "nsILDAPMessageListener.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsIMutableArray.h"
+#include "nsLDAPConnection.h"
+
+// 97a479d0-9a44-47c6-a17a-87f9b00294bb
+#define NS_LDAPOPERATION_CID \
+{ 0x97a479d0, 0x9a44, 0x47c6, \
+  { 0xa1, 0x7a, 0x87, 0xf9, 0xb0, 0x02, 0x94, 0xbb}}
+
+class nsLDAPOperation : public nsILDAPOperation
+{
+  public:
+
+    NS_DECL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS
+    NS_DECL_NSILDAPOPERATION
+
+    // constructor & destructor
+    //
+    nsLDAPOperation();
+
+    /**
+     * used to break cycles
+     */
+    void Clear();
+
+  private:
+    virtual ~nsLDAPOperation();
+
+    /**
+     * wrapper for ldap_add_ext()
+     *
+     * XXX should move to idl, once LDAPControls have an IDL representation
+     */
+    nsresult AddExt(const char *base, // base DN to add
+                    nsIArray *mods, // Array of modifications
+                    LDAPControl **serverctrls,
+                    LDAPControl **clientctrls);
+
+    /**
+     * wrapper for ldap_delete_ext()
+     *
+     * XXX should move to idl, once LDAPControls have an IDL representation
+     */
+    nsresult DeleteExt(const char *base, // base DN to delete
+                       LDAPControl **serverctrls,
+                       LDAPControl **clientctrls);
+
+    /**
+     * wrapper for ldap_modify_ext()
+     *
+     * XXX should move to idl, once LDAPControls have an IDL representation
+     */
+    nsresult ModifyExt(const char *base, // base DN to modify
+                       nsIArray *mods, // array of modifications
+                       LDAPControl **serverctrls,
+                       LDAPControl **clientctrls);
+
+    /**
+     * wrapper for ldap_rename()
+     *
+     * XXX should move to idl, once LDAPControls have an IDL representation
+     */
+    nsresult Rename(const char *base, // base DN to rename
+                    const char *newRDn, // new RDN
+                    const char *newParent, // DN of the new parent
+                    bool deleteOldRDn, // remove old RDN in the entry?
+                    LDAPControl **serverctrls,
+                    LDAPControl **clientctrls);
+
+    /**
+     * Helper function to copy the values of an nsILDAPModification into an
+     * array of berval's.
+     */
+    static nsresult CopyValues(nsILDAPModification* aMod, berval*** aBValues);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsILDAPMessageListener> mMessageListener; // results go here
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> mClosure;  // private parameter (anything caller desires)
+    RefPtr<nsLDAPConnection> mConnection; // connection this op is on
+
+    LDAP *mConnectionHandle; // cache connection handle
+    nsCString mSavePassword;
+    nsCString mMechanism;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAuthModule> mAuthModule;
+    int32_t mMsgID;          // opaque handle to outbound message for this op
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> mClientControls;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> mServerControls;
+};
+
+#endif // _nsLDAPOperation_h
diff --git a/ldap/xpcom/src/nsLDAPProtocolHandler.js b/ldap/xpcom/src/nsLDAPProtocolHandler.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..71fe082ff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/xpcom/src/nsLDAPProtocolHandler.js
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+Components.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/XPCOMUtils.jsm");
+
+const kNetworkProtocolCIDPrefix = "@mozilla.org/network/protocol;1?name=";
+const nsIProtocolHandler = Components.interfaces.nsIProtocolHandler;
+
+function makeProtocolHandler(aCID, aProtocol, aDefaultPort) {
+  return {
+    classID: Components.ID(aCID),
+    QueryInterface: XPCOMUtils.generateQI([nsIProtocolHandler]),
+
+    scheme: aProtocol,
+    defaultPort: aDefaultPort,
+    protocolFlags: nsIProtocolHandler.URI_NORELATIVE |
+                   nsIProtocolHandler.URI_DANGEROUS_TO_LOAD |
+                   nsIProtocolHandler.ALLOWS_PROXY,
+
+    newURI: function (aSpec, aOriginCharset, aBaseURI) {
+      var url = Components.classes["@mozilla.org/network/ldap-url;1"]
+                          .createInstance(Components.interfaces.nsIURI);
+
+      if (url instanceof Components.interfaces.nsILDAPURL)
+	url.init(Components.interfaces.nsIStandardURL.URLTYPE_STANDARD,
+		 aDefaultPort, aSpec, aOriginCharset, aBaseURI);
+
+      return url;
+    },
+
+    newChannel: function (aURI) {
+      return this.newChannel2(aURI, null);
+    },
+
+    newChannel2: function (aURI, aLoadInfo) {
+      if ("@mozilla.org/network/ldap-channel;1" in Components.classes) {
+        var channel = Components.classes["@mozilla.org/network/ldap-channel;1"]
+                                .createInstance(Components.interfaces.nsIChannel);
+        channel.init(aURI);
+        return channel;
+      }
+
+      throw Components.results.NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+    },
+
+    allowPort: function (port, scheme) {
+      return port == aDefaultPort;
+    }
+  };
+}
+
+function nsLDAPProtocolHandler() {}
+
+nsLDAPProtocolHandler.prototype = makeProtocolHandler("{b3de9249-b0e5-4c12-8d91-c9a434fd80f5}", "ldap", 389);
+
+function nsLDAPSProtocolHandler() {}
+
+nsLDAPSProtocolHandler.prototype = makeProtocolHandler("{c85a5ef2-9c56-445f-b029-76889f2dd29b}", "ldaps", 636);
+
+const NSGetFactory = XPCOMUtils.generateNSGetFactory([nsLDAPProtocolHandler,
+                                                      nsLDAPSProtocolHandler]);
diff --git a/ldap/xpcom/src/nsLDAPProtocolModule.cpp b/ldap/xpcom/src/nsLDAPProtocolModule.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6f72e7c43
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/xpcom/src/nsLDAPProtocolModule.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ * 
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsIClassInfoImpl.h"
+#include "mozilla/ModuleUtils.h"
+
+#include "nsLDAPInternal.h"
+#include "nsLDAPURL.h"
+#include "nsLDAPConnection.h"
+#include "nsLDAPOperation.h"
+#include "nsLDAPMessage.h"
+#include "nsLDAPModification.h"
+#include "nsLDAPServer.h"
+#include "nsLDAPService.h"
+#include "nsLDAPBERValue.h"
+#include "nsLDAPBERElement.h"
+#include "nsLDAPControl.h"
+#ifdef MOZ_PREF_EXTENSIONS
+#include "nsLDAPSyncQuery.h"
+#endif
+#include "ldappr.h"
+#include "mozilla/Logging.h"
+
+// use the default constructor
+//
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsLDAPConnection)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsLDAPOperation)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsLDAPMessage)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR_INIT(nsLDAPModification, Init)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsLDAPServer)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsLDAPURL)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR_INIT(nsLDAPService, Init)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsLDAPBERValue)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsLDAPBERElement)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsLDAPControl)
+#ifdef MOZ_PREF_EXTENSIONS
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsLDAPSyncQuery)
+#endif
+
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_LDAPCONNECTION_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_LDAPOPERATION_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_LDAPMESSAGE_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_LDAPMODIFICATION_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_LDAPSERVER_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_LDAPSERVICE_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_LDAPURL_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_LDAPBERVALUE_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_LDAPBERELEMENT_CID);
+#ifdef MOZ_PREF_EXTENSIONS
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_LDAPSYNCQUERY_CID);
+#endif
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_LDAPCONTROL_CID);
+
+// a table of the CIDs implemented by this module
+//
+
+const mozilla::Module::CIDEntry kLDAPProtocolCIDs[] = {
+  { &kNS_LDAPCONNECTION_CID, false, NULL, nsLDAPConnectionConstructor},
+  { &kNS_LDAPOPERATION_CID, false, NULL, nsLDAPOperationConstructor},
+  { &kNS_LDAPMESSAGE_CID, false, NULL, nsLDAPMessageConstructor},
+  { &kNS_LDAPMODIFICATION_CID, false, NULL, nsLDAPModificationConstructor},
+  { &kNS_LDAPSERVER_CID, false, NULL, nsLDAPServerConstructor},
+  { &kNS_LDAPSERVICE_CID, false, NULL, nsLDAPServiceConstructor},
+  { &kNS_LDAPURL_CID, false, NULL, nsLDAPURLConstructor},
+  { &kNS_LDAPBERVALUE_CID, false, NULL, nsLDAPBERValueConstructor},
+  { &kNS_LDAPBERELEMENT_CID, false, NULL, nsLDAPBERElementConstructor},
+#ifdef MOZ_PREF_EXTENSIONS
+  { &kNS_LDAPSYNCQUERY_CID, false, NULL, nsLDAPSyncQueryConstructor},
+#endif
+  { &kNS_LDAPCONTROL_CID, false, NULL, nsLDAPControlConstructor},
+  { NULL }
+};
+
+
+const mozilla::Module::ContractIDEntry kLDAPProtocolContracts[] = {
+  { "@mozilla.org/network/ldap-connection;1", &kNS_LDAPCONNECTION_CID},
+  { "@mozilla.org/network/ldap-operation;1", &kNS_LDAPOPERATION_CID},
+  { "@mozilla.org/network/ldap-message;1", &kNS_LDAPMESSAGE_CID},
+  { "@mozilla.org/network/ldap-modification;1", &kNS_LDAPMODIFICATION_CID},
+  { "@mozilla.org/network/ldap-server;1", &kNS_LDAPSERVER_CID},
+  { "@mozilla.org/network/ldap-service;1", &kNS_LDAPSERVICE_CID},
+  { "@mozilla.org/network/ldap-url;1", &kNS_LDAPURL_CID},
+  { "@mozilla.org/network/ldap-ber-value;1", &kNS_LDAPBERVALUE_CID},
+  { "@mozilla.org/network/ldap-ber-element;1", &kNS_LDAPBERELEMENT_CID},
+#ifdef MOZ_PREF_EXTENSIONS
+  { "@mozilla.org/ldapsyncquery;1", &kNS_LDAPSYNCQUERY_CID},
+#endif
+  { "@mozilla.org/network/ldap-control;1", &kNS_LDAPCONTROL_CID},
+  { NULL }
+};
+
+static nsresult
+nsLDAPInitialize()
+{
+#ifdef PR_LOGGING
+    gLDAPLogModule = PR_NewLogModule("ldap");
+    if (!gLDAPLogModule) {
+        PR_fprintf(PR_STDERR, 
+                   "nsLDAP_Initialize(): PR_NewLogModule() failed\n");
+        return NS_ERROR_NOT_AVAILABLE;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    // use NSPR under the hood for all networking
+    //
+    int rv = prldap_install_routines( NULL, 1 /* shared */ );
+
+    if (rv != LDAP_SUCCESS) {
+        MOZ_LOG(gLDAPLogModule, mozilla::LogLevel::Error,
+               ("nsLDAPInitialize(): pr_ldap_install_routines() failed: %s\n",
+               ldap_err2string(rv)));
+        return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    }
+
+    // Never block for more than 10000 milliseconds (ie 10 seconds) doing any 
+    // sort of I/O operation.
+    //
+    rv = prldap_set_session_option(0, 0, PRLDAP_OPT_IO_MAX_TIMEOUT, 
+                                   10000);
+    if (rv != LDAP_SUCCESS) {
+        MOZ_LOG(gLDAPLogModule, mozilla::LogLevel::Error,
+               ("nsLDAPInitialize(): error setting PRLDAP_OPT_IO_MAX_TIMEOUT:"
+                " %s\n", ldap_err2string(rv)));
+        return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    }
+
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+static const mozilla::Module kLDAPProtocolModule = {
+    mozilla::Module::kVersion,
+    kLDAPProtocolCIDs,
+    kLDAPProtocolContracts,
+    NULL,
+    NULL,
+    nsLDAPInitialize,
+    NULL
+};
+
+NSMODULE_DEFN(nsLDAPProtocolModule) = &kLDAPProtocolModule;
+
+#ifdef PR_LOGGING
+PRLogModuleInfo *gLDAPLogModule = 0;
+#endif
diff --git a/ldap/xpcom/src/nsLDAPSecurityGlue.cpp b/ldap/xpcom/src/nsLDAPSecurityGlue.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c39723a72
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/xpcom/src/nsLDAPSecurityGlue.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,342 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+// Only build this code if PSM is being built also
+//
+#include "nsLDAPInternal.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsIServiceManager.h"
+#include "nsIInterfaceRequestor.h"
+#include "nsNetCID.h"
+#include "nsISocketProvider.h"
+#include "nsISSLSocketControl.h"
+#include "nsString.h"
+#include "nsMemory.h"
+#include "plstr.h"
+#include "ldap.h"
+#include "ldappr.h"
+#include "nsComponentManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+
+// LDAP per-session data structure.
+//
+typedef struct {
+    char *hostname;
+    LDAP_X_EXTIOF_CLOSE_CALLBACK *realClose;
+    LDAP_X_EXTIOF_CONNECT_CALLBACK *realConnect;
+    LDAP_X_EXTIOF_DISPOSEHANDLE_CALLBACK *realDisposeHandle;
+} nsLDAPSSLSessionClosure;
+
+// LDAP per-socket data structure.
+//
+typedef struct {
+    nsLDAPSSLSessionClosure *sessionClosure; /* session info */
+} nsLDAPSSLSocketClosure;
+
+// free the per-socket data structure as necessary
+//
+static void
+nsLDAPSSLFreeSocketClosure(nsLDAPSSLSocketClosure **aClosure)
+{
+    if (aClosure && *aClosure) {
+	free(*aClosure);
+	*aClosure = nullptr;
+    }
+}
+
+// Replacement close() function, which cleans up local stuff associated
+// with this socket, and then calls the real close function.
+//
+extern "C" int LDAP_CALLBACK
+nsLDAPSSLClose(int s, struct lextiof_socket_private *socketarg)
+{
+    PRLDAPSocketInfo socketInfo;
+    nsLDAPSSLSocketClosure *socketClosure;
+    nsLDAPSSLSessionClosure *sessionClosure;
+
+    // get the socketInfo associated with this socket
+    //
+    memset(&socketInfo, 0, sizeof(socketInfo));
+    socketInfo.soinfo_size = PRLDAP_SOCKETINFO_SIZE;
+    if (prldap_get_socket_info(s, socketarg, &socketInfo) != LDAP_SUCCESS) {
+	NS_ERROR("nsLDAPSSLClose(): prldap_get_socket_info() failed\n");
+	return -1;
+    }
+
+    // save off the session closure data in an automatic, since we're going to
+    // need to call through it
+    //
+    socketClosure = reinterpret_cast<nsLDAPSSLSocketClosure *>
+                                    (socketInfo.soinfo_appdata);
+    sessionClosure = socketClosure->sessionClosure;
+
+    // free the socket closure data
+    //
+    nsLDAPSSLFreeSocketClosure(
+	reinterpret_cast<nsLDAPSSLSocketClosure **>
+                 (&socketInfo.soinfo_appdata));
+
+    // call the real close function
+    //
+    return (*(sessionClosure->realClose))(s, socketarg);
+}
+
+// Replacement connection function.  Calls the real connect function,
+// 
+extern "C" int LDAP_CALLBACK
+nsLDAPSSLConnect(const char *hostlist, int defport, int timeout,
+		 unsigned long options, 
+		 struct lextiof_session_private *sessionarg,
+		 struct lextiof_socket_private **socketargp )
+{
+    PRLDAPSocketInfo socketInfo;
+    PRLDAPSessionInfo sessionInfo;
+    nsLDAPSSLSocketClosure *socketClosure = nullptr;
+    nsLDAPSSLSessionClosure *sessionClosure;
+    int	intfd = -1;
+    nsCOMPtr <nsISupports> securityInfo;
+    nsCOMPtr <nsISocketProvider> tlsSocketProvider;
+    nsCOMPtr <nsISSLSocketControl> sslSocketControl;
+    nsresult rv;
+
+    // Ensure secure option is set.  Also, clear secure bit in options
+    // the we pass to the standard connect() function (since it doesn't know
+    // how to handle the secure option).
+    //
+    NS_ASSERTION(options & LDAP_X_EXTIOF_OPT_SECURE, 
+		 "nsLDAPSSLConnect(): called for non-secure connection");
+    options &= ~LDAP_X_EXTIOF_OPT_SECURE;
+
+    // Retrieve session info. so we can store a pointer to our session info.
+    // in our socket info. later.
+    //
+    memset(&sessionInfo, 0, sizeof(sessionInfo));
+    sessionInfo.seinfo_size = PRLDAP_SESSIONINFO_SIZE;
+    if (prldap_get_session_info(nullptr, sessionarg, &sessionInfo) 
+	!= LDAP_SUCCESS) {
+	NS_ERROR("nsLDAPSSLConnect(): unable to get session info");
+        return -1;
+    }
+    sessionClosure = reinterpret_cast<nsLDAPSSLSessionClosure *>
+                                     (sessionInfo.seinfo_appdata);
+    
+    // Call the real connect() callback to make the TCP connection.  If it
+    // succeeds, *socketargp is set.
+    //
+    intfd = (*(sessionClosure->realConnect))(hostlist, defport, timeout, 
+					     options, sessionarg, socketargp);
+    if ( intfd < 0 ) {
+	PR_LOG(gLDAPLogModule, PR_LOG_DEBUG,
+	       ("nsLDAPSSLConnect(): standard connect() function returned %d",
+		intfd));
+        return intfd;
+    }
+
+    // Retrieve socket info from the newly created socket so that we
+    // have the PRFileDesc onto which we will be layering SSL.
+    //
+    memset(&socketInfo, 0, sizeof(socketInfo));
+    socketInfo.soinfo_size = PRLDAP_SOCKETINFO_SIZE;
+    if (prldap_get_socket_info(intfd, *socketargp, &socketInfo)
+	!= LDAP_SUCCESS)  {
+	NS_ERROR("nsLDAPSSLConnect(): unable to get socket info");
+        goto close_socket_and_exit_with_error;
+    }
+
+    // Allocate a structure to hold our socket-specific data.
+    //
+    socketClosure = static_cast<nsLDAPSSLSocketClosure *>(moz_xmalloc(
+				       sizeof(nsLDAPSSLSocketClosure)));
+    if (!socketClosure) {
+	NS_WARNING("nsLDAPSSLConnect(): unable to allocate socket closure");
+	goto close_socket_and_exit_with_error;
+    }
+    memset(socketClosure, 0, sizeof(nsLDAPSSLSocketClosure));
+    socketClosure->sessionClosure = sessionClosure;
+
+    // Add the NSPR layer for SSL provided by PSM to this socket. 
+    //
+    tlsSocketProvider = do_GetService(NS_STARTTLSSOCKETPROVIDER_CONTRACTID, 
+				      &rv);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+	NS_ERROR("nsLDAPSSLConnect(): unable to get socket provider service");
+        goto close_socket_and_exit_with_error;
+    }
+    // XXXdmose: Note that hostlist can be a list of hosts (in the
+    // current XPCOM SDK code, it will always be a list of IP
+    // addresses).  Because of this, we need to use
+    // sessionClosure->hostname which was passed in separately to tell
+    // AddToSocket what to match the name in the certificate against.
+    // What exactly happen will happen when this is used with some IP
+    // address in the list other than the first one is not entirely
+    // clear, and I suspect it may depend on the format of the name in
+    // the certificate.  Need to investigate.
+    //
+    rv = tlsSocketProvider->AddToSocket(PR_AF_INET,
+                                        sessionClosure->hostname,
+                                        defport,
+                                        nullptr,
+                                        mozilla::NeckoOriginAttributes(),
+                                        0,
+                                        socketInfo.soinfo_prfd,
+                                        getter_AddRefs(securityInfo));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+	NS_ERROR("nsLDAPSSLConnect(): unable to add SSL layer to socket");
+        goto close_socket_and_exit_with_error;
+    }
+
+    // If possible we want to avoid using SSLv2, as this can confuse
+    // some directory servers (notably the netscape 4.1 ds).  The only
+    // way that PSM provides for us to do this is to use a socket that can
+    // be used for the STARTTLS protocol, because the STARTTLS protocol disallows
+    // the use of SSLv2.
+    // (Thanks to Brian Ryner for helping figure this out).
+    //
+    sslSocketControl = do_QueryInterface(securityInfo, &rv);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+        NS_WARNING("nsLDAPSSLConnect(): unable to QI to nsISSLSocketControl");
+    } else {
+	rv = sslSocketControl->StartTLS();
+	if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+	    NS_WARNING("nsLDAPSSLConnect(): StartTLS failed");
+	}
+    }
+
+    // Attach our closure to the socketInfo.
+    //
+    socketInfo.soinfo_appdata = reinterpret_cast<prldap_socket_private *>
+                                                (socketClosure);
+    if (prldap_set_socket_info(intfd, *socketargp, &socketInfo)
+	!= LDAP_SUCCESS ) {
+	NS_ERROR("nsLDAPSSLConnect(): unable to set socket info");
+    }
+    return intfd;	// success
+
+close_socket_and_exit_with_error:
+    if (socketInfo.soinfo_prfd) {
+	PR_Close(socketInfo.soinfo_prfd);
+    }
+    if (socketClosure) {
+        nsLDAPSSLFreeSocketClosure(&socketClosure);
+    }
+    if ( intfd >= 0 && *socketargp ) {
+        (*(sessionClosure->realClose))(intfd, *socketargp);
+    }
+    return -1;
+
+}
+
+// Free data associated with this session (LDAP *) as necessary.
+//
+static void
+nsLDAPSSLFreeSessionClosure(nsLDAPSSLSessionClosure **aSessionClosure)
+{
+    if (aSessionClosure && *aSessionClosure) {
+
+	// free the hostname
+	//
+	if ( (*aSessionClosure)->hostname ) {
+	    PL_strfree((*aSessionClosure)->hostname);
+	    (*aSessionClosure)->hostname = nullptr;
+	}
+
+	// free the structure itself
+	//
+	free(*aSessionClosure);
+	*aSessionClosure = nullptr;
+    }
+}
+
+// Replacement session handle disposal code.  First cleans up our local
+// stuff, then calls the original session handle disposal function.
+//
+extern "C" void LDAP_CALLBACK
+nsLDAPSSLDisposeHandle(LDAP *ld, struct lextiof_session_private *sessionarg)
+{
+    PRLDAPSessionInfo sessionInfo;
+    nsLDAPSSLSessionClosure *sessionClosure;
+    LDAP_X_EXTIOF_DISPOSEHANDLE_CALLBACK *disposehdl_fn;
+
+    memset(&sessionInfo, 0, sizeof(sessionInfo));
+    sessionInfo.seinfo_size = PRLDAP_SESSIONINFO_SIZE;
+    if (prldap_get_session_info(ld, nullptr, &sessionInfo) == LDAP_SUCCESS) {
+	sessionClosure = reinterpret_cast<nsLDAPSSLSessionClosure *>
+                                  (sessionInfo.seinfo_appdata);
+	disposehdl_fn = sessionClosure->realDisposeHandle;
+	nsLDAPSSLFreeSessionClosure(&sessionClosure);
+	(*disposehdl_fn)(ld, sessionarg);
+    } 
+}
+
+// Installs appropriate routines and data for making this connection
+// handle SSL.  The aHostName is ultimately passed to PSM and is used to
+// validate certificates.
+//
+nsresult
+nsLDAPInstallSSL( LDAP *ld, const char *aHostName)
+{
+    struct ldap_x_ext_io_fns iofns;
+    nsLDAPSSLSessionClosure *sessionClosure;
+    PRLDAPSessionInfo sessionInfo;
+
+    // Allocate our own session information.
+    //
+    sessionClosure = static_cast<nsLDAPSSLSessionClosure *>(moz_xmalloc(
+					sizeof(nsLDAPSSLSessionClosure)));
+    if (!sessionClosure) {
+	return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+    }
+    memset(sessionClosure, 0, sizeof(nsLDAPSSLSessionClosure));
+
+    // Override a few functions, saving a pointer to the original function
+    // in each case so we can call it from our SSL savvy functions.
+    //
+    memset(&iofns, 0, sizeof(iofns));
+    iofns.lextiof_size = LDAP_X_EXTIO_FNS_SIZE;
+    if (ldap_get_option(ld, LDAP_X_OPT_EXTIO_FN_PTRS, 
+			static_cast<void *>(&iofns)) != LDAP_SUCCESS) {
+	NS_ERROR("nsLDAPInstallSSL(): unexpected error getting"
+		 " LDAP_X_OPT_EXTIO_FN_PTRS");
+	nsLDAPSSLFreeSessionClosure(&sessionClosure);
+        return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+    }
+
+    // Make a copy of the hostname to pass to AddToSocket later
+    //
+    sessionClosure->hostname = PL_strdup(aHostName);
+    if (!sessionClosure->hostname) {
+	NS_ERROR("nsLDAPInstallSSL(): PL_strdup failed\n");
+	nsLDAPSSLFreeSessionClosure(&sessionClosure);
+	return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+    }
+
+    // Override functions
+    //
+    sessionClosure->realClose = iofns.lextiof_close;
+    iofns.lextiof_close = nsLDAPSSLClose;
+    sessionClosure->realConnect = iofns.lextiof_connect;
+    iofns.lextiof_connect = nsLDAPSSLConnect;
+    sessionClosure->realDisposeHandle = iofns.lextiof_disposehandle;
+    iofns.lextiof_disposehandle = nsLDAPSSLDisposeHandle;
+
+    if (ldap_set_option(ld, LDAP_X_OPT_EXTIO_FN_PTRS, 
+			static_cast<void *>(&iofns)) != LDAP_SUCCESS) {
+	NS_ERROR("nsLDAPInstallSSL(): error setting LDAP_X_OPT_EXTIO_FN_PTRS");
+	nsLDAPSSLFreeSessionClosure(&sessionClosure);
+        return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    }
+
+    // Store session info. for later retrieval.
+    //
+    sessionInfo.seinfo_size = PRLDAP_SESSIONINFO_SIZE;
+    sessionInfo.seinfo_appdata = reinterpret_cast<prldap_session_private *>
+                                                 (sessionClosure);
+    if (prldap_set_session_info(ld, nullptr, &sessionInfo) != LDAP_SUCCESS) {
+	NS_ERROR("nsLDAPInstallSSL(): error setting prldap session info");
+	free(sessionClosure);
+	return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+    }
+
+    return NS_OK;
+}
diff --git a/ldap/xpcom/src/nsLDAPServer.cpp b/ldap/xpcom/src/nsLDAPServer.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..34504c5c7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/xpcom/src/nsLDAPServer.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ * 
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsLDAPServer.h"
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsLDAPServer, nsILDAPServer)
+
+nsLDAPServer::nsLDAPServer()
+    : mSizeLimit(0),
+      mProtocolVersion(nsILDAPConnection::VERSION3)
+{
+}
+
+nsLDAPServer::~nsLDAPServer()
+{
+}
+
+// attribute wstring key;
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsLDAPServer::GetKey(char16_t **_retval)
+{
+    if (!_retval) {
+        NS_ERROR("nsLDAPServer::GetKey: null pointer ");
+        return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+    }
+
+    *_retval = ToNewUnicode(mKey);
+    if (!*_retval) {
+        return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+    }
+
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsLDAPServer::SetKey(const char16_t *aKey)
+{
+    mKey = aKey;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// attribute AUTF8String username;
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsLDAPServer::GetUsername(nsACString& _retval)
+{
+    _retval.Assign(mUsername);
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsLDAPServer::SetUsername(const nsACString& aUsername)
+{
+    mUsername.Assign(aUsername);
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// attribute AUTF8String password;
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsLDAPServer::GetPassword(nsACString& _retval)
+{
+    _retval.Assign(mPassword);
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsLDAPServer::SetPassword(const nsACString& aPassword)
+{
+    mPassword.Assign(aPassword);
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// attribute AUTF8String binddn;
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsLDAPServer::GetBinddn(nsACString& _retval)
+{
+    _retval.Assign(mBindDN);
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsLDAPServer::SetBinddn(const nsACString& aBindDN)
+{
+    mBindDN.Assign(aBindDN);
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// attribute unsigned long sizelimit;
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsLDAPServer::GetSizelimit(uint32_t *_retval)
+{
+    if (!_retval) {
+        NS_ERROR("nsLDAPServer::GetSizelimit: null pointer ");
+        return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+    }
+
+    *_retval = mSizeLimit;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsLDAPServer::SetSizelimit(uint32_t aSizeLimit)
+{
+    mSizeLimit = aSizeLimit;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// attribute nsILDAPURL url;
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsLDAPServer::GetUrl(nsILDAPURL **_retval)
+{
+    if (!_retval) {
+        NS_ERROR("nsLDAPServer::GetUrl: null pointer ");
+        return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+    }
+
+    NS_IF_ADDREF(*_retval = mURL);
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsLDAPServer::SetUrl(nsILDAPURL *aURL)
+{
+    mURL = aURL;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// attribute long protocolVersion
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsLDAPServer::GetProtocolVersion(uint32_t *_retval)
+{
+    if (!_retval) {
+        NS_ERROR("nsLDAPServer::GetProtocolVersion: null pointer ");
+        return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+    }
+
+    *_retval = mProtocolVersion;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsLDAPServer::SetProtocolVersion(uint32_t aVersion)
+{
+    if (aVersion != nsILDAPConnection::VERSION2 &&
+        aVersion != nsILDAPConnection::VERSION3) {
+        NS_ERROR("nsLDAPServer::SetProtocolVersion: invalid version");
+        return NS_ERROR_INVALID_ARG;
+    }
+
+    mProtocolVersion = aVersion;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
diff --git a/ldap/xpcom/src/nsLDAPServer.h b/ldap/xpcom/src/nsLDAPServer.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e8ec5da35
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/xpcom/src/nsLDAPServer.h
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ * 
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsILDAPServer.h"
+#include "nsILDAPURL.h"
+
+// 8bbbaa54-f316-4271-87c3-d52b5b1c1f5b
+#define NS_LDAPSERVER_CID \
+{ 0x8bbbaa54, 0xf316, 0x4271, \
+  { 0x87, 0xc3, 0xd5, 0x2b, 0x5b, 0x1c, 0x1f, 0x5b}}
+
+class nsLDAPServer : public nsILDAPServer
+{
+  public:
+    NS_DECL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS
+    NS_DECL_NSILDAPSERVER
+
+    // Constructor & destructor
+    //
+    nsLDAPServer();
+
+  protected:
+    virtual ~nsLDAPServer();
+
+    nsString mKey;          // Unique identifier for this server object
+    nsCString mUsername;    // Username / UID
+    nsCString mPassword;    // Password to bind with
+    nsCString mBindDN;      // DN associated with the UID above
+    uint32_t mSizeLimit;    // Limit the LDAP search to this # of entries
+    uint32_t mProtocolVersion;  // What version of LDAP to use?
+    // This "links" to a LDAP URL object, which holds further information
+    // related to the LDAP server. Like Host, port, base-DN and scope.
+    nsCOMPtr<nsILDAPURL> mURL;
+};
diff --git a/ldap/xpcom/src/nsLDAPService.cpp b/ldap/xpcom/src/nsLDAPService.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9445a5f33
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/xpcom/src/nsLDAPService.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,985 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsLDAPInternal.h"
+#include "nsLDAPService.h"
+#include "nsLDAPConnection.h"
+#include "nsLDAPOperation.h"
+#include "nsIServiceManager.h"
+#include "nsIConsoleService.h"
+#include "nsILDAPURL.h"
+#include "nsMemory.h"
+#include "nsILDAPErrors.h"
+#include "nsComponentManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+#include "mozilla/Logging.h"
+
+using namespace mozilla;
+
+// Constants for CIDs used here.
+//
+static NS_DEFINE_CID(kLDAPConnectionCID, NS_LDAPCONNECTION_CID);
+static NS_DEFINE_CID(kLDAPOperationCID, NS_LDAPOPERATION_CID);
+
+// First we provide all the methods for the "local" class
+// nsLDAPServiceEntry.
+//
+
+// constructor
+//
+nsLDAPServiceEntry::nsLDAPServiceEntry()
+    : mLeases(0),
+      mTimestamp(0),
+      mDelete(false),
+      mRebinding(false)
+
+{
+}
+
+// Init function
+//
+bool nsLDAPServiceEntry::Init()
+{
+    return true;
+}
+
+// Set/Get the timestamp when this server was last used. We might have
+// to use an "interval" here instead, see Bug #76887.
+//
+PRTime nsLDAPServiceEntry::GetTimestamp()
+{
+    return mTimestamp;
+}
+void nsLDAPServiceEntry::SetTimestamp()
+{
+    mTimestamp = PR_Now();
+}
+
+
+// Increment, decrement and Get the leases. This code might go away
+// with bug #75954.
+//
+void nsLDAPServiceEntry::IncrementLeases()
+{
+    mLeases++;
+}
+bool nsLDAPServiceEntry::DecrementLeases()
+{
+    if (!mLeases) {
+        return false;
+    }
+    mLeases--;
+
+    return true;
+}
+uint32_t nsLDAPServiceEntry::GetLeases()
+{
+    return mLeases;
+}
+
+// Get/Set the nsLDAPServer object for this entry.
+//
+already_AddRefed<nsILDAPServer> nsLDAPServiceEntry::GetServer()
+{
+    nsCOMPtr<nsILDAPServer> server = mServer;
+    return server.forget();
+}
+bool nsLDAPServiceEntry::SetServer(nsILDAPServer *aServer)
+{
+    if (!aServer) {
+        return false;
+    }
+    mServer = aServer;
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+// Get/Set/Clear the nsLDAPConnection object for this entry.
+//
+already_AddRefed<nsILDAPConnection> nsLDAPServiceEntry::GetConnection()
+{
+    nsCOMPtr<nsILDAPConnection> conn = mConnection;
+    return conn.forget();
+}
+void nsLDAPServiceEntry::SetConnection(nsILDAPConnection *aConnection)
+{
+    mConnection = aConnection;
+}
+
+// Get/Set the nsLDAPMessage object for this entry (it's a "cache").
+//
+already_AddRefed<nsILDAPMessage> nsLDAPServiceEntry::GetMessage()
+{
+    nsCOMPtr<nsILDAPMessage> message = mMessage;
+    return message.forget();
+}
+void nsLDAPServiceEntry::SetMessage(nsILDAPMessage *aMessage)
+{
+    mMessage = aMessage;
+}
+
+// Push/Pop pending listeners/callback for this server entry. This is
+// implemented as a "stack" on top of the nsCOMArray, since we can
+// potentially have more than one listener waiting for the connection
+// to be available for consumption.
+//
+already_AddRefed<nsILDAPMessageListener> nsLDAPServiceEntry::PopListener()
+{
+    if (mListeners.IsEmpty()) {
+        return 0;
+    }
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsILDAPMessageListener> listener = mListeners[0];
+    mListeners.RemoveObjectAt(0);
+    return listener.forget();
+}
+bool nsLDAPServiceEntry::PushListener(nsILDAPMessageListener *listener)
+{
+    return mListeners.AppendObject(listener);
+}
+
+// Mark this server to currently be rebinding. This is to avoid a
+// race condition where multiple consumers could potentially request
+// to reconnect the connection.
+//
+bool nsLDAPServiceEntry::IsRebinding()
+{
+    return mRebinding;
+}
+void nsLDAPServiceEntry::SetRebinding(bool aState)
+{
+    mRebinding = aState;
+}
+
+// Mark a service entry for deletion, this is "dead" code right now,
+// see bug #75966.
+//
+bool nsLDAPServiceEntry::DeleteEntry()
+{
+    mDelete = true;
+
+    return true;
+}
+// This is the end of the nsLDAPServiceEntry class
+
+
+// Here begins the implementation for nsLDAPService
+//
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsLDAPService,
+                              nsILDAPService,
+                              nsILDAPMessageListener)
+
+
+// constructor
+//
+nsLDAPService::nsLDAPService()
+    : mLock("nsLDAPService.mLock")
+{
+}
+
+// destructor
+//
+nsLDAPService::~nsLDAPService()
+{
+}
+
+// Initializer
+//
+nsresult nsLDAPService::Init()
+{
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// void addServer (in nsILDAPServer aServer);
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsLDAPService::AddServer(nsILDAPServer *aServer)
+{
+    nsLDAPServiceEntry *entry;
+    nsString key;
+    nsresult rv;
+
+    if (!aServer) {
+        NS_ERROR("nsLDAPService::AddServer: null pointer ");
+        return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+    }
+
+    // Set up the hash key for the server entry
+    //
+    rv = aServer->GetKey(getter_Copies(key));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+        // Only pass along errors we are aware of
+        if ((rv == NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY) || (rv == NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER))
+            return rv;
+        else
+            return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    }
+
+    // Create the new service server entry, and add it into the hash table
+    //
+    entry = new nsLDAPServiceEntry;
+    if (!entry) {
+        NS_ERROR("nsLDAPService::AddServer: out of memory ");
+        return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+    }
+    if (!entry->Init()) {
+        delete entry;
+        NS_ERROR("nsLDAPService::AddServer: out of memory ");
+        return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+    }
+
+    if (!entry->SetServer(aServer)) {
+        delete entry;
+        return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    }
+
+    // We increment the refcount here for the server entry, when
+    // we purge a server completely from the service (TBD), we
+    // need to decrement the counter as well.
+    //
+    {
+        MutexAutoLock lock(mLock);
+
+        if (mServers.Get(key)) {
+            // Collision detected, lets just throw away this service entry
+            // and keep the old one.
+            //
+            delete entry;
+            return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+        }
+        mServers.Put(key, entry);
+    }
+    NS_ADDREF(aServer);
+
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// void deleteServer (in wstring aKey);
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsLDAPService::DeleteServer(const char16_t *aKey)
+{
+    nsLDAPServiceEntry *entry;
+    MutexAutoLock lock(mLock);
+
+    // We should probably rename the key for this entry now that it's
+    // "deleted", so that we can add in a new one with the same ID.
+    // This is bug #77669.
+    //
+    mServers.Get(nsDependentString(aKey), &entry);
+    if (entry) {
+        if (entry->GetLeases() > 0) {
+            return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+        }
+        entry->DeleteEntry();
+    } else {
+        // There is no Server entry for this key
+        //
+        return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    }
+
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// nsILDAPServer getServer (in wstring aKey);
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsLDAPService::GetServer(const char16_t *aKey,
+                                       nsILDAPServer **_retval)
+{
+    nsLDAPServiceEntry *entry;
+    MutexAutoLock lock(mLock);
+
+    if (!_retval) {
+        NS_ERROR("nsLDAPService::GetServer: null pointer ");
+        return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+    }
+
+    if (!mServers.Get(nsDependentString(aKey), &entry)) {
+        *_retval = 0;
+        return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    }
+    if (!(*_retval = entry->GetServer().take())) {
+        return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    }
+
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+//void requestConnection (in wstring aKey,
+//                        in nsILDAPMessageListener aMessageListener);
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsLDAPService::RequestConnection(const char16_t *aKey,
+                                 nsILDAPMessageListener *aListener)
+{
+    nsLDAPServiceEntry *entry;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsILDAPConnection> conn;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsILDAPMessage> message;
+    nsresult rv;
+
+    if (!aListener) {
+        NS_ERROR("nsLDAPService::RequestConection: null pointer ");
+        return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+    }
+
+    // Try to find a possibly cached connection and LDAP message.
+    //
+    {
+        MutexAutoLock lock(mLock);
+
+        if (!mServers.Get(nsDependentString(aKey), &entry)) {
+            return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+        }
+        entry->SetTimestamp();
+
+        conn = entry->GetConnection();
+        message = entry->GetMessage();
+    }
+
+    if (conn) {
+        if (message) {
+            // We already have the connection, and the message, ready to
+            // be used. This might be confusing, since we actually call
+            // the listener before this function returns, see bug #75899.
+            //
+            aListener->OnLDAPMessage(message);
+            return NS_OK;
+        }
+    } else {
+        rv = EstablishConnection(entry, aListener);
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+            return rv;
+        }
+
+    }
+
+    // We got a new connection, now push the listeners on our stack,
+    // until we get the LDAP message back.
+    //
+    {
+        MutexAutoLock lock(mLock);
+
+        if (!mServers.Get(nsDependentString(aKey), &entry) ||
+            !entry->PushListener(static_cast<nsILDAPMessageListener *>
+                                            (aListener))) {
+            return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+        }
+    }
+
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// nsILDAPConnection getConnection (in wstring aKey);
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsLDAPService::GetConnection(const char16_t *aKey,
+                                           nsILDAPConnection **_retval)
+{
+    nsLDAPServiceEntry *entry;
+    MutexAutoLock lock(mLock);
+
+    if (!_retval) {
+        NS_ERROR("nsLDAPService::GetConnection: null pointer ");
+        return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+    }
+
+    if (!mServers.Get(nsDependentString(aKey), &entry)) {
+        *_retval = 0;
+        return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    }
+    entry->SetTimestamp();
+    entry->IncrementLeases();
+    if (!(*_retval = entry->GetConnection().take())){
+        return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    }
+
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// void releaseConnection (in wstring aKey);
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsLDAPService::ReleaseConnection(const char16_t *aKey)
+{
+    nsLDAPServiceEntry *entry;
+    MutexAutoLock lock(mLock);
+
+    if (!mServers.Get(nsDependentString(aKey), &entry)) {
+        return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    }
+
+    if (entry->GetLeases() > 0) {
+        entry->SetTimestamp();
+        entry->DecrementLeases();
+    } else {
+        // Releasing a non-leased connection is currently a No-Op.
+        //
+    }
+
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// void reconnectConnection (in wstring aKey,
+//                           in nsILDAPMessageListener aMessageListener);
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsLDAPService::ReconnectConnection(const char16_t *aKey,
+                                 nsILDAPMessageListener *aListener)
+{
+    nsLDAPServiceEntry *entry;
+    nsresult rv;
+
+    if (!aListener) {
+        NS_ERROR("nsLDAPService::ReconnectConnection: null pointer ");
+        return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+    }
+
+    {
+        MutexAutoLock lock(mLock);
+
+        if (!mServers.Get(nsDependentString(aKey), &entry)) {
+            return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+        }
+        entry->SetTimestamp();
+
+        if (entry->IsRebinding()) {
+            if (!entry->PushListener(aListener)) {
+                return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+            }
+
+            return NS_OK;
+        }
+
+        // Clear the old connection and message, which should get garbaged
+        // collected now. We mark this as being "rebinding" now, and it
+        // we be marked as finished either if there's an error condition,
+        // or if the OnLDAPMessage() method gets called (i.e. bind() done).
+        //
+        entry->SetMessage(0);
+        entry->SetConnection(0);
+
+        // Get a new connection
+        //
+        entry->SetRebinding(true);
+    }
+
+    rv = EstablishConnection(entry, aListener);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+        return rv;
+    }
+
+    {
+        MutexAutoLock lock(mLock);
+
+        if (!entry->PushListener(static_cast<nsILDAPMessageListener *>
+                                            (aListener))) {
+            entry->SetRebinding(false);
+            return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+        }
+    }
+
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Messages received are passed back via this function.
+ *
+ * @arg aMessage  The message that was returned, 0 if none was.
+ *
+ * void OnLDAPMessage (in nsILDAPMessage aMessage)
+ */
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsLDAPService::OnLDAPMessage(nsILDAPMessage *aMessage)
+{
+    nsCOMPtr<nsILDAPOperation> operation;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsILDAPConnection> connection;
+    int32_t messageType;
+
+    // XXXleif: NULL messages are supposedly allowed, but the semantics
+    // are not definted (yet?). This is something to look out for...
+    //
+
+
+    // figure out what sort of message was returned
+    //
+    nsresult rv = aMessage->GetType(&messageType);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+        NS_ERROR("nsLDAPService::OnLDAPMessage(): unexpected error in "
+                 "nsLDAPMessage::GetType()");
+        return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+    }
+
+    switch (messageType) {
+    case LDAP_RES_BIND:
+        // a bind has completed
+        //
+        rv = aMessage->GetOperation(getter_AddRefs(operation));
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+            NS_ERROR("nsLDAPService::OnLDAPMessage(): unexpected error in "
+                     "nsLDAPMessage::GetOperation()");
+            return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+        }
+
+        rv = operation->GetConnection(getter_AddRefs(connection));
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+            NS_ERROR("nsLDAPService::OnLDAPMessage(): unexpected error in "
+                     "nsLDAPOperation::GetConnection()");
+            return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+        }
+
+        // Now we have the connection, lets find the corresponding
+        // server entry in the Service.
+        //
+        {
+            nsCOMPtr<nsILDAPMessageListener> listener;
+            nsCOMPtr<nsILDAPMessage> message;
+            nsLDAPServiceEntry *entry;
+            MutexAutoLock lock(mLock);
+
+            if (!mConnections.Get(connection, &entry)) {
+                return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+            }
+
+            message = entry->GetMessage();
+            if (message) {
+                // We already have a message, lets keep that one.
+                //
+                return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+            }
+
+            entry->SetRebinding(false);
+            entry->SetMessage(aMessage);
+
+            // Now process all the pending callbacks/listeners. We
+            // have to make sure to unlock before calling a listener,
+            // since it's likely to call back into us again.
+            //
+            while ((listener = entry->PopListener())) {
+                MutexAutoUnlock unlock(mLock);
+                listener->OnLDAPMessage(aMessage);
+            }
+        }
+        break;
+
+    default:
+        NS_WARNING("nsLDAPService::OnLDAPMessage(): unexpected LDAP message "
+                   "received");
+
+        // get the console service so we can log a message
+        //
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIConsoleService> consoleSvc =
+            do_GetService("@mozilla.org/consoleservice;1", &rv);
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+            NS_ERROR("nsLDAPChannel::OnLDAPMessage() couldn't get console "
+                     "service");
+            break;
+        }
+
+        // log the message
+        //
+        rv = consoleSvc->LogStringMessage(
+            NS_LITERAL_STRING("LDAP: WARNING: nsLDAPService::OnLDAPMessage(): Unexpected LDAP message received").get());
+        NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "nsLDAPService::OnLDAPMessage(): "
+                     "consoleSvc->LogStringMessage() failed");
+        break;
+    }
+
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// void onLDAPInit (in nsILDAPConnection aConn, in nsresult aStatus); */
+//
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsLDAPService::OnLDAPInit(nsILDAPConnection *aConn, nsresult aStatus)
+{
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+// Helper function to establish an LDAP connection properly.
+//
+nsresult
+nsLDAPService::EstablishConnection(nsLDAPServiceEntry *aEntry,
+                                   nsILDAPMessageListener *aListener)
+{
+    nsCOMPtr<nsILDAPOperation> operation;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsILDAPServer> server;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsILDAPURL> url;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsILDAPConnection> conn, conn2;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsILDAPMessage> message;
+    nsAutoCString binddn;
+    nsAutoCString password;
+    uint32_t protocolVersion;
+    nsresult rv;
+
+    server = aEntry->GetServer();
+    if (!server) {
+        return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    }
+
+    // Get username, password, and protocol version from the server entry.
+    //
+    rv = server->GetBinddn(binddn);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+        return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    }
+    rv = server->GetPassword(password);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+        return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    }
+    rv = server->GetProtocolVersion(&protocolVersion);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+        return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    }
+
+    // Get the host and port out of the URL, which is in the server entry.
+    //
+    rv = server->GetUrl(getter_AddRefs(url));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+        return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    }
+    // Create a new connection for this server.
+    //
+    conn = do_CreateInstance(kLDAPConnectionCID, &rv);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+        NS_ERROR("nsLDAPService::EstablishConnection(): could not create "
+                 "@mozilla.org/network/ldap-connection;1");
+        return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    }
+
+    rv = conn->Init(url, binddn, this, nullptr, protocolVersion);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+        switch (rv) {
+        // Only pass along errors we are aware of
+        //
+        case NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY:
+        case NS_ERROR_NOT_AVAILABLE:
+        case NS_ERROR_FAILURE:
+            return rv;
+
+        case NS_ERROR_ILLEGAL_VALUE:
+        default:
+            return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Try to detect a collision, i.e. someone established a connection
+    // just before we did. If so, we drop ours. This code is somewhat
+    // similar to what happens in RequestConnection(), i.e. we try to
+    // call the listener directly if possible, and if not, push it on
+    // the stack of pending requests.
+    //
+    {
+        MutexAutoLock lock(mLock);
+
+        conn2 = aEntry->GetConnection();
+        message = aEntry->GetMessage();
+    }
+
+    if (conn2) {
+        // Drop the new connection, we can't use it.
+        //
+        conn = nullptr;
+        if (message) {
+            aListener->OnLDAPMessage(message);
+            return NS_OK;
+        }
+
+        {
+            MutexAutoLock lock(mLock);
+
+            if (!aEntry->PushListener(static_cast<nsILDAPMessageListener *>
+                                                 (aListener))) {
+                return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+            }
+        }
+
+        return NS_OK;
+    }
+
+    // We made the connection, lets store it to the server entry,
+    // and also update the reverse lookup tables (for finding the
+    // server entry related to a particular connection).
+    //
+    {
+        MutexAutoLock lock(mLock);
+
+        aEntry->SetConnection(conn);
+        mConnections.Put(conn, aEntry);
+    }
+
+    // Setup the bind() operation.
+    //
+    operation = do_CreateInstance(kLDAPOperationCID, &rv);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+        return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    }
+
+    rv = operation->Init(conn, this, nullptr);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+        return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED; // this should never happen
+    }
+
+    // Start a bind operation
+    //
+    // Here we need to support the password, see bug #75990
+    //
+    rv = operation->SimpleBind(password);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+        // Only pass along errors we are aware of
+        if ((rv == NS_ERROR_LDAP_ENCODING_ERROR) ||
+            (rv == NS_ERROR_FAILURE) ||
+            (rv == NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY))
+            return rv;
+        else
+            return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+    }
+
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* AString createFilter (in unsigned long aMaxSize, in AString aPattern, in AString aPrefix, in AString aSuffix, in AString aAttr, in AString aValue); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsLDAPService::CreateFilter(uint32_t aMaxSize,
+                                          const nsACString & aPattern,
+                                          const nsACString & aPrefix,
+                                          const nsACString & aSuffix,
+                                          const nsACString & aAttr,
+                                          const nsACString & aValue,
+                                          nsACString & _retval)
+{
+    if (!aMaxSize) {
+        return NS_ERROR_INVALID_ARG;
+    }
+
+    // figure out how big of an array we're going to need for the tokens,
+    // including a trailing NULL, and allocate space for it.
+    //
+    const char *iter = aValue.BeginReading();
+    const char *iterEnd = aValue.EndReading();
+    uint32_t numTokens = CountTokens(iter, iterEnd);
+    char **valueWords;
+    valueWords = static_cast<char **>(moz_xmalloc((numTokens + 1) *
+                                                sizeof(char *)));
+    if (!valueWords) {
+        return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+    }
+
+    // build the array of values
+    //
+    uint32_t curToken = 0;
+    while (iter != iterEnd && curToken < numTokens ) {
+        valueWords[curToken] = NextToken(&iter, &iterEnd);
+        if ( !valueWords[curToken] ) {
+            NS_FREE_XPCOM_ALLOCATED_POINTER_ARRAY(curToken, valueWords);
+            return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+        }
+        curToken++;
+    }
+    valueWords[numTokens] = 0;  // end of array signal to LDAP C SDK
+
+    // make buffer to be used for construction
+    //
+    char *buffer = static_cast<char *>(moz_xmalloc(aMaxSize * sizeof(char)));
+    if (!buffer) {
+        NS_FREE_XPCOM_ALLOCATED_POINTER_ARRAY(numTokens, valueWords);
+        return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+    }
+
+    // create the filter itself
+    //
+    nsresult rv;
+    int result = ldap_create_filter(buffer, aMaxSize,
+                   const_cast<char *>(PromiseFlatCString(aPattern).get()),
+                   const_cast<char *>(PromiseFlatCString(aPrefix).get()),
+                   const_cast<char *>(PromiseFlatCString(aSuffix).get()),
+                   const_cast<char *>(PromiseFlatCString(aAttr).get()),
+                   const_cast<char *>(PromiseFlatCString(aValue).get()),
+                   valueWords);
+    switch (result) {
+    case LDAP_SUCCESS:
+        rv = NS_OK;
+        break;
+
+    case LDAP_SIZELIMIT_EXCEEDED:
+        MOZ_LOG(gLDAPLogModule, mozilla::LogLevel::Debug,
+                   ("nsLDAPService::CreateFilter(): "
+                    "filter longer than max size of %d generated",
+                    aMaxSize));
+        rv = NS_ERROR_NOT_AVAILABLE;
+        break;
+
+    case LDAP_PARAM_ERROR:
+        rv = NS_ERROR_INVALID_ARG;
+        break;
+
+    default:
+        NS_ERROR("nsLDAPService::CreateFilter(): ldap_create_filter() "
+                 "returned unexpected error");
+        rv = NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+        break;
+    }
+
+    _retval.Assign(buffer);
+
+    // done with the array and the buffer
+    //
+    NS_FREE_XPCOM_ALLOCATED_POINTER_ARRAY(numTokens, valueWords);
+    free(buffer);
+
+    return rv;
+}
+
+// Parse a distinguished name (DN) and returns the relative DN,
+// base DN and the list of attributes that make up the relative DN.
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsLDAPService::ParseDn(const char *aDn,
+                                   nsACString &aRdn,
+                                   nsACString &aBaseDn,
+                                   uint32_t *aRdnCount,
+                                   char ***aRdnAttrs)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aRdnCount);
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aRdnAttrs);
+
+    // explode the DN
+    char **dnComponents = ldap_explode_dn(aDn, 0);
+    if (!dnComponents) {
+        NS_ERROR("nsLDAPService::ParseDn: parsing DN failed");
+        return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+    }
+
+    // count DN components
+    if (!*dnComponents || !*(dnComponents + 1)) {
+        NS_ERROR("nsLDAPService::ParseDn: DN has too few components");
+        ldap_value_free(dnComponents);
+        return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+    }
+
+    // get the base DN
+    nsAutoCString baseDn(nsDependentCString(*(dnComponents + 1)));
+    for (char **component = dnComponents + 2; *component; ++component) {
+        baseDn.AppendLiteral(",");
+        baseDn.Append(nsDependentCString(*component));
+    }
+
+    // explode the RDN
+    char **rdnComponents = ldap_explode_rdn(*dnComponents, 0);
+    if (!rdnComponents) {
+        NS_ERROR("nsLDAPService::ParseDn: parsing RDN failed");
+        ldap_value_free(dnComponents);
+        return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+    }
+
+    // count RDN attributes
+    uint32_t rdnCount = 0;
+    for (char **component = rdnComponents; *component; ++component)
+        ++rdnCount;
+    if (rdnCount < 1) {
+        NS_ERROR("nsLDAPService::ParseDn: RDN has too few components");
+        ldap_value_free(dnComponents);
+        ldap_value_free(rdnComponents);
+        return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+    }
+
+    // get the RDN attribute names
+    char **attrNameArray = static_cast<char **>(
+        moz_xmalloc(rdnCount * sizeof(char *)));
+    if (!attrNameArray) {
+        NS_ERROR("nsLDAPService::ParseDn: out of memory ");
+        ldap_value_free(dnComponents);
+        ldap_value_free(rdnComponents);
+        return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+    }
+    uint32_t index = 0;
+    for (char **component = rdnComponents; *component; ++component) {
+        uint32_t len = 0;
+        char *p;
+        for (p = *component; *p != '\0' && *p != '='; ++p)
+            ++len;
+        if (*p != '=') {
+            NS_ERROR("nsLDAPService::parseDn: "
+                "could not find '=' in RDN component");
+            ldap_value_free(dnComponents);
+            ldap_value_free(rdnComponents);
+            return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+        }
+        if (!(attrNameArray[index] = (char*)NS_Alloc(len + 1))) {
+            NS_ERROR("nsLDAPService::ParseDn: out of memory ");
+            ldap_value_free(dnComponents);
+            ldap_value_free(rdnComponents);
+            NS_FREE_XPCOM_ALLOCATED_POINTER_ARRAY(index, attrNameArray);
+            return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+        }
+        memcpy(attrNameArray[index], *component, len);
+        *(attrNameArray[index] + len) = '\0';
+        ++index;
+    }
+
+    // perform assignments
+    aRdn.Assign(*dnComponents);
+    aBaseDn.Assign(baseDn);
+    *aRdnCount = rdnCount;
+    *aRdnAttrs = attrNameArray;
+
+    ldap_value_free(dnComponents);
+    ldap_value_free(rdnComponents);
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// Count the number of space-separated tokens between aIter and aIterEnd
+//
+uint32_t
+nsLDAPService::CountTokens(const char *aIter,
+                           const char *aIterEnd)
+{
+    uint32_t count(0);
+
+    // keep iterating through the string until we hit the end
+    //
+    while (aIter != aIterEnd) {
+
+        // move past any leading spaces
+        //
+        while (aIter != aIterEnd &&
+               ldap_utf8isspace(const_cast<char *>(aIter))){
+            ++aIter;
+        }
+
+        // move past all chars in this token
+        //
+        while (aIter != aIterEnd) {
+
+            if (ldap_utf8isspace(const_cast<char *>(aIter))) {
+                ++count;    // token finished; increment the count
+                ++aIter;    // move past the space
+                break;
+            }
+
+            ++aIter; // move to next char
+
+            // if we've hit the end of this token and the end of this
+            // iterator simultaneous, be sure to bump the count, since we're
+            // never gonna hit the IsAsciiSpace where it's normally done.
+            //
+            if (aIter == aIterEnd) {
+                ++count;
+            }
+
+        }
+    }
+
+    return count;
+}
+
+// return the next token in this iterator
+//
+char*
+nsLDAPService::NextToken(const char **aIter,
+                         const char **aIterEnd)
+{
+    // move past any leading whitespace
+    //
+    while (*aIter != *aIterEnd &&
+           ldap_utf8isspace(const_cast<char *>(*aIter))) {
+        ++(*aIter);
+    }
+
+    const char *start = *aIter;
+
+    // copy the token into our local variable
+    //
+    while (*aIter != *aIterEnd &&
+           !ldap_utf8isspace(const_cast<char *>(*aIter))) {
+        ++(*aIter);
+    }
+
+    return ToNewCString(Substring(start, *aIter));
+}
diff --git a/ldap/xpcom/src/nsLDAPService.h b/ldap/xpcom/src/nsLDAPService.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2b0f4ef4e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/xpcom/src/nsLDAPService.h
@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ * 
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "ldap.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsCOMArray.h"
+#include "nsDataHashtable.h"
+#include "nsILDAPService.h"
+#include "nsILDAPMessage.h"
+#include "nsILDAPMessageListener.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsILDAPServer.h"
+#include "nsILDAPConnection.h"
+#include "nsILDAPMessage.h"
+#include "mozilla/Mutex.h"
+
+// 6a89ae33-7a90-430d-888c-0dede53a951a 
+//
+#define NS_LDAPSERVICE_CID \
+{ \
+  0x6a89ae33, 0x7a90, 0x430d, \
+  {0x88, 0x8c, 0x0d, 0xed, 0xe5, 0x3a, 0x95, 0x1a} \
+}
+
+// This is a little "helper" class, we use to store information
+// related to one Service entry (one LDAP server).
+//
+class nsLDAPServiceEntry
+{
+  public:
+    nsLDAPServiceEntry();
+    virtual ~nsLDAPServiceEntry() {};
+    bool Init();
+
+    inline uint32_t GetLeases();
+    inline void IncrementLeases();
+    inline bool DecrementLeases();
+
+    inline PRTime GetTimestamp();
+    inline void SetTimestamp();
+
+    inline already_AddRefed<nsILDAPServer> GetServer();
+    inline bool SetServer(nsILDAPServer *aServer);
+
+    inline already_AddRefed<nsILDAPConnection> GetConnection();
+    inline void SetConnection(nsILDAPConnection *aConnection);
+
+    inline already_AddRefed<nsILDAPMessage> GetMessage();
+    inline void SetMessage(nsILDAPMessage *aMessage);
+
+    inline already_AddRefed<nsILDAPMessageListener> PopListener();
+    inline bool PushListener(nsILDAPMessageListener *);
+
+    inline bool IsRebinding();
+    inline void SetRebinding(bool);
+
+    inline bool DeleteEntry();
+
+  protected:
+    uint32_t mLeases;         // The number of leases currently granted
+    PRTime mTimestamp;        // Last time this server was "used"
+    bool mDelete;           // This entry is due for deletion
+    bool mRebinding;        // Keep state if we are rebinding or not
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsILDAPServer> mServer;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsILDAPConnection> mConnection;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsILDAPMessage> mMessage;
+
+    // Array holding all the pending callbacks (listeners) for this entry
+    nsCOMArray<nsILDAPMessageListener> mListeners;  
+};
+
+// This is the interface we're implementing.
+//
+class nsLDAPService : public nsILDAPService, public nsILDAPMessageListener
+{
+  public: 
+    // interface decls
+    //
+    NS_DECL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS
+    NS_DECL_NSILDAPSERVICE
+    NS_DECL_NSILDAPMESSAGELISTENER
+
+    // constructor and destructor
+    //
+    nsLDAPService();
+    
+    nsresult Init();
+
+  protected:
+    virtual ~nsLDAPService();
+    nsresult EstablishConnection(nsLDAPServiceEntry *,
+                                 nsILDAPMessageListener *);
+
+    // kinda like strtok_r, but with iterators.  for use by 
+    // createFilter
+    //
+    char *NextToken(const char **aIter, const char **aIterEnd);
+
+    // count how many tokens are in this string; for use by
+    // createFilter; note that unlike with NextToken, these params
+    // are copies, not references.
+    //
+    uint32_t CountTokens(const char * aIter, const char * aIterEnd);
+                   
+    
+    mozilla::Mutex mLock;       // Lock mechanism
+
+    // Hash table holding server entries
+    nsDataHashtable<nsStringHashKey, nsLDAPServiceEntry*> mServers;
+    // Hash table holding "reverse" lookups from connection to server
+    nsDataHashtable<nsVoidPtrHashKey, nsLDAPServiceEntry*> mConnections;
+};
diff --git a/ldap/xpcom/src/nsLDAPSyncQuery.cpp b/ldap/xpcom/src/nsLDAPSyncQuery.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e1f70ee7f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/xpcom/src/nsLDAPSyncQuery.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,386 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsLDAPSyncQuery.h"
+#include "nsIServiceManager.h"
+#include "nsILDAPErrors.h"
+#include "nsThreadUtils.h"
+#include "nsILDAPMessage.h"
+#include "nsComponentManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsMemory.h"
+
+// nsISupports Implementation
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsLDAPSyncQuery, nsILDAPSyncQuery, nsILDAPMessageListener)
+
+// Constructor
+//
+nsLDAPSyncQuery::nsLDAPSyncQuery() :
+    mFinished(false), // This is a control variable for event loop
+    mProtocolVersion(nsILDAPConnection::VERSION3)
+{
+}
+
+// Destructor
+//
+nsLDAPSyncQuery::~nsLDAPSyncQuery()
+{
+}
+
+
+// Messages received are passed back via this function.
+// void OnLDAPMessage (in nsILDAPMessage aMessage)
+//
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsLDAPSyncQuery::OnLDAPMessage(nsILDAPMessage *aMessage)
+{
+    int32_t messageType;
+
+    // just in case.
+    //
+    if (!aMessage) {
+        return NS_OK;
+    }
+
+    // figure out what sort of message was returned
+    //
+    nsresult rv = aMessage->GetType(&messageType);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+        NS_ERROR("nsLDAPSyncQuery::OnLDAPMessage(): unexpected "
+                 "error in aMessage->GetType()");
+        FinishLDAPQuery();
+        return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+    }
+
+    switch (messageType) {
+
+    case nsILDAPMessage::RES_BIND:
+
+        // a bind has completed
+        //
+        return OnLDAPBind(aMessage);
+
+    case nsILDAPMessage::RES_SEARCH_ENTRY:
+
+        // a search entry has been returned
+        //
+        return OnLDAPSearchEntry(aMessage);
+
+    case nsILDAPMessage::RES_SEARCH_RESULT:
+
+        // the search is finished; we're all done
+        //
+        return OnLDAPSearchResult(aMessage);
+
+    default:
+
+        // Given the LDAP operations nsLDAPSyncQuery uses, we should
+        // never get here.  If we do get here in a release build, it's
+        // probably a bug, but maybe it's the LDAP server doing something
+        // weird.  Might as well try and continue anyway.  The session should
+        // eventually get reaped by the timeout code, if necessary.
+        //
+        NS_ERROR("nsLDAPSyncQuery::OnLDAPMessage(): unexpected "
+                 "LDAP message received");
+        return NS_OK;
+    }
+}
+
+// void onLDAPInit (in nsresult aStatus);
+//
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsLDAPSyncQuery::OnLDAPInit(nsILDAPConnection *aConn, nsresult aStatus)
+{
+    nsresult rv;        // temp for xpcom return values
+    // create and initialize an LDAP operation (to be used for the bind)
+    //
+    mOperation = do_CreateInstance("@mozilla.org/network/ldap-operation;1",
+                                   &rv);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+        FinishLDAPQuery();
+        return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    }
+
+    // our OnLDAPMessage accepts all result callbacks
+    //
+    rv = mOperation->Init(mConnection, this, nullptr);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+        FinishLDAPQuery();
+        return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED; // this should never happen
+    }
+
+    // kick off a bind operation
+    //
+    rv = mOperation->SimpleBind(EmptyCString());
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+        FinishLDAPQuery();
+        return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    }
+
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsLDAPSyncQuery::OnLDAPBind(nsILDAPMessage *aMessage)
+{
+
+    int32_t errCode;
+
+    mOperation = nullptr;  // done with bind op; make nsCOMPtr release it
+
+    // get the status of the bind
+    //
+    nsresult rv = aMessage->GetErrorCode(&errCode);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+
+        NS_ERROR("nsLDAPSyncQuery::OnLDAPBind(): couldn't get "
+                 "error code from aMessage");
+        FinishLDAPQuery();
+        return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    }
+
+
+    // check to be sure the bind succeeded
+    //
+    if (errCode != nsILDAPErrors::SUCCESS) {
+        FinishLDAPQuery();
+        return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    }
+
+    // ok, we're starting a search
+    //
+    return StartLDAPSearch();
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsLDAPSyncQuery::OnLDAPSearchEntry(nsILDAPMessage *aMessage)
+{
+  uint32_t attrCount;
+  char** attributes;
+  nsresult rv = aMessage->GetAttributes(&attrCount, &attributes);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+  {
+    NS_WARNING("nsLDAPSyncQuery:OnLDAPSearchEntry(): "
+               "aMessage->GetAttributes() failed");
+    FinishLDAPQuery();
+    return rv;
+  }
+
+  // Iterate through the attributes received in this message
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < attrCount; i++)
+  {
+    char16_t **vals;
+    uint32_t valueCount;
+
+    // Get the values of this attribute.
+    // XXX better failure handling
+    rv = aMessage->GetValues(attributes[i], &valueCount, &vals);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    {
+      NS_WARNING("nsLDAPSyncQuery:OnLDAPSearchEntry(): "
+                 "aMessage->GetValues() failed\n");
+      FinishLDAPQuery();
+      break;
+    }
+
+    // Store all values of this attribute in the mResults.
+    for (uint32_t j = 0; j < valueCount; j++) {
+      mResults.Append(char16_t('\n'));
+      mResults.AppendASCII(attributes[i]);
+      mResults.Append(char16_t('='));
+      mResults.Append(vals[j]);
+    }
+
+    NS_FREE_XPCOM_ALLOCATED_POINTER_ARRAY(valueCount, vals);
+  }
+  NS_FREE_XPCOM_ALLOCATED_POINTER_ARRAY(attrCount, attributes);
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+
+nsresult
+nsLDAPSyncQuery::OnLDAPSearchResult(nsILDAPMessage *aMessage)
+{
+    // We are done with the LDAP search.
+    // Release the control variable for the eventloop and other members
+    //
+    FinishLDAPQuery();
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsLDAPSyncQuery::StartLDAPSearch()
+{
+    nsresult rv;
+    // create and initialize an LDAP operation (to be used for the search
+    //
+    mOperation =
+        do_CreateInstance("@mozilla.org/network/ldap-operation;1", &rv);
+
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+        NS_ERROR("nsLDAPSyncQuery::StartLDAPSearch(): couldn't "
+                 "create @mozilla.org/network/ldap-operation;1");
+        FinishLDAPQuery();
+        return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    }
+
+    // initialize the LDAP operation object
+    //
+    rv = mOperation->Init(mConnection, this, nullptr);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+        NS_ERROR("nsLDAPSyncQuery::StartLDAPSearch(): couldn't "
+                 "initialize LDAP operation");
+        FinishLDAPQuery();
+        return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+    }
+
+    // get the search filter associated with the directory server url;
+    //
+    nsAutoCString urlFilter;
+    rv = mServerURL->GetFilter(urlFilter);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+        FinishLDAPQuery();
+        return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+    }
+
+    // get the base dn to search
+    //
+    nsAutoCString dn;
+    rv = mServerURL->GetDn(dn);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+        FinishLDAPQuery();
+        return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+    }
+
+    // and the scope
+    //
+    int32_t scope;
+    rv = mServerURL->GetScope(&scope);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+        FinishLDAPQuery();
+        return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+    }
+
+    nsAutoCString attributes;
+    rv = mServerURL->GetAttributes(attributes);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+        FinishLDAPQuery();
+        return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+    }
+
+    // time to kick off the search.
+    rv = mOperation->SearchExt(dn, scope, urlFilter, attributes, 0, 0);
+
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+        FinishLDAPQuery();
+        return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    }
+
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// void initConnection ();
+//
+nsresult nsLDAPSyncQuery::InitConnection()
+{
+    // Because mConnection->Init proxies back to the main thread, this
+    // better be the main thread.
+    NS_ENSURE_TRUE(NS_IsMainThread(), NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+    nsresult rv;        // temp for xpcom return values
+    // create an LDAP connection
+    //
+    mConnection = do_CreateInstance("@mozilla.org/network/ldap-connection;1",
+                                    &rv);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+        NS_ERROR("nsLDAPSyncQuery::InitConnection(): could "
+                 "not create @mozilla.org/network/ldap-connection;1");
+        FinishLDAPQuery();
+        return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    }
+
+    // have we been properly initialized?
+    //
+    if (!mServerURL) {
+        NS_ERROR("nsLDAPSyncQuery::InitConnection(): mServerURL "
+                 "is NULL");
+        FinishLDAPQuery();
+        return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+    }
+    rv = mConnection->Init(mServerURL, EmptyCString(), this,
+                           nullptr, mProtocolVersion);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+        FinishLDAPQuery();
+        return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED; // this should never happen
+    }
+
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+void
+nsLDAPSyncQuery::FinishLDAPQuery()
+{
+    // We are done with the LDAP operation.
+    // Release the Control variable for the eventloop
+    //
+    mFinished = true;
+
+    // Release member variables
+    //
+    mConnection = nullptr;
+    mOperation = nullptr;
+    mServerURL = nullptr;
+
+}
+
+/* wstring getQueryResults (in nsILDAPURL aServerURL, in unsigned long aVersion); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsLDAPSyncQuery::GetQueryResults(nsILDAPURL *aServerURL,
+                                               uint32_t aProtocolVersion,
+                                               char16_t **_retval)
+{
+    nsresult rv;
+
+    if (!aServerURL) {
+        NS_ERROR("nsLDAPSyncQuery::GetQueryResults() called without LDAP URL");
+        return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    }
+    mServerURL = aServerURL;
+    mProtocolVersion = aProtocolVersion;
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIThread> currentThread = do_GetCurrentThread();
+
+    // Start an LDAP query.
+    // InitConnection will bind to the ldap server and post a OnLDAPMessage
+    // event. This event will trigger a search and the whole operation will
+    // be carried out by chain of events
+    //
+    rv = InitConnection();
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        return rv;
+
+    // We want this LDAP query to be synchronous while the XPCOM LDAP is
+    // async in nature. So this eventQueue handling will wait for the
+    // LDAP operation to be finished.
+    // mFinished controls the state of the LDAP opertion.
+    // It will be released in any case (success/failure)
+
+
+    // Run the event loop,
+    // mFinished is a control variable
+    //
+    while (!mFinished)
+        NS_ENSURE_STATE(NS_ProcessNextEvent(currentThread));
+
+    // Return results
+    //
+    if (!mResults.IsEmpty()) {
+        *_retval = ToNewUnicode(mResults);
+        if (!_retval)
+          rv = NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+    }
+    return rv;
+
+}
diff --git a/ldap/xpcom/src/nsLDAPSyncQuery.h b/ldap/xpcom/src/nsLDAPSyncQuery.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..78cfd43a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/xpcom/src/nsLDAPSyncQuery.h
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsILDAPConnection.h"
+#include "nsILDAPOperation.h"
+#include "nsILDAPMessageListener.h"
+#include "nsILDAPURL.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsILDAPSyncQuery.h"
+
+// DDDEE14E-ED81-4182-9323-C2AB22FBA68E
+#define NS_LDAPSYNCQUERY_CID \
+{ 0xdddee14e, 0xed81, 0x4182, \
+ { 0x93, 0x23, 0xc2, 0xab, 0x22, 0xfb, 0xa6, 0x8e }}
+
+
+class nsLDAPSyncQuery : public nsILDAPSyncQuery,
+                        public nsILDAPMessageListener
+
+{
+  public:
+
+    NS_DECL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS
+    NS_DECL_NSILDAPMESSAGELISTENER
+    NS_DECL_NSILDAPSYNCQUERY
+
+    nsLDAPSyncQuery();
+
+  protected:
+    virtual ~nsLDAPSyncQuery();
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsILDAPConnection> mConnection; // connection used for search
+    nsCOMPtr<nsILDAPOperation> mOperation;   // current ldap op
+    nsCOMPtr<nsILDAPURL> mServerURL;         // LDAP URL
+    bool mFinished;                        // control variable for eventQ
+    nsString mResults;                       // values to return
+    uint32_t mProtocolVersion;               // LDAP version to use
+
+    nsresult InitConnection();
+    // check that we bound ok and start then call StartLDAPSearch
+    nsresult OnLDAPBind(nsILDAPMessage *aMessage); 
+
+    // add to the results set
+    nsresult OnLDAPSearchEntry(nsILDAPMessage *aMessage); 
+
+
+    nsresult OnLDAPSearchResult(nsILDAPMessage *aMessage); 
+
+    // kick off a search
+    nsresult StartLDAPSearch();
+    
+    // Clean up after the LDAP Query is done.
+    void FinishLDAPQuery();
+};
+
diff --git a/ldap/xpcom/src/nsLDAPURL.cpp b/ldap/xpcom/src/nsLDAPURL.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..375743848
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/xpcom/src/nsLDAPURL.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,725 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ * 
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsLDAPURL.h"
+#include "netCore.h"
+#include "plstr.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsNetCID.h"
+#include "nsComponentManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsIStandardURL.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+
+// The two schemes we support, LDAP and LDAPS
+//
+NS_NAMED_LITERAL_CSTRING(LDAP_SCHEME, "ldap");
+NS_NAMED_LITERAL_CSTRING(LDAP_SSL_SCHEME, "ldaps");
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsLDAPURL, nsILDAPURL, nsIURI)
+
+nsLDAPURL::nsLDAPURL()
+    : mScope(SCOPE_BASE),
+      mOptions(0)
+{
+}
+
+nsLDAPURL::~nsLDAPURL()
+{
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsLDAPURL::Init(uint32_t aUrlType, int32_t aDefaultPort,
+                const nsACString &aSpec, const char* aOriginCharset,
+                nsIURI *aBaseURI)
+{
+  if (!mBaseURL)
+  {
+    mBaseURL = do_CreateInstance(NS_STANDARDURL_CONTRACTID);
+    if (!mBaseURL)
+      return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+  }
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStandardURL> standardURL(do_QueryInterface(mBaseURL, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = standardURL->Init(aUrlType, aDefaultPort, aSpec, aOriginCharset,
+                         aBaseURI);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // Now get the spec from the mBaseURL in case it was a relative one
+  nsCString spec;
+  rv = mBaseURL->GetSpec(spec);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  return SetSpec(spec);
+}
+
+void
+nsLDAPURL::GetPathInternal(nsCString &aPath)
+{
+  aPath.Assign('/');
+
+  if (!mDN.IsEmpty())
+    aPath.Append(mDN);
+
+  if (!mAttributes.IsEmpty())
+    aPath.Append('?');
+
+  // If mAttributes isn't empty, cut off the internally stored commas at start
+  // and end, and append to the path.
+  if (!mAttributes.IsEmpty())
+    aPath.Append(Substring(mAttributes, 1, mAttributes.Length() - 2));
+
+  if (mScope || !mFilter.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    aPath.Append((mAttributes.IsEmpty() ? "??" : "?"));
+    if (mScope)
+    {
+      if (mScope == SCOPE_ONELEVEL)
+        aPath.Append("one");
+      else if (mScope == SCOPE_SUBTREE)
+        aPath.Append("sub");
+    }
+    if (!mFilter.IsEmpty())
+    {
+      aPath.Append('?');
+      aPath.Append(mFilter);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsLDAPURL::SetPathInternal(const nsCString &aPath)
+{
+  LDAPURLDesc *desc;
+
+  // This is from the LDAP C-SDK, which currently doesn't
+  // support everything from RFC 2255... :(
+  //
+  int err = ldap_url_parse(aPath.get(), &desc);
+  switch (err) {
+  case LDAP_SUCCESS: {
+    // The base URL can pick up the host & port details and deal with them
+    // better than we can
+    mDN = desc->lud_dn;
+    mScope = desc->lud_scope;
+    mFilter = desc->lud_filter;
+    mOptions = desc->lud_options;
+    nsresult rv = SetAttributeArray(desc->lud_attrs);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      return rv;
+
+    ldap_free_urldesc(desc);
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  case LDAP_URL_ERR_NOTLDAP:
+  case LDAP_URL_ERR_NODN:
+  case LDAP_URL_ERR_BADSCOPE:
+    return NS_ERROR_MALFORMED_URI;
+
+  case LDAP_URL_ERR_MEM:
+    NS_ERROR("nsLDAPURL::SetSpec: out of memory ");
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+  case LDAP_URL_ERR_PARAM: 
+    return NS_ERROR_INVALID_POINTER;
+  }
+
+  // This shouldn't happen...
+  return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+}
+
+// A string representation of the URI. Setting the spec 
+// causes the new spec to be parsed, initializing the URI. Setting
+// the spec (or any of the accessors) causes also any currently
+// open streams on the URI's channel to be closed.
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP 
+nsLDAPURL::GetSpec(nsACString &_retval)
+{
+  if (!mBaseURL)
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+  return mBaseURL->GetSpec(_retval);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP 
+nsLDAPURL::SetSpec(const nsACString &aSpec)
+{
+  if (!mBaseURL)
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+  // Cache the original spec in case we don't like what we've been passed and
+  // need to reset ourselves.
+  nsCString originalSpec;
+  nsresult rv = mBaseURL->GetSpec(originalSpec);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = mBaseURL->SetSpec(aSpec);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = SetPathInternal(PromiseFlatCString(aSpec));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    mBaseURL->SetSpec(originalSpec);
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsLDAPURL::GetPrePath(nsACString &_retval)
+{
+  if (!mBaseURL)
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+  return mBaseURL->GetPrePath(_retval);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsLDAPURL::GetScheme(nsACString &_retval)
+{
+  if (!mBaseURL)
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+  return mBaseURL->GetScheme(_retval);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsLDAPURL::SetScheme(const nsACString &aScheme)
+{
+  if (!mBaseURL)
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+  if (aScheme.Equals(LDAP_SCHEME, nsCaseInsensitiveCStringComparator()))
+    mOptions &= !OPT_SECURE;
+  else if (aScheme.Equals(LDAP_SSL_SCHEME,
+                          nsCaseInsensitiveCStringComparator()))
+    mOptions |= OPT_SECURE;
+  else
+    return NS_ERROR_MALFORMED_URI;
+
+  return mBaseURL->SetScheme(aScheme);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP 
+nsLDAPURL::GetUserPass(nsACString &_retval)
+{
+  _retval.Truncate();
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsLDAPURL::SetUserPass(const nsACString &aUserPass)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsLDAPURL::GetUsername(nsACString &_retval)
+{
+  _retval.Truncate();
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsLDAPURL::SetUsername(const nsACString &aUsername)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP 
+nsLDAPURL::GetPassword(nsACString &_retval)
+{
+  _retval.Truncate();
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP 
+nsLDAPURL::SetPassword(const nsACString &aPassword)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP 
+nsLDAPURL::GetHostPort(nsACString &_retval)
+{
+  if (!mBaseURL)
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+  return mBaseURL->GetHostPort(_retval);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP 
+nsLDAPURL::SetHostPort(const nsACString &aHostPort)
+{
+  if (!mBaseURL)
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+  return mBaseURL->SetHostPort(aHostPort);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsLDAPURL::SetHostAndPort(const nsACString &aHostPort)
+{
+  if (!mBaseURL)
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+  return mBaseURL->SetHostAndPort(aHostPort);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP 
+nsLDAPURL::GetHost(nsACString &_retval)
+{
+  if (!mBaseURL)
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+  return mBaseURL->GetHost(_retval);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP 
+nsLDAPURL::SetHost(const nsACString &aHost)
+{
+  if (!mBaseURL)
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+  return mBaseURL->SetHost(aHost);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP 
+nsLDAPURL::GetPort(int32_t *_retval)
+{
+  if (!mBaseURL)
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+  return mBaseURL->GetPort(_retval);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP 
+nsLDAPURL::SetPort(int32_t aPort)
+{
+  if (!mBaseURL)
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+  return mBaseURL->SetPort(aPort);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsLDAPURL::GetPath(nsACString &_retval)
+{
+  if (!mBaseURL)
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+  return mBaseURL->GetPath(_retval);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsLDAPURL::SetPath(const nsACString &aPath)
+{
+  if (!mBaseURL)
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+  nsresult rv = SetPathInternal(PromiseFlatCString(aPath));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  return mBaseURL->SetPath(aPath);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsLDAPURL::GetAsciiSpec(nsACString &_retval)
+{
+  if (!mBaseURL)
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+  // XXX handle extra items?
+  return mBaseURL->GetAsciiSpec(_retval);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsLDAPURL::GetAsciiHost(nsACString &_retval)
+{
+  if (!mBaseURL)
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+  return mBaseURL->GetAsciiHost(_retval);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsLDAPURL::GetAsciiHostPort(nsACString &_retval)
+{
+  if (!mBaseURL)
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+  return mBaseURL->GetAsciiHostPort(_retval);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsLDAPURL::GetOriginCharset(nsACString &result)
+{
+  if (!mBaseURL)
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+  return mBaseURL->GetOriginCharset(result);
+}
+
+// boolean equals (in nsIURI other)
+// (based on nsSimpleURI::Equals)
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsLDAPURL::Equals(nsIURI *other, bool *_retval)
+{
+  *_retval = false;
+  if (other)
+  {
+    nsresult rv;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsILDAPURL> otherURL(do_QueryInterface(other, &rv));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      nsAutoCString thisSpec, otherSpec;
+      uint32_t otherOptions;
+
+      rv = GetSpec(thisSpec);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      rv = otherURL->GetSpec(otherSpec);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      rv = otherURL->GetOptions(&otherOptions);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      if (thisSpec == otherSpec && mOptions == otherOptions)
+        *_retval = true;
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// boolean schemeIs(in const char * scheme);
+//
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsLDAPURL::SchemeIs(const char *aScheme, bool *aEquals)
+{
+  if (!mBaseURL)
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+  return mBaseURL->SchemeIs(aScheme, aEquals);
+}
+
+// nsIURI clone ();
+//
+nsresult
+nsLDAPURL::CloneInternal(RefHandlingEnum aRefHandlingMode,
+                         const nsACString& newRef, nsIURI** aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+
+  nsLDAPURL *clone = new nsLDAPURL();
+
+  if (!clone)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+  clone->mDN = mDN;
+  clone->mScope = mScope;
+  clone->mFilter = mFilter;
+  clone->mOptions = mOptions;
+  clone->mAttributes = mAttributes;
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  if (aRefHandlingMode == eHonorRef) {
+    rv = mBaseURL->Clone(getter_AddRefs(clone->mBaseURL));
+  } else if (aRefHandlingMode == eReplaceRef) {
+    rv = mBaseURL->CloneWithNewRef(newRef, getter_AddRefs(clone->mBaseURL));
+  } else {
+    rv = mBaseURL->CloneIgnoringRef(getter_AddRefs(clone->mBaseURL));
+  }
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  NS_ADDREF(*aResult = clone);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsLDAPURL::Clone(nsIURI** result)
+{
+  return CloneInternal(eHonorRef, EmptyCString(), result);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsLDAPURL::CloneIgnoringRef(nsIURI** result)
+{
+  return CloneInternal(eIgnoreRef, EmptyCString(), result);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsLDAPURL::CloneWithNewRef(const nsACString& newRef, nsIURI** result)
+{
+  return CloneInternal(eReplaceRef, newRef, result);
+}
+
+// string resolve (in string relativePath);
+//
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsLDAPURL::Resolve(const nsACString &relativePath,
+                                 nsACString &_retval)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+// The following attributes come from nsILDAPURL
+
+// attribute AUTF8String dn;
+//
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsLDAPURL::GetDn(nsACString& _retval)
+{
+    _retval.Assign(mDN);
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsLDAPURL::SetDn(const nsACString& aDn)
+{
+  if (!mBaseURL)
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+  mDN.Assign(aDn);
+
+  // Now get the current path
+  nsCString newPath;
+  GetPathInternal(newPath);
+
+  // and update the base url
+  return mBaseURL->SetPath(newPath);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsLDAPURL::GetAttributes(nsACString &aAttributes)
+{
+  if (mAttributes.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    aAttributes.Truncate();
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  NS_ASSERTION(mAttributes[0] == ',' &&
+               mAttributes[mAttributes.Length() - 1] == ',',
+               "mAttributes does not begin and end with a comma");
+
+  // We store the string internally with comma before and after, so strip
+  // them off here.
+  aAttributes = Substring(mAttributes, 1, mAttributes.Length() - 2);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsLDAPURL::SetAttributes(const nsACString &aAttributes)
+{
+  if (!mBaseURL)
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+  if (aAttributes.IsEmpty())
+    mAttributes.Truncate();
+  else
+  {
+    // We need to make sure we start off the string with a comma.
+    if (aAttributes[0] != ',')
+      mAttributes = ',';
+
+    mAttributes.Append(aAttributes);
+
+    // Also end with a comma if appropriate.
+    if (mAttributes[mAttributes.Length() - 1] != ',')
+      mAttributes.Append(',');
+  }
+
+  // Now get the current path
+  nsCString newPath;
+  GetPathInternal(newPath);
+
+  // and update the base url
+  return mBaseURL->SetPath(newPath);
+}
+
+nsresult nsLDAPURL::SetAttributeArray(char** aAttributes)
+{
+  mAttributes.Truncate();
+
+  while (aAttributes && *aAttributes)
+  {
+    // Always start with a comma as that's what we store internally.
+    mAttributes.Append(',');
+    mAttributes.Append(*aAttributes);
+    ++aAttributes;
+  }
+
+  // Add a comma on the end if we have something.
+  if (!mAttributes.IsEmpty())
+    mAttributes.Append(',');
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsLDAPURL::AddAttribute(const nsACString &aAttribute)
+{
+  if (!mBaseURL)
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+  if (mAttributes.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    mAttributes = ',';
+    mAttributes.Append(aAttribute);
+    mAttributes.Append(',');
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    // Wrap the attribute in commas, so that we can do an exact match.
+    nsAutoCString findAttribute(",");
+    findAttribute.Append(aAttribute);
+    findAttribute.Append(',');
+
+    // Check to see if the attribute is already stored. If it is, then also
+    // check to see if it is the last attribute in the string, or if the next
+    // character is a comma, this means we won't match substrings.
+    int32_t pos = mAttributes.Find(findAttribute, CaseInsensitiveCompare);
+    if (pos != -1)
+      return NS_OK;
+
+    mAttributes.Append(Substring(findAttribute, 1));
+  }
+
+  // Now get the current path
+  nsCString newPath;
+  GetPathInternal(newPath);
+
+  // and update the base url
+  return mBaseURL->SetPath(newPath);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsLDAPURL::RemoveAttribute(const nsACString &aAttribute)
+{
+  if (!mBaseURL)
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+  if (mAttributes.IsEmpty())
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  nsAutoCString findAttribute(",");
+  findAttribute.Append(aAttribute);
+  findAttribute.Append(',');
+
+  if (mAttributes.Equals(findAttribute, nsCaseInsensitiveCStringComparator()))
+    mAttributes.Truncate();
+  else
+  {
+    int32_t pos = mAttributes.Find(findAttribute, CaseInsensitiveCompare);
+    if (pos == -1)
+      return NS_OK;
+
+    mAttributes.Cut(pos, findAttribute.Length() - 1);
+  }
+
+  // Now get the current path
+  nsCString newPath;
+  GetPathInternal(newPath);
+
+  // and update the base url
+  return mBaseURL->SetPath(newPath);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsLDAPURL::HasAttribute(const nsACString &aAttribute,
+                                      bool *_retval)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(_retval);
+
+  nsAutoCString findAttribute(",");
+  findAttribute.Append(aAttribute);
+  findAttribute.Append(',');
+
+  *_retval = mAttributes.Find(findAttribute, CaseInsensitiveCompare) != -1;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsLDAPURL::GetScope(int32_t *_retval)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(_retval);
+  *_retval = mScope;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsLDAPURL::SetScope(int32_t aScope)
+{
+  if (!mBaseURL)
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+  // Only allow scopes supported by the C-SDK
+  if ((aScope != SCOPE_BASE) && (aScope != SCOPE_ONELEVEL) &&
+      (aScope != SCOPE_SUBTREE))
+    return NS_ERROR_MALFORMED_URI;
+
+  mScope = aScope;
+
+  // Now get the current path
+  nsCString newPath;
+  GetPathInternal(newPath);
+
+  // and update the base url
+  return mBaseURL->SetPath(newPath);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsLDAPURL::GetFilter(nsACString& _retval)
+{
+    _retval.Assign(mFilter);
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsLDAPURL::SetFilter(const nsACString& aFilter)
+{
+  if (!mBaseURL)
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+  mFilter.Assign(aFilter);
+
+  if (mFilter.IsEmpty())
+    mFilter.AssignLiteral("(objectclass=*)");
+
+  // Now get the current path
+  nsCString newPath;
+  GetPathInternal(newPath);
+
+  // and update the base url
+  return mBaseURL->SetPath(newPath);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsLDAPURL::GetOptions(uint32_t *_retval)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(_retval);
+  *_retval = mOptions;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsLDAPURL::SetOptions(uint32_t aOptions)
+{
+  // Secure is the only option supported at the moment
+  if ((mOptions & OPT_SECURE) == (aOptions & OPT_SECURE))
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  mOptions = aOptions;
+
+  if ((aOptions & OPT_SECURE) == OPT_SECURE)
+    return SetScheme(LDAP_SSL_SCHEME);
+
+  return SetScheme(LDAP_SCHEME);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsLDAPURL::SetRef(const nsACString &aRef)
+{
+  return mBaseURL->SetRef(aRef);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsLDAPURL::GetRef(nsACString &result)
+{
+  return mBaseURL->GetRef(result);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsLDAPURL::EqualsExceptRef(nsIURI *other, bool *result)
+{
+  return mBaseURL->EqualsExceptRef(other, result);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsLDAPURL::GetSpecIgnoringRef(nsACString &result)
+{
+  return mBaseURL->GetSpecIgnoringRef(result);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsLDAPURL::GetHasRef(bool *result)
+{
+  return mBaseURL->GetHasRef(result);
+}
diff --git a/ldap/xpcom/src/nsLDAPURL.h b/ldap/xpcom/src/nsLDAPURL.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b80da957d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/xpcom/src/nsLDAPURL.h
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ * 
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "ldap.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsILDAPURL.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+
+// cb7c67f8-0053-4072-89e9-501cbd1b35ab
+#define NS_LDAPURL_CID \
+{ 0xcb7c67f8, 0x0053, 0x4072, \
+  { 0x89, 0xe9, 0x50, 0x1c, 0xbd, 0x1b, 0x35, 0xab}}
+
+/**
+ * nsLDAPURL
+ *
+ * nsLDAPURL uses an nsStandardURL stored in mBaseURL as its main url formatter.
+ * 
+ * This is done to ensure that the pre-path sections of the URI are correctly
+ * formatted and to re-use the functions for nsIURI as appropriate.
+ *
+ * Handling of the path sections of the URI are done within nsLDAPURL/parts of
+ * the LDAP c-sdk. nsLDAPURL holds the individual sections of the path of the
+ * URI locally (to allow convenient get/set), but always updates the mBaseURL
+ * when one changes to ensure that mBaseURL.spec and the local data are kept
+ * consistent.
+ */
+
+class nsLDAPURL : public nsILDAPURL
+{
+public:
+  NS_DECL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIURI
+  NS_DECL_NSILDAPURL
+
+  nsLDAPURL();
+
+protected:
+  enum RefHandlingEnum {
+    eIgnoreRef,
+    eHonorRef,
+    eReplaceRef
+  };
+  virtual ~nsLDAPURL();
+
+  void GetPathInternal(nsCString &aPath);
+  nsresult SetPathInternal(const nsCString &aPath);
+  nsresult SetAttributeArray(char** aAttributes);
+  nsresult CloneInternal(RefHandlingEnum aRefHandlingMode,
+                        const nsACString& newRef, nsIURI** aResult);
+
+  nsCString mDN;                // Base Distinguished Name (Base DN)
+  int32_t mScope;               // Search scope (base, one or sub)
+  nsCString mFilter;            // LDAP search filter
+  uint32_t mOptions;            // Options
+  nsCString mAttributes;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> mBaseURL;
+};
diff --git a/ldap/xpcom/src/nsLDAPUtils.h b/ldap/xpcom/src/nsLDAPUtils.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..87f5dacc1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ldap/xpcom/src/nsLDAPUtils.h
@@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/* This module contains helper functions and macros for converting directory
+   module to frozen linkage.
+ */
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+#ifdef MOZILLA_INTERNAL_API
+/* Internal API helper macros */
+
+#define LdapCompressWhitespace(str) \
+        (str).CompressWhitespace()
+
+#else // MOZILLA_INTERNAL_API
+/* Frozen linkage helper functions */
+
+/* This macro has been copied from msgcore.h */
+#define IS_SPACE(VAL) \
+  (((((PRIntn)(VAL)) & 0x7f) == ((PRIntn)(VAL))) && isspace((PRIntn)(VAL)))
+
+/* This function has been copied from nsMsgUtils.cpp */
+inline void LdapCompressWhitespace(nsCString& aString)
+{
+  // This code is frozen linkage specific
+  aString.Trim(" \f\n\r\t\v");
+
+  char *start, *end;
+  aString.BeginWriting(&start, &end);
+
+  for (char *cur = start; cur < end; ++cur) {
+    if (!IS_SPACE(*cur))
+      continue;
+
+    *cur = ' ';
+
+    if (!IS_SPACE(*(cur + 1)))
+      continue;
+
+    // Loop through the white space
+    char *wend = cur + 2;
+    while (IS_SPACE(*wend))
+      ++wend;
+
+    uint32_t wlen = wend - cur - 1;
+
+    // fix "end"
+    end -= wlen;
+
+    // move everything forwards a bit
+    for (char *m = cur + 1; m < end; ++m) {
+      *m = *(m + wlen);
+    }
+  }
+
+  // Set the new length.
+  aString.SetLength(end - start);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Function copied from nsReadableUtils.
+ * Migrating to frozen linkage is the only change done
+ */
+inline
+bool IsUTF8(const nsACString& aString)
+{
+  const char *done_reading = aString.EndReading();
+
+  int32_t state = 0;
+  bool overlong = false;
+  bool surrogate = false;
+  bool nonchar = false;
+  uint16_t olupper = 0; // overlong byte upper bound.
+  uint16_t slower = 0;  // surrogate byte lower bound.
+
+  const char *ptr = aString.BeginReading();
+
+  while (ptr < done_reading) {
+    uint8_t c;
+
+    if (0 == state) {
+
+      c = *ptr++;
+
+      if ((c & 0x80) == 0x00)
+        continue;
+
+      if ( c <= 0xC1 ) // [80-BF] where not expected, [C0-C1] for overlong.
+        return false;
+      else if ((c & 0xE0) == 0xC0)
+        state = 1;
+      else if ((c & 0xF0) == 0xE0) {
+        state = 2;
+        if ( c == 0xE0 ) { // to exclude E0[80-9F][80-BF]
+          overlong = true;
+          olupper = 0x9F;
+        } else if ( c == 0xED ) { // ED[A0-BF][80-BF] : surrogate codepoint
+          surrogate = true;
+          slower = 0xA0;
+        } else if ( c == 0xEF ) // EF BF [BE-BF] : non-character
+          nonchar = true;
+      } else if ( c <= 0xF4 ) { // XXX replace /w UTF8traits::is4byte when it's updated to exclude [F5-F7].(bug 199090)
+        state = 3;
+        nonchar = true;
+        if ( c == 0xF0 ) { // to exclude F0[80-8F][80-BF]{2}
+          overlong = true;
+          olupper = 0x8F;
+        }
+        else if ( c == 0xF4 ) { // to exclude F4[90-BF][80-BF]
+          // actually not surrogates but codepoints beyond 0x10FFFF
+          surrogate = true;
+          slower = 0x90;
+        }
+      } else
+        return false; // Not UTF-8 string
+    }
+
+    while (ptr < done_reading && state) {
+      c = *ptr++;
+      --state;
+
+      // non-character : EF BF [BE-BF] or F[0-7] [89AB]F BF [BE-BF]
+      if ( nonchar &&  ( !state &&  c < 0xBE ||
+           state == 1 && c != 0xBF  ||
+           state == 2 && 0x0F != (0x0F & c) ))
+        nonchar = false;
+
+      if ((c & 0xC0) != 0x80 || overlong && c <= olupper ||
+           surrogate && slower <= c || nonchar && !state )
+        return false; // Not UTF-8 string
+      overlong = surrogate = false;
+    }
+  }
+  return !state; // state != 0 at the end indicates an invalid UTF-8 seq.
+}
+
+#define kNotFound -1
+
+#define nsCaseInsensitiveCStringComparator() \
+        CaseInsensitiveCompare
+#define nsCaseInsensitiveStringComparator() \
+        CaseInsensitiveCompare
+
+#endif // MOZILLA_INTERNAL_API
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/content/abAddressBookNameDialog.js b/mailnews/addrbook/content/abAddressBookNameDialog.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a62659cc3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/content/abAddressBookNameDialog.js
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+Components.utils.import("resource:///modules/mailServices.js");
+
+var gOkButton;
+var gNameInput;
+var gDirectory = null;
+
+var kPersonalAddressbookURI = "moz-abmdbdirectory://abook.mab";
+var kCollectedAddressbookURI = "moz-abmdbdirectory://history.mab";
+var kAllDirectoryRoot = "moz-abdirectory://";
+var kPABDirectory = 2; // defined in nsDirPrefs.h
+
+function abNameOnLoad()
+{
+  // Get the document elements.
+  gOkButton = document.documentElement.getButton('accept');
+  gNameInput = document.getElementById('name');
+
+  // look in arguments[0] for parameters to see if we have a directory or not
+  if ("arguments" in window && window.arguments[0] &&
+      "selectedDirectory" in window.arguments[0]) {
+    gDirectory = window.arguments[0].selectedDirectory;
+    gNameInput.value = gDirectory.dirName;
+  }
+
+  // Work out the window title (if we have a directory specified, then it's a
+  // rename).
+  var bundle = document.getElementById("bundle_addressBook");
+
+  if (gDirectory) {
+    let oldListName = gDirectory.dirName;
+    document.title = bundle.getFormattedString("addressBookTitleEdit", [oldListName]);
+  } else {
+    document.title = bundle.getString("addressBookTitleNew");
+  }
+
+  if (gDirectory &&
+     (gDirectory.URI == kCollectedAddressbookURI ||
+       gDirectory.URI == kPersonalAddressbookURI ||
+       gDirectory.URI == kAllDirectoryRoot + "?")) {
+    // Address book name is not editable, therefore disable the field and
+    // only have an ok button that doesn't do anything.
+    gNameInput.readOnly = true;
+    document.documentElement.buttons = "accept";
+    document.documentElement.removeAttribute("ondialogaccept");
+  } else {
+    gNameInput.focus();
+    abNameDoOkEnabling();
+  }
+}
+
+function abNameOKButton()
+{
+  var newName = gNameInput.value.trim();
+
+  // Either create a new directory or update an existing one depending on what
+  // we were given when we started.
+  if (gDirectory)
+    gDirectory.dirName = newName;
+  else
+    MailServices.ab.newAddressBook(newName, "", kPABDirectory);
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+function abNameDoOkEnabling()
+{
+  gOkButton.disabled = gNameInput.value.trim() == "";
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/content/abAddressBookNameDialog.xul b/mailnews/addrbook/content/abAddressBookNameDialog.xul
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f707cd597
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/content/abAddressBookNameDialog.xul
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+<?xml version="1.0"?> 
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<?xml-stylesheet href="chrome://messenger/skin/dialogs.css" type="text/css"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE dialog SYSTEM "chrome://messenger/locale/addressbook/abAddressBookNameDialog.dtd">
+
+<dialog xmlns="http://www.mozilla.org/keymaster/gatekeeper/there.is.only.xul"
+        style="width: 36em;"
+        onload="abNameOnLoad();"
+        ondialogaccept="return abNameOKButton();">
+
+  <stringbundleset id="stringbundleset">
+    <stringbundle id="bundle_addressBook"
+                  src="chrome://messenger/locale/addressbook/addressBook.properties"/>
+  </stringbundleset>
+
+  <script type="application/javascript" src="chrome://messenger/content/addressbook/abAddressBookNameDialog.js"/>
+
+  <hbox align="center">
+    <label control="name" value="&name.label;" accesskey="&name.accesskey;"/>
+    <textbox id="name" oninput="abNameDoOkEnabling();" flex="1"/>
+  </hbox>
+</dialog>
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/content/abDragDrop.js b/mailnews/addrbook/content/abDragDrop.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6160ec530
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/content/abDragDrop.js
@@ -0,0 +1,424 @@
+/* -*- Mode: Java; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+Components.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/XPCOMUtils.jsm");
+Components.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/PluralForm.jsm");
+
+// Returns the load context for the current window
+function getLoadContext() {
+  return window.QueryInterface(Components.interfaces.nsIInterfaceRequestor)
+               .getInterface(Components.interfaces.nsIWebNavigation)
+               .QueryInterface(Components.interfaces.nsILoadContext);
+}
+
+var abFlavorDataProvider = {
+  QueryInterface: XPCOMUtils.generateQI([Components.interfaces.nsIFlavorDataProvider]),
+
+  getFlavorData: function(aTransferable, aFlavor, aData, aDataLen)
+  {
+    if (aFlavor == "application/x-moz-file-promise")
+    {
+      var primitive = {};
+      aTransferable.getTransferData("text/vcard", primitive, {});
+      var vCard = primitive.value.QueryInterface(Components.interfaces.nsISupportsString).data;
+      aTransferable.getTransferData("application/x-moz-file-promise-dest-filename", primitive, {});
+      var leafName = primitive.value.QueryInterface(Components.interfaces.nsISupportsString).data;
+      aTransferable.getTransferData("application/x-moz-file-promise-dir", primitive, {});
+      var localFile = primitive.value.QueryInterface(Components.interfaces.nsIFile).clone();
+      localFile.append(leafName);
+
+      var ofStream = Components.classes["@mozilla.org/network/file-output-stream;1"].createInstance(Components.interfaces.nsIFileOutputStream);
+      ofStream.init(localFile, -1, -1, 0);
+      var converter = Components.classes["@mozilla.org/intl/converter-output-stream;1"].createInstance(Components.interfaces.nsIConverterOutputStream);
+      converter.init(ofStream, null, 0, 0);
+      converter.writeString(vCard);
+      converter.close();
+
+      aData.value = localFile;
+    }
+  }
+};
+
+var abResultsPaneObserver = {
+  onDragStart: function (aEvent, aXferData, aDragAction)
+    {
+      var selectedRows = GetSelectedRows();
+
+      if (!selectedRows)
+        return;
+
+      var selectedAddresses = GetSelectedAddresses();
+
+      aXferData.data = new TransferData();
+      aXferData.data.addDataForFlavour("moz/abcard", selectedRows);
+      aXferData.data.addDataForFlavour("text/x-moz-address", selectedAddresses);
+      aXferData.data.addDataForFlavour("text/unicode", selectedAddresses);
+
+      let srcDirectory = getSelectedDirectory();
+      // The default allowable actions are copy, move and link, so we need
+      // to restrict them here.
+      if (!srcDirectory.readOnly)
+        // Only allow copy & move from read-write directories.
+        aDragAction.action = Components.interfaces.
+                             nsIDragService.DRAGDROP_ACTION_COPY |
+                             Components.interfaces.
+                             nsIDragService.DRAGDROP_ACTION_MOVE;
+      else
+        // Only allow copy from read-only directories.
+        aDragAction.action = Components.interfaces.
+                             nsIDragService.DRAGDROP_ACTION_COPY;
+
+      var card = GetSelectedCard();
+      if (card && card.displayName) {
+        let vCard = card.translateTo("vcard");
+        aXferData.data.addDataForFlavour("text/vcard", decodeURIComponent(vCard));
+        aXferData.data.addDataForFlavour("application/x-moz-file-promise-dest-filename", card.displayName + ".vcf");
+        aXferData.data.addDataForFlavour("application/x-moz-file-promise-url", "data:text/vcard," + vCard);
+        aXferData.data.addDataForFlavour("application/x-moz-file-promise", abFlavorDataProvider);
+      }
+    },
+
+  onDrop: function (aEvent, aXferData, aDragSession)
+    {
+    },
+
+  onDragExit: function (aEvent, aDragSession)
+    {
+    },
+
+  onDragOver: function (aEvent, aFlavour, aDragSession)
+    {
+    },
+
+  getSupportedFlavours: function ()
+    {
+      return null;
+    }
+};
+
+
+var dragService = Components.classes["@mozilla.org/widget/dragservice;1"]
+                            .getService(Components.interfaces.nsIDragService);
+
+var abDirTreeObserver = {
+  /**
+   * canDrop - determine if the tree will accept the dropping of a item
+   * onto it.
+   *
+   * Note 1: We don't allow duplicate mailing list names, therefore copy
+   * is not allowed for mailing lists.
+   * Note 2: Mailing lists currently really need a card in the parent
+   * address book, therefore only moving to an address book is allowed.
+   *
+   * The possibilities:
+   *
+   *   anything          -> same place             = Not allowed
+   *   anything          -> read only directory    = Not allowed
+   *   mailing list      -> mailing list           = Not allowed
+   *   (we currently do not support recursive lists)
+   *   address book card -> different address book = MOVE or COPY
+   *   address book card -> mailing list           = COPY only
+   *   (cards currently have to exist outside list for list to work correctly)
+   *   mailing list      -> different address book = MOVE only
+   *   (lists currently need to have unique names)
+   *   card in mailing list -> parent mailing list = Not allowed
+   *   card in mailing list -> other mailing list  = MOVE or COPY
+   *   card in mailing list -> other address book  = MOVE or COPY
+   *   read only directory item -> anywhere        = COPY only
+   */
+  canDrop: function(index, orientation, dataTransfer)
+  {
+    if (orientation != Components.interfaces.nsITreeView.DROP_ON)
+      return false;
+    if (!dataTransfer.types.includes("moz/abcard")) {
+      return false;
+    }
+
+    let targetURI = gDirectoryTreeView.getDirectoryAtIndex(index).URI;
+
+    let srcURI = getSelectedDirectoryURI();
+
+    // We cannot allow copy/move to "All Address Books".
+    if (targetURI == kAllDirectoryRoot + "?")
+      return false;
+
+    // The same place case
+    if (targetURI == srcURI)
+      return false;
+
+    // determine if we dragging from a mailing list on a directory x to the parent (directory x).
+    // if so, don't allow the drop
+    if (srcURI.startsWith(targetURI))
+      return false;
+
+    // check if we can write to the target directory
+    // e.g. LDAP is readonly currently
+    var targetDirectory = GetDirectoryFromURI(targetURI);
+
+    if (targetDirectory.readOnly)
+      return false;
+
+    var dragSession = dragService.getCurrentSession();
+    if (!dragSession)
+      return false;
+
+    // XXX Due to bug 373125/bug 349044 we can't specify a default action,
+    // so we default to move and this means that the user would have to press
+    // ctrl to copy which most users don't realise.
+    //
+    // If target directory is a mailing list, then only allow copies.
+    //    if (targetDirectory.isMailList &&
+    //   dragSession.dragAction != Components.interfaces.
+    //                             nsIDragService.DRAGDROP_ACTION_COPY)
+    //return false;
+
+    var srcDirectory = GetDirectoryFromURI(srcURI);
+
+    // Only allow copy from read-only directories.
+    if (srcDirectory.readOnly &&
+        dragSession.dragAction != Components.interfaces.
+                                  nsIDragService.DRAGDROP_ACTION_COPY)
+      return false;
+
+    // Go through the cards checking to see if one of them is a mailing list
+    // (if we are attempting a copy) - we can't copy mailing lists as
+    // that would give us duplicate names which isn't allowed at the
+    // moment.
+    var draggingMailList = false;
+
+    // The data contains the a string of "selected rows", eg.: "1,2".
+    var rows = dataTransfer.getData("moz/abcard").split(",").map(j => parseInt(j, 10));
+
+    for (var j = 0; j < rows.length; j++)
+    {
+      if (gAbView.getCardFromRow(rows[j]).isMailList)
+      {
+        draggingMailList = true;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+
+    // The rest of the cases - allow cards for copy or move, but only allow
+    // move of mailing lists if we're not going into another mailing list.
+    if (draggingMailList &&
+        (targetDirectory.isMailList ||
+         dragSession.dragAction == Components.interfaces.
+                                   nsIDragService.DRAGDROP_ACTION_COPY))
+    {
+      return false;
+    }
+
+    dragSession.canDrop = true;
+    return true;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * onDrop - we don't need to check again for correctness as the
+   * tree view calls canDrop just before calling onDrop.
+   *
+   */
+  onDrop: function(index, orientation, dataTransfer)
+  {
+    var dragSession = dragService.getCurrentSession();
+    if (!dragSession)
+      return;
+    if (!dataTransfer.types.includes("moz/abcard")) {
+      return;
+    }
+
+    let targetURI = gDirectoryTreeView.getDirectoryAtIndex(index).URI;
+    let srcURI = getSelectedDirectoryURI();
+
+    // The data contains the a string of "selected rows", eg.: "1,2".
+    var rows = dataTransfer.getData("moz/abcard").split(",").map(j => parseInt(j, 10));
+    var numrows = rows.length;
+
+    var result;
+    // needToCopyCard is used for whether or not we should be creating
+    // copies of the cards in a mailing list in a different address book
+    // - it's not for if we are moving or not.
+    var needToCopyCard = true;
+    if (srcURI.length > targetURI.length) {
+      result = srcURI.split(targetURI);
+      if (result[0] != srcURI) {
+        // src directory is a mailing list on target directory, no need to copy card
+        needToCopyCard = false;
+      }
+    }
+    else {
+      result = targetURI.split(srcURI);
+      if (result[0] != targetURI) {
+        // target directory is a mailing list on src directory, no need to copy card
+        needToCopyCard = false;
+      }
+    }
+
+    // if we still think we have to copy the card,
+    // check if srcURI and targetURI are mailing lists on same directory
+    // if so, we don't have to copy the card
+    if (needToCopyCard) {
+      var targetParentURI = GetParentDirectoryFromMailingListURI(targetURI);
+      if (targetParentURI && (targetParentURI == GetParentDirectoryFromMailingListURI(srcURI)))
+        needToCopyCard = false;
+    }
+
+    var directory = GetDirectoryFromURI(targetURI);
+
+    // Only move if we are not transferring to a mail list
+    var actionIsMoving = (dragSession.dragAction & dragSession.DRAGDROP_ACTION_MOVE) && !directory.isMailList;
+
+    let cardsToCopy = [];
+    for (let j = 0; j < numrows; j++) {
+      cardsToCopy.push(gAbView.getCardFromRow(rows[j]));
+    }
+    for (let card of cardsToCopy) {
+      if (card.isMailList) {
+        // This check ensures we haven't slipped through by mistake
+        if (needToCopyCard && actionIsMoving) {
+          directory.addMailList(GetDirectoryFromURI(card.mailListURI));
+        }
+      } else {
+        let srcDirectory = null;
+        if (srcURI == (kAllDirectoryRoot + "?") && actionIsMoving) {
+          let dirId = card.directoryId.substring(0, card.directoryId.indexOf("&"));
+          srcDirectory = MailServices.ab.getDirectoryFromId(dirId);
+        }
+
+        directory.dropCard(card, needToCopyCard);
+
+        // This is true only if srcURI is "All ABs" and action is moving.
+        if (srcDirectory) {
+          let cardArray =
+            Components.classes["@mozilla.org/array;1"]
+                      .createInstance(Components.interfaces.nsIMutableArray);
+          cardArray.appendElement(card, false);
+          srcDirectory.deleteCards(cardArray);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    var cardsTransferredText;
+
+    // If we are moving, but not moving to a directory, then delete the
+    // selected cards and display the appropriate text
+    if (actionIsMoving && srcURI != (kAllDirectoryRoot + "?")) {
+      // If we have moved the cards, then delete them as well.
+      gAbView.deleteSelectedCards();
+    }
+
+    if (actionIsMoving) {
+      cardsTransferredText = PluralForm.get(numrows,
+        gAddressBookBundle.getFormattedString("contactsMoved", [numrows]));
+    } else {
+      cardsTransferredText = PluralForm.get(numrows,
+        gAddressBookBundle.getFormattedString("contactsCopied", [numrows]));
+    }
+
+    if (srcURI == kAllDirectoryRoot + "?") {
+      SetAbView(srcURI);
+    }
+
+    document.getElementById("statusText").label = cardsTransferredText;
+  },
+
+  onToggleOpenState: function()
+  {
+  },
+
+  onCycleHeader: function(colID, elt)
+  {
+  },
+      
+  onCycleCell: function(row, colID)
+  {
+  },
+      
+  onSelectionChanged: function()
+  {
+  },
+
+  onPerformAction: function(action)
+  {
+  },
+
+  onPerformActionOnRow: function(action, row)
+  {
+  },
+
+  onPerformActionOnCell: function(action, row, colID)
+  {
+  }
+}
+
+function DragAddressOverTargetControl(event)
+{
+  var dragSession = gDragService.getCurrentSession();
+
+  if (!dragSession.isDataFlavorSupported("text/x-moz-address"))
+     return;
+
+  var trans = Components.classes["@mozilla.org/widget/transferable;1"]
+                        .createInstance(Components.interfaces.nsITransferable);
+  trans.init(getLoadContext());
+  trans.addDataFlavor("text/x-moz-address");
+
+  var canDrop = true;
+
+  for ( var i = 0; i < dragSession.numDropItems; ++i )
+  {
+    dragSession.getData ( trans, i );
+    var dataObj = new Object();
+    var bestFlavor = new Object();
+    var len = new Object();
+    try
+    {
+      trans.getAnyTransferData ( bestFlavor, dataObj, len );
+    }
+    catch (ex)
+    {
+      canDrop = false;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  dragSession.canDrop = canDrop;
+}
+
+function DropAddressOverTargetControl(event)
+{
+  var dragSession = gDragService.getCurrentSession();
+
+  var trans = Components.classes["@mozilla.org/widget/transferable;1"].createInstance(Components.interfaces.nsITransferable);
+  trans.addDataFlavor("text/x-moz-address");
+
+  for ( var i = 0; i < dragSession.numDropItems; ++i )
+  {
+    dragSession.getData ( trans, i );
+    var dataObj = new Object();
+    var bestFlavor = new Object();
+    var len = new Object();
+
+    // Ensure we catch any empty data that may have slipped through
+    try
+    {
+      trans.getAnyTransferData ( bestFlavor, dataObj, len);
+    }
+    catch (ex)
+    {
+      continue;
+    }
+
+    if ( dataObj )
+      dataObj = dataObj.value.QueryInterface(Components.interfaces.nsISupportsString);
+    if ( !dataObj )
+      continue;
+
+    // pull the address out of the data object
+    var address = dataObj.data.substring(0, len.value);
+    if (!address)
+      continue;
+
+    DropRecipient(address);
+  }
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/content/abEditCardDialog.xul b/mailnews/addrbook/content/abEditCardDialog.xul
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0a21f3b83
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/content/abEditCardDialog.xul
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+<?xml version="1.0"?> 
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<?xml-stylesheet href="chrome://global/skin/global.css" type="text/css"?>
+
+<?xul-overlay href="chrome://messenger/content/addressbook/abCardOverlay.xul"?>
+
+<dialog xmlns="http://www.mozilla.org/keymaster/gatekeeper/there.is.only.xul"
+  id="abcardWindow"
+  onload="OnLoadEditCard()"
+  ondialogaccept="return EditCardOKButton();">
+
+  <stringbundleset id="stringbundleset"/>
+  <vbox id="editcard"/>
+</dialog>
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/content/abMailListDialog.js b/mailnews/addrbook/content/abMailListDialog.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ee94d39b7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/content/abMailListDialog.js
@@ -0,0 +1,613 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+top.MAX_RECIPIENTS = 1;
+var inputElementType = "";
+
+var gListCard;
+var gEditList;
+var oldListName = "";
+var gLoadListeners = [];
+var gSaveListeners = [];
+
+try
+{
+  var gDragService = Components.classes["@mozilla.org/widget/dragservice;1"]
+                               .getService(Components.interfaces.nsIDragService);
+}
+catch (e)
+{
+}
+
+// Returns the load context for the current window
+function getLoadContext() {
+  return window.QueryInterface(Components.interfaces.nsIInterfaceRequestor)
+               .getInterface(Components.interfaces.nsIWebNavigation)
+               .QueryInterface(Components.interfaces.nsILoadContext);
+}
+
+function awHandleKeyPress(element, event)
+{
+  // allow dialog to close on enter if focused textbox has no value
+  if (element.value != "" && event.keyCode == KeyEvent.DOM_VK_RETURN) {
+    event.stopPropagation();
+    event.preventDefault();
+  }
+}
+
+function mailingListExists(listname)
+{
+  if (MailServices.ab.mailListNameExists(listname))
+  {
+    Services.prompt.alert(window,
+      gAddressBookBundle.getString("mailListNameExistsTitle"),
+      gAddressBookBundle.getString("mailListNameExistsMessage"));
+    return true;
+  }
+  return false;
+}
+
+function GetListValue(mailList, doAdd)
+{
+  var listname = document.getElementById("ListName").value.trim();
+
+  if (listname.length == 0)
+  {
+    var alertText = gAddressBookBundle.getString("emptyListName");
+    alert(alertText);
+    return false;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    var canonicalNewListName = listname.toLowerCase();
+    var canonicalOldListName = oldListName.toLowerCase();
+    if (doAdd)
+    {
+      if (mailingListExists(canonicalNewListName))
+        return false;
+    }
+    else if (canonicalOldListName != canonicalNewListName)
+    {
+      if (mailingListExists(canonicalNewListName))
+        return false;
+    }
+  }
+
+  mailList.isMailList = true;
+  mailList.dirName = listname;
+  mailList.listNickName = document.getElementById('ListNickName').value;
+  mailList.description = document.getElementById('ListDescription').value;
+
+  var oldTotal = mailList.addressLists.length;
+  var i = 1;
+  var pos = 0;
+  var inputField, fieldValue, cardproperty;
+  while ((inputField = awGetInputElement(i)))
+  {
+
+    fieldValue = inputField.value;
+
+    if (doAdd || (!doAdd && pos >= oldTotal))
+      cardproperty = Components.classes["@mozilla.org/addressbook/cardproperty;1"].createInstance();
+    else
+      cardproperty = mailList.addressLists.queryElementAt(pos, Components.interfaces.nsIAbCard);
+
+    if (fieldValue == "")
+    {
+      if (!doAdd && cardproperty)
+      try
+      {
+        mailList.addressLists.removeElementAt(pos);
+        --oldTotal;
+      }
+      catch(ex)
+      {
+        // Ignore attempting to remove an item
+        // at a position greater than the number
+        // of elements in the addressLists attribute
+      }
+    }
+    else if (cardproperty)
+    {
+      cardproperty = cardproperty.QueryInterface(Components.interfaces.nsIAbCard);
+      if (cardproperty)
+      {
+        let addrObjects = MailServices.headerParser
+                                      .makeFromDisplayAddress(fieldValue, {});
+        for (let j = 0; j < addrObjects.length; j++)
+        {
+          if (j > 0)
+          {
+            cardproperty = Components.classes["@mozilla.org/addressbook/cardproperty;1"].createInstance();
+            cardproperty = cardproperty.QueryInterface(Components.interfaces.nsIAbCard);
+          }
+          cardproperty.primaryEmail = addrObjects[j].email;
+          cardproperty.displayName = addrObjects[j].name || addrObjects[j].email;
+
+          if (doAdd || (doAdd == false && pos >= oldTotal))
+            mailList.addressLists.appendElement(cardproperty, false);
+        }
+        pos++;
+      }
+    }
+    i++;
+  }
+
+  --i;
+
+  if (doAdd == false && i < oldTotal)
+  {
+    for (var j = i; j < oldTotal; j++)
+      mailList.addressLists.removeElementAt(j);
+  }
+  return true;
+}
+
+function MailListOKButton()
+{
+  var popup = document.getElementById('abPopup');
+  if (popup)
+  {
+    var uri = popup.getAttribute('value');
+
+    // FIX ME - hack to avoid crashing if no ab selected because of blank option bug from template
+    // should be able to just remove this if we are not seeing blank lines in the ab popup
+    if (!uri)
+      return false;  // don't close window
+    // -----
+
+    //Add mailing list to database
+    var mailList = Components.classes["@mozilla.org/addressbook/directoryproperty;1"].createInstance();
+    mailList = mailList.QueryInterface(Components.interfaces.nsIAbDirectory);
+
+    if (GetListValue(mailList, true))
+    {
+      var parentDirectory = GetDirectoryFromURI(uri);
+      mailList = parentDirectory.addMailList(mailList);
+      NotifySaveListeners(mailList);
+    }
+    else
+      return false;
+  }
+
+  return true;  // close the window
+}
+
+function OnLoadNewMailList()
+{
+  var selectedAB = null;
+
+  InitCommonJS();
+
+  if ("arguments" in window && window.arguments[0])
+  {
+    var abURI = window.arguments[0].selectedAB;
+    if (abURI && abURI != kAllDirectoryRoot + "?") {
+      var directory = GetDirectoryFromURI(abURI);
+      if (directory.isMailList) {
+        var parentURI = GetParentDirectoryFromMailingListURI(abURI);
+        if (parentURI) {
+          selectedAB = parentURI;
+        }
+      }
+      else if (directory.readOnly) {
+        selectedAB = kPersonalAddressbookURI;
+      }
+      else {
+        selectedAB = abURI;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (!selectedAB)
+    selectedAB = kPersonalAddressbookURI;
+
+  // set popup with address book names
+  var abPopup = document.getElementById('abPopup');
+  abPopup.value = selectedAB;
+
+  AppendNewRowAndSetFocus();
+  awFitDummyRows(1);
+
+  document.addEventListener("keypress", awDocumentKeyPress, true);
+
+  // focus on first name
+  var listName = document.getElementById('ListName');
+  if (listName)
+    setTimeout( function(firstTextBox) { firstTextBox.focus(); }, 0, listName );
+
+  NotifyLoadListeners(directory);
+}
+
+function EditListOKButton()
+{
+  //edit mailing list in database
+  if (GetListValue(gEditList, false))
+  {
+    if (gListCard) {
+      // modify the list card (for the results pane) from the mailing list 
+      gListCard.displayName = gEditList.dirName;
+      gListCard.lastName = gEditList.dirName;
+      gListCard.setProperty("NickName", gEditList.listNickName);
+      gListCard.setProperty("Notes", gEditList.description);
+    }
+
+    NotifySaveListeners(gEditList);
+    gEditList.editMailListToDatabase(gListCard);
+
+    window.arguments[0].refresh = true;
+    return true;  // close the window
+  }
+
+  return false;
+}
+
+function OnLoadEditList()
+{
+  InitCommonJS();
+
+  gListCard = window.arguments[0].abCard;
+  var listUri  = window.arguments[0].listURI;
+
+  gEditList = GetDirectoryFromURI(listUri);
+
+  document.getElementById('ListName').value = gEditList.dirName;
+  document.getElementById('ListNickName').value = gEditList.listNickName;
+  document.getElementById('ListDescription').value = gEditList.description;
+  oldListName = gEditList.dirName;
+
+  document.title = gAddressBookBundle.getFormattedString("mailingListTitleEdit", [oldListName]);
+
+  if (gEditList.addressLists)
+  {
+    let total = gEditList.addressLists.length;
+    if (total)
+    {
+      let listbox = document.getElementById('addressingWidget');
+      let newListBoxNode = listbox.cloneNode(false);
+      let templateNode = listbox.querySelector("listitem");
+
+      top.MAX_RECIPIENTS = 0;
+      for (let i = 0; i < total; i++)
+      {
+        let card = gEditList.addressLists.queryElementAt(i, Components.interfaces.nsIAbCard);
+        let address = MailServices.headerParser.makeMailboxObject(
+          card.displayName, card.primaryEmail).toString();
+        SetInputValue(address, newListBoxNode, templateNode);
+      }
+      listbox.parentNode.replaceChild(newListBoxNode, listbox);
+    }
+  }
+
+  // Is this directory read-only? If so, we now need to set all the fields to
+  // read-only.
+  if (gEditList.readOnly) {
+    const kMailListFields = [ 'ListName', 'ListNickName', 'ListDescription' ];
+
+    for (let i = 0; i < kMailListFields.length; ++i)
+      document.getElementById(kMailListFields[i]).readOnly = true;
+
+    document.documentElement.buttons = "accept";
+    document.documentElement.removeAttribute("ondialogaccept");
+
+    // Getting a sane read-only implementation for the addressing widget would
+    // basically need a separate dialog. Given I'm not sure about the future of
+    // the mailing list dialog in its current state, let's just disable it
+    // completely.
+    document.getElementById("addressingWidget").disabled = true;
+  }
+
+  document.addEventListener("keypress", awDocumentKeyPress, true);
+
+  // workaround for bug 118337 - for mailing lists that have more rows than fits inside
+  // the display, the value of the textbox inside the new row isn't inherited into the input -
+  // the first row then appears to be duplicated at the end although it is actually empty.
+  // see awAppendNewRow which copies first row and clears it
+  setTimeout(AppendLastRow, 0);
+  NotifyLoadListeners(gEditList);
+}
+
+function AppendLastRow()
+{ 
+  AppendNewRowAndSetFocus();
+  awFitDummyRows(1);
+
+  // focus on first name
+  var listName = document.getElementById('ListName');
+  if (listName)
+    listName.focus();
+}
+
+function AppendNewRowAndSetFocus()
+{
+  var lastInput = awGetInputElement(top.MAX_RECIPIENTS);
+  if (lastInput && lastInput.value)
+    awAppendNewRow(true);
+  else
+    awSetFocus(top.MAX_RECIPIENTS, lastInput);
+}
+
+function SetInputValue(inputValue, parentNode, templateNode)
+{
+    top.MAX_RECIPIENTS++;
+
+    var newNode = templateNode.cloneNode(true);
+    parentNode.appendChild(newNode); // we need to insert the new node before we set the value of the select element!
+
+    var input = newNode.getElementsByTagName(awInputElementName());
+    if (input && input.length == 1)
+    {
+    //We need to set the value using both setAttribute and .value else we will
+    // lose the content when the field is not visible. See bug 37435
+      input[0].setAttribute("value", inputValue);
+      input[0].value = inputValue;
+      input[0].setAttribute("id", "addressCol1#" + top.MAX_RECIPIENTS);
+  }
+}
+
+function awNotAnEmptyArea(event)
+{
+  //This is temporary until i figure out how to ensure to always having an empty space after the last row
+
+  var lastInput = awGetInputElement(top.MAX_RECIPIENTS);
+  if (lastInput && lastInput.value)
+    awAppendNewRow(false);
+
+  event.stopPropagation();
+}
+
+function awClickEmptySpace(target, setFocus)
+{
+  if (target == null ||
+      (target.localName != "listboxbody" &&
+      target.localName != "listcell" &&
+      target.localName != "listitem"))
+    return;
+
+  var lastInput = awGetInputElement(top.MAX_RECIPIENTS);
+
+  if (lastInput && lastInput.value)
+    awAppendNewRow(setFocus);
+  else
+    if (setFocus)
+      awSetFocus(top.MAX_RECIPIENTS, lastInput);
+}
+
+function awReturnHit(inputElement)
+{
+  var row = awGetRowByInputElement(inputElement);
+  if (inputElement.value)
+  {
+    var nextInput = awGetInputElement(row+1);
+    if (!nextInput)
+      awAppendNewRow(true);
+    else
+      awSetFocus(row+1, nextInput);
+  }
+}
+
+function awDeleteRow(rowToDelete)
+{
+  /* When we delete a row, we must reset the id of others row in order to not break the sequence */
+  var maxRecipients = top.MAX_RECIPIENTS;
+  awRemoveRow(rowToDelete);
+
+  var numberOfCols = awGetNumberOfCols();
+  for (var row = rowToDelete + 1; row <= maxRecipients; row ++)
+    for (var col = 1; col <= numberOfCols; col++)
+      awGetElementByCol(row, col).setAttribute("id", "addressCol" + (col) + "#" + (row-1));
+
+  awTestRowSequence();
+}
+
+function awInputChanged(inputElement)
+{
+//  AutoCompleteAddress(inputElement);
+
+  //Do we need to add a new row?
+  var lastInput = awGetInputElement(top.MAX_RECIPIENTS);
+  if (lastInput && lastInput.value && !top.doNotCreateANewRow)
+    awAppendNewRow(false);
+  top.doNotCreateANewRow = false;
+}
+
+function awInputElementName()
+{
+    if (inputElementType == "")
+        inputElementType = document.getElementById("addressCol1#1").localName;
+    return inputElementType;
+}
+
+function awAppendNewRow(setFocus)
+{
+  var body = document.getElementById("addressingWidget");
+  var listitem1 = awGetListItem(1);
+
+  if (body && listitem1)
+  {
+    var nextDummy = awGetNextDummyRow();
+    var newNode = listitem1.cloneNode(true);
+    if (nextDummy)
+      body.replaceChild(newNode, nextDummy);
+    else
+      body.appendChild(newNode);
+    
+    top.MAX_RECIPIENTS++;
+
+    var input = newNode.getElementsByTagName(awInputElementName());
+    if (input && input.length == 1)
+    {
+      input[0].setAttribute("value", "");
+      input[0].setAttribute("id", "addressCol1#" + top.MAX_RECIPIENTS);
+
+      if (input[0].getAttribute('focused') != '')
+        input[0].removeAttribute('focused');
+    }
+    // focus on new input widget
+    if (setFocus && input )
+      awSetFocus(top.MAX_RECIPIENTS, input[0]);
+  }
+}
+
+
+// functions for accessing the elements in the addressing widget
+
+function awGetInputElement(row)
+{
+    return document.getElementById("addressCol1#" + row);
+}
+
+
+function _awSetFocus()
+{
+  var listbox = document.getElementById('addressingWidget');
+  try
+  {
+    var theNewRow = awGetListItem(top.awRow);
+
+    listbox.ensureElementIsVisible(theNewRow);
+    top.awInputElement.focus();
+  }
+  catch(ex)
+  {
+    top.awFocusRetry ++;
+    if (top.awFocusRetry < 8)
+    {
+      dump("_awSetFocus failed, try it again...\n");
+      setTimeout(_awSetFocus, 0);
+    }
+    else
+      dump("_awSetFocus failed, forget about it!\n");
+  }
+}
+
+function awTabFromRecipient(element, event)
+{
+  //If we are the last element in the listbox, we don't want to create a new row.
+  if (element == awGetInputElement(top.MAX_RECIPIENTS))
+    top.doNotCreateANewRow = true;
+}
+
+function DragOverAddressListTree(event)
+{
+  var validFlavor = false;
+  var dragSession = gDragService.getCurrentSession();
+
+  // XXX add support for other flavors here
+  if (dragSession.isDataFlavorSupported("text/x-moz-address")) {
+    dragSession.canDrop = true;
+  }
+}
+
+function DropOnAddressListTree(event)
+{
+  let dragSession = gDragService.getCurrentSession();
+  let trans;
+
+  try {
+   trans = Components.classes["@mozilla.org/widget/transferable;1"].createInstance(Components.interfaces.nsITransferable);
+   trans.init(getLoadContext());
+   trans.addDataFlavor("text/x-moz-address");
+  }
+  catch (ex) {
+    return;
+  }
+
+  for (let i = 0; i < dragSession.numDropItems; ++i)
+  {
+    dragSession.getData(trans, i);
+    let dataObj = new Object();
+    let bestFlavor = new Object();
+    let len = new Object();
+    trans.getAnyTransferData(bestFlavor, dataObj, len);
+    if (dataObj)
+      dataObj = dataObj.value.QueryInterface(Components.interfaces.nsISupportsString);
+    if (!dataObj)
+      continue;
+
+    // pull the URL out of the data object
+    let address = dataObj.data.substring(0, len.value);
+    if (!address)
+      continue;
+
+    DropListAddress(event.target, address);
+  }
+}
+
+function DropListAddress(target, address)
+{
+  // Set focus on a new available, visible row.
+  awClickEmptySpace(target, true);
+  if (top.MAX_RECIPIENTS == 0)
+    top.MAX_RECIPIENTS = 1;
+
+  // Break apart the MIME-ready header address into individual addressees to
+  // add to the dialog.
+  let addresses = {}, names = {}, fullNames = {};
+  MailServices.headerParser.parseHeadersWithArray(address, addresses, names,
+    fullNames);
+  for (let full of fullNames.value)
+  {
+    let lastInput = awGetInputElement(top.MAX_RECIPIENTS);
+    lastInput.value = full;
+    awAppendNewRow(true);
+  }
+}
+
+/* Allows extensions to register a listener function for
+ * when a mailing list is loaded.  The listener function
+ * should take two parameters - the first being the
+ * mailing list being loaded, the second one being the
+ * current window document.
+ */
+function RegisterLoadListener(aListener)
+{
+  gLoadListeners.push(aListener);
+}
+
+/* Allows extensions to unload a load listener function.
+ */
+function UnregisterLoadListener(aListener)
+{
+  var fIndex = gLoadListeners.indexOf(aListener);
+  if (fIndex != -1)
+    gLoadListeners.splice(fIndex, 1);
+}
+
+/* Allows extensions to register a listener function for
+ * when a mailing list is saved.  Like a load listener,
+ * the save listener should take two parameters: the first
+ * being a copy of the mailing list that is being saved,
+ * and the second being the current window document.
+ */
+function RegisterSaveListener(aListener)
+{
+  gSaveListeners.push(aListener);
+}
+
+/* Allows extensions to unload a save listener function.
+ */
+function UnregisterSaveListener(aListener)
+{
+  var fIndex = gSaveListeners.indexOf(aListener);
+  if (fIndex != -1)
+    gSaveListeners.splice(fIndex, 1);
+}
+
+/* Notifies all load listeners.
+ */
+function NotifyLoadListeners(aMailingList)
+{
+  for (let i = 0; i < gLoadListeners.length; i++)
+    gLoadListeners[i](aMailingList, document);
+}
+
+/* Notifies all save listeners.
+ */
+function NotifySaveListeners(aMailingList)
+{
+  for (let i = 0; i < gSaveListeners.length; i++)
+    gSaveListeners[i](aMailingList, document);
+}
+
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/content/abNewCardDialog.xul b/mailnews/addrbook/content/abNewCardDialog.xul
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4f4d1a49b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/content/abNewCardDialog.xul
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+<?xml version="1.0"?> 
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<?xml-stylesheet href="chrome://global/skin/global.css" type="text/css"?>
+
+<?xul-overlay href="chrome://messenger/content/addressbook/abCardOverlay.xul"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE dialog SYSTEM "chrome://messenger/locale/addressbook/abNewCardDialog.dtd">
+
+<dialog xmlns="http://www.mozilla.org/keymaster/gatekeeper/there.is.only.xul"
+    id="abcardWindow"
+    onload="OnLoadNewCard()"
+    ondialogaccept="return NewCardOKButton();">
+
+  <stringbundleset id="stringbundleset"/>
+
+  <hbox align="center">
+
+    <label id="abPopupLabel" control="abPopup" value="&chooseAddressBook.label;" accesskey="&chooseAddressBook.accesskey;"/>
+
+    <menulist id="abPopup">
+      <menupopup id="abPopup-menupopup" class="addrbooksPopup" writable="true"/>
+    </menulist>
+
+  </hbox>
+
+  <spacer style="height:1em"/>
+
+  <vbox id="editcard"/>
+
+</dialog>
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/content/abResultsPane.js b/mailnews/addrbook/content/abResultsPane.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..58a1771cb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/content/abResultsPane.js
@@ -0,0 +1,502 @@
+/* -*- Mode: javascript; tab-width: 8; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 ; js-indent-level: 2 -*- */
+/* vim: set ts=8 sts=2 et sw=2 tw=80: */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/**
+ * Use of items in this file require:
+ *
+ * getSelectedDirectoryURI()
+ *   returns the URI of the selected directory
+ * AbResultsPaneDoubleClick(card)
+ *   Is called when the results pane is double-clicked, with the clicked card.
+ * AbEditCard(card)
+ *   Is called when a card is to be edited, with the card as the parameter.
+ *
+ * The following function is only required if ResultsPaneController is used:
+ *
+ * goSetMenuValue()
+ *   Core function in globalOverlay.js
+ */
+
+// List/card selections in the results pane.
+var kNothingSelected = 0;
+var kListsAndCards = 1;
+var kMultipleListsOnly = 2;
+var kSingleListOnly = 3;
+var kCardsOnly = 4;
+
+// Global Variables
+
+// gAbView holds an object with an nsIAbView interface
+var gAbView = null;
+// Holds a reference to the "abResultsTree" document element. Initially
+// set up by SetAbView.
+var gAbResultsTree = null;
+
+function SetAbView(aURI)
+{
+  // If we don't have a URI, just clear the view and leave everything else
+  // alone.
+  if (!aURI) {
+    gAbView.clearView();
+    return;
+  }
+
+  // If we do have a URI, we want to allow updating the review even if the
+  // URI is the same, as the search results may be different.
+
+  var sortColumn = kDefaultSortColumn;
+  var sortDirection = kDefaultAscending;
+
+  if (!gAbResultsTree) {
+    gAbResultsTree = document.getElementById("abResultsTree");
+    gAbResultsTree.controllers.appendController(ResultsPaneController);
+  }
+
+  if (gAbView) {
+    sortColumn = gAbView.sortColumn;
+    sortDirection = gAbView.sortDirection;
+  }
+  else {
+    if (gAbResultsTree.hasAttribute("sortCol"))
+      sortColumn = gAbResultsTree.getAttribute("sortCol");
+    var sortColumnNode = document.getElementById(sortColumn);
+    if (sortColumnNode && sortColumnNode.hasAttribute("sortDirection"))
+      sortDirection = sortColumnNode.getAttribute("sortDirection");
+  }
+
+  var directory = GetDirectoryFromURI(aURI);
+
+  if (!gAbView)
+    gAbView = Components.classes["@mozilla.org/addressbook/abview;1"]
+                        .createInstance(Components.interfaces.nsIAbView);
+
+  var actualSortColumn = gAbView.setView(directory, GetAbViewListener(),
+                                         sortColumn, sortDirection);
+
+  gAbResultsTree.treeBoxObject.view =
+    gAbView.QueryInterface(Components.interfaces.nsITreeView);
+
+  UpdateSortIndicators(actualSortColumn, sortDirection);
+
+  // If the selected address book is LDAP and the search box is empty,
+  // inform the user of the empty results pane.
+  let abResultsTree = document.getElementById("abResultsTree");
+  let cardViewOuterBox = document.getElementById("CardViewOuterBox");
+  let blankResultsPaneMessageBox = document.getElementById("blankResultsPaneMessageBox");
+  if (aURI.startsWith("moz-abldapdirectory://") && !aURI.includes("?")) {
+    if (abResultsTree)
+      abResultsTree.hidden = true;
+    if (cardViewOuterBox)
+      cardViewOuterBox.hidden = true;
+    if (blankResultsPaneMessageBox)
+      blankResultsPaneMessageBox.hidden = false;
+  } else {
+    if (abResultsTree)
+      abResultsTree.hidden = false;
+    if (cardViewOuterBox)
+      cardViewOuterBox.hidden = false;
+    if (blankResultsPaneMessageBox)
+      blankResultsPaneMessageBox.hidden = true;
+  }
+}
+
+function CloseAbView()
+{
+  if (gAbView)
+    gAbView.clearView();
+}
+
+function GetOneOrMoreCardsSelected()
+{
+  return (gAbView && (gAbView.selection.getRangeCount() > 0));
+}
+
+function GetSelectedAddresses()
+{
+  return GetAddressesForCards(GetSelectedAbCards());
+}
+
+function GetNumSelectedCards()
+{
+ try {
+   return gAbView.selection.count;
+ }
+ catch (ex) {
+ }
+
+ // if something went wrong, return 0 for the count.
+ return 0;
+}
+
+function GetSelectedCardTypes()
+{
+  var cards = GetSelectedAbCards();
+  if (!cards) {
+    Components.utils.reportError("ERROR: GetSelectedCardTypes: |cards| is null.");
+    return kNothingSelected; // no view
+  }
+  var count = cards.length;
+  if (count == 0)
+    return kNothingSelected;  // nothing selected
+
+  var mailingListCnt = 0;
+  var cardCnt = 0;
+  for (let i = 0; i < count; i++) {
+    // We can assume no values from GetSelectedAbCards will be null.
+    if (cards[i].isMailList)
+      mailingListCnt++;
+    else
+      cardCnt++;
+  }
+
+  return (mailingListCnt == 0) ? kCardsOnly :
+           (cardCnt > 0) ? kListsAndCards :
+             (mailingListCnt == 1) ? kSingleListOnly :
+               kMultipleListsOnly;
+}
+
+// NOTE, will return -1 if more than one card selected, or no cards selected.
+function GetSelectedCardIndex()
+{
+  if (!gAbView)
+    return -1;
+
+  var treeSelection = gAbView.selection;
+  if (treeSelection.getRangeCount() == 1) {
+    var start = new Object;
+    var end = new Object;
+    treeSelection.getRangeAt(0, start, end);
+    if (start.value == end.value)
+      return start.value;
+  }
+
+  return -1;
+}
+
+// NOTE, returns the card if exactly one card is selected, null otherwise
+function GetSelectedCard()
+{
+  var index = GetSelectedCardIndex();
+  return (index == -1) ? null : gAbView.getCardFromRow(index);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Return a (possibly empty) list of cards
+ *
+ * It pushes only non-null/empty element, if any, into the returned list.
+ */
+function GetSelectedAbCards()
+{
+  var abView = gAbView;
+
+  // if sidebar is open, and addressbook panel is open and focused,
+  // then use the ab view from sidebar (gCurFrame is from sidebarOverlay.js)
+  if (document.getElementById("sidebar-box")) {
+    const abPanelUrl =
+      "chrome://messenger/content/addressbook/addressbook-panel.xul";
+    if (gCurFrame &&
+        gCurFrame.getAttribute("src") == abPanelUrl &&
+        document.commandDispatcher.focusedWindow == gCurFrame.contentDocument.defaultView)
+      abView = gCurFrame.contentDocument.defaultView.gAbView;
+  }
+
+  if (!abView)
+    return [];
+
+  let cards = [];
+  var count = abView.selection.getRangeCount();
+  var current = 0;
+  for (let i = 0; i < count; ++i) {
+    let start = {};
+    let end = {};
+
+    abView.selection.getRangeAt(i, start, end);
+
+    for (let j = start.value; j <= end.value; ++j) {
+      // avoid inserting null element into the list. GetRangeAt() may be buggy.
+      let tmp = abView.getCardFromRow(j);
+      if (tmp) {
+	cards.push(tmp);
+      } 
+    }
+  }
+  return cards;
+}
+
+// XXX todo
+// an optimization might be to make this return
+// the selected ranges, which would be faster
+// when the user does large selections, but for now, let's keep it simple.
+function GetSelectedRows()
+{
+  var selectedRows = "";
+
+  if (!gAbView)
+    return selectedRows;
+
+  var rangeCount = gAbView.selection.getRangeCount();
+  for (let i = 0; i < rangeCount; ++i) {
+    var start = new Object;
+    var end = new Object;
+    gAbView.selection.getRangeAt(i, start, end);
+    for (let j = start.value;j <= end.value; ++j) {
+      if (selectedRows)
+        selectedRows += ",";
+      selectedRows += j;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return selectedRows;
+}
+
+function AbSwapFirstNameLastName()
+{
+  if (gAbView)
+    gAbView.swapFirstNameLastName();
+}
+
+function AbEditSelectedCard()
+{
+  AbEditCard(GetSelectedCard());
+}
+
+function AbResultsPaneOnClick(event)
+{
+  // we only care about button 0 (left click) events
+  if (event.button != 0) return;
+
+  // all we need to worry about here is double clicks
+  // and column header clicks.
+  //
+  // we get in here for clicks on the "treecol" (headers)
+  // and the "scrollbarbutton" (scrollbar buttons)
+  // we don't want those events to cause a "double click"
+
+  var t = event.originalTarget;
+
+  if (t.localName == "treecol") {
+    var sortDirection;
+    var currentDirection = t.getAttribute("sortDirection");
+
+    // Revert the sort order. If none is set, use Ascending.
+    sortDirection = currentDirection == kDefaultAscending ?
+                                        kDefaultDescending : kDefaultAscending;
+
+    SortAndUpdateIndicators(t.id, sortDirection);
+  }
+  else if (t.localName == "treechildren") {
+    // figure out what row the click was in
+    var row = gAbResultsTree.treeBoxObject.getRowAt(event.clientX,
+                                                    event.clientY);
+    if (row == -1)
+      return;
+
+    if (event.detail == 2)
+      AbResultsPaneDoubleClick(gAbView.getCardFromRow(row));
+  }
+}
+
+function AbSortAscending()
+{
+  var sortColumn = gAbResultsTree.getAttribute("sortCol");
+  SortAndUpdateIndicators(sortColumn, kDefaultAscending);
+}
+
+function AbSortDescending()
+{
+  var sortColumn = gAbResultsTree.getAttribute("sortCol");
+  SortAndUpdateIndicators(sortColumn, kDefaultDescending);
+}
+
+function SortResultPane(sortColumn)
+{
+  var sortDirection = kDefaultAscending;
+  if (gAbView)
+     sortDirection = gAbView.sortDirection;
+
+  SortAndUpdateIndicators(sortColumn, sortDirection);
+}
+
+function SortAndUpdateIndicators(sortColumn, sortDirection)
+{
+  UpdateSortIndicators(sortColumn, sortDirection);
+
+  if (gAbView)
+    gAbView.sortBy(sortColumn, sortDirection);
+}
+
+function UpdateSortIndicators(colID, sortDirection)
+{
+  var sortedColumn = null;
+
+  // set the sort indicator on the column we are sorted by
+  if (colID) {
+    sortedColumn = document.getElementById(colID);
+    if (sortedColumn) {
+      sortedColumn.setAttribute("sortDirection",sortDirection);
+      gAbResultsTree.setAttribute("sortCol", colID);
+    }
+  }
+
+  // remove the sort indicator from all the columns
+  // except the one we are sorted by
+  var currCol = gAbResultsTree.firstChild.firstChild;
+  while (currCol) {
+    if (currCol != sortedColumn && currCol.localName == "treecol")
+      currCol.removeAttribute("sortDirection");
+    currCol = currCol.nextSibling;
+  }
+}
+
+function InvalidateResultsPane()
+{
+  if (gAbResultsTree)
+    gAbResultsTree.treeBoxObject.invalidate();
+}
+
+// Controller object for Results Pane
+var ResultsPaneController =
+{
+  supportsCommand: function(command)
+  {
+    switch (command) {
+      case "cmd_selectAll":
+      case "cmd_delete":
+      case "button_delete":
+      case "cmd_properties":
+      case "cmd_newlist":
+      case "cmd_newCard":
+        return true;
+      default:
+        return false;
+    }
+  },
+
+  isCommandEnabled: function(command)
+  {
+    switch (command) {
+      case "cmd_selectAll":
+        return true;
+      case "cmd_delete":
+      case "button_delete":
+        var numSelected;
+        var enabled = false;
+        if (gAbView && gAbView.selection) {
+          if (gAbView.directory)
+            enabled = !gAbView.directory.readOnly;
+          numSelected = gAbView.selection.count;
+        }
+        else
+          numSelected = 0;
+
+        // fix me, don't update on isCommandEnabled
+        if (command == "cmd_delete") {
+          switch (GetSelectedCardTypes()) {
+            case kSingleListOnly:
+              goSetMenuValue(command, "valueList");
+              break;
+            case kMultipleListsOnly:
+              goSetMenuValue(command, "valueLists");
+              break;
+            case kListsAndCards:
+              goSetMenuValue(command, "valueItems");
+              break;
+            case kCardsOnly:
+            default:
+              if (numSelected < 2)
+                goSetMenuValue(command, "valueCard");
+              else
+                goSetMenuValue(command, "valueCards");
+              break;
+          }
+        }
+        return (enabled && (numSelected > 0));
+      case "cmd_properties":
+        // Temporary fix for SeaMonkey (see bug  1318852).
+        // goSetLabelAccesskeyTooltiptext() is only defined in mail/.
+        // This will be removed in due course and therefore the
+        // block wasn't indented.
+        if (typeof goSetLabelAccesskeyTooltiptext == "function") {
+        let labelAttr = "valueGeneric";
+        let accKeyAttr = "valueGenericAccessKey";
+        let tooltipTextAttr = "valueGenericTooltipText";
+        switch (GetSelectedCardTypes()) {
+          // Set cmd_properties UI according to the type of the selected item(s),
+          // even with multiple selections for which cmd_properties is
+          // not yet available and hence disabled.
+          case kMultipleListsOnly:
+          case kSingleListOnly:
+            labelAttr = "valueMailingList";
+            accKeyAttr = "valueMailingListAccessKey";
+            tooltipTextAttr = "valueMailingListTooltipText";
+            break;
+          case kCardsOnly:
+            labelAttr = "valueContact";
+            accKeyAttr = "valueContactAccessKey";
+            tooltipTextAttr = "valueContactTooltipText";
+            break;
+          case kListsAndCards:
+          default:
+            //use generic set of attributes declared above
+            break;
+        }
+        // This code is shared between main AB and composition's contacts sidebar.
+        // Note that in composition, there's no cmd_properties-button (yet);
+        // the resulting dump() should be ignored.
+        goSetLabelAccesskeyTooltiptext("cmd_properties-button", null, null,
+          tooltipTextAttr);
+        goSetLabelAccesskeyTooltiptext("cmd_properties-contextMenu",
+          labelAttr, accKeyAttr);
+        goSetLabelAccesskeyTooltiptext("cmd_properties-menu",
+          labelAttr, accKeyAttr);
+        }
+        // While "Edit Contact" dialogue is still modal (bug 115904, bug 135126),
+        // only enable "Properties" button for single selection; then fix bug 119999.
+        return (GetNumSelectedCards() == 1);
+      case "cmd_newlist":
+      case "cmd_newCard":
+        return true;
+      default:
+        return false;
+    }
+  },
+
+  doCommand: function(command)
+  {
+    switch (command) {
+      case "cmd_selectAll":
+        if (gAbView)
+          gAbView.selectAll();
+        break;
+      case "cmd_delete":
+      case "button_delete":
+        AbDelete();
+        break;
+      case "cmd_properties":
+        AbEditSelectedCard();
+        break;
+      case "cmd_newlist":
+        AbNewList();
+        break;
+      case "cmd_newCard":
+        AbNewCard();
+        break;
+    }
+  },
+
+  onEvent: function(event)
+  {
+    // on blur events set the menu item texts back to the normal values
+    if (event == "blur")
+      goSetMenuValue("cmd_delete", "valueDefault");
+  }
+};
+
+function SelectFirstCard()
+{
+  if (gAbView && gAbView.selection && (gAbView.selection.count > 0))
+    gAbView.selection.select(0);
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/content/abResultsPaneOverlay.xul b/mailnews/addrbook/content/abResultsPaneOverlay.xul
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6e6d9dbc9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/content/abResultsPaneOverlay.xul
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+<?xml version="1.0"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<?xml-stylesheet href="chrome://messenger/skin/addressbook/abResultsPane.css" type="text/css"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE overlay SYSTEM "chrome://messenger/locale/addressbook/abResultsPaneOverlay.dtd">
+
+<overlay
+  xmlns="http://www.mozilla.org/keymaster/gatekeeper/there.is.only.xul">
+
+<script type="application/javascript" src="chrome://messenger/content/addressbook/abResultsPane.js"/>
+<script type="application/javascript" src="chrome://global/content/nsDragAndDrop.js"/>
+<script type="application/javascript" src="chrome://messenger/content/addressbook/abDragDrop.js"/>
+
+<tree id="abResultsTree" flex="1" enableColumnDrag="true" class="plain focusring"
+    onclick="AbResultsPaneOnClick(event);"
+    onselect="this.view.selectionChanged(); document.commandDispatcher.updateCommands('addrbook-select');"
+    sortCol="GeneratedName"
+    persist="sortCol height">
+
+  <treecols id="abResultsTreeCols">
+  <!-- these column ids must match up to the mork column names, except for GeneratedName, see nsIAddrDatabase.idl -->
+    <treecol id="GeneratedName"
+             persist="hidden ordinal width sortDirection" flex="1"
+             label="&GeneratedName.label;" primary="true"/>
+    <splitter class="tree-splitter"/>
+    <treecol id="PrimaryEmail"
+             persist="hidden ordinal width sortDirection" flex="1"
+             label="&PrimaryEmail.label;"/>
+    <splitter class="tree-splitter"/>
+    <treecol id="_AimScreenName"
+             persist="hidden ordinal width sortDirection" flex="1"
+             label="&ScreenName.label;"/>
+    <splitter class="tree-splitter"/>
+    <treecol id="Company"
+             persist="hidden ordinal width sortDirection" flex="1"
+             label="&Company.label;"/>
+    <splitter class="tree-splitter"/>
+    <treecol id="NickName"
+             persist="hidden ordinal width sortDirection" flex="1"
+             label="&NickName.label;" hidden="true"/>
+    <splitter class="tree-splitter"/>
+    <treecol id="SecondEmail"
+             persist="hidden ordinal width sortDirection" flex="1"
+             label="&SecondEmail.label;" hidden="true"/>
+    <splitter class="tree-splitter"/>
+    <treecol id="Department"
+             persist="hidden ordinal width sortDirection" flex="1"
+             label="&Department.label;" hidden="true"/>
+    <splitter class="tree-splitter"/>
+    <treecol id="JobTitle"
+             persist="hidden ordinal width sortDirection" flex="1"
+             label="&JobTitle.label;" hidden="true"/>
+    <splitter class="tree-splitter"/>
+    <treecol id="CellularNumber"
+             persist="hidden ordinal width sortDirection" flex="1"
+             label="&CellularNumber.label;" hidden="true"/>
+    <splitter class="tree-splitter"/>
+    <treecol id="PagerNumber"
+             persist="hidden ordinal width sortDirection" flex="1"
+             label="&PagerNumber.label;" hidden="true"/>
+    <splitter class="tree-splitter"/>
+    <treecol id="FaxNumber"
+             persist="hidden ordinal width sortDirection" flex="1"
+             label="&FaxNumber.label;" hidden="true"/>
+    <splitter class="tree-splitter"/>
+    <treecol id="HomePhone"
+             persist="hidden ordinal width sortDirection" flex="1"
+             label="&HomePhone.label;" hidden="true"/>
+    <splitter class="tree-splitter"/>
+    <treecol id="WorkPhone"
+             persist="hidden ordinal width sortDirection" flex="1"
+             label="&WorkPhone.label;"/>
+
+    <!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE: _PhoneticName may be enabled for Japanese builds. -->
+    <!--
+    <splitter class="tree-splitter"/>
+    <treecol id="_PhoneticName"
+             persist="hidden ordinal width sortDirection" flex="1"
+             label="&_PhoneticName.label;" hidden="true"/>
+     -->
+
+  </treecols>
+  <treechildren ondragstart="nsDragAndDrop.startDrag(event, abResultsPaneObserver);"/>
+</tree>
+
+</overlay>
+
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/content/addrbookWidgets.xml b/mailnews/addrbook/content/addrbookWidgets.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2481d5cd9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/content/addrbookWidgets.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,439 @@
+<?xml version="1.0"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<bindings id="addrbookBindings"
+          xmlns="http://www.mozilla.org/xbl"
+          xmlns:xul="http://www.mozilla.org/keymaster/gatekeeper/there.is.only.xul"
+          xmlns:xbl="http://www.mozilla.org/xbl">
+
+  <binding id="addrbooks-menupopup"
+           extends="chrome://global/content/bindings/popup.xml#popup">
+    <implementation implements="nsIAbListener">
+      <!-- A cache of nsIAbDirectory objects. -->
+      <field name="_directories">[]</field>
+
+      <!-- Represents the nsIAbDirectory attribute used as the value of the
+           parent menulist. Defaults to URI but can be e.g. dirPrefId -->
+      <field name="_value">this.getAttribute("value") || "URI"</field>
+
+      <constructor>
+        <![CDATA[
+          Components.utils.import("resource:///modules/mailServices.js");
+          // Init the address book cache.
+          const nsIAbDirectory = Components.interfaces.nsIAbDirectory;
+          let directories = MailServices.ab.directories;
+          while (directories && directories.hasMoreElements()) {
+            var ab = directories.getNext();
+            if (ab instanceof nsIAbDirectory && this._matches(ab))
+              this._directories.push(ab);
+          }
+
+          this._directories.sort(this._compare);
+
+          // Now create menuitems for all displayed directories.
+          var menulist = this.parentNode;
+          var value = this._value;
+          this._directories.forEach(function (ab) {
+            menulist.appendItem(ab.dirName, ab[value]);
+          });
+          if (this.hasAttribute("none")) {
+            // Create a dummy menuitem representing no selection.
+            this._directories.unshift(null);
+            menulist.insertItemAt(0, this.getAttribute("none"), "");
+          }
+
+          // Attempt to select the persisted or otherwise first directory.
+          menulist.value = menulist.value;
+          if (!menulist.selectedItem && this.hasChildNodes())
+            menulist.selectedIndex = 0;
+
+          const nsIAbListener = Components.interfaces.nsIAbListener;
+          // Add a listener so we can update correctly if the list should change
+          MailServices.ab.addAddressBookListener(this,
+                                                 nsIAbListener.itemAdded |
+                                                 nsIAbListener.directoryRemoved |
+                                                 nsIAbListener.itemChanged);
+        ]]>
+      </constructor>
+
+      <destructor>
+        <![CDATA[
+          Components.utils.import("resource:///modules/mailServices.js");
+          MailServices.ab.removeAddressBookListener(this);
+
+          // Empty out anything in the list.
+          while (this.hasChildNodes())
+            this.lastChild.remove();
+        ]]>
+      </destructor>
+
+      <!-- nsIAbListener methods -->
+      <method name="onItemAdded">
+        <parameter name="aParentDir"/>
+        <parameter name="aItem"/>
+        <body><![CDATA[
+          // Are we interested in this new directory?
+          if (aItem instanceof Components.interfaces.nsIAbDirectory &&
+              !aItem.isMailList && this._matches(aItem)) {
+            this._directories.push(aItem);
+            this._directories.sort(this._compare);
+            // Insert the new menuitem at the position to which it was sorted.
+            this.parentNode.insertItemAt(this._directories.indexOf(aItem),
+                                         aItem.dirName, aItem[this._value]);
+          }
+        ]]></body>
+      </method>
+
+      <method name="onItemRemoved">
+        <parameter name="aParentDir"/>
+        <parameter name="aItem"/>
+        <body><![CDATA[
+          if (aItem instanceof Components.interfaces.nsIAbDirectory &&
+              !aItem.isMailList) {
+            // Find the item in the list to remove
+            // We can't use indexOf here because we need loose equality
+            for (var index = this._directories.length; --index >= 0; )
+              if (this._directories[index] == aItem)
+                break;
+            if (index != -1)
+              // Are we removing the selected directory?
+              if (this.parentNode.selectedItem ==
+                  this.removeChild(this.childNodes[index]))
+                // If so, try to select the first directory, if available.
+                if (this.hasChildNodes())
+                  this.firstChild.doCommand();
+                else
+                  this.parentNode.selectedItem = null;
+          }
+        ]]></body>
+      </method>
+
+      <method name="onItemPropertyChanged">
+        <parameter name="aItem"/>
+        <parameter name="aProperty"/>
+        <parameter name="aOldValue"/>
+        <parameter name="aNewValue"/>
+        <body><![CDATA[
+          if (aItem instanceof Components.interfaces.nsIAbDirectory &&
+              !aItem.isMailList) {
+            // Find the item in the list to rename.
+            // We can't use indexOf here because we need loose equality
+            for (var oldIndex = this._directories.length; --oldIndex >= 0; )
+              if (this._directories[oldIndex] == aItem)
+                break;
+            if (oldIndex != -1) {
+              // Cache the matching item so that we can use indexOf next time.
+              aItem = this._directories[oldIndex];
+              var child = this.childNodes[oldIndex];
+              child.label = aItem.dirName;
+              this._directories.sort(this._compare);
+              // Reorder the menuitems if renaming changed the directory index.
+              var newIndex = this._directories.indexOf(aItem);
+              if (newIndex < oldIndex)
+                this.insertBefore(child, this.childNodes[newIndex]);
+              else if (newIndex > oldIndex)
+                this.insertBefore(child, this.childNodes[newIndex].nextSibling);
+            }
+          }
+        ]]></body>
+      </method>
+
+      <!-- Private methods -->
+      <!-- Tests to see whether this directory should display in the list. -->
+      <method name="_matches">
+        <parameter name="ab"/>
+        <body><![CDATA[
+          // This condition is used for instance when creating cards
+          if (this.getAttribute("writable") == "true" && ab.readOnly)
+            return false;
+
+          // This condition is used for instance when creating mailing lists
+          if (this.getAttribute("supportsmaillists") == "true" &&
+              !ab.supportsMailingLists)
+            return false;
+
+          return this.getAttribute(ab.isRemote ? "localonly" : "remoteonly") != "true";
+        ]]></body>
+      </method>
+
+      <!-- Used to sort directories in order -->
+      <method name="_compare">
+        <parameter name="a"/>
+        <parameter name="b"/>
+        <body><![CDATA[
+          // Null at the very top.
+          if (!a)
+            return -1;
+
+          if (!b)
+            return 1;
+
+          // Personal at the top.
+          const kPersonalAddressbookURI = "moz-abmdbdirectory://abook.mab";
+          if (a.URI == kPersonalAddressbookURI)
+            return -1;
+
+          if (b.URI == kPersonalAddressbookURI)
+            return 1;
+
+          // Collected at the bottom.
+          const kCollectedAddressbookURI = "moz-abmdbdirectory://history.mab";
+          if (a.URI == kCollectedAddressbookURI)
+            return 1;
+
+          if (b.URI == kCollectedAddressbookURI)
+            return -1;
+
+          // Sort books of the same type by name.
+          if (a.dirType == b.dirType)
+            return a.dirName.localeCompare(b.dirName);
+
+          // If one of the dirTypes is PAB and the other is something else,
+          // then the other will go below the one of type PAB.
+          const PABDirectory = 2;
+          if (a.dirType == PABDirectory)
+            return -1;
+
+          if (b.dirType == PABDirectory)
+            return 1;
+
+          // Sort anything else by the dir type.
+          return a.dirType - b.dirType;
+        ]]></body>
+      </method>
+    </implementation>
+  </binding>
+
+  <binding id="map-list"
+           extends="chrome://global/content/bindings/popup.xml#popup">
+    <implementation>
+      <property name="mapURL" readonly="true">
+        <getter><![CDATA[
+          return this._createMapItURL();
+        ]]></getter>
+      </property>
+
+      <constructor>
+        <![CDATA[
+          this._setWidgetDisabled(true);
+        ]]>
+      </constructor>
+
+      <!--
+        Initializes the necessary address data from an addressbook card.
+        @param aCard        A nsIAbCard to get the address data from.
+        @param aAddrPrefix  A prefix of the card properties to use. Use "Home" or "Work".
+        -->
+      <method name="initMapAddressFromCard">
+        <parameter name="aCard"/>
+        <parameter name="aAddrPrefix"/>
+        <body><![CDATA[
+          let mapItURLFormat = this._getMapURLPref(0);
+          let doNotShowMap = !mapItURLFormat || !aAddrPrefix || !aCard;
+          this._setWidgetDisabled(doNotShowMap);
+          if (doNotShowMap)
+            return;
+
+          this.setAttribute("map_address1", aCard.getProperty(aAddrPrefix + "Address"));
+          this.setAttribute("map_address2", aCard.getProperty(aAddrPrefix + "Address2"));
+          this.setAttribute("map_city"    , aCard.getProperty(aAddrPrefix + "City"));
+          this.setAttribute("map_state"   , aCard.getProperty(aAddrPrefix + "State"));
+          this.setAttribute("map_zip"     , aCard.getProperty(aAddrPrefix + "ZipCode"));
+          this.setAttribute("map_country" , aCard.getProperty(aAddrPrefix + "Country"));
+        ]]></body>
+      </method>
+
+      <!--
+        Initializes the necessary address data from passed in values.
+        -->
+      <method name="initMapAddress">
+        <parameter name="aAddr1"/>
+        <parameter name="aAddr2"/>
+        <parameter name="aCity"/>
+        <parameter name="aState"/>
+        <parameter name="aZip"/>
+        <parameter name="aCountry"/>
+        <body><![CDATA[
+          let mapItURLFormat = this._getMapURLPref(0);
+          let doNotShowMap = !mapItURLFormat || !(aAddr1 + aAddr2 + aCity + aState + aZip + aCountry);
+          this._setWidgetDisabled(doNotShowMap);
+          if (doNotShowMap)
+            return;
+
+          this.setAttribute("map_address1", aAddr1);
+          this.setAttribute("map_address2", aAddr2);
+          this.setAttribute("map_city"    , aCity);
+          this.setAttribute("map_state"   , aState);
+          this.setAttribute("map_zip"     , aZip);
+          this.setAttribute("map_country" , aCountry);
+        ]]></body>
+      </method>
+
+      <!--
+        Sets the disabled/enabled state of the parent widget (e.g. a button).
+        -->
+      <method name="_setWidgetDisabled">
+        <parameter name="aDisabled"/>
+        <body><![CDATA[
+          this.parentNode.disabled = aDisabled;
+        ]]></body>
+      </method>
+
+      <!--
+        Returns the Map service URL from localized pref. Returns null if there
+        is none at the given index.
+        @param aIndex  The index of the service to return. 0 is the default service.
+        -->
+      <method name="_getMapURLPref">
+        <parameter name="aIndex"/>
+        <body><![CDATA[
+          let url = null;
+          if (!aIndex) {
+            url = Services.prefs.getComplexValue("mail.addr_book.mapit_url.format",
+                                                 Components.interfaces.nsIPrefLocalizedString).data;
+          } else {
+            try {
+              url = Services.prefs.getComplexValue("mail.addr_book.mapit_url." + aIndex + ".format",
+                                                   Components.interfaces.nsIPrefLocalizedString).data;
+            } catch (e) { }
+          }
+
+          return url;
+        ]]></body>
+      </method>
+
+      <!--
+        Builds menuitem elements representing map services defined in prefs
+        and attaches them to the specified button.
+        -->
+      <method name="_listMapServices">
+        <body><![CDATA[
+          let index = 1;
+          let itemFound = true;
+          let defaultFound = false;
+          const kUserIndex = 100;
+          let aMapList = this;
+          while (aMapList.hasChildNodes()) {
+            aMapList.lastChild.remove();
+          }
+
+          let defaultUrl = this._getMapURLPref(0);
+
+          // Creates the menuitem with supplied data.
+          function addMapService(aUrl, aName) {
+            let item = document.createElement("menuitem");
+            item.setAttribute("url", aUrl);
+            item.setAttribute("label", aName);
+            item.setAttribute("type", "radio");
+            item.setAttribute("name", "mapit_service");
+            if (aUrl == defaultUrl)
+              item.setAttribute("checked", "true");
+            aMapList.appendChild(item);
+          }
+
+          // Generates a useful generic name by cutting out only the host address.
+          function generateName(aUrl) {
+            return new URL(aUrl).hostname;
+          }
+
+          // Add all defined map services as menuitems.
+          while (itemFound) {
+            let urlName;
+            let urlTemplate = this._getMapURLPref(index);
+            if (!urlTemplate) {
+              itemFound = false;
+            } else {
+              // Name is not mandatory, generate one if not found.
+              try {
+                urlName = Services.prefs.getComplexValue("mail.addr_book.mapit_url." + index + ".name",
+                                                         Components.interfaces.nsIPrefLocalizedString).data;
+              } catch (e) {
+                urlName = generateName(urlTemplate);
+              }
+            }
+            if (itemFound) {
+              addMapService(urlTemplate, urlName);
+              index++;
+              if (urlTemplate == defaultUrl)
+                defaultFound = true;
+            } else if (index < kUserIndex) {
+              // After iterating the base region provided urls, check for user defined ones.
+              index = kUserIndex;
+              itemFound = true;
+            }
+          }
+          if (!defaultFound) {
+            // If user had put a customized map URL into mail.addr_book.mapit_url.format
+            // preserve it as a new map service named with the URL.
+            // 'index' now points to the first unused entry in prefs.
+            let defaultName = generateName(defaultUrl);
+            addMapService(defaultUrl, defaultName);
+            Services.prefs.setCharPref("mail.addr_book.mapit_url." + index + ".format",
+                                        defaultUrl);
+            Services.prefs.setCharPref("mail.addr_book.mapit_url." + index + ".name",
+                                        defaultName);
+          }
+        ]]></body>
+      </method>
+
+      <!--
+        Save user selected mapping service.
+        @param aItem  The chosen menuitem with map service.
+        -->
+      <method name="_chooseMapService">
+        <parameter name="aItem"/>
+        <body><![CDATA[
+          // Save selected URL as the default.
+          let defaultUrl = Components.classes["@mozilla.org/pref-localizedstring;1"]
+                                     .createInstance(Components.interfaces.nsIPrefLocalizedString);
+          defaultUrl.data = aItem.getAttribute("url");
+          Services.prefs.setComplexValue("mail.addr_book.mapit_url.format",
+                                         Components.interfaces.nsIPrefLocalizedString, defaultUrl);
+        ]]></body>
+      </method>
+
+      <!--
+        Generate map URL in the href attribute.
+        -->
+      <method name="_createMapItURL">
+        <body><![CDATA[
+          let urlFormat = this._getMapURLPref(0);
+          if (!urlFormat)
+            return null;
+
+          let address1 = this.getAttribute("map_address1");
+          let address2 = this.getAttribute("map_address2");
+          let city     = this.getAttribute("map_city");
+          let state    = this.getAttribute("map_state");
+          let zip      = this.getAttribute("map_zip");
+          let country  = this.getAttribute("map_country");
+
+          urlFormat = urlFormat.replace("@A1", encodeURIComponent(address1));
+          urlFormat = urlFormat.replace("@A2", encodeURIComponent(address2));
+          urlFormat = urlFormat.replace("@CI", encodeURIComponent(city));
+          urlFormat = urlFormat.replace("@ST", encodeURIComponent(state));
+          urlFormat = urlFormat.replace("@ZI", encodeURIComponent(zip));
+          urlFormat = urlFormat.replace("@CO", encodeURIComponent(country));
+
+          return urlFormat;
+        ]]></body>
+      </method>
+    </implementation>
+
+    <handlers>
+      <handler event="command">
+        <![CDATA[
+          this._chooseMapService(event.target);
+          event.stopPropagation();
+        ]]>
+      </handler>
+      <handler event="popupshowing">
+        <![CDATA[
+          this._listMapServices();
+        ]]>
+      </handler>
+    </handlers>
+  </binding>
+</bindings>
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/content/print.css b/mailnews/addrbook/content/print.css
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0f6965379
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/content/print.css
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+directory {
+  display: block;
+}
+
+section {
+  display:block; 
+  margin: 15px 20px;
+}
+
+sectiontitle {
+  display:block; 
+  font-weight:bold; 
+  font-family:verdana; 
+  font-size:small;
+}
+
+labelrow {
+  display:block;
+}
+
+label {
+  display:inline; 
+  font-family:verdana; 
+  font-size:small;
+}
+
+GeneratedName {
+  display:block; 
+  font-weight:bold; 
+  font-family:verdana; 
+  margin-top: 20px;
+  margin-bottom: 3px;
+  margin-inline-end: 10px;
+  margin-inline-start: 10px;
+}
+
+FirstName, LastName, 
+HomeAddress, HomeAddress2, HomeCountry,
+WorkAddress, WorkAddress2, WorkCountry,
+JobTitle, Department, Company, Notes {
+  display: block; 
+  font-family: verdana; 
+  font-size: small;
+}
+
+DisplayName, NickName,
+WorkPhone, HomePhone, FaxNumber, PagerNumber, CellularNumber,
+HomeCity, HomeState, HomeZipCode,
+WorkCity, WorkState, WorkZipCode, 
+Custom1, Custom2, Custom3, Custom4 {
+  display: inline; 
+  font-family: verdana; 
+  font-size: small;
+}
+
+PrimaryEmail, SecondEmail,
+WebPage1, WebPage2 {
+  display: block;
+  font-family: verdana;
+  font-size: small;
+  text-decoration: underline;
+  color: #666666;
+}
+
+separator {
+  display: block;
+  border-bottom: 1px solid #000000;
+  margin-top: 0px;
+  margin-bottom: 0px;
+  margin-inline-end: 0px;
+  margin-inline-start: 10px;
+}
+
+table {
+  display: table;
+}
+
+tr {
+  display: table-row;
+}
+
+td {
+  display: table-cell; 
+  vertical-align: top;
+}
+
+PreferMailFormat {
+  display: none;
+}
+
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/moz.build b/mailnews/addrbook/moz.build
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..27dcb8746
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/moz.build
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+# vim: set filetype=python:
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+DIRS += [
+    'public',
+    'src',
+]
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/prefs/content/pref-directory-add.js b/mailnews/addrbook/prefs/content/pref-directory-add.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..011b8aed9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/prefs/content/pref-directory-add.js
@@ -0,0 +1,394 @@
+/* -*- Mode: Java; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+
+Components.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/Services.jsm");
+Components.utils.import("resource:///modules/mailServices.js");
+Components.utils.import("resource:///modules/hostnameUtils.jsm");
+
+var gCurrentDirectory = null;
+var gReplicationBundle = null;
+var gReplicationService =
+  Components.classes["@mozilla.org/addressbook/ldap-replication-service;1"].
+             getService(Components.interfaces.nsIAbLDAPReplicationService);
+var gReplicationCancelled = false;
+var gProgressText;
+var gProgressMeter;
+var gDownloadInProgress = false;
+
+var kDefaultMaxHits = 100;
+var kDefaultLDAPPort = 389;
+var kDefaultSecureLDAPPort = 636;
+var kLDAPDirectory = 0;  // defined in nsDirPrefs.h
+
+var ldapOfflineObserver = {
+  observe: function(subject, topic, state)
+  {
+    // sanity checks
+    if (topic != "network:offline-status-changed") return;
+    setDownloadOfflineOnlineState(state == "offline");
+  }
+}
+
+function Startup()
+{
+  gReplicationBundle = document.getElementById("bundle_replication");
+
+  document.getElementById("download").label =
+    gReplicationBundle.getString("downloadButton");
+  document.getElementById("download").accessKey =
+    gReplicationBundle.getString("downloadButton.accesskey");
+
+  if ("arguments" in window && window.arguments[0]) {
+    gCurrentDirectory = window.arguments[0].selectedDirectory;
+    try {
+      fillSettings();
+    } catch (ex) {
+      dump("pref-directory-add.js:Startup(): fillSettings() exception: " 
+           + ex + "\n");
+    }
+
+    let oldListName = gCurrentDirectory.dirName;
+    document.title = gReplicationBundle.getFormattedString("directoryTitleEdit", [oldListName]);
+
+    // Only set up the download button for online/offline status toggling
+    // if the pref isn't locked to disable the button.
+    if (!Services.prefs.prefIsLocked(gCurrentDirectory.dirPrefId +
+                                     ".disable_button_download")) {
+      // Now connect to the offline/online observer
+      Services.obs.addObserver(ldapOfflineObserver,
+                               "network:offline-status-changed", false);
+
+      // Now set the initial offline/online state and update the state
+      setDownloadOfflineOnlineState(Services.io.offline);
+    }
+  } else {
+    document.title = gReplicationBundle.getString("directoryTitleNew");
+    fillDefaultSettings();
+    // Don't add observer here as it doesn't make any sense.
+  }
+}
+
+function onUnload()
+{
+  if ("arguments" in window && 
+      window.arguments[0] &&
+      !Services.prefs.prefIsLocked(gCurrentDirectory.dirPrefId +
+                                   ".disable_button_download")) {
+    // Remove the observer that we put in on dialog startup
+    Services.obs.removeObserver(ldapOfflineObserver,
+                                "network:offline-status-changed");
+  }
+}
+
+var progressListener = {
+  onStateChange: function(aWebProgress, aRequest, aStateFlags, aStatus)
+  {
+    if (aStateFlags & Components.interfaces.nsIWebProgressListener.STATE_START) {
+      // start the spinning
+      gProgressMeter.setAttribute("mode", "undetermined");
+      gProgressText.value = gReplicationBundle.getString(aStatus ?
+                                                         "replicationStarted" :
+                                                         "changesStarted");
+      gDownloadInProgress = true;
+      document.getElementById("download").label =
+        gReplicationBundle.getString("cancelDownloadButton");
+      document.getElementById("download").accessKey =
+        gReplicationBundle.getString("cancelDownloadButton.accesskey");
+    }
+    
+    if (aStateFlags & Components.interfaces.nsIWebProgressListener.STATE_STOP) {
+      EndDownload(aStatus);
+    }
+  },
+  onProgressChange: function(aWebProgress, aRequest, aCurSelfProgress, aMaxSelfProgress, aCurTotalProgress, aMaxTotalProgress)
+  {
+    gProgressText.value = gReplicationBundle.getFormattedString("currentCount",
+                                                                [aCurSelfProgress]);
+  },
+  onLocationChange: function(aWebProgress, aRequest, aLocation, aFlags)
+  {
+  },
+  onStatusChange: function(aWebProgress, aRequest, aStatus, aMessage)
+  {
+  },
+  onSecurityChange: function(aWebProgress, aRequest, state)
+  {
+  },
+  QueryInterface : function(iid)
+  {
+    if (iid.equals(Components.interfaces.nsIWebProgressListener) || 
+        iid.equals(Components.interfaces.nsISupportsWeakReference) || 
+        iid.equals(Components.interfaces.nsISupports))
+      return this;
+    throw Components.results.NS_NOINTERFACE;
+  }
+};
+
+function DownloadNow()
+{
+  if (!gDownloadInProgress) {
+    gProgressText = document.getElementById("replicationProgressText");
+    gProgressMeter = document.getElementById("replicationProgressMeter");
+
+    gProgressText.hidden = false;
+    gProgressMeter.hidden = false;
+    gReplicationCancelled = false;
+
+    try {
+      if (gCurrentDirectory instanceof Components.interfaces.nsIAbLDAPDirectory)
+        gReplicationService.startReplication(gCurrentDirectory,
+                                             progressListener);
+      else
+        EndDownload(false);
+    }
+    catch (ex) {
+      EndDownload(false);
+    }
+  } else {
+    gReplicationCancelled = true;
+    try {
+      gReplicationService.cancelReplication(gCurrentDirectory.dirPrefId);
+    }
+    catch (ex) {
+      // XXX todo
+      // perhaps replication hasn't started yet?  This can happen if you hit cancel after attempting to replication when offline 
+      dump("unexpected failure while cancelling.  ex=" + ex + "\n");
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+function EndDownload(aStatus)
+{
+  document.getElementById("download").label =
+    gReplicationBundle.getString("downloadButton");
+  document.getElementById("download").accessKey =
+    gReplicationBundle.getString("downloadButton.accesskey");
+
+  // stop the spinning
+  gProgressMeter.setAttribute("mode", "normal");
+  gProgressMeter.setAttribute("value", "100");
+  gProgressMeter.hidden = true;
+
+  gDownloadInProgress = false;
+  gProgressText.value =
+    gReplicationBundle.getString(aStatus ? "replicationSucceeded" :
+                                 gReplicationCancelled ? "replicationCancelled" :
+                                  "replicationFailed");
+}
+
+// fill the settings panel with the data from the preferences. 
+//
+function fillSettings()
+{
+  document.getElementById("description").value = gCurrentDirectory.dirName;
+
+  if (gCurrentDirectory instanceof Components.interfaces.nsIAbLDAPDirectory) {
+    var ldapUrl = gCurrentDirectory.lDAPURL;
+
+    document.getElementById("results").value = gCurrentDirectory.maxHits;
+    document.getElementById("login").value = gCurrentDirectory.authDn;
+    document.getElementById("hostname").value = ldapUrl.host;
+    document.getElementById("basedn").value = ldapUrl.dn;
+    document.getElementById("search").value = ldapUrl.filter;
+
+    var sub = document.getElementById("sub");
+    switch(ldapUrl.scope) {
+    case Components.interfaces.nsILDAPURL.SCOPE_ONELEVEL:
+      sub.radioGroup.selectedItem = document.getElementById("one");
+      break;
+    default:
+      sub.radioGroup.selectedItem = sub;
+      break;
+    }
+    
+    var sasl = document.getElementById("saslMechanism");
+    switch (gCurrentDirectory.saslMechanism) {
+    case "GSSAPI":
+      sasl.selectedItem = document.getElementById("GSSAPI");
+      break;
+    default:
+      sasl.selectedItem = document.getElementById("Simple");
+      break;
+    }
+
+    var secure = ldapUrl.options & ldapUrl.OPT_SECURE
+    if (secure)
+      document.getElementById("secure").setAttribute("checked", "true");
+
+    if (ldapUrl.port == -1)
+      document.getElementById("port").value =
+        (secure ? kDefaultSecureLDAPPort : kDefaultLDAPPort);
+    else
+      document.getElementById("port").value = ldapUrl.port;
+  }
+
+  // check if any of the preferences for this server are locked.
+  //If they are locked disable them
+  DisableUriFields(gCurrentDirectory.dirPrefId + ".uri");
+  DisableElementIfPrefIsLocked(gCurrentDirectory.dirPrefId + ".description", "description");
+  DisableElementIfPrefIsLocked(gCurrentDirectory.dirPrefId + ".disable_button_download", "download");
+  DisableElementIfPrefIsLocked(gCurrentDirectory.dirPrefId + ".maxHits", "results");
+  DisableElementIfPrefIsLocked(gCurrentDirectory.dirPrefId + ".auth.dn", "login");
+}
+
+function DisableElementIfPrefIsLocked(aPrefName, aElementId)
+{
+  if (Services.prefs.prefIsLocked(aPrefName))
+    document.getElementById(aElementId).setAttribute('disabled', true);
+}
+
+// disables all the text fields corresponding to the .uri pref.
+function DisableUriFields(aPrefName)
+{
+  if (Services.prefs.prefIsLocked(aPrefName)) {
+    let lockedElements = document.querySelectorAll('[disableiflocked="true"]');
+    for (let i = 0; i < lockedElements.length; i++)
+      lockedElements[i].setAttribute('disabled', 'true');
+  }
+}
+
+function onSecure()
+{
+  document.getElementById("port").value =
+    document.getElementById("secure").checked ? kDefaultSecureLDAPPort :
+                                                kDefaultLDAPPort;
+}
+
+function fillDefaultSettings()
+{
+  document.getElementById("port").value = kDefaultLDAPPort;
+  document.getElementById("results").value = kDefaultMaxHits;
+  var sub = document.getElementById("sub");
+  sub.radioGroup.selectedItem = sub;
+
+  // Disable the download button and add some text indicating why.
+  document.getElementById("download").disabled = true;
+  document.getElementById("downloadWarningMsg").hidden = false;
+  document.getElementById("downloadWarningMsg").textContent = document.
+                                      getElementById("bundle_addressBook").
+                                      getString("abReplicationSaveSettings");
+}
+
+function hasCharacters(number)
+{
+  var re = /[0-9]/g;
+  var num = number.match(re);
+  if(num && (num.length == number.length))
+    return false;
+  else
+    return true;
+}
+
+function onAccept()
+{
+  try {
+    var pref_string_content = "";
+    var pref_string_title = "";
+
+    var description = document.getElementById("description").value;
+    var hostname = cleanUpHostName(document.getElementById("hostname").value);
+    var port = document.getElementById("port").value;
+    var secure = document.getElementById("secure");
+    var results = document.getElementById("results").value;
+    var errorValue = null;
+    var saslMechanism = "";
+    if ((!description) || (description.trim() == ""))
+      errorValue = "invalidName";
+    else if (!isLegalHostNameOrIP(hostname))
+      errorValue = "invalidHostname";
+    // XXX write isValidDn and call it on the dn string here?
+    else if (port && hasCharacters(port))
+      errorValue = "invalidPortNumber";
+    else if (results && hasCharacters(results))
+      errorValue = "invalidResults";
+    if (!errorValue) {
+      // XXX Due to the LDAP c-sdk pass a dummy url to the IO service, then
+      // update the parts (bug 473351).
+      let ldapUrl = Services.io.newURI(
+        (secure.checked ? "ldaps://" : "ldap://") + "localhost/dc=???", null, null)
+        .QueryInterface(Components.interfaces.nsILDAPURL);
+
+      ldapUrl.host = hostname;
+      ldapUrl.port = port ? port :
+                            (secure.checked ? kDefaultSecureLDAPPort :
+                                              kDefaultLDAPPort);
+      ldapUrl.dn = document.getElementById("basedn").value;
+      ldapUrl.scope = document.getElementById("one").selected ?
+                      Components.interfaces.nsILDAPURL.SCOPE_ONELEVEL :
+                      Components.interfaces.nsILDAPURL.SCOPE_SUBTREE;
+
+      ldapUrl.filter = document.getElementById("search").value;
+      if (document.getElementById("GSSAPI").selected) {
+        saslMechanism = "GSSAPI";
+      }
+
+      // check if we are modifying an existing directory or adding a new directory
+      if (gCurrentDirectory) {
+        gCurrentDirectory.dirName = description;
+        gCurrentDirectory.lDAPURL = ldapUrl.QueryInterface(Components.interfaces.nsILDAPURL);
+        window.opener.gNewServerString = gCurrentDirectory.dirPrefId;
+      }
+      else { // adding a new directory
+        window.opener.gNewServerString =
+          MailServices.ab.newAddressBook(description, ldapUrl.spec, kLDAPDirectory);
+      }
+
+      // XXX This is really annoying - both new/modify Address Book don't
+      // give us back the new directory we just created - so go find it from
+      // rdf so we can set a few final things up on it.
+      var targetURI = "moz-abldapdirectory://" + window.opener.gNewServerString;
+      var theDirectory =
+          MailServices.ab.getDirectory(targetURI)
+          .QueryInterface(Components.interfaces.nsIAbLDAPDirectory);
+
+      theDirectory.maxHits = results;
+      theDirectory.authDn = document.getElementById("login").value;
+      theDirectory.saslMechanism = saslMechanism;
+
+      window.opener.gNewServer = description;
+      // set window.opener.gUpdate to true so that LDAP Directory Servers
+      // dialog gets updated
+      window.opener.gUpdate = true; 
+    } else {
+      var addressBookBundle = document.getElementById("bundle_addressBook");
+
+      Services.prompt.alert(window,
+                            document.title,
+                            addressBookBundle.getString(errorValue));
+      return false;
+    }
+  } catch (outer) {
+    dump("Internal error in pref-directory-add.js:onAccept() " + outer + "\n");
+  }
+  return true;
+}
+
+function onCancel()
+{  
+  window.opener.gUpdate = false;
+}
+
+
+// called by Help button in platform overlay
+function doHelpButton()
+{
+  openHelp("mail-ldap-properties");
+}
+
+// Sets the download button state for offline or online.
+// This function should only be called for ldap edit dialogs.
+function setDownloadOfflineOnlineState(isOffline)
+{
+  if (isOffline)
+  {
+    // Disable the download button and add some text indicating why.
+    document.getElementById("downloadWarningMsg").textContent = document.
+      getElementById("bundle_addressBook").
+      getString("abReplicationOfflineWarning");
+  }
+  document.getElementById("downloadWarningMsg").hidden = !isOffline;
+  document.getElementById("download").disabled = isOffline;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/prefs/content/pref-directory-add.xul b/mailnews/addrbook/prefs/content/pref-directory-add.xul
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..33fe0cd31
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/prefs/content/pref-directory-add.xul
@@ -0,0 +1,152 @@
+<?xml version="1.0"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<?xml-stylesheet href="chrome://messenger/skin/" type="text/css"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE dialog SYSTEM "chrome://messenger/locale/addressbook/pref-directory-add.dtd">
+
+<dialog id="addDirectory"
+        style="width: &newDirectoryWidth;"
+        xmlns="http://www.mozilla.org/keymaster/gatekeeper/there.is.only.xul"
+        onload="Startup();"
+        onunload="onUnload();"
+        buttons="accept,cancel"
+        ondialogaccept="return onAccept();"
+        ondialogcancel="return onCancel();">
+
+  <script type="application/javascript" src="chrome://messenger/content/addressbook/pref-directory-add.js"/>
+  <stringbundle id="bundle_addressBook" src="chrome://messenger/locale/addressbook/addressBook.properties"/>
+  <stringbundle id="bundle_replication" src="chrome://messenger/locale/addressbook/replicationProgress.properties"/>
+
+  <keyset id="keyset"/>
+  <vbox id="editDirectory">
+
+    <tabbox style="margin:5px">
+      <tabs id="directoryTabBox">
+        <tab label="&General.tab;"/>
+        <tab label="&Offline.tab;"/>
+        <tab label="&Advanced.tab;"/>
+      </tabs>
+   
+      <tabpanels id="directoryTabPanels" flex="1">
+          <vbox>
+             <grid flex="1">
+                 <columns>
+                     <column/>
+                     <column flex="1"/>
+                     <column/>
+                 </columns>
+
+                 <rows>
+                     <row align="center">
+                         <label value="&directoryName.label;" accesskey="&directoryName.accesskey;" 
+                                control="description"/>
+                         <textbox id="description" flex="1"/>
+                         <spacer flex="1"/>
+                     </row>
+                     <row align="center">
+                         <label value="&directoryHostname.label;" accesskey="&directoryHostname.accesskey;"
+                                control="hostname"/>
+                         <textbox id="hostname" flex="1" disableiflocked="true" class="uri-element"/>
+                         <spacer flex="1"/>
+                     </row>
+                     <row align="center">
+                         <label value="&directoryBaseDN.label;" 
+                                accesskey="&directoryBaseDN.accesskey;"
+                                control="basedn"/>
+                         <vbox>
+                           <textbox id="basedn" disableiflocked="true" class="uri-element"/>
+                         </vbox>
+                         <button label="&findButton.label;" 
+                                 accesskey="&findButton.accesskey;" disabled="true"/>
+                     </row>
+                     <row align="center">
+                         <label value="&portNumber.label;"
+                                accesskey="&portNumber.accesskey;"
+                                control="port"/>
+                         <hbox>
+                             <textbox id="port" type="number" size="5" min="1"
+                                       max="65535" hidespinbuttons="true"
+                                       disableiflocked="true"/>
+                         </hbox>
+                     </row>
+                     <row align="center">
+                         <label value="&directoryLogin.label;"
+                                accesskey="&directoryLogin.accesskey;"
+                                control="login"/>
+                         <textbox id="login" flex="1" class="uri-element"/>
+                     </row>
+                 </rows>
+             </grid>
+             <separator/>
+             <checkbox id="secure" label="&directorySecure.label;"
+                       accesskey="&directorySecure.accesskey;"
+                       oncommand="onSecure();" disableiflocked="true"/>
+          </vbox>
+          <vbox>
+              <description>&offlineText.label;</description>
+              <separator/>
+              <hbox>
+                  <button id="download" oncommand="DownloadNow();"/>
+                  <spacer flex="1"/>
+              </hbox>
+              <description id="downloadWarningMsg" hidden="true" class="error"/>
+              <description id="replicationProgressText" hidden="true"/>
+              
+              <progressmeter id="replicationProgressMeter" mode="normal" value="0" hidden="true"/>
+          </vbox>
+          <grid>
+             <columns>
+               <column/>
+               <column flex="1"/>
+             </columns>
+
+             <rows>
+               <row align="center">
+                 <label value="&return.label;"
+                        accesskey="&return.accesskey;"
+                        control="results"/>
+                 <hbox align="center">
+                   <textbox id="results" type="number" size="10" min="1"
+                            max="2147483647" increment="10"/>
+                   <label value="&results.label;"/>
+                 </hbox>
+               </row>
+               <row align="center">
+                 <label value="&scope.label;" control="scope" accesskey="&scope.accesskey;"/>
+                 <radiogroup id="scope" orient="horizontal">
+                   <radio id="one" value="1" label="&scopeOneLevel.label;"
+                          disableiflocked="true" accesskey="&scopeOneLevel.accesskey;"/>
+                   <radio id="sub" value="2" label="&scopeSubtree.label;"
+                          disableiflocked="true" accesskey="&scopeSubtree.accesskey;"/>
+                 </radiogroup>
+               </row>
+               <row>
+                 <label value="&searchFilter.label;"
+                        accesskey="&searchFilter.accesskey;"
+                        control="search"/>
+                 <textbox id="search" multiline="true" flex="1" disableiflocked="true"/>
+              </row>
+              <row align="center">
+                <label value="&saslMechanism.label;" control="saslMechanism" accesskey="&saslMechanism.accesskey;"/>
+                <menulist id="saslMechanism">
+                  <menupopup>
+                    <menuitem id="Simple" value="" 
+                              label="&saslOff.label;"
+                              accesskey="&saslOff.accesskey;"/>
+                    <menuitem id="GSSAPI" value="GSSAPI" 
+                              label="&saslGSSAPI.label;"
+                              accesskey="&saslGSSAPI.accesskey;"/>
+                  </menupopup>
+                </menulist>
+              </row>
+            </rows>
+          </grid>
+      </tabpanels>
+    </tabbox>
+  </vbox>
+  
+</dialog>
+        
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/prefs/content/pref-editdirectories.js b/mailnews/addrbook/prefs/content/pref-editdirectories.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..dfb3e0559
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/prefs/content/pref-editdirectories.js
@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
+/* -*- Mode: Java; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+Components.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/Services.jsm");
+Components.utils.import("resource:///modules/mailServices.js");
+
+// Listener to refresh the list items if something changes. In all these
+// cases we just rebuild the list as it is easier than searching/adding in the
+// correct places an would be an infrequent operation.
+var gAddressBookAbListener = {
+  onItemAdded: function(parentDir, item) {
+    if (item instanceof Components.interfaces.nsIAbDirectory) {
+      fillDirectoryList();
+    }
+  },
+  onItemRemoved: function(parentDir, item) {
+    if (item instanceof Components.interfaces.nsIAbDirectory) {
+      fillDirectoryList();
+    }
+  },
+  onItemPropertyChanged: function(item, property, oldValue, newValue) {
+    if (item instanceof Components.interfaces.nsIAbDirectory) {
+      fillDirectoryList();
+    }
+  }
+};
+
+function onInitEditDirectories()
+{
+  // For AbDeleteDirectory in abCommon.js
+  gAddressBookBundle = document.getElementById("bundle_addressBook");
+
+  // If the pref is locked disable the "Add" button
+  if (Services.prefs.prefIsLocked("ldap_2.disable_button_add"))
+    document.getElementById("addButton").setAttribute('disabled', true);
+
+  // Fill out the directory list
+  fillDirectoryList();
+
+  const nsIAbListener = Components.interfaces.nsIAbListener;
+  // Add a listener so we can update correctly if the list should change
+  MailServices.ab.addAddressBookListener(gAddressBookAbListener,
+                                         nsIAbListener.itemAdded |
+                                         nsIAbListener.directoryRemoved |
+                                         nsIAbListener.itemChanged);
+}
+
+function onUninitEditDirectories()
+{
+  MailServices.ab.removeAddressBookListener(gAddressBookAbListener);
+}
+
+function fillDirectoryList()
+{
+  var abList = document.getElementById("directoriesList");
+
+  // Empty out anything in the list
+  while (abList.hasChildNodes())
+    abList.lastChild.remove();
+
+  // Init the address book list
+  let directories = MailServices.ab.directories;
+  let holdingArray = [];
+  while (directories && directories.hasMoreElements()) {
+    let ab = directories.getNext();
+    if (ab instanceof Components.interfaces.nsIAbDirectory && ab.isRemote)
+      holdingArray.push(ab);
+  }
+
+  holdingArray.sort(function (a, b) { return a.dirName.localeCompare(b.dirName); });
+
+  holdingArray.forEach(function (ab) {
+    var item = document.createElement('listitem');
+    item.setAttribute("label", ab.dirName);
+    item.setAttribute("value", ab.URI);
+
+    abList.appendChild(item);
+  });
+}
+
+function selectDirectory()
+{
+  var abList = document.getElementById("directoriesList");
+  var editButton = document.getElementById("editButton");
+  var removeButton = document.getElementById("removeButton");
+
+  if (abList && abList.selectedItem) {
+    editButton.removeAttribute("disabled");
+
+    // If the disable delete button pref for the selected directory is set,
+    // disable the delete button for that directory.
+    let disable = false;
+    let ab = MailServices.ab.getDirectory(abList.value);
+    try {
+      disable = Services.prefs.getBoolPref(ab.dirPrefId + ".disable_delete");
+    }
+    catch(ex){
+      // If this preference is not set, it's ok.
+    }
+    if (disable)
+      removeButton.setAttribute("disabled", true);
+    else
+      removeButton.removeAttribute("disabled");
+  }
+  else {
+    editButton.setAttribute("disabled", true);
+    removeButton.setAttribute("disabled", true);
+  }
+}
+
+function dblClickDirectory(event)
+{
+  // We only care about left click events.
+  if (event.button != 0)
+    return;
+
+  editDirectory();
+}
+
+function editDirectory()
+{
+  var abList = document.getElementById("directoriesList");
+
+  if (abList && abList.selectedItem) {
+    let abURI = abList.value;
+    let ab = MailServices.ab.getDirectory(abURI);
+
+    window.openDialog(ab.propertiesChromeURI, "editDirectory",
+                      "chrome,modal=yes,resizable=no",
+                      { selectedDirectory: ab });
+  }
+}
+
+function removeDirectory()
+{
+  var abList = document.getElementById("directoriesList");
+
+  if (abList && abList.selectedItem)
+    AbDeleteDirectory(abList.value);
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/prefs/content/pref-editdirectories.xul b/mailnews/addrbook/prefs/content/pref-editdirectories.xul
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..43ca17a95
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/prefs/content/pref-editdirectories.xul
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+<?xml version="1.0"?> 
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<?xml-stylesheet href="chrome://messenger/skin/" type="text/css"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE dialog SYSTEM "chrome://messenger/locale/addressbook/pref-directory.dtd">
+
+<dialog xmlns="http://www.mozilla.org/keymaster/gatekeeper/there.is.only.xul"
+        xmlns:rdf="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#"
+        id="editDirectories"
+        title="&pref.ldap.window.title;"
+        buttons="accept"
+        onload="onInitEditDirectories();"
+        onunload="onUninitEditDirectories();">
+
+  <script type="application/javascript"
+          src="chrome://messenger/content/addressbook/abCommon.js"/>
+  <script type="application/javascript"
+          src="chrome://messenger/content/addressbook/pref-editdirectories.js"/>
+
+  <stringbundle id="bundle_addressBook"
+                src="chrome://messenger/locale/addressbook/addressBook.properties"/>
+
+  <label value="&directoriesText.label;"
+         accesskey="&directoriesText.accesskey;" control="directoriesList"/>
+  <hbox flex="1">
+    <listbox id="directoriesList" flex="1" onselect="selectDirectory();"
+             ondblclick="dblClickDirectory(event);"/>
+    <vbox>
+      <button id="addButton" label="&addDirectory.label;"
+              accesskey="&addDirectory.accesskey;"
+              oncommand="AbNewLDAPDirectory();"/>
+      <button id="editButton" label="&editDirectory.label;"
+              accesskey="&editDirectory.accesskey;" disabled="true"
+              oncommand="editDirectory();"/>
+      <button id="removeButton" label="&deleteDirectory.label;"
+              accesskey="&deleteDirectory.accesskey;" disabled="true"
+              oncommand="removeDirectory();"/>
+    </vbox>
+  </hbox>
+</dialog>
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/public/moz.build b/mailnews/addrbook/public/moz.build
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5925ccc8a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/public/moz.build
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+# vim: set filetype=python:
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+XPIDL_SOURCES += [
+    'nsIAbAddressCollector.idl',
+    'nsIAbAutoCompleteResult.idl',
+    'nsIAbBooleanExpression.idl',
+    'nsIAbCard.idl',
+    'nsIAbCollection.idl',
+    'nsIAbDirectory.idl',
+    'nsIAbDirectoryQuery.idl',
+    'nsIAbDirectoryQueryProxy.idl',
+    'nsIAbDirectorySearch.idl',
+    'nsIAbDirFactory.idl',
+    'nsIAbDirFactoryService.idl',
+    'nsIAbDirSearchListener.idl',
+    'nsIAbItem.idl',
+    'nsIAbLDAPAttributeMap.idl',
+    'nsIAbLDIFService.idl',
+    'nsIAbListener.idl',
+    'nsIAbManager.idl',
+    'nsIAbMDBDirectory.idl',
+    'nsIAbView.idl',
+    'nsIAddbookUrl.idl',
+    'nsIAddrDatabase.idl',
+    'nsIAddrDBAnnouncer.idl',
+    'nsIAddrDBListener.idl',
+    'nsIMsgVCardService.idl',
+]
+
+if CONFIG['MOZ_LDAP_XPCOM']:
+    XPIDL_SOURCES += [
+        'nsIAbLDAPCard.idl',
+        'nsIAbLDAPDirectory.idl',
+        'nsIAbLDAPReplicationData.idl',
+        'nsIAbLDAPReplicationQuery.idl',
+        'nsIAbLDAPReplicationService.idl',
+    ]
+
+XPIDL_MODULE = 'addrbook'
+
+EXPORTS += [
+    'nsAbBaseCID.h',
+]
+
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/public/nsAbBaseCID.h b/mailnews/addrbook/public/nsAbBaseCID.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0dcc630c5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/public/nsAbBaseCID.h
@@ -0,0 +1,445 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsAbBaseCID_h__
+#define nsAbBaseCID_h__
+
+#include "nsISupports.h"
+#include "nsIFactory.h"
+#include "nsIComponentManager.h"
+
+//
+// The start of the contract ID for address book directory factories.
+//
+#define NS_AB_DIRECTORY_FACTORY_CONTRACTID_PREFIX \
+  "@mozilla.org/addressbook/directory-factory;1?name="
+
+//
+// The start of the contract ID for address book directory types
+//
+#define NS_AB_DIRECTORY_TYPE_CONTRACTID_PREFIX \
+  "@mozilla.org/addressbook/directory;1?type="
+
+//
+// nsAbManager
+//
+#define NS_ABMANAGER_CONTRACTID \
+  "@mozilla.org/abmanager;1"
+
+#define NS_ABMANAGERSTARTUPHANDLER_CONTRACTID \
+  "@mozilla.org/commandlinehandler/general-startup;1?type=addressbook"
+
+#define NS_ABMANAGER_CID \
+{ /* {ad81b321-8a8a-42ca-a508-fe659de84586} */ \
+  0xad81b321, 0x8a8a, 0x42ca, \
+  {0xa5, 0x08, 0xfe, 0x65, 0x9d, 0x8e, 0x45, 0x86} \
+}
+
+//
+// nsAbContentHandler
+//
+#define NS_ABCONTENTHANDLER_CID \
+{ /* {a72ad552-0484-4b5f-8d45-2d79158d22e3} */ \
+  0xa72ad552, 0x0484, 0x4b5f, \
+	{0x8d, 0x45, 0x2d, 0x79, 0x15, 0x8d, 0x22, 0xe3}	\
+}
+
+
+//
+// nsAbBSDirectory - the root address book
+//
+#define NS_ABDIRECTORY_CONTRACTID \
+  NS_AB_DIRECTORY_TYPE_CONTRACTID_PREFIX "moz-abdirectory"
+
+#define NS_ABDIRECTORY_CID \
+{ /* {012D3C24-1DD2-11B2-BA79-B4AD359FC461}*/ \
+    0x012D3C24, 0x1DD2, 0x11B2, \
+    {0xBA, 0x79, 0xB4, 0xAD, 0x35, 0x9F, 0xC4, 0x61} \
+}
+
+
+//
+// nsAddressBookDB
+//
+#define NS_ADDRDATABASE_CONTRACTID \
+  "@mozilla.org/addressbook/carddatabase;1"
+
+#define NS_ADDRDATABASE_CID						\
+{ /* 63187917-1D19-11d3-A302-001083003D0C */		\
+    0x63187917, 0x1d19, 0x11d3,						\
+    {0xa3, 0x2, 0x0, 0x10, 0x83, 0x0, 0x3d, 0xc}	\
+}
+
+//
+// nsAbCardProperty
+//
+#define NS_ABCARDPROPERTY_CONTRACTID \
+  "@mozilla.org/addressbook/cardproperty;1"
+#define NS_ABCARDPROPERTY_CID						\
+{ /* 2B722171-2CEA-11d3-9E0B-00A0C92B5F0D */		\
+    0x2b722171, 0x2cea, 0x11d3,						\
+    {0x9e, 0xb, 0x0, 0xa0, 0xc9, 0x2b, 0x5f, 0xd}	\
+}
+
+//
+// nsAbDirProperty
+//
+#define NS_ABDIRPROPERTY_CONTRACTID \
+  "@mozilla.org/addressbook/directoryproperty;1"
+#define NS_ABDIRPROPERTY_CID						\
+{ /* 6FD8EC67-3965-11d3-A316-001083003D0C */		\
+    0x6fd8ec67, 0x3965, 0x11d3,						\
+    {0xa3, 0x16, 0x0, 0x10, 0x83, 0x0, 0x3d, 0xc}	\
+}
+
+//
+// nsAbDirectoryProperties
+//
+#define NS_ABDIRECTORYPROPERTIES_CONTRACTID \
+  "@mozilla.org/addressbook/properties;1"
+#define NS_ABDIRECTORYPROPERTIES_CID						\
+{ /* 8b00a972-1dd2-11b2-9d9c-9c377a9c3dba */		\
+    0x8b00a972, 0x1dd2, 0x11b2, \
+    {0x9d, 0x9c, 0x9c, 0x37, 0x7a, 0x9c, 0x3d, 0xba} \
+}
+
+//
+// nsAbAddressCollector
+//
+#define NS_ABADDRESSCOLLECTOR_CONTRACTID \
+  "@mozilla.org/addressbook/services/addressCollector;1"
+#define NS_ABADDRESSCOLLECTOR_CID \
+{	/* e7702d5a-99d8-4648-bab7-919ea29f30b6 */ \
+	0xe7702d5a, 0x99d8, 0x4648,	\
+	{0xba, 0xb7, 0x91, 0x9e, 0xa2, 0x9f, 0x30, 0xb6}	\
+}
+
+//
+// addbook URL
+//
+#define NS_ADDBOOKURL_CONTRACTID \
+  "@mozilla.org/addressbook/services/url;1?type=addbook"
+
+#define NS_ADDBOOKURL_CID \
+{	/* ff04c8e6-501e-11d3-a527-0060b0fc0444 */		\
+	0xff04c8e6, 0x501e, 0x11d3,						\
+	{0xa5, 0x27, 0x0, 0x60, 0xb0, 0xfc, 0x4, 0x44}	\
+}
+
+//
+// addbook Protocol Handler
+//
+#define NS_ADDBOOK_HANDLER_CONTRACTID \
+  "@mozilla.org/addressbook/services/addbook;1"
+#define NS_ADDBOOK_HANDLER_CID \
+{	/* ff04c8e6-501e-11d3-ffcc-0060b0fc0444 */		\
+	0xff04c8e6, 0x501e, 0x11d3,						\
+	{0xff, 0xcc, 0x0, 0x60, 0xb0, 0xfc, 0x4, 0x44}	\
+}
+
+//
+// directory factory service
+//
+#define NS_ABDIRFACTORYSERVICE_CONTRACTID \
+  "@mozilla.org/addressbook/directory-factory-service;1"
+
+#define NS_ABDIRFACTORYSERVICE_CID				\
+{ /* {F8B212F2-742B-4A48-B7A0-4C44D4DDB121}*/			\
+	0xF8B212F2, 0x742B, 0x4A48,				\
+	{0xB7, 0xA0, 0x4C, 0x44, 0xD4, 0xDD, 0xB1, 0x21}	\
+}
+
+//
+// mdb directory factory
+//
+#define NS_ABMDBDIRECTORY "moz-abmdbdirectory"
+
+#define NS_ABMDBDIRFACTORY_CONTRACTID \
+  NS_AB_DIRECTORY_FACTORY_CONTRACTID_PREFIX NS_ABMDBDIRECTORY
+
+#define NS_ABMDBDIRFACTORY_CID				\
+{ /* {E1CB9C8A-722D-43E4-9D7B-7CCAE4B0338A}*/			\
+	0xE1CB9C8A, 0x722D, 0x43E4,				\
+	{0x9D, 0x7B, 0x7C, 0xCA, 0xE4, 0xB0, 0x33, 0x8A}	\
+}
+
+//
+// nsAbMDBDirectory
+//
+#define NS_ABMDBDIRECTORY_CONTRACTID \
+  NS_AB_DIRECTORY_TYPE_CONTRACTID_PREFIX NS_ABMDBDIRECTORY
+
+#define NS_ABMDBDIRECTORY_CID \
+{ /* {e618f894-1dd1-11b2-889c-9aaefaa90dde}*/ \
+  0xe618f894, 0x1dd1, 0x11b2, \
+  {0x88, 0x9c, 0x9a, 0xae, 0xfa, 0xa9, 0x0d, 0xde} \
+}
+
+//
+// nsAbMDBCard
+//
+#define NS_ABMDBCARD_CONTRACTID \
+  "@mozilla.org/addressbook/moz-abmdbcard;1"
+
+#define NS_ABMDBCARD_CID				\
+{ /* {f578a5d2-1dd1-11b2-8841-f45cc5e765f8} */		\
+    0xf578a5d2, 0x1dd1, 0x11b2,				\
+    {0x88, 0x41, 0xf4, 0x5c, 0xc5, 0xe7, 0x65, 0xf8}	\
+}
+
+#ifdef XP_WIN
+//
+// nsAbOutlookDirectory
+//
+#define NS_ABOUTLOOKDIRECTORY_CONTRACTID \
+  NS_AB_DIRECTORY_TYPE_CONTRACTID_PREFIX "moz-aboutlookdirectory"
+
+#define NS_ABOUTLOOKDIRECTORY_CID                       \
+{ /* {9cc57822-0599-4c47-a399-1c6fa185a05c}*/           \
+        0x9cc57822, 0x0599, 0x4c47,                     \
+        {0xa3, 0x99, 0x1c, 0x6f, 0xa1, 0x85, 0xa0, 0x5c}        \
+}
+
+//
+// Outlook directory factory
+//
+#define NS_ABOUTLOOKDIRFACTORY_CONTRACTID \
+  NS_AB_DIRECTORY_FACTORY_CONTRACTID_PREFIX "moz-aboutlookdirectory"
+
+#define NS_ABOUTLOOKDIRFACTORY_CID                                \
+{ /* {558ccc0f-2681-4dac-a066-debd8d26faf6}*/                   \
+        0x558ccc0f, 0x2681, 0x4dac,                             \
+        {0xa0, 0x66, 0xde, 0xbd, 0x8d, 0x26, 0xfa, 0xf6}        \
+}
+#endif
+
+//
+//  Addressbook Query support
+//
+
+#define NS_ABDIRECTORYQUERYARGUMENTS_CONTRACTID \
+  "@mozilla.org/addressbook/directory/query-arguments;1"
+
+#define NS_ABDIRECTORYQUERYARGUMENTS_CID                          \
+{ /* {f7dc2aeb-8e62-4750-965c-24b9e09ed8d2} */        \
+  0xf7dc2aeb, 0x8e62, 0x4750,                     \
+  { 0x96, 0x5c, 0x24, 0xb9, 0xe0, 0x9e, 0xd8, 0xd2 }  \
+}
+
+
+#define NS_BOOLEANCONDITIONSTRING_CONTRACTID \
+  "@mozilla.org/boolean-expression/condition-string;1"
+
+#define NS_BOOLEANCONDITIONSTRING_CID                         \
+{ /* {ca1944a9-527e-4c77-895d-d0466dd41cf5} */        \
+  0xca1944a9, 0x527e, 0x4c77, \
+    { 0x89, 0x5d, 0xd0, 0x46, 0x6d, 0xd4, 0x1c, 0xf5 } \
+}
+
+
+#define NS_BOOLEANEXPRESSION_CONTRACTID \
+  "@mozilla.org/boolean-expression/n-peer;1"
+
+#define NS_BOOLEANEXPRESSION_CID                         \
+{ /* {2c2e75c8-6f56-4a50-af1c-72af5d0e8d41} */        \
+  0x2c2e75c8, 0x6f56, 0x4a50, \
+    { 0xaf, 0x1c, 0x72, 0xaf, 0x5d, 0x0e, 0x8d, 0x41 } \
+}
+
+#define NS_ABDIRECTORYQUERYPROXY_CONTRACTID                     \
+        "@mozilla.org/addressbook/directory-query/proxy;1"      
+
+#define NS_ABDIRECTORYQUERYPROXY_CID                            \
+{ /* {E162E335-541B-43B4-AAEA-FE591E240CAF}*/                   \
+        0xE162E335, 0x541B, 0x43B4,                             \
+        {0xAA, 0xEA, 0xFE, 0x59, 0x1E, 0x24, 0x0C, 0xAF}        \
+}
+
+// nsAbLDAPDirectory
+//
+#define NS_ABLDAPDIRECTORY_CONTRACTID \
+  NS_AB_DIRECTORY_TYPE_CONTRACTID_PREFIX  "moz-abldapdirectory"
+
+#define NS_ABLDAPDIRECTORY_CID             			\
+{ /* {783E2777-66D7-4826-9E4B-8AB58C228A52}*/			\
+	0x783E2777, 0x66D7, 0x4826,				\
+	{0x9E, 0x4B, 0x8A, 0xB5, 0x8C, 0x22, 0x8A, 0x52}	\
+}
+
+// nsAbLDAPDirectoryQuery
+//
+#define NS_ABLDAPDIRECTORYQUERY_CONTRACTID \
+  "@mozilla.org/addressbook/ldap-directory-query;1"
+
+#define NS_ABLDAPDIRECTORYQUERY_CID             			\
+{ /* {783E2777-66D7-4826-9E4B-8AB58C228A53}*/			\
+	0x783E2777, 0x66D7, 0x4826,				\
+	{0x9E, 0x4B, 0x8A, 0xB5, 0x8C, 0x22, 0x8A, 0x53}	\
+}
+
+//
+// nsAbLDAPCard
+//
+#define NS_ABLDAPCARD_CONTRACTID \
+  "@mozilla.org/addressbook/moz-abldapcard"
+
+#define NS_ABLDAPCARD_CID					\
+{ /* {10307B01-EBD6-465F-B972-1630410F70E6}*/			\
+	0x10307B01, 0xEBD6, 0x465F,				\
+	{0xB9, 0x72, 0x16, 0x30, 0x41, 0x0F, 0x70, 0xE6}	\
+}
+
+//
+// LDAP directory factory
+//
+#define NS_ABLDAPDIRFACTORY_CONTRACTID \
+  NS_AB_DIRECTORY_FACTORY_CONTRACTID_PREFIX "moz-abldapdirectory"
+
+#define NS_ABLDAPDIRFACTORY_CID                                \
+{  /* {8e3701af-8828-426c-84ac-124825c778f8} */			\
+        0x8e3701af, 0x8828, 0x426c,                             \
+        {0x84, 0xac, 0x12, 0x48, 0x25, 0xc7, 0x78, 0xf8}        \
+}
+
+//
+// LDAP autocomplete directory factory
+//
+#define NS_ABLDAPACDIRFACTORY_CONTRACTID \
+  NS_AB_DIRECTORY_FACTORY_CONTRACTID_PREFIX "ldap"
+#define NS_ABLDAPSACDIRFACTORY_CONTRACTID \
+  NS_AB_DIRECTORY_FACTORY_CONTRACTID_PREFIX "ldaps"
+
+// nsAbLDAPAutoCompFormatter
+
+// 4e276d6d-9981-46b4-9070-92f344ac5f5a
+//
+#define NS_ABLDAPAUTOCOMPFORMATTER_CID \
+{ 0x4e276d6d, 0x9981, 0x46b4, \
+ { 0x90, 0x70, 0x92, 0xf3, 0x44, 0xac, 0x5f, 0x5a }}
+
+#define NS_ABLDAPAUTOCOMPFORMATTER_CONTRACTID \
+ "@mozilla.org/ldap-autocomplete-formatter;1?type=addrbook"
+
+
+// nsAbLDAPReplicationService
+//
+// {ece81280-2639-11d6-b791-00b0d06e5f27}
+//
+#define NS_ABLDAP_REPLICATIONSERVICE_CID \
+  {0xece81280, 0x2639, 0x11d6, \
+    { 0xb7, 0x91, 0x00, 0xb0, 0xd0, 0x6e, 0x5f, 0x27 }}
+
+#define NS_ABLDAP_REPLICATIONSERVICE_CONTRACTID \
+ "@mozilla.org/addressbook/ldap-replication-service;1"
+
+// nsAbLDAPReplicationQuery
+//
+// {5414fff0-263b-11d6-b791-00b0d06e5f27}
+//
+#define NS_ABLDAP_REPLICATIONQUERY_CID \
+  {0x5414fff0, 0x263b, 0x11d6, \
+    { 0xb7, 0x91, 0x00, 0xb0, 0xd0, 0x6e, 0x5f, 0x27 }}
+
+#define NS_ABLDAP_REPLICATIONQUERY_CONTRACTID \
+ "@mozilla.org/addressbook/ldap-replication-query;1"
+
+
+// nsAbLDAPChangeLogQuery
+//
+// {63E11D51-3C9B-11d6-B7B9-00B0D06E5F27}
+#define NS_ABLDAP_CHANGELOGQUERY_CID \
+  {0x63e11d51, 0x3c9b, 0x11d6, \
+    { 0xb7, 0xb9, 0x0, 0xb0, 0xd0, 0x6e, 0x5f, 0x27 }}
+
+#define NS_ABLDAP_CHANGELOGQUERY_CONTRACTID \
+ "@mozilla.org/addressbook/ldap-changelog-query;1"
+
+// nsAbLDAPProcessReplicationData
+//
+// {5414fff1-263b-11d6-b791-00b0d06e5f27}
+//
+#define NS_ABLDAP_PROCESSREPLICATIONDATA_CID \
+  {0x5414fff1, 0x263b, 0x11d6, \
+    { 0xb7, 0x91, 0x00, 0xb0, 0xd0, 0x6e, 0x5f, 0x27 }}
+
+#define NS_ABLDAP_PROCESSREPLICATIONDATA_CONTRACTID \
+ "@mozilla.org/addressbook/ldap-process-replication-data;1"
+
+
+// nsAbLDAPProcessChangeLogData
+//
+// {63E11D52-3C9B-11d6-B7B9-00B0D06E5F27}
+#define NS_ABLDAP_PROCESSCHANGELOGDATA_CID \
+  {0x63e11d52, 0x3c9b, 0x11d6, \
+    {0xb7, 0xb9, 0x0, 0xb0, 0xd0, 0x6e, 0x5f, 0x27 }}
+
+#define NS_ABLDAP_PROCESSCHANGELOGDATA_CONTRACTID \
+ "@mozilla.org/addressbook/ldap-process-changelog-data;1"
+
+// nsABView
+
+#define NS_ABVIEW_CID \
+{ 0xc5eb5d6a, 0x1dd1, 0x11b2, \
+ { 0xa0, 0x25, 0x94, 0xd1, 0x18, 0x1f, 0xc5, 0x9c }}
+
+#define NS_ABVIEW_CONTRACTID \
+ "@mozilla.org/addressbook/abview;1"
+
+#ifdef XP_MACOSX
+//
+// nsAbOSXDirectory
+//
+#define NS_ABOSXDIRECTORY_PREFIX "moz-abosxdirectory"
+#define NS_ABOSXCARD_PREFIX "moz-abosxcard"
+
+#define NS_ABOSXDIRECTORY_CONTRACTID \
+  NS_AB_DIRECTORY_TYPE_CONTRACTID_PREFIX NS_ABOSXDIRECTORY_PREFIX
+
+#define NS_ABOSXDIRECTORY_CID                            \
+{ /* {83781cc6-c682-11d6-bdeb-0005024967b8}*/            \
+        0x83781cc6, 0xc682, 0x11d6,                      \
+        {0xbd, 0xeb, 0x00, 0x05, 0x02, 0x49, 0x67, 0xb8} \
+}
+
+//
+// nsAbOSXCard
+//
+#define NS_ABOSXCARD_CONTRACTID \
+  NS_AB_DIRECTORY_TYPE_CONTRACTID_PREFIX NS_ABOSXCARD_PREFIX
+
+#define NS_ABOSXCARD_CID                                 \
+{ /* {89bbf582-c682-11d6-bc9d-0005024967b8}*/            \
+        0x89bbf582, 0xc682, 0x11d6,                      \
+        {0xbc, 0x9d, 0x00, 0x05, 0x02, 0x49, 0x67, 0xb8} \
+}
+
+//
+// OS X directory factory
+//
+#define NS_ABOSXDIRFACTORY_CONTRACTID \
+  NS_AB_DIRECTORY_FACTORY_CONTRACTID_PREFIX NS_ABOSXDIRECTORY_PREFIX
+
+#define NS_ABOSXDIRFACTORY_CID                           \
+{ /* {90efe2fe-c682-11d6-9c83-0005024967b8}*/            \
+        0x90efe2fe, 0xc682, 0x11d6,                      \
+        {0x9c, 0x83, 0x00, 0x05, 0x02, 0x49, 0x67, 0xb8} \
+}
+#endif
+
+#define NS_MSGVCARDSERVICE_CID \
+{ 0x3c4ac0da, 0x2cda, 0x4018, \
+ { 0x95, 0x51, 0xe1, 0x58, 0xb2, 0xe1, 0x22, 0xd3 }}
+
+#define NS_MSGVCARDSERVICE_CONTRACTID \
+ "@mozilla.org/addressbook/msgvcardservice;1"
+
+#define NS_ABLDIFSERVICE_CID \
+{ 0xdb6f46da, 0x8de3, 0x478d, \
+ { 0xb5, 0x39, 0x80, 0x13, 0x98, 0x65, 0x6c, 0xf6 }}
+
+#define NS_ABLDIFSERVICE_CONTRACTID \
+ "@mozilla.org/addressbook/abldifservice;1"
+
+#endif // nsAbBaseCID_h__
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/public/nsIAbAddressCollector.idl b/mailnews/addrbook/public/nsIAbAddressCollector.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3d5071a6b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/public/nsIAbAddressCollector.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+/* -*- Mode: IDL; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+interface nsIAbCard;
+
+/**
+ * nsIAbAddressCollector is the interface to the address collecter service.
+ * It will save and update the supplied addresses into the address book
+ * specified by the "mail.collect_addressbook" pref.
+ */
+[scriptable, uuid(069d3fba-37d4-4158-b401-a8efaeea0b66)]
+interface nsIAbAddressCollector : nsISupports {
+  /**
+   * Collects email addresses into the address book.
+   * If a card already exists for the email, the first/last/display names
+   * will be updated if they are supplied alongside the address.
+   * If a card does not exist for the email it will be created if aCreateCard
+   * is true.
+   * 
+   * @param  aAddresses  The list of emails (in standard header format)
+   *                     to collect into the address book.
+   * @param  aCreateCard Set to true if a card should be created if the
+   *                     email address doesn't exist.
+   * @param  aSendFormat The send format to save for the card. See
+   *                     nsIAbPreferMailFormat for values. If updating a card
+   *                     this value will only be changed if the current value
+   *                     for the card is "unknown".
+   */
+  void collectAddress(in AUTF8String aAddresses, in boolean aCreateCard,
+                      in unsigned long aSendFormat);
+
+  /**
+   * Collects a single name and email address into the address book.
+   * By default, it saves the address without checking for an existing one.
+   * See collectAddress for the general implementation.
+   *
+   * @param  aEmail         The email address to collect.
+   * @param  aDisplayName   The display name associated with the email address.
+   * @param  aCreateCard    Set to true if a card should be created if the
+   *                        email address doesn't exist (ignored if
+   *                        aSkipCheckExisting is true).
+   * @param  aSendFormat    The send format to save for the card. See
+   *                        nsIAbPreferMailFormat for values. If updating a card
+   *                        this value will only be changed if the current value
+   *                        for the card is "unknown".
+   * @param  aSkipCheckExisting Optional parameter, if this is set then the
+   *                            implementation will skip checking for an
+   *                            existing card, and just create a new card.
+   */
+  void collectSingleAddress(in AUTF8String aEmail, in AUTF8String aDisplayName,
+                            in boolean aCreateCard,
+                            in unsigned long aSendFormat,
+                            [optional] in boolean aSkipCheckExisting);
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/public/nsIAbAutoCompleteResult.idl b/mailnews/addrbook/public/nsIAbAutoCompleteResult.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f54290acc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/public/nsIAbAutoCompleteResult.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsIAutoCompleteResult.idl"
+
+interface nsIAbCard;
+
+/**
+ * This interface is used to extend the nsIAutoCompleteResult interface to
+ * provide extra facilities for obtaining more details of the results of
+ * an address book search.
+ */
+[scriptable, uuid(c0d35623-f719-4e43-ae24-573e393f87f9)]
+interface nsIAbAutoCompleteResult : nsIAutoCompleteResult {
+  /**
+   * Get the card from the result at the given index
+   */
+  nsIAbCard getCardAt(in long index);
+
+  /**
+   * Gets the email to use for the card within the result at the given index.
+   * This is the email that was matched against for the card where there are
+   * multiple email addresses on a card.
+   *
+   * @param index  Index of the autocomplete result to return the value for.
+   * @result       The email address to use from the card.
+   */
+  AString getEmailToUse(in long index);
+
+  /**
+   * The template used to build the query for this search. Optional.
+   */
+  attribute AString modelQuery;
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/public/nsIAbBooleanExpression.idl b/mailnews/addrbook/public/nsIAbBooleanExpression.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..aeef67b46
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/public/nsIAbBooleanExpression.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+interface nsIArray;
+typedef long nsAbBooleanConditionType;
+
+/**
+ * Condition types
+ *
+ * Constants defining the types of condition
+ * to obtain a boolean result of TRUE or FALSE
+ *
+ */
+[scriptable, uuid(F51387B1-5AEF-4A1C-830E-7CD3B02366CE)]
+interface nsIAbBooleanConditionTypes
+{
+    const long Exists        = 0;
+    const long DoesNotExist        = 1;
+    const long Contains        = 2;
+    const long DoesNotContain    = 3;
+    const long Is            = 4;
+    const long IsNot        = 5;
+    const long BeginsWith        = 6;
+    const long EndsWith        = 7;
+    const long LessThan        = 8;
+    const long GreaterThan        = 9;
+    const long SoundsLike        = 10;
+    const long RegExp        = 11;
+};
+
+
+typedef long nsAbBooleanOperationType;
+
+/*
+ * Operation types
+ *
+ * Constants defining the boolean operation that
+ * should be performed between two boolean expressions
+ *
+ */
+[uuid(9bdd2e51-2be4-49a4-a558-36d1a812231a)]
+interface nsIAbBooleanOperationTypes
+{
+    const long AND        = 0;
+    const long OR        = 1;
+    const long NOT        = 2;
+};
+
+
+/**
+ * String condition
+ *
+ * A string condition represents a leaf node in a
+ * boolean expression tree and represents
+ * test which will return TRUE or FALSE
+ *
+ * Condition is an expression which is a
+ * leaf node in a boolean expression tree
+ *
+ */
+[scriptable, uuid(C3869D72-CFD0-45F0-A0EC-3F67D83C7110)]
+interface nsIAbBooleanConditionString : nsISupports
+{
+    /**
+     * The condition for how the a value
+     * should be compared
+     *
+     */
+    attribute nsAbBooleanConditionType condition;
+
+    /**
+     * The lhs of the condition
+     *
+     * Represents a property name which
+     * should be evaluated to obtain the
+     * lhs.
+     *
+     */
+    attribute string name;
+
+    /**
+     * The rhs of the condition
+     *
+     * <name> [condition] value
+     *
+     */ 
+    attribute wstring value;
+};
+
+/**
+ * N Boolean expression type
+ *
+ * Supports Unary Binary and N boolean expressions
+ *
+ * An operation represents a node in a boolean
+ * expression tree which may contain one or more
+ * child conditions or expressions
+ *
+ */
+[scriptable, uuid(223a9462-1aeb-4c1f-b069-5fc6278989b2)]
+interface nsIAbBooleanExpression: nsISupports
+{
+    /**
+     * The boolean operation to be applied to
+     * results of all evaluated expressions
+     *
+     */
+    attribute nsAbBooleanOperationType operation;
+
+    /**
+     * List of peer expressions
+     *
+     * e1 [op] e2 [op] .... en
+     *
+     */
+    attribute nsIArray expressions;
+};
+
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/public/nsIAbCard.idl b/mailnews/addrbook/public/nsIAbCard.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ccd1c4c43
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/public/nsIAbCard.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,358 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsIAbItem.idl"
+
+interface nsISimpleEnumerator;
+interface nsIVariant;
+
+[scriptable, uuid(97448252-F189-11d4-A422-001083003D0C)]
+interface nsIAbPreferMailFormat {
+    const unsigned long unknown   = 0;
+    const unsigned long plaintext = 1;
+    const unsigned long html      = 2;
+};
+
+/**
+ * An interface representing an address book card.
+ *
+ * The UUID of a card is a composition of a directory ID and a per-directory ID.
+ * The per-directory ID is reflected in the localId property. If either of these
+ * properties change, the UUID will change correspondingly.
+ *
+ * None of these IDs will be reflected in the property collection. Neither
+ * nsIAbCard::properties, nsIAbCard::deleteProperty, nor any of the property
+ * getters and setters are able to interact with these properties.
+ *
+ * Fundamentally, a card is a collection of properties. Modifying a property in
+ * some way on a card does not change the backend used to store the card; the
+ * directory is required to do make the changes here.
+ *
+ * The following are the core properties that are used:
+ * - Names:
+ *   - FirstName, LastName
+ *   - PhoneticFirstName, PhoneticLastName
+ *   - DisplayName, NickName
+ *   - SpouseName, FamilyName
+ * - PrimaryEmail, SecondEmail
+ * - Home Contact:
+ *   - HomeAddress, HomeAddress2, HomeCity, HomeState, HomeZipCode, HomeCountry
+ *   - HomePhone, HomePhoneType
+ * - Work contact. Same as home, but with `Work' instead of `Home'
+ * - Other Contact:
+ *   - FaxNumber, FaxNumberType
+ *   - PagerNumber, PagerNumberType
+ *   - CellularNumber, CellularNumberType
+ * - JobTitle, Department, Company
+ * - _AimScreenName
+ * - Dates:
+ *   - AnniversaryYear, AnniversaryMonth, AnniversaryDay
+ *   - BirthYear, BirthMonth, BirthDay
+ * - WebPage1 (work), WebPage2 (home)
+ * - Custom1, Custom2, Custom3, Custom4
+ * - Notes
+ * - Integral properties:
+ *   - LastModifiedDate
+ *   - PopularityIndex
+ *   - PreferMailFormat (see nsIAbPreferMailFormat)
+ * - Photo properties:
+ *   - PhotoName
+ *   - PhotoType
+ *   - PhotoURI
+ *
+ * The contract id for the standard implementation is
+ * <tt>\@mozilla.org/addressbook/cardproperty;1</tt>.
+ */
+[scriptable, uuid(9bddf024-5178-4097-894e-d84b4ddde101)]
+interface nsIAbCard : nsIAbItem {
+  /**
+   * The UUID for the nsIAbDirectory containing this card.
+   *
+   * The directory considered to contain this card is the directory which
+   * produced this card (e.g., through nsIAbDirectory::getCardForProperty) or
+   * the last directory to modify this card, if another directory did so. If the
+   * last directory to modify this card deleted it, then this card is considered
+   * unassociated.
+   *
+   * If this card is not associated with a directory, this string will be empty.
+   *
+   * There is no standardized way to associate a card with multiple directories.
+   *
+   * Consumers of this interface outside of directory implementations SHOULD
+   * NOT, in general, modify this property.
+   */
+  attribute AUTF8String directoryId;
+
+  /**
+   * The per-directory ID of this card.
+   *
+   * This property is the second part of the tuple logically representing a card
+   * UUID. It shares many requirements with that of nsIAbItem::uuid. In
+   * particular:
+   * - It MUST be unique (within the scope of its directory).
+   * - The empty string MUST only be used to indicate that it has not yet been
+   *   assigned a localId.
+   * - It is STRONGLY RECOMMENDED that this id is consistent across sessions and
+   *   that, should the card be deleted, its ids will not be reused.
+   * - The format of localId is left undefined.
+   *
+   * As long as directoryId is not changed, this property SHOULD NOT be changed.
+   * If directoryId is changed, the new directory MAY choose to reuse the same
+   * localId if reasonable. However, consumers MUST NOT assume that two cards
+   * with different directoryIds but the same localId are logically the same
+   * card.
+   *
+   * Similar to directoryId, consumers of cards outside of directory
+   * implementations SHOULD NOT, in general, modify this property.
+   */
+  attribute AUTF8String localId;
+
+  /**
+   * A list of all the properties that this card has as an enumerator, whose
+   * members are all nsIProperty objects.
+   */
+  readonly attribute nsISimpleEnumerator properties;
+
+  /**
+   * Returns a property for the given name.
+   *
+   * @param name             The case-sensitive name of the property to get.
+   * @param defaultValue     The value to return if the property does not exist.
+   * @exception NS_ERROR_NOT_AVAILABLE if the named property does not exist.
+   * @exception NS_ERROR_CANNOT_CONVERT_DATA if the property cannot be converted
+   *                                         to the desired type.
+   */
+  nsIVariant getProperty(in AUTF8String name, in nsIVariant defaultValue);
+  /**
+   * @{
+   * Returns a property for the given name.  Javascript callers should NOT use these,
+   * but use getProperty instead. XPConnect will do the type conversion automagically.
+   *
+   * These functions convert values in the same manner as the default
+   * implementation of nsIVariant. Of particular note is that boolean variables
+   * are converted to integers as in C/C++ (true is a non-zero value), so that
+   * false will be converted to a string of "0" and not "false."
+   *
+   *
+   * @param name             The case-sensitive name of the property to get.
+   * @exception NS_ERROR_NOT_AVAILABLE if the named property does not exist.
+   * @exception NS_ERROR_CANNOT_CONVERT_DATA if the property cannot be converted
+   *                                         to the desired type.
+   */
+  AString getPropertyAsAString(in string name);
+  AUTF8String getPropertyAsAUTF8String(in string name);
+  unsigned long getPropertyAsUint32(in string name);
+  boolean getPropertyAsBool(in string name);
+
+  /** @} */
+
+  /**
+   * Assigns the given to value to the property of the given name.
+   *
+   * Should the property exist, its value will be overwritten. An
+   * implementation may impose additional semantic constraints for certain
+   * properties. However, such constraints might not be checked by this method.
+   *
+   * @warning A value MUST be convertible to a string; if this convention is not
+   * followed, consumers of cards may fail unpredictably or return incorrect
+   * results.
+   *
+   * @param name             The case-sensitive name of the property to set.
+   * @param value            The new value of the property.
+   */
+  void setProperty(in AUTF8String name, in nsIVariant value);
+
+  /**
+   * @{
+   * Sets a property for the given name.  Javascript callers should NOT use these,
+   * but use setProperty instead. XPConnect will do the type conversion automagically.
+   *
+   * These functions convert values in the same manner as the default
+   * implementation of nsIVariant.
+   */
+  void setPropertyAsAString(in string name, in AString value);
+  void setPropertyAsAUTF8String(in string name, in AUTF8String value);
+  void setPropertyAsUint32(in string name, in unsigned long value);
+  void setPropertyAsBool(in string name, in boolean value);
+
+  /** @} */
+
+  /**
+   * Deletes the property with the given name.
+   *
+   * Some properties may not be deleted. However, the implementation will not
+   * check this constraint at this method. If such a property is deleted, an
+   * error may be thrown when the card is modified at the database level.
+   *
+   * @param name             The case-sensitive name of the property to set.
+   */
+  void deleteProperty(in AUTF8String name);
+ 
+  /**
+   * @{
+   * These properties are shorthand for getProperty and setProperty.
+   */
+  attribute AString firstName;
+  attribute AString lastName;
+  attribute AString displayName;
+  attribute AString primaryEmail;
+  /** @} */
+
+  /**
+   * Determines whether or not a card has the supplied email address in either
+   * of its PrimaryEmail or SecondEmail attributes.
+   *
+   * Note: This function is likely to be temporary whilst we work out proper
+   * APIs for multi-valued attributes in bug 118665.
+   *
+   * @param  aEmailAddress The email address to attempt to match against.
+   * @return               True if aEmailAddress matches any of the email
+   *                       addresses stored in the card.
+   */
+  boolean hasEmailAddress(in AUTF8String aEmailAddress);
+
+  /**
+   * Translates a card into a specific format.
+   * The following types are supported:
+   * - base64xml
+   * - xml
+   * - vcard
+   *
+   * @param  aType          The type of item to translate the card into.
+   * @return                A string containing the translated card.
+   * @exception NS_ERROR_ILLEGAL_VALUE if we do not recognize the type.
+   */
+  AUTF8String translateTo(in AUTF8String aType);
+
+  /**
+   * Translates a card from the specified format
+   */
+  //void translateFrom(in AUTF8String aType, in AUTF8String aData);
+
+  /** 
+   * Generate a phonetic name from the card, using the firstName and lastName
+   * values.
+   *
+   * @param  aLastNameFirst  Set to True to put the last name before the first.
+   * @return                 A string containing the generated phonetic name.
+   */
+  AString generatePhoneticName(in boolean aLastNameFirst);
+
+  /**
+   * Generate a chat name from the card, containing the value of the
+   * first non-empty chat field.
+   *
+   * @return                 A string containing the generated chat name.
+   */
+  AString generateChatName();
+
+  /**
+   * This function will copy all values from one card to another.
+   *
+   * @param  srcCard         The source card to copy values from.
+   */
+  void copy(in nsIAbCard aSrcCard);
+
+  /**
+   * Returns true if this card is equal to the other card.
+   *
+   * The default implementation defines equal as this card pointing to the
+   * same object as @arg aCard; another implementation defines it as equality of
+   * properties and values.
+   *
+   * @warning The exact nature of equality is still undefined, and actual
+   *          results may not match theoretical results. Most notably, the code
+   *          <tt>a.equals(b) == b.equals(a)</tt> might not return true. In
+   *          particular, calling equals on cards from different address books
+   *          may return inaccurate results.
+   *          
+   *
+   * @return                 Equality, as defined above.
+   * @param  aCard           The card to compare against.
+   */
+  boolean equals(in nsIAbCard aCard);
+
+  // PROPERTIES TO BE DELETED AS PART OF REWRITE
+
+  attribute boolean isMailList;
+  /**
+   * If isMailList is true then mailListURI
+   * will contain the URI of the associated
+   * mail list
+   */
+  attribute string mailListURI;
+};
+
+%{C++
+// A nice list of properties for the benefit of C++ clients
+#define kFirstNameProperty          "FirstName"
+#define kLastNameProperty           "LastName"
+#define kDisplayNameProperty        "DisplayName"
+#define kNicknameProperty           "NickName"
+#define kPriEmailProperty           "PrimaryEmail"
+#define kPreferMailFormatProperty   "PreferMailFormat"
+#define kLastModifiedDateProperty   "LastModifiedDate"
+#define kPopularityIndexProperty    "PopularityIndex"
+
+#define kPhoneticFirstNameProperty  "PhoneticFirstName"
+#define kPhoneticLastNameProperty   "PhoneticLastName"
+#define kSpouseNameProperty         "SpouseName"
+#define kFamilyNameProperty         "FamilyName"
+#define k2ndEmailProperty           "SecondEmail"
+
+#define kHomeAddressProperty        "HomeAddress"
+#define kHomeAddress2Property       "HomeAddress2"
+#define kHomeCityProperty           "HomeCity"
+#define kHomeStateProperty          "HomeState"
+#define kHomeZipCodeProperty        "HomeZipCode"
+#define kHomeCountryProperty        "HomeCountry"
+#define kHomeWebPageProperty        "WebPage2"
+
+#define kWorkAddressProperty        "WorkAddress"
+#define kWorkAddress2Property       "WorkAddress2"
+#define kWorkCityProperty           "WorkCity"
+#define kWorkStateProperty          "WorkState"
+#define kWorkZipCodeProperty        "WorkZipCode"
+#define kWorkCountryProperty        "WorkCountry"
+#define kWorkWebPageProperty        "WebPage1"
+
+#define kHomePhoneProperty          "HomePhone"
+#define kHomePhoneTypeProperty      "HomePhoneType"
+#define kWorkPhoneProperty          "WorkPhone"
+#define kWorkPhoneTypeProperty      "WorkPhoneType"
+#define kFaxProperty                "FaxNumber"
+#define kFaxTypeProperty            "FaxNumberType"
+#define kPagerTypeProperty          "PagerNumberType"
+#define kPagerProperty              "PagerNumber"
+#define kCellularProperty           "CellularNumber"
+#define kCellularTypeProperty       "CellularNumberType"
+
+#define kJobTitleProperty           "JobTitle"
+#define kDepartmentProperty         "Department"
+#define kCompanyProperty            "Company"
+#define kScreenNameProperty         "_AimScreenName"
+#define kCustom1Property            "Custom1"
+#define kCustom2Property            "Custom2"
+#define kCustom3Property            "Custom3"
+#define kCustom4Property            "Custom4"
+#define kNotesProperty              "Notes"
+
+#define kGtalkProperty              "_GoogleTalk"
+#define kAIMProperty                "_AimScreenName"
+#define kYahooProperty              "_Yahoo"
+#define kSkypeProperty              "_Skype"
+#define kQQProperty                 "_QQ"
+#define kMSNProperty                "_MSN"
+#define kICQProperty                "_ICQ"
+#define kXMPPProperty               "_JabberId"
+#define kIRCProperty                "_IRC"
+
+#define kAnniversaryYearProperty    "AnniversaryYear"
+#define kAnniversaryMonthProperty   "AnniversaryMonth"
+#define kAnniversaryDayProperty     "AnniversaryDay"
+#define kBirthYearProperty          "BirthYear"
+#define kBirthMonthProperty         "BirthMonth"
+#define kBirthDayProperty           "BirthDay"
+%}
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/public/nsIAbCollection.idl b/mailnews/addrbook/public/nsIAbCollection.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1efbcce16
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/public/nsIAbCollection.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsIAbItem.idl"
+
+interface nsIAbCard;
+interface nsISimpleEnumerator;
+
+/**
+ * A collection of address book items.
+ */
+[scriptable, uuid(70f6123f-e06b-4101-9750-4ce73b38134b)]
+interface nsIAbCollection : nsIAbItem {
+  
+  /**
+   * Returns true if this collection is read-only.
+   */
+  readonly attribute boolean readOnly;
+
+  /**
+   * Returns true if this collection is accessed over a network connection.
+   */
+  readonly attribute boolean isRemote;
+
+  /**
+   * Returns true if this collection is accessed over a secure connection.
+   *
+   * If isRemote returns false, then this value MUST be false as well.
+   */
+  readonly attribute boolean isSecure;
+
+  /** 
+   * Returns an address book card for the specified email address if found.
+   *
+   * If there are multiple cards with the given email address, this method will
+   * return one of these cards in an implementation-defined manner.
+   *
+   * Matching is performed in a case-insensitive manner.
+   *
+   * This method performs a synchronous operation. If the collection cannot do
+   * the search in such a manner, then it should throw NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED.
+   *
+   * @param  emailAddress The email address to find in any of the email address
+   *                      fields. If emailAddress is empty, the database won't
+   *                      be searched and the function will return as if no card
+   *                      was found.
+   * @return              An nsIAbCard if one was found, else returns NULL.
+   * @exception NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED If the collection cannot do this.
+   */
+  nsIAbCard cardForEmailAddress(in AUTF8String emailAddress);
+
+  /**
+   * Returns an address book card for the specified property if found.
+   *
+   * If there are multiple cards with the given value for the property, this
+   * method will return one of these cards in an implementation-defined manner.
+   *
+   * This method performs a synchronous operation. If the collection cannot do
+   * the search in such a manner, then it should throw NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED.
+   *
+   * If the property is not natively a string, it can still be searched for
+   * using the string-encoded value of the property, e.g. "0". See
+   * nsIAbCard::getPropertyAsAUTF8String for more information. Empty values will
+   * return no match, to prevent spurious results.
+   *
+   * @param  aProperty      The property to look for.
+   * @param  aValue         The value to search for.
+   * @param  aCaseSensitive True if matching should be done case-sensitively.
+   * @result                An nsIAbCard if one was found, else returns NULL.
+   * @exception NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED If the collection cannot do this.
+   */
+  nsIAbCard getCardFromProperty(in string aProperty, in AUTF8String aValue,
+                                in boolean aCaseSensitive);
+
+  /**
+   * Returns all address book cards with a specific property matching value
+   *
+   * This function is almost identical to getCardFromProperty, with the
+   * exception of returning all cards rather than just the first.
+   *
+   * @param  aProperty      The property to look for.
+   * @param  aValue         The value to search for.
+   * @param  aCaseSensitive True if matching should be done case-sensitively.
+   * @result                A nsISimpleEnumerator that holds nsIAbCard
+   *                        instances.
+   */
+  nsISimpleEnumerator getCardsFromProperty(in string aProperty,
+                                           in AUTF8String aValue,
+                                           in boolean aCaseSensitive);
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/public/nsIAbDirFactory.idl b/mailnews/addrbook/public/nsIAbDirFactory.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3be1f6394
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/public/nsIAbDirFactory.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+#include "nsISimpleEnumerator.idl"
+
+interface nsIAbDirectory;
+
+[scriptable, uuid(ad61b4fc-d8d8-40b2-b924-4c10f28a8a17)]
+interface nsIAbDirFactory : nsISupports
+{
+    /**
+     * Get a top level address book directory and sub directories, given some
+     * properties.
+     *
+     * @param aDirName  Name of the address book
+     *
+     * @param aURI      URI of the address book
+     *
+     * @param aPrefName Pref name for the preferences of the address book
+     *
+     * @return          Enumeration of nsIAbDirectory interfaces
+     */
+    nsISimpleEnumerator getDirectories(in AString aDirName, in ACString aURI,
+                                       in ACString aPrefName);
+
+    /**
+     * Delete a top level address book directory
+     * 
+     */
+    void deleteDirectory (in nsIAbDirectory directory);
+};
+
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/public/nsIAbDirFactoryService.idl b/mailnews/addrbook/public/nsIAbDirFactoryService.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8276d17ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/public/nsIAbDirFactoryService.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+interface nsIAbDirFactory;
+
+[scriptable, uuid(154a951b-a310-400c-b98f-d769cc5d575f)]
+interface nsIAbDirFactoryService : nsISupports
+{
+  /**
+   * Obtain a directory factory component given a uri representing an address
+   * book. The scheme is extracted from the uri and contract id is generated
+   * of the form:
+   * @mozilla.org/addressbook/directory-factory;1?name=<scheme>
+   * 
+   * This id is used to instantiate a registered component which implemented
+   * the nsIAbDirFactory interface.
+   *
+   * @param aURI  The uri which contains the scheme that defines what directory
+   *              factory instance is returned
+   */
+  nsIAbDirFactory getDirFactory(in ACString aURI);
+};
+
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/public/nsIAbDirSearchListener.idl b/mailnews/addrbook/public/nsIAbDirSearchListener.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2e8455c79
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/public/nsIAbDirSearchListener.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+ 
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+interface nsIAbCard;
+
+[scriptable, uuid(eafe2488-4efb-4ac8-a6b4-7756eb1650a3)]
+interface nsIAbDirSearchListener : nsISupports {
+  void onSearchFinished(in long aResult, in AString aErrorMsg);
+
+  void onSearchFoundCard(in nsIAbCard aCard);
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/public/nsIAbDirectory.idl b/mailnews/addrbook/public/nsIAbDirectory.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e3e52beec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/public/nsIAbDirectory.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,296 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+ 
+#include "nsIAbCollection.idl"
+#include "nsIAbCard.idl"
+
+interface nsISimpleEnumerator;
+interface nsIArray;
+interface nsIMutableArray;
+
+/* moz-abdirectory:// is the URI to access nsAbBSDirectory,
+ * which is the root directory for all types of address books
+ * this is used to get all address book directories. */
+
+%{C++
+#define kAllDirectoryRoot          "moz-abdirectory://"
+
+#define kPersonalAddressbook       "abook.mab"
+#define kPersonalAddressbookUri    "moz-abmdbdirectory://abook.mab"
+#define kCollectedAddressbook      "history.mab"
+#define kCollectedAddressbookUri   "moz-abmdbdirectory://history.mab"
+
+#define kABFileName_PreviousSuffix ".na2" /* final v2 address book format */
+#define kABFileName_PreviousSuffixLen 4
+#define kABFileName_CurrentSuffix ".mab"  /* v3 address book extension */
+%}
+
+/**
+ * A top-level address book directory.
+ *
+ * Please note that in order to be properly instantiated by nsIAbManager, every
+ * type of nsIAbDirectory must have a contract ID of the form:
+ *
+ * @mozilla.org/addressbook/directory;1?type=<AB URI Scheme>
+ *
+ * Where AB URI Scheme does not include the ://.  For example, for the Mork-based
+ * address book, the scheme is "moz-abmdbdirectory", so the contract ID for
+ * the Mork-based address book type is:
+ *
+ * @mozilla.org/addressbook/directory;1?type=moz-abmdbdirectory
+ *
+ * The UUID of an nsIAbDirectory is its preference ID and its name, concatenated
+ * together.
+ */
+[scriptable, uuid(72dc868b-db5b-4daa-b6c6-071be4a05d02)]
+interface nsIAbDirectory : nsIAbCollection {
+
+  /**
+   * The chrome URI to use for bringing up a dialog to edit this directory.
+   * When opening the dialog, use a JS argument of
+   * {selectedDirectory: thisdir} where thisdir is this directory that you just
+   * got the chrome URI from.
+   */
+  readonly attribute ACString propertiesChromeURI;
+
+  /**
+   * The description of the directory. If this directory is not a mailing list,
+   * then setting this attribute will send round a "DirName" update via
+   * nsIAddrBookSession.
+   */
+  attribute AString dirName;
+
+  // XXX This should really be replaced by a QI or something better
+  readonly attribute long dirType;
+
+  // eliminated a bit more.
+
+  // The filename for address books within this directory.
+  readonly attribute ACString fileName;
+
+  // The URI of the address book
+  readonly attribute ACString URI;
+
+  // The position of the directory on the display.
+  readonly attribute long position;
+
+  // will be used for LDAP replication
+  attribute unsigned long lastModifiedDate;
+
+  // Defines whether this directory is a mail
+  // list or not
+  attribute boolean isMailList;
+
+  // Get the children directories
+  readonly attribute nsISimpleEnumerator childNodes;
+
+  /**
+   * Get the cards associated with the directory. This will return the cards
+   * associated with the mailing lists too.
+   */
+  readonly attribute nsISimpleEnumerator childCards;
+
+  /**
+   * Returns true if this directory represents a query - i.e. the rdf resource
+   * was something like moz-abmdbdirectory://abook.mab?....
+   */
+  readonly attribute boolean isQuery;
+
+  /**
+   * Initializes a directory, pointing to a particular
+   * URI
+   */
+  void init(in string aURI);
+
+  // Deletes either a mailing list or a top
+  // level directory, which also updates the
+  // preferences
+  void deleteDirectory(in nsIAbDirectory directory);
+
+  // Check if directory contains card
+  // If the implementation is asynchronous the card
+  // may not yet have arrived. If it is in the process
+  // of obtaining cards the method will throw an
+  // NS_ERROR_NOT_AVAILABLE exception if the card
+  // cannot be found.
+  boolean hasCard(in nsIAbCard cards);
+
+  // Check if directory contains directory
+  boolean hasDirectory(in nsIAbDirectory dir);
+
+  // Check if directory contains a mailinglist by name
+  boolean hasMailListWithName(in wstring aName);
+
+  /**
+   * Adds a card to the database.
+   *
+   * This card does not need to be of the same type as the database, e.g., one
+   * can add an nsIAbLDAPCard to an nsIAbMDBDirectory.
+   *
+   * @return "Real" card (eg nsIAbLDAPCard) that can be used for some
+   *         extra functions.
+   */
+  nsIAbCard addCard(in nsIAbCard card);
+
+  /**
+   * Modifies a card in the database to match that supplied.
+   */
+  void modifyCard(in nsIAbCard modifiedCard);
+
+  /**
+   * Deletes the array of cards from the database.
+   *
+   * @param  aCards  The cards to delete from the database.
+   */
+  void deleteCards(in nsIArray aCards);
+
+  void dropCard(in nsIAbCard card, in boolean needToCopyCard);
+
+  /**
+   * Whether or not the directory should be searched when doing autocomplete,
+   * (currently by using GetChildCards); LDAP does not support this in online
+   * mode, so that should return false; additionally any other directory types
+   * that also do not support GetChildCards should return false.
+   *
+   * @param aIdentity  An optional parameter detailing the identity key (see
+   *                   nsIMsgAccountManager) that this autocomplete is being
+   *                   run against.
+   * @return           True if this directory should/can be used during
+   *                   local autocomplete.
+   */
+  boolean useForAutocomplete(in ACString aIdentityKey);
+
+  /** 
+   * Does this directory support mailing lists? Note that in the case
+   * this directory is a mailing list and nested mailing lists are not
+   * supported, this will return false rather than true which the parent
+   * directory might.
+   */
+  readonly attribute boolean supportsMailingLists;
+
+  /**
+   * This attribute serves two purposes
+   *  1. If this directory is not a mail list, directories are stored here
+   *  2. If it is a mail list card entries are stored here
+   *
+   * @note This is a *live* array and not a static copy
+   */
+  attribute nsIMutableArray addressLists;
+
+  // Specific to a directory which stores mail lists
+
+  /**
+   * Creates a new mailing list in the directory. Currently only supported 
+   * for top-level directories.
+   *
+   * @param  list  The new mailing list to add.
+   * @return The mailing list directory added, which may have been modified.
+   */
+  nsIAbDirectory addMailList(in nsIAbDirectory list);
+
+  /**
+   * Nick Name of the mailing list. This attribute is only really used when
+   * the nsIAbDirectory represents a mailing list.
+   */
+  attribute AString listNickName;
+
+  /**
+   * Description of the mailing list. This attribute is only really used when
+   * the nsIAbDirectory represents a mailing list.
+   */
+  attribute AString description;
+
+  /**
+   * Edits an existing mailing list (specified as listCard) into its parent
+   * directory. You should call this function on the resource with the same
+   * uri as the listCard.
+   *
+   * @param  listCard  A nsIAbCard version of the mailing list with the new
+   *                   values.
+   */
+  void editMailListToDatabase(in nsIAbCard listCard);
+
+  // Copies mail list properties from the srcList
+  void copyMailList(in nsIAbDirectory srcList);
+
+  /**
+   * Only creates a top level address book
+   * which is stored in the preferences
+   *
+   * Need to change to factory based approach
+   * to create new address books
+   *
+   * This method should become redundant or 
+   * be only associated with card folders
+   *
+   * The parameters are the same as for
+   * nsIAbManager::newAddressBook
+   */
+  ACString createNewDirectory(in AString aDirName, in ACString aURI,
+                              in unsigned long aType, in ACString aPrefName);
+
+  /* create a directory by passing the display name and address book uri */
+  void createDirectoryByURI(in AString displayName, in ACString aURI);
+
+  /**
+   * The id of the directory used in prefs e.g. "ldap_2.servers.pab"
+   * Setting this will cause directoryPrefs to be updated.
+   */
+  attribute ACString dirPrefId;
+
+  /**
+   * @name  getXXXValue
+   *
+   * Helper functions to get different types of pref, but return a default
+   * value if a pref value was not obtained.
+   *
+   * @param aName         The name of the pref within the branch dirPrefId to
+   *                      get a value from.
+   *
+   * @param aDefaultValue The default value to return if getting the pref fails
+   *                      or the pref is not present.
+   *
+   * @return              The value of the pref or the default value.
+   *
+   * @exception           NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED if the pref branch couldn't
+   *                      be obtained (e.g. dirPrefId isn't set).
+   */
+  //@{
+  long getIntValue(in string aName, in long aDefaultValue);
+  boolean getBoolValue(in string aName, in boolean aDefaultValue);
+  ACString getStringValue(in string aName, in ACString aDefaultValue);
+  AUTF8String getLocalizedStringValue(in string aName, in AUTF8String aDefaultValue);
+  //@}
+
+  /**
+   * The following attributes are read from an nsIAbDirectory via the above methods:
+   *
+   * HidesRecipients (Boolean)
+   *    If true, and this nsIAbDirectory is a mailing list, then when sending mail to
+   *    this list, recipients addresses will be hidden from one another by sending
+   *    via BCC.
+   */
+
+  /**
+   * @name  setXXXValue
+   *
+   * Helper functions to set different types of pref values.
+   *
+   * @param aName         The name of the pref within the branch dirPrefId to
+   *                      get a value from.
+   *
+   * @param aValue        The value to set the pref to.
+   *
+   * @exception           NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED if the pref branch couldn't
+   *                      be obtained (e.g. dirPrefId isn't set).
+   */
+  //@{
+  void setIntValue(in string aName, in long aValue);
+  void setBoolValue(in string aName, in boolean aValue);
+  void setStringValue(in string aName, in ACString aValue);
+  void setLocalizedStringValue(in string aName, in AUTF8String aValue);
+  //@}
+
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/public/nsIAbDirectoryQuery.idl b/mailnews/addrbook/public/nsIAbDirectoryQuery.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..11a82d926
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/public/nsIAbDirectoryQuery.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,164 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+interface nsIAbDirSearchListener;
+interface nsIAbCard;
+interface nsIAbDirectory;
+
+/**
+ * The arguments for a query.
+ *
+ * Contains an expression for perform matches
+ * and an array of properties which should be
+ * returned if a match is found from the expression
+ *
+ */
+[scriptable, uuid(03af3018-2590-4f4c-a88c-1fff6595ef05)]
+interface nsIAbDirectoryQueryArguments : nsISupports
+{
+    /**
+     * Defines the boolean expression for
+     * the matching of cards
+     *
+     */
+    attribute nsISupports expression;
+
+    /**
+     * Defines if sub directories should be
+     * queried 
+     *
+     */
+    attribute boolean querySubDirectories;
+
+    /** 
+     * A parameter which can be used to pass in data specific to a particular
+     * type of addressbook.  
+     */
+    attribute nsISupports typeSpecificArg;
+
+    /**
+     * A custom search filter which user wants to use in LDAP query.
+     */
+    attribute AUTF8String filter;
+};
+
+
+[scriptable, uuid(3A6E0C0C-1DD2-11B2-B23D-EA3A8CCB333C)]
+interface nsIAbDirectoryQueryPropertyValue : nsISupports
+{
+    /**
+     * The property which should be matched
+     *
+     * For example 'primaryEmail' or 'homePhone'
+     * for card properties.
+     *
+     * Two further properties are defined that 
+     * do not exist as properties on a card.
+     *
+     * 'card:nsIAbCard' which represents the interface
+     * of a card component
+     *
+     */
+    readonly attribute string name;
+
+    /**
+     * The value of the property
+     *
+     */
+    readonly attribute wstring value;
+    
+    /**
+     * The value of the property
+     * as an interface
+     *
+     * Only valid if the corresponding
+     * property name is related to an
+     * interface instead of a wstring
+     *
+     */
+    readonly attribute nsISupports valueISupports;
+};
+
+[scriptable, uuid(516e7ffa-69bc-41db-a493-dfb4895832f3)]
+interface nsIAbDirectoryQueryResultListener : nsISupports
+{
+    /**
+     * Called when a match is found. May be called from a different thread to
+     * the one that initiates the query.
+     *
+     * @param aCard An individual result associated returned from a query
+     */
+    void onQueryFoundCard(in nsIAbCard aCard);
+
+    /**
+     * List of defined query results
+     *
+     */
+    const long queryResultMatch    = 0;
+    const long queryResultComplete = 1;
+    const long queryResultStopped  = 2;
+    const long queryResultError    = 3;
+
+    /**
+     * Called when a query has finished. May be called from a different thread
+     * to the one that initiates the query.
+     *
+     * @param aResult    A result code from the list above.
+     *
+     * @param aErrorCode An error code specific to the type of query.
+     */
+    void onQueryResult(in long aResult, in long aErrorCode);
+};
+
+[scriptable, uuid(60b5961c-ce61-47b3-aa99-6d865f734dee)]
+interface nsIAbDirectoryQuery : nsISupports
+{
+    /**
+     * Initiates a query on a directory and sub-directories for properties
+     * on cards
+     *
+     * @param aDirectory   A directory that the query may get extra details
+     *                     from.
+     *
+     * @param aArguments   The properties and values to match value could of
+     *                     type nsIAbDirectoryQueryMatchItem for matches other
+     *                     than ?contains?
+     *
+     * @param aListener    The listener which will obtain individual query
+     *                     results.
+     *
+     * @param aResultLimit Limits the number of results returned to a maximum
+     *                     value.
+     *
+     * @param aTimeOut     The maximum length of time for the query
+     *
+     * @return             A context id for the query
+     */
+    long doQuery(in nsIAbDirectory aDirectory,
+                 in nsIAbDirectoryQueryArguments aArguments,
+                 in nsIAbDirSearchListener aListener,
+                 in long aResultLimit,
+                 in long aTimeOut);
+
+    /**
+     * Stops an existing query operation if
+     * query operation is asynchronous
+     *
+     * The nsIAbDirectoryQueryResultListener will
+     * be notified when query has stopped
+     *
+     * It is implementation specific if notification
+     * synchronous or asynchronous
+     *
+     * @param contextID
+     *        The unique number returned from
+     *        the doQuery methods
+     *
+     */
+    void stopQuery (in long contextID);
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/public/nsIAbDirectoryQueryProxy.idl b/mailnews/addrbook/public/nsIAbDirectoryQueryProxy.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..68e2923cd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/public/nsIAbDirectoryQueryProxy.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+
+#include "nsIAbDirectoryQuery.idl"
+
+[scriptable, uuid(b8034849-1e98-4d39-819c-15ba61a7434f)]
+interface nsIAbDirectoryQueryProxy : nsIAbDirectoryQuery
+{
+    void initiate();
+};
+
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/public/nsIAbDirectorySearch.idl b/mailnews/addrbook/public/nsIAbDirectorySearch.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..818684499
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/public/nsIAbDirectorySearch.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+/**
+ * Searching of cards on a directory.
+ *
+ * The search data is defined in the query
+ * section of the directory URI, for example
+ *
+ * moz-abldapdirectory://ldap1.holland/dc=sun,dc=com?<query>
+ *
+ * If no search data is defined then the methods
+ * will return immediately with no error. 
+ */
+[scriptable, uuid(ABF26047-37E3-44FD-A28A-6D37A1B9CCB3)]
+interface nsIAbDirectorySearch : nsISupports
+{
+    /**
+     * Starts a search on the directory.
+     *
+     * If a search is already being performed
+     * it is stopped.
+     *
+     * The results from a search, cards, will
+     * returned by informing the address book
+     * session that a new card has been added
+     * to the directory.
+     *
+     * The nsIAbDirectoryQuery implementation
+     * of the directory component (or a proxy)
+     * may be used as an implementation for
+     * this specialization of query.
+     *
+     * This method is semantically equivalent
+     * to the nsIAbDirectory.getChildCards
+     * method when there is search criteria
+     * defined in the directory uri.
+     *
+     */
+    void startSearch ();
+
+    /**
+     * Stops a search on the directory.
+     *
+     */
+    void stopSearch ();
+};
+
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/public/nsIAbItem.idl b/mailnews/addrbook/public/nsIAbItem.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..adda32d96
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/public/nsIAbItem.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+interface nsIMsgHeaderParser;
+interface nsIStringBundle;
+
+/**
+ * A containable item for address books.
+ */
+[scriptable, uuid(bb691a55-cbfe-4cf8-974a-e18cfa845a73)]
+interface nsIAbItem : nsISupports {
+  /**
+   * A universally-unique identifier for this item.
+   *
+   * If this item cannot be associated with a UUID for some reason, it MUST
+   * return the empty string. The empty string MUST NOT be a valid UUID for any
+   * item. Under no circumstances may this function throw an error.
+   *
+   * It is STRONGLY RECOMMENDED that implementations guarantee that this UUID
+   * will not change between two different sessions of the application and that,
+   * if this item is deleted, the UUID will not be reused.
+   *
+   * The format of the UUID for a generic nsIAbItem is purposefully left
+   * undefined, although any item contained by an nsIAbDirectory SHOULD use
+   * nsIAbManager::generateUUID to generate the UUID.
+   */
+  readonly attribute AUTF8String uuid;
+
+  /**
+   * @{
+   * These constants reflect the possible values of the
+   * mail.addr_book.lastnamefirst preferences. They are intended to be used in
+   * generateName, defined below.
+   */
+   const unsigned long GENERATE_DISPLAY_NAME = 0;
+   const unsigned long GENERATE_LAST_FIRST_ORDER = 1;
+   const unsigned long GENERATE_FIRST_LAST_ORDER = 2;
+   /** @} */
+
+  /** 
+   * Generate a name from the item for display purposes.
+   *
+   * If this item is an nsIAbCard, then it will use the aGenerateFormat option
+   * to determine the string to return.
+   * If this item is not an nsIAbCard, then the aGenerateFormat option may be
+   * ignored, and the displayName of the item returned.
+   *
+   * @param  aGenerateFormat The format to generate as per the GENERATE_*
+   *                         constants above.
+   * @param  aBundle         An optional parameter that is a pointer to a string
+   *                         bundle that holds:
+   *           chrome://messenger/locale/addressbook/addressBook.properties
+   *                         If this bundle is not supplied, then the function
+   *                         will obtain the bundle itself. If cached by the
+   *                         caller and supplied to this function, then
+   *                         performance will be improved over many calls.
+   * @return                 A string containing the generated name.
+   */
+  AString generateName(in long aGenerateFormat,
+                       [optional] in nsIStringBundle aBundle);
+
+  /**
+   * Generate a formatted email address from the card, that can be used for
+   * sending emails.
+   *
+   * @param  aExpandList     If this card is a list, and this parameter is set
+   *                         to true, then the list will be expanded to include
+   *                         the emails of the cards within the list.
+   * @param  aGroupMailLists If this card (or the items within this card) is a
+   *                         list, and this is set to true, then the list will
+   *                         be expanded in the RFC 2822 group format
+   *                         "displayname : email1 ; email2 ; etc".
+   * @param  aHeaderParser   An optional parameter pointing to the
+   *                         nsIMsgHeaderParser service. If this is not supplied
+   *                         the function will obtain the service itself. If
+   *                         cached by the called and supplied to this function,
+   *                         then performance will be improved over many calls.
+   * @return                 A string containing a comma-separated list of
+   *                         formatted addresses.
+   */
+  //AString generateFormattedEmail(in boolean aExpandList,
+  //                               in boolean aAsGroupMailLists,
+  //                               [optional] in nsIMsgHeaderParser aHeaderParser);
+
+};
+
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/public/nsIAbLDAPAttributeMap.idl b/mailnews/addrbook/public/nsIAbLDAPAttributeMap.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8b07f68af
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/public/nsIAbLDAPAttributeMap.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,194 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 20; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ * 
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+interface nsILDAPMessage;
+interface nsIAbCard;
+
+/**
+ * A mapping between addressbook properties and ldap attributes.
+ *
+ * Each addressbook property can map to one or more attributes.  If
+ * there is no entry in preferences for a field, the getters generally
+ * return null; empty strings are passed through as usual. The intent is
+ * that properties with a non-zero number of attributes can be overridden for
+ * a specific server by supplying a zero-length string.  For this to work,
+ * most callers are likely to want to check for both success and a 
+ * non-empty string. 
+ *
+ * Note that the one exception to this pattern is getAttributes, which
+ * throws NS_ERROR_FAILURE for non-existent property entries, since
+ * XPConnect doesn't like returning null arrays.
+ *
+ * Note that each LDAP attribute can map to at most one addressbook
+ * property.  The checkState method is a useful tool in enforcing
+ * this.  Failure to enforce it may make it impossible to guarantee
+ * that getProperty will do something consistent and reasonable.
+ *
+ * Maybe someday once we support ldap autoconfig stuff (ie
+ * draft-joslin-config-schema-11.txt), we can simplify this and other
+ * code and only allow a property to map to a single attribute.
+ */
+[scriptable, uuid(fa019fd1-7f3d-417a-8957-154cca0240be)]
+interface nsIAbLDAPAttributeMap : nsISupports
+{
+  /**
+   * Get all the LDAP attributes associated with a given property
+   * name, in order of precedence (highest to lowest).
+   *
+   * @param       aProperty   the address book property to return attrs for   
+   *    
+   * @return      a comma-separated list of attributes, null if no entry is
+   *              present
+   */
+  ACString getAttributeList(in ACString aProperty);
+
+  /**
+   * Get all the LDAP attributes associated with a given property name, in 
+   * order of precedence (highest to lowest).
+   * 
+   * @param       aProperty   the address book property to return attrs for   
+   *
+   * @return      an array of attributes
+   *
+   * @exception   NS_ERROR_FAILURE if there is no entry for this property
+   */
+  void getAttributes(in ACString aProperty, out unsigned long aCount,
+                     [retval, array, size_is(aCount)] out string aAttrs);
+
+  /**
+   * Get the first (canonical) LDAP attribute associated with a given property
+   * name
+   *
+   * @param       aProperty   the address book property to return attrs for   
+   * 
+   * @return      the first attribute associated with a given property, 
+   *              null if there is no entry for this property
+   */
+  ACString getFirstAttribute(in ACString aProperty);
+
+  /**
+   * Set an existing mapping to the comma-separated list of attributes.
+   * 
+   * @param aProperty               the mozilla addressbook property name
+   *
+   * @param aAttributeList          a comma-separated list of attributes in
+   *                                order of precedence from high to low
+   *
+   * @param aAllowInconsistencies   allow changes that would result in
+   *                                a map with an LDAP attribute associated
+   *                                with more than one property.  Useful for
+   *                                doing a bunch of sets at once, and
+   *                                calling checkState at the end.
+   *
+   * @exception NS_ERROR_FAILURE    making this change would result in a map
+   *                                with an LDAP attribute pointing to more
+   *                                than one property
+   */
+  void setAttributeList(in ACString aProperty, in ACString aAttributeList,
+                        in boolean allowInconsistencies);
+
+  /**
+   * Find the Mozilla addressbook property name that this attribute should
+   * map to. 
+   * 
+   * @return the addressbook property name, null if it's not used in the map
+   */
+  ACString getProperty(in ACString aAttribute);
+
+  /**
+   * Get all attributes that may be used in an addressbook card via this
+   * property map (used for passing to to an LDAP search when you want
+   * everything that could be in a card returned).
+   *
+   * @return                      a comma-separated list of attribute names
+   *
+   * @exception NS_ERROR_FAILURE  there are no attributes in this property map
+   */
+  ACString getAllCardAttributes();
+  
+  /**
+   * Get all properties that may be used in an addressbook card via this
+   * property map.
+   *
+   * @return                      an array of properties
+   *
+   * @exception NS_ERROR_FAILURE  there are no attributes in this property map
+   */
+  void getAllCardProperties(out unsigned long aCount,
+                            [retval, array, size_is(aCount)] out string aProps);
+
+  /**
+   * Check that no LDAP attributes are listed in more than one property.
+   *
+   * @exception NS_ERROR_FAILURE    one or more LDAP attributes are listed
+   *                                multiple times.  The object is now in an
+   *                                inconsistent state, and should be either
+   *                                manually repaired or discarded.
+   */
+  void checkState();
+
+  /* These last two methods are really just for the convenience of the caller
+   * and to avoid tons of unnecessary crossing of the XPConnect boundary.
+   */
+
+  /**
+   * Set any attributes specified in the given prefbranch on this object.
+   *
+   * @param aPrefBranchName         the pref branch containing all the
+   *                                property names
+   * 
+   * @exception NS_ERROR_FAILURE    one or more LDAP attributes are listed
+   *                                multiple times.  The object is now in an
+   *                                inconsistent state, and should be either
+   *                                manually repaired or discarded.
+   */
+  void setFromPrefs(in ACString aPrefBranchName);
+
+  /**
+   * Set the properties on an addressbook card from the given LDAP message
+   * using the map in this object.
+   *
+   * @param       aCard is the card object whose values are to be set
+   * @param       aMessage is the LDAP message to get the values from
+   *
+   * @exception   NS_ERROR_FAILURE is thrown if no addressbook properties
+   *              are found in the message
+   */
+  void setCardPropertiesFromLDAPMessage(in nsILDAPMessage aMessage,
+                                        in nsIAbCard aCard);
+};
+
+/**
+ * The nsIAbLDAPAttributeMapService is used to build and hold a cache
+ * of maps.  
+ */
+[scriptable, uuid(12e2d589-3c2a-48e4-8c82-b1e6464a0dfd)]
+interface nsIAbLDAPAttributeMapService : nsISupports
+{
+  /**
+   * Accessor to construct or return a cached copy of the attribute
+   * map for a given preference branch.  The map is constructed by
+   * first taking the default map (as specified by the
+   * "ldap_2.servers.default.attrmap" prefbranch), and then having any
+   * preferences specified by aPrefBranchName override the defaults.
+   * LDIF import and export code should use the default map.
+   *
+   * @return      the requested map
+   *
+   * @exception   NS_ERROR_FAILURE    error constructing the map;
+   *                                  possibly because of a failure
+   *                                  from checkState()
+   */
+  nsIAbLDAPAttributeMap getMapForPrefBranch(in ACString aPrefBranchName);
+};
+
+
+%{C++
+// test whether one of the getters has actually found an attribute
+#define ATTRMAP_FOUND_ATTR(rv, str) (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !(str).IsEmpty())
+%}
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/public/nsIAbLDAPCard.idl b/mailnews/addrbook/public/nsIAbLDAPCard.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6761623f2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/public/nsIAbLDAPCard.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+ 
+#include "nsIAbCard.idl"
+
+interface nsIAbLDAPAttributeMap;
+interface nsILDAPModification;
+interface nsILDAPMessage;
+interface nsIArray;
+
+[scriptable, uuid(2831b3b0-30ef-4070-8ad3-90ae04980e11)]
+interface nsIAbLDAPCard : nsISupports
+{
+  /**
+   * Returns the required information for an LDAP update message.
+   *
+   * @param  aAttrMap    The map between LDAP attributes and card properties
+   * @param  aClassCount The number of objectClass values
+   * @param  aClasses    The objectClass values that the card needs to have
+   * @param  updateType  This should be one of:
+   *                         nsILDAPModification::MOD_ADD
+   *                         nsILDAPModification::MOD_REPLACE
+   *
+   * @return             Returns an array of modifications required to
+   *                     add or replace the card in the ldap directory.
+   */
+  nsIArray getLDAPMessageInfo(in nsIAbLDAPAttributeMap aAttrMap,
+                              in unsigned long aClassCount,
+                              [array, size_is(aClassCount)] in string aClasses,
+                              in long updateType);
+
+  /**
+   * Builds a relative distinguished name (RDN) with the given set of
+   * attributes.
+   *
+   * @param  aAttrMap    The map between LDAP attributes and card properties
+   * @param  aAttrCount  The number of attributes to use for the RDN
+   * @param  aAttributes The name of the attributes to use for the RDN
+   *
+   */
+  ACString buildRdn(in nsIAbLDAPAttributeMap aAttrMap,
+                    in unsigned long aAttrCount,
+                    [array, size_is(aAttrCount)] in string aAttributes);
+  
+  /**
+   * Stores meta-properties from a raw LDAP search result.
+   *
+   * @param aMessage     The LDAP search result message.
+   *
+   */
+  void setMetaProperties(in nsILDAPMessage aMessage);
+
+  attribute ACString dn;
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/public/nsIAbLDAPDirectory.idl b/mailnews/addrbook/public/nsIAbLDAPDirectory.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1c95ff623
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/public/nsIAbLDAPDirectory.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+interface nsIMutableArray;
+interface nsIFile;
+interface nsIAddrDatabase;
+interface nsIAbLDAPAttributeMap;
+interface nsILDAPURL;
+
+%{C++
+#define kLDAPDirectoryRoot         "moz-abldapdirectory://"
+#define kLDAPDirectoryRootLen      22
+%}
+
+/**
+ * XXX This should really inherit from nsIAbDirectory, and some day it will.
+ * But for now, doing that complicates implementation.
+ */
+[scriptable, uuid(90dde295-e354-4d58-Add8-f9b29a95942d)]
+interface nsIAbLDAPDirectory : nsISupports
+{
+  /**
+   * If set, these arrays of nsILDAPControls are passed through to the
+   * nsILDAPOperation that searchExt is called on.
+   */
+  attribute nsIMutableArray searchServerControls;
+  attribute nsIMutableArray searchClientControls;
+
+  /**
+   * The Replication File Name to use.
+   */
+  attribute ACString replicationFileName;
+
+  /**
+   * The version of LDAP protocol in use.
+   */
+  attribute unsigned long protocolVersion;
+
+  /**
+   * The SASL mechanism to use to authenticate to the LDAP server
+   * If this is an empty string, then a simple bind will be performed
+   * A non-zero string is assumed to be the name of the SASL mechanism.
+   * Currently the only supported mechanism is GSSAPI
+   */
+  attribute ACString saslMechanism;
+  
+  /**
+   * The AuthDN to use to access the server.
+   */
+  attribute AUTF8String authDn;
+
+  /**
+   * The maximum number of matches that the server will return per a search.
+   */
+  attribute long maxHits;
+
+  /**
+   * The Last Change Number used for replication.
+   */
+  attribute long lastChangeNumber;
+
+  /**
+   * The LDAP server's scoping of the lastChangeNumber.
+   */
+  attribute ACString dataVersion;
+
+  /**
+   * The attribute map that is associated with this directory's server.
+   */
+  readonly attribute nsIAbLDAPAttributeMap attributeMap;
+
+  /**
+   * The LDAP URL for this directory. Note that this differs from
+   * nsIAbDirectory::URI. This attribute will give you a true ldap
+   * url, e.g. ldap://localhost:389/ whereas the uri will give you the
+   * directories rdf uri, e.g. moz-abldapdirectory://<pref base name>/.
+   */
+  attribute nsILDAPURL lDAPURL;
+
+  /**
+   * The replication (offline) file that this database uses.
+   */
+  readonly attribute nsIFile replicationFile;
+
+  /**
+   * A database that is set up for the replication file.
+   */
+  readonly attribute nsIAddrDatabase replicationDatabase;
+
+  /**
+   * The LDAP attributes used to build the Relative Distinguished Name
+   * of new cards, in the form of a comma separated list.
+   *
+   * The default is to use the common name (cn) attribute.
+   */
+  attribute ACString rdnAttributes;
+
+  /**
+   * The LDAP objectClass values added to cards when they are created/added,
+   * in the form of a comma separated list.
+   *
+   * The default is to use the following classes:
+   * top,person,organizationalPerson,inetOrgPerson,mozillaAbPersonAlpha
+   */
+  attribute ACString objectClasses;
+
+};
+
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/public/nsIAbLDAPReplicationData.idl b/mailnews/addrbook/public/nsIAbLDAPReplicationData.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4b811cf2a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/public/nsIAbLDAPReplicationData.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+interface nsIAbLDAPDirectory;
+interface nsILDAPConnection;
+interface nsILDAPURL;
+interface nsIAbLDAPReplicationQuery;
+interface nsIWebProgressListener;
+
+/**
+ * this service does replication of an LDAP directory to a local Mork AB Database.
+ */
+[scriptable, uuid(e628bbc9-8793-4f0b-bce4-990d399b1fca)]
+interface nsIAbLDAPProcessReplicationData : nsISupports
+{
+   /**
+     * readonly attribute giving the current replication state
+     */
+    readonly attribute int32_t replicationState;
+
+   /**
+     * replication states
+     */
+    const long kIdle                  = 0;
+    const long kAnonymousBinding      = 1;
+    const long kAuthenticatedBinding  = 2;
+    const long kSyncServerBinding     = 3;
+    const long kSearchingAuthDN       = 4;
+    const long kDecidingProtocol      = 5;
+    const long kAuthenticating        = 6;
+    const long kReplicatingAll        = 7;
+    const long kSearchingRootDSE      = 8;
+    const long kFindingChanges        = 9;
+    const long kReplicatingChanges    = 10;
+    const long kReplicationDone       = 11;
+
+   /**
+     * readonly attribute giving the current protocol used
+     */
+    readonly attribute int32_t protocolUsed ;
+
+   /**
+     * replication protocols
+     */
+    const long kDefaultDownloadAll         = 0;
+    const long kChangeLogProtocol          = 1;
+    const long kLCUPProtocol               = 2;
+    const long kLastUpdatedTimeStampMethod = 3;
+
+   /**
+     * this method initializes the implementation
+     */
+    void init(in nsIAbLDAPDirectory directory,
+              in nsILDAPConnection connection,
+              in nsILDAPURL url,
+              in nsIAbLDAPReplicationQuery query,
+              in nsIWebProgressListener progressListener);
+
+   /**
+     * this method a aborts the ongoing processing
+     */
+    void abort();
+};
+
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/public/nsIAbLDAPReplicationQuery.idl b/mailnews/addrbook/public/nsIAbLDAPReplicationQuery.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..087e81bdd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/public/nsIAbLDAPReplicationQuery.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+interface nsIWebProgressListener;
+interface nsILDAPURL;
+interface nsILDAPConnection;
+interface nsILDAPOperation;
+interface nsIAbLDAPDirectory;
+
+/**
+ * this interface provides methods to perform LDAP Replication Queries
+ */
+[scriptable, uuid(460a739c-a8c1-4f24-b705-c89d136ab9f5)]
+interface nsIAbLDAPReplicationQuery : nsISupports
+{
+  /**
+   * initialize for the query
+   */
+  void init(in nsIAbLDAPDirectory aDirectory,
+            in nsIWebProgressListener aProgressListener);
+     
+  /**
+   * Starts an LDAP query to do replication as needed
+   */
+  void doReplicationQuery();
+
+  /**
+   * Cancels the currently executing query
+   */
+  void cancelQuery();
+
+  /**
+   * this method is the callback when query is done, failed or successful
+   */
+  void done(in boolean aSuccess);
+};
+
+// XXX This interface currently isn't implemented as it didn't work.
+// Bug 311632 should fix it
+[scriptable, uuid(126202D1-4460-11d6-B7C2-00B0D06E5F27)]
+interface nsIAbLDAPChangeLogQuery : nsISupports
+{
+  /**
+   * Starts an LDAP query to find auth DN
+   */
+  void queryAuthDN(in AUTF8String aValueUsedToFindDn);
+
+  /**
+   * Starts an LDAP query to search server's Root DSE
+   */
+  void queryRootDSE();
+
+  /**
+   * Starts an LDAP ChangeLog query to find changelog entries
+   */
+  void queryChangeLog(in AUTF8String aChangeLogDN, in int32_t aLastChangeNo);
+      
+  /**
+   * Starts an LDAP query to find changed entries
+   */
+  void queryChangedEntries(in AUTF8String aChangedEntryDN);
+};
+
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/public/nsIAbLDAPReplicationService.idl b/mailnews/addrbook/public/nsIAbLDAPReplicationService.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b58001538
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/public/nsIAbLDAPReplicationService.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+interface nsIWebProgressListener;
+interface nsIAbLDAPDirectory;
+
+/**
+ * this service does replication of an LDAP directory to a local Mork AB Database.
+ */
+[scriptable, uuid(3f499c70-5ceb-4b91-8b7f-62c366859383)]
+interface nsIAbLDAPReplicationService: nsISupports {
+   
+   /**
+     * Start Replication of given LDAP directory represented by the URI
+     */
+    void startReplication(in nsIAbLDAPDirectory aDirectory,
+			  in nsIWebProgressListener progressListener);
+
+   /**
+     * Cancel Replication of given LDAP directory represented by the URI
+     */
+    void cancelReplication(in nsIAbLDAPDirectory aDirectory);
+  
+   /**
+     * callback when replication is done, failure or success
+     */
+    void done(in boolean aSuccess);
+};
+
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/public/nsIAbLDIFService.idl b/mailnews/addrbook/public/nsIAbLDIFService.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..74643ccbd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/public/nsIAbLDIFService.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+interface nsIFile;
+interface nsIAddrDatabase;
+
+[scriptable, uuid(7afaa95f-0b1c-4d8a-a65f-bb5073ed6d39)]    
+interface nsIAbLDIFService : nsISupports {
+
+  /**
+   * Determine if a file is likely to be an LDIF file based on field
+   * names that commonly appear in LDIF files.
+   *
+   * @param       aSrc   The file to examine
+   *
+   * @return      true if the file appears to be of LDIF type,
+   *              false otherwise
+   */
+  boolean isLDIFFile(in nsIFile aSrc);
+
+  /**
+   * Imports a file into the specified address book.
+   *
+   * @param       aDb             The address book to import addresses into.
+   *
+   * @param       aSrc            The file to import addresses from.
+   *
+   * @param       aStoreLocAsHome Stores the address as a home rather than work
+   *                              address.
+   *
+   * @param       aProgress       May be null, but if a pointer is supplied,
+   *                              then it will be updated regularly with the
+   *                              current position of reading from the file.
+   *
+   */
+  void importLDIFFile(in nsIAddrDatabase aDb, in nsIFile aSrc, in boolean aStoreLocAsHome, inout unsigned long aProgress);
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/public/nsIAbListener.idl b/mailnews/addrbook/public/nsIAbListener.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cc9761abf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/public/nsIAbListener.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+typedef unsigned long abListenerNotifyFlagValue;
+
+/**
+  * nsIAbListener
+  *
+  * Implement this interface to receive notifications of address book
+  * items being added, removed or changed with loaded address books.
+  *
+  * Subscribe to events by using nsIAbManager.
+  */
+[scriptable, uuid(b3ca8745-2dad-4032-ae2f-0b8622f32697)]
+interface nsIAbListener : nsISupports {
+  /**
+   * These flags are used when registering the listener with nsIAbManager to
+   * specify when to receive notifications of address book updates.
+   */
+
+  /**
+   * An address book, mailing list or card is added.
+   */
+  const abListenerNotifyFlagValue itemAdded = 0x1;
+  /**
+   * A mailing list or card is removed from an address book.
+   */
+  const abListenerNotifyFlagValue directoryItemRemoved = 0x2;
+  /**
+   * An address book is removed
+   */
+  const abListenerNotifyFlagValue directoryRemoved = 0x4;
+  /**
+   * An address book, mailing list or card is changed.
+   */
+  const abListenerNotifyFlagValue itemChanged = 0x8;
+  /**
+   * All of the above notifications are to be received.
+   */
+  const abListenerNotifyFlagValue all = 0xFFFFFFFF;
+
+  /**
+   * Called when an address book item (book, card or list) is added
+   *
+   * @param       parentDir       The parent of the item being added.
+   *
+   * @param       item            The item being added to the database (a
+   *                              directory or card).
+   *
+   */
+  void onItemAdded(in nsISupports parentDir, in nsISupports item);
+
+  /**
+   * Called when an address book, mailing list or card is removed. This
+   * is partially configurable when setting up the listener via
+   * nsIAddrBookSession
+   *
+   * @param       parentDir       The parent of the item being removed, this
+   *                              may be an empty directory in the case of a
+   *                              top level address book.
+   *
+   * @param       item            The item being removed from the database.
+   *
+   */
+  void onItemRemoved(in nsISupports parentDir, in nsISupports item);
+
+  /**
+   * Called when an address book item is changed. Note the current
+   * implementation means that property is either the literal string "DirName"
+   * or null, with oldValue and newValue being specified if the property is
+   * "DirName" otherwise they are null.
+   *
+   * @param       item            The item being updated (a directory or a
+   *                              card).
+   *
+   * @param       property        The property of the item being changed.
+   *                              
+   * @param       oldValue        The old value of the item property being
+   *                              changed if it is known, null otherwise.
+   *                              
+   * @param       newValue        The new value of the item property being
+   *                              changed.
+   *                              
+   */
+  void onItemPropertyChanged(in nsISupports item, in string property, in wstring oldValue, in wstring newValue);
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/public/nsIAbMDBDirectory.idl b/mailnews/addrbook/public/nsIAbMDBDirectory.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..200fcd8ee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/public/nsIAbMDBDirectory.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+ 
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+interface nsIFile;
+interface nsIAbDirectory;
+interface nsIAbCard;
+interface nsIAddrDatabase;
+
+%{C++
+#define kMDBDirectoryRoot          "moz-abmdbdirectory://"
+#define kMDBDirectoryRootLen       21
+%}
+
+[scriptable, uuid(744072be-1ba0-46bc-af24-46e22567a2ea)]
+interface nsIAbMDBDirectory : nsISupports {
+
+	// Creates a directory component from the
+	// uriName, adds it to its children and returns
+	// the component
+	nsIAbDirectory addDirectory(in string uriName);
+
+  /**
+   * Supplies a nsIFile point to the database file for this directory
+   *
+   * @exception NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED If there is no filename preference
+   *                                     present or it is empty
+   */
+  readonly attribute nsIFile databaseFile;
+
+  /**
+   * Supplies a nsIAddrDatabase that uses the databaseFile. See also
+  * databaseFile for possible exceptions.
+   */
+  readonly attribute nsIAddrDatabase database;
+
+	// Mail list specific
+	//
+
+	// Removes all elements from the addressLists
+	// property
+	[noscript] void removeElementsFromAddressList();
+
+	// Specific to a directory which stores mail lists
+	//
+
+	// Adds a directory to the addressLists attribute
+	void addMailListToDirectory(in nsIAbDirectory mailList);
+
+	// Specific to a directory which is a mail list
+	//
+
+	// Copies mail list properties from the srcList
+	void copyDBMailList(in nsIAbMDBDirectory srcListDB);
+
+	// Adds a card to the addressList attribute
+	void addAddressToList(in nsIAbCard card);
+
+	// Removes items from the addressLists member
+	void removeEmailAddressAt(in unsigned long aIndex);
+
+    attribute unsigned long dbRowID;
+
+	// Empty implementation, called by the data base
+	[noscript] void notifyDirItemAdded(in nsISupports item);
+	
+	[noscript] void clearDatabase();
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/public/nsIAbManager.idl b/mailnews/addrbook/public/nsIAbManager.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..49a585544
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/public/nsIAbManager.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,190 @@
+/* -*- Mode: IDL; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+#include "nsIAbListener.idl"
+
+interface mozIDOMWindowProxy;
+interface nsIAbDirectory;
+interface nsIAbCard;
+interface nsIAbDirectoryProperties;
+interface nsIFile;
+interface nsISimpleEnumerator;
+interface nsIAbBooleanExpression;
+
+/**
+ * nsIAbManager is an interface to the main address book mananger
+ * via the contract id "@mozilla.org/abmanager;1"
+ *
+ * It contains the main functions to create and delete address books as well
+ * as some helper functions.
+ */
+[scriptable, uuid(ea0d8b3d-a549-4874-82d8-3a82cee2a3f1)]
+interface nsIAbManager : nsISupports 
+{
+  /**
+   * Returns an enumerator containing all the top-level directories
+   * (non-recursive)
+   */
+  readonly attribute nsISimpleEnumerator directories;
+
+  /**
+   * Returns the directory that represents the supplied URI.
+   *
+   * @param  aURI       The URI of the address book to find.
+   * @return            The found address book.
+   */
+  nsIAbDirectory getDirectory(in ACString aURI);
+
+  /**
+   * Returns the directory that has the supplied dirPrefId.
+   *
+   * @param aDirPrefId  The dirPrefId of the directory.
+   * @return            The found AB directory.
+   */
+  nsIAbDirectory getDirectoryFromId(in ACString aDirPrefId);
+
+  /**
+   * Creates a new address book.
+   *
+   * @param  aDirName   The description of the address book.
+   * @param  aURI       The URI for the address book. This is specific to each
+   *                    type of address book.
+   * @param  aType      The type of the address book (see nsDirPrefs.h)
+   * @param  aPrefName  Overrides the default of ldap_2.servers.<aDirName>
+   *                    (note that the caller must ensure its uniqueness).
+   */
+  ACString newAddressBook(in AString aDirName, in ACString aURI,
+                          in unsigned long aType,
+                          [optional] in ACString aPrefName);
+
+  /**
+   * Deletes an address book.
+   *
+   * @param  aURI       The URI for the address book. This is specific to each
+   *                    type of address book.
+   */
+  void deleteAddressBook(in ACString aURI);
+
+  /**
+   * Exports an address book, it will provide a dialog to the user for the
+   * location to save the file to and will then save the address book to media.
+   *
+   * @param  aParentWin Parent Window for the file save dialog to use.
+   * @param  aDirectory The directory to export.
+   */
+  void exportAddressBook(in mozIDOMWindowProxy aParentWin, in nsIAbDirectory aDirectory);
+
+  /**
+   * Adds a nsIAbListener to receive notifications of address book updates
+   * according to the specified notifyFlags.
+   *
+   * @param  aListener      The listener that is to receive updates.
+   * @param  aNotifyFlags   A bitwise-or of abListenerNotifyFlagValue items
+   *                        specifying which notifications to receive. See
+   *                        nsIAbListener for possible values.
+   */
+  void addAddressBookListener(in nsIAbListener aListener,
+                              in abListenerNotifyFlagValue aNotifyFlags);
+
+  /**
+   * Removes a nsIAbListener from receive notifications of address book
+   * updates.
+   *
+   * @param  aListener     The listener that is to no longer receive updates.
+   */
+  void removeAddressBookListener(in nsIAbListener aListener);
+
+  /**
+   * Call to notify the registered listeners when a property on an item has
+   * changed.
+   *
+   * @param  aItem         The items that has changed (e.g. an nsIAbDirectory)
+   * @param  aProperty     The property that has changed (e.g. DirName)
+   * @param  aOldValue     The old value of the property.
+   * @param  aNewValue     The new value of the property.
+   */
+  void notifyItemPropertyChanged(in nsISupports aItem,
+                                 in string aProperty,
+                                 in wstring aOldValue,
+                                 in wstring aNewValue);
+
+  /**
+   * Call to notify the registered listeners when a directory item is added.
+   *
+   * @param  aParentDirectory  The parent directory of the item that has been
+   *                           added.
+   * @param  aItem             The item that has been added.
+   */
+  void notifyDirectoryItemAdded(in nsIAbDirectory aParentDirectory,
+                                in nsISupports aItem);
+
+  /**
+   * Call to notify the registered listeners when a directory item is removed.
+   *
+   * @param  aParentDirectory  The parent directory of the item that has been
+   *                           removed.
+   * @param  aItem             The item that has been removed.
+   */
+  void notifyDirectoryItemDeleted(in nsIAbDirectory aParentDirectory,
+                                  in nsISupports aItem);
+  
+  /**
+   * Call to notify the registered listeners when a directory is removed.
+   *
+   * @param  aParentDirectory  The parent directory of the directory that has
+   *                           been removed.
+   * @param  aDirectory        The directory that has been removed.
+   */
+  void notifyDirectoryDeleted(in nsIAbDirectory aParentDirectory,
+                              in nsISupports aDirectory);
+
+  /**
+   * Returns the user profile directory. NOTE: this should not be used
+   * as it may go away soon.
+   */
+  readonly attribute nsIFile userProfileDirectory;
+
+  /**
+   * Finds out if the mailing list name exists in any *mork/MDB* based
+   * address book
+   *
+   * @param  aName      The name of the list to try and find.
+   *
+   * @return            True if the name exists.
+   */
+  boolean mailListNameExists(in wstring name);
+
+  /**
+   * Translates an escaped vcard string into a nsIAbCard.
+   *
+   * @param  escapedVCardStr  The string containing the vcard.
+   *
+   * @return            A card containing the translated vcard data.
+   */
+  nsIAbCard escapedVCardToAbCard(in string escapedVCardStr);
+
+  /**
+   * Generates a UUID from a (directory ID, local ID) tuple.
+   *
+   * Use of this method is preferred in such cases, since it is designed to work
+   * with other methods of this interface.
+   *
+   * @param directoryId The directory ID.
+   * @param localId     The per-directory ID.
+   * @return            A string to use for the UUID.
+   */
+  AUTF8String generateUUID(in AUTF8String directoryId, in AUTF8String localId);
+
+
+  /**
+   * A utility function that converts an nsIAbDirectory query string to an
+   * nsIAbBooleanExpression.
+   *
+   * @param aQueryString The nsIAbDirectory query string
+   * @return an nsIAbBooleanExpression for the query string
+   */
+  nsIAbBooleanExpression convertQueryStringToExpression(in AUTF8String aQueryString);
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/public/nsIAbView.idl b/mailnews/addrbook/public/nsIAbView.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cd591a1e5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/public/nsIAbView.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+/* -*- Mode: IDL; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+interface nsIAbCard;
+interface nsIAbDirectory;
+interface nsIArray;
+
+/// Define a class using this interface to listen to updates from nsIAbView.
+[scriptable, uuid(79ad5d6e-1dd2-11b2-addd-f547dab50d75)]
+interface nsIAbViewListener : nsISupports
+{
+  /// Called when the selection is changed in the tree
+  void onSelectionChanged();
+
+  /// Called when the total count of cards is changed.
+  void onCountChanged(in long total);
+};
+
+/**
+ * This interface and its associated nsAbView object provides an interface
+ * to allow a tree to be associated with an address book, and the results
+ * to be displayed in that tree.
+ *
+ * If you wish for the tree to display the results of a different address
+ * book, then call setView again. There is no need to delete and recreate the
+ * nsAbView object. If you wish to clear the view, then just call clearView.
+ */
+[scriptable, uuid(45e2fa9f-0b59-4090-a2fa-fb7042cf64a2)]
+interface nsIAbView : nsISupports
+{
+  /**
+   * Sets up the nsIAbView to look at the specified directory. This may be
+   * called multiple times.
+   *
+   * @param aDirectory      The directory to search, this may be a directory
+   *                        with a query string.
+   * @param aViewListener   An optional listener.
+   * @param aSortColumn     The column to sort by. See the xul element with
+   *                        id abResultsTreeCols for possible values.
+   * @param aSortDirection  The sort direction to use ("ascending"/"descending")
+   * @return                The actual sortColumn (various switching of apps
+   *                        could cause the persisted sortColumn to be bogus).
+   */
+  AString setView(in nsIAbDirectory aAddressBook,
+                  in nsIAbViewListener aAbViewListener,
+                  in AString aSortColumn,
+                  in AString aSortDirection);
+
+  /**
+   * Clears the view and releases any locally held copies of the address book
+   * directory. This should be called when the view is no longer required, e.g.
+   * on unload.
+   */
+  void clearView();
+
+  /**
+   * Sorts the tree by the specified parameters.
+   *
+   * @param aSortColumn     The column to sort by. See the xul element with
+   *                        id abResultsTreeCols for possible values.
+   * @param aSortDirection  The sort direction to use ("ascending"/"descending")
+   * @param aResort         The function DOES optimize for the case when sortColumn
+   *                        and sortDirection is identical since the last call.
+   *                        If an unconditional resort is needed, set this to true.
+   */
+  void sortBy(in wstring aSortColumn, in wstring aSortDirection,
+              [optional] in boolean aResort);
+
+  /// Returns the current sort column
+  readonly attribute AString sortColumn;
+
+  /// Returns the current sort direction
+  readonly attribute AString sortDirection;
+
+  /**
+   * Returns the current directory that this view is hooked up to. May be
+   * null if no directory has been set.
+   */
+  readonly attribute nsIAbDirectory directory;
+
+  /**
+   * Returns the card associated with the given row.
+   *
+   * @param aRow  The row from which to return the card.
+   * @return      A card associated with the row, or null if row is not valid.
+   */
+  nsIAbCard getCardFromRow(in long aRow);
+
+  /// Selects all rows in the view.
+  void selectAll();
+
+  /// Deletes all the selected cards (no prompts are given).
+  void deleteSelectedCards();
+
+  /**
+   * Swaps the first and last name order, and updates the appropriate
+   * preference.
+   */
+  void swapFirstNameLastName();
+
+  /**
+   *  Returns an array of the currently selected addresses.
+   */
+  readonly attribute nsIArray selectedAddresses; 
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/public/nsIAddbookUrl.idl b/mailnews/addrbook/public/nsIAddbookUrl.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5f2676dde
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/public/nsIAddbookUrl.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsIURI.idl"
+
+[scriptable, uuid(6EB9D874-01AA-11d4-8FBE-000064657374)]
+interface nsIAddbookUrlOperation 
+{ 
+    const long InvalidUrl = 0;  
+    const long PrintAddressBook = 1;
+	const long AddVCard = 2;
+};
+
+[uuid(5f965083-e866-4bfb-ba40-13c344395798)]
+interface nsIAddbookUrl : nsIURI {
+  readonly attribute long addbookOperation;
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/public/nsIAddrDBAnnouncer.idl b/mailnews/addrbook/public/nsIAddrDBAnnouncer.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..735ca64cb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/public/nsIAddrDBAnnouncer.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+#include "nsIAbCard.idl"
+#include "nsIAbDirectory.idl"
+
+interface nsIAddrDBListener;
+
+[scriptable, uuid(166b19a1-1235-4613-9601-816dedc48c9e)]
+interface nsIAddrDBAnnouncer : nsISupports {
+
+  void addListener(in nsIAddrDBListener listener);
+  void removeListener(in nsIAddrDBListener listener);
+
+  void notifyCardAttribChange(in unsigned long abCode);
+
+  /**
+   * Notify all the listeners of the database about an event performed
+   * on a card entry.
+   *
+   * @param     aAbCode               The code to indicate the type of event
+   *                                  (see nsAddrDatabase.h AB_NOTIFY_CODE for values).
+   * @param     aCard                 The card entry on which the event occurred.
+   * @param     aParent               The parent of card entry. This is set by
+   *                                  object which performs the operation.
+   */
+  void notifyCardEntryChange(in unsigned long aAbCode,
+                             in nsIAbCard aCard,
+                             in nsIAbDirectory aParent);
+
+  void notifyAnnouncerGoingAway();
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/public/nsIAddrDBListener.idl b/mailnews/addrbook/public/nsIAddrDBListener.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f407313e2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/public/nsIAddrDBListener.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+#include "nsIAbCard.idl"
+#include "nsIAbDirectory.idl"
+
+interface nsIAddrDBAnnouncer;
+
+[scriptable, uuid(5d7e5a7a-1ac9-46dc-abfd-758c98be26e9)]
+interface nsIAddrDBListener : nsISupports {
+
+  void onCardAttribChange(in unsigned long abCode);
+
+  /**
+   * Handle the card entry change event.
+   *
+   * @param     aAbCode         The code to indicate the type of event
+   *                            (see nsAddrDatabase.h AB_NOTIFY_CODE for values).
+   * @param     aCard           The card entry on which the event occurred.
+   * @param     aParent         The parent of card entry.
+   *                            If set to null, the event can be ignored.
+   *                            This happens during import & sync operations when
+   *                            listeners of a database need not be notified about
+   *                            card entry changes.
+   */
+  void onCardEntryChange (in unsigned long aAbCode,
+                          in nsIAbCard aCard,
+                          in nsIAbDirectory aParent);
+
+  void onListEntryChange (in unsigned long abCode,
+                          in nsIAbDirectory list);
+  void onAnnouncerGoingAway();
+
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/public/nsIAddrDatabase.idl b/mailnews/addrbook/public/nsIAddrDatabase.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e387b260f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/public/nsIAddrDatabase.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,311 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsIAddrDBAnnouncer.idl"
+#include "nsIAbCard.idl"
+#include "nsIAbDirectory.idl"
+
+interface nsIFile;
+interface nsIMdbTableRowCursor;
+interface nsIMdbEnv;
+interface nsIMdbRow;
+interface nsIArray;
+interface nsISimpleEnumerator;
+
+%{C++
+// this is the prefix we for attributes that are specific
+// to the mozilla addressbook, and weren't in 4.x and aren't specified in
+// RFC 2789.  used when exporting and import LDIF
+// see nsTextAddress.cpp, nsAddressBook.cpp
+#define MOZ_AB_LDIF_PREFIX "mozilla"
+
+// note, GeneratedName is not a real column
+// if you change any of this, make sure to change 
+// Get / Set CardValue in nsAbCardProperty.cpp
+#define kPhoneticNameColumn       "_PhoneticName"
+#define kAddressCharSetColumn     "AddrCharSet"
+#define kMailListName             "ListName"
+#define kMailListNickName         "ListNickName"
+#define kMailListDescription      "ListDescription"
+#define kMailListTotalAddresses   "ListTotalAddresses"
+// not shown in the UI
+#define kLowerPriEmailColumn      "LowercasePrimaryEmail"
+#define kLower2ndEmailColumn      "LowercaseSecondEmail"
+
+// Palm Integration
+#define  CARD_ATTRIB_PALMID "PalmRecId"
+#define  CARD_ATTRIB_DISPLAY "DisplayName"
+
+%}
+
+[scriptable, uuid(20d4c6c3-0460-403e-aa9c-813654641566)]
+interface nsAddrDBCommitType 
+{
+  const long kLargeCommit = 1;
+  const long kSessionCommit = 2;
+  const long kCompressCommit = 3;
+};
+
+[scriptable, uuid(c54973e4-d251-4b93-a0d0-81a616225061)]
+interface nsIAddrDatabase : nsIAddrDBAnnouncer {
+
+  /**
+   * Path to the address book database that this instance represents.
+   */
+  attribute nsIFile dbPath;
+  nsIAddrDatabase open(in nsIFile dbFile, in boolean create, in boolean upgrading);
+             
+  void close(in boolean forceCommit);
+
+  /**
+   * Open the MDB database synchronously creating it if required. If
+   * successful, this routine will set up the m_mdbStore and m_mdbEnv of the
+   * database object so other database calls can work.
+   *
+   * @param     dbName                      The location of the database file
+   *                                        to open.
+   * @param     create                      If set to true, will create the
+   *                                        database file if it does not
+   *                                        already exist.
+   * @exception NS_ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND     The file was not found at the
+   *                                        specified location (and create was
+   *                                        false).
+   * @exception NS_ERROR_FILE_ACCESS_DENIED The file could not be opened as
+   *                                        access was denied.
+   */
+  void openMDB(in nsIFile dbName, in boolean create);
+  void closeMDB(in boolean commit);
+
+  void commit(in unsigned long commitType);
+  void forceClosed();
+
+  /**
+   * Create a new card and add to the database
+   *
+   * @param     aNewCard       the card to be added
+   * @param     aNotify        if set to true, all the listeners of the
+   *                           database will be notified.
+   * @param     aParent        parent directory or mailing list to which the
+   *                           card is added. If set to null, listeners of the
+   *                           database will not be notified of card creation.
+   */
+  void createNewCardAndAddToDB(in nsIAbCard aNewCard, in boolean aNotify, in nsIAbDirectory aParent);
+
+  void createNewListCardAndAddToDB(in nsIAbDirectory list, in unsigned long listRowID, in nsIAbCard newCard, in boolean aNotify);
+
+  /**
+   * Create a new mailing list and add to the database
+   *
+   * @param     aNewList       the mailing list to be added.
+   * @param     aNotify        if set to true, all the listeners of the
+   *                           database will be notified.
+   * @param     aParent        parent directory to which the mailing list
+   *                           is added. If set to null, listeners of the database
+   *                           will not be notified of mailing list creation.
+   */
+  void createMailListAndAddToDB(in nsIAbDirectory aNewList, in boolean aNotify, in nsIAbDirectory aParent);
+
+  /**
+   * Enumerate the cards in the directory. The enumerator will return the
+   * cards associated with mailing lists too.
+   *
+   * @param directory the directory of which to enumerate the cards.
+   * @return an enumerator.
+   */
+  nsISimpleEnumerator enumerateCards(in nsIAbDirectory directory);
+
+  /**
+   * Enumerate the cards associated with the mailing lists in the directory.
+   *
+   * @param directory the directory of which to enumerate the cards.
+   * @return an enumerator.
+   */
+  nsISimpleEnumerator enumerateListAddresses(in nsIAbDirectory directory);
+
+  void getMailingListsFromDB(in nsIAbDirectory parentDir);
+
+  /**
+   * Delete a card from the database.
+   *
+   * @param     aCard          the card to be deleted.
+   * @param     aNotify        if set to true, all the listeners of the
+   *                           database will be notified.
+   * @param     aParent        parent directory from which the card
+   *                           is to be deleted. If set to null, listeners of
+   *                           the database will not be notified of card deletion.
+   */
+  void deleteCard(in nsIAbCard aCard, in boolean aNotify, in nsIAbDirectory aParent);
+
+  /**
+   * Edit a card in the database.
+   *
+   * @param     aCard          the card to be edited.
+   * @param     aNotify        if set to true, all the listeners of the
+   *                           database will be notified.
+   * @param     aParent        parent directory in which the card
+   *                           is to be edited. If set to null, listeners of
+   *                           the database will not be notified of card entry
+   *                           change.
+   */
+  void editCard(in nsIAbCard aCard, in boolean aNotify, in nsIAbDirectory aParent);
+  boolean containsCard(in nsIAbCard card);
+  /**
+   * Deletes a mailing list from the directory
+   *
+   * @param aMailList         The nsIAbDirectory implementation of the mailing
+   *                          list that is to be deleted.
+   * @param aParent           The parent of the mailing list that is being
+   *                          deleted. If this is supplied, then a notification
+   *                          of card entry change in the database will be made.
+   */
+  void deleteMailList(in nsIAbDirectory aMailList,
+                      [optional] in nsIAbDirectory aParent);
+  void editMailList(in nsIAbDirectory mailList, in nsIAbCard listCard, in boolean aNotify);
+  boolean containsMailList(in nsIAbDirectory mailList);
+  void deleteCardFromMailList(in nsIAbDirectory mailList, in nsIAbCard card, in boolean aNotify);
+
+  /**
+   * Gets the first card which matches the attribute/value pair supplied.
+   *
+   * @param  aDirectory       The current nsIAbDirectory associated with this
+   *                          instance of the database.
+   * @param  aName            The attribute to look up the value in.
+   * @param  aUTF8Value       The value to look up in UTF8 format.
+   * @param  aCaseInsensitive Set to true for case-insenstive matching.
+   * @result                  Returns an nsIAbCard if one is found, otherwise
+   *                          NULL.
+   */
+  nsIAbCard getCardFromAttribute(in nsIAbDirectory aDirectory, in string aName,
+                                 in AUTF8String aUTF8Value,
+                                 in boolean aCaseInsensitive);
+
+  /**
+   * Gets all cards which matches the attribute/value pair supplied.
+   *
+   * @param  aDirectory       The current nsIAbDirectory associated with this
+   *                          instance of the database.
+   * @param  aName            The attribute to look up the value in.
+   * @param  aUTF8Value       The value to look up in UTF8 format.
+   * @param  aCaseInsensitive Set to true for case-insenstive matching.
+   * @result                  Returns an nsISimpleEnumerator of nsIAbCard
+   *                          instances.
+   */
+  nsISimpleEnumerator getCardsFromAttribute(in nsIAbDirectory aDirectory,
+                                            in string aName,
+                                            in AUTF8String uUTF8Value,
+                                            in boolean aCaseInsensitive);
+
+  boolean findMailListbyUnicodeName(in wstring listName);
+
+  void getCardCount(out uint32_t count);
+
+  [noscript] readonly attribute nsIMdbRow newRow;
+  [noscript] readonly attribute nsIMdbRow newListRow;
+  [noscript] void addCardRowToDB(in nsIMdbRow newRow);
+  [noscript] void addLdifListMember(in nsIMdbRow row, in string value);
+  [noscript] void addFirstName(in nsIMdbRow row, in string value);
+  [noscript] void addLastName(in nsIMdbRow row, in string value);
+  [noscript] void addPhoneticFirstName(in nsIMdbRow row, in string value);
+  [noscript] void addPhoneticLastName(in nsIMdbRow row, in string value);
+  [noscript] void addDisplayName(in nsIMdbRow row, in string value);
+  [noscript] void addNickName(in nsIMdbRow row, in string value);
+  [noscript] void addPrimaryEmail(in nsIMdbRow row, in string value);
+  [noscript] void add2ndEmail(in nsIMdbRow row, in string value);
+  [noscript] void addWorkPhone(in nsIMdbRow row, in string value);
+  [noscript] void addHomePhone(in nsIMdbRow row, in string value);
+  [noscript] void addFaxNumber(in nsIMdbRow row, in string value);
+  [noscript] void addPagerNumber(in nsIMdbRow row, in string value);
+  [noscript] void addCellularNumber(in nsIMdbRow row, in string value);
+  [noscript] void addWorkPhoneType(in nsIMdbRow row, in string value);
+  [noscript] void addHomePhoneType(in nsIMdbRow row, in string value);
+  [noscript] void addFaxNumberType(in nsIMdbRow row, in string value);
+  [noscript] void addPagerNumberType(in nsIMdbRow row, in string value);
+  [noscript] void addCellularNumberType(in nsIMdbRow row, in string value);
+  [noscript] void addHomeAddress(in nsIMdbRow row, in string value);
+  [noscript] void addHomeAddress2(in nsIMdbRow row, in string value);
+  [noscript] void addHomeCity(in nsIMdbRow row, in string value);
+  [noscript] void addHomeState(in nsIMdbRow row, in string value);
+  [noscript] void addHomeZipCode(in nsIMdbRow row, in string value);
+  [noscript] void addHomeCountry(in nsIMdbRow row, in string value);
+  [noscript] void addWorkAddress(in nsIMdbRow row, in string value);
+  [noscript] void addWorkAddress2(in nsIMdbRow row, in string value);
+  [noscript] void addWorkCity(in nsIMdbRow row, in string value);
+  [noscript] void addWorkState(in nsIMdbRow row, in string value);
+  [noscript] void addWorkZipCode(in nsIMdbRow row, in string value);
+  [noscript] void addWorkCountry(in nsIMdbRow row, in string value);
+  [noscript] void addJobTitle(in nsIMdbRow row, in string value);
+  [noscript] void addDepartment(in nsIMdbRow row, in string value);
+  [noscript] void addCompany(in nsIMdbRow row, in string value);
+  [noscript] void addAimScreenName(in nsIMdbRow row, in string value);
+  [noscript] void addAnniversaryYear(in nsIMdbRow row, in string value);
+  [noscript] void addAnniversaryMonth(in nsIMdbRow row, in string value);
+  [noscript] void addAnniversaryDay(in nsIMdbRow row, in string value);
+  [noscript] void addSpouseName(in nsIMdbRow row, in string value);
+  [noscript] void addFamilyName(in nsIMdbRow row, in string value);
+  [noscript] void addDefaultAddress(in nsIMdbRow row, in string value);
+  [noscript] void addCategory(in nsIMdbRow row, in string value);
+  [noscript] void addWebPage1(in nsIMdbRow row, in string value);
+  [noscript] void addWebPage2(in nsIMdbRow row, in string value);
+  [noscript] void addBirthYear(in nsIMdbRow row, in string value);
+  [noscript] void addBirthMonth(in nsIMdbRow row, in string value);
+  [noscript] void addBirthDay(in nsIMdbRow row, in string value);
+  [noscript] void addCustom1(in nsIMdbRow row, in string value);
+  [noscript] void addCustom2(in nsIMdbRow row, in string value);
+  [noscript] void addCustom3(in nsIMdbRow row, in string value);
+  [noscript] void addCustom4(in nsIMdbRow row, in string value);
+  [noscript] void addNotes(in nsIMdbRow row, in string value);
+  [noscript] void addPreferMailFormat(in nsIMdbRow row, in unsigned long value);
+  [noscript] void addPopularityIndex(in nsIMdbRow row, in unsigned long value);
+
+  [noscript] void addListName(in nsIMdbRow row, in string value);
+  [noscript] void addListNickName(in nsIMdbRow row, in string value);
+  [noscript] void addListDescription(in nsIMdbRow row, in string value);
+  [noscript] void addListDirNode(in nsIMdbRow listRow);
+
+  /**
+   * use for getting and setting generic string attributes
+   * like _AimScreenName
+   */
+  void setCardValue(in nsIAbCard card, in string name, in wstring value, in boolean notify);
+  wstring getCardValue(in nsIAbCard card, in string name);
+
+  /**
+   * Returns an array of the deleted cards currently stored in the mork file.
+   */
+  readonly attribute nsIArray deletedCardList;
+
+  /**
+   * Returns the count of the deleted card currently stored in the mork file.
+   */
+  readonly attribute unsigned long deletedCardCount;
+
+  /**
+   * Add the column representing the card to the mailing list row
+   * in the database.
+   *
+   * @param     aPCard         the card to be added.
+   * @param     aPListRow      the row to which the column will be added.
+   * @param     aPos           the position of the card in the mailing list.
+   * @param     aPNewCard      a pointer to hold the new card added to the row.
+   * @param     aInMailingList If set to true, the card is already present
+   *                           in the mailing list
+   * @param     aParent        parent mailing list to which the card
+   *                           is added. If set to null, listeners of the
+   *                           database will not be notified of card creation.
+   * @param     aRoot          If the card is created while creating a new mailing 
+   *                           list, its set to the parent addressbook.
+   *                           Set to null in other case.
+   */
+  void AddListCardColumnsToRow(in nsIAbCard aPCard,
+                               in nsIMdbRow aPListRow,
+                               in unsigned long aPos,
+                               out nsIAbCard aPNewCard,
+                               in boolean aInMailingList,
+                               in nsIAbDirectory aParent,
+                               in nsIAbDirectory aRoot);
+  void InitCardFromRow(in nsIAbCard aNewCard,in nsIMdbRow aCardRow);
+  void SetListAddressTotal(in nsIMdbRow aListRow, in uint32_t aTotal);
+  nsIMdbRow FindRowByCard(in nsIAbCard aCard);
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/public/nsIMsgVCardService.idl b/mailnews/addrbook/public/nsIMsgVCardService.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e3e3411ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/public/nsIMsgVCardService.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+%{C++
+#include "nsVCardObj.h"
+%}
+
+[ptr] native VObject_ptr(VObject);
+[ptr] native VObjectIterator_ptr(VObjectIterator);
+[ptr] native const_char_ptr(const char);
+
+[uuid(8b6ae917-676d-4f1f-bbad-2ecc9be0d9b1)]
+interface nsIMsgVCardService : nsISupports {
+  [noscript, notxpcom] void cleanVObject(in VObject_ptr o);
+  [noscript, notxpcom] VObject_ptr nextVObjectInList(in VObject_ptr o);
+  [noscript, notxpcom] VObject_ptr parse_MIME(in string input, in unsigned long len);
+  [noscript, notxpcom] charPtr fakeCString(in VObject_ptr o);
+  [noscript, notxpcom] VObject_ptr isAPropertyOf(in VObject_ptr o, in string id);
+  [noscript, notxpcom] charPtr writeMemoryVObjects(in string s, out long len, in VObject_ptr list, in boolean expandSpaces);
+  [noscript, notxpcom] VObject_ptr nextVObject(in VObjectIterator_ptr i);
+  [noscript, notxpcom] void initPropIterator(in VObjectIterator_ptr i, in VObject_ptr o);
+  [noscript, notxpcom] long moreIteration(in VObjectIterator_ptr i);
+  [noscript, notxpcom] const_char_ptr vObjectName(in VObject_ptr o);
+  [noscript, notxpcom] charPtr vObjectAnyValue(in VObject_ptr o);
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/src/moz.build b/mailnews/addrbook/src/moz.build
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..648958cf2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/src/moz.build
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+# vim: set filetype=python:
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+EXPORTS += [
+    'nsAbDirProperty.h',
+    'nsDirPrefs.h',
+    'nsVCardObj.h',
+]
+
+SOURCES += [
+    'nsAbAddressCollector.cpp',
+    'nsAbBooleanExpression.cpp',
+    'nsAbBSDirectory.cpp',
+    'nsAbCardProperty.cpp',
+    'nsAbContentHandler.cpp',
+    'nsAbDirectoryQuery.cpp',
+    'nsAbDirectoryQueryProxy.cpp',
+    'nsAbDirFactoryService.cpp',
+    'nsAbDirProperty.cpp',
+    'nsAbLDIFService.cpp',
+    'nsAbManager.cpp',
+    'nsAbMDBCard.cpp',
+    'nsAbMDBDirectory.cpp',
+    'nsAbMDBDirFactory.cpp',
+    'nsAbMDBDirProperty.cpp',
+    'nsAbQueryStringToExpression.cpp',
+    'nsAbView.cpp',
+    'nsAddbookProtocolHandler.cpp',
+    'nsAddbookUrl.cpp',
+    'nsAddrDatabase.cpp',
+    'nsDirPrefs.cpp',
+    'nsMsgVCardService.cpp',
+    'nsVCard.cpp',
+    'nsVCardObj.cpp',
+]
+
+if CONFIG['OS_ARCH'] == 'WINNT' and CONFIG['MOZ_MAPI_SUPPORT']:
+    SOURCES += [
+        'nsAbOutlookDirectory.cpp',
+        'nsAbOutlookDirFactory.cpp',
+        'nsAbWinHelper.cpp',
+        'nsMapiAddressBook.cpp',
+        'nsWabAddressBook.cpp',
+    ]
+
+if CONFIG['OS_ARCH'] == 'Darwin':
+    SOURCES += [
+        'nsAbOSXDirFactory.cpp',
+    ]
+
+    SOURCES += [
+        'nsAbOSXCard.mm',
+        'nsAbOSXDirectory.mm',
+        'nsAbOSXUtils.mm',
+    ]
+
+if CONFIG['MOZ_LDAP_XPCOM']:
+    SOURCES += [
+        'nsAbBoolExprToLDAPFilter.cpp',
+        'nsAbLDAPCard.cpp',
+        'nsAbLDAPDirectory.cpp',
+        'nsAbLDAPDirectoryModify.cpp',
+        'nsAbLDAPDirectoryQuery.cpp',
+        'nsAbLDAPDirFactory.cpp',
+        'nsAbLDAPListenerBase.cpp',
+        'nsAbLDAPReplicationData.cpp',
+        'nsAbLDAPReplicationQuery.cpp',
+        'nsAbLDAPReplicationService.cpp',
+    ]
+    # XXX These files are not being built as they don't work. Bug 311632 should
+    # fix them.
+    # nsAbLDAPChangeLogQuery.cpp
+    # nsAbLDAPChangeLogData.cpp
+
+    EXTRA_COMPONENTS += [
+        'nsAbLDAPAutoCompleteSearch.js',
+    ]
+
+    DEFINES['MOZ_LDAP_XPCOM'] = True
+
+EXTRA_COMPONENTS += [
+    'nsAbAutoCompleteMyDomain.js',
+    'nsAbAutoCompleteSearch.js',
+    'nsAbLDAPAttributeMap.js',
+]
+
+EXTRA_PP_COMPONENTS += [
+    'nsAddrbook.manifest',
+]
+
+FINAL_LIBRARY = 'mail'
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbAddressCollector.cpp b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbAddressCollector.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..60f359601
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbAddressCollector.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,331 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "msgCore.h"  // for pre-compiled headers
+#include "nsISimpleEnumerator.h"
+
+#include "nsIAbCard.h"
+#include "nsAbBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsAbAddressCollector.h"
+#include "nsIPrefService.h"
+#include "nsIPrefBranch.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "prmem.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsComponentManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsIAbManager.h"
+#include "mozilla/mailnews/MimeHeaderParser.h"
+
+using namespace mozilla::mailnews;
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsAbAddressCollector, nsIAbAddressCollector, nsIObserver)
+
+#define PREF_MAIL_COLLECT_ADDRESSBOOK "mail.collect_addressbook"
+
+nsAbAddressCollector::nsAbAddressCollector()
+{
+}
+
+nsAbAddressCollector::~nsAbAddressCollector()
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> pPrefBranchInt(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    pPrefBranchInt->RemoveObserver(PREF_MAIL_COLLECT_ADDRESSBOOK, this);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Returns the first card found with the specified email address. This
+ * returns an already addrefed pointer to the card if the card is found.
+ */
+already_AddRefed<nsIAbCard>
+nsAbAddressCollector::GetCardForAddress(const nsACString &aEmailAddress,
+                                        nsIAbDirectory **aDirectory)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbManager> abManager(do_GetService(NS_ABMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, nullptr);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleEnumerator> enumerator;
+  rv = abManager->GetDirectories(getter_AddRefs(enumerator));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, nullptr);
+
+  bool hasMore;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> supports;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbDirectory> directory;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbCard> result;
+  while (NS_SUCCEEDED(enumerator->HasMoreElements(&hasMore)) && hasMore)
+  {
+    rv = enumerator->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(supports));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, nullptr);
+
+    directory = do_QueryInterface(supports, &rv);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      continue;
+
+    // Some implementations may return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED here,
+    // so just catch the value and continue.
+    if (NS_FAILED(directory->CardForEmailAddress(aEmailAddress,
+                                                 getter_AddRefs(result))))
+    {
+      continue;
+    }
+
+    if (result)
+    {
+      if (aDirectory)
+        directory.forget(aDirectory);
+      return result.forget();
+    }
+  }
+  return nullptr;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsAbAddressCollector::CollectAddress(const nsACString &aAddresses,
+                                     bool aCreateCard,
+                                     uint32_t aSendFormat)
+{
+  // If we've not got a valid directory, no point in going any further
+  if (!mDirectory)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  // note that we're now setting the whole recipient list,
+  // not just the pretty name of the first recipient.
+  nsTArray<nsCString> names;
+  nsTArray<nsCString> addresses;
+  ExtractAllAddresses(EncodedHeader(aAddresses),
+    UTF16ArrayAdapter<>(names), UTF16ArrayAdapter<>(addresses));
+  uint32_t numAddresses = names.Length();
+
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < numAddresses; i++)
+  {
+    // Don't allow collection of addresses with no email address, it makes
+    // no sense. Whilst we should never get here in most normal cases, we
+    // should still be careful.
+    if (addresses[i].IsEmpty())
+      continue;
+
+    CollectSingleAddress(addresses[i], names[i], aCreateCard, aSendFormat,
+                         false);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsAbAddressCollector::CollectSingleAddress(const nsACString &aEmail,
+                                           const nsACString &aDisplayName,
+                                           bool aCreateCard,
+                                           uint32_t aSendFormat,
+                                           bool aSkipCheckExisting)
+{
+  if (!mDirectory)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbDirectory> originDirectory;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbCard> card = (!aSkipCheckExisting) ?
+    GetCardForAddress(aEmail, getter_AddRefs(originDirectory)) : nullptr;
+
+  if (!card && (aCreateCard || aSkipCheckExisting))
+  {
+    card = do_CreateInstance(NS_ABCARDPROPERTY_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && card)
+    {
+      // Set up the fields for the new card.
+      SetNamesForCard(card, aDisplayName);
+      AutoCollectScreenName(card, aEmail);
+
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(card->SetPrimaryEmail(NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16(aEmail))))
+      {
+        card->SetPropertyAsUint32(kPreferMailFormatProperty, aSendFormat);
+
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIAbCard> addedCard;
+        rv = mDirectory->AddCard(card, getter_AddRefs(addedCard));
+        NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "failed to add card");
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  else if (card && originDirectory)
+  {
+    // It could be that the origin directory is read-only, so don't try and
+    // write to it if it is.
+    bool readOnly;
+    rv = originDirectory->GetReadOnly(&readOnly);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    if (readOnly)
+      return NS_OK;
+
+    // address is already in the AB, so update the names
+    bool modifiedCard = false;
+
+    nsString displayName;
+    card->GetDisplayName(displayName);
+    // If we already have a display name, don't set the names on the card.
+    if (displayName.IsEmpty() && !aDisplayName.IsEmpty())
+      modifiedCard = SetNamesForCard(card, aDisplayName);
+
+    if (aSendFormat != nsIAbPreferMailFormat::unknown)
+    {
+      uint32_t currentFormat;
+      rv = card->GetPropertyAsUint32(kPreferMailFormatProperty,
+                                     &currentFormat);
+      NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "failed to get preferred mail format");
+
+      // we only want to update the AB if the current format is unknown
+      if (currentFormat == nsIAbPreferMailFormat::unknown &&
+          NS_SUCCEEDED(card->SetPropertyAsUint32(kPreferMailFormatProperty,
+                                                 aSendFormat)))
+        modifiedCard = true;
+    }
+
+    if (modifiedCard)
+      originDirectory->ModifyCard(card);
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// Works out the screen name to put on the card for some well-known addresses
+void
+nsAbAddressCollector::AutoCollectScreenName(nsIAbCard *aCard,
+                                            const nsACString &aEmail)
+{
+  if (!aCard)
+    return;
+
+  int32_t atPos = aEmail.FindChar('@');
+  if (atPos == -1)
+    return;
+
+  const nsACString& domain = Substring(aEmail, atPos + 1);
+
+  if (domain.IsEmpty())
+    return;
+  // username in 
+  // username@aol.com (America Online)
+  // username@cs.com (Compuserve)
+  // username@netscape.net (Netscape webmail)
+  // are all AIM screennames.  autocollect that info.
+  if (domain.Equals("aol.com") || domain.Equals("cs.com") ||
+      domain.Equals("netscape.net"))
+    aCard->SetPropertyAsAUTF8String(kScreenNameProperty, Substring(aEmail, 0, atPos));
+  else if (domain.Equals("gmail.com") || domain.Equals("googlemail.com"))
+    aCard->SetPropertyAsAUTF8String(kGtalkProperty, Substring(aEmail, 0, atPos));
+}
+
+// Returns true if the card was modified successfully.
+bool
+nsAbAddressCollector::SetNamesForCard(nsIAbCard *aSenderCard,
+                                      const nsACString &aFullName)
+{
+  nsCString firstName;
+  nsCString lastName;
+  bool modifiedCard = false;
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(aSenderCard->SetDisplayName(NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16(aFullName))))
+    modifiedCard = true;
+
+  // Now split up the full name.
+  SplitFullName(nsCString(aFullName), firstName, lastName);
+
+  if (!firstName.IsEmpty() &&
+      NS_SUCCEEDED(aSenderCard->SetFirstName(NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16(firstName))))
+    modifiedCard = true;
+
+  if (!lastName.IsEmpty() &&
+      NS_SUCCEEDED(aSenderCard->SetLastName(NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16(lastName))))
+    modifiedCard = true;
+
+  if (modifiedCard)
+    aSenderCard->SetPropertyAsBool("PreferDisplayName", false);
+
+  return modifiedCard;
+}
+
+// Splits the first and last name based on the space between them.
+void
+nsAbAddressCollector::SplitFullName(const nsCString &aFullName, nsCString &aFirstName,
+                                    nsCString &aLastName)
+{
+  int index = aFullName.RFindChar(' ');
+  if (index != -1)
+  {
+    aLastName = Substring(aFullName, index + 1);
+    aFirstName = Substring(aFullName, 0, index);
+  }
+}
+
+// Observes the collected address book pref in case it changes.
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsAbAddressCollector::Observe(nsISupports *aSubject, const char *aTopic,
+                              const char16_t *aData)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefBranch = do_QueryInterface(aSubject);
+  if (!prefBranch) {
+    NS_ASSERTION(prefBranch, "failed to get prefs");
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  SetUpAbFromPrefs(prefBranch);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// Initialises the collector with the required items.
+nsresult
+nsAbAddressCollector::Init(void)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefBranch(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID,
+                                                   &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = prefBranch->AddObserver(PREF_MAIL_COLLECT_ADDRESSBOOK, this, false);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  SetUpAbFromPrefs(prefBranch);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// Performs the necessary changes to set up the collector for the specified
+// collected address book.
+void
+nsAbAddressCollector::SetUpAbFromPrefs(nsIPrefBranch *aPrefBranch)
+{
+  nsCString abURI;
+  aPrefBranch->GetCharPref(PREF_MAIL_COLLECT_ADDRESSBOOK,
+                           getter_Copies(abURI));
+
+  if (abURI.IsEmpty())
+    abURI.AssignLiteral(kPersonalAddressbookUri);
+
+  if (abURI == mABURI)
+    return;
+
+  mDirectory = nullptr;
+  mABURI = abURI;
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbManager> abManager(do_GetService(NS_ABMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS_VOID(rv);
+
+  rv = abManager->GetDirectory(mABURI, getter_AddRefs(mDirectory));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS_VOID(rv);
+
+  bool readOnly;
+  rv = mDirectory->GetReadOnly(&readOnly);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS_VOID(rv);
+
+  // If the directory is read-only, we can't write to it, so just blank it out
+  // here, and warn because we shouldn't hit this (UI is wrong).
+  if (readOnly)
+  {
+    NS_ERROR("Address Collection book preferences is set to a read-only book. "
+             "Address collection will not take place.");
+    mDirectory = nullptr;
+  }
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbAddressCollector.h b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbAddressCollector.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7ef2236b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbAddressCollector.h
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _nsAbAddressCollector_H_
+#define _nsAbAddressCollector_H_
+
+#include "nsIAbAddressCollector.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsIAbDirectory.h"
+#include "nsIAbCard.h"
+#include "nsIObserver.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+
+class nsIPrefBranch;
+
+class nsAbAddressCollector : public nsIAbAddressCollector,
+                             public nsIObserver
+{
+public:
+  nsAbAddressCollector();
+
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIABADDRESSCOLLECTOR
+  NS_DECL_NSIOBSERVER
+
+  nsresult Init();
+
+private:
+  virtual ~nsAbAddressCollector();
+  already_AddRefed<nsIAbCard> GetCardForAddress(const nsACString &aEmailAddress,
+                                                nsIAbDirectory **aDirectory);
+  void AutoCollectScreenName(nsIAbCard *aCard, const nsACString &aEmail);
+  bool SetNamesForCard(nsIAbCard *aSenderCard, const nsACString &aFullName);
+  void SplitFullName(const nsCString &aFullName, nsCString &aFirstName,
+                     nsCString &aLastName);
+  void SetUpAbFromPrefs(nsIPrefBranch *aPrefBranch);
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIAbDirectory> mDirectory;
+  nsCString mABURI;
+};
+
+#endif  // _nsAbAddressCollector_H_
+
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbAutoCompleteMyDomain.js b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbAutoCompleteMyDomain.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1ace4ca50
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbAutoCompleteMyDomain.js
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+Components.utils.import("resource:///modules/mailServices.js");
+Components.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/XPCOMUtils.jsm");
+
+function nsAbAutoCompleteMyDomain() {}
+
+nsAbAutoCompleteMyDomain.prototype = {
+  classID: Components.ID("{5b259db2-e451-4de9-8a6f-cfba91402973}"),
+  QueryInterface: XPCOMUtils.generateQI([
+      Components.interfaces.nsIAutoCompleteSearch]),
+
+  cachedIdKey: "",
+  cachedIdentity: null,
+
+  applicableHeaders: new Set(["addr_to", "addr_cc", "addr_bcc", "addr_reply"]),
+
+  startSearch: function(aString, aSearchParam, aResult, aListener) {
+    let params = aSearchParam ? JSON.parse(aSearchParam) : {};
+    let applicable = ("type" in params) && this.applicableHeaders.has(params.type);
+    const ACR = Components.interfaces.nsIAutoCompleteResult;
+    var address = null;
+    if (applicable && aString && !aString.includes(",")) {
+      if (("idKey" in params) && (params.idKey != this.cachedIdKey)) {
+        this.cachedIdentity = MailServices.accounts.getIdentity(params.idKey);
+        this.cachedIdKey = params.idKey;
+      }
+      if (this.cachedIdentity.autocompleteToMyDomain)
+        address = aString.includes("@") ? aString :
+                  this.cachedIdentity.email.replace(/[^@]*/, aString);
+    }
+
+    var result = {
+      searchString: aString,
+      searchResult: address ? ACR.RESULT_SUCCESS : ACR.RESULT_FAILURE,
+      defaultIndex: -1,
+      errorDescription: null,
+      matchCount: address ? 1 : 0,
+      getValueAt: function() { return address; },
+      getLabelAt: function() { return this.getValueAt(); },
+      getCommentAt: function() { return null; },
+      getStyleAt: function() { return "default-match"; },
+      getImageAt: function() { return null; },
+      getFinalCompleteValueAt: function(aIndex) {
+        return this.getValueAt(aIndex);
+      },
+      removeValueAt: function() {}
+    };
+    aListener.onSearchResult(this, result);
+  },
+
+  stopSearch: function() {}
+};
+
+var components = [nsAbAutoCompleteMyDomain];
+var NSGetFactory = XPCOMUtils.generateNSGetFactory(components);
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbAutoCompleteSearch.js b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbAutoCompleteSearch.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c6c9b8db8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbAutoCompleteSearch.js
@@ -0,0 +1,466 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+Components.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/Services.jsm");
+Components.utils.import("resource:///modules/mailServices.js");
+Components.utils.import("resource:///modules/ABQueryUtils.jsm");
+Components.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/XPCOMUtils.jsm");
+
+var ACR = Components.interfaces.nsIAutoCompleteResult;
+var nsIAbAutoCompleteResult = Components.interfaces.nsIAbAutoCompleteResult;
+
+function nsAbAutoCompleteResult(aSearchString) {
+  // Can't create this in the prototype as we'd get the same array for
+  // all instances
+  this._searchResults = []; // final results
+  this.searchString = aSearchString;
+  this._collectedValues = new Map();  // temporary unsorted results
+  // Get model query from pref; this will return mail.addr_book.autocompletequery.format.phonetic
+  // if mail.addr_book.show_phonetic_fields == true
+  this.modelQuery = getModelQuery("mail.addr_book.autocompletequery.format");
+  // check if the currently active model query has been modified by user
+  this._modelQueryHasUserValue = modelQueryHasUserValue("mail.addr_book.autocompletequery.format");
+}
+
+nsAbAutoCompleteResult.prototype = {
+  _searchResults: null,
+
+  // nsIAutoCompleteResult
+
+  modelQuery: null,
+  searchString: null,
+  searchResult: ACR.RESULT_NOMATCH,
+  defaultIndex: -1,
+  errorDescription: null,
+
+  get matchCount() {
+    return this._searchResults.length;
+  },
+
+  getValueAt: function getValueAt(aIndex) {
+    return this._searchResults[aIndex].value;
+  },
+
+  getLabelAt: function getLabelAt(aIndex) {
+    return this.getValueAt(aIndex);
+  },
+
+  getCommentAt: function getCommentAt(aIndex) {
+    return this._searchResults[aIndex].comment;
+  },
+
+  getStyleAt: function getStyleAt(aIndex) {
+    return "local-abook";
+  },
+
+  getImageAt: function getImageAt(aIndex) {
+    return "";
+  },
+
+  getFinalCompleteValueAt: function(aIndex) {
+    return this.getValueAt(aIndex);
+  },
+
+  removeValueAt: function removeValueAt(aRowIndex, aRemoveFromDB) {
+  },
+
+  // nsIAbAutoCompleteResult
+
+  getCardAt: function getCardAt(aIndex) {
+    return this._searchResults[aIndex].card;
+  },
+
+  getEmailToUse: function getEmailToUse(aIndex) {
+    return this._searchResults[aIndex].emailToUse;
+  },
+
+  // nsISupports
+
+  QueryInterface: XPCOMUtils.generateQI([ACR, nsIAbAutoCompleteResult])
+}
+
+function nsAbAutoCompleteSearch() {}
+
+nsAbAutoCompleteSearch.prototype = {
+  // For component registration
+  classID: Components.ID("2f946df9-114c-41fe-8899-81f10daf4f0c"),
+
+  // This is set from a preference,
+  // 0 = no comment column, 1 = name of address book this card came from
+  // Other numbers currently unused (hence default to zero)
+  _commentColumn: 0,
+  _parser: MailServices.headerParser,
+  _abManager: MailServices.ab,
+  applicableHeaders: new Set(["addr_to", "addr_cc", "addr_bcc", "addr_reply"]),
+
+  // Private methods
+
+  /**
+   * Returns the popularity index for a given card. This takes account of a
+   * translation bug whereby Thunderbird 2 stores its values in mork as
+   * hexadecimal, and Thunderbird 3 stores as decimal.
+   *
+   * @param aDirectory  The directory that the card is in.
+   * @param aCard       The card to return the popularity index for.
+   */
+  _getPopularityIndex: function _getPopularityIndex(aDirectory, aCard) {
+    let popularityValue = aCard.getProperty("PopularityIndex", "0");
+    let popularityIndex = parseInt(popularityValue);
+
+    // If we haven't parsed it the first time round, parse it as hexadecimal
+    // and repair so that we don't have to keep repairing.
+    if (isNaN(popularityIndex)) {
+      popularityIndex = parseInt(popularityValue, 16);
+
+      // If its still NaN, just give up, we shouldn't ever get here.
+      if (isNaN(popularityIndex))
+        popularityIndex = 0;
+
+      // Now store this change so that we're not changing it each time around.
+      if (!aDirectory.readOnly) {
+        aCard.setProperty("PopularityIndex", popularityIndex);
+        try {
+          aDirectory.modifyCard(aCard);
+        }
+        catch (ex) {
+          Components.utils.reportError(ex);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    return popularityIndex;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Gets the score of the (full) address, given the search input. We want
+   * results that match the beginning of a "word" in the result to score better
+   * than a result that matches only in the middle of the word.
+   *
+   * @param aCard - the card whose score is being decided
+   * @param aAddress - full lower-cased address, including display name and address
+   * @param aSearchString - search string provided by user
+   * @return a score; a higher score is better than a lower one
+   */
+  _getScore: function(aCard, aAddress, aSearchString) {
+    const BEST = 100;
+
+    // We will firstly check if the search term provided by the user
+    // is the nick name for the card or at least in the beginning of it.
+    let nick = aCard.getProperty("NickName", "").toLocaleLowerCase();
+    aSearchString = aSearchString.toLocaleLowerCase();
+    if (nick == aSearchString)
+      return BEST + 1;
+    if (nick.indexOf(aSearchString) == 0)
+      return BEST;
+
+    // We'll do this case-insensitively and ignore the domain.
+    let atIdx = aAddress.lastIndexOf("@");
+    if (atIdx != -1) // mail lists don't have an @
+      aAddress = aAddress.substr(0, atIdx);
+    let idx = aAddress.indexOf(aSearchString);
+    if (idx == 0)
+      return BEST;
+    if (idx == -1)
+      return 0;
+
+    // We want to treat firstname, lastname and word boundary(ish) parts of
+    // the email address the same. E.g. for "John Doe (:xx) <jd.who@example.com>"
+    // all of these should score the same: "John", "Doe", "xx",
+    // ":xx", "jd", "who".
+    let prevCh = aAddress.charAt(idx - 1);
+    if (/[ :."'(\-_<&]/.test(prevCh))
+      return BEST;
+
+    // The match was inside a word -> we don't care about the position.
+    return 0;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Searches cards in the given directory. If a card is matched (and isn't
+   * a mailing list) then the function will add a result for each email address
+   * that exists.
+   *
+   * @param searchQuery  The boolean search query to use.
+   * @param directory    An nsIAbDirectory to search.
+   * @param result       The result element to append results to.
+   */
+  _searchCards: function(searchQuery, directory, result) {
+    let childCards;
+    try {
+      childCards = this._abManager.getDirectory(directory.URI + searchQuery).childCards;
+    } catch (e) {
+      Components.utils.reportError("Error running addressbook query '" + searchQuery + "': " + e);
+      return;
+    }
+
+    // Cache this values to save going through xpconnect each time
+    var commentColumn = this._commentColumn == 1 ? directory.dirName : "";
+
+    // Now iterate through all the cards.
+    while (childCards.hasMoreElements()) {
+      var card = childCards.getNext();
+
+      if (card instanceof Components.interfaces.nsIAbCard) {
+        if (card.isMailList)
+          this._addToResult(commentColumn, directory, card, "", true, result);
+        else {
+          let email = card.primaryEmail;
+          if (email)
+            this._addToResult(commentColumn, directory, card, email, true, result);
+
+          email = card.getProperty("SecondEmail", "");
+          if (email)
+            this._addToResult(commentColumn, directory, card, email, false, result);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Checks the parent card and email address of an autocomplete results entry
+   * from a previous result against the search parameters to see if that entry
+   * should still be included in the narrowed-down result.
+   *
+   * @param aCard        The card to check.
+   * @param aEmailToUse  The email address to check against.
+   * @param aSearchWords Array of words in the multi word search string.
+   * @return             True if the card matches the search parameters, false
+   *                     otherwise.
+   */
+  _checkEntry: function _checkEntry(aCard, aEmailToUse, aSearchWords) {
+    // Joining values of many fields in a single string so that a single
+    // search query can be fired on all of them at once. Separating them
+    // using spaces so that field1=> "abc" and field2=> "def" on joining
+    // shouldn't return true on search for "bcd".
+    // Note: This should be constructed from model query pref using
+    // getModelQuery("mail.addr_book.autocompletequery.format")
+    // but for now we hard-code the default value equivalent of the pref here
+    // or else bail out before and reconstruct the full c++ query if the pref
+    // has been customized (modelQueryHasUserValue), so that we won't get here.
+    let cumulativeFieldText = aCard.displayName + " " +
+                              aCard.firstName + " " +
+                              aCard.lastName + " " +
+                              aEmailToUse + " " +
+                              aCard.getProperty("NickName", "");
+    if (aCard.isMailList)
+      cumulativeFieldText += " " + aCard.getProperty("Notes", "");
+    cumulativeFieldText = cumulativeFieldText.toLocaleLowerCase();
+
+    return aSearchWords.every(String.prototype.includes,
+                              cumulativeFieldText);
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Checks to see if an emailAddress (name/address) is a duplicate of an
+   * existing entry already in the results. If the emailAddress is found, it
+   * will remove the existing element if the popularity of the new card is
+   * higher than the previous card.
+   *
+   * @param directory       The directory that the card is in.
+   * @param card            The card that could be a duplicate.
+   * @param lcEmailAddress  The emailAddress (name/address combination) to check
+   *                        for duplicates against. Lowercased.
+   * @param currentResults  The current results list.
+   */
+  _checkDuplicate: function (directory, card, lcEmailAddress, currentResults) {
+    let existingResult = currentResults._collectedValues.get(lcEmailAddress);
+    if (!existingResult)
+      return false;
+
+    let popIndex = this._getPopularityIndex(directory, card);
+    // It's a duplicate, is the new one more popular?
+    if (popIndex > existingResult.popularity) {
+      // Yes it is, so delete this element, return false and allow
+      // _addToResult to sort the new element into the correct place.
+      currentResults._collectedValues.delete(lcEmailAddress);
+      return false;
+    }
+    // Not more popular, but still a duplicate. Return true and _addToResult
+    // will just forget about it.
+    return true;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Adds a card to the results list if it isn't a duplicate. The function will
+   * order the results by popularity.
+   *
+   * @param commentColumn  The text to be displayed in the comment column
+   *                       (if any).
+   * @param directory      The directory that the card is in.
+   * @param card           The card being added to the results.
+   * @param emailToUse     The email address from the card that should be used
+   *                       for this result.
+   * @param isPrimaryEmail Is the emailToUse the primary email? Set to true if
+   *                       it is the case. For mailing lists set it to true.
+   * @param result         The result to add the new entry to.
+   */
+  _addToResult: function(commentColumn, directory, card,
+                         emailToUse, isPrimaryEmail, result) {
+    let mbox = this._parser.makeMailboxObject(card.displayName,
+      card.isMailList ? card.getProperty("Notes", "") || card.displayName :
+                        emailToUse);
+    if (!mbox.email)
+      return;
+
+    let emailAddress = mbox.toString();
+    let lcEmailAddress = emailAddress.toLocaleLowerCase();
+
+    // If it is a duplicate, then just return and don't add it. The
+    // _checkDuplicate function deals with it all for us.
+    if (this._checkDuplicate(directory, card, lcEmailAddress, result))
+      return;
+
+    result._collectedValues.set(lcEmailAddress, {
+      value: emailAddress,
+      comment: commentColumn,
+      card: card,
+      isPrimaryEmail: isPrimaryEmail,
+      emailToUse: emailToUse,
+      popularity: this._getPopularityIndex(directory, card),
+      score: this._getScore(card, lcEmailAddress, result.searchString)
+    });
+  },
+
+  // nsIAutoCompleteSearch
+
+  /**
+   * Starts a search based on the given parameters.
+   *
+   * @see nsIAutoCompleteSearch for parameter details.
+   *
+   * It is expected that aSearchParam contains the identity (if any) to use
+   * for determining if an address book should be autocompleted against.
+   */
+  startSearch: function startSearch(aSearchString, aSearchParam,
+                                    aPreviousResult, aListener) {
+    let params = aSearchParam ? JSON.parse(aSearchParam) : {};
+    var result = new nsAbAutoCompleteResult(aSearchString);
+    if (("type" in params) && !this.applicableHeaders.has(params.type)) {
+      result.searchResult = ACR.RESULT_IGNORED;
+      aListener.onSearchResult(this, result);
+      return;
+    }
+
+    let fullString = aSearchString && aSearchString.trim().toLocaleLowerCase();
+
+    // If the search string is empty, or contains a comma, or the user
+    // hasn't enabled autocomplete, then just return no matches or the
+    // result ignored.
+    // The comma check is so that we don't autocomplete against the user
+    // entering multiple addresses.
+    if (!fullString || aSearchString.includes(",")) {
+      result.searchResult = ACR.RESULT_IGNORED;
+      aListener.onSearchResult(this, result);
+      return;
+    }
+
+    // Array of all the terms from the fullString search query
+    // (separated on the basis of spaces or exact terms on the
+    // basis of quotes).
+    let searchWords = getSearchTokens(fullString);
+
+    // Find out about the comment column
+    try {
+      this._commentColumn = Services.prefs.getIntPref("mail.autoComplete.commentColumn");
+    } catch(e) { }
+
+    if (aPreviousResult instanceof nsIAbAutoCompleteResult &&
+        aSearchString.startsWith(aPreviousResult.searchString) &&
+        aPreviousResult.searchResult == ACR.RESULT_SUCCESS &&
+        !result._modelQueryHasUserValue &&
+        result.modelQuery == aPreviousResult.modelQuery) {
+      // We have successful previous matches, and model query has not changed since
+      // previous search, therefore just iterate through the list of previous result
+      // entries and reduce as appropriate (via _checkEntry function).
+      // Test for model query change is required: when reverting back from custom to
+      // default query, result._modelQueryHasUserValue==false, but we must bail out.
+      // Todo: However, if autocomplete model query has been customized, we fall
+      // back to using the full query again instead of reducing result list in js;
+      // The full query might be less performant as it's fired against entire AB,
+      // so we should try morphing the query for js. We can't use the _checkEntry
+      // js query yet because it is hardcoded (mimic default model query).
+      // At least we now allow users to customize their autocomplete model query...
+      for (let i = 0; i < aPreviousResult.matchCount; ++i) {
+        let card = aPreviousResult.getCardAt(i);
+        let email = aPreviousResult.getEmailToUse(i);
+        if (this._checkEntry(card, email, searchWords)) {
+          // Add matches into the results array. We re-sort as needed later.
+          result._searchResults.push({
+            value: aPreviousResult.getValueAt(i),
+            comment: aPreviousResult.getCommentAt(i),
+            card: card,
+            isPrimaryEmail: (card.primaryEmail == email),
+            emailToUse: email,
+            popularity: parseInt(card.getProperty("PopularityIndex", "0")),
+            score: this._getScore(card,
+              aPreviousResult.getValueAt(i).toLocaleLowerCase(),
+              fullString)
+          });
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      // Construct the search query from pref; using a query means we can
+      // optimise on running the search through c++ which is better for string
+      // comparisons (_checkEntry is relatively slow).
+      // When user's fullstring search expression is a multiword query, search
+      // for each word separately so that each result contains all the words
+      // from the fullstring in the fields of the addressbook card
+      // (see bug 558931 for explanations).
+      // Use helper method to split up search query to multi-word search
+      // query against multiple fields.
+      let searchWords = getSearchTokens(fullString);
+      let searchQuery = generateQueryURI(result.modelQuery, searchWords);
+
+      // Now do the searching
+      let allABs = this._abManager.directories;
+
+      // We're not going to bother searching sub-directories, currently the
+      // architecture forces all cards that are in mailing lists to be in ABs as
+      // well, therefore by searching sub-directories (aka mailing lists) we're
+      // just going to find duplicates.
+      while (allABs.hasMoreElements()) {
+        let dir = allABs.getNext();
+        if (dir instanceof Components.interfaces.nsIAbDirectory &&
+            dir.useForAutocomplete(("idKey" in params) ? params.idKey : null)) {
+          this._searchCards(searchQuery, dir, result);
+        }
+      }
+
+      result._searchResults = [...result._collectedValues.values()];
+    }
+
+    // Sort the results. Scoring may have changed so do it even if this is
+    // just filtered previous results.
+    result._searchResults.sort(function(a, b) {
+      // Order by 1) descending score, then 2) descending popularity,
+      // then 3) primary email before secondary for the same card, then
+      // 4) by emails sorted alphabetically.
+      return (b.score - a.score) ||
+             (b.popularity - a.popularity) ||
+             ((a.card == b.card && a.isPrimaryEmail) ? -1 : 0) ||
+             a.value.localeCompare(b.value);
+    });
+
+    if (result.matchCount) {
+      result.searchResult = ACR.RESULT_SUCCESS;
+      result.defaultIndex = 0;
+    }
+
+    aListener.onSearchResult(this, result);
+  },
+
+  stopSearch: function stopSearch() {
+  },
+
+  // nsISupports
+
+  QueryInterface: XPCOMUtils.generateQI([Components.interfaces
+                                                   .nsIAutoCompleteSearch])
+};
+
+// Module
+
+var components = [nsAbAutoCompleteSearch];
+var NSGetFactory = XPCOMUtils.generateNSGetFactory(components);
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbBSDirectory.cpp b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbBSDirectory.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0d018bbda
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbBSDirectory.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,323 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsIPrefService.h"
+#include "nsAbBSDirectory.h"
+
+#include "nsDirPrefs.h"
+#include "nsAbBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsAddrDatabase.h"
+#include "nsIAbManager.h"
+#include "nsIAbMDBDirectory.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsAbDirFactoryService.h"
+#include "nsAbMDBDirFactory.h"
+#include "nsArrayEnumerator.h"
+
+#include "nsCRTGlue.h"
+
+nsAbBSDirectory::nsAbBSDirectory()
+: mInitialized(false)
+, mServers(13)
+{
+}
+
+nsAbBSDirectory::~nsAbBSDirectory()
+{
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbBSDirectory::Init(const char *aURI)
+{
+  mURI = aURI;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED0(nsAbBSDirectory, nsAbDirProperty)
+
+nsresult nsAbBSDirectory::CreateDirectoriesFromFactory(const nsACString &aURI,
+                                                       DIR_Server *aServer,
+                                                       bool aNotify)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  // Get the directory factory service
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbDirFactoryService> dirFactoryService = 
+    do_GetService(NS_ABDIRFACTORYSERVICE_CONTRACTID,&rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS (rv, rv);
+		
+  // Get the directory factory from the URI
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbDirFactory> dirFactory;
+  rv = dirFactoryService->GetDirFactory(aURI, getter_AddRefs(dirFactory));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS (rv, rv);
+  
+  // Create the directories
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleEnumerator> newDirEnumerator;
+  rv = dirFactory->GetDirectories(NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16(aServer->description),
+                                  aURI,
+                                  nsDependentCString(aServer->prefName),
+                                  getter_AddRefs(newDirEnumerator));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS (rv, rv);
+  
+  // Enumerate through the directories adding them
+  // to the sub directories array
+  bool hasMore;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbManager> abManager = do_GetService(NS_ABMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+
+  while (NS_SUCCEEDED(newDirEnumerator->HasMoreElements(&hasMore)) && hasMore)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> newDirSupports;
+    rv = newDirEnumerator->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(newDirSupports));
+    if(NS_FAILED(rv))
+      continue;
+    
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAbDirectory> childDir = do_QueryInterface(newDirSupports, &rv); 
+    if(NS_FAILED(rv))
+      continue;
+    
+    // Define a relationship between the preference
+    // entry and the directory
+    mServers.Put(childDir, aServer);
+
+    mSubDirectories.AppendObject(childDir);
+
+    if (aNotify && abManager)
+      abManager->NotifyDirectoryItemAdded(this, childDir);
+  }
+  
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbBSDirectory::GetChildNodes(nsISimpleEnumerator* *aResult)
+{
+  nsresult rv = EnsureInitialized();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  return NS_NewArrayEnumerator(aResult, mSubDirectories);
+}
+
+nsresult nsAbBSDirectory::EnsureInitialized()
+{
+  if (mInitialized)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbDirFactoryService> dirFactoryService = 
+    do_GetService(NS_ABDIRFACTORYSERVICE_CONTRACTID,&rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS (rv, rv);
+    
+  nsTArray<DIR_Server*> *directories = DIR_GetDirectories();
+  if (!directories)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    
+  int32_t count = directories->Length();
+  for (int32_t i = 0; i < count; i++)
+  {
+    DIR_Server *server = directories->ElementAt(i);
+      
+    // if this is a 4.x, local .na2 addressbook (PABDirectory)
+    // we must skip it.
+    // mozilla can't handle 4.x .na2 addressbooks
+    // note, the filename might be na2 for 4.x LDAP directories
+    // (we used the .na2 file for replication), and we don't want to skip
+    // those.  see bug #127007
+    uint32_t fileNameLen = strlen(server->fileName);
+    if (((fileNameLen > kABFileName_PreviousSuffixLen) && 
+      strcmp(server->fileName + fileNameLen - kABFileName_PreviousSuffixLen,
+             kABFileName_PreviousSuffix) == 0) &&
+      (server->dirType == PABDirectory))
+      continue;
+      
+    // Set the uri property
+    nsAutoCString URI (server->uri);
+    // This is in case the uri is never set
+    // in the nsDirPref.cpp code.
+    if (!server->uri) 
+    {
+      URI = NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(kMDBDirectoryRoot);
+      URI += nsDependentCString(server->fileName);
+    }
+      
+    /*
+     * Check that we are not converting from a
+     * a 4.x address book file e.g. pab.na2
+     * check if the URI ends with ".na2"
+     */
+    if (StringEndsWith(URI, NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(kABFileName_PreviousSuffix))) 
+      URI.Replace(kMDBDirectoryRootLen, URI.Length() - kMDBDirectoryRootLen, server->fileName);
+      
+    // Create the directories
+    rv = CreateDirectoriesFromFactory(URI, server, false /* notify */);
+
+    // If we failed, this could be because something has set a pref for us
+    // which is now broke (e.g. no factory present). So just ignore this one
+    // and move on.
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      NS_WARNING("CreateDirectoriesFromFactory failed - Invalid factory?");
+  }
+    
+  mInitialized = true;
+  // sort directories by position...
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbBSDirectory::CreateNewDirectory(const nsAString &aDirName,
+                                                  const nsACString &aURI,
+                                                  uint32_t aType,
+                                                  const nsACString &aPrefName,
+                                                  nsACString &aResult)
+{
+  nsresult rv = EnsureInitialized();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  /*
+   * TODO
+   * This procedure is still MDB specific
+   * due to the dependence on the current
+   * nsDirPref.cpp code
+	 */
+
+  nsCString URI(aURI);
+
+  /*
+   * The creation of the address book in the preferences
+   * is very MDB implementation specific.
+   * If the fileName attribute is null then it will
+   * create an appropriate file name.
+   * Somehow have to resolve this issue so that it
+   * is more general.
+   *
+   */
+  DIR_Server* server = nullptr;
+  rv = DIR_AddNewAddressBook(aDirName, EmptyCString(), URI,
+                             (DirectoryType)aType, aPrefName, &server);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS (rv, rv);
+  
+  if (aType == PABDirectory) {
+    // Add the URI property
+    URI.AssignLiteral(kMDBDirectoryRoot);
+    URI.Append(nsDependentCString(server->fileName));
+  }
+
+  aResult.Assign(server->prefName);
+
+  rv = CreateDirectoriesFromFactory(URI, server, true /* notify */);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbBSDirectory::CreateDirectoryByURI(const nsAString &aDisplayName,
+                                                    const nsACString &aURI)
+{
+  nsresult rv = EnsureInitialized();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCString fileName;
+  if (StringBeginsWith(aURI, NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(kMDBDirectoryRoot)))
+    fileName = Substring(aURI, kMDBDirectoryRootLen);
+
+  DIR_Server * server = nullptr;
+  rv = DIR_AddNewAddressBook(aDisplayName, fileName, aURI,
+                             PABDirectory, EmptyCString(), &server);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  rv = CreateDirectoriesFromFactory(aURI, server, true /* notify */);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+	return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbBSDirectory::DeleteDirectory(nsIAbDirectory *directory)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(directory);
+
+  nsresult rv = EnsureInitialized();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  DIR_Server *server = nullptr;
+  mServers.Get(directory, &server);
+
+  if (!server)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  struct GetDirectories
+  {
+    GetDirectories(DIR_Server* aServer) : mServer(aServer) { }
+
+    nsCOMArray<nsIAbDirectory> directories;
+    DIR_Server* mServer;
+  };
+  GetDirectories getDirectories(server);
+  for (auto iter = mServers.Iter(); !iter.Done(); iter.Next()) {
+    if (iter.UserData() == getDirectories.mServer) {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIAbDirectory> abDir = do_QueryInterface(iter.Key());
+      getDirectories.directories.AppendObject(abDir);
+    }
+  }
+
+  DIR_DeleteServerFromList(server);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbDirFactoryService> dirFactoryService = 
+    do_GetService(NS_ABDIRFACTORYSERVICE_CONTRACTID,&rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS (rv, rv);
+
+  uint32_t count = getDirectories.directories.Count();
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbManager> abManager = do_GetService(NS_ABMANAGER_CONTRACTID);
+
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < count; i++) {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAbDirectory> d = getDirectories.directories[i];
+
+    mServers.Remove(d);
+    mSubDirectories.RemoveObject(d);
+
+    if (abManager)
+      abManager->NotifyDirectoryDeleted(this, d);
+
+    nsCString uri;
+    rv = d->GetURI(uri);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAbDirFactory> dirFactory;
+    rv = dirFactoryService->GetDirFactory(uri, getter_AddRefs(dirFactory));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      continue;
+
+    rv = dirFactory->DeleteDirectory(d);
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbBSDirectory::HasDirectory(nsIAbDirectory *dir, bool *hasDir)
+{
+  if (!hasDir)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  nsresult rv = EnsureInitialized();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  DIR_Server *dirServer = nullptr;
+  mServers.Get(dir, &dirServer);
+  return DIR_ContainsServer(dirServer, hasDir);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbBSDirectory::UseForAutocomplete(const nsACString &aIdentityKey,
+                                                  bool *aResult)
+{
+  // For the "root" directory (kAllDirectoryRoot) always return true so that
+  // we can search sub directories that may or may not be local.
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+  *aResult = true;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbBSDirectory::GetURI(nsACString &aURI)
+{
+  if (mURI.IsEmpty())
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+  aURI = mURI;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbBSDirectory.h b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbBSDirectory.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..bc550dbf5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbBSDirectory.h
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+
+#ifndef nsAbBSDirectory_h__
+#define nsAbBSDirectory_h__
+
+#include "mozilla/Attributes.h"
+#include "nsAbDirProperty.h"
+
+#include "nsDataHashtable.h"
+#include "nsCOMArray.h"
+
+class nsAbBSDirectory : public nsAbDirProperty
+{
+public:
+	NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED
+
+	nsAbBSDirectory();
+
+	// nsIAbDirectory methods
+  NS_IMETHOD Init(const char *aURI) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetChildNodes(nsISimpleEnumerator* *result) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD CreateNewDirectory(const nsAString &aDirName,
+                                const nsACString &aURI,
+                                uint32_t aType,
+                                const nsACString &aPrefName,
+                                nsACString &aResult) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD CreateDirectoryByURI(const nsAString &aDisplayName,
+                                  const nsACString &aURI) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD DeleteDirectory(nsIAbDirectory *directory) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD HasDirectory(nsIAbDirectory *dir, bool *hasDir) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD UseForAutocomplete(const nsACString &aIdentityKey, bool *aResult) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetURI(nsACString &aURI) override;
+
+protected:
+  virtual ~nsAbBSDirectory();
+  nsresult EnsureInitialized();
+	nsresult CreateDirectoriesFromFactory(const nsACString &aURI,
+                                        DIR_Server* aServer, bool aNotify);
+
+protected:
+	bool mInitialized;
+	nsCOMArray<nsIAbDirectory> mSubDirectories;
+	nsDataHashtable<nsISupportsHashKey, DIR_Server*> mServers;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbBoolExprToLDAPFilter.cpp b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbBoolExprToLDAPFilter.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..679ee792d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbBoolExprToLDAPFilter.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,246 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsIAbLDAPAttributeMap.h"
+#include "nsAbBoolExprToLDAPFilter.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsIArray.h"
+#include "nsArrayUtils.h"
+
+const int nsAbBoolExprToLDAPFilter::TRANSLATE_CARD_PROPERTY = 1 << 0 ;
+const int nsAbBoolExprToLDAPFilter::ALLOW_NON_CONVERTABLE_CARD_PROPERTY = 1 << 1 ;
+
+nsresult nsAbBoolExprToLDAPFilter::Convert (
+    nsIAbLDAPAttributeMap* map,
+    nsIAbBooleanExpression* expression,
+    nsCString& filter,
+    int flags)
+{
+    nsCString f;
+    nsresult rv = FilterExpression (map, expression, f, flags);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    filter = f;
+    return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsAbBoolExprToLDAPFilter::FilterExpression (
+    nsIAbLDAPAttributeMap* map,
+    nsIAbBooleanExpression* expression,
+    nsCString& filter,
+    int flags)
+{
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIArray> childExpressions;
+    nsresult rv = expression->GetExpressions(getter_AddRefs(childExpressions));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    
+    uint32_t count;
+    rv = childExpressions->GetLength(&count);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    if (count == 0)
+        return NS_OK;
+
+    nsAbBooleanOperationType operation;
+    rv = expression->GetOperation(&operation);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    /*
+     * 3rd party query integration with Mozilla is achieved 
+     * by calling nsAbLDAPDirectoryQuery::DoQuery(). Thus
+     * we can arrive here with a query asking for all the
+     * ldap attributes using the card:nsIAbCard interface.
+     *
+     * So we need to check that we are not creating a condition 
+     * filter against this expression otherwise we will end up with an invalid 
+     * filter equal to "(|)".
+    */
+    
+    if (count == 1 )
+    {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIAbBooleanConditionString>
+            childCondition(do_QueryElementAt(childExpressions, 1, &rv));
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        {
+            nsCString name;
+            rv = childCondition->GetName (getter_Copies (name));
+            NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+            if(name.Equals("card:nsIAbCard"))
+                return NS_OK;
+        }
+    }
+
+    filter.AppendLiteral("(");
+    switch (operation)
+    {
+        case nsIAbBooleanOperationTypes::AND:
+            filter.AppendLiteral("&");
+            rv = FilterExpressions (map, childExpressions, filter, flags);
+            break;
+        case nsIAbBooleanOperationTypes::OR:
+            filter.AppendLiteral("|");
+            rv = FilterExpressions (map, childExpressions, filter, flags);
+            break;
+        case nsIAbBooleanOperationTypes::NOT:
+            if (count > 1)
+                return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+            filter.AppendLiteral("!");
+            rv = FilterExpressions (map, childExpressions, filter, flags);
+            break;
+        default:
+            break;
+    }
+    filter.AppendLiteral(")");
+
+    return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsAbBoolExprToLDAPFilter::FilterExpressions (
+    nsIAbLDAPAttributeMap *map,
+    nsIArray* expressions,
+    nsCString& filter,
+    int flags)
+{
+    uint32_t count;
+    nsresult rv = expressions->GetLength(&count);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAbBooleanConditionString> childCondition;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAbBooleanExpression> childExpression;
+    for (uint32_t i = 0; i < count; i++)
+    {
+        childCondition = do_QueryElementAt(expressions, i, &rv);
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        {
+            rv = FilterCondition (map, childCondition, filter, flags);
+            NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+            continue;
+        }
+
+        childExpression = do_QueryElementAt(expressions, i, &rv);
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        {
+            rv = FilterExpression (map, childExpression, filter, flags);
+            NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+            continue;
+        }
+    }
+
+    return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsAbBoolExprToLDAPFilter::FilterCondition (
+    nsIAbLDAPAttributeMap* map,
+    nsIAbBooleanConditionString* condition,
+    nsCString& filter,
+    int flags)
+{
+    nsCString name;
+    nsresult rv = condition->GetName(getter_Copies (name));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    nsAutoCString ldapAttr(name);
+    if (flags & TRANSLATE_CARD_PROPERTY)
+    {
+        rv = map->GetFirstAttribute (name, ldapAttr);
+        if (!(flags & ALLOW_NON_CONVERTABLE_CARD_PROPERTY) && 
+            !ATTRMAP_FOUND_ATTR(rv, ldapAttr))
+            return NS_OK;
+    }
+
+    nsAbBooleanConditionType conditionType;
+    rv = condition->GetCondition(&conditionType);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    nsString value;
+    rv = condition->GetValue (getter_Copies (value));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8 vUTF8 (value);
+
+    switch (conditionType)
+    {
+        case nsIAbBooleanConditionTypes::DoesNotExist:
+            filter.AppendLiteral("(!("); 
+            filter.Append(ldapAttr);
+            filter.AppendLiteral("=*))");
+            break;
+        case nsIAbBooleanConditionTypes::Exists:
+            filter.AppendLiteral("("); 
+            filter.Append(ldapAttr);
+            filter.AppendLiteral("=*)");
+            break;
+        case nsIAbBooleanConditionTypes::Contains:
+            filter.AppendLiteral("(");
+            filter.Append(ldapAttr);
+            filter.Append("=*");
+            filter.Append(vUTF8);
+            filter.AppendLiteral("*)");
+            break;
+        case nsIAbBooleanConditionTypes::DoesNotContain:
+            filter.AppendLiteral("(!(");
+            filter.Append(ldapAttr);
+            filter.AppendLiteral("=*");
+            filter.Append(vUTF8);
+            filter.AppendLiteral("*))");
+            break;
+        case nsIAbBooleanConditionTypes::Is:
+            filter.AppendLiteral("(");
+            filter.Append(ldapAttr);
+            filter.AppendLiteral("=");
+            filter.Append(vUTF8);
+            filter.AppendLiteral(")");
+            break;
+        case nsIAbBooleanConditionTypes::IsNot:
+            filter.AppendLiteral("(!(");
+            filter.Append(ldapAttr);
+            filter.AppendLiteral("=");
+            filter.Append(vUTF8);
+            filter.AppendLiteral("))");
+            break;
+        case nsIAbBooleanConditionTypes::BeginsWith:
+            filter.AppendLiteral("(");
+            filter.Append(ldapAttr);
+            filter.AppendLiteral("=");
+            filter.Append(vUTF8);
+            filter.AppendLiteral("*)");
+            break;
+        case nsIAbBooleanConditionTypes::EndsWith:
+            filter.AppendLiteral("(");
+            filter.Append(ldapAttr);
+            filter.AppendLiteral("=*");
+            filter.Append(vUTF8);
+            filter.AppendLiteral(")");
+            break;
+        case nsIAbBooleanConditionTypes::LessThan:
+            filter.AppendLiteral("(");
+            filter.Append(ldapAttr);
+            filter.AppendLiteral("<=");
+            filter.Append(vUTF8);
+            filter.AppendLiteral(")");
+            break;
+        case nsIAbBooleanConditionTypes::GreaterThan:
+            filter.AppendLiteral("(");
+            filter.Append(ldapAttr);
+            filter.AppendLiteral(">=");
+            filter.Append(vUTF8);
+            filter.AppendLiteral(")");
+            break;
+        case nsIAbBooleanConditionTypes::SoundsLike:
+            filter.AppendLiteral("(");
+            filter.Append(ldapAttr);
+            filter.AppendLiteral("~=");
+            filter.Append(vUTF8);
+            filter.AppendLiteral(")");
+            break;
+        case nsIAbBooleanConditionTypes::RegExp:
+            break;
+        default:
+            break;
+    }
+
+    return rv;
+}
+
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbBoolExprToLDAPFilter.h b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbBoolExprToLDAPFilter.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5ea892595
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbBoolExprToLDAPFilter.h
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsBooleanExpressionToLDAPFilter_h__
+#define nsBooleanExpressionToLDAPFilter_h__
+
+#include "nsIAbBooleanExpression.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+
+class nsIAbLDAPAttributeMap;
+
+class nsAbBoolExprToLDAPFilter
+{
+public:
+    static const int TRANSLATE_CARD_PROPERTY ;
+    static const int ALLOW_NON_CONVERTABLE_CARD_PROPERTY ;
+
+    static nsresult Convert (
+            nsIAbLDAPAttributeMap* map,
+            nsIAbBooleanExpression* expression,
+            nsCString& filter,
+            int flags = TRANSLATE_CARD_PROPERTY);
+
+protected:
+    static nsresult FilterExpression (
+        nsIAbLDAPAttributeMap* map,
+        nsIAbBooleanExpression* expression,
+        nsCString& filter,
+        int flags);
+    static nsresult FilterExpressions (
+        nsIAbLDAPAttributeMap* map,
+        nsIArray* expressions,
+        nsCString& filter,
+        int flags);
+    static nsresult FilterCondition (
+        nsIAbLDAPAttributeMap* map,
+        nsIAbBooleanConditionString* condition,
+        nsCString& filter,
+        int flags);
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbBooleanExpression.cpp b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbBooleanExpression.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a1a39c1fa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbBooleanExpression.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,132 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsAbBooleanExpression.h"
+#include "nsComponentManagerUtils.h"
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsAbBooleanConditionString, nsIAbBooleanConditionString)
+
+nsAbBooleanConditionString::nsAbBooleanConditionString() :
+    mCondition (nsIAbBooleanConditionTypes::Exists)
+{
+}
+
+nsAbBooleanConditionString::~nsAbBooleanConditionString()
+{
+}
+
+/* attribute nsAbBooleanConditionType condition; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbBooleanConditionString::GetCondition(nsAbBooleanConditionType *aCondition)
+{
+    if (!aCondition)
+        return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+    *aCondition = mCondition;
+
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbBooleanConditionString::SetCondition(nsAbBooleanConditionType aCondition)
+{
+    mCondition = aCondition;
+
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* attribute string name; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbBooleanConditionString::GetName(char** aName)
+{
+    if (!aName)
+        return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+    *aName = mName.IsEmpty() ? 0 : ToNewCString(mName);
+
+    return NS_OK;
+
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbBooleanConditionString::SetName(const char* aName)
+{
+    if (!aName)
+        return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+    mName = aName;
+
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* attribute wstring value; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbBooleanConditionString::GetValue(char16_t** aValue)
+{
+    if (!aValue)
+        return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+    *aValue = ToNewUnicode(mValue);
+
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbBooleanConditionString::SetValue(const char16_t * aValue)
+{
+    if (!aValue)
+        return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+    mValue = aValue;
+
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsAbBooleanExpression, nsIAbBooleanExpression)
+
+nsAbBooleanExpression::nsAbBooleanExpression() :
+    mOperation (nsIAbBooleanOperationTypes::AND)
+{
+}
+
+nsAbBooleanExpression::~nsAbBooleanExpression()
+{
+}
+
+/* attribute nsAbBooleanOperationType operation; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbBooleanExpression::GetOperation(nsAbBooleanOperationType *aOperation)
+{
+    if (!aOperation)
+        return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+    *aOperation = mOperation;
+
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbBooleanExpression::SetOperation(nsAbBooleanOperationType aOperation)
+{
+    mOperation = aOperation;
+
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* attribute nsIArray expressions; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbBooleanExpression::GetExpressions(nsIArray **aExpressions)
+{
+  if (!aExpressions)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  if (!mExpressions)
+  {
+    mExpressions = do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID);
+
+    if (!mExpressions)
+      return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+  }
+
+  NS_ADDREF(*aExpressions = mExpressions);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbBooleanExpression::SetExpressions(nsIArray *aExpressions)
+{
+  if (!aExpressions)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  mExpressions = aExpressions;
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbBooleanExpression.h b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbBooleanExpression.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..697caf5f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbBooleanExpression.h
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsAbBooleanExpression_h__
+#define nsAbBooleanExpression_h__
+
+#include "nsIAbBooleanExpression.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsIArray.h"
+
+class nsAbBooleanConditionString : public nsIAbBooleanConditionString
+{
+public:
+    NS_DECL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS
+    NS_DECL_NSIABBOOLEANCONDITIONSTRING
+
+    nsAbBooleanConditionString();
+
+protected:
+    virtual ~nsAbBooleanConditionString();
+    nsAbBooleanConditionType mCondition;
+    nsCString mName;
+    nsString mValue;
+};
+
+class nsAbBooleanExpression: public nsIAbBooleanExpression
+{
+public:
+    NS_DECL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS
+    NS_DECL_NSIABBOOLEANEXPRESSION
+
+    nsAbBooleanExpression();
+
+protected:
+    virtual ~nsAbBooleanExpression();
+    nsAbBooleanOperationType mOperation;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIArray> mExpressions;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbCardProperty.cpp b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbCardProperty.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2c40a4034
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbCardProperty.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1193 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsAbCardProperty.h"
+#include "nsAbBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsIPrefService.h"
+#include "nsIAddrDatabase.h"
+#include "plbase64.h"
+#include "nsIStringBundle.h"
+#include "plstr.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "nsINetUtil.h"
+#include "nsComponentManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsMemory.h"
+#include "nsVCardObj.h"
+#include "nsIMutableArray.h"
+#include "nsArrayUtils.h"
+#include "mozITXTToHTMLConv.h"
+#include "nsIAbManager.h"
+
+#include "nsVariant.h"
+#include "nsIProperty.h"
+#include "nsCOMArray.h"
+#include "nsArrayEnumerator.h"
+#include "prmem.h"
+#include "mozilla/ArrayUtils.h"
+#include "mozilla/Services.h"
+using namespace mozilla;
+
+#define PREF_MAIL_ADDR_BOOK_LASTNAMEFIRST "mail.addr_book.lastnamefirst"
+
+const char sAddrbookProperties[] = "chrome://messenger/locale/addressbook/addressBook.properties";
+
+enum EAppendType {
+  eAppendLine,
+  eAppendLabel,
+  eAppendCityStateZip
+};
+
+struct AppendItem {
+  const char *mColumn;
+  const char* mLabel;
+  EAppendType mAppendType;
+};
+
+static const AppendItem NAME_ATTRS_ARRAY[] = {
+  {kDisplayNameProperty, "propertyDisplayName", eAppendLabel},
+  {kNicknameProperty, "propertyNickname", eAppendLabel},
+  {kPriEmailProperty, "", eAppendLine},
+#ifndef MOZ_THUNDERBIRD
+  {k2ndEmailProperty, "", eAppendLine},
+  {kScreenNameProperty, "propertyScreenName", eAppendLabel}
+#else
+  {k2ndEmailProperty, "", eAppendLine}
+#endif
+};
+
+static const AppendItem PHONE_ATTRS_ARRAY[] = {
+  {kWorkPhoneProperty, "propertyWork", eAppendLabel},
+  {kHomePhoneProperty, "propertyHome", eAppendLabel},
+  {kFaxProperty, "propertyFax", eAppendLabel},
+  {kPagerProperty, "propertyPager", eAppendLabel},
+  {kCellularProperty, "propertyCellular", eAppendLabel}
+};
+
+static const AppendItem HOME_ATTRS_ARRAY[] = {
+  {kHomeAddressProperty, "", eAppendLine},
+  {kHomeAddress2Property, "", eAppendLine},
+  {kHomeCityProperty, "", eAppendCityStateZip},
+  {kHomeCountryProperty, "", eAppendLine},
+  {kHomeWebPageProperty, "", eAppendLine}
+};
+
+static const AppendItem WORK_ATTRS_ARRAY[] = {
+  {kJobTitleProperty, "", eAppendLine},
+  {kDepartmentProperty, "", eAppendLine},
+  {kCompanyProperty, "", eAppendLine},
+  {kWorkAddressProperty, "", eAppendLine},
+  {kWorkAddress2Property, "", eAppendLine},
+  {kWorkCityProperty, "", eAppendCityStateZip},
+  {kWorkCountryProperty, "", eAppendLine},
+  {kWorkWebPageProperty, "", eAppendLine}
+};
+
+static const AppendItem CUSTOM_ATTRS_ARRAY[] = {
+  {kCustom1Property, "propertyCustom1", eAppendLabel},
+  {kCustom2Property, "propertyCustom2", eAppendLabel},
+  {kCustom3Property, "propertyCustom3", eAppendLabel},
+  {kCustom4Property, "propertyCustom4", eAppendLabel},
+  {kNotesProperty, "", eAppendLine}
+};
+
+#ifdef MOZ_THUNDERBIRD
+
+static const AppendItem CHAT_ATTRS_ARRAY[] = {
+  {kGtalkProperty, "propertyGtalk", eAppendLabel},
+  {kAIMProperty, "propertyAIM", eAppendLabel},
+  {kYahooProperty, "propertyYahoo", eAppendLabel},
+  {kSkypeProperty, "propertySkype", eAppendLabel},
+  {kQQProperty, "propertyQQ", eAppendLabel},
+  {kMSNProperty, "propertyMSN", eAppendLabel},
+  {kICQProperty, "propertyICQ", eAppendLabel},
+  {kXMPPProperty, "propertyXMPP", eAppendLabel},
+  {kIRCProperty, "propertyIRC", eAppendLabel}
+};
+#endif
+
+nsAbCardProperty::nsAbCardProperty()
+  : m_IsMailList(false)
+{
+  // Initialize some default properties
+  SetPropertyAsUint32(kPreferMailFormatProperty, nsIAbPreferMailFormat::unknown);
+  SetPropertyAsUint32(kPopularityIndexProperty, 0);
+  // Uninitialized...
+  SetPropertyAsUint32(kLastModifiedDateProperty, 0);
+}
+
+nsAbCardProperty::~nsAbCardProperty(void)
+{
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsAbCardProperty, nsIAbCard, nsIAbItem)
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbCardProperty::GetUuid(nsACString &uuid)
+{
+  // If we have indeterminate sub-ids, return an empty uuid.
+  if (m_directoryId.Equals("") || m_localId.Equals(""))
+  {
+    uuid.Truncate();
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbManager> manager = do_GetService(NS_ABMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  return manager->GenerateUUID(m_directoryId, m_localId, uuid);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbCardProperty::GetDirectoryId(nsACString &dirId)
+{
+  dirId = m_directoryId;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbCardProperty::SetDirectoryId(const nsACString &aDirId)
+{
+  m_directoryId = aDirId;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbCardProperty::GetLocalId(nsACString &localId)
+{
+  localId = m_localId;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbCardProperty::SetLocalId(const nsACString &aLocalId)
+{
+  m_localId = aLocalId;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbCardProperty::GetIsMailList(bool *aIsMailList)
+{
+    *aIsMailList = m_IsMailList;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbCardProperty::SetIsMailList(bool aIsMailList)
+{
+    m_IsMailList = aIsMailList;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbCardProperty::GetMailListURI(char **aMailListURI)
+{
+  if (aMailListURI)
+  {
+    *aMailListURI = ToNewCString(m_MailListURI);
+    return (*aMailListURI) ? NS_OK : NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+  }
+  else
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbCardProperty::SetMailListURI(const char *aMailListURI)
+{
+  if (aMailListURI)
+  {
+    m_MailListURI = aMailListURI;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  else
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+}
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Property bag portion of nsAbCardProperty
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+class nsAbSimpleProperty final : public nsIProperty {
+public:
+    nsAbSimpleProperty(const nsACString& aName, nsIVariant* aValue)
+        : mName(aName), mValue(aValue)
+    {
+    }
+
+    NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+    NS_DECL_NSIPROPERTY
+protected:
+    ~nsAbSimpleProperty() {}
+    nsCString mName;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIVariant> mValue;
+};
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsAbSimpleProperty, nsIProperty)
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsAbSimpleProperty::GetName(nsAString& aName)
+{
+    aName.Assign(NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16(mName));
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsAbSimpleProperty::GetValue(nsIVariant* *aValue)
+{
+    NS_IF_ADDREF(*aValue = mValue);
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbCardProperty::GetProperties(nsISimpleEnumerator **props)
+{
+  nsCOMArray<nsIProperty> propertyArray(m_properties.Count());
+  for (auto iter = m_properties.Iter(); !iter.Done(); iter.Next()) {
+    propertyArray.AppendObject(new nsAbSimpleProperty(iter.Key(),
+                                                      iter.UserData()));
+  }
+  return NS_NewArrayEnumerator(props, propertyArray);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbCardProperty::GetProperty(const nsACString &name,
+                                            nsIVariant *defaultValue,
+                                            nsIVariant **value)
+{
+  if (!m_properties.Get(name, value))
+    NS_ADDREF(*value = defaultValue);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbCardProperty::GetPropertyAsAString(const char *name, nsAString &value)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(name);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIVariant> variant;
+  return m_properties.Get(nsDependentCString(name), getter_AddRefs(variant)) ?
+    variant->GetAsAString(value) : NS_ERROR_NOT_AVAILABLE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbCardProperty::GetPropertyAsAUTF8String(const char *name, nsACString &value)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(name);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIVariant> variant;
+  return m_properties.Get(nsDependentCString(name), getter_AddRefs(variant)) ?
+    variant->GetAsAUTF8String(value) : NS_ERROR_NOT_AVAILABLE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbCardProperty::GetPropertyAsUint32(const char *name, uint32_t *value)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(name);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIVariant> variant;
+  return m_properties.Get(nsDependentCString(name), getter_AddRefs(variant)) ?
+    variant->GetAsUint32(value) : NS_ERROR_NOT_AVAILABLE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbCardProperty::GetPropertyAsBool(const char *name, bool *value)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(name);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIVariant> variant;
+  return m_properties.Get(nsDependentCString(name), getter_AddRefs(variant)) ?
+    variant->GetAsBool(value) : NS_ERROR_NOT_AVAILABLE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbCardProperty::SetProperty(const nsACString &name, nsIVariant *value)
+{
+  m_properties.Put(name, value);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbCardProperty::SetPropertyAsAString(const char *name, const nsAString &value)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(name);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIWritableVariant> variant = new nsVariant();
+  variant->SetAsAString(value);
+  m_properties.Put(nsDependentCString(name), variant);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbCardProperty::SetPropertyAsAUTF8String(const char *name, const nsACString &value)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(name);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIWritableVariant> variant = new nsVariant();
+  variant->SetAsAUTF8String(value);
+  m_properties.Put(nsDependentCString(name), variant);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbCardProperty::SetPropertyAsUint32(const char *name, uint32_t value)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(name);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIWritableVariant> variant = new nsVariant();
+  variant->SetAsUint32(value);
+  m_properties.Put(nsDependentCString(name), variant);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbCardProperty::SetPropertyAsBool(const char *name, bool value)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(name);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIWritableVariant> variant = new nsVariant();
+  variant->SetAsBool(value);
+  m_properties.Put(nsDependentCString(name), variant);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbCardProperty::DeleteProperty(const nsACString &name)
+{
+  m_properties.Remove(name);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbCardProperty::GetFirstName(nsAString &aString)
+{
+  nsresult rv = GetPropertyAsAString(kFirstNameProperty, aString);
+  if (rv == NS_ERROR_NOT_AVAILABLE)
+  {
+    aString.Truncate();
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbCardProperty::SetFirstName(const nsAString &aString)
+{
+  return SetPropertyAsAString(kFirstNameProperty, aString);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbCardProperty::GetLastName(nsAString &aString)
+{
+  nsresult rv = GetPropertyAsAString(kLastNameProperty, aString);
+  if (rv == NS_ERROR_NOT_AVAILABLE)
+  {
+    aString.Truncate();
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbCardProperty::SetLastName(const nsAString &aString)
+{
+  return SetPropertyAsAString(kLastNameProperty, aString);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbCardProperty::GetDisplayName(nsAString &aString)
+{
+  nsresult rv = GetPropertyAsAString(kDisplayNameProperty, aString);
+  if (rv == NS_ERROR_NOT_AVAILABLE)
+  {
+    aString.Truncate();
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbCardProperty::SetDisplayName(const nsAString &aString)
+{
+  return SetPropertyAsAString(kDisplayNameProperty, aString);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbCardProperty::GetPrimaryEmail(nsAString &aString)
+{
+  nsresult rv = GetPropertyAsAString(kPriEmailProperty, aString);
+  if (rv == NS_ERROR_NOT_AVAILABLE)
+  {
+    aString.Truncate();
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbCardProperty::SetPrimaryEmail(const nsAString &aString)
+{
+  return SetPropertyAsAString(kPriEmailProperty, aString);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbCardProperty::HasEmailAddress(const nsACString &aEmailAddress,
+                                                bool *aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+
+  *aResult = false;
+
+  nsCString emailAddress;
+  nsresult rv = GetPropertyAsAUTF8String(kPriEmailProperty, emailAddress);
+  if (rv != NS_ERROR_NOT_AVAILABLE &&
+      emailAddress.Equals(aEmailAddress, nsCaseInsensitiveCStringComparator()))
+  {
+    *aResult = true;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  rv = GetPropertyAsAUTF8String(k2ndEmailProperty, emailAddress);
+  if (rv != NS_ERROR_NOT_AVAILABLE &&
+      emailAddress.Equals(aEmailAddress, nsCaseInsensitiveCStringComparator()))
+    *aResult = true;
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// This function may be overridden by derived classes for
+// nsAb*Card specific implementations.
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbCardProperty::Copy(nsIAbCard* srcCard)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(srcCard);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleEnumerator> properties;
+  nsresult rv = srcCard->GetProperties(getter_AddRefs(properties));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  bool hasMore;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> result;
+  while (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv = properties->HasMoreElements(&hasMore)) && hasMore)
+  {
+    rv = properties->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(result));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIProperty> property = do_QueryInterface(result, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    nsAutoString name;
+    property->GetName(name);
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIVariant> value;
+    property->GetValue(getter_AddRefs(value));
+
+    SetProperty(NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(name), value);
+  }
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  bool isMailList;
+  srcCard->GetIsMailList(&isMailList);
+  SetIsMailList(isMailList);
+
+  nsCString mailListURI;
+  srcCard->GetMailListURI(getter_Copies(mailListURI));
+  SetMailListURI(mailListURI.get());
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbCardProperty::Equals(nsIAbCard *card, bool *result)
+{
+  *result = (card == this);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// The following methods are other views of a card
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+// XXX: Use the category manager instead of this file to implement these
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbCardProperty::TranslateTo(const nsACString &type, nsACString &result)
+{
+  if (type.EqualsLiteral("base64xml"))
+    return ConvertToBase64EncodedXML(result);
+  else if (type.EqualsLiteral("xml"))
+  {
+    nsString utf16String;
+    nsresult rv = ConvertToXMLPrintData(utf16String);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    result = NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(utf16String);
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  else if (type.EqualsLiteral("vcard"))
+    return ConvertToEscapedVCard(result);
+
+  return NS_ERROR_ILLEGAL_VALUE;
+}
+//
+static VObject* myAddPropValue(VObject *o, const char *propName, const char16_t *propValue, bool *aCardHasData)
+{
+    if (aCardHasData)
+        *aCardHasData = true;
+    return addPropValue(o, propName, NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(propValue).get());
+}
+
+nsresult nsAbCardProperty::ConvertToEscapedVCard(nsACString &aResult)
+{
+    nsString str;
+    nsresult rv;
+    bool vCardHasData = false;
+    VObject* vObj = newVObject(VCCardProp);
+    VObject* t;
+
+    // [comment from 4.x]
+    // Big flame coming....so Vobject is not designed at all to work with  an array of
+    // attribute values. It wants you to have all of the attributes easily available. You
+    // cannot add one attribute at a time as you find them to the vobject. Why? Because
+    // it creates a property for a particular type like phone number and then that property
+    // has multiple values. This implementation is not pretty. I can hear my algos prof
+    // yelling from here.....I have to do a linear search through my attributes array for
+    // EACH vcard property we want to set. *sigh* One day I will have time to come back
+    // to this function and remedy this O(m*n) function where n = # attribute values and
+    // m = # of vcard properties....
+
+    (void)GetDisplayName(str);
+    if (!str.IsEmpty()) {
+        myAddPropValue(vObj, VCFullNameProp, str.get(), &vCardHasData);
+    }
+
+    (void)GetLastName(str);
+    if (!str.IsEmpty()) {
+        t = isAPropertyOf(vObj, VCNameProp);
+        if (!t)
+            t = addProp(vObj, VCNameProp);
+        myAddPropValue(t, VCFamilyNameProp, str.get(), &vCardHasData);
+    }
+
+    (void)GetFirstName(str);
+    if (!str.IsEmpty()) {
+        t = isAPropertyOf(vObj, VCNameProp);
+        if (!t)
+            t = addProp(vObj, VCNameProp);
+        myAddPropValue(t, VCGivenNameProp, str.get(), &vCardHasData);
+    }
+
+    rv = GetPropertyAsAString(kCompanyProperty, str);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !str.IsEmpty())
+    {
+        t = isAPropertyOf(vObj, VCOrgProp);
+        if (!t)
+            t = addProp(vObj, VCOrgProp);
+        myAddPropValue(t, VCOrgNameProp, str.get(), &vCardHasData);
+    }
+
+    rv = GetPropertyAsAString(kDepartmentProperty, str);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !str.IsEmpty())
+    {
+        t = isAPropertyOf(vObj, VCOrgProp);
+        if (!t)
+            t = addProp(vObj, VCOrgProp);
+        myAddPropValue(t, VCOrgUnitProp, str.get(), &vCardHasData);
+    }
+
+    rv = GetPropertyAsAString(kWorkAddress2Property, str);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !str.IsEmpty())
+    {
+        t = isAPropertyOf(vObj, VCAdrProp);
+        if  (!t)
+            t = addProp(vObj, VCAdrProp);
+        myAddPropValue(t, VCPostalBoxProp, str.get(), &vCardHasData);
+    }
+
+    rv = GetPropertyAsAString(kWorkAddressProperty, str);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !str.IsEmpty())
+    {
+        t = isAPropertyOf(vObj, VCAdrProp);
+        if  (!t)
+            t = addProp(vObj, VCAdrProp);
+        myAddPropValue(t, VCStreetAddressProp, str.get(), &vCardHasData);
+    }
+
+    rv = GetPropertyAsAString(kWorkCityProperty, str);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !str.IsEmpty())
+    {
+        t = isAPropertyOf(vObj, VCAdrProp);
+        if  (!t)
+            t = addProp(vObj, VCAdrProp);
+        myAddPropValue(t, VCCityProp, str.get(), &vCardHasData);
+    }
+
+    rv = GetPropertyAsAString(kWorkStateProperty, str);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !str.IsEmpty())
+    {
+        t = isAPropertyOf(vObj, VCAdrProp);
+        if  (!t)
+            t = addProp(vObj, VCAdrProp);
+        myAddPropValue(t, VCRegionProp, str.get(), &vCardHasData);
+    }
+
+    rv = GetPropertyAsAString(kWorkZipCodeProperty, str);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !str.IsEmpty())
+    {
+        t = isAPropertyOf(vObj, VCAdrProp);
+        if  (!t)
+            t = addProp(vObj, VCAdrProp);
+        myAddPropValue(t, VCPostalCodeProp, str.get(), &vCardHasData);
+    }
+
+    rv = GetPropertyAsAString(kWorkCountryProperty, str);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !str.IsEmpty())
+    {
+        t = isAPropertyOf(vObj, VCAdrProp);
+        if  (!t)
+            t = addProp(vObj, VCAdrProp);
+        myAddPropValue(t, VCCountryNameProp, str.get(), &vCardHasData);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // only add this if VCAdrProp already exists
+        t = isAPropertyOf(vObj, VCAdrProp);
+        if (t)
+        {
+            addProp(t, VCDomesticProp);
+        }
+    }
+
+    (void)GetPrimaryEmail(str);
+    if (!str.IsEmpty())
+    {
+        t = myAddPropValue(vObj, VCEmailAddressProp, str.get(), &vCardHasData);
+        addProp(t, VCInternetProp);
+    }
+
+    rv = GetPropertyAsAString(kJobTitleProperty, str);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !str.IsEmpty())
+    {
+        myAddPropValue(vObj, VCTitleProp, str.get(), &vCardHasData);
+    }
+
+    rv = GetPropertyAsAString(kWorkPhoneProperty, str);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !str.IsEmpty())
+    {
+        t = myAddPropValue(vObj, VCTelephoneProp, str.get(), &vCardHasData);
+        addProp(t, VCWorkProp);
+    }
+
+    rv = GetPropertyAsAString(kFaxProperty, str);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !str.IsEmpty())
+    {
+        t = myAddPropValue(vObj, VCTelephoneProp, str.get(), &vCardHasData);
+        addProp(t, VCFaxProp);
+    }
+
+    rv = GetPropertyAsAString(kPagerProperty, str);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !str.IsEmpty())
+    {
+        t = myAddPropValue(vObj, VCTelephoneProp, str.get(), &vCardHasData);
+        addProp(t, VCPagerProp);
+    }
+
+    rv = GetPropertyAsAString(kHomePhoneProperty, str);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !str.IsEmpty())
+    {
+        t = myAddPropValue(vObj, VCTelephoneProp, str.get(), &vCardHasData);
+        addProp(t, VCHomeProp);
+    }
+
+    rv = GetPropertyAsAString(kCellularProperty, str);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !str.IsEmpty())
+    {
+        t = myAddPropValue(vObj, VCTelephoneProp, str.get(), &vCardHasData);
+        addProp(t, VCCellularProp);
+    }
+
+    rv = GetPropertyAsAString(kNotesProperty, str);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !str.IsEmpty())
+    {
+        myAddPropValue(vObj, VCNoteProp, str.get(), &vCardHasData);
+    }
+
+    uint32_t format;
+    rv = GetPropertyAsUint32(kPreferMailFormatProperty, &format);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && format == nsIAbPreferMailFormat::html) {
+        myAddPropValue(vObj, VCUseHTML, u"TRUE", &vCardHasData);
+    }
+    else if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && format == nsIAbPreferMailFormat::plaintext) {
+        myAddPropValue(vObj, VCUseHTML, u"FALSE", &vCardHasData);
+    }
+
+    rv = GetPropertyAsAString(kWorkWebPageProperty, str);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !str.IsEmpty())
+    {
+        myAddPropValue(vObj, VCURLProp, str.get(), &vCardHasData);
+    }
+
+    myAddPropValue(vObj, VCVersionProp, u"2.1", nullptr);
+
+    if (!vCardHasData) {
+        aResult.Truncate();
+        cleanVObject(vObj);
+        return NS_OK;
+    }
+
+    int len = 0;
+    char *vCard = writeMemVObject(0, &len, vObj);
+    if (vObj)
+        cleanVObject(vObj);
+
+    nsCString escResult;
+    MsgEscapeString(nsDependentCString(vCard), nsINetUtil::ESCAPE_URL_PATH, escResult);
+    aResult = escResult;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsAbCardProperty::ConvertToBase64EncodedXML(nsACString &result)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsString xmlStr;
+
+  xmlStr.AppendLiteral("<?xml version=\"1.0\"?>\n"
+                       "<?xml-stylesheet type=\"text/css\" href=\"chrome://messagebody/content/addressbook/print.css\"?>\n"
+                       "<directory>\n");
+
+  // Get Address Book string and set it as title of XML document
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundle> bundle;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundleService> stringBundleService =
+    mozilla::services::GetStringBundleService();
+  if (stringBundleService) {
+    rv = stringBundleService->CreateBundle(sAddrbookProperties, getter_AddRefs(bundle));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+      nsString addrBook;
+      rv = bundle->GetStringFromName(u"addressBook", getter_Copies(addrBook));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+        xmlStr.AppendLiteral("<title xmlns=\"http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml\">");
+        xmlStr.Append(addrBook);
+        xmlStr.AppendLiteral("</title>\n");
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  nsString xmlSubstr;
+  rv = ConvertToXMLPrintData(xmlSubstr);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  xmlStr.Append(xmlSubstr);
+  xmlStr.AppendLiteral("</directory>\n");
+
+  char *tmpRes = PL_Base64Encode(NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(xmlStr).get(), 0, nullptr);
+  result.Assign(tmpRes);
+  PR_Free(tmpRes);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsAbCardProperty::ConvertToXMLPrintData(nsAString &aXMLSubstr)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefBranch = do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  int32_t generatedNameFormat;
+  rv = prefBranch->GetIntPref(PREF_MAIL_ADDR_BOOK_LASTNAMEFIRST, &generatedNameFormat);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundleService> stringBundleService =
+    mozilla::services::GetStringBundleService();
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(stringBundleService, NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundle> bundle;
+  rv = stringBundleService->CreateBundle(sAddrbookProperties, getter_AddRefs(bundle));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  nsString generatedName;
+  rv = GenerateName(generatedNameFormat, bundle, generatedName);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<mozITXTToHTMLConv> conv = do_CreateInstance(MOZ_TXTTOHTMLCONV_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  nsString xmlStr;
+  xmlStr.SetLength(4096); // to reduce allocations. should be enough for most cards
+  xmlStr.AssignLiteral("<GeneratedName>\n");
+
+  // use ScanTXT to convert < > & to safe values.
+  nsString safeText;
+  if (!generatedName.IsEmpty()) {
+    rv = conv->ScanTXT(generatedName.get(), mozITXTToHTMLConv::kEntities,
+                       getter_Copies(safeText));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  }
+
+  if (safeText.IsEmpty()) {
+    nsAutoString primaryEmail;
+    GetPrimaryEmail(primaryEmail);
+
+    // use ScanTXT to convert < > & to safe values.
+    rv = conv->ScanTXT(primaryEmail.get(), mozITXTToHTMLConv::kEntities,
+                       getter_Copies(safeText));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  }
+  xmlStr.Append(safeText);
+
+  xmlStr.AppendLiteral("</GeneratedName>\n"
+                       "<table><tr><td>");
+
+  rv = AppendSection(NAME_ATTRS_ARRAY, sizeof(NAME_ATTRS_ARRAY)/sizeof(AppendItem), EmptyString(), bundle, conv, xmlStr);
+
+  xmlStr.AppendLiteral("</td></tr><tr><td>");
+
+  rv = AppendSection(PHONE_ATTRS_ARRAY, sizeof(PHONE_ATTRS_ARRAY)/sizeof(AppendItem), NS_LITERAL_STRING("headingPhone"), bundle, conv, xmlStr);
+
+  if (!m_IsMailList) {
+    rv = AppendSection(CUSTOM_ATTRS_ARRAY, sizeof(CUSTOM_ATTRS_ARRAY)/sizeof(AppendItem), NS_LITERAL_STRING("headingOther"), bundle, conv, xmlStr);
+#ifdef MOZ_THUNDERBIRD
+    rv = AppendSection(CHAT_ATTRS_ARRAY, sizeof(CHAT_ATTRS_ARRAY)/sizeof(AppendItem), NS_LITERAL_STRING("headingChat"), bundle, conv, xmlStr);
+#endif
+  }
+  else {
+    rv = AppendSection(CUSTOM_ATTRS_ARRAY, sizeof(CUSTOM_ATTRS_ARRAY)/sizeof(AppendItem), NS_LITERAL_STRING("headingDescription"),
+         bundle, conv, xmlStr);
+
+    xmlStr.AppendLiteral("<section><sectiontitle>");
+
+    nsString headingAddresses;
+    rv = bundle->GetStringFromName(u"headingAddresses", getter_Copies(headingAddresses));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    xmlStr.Append(headingAddresses);
+    xmlStr.AppendLiteral("</sectiontitle>");
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAbManager> abManager = do_GetService(NS_ABMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIAbDirectory> mailList = nullptr;
+    rv = abManager->GetDirectory(m_MailListURI, getter_AddRefs(mailList));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> addresses;
+    rv = mailList->GetAddressLists(getter_AddRefs(addresses));
+    if (addresses) {
+      uint32_t total = 0;
+      addresses->GetLength(&total);
+      if (total) {
+        uint32_t i;
+        nsAutoString displayName;
+        nsAutoString primaryEmail;
+        for (i = 0; i < total; i++) {
+          nsCOMPtr <nsIAbCard> listCard = do_QueryElementAt(addresses, i, &rv);
+          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+          xmlStr.AppendLiteral("<PrimaryEmail>\n");
+
+          rv = listCard->GetDisplayName(displayName);
+          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+          // use ScanTXT to convert < > & to safe values.
+          nsString safeText;
+          rv = conv->ScanTXT(displayName.get(), mozITXTToHTMLConv::kEntities,
+                             getter_Copies(safeText));
+          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+          xmlStr.Append(safeText);
+
+          xmlStr.AppendLiteral(" &lt;");
+
+          listCard->GetPrimaryEmail(primaryEmail);
+
+          // use ScanTXT to convert < > & to safe values.
+          rv = conv->ScanTXT(primaryEmail.get(), mozITXTToHTMLConv::kEntities,
+                             getter_Copies(safeText));
+          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+          xmlStr.Append(safeText);
+
+          xmlStr.AppendLiteral("&gt;</PrimaryEmail>\n");
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    xmlStr.AppendLiteral("</section>");
+  }
+
+  xmlStr.AppendLiteral("</td><td>");
+
+  rv = AppendSection(HOME_ATTRS_ARRAY, sizeof(HOME_ATTRS_ARRAY)/sizeof(AppendItem), NS_LITERAL_STRING("headingHome"), bundle, conv, xmlStr);
+  rv = AppendSection(WORK_ATTRS_ARRAY, sizeof(WORK_ATTRS_ARRAY)/sizeof(AppendItem), NS_LITERAL_STRING("headingWork"), bundle, conv, xmlStr);
+
+  xmlStr.AppendLiteral("</td></tr></table>");
+
+  aXMLSubstr = xmlStr;
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsAbCardProperty::AppendSection(const AppendItem *aArray, int16_t aCount, const nsString& aHeading,
+                                         nsIStringBundle *aBundle,
+                                         mozITXTToHTMLConv *aConv,
+                                         nsString &aResult)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  aResult.AppendLiteral("<section>");
+
+  nsString attrValue;
+  bool sectionIsEmpty = true;
+
+  int16_t i = 0;
+  for (i=0;i<aCount;i++) {
+    rv = GetPropertyAsAString(aArray[i].mColumn, attrValue);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !attrValue.IsEmpty())
+      sectionIsEmpty = false;
+  }
+
+  if (!sectionIsEmpty && !aHeading.IsEmpty()) {
+    nsString heading;
+    rv = aBundle->GetStringFromName(aHeading.get(), getter_Copies(heading));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    aResult.AppendLiteral("<sectiontitle>");
+    aResult.Append(heading);
+    aResult.AppendLiteral("</sectiontitle>");
+  }
+
+  for (i=0;i<aCount;i++) {
+    switch (aArray[i].mAppendType) {
+      case eAppendLine:
+        rv = AppendLine(aArray[i], aConv, aResult);
+        break;
+      case eAppendLabel:
+        rv = AppendLabel(aArray[i], aBundle, aConv, aResult);
+        break;
+      case eAppendCityStateZip:
+        rv = AppendCityStateZip(aArray[i], aBundle, aConv, aResult);
+        break;
+      default:
+        rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+        break;
+    }
+
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+      NS_WARNING("append item failed");
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  aResult.AppendLiteral("</section>");
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsAbCardProperty::AppendLine(const AppendItem &aItem,
+                                      mozITXTToHTMLConv *aConv,
+                                      nsString &aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aConv);
+
+  nsString attrValue;
+  nsresult rv = GetPropertyAsAString(aItem.mColumn, attrValue);
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || attrValue.IsEmpty())
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  aResult.Append(char16_t('<'));
+  aResult.Append(NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16(aItem.mColumn));
+  aResult.Append(char16_t('>'));
+
+  // use ScanTXT to convert < > & to safe values.
+  nsString safeText;
+  rv = aConv->ScanTXT(attrValue.get(), mozITXTToHTMLConv::kEntities, getter_Copies(safeText));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  aResult.Append(safeText);
+
+  aResult.AppendLiteral("</");
+  aResult.Append(NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16(aItem.mColumn));
+  aResult.Append(char16_t('>'));
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsAbCardProperty::AppendLabel(const AppendItem &aItem,
+                                       nsIStringBundle *aBundle,
+                                       mozITXTToHTMLConv *aConv,
+                                       nsString &aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aBundle);
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsString label, attrValue;
+
+  rv = GetPropertyAsAString(aItem.mColumn, attrValue);
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || attrValue.IsEmpty())
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  rv = aBundle->GetStringFromName(NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16(aItem.mLabel).get(), getter_Copies(label));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  aResult.AppendLiteral("<labelrow><label>");
+
+  aResult.Append(label);
+  aResult.AppendLiteral(": </label>");
+
+  rv = AppendLine(aItem, aConv, aResult);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  aResult.AppendLiteral("</labelrow>");
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsAbCardProperty::AppendCityStateZip(const AppendItem &aItem,
+                                              nsIStringBundle *aBundle,
+                                              mozITXTToHTMLConv *aConv,
+                                              nsString &aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aBundle);
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  AppendItem item;
+  const char *statePropName, *zipPropName;
+
+  if (strcmp(aItem.mColumn, kHomeCityProperty) == 0) {
+    statePropName = kHomeStateProperty;
+    zipPropName = kHomeZipCodeProperty;
+  }
+  else {
+    statePropName = kWorkStateProperty;
+    zipPropName = kWorkZipCodeProperty;
+  }
+
+  nsAutoString cityResult, stateResult, zipResult;
+
+  rv = AppendLine(aItem, aConv, cityResult);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  item.mColumn = statePropName;
+  item.mLabel = "";
+
+  rv = AppendLine(item, aConv, stateResult);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  item.mColumn = zipPropName;
+
+  rv = AppendLine(item, aConv, zipResult);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  nsString formattedString;
+
+  if (!cityResult.IsEmpty() && !stateResult.IsEmpty() && !zipResult.IsEmpty()) {
+    const char16_t *formatStrings[] = { cityResult.get(), stateResult.get(), zipResult.get() };
+    rv = aBundle->FormatStringFromName(u"cityAndStateAndZip", formatStrings, ArrayLength(formatStrings), getter_Copies(formattedString));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  }
+  else if (!cityResult.IsEmpty() && !stateResult.IsEmpty() && zipResult.IsEmpty()) {
+    const char16_t *formatStrings[] = { cityResult.get(), stateResult.get() };
+    rv = aBundle->FormatStringFromName(u"cityAndStateNoZip", formatStrings, ArrayLength(formatStrings), getter_Copies(formattedString));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  }
+  else if ((!cityResult.IsEmpty() && stateResult.IsEmpty() && !zipResult.IsEmpty()) ||
+          (cityResult.IsEmpty() && !stateResult.IsEmpty() && !zipResult.IsEmpty())) {
+    const char16_t *formatStrings[] = { cityResult.IsEmpty() ? stateResult.get() : cityResult.get(), zipResult.get() };
+    rv = aBundle->FormatStringFromName(u"cityOrStateAndZip", formatStrings, ArrayLength(formatStrings), getter_Copies(formattedString));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  }
+  else {
+    if (!cityResult.IsEmpty())
+      formattedString = cityResult;
+    else if (!stateResult.IsEmpty())
+      formattedString = stateResult;
+    else
+      formattedString = zipResult;
+  }
+
+  aResult.Append(formattedString);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbCardProperty::GenerateName(int32_t aGenerateFormat,
+                                             nsIStringBundle* aBundle,
+                                             nsAString &aResult)
+{
+  aResult.Truncate();
+
+  // Cache the first and last names
+  nsAutoString firstName, lastName;
+  GetFirstName(firstName);
+  GetLastName(lastName);
+
+  // No need to check for aBundle present straight away, only do that if we're
+  // actually going to use it.
+  if (aGenerateFormat == GENERATE_DISPLAY_NAME)
+    GetDisplayName(aResult);
+  else if (lastName.IsEmpty())
+    aResult = firstName;
+  else if (firstName.IsEmpty())
+    aResult = lastName;
+  else {
+    nsresult rv;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundle> bundle(aBundle);
+    if (!bundle) {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundleService> stringBundleService =
+        mozilla::services::GetStringBundleService();
+      NS_ENSURE_TRUE(stringBundleService, NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED);
+        
+      rv = stringBundleService->CreateBundle(sAddrbookProperties,
+                                             getter_AddRefs(bundle));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    }
+
+    nsString result;
+
+    if (aGenerateFormat == GENERATE_LAST_FIRST_ORDER) {
+      const char16_t *stringParams[2] = {lastName.get(), firstName.get()};
+
+      rv = bundle->FormatStringFromName(u"lastFirstFormat",
+                                        stringParams, 2, getter_Copies(result));
+    }
+    else {
+      const char16_t *stringParams[2] = {firstName.get(), lastName.get()};
+
+      rv = bundle->FormatStringFromName(u"firstLastFormat",
+                                        stringParams, 2, getter_Copies(result));
+    }
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv); 
+
+    aResult.Assign(result);
+  }
+
+  if (aResult.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    // The normal names have failed, does this card have a company name? If so,
+    // use that instead, because that is likely to be more meaningful than an
+    // email address.
+    //
+    // If this errors, the string isn't found and we'll fall into the next
+    // check.
+    (void) GetPropertyAsAString(kCompanyProperty, aResult);
+  }
+
+  if (aResult.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    // see bug #211078
+    // if there is no generated name at this point
+    // use the userid from the email address
+    // it is better than nothing.
+    GetPrimaryEmail(aResult);
+    int32_t index = aResult.FindChar('@');
+    if (index != -1)
+      aResult.SetLength(index);
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbCardProperty::GeneratePhoneticName(bool aLastNameFirst,
+                                                     nsAString &aResult)
+{
+  nsAutoString firstName, lastName;
+  GetPropertyAsAString(kPhoneticFirstNameProperty, firstName);
+  GetPropertyAsAString(kPhoneticLastNameProperty, lastName);
+
+  if (aLastNameFirst)
+  {
+    aResult = lastName;
+    aResult += firstName;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    aResult = firstName;
+    aResult += lastName;
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbCardProperty::GenerateChatName(nsAString &aResult)
+{
+  aResult.Truncate();
+
+#define CHECK_CHAT_PROPERTY(aProtocol)                                       \
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(GetPropertyAsAString(k##aProtocol##Property, aResult)) && \
+      !aResult.IsEmpty())                                                    \
+    return NS_OK
+  CHECK_CHAT_PROPERTY(Gtalk);
+  CHECK_CHAT_PROPERTY(AIM);
+  CHECK_CHAT_PROPERTY(Yahoo);
+  CHECK_CHAT_PROPERTY(Skype);
+  CHECK_CHAT_PROPERTY(QQ);
+  CHECK_CHAT_PROPERTY(MSN);
+  CHECK_CHAT_PROPERTY(ICQ);
+  CHECK_CHAT_PROPERTY(XMPP);
+  CHECK_CHAT_PROPERTY(IRC);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbCardProperty.h b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbCardProperty.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..46ba50079
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbCardProperty.h
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/********************************************************************************************************
+ 
+   Interface for representing Address Book Person Card Property
+ 
+*********************************************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef nsAbCardProperty_h__
+#define nsAbCardProperty_h__
+
+#include "nsIAbCard.h"  
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+
+#include "nsInterfaceHashtable.h"
+#include "nsIVariant.h"
+
+class nsIStringBundle;
+class mozITXTToHTMLConv;
+struct AppendItem;
+
+ /* 
+  * Address Book Card Property
+  */ 
+
+class nsAbCardProperty: public nsIAbCard
+{
+public: 
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIABCARD
+  NS_DECL_NSIABITEM
+
+  nsAbCardProperty();
+
+protected:
+  virtual ~nsAbCardProperty();
+	bool     m_IsMailList;
+	nsCString m_MailListURI;
+
+  // Store most of the properties here
+  nsInterfaceHashtable<nsCStringHashKey, nsIVariant> m_properties;
+
+  nsCString m_directoryId, m_localId;
+private:
+  nsresult AppendSection(const AppendItem *aArray, int16_t aCount, const nsString& aHeading, nsIStringBundle *aBundle, mozITXTToHTMLConv *aConv, nsString &aResult);
+  nsresult AppendLine(const AppendItem &aItem, mozITXTToHTMLConv *aConv, nsString &aResult);
+  nsresult AppendLabel(const AppendItem &aItem, nsIStringBundle *aBundle, mozITXTToHTMLConv *aConv, nsString &aResult);
+  nsresult AppendCityStateZip(const AppendItem &aItem, nsIStringBundle *aBundle, mozITXTToHTMLConv *aConv, nsString &aResult);
+
+  nsresult ConvertToBase64EncodedXML(nsACString &result);
+  nsresult ConvertToXMLPrintData(nsAString &result);
+  nsresult ConvertToEscapedVCard(nsACString &result);
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbContentHandler.cpp b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbContentHandler.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6e283d82b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbContentHandler.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,184 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsAbContentHandler.h"
+#include "nsAbBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsNetUtil.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsAutoPtr.h"
+#include "nsNullPrincipal.h"
+#include "nsISupportsPrimitives.h"
+#include "plstr.h"
+#include "nsPIDOMWindow.h"
+#include "mozIDOMWindow.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "nsIMsgVCardService.h"
+#include "nsIAbCard.h"
+#include "nsIAbManager.h"
+#include "nsVCard.h"
+#include "nsIChannel.h"
+//
+// nsAbContentHandler
+//
+nsAbContentHandler::nsAbContentHandler()
+{
+}
+
+nsAbContentHandler::~nsAbContentHandler()
+{
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsAbContentHandler, nsIContentHandler,
+  nsIStreamLoaderObserver)
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsAbContentHandler::HandleContent(const char *aContentType,
+                                  nsIInterfaceRequestor *aWindowContext,
+                                  nsIRequest *request)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(request);
+
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  // First of all, get the content type and make sure it is a content type we know how to handle!
+  if (PL_strcasecmp(aContentType, "application/x-addvcard") == 0) {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> uri;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIChannel> aChannel = do_QueryInterface(request);
+    if (!aChannel) return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+    rv = aChannel->GetURI(getter_AddRefs(uri));
+    if (uri)
+    {
+        nsAutoCString path;
+        rv = uri->GetPath(path);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+        const char *startOfVCard = strstr(path.get(), "add?vcard=");
+        if (startOfVCard)
+        {
+            nsCString unescapedData;
+            
+            // XXX todo, explain why we is escaped twice
+            MsgUnescapeString(nsDependentCString(startOfVCard + strlen("add?vcard=")), 
+                                                 0, unescapedData);
+
+            if (!aWindowContext)
+                return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+            nsCOMPtr<mozIDOMWindowProxy> domWindow = do_GetInterface(aWindowContext);
+            NS_ENSURE_TRUE(domWindow, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+            nsCOMPtr<nsPIDOMWindowOuter> parentWindow = nsPIDOMWindowOuter::From(domWindow);
+            parentWindow = parentWindow->GetOuterWindow();
+            NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(parentWindow);
+
+            nsCOMPtr<nsIAbManager> ab =
+              do_GetService(NS_ABMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+            NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+            nsCOMPtr <nsIAbCard> cardFromVCard;
+            rv = ab->EscapedVCardToAbCard(unescapedData.get(),
+                                          getter_AddRefs(cardFromVCard));
+            NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+            nsCOMPtr<nsISupportsInterfacePointer> ifptr =
+                do_CreateInstance(NS_SUPPORTS_INTERFACE_POINTER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+            NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+            ifptr->SetData(cardFromVCard);
+            ifptr->SetDataIID(&NS_GET_IID(nsIAbCard));
+
+            nsCOMPtr<nsPIDOMWindowOuter> dialogWindow;
+
+            rv = parentWindow->OpenDialog(
+                NS_LITERAL_STRING("chrome://messenger/content/addressbook/abNewCardDialog.xul"),
+                EmptyString(),
+                NS_LITERAL_STRING("chrome,resizable=no,titlebar,modal,centerscreen"),
+                ifptr, getter_AddRefs(dialogWindow));
+            NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+        }
+        rv = NS_OK;
+    }
+  }
+  else if (PL_strcasecmp(aContentType, "text/x-vcard") == 0) {
+    // create a vcard stream listener that can parse the data stream
+    // and bring up the appropriate UI
+
+    // (1) cancel the current load operation. We'll restart it
+    request->Cancel(NS_ERROR_ABORT);
+    // get the url we were trying to open
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> uri;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIChannel> channel = do_QueryInterface(request);
+    NS_ENSURE_TRUE(channel, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+
+    rv = channel->GetURI(getter_AddRefs(uri));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIPrincipal> nullPrincipal =
+      do_CreateInstance("@mozilla.org/nullprincipal;1", &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    // create a stream loader to handle the v-card data
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIStreamLoader> streamLoader;
+    rv = NS_NewStreamLoader(getter_AddRefs(streamLoader),
+                            uri,
+                            this,
+                            nullPrincipal,
+                            nsILoadInfo::SEC_NORMAL,
+                            nsIContentPolicy::TYPE_OTHER);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  }
+  else // The content-type was not application/x-addvcard...
+    return NS_ERROR_WONT_HANDLE_CONTENT;
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsAbContentHandler::OnStreamComplete(nsIStreamLoader *aLoader,
+                                     nsISupports *aContext, nsresult aStatus,
+                                     uint32_t datalen, const uint8_t *data)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aContext);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(aStatus, aStatus); // don't process the vcard if we got a status error
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  // take our vCard string and open up an address book window based on it
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgVCardService> vCardService = do_GetService(NS_MSGVCARDSERVICE_CONTRACTID);
+  if (vCardService)
+  {
+    nsAutoPtr<VObject> vObj(vCardService->Parse_MIME((const char *)data, datalen));
+    if (vObj)
+    {
+      int32_t len = 0;
+      nsCString vCard;
+      vCard.Adopt(vCardService->WriteMemoryVObjects(0, &len, vObj, false));
+
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIAbManager> ab =
+        do_GetService(NS_ABMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIAbCard> cardFromVCard;
+      rv = ab->EscapedVCardToAbCard(vCard.get(),
+                                    getter_AddRefs(cardFromVCard));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      nsCOMPtr<mozIDOMWindowProxy> domWindow = do_GetInterface(aContext);
+      NS_ENSURE_TRUE(domWindow, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+      nsCOMPtr<nsPIDOMWindowOuter> parentWindow = nsPIDOMWindowOuter::From(domWindow);
+      parentWindow = parentWindow->GetOuterWindow();
+      NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(parentWindow);
+
+      nsCOMPtr<nsPIDOMWindowOuter> dialogWindow;
+      rv = parentWindow->OpenDialog(
+           NS_LITERAL_STRING("chrome://messenger/content/addressbook/abNewCardDialog.xul"),
+           EmptyString(),
+           NS_LITERAL_STRING("chrome,resizable=no,titlebar,modal,centerscreen"),
+           cardFromVCard, getter_AddRefs(dialogWindow));
+    }
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbContentHandler.h b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbContentHandler.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e5405ae0e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbContentHandler.h
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef __nsAbContentHandler_h
+#define __nsAbContentHandler_h
+ 
+#include "nsIStreamLoader.h"
+#include "nsIContentHandler.h"
+
+class nsAbContentHandler : public nsIContentHandler,
+                           public nsIStreamLoaderObserver
+{
+public:
+  nsAbContentHandler();
+
+  NS_DECL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSICONTENTHANDLER
+  NS_DECL_NSISTREAMLOADEROBSERVER
+
+private:
+  virtual ~nsAbContentHandler();
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbDirFactoryService.cpp b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbDirFactoryService.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4ddf8e635
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbDirFactoryService.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsComponentManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsIIOService.h"
+#include "nsNetCID.h"
+#include "nsMemory.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "plstr.h"
+
+#include "nsAbBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsAbDirFactoryService.h"
+#include "nsIAbDirFactory.h"
+#include "mozilla/Services.h"
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsAbDirFactoryService, nsIAbDirFactoryService)
+
+nsAbDirFactoryService::nsAbDirFactoryService()
+{
+}
+
+nsAbDirFactoryService::~nsAbDirFactoryService()
+{
+}
+
+/* nsIAbDirFactory getDirFactory (in string uri); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsAbDirFactoryService::GetDirFactory(const nsACString &aURI,
+                                     nsIAbDirFactory** aDirFactory)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aDirFactory);
+
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  // Obtain the network IO service
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIIOService> nsService =
+    mozilla::services::GetIOService();
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(nsService, NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED);
+    
+  // Extract the scheme
+  nsAutoCString scheme;
+  rv = nsService->ExtractScheme(aURI, scheme);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // Try to find a factory using the component manager.
+  nsAutoCString contractID;
+  contractID.AssignLiteral(NS_AB_DIRECTORY_FACTORY_CONTRACTID_PREFIX);
+  contractID.Append(scheme);
+
+  return CallCreateInstance(contractID.get(), aDirFactory);
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbDirFactoryService.h b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbDirFactoryService.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..77396fbaa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbDirFactoryService.h
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsAbDirFactoryService_h__
+#define nsAbDirFactoryService_h__
+
+#include "nsIAbDirFactoryService.h"
+
+class nsAbDirFactoryService : public nsIAbDirFactoryService
+{
+public:
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIABDIRFACTORYSERVICE
+
+  nsAbDirFactoryService();
+
+private:
+  virtual ~nsAbDirFactoryService();
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbDirProperty.cpp b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbDirProperty.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fbae06220
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbDirProperty.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,593 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsAbDirProperty.h"
+#include "nsAbBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsIAbCard.h"
+#include "nsDirPrefs.h"
+#include "nsIPrefService.h"
+#include "nsIPrefLocalizedString.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsComponentManagerUtils.h"
+#include "prmem.h"
+#include "nsIAbManager.h"
+#include "nsArrayUtils.h"
+
+// From nsDirPrefs
+#define kDefaultPosition 1
+
+nsAbDirProperty::nsAbDirProperty(void)
+  : m_LastModifiedDate(0),
+    mIsValidURI(false),
+    mIsQueryURI(false)
+{
+	m_IsMailList = false;
+}
+
+nsAbDirProperty::~nsAbDirProperty(void)
+{
+#if 0
+  // this code causes a regression #138647
+  // don't turn it on until you figure it out
+  if (m_AddressList) {
+    uint32_t count;
+    nsresult rv;
+    rv = m_AddressList->GetLength(&count);
+    NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "Count failed");
+    int32_t i;
+    for (i = count - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+      m_AddressList->RemoveElementAt(i);
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsAbDirProperty, nsIAbDirectory, nsISupportsWeakReference,
+                              nsIAbCollection, nsIAbItem)
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbDirProperty::GetUuid(nsACString &uuid)
+{
+  // XXX: not all directories have a dirPrefId...
+  nsresult rv = GetDirPrefId(uuid);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  uuid.Append('&');
+  nsString dirName;
+  GetDirName(dirName);
+  uuid.Append(NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(dirName));
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbDirProperty::GenerateName(int32_t aGenerateFormat,
+                                            nsIStringBundle *aBundle,
+                                            nsAString &name)
+{
+  return GetDirName(name);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbDirProperty::GetPropertiesChromeURI(nsACString &aResult)
+{
+  aResult.AssignLiteral("chrome://messenger/content/addressbook/abAddressBookNameDialog.xul");
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbDirProperty::GetDirName(nsAString &aDirName)
+{
+  if (m_DirPrefId.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    aDirName = m_ListDirName;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  nsCString dirName;
+  nsresult rv = GetLocalizedStringValue("description", EmptyCString(), dirName);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // In TB 2 only some prefs had chrome:// URIs. We had code in place that would
+  // only get the localized string pref for the particular address books that
+  // were built-in.
+  // Additionally, nsIPrefBranch::getComplexValue will only get a non-user-set,
+  // non-locked pref value if it is a chrome:// URI and will get the string
+  // value at that chrome URI. This breaks extensions/autoconfig that want to
+  // set default pref values and allow users to change directory names.
+  //
+  // Now we have to support this, and so if for whatever reason we fail to get
+  // the localized version, then we try and get the non-localized version
+  // instead. If the string value is empty, then we'll just get the empty value
+  // back here.
+  if (dirName.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    rv = GetStringValue("description", EmptyCString(), dirName);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+
+  CopyUTF8toUTF16(dirName, aDirName);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// XXX Although mailing lists could use the NotifyItemPropertyChanged
+// mechanism here, it requires some rework on how we write/save data
+// relating to mailing lists, so we're just using the old method of a
+// local variable to store the mailing list name.
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbDirProperty::SetDirName(const nsAString &aDirName)
+{
+  if (m_DirPrefId.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    m_ListDirName = aDirName;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  // Store the old value.
+  nsString oldDirName;
+  nsresult rv = GetDirName(oldDirName);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // Save the new value
+  rv = SetLocalizedStringValue("description", NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(aDirName));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbManager> abManager = do_GetService(NS_ABMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    // We inherit from nsIAbDirectory, so this static cast should be safe.
+    abManager->NotifyItemPropertyChanged(static_cast<nsIAbDirectory*>(this),
+                                         "DirName", oldDirName.get(),
+                                         nsString(aDirName).get());
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbDirProperty::GetDirType(int32_t *aDirType)
+{
+  return GetIntValue("dirType", LDAPDirectory, aDirType);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbDirProperty::GetFileName(nsACString &aFileName)
+{
+  return GetStringValue("filename", EmptyCString(), aFileName);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbDirProperty::GetURI(nsACString &aURI)
+{
+  // XXX Should we complete this for Mailing Lists?
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbDirProperty::GetPosition(int32_t *aPosition)
+{
+  return GetIntValue("position", kDefaultPosition, aPosition);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbDirProperty::GetLastModifiedDate(uint32_t *aLastModifiedDate)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aLastModifiedDate);
+  *aLastModifiedDate = m_LastModifiedDate;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbDirProperty::SetLastModifiedDate(uint32_t aLastModifiedDate)
+{
+	if (aLastModifiedDate)
+	{
+		m_LastModifiedDate = aLastModifiedDate;
+	}
+	return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbDirProperty::GetListNickName(nsAString &aListNickName)
+{
+  aListNickName = m_ListNickName;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbDirProperty::SetListNickName(const nsAString &aListNickName)
+{
+  m_ListNickName = aListNickName;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbDirProperty::GetDescription(nsAString &aDescription)
+{
+  aDescription = m_Description;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbDirProperty::SetDescription(const nsAString &aDescription)
+{
+  m_Description = aDescription;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbDirProperty::GetIsMailList(bool *aIsMailList)
+{
+	*aIsMailList = m_IsMailList;
+	return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbDirProperty::SetIsMailList(bool aIsMailList)
+{
+	m_IsMailList = aIsMailList;
+	return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbDirProperty::GetAddressLists(nsIMutableArray * *aAddressLists)
+{
+  if (!m_AddressList) 
+  {
+    nsresult rv;
+    m_AddressList = do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+
+  *aAddressLists = m_AddressList;
+  NS_ADDREF(*aAddressLists);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbDirProperty::SetAddressLists(nsIMutableArray * aAddressLists)
+{
+  m_AddressList = aAddressLists;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbDirProperty::CopyMailList(nsIAbDirectory* srcList)
+{
+  SetIsMailList(true);
+
+  nsString str;
+  srcList->GetDirName(str);
+  SetDirName(str);
+  srcList->GetListNickName(str);
+  SetListNickName(str);
+  srcList->GetDescription(str);
+  SetDescription(str);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> pAddressLists;
+  srcList->GetAddressLists(getter_AddRefs(pAddressLists));
+  SetAddressLists(pAddressLists);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbDirProperty::GetIsQuery(bool *aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+  // Mailing lists are not queries by default, individual directory types
+  // will override this.
+  *aResult = false;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsAbDirProperty::Init(const char *aURI)
+{
+  mURINoQuery = aURI;
+  mURI = aURI;
+  mIsValidURI = true;
+
+  int32_t searchCharLocation = mURINoQuery.FindChar('?');
+  if (searchCharLocation >= 0)
+  {
+    mQueryString = Substring(mURINoQuery, searchCharLocation + 1);
+    mURINoQuery.SetLength(searchCharLocation);
+    mIsQueryURI = true;
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// nsIAbDirectory NOT IMPLEMENTED methods
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsAbDirProperty::GetChildNodes(nsISimpleEnumerator **childList)
+{ return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; }
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsAbDirProperty::GetChildCards(nsISimpleEnumerator **childCards)
+{ return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; }
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsAbDirProperty::DeleteDirectory(nsIAbDirectory *directory)
+{ return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; }
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsAbDirProperty::HasCard(nsIAbCard *cards, bool *hasCard)
+{ return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; }
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsAbDirProperty::HasDirectory(nsIAbDirectory *dir, bool *hasDir)
+{ return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; }
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsAbDirProperty::HasMailListWithName(const char16_t *aName, bool *aHasList)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aName);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aHasList);
+
+  *aHasList = false;
+
+  bool supportsLists = false;
+  nsresult rv = GetSupportsMailingLists(&supportsLists);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !supportsLists)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  if (m_IsMailList)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> addressLists;
+  rv = GetAddressLists(getter_AddRefs(addressLists));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  uint32_t listCount = 0;
+  rv = addressLists->GetLength(&listCount);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < listCount; i++)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAbDirectory> listDir(do_QueryElementAt(addressLists, i, &rv));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && listDir)
+    {
+      nsAutoString listName;
+      rv = listDir->GetDirName(listName);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && listName.Equals(aName))
+      {
+        *aHasList = true;
+        return NS_OK;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsAbDirProperty::CreateNewDirectory(const nsAString &aDirName,
+                                    const nsACString &aURI,
+                                    uint32_t aType,
+                                    const nsACString &aPrefName,
+                                    nsACString &aResult)
+{ return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; }
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsAbDirProperty::CreateDirectoryByURI(const nsAString &aDisplayName,
+                                      const nsACString &aURI)
+{ return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; }
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbDirProperty::AddMailList(nsIAbDirectory *list, nsIAbDirectory **addedList)
+{ return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; }
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbDirProperty::EditMailListToDatabase(nsIAbCard *listCard)
+{ return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; }
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbDirProperty::AddCard(nsIAbCard *childCard, nsIAbCard **addedCard)
+{ return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; }
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbDirProperty::ModifyCard(nsIAbCard *aModifiedCard)
+{ return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; }
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbDirProperty::DeleteCards(nsIArray *cards)
+{ return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; }
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbDirProperty::DropCard(nsIAbCard *childCard, bool needToCopyCard)
+{ return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; }
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbDirProperty::CardForEmailAddress(const nsACString &aEmailAddress,
+                                                   nsIAbCard ** aAbCard)
+{ return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; }
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbDirProperty::GetCardFromProperty(const char *aProperty,
+                                                   const nsACString &aValue,
+                                                   bool caseSensitive,
+                                                   nsIAbCard **result)
+{ return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; }
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbDirProperty::GetCardsFromProperty(const char *aProperty,
+                                                    const nsACString &aValue,
+                                                    bool caseSensitive,
+                                                    nsISimpleEnumerator **result)
+{ return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; }
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbDirProperty::GetSupportsMailingLists(bool *aSupportsMailingsLists)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aSupportsMailingsLists);
+  // We don't currently support nested mailing lists, so only return true if
+  // we're not a mailing list.
+  *aSupportsMailingsLists = !m_IsMailList;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbDirProperty::GetReadOnly(bool *aReadOnly)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aReadOnly);
+  // Default is that we are writable. Any implementation that is read-only must
+  // override this method.
+  *aReadOnly = false;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbDirProperty::GetIsRemote(bool *aIsRemote)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aIsRemote);
+  *aIsRemote = false;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbDirProperty::GetIsSecure(bool *aIsSecure)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aIsSecure);
+  *aIsSecure = false;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbDirProperty::UseForAutocomplete(const nsACString &aIdentityKey,
+                                                  bool *aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+
+  // Is local autocomplete enabled?
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefBranch(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID,
+                                                   &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  return prefBranch->GetBoolPref("mail.enable_autocomplete", aResult);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbDirProperty::GetDirPrefId(nsACString &aDirPrefId)
+{
+  aDirPrefId = m_DirPrefId;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbDirProperty::SetDirPrefId(const nsACString &aDirPrefId)
+{
+  if (!m_DirPrefId.Equals(aDirPrefId))
+  {
+    m_DirPrefId.Assign(aDirPrefId);
+    // Clear the directory pref branch so that it is re-initialized next
+    // time its required.
+    m_DirectoryPrefs = nullptr;
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsAbDirProperty::InitDirectoryPrefs()
+{
+  if (m_DirPrefId.IsEmpty())
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+    
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefService> prefService(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCString realPrefId(m_DirPrefId);
+  realPrefId.Append('.');
+
+  return prefService->GetBranch(realPrefId.get(), getter_AddRefs(m_DirectoryPrefs));
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbDirProperty::GetIntValue(const char *aName,
+                                          int32_t aDefaultValue,
+                                          int32_t *aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+
+  if (!m_DirectoryPrefs && NS_FAILED(InitDirectoryPrefs()))
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(m_DirectoryPrefs->GetIntPref(aName, aResult)))
+    *aResult = aDefaultValue;
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbDirProperty::GetBoolValue(const char *aName,
+                                           bool aDefaultValue,
+                                           bool *aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+
+  if (!m_DirectoryPrefs && NS_FAILED(InitDirectoryPrefs()))
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(m_DirectoryPrefs->GetBoolPref(aName, aResult)))
+    *aResult = aDefaultValue;
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbDirProperty::GetStringValue(const char *aName,
+                                              const nsACString &aDefaultValue, 
+                                              nsACString &aResult)
+{
+  if (!m_DirectoryPrefs && NS_FAILED(InitDirectoryPrefs()))
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+  nsCString value;
+
+    /* unfortunately, there may be some prefs out there which look like (null) */
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(m_DirectoryPrefs->GetCharPref(aName, getter_Copies(value))) &&
+      !value.EqualsLiteral("(null"))
+    aResult = value;
+  else
+    aResult = aDefaultValue;
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+/*
+ * Get localized unicode string pref from properties file, convert into an
+ * UTF8 string since address book prefs store as UTF8 strings. So far there
+ * are 2 default prefs stored in addressbook.properties.
+ * "ldap_2.servers.pab.description"
+ * "ldap_2.servers.history.description"
+ */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbDirProperty::GetLocalizedStringValue(const char *aName,
+                                                       const nsACString &aDefaultValue, 
+                                                       nsACString &aResult)
+{
+  if (!m_DirectoryPrefs && NS_FAILED(InitDirectoryPrefs()))
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+  nsString wvalue;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefLocalizedString> locStr;
+
+  nsresult rv = m_DirectoryPrefs->GetComplexValue(aName,
+                                                  NS_GET_IID(nsIPrefLocalizedString),
+                                                  getter_AddRefs(locStr));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    rv = locStr->ToString(getter_Copies(wvalue));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+
+  if (wvalue.IsEmpty())
+    aResult = aDefaultValue;
+  else
+    CopyUTF16toUTF8(wvalue, aResult);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbDirProperty::SetIntValue(const char *aName,
+                                          int32_t aValue)
+{
+  if (!m_DirectoryPrefs && NS_FAILED(InitDirectoryPrefs()))
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+  return m_DirectoryPrefs->SetIntPref(aName, aValue);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbDirProperty::SetBoolValue(const char *aName,
+                                           bool aValue)
+{
+  if (!m_DirectoryPrefs && NS_FAILED(InitDirectoryPrefs()))
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+  return m_DirectoryPrefs->SetBoolPref(aName, aValue);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbDirProperty::SetStringValue(const char *aName,
+                                              const nsACString &aValue)
+{
+  if (!m_DirectoryPrefs && NS_FAILED(InitDirectoryPrefs()))
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+  return m_DirectoryPrefs->SetCharPref(aName, nsCString(aValue).get());
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbDirProperty::SetLocalizedStringValue(const char *aName,
+                                                       const nsACString &aValue)
+{
+  if (!m_DirectoryPrefs && NS_FAILED(InitDirectoryPrefs()))
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefLocalizedString> locStr(
+    do_CreateInstance(NS_PREFLOCALIZEDSTRING_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = locStr->SetData(NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16(aValue).get());
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  return m_DirectoryPrefs->SetComplexValue(aName,
+                                           NS_GET_IID(nsIPrefLocalizedString),
+                                           locStr);
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbDirProperty.h b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbDirProperty.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..99d16a133
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbDirProperty.h
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/********************************************************************************************************
+ 
+   Interface for representing Address Book Directory
+ 
+*********************************************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef nsAbDirProperty_h__
+#define nsAbDirProperty_h__
+
+#include "nsIAbDirectory.h" /* include the interface we are going to support */
+#include "nsIAbCard.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsDirPrefs.h"
+#include "nsIAddrDatabase.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsIPrefBranch.h"
+#include "nsIMutableArray.h"
+#include "nsWeakReference.h"
+
+ /* 
+  * Address Book Directory
+  */ 
+
+class nsAbDirProperty: public nsIAbDirectory,
+                       public nsSupportsWeakReference
+{
+public: 
+	nsAbDirProperty(void);
+
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIABITEM
+  NS_DECL_NSIABCOLLECTION
+  NS_DECL_NSIABDIRECTORY
+
+protected:
+	virtual ~nsAbDirProperty(void);
+
+  /**
+   * Initialise the directory prefs for this branch
+   */
+  nsresult InitDirectoryPrefs();
+
+	uint32_t m_LastModifiedDate;
+
+	nsString m_ListDirName;
+	nsString m_ListName;
+	nsString m_ListNickName;
+	nsString m_Description;
+	bool     m_IsMailList;
+
+  nsCString mURI;
+  nsCString mQueryString;
+  nsCString mURINoQuery;
+  bool mIsValidURI;
+  bool mIsQueryURI;
+
+
+  /*
+   * Note that any derived implementations should ensure that this item
+   * (m_DirPrefId) is correctly initialised correctly
+   */
+  nsCString m_DirPrefId;  // ie,"ldap_2.servers.pab"
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> m_DirectoryPrefs;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> m_AddressList;
+};
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbDirectoryQuery.cpp b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbDirectoryQuery.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9c9826ac8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbDirectoryQuery.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,528 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsAbDirectoryQuery.h"
+#include "nsAbDirectoryQueryProxy.h"
+#include "nsAbUtils.h"
+#include "nsAbBooleanExpression.h"
+#include "nsArrayUtils.h"
+#include "nsComponentManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsUnicharUtils.h"
+#include "nsIAbDirSearchListener.h"
+#include "nsISimpleEnumerator.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsAbDirectoryQuerySimpleBooleanExpression, nsIAbBooleanExpression)
+
+nsAbDirectoryQuerySimpleBooleanExpression::nsAbDirectoryQuerySimpleBooleanExpression() :
+    mOperation (nsIAbBooleanOperationTypes::AND)
+{
+}
+
+nsAbDirectoryQuerySimpleBooleanExpression::~nsAbDirectoryQuerySimpleBooleanExpression()
+{
+}
+
+/* attribute nsAbBooleanOperationType operation; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbDirectoryQuerySimpleBooleanExpression::GetOperation(nsAbBooleanOperationType *aOperation)
+{
+    if (!aOperation)
+        return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+    *aOperation = mOperation;
+
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbDirectoryQuerySimpleBooleanExpression::SetOperation(nsAbBooleanOperationType aOperation)
+{
+    if (aOperation != nsIAbBooleanOperationTypes::AND &&
+        aOperation != nsIAbBooleanOperationTypes::OR)
+        return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+    mOperation = aOperation;
+
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* attribute nsIArray expressions; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbDirectoryQuerySimpleBooleanExpression::GetExpressions(nsIArray **aExpressions)
+{
+  if (!aExpressions)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  if (!mExpressions)
+  {
+    mExpressions = do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID);
+    if (!mExpressions)
+      return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+  }
+
+  NS_ADDREF(*aExpressions = mExpressions);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbDirectoryQuerySimpleBooleanExpression::SetExpressions(nsIArray *aExpressions)
+{
+  if (!aExpressions)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  // Ensure all the items are of the right type.
+  nsresult rv;
+  uint32_t count;
+  rv = aExpressions->GetLength(&count);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbBooleanConditionString> queryExpression;
+
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < count; ++i)
+  {
+    queryExpression = do_QueryElementAt(aExpressions, i, &rv);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      return NS_ERROR_ILLEGAL_VALUE;
+  }
+
+  // Values ok, so we can just save and return.
+  mExpressions = aExpressions;
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsAbDirectoryQueryArguments, nsIAbDirectoryQueryArguments)
+
+nsAbDirectoryQueryArguments::nsAbDirectoryQueryArguments() :
+    mQuerySubDirectories(true)
+{
+}
+
+nsAbDirectoryQueryArguments::~nsAbDirectoryQueryArguments()
+{
+}
+
+/* attribute nsISupports matchItems; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbDirectoryQueryArguments::GetExpression(nsISupports** aExpression)
+{
+    if (!aExpression)
+        return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+    NS_IF_ADDREF(*aExpression = mExpression);
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbDirectoryQueryArguments::SetExpression(nsISupports* aExpression)
+{
+    mExpression = aExpression;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* attribute boolean querySubDirectories; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbDirectoryQueryArguments::GetQuerySubDirectories(bool* aQuerySubDirectories)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aQuerySubDirectories);
+    *aQuerySubDirectories = mQuerySubDirectories;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbDirectoryQueryArguments::SetQuerySubDirectories(bool aQuerySubDirectories)
+{
+    mQuerySubDirectories = aQuerySubDirectories;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbDirectoryQueryArguments::GetTypeSpecificArg(nsISupports** aArg)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aArg);
+
+    NS_IF_ADDREF(*aArg = mTypeSpecificArg);
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbDirectoryQueryArguments::SetTypeSpecificArg(nsISupports* aArg)
+{
+    mTypeSpecificArg = aArg;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbDirectoryQueryArguments::GetFilter(nsACString & aFilter)
+{
+    aFilter.Assign(mFilter);
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbDirectoryQueryArguments::SetFilter(const nsACString & aFilter)
+{
+    mFilter.Assign(aFilter);
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsAbDirectoryQueryPropertyValue, nsIAbDirectoryQueryPropertyValue)
+
+nsAbDirectoryQueryPropertyValue::nsAbDirectoryQueryPropertyValue()
+{
+}
+
+nsAbDirectoryQueryPropertyValue::nsAbDirectoryQueryPropertyValue(const char* aName,
+      const char16_t* aValue)
+{
+    mName = aName;
+    mValue = aValue;
+}
+
+nsAbDirectoryQueryPropertyValue::nsAbDirectoryQueryPropertyValue(const char* aName,
+      nsISupports* aValueISupports)
+{
+    mName = aName;
+    mValueISupports = aValueISupports;
+}
+
+nsAbDirectoryQueryPropertyValue::~nsAbDirectoryQueryPropertyValue()
+{
+}
+
+/* read only attribute string name; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbDirectoryQueryPropertyValue::GetName(char*  *aName)
+{
+    *aName = mName.IsEmpty() ? 0 : ToNewCString(mName);
+
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* read only attribute wstring value; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbDirectoryQueryPropertyValue::GetValue(char16_t*  *aValue)
+{
+    *aValue = ToNewUnicode(mValue);
+    if (!(*aValue)) 
+        return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+    else
+        return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* readonly attribute nsISupports valueISupports; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbDirectoryQueryPropertyValue::GetValueISupports(nsISupports*  *aValueISupports)
+{
+    if (!mValueISupports)
+        return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+    NS_IF_ADDREF(*aValueISupports = mValueISupports);
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* Implementation file */
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsAbDirectoryQuery, nsIAbDirectoryQuery)
+
+nsAbDirectoryQuery::nsAbDirectoryQuery()
+{
+}
+
+nsAbDirectoryQuery::~nsAbDirectoryQuery()
+{
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbDirectoryQuery::DoQuery(nsIAbDirectory *aDirectory,
+                                          nsIAbDirectoryQueryArguments* arguments,
+                                          nsIAbDirSearchListener* listener,
+                                          int32_t resultLimit, int32_t timeOut,
+                                          int32_t* _retval)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aDirectory);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> supportsExpression;
+  nsresult rv = arguments->GetExpression(getter_AddRefs(supportsExpression));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbBooleanExpression> expression(do_QueryInterface(supportsExpression, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  bool doSubDirectories;
+  rv = arguments->GetQuerySubDirectories(&doSubDirectories);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = query(aDirectory, expression, listener, doSubDirectories, &resultLimit);
+
+  rv = NS_FAILED(rv) ? queryError(listener) : queryFinished(listener);
+
+  *_retval = 0;
+  return rv;
+}
+
+/* void stopQuery (in long contextID); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbDirectoryQuery::StopQuery(int32_t contextID)
+{
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+nsresult nsAbDirectoryQuery::query(nsIAbDirectory* directory,
+                                   nsIAbBooleanExpression* expression,
+                                   nsIAbDirSearchListener* listener,
+                                   bool doSubDirectories,
+                                   int32_t* resultLimit)
+{
+  if (*resultLimit == 0)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  nsresult rv = queryCards(directory, expression, listener, resultLimit);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  if (doSubDirectories && resultLimit != 0)
+  {
+    rv = queryChildren(directory, expression, listener, doSubDirectories,
+                       resultLimit);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsAbDirectoryQuery::queryChildren(nsIAbDirectory* directory,
+                                           nsIAbBooleanExpression* expression,
+                                           nsIAbDirSearchListener* listener,
+                                           bool doSubDirectories,
+                                           int32_t* resultLimit)
+{
+    nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleEnumerator> subDirectories;
+    rv = directory->GetChildNodes(getter_AddRefs(subDirectories));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    bool hasMore;
+    while (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv = subDirectories->HasMoreElements(&hasMore)) && hasMore)
+    {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> item;
+        rv = subDirectories->GetNext (getter_AddRefs (item));
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIAbDirectory> subDirectory(do_QueryInterface(item, &rv));
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+        
+        rv = query(subDirectory, expression, listener, doSubDirectories, resultLimit);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    }
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsAbDirectoryQuery::queryCards(nsIAbDirectory* directory,
+                                        nsIAbBooleanExpression* expression,
+                                        nsIAbDirSearchListener* listener,
+                                        int32_t* resultLimit)
+{
+    nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleEnumerator> cards;
+    rv = directory->GetChildCards(getter_AddRefs(cards));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    {
+        if (rv != NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED)
+            NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+        else
+            return NS_OK;
+    }
+
+    if (!cards)
+        return NS_OK;
+
+    bool more;
+    while (NS_SUCCEEDED(cards->HasMoreElements(&more)) && more)
+    {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> item;
+        rv = cards->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(item));
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIAbCard> card(do_QueryInterface(item, &rv));
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+        
+        rv = matchCard (card, expression, listener, resultLimit);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+        if (*resultLimit == 0)
+            return NS_OK;
+    }
+
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsAbDirectoryQuery::matchCard(nsIAbCard* card,
+                                       nsIAbBooleanExpression* expression,
+                                       nsIAbDirSearchListener* listener,
+                                       int32_t* resultLimit)
+{
+    bool matchFound = false;
+    nsresult rv = matchCardExpression(card, expression, &matchFound);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    if (matchFound)
+    {
+        (*resultLimit)--;
+        rv = queryMatch(card, listener);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    }
+
+    return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsAbDirectoryQuery::matchCardExpression(nsIAbCard* card,
+                                                 nsIAbBooleanExpression* expression,
+                                                 bool* result)
+{
+    nsAbBooleanOperationType operation;
+    nsresult rv = expression->GetOperation (&operation);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIArray> childExpressions;
+    rv = expression->GetExpressions (getter_AddRefs (childExpressions));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    
+    uint32_t count;
+    rv = childExpressions->GetLength(&count);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    if (operation == nsIAbBooleanOperationTypes::NOT &&
+        count > 1)
+        return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+    bool value = *result = false;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAbBooleanConditionString> childCondition;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAbBooleanExpression> childExpression;
+
+    for (uint32_t i = 0; i < count; i++)
+    {
+        childCondition = do_QueryElementAt(childExpressions, i, &rv);
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        {
+            rv = matchCardCondition (card, childCondition, &value);
+            NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            childExpression = do_QueryElementAt(childExpressions, i, &rv);
+            if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+            {
+                rv = matchCardExpression (card, childExpression, &value);
+                NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+            }
+            else
+                return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+        }
+        if (operation == nsIAbBooleanOperationTypes::OR && value)
+            break;
+        else if (operation == nsIAbBooleanOperationTypes::AND && !value)
+            break;
+        else if (operation == nsIAbBooleanOperationTypes::NOT)
+            value = !value;
+    }
+    *result = value;
+
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsAbDirectoryQuery::matchCardCondition(nsIAbCard* card,
+                                                nsIAbBooleanConditionString* condition,
+                                                bool* matchFound)
+{
+    nsAbBooleanConditionType conditionType;
+    nsresult rv = condition->GetCondition (&conditionType);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    nsCString name;
+    rv = condition->GetName (getter_Copies (name));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    if (name.Equals ("card:nsIAbCard"))
+    {
+      *matchFound = (conditionType == nsIAbBooleanConditionTypes::Exists);
+      return NS_OK;
+    }
+
+    nsString matchValue;
+    rv = condition->GetValue (getter_Copies (matchValue));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    if (name.EqualsLiteral("IsMailList"))
+    {
+      bool isMailList;
+      rv = card->GetIsMailList(&isMailList);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      // Only equals is supported.
+      if (conditionType != nsIAbBooleanConditionTypes::Is)
+        return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+      *matchFound = isMailList ? matchValue.EqualsLiteral("TRUE") :
+                                 matchValue.EqualsLiteral("FALSE");
+      return NS_OK;
+    }
+
+    nsString value;
+    (void)card->GetPropertyAsAString(name.get(), value);
+
+    if (value.IsEmpty())
+    {
+      *matchFound = (conditionType == nsIAbBooleanConditionTypes::DoesNotExist) ?
+          true : false;
+      return NS_OK;
+    }
+
+    /* TODO
+     * What about allowing choice between case insensitive
+     * and case sensitive comparisons?
+     *
+     */
+    switch (conditionType)
+    {
+        case nsIAbBooleanConditionTypes::Exists:
+            *matchFound = true;
+            break;
+        case nsIAbBooleanConditionTypes::Contains:
+            *matchFound = CaseInsensitiveFindInReadable(matchValue, value);
+            break;
+        case nsIAbBooleanConditionTypes::DoesNotContain:
+            *matchFound = !CaseInsensitiveFindInReadable(matchValue, value);
+            break;
+        case nsIAbBooleanConditionTypes::Is:
+            *matchFound = value.Equals(matchValue, nsCaseInsensitiveStringComparator());
+            break;
+        case nsIAbBooleanConditionTypes::IsNot:
+            *matchFound = !value.Equals(matchValue, nsCaseInsensitiveStringComparator());
+            break;
+        case nsIAbBooleanConditionTypes::BeginsWith:
+            *matchFound = StringBeginsWith(value, matchValue, nsCaseInsensitiveStringComparator());
+            break;
+        case nsIAbBooleanConditionTypes::LessThan:
+            *matchFound = Compare(value, matchValue, nsCaseInsensitiveStringComparator()) < 0;
+            break;
+        case nsIAbBooleanConditionTypes::GreaterThan:
+            *matchFound = Compare(value, matchValue, nsCaseInsensitiveStringComparator()) > 0;
+            break;
+        case nsIAbBooleanConditionTypes::EndsWith:
+            *matchFound = StringEndsWith(value, matchValue, nsCaseInsensitiveStringComparator());
+            break;
+        case nsIAbBooleanConditionTypes::SoundsLike:
+        case nsIAbBooleanConditionTypes::RegExp:
+            *matchFound = false;
+            break;
+        default:
+            *matchFound = false;
+    }
+
+    return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsAbDirectoryQuery::queryMatch(nsIAbCard* card,
+    nsIAbDirSearchListener* listener)
+{
+  return listener->OnSearchFoundCard(card);
+}
+
+nsresult nsAbDirectoryQuery::queryFinished(nsIAbDirSearchListener* listener)
+{
+    return listener->OnSearchFinished(nsIAbDirectoryQueryResultListener::queryResultComplete, EmptyString());
+}
+
+nsresult nsAbDirectoryQuery::queryError(nsIAbDirSearchListener* listener)
+{
+    return listener->OnSearchFinished(nsIAbDirectoryQueryResultListener::queryResultError, EmptyString());
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbDirectoryQuery.h b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbDirectoryQuery.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..99aa943aa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbDirectoryQuery.h
@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsAbDirectoryQuery_h__
+#define nsAbDirectoryQuery_h__
+
+#include "nsIAbDirectoryQuery.h"
+#include "nsIAbDirectory.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsIArray.h"
+#include "nsIAbBooleanExpression.h"
+
+class nsAbDirectoryQuerySimpleBooleanExpression : public nsIAbBooleanExpression
+{
+public:
+    NS_DECL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS
+    NS_DECL_NSIABBOOLEANEXPRESSION
+
+    nsAbDirectoryQuerySimpleBooleanExpression();
+
+private:
+    virtual ~nsAbDirectoryQuerySimpleBooleanExpression();
+
+public:
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIArray> mExpressions;
+    nsAbBooleanOperationType mOperation;
+};
+
+
+class nsAbDirectoryQueryArguments : public nsIAbDirectoryQueryArguments
+{
+public:
+    NS_DECL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS
+    NS_DECL_NSIABDIRECTORYQUERYARGUMENTS
+
+    nsAbDirectoryQueryArguments();
+
+private:
+    virtual ~nsAbDirectoryQueryArguments();
+
+protected:
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> mExpression;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> mTypeSpecificArg;
+    bool mQuerySubDirectories;
+    nsCString mFilter;
+};
+
+
+class nsAbDirectoryQueryPropertyValue : public nsIAbDirectoryQueryPropertyValue
+{
+public:
+    NS_DECL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS
+    NS_DECL_NSIABDIRECTORYQUERYPROPERTYVALUE
+
+    nsAbDirectoryQueryPropertyValue();
+    nsAbDirectoryQueryPropertyValue(const char* aName,
+          const char16_t* aValue);
+    nsAbDirectoryQueryPropertyValue(const char* aName,
+          nsISupports* aValueISupports);
+
+protected:
+    virtual ~nsAbDirectoryQueryPropertyValue();
+    nsCString mName;
+    nsString mValue;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> mValueISupports;
+};
+
+
+class nsAbDirectoryQuery : public nsIAbDirectoryQuery
+{
+public:
+    NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+    NS_DECL_NSIABDIRECTORYQUERY
+
+    nsAbDirectoryQuery();
+
+protected:
+    virtual ~nsAbDirectoryQuery();
+    nsresult query(nsIAbDirectory* directory,
+                   nsIAbBooleanExpression* expression,
+                   nsIAbDirSearchListener* listener,
+                   bool doSubDirectories,
+                   int32_t* resultLimit);
+    nsresult queryChildren(nsIAbDirectory* directory,
+                           nsIAbBooleanExpression* expression,
+                           nsIAbDirSearchListener* listener,
+                           bool doSubDirectories,
+                           int32_t* resultLimit);
+    nsresult queryCards(nsIAbDirectory* directory,
+                        nsIAbBooleanExpression* expression,
+                        nsIAbDirSearchListener* listener,
+                        int32_t* resultLimit);
+    nsresult matchCard(nsIAbCard* card,
+                       nsIAbBooleanExpression* expression,
+                       nsIAbDirSearchListener* listener,
+                       int32_t* resultLimit);
+    nsresult matchCardExpression(nsIAbCard* card,
+                                 nsIAbBooleanExpression* expression,
+                                 bool* result);
+    nsresult matchCardCondition(nsIAbCard* card,
+                                nsIAbBooleanConditionString* condition,
+                                bool* matchFound);
+
+    nsresult queryMatch (nsIAbCard* card,
+        nsIAbDirSearchListener* listener);
+    nsresult queryFinished(nsIAbDirSearchListener* listener);
+    nsresult queryError(nsIAbDirSearchListener* listener);
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbDirectoryQueryProxy.cpp b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbDirectoryQueryProxy.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..553f3b903
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbDirectoryQueryProxy.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsAbDirectoryQuery.h"
+#include "nsAbDirectoryQueryProxy.h"
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsAbDirectoryQueryProxy, nsIAbDirectoryQueryProxy, nsIAbDirectoryQuery)
+
+nsAbDirectoryQueryProxy::nsAbDirectoryQueryProxy() :
+    mInitiated (false)
+{
+}
+
+nsAbDirectoryQueryProxy::~nsAbDirectoryQueryProxy()
+{
+}
+
+/* void initiate (in nsIAbDirectory directory); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbDirectoryQueryProxy::Initiate()
+{
+    if (mInitiated)
+        return NS_OK;
+
+    mDirectoryQuery = new nsAbDirectoryQuery();
+
+    mInitiated = true;
+
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbDirectoryQueryProxy.h b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbDirectoryQueryProxy.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..89a323c75
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbDirectoryQueryProxy.h
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsAbDirectoryQueryProxy_h__
+#define nsAbDirectoryQueryProxy_h__
+
+#include "nsIAbDirectoryQueryProxy.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+
+class nsAbDirectoryQueryProxy : public nsIAbDirectoryQueryProxy
+{
+public:
+    NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+    NS_FORWARD_NSIABDIRECTORYQUERY(mDirectoryQuery->)
+    NS_DECL_NSIABDIRECTORYQUERYPROXY
+
+    nsAbDirectoryQueryProxy();
+
+protected:
+    virtual ~nsAbDirectoryQueryProxy();
+    bool mInitiated;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAbDirectoryQuery> mDirectoryQuery;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbLDAPAttributeMap.js b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbLDAPAttributeMap.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8ff2406d2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbLDAPAttributeMap.js
@@ -0,0 +1,247 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+Components.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/Services.jsm");
+Components.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/XPCOMUtils.jsm");
+
+var NS_ABLDAPATTRIBUTEMAP_CID = Components.ID(
+  "{127b341a-bdda-4270-85e1-edff569a9b85}");
+var NS_ABLDAPATTRIBUTEMAPSERVICE_CID = Components.ID(
+  "{4ed7d5e1-8800-40da-9e78-c4f509d7ac5e}");
+
+function nsAbLDAPAttributeMap() {
+  this.mPropertyMap = {};
+  this.mAttrMap = {};
+}
+
+nsAbLDAPAttributeMap.prototype = {
+  classID: NS_ABLDAPATTRIBUTEMAP_CID,
+
+  getAttributeList: function getAttributeList(aProperty) {
+
+    if (!(aProperty in this.mPropertyMap)) {
+      return null;
+    }
+
+    // return the joined list
+    return this.mPropertyMap[aProperty].join(",");
+  },
+
+  getAttributes: function getAttributes(aProperty, aCount, aAttrs) {
+
+    // fail if no entry for this
+    if (!(aProperty in this.mPropertyMap)) {
+      throw Components.results.NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    }
+
+    aAttrs = this.mPropertyMap[aProperty];
+    aCount = aAttrs.length;
+    return aAttrs;
+  },
+
+  getFirstAttribute: function getFirstAttribute(aProperty) {
+
+    // fail if no entry for this
+    if (!(aProperty in this.mPropertyMap)) {
+      return null;
+    }
+
+    return this.mPropertyMap[aProperty][0];
+  },
+
+  setAttributeList: function setAttributeList(aProperty, aAttributeList,
+                                              aAllowInconsistencies) {
+
+    var attrs = aAttributeList.split(",");
+
+    // check to make sure this call won't allow multiple mappings to be
+    // created, if requested
+    if (!aAllowInconsistencies) {
+      for (var attr of attrs) {
+        if (attr in this.mAttrMap && this.mAttrMap[attr] != aProperty) {
+          throw Components.results.NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    // delete any attr mappings created by the existing property map entry
+    if (aProperty in this.mPropertyMap) {
+      for (attr of this.mPropertyMap[aProperty]) {
+        delete this.mAttrMap[attr];
+      }
+    }
+
+    // add these attrs to the attrmap
+    for (attr of attrs) {
+      this.mAttrMap[attr] = aProperty;
+    }
+
+    // add them to the property map
+    this.mPropertyMap[aProperty] = attrs;
+  },
+
+  getProperty: function getProperty(aAttribute) {
+
+    if (!(aAttribute in this.mAttrMap)) {
+      return null;
+    }
+
+    return this.mAttrMap[aAttribute];
+  },
+
+  getAllCardAttributes: function getAllCardAttributes() {
+    var attrs = [];
+    for (var prop in this.mPropertyMap) {
+      let attrArray = this.mPropertyMap[prop];
+      attrs = attrs.concat(attrArray);
+    }
+
+    if (!attrs.length) {
+      throw Components.results.NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    }
+
+    return attrs.join(",");
+  },
+
+  getAllCardProperties: function getAllCardProperties(aCount) {
+
+    var props = [];
+    for (var prop in this.mPropertyMap) {
+      props.push(prop);
+    }
+
+    aCount.value = props.length;
+    return props;
+  },
+
+  setFromPrefs: function setFromPrefs(aPrefBranchName) {
+    // get the right pref branch
+    let branch = Services.prefs.getBranch(aPrefBranchName + ".");
+
+    // get the list of children
+    var childCount = {};
+    var children = branch.getChildList("", childCount);
+
+    // do the actual sets
+    for (var child of children) {
+      this.setAttributeList(child, branch.getCharPref(child), true);
+    }
+
+    // ensure that everything is kosher
+    this.checkState();
+  },
+
+  setCardPropertiesFromLDAPMessage: function
+    setCardPropertiesFromLDAPMessage(aMessage, aCard) {
+
+    var cardValueWasSet = false;
+
+    var msgAttrCount = {};
+    var msgAttrs = aMessage.getAttributes(msgAttrCount);
+
+    // downcase the array for comparison
+    function toLower(a) { return a.toLowerCase(); }
+    msgAttrs = msgAttrs.map(toLower);
+
+    // deal with each addressbook property
+    for (var prop in this.mPropertyMap) {
+
+      // go through the list of possible attrs in precedence order
+      for (var attr of this.mPropertyMap[prop]) {
+
+        attr = attr.toLowerCase();
+
+        // find the first attr that exists in this message
+        if (msgAttrs.indexOf(attr) != -1) {
+
+          try {
+            var values = aMessage.getValues(attr, {});
+            // strip out the optional label from the labeledURI
+            if (attr == "labeleduri" && values[0]) {
+              var index = values[0].indexOf(" ");
+              if (index != -1)
+                values[0] = values[0].substring(0, index);
+            }
+            aCard.setProperty(prop, values[0]);
+
+            cardValueWasSet = true;
+            break;
+          } catch (ex) {
+            // ignore any errors getting message values or setting card values
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    if (!cardValueWasSet) {
+      throw Components.results.NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    }
+
+    return;
+  },
+
+  checkState: function checkState() {
+
+    var attrsSeen = [];
+
+    for (var prop in this.mPropertyMap) {
+      let attrArray = this.mPropertyMap[prop];
+      for (var attr of attrArray) {
+
+        // multiple attributes that mapped to the empty string are permitted
+        if (!attr.length) {
+          continue;
+        }
+
+        // if we've seen this before, there's a problem
+        if (attrsSeen.indexOf(attr) != -1) {
+          throw Components.results.NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+        }
+
+        // remember that we've seen it now
+        attrsSeen.push(attr);
+      }
+    }
+
+    return;
+  },
+
+  QueryInterface: XPCOMUtils
+    .generateQI([Components.interfaces.nsIAbLDAPAttributeMap])
+}
+
+function nsAbLDAPAttributeMapService() {
+}
+
+nsAbLDAPAttributeMapService.prototype = {
+
+  classID: NS_ABLDAPATTRIBUTEMAPSERVICE_CID,
+
+  mAttrMaps: {},
+
+  getMapForPrefBranch: function getMapForPrefBranch(aPrefBranchName) {
+
+    // if we've already got this map, return it
+    if (aPrefBranchName in this.mAttrMaps) {
+      return this.mAttrMaps[aPrefBranchName];
+    }
+
+    // otherwise, try and create it
+    var attrMap = new nsAbLDAPAttributeMap();
+    attrMap.setFromPrefs("ldap_2.servers.default.attrmap");
+    attrMap.setFromPrefs(aPrefBranchName + ".attrmap");
+
+    // cache
+    this.mAttrMaps[aPrefBranchName] = attrMap;
+
+    // and return
+    return attrMap;
+  },
+
+  QueryInterface: XPCOMUtils
+    .generateQI([Components.interfaces.nsIAbLDAPAttributeMapService])
+}
+
+var NSGetFactory = XPCOMUtils.generateNSGetFactory([nsAbLDAPAttributeMap, nsAbLDAPAttributeMapService]);
+
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbLDAPAutoCompleteSearch.js b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbLDAPAutoCompleteSearch.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1c62d7e97
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbLDAPAutoCompleteSearch.js
@@ -0,0 +1,325 @@
+/* -*- Mode: Java; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+Components.utils.import("resource:///modules/mailServices.js");
+Components.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/Services.jsm");
+Components.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/XPCOMUtils.jsm");
+
+var ACR = Components.interfaces.nsIAutoCompleteResult;
+var nsIAbAutoCompleteResult = Components.interfaces.nsIAbAutoCompleteResult;
+var nsIAbDirectoryQueryResultListener =
+  Components.interfaces.nsIAbDirectoryQueryResultListener;
+
+// nsAbLDAPAutoCompleteResult
+// Derived from nsIAbAutoCompleteResult, provides a LDAP specific result
+// implementation.
+
+function nsAbLDAPAutoCompleteResult(aSearchString) {
+  // Can't create this in the prototype as we'd get the same array for
+  // all instances
+  this._searchResults = [];
+  this.searchString = aSearchString;
+}
+
+nsAbLDAPAutoCompleteResult.prototype = {
+  _searchResults: null,
+  _commentColumn: "",
+
+  // nsIAutoCompleteResult
+
+  searchString: null,
+  searchResult: ACR.RESULT_NOMATCH,
+  defaultIndex: -1,
+  errorDescription: null,
+
+  get matchCount() {
+    return this._searchResults.length;
+  },
+
+  getLabelAt: function getLabelAt(aIndex) {
+    return this.getValueAt(aIndex);
+  },
+
+  getValueAt: function getValueAt(aIndex) {
+    return this._searchResults[aIndex].value;
+  },
+
+  getCommentAt: function getCommentAt(aIndex) {
+    return this._commentColumn;
+  },
+
+  getStyleAt: function getStyleAt(aIndex) {
+    return this.searchResult == ACR.RESULT_FAILURE ? "remote-err" :
+                                                     "remote-abook";
+  },
+
+  getImageAt: function getImageAt(aIndex) {
+    return "";
+  },
+
+  getFinalCompleteValueAt: function(aIndex) {
+    return this.getValueAt(aIndex);
+  },
+
+  removeValueAt: function removeValueAt(aRowIndex, aRemoveFromDB) {
+  },
+
+  // nsIAbAutoCompleteResult
+
+  getCardAt: function getCardAt(aIndex) {
+    return this._searchResults[aIndex].card;
+  },
+
+  // nsISupports
+
+  QueryInterface: XPCOMUtils.generateQI([ACR, nsIAbAutoCompleteResult])
+}
+
+function nsAbLDAPAutoCompleteSearch() {
+  Services.obs.addObserver(this, "quit-application", false);
+  this._timer = Components.classes["@mozilla.org/timer;1"]
+                          .createInstance(Components.interfaces.nsITimer);
+}
+
+nsAbLDAPAutoCompleteSearch.prototype = {
+  // For component registration
+  classID: Components.ID("227e6482-fe9f-441f-9b7d-7b60375e7449"),
+
+  // A short-lived LDAP directory cache.
+  // To avoid recreating components as the user completes, we maintain the most
+  // recently used address book, nsAbLDAPDirectoryQuery and search context.
+  // However the cache is discarded if it has not been used for a minute.
+  // This is done to avoid problems with LDAP sessions timing out and hanging.
+  _query: null,
+  _book: null,
+  _attributes: null,
+  _context: -1,
+  _timer: null,
+
+  // The current search result.
+  _result: null,
+  // The listener to pass back results to.
+  _listener: null,
+
+  _parser: MailServices.headerParser,
+
+  applicableHeaders: new Set(["addr_to", "addr_cc", "addr_bcc", "addr_reply"]),
+
+  // Private methods
+
+  _checkDuplicate: function _checkDuplicate(card, emailAddress) {
+    var lcEmailAddress = emailAddress.toLocaleLowerCase();
+
+    return this._result._searchResults.some(function(result) {
+      return result.value.toLocaleLowerCase() == lcEmailAddress;
+    });
+  },
+
+  _addToResult: function(card) {
+    let mbox = this._parser.makeMailboxObject(card.displayName,
+      card.isMailList ? card.getProperty("Notes", "") || card.displayName :
+                        card.primaryEmail);
+    if (!mbox.email)
+      return;
+
+    let emailAddress = mbox.toString();
+
+    // If it is a duplicate, then just return and don't add it. The
+    // _checkDuplicate function deals with it all for us.
+    if (this._checkDuplicate(card, emailAddress))
+      return;
+
+    // Find out where to insert the card.
+    var insertPosition = 0;
+
+    // Next sort on full address
+    while (insertPosition < this._result._searchResults.length &&
+           emailAddress > this._result._searchResults[insertPosition].value)
+      ++insertPosition;
+
+    this._result._searchResults.splice(insertPosition, 0, {
+      value: emailAddress,
+      card: card,
+    });
+  },
+
+  // nsIObserver
+
+  observe: function observer(subject, topic, data) {
+    if (topic == "quit-application") {
+      Services.obs.removeObserver(this, "quit-application");
+    } else if (topic != "timer-callback") {
+      return;
+    }
+
+    // Force the individual query items to null, so that the memory
+    // gets collected straight away.
+    this.stopSearch();
+    this._book = null;
+    this._context = -1;
+    this._query = null;
+    this._attributes = null;
+  },
+
+  // nsIAutoCompleteSearch
+
+  startSearch: function startSearch(aSearchString, aParam,
+                                    aPreviousResult, aListener) {
+    let params = JSON.parse(aParam) || {};
+    let applicable = !("type" in params) || this.applicableHeaders.has(params.type);
+
+    this._result = new nsAbLDAPAutoCompleteResult(aSearchString);
+    aSearchString = aSearchString.toLocaleLowerCase();
+
+    // If the search string isn't value, or contains a comma, or the user
+    // hasn't enabled autocomplete, then just return no matches / or the
+    // result ignored.
+    // The comma check is so that we don't autocomplete against the user
+    // entering multiple addresses.
+    if (!applicable || !aSearchString || aSearchString.includes(",")) {
+      this._result.searchResult = ACR.RESULT_IGNORED;
+      aListener.onSearchResult(this, this._result);
+      return;
+    }
+
+    // The rules here: If the current identity has a directoryServer set, then
+    // use that, otherwise, try the global preference instead.
+    var acDirURI = null;
+    var identity;
+
+    if ("idKey" in params) {
+      try {
+        identity = MailServices.accounts.getIdentity(params.idKey);
+      }
+      catch(ex) {
+        Components.utils.reportError("Couldn't get specified identity, " +
+                                     "falling back to global settings");
+      }
+    }
+
+    // Does the current identity override the global preference?
+    if (identity && identity.overrideGlobalPref)
+      acDirURI = identity.directoryServer;
+    else {
+      // Try the global one
+      if (Services.prefs.getBoolPref("ldap_2.autoComplete.useDirectory"))
+        acDirURI = Services.prefs.getCharPref("ldap_2.autoComplete.directoryServer");
+    }
+
+    if (!acDirURI) {
+      // No directory to search, send a no match and return.
+      aListener.onSearchResult(this, this._result);
+      return;
+    }
+
+    this.stopSearch();
+
+    // If we don't already have a cached query for this URI, build a new one.
+    acDirURI = "moz-abldapdirectory://" + acDirURI;
+    if (!this._book || this._book.URI != acDirURI) {
+      this._query =
+        Components.classes["@mozilla.org/addressbook/ldap-directory-query;1"]
+                  .createInstance(Components.interfaces.nsIAbDirectoryQuery);
+      this._book = MailServices.ab.getDirectory(acDirURI)
+                                  .QueryInterface(Components.interfaces.nsIAbLDAPDirectory);
+
+      // Create a minimal map just for the display name and primary email.
+      this._attributes =
+        Components.classes["@mozilla.org/addressbook/ldap-attribute-map;1"]
+                  .createInstance(Components.interfaces.nsIAbLDAPAttributeMap);
+      this._attributes.setAttributeList("DisplayName",
+        this._book.attributeMap.getAttributeList("DisplayName", {}), true);
+      this._attributes.setAttributeList("PrimaryEmail",
+        this._book.attributeMap.getAttributeList("PrimaryEmail", {}), true);
+    }
+
+    this._result._commentColumn = this._book.dirName;
+    this._listener = aListener;
+    this._timer.init(this, 60000, Components.interfaces.nsITimer.TYPE_ONE_SHOT);
+
+    var args =
+      Components.classes["@mozilla.org/addressbook/directory/query-arguments;1"]
+                .createInstance(Components.interfaces.nsIAbDirectoryQueryArguments);
+
+    var filterTemplate = this._book.getStringValue("autoComplete.filterTemplate", "");
+
+    // Use default value when preference is not set or it contains empty string    
+    if (!filterTemplate)
+      filterTemplate = "(|(cn=%v1*%v2-*)(mail=%v1*%v2-*)(sn=%v1*%v2-*))";
+
+    // Create filter from filter template and search string
+    var ldapSvc = Components.classes["@mozilla.org/network/ldap-service;1"]
+                            .getService(Components.interfaces.nsILDAPService);
+    var filter = ldapSvc.createFilter(1024, filterTemplate, "", "", "", aSearchString);
+    if (!filter)
+      throw new Error("Filter string is empty, check if filterTemplate variable is valid in prefs.js.");
+    args.typeSpecificArg = this._attributes;
+    args.querySubDirectories = true;
+    args.filter = filter;
+
+    // Start the actual search
+    this._context =
+      this._query.doQuery(this._book, args, this, this._book.maxHits, 0);
+  },
+
+  stopSearch: function stopSearch() {
+    if (this._listener) {
+      this._query.stopQuery(this._context);
+      this._listener = null;
+    }
+  },
+
+  // nsIAbDirSearchListener
+
+  onSearchFinished: function onSearchFinished(aResult, aErrorMsg) {
+    if (!this._listener)
+      return;
+
+    if (aResult == nsIAbDirectoryQueryResultListener.queryResultComplete) {
+      if (this._result.matchCount) {
+        this._result.searchResult = ACR.RESULT_SUCCESS;
+        this._result.defaultIndex = 0;
+      }
+      else
+        this._result.searchResult = ACR.RESULT_NOMATCH;
+    }
+    else if (aResult == nsIAbDirectoryQueryResultListener.queryResultError) {
+      this._result.searchResult = ACR.RESULT_FAILURE;
+      this._result.defaultIndex = 0;
+    }
+    //    const long queryResultStopped  = 2;
+    //    const long queryResultError    = 3;
+    this._listener.onSearchResult(this, this._result);
+    this._listener = null;
+  },
+
+  onSearchFoundCard: function onSearchFoundCard(aCard) {
+    if (!this._listener)
+      return;
+
+    this._addToResult(aCard);
+
+    /* XXX autocomplete doesn't expect you to rearrange while searching
+    if (this._result.matchCount)
+      this._result.searchResult = ACR.RESULT_SUCCESS_ONGOING;
+    else
+      this._result.searchResult = ACR.RESULT_NOMATCH_ONGOING;
+
+    this._listener.onSearchResult(this, this._result);
+    */
+  },
+
+  // nsISupports
+
+  QueryInterface: XPCOMUtils.generateQI([Components.interfaces.nsIObserver,
+                                         Components.interfaces
+                                                   .nsIAutoCompleteSearch,
+                                         Components.interfaces
+                                                   .nsIAbDirSearchListener])
+};
+
+// Module
+
+var NSGetFactory = XPCOMUtils.generateNSGetFactory([nsAbLDAPAutoCompleteSearch]);
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbLDAPCard.cpp b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbLDAPCard.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6dcfdedbb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbLDAPCard.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,297 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsAbLDAPCard.h"
+#include "nsIMutableArray.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsILDAPModification.h"
+#include "nsILDAPBERValue.h"
+#include "nsILDAPMessage.h"
+#include "nsIAbLDAPAttributeMap.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsComponentManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsAbBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsAbUtils.h"
+#include "nsILDAPErrors.h"
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#define kDNColumn "DN"
+
+nsAbLDAPCard::nsAbLDAPCard()
+{
+}
+
+nsAbLDAPCard::~nsAbLDAPCard()
+{
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED(nsAbLDAPCard, nsAbCardProperty, nsIAbLDAPCard)
+
+/* Retrieves the changes to the LDAP card and stores them in an LDAP
+ * update message.
+ *
+ * Calling this method changes the LDAP card, it updates the
+ * meta-properties (m_*) to reflect what the LDAP contents will be once
+ * the update has been performed. This allows you to do multiple (successful)
+ * consecutive edits on a card in a search result. If the meta-properties
+ * were not updated, incorrect assuptions would be made about what object
+ * classes to add, or  what attributes to clear.
+ *
+ * XXX: We need to take care when integrating this code with the asynchronous
+ * update dialogs, as the current code in nsAbLDAPDirectory has a problem
+ * when an update fails: the modified card still gets stored and shown to
+ * the user instead of being discarded. There is one especially tricky case:
+ * when you do an update on a card which changes its DN, you have two
+ * operations (rename, then update the other attributes). If the rename
+ * operation succeeds and not the update of the attributes, you are 
+ * "somewhere in between" the original card and the updated card.
+*/
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbLDAPCard::GetLDAPMessageInfo(
+  nsIAbLDAPAttributeMap *aAttributeMap,
+  const uint32_t aClassCount,
+  const char **aClasses,
+  int32_t aType,
+  nsIArray **aLDAPAddMessageInfo)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aAttributeMap);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aClasses);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aLDAPAddMessageInfo);
+  
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> modArray =
+    do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  
+  // Add any missing object classes. We never remove any object
+  // classes: if an entry has additional object classes, it's probably
+  // for a good reason.
+  nsAutoCString oclass;
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < aClassCount; ++i)
+  {
+    oclass.Assign(nsDependentCString(aClasses[i]));
+    ToLowerCase(oclass);
+   
+    if (!m_objectClass.Contains(oclass))
+    {
+      m_objectClass.AppendElement(oclass);
+      printf("LDAP : adding objectClass %s\n", oclass.get());
+    }
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsILDAPModification> mod =
+    do_CreateInstance("@mozilla.org/network/ldap-modification;1", &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+ 
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> values =
+    do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < m_objectClass.Length(); ++i)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsILDAPBERValue> value =
+      do_CreateInstance("@mozilla.org/network/ldap-ber-value;1", &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    rv = value->SetFromUTF8(m_objectClass.ElementAt(i));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    rv = values->AppendElement(value, false);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+  
+  rv = mod->SetUpModification(aType, NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("objectClass"), values);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  modArray->AppendElement(mod, false);
+
+  // Add card properties
+  CharPtrArrayGuard props;
+  rv = aAttributeMap->GetAllCardProperties(props.GetSizeAddr(),
+    props.GetArrayAddr());
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsAutoCString attr;
+  nsCString propvalue;
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < props.GetSize(); ++i)
+  {
+    // Skip some attributes that don't map to LDAP.
+    //
+    // BirthYear : by default this is mapped to 'birthyear',
+    // which is not part of mozillaAbPersonAlpha
+    //
+    // LastModifiedDate : by default this is mapped to 'modifytimestamp',
+    // which cannot be modified
+    //
+    // PreferMailFormat : by default this is mapped to 'mozillaUseHtmlMail',
+    // which is a boolean, not plaintext/html/unknown
+    if (!strcmp(props[i], kBirthYearProperty) ||
+        !strcmp(props[i], kLastModifiedDateProperty) ||
+        !strcmp(props[i], kPreferMailFormatProperty))
+      continue;
+    
+    rv = aAttributeMap->GetFirstAttribute(nsDependentCString(props[i]),
+      attr);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    ToLowerCase(attr);
+
+    // If the property is not mapped to an attribute, skip it.
+    if (attr.IsEmpty())
+      continue;
+ 
+    nsCOMPtr<nsILDAPModification> mod =
+      do_CreateInstance("@mozilla.org/network/ldap-modification;1", &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+   
+    size_t index = m_attributes.IndexOf(attr);
+
+    rv = GetPropertyAsAUTF8String(props[i], propvalue);
+
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) &&!propvalue.IsEmpty())
+    {
+      // If the new value is not empty, add/update it
+      nsCOMPtr<nsILDAPBERValue> value =
+        do_CreateInstance("@mozilla.org/network/ldap-ber-value;1", &rv);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      rv = value->SetFromUTF8(propvalue);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+ 
+      rv = mod->SetUpModificationOneValue(aType, attr, value);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    
+      printf("LDAP : setting attribute %s (%s) to '%s'\n", attr.get(),
+        props[i], propvalue.get());
+      modArray->AppendElement(mod, false);
+      if (index != m_attributes.NoIndex)
+        m_attributes.AppendElement(attr);
+
+    }
+    else if (aType == nsILDAPModification::MOD_REPLACE &&
+             index != m_attributes.NoIndex)
+    {
+      // If the new value is empty, we are performing an update
+      // and the attribute was previously set, clear it
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> novalues =
+        do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      rv = mod->SetUpModification(aType, attr, novalues);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      
+      printf("LDAP : removing attribute %s (%s)\n", attr.get(), props[i]);
+      modArray->AppendElement(mod, false);
+      m_attributes.RemoveElementAt(index);
+    }
+  }
+
+  NS_ADDREF(*aLDAPAddMessageInfo = modArray);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbLDAPCard::BuildRdn(nsIAbLDAPAttributeMap *aAttributeMap,
+                                     const uint32_t aAttrCount,
+                                     const char **aAttributes,
+                                     nsACString &aRdn)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aAttributeMap);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aAttributes);
+  
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCString attr;
+  nsAutoCString prop;
+  nsCString propvalue;
+
+  aRdn.Truncate();
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < aAttrCount; ++i)
+  {
+    attr.Assign(nsDependentCString(aAttributes[i]));
+   
+    // Lookup the property corresponding to the attribute
+    rv = aAttributeMap->GetProperty(attr, prop);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    // Get the property value
+    rv = GetPropertyAsAUTF8String(prop.get(), propvalue);
+
+    // XXX The case where an attribute needed to build the Relative
+    // Distinguished Name is not set needs to be handled by the caller,
+    // so as to let the user know what is missing.
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv) || propvalue.IsEmpty())
+    {
+      NS_ERROR("nsAbLDAPCard::BuildRdn: a required attribute is not set");
+      return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+    }
+  
+    aRdn.Append(attr);
+    aRdn.AppendLiteral("=");
+    aRdn.Append(propvalue);
+    if (i < aAttrCount - 1)
+      aRdn.AppendLiteral("+");
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbLDAPCard::GetDn(nsACString &aDN)
+{
+  return GetPropertyAsAUTF8String(kDNColumn, aDN);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbLDAPCard::SetDn(const nsACString &aDN)
+{
+  SetLocalId(aDN);
+  return SetPropertyAsAUTF8String(kDNColumn, aDN);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbLDAPCard::SetMetaProperties(nsILDAPMessage *aMessage)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMessage);
+  
+  // Get DN
+  nsAutoCString dn;
+  nsresult rv = aMessage->GetDn(dn);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  SetDn(dn);
+
+  // Get the list of set attributes
+  CharPtrArrayGuard attrs;
+  rv = aMessage->GetAttributes(attrs.GetSizeAddr(), attrs.GetArrayAddr());
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+ 
+  nsAutoCString attr;
+  m_attributes.Clear();
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < attrs.GetSize(); ++i)
+  {
+    attr.Assign(nsDependentCString(attrs[i]));
+    ToLowerCase(attr);
+    m_attributes.AppendElement(attr);
+  }
+
+  // Get the objectClass values
+  m_objectClass.Clear();
+  PRUnicharPtrArrayGuard vals;
+  rv = aMessage->GetValues("objectClass", vals.GetSizeAddr(),
+    vals.GetArrayAddr());
+
+  // objectClass is not always included in search result entries and
+  // nsILDAPMessage::GetValues returns NS_ERROR_LDAP_DECODING_ERROR if the
+  // requested attribute doesn't exist.
+  if (rv ==  NS_ERROR_LDAP_DECODING_ERROR)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  
+  nsAutoCString oclass;
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < vals.GetSize(); ++i)
+  {
+    oclass.Assign(NS_LossyConvertUTF16toASCII(nsDependentString(vals[i])));
+    ToLowerCase(oclass);
+    m_objectClass.AppendElement(oclass);
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbLDAPCard.h b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbLDAPCard.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ef11b50e4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbLDAPCard.h
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsAbLDAPCard_h__
+#define nsAbLDAPCard_h__
+
+#include "nsAbCardProperty.h"
+#include "nsIAbLDAPCard.h"
+#include "nsTArray.h"
+
+class nsIMutableArray;
+
+class nsAbLDAPCard : public nsAbCardProperty,
+                     public nsIAbLDAPCard
+{
+public:
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED
+  NS_DECL_NSIABLDAPCARD
+
+  nsAbLDAPCard();
+
+protected:
+  virtual ~nsAbLDAPCard();
+  nsTArray<nsCString> m_attributes;
+  nsTArray<nsCString> m_objectClass;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbLDAPChangeLogData.cpp b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbLDAPChangeLogData.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cc4c04250
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbLDAPChangeLogData.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,542 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsAbLDAPChangeLogData.h"
+#include "nsAbLDAPChangeLogQuery.h"
+#include "nsILDAPMessage.h"
+#include "nsIAbCard.h"
+#include "nsIAddrBookSession.h"
+#include "nsAbBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsAbUtils.h"
+#include "nsAbMDBCard.h"
+#include "nsAbLDAPCard.h"
+#include "nsIAuthPrompt.h"
+#include "nsIStringBundle.h"
+#include "nsIWindowWatcher.h"
+#include "nsUnicharUtils.h"
+#include "plstr.h"
+#include "nsILDAPErrors.h"
+#include "prmem.h"
+#include "mozilla/Services.h"
+
+// Defined here since to be used
+// only locally to this file.
+enum UpdateOp {
+ NO_OP,
+ ENTRY_ADD,
+ ENTRY_DELETE,
+ ENTRY_MODIFY
+};
+
+nsAbLDAPProcessChangeLogData::nsAbLDAPProcessChangeLogData()
+: mUseChangeLog(false),
+  mChangeLogEntriesCount(0),
+  mEntriesAddedQueryCount(0)
+{
+   mRootDSEEntry.firstChangeNumber = 0;
+   mRootDSEEntry.lastChangeNumber = 0;
+}
+
+nsAbLDAPProcessChangeLogData::~nsAbLDAPProcessChangeLogData()
+{
+
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbLDAPProcessChangeLogData::Init(nsIAbLDAPReplicationQuery * query, nsIWebProgressListener *progressListener)
+{
+   NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(query);
+
+   // Here we are assuming that the caller will pass a nsAbLDAPChangeLogQuery object,
+   // an implementation derived from the implementation of nsIAbLDAPReplicationQuery.
+   nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+   mChangeLogQuery = do_QueryInterface(query, &rv);
+   if(NS_FAILED(rv))
+       return rv;
+   
+   // Call the parent's Init now.
+   return nsAbLDAPProcessReplicationData::Init(query, progressListener);
+}
+
+nsresult nsAbLDAPProcessChangeLogData::OnLDAPBind(nsILDAPMessage *aMessage)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMessage);
+	if(!mInitialized) 
+        return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+    int32_t errCode;
+
+    nsresult rv = aMessage->GetErrorCode(&errCode);
+    if(NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+        Done(false);
+        return rv;
+    }
+
+    if(errCode != nsILDAPErrors::SUCCESS) {
+        Done(false);
+        return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    }
+
+    switch(mState) {
+    case kAnonymousBinding :
+        rv = GetAuthData();
+        if(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) 
+            rv = mChangeLogQuery->QueryAuthDN(mAuthUserID);
+        if(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) 
+            mState = kSearchingAuthDN;
+        break;
+    case kAuthenticatedBinding :
+        rv = mChangeLogQuery->QueryRootDSE();
+        if(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) 
+            mState = kSearchingRootDSE;
+        break;
+    } //end of switch
+
+    if(NS_FAILED(rv))
+        Abort();
+
+    return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsAbLDAPProcessChangeLogData::OnLDAPSearchEntry(nsILDAPMessage *aMessage)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMessage);
+    if(!mInitialized) 
+        return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+    nsresult rv = NS_OK;       
+
+    switch(mState)
+    {
+    case kSearchingAuthDN :
+        {
+            nsAutoCString authDN;
+            rv = aMessage->GetDn(authDN);
+            if(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !authDN.IsEmpty())
+                mAuthDN = authDN.get();
+        }
+        break;
+    case kSearchingRootDSE:
+        rv = ParseRootDSEEntry(aMessage);
+        break;
+    case kFindingChanges:
+        rv = ParseChangeLogEntries(aMessage);
+        break;
+    // Fall through since we only add (for updates we delete and add)
+    case kReplicatingChanges:
+    case kReplicatingAll :
+        return nsAbLDAPProcessReplicationData::OnLDAPSearchEntry(aMessage);
+    }
+
+    if(NS_FAILED(rv))
+        Abort();
+
+    return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsAbLDAPProcessChangeLogData::OnLDAPSearchResult(nsILDAPMessage *aMessage)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMessage);
+    if (!mInitialized)
+        return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+    int32_t errorCode;
+    
+    nsresult rv = aMessage->GetErrorCode(&errorCode);
+
+    if(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+        if(errorCode == nsILDAPErrors::SUCCESS || errorCode == nsILDAPErrors::SIZELIMIT_EXCEEDED) {
+            switch(mState) {
+            case kSearchingAuthDN :
+                rv = OnSearchAuthDNDone();
+                break;
+            case kSearchingRootDSE:
+             {
+                // Before starting the changeLog check the DB file, if its not there or bogus
+                // we need to create a new one and set to all.
+                nsCOMPtr<nsIAddrBookSession> abSession = do_GetService(NS_ADDRBOOKSESSION_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+                if (NS_FAILED(rv)) 
+                    break;
+                nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> dbPath;
+                rv = abSession->GetUserProfileDirectory(getter_AddRefs(dbPath));
+                if (NS_FAILED(rv)) 
+                    break;
+
+                nsAutoCString fileName;
+                rv = mDirectory->GetReplicationFileName(fileName);
+                if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+                  break;
+
+                rv = dbPath->AppendNative(fileName);
+                if (NS_FAILED(rv)) 
+                    break;
+
+                bool fileExists;
+                rv = dbPath->Exists(&fileExists);
+                if (NS_FAILED(rv)) 
+                    break;
+
+                int64_t fileSize;
+                rv = dbPath->GetFileSize(&fileSize);
+                if(NS_FAILED(rv)) 
+                    break;
+
+                if (!fileExists || !fileSize)
+                    mUseChangeLog = false;
+
+                // Open / create the AB here since it calls Done,
+                // just return from here.
+                if (mUseChangeLog)
+                   rv = OpenABForReplicatedDir(false);
+                else
+                   rv = OpenABForReplicatedDir(true);
+                if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+                   return rv;
+                
+                // Now start the appropriate query
+                rv = OnSearchRootDSEDone();
+                break;
+             }
+            case kFindingChanges:
+                rv = OnFindingChangesDone();
+                // If success we return from here since
+                // this changes state to kReplicatingChanges
+                // and it falls thru into the if clause below.
+                if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+                    return rv;
+                break;
+            case kReplicatingAll :
+                return nsAbLDAPProcessReplicationData::OnLDAPSearchResult(aMessage);
+            } // end of switch
+        }
+        else
+            rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+        // If one of the changed entry in changelog is not found,
+        // continue with replicating the next one.
+        if(mState == kReplicatingChanges)
+            rv = OnReplicatingChangeDone();
+    } // end of outer if
+
+    if(NS_FAILED(rv))
+        Abort();
+
+    return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsAbLDAPProcessChangeLogData::GetAuthData()
+{
+    if(!mInitialized) 
+        return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIWindowWatcher> wwatch(do_GetService(NS_WINDOWWATCHER_CONTRACTID));
+    if (!wwatch)
+        return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAuthPrompt> dialog;
+    nsresult rv = wwatch->GetNewAuthPrompter(0, getter_AddRefs(dialog));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        return rv;
+    if (!dialog) 
+        return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsILDAPURL> url;
+    rv = mQuery->GetReplicationURL(getter_AddRefs(url));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        return rv;
+
+    nsAutoCString serverUri;
+    rv = url->GetSpec(serverUri);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) 
+        return rv;
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundleService> bundleService =
+      mozilla::services::GetStringBundleService();
+    NS_ENSURE_TRUE(bundleService, NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED);
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundle> bundle;
+    rv = bundleService->CreateBundle("chrome://messenger/locale/addressbook/addressBook.properties", getter_AddRefs(bundle));
+    if (NS_FAILED (rv)) 
+        return rv ;
+
+    nsString title;
+    rv = bundle->GetStringFromName(u"AuthDlgTitle", getter_Copies(title));
+    if (NS_FAILED (rv)) 
+        return rv ;
+
+    nsString desc;
+    rv = bundle->GetStringFromName(u"AuthDlgDesc", getter_Copies(desc));
+    if (NS_FAILED (rv)) 
+        return rv ;
+
+    nsString username;
+    nsString password;
+    bool btnResult = false;
+	rv = dialog->PromptUsernameAndPassword(title, desc, 
+                                            NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16(serverUri).get(), 
+                                            nsIAuthPrompt::SAVE_PASSWORD_PERMANENTLY,
+                                            getter_Copies(username), getter_Copies(password), 
+                                            &btnResult);
+    if(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && btnResult) {
+        CopyUTF16toUTF8(username, mAuthUserID);
+        CopyUTF16toUTF8(password, mAuthPswd);
+    }
+    else
+        rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+    return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsAbLDAPProcessChangeLogData::OnSearchAuthDNDone()
+{
+  if (!mInitialized)
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsILDAPURL> url;
+    nsresult rv = mQuery->GetReplicationURL(getter_AddRefs(url));
+    if(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        rv = mQuery->ConnectToLDAPServer(url, mAuthDN);
+    if(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+        mState = kAuthenticatedBinding;
+        rv = mDirectory->SetAuthDn(mAuthDN);
+    }
+
+    return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsAbLDAPProcessChangeLogData::ParseRootDSEEntry(nsILDAPMessage *aMessage)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMessage);
+    if (!mInitialized)
+        return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+    // Populate the RootDSEChangeLogEntry
+    CharPtrArrayGuard attrs;
+    nsresult rv = aMessage->GetAttributes(attrs.GetSizeAddr(), attrs.GetArrayAddr());
+    // No attributes
+    if(NS_FAILED(rv)) 
+        return rv;
+
+    for(int32_t i=attrs.GetSize()-1; i >= 0; i--) {
+        PRUnicharPtrArrayGuard vals;
+        rv = aMessage->GetValues(attrs.GetArray()[i], vals.GetSizeAddr(), vals.GetArrayAddr());
+        if(NS_FAILED(rv))
+            continue;
+        if(vals.GetSize()) {
+            if (!PL_strcasecmp(attrs[i], "changelog"))
+                CopyUTF16toUTF8(vals[0], mRootDSEEntry.changeLogDN);
+            if (!PL_strcasecmp(attrs[i], "firstChangeNumber"))
+                mRootDSEEntry.firstChangeNumber = atol(NS_LossyConvertUTF16toASCII(vals[0]).get());
+            if (!PL_strcasecmp(attrs[i], "lastChangeNumber"))
+                mRootDSEEntry.lastChangeNumber = atol(NS_LossyConvertUTF16toASCII(vals[0]).get());
+            if (!PL_strcasecmp(attrs[i], "dataVersion"))
+                CopyUTF16toUTF8(vals[0], mRootDSEEntry.dataVersion);
+        }
+    }
+
+    int32_t lastChangeNumber;
+    mDirectory->GetLastChangeNumber(&lastChangeNumber);
+
+    if ((mRootDSEEntry.lastChangeNumber > 0) &&
+        (lastChangeNumber < mRootDSEEntry.lastChangeNumber) &&
+        (lastChangeNumber > mRootDSEEntry.firstChangeNumber))
+        mUseChangeLog = true;
+
+    if (mRootDSEEntry.lastChangeNumber &&
+        (lastChangeNumber == mRootDSEEntry.lastChangeNumber)) {
+        Done(true); // We are up to date no need to replicate, db not open yet so call Done
+        return NS_OK;
+    }
+
+    return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsAbLDAPProcessChangeLogData::OnSearchRootDSEDone()
+{
+    if (!mInitialized)
+        return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+    nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+    if(mUseChangeLog) {
+        rv = mChangeLogQuery->QueryChangeLog(mRootDSEEntry.changeLogDN, mRootDSEEntry.lastChangeNumber);
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+           return rv;
+        mState = kFindingChanges;
+        if(mListener)
+            mListener->OnStateChange(nullptr, nullptr, nsIWebProgressListener::STATE_START, false);
+    }
+    else {
+        rv = mQuery->QueryAllEntries();
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+           return rv;
+        mState = kReplicatingAll;
+        if(mListener)
+            mListener->OnStateChange(nullptr, nullptr, nsIWebProgressListener::STATE_START, true);
+    }
+
+    rv = mDirectory->SetLastChangeNumber(mRootDSEEntry.lastChangeNumber);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    rv = mDirectory->SetDataVersion(mRootDSEEntry.dataVersion);
+
+    return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsAbLDAPProcessChangeLogData::ParseChangeLogEntries(nsILDAPMessage *aMessage)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMessage);
+    if(!mInitialized) 
+        return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+    // Populate the RootDSEChangeLogEntry
+    CharPtrArrayGuard attrs;
+    nsresult rv = aMessage->GetAttributes(attrs.GetSizeAddr(), attrs.GetArrayAddr());
+    // No attributes
+    if(NS_FAILED(rv)) 
+        return rv;
+
+    nsAutoString targetDN;
+    UpdateOp operation = NO_OP;
+    for(int32_t i = attrs.GetSize()-1; i >= 0; i--) {
+        PRUnicharPtrArrayGuard vals;
+        rv = aMessage->GetValues(attrs.GetArray()[i], vals.GetSizeAddr(), vals.GetArrayAddr());
+        if(NS_FAILED(rv))
+            continue;
+        if(vals.GetSize()) {
+            if (!PL_strcasecmp(attrs[i], "targetdn"))
+                targetDN = vals[0];
+            if (!PL_strcasecmp(attrs[i], "changetype")) {
+                if (!Compare(nsDependentString(vals[0]), NS_LITERAL_STRING("add"), nsCaseInsensitiveStringComparator()))
+                    operation = ENTRY_ADD;
+                if (!Compare(nsDependentString(vals[0]), NS_LITERAL_STRING("modify"), nsCaseInsensitiveStringComparator()))
+                    operation = ENTRY_MODIFY;
+                if (!Compare(nsDependentString(vals[0]), NS_LITERAL_STRING("delete"), nsCaseInsensitiveStringComparator()))
+                    operation = ENTRY_DELETE;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    mChangeLogEntriesCount++;
+    if(!(mChangeLogEntriesCount % 10)) { // Inform the listener every 10 entries
+        mListener->OnProgressChange(nullptr,nullptr,mChangeLogEntriesCount, -1, mChangeLogEntriesCount, -1);
+        // In case if the LDAP Connection thread is starved and causes problem
+        // uncomment this one and try.
+        // PR_Sleep(PR_INTERVAL_NO_WAIT); // give others a chance
+    }
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_rdayal
+    printf ("ChangeLog Replication : Updated Entry : %s for OpType : %u\n", 
+                                    NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(targetDN).get(), operation);
+#endif
+
+    switch(operation) {
+    case ENTRY_ADD:
+        // Add the DN to the add list if not already in the list
+        if(!(mEntriesToAdd.IndexOf(targetDN) >= 0))
+            mEntriesToAdd.AppendString(targetDN);
+        break;
+    case ENTRY_DELETE:
+        // Do not check the return here since delete may fail if
+        // entry deleted in changelog does not exist in DB
+        // for e.g if the user specifies a filter, so go next entry
+        DeleteCard(targetDN);
+        break;
+    case ENTRY_MODIFY:
+        // For modify, delete the entry from DB and add updated entry
+        // we do this since we cannot access the changes attribs of changelog
+        rv = DeleteCard(targetDN);
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) 
+            if(!(mEntriesToAdd.IndexOf(targetDN) >= 0))
+                mEntriesToAdd.AppendString(targetDN);
+        break;
+    default:
+        // Should not come here, would come here only
+        // if the entry is not a changeLog entry
+        NS_WARNING("nsAbLDAPProcessChangeLogData::ParseChangeLogEntries"
+           "Not an changelog entry");
+    }
+
+    // Go ahead processing the next entry, a modify or delete DB operation
+    // can 'correctly' fail if the entry is not present in the DB,
+    // e.g. in case a filter is specified.
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsAbLDAPProcessChangeLogData::OnFindingChangesDone()
+{
+    if(!mInitialized) 
+        return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_rdayal
+    printf ("ChangeLog Replication : Finding Changes Done \n");
+#endif
+
+    nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+    // No entries to add/update (for updates too we delete and add) entries,
+    // we took care of deletes in ParseChangeLogEntries, all Done!
+    mEntriesAddedQueryCount = mEntriesToAdd.Count();
+    if(mEntriesAddedQueryCount <= 0) {
+        if(mReplicationDB && mDBOpen) {
+            // Close the DB, no need to commit since we have not made
+            // any changes yet to the DB.
+            rv = mReplicationDB->Close(false);
+            NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "Replication DB Close(no commit) on Success failed");
+            mDBOpen = false;
+            // Once are done with the replication file, delete the backup file
+            if(mBackupReplicationFile) {
+                rv = mBackupReplicationFile->Remove(false);
+                NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "Replication BackupFile Remove on Success failed");
+            }
+        }
+        Done(true);
+        return NS_OK;
+    }
+
+    // Decrement the count first to get the correct array element
+    mEntriesAddedQueryCount--;
+    rv = mChangeLogQuery->QueryChangedEntries(NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(*(mEntriesToAdd[mEntriesAddedQueryCount])));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        return rv;
+
+    if(mListener && NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        mListener->OnStateChange(nullptr, nullptr, nsIWebProgressListener::STATE_START, true);
+
+    mState = kReplicatingChanges;
+    return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsAbLDAPProcessChangeLogData::OnReplicatingChangeDone()
+{
+    if(!mInitialized) 
+        return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+    nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+    if(!mEntriesAddedQueryCount)
+    {
+        if(mReplicationDB && mDBOpen) {
+            rv = mReplicationDB->Close(true); // Commit and close the DB
+            NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "Replication DB Close (commit) on Success failed");
+            mDBOpen = false;
+        }
+        // Once we done with the replication file, delete the backup file.
+        if(mBackupReplicationFile) {
+            rv = mBackupReplicationFile->Remove(false);
+            NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "Replication BackupFile Remove on Success failed");
+        }
+        Done(true);  // All data is received
+        return NS_OK;
+    }
+
+    // Remove the entry already added from the list and query the next one.
+    if(mEntriesAddedQueryCount < mEntriesToAdd.Count() && mEntriesAddedQueryCount >= 0)
+        mEntriesToAdd.RemoveStringAt(mEntriesAddedQueryCount);
+    mEntriesAddedQueryCount--;
+    rv = mChangeLogQuery->QueryChangedEntries(NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(*(mEntriesToAdd[mEntriesAddedQueryCount])));
+
+    return rv;
+}
+
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbLDAPChangeLogData.h b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbLDAPChangeLogData.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9300e34ec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbLDAPChangeLogData.h
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsAbLDAPChangeLogData_h__
+#define nsAbLDAPChangeLogData_h__
+
+#include "mozilla/Attributes.h"
+#include "nsAbLDAPReplicationData.h"
+#include "nsAbLDAPChangeLogQuery.h"
+
+typedef struct {
+  nsCString     changeLogDN;
+  int32_t       firstChangeNumber;
+  int32_t       lastChangeNumber;
+  nsCString     dataVersion;
+} RootDSEChangeLogEntry;
+
+class nsAbLDAPProcessChangeLogData : public nsAbLDAPProcessReplicationData
+{
+public :
+   
+  nsAbLDAPProcessChangeLogData();
+
+  NS_IMETHOD Init(nsIAbLDAPReplicationQuery * query, nsIWebProgressListener *progressListener);
+
+protected :
+  ~nsAbLDAPProcessChangeLogData();
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIAbLDAPChangeLogQuery> mChangeLogQuery;
+
+  nsresult OnLDAPBind(nsILDAPMessage *aMessage);
+  nsresult OnLDAPSearchEntry(nsILDAPMessage *aMessage) override;
+  nsresult OnLDAPSearchResult(nsILDAPMessage *aMessage) override;
+
+  nsresult ParseChangeLogEntries(nsILDAPMessage *aMessage);
+  nsresult ParseRootDSEEntry(nsILDAPMessage *aMessage);
+
+  nsresult  GetAuthData(); // displays username and password prompt
+  nsCString mAuthUserID;   // user id of the user making the connection
+
+  nsresult OnSearchAuthDNDone();
+  nsresult OnSearchRootDSEDone();
+  nsresult OnFindingChangesDone();
+  nsresult OnReplicatingChangeDone();
+
+  RootDSEChangeLogEntry mRootDSEEntry;
+  bool    mUseChangeLog;
+  int32_t mChangeLogEntriesCount;
+
+  int32_t mEntriesAddedQueryCount;
+  nsStringArray mEntriesToAdd;
+};
+
+
+#endif // nsAbLDAPChangeLogData_h__
+
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbLDAPChangeLogQuery.cpp b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbLDAPChangeLogQuery.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1bdf474d6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbLDAPChangeLogQuery.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,180 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsAbLDAPChangeLogQuery.h"
+#include "nsAbLDAPReplicationService.h"
+#include "nsAbLDAPChangeLogData.h"
+#include "nsAbUtils.h"
+#include "prprf.h"
+#include "nsDirPrefs.h"
+#include "nsAbBaseCID.h"
+
+
+// The tables below were originally in nsAbLDAPProperties.cpp, which has since
+// gone away.
+static const char * sChangeLogRootDSEAttribs[] =
+{ 
+  "changelog", 
+  "firstChangeNumber", 
+  "lastChangeNumber",
+  "dataVersion"
+};
+static const char * sChangeLogEntryAttribs[] =
+{ 
+  "targetdn", 
+  "changetype"
+};
+
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED(nsAbLDAPChangeLogQuery, nsAbLDAPReplicationQuery, nsIAbLDAPChangeLogQuery)
+
+nsAbLDAPChangeLogQuery::nsAbLDAPChangeLogQuery()
+{
+}
+
+nsAbLDAPChangeLogQuery::~nsAbLDAPChangeLogQuery()
+{
+
+}
+
+// this is to be defined only till this is not hooked to SSL to get authDN and authPswd
+#define USE_AUTHDLG
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbLDAPChangeLogQuery::Init(const nsACString & aPrefName, nsIWebProgressListener *aProgressListener)
+{
+    if(aPrefName.IsEmpty()) 
+        return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+
+    mDirPrefName = aPrefName;
+
+    nsresult rv = InitLDAPData();
+    if(NS_FAILED(rv)) 
+        return rv;
+
+    // create the ChangeLog Data Processor
+    mDataProcessor =  do_CreateInstance(NS_ABLDAP_PROCESSCHANGELOGDATA_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    if(NS_FAILED(rv)) 
+        return rv;
+
+    // 'this' initialized
+    mInitialized = true;
+
+    return mDataProcessor->Init(this, aProgressListener);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbLDAPChangeLogQuery::DoReplicationQuery()
+{
+    if(!mInitialized) 
+        return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+#ifdef USE_AUTHDLG
+    return ConnectToLDAPServer(mURL, EmptyCString());
+#else
+    mDataProcessor->PopulateAuthData();
+    return ConnectToLDAPServer(mURL, mAuthDN);
+#endif
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbLDAPChangeLogQuery::QueryAuthDN(const nsACString & aValueUsedToFindDn)
+{
+  if (!mInitialized)
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbLDAPAttributeMap> attrMap;
+  nsresult rv = mDirectory->GetAttributeMap(getter_AddRefs(attrMap));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    nsAutoCString filter;
+    rv = attrMap->GetFirstAttribute(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("PrimaryEmail"), filter);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    filter += '=';
+    filter += aValueUsedToFindDn;
+
+    nsAutoCString dn;
+    rv = mURL->GetDn(dn);
+    if(NS_FAILED(rv)) 
+        return rv;
+
+    rv = CreateNewLDAPOperation();
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    // XXX We really should be using LDAP_NO_ATTRS here once its exposed via
+    // the XPCOM layer of the directory code.
+    return mOperation->SearchExt(dn, nsILDAPURL::SCOPE_SUBTREE, filter, 
+                               0, nullptr,
+                               0, 0);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbLDAPChangeLogQuery::QueryRootDSE()
+{
+    if(!mInitialized) 
+        return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+    nsresult rv = CreateNewLDAPOperation();
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    return mOperation->SearchExt(EmptyCString(), nsILDAPURL::SCOPE_BASE, 
+                                 NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("objectclass=*"), 
+                                 sizeof(sChangeLogRootDSEAttribs),
+                                 sChangeLogRootDSEAttribs, 0, 0);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbLDAPChangeLogQuery::QueryChangeLog(const nsACString & aChangeLogDN, int32_t aLastChangeNo)
+{
+  if (!mInitialized)
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+  if (aChangeLogDN.IsEmpty()) 
+    return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+
+  int32_t lastChangeNumber;
+  nsresult rv = mDirectory->GetLastChangeNumber(&lastChangeNumber);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // make sure that the filter here just have one condition 
+  // and should not be enclosed in enclosing brackets.
+  // also condition '>' doesnot work, it should be '>='/
+  nsAutoCString filter (NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("changenumber>="));
+  filter.AppendInt(lastChangeNumber + 1);
+
+  rv = CreateNewLDAPOperation();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  return mOperation->SearchExt(aChangeLogDN, nsILDAPURL::SCOPE_ONELEVEL, filter, 
+                               sizeof(sChangeLogEntryAttribs),
+                               sChangeLogEntryAttribs, 0, 0);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbLDAPChangeLogQuery::QueryChangedEntries(const nsACString & aChangedEntryDN)
+{
+    if(!mInitialized) 
+        return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+    if(aChangedEntryDN.IsEmpty()) 
+        return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+
+    nsAutoCString urlFilter;
+    nsresult rv = mURL->GetFilter(urlFilter);
+    if(NS_FAILED(rv)) 
+        return rv;
+
+    int32_t scope;
+    rv = mURL->GetScope(&scope);
+    if(NS_FAILED(rv)) 
+        return rv;
+
+    CharPtrArrayGuard attributes;
+    rv = mURL->GetAttributes(attributes.GetSizeAddr(), attributes.GetArrayAddr());
+    if(NS_FAILED(rv)) 
+        return rv;
+
+    rv = CreateNewLDAPOperation();
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    return mOperation->SearchExt(aChangedEntryDN, scope, urlFilter, 
+                               attributes.GetSize(), attributes.GetArray(),
+                               0, 0);
+}
+
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbLDAPChangeLogQuery.h b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbLDAPChangeLogQuery.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9652f470e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbLDAPChangeLogQuery.h
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsAbLDAPChangeLogQuery_h__
+#define nsAbLDAPChangeLogQuery_h__
+
+#include "mozilla/Attributes.h"
+#include "nsAbLDAPReplicationQuery.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+
+class nsAbLDAPChangeLogQuery : public nsIAbLDAPChangeLogQuery,
+                               public nsAbLDAPReplicationQuery
+{
+public :
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIABLDAPCHANGELOGQUERY
+
+  nsAbLDAPChangeLogQuery();
+  virtual ~nsAbLDAPChangeLogQuery();
+
+  NS_IMETHOD DoReplicationQuery() override;
+  NS_IMETHOD Init(const nsACString & aPrefName, nsIWebProgressListener *aProgressListener);
+};
+
+#endif // nsAbLDAPChangeLogQuery_h__
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbLDAPDirFactory.cpp b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbLDAPDirFactory.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..299f2a953
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbLDAPDirFactory.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsAbLDAPDirFactory.h"
+#include "nsAbUtils.h"
+
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsIAbManager.h"
+#include "nsIAbDirectory.h"
+#include "nsAbLDAPDirectory.h"
+
+#include "nsEnumeratorUtils.h"
+#include "nsAbBaseCID.h"
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsAbLDAPDirFactory, nsIAbDirFactory)
+
+nsAbLDAPDirFactory::nsAbLDAPDirFactory()
+{
+}
+
+nsAbLDAPDirFactory::~nsAbLDAPDirFactory()
+{
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsAbLDAPDirFactory::GetDirectories(const nsAString &aDirName,
+                                   const nsACString &aURI,
+                                   const nsACString &aPrefName,
+                                   nsISimpleEnumerator **aDirectories)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aDirectories);
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbManager> abManager(do_GetService(NS_ABMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbDirectory> directory;
+  if (Substring(aURI, 0, 5).EqualsLiteral("ldap:") ||
+      Substring(aURI, 0, 6).EqualsLiteral("ldaps:")) {
+    /*
+     * If the URI starts with ldap: or ldaps:
+     * then this directory is an LDAP directory.
+     *
+     * We don't want to use the ldap:// or ldaps:// URI 
+     * as the URI because the ldap:// or ldaps:// URI 
+     * will contain the hostname, basedn, port, etc.
+     * so if those attributes changed, we'll run into the
+     * the same problem that we hit with changing username / hostname
+     * for mail servers.  To solve this problem, we add an extra
+     * level of indirection.  The URI that we generate
+     * (the bridge URI) will be moz-abldapdirectory://<prefName>
+     * and when we need the hostname, basedn, port, etc,
+     * we'll use the <prefName> to get the necessary prefs.
+     * note, <prefName> does not change.
+     */
+    nsAutoCString bridgeURI;
+    bridgeURI = NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(kLDAPDirectoryRoot);
+    bridgeURI += aPrefName;
+    rv = abManager->GetDirectory(bridgeURI, getter_AddRefs(directory));
+  }
+  else {
+    rv = abManager->GetDirectory(aURI, getter_AddRefs(directory));
+  }
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  return NS_NewSingletonEnumerator(aDirectories, directory);
+}
+
+/* void deleteDirectory (in nsIAbDirectory directory); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsAbLDAPDirFactory::DeleteDirectory(nsIAbDirectory *directory)
+{
+  // No actual deletion - as the LDAP Address Book is not physically
+  // created in the corresponding CreateDirectory() unlike the Personal
+  // Address Books. But we still need to return NS_OK from here.
+  return NS_OK;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbLDAPDirFactory.h b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbLDAPDirFactory.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9285fbc05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbLDAPDirFactory.h
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsAbLDAPDirFactory_h__
+#define nsAbLDAPDirFactory_h__
+
+#include "nsIAbDirFactory.h"
+
+class nsAbLDAPDirFactory : public nsIAbDirFactory
+{
+public:
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIABDIRFACTORY
+
+  nsAbLDAPDirFactory();
+
+private:
+  virtual ~nsAbLDAPDirFactory();
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbLDAPDirectory.cpp b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbLDAPDirectory.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d1bb484c0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbLDAPDirectory.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,948 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsAbLDAPDirectory.h"
+
+#include "nsAbQueryStringToExpression.h"
+
+#include "nsAbBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsIAbManager.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsComponentManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsNetCID.h"
+#include "nsIIOService.h"
+#include "nsCOMArray.h"
+#include "nsArrayEnumerator.h"
+#include "nsEnumeratorUtils.h"
+#include "nsIAbLDAPAttributeMap.h"
+#include "nsIAbMDBDirectory.h"
+#include "nsILDAPURL.h"
+#include "nsILDAPConnection.h"
+#include "nsAppDirectoryServiceDefs.h"
+#include "nsDirectoryServiceUtils.h"
+#include "nsIFile.h"
+#include "nsILDAPModification.h"
+#include "nsILDAPService.h"
+#include "nsIAbLDAPCard.h"
+#include "nsAbUtils.h"
+#include "nsArrayUtils.h"
+#include "nsIPrefService.h"
+#include "nsIMsgAccountManager.h"
+#include "nsMsgBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "mozilla/Services.h"
+
+#define kDefaultMaxHits 100
+
+using namespace mozilla;
+
+nsAbLDAPDirectory::nsAbLDAPDirectory() :
+  nsAbDirProperty(),
+  mPerformingQuery(false),
+  mContext(0),
+  mLock("nsAbLDAPDirectory.mLock")
+{
+}
+
+nsAbLDAPDirectory::~nsAbLDAPDirectory()
+{
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED(nsAbLDAPDirectory, nsAbDirProperty,
+                             nsISupportsWeakReference, nsIAbDirSearchListener,
+                             nsIAbLDAPDirectory)
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbLDAPDirectory::GetPropertiesChromeURI(nsACString &aResult)
+{
+  aResult.AssignLiteral("chrome://messenger/content/addressbook/pref-directory-add.xul");
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbLDAPDirectory::Init(const char* aURI)
+{
+  // We need to ensure that the m_DirPrefId is initialized properly
+  nsAutoCString uri(aURI);
+
+  // Find the first ? (of the search params) if there is one.
+  // We know we can start at the end of the moz-abldapdirectory:// because
+  // that's the URI we should have been passed.
+  int32_t searchCharLocation = uri.FindChar('?', kLDAPDirectoryRootLen);
+
+  if (searchCharLocation == -1)
+    m_DirPrefId = Substring(uri, kLDAPDirectoryRootLen);
+  else
+    m_DirPrefId = Substring(uri, kLDAPDirectoryRootLen, searchCharLocation - kLDAPDirectoryRootLen);
+
+  return nsAbDirProperty::Init(aURI);
+}
+
+nsresult nsAbLDAPDirectory::Initiate()
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* 
+ *
+ * nsIAbDirectory methods
+ *
+ */
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbLDAPDirectory::GetURI(nsACString &aURI)
+{
+  if (mURI.IsEmpty())
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+  aURI = mURI;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbLDAPDirectory::GetChildNodes(nsISimpleEnumerator* *aResult)
+{
+  return NS_NewEmptyEnumerator(aResult);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbLDAPDirectory::GetChildCards(nsISimpleEnumerator** result)
+{
+    nsresult rv;
+    
+    // when offline, we need to get the child cards for the local, replicated mdb directory 
+    bool offline;
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIIOService> ioService =
+      mozilla::services::GetIOService();
+    NS_ENSURE_TRUE(ioService, NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED);
+    rv = ioService->GetOffline(&offline);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+    
+    if (offline) {
+      nsCString fileName;
+      rv = GetReplicationFileName(fileName);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+      
+      // if there is no fileName, bail out now.
+      if (fileName.IsEmpty())
+        return NS_OK;
+
+      // perform the same query, but on the local directory
+      nsAutoCString localDirectoryURI(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(kMDBDirectoryRoot));
+      localDirectoryURI.Append(fileName);
+      if (mIsQueryURI) 
+      {
+        localDirectoryURI.AppendLiteral("?");
+        localDirectoryURI.Append(mQueryString);
+      }
+
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIAbManager> abManager(do_GetService(NS_ABMANAGER_CONTRACTID,
+                                                     &rv));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIAbDirectory> directory;
+      rv = abManager->GetDirectory(localDirectoryURI,
+                                   getter_AddRefs(directory));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      rv = directory->GetChildCards(result);
+    }
+    else {
+      // Start the search
+      rv = StartSearch();
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      rv = NS_NewEmptyEnumerator(result);
+    }
+
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+    return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbLDAPDirectory::GetIsQuery(bool *aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+  *aResult = mIsQueryURI;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbLDAPDirectory::HasCard(nsIAbCard* card, bool* hasCard)
+{
+  nsresult rv = Initiate ();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // Enter lock
+  MutexAutoLock lock (mLock);
+
+  *hasCard = mCache.Get(card, nullptr);
+  if (!*hasCard && mPerformingQuery)
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_AVAILABLE;
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbLDAPDirectory::GetLDAPURL(nsILDAPURL** aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+
+  // Rather than using GetURI here we call GetStringValue directly so
+  // we can handle the case where the URI isn't specified (see comments
+  // below)
+  nsAutoCString URI;
+  nsresult rv = GetStringValue("uri", EmptyCString(), URI);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || URI.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    /*
+     * A recent change in Mozilla now means that the LDAP Address Book
+     * URI is based on the unique preference name value i.e.
+     * [moz-abldapdirectory://prefName]
+     * Prior to this valid change it was based on the actual uri i.e. 
+     * [moz-abldapdirectory://host:port/basedn]
+     * Basing the resource on the prefName allows these attributes to 
+     * change. 
+     *
+     * But the uri value was also the means by which third-party
+     * products could integrate with Mozilla's LDAP Address Books
+     * without necessarily having an entry in the preferences file
+     * or more importantly needing to be able to change the
+     * preferences entries. Thus to set the URI Spec now, it is
+     * only necessary to read the uri pref entry, while in the
+     * case where it is not a preference, we need to replace the
+     * "moz-abldapdirectory".
+     */
+    URI = mURINoQuery;
+    if (StringBeginsWith(URI, NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(kLDAPDirectoryRoot)))
+      URI.Replace(0, kLDAPDirectoryRootLen, NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("ldap://"));
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIIOService> ioService =
+    mozilla::services::GetIOService();
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(ioService, NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> result;
+  rv = ioService->NewURI(URI, nullptr, nullptr, getter_AddRefs(result));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  return CallQueryInterface(result, aResult);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbLDAPDirectory::SetLDAPURL(nsILDAPURL *aUrl)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aUrl);
+
+  nsAutoCString oldUrl;
+  // Note, it doesn't matter if GetStringValue fails - we'll just send an
+  // update if its blank (i.e. old value not set).
+  GetStringValue("uri", EmptyCString(), oldUrl);
+
+  // Actually set the new value.
+  nsCString tempLDAPURL;
+  nsresult rv = aUrl->GetSpec(tempLDAPURL);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = SetStringValue("uri", tempLDAPURL);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // Now we need to send an update which will ensure our indicators and
+  // listeners get updated correctly.
+
+  // See if they both start with ldaps: or ldap:
+  bool newIsNotSecure = StringHead(tempLDAPURL, 5).Equals("ldap:");
+
+  if (oldUrl.IsEmpty() ||
+      StringHead(oldUrl, 5).Equals("ldap:") != newIsNotSecure)
+  {
+    // They don't so its time to send round an update.
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAbManager> abManager = do_GetService(NS_ABMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    // We inherit from nsIAbDirectory, so this static cast should be safe.
+    abManager->NotifyItemPropertyChanged(static_cast<nsIAbDirectory*>(this),
+      "IsSecure",
+      (newIsNotSecure ? u"true" : u"false"),
+      (newIsNotSecure ? u"false" : u"true"));
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* 
+ *
+ * nsIAbDirectorySearch methods
+ *
+ */
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbLDAPDirectory::StartSearch ()
+{
+    if (!mIsQueryURI || mQueryString.IsEmpty())
+        return NS_OK;
+
+    nsresult rv = Initiate();
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    rv = StopSearch();
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAbDirectoryQueryArguments> arguments = do_CreateInstance(NS_ABDIRECTORYQUERYARGUMENTS_CONTRACTID,&rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAbBooleanExpression> expression;
+    rv = nsAbQueryStringToExpression::Convert(mQueryString,
+                                              getter_AddRefs(expression));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    rv = arguments->SetExpression(expression);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    rv = arguments->SetQuerySubDirectories(true);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    // Get the max hits to return
+    int32_t maxHits;
+    rv = GetMaxHits(&maxHits);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      maxHits = kDefaultMaxHits;
+
+    // get the appropriate ldap attribute map, and pass it in via the
+    // TypeSpecificArgument
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAbLDAPAttributeMap> attrMap;
+    rv = GetAttributeMap(getter_AddRefs(attrMap));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> typeSpecificArg = do_QueryInterface(attrMap, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    rv = arguments->SetTypeSpecificArg(attrMap);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    if (!mDirectoryQuery)
+    {
+      mDirectoryQuery = do_CreateInstance(NS_ABLDAPDIRECTORYQUERY_CONTRACTID,
+                                          &rv);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    }
+
+    // Perform the query
+    rv = mDirectoryQuery->DoQuery(this, arguments, this, maxHits, 0, &mContext);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    // Enter lock
+    MutexAutoLock lock(mLock);
+    mPerformingQuery = true;
+    mCache.Clear();
+
+    return rv;
+}  
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbLDAPDirectory::StopSearch ()
+{
+  nsresult rv = Initiate();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // Enter lock
+  {
+    MutexAutoLock lockGuard(mLock);
+    if (!mPerformingQuery)
+      return NS_OK;
+    mPerformingQuery = false;
+  }
+  // Exit lock
+
+  if (!mDirectoryQuery)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  return mDirectoryQuery->StopQuery(mContext);
+}
+
+/* 
+ *
+ * nsAbDirSearchListenerContext methods
+ *
+ */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbLDAPDirectory::OnSearchFinished(int32_t aResult, const nsAString &aErrorMessage)
+{
+  nsresult rv = Initiate();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  MutexAutoLock lock(mLock);
+  mPerformingQuery = false;
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbLDAPDirectory::OnSearchFoundCard(nsIAbCard* card)
+{
+  nsresult rv = Initiate();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // Enter lock
+  {
+    MutexAutoLock lock(mLock);
+    mCache.Put(card, card);
+  }
+  // Exit lock
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbManager> abManager = do_GetService(NS_ABMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  if(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    abManager->NotifyDirectoryItemAdded(this, card);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbLDAPDirectory::GetSupportsMailingLists(bool *aSupportsMailingsLists)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aSupportsMailingsLists);
+  *aSupportsMailingsLists = false;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbLDAPDirectory::GetReadOnly(bool *aReadOnly)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aReadOnly);
+
+  *aReadOnly = true;
+
+#ifdef MOZ_EXPERIMENTAL_WRITEABLE_LDAP
+  bool readOnly;
+  nsresult rv = GetBoolValue("readonly", false, &readOnly);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  if (readOnly)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  // when online, we'll allow writing as well
+  bool offline;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIIOService> ioService =
+    mozilla::services::GetIOService();
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(ioService, NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED);
+
+  rv = ioService->GetOffline(&offline);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  if (!offline)
+    *aReadOnly = false;
+#endif
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbLDAPDirectory::GetIsRemote(bool *aIsRemote)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aIsRemote);
+  *aIsRemote = true;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbLDAPDirectory::GetIsSecure(bool *aIsSecure)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aIsSecure);
+
+  nsAutoCString URI;
+  nsresult rv = GetStringValue("uri", EmptyCString(), URI);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  
+  // to determine if this is a secure directory, check if the uri is ldaps:// or not
+  *aIsSecure = (strncmp(URI.get(), "ldaps:", 6) == 0);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbLDAPDirectory::UseForAutocomplete(const nsACString &aIdentityKey,
+                                                    bool *aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+
+  // Set this to false by default to make the code easier below.
+  *aResult = false;
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  bool offline = false;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIIOService> ioService =
+    mozilla::services::GetIOService();
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(ioService, NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED);
+
+  rv = ioService->GetOffline(&offline);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // If we're online, then don't allow search during local autocomplete - must
+  // use the separate LDAP autocomplete session due to the current interfaces
+  if (!offline)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  // Is the use directory pref set for autocompletion?
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefs(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID,
+                                              &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  bool useDirectory = false;
+  rv = prefs->GetBoolPref("ldap_2.autoComplete.useDirectory", &useDirectory);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // No need to search if not set up globally for LDAP autocompletion and we've
+  // not been given an identity.
+  if (!useDirectory && aIdentityKey.IsEmpty())
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  nsCString prefName;
+  if (!aIdentityKey.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    // If we have an identity string, try and find out the required directory
+    // server.
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccountManager> accountManager =
+      do_GetService(NS_MSGACCOUNTMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+
+    // If we failed, just return, we can't do much about this.
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIdentity> identity;
+      rv = accountManager->GetIdentity(aIdentityKey, getter_AddRefs(identity));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      {
+        bool overrideGlobalPref = false;
+        identity->GetOverrideGlobalPref(&overrideGlobalPref);
+        if (overrideGlobalPref)
+          identity->GetDirectoryServer(prefName);
+      }
+    }
+
+    // If the preference name is still empty but useDirectory is false, then
+    // the global one is not available, nor is the overriden one.
+    if (prefName.IsEmpty() && !useDirectory)
+      return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  // If we failed to get the identity preference, or the pref name is empty
+  // try the global preference.
+  if (prefName.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    nsresult rv = prefs->GetCharPref("ldap_2.autoComplete.directoryServer",
+                                     getter_Copies(prefName));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  }
+
+  // Now see if the pref name matches our pref id.
+  if (prefName.Equals(m_DirPrefId))
+  {
+    // Yes it does, one last check - does the replication file exist?
+    nsresult rv;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> databaseFile;
+    // If we can't get the file, then there is no database to use
+    if (NS_FAILED(GetReplicationFile(getter_AddRefs(databaseFile))))
+      return NS_OK;
+
+    bool exists;
+    rv = databaseFile->Exists(&exists);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    *aResult = exists;
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbLDAPDirectory::GetSearchClientControls(nsIMutableArray **aControls)
+{
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aControls = mSearchClientControls);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbLDAPDirectory::SetSearchClientControls(nsIMutableArray *aControls)
+{
+  mSearchClientControls = aControls;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbLDAPDirectory::GetSearchServerControls(nsIMutableArray **aControls)
+{
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aControls = mSearchServerControls);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbLDAPDirectory::SetSearchServerControls(nsIMutableArray *aControls)
+{
+  mSearchServerControls = aControls;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbLDAPDirectory::GetProtocolVersion(uint32_t *aProtocolVersion)
+{
+  nsAutoCString versionString;
+
+  nsresult rv = GetStringValue("protocolVersion", NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("3"), versionString);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  *aProtocolVersion = versionString.EqualsLiteral("3") ?
+    (uint32_t)nsILDAPConnection::VERSION3 :
+    (uint32_t)nsILDAPConnection::VERSION2;
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbLDAPDirectory::SetProtocolVersion(uint32_t aProtocolVersion)
+{
+  // XXX We should cancel any existing LDAP connections here and
+  // be ready to re-initialise them with the new auth details.
+  return SetStringValue("protocolVersion",
+                        aProtocolVersion == nsILDAPConnection::VERSION3 ?
+                        NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("3") : NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("2"));
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbLDAPDirectory::GetMaxHits(int32_t *aMaxHits)
+{
+  return GetIntValue("maxHits", kDefaultMaxHits, aMaxHits);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbLDAPDirectory::SetMaxHits(int32_t aMaxHits)
+{
+  return SetIntValue("maxHits", aMaxHits);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbLDAPDirectory::GetReplicationFileName(nsACString &aReplicationFileName)
+{
+  return GetStringValue("filename", EmptyCString(), aReplicationFileName);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbLDAPDirectory::SetReplicationFileName(const nsACString &aReplicationFileName)
+{
+  return SetStringValue("filename", aReplicationFileName);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbLDAPDirectory::GetAuthDn(nsACString &aAuthDn)
+{
+  return GetStringValue("auth.dn", EmptyCString(), aAuthDn);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbLDAPDirectory::SetAuthDn(const nsACString &aAuthDn)
+{
+  // XXX We should cancel any existing LDAP connections here and
+  // be ready to re-initialise them with the new auth details.
+  return SetStringValue("auth.dn", aAuthDn);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbLDAPDirectory::GetSaslMechanism(nsACString &aSaslMechanism)
+{
+  return GetStringValue("auth.saslmech", EmptyCString(), aSaslMechanism);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbLDAPDirectory::SetSaslMechanism(const nsACString &aSaslMechanism)
+{
+  return SetStringValue("auth.saslmech", aSaslMechanism);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbLDAPDirectory::GetLastChangeNumber(int32_t *aLastChangeNumber)
+{
+  return GetIntValue("lastChangeNumber", -1, aLastChangeNumber);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbLDAPDirectory::SetLastChangeNumber(int32_t aLastChangeNumber)
+{
+  return SetIntValue("lastChangeNumber", aLastChangeNumber);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbLDAPDirectory::GetDataVersion(nsACString &aDataVersion)
+{
+  return GetStringValue("dataVersion", EmptyCString(), aDataVersion);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbLDAPDirectory::SetDataVersion(const nsACString &aDataVersion)
+{
+  return SetStringValue("dataVersion", aDataVersion);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbLDAPDirectory::GetAttributeMap(nsIAbLDAPAttributeMap **aAttributeMap)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aAttributeMap);
+  
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbLDAPAttributeMapService> mapSvc = 
+    do_GetService("@mozilla.org/addressbook/ldap-attribute-map-service;1", &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  return mapSvc->GetMapForPrefBranch(m_DirPrefId, aAttributeMap);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbLDAPDirectory::GetReplicationFile(nsIFile **aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+
+  nsCString fileName;
+  nsresult rv = GetStringValue("filename", EmptyCString(), fileName);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+ if (fileName.IsEmpty())
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> profileDir;
+  rv = NS_GetSpecialDirectory(NS_APP_USER_PROFILE_50_DIR,
+                              getter_AddRefs(profileDir));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = profileDir->AppendNative(fileName);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  NS_ADDREF(*aResult = profileDir);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbLDAPDirectory::GetReplicationDatabase(nsIAddrDatabase **aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> databaseFile;
+ rv = GetReplicationFile(getter_AddRefs(databaseFile));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAddrDatabase> addrDBFactory =
+    do_GetService(NS_ADDRDATABASE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  return addrDBFactory->Open(databaseFile, false /* no create */, true,
+                           aResult);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbLDAPDirectory::AddCard(nsIAbCard *aUpdatedCard,
+                                         nsIAbCard **aAddedCard)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aUpdatedCard);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aAddedCard);
+  
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbLDAPAttributeMap> attrMap;
+  nsresult rv = GetAttributeMap(getter_AddRefs(attrMap));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // Create a new LDAP card
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbLDAPCard> card =
+    do_CreateInstance(NS_ABLDAPCARD_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = Initiate();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // Copy over the card data
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbCard> copyToCard = do_QueryInterface(card, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = copyToCard->Copy(aUpdatedCard);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  
+  // Retrieve preferences
+  nsAutoCString prefString;
+  rv = GetRdnAttributes(prefString);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  CharPtrArrayGuard rdnAttrs;
+  rv = SplitStringList(prefString, rdnAttrs.GetSizeAddr(),
+    rdnAttrs.GetArrayAddr());
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  
+  rv = GetObjectClasses(prefString);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  
+  CharPtrArrayGuard objClass;
+  rv = SplitStringList(prefString, objClass.GetSizeAddr(),
+    objClass.GetArrayAddr());
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // Process updates
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIArray> modArray;
+  rv = card->GetLDAPMessageInfo(attrMap, objClass.GetSize(), objClass.GetArray(),
+    nsILDAPModification::MOD_ADD, getter_AddRefs(modArray));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  
+  // For new cards, the base DN is the search base DN
+  nsCOMPtr<nsILDAPURL> currentUrl;
+  rv = GetLDAPURL(getter_AddRefs(currentUrl));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsAutoCString baseDN;
+  rv = currentUrl->GetDn(baseDN);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+ 
+  // Calculate DN
+  nsAutoCString cardDN;
+  rv = card->BuildRdn(attrMap, rdnAttrs.GetSize(), rdnAttrs.GetArray(),
+    cardDN);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  cardDN.AppendLiteral(",");
+  cardDN.Append(baseDN);
+
+  rv = card->SetDn(cardDN);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsAutoCString ourUuid;
+  GetUuid(ourUuid);
+  copyToCard->SetDirectoryId(ourUuid);
+
+  // Launch query
+  rv = DoModify(this, nsILDAPModification::MOD_ADD, cardDN, modArray,
+                EmptyCString(), EmptyCString());
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  NS_ADDREF(*aAddedCard = copyToCard);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbLDAPDirectory::DeleteCards(nsIArray *aCards)
+{
+  uint32_t cardCount;
+  uint32_t i;
+  nsAutoCString cardDN;
+
+  nsresult rv = aCards->GetLength(&cardCount);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+ 
+  for (i = 0; i < cardCount; ++i)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAbLDAPCard> card(do_QueryElementAt(aCards, i, &rv));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    {
+      NS_WARNING("Wrong type of card passed to nsAbLDAPDirectory::DeleteCards");
+      break;
+    }
+
+    // Set up the search ldap url - this is mURL
+    rv = Initiate();
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    
+    rv = card->GetDn(cardDN);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAbCard> realCard(do_QueryInterface(card));
+    realCard->SetDirectoryId(EmptyCString());
+   
+    // Launch query
+    rv = DoModify(this, nsILDAPModification::MOD_DELETE, cardDN, nullptr,
+                  EmptyCString(), EmptyCString());
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbLDAPDirectory::ModifyCard(nsIAbCard *aUpdatedCard)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aUpdatedCard);
+  
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbLDAPAttributeMap> attrMap;
+  nsresult rv = GetAttributeMap(getter_AddRefs(attrMap));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // Get the LDAP card
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbLDAPCard> card = do_QueryInterface(aUpdatedCard, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = Initiate();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  
+  // Retrieve preferences
+  nsAutoCString prefString;
+  rv = GetObjectClasses(prefString);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  
+  CharPtrArrayGuard objClass;
+  rv = SplitStringList(prefString, objClass.GetSizeAddr(),
+    objClass.GetArrayAddr());
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // Process updates
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIArray> modArray;
+  rv = card->GetLDAPMessageInfo(attrMap, objClass.GetSize(), objClass.GetArray(),
+    nsILDAPModification::MOD_REPLACE, getter_AddRefs(modArray));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  
+  // Get current DN
+  nsAutoCString oldDN;
+  rv = card->GetDn(oldDN);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsILDAPService> ldapSvc = do_GetService(
+    "@mozilla.org/network/ldap-service;1", &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // Retrieve base DN and RDN attributes
+  nsAutoCString baseDN;
+  nsAutoCString oldRDN;
+  CharPtrArrayGuard rdnAttrs;
+  rv = ldapSvc->ParseDn(oldDN.get(), oldRDN, baseDN,
+                        rdnAttrs.GetSizeAddr(), rdnAttrs.GetArrayAddr());
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // Calculate new RDN and check whether it has changed
+  nsAutoCString newRDN;
+  rv = card->BuildRdn(attrMap, rdnAttrs.GetSize(), rdnAttrs.GetArray(),
+    newRDN);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      
+  if (newRDN.Equals(oldRDN))
+  {
+    // Launch query
+    rv = DoModify(this, nsILDAPModification::MOD_REPLACE, oldDN, modArray,
+                  EmptyCString(), EmptyCString());
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    // Build and store the new DN
+    nsAutoCString newDN(newRDN);
+    newDN.AppendLiteral(",");
+    newDN.Append(baseDN);
+    
+    rv = card->SetDn(newDN);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    
+    // Launch query
+    rv = DoModify(this, nsILDAPModification::MOD_REPLACE, oldDN, modArray,
+                  newRDN, baseDN);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbLDAPDirectory::GetRdnAttributes(nsACString &aRdnAttributes)
+{
+  return GetStringValue("rdnAttributes", NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("cn"),
+    aRdnAttributes);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbLDAPDirectory::SetRdnAttributes(const nsACString &aRdnAttributes)
+{
+  return SetStringValue("rdnAttributes", aRdnAttributes);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbLDAPDirectory::GetObjectClasses(nsACString &aObjectClasses)
+{
+  return GetStringValue("objectClasses", NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(
+    "top,person,organizationalPerson,inetOrgPerson,mozillaAbPersonAlpha"),
+    aObjectClasses);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbLDAPDirectory::SetObjectClasses(const nsACString &aObjectClasses)
+{
+  return SetStringValue("objectClasses", aObjectClasses);
+}
+
+nsresult nsAbLDAPDirectory::SplitStringList(
+  const nsACString& aString,
+  uint32_t *aCount,
+  char ***aValues)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aCount);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aValues);
+
+  nsTArray<nsCString> strarr;
+  ParseString(aString, ',', strarr);
+
+  char **cArray = nullptr;
+  if (!(cArray = static_cast<char **>(moz_xmalloc(
+      strarr.Length() * sizeof(char *)))))
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < strarr.Length(); ++i)
+  {
+    if (!(cArray[i] = ToNewCString(strarr[i])))
+    {
+      NS_FREE_XPCOM_ALLOCATED_POINTER_ARRAY(strarr.Length(), cArray);
+      return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+    }
+  }
+
+  *aCount = strarr.Length();
+  *aValues = cArray;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbLDAPDirectory.h b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbLDAPDirectory.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6e5279a97
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbLDAPDirectory.h
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsAbLDAPDirectory_h__
+#define nsAbLDAPDirectory_h__
+
+#include "mozilla/Attributes.h"
+#include "nsAbDirProperty.h"
+#include "nsAbLDAPDirectoryModify.h"
+#include "nsIAbDirectoryQuery.h"
+#include "nsIAbDirectorySearch.h"
+#include "nsIAbDirSearchListener.h"
+#include "nsIAbLDAPDirectory.h"
+#include "nsIMutableArray.h"
+#include "nsInterfaceHashtable.h"
+#include "mozilla/Mutex.h"
+
+class nsAbLDAPDirectory :
+  public nsAbDirProperty,             // nsIAbDirectory
+  public nsAbLDAPDirectoryModify,
+  public nsIAbDirectorySearch,
+  public nsIAbLDAPDirectory,
+  public nsIAbDirSearchListener
+{
+public:
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED
+
+  nsAbLDAPDirectory();
+
+  NS_IMETHOD Init(const char *aUri) override;
+
+  // nsIAbDirectory methods
+  NS_IMETHOD GetPropertiesChromeURI(nsACString &aResult) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetURI(nsACString &aURI) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetChildNodes(nsISimpleEnumerator* *result) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetChildCards(nsISimpleEnumerator* *result) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetIsQuery(bool *aResult) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD HasCard(nsIAbCard *cards, bool *hasCard) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetSupportsMailingLists(bool *aSupportsMailingsLists) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetReadOnly(bool *aReadOnly) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetIsRemote(bool *aIsRemote) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetIsSecure(bool *aIsRemote) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD UseForAutocomplete(const nsACString &aIdentityKey, bool *aResult) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD AddCard(nsIAbCard *aChildCard, nsIAbCard **aAddedCard) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD ModifyCard(nsIAbCard *aModifiedCard) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD DeleteCards(nsIArray *aCards) override;
+
+  // nsIAbDirectorySearch methods
+  NS_DECL_NSIABDIRECTORYSEARCH
+  NS_DECL_NSIABLDAPDIRECTORY
+  NS_DECL_NSIABDIRSEARCHLISTENER
+
+protected:
+  virtual ~nsAbLDAPDirectory();
+  nsresult Initiate();
+
+  nsresult SplitStringList(const nsACString& aString,
+                           uint32_t *aCount,
+                           char ***aValues);
+
+  bool mPerformingQuery;
+  int32_t mContext;
+  int32_t mMaxHits;
+
+  nsInterfaceHashtable<nsISupportsHashKey, nsIAbCard> mCache;
+
+  mozilla::Mutex mLock;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbDirectoryQuery> mDirectoryQuery;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> mSearchServerControls;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> mSearchClientControls;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbLDAPDirectoryModify.cpp b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbLDAPDirectoryModify.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..95af79c04
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbLDAPDirectoryModify.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,372 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsAbLDAPDirectoryModify.h"
+#include "nsILDAPMessage.h"
+#include "nsILDAPConnection.h"
+#include "nsILDAPErrors.h"
+#include "nsILDAPModification.h"
+#include "nsIServiceManager.h"
+#include "nsIAbLDAPDirectory.h"
+#include "nsIMutableArray.h"
+#include "nsComponentManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+using namespace mozilla;
+
+class nsAbModifyLDAPMessageListener : public nsAbLDAPListenerBase
+{
+public:
+  NS_DECL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS
+
+  nsAbModifyLDAPMessageListener(const int32_t type,
+                                const nsACString &cardDN,
+                                nsIArray* modArray,
+                                const nsACString &newRDN,
+                                const nsACString &newBaseDN,
+                                nsILDAPURL* directoryUrl,
+                                nsILDAPConnection* connection,
+                                nsIMutableArray* serverSearchControls,
+                                nsIMutableArray* clientSearchControls,
+                                const nsACString &login,
+                                const int32_t timeOut = 0);
+  // nsILDAPMessageListener
+  NS_IMETHOD OnLDAPMessage(nsILDAPMessage *aMessage) override;
+
+protected:
+  virtual ~nsAbModifyLDAPMessageListener();
+
+  nsresult Cancel();
+  virtual void InitFailed(bool aCancelled = false) override;
+  virtual nsresult DoTask() override;
+  nsresult DoMainTask();
+  nsresult OnLDAPMessageModifyResult(nsILDAPMessage *aMessage);
+  nsresult OnLDAPMessageRenameResult(nsILDAPMessage *aMessage);
+
+  int32_t mType;
+  nsCString mCardDN;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIArray> mModification;
+  nsCString mNewRDN;
+  nsCString mNewBaseDN;
+
+  bool mFinished;
+  bool mCanceled;
+  bool mFlagRename;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsILDAPOperation> mModifyOperation;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> mServerSearchControls;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> mClientSearchControls;
+};
+
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsAbModifyLDAPMessageListener, nsILDAPMessageListener)
+
+nsAbModifyLDAPMessageListener::nsAbModifyLDAPMessageListener(
+    const int32_t type,
+    const nsACString &cardDN,
+    nsIArray* modArray,
+    const nsACString &newRDN,
+    const nsACString &newBaseDN,
+    nsILDAPURL* directoryUrl,
+    nsILDAPConnection* connection,
+    nsIMutableArray* serverSearchControls,
+    nsIMutableArray* clientSearchControls,
+    const nsACString &login,
+    const int32_t timeOut) :
+    nsAbLDAPListenerBase(directoryUrl, connection, login, timeOut),
+    mType(type),
+    mCardDN(cardDN),
+    mModification(modArray),
+    mNewRDN(newRDN),
+    mNewBaseDN(newBaseDN),
+    mFinished(false),
+    mCanceled(false),
+    mFlagRename(false),
+    mServerSearchControls(serverSearchControls),
+    mClientSearchControls(clientSearchControls)
+{
+  if (mType == nsILDAPModification::MOD_REPLACE &&
+      !mNewRDN.IsEmpty() && !mNewBaseDN.IsEmpty())
+    mFlagRename = true;
+}
+
+nsAbModifyLDAPMessageListener::~nsAbModifyLDAPMessageListener ()
+{
+}
+
+nsresult nsAbModifyLDAPMessageListener::Cancel ()
+{
+  nsresult rv = Initiate();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  MutexAutoLock lock(mLock);
+
+  if (mFinished || mCanceled)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  mCanceled = true;
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbModifyLDAPMessageListener::OnLDAPMessage(nsILDAPMessage *aMessage)
+{
+  nsresult rv = Initiate();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  int32_t messageType;
+  rv = aMessage->GetType(&messageType);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  
+  bool cancelOperation = false;
+
+  // Enter lock
+  {
+    MutexAutoLock lock (mLock);
+
+    if (mFinished)
+      return NS_OK;
+
+    // for these messages, no matter the outcome, we're done
+    if ((messageType == nsILDAPMessage::RES_ADD) || 
+        (messageType == nsILDAPMessage::RES_DELETE) ||
+        (messageType == nsILDAPMessage::RES_MODIFY))
+      mFinished = true;
+    else if (mCanceled)
+    {
+      mFinished = true;
+      cancelOperation = true;
+    }
+  }
+  // Leave lock
+
+  //    nsCOMPtr<nsIAbDirectoryQueryResult> queryResult;
+  if (!cancelOperation)
+  {
+    switch (messageType)
+    {
+    case nsILDAPMessage::RES_BIND:
+      rv = OnLDAPMessageBind(aMessage);
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv)) 
+        // We know the bind failed and hence the message has an error, so we
+        // can just call ModifyResult with the message and that'll sort it out
+        // for us.
+        rv = OnLDAPMessageModifyResult(aMessage);
+      break;
+    case nsILDAPMessage::RES_ADD:
+    case nsILDAPMessage::RES_MODIFY:
+    case nsILDAPMessage::RES_DELETE:
+      rv = OnLDAPMessageModifyResult(aMessage);
+      break;
+    case nsILDAPMessage::RES_MODDN:
+      mFlagRename = false;
+      rv = OnLDAPMessageRenameResult(aMessage);
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv)) 
+        // Rename failed, so we stop here
+        mFinished = true;
+      break;
+    default:
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    if (mModifyOperation)
+      rv = mModifyOperation->AbandonExt();
+
+    // reset because we might re-use this listener...except don't do this
+    // until the search is done, so we'll ignore results from a previous
+    // search.
+    mCanceled = mFinished = false;
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+void nsAbModifyLDAPMessageListener::InitFailed(bool aCancelled)
+{
+  // XXX Just cancel the operation for now
+  // we'll need to review this when we've got the proper listeners in place.
+  Cancel();
+}
+
+nsresult nsAbModifyLDAPMessageListener::DoTask()
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  mCanceled = mFinished = false;
+
+  mModifyOperation = do_CreateInstance(NS_LDAPOPERATION_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = mModifyOperation->Init (mConnection, this, nullptr);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // XXX do we need the search controls?
+  rv = mModifyOperation->SetServerControls(mServerSearchControls);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = mModifyOperation->SetClientControls(mClientSearchControls);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  if (mFlagRename)
+    return mModifyOperation->Rename(mCardDN, mNewRDN, mNewBaseDN, true);
+
+  switch (mType)
+  {
+    case nsILDAPModification::MOD_ADD:
+      return mModifyOperation->AddExt(mCardDN, mModification);
+    case nsILDAPModification::MOD_DELETE:
+      return mModifyOperation->DeleteExt(mCardDN);
+    case nsILDAPModification::MOD_REPLACE:
+      return mModifyOperation->ModifyExt(mCardDN, mModification);
+    default:
+      NS_ERROR("Bad LDAP modification requested");
+      return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+  }
+}
+
+nsresult nsAbModifyLDAPMessageListener::OnLDAPMessageModifyResult(nsILDAPMessage *aMessage)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMessage);
+  
+  int32_t errCode;
+  rv = aMessage->GetErrorCode(&errCode);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+ 
+  if (errCode != nsILDAPErrors::SUCCESS)
+  {
+    nsAutoCString errMessage;
+    rv = aMessage->GetErrorMessage(errMessage);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    printf("LDAP modification failed (code: %i, message: %s)\n",
+           errCode, errMessage.get());
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+  
+  printf("LDAP modification succeeded\n");
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsAbModifyLDAPMessageListener::OnLDAPMessageRenameResult(nsILDAPMessage *aMessage)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMessage);
+  
+  int32_t errCode;
+  rv = aMessage->GetErrorCode(&errCode);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  if (errCode != nsILDAPErrors::SUCCESS)
+  {
+    nsAutoCString errMessage;
+    rv = aMessage->GetErrorMessage(errMessage);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    printf("LDAP rename failed (code: %i, message: %s)\n",
+           errCode, errMessage.get());
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+  
+  // Rename succeeded, now update the card DN and
+  // process the main task
+  mCardDN.Assign(mNewRDN);
+  mCardDN.AppendLiteral(",");
+  mCardDN.Append(mNewBaseDN);
+     
+  printf("LDAP rename succeeded\n");
+  return DoTask();
+}
+ 
+nsAbLDAPDirectoryModify::nsAbLDAPDirectoryModify()
+{
+}
+
+nsAbLDAPDirectoryModify::~nsAbLDAPDirectoryModify()
+{
+}
+
+nsresult nsAbLDAPDirectoryModify::DoModify(nsIAbLDAPDirectory *directory,
+                                           const int32_t &updateType,
+                                           const nsACString &cardDN,
+                                           nsIArray* modArray,
+                                           const nsACString &newRDN,
+                                           const nsACString &newBaseDN)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(directory);
+  // modArray may be null in the delete operation case.
+  if (!modArray &&
+      (updateType == nsILDAPModification::MOD_ADD ||
+       updateType == nsILDAPModification::MOD_REPLACE))
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  // it's an error if we don't have a dn
+  if (cardDN.IsEmpty())
+    return NS_ERROR_INVALID_ARG;
+ 
+  nsCOMPtr<nsILDAPURL> currentUrl;
+  rv = directory->GetLDAPURL(getter_AddRefs(currentUrl));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // Get the ldap connection
+  nsCOMPtr<nsILDAPConnection> ldapConnection =
+    do_CreateInstance(NS_LDAPCONNECTION_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> serverSearchControls;
+  rv = directory->GetSearchServerControls(getter_AddRefs(serverSearchControls));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> clientSearchControls;
+  rv = directory->GetSearchClientControls(getter_AddRefs(clientSearchControls));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  /*
+  // XXX we need to fix how this all works - specifically, see the first patch
+  // on bug 124553 for how the query equivalent did this
+  // too soon? Do we need a new listener?
+  if (alreadyInitialized)
+  {
+    nsAbQueryLDAPMessageListener *msgListener =
+      NS_STATIC_CAST(nsAbQueryLDAPMessageListener *, 
+                     NS_STATIC_CAST(nsILDAPMessageListener *, mListener.get()));
+    if (msgListener)
+      {
+        msgListener->mUrl = url;
+        return msgListener->DoSearch();
+      }
+  }*/
+
+  nsCString login;
+  rv = directory->GetAuthDn(login);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  uint32_t protocolVersion;
+  rv = directory->GetProtocolVersion(&protocolVersion);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // Initiate LDAP message listener
+  nsAbModifyLDAPMessageListener* _messageListener =
+    new nsAbModifyLDAPMessageListener(updateType, cardDN, modArray,
+                                      newRDN, newBaseDN,
+                                      currentUrl,
+                                      ldapConnection,
+                                      serverSearchControls,
+                                      clientSearchControls,
+                                      login,
+                                      0);
+  if (_messageListener == NULL)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+  
+  // Now lets initialize the LDAP connection properly. We'll kick
+  // off the bind operation in the callback function, |OnLDAPInit()|.
+  return ldapConnection->Init(currentUrl, login,
+                              _messageListener, nullptr, protocolVersion);
+}
+
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbLDAPDirectoryModify.h b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbLDAPDirectoryModify.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8e14b8368
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbLDAPDirectoryModify.h
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsAbLDAPDirectoryModify_h__
+#define nsAbLDAPDirectoryModify_h__
+
+#include "nsAbLDAPListenerBase.h"
+#include "nsIAbLDAPDirectory.h"
+#include "nsILDAPOperation.h"
+#include "nsIArray.h"
+
+class nsILDAPURL;
+
+class nsAbLDAPDirectoryModify
+{
+public:
+  nsAbLDAPDirectoryModify();
+  virtual ~nsAbLDAPDirectoryModify();
+
+protected:
+  nsresult DoModify(nsIAbLDAPDirectory *directory,
+                    const int32_t &aUpdateType,
+                    const nsACString &aCardDN,
+                    nsIArray* modArray,
+                    const nsACString &aNewRDN,
+                    const nsACString &aNewBaseDN);
+};
+
+#endif // nsAbLDAPDirectoryModify_h__
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbLDAPDirectoryQuery.cpp b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbLDAPDirectoryQuery.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9b22c796c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbLDAPDirectoryQuery.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,610 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsAbLDAPDirectoryQuery.h"
+#include "nsAbBoolExprToLDAPFilter.h"
+#include "nsILDAPMessage.h"
+#include "nsILDAPErrors.h"
+#include "nsILDAPOperation.h"
+#include "nsIAbLDAPAttributeMap.h"
+#include "nsIAbLDAPCard.h"
+#include "nsAbUtils.h"
+#include "nsAbBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "prprf.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsComponentManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsCategoryManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsAbLDAPDirectory.h"
+#include "nsAbLDAPListenerBase.h"
+#include "nsXPCOMCIDInternal.h"
+
+using namespace mozilla;
+
+// nsAbLDAPListenerBase inherits nsILDAPMessageListener
+class nsAbQueryLDAPMessageListener : public nsAbLDAPListenerBase
+{
+public:
+  NS_DECL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS
+
+  // Note that the directoryUrl is the details of the ldap directory
+  // without any search params or return attributes specified. The searchUrl
+  // therefore has the search params and return attributes specified.
+  //  nsAbQueryLDAPMessageListener(nsIAbDirectoryQuery* directoryQuery,
+  nsAbQueryLDAPMessageListener(nsIAbDirectoryQueryResultListener* resultListener,
+                               nsILDAPURL* directoryUrl,
+                               nsILDAPURL* searchUrl,
+                               nsILDAPConnection* connection,
+                               nsIAbDirectoryQueryArguments* queryArguments,
+                               nsIMutableArray* serverSearchControls,
+                               nsIMutableArray* clientSearchControls,
+                               const nsACString &login,
+                               const nsACString &mechanism,
+                               const int32_t resultLimit = -1,
+                               const int32_t timeOut = 0);
+
+  // nsILDAPMessageListener
+  NS_IMETHOD OnLDAPMessage(nsILDAPMessage *aMessage) override;
+
+protected:
+  virtual ~nsAbQueryLDAPMessageListener ();
+  nsresult OnLDAPMessageSearchEntry(nsILDAPMessage *aMessage);
+  nsresult OnLDAPMessageSearchResult(nsILDAPMessage *aMessage);
+
+  friend class nsAbLDAPDirectoryQuery;
+
+  nsresult Cancel();
+  virtual nsresult DoTask() override;
+  virtual void InitFailed(bool aCancelled = false) override;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsILDAPURL> mSearchUrl;
+  nsIAbDirectoryQueryResultListener *mResultListener;
+  int32_t mContextID;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbDirectoryQueryArguments> mQueryArguments;
+  int32_t mResultLimit;
+
+  bool mFinished;
+  bool mCanceled;
+  bool mWaitingForPrevQueryToFinish;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> mServerSearchControls;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> mClientSearchControls;
+};
+
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsAbQueryLDAPMessageListener, nsILDAPMessageListener)
+
+nsAbQueryLDAPMessageListener::nsAbQueryLDAPMessageListener(
+        nsIAbDirectoryQueryResultListener *resultListener,
+        nsILDAPURL* directoryUrl,
+        nsILDAPURL* searchUrl,
+        nsILDAPConnection* connection,
+        nsIAbDirectoryQueryArguments* queryArguments,
+        nsIMutableArray* serverSearchControls,
+        nsIMutableArray* clientSearchControls,
+        const nsACString &login,
+        const nsACString &mechanism,
+        const int32_t resultLimit,
+        const int32_t timeOut) :
+  nsAbLDAPListenerBase(directoryUrl, connection, login, timeOut),
+  mSearchUrl(searchUrl),
+  mResultListener(resultListener),
+  mQueryArguments(queryArguments),
+  mResultLimit(resultLimit),
+  mFinished(false),
+  mCanceled(false),
+  mWaitingForPrevQueryToFinish(false),
+  mServerSearchControls(serverSearchControls),
+  mClientSearchControls(clientSearchControls)
+{
+  mSaslMechanism.Assign(mechanism);
+}
+
+nsAbQueryLDAPMessageListener::~nsAbQueryLDAPMessageListener ()
+{
+}
+
+nsresult nsAbQueryLDAPMessageListener::Cancel ()
+{
+    nsresult rv = Initiate();
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    MutexAutoLock lock(mLock);
+
+    if (mFinished || mCanceled)
+        return NS_OK;
+
+    mCanceled = true;
+    if (!mFinished)
+      mWaitingForPrevQueryToFinish = true;
+
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbQueryLDAPMessageListener::OnLDAPMessage(nsILDAPMessage *aMessage)
+{
+  nsresult rv = Initiate();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  int32_t messageType;
+  rv = aMessage->GetType(&messageType);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  bool cancelOperation = false;
+
+  // Enter lock
+  {
+    MutexAutoLock lock (mLock);
+
+    if (mFinished)
+      return NS_OK;
+
+    if (messageType == nsILDAPMessage::RES_SEARCH_RESULT)
+      mFinished = true;
+    else if (mCanceled)
+    {
+      mFinished = true;
+      cancelOperation = true;
+    }
+  }
+  // Leave lock
+
+  if (!mResultListener)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  if (!cancelOperation)
+  {
+    switch (messageType)
+    {
+    case nsILDAPMessage::RES_BIND:
+      rv = OnLDAPMessageBind(aMessage);
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv)) 
+        // We know the bind failed and hence the message has an error, so we
+        // can just call SearchResult with the message and that'll sort it out
+        // for us.
+        rv = OnLDAPMessageSearchResult(aMessage);
+      break;
+    case nsILDAPMessage::RES_SEARCH_ENTRY:
+      if (!mFinished && !mWaitingForPrevQueryToFinish)
+        rv = OnLDAPMessageSearchEntry(aMessage);
+      break;
+    case nsILDAPMessage::RES_SEARCH_RESULT:
+      mWaitingForPrevQueryToFinish = false;
+      rv = OnLDAPMessageSearchResult(aMessage);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      break;
+    default:
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    if (mOperation)
+      rv = mOperation->AbandonExt();
+
+    rv = mResultListener->OnQueryResult(
+      nsIAbDirectoryQueryResultListener::queryResultStopped, 0);
+
+    // reset because we might re-use this listener...except don't do this
+    // until the search is done, so we'll ignore results from a previous
+    // search.
+    if (messageType == nsILDAPMessage::RES_SEARCH_RESULT)
+      mCanceled = mFinished = false;
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsAbQueryLDAPMessageListener::DoTask()
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  mCanceled = mFinished = false;
+
+  mOperation = do_CreateInstance(NS_LDAPOPERATION_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = mOperation->Init(mConnection, this, nullptr);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsAutoCString dn;
+  rv = mSearchUrl->GetDn(dn);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  int32_t scope;
+  rv = mSearchUrl->GetScope(&scope);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsAutoCString filter;
+  rv = mSearchUrl->GetFilter(filter);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsAutoCString attributes;
+  rv = mSearchUrl->GetAttributes(attributes);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = mOperation->SetServerControls(mServerSearchControls);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = mOperation->SetClientControls(mClientSearchControls);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  return mOperation->SearchExt(dn, scope, filter, attributes, mTimeOut,
+                               mResultLimit);
+}
+
+void nsAbQueryLDAPMessageListener::InitFailed(bool aCancelled)
+{
+  if (!mResultListener)
+    return;
+
+  // In the !aCancelled case we know there was an error, but we won't be
+  // able to translate it, so just return an error code of zero.
+  mResultListener->OnQueryResult(
+      aCancelled ? nsIAbDirectoryQueryResultListener::queryResultStopped :
+                   nsIAbDirectoryQueryResultListener::queryResultError, 0);
+}
+
+nsresult nsAbQueryLDAPMessageListener::OnLDAPMessageSearchEntry(nsILDAPMessage *aMessage)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  if (!mResultListener)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  // the map for translating between LDAP attrs <-> addrbook fields
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> iSupportsMap;
+  rv = mQueryArguments->GetTypeSpecificArg(getter_AddRefs(iSupportsMap));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbLDAPAttributeMap> map = do_QueryInterface(iSupportsMap, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbCard> card = do_CreateInstance(NS_ABLDAPCARD_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = map->SetCardPropertiesFromLDAPMessage(aMessage, card);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbLDAPCard> ldapCard = do_QueryInterface(card, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = ldapCard->SetMetaProperties(aMessage);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  return mResultListener->OnQueryFoundCard(card);
+}
+
+nsresult nsAbQueryLDAPMessageListener::OnLDAPMessageSearchResult(nsILDAPMessage *aMessage)
+{
+  int32_t errorCode;
+  nsresult rv = aMessage->GetErrorCode(&errorCode);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    
+  if (errorCode == nsILDAPErrors::SUCCESS || errorCode == nsILDAPErrors::SIZELIMIT_EXCEEDED)
+    return mResultListener->OnQueryResult(
+      nsIAbDirectoryQueryResultListener::queryResultComplete, 0);
+
+  return mResultListener->OnQueryResult(
+      nsIAbDirectoryQueryResultListener::queryResultError, errorCode);
+}
+
+// nsAbLDAPDirectoryQuery
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsAbLDAPDirectoryQuery, nsIAbDirectoryQuery,
+                              nsIAbDirectoryQueryResultListener)
+
+nsAbLDAPDirectoryQuery::nsAbLDAPDirectoryQuery() :
+    mInitialized(false)
+{
+}
+
+nsAbLDAPDirectoryQuery::~nsAbLDAPDirectoryQuery()
+{
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbLDAPDirectoryQuery::DoQuery(nsIAbDirectory *aDirectory,
+  nsIAbDirectoryQueryArguments* aArguments,
+  nsIAbDirSearchListener* aListener,
+  int32_t aResultLimit,
+  int32_t aTimeOut,
+  int32_t* _retval)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aListener);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aArguments);
+
+  mListeners.AppendObject(aListener);
+
+  // Ensure existing query is stopped. Context id doesn't matter here
+  nsresult rv = StopQuery(0);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  mInitialized = true;
+
+  // Get the current directory as LDAP specific
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbLDAPDirectory> directory(do_QueryInterface(aDirectory, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  
+  // We also need the current URL to check as well...
+  nsCOMPtr<nsILDAPURL> currentUrl;
+  rv = directory->GetLDAPURL(getter_AddRefs(currentUrl));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  
+  nsAutoCString login;
+  rv = directory->GetAuthDn(login);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  
+  nsAutoCString saslMechanism;
+  rv = directory->GetSaslMechanism(saslMechanism);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  
+  uint32_t protocolVersion;
+  rv = directory->GetProtocolVersion(&protocolVersion);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  
+  // To do:
+  // Ensure query is stopped
+  // If connection params have changed re-create connection
+  // else reuse existing connection
+  
+  bool redoConnection = false;
+  
+  if (!mConnection || !mDirectoryUrl)
+  {
+    mDirectoryUrl = currentUrl;
+    aDirectory->GetUuid(mDirectoryId);
+    mCurrentLogin = login;
+    mCurrentMechanism = saslMechanism;
+    mCurrentProtocolVersion = protocolVersion;
+    redoConnection = true;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    bool equal;
+    rv = mDirectoryUrl->Equals(currentUrl, &equal);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    if (!equal)
+    {
+      mDirectoryUrl = currentUrl;
+      aDirectory->GetUuid(mDirectoryId);
+      mCurrentLogin = login;
+      mCurrentMechanism = saslMechanism;
+      mCurrentProtocolVersion = protocolVersion;
+      redoConnection = true;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      // Has login or version changed?
+      if (login != mCurrentLogin ||
+          saslMechanism != mCurrentMechanism ||
+          protocolVersion != mCurrentProtocolVersion)
+      {
+        redoConnection = true;
+        mCurrentLogin = login;
+        mCurrentMechanism = saslMechanism;
+        mCurrentProtocolVersion = protocolVersion;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> uri;
+  rv = mDirectoryUrl->Clone(getter_AddRefs(uri));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsILDAPURL> url(do_QueryInterface(uri, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // Get/Set the return attributes
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> iSupportsMap;
+  rv = aArguments->GetTypeSpecificArg(getter_AddRefs(iSupportsMap));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbLDAPAttributeMap> map = do_QueryInterface(iSupportsMap, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // Require all attributes that are mapped to card properties
+  nsAutoCString returnAttributes;
+  rv = map->GetAllCardAttributes(returnAttributes);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = url->SetAttributes(returnAttributes);
+  // Now do the error check
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // Also require the objectClass attribute, it is used by
+  // nsAbLDAPCard::SetMetaProperties
+  rv = url->AddAttribute(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("objectClass"));
+
+  nsAutoCString filter;
+
+  // Get filter from arguments if set:
+  rv = aArguments->GetFilter(filter);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  
+  if (filter.IsEmpty()) {
+    // Get the filter
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> supportsExpression;
+    rv = aArguments->GetExpression(getter_AddRefs(supportsExpression));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAbBooleanExpression> expression(do_QueryInterface(supportsExpression, &rv));
+
+    // figure out how we map attribute names to addressbook fields for this
+    // query
+    rv = nsAbBoolExprToLDAPFilter::Convert(map, expression, filter);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+
+  /*
+   * Mozilla itself cannot arrive here with a blank filter
+   * as the nsAbLDAPDirectory::StartSearch() disallows it.
+   * But 3rd party LDAP query integration with Mozilla begins 
+   * in this method.
+   *
+   * Default the filter string if blank, otherwise it gets
+   * set to (objectclass=*) which returns everything. Set 
+   * the default to (objectclass=inetorgperson) as this 
+   * is the most appropriate default objectclass which is 
+   * central to the makeup of the mozilla ldap address book 
+   * entries.
+   */
+  if (filter.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    filter.AssignLiteral("(objectclass=inetorgperson)");
+  }
+
+  // get the directoryFilter from the directory url and merge it with the user's
+  // search filter
+  nsAutoCString urlFilter;
+  rv = mDirectoryUrl->GetFilter(urlFilter);
+  
+  // if urlFilter is unset (or set to the default "objectclass=*"), there's
+  // no need to AND in an empty search term, so leave prefix and suffix empty
+  
+  nsAutoCString searchFilter;
+  if (urlFilter.Length() && !urlFilter.EqualsLiteral("(objectclass=*)"))
+  {
+    // if urlFilter isn't parenthesized, we need to add in parens so that
+    // the filter works as a term to &
+    //
+    if (urlFilter[0] != '(')
+    {
+      searchFilter = NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("(&(");
+      searchFilter.Append(urlFilter);
+      searchFilter.AppendLiteral(")");
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      searchFilter = NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("(&");
+      searchFilter.Append(urlFilter);
+    }
+  
+    searchFilter += filter;
+    searchFilter += ')';
+  } 
+  else
+    searchFilter = filter;
+
+  rv = url->SetFilter(searchFilter);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // Now formulate the search string
+  
+  // Get the scope
+  int32_t scope;
+  bool doSubDirectories;
+  rv = aArguments->GetQuerySubDirectories (&doSubDirectories);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  scope = doSubDirectories ? nsILDAPURL::SCOPE_SUBTREE :
+                             nsILDAPURL::SCOPE_ONELEVEL;
+
+  rv = url->SetScope(scope);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // too soon? Do we need a new listener?
+  // If we already have a connection, and don't need to re-do it, give it the
+  // new search details and go for it...
+  if (!redoConnection)
+  {
+    nsAbQueryLDAPMessageListener *msgListener = 
+      static_cast<nsAbQueryLDAPMessageListener *>(static_cast<nsILDAPMessageListener *>(mListener.get()));
+    if (msgListener)
+    {
+      // Ensure the urls are correct
+      msgListener->mDirectoryUrl = mDirectoryUrl;
+      msgListener->mSearchUrl = url;
+      // Also ensure we set the correct result limit
+      msgListener->mResultLimit = aResultLimit;
+      return msgListener->DoTask();
+    }
+  }
+  
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbLDAPDirectory> abLDAPDir = do_QueryInterface(aDirectory, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> serverSearchControls;
+  rv = abLDAPDir->GetSearchServerControls(getter_AddRefs(serverSearchControls));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> clientSearchControls;
+  rv = abLDAPDir->GetSearchClientControls(getter_AddRefs(clientSearchControls));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // Create the new connection (which cause the old one to be dropped if necessary)
+  mConnection = do_CreateInstance(NS_LDAPCONNECTION_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbDirectoryQueryResultListener> resultListener =
+    do_QueryInterface((nsIAbDirectoryQuery*)this, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // Initiate LDAP message listener
+  nsAbQueryLDAPMessageListener* _messageListener =
+    new nsAbQueryLDAPMessageListener(resultListener, mDirectoryUrl, url,
+                                     mConnection, aArguments,
+                                     serverSearchControls, clientSearchControls,
+                                     mCurrentLogin, mCurrentMechanism,
+                                     aResultLimit, aTimeOut);
+  if (_messageListener == NULL)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+  
+  mListener = _messageListener;
+  *_retval = 1;
+
+  // Now lets initialize the LDAP connection properly. We'll kick
+  // off the bind operation in the callback function, |OnLDAPInit()|.
+  rv = mConnection->Init(mDirectoryUrl, mCurrentLogin,
+                         mListener, nullptr, mCurrentProtocolVersion);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+/* void stopQuery (in long contextID); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbLDAPDirectoryQuery::StopQuery(int32_t contextID)
+{
+  mInitialized = true;
+
+  if (!mListener)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  nsAbQueryLDAPMessageListener *listener = 
+    static_cast<nsAbQueryLDAPMessageListener *>(static_cast<nsILDAPMessageListener *>(mListener.get()));
+  if (listener)
+    return listener->Cancel();
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbLDAPDirectoryQuery::OnQueryFoundCard(nsIAbCard *aCard)
+{
+  aCard->SetDirectoryId(mDirectoryId);
+
+  for (int32_t i = 0; i < mListeners.Count(); ++i)
+    mListeners[i]->OnSearchFoundCard(aCard);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbLDAPDirectoryQuery::OnQueryResult(int32_t aResult,
+                                                    int32_t aErrorCode)
+{
+  uint32_t count = mListeners.Count();
+
+  // XXX: Temporary fix for crasher needs reviewing as part of bug 135231.
+  // Temporarily add a reference to ourselves, in case the only thing
+  // keeping us alive is the link with the listener.
+  NS_ADDREF_THIS();
+
+  for (int32_t i = count - 1; i >= 0; --i)
+  {
+    mListeners[i]->OnSearchFinished(aResult, EmptyString());
+    mListeners.RemoveObjectAt(i);
+  }
+
+  NS_RELEASE_THIS();
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbLDAPDirectoryQuery.h b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbLDAPDirectoryQuery.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2c11c2ab9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbLDAPDirectoryQuery.h
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsAbLDAPDirectoryQuery_h__
+#define nsAbLDAPDirectoryQuery_h__
+
+#include "nsIAbDirectoryQuery.h"
+#include "nsILDAPConnection.h"
+#include "nsILDAPMessageListener.h"
+#include "nsILDAPURL.h"
+#include "nsWeakReference.h"
+
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsCOMArray.h"
+
+class nsAbLDAPDirectoryQuery : public nsIAbDirectoryQuery,
+                             public nsIAbDirectoryQueryResultListener
+{
+public:
+  NS_DECL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIABDIRECTORYQUERY
+  NS_DECL_NSIABDIRECTORYQUERYRESULTLISTENER
+
+  nsAbLDAPDirectoryQuery();
+
+protected:
+  nsCOMPtr<nsILDAPMessageListener> mListener;
+
+private:
+  virtual ~nsAbLDAPDirectoryQuery();
+  nsCOMPtr<nsILDAPConnection> mConnection;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsILDAPURL> mDirectoryUrl;
+  nsCString mDirectoryId;
+  nsCOMArray<nsIAbDirSearchListener> mListeners;
+  nsCString mCurrentLogin;
+  nsCString mCurrentMechanism;
+  uint32_t mCurrentProtocolVersion;
+
+  bool mInitialized;
+};
+
+#endif // nsAbLDAPDirectoryQuery_h__
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbLDAPListenerBase.cpp b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbLDAPListenerBase.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e5465a7f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbLDAPListenerBase.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,358 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsAbLDAPListenerBase.h"
+#include "nsIWindowWatcher.h"
+#include "nsIWindowMediator.h"
+#include "mozIDOMWindow.h"
+#include "nsIAuthPrompt.h"
+#include "nsIStringBundle.h"
+#include "nsILDAPMessage.h"
+#include "nsILDAPErrors.h"
+#include "nsILoginManager.h"
+#include "nsILoginInfo.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsComponentManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsMemory.h"
+#include "mozilla/Services.h"
+
+using namespace mozilla;
+
+nsAbLDAPListenerBase::nsAbLDAPListenerBase(nsILDAPURL* url,
+                                           nsILDAPConnection* connection,
+                                           const nsACString &login,
+                                           const int32_t timeOut) :
+  mDirectoryUrl(url), mConnection(connection), mLogin(login),
+  mTimeOut(timeOut), mBound(false), mInitialized(false),
+  mLock("nsAbLDAPListenerBase.mLock")
+{
+}
+
+nsAbLDAPListenerBase::~nsAbLDAPListenerBase()
+{
+}
+
+nsresult nsAbLDAPListenerBase::Initiate()
+{
+  if (!mConnection || !mDirectoryUrl)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  if (mInitialized)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  mInitialized = true;
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// If something fails in this function, we must call InitFailed() so that the
+// derived class (and listener) knows to cancel what its doing as there is
+// a problem.
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbLDAPListenerBase::OnLDAPInit(nsILDAPConnection *aConn, nsresult aStatus)
+{
+  if (!mConnection || !mDirectoryUrl)
+  {
+    InitFailed();
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+  }
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsString passwd;
+
+  // Make sure that the Init() worked properly
+  if (NS_FAILED(aStatus))
+  {
+    InitFailed();
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  // If mLogin is set, we're expected to use it to get a password.
+  //
+  if (!mLogin.IsEmpty() && !mSaslMechanism.EqualsLiteral("GSSAPI"))
+  {
+    // get the string bundle service
+    //
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundleService> stringBundleSvc =
+      mozilla::services::GetStringBundleService();
+    if (!stringBundleSvc)
+    {
+      NS_ERROR("nsAbLDAPListenerBase::OnLDAPInit():"
+               " error getting string bundle service");
+      InitFailed();
+      return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+    }
+
+    // get the LDAP string bundle
+    //
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundle> ldapBundle;
+    rv = stringBundleSvc->CreateBundle("chrome://mozldap/locale/ldap.properties",
+                                       getter_AddRefs(ldapBundle));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    {
+      NS_ERROR("nsAbLDAPListenerBase::OnLDAPInit(): error creating string"
+               "bundle chrome://mozldap/locale/ldap.properties");
+      InitFailed();
+      return rv;
+    }
+
+    // get the title for the authentication prompt
+    //
+    nsString authPromptTitle;
+    rv = ldapBundle->GetStringFromName(u"authPromptTitle",
+                                       getter_Copies(authPromptTitle));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    {
+      NS_ERROR("nsAbLDAPListenerBase::OnLDAPInit(): error getting"
+               "'authPromptTitle' string from bundle "
+               "chrome://mozldap/locale/ldap.properties");
+      InitFailed();
+      return rv;
+    }
+
+    // get the host name for the auth prompt
+    //
+    nsAutoCString host;
+    rv = mDirectoryUrl->GetAsciiHost(host);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    {
+      NS_ERROR("nsAbLDAPListenerBase::OnLDAPInit(): error getting ascii host"
+               "name from directory url");
+      InitFailed();
+      return rv;
+    }
+
+    // hostTemp is only necessary to work around a code-generation
+    // bug in egcs 1.1.2 (the version of gcc that comes with Red Hat 6.2),
+    // which is the default compiler for Mozilla on linux at the moment.
+    //
+    NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16 hostTemp(host);
+    const char16_t *hostArray[1] = { hostTemp.get() };
+
+    // format the hostname into the authprompt text string
+    //
+    nsString authPromptText;
+    rv = ldapBundle->FormatStringFromName(u"authPromptText",
+                                          hostArray,
+                                          sizeof(hostArray) / sizeof(const char16_t *),
+                                          getter_Copies(authPromptText));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    {
+      NS_ERROR("nsAbLDAPListenerBase::OnLDAPInit():"
+               "error getting 'authPromptText' string from bundle "
+               "chrome://mozldap/locale/ldap.properties");
+      InitFailed();
+      return rv;
+    }
+
+    // get the window mediator service, so we can get an auth prompter
+    //
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIWindowMediator> windowMediator =
+      do_GetService(NS_WINDOWMEDIATOR_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    {
+      NS_ERROR("nsAbLDAPListenerBase::OnLDAPInit():"
+               " couldn't get window mediator service.");
+      InitFailed();
+      return rv;
+    }
+
+    // get the addressbook window, as it will be used to parent the auth
+    // prompter dialog
+    //
+    nsCOMPtr<mozIDOMWindowProxy> window;
+    rv = windowMediator->GetMostRecentWindow(nullptr,
+                                             getter_AddRefs(window));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    {
+      NS_ERROR("nsAbLDAPListenerBase::OnLDAPInit():"
+               " error getting most recent window");
+      InitFailed();
+      return rv;
+    }
+
+    // get the window watcher service, so we can get an auth prompter
+    //
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIWindowWatcher> windowWatcherSvc =
+      do_GetService(NS_WINDOWWATCHER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    {
+      NS_ERROR("nsAbLDAPListenerBase::OnLDAPInit():"
+               " couldn't get window watcher service.");
+      InitFailed();
+      return rv;
+    }
+
+    // get the auth prompter itself
+    //
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAuthPrompt> authPrompter;
+    rv = windowWatcherSvc->GetNewAuthPrompter(window,
+                                              getter_AddRefs(authPrompter));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    {
+      NS_ERROR("nsAbLDAPMessageBase::OnLDAPInit():"
+               " error getting auth prompter");
+      InitFailed();
+      return rv;
+    }
+
+    // get authentication password, prompting the user if necessary
+    //
+    // we're going to use the URL spec of the server as the "realm" for
+    // wallet to remember the password by / for.
+
+    // Get the specification
+    nsCString spec;
+    rv = mDirectoryUrl->GetSpec(spec);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    {
+      NS_ERROR("nsAbLDAPMessageBase::OnLDAPInit():"
+               " error getting directory url spec");
+      InitFailed();
+      return rv;
+    }
+
+    bool status;
+    rv = authPrompter->PromptPassword(authPromptTitle.get(),
+                                      authPromptText.get(),
+                                      NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16(spec).get(),
+                                      nsIAuthPrompt::SAVE_PASSWORD_PERMANENTLY,
+                                      getter_Copies(passwd),
+                                      &status);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    {
+      NS_ERROR("nsAbLDAPMessageBase::OnLDAPInit(): failed to prompt for"
+               " password");
+      InitFailed();
+      return rv;
+    }
+    else if (!status)
+    {
+      InitFailed(true);
+      return NS_OK;
+    }
+  }
+
+  // Initiate the LDAP operation
+  mOperation = do_CreateInstance(NS_LDAPOPERATION_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+  {
+    NS_ERROR("nsAbLDAPMessageBase::OnLDAPInit(): failed to create ldap operation");
+    InitFailed();
+    return rv;
+  }
+
+  rv = mOperation->Init(mConnection, this, nullptr);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+  {
+    NS_ERROR("nsAbLDAPMessageBase::OnLDAPInit(): failed to Initialise operation");
+    InitFailed();
+    return rv;
+  }
+
+  // Try non-password mechanisms first
+  if (mSaslMechanism.EqualsLiteral("GSSAPI"))
+  {
+    nsAutoCString service;
+    rv = mDirectoryUrl->GetAsciiHost(service);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    service.Insert(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("ldap@"), 0);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAuthModule> authModule =
+      do_CreateInstance(NS_AUTH_MODULE_CONTRACTID_PREFIX "sasl-gssapi", &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    rv = mOperation->SaslBind(service, mSaslMechanism, authModule);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    {
+      NS_ERROR("nsAbLDAPMessageBase::OnLDAPInit(): "
+               "failed to perform GSSAPI bind");
+      mOperation = nullptr; // Break Listener -> Operation -> Listener ref cycle
+      InitFailed();
+    }
+    return rv;
+  }
+
+  // Bind
+  rv = mOperation->SimpleBind(NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(passwd));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+  {
+    NS_ERROR("nsAbLDAPMessageBase::OnLDAPInit(): failed to perform bind operation");
+    mOperation = nullptr; // Break Listener->Operation->Listener reference cycle
+    InitFailed();
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsAbLDAPListenerBase::OnLDAPMessageBind(nsILDAPMessage *aMessage)
+{
+  if (mBound)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  // see whether the bind actually succeeded
+  //
+  int32_t errCode;
+  nsresult rv = aMessage->GetErrorCode(&errCode);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  if (errCode != nsILDAPErrors::SUCCESS)
+  {
+    // if the login failed, tell the wallet to forget this password
+    //
+    if (errCode == nsILDAPErrors::INAPPROPRIATE_AUTH ||
+        errCode == nsILDAPErrors::INVALID_CREDENTIALS)
+    {
+      // Login failed, so try again - but first remove the existing login(s)
+      // so that the user gets prompted. This may not be the best way of doing
+      // things, we need to review that later.
+
+      nsCOMPtr<nsILoginManager> loginMgr =
+        do_GetService(NS_LOGINMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      nsCString spec;
+      rv = mDirectoryUrl->GetSpec(spec);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      nsCString prePath;
+      rv = mDirectoryUrl->GetPrePath(prePath);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      uint32_t count;
+      nsILoginInfo** logins;
+
+      rv = loginMgr->FindLogins(&count, NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16(prePath),
+                                EmptyString(),
+                                NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16(spec), &logins);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      // Typically there should only be one-login stored for this url, however,
+      // just in case there isn't.
+      for (uint32_t i = 0; i < count; ++i)
+      {
+        rv = loginMgr->RemoveLogin(logins[i]);
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        {
+          NS_FREE_XPCOM_ISUPPORTS_POINTER_ARRAY(count, logins);
+          return rv;
+        }
+      }
+      NS_FREE_XPCOM_ISUPPORTS_POINTER_ARRAY(count, logins);
+
+      // XXX We should probably pop up an error dialog telling
+      // the user that the login failed here, rather than just bringing
+      // up the password dialog again, which is what calling OnLDAPInit()
+      // does.
+      return OnLDAPInit(nullptr, NS_OK);
+    }
+
+    // Don't know how to handle this, so use the message error code in
+    // the failure return value so we hopefully get it back to the UI.
+    return NS_ERROR_GENERATE_FAILURE(NS_ERROR_MODULE_LDAP, errCode);
+  }
+
+  mBound = true;
+  return DoTask();
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbLDAPListenerBase.h b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbLDAPListenerBase.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..aa292df71
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbLDAPListenerBase.h
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsAbLDAPListenerBase_h__
+#define nsAbLDAPListenerBase_h__
+
+#include "mozilla/Attributes.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsILDAPMessageListener.h"
+#include "nsILDAPURL.h"
+#include "nsILDAPConnection.h"
+#include "nsILDAPOperation.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "mozilla/Mutex.h"
+
+class nsAbLDAPListenerBase : public nsILDAPMessageListener
+{
+public:
+  // Note that the directoryUrl is the details of the ldap directory
+  // without any search params or attributes specified.
+  nsAbLDAPListenerBase(nsILDAPURL* directoryUrl = nullptr,
+                       nsILDAPConnection* connection = nullptr,
+                       const nsACString &login = EmptyCString(),
+                       const int32_t timeOut = 0);
+  virtual ~nsAbLDAPListenerBase();
+
+  NS_IMETHOD OnLDAPInit(nsILDAPConnection *aConn, nsresult aStatus) override;
+
+protected:
+  nsresult OnLDAPMessageBind(nsILDAPMessage *aMessage);
+
+  nsresult Initiate();
+
+  // Called if an LDAP initialization fails.
+  virtual void InitFailed(bool aCancelled = false) = 0;
+
+  // Called to start off the required task after a bind.
+  virtual nsresult DoTask() = 0;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsILDAPURL> mDirectoryUrl;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsILDAPOperation> mOperation;        // current ldap op
+  nsILDAPConnection* mConnection;
+  nsCString mLogin;
+  nsCString mSaslMechanism;
+  int32_t mTimeOut;
+  bool mBound;
+  bool mInitialized;
+
+  mozilla::Mutex mLock;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbLDAPReplicationData.cpp b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbLDAPReplicationData.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..faa8cdd23
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbLDAPReplicationData.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,489 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsILDAPMessage.h"
+#include "nsAbLDAPReplicationData.h"
+#include "nsIAbCard.h"
+#include "nsAbBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsAbUtils.h"
+#include "nsAbLDAPReplicationQuery.h"
+#include "nsILDAPErrors.h"
+#include "nsComponentManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+
+// once bug # 101252 gets fixed, this should be reverted back to be non threadsafe
+// implementation is not really thread safe since each object should exist 
+// independently along with its related independent nsAbLDAPReplicationQuery object.
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsAbLDAPProcessReplicationData, nsIAbLDAPProcessReplicationData, nsILDAPMessageListener)
+
+nsAbLDAPProcessReplicationData::nsAbLDAPProcessReplicationData() :
+  nsAbLDAPListenerBase(),
+  mState(kIdle),
+  mProtocol(-1),
+  mCount(0),
+  mDBOpen(false),
+  mInitialized(false)
+{
+}
+
+nsAbLDAPProcessReplicationData::~nsAbLDAPProcessReplicationData()
+{
+  /* destructor code */
+  if(mDBOpen && mReplicationDB)
+      mReplicationDB->Close(false);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbLDAPProcessReplicationData::Init(
+  nsIAbLDAPDirectory *aDirectory,
+  nsILDAPConnection *aConnection,
+  nsILDAPURL* aURL,
+  nsIAbLDAPReplicationQuery *aQuery,
+  nsIWebProgressListener *aProgressListener)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aDirectory);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aConnection);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aURL);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aQuery);
+
+  mDirectory = aDirectory;
+  mConnection = aConnection;
+  mDirectoryUrl = aURL;
+  mQuery = aQuery;
+
+  mListener = aProgressListener;
+
+  nsresult rv = mDirectory->GetAttributeMap(getter_AddRefs(mAttrMap));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+    mQuery = nullptr;
+    return rv;
+  }
+
+  rv = mDirectory->GetAuthDn(mLogin);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+    mQuery = nullptr;
+    return rv;
+  }
+  
+  rv = mDirectory->GetSaslMechanism(mSaslMechanism);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+    mQuery = nullptr;
+    return rv;
+  }
+
+  mInitialized = true;
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbLDAPProcessReplicationData::GetReplicationState(int32_t *aReplicationState) 
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aReplicationState);
+    *aReplicationState = mState; 
+    return NS_OK; 
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbLDAPProcessReplicationData::GetProtocolUsed(int32_t *aProtocolUsed) 
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aProtocolUsed);
+    *aProtocolUsed = mProtocol; 
+    return NS_OK; 
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbLDAPProcessReplicationData::OnLDAPMessage(nsILDAPMessage *aMessage)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMessage);
+
+  if (!mInitialized)
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+  int32_t messageType;
+  nsresult rv = aMessage->GetType(&messageType);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+    Done(false);
+    return rv;
+  }
+
+  switch (messageType)
+  {
+  case nsILDAPMessage::RES_BIND:
+    rv = OnLDAPMessageBind(aMessage);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      rv = Abort();
+    break;
+  case nsILDAPMessage::RES_SEARCH_ENTRY:
+    rv = OnLDAPSearchEntry(aMessage);
+    break;
+  case nsILDAPMessage::RES_SEARCH_RESULT:
+    rv = OnLDAPSearchResult(aMessage);
+    break;
+  default:
+    // for messageTypes we do not handle return NS_OK to LDAP and move ahead.
+    rv = NS_OK;
+    break;
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbLDAPProcessReplicationData::Abort()
+{
+  if (!mInitialized)
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  if (mState != kIdle && mOperation) {
+    rv = mOperation->AbandonExt();
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      mState = kIdle;
+  }
+
+  if (mReplicationDB && mDBOpen) {
+    // force close since we need to delete the file.
+    mReplicationDB->ForceClosed();
+    mDBOpen = false;
+
+    // delete the unsaved replication file
+    if (mReplicationFile) {
+      rv = mReplicationFile->Remove(false);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && mDirectory) {
+        nsAutoCString fileName;
+        rv = mDirectory->GetReplicationFileName(fileName);
+        // now put back the backed up replicated file if aborted
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && mBackupReplicationFile)
+          rv = mBackupReplicationFile->MoveToNative(nullptr, fileName);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  Done(false);
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsAbLDAPProcessReplicationData::DoTask()
+{
+  if (!mInitialized)
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+  nsresult rv = OpenABForReplicatedDir(true);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    // do not call done here since it is called by OpenABForReplicationDir
+    return rv;
+
+  mOperation = do_CreateInstance(NS_LDAPOPERATION_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = mOperation->Init(mConnection, this, nullptr);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // get the relevant attributes associated with the directory server url
+  nsAutoCString urlFilter;
+  rv = mDirectoryUrl->GetFilter(urlFilter);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  nsAutoCString dn;
+  rv = mDirectoryUrl->GetDn(dn);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  if (dn.IsEmpty())
+    return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+
+  int32_t scope;
+  rv = mDirectoryUrl->GetScope(&scope);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  nsAutoCString attributes;
+  rv = mDirectoryUrl->GetAttributes(attributes);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  mState = kReplicatingAll;
+
+  if (mListener && NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    // XXX Cast from bool to nsresult
+    mListener->OnStateChange(nullptr, nullptr,
+                             nsIWebProgressListener::STATE_START,
+                             static_cast<nsresult>(true));
+
+  return mOperation->SearchExt(dn, scope, urlFilter, attributes, 0, 0);
+}
+
+void nsAbLDAPProcessReplicationData::InitFailed(bool aCancelled)
+{
+  // Just call Done() which will ensure everything is tidied up nicely.
+  Done(false);
+}
+
+nsresult nsAbLDAPProcessReplicationData::OnLDAPSearchEntry(nsILDAPMessage *aMessage)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMessage);
+    if (!mInitialized)
+        return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+    // since this runs on the main thread and is single threaded, this will 
+    // take care of entries returned by LDAP Connection thread after Abort.
+    if (!mReplicationDB || !mDBOpen)
+        return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+    nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+    // Although we would may naturally create an nsIAbLDAPCard here, we don't
+    // need to as we are writing this straight to the database, so just create
+    // the database version instead.
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAbCard> newCard(do_CreateInstance(NS_ABMDBCARD_CONTRACTID,
+                                                  &rv));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+      Abort();
+      return rv;
+    }
+
+    rv = mAttrMap->SetCardPropertiesFromLDAPMessage(aMessage, newCard);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    {
+        NS_WARNING("nsAbLDAPProcessReplicationData::OnLDAPSearchEntry"
+           "No card properties could be set");
+        // if some entries are bogus for us, continue with next one
+        return NS_OK;
+    }
+
+    rv = mReplicationDB->CreateNewCardAndAddToDB(newCard, false, nullptr);
+    if(NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+        Abort();
+        return rv;
+    }
+
+    // now set the attribute for the DN of the entry in the card in the DB
+    nsAutoCString authDN;
+    rv = aMessage->GetDn(authDN);
+    if(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !authDN.IsEmpty())
+    {
+        newCard->SetPropertyAsAUTF8String("_DN", authDN);
+    }
+
+    rv = mReplicationDB->EditCard(newCard, false, nullptr);
+    if(NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+        Abort();
+        return rv;
+    }
+    
+
+    mCount ++;
+
+    if (mListener && !(mCount % 10)) // inform the listener every 10 entries
+    {
+        mListener->OnProgressChange(nullptr,nullptr,mCount, -1, mCount, -1);
+        // in case if the LDAP Connection thread is starved and causes problem
+        // uncomment this one and try.
+        // PR_Sleep(PR_INTERVAL_NO_WAIT); // give others a chance
+    }
+
+    return rv;
+}
+
+
+nsresult nsAbLDAPProcessReplicationData::OnLDAPSearchResult(nsILDAPMessage *aMessage)
+{
+#ifdef DEBUG_rdayal
+    printf("LDAP Replication : Got Results for Completion");
+#endif
+
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMessage);
+    if(!mInitialized) 
+        return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+    int32_t errorCode;
+    nsresult rv = aMessage->GetErrorCode(&errorCode);
+
+    if(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+        // We are done with the LDAP search for all entries.
+        if(errorCode == nsILDAPErrors::SUCCESS || errorCode == nsILDAPErrors::SIZELIMIT_EXCEEDED) {
+            Done(true);
+            if(mReplicationDB && mDBOpen) {
+                rv = mReplicationDB->Close(true);
+                NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "Replication DB Close on Success failed");
+                mDBOpen = false;
+                // once we have saved the new replication file, delete the backup file
+                if(mBackupReplicationFile)
+                {
+                    rv = mBackupReplicationFile->Remove(false);
+                    NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "Replication BackupFile Remove on Success failed");
+                }
+            }
+            return NS_OK;
+        }
+    }
+
+    // in case if GetErrorCode returned error or errorCode is not SUCCESS / SIZELIMIT_EXCEEDED
+    if(mReplicationDB && mDBOpen) {
+        // if error result is returned close the DB without saving ???
+        // should we commit anyway ??? whatever is returned is not lost then !!
+        rv = mReplicationDB->ForceClosed(); // force close since we need to delete the file.
+        NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "Replication DB ForceClosed on Failure failed");
+        mDBOpen = false;
+        // if error result is returned remove the replicated file
+        if(mReplicationFile) {
+            rv = mReplicationFile->Remove(false);
+            NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "Replication File Remove on Failure failed");
+            if(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+                // now put back the backed up replicated file
+                if(mBackupReplicationFile && mDirectory) 
+                {
+                  nsAutoCString fileName;
+                  rv = mDirectory->GetReplicationFileName(fileName);
+                  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !fileName.IsEmpty())
+                  {
+                    rv = mBackupReplicationFile->MoveToNative(nullptr, fileName);
+                    NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "Replication Backup File Move back on Failure failed");
+                  }
+                }
+            }
+        }
+        Done(false);
+    }
+
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsAbLDAPProcessReplicationData::OpenABForReplicatedDir(bool aCreate)
+{
+  if (!mInitialized)
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+  nsresult rv = mDirectory->GetReplicationFile(getter_AddRefs(mReplicationFile));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+  {
+     Done(false);
+     return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+
+  nsCString fileName;
+  rv = mReplicationFile->GetNativeLeafName(fileName);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+    Done(false);
+    return rv;
+  }
+
+    // if the AB DB already exists backup existing one, 
+    // in case if the user cancels or Abort put back the backed up file
+    bool fileExists;
+    rv = mReplicationFile->Exists(&fileExists);
+    if(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && fileExists) {
+        // create the backup file object same as the Replication file object.
+        // we create a backup file here since we need to cleanup the existing file
+        // for create and then commit so instead of deleting existing cards we just
+        // clone the existing one for a much better performance - for Download All.
+        // And also important in case if replication fails we donot lose user's existing 
+        // replicated data for both Download all and Changelog.
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> clone;
+        rv = mReplicationFile->Clone(getter_AddRefs(clone));
+        if(NS_FAILED(rv))  {
+            Done(false);
+            return rv;
+        }
+        mBackupReplicationFile = do_QueryInterface(clone, &rv);
+        if(NS_FAILED(rv))  {
+            Done(false);
+            return rv;
+        }
+        rv = mBackupReplicationFile->CreateUnique(nsIFile::NORMAL_FILE_TYPE, 0777);
+        if(NS_FAILED(rv))  {
+            Done(false);
+            return rv;
+        }
+        nsAutoString backupFileLeafName;
+        rv = mBackupReplicationFile->GetLeafName(backupFileLeafName);
+        if(NS_FAILED(rv))  {
+            Done(false);
+            return rv;
+        }
+        // remove the newly created unique backup file so that move and copy succeeds.
+        rv = mBackupReplicationFile->Remove(false);
+        if(NS_FAILED(rv))  {
+            Done(false);
+            return rv;
+        }
+
+        if(aCreate) {
+            // set backup file to existing replication file for move
+            mBackupReplicationFile->SetNativeLeafName(fileName);
+
+            rv = mBackupReplicationFile->MoveTo(nullptr, backupFileLeafName);
+            // set the backup file leaf name now
+            if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+                mBackupReplicationFile->SetLeafName(backupFileLeafName);
+        }
+        else {
+            // set backup file to existing replication file for copy
+            mBackupReplicationFile->SetNativeLeafName(fileName);
+
+            // specify the parent here specifically, 
+            // passing nullptr to copy to the same dir actually renames existing file
+            // instead of making another copy of the existing file.
+            nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> parent;
+            rv = mBackupReplicationFile->GetParent(getter_AddRefs(parent));
+            if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+                rv = mBackupReplicationFile->CopyTo(parent, backupFileLeafName);
+            // set the backup file leaf name now
+            if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+                mBackupReplicationFile->SetLeafName(backupFileLeafName);
+        }
+        if(NS_FAILED(rv))  {
+            Done(false);
+            return rv;
+        }
+    }
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAddrDatabase> addrDBFactory = 
+             do_GetService(NS_ADDRDATABASE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    if(NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+        if (mBackupReplicationFile)
+            mBackupReplicationFile->Remove(false);
+        Done(false);
+        return rv;
+    }
+    
+    rv = addrDBFactory->Open(mReplicationFile, aCreate, true, getter_AddRefs(mReplicationDB));
+    if(NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+        Done(false);
+        if (mBackupReplicationFile)
+            mBackupReplicationFile->Remove(false);
+        return rv;
+    }
+
+    mDBOpen = true;  // replication DB is now Open
+    return rv;
+}
+
+void nsAbLDAPProcessReplicationData::Done(bool aSuccess)
+{
+   if (!mInitialized) 
+       return;
+
+   mState = kReplicationDone;
+
+   if (mQuery)
+     mQuery->Done(aSuccess);
+
+   if (mListener)
+       // XXX Cast from bool to nsresult
+       mListener->OnStateChange(nullptr, nullptr,
+           nsIWebProgressListener::STATE_STOP,
+           static_cast<nsresult>(aSuccess));
+
+   // since this is called when all is done here, either on success,
+   // failure or abort release the query now.
+   mQuery = nullptr;
+}
+
+nsresult nsAbLDAPProcessReplicationData::DeleteCard(nsString & aDn)
+{
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAbCard> cardToDelete;
+    mReplicationDB->GetCardFromAttribute(nullptr, "_DN", NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(aDn),
+                                         false, getter_AddRefs(cardToDelete));
+    return mReplicationDB->DeleteCard(cardToDelete, false, nullptr);
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbLDAPReplicationData.h b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbLDAPReplicationData.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..546ce659e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbLDAPReplicationData.h
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+
+#ifndef nsAbLDAPReplicationData_h__
+#define nsAbLDAPReplicationData_h__
+
+#include "mozilla/Attributes.h"
+#include "nsIAbLDAPReplicationData.h"
+#include "nsIWebProgressListener.h"
+#include "nsIAbLDAPReplicationQuery.h"
+#include "nsAbLDAPListenerBase.h"
+#include "nsIAddrDatabase.h"
+#include "nsIFile.h"
+#include "nsDirPrefs.h"
+#include "nsIAbLDAPAttributeMap.h"
+#include "nsIAbLDAPDirectory.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+
+class nsAbLDAPProcessReplicationData : public nsIAbLDAPProcessReplicationData,
+                                       public nsAbLDAPListenerBase
+{
+public:
+  NS_DECL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIABLDAPPROCESSREPLICATIONDATA
+
+  nsAbLDAPProcessReplicationData();
+
+  // nsILDAPMessageListener
+  NS_IMETHOD OnLDAPMessage(nsILDAPMessage *aMessage) override;
+
+protected:
+  virtual ~nsAbLDAPProcessReplicationData();
+  virtual nsresult DoTask() override;
+  virtual void InitFailed(bool aCancelled = false) override;
+
+  // pointer to the interfaces used by this object
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIWebProgressListener> mListener;
+  // pointer to the query to call back to once we've finished
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbLDAPReplicationQuery> mQuery;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAddrDatabase> mReplicationDB;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIFile> mReplicationFile;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIFile> mBackupReplicationFile;
+
+  // state of processing, protocol used and count of results
+  int32_t         mState;
+  int32_t         mProtocol;
+  int32_t         mCount;
+  bool            mDBOpen;
+  bool            mInitialized;
+  
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbLDAPDirectory> mDirectory;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbLDAPAttributeMap> mAttrMap; // maps ab properties to ldap attrs
+  
+  virtual nsresult OnLDAPSearchEntry(nsILDAPMessage *aMessage);
+  virtual nsresult OnLDAPSearchResult(nsILDAPMessage *aMessage);
+  
+  nsresult OpenABForReplicatedDir(bool bCreate);
+  nsresult DeleteCard(nsString & aDn);
+  void Done(bool aSuccess);
+};
+
+
+#endif // nsAbLDAPReplicationData_h__
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbLDAPReplicationQuery.cpp b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbLDAPReplicationQuery.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d82a8336c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbLDAPReplicationQuery.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,153 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsAbLDAPReplicationQuery.h"
+#include "nsAbLDAPReplicationService.h"
+#include "nsAbLDAPReplicationData.h"
+#include "nsILDAPURL.h"
+#include "nsAbBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsAbUtils.h"
+#include "nsDirPrefs.h"
+#include "prmem.h"
+#include "nsComponentManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsAbLDAPReplicationQuery,
+                              nsIAbLDAPReplicationQuery)
+
+nsAbLDAPReplicationQuery::nsAbLDAPReplicationQuery()
+    :  mInitialized(false)
+{
+}
+
+nsresult nsAbLDAPReplicationQuery::InitLDAPData()
+{
+  nsAutoCString fileName;
+  nsresult rv = mDirectory->GetReplicationFileName(fileName);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // this is done here to take care of the problem related to bug # 99124.
+  // earlier versions of Mozilla could have the fileName associated with the directory
+  // to be abook.mab which is the profile's personal addressbook. If the pref points to
+  // it, calls nsDirPrefs to generate a new server filename.
+  if (fileName.IsEmpty() || fileName.EqualsLiteral(kPersonalAddressbook))
+  {
+    // Ensure fileName is empty for DIR_GenerateAbFileName to work
+    // correctly.
+    fileName.Truncate();
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAbDirectory> standardDir(do_QueryInterface(mDirectory, &rv));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    nsCString dirPrefId;
+    rv = standardDir->GetDirPrefId(dirPrefId);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    // XXX This should be replaced by a local function at some stage.
+    // For now we'll continue using the nsDirPrefs version.
+    DIR_Server* server = DIR_GetServerFromList(dirPrefId.get());
+    if (server)
+    {
+      DIR_SetServerFileName(server);
+      // Now ensure the prefs are saved
+      DIR_SavePrefsForOneServer(server);
+    }
+  }
+ 
+  rv = mDirectory->SetReplicationFileName(fileName);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+ 
+  rv = mDirectory->GetLDAPURL(getter_AddRefs(mURL));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = mDirectory->GetAuthDn(mLogin);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  mConnection = do_CreateInstance(NS_LDAPCONNECTION_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) 
+    return rv;
+
+  mOperation = do_CreateInstance(NS_LDAPOPERATION_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsAbLDAPReplicationQuery::ConnectToLDAPServer()
+{
+    if (!mInitialized || !mURL)
+        return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+    nsresult rv;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsILDAPMessageListener> mDp = do_QueryInterface(mDataProcessor,
+                                                             &rv);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+
+    // this could be a rebind call
+    int32_t replicationState = nsIAbLDAPProcessReplicationData::kIdle;
+    rv = mDataProcessor->GetReplicationState(&replicationState);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv) ||
+        replicationState != nsIAbLDAPProcessReplicationData::kIdle)
+        return rv;
+
+    uint32_t protocolVersion;
+    rv = mDirectory->GetProtocolVersion(&protocolVersion);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    // initialize the LDAP connection
+    return mConnection->Init(mURL, mLogin, mDp, nullptr, protocolVersion);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbLDAPReplicationQuery::Init(nsIAbLDAPDirectory *aDirectory,
+                                             nsIWebProgressListener *aProgressListener)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aDirectory);
+
+  mDirectory = aDirectory;
+
+  nsresult rv = InitLDAPData();
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) 
+    return rv;
+
+  mDataProcessor =
+    do_CreateInstance(NS_ABLDAP_PROCESSREPLICATIONDATA_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) 
+    return rv;
+
+  // 'this' initialized
+  mInitialized = true;
+
+  return mDataProcessor->Init(mDirectory, mConnection, mURL, this,
+                              aProgressListener);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbLDAPReplicationQuery::DoReplicationQuery()
+{
+    return ConnectToLDAPServer();
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbLDAPReplicationQuery::CancelQuery()
+{
+    if (!mInitialized) 
+        return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+    return mDataProcessor->Abort();
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbLDAPReplicationQuery::Done(bool aSuccess)
+{
+   if (!mInitialized) 
+       return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+   nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+   nsCOMPtr<nsIAbLDAPReplicationService> replicationService = 
+                            do_GetService(NS_ABLDAP_REPLICATIONSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+   if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      replicationService->Done(aSuccess);
+
+   return rv;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbLDAPReplicationQuery.h b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbLDAPReplicationQuery.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f5d7cdda7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbLDAPReplicationQuery.h
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+
+#ifndef nsAbLDAPReplicationQuery_h__
+#define nsAbLDAPReplicationQuery_h__
+
+#include "nsIWebProgressListener.h"
+#include "nsIAbLDAPReplicationQuery.h"
+#include "nsIAbLDAPReplicationData.h"
+#include "nsIAbLDAPDirectory.h"
+#include "nsILDAPConnection.h"
+#include "nsILDAPOperation.h"
+#include "nsILDAPURL.h"
+#include "nsDirPrefs.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+
+class nsAbLDAPReplicationQuery final : public nsIAbLDAPReplicationQuery
+{
+public:
+  NS_DECL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIABLDAPREPLICATIONQUERY
+
+  nsAbLDAPReplicationQuery();
+
+  nsresult InitLDAPData();
+  nsresult ConnectToLDAPServer();
+
+protected :
+  ~nsAbLDAPReplicationQuery() {}
+  // pointer to interfaces used by this object
+  nsCOMPtr<nsILDAPConnection> mConnection;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsILDAPOperation> mOperation;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsILDAPURL> mURL;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbLDAPDirectory> mDirectory;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbLDAPProcessReplicationData> mDataProcessor;
+
+  bool mInitialized;
+  nsCString mLogin;
+};
+
+#endif // nsAbLDAPReplicationQuery_h__
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbLDAPReplicationService.cpp b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbLDAPReplicationService.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0ee53d719
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbLDAPReplicationService.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsAbLDAPReplicationService.h"
+#include "nsAbLDAPReplicationQuery.h"
+#include "nsAbBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsIWebProgressListener.h"
+#include "nsComponentManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+
+// XXX Change log replication doesn't work. Bug 311632 should fix it.
+//#include "nsAbLDAPChangeLogQuery.h"
+#include "nsIAbLDAPReplicationData.h"
+
+/*** implementation of the service ******/
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsAbLDAPReplicationService, nsIAbLDAPReplicationService)
+
+nsAbLDAPReplicationService::nsAbLDAPReplicationService() 
+    : mReplicating(false)
+{
+}
+
+nsAbLDAPReplicationService::~nsAbLDAPReplicationService()
+{
+}
+
+/* void startReplication(in string aURI, in nsIWebProgressListener progressListener); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbLDAPReplicationService::StartReplication(nsIAbLDAPDirectory *aDirectory,
+							   nsIWebProgressListener *progressListener)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aDirectory);
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_rdayal
+  printf("Start Replication called");
+#endif
+
+  // Makes sure to allow only one replication at a time.
+  if(mReplicating)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  mDirectory = aDirectory;
+
+  nsresult rv = NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+
+  switch (DecideProtocol())
+  {
+  case nsIAbLDAPProcessReplicationData::kDefaultDownloadAll:
+    mQuery = do_CreateInstance(NS_ABLDAP_REPLICATIONQUERY_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    break;
+// XXX Change log replication doesn't work. Bug 311632 should fix it.
+//case nsIAbLDAPProcessReplicationData::kChangeLogProtocol:
+//  mQuery = do_CreateInstance (NS_ABLDAP_CHANGELOGQUERY_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+//  break;
+  default:
+    break;
+  }
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && mQuery)
+  {
+    rv = mQuery->Init(mDirectory, progressListener);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      rv = mQuery->DoReplicationQuery();
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+	{
+	  mReplicating = true;
+	  return rv;
+	}
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (progressListener && NS_FAILED(rv))
+    progressListener->OnStateChange(nullptr, nullptr,
+				    nsIWebProgressListener::STATE_STOP,
+				    NS_OK);
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+  {
+    mDirectory = nullptr;
+    mQuery = nullptr;
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+/* void cancelReplication(in string aURI); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbLDAPReplicationService::CancelReplication(nsIAbLDAPDirectory *aDirectory)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aDirectory);
+
+  nsresult rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  if (aDirectory == mDirectory)
+  {
+    if (mQuery && mReplicating)
+      rv = mQuery->CancelQuery();  
+  }
+
+  // If query has been cancelled successfully
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    Done(false);
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbLDAPReplicationService::Done(bool aSuccess)
+{
+  mReplicating = false;
+  if (mQuery)
+  {
+    mQuery = nullptr;  // Release query obj
+    mDirectory = nullptr; // Release directory
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+// XXX: This method should query the RootDSE for the changeLog attribute,
+// if it exists ChangeLog protocol is supported.
+int32_t nsAbLDAPReplicationService::DecideProtocol()
+{
+  // Do the changeLog, it will decide if there is a need to replicate all
+  // entries or only update existing DB and will do the appropriate thing.
+  //
+  // XXX: Bug 231965 changed this from kChangeLogProtocol to
+  // kDefaultDownloadAll because of a problem with ldap replication not
+  // working correctly. We need to change this back at some stage (bug 311632).
+  return nsIAbLDAPProcessReplicationData::kDefaultDownloadAll;
+}
+
+
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbLDAPReplicationService.h b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbLDAPReplicationService.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..07fb768f7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbLDAPReplicationService.h
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+
+
+#ifndef nsAbLDAPReplicationService_h___
+#define nsAbLDAPReplicationService_h___
+
+#include "nsIAbLDAPReplicationService.h"
+#include "nsIAbLDAPReplicationQuery.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+
+class nsAbLDAPReplicationService : public nsIAbLDAPReplicationService
+{
+public:
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIABLDAPREPLICATIONSERVICE
+
+  nsAbLDAPReplicationService();
+
+  int32_t DecideProtocol();
+
+protected:
+  virtual ~nsAbLDAPReplicationService();
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbLDAPReplicationQuery> mQuery; 
+  bool           mReplicating;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbLDAPDirectory> mDirectory;
+
+};
+
+
+#endif /* nsAbLDAPReplicationService_h___ */
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbLDIFService.cpp b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbLDIFService.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..95eb4b96a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbLDIFService.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,868 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+#include "nsIAddrDatabase.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsAbLDIFService.h"
+#include "nsIFile.h"
+#include "nsILineInputStream.h"
+#include "nsIInputStream.h"
+#include "nsNetUtil.h"
+#include "nsISeekableStream.h"
+#include "mdb.h"
+#include "plstr.h"
+#include "prmem.h"
+#include "prprf.h"
+#include "nsCRTGlue.h"
+#include "nsTArray.h"
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsAbLDIFService, nsIAbLDIFService)
+
+// If we get a line longer than 32K it's just toooooo bad!
+#define kTextAddressBufferSz    (64 * 1024)
+
+nsAbLDIFService::nsAbLDIFService()
+{
+  mStoreLocAsHome = false;
+  mLFCount = 0;
+  mCRCount = 0;
+}
+
+nsAbLDIFService::~nsAbLDIFService()
+{
+}
+
+#define RIGHT2            0x03
+#define RIGHT4            0x0f
+#define CONTINUED_LINE_MARKER    '\001'
+
+// XXX TODO fix me
+// use the NSPR base64 library.  see plbase64.h
+// see bug #145367
+static unsigned char b642nib[0x80] = {
+    0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff,
+    0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff,
+    0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff,
+    0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff,
+    0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff,
+    0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x3e, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x3f,
+    0x34, 0x35, 0x36, 0x37, 0x38, 0x39, 0x3a, 0x3b,
+    0x3c, 0x3d, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff,
+    0xff, 0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06,
+    0x07, 0x08, 0x09, 0x0a, 0x0b, 0x0c, 0x0d, 0x0e,
+    0x0f, 0x10, 0x11, 0x12, 0x13, 0x14, 0x15, 0x16,
+    0x17, 0x18, 0x19, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff,
+    0xff, 0x1a, 0x1b, 0x1c, 0x1d, 0x1e, 0x1f, 0x20,
+    0x21, 0x22, 0x23, 0x24, 0x25, 0x26, 0x27, 0x28,
+    0x29, 0x2a, 0x2b, 0x2c, 0x2d, 0x2e, 0x2f, 0x30,
+    0x31, 0x32, 0x33, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff
+};
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbLDIFService::ImportLDIFFile(nsIAddrDatabase *aDb, nsIFile *aSrc, bool aStoreLocAsHome, uint32_t *aProgress)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aSrc);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aDb);
+
+  mStoreLocAsHome = aStoreLocAsHome;
+
+  char buf[1024];
+  char* pBuf = &buf[0];
+  int32_t startPos = 0;
+  uint32_t len = 0;
+  nsTArray<int32_t> listPosArray;   // where each list/group starts in ldif file
+  nsTArray<int32_t> listSizeArray;  // size of the list/group info
+  int32_t savedStartPos = 0;
+  int32_t filePos = 0;
+  uint64_t bytesLeft = 0;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIInputStream> inputStream;
+  nsresult rv = NS_NewLocalFileInputStream(getter_AddRefs(inputStream), aSrc);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // Initialize the parser for a run...
+  mLdifLine.Truncate();
+
+  while (NS_SUCCEEDED(inputStream->Available(&bytesLeft)) && bytesLeft > 0)
+  {
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(inputStream->Read(pBuf, sizeof(buf), &len)) && len > 0)
+    {
+      startPos = 0;
+
+      while (NS_SUCCEEDED(GetLdifStringRecord(buf, len, startPos)))
+      {
+        if (mLdifLine.Find("groupOfNames") == -1)
+          AddLdifRowToDatabase(aDb, false);
+        else
+        {
+          //keep file position for mailing list
+          listPosArray.AppendElement(savedStartPos);
+          listSizeArray.AppendElement(filePos + startPos-savedStartPos);
+          ClearLdifRecordBuffer();
+        }
+        savedStartPos = filePos + startPos;
+      }
+      filePos += len;
+      if (aProgress)
+        *aProgress = (uint32_t)filePos;
+    }
+  }
+  //last row
+  if (!mLdifLine.IsEmpty() && mLdifLine.Find("groupOfNames") == -1)
+    AddLdifRowToDatabase(aDb, false);
+
+  // mail Lists
+  int32_t i, pos;
+  uint32_t size;
+  int32_t listTotal = listPosArray.Length();
+  char *listBuf;
+  ClearLdifRecordBuffer();  // make sure the buffer is clean
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISeekableStream> seekableStream = do_QueryInterface(inputStream, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  for (i = 0; i < listTotal; i++)
+  {
+    pos  = listPosArray[i];
+    size = listSizeArray[i];
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(seekableStream->Seek(nsISeekableStream::NS_SEEK_SET, pos)))
+    {
+      // Allocate enough space for the lists/groups as the size varies.
+      listBuf = (char *) PR_Malloc(size);
+      if (!listBuf)
+        continue;
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(inputStream->Read(listBuf, size, &len)) && len > 0)
+      {
+        startPos = 0;
+
+        while (NS_SUCCEEDED(GetLdifStringRecord(listBuf, len, startPos)))
+        {
+          if (mLdifLine.Find("groupOfNames") != -1)
+          {
+            AddLdifRowToDatabase(aDb, true);
+            if (NS_SUCCEEDED(seekableStream->Seek(nsISeekableStream::NS_SEEK_SET, 0)))
+              break;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    PR_FREEIF(listBuf);
+    }
+  }
+
+  rv = inputStream->Close();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // Finally commit everything to the database and return.
+  return aDb->Commit(nsAddrDBCommitType::kLargeCommit);
+}
+
+/*
+ * str_parse_line - takes a line of the form "type:[:] value" and splits it
+ * into components "type" and "value".  if a double colon separates type from
+ * value, then value is encoded in base 64, and parse_line un-decodes it
+ * (in place) before returning.
+ * in LDIF, non-ASCII data is treated as base64 encoded UTF-8 
+ */
+
+nsresult nsAbLDIFService::str_parse_line(char *line, char **type, char **value, int *vlen) const
+{
+  char    *p, *s, *d, *byte, *stop;
+  char    nib;
+  int    i, b64;
+
+  /* skip any leading space */
+  while ( isspace( *line ) ) {
+    line++;
+  }
+  *type = line;
+
+  for ( s = line; *s && *s != ':'; s++ )
+    ;    /* NULL */
+  if ( *s == '\0' ) {
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+
+  /* trim any space between type and : */
+  for ( p = s - 1; p > line && isspace( *p ); p-- ) {
+    *p = '\0';
+  }
+  *s++ = '\0';
+
+  /* check for double : - indicates base 64 encoded value */
+  if ( *s == ':' ) {
+    s++;
+    b64 = 1;
+  /* single : - normally encoded value */
+  } else {
+    b64 = 0;
+  }
+
+  /* skip space between : and value */
+  while ( isspace( *s ) ) {
+    s++;
+  }
+
+  /* if no value is present, error out */
+  if ( *s == '\0' ) {
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+
+  /* check for continued line markers that should be deleted */
+  for ( p = s, d = s; *p; p++ ) {
+    if ( *p != CONTINUED_LINE_MARKER )
+      *d++ = *p;
+  }
+  *d = '\0';
+
+  *value = s;
+  if ( b64 ) {
+    stop = PL_strchr( s, '\0' );
+    byte = s;
+    for ( p = s, *vlen = 0; p < stop; p += 4, *vlen += 3 ) {
+      for ( i = 0; i < 3; i++ ) {
+        if ( p[i] != '=' && (p[i] & 0x80 ||
+             b642nib[ p[i] & 0x7f ] > 0x3f) ) {
+          return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+        }
+      }
+
+      /* first digit */
+      nib = b642nib[ p[0] & 0x7f ];
+      byte[0] = nib << 2;
+      /* second digit */
+      nib = b642nib[ p[1] & 0x7f ];
+      byte[0] |= nib >> 4;
+      byte[1] = (nib & RIGHT4) << 4;
+      /* third digit */
+      if ( p[2] == '=' ) {
+        *vlen += 1;
+        break;
+      }
+      nib = b642nib[ p[2] & 0x7f ];
+      byte[1] |= nib >> 2;
+      byte[2] = (nib & RIGHT2) << 6;
+      /* fourth digit */
+      if ( p[3] == '=' ) {
+        *vlen += 2;
+        break;
+      }
+      nib = b642nib[ p[3] & 0x7f ];
+      byte[2] |= nib;
+
+      byte += 3;
+    }
+    s[ *vlen ] = '\0';
+  } else {
+    *vlen = (int) (d - s);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+ * str_getline - return the next "line" (minus newline) of input from a
+ * string buffer of lines separated by newlines, terminated by \n\n
+ * or \0.  this routine handles continued lines, bundling them into
+ * a single big line before returning.  if a line begins with a white
+ * space character, it is a continuation of the previous line. the white
+ * space character (nb: only one char), and preceeding newline are changed
+ * into CONTINUED_LINE_MARKER chars, to be deleted later by the
+ * str_parse_line() routine above.
+ *
+ * it takes a pointer to a pointer to the buffer on the first call,
+ * which it updates and must be supplied on subsequent calls.
+ */
+
+char* nsAbLDIFService::str_getline(char **next) const
+{
+  char    *lineStr;
+  char    c;
+
+  if ( *next == nullptr || **next == '\n' || **next == '\0' ) {
+    return( nullptr);
+  }
+
+  lineStr = *next;
+  while ( (*next = PL_strchr( *next, '\n' )) != NULL ) {
+    c = *(*next + 1);
+    if ( isspace( c ) && c != '\n' ) {
+      **next = CONTINUED_LINE_MARKER;
+      *(*next+1) = CONTINUED_LINE_MARKER;
+    } else {
+      *(*next)++ = '\0';
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return( lineStr );
+}
+
+nsresult nsAbLDIFService::GetLdifStringRecord(char* buf, int32_t len, int32_t& stopPos)
+{
+  for (; stopPos < len; stopPos++) 
+  {
+    char c = buf[stopPos];
+
+    if (c == 0xA)
+    {
+      mLFCount++;
+    }
+    else if (c == 0xD)
+    {
+      mCRCount++;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      if (mLFCount == 0 && mCRCount == 0)
+        mLdifLine.Append(c);
+      else if (( mLFCount > 1) || ( mCRCount > 2 && mLFCount ) ||
+               ( !mLFCount && mCRCount > 1 ))
+      {
+        return NS_OK;
+      }
+      else if ((mLFCount == 1 || mCRCount == 1))
+      {
+        mLdifLine.Append('\n');
+        mLdifLine.Append(c);
+        mLFCount = 0;
+        mCRCount = 0;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (((stopPos == len) && (mLFCount > 1)) || (mCRCount > 2 && mLFCount) ||
+      (!mLFCount && mCRCount > 1))
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+void nsAbLDIFService::AddLdifRowToDatabase(nsIAddrDatabase *aDatabase,
+                                           bool bIsList)
+{
+  // If no data to process then reset CR/LF counters and return.
+  if (mLdifLine.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    mLFCount = 0;
+    mCRCount = 0;
+    return;
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMdbRow> newRow;
+  if (aDatabase)
+  {
+    if (bIsList)
+      aDatabase->GetNewListRow(getter_AddRefs(newRow)); 
+    else
+      aDatabase->GetNewRow(getter_AddRefs(newRow)); 
+
+    if (!newRow)
+      return;
+  }
+  else
+    return;
+
+  char* cursor = ToNewCString(mLdifLine); 
+  char* saveCursor = cursor;  /* keep for deleting */ 
+  char* line = 0; 
+  char* typeSlot = 0; 
+  char* valueSlot = 0; 
+  int length = 0;  // the length  of an ldif attribute
+  while ( (line = str_getline(&cursor)) != nullptr)
+  {
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(str_parse_line(line, &typeSlot, &valueSlot, &length))) {
+      AddLdifColToDatabase(aDatabase, newRow, typeSlot, valueSlot, bIsList);
+    }
+    else
+      continue; // parse error: continue with next loop iteration
+  }
+  free(saveCursor);
+  aDatabase->AddCardRowToDB(newRow);    
+
+  if (bIsList)
+    aDatabase->AddListDirNode(newRow);
+        
+  // Clear buffer for next record
+  ClearLdifRecordBuffer();
+}
+
+void nsAbLDIFService::AddLdifColToDatabase(nsIAddrDatabase *aDatabase,
+                                           nsIMdbRow* newRow, char* typeSlot,
+                                           char* valueSlot, bool bIsList)
+{
+  nsAutoCString colType(typeSlot);
+  nsAutoCString column(valueSlot);
+
+  // 4.x exports attributes like "givenname", 
+  // mozilla does "givenName" to be compliant with RFC 2798
+  ToLowerCase(colType);
+
+  mdb_u1 firstByte = (mdb_u1)(colType.get())[0];
+  switch ( firstByte )
+  {
+  case 'b':
+    if (colType.EqualsLiteral("birthyear"))
+      aDatabase->AddBirthYear(newRow, column.get());
+    else if (colType.EqualsLiteral("birthmonth"))
+      aDatabase->AddBirthMonth(newRow, column.get());
+    else if (colType.EqualsLiteral("birthday"))
+      aDatabase->AddBirthDay(newRow, column.get());
+    break; // 'b'
+
+  case 'c':
+    if (colType.EqualsLiteral("cn") || colType.EqualsLiteral("commonname"))
+    {
+      if (bIsList)
+        aDatabase->AddListName(newRow, column.get());
+      else
+        aDatabase->AddDisplayName(newRow, column.get());
+    }
+    else if (colType.EqualsLiteral("c") || colType.EqualsLiteral("countryname"))
+    {
+      if (mStoreLocAsHome )
+        aDatabase->AddHomeCountry(newRow, column.get());
+      else
+        aDatabase->AddWorkCountry(newRow, column.get());
+    }
+
+    else if (colType.EqualsLiteral("cellphone") )
+      aDatabase->AddCellularNumber(newRow, column.get());
+
+    else if (colType.EqualsLiteral("carphone"))
+      aDatabase->AddCellularNumber(newRow, column.get());
+        
+    else if (colType.EqualsLiteral("custom1"))
+      aDatabase->AddCustom1(newRow, column.get());
+        
+    else if (colType.EqualsLiteral("custom2"))
+      aDatabase->AddCustom2(newRow, column.get());
+        
+    else if (colType.EqualsLiteral("custom3"))
+      aDatabase->AddCustom3(newRow, column.get());
+        
+    else if (colType.EqualsLiteral("custom4"))
+      aDatabase->AddCustom4(newRow, column.get());
+        
+    else if (colType.EqualsLiteral("company"))
+      aDatabase->AddCompany(newRow, column.get());
+    break; // 'c'
+
+  case 'd':
+    if (colType.EqualsLiteral("description"))
+    {
+      if (bIsList)
+        aDatabase->AddListDescription(newRow, column.get());
+      else
+        aDatabase->AddNotes(newRow, column.get());
+    }
+
+    else if (colType.EqualsLiteral("department"))
+      aDatabase->AddDepartment(newRow, column.get());
+
+    else if (colType.EqualsLiteral("displayname"))
+    {
+      if (bIsList)
+        aDatabase->AddListName(newRow, column.get());
+      else
+        aDatabase->AddDisplayName(newRow, column.get());
+    }
+    break; // 'd'
+
+  case 'f':
+
+    if (colType.EqualsLiteral("fax") ||
+        colType.EqualsLiteral("facsimiletelephonenumber"))
+      aDatabase->AddFaxNumber(newRow, column.get());
+    break; // 'f'
+
+  case 'g':
+    if (colType.EqualsLiteral("givenname"))
+      aDatabase->AddFirstName(newRow, column.get());
+
+    break; // 'g'
+
+  case 'h':
+    if (colType.EqualsLiteral("homephone"))
+      aDatabase->AddHomePhone(newRow, column.get());
+
+    else if (colType.EqualsLiteral("homestreet"))
+      aDatabase->AddHomeAddress(newRow, column.get());
+
+    else if (colType.EqualsLiteral("homeurl"))
+      aDatabase->AddWebPage2(newRow, column.get());
+    break; // 'h'
+
+  case 'l':
+    if (colType.EqualsLiteral("l") || colType.EqualsLiteral("locality"))
+    {
+      if (mStoreLocAsHome)
+        aDatabase->AddHomeCity(newRow, column.get());
+      else
+        aDatabase->AddWorkCity(newRow, column.get());
+    }
+    // labeledURI contains a URI and, optionally, a label
+    // This will remove the label and place the URI as the work URL
+    else if (colType.EqualsLiteral("labeleduri"))
+    {
+      int32_t index = column.FindChar(' ');
+      if (index != -1)
+        column.SetLength(index);
+
+      aDatabase->AddWebPage1(newRow, column.get());
+    }
+
+    break; // 'l'
+
+  case 'm':
+    if (colType.EqualsLiteral("mail"))
+      aDatabase->AddPrimaryEmail(newRow, column.get());
+
+    else if (colType.EqualsLiteral("member") && bIsList)
+      aDatabase->AddLdifListMember(newRow, column.get());
+
+    else if (colType.EqualsLiteral("mobile"))
+      aDatabase->AddCellularNumber(newRow, column.get());
+
+    else if (colType.EqualsLiteral("mozilla_aimscreenname"))
+      aDatabase->AddAimScreenName(newRow, column.get());
+
+    else if (colType.EqualsLiteral("mozillacustom1"))
+      aDatabase->AddCustom1(newRow, column.get());
+        
+    else if (colType.EqualsLiteral("mozillacustom2"))
+      aDatabase->AddCustom2(newRow, column.get());
+        
+    else if (colType.EqualsLiteral("mozillacustom3"))
+      aDatabase->AddCustom3(newRow, column.get());
+        
+    else if (colType.EqualsLiteral("mozillacustom4"))
+      aDatabase->AddCustom4(newRow, column.get());
+
+    else if (colType.EqualsLiteral("mozillahomecountryname"))
+      aDatabase->AddHomeCountry(newRow, column.get());
+
+    else if (colType.EqualsLiteral("mozillahomelocalityname"))
+      aDatabase->AddHomeCity(newRow, column.get());
+
+    else if (colType.EqualsLiteral("mozillahomestate"))
+      aDatabase->AddHomeState(newRow, column.get());
+
+    else if (colType.EqualsLiteral("mozillahomestreet"))
+      aDatabase->AddHomeAddress(newRow, column.get());
+
+    else if (colType.EqualsLiteral("mozillahomestreet2"))
+      aDatabase->AddHomeAddress2(newRow, column.get());
+
+    else if (colType.EqualsLiteral("mozillahomepostalcode"))
+      aDatabase->AddHomeZipCode(newRow, column.get());
+
+    else if (colType.EqualsLiteral("mozillahomeurl"))
+      aDatabase->AddWebPage2(newRow, column.get());
+
+    else if (colType.EqualsLiteral("mozillanickname"))
+    {
+      if (bIsList)
+        aDatabase->AddListNickName(newRow, column.get());
+      else
+        aDatabase->AddNickName(newRow, column.get());
+    }
+
+    else if (colType.EqualsLiteral("mozillasecondemail"))
+      aDatabase->Add2ndEmail(newRow, column.get());
+
+    else if (colType.EqualsLiteral("mozillausehtmlmail"))
+    {
+      ToLowerCase(column);
+      if (-1 != column.Find("true"))
+        aDatabase->AddPreferMailFormat(newRow, nsIAbPreferMailFormat::html);
+      else if (-1 != column.Find("false"))
+        aDatabase->AddPreferMailFormat(newRow, nsIAbPreferMailFormat::plaintext);
+      else
+        aDatabase->AddPreferMailFormat(newRow, nsIAbPreferMailFormat::unknown);
+    }
+
+    else if (colType.EqualsLiteral("mozillaworkstreet2"))
+      aDatabase->AddWorkAddress2(newRow, column.get());
+
+    else if (colType.EqualsLiteral("mozillaworkurl"))
+      aDatabase->AddWebPage1(newRow, column.get());
+
+    break; // 'm'
+
+  case 'n':
+    if (colType.EqualsLiteral("notes"))
+      aDatabase->AddNotes(newRow, column.get());
+
+    else if (colType.EqualsLiteral("nscpaimscreenname") || 
+             colType.EqualsLiteral("nsaimid"))
+      aDatabase->AddAimScreenName(newRow, column.get());
+
+    break; // 'n'
+
+  case 'o':
+    if (colType.EqualsLiteral("objectclass"))
+      break;
+
+    else if (colType.EqualsLiteral("ou") || colType.EqualsLiteral("orgunit"))
+      aDatabase->AddDepartment(newRow, column.get());
+
+    else if (colType.EqualsLiteral("o")) // organization
+      aDatabase->AddCompany(newRow, column.get());
+
+    break; // 'o'
+
+  case 'p':
+    if (colType.EqualsLiteral("postalcode"))
+    {
+      if (mStoreLocAsHome)
+        aDatabase->AddHomeZipCode(newRow, column.get());
+      else
+        aDatabase->AddWorkZipCode(newRow, column.get());
+    }
+
+    else if (colType.EqualsLiteral("postofficebox"))
+    {
+      nsAutoCString workAddr1, workAddr2;
+      SplitCRLFAddressField(column, workAddr1, workAddr2);
+      aDatabase->AddWorkAddress(newRow, workAddr1.get());
+      aDatabase->AddWorkAddress2(newRow, workAddr2.get());
+    }
+    else if (colType.EqualsLiteral("pager") || colType.EqualsLiteral("pagerphone"))
+      aDatabase->AddPagerNumber(newRow, column.get());
+
+    break; // 'p'
+
+  case 'r':
+    if (colType.EqualsLiteral("region"))
+    {
+      aDatabase->AddWorkState(newRow, column.get());
+    }
+
+    break; // 'r'
+
+  case 's':
+    if (colType.EqualsLiteral("sn") || colType.EqualsLiteral("surname"))
+      aDatabase->AddLastName(newRow, column.get());
+
+    else if (colType.EqualsLiteral("street"))
+      aDatabase->AddWorkAddress(newRow, column.get());
+
+    else if (colType.EqualsLiteral("streetaddress"))
+    {
+      nsAutoCString addr1, addr2;
+      SplitCRLFAddressField(column, addr1, addr2);
+      if (mStoreLocAsHome)
+      {
+        aDatabase->AddHomeAddress(newRow, addr1.get());
+        aDatabase->AddHomeAddress2(newRow, addr2.get());
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        aDatabase->AddWorkAddress(newRow, addr1.get());
+        aDatabase->AddWorkAddress2(newRow, addr2.get());
+      }
+    }
+    else if (colType.EqualsLiteral("st"))
+    {
+    if (mStoreLocAsHome)
+      aDatabase->AddHomeState(newRow, column.get());
+    else
+      aDatabase->AddWorkState(newRow, column.get());
+    }
+        
+    break; // 's'
+
+  case 't':
+    if (colType.EqualsLiteral("title"))
+      aDatabase->AddJobTitle(newRow, column.get());
+
+    else if (colType.EqualsLiteral("telephonenumber") )
+    {
+      aDatabase->AddWorkPhone(newRow, column.get());
+    }
+
+    break; // 't'
+
+  case 'u':
+
+    if (colType.EqualsLiteral("uniquemember") && bIsList)
+      aDatabase->AddLdifListMember(newRow, column.get());
+
+    break; // 'u'
+
+  case 'w':
+    if (colType.EqualsLiteral("workurl"))
+      aDatabase->AddWebPage1(newRow, column.get());
+
+    break; // 'w'
+
+  case 'x':
+    if (colType.EqualsLiteral("xmozillanickname"))
+    {
+      if (bIsList)
+        aDatabase->AddListNickName(newRow, column.get());
+      else
+        aDatabase->AddNickName(newRow, column.get());
+    }
+
+    else if (colType.EqualsLiteral("xmozillausehtmlmail"))
+    {
+      ToLowerCase(column);
+      if (-1 != column.Find("true"))
+        aDatabase->AddPreferMailFormat(newRow, nsIAbPreferMailFormat::html);
+      else if (-1 != column.Find("false"))
+        aDatabase->AddPreferMailFormat(newRow, nsIAbPreferMailFormat::plaintext);
+      else
+        aDatabase->AddPreferMailFormat(newRow, nsIAbPreferMailFormat::unknown);
+    }
+
+    break; // 'x'
+
+  case 'z':
+    if (colType.EqualsLiteral("zip")) // alias for postalcode
+    {
+      if (mStoreLocAsHome)
+        aDatabase->AddHomeZipCode(newRow, column.get());
+      else
+        aDatabase->AddWorkZipCode(newRow, column.get());
+    }
+
+    break; // 'z'
+
+  default:
+    break; // default
+  }
+}
+
+void nsAbLDIFService::ClearLdifRecordBuffer()
+{
+  if (!mLdifLine.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    mLdifLine.Truncate();
+    mLFCount = 0;
+    mCRCount = 0;
+  }
+}
+
+// Some common ldif fields, it an ldif file has NONE of these entries
+// then it is most likely NOT an ldif file!
+static const char *const sLDIFFields[] = {
+    "objectclass",
+    "sn",
+    "dn",
+    "cn",
+    "givenName",
+    "mail",
+    nullptr
+};
+#define kMaxLDIFLen        14
+
+// Count total number of legal ldif fields and records in the first 100 lines of the 
+// file and if the average legal ldif field is 3 or higher than it's a valid ldif file.
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbLDIFService::IsLDIFFile(nsIFile *pSrc, bool *_retval)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(pSrc);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(_retval);
+
+  *_retval = false;
+
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIInputStream> fileStream;
+  rv = NS_NewLocalFileInputStream(getter_AddRefs(fileStream), pSrc);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsILineInputStream> lineInputStream(do_QueryInterface(fileStream, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  int32_t lineLen = 0;
+  int32_t lineCount = 0;
+  int32_t ldifFields = 0;  // total number of legal ldif fields.
+  char field[kMaxLDIFLen];
+  int32_t fLen = 0;
+  const char *pChar;
+  int32_t recCount = 0;  // total number of records.
+  int32_t i;
+  bool gotLDIF = false;
+  bool more = true;
+  nsCString line;
+
+  while (more && NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && (lineCount < 100))
+  {
+    rv = lineInputStream->ReadLine(line, &more);
+
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && more)
+    {
+      pChar = line.get();
+      lineLen = line.Length();
+      if (!lineLen && gotLDIF)
+      {
+        recCount++;
+        gotLDIF = false;
+      }
+                   
+      if (lineLen && (*pChar != ' ') && (*pChar != '\t'))
+      {
+        fLen = 0;
+
+        while (lineLen && (fLen < (kMaxLDIFLen - 1)) && (*pChar != ':'))
+        {
+          field[fLen] = *pChar;
+          pChar++;
+          fLen++;
+          lineLen--;
+        }
+                
+        field[fLen] = 0;
+
+        if (lineLen && (*pChar == ':') && (fLen < (kMaxLDIFLen - 1)))
+        {
+          // see if this is an ldif field (case insensitive)?
+          i = 0;
+          while (sLDIFFields[i])
+          {
+            if (!PL_strcasecmp( sLDIFFields[i], field))
+            {
+              ldifFields++;
+              gotLDIF = true;
+              break;
+            }
+            i++;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    lineCount++;
+  }
+
+  // If we just saw ldif address, increment recCount.
+  if (gotLDIF)
+    recCount++;
+
+  rv = fileStream->Close();
+
+  if (recCount > 1)
+    ldifFields /= recCount;
+
+  // If the average field number >= 3 then it's a good ldif file.
+  if (ldifFields >= 3)
+  {
+    *_retval = true;
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+void nsAbLDIFService::SplitCRLFAddressField(nsCString &inputAddress, nsCString &outputLine1, nsCString &outputLine2) const
+{
+  int32_t crlfPos = inputAddress.Find("\r\n");
+  if (crlfPos != -1)
+  {
+    outputLine1 = Substring(inputAddress, 0, crlfPos);
+    outputLine2 = Substring(inputAddress, crlfPos + 2);
+  }
+  else
+    outputLine1.Assign(inputAddress);
+}
+
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbLDIFService.h b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbLDIFService.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8f50559c9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbLDIFService.h
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+#ifndef __nsAbLDIFService_h
+#define __nsAbLDIFService_h
+
+#include "nsIAbLDIFService.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+
+class nsIMdbRow;
+
+class nsAbLDIFService : public nsIAbLDIFService
+{
+public:
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIABLDIFSERVICE
+
+  nsAbLDIFService();
+private:
+  virtual ~nsAbLDIFService();
+  nsresult        str_parse_line(char *line, char **type, char **value, int *vlen) const;
+  char *          str_getline(char **next) const;
+  nsresult        GetLdifStringRecord(char* buf, int32_t len, int32_t& stopPos);
+  void AddLdifRowToDatabase(nsIAddrDatabase *aDatabase, bool aIsList);
+  void AddLdifColToDatabase(nsIAddrDatabase *aDatabase, nsIMdbRow* newRow,
+                            char* typeSlot, char* valueSlot, bool bIsList);
+  void            ClearLdifRecordBuffer();
+  void            SplitCRLFAddressField(nsCString &inputAddress, nsCString &outputLine1, nsCString &outputLine2) const;
+
+  bool            mStoreLocAsHome;
+  nsCString       mLdifLine;
+  int32_t         mLFCount;
+  int32_t         mCRCount;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbMDBCard.cpp b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbMDBCard.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..14af6a875
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbMDBCard.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsAbMDBCard.h"
+
+nsAbMDBCard::nsAbMDBCard(void)
+{
+}
+
+nsAbMDBCard::~nsAbMDBCard(void)
+{
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED0(nsAbMDBCard, nsAbCardProperty)
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbMDBCard::Equals(nsIAbCard *card, bool *result)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(card);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(result);
+
+  if (this == card) {
+    *result = true;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  // If we have the same directory, we will equal the other card merely given
+  // the row IDs. If not, we are never equal. But we are dumb in that we don't
+  // know who our directory is, which may change in the future. For now,
+  // however, the only known users of this method are for locating us in a list
+  // of cards, most commonly mailing lists; a warning on the IDL has also
+  // notified consumers that this method is not generally safe to use. In this
+  // respect, it is safe to assume that the directory portion is satisfied when
+  // making this call.
+  // However, if we make the wrong assumption, one of two things will happen.
+  // If the other directory is a local address book, we could return a spurious
+  // true result. If not, then DbRowID should be unset and we can definitively
+  // return false.
+
+  uint32_t row;
+  nsresult rv = card->GetPropertyAsUint32("DbRowID", &row);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+  {
+    *result = false;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  uint32_t ourRow;
+  rv = GetPropertyAsUint32("DbRowID", &ourRow);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  *result = (row == ourRow);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbMDBCard.h b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbMDBCard.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0d9123bc4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbMDBCard.h
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsAbMDBCard_h__
+#define nsAbMDBCard_h__
+
+#include "mozilla/Attributes.h"
+#include "nsAbCardProperty.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+
+class nsAbMDBCard: public nsAbCardProperty
+{
+public:
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED
+
+  nsAbMDBCard(void);
+
+  NS_IMETHOD Equals(nsIAbCard *card, bool *result) override;
+
+private:
+  virtual ~nsAbMDBCard();
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbMDBDirFactory.cpp b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbMDBDirFactory.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..73ecb32fc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbMDBDirFactory.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsAbMDBDirFactory.h"
+#include "nsAbUtils.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsIFile.h"
+#include "nsIAbManager.h"
+#include "nsIAbMDBDirectory.h"
+#include "nsAbMDBDirFactory.h"
+#include "nsIAddrDBListener.h"
+#include "nsIAddrDatabase.h"
+#include "nsEnumeratorUtils.h"
+#include "nsIMutableArray.h"
+#include "nsArrayUtils.h"
+#include "nsAbBaseCID.h"
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsAbMDBDirFactory, nsIAbDirFactory)
+
+nsAbMDBDirFactory::nsAbMDBDirFactory()
+{
+}
+
+nsAbMDBDirFactory::~nsAbMDBDirFactory()
+{
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbMDBDirFactory::GetDirectories(const nsAString &aDirName,
+                                                const nsACString &aURI,
+                                                const nsACString &aPrefName,
+                                                nsISimpleEnumerator **_retval)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(_retval);
+  
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbManager> abManager = do_GetService(NS_ABMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbDirectory> directory;
+  rv = abManager->GetDirectory(aURI, getter_AddRefs(directory));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = directory->SetDirPrefId(aPrefName);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> dbPath;
+  rv = abManager->GetUserProfileDirectory(getter_AddRefs(dbPath));
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAddrDatabase> listDatabase;
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    nsAutoCString fileName;
+      
+    if (StringBeginsWith(aURI, NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(kMDBDirectoryRoot)))
+      fileName = Substring(aURI, kMDBDirectoryRootLen, aURI.Length() - kMDBDirectoryRootLen);
+
+    rv = dbPath->AppendNative(fileName);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAddrDatabase> addrDBFactory = do_GetService(NS_ADDRDATABASE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    rv = addrDBFactory->Open(dbPath, true, true, getter_AddRefs(listDatabase));
+  }
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = listDatabase->GetMailingListsFromDB(directory);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  return NS_NewSingletonEnumerator(_retval, directory);
+}
+
+/* void deleteDirectory (in nsIAbDirectory directory); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbMDBDirFactory::DeleteDirectory(nsIAbDirectory *directory)
+{
+    if (!directory)
+        return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+    
+    nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> pAddressLists;
+    rv = directory->GetAddressLists(getter_AddRefs(pAddressLists));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    uint32_t total;
+    rv = pAddressLists->GetLength(&total);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    for (uint32_t i = 0; i < total; i++)
+    {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIAbDirectory> listDir(do_QueryElementAt(pAddressLists, i, &rv));
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+            break;
+
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIAbMDBDirectory> dblistDir(do_QueryInterface(listDir, &rv));
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+            break;
+
+        rv = directory->DeleteDirectory(listDir);
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+            break;
+
+        rv = dblistDir->RemoveElementsFromAddressList();
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+            break;
+    }
+    pAddressLists->Clear();
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAbMDBDirectory> dbdirectory(do_QueryInterface(directory, &rv));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    return dbdirectory->ClearDatabase();
+}
+
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbMDBDirFactory.h b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbMDBDirFactory.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..200175f62
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbMDBDirFactory.h
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsAbMDBDirFactory_h__
+#define nsAbMDBDirFactory_h__
+
+#include "nsIAbDirFactory.h"
+
+class nsAbMDBDirFactory : public nsIAbDirFactory
+{
+public:
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIABDIRFACTORY
+
+  nsAbMDBDirFactory();
+
+private:
+  virtual ~nsAbMDBDirFactory();
+};
+
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbMDBDirProperty.cpp b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbMDBDirProperty.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7df904d87
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbMDBDirProperty.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsAbMDBDirProperty.h"	 
+#include "nsIServiceManager.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsAbBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsAddrDatabase.h"
+#include "nsIAbCard.h"
+#include "nsIAbListener.h"
+#include "nsArrayUtils.h"
+#include "mdb.h"
+#include "nsComponentManagerUtils.h"
+
+nsAbMDBDirProperty::nsAbMDBDirProperty(void)
+  : nsAbDirProperty()
+{
+  m_dbRowID = 0;
+}
+
+nsAbMDBDirProperty::~nsAbMDBDirProperty(void)
+{ 
+}
+
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED(nsAbMDBDirProperty, nsAbDirProperty,
+                             nsIAbDirectory,
+                             nsISupportsWeakReference, nsIAbMDBDirectory)
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+
+
+// nsIAbMDBDirectory attributes
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbMDBDirProperty::GetDbRowID(uint32_t *aDbRowID)
+{
+	*aDbRowID = m_dbRowID;
+	return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbMDBDirProperty::SetDbRowID(uint32_t aDbRowID)
+{
+	m_dbRowID = aDbRowID;
+	return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+// nsIAbMDBDirectory methods
+
+/* add mailing list to the parent directory */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbMDBDirProperty::AddMailListToDirectory(nsIAbDirectory *mailList)
+{
+  if (!m_AddressList)
+  {
+    nsresult rv;
+    m_AddressList = do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+
+  uint32_t position;
+  if (NS_FAILED(m_AddressList->IndexOf(0, mailList, &position)))
+    m_AddressList->AppendElement(mailList, false);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* add addresses to the mailing list */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbMDBDirProperty::AddAddressToList(nsIAbCard *card)
+{
+  if (!m_AddressList)
+  {
+    nsresult rv;
+    m_AddressList = do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+
+  uint32_t position;
+  if (NS_FAILED(m_AddressList->IndexOf(0, card, &position)))
+    m_AddressList->AppendElement(card, false);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbMDBDirProperty::CopyDBMailList(nsIAbMDBDirectory* srcListDB)
+{
+	nsresult err = NS_OK;
+	nsCOMPtr<nsIAbDirectory> srcList(do_QueryInterface(srcListDB));
+	if (NS_FAILED(err)) 
+		return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+	CopyMailList (srcList);
+
+	uint32_t rowID;
+	srcListDB->GetDbRowID(&rowID);
+	SetDbRowID(rowID);
+
+	return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+// nsIAbMDBDirectory NOT IMPLEMENTED methods
+
+/* nsIAbDirectory addDirectory (in string uriName); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbMDBDirProperty::AddDirectory(const char *uriName, nsIAbDirectory **_retval)
+{
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+/* [noscript] void removeElementsFromAddressList (); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbMDBDirProperty::RemoveElementsFromAddressList()
+{
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+/* void removeEmailAddressAt (in unsigned long aIndex); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbMDBDirProperty::RemoveEmailAddressAt(uint32_t aIndex)
+{
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+/* [noscript] void notifyDirItemAdded (in nsISupports item); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbMDBDirProperty::NotifyDirItemAdded(nsISupports *item)
+{
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+/* [noscript] void clearDatabase (); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbMDBDirProperty::ClearDatabase()
+{
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbMDBDirProperty::GetDatabaseFile(nsIFile **aResult)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbMDBDirProperty::GetDatabase(nsIAddrDatabase **aResult)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbMDBDirProperty.h b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbMDBDirProperty.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3ee90d17e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbMDBDirProperty.h
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/********************************************************************************************************
+ 
+   Interface for representing Address Book Directory
+ 
+*********************************************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef nsAbMDBDirProperty_h__
+#define nsAbMDBDirProperty_h__
+
+#include "nsIAbMDBDirectory.h"
+#include "nsAbDirProperty.h"
+#include "nsIAbCard.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsDirPrefs.h"
+#include "nsIAddrDatabase.h"
+
+ /* 
+  * Address Book Directory
+  */ 
+
+class nsAbMDBDirProperty: public nsIAbMDBDirectory, public nsAbDirProperty
+{
+public: 
+	nsAbMDBDirProperty(void);
+
+	NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+	NS_DECL_NSIABMDBDIRECTORY
+
+protected:
+  virtual ~nsAbMDBDirProperty();
+
+	uint32_t m_dbRowID;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbMDBDirectory.cpp b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbMDBDirectory.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..be4799cf1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbMDBDirectory.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1125 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsAbMDBDirectory.h" 
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsAbBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsAddrDatabase.h"
+#include "nsIAbListener.h"
+#include "nsIAbManager.h"
+#include "nsIURL.h"
+#include "nsNetCID.h"
+#include "nsAbDirectoryQuery.h"
+#include "nsIAbDirectoryQueryProxy.h"
+#include "nsAbQueryStringToExpression.h"
+#include "nsIMutableArray.h"
+#include "nsArrayEnumerator.h"
+#include "nsEnumeratorUtils.h"
+#include "mdb.h"
+#include "prprf.h"
+#include "nsIPrefService.h"
+#include "nsAppDirectoryServiceDefs.h"
+#include "nsDirectoryServiceUtils.h"
+#include "nsIFile.h"
+#include "nsComponentManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsMemory.h"
+#include "nsArrayUtils.h"
+#include "nsUnicharUtils.h"
+#include "mozilla/DebugOnly.h"
+
+nsAbMDBDirectory::nsAbMDBDirectory(void):
+     nsAbMDBDirProperty(),
+     mPerformingQuery(false)
+{
+}
+
+nsAbMDBDirectory::~nsAbMDBDirectory(void)
+{
+  if (mDatabase) {
+    mDatabase->RemoveListener(this);
+  }
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED(nsAbMDBDirectory, nsAbMDBDirProperty,
+                             nsIAbDirSearchListener,
+                             nsIAbDirectorySearch,
+                             nsIAddrDBListener)
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbMDBDirectory::Init(const char *aUri)
+{
+  // We need to ensure  that the m_DirPrefId is initialized properly
+  nsDependentCString uri(aUri);
+
+  // Find the first ? (of the search params) if there is one.
+  // We know we can start at the end of the moz-abmdbdirectory:// because
+  // that's the URI we should have been passed.
+  int32_t searchCharLocation = uri.FindChar('?', kMDBDirectoryRootLen);
+  nsAutoCString URINoQuery;
+  if (searchCharLocation != kNotFound)
+  {
+    URINoQuery = Substring(uri, 0, searchCharLocation);
+  } else {
+    URINoQuery.Assign(uri);
+  }
+
+  // In the non-query part of the URI, check if we are a mailinglist
+  if (URINoQuery.Find("MailList") != kNotFound)
+    m_IsMailList = true;
+
+  // Mailing lists don't have their own prefs.
+  if (m_DirPrefId.IsEmpty() && !m_IsMailList)
+  {
+    nsAutoCString filename;
+
+    // Extract the filename from the uri.
+    filename = Substring(URINoQuery, kMDBDirectoryRootLen);
+
+    // Get the pref servers and the address book directory branch
+    nsresult rv;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefService> prefService(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefBranch;
+    rv = prefService->GetBranch(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(PREF_LDAP_SERVER_TREE_NAME ".").get(),
+                                getter_AddRefs(prefBranch));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    char** childArray;
+    uint32_t childCount, i;
+    int32_t dotOffset;
+    nsCString childValue;
+    nsDependentCString child;
+
+    rv = prefBranch->GetChildList("", &childCount, &childArray);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    for (i = 0; i < childCount; ++i)
+    {
+      child.Assign(childArray[i]);
+
+      if (StringEndsWith(child, NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(".filename")))
+      {
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(prefBranch->GetCharPref(child.get(),
+                                                 getter_Copies(childValue))))
+        {
+          if (childValue == filename)
+          {
+            dotOffset = child.RFindChar('.');
+            if (dotOffset != -1)
+            {
+              nsAutoCString prefName(StringHead(child, dotOffset));
+              m_DirPrefId.AssignLiteral(PREF_LDAP_SERVER_TREE_NAME ".");
+              m_DirPrefId.Append(prefName);
+            }
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }     
+    NS_FREE_XPCOM_ALLOCATED_POINTER_ARRAY(childCount, childArray);
+
+    NS_ASSERTION(!m_DirPrefId.IsEmpty(),
+                 "Error, Could not set m_DirPrefId in nsAbMDBDirectory::Init");
+  }
+
+  return nsAbDirProperty::Init(aUri);
+}
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+nsresult nsAbMDBDirectory::RemoveCardFromAddressList(nsIAbCard* card)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  uint32_t listTotal;
+  int32_t i, j;
+
+  // These checks ensure we don't run into null pointers
+  // as we did when we caused bug 280463.
+  if (!mDatabase)
+  {
+    rv = GetAbDatabase();
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+
+  if (!m_AddressList)
+  {
+    rv = mDatabase->GetMailingListsFromDB(this);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    // If the previous call didn't gives us an m_AddressList (and succeeded)
+    // then we haven't got any mailing lists to try and remove the card from.
+    // So just return without doing anything
+    if (!m_AddressList)
+      return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  rv = m_AddressList->GetLength(&listTotal);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  for (i = listTotal - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAbDirectory> listDir(do_QueryElementAt(m_AddressList, i, &rv));
+    if (listDir)
+    {
+      // First remove the instance in the database
+      mDatabase->DeleteCardFromMailList(listDir, card, false);
+
+      // Now remove the instance in any lists we hold.
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> pAddressLists;
+      listDir->GetAddressLists(getter_AddRefs(pAddressLists));
+      if (pAddressLists)
+      {  
+        uint32_t total;
+        rv = pAddressLists->GetLength(&total);
+        for (j = total - 1; j >= 0; j--)
+        {
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIAbCard> cardInList(do_QueryElementAt(pAddressLists, j, &rv));
+          bool equals;
+          rv = cardInList->Equals(card, &equals);  // should we checking email?
+          if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && equals)
+            pAddressLists->RemoveElementAt(j);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbMDBDirectory::DeleteDirectory(nsIAbDirectory *directory)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(directory);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAddrDatabase> database;
+  nsresult rv = GetDatabase(getter_AddRefs(database));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = database->DeleteMailList(directory, this);
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    database->Commit(nsAddrDBCommitType::kLargeCommit);
+
+  uint32_t dirIndex;
+  if (m_AddressList && NS_SUCCEEDED(m_AddressList->IndexOf(0, directory, &dirIndex)))
+    m_AddressList->RemoveElementAt(dirIndex);
+  // XXX Cast from bool to nsresult
+  rv = static_cast<nsresult>(mSubDirectories.RemoveObject(directory));
+
+  NotifyItemDeleted(directory);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsAbMDBDirectory::NotifyItemChanged(nsISupports *item)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbManager> abManager = do_GetService(NS_ABMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  rv = abManager->NotifyItemPropertyChanged(item, nullptr, nullptr, nullptr);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsAbMDBDirectory::NotifyPropertyChanged(nsIAbDirectory *list, const char *property, const char16_t* oldValue, const char16_t* newValue)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> supports = do_QueryInterface(list, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbManager> abManager = do_GetService(NS_ABMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  rv = abManager->NotifyItemPropertyChanged(supports, property, oldValue, newValue);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsAbMDBDirectory::NotifyItemAdded(nsISupports *item)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbManager> abManager = do_GetService(NS_ABMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  if(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    abManager->NotifyDirectoryItemAdded(this, item);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsAbMDBDirectory::NotifyItemDeleted(nsISupports *item)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbManager> abManager = do_GetService(NS_ABMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  if(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    abManager->NotifyDirectoryItemDeleted(this, item);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// nsIAbMDBDirectory methods
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbMDBDirectory::ClearDatabase()
+{       
+  if (mIsQueryURI)
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+
+  if (mDatabase)
+  {
+    mDatabase->RemoveListener(this);
+    mDatabase = nullptr; 
+  }
+  return NS_OK; 
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbMDBDirectory::RemoveElementsFromAddressList()
+{
+  if (mIsQueryURI)
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+
+  if (m_AddressList)
+  {
+    uint32_t count;
+    mozilla::DebugOnly<nsresult> rv = m_AddressList->GetLength(&count);
+    NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "Count failed");
+    int32_t i;
+    for (i = count - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+      m_AddressList->RemoveElementAt(i);
+  }
+  m_AddressList = nullptr;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbMDBDirectory::RemoveEmailAddressAt(uint32_t aIndex)
+{
+  if (mIsQueryURI)
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+
+  if (m_AddressList)
+  {
+    return m_AddressList->RemoveElementAt(aIndex);
+  }
+  else
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbMDBDirectory::AddDirectory(const char *uriName, nsIAbDirectory **childDir)
+{
+  if (mIsQueryURI)
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+
+  if (!childDir || !uriName)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  if (mURI.IsEmpty())
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbManager> abManager = do_GetService(NS_ABMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbDirectory> directory;
+  rv = abManager->GetDirectory(nsDependentCString(uriName), getter_AddRefs(directory));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  if (mSubDirectories.IndexOf(directory) == -1)
+    mSubDirectories.AppendObject(directory);
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*childDir = directory);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbMDBDirectory::GetDatabaseFile(nsIFile **aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+
+  nsCString fileName;
+  nsresult rv = GetStringValue("filename", EmptyCString(), fileName);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  if (fileName.IsEmpty())
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> dbFile;
+  rv = NS_GetSpecialDirectory(NS_APP_USER_PROFILE_50_DIR,
+                              getter_AddRefs(dbFile));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = dbFile->AppendNative(fileName);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  NS_ADDREF(*aResult = dbFile);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbMDBDirectory::GetDatabase(nsIAddrDatabase **aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> databaseFile;
+  rv = GetDatabaseFile(getter_AddRefs(databaseFile));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAddrDatabase> addrDBFactory =
+    do_GetService(NS_ADDRDATABASE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  return addrDBFactory->Open(databaseFile, false /* no create */, true,
+                           aResult);
+}
+
+// nsIAbDirectory methods
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbMDBDirectory::GetURI(nsACString &aURI)
+{
+  if (mURI.IsEmpty())
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+  aURI = mURI;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbMDBDirectory::GetChildNodes(nsISimpleEnumerator* *aResult)
+{
+  if (mIsQueryURI)
+    return NS_NewEmptyEnumerator(aResult);
+
+  return NS_NewArrayEnumerator(aResult, mSubDirectories);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbMDBDirectory::GetChildCards(nsISimpleEnumerator* *result)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  if (mIsQueryURI)
+  {
+    rv = StartSearch();
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    // TODO
+    // Search is synchronous so need to return
+    // results after search is complete
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> array(do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID));
+    for (auto iter = mSearchCache.Iter(); !iter.Done(); iter.Next()) {
+      array->AppendElement(iter.Data(), false);
+    }
+    return NS_NewArrayEnumerator(result, array);
+  }
+
+  rv = GetAbDatabase();
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !mDatabase)
+    return rv;
+
+  return m_IsMailList ? mDatabase->EnumerateListAddresses(this, result) :
+                        mDatabase->EnumerateCards(this, result);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbMDBDirectory::GetIsQuery(bool *aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+  *aResult = mIsQueryURI;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbMDBDirectory::DeleteCards(nsIArray *aCards)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aCards);
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  if (mIsQueryURI) {
+    // if this is a query, delete the cards from the directory (without the query)
+    // before we do the delete, make this directory (which represents the search)
+    // a listener on the database, so that it will get notified when the cards are deleted
+    // after delete, remove this query as a listener.
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAddrDatabase> database;
+    rv = GetDatabase(getter_AddRefs(database));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+    rv = database->AddListener(this);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAbManager> abManager =
+        do_GetService(NS_ABMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAbDirectory> directory;
+    rv = abManager->GetDirectory(mURINoQuery, getter_AddRefs(directory));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    rv = directory->DeleteCards(aCards);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    rv = database->RemoveListener(this);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    return rv;
+  }
+
+  if (!mDatabase)
+    rv = GetAbDatabase();
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && mDatabase)
+  {
+    uint32_t cardCount;
+    uint32_t i;
+    rv = aCards->GetLength(&cardCount);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    for (i = 0; i < cardCount; i++)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIAbCard> card(do_QueryElementAt(aCards, i, &rv));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      if (card)
+      {
+        uint32_t rowID;
+        rv = card->GetPropertyAsUint32("DbRowID", &rowID);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+        if (m_IsMailList)
+        {
+          mDatabase->DeleteCardFromMailList(this, card, true);
+
+          uint32_t cardTotal = 0;
+          int32_t i;
+          if (m_AddressList)
+            rv = m_AddressList->GetLength(&cardTotal);
+          for (i = cardTotal - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+          {            
+            nsCOMPtr<nsIAbCard> arrayCard(do_QueryElementAt(m_AddressList, i, &rv));
+            if (arrayCard)
+            {
+              // No card can have a row ID of 0
+              uint32_t arrayRowID = 0;
+              arrayCard->GetPropertyAsUint32("DbRowID", &arrayRowID);
+              if (rowID == arrayRowID)
+                m_AddressList->RemoveElementAt(i);
+            }
+          }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          mDatabase->DeleteCard(card, true, this);
+          bool bIsMailList = false;
+          card->GetIsMailList(&bIsMailList);
+          if (bIsMailList)
+          {
+            //to do, get mailing list dir side uri and notify nsIAbManager to remove it
+            nsAutoCString listUri(mURI);
+            listUri.AppendLiteral("/MailList");
+            listUri.AppendInt(rowID);
+            if (!listUri.IsEmpty())
+            {
+              nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+              nsCOMPtr<nsIAbManager> abManager =
+                  do_GetService(NS_ABMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+              NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+              nsCOMPtr<nsIAbDirectory> listDir;
+              rv = abManager->GetDirectory(listUri, getter_AddRefs(listDir));
+              NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+              uint32_t dirIndex;
+              if (m_AddressList && NS_SUCCEEDED(m_AddressList->IndexOf(0, listDir, &dirIndex)))
+                m_AddressList->RemoveElementAt(dirIndex);
+
+              mSubDirectories.RemoveObject(listDir);
+
+              if (listDir)
+                NotifyItemDeleted(listDir);
+            }
+          }
+          else
+          { 
+            rv = RemoveCardFromAddressList(card);
+            NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    mDatabase->Commit(nsAddrDBCommitType::kLargeCommit);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbMDBDirectory::HasCard(nsIAbCard *cards, bool *hasCard)
+{
+  if(!hasCard)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  if (mIsQueryURI)
+  {
+    *hasCard = mSearchCache.Get(cards, nullptr);
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  if (!mDatabase)
+    rv = GetAbDatabase();
+
+  if(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && mDatabase)
+  {
+    if(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      rv = mDatabase->ContainsCard(cards, hasCard);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbMDBDirectory::HasDirectory(nsIAbDirectory *dir, bool *hasDir)
+{
+  if (!hasDir)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbMDBDirectory> dbdir(do_QueryInterface(dir, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  
+  bool bIsMailingList  = false;
+  dir->GetIsMailList(&bIsMailingList);
+  if (bIsMailingList)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAddrDatabase> database;
+    rv = GetDatabase(getter_AddRefs(database));
+
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      rv = database->ContainsMailList(dir, hasDir);
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbMDBDirectory::HasMailListWithName(const char16_t *aName, bool *aHasList)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aHasList);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAddrDatabase> database;
+  nsresult rv = GetDatabase(getter_AddRefs(database));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    rv = database->FindMailListbyUnicodeName(aName, aHasList);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && *aHasList)
+      return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbMDBDirectory::AddMailList(nsIAbDirectory *list, nsIAbDirectory **addedList)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(addedList);
+
+  if (mIsQueryURI)
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  if (!mDatabase)
+    rv = GetAbDatabase();
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !mDatabase)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbMDBDirectory> dblist(do_QueryInterface(list, &rv));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAbDirectory> newlist(new nsAbMDBDirProperty);
+    if (!newlist)
+      return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+    rv = newlist->CopyMailList(list);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    dblist = do_QueryInterface(newlist, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    
+    mDatabase->CreateMailListAndAddToDB(newlist, true, this);
+  }
+  else
+    mDatabase->CreateMailListAndAddToDB(list, true, this);
+
+  mDatabase->Commit(nsAddrDBCommitType::kLargeCommit);
+
+  uint32_t dbRowID;
+  dblist->GetDbRowID(&dbRowID);
+
+  nsAutoCString listUri(mURI);
+  listUri.AppendLiteral("/MailList");
+  listUri.AppendInt(dbRowID);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbDirectory> newList;
+  rv = AddDirectory(listUri.get(), getter_AddRefs(newList));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && newList)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAbMDBDirectory> dbnewList(do_QueryInterface(newList, &rv));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    dbnewList->CopyDBMailList(dblist);
+    AddMailListToDirectory(newList);
+    NotifyItemAdded(newList);
+  }
+
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*addedList = newList);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbMDBDirectory::AddCard(nsIAbCard* card, nsIAbCard **addedCard)
+{
+  if (mIsQueryURI)
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  if (!mDatabase)
+    rv = GetAbDatabase();
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !mDatabase)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  if (m_IsMailList)
+    rv = mDatabase->CreateNewListCardAndAddToDB(this, m_dbRowID, card, true /* notify */);
+  else
+    rv = mDatabase->CreateNewCardAndAddToDB(card, true, this);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  mDatabase->Commit(nsAddrDBCommitType::kLargeCommit);
+
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*addedCard = card);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbMDBDirectory::ModifyCard(nsIAbCard *aModifiedCard)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aModifiedCard);
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  if (!mDatabase)
+  {
+    rv = GetAbDatabase();
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+
+  rv = mDatabase->EditCard(aModifiedCard, true, this);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  return mDatabase->Commit(nsAddrDBCommitType::kLargeCommit);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbMDBDirectory::DropCard(nsIAbCard* aCard, bool needToCopyCard)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aCard);
+
+  if (mIsQueryURI)
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  if (!mDatabase)
+    rv = GetAbDatabase();
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !mDatabase)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbCard> newCard;
+
+  if (needToCopyCard) {
+    newCard = do_CreateInstance(NS_ABMDBCARD_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    rv = newCard->Copy(aCard);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+  else {
+    newCard = aCard;
+  }  
+
+  if (m_IsMailList) {
+    if (needToCopyCard) {
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIMdbRow> cardRow;
+      // if card doesn't exist in db, add the card to the directory that 
+      // contains the mailing list.
+      mDatabase->FindRowByCard(newCard, getter_AddRefs(cardRow));
+      if (!cardRow)
+        mDatabase->CreateNewCardAndAddToDB(newCard, true /* notify */, this);
+      else
+        mDatabase->InitCardFromRow(newCard, cardRow);
+    }
+    // since we didn't copy the card, we don't have to notify that it was inserted
+    mDatabase->CreateNewListCardAndAddToDB(this, m_dbRowID, newCard, false /* notify */);
+  }
+  else {
+    mDatabase->CreateNewCardAndAddToDB(newCard, true /* notify */, this);
+  }
+  mDatabase->Commit(nsAddrDBCommitType::kLargeCommit);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbMDBDirectory::EditMailListToDatabase(nsIAbCard *listCard)
+{
+  if (mIsQueryURI)
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+
+  if (!m_IsMailList)
+    return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+
+  nsresult rv = GetAbDatabase();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  mDatabase->EditMailList(this, listCard, true);
+  mDatabase->Commit(nsAddrDBCommitType::kLargeCommit);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+static bool ContainsDirectory(nsIAbDirectory *parent, nsIAbDirectory *directory)
+{
+  // If parent is a maillist, 'addressLists' contains AbCards.
+  bool bIsMailList = false;
+  nsresult rv = parent->GetIsMailList(&bIsMailList);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, false);
+
+  if (bIsMailList)
+    return false;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> pAddressLists;
+  parent->GetAddressLists(getter_AddRefs(pAddressLists));
+  if (pAddressLists)
+  {
+    uint32_t total;
+    rv = pAddressLists->GetLength(&total);
+    for (uint32_t i = 0; i < total; ++i)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIAbDirectory> pList(do_QueryElementAt(pAddressLists, i, &rv));
+
+      if (directory == pList)
+          return true;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return false;
+}
+
+// nsIAddrDBListener methods
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbMDBDirectory::OnCardAttribChange(uint32_t abCode)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbMDBDirectory::OnCardEntryChange
+(uint32_t aAbCode, nsIAbCard *aCard, nsIAbDirectory *aParent)
+{
+  // Don't notify AbManager unless we have the parent
+  if (!aParent)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aCard);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> cardSupports(do_QueryInterface(aCard));
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  // Notify when
+  // - any operation is done to a card belonging to this
+  //        => if <this> is <aParent>, or
+  // - a card belonging to a directory which is parent of this is deleted
+  //        => if aAbCode is AB_NotifyDeleted && <this> is child of <aParent>, or
+  // - a card belonging to a directory which is child of this is added/modified
+  //        => if aAbCode is !AB_NotifyDeleted && <this> is parent of <aParent>
+
+  if (aParent != this)
+  {
+    bool isChild = false;
+    if (aAbCode != AB_NotifyDeleted)
+      isChild = ContainsDirectory(this, aParent);
+    else
+      isChild = ContainsDirectory(aParent, this);
+
+    if (!isChild)
+      return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  switch (aAbCode) {
+  case AB_NotifyInserted:
+    rv = NotifyItemAdded(cardSupports);
+    break;
+  case AB_NotifyDeleted:
+    rv = NotifyItemDeleted(cardSupports);
+    break;
+  case AB_NotifyPropertyChanged:
+    rv = NotifyItemChanged(cardSupports);
+    break;
+  default:
+    rv = NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+    break;
+  }
+    
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbMDBDirectory::OnListEntryChange
+(uint32_t abCode, nsIAbDirectory *list)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  
+  if (abCode == AB_NotifyPropertyChanged && list)
+  {
+    bool bIsMailList = false;
+    rv = list->GetIsMailList(&bIsMailList);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+    
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAbMDBDirectory> dblist(do_QueryInterface(list, &rv));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+    if (bIsMailList) {
+      nsString listName;
+      rv = list->GetDirName(listName);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+      rv = NotifyPropertyChanged(list, "DirName", nullptr, listName.get());
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbMDBDirectory::OnAnnouncerGoingAway()
+{
+  if (mDatabase)
+      mDatabase->RemoveListener(this);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// nsIAbDirectorySearch methods
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbMDBDirectory::StartSearch()
+{
+  if (!mIsQueryURI)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  mPerformingQuery = true;
+  mSearchCache.Clear();
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbDirectoryQueryArguments> arguments = do_CreateInstance(NS_ABDIRECTORYQUERYARGUMENTS_CONTRACTID,&rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbBooleanExpression> expression;
+  rv = nsAbQueryStringToExpression::Convert(mQueryString,
+    getter_AddRefs(expression));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = arguments->SetExpression(expression);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // don't search the subdirectories 
+  // if the current directory is a mailing list, it won't have any subdirectories
+  // if the current directory is a addressbook, searching both it
+  // and the subdirectories (the mailing lists), will yield duplicate results
+  // because every entry in a mailing list will be an entry in the parent addressbook
+  rv = arguments->SetQuerySubDirectories(false);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbManager> abManager =
+      do_GetService(NS_ABMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // Get the directory without the query
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbDirectory> directory;
+  rv = abManager->GetDirectory(mURINoQuery, getter_AddRefs(directory));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // Bug 280232 - something was causing continuous loops in searching. Add a
+  // check here for the directory to search not being a query uri as well in
+  // the hopes that will at least break us out of the continuous loop even if
+  // we don't know how we got into it.
+  bool isQuery;
+  rv = directory->GetIsQuery(&isQuery);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  if (isQuery)
+  {
+    NS_ERROR("Attempting to search a directory within a search");
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+
+  // Initiate the proxy query with the no query directory
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbDirectoryQueryProxy> queryProxy = 
+      do_CreateInstance(NS_ABDIRECTORYQUERYPROXY_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = queryProxy->Initiate();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = queryProxy->DoQuery(directory, arguments, this, -1, 0, &mContext);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbMDBDirectory::StopSearch()
+{
+  if (!mIsQueryURI)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+// nsAbDirSearchListenerContext methods
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbMDBDirectory::OnSearchFinished(int32_t aResult,
+                                                 const nsAString &aErrorMsg)
+{
+  mPerformingQuery = false;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbMDBDirectory::OnSearchFoundCard(nsIAbCard* card)
+{
+  mSearchCache.Put(card, card);
+
+  // TODO
+  // Search is synchronous so asserting on the
+  // datasource will not work since the getChildCards
+  // method will not have returned with results.
+  // NotifyItemAdded (card);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsAbMDBDirectory::GetAbDatabase()
+{
+  if (mURI.IsEmpty())
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+  if (mDatabase)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  if (m_IsMailList)
+  {
+    // Get the database of the parent directory.
+    nsAutoCString parentURI(mURINoQuery);
+
+    int32_t pos = parentURI.RFindChar('/');
+
+    // If we didn't find a / something really bad has happened
+    if (pos == -1)
+      return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+    parentURI = StringHead(parentURI, pos);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAbManager> abManager =
+        do_GetService(NS_ABMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAbDirectory> directory;
+    rv = abManager->GetDirectory(parentURI, getter_AddRefs(directory));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAbMDBDirectory> mdbDir(do_QueryInterface(directory, &rv));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    rv = mdbDir->GetDatabase(getter_AddRefs(mDatabase));
+  }
+  else
+    rv = GetDatabase(getter_AddRefs(mDatabase));
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    rv = mDatabase->AddListener(this);
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbMDBDirectory::CardForEmailAddress(const nsACString &aEmailAddress, nsIAbCard ** aAbCard)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aAbCard);
+
+  *aAbCard = nullptr;
+
+  // Ensure that if we've not been given an email address we never match
+  // so that we don't fail out unnecessarily and we don't match a blank email
+  // address against random cards that the user hasn't supplied an email for.
+  if (aEmailAddress.IsEmpty())
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  if (!mDatabase)
+    rv = GetAbDatabase();
+  if (rv == NS_ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND)
+  {
+    // If file wasn't found, the card cannot exist.
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // Convert Email to lower case in UTF-16 format. This correctly lower-cases
+  // it and doing this change means that we can use a hash lookup in the
+  // database rather than searching and comparing each line individually.
+  NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16 lowerEmail(aEmailAddress);
+  ToLowerCase(lowerEmail);
+
+  // If lower email is empty, something went wrong somewhere, e.g. the conversion.
+  // Hence, don't go looking for a card with no email address. Something is wrong.
+  if (lowerEmail.IsEmpty())
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  mDatabase->GetCardFromAttribute(this, kLowerPriEmailColumn,
+                                  NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(lowerEmail),
+                                  false, aAbCard);
+  if (!*aAbCard)
+  {
+    mDatabase->GetCardFromAttribute(this, kLower2ndEmailColumn,
+                                    NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(lowerEmail),
+                                    false, aAbCard);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbMDBDirectory::GetCardFromProperty(const char *aProperty,
+                                                    const nsACString &aValue,
+                                                    bool caseSensitive,
+                                                    nsIAbCard **result)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(aProperty);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(result);
+
+  *result = nullptr;
+
+  // If the value is empty, don't match.
+  if (aValue.IsEmpty())
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  if (!mDatabase)
+  {
+    rv = GetAbDatabase();
+    // We can't find the database file, so we can't find the card at all.
+    if (rv == NS_ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND)
+      return NS_OK;
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+
+  // nsIAddrDatabase has aCaseInsensitive as its parameter
+  return mDatabase->GetCardFromAttribute(this, aProperty, aValue,
+                                         !caseSensitive, result);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbMDBDirectory::GetCardsFromProperty(const char *aProperty,
+                                                     const nsACString &aValue,
+                                                     bool caseSensitive,
+                                                     nsISimpleEnumerator **result)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(aProperty);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(result);
+
+  *result = nullptr;
+
+  if (aValue.IsEmpty())
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  if (!mDatabase)
+  {
+    nsresult rv = GetAbDatabase();
+    if (rv == NS_ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND)
+      return NS_OK;
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+
+  return mDatabase->GetCardsFromAttribute(this, aProperty, aValue,
+                                          !caseSensitive, result);
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbMDBDirectory.h b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbMDBDirectory.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fb25c5708
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbMDBDirectory.h
@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/********************************************************************************************************
+ 
+   Interface for representing Address Book Directory
+ 
+*********************************************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef nsAbMDBDirectory_h__
+#define nsAbMDBDirectory_h__
+
+#include "mozilla/Attributes.h"
+#include "nsAbMDBDirProperty.h"  
+#include "nsIAbCard.h"
+#include "nsCOMArray.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsDirPrefs.h"
+#include "nsIAbDirectorySearch.h"
+#include "nsIAbDirSearchListener.h"
+#include "nsInterfaceHashtable.h"
+#include "nsIAddrDBListener.h"
+
+/* 
+ * Address Book Directory
+ */ 
+
+class nsAbMDBDirectory:
+  public nsAbMDBDirProperty,	// nsIAbDirectory, nsIAbMDBDirectory
+  public nsIAbDirSearchListener,
+  public nsIAddrDBListener, 
+  public nsIAbDirectorySearch
+{
+public: 
+  nsAbMDBDirectory(void);
+
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED
+  NS_DECL_NSIADDRDBLISTENER
+
+  // Override nsAbMDBDirProperty::Init
+  NS_IMETHOD Init(const char *aUri) override;
+
+  // nsIAbMDBDirectory methods
+  NS_IMETHOD GetURI(nsACString &aURI) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD ClearDatabase() override;
+  NS_IMETHOD NotifyDirItemAdded(nsISupports *item) override { return NotifyItemAdded(item);}
+  NS_IMETHOD RemoveElementsFromAddressList() override;
+  NS_IMETHOD RemoveEmailAddressAt(uint32_t aIndex) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD AddDirectory(const char *uriName, nsIAbDirectory **childDir) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetDatabaseFile(nsIFile **aResult) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetDatabase(nsIAddrDatabase **aResult) override;
+
+  // nsIAbDirectory methods:
+  NS_IMETHOD GetChildNodes(nsISimpleEnumerator* *result) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetChildCards(nsISimpleEnumerator* *result) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetIsQuery(bool *aResult) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD DeleteDirectory(nsIAbDirectory *directory) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD DeleteCards(nsIArray *cards) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD HasCard(nsIAbCard *cards, bool *hasCard) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD HasDirectory(nsIAbDirectory *dir, bool *hasDir) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD HasMailListWithName(const char16_t *aName, bool *aHasList) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD AddMailList(nsIAbDirectory *list, nsIAbDirectory **addedList) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD AddCard(nsIAbCard *card, nsIAbCard **addedCard) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD ModifyCard(nsIAbCard *aModifiedCard) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD DropCard(nsIAbCard *card, bool needToCopyCard) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD EditMailListToDatabase(nsIAbCard *listCard) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD CardForEmailAddress(const nsACString &aEmailAddress,
+                                 nsIAbCard ** aAbCard) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetCardFromProperty(const char *aProperty,
+                                 const nsACString &aValue,
+                                 bool caseSensitive, nsIAbCard **result) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetCardsFromProperty(const char *aProperty,
+                                  const nsACString &aValue,
+                                  bool caseSensitive,
+                                  nsISimpleEnumerator **result) override;
+
+  // nsIAbDirectorySearch methods
+  NS_DECL_NSIABDIRECTORYSEARCH
+
+  // nsIAbDirSearchListener methods
+  NS_DECL_NSIABDIRSEARCHLISTENER
+
+protected:
+  virtual ~nsAbMDBDirectory();
+  nsresult NotifyPropertyChanged(nsIAbDirectory *list, const char *property, const char16_t* oldValue, const char16_t* newValue);
+  nsresult NotifyItemAdded(nsISupports *item);
+  nsresult NotifyItemDeleted(nsISupports *item);
+  nsresult NotifyItemChanged(nsISupports *item);
+  nsresult RemoveCardFromAddressList(nsIAbCard* card);
+
+  nsresult GetAbDatabase();
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAddrDatabase> mDatabase;  
+
+  nsCOMArray<nsIAbDirectory> mSubDirectories;
+
+  int32_t mContext;
+  bool mPerformingQuery;
+
+  nsInterfaceHashtable<nsISupportsHashKey, nsIAbCard> mSearchCache;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbManager.cpp b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbManager.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2de1b4468
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbManager.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1422 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsAbManager.h"
+#include "nsAbBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsAddrDatabase.h"
+#include "nsIAbMDBDirectory.h"
+#include "nsIOutputStream.h"
+#include "nsNetUtil.h"
+#include "nsMsgI18N.h"
+#include "nsIStringBundle.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "nsAppDirectoryServiceDefs.h"
+#include "plstr.h"
+#include "prmem.h"
+#include "nsIServiceManager.h"
+#include "mozIDOMWindow.h"
+#include "nsIFilePicker.h"
+#include "plbase64.h"
+#include "nsIWindowWatcher.h"
+#include "nsDirectoryServiceUtils.h"
+#include "nsVCard.h"
+#include "nsVCardObj.h"
+#include "nsIAbLDAPAttributeMap.h"
+#include "nsICommandLine.h"
+#include "nsIFile.h"
+#include "nsIMutableArray.h"
+#include "nsArrayUtils.h"
+#include "nsDirectoryServiceUtils.h"
+#include "nsIObserverService.h"
+#include "nsDirPrefs.h"
+#include "nsThreadUtils.h"
+#include "nsIAbDirFactory.h"
+#include "nsComponentManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsIIOService.h"
+#include "nsAbQueryStringToExpression.h"
+#include "mozilla/ArrayUtils.h"
+#include "mozilla/Services.h"
+using namespace mozilla;
+
+struct ExportAttributesTableStruct
+{
+  const char* abPropertyName;
+  uint32_t plainTextStringID;
+};
+
+// our schema is not fixed yet, but we still want some sort of objectclass
+// for now, use obsolete in the class name, hinting that this will change
+// see bugs bug #116692 and #118454
+#define MOZ_AB_OBJECTCLASS "mozillaAbPersonAlpha"
+
+// for now, the oder of the attributes with true for includeForPlainText
+// should be in the same order as they are in the import code
+// see importMsgProperties and nsImportStringBundle.
+//
+// XXX todo, merge with what's in nsAbLDAPProperties.cpp, so we can
+// use this for LDAP and LDIF export
+//
+// here's how we're coming up with the ldapPropertyName values
+// if they are specified in RFC 2798, use them
+// else use the 4.x LDIF attribute names (for example, "xmozillanickname"
+// as we want to allow export from mozilla back to 4.x, and other apps
+// are probably out there that can handle 4.x LDIF)
+// else use the MOZ_AB_LDIF_PREFIX prefix, see nsIAddrDatabase.idl
+
+const ExportAttributesTableStruct EXPORT_ATTRIBUTES_TABLE[] = {
+  {kFirstNameProperty, 2100},
+  {kLastNameProperty, 2101},
+  {kDisplayNameProperty, 2102},
+  {kNicknameProperty, 2103},
+  {kPriEmailProperty, 2104},
+  {k2ndEmailProperty, 2105},
+  {kScreenNameProperty, 2136},
+  {kPreferMailFormatProperty, 0},
+  {kLastModifiedDateProperty, 0},
+  {kWorkPhoneProperty, 2106},
+  {kWorkPhoneTypeProperty, 0},
+  {kHomePhoneProperty, 2107},
+  {kHomePhoneTypeProperty, 0},
+  {kFaxProperty, 2108},
+  {kFaxTypeProperty, 0},
+  {kPagerProperty, 2109},
+  {kPagerTypeProperty, 0},
+  {kCellularProperty, 2110},
+  {kCellularTypeProperty, 0},
+  {kHomeAddressProperty, 2111},
+  {kHomeAddress2Property, 2112},
+  {kHomeCityProperty, 2113},
+  {kHomeStateProperty, 2114},
+  {kHomeZipCodeProperty, 2115},
+  {kHomeCountryProperty, 2116},
+  {kWorkAddressProperty, 2117},
+  {kWorkAddress2Property, 2118},
+  {kWorkCityProperty, 2119},
+  {kWorkStateProperty, 2120},
+  {kWorkZipCodeProperty, 2121},
+  {kWorkCountryProperty, 2122},
+  {kJobTitleProperty, 2123},
+  {kDepartmentProperty, 2124},
+  {kCompanyProperty, 2125},
+  {kWorkWebPageProperty, 2126},
+  {kHomeWebPageProperty, 2127},
+  {kBirthYearProperty, 2128}, // unused for now
+  {kBirthMonthProperty, 2129}, // unused for now
+  {kBirthDayProperty, 2130}, // unused for now
+  {kCustom1Property, 2131},
+  {kCustom2Property, 2132},
+  {kCustom3Property, 2133},
+  {kCustom4Property, 2134},
+  {kNotesProperty, 2135},
+  {kAnniversaryYearProperty, 0},
+  {kAnniversaryMonthProperty, 0},
+  {kAnniversaryDayProperty, 0},
+  {kSpouseNameProperty, 0},
+  {kFamilyNameProperty, 0},
+};
+
+//
+// nsAbManager
+//
+nsAbManager::nsAbManager()
+{
+}
+
+nsAbManager::~nsAbManager()
+{
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsAbManager, nsIAbManager, nsICommandLineHandler,
+  nsIObserver)
+
+nsresult nsAbManager::Init()
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(NS_IsMainThread(), NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIObserverService> observerService =
+    mozilla::services::GetObserverService();
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(observerService, NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED);
+
+  nsresult rv = observerService->AddObserver(this, "profile-do-change", false);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = observerService->AddObserver(this, NS_XPCOM_SHUTDOWN_OBSERVER_ID,
+                                    false);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbManager::Observe(nsISupports *aSubject, const char *aTopic,
+                                   const char16_t *someData)
+{
+  // The nsDirPrefs code caches all the directories that it got
+  // from the first profiles prefs.js.
+  // When we profile switch, we need to force it to shut down.
+  // We'll re-load all the directories from the second profiles prefs.js
+  // that happens in nsAbBSDirectory::GetChildNodes()
+  // when we call DIR_GetDirectories().
+  if (!strcmp(aTopic, "profile-do-change"))
+  {
+    DIR_ShutDown();
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  if (!strcmp(aTopic, NS_XPCOM_SHUTDOWN_OBSERVER_ID))
+  {
+    DIR_ShutDown();
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIObserverService> observerService =
+      mozilla::services::GetObserverService();
+    NS_ENSURE_TRUE(observerService, NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED);
+
+    nsresult rv = observerService->RemoveObserver(this, "profile-do-change");
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    rv = observerService->RemoveObserver(this, NS_XPCOM_SHUTDOWN_OBSERVER_ID);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+//
+// nsIAbManager
+//
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbManager::GetDirectories(nsISimpleEnumerator **aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+
+  // We cache the top level AB to ensure that nsIAbDirectory items are not
+  // created and dumped every time GetDirectories is called. This was causing
+  // performance problems, especially with the content policy on messages
+  // with lots of urls.
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbDirectory> rootAddressBook;
+  rv = GetRootDirectory(getter_AddRefs(rootAddressBook));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  return rootAddressBook->GetChildNodes(aResult);
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsAbManager::GetRootDirectory(nsIAbDirectory **aResult)
+{
+  // We cache the top level AB to ensure that nsIAbDirectory items are not
+  // created and dumped every time GetDirectories is called. This was causing
+  // performance problems, especially with the content policy on messages
+  // with lots of urls.
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  if (!mCacheTopLevelAb)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAbDirectory> rootAddressBook(do_GetService(NS_ABDIRECTORY_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    mCacheTopLevelAb = rootAddressBook;
+  }
+
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aResult = mCacheTopLevelAb);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbManager::GetDirectoryFromId(const nsACString &aDirPrefId,
+                                              nsIAbDirectory **aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleEnumerator> enumerator;
+  nsresult rv = GetDirectories(getter_AddRefs(enumerator));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> support;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbDirectory> directory;
+
+  bool hasMore = false;
+  while (NS_SUCCEEDED(enumerator->HasMoreElements(&hasMore)) && hasMore) {
+    rv = enumerator->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(support));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    directory = do_QueryInterface(support, &rv);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+      NS_WARNING("Unable to select Address book nsAbManager::GetDirectoryFromId()");
+      continue;
+    }
+
+    nsCString dirPrefId;
+    directory->GetDirPrefId(dirPrefId);
+    if (dirPrefId.Equals(aDirPrefId)) {
+      directory.forget(aResult);
+      return NS_OK;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbManager::GetDirectory(const nsACString &aURI,
+                                        nsIAbDirectory **aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbDirectory> directory;
+
+  // Was the directory root requested?
+  if (aURI.EqualsLiteral(kAllDirectoryRoot))
+  {
+    rv = GetRootDirectory(getter_AddRefs(directory));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    NS_IF_ADDREF(*aResult = directory);
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  // Do we have a copy of this directory already within our look-up table?
+  if (!mAbStore.Get(aURI, getter_AddRefs(directory)))
+  {
+    // The directory wasn't in our look-up table, so we need to instantiate
+    // it. First, extract the scheme from the URI...
+
+    nsAutoCString scheme;
+
+    int32_t colon = aURI.FindChar(':');
+    if (colon <= 0)
+      return NS_ERROR_MALFORMED_URI;
+    scheme = Substring(aURI, 0, colon);
+
+    // Construct the appropriate nsIAbDirectory...
+    nsAutoCString contractID;
+    contractID.AssignLiteral(NS_AB_DIRECTORY_TYPE_CONTRACTID_PREFIX);
+    contractID.Append(scheme);
+    directory = do_CreateInstance(contractID.get(), &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    // Init it with the URI
+    rv = directory->Init(PromiseFlatCString(aURI).get());
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    // Check if this directory was initiated with a search query.  If so,
+    // we don't cache it.
+    bool isQuery = false;
+    rv = directory->GetIsQuery(&isQuery);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    if (!isQuery)
+      mAbStore.Put(aURI, directory);
+  }
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aResult = directory);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbManager::NewAddressBook(const nsAString &aDirName,
+                                            const nsACString &aURI,
+                                            const uint32_t aType,
+                                            const nsACString &aPrefName,
+                                            nsACString &aResult)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbDirectory> parentDir;
+  rv = GetRootDirectory(getter_AddRefs(parentDir));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  return parentDir->CreateNewDirectory(aDirName, aURI, aType, aPrefName, aResult);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbManager::DeleteAddressBook(const nsACString &aURI)
+{
+  // Find the address book
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbDirectory> directory;
+  rv = GetDirectory(aURI, getter_AddRefs(directory));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbDirectory> rootDirectory;
+  rv = GetRootDirectory(getter_AddRefs(rootDirectory));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // Go through each of the children of the address book
+  // (so, the mailing lists) and remove their entries from
+  // the look up table.
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleEnumerator> enumerator;
+  rv = directory->GetChildNodes(getter_AddRefs(enumerator));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> item;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbDirectory> childDirectory;
+  bool hasMore = false;
+  while (NS_SUCCEEDED(enumerator->HasMoreElements(&hasMore)) && hasMore)
+  {
+    rv = enumerator->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(item));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    childDirectory = do_QueryInterface(item, &rv);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      nsCString childURI;
+      rv = childDirectory->GetURI(childURI);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      mAbStore.Remove(childURI);
+    }
+  }
+
+  mAbStore.Remove(aURI);
+
+  bool isMailList;
+  rv = directory->GetIsMailList(&isMailList);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  if (!isMailList)
+    // If we're not a mailing list, then our parent
+    // must be the root address book directory.
+    return rootDirectory->DeleteDirectory(directory);
+
+  nsCString parentUri;
+  parentUri.Append(aURI);
+  int32_t pos = parentUri.RFindChar('/');
+
+  // If we didn't find a /, we're in trouble.
+  if (pos == -1)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  parentUri = StringHead(parentUri, pos);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbDirectory> parentDirectory;
+  rv = GetDirectory(parentUri, getter_AddRefs(parentDirectory));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  return parentDirectory->DeleteDirectory(directory);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbManager::AddAddressBookListener(nsIAbListener *aListener,
+                                                  abListenerNotifyFlagValue aNotifyFlags)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aListener);
+
+  abListener newListener(aListener, aNotifyFlags);
+  mListeners.AppendElementUnlessExists(newListener);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbManager::RemoveAddressBookListener(nsIAbListener *aListener)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aListener);
+
+  mListeners.RemoveElement(aListener);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+#define NOTIFY_AB_LISTENERS(propertyflag_, propertyfunc_, params_) \
+  PR_BEGIN_MACRO                                                       \
+  nsTObserverArray<abListener>::ForwardIterator iter(mListeners);      \
+  while (iter.HasMore()) {                                             \
+    const abListener &abL = iter.GetNext();                            \
+    if (abL.mNotifyFlags & nsIAbListener::propertyflag_)               \
+      abL.mListener->propertyfunc_ params_;                            \
+  }                                                                    \
+  PR_END_MACRO
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbManager::NotifyItemPropertyChanged(nsISupports *aItem,
+                                                     const char *aProperty,
+                                                     const char16_t* aOldValue,
+                                                     const char16_t* aNewValue)
+{
+  NOTIFY_AB_LISTENERS(itemChanged, OnItemPropertyChanged,
+                      (aItem, aProperty, aOldValue, aNewValue));
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbManager::NotifyDirectoryItemAdded(nsIAbDirectory *aParentDirectory,
+                                                    nsISupports *aItem)
+{
+  NOTIFY_AB_LISTENERS(itemAdded, OnItemAdded, (aParentDirectory, aItem));
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbManager::NotifyDirectoryItemDeleted(nsIAbDirectory *aParentDirectory,
+                                                      nsISupports *aItem)
+{
+  NOTIFY_AB_LISTENERS(directoryItemRemoved, OnItemRemoved,
+                      (aParentDirectory, aItem));
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbManager::NotifyDirectoryDeleted(nsIAbDirectory *aParentDirectory,
+                                                  nsISupports *aDirectory)
+{
+  NOTIFY_AB_LISTENERS(directoryRemoved, OnItemRemoved,
+                      (aParentDirectory, aDirectory));
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbManager::GetUserProfileDirectory(nsIFile **userDir)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(userDir);
+  *userDir = nullptr;
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> profileDir;
+  nsAutoCString pathBuf;
+
+  rv = NS_GetSpecialDirectory(NS_APP_USER_PROFILE_50_DIR, getter_AddRefs(profileDir));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  profileDir.forget(userDir);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbManager::MailListNameExists(const char16_t *aName, bool *aExists)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aExists);
+
+  *aExists = false;
+
+  // now get the top-level book
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbDirectory> topDirectory;
+  rv = GetRootDirectory(getter_AddRefs(topDirectory));
+
+  // now go through the address books
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleEnumerator> enumerator;
+  rv = topDirectory->GetChildNodes(getter_AddRefs(enumerator));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  bool hasMore;
+  while (NS_SUCCEEDED(enumerator->HasMoreElements(&hasMore)) && hasMore)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> item;
+    rv = enumerator->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(item));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAbDirectory> directory = do_QueryInterface(item, &rv);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      continue;
+
+    rv = directory->HasMailListWithName(aName, aExists);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && *aExists)
+      return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  *aExists = false;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+#define CSV_DELIM ","
+#define CSV_DELIM_LEN 1
+#define TAB_DELIM "\t"
+#define TAB_DELIM_LEN 1
+
+#define CSV_FILE_EXTENSION ".csv"
+#define TAB_FILE_EXTENSION ".tab"
+#define TXT_FILE_EXTENSION ".txt"
+#define VCF_FILE_EXTENSION ".vcf"
+#define LDIF_FILE_EXTENSION ".ldi"
+#define LDIF_FILE_EXTENSION2 ".ldif"
+
+enum ADDRESSBOOK_EXPORT_FILE_TYPE
+{
+ CSV_EXPORT_TYPE      = 0,
+ CSV_EXPORT_TYPE_UTF8 = 1,
+ TAB_EXPORT_TYPE      = 2,
+ TAB_EXPORT_TYPE_UTF8 = 3,
+ VCF_EXPORT_TYPE      = 4,
+ LDIF_EXPORT_TYPE     = 5,
+};
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbManager::ExportAddressBook(mozIDOMWindowProxy *aParentWin, nsIAbDirectory *aDirectory)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aParentWin);
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFilePicker> filePicker = do_CreateInstance("@mozilla.org/filepicker;1", &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundleService> bundleService =
+    mozilla::services::GetStringBundleService();
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(bundleService, NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundle> bundle;
+  rv = bundleService->CreateBundle("chrome://messenger/locale/addressbook/addressBook.properties", getter_AddRefs(bundle));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsString dirName;
+  aDirectory->GetDirName(dirName);
+  const char16_t *formatStrings[] = { dirName.get() };
+
+  nsString title;
+  rv = bundle->FormatStringFromName(u"ExportAddressBookNameTitle", formatStrings,
+                                    ArrayLength(formatStrings), getter_Copies(title));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = filePicker->Init(aParentWin, title, nsIFilePicker::modeSave);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  filePicker->SetDefaultString(dirName);
+
+  nsString filterString;
+
+  // CSV: System charset and UTF-8.
+  rv = bundle->GetStringFromName(u"CSVFilesSysCharset", getter_Copies(filterString));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  rv = filePicker->AppendFilter(filterString, NS_LITERAL_STRING("*.csv"));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  rv = bundle->GetStringFromName(u"CSVFilesUTF8", getter_Copies(filterString));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  rv = filePicker->AppendFilter(filterString, NS_LITERAL_STRING("*.csv"));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // Tab separated: System charset and UTF-8.
+  rv = bundle->GetStringFromName(u"TABFilesSysCharset", getter_Copies(filterString));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  rv = filePicker->AppendFilter(filterString, NS_LITERAL_STRING("*.tab; *.txt"));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  rv = bundle->GetStringFromName(u"TABFilesUTF8", getter_Copies(filterString));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  rv = filePicker->AppendFilter(filterString, NS_LITERAL_STRING("*.tab; *.txt"));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = bundle->GetStringFromName(u"VCFFiles", getter_Copies(filterString));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  rv = filePicker->AppendFilter(filterString, NS_LITERAL_STRING("*.vcf"));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = bundle->GetStringFromName(u"LDIFFiles", getter_Copies(filterString));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  rv = filePicker->AppendFilter(filterString, NS_LITERAL_STRING("*.ldi; *.ldif"));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  int16_t dialogResult;
+  filePicker->Show(&dialogResult);
+
+  if (dialogResult == nsIFilePicker::returnCancel)
+    return rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> localFile;
+  rv = filePicker->GetFile(getter_AddRefs(localFile));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  if (dialogResult == nsIFilePicker::returnReplace) {
+    // be extra safe and only delete when the file is really a file
+    bool isFile;
+    rv = localFile->IsFile(&isFile);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && isFile) {
+      rv = localFile->Remove(false /* recursive delete */);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    }
+  }
+
+  // The type of export is determined by the drop-down in
+  // the file picker dialog.
+  int32_t exportType;
+  rv = filePicker->GetFilterIndex(&exportType);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  nsAutoString fileName;
+  rv = localFile->GetLeafName(fileName);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  switch ( exportType )
+  {
+    default:
+    case LDIF_EXPORT_TYPE: // ldif
+      // If filename does not have the correct ext, add one.
+      if ((MsgFind(fileName, LDIF_FILE_EXTENSION, true, fileName.Length() - strlen(LDIF_FILE_EXTENSION)) == -1) &&
+          (MsgFind(fileName, LDIF_FILE_EXTENSION2, true, fileName.Length() - strlen(LDIF_FILE_EXTENSION2)) == -1)) {
+
+        // Add the extension and build a new localFile.
+        fileName.AppendLiteral(LDIF_FILE_EXTENSION2);
+        localFile->SetLeafName(fileName);
+      }
+      rv = ExportDirectoryToLDIF(aDirectory, localFile);
+      break;
+
+    case CSV_EXPORT_TYPE: // csv
+    case CSV_EXPORT_TYPE_UTF8:
+      // If filename does not have the correct ext, add one.
+      if (MsgFind(fileName, CSV_FILE_EXTENSION, true, fileName.Length() - strlen(CSV_FILE_EXTENSION)) == -1) {
+
+        // Add the extension and build a new localFile.
+        fileName.AppendLiteral(CSV_FILE_EXTENSION);
+        localFile->SetLeafName(fileName);
+      }
+      rv = ExportDirectoryToDelimitedText(aDirectory, CSV_DELIM, CSV_DELIM_LEN, localFile,
+                                          exportType==CSV_EXPORT_TYPE_UTF8);
+      break;
+
+    case TAB_EXPORT_TYPE: // tab & text
+    case TAB_EXPORT_TYPE_UTF8:
+      // If filename does not have the correct ext, add one.
+      if ((MsgFind(fileName, TXT_FILE_EXTENSION, true, fileName.Length() - strlen(TXT_FILE_EXTENSION)) == -1) &&
+          (MsgFind(fileName, TAB_FILE_EXTENSION, true, fileName.Length() - strlen(TAB_FILE_EXTENSION)) == -1)) {
+
+        // Add the extension and build a new localFile.
+        fileName.AppendLiteral(TXT_FILE_EXTENSION);
+        localFile->SetLeafName(fileName);
+      }
+      rv = ExportDirectoryToDelimitedText(aDirectory, TAB_DELIM, TAB_DELIM_LEN, localFile,
+                                          exportType==TAB_EXPORT_TYPE_UTF8);
+      break;
+
+    case VCF_EXPORT_TYPE: // vCard
+      // If filename does not have the correct ext, add one.
+      if (MsgFind(fileName, VCF_FILE_EXTENSION, true, fileName.Length() - strlen(VCF_FILE_EXTENSION)) == -1) {
+
+        // Add the extension and build a new localFile.
+        fileName.AppendLiteral(VCF_FILE_EXTENSION);
+        localFile->SetLeafName(fileName);
+      }
+      rv = ExportDirectoryToVCard(aDirectory, localFile);
+      break;
+  };
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsAbManager::ExportDirectoryToDelimitedText(nsIAbDirectory *aDirectory,
+                                            const char *aDelim,
+                                            uint32_t aDelimLen,
+                                            nsIFile *aLocalFile,
+                                            bool useUTF8)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr <nsISimpleEnumerator> cardsEnumerator;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIAbCard> card;
+
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIOutputStream> outputStream;
+  rv = MsgNewBufferedFileOutputStream(getter_AddRefs(outputStream),
+                                      aLocalFile,
+                                      PR_CREATE_FILE | PR_WRONLY | PR_TRUNCATE,
+                                      0664);
+
+  // the desired file may be read only
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  uint32_t i;
+  uint32_t writeCount;
+  uint32_t length;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundleService> bundleService =
+    mozilla::services::GetStringBundleService();
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(bundleService, NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundle> bundle;
+  rv = bundleService->CreateBundle("chrome://messenger/locale/importMsgs.properties", getter_AddRefs(bundle));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCString revisedName;
+  nsString columnName;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < ArrayLength(EXPORT_ATTRIBUTES_TABLE); i++) {
+    if (EXPORT_ATTRIBUTES_TABLE[i].plainTextStringID != 0) {
+
+      // We don't need to truncate the string here as getter_Copies will
+      // do that for us.
+      if (NS_FAILED(bundle->GetStringFromID(EXPORT_ATTRIBUTES_TABLE[i].plainTextStringID, getter_Copies(columnName))))
+        columnName.AppendInt(EXPORT_ATTRIBUTES_TABLE[i].plainTextStringID);
+
+      rv = nsMsgI18NConvertFromUnicode(useUTF8 ? "UTF-8" : nsMsgI18NFileSystemCharset(),
+                                       columnName, revisedName);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+      rv = outputStream->Write(revisedName.get(),
+                               revisedName.Length(),
+                               &writeCount);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+      if (revisedName.Length() != writeCount)
+        return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+      if (i < ArrayLength(EXPORT_ATTRIBUTES_TABLE) - 1) {
+        rv = outputStream->Write(aDelim, aDelimLen, &writeCount);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+        if (aDelimLen != writeCount)
+          return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  rv = outputStream->Write(MSG_LINEBREAK, MSG_LINEBREAK_LEN, &writeCount);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  if (MSG_LINEBREAK_LEN != writeCount)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  rv = aDirectory->GetChildCards(getter_AddRefs(cardsEnumerator));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && cardsEnumerator) {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> item;
+    bool more;
+    while (NS_SUCCEEDED(cardsEnumerator->HasMoreElements(&more)) && more) {
+      rv = cardsEnumerator->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(item));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+        nsCOMPtr <nsIAbCard> card = do_QueryInterface(item, &rv);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+        bool isMailList;
+        rv = card->GetIsMailList(&isMailList);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+
+        if (isMailList) {
+          // .tab, .txt and .csv aren't able to export mailing lists
+          // use LDIF for that.
+        }
+        else {
+          nsString value;
+          nsCString valueCStr;
+
+          for (i = 0; i < ArrayLength(EXPORT_ATTRIBUTES_TABLE); i++) {
+            if (EXPORT_ATTRIBUTES_TABLE[i].plainTextStringID != 0) {
+              rv = card->GetPropertyAsAString(EXPORT_ATTRIBUTES_TABLE[i].abPropertyName, value);
+              if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+                value.Truncate();
+
+              // If a string contains at least one comma, tab or double quote then
+              // we need to quote the entire string. Also if double quote is part
+              // of the string we need to quote the double quote(s) as well.
+              nsAutoString newValue(value);
+              bool needsQuotes = false;
+              if(newValue.FindChar('"') != -1)
+              {
+                needsQuotes = true;
+
+                int32_t match = 0;
+                uint32_t offset = 0;
+                nsString oldSubstr = NS_LITERAL_STRING("\"");
+                nsString newSubstr = NS_LITERAL_STRING("\"\"");
+                while (offset < newValue.Length()) {
+                    match = newValue.Find(oldSubstr, offset);
+                    if (match == -1)
+                        break;
+
+                    newValue.Replace(offset + match, oldSubstr.Length(), newSubstr);
+                    offset += (match + newSubstr.Length());
+                }
+              }
+              if (!needsQuotes && (newValue.FindChar(',') != -1 || newValue.FindChar('\x09') != -1))
+                needsQuotes = true;
+
+              // Make sure we quote if containing CR/LF.
+              if (newValue.FindChar('\r') != -1 ||
+                  newValue.FindChar('\n') != -1)
+                  needsQuotes = true;
+
+              if (needsQuotes)
+              {
+                newValue.Insert(NS_LITERAL_STRING("\""), 0);
+                newValue.AppendLiteral("\"");
+              }
+
+              rv = nsMsgI18NConvertFromUnicode(useUTF8 ? "UTF-8" : nsMsgI18NFileSystemCharset(),
+                                               newValue, valueCStr);
+              NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+              if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+                NS_ERROR("failed to convert string to system charset.  use LDIF");
+                valueCStr = "?";
+              }
+
+              length = valueCStr.Length();
+              if (length) {
+                rv = outputStream->Write(valueCStr.get(), length, &writeCount);
+                NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+                if (length != writeCount)
+                  return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+              }
+              valueCStr = "";
+            }
+            else {
+              // something we don't support for the current export
+              // for example, .tab doesn't export preferred html format
+              continue; // go to next field
+            }
+
+            if (i < ArrayLength(EXPORT_ATTRIBUTES_TABLE) - 1) {
+              rv = outputStream->Write(aDelim, aDelimLen, &writeCount);
+              NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+              if (aDelimLen != writeCount)
+                return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+            }
+          }
+
+          // write out the linebreak that separates the cards
+          rv = outputStream->Write(MSG_LINEBREAK, MSG_LINEBREAK_LEN, &writeCount);
+          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+          if (MSG_LINEBREAK_LEN != writeCount)
+            return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  rv = outputStream->Flush();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  rv = outputStream->Close();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsAbManager::ExportDirectoryToVCard(nsIAbDirectory *aDirectory, nsIFile *aLocalFile)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr <nsISimpleEnumerator> cardsEnumerator;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIAbCard> card;
+
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIOutputStream> outputStream;
+  rv = MsgNewBufferedFileOutputStream(getter_AddRefs(outputStream),
+                                      aLocalFile,
+                                      PR_CREATE_FILE | PR_WRONLY | PR_TRUNCATE,
+                                      0664);
+
+  // the desired file may be read only
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  uint32_t writeCount;
+  uint32_t length;
+
+  rv = aDirectory->GetChildCards(getter_AddRefs(cardsEnumerator));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && cardsEnumerator) {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> item;
+    bool more;
+    while (NS_SUCCEEDED(cardsEnumerator->HasMoreElements(&more)) && more) {
+      rv = cardsEnumerator->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(item));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+        nsCOMPtr <nsIAbCard> card = do_QueryInterface(item, &rv);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+        bool isMailList;
+        rv = card->GetIsMailList(&isMailList);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+        if (isMailList) {
+          // we don't know how to export mailing lists to vcf
+          // use LDIF for that.
+        }
+        else {
+          nsCString escapedValue;
+          rv = card->TranslateTo(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("vcard"), escapedValue);
+          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+          nsCString valueCStr;
+          MsgUnescapeString(escapedValue, 0, valueCStr);
+
+          length = valueCStr.Length();
+          rv = outputStream->Write(valueCStr.get(), length, &writeCount);
+          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+          if (length != writeCount)
+            return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  rv = outputStream->Flush();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  rv = outputStream->Close();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+nsresult
+nsAbManager::ExportDirectoryToLDIF(nsIAbDirectory *aDirectory, nsIFile *aLocalFile)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr <nsISimpleEnumerator> cardsEnumerator;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIAbCard> card;
+
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIOutputStream> outputStream;
+  rv = MsgNewBufferedFileOutputStream(getter_AddRefs(outputStream),
+                                      aLocalFile,
+                                      PR_CREATE_FILE | PR_WRONLY | PR_TRUNCATE,
+                                      0664);
+
+  // the desired file may be read only
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  // Get the default attribute map for ldap. We use the default attribute
+  // map rather than one for a specific server because if people want an
+  // ldif export using a servers specific schema, then they can use ldapsearch
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbLDAPAttributeMapService> mapSrv =
+    do_GetService("@mozilla.org/addressbook/ldap-attribute-map-service;1", &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbLDAPAttributeMap> attrMap;
+  rv = mapSrv->GetMapForPrefBranch(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("ldap_2.servers.default.attrmap"),
+                                   getter_AddRefs(attrMap));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  uint32_t i;
+  uint32_t writeCount;
+  uint32_t length;
+
+  rv = aDirectory->GetChildCards(getter_AddRefs(cardsEnumerator));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && cardsEnumerator) {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> item;
+    bool more;
+    while (NS_SUCCEEDED(cardsEnumerator->HasMoreElements(&more)) && more) {
+      rv = cardsEnumerator->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(item));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+        nsCOMPtr <nsIAbCard> card = do_QueryInterface(item, &rv);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+        bool isMailList;
+        rv = card->GetIsMailList(&isMailList);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+        if (isMailList) {
+          nsCString mailListCStr;
+
+          rv = AppendLDIFForMailList(card, attrMap, mailListCStr);
+          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+          length = mailListCStr.Length();
+          rv = outputStream->Write(mailListCStr.get(), length, &writeCount);
+          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+          if (length != writeCount)
+            return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+        }
+        else {
+          nsString value;
+          nsCString valueCStr;
+
+          rv = AppendBasicLDIFForCard(card, attrMap, valueCStr);
+          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+          length = valueCStr.Length();
+          rv = outputStream->Write(valueCStr.get(), length, &writeCount);
+          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+          if (length != writeCount)
+            return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+          valueCStr.Truncate();
+
+          nsAutoCString ldapAttribute;
+
+          for (i = 0; i < ArrayLength(EXPORT_ATTRIBUTES_TABLE); i++) {
+            if (NS_SUCCEEDED(attrMap->GetFirstAttribute(nsDependentCString(EXPORT_ATTRIBUTES_TABLE[i].abPropertyName),
+                                                        ldapAttribute)) &&
+                !ldapAttribute.IsEmpty()) {
+
+              rv = card->GetPropertyAsAString(EXPORT_ATTRIBUTES_TABLE[i].abPropertyName, value);
+              if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+                value.Truncate();
+
+              if (!PL_strcmp(EXPORT_ATTRIBUTES_TABLE[i].abPropertyName, kPreferMailFormatProperty)) {
+                if (value.EqualsLiteral("html"))
+                  value.AssignLiteral("true");
+                else if (value.EqualsLiteral("plaintext"))
+                  value.AssignLiteral("false");
+                else
+                  value.Truncate(); // unknown.
+              }
+
+              if (!value.IsEmpty()) {
+                rv = AppendProperty(ldapAttribute.get(), value.get(), valueCStr);
+                NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+                valueCStr += MSG_LINEBREAK;
+              }
+              else
+                valueCStr.Truncate();
+
+              length = valueCStr.Length();
+              if (length) {
+                rv = outputStream->Write(valueCStr.get(), length, &writeCount);
+                NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+                if (length != writeCount)
+                  return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+              }
+              valueCStr.Truncate();
+            }
+            else {
+              // something we don't support yet
+              // ldif doesn't export multiple addresses
+            }
+          }
+
+          // write out the linebreak that separates the cards
+          rv = outputStream->Write(MSG_LINEBREAK, MSG_LINEBREAK_LEN, &writeCount);
+          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+          if (MSG_LINEBREAK_LEN != writeCount)
+            return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  rv = outputStream->Flush();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  rv = outputStream->Close();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsAbManager::AppendLDIFForMailList(nsIAbCard *aCard, nsIAbLDAPAttributeMap *aAttrMap, nsACString &aResult)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsString attrValue;
+
+  rv = AppendDNForCard("dn", aCard, aAttrMap, aResult);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  aResult += MSG_LINEBREAK \
+             "objectclass: top" MSG_LINEBREAK \
+             "objectclass: groupOfNames" MSG_LINEBREAK;
+
+  rv = aCard->GetDisplayName(attrValue);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  nsAutoCString ldapAttributeName;
+
+  rv = aAttrMap->GetFirstAttribute(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(kDisplayNameProperty),
+                                  ldapAttributeName);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = AppendProperty(ldapAttributeName.get(), attrValue.get(), aResult);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  aResult += MSG_LINEBREAK;
+
+  rv = aAttrMap->GetFirstAttribute(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(kNicknameProperty),
+                                  ldapAttributeName);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = aCard->GetPropertyAsAString(kNicknameProperty, attrValue);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !attrValue.IsEmpty()) {
+    rv = AppendProperty(ldapAttributeName.get(), attrValue.get(), aResult);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+    aResult += MSG_LINEBREAK;
+  }
+
+  rv = aAttrMap->GetFirstAttribute(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(kNotesProperty),
+                                  ldapAttributeName);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = aCard->GetPropertyAsAString(kNotesProperty, attrValue);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !attrValue.IsEmpty()) {
+    rv = AppendProperty(ldapAttributeName.get(), attrValue.get(), aResult);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+    aResult += MSG_LINEBREAK;
+  }
+
+  nsCString mailListURI;
+  rv = aCard->GetMailListURI(getter_Copies(mailListURI));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIAbDirectory> mailList;
+  rv = GetDirectory(mailListURI, getter_AddRefs(mailList));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> addresses;
+  rv = mailList->GetAddressLists(getter_AddRefs(addresses));
+  if (addresses) {
+    uint32_t total = 0;
+    addresses->GetLength(&total);
+    if (total) {
+      uint32_t i;
+      for (i = 0; i < total; i++) {
+        nsCOMPtr <nsIAbCard> listCard = do_QueryElementAt(addresses, i, &rv);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+        rv = AppendDNForCard("member", listCard, aAttrMap, aResult);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+        aResult += MSG_LINEBREAK;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  aResult += MSG_LINEBREAK;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsAbManager::AppendDNForCard(const char *aProperty, nsIAbCard *aCard, nsIAbLDAPAttributeMap *aAttrMap, nsACString &aResult)
+{
+  nsString email;
+  nsString displayName;
+  nsAutoCString ldapAttributeName;
+
+  nsresult rv = aCard->GetPrimaryEmail(email);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  rv = aCard->GetDisplayName(displayName);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  nsString cnStr;
+
+  rv = aAttrMap->GetFirstAttribute(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(kDisplayNameProperty),
+                                   ldapAttributeName);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  if (!displayName.IsEmpty()) {
+    cnStr += NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16(ldapAttributeName).get();
+    cnStr.AppendLiteral("=");
+    cnStr.Append(displayName);
+    if (!email.IsEmpty()) {
+      cnStr.AppendLiteral(",");
+    }
+  }
+
+  rv = aAttrMap->GetFirstAttribute(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(kPriEmailProperty),
+                                   ldapAttributeName);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  if (!email.IsEmpty()) {
+    cnStr += NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16(ldapAttributeName).get();
+    cnStr.AppendLiteral("=");
+    cnStr.Append(email);
+  }
+
+  rv = AppendProperty(aProperty, cnStr.get(), aResult);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsAbManager::AppendBasicLDIFForCard(nsIAbCard *aCard, nsIAbLDAPAttributeMap *aAttrMap, nsACString &aResult)
+{
+  nsresult rv = AppendDNForCard("dn", aCard, aAttrMap, aResult);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  aResult += MSG_LINEBREAK \
+    "objectclass: top" MSG_LINEBREAK \
+    "objectclass: person" MSG_LINEBREAK \
+    "objectclass: organizationalPerson" MSG_LINEBREAK \
+    "objectclass: inetOrgPerson" MSG_LINEBREAK \
+    "objectclass: " MOZ_AB_OBJECTCLASS MSG_LINEBREAK;
+  return rv;
+}
+
+bool nsAbManager::IsSafeLDIFString(const char16_t *aStr)
+{
+  // follow RFC 2849 to determine if something is safe "as is" for LDIF
+  if (aStr[0] == char16_t(' ') ||
+      aStr[0] == char16_t(':') ||
+      aStr[0] == char16_t('<'))
+    return false;
+
+  uint32_t i;
+  uint32_t len = NS_strlen(aStr);
+  for (i=0; i<len; i++) {
+    // If string contains CR or LF, it is not safe for LDIF
+    // and MUST be base64 encoded
+    if ((aStr[i] == char16_t('\n')) ||
+        (aStr[i] == char16_t('\r')) ||
+        (!NS_IsAscii(aStr[i])))
+      return false;
+  }
+  return true;
+}
+
+nsresult nsAbManager::AppendProperty(const char *aProperty, const char16_t *aValue, nsACString &aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aValue);
+
+  aResult += aProperty;
+
+  // if the string is not safe "as is", base64 encode it
+  if (IsSafeLDIFString(aValue)) {
+    aResult.AppendLiteral(": ");
+    aResult.Append(NS_LossyConvertUTF16toASCII(aValue));
+  }
+  else {
+    char *base64Str = PL_Base64Encode(NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(aValue).get(), 0, nullptr);
+    if (!base64Str)
+      return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+    aResult.AppendLiteral(":: ");
+    aResult.Append(nsDependentCString(base64Str));
+    PR_Free(base64Str);
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+char *getCString(VObject *vObj)
+{
+    if (VALUE_TYPE(vObj) == VCVT_USTRINGZ)
+        return fakeCString(vObjectUStringZValue(vObj));
+    if (VALUE_TYPE(vObj) == VCVT_STRINGZ)
+        return PL_strdup(vObjectStringZValue(vObj));
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+static void convertNameValue(VObject *vObj, nsIAbCard *aCard)
+{
+  const char *cardPropName = NULL;
+
+  // if the vCard property is not a root property then we need to determine its exact property.
+  // a good example of this is VCTelephoneProp, this prop has four objects underneath it:
+  // fax, work and home and cellular.
+  if (PL_strcasecmp(VCCityProp, vObjectName(vObj)) == 0)
+      cardPropName = kWorkCityProperty;
+  else if (PL_strcasecmp(VCTelephoneProp, vObjectName(vObj)) == 0)
+  {
+      if (isAPropertyOf(vObj, VCFaxProp))
+          cardPropName = kFaxProperty;
+      else if (isAPropertyOf(vObj, VCWorkProp))
+          cardPropName = kWorkPhoneProperty;
+      else if (isAPropertyOf(vObj, VCHomeProp))
+          cardPropName = kHomePhoneProperty;
+      else if (isAPropertyOf(vObj, VCCellularProp))
+          cardPropName = kCellularProperty;
+      else if (isAPropertyOf(vObj, VCPagerProp))
+          cardPropName = kPagerProperty;
+      else
+          return;
+  }
+  else if (PL_strcasecmp(VCEmailAddressProp, vObjectName(vObj)) == 0)
+      cardPropName = kPriEmailProperty;
+  else if (PL_strcasecmp(VCFamilyNameProp, vObjectName(vObj)) == 0)
+      cardPropName = kLastNameProperty;
+  else if (PL_strcasecmp(VCFullNameProp, vObjectName(vObj)) == 0)
+      cardPropName = kDisplayNameProperty;
+  else if (PL_strcasecmp(VCGivenNameProp, vObjectName(vObj)) == 0)
+      cardPropName = kFirstNameProperty;
+  else if (PL_strcasecmp(VCOrgNameProp, vObjectName(vObj)) == 0)
+      cardPropName = kCompanyProperty;
+  else if (PL_strcasecmp(VCOrgUnitProp, vObjectName(vObj)) == 0)
+      cardPropName = kDepartmentProperty;
+  else if (PL_strcasecmp(VCPostalCodeProp, vObjectName(vObj)) == 0)
+      cardPropName = kWorkZipCodeProperty;
+  else if (PL_strcasecmp(VCRegionProp, vObjectName(vObj)) == 0)
+      cardPropName = kWorkStateProperty;
+  else if (PL_strcasecmp(VCStreetAddressProp, vObjectName(vObj)) == 0)
+      cardPropName = kWorkAddressProperty;
+  else if (PL_strcasecmp(VCPostalBoxProp, vObjectName(vObj)) == 0)
+      cardPropName = kWorkAddress2Property;
+  else if (PL_strcasecmp(VCCountryNameProp, vObjectName(vObj)) == 0)
+      cardPropName = kWorkCountryProperty;
+  else if (PL_strcasecmp(VCTitleProp, vObjectName(vObj)) == 0)
+      cardPropName = kJobTitleProperty;
+  else if (PL_strcasecmp(VCUseHTML, vObjectName(vObj)) == 0)
+      cardPropName = kPreferMailFormatProperty;
+  else if (PL_strcasecmp(VCNoteProp, vObjectName(vObj)) == 0)
+      cardPropName = kNotesProperty;
+  else if (PL_strcasecmp(VCURLProp, vObjectName(vObj)) == 0)
+      cardPropName = kWorkWebPageProperty;
+  else
+      return;
+
+  if (!VALUE_TYPE(vObj))
+      return;
+
+  char *cardPropValue = getCString(vObj);
+  if (PL_strcmp(cardPropName, kPreferMailFormatProperty)) {
+    aCard->SetPropertyAsAUTF8String(cardPropName, nsDependentCString(cardPropValue));
+  } else {
+    if (!PL_strcmp(cardPropValue, "TRUE"))
+      aCard->SetPropertyAsUint32(cardPropName, nsIAbPreferMailFormat::html);
+    else if (!PL_strcmp(cardPropValue, "FALSE"))
+      aCard->SetPropertyAsUint32(cardPropName, nsIAbPreferMailFormat::plaintext);
+    else
+      aCard->SetPropertyAsUint32(cardPropName, nsIAbPreferMailFormat::unknown);
+  }
+  PR_FREEIF(cardPropValue);
+  return;
+}
+
+static void convertFromVObject(VObject *vObj, nsIAbCard *aCard)
+{
+    if (vObj)
+    {
+        VObjectIterator t;
+
+        convertNameValue(vObj, aCard);
+
+        initPropIterator(&t, vObj);
+        while (moreIteration(&t))
+        {
+            VObject * nextObject = nextVObject(&t);
+            convertFromVObject(nextObject, aCard);
+        }
+    }
+    return;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbManager::EscapedVCardToAbCard(const char *aEscapedVCardStr, nsIAbCard **aCard)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aEscapedVCardStr);
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aCard);
+
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIAbCard> cardFromVCard = do_CreateInstance(NS_ABCARDPROPERTY_CONTRACTID);
+    if (!cardFromVCard)
+        return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+    // aEscapedVCardStr will be "" the first time, before you have a vCard
+    if (*aEscapedVCardStr != '\0') {
+        nsCString unescapedData;
+        MsgUnescapeString(nsDependentCString(aEscapedVCardStr), 0, unescapedData);
+
+        VObject *vObj = parse_MIME(unescapedData.get(), unescapedData.Length());
+        if (vObj)
+        {
+          convertFromVObject(vObj, cardFromVCard);
+
+          cleanVObject(vObj);
+        }
+        else
+          NS_WARNING("Parse of vCard failed");
+    }
+
+    NS_IF_ADDREF(*aCard = cardFromVCard);
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsAbManager::Handle(nsICommandLine* aCmdLine)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  bool found;
+
+  rv = aCmdLine->HandleFlag(NS_LITERAL_STRING("addressbook"), false, &found);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  if (!found)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIWindowWatcher> wwatch (do_GetService(NS_WINDOWWATCHER_CONTRACTID));
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(wwatch, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<mozIDOMWindowProxy> opened;
+  wwatch->OpenWindow(nullptr,
+                     "chrome://messenger/content/addressbook/addressbook.xul",
+                     "_blank",
+                     "chrome,extrachrome,menubar,resizable,scrollbars,status,toolbar",
+                     nullptr, getter_AddRefs(opened));
+  aCmdLine->SetPreventDefault(true);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsAbManager::GetHelpInfo(nsACString& aResult)
+{
+  aResult.Assign(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("  -addressbook       Open the address book at startup.\n"));
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsAbManager::GenerateUUID(const nsACString &aDirectoryId,
+                          const nsACString &aLocalId, nsACString &uuid)
+{
+  uuid.Assign(aDirectoryId);
+  uuid.Append('#');
+  uuid.Append(aLocalId);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsAbManager::ConvertQueryStringToExpression(const nsACString &aQueryString,
+                                            nsIAbBooleanExpression **_retval)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(_retval);
+  return nsAbQueryStringToExpression::Convert(aQueryString,
+                                              _retval);
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbManager.h b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbManager.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..066fa8a08
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbManager.h
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef __nsAbManager_h
+#define __nsAbManager_h
+ 
+#include "nsIAbManager.h"
+#include "nsTObserverArray.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsICommandLineHandler.h"
+#include "nsIObserver.h"
+#include "nsInterfaceHashtable.h"
+#include "nsIAbDirFactoryService.h"
+#include "nsIAbDirectory.h"
+
+class nsIAbLDAPAttributeMap;
+
+class nsAbManager : public nsIAbManager,
+                    public nsICommandLineHandler,
+                    public nsIObserver
+{
+  
+public:
+	nsAbManager();
+
+	NS_DECL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS
+ 	NS_DECL_NSIABMANAGER
+  NS_DECL_NSIOBSERVER
+  NS_DECL_NSICOMMANDLINEHANDLER
+
+  nsresult Init();
+
+private:
+	virtual ~nsAbManager();
+  nsresult GetRootDirectory(nsIAbDirectory **aResult);
+  nsresult ExportDirectoryToDelimitedText(nsIAbDirectory *aDirectory, const char *aDelim,
+                                          uint32_t aDelimLen, nsIFile *aLocalFile, bool useUTF8);
+  nsresult ExportDirectoryToVCard(nsIAbDirectory *aDirectory, nsIFile *aLocalFile);
+  nsresult ExportDirectoryToLDIF(nsIAbDirectory *aDirectory, nsIFile *aLocalFile);
+  nsresult AppendLDIFForMailList(nsIAbCard *aCard, nsIAbLDAPAttributeMap *aAttrMap, nsACString &aResult);
+  nsresult AppendDNForCard(const char *aProperty, nsIAbCard *aCard, nsIAbLDAPAttributeMap *aAttrMap, nsACString &aResult);
+  nsresult AppendBasicLDIFForCard(nsIAbCard *aCard, nsIAbLDAPAttributeMap *aAttrMap, nsACString &aResult);
+  nsresult AppendProperty(const char *aProperty, const char16_t *aValue, nsACString &aResult);
+  bool IsSafeLDIFString(const char16_t *aStr);
+
+  struct abListener {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAbListener> mListener;
+    uint32_t mNotifyFlags;
+
+    abListener(nsIAbListener *aListener, uint32_t aNotifyFlags)
+      : mListener(aListener), mNotifyFlags(aNotifyFlags) {}
+    abListener(const abListener &aListener)
+      : mListener(aListener.mListener), mNotifyFlags(aListener.mNotifyFlags) {}
+    ~abListener() {}
+
+    int operator==(nsIAbListener* aListener) const {
+      return mListener == aListener;
+    }
+    int operator==(const abListener &aListener) const {
+      return mListener == aListener.mListener;
+    }
+  };
+
+  nsTObserverArray<abListener> mListeners;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbDirectory> mCacheTopLevelAb;
+  nsInterfaceHashtable<nsCStringHashKey, nsIAbDirectory> mAbStore;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbOSXCard.h b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbOSXCard.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..51f41c1d7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbOSXCard.h
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsAbOSXCard_h___
+#define nsAbOSXCard_h___
+
+#include "mozilla/Attributes.h"
+#include "nsAbCardProperty.h"
+
+#define NS_ABOSXCARD_URI_PREFIX NS_ABOSXCARD_PREFIX "://"
+
+#define NS_IABOSXCARD_IID \
+  { 0xa7e5b697, 0x772d, 0x4fb5, \
+    { 0x81, 0x16, 0x23, 0xb7, 0x5a, 0xac, 0x94, 0x56 } }
+
+class nsIAbOSXCard : public nsISupports
+{
+public:
+  NS_DECLARE_STATIC_IID_ACCESSOR(NS_IABOSXCARD_IID)
+
+  virtual nsresult Init(const char *aUri) = 0;
+  virtual nsresult Update(bool aNotify) = 0;
+  virtual nsresult GetURI(nsACString &aURI) = 0;
+};
+
+NS_DEFINE_STATIC_IID_ACCESSOR(nsIAbOSXCard, NS_IABOSXCARD_IID)
+
+class nsAbOSXCard : public nsAbCardProperty,
+                    public nsIAbOSXCard
+{
+public:
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED
+    
+  nsresult Update(bool aNotify) override;
+  nsresult GetURI(nsACString &aURI) override;
+  nsresult Init(const char *aUri) override;
+  // this is needed so nsAbOSXUtils.mm can get at nsAbCardProperty
+  friend class nsAbOSXUtils;
+private:
+  nsCString mURI;
+
+  virtual ~nsAbOSXCard() {}
+};
+
+#endif // nsAbOSXCard_h___
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbOSXCard.mm b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbOSXCard.mm
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..28f978c24
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbOSXCard.mm
@@ -0,0 +1,401 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsAbOSXCard.h"
+#include "nsAbOSXDirectory.h"
+#include "nsAbOSXUtils.h"
+#include "nsAutoPtr.h"
+#include "nsIAbManager.h"
+#include "nsObjCExceptions.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+
+#include <AddressBook/AddressBook.h>
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED(nsAbOSXCard,
+                             nsAbCardProperty,
+                             nsIAbOSXCard)
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+static ABPropertyType
+GetPropertType(ABRecord *aCard, NSString *aProperty)
+{
+  ABPropertyType propertyType = kABErrorInProperty;
+  if ([aCard isKindOfClass:[ABPerson class]])
+    propertyType = [ABPerson typeOfProperty:aProperty];
+  else if ([aCard isKindOfClass:[ABGroup class]])
+    propertyType = [ABGroup typeOfProperty:aProperty];
+  return propertyType;
+}
+#endif
+
+static void
+SetStringProperty(nsAbOSXCard *aCard, const nsString &aValue,
+                  const char *aMemberName, bool aNotify,
+                  nsIAbManager *aAbManager)
+{
+  nsString oldValue;
+  nsresult rv = aCard->GetPropertyAsAString(aMemberName, oldValue);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    oldValue.Truncate();
+
+  if (!aNotify) {
+    aCard->SetPropertyAsAString(aMemberName, aValue);
+  }
+  else if (!oldValue.Equals(aValue)) {
+    aCard->SetPropertyAsAString(aMemberName, aValue);
+
+    nsISupports *supports = NS_ISUPPORTS_CAST(nsAbCardProperty*, aCard);
+
+    aAbManager->NotifyItemPropertyChanged(supports, aMemberName,
+                                          oldValue.get(), aValue.get());
+  }
+}
+
+static void
+SetStringProperty(nsAbOSXCard *aCard, NSString *aValue, const char *aMemberName,
+                  bool aNotify, nsIAbManager *aAbManager)
+{
+  nsAutoString value;
+  if (aValue)
+    AppendToString(aValue, value);
+
+  SetStringProperty(aCard, value, aMemberName, aNotify, aAbManager);
+}
+
+static void
+MapStringProperty(nsAbOSXCard *aCard, ABRecord *aOSXCard, NSString *aProperty,
+                  const char *aMemberName, bool aNotify,
+                  nsIAbManager *aAbManager)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(aProperty, "This is bad! You asked for an unresolved symbol.");
+  NS_ASSERTION(GetPropertType(aOSXCard, aProperty) == kABStringProperty,
+               "Wrong type!");
+  
+  SetStringProperty(aCard, [aOSXCard valueForProperty:aProperty], aMemberName,
+                    aNotify, aAbManager);
+}
+
+static ABMutableMultiValue*
+GetMultiValue(ABRecord *aCard, NSString *aProperty)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(aProperty, "This is bad! You asked for an unresolved symbol.");
+  NS_ASSERTION(GetPropertType(aCard, aProperty) & kABMultiValueMask,
+               "Wrong type!");
+  
+  return [aCard valueForProperty:aProperty];
+}
+
+static void
+MapDate(nsAbOSXCard *aCard, NSDate *aDate, const char *aYearPropName,
+        const char *aMonthPropName, const char *aDayPropName, bool aNotify,
+        nsIAbManager *aAbManager)
+{
+  // XXX Should we pass a format and timezone?
+  NSCalendarDate *date = [aDate dateWithCalendarFormat:nil timeZone:nil];
+  
+  nsAutoString value;
+  value.AppendInt(static_cast<int32_t>([date yearOfCommonEra]));
+  SetStringProperty(aCard, value, aYearPropName, aNotify, aAbManager);
+  value.Truncate();
+  value.AppendInt(static_cast<int32_t>([date monthOfYear]));
+  SetStringProperty(aCard, value, aMonthPropName, aNotify, aAbManager);
+  value.Truncate();
+  value.AppendInt(static_cast<int32_t>([date dayOfMonth]));
+  SetStringProperty(aCard, value, aDayPropName, aNotify, aAbManager);
+}
+
+static bool
+MapMultiValue(nsAbOSXCard *aCard, ABRecord *aOSXCard,
+              const nsAbOSXPropertyMap &aMap, bool aNotify,
+              nsIAbManager *aAbManager)
+{
+  ABMultiValue *value = GetMultiValue(aOSXCard, aMap.mOSXProperty);
+  if (value) {
+    unsigned int j;
+    unsigned int count = [value count];
+    for (j = 0; j < count; ++j) {
+      if ([[value labelAtIndex:j] isEqualToString:aMap.mOSXLabel]) {
+        NSString *stringValue = (aMap.mOSXKey)
+          ? [[value valueAtIndex:j] objectForKey:aMap.mOSXKey]
+          : [value valueAtIndex:j];
+        
+        SetStringProperty(aCard, stringValue, aMap.mPropertyName, aNotify,
+                          aAbManager);
+        
+        return true;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  // String wasn't found, set value of card to empty if it was set previously
+  SetStringProperty(aCard, EmptyString(), aMap.mPropertyName, aNotify,
+                    aAbManager);
+  
+  return false;
+}
+
+// Maps Address Book's instant messenger name to the corresponding nsIAbCard field name.
+static const char*
+InstantMessengerFieldName(NSString* aInstantMessengerName)
+{
+  if ([aInstantMessengerName isEqualToString:@"AIMInstant"]) {
+    return "_AimScreenName";
+  }
+  if ([aInstantMessengerName isEqualToString:@"GoogleTalkInstant"]) {
+    return "_GoogleTalk";
+  }
+  if ([aInstantMessengerName isEqualToString:@"ICQInstant"]) {
+    return "_ICQ";
+  }
+  if ([aInstantMessengerName isEqualToString:@"JabberInstant"]) {
+    return "_JabberId";
+  }
+  if ([aInstantMessengerName isEqualToString:@"MSNInstant"]) {
+    return "_MSN";
+  }
+  if ([aInstantMessengerName isEqualToString:@"QQInstant"]) {
+    return "_QQ";
+  }
+  if ([aInstantMessengerName isEqualToString:@"SkypeInstant"]) {
+    return "_Skype";
+  }
+  if ([aInstantMessengerName isEqualToString:@"YahooInstant"]) {
+    return "_Yahoo";
+  }
+
+  // Fall back to AIM for everything else.
+  // We don't have nsIAbCard fields for FacebookInstant and GaduGaduInstant.
+  return "_AimScreenName";
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsAbOSXCard::Init(const char *aUri)
+{
+  if (strncmp(aUri, NS_ABOSXCARD_URI_PREFIX,
+              sizeof(NS_ABOSXCARD_URI_PREFIX) - 1) != 0)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  mURI = aUri;
+
+  SetLocalId(nsDependentCString(aUri));
+
+  return Update(false);
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsAbOSXCard::GetURI(nsACString &aURI)
+{
+  if (mURI.IsEmpty())
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+  aURI = mURI;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsAbOSXCard::Update(bool aNotify)
+{
+  NS_OBJC_BEGIN_TRY_ABORT_BLOCK_NSRESULT;
+
+  ABAddressBook *addressBook = [ABAddressBook sharedAddressBook];
+
+  const char *uid = &((mURI.get())[16]);
+  ABRecord *card = [addressBook recordForUniqueId:[NSString stringWithUTF8String:uid]];
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(card, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbManager> abManager;
+  nsresult rv;
+  if (aNotify) {
+    abManager = do_GetService(NS_ABMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+
+  if ([card isKindOfClass:[ABGroup class]]) {
+    m_IsMailList = true;
+    m_MailListURI.AssignLiteral(NS_ABOSXDIRECTORY_URI_PREFIX);
+    m_MailListURI.Append(uid);
+    MapStringProperty(this, card, kABGroupNameProperty, "DisplayName", aNotify,
+                      abManager);
+    MapStringProperty(this, card, kABGroupNameProperty, "LastName", aNotify,
+                      abManager);
+
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  
+  bool foundHome = false, foundWork = false;
+  
+  uint32_t i;
+  for (i = 0; i < nsAbOSXUtils::kPropertyMapSize; ++i) {
+    const nsAbOSXPropertyMap &propertyMap = nsAbOSXUtils::kPropertyMap[i];
+    if (!propertyMap.mOSXProperty)
+      continue;
+    
+    if (propertyMap.mOSXLabel) {
+      if (MapMultiValue(this, card, propertyMap, aNotify,
+                        abManager) && propertyMap.mOSXProperty == kABAddressProperty) {
+        if (propertyMap.mOSXLabel == kABAddressHomeLabel) 
+          foundHome = true;
+        else
+          foundWork = true;
+      }
+    }
+    else {
+      MapStringProperty(this, card, propertyMap.mOSXProperty,
+                        propertyMap.mPropertyName, aNotify, abManager);
+    }
+  }
+  
+  int flags = 0;
+  if (kABPersonFlags)
+    flags = [[card valueForProperty:kABPersonFlags] intValue];
+  
+#define SET_STRING(_value, _name, _notify, _session) \
+  SetStringProperty(this, _value, #_name, _notify, _session)
+    
+    // If kABShowAsCompany is set we use the company name as display name.
+    if (kABPersonFlags && (flags & kABShowAsCompany)) {
+      nsString company;
+      nsresult rv = GetPropertyAsAString(kCompanyProperty, company);
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        company.Truncate();
+      SET_STRING(company, DisplayName, aNotify, abManager);
+    }
+  else {
+    // Use the order used in the OS X address book to set DisplayName.
+    int order = kABPersonFlags && (flags & kABNameOrderingMask);
+    if (kABPersonFlags && (order == kABDefaultNameOrdering)) {
+      order = [addressBook defaultNameOrdering];
+    }
+    
+    nsAutoString displayName, tempName;
+    if (kABPersonFlags && (order == kABFirstNameFirst)) {
+      GetFirstName(tempName);
+      displayName.Append(tempName);
+
+      GetLastName(tempName);
+
+      // Only append a space if the last name and the first name are not empty
+      if (!tempName.IsEmpty() && !displayName.IsEmpty())
+        displayName.Append(' ');
+
+      displayName.Append(tempName);
+    }
+    else {
+      GetLastName(tempName);
+      displayName.Append(tempName);
+
+      GetFirstName(tempName);
+
+      // Only append a space if the last name and the first name are not empty
+      if (!tempName.IsEmpty() && !displayName.IsEmpty())
+        displayName.Append(' ');
+
+      displayName.Append(tempName);
+    }
+    SET_STRING(displayName, DisplayName, aNotify, abManager);
+  }
+  
+  ABMultiValue *value = GetMultiValue(card, kABEmailProperty);
+  if (value) {
+    unsigned int count = [value count];
+    if (count > 0) {
+      unsigned int j = [value indexForIdentifier:[value primaryIdentifier]];
+      
+      if (j < count)
+        SET_STRING([value valueAtIndex:j], PrimaryEmail, aNotify,
+                   abManager);
+      
+      // If j is 0 (first in the list) we want the second in the list
+      // (index 1), if j is anything else we want the first in the list
+      // (index 0).
+      j = (j == 0);
+      if (j < count)
+        SET_STRING([value valueAtIndex:j], SecondEmail, aNotify,
+                   abManager);
+    }
+  }
+  
+  // We map the first home address we can find and the first work address
+  // we can find. If we find none, we map the primary address to the home
+  // address.
+  if (!foundHome && !foundWork) {
+    value = GetMultiValue(card, kABAddressProperty);
+    if (value) {
+      unsigned int count = [value count];
+      unsigned int j = [value indexForIdentifier:[value primaryIdentifier]];
+      
+      if (j < count) {
+        NSDictionary *address = [value valueAtIndex:j];
+        if (address) {
+          SET_STRING([address objectForKey:kABAddressStreetKey],
+                     HomeAddress, aNotify, abManager);
+          SET_STRING([address objectForKey:kABAddressCityKey],
+                     HomeCity, aNotify, abManager);
+          SET_STRING([address objectForKey:kABAddressStateKey],
+                     HomeState, aNotify, abManager);
+          SET_STRING([address objectForKey:kABAddressZIPKey],
+                     HomeZipCode, aNotify, abManager);
+          SET_STRING([address objectForKey:kABAddressCountryKey],
+                     HomeCountry, aNotify, abManager);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  // This was kABAIMInstantProperty previously, but it was deprecated in OS X 10.7.
+  value = GetMultiValue(card, kABInstantMessageProperty);
+  if (value) {
+    unsigned int count = [value count];
+    for (size_t i = 0; i < count; i++) {
+      id imValue = [value valueAtIndex:i];
+      // Depending on the macOS version, imValue can be an NSString or an NSDictionary.
+      if ([imValue isKindOfClass:[NSString class]]) {
+        if (i == [value indexForIdentifier:[value primaryIdentifier]]) {
+          SET_STRING(imValue, _AimScreenName, aNotify, abManager);
+        }
+      } else if ([imValue isKindOfClass:[NSDictionary class]]) {
+        NSString* instantMessageService = [imValue objectForKey:@"InstantMessageService"];
+        const char* fieldName = InstantMessengerFieldName(instantMessageService);
+        NSString* userName = [imValue objectForKey:@"InstantMessageUsername"];
+        SetStringProperty(this, userName, fieldName, aNotify, abManager);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  
+#define MAP_DATE(_date, _name, _notify, _session) \
+  MapDate(this, _date, #_name"Year", #_name"Month", #_name"Day", _notify, \
+  _session)
+    
+    NSDate *date = [card valueForProperty:kABBirthdayProperty];
+  if (date)
+    MAP_DATE(date, Birth, aNotify, abManager);
+  
+  if (kABOtherDatesProperty) {
+    value = GetMultiValue(card, kABOtherDatesProperty);
+    if (value) {
+      unsigned int j, count = [value count];
+      for (j = 0; j < count; ++j) {
+        if ([[value labelAtIndex:j] isEqualToString:kABAnniversaryLabel]) {
+          date = [value valueAtIndex:j];
+          if (date) {
+            MAP_DATE(date, Anniversary, aNotify, abManager);
+            
+            break;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+#undef MAP_DATE
+#undef SET_STRING
+  
+  date = [card valueForProperty:kABModificationDateProperty];
+  if (date) 
+    SetPropertyAsUint32("LastModifiedDate",
+                        uint32_t([date timeIntervalSince1970]));
+    // XXX No way to notify about this?
+
+  return NS_OK;
+
+  NS_OBJC_END_TRY_ABORT_BLOCK_NSRESULT;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbOSXDirFactory.cpp b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbOSXDirFactory.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e9f2d7d3b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbOSXDirFactory.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsAbOSXDirFactory.h"
+#include "nsAbBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsEnumeratorUtils.h"
+#include "nsIAbDirectory.h"
+#include "nsIAbManager.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsAbOSXDirectory.h"
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsAbOSXDirFactory, nsIAbDirFactory)
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsAbOSXDirFactory::GetDirectories(const nsAString &aDirName,
+                                  const nsACString &aURI,
+                                  const nsACString &aPrefName,
+                                  nsISimpleEnumerator **aDirectories)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aDirectories);
+  
+  *aDirectories = nullptr;
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbManager> abManager(do_GetService(NS_ABMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbDirectory> directory;
+  rv = abManager->GetDirectory(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(NS_ABOSXDIRECTORY_URI_PREFIX "/"),
+                               getter_AddRefs(directory));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbOSXDirectory> osxDirectory(do_QueryInterface(directory, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = osxDirectory->AssertChildNodes();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  
+  return NS_NewSingletonEnumerator(aDirectories, osxDirectory);
+}
+
+// No actual deletion, since you cannot create the address books from Mozilla.
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsAbOSXDirFactory::DeleteDirectory(nsIAbDirectory *aDirectory)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbOSXDirFactory.h b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbOSXDirFactory.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4c86211d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbOSXDirFactory.h
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsAbOSXDirFactory_h___
+#define nsAbOSXDirFactory_h___
+
+#include "nsIAbDirFactory.h"
+
+class nsAbOSXDirFactory final : public nsIAbDirFactory
+{
+public:
+    NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+    NS_DECL_NSIABDIRFACTORY
+
+private:
+    ~nsAbOSXDirFactory() {}
+};
+
+#endif // nsAbOSXDirFactory_h___
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbOSXDirectory.h b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbOSXDirectory.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7e3fad96c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbOSXDirectory.h
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsAbOSXDirectory_h___
+#define nsAbOSXDirectory_h___
+
+#include "mozilla/Attributes.h"
+#include "nsISupports.h"
+#include "nsAbBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsAbDirProperty.h"
+#include "nsIAbDirectoryQuery.h"
+#include "nsIAbDirectorySearch.h"
+#include "nsIAbDirSearchListener.h"
+#include "nsIMutableArray.h"
+#include "nsInterfaceHashtable.h"
+#include "nsAbOSXCard.h"
+
+#include <CoreFoundation/CoreFoundation.h>
+class nsIAbManager;
+class nsIAbBooleanExpression;
+
+#define NS_ABOSXDIRECTORY_URI_PREFIX NS_ABOSXDIRECTORY_PREFIX "://"
+
+#define NS_IABOSXDIRECTORY_IID \
+{ 0x87ee4bd9, 0x8552, 0x498f, \
+  { 0x80, 0x85, 0x34, 0xf0, 0x2a, 0xbb, 0x56, 0x16 } }
+
+class nsIAbOSXDirectory : public nsISupports
+{
+public:
+  NS_DECLARE_STATIC_IID_ACCESSOR(NS_IABOSXDIRECTORY_IID)
+  
+  virtual nsresult AssertChildNodes() = 0;
+  virtual nsresult Update() = 0;
+  virtual nsresult AssertDirectory(nsIAbManager *aManager,
+                                   nsIAbDirectory *aDirectory) = 0;
+  virtual nsresult AssertCard(nsIAbManager *aManager,
+                              nsIAbCard *aCard) = 0;
+  virtual nsresult UnassertCard(nsIAbManager *aManager,
+                                nsIAbCard *aCard,
+                                nsIMutableArray *aCardList) = 0;
+  virtual nsresult UnassertDirectory(nsIAbManager *aManager,
+                                     nsIAbDirectory *aDirectory) = 0;
+  virtual nsresult DeleteUid(const nsACString &aUid) = 0;
+  virtual nsresult GetURI(nsACString &aURI) = 0;
+  virtual nsresult Init(const char *aUri) = 0;
+  virtual nsresult GetCardByUri(const nsACString &aUri, nsIAbOSXCard **aResult) = 0;
+};
+
+NS_DEFINE_STATIC_IID_ACCESSOR(nsIAbOSXDirectory, NS_IABOSXDIRECTORY_IID)
+
+class nsAbOSXDirectory final : public nsAbDirProperty,
+public nsIAbDirSearchListener,
+public nsIAbOSXDirectory
+{
+public:
+  nsAbOSXDirectory();
+  
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED
+  NS_DECL_NSIABDIRSEARCHLISTENER
+    
+  // nsIAbOSXDirectory method
+  NS_IMETHOD Init(const char *aUri) override;
+  
+  // nsAbDirProperty methods
+  NS_IMETHOD GetReadOnly(bool *aReadOnly) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetChildCards(nsISimpleEnumerator **aCards) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetChildNodes(nsISimpleEnumerator **aNodes) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetIsQuery(bool *aResult) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD HasCard(nsIAbCard *aCard, bool *aHasCard) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD HasDirectory(nsIAbDirectory *aDirectory, bool *aHasDirectory) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetURI(nsACString &aURI) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetCardFromProperty(const char *aProperty,
+                                 const nsACString &aValue,
+                                 bool caseSensitive,
+                                 nsIAbCard **aResult) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetCardsFromProperty(const char *aProperty,
+                                  const nsACString &aValue,
+                                  bool aCaseSensitive,
+                                  nsISimpleEnumerator **aResult) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD CardForEmailAddress(const nsACString &aEmailAddress,
+                                 nsIAbCard **aResult) override;
+
+  // nsIAbOSXDirectory
+  nsresult AssertChildNodes() override;
+  nsresult AssertDirectory(nsIAbManager *aManager,
+                           nsIAbDirectory *aDirectory) override;
+  nsresult AssertCard(nsIAbManager *aManager,
+                      nsIAbCard *aCard) override;
+  nsresult UnassertCard(nsIAbManager *aManager,
+                        nsIAbCard *aCard,
+                        nsIMutableArray *aCardList) override;
+  nsresult UnassertDirectory(nsIAbManager *aManager,
+                             nsIAbDirectory *aDirectory) override;
+  
+  nsresult Update() override;
+
+  nsresult DeleteUid(const nsACString &aUid) override;
+
+  nsresult GetCardByUri(const nsACString &aUri, nsIAbOSXCard **aResult) override;
+
+  nsresult GetRootOSXDirectory(nsIAbOSXDirectory **aResult);
+
+private:
+  ~nsAbOSXDirectory();
+  nsresult FallbackSearch(nsIAbBooleanExpression *aExpression,
+                          nsISimpleEnumerator **aCards);
+
+  // This is a list of nsIAbCards, kept separate from m_AddressList because:
+  // - nsIAbDirectory items that are mailing lists, must keep a list of
+  //   nsIAbCards in m_AddressList, however
+  // - nsIAbDirectory items that are address books, must keep a list of
+  //   nsIAbDirectory (i.e. mailing lists) in m_AddressList, AND no nsIAbCards.
+  //
+  // This wasn't too bad for mork, as that just gets a list from its database,
+  // but because we store our own copy of the list, we must store a separate
+  // list of nsIAbCards here. nsIMutableArray is used, because then it is
+  // interchangeable with m_AddressList.
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> mCardList;
+  nsInterfaceHashtable<nsCStringHashKey, nsIAbOSXCard> mCardStore;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbOSXDirectory> mCacheTopLevelOSXAb;
+};
+
+#endif // nsAbOSXDirectory_h___
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbOSXDirectory.mm b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbOSXDirectory.mm
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e195fe3a7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbOSXDirectory.mm
@@ -0,0 +1,1374 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+* License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+* file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsAbOSXDirectory.h"
+#include "nsAbOSXCard.h"
+#include "nsAbOSXUtils.h"
+#include "nsAbQueryStringToExpression.h"
+#include "nsArrayEnumerator.h"
+#include "nsAutoPtr.h"
+#include "nsCOMArray.h"
+#include "nsEnumeratorUtils.h"
+#include "nsIAbDirectoryQueryProxy.h"
+#include "nsIAbManager.h"
+#include "nsObjCExceptions.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsIMutableArray.h"
+#include "nsArrayUtils.h"
+#include "nsIAbBooleanExpression.h"
+#include "nsComponentManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsISimpleEnumerator.h"
+
+#include <AddressBook/AddressBook.h>
+
+#define kABDeletedRecords (kABDeletedRecords? kABDeletedRecords : @"ABDeletedRecords")
+#define kABUpdatedRecords (kABUpdatedRecords ? kABUpdatedRecords : @"ABUpdatedRecords")
+#define kABInsertedRecords (kABInsertedRecords ? kABInsertedRecords : @"ABInsertedRecords")
+
+static nsresult
+GetOrCreateGroup(NSString *aUid, nsIAbDirectory **aResult)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(aUid, "No UID for group!.");
+
+  nsAutoCString uri(NS_ABOSXDIRECTORY_URI_PREFIX);
+  AppendToCString(aUid, uri);
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbManager> abManager = do_GetService(NS_ABMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbDirectory> directory;
+  rv = abManager->GetDirectory(uri, getter_AddRefs(directory));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aResult = directory);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+static nsresult
+GetCard(ABRecord *aRecord, nsIAbCard **aResult, nsIAbOSXDirectory *osxDirectory)
+{
+  NS_OBJC_BEGIN_TRY_ABORT_BLOCK_NSRESULT;
+
+  NSString *uid = [aRecord uniqueId];
+  NS_ASSERTION(uid, "No UID for card!.");
+  if (!uid)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  nsAutoCString uri(NS_ABOSXCARD_URI_PREFIX);
+  AppendToCString(uid, uri);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbOSXCard> osxCard;
+  nsresult rv = osxDirectory->GetCardByUri(uri, getter_AddRefs(osxCard));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbCard> card = do_QueryInterface(osxCard, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aResult = card);
+  return NS_OK;
+
+  NS_OBJC_END_TRY_ABORT_BLOCK_NSRESULT;
+}
+
+static nsresult
+CreateCard(ABRecord *aRecord, nsIAbCard **aResult)
+{
+  NS_OBJC_BEGIN_TRY_ABORT_BLOCK_NSRESULT;
+
+  NSString *uid = [aRecord uniqueId];
+  NS_ASSERTION(uid, "No UID for card!.");
+  if (!uid)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbOSXCard> osxCard = do_CreateInstance(NS_ABOSXCARD_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsAutoCString uri(NS_ABOSXCARD_URI_PREFIX);
+  AppendToCString(uid, uri);
+
+  rv = osxCard->Init(uri.get());
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbCard> card = do_QueryInterface(osxCard, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aResult = card);
+  return NS_OK;
+
+  NS_OBJC_END_TRY_ABORT_BLOCK_NSRESULT;
+}
+
+static nsresult
+Sync(NSString *aUid)
+{
+  NS_OBJC_BEGIN_TRY_ABORT_BLOCK_NSRESULT;
+
+  ABAddressBook *addressBook = [ABAddressBook sharedAddressBook];
+  ABRecord *card = [addressBook recordForUniqueId:aUid];
+  if ([card isKindOfClass:[ABGroup class]])
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAbDirectory> directory;
+    GetOrCreateGroup(aUid, getter_AddRefs(directory));
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAbOSXDirectory> osxDirectory =
+      do_QueryInterface(directory);
+    
+    if (osxDirectory) {
+      osxDirectory->Update();
+    }
+  }
+  else {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAbCard> abCard;
+    nsresult rv;
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAbManager> abManager = do_GetService(NS_ABMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAbDirectory> directory;
+    rv = abManager->GetDirectory(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(NS_ABOSXDIRECTORY_URI_PREFIX"/"),
+                                 getter_AddRefs(directory));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAbOSXDirectory> osxDirectory =
+      do_QueryInterface(directory, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    rv = GetCard(card, getter_AddRefs(abCard), osxDirectory);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAbOSXCard> osxCard = do_QueryInterface(abCard);
+    osxCard->Update(true);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+
+  NS_OBJC_END_TRY_ABORT_BLOCK_NSRESULT;
+}
+
+@interface ABChangedMonitor : NSObject
+-(void)ABChanged:(NSNotification *)aNotification;
+@end
+
+@implementation ABChangedMonitor
+-(void)ABChanged:(NSNotification *)aNotification
+{
+  NSDictionary *changes = [aNotification userInfo];
+  
+  nsresult rv;
+  NSArray *inserted = [changes objectForKey:kABInsertedRecords];
+
+  if (inserted) {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAbManager> abManager = do_GetService(NS_ABMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS_VOID(rv);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAbDirectory> directory;
+    rv = abManager->GetDirectory(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(NS_ABOSXDIRECTORY_URI_PREFIX"/"),
+                                 getter_AddRefs(directory));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS_VOID(rv);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAbOSXDirectory> osxDirectory =
+      do_QueryInterface(directory, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS_VOID(rv);
+
+    unsigned int i, count = [inserted count];
+    for (i = 0; i < count; ++i) {
+      ABAddressBook *addressBook =
+      [ABAddressBook sharedAddressBook];
+      ABRecord *card =
+        [addressBook recordForUniqueId:[inserted objectAtIndex:i]];
+      if ([card isKindOfClass:[ABGroup class]]) {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIAbDirectory> directory;
+        GetOrCreateGroup([inserted objectAtIndex:i],
+                         getter_AddRefs(directory));
+
+        rv = osxDirectory->AssertDirectory(abManager, directory);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS_VOID(rv);
+      }
+      else {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIAbCard> abCard;
+        // Construct a card
+        nsresult rv = CreateCard(card, getter_AddRefs(abCard));
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS_VOID(rv);
+        rv = osxDirectory->AssertCard(abManager, abCard);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS_VOID(rv);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  
+  NSArray *updated = [changes objectForKey:kABUpdatedRecords];
+  if (updated) {
+    unsigned int i, count = [updated count];
+    for (i = 0; i < count; ++i) {
+      NSString *uid = [updated objectAtIndex:i];
+      Sync(uid);
+    }
+  }
+  
+  NSArray *deleted = [changes objectForKey:kABDeletedRecords];
+  if (deleted) {
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAbManager> abManager = do_GetService(NS_ABMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS_VOID(rv);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAbDirectory> directory;
+    rv = abManager->GetDirectory(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(NS_ABOSXDIRECTORY_URI_PREFIX"/"),
+                                 getter_AddRefs(directory));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS_VOID(rv);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAbOSXDirectory> osxDirectory =
+      do_QueryInterface(directory, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS_VOID(rv);
+
+    unsigned int i, count = [deleted count];
+    for (i = 0; i < count; ++i) {
+      NSString *deletedUid = [deleted objectAtIndex:i];
+
+      nsAutoCString uid;
+      AppendToCString(deletedUid, uid);
+
+      rv = osxDirectory->DeleteUid(uid);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS_VOID(rv);
+    }
+  }
+  
+  if (!inserted && !updated && !deleted) {
+    // XXX This is supposed to mean "everything was updated", but we get
+    //     this whenever something has changed, so not sure what to do.
+  }
+}
+@end
+
+static nsresult
+MapConditionString(nsIAbBooleanConditionString *aCondition, bool aNegate,
+                   bool &aCanHandle, ABSearchElement **aResult)
+{
+  aCanHandle = false;
+  
+  nsAbBooleanConditionType conditionType = 0;
+  nsresult rv = aCondition->GetCondition(&conditionType);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  
+  ABSearchComparison comparison;
+  switch (conditionType) {
+    case nsIAbBooleanConditionTypes::Contains:
+    {
+      if (!aNegate) {
+        comparison = kABContainsSubString;
+        aCanHandle = true;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case nsIAbBooleanConditionTypes::DoesNotContain:
+    {
+      if (aNegate) {
+        comparison = kABContainsSubString;
+        aCanHandle = true;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case nsIAbBooleanConditionTypes::Is:
+    {
+      comparison = aNegate ? kABNotEqual : kABEqual;
+      aCanHandle = true;
+      break;
+    }
+    case nsIAbBooleanConditionTypes::IsNot:
+    {
+      comparison = aNegate ? kABEqual : kABNotEqual;
+      aCanHandle = true;
+      break;
+    }
+    case nsIAbBooleanConditionTypes::BeginsWith:
+    {
+      if (!aNegate) {
+        comparison = kABPrefixMatch;
+        aCanHandle = true;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case nsIAbBooleanConditionTypes::EndsWith:
+    {
+      //comparison = kABSuffixMatch;
+      break;
+    }
+    case nsIAbBooleanConditionTypes::LessThan:
+    {
+      comparison = aNegate ? kABGreaterThanOrEqual : kABLessThan;
+      aCanHandle = true;
+      break;
+    }
+    case nsIAbBooleanConditionTypes::GreaterThan:
+    {
+      comparison = aNegate ? kABLessThanOrEqual : kABGreaterThan;
+      aCanHandle = true;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  
+  if (!aCanHandle)
+    return NS_OK;
+  
+  nsCString name;
+  rv = aCondition->GetName(getter_Copies(name));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  
+  nsString value;
+  rv = aCondition->GetValue(getter_Copies(value));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  
+  uint32_t length = value.Length();
+  
+  uint32_t i;
+  for (i = 0; i < nsAbOSXUtils::kPropertyMapSize; ++i) {
+    if (name.Equals(nsAbOSXUtils::kPropertyMap[i].mPropertyName)) {
+      *aResult =
+      [ABPerson searchElementForProperty:nsAbOSXUtils::kPropertyMap[i].mOSXProperty
+                                   label:nsAbOSXUtils::kPropertyMap[i].mOSXLabel
+                                     key:nsAbOSXUtils::kPropertyMap[i].mOSXKey
+                                   value:[NSString stringWithCharacters:reinterpret_cast<const unichar*>(value.get()) length:length]
+                              comparison:comparison];
+      
+      return NS_OK;
+    }
+  }
+  
+  if (name.EqualsLiteral("DisplayName") && comparison == kABContainsSubString) {
+    ABSearchElement *first =
+    [ABPerson searchElementForProperty:kABFirstNameProperty
+                                 label:nil
+                                   key:nil
+                                 value:[NSString stringWithCharacters:reinterpret_cast<const unichar*>(value.get()) length:length]
+                            comparison:comparison];
+    ABSearchElement *second =
+      [ABPerson searchElementForProperty:kABLastNameProperty
+                                   label:nil
+                                     key:nil
+                                   value:[NSString stringWithCharacters:reinterpret_cast<const unichar*>(value.get()) length:length]
+                              comparison:comparison];
+    ABSearchElement *third =
+      [ABGroup searchElementForProperty:kABGroupNameProperty
+                                  label:nil
+                                    key:nil
+                                  value:[NSString stringWithCharacters:reinterpret_cast<const unichar*>(value.get()) length:length]
+                             comparison:comparison];
+    
+    *aResult = [ABSearchElement searchElementForConjunction:kABSearchOr children:[NSArray arrayWithObjects:first, second, third, nil]];
+    
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  
+  aCanHandle = false;
+  
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+static nsresult
+BuildSearchElements(nsIAbBooleanExpression *aExpression,
+                    bool &aCanHandle,
+                    ABSearchElement **aResult)
+{
+  aCanHandle = true;
+  
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIArray> expressions;
+  nsresult rv = aExpression->GetExpressions(getter_AddRefs(expressions));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  
+  nsAbBooleanOperationType operation;
+  rv = aExpression->GetOperation(&operation);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  
+  uint32_t count;
+  rv = expressions->GetLength(&count);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  
+  NS_ASSERTION(count > 1 && operation != nsIAbBooleanOperationTypes::NOT,
+               "This doesn't make sense!");
+  
+  NSMutableArray *array = nullptr;
+  if (count > 1)
+    array = [[NSMutableArray alloc] init];
+  
+  uint32_t i;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbBooleanConditionString> condition;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbBooleanExpression> subExpression;
+  for (i = 0; i < count; ++i) {
+    ABSearchElement *element = nullptr;
+    
+    condition = do_QueryElementAt(expressions, i);
+    if (condition) {
+      rv = MapConditionString(condition, operation == nsIAbBooleanOperationTypes::NOT, aCanHandle, &element);
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        break;
+    }
+    else {
+      subExpression = do_QueryElementAt(expressions, i);
+      if (subExpression) {
+        rv = BuildSearchElements(subExpression, aCanHandle, &element);
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+          break;
+      }
+    }
+    
+    if (!aCanHandle) {
+      // remember to free the array when returning early
+      [array release];
+      return NS_OK;
+    }
+    
+    if (element) {
+      if (array)
+        [array addObject:element];
+      else 
+        *aResult = element;
+    }
+  }
+  
+  if (array) {
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+      ABSearchConjunction conjunction = operation == nsIAbBooleanOperationTypes::AND ? kABSearchAnd : kABSearchOr;
+      *aResult = [ABSearchElement searchElementForConjunction:conjunction children:array];
+    }
+    [array release];
+  }
+  
+  return rv;
+}
+
+static bool
+Search(nsIAbBooleanExpression *aExpression, NSArray **aResult)
+{
+  bool canHandle = false;
+  ABSearchElement *searchElement;
+  nsresult rv = BuildSearchElements(aExpression, canHandle, &searchElement);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, false);
+  
+  if (canHandle)
+    *aResult = [[ABAddressBook sharedAddressBook] recordsMatchingSearchElement:searchElement];
+
+  return canHandle;
+}
+
+static uint32_t sObserverCount = 0;
+static ABChangedMonitor *sObserver = nullptr;
+
+nsAbOSXDirectory::nsAbOSXDirectory()
+{
+}
+
+nsAbOSXDirectory::~nsAbOSXDirectory()
+{
+  if (--sObserverCount == 0) {
+    [[NSNotificationCenter defaultCenter] removeObserver:sObserver];
+    [sObserver release];
+  }
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED(nsAbOSXDirectory,
+                             nsAbDirProperty,
+                             nsIAbOSXDirectory,
+                             nsIAbDirSearchListener)
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsAbOSXDirectory::Init(const char *aUri)
+{
+  NS_OBJC_BEGIN_TRY_ABORT_BLOCK_NSRESULT;
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  rv = nsAbDirProperty::Init(aUri);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  ABAddressBook *addressBook = [ABAddressBook sharedAddressBook];
+  if (sObserverCount == 0) {
+    sObserver = [[ABChangedMonitor alloc] init];
+    [[NSNotificationCenter defaultCenter] addObserver:(ABChangedMonitor*)sObserver
+                                             selector:@selector(ABChanged:)
+                                                 name:kABDatabaseChangedExternallyNotification
+                                               object:nil];
+  }
+  ++sObserverCount;
+
+  NSArray *cards;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> cardList;
+  bool isRootOSXDirectory = false;
+
+  if (!mIsQueryURI && mURINoQuery.Length() <= sizeof(NS_ABOSXDIRECTORY_URI_PREFIX))
+    isRootOSXDirectory = true;
+
+  if (mIsQueryURI || isRootOSXDirectory)
+  {
+    m_DirPrefId.AssignLiteral("ldap_2.servers.osx");
+
+    cards = [[addressBook people] arrayByAddingObjectsFromArray:[addressBook groups]];
+    if (!mCardList)
+      mCardList = do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    else
+      rv = mCardList->Clear();
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    cardList = mCardList;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    nsAutoCString uid(Substring(mURINoQuery, sizeof(NS_ABOSXDIRECTORY_URI_PREFIX) - 1));
+    ABRecord *card = [addressBook recordForUniqueId:[NSString stringWithUTF8String:uid.get()]];
+    NS_ASSERTION([card isKindOfClass:[ABGroup class]], "Huh.");
+
+    m_IsMailList = true;
+    AppendToString([card valueForProperty:kABGroupNameProperty], m_ListDirName);
+
+    ABGroup *group = (ABGroup*)[addressBook recordForUniqueId:[NSString stringWithUTF8String:nsAutoCString(Substring(mURINoQuery, 21)).get()]];
+    cards = [[group members] arrayByAddingObjectsFromArray:[group subgroups]];
+
+    if (!m_AddressList)
+      m_AddressList = do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    else
+      rv = m_AddressList->Clear();
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    cardList = m_AddressList;
+  }
+
+
+  nsAutoCString ourUuid;
+  GetUuid(ourUuid);
+
+  unsigned int nbCards = [cards count];
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbCard> card;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbManager> abManager = do_GetService(NS_ABMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbOSXDirectory> rootOSXDirectory;
+  if (!isRootOSXDirectory)
+  {
+    rv = GetRootOSXDirectory(getter_AddRefs(rootOSXDirectory));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+
+  for (unsigned int i = 0; i < nbCards; ++i)
+  {
+    // If we're a Group, it's likely that the cards we're going
+    // to create were already created in the root nsAbOSXDirectory,
+    if (!isRootOSXDirectory)
+      rv = GetCard([cards objectAtIndex:i], getter_AddRefs(card),
+                   rootOSXDirectory);
+    else
+    {
+      // If we're not a Group, that means we're the root nsAbOSXDirectory,
+      // which means we have to create the cards from scratch.
+      rv = CreateCard([cards objectAtIndex:i], getter_AddRefs(card));
+    }
+
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    // If we're not a query directory, we're going to want to
+    // tell the AB Manager that we've added some cards so that they
+    // show up in the address book views.
+    if (!mIsQueryURI)
+      AssertCard(abManager, card);
+
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+
+  NS_OBJC_END_TRY_ABORT_BLOCK_NSRESULT;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsAbOSXDirectory::GetURI(nsACString &aURI)
+{
+  if (mURI.IsEmpty())
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+  aURI = mURI;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsAbOSXDirectory::GetReadOnly(bool *aReadOnly)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aReadOnly);
+
+  *aReadOnly = true;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+static bool
+CheckRedundantCards(nsIAbManager *aManager, nsIAbDirectory *aDirectory,
+                    nsIAbCard *aCard, NSMutableArray *aCardList)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbOSXCard> osxCard = do_QueryInterface(aCard, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, false);
+
+  nsAutoCString uri;
+  rv = osxCard->GetURI(uri);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, false);
+  NSString *uid = [NSString stringWithUTF8String:(uri.get() + 21)];
+  
+  unsigned int i, count = [aCardList count];
+  for (i = 0; i < count; ++i) {
+    if ([[[aCardList objectAtIndex:i] uniqueId] isEqualToString:uid]) {
+      [aCardList removeObjectAtIndex:i];
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (i == count) {
+    aManager->NotifyDirectoryItemDeleted(aDirectory, aCard);
+    return true;
+  }
+  
+  return false;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsAbOSXDirectory::GetRootOSXDirectory(nsIAbOSXDirectory **aResult)
+{
+  if (!mCacheTopLevelOSXAb)
+  {
+    // Attempt to get card from the toplevel directories
+    nsresult rv;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAbManager> abManager = do_GetService(NS_ABMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAbDirectory> directory;
+    rv = abManager->GetDirectory(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(NS_ABOSXDIRECTORY_URI_PREFIX"/"),
+                                 getter_AddRefs(directory));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAbOSXDirectory> osxDirectory =
+      do_QueryInterface(directory, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    mCacheTopLevelOSXAb = osxDirectory;
+  }
+
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aResult = mCacheTopLevelOSXAb);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsAbOSXDirectory::Update()
+{
+  NS_OBJC_BEGIN_TRY_ABORT_BLOCK_NSRESULT;
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbManager> abManager = do_GetService(NS_ABMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  
+  if (mIsQueryURI) {
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  
+  ABAddressBook *addressBook = [ABAddressBook sharedAddressBook];
+  // Due to the horrible way the address book code works wrt mailing lists
+  // we have to use a different list depending on what we are. This pointer
+  // holds a reference to that list.
+  nsIMutableArray* cardList;
+  NSArray *groups, *cards;
+  if (m_IsMailList) {
+    ABGroup *group = (ABGroup*)[addressBook recordForUniqueId:[NSString stringWithUTF8String:nsAutoCString(Substring(mURINoQuery, 21)).get()]];
+    groups = nil;
+    cards = [[group members] arrayByAddingObjectsFromArray:[group subgroups]];
+
+    if (!m_AddressList)
+    {
+      m_AddressList = do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    }
+    // For mailing lists, store the cards in m_AddressList
+    cardList = m_AddressList;
+  }
+  else {
+    groups = [addressBook groups];
+    cards = [[addressBook people] arrayByAddingObjectsFromArray:groups];
+
+    if (!mCardList)
+    {
+      mCardList = do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    }
+    // For directories, store the cards in mCardList
+    cardList = mCardList;
+  }
+  
+  NSMutableArray *mutableArray = [NSMutableArray arrayWithArray:cards];
+  uint32_t addressCount;
+  rv = cardList->GetLength(&addressCount);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  while (addressCount--)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAbCard> card(do_QueryElementAt(cardList, addressCount, &rv));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      break;
+
+    if (CheckRedundantCards(abManager, this, card, mutableArray))
+      cardList->RemoveElementAt(addressCount);
+  }
+  
+  NSEnumerator *enumerator = [mutableArray objectEnumerator];
+  ABRecord *card;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbCard> abCard;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbOSXDirectory> rootOSXDirectory;
+  rv = GetRootOSXDirectory(getter_AddRefs(rootOSXDirectory));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  while ((card = [enumerator nextObject]))
+  {
+    rv = GetCard(card, getter_AddRefs(abCard), rootOSXDirectory);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      rv = CreateCard(card, getter_AddRefs(abCard));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    AssertCard(abManager, abCard);
+  }
+  
+  card = (ABRecord*)[addressBook recordForUniqueId:[NSString stringWithUTF8String:nsAutoCString(Substring(mURINoQuery, 21)).get()]];
+  NSString * stringValue = [card valueForProperty:kABGroupNameProperty];
+  if (![stringValue isEqualToString:WrapString(m_ListDirName)])
+  {
+    nsAutoString oldValue(m_ListDirName);
+    AssignToString(stringValue, m_ListDirName);
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> supports = do_QueryInterface(static_cast<nsIAbDirectory *>(this), &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    abManager->NotifyItemPropertyChanged(supports, "DirName",
+                                         oldValue.get(), m_ListDirName.get());
+  }
+  
+  if (groups)
+  {
+    mutableArray = [NSMutableArray arrayWithArray:groups];
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAbDirectory> directory;
+    // It is ok to use m_AddressList here as only top-level directories have
+    // groups, and they will be in m_AddressList
+    if (m_AddressList)
+    {
+      rv = m_AddressList->GetLength(&addressCount);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      while (addressCount--)
+      {
+        directory = do_QueryElementAt(m_AddressList, addressCount, &rv);
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+          continue;
+
+        nsAutoCString uri;
+        directory->GetURI(uri);
+        uri.Cut(0, 21);
+        NSString *uid = [NSString stringWithUTF8String:uri.get()];
+        
+        unsigned int j, arrayCount = [mutableArray count];
+        for (j = 0; j < arrayCount; ++j) {
+          if ([[[mutableArray objectAtIndex:j] uniqueId] isEqualToString:uid]) {
+            [mutableArray removeObjectAtIndex:j];
+            break;
+          }
+        }
+        
+        if (j == arrayCount) {
+          UnassertDirectory(abManager, directory);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    
+    enumerator = [mutableArray objectEnumerator];
+    while ((card = [enumerator nextObject])) {
+      rv = GetOrCreateGroup([card uniqueId], getter_AddRefs(directory));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      
+      AssertDirectory(abManager, directory);
+    }
+  }
+  
+  return NS_OK;
+
+  NS_OBJC_END_TRY_ABORT_BLOCK_NSRESULT;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsAbOSXDirectory::AssertChildNodes()
+{
+  NS_OBJC_BEGIN_TRY_ABORT_BLOCK_NSRESULT;
+
+  // Queries and mailing lists can't have childnodes.
+  if (mIsQueryURI || m_IsMailList) {
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbManager> abManager =
+    do_GetService(NS_ABMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  
+  NSArray *groups = [[ABAddressBook sharedAddressBook] groups];
+  
+  unsigned int i, count = [groups count];
+  
+  if (count > 0 && !m_AddressList) {
+    m_AddressList = do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+  
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbDirectory> directory;
+  for (i = 0; i < count; ++i) {
+    rv = GetOrCreateGroup([[groups objectAtIndex:i] uniqueId],
+                          getter_AddRefs(directory));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    
+    rv = AssertDirectory(abManager, directory);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+  
+  return NS_OK;
+
+  NS_OBJC_END_TRY_ABORT_BLOCK_NSRESULT;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsAbOSXDirectory::AssertDirectory(nsIAbManager *aManager,
+                                  nsIAbDirectory *aDirectory)
+{
+  uint32_t pos;
+  if (m_AddressList &&
+      NS_SUCCEEDED(m_AddressList->IndexOf(0, aDirectory, &pos)))
+    // We already have this directory, so no point in adding it again.
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  if (!m_AddressList) {
+    m_AddressList = do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+  
+  rv = m_AddressList->AppendElement(aDirectory, false);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  return aManager->NotifyDirectoryItemAdded(this, aDirectory);
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsAbOSXDirectory::AssertCard(nsIAbManager *aManager,
+                             nsIAbCard *aCard)
+{
+  nsAutoCString ourUuid;
+  GetUuid(ourUuid);
+  aCard->SetDirectoryId(ourUuid);
+
+  nsresult rv = m_IsMailList ? m_AddressList->AppendElement(aCard, false) :
+                               mCardList->AppendElement(aCard, false);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // Get the card's URI and add it to our card store
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbOSXCard> osxCard = do_QueryInterface(aCard, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCString uri;
+  rv = osxCard->GetURI(uri);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbOSXCard> retrievedCard;
+  if (!mCardStore.Get(uri, getter_AddRefs(retrievedCard)))
+    mCardStore.Put(uri, osxCard);
+
+  return aManager->NotifyDirectoryItemAdded(this, aCard);
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsAbOSXDirectory::UnassertCard(nsIAbManager *aManager,
+                               nsIAbCard *aCard,
+                               nsIMutableArray *aCardList)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  uint32_t pos;
+  
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(aCardList->IndexOf(0, aCard, &pos)))
+    rv = aCardList->RemoveElementAt(pos);
+
+  return aManager->NotifyDirectoryItemDeleted(this, aCard);
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsAbOSXDirectory::UnassertDirectory(nsIAbManager *aManager,
+                                    nsIAbDirectory *aDirectory)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(m_AddressList, NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER);
+
+  uint32_t pos;
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(m_AddressList->IndexOf(0, aDirectory, &pos)))
+  {
+    nsresult rv = m_AddressList->RemoveElementAt(pos);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+
+  return aManager->NotifyDirectoryItemDeleted(this, aDirectory);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsAbOSXDirectory::GetChildNodes(nsISimpleEnumerator **aNodes)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aNodes);
+  
+  // Queries don't have childnodes.
+  if (mIsQueryURI || m_IsMailList || !m_AddressList)
+    return NS_NewEmptyEnumerator(aNodes);
+  
+  return NS_NewArrayEnumerator(aNodes, m_AddressList);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsAbOSXDirectory::GetChildCards(nsISimpleEnumerator **aCards)
+{
+  NS_OBJC_BEGIN_TRY_ABORT_BLOCK_NSRESULT;
+
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aCards);
+  
+  nsresult rv;
+  NSArray *cards;
+  if (mIsQueryURI)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAbBooleanExpression> expression;
+    rv = nsAbQueryStringToExpression::Convert(mQueryString,
+                                              getter_AddRefs(expression));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    
+    bool canHandle = !m_IsMailList && Search(expression, &cards);
+    if (!canHandle)
+      return FallbackSearch(expression, aCards);
+
+    if (!mCardList)
+      mCardList = do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    else
+      mCardList->Clear();
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  
+    // The uuid for initializing cards
+    nsAutoCString ourUuid;
+    GetUuid(ourUuid);
+
+    // Fill the results array and update the card list
+    unsigned int nbCards = [cards count];
+  
+    unsigned int i;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAbCard> card;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAbOSXDirectory> rootOSXDirectory;
+    rv = GetRootOSXDirectory(getter_AddRefs(rootOSXDirectory));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    for (i = 0; i < nbCards; ++i)
+    {
+      rv = GetCard([cards objectAtIndex:i], getter_AddRefs(card),
+                   rootOSXDirectory);
+
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        rv = CreateCard([cards objectAtIndex:i],
+                        getter_AddRefs(card));
+
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      card->SetDirectoryId(ourUuid);
+
+      mCardList->AppendElement(card, false);
+    }
+
+    return NS_NewArrayEnumerator(aCards, mCardList);
+  }
+
+  // Not a search, so just return the appropriate list of items.
+  return m_IsMailList ? NS_NewArrayEnumerator(aCards, m_AddressList) :
+         NS_NewArrayEnumerator(aCards, mCardList);
+
+  NS_OBJC_END_TRY_ABORT_BLOCK_NSRESULT;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsAbOSXDirectory::GetIsQuery(bool *aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+  *aResult = mIsQueryURI;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* Recursive method that searches for a child card by URI.  If it cannot find
+ * it within this directory, it checks all subfolders.
+ */
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsAbOSXDirectory::GetCardByUri(const nsACString &aUri, nsIAbOSXCard **aResult)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbOSXCard> osxCard;
+
+  // Base Case
+  if (mCardStore.Get(aUri, getter_AddRefs(osxCard)))
+  {
+    NS_IF_ADDREF(*aResult = osxCard);
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  // Search children
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleEnumerator> enumerator;
+  nsresult rv = this->GetChildNodes(getter_AddRefs(enumerator));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> item;
+  bool hasMore = false;
+  while (NS_SUCCEEDED(enumerator->HasMoreElements(&hasMore)) && hasMore)
+  {
+    rv = enumerator->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(item));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAbOSXDirectory> childDirectory;
+    childDirectory = do_QueryInterface(item, &rv);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      rv = childDirectory->GetCardByUri(aUri, getter_AddRefs(osxCard));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      {
+        NS_IF_ADDREF(*aResult = osxCard);
+        return NS_OK;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsAbOSXDirectory::GetCardFromProperty(const char *aProperty,
+                                      const nsACString &aValue,
+                                      bool aCaseSensitive,
+                                      nsIAbCard **aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+
+  *aResult = nullptr;
+
+  if (aValue.IsEmpty())
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  nsIMutableArray *list = m_IsMailList ? m_AddressList : mCardList;
+
+  if (!list)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  uint32_t length;
+  nsresult rv = list->GetLength(&length);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbCard> card;
+  nsAutoCString cardValue;
+
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < length && !*aResult; ++i)
+  {
+    card = do_QueryElementAt(list, i, &rv);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      rv = card->GetPropertyAsAUTF8String(aProperty, cardValue);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      {
+#ifdef MOZILLA_INTERNAL_API
+        bool equal = aCaseSensitive ? cardValue.Equals(aValue) :
+          cardValue.Equals(aValue, nsCaseInsensitiveCStringComparator());
+#else
+        bool equal = aCaseSensitive ? cardValue.Equals(aValue) :
+          cardValue.Equals(aValue, CaseInsensitiveCompare);
+#endif
+        if (equal)
+          NS_IF_ADDREF(*aResult = card);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsAbOSXDirectory::GetCardsFromProperty(const char *aProperty,
+                                       const nsACString &aValue,
+                                       bool aCaseSensitive,
+                                       nsISimpleEnumerator **aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+
+  *aResult = nullptr;
+
+  if (aValue.IsEmpty())
+    return NS_NewEmptyEnumerator(aResult);
+
+  nsIMutableArray *list = m_IsMailList ? m_AddressList : mCardList;
+
+  if (!list)
+    return NS_NewEmptyEnumerator(aResult);
+
+  uint32_t length;
+  nsresult rv = list->GetLength(&length);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMArray<nsIAbCard> resultArray;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbCard> card;
+  nsAutoCString cardValue;
+
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < length; ++i)
+  {
+    card = do_QueryElementAt(list, i, &rv);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      rv = card->GetPropertyAsAUTF8String(aProperty, cardValue);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      {
+#ifdef MOZILLA_INTERNAL_API
+        bool equal = aCaseSensitive ? cardValue.Equals(aValue) :
+          cardValue.Equals(aValue, nsCaseInsensitiveCStringComparator());
+#else
+        bool equal = aCaseSensitive ? cardValue.Equals(aValue) :
+          cardValue.Equals(aValue, CaseInsensitiveCompare);
+#endif
+        if (equal)
+          resultArray.AppendObject(card);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return NS_NewArrayEnumerator(aResult, resultArray);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsAbOSXDirectory::CardForEmailAddress(const nsACString &aEmailAddress,
+                                      nsIAbCard **aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+
+  *aResult = nullptr;
+
+  if (aEmailAddress.IsEmpty())
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  nsIMutableArray *list = m_IsMailList ? m_AddressList : mCardList;
+
+  if (!list)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  uint32_t length;
+  nsresult rv = list->GetLength(&length);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbCard> card;
+
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < length && !*aResult; ++i)
+  {
+    card = do_QueryElementAt(list, i, &rv);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      bool hasEmailAddress = false;
+
+      rv = card->HasEmailAddress(aEmailAddress, &hasEmailAddress);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && hasEmailAddress)
+        NS_IF_ADDREF(*aResult = card);
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsAbOSXDirectory::HasCard(nsIAbCard *aCard, bool *aHasCard)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aCard);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aHasCard);
+
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  uint32_t index;
+  if (m_IsMailList)
+  {
+    if (m_AddressList)
+      rv = m_AddressList->IndexOf(0, aCard, &index);
+  }
+  else if (mCardList)
+    rv = mCardList->IndexOf(0, aCard, &index);
+
+  *aHasCard = NS_SUCCEEDED(rv);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsAbOSXDirectory::HasDirectory(nsIAbDirectory *aDirectory,
+                               bool *aHasDirectory)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aDirectory);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aHasDirectory);
+  
+  *aHasDirectory = false;
+
+  uint32_t pos;
+  if (m_AddressList && NS_SUCCEEDED(m_AddressList->IndexOf(0, aDirectory, &pos)))
+    *aHasDirectory = true;
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsAbOSXDirectory::OnSearchFinished(int32_t aResult, const nsAString &aErrorMsg)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsAbOSXDirectory::OnSearchFoundCard(nsIAbCard *aCard)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  if (!m_AddressList) {
+    m_AddressList = do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+  
+  if (!mCardList) {
+    mCardList = do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+
+  rv = m_AddressList->AppendElement(aCard, false);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  
+  rv = mCardList->AppendElement(aCard, false);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsAutoCString ourUuid;
+  GetUuid(ourUuid);
+  aCard->SetDirectoryId(ourUuid);
+  
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsAbOSXDirectory::FallbackSearch(nsIAbBooleanExpression *aExpression,
+                                 nsISimpleEnumerator **aCards)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  
+  if (mCardList)
+    rv = mCardList->Clear();
+  else
+    mCardList = do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  
+  if (m_AddressList) {
+    m_AddressList->Clear();
+  }
+  else {
+    m_AddressList = do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+  
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbDirectoryQueryArguments> arguments =
+    do_CreateInstance(NS_ABDIRECTORYQUERYARGUMENTS_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  
+  rv = arguments->SetExpression(aExpression);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  
+  // Don't search the subdirectories. If the current directory is a mailing
+  // list, it won't have any subdirectories. If the current directory is an
+  // addressbook, searching both it and the subdirectories (the mailing
+  // lists), will yield duplicate results because every entry in a mailing
+  // list will be an entry in the parent addressbook.
+  rv = arguments->SetQuerySubDirectories(false);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  
+  // Get the directory without the query
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbManager> abManager = do_GetService(NS_ABMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbDirectory> directory;
+  rv = abManager->GetDirectory(mURINoQuery, getter_AddRefs(directory));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // Initiate the proxy query with the no query directory
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbDirectoryQueryProxy> queryProxy = 
+    do_CreateInstance(NS_ABDIRECTORYQUERYPROXY_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  
+  rv = queryProxy->Initiate();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  
+  int32_t context = 0;
+  rv = queryProxy->DoQuery(directory, arguments, this, -1, 0, &context);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  
+  return NS_NewArrayEnumerator(aCards, m_AddressList);
+}
+
+nsresult nsAbOSXDirectory::DeleteUid(const nsACString &aUid)
+{
+  if (!m_AddressList)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbManager> abManager =
+    do_GetService(NS_ABMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // At this stage we don't know if aUid represents a card or group. The OS X
+  // interfaces don't give us chance to find out, so we have to go through
+  // our lists to find it.
+
+  // First, we'll see if its in the group list as it is likely to be shorter.
+
+  // See if this item is in our address list
+  uint32_t addressCount;
+  rv = m_AddressList->GetLength(&addressCount);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsAutoCString uri(NS_ABOSXDIRECTORY_URI_PREFIX);
+  uri.Append(aUid);
+
+  // Iterate backwards in case we remove something
+  while (addressCount--)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAbItem> abItem(do_QueryElementAt(m_AddressList,
+                                                 addressCount, &rv));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      continue;
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAbDirectory> directory(do_QueryInterface(abItem, &rv));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      nsAutoCString dirUri;
+      directory->GetURI(dirUri);
+      if (uri.Equals(dirUri))
+        return UnassertDirectory(abManager, directory);
+    } else {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIAbOSXCard> osxCard(do_QueryInterface(abItem, &rv));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      {
+        nsAutoCString cardUri;
+        osxCard->GetURI(cardUri);
+        if (uri.Equals(cardUri))
+        {
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIAbCard> card(do_QueryInterface(osxCard, &rv));
+          if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+            return UnassertCard(abManager, card, m_AddressList);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  // Second, see if it is one of the cards.
+  if (!mCardList)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  uri = NS_ABOSXCARD_URI_PREFIX;
+  uri.Append(aUid);
+
+  rv = mCardList->GetLength(&addressCount);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  while (addressCount--)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAbOSXCard> osxCard(do_QueryElementAt(mCardList, addressCount, &rv));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      continue;
+
+    nsAutoCString cardUri;
+    osxCard->GetURI(cardUri);
+
+    if (uri.Equals(cardUri)) {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIAbCard> card(do_QueryInterface(osxCard, &rv));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        return UnassertCard(abManager, card, mCardList);
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbOSXUtils.h b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbOSXUtils.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fc2f2a546
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbOSXUtils.h
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsAbOSXUtils_h___
+#define nsAbOSXUtils_h___
+
+#include <Foundation/NSString.h>
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+
+class nsString;
+class nsCString;
+class nsAbCardProperty;
+
+NSString *WrapString(const nsString &aString);
+void AppendToString(const NSString *aString, nsString &aResult);
+void AssignToString(const NSString *aString, nsString &aResult);
+void AppendToCString(const NSString *aString, nsCString &aResult);
+
+struct nsAbOSXPropertyMap
+{
+    NSString * const mOSXProperty;
+    NSString * const mOSXLabel;
+    NSString * const mOSXKey;
+    const char *mPropertyName;
+};
+
+class nsAbOSXUtils
+{
+public:
+    static const nsAbOSXPropertyMap kPropertyMap[];
+    static const uint32_t kPropertyMapSize;
+};
+
+#endif // nsAbOSXUtils_h___
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbOSXUtils.mm b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbOSXUtils.mm
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..60802d772
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbOSXUtils.mm
@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsAbOSXUtils.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsAbOSXCard.h"
+#include "nsMemory.h"
+#include "mozilla/ArrayUtils.h"
+using namespace mozilla;
+
+#include <AddressBook/AddressBook.h>
+#define kABDepartmentProperty (kABDepartmentProperty ? kABDepartmentProperty : @"ABDepartment")
+
+NSString*
+WrapString(const nsString &aString)
+{
+    unichar* chars = reinterpret_cast<unichar*>(const_cast<char16_t*>(aString.get()));
+
+    return [NSString stringWithCharacters:chars
+                                   length:aString.Length()];
+}
+
+void
+AppendToString(const NSString *aString, nsString &aResult)
+{
+    if (aString) {
+        const char *chars = [aString UTF8String];
+        if (chars) {
+            aResult.Append(NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16(chars));
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+void
+AssignToString(const NSString *aString, nsString &aResult)
+{
+    if (aString) {
+        const char *chars = [aString UTF8String];
+        if (chars)
+          CopyUTF8toUTF16(nsDependentCString(chars), aResult);
+    }
+}
+
+void
+AppendToCString(const NSString *aString, nsCString &aResult)
+{
+    if (aString) {
+        const char *chars = [aString UTF8String];
+        if (chars) {
+            aResult.Append(chars);
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+// Some properties can't be easily mapped back and forth.
+#define DONT_MAP(moz_name, osx_property, osx_label, osx_key)
+
+#define DEFINE_PROPERTY(moz_name, osx_property, osx_label, osx_key) \
+    { osx_property, osx_label, osx_key, #moz_name },
+
+const nsAbOSXPropertyMap nsAbOSXUtils::kPropertyMap[] = {
+    DEFINE_PROPERTY(FirstName, kABFirstNameProperty, nil, nil)
+    DEFINE_PROPERTY(LastName, kABLastNameProperty, nil, nil)
+    DONT_MAP("DisplayName", nil, nil, nil)
+    DEFINE_PROPERTY(PhoneticFirstName, kABFirstNamePhoneticProperty, nil, nil)
+    DEFINE_PROPERTY(PhoneticLastName, kABLastNamePhoneticProperty, nil, nil)
+    DEFINE_PROPERTY(NickName, kABNicknameProperty, nil, nil)
+    DONT_MAP(PrimaryEmail, kABEmailProperty, nil, nil)
+    DONT_MAP(SecondEmail, kABEmailProperty, nil, nil)
+    DEFINE_PROPERTY(WorkPhone, kABPhoneProperty, kABPhoneWorkLabel, nil)
+    DEFINE_PROPERTY(HomePhone, kABPhoneProperty, kABPhoneHomeLabel, nil)
+    DEFINE_PROPERTY(FaxNumber, kABPhoneProperty, kABPhoneWorkFAXLabel, nil)
+    DEFINE_PROPERTY(PagerNumber, kABPhoneProperty, kABPhonePagerLabel, nil)
+    DEFINE_PROPERTY(CellularNumber, kABPhoneProperty, kABPhoneMobileLabel, nil)
+    DEFINE_PROPERTY(HomeAddress, kABAddressProperty, kABAddressHomeLabel,
+                    kABAddressStreetKey)
+    DEFINE_PROPERTY(HomeCity, kABAddressProperty, kABAddressHomeLabel,
+                    kABAddressCityKey)
+    DEFINE_PROPERTY(HomeState, kABAddressProperty, kABAddressHomeLabel,
+                    kABAddressStateKey)
+    DEFINE_PROPERTY(HomeZipCode, kABAddressProperty, kABAddressHomeLabel,
+                    kABAddressZIPKey)
+    DEFINE_PROPERTY(HomeCountry, kABAddressProperty, kABAddressHomeLabel,
+                    kABAddressCountryKey)
+    DEFINE_PROPERTY(WorkAddress, kABAddressProperty, kABAddressWorkLabel,
+                    kABAddressStreetKey)
+    DEFINE_PROPERTY(WorkCity, kABAddressProperty, kABAddressWorkLabel,
+                    kABAddressCityKey)
+    DEFINE_PROPERTY(WorkState, kABAddressProperty, kABAddressWorkLabel,
+                    kABAddressStateKey)
+    DEFINE_PROPERTY(WorkZipCode, kABAddressProperty, kABAddressWorkLabel,
+                    kABAddressZIPKey)
+    DEFINE_PROPERTY(WorkCountry, kABAddressProperty, kABAddressWorkLabel,
+                    kABAddressCountryKey)
+    DEFINE_PROPERTY(JobTitle, kABJobTitleProperty, nil, nil)
+    DEFINE_PROPERTY(Department, kABDepartmentProperty, nil, nil)
+    DEFINE_PROPERTY(Company, kABOrganizationProperty, nil, nil)
+    // This was kABAIMInstantProperty previously, but it was deprecated in OS X 10.7.
+    DONT_MAP(_AimScreenName, kABInstantMessageProperty, nil, nil)
+    DEFINE_PROPERTY(WebPage1, kABHomePageProperty, nil, nil)
+    DONT_MAP(WebPage2, kABHomePageProperty, nil, nil)
+    DONT_MAP(BirthYear, "birthyear", nil, nil)
+    DONT_MAP(BirthMonth, "birthmonth", nil, nil)
+    DONT_MAP(BirthDay, "birthday", nil, nil)
+    DONT_MAP(Custom1, "custom1", nil, nil)
+    DONT_MAP(Custom2, "custom2", nil, nil)
+    DONT_MAP(Custom3, "custom3", nil, nil)
+    DONT_MAP(Custom4, "custom4", nil, nil)
+    DEFINE_PROPERTY(Note, kABNoteProperty, nil, nil)
+    DONT_MAP("PreferMailFormat", nil, nil, nil)
+    DONT_MAP("LastModifiedDate", modifytimestamp, nil, nil)
+};
+
+const uint32_t nsAbOSXUtils::kPropertyMapSize =
+    ArrayLength(nsAbOSXUtils::kPropertyMap);
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbOutlookDirFactory.cpp b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbOutlookDirFactory.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..164e5a475
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbOutlookDirFactory.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+#include "nsAbOutlookDirFactory.h"
+#include "nsAbWinHelper.h"
+#include "nsIAbDirectory.h"
+#include "nsIAbManager.h"
+#include "nsEnumeratorUtils.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsComponentManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsIMutableArray.h"
+#include "nsArrayEnumerator.h"
+#include "nsAbBaseCID.h"
+#include "mozilla/Logging.h"
+
+#ifdef PR_LOGGING
+static PRLogModuleInfo* gAbOutlookDirFactoryLog
+    = PR_NewLogModule("nsAbOutlookDirFactoryLog");
+#endif
+
+#define PRINTF(args) MOZ_LOG(nsAbOutlookDirFactoryLog, mozilla::LogLevel::Debug, args)
+
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsAbOutlookDirFactory, nsIAbDirFactory)
+
+nsAbOutlookDirFactory::nsAbOutlookDirFactory(void)
+{
+}
+
+nsAbOutlookDirFactory::~nsAbOutlookDirFactory(void)
+{
+}
+
+extern const char *kOutlookDirectoryScheme;
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsAbOutlookDirFactory::GetDirectories(const nsAString &aDirName,
+                                      const nsACString &aURI,
+                                      const nsACString &aPrefName,
+                                      nsISimpleEnumerator **aDirectories)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aDirectories);
+
+  *aDirectories = nullptr;
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  nsCString stub;
+  nsCString entry;
+  nsAbWinType abType = getAbWinType(kOutlookDirectoryScheme,
+                                    nsCString(aURI).get(), stub, entry);
+
+  if (abType == nsAbWinType_Unknown) {
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+  nsAbWinHelperGuard mapiAddBook(abType);
+  nsMapiEntryArray folders;
+  ULONG nbFolders = 0;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> directories(do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  if (!mapiAddBook->IsOK() || !mapiAddBook->GetFolders(folders)) {
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbManager> abManager(do_GetService(NS_ABMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  nsAutoCString entryId;
+  nsAutoCString uri;
+
+  for (ULONG i = 0; i < folders.mNbEntries; ++i) {
+    folders.mEntries[i].ToString(entryId);
+    buildAbWinUri(kOutlookDirectoryScheme, abType, uri);
+    uri.Append(entryId);
+
+	nsCOMPtr<nsIAbDirectory> directory;
+	rv = abManager->GetDirectory(uri, getter_AddRefs(directory));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    directories->AppendElement(directory, false);
+  }
+  return NS_NewArrayEnumerator(aDirectories, directories);
+}
+
+// No actual deletion, since you cannot create the address books from Mozilla.
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbOutlookDirFactory::DeleteDirectory(nsIAbDirectory *aDirectory)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbOutlookDirFactory.h b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbOutlookDirFactory.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c66a9c904
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbOutlookDirFactory.h
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+#ifndef nsAbOutlookDirFactory_h___
+#define nsAbOutlookDirFactory_h___
+
+#include "nsIAbDirFactory.h"
+
+class nsAbOutlookDirFactory : public nsIAbDirFactory
+{
+public:
+    nsAbOutlookDirFactory(void);
+
+    NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+    NS_DECL_NSIABDIRFACTORY
+
+private:
+    virtual ~nsAbOutlookDirFactory(void);
+};
+
+#endif // nsAbOutlookDirFactory_h___
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbOutlookDirectory.cpp b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbOutlookDirectory.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0d39d1d17
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbOutlookDirectory.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1539 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+#include "nsAbOutlookDirectory.h"
+#include "nsAbWinHelper.h"
+
+#include "nsAbBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsIAbCard.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsAbDirectoryQuery.h"
+#include "nsIAbBooleanExpression.h"
+#include "nsIAbManager.h"
+#include "nsIAbMDBDirectory.h"
+#include "nsAbQueryStringToExpression.h"
+#include "nsAbUtils.h"
+#include "nsEnumeratorUtils.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsComponentManagerUtils.h"
+#include "mozilla/Logging.h"
+#include "prthread.h"
+#include "nsIPrefService.h"
+#include "nsIPrefBranch.h"
+#include "nsCRTGlue.h"
+#include "nsArrayUtils.h"
+#include "nsArrayEnumerator.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+
+#ifdef PR_LOGGING
+static PRLogModuleInfo* gAbOutlookDirectoryLog
+    = PR_NewLogModule("nsAbOutlookDirectoryLog");
+#endif
+
+#define PRINTF(args) MOZ_LOG(gAbOutlookDirectoryLog, mozilla::LogLevel::Debug, args)
+
+nsAbOutlookDirectory::nsAbOutlookDirectory(void)
+  : nsAbDirProperty(),
+  mCurrentQueryId(0), mSearchContext(-1),
+  mAbWinType(nsAbWinType_Unknown), mMapiData(nullptr)
+{
+    mMapiData = new nsMapiEntry ;
+    mProtector = PR_NewLock() ;
+}
+
+nsAbOutlookDirectory::~nsAbOutlookDirectory(void)
+{
+    if (mMapiData) { delete mMapiData ; }
+    if (mProtector) { PR_DestroyLock(mProtector) ; }
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED(nsAbOutlookDirectory, nsAbDirProperty,
+                             nsIAbDirectoryQuery, nsIAbDirectorySearch,
+                             nsIAbDirSearchListener)
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbOutlookDirectory::Init(const char *aUri)
+{
+  nsresult rv = nsAbDirProperty::Init(aUri);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsAutoCString entry;
+  nsAutoCString stub;
+
+  mAbWinType = getAbWinType(kOutlookDirectoryScheme, mURINoQuery.get(), stub, entry);
+  if (mAbWinType == nsAbWinType_Unknown) {
+    PRINTF(("Huge problem URI=%s.\n", mURINoQuery));
+    return NS_ERROR_INVALID_ARG;
+  }
+  nsAbWinHelperGuard mapiAddBook (mAbWinType);
+  nsString prefix;
+  nsAutoString unichars;
+  ULONG objectType = 0;
+
+  if (!mapiAddBook->IsOK())
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  mMapiData->Assign(entry);
+  if (!mapiAddBook->GetPropertyLong(*mMapiData, PR_OBJECT_TYPE, objectType)) {
+    PRINTF(("Cannot get type.\n"));
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+  if (!mapiAddBook->GetPropertyUString(*mMapiData, PR_DISPLAY_NAME_W, unichars)) {
+    PRINTF(("Cannot get name.\n"));
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+
+  if (mAbWinType == nsAbWinType_Outlook)
+    prefix.AssignLiteral("OP ");
+  else
+    prefix.AssignLiteral("OE ");
+  prefix.Append(unichars);
+
+  if (objectType == MAPI_DISTLIST) {
+    m_IsMailList = true;
+    SetDirName(unichars);
+  }
+  else {
+    m_IsMailList = false;
+    SetDirName(prefix);
+  }
+
+  return UpdateAddressList();
+}
+
+// nsIAbDirectory methods
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbOutlookDirectory::GetDirType(int32_t *aDirType)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aDirType);
+  *aDirType = MAPIDirectory;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbOutlookDirectory::GetURI(nsACString &aURI)
+{
+  if (mURI.IsEmpty())
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+  aURI = mURI;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbOutlookDirectory::GetChildNodes(nsISimpleEnumerator **aNodes)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aNodes);
+
+  *aNodes = nullptr;
+    
+  if (mIsQueryURI) {
+    return NS_NewEmptyEnumerator(aNodes);
+  }
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> nodeList(do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = GetChildNodes(nodeList);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  return NS_NewArrayEnumerator(aNodes, nodeList);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbOutlookDirectory::GetChildCards(nsISimpleEnumerator **aCards)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aCards);
+  *aCards = nullptr;
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> cardList(do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  mCardList.Clear();
+
+  rv = mIsQueryURI ? StartSearch() : GetChildCards(cardList, nullptr);
+
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  if (!m_AddressList)
+  {
+    m_AddressList = do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+
+  // Fill the results array and update the card list
+  // Also update the address list and notify any changes.
+  uint32_t nbCards = 0;
+
+  NS_NewArrayEnumerator(aCards, cardList);
+  cardList->GetLength(&nbCards);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbCard> card;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbManager> abManager(do_GetService(NS_ABMANAGER_CONTRACTID,
+                                   &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < nbCards; ++i)
+  {
+    card = do_QueryElementAt(cardList, i, &rv);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      continue;
+
+    if (!mCardList.Get(card, nullptr))
+    {
+      // We are dealing with a new element (probably directly
+      // added from Outlook), we may need to sync m_AddressList
+      mCardList.Put(card, card);
+
+      bool isMailList = false;
+
+      rv = card->GetIsMailList(&isMailList);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      if (isMailList)
+      {
+        // We can have mailing lists only in folder,
+        // we must add the directory to m_AddressList
+        nsCString mailListUri;
+        rv = card->GetMailListURI(getter_Copies(mailListUri));
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIAbDirectory> mailList;
+        rv = abManager->GetDirectory(mailListUri, getter_AddRefs(mailList));
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+        m_AddressList->AppendElement(mailList, false);
+        NotifyItemAddition(mailList);
+      }
+      else if (m_IsMailList)
+      {
+        m_AddressList->AppendElement(card, false);
+        NotifyItemAddition(card);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbOutlookDirectory::GetIsQuery(bool *aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+  *aResult = mIsQueryURI;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbOutlookDirectory::HasCard(nsIAbCard *aCard, bool *aHasCard)
+{
+  if (!aCard || !aHasCard)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  *aHasCard = mCardList.Get(aCard, nullptr);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbOutlookDirectory::HasDirectory(nsIAbDirectory *aDirectory, bool *aHasDirectory)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aDirectory);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aHasDirectory);
+
+  *aHasDirectory = false;
+
+  uint32_t pos;
+  if (m_AddressList && NS_SUCCEEDED(m_AddressList->IndexOf(0, aDirectory, &pos)))
+      *aHasDirectory = true;
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+static nsresult ExtractCardEntry(nsIAbCard *aCard, nsCString& aEntry)
+{
+  aEntry.Truncate();
+
+  nsCString uri;
+  aCard->GetPropertyAsAUTF8String("OutlookEntryURI", uri);
+
+  // If we don't have a URI, uri will be empty. getAbWinType doesn't set
+  // aEntry to anything if uri is empty, so it will be truncated, allowing us
+  // to accept cards not initialized by us.
+  nsAutoCString stub;
+  getAbWinType(kOutlookCardScheme, uri.get(), stub, aEntry);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+static nsresult ExtractDirectoryEntry(nsIAbDirectory *aDirectory, nsCString& aEntry)
+{
+  aEntry.Truncate();
+  nsCString uri;
+  nsresult rv = aDirectory->GetURI(uri);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsAutoCString stub;
+  nsAbWinType objType = getAbWinType(kOutlookDirectoryScheme, uri.get(), stub, aEntry);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbOutlookDirectory::DeleteCards(nsIArray *aCardList)
+{
+    if (mIsQueryURI) { return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED ; }
+    if (!aCardList) { return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER ; }
+    uint32_t nbCards = 0 ;
+    nsresult retCode = NS_OK ;
+    nsAbWinHelperGuard mapiAddBook (mAbWinType) ;
+
+    if (!mapiAddBook->IsOK()) { return NS_ERROR_FAILURE ; }
+    
+    retCode = aCardList->GetLength(&nbCards);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(retCode, retCode) ;
+    uint32_t i = 0 ;
+    nsAutoCString entryString ;
+    nsMapiEntry cardEntry ;
+
+    for (i = 0 ; i < nbCards ; ++ i) {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIAbCard> card(do_QueryElementAt(aCardList, i, &retCode));
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(retCode, retCode);
+
+        retCode = ExtractCardEntry(card, entryString) ;
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(retCode) && !entryString.IsEmpty()) {
+            card->SetDirectoryId(EmptyCString());
+
+            cardEntry.Assign(entryString) ;
+            if (!mapiAddBook->DeleteEntry(*mMapiData, cardEntry)) {
+                PRINTF(("Cannot delete card %s.\n", entryString.get())) ;
+            }
+            else {
+                mCardList.Remove(card);
+                if (m_IsMailList && m_AddressList) 
+                {
+                    uint32_t pos;
+                    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(m_AddressList->IndexOf(0, card, &pos)))
+                        m_AddressList->RemoveElementAt(pos);
+                }
+                retCode = NotifyItemDeletion(card);
+                NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(retCode, retCode) ;
+            }
+        }
+        else {
+            PRINTF(("Card doesn't belong in this directory.\n")) ;
+        }
+    }
+    return NS_OK ;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbOutlookDirectory::DeleteDirectory(nsIAbDirectory *aDirectory)
+{
+    if (mIsQueryURI) { return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED ; }
+    if (!aDirectory) { return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER ; }
+    nsresult retCode = NS_OK ;
+    nsAbWinHelperGuard mapiAddBook (mAbWinType) ;
+    nsAutoCString entryString ;
+
+    if (!mapiAddBook->IsOK()) { return NS_ERROR_FAILURE ; }
+    retCode = ExtractDirectoryEntry(aDirectory, entryString) ;
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(retCode) && !entryString.IsEmpty()) {
+        nsMapiEntry directoryEntry ;
+
+        directoryEntry.Assign(entryString) ;
+        if (!mapiAddBook->DeleteEntry(*mMapiData, directoryEntry)) {
+            PRINTF(("Cannot delete directory %s.\n", entryString.get())) ;
+        }
+        else {
+            uint32_t pos;
+            if (m_AddressList && NS_SUCCEEDED(m_AddressList->IndexOf(0, aDirectory, &pos)))
+                m_AddressList->RemoveElementAt(pos);
+
+            retCode = NotifyItemDeletion(aDirectory);
+            NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(retCode, retCode);
+        }
+    }
+    else {
+        PRINTF(("Directory doesn't belong to this folder.\n")) ;
+    }
+    return retCode ;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbOutlookDirectory::AddCard(nsIAbCard *aData, nsIAbCard **addedCard)
+{
+    if (mIsQueryURI)
+      return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aData);
+
+    nsresult retCode = NS_OK ;
+    bool hasCard = false ;
+    
+    retCode = HasCard(aData, &hasCard) ;
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(retCode, retCode) ;
+    if (hasCard) {
+        PRINTF(("Has card.\n")) ;
+        NS_IF_ADDREF(*addedCard = aData);
+        return NS_OK ; 
+    }
+    retCode = CreateCard(aData, addedCard) ;
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(retCode, retCode) ;
+    
+    mCardList.Put(*addedCard, *addedCard);
+
+    if (!m_AddressList)
+    {
+        m_AddressList = do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID, &retCode);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(retCode, retCode);
+    }
+
+    if (m_IsMailList)
+        m_AddressList->AppendElement(*addedCard, false);
+    NotifyItemAddition(*addedCard) ;
+    return retCode ;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbOutlookDirectory::DropCard(nsIAbCard *aData, bool needToCopyCard)
+{
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIAbCard> addedCard;
+    return AddCard(aData, getter_AddRefs(addedCard));
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbOutlookDirectory::AddMailList(nsIAbDirectory *aMailList, nsIAbDirectory **addedList)
+{
+  if (mIsQueryURI)
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMailList);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(addedList);
+  if (m_IsMailList)
+    return NS_OK;
+  nsAbWinHelperGuard mapiAddBook (mAbWinType);
+  nsAutoCString entryString;
+  nsMapiEntry newEntry;
+  bool didCopy = false;
+
+  if (!mapiAddBook->IsOK())
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  nsresult rv = ExtractDirectoryEntry(aMailList, entryString);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !entryString.IsEmpty())
+  {
+      nsMapiEntry sourceEntry;
+
+      sourceEntry.Assign(entryString);
+      mapiAddBook->CopyEntry(*mMapiData, sourceEntry, newEntry);
+  }
+  if (newEntry.mByteCount == 0)
+  {
+    if (!mapiAddBook->CreateDistList(*mMapiData, newEntry))
+        return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+  else {
+    didCopy = true;
+  }
+  newEntry.ToString(entryString);
+  nsAutoCString uri;
+
+  buildAbWinUri(kOutlookDirectoryScheme, mAbWinType, uri);
+  uri.Append(entryString);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbManager> abManager(do_GetService(NS_ABMANAGER_CONTRACTID,
+                                   &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbDirectory> newList;
+  rv = abManager->GetDirectory(uri, getter_AddRefs(newList));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  if (!didCopy)
+  {
+    rv = newList->CopyMailList(aMailList);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    rv = newList->EditMailListToDatabase(nullptr);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+
+  if (!m_AddressList)
+  {
+    m_AddressList = do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+  m_AddressList->AppendElement(newList, false);
+  NotifyItemAddition(newList);
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*addedList = newList);
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbOutlookDirectory::EditMailListToDatabase(nsIAbCard *listCard)
+{
+  if (mIsQueryURI)
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsString name;
+  nsAbWinHelperGuard mapiAddBook(mAbWinType);
+
+  if (!mapiAddBook->IsOK())
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  rv = GetDirName(name);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  if (!mapiAddBook->SetPropertyUString(*mMapiData, PR_DISPLAY_NAME_W,
+                                       name.get()))
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  return CommitAddressList();
+}
+
+struct OutlookTableAttr
+{
+    const char *mOuterName ;
+    ULONG mMapiProp ;
+} ;
+
+// Here, we are forced to use the Ascii versions of the properties
+// instead of the widechar ones, because the content restriction
+// operators do not work on unicode strings in mapi.
+static const OutlookTableAttr OutlookTableStringToProp [] = 
+{
+    {kFirstNameProperty, PR_GIVEN_NAME_A},
+    {kLastNameProperty, PR_SURNAME_A},
+    {kDisplayNameProperty, PR_DISPLAY_NAME_A},
+    {kNicknameProperty, PR_NICKNAME_A},
+    {kPriEmailProperty, PR_EMAIL_ADDRESS_A},
+    {kWorkPhoneProperty, PR_BUSINESS_TELEPHONE_NUMBER_A},
+    {kHomePhoneProperty, PR_HOME_TELEPHONE_NUMBER_A},
+    {kFaxProperty, PR_BUSINESS_FAX_NUMBER_A},
+    {kPagerProperty, PR_PAGER_TELEPHONE_NUMBER_A},
+    {kCellularProperty, PR_MOBILE_TELEPHONE_NUMBER_A},
+    {kHomeAddressProperty, PR_HOME_ADDRESS_STREET_A},
+    {kHomeCityProperty, PR_HOME_ADDRESS_CITY_A},
+    {kHomeStateProperty, PR_HOME_ADDRESS_STATE_OR_PROVINCE_A},
+    {kHomeZipCodeProperty, PR_HOME_ADDRESS_POSTAL_CODE_A},
+    {kHomeCountryProperty, PR_HOME_ADDRESS_COUNTRY_A},
+    {kWorkAddressProperty, PR_BUSINESS_ADDRESS_STREET_A}, 
+    {kWorkCityProperty, PR_BUSINESS_ADDRESS_CITY_A},
+    {kWorkStateProperty, PR_BUSINESS_ADDRESS_STATE_OR_PROVINCE_A},
+    {kWorkZipCodeProperty, PR_BUSINESS_ADDRESS_POSTAL_CODE_A},
+    {kWorkCountryProperty, PR_BUSINESS_ADDRESS_COUNTRY_A},
+    {kJobTitleProperty, PR_TITLE_A},
+    {kDepartmentProperty, PR_DEPARTMENT_NAME_A},
+    {kCompanyProperty, PR_COMPANY_NAME_A},
+    {kWorkWebPageProperty, PR_BUSINESS_HOME_PAGE_A},
+    {kHomeWebPageProperty, PR_PERSONAL_HOME_PAGE_A},
+    // For the moment, we don't support querying on the birthday
+    // sub-elements.
+#if 0
+    {kBirthYearProperty, PR_BIRTHDAY},
+    {kBirthMonthProperty, PR_BIRTHDAY}, 
+    {kBirthDayProperty, PR_BIRTHDAY},
+#endif // 0
+    {kNotesProperty, PR_COMMENT_A}
+} ;
+
+static const uint32_t OutlookTableNbProps = sizeof(OutlookTableStringToProp) /
+                                            sizeof(OutlookTableStringToProp [0]) ;
+
+static ULONG findPropertyTag(const char *aName) {
+    uint32_t i = 0 ;
+    
+    for (i = 0 ; i < OutlookTableNbProps ; ++ i) {
+        if (strcmp(aName, OutlookTableStringToProp [i].mOuterName) == 0) {
+            return OutlookTableStringToProp [i].mMapiProp ;
+        }
+    }
+    return 0 ;
+}
+
+static nsresult BuildRestriction(nsIAbBooleanConditionString *aCondition, 
+                                 SRestriction& aRestriction,
+                                 bool& aSkipItem)
+{
+    if (!aCondition) { return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER ; }
+    aSkipItem = false ;
+    nsAbBooleanConditionType conditionType = 0 ;
+    nsresult retCode = NS_OK ;
+    nsCString name;
+    nsString value;
+    ULONG propertyTag = 0 ;
+    nsAutoCString valueAscii ;
+    
+    retCode = aCondition->GetCondition(&conditionType) ;
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(retCode, retCode) ;
+    retCode = aCondition->GetName(getter_Copies(name)) ;
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(retCode, retCode) ;
+    retCode = aCondition->GetValue(getter_Copies(value)) ;
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(retCode, retCode) ;
+    LossyCopyUTF16toASCII(value, valueAscii);
+    propertyTag = findPropertyTag(name.get()) ;
+    if (propertyTag == 0) {
+        aSkipItem = true ;
+        return retCode ;
+    }
+    switch (conditionType) {
+    case nsIAbBooleanConditionTypes::Exists :
+        aRestriction.rt = RES_EXIST ;
+        aRestriction.res.resExist.ulPropTag = propertyTag ;
+        break ;
+    case nsIAbBooleanConditionTypes::DoesNotExist :
+        aRestriction.rt = RES_NOT ;
+        aRestriction.res.resNot.lpRes = new SRestriction ;
+        aRestriction.res.resNot.lpRes->rt = RES_EXIST ;
+        aRestriction.res.resNot.lpRes->res.resExist.ulPropTag = propertyTag ;
+        break ;
+    case nsIAbBooleanConditionTypes::Contains :
+        aRestriction.rt = RES_CONTENT ;
+        aRestriction.res.resContent.ulFuzzyLevel = FL_SUBSTRING | FL_LOOSE ;
+        aRestriction.res.resContent.ulPropTag = propertyTag ;
+        aRestriction.res.resContent.lpProp = new SPropValue ;
+        aRestriction.res.resContent.lpProp->ulPropTag = propertyTag ;
+        aRestriction.res.resContent.lpProp->Value.lpszA = strdup(valueAscii.get()) ;
+        break ;
+    case nsIAbBooleanConditionTypes::DoesNotContain :
+        aRestriction.rt = RES_NOT ;
+        aRestriction.res.resNot.lpRes = new SRestriction ;
+        aRestriction.res.resNot.lpRes->rt = RES_CONTENT ;
+        aRestriction.res.resNot.lpRes->res.resContent.ulFuzzyLevel = FL_SUBSTRING | FL_LOOSE ;
+        aRestriction.res.resNot.lpRes->res.resContent.ulPropTag = propertyTag ;
+        aRestriction.res.resNot.lpRes->res.resContent.lpProp = new SPropValue ;
+        aRestriction.res.resNot.lpRes->res.resContent.lpProp->ulPropTag = propertyTag ;
+        aRestriction.res.resNot.lpRes->res.resContent.lpProp->Value.lpszA = strdup(valueAscii.get()) ;
+        break ;
+    case nsIAbBooleanConditionTypes::Is :
+        aRestriction.rt = RES_CONTENT ;
+        aRestriction.res.resContent.ulFuzzyLevel = FL_FULLSTRING | FL_LOOSE ;
+        aRestriction.res.resContent.ulPropTag = propertyTag ;
+        aRestriction.res.resContent.lpProp = new SPropValue ;
+        aRestriction.res.resContent.lpProp->ulPropTag = propertyTag ;
+        aRestriction.res.resContent.lpProp->Value.lpszA = strdup(valueAscii.get()) ;
+        break ;
+    case nsIAbBooleanConditionTypes::IsNot :
+        aRestriction.rt = RES_NOT ;
+        aRestriction.res.resNot.lpRes = new SRestriction ;
+        aRestriction.res.resNot.lpRes->rt = RES_CONTENT ;
+        aRestriction.res.resNot.lpRes->res.resContent.ulFuzzyLevel = FL_FULLSTRING | FL_LOOSE ;
+        aRestriction.res.resNot.lpRes->res.resContent.ulPropTag = propertyTag ;
+        aRestriction.res.resNot.lpRes->res.resContent.lpProp = new SPropValue ;
+        aRestriction.res.resNot.lpRes->res.resContent.lpProp->ulPropTag = propertyTag ;
+        aRestriction.res.resNot.lpRes->res.resContent.lpProp->Value.lpszA = strdup(valueAscii.get()) ;
+        break ;
+    case nsIAbBooleanConditionTypes::BeginsWith :
+        aRestriction.rt = RES_CONTENT ;
+        aRestriction.res.resContent.ulFuzzyLevel = FL_PREFIX | FL_LOOSE ;
+        aRestriction.res.resContent.ulPropTag = propertyTag ;
+        aRestriction.res.resContent.lpProp = new SPropValue ;
+        aRestriction.res.resContent.lpProp->ulPropTag = propertyTag ;
+        aRestriction.res.resContent.lpProp->Value.lpszA = strdup(valueAscii.get()) ;
+        break ;
+    case nsIAbBooleanConditionTypes::EndsWith :
+        // This condition should be implemented through regular expressions,
+        // but MAPI doesn't match them correctly.
+#if 0
+        aRestriction.rt = RES_PROPERTY ;
+        aRestriction.res.resProperty.relop = RELOP_RE ;
+        aRestriction.res.resProperty.ulPropTag = propertyTag ;
+        aRestriction.res.resProperty.lpProp = new SPropValue ;
+        aRestriction.res.resProperty.lpProp->ulPropTag = propertyTag ;
+        aRestriction.res.resProperty.lpProp->Value.lpszA = strdup(valueAscii.get()) ;
+#else
+        aSkipItem = true ;
+#endif // 0
+        break ;
+    case nsIAbBooleanConditionTypes::SoundsLike :
+        // This condition cannot be implemented in MAPI.
+        aSkipItem = true ;
+        break ;
+    case nsIAbBooleanConditionTypes::RegExp :
+        // This condition should be implemented this way, but the following
+        // code will never match (through MAPI's fault).
+#if 0
+        aRestriction.rt = RES_PROPERTY ;
+        aRestriction.res.resProperty.relop = RELOP_RE ;
+        aRestriction.res.resProperty.ulPropTag = propertyTag ;
+        aRestriction.res.resProperty.lpProp = new SPropValue ;
+        aRestriction.res.resProperty.lpProp->ulPropTag = propertyTag ;
+        aRestriction.res.resProperty.lpProp->Value.lpszA = strdup(valueAscii.get()) ;
+#else
+        aSkipItem = true ;
+#endif // 0
+        break ;
+    case nsIAbBooleanConditionTypes::LessThan :
+        aRestriction.rt = RES_PROPERTY ;
+        aRestriction.res.resProperty.relop = RELOP_LT ;
+        aRestriction.res.resProperty.ulPropTag = propertyTag ;
+        aRestriction.res.resProperty.lpProp = new SPropValue ;
+        aRestriction.res.resProperty.lpProp->ulPropTag = propertyTag ;
+        aRestriction.res.resProperty.lpProp->Value.lpszA = strdup(valueAscii.get()) ;
+        break ;
+    case nsIAbBooleanConditionTypes::GreaterThan :
+        aRestriction.rt = RES_PROPERTY ;
+        aRestriction.res.resProperty.relop = RELOP_GT ;
+        aRestriction.res.resProperty.ulPropTag = propertyTag ;
+        aRestriction.res.resProperty.lpProp = new SPropValue ;
+        aRestriction.res.resProperty.lpProp->ulPropTag = propertyTag ;
+        aRestriction.res.resProperty.lpProp->Value.lpszA = strdup(valueAscii.get()) ;
+        break ;
+    default :
+        aSkipItem = true ;
+        break ;
+    }
+    return retCode ;
+}
+
+static nsresult BuildRestriction(nsIAbBooleanExpression *aLevel, 
+                                 SRestriction& aRestriction)
+{
+    if (!aLevel) { return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER ; }
+    aRestriction.rt = RES_COMMENT ;
+    nsresult retCode = NS_OK ;
+    nsAbBooleanOperationType operationType = 0 ;
+    uint32_t nbExpressions = 0 ;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIArray> expressions;
+
+    retCode = aLevel->GetOperation(&operationType);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(retCode, retCode);
+    retCode = aLevel->GetExpressions(getter_AddRefs(expressions));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(retCode, retCode);
+    retCode = expressions->GetLength(&nbExpressions);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(retCode, retCode);
+    if (nbExpressions == 0) { 
+        PRINTF(("Error, no expressions.\n")) ;
+        return NS_OK ;
+    }
+    if (operationType == nsIAbBooleanOperationTypes::NOT && nbExpressions != 1) {
+        PRINTF(("Error, unary operation NOT with multiple operands.\n")) ;
+        return NS_OK ;
+    }
+    LPSRestriction restrictionArray = new SRestriction [nbExpressions] ;
+    uint32_t realNbExpressions = 0 ;
+    bool skipItem = false ;
+    uint32_t i = 0 ;
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAbBooleanConditionString> condition;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAbBooleanExpression> subExpression;
+
+    for (i = 0; i < nbExpressions; ++i) {
+      condition = do_QueryElementAt(expressions, i, &retCode);
+
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(retCode)) {
+        retCode = BuildRestriction(condition, *restrictionArray, skipItem);
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(retCode)) {
+          if (!skipItem) {
+            ++restrictionArray;
+            ++realNbExpressions;
+          }
+        }
+        else
+          PRINTF(("Cannot build restriction for item %d %08x.\n", i, retCode));
+      }
+      else { 
+        subExpression = do_QueryElementAt(expressions, i, &retCode);
+
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(retCode)) {
+          retCode = BuildRestriction(subExpression, *restrictionArray);
+          if (NS_SUCCEEDED(retCode)) {
+            if (restrictionArray->rt != RES_COMMENT) {
+              ++restrictionArray;
+              ++realNbExpressions;
+            }
+          }
+        }
+        else
+          PRINTF(("Cannot get interface for item %d %08x.\n", i, retCode));
+      }
+    }
+
+    restrictionArray -= realNbExpressions ;
+    if (realNbExpressions > 1) {
+        if (operationType == nsIAbBooleanOperationTypes::OR) {
+            aRestriction.rt = RES_OR ;
+            aRestriction.res.resOr.lpRes = restrictionArray ;
+            aRestriction.res.resOr.cRes = realNbExpressions ;
+        }
+        else if (operationType == nsIAbBooleanOperationTypes::AND) {
+            aRestriction.rt = RES_AND ;
+            aRestriction.res.resAnd.lpRes = restrictionArray ;
+            aRestriction.res.resAnd.cRes = realNbExpressions ;
+        }
+        else {
+            PRINTF(("Unsupported operation %d.\n", operationType)) ;
+        }
+    }
+    else if (realNbExpressions == 1) {
+        if (operationType == nsIAbBooleanOperationTypes::NOT) {
+            aRestriction.rt = RES_NOT ;
+            // This copy is to ensure that every NOT restriction is being 
+            // allocated by new and not new[] (see destruction of restriction)
+            aRestriction.res.resNot.lpRes = new SRestriction ;
+            memcpy(aRestriction.res.resNot.lpRes, restrictionArray, sizeof(SRestriction)) ;
+        }
+        else {
+            // Case where the restriction array is redundant,
+            // we need to fill the restriction directly.
+            memcpy(&aRestriction, restrictionArray, sizeof(SRestriction)) ;
+        }
+        delete [] restrictionArray ;
+    }
+    if (aRestriction.rt == RES_COMMENT) {
+        // This means we haven't really built any useful expression
+        delete [] restrictionArray ;
+    }
+    return NS_OK ;
+}
+
+static nsresult BuildRestriction(nsIAbDirectoryQueryArguments *aArguments, 
+                                 SRestriction& aRestriction)
+{
+    if (!aArguments) { return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER ; }
+    nsresult retCode = NS_OK ;
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> supports ;
+    retCode = aArguments->GetExpression(getter_AddRefs(supports)) ;
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(retCode, retCode) ;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAbBooleanExpression> booleanQuery =
+      do_QueryInterface(supports, &retCode) ;
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(retCode, retCode) ;
+    retCode = BuildRestriction(booleanQuery, aRestriction) ;
+    return retCode ;
+}
+
+static void DestroyRestriction(SRestriction& aRestriction)
+{
+    switch(aRestriction.rt) {
+    case RES_AND :
+    case RES_OR :
+        {
+            for (ULONG i = 0 ; i < aRestriction.res.resAnd.cRes ; ++ i) {
+                DestroyRestriction(aRestriction.res.resAnd.lpRes [i]) ;
+            }
+            delete [] aRestriction.res.resAnd.lpRes ;
+        }
+        break ;
+    case RES_COMMENT :
+        break ;
+    case RES_CONTENT :
+        if (PROP_TYPE(aRestriction.res.resContent.ulPropTag) == PT_UNICODE) {
+            NS_Free(aRestriction.res.resContent.lpProp->Value.lpszW) ;
+        }
+        else if (PROP_TYPE(aRestriction.res.resContent.ulPropTag) == PT_STRING8) {
+            NS_Free(aRestriction.res.resContent.lpProp->Value.lpszA) ;
+        }
+        delete aRestriction.res.resContent.lpProp ;
+        break ;
+    case RES_EXIST :
+        break ;
+    case RES_NOT :
+        DestroyRestriction(*aRestriction.res.resNot.lpRes) ;
+        delete aRestriction.res.resNot.lpRes ;
+        break ;
+    case RES_BITMASK :
+    case RES_COMPAREPROPS :
+        break ;
+    case RES_PROPERTY :
+        if (PROP_TYPE(aRestriction.res.resProperty.ulPropTag) == PT_UNICODE) {
+            NS_Free(aRestriction.res.resProperty.lpProp->Value.lpszW) ;
+        }
+        else if (PROP_TYPE(aRestriction.res.resProperty.ulPropTag) == PT_STRING8) {
+            NS_Free(aRestriction.res.resProperty.lpProp->Value.lpszA) ;
+        }
+        delete aRestriction.res.resProperty.lpProp ;
+    case RES_SIZE :
+    case RES_SUBRESTRICTION :
+        break ;
+    }
+}
+
+struct QueryThreadArgs 
+{
+    nsAbOutlookDirectory *mThis ;
+    SRestriction mRestriction ;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAbDirSearchListener> mListener ;
+    int32_t mResultLimit ;
+    int32_t mTimeout ;
+    int32_t mThreadId ;
+} ;
+
+static void QueryThreadFunc(void *aArguments)
+{
+    QueryThreadArgs *arguments = reinterpret_cast<QueryThreadArgs *>(aArguments) ;
+
+    if (!aArguments) { return ; }
+    arguments->mThis->ExecuteQuery(arguments->mRestriction, arguments->mListener,
+                                   arguments->mResultLimit, arguments->mTimeout,
+                                   arguments->mThreadId) ;
+    DestroyRestriction(arguments->mRestriction) ;
+    delete arguments ;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbOutlookDirectory::DoQuery(nsIAbDirectory *aDirectory,
+                                            nsIAbDirectoryQueryArguments *aArguments,
+                                            nsIAbDirSearchListener *aListener,
+                                            int32_t aResultLimit, int32_t aTimeout,
+                                            int32_t *aReturnValue)
+{
+  if (!aArguments || !aListener || !aReturnValue)  { 
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+  }
+  *aReturnValue = -1;
+    
+  QueryThreadArgs *threadArgs = new QueryThreadArgs;
+  PRThread *newThread = nullptr;
+
+  if (!threadArgs)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+  nsresult rv = BuildRestriction(aArguments, threadArgs->mRestriction);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  threadArgs->mThis = this;
+  threadArgs->mListener = aListener;
+  threadArgs->mResultLimit = aResultLimit;
+  threadArgs->mTimeout = aTimeout;
+
+  PR_Lock(mProtector);
+  *aReturnValue = ++mCurrentQueryId;
+  PR_Unlock(mProtector);
+
+  threadArgs->mThreadId = *aReturnValue;
+  newThread = PR_CreateThread(PR_USER_THREAD,
+                              QueryThreadFunc,
+                              threadArgs,
+                              PR_PRIORITY_NORMAL,
+                              PR_GLOBAL_THREAD,
+                              PR_UNJOINABLE_THREAD,
+                              0);
+
+  if (!newThread ) {
+    DestroyRestriction(threadArgs->mRestriction);
+    delete threadArgs;
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+  }
+
+  mQueryThreads.Put(*aReturnValue, newThread);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbOutlookDirectory::StopQuery(int32_t aContext)
+{
+    PRThread *queryThread;
+    if (mQueryThreads.Get(aContext, &queryThread)) {
+        PR_Interrupt(queryThread);
+        mQueryThreads.Remove(aContext);
+    }
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// nsIAbDirectorySearch methods
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbOutlookDirectory::StartSearch(void)
+{
+    if (!mIsQueryURI) { return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED ; }
+    nsresult retCode = NS_OK ;
+    
+    retCode = StopSearch() ;
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(retCode, retCode) ;
+    mCardList.Clear();
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAbBooleanExpression> expression ;
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAbDirectoryQueryArguments> arguments = do_CreateInstance(NS_ABDIRECTORYQUERYARGUMENTS_CONTRACTID,&retCode);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(retCode, retCode);
+
+    retCode = nsAbQueryStringToExpression::Convert(mQueryString, getter_AddRefs(expression)) ;
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(retCode, retCode) ;
+    retCode = arguments->SetExpression(expression) ;
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(retCode, retCode) ;
+
+    retCode = arguments->SetQuerySubDirectories(true) ;
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(retCode, retCode) ;
+
+    return DoQuery(this, arguments, this, -1, 0, &mSearchContext);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbOutlookDirectory::StopSearch(void) 
+{
+    if (!mIsQueryURI) { return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED ; }
+    return StopQuery(mSearchContext) ;
+}
+
+// nsIAbDirSearchListener
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbOutlookDirectory::OnSearchFinished(int32_t aResult,
+                                                     const nsAString &aErrorMsg)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbOutlookDirectory::OnSearchFoundCard(nsIAbCard *aCard) 
+{
+  mCardList.Put(aCard, aCard);
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbManager> abManager(do_GetService(NS_ABMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    rv = abManager->NotifyDirectoryItemAdded(this, aCard);
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsAbOutlookDirectory::ExecuteQuery(SRestriction &aRestriction,
+                                            nsIAbDirSearchListener *aListener,
+                                            int32_t aResultLimit, int32_t aTimeout,
+                                            int32_t aThreadId) 
+
+{
+  if (!aListener)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  nsresult retCode = NS_OK;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> resultsArray(do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID,
+                                                           &retCode));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(retCode, retCode);
+
+  retCode = GetChildCards(resultsArray,
+                          aRestriction.rt == RES_COMMENT ? nullptr : &aRestriction);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(retCode, retCode);
+
+  uint32_t nbResults = 0;
+  retCode = resultsArray->GetLength(&nbResults);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(retCode, retCode);
+
+  if (aResultLimit > 0 && nbResults > static_cast<uint32_t>(aResultLimit)) { 
+    nbResults = static_cast<uint32_t>(aResultLimit) ; 
+  }
+
+  uint32_t i = 0;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbCard> card;
+    
+  for (i = 0 ; i < nbResults ; ++ i) {
+    card = do_QueryElementAt(resultsArray, i, &retCode);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(retCode, retCode);
+
+    aListener->OnSearchFoundCard(card);
+  }
+
+  mQueryThreads.Remove(aThreadId);
+
+  aListener->OnSearchFinished(nsIAbDirectoryQueryResultListener::queryResultComplete,
+                              EmptyString());
+  return retCode;
+}
+
+// This function expects the aCards array to already be created.
+nsresult nsAbOutlookDirectory::GetChildCards(nsIMutableArray *aCards,
+                                             void *aRestriction)
+{
+  nsAbWinHelperGuard mapiAddBook(mAbWinType);
+
+  if (!mapiAddBook->IsOK())
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  nsMapiEntryArray cardEntries;
+  LPSRestriction restriction = (LPSRestriction) aRestriction;
+
+  if (!mapiAddBook->GetCards(*mMapiData, restriction, cardEntries)) {
+    PRINTF(("Cannot get cards.\n"));
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+
+  nsAutoCString ourUuid;
+  GetUuid(ourUuid);
+
+  nsAutoCString entryId;
+  nsAutoCString uriName;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbCard> childCard;
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  for (ULONG card = 0; card < cardEntries.mNbEntries; ++card) {
+    cardEntries.mEntries[card].ToString(entryId);
+    buildAbWinUri(kOutlookCardScheme, mAbWinType, uriName);
+    uriName.Append(entryId);
+
+    rv = OutlookCardForURI(uriName, getter_AddRefs(childCard));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    childCard->SetDirectoryId(ourUuid);
+
+    aCards->AppendElement(childCard, false);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsAbOutlookDirectory::GetChildNodes(nsIMutableArray* aNodes)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aNodes);
+
+  aNodes->Clear();
+
+  nsAbWinHelperGuard mapiAddBook(mAbWinType);
+  nsMapiEntryArray nodeEntries;
+
+  if (!mapiAddBook->IsOK())
+      return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  if (!mapiAddBook->GetNodes(*mMapiData, nodeEntries))
+  {
+    PRINTF(("Cannot get nodes.\n"));
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+
+  nsAutoCString entryId;
+  nsAutoCString uriName;
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbManager> abManager(do_GetService(NS_ABMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  for (ULONG node = 0; node < nodeEntries.mNbEntries; ++node)
+  {
+    nodeEntries.mEntries[node].ToString(entryId);
+    buildAbWinUri(kOutlookDirectoryScheme, mAbWinType, uriName);
+    uriName.Append(entryId);
+
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIAbDirectory> directory;
+    rv = abManager->GetDirectory(uriName, getter_AddRefs(directory));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    aNodes->AppendElement(directory, false);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsAbOutlookDirectory::NotifyItemDeletion(nsISupports *aItem) 
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbManager> abManager(do_GetService(NS_ABMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    rv = abManager->NotifyDirectoryItemDeleted(this, aItem);
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsAbOutlookDirectory::NotifyItemAddition(nsISupports *aItem) 
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbManager> abManager = do_GetService(NS_ABMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    rv = abManager->NotifyDirectoryItemAdded(this, aItem);
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+// This is called from EditMailListToDatabase.
+// We got m_AddressList containing the list of cards the mailing
+// list is supposed to contain at the end.
+nsresult nsAbOutlookDirectory::CommitAddressList(void)
+{
+  if (!m_IsMailList) { 
+    PRINTF(("We are not in a mailing list, no commit can be done.\n"));
+    return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+  }
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  uint32_t i = 0;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> oldList(do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = GetChildCards(oldList, nullptr);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  if (!m_AddressList)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  uint32_t nbCards = 0;
+  rv = m_AddressList->GetLength(&nbCards);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> element;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbCard> newCard;
+  uint32_t pos;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < nbCards; ++i) {
+    element = do_QueryElementAt(m_AddressList, i, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(oldList->IndexOf(0, element, &pos))) {
+        rv = oldList->RemoveElementAt(pos);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+        // The entry was not already there
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIAbCard> card(do_QueryInterface(element, &rv));
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+        rv = CreateCard(card, getter_AddRefs(newCard));
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+        m_AddressList->ReplaceElementAt(newCard, i, false);
+    }
+  }
+  return DeleteCards(oldList);
+}
+
+nsresult nsAbOutlookDirectory::UpdateAddressList(void)
+{
+    if (!m_AddressList)
+    {
+	nsresult rv;
+        m_AddressList = do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    }
+
+    return m_IsMailList ? GetChildCards(m_AddressList, nullptr) :
+                          GetChildNodes(m_AddressList);
+}
+
+nsresult nsAbOutlookDirectory::CreateCard(nsIAbCard *aData, nsIAbCard **aNewCard) 
+{
+    if (!aData || !aNewCard) { return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER ; }
+    *aNewCard = nullptr ;
+    nsresult retCode = NS_OK ;
+    nsAbWinHelperGuard mapiAddBook (mAbWinType) ;
+    nsMapiEntry newEntry ;
+    nsAutoCString entryString ;
+    bool didCopy = false ;
+
+    if (!mapiAddBook->IsOK()) { return NS_ERROR_FAILURE ; }
+    // If we get an nsIAbCard that maps onto an Outlook card uri
+    // we simply copy the contents of the Outlook card.
+    retCode = ExtractCardEntry(aData, entryString) ;
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(retCode) && !entryString.IsEmpty()) {
+        nsMapiEntry sourceEntry ;
+        
+        
+        sourceEntry.Assign(entryString) ;
+        if (m_IsMailList) {
+            // In the case of a mailing list, we can use the address
+            // as a direct template to build the new one (which is done
+            // by CopyEntry).
+            mapiAddBook->CopyEntry(*mMapiData, sourceEntry, newEntry) ;
+            didCopy = true ;
+        }
+        else {
+            // Else, we have to create a temporary address and copy the
+            // source into it. Yes it's silly.
+            mapiAddBook->CreateEntry(*mMapiData, newEntry) ;
+        }
+    }
+    // If this approach doesn't work, well we're back to creating and copying.
+    if (newEntry.mByteCount == 0) {
+        // In the case of a mailing list, we cannot directly create a new card,
+        // we have to create a temporary one in a real folder (to be able to use
+        // templates) and then copy it to the mailing list.
+        if (m_IsMailList) {
+            nsMapiEntry parentEntry ;
+            nsMapiEntry temporaryEntry ;
+
+            if (!mapiAddBook->GetDefaultContainer(parentEntry)) {
+                return NS_ERROR_FAILURE ;
+            }
+            if (!mapiAddBook->CreateEntry(parentEntry, temporaryEntry)) {
+                return NS_ERROR_FAILURE ;
+            }
+            if (!mapiAddBook->CopyEntry(*mMapiData, temporaryEntry, newEntry)) {
+                return NS_ERROR_FAILURE ;
+            }
+            if (!mapiAddBook->DeleteEntry(parentEntry, temporaryEntry)) {
+                return NS_ERROR_FAILURE ;
+            }
+        }
+        // If we're on a real address book folder, we can directly create an
+        // empty card.
+        else if (!mapiAddBook->CreateEntry(*mMapiData, newEntry)) {
+            return NS_ERROR_FAILURE ;
+        }
+    }
+    newEntry.ToString(entryString) ;
+    nsAutoCString uri ;
+
+    buildAbWinUri(kOutlookCardScheme, mAbWinType, uri) ;
+    uri.Append(entryString) ;
+    
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAbCard> newCard;
+    retCode = OutlookCardForURI(uri, getter_AddRefs(newCard));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(retCode, retCode);
+
+    nsAutoCString ourUuid;
+    GetUuid(ourUuid);
+    newCard->SetDirectoryId(ourUuid);
+
+    if (!didCopy) {
+        retCode = newCard->Copy(aData) ;
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(retCode, retCode) ;
+        retCode = ModifyCard(newCard) ;
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(retCode, retCode) ;
+    }
+    *aNewCard = newCard ;
+    NS_ADDREF(*aNewCard) ;
+    return retCode ;
+}
+
+static void UnicodeToWord(const char16_t *aUnicode, WORD& aWord)
+{
+    aWord = 0 ;
+    if (aUnicode == nullptr || *aUnicode == 0) { return ; }
+    nsresult errorCode = NS_OK;
+    nsAutoString unichar (aUnicode) ;
+
+    aWord = static_cast<WORD>(unichar.ToInteger(&errorCode));
+    if (NS_FAILED(errorCode)) {
+        PRINTF(("Error conversion string %S: %08x.\n", unichar.get(), errorCode)) ;
+    }
+}
+
+#define PREF_MAIL_ADDR_BOOK_LASTNAMEFIRST "mail.addr_book.lastnamefirst"
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbOutlookDirectory::ModifyCard(nsIAbCard *aModifiedCard)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aModifiedCard);
+
+  nsString *properties = nullptr;
+  nsAutoString utility;
+  nsAbWinHelperGuard mapiAddBook(mAbWinType);
+
+  if (!mapiAddBook->IsOK())
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  nsCString entry;
+  nsresult retCode = ExtractCardEntry(aModifiedCard, entry);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(retCode, retCode);
+  // If we don't have the card entry, we can't work.
+  if (entry.IsEmpty())
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  nsMapiEntry mapiData;
+  mapiData.Assign(entry);
+
+  // First, all the standard properties in one go
+  properties = new nsString[index_LastProp];
+  if (!properties) {
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+  }
+  aModifiedCard->GetFirstName(properties[index_FirstName]);
+  aModifiedCard->GetLastName(properties[index_LastName]);
+  // This triple search for something to put in the name
+  // is because in the case of a mailing list edition in 
+  // Mozilla, the display name will not be provided, and 
+  // MAPI doesn't allow that, so we fall back on an optional
+  // name, and when all fails, on the email address.
+  aModifiedCard->GetDisplayName(properties[index_DisplayName]);
+  if (properties[index_DisplayName].IsEmpty()) {
+    nsresult rv;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefBranch =
+      do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+    int32_t format;
+    rv = prefBranch->GetIntPref(PREF_MAIL_ADDR_BOOK_LASTNAMEFIRST, &format);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+    rv = aModifiedCard->GenerateName(format, nullptr,
+                                     properties[index_DisplayName]);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+    if (properties[index_DisplayName].IsEmpty()) {
+      aModifiedCard->GetPrimaryEmail(properties[index_DisplayName]);
+    }
+  }
+  aModifiedCard->SetDisplayName(properties[index_DisplayName]);
+  aModifiedCard->GetPrimaryEmail(properties[index_EmailAddress]);
+  aModifiedCard->GetPropertyAsAString(kNicknameProperty, properties[index_NickName]);
+  aModifiedCard->GetPropertyAsAString(kWorkPhoneProperty, properties[index_WorkPhoneNumber]);
+  aModifiedCard->GetPropertyAsAString(kHomePhoneProperty, properties[index_HomePhoneNumber]);
+  aModifiedCard->GetPropertyAsAString(kFaxProperty, properties[index_WorkFaxNumber]);
+  aModifiedCard->GetPropertyAsAString(kPagerProperty, properties[index_PagerNumber]);
+  aModifiedCard->GetPropertyAsAString(kCellularProperty, properties[index_MobileNumber]);
+  aModifiedCard->GetPropertyAsAString(kHomeCityProperty, properties[index_HomeCity]);
+  aModifiedCard->GetPropertyAsAString(kHomeStateProperty, properties[index_HomeState]);
+  aModifiedCard->GetPropertyAsAString(kHomeZipCodeProperty, properties[index_HomeZip]);
+  aModifiedCard->GetPropertyAsAString(kHomeCountryProperty, properties[index_HomeCountry]);
+  aModifiedCard->GetPropertyAsAString(kWorkCityProperty, properties[index_WorkCity]);
+  aModifiedCard->GetPropertyAsAString(kWorkStateProperty, properties[index_WorkState]);
+  aModifiedCard->GetPropertyAsAString(kWorkZipCodeProperty, properties[index_WorkZip]);
+  aModifiedCard->GetPropertyAsAString(kWorkCountryProperty, properties[index_WorkCountry]);
+  aModifiedCard->GetPropertyAsAString(kJobTitleProperty, properties[index_JobTitle]);
+  aModifiedCard->GetPropertyAsAString(kDepartmentProperty, properties[index_Department]);
+  aModifiedCard->GetPropertyAsAString(kCompanyProperty, properties[index_Company]);
+  aModifiedCard->GetPropertyAsAString(kWorkWebPageProperty, properties[index_WorkWebPage]);
+  aModifiedCard->GetPropertyAsAString(kHomeWebPageProperty, properties[index_HomeWebPage]);
+  aModifiedCard->GetPropertyAsAString(kNotesProperty, properties[index_Comments]);
+  if (!mapiAddBook->SetPropertiesUString(mapiData, OutlookCardMAPIProps,
+                                         index_LastProp, properties)) {
+    PRINTF(("Cannot set general properties.\n")) ;
+  }
+
+  delete [] properties;
+  nsString unichar;
+  nsString unichar2;
+  WORD year = 0;
+  WORD month = 0;
+  WORD day = 0;
+
+  aModifiedCard->GetPropertyAsAString(kHomeAddressProperty, unichar);
+  aModifiedCard->GetPropertyAsAString(kHomeAddress2Property, unichar2);
+
+  utility.Assign(unichar.get());
+  if (!utility.IsEmpty())
+    utility.AppendLiteral("\r\n");
+
+  utility.Append(unichar2.get());
+  if (!mapiAddBook->SetPropertyUString(mapiData, PR_HOME_ADDRESS_STREET_W, utility.get())) {
+    PRINTF(("Cannot set home address.\n")) ;
+  }
+
+  unichar.Truncate();
+  aModifiedCard->GetPropertyAsAString(kWorkAddressProperty, unichar);
+  unichar2.Truncate();
+  aModifiedCard->GetPropertyAsAString(kWorkAddress2Property, unichar2);
+
+  utility.Assign(unichar.get());
+  if (!utility.IsEmpty())
+    utility.AppendLiteral("\r\n");
+
+  utility.Append(unichar2.get());
+  if (!mapiAddBook->SetPropertyUString(mapiData, PR_BUSINESS_ADDRESS_STREET_W, utility.get())) {
+    PRINTF(("Cannot set work address.\n")) ;
+  }
+
+  unichar.Truncate();
+  aModifiedCard->GetPropertyAsAString(kBirthYearProperty, unichar);
+  UnicodeToWord(unichar.get(), year);
+  unichar.Truncate();
+  aModifiedCard->GetPropertyAsAString(kBirthMonthProperty, unichar);
+  UnicodeToWord(unichar.get(), month);
+  unichar.Truncate();
+  aModifiedCard->GetPropertyAsAString(kBirthDayProperty, unichar);
+  UnicodeToWord(unichar.get(), day);
+  if (!mapiAddBook->SetPropertyDate(mapiData, PR_BIRTHDAY, year, month, day)) {
+    PRINTF(("Cannot set date.\n")) ;
+  }
+
+  return retCode;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbOutlookDirectory::OnQueryFoundCard(nsIAbCard *aCard)
+{
+  return OnSearchFoundCard(aCard);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbOutlookDirectory::OnQueryResult(int32_t aResult,
+                                                  int32_t aErrorCode)
+{
+  return OnSearchFinished(aResult, EmptyString());
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbOutlookDirectory::UseForAutocomplete(const nsACString &aIdentityKey, bool *aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+  *aResult = false;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+static void splitString(nsString& aSource, nsString& aTarget)
+{
+  aTarget.Truncate();
+  int32_t offset = aSource.FindChar('\n');
+
+  if (offset >= 0)
+  {
+    const char16_t *source = aSource.get() + offset + 1;
+    while (*source)
+    {
+      if (*source == '\n' || *source == '\r')
+        aTarget.Append(char16_t(' '));
+      else
+        aTarget.Append(*source);
+      ++source;
+    }
+    aSource.SetLength(offset);
+  }
+}
+
+nsresult OutlookCardForURI(const nsACString &aUri, nsIAbCard **newCard)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(newCard);
+
+  nsAutoCString entry;
+  nsAutoCString stub;
+  uint32_t abWinType = getAbWinType(kOutlookCardScheme,
+    PromiseFlatCString(aUri).get(), stub, entry);
+  if (abWinType == nsAbWinType_Unknown)
+  {
+    PRINTF(("Huge problem URI=%s.\n", PromiseFlatCString(aUri).get()));
+    return NS_ERROR_INVALID_ARG;
+  }
+
+  nsAbWinHelperGuard mapiAddBook(abWinType);
+  if (!mapiAddBook->IsOK())
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbCard> card = do_CreateInstance(NS_ABCARDPROPERTY_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  card->SetPropertyAsAUTF8String("OutlookEntryURI", aUri);
+  card->SetLocalId(aUri);
+
+  nsMapiEntry mapiData;
+  mapiData.Assign(entry);
+
+  nsString unichars[index_LastProp];
+
+  if (mapiAddBook->GetPropertiesUString(mapiData, OutlookCardMAPIProps,
+                                        index_LastProp, unichars))
+  {
+    card->SetFirstName(unichars[index_FirstName]);
+    card->SetLastName(unichars[index_LastName]);
+    card->SetDisplayName(unichars[index_DisplayName]);
+    card->SetPrimaryEmail(unichars[index_EmailAddress]);
+    card->SetPropertyAsAString(kNicknameProperty, unichars[index_NickName]);
+    card->SetPropertyAsAString(kWorkPhoneProperty, unichars[index_WorkPhoneNumber]);
+    card->SetPropertyAsAString(kHomePhoneProperty, unichars[index_HomePhoneNumber]);
+    card->SetPropertyAsAString(kFaxProperty, unichars[index_WorkFaxNumber]);
+    card->SetPropertyAsAString(kPagerProperty, unichars[index_PagerNumber]);
+    card->SetPropertyAsAString(kCellularProperty, unichars[index_MobileNumber]);
+    card->SetPropertyAsAString(kHomeCityProperty, unichars[index_HomeCity]);
+    card->SetPropertyAsAString(kHomeStateProperty, unichars[index_HomeState]);
+    card->SetPropertyAsAString(kHomeZipCodeProperty, unichars[index_HomeZip]);
+    card->SetPropertyAsAString(kHomeCountryProperty, unichars[index_HomeCountry]);
+    card->SetPropertyAsAString(kWorkCityProperty, unichars[index_WorkCity]);
+    card->SetPropertyAsAString(kWorkStateProperty, unichars[index_WorkState]);
+    card->SetPropertyAsAString(kWorkZipCodeProperty, unichars[index_WorkZip]);
+    card->SetPropertyAsAString(kWorkCountryProperty, unichars[index_WorkCountry]);
+    card->SetPropertyAsAString(kJobTitleProperty, unichars[index_JobTitle]);
+    card->SetPropertyAsAString(kDepartmentProperty, unichars[index_Department]);
+    card->SetPropertyAsAString(kCompanyProperty, unichars[index_Company]);
+    card->SetPropertyAsAString(kWorkWebPageProperty, unichars[index_WorkWebPage]);
+    card->SetPropertyAsAString(kHomeWebPageProperty, unichars[index_HomeWebPage]);
+    card->SetPropertyAsAString(kNotesProperty, unichars[index_Comments]);
+  }
+
+  ULONG cardType = 0;
+  if (mapiAddBook->GetPropertyLong(mapiData, PR_OBJECT_TYPE, cardType))
+  {
+    card->SetIsMailList(cardType == MAPI_DISTLIST);
+    if (cardType == MAPI_DISTLIST)
+    {
+      nsAutoCString normalChars;
+      buildAbWinUri(kOutlookDirectoryScheme, abWinType, normalChars);
+      normalChars.Append(entry);
+      card->SetMailListURI(normalChars.get());
+    }
+  }
+
+  nsAutoString unichar;
+  nsAutoString unicharBis;
+  if (mapiAddBook->GetPropertyUString(mapiData, PR_HOME_ADDRESS_STREET_W, unichar))
+  {
+    splitString(unichar, unicharBis);
+    card->SetPropertyAsAString(kHomeAddressProperty, unichar);
+    card->SetPropertyAsAString(kHomeAddress2Property, unicharBis);
+  }
+  if (mapiAddBook->GetPropertyUString(mapiData, PR_BUSINESS_ADDRESS_STREET_W,
+                                      unichar))
+  {
+    splitString(unichar, unicharBis);
+    card->SetPropertyAsAString(kWorkAddressProperty, unichar);
+    card->SetPropertyAsAString(kWorkAddress2Property, unicharBis);
+  }
+
+  WORD year = 0, month = 0, day = 0;
+  if (mapiAddBook->GetPropertyDate(mapiData, PR_BIRTHDAY, year, month, day))
+  {
+    card->SetPropertyAsUint32(kBirthYearProperty, year);
+    card->SetPropertyAsUint32(kBirthMonthProperty, month);
+    card->SetPropertyAsUint32(kBirthDayProperty, day);
+  }
+
+  card.swap(*newCard);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbOutlookDirectory.h b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbOutlookDirectory.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..116966ce3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbOutlookDirectory.h
@@ -0,0 +1,152 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+#ifndef nsAbOutlookDirectory_h___
+#define nsAbOutlookDirectory_h___
+
+#include "mozilla/Attributes.h"
+#include "nsAbDirProperty.h"
+#include "nsIAbDirectoryQuery.h"
+#include "nsIAbDirectorySearch.h"
+#include "nsIAbDirSearchListener.h"
+#include "nsDataHashtable.h"
+#include "nsInterfaceHashtable.h"
+#include "nsIMutableArray.h"
+#include "nsAbWinHelper.h"
+
+struct nsMapiEntry ;
+
+class nsAbOutlookDirectory : public nsAbDirProperty, // nsIAbDirectory
+                             public nsIAbDirectoryQuery,
+                             public nsIAbDirectorySearch,
+                             public nsIAbDirSearchListener,
+                             public nsIAbDirectoryQueryResultListener
+{
+public:
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED
+  NS_DECL_NSIABDIRSEARCHLISTENER
+  NS_DECL_NSIABDIRECTORYQUERYRESULTLISTENER
+
+  nsAbOutlookDirectory(void);
+
+  // nsAbDirProperty methods
+  NS_IMETHOD GetDirType(int32_t *aDirType) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetURI(nsACString &aURI) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetChildCards(nsISimpleEnumerator **aCards) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetChildNodes(nsISimpleEnumerator **aNodes) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetIsQuery(bool *aResult) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD HasCard(nsIAbCard *aCard, bool *aHasCard) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD HasDirectory(nsIAbDirectory *aDirectory, bool *aHasDirectory) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD DeleteCards(nsIArray *aCardList) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD DeleteDirectory(nsIAbDirectory *aDirectory) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD UseForAutocomplete(const nsACString &aIdentityKey, bool *aResult) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD AddCard(nsIAbCard *aData, nsIAbCard **addedCard) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD ModifyCard(nsIAbCard *aModifiedCard) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD DropCard(nsIAbCard *aData, bool needToCopyCard) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD AddMailList(nsIAbDirectory *aMailList, nsIAbDirectory **addedList) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD EditMailListToDatabase(nsIAbCard *listCard) override;
+
+  // nsAbDirProperty method
+  NS_IMETHOD Init(const char *aUri) override;
+  // nsIAbDirectoryQuery methods
+  NS_DECL_NSIABDIRECTORYQUERY
+  // nsIAbDirectorySearch methods
+  NS_DECL_NSIABDIRECTORYSEARCH
+  // Perform a MAPI query (function executed in a separate thread)
+  nsresult ExecuteQuery(SRestriction &aRestriction,
+                        nsIAbDirSearchListener *aListener,
+                        int32_t aResultLimit, int32_t aTimeout,
+                        int32_t aThreadId);
+
+protected:
+  // Retrieve hierarchy as cards, with an optional restriction
+  nsresult GetChildCards(nsIMutableArray *aCards, void *aRestriction);
+  // Retrieve hierarchy as directories
+  nsresult GetChildNodes(nsIMutableArray *aNodes);
+  // Create a new card
+  nsresult CreateCard(nsIAbCard *aData, nsIAbCard **aNewCard);
+  // Notification for the UI
+  nsresult NotifyItemDeletion(nsISupports *aItem);
+  nsresult NotifyItemAddition(nsISupports *aItem);
+  // Force update of MAPI repository for mailing list
+  nsresult CommitAddressList(void);
+  // Read MAPI repository
+  nsresult UpdateAddressList(void);
+
+  nsMapiEntry *mMapiData;
+  // Container for the query threads
+  nsDataHashtable<nsUint32HashKey, PRThread*> mQueryThreads;
+  int32_t mCurrentQueryId;
+  PRLock *mProtector;
+  // Data for the search interfaces
+  nsInterfaceHashtable<nsISupportsHashKey, nsIAbCard> mCardList;
+  int32_t mSearchContext;
+  // Windows AB type
+  uint32_t mAbWinType;
+
+private:
+  virtual ~nsAbOutlookDirectory(void);
+
+};
+
+enum
+{
+    index_DisplayName = 0,
+    index_EmailAddress,
+    index_FirstName,
+    index_LastName,
+    index_NickName,
+    index_WorkPhoneNumber,
+    index_HomePhoneNumber,
+    index_WorkFaxNumber,
+    index_PagerNumber,
+    index_MobileNumber,
+    index_HomeCity,
+    index_HomeState,
+    index_HomeZip,
+    index_HomeCountry,
+    index_WorkCity,
+    index_WorkState,
+    index_WorkZip,
+    index_WorkCountry,
+    index_JobTitle,
+    index_Department,
+    index_Company,
+    index_WorkWebPage,
+    index_HomeWebPage,
+    index_Comments,
+    index_LastProp
+};
+
+static const ULONG OutlookCardMAPIProps[] =
+{
+    PR_DISPLAY_NAME_W,
+    PR_EMAIL_ADDRESS_W,
+    PR_GIVEN_NAME_W,
+    PR_SURNAME_W,
+    PR_NICKNAME_W,
+    PR_BUSINESS_TELEPHONE_NUMBER_W,
+    PR_HOME_TELEPHONE_NUMBER_W,
+    PR_BUSINESS_FAX_NUMBER_W,
+    PR_PAGER_TELEPHONE_NUMBER_W,
+    PR_MOBILE_TELEPHONE_NUMBER_W,
+    PR_HOME_ADDRESS_CITY_W,
+    PR_HOME_ADDRESS_STATE_OR_PROVINCE_W,
+    PR_HOME_ADDRESS_POSTAL_CODE_W,
+    PR_HOME_ADDRESS_COUNTRY_W,
+    PR_BUSINESS_ADDRESS_CITY_W,
+    PR_BUSINESS_ADDRESS_STATE_OR_PROVINCE_W,
+    PR_BUSINESS_ADDRESS_POSTAL_CODE_W,
+    PR_BUSINESS_ADDRESS_COUNTRY_W,
+    PR_TITLE_W,
+    PR_DEPARTMENT_NAME_W,
+    PR_COMPANY_NAME_W,
+    PR_BUSINESS_HOME_PAGE_W,
+    PR_PERSONAL_HOME_PAGE_W,
+    PR_COMMENT_W
+};
+
+nsresult OutlookCardForURI(const nsACString &aUri, nsIAbCard **card);
+
+#endif // nsAbOutlookDirectory_h___
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbQueryStringToExpression.cpp b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbQueryStringToExpression.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fe1f22e00
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbQueryStringToExpression.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,337 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsAbQueryStringToExpression.h"
+
+#include "nsComponentManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsITextToSubURI.h"
+#include "nsAbBooleanExpression.h"
+#include "nsAbBaseCID.h"
+#include "plstr.h"
+#include "nsIMutableArray.h"
+
+/**
+ * This code parses the query expression passed in as an addressbook URI.
+ * The expression takes the form:
+ * (BOOL1(FIELD1,OP1,VALUE1)..(FIELDn,OPn,VALUEn)(BOOL2(FIELD1,OP1,VALUE1)...)...)
+ *
+ * BOOLn   A boolean operator joining subsequent terms delimited by ().
+ *         For possible values see CreateBooleanExpression().
+ * FIELDn  An addressbook card data field.
+ * OPn     An operator for the search term.
+ *         For possible values see CreateBooleanConditionString().
+ * VALUEn  The value to be matched in the FIELDn via the OPn operator.
+ *         The value must be URL encoded by the caller, if it contains any special
+ *         characters including '(' and ')'.
+ */
+nsresult nsAbQueryStringToExpression::Convert (
+    const nsACString &aQueryString,
+    nsIAbBooleanExpression** expression)
+{
+    nsresult rv;
+
+    nsAutoCString q(aQueryString);
+    q.StripWhitespace();
+    const char *queryChars = q.get();
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> s;
+    rv = ParseExpression(&queryChars, getter_AddRefs(s));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    // Case: Not end of string
+    if (*queryChars != 0)
+        return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAbBooleanExpression> e(do_QueryInterface(s, &rv));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    NS_IF_ADDREF(*expression = e);
+    return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsAbQueryStringToExpression::ParseExpression (
+    const char** index,
+    nsISupports** expression)
+{
+    nsresult rv;
+
+    if (**index != '(')
+        return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+    const char* indexBracket = *index + 1;
+    while (*indexBracket &&
+        *indexBracket != '(' && *indexBracket != ')')
+        indexBracket++;
+
+    // Case: End of string
+    if (*indexBracket == 0)
+        return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+    // Case: "((" or "()"
+    if (indexBracket == *index + 1)
+    {
+         return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    }
+    // Case: "(*("
+    else if (*indexBracket == '(')
+    {
+        // printf ("Case: (*(: %s\n", *index);
+
+        nsCString operation;
+        rv = ParseOperationEntry (
+            *index, indexBracket,
+            getter_Copies (operation));
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIAbBooleanExpression> e;
+        rv = CreateBooleanExpression(operation.get(),
+            getter_AddRefs(e));
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+        // Case: "(*)(*)....(*))"
+        *index = indexBracket;
+        rv = ParseExpressions (index, e);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+        NS_IF_ADDREF(*expression = e);
+    }
+    // Case" "(*)"
+    else if (*indexBracket == ')')
+    {
+        // printf ("Case: (*): %s\n", *index);
+
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIAbBooleanConditionString> conditionString;
+        rv = ParseCondition (index, indexBracket,
+            getter_AddRefs(conditionString));
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+        NS_IF_ADDREF(*expression = conditionString);
+    }
+
+    if (**index != ')')
+        return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+    (*index)++;
+
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+nsresult nsAbQueryStringToExpression::ParseExpressions (
+    const char** index,
+    nsIAbBooleanExpression* expression)
+{
+    nsresult rv;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> expressions(do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID,
+                                                            &rv));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+    // Case: ")(*)(*)....(*))"
+    // printf ("Case: )(*)(*)....(*)): %s\n", *index);
+    while (**index == '(')
+    {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> childExpression;
+        rv = ParseExpression(index, getter_AddRefs (childExpression));
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+        expressions->AppendElement(childExpression, false);
+    }
+
+    if (**index == 0)
+        return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+    // Case: "))"
+    // printf ("Case: )): %s\n", *index);
+
+    if (**index != ')')
+        return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+    expression->SetExpressions (expressions);
+
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsAbQueryStringToExpression::ParseCondition (
+    const char** index,
+    const char* indexBracketClose,
+    nsIAbBooleanConditionString** conditionString)
+{
+    nsresult rv;
+
+    (*index)++;
+
+    nsCString entries[3];
+    for (int i = 0; i < 3; i++)
+    {
+        rv = ParseConditionEntry (index, indexBracketClose,
+                getter_Copies (entries[i]));
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+        if (*index == indexBracketClose)
+            break;
+    }
+    
+    if (*index != indexBracketClose)
+        return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAbBooleanConditionString> c;
+    rv = CreateBooleanConditionString (
+        entries[0].get(),
+        entries[1].get(),
+        entries[2].get(),
+        getter_AddRefs (c));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    NS_IF_ADDREF(*conditionString = c);
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsAbQueryStringToExpression::ParseConditionEntry (
+    const char** index,
+    const char* indexBracketClose,
+    char** entry)
+{
+    const char* indexDeliminator = *index;
+    while (indexDeliminator != indexBracketClose &&
+        *indexDeliminator != ',')
+        indexDeliminator++;
+
+    int entryLength = indexDeliminator - *index;
+    if (entryLength)
+      *entry = PL_strndup (*index, entryLength); 
+    else
+        *entry = 0;
+
+    if (indexDeliminator != indexBracketClose)
+        *index = indexDeliminator + 1;
+    else
+        *index = indexDeliminator;
+
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsAbQueryStringToExpression::ParseOperationEntry (
+    const char* indexBracketOpen1,
+    const char* indexBracketOpen2,
+    char** operation)
+{
+    int operationLength = indexBracketOpen2 - indexBracketOpen1 - 1;
+    if (operationLength)
+        *operation = PL_strndup (indexBracketOpen1 + 1,
+            operationLength); 
+    else
+        *operation = 0;
+
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsAbQueryStringToExpression::CreateBooleanExpression(
+        const char* operation,
+        nsIAbBooleanExpression** expression)
+{
+    nsAbBooleanOperationType op;
+    if (PL_strcasecmp (operation, "and") == 0)
+        op = nsIAbBooleanOperationTypes::AND;
+    else if (PL_strcasecmp (operation, "or") == 0)
+        op = nsIAbBooleanOperationTypes::OR;
+    else if (PL_strcasecmp (operation, "not") == 0)
+        op = nsIAbBooleanOperationTypes::NOT;
+    else
+        return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+    nsresult rv;
+
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIAbBooleanExpression> expr = do_CreateInstance(NS_BOOLEANEXPRESSION_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    NS_IF_ADDREF(*expression = expr);
+    
+    rv = expr->SetOperation (op);
+    return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsAbQueryStringToExpression::CreateBooleanConditionString (
+    const char* attribute,
+    const char* condition,
+    const char* value,
+    nsIAbBooleanConditionString** conditionString)
+{
+    if (attribute == 0 || condition == 0 || value == 0)
+        return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+    nsAbBooleanConditionType c;
+
+    if (PL_strcasecmp (condition, "=") == 0)
+        c = nsIAbBooleanConditionTypes::Is;
+    else if (PL_strcasecmp (condition, "!=") == 0)
+        c = nsIAbBooleanConditionTypes::IsNot;
+    else if (PL_strcasecmp (condition, "lt") == 0)
+        c = nsIAbBooleanConditionTypes::LessThan;
+    else if (PL_strcasecmp (condition, "gt") == 0)
+        c = nsIAbBooleanConditionTypes::GreaterThan;
+    else if (PL_strcasecmp (condition, "bw") == 0)
+        c = nsIAbBooleanConditionTypes::BeginsWith;
+    else if (PL_strcasecmp (condition, "ew") == 0)
+        c = nsIAbBooleanConditionTypes::EndsWith;
+    else if (PL_strcasecmp (condition, "c")== 0)
+        c = nsIAbBooleanConditionTypes::Contains;
+    else if (PL_strcasecmp (condition, "!c") == 0)
+        c = nsIAbBooleanConditionTypes::DoesNotContain;
+    else if (PL_strcasecmp (condition, "~=") == 0)
+        c = nsIAbBooleanConditionTypes::SoundsLike;
+    else if (PL_strcasecmp (condition, "regex") == 0)
+        c = nsIAbBooleanConditionTypes::RegExp;
+    else
+        return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+    nsresult rv;
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAbBooleanConditionString> cs = do_CreateInstance(NS_BOOLEANCONDITIONSTRING_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    rv = cs->SetCondition (c);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsITextToSubURI> textToSubURI = do_GetService(NS_ITEXTTOSUBURI_CONTRACTID,&rv); 
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+        nsString attributeUCS2;
+        nsString valueUCS2;
+
+        rv = textToSubURI->UnEscapeAndConvert("UTF-8",
+            attribute, getter_Copies(attributeUCS2));
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+        rv = textToSubURI->UnEscapeAndConvert("UTF-8",
+            value, getter_Copies(valueUCS2));
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+        NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8 attributeUTF8(attributeUCS2);
+
+        rv = cs->SetName (attributeUTF8.get ());
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+        rv = cs->SetValue(valueUCS2.get());
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16 valueUCS2(value);
+
+        rv = cs->SetName (attribute);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+        rv = cs->SetValue (valueUCS2.get ());
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    }
+            
+
+    NS_IF_ADDREF(*conditionString = cs);
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbQueryStringToExpression.h b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbQueryStringToExpression.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..dfd8da0c5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbQueryStringToExpression.h
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsAbQueryStringToExpression_h__
+#define nsAbQueryStringToExpression_h__
+
+#include "nsIAbBooleanExpression.h"
+
+class nsAbQueryStringToExpression
+{
+public:
+    static nsresult Convert (
+        const nsACString &aQueryString,
+        nsIAbBooleanExpression** expression);
+
+protected:
+    static nsresult ParseExpression (
+        const char** index,
+        nsISupports** expression);
+    static nsresult ParseExpressions (
+        const char** index,
+        nsIAbBooleanExpression* expression);
+    static nsresult ParseCondition (
+        const char** index,
+        const char* indexBracketClose,
+        nsIAbBooleanConditionString** conditionString);
+
+    static nsresult ParseConditionEntry (
+        const char** index,
+        const char* indexBracketClose,
+        char** entry);
+    static nsresult ParseOperationEntry (
+        const char* indexBracketOpen1,
+        const char* indexBracketOpen2,
+        char** operation);
+
+    static nsresult CreateBooleanExpression(
+        const char* operation,
+        nsIAbBooleanExpression** expression);
+    static nsresult CreateBooleanConditionString (
+        const char* attribute,
+        const char* condition,
+        const char* value,
+        nsIAbBooleanConditionString** conditionString);
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbUtils.h b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbUtils.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d6b8915e0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbUtils.h
@@ -0,0 +1,140 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsAbUtils_h__
+#define nsAbUtils_h__
+
+#include "nsMemory.h"
+
+/*
+ * Wrapper class to automatically free an array of
+ * char* when class goes out of scope
+ */
+class CharPtrArrayGuard
+{
+public:
+    CharPtrArrayGuard (bool freeElements = true) :
+        mFreeElements (freeElements),
+        mArray (0),
+        mSize (0)
+    {
+    }
+
+    ~CharPtrArrayGuard ()
+    {
+        Free ();
+    }
+
+    char* operator[](int i)
+    {
+        return mArray[i];
+    }
+
+    uint32_t* GetSizeAddr(void)
+    {
+        return &mSize;
+    }
+
+    uint32_t GetSize(void)
+    {
+        return mSize;
+    }
+
+    char*** GetArrayAddr(void)
+    {
+        return &mArray;
+    }
+
+    const char** GetArray(void)
+    {
+        return (const char** ) mArray;
+    }
+
+public:
+
+private:
+    bool mFreeElements;
+    char **mArray;
+    uint32_t mSize;
+
+    void Free ()
+    {
+        if (!mArray)
+            return;
+
+        if (mFreeElements)
+            NS_FREE_XPCOM_ALLOCATED_POINTER_ARRAY(mSize, mArray);
+        else
+        {
+          free(mArray);
+        }
+    }
+};
+
+/*
+ * Wrapper class to automatically free an array of
+ * char16_t* when class goes out of scope
+ */
+class PRUnicharPtrArrayGuard
+{
+public:
+    PRUnicharPtrArrayGuard (bool freeElements = true) :
+        mFreeElements (freeElements),
+        mArray (0),
+        mSize (0)
+    {
+    }
+
+    ~PRUnicharPtrArrayGuard ()
+    {
+        Free ();
+    }
+
+    char16_t* operator[](int i)
+    {
+        return mArray[i];
+    }
+
+    uint32_t* GetSizeAddr(void)
+    {
+        return &mSize;
+    }
+
+    uint32_t GetSize(void)
+    {
+        return mSize;
+    }
+
+    char16_t*** GetArrayAddr(void)
+    {
+        return &mArray;
+    }
+
+    const char16_t** GetArray(void)
+    {
+        return (const char16_t** ) mArray;
+    }
+
+public:
+
+private:
+    bool mFreeElements;
+    char16_t **mArray;
+    uint32_t mSize;
+    void Free ()
+    {
+        if (!mArray)
+            return;
+
+        if (mFreeElements)
+          NS_FREE_XPCOM_ALLOCATED_POINTER_ARRAY(mSize, mArray);
+        else
+        {
+          free(mArray);
+        }
+    }
+};
+
+#endif  /* nsAbUtils_h__ */
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbView.cpp b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbView.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..77f3122df
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbView.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1451 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "mozilla/DebugOnly.h"
+
+#include "nsAbView.h"
+#include "nsISupports.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsIServiceManager.h"
+#include "nsIAbCard.h"
+#include "nsILocale.h"
+#include "nsILocaleService.h"
+#include "prmem.h"
+#include "nsCollationCID.h"
+#include "nsIAbManager.h"
+#include "nsAbBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsXPCOM.h"
+#include "nsISupportsPrimitives.h"
+#include "nsITreeColumns.h"
+#include "nsCRTGlue.h"
+#include "nsIMutableArray.h"
+#include "nsIPrefService.h"
+#include "nsIPrefBranch.h"
+#include "nsIStringBundle.h"
+#include "nsIPrefLocalizedString.h"
+#include "nsArrayUtils.h"
+#include "nsIAddrDatabase.h" // for kPriEmailColumn
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "mozilla/Services.h"
+
+using namespace mozilla;
+
+#define CARD_NOT_FOUND -1
+#define ALL_ROWS -1
+
+#define PREF_MAIL_ADDR_BOOK_LASTNAMEFIRST "mail.addr_book.lastnamefirst"
+#define PREF_MAIL_ADDR_BOOK_DISPLAYNAME_AUTOGENERATION "mail.addr_book.displayName.autoGeneration"
+#define PREF_MAIL_ADDR_BOOK_DISPLAYNAME_LASTNAMEFIRST "mail.addr_book.displayName.lastnamefirst"
+
+// Also, our default primary sort
+#define GENERATED_NAME_COLUMN_ID "GeneratedName" 
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsAbView, nsIAbView, nsITreeView, nsIAbListener, nsIObserver)
+
+nsAbView::nsAbView() : mInitialized(false),
+                       mIsAllDirectoryRootView(false),
+                       mSuppressSelectionChange(false),
+                       mSuppressCountChange(false),
+                       mGeneratedNameFormat(0)
+{
+}
+
+nsAbView::~nsAbView()
+{
+  if (mInitialized) {
+    NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(ClearView()), "failed to close view");
+  }
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbView::ClearView()
+{
+  mDirectory = nullptr;
+  mAbViewListener = nullptr;
+  if (mTree)
+    mTree->SetView(nullptr);
+  mTree = nullptr;
+  mTreeSelection = nullptr;
+
+  if (mInitialized)
+  {
+    nsresult rv;
+    mInitialized = false;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> pbi(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID,
+                                              &rv));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+    rv = pbi->RemoveObserver(PREF_MAIL_ADDR_BOOK_LASTNAMEFIRST, this);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAbManager> abManager(do_GetService(NS_ABMANAGER_CONTRACTID,
+                                                   &rv));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    rv = abManager->RemoveAddressBookListener(this);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+
+  int32_t i = mCards.Length();
+  while(i-- > 0)
+    NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(RemoveCardAt(i)), "remove card failed\n");
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsAbView::RemoveCardAt(int32_t row)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  AbCard *abcard = mCards.ElementAt(row);
+  NS_IF_RELEASE(abcard->card);
+  mCards.RemoveElementAt(row);
+  PR_FREEIF(abcard->primaryCollationKey);
+  PR_FREEIF(abcard->secondaryCollationKey);
+  PR_FREEIF(abcard);
+
+  
+  // This needs to happen after we remove the card, as RowCountChanged() will call GetRowCount()
+  if (mTree) {
+    rv = mTree->RowCountChanged(row, -1);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  }
+
+  if (mAbViewListener && !mSuppressCountChange) {
+    rv = mAbViewListener->OnCountChanged(mCards.Length());
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsAbView::SetGeneratedNameFormatFromPrefs()
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefBranchInt(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  return prefBranchInt->GetIntPref(PREF_MAIL_ADDR_BOOK_LASTNAMEFIRST, &mGeneratedNameFormat);
+}
+
+nsresult nsAbView::Initialize()
+{
+  if (mInitialized)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  mInitialized = true;
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbManager> abManager(do_GetService(NS_ABMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = abManager->AddAddressBookListener(this, nsIAbListener::all);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> pbi(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = pbi->AddObserver(PREF_MAIL_ADDR_BOOK_LASTNAMEFIRST, this, false);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  if (!mABBundle)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundleService> stringBundleService =
+      mozilla::services::GetStringBundleService();
+    NS_ENSURE_TRUE(stringBundleService, NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED);
+
+    rv = stringBundleService->CreateBundle("chrome://messenger/locale/addressbook/addressBook.properties", getter_AddRefs(mABBundle));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+
+  return SetGeneratedNameFormatFromPrefs();
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbView::SetView(nsIAbDirectory *aAddressBook,
+                                nsIAbViewListener *aAbViewListener,
+                                const nsAString &aSortColumn,
+                                const nsAString &aSortDirection,
+                                nsAString &aResult)
+{
+  // Ensure we are initialized
+  nsresult rv = Initialize();
+
+  mAbViewListener = nullptr;
+  if (mTree)
+  {
+    // Try and speed deletion of old cards by disconnecting the tree from us.
+    mTreeSelection->ClearSelection();
+    mTree->SetView(nullptr);
+  }
+
+  // Clear out old cards
+  int32_t i = mCards.Length();
+  while(i-- > 0)
+  {
+    rv = RemoveCardAt(i);
+    NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "remove card failed\n");
+  }
+
+  // We replace all cards so any sorting is no longer valid.
+  mSortColumn.AssignLiteral("");
+  mSortDirection.AssignLiteral("");
+
+  nsCString uri;
+  aAddressBook->GetURI(uri);
+  int32_t searchBegin = uri.FindChar('?');
+  nsCString searchQuery(Substring(uri, searchBegin));
+  // This is a special case, a workaround basically, to just have all ABs.
+  if (searchQuery.EqualsLiteral("?")) {
+    searchQuery.AssignLiteral("");
+  }
+
+  if (Substring(uri, 0, searchBegin).EqualsLiteral(kAllDirectoryRoot)) {
+    mIsAllDirectoryRootView = true;
+    // We have special request case to search all addressbooks, so we need
+    // to iterate over all addressbooks.
+    // Since the request is for all addressbooks, the URI must have been
+    // passed with an extra '?'. We still check it for sanity and trim it here.
+    if (searchQuery.Find("??") == 0)
+      searchQuery = Substring(searchQuery, 1);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAbManager> abManager(do_GetService(NS_ABMANAGER_CONTRACTID,
+                                                   &rv));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleEnumerator> enumerator;
+    rv = abManager->GetDirectories(getter_AddRefs(enumerator));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    bool hasMore = false;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> support;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAbDirectory> directory;
+    while (NS_SUCCEEDED(enumerator->HasMoreElements(&hasMore)) && hasMore) {
+      rv = enumerator->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(support));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      directory = do_QueryInterface(support, &rv);
+
+      // If, for some reason, we are unable to get a directory, we continue.
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        continue;
+
+      // Get appropriate directory with search query.
+      nsCString uri;
+      directory->GetURI(uri);
+      rv = abManager->GetDirectory(uri + searchQuery, getter_AddRefs(directory));
+      mDirectory = directory;
+      rv = EnumerateCards();
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    }
+  } else {
+    mIsAllDirectoryRootView = false;
+    mDirectory = aAddressBook;
+    rv = EnumerateCards();
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+
+  NS_NAMED_LITERAL_STRING(generatedNameColumnId, GENERATED_NAME_COLUMN_ID);
+
+  // See if the persisted sortColumn is valid.
+  // It may not be, if you migrated from older versions, or switched between
+  // a mozilla build and a commercial build, which have different columns.
+  nsAutoString actualSortColumn;
+  if (!generatedNameColumnId.Equals(aSortColumn) && mCards.Length()) {
+    nsIAbCard *card = mCards.ElementAt(0)->card;
+    nsString value;
+    // XXX todo
+    // Need to check if _Generic is valid.  GetCardValue() will always return NS_OK for _Generic
+    // We're going to have to ask mDirectory if it is.
+    // It might not be.  example:  _ScreenName is valid in Netscape, but not Mozilla.
+    rv = GetCardValue(card, PromiseFlatString(aSortColumn).get(), value);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      actualSortColumn = generatedNameColumnId;
+    else
+      actualSortColumn = aSortColumn;
+  }
+  else
+    actualSortColumn = aSortColumn;
+
+  rv = SortBy(actualSortColumn.get(), PromiseFlatString(aSortDirection).get(), false);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  mAbViewListener = aAbViewListener;
+  if (mAbViewListener && !mSuppressCountChange) {
+    rv = mAbViewListener->OnCountChanged(mCards.Length());
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+
+  aResult = actualSortColumn;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbView::GetDirectory(nsIAbDirectory **aDirectory)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aDirectory);
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aDirectory = mDirectory);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsAbView::EnumerateCards()
+{
+  nsresult rv;    
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleEnumerator> cardsEnumerator;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbCard> card;
+
+  if (!mDirectory)
+    return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+
+  rv = mDirectory->GetChildCards(getter_AddRefs(cardsEnumerator));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && cardsEnumerator)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> item;
+    bool more;
+    while (NS_SUCCEEDED(cardsEnumerator->HasMoreElements(&more)) && more)
+    {
+      rv = cardsEnumerator->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(item));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr <nsIAbCard> card = do_QueryInterface(item);
+        // Malloc these from an arena
+        AbCard *abcard = (AbCard *) PR_Calloc(1, sizeof(struct AbCard));
+        if (!abcard) 
+          return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+        abcard->card = card;
+        NS_IF_ADDREF(abcard->card);
+
+        // XXX todo
+        // Would it be better to do an insertion sort, than append and sort?
+        // XXX todo
+        // If we knew how many cards there was going to be
+        // we could allocate an array of the size,
+        // instead of growing and copying as we append.
+        DebugOnly<bool> didAppend = mCards.AppendElement(abcard);
+        NS_ASSERTION(didAppend, "failed to append card");
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbView::GetRowCount(int32_t *aRowCount)
+{
+  *aRowCount = mCards.Length();
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbView::GetSelection(nsITreeSelection * *aSelection)
+{
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aSelection = mTreeSelection);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbView::SetSelection(nsITreeSelection * aSelection)
+{
+  mTreeSelection = aSelection;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbView::GetRowProperties(int32_t index, nsAString& properties)
+{
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbView::GetCellProperties(int32_t row, nsITreeColumn* col, nsAString& properties)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(row >= 0, NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED);
+
+  if (mCards.Length() <= (size_t)row)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  const char16_t* colID;
+  col->GetIdConst(&colID);
+  // "G" == "GeneratedName"
+  if (colID[0] != char16_t('G'))
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  nsIAbCard *card = mCards.ElementAt(row)->card;
+
+  bool isMailList;
+  nsresult rv = card->GetIsMailList(&isMailList);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  if (isMailList)
+    properties.AssignLiteral("MailList");
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbView::GetColumnProperties(nsITreeColumn* col, nsAString& properties)
+{
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbView::IsContainer(int32_t index, bool *_retval)
+{
+    *_retval = false;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbView::IsContainerOpen(int32_t index, bool *_retval)
+{
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbView::IsContainerEmpty(int32_t index, bool *_retval)
+{
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbView::IsSeparator(int32_t index, bool *_retval)
+{
+  *_retval = false;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbView::IsSorted(bool *_retval)
+{
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbView::CanDrop(int32_t index,
+                                int32_t orientation,
+                                nsIDOMDataTransfer *dataTransfer,
+                                bool *_retval)
+{
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbView::Drop(int32_t row,
+                             int32_t orientation,
+                             nsIDOMDataTransfer *dataTransfer)
+{
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbView::GetParentIndex(int32_t rowIndex, int32_t *_retval)
+{
+  *_retval = -1;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbView::HasNextSibling(int32_t rowIndex, int32_t afterIndex, bool *_retval)
+{
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbView::GetLevel(int32_t index, int32_t *_retval)
+{
+  *_retval = 0;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbView::GetImageSrc(int32_t row, nsITreeColumn* col, nsAString& _retval)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbView::GetProgressMode(int32_t row, nsITreeColumn* col, int32_t* _retval)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbView::GetCellValue(int32_t row, nsITreeColumn* col, nsAString& _retval)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsAbView::GetCardValue(nsIAbCard *card, const char16_t *colID,
+                                nsAString &_retval)
+{
+  if (nsString(colID).EqualsLiteral("addrbook")) {
+    nsCString dirID;
+    nsresult rv = card->GetDirectoryId(dirID);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      CopyUTF8toUTF16(Substring(dirID, dirID.FindChar('&') + 1), _retval);
+
+    return rv;
+  }
+
+  // "G" == "GeneratedName", "_P" == "_PhoneticName"
+  // else, standard column (like PrimaryEmail and _AimScreenName)
+  if (colID[0] == char16_t('G'))
+    return card->GenerateName(mGeneratedNameFormat, mABBundle, _retval);
+
+  if (colID[0] == char16_t('_') && colID[1] == char16_t('P'))
+    // Use LN/FN order for the phonetic name
+    return card->GeneratePhoneticName(true, _retval);
+
+  if (!NS_strcmp(colID, u"ChatName"))
+    return card->GenerateChatName(_retval);
+
+  nsresult rv = card->GetPropertyAsAString(NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(colID).get(), _retval);
+  if (rv == NS_ERROR_NOT_AVAILABLE) {
+    rv = NS_OK;
+    _retval.Truncate();
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsAbView::RefreshTree()
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  // The PREF_MAIL_ADDR_BOOK_LASTNAMEFIRST pref affects how the GeneratedName column looks.
+  // so if the GeneratedName is our primary or secondary sort,
+  // we need to resort.
+  // the same applies for kPhoneticNameColumn
+  //
+  // XXX optimize me
+  // PrimaryEmail is always the secondary sort, unless it is currently the
+  // primary sort.  So, if PrimaryEmail is the primary sort,
+  // GeneratedName might be the secondary sort.
+  //
+  // One day, we can get fancy and remember what the secondary sort is.
+  // We do that, we can fix this code. At best, it will turn a sort into a invalidate.
+  // 
+  // If neither the primary nor the secondary sorts are GeneratedName (or kPhoneticNameColumn),
+  // all we have to do is invalidate (to show the new GeneratedNames),
+  // but the sort will not change.
+  if (mSortColumn.EqualsLiteral(GENERATED_NAME_COLUMN_ID) ||
+      mSortColumn.EqualsLiteral(kPriEmailProperty) ||
+      mSortColumn.EqualsLiteral(kPhoneticNameColumn)) {
+    rv = SortBy(mSortColumn.get(), mSortDirection.get(), true);
+  }
+  else {
+    rv = InvalidateTree(ALL_ROWS);
+
+    // Although the selection hasn't changed, the card that is selected may need
+    // to be displayed differently, therefore pretend that the selection has
+    // changed to force that update.
+    SelectionChanged();
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbView::GetCellText(int32_t row, nsITreeColumn* col, nsAString& _retval)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(row >= 0 && (size_t)row < mCards.Length(), NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED);
+
+  nsIAbCard *card = mCards.ElementAt(row)->card;
+  const char16_t* colID;
+  col->GetIdConst(&colID);
+  return GetCardValue(card, colID, _retval);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbView::SetTree(nsITreeBoxObject *tree)
+{
+  mTree = tree;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbView::ToggleOpenState(int32_t index)
+{
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbView::CycleHeader(nsITreeColumn* col)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsAbView::InvalidateTree(int32_t row)
+{
+  if (!mTree)
+    return NS_OK;
+  
+  if (row == ALL_ROWS)
+    return mTree->Invalidate();
+  else
+    return mTree->InvalidateRow(row);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbView::SelectionChanged()
+{
+  if (mAbViewListener && !mSuppressSelectionChange) {
+    nsresult rv = mAbViewListener->OnSelectionChanged();
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbView::CycleCell(int32_t row, nsITreeColumn* col)
+{
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbView::IsEditable(int32_t row, nsITreeColumn* col, bool* _retval)
+{
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbView::IsSelectable(int32_t row, nsITreeColumn* col, bool* _retval)
+{
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbView::SetCellValue(int32_t row, nsITreeColumn* col, const nsAString& value)
+{
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbView::SetCellText(int32_t row, nsITreeColumn* col, const nsAString& value)
+{
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbView::PerformAction(const char16_t *action)
+{
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbView::PerformActionOnRow(const char16_t *action, int32_t row)
+{
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbView::PerformActionOnCell(const char16_t *action, int32_t row, nsITreeColumn* col)
+{
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbView::GetCardFromRow(int32_t row, nsIAbCard **aCard)
+{
+  *aCard = nullptr;  
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(row >= 0, NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED);
+  if (mCards.Length() <= (size_t)row) {
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  AbCard *a = mCards.ElementAt(row);
+  if (!a)
+      return NS_OK;
+
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aCard = a->card);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+#define DESCENDING_SORT_FACTOR -1
+#define ASCENDING_SORT_FACTOR 1
+
+typedef struct SortClosure
+{
+  const char16_t *colID;
+  int32_t factor;
+  nsAbView *abView;
+} SortClosure;
+
+static int
+inplaceSortCallback(const AbCard *card1, const AbCard *card2, SortClosure *closure)
+{
+  int32_t sortValue;
+  
+  // If we are sorting the "PrimaryEmail", swap the collation keys, as the secondary is always the
+  // PrimaryEmail. Use the last primary key as the secondary key.
+  //
+  // "Pr" to distinguish "PrimaryEmail" from "PagerNumber"
+  if (closure->colID[0] == char16_t('P') && closure->colID[1] == char16_t('r')) {
+    sortValue = closure->abView->CompareCollationKeys(card1->secondaryCollationKey,card1->secondaryCollationKeyLen,card2->secondaryCollationKey,card2->secondaryCollationKeyLen);
+    if (sortValue)
+      return sortValue * closure->factor;
+    else
+      return closure->abView->CompareCollationKeys(card1->primaryCollationKey,card1->primaryCollationKeyLen,card2->primaryCollationKey,card2->primaryCollationKeyLen) * (closure->factor);
+  }
+  else {
+    sortValue = closure->abView->CompareCollationKeys(card1->primaryCollationKey,card1->primaryCollationKeyLen,card2->primaryCollationKey,card2->primaryCollationKeyLen);
+    if (sortValue)
+      return sortValue * (closure->factor);
+    else
+      return closure->abView->CompareCollationKeys(card1->secondaryCollationKey,card1->secondaryCollationKeyLen,card2->secondaryCollationKey,card2->secondaryCollationKeyLen) * (closure->factor);
+  }
+}
+
+static void SetSortClosure(const char16_t *sortColumn, const char16_t *sortDirection, nsAbView *abView, SortClosure *closure)
+{
+  closure->colID = sortColumn;
+  
+  if (sortDirection && !NS_strcmp(sortDirection, u"descending"))
+    closure->factor = DESCENDING_SORT_FACTOR;
+  else 
+    closure->factor = ASCENDING_SORT_FACTOR;
+
+  closure->abView = abView;
+  return;
+}
+
+class CardComparator
+{
+public:
+  void SetClosure(SortClosure *closure) { m_closure = closure; };
+
+  bool Equals(const AbCard *a, const AbCard *b) const {
+    return inplaceSortCallback(a, b, m_closure) == 0;
+  }
+  bool LessThan(const AbCard *a, const AbCard *b) const{
+    return inplaceSortCallback(a, b, m_closure) < 0;
+  }
+
+private:
+  SortClosure *m_closure;
+};
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbView::SortBy(const char16_t *colID, const char16_t *sortDir, bool aResort = false)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  int32_t count = mCards.Length();
+
+  nsAutoString sortColumn;
+  if (!colID)
+    sortColumn = NS_LITERAL_STRING(GENERATED_NAME_COLUMN_ID);  // default sort column
+  else
+    sortColumn = colID;
+
+  nsAutoString sortDirection;
+  if (!sortDir)
+    sortDirection = NS_LITERAL_STRING("ascending");  // default direction
+  else
+    sortDirection = sortDir;
+
+  if (mSortColumn.Equals(sortColumn) && !aResort) {
+    if (mSortDirection.Equals(sortDir)) {
+      // If sortColumn and sortDirection are identical since the last call, do nothing.
+      return NS_OK;
+    } else {
+      // If we are sorting by how we are already sorted,
+      // and just the sort direction changes, just reverse.
+      int32_t halfPoint = count / 2;
+      for (int32_t i = 0; i < halfPoint; i++) {
+        // Swap the elements.
+        AbCard *ptr1 = mCards.ElementAt(i);
+        AbCard *ptr2 = mCards.ElementAt(count - i - 1);
+        mCards.ReplaceElementAt(i, ptr2);
+        mCards.ReplaceElementAt(count - i - 1, ptr1);
+      }
+      mSortDirection = sortDir;
+    }
+  }
+  else {
+    // Generate collation keys
+    for (int32_t i = 0; i < count; i++) {
+      AbCard *abcard = mCards.ElementAt(i);
+
+      rv = GenerateCollationKeysForCard(sortColumn.get(), abcard);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+    }
+
+    // We need to do full sort.
+    SortClosure closure;
+    SetSortClosure(sortColumn.get(), sortDirection.get(), this, &closure);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> selectedCards = do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    rv = GetSelectedCards(selectedCards);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAbCard> indexCard;
+
+    if (mTreeSelection) {
+      int32_t currentIndex = -1;
+
+      rv = mTreeSelection->GetCurrentIndex(&currentIndex);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+      if (currentIndex != -1) {
+        rv = GetCardFromRow(currentIndex, getter_AddRefs(indexCard));
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+      }
+    }
+
+    CardComparator cardComparator;
+    cardComparator.SetClosure(&closure);
+    mCards.Sort(cardComparator);
+
+    rv = ReselectCards(selectedCards, indexCard);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    mSortColumn = sortColumn;
+    mSortDirection = sortDirection;
+  }
+
+  rv = InvalidateTree(ALL_ROWS);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+int32_t nsAbView::CompareCollationKeys(uint8_t *key1, uint32_t len1, uint8_t *key2, uint32_t len2)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(mCollationKeyGenerator, "no key generator");
+  if (!mCollationKeyGenerator)
+    return 0;
+
+  int32_t result;
+
+  nsresult rv = mCollationKeyGenerator->CompareRawSortKey(key1,len1,key2,len2,&result);
+  NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "key compare failed");
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    result = 0;
+  return result;
+}
+
+nsresult nsAbView::GenerateCollationKeysForCard(const char16_t *colID, AbCard *abcard)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsString value;
+
+  if (!mCollationKeyGenerator)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsILocaleService> localeSvc = do_GetService(NS_LOCALESERVICE_CONTRACTID,&rv); 
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsILocale> locale; 
+    rv = localeSvc->GetApplicationLocale(getter_AddRefs(locale));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    nsCOMPtr <nsICollationFactory> factory = do_CreateInstance(NS_COLLATIONFACTORY_CONTRACTID, &rv); 
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    rv = factory->CreateCollation(locale, getter_AddRefs(mCollationKeyGenerator));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+
+  rv = GetCardValue(abcard->card, colID, value);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  
+  PR_FREEIF(abcard->primaryCollationKey);
+  rv = mCollationKeyGenerator->AllocateRawSortKey(nsICollation::kCollationCaseInSensitive,
+    value, &(abcard->primaryCollationKey), &(abcard->primaryCollationKeyLen));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  
+  // Hardcode email to be our secondary key. As we are doing this, just call
+  // the card's GetCardValue direct, rather than our own function which will
+  // end up doing the same as then we can save a bit of time.
+  rv = abcard->card->GetPrimaryEmail(value);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  
+  PR_FREEIF(abcard->secondaryCollationKey);
+  rv = mCollationKeyGenerator->AllocateRawSortKey(nsICollation::kCollationCaseInSensitive,
+    value, &(abcard->secondaryCollationKey), &(abcard->secondaryCollationKeyLen));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+// A helper method currently returns true if the directory is an LDAP.
+// We can tweak this to return true for all Remote Address Books where the
+// search is asynchronous.
+bool isDirectoryRemote(nsCOMPtr<nsIAbDirectory> aDir)
+{
+  nsCString uri;
+  aDir->GetURI(uri);
+  return (uri.Find("moz-abldapdirectory") != kNotFound);
+}
+
+// A helper method to get the query string for nsIAbDirectory.
+nsCString getQuery(nsCOMPtr<nsIAbDirectory> aDir)
+{
+  nsCString uri;
+  aDir->GetURI(uri);
+  int32_t searchBegin = uri.FindChar('?');
+  if (searchBegin == kNotFound)
+    return EmptyCString();
+
+  return nsCString(Substring(uri, searchBegin));
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbView::OnItemAdded(nsISupports *parentDir, nsISupports *item)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIAbDirectory> directory = do_QueryInterface(parentDir, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  bool isRemote = isDirectoryRemote(directory);
+  // If the search is performed on All Address books, its possible that the LDAP
+  // results start coming when mDirectory has changed (LDAP search works in an
+  // asynchronous manner).
+  // Since the listeners are being added to all nsAbView instances, we need to
+  // make sure that all the views aren't updated by the listeners.
+  bool isDirectoryQuery = false;
+  bool isMDirectoryQuery = false;
+  // See if current parent directory to which the item is added is a query
+  // directory.
+  directory->GetIsQuery(&isDirectoryQuery);
+  // Get the query string for the directory in Advanced AB Search window.
+  nsCString directoryQuery(getQuery(directory));
+  // See if the selected directory in Address book main window is a query
+  // directory.
+  mDirectory->GetIsQuery(&isMDirectoryQuery);
+  // Get the query string for the selected directory in the main AB window.
+  nsCString mDirectoryQuery(getQuery(mDirectory));
+  if ((mIsAllDirectoryRootView && isRemote &&
+       isDirectoryQuery && isMDirectoryQuery &&
+       directoryQuery.Equals(mDirectoryQuery)) ||
+      directory.get() == mDirectory.get()) {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIAbCard> addedCard = do_QueryInterface(item);
+    if (addedCard) {
+      // Malloc these from an arena
+      AbCard *abcard = (AbCard *) PR_Calloc(1, sizeof(struct AbCard));
+      if (!abcard)
+        return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+      abcard->card = addedCard;
+      NS_IF_ADDREF(abcard->card);
+    
+      rv = GenerateCollationKeysForCard(mSortColumn.get(), abcard);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+      int32_t index;
+      rv = AddCard(abcard, false /* select card */, &index);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbView::Observe(nsISupports *aSubject, const char *aTopic, const char16_t *someData)
+{
+  if (!strcmp(aTopic, NS_PREFBRANCH_PREFCHANGE_TOPIC_ID)) {
+    if (nsDependentString(someData).EqualsLiteral(PREF_MAIL_ADDR_BOOK_LASTNAMEFIRST)) {
+      nsresult rv = SetGeneratedNameFormatFromPrefs();
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      rv = RefreshTree();
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsAbView::AddCard(AbCard *abcard, bool selectCardAfterAdding, int32_t *index)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(abcard);
+  
+  *index = FindIndexForInsert(abcard);
+  mCards.InsertElementAt(*index, abcard);
+
+  // This needs to happen after we insert the card, as RowCountChanged() will call GetRowCount()
+  if (mTree)
+    rv = mTree->RowCountChanged(*index, 1);
+
+  // Checking for mTree here works around core bug 399227
+  if (selectCardAfterAdding && mTreeSelection && mTree) {
+    mTreeSelection->SetCurrentIndex(*index);
+    mTreeSelection->RangedSelect(*index, *index, false /* augment */);
+  }
+
+  if (mAbViewListener && !mSuppressCountChange) {
+    rv = mAbViewListener->OnCountChanged(mCards.Length());
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+int32_t nsAbView::FindIndexForInsert(AbCard *abcard)
+{
+  int32_t count = mCards.Length();
+  int32_t i;
+
+  SortClosure closure;
+  SetSortClosure(mSortColumn.get(), mSortDirection.get(), this, &closure);
+  
+  // XXX todo
+  // Make this a binary search
+  for (i=0; i < count; i++) {
+    int32_t value = inplaceSortCallback(abcard, mCards.ElementAt(i), &closure);
+    // XXX Fix me, this is not right for both ascending and descending
+    if (value <= 0) 
+      break;
+  }
+  return i;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbView::OnItemRemoved(nsISupports *parentDir, nsISupports *item)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIAbDirectory> directory = do_QueryInterface(parentDir,&rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  if (directory.get() == mDirectory.get())
+    return RemoveCardAndSelectNextCard(item);
+
+  // The pointers aren't the same, are the URI strings similar? This is most
+  // likely the case if the current directory is a search on a directory.
+  nsCString currentURI;
+  rv = mDirectory->GetURI(currentURI);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // If it is a search, it will have something like ?(or(PrimaryEmail...
+  // on the end of the string, so remove that before comparing
+  int32_t pos = currentURI.FindChar('?');
+  if (pos != -1)
+    currentURI.SetLength(pos);
+
+  nsCString notifiedURI;
+  rv = directory->GetURI(notifiedURI);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  if (currentURI.Equals(notifiedURI))
+    return RemoveCardAndSelectNextCard(item);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsAbView::RemoveCardAndSelectNextCard(nsISupports *item)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIAbCard> card = do_QueryInterface(item);
+  if (card) {
+    int32_t index = FindIndexForCard(card);
+    if (index != CARD_NOT_FOUND) {
+      bool selectNextCard = false;
+      if (mTreeSelection) {
+        int32_t selectedIndex;
+        // XXX todo
+        // Make sure it works if nothing selected
+        mTreeSelection->GetCurrentIndex(&selectedIndex);
+        if (index == selectedIndex)
+          selectNextCard = true;
+      }
+
+      rv = RemoveCardAt(index);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+      if (selectNextCard) {
+      int32_t count = mCards.Length();
+      if (count && mTreeSelection) {
+        // If we deleted the last card, adjust so we select the new "last" card
+        if (index >= (count - 1)) {
+          index = count -1;
+        }
+        mTreeSelection->SetCurrentIndex(index);
+        mTreeSelection->RangedSelect(index, index, false /* augment */);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+int32_t nsAbView::FindIndexForCard(nsIAbCard *card)
+{
+  int32_t count = mCards.Length();
+  int32_t i;
+ 
+  // You can't implement the binary search here, as all you have is the nsIAbCard
+  // you might be here because one of the card properties has changed, and that property
+  // could be the collation key.
+  for (i=0; i < count; i++) {
+    AbCard *abcard = mCards.ElementAt(i);
+    bool equals;
+    nsresult rv = card->Equals(abcard->card, &equals);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && equals) {
+      return i;
+    }
+  }
+  return CARD_NOT_FOUND;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbView::OnItemPropertyChanged(nsISupports *item, const char *property, const char16_t *oldValue, const char16_t *newValue)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIAbCard> card = do_QueryInterface(item);
+  if (!card)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  int32_t index = FindIndexForCard(card);
+  if (index == -1)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  AbCard *oldCard = mCards.ElementAt(index);
+
+  // Malloc these from an arena
+  AbCard *newCard = (AbCard *) PR_Calloc(1, sizeof(struct AbCard));
+  if (!newCard)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+  newCard->card = card;
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(newCard->card);
+    
+  rv = GenerateCollationKeysForCard(mSortColumn.get(), newCard);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  bool cardWasSelected = false;
+
+  if (mTreeSelection) {
+    rv = mTreeSelection->IsSelected(index, &cardWasSelected);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  }
+  
+  if (!CompareCollationKeys(newCard->primaryCollationKey,newCard->primaryCollationKeyLen,oldCard->primaryCollationKey,oldCard->primaryCollationKeyLen)
+    && CompareCollationKeys(newCard->secondaryCollationKey,newCard->secondaryCollationKeyLen,oldCard->secondaryCollationKey,oldCard->secondaryCollationKeyLen)) {
+    // No need to remove and add, since the collation keys haven't changed.
+    // Since they haven't changed, the card will sort to the same place.
+    // We just need to clean up what we allocated.
+    NS_IF_RELEASE(newCard->card);
+    if (newCard->primaryCollationKey)
+      free(newCard->primaryCollationKey);
+    if (newCard->secondaryCollationKey)
+      free(newCard->secondaryCollationKey);
+    PR_FREEIF(newCard);
+
+    // Still need to invalidate, as the other columns may have changed.
+    rv = InvalidateTree(index);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  }
+  else {
+    mSuppressSelectionChange = true;
+    mSuppressCountChange = true;
+
+    // Remove the old card.
+    rv = RemoveCardAt(index);
+    NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "remove card failed\n");
+
+    // Add the card we created, and select it (to restore selection) if it was selected.
+    rv = AddCard(newCard, cardWasSelected /* select card */, &index);
+    NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "add card failed\n");
+
+    mSuppressSelectionChange = false;
+    mSuppressCountChange = false;
+
+    // Ensure restored selection is visible
+    if (cardWasSelected && mTree) 
+      mTree->EnsureRowIsVisible(index);
+  }
+
+  // Although the selection hasn't changed, the card that is selected may need
+  // to be displayed differently, therefore pretend that the selection has
+  // changed to force that update.
+  if (cardWasSelected)
+    SelectionChanged();
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbView::SelectAll()
+{
+  if (mTreeSelection && mTree) {
+    mTreeSelection->SelectAll();
+    mTree->Invalidate();
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbView::GetSortDirection(nsAString & aDirection)
+{
+  aDirection = mSortDirection;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbView::GetSortColumn(nsAString & aColumn)
+{
+  aColumn = mSortColumn;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsAbView::ReselectCards(nsIArray *aCards, nsIAbCard *aIndexCard)
+{
+  uint32_t count;
+  uint32_t i;
+
+  if (!mTreeSelection || !aCards)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  nsresult rv = mTreeSelection->ClearSelection();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  rv = aCards->GetLength(&count);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // If we don't have any cards selected, nothing else to do.
+  if (!count)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < count; i++) {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAbCard> card = do_QueryElementAt(aCards, i);
+    if (card) {
+      int32_t index = FindIndexForCard(card);
+      if (index != CARD_NOT_FOUND) {
+        mTreeSelection->RangedSelect(index, index, true /* augment */);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  // Reset the index card, and ensure it is visible.
+  if (aIndexCard) {
+    int32_t currentIndex = FindIndexForCard(aIndexCard);
+    rv = mTreeSelection->SetCurrentIndex(currentIndex);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  
+    if (mTree) {
+      rv = mTree->EnsureRowIsVisible(currentIndex);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    }
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbView::DeleteSelectedCards()
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> cardsToDelete = do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  
+  rv = GetSelectedCards(cardsToDelete);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // mDirectory should not be null
+  // Bullet proof (and assert) to help figure out bug #127748
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(mDirectory, NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED);
+
+  rv = mDirectory->DeleteCards(cardsToDelete);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsAbView::GetSelectedCards(nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> &aSelectedCards)
+{
+  if (!mTreeSelection)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  int32_t selectionCount; 
+  nsresult rv = mTreeSelection->GetRangeCount(&selectionCount);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  if (!selectionCount)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  for (int32_t i = 0; i < selectionCount; i++)
+  {
+    int32_t startRange;
+    int32_t endRange;
+    rv = mTreeSelection->GetRangeAt(i, &startRange, &endRange);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, NS_OK); 
+    int32_t totalCards = mCards.Length();
+    if (startRange >= 0 && startRange < totalCards)
+    {
+      for (int32_t rangeIndex = startRange; rangeIndex <= endRange && rangeIndex < totalCards; rangeIndex++) {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIAbCard> abCard;
+        rv = GetCardFromRow(rangeIndex, getter_AddRefs(abCard));
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+        
+        rv = aSelectedCards->AppendElement(abCard, false);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbView::SwapFirstNameLastName()
+{
+  if (!mTreeSelection)
+    return NS_OK;
+  
+  int32_t selectionCount; 
+  nsresult rv = mTreeSelection->GetRangeCount(&selectionCount);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  
+  if (!selectionCount)
+    return NS_OK;
+  
+  // Prepare for displayname generation
+  // No cache for pref and bundle since the swap operation is not executed frequently
+  bool displayNameAutoGeneration;
+  bool displayNameLastnamefirst = false;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> pPrefBranchInt(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = pPrefBranchInt->GetBoolPref(PREF_MAIL_ADDR_BOOK_DISPLAYNAME_AUTOGENERATION, &displayNameAutoGeneration);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundle> bundle;
+  if (displayNameAutoGeneration)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefLocalizedString> pls;
+    rv = pPrefBranchInt->GetComplexValue(PREF_MAIL_ADDR_BOOK_DISPLAYNAME_LASTNAMEFIRST,
+                                         NS_GET_IID(nsIPrefLocalizedString), getter_AddRefs(pls));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    nsString str;
+    pls->ToString(getter_Copies(str));
+    displayNameLastnamefirst = str.EqualsLiteral("true");
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundleService> bundleService =
+      mozilla::services::GetStringBundleService();
+    NS_ENSURE_TRUE(bundleService, NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED);
+
+    rv = bundleService->CreateBundle("chrome://messenger/locale/addressbook/addressBook.properties", 
+                                     getter_AddRefs(bundle));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+
+  for (int32_t i = 0; i < selectionCount; i++)
+  {
+    int32_t startRange;
+    int32_t endRange;
+    rv = mTreeSelection->GetRangeAt(i, &startRange, &endRange);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, NS_OK); 
+    int32_t totalCards = mCards.Length();
+    if (startRange >= 0 && startRange < totalCards)
+    {
+      for (int32_t rangeIndex = startRange; rangeIndex <= endRange && rangeIndex < totalCards; rangeIndex++) {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIAbCard> abCard;
+        rv = GetCardFromRow(rangeIndex, getter_AddRefs(abCard));
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+        // Swap FN/LN
+        nsAutoString fn, ln;
+        abCard->GetFirstName(fn);
+        abCard->GetLastName(ln);
+        if (!fn.IsEmpty() || !ln.IsEmpty())
+        {
+          abCard->SetFirstName(ln);
+          abCard->SetLastName(fn);
+
+          // Generate display name using the new order
+          if (displayNameAutoGeneration &&
+              !fn.IsEmpty() && !ln.IsEmpty())
+          {
+            nsString dnLnFn;
+            nsString dnFnLn;
+            const char16_t *nameString[2];
+            const char16_t *formatString;
+
+            // The format should stays the same before/after we swap the names
+            formatString = displayNameLastnamefirst ?
+                              u"lastFirstFormat" :
+                              u"firstLastFormat";
+
+            // Generate both ln/fn and fn/ln combination since we need both later
+            // to check to see if the current display name was edited
+            // note that fn/ln still hold the values before the swap
+            nameString[0] = ln.get();
+            nameString[1] = fn.get();
+            rv = bundle->FormatStringFromName(formatString,
+                                              nameString, 2, getter_Copies(dnLnFn));
+            NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+            nameString[0] = fn.get();
+            nameString[1] = ln.get();
+            rv = bundle->FormatStringFromName(formatString,
+                                              nameString, 2, getter_Copies(dnFnLn));
+            NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+            // Get the current display name
+            nsAutoString dn;
+            rv = abCard->GetDisplayName(dn);
+            NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+            // Swap the display name if not edited
+            if (displayNameLastnamefirst)
+            {
+              if (dn.Equals(dnLnFn))
+                abCard->SetDisplayName(dnFnLn);
+            }
+            else
+            {
+              if (dn.Equals(dnFnLn))
+                abCard->SetDisplayName(dnLnFn);
+            }
+          }
+
+          // Swap phonetic names
+          rv = abCard->GetPropertyAsAString(kPhoneticFirstNameProperty, fn);
+          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+          rv = abCard->GetPropertyAsAString(kPhoneticLastNameProperty, ln);
+          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+          if (!fn.IsEmpty() || !ln.IsEmpty())
+          {
+            abCard->SetPropertyAsAString(kPhoneticFirstNameProperty, ln);
+            abCard->SetPropertyAsAString(kPhoneticLastNameProperty, fn);
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  // Update the tree
+  // Re-sort if either generated or phonetic name is primary or secondary sort,
+  // otherwise invalidate to reflect the change
+  rv = RefreshTree();
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAbView::GetSelectedAddresses(nsIArray **_retval)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(_retval);
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> selectedCards = do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = GetSelectedCards(selectedCards);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> addresses = do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  uint32_t count;
+  selectedCards->GetLength(&count);
+
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < count; i++) {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAbCard> card(do_QueryElementAt(selectedCards, i, &rv));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    bool isMailList;
+    card->GetIsMailList(&isMailList);
+    nsAutoString primaryEmail;
+    if (isMailList) {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIAbManager> abManager(do_GetService(NS_ABMANAGER_CONTRACTID,
+                                                     &rv));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      nsCString mailListURI;
+      rv = card->GetMailListURI(getter_Copies(mailListURI));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIAbDirectory> mailList;
+      rv = abManager->GetDirectory(mailListURI, getter_AddRefs(mailList));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> mailListAddresses;
+      rv = mailList->GetAddressLists(getter_AddRefs(mailListAddresses));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+      uint32_t mailListCount = 0;
+      mailListAddresses->GetLength(&mailListCount);	
+
+      for (uint32_t j = 0; j < mailListCount; j++) {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIAbCard> mailListCard = do_QueryElementAt(mailListAddresses, j, &rv);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+        rv = mailListCard->GetPrimaryEmail(primaryEmail);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+        if (!primaryEmail.IsEmpty()) {
+          nsCOMPtr<nsISupportsString> supportsEmail(do_CreateInstance(NS_SUPPORTS_STRING_CONTRACTID));
+          supportsEmail->SetData(primaryEmail);
+          addresses->AppendElement(supportsEmail, false);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    else {
+      rv = card->GetPrimaryEmail(primaryEmail);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+      if (!primaryEmail.IsEmpty()) {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsISupportsString> supportsEmail(do_CreateInstance(NS_SUPPORTS_STRING_CONTRACTID));
+        supportsEmail->SetData(primaryEmail);
+        addresses->AppendElement(supportsEmail, false);
+      }
+    }    
+  }
+
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*_retval = addresses);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbView.h b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbView.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f0a913082
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbView.h
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _nsAbView_H_
+#define _nsAbView_H_
+
+#include "nsISupports.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsIAbView.h"
+#include "nsITreeView.h"
+#include "nsITreeBoxObject.h"
+#include "nsITreeSelection.h"
+#include "nsTArray.h"
+#include "nsIAbDirectory.h"
+#include "nsIAtom.h"
+#include "nsICollation.h"
+#include "nsIAbListener.h"
+#include "nsIObserver.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsComponentManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsMemory.h"
+#include "nsIStringBundle.h"
+
+typedef struct AbCard
+{
+  nsIAbCard *card;
+  uint32_t primaryCollationKeyLen;
+  uint32_t secondaryCollationKeyLen;
+  uint8_t *primaryCollationKey;
+  uint8_t *secondaryCollationKey;
+} AbCard;
+
+
+class nsAbView : public nsIAbView, public nsITreeView, public nsIAbListener, public nsIObserver
+{
+public:
+  nsAbView();
+
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIABVIEW
+  NS_DECL_NSITREEVIEW
+  NS_DECL_NSIABLISTENER
+  NS_DECL_NSIOBSERVER
+  
+  int32_t CompareCollationKeys(uint8_t *key1, uint32_t len1, uint8_t *key2, uint32_t len2);
+
+private:
+  virtual ~nsAbView();
+  nsresult Initialize();
+  int32_t FindIndexForInsert(AbCard *abcard);
+  int32_t FindIndexForCard(nsIAbCard *card);
+  nsresult GenerateCollationKeysForCard(const char16_t *colID, AbCard *abcard);
+  nsresult InvalidateTree(int32_t row);
+  nsresult RemoveCardAt(int32_t row);
+  nsresult AddCard(AbCard *abcard, bool selectCardAfterAdding, int32_t *index);
+  nsresult RemoveCardAndSelectNextCard(nsISupports *item);
+  nsresult EnumerateCards();
+  nsresult SetGeneratedNameFormatFromPrefs();
+  nsresult GetSelectedCards(nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> &aSelectedCards);
+  nsresult ReselectCards(nsIArray *aCards, nsIAbCard *aIndexCard);
+  nsresult GetCardValue(nsIAbCard *card, const char16_t *colID, nsAString &_retval);
+  nsresult RefreshTree();
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsITreeBoxObject> mTree;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsITreeSelection> mTreeSelection;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIAbDirectory> mDirectory;
+  nsTArray<AbCard*> mCards;
+  nsString mSortColumn;
+  nsString mSortDirection;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsICollation> mCollationKeyGenerator;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbViewListener> mAbViewListener;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundle> mABBundle;
+
+  bool mInitialized;
+  bool mIsAllDirectoryRootView;
+  bool mSuppressSelectionChange;
+  bool mSuppressCountChange;
+  int32_t mGeneratedNameFormat;
+};
+
+#endif /* _nsAbView_H_ */
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbWinHelper.cpp b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbWinHelper.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c5b9d131f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbWinHelper.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1003 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+#define INITGUID
+#define USES_IID_IMAPIProp
+#define USES_IID_IMAPIContainer
+#define USES_IID_IABContainer
+#define USES_IID_IMAPITable
+#define USES_IID_IDistList
+
+#include "nsAbWinHelper.h"
+#include "nsMapiAddressBook.h"
+#include "nsWabAddressBook.h"
+
+#include <mapiguid.h>
+
+#include "mozilla/Logging.h"
+
+#ifdef PR_LOGGING
+static PRLogModuleInfo* gAbWinHelperLog
+    = PR_NewLogModule("nsAbWinHelperLog");
+#endif
+
+#define PRINTF(args) MOZ_LOG(gAbWinHelperLog, mozilla::LogLevel::Debug, args)
+
+// Small utility to ensure release of all MAPI interfaces
+template <class tInterface> struct nsMapiInterfaceWrapper
+{
+    tInterface mInterface ;
+
+    nsMapiInterfaceWrapper(void) : mInterface(NULL) {}
+    ~nsMapiInterfaceWrapper(void) {
+        if (mInterface != NULL) { mInterface->Release() ; }
+    }
+    operator LPUNKNOWN *(void) { return reinterpret_cast<LPUNKNOWN *>(&mInterface) ; }
+    tInterface operator -> (void) const { return mInterface ; }
+    operator tInterface *(void) { return &mInterface ; }
+} ;
+
+static void assignEntryID(LPENTRYID& aTarget, LPENTRYID aSource, ULONG aByteCount)
+{
+    if (aTarget != NULL) {
+        delete [] (reinterpret_cast<LPBYTE>(aTarget)) ;
+        aTarget = NULL ;
+    }
+    if (aSource != NULL) {
+        aTarget = reinterpret_cast<LPENTRYID>(new BYTE [aByteCount]) ;
+        memcpy(aTarget, aSource, aByteCount) ;
+    }
+}
+
+nsMapiEntry::nsMapiEntry(void)
+: mByteCount(0), mEntryId(NULL)
+{
+    MOZ_COUNT_CTOR(nsMapiEntry) ;
+}
+
+nsMapiEntry::nsMapiEntry(ULONG aByteCount, LPENTRYID aEntryId)
+: mByteCount(0), mEntryId(NULL)
+{
+    Assign(aByteCount, aEntryId) ;
+    MOZ_COUNT_CTOR(nsMapiEntry) ;
+}
+
+nsMapiEntry::~nsMapiEntry(void)
+{
+    Assign(0, NULL) ;
+    MOZ_COUNT_DTOR(nsMapiEntry) ;
+}
+
+void nsMapiEntry::Assign(ULONG aByteCount, LPENTRYID aEntryId)
+{
+    assignEntryID(mEntryId, aEntryId, aByteCount) ;
+    mByteCount = aByteCount ;
+}
+
+static char UnsignedToChar(unsigned char aUnsigned)
+{
+    if (aUnsigned < 0xA) { return '0' + aUnsigned ; }
+    return 'A' + aUnsigned - 0xA ;
+}
+
+static char kBase64Encoding [] = "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz0123456789-." ;
+static const int kARank = 0 ;
+static const int kaRank = 26 ;
+static const int k0Rank = 52 ;
+static const unsigned char kMinusRank = 62 ;
+static const unsigned char kDotRank = 63 ;
+
+static void UnsignedToBase64(unsigned char *& aUnsigned, 
+                             ULONG aNbUnsigned, nsCString& aString)
+{
+    if (aNbUnsigned > 0) {
+        unsigned char remain0 = (*aUnsigned & 0x03) << 4 ;
+
+        aString.Append(kBase64Encoding [(*aUnsigned >> 2) & 0x3F]) ;
+        ++ aUnsigned ;
+        if (aNbUnsigned > 1) {
+            unsigned char remain1 = (*aUnsigned & 0x0F) << 2 ;
+
+            aString.Append(kBase64Encoding [remain0 | ((*aUnsigned >> 4) & 0x0F)]) ;
+            ++ aUnsigned ;
+            if (aNbUnsigned > 2) {
+                aString.Append(kBase64Encoding [remain1 | ((*aUnsigned >> 6) & 0x03)]) ;
+                aString.Append(kBase64Encoding [*aUnsigned & 0x3F]) ;
+                ++ aUnsigned ;
+            }
+            else {
+                aString.Append(kBase64Encoding [remain1]) ;
+            }
+        }
+        else {
+            aString.Append(kBase64Encoding [remain0]) ;
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+static unsigned char CharToUnsigned(char aChar)
+{
+    if (aChar >= '0' && aChar <= '9') { return static_cast<unsigned char>(aChar) - '0' ; }
+    return static_cast<unsigned char>(aChar) - 'A' + 0xA ;
+}
+
+// This function must return the rank in kBase64Encoding of the 
+// character provided.
+static unsigned char Base64To6Bits(char aBase64)
+{
+    if (aBase64 >= 'A' && aBase64 <= 'Z') { 
+        return static_cast<unsigned char>(aBase64 - 'A' + kARank) ; 
+    }
+    if (aBase64 >= 'a' && aBase64 <= 'z') { 
+        return static_cast<unsigned char>(aBase64 - 'a' + kaRank) ; 
+    }
+    if (aBase64 >= '0' && aBase64 <= '9') {
+        return static_cast<unsigned char>(aBase64 - '0' + k0Rank) ;
+    }
+    if (aBase64 == '-') { return kMinusRank ; }
+    if (aBase64 == '.') { return kDotRank ; }
+    return 0 ;
+}
+
+static void Base64ToUnsigned(const char *& aBase64, uint32_t aNbBase64, 
+                             unsigned char *&aUnsigned)
+{
+    // By design of the encoding, we must have at least two characters to use
+    if (aNbBase64 > 1) {
+        unsigned char first6Bits = Base64To6Bits(*aBase64 ++) ;
+        unsigned char second6Bits = Base64To6Bits(*aBase64 ++) ;
+
+        *aUnsigned = first6Bits << 2 ;
+        *aUnsigned |= second6Bits >> 4 ;
+        ++ aUnsigned ;
+        if (aNbBase64 > 2) {
+            unsigned char third6Bits = Base64To6Bits(*aBase64 ++) ;
+
+            *aUnsigned = second6Bits << 4 ;
+            *aUnsigned |= third6Bits >> 2 ;
+            ++ aUnsigned ;
+            if (aNbBase64 > 3) {
+                unsigned char fourth6Bits = Base64To6Bits(*aBase64 ++) ;
+
+                *aUnsigned = third6Bits << 6 ;
+                *aUnsigned |= fourth6Bits ;
+                ++ aUnsigned ;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+void nsMapiEntry::Assign(const nsCString& aString)
+{
+    Assign(0, NULL) ;
+    ULONG byteCount = aString.Length() / 4 * 3 ;
+
+    if ((aString.Length() & 0x03) != 0) {
+        byteCount += (aString.Length() & 0x03) - 1 ;
+    }
+    const char *currentSource = aString.get() ;
+    unsigned char *currentTarget = new unsigned char [byteCount] ;
+    uint32_t i = 0 ;
+
+    mByteCount = byteCount ;
+    mEntryId = reinterpret_cast<LPENTRYID>(currentTarget) ;
+    for (i = aString.Length() ; i >= 4 ; i -= 4) {
+        Base64ToUnsigned(currentSource, 4, currentTarget) ;
+    }
+    Base64ToUnsigned(currentSource, i, currentTarget) ;
+}
+
+void nsMapiEntry::ToString(nsCString& aString) const
+{
+    aString.Truncate() ;
+    ULONG i = 0 ;
+    unsigned char *currentSource = reinterpret_cast<unsigned char *>(mEntryId) ;
+
+    for (i = mByteCount ; i >= 3 ; i -= 3) {
+        UnsignedToBase64(currentSource, 3, aString) ;
+    }
+    UnsignedToBase64(currentSource, i, aString) ;
+}
+
+void nsMapiEntry::Dump(void) const
+{
+    PRINTF(("%d\n", mByteCount)) ;
+    for (ULONG i = 0 ; i < mByteCount ; ++ i) {
+        PRINTF(("%02X", (reinterpret_cast<unsigned char *>(mEntryId)) [i])) ;
+    }
+    PRINTF(("\n")) ;
+}
+
+nsMapiEntryArray::nsMapiEntryArray(void)
+: mEntries(NULL), mNbEntries(0)
+{
+    MOZ_COUNT_CTOR(nsMapiEntryArray) ;
+}
+
+nsMapiEntryArray::~nsMapiEntryArray(void)
+{
+    if (mEntries) { delete [] mEntries ; }
+    MOZ_COUNT_DTOR(nsMapiEntryArray) ;
+}
+
+void nsMapiEntryArray::CleanUp(void)
+{
+    if (mEntries != NULL) { 
+        delete [] mEntries ;
+        mEntries = NULL ;
+        mNbEntries = 0 ;
+    }
+}
+
+using namespace mozilla;
+
+uint32_t nsAbWinHelper::mEntryCounter = 0;
+nsAutoPtr<mozilla::Mutex> nsAbWinHelper::mMutex;
+uint32_t nsAbWinHelper::mUseCount = 0;
+// There seems to be a deadlock/auto-destruction issue
+// in MAPI when multiple threads perform init/release 
+// operations at the same time. So I've put a mutex
+// around both the initialize process and the destruction
+// one. I just hope the rest of the calls don't need the 
+// same protection (MAPI is supposed to be thread-safe).
+
+nsAbWinHelper::nsAbWinHelper(void)
+: mAddressBook(NULL), mLastError(S_OK)
+{
+  if (!mUseCount++)
+    mMutex = new mozilla::Mutex("nsAbWinHelper.mMutex");
+
+  MOZ_COUNT_CTOR(nsAbWinHelper);
+}
+
+nsAbWinHelper::~nsAbWinHelper(void)
+{
+  if (!--mUseCount)
+    mMutex = nullptr;
+  MOZ_COUNT_DTOR(nsAbWinHelper) ;
+}
+
+BOOL nsAbWinHelper::GetFolders(nsMapiEntryArray& aFolders)
+{
+    aFolders.CleanUp() ;
+    nsMapiInterfaceWrapper<LPABCONT> rootFolder ;
+    nsMapiInterfaceWrapper<LPMAPITABLE> folders ;
+    ULONG objType = 0 ;
+    ULONG rowCount = 0 ;
+    SRestriction restriction ;
+    SPropTagArray folderColumns ;
+
+    mLastError = mAddressBook->OpenEntry(0, NULL, NULL, 0, &objType, 
+                                         rootFolder) ;
+    if (HR_FAILED(mLastError)) { 
+        PRINTF(("Cannot open root %08x.\n", mLastError)) ;
+        return FALSE ; 
+    }
+    mLastError = rootFolder->GetHierarchyTable(0, folders) ;
+    if (HR_FAILED(mLastError)) {
+        PRINTF(("Cannot get hierarchy %08x.\n", mLastError)) ;
+        return FALSE ; 
+    }
+    // We only take into account modifiable containers, 
+    // otherwise, we end up with all the directory services...
+    restriction.rt = RES_BITMASK ;
+    restriction.res.resBitMask.ulPropTag = PR_CONTAINER_FLAGS ;
+    restriction.res.resBitMask.relBMR = BMR_NEZ ;
+    restriction.res.resBitMask.ulMask = AB_MODIFIABLE ;
+    mLastError = folders->Restrict(&restriction, 0) ;
+    if (HR_FAILED(mLastError)) {
+        PRINTF(("Cannot restrict table %08x.\n", mLastError)) ;
+    }
+    folderColumns.cValues = 1 ;
+    folderColumns.aulPropTag [0] = PR_ENTRYID ;
+    mLastError = folders->SetColumns(&folderColumns, 0) ;
+    if (HR_FAILED(mLastError)) {
+        PRINTF(("Cannot set columns %08x.\n", mLastError)) ;
+        return FALSE ;
+    }
+    mLastError = folders->GetRowCount(0, &rowCount) ;
+    if (HR_SUCCEEDED(mLastError)) {
+        aFolders.mEntries = new nsMapiEntry [rowCount] ;
+        aFolders.mNbEntries = 0 ;
+        do {
+            LPSRowSet rowSet = NULL ;
+
+            rowCount = 0 ;
+            mLastError = folders->QueryRows(1, 0, &rowSet) ;
+            if (HR_SUCCEEDED(mLastError)) {
+                rowCount = rowSet->cRows ;
+                if (rowCount > 0) {
+                    nsMapiEntry& current = aFolders.mEntries [aFolders.mNbEntries ++] ;
+                    SPropValue& currentValue = rowSet->aRow->lpProps [0] ;
+                    
+                    current.Assign(currentValue.Value.bin.cb,
+                                   reinterpret_cast<LPENTRYID>(currentValue.Value.bin.lpb)) ;
+                }
+                MyFreeProws(rowSet) ;
+            }
+            else {
+                PRINTF(("Cannot query rows %08x.\n", mLastError)) ;
+            }
+        } while (rowCount > 0) ;
+    }
+    return HR_SUCCEEDED(mLastError) ;
+}
+
+BOOL nsAbWinHelper::GetCards(const nsMapiEntry& aParent, LPSRestriction aRestriction,
+                             nsMapiEntryArray& aCards)
+{
+    aCards.CleanUp() ;
+    return GetContents(aParent, aRestriction, &aCards.mEntries, aCards.mNbEntries, 0) ;
+}
+ 
+BOOL nsAbWinHelper::GetNodes(const nsMapiEntry& aParent, nsMapiEntryArray& aNodes)
+{ 
+    aNodes.CleanUp() ;
+    return GetContents(aParent, NULL, &aNodes.mEntries, aNodes.mNbEntries, MAPI_DISTLIST) ;
+}
+
+BOOL nsAbWinHelper::GetCardsCount(const nsMapiEntry& aParent, ULONG& aNbCards) 
+{
+    aNbCards = 0 ;
+    return GetContents(aParent, NULL, NULL, aNbCards, 0) ;
+}
+
+BOOL nsAbWinHelper::GetPropertyString(const nsMapiEntry& aObject,
+                                      ULONG aPropertyTag, 
+                                      nsCString& aName)
+{
+    aName.Truncate() ;
+    LPSPropValue values = NULL ;
+    ULONG valueCount = 0 ;
+
+    if (!GetMAPIProperties(aObject, &aPropertyTag, 1, values, valueCount)) { return FALSE ; }
+    if (valueCount == 1 && values != NULL) {
+        if (PROP_TYPE(values->ulPropTag) == PT_STRING8)
+            aName = values->Value.lpszA ;
+        else if (PROP_TYPE(values->ulPropTag) == PT_UNICODE)
+            aName = NS_LossyConvertUTF16toASCII(values->Value.lpszW);
+    }
+    FreeBuffer(values) ;
+    return TRUE ;
+}
+
+BOOL nsAbWinHelper::GetPropertyUString(const nsMapiEntry& aObject, ULONG aPropertyTag,
+                                       nsString& aName)
+{
+    aName.Truncate() ;
+    LPSPropValue values = NULL ;
+    ULONG valueCount = 0 ;
+
+    if (!GetMAPIProperties(aObject, &aPropertyTag, 1, values, valueCount)) { return FALSE ; }
+    if (valueCount == 1 && values != NULL) {
+        if (PROP_TYPE(values->ulPropTag) == PT_UNICODE)
+            aName = values->Value.lpszW ;
+        else if (PROP_TYPE(values->ulPropTag) == PT_STRING8)
+            aName.AssignASCII(values->Value.lpszA);
+    }
+    FreeBuffer(values) ;
+    return TRUE ;
+}
+
+BOOL nsAbWinHelper::GetPropertiesUString(const nsMapiEntry& aObject, const ULONG *aPropertyTags,
+                                         ULONG aNbProperties, nsString *aNames)
+{
+  LPSPropValue values = NULL;
+  ULONG valueCount = 0;
+
+  if (!GetMAPIProperties(aObject, aPropertyTags, aNbProperties, values,
+                         valueCount))
+    return FALSE;
+
+  if (valueCount == aNbProperties && values != NULL)
+  {
+    for (ULONG i = 0 ; i < valueCount ; ++ i)
+    {
+      if (PROP_ID(values[i].ulPropTag) == PROP_ID(aPropertyTags[i]))
+      {
+        if (PROP_TYPE(values[i].ulPropTag) == PT_STRING8)
+          aNames[i].AssignASCII(values[i].Value.lpszA);
+        else if (PROP_TYPE(values[i].ulPropTag) == PT_UNICODE)
+          aNames[i] = values[i].Value.lpszW;
+      }
+    }
+    FreeBuffer(values);
+  }
+  return TRUE;
+}
+
+BOOL nsAbWinHelper::GetPropertyDate(const nsMapiEntry& aObject, ULONG aPropertyTag, 
+                                    WORD& aYear, WORD& aMonth, WORD& aDay)
+{
+    aYear = 0 ; 
+    aMonth = 0 ;
+    aDay = 0 ;
+    LPSPropValue values = NULL ;
+    ULONG valueCount = 0 ;
+
+    if (!GetMAPIProperties(aObject, &aPropertyTag, 1, values, valueCount)) { return FALSE ; }
+    if (valueCount == 1 && values != NULL && PROP_TYPE(values->ulPropTag) == PT_SYSTIME) {
+        SYSTEMTIME readableTime ;
+
+        if (FileTimeToSystemTime(&values->Value.ft, &readableTime)) {
+            aYear = readableTime.wYear ;
+            aMonth = readableTime.wMonth ;
+            aDay = readableTime.wDay ;
+        }
+    }
+    FreeBuffer(values) ;
+    return TRUE ;
+}
+
+BOOL nsAbWinHelper::GetPropertyLong(const nsMapiEntry& aObject, 
+                                    ULONG aPropertyTag, 
+                                    ULONG& aValue)
+{
+    aValue = 0 ;
+    LPSPropValue values = NULL ;
+    ULONG valueCount = 0 ;
+
+    if (!GetMAPIProperties(aObject, &aPropertyTag, 1, values, valueCount)) { return FALSE ; }
+    if (valueCount == 1 && values != NULL && PROP_TYPE(values->ulPropTag) == PT_LONG) {
+        aValue = values->Value.ul ;
+    }
+    FreeBuffer(values) ;
+    return TRUE ;
+}
+
+BOOL nsAbWinHelper::GetPropertyBin(const nsMapiEntry& aObject, ULONG aPropertyTag, 
+                                   nsMapiEntry& aValue)
+{
+    aValue.Assign(0, NULL) ;
+    LPSPropValue values = NULL ;
+    ULONG valueCount = 0 ;
+
+    if (!GetMAPIProperties(aObject, &aPropertyTag, 1, values, valueCount)) { return FALSE ; }
+    if (valueCount == 1 && values != NULL && PROP_TYPE(values->ulPropTag) == PT_BINARY) {
+        aValue.Assign(values->Value.bin.cb, 
+                      reinterpret_cast<LPENTRYID>(values->Value.bin.lpb)) ;
+    }
+    FreeBuffer(values) ;
+    return TRUE ;
+}
+
+// This function, supposedly indicating whether a particular entry was
+// in a particular container, doesn't seem to work very well (has
+// a tendency to return TRUE even if we're talking to different containers...).
+BOOL nsAbWinHelper::TestOpenEntry(const nsMapiEntry& aContainer, const nsMapiEntry& aEntry)
+{
+    nsMapiInterfaceWrapper<LPMAPICONTAINER> container ;
+    nsMapiInterfaceWrapper<LPMAPIPROP> subObject ;
+    ULONG objType = 0 ;
+    
+    mLastError = mAddressBook->OpenEntry(aContainer.mByteCount, aContainer.mEntryId,
+                                         &IID_IMAPIContainer, 0, &objType, 
+                                         container) ;
+    if (HR_FAILED(mLastError)) {
+        PRINTF(("Cannot open container %08x.\n", mLastError)) ;
+        return FALSE ;
+    }
+    mLastError = container->OpenEntry(aEntry.mByteCount, aEntry.mEntryId,
+                                      NULL, 0, &objType, subObject) ;
+    return HR_SUCCEEDED(mLastError) ;
+}
+
+BOOL nsAbWinHelper::DeleteEntry(const nsMapiEntry& aContainer, const nsMapiEntry& aEntry)
+{
+    nsMapiInterfaceWrapper<LPABCONT> container ;
+    ULONG objType = 0 ;
+    SBinary entry ;
+    SBinaryArray entryArray ;
+
+    mLastError = mAddressBook->OpenEntry(aContainer.mByteCount, aContainer.mEntryId,
+                                         &IID_IABContainer, MAPI_MODIFY, &objType, 
+                                         container) ;
+    if (HR_FAILED(mLastError)) {
+        PRINTF(("Cannot open container %08x.\n", mLastError)) ;
+        return FALSE ;
+    }
+    entry.cb = aEntry.mByteCount ;
+    entry.lpb = reinterpret_cast<LPBYTE>(aEntry.mEntryId) ;
+    entryArray.cValues = 1 ;
+    entryArray.lpbin = &entry ;
+    mLastError = container->DeleteEntries(&entryArray, 0) ;
+    if (HR_FAILED(mLastError)) {
+        PRINTF(("Cannot delete entry %08x.\n", mLastError)) ;
+        return FALSE ;
+    }
+    return TRUE ;
+}
+
+BOOL nsAbWinHelper::SetPropertyUString(const nsMapiEntry& aObject, ULONG aPropertyTag, 
+                                       const char16_t *aValue)
+{
+    SPropValue value ;
+    nsAutoCString alternativeValue ;
+
+    value.ulPropTag = aPropertyTag ;
+    if (PROP_TYPE(aPropertyTag) == PT_UNICODE) {
+        value.Value.lpszW = wwc(const_cast<char16_t *>(aValue)) ;
+    }
+    else if (PROP_TYPE(aPropertyTag) == PT_STRING8) {
+        alternativeValue = NS_LossyConvertUTF16toASCII(aValue);
+        value.Value.lpszA = const_cast<char *>(alternativeValue.get()) ;
+    }
+    else {
+        PRINTF(("Property %08x is not a string.\n", aPropertyTag)) ;
+        return TRUE ;
+    }
+    return SetMAPIProperties(aObject, 1, &value) ;
+}
+
+BOOL nsAbWinHelper::SetPropertiesUString(const nsMapiEntry& aObject, const ULONG *aPropertiesTag,
+                                         ULONG aNbProperties, nsString *aValues) 
+{
+    LPSPropValue values = new SPropValue [aNbProperties] ;
+    if (!values)
+        return FALSE ;
+
+    ULONG i = 0 ;
+    ULONG currentValue = 0 ;
+    nsAutoCString alternativeValue ;
+    BOOL retCode = TRUE ;
+
+    for (i = 0 ; i < aNbProperties ; ++ i) {
+        values [currentValue].ulPropTag = aPropertiesTag [i] ;
+        if (PROP_TYPE(aPropertiesTag [i]) == PT_UNICODE) {
+            const wchar_t *value = aValues [i].get() ;
+            values [currentValue ++].Value.lpszW = const_cast<wchar_t *>(value) ;
+        }
+        else if (PROP_TYPE(aPropertiesTag [i]) == PT_STRING8) {
+            LossyCopyUTF16toASCII(aValues [i], alternativeValue);
+            char *av = strdup(alternativeValue.get()) ;
+            if (!av) {
+                retCode = FALSE ;
+                break ;
+            }
+            values [currentValue ++].Value.lpszA = av ;
+        }
+    }
+    if (retCode)
+        retCode = SetMAPIProperties(aObject, currentValue, values) ;
+    for (i = 0 ; i < currentValue ; ++ i) {
+        if (PROP_TYPE(aPropertiesTag [i]) == PT_STRING8) {
+            NS_Free(values [i].Value.lpszA) ;
+        }
+    }
+    delete [] values ;
+    return retCode ;
+}
+
+BOOL nsAbWinHelper::SetPropertyDate(const nsMapiEntry& aObject, ULONG aPropertyTag, 
+                                    WORD aYear, WORD aMonth, WORD aDay)
+{
+    SPropValue value ;
+    
+    value.ulPropTag = aPropertyTag ;
+    if (PROP_TYPE(aPropertyTag) == PT_SYSTIME) {
+        SYSTEMTIME readableTime ;
+
+        readableTime.wYear = aYear ;
+        readableTime.wMonth = aMonth ;
+        readableTime.wDay = aDay ;
+        readableTime.wDayOfWeek = 0 ;
+        readableTime.wHour = 0 ;
+        readableTime.wMinute = 0 ;
+        readableTime.wSecond = 0 ;
+        readableTime.wMilliseconds = 0 ;
+        if (SystemTimeToFileTime(&readableTime, &value.Value.ft)) {
+            return SetMAPIProperties(aObject, 1, &value) ;
+        }
+        return TRUE ;
+    }
+    return FALSE ;
+}
+
+BOOL nsAbWinHelper::CreateEntry(const nsMapiEntry& aParent, nsMapiEntry& aNewEntry)
+{
+    nsMapiInterfaceWrapper<LPABCONT> container ;
+    ULONG objType = 0 ;
+
+    mLastError = mAddressBook->OpenEntry(aParent.mByteCount, aParent.mEntryId,
+                                         &IID_IABContainer, MAPI_MODIFY, &objType,
+                                         container) ;
+    if (HR_FAILED(mLastError)) { 
+        PRINTF(("Cannot open container %08x.\n", mLastError)) ;
+        return FALSE ;
+    }
+    SPropTagArray property ;
+    LPSPropValue value = NULL ;
+    ULONG valueCount = 0 ;
+
+    property.cValues = 1 ;
+    property.aulPropTag [0] = PR_DEF_CREATE_MAILUSER ;
+    mLastError = container->GetProps(&property, 0, &valueCount, &value) ;
+    if (HR_FAILED(mLastError) || valueCount != 1) {
+        PRINTF(("Cannot obtain template %08x.\n", mLastError)) ;
+        return FALSE ;
+    }
+    nsMapiInterfaceWrapper<LPMAPIPROP> newEntry ;
+
+    mLastError = container->CreateEntry(value->Value.bin.cb, 
+                                        reinterpret_cast<LPENTRYID>(value->Value.bin.lpb),
+                                        CREATE_CHECK_DUP_LOOSE,
+                                        newEntry) ;
+    FreeBuffer(value) ;
+    if (HR_FAILED(mLastError)) {
+        PRINTF(("Cannot create new entry %08x.\n", mLastError)) ;
+        return FALSE ;
+    }
+    SPropValue displayName ;
+    LPSPropProblemArray problems = NULL ;
+    nsAutoString tempName ;
+
+    displayName.ulPropTag = PR_DISPLAY_NAME_W ;
+    tempName.AssignLiteral("__MailUser__") ;
+    tempName.AppendInt(mEntryCounter ++) ;
+    const wchar_t *tempNameValue = tempName.get();
+    displayName.Value.lpszW = const_cast<wchar_t *>(tempNameValue) ;
+    mLastError = newEntry->SetProps(1, &displayName, &problems) ;
+    if (HR_FAILED(mLastError)) {
+        PRINTF(("Cannot set temporary name %08x.\n", mLastError)) ;
+        return FALSE ;
+    }
+    mLastError = newEntry->SaveChanges(KEEP_OPEN_READONLY) ;
+    if (HR_FAILED(mLastError)) {
+        PRINTF(("Cannot commit new entry %08x.\n", mLastError)) ;
+        return FALSE ;
+    }
+    property.aulPropTag [0] = PR_ENTRYID ;
+    mLastError = newEntry->GetProps(&property, 0, &valueCount, &value) ;
+    if (HR_FAILED(mLastError) || valueCount != 1) {
+        PRINTF(("Cannot get entry id %08x.\n", mLastError)) ;
+        return FALSE ;
+    }
+    aNewEntry.Assign(value->Value.bin.cb, reinterpret_cast<LPENTRYID>(value->Value.bin.lpb)) ;
+    FreeBuffer(value) ;
+    return TRUE ;
+}
+
+BOOL nsAbWinHelper::CreateDistList(const nsMapiEntry& aParent, nsMapiEntry& aNewEntry)
+{
+    nsMapiInterfaceWrapper<LPABCONT> container ;
+    ULONG objType = 0 ;
+
+    mLastError = mAddressBook->OpenEntry(aParent.mByteCount, aParent.mEntryId,
+                                         &IID_IABContainer, MAPI_MODIFY, &objType,
+                                         container) ;
+    if (HR_FAILED(mLastError)) {
+        PRINTF(("Cannot open container %08x.\n", mLastError)) ;
+        return FALSE ;
+    }
+    SPropTagArray property ;
+    LPSPropValue value = NULL ;
+    ULONG valueCount = 0 ;
+
+    property.cValues = 1 ;
+    property.aulPropTag [0] = PR_DEF_CREATE_DL ;
+    mLastError = container->GetProps(&property, 0, &valueCount, &value) ;
+    if (HR_FAILED(mLastError) || valueCount != 1) {
+        PRINTF(("Cannot obtain template %08x.\n", mLastError)) ;
+        return FALSE ;
+    }
+    nsMapiInterfaceWrapper<LPMAPIPROP> newEntry ;
+
+    mLastError = container->CreateEntry(value->Value.bin.cb, 
+                                        reinterpret_cast<LPENTRYID>(value->Value.bin.lpb),
+                                        CREATE_CHECK_DUP_LOOSE,
+                                        newEntry) ;
+    FreeBuffer(value) ;
+    if (HR_FAILED(mLastError)) {
+        PRINTF(("Cannot create new entry %08x.\n", mLastError)) ;
+        return FALSE ;
+    }
+    SPropValue displayName ;
+    LPSPropProblemArray problems = NULL ;
+    nsAutoString tempName ;
+
+    displayName.ulPropTag = PR_DISPLAY_NAME_W ;
+    tempName.AssignLiteral("__MailList__") ;
+    tempName.AppendInt(mEntryCounter ++) ;
+    const wchar_t *tempNameValue = tempName.get() ;
+    displayName.Value.lpszW = const_cast<wchar_t *>(tempNameValue) ;
+    mLastError = newEntry->SetProps(1, &displayName, &problems) ;
+    if (HR_FAILED(mLastError)) {
+        PRINTF(("Cannot set temporary name %08x.\n", mLastError)) ;
+        return FALSE ;
+    }
+    mLastError = newEntry->SaveChanges(KEEP_OPEN_READONLY) ;
+    if (HR_FAILED(mLastError)) {
+        PRINTF(("Cannot commit new entry %08x.\n", mLastError)) ;
+        return FALSE ;
+    }
+    property.aulPropTag [0] = PR_ENTRYID ;
+    mLastError = newEntry->GetProps(&property, 0, &valueCount, &value) ;
+    if (HR_FAILED(mLastError) || valueCount != 1) {
+        PRINTF(("Cannot get entry id %08x.\n", mLastError)) ;
+        return FALSE ;
+    }
+    aNewEntry.Assign(value->Value.bin.cb, 
+                     reinterpret_cast<LPENTRYID>(value->Value.bin.lpb)) ;
+    FreeBuffer(value) ;
+    return TRUE ;
+}
+
+BOOL nsAbWinHelper::CopyEntry(const nsMapiEntry& aContainer, const nsMapiEntry& aSource,
+                              nsMapiEntry& aTarget)
+{
+    nsMapiInterfaceWrapper<LPABCONT> container ;
+    ULONG objType = 0 ;
+
+    mLastError = mAddressBook->OpenEntry(aContainer.mByteCount, aContainer.mEntryId,
+                                         &IID_IABContainer, MAPI_MODIFY, &objType,
+                                         container) ;
+    if (HR_FAILED(mLastError)) { 
+        PRINTF(("Cannot open container %08x.\n", mLastError)) ;
+        return FALSE ;
+    }
+    nsMapiInterfaceWrapper<LPMAPIPROP> newEntry ;
+
+    mLastError = container->CreateEntry(aSource.mByteCount, aSource.mEntryId,
+                                        CREATE_CHECK_DUP_LOOSE, newEntry) ;
+    if (HR_FAILED(mLastError)) {
+        PRINTF(("Cannot create new entry %08x.\n", mLastError)) ;
+        return FALSE ;
+    }
+    mLastError = newEntry->SaveChanges(KEEP_OPEN_READONLY) ;
+    if (HR_FAILED(mLastError)) {
+        PRINTF(("Cannot commit new entry %08x.\n", mLastError)) ;
+        return FALSE ;
+    }
+    SPropTagArray property ;
+    LPSPropValue value = NULL ;
+    ULONG valueCount = 0 ;
+    
+    property.cValues = 1 ;
+    property.aulPropTag [0] = PR_ENTRYID ;
+    mLastError = newEntry->GetProps(&property, 0, &valueCount, &value) ;
+    if (HR_FAILED(mLastError) || valueCount != 1) {
+        PRINTF(("Cannot get entry id %08x.\n", mLastError)) ;
+        return FALSE ;
+    }
+    aTarget.Assign(value->Value.bin.cb, 
+                   reinterpret_cast<LPENTRYID>(value->Value.bin.lpb)) ;
+    FreeBuffer(value) ;
+    return TRUE ;
+}
+
+BOOL nsAbWinHelper::GetDefaultContainer(nsMapiEntry& aContainer)
+{
+    LPENTRYID entryId = NULL ; 
+    ULONG byteCount = 0 ;
+
+    mLastError = mAddressBook->GetPAB(&byteCount, &entryId) ;
+    if (HR_FAILED(mLastError)) {
+        PRINTF(("Cannot get PAB %08x.\n", mLastError)) ;
+        return FALSE ;
+    }
+    aContainer.Assign(byteCount, entryId) ;
+    FreeBuffer(entryId) ;
+    return TRUE ;
+}
+
+enum
+{
+    ContentsColumnEntryId = 0,
+    ContentsColumnObjectType,
+    ContentsColumnsSize
+} ;
+
+static const SizedSPropTagArray(ContentsColumnsSize, ContentsColumns) =
+{
+    ContentsColumnsSize,
+    {
+        PR_ENTRYID,
+        PR_OBJECT_TYPE
+    }
+} ;
+
+BOOL nsAbWinHelper::GetContents(const nsMapiEntry& aParent, LPSRestriction aRestriction,
+                                nsMapiEntry **aList, ULONG& aNbElements, ULONG aMapiType)
+{
+    if (aList != NULL) { *aList = NULL ; }
+    aNbElements = 0 ;
+    nsMapiInterfaceWrapper<LPMAPICONTAINER> parent ;
+    nsMapiInterfaceWrapper<LPMAPITABLE> contents ;
+    ULONG objType = 0 ;
+    ULONG rowCount = 0 ;
+
+    mLastError = mAddressBook->OpenEntry(aParent.mByteCount, aParent.mEntryId, 
+                                         &IID_IMAPIContainer, 0, &objType, 
+                                         parent) ;
+    if (HR_FAILED(mLastError)) {
+        PRINTF(("Cannot open parent %08x.\n", mLastError)) ;
+        return FALSE ; 
+    }
+    // Here, flags for WAB and MAPI could be different, so this works
+    // only as long as we don't want to use any flag in GetContentsTable
+    mLastError = parent->GetContentsTable(0, contents) ;
+    if (HR_FAILED(mLastError)) {
+        PRINTF(("Cannot get contents %08x.\n", mLastError)) ;
+        return FALSE ; 
+    }
+    if (aRestriction != NULL) {
+        mLastError = contents->Restrict(aRestriction, 0) ;
+        if (HR_FAILED(mLastError)) {
+            PRINTF(("Cannot set restriction %08x.\n", mLastError)) ;
+            return FALSE ;
+        }
+    }
+    mLastError = contents->SetColumns((LPSPropTagArray) &ContentsColumns, 0) ;
+    if (HR_FAILED(mLastError)) {
+        PRINTF(("Cannot set columns %08x.\n", mLastError)) ;
+        return FALSE ;
+    }
+    mLastError = contents->GetRowCount(0, &rowCount) ;
+    if (HR_FAILED(mLastError)) {
+        PRINTF(("Cannot get result count %08x.\n", mLastError)) ;
+        return FALSE ;
+    }
+    if (aList != NULL) { *aList = new nsMapiEntry [rowCount] ; }
+    aNbElements = 0 ;
+    do {
+        LPSRowSet rowSet = NULL ;
+        
+        rowCount = 0 ;
+        mLastError = contents->QueryRows(1, 0, &rowSet) ;
+        if (HR_FAILED(mLastError)) {
+            PRINTF(("Cannot query rows %08x.\n", mLastError)) ;
+            return FALSE ;
+        }
+        rowCount = rowSet->cRows ;
+        if (rowCount > 0 &&
+            (aMapiType == 0 ||
+            rowSet->aRow->lpProps[ContentsColumnObjectType].Value.ul == aMapiType)) {
+            if (aList != NULL) {
+                nsMapiEntry& current = (*aList) [aNbElements] ;
+                SPropValue& currentValue = rowSet->aRow->lpProps[ContentsColumnEntryId] ;
+                
+                current.Assign(currentValue.Value.bin.cb,
+                    reinterpret_cast<LPENTRYID>(currentValue.Value.bin.lpb)) ;
+            }
+            ++ aNbElements ;
+        }
+        MyFreeProws(rowSet) ;
+    } while (rowCount > 0) ;
+    return TRUE ;
+}
+
+BOOL nsAbWinHelper::GetMAPIProperties(const nsMapiEntry& aObject, const ULONG *aPropertyTags, 
+                                      ULONG aNbProperties, LPSPropValue& aValue, 
+                                      ULONG& aValueCount)
+{
+    nsMapiInterfaceWrapper<LPMAPIPROP> object ;
+    ULONG objType = 0 ;
+    LPSPropTagArray properties = NULL ;
+    ULONG i = 0 ;
+    
+    mLastError = mAddressBook->OpenEntry(aObject.mByteCount, aObject.mEntryId,
+                                         &IID_IMAPIProp, 0, &objType, 
+                                         object) ;
+    if (HR_FAILED(mLastError)) { 
+        PRINTF(("Cannot open entry %08x.\n", mLastError)) ;
+        return FALSE ; 
+    }
+    AllocateBuffer(CbNewSPropTagArray(aNbProperties), 
+                   reinterpret_cast<void **>(&properties)) ;
+    properties->cValues = aNbProperties ;
+    for (i = 0 ; i < aNbProperties ; ++ i) {
+        properties->aulPropTag [i] = aPropertyTags [i] ;
+    }
+    mLastError = object->GetProps(properties, 0, &aValueCount, &aValue) ;
+    FreeBuffer(properties) ;
+    if (HR_FAILED(mLastError)) {
+        PRINTF(("Cannot get props %08x.\n", mLastError)) ;
+    }
+    return HR_SUCCEEDED(mLastError) ;
+}
+
+BOOL nsAbWinHelper::SetMAPIProperties(const nsMapiEntry& aObject, ULONG aNbProperties, 
+                                      const LPSPropValue& aValues)
+{
+    nsMapiInterfaceWrapper<LPMAPIPROP> object ;
+    ULONG objType = 0 ;
+    LPSPropProblemArray problems = NULL ;
+
+    mLastError = mAddressBook->OpenEntry(aObject.mByteCount, aObject.mEntryId,
+                                         &IID_IMAPIProp, MAPI_MODIFY, &objType, 
+                                         object) ;
+    if (HR_FAILED(mLastError)) {
+        PRINTF(("Cannot open entry %08x.\n", mLastError)) ;
+        return FALSE ;
+    }
+    mLastError = object->SetProps(aNbProperties, aValues, &problems) ;
+    if (HR_FAILED(mLastError)) {
+        PRINTF(("Cannot update the object %08x.\n", mLastError)) ;
+        return FALSE ;
+    }
+    if (problems != NULL) {
+        for (ULONG i = 0 ; i < problems->cProblem ; ++ i) {
+            PRINTF(("Problem %d: index %d code %08x.\n", i, 
+                problems->aProblem [i].ulIndex, 
+                problems->aProblem [i].scode)) ;
+        }
+    }
+    mLastError = object->SaveChanges(0) ;
+    if (HR_FAILED(mLastError)) {
+        PRINTF(("Cannot commit changes %08x.\n", mLastError)) ;
+    }
+    return HR_SUCCEEDED(mLastError) ;
+}
+
+void nsAbWinHelper::MyFreeProws(LPSRowSet aRowset)
+{
+    if (aRowset == NULL) { return ; }
+    ULONG i = 0 ; 
+
+    for (i = 0 ; i < aRowset->cRows ; ++ i) {
+        FreeBuffer(aRowset->aRow [i].lpProps) ;
+    }
+    FreeBuffer(aRowset) ;
+}
+
+nsAbWinHelperGuard::nsAbWinHelperGuard(uint32_t aType)
+: mHelper(NULL) 
+{
+    switch(aType) {
+    case nsAbWinType_Outlook: mHelper = new nsMapiAddressBook ; break ;
+    case nsAbWinType_OutlookExp: mHelper = new nsWabAddressBook ; break ;
+    default: break ;
+    }
+}
+
+nsAbWinHelperGuard::~nsAbWinHelperGuard(void)
+{
+    delete mHelper ;
+}
+
+const char *kOutlookDirectoryScheme = "moz-aboutlookdirectory://" ;
+const int kOutlookDirSchemeLength = 21 ;
+const char *kOutlookStub = "op/" ;
+const int kOutlookStubLength = 3 ;
+const char *kOutlookExpStub = "oe/" ;
+const int kOutlookExpStubLength = 3 ;
+const char *kOutlookCardScheme = "moz-aboutlookcard://" ;
+const int kOutlookCardSchemeLength = 16 ;
+
+nsAbWinType getAbWinType(const char *aScheme, const char *aUri, nsCString& aStub, nsCString& aEntry) 
+{
+    aStub.Truncate() ;
+    aEntry.Truncate() ;
+    uint32_t schemeLength = strlen(aScheme) ;
+
+    if (strncmp(aUri, aScheme, schemeLength) == 0) {
+        if (strncmp(aUri + schemeLength, kOutlookStub, kOutlookStubLength) == 0) {
+            aEntry = aUri + schemeLength + kOutlookStubLength ;
+            aStub = kOutlookStub ;
+            return nsAbWinType_Outlook ;
+        }
+        if (strncmp(aUri + schemeLength, kOutlookExpStub, kOutlookExpStubLength) == 0) {
+            aEntry = aUri + schemeLength + kOutlookExpStubLength ;
+            aStub = kOutlookExpStub ;
+            return nsAbWinType_OutlookExp ;
+        }
+    }
+    return nsAbWinType_Unknown ;   
+}
+
+void buildAbWinUri(const char *aScheme, uint32_t aType, nsCString& aUri)
+{
+    aUri.Assign(aScheme) ;
+    switch(aType) {
+    case nsAbWinType_Outlook: aUri.Append(kOutlookStub) ; break ; 
+    case nsAbWinType_OutlookExp: aUri.Append(kOutlookExpStub) ; break ;
+    default: aUri.Assign("") ;
+    }
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbWinHelper.h b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbWinHelper.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fb0ad7e44
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAbWinHelper.h
@@ -0,0 +1,156 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+#ifndef nsAbWinHelper_h___
+#define nsAbWinHelper_h___
+
+#include <windows.h>
+#include <mapix.h>
+
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "mozilla/Mutex.h"
+#include "nsAutoPtr.h"
+
+struct nsMapiEntry
+{
+    ULONG     mByteCount ;
+    LPENTRYID mEntryId ;
+
+    nsMapiEntry(void) ;
+    ~nsMapiEntry(void) ;
+    nsMapiEntry(ULONG aByteCount, LPENTRYID aEntryId) ;
+
+    void Assign(ULONG aByteCount, LPENTRYID aEntryId) ;
+    void Assign(const nsCString& aString) ;
+    void ToString(nsCString& aString) const ;
+    void Dump(void) const ;
+} ;
+
+struct nsMapiEntryArray 
+{
+    nsMapiEntry *mEntries ;
+    ULONG      mNbEntries ;
+
+    nsMapiEntryArray(void) ;
+    ~nsMapiEntryArray(void) ;
+
+    const nsMapiEntry& operator [] (int aIndex) const { return mEntries [aIndex] ; }
+    void CleanUp(void) ;
+} ;
+
+class nsAbWinHelper
+{
+public:
+    nsAbWinHelper(void) ;
+    virtual ~nsAbWinHelper(void) ;
+
+    // Get the top address books
+    BOOL GetFolders(nsMapiEntryArray& aFolders) ;
+    // Get a list of entries for cards/mailing lists in a folder/mailing list
+    BOOL GetCards(const nsMapiEntry& aParent, LPSRestriction aRestriction, 
+                  nsMapiEntryArray& aCards) ;
+    // Get a list of mailing lists in a folder
+    BOOL GetNodes(const nsMapiEntry& aParent, nsMapiEntryArray& aNodes) ;
+    // Get the number of cards/mailing lists in a folder/mailing list
+    BOOL GetCardsCount(const nsMapiEntry& aParent, ULONG& aNbCards) ;
+    // Access last MAPI error
+    HRESULT LastError(void) const { return mLastError ; }
+    // Get the value of a MAPI property of type string
+    BOOL GetPropertyString(const nsMapiEntry& aObject, ULONG aPropertyTag, nsCString& aValue) ;
+    // Same as previous, but string is returned as unicode
+    BOOL GetPropertyUString(const nsMapiEntry& aObject, ULONG aPropertyTag, nsString& aValue) ;
+    // Get multiple string MAPI properties in one call.
+    BOOL GetPropertiesUString(const nsMapiEntry& aObject, const ULONG *aPropertiesTag, 
+                              ULONG aNbProperties, nsString *aValues);
+    // Get the value of a MAPI property of type SYSTIME
+    BOOL GetPropertyDate(const nsMapiEntry& aObject, ULONG aPropertyTag, 
+                         WORD& aYear, WORD& aMonth, WORD& aDay) ;
+    // Get the value of a MAPI property of type LONG
+    BOOL GetPropertyLong(const nsMapiEntry& aObject, ULONG aPropertyTag, ULONG& aValue) ;
+    // Get the value of a MAPI property of type BIN
+    BOOL GetPropertyBin(const nsMapiEntry& aObject, ULONG aPropertyTag, nsMapiEntry& aValue) ;
+    // Tests if a container contains an entry
+    BOOL TestOpenEntry(const nsMapiEntry& aContainer, const nsMapiEntry& aEntry) ;
+    // Delete an entry in the address book
+    BOOL DeleteEntry(const nsMapiEntry& aContainer, const nsMapiEntry& aEntry) ;
+    // Set the value of a MAPI property of type string in unicode
+    BOOL SetPropertyUString (const nsMapiEntry& aObject, ULONG aPropertyTag, 
+                             const char16_t *aValue) ;
+    // Same as previous, but with a bunch of properties in one call
+    BOOL SetPropertiesUString(const nsMapiEntry& aObject, const ULONG *aPropertiesTag,
+                              ULONG aNbProperties, nsString *aValues) ;
+    // Set the value of a MAPI property of type SYSTIME
+    BOOL SetPropertyDate(const nsMapiEntry& aObject, ULONG aPropertyTag, 
+                         WORD aYear, WORD aMonth, WORD aDay) ;
+    // Create entry in the address book
+    BOOL CreateEntry(const nsMapiEntry& aParent, nsMapiEntry& aNewEntry) ;
+    // Create a distribution list in the address book
+    BOOL CreateDistList(const nsMapiEntry& aParent, nsMapiEntry& aNewEntry) ;
+    // Copy an existing entry in the address book
+    BOOL CopyEntry(const nsMapiEntry& aContainer, const nsMapiEntry& aSource, nsMapiEntry& aTarget) ;
+    // Get a default address book container
+    BOOL GetDefaultContainer(nsMapiEntry& aContainer) ;
+    // Is the helper correctly initialised?
+    BOOL IsOK(void) const { return mAddressBook != NULL ; }
+
+protected:
+    HRESULT mLastError ;
+    LPADRBOOK mAddressBook ;
+    static uint32_t mEntryCounter ;
+    static uint32_t mUseCount ;
+    static nsAutoPtr<mozilla::Mutex> mMutex ;
+
+    // Retrieve the contents of a container, with an optional restriction
+    BOOL GetContents(const nsMapiEntry& aParent, LPSRestriction aRestriction, 
+                     nsMapiEntry **aList, ULONG &aNbElements, ULONG aMapiType) ;
+    // Retrieve the values of a set of properties on a MAPI object
+    BOOL GetMAPIProperties(const nsMapiEntry& aObject, const ULONG *aPropertyTags, 
+                           ULONG aNbProperties,
+                           LPSPropValue& aValues, ULONG& aValueCount) ;
+    // Set the values of a set of properties on a MAPI object
+    BOOL SetMAPIProperties(const nsMapiEntry& aObject, ULONG aNbProperties, 
+                           const LPSPropValue& aValues) ;
+    // Clean-up a rowset returned by QueryRows
+    void MyFreeProws(LPSRowSet aSet) ;
+    // Allocation of a buffer for transmission to interfaces
+    virtual void AllocateBuffer(ULONG aByteCount, LPVOID *aBuffer) = 0 ;
+    // Destruction of a buffer provided by the interfaces
+    virtual void FreeBuffer(LPVOID aBuffer) = 0 ;
+
+private:
+} ;
+
+enum nsAbWinType 
+{
+    nsAbWinType_Unknown,
+    nsAbWinType_Outlook,
+    nsAbWinType_OutlookExp
+} ;
+
+class nsAbWinHelperGuard 
+{
+public :
+    nsAbWinHelperGuard(uint32_t aType) ;
+    ~nsAbWinHelperGuard(void) ;
+
+    nsAbWinHelper *operator ->(void) { return mHelper ; }
+
+private:
+    nsAbWinHelper *mHelper ;
+} ;
+
+extern const char *kOutlookDirectoryScheme ;
+extern const int  kOutlookDirSchemeLength ;
+extern const char *kOutlookStub ;
+extern const char *kOutlookExpStub ;
+extern const char *kOutlookCardScheme ;
+
+nsAbWinType getAbWinType(const char *aScheme, const char *aUri, 
+                         nsCString& aStub, nsCString& aEntry) ;
+void buildAbWinUri(const char *aScheme, uint32_t aType, nsCString& aUri) ;
+
+#endif // nsAbWinHelper_h___
+
+
+
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAddbookProtocolHandler.cpp b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAddbookProtocolHandler.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2d1fab36e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAddbookProtocolHandler.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,323 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+#include "msgCore.h"    // precompiled header...
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsIIOService.h"
+
+#include "nsIStreamListener.h"
+#include "nsAddbookProtocolHandler.h"
+
+#include "nsAddbookUrl.h"
+#include "nsAddbookProtocolHandler.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsAbBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsNetUtil.h"
+#include "nsStringStream.h"
+#include "nsIAbDirectory.h"
+#include "nsIAbManager.h"
+#include "prmem.h"
+#include "nsIAbView.h"
+#include "nsITreeView.h"
+#include "nsIStringBundle.h"
+#include "nsIServiceManager.h"
+#include "mozilla/Services.h"
+#include "nsIAsyncInputStream.h"
+#include "nsIAsyncOutputStream.h"
+#include "nsIPipe.h"
+#include "nsIPrincipal.h"
+
+nsAddbookProtocolHandler::nsAddbookProtocolHandler()
+{
+  mAddbookOperation = nsIAddbookUrlOperation::InvalidUrl;
+}
+
+nsAddbookProtocolHandler::~nsAddbookProtocolHandler()
+{
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsAddbookProtocolHandler, nsIProtocolHandler)
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAddbookProtocolHandler::GetScheme(nsACString &aScheme)
+{
+	aScheme = "addbook";
+	return NS_OK; 
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAddbookProtocolHandler::GetDefaultPort(int32_t *aDefaultPort)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAddbookProtocolHandler::GetProtocolFlags(uint32_t *aUritype)
+{
+  *aUritype = URI_STD | URI_LOADABLE_BY_ANYONE | URI_FORBIDS_COOKIE_ACCESS;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAddbookProtocolHandler::NewURI(const nsACString &aSpec,
+                                               const char *aOriginCharset, // ignored
+                                               nsIURI *aBaseURI,
+                                               nsIURI **_retval)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+	nsCOMPtr <nsIAddbookUrl> addbookUrl = do_CreateInstance(NS_ADDBOOKURL_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  rv = addbookUrl->SetSpec(aSpec);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIURI> uri = do_QueryInterface(addbookUrl, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  NS_ADDREF(*_retval = uri);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP 
+nsAddbookProtocolHandler::AllowPort(int32_t port, const char *scheme, bool *_retval)
+{
+    // don't override anything.  
+    *_retval = false;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsAddbookProtocolHandler::GenerateXMLOutputChannel( nsString &aOutput,
+                                                     nsIAddbookUrl *addbookUrl,
+                                                     nsIURI *aURI,
+                                                     nsILoadInfo *aLoadInfo,
+                                                     nsIChannel **_retval)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringInputStream> inStr(do_CreateInstance("@mozilla.org/io/string-input-stream;1", &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8 utf8String(aOutput.get());
+
+  rv = inStr->SetData(utf8String.get(), utf8String.Length());
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  if (aLoadInfo) {
+    return NS_NewInputStreamChannelInternal(_retval,
+                                            aURI,
+                                            inStr,
+                                            NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("text/xml"),
+                                            EmptyCString(),
+                                            aLoadInfo);
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrincipal> nullPrincipal =
+    do_CreateInstance("@mozilla.org/nullprincipal;1", &rv);
+  NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "CreateInstance of nullprincipalfailed.");
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      return rv;
+
+  return NS_NewInputStreamChannel(_retval, aURI, inStr,
+                                  nullPrincipal, nsILoadInfo::SEC_NORMAL,
+                                  nsIContentPolicy::TYPE_OTHER,
+                                  NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("text/xml"));
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsAddbookProtocolHandler::NewChannel(nsIURI *aURI, nsIChannel **_retval)
+{
+  return NewChannel2(aURI, nullptr, _retval);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsAddbookProtocolHandler::NewChannel2(nsIURI *aURI,
+                                      nsILoadInfo* aLoadInfo,
+                                      nsIChannel **_retval)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIAddbookUrl> addbookUrl = do_QueryInterface(aURI, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  
+  rv = addbookUrl->GetAddbookOperation(&mAddbookOperation);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  if (mAddbookOperation == nsIAddbookUrlOperation::InvalidUrl) {
+    nsAutoString errorString;
+    errorString.AssignLiteral("Unsupported format/operation requested for ");
+    nsAutoCString spec;
+    rv = aURI->GetSpec(spec);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+     errorString.Append(NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16(spec));
+    rv = GenerateXMLOutputChannel(errorString, addbookUrl, aURI, aLoadInfo, _retval);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+ 
+  if (mAddbookOperation == nsIAddbookUrlOperation::AddVCard) {
+      // create an empty pipe for use with the input stream channel.
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIAsyncInputStream> pipeIn;
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIAsyncOutputStream> pipeOut;
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIPipe> pipe = do_CreateInstance("@mozilla.org/pipe;1");
+      
+      rv = pipe->Init(false, false, 0, 0);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      // These always succeed because the pipe is initialized above.
+      MOZ_ALWAYS_SUCCEEDS(pipe->GetInputStream(getter_AddRefs(pipeIn)));
+      MOZ_ALWAYS_SUCCEEDS(pipe->GetOutputStream(getter_AddRefs(pipeOut)));
+
+      pipeOut->Close();
+      if (aLoadInfo) {
+        return NS_NewInputStreamChannelInternal(_retval,
+                                                aURI,
+                                                pipeIn,
+                                                NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("application/x-addvcard"),
+                                                EmptyCString(),
+                                                aLoadInfo);
+      }
+
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIPrincipal> nullPrincipal =
+        do_CreateInstance("@mozilla.org/nullprincipal;1", &rv);
+      NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "CreateInstance of nullprincipal failed.");
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+          return rv;
+      
+      return NS_NewInputStreamChannel(_retval, aURI, pipeIn,
+          nullPrincipal, nsILoadInfo::SEC_NORMAL, nsIContentPolicy::TYPE_OTHER,
+          NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("application/x-addvcard"));
+  }
+
+  nsString output;
+  rv = GeneratePrintOutput(addbookUrl, output);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+    output.AssignLiteral("failed to print. url=");
+    nsAutoCString spec;
+    rv = aURI->GetSpec(spec);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+    output.Append(NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16(spec));
+  }
+ 
+  rv = GenerateXMLOutputChannel(output, addbookUrl, aURI, aLoadInfo, _retval);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult    
+nsAddbookProtocolHandler::GeneratePrintOutput(nsIAddbookUrl *addbookUrl, 
+                                              nsString &aOutput)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(addbookUrl);
+
+  nsAutoCString uri;
+  nsresult rv = addbookUrl->GetPath(uri);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  /* turn
+   "//moz-abmdbdirectory/abook.mab?action=print"
+   into "moz-abmdbdirectory://abook.mab"
+  */
+
+  /* step 1:  
+   turn "//moz-abmdbdirectory/abook.mab?action=print"
+   into "moz-abmdbdirectory/abook.mab?action=print"
+   */
+  if (uri[0] != '/' && uri[1] != '/')
+    return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+
+  uri.Cut(0,2);
+
+  /* step 2:  
+   turn "moz-abmdbdirectory/abook.mab?action=print"
+   into "moz-abmdbdirectory/abook.mab"
+   */
+  int32_t pos = uri.Find("?action=print");
+	if (pos == -1)
+    return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+
+  uri.SetLength(pos);
+
+  /* step 2:  
+   turn "moz-abmdbdirectory/abook.mab"
+   into "moz-abmdbdirectory://abook.mab"
+   */
+  pos = uri.FindChar('/');
+  if (pos == -1)
+    return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+
+  uri.Insert('/', pos);
+  uri.Insert(':', pos);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbManager> abManager(do_GetService(NS_ABMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbDirectory> directory;
+  rv = abManager->GetDirectory(uri, getter_AddRefs(directory));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = BuildDirectoryXML(directory, aOutput);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsAddbookProtocolHandler::BuildDirectoryXML(nsIAbDirectory *aDirectory, 
+                                       nsString &aOutput)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aDirectory);
+
+  nsresult rv;    
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleEnumerator> cardsEnumerator;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbCard> card;
+
+  aOutput.AppendLiteral("<?xml version=\"1.0\"?>\n"
+                        "<?xml-stylesheet type=\"text/css\" href=\"chrome://messagebody/content/addressbook/print.css\"?>\n"
+                        "<directory>\n");
+
+  // Get Address Book string and set it as title of XML document
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundle> bundle;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundleService> stringBundleService =
+    mozilla::services::GetStringBundleService();
+  if (stringBundleService) {
+    rv = stringBundleService->CreateBundle("chrome://messenger/locale/addressbook/addressBook.properties", getter_AddRefs(bundle));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+      nsString addrBook;
+      rv = bundle->GetStringFromName(u"addressBook", getter_Copies(addrBook));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+        aOutput.AppendLiteral("<title xmlns=\"http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml\">");
+        aOutput.Append(addrBook);
+        aOutput.AppendLiteral("</title>\n");
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+ // create a view and init it with the generated name sort order. Then, iterate
+  // over the view, getting the card for each row, and printing them.
+  nsString sortColumn;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIAbView> view = do_CreateInstance("@mozilla.org/addressbook/abview;1", &rv);
+  
+  view->SetView(aDirectory, nullptr, NS_LITERAL_STRING("GeneratedName"),
+                NS_LITERAL_STRING("ascending"), sortColumn);
+
+  int32_t numRows;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsITreeView> treeView = do_QueryInterface(view, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  treeView->GetRowCount(&numRows);
+  
+  for (int32_t row = 0; row < numRows; row++)
+  {
+    
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIAbCard> card;
+    view->GetCardFromRow(row, getter_AddRefs(card));
+    nsCString xmlSubstr;
+
+    rv = card->TranslateTo(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("xml"), xmlSubstr);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+    aOutput.AppendLiteral("<separator/>");
+    aOutput.Append(NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16(xmlSubstr));
+    aOutput.AppendLiteral("<separator/>");
+  }
+
+  aOutput.AppendLiteral("</directory>\n");
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAddbookProtocolHandler.h b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAddbookProtocolHandler.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1eb07a4ff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAddbookProtocolHandler.h
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsAddbookProtocolHandler_h___
+#define nsAddbookProtocolHandler_h___
+
+#include "nscore.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsAddbookProtocolHandler.h"
+#include "nsIProtocolHandler.h"
+#include "nsIAddbookUrl.h"
+#include "nsIAddrDatabase.h"
+
+class nsAddbookProtocolHandler : public nsIProtocolHandler
+{
+public:
+	nsAddbookProtocolHandler();
+
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+
+  //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+  // We support the nsIProtocolHandler interface.
+  //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+  NS_DECL_NSIPROTOCOLHANDLER
+
+private:
+	virtual ~nsAddbookProtocolHandler();
+  nsresult    GenerateXMLOutputChannel(nsString &aOutput,
+                                         nsIAddbookUrl *addbookUrl,
+                                         nsIURI *aURI, 
+                                         nsILoadInfo *aLoadInfo,
+                                         nsIChannel **_retval);
+
+  nsresult    GeneratePrintOutput(nsIAddbookUrl *addbookUrl, 
+                                   nsString &aOutput);
+
+  nsresult    BuildDirectoryXML(nsIAbDirectory *aDirectory, 
+                                   nsString &aOutput);
+
+  int32_t     mAddbookOperation;
+};
+
+#endif /* nsAddbookProtocolHandler_h___ */
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAddbookUrl.cpp b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAddbookUrl.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2084ca467
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAddbookUrl.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,282 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsIURI.h"
+#include "nsNetCID.h"
+#include "nsAddbookUrl.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsAbBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsComponentManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsAutoPtr.h"
+
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// addbook url definition
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+nsAddbookUrl::nsAddbookUrl()
+{
+  m_baseURL = do_CreateInstance(NS_SIMPLEURI_CONTRACTID);
+
+  mOperationType = nsIAddbookUrlOperation::InvalidUrl; 
+}
+
+nsAddbookUrl::~nsAddbookUrl()
+{
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsAddbookUrl, nsIAddbookUrl, nsIURI)
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP 
+nsAddbookUrl::SetSpec(const nsACString &aSpec)
+{
+  nsresult rv = m_baseURL->SetSpec(aSpec);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  return ParseUrl();
+}
+
+nsresult nsAddbookUrl::ParseUrl()
+{
+  nsAutoCString pathStr;
+
+  nsresult rv = m_baseURL->GetPath(pathStr);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  if (strstr(pathStr.get(), "?action=print"))
+    mOperationType = nsIAddbookUrlOperation::PrintAddressBook;
+  else if (strstr(pathStr.get(), "?action=add"))
+    mOperationType = nsIAddbookUrlOperation::AddVCard;
+  else
+    mOperationType = nsIAddbookUrlOperation::InvalidUrl;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Begin nsIURI support
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAddbookUrl::GetSpec(nsACString &aSpec)
+{
+	return m_baseURL->GetSpec(aSpec);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAddbookUrl::GetPrePath(nsACString &aPrePath)
+{
+	return m_baseURL->GetPrePath(aPrePath);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAddbookUrl::GetScheme(nsACString &aScheme)
+{
+	return m_baseURL->GetScheme(aScheme);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAddbookUrl::SetScheme(const nsACString &aScheme)
+{
+	return m_baseURL->SetScheme(aScheme);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAddbookUrl::GetUserPass(nsACString &aUserPass)
+{
+	return m_baseURL->GetUserPass(aUserPass);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAddbookUrl::SetUserPass(const nsACString &aUserPass)
+{
+	return m_baseURL->SetUserPass(aUserPass);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAddbookUrl::GetUsername(nsACString &aUsername)
+{
+	return m_baseURL->GetUsername(aUsername);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAddbookUrl::SetUsername(const nsACString &aUsername)
+{
+	return m_baseURL->SetUsername(aUsername);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAddbookUrl::GetPassword(nsACString &aPassword)
+{
+	return m_baseURL->GetPassword(aPassword);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAddbookUrl::SetPassword(const nsACString &aPassword)
+{
+	return m_baseURL->SetPassword(aPassword);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAddbookUrl::GetHostPort(nsACString &aHostPort)
+{
+	return m_baseURL->GetHostPort(aHostPort);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAddbookUrl::SetHostPort(const nsACString &aHostPort)
+{
+	return m_baseURL->SetHostPort(aHostPort);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAddbookUrl::SetHostAndPort(const nsACString &aHostPort)
+{
+	return m_baseURL->SetHostAndPort(aHostPort);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAddbookUrl::GetHost(nsACString &aHost)
+{
+	return m_baseURL->GetHost(aHost);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAddbookUrl::SetHost(const nsACString &aHost)
+{
+	return m_baseURL->SetHost(aHost);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAddbookUrl::GetPort(int32_t *aPort)
+{
+	return m_baseURL->GetPort(aPort);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAddbookUrl::SetPort(int32_t aPort)
+{
+	return m_baseURL->SetPort(aPort);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAddbookUrl::GetPath(nsACString &aPath)
+{
+	return m_baseURL->GetPath(aPath);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAddbookUrl::SetPath(const nsACString &aPath)
+{
+  m_baseURL->SetPath(aPath);
+  return ParseUrl();
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAddbookUrl::GetAsciiHost(nsACString &aHostA)
+{
+	return m_baseURL->GetAsciiHost(aHostA);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAddbookUrl::GetAsciiHostPort(nsACString &aHostPortA)
+{
+	return m_baseURL->GetAsciiHostPort(aHostPortA);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAddbookUrl::GetAsciiSpec(nsACString &aSpecA)
+{
+	return m_baseURL->GetAsciiSpec(aSpecA);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAddbookUrl::GetOriginCharset(nsACString &aOriginCharset)
+{
+    return m_baseURL->GetOriginCharset(aOriginCharset);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAddbookUrl::SchemeIs(const char *aScheme, bool *_retval)
+{
+	return m_baseURL->SchemeIs(aScheme, _retval);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAddbookUrl::Equals(nsIURI *other, bool *_retval)
+{
+  // The passed-in URI might be an nsMailtoUrl. Pass our inner URL to its
+  // Equals method. The other nsMailtoUrl will then pass its inner URL to
+  // to the Equals method of our inner URL. Other URIs will return false.
+  if (other)
+    return other->Equals(m_baseURL, _retval);
+
+  return m_baseURL->Equals(other, _retval);
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsAddbookUrl::CloneInternal(RefHandlingEnum aRefHandlingMode,
+                            const nsACString& newRef, nsIURI** _retval)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(_retval);
+
+  RefPtr<nsAddbookUrl> clone = new nsAddbookUrl();
+
+  if (!clone)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  if (aRefHandlingMode == eHonorRef) {
+    rv = m_baseURL->Clone(getter_AddRefs(clone->m_baseURL));
+  } else if (aRefHandlingMode == eReplaceRef) {
+    rv = m_baseURL->CloneWithNewRef(newRef, getter_AddRefs(clone->m_baseURL));
+  } else {
+    rv = m_baseURL->CloneIgnoringRef(getter_AddRefs(clone->m_baseURL));
+  }
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  clone->ParseUrl();
+  clone.forget(_retval);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAddbookUrl::Clone(nsIURI **_retval)
+{
+  return CloneInternal(eHonorRef, EmptyCString(), _retval);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsAddbookUrl::CloneIgnoringRef(nsIURI** _retval)
+{
+  return CloneInternal(eIgnoreRef, EmptyCString(), _retval);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsAddbookUrl::CloneWithNewRef(const nsACString& newRef, nsIURI** _retval)
+{
+  return CloneInternal(eReplaceRef, newRef, _retval);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAddbookUrl::Resolve(const nsACString &relativePath, nsACString &result) 
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsAddbookUrl::GetRef(nsACString &result)
+{
+  return m_baseURL->GetRef(result);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsAddbookUrl::SetRef(const nsACString &aRef)
+{
+  m_baseURL->SetRef(aRef);
+  return ParseUrl();
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAddbookUrl::EqualsExceptRef(nsIURI *other, bool *_retval)
+{
+  // The passed-in URI might be an nsMailtoUrl. Pass our inner URL to its
+  // Equals method. The other nsMailtoUrl will then pass its inner URL to
+  // to the Equals method of our inner URL. Other URIs will return false.
+  if (other)
+    return other->EqualsExceptRef(m_baseURL, _retval);
+
+  return m_baseURL->EqualsExceptRef(other, _retval);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsAddbookUrl::GetSpecIgnoringRef(nsACString &result)
+{
+  return m_baseURL->GetSpecIgnoringRef(result);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsAddbookUrl::GetHasRef(bool *result)
+{
+  return m_baseURL->GetHasRef(result);
+}
+
+//
+// Specific nsAddbookUrl operations
+//
+NS_IMETHODIMP 
+nsAddbookUrl::GetAddbookOperation(int32_t *_retval)
+{
+  *_retval = mOperationType;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAddbookUrl.h b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAddbookUrl.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..71a34abe8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAddbookUrl.h
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsAddbookUrl_h__
+#define nsAddbookUrl_h__
+
+#include "nsIURI.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsIAddbookUrl.h"
+
+class nsAddbookUrl : public nsIAddbookUrl
+{
+public:
+    NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+    NS_DECL_NSIURI
+    NS_DECL_NSIADDBOOKURL
+
+    nsAddbookUrl();
+
+protected:
+  enum RefHandlingEnum {
+    eIgnoreRef,
+    eHonorRef,
+    eReplaceRef
+  };
+  virtual ~nsAddbookUrl();
+  nsresult
+  CloneInternal(RefHandlingEnum aRefHandlingMode,
+                const nsACString& newRef, nsIURI** _retval);
+
+  nsresult                      ParseUrl();
+  int32_t                       mOperationType;     // the internal ID for the operation
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIURI>              m_baseURL;          // the base URL for the object
+};
+
+#endif // nsAddbookUrl_h__
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAddrDatabase.cpp b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAddrDatabase.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ea29ba8af
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAddrDatabase.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,3335 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+// this file implements the nsAddrDatabase interface using the MDB Interface.
+
+#include "nsAddrDatabase.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsAutoPtr.h"
+#include "nsUnicharUtils.h"
+#include "nsAbBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsIAbMDBDirectory.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsComponentManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "nsMorkCID.h"
+#include "nsIMdbFactoryFactory.h"
+#include "prprf.h"
+#include "nsIMutableArray.h"
+#include "nsArrayUtils.h"
+#include "nsIPromptService.h"
+#include "nsIStringBundle.h"
+#include "nsIFile.h"
+#include "nsEmbedCID.h"
+#include "nsIProperty.h"
+#include "nsIVariant.h"
+#include "nsCOMArray.h"
+#include "nsArrayEnumerator.h"
+#include "nsIPrefService.h"
+#include "nsIPrefBranch.h"
+#include "nsIAbManager.h"
+#include "mozilla/Services.h"
+#include <algorithm>
+
+#define ID_PAB_TABLE            1
+#define ID_DELETEDCARDS_TABLE           2
+
+// There's two books by default, although Mac may have one more, so set this
+// to three. Its not going to affect much, but will save us a few reallocations
+// when the cache is allocated.
+const uint32_t kInitialAddrDBCacheSize = 3;
+
+static const char kPabTableKind[] = "ns:addrbk:db:table:kind:pab";
+static const char kDeletedCardsTableKind[] = "ns:addrbk:db:table:kind:deleted"; // this table is used to keep the deleted cards
+
+static const char kCardRowScope[] = "ns:addrbk:db:row:scope:card:all";
+static const char kListRowScope[] = "ns:addrbk:db:row:scope:list:all";
+static const char kDataRowScope[] = "ns:addrbk:db:row:scope:data:all";
+
+#define DATAROW_ROWID 1
+
+#define COLUMN_STR_MAX 16
+
+#define PURGE_CUTOFF_COUNT 50
+
+static const char kRecordKeyColumn[] = "RecordKey";
+static const char kLastRecordKeyColumn[] = "LastRecordKey";
+static const char kRowIDProperty[] = "DbRowID";
+
+static const char kLowerListNameColumn[] = "LowercaseListName";
+
+struct mdbOid gAddressBookTableOID;
+
+static const char kMailListAddressFormat[] = "Address%d";
+
+nsAddrDatabase::nsAddrDatabase()
+    : m_mdbEnv(nullptr), m_mdbStore(nullptr),
+      m_mdbPabTable(nullptr),
+      m_mdbDeletedCardsTable(nullptr),
+      m_mdbTokensInitialized(false),
+      m_PabTableKind(0),
+      m_MailListTableKind(0),
+      m_DeletedCardsTableKind(0),
+      m_CardRowScopeToken(0),
+      m_FirstNameColumnToken(0),
+      m_LastNameColumnToken(0),
+      m_PhoneticFirstNameColumnToken(0),
+      m_PhoneticLastNameColumnToken(0),
+      m_DisplayNameColumnToken(0),
+      m_NickNameColumnToken(0),
+      m_PriEmailColumnToken(0),
+      m_2ndEmailColumnToken(0),
+      m_WorkPhoneColumnToken(0),
+      m_HomePhoneColumnToken(0),
+      m_FaxColumnToken(0),
+      m_PagerColumnToken(0),
+      m_CellularColumnToken(0),
+      m_WorkPhoneTypeColumnToken(0),
+      m_HomePhoneTypeColumnToken(0),
+      m_FaxTypeColumnToken(0),
+      m_PagerTypeColumnToken(0),
+      m_CellularTypeColumnToken(0),
+      m_HomeAddressColumnToken(0),
+      m_HomeAddress2ColumnToken(0),
+      m_HomeCityColumnToken(0),
+      m_HomeStateColumnToken(0),
+      m_HomeZipCodeColumnToken(0),
+      m_HomeCountryColumnToken(0),
+      m_WorkAddressColumnToken(0),
+      m_WorkAddress2ColumnToken(0),
+      m_WorkCityColumnToken(0),
+      m_WorkStateColumnToken(0),
+      m_WorkZipCodeColumnToken(0),
+      m_WorkCountryColumnToken(0),
+      m_CompanyColumnToken(0),
+      m_AimScreenNameColumnToken(0),
+      m_AnniversaryYearColumnToken(0),
+      m_AnniversaryMonthColumnToken(0),
+      m_AnniversaryDayColumnToken(0),
+      m_SpouseNameColumnToken(0),
+      m_FamilyNameColumnToken(0),
+      m_DefaultAddressColumnToken(0),
+      m_CategoryColumnToken(0),
+      m_WebPage1ColumnToken(0),
+      m_WebPage2ColumnToken(0),
+      m_BirthYearColumnToken(0),
+      m_BirthMonthColumnToken(0),
+      m_BirthDayColumnToken(0),
+      m_Custom1ColumnToken(0),
+      m_Custom2ColumnToken(0),
+      m_Custom3ColumnToken(0),
+      m_Custom4ColumnToken(0),
+      m_NotesColumnToken(0),
+      m_LastModDateColumnToken(0),
+      m_MailFormatColumnToken(0),
+      m_PopularityIndexColumnToken(0),
+      m_AddressCharSetColumnToken(0),
+      m_LastRecordKey(0),
+      m_dbDirectory(nullptr)
+{
+}
+
+nsAddrDatabase::~nsAddrDatabase()
+{
+    Close(false);    // better have already been closed.
+
+    // better not be any listeners, because we're going away.
+    NS_ASSERTION(m_ChangeListeners.Length() == 0, "shouldn't have any listeners");
+
+    RemoveFromCache(this);
+    // clean up after ourself!
+    if (m_mdbPabTable)
+      m_mdbPabTable->Release();
+    if (m_mdbDeletedCardsTable)
+      m_mdbDeletedCardsTable->Release();
+    NS_IF_RELEASE(m_mdbStore);
+    NS_IF_RELEASE(m_mdbEnv);
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsAddrDatabase, nsIAddrDatabase, nsIAddrDBAnnouncer)
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAddrDatabase::AddListener(nsIAddrDBListener *listener)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(listener);
+  return m_ChangeListeners.AppendElement(listener) ? NS_OK : NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAddrDatabase::RemoveListener(nsIAddrDBListener *listener)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(listener);
+  return m_ChangeListeners.RemoveElement(listener) ? NS_OK : NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAddrDatabase::NotifyCardAttribChange(uint32_t abCode)
+{
+  NS_OBSERVER_ARRAY_NOTIFY_OBSERVERS(m_ChangeListeners, nsIAddrDBListener,
+                                     OnCardAttribChange, (abCode));
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAddrDatabase::NotifyCardEntryChange(uint32_t aAbCode, nsIAbCard *aCard, nsIAbDirectory *aParent)
+{
+  int32_t currentDisplayNameVersion = 0;
+
+  //Update "mail.displayname.version" prefernce
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefs(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID));
+
+  prefs->GetIntPref("mail.displayname.version",&currentDisplayNameVersion);
+
+  prefs->SetIntPref("mail.displayname.version",++currentDisplayNameVersion);
+
+  NS_OBSERVER_ARRAY_NOTIFY_OBSERVERS(m_ChangeListeners, nsIAddrDBListener,
+                                     OnCardEntryChange, (aAbCode, aCard, aParent));
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsAddrDatabase::NotifyListEntryChange(uint32_t abCode, nsIAbDirectory *dir)
+{
+  NS_OBSERVER_ARRAY_NOTIFY_OBSERVERS(m_ChangeListeners, nsIAddrDBListener,
+                                     OnListEntryChange, (abCode, dir));
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAddrDatabase::NotifyAnnouncerGoingAway(void)
+{
+  NS_OBSERVER_ARRAY_NOTIFY_OBSERVERS(m_ChangeListeners, nsIAddrDBListener,
+                                     OnAnnouncerGoingAway, ());
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+// Apparently its not good for nsTArray to be allocated as static. Don't know
+// why it isn't but its not, so don't think about making it a static variable.
+// Maybe bz knows.
+nsTArray<nsAddrDatabase*>* nsAddrDatabase::m_dbCache = nullptr;
+
+nsTArray<nsAddrDatabase*>*
+nsAddrDatabase::GetDBCache()
+{
+  if (!m_dbCache)
+    m_dbCache = new AutoTArray<nsAddrDatabase*, kInitialAddrDBCacheSize>;
+
+  return m_dbCache;
+}
+
+void
+nsAddrDatabase::CleanupCache()
+{
+  if (m_dbCache)
+  {
+    for (int32_t i = m_dbCache->Length() - 1; i >= 0; --i)
+    {
+      nsAddrDatabase* pAddrDB = m_dbCache->ElementAt(i);
+      if (pAddrDB)
+        pAddrDB->ForceClosed();
+    }
+    //        NS_ASSERTION(m_dbCache.Length() == 0, "some msg dbs left open");    // better not be any open db's.
+    delete m_dbCache;
+    m_dbCache = nullptr;
+  }
+}
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------
+// FindInCache - this addrefs the db it finds.
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------
+nsAddrDatabase* nsAddrDatabase::FindInCache(nsIFile *dbName)
+{
+  nsTArray<nsAddrDatabase*>* dbCache = GetDBCache();
+  uint32_t length = dbCache->Length();
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < length; ++i)
+  {
+    nsAddrDatabase* pAddrDB = dbCache->ElementAt(i);
+    if (pAddrDB->MatchDbName(dbName))
+    {
+      NS_ADDREF(pAddrDB);
+      return pAddrDB;
+    }
+  }
+  return nullptr;
+}
+
+bool nsAddrDatabase::MatchDbName(nsIFile* dbName)    // returns true if they match
+{
+    bool dbMatches = false;
+
+    nsresult rv = m_dbName->Equals(dbName, &dbMatches);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      return false;
+
+    return dbMatches;
+}
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------
+// RemoveFromCache
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------
+void nsAddrDatabase::RemoveFromCache(nsAddrDatabase* pAddrDB)
+{
+  if (m_dbCache)
+    m_dbCache->RemoveElement(pAddrDB);
+}
+
+void nsAddrDatabase::GetMDBFactory(nsIMdbFactory ** aMdbFactory)
+{
+  if (!mMdbFactory)
+  {
+    nsresult rv;
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMdbFactoryService> mdbFactoryService = do_GetService(NS_MORK_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && mdbFactoryService)
+      rv = mdbFactoryService->GetMdbFactory(getter_AddRefs(mMdbFactory));
+  }
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aMdbFactory = mMdbFactory);
+}
+
+/* caller need to delete *aDbPath */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAddrDatabase::GetDbPath(nsIFile* *aDbPath)
+{
+    if (!aDbPath)
+        return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+    return m_dbName->Clone(aDbPath);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAddrDatabase::SetDbPath(nsIFile* aDbPath)
+{
+    return aDbPath->Clone(getter_AddRefs(m_dbName));
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAddrDatabase::Open
+(nsIFile *aMabFile, bool aCreate, bool upgrading /* unused */, nsIAddrDatabase** pAddrDB)
+{
+  *pAddrDB = nullptr;
+
+  nsAddrDatabase *pAddressBookDB = FindInCache(aMabFile);
+
+  if (pAddressBookDB) {
+    *pAddrDB = pAddressBookDB;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  nsresult rv = OpenInternal(aMabFile, aCreate, pAddrDB);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  if (rv == NS_ERROR_FILE_ACCESS_DENIED)
+  {
+    static bool gAlreadyAlerted;
+     // only do this once per session to avoid annoying the user
+    if (!gAlreadyAlerted)
+    {
+      gAlreadyAlerted = true;
+      nsAutoString mabFileName;
+      rv = aMabFile->GetLeafName(mabFileName);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      AlertAboutLockedMabFile(mabFileName.get());
+
+      // We just overwrote rv, so return the proper value here.
+      return NS_ERROR_FILE_ACCESS_DENIED;
+    }
+  }
+  // try one more time
+  // but first rename corrupt mab file
+  // and prompt the user
+  else if (aCreate)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> dummyBackupMabFile;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> actualBackupMabFile;
+
+    // First create a clone of the corrupt mab file that we'll
+    // use to generate the name for the backup file that we are
+    // going to move it to.
+    rv = aMabFile->Clone(getter_AddRefs(dummyBackupMabFile));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    // Now create a second clone that we'll use to do the move
+    // (this allows us to leave the original name intact)
+    rv = aMabFile->Clone(getter_AddRefs(actualBackupMabFile));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    // Now we try and generate a new name for the corrupt mab
+    // file using the dummy backup mab file
+
+    // First append .bak - we have to do this the long way as
+    // AppendNative is to the path, not the LeafName.
+    nsAutoCString dummyBackupMabFileName;
+    rv = dummyBackupMabFile->GetNativeLeafName(dummyBackupMabFileName);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    dummyBackupMabFileName.Append(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(".bak"));
+
+    rv = dummyBackupMabFile->SetNativeLeafName(dummyBackupMabFileName);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    // Now see if we can create it unique
+    rv = dummyBackupMabFile->CreateUnique(nsIFile::NORMAL_FILE_TYPE, 0600);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    // Now get the new name
+    nsAutoCString backupMabFileName;
+    rv = dummyBackupMabFile->GetNativeLeafName(backupMabFileName);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    // And the parent directory
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> parentDir;
+    rv = dummyBackupMabFile->GetParent(getter_AddRefs(parentDir));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    // Now move the corrupt file to its backup location
+    rv = actualBackupMabFile->MoveToNative(parentDir, backupMabFileName);
+    NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "failed to rename corrupt mab file");
+
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+      // now we can try to recreate the original mab file
+      rv = OpenInternal(aMabFile, aCreate, pAddrDB);
+      NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "failed to create .mab file, after rename");
+
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+        nsAutoString originalMabFileName;
+        rv = aMabFile->GetLeafName(originalMabFileName);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+        // if this fails, we don't care
+        (void)AlertAboutCorruptMabFile(originalMabFileName.get(),
+          NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16(backupMabFileName).get());
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsAddrDatabase::DisplayAlert(const char16_t *titleName, const char16_t *alertStringName, const char16_t **formatStrings, int32_t numFormatStrings)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundleService> bundleService =
+    mozilla::services::GetStringBundleService();
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(bundleService, NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundle> bundle;
+  rv = bundleService->CreateBundle("chrome://messenger/locale/addressbook/addressBook.properties", getter_AddRefs(bundle));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsString alertMessage;
+  rv = bundle->FormatStringFromName(alertStringName, formatStrings, numFormatStrings,
+    getter_Copies(alertMessage));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsString alertTitle;
+  rv = bundle->GetStringFromName(titleName, getter_Copies(alertTitle));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPromptService> prompter =
+      do_GetService(NS_PROMPTSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  return prompter->Alert(nullptr /* we don't know the parent window */, alertTitle.get(), alertMessage.get());
+}
+
+nsresult nsAddrDatabase::AlertAboutCorruptMabFile(const char16_t *aOldFileName, const char16_t *aNewFileName)
+{
+  const char16_t *formatStrings[] = { aOldFileName, aOldFileName, aNewFileName };
+  return DisplayAlert(u"corruptMabFileTitle",
+    u"corruptMabFileAlert", formatStrings, 3);
+}
+
+nsresult nsAddrDatabase::AlertAboutLockedMabFile(const char16_t *aFileName)
+{
+  const char16_t *formatStrings[] = { aFileName };
+  return DisplayAlert(u"lockedMabFileTitle",
+    u"lockedMabFileAlert", formatStrings, 1);
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsAddrDatabase::OpenInternal(nsIFile *aMabFile, bool aCreate, nsIAddrDatabase** pAddrDB)
+{
+  nsAddrDatabase *pAddressBookDB = new nsAddrDatabase();
+  if (!pAddressBookDB) {
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+  }
+
+  NS_ADDREF(pAddressBookDB);
+
+  nsresult rv = pAddressBookDB->OpenMDB(aMabFile, aCreate);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    pAddressBookDB->SetDbPath(aMabFile);
+    GetDBCache()->AppendElement(pAddressBookDB);
+    *pAddrDB = pAddressBookDB;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    *pAddrDB = nullptr;
+    pAddressBookDB->ForceClosed();
+    NS_IF_RELEASE(pAddressBookDB);
+    pAddressBookDB = nullptr;
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+// Open the MDB database synchronously. If successful, this routine
+// will set up the m_mdbStore and m_mdbEnv of the database object
+// so other database calls can work.
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAddrDatabase::OpenMDB(nsIFile *dbName, bool create)
+{
+  nsresult ret;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMdbFactory> mdbFactory;
+  GetMDBFactory(getter_AddRefs(mdbFactory));
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(mdbFactory, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+
+  ret = mdbFactory->MakeEnv(NULL, &m_mdbEnv);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(ret))
+  {
+    nsIMdbThumb *thumb = nullptr;
+    nsAutoCString filePath;
+
+    ret = dbName->GetNativePath(filePath);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(ret, ret);
+
+    nsIMdbHeap* dbHeap = nullptr;
+
+    if (m_mdbEnv)
+      m_mdbEnv->SetAutoClear(true);
+
+    bool dbNameExists = false;
+    ret = dbName->Exists(&dbNameExists);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(ret, ret);
+
+    if (!dbNameExists)
+      ret = NS_ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND;
+    else
+    {
+      mdbOpenPolicy inOpenPolicy;
+      mdb_bool    canOpen;
+      mdbYarn        outFormatVersion;
+      nsIMdbFile* oldFile = nullptr;
+      int64_t fileSize;
+      ret = dbName->GetFileSize(&fileSize);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(ret, ret);
+
+      ret = mdbFactory->OpenOldFile(m_mdbEnv, dbHeap, filePath.get(),
+                                    mdbBool_kFalse, // not readonly, we want modifiable
+                                    &oldFile);
+      if ( oldFile )
+      {
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(ret))
+        {
+          ret = mdbFactory->CanOpenFilePort(m_mdbEnv, oldFile, // the file to investigate
+                                            &canOpen, &outFormatVersion);
+          if (NS_SUCCEEDED(ret) && canOpen)
+          {
+            inOpenPolicy.mOpenPolicy_ScopePlan.mScopeStringSet_Count = 0;
+            inOpenPolicy.mOpenPolicy_MinMemory = 0;
+            inOpenPolicy.mOpenPolicy_MaxLazy = 0;
+
+            ret = mdbFactory->OpenFileStore(m_mdbEnv, dbHeap,
+              oldFile, &inOpenPolicy, &thumb);
+          }
+          else if (fileSize != 0)
+            ret = NS_ERROR_FILE_ACCESS_DENIED;
+        }
+        NS_RELEASE(oldFile); // always release our file ref, store has own
+      }
+      if (NS_FAILED(ret))
+        ret = NS_ERROR_FILE_ACCESS_DENIED;
+    }
+
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(ret) && thumb)
+    {
+      mdb_count outTotal;    // total somethings to do in operation
+      mdb_count outCurrent;  // subportion of total completed so far
+      mdb_bool outDone = false;      // is operation finished?
+      mdb_bool outBroken;     // is operation irreparably dead and broken?
+      do
+      {
+        ret = thumb->DoMore(m_mdbEnv, &outTotal, &outCurrent, &outDone, &outBroken);
+        if (NS_FAILED(ret))
+        {
+          outDone = true;
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+      while (NS_SUCCEEDED(ret) && !outBroken && !outDone);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(ret) && outDone)
+      {
+        ret = mdbFactory->ThumbToOpenStore(m_mdbEnv, thumb, &m_mdbStore);
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(ret) && m_mdbStore)
+        {
+          ret = InitExistingDB();
+          create = false;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    else if (create && ret != NS_ERROR_FILE_ACCESS_DENIED)
+    {
+      nsIMdbFile* newFile = 0;
+      ret = mdbFactory->CreateNewFile(m_mdbEnv, dbHeap, filePath.get(), &newFile);
+      if ( newFile )
+      {
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(ret))
+        {
+          mdbOpenPolicy inOpenPolicy;
+
+          inOpenPolicy.mOpenPolicy_ScopePlan.mScopeStringSet_Count = 0;
+          inOpenPolicy.mOpenPolicy_MinMemory = 0;
+          inOpenPolicy.mOpenPolicy_MaxLazy = 0;
+
+          ret = mdbFactory->CreateNewFileStore(m_mdbEnv, dbHeap,
+                                               newFile, &inOpenPolicy,
+                                               &m_mdbStore);
+          if (NS_SUCCEEDED(ret))
+            ret = InitNewDB();
+        }
+        NS_RELEASE(newFile); // always release our file ref, store has own
+      }
+    }
+    NS_IF_RELEASE(thumb);
+  }
+  return ret;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAddrDatabase::CloseMDB(bool commit)
+{
+    if (commit)
+        Commit(nsAddrDBCommitType::kSessionCommit);
+//???    RemoveFromCache(this);  // if we've closed it, better not leave it in the cache.
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// force the database to close - this'll flush out anybody holding onto
+// a database without having a listener!
+// This is evil in the com world, but there are times we need to delete the file.
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAddrDatabase::ForceClosed()
+{
+    nsresult    err = NS_OK;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAddrDatabase> aDb(do_QueryInterface(this, &err));
+
+    // make sure someone has a reference so object won't get deleted out from under us.
+    AddRef();
+    NotifyAnnouncerGoingAway();
+    // OK, remove from cache first and close the store.
+    RemoveFromCache(this);
+
+    err = CloseMDB(false);    // since we're about to delete it, no need to commit.
+    NS_IF_RELEASE(m_mdbStore);
+    Release();
+    return err;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAddrDatabase::Commit(uint32_t commitType)
+{
+  nsresult err = NS_OK;
+  nsIMdbThumb *commitThumb = nullptr;
+
+  if (commitType == nsAddrDBCommitType::kLargeCommit ||
+      commitType == nsAddrDBCommitType::kSessionCommit)
+  {
+    mdb_percent outActualWaste = 0;
+    mdb_bool outShould;
+    if (m_mdbStore && m_mdbEnv)
+    {
+      // check how much space would be saved by doing a compress commit.
+      // If it's more than 30%, go for it.
+      // N.B. - I'm not sure this calls works in Mork for all cases.
+      err = m_mdbStore->ShouldCompress(m_mdbEnv, 30, &outActualWaste, &outShould);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err) && outShould)
+      {
+        commitType = nsAddrDBCommitType::kCompressCommit;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (m_mdbStore && m_mdbEnv)
+  {
+    switch (commitType)
+    {
+      case nsAddrDBCommitType::kLargeCommit:
+        err = m_mdbStore->LargeCommit(m_mdbEnv, &commitThumb);
+        break;
+      case nsAddrDBCommitType::kSessionCommit:
+        // comment out until persistence works.
+        err = m_mdbStore->SessionCommit(m_mdbEnv, &commitThumb);
+        break;
+      case nsAddrDBCommitType::kCompressCommit:
+        err = m_mdbStore->CompressCommit(m_mdbEnv, &commitThumb);
+        break;
+      }
+  }
+  if (commitThumb && m_mdbEnv)
+  {
+    mdb_count outTotal = 0;    // total somethings to do in operation
+    mdb_count outCurrent = 0;  // subportion of total completed so far
+    mdb_bool outDone = false;      // is operation finished?
+    mdb_bool outBroken = false;     // is operation irreparably dead and broken?
+    while (!outDone && !outBroken && NS_SUCCEEDED(err))
+    {
+      err = commitThumb->DoMore(m_mdbEnv, &outTotal, &outCurrent, &outDone, &outBroken);
+    }
+    NS_RELEASE(commitThumb);
+  }
+  // ### do something with error, but clear it now because mork errors out on commits.
+  if (m_mdbEnv)
+    m_mdbEnv->ClearErrors();
+  return err;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAddrDatabase::Close(bool forceCommit /* = TRUE */)
+{
+    return CloseMDB(forceCommit);
+}
+
+// set up empty tablesetc.
+nsresult nsAddrDatabase::InitNewDB()
+{
+  nsresult err = InitMDBInfo();
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err))
+  {
+    err = InitPabTable();
+    err = InitLastRecorKey();
+    Commit(nsAddrDBCommitType::kLargeCommit);
+  }
+  return err;
+}
+
+nsresult nsAddrDatabase::AddRowToDeletedCardsTable(nsIAbCard *card, nsIMdbRow **pCardRow)
+{
+  if (!m_mdbEnv)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  if (!m_mdbDeletedCardsTable)
+    rv = InitDeletedCardsTable(true);
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+    // lets first purge old records if there are more than PURGE_CUTOFF_COUNT records
+    PurgeDeletedCardTable();
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMdbRow> cardRow;
+    rv = GetNewRow(getter_AddRefs(cardRow));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && cardRow) {
+      nsresult merror = m_mdbDeletedCardsTable->AddRow(m_mdbEnv, cardRow);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(merror, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+      nsString unicodeStr;
+      card->GetFirstName(unicodeStr);
+      AddFirstName(cardRow, NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(unicodeStr).get());
+
+      card->GetLastName(unicodeStr);
+      AddLastName(cardRow, NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(unicodeStr).get());
+
+      card->GetDisplayName(unicodeStr);
+      AddDisplayName(cardRow, NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(unicodeStr).get());
+
+      card->GetPrimaryEmail(unicodeStr);
+      if (!unicodeStr.IsEmpty())
+        AddUnicodeToColumn(cardRow, m_PriEmailColumnToken, m_LowerPriEmailColumnToken, unicodeStr.get());
+
+      card->GetPropertyAsAString(k2ndEmailProperty, unicodeStr);
+      if (!unicodeStr.IsEmpty())
+        AddUnicodeToColumn(cardRow, m_2ndEmailColumnToken, m_Lower2ndEmailColumnToken, unicodeStr.get());
+
+      uint32_t nowInSeconds;
+      PRTime now = PR_Now();
+      PRTime2Seconds(now, &nowInSeconds);
+      AddIntColumn(cardRow, m_LastModDateColumnToken, nowInSeconds);
+
+      nsString value;
+      GetCardValue(card, CARD_ATTRIB_PALMID, getter_Copies(value));
+      if (!value.IsEmpty())
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIAbCard> addedCard;
+        rv = CreateCardFromDeletedCardsTable(cardRow, 0, getter_AddRefs(addedCard));
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+          SetCardValue(addedCard, CARD_ATTRIB_PALMID, value.get(), false);
+      }
+      NS_IF_ADDREF(*pCardRow = cardRow);
+    }
+    Commit(nsAddrDBCommitType::kLargeCommit);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsAddrDatabase::DeleteRowFromDeletedCardsTable(nsIMdbRow *pCardRow)
+{
+  if (!m_mdbEnv)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  nsresult merror = NS_OK;
+  if (m_mdbDeletedCardsTable) {
+    pCardRow->CutAllColumns(m_mdbEnv);
+    merror = m_mdbDeletedCardsTable->CutRow(m_mdbEnv, pCardRow);
+  }
+  return merror;
+}
+
+
+nsresult nsAddrDatabase::InitDeletedCardsTable(bool aCreate)
+{
+  nsresult mdberr = NS_OK;
+  if (!m_mdbDeletedCardsTable)
+  {
+    struct mdbOid deletedCardsTableOID;
+    deletedCardsTableOID.mOid_Scope = m_CardRowScopeToken;
+    deletedCardsTableOID.mOid_Id = ID_DELETEDCARDS_TABLE;
+    if (m_mdbStore && m_mdbEnv)
+    {
+      m_mdbStore->GetTable(m_mdbEnv, &deletedCardsTableOID, &m_mdbDeletedCardsTable);
+      // if deletedCardsTable does not exist and bCreate is set, create a new one
+      if (!m_mdbDeletedCardsTable && aCreate)
+      {
+        mdberr = (nsresult) m_mdbStore->NewTableWithOid(m_mdbEnv, &deletedCardsTableOID,
+                                                        m_DeletedCardsTableKind,
+                                                        true, (const mdbOid*)nullptr,
+                                                        &m_mdbDeletedCardsTable);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return mdberr;
+}
+
+nsresult nsAddrDatabase::InitPabTable()
+{
+  return m_mdbStore && m_mdbEnv ? m_mdbStore->NewTableWithOid(m_mdbEnv,
+                                                  &gAddressBookTableOID,
+                                                  m_PabTableKind,
+                                                  false,
+                                                  (const mdbOid*)nullptr,
+                                                  &m_mdbPabTable)
+      : NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+}
+
+//save the last record number, store in m_DataRowScopeToken, row 1
+nsresult nsAddrDatabase::InitLastRecorKey()
+{
+  if (!m_mdbPabTable || !m_mdbStore || !m_mdbEnv)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  nsIMdbRow *pDataRow = nullptr;
+  mdbOid dataRowOid;
+  dataRowOid.mOid_Scope = m_DataRowScopeToken;
+  dataRowOid.mOid_Id = DATAROW_ROWID;
+  nsresult err = m_mdbStore->NewRowWithOid(m_mdbEnv, &dataRowOid, &pDataRow);
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err) && pDataRow)
+  {
+    m_LastRecordKey = 0;
+    err = AddIntColumn(pDataRow, m_LastRecordKeyColumnToken, 0);
+    err = m_mdbPabTable->AddRow(m_mdbEnv, pDataRow);
+    NS_RELEASE(pDataRow);
+  }
+  return err;
+}
+
+nsresult nsAddrDatabase::GetDataRow(nsIMdbRow **pDataRow)
+{
+  if (!m_mdbStore || !m_mdbEnv)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  nsIMdbRow *pRow = nullptr;
+  mdbOid dataRowOid;
+  dataRowOid.mOid_Scope = m_DataRowScopeToken;
+  dataRowOid.mOid_Id = DATAROW_ROWID;
+  m_mdbStore->GetRow(m_mdbEnv, &dataRowOid, &pRow);
+  *pDataRow = pRow;
+
+  return pRow ? NS_OK : NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+nsresult nsAddrDatabase::GetLastRecordKey()
+{
+    if (!m_mdbPabTable)
+        return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMdbRow> pDataRow;
+    nsresult err = GetDataRow(getter_AddRefs(pDataRow));
+
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err) && pDataRow)
+    {
+        m_LastRecordKey = 0;
+        err = GetIntColumn(pDataRow, m_LastRecordKeyColumnToken, &m_LastRecordKey, 0);
+        if (NS_FAILED(err))
+            err = NS_ERROR_NOT_AVAILABLE;
+        return NS_OK;
+    }
+
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_AVAILABLE;
+}
+
+nsresult nsAddrDatabase::UpdateLastRecordKey()
+{
+  if (!m_mdbPabTable || !m_mdbEnv)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMdbRow> pDataRow;
+  nsresult err = GetDataRow(getter_AddRefs(pDataRow));
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err) && pDataRow)
+  {
+    err = AddIntColumn(pDataRow, m_LastRecordKeyColumnToken, m_LastRecordKey);
+    err = m_mdbPabTable->AddRow(m_mdbEnv, pDataRow);
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  else if (!pDataRow)
+    err = InitLastRecorKey();
+  else
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_AVAILABLE;
+  return err;
+}
+
+nsresult nsAddrDatabase::InitExistingDB()
+{
+  nsresult err = InitMDBInfo();
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err))
+  {
+    if (!m_mdbStore || !m_mdbEnv)
+      return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+    err = m_mdbStore->GetTable(m_mdbEnv, &gAddressBookTableOID, &m_mdbPabTable);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err) && m_mdbPabTable)
+    {
+      err = GetLastRecordKey();
+      if (err == NS_ERROR_NOT_AVAILABLE)
+        CheckAndUpdateRecordKey();
+      UpdateLowercaseEmailListName();
+    }
+  }
+  return err;
+}
+
+nsresult nsAddrDatabase::CheckAndUpdateRecordKey()
+{
+  if (!m_mdbEnv)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  nsresult err = NS_OK;
+  nsIMdbTableRowCursor* rowCursor = nullptr;
+  nsIMdbRow* findRow = nullptr;
+  mdb_pos    rowPos = 0;
+
+  nsresult merror = m_mdbPabTable->GetTableRowCursor(m_mdbEnv, -1, &rowCursor);
+
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(NS_SUCCEEDED(merror) && rowCursor, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMdbRow> pDataRow;
+  err = GetDataRow(getter_AddRefs(pDataRow));
+  if (NS_FAILED(err))
+    InitLastRecorKey();
+
+  do
+  {  //add key to each card and mailing list row
+    merror = rowCursor->NextRow(m_mdbEnv, &findRow, &rowPos);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(merror) && findRow)
+    {
+      mdbOid rowOid;
+
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(findRow->GetOid(m_mdbEnv, &rowOid)))
+      {
+        if (!IsDataRowScopeToken(rowOid.mOid_Scope))
+        {
+          m_LastRecordKey++;
+          err = AddIntColumn(findRow, m_RecordKeyColumnToken, m_LastRecordKey);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  } while (findRow);
+
+  UpdateLastRecordKey();
+  Commit(nsAddrDBCommitType::kLargeCommit);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsAddrDatabase::UpdateLowercaseEmailListName()
+{
+  if (!m_mdbEnv)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  nsresult err = NS_OK;
+  nsIMdbTableRowCursor* rowCursor = nullptr;
+  nsIMdbRow* findRow = nullptr;
+  mdb_pos    rowPos = 0;
+  bool commitRequired = false;
+
+  nsresult merror = m_mdbPabTable->GetTableRowCursor(m_mdbEnv, -1, &rowCursor);
+
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(NS_SUCCEEDED(merror) && rowCursor, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+
+  do
+  { // Add lowercase primary+secondary email to each card and mailing list row.
+    merror = rowCursor->NextRow(m_mdbEnv, &findRow, &rowPos);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(merror) && findRow)
+    {
+      mdbOid rowOid;
+
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(findRow->GetOid(m_mdbEnv, &rowOid)))
+      {
+        nsAutoString tempString;
+        if (IsCardRowScopeToken(rowOid.mOid_Scope))
+        {
+          err = GetStringColumn(findRow, m_LowerPriEmailColumnToken, tempString);
+          if (NS_FAILED(err)) // not set yet
+          {
+            err = ConvertAndAddLowercaseColumn(findRow, m_PriEmailColumnToken,
+              m_LowerPriEmailColumnToken);
+            commitRequired = commitRequired || NS_SUCCEEDED(err);
+          }
+
+          err = GetStringColumn(findRow, m_Lower2ndEmailColumnToken, tempString);
+          if (NS_FAILED(err)) // not set yet
+          {
+            err = ConvertAndAddLowercaseColumn(findRow, m_2ndEmailColumnToken,
+              m_Lower2ndEmailColumnToken);
+            commitRequired = commitRequired || NS_SUCCEEDED(err);
+          }
+        }
+        else if (IsListRowScopeToken(rowOid.mOid_Scope))
+        {
+          err = GetStringColumn(findRow, m_LowerListNameColumnToken, tempString);
+          if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err)) // already set up
+            continue;
+
+          err = ConvertAndAddLowercaseColumn(findRow, m_ListNameColumnToken,
+            m_LowerListNameColumnToken);
+          commitRequired = commitRequired || NS_SUCCEEDED(err);
+        }
+      }
+      findRow->Release();
+    }
+  } while (findRow);
+
+  if (findRow)
+    findRow->Release();
+  rowCursor->Release();
+  if (commitRequired)
+    Commit(nsAddrDBCommitType::kLargeCommit);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+We store UTF8 strings in the database.  We need to convert the UTF8
+string into unicode string, then convert to lower case.  Before storing
+back into the database,  we need to convert the lowercase unicode string
+into UTF8 string.
+*/
+nsresult nsAddrDatabase::ConvertAndAddLowercaseColumn
+(nsIMdbRow * row, mdb_token fromCol, mdb_token toCol)
+{
+    nsAutoString colString;
+
+    nsresult rv = GetStringColumn(row, fromCol, colString);
+    if (!colString.IsEmpty())
+    {
+        rv = AddLowercaseColumn(row, toCol, NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(colString).get());
+    }
+    return rv;
+}
+
+// Change the unicode string to lowercase, then convert to UTF8 string to store in db
+nsresult nsAddrDatabase::AddUnicodeToColumn(nsIMdbRow * row, mdb_token aColToken, mdb_token aLowerCaseColToken, const char16_t* aUnicodeStr)
+{
+  nsresult rv = AddCharStringColumn(row, aColToken, NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(aUnicodeStr).get());
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  rv = AddLowercaseColumn(row, aLowerCaseColToken, NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(aUnicodeStr).get());
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+// initialize the various tokens and tables in our db's env
+nsresult nsAddrDatabase::InitMDBInfo()
+{
+  nsresult err = NS_OK;
+
+  if (!m_mdbTokensInitialized && m_mdbStore && m_mdbEnv)
+  {
+    m_mdbTokensInitialized = true;
+    err = m_mdbStore->StringToToken(m_mdbEnv, kCardRowScope, &m_CardRowScopeToken);
+    err = m_mdbStore->StringToToken(m_mdbEnv, kListRowScope, &m_ListRowScopeToken);
+    err = m_mdbStore->StringToToken(m_mdbEnv, kDataRowScope, &m_DataRowScopeToken);
+    gAddressBookTableOID.mOid_Scope = m_CardRowScopeToken;
+    gAddressBookTableOID.mOid_Id = ID_PAB_TABLE;
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err))
+    {
+      m_mdbStore->StringToToken(m_mdbEnv,  kFirstNameProperty, &m_FirstNameColumnToken);
+      m_mdbStore->StringToToken(m_mdbEnv,  kLastNameProperty, &m_LastNameColumnToken);
+      m_mdbStore->StringToToken(m_mdbEnv,  kPhoneticFirstNameProperty, &m_PhoneticFirstNameColumnToken);
+      m_mdbStore->StringToToken(m_mdbEnv,  kPhoneticLastNameProperty, &m_PhoneticLastNameColumnToken);
+      m_mdbStore->StringToToken(m_mdbEnv,  kDisplayNameProperty, &m_DisplayNameColumnToken);
+      m_mdbStore->StringToToken(m_mdbEnv,  kNicknameProperty, &m_NickNameColumnToken);
+      m_mdbStore->StringToToken(m_mdbEnv,  kPriEmailProperty, &m_PriEmailColumnToken);
+      m_mdbStore->StringToToken(m_mdbEnv,  kLowerPriEmailColumn, &m_LowerPriEmailColumnToken);
+      m_mdbStore->StringToToken(m_mdbEnv,  k2ndEmailProperty, &m_2ndEmailColumnToken);
+      m_mdbStore->StringToToken(m_mdbEnv,  kLower2ndEmailColumn, &m_Lower2ndEmailColumnToken);
+      m_mdbStore->StringToToken(m_mdbEnv,  kPreferMailFormatProperty, &m_MailFormatColumnToken);
+      m_mdbStore->StringToToken(m_mdbEnv,  kPopularityIndexProperty, &m_PopularityIndexColumnToken);
+      m_mdbStore->StringToToken(m_mdbEnv,  kWorkPhoneProperty, &m_WorkPhoneColumnToken);
+      m_mdbStore->StringToToken(m_mdbEnv,  kHomePhoneProperty, &m_HomePhoneColumnToken);
+      m_mdbStore->StringToToken(m_mdbEnv,  kFaxProperty, &m_FaxColumnToken);
+      m_mdbStore->StringToToken(m_mdbEnv,  kPagerProperty, &m_PagerColumnToken);
+      m_mdbStore->StringToToken(m_mdbEnv,  kCellularProperty, &m_CellularColumnToken);
+      m_mdbStore->StringToToken(m_mdbEnv,  kWorkPhoneTypeProperty, &m_WorkPhoneTypeColumnToken);
+      m_mdbStore->StringToToken(m_mdbEnv,  kHomePhoneTypeProperty, &m_HomePhoneTypeColumnToken);
+      m_mdbStore->StringToToken(m_mdbEnv,  kFaxTypeProperty, &m_FaxTypeColumnToken);
+      m_mdbStore->StringToToken(m_mdbEnv,  kPagerTypeProperty, &m_PagerTypeColumnToken);
+      m_mdbStore->StringToToken(m_mdbEnv,  kCellularTypeProperty, &m_CellularTypeColumnToken);
+      m_mdbStore->StringToToken(m_mdbEnv,  kHomeAddressProperty, &m_HomeAddressColumnToken);
+      m_mdbStore->StringToToken(m_mdbEnv,  kHomeAddress2Property, &m_HomeAddress2ColumnToken);
+      m_mdbStore->StringToToken(m_mdbEnv,  kHomeCityProperty, &m_HomeCityColumnToken);
+      m_mdbStore->StringToToken(m_mdbEnv,  kHomeStateProperty, &m_HomeStateColumnToken);
+      m_mdbStore->StringToToken(m_mdbEnv,  kHomeZipCodeProperty, &m_HomeZipCodeColumnToken);
+      m_mdbStore->StringToToken(m_mdbEnv,  kHomeCountryProperty, &m_HomeCountryColumnToken);
+      m_mdbStore->StringToToken(m_mdbEnv,  kWorkAddressProperty, &m_WorkAddressColumnToken);
+      m_mdbStore->StringToToken(m_mdbEnv,  kWorkAddress2Property, &m_WorkAddress2ColumnToken);
+      m_mdbStore->StringToToken(m_mdbEnv,  kWorkCityProperty, &m_WorkCityColumnToken);
+      m_mdbStore->StringToToken(m_mdbEnv,  kWorkStateProperty, &m_WorkStateColumnToken);
+      m_mdbStore->StringToToken(m_mdbEnv,  kWorkZipCodeProperty, &m_WorkZipCodeColumnToken);
+      m_mdbStore->StringToToken(m_mdbEnv,  kWorkCountryProperty, &m_WorkCountryColumnToken);
+      m_mdbStore->StringToToken(m_mdbEnv,  kJobTitleProperty, &m_JobTitleColumnToken);
+      m_mdbStore->StringToToken(m_mdbEnv,  kDepartmentProperty, &m_DepartmentColumnToken);
+      m_mdbStore->StringToToken(m_mdbEnv,  kCompanyProperty, &m_CompanyColumnToken);
+      m_mdbStore->StringToToken(m_mdbEnv,  kScreenNameProperty, &m_AimScreenNameColumnToken);
+      m_mdbStore->StringToToken(m_mdbEnv,  kAnniversaryYearProperty, &m_AnniversaryYearColumnToken);
+      m_mdbStore->StringToToken(m_mdbEnv,  kAnniversaryMonthProperty, &m_AnniversaryMonthColumnToken);
+      m_mdbStore->StringToToken(m_mdbEnv,  kAnniversaryDayProperty, &m_AnniversaryDayColumnToken);
+      m_mdbStore->StringToToken(m_mdbEnv,  kSpouseNameProperty, &m_SpouseNameColumnToken);
+      m_mdbStore->StringToToken(m_mdbEnv,  kFamilyNameProperty, &m_FamilyNameColumnToken);
+      m_mdbStore->StringToToken(m_mdbEnv,  kWorkWebPageProperty, &m_WebPage1ColumnToken);
+      m_mdbStore->StringToToken(m_mdbEnv,  kHomeWebPageProperty, &m_WebPage2ColumnToken);
+      m_mdbStore->StringToToken(m_mdbEnv,  kBirthYearProperty, &m_BirthYearColumnToken);
+      m_mdbStore->StringToToken(m_mdbEnv,  kBirthMonthProperty, &m_BirthMonthColumnToken);
+      m_mdbStore->StringToToken(m_mdbEnv,  kBirthDayProperty, &m_BirthDayColumnToken);
+      m_mdbStore->StringToToken(m_mdbEnv,  kCustom1Property, &m_Custom1ColumnToken);
+      m_mdbStore->StringToToken(m_mdbEnv,  kCustom2Property, &m_Custom2ColumnToken);
+      m_mdbStore->StringToToken(m_mdbEnv,  kCustom3Property, &m_Custom3ColumnToken);
+      m_mdbStore->StringToToken(m_mdbEnv,  kCustom4Property, &m_Custom4ColumnToken);
+      m_mdbStore->StringToToken(m_mdbEnv,  kNotesProperty, &m_NotesColumnToken);
+      m_mdbStore->StringToToken(m_mdbEnv,  kLastModifiedDateProperty, &m_LastModDateColumnToken);
+      m_mdbStore->StringToToken(m_mdbEnv,  kRecordKeyColumn, &m_RecordKeyColumnToken);
+      m_mdbStore->StringToToken(m_mdbEnv,  kAddressCharSetColumn, &m_AddressCharSetColumnToken);
+      m_mdbStore->StringToToken(m_mdbEnv,  kLastRecordKeyColumn, &m_LastRecordKeyColumnToken);
+
+      err = m_mdbStore->StringToToken(m_mdbEnv, kPabTableKind, &m_PabTableKind);
+
+      m_mdbStore->StringToToken(m_mdbEnv,  kMailListName, &m_ListNameColumnToken);
+      m_mdbStore->StringToToken(m_mdbEnv,  kMailListNickName, &m_ListNickNameColumnToken);
+      m_mdbStore->StringToToken(m_mdbEnv,  kMailListDescription, &m_ListDescriptionColumnToken);
+      m_mdbStore->StringToToken(m_mdbEnv,  kMailListTotalAddresses, &m_ListTotalColumnToken);
+      m_mdbStore->StringToToken(m_mdbEnv,  kLowerListNameColumn, &m_LowerListNameColumnToken);
+      m_mdbStore->StringToToken(m_mdbEnv,  kDeletedCardsTableKind, &m_DeletedCardsTableKind);
+    }
+  }
+  return err;
+}
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+nsresult nsAddrDatabase::AddRecordKeyColumnToRow(nsIMdbRow *pRow)
+{
+  if (pRow && m_mdbEnv)
+  {
+    m_LastRecordKey++;
+    nsresult err = AddIntColumn(pRow, m_RecordKeyColumnToken, m_LastRecordKey);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(err, err);
+
+    err = m_mdbPabTable->AddRow(m_mdbEnv, pRow);
+    UpdateLastRecordKey();
+    return err;
+  }
+  return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+}
+
+nsresult nsAddrDatabase::AddAttributeColumnsToRow(nsIAbCard *card, nsIMdbRow *cardRow)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  if ((!card && !cardRow) || !m_mdbEnv)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  mdbOid rowOid;
+  cardRow->GetOid(m_mdbEnv, &rowOid);
+
+  card->SetPropertyAsUint32(kRowIDProperty, rowOid.mOid_Id);
+
+  // add the row to the singleton table.
+  if (card && cardRow)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleEnumerator> properties;
+    rv = card->GetProperties(getter_AddRefs(properties));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    bool hasMore;
+    while (NS_SUCCEEDED(properties->HasMoreElements(&hasMore)) && hasMore)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> next;
+      rv = properties->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(next));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIProperty> prop = do_QueryInterface(next);
+      nsAutoString name;
+      prop->GetName(name);
+
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIVariant> variant;
+      prop->GetValue(getter_AddRefs(variant));
+      
+      // We can't get as a char * because that messes up UTF8 stuff
+      nsAutoCString value;
+      variant->GetAsAUTF8String(value);
+
+      mdb_token token;
+      rv = m_mdbStore->StringToToken(m_mdbEnv, NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(name).get(), &token);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+ 
+      rv = AddCharStringColumn(cardRow, token, value.get());
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    }
+
+    // Primary email is special: it is stored lowercase as well as in its
+    // original format.
+    nsAutoString primaryEmail;
+    card->GetPrimaryEmail(primaryEmail);
+    AddPrimaryEmail(cardRow, NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(primaryEmail).get());
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAddrDatabase::CreateNewCardAndAddToDB(nsIAbCard *aNewCard, bool aNotify /* = FALSE */, nsIAbDirectory *aParent)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMdbRow> cardRow;
+
+  if (!aNewCard || !m_mdbPabTable || !m_mdbEnv || !m_mdbStore)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  // Per the UUID requirements, we want to try to reuse the local id if at all
+  // possible. nsACString::ToInteger probably won't fail if the local id looks
+  // like "23bozo" (returning 23 instead), but it's okay since we aren't going
+  // to overwrite anything with 23 if it already exists and the id for the row
+  // doesn't matter otherwise.
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  nsAutoCString id;
+  aNewCard->GetLocalId(id);
+
+  mdbOid rowId;
+  rowId.mOid_Scope = m_CardRowScopeToken;
+  rowId.mOid_Id = id.ToInteger(&rv);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    // Mork is being very naughty here. If the table does not have the oid, we
+    // should be able to reuse it. To be on the safe side, however, we're going
+    // to reference the store's reference count.
+    mdb_count rowCount = 1;
+    m_mdbStore->GetRowRefCount(m_mdbEnv, &rowId, &rowCount);
+    if (rowCount == 0)
+    {
+      // So apparently, the row can have a count of 0 yet still exist (probably
+      // meaning we haven't flushed it out of memory). In this case, we need to
+      // get the row and cut its cells.
+      rv = m_mdbStore->GetRow(m_mdbEnv, &rowId, getter_AddRefs(cardRow));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && cardRow)
+        cardRow->CutAllColumns(m_mdbEnv);
+      else
+        rv = m_mdbStore->NewRowWithOid(m_mdbEnv, &rowId, getter_AddRefs(cardRow));
+    }
+  }
+
+  // If we don't have a cardRow yet, just get one with any ol' id.
+  if (!cardRow)
+    rv = GetNewRow(getter_AddRefs(cardRow));
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && cardRow)
+  {
+    AddAttributeColumnsToRow(aNewCard, cardRow);
+    AddRecordKeyColumnToRow(cardRow);
+
+    // we need to do this for dnd
+    uint32_t key = 0;
+    rv = GetIntColumn(cardRow, m_RecordKeyColumnToken, &key, 0);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      aNewCard->SetPropertyAsUint32(kRecordKeyColumn, key);
+    
+    aNewCard->GetPropertyAsAUTF8String(kRowIDProperty, id);
+    aNewCard->SetLocalId(id);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAbDirectory> abDir = do_QueryReferent(m_dbDirectory);
+    if (abDir)
+      abDir->GetUuid(id);
+
+    aNewCard->SetDirectoryId(id);
+
+    nsresult merror = m_mdbPabTable->AddRow(m_mdbEnv, cardRow);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(merror, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+  }
+  else
+    return rv;
+
+  //  do notification
+  if (aNotify)
+  {
+    NotifyCardEntryChange(AB_NotifyInserted, aNewCard, aParent);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAddrDatabase::CreateNewListCardAndAddToDB(nsIAbDirectory *aList, uint32_t listRowID, nsIAbCard *newCard, bool notify /* = FALSE */)
+{
+  if (!newCard || !m_mdbPabTable || !m_mdbStore || !m_mdbEnv)
+        return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  nsIMdbRow* pListRow = nullptr;
+  mdbOid listRowOid;
+  listRowOid.mOid_Scope = m_ListRowScopeToken;
+  listRowOid.mOid_Id = listRowID;
+  nsresult rv = m_mdbStore->GetRow(m_mdbEnv, &listRowOid, &pListRow);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  if (!pListRow)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> addressList;
+  rv = aList->GetAddressLists(getter_AddRefs(addressList));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  uint32_t count;
+  addressList->GetLength(&count);
+
+  nsAutoString newEmail;
+  rv = newCard->GetPrimaryEmail(newEmail);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  uint32_t i;
+  for (i = 0; i < count; i++) {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAbCard> currentCard = do_QueryElementAt(addressList, i, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+    bool equals;
+    rv = newCard->Equals(currentCard, &equals);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+    if (equals) {
+      // card is already in list, bail out.
+      // this can happen when dropping a card on a mailing list from the directory that contains the mailing list
+      return NS_OK;
+    }
+
+    nsAutoString currentEmail;
+    rv = currentCard->GetPrimaryEmail(currentEmail);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+    if (newEmail.Equals(currentEmail)) {
+      // card is already in list, bail out
+      // this can happen when dropping a card on a mailing list from another directory (not the one that contains the mailing list
+      // or if you have multiple cards on a directory, with the same primary email address.
+      return NS_OK;
+    }
+  }
+
+  // start from 1
+  uint32_t totalAddress = GetListAddressTotal(pListRow) + 1;
+  SetListAddressTotal(pListRow, totalAddress);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbCard> pNewCard;
+  rv = AddListCardColumnsToRow(newCard, pListRow, totalAddress, getter_AddRefs(pNewCard), true /* aInMailingList */, aList, nullptr);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  addressList->AppendElement(newCard, false);
+
+  if (notify)
+    NotifyCardEntryChange(AB_NotifyInserted, newCard, aList);
+
+    return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAddrDatabase::AddListCardColumnsToRow
+(nsIAbCard *aPCard, nsIMdbRow *aPListRow, uint32_t aPos, nsIAbCard** aPNewCard, bool aInMailingList, nsIAbDirectory *aParent, nsIAbDirectory *aRoot)
+{
+  if (!aPCard || !aPListRow || !m_mdbStore || !m_mdbEnv)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  nsresult    err = NS_OK;
+  nsString email;
+  aPCard->GetPrimaryEmail(email);
+  if (!email.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    nsIMdbRow    *pCardRow = nullptr;
+    // Please DO NOT change the 3rd param of GetRowFromAttribute() call to
+    // true (ie, case insensitive) without reading bugs #128535 and #121478.
+    err = GetRowFromAttribute(kPriEmailProperty, NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(email),
+                              false /* retain case */, &pCardRow, nullptr);
+    bool cardWasAdded = false;
+    if (NS_FAILED(err) || !pCardRow)
+    {
+      //New Email, then add a new row with this email
+      err  = GetNewRow(&pCardRow);
+
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err) && pCardRow)
+      {
+        AddPrimaryEmail(pCardRow, NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(email).get());
+        err = m_mdbPabTable->AddRow(m_mdbEnv, pCardRow);
+        // Create a key for this row as well.
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err))
+          AddRecordKeyColumnToRow(pCardRow);
+      }
+
+      cardWasAdded = true;
+    }
+
+    NS_ENSURE_TRUE(pCardRow, NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER);
+
+    nsString name;
+    aPCard->GetDisplayName(name);
+    if (!name.IsEmpty()) {
+      AddDisplayName(pCardRow, NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(name).get());
+      err = m_mdbPabTable->AddRow(m_mdbEnv, pCardRow);
+    }
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAbCard> newCard;
+    CreateABCard(pCardRow, 0, getter_AddRefs(newCard));
+    NS_IF_ADDREF(*aPNewCard = newCard);
+
+    if (cardWasAdded) {
+      NotifyCardEntryChange(AB_NotifyInserted, newCard, aParent);
+      if (aRoot)
+        NotifyCardEntryChange(AB_NotifyInserted, newCard, aRoot);
+    }
+    else if (!aInMailingList) {
+      nsresult rv;
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIAddrDBListener> parentListener(do_QueryInterface(aParent, &rv));
+
+      // Ensure the parent is in the listener list (and hence wants to be notified)
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && m_ChangeListeners.Contains(parentListener))
+        parentListener->OnCardEntryChange(AB_NotifyInserted, aPCard, aParent);
+    }
+    else {
+      NotifyCardEntryChange(AB_NotifyPropertyChanged, aPCard, aParent);
+    }
+
+    //add a column with address row id to the list row
+    mdb_token listAddressColumnToken;
+
+    char columnStr[COLUMN_STR_MAX];
+    PR_snprintf(columnStr, COLUMN_STR_MAX, kMailListAddressFormat, aPos);
+    m_mdbStore->StringToToken(m_mdbEnv,  columnStr, &listAddressColumnToken);
+
+    mdbOid outOid;
+
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(pCardRow->GetOid(m_mdbEnv, &outOid)))
+    {
+      //save address row ID to the list row
+      err = AddIntColumn(aPListRow, listAddressColumnToken, outOid.mOid_Id);
+    }
+    NS_RELEASE(pCardRow);
+
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsAddrDatabase::AddListAttributeColumnsToRow(nsIAbDirectory *list, nsIMdbRow *listRow, nsIAbDirectory *aParent)
+{
+    nsresult    err = NS_OK;
+
+    if ((!list && !listRow) || !m_mdbEnv)
+        return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+    mdbOid rowOid, tableOid;
+    m_mdbPabTable->GetOid(m_mdbEnv, &tableOid);
+    listRow->GetOid(m_mdbEnv, &rowOid);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAbMDBDirectory> dblist(do_QueryInterface(list,&err));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err))
+        dblist->SetDbRowID(rowOid.mOid_Id);
+
+    // add the row to the singleton table.
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err) && listRow)
+    {
+        nsString unicodeStr;
+
+        list->GetDirName(unicodeStr);
+        if (!unicodeStr.IsEmpty())
+            AddUnicodeToColumn(listRow, m_ListNameColumnToken, m_LowerListNameColumnToken, unicodeStr.get());
+
+        list->GetListNickName(unicodeStr);
+        AddListNickName(listRow, NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(unicodeStr).get());
+
+        list->GetDescription(unicodeStr);
+        AddListDescription(listRow, NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(unicodeStr).get());
+
+        // XXX todo, this code has problems if you manually enter duplicate emails.
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> pAddressLists;
+        list->GetAddressLists(getter_AddRefs(pAddressLists));
+
+        uint32_t count;
+        pAddressLists->GetLength(&count);
+
+        nsAutoString email;
+        uint32_t i, total;
+        total = 0;
+        for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
+        {
+            nsCOMPtr<nsIAbCard> pCard(do_QueryElementAt(pAddressLists, i, &err));
+
+            if (NS_FAILED(err))
+                continue;
+
+            pCard->GetPrimaryEmail(email);
+            if (!email.IsEmpty())
+                total++;
+        }
+        SetListAddressTotal(listRow, total);
+
+        uint32_t pos;
+        for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
+        {
+            nsCOMPtr<nsIAbCard> pCard(do_QueryElementAt(pAddressLists, i, &err));
+
+            if (NS_FAILED(err))
+                continue;
+
+            bool listHasCard = false;
+            err = list->HasCard(pCard, &listHasCard);
+
+            // start from 1
+            pos = i + 1;
+            pCard->GetPrimaryEmail(email);
+            if (!email.IsEmpty())
+            {
+                nsCOMPtr<nsIAbCard> pNewCard;
+                err = AddListCardColumnsToRow(pCard, listRow, pos, getter_AddRefs(pNewCard), listHasCard, list, aParent);
+                if (pNewCard)
+                    pAddressLists->ReplaceElementAt(pNewCard, i, false);
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+uint32_t nsAddrDatabase::GetListAddressTotal(nsIMdbRow* listRow)
+{
+    uint32_t count = 0;
+    GetIntColumn(listRow, m_ListTotalColumnToken, &count, 0);
+    return count;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAddrDatabase::SetListAddressTotal(nsIMdbRow* aListRow, uint32_t aTotal)
+{
+    return AddIntColumn(aListRow, m_ListTotalColumnToken, aTotal);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAddrDatabase::FindRowByCard(nsIAbCard * aCard,nsIMdbRow **aRow)
+{
+    nsString primaryEmail;
+    aCard->GetPrimaryEmail(primaryEmail);
+    return GetRowForCharColumn(primaryEmail.get(), m_PriEmailColumnToken,
+                               true, true, aRow, nullptr);
+}
+
+nsresult nsAddrDatabase::GetAddressRowByPos(nsIMdbRow* listRow, uint16_t pos, nsIMdbRow** cardRow)
+{
+  if (!m_mdbStore || !listRow || !cardRow || !m_mdbEnv)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  mdb_token listAddressColumnToken;
+
+  char columnStr[COLUMN_STR_MAX];
+  PR_snprintf(columnStr, COLUMN_STR_MAX, kMailListAddressFormat, pos);
+  m_mdbStore->StringToToken(m_mdbEnv, columnStr, &listAddressColumnToken);
+
+  nsAutoString tempString;
+  mdb_id rowID;
+  nsresult err = GetIntColumn(listRow, listAddressColumnToken, (uint32_t*)&rowID, 0);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(err, err);
+
+  return GetCardRowByRowID(rowID, cardRow);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAddrDatabase::CreateMailListAndAddToDB(nsIAbDirectory *aNewList, bool aNotify /* = FALSE */, nsIAbDirectory *aParent)
+{
+    if (!aNewList || !m_mdbPabTable || !m_mdbEnv)
+        return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+    nsIMdbRow *listRow;
+    nsresult err = GetNewListRow(&listRow);
+
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err) && listRow)
+    {
+        AddListAttributeColumnsToRow(aNewList, listRow, aParent);
+        AddRecordKeyColumnToRow(listRow);
+        nsresult merror = m_mdbPabTable->AddRow(m_mdbEnv, listRow);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(merror, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIAbCard> listCard;
+        CreateABListCard(listRow, getter_AddRefs(listCard));
+        NotifyCardEntryChange(AB_NotifyInserted, listCard, aParent);
+
+        NS_RELEASE(listRow);
+        return NS_OK;
+    }
+
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+void nsAddrDatabase::DeleteCardFromAllMailLists(mdb_id cardRowID)
+{
+  if (!m_mdbEnv)
+    return;
+
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMdbTableRowCursor> rowCursor;
+    m_mdbPabTable->GetTableRowCursor(m_mdbEnv, -1, getter_AddRefs(rowCursor));
+
+    if (rowCursor)
+    {
+        nsCOMPtr <nsIMdbRow> pListRow;
+        mdb_pos rowPos;
+        do
+        {
+            nsresult err = rowCursor->NextRow(m_mdbEnv, getter_AddRefs(pListRow), &rowPos);
+
+            if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err) && pListRow)
+            {
+                mdbOid rowOid;
+
+                if (NS_SUCCEEDED(pListRow->GetOid(m_mdbEnv, &rowOid)))
+                {
+                    if (IsListRowScopeToken(rowOid.mOid_Scope))
+                        DeleteCardFromListRow(pListRow, cardRowID);
+                }
+            }
+        } while (pListRow);
+    }
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAddrDatabase::DeleteCard(nsIAbCard *aCard, bool aNotify, nsIAbDirectory *aParent)
+{
+  if (!aCard || !m_mdbPabTable || !m_mdbStore || !m_mdbEnv)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  nsresult err = NS_OK;
+  bool bIsMailList = false;
+  aCard->GetIsMailList(&bIsMailList);
+
+  // get the right row
+  nsIMdbRow* pCardRow = nullptr;
+  mdbOid rowOid;
+
+  rowOid.mOid_Scope = bIsMailList ? m_ListRowScopeToken : m_CardRowScopeToken;
+
+  err = aCard->GetPropertyAsUint32(kRowIDProperty, &rowOid.mOid_Id);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(err, err);
+
+  err = m_mdbStore->GetRow(m_mdbEnv, &rowOid, &pCardRow);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(err,err);
+  if (!pCardRow)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  // Reset the directory id
+  aCard->SetDirectoryId(EmptyCString());
+
+  // Add the deleted card to the deletedcards table
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMdbRow> cardRow;
+  AddRowToDeletedCardsTable(aCard, getter_AddRefs(cardRow));
+  err = DeleteRow(m_mdbPabTable, pCardRow);
+
+  //delete the person card from all mailing list
+  if (!bIsMailList)
+    DeleteCardFromAllMailLists(rowOid.mOid_Id);
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err)) {
+    if (aNotify)
+      NotifyCardEntryChange(AB_NotifyDeleted, aCard, aParent);
+  }
+  else
+    DeleteRowFromDeletedCardsTable(cardRow);
+
+  NS_RELEASE(pCardRow);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsAddrDatabase::DeleteCardFromListRow(nsIMdbRow* pListRow, mdb_id cardRowID)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(pListRow);
+  if (!m_mdbStore || !m_mdbEnv)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  nsresult err = NS_OK;
+
+  uint32_t totalAddress = GetListAddressTotal(pListRow);
+
+  uint32_t pos;
+  for (pos = 1; pos <= totalAddress; pos++)
+  {
+    mdb_token listAddressColumnToken;
+    mdb_id rowID;
+
+    char columnStr[COLUMN_STR_MAX];
+    PR_snprintf(columnStr, COLUMN_STR_MAX, kMailListAddressFormat, pos);
+    m_mdbStore->StringToToken(m_mdbEnv, columnStr, &listAddressColumnToken);
+
+    err = GetIntColumn(pListRow, listAddressColumnToken, (uint32_t*)&rowID, 0);
+
+    if (cardRowID == rowID)
+    {
+      if (pos == totalAddress)
+        err = pListRow->CutColumn(m_mdbEnv, listAddressColumnToken);
+      else
+      {
+        //replace the deleted one with the last one and delete the last one
+        mdb_id lastRowID;
+        mdb_token lastAddressColumnToken;
+        PR_snprintf(columnStr, COLUMN_STR_MAX, kMailListAddressFormat, totalAddress);
+        m_mdbStore->StringToToken(m_mdbEnv, columnStr, &lastAddressColumnToken);
+
+        err = GetIntColumn(pListRow, lastAddressColumnToken, (uint32_t*)&lastRowID, 0);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(err, err);
+
+        err = AddIntColumn(pListRow, listAddressColumnToken, lastRowID);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(err, err);
+
+        err = pListRow->CutColumn(m_mdbEnv, lastAddressColumnToken);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(err, err);
+      }
+
+      // Reset total count after the card has been deleted.
+      SetListAddressTotal(pListRow, totalAddress-1);
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAddrDatabase::DeleteCardFromMailList(nsIAbDirectory *mailList, nsIAbCard *card, bool aNotify)
+{
+  if (!card || !m_mdbPabTable || !m_mdbStore || !m_mdbEnv)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  nsresult err = NS_OK;
+
+  // get the right row
+  nsIMdbRow* pListRow = nullptr;
+  mdbOid listRowOid;
+  listRowOid.mOid_Scope = m_ListRowScopeToken;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbMDBDirectory> dbmailList(do_QueryInterface(mailList,&err));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(err, err);
+
+  dbmailList->GetDbRowID((uint32_t*)&listRowOid.mOid_Id);
+
+  err = m_mdbStore->GetRow(m_mdbEnv, &listRowOid, &pListRow);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(err,err);
+  if (!pListRow)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  uint32_t cardRowID;
+
+  err = card->GetPropertyAsUint32(kRowIDProperty, &cardRowID);
+  if (NS_FAILED(err))
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  err = DeleteCardFromListRow(pListRow, cardRowID);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err) && aNotify) {
+    NotifyCardEntryChange(AB_NotifyDeleted, card, mailList);
+  }
+  NS_RELEASE(pListRow);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAddrDatabase::SetCardValue(nsIAbCard *card, const char *name, const char16_t *value, bool notify)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(card);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(name);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(value);
+  if (!m_mdbStore || !m_mdbEnv)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMdbRow> cardRow;
+  mdbOid rowOid;
+  rowOid.mOid_Scope = m_CardRowScopeToken;
+
+  // it might be that the caller always has a nsAbMDBCard
+  rv = card->GetPropertyAsUint32(kRowIDProperty, &rowOid.mOid_Id);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = m_mdbStore->GetRow(m_mdbEnv, &rowOid, getter_AddRefs(cardRow));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  if (!cardRow)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  mdb_token token;
+  rv = m_mdbStore->StringToToken(m_mdbEnv, name, &token);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  return AddCharStringColumn(cardRow, token, NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(value).get());
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAddrDatabase::GetCardValue(nsIAbCard *card, const char *name, char16_t **value)
+{
+  if (!m_mdbStore || !card || !name || !value || !m_mdbEnv)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMdbRow> cardRow;
+  mdbOid rowOid;
+  rowOid.mOid_Scope = m_CardRowScopeToken;
+
+  // it might be that the caller always has a nsAbMDBCard
+  rv = card->GetPropertyAsUint32(kRowIDProperty, &rowOid.mOid_Id);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = m_mdbStore->GetRow(m_mdbEnv, &rowOid, getter_AddRefs(cardRow));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  if (!cardRow) {
+    *value = nullptr;
+    // this can happen when adding cards when editing a mailing list
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  mdb_token token;
+  m_mdbStore->StringToToken(m_mdbEnv, name, &token);
+
+  // XXX fix me
+  // avoid extra copying and allocations (did dmb already do this on the trunk?)
+  nsAutoString tempString;
+  rv = GetStringColumn(cardRow, token, tempString);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+    // not all cards are going this column
+    *value = nullptr;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  *value = NS_strdup(tempString.get());
+  if (!*value)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAddrDatabase::GetDeletedCardList(nsIArray **aResult)
+{
+  if (!m_mdbEnv || !aResult)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  *aResult = nullptr;
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> resultCardArray =
+    do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // make sure the member is set properly
+  InitDeletedCardsTable(false);
+  if (m_mdbDeletedCardsTable)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMdbTableRowCursor>      rowCursor;
+    mdb_pos                             rowPos;
+    bool                                done = false;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMdbRow>                 currentRow;
+
+    m_mdbDeletedCardsTable->GetTableRowCursor(m_mdbEnv, -1, getter_AddRefs(rowCursor));
+    if (!rowCursor)
+        return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    while (!done)
+    {
+      rv = rowCursor->NextRow(m_mdbEnv, getter_AddRefs(currentRow), &rowPos);
+      if (currentRow && NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      {
+        mdbOid rowOid;
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(currentRow->GetOid(m_mdbEnv, &rowOid)))
+        {
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIAbCard>    card;
+          rv = CreateCardFromDeletedCardsTable(currentRow, 0, getter_AddRefs(card));
+          if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+            resultCardArray->AppendElement(card, false);
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      else
+          done = true;
+    }
+  }
+
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aResult = resultCardArray);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAddrDatabase::GetDeletedCardCount(uint32_t *aCount)
+{
+    // initialize count first
+    *aCount = 0;
+    InitDeletedCardsTable(false);
+    if (m_mdbDeletedCardsTable)
+      return m_mdbDeletedCardsTable->GetCount(m_mdbEnv, aCount);
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAddrDatabase::PurgeDeletedCardTable()
+{
+  if (!m_mdbEnv)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+    if (m_mdbDeletedCardsTable) {
+        mdb_count cardCount=0;
+        // if not too many cards let it be
+        m_mdbDeletedCardsTable->GetCount(m_mdbEnv, &cardCount);
+        if(cardCount < PURGE_CUTOFF_COUNT)
+            return NS_OK;
+        uint32_t purgeTimeInSec;
+        PRTime2Seconds(PR_Now(), &purgeTimeInSec);
+        purgeTimeInSec -= (182*24*60*60);  // six months in seconds
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMdbTableRowCursor> rowCursor;
+        nsresult rv = m_mdbDeletedCardsTable->GetTableRowCursor(m_mdbEnv, -1, getter_AddRefs(rowCursor));
+        while(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+            nsCOMPtr<nsIMdbRow> currentRow;
+            mdb_pos rowPos;
+            rv = rowCursor->NextRow(m_mdbEnv, getter_AddRefs(currentRow), &rowPos);
+            if(currentRow) {
+                uint32_t deletedTimeStamp = 0;
+                GetIntColumn(currentRow, m_LastModDateColumnToken, &deletedTimeStamp, 0);
+                // if record was deleted more than six months earlier, purge it
+                if(deletedTimeStamp && (deletedTimeStamp < purgeTimeInSec)) {
+                    if(NS_SUCCEEDED(currentRow->CutAllColumns(m_mdbEnv)))
+                        m_mdbDeletedCardsTable->CutRow(m_mdbEnv, currentRow);
+                }
+                else
+                    // since the ordering in Mork is maintained and thus
+                    // the cards added later appear on the top when retrieved
+                    break;
+            }
+            else
+                break; // no more row
+        }
+    }
+
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAddrDatabase::EditCard(nsIAbCard *aCard, bool aNotify, nsIAbDirectory *aParent)
+{
+  // XXX make sure this isn't getting called when we're just editing one or two well known fields
+  if (!aCard || !m_mdbPabTable || !m_mdbStore || !m_mdbEnv)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  nsresult err = NS_OK;
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMdbRow> cardRow;
+  mdbOid rowOid;
+  rowOid.mOid_Scope = m_CardRowScopeToken;
+
+  uint32_t nowInSeconds;
+  PRTime now = PR_Now();
+  PRTime2Seconds(now, &nowInSeconds);
+  aCard->SetPropertyAsUint32(kLastModifiedDateProperty, nowInSeconds);
+  err = aCard->GetPropertyAsUint32(kRowIDProperty, &rowOid.mOid_Id);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(err, err);
+
+  err = m_mdbStore->GetRow(m_mdbEnv, &rowOid, getter_AddRefs(cardRow));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(err, err);
+
+  if (!cardRow)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  err = AddAttributeColumnsToRow(aCard, cardRow);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(err, err);
+
+  if (aNotify)
+    NotifyCardEntryChange(AB_NotifyPropertyChanged, aCard, aParent);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAddrDatabase::ContainsCard(nsIAbCard *card, bool *hasCard)
+{
+    if (!card || !m_mdbPabTable || !m_mdbEnv)
+        return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+    nsresult err = NS_OK;
+    mdb_bool hasOid;
+    mdbOid rowOid;
+    bool bIsMailList;
+
+    card->GetIsMailList(&bIsMailList);
+
+    if (bIsMailList)
+        rowOid.mOid_Scope = m_ListRowScopeToken;
+    else
+        rowOid.mOid_Scope = m_CardRowScopeToken;
+
+    err = card->GetPropertyAsUint32(kRowIDProperty, &rowOid.mOid_Id);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(err, err);
+
+    err = m_mdbPabTable->HasOid(m_mdbEnv, &rowOid, &hasOid);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err))
+    {
+        *hasCard = hasOid;
+    }
+
+    return err;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAddrDatabase::DeleteMailList(nsIAbDirectory *aMailList,
+                                             nsIAbDirectory *aParent)
+{
+  if (!aMailList || !m_mdbPabTable || !m_mdbStore || !m_mdbEnv)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  nsresult err = NS_OK;
+
+  // get the row
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMdbRow> pListRow;
+  mdbOid rowOid;
+  rowOid.mOid_Scope = m_ListRowScopeToken;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbMDBDirectory> dbmailList(do_QueryInterface(aMailList, &err));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(err, err);
+  dbmailList->GetDbRowID((uint32_t*)&rowOid.mOid_Id);
+
+  err = m_mdbStore->GetRow(m_mdbEnv, &rowOid, getter_AddRefs(pListRow));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(err,err);
+
+  if (!pListRow)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbCard> card;
+  err = CreateABListCard(pListRow, getter_AddRefs(card));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(err, err);
+
+  err = DeleteRow(m_mdbPabTable, pListRow);
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err) && aParent)
+    NotifyCardEntryChange(AB_NotifyDeleted, card, aParent);
+
+  return err;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAddrDatabase::EditMailList(nsIAbDirectory *mailList, nsIAbCard *listCard, bool notify)
+{
+  if (!mailList || !m_mdbPabTable || !m_mdbStore || !m_mdbEnv)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  nsresult err = NS_OK;
+
+  nsIMdbRow* pListRow = nullptr;
+  mdbOid rowOid;
+  rowOid.mOid_Scope = m_ListRowScopeToken;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbMDBDirectory> dbmailList(do_QueryInterface(mailList, &err));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(err, err);
+  dbmailList->GetDbRowID((uint32_t*)&rowOid.mOid_Id);
+
+  err = m_mdbStore->GetRow(m_mdbEnv, &rowOid, &pListRow);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(err, err);
+
+  if (!pListRow)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  err = AddListAttributeColumnsToRow(mailList, pListRow, mailList);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(err, err);
+
+  if (notify)
+  {
+    NotifyListEntryChange(AB_NotifyPropertyChanged, mailList);
+
+    if (listCard)
+    {
+      NotifyCardEntryChange(AB_NotifyPropertyChanged, listCard, mailList);
+    }
+  }
+
+  NS_RELEASE(pListRow);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAddrDatabase::ContainsMailList(nsIAbDirectory *mailList, bool *hasList)
+{
+    if (!mailList || !m_mdbPabTable || !m_mdbEnv)
+        return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+    nsresult err = NS_OK;
+    mdb_bool hasOid;
+    mdbOid rowOid;
+
+    rowOid.mOid_Scope = m_ListRowScopeToken;
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAbMDBDirectory> dbmailList(do_QueryInterface(mailList,&err));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(err, err);
+    dbmailList->GetDbRowID((uint32_t*)&rowOid.mOid_Id);
+
+    err = m_mdbPabTable->HasOid(m_mdbEnv, &rowOid, &hasOid);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err))
+        *hasList = hasOid;
+
+    return (NS_SUCCEEDED(err)) ? NS_OK : NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAddrDatabase::GetNewRow(nsIMdbRow * *newRow)
+{
+  if (!m_mdbStore || !newRow || !m_mdbEnv)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  return m_mdbStore->NewRow(m_mdbEnv, m_CardRowScopeToken, newRow);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAddrDatabase::GetNewListRow(nsIMdbRow * *newRow)
+{
+  if (!m_mdbStore || !newRow || !m_mdbEnv)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  return m_mdbStore->NewRow(m_mdbEnv, m_ListRowScopeToken, newRow);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAddrDatabase::AddCardRowToDB(nsIMdbRow *newRow)
+{
+  if (m_mdbPabTable && m_mdbEnv)
+  {
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(m_mdbPabTable->AddRow(m_mdbEnv, newRow)))
+    {
+      AddRecordKeyColumnToRow(newRow);
+      return NS_OK;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAddrDatabase::AddLdifListMember(nsIMdbRow* listRow, const char* value)
+{
+  if (!m_mdbStore || !listRow || !value || !m_mdbEnv)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  uint32_t total = GetListAddressTotal(listRow);
+  //add member
+  nsAutoCString valueString(value);
+  nsAutoCString email;
+  int32_t emailPos = valueString.Find("mail=");
+  emailPos += strlen("mail=");
+  email = Substring(valueString, emailPos);
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMdbRow> cardRow;
+  // Please DO NOT change the 3rd param of GetRowFromAttribute() call to
+  // true (ie, case insensitive) without reading bugs #128535 and #121478.
+  nsresult rv = GetRowFromAttribute(kPriEmailProperty, email, false /* retain case */,
+                                    getter_AddRefs(cardRow), nullptr);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && cardRow)
+  {
+    mdbOid outOid;
+    mdb_id rowID = 0;
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(cardRow->GetOid(m_mdbEnv, &outOid)))
+      rowID = outOid.mOid_Id;
+
+    // start from 1
+    total += 1;
+    mdb_token listAddressColumnToken;
+    char columnStr[COLUMN_STR_MAX];
+    PR_snprintf(columnStr, COLUMN_STR_MAX, kMailListAddressFormat, total);
+    m_mdbStore->StringToToken(m_mdbEnv, columnStr, &listAddressColumnToken);
+
+    rv = AddIntColumn(listRow, listAddressColumnToken, rowID);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    SetListAddressTotal(listRow, total);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+void nsAddrDatabase::GetCharStringYarn(char* str, struct mdbYarn* strYarn)
+{
+    strYarn->mYarn_Grow = nullptr;
+    strYarn->mYarn_Buf = str;
+    strYarn->mYarn_Size = PL_strlen((const char *) strYarn->mYarn_Buf) + 1;
+    strYarn->mYarn_Fill = strYarn->mYarn_Size - 1;
+    strYarn->mYarn_Form = 0;
+}
+
+void nsAddrDatabase::GetStringYarn(const nsAString & aStr, struct mdbYarn* strYarn)
+{
+    strYarn->mYarn_Buf = ToNewUTF8String(aStr);
+    strYarn->mYarn_Size = PL_strlen((const char *) strYarn->mYarn_Buf) + 1;
+    strYarn->mYarn_Fill = strYarn->mYarn_Size - 1;
+    strYarn->mYarn_Form = 0;
+}
+
+void nsAddrDatabase::GetIntYarn(uint32_t nValue, struct mdbYarn* intYarn)
+{
+    intYarn->mYarn_Fill = intYarn->mYarn_Size;
+    intYarn->mYarn_Form = 0;
+    intYarn->mYarn_Grow = nullptr;
+
+    PR_snprintf((char*)intYarn->mYarn_Buf, intYarn->mYarn_Size, "%lx", nValue);
+    intYarn->mYarn_Fill = PL_strlen((const char *) intYarn->mYarn_Buf);
+}
+
+nsresult nsAddrDatabase::AddCharStringColumn(nsIMdbRow* cardRow, mdb_column inColumn, const char* str)
+{
+  if (!m_mdbEnv)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  struct mdbYarn yarn;
+
+  GetCharStringYarn((char *) str, &yarn);
+  nsresult err = cardRow->AddColumn(m_mdbEnv, inColumn, &yarn);
+
+  return (NS_SUCCEEDED(err)) ? NS_OK : NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+nsresult nsAddrDatabase::AddStringColumn(nsIMdbRow* aCardRow, mdb_column aInColumn, const nsAString & aStr)
+{
+  if (!m_mdbEnv)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  struct mdbYarn yarn;
+
+  GetStringYarn(aStr, &yarn);
+  nsresult err = aCardRow->AddColumn(m_mdbEnv, aInColumn, &yarn);
+
+  return (NS_SUCCEEDED(err)) ? NS_OK : NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+nsresult nsAddrDatabase::AddIntColumn(nsIMdbRow* cardRow, mdb_column inColumn, uint32_t nValue)
+{
+  if (!m_mdbEnv)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  struct mdbYarn yarn;
+  char    yarnBuf[100];
+
+  yarn.mYarn_Buf = (void *) yarnBuf;
+  yarn.mYarn_Size = sizeof(yarnBuf);
+  GetIntYarn(nValue, &yarn);
+  nsresult err = cardRow->AddColumn(m_mdbEnv, inColumn, &yarn);
+
+  return (NS_SUCCEEDED(err)) ? NS_OK : NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+nsresult nsAddrDatabase::AddBoolColumn(nsIMdbRow* cardRow, mdb_column inColumn, bool bValue)
+{
+  if (!m_mdbEnv)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  struct mdbYarn yarn;
+  char    yarnBuf[100];
+
+  yarn.mYarn_Buf = (void *) yarnBuf;
+  yarn.mYarn_Size = sizeof(yarnBuf);
+
+  GetIntYarn(bValue ? 1 : 0, &yarn);
+
+  nsresult err = cardRow->AddColumn(m_mdbEnv, inColumn, &yarn);
+
+  return (NS_SUCCEEDED(err)) ? NS_OK : NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+nsresult nsAddrDatabase::GetStringColumn(nsIMdbRow *cardRow, mdb_token outToken, nsString& str)
+{
+  nsresult    err = NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+  nsIMdbCell    *cardCell;
+
+  if (cardRow && m_mdbEnv)
+  {
+    err = cardRow->GetCell(m_mdbEnv, outToken, &cardCell);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err) && cardCell)
+    {
+      struct mdbYarn yarn;
+      cardCell->AliasYarn(m_mdbEnv, &yarn);
+      NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16 uniStr((const char*) yarn.mYarn_Buf, yarn.mYarn_Fill);
+      if (!uniStr.IsEmpty())
+        str.Assign(uniStr);
+      else
+        err = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+      cardCell->Release(); // always release ref
+    }
+    else
+      err = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+  return err;
+}
+
+void nsAddrDatabase::YarnToUInt32(struct mdbYarn *yarn, uint32_t *pResult)
+{
+    uint8_t numChars = std::min<mdb_fill>(8, yarn->mYarn_Fill);
+    *pResult = MsgUnhex((char *) yarn->mYarn_Buf, numChars);
+}
+
+nsresult nsAddrDatabase::GetIntColumn
+(nsIMdbRow *cardRow, mdb_token outToken, uint32_t* pValue, uint32_t defaultValue)
+{
+    nsresult    err = NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+    nsIMdbCell    *cardCell;
+
+    if (pValue)
+        *pValue = defaultValue;
+    if (cardRow && m_mdbEnv)
+    {
+        err = cardRow->GetCell(m_mdbEnv, outToken, &cardCell);
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err) && cardCell)
+        {
+            struct mdbYarn yarn;
+            cardCell->AliasYarn(m_mdbEnv, &yarn);
+            YarnToUInt32(&yarn, pValue);
+            cardCell->Release();
+        }
+        else
+            err = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    }
+    return err;
+}
+
+nsresult nsAddrDatabase::GetBoolColumn(nsIMdbRow *cardRow, mdb_token outToken, bool* pValue)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(pValue);
+
+    nsresult    err = NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+    nsIMdbCell    *cardCell;
+    uint32_t nValue = 0;
+
+    if (cardRow && m_mdbEnv)
+    {
+        err = cardRow->GetCell(m_mdbEnv, outToken, &cardCell);
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err) && cardCell)
+        {
+            struct mdbYarn yarn;
+            cardCell->AliasYarn(m_mdbEnv, &yarn);
+            YarnToUInt32(&yarn, &nValue);
+            cardCell->Release();
+        }
+        else
+            err = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    }
+
+    *pValue = nValue ? true : false;
+    return err;
+}
+
+/*  value is UTF8 string */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAddrDatabase::AddPrimaryEmail(nsIMdbRow *aRow, const char *aValue)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aValue);
+
+  nsresult rv = AddCharStringColumn(aRow, m_PriEmailColumnToken, aValue);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  rv = AddLowercaseColumn(aRow, m_LowerPriEmailColumnToken, aValue);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+/*  value is UTF8 string */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAddrDatabase::Add2ndEmail(nsIMdbRow *aRow, const char *aValue)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aValue);
+
+  nsresult rv = AddCharStringColumn(aRow, m_2ndEmailColumnToken, aValue);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  rv = AddLowercaseColumn(aRow, m_Lower2ndEmailColumnToken, aValue);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+/*  value is UTF8 string */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAddrDatabase::AddListName(nsIMdbRow *aRow, const char *aValue)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aValue);
+
+  nsresult rv = AddCharStringColumn(aRow, m_ListNameColumnToken, aValue);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  rv = AddLowercaseColumn(aRow, m_LowerListNameColumnToken, aValue);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+/*
+columnValue is UTF8 string, need to convert back to lowercase unicode then
+back to UTF8 string
+*/
+nsresult nsAddrDatabase::AddLowercaseColumn
+(nsIMdbRow * row, mdb_token columnToken, const char* columnValue)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  if (columnValue)
+  {
+    NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16 newUnicodeString(columnValue);
+    ToLowerCase(newUnicodeString);
+    rv = AddCharStringColumn(row, columnToken, NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(newUnicodeString).get());
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAddrDatabase::InitCardFromRow(nsIAbCard *newCard, nsIMdbRow* cardRow)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  if (!newCard || !cardRow || !m_mdbEnv)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMdbRowCellCursor> cursor;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMdbCell> cell;
+
+  rv = cardRow->GetRowCellCursor(m_mdbEnv, -1, getter_AddRefs(cursor));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  mdb_column columnNumber;
+  char columnName[100];
+  struct mdbYarn colYarn = {columnName, 0, sizeof(columnName), 0, 0, nullptr};
+  struct mdbYarn cellYarn;
+
+  do
+  {
+    rv = cursor->NextCell(m_mdbEnv, getter_AddRefs(cell), &columnNumber, nullptr);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    if (!cell)
+      break;
+
+    // Get the value of the cell
+    cell->AliasYarn(m_mdbEnv, &cellYarn);
+    NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16 value(static_cast<const char*>(cellYarn.mYarn_Buf),
+        cellYarn.mYarn_Fill);
+
+    if (!value.IsEmpty())
+    {
+      // Get the column of the cell
+      // Mork makes this so hard...
+      rv = m_mdbStore->TokenToString(m_mdbEnv, columnNumber, &colYarn);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      char *name = PL_strndup(static_cast<char *>(colYarn.mYarn_Buf),
+          colYarn.mYarn_Fill);
+      newCard->SetPropertyAsAString(name, value);
+      PL_strfree(name);
+    }
+  } while (true);
+ 
+  uint32_t key = 0;
+  rv = GetIntColumn(cardRow, m_RecordKeyColumnToken, &key, 0);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    newCard->SetPropertyAsUint32(kRecordKeyColumn, key);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsAddrDatabase::GetListCardFromDB(nsIAbCard *listCard, nsIMdbRow* listRow)
+{
+    nsresult    err = NS_OK;
+    if (!listCard || !listRow)
+        return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+    nsAutoString tempString;
+
+    err = GetStringColumn(listRow, m_ListNameColumnToken, tempString);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err) && !tempString.IsEmpty())
+    {
+        listCard->SetDisplayName(tempString);
+        listCard->SetLastName(tempString);
+    }
+    err = GetStringColumn(listRow, m_ListNickNameColumnToken, tempString);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err) && !tempString.IsEmpty())
+    {
+        listCard->SetPropertyAsAString(kNicknameProperty, tempString);
+    }
+    err = GetStringColumn(listRow, m_ListDescriptionColumnToken, tempString);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err) && !tempString.IsEmpty())
+    {
+        listCard->SetPropertyAsAString(kNotesProperty, tempString);
+    }
+    uint32_t key = 0;
+    err = GetIntColumn(listRow, m_RecordKeyColumnToken, &key, 0);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err))
+      listCard->SetPropertyAsUint32(kRecordKeyColumn, key);
+    return err;
+}
+
+nsresult nsAddrDatabase::GetListFromDB(nsIAbDirectory *newList, nsIMdbRow* listRow)
+{
+  nsresult    err = NS_OK;
+  if (!newList || !listRow || !m_mdbStore || !m_mdbEnv)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  nsAutoString tempString;
+
+  err = GetStringColumn(listRow, m_ListNameColumnToken, tempString);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err) && !tempString.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    newList->SetDirName(tempString);
+  }
+  err = GetStringColumn(listRow, m_ListNickNameColumnToken, tempString);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err) && !tempString.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    newList->SetListNickName(tempString);
+  }
+  err = GetStringColumn(listRow, m_ListDescriptionColumnToken, tempString);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err) && !tempString.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    newList->SetDescription(tempString);
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbMDBDirectory> dbnewList(do_QueryInterface(newList, &err));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(err, err);
+
+  uint32_t totalAddress = GetListAddressTotal(listRow);
+  uint32_t pos;
+  for (pos = 1; pos <= totalAddress; ++pos)
+  {
+    mdb_token listAddressColumnToken;
+    mdb_id rowID;
+
+    char columnStr[COLUMN_STR_MAX];
+    PR_snprintf(columnStr, COLUMN_STR_MAX, kMailListAddressFormat, pos);
+    m_mdbStore->StringToToken(m_mdbEnv, columnStr, &listAddressColumnToken);
+
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMdbRow> cardRow;
+    err = GetIntColumn(listRow, listAddressColumnToken, (uint32_t*)&rowID, 0);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(err, err);
+    err = GetCardRowByRowID(rowID, getter_AddRefs(cardRow));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(err, err);
+
+    if (cardRow)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIAbCard> card;
+      err = CreateABCard(cardRow, 0, getter_AddRefs(card));
+
+      if(NS_SUCCEEDED(err))
+        dbnewList->AddAddressToList(card);
+    }
+//        NS_IF_ADDREF(card);
+  }
+
+  return err;
+}
+
+class nsAddrDBEnumerator : public nsISimpleEnumerator, public nsIAddrDBListener
+{
+public:
+    NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+
+    // nsISimpleEnumerator methods:
+    NS_DECL_NSISIMPLEENUMERATOR
+    NS_DECL_NSIADDRDBLISTENER
+    // nsAddrDBEnumerator methods:
+
+    nsAddrDBEnumerator(nsAddrDatabase* aDb);
+    void Clear();
+protected:
+    virtual ~nsAddrDBEnumerator();
+    RefPtr<nsAddrDatabase> mDb;
+    nsIMdbTable *mDbTable;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMdbTableRowCursor> mRowCursor;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMdbRow> mCurrentRow;
+    mdb_pos mRowPos;
+};
+
+nsAddrDBEnumerator::nsAddrDBEnumerator(nsAddrDatabase* aDb)
+    : mDb(aDb),
+      mDbTable(aDb->GetPabTable()),
+      mRowPos(-1)
+{
+  if (aDb)
+    aDb->AddListener(this);
+}
+
+nsAddrDBEnumerator::~nsAddrDBEnumerator()
+{
+  Clear();
+}
+
+void nsAddrDBEnumerator::Clear()
+{
+  mRowCursor = nullptr;
+  mCurrentRow = nullptr;
+  mDbTable = nullptr;
+  if (mDb)
+    mDb->RemoveListener(this);
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsAddrDBEnumerator, nsISimpleEnumerator, nsIAddrDBListener)
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsAddrDBEnumerator::HasMoreElements(bool *aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+    *aResult = false;
+
+    if (!mDbTable || !mDb->GetEnv())
+    {
+        return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+    }
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMdbTableRowCursor> rowCursor;
+    mDbTable->GetTableRowCursor(mDb->GetEnv(), mRowPos,
+                                getter_AddRefs(rowCursor));
+    NS_ENSURE_TRUE(rowCursor, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+
+    mdbOid rowOid;
+    rowCursor->NextRowOid(mDb->GetEnv(), &rowOid, nullptr);
+    while (rowOid.mOid_Id != (mdb_id)-1)
+    {
+        if (mDb->IsListRowScopeToken(rowOid.mOid_Scope) ||
+            mDb->IsCardRowScopeToken(rowOid.mOid_Scope))
+        {
+            *aResult = true;
+
+            return NS_OK;
+        }
+
+        if (!mDb->IsDataRowScopeToken(rowOid.mOid_Scope))
+        {
+            return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+        }
+
+        rowCursor->NextRowOid(mDb->GetEnv(), &rowOid, nullptr);
+    }
+
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsAddrDBEnumerator::GetNext(nsISupports **aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+
+    *aResult = nullptr;
+
+    if (!mDbTable || !mDb->GetEnv())
+    {
+        return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+    }
+
+    if (!mRowCursor)
+    {
+         mDbTable->GetTableRowCursor(mDb->GetEnv(), -1,
+                                     getter_AddRefs(mRowCursor));
+         NS_ENSURE_TRUE(mRowCursor, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+    }
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAbCard> resultCard;
+    mRowCursor->NextRow(mDb->GetEnv(), getter_AddRefs(mCurrentRow), &mRowPos);
+    while (mCurrentRow)
+    {
+        mdbOid rowOid;
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(mCurrentRow->GetOid(mDb->GetEnv(), &rowOid)))
+        {
+            nsresult rv;
+            if (mDb->IsListRowScopeToken(rowOid.mOid_Scope))
+            {
+                rv = mDb->CreateABListCard(mCurrentRow,
+                                           getter_AddRefs(resultCard));
+                NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+            }
+            else if (mDb->IsCardRowScopeToken(rowOid.mOid_Scope))
+            {
+                rv = mDb->CreateABCard(mCurrentRow, 0,
+                                       getter_AddRefs(resultCard));
+                NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+            }
+            else if (!mDb->IsDataRowScopeToken(rowOid.mOid_Scope))
+            {
+                return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+            }
+
+            if (resultCard)
+            {
+                return CallQueryInterface(resultCard, aResult);
+            }
+        }
+
+        mRowCursor->NextRow(mDb->GetEnv(), getter_AddRefs(mCurrentRow),
+                            &mRowPos);
+    }
+
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAddrDBEnumerator::OnCardAttribChange(uint32_t abCode)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* void onCardEntryChange (in unsigned long aAbCode, in nsIAbCard aCard, in nsIAbDirectory aParent); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAddrDBEnumerator::OnCardEntryChange(uint32_t aAbCode, nsIAbCard *aCard, nsIAbDirectory *aParent)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* void onListEntryChange (in unsigned long abCode, in nsIAbDirectory list); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAddrDBEnumerator::OnListEntryChange(uint32_t abCode, nsIAbDirectory *list)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* void onAnnouncerGoingAway (); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAddrDBEnumerator::OnAnnouncerGoingAway()
+{
+  Clear();
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+class nsListAddressEnumerator final : public nsISimpleEnumerator
+{
+public:
+    NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+
+    // nsISimpleEnumerator methods:
+    NS_DECL_NSISIMPLEENUMERATOR
+
+    // nsListAddressEnumerator methods:
+
+    nsListAddressEnumerator(nsAddrDatabase* aDb, mdb_id aRowID);
+
+protected:
+    ~nsListAddressEnumerator() {}
+    RefPtr<nsAddrDatabase> mDb;
+    nsIMdbTable *mDbTable;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMdbRow> mListRow;
+    mdb_id mListRowID;
+    uint32_t mAddressTotal;
+    uint16_t mAddressPos;
+};
+
+nsListAddressEnumerator::nsListAddressEnumerator(nsAddrDatabase* aDb,
+                                                 mdb_id aRowID)
+    : mDb(aDb),
+      mDbTable(aDb->GetPabTable()),
+      mListRowID(aRowID),
+      mAddressPos(0)
+{
+    mDb->GetListRowByRowID(mListRowID, getter_AddRefs(mListRow));
+    mAddressTotal = aDb->GetListAddressTotal(mListRow);
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsListAddressEnumerator, nsISimpleEnumerator)
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsListAddressEnumerator::HasMoreElements(bool *aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+
+  *aResult = false;
+
+  if (!mDbTable || !mDb->GetEnv())
+  {
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+  }
+
+  // In some cases it is possible that GetAddressRowByPos returns success,
+  // but currentRow is null. This is typically due to the fact that a card
+  // has been deleted from the parent and not the list. Whilst we have fixed
+  // that there are still a few dbs around there that we need to support
+  // correctly. Therefore, whilst processing lists ensure that we don't return
+  // false if the only thing stopping us is a blank row, just skip it and try
+  // the next one.
+  while (mAddressPos < mAddressTotal)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMdbRow> currentRow;
+    nsresult rv = mDb->GetAddressRowByPos(mListRow, mAddressPos + 1,
+                                          getter_AddRefs(currentRow));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    if (currentRow)
+    {
+      *aResult = true;
+      break;
+    }
+
+    ++mAddressPos;
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsListAddressEnumerator::GetNext(nsISupports **aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+
+    *aResult = nullptr;
+
+    if (!mDbTable || !mDb->GetEnv())
+    {
+        return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+    }
+
+    if (++mAddressPos <= mAddressTotal)
+    {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMdbRow> currentRow;
+        nsresult rv = mDb->GetAddressRowByPos(mListRow, mAddressPos,
+                                              getter_AddRefs(currentRow));
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIAbCard> resultCard;
+        rv = mDb->CreateABCard(currentRow, mListRowID,
+                               getter_AddRefs(resultCard));
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+        return CallQueryInterface(resultCard, aResult);
+    }
+
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAddrDatabase::EnumerateCards(nsIAbDirectory *directory, nsISimpleEnumerator **result)
+{
+    nsAddrDBEnumerator* e = new nsAddrDBEnumerator(this);
+    m_dbDirectory = do_GetWeakReference(directory);
+    if (!e)
+        return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+    NS_ADDREF(e);
+    *result = e;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAddrDatabase::GetMailingListsFromDB(nsIAbDirectory *parentDir)
+{
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAbDirectory>    resultList;
+    nsIMdbTableRowCursor*       rowCursor = nullptr;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMdbRow> currentRow;
+     mdb_pos                        rowPos;
+    bool                        done = false;
+
+  if (!m_mdbEnv)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  m_dbDirectory = do_GetWeakReference(parentDir);
+
+    nsIMdbTable*                dbTable = GetPabTable();
+
+    if (!dbTable)
+        return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+    dbTable->GetTableRowCursor(m_mdbEnv, -1, &rowCursor);
+    if (!rowCursor)
+        return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+    while (!done)
+    {
+                nsresult rv = rowCursor->NextRow(m_mdbEnv, getter_AddRefs(currentRow), &rowPos);
+        if (currentRow && NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        {
+            mdbOid rowOid;
+
+            if (NS_SUCCEEDED(currentRow->GetOid(m_mdbEnv, &rowOid)))
+            {
+                if (IsListRowScopeToken(rowOid.mOid_Scope))
+                    rv = CreateABList(currentRow, getter_AddRefs(resultList));
+            }
+        }
+        else
+            done = true;
+    }
+        NS_IF_RELEASE(rowCursor);
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAddrDatabase::EnumerateListAddresses(nsIAbDirectory *directory, nsISimpleEnumerator **result)
+{
+    nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+    mdb_id rowID;
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAbMDBDirectory> dbdirectory(do_QueryInterface(directory,&rv));
+
+    if(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+    dbdirectory->GetDbRowID((uint32_t*)&rowID);
+
+    nsListAddressEnumerator* e = new nsListAddressEnumerator(this, rowID);
+    m_dbDirectory = do_GetWeakReference(directory);
+    if (!e)
+        return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+    NS_ADDREF(e);
+    *result = e;
+    }
+    return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsAddrDatabase::CreateCardFromDeletedCardsTable(nsIMdbRow* cardRow, mdb_id listRowID, nsIAbCard **result)
+{
+  if (!cardRow || !m_mdbEnv || !result)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+    nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+    mdbOid outOid;
+    mdb_id rowID = 0;
+
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(cardRow->GetOid(m_mdbEnv, &outOid)))
+        rowID = outOid.mOid_Id;
+
+    if(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIAbCard> personCard;
+        personCard = do_CreateInstance(NS_ABMDBCARD_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+        InitCardFromRow(personCard, cardRow);
+        personCard->SetPropertyAsUint32(kRowIDProperty, rowID);
+
+        NS_IF_ADDREF(*result = personCard);
+    }
+
+    return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsAddrDatabase::CreateCard(nsIMdbRow* cardRow, mdb_id listRowID, nsIAbCard **result)
+{
+  if (!cardRow || !m_mdbEnv || !result)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+    nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+    mdbOid outOid;
+    mdb_id rowID = 0;
+
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(cardRow->GetOid(m_mdbEnv, &outOid)))
+        rowID = outOid.mOid_Id;
+
+    if(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIAbCard> personCard;
+      personCard = do_CreateInstance(NS_ABMDBCARD_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+        InitCardFromRow(personCard, cardRow);
+        personCard->SetPropertyAsUint32(kRowIDProperty, rowID);
+
+        nsAutoCString id;
+        id.AppendInt(rowID);
+        personCard->SetLocalId(id);
+
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIAbDirectory> abDir(do_QueryReferent(m_dbDirectory));
+        if (abDir)
+         abDir->GetUuid(id);
+
+        personCard->SetDirectoryId(id);
+
+        NS_IF_ADDREF(*result = personCard);
+    }
+
+    return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsAddrDatabase::CreateABCard(nsIMdbRow* cardRow, mdb_id listRowID, nsIAbCard **result)
+{
+    return CreateCard(cardRow, listRowID, result);
+}
+
+/* create a card for mailing list in the address book */
+nsresult nsAddrDatabase::CreateABListCard(nsIMdbRow* listRow, nsIAbCard **result)
+{
+  if (!listRow || !m_mdbEnv || !result)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+    nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+    mdbOid outOid;
+    mdb_id rowID = 0;
+
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(listRow->GetOid(m_mdbEnv, &outOid)))
+        rowID = outOid.mOid_Id;
+
+    char* listURI = nullptr;
+
+    nsAutoString fileName;
+    rv = m_dbName->GetLeafName(fileName);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    listURI = PR_smprintf("%s%s/MailList%ld", kMDBDirectoryRoot, NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(fileName).get(), rowID);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAbCard> personCard;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAbMDBDirectory> dbm_dbDirectory(do_QueryReferent(m_dbDirectory,
+                                                                 &rv));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && dbm_dbDirectory)
+    {
+        personCard = do_CreateInstance(NS_ABMDBCARD_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+        if (personCard)
+        {
+            GetListCardFromDB(personCard, listRow);
+
+            personCard->SetPropertyAsUint32(kRowIDProperty, rowID);
+            personCard->SetIsMailList(true);
+            personCard->SetMailListURI(listURI);
+
+            nsAutoCString id;
+            id.AppendInt(rowID);
+            personCard->SetLocalId(id);
+
+            nsCOMPtr<nsIAbDirectory> abDir(do_QueryReferent(m_dbDirectory));
+            if (abDir)
+             abDir->GetUuid(id);
+            personCard->SetDirectoryId(id);
+        }
+
+        NS_IF_ADDREF(*result = personCard);
+    }
+    if (listURI)
+        PR_smprintf_free(listURI);
+
+    return rv;
+}
+
+/* create a sub directory for mailing list in the address book left pane */
+nsresult nsAddrDatabase::CreateABList(nsIMdbRow* listRow, nsIAbDirectory **result)
+{
+    nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+    if (!listRow || !m_mdbEnv || !result)
+        return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+    mdbOid outOid;
+    mdb_id rowID = 0;
+
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(listRow->GetOid(m_mdbEnv, &outOid)))
+        rowID = outOid.mOid_Id;
+
+    char* listURI = nullptr;
+
+    nsAutoString fileName;
+    m_dbName->GetLeafName(fileName);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    listURI = PR_smprintf("%s%s/MailList%ld", kMDBDirectoryRoot, NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(fileName).get(), rowID);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAbDirectory> mailList;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAbMDBDirectory> dbm_dbDirectory(do_QueryReferent(m_dbDirectory,
+                                                                 &rv));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && dbm_dbDirectory)
+    {
+        rv = dbm_dbDirectory->AddDirectory(listURI, getter_AddRefs(mailList));
+
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIAbMDBDirectory> dbmailList (do_QueryInterface(mailList, &rv));
+
+        if (mailList)
+        {
+            // if we are using turbo, and we "exit" and restart with the same profile
+            // the current mailing list will still be in memory, so when we do
+            // GetResource() and QI, we'll get it again.
+            // in that scenario, the mailList that we pass in will already be
+            // be a mailing list, with a valid row and all the entries
+            // in that scenario, we can skip GetListFromDB(), which would have
+            // have added all the cards to the list again.
+            // see bug #134743
+            mdb_id existingID;
+            dbmailList->GetDbRowID(&existingID);
+            if (existingID != rowID) {
+              // Ensure IsMailList is set up first.
+              mailList->SetIsMailList(true);
+              GetListFromDB(mailList, listRow);
+              dbmailList->SetDbRowID(rowID);
+            }
+
+            dbm_dbDirectory->AddMailListToDirectory(mailList);
+            NS_IF_ADDREF(*result = mailList);
+        }
+    }
+
+    if (listURI)
+        PR_smprintf_free(listURI);
+
+    return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsAddrDatabase::GetCardRowByRowID(mdb_id rowID, nsIMdbRow **dbRow)
+{
+  if (!m_mdbStore || !m_mdbEnv)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  mdbOid rowOid;
+  rowOid.mOid_Scope = m_CardRowScopeToken;
+  rowOid.mOid_Id = rowID;
+
+  return m_mdbStore->GetRow(m_mdbEnv, &rowOid, dbRow);
+}
+
+nsresult nsAddrDatabase::GetListRowByRowID(mdb_id rowID, nsIMdbRow **dbRow)
+{
+  if (!m_mdbStore || !m_mdbEnv)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  mdbOid rowOid;
+  rowOid.mOid_Scope = m_ListRowScopeToken;
+  rowOid.mOid_Id = rowID;
+
+  return m_mdbStore->GetRow(m_mdbEnv, &rowOid, dbRow);
+}
+
+nsresult nsAddrDatabase::GetRowFromAttribute(const char *aName,
+                                             const nsACString &aUTF8Value,
+                                             bool aCaseInsensitive,
+                                             nsIMdbRow **aCardRow,
+                                             mdb_pos *aRowPos)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aName);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aCardRow);
+  if (!m_mdbStore || !m_mdbEnv)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  mdb_token token;
+  m_mdbStore->StringToToken(m_mdbEnv, aName, &token);
+  NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16 newUnicodeString(aUTF8Value);
+
+  return GetRowForCharColumn(newUnicodeString.get(), token, true,
+                             aCaseInsensitive, aCardRow, aRowPos);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAddrDatabase::GetCardFromAttribute(nsIAbDirectory *aDirectory,
+                                                   const char *aName,
+                                                   const nsACString &aUTF8Value,
+                                                   bool aCaseInsensitive,
+                                                   nsIAbCard **aCardResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aCardResult);
+
+  m_dbDirectory = do_GetWeakReference(aDirectory);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMdbRow> cardRow;
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(GetRowFromAttribute(aName, aUTF8Value, aCaseInsensitive,
+                                       getter_AddRefs(cardRow), nullptr)) && cardRow)
+    return CreateABCard(cardRow, 0, aCardResult);
+
+  *aCardResult = nullptr;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAddrDatabase::GetCardsFromAttribute(nsIAbDirectory *aDirectory,
+                                                    const char *aName,
+                                                    const nsACString & aUTF8Value,
+                                                    bool aCaseInsensitive,
+                                                    nsISimpleEnumerator **cards)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(cards);
+
+  m_dbDirectory = do_GetWeakReference(aDirectory);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMdbRow> row;
+  bool done = false;
+  nsCOMArray<nsIAbCard> list;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbCard> card;
+  mdb_pos rowPos = -1;
+
+  do
+  {
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(GetRowFromAttribute(aName, aUTF8Value, aCaseInsensitive,
+                                         getter_AddRefs(row), &rowPos)) && row)
+    {
+      if (NS_FAILED(CreateABCard(row, 0, getter_AddRefs(card))))
+        continue;
+      list.AppendObject(card);
+    }
+    else
+      done = true;
+  } while (!done);
+
+  return NS_NewArrayEnumerator(cards, list);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAddrDatabase::AddListDirNode(nsIMdbRow * listRow)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbManager> abManager(do_GetService(NS_ABMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    nsAutoString parentURI;
+    rv = m_dbName->GetLeafName(parentURI);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    parentURI.Replace(0, 0, NS_LITERAL_STRING(kMDBDirectoryRoot));
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAbDirectory> parentDir;
+    rv = abManager->GetDirectory(NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(parentURI),
+                                 getter_AddRefs(parentDir));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    if (parentDir)
+    {
+      m_dbDirectory = do_GetWeakReference(parentDir);
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIAbDirectory> mailList;
+      rv = CreateABList(listRow, getter_AddRefs(mailList));
+      if (mailList)
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIAbMDBDirectory> dbparentDir(do_QueryInterface(parentDir, &rv));
+        if(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+          dbparentDir->NotifyDirItemAdded(mailList);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAddrDatabase::FindMailListbyUnicodeName(const char16_t *listName, bool *exist)
+{
+  nsAutoString unicodeString(listName);
+  ToLowerCase(unicodeString);
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMdbRow> listRow;
+  nsresult rv = GetRowForCharColumn(unicodeString.get(),
+                                    m_LowerListNameColumnToken, false,
+                                    false, getter_AddRefs(listRow), nullptr);
+  *exist = (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && listRow);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAddrDatabase::GetCardCount(uint32_t *count)
+{
+    nsresult rv;
+    mdb_count c;
+    rv = m_mdbPabTable->GetCount(m_mdbEnv, &c);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        *count = c - 1;  // Don't count LastRecordKey
+
+    return rv;
+}
+
+bool
+nsAddrDatabase::HasRowButDeletedForCharColumn(const char16_t *unicodeStr, mdb_column findColumn, bool aIsCard, nsIMdbRow **aFindRow)
+{
+  if (!m_mdbStore || !aFindRow || !m_mdbEnv)
+    return false;
+
+  mdbYarn    sourceYarn;
+
+  NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8 UTF8String(unicodeStr);
+  sourceYarn.mYarn_Buf = (void *) UTF8String.get();
+  sourceYarn.mYarn_Fill = UTF8String.Length();
+  sourceYarn.mYarn_Form = 0;
+  sourceYarn.mYarn_Size = sourceYarn.mYarn_Fill;
+
+  mdbOid        outRowId;
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  if (aIsCard)
+  {
+    rv = m_mdbStore->FindRow(m_mdbEnv, m_CardRowScopeToken,
+      findColumn, &sourceYarn,  &outRowId, aFindRow);
+
+    // no such card, so bail out early
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !*aFindRow)
+      return false;
+
+    // we might not have loaded the "delete cards" table yet
+    // so do that (but don't create it, if we don't have one),
+    // so we can see if the row is really a delete card.
+    if (!m_mdbDeletedCardsTable)
+      rv = InitDeletedCardsTable(false);
+
+    // if still no deleted cards table, there are no deleted cards
+    if (!m_mdbDeletedCardsTable)
+      return false;
+
+    mdb_bool hasRow = false;
+    rv = m_mdbDeletedCardsTable->HasRow(m_mdbEnv, *aFindRow, &hasRow);
+    return (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && hasRow);
+  }
+
+  rv = m_mdbStore->FindRow(m_mdbEnv, m_ListRowScopeToken,
+    findColumn, &sourceYarn,  &outRowId, aFindRow);
+  return (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && *aFindRow);
+}
+
+/* @param aRowPos Contains the row position for multiple calls. Should be
+ *                instantiated to -1 on the first call. Or can be null
+ *                if you are not making multiple calls.
+ */
+nsresult
+nsAddrDatabase::GetRowForCharColumn(const char16_t *unicodeStr,
+                                    mdb_column findColumn, bool aIsCard,
+                                    bool aCaseInsensitive,
+                                    nsIMdbRow **aFindRow,
+                                    mdb_pos *aRowPos)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(unicodeStr);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aFindRow);
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(m_mdbEnv && m_mdbPabTable, NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER);
+
+  *aFindRow = nullptr;
+
+  // see bug #198303
+  // the addition of the m_mdbDeletedCardsTable table has complicated life in the addressbook
+  // (it was added for palm sync).  until we fix the underlying problem, we have to jump through hoops
+  // in order to know if we have a row (think card) for a given column value (think email=foo@bar.com)
+  // there are 4 scenarios:
+  //   1) no cards with a match
+  //   2) at least one deleted card with a match, but no non-deleted cards
+  //   3) at least one non-deleted card with a match, but no deleted cards
+  //   4) at least one deleted card, and one non-deleted card with a match.
+  //
+  // if we have no cards that match (FindRow() returns nothing), we can bail early
+  // but if FindRow() returns something, we have to check if it is in the deleted table
+  // if not in the deleted table we can return the row (we found a non-deleted card)
+  // but if so, we have to search through the table of non-deleted cards
+  // for a match.  If we find one, we return it.  but if not, we report that there are no
+  // non-deleted cards.  This is the expensive part.  The worse case scenario is to have
+  // deleted lots of cards, and then have a lot of non-deleted cards.
+  // we'd have to call FindRow(), HasRow(), and then search the list of non-deleted cards
+  // each time we call GetRowForCharColumn().
+  if (!aRowPos && !HasRowButDeletedForCharColumn(unicodeStr, findColumn, aIsCard, aFindRow))
+  {
+    // If we have a row, it's the row for the non-delete card, so return NS_OK.
+    // If we don't have a row, there are two possible conditions: either the
+    // card does not exist, or we are doing case-insensitive searching and the
+    // value isn't lowercase.
+
+    // Valid result, return.
+    if (*aFindRow)
+      return NS_OK;
+
+    // We definitely don't have anything at this point if case-sensitive.
+    if (!aCaseInsensitive)
+      return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+
+  // check if there is a non-deleted card
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMdbTableRowCursor> rowCursor;
+  mdb_pos rowPos = -1;
+  bool done = false;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMdbRow> currentRow;
+  nsAutoString columnValue;
+
+  if (aRowPos)
+    rowPos = *aRowPos;
+
+  mdb_scope targetScope = aIsCard ? m_CardRowScopeToken : m_ListRowScopeToken;
+
+  m_mdbPabTable->GetTableRowCursor(m_mdbEnv, rowPos, getter_AddRefs(rowCursor));
+  if (!rowCursor)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  while (!done)
+  {
+    nsresult rv = rowCursor->NextRow(m_mdbEnv, getter_AddRefs(currentRow), &rowPos);
+    if (currentRow && NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      mdbOid rowOid;
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(currentRow->GetOid(m_mdbEnv, &rowOid)) && (rowOid.mOid_Scope == targetScope))
+      {
+        rv = GetStringColumn(currentRow, findColumn, columnValue);
+
+        bool equals = aCaseInsensitive ?
+          columnValue.Equals(unicodeStr, nsCaseInsensitiveStringComparator()) :
+          columnValue.Equals(unicodeStr);
+
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && equals)
+        {
+          NS_IF_ADDREF(*aFindRow = currentRow);
+          if (aRowPos)
+            *aRowPos = rowPos;
+          return NS_OK;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    else
+      done = true;
+  }
+  return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+nsresult nsAddrDatabase::DeleteRow(nsIMdbTable* dbTable, nsIMdbRow* dbRow)
+{
+  if (!m_mdbEnv)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  nsresult err = dbRow->CutAllColumns(m_mdbEnv);
+  err = dbTable->CutRow(m_mdbEnv, dbRow);
+
+  return (NS_SUCCEEDED(err)) ? NS_OK : NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAddrDatabase.h b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAddrDatabase.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3b4e4eee6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAddrDatabase.h
@@ -0,0 +1,439 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _nsAddrDatabase_H_
+#define _nsAddrDatabase_H_
+
+#include "mozilla/Attributes.h"
+#include "nsIAddrDatabase.h"
+#include "mdb.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsIAddrDBListener.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsTObserverArray.h"
+#include "nsWeakPtr.h"
+#include "nsIWeakReferenceUtils.h"
+
+typedef enum
+{
+  AB_NotifyInserted,
+  AB_NotifyDeleted,
+  AB_NotifyPropertyChanged
+} AB_NOTIFY_CODE;
+
+class nsAddrDatabase : public nsIAddrDatabase
+{
+public:
+  NS_DECL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIADDRDBANNOUNCER
+  //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+  // nsIAddrDatabase methods:
+
+  NS_IMETHOD GetDbPath(nsIFile * *aDbPath) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD SetDbPath(nsIFile * aDbPath) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD Open(nsIFile *aMabFile, bool aCreate, bool upgrading, nsIAddrDatabase **pCardDB) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD Close(bool forceCommit) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD OpenMDB(nsIFile *dbName, bool create) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD CloseMDB(bool commit) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD Commit(uint32_t commitType) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD ForceClosed() override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD CreateNewCardAndAddToDB(nsIAbCard *newCard, bool notify, nsIAbDirectory *parent) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD CreateNewListCardAndAddToDB(nsIAbDirectory *list, uint32_t listRowID, nsIAbCard *newCard, bool notify) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD CreateMailListAndAddToDB(nsIAbDirectory *newList, bool notify, nsIAbDirectory *parent) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD EnumerateCards(nsIAbDirectory *directory, nsISimpleEnumerator **result) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetMailingListsFromDB(nsIAbDirectory *parentDir) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD EnumerateListAddresses(nsIAbDirectory *directory, nsISimpleEnumerator **result) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD DeleteCard(nsIAbCard *newCard, bool notify, nsIAbDirectory *parent) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD EditCard(nsIAbCard *card, bool notify, nsIAbDirectory *parent) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD ContainsCard(nsIAbCard *card, bool *hasCard) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD DeleteMailList(nsIAbDirectory *aMailList, nsIAbDirectory *aParent) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD EditMailList(nsIAbDirectory *mailList, nsIAbCard *listCard, bool notify) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD ContainsMailList(nsIAbDirectory *mailList, bool *hasCard) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD DeleteCardFromMailList(nsIAbDirectory *mailList, nsIAbCard *card, bool aNotify) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetCardFromAttribute(nsIAbDirectory *aDirectory, const char *aName,
+                                  const nsACString &aValue,
+                                  bool aCaseInsensitive, nsIAbCard **card) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetCardsFromAttribute(nsIAbDirectory *aDirectory,
+                                   const char *aName,
+                                   const nsACString & uUTF8Value,
+                                   bool aCaseInsensitive,
+                                   nsISimpleEnumerator **cards) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetNewRow(nsIMdbRow * *newRow) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetNewListRow(nsIMdbRow * *newRow) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD AddCardRowToDB(nsIMdbRow *newRow) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD AddLdifListMember(nsIMdbRow* row, const char * value) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD GetDeletedCardList(nsIArray **aResult) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetDeletedCardCount(uint32_t *aCount) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD PurgeDeletedCardTable();
+
+  NS_IMETHOD AddFirstName(nsIMdbRow * row, const char * value) override
+  { return AddCharStringColumn(row, m_FirstNameColumnToken, value); }
+
+  NS_IMETHOD AddLastName(nsIMdbRow * row, const char * value) override
+  { return AddCharStringColumn(row, m_LastNameColumnToken, value); }
+
+  NS_IMETHOD AddPhoneticFirstName(nsIMdbRow * row, const char * value) override
+  { return AddCharStringColumn(row, m_PhoneticFirstNameColumnToken, value); }
+
+  NS_IMETHOD AddPhoneticLastName(nsIMdbRow * row, const char * value) override
+  { return AddCharStringColumn(row, m_PhoneticLastNameColumnToken, value); }
+
+  NS_IMETHOD AddDisplayName(nsIMdbRow * row, const char * value) override
+  { return AddCharStringColumn(row, m_DisplayNameColumnToken, value); }
+
+  NS_IMETHOD AddNickName(nsIMdbRow * row, const char * value) override
+  { return AddCharStringColumn(row, m_NickNameColumnToken, value); }
+
+  NS_IMETHOD AddPrimaryEmail(nsIMdbRow * row, const char * value) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD Add2ndEmail(nsIMdbRow * row, const char * value) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD AddPreferMailFormat(nsIMdbRow * row, uint32_t value) override
+  { return AddIntColumn(row, m_MailFormatColumnToken, value); }
+
+  NS_IMETHOD AddPopularityIndex(nsIMdbRow * row, uint32_t value) override
+  { return AddIntColumn(row, m_PopularityIndexColumnToken, value); }
+
+  NS_IMETHOD AddWorkPhone(nsIMdbRow * row, const char * value) override
+  { return AddCharStringColumn(row, m_WorkPhoneColumnToken, value); }
+
+  NS_IMETHOD AddHomePhone(nsIMdbRow * row, const char * value) override
+  { return AddCharStringColumn(row, m_HomePhoneColumnToken, value); }
+
+  NS_IMETHOD AddFaxNumber(nsIMdbRow * row, const char * value) override
+  { return AddCharStringColumn(row, m_FaxColumnToken, value); }
+
+  NS_IMETHOD AddPagerNumber(nsIMdbRow * row, const char * value) override
+  { return AddCharStringColumn(row, m_PagerColumnToken, value); }
+
+  NS_IMETHOD AddCellularNumber(nsIMdbRow * row, const char * value) override
+  { return AddCharStringColumn(row, m_CellularColumnToken, value); }
+
+  NS_IMETHOD AddWorkPhoneType(nsIMdbRow * row, const char * value) override
+  { return AddCharStringColumn(row, m_WorkPhoneTypeColumnToken, value); }
+
+  NS_IMETHOD AddHomePhoneType(nsIMdbRow * row, const char * value) override
+  { return AddCharStringColumn(row, m_HomePhoneTypeColumnToken, value); }
+
+  NS_IMETHOD AddFaxNumberType(nsIMdbRow * row, const char * value) override
+  { return AddCharStringColumn(row, m_FaxTypeColumnToken, value); }
+
+  NS_IMETHOD AddPagerNumberType(nsIMdbRow * row, const char * value) override
+  { return AddCharStringColumn(row, m_PagerTypeColumnToken, value); }
+
+  NS_IMETHOD AddCellularNumberType(nsIMdbRow * row, const char * value) override
+  { return AddCharStringColumn(row, m_CellularTypeColumnToken, value); }
+
+  NS_IMETHOD AddHomeAddress(nsIMdbRow * row, const char * value) override
+  { return AddCharStringColumn(row, m_HomeAddressColumnToken, value); }
+
+  NS_IMETHOD AddHomeAddress2(nsIMdbRow * row, const char * value) override
+  { return AddCharStringColumn(row, m_HomeAddress2ColumnToken, value); }
+
+  NS_IMETHOD AddHomeCity(nsIMdbRow * row, const char * value) override
+  { return AddCharStringColumn(row, m_HomeCityColumnToken, value); }
+
+  NS_IMETHOD AddHomeState(nsIMdbRow * row, const char * value) override
+  { return AddCharStringColumn(row, m_HomeStateColumnToken, value); }
+
+  NS_IMETHOD AddHomeZipCode(nsIMdbRow * row, const char * value) override
+  { return AddCharStringColumn(row, m_HomeZipCodeColumnToken, value); }
+
+  NS_IMETHOD AddHomeCountry(nsIMdbRow * row, const char * value) override
+  { return AddCharStringColumn(row, m_HomeCountryColumnToken, value); }
+
+  NS_IMETHOD AddWorkAddress(nsIMdbRow * row, const char * value) override
+  { return AddCharStringColumn(row, m_WorkAddressColumnToken, value); }
+
+  NS_IMETHOD AddWorkAddress2(nsIMdbRow * row, const char * value) override
+  { return AddCharStringColumn(row, m_WorkAddress2ColumnToken, value); }
+
+  NS_IMETHOD AddWorkCity(nsIMdbRow * row, const char * value) override
+  { return AddCharStringColumn(row, m_WorkCityColumnToken, value); }
+
+  NS_IMETHOD AddWorkState(nsIMdbRow * row, const char * value) override
+  { return AddCharStringColumn(row, m_WorkStateColumnToken, value); }
+
+  NS_IMETHOD AddWorkZipCode(nsIMdbRow * row, const char * value) override
+  { return AddCharStringColumn(row, m_WorkZipCodeColumnToken, value); }
+
+  NS_IMETHOD AddWorkCountry(nsIMdbRow * row, const char * value) override
+  { return AddCharStringColumn(row, m_WorkCountryColumnToken, value); }
+
+  NS_IMETHOD AddJobTitle(nsIMdbRow * row, const char * value) override
+  { return AddCharStringColumn(row, m_JobTitleColumnToken, value); }
+
+  NS_IMETHOD AddDepartment(nsIMdbRow * row, const char * value) override
+  { return AddCharStringColumn(row, m_DepartmentColumnToken, value); }
+
+  NS_IMETHOD AddCompany(nsIMdbRow * row, const char * value) override
+  { return AddCharStringColumn(row, m_CompanyColumnToken, value); }
+
+  NS_IMETHOD AddAimScreenName(nsIMdbRow * row, const char * value) override
+  { return AddCharStringColumn(row, m_AimScreenNameColumnToken, value); }
+
+  NS_IMETHOD AddAnniversaryYear(nsIMdbRow * row, const char * value) override
+  { return AddCharStringColumn(row, m_AnniversaryYearColumnToken, value); }
+
+  NS_IMETHOD AddAnniversaryMonth(nsIMdbRow * row, const char * value) override
+  { return AddCharStringColumn(row, m_AnniversaryMonthColumnToken, value); }
+
+  NS_IMETHOD AddAnniversaryDay(nsIMdbRow * row, const char * value) override
+  { return AddCharStringColumn(row, m_AnniversaryDayColumnToken, value); }
+
+  NS_IMETHOD AddSpouseName(nsIMdbRow * row, const char * value) override
+  { return AddCharStringColumn(row, m_SpouseNameColumnToken, value); }
+
+  NS_IMETHOD AddFamilyName(nsIMdbRow * row, const char * value) override
+  { return AddCharStringColumn(row, m_FamilyNameColumnToken, value); }
+
+  NS_IMETHOD AddDefaultAddress(nsIMdbRow * row, const char * value) override
+  { return AddCharStringColumn(row, m_DefaultAddressColumnToken, value); }
+
+  NS_IMETHOD AddCategory(nsIMdbRow * row, const char * value) override
+  { return AddCharStringColumn(row, m_CategoryColumnToken, value); }
+
+  NS_IMETHOD AddWebPage1(nsIMdbRow * row, const char * value) override
+  { return AddCharStringColumn(row, m_WebPage1ColumnToken, value); }
+
+  NS_IMETHOD AddWebPage2(nsIMdbRow * row, const char * value) override
+  { return AddCharStringColumn(row, m_WebPage2ColumnToken, value); }
+
+  NS_IMETHOD AddBirthYear(nsIMdbRow * row, const char * value) override
+  { return AddCharStringColumn(row, m_BirthYearColumnToken, value); }
+
+  NS_IMETHOD AddBirthMonth(nsIMdbRow * row, const char * value) override
+  { return AddCharStringColumn(row, m_BirthMonthColumnToken, value); }
+
+  NS_IMETHOD AddBirthDay(nsIMdbRow * row, const char * value) override
+  { return AddCharStringColumn(row, m_BirthDayColumnToken, value); }
+
+  NS_IMETHOD AddCustom1(nsIMdbRow * row, const char * value) override
+  { return AddCharStringColumn(row, m_Custom1ColumnToken, value); }
+
+  NS_IMETHOD AddCustom2(nsIMdbRow * row, const char * value) override
+  { return AddCharStringColumn(row, m_Custom2ColumnToken, value); }
+
+  NS_IMETHOD AddCustom3(nsIMdbRow * row, const char * value) override
+  { return AddCharStringColumn(row, m_Custom3ColumnToken, value); }
+
+  NS_IMETHOD AddCustom4(nsIMdbRow * row, const char * value) override
+  { return AddCharStringColumn(row, m_Custom4ColumnToken, value); }
+
+  NS_IMETHOD AddNotes(nsIMdbRow * row, const char * value) override
+  { return AddCharStringColumn(row, m_NotesColumnToken, value); }
+
+  NS_IMETHOD AddListName(nsIMdbRow * row, const char * value) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD AddListNickName(nsIMdbRow * row, const char * value) override
+  { return AddCharStringColumn(row, m_ListNickNameColumnToken, value); }
+
+  NS_IMETHOD AddListDescription(nsIMdbRow * row, const char * value) override
+  { return AddCharStringColumn(row, m_ListDescriptionColumnToken, value); }
+
+
+  NS_IMETHOD AddListDirNode(nsIMdbRow * listRow) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD FindMailListbyUnicodeName(const char16_t *listName, bool *exist) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD GetCardCount(uint32_t *count) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD SetCardValue(nsIAbCard *card, const char *name, const char16_t *value, bool notify) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetCardValue(nsIAbCard *card, const char *name, char16_t **value) override;
+  // nsAddrDatabase methods:
+
+  nsAddrDatabase();
+
+  void GetMDBFactory(nsIMdbFactory ** aMdbFactory);
+  nsIMdbEnv    *GetEnv() {return m_mdbEnv;}
+  uint32_t    GetCurVersion();
+  nsIMdbTableRowCursor *GetTableRowCursor();
+  nsIMdbTable    *GetPabTable() {return m_mdbPabTable;}
+
+  static nsAddrDatabase* FindInCache(nsIFile *dbName);
+
+  static void    CleanupCache();
+
+  nsresult CreateABCard(nsIMdbRow* cardRow, mdb_id listRowID, nsIAbCard **result);
+  nsresult CreateABListCard(nsIMdbRow* listRow, nsIAbCard **result);
+  nsresult CreateABList(nsIMdbRow* listRow, nsIAbDirectory **result);
+
+  bool IsListRowScopeToken(mdb_scope scope) { return (scope == m_ListRowScopeToken) ? true: false; }
+  bool IsCardRowScopeToken(mdb_scope scope) { return (scope == m_CardRowScopeToken) ? true: false;  }
+  bool IsDataRowScopeToken(mdb_scope scope) { return (scope == m_DataRowScopeToken) ? true: false; }
+  nsresult GetCardRowByRowID(mdb_id rowID, nsIMdbRow **dbRow);
+  nsresult GetListRowByRowID(mdb_id rowID, nsIMdbRow **dbRow);
+
+  uint32_t GetListAddressTotal(nsIMdbRow* listRow);
+  nsresult GetAddressRowByPos(nsIMdbRow* listRow, uint16_t pos, nsIMdbRow** cardRow);
+
+    NS_IMETHOD AddListCardColumnsToRow(nsIAbCard *aPCard, nsIMdbRow *aPListRow, uint32_t aPos, nsIAbCard** aPNewCard, bool aInMailingList, nsIAbDirectory *aParent, nsIAbDirectory *aRoot) override;
+    NS_IMETHOD InitCardFromRow(nsIAbCard *aNewCard, nsIMdbRow* aCardRow) override;
+    NS_IMETHOD SetListAddressTotal(nsIMdbRow* aListRow, uint32_t aTotal) override;
+    NS_IMETHOD FindRowByCard(nsIAbCard * card,nsIMdbRow **aRow) override;
+
+protected:
+  virtual ~nsAddrDatabase();
+
+  static void RemoveFromCache(nsAddrDatabase* pAddrDB);
+  bool MatchDbName(nsIFile *dbName); // returns TRUE if they match
+
+  void YarnToUInt32(struct mdbYarn *yarn, uint32_t *pResult);
+  void GetCharStringYarn(char* str, struct mdbYarn* strYarn);
+  void GetStringYarn(const nsAString & aStr, struct mdbYarn* strYarn);
+  void GetIntYarn(uint32_t nValue, struct mdbYarn* intYarn);
+  nsresult AddCharStringColumn(nsIMdbRow* cardRow, mdb_column inColumn, const char* str);
+  nsresult AddStringColumn(nsIMdbRow* aCardRow, mdb_column aInColumn, const nsAString & aStr);
+  nsresult AddIntColumn(nsIMdbRow* cardRow, mdb_column inColumn, uint32_t nValue);
+  nsresult AddBoolColumn(nsIMdbRow* cardRow, mdb_column inColumn, bool bValue);
+  nsresult GetStringColumn(nsIMdbRow *cardRow, mdb_token outToken, nsString& str);
+  nsresult GetIntColumn(nsIMdbRow *cardRow, mdb_token outToken,
+              uint32_t* pValue, uint32_t defaultValue);
+  nsresult GetBoolColumn(nsIMdbRow *cardRow, mdb_token outToken, bool* pValue);
+  nsresult GetListCardFromDB(nsIAbCard *listCard, nsIMdbRow* listRow);
+  nsresult GetListFromDB(nsIAbDirectory *newCard, nsIMdbRow* listRow);
+  nsresult AddRecordKeyColumnToRow(nsIMdbRow *pRow);
+  nsresult AddAttributeColumnsToRow(nsIAbCard *card, nsIMdbRow *cardRow);
+  nsresult AddListAttributeColumnsToRow(nsIAbDirectory *list, nsIMdbRow *listRow, nsIAbDirectory *parent);
+  nsresult CreateCard(nsIMdbRow* cardRow, mdb_id listRowID, nsIAbCard **result);
+  nsresult CreateCardFromDeletedCardsTable(nsIMdbRow* cardRow, mdb_id listRowID, nsIAbCard **result);
+  nsresult DeleteCardFromListRow(nsIMdbRow* pListRow, mdb_id cardRowID);
+  void DeleteCardFromAllMailLists(mdb_id cardRowID);
+  nsresult NotifyListEntryChange(uint32_t abCode, nsIAbDirectory *dir);
+
+  nsresult AddLowercaseColumn(nsIMdbRow * row, mdb_token columnToken, const char* utf8String);
+  nsresult GetRowFromAttribute(const char *aName, const nsACString &aUTF8Value,
+                               bool aCaseInsensitive, nsIMdbRow  **aCardRow,
+                               mdb_pos *aRowPos);
+
+  static nsTArray<nsAddrDatabase*>* m_dbCache;
+  static nsTArray<nsAddrDatabase*>* GetDBCache();
+
+  // mdb bookkeeping stuff
+  nsresult      InitExistingDB();
+  nsresult      InitNewDB();
+  nsresult      InitMDBInfo();
+  nsresult      InitPabTable();
+  nsresult      InitDeletedCardsTable(bool aCreate);
+  nsresult      AddRowToDeletedCardsTable(nsIAbCard *card, nsIMdbRow **pCardRow);
+  nsresult      DeleteRowFromDeletedCardsTable(nsIMdbRow *pCardRow);
+
+  nsresult      InitLastRecorKey();
+  nsresult      GetDataRow(nsIMdbRow **pDataRow);
+  nsresult      GetLastRecordKey();
+  nsresult      UpdateLastRecordKey();
+  nsresult      CheckAndUpdateRecordKey();
+  nsresult      UpdateLowercaseEmailListName();
+  nsresult      ConvertAndAddLowercaseColumn(nsIMdbRow * row, mdb_token fromCol, mdb_token toCol);
+  nsresult      AddUnicodeToColumn(nsIMdbRow * row, mdb_token colToken, mdb_token lowerCaseColToken, const char16_t* pUnicodeStr);
+
+  nsresult      DeleteRow(nsIMdbTable* dbTable, nsIMdbRow* dbRow);
+
+  nsIMdbEnv   *m_mdbEnv;  // to be used in all the db calls.
+  nsIMdbStore *m_mdbStore;
+  nsIMdbTable *m_mdbPabTable;
+  nsIMdbTable *m_mdbDeletedCardsTable;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> m_dbName;
+  bool          m_mdbTokensInitialized;
+  nsTObserverArray<nsIAddrDBListener*> m_ChangeListeners;
+
+  mdb_kind      m_PabTableKind;
+  mdb_kind      m_MailListTableKind;
+  mdb_kind      m_DeletedCardsTableKind;
+
+  mdb_scope      m_CardRowScopeToken;
+  mdb_scope      m_ListRowScopeToken;
+  mdb_scope      m_DataRowScopeToken;
+
+  mdb_token      m_FirstNameColumnToken;
+  mdb_token      m_LastNameColumnToken;
+  mdb_token      m_PhoneticFirstNameColumnToken;
+  mdb_token      m_PhoneticLastNameColumnToken;
+  mdb_token      m_DisplayNameColumnToken;
+  mdb_token      m_NickNameColumnToken;
+  mdb_token      m_PriEmailColumnToken;
+  mdb_token      m_2ndEmailColumnToken;
+  mdb_token      m_DefaultEmailColumnToken;
+  mdb_token      m_CardTypeColumnToken;
+  mdb_token      m_WorkPhoneColumnToken;
+  mdb_token      m_HomePhoneColumnToken;
+  mdb_token      m_FaxColumnToken;
+  mdb_token      m_PagerColumnToken;
+  mdb_token      m_CellularColumnToken;
+  mdb_token      m_WorkPhoneTypeColumnToken;
+  mdb_token      m_HomePhoneTypeColumnToken;
+  mdb_token      m_FaxTypeColumnToken;
+  mdb_token      m_PagerTypeColumnToken;
+  mdb_token      m_CellularTypeColumnToken;
+  mdb_token      m_HomeAddressColumnToken;
+  mdb_token      m_HomeAddress2ColumnToken;
+  mdb_token      m_HomeCityColumnToken;
+  mdb_token      m_HomeStateColumnToken;
+  mdb_token      m_HomeZipCodeColumnToken;
+  mdb_token      m_HomeCountryColumnToken;
+  mdb_token      m_WorkAddressColumnToken;
+  mdb_token      m_WorkAddress2ColumnToken;
+  mdb_token      m_WorkCityColumnToken;
+  mdb_token      m_WorkStateColumnToken;
+  mdb_token      m_WorkZipCodeColumnToken;
+  mdb_token      m_WorkCountryColumnToken;
+  mdb_token      m_JobTitleColumnToken;
+  mdb_token      m_DepartmentColumnToken;
+  mdb_token      m_CompanyColumnToken;
+  mdb_token      m_AimScreenNameColumnToken;
+  mdb_token      m_AnniversaryYearColumnToken;
+  mdb_token      m_AnniversaryMonthColumnToken;
+  mdb_token      m_AnniversaryDayColumnToken;
+  mdb_token      m_SpouseNameColumnToken;
+  mdb_token      m_FamilyNameColumnToken;
+  mdb_token      m_DefaultAddressColumnToken;
+  mdb_token      m_CategoryColumnToken;
+  mdb_token      m_WebPage1ColumnToken;
+  mdb_token      m_WebPage2ColumnToken;
+  mdb_token      m_BirthYearColumnToken;
+  mdb_token      m_BirthMonthColumnToken;
+  mdb_token      m_BirthDayColumnToken;
+  mdb_token      m_Custom1ColumnToken;
+  mdb_token      m_Custom2ColumnToken;
+  mdb_token      m_Custom3ColumnToken;
+  mdb_token      m_Custom4ColumnToken;
+  mdb_token      m_NotesColumnToken;
+  mdb_token      m_LastModDateColumnToken;
+  mdb_token      m_RecordKeyColumnToken;
+  mdb_token      m_LowerPriEmailColumnToken;
+  mdb_token      m_Lower2ndEmailColumnToken;
+
+  mdb_token      m_MailFormatColumnToken;
+  mdb_token     m_PopularityIndexColumnToken;
+
+  mdb_token      m_AddressCharSetColumnToken;
+  mdb_token      m_LastRecordKeyColumnToken;
+
+  mdb_token      m_ListNameColumnToken;
+  mdb_token      m_ListNickNameColumnToken;
+  mdb_token      m_ListDescriptionColumnToken;
+  mdb_token      m_ListTotalColumnToken;
+  mdb_token      m_LowerListNameColumnToken;
+
+  uint32_t      m_LastRecordKey;
+  nsWeakPtr m_dbDirectory;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMdbFactory> mMdbFactory;
+
+private:
+  nsresult GetRowForCharColumn(const char16_t *unicodeStr,
+                               mdb_column findColumn, bool bIsCard,
+                               bool aCaseInsensitive, nsIMdbRow **findRow,
+                               mdb_pos *aRowPos);
+  bool HasRowButDeletedForCharColumn(const char16_t *unicodeStr, mdb_column findColumn, bool aIsCard, nsIMdbRow **aFindRow);
+  nsresult OpenInternal(nsIFile *aMabFile, bool aCreate, nsIAddrDatabase **pCardDB);
+  nsresult AlertAboutCorruptMabFile(const char16_t *aOldFileName, const char16_t *aNewFileName);
+  nsresult AlertAboutLockedMabFile(const char16_t *aFileName);
+  nsresult DisplayAlert(const char16_t *titleName, const char16_t *alertStringName,
+                        const char16_t **formatStrings, int32_t numFormatStrings);
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAddrbook.manifest b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAddrbook.manifest
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..56efc3bda
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsAddrbook.manifest
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+component {5b259db2-e451-4de9-8a6f-cfba91402973} nsAbAutoCompleteMyDomain.js
+contract @mozilla.org/autocomplete/search;1?name=mydomain {5b259db2-e451-4de9-8a6f-cfba91402973}
+component {2f946df9-114c-41fe-8899-81f10daf4f0c} nsAbAutoCompleteSearch.js
+contract @mozilla.org/autocomplete/search;1?name=addrbook {2f946df9-114c-41fe-8899-81f10daf4f0c}
+component {127b341a-bdda-4270-85e1-edff569a9b85} nsAbLDAPAttributeMap.js
+contract @mozilla.org/addressbook/ldap-attribute-map;1 {127b341a-bdda-4270-85e1-edff569a9b85}
+component {4ed7d5e1-8800-40da-9e78-c4f509d7ac5e} nsAbLDAPAttributeMap.js
+contract @mozilla.org/addressbook/ldap-attribute-map-service;1 {4ed7d5e1-8800-40da-9e78-c4f509d7ac5e}
+#ifdef MOZ_LDAP_XPCOM
+component {227e6482-fe9f-441f-9b7d-7b60375e7449} nsAbLDAPAutoCompleteSearch.js
+contract @mozilla.org/autocomplete/search;1?name=ldap {227e6482-fe9f-441f-9b7d-7b60375e7449}
+#endif
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsDirPrefs.cpp b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsDirPrefs.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5e4c046b2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsDirPrefs.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1452 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/* directory server preferences (used to be dirprefs.c in 4.x) */
+
+#include "nsIPrefService.h"
+#include "nsIPrefBranch.h"
+#include "nsDirPrefs.h"
+#include "nsIPrefLocalizedString.h"
+#include "nsIObserver.h"
+#include "nsTArray.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsMemory.h"
+#include "nsIAddrDatabase.h"
+#include "nsAbBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsIAbManager.h"
+#include "nsIFile.h"
+#include "nsWeakReference.h"
+#include "nsIAbMDBDirectory.h"
+#if defined(MOZ_LDAP_XPCOM)
+#include "nsIAbLDAPDirectory.h"
+#endif
+#include "prmem.h"
+#include "prprf.h"
+#include "plstr.h"
+#include "nsQuickSort.h"
+#include "nsComponentManagerUtils.h"
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+ * Private definitions
+ */
+
+/* Default settings for site-configurable prefs */
+#define kDefaultPosition 1
+static bool dir_IsServerDeleted(DIR_Server * server);
+
+static char *DIR_GetStringPref(const char *prefRoot, const char *prefLeaf, const char *defaultValue);
+static int32_t DIR_GetIntPref(const char *prefRoot, const char *prefLeaf, int32_t defaultValue);
+static char *DIR_GetLocalizedStringPref(const char *prefRoot, const char *prefLeaf);
+
+static char * dir_ConvertDescriptionToPrefName(DIR_Server * server);
+
+void DIR_SetFileName(char** filename, const char* leafName);
+static void DIR_SetIntPref(const char *prefRoot, const char *prefLeaf, int32_t value, int32_t defaultValue);
+static DIR_Server *dir_MatchServerPrefToServer(nsTArray<DIR_Server*> *wholeList, const char *pref);
+static bool dir_ValidateAndAddNewServer(nsTArray<DIR_Server*> *wholeList, const char *fullprefname);
+static void DIR_DeleteServerList(nsTArray<DIR_Server*> *wholeList);
+
+static char *dir_CreateServerPrefName(DIR_Server *server);
+static void DIR_GetPrefsForOneServer(DIR_Server *server);
+
+static void DIR_InitServer(DIR_Server *server, DirectoryType dirType = (DirectoryType)0);
+static DIR_PrefId  DIR_AtomizePrefName(const char *prefname);
+
+const int32_t DIR_POS_APPEND = -1;
+const int32_t DIR_POS_DELETE = -2;
+static bool DIR_SetServerPosition(nsTArray<DIR_Server*> *wholeList, DIR_Server *server, int32_t position);
+
+/* These two routines should be called to initialize and save 
+ * directory preferences from the XP Java Script preferences
+ */
+static nsresult DIR_GetServerPreferences(nsTArray<DIR_Server*>** list);
+static void DIR_SaveServerPreferences(nsTArray<DIR_Server*> *wholeList);
+
+static int32_t dir_UserId = 0;
+nsTArray<DIR_Server*> *dir_ServerList = nullptr;
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+ * Functions for creating the new back end managed DIR_Server list.
+ */
+class DirPrefObserver final : public nsSupportsWeakReference,
+                              public nsIObserver
+{
+public:
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIOBSERVER
+
+private:
+  ~DirPrefObserver() {}
+};
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(DirPrefObserver, nsISupportsWeakReference, nsIObserver)
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP DirPrefObserver::Observe(nsISupports *aSubject, const char *aTopic, const char16_t *aData)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefBranch(do_QueryInterface(aSubject));
+  nsCString strPrefName;
+  strPrefName.Assign(NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(aData));
+  const char *prefname = strPrefName.get();
+
+  DIR_PrefId id = DIR_AtomizePrefName(prefname);
+
+  // Just get out if we get nothing here - we don't need to do anything
+  if (id == idNone)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  /* Check to see if the server is in the unified server list.
+   */
+  DIR_Server *server = dir_MatchServerPrefToServer(dir_ServerList, prefname);
+  if (server)
+  {
+    /* If the server is in the process of being saved, just ignore this
+     * change.  The DIR_Server structure is not really changing.
+     */
+    if (server->savingServer)
+      return NS_OK;
+
+    /* If the pref that changed is the position, read it in.  If the new
+     * position is zero, remove the server from the list.
+     */
+    if (id == idPosition)
+    {
+      int32_t position;
+
+      /* We must not do anything if the new position is the same as the
+       * position in the DIR_Server.  This avoids recursion in cases
+       * where we are deleting the server.
+       */
+      prefBranch->GetIntPref(prefname, &position);
+      if (position != server->position)
+      {
+        server->position = position;
+        if (dir_IsServerDeleted(server))
+          DIR_SetServerPosition(dir_ServerList, server, DIR_POS_DELETE);
+      }
+    }
+
+    if (id == idDescription) {
+      // Ensure the local copy of the description is kept up to date.
+      PR_FREEIF(server->description);
+      server->description = DIR_GetLocalizedStringPref(prefname, nullptr);
+    }
+  }
+  /* If the server is not in the unified list, we may need to add it.  Servers
+   * are only added when the position, serverName and description are valid.
+   */
+  else if (id == idPosition || id == idType || id == idDescription)
+  {
+    dir_ValidateAndAddNewServer(dir_ServerList, prefname);
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// A pointer to the pref observer
+static DirPrefObserver *prefObserver = nullptr;
+
+static nsresult DIR_GetDirServers()
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  if (!dir_ServerList)
+  {
+    /* we need to build the DIR_Server list */ 
+    rv = DIR_GetServerPreferences(&dir_ServerList);
+
+    /* Register the preference call back if necessary. */
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !prefObserver)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> pbi(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        return rv;
+      prefObserver = new DirPrefObserver();
+
+      if (!prefObserver)
+        return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+      NS_ADDREF(prefObserver);
+
+      pbi->AddObserver(PREF_LDAP_SERVER_TREE_NAME, prefObserver, true);
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsTArray<DIR_Server*>* DIR_GetDirectories()
+{
+    if (!dir_ServerList)
+        DIR_GetDirServers();
+  return dir_ServerList;
+}
+
+DIR_Server* DIR_GetServerFromList(const char* prefName)
+{
+  DIR_Server* result = nullptr;
+
+  if (!dir_ServerList)
+    DIR_GetDirServers();
+
+  if (dir_ServerList)
+  {
+    int32_t count = dir_ServerList->Length();
+    int32_t i;
+    for (i = 0; i < count; ++i)
+    {
+      DIR_Server *server = dir_ServerList->ElementAt(i);
+
+      if (server && strcmp(server->prefName, prefName) == 0)
+      {
+        result = server;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return result;
+}
+
+static nsresult SavePrefsFile()
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefService> pPref(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+  return pPref->SavePrefFile(nullptr);
+}
+
+nsresult DIR_ShutDown()  /* FEs should call this when the app is shutting down. It frees all DIR_Servers regardless of ref count values! */
+{
+  nsresult rv = SavePrefsFile();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  DIR_DeleteServerList(dir_ServerList);
+  dir_ServerList = nullptr;
+
+  /* unregister the preference call back, if necessary.
+  * we need to do this as DIR_Shutdown() is called when switching profiles
+  * when using turbo.  (see nsAbDirectoryDataSource::Observe())
+  * When switching profiles, prefs get unloaded and then re-loaded
+  * we don't want our callback to get called for all that.
+  * We'll reset our callback the first time DIR_GetDirServers() is called
+  * after we've switched profiles.
+  */
+  NS_IF_RELEASE(prefObserver);
+  
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult DIR_ContainsServer(DIR_Server* pServer, bool *hasDir)
+{
+  if (dir_ServerList)
+  {
+    int32_t count = dir_ServerList->Length();
+    int32_t i;
+    for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
+    {
+      DIR_Server* server = dir_ServerList->ElementAt(i);
+      if (server == pServer)
+      {
+        *hasDir = true;
+        return NS_OK;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  *hasDir = false;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult DIR_AddNewAddressBook(const nsAString &dirName,
+                               const nsACString &fileName,
+                               const nsACString &uri, 
+                               DirectoryType dirType,
+                               const nsACString &prefName,
+                               DIR_Server** pServer)
+{
+  DIR_Server * server = (DIR_Server *) PR_Malloc(sizeof(DIR_Server));
+  if (!server)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+  DIR_InitServer(server, dirType);
+  if (!dir_ServerList)
+    DIR_GetDirServers();
+  if (dir_ServerList)
+  {
+    server->description = ToNewCString(NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(dirName));
+    server->position = kDefaultPosition; // don't set position so alphabetic sort will happen.
+    
+    if (!fileName.IsEmpty())
+      server->fileName = ToNewCString(fileName);
+    else if (dirType == PABDirectory) 
+      DIR_SetFileName(&server->fileName, kPersonalAddressbook);
+    else if (dirType == LDAPDirectory)
+      DIR_SetFileName(&server->fileName, kMainLdapAddressBook);
+
+    if (dirType != PABDirectory) {
+      if (!uri.IsEmpty())
+        server->uri = ToNewCString(uri);
+    }
+
+    if (!prefName.IsEmpty())
+      server->prefName = ToNewCString(prefName);
+
+    dir_ServerList->AppendElement(server);
+
+    DIR_SavePrefsForOneServer(server); 
+
+    *pServer = server;
+    
+    // save new address book into pref file 
+    return SavePrefsFile();
+  }
+  return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+ * Functions for creating DIR_Servers
+ */
+static void DIR_InitServer(DIR_Server *server, DirectoryType dirType)
+{
+  if (!server) {
+    NS_WARNING("DIR_InitServer: server parameter not initialized");
+    return;
+  }
+
+  memset(server, 0, sizeof(DIR_Server));
+  server->position = kDefaultPosition;
+  server->uri = nullptr;
+  server->savingServer = false;
+  server->dirType = dirType;
+}
+
+/* Function for setting the position of a server.  Can be used to append,
+ * delete, or move a server in a server list.
+ *
+ * The third parameter specifies the new position the server is to occupy.
+ * The resulting position may differ depending on the lock state of the
+ * given server and other servers in the list.  The following special values
+ * are supported:
+ *   DIR_POS_APPEND - Appends the server to the end of the list.  If the server
+ *                    is already in the list, does nothing.
+ *   DIR_POS_DELETE - Deletes the given server from the list.  Note that this
+ *                    does not cause the server structure to be freed.
+ *
+ * Returns true if the server list was re-sorted.
+ */
+static bool DIR_SetServerPosition(nsTArray<DIR_Server*> *wholeList, DIR_Server *server, int32_t position)
+ {
+   NS_ENSURE_TRUE(wholeList, false);
+
+   int32_t    i, count, num;
+   bool       resort = false;
+   DIR_Server *s=nullptr;
+   
+   switch (position) {
+   case DIR_POS_APPEND:
+   /* Do nothing if the request is to append a server that is already
+     * in the list.
+     */
+     count = wholeList->Length();
+     for (i= 0; i < count; i++)
+     {
+       if  ((s = wholeList->ElementAt(i)) != nullptr)
+         if (s == server)
+           return false;
+     }
+     /* In general, if there are any servers already in the list, set the
+     * position to the position of the last server plus one.  If there
+     * are none, set it to position 1.
+     */
+     if (count > 0)
+     {
+       s = wholeList->ElementAt(count - 1);
+       server->position = s->position + 1;
+     }
+     else
+       server->position = 1;
+     
+     wholeList->AppendElement(server);
+     break;
+     
+   case DIR_POS_DELETE:
+       /* Remove the prefs corresponding to the given server.  If the prefName
+       * value is nullptr, the server has never been saved and there are no
+       * prefs to remove.
+     */
+     if (server->prefName)
+     {
+       nsresult rv;
+       nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> pPref(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+       if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+         return false;
+
+       pPref->DeleteBranch(server->prefName);
+
+       // mark the server as deleted by setting its position to 0
+       DIR_SetIntPref(server->prefName, "position", 0, -1);
+     }
+     
+     /* If the server is in the server list, remove it.
+     */
+     num = wholeList->IndexOf(server);
+     if (num >= 0)
+     {
+     /* The list does not need to be re-sorted if the server is the
+     * last one in the list.
+       */
+       count = wholeList->Length();
+       if (num == count - 1)
+       {
+         wholeList->RemoveElementAt(num);
+       }
+       else
+       {
+         resort = true;
+         wholeList->RemoveElement(server);
+       }
+     }
+     break;
+     
+   default:
+   /* See if the server is already in the list.
+     */
+     count = wholeList->Length();
+     for (i= 0; i < count; i++)
+     {
+       if  ((s = wholeList->ElementAt(i)) != nullptr)
+         if (s == server)
+           break;
+     }
+     
+     /* If the server is not in the list, add it to the beginning and re-sort.
+     */
+     if (s == nullptr)
+     {
+       server->position = position;
+       wholeList->AppendElement(server);
+       resort = true;
+     }
+     
+       /* Don't re-sort if the server is already in the requested position.
+     */
+     else if (server->position != position)
+     {
+       server->position = position;
+       wholeList->RemoveElement(server);
+       wholeList->AppendElement(server);
+       resort = true;
+     }
+     break;
+        }
+        
+        /* Make sure our position changes get saved back to prefs
+        */
+        DIR_SaveServerPreferences(wholeList);
+        
+        return resort;
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+ * DIR_Server Callback Notification Functions
+ */
+
+/* dir_matchServerPrefToServer
+ *
+ * This function finds the DIR_Server in the unified DIR_Server list to which
+ * the given preference string belongs.
+ */
+static DIR_Server *dir_MatchServerPrefToServer(nsTArray<DIR_Server*> *wholeList, const char *pref)
+{
+  DIR_Server *server;
+
+  int32_t count = wholeList->Length();
+  int32_t i;
+  for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
+  {
+    if ((server = wholeList->ElementAt(i)) != nullptr)
+    {
+      if (server->prefName && PL_strstr(pref, server->prefName) == pref)
+      {
+        char c = pref[PL_strlen(server->prefName)];
+        if (c == 0 || c == '.')
+          return server;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return nullptr;
+}
+
+/* dir_ValidateAndAddNewServer
+ *
+ * This function verifies that the position, serverName and description values
+ * are set for the given prefName.  If they are then it adds the server to the
+ * unified server list.
+ */
+static bool dir_ValidateAndAddNewServer(nsTArray<DIR_Server*> *wholeList, const char *fullprefname)
+{
+  bool rc = false;
+
+  const char *endname = PL_strchr(&fullprefname[PL_strlen(PREF_LDAP_SERVER_TREE_NAME) + 1], '.');
+  if (endname)
+  {
+    char *prefname = (char *)PR_Malloc(endname - fullprefname + 1);
+    if (prefname)
+    {
+      int32_t dirType;
+      char *t1 = nullptr, *t2 = nullptr;
+
+      PL_strncpyz(prefname, fullprefname, endname - fullprefname + 1);
+
+      dirType = DIR_GetIntPref(prefname, "dirType", -1);
+      if (dirType != -1 &&
+          DIR_GetIntPref(prefname, "position", 0) != 0 &&
+          (t1 = DIR_GetLocalizedStringPref(prefname, "description")) != nullptr)
+      {
+        if (dirType == PABDirectory ||
+           (t2 = DIR_GetStringPref(prefname, "serverName",  nullptr)) != nullptr)
+        {
+          DIR_Server *server = (DIR_Server *)PR_Malloc(sizeof(DIR_Server));
+          if (server)
+          {
+            DIR_InitServer(server, (DirectoryType)dirType);
+            server->prefName = prefname;
+            DIR_GetPrefsForOneServer(server);
+            DIR_SetServerPosition(wholeList, server, server->position);
+            rc = true;
+          }
+          PR_FREEIF(t2);
+        }
+        PR_Free(t1);
+      }
+      else
+        PR_Free(prefname);
+    }
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+static DIR_PrefId DIR_AtomizePrefName(const char *prefname)
+{
+  if (!prefname)
+    return idNone;
+
+  DIR_PrefId rc = idNone;
+
+  /* Skip the "ldap_2.servers.<server-name>." portion of the string.
+   */
+  if (PL_strstr(prefname, PREF_LDAP_SERVER_TREE_NAME) == prefname)
+  {
+    prefname = PL_strchr(&prefname[PL_strlen(PREF_LDAP_SERVER_TREE_NAME) + 1], '.');
+    if (!prefname)
+      return idNone;
+    else
+      prefname = prefname + 1;
+  }
+
+  switch (prefname[0]) {
+  case 'd':
+    switch (prefname[1]) {
+    case 'e': /* description */
+      rc = idDescription;
+      break;
+    case 'i': /* dirType */
+      rc = idType;
+      break;
+    }
+    break;
+
+  case 'f':
+    rc = idFileName;
+    break;
+
+  case 'p':
+    switch (prefname[1]) {
+    case 'o':
+      switch (prefname[2]) {
+      case 's': /* position */
+        rc = idPosition;
+        break;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    break;
+
+  case 'u': /* uri */
+    rc = idUri;
+    break;
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+ * Functions for destroying DIR_Servers 
+ */
+
+/* this function determines if the passed in server is no longer part of the of
+   the global server list. */
+static bool dir_IsServerDeleted(DIR_Server * server)
+{
+  return (server && server->position == 0);
+}
+
+/* when the back end manages the server list, deleting a server just decrements its ref count,
+   in the old world, we actually delete the server */
+static void DIR_DeleteServer(DIR_Server *server)
+{
+  if (server)
+  {
+    /* when destroying the server check its clear flag to see if things need cleared */
+#ifdef XP_FileRemove
+    if (DIR_TestFlag(server, DIR_CLEAR_SERVER))
+    {
+      if (server->fileName)
+        XP_FileRemove (server->fileName, xpAddrBookNew);
+    }
+#endif /* XP_FileRemove */
+    PR_Free(server->prefName);
+    PR_Free(server->description);
+    PR_Free(server->fileName);
+    PR_Free(server->uri);
+    PR_Free(server);
+  }
+}
+
+nsresult DIR_DeleteServerFromList(DIR_Server *server)
+{
+  if (!server)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> dbPath;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbManager> abManager = do_GetService(NS_ABMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv); 
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    rv = abManager->GetUserProfileDirectory(getter_AddRefs(dbPath));
+  
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    // close the database, as long as it isn't the special ones 
+    // (personal addressbook and collected addressbook)
+    // which can never be deleted.  There was a bug where we would slap in
+    // "abook.mab" as the file name for LDAP directories, which would cause a crash
+    // on delete of LDAP directories.  this is just extra protection.
+    if (server->fileName &&
+        strcmp(server->fileName, kPersonalAddressbook) && 
+        strcmp(server->fileName, kCollectedAddressbook))
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIAddrDatabase> database;
+
+      rv = dbPath->AppendNative(nsDependentCString(server->fileName));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      // close file before delete it
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIAddrDatabase> addrDBFactory = 
+               do_GetService(NS_ADDRDATABASE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && addrDBFactory)
+        rv = addrDBFactory->Open(dbPath, false, true, getter_AddRefs(database));
+      if (database)  /* database exists */
+      {
+        database->ForceClosed();
+        rv = dbPath->Remove(false);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      }
+    }
+
+    nsTArray<DIR_Server*> *dirList = DIR_GetDirectories();
+    DIR_SetServerPosition(dirList, server, DIR_POS_DELETE);
+    DIR_DeleteServer(server);
+
+    return SavePrefsFile();
+  }
+
+  return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+}
+
+static void DIR_DeleteServerList(nsTArray<DIR_Server*> *wholeList)
+{
+  if (wholeList)
+  {
+    DIR_Server *server = nullptr;
+  
+    /* TBD: Send notifications? */
+    int32_t count = wholeList->Length();
+    int32_t i;
+    for (i = count - 1; i >=0; i--)
+    {
+      server = wholeList->ElementAt(i);
+      if (server != nullptr)
+        DIR_DeleteServer(server);
+    }
+    delete wholeList;
+  }
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+ * Functions for managing JavaScript prefs for the DIR_Servers 
+ */
+
+static int
+comparePrefArrayMembers(const void* aElement1, const void* aElement2, void* aData)
+{
+    const char* element1 = *static_cast<const char* const *>(aElement1);
+    const char* element2 = *static_cast<const char* const *>(aElement2);
+    const uint32_t offset = *((const uint32_t*)aData);
+
+    // begin the comparison at |offset| chars into the string -
+    // this avoids comparing the "ldap_2.servers." portion of every element,
+    // which will always remain the same.
+    return strcmp(element1 + offset, element2 + offset);
+}
+
+static nsresult dir_GetChildList(const nsCString &aBranch,
+                                 uint32_t *aCount, char ***aChildList)
+{
+    uint32_t branchLen = aBranch.Length();
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefBranch = do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID);
+    if (!prefBranch) {
+        return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    }
+
+    nsresult rv = prefBranch->GetChildList(aBranch.get(), aCount, aChildList);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+        return rv;
+    }
+
+    // traverse the list, and truncate all the descendant strings to just
+    // one branch level below the root branch.
+    for (uint32_t i = *aCount; i--; ) {
+        // The prefname we passed to GetChildList was of the form
+        // "ldap_2.servers." and we are returned the descendants
+        // in the form of "ldap_2.servers.servername.foo"
+        // But we want the prefbranch of the servername, so
+        // write a NUL character in to terminate the string early.
+        char *endToken = strchr((*aChildList)[i] + branchLen, '.');
+        if (endToken)
+            *endToken = '\0';
+    }
+
+    if (*aCount > 1) {
+        // sort the list, in preparation for duplicate entry removal
+        NS_QuickSort(*aChildList, *aCount, sizeof(char*), comparePrefArrayMembers, &branchLen);
+
+        // traverse the list and remove duplicate entries.
+        // we use two positions in the list; the current entry and the next
+        // entry; and perform a bunch of in-place ptr moves. so |cur| points
+        // to the last unique entry, and |next| points to some (possibly much
+        // later) entry to test, at any given point. we know we have >= 2
+        // elements in the list here, so we just init the two counters sensibly
+        // to begin with.
+        uint32_t cur = 0;
+        for (uint32_t next = 1; next < *aCount; ++next) {
+            // check if the elements are equal or unique
+            if (!comparePrefArrayMembers(&((*aChildList)[cur]), &((*aChildList)[next]), &branchLen)) {
+                // equal - just free & increment the next element ptr
+
+                free((*aChildList)[next]);
+            } else {
+                // cur & next are unique, so we need to shift the element.
+                // ++cur will point to the next free location in the
+                // reduced array (it's okay if that's == next)
+                (*aChildList)[++cur] = (*aChildList)[next];
+            }
+        }
+
+        // update the unique element count
+        *aCount = cur + 1;
+    }
+
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+static char *DIR_GetStringPref(const char *prefRoot, const char *prefLeaf, const char *defaultValue)
+{
+    nsresult rv;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> pPref(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        return nullptr;
+
+    nsCString value;
+    nsAutoCString prefLocation(prefRoot);
+
+    prefLocation.Append('.');
+    prefLocation.Append(prefLeaf);
+
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(pPref->GetCharPref(prefLocation.get(), getter_Copies(value))))
+    {
+        /* unfortunately, there may be some prefs out there which look like this */
+        if (value.EqualsLiteral("(null)")) 
+        {
+            if (defaultValue)
+                value = defaultValue;
+            else
+                value.Truncate();
+        }
+
+        if (value.IsEmpty())
+        {
+          rv = pPref->GetCharPref(prefLocation.get(), getter_Copies(value));
+        }
+    }
+    else
+        value = defaultValue; 
+
+    return ToNewCString(value);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Get localized unicode string pref from properties file, convert into an UTF8 string
+ * since address book prefs store as UTF8 strings. So far there are 2 default
+ * prefs stored in addressbook.properties.
+ * "ldap_2.servers.pab.description"
+ * "ldap_2.servers.history.description"
+ */
+static char *DIR_GetLocalizedStringPref(const char *prefRoot, const char *prefLeaf)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> pPref(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return nullptr;
+
+  nsAutoCString prefLocation(prefRoot);
+  if (prefLeaf) {
+    prefLocation.Append('.');
+    prefLocation.Append(prefLeaf);
+  }
+
+  nsString wvalue;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefLocalizedString> locStr;
+
+  rv = pPref->GetComplexValue(prefLocation.get(), NS_GET_IID(nsIPrefLocalizedString), getter_AddRefs(locStr));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    rv = locStr->ToString(getter_Copies(wvalue));
+
+  char *value = nullptr;
+  if (!wvalue.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    value = ToNewCString(NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(wvalue));
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    // In TB 2 only some prefs had chrome:// URIs. We had code in place that would
+    // only get the localized string pref for the particular address books that
+    // were built-in.
+    // Additionally, nsIPrefBranch::getComplexValue will only get a non-user-set,
+    // non-locked pref value if it is a chrome:// URI and will get the string
+    // value at that chrome URI. This breaks extensions/autoconfig that want to
+    // set default pref values and allow users to change directory names.
+    //
+    // Now we have to support this, and so if for whatever reason we fail to get
+    // the localized version, then we try and get the non-localized version
+    // instead. If the string value is empty, then we'll just get the empty value
+    // back here.
+    rv = pPref->GetCharPref(prefLocation.get(), &value);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      value = nullptr;
+  }
+
+  return value;
+}
+
+static int32_t DIR_GetIntPref(const char *prefRoot, const char *prefLeaf, int32_t defaultValue)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> pPref(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return defaultValue;
+
+  int32_t value;
+  nsAutoCString prefLocation(prefRoot);
+
+  prefLocation.Append('.');
+  prefLocation.Append(prefLeaf);
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(pPref->GetIntPref(prefLocation.get(), &value)))
+    value = defaultValue;
+
+  return value;
+}
+
+/* This will convert from the old preference that was a path and filename */
+/* to a just a filename */
+static void DIR_ConvertServerFileName(DIR_Server* pServer)
+{
+  char* leafName = pServer->fileName;
+  char* newLeafName = nullptr;
+#if defined(XP_WIN)
+  /* jefft -- bug 73349 This is to allow users share same address book.
+   * It only works if the user specify a full path filename.
+   */
+#ifdef XP_FileIsFullPath
+  if (! XP_FileIsFullPath(leafName))
+    newLeafName = XP_STRRCHR (leafName, '\\');
+#endif /* XP_FileIsFullPath */
+#else
+  newLeafName = strrchr(leafName, '/');
+#endif
+    pServer->fileName = newLeafName ? strdup(newLeafName + 1) : strdup(leafName);
+  if (leafName) PR_Free(leafName);
+}
+
+/* This will generate a correct filename and then remove the path.
+ * Note: we are assuming that the default name is in the native
+ * filesystem charset. The filename will be returned as a UTF8
+ * string.
+ */
+void DIR_SetFileName(char** fileName, const char* defaultName)
+{
+  if (!fileName)
+    return;
+
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> dbPath;
+
+  *fileName = nullptr;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbManager> abManager = do_GetService(NS_ABMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv); 
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    rv = abManager->GetUserProfileDirectory(getter_AddRefs(dbPath));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    rv = dbPath->AppendNative(nsDependentCString(defaultName));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      rv = dbPath->CreateUnique(nsIFile::NORMAL_FILE_TYPE, 0664);
+
+      nsAutoString realFileName;
+      rv = dbPath->GetLeafName(realFileName);
+
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        *fileName = ToNewUTF8String(realFileName);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/****************************************************************
+Helper function used to generate a file name from the description
+of a directory. Caller must free returned string. 
+An extension is not applied 
+*****************************************************************/
+
+static char * dir_ConvertDescriptionToPrefName(DIR_Server * server)
+{
+#define MAX_PREF_NAME_SIZE 25
+  char * fileName = nullptr;
+  char fileNameBuf[MAX_PREF_NAME_SIZE];
+  int32_t srcIndex = 0;
+  int32_t destIndex = 0;
+  int32_t numSrcBytes = 0;
+  const char * descr = nullptr;
+  if (server && server->description)
+  {
+    descr = server->description;
+    numSrcBytes = PL_strlen(descr);
+    while (srcIndex < numSrcBytes && destIndex < MAX_PREF_NAME_SIZE-1)
+    {
+      if (IS_DIGIT(descr[srcIndex]) || IS_ALPHA(descr[srcIndex]))
+      {
+        fileNameBuf[destIndex] = descr[srcIndex];
+        destIndex++;
+      }
+
+      srcIndex++;
+    }
+
+    fileNameBuf[destIndex] = '\0'; /* zero out the last character */
+  }
+
+  if (destIndex) /* have at least one character in the file name? */
+  fileName = strdup(fileNameBuf);
+
+  return fileName;
+}
+
+
+void DIR_SetServerFileName(DIR_Server *server)
+{
+  char * tempName = nullptr; 
+  const char * prefName = nullptr;
+  uint32_t numHeaderBytes = 0; 
+
+  if (server && (!server->fileName || !(*server->fileName)) )
+  {
+          PR_FREEIF(server->fileName); // might be one byte empty string.
+    /* make sure we have a pref name...*/
+    if (!server->prefName || !*server->prefName)
+      server->prefName = dir_CreateServerPrefName(server);
+
+    /* set default personal address book file name*/
+    if ((server->position == 1) && (server->dirType == PABDirectory))
+            server->fileName = strdup(kPersonalAddressbook);
+    else
+    {
+      /* now use the pref name as the file name since we know the pref name
+         will be unique */
+      prefName = server->prefName;
+      if (prefName && *prefName)
+      {
+        /* extract just the pref name part and not the ldap tree name portion from the string */
+        numHeaderBytes = PL_strlen(PREF_LDAP_SERVER_TREE_NAME) + 1; /* + 1 for the '.' b4 the name */
+        if (PL_strlen(prefName) > numHeaderBytes) 
+                    tempName = strdup(prefName + numHeaderBytes);
+
+        if (tempName)
+        {
+          server->fileName = PR_smprintf("%s%s", tempName, kABFileName_CurrentSuffix);
+          PR_Free(tempName);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    if (!server->fileName || !*server->fileName) /* when all else has failed, generate a default name */
+    {
+      if (server->dirType == LDAPDirectory)
+        DIR_SetFileName(&(server->fileName), kMainLdapAddressBook); /* generates file name with an ldap prefix */
+      else
+        DIR_SetFileName(&(server->fileName), kPersonalAddressbook);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+static char *dir_CreateServerPrefName (DIR_Server *server)
+{
+  /* we are going to try to be smart in how we generate our server
+     pref name. We'll try to convert the description into a pref name
+     and then verify that it is unique. If it is unique then use it... */
+  char * leafName = dir_ConvertDescriptionToPrefName(server);
+  char * prefName = nullptr;
+  bool isUnique = false;
+
+  if (!leafName || !*leafName)
+  {
+    // we need to handle this in case the description has no alphanumeric chars
+    // it's very common for cjk users
+    leafName = strdup("_nonascii");
+  }
+
+  if (leafName)
+  {
+    int32_t uniqueIDCnt = 0;
+        char **children = nullptr;
+    /* we need to verify that this pref string name is unique */
+    prefName = PR_smprintf(PREF_LDAP_SERVER_TREE_NAME".%s", leafName);
+    isUnique = false;
+    uint32_t prefCount;
+    nsresult rv = dir_GetChildList(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(PREF_LDAP_SERVER_TREE_NAME "."),
+                                   &prefCount, &children);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      while (!isUnique && prefName)
+      {
+        isUnique = true; /* now flip the logic and assume we are unique until we find a match */
+        for (uint32_t i = 0; i < prefCount && isUnique; ++i)
+        {
+          if (!PL_strcasecmp(children[i], prefName)) /* are they the same branch? */
+            isUnique = false;
+        }
+        if (!isUnique) /* then try generating a new pref name and try again */
+        {
+          PR_smprintf_free(prefName);
+          prefName = PR_smprintf(PREF_LDAP_SERVER_TREE_NAME".%s_%d", leafName, ++uniqueIDCnt);
+        }
+      } /* if we have a list of pref Names */
+
+      NS_FREE_XPCOM_ALLOCATED_POINTER_ARRAY(prefCount, children);
+    } /* while we don't have a unique name */
+
+    // fallback to "user_directory_N" form if we failed to verify
+    if (!isUnique && prefName)
+    {
+      PR_smprintf_free(prefName);
+      prefName = nullptr;
+    }
+
+    PR_Free(leafName);
+
+  } /* if leafName */
+
+  if (!prefName) /* last resort if we still don't have a pref name is to use user_directory string */
+    return PR_smprintf(PREF_LDAP_SERVER_TREE_NAME".user_directory_%d", ++dir_UserId);
+  else
+    return prefName;
+}
+
+static void DIR_GetPrefsForOneServer(DIR_Server *server)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> pPref(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return;
+  
+  char    *prefstring = server->prefName;
+
+  // this call fills in tempstring with the position pref, and
+  // we then check to see if it's locked.
+  server->position = DIR_GetIntPref (prefstring, "position", kDefaultPosition);
+
+  // For default address books, this will get the name from the chrome
+  // file referenced, for other address books it'll just retrieve it from prefs
+  // as normal.
+  server->description = DIR_GetLocalizedStringPref(prefstring, "description");
+
+  server->dirType = (DirectoryType)DIR_GetIntPref (prefstring, "dirType", LDAPDirectory);
+
+  server->fileName = DIR_GetStringPref (prefstring, "filename", "");
+  // if we don't have a file name try and get one
+  if (!server->fileName || !*(server->fileName)) 
+    DIR_SetServerFileName (server);
+  if (server->fileName && *server->fileName)
+    DIR_ConvertServerFileName(server);
+
+  // the string "s" is the default uri ( <scheme> + "://" + <filename> )
+  nsCString s((server->dirType == PABDirectory || server->dirType == MAPIDirectory) ?
+#if defined(MOZ_LDAP_XPCOM)
+    kMDBDirectoryRoot : kLDAPDirectoryRoot);
+#else
+    // Fallback to the all directory root in the non-ldap enabled case.
+    kMDBDirectoryRoot : kAllDirectoryRoot);
+#endif
+  s.Append (server->fileName);
+  server->uri = DIR_GetStringPref (prefstring, "uri", s.get ());
+}
+
+static nsresult dir_GetPrefs(nsTArray<DIR_Server*> **list)
+{
+    nsresult rv;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> pPref(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        return rv;
+
+    (*list) = new nsTArray<DIR_Server*>();
+    if (!(*list))
+        return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+    char **children;
+    uint32_t prefCount;
+
+    rv = dir_GetChildList(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(PREF_LDAP_SERVER_TREE_NAME "."),
+                          &prefCount, &children);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        return rv;
+
+    /* TBD: Temporary code to read broken "ldap" preferences tree.
+     *      Remove line with if statement after M10.
+     */
+    if (dir_UserId == 0)
+        pPref->GetIntPref(PREF_LDAP_GLOBAL_TREE_NAME".user_id", &dir_UserId);
+
+    for (uint32_t i = 0; i < prefCount; ++i)
+    {
+        DIR_Server *server;
+
+        server = (DIR_Server *)PR_Calloc(1, sizeof(DIR_Server));
+        if (server)
+        {
+            DIR_InitServer(server);
+            server->prefName = strdup(children[i]);
+            DIR_GetPrefsForOneServer(server);
+            if (server->description && server->description[0] && 
+                ((server->dirType == PABDirectory ||
+                  server->dirType == MAPIDirectory ||
+                  server->dirType == FixedQueryLDAPDirectory ||  // this one might go away
+                  server->dirType == LDAPDirectory)))
+            {
+                if (!dir_IsServerDeleted(server))
+                {
+                    (*list)->AppendElement(server);
+                }
+                else
+                    DIR_DeleteServer(server);
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                DIR_DeleteServer(server);
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    NS_FREE_XPCOM_ALLOCATED_POINTER_ARRAY(prefCount, children);
+
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// I don't think we care about locked positions, etc.
+void DIR_SortServersByPosition(nsTArray<DIR_Server*> *serverList)
+{
+  int i, j;
+  DIR_Server *server;
+  
+  int count = serverList->Length();
+  for (i = 0; i < count - 1; i++)
+  {
+    for (j = i + 1; j < count; j++)
+    {
+      if (serverList->ElementAt(j)->position < serverList->ElementAt(i)->position)
+      {
+        server = serverList->ElementAt(i);
+        serverList->ReplaceElementAt(i, serverList->ElementAt(j));
+        serverList->ReplaceElementAt(j, server);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+static nsresult DIR_GetServerPreferences(nsTArray<DIR_Server*>** list)
+{
+  nsresult err;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> pPref(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &err));
+  if (NS_FAILED(err))
+    return err;
+
+  int32_t version = -1;
+  nsTArray<DIR_Server*> *newList = nullptr;
+  
+  /* Update the ldap list version and see if there are old prefs to migrate. */
+  err = pPref->GetIntPref(PREF_LDAP_VERSION_NAME, &version);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(err, err);
+
+  /* Find the new-style "ldap_2.servers" tree in prefs */
+  err = dir_GetPrefs(&newList);
+
+  if (version < kCurrentListVersion)
+  {
+    pPref->SetIntPref(PREF_LDAP_VERSION_NAME, kCurrentListVersion);
+  }
+ 
+  DIR_SortServersByPosition(newList);
+
+  *list = newList;
+
+  return err;
+}
+
+static void DIR_SetStringPref(const char *prefRoot, const char *prefLeaf, const char *value, const char *defaultValue)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> pPref(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv)); 
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) 
+    return;
+
+  nsCString defaultPref;
+  nsAutoCString prefLocation(prefRoot);
+
+  prefLocation.Append('.');
+  prefLocation.Append(prefLeaf);
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(pPref->GetCharPref(prefLocation.get(), getter_Copies(defaultPref))))
+  {
+    /* If there's a default pref, just set ours in and let libpref worry 
+     * about potential defaults in all.js
+     */
+    if (value) /* added this check to make sure we have a value before we try to set it..*/
+      rv = pPref->SetCharPref (prefLocation.get(), value);
+    else
+      rv = pPref->ClearUserPref(prefLocation.get());
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* If there's no default pref, look for a user pref, and only set our value in
+     * if the user pref is different than one of them.
+     */
+    nsCString userPref;
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(pPref->GetCharPref (prefLocation.get(), getter_Copies(userPref))))
+    {
+      if (value && (defaultValue ? PL_strcasecmp(value, defaultValue) : value != defaultValue))
+        rv = pPref->SetCharPref (prefLocation.get(), value);
+      else
+        rv = pPref->ClearUserPref(prefLocation.get());
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      if (value && (defaultValue ? PL_strcasecmp(value, defaultValue) : value != defaultValue))
+        rv = pPref->SetCharPref (prefLocation.get(), value); 
+    }
+  }
+
+  NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "Could not set pref in DIR_SetStringPref");
+}
+
+static void DIR_SetLocalizedStringPref
+(const char *prefRoot, const char *prefLeaf, const char *value)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefService> prefSvc(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return;
+
+  nsAutoCString prefLocation(prefRoot);
+  prefLocation.Append('.');
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefBranch;
+  rv = prefSvc->GetBranch(prefLocation.get(), getter_AddRefs(prefBranch));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return;
+
+  nsString wvalue;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefLocalizedString> newStr(
+    do_CreateInstance(NS_PREFLOCALIZEDSTRING_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+  {
+    NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "Could not createInstance in DIR_SetLocalizedStringPref");
+    return;
+  }
+
+  NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16 newValue(value);
+
+  rv = newStr->SetData(newValue.get());
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+  {
+    NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "Could not set pref data in DIR_SetLocalizedStringPref");
+    return;
+  }
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefLocalizedString> locStr;
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(prefBranch->GetComplexValue(prefLeaf,
+                                               NS_GET_IID(nsIPrefLocalizedString),
+                                               getter_AddRefs(locStr))))
+  {
+    nsString data;
+    locStr->GetData(getter_Copies(data));
+
+    // Only set the pref if the data values aren't the same (i.e. don't change
+    // unnecessarily, but also, don't change in the case that its a chrome
+    // string pointing to the value we want to set the pref to).
+    if (newValue != data)
+      rv = prefBranch->SetComplexValue(prefLeaf,
+                                       NS_GET_IID(nsIPrefLocalizedString),
+                                       newStr);
+  }
+  else {
+    // No value set, but check the default pref branch (i.e. user may have
+    // cleared the pref)
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> dPB;
+    rv = prefSvc->GetDefaultBranch(prefLocation.get(),
+                                   getter_AddRefs(dPB));
+
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(dPB->GetComplexValue(prefLeaf,
+                                          NS_GET_IID(nsIPrefLocalizedString),
+                                          getter_AddRefs(locStr))))
+    {
+      // Default branch has a value
+      nsString data;
+      locStr->GetData(getter_Copies(data));
+
+      if (newValue != data)
+        // If the vales aren't the same, set the data on the main pref branch
+        rv = prefBranch->SetComplexValue(prefLeaf,
+                                         NS_GET_IID(nsIPrefLocalizedString),
+                                         newStr);
+      else
+        // Else if they are, kill the user pref
+        rv = prefBranch->ClearUserPref(prefLeaf);
+    }
+    else
+      // No values set anywhere, so just set the pref
+      rv = prefBranch->SetComplexValue(prefLeaf,
+                                       NS_GET_IID(nsIPrefLocalizedString),
+                                       newStr);
+  }
+
+  NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "Could not set pref in DIR_SetLocalizedStringPref");
+}
+
+
+static void DIR_SetIntPref(const char *prefRoot, const char *prefLeaf, int32_t value, int32_t defaultValue)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> pPref(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv)); 
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) 
+    return;
+
+  int32_t defaultPref;
+  nsAutoCString prefLocation(prefRoot);
+
+  prefLocation.Append('.');
+  prefLocation.Append(prefLeaf);
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(pPref->GetIntPref(prefLocation.get(), &defaultPref)))
+  {
+    /* solve the problem where reordering user prefs must override default prefs */
+    rv = pPref->SetIntPref(prefLocation.get(), value);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    int32_t userPref;
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(pPref->GetIntPref(prefLocation.get(), &userPref)))
+    {
+      if (value != defaultValue)
+        rv = pPref->SetIntPref(prefLocation.get(), value);
+      else
+        rv = pPref->ClearUserPref(prefLocation.get());
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      if (value != defaultValue)
+        rv = pPref->SetIntPref(prefLocation.get(), value); 
+    }
+  }
+
+  NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "Could not set pref in DIR_SetIntPref");
+}
+
+void DIR_SavePrefsForOneServer(DIR_Server *server)
+{
+  if (!server)
+    return;
+
+  char *prefstring;
+
+  if (server->prefName == nullptr)
+    server->prefName = dir_CreateServerPrefName(server);
+  prefstring = server->prefName;
+
+  server->savingServer = true;
+
+  DIR_SetIntPref (prefstring, "position", server->position, kDefaultPosition);
+
+  // Only save the non-default address book name
+  DIR_SetLocalizedStringPref(prefstring, "description", server->description);
+
+  DIR_SetStringPref(prefstring, "filename", server->fileName, "");
+  DIR_SetIntPref(prefstring, "dirType", server->dirType, LDAPDirectory);
+
+  if (server->dirType != PABDirectory)
+    DIR_SetStringPref(prefstring, "uri", server->uri, "");
+
+  server->savingServer = false;
+}
+
+static void DIR_SaveServerPreferences(nsTArray<DIR_Server*> *wholeList)
+{
+  if (wholeList)
+  {
+    nsresult rv;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> pPref(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv)); 
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+      NS_WARNING("DIR_SaveServerPreferences: Failed to get the pref service\n");
+      return;
+    }
+
+    int32_t  i;
+    int32_t  count = wholeList->Length();
+    DIR_Server *server;
+
+    for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
+    {
+      server = wholeList->ElementAt(i);
+      if (server)
+        DIR_SavePrefsForOneServer(server);
+    }
+    pPref->SetIntPref(PREF_LDAP_GLOBAL_TREE_NAME".user_id", dir_UserId);
+  }
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsDirPrefs.h b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsDirPrefs.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d27a4fcb5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsDirPrefs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _NSDIRPREFS_H_
+#define _NSDIRPREFS_H_
+
+#include "nsTArray.h"
+
+//
+// XXX nsDirPrefs is being greatly reduced if not removed altogether. Directory
+// Prefs etc. should be handled via their appropriate nsAb*Directory classes.
+//
+
+#define kPreviousListVersion   2
+#define kCurrentListVersion    3
+#define PREF_LDAP_GLOBAL_TREE_NAME "ldap_2"
+#define PREF_LDAP_VERSION_NAME     "ldap_2.version"
+#define PREF_LDAP_SERVER_TREE_NAME "ldap_2.servers"
+
+#define kMainLdapAddressBook "ldap.mab"   /* v3 main ldap address book file */
+
+/* DIR_Server.dirType */
+typedef enum
+{
+	LDAPDirectory,
+	HTMLDirectory,
+  PABDirectory,
+  MAPIDirectory,
+  FixedQueryLDAPDirectory = 777
+} DirectoryType;
+
+typedef enum
+{
+	idNone = 0,					/* Special value                          */ 
+	idPrefName,
+	idPosition, 
+	idDescription,
+	idFileName,
+	idUri,
+	idType
+} DIR_PrefId;
+
+#define DIR_Server_typedef 1     /* this quiets a redeclare warning in libaddr */
+
+typedef struct DIR_Server
+{
+	/* Housekeeping fields */
+	char   *prefName;			/* preference name, this server's subtree */
+	int32_t  position;			/* relative position in server list       */
+
+	/* General purpose fields */
+	char   *description;		/* human readable name                    */
+	char   *fileName;			/* XP path name of local DB               */
+	DirectoryType dirType;	
+  char    *uri;       // URI of the address book
+
+  // Set whilst saving the server to avoid updating it again
+  bool savingServer;
+} DIR_Server;
+
+/* We are developing a new model for managing DIR_Servers. In the 4.0x world, the FEs managed each list. 
+	Calls to FE_GetDirServer caused the FEs to manage and return the DIR_Server list. In our new view of the
+	world, the back end does most of the list management so we are going to have the back end create and 
+	manage the list. Replace calls to FE_GetDirServers() with DIR_GetDirServers(). */
+
+nsTArray<DIR_Server*>* DIR_GetDirectories();
+DIR_Server* DIR_GetServerFromList(const char* prefName);
+nsresult DIR_ShutDown(void);  /* FEs should call this when the app is shutting down. It frees all DIR_Servers regardless of ref count values! */
+
+nsresult DIR_AddNewAddressBook(const nsAString &dirName,
+                               const nsACString &fileName,
+                               const nsACString &uri, 
+                               DirectoryType dirType,
+                               const nsACString &prefName,
+                               DIR_Server** pServer);
+nsresult DIR_ContainsServer(DIR_Server* pServer, bool *hasDir);
+
+nsresult DIR_DeleteServerFromList (DIR_Server *);
+
+void    DIR_SavePrefsForOneServer(DIR_Server *server);
+
+void DIR_SetServerFileName(DIR_Server* pServer);
+
+#endif /* dirprefs.h */
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsMapiAddressBook.cpp b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsMapiAddressBook.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..80d737fb2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsMapiAddressBook.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+#include "nsMapiAddressBook.h"
+
+#include "mozilla/Logging.h"
+
+#ifdef PR_LOGGING
+static PRLogModuleInfo* gMapiAddressBookLog
+    = PR_NewLogModule("nsMapiAddressBookLog");
+#endif
+
+#define PRINTF(args) MOZ_LOG(gMapiAddressBookLog, mozilla::LogLevel::Debug, args)
+
+using namespace mozilla;
+
+HMODULE nsMapiAddressBook::mLibrary = NULL ;
+int32_t nsMapiAddressBook::mLibUsage = 0 ;
+LPMAPIINITIALIZE nsMapiAddressBook::mMAPIInitialize = NULL ;
+LPMAPIUNINITIALIZE nsMapiAddressBook::mMAPIUninitialize = NULL ;
+LPMAPIALLOCATEBUFFER nsMapiAddressBook::mMAPIAllocateBuffer = NULL ;
+LPMAPIFREEBUFFER nsMapiAddressBook::mMAPIFreeBuffer = NULL ;
+LPMAPILOGONEX nsMapiAddressBook::mMAPILogonEx = NULL ;
+
+BOOL nsMapiAddressBook::mInitialized = FALSE ;
+BOOL nsMapiAddressBook::mLogonDone = FALSE ;
+LPMAPISESSION nsMapiAddressBook::mRootSession = NULL ;
+LPADRBOOK nsMapiAddressBook::mRootBook = NULL ;
+
+BOOL nsMapiAddressBook::LoadMapiLibrary(void)
+{
+    if (mLibrary) { ++ mLibUsage ; return TRUE ; }
+    HMODULE libraryHandle = LoadLibrary("MAPI32.DLL") ;
+
+    if (!libraryHandle) { return FALSE ; }
+    FARPROC entryPoint = GetProcAddress(libraryHandle, "MAPIGetNetscapeVersion") ;
+
+    if (entryPoint) {
+        FreeLibrary(libraryHandle) ;
+        libraryHandle = LoadLibrary("MAPI32BAK.DLL") ;
+        if (!libraryHandle) { return FALSE ; }
+    }
+    mLibrary = libraryHandle ;
+    ++ mLibUsage ;
+    mMAPIInitialize = reinterpret_cast<LPMAPIINITIALIZE>(GetProcAddress(mLibrary, "MAPIInitialize")) ;
+    if (!mMAPIInitialize) { return FALSE ; }
+    mMAPIUninitialize = reinterpret_cast<LPMAPIUNINITIALIZE>(GetProcAddress(mLibrary, "MAPIUninitialize")) ;
+    if (!mMAPIUninitialize) { return FALSE ; }
+    mMAPIAllocateBuffer = reinterpret_cast<LPMAPIALLOCATEBUFFER>(GetProcAddress(mLibrary, "MAPIAllocateBuffer")) ;
+    if (!mMAPIAllocateBuffer) { return FALSE ; }
+    mMAPIFreeBuffer = reinterpret_cast<LPMAPIFREEBUFFER>(GetProcAddress(mLibrary, "MAPIFreeBuffer")) ;
+    if (!mMAPIFreeBuffer) { return FALSE ; }
+    mMAPILogonEx = reinterpret_cast<LPMAPILOGONEX>(GetProcAddress(mLibrary, "MAPILogonEx")) ;
+    if (!mMAPILogonEx) { return FALSE ; }
+    MAPIINIT_0 mapiInit = { MAPI_INIT_VERSION, MAPI_MULTITHREAD_NOTIFICATIONS } ;
+    HRESULT retCode = mMAPIInitialize(&mapiInit) ;
+
+    if (HR_FAILED(retCode)) { 
+        PRINTF(("Cannot initialize MAPI %08x.\n", retCode)) ; return FALSE ;
+    }
+    mInitialized = TRUE ;
+    retCode = mMAPILogonEx(0, NULL, NULL,
+                           MAPI_NO_MAIL | 
+                           MAPI_USE_DEFAULT | 
+                           MAPI_EXTENDED | 
+                           MAPI_NEW_SESSION,
+                           &mRootSession) ;
+    if (HR_FAILED(retCode)) { 
+        PRINTF(("Cannot logon to MAPI %08x.\n", retCode)) ; return FALSE ;
+    }
+    mLogonDone = TRUE ;
+    retCode = mRootSession->OpenAddressBook(0, NULL, 0, &mRootBook) ;
+    if (HR_FAILED(retCode)) { 
+        PRINTF(("Cannot open MAPI address book %08x.\n", retCode)) ;
+    }
+    return HR_SUCCEEDED(retCode) ;
+}
+
+void nsMapiAddressBook::FreeMapiLibrary(void)
+{
+    if (mLibrary) {
+        if (-- mLibUsage == 0) {
+            {
+                if (mRootBook) { mRootBook->Release() ; }
+                if (mRootSession) {
+                    if (mLogonDone) { 
+                        mRootSession->Logoff(NULL, 0, 0) ; 
+                        mLogonDone = FALSE ;
+                    }
+                    mRootSession->Release() ;
+                }
+                if (mInitialized) { 
+                    mMAPIUninitialize() ; 
+                    mInitialized = FALSE ;
+                }
+            }  
+            FreeLibrary(mLibrary) ;
+            mLibrary = NULL ; 
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+nsMapiAddressBook::nsMapiAddressBook(void)
+: nsAbWinHelper()
+{
+    BOOL result = Initialize() ;
+
+    NS_ASSERTION(result == TRUE, "Couldn't initialize Mapi Helper") ;
+    MOZ_COUNT_CTOR(nsMapiAddressBook) ;
+}
+
+nsMapiAddressBook::~nsMapiAddressBook(void)
+{
+    MutexAutoLock guard(*mMutex) ;
+
+    FreeMapiLibrary() ;
+    MOZ_COUNT_DTOR(nsMapiAddressBook) ;
+}
+
+BOOL nsMapiAddressBook::Initialize(void)
+{
+    if (mAddressBook) { return TRUE ; }
+    MutexAutoLock guard(*mMutex) ;
+
+    if (!LoadMapiLibrary()) {
+        PRINTF(("Cannot load library.\n")) ;
+        return FALSE ;
+    }
+    mAddressBook = mRootBook ; 
+    return TRUE ;
+}
+
+void nsMapiAddressBook::AllocateBuffer(ULONG aByteCount, LPVOID *aBuffer)
+{
+    mMAPIAllocateBuffer(aByteCount, aBuffer) ;
+}
+
+void nsMapiAddressBook::FreeBuffer(LPVOID aBuffer)
+{
+    mMAPIFreeBuffer(aBuffer) ;
+}
+
+
+
+
+
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsMapiAddressBook.h b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsMapiAddressBook.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ed19b01be
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsMapiAddressBook.h
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+#ifndef nsMapiAddressBook_h___
+#define nsMapiAddressBook_h___
+
+#include "mozilla/Attributes.h"
+#include "nsAbWinHelper.h"
+ 
+class nsMapiAddressBook : public nsAbWinHelper
+{
+public :
+    nsMapiAddressBook(void) ;
+    virtual ~nsMapiAddressBook(void) ;
+
+protected :
+    // Class members to handle the library/entry points
+    static HMODULE mLibrary ;
+    static int32_t mLibUsage ;
+    static LPMAPIINITIALIZE mMAPIInitialize ;
+    static LPMAPIUNINITIALIZE mMAPIUninitialize ;
+    static LPMAPIALLOCATEBUFFER mMAPIAllocateBuffer ;
+    static LPMAPIFREEBUFFER mMAPIFreeBuffer ;
+    static LPMAPILOGONEX mMAPILogonEx ;
+    // Shared session and address book used by all instances.
+    // For reasons best left unknown, MAPI doesn't seem to like
+    // having different threads playing with supposedly different
+    // sessions and address books. They ll end up fighting over
+    // the same resources, with hangups and GPF resulting. Not nice.
+    // So it seems that if everybody (as long as some client is 
+    // still alive) is using the same sessions and address books,
+    // MAPI feels better. And who are we to get in the way of MAPI
+    // happiness? Thus the following class members:
+    static BOOL mInitialized ;
+    static BOOL mLogonDone ;
+    static LPMAPISESSION mRootSession ;
+    static LPADRBOOK mRootBook ;
+
+    // Load the MAPI environment
+    BOOL Initialize(void) ;
+    // Allocation of a buffer for transmission to interfaces
+    virtual void AllocateBuffer(ULONG aByteCount, LPVOID *aBuffer) override;
+    // Destruction of a buffer provided by the interfaces
+    virtual void FreeBuffer(LPVOID aBuffer) override;
+    // Library management 
+    static BOOL LoadMapiLibrary(void) ;
+    static void FreeMapiLibrary(void) ;
+
+private :
+} ;
+
+#endif // nsMapiAddressBook_h___
+
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsMsgVCardService.cpp b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsMsgVCardService.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..91f6f522e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsMsgVCardService.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsMsgVCardService.h"
+#include "nsVCard.h"
+#include "prmem.h"
+#include "plstr.h"
+    
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMsgVCardService, nsIMsgVCardService)
+
+nsMsgVCardService::nsMsgVCardService()
+{
+}
+
+nsMsgVCardService::~nsMsgVCardService()
+{
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP_(void) nsMsgVCardService::CleanVObject(VObject * o)
+{
+    cleanVObject(o);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP_(VObject *) nsMsgVCardService::NextVObjectInList(VObject * o)
+{
+    return nextVObjectInList(o);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP_(VObject *) nsMsgVCardService::Parse_MIME(const char *input, uint32_t len)
+{
+    return parse_MIME(input, (unsigned long)len);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP_(char *) nsMsgVCardService::FakeCString(VObject * o)
+{
+    return fakeCString(vObjectUStringZValue(o));
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP_(VObject *) nsMsgVCardService::IsAPropertyOf(VObject * o, const char *id)
+{
+    return isAPropertyOf(o,id);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP_(char *) nsMsgVCardService::WriteMemoryVObjects(const char *s, int32_t *len, VObject * list, bool expandSpaces)
+{
+    return writeMemoryVObjects((char *)s, len, list, expandSpaces);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP_(VObject *) nsMsgVCardService::NextVObject(VObjectIterator * i)
+{
+    return nextVObject(i);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP_(void) nsMsgVCardService::InitPropIterator(VObjectIterator * i, VObject * o)
+{
+    initPropIterator(i,o);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP_(int32_t) nsMsgVCardService::MoreIteration(VObjectIterator * i)
+{
+    return ((int32_t)moreIteration(i));
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP_(const char *) nsMsgVCardService::VObjectName(VObject * o)
+{
+    return vObjectName(o);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP_(char *) nsMsgVCardService::VObjectAnyValue(VObject * o)
+{
+    char *retval = (char *)PR_MALLOC(strlen((char *)vObjectAnyValue(o)) + 1);
+    if (retval)
+        PL_strcpy(retval, (char *) vObjectAnyValue(o));
+    return retval;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsMsgVCardService.h b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsMsgVCardService.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7e7da8766
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsMsgVCardService.h
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsMsgVCardService_h___
+#define nsMsgVCardService_h___
+
+#include "nsIMsgVCardService.h"
+#include "nsISupports.h"
+
+class nsMsgVCardService : public nsIMsgVCardService
+{
+public:
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGVCARDSERVICE
+
+  nsMsgVCardService();
+
+private:
+  virtual ~nsMsgVCardService();
+};
+
+#endif /* nsMsgVCardService_h___ */
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsVCard.cpp b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsVCard.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b8c2455b2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsVCard.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1571 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/***************************************************************************
+(C) Copyright 1996 Apple Computer, Inc., AT&T Corp., International             
+Business Machines Corporation and Siemens Rolm Communications Inc.             
+                                                                               
+For purposes of this license notice, the term Licensors shall mean,            
+collectively, Apple Computer, Inc., AT&T Corp., International                  
+Business Machines Corporation and Siemens Rolm Communications Inc.             
+The term Licensor shall mean any of the Licensors.                             
+                                                                               
+Subject to acceptance of the following conditions, permission is hereby        
+granted by Licensors without the need for written agreement and without        
+license or royalty fees, to use, copy, modify and distribute this              
+software for any purpose.                                                      
+                                                                               
+The above copyright notice and the following four paragraphs must be           
+reproduced in all copies of this software and any software including           
+this software.                                                                 
+                                                                               
+THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS AND NO LICENSOR SHALL HAVE       
+ANY OBLIGATION TO PROVIDE MAINTENANCE, SUPPORT, UPDATES, ENHANCEMENTS OR       
+MODIFICATIONS.                                                                 
+                                                                               
+IN NO EVENT SHALL ANY LICENSOR BE LIABLE TO ANY PARTY FOR DIRECT,              
+INDIRECT, SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR LOST PROFITS ARISING OUT         
+OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH         
+DAMAGE.                                                                        
+                                                                               
+EACH LICENSOR SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,       
+INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY WARRANTY OF NONINFRINGEMENT OR THE            
+IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR             
+PURPOSE.                                                                       
+
+The software is provided with RESTRICTED RIGHTS.  Use, duplication, or         
+disclosure by the government are subject to restrictions set forth in          
+DFARS 252.227-7013 or 48 CFR 52.227-19, as applicable.                         
+
+***************************************************************************/
+
+/*
+ * src: vcc.c
+ * doc: Parser for vCard and vCalendar. Note that this code is
+ * generated by a yacc parser generator. Generally it should not
+ * be edited by hand. The real source is vcc.y. The #line directives
+ * can be commented out here to make it easier to trace through
+ * in a debugger. However, if a bug is found it should 
+ *
+ * the vcc.y that _this_ vcc.c comes from is lost.
+ * I couldn't find it in the 4.x tree
+ * I bet we took it from IMC's original SDK, but the SDK has been taken down.
+ * see http://www.imc.org/imc-vcard/mail-archive/msg00460.html
+ *
+ * for what it's worth, see 
+ * http://softwarestudio.org/libical/
+ * http://lxr.mozilla.org/mozilla/source/other-licenses/libical/src/libicalvcal/vcc.y
+ * http://lxr.mozilla.org/mozilla/source/other-licenses/libical/src/libicalvcal/vcc.c
+ */
+#include "nsVCard.h"
+#include "nsVCardObj.h"
+#include "prprf.h"
+#include "nscore.h"
+#include <string.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+#ifndef lint
+char yysccsid[] = "@(#)yaccpar	1.4 (Berkeley) 02/25/90";
+#endif
+/*#line 2 "vcc.y" */
+
+/* debugging utilities */
+#define DBG_(x)
+
+#ifndef _NO_LINE_FOLDING
+#define _SUPPORT_LINE_FOLDING
+#endif
+
+/****  External Functions  ****/
+
+/* assign local name to parser variables and functions so that
+   we can use more than one yacc based parser.
+*/
+
+#define yyparse mime_parse
+#define yylex mime_lex
+#define yyerror mime_error
+#define yychar mime_char
+/* #define p_yyval p_mime_val */
+#undef yyval
+#define yyval mime_yyval
+/* #define p_yylval p_mime_lval */
+#undef yylval
+#define yylval mime_yylval
+#define yydebug mime_debug
+#define yynerrs mime_nerrs
+#define yyerrflag mime_errflag
+#define yyss mime_ss
+#define yyssp mime_ssp
+#define yyvs mime_vs
+#define yyvsp mime_vsp
+#define yylhs mime_lhs
+#define yylen mime_len
+#define yydefred mime_defred
+#define yydgoto mime_dgoto
+#define yysindex mime_sindex
+#define yyrindex mime_rindex
+#define yygindex mime_gindex
+#define yytable mime_table
+#define yycheck mime_check
+#define yyname mime_name
+#define yyrule mime_rule
+#define YYPREFIX "mime_"
+
+#include "prmem.h"
+#include "plstr.h"
+
+#ifndef FALSE
+#define FALSE 0
+#endif
+#ifndef TRUE
+#define TRUE 1
+#endif
+
+/****  Types, Constants  ****/
+
+#define YYDEBUG		0	/* 1 to compile in some debugging code */
+#define PR_MAXTOKEN	256	/* maximum token (line) length */
+#define YYSTACKSIZE 	50	/* ~unref ?*/
+#define PR_MAXLEVEL	10	/* max # of nested objects parseable */
+				/* (includes outermost) */
+
+
+/****  Global Variables  ****/
+int mime_lineNum, mime_numErrors; /* yyerror() can use these */
+static VObject* vObjList;
+static VObject *curProp;
+static VObject *curObj;
+static VObject* ObjStack[PR_MAXLEVEL];
+static int ObjStackTop;
+
+
+/* A helpful utility for the rest of the app. */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+    extern void yyerror(const char *s);
+	  extern char** fieldedProp;
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+    }
+#endif
+
+int yyparse();
+
+enum LexMode {
+	L_NORMAL,
+	L_VCARD,
+	L_VCAL,
+	L_VEVENT,
+	L_VTODO,
+	L_VALUES,
+	L_BASE64,
+	L_QUOTED_PRINTABLE
+	};
+
+/****  Private Forward Declarations  ****/
+static int pushVObject(const char *prop);
+static VObject* popVObject();
+static int lexGeta();  
+static int lexGetc_();
+static int lexGetc();
+static void lexSkipLookahead();
+static int lexLookahead();
+static void lexSkipWhite();
+static void lexClearToken();
+static char * lexStr();
+static char * lexGetDataFromBase64();
+static char * lexGetQuotedPrintable();
+static char * lexGet1Value();
+static char * lexGetWord();
+static void finiLex();
+
+static VObject* parse_MIMEHelper();
+
+/*static char* lexDataFromBase64();*/
+static void lexPopMode(int top);
+static int lexWithinMode(enum LexMode mode);
+static void lexPushMode(enum LexMode mode);
+static void enterProps(const char *s);
+static void enterAttr(const char *s1, const char *s2);
+static void enterValues(const char *value);
+
+/*#line 250 "vcc.y" */
+typedef union {
+    char *str;
+    VObject *vobj;
+    } YYSTYPE;
+/*#line 253 "y_tab.c"*/
+#define EQ 257
+#define COLON 258
+#define DOT 259
+#define SEMICOLON 260
+#define SPACE 261
+#define HTAB 262
+#define LINESEP 263
+#define NEWLINE 264
+#define BEGIN_VCARD 265
+#define END_VCARD 266
+#define BEGIN_VCAL 267
+#define END_VCAL 268
+#define BEGIN_VEVENT 269
+#define END_VEVENT 270
+#define BEGIN_VTODO 271
+#define END_VTODO 272
+#define ID 273
+#define STRING 274
+#define YYERRCODE 256
+short yylhs[] = {                                        -1,
+    0,    7,    6,    6,    5,    5,    9,    3,   10,    3,
+    8,    8,   14,   11,   11,   16,   12,   12,   15,   15,
+   17,   18,   18,    1,   19,   13,   13,    2,    2,   21,
+    4,   22,    4,   20,   20,   23,   23,   23,   26,   24,
+   27,   24,   28,   25,   29,   25,
+};
+short yylen[] = {                                         2,
+    1,    0,    3,    1,    1,    1,    0,    4,    0,    3,
+    2,    1,    0,    5,    1,    0,    3,    1,    2,    1,
+    2,    1,    3,    1,    0,    4,    1,    1,    0,    0,
+    4,    0,    3,    2,    1,    1,    1,    1,    0,    4,
+    0,    3,    0,    4,    0,    3,
+};
+short yydefred[] = {                                      0,
+    0,    0,    0,    5,    6,    0,    1,    0,    0,    0,
+    0,    0,   15,   24,    0,    0,    0,    0,   10,    0,
+    0,   38,    0,    0,   36,   37,   33,    3,    0,    8,
+   11,   13,    0,    0,    0,    0,   31,   34,    0,   17,
+    0,    0,    0,   42,    0,   46,    0,   21,   19,   28,
+    0,    0,   40,   44,    0,   25,   14,   23,    0,   26,
+};
+short yydgoto[] = {                                       3,
+   15,   51,    4,    5,    6,    7,   12,   22,    8,    9,
+   17,   18,   52,   42,   40,   29,   41,   48,   59,   23,
+   10,   11,   24,   25,   26,   33,   34,   35,   36,
+};
+short yysindex[] = {                                   -227,
+    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0, -249, -262, -253,
+ -258, -227,    0,    0,    0, -234, -249, -215,    0,    0,
+    0,    0, -223, -253,    0,    0,    0,    0, -247,    0,
+    0,    0, -249, -222, -249, -225,    0,    0, -224,    0,
+ -247, -221, -220,    0, -218,    0, -206,    0,    0,    0,
+ -208, -207,    0,    0, -224,    0,    0,    0, -221,    0,
+};
+short yyrindex[] = {                                      0,
+ -245, -254,    0,    0,    0,    1,    0,    0,    0,    0,
+    0,    0,    0,    0, -219,    0, -235,    0,    0, -244,
+ -250,    0,    0, -213,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,
+    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,
+ -201, -255,    0,    0,    0,    0, -216,    0,    0,    0,
+ -205,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0, -255,    0,
+};
+short yygindex[] = {                                      0,
+   -9,    0,    0,    0,    0,   47,    0,   -8,    0,    0,
+    0,    0,    2,    0,   19,    0,    0,    0,    0,   38,
+    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,
+};
+#define YYTABLESIZE 268
+short yytable[] = {                                      16,
+    4,   30,   13,   19,   29,   43,   13,   29,   31,   27,
+    7,   39,   39,   32,   30,   20,   30,   21,   30,   14,
+    9,   45,   43,   14,   43,   41,   45,    7,   39,   47,
+   12,   30,   12,   12,   12,   12,   12,    1,   18,    2,
+   16,   22,   32,   22,   37,   58,   46,   44,   14,   53,
+   55,   56,   50,   54,   35,   57,   20,   27,   28,   49,
+   60,   38,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,
+    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,
+    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,
+    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,
+    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,
+    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,
+    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,
+    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,
+    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,
+    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,
+    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,
+    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,
+    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,
+    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,
+    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,
+    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,
+    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,
+    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,
+    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,
+    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,
+    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    2,    0,    2,
+};
+short yycheck[] = {                                       8,
+    0,  256,  256,  266,  260,  256,  256,  263,   17,  268,
+  256,  256,  260,  268,  269,  269,  271,  271,  273,  273,
+  266,  272,  273,  273,   33,  270,   35,  273,  273,   39,
+  266,  266,  268,  269,  270,  271,  272,  265,  258,  267,
+  260,  258,  258,  260,  268,   55,  272,  270,  273,  270,
+  257,  260,  274,  272,  268,  263,  258,  263,   12,   41,
+   59,   24,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,
+   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,
+   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,
+   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,
+   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,
+   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,
+   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,
+   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,
+   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,
+   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,
+   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,
+   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,
+   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,
+   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,
+   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,
+   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,
+   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,
+   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,
+   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,
+   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,
+   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,   -1,  265,   -1,  267,
+};
+#define YYFINAL 3
+#ifndef YYDEBUG
+#define YYDEBUG 0
+#endif
+#define YYPR_MAXTOKEN 274
+#if YYDEBUG
+char *yyname[] = {
+"end-of-file",0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,
+0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,
+0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,
+0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,
+0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,
+0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,
+0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,"EQ","COLON","DOT","SEMICOLON",
+"SPACE","HTAB","LINESEP","NEWLINE","BEGIN_VCARD","END_VCARD","BEGIN_VCAL",
+"END_VCAL","BEGIN_VEVENT","END_VEVENT","BEGIN_VTODO","END_VTODO","ID","STRING",
+};
+char *yyrule[] = {
+"$accept : mime",
+"mime : vobjects",
+"$$1 :",
+"vobjects : vobject $$1 vobjects",
+"vobjects : vobject",
+"vobject : vcard",
+"vobject : vcal",
+"$$2 :",
+"vcard : BEGIN_VCARD $$2 items END_VCARD",
+"$$3 :",
+"vcard : BEGIN_VCARD $$3 END_VCARD",
+"items : item items",
+"items : item",
+"$$4 :",
+"item : prop COLON $$4 values LINESEP",
+"item : error",
+"$$5 :",
+"prop : name $$5 attr_params",
+"prop : name",
+"attr_params : attr_param attr_params",
+"attr_params : attr_param",
+"attr_param : SEMICOLON attr",
+"attr : name",
+"attr : name EQ name",
+"name : ID",
+"$$6 :",
+"values : value SEMICOLON $$6 values",
+"values : value",
+"value : STRING",
+"value :",
+"$$7 :",
+"vcal : BEGIN_VCAL $$7 calitems END_VCAL",
+"$$8 :",
+"vcal : BEGIN_VCAL $$8 END_VCAL",
+"calitems : calitem calitems",
+"calitems : calitem",
+"calitem : eventitem",
+"calitem : todoitem",
+"calitem : items",
+"$$9 :",
+"eventitem : BEGIN_VEVENT $$9 items END_VEVENT",
+"$$10 :",
+"eventitem : BEGIN_VEVENT $$10 END_VEVENT",
+"$$11 :",
+"todoitem : BEGIN_VTODO $$11 items END_VTODO",
+"$$12 :",
+"todoitem : BEGIN_VTODO $$12 END_VTODO",
+};
+#endif
+#define yyclearin (yychar=(-1))
+#define yyerrok (yyerrflag=0)
+#ifndef YYSTACKSIZE
+#ifdef YYPR_MAXDEPTH
+#define YYSTACKSIZE YYPR_MAXDEPTH
+#else
+#define YYSTACKSIZE 300
+#endif
+#endif
+int yydebug;
+int yynerrs;
+int yyerrflag;
+int yychar;
+short *yyssp;
+YYSTYPE *yyvsp;
+YYSTYPE yyval;
+YYSTYPE yylval;
+#define yystacksize YYSTACKSIZE
+short yyss[YYSTACKSIZE];
+YYSTYPE yyvs[YYSTACKSIZE];
+/*#line 444 "vcc.y"*/
+/******************************************************************************/
+static int pushVObject(const char *prop)
+    {
+    VObject *newObj;
+    if (ObjStackTop == PR_MAXLEVEL)
+	return FALSE;
+
+    ObjStack[++ObjStackTop] = curObj;
+
+    if (curObj) {
+        newObj = addProp(curObj,prop);
+        curObj = newObj;
+	}
+    else
+	curObj = newVObject(prop);
+
+    return TRUE;
+    }
+
+
+/******************************************************************************/
+/* This pops the recently built vCard off the stack and returns it. */
+static VObject* popVObject()
+    {
+    VObject *oldObj;
+    if (ObjStackTop < 0) {
+	yyerror("pop on empty Object Stack\n");
+	return 0;
+	}
+    oldObj = curObj;
+    curObj = ObjStack[ObjStackTop--];
+
+    return oldObj;
+    }
+
+extern "C" void			deleteString(char *p);
+
+static void enterValues(const char *value)
+    {
+    if (fieldedProp && *fieldedProp) {
+	if (value) {
+	    addPropValue(curProp,*fieldedProp,value);
+	    }
+	/* else this field is empty, advance to next field */
+	fieldedProp++;
+	}
+    else {
+	if (value) {
+	    setVObjectUStringZValue_(curProp,fakeUnicode(value,0));
+	    }
+	}
+    deleteString((char *)value);
+    }
+
+static void enterProps(const char *s)
+    {
+    curProp = addGroup(curObj,s);
+    deleteString((char *)s);
+    }
+
+static void enterAttr(const char *s1, const char *s2)
+{
+  const char *p1, *p2 = nullptr;
+  p1 = lookupProp_(s1);
+  if (s2) {
+	  VObject *a;
+	  p2 = lookupProp_(s2);
+	  a = addProp(curProp,p1);
+	  setVObjectStringZValue(a,p2);
+	}
+  else
+	  addProp(curProp,p1);
+  if (PL_strcasecmp(p1,VCBase64Prop) == 0 || (s2 && PL_strcasecmp(p2,VCBase64Prop)==0))
+	  lexPushMode(L_BASE64);
+  else if (PL_strcasecmp(p1,VCQuotedPrintableProp) == 0
+	    || (s2 && PL_strcasecmp(p2,VCQuotedPrintableProp)==0))
+    lexPushMode(L_QUOTED_PRINTABLE);
+  deleteString((char *)s1); deleteString((char *)s2);
+}
+
+
+#define PR_MAX_LEX_LOOKAHEAD_0 32
+#define PR_MAX_LEX_LOOKAHEAD 64
+#define PR_MAX_LEX_MODE_STACK_SIZE 10
+#define LEXMODE() (lexBuf.lexModeStack[lexBuf.lexModeStackTop])
+
+struct LexBuf {
+	/* input */
+    char *inputString;
+    unsigned long curPos;
+    unsigned long inputLen;
+	/* lookahead buffer */
+	/*   -- lookahead buffer is short instead of char so that EOF
+	 /      can be represented correctly.
+	*/
+    unsigned long len;
+    short buf[PR_MAX_LEX_LOOKAHEAD];
+    unsigned long getPtr;
+	/* context stack */
+    unsigned long lexModeStackTop;
+    enum LexMode lexModeStack[PR_MAX_LEX_MODE_STACK_SIZE];
+	/* token buffer */
+    unsigned long maxToken;
+    char *strs;
+    unsigned long strsLen;
+    } lexBuf;
+
+static void lexPushMode(enum LexMode mode)
+    {
+    if (lexBuf.lexModeStackTop == (PR_MAX_LEX_MODE_STACK_SIZE-1))
+	yyerror("lexical context stack overflow");
+    else {
+	lexBuf.lexModeStack[++lexBuf.lexModeStackTop] = mode;
+	}
+    }
+
+static void lexPopMode(int top)
+    {
+    /* special case of pop for ease of error recovery -- this
+	version will never underflow */
+    if (top)
+	lexBuf.lexModeStackTop = 0;
+    else
+	if (lexBuf.lexModeStackTop > 0) lexBuf.lexModeStackTop--;
+    }
+
+static int lexWithinMode(enum LexMode mode) {
+    unsigned long i;
+    for (i=0;i<lexBuf.lexModeStackTop;i++)
+	if (mode == lexBuf.lexModeStack[i]) return 1;
+    return 0;
+    }
+
+static int lexGetc_()
+{
+  /* get next char from input, no buffering. */
+  if (lexBuf.curPos == lexBuf.inputLen)
+    return EOF;
+  else if (lexBuf.inputString)
+    return *(lexBuf.inputString + lexBuf.curPos++);
+
+  return -1;
+}
+
+static int lexGeta()
+    {
+    ++lexBuf.len;
+    return (lexBuf.buf[lexBuf.getPtr] = lexGetc_());
+    }
+
+static int lexGeta_(int i)
+    {
+    ++lexBuf.len;
+    return (lexBuf.buf[(lexBuf.getPtr+i)%PR_MAX_LEX_LOOKAHEAD] = lexGetc_());
+    }
+
+static void lexSkipLookahead() {
+    if (lexBuf.len > 0 && lexBuf.buf[lexBuf.getPtr]!=EOF) {
+	/* don't skip EOF. */
+        lexBuf.getPtr = (lexBuf.getPtr + 1) % PR_MAX_LEX_LOOKAHEAD;
+	lexBuf.len--;
+        }
+    }
+
+static int lexLookahead() {
+    int c = (lexBuf.len)?
+	lexBuf.buf[lexBuf.getPtr]:
+	lexGeta();
+    /* do the \r\n -> \n or \r -> \n translation here */
+    if (c == '\r') {
+	int a = (lexBuf.len>1)?
+	    lexBuf.buf[(lexBuf.getPtr+1)%PR_MAX_LEX_LOOKAHEAD]:
+	    lexGeta_(1);
+	if (a == '\n') {
+	    lexSkipLookahead();
+	    }
+	lexBuf.buf[lexBuf.getPtr] = c = '\n';
+	}
+    else if (c == '\n') {
+	int a = (lexBuf.len>1)?
+	    lexBuf.buf[lexBuf.getPtr+1]:
+	    lexGeta_(1);
+	if (a == '\r') {
+	    lexSkipLookahead();
+	    }
+	lexBuf.buf[lexBuf.getPtr] = '\n';
+	}
+    return c;
+    }
+
+static int lexGetc() {
+    int c = lexLookahead();
+    if (lexBuf.len > 0 && lexBuf.buf[lexBuf.getPtr]!=EOF) {
+	/* EOF will remain in lookahead buffer */
+        lexBuf.getPtr = (lexBuf.getPtr + 1) % PR_MAX_LEX_LOOKAHEAD;
+	lexBuf.len--;
+        }
+    return c;
+    }
+
+static void lexSkipLookaheadWord() {
+    if (lexBuf.strsLen <= lexBuf.len) {
+	lexBuf.len -= lexBuf.strsLen;
+	lexBuf.getPtr = (lexBuf.getPtr + lexBuf.strsLen) % PR_MAX_LEX_LOOKAHEAD;
+	}
+    }
+
+static void lexClearToken()
+    {
+    lexBuf.strsLen = 0;
+    }
+
+static void lexAppendc(int c)
+    {
+    lexBuf.strs[lexBuf.strsLen] = c;
+    /* append up to zero termination */
+    if (c == 0) return;
+    lexBuf.strsLen++;
+    if (lexBuf.strsLen >= lexBuf.maxToken) {
+	/* double the token string size */
+	lexBuf.maxToken <<= 1;
+	lexBuf.strs = (char*) PR_Realloc(lexBuf.strs,lexBuf.maxToken);
+	}
+    }
+
+static char* lexStr() {
+    return dupStr(lexBuf.strs,lexBuf.strsLen+1);
+    }
+
+static void lexSkipWhite() {
+    int c = lexLookahead();
+    while (c == ' ' || c == '\t') {
+	lexSkipLookahead();
+	c = lexLookahead();
+	}
+    }
+
+static char* lexGetWord() {
+    int c;
+    lexSkipWhite();
+    lexClearToken();
+    c = lexLookahead();
+    while (c != EOF && !PL_strchr("\t\n ;:=",(char)c)) {
+	lexAppendc(c);
+	lexSkipLookahead();
+	c = lexLookahead();
+	}
+    lexAppendc(0);
+    return lexStr();
+    }
+
+#if 0
+static void lexPushLookahead(char *s, int len) {
+    int putptr;
+    if (len == 0) len = PL_strlen(s);
+    putptr = lexBuf.getPtr - len;
+    /* this function assumes that length of word to push back
+     /  is not greater than PR_MAX_LEX_LOOKAHEAD.
+     */
+    if (putptr < 0) putptr += PR_MAX_LEX_LOOKAHEAD;
+    lexBuf.getPtr = putptr;
+    while (*s) {
+	lexBuf.buf[putptr] = *s++;
+	putptr = (putptr + 1) % PR_MAX_LEX_LOOKAHEAD;
+	}
+    lexBuf.len += len;
+    }
+#endif
+
+static void lexPushLookaheadc(int c) {
+    int putptr;
+    /* can't putback EOF, because it never leaves lookahead buffer */
+    if (c == EOF) return;
+    putptr = (int) lexBuf.getPtr - 1;
+    if (putptr < 0) putptr += PR_MAX_LEX_LOOKAHEAD;
+    lexBuf.getPtr = putptr;
+    lexBuf.buf[putptr] = c;
+    lexBuf.len += 1;
+    }
+
+static char* lexLookaheadWord() {
+    /* this function can lookahead word with max size of PR_MAX_LEX_LOOKAHEAD_0
+     /  and thing bigger than that will stop the lookahead and return 0;
+     / leading white spaces are not recoverable.
+     */
+    int c;
+    int len = 0;
+    int curgetptr = 0;
+    lexSkipWhite();
+    lexClearToken();
+    curgetptr = (int) lexBuf.getPtr;	/* remember! */
+    while (len < (PR_MAX_LEX_LOOKAHEAD_0)) {
+	c = lexGetc();
+	len++;
+	if (c == EOF || PL_strchr("\t\n ;:=", (char)c)) {
+	    lexAppendc(0);
+	    /* restore lookahead buf. */
+	    lexBuf.len += len;
+	    lexBuf.getPtr = curgetptr;
+	    return lexStr();
+	    }
+        else
+	    lexAppendc(c);
+	}
+    lexBuf.len += len;	/* char that has been moved to lookahead buffer */
+    lexBuf.getPtr = curgetptr;
+    return 0;
+    }
+
+#ifdef _SUPPORT_LINE_FOLDING
+static void handleMoreRFC822LineBreak(int c) {
+    /* support RFC 822 line break in cases like
+     *	ADR: foo;
+     *    morefoo;
+     *    more foo;
+     */
+    if (c == ';') {
+	int a;
+	lexSkipLookahead();
+	/* skip white spaces */
+	a = lexLookahead();
+	while (a == ' ' || a == '\t') {
+	    lexSkipLookahead();
+	    a = lexLookahead();
+	    }
+	if (a == '\n') {
+	    lexSkipLookahead();
+	    a = lexLookahead();
+	    if (a == ' ' || a == '\t') {
+		/* continuation, throw away all the \n and spaces read so
+		 * far
+		 */
+		lexSkipWhite();
+		lexPushLookaheadc(';');
+		}
+	    else {
+		lexPushLookaheadc('\n');
+		lexPushLookaheadc(';');
+		}
+	    }
+	else {
+	    lexPushLookaheadc(';');
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+static char* lexGet1Value() {
+/*  int size = 0; */
+    int c;
+    lexSkipWhite();
+    c = lexLookahead();
+    lexClearToken();
+    while (c != EOF && c != ';') {
+	if (c == '\n') {
+	    int a;
+	    lexSkipLookahead();
+	    a  = lexLookahead();
+	    if (a == ' ' || a == '\t') {
+		lexAppendc(' ');
+		lexSkipLookahead();
+		}
+	    else {
+		lexPushLookaheadc('\n');
+		break;
+		}
+	    }
+	else if (c == '\\') {
+	    int a;
+	    lexSkipLookahead();
+	    a = lexLookahead();
+	    if (a == '\\' || a == ',' || a == ';' || a == ':') {
+		lexAppendc(a);
+		}
+	    else if (a == 'n' || a == 'N') {
+		lexAppendc('\n');
+		}
+	    else {
+		lexAppendc(c);
+		lexAppendc(a);
+		}
+	    lexSkipLookahead();
+	    }
+	else {
+	    lexAppendc(c);
+	    lexSkipLookahead();
+	    }
+	c = lexLookahead();
+	}
+    lexAppendc(0);
+    handleMoreRFC822LineBreak(c);
+    return c==EOF?0:lexStr();
+    }
+#endif
+
+
+#ifndef _SUPPORT_LINE_FOLDING
+static char* lexGetStrUntil(char *termset) {
+    int c = lexLookahead();
+    lexClearToken();
+    while (c != EOF && !PL_strchr(termset,c)) {
+	lexAppendc(c);
+	lexSkipLookahead();
+	c = lexLookahead();
+	}
+    lexAppendc(0);
+    return c==EOF?0:lexStr();
+    }
+#endif /* ! _SUPPORT_LINE_FOLDING */
+
+static int match_begin_name(int end) {
+    char *n = lexLookaheadWord();
+    int token = ID;
+    if (n) {
+	if (!PL_strcasecmp(n,"vcard")) token = end?END_VCARD:BEGIN_VCARD;
+	else if (!PL_strcasecmp(n,"vcalendar")) token = end?END_VCAL:BEGIN_VCAL;
+	else if (!PL_strcasecmp(n,"vevent")) token = end?END_VEVENT:BEGIN_VEVENT;
+	else if (!PL_strcasecmp(n,"vtodo")) token = end?END_VTODO:BEGIN_VTODO;
+	deleteString(n);
+	return token;
+	}
+    return 0;
+    }
+
+void initLex(const char *inputstring, unsigned long inputlen)
+    {
+    /* initialize lex mode stack */
+    lexBuf.lexModeStack[lexBuf.lexModeStackTop=0] = L_NORMAL;
+
+    /* iniatialize lex buffer. */
+    lexBuf.inputString = (char*) inputstring;
+    lexBuf.inputLen = inputlen;
+    lexBuf.curPos = 0;
+
+    lexBuf.len = 0;
+    lexBuf.getPtr = 0;
+
+    lexBuf.maxToken = PR_MAXTOKEN;
+    lexBuf.strs = (char*)PR_CALLOC(PR_MAXTOKEN);
+    lexBuf.strsLen = 0;
+
+    }
+
+static void finiLex() {
+    PR_FREEIF(lexBuf.strs);
+    }
+
+
+/******************************************************************************/
+/* This parses and converts the base64 format for binary encoding into
+ * a decoded buffer (allocated with new).  See RFC 1521.
+ */
+static char * lexGetDataFromBase64()
+    {
+    unsigned long bytesLen = 0, bytesMax = 0;
+    int quadIx = 0, pad = 0;
+    unsigned long trip = 0;
+    unsigned char b;
+    int c;
+    unsigned char *bytes = nullptr;
+    unsigned char *oldBytes = nullptr;
+
+    DBG_(("db: lexGetDataFromBase64\n"));
+    while (1) {
+	c = lexGetc();
+	if (c == '\n') {
+	    ++mime_lineNum;
+	    if (lexLookahead() == '\n') {
+		/* a '\n' character by itself means end of data */
+		break;
+		}
+	    else continue; /* ignore '\n' */
+	    }
+	else {
+	    if ((c >= 'A') && (c <= 'Z'))
+		b = (unsigned char)(c - 'A');
+	    else if ((c >= 'a') && (c <= 'z'))
+		b = (unsigned char)(c - 'a') + 26;
+	    else if ((c >= '0') && (c <= '9'))
+		b = (unsigned char)(c - '0') + 52;
+	    else if (c == '+')
+		b = 62;
+	    else if (c == '/')
+		b = 63;
+      else if (c == '=' && (quadIx == 2 || quadIx == 3)) {
+		b = 0;
+		pad++;
+	    } else if ((c == ' ') || (c == '\t')) {
+		continue;
+	    } else { /* error condition */
+                if (bytes)
+		  PR_Free (bytes);
+                else if (oldBytes)
+		  PR_Free (oldBytes);
+		/* error recovery: skip until 2 adjacent newlines. */
+		DBG_(("db: invalid character 0x%x '%c'\n", c,c));
+		if (c != EOF)  {
+		    c = lexGetc();
+		    while (c != EOF) {
+			if (c == '\n' && lexLookahead() == '\n') {
+			    ++mime_lineNum;
+			    break;
+			    }
+			c = lexGetc();
+			}
+		    }
+		return NULL;
+		}
+	    trip = (trip << 6) | b;
+	    if (++quadIx == 4) {
+		unsigned char outBytes[3];
+		int numOut;
+		int i;
+		for (i = 0; i < 3; i++) {
+		    outBytes[2-i] = (unsigned char)(trip & 0xFF);
+		    trip >>= 8;
+		    }
+		numOut = 3 - pad;
+		if (bytesLen + numOut > bytesMax) {
+		    if (!bytes) {
+			bytesMax = 1024;
+		    } else {
+			bytesMax <<= 2;
+			oldBytes = bytes;
+		    }
+		    bytes = (unsigned char*) PR_Realloc(oldBytes, bytesMax);
+		    if (!bytes) {
+			mime_error("out of memory while processing BASE64 data\n");
+			break;
+		    }
+		}
+		if (bytes) {
+			memcpy(bytes + bytesLen, outBytes, numOut);
+			bytesLen += numOut;
+		}
+		trip = 0;
+		quadIx = 0;
+        pad = 0;
+		}
+	    }
+	} /* while */
+    DBG_(("db: bytesLen = %d\n",  bytesLen));
+    /* kludge: all this won't be necessary if we have tree form
+	representation */
+	if (bytes) {
+	setValueWithSize(curProp,bytes,(unsigned int)bytesLen);
+	PR_FREEIF(bytes);
+	}
+    else if (oldBytes) {
+	setValueWithSize(curProp,oldBytes,(unsigned int)bytesLen);
+	PR_FREEIF(oldBytes);
+	}
+    return 0;
+    }
+
+static int match_begin_end_name(int end) {
+    int token;
+    lexSkipWhite();
+    if (lexLookahead() != ':') return ID;
+    lexSkipLookahead();
+    lexSkipWhite();
+    token = match_begin_name(end);
+    if (token == ID) {
+	lexPushLookaheadc(':');
+	DBG_(("db: ID '%s'\n", yylval.str));
+	return ID;
+	}
+    else if (token != 0) {
+	lexSkipLookaheadWord();
+	deleteString(yylval.str);
+	DBG_(("db: begin/end %d\n", token));
+	return token;
+	}
+    return 0;
+    }
+
+static char* lexGetQuotedPrintable()
+    {
+    char cur;
+/*  unsigned long len = 0; */
+
+    lexClearToken();
+    do {
+	cur = lexGetc();
+	switch (cur) {
+	    case '=': {
+		int c = 0;
+		int next[2];
+		int tab [1];
+		int i;
+		for (i = 0; i < 2; i++) {
+		    next[i] = lexGetc();
+		    if (next[i] >= '0' && next[i] <= '9')
+			c = c * 16 + next[i] - '0';
+		    else if (next[i] >= 'A' && next[i] <= 'F')
+			c = c * 16 + next[i] - 'A' + 10;
+		    else
+			break;
+		    }
+		if (i == 0) {
+		    /* single '=' follow by LINESEP is continuation sign? */
+		    if (next[0] == '\n') {
+			tab[0] = lexGetc();
+			if (tab[0] == '\t') 
+				lexSkipWhite();
+			++mime_lineNum;
+			}
+		   else {
+				lexAppendc(cur);
+				/* lexPushLookaheadc('=');
+				goto EndString; */
+			} 
+		    }
+		else if (i == 1) {
+		    lexPushLookaheadc(next[1]);
+		    lexPushLookaheadc(next[0]);
+		    lexAppendc('=');
+		} else {
+		    lexAppendc(c);
+		    }
+		break;
+		} /* '=' */
+	    case '\n': {
+		lexPushLookaheadc('\n');
+		goto EndString;
+		}
+	    case ';': {
+		lexPushLookaheadc(';');
+		goto EndString;
+		}
+	    case (char)EOF:
+		break;
+	    default:
+		lexAppendc(cur);
+		break;
+	    } /* switch */
+	} while (cur != (char)EOF);
+
+EndString:
+    lexAppendc(0);
+    return lexStr();
+    } /* LexQuotedPrintable */
+
+static int yylex() {
+/*  int token = 0; */
+
+    int lexmode = LEXMODE();
+    if (lexmode == L_VALUES) {
+	int c = lexGetc();
+	if (c == ';') {
+	    DBG_(("db: SEMICOLON\n"));
+#ifdef _SUPPORT_LINE_FOLDING
+	    lexPushLookaheadc(c);
+	    handleMoreRFC822LineBreak(c);
+	    lexSkipLookahead();
+#endif
+	    return SEMICOLON;
+	    }
+	else if (PL_strchr("\n",(char)c)) {
+	    ++mime_lineNum;
+	    /* consume all line separator(s) adjacent to each other */
+	    c = lexLookahead();
+	    while (PL_strchr("\n",(char)c)) {
+		lexSkipLookahead();
+		c = lexLookahead();
+		++mime_lineNum;
+		}
+	    DBG_(("db: LINESEP\n"));
+	    return LINESEP;
+	    }
+	else {
+	    char *p = 0;
+	    lexPushLookaheadc(c);
+	    if (lexWithinMode(L_BASE64)) {
+		/* get each char and convert to bin on the fly... */
+		p = lexGetDataFromBase64();
+                yylval.str = p;
+                return !p && lexLookahead() == EOF ? 0 : STRING;
+            }
+	    else if (lexWithinMode(L_QUOTED_PRINTABLE)) {
+		p = lexGetQuotedPrintable();
+		}
+	    else {
+#ifdef _SUPPORT_LINE_FOLDING
+		p = lexGet1Value();
+#else
+		p = lexGetStrUntil(";\n");
+#endif
+		}
+	    if (p && (*p || lexLookahead() != EOF)) {
+		DBG_(("db: STRING: '%s'\n", p));
+		yylval.str = p;
+		return STRING;
+		}
+	    else return 0;
+	    }
+	}
+    else {
+	/* normal mode */
+	while (1) {
+	    int c = lexGetc();
+	    switch(c) {
+		case ':': {
+		    /* consume all line separator(s) adjacent to each other */
+		    /* ignoring linesep immediately after colon. */
+		    c = lexLookahead();
+		    while (PL_strchr("\n",(char)c)) {
+			lexSkipLookahead();
+			c = lexLookahead();
+			++mime_lineNum;
+			}
+		    DBG_(("db: COLON\n"));
+		    return COLON;
+		    }
+		case ';':
+		    DBG_(("db: SEMICOLON\n"));
+		    return SEMICOLON;
+		case '=':
+		    DBG_(("db: EQ\n"));
+		    return EQ;
+		/* ignore whitespace in this mode */
+		case '\t':
+		case ' ': continue;
+		case '\n': {
+		    ++mime_lineNum;
+		    continue;
+		    }
+		case EOF: return 0;
+		    break;
+		default: {
+		    lexPushLookaheadc(c);
+		    if (isalpha(c)) {
+			char *t = lexGetWord();
+			yylval.str = t;
+			if (!PL_strcasecmp(t, "BEGIN")) {
+			    return match_begin_end_name(0);
+			    }
+			else if (!PL_strcasecmp(t,"END")) {
+			    return match_begin_end_name(1);
+			    }
+		        else {
+			    DBG_(("db: ID '%s'\n", t));
+			    return ID;
+			    }
+			}
+		    else {
+			/* unknown token */
+			return 0;
+			}
+		    break;
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    return 0;
+    }
+
+
+/***************************************************************************/
+/***							Public Functions						****/
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+static VObject* parse_MIMEHelper()
+    {
+    ObjStackTop = -1;
+    mime_numErrors = 0;
+    mime_lineNum = 1;
+    vObjList = 0;
+    curObj = 0;
+
+    if (yyparse() != 0)
+	return 0;
+
+    finiLex();
+    return vObjList;
+    }
+
+/******************************************************************************/
+VObject* parse_MIME(const char *input, unsigned long len)
+    {
+    initLex(input, len);
+    return parse_MIMEHelper();
+    }
+
+static MimeErrorHandler mimeErrorHandler;
+
+void registerMimeErrorHandler(MimeErrorHandler me)
+    {
+    mimeErrorHandler = me;
+    }
+
+void mime_error(const char *s)
+{
+  char msg[256];
+  if (mimeErrorHandler) {
+    PR_snprintf(msg, sizeof(msg), "%s at line %d", s, mime_lineNum);
+    mimeErrorHandler(msg);
+  }
+}
+
+/*#line 1221 "y_tab.c"*/
+#define YYABORT goto yyabort
+#define YYACCEPT goto yyaccept
+#define YYERROR goto yyerrlab
+int
+yyparse()
+{
+    int yym, yyn, yystate;
+#if YYDEBUG
+    char *yys;
+    extern char *getenv();
+
+    if (yys = getenv("YYDEBUG"))
+    {
+        yyn = *yys;
+        if (yyn >= '0' && yyn <= '9')
+            yydebug = yyn - '0';
+    }
+#endif
+
+    yynerrs = 0;
+    yyerrflag = 0;
+    yychar = (-1);
+
+    yyssp = yyss;
+    yyvsp = yyvs;
+    *yyssp = yystate = 0;
+
+yyloop:
+    if ((yyn = yydefred[yystate])) goto yyreduce;
+    if (yychar < 0)
+    {
+        if ((yychar = yylex()) < 0) yychar = 0;
+#if YYDEBUG
+        if (yydebug)
+        {
+            yys = 0;
+            if (yychar <= YYPR_MAXTOKEN) yys = yyname[yychar];
+            if (!yys) yys = "illegal-symbol";
+            printf("yydebug: state %d, reading %d (%s)\n", yystate,
+                    yychar, yys);
+        }
+#endif
+    }
+    if ((yyn = yysindex[yystate]) && (yyn += yychar) >= 0 &&
+            yyn <= YYTABLESIZE && yycheck[yyn] == yychar)
+    {
+#if YYDEBUG
+        if (yydebug)
+            printf("yydebug: state %d, shifting to state %d\n",
+                    yystate, yytable[yyn]);
+#endif
+        if (yyssp >= yyss + yystacksize - 1)
+        {
+            goto yyoverflow;
+        }
+        *++yyssp = yystate = yytable[yyn];
+        *++yyvsp = yylval;
+        yychar = (-1);
+        if (yyerrflag > 0)  --yyerrflag;
+        goto yyloop;
+    }
+    if ((yyn = yyrindex[yystate]) && (yyn += yychar) >= 0 &&
+            yyn <= YYTABLESIZE && yycheck[yyn] == yychar)
+    {
+        yyn = yytable[yyn];
+        goto yyreduce;
+    }
+    if (yyerrflag) goto yyinrecovery;
+#ifdef lint
+    goto yynewerror;
+#endif
+/*yynewerror: */
+    yyerror("syntax error");
+#ifdef lint
+    goto yyerrlab;
+#endif
+yyerrlab:
+    ++yynerrs;
+yyinrecovery:
+    if (yyerrflag < 3)
+    {
+        yyerrflag = 3;
+        for (;;)
+        {
+            if ((yyn = yysindex[*yyssp]) && (yyn += YYERRCODE) >= 0 &&
+                    yyn <= YYTABLESIZE && yycheck[yyn] == YYERRCODE)
+            {
+#if YYDEBUG
+                if (yydebug)
+                    printf("yydebug: state %d, error recovery shifting\
+ to state %d\n", *yyssp, yytable[yyn]);
+#endif
+                if (yyssp >= yyss + yystacksize - 1)
+                {
+                    goto yyoverflow;
+                }
+                *++yyssp = yystate = yytable[yyn];
+                *++yyvsp = yylval;
+                goto yyloop;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+#if YYDEBUG
+                if (yydebug)
+                    printf("yydebug: error recovery discarding state %d\n",
+                            *yyssp);
+#endif
+                if (yyssp <= yyss) goto yyabort;
+                --yyssp;
+                --yyvsp;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        if (yychar == 0) goto yyabort;
+#if YYDEBUG
+        if (yydebug)
+        {
+            yys = 0;
+            if (yychar <= YYPR_MAXTOKEN) yys = yyname[yychar];
+            if (!yys) yys = "illegal-symbol";
+            printf("yydebug: state %d, error recovery discards token %d (%s)\n",
+                    yystate, yychar, yys);
+        }
+#endif
+        yychar = (-1);
+        goto yyloop;
+    }
+yyreduce:
+#if YYDEBUG
+    if (yydebug)
+        printf("yydebug: state %d, reducing by rule %d (%s)\n",
+                yystate, yyn, yyrule[yyn]);
+#endif
+    yym = yylen[yyn];
+    yyval = yyvsp[1-yym];
+    switch (yyn)
+    {
+case 2:
+/*#line 282 "vcc.y"*/
+{ addList(&vObjList, yyvsp[0].vobj ); curObj = 0; }
+break;
+case 4:
+/*#line 285 "vcc.y"*/
+{ addList(&vObjList, yyvsp[0].vobj ); curObj = 0; }
+break;
+case 7:
+/*#line 294 "vcc.y"*/
+{
+	lexPushMode(L_VCARD);
+	if (!pushVObject(VCCardProp)) YYERROR;
+	}
+break;
+case 8:
+/*#line 299 "vcc.y"*/
+{
+	lexPopMode(0);
+	yyval.vobj  = popVObject();
+	}
+break;
+case 9:
+/*#line 304 "vcc.y"*/
+{
+	lexPushMode(L_VCARD);
+	if (!pushVObject(VCCardProp)) YYERROR;
+	}
+break;
+case 10:
+/*#line 309 "vcc.y"*/
+{
+	lexPopMode(0);
+	yyval.vobj  = popVObject();
+	}
+break;
+case 13:
+/*#line 320 "vcc.y"*/
+{
+	lexPushMode(L_VALUES);
+	}
+break;
+case 14:
+/*#line 324 "vcc.y"*/
+{
+	if (lexWithinMode(L_BASE64) || lexWithinMode(L_QUOTED_PRINTABLE))
+	   lexPopMode(0);
+	lexPopMode(0);
+	}
+break;
+case 16:
+/*#line 332 "vcc.y"*/
+{
+	enterProps(yyvsp[0].str );
+	}
+break;
+case 18:
+/*#line 337 "vcc.y"*/
+{
+	enterProps(yyvsp[0].str );
+	}
+break;
+case 22:
+/*#line 350 "vcc.y"*/
+{
+	enterAttr(yyvsp[0].str ,0);
+	}
+break;
+case 23:
+/*#line 354 "vcc.y"*/
+{
+	enterAttr(yyvsp[-2].str ,yyvsp[0].str );
+
+	}
+break;
+case 25:
+/*#line 363 "vcc.y"*/
+{ enterValues(yyvsp[-1].str ); }
+break;
+case 27:
+/*#line 365 "vcc.y"*/
+{ enterValues(yyvsp[0].str ); }
+break;
+case 29:
+/*#line 370 "vcc.y"*/
+{ yyval.str  = 0; }
+break;
+case 30:
+/*#line 375 "vcc.y"*/
+{ if (!pushVObject(VCCalProp)) YYERROR; }
+break;
+case 31:
+/*#line 378 "vcc.y"*/
+{ yyval.vobj  = popVObject(); }
+break;
+case 32:
+/*#line 380 "vcc.y"*/
+{ if (!pushVObject(VCCalProp)) YYERROR; }
+break;
+case 33:
+/*#line 382 "vcc.y"*/
+{ yyval.vobj  = popVObject(); }
+break;
+case 39:
+/*#line 397 "vcc.y"*/
+{
+	lexPushMode(L_VEVENT);
+	if (!pushVObject(VCEventProp)) YYERROR;
+	}
+break;
+case 40:
+/*#line 403 "vcc.y"*/
+{
+	lexPopMode(0);
+	popVObject();
+	}
+break;
+case 41:
+/*#line 408 "vcc.y"*/
+{
+	lexPushMode(L_VEVENT);
+	if (!pushVObject(VCEventProp)) YYERROR;
+	}
+break;
+case 42:
+/*#line 413 "vcc.y"*/
+{
+	lexPopMode(0);
+	popVObject();
+	}
+break;
+case 43:
+/*#line 421 "vcc.y"*/
+{
+	lexPushMode(L_VTODO);
+	if (!pushVObject(VCTodoProp)) YYERROR;
+	}
+break;
+case 44:
+/*#line 427 "vcc.y"*/
+{
+	lexPopMode(0);
+	popVObject();
+	}
+break;
+case 45:
+/*#line 432 "vcc.y"*/
+{
+	lexPushMode(L_VTODO);
+	if (!pushVObject(VCTodoProp)) YYERROR;
+	}
+break;
+case 46:
+/*#line 437 "vcc.y"*/
+{
+	lexPopMode(0);
+	popVObject();
+	}
+break;
+/*#line 1520 "y_tab.c"*/
+    }
+    yyssp -= yym;
+    yystate = *yyssp;
+    yyvsp -= yym;
+    yym = yylhs[yyn];
+    if (yystate == 0 && yym == 0)
+    {
+#if YYDEBUG
+        if (yydebug)
+            printf("yydebug: after reduction, shifting from state 0 to\
+ state %d\n", YYFINAL);
+#endif
+        yystate = YYFINAL;
+        *++yyssp = YYFINAL;
+        *++yyvsp = yyval;
+        if (yychar < 0)
+        {
+            if ((yychar = yylex()) < 0) yychar = 0;
+#if YYDEBUG
+            if (yydebug)
+            {
+                yys = 0;
+                if (yychar <= YYPR_MAXTOKEN) yys = yyname[yychar];
+                if (!yys) yys = "illegal-symbol";
+                printf("yydebug: state %d, reading %d (%s)\n",
+                        YYFINAL, yychar, yys);
+            }
+#endif
+        }
+        if (yychar == 0) goto yyaccept;
+        goto yyloop;
+    }
+    if ((yyn = yygindex[yym]) && (yyn += yystate) >= 0 &&
+            yyn <= YYTABLESIZE && yycheck[yyn] == yystate)
+        yystate = yytable[yyn];
+    else
+        yystate = yydgoto[yym];
+#if YYDEBUG
+    if (yydebug)
+        printf("yydebug: after reduction, shifting from state %d \
+to state %d\n", *yyssp, yystate);
+#endif
+    if (yyssp >= yyss + yystacksize - 1)
+    {
+        goto yyoverflow;
+    }
+    *++yyssp = yystate;
+    *++yyvsp = yyval;
+    goto yyloop;
+yyoverflow:
+    yyerror("yacc stack overflow");
+yyabort:
+    return (1);
+yyaccept:
+    return (0);
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsVCard.h b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsVCard.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..041cf0042
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsVCard.h
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+(C) Copyright 1996 Apple Computer, Inc., AT&T Corp., International             
+Business Machines Corporation and Siemens Rolm Communications Inc.             
+                                                                               
+For purposes of this license notice, the term Licensors shall mean,            
+collectively, Apple Computer, Inc., AT&T Corp., International                  
+Business Machines Corporation and Siemens Rolm Communications Inc.             
+The term Licensor shall mean any of the Licensors.                             
+                                                                               
+Subject to acceptance of the following conditions, permission is hereby        
+granted by Licensors without the need for written agreement and without        
+license or royalty fees, to use, copy, modify and distribute this              
+software for any purpose.                                                      
+                                                                               
+The above copyright notice and the following four paragraphs must be           
+reproduced in all copies of this software and any software including           
+this software.                                                                 
+                                                                               
+THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS AND NO LICENSOR SHALL HAVE       
+ANY OBLIGATION TO PROVIDE MAINTENANCE, SUPPORT, UPDATES, ENHANCEMENTS OR       
+MODIFICATIONS.                                                                 
+                                                                               
+IN NO EVENT SHALL ANY LICENSOR BE LIABLE TO ANY PARTY FOR DIRECT,              
+INDIRECT, SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR LOST PROFITS ARISING OUT         
+OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH         
+DAMAGE.                                                                        
+                                                                               
+EACH LICENSOR SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,       
+INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY WARRANTY OF NONINFRINGEMENT OR THE            
+IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR             
+PURPOSE.                                                                       
+
+The software is provided with RESTRICTED RIGHTS.  Use, duplication, or         
+disclosure by the government are subject to restrictions set forth in          
+DFARS 252.227-7013 or 48 CFR 52.227-19, as applicable.                         
+
+***************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef __VCC_H__
+#define __VCC_H__ 1
+
+#include "nsVCardObj.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+VObject* parse_MIME(const char *input, unsigned long len);
+
+typedef void (*MimeErrorHandler)(char *);
+
+void registerMimeErrorHandler(MimeErrorHandler);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __VCC_H__ */
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsVCardObj.cpp b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsVCardObj.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..bf8ceb2fb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsVCardObj.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1330 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/***************************************************************************
+(C) Copyright 1996 Apple Computer, Inc., AT&T Corp., International             
+Business Machines Corporation and Siemens Rolm Communications Inc.             
+                                                                               
+For purposes of this license notice, the term Licensors shall mean,            
+collectively, Apple Computer, Inc., AT&T Corp., International                  
+Business Machines Corporation and Siemens Rolm Communications Inc.             
+The term Licensor shall mean any of the Licensors.                             
+                                                                               
+Subject to acceptance of the following conditions, permission is hereby        
+granted by Licensors without the need for written agreement and without        
+license or royalty fees, to use, copy, modify and distribute this              
+software for any purpose.                                                      
+                                                                               
+The above copyright notice and the following four paragraphs must be           
+reproduced in all copies of this software and any software including           
+this software.                                                                 
+                                                                               
+THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS AND NO LICENSOR SHALL HAVE       
+ANY OBLIGATION TO PROVIDE MAINTENANCE, SUPPORT, UPDATES, ENHANCEMENTS OR       
+MODIFICATIONS.                                                                 
+                                                                               
+IN NO EVENT SHALL ANY LICENSOR BE LIABLE TO ANY PARTY FOR DIRECT,              
+INDIRECT, SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR LOST PROFITS ARISING OUT         
+OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH         
+DAMAGE.                                                                        
+                                                                               
+EACH LICENSOR SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,       
+INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY WARRANTY OF NONINFRINGEMENT OR THE            
+IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR             
+PURPOSE.                                                                       
+
+The software is provided with RESTRICTED RIGHTS.  Use, duplication, or         
+disclosure by the government are subject to restrictions set forth in          
+DFARS 252.227-7013 or 48 CFR 52.227-19, as applicable.                         
+
+***************************************************************************/
+
+/*
+ * doc: vobject and APIs to construct vobject, APIs pretty print 
+ * vobject, and convert a vobject into its textual representation.
+ */
+
+#include "prlog.h"
+#include "nsVCard.h"
+#include "nsVCardObj.h"
+#include "prmem.h"
+#include "plstr.h"
+#include "prprf.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+
+/* debugging utilities */
+#define DBG_(x)
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+  char    **fieldedProp;
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+    }
+#endif
+
+
+
+static VObject* newVObject_(const char *id);
+#if 0
+static int vObjectValueType(VObject *o);
+static void initVObjectIterator(VObjectIterator *i, VObject *o);
+#endif
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+   The following functions involve with memory allocation:
+  newVObject
+  deleteVObject
+  dupStr
+  deleteString
+  newStrItem
+  deleteStrItem
+   ----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static bool needsQuotedPrintable (const char *s)
+{
+  const unsigned char *p = (const unsigned char *)s;
+
+  while (*p) {
+    if (*p & 0x80 || *p == '\015' || *p == '\012')
+      return true;
+    p++;
+  }
+
+  return false;
+}
+
+VObject* newVObject_(const char *id)
+{
+    VObject *p = (VObject*) new(VObject);
+    p->next = 0;
+    p->id = id;
+    p->prop = 0;
+    VALUE_TYPE(p) = 0;
+  ANY_VALUE_OF(p) = 0;
+    return p;
+}
+
+VObject* newVObject(const char *id)
+{
+    return newVObject_(lookupStr(id));
+}
+
+void deleteVObject(VObject *p)
+{
+    unUseStr(p->id);
+    delete (p);
+}
+
+char* dupStr(const char *s, unsigned int size)
+{
+    char *t;
+    if  (size == 0) {
+  size = PL_strlen(s);
+  }
+  t = (char*)PR_CALLOC(size+1);
+  if (t) {
+  memcpy(t,s,size);
+  t[size] = 0;
+  return t;
+  }
+    else {
+  return (char*)0;
+  }
+}
+
+static StrItem* newStrItem(const char *s, StrItem *next)
+{
+    StrItem *p = (StrItem*)PR_CALLOC(sizeof(StrItem));
+    p->next = next;
+    p->s = s;
+    p->refCnt = 1;
+    return p;
+}
+
+extern "C" 
+void deleteString(char *p)
+{
+    if (p) 
+      PR_Free ((void*)p);
+}
+
+extern "C"
+void deleteStrItem(StrItem *p)
+{
+    if (p) 
+      PR_FREEIF (p);
+}
+
+
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+  The following function provide accesses to VObject's value.
+  ----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+const char* vObjectName(VObject *o)
+{
+    return NAME_OF(o);
+}
+
+void setVObjectName(VObject *o, const char* id)
+{
+    NAME_OF(o) = id;
+}
+
+const char* vObjectStringZValue(VObject *o)
+{
+    return STRINGZ_VALUE_OF(o);
+}
+
+void setVObjectStringZValue(VObject *o, const char *s)
+{
+    STRINGZ_VALUE_OF(o) = dupStr(s,0);
+    VALUE_TYPE(o) = VCVT_STRINGZ;
+}
+
+void setVObjectStringZValue_(VObject *o, const char *s)
+{
+    STRINGZ_VALUE_OF(o) = s;
+    VALUE_TYPE(o) = VCVT_STRINGZ;
+}
+
+const vwchar_t* vObjectUStringZValue(VObject *o)
+{
+    return USTRINGZ_VALUE_OF(o);
+}
+
+void setVObjectUStringZValue(VObject *o, const vwchar_t *s)
+{
+    USTRINGZ_VALUE_OF(o) = (vwchar_t*) dupStr((char*)s,(uStrLen(s)+1)*2);
+    VALUE_TYPE(o) = VCVT_USTRINGZ;
+}
+
+void setVObjectUStringZValue_(VObject *o, const vwchar_t *s)
+{
+    USTRINGZ_VALUE_OF(o) = s;
+    VALUE_TYPE(o) = VCVT_USTRINGZ;
+}
+
+unsigned int vObjectIntegerValue(VObject *o)
+{
+    return INTEGER_VALUE_OF(o);
+}
+
+void setVObjectIntegerValue(VObject *o, unsigned int i)
+{
+    INTEGER_VALUE_OF(o) = i;
+    VALUE_TYPE(o) = VCVT_UINT;
+}
+
+unsigned long vObjectLongValue(VObject *o)
+{
+    return LONG_VALUE_OF(o);
+}
+
+void setVObjectLongValue(VObject *o, unsigned long l)
+{
+    LONG_VALUE_OF(o) = l;
+    VALUE_TYPE(o) = VCVT_ULONG;
+}
+
+void* vObjectAnyValue(VObject *o)
+{
+    return ANY_VALUE_OF(o);
+}
+
+void setVObjectAnyValue(VObject *o, void *t)
+{
+    ANY_VALUE_OF(o) = t;
+    VALUE_TYPE(o) = VCVT_RAW;
+}
+
+VObject* vObjectVObjectValue(VObject *o)
+{
+    return VOBJECT_VALUE_OF(o);
+}
+
+void setVObjectVObjectValue(VObject *o, VObject *p)
+{
+    VOBJECT_VALUE_OF(o) = p;
+    VALUE_TYPE(o) = VCVT_VOBJECT;
+}
+
+#if 0
+int vObjectValueType(VObject *o)
+{
+    return VALUE_TYPE(o);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+  The following functions can be used to build VObject.
+  ----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+VObject* addVObjectProp(VObject *o, VObject *p)
+{
+    /* circular link list pointed to tail */
+    /*
+    o {next,id,prop,val}
+                V
+  pn {next,id,prop,val}
+             V
+      ...
+  p1 {next,id,prop,val}
+             V
+       pn
+    -->
+    o {next,id,prop,val}
+                V
+  pn {next,id,prop,val}
+             V
+  p {next,id,prop,val}
+      ...
+  p1 {next,id,prop,val}
+             V
+       pn
+    */
+
+    VObject *tail = o->prop;
+    if (tail) {
+  p->next = tail->next;
+  o->prop = tail->next = p;
+  }
+    else {
+  o->prop = p->next = p;
+  }
+    return p;
+}
+
+VObject* addProp(VObject *o, const char *id)
+{
+    return addVObjectProp(o,newVObject(id));
+}
+
+VObject* addProp_(VObject *o, const char *id)
+{
+    return addVObjectProp(o,newVObject_(id));
+}
+
+void addList(VObject **o, VObject *p)
+{
+    p->next = 0;
+    if (*o == 0) {
+  *o = p;
+  }
+    else {
+  VObject *t = *o;
+  while (t->next) {
+     t = t->next;
+     }
+  t->next = p;
+  }
+}
+
+VObject* nextVObjectInList(VObject *o)
+{
+    return o->next;
+}
+
+VObject* setValueWithSize_(VObject *prop, void *val, unsigned int size)
+{
+    VObject *sizeProp;
+    setVObjectAnyValue(prop, val);
+    sizeProp = addProp(prop,VCDataSizeProp);
+    setVObjectLongValue(sizeProp, size);
+    return prop;
+}
+
+VObject* setValueWithSize(VObject *prop, void *val, unsigned int size)
+{
+  void *p = dupStr((const char *)val,size);
+    return setValueWithSize_(prop,p,p?size:0);
+}
+
+void initPropIterator(VObjectIterator *i, VObject *o)
+{
+    i->start = o->prop; 
+    i->next = 0;
+}
+
+#if 0
+void initVObjectIterator(VObjectIterator *i, VObject *o)
+{
+    i->start = o->next; 
+    i->next = 0;
+}
+#endif
+
+int moreIteration(VObjectIterator *i)
+{ 
+    return (i->start && (i->next==0 || i->next!=i->start));
+}
+
+VObject* nextVObject(VObjectIterator *i)
+{
+    if (i->start && i->next != i->start) {
+  if (i->next == 0) {
+      i->next = i->start->next;
+      return i->next;
+      }
+  else {
+      i->next = i->next->next;
+      return i->next;
+      }
+  }
+    else return (VObject*)0;
+}
+
+VObject* isAPropertyOf(VObject *o, const char *id)
+{
+    VObjectIterator i;
+    initPropIterator(&i,o);
+    while (moreIteration(&i)) {
+  VObject *each = nextVObject(&i);
+  if (!PL_strcasecmp(id,each->id))
+      return each;
+  }
+    return (VObject*)0;
+}
+
+VObject* addGroup(VObject *o, const char *g)
+{
+    /*
+  a.b.c
+  -->
+  prop(c)
+      prop(VCGrouping=b)
+    prop(VCGrouping=a)
+     */
+    char *dot = PL_strrchr(g,'.');
+    if (dot) {
+  VObject *p, *t;
+  char *gs, *n = dot+1;
+  gs = dupStr(g,0); /* so we can write to it. */
+  t = p = addProp_(o,lookupProp(n));
+  dot = PL_strrchr(gs,'.');
+  *dot = 0;
+  do {
+      dot = PL_strrchr(gs,'.');
+      if (dot) {
+    n = dot+1;
+    *dot=0;
+    }
+      else
+    n = gs;
+      /* property(VCGroupingProp=n);
+       *  and the value may have VCGrouping property
+       */
+      t = addProp(t,VCGroupingProp);
+      setVObjectStringZValue(t,lookupProp_(n));
+      } while (n != gs);
+  deleteString(gs); 
+  return p;
+  }
+    else
+  return addProp_(o,lookupProp(g));
+}
+
+VObject* addPropValue(VObject *o, const char *p, const char *v)
+{
+    VObject *prop;
+    prop = addProp(o,p);
+  if (v) {
+    setVObjectUStringZValue_(prop, fakeUnicode(v,0));
+    if (needsQuotedPrintable (v)) {
+      if (PL_strcasecmp (VCCardProp, vObjectName(o)) == 0) 
+        addProp (prop, VCQuotedPrintableProp);
+      else
+        addProp (o, VCQuotedPrintableProp);
+    }
+  }
+  else
+    setVObjectUStringZValue_(prop, fakeUnicode("",0));
+
+    return prop;
+}
+
+VObject* addPropSizedValue_(VObject *o, const char *p, const char *v,
+  unsigned int size)
+{
+    VObject *prop;
+    prop = addProp(o,p);
+    setValueWithSize_(prop, (void*)v, size);
+    return prop;
+}
+
+VObject* addPropSizedValue(VObject *o, const char *p, const char *v,
+  unsigned int size)
+{
+    return addPropSizedValue_(o,p,dupStr(v,size),size);
+}
+
+void cleanVObject(VObject *o)
+{
+    if (o == 0) return;
+    if (o->prop) {
+  /* destroy time: cannot use the iterator here.
+     Have to break the cycle in the circular link
+     list and turns it into regular NULL-terminated
+     list -- since at some point of destruction,
+     the reference entry for the iterator to work
+     will not longer be valid.
+     */
+  VObject *p;
+  p = o->prop->next;
+  o->prop->next = 0;
+  do {
+     VObject *t = p->next;
+     cleanVObject(p);
+     p = t;
+     } while (p);
+  }
+    switch (VALUE_TYPE(o)) {
+  case VCVT_USTRINGZ:
+  case VCVT_STRINGZ:
+  case VCVT_RAW:
+      /* assume they are all allocated by malloc. */
+      if ((char*) STRINGZ_VALUE_OF(o)) 
+        PR_Free ((char*)STRINGZ_VALUE_OF(o));
+      break;
+  case VCVT_VOBJECT:
+      cleanVObject(VOBJECT_VALUE_OF(o));
+      break;
+  }
+    deleteVObject(o);
+}
+
+void cleanVObjects(VObject *list)
+{
+    while (list) {
+  VObject *t = list;
+  list = nextVObjectInList(list);
+  cleanVObject(t);
+  }
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+  The following is a String Table Facilities.
+  ----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#define STRTBLSIZE 255
+
+static StrItem *strTbl[STRTBLSIZE];
+
+static unsigned int hashStr(const char *s)
+{
+    unsigned int h = 0;
+    int i;
+    for (i=0;s[i];i++) {
+  h += s[i]*i;
+  }
+    return h % STRTBLSIZE;
+}
+
+void unUseStr(const char *s)
+{
+  StrItem *t, *p;
+  unsigned int h = hashStr(s);
+  if ((t = strTbl[h]) != 0) {
+    p = t;
+    do {
+      if (PL_strcasecmp(t->s,s) == 0) {
+        t->refCnt--;
+        if (t->refCnt == 0) {
+          if (t == strTbl[h]) {
+            strTbl[h] = t->next;
+          }
+          else {
+            p->next = t->next;
+          }
+          deleteString((char *)t->s);
+          deleteStrItem(t);
+          return;
+        }
+      }
+      p = t;
+      t = t->next;
+     } while (t);
+  }
+}
+
+struct PreDefProp {
+    const char *name;
+    const char *alias;
+    const char** fields;
+    unsigned int flags;
+    };
+
+/* flags in PreDefProp */
+#define PD_BEGIN  0x1
+#define PD_INTERNAL 0x2
+
+static const char *adrFields[] = {
+    VCPostalBoxProp,
+    VCExtAddressProp,
+    VCStreetAddressProp,
+    VCCityProp,
+    VCRegionProp,
+    VCPostalCodeProp,
+    VCCountryNameProp,
+    0
+};
+
+static const char *nameFields[] = {
+    VCFamilyNameProp,
+    VCGivenNameProp,
+    VCAdditionalNamesProp,
+    VCNamePrefixesProp,
+    VCNameSuffixesProp,
+    NULL
+    };
+
+static const char *orgFields[] = {
+    VCOrgNameProp,
+    VCOrgUnitProp,
+    VCOrgUnit2Prop,
+    VCOrgUnit3Prop,
+    VCOrgUnit4Prop,
+    NULL
+    };
+
+static const char *AAlarmFields[] = {
+    VCRunTimeProp,
+    VCSnoozeTimeProp,
+    VCRepeatCountProp,
+    VCAudioContentProp,
+    0
+    };
+
+static const char *coolTalkFields[] = {
+    VCCooltalkAddress,
+  VCUseServer,
+    0
+    };
+
+/* ExDate -- has unamed fields */
+/* RDate -- has unamed fields */
+
+static const char *DAlarmFields[] = {
+    VCRunTimeProp,
+    VCSnoozeTimeProp,
+    VCRepeatCountProp,
+    VCDisplayStringProp,
+    0
+    };
+
+static const char *MAlarmFields[] = {
+    VCRunTimeProp,
+    VCSnoozeTimeProp,
+    VCRepeatCountProp,
+    VCEmailAddressProp,
+    VCNoteProp,
+    0
+    };
+
+static const char *PAlarmFields[] = {
+    VCRunTimeProp,
+    VCSnoozeTimeProp,
+    VCRepeatCountProp,
+    VCProcedureNameProp,
+    0
+    };
+
+static struct PreDefProp propNames[] = {
+    { VC7bitProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+  { VC8bitProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCAAlarmProp, 0, AAlarmFields, 0 },
+    { VCAdditionalNamesProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCAdrProp, 0, adrFields, 0 },
+    { VCAgentProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCAIFFProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCAOLProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCAppleLinkProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+  { VCAttachProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCAttendeeProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCATTMailProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCAudioContentProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCAVIProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCBase64Prop, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCBBSProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCBirthDateProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCBMPProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCBodyProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCBusinessRoleProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCCalProp, 0, 0, PD_BEGIN },
+    { VCCaptionProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCCardProp, 0, 0, PD_BEGIN },
+    { VCCarProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCCategoriesProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCCellularProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCCGMProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCCharSetProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCCIDProp, VCContentIDProp, 0, 0 },
+    { VCCISProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCCityProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCClassProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCCommentProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCCompletedProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCContentIDProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCCountryNameProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCDAlarmProp, 0, DAlarmFields, 0 },
+    { VCDataSizeProp, 0, 0, PD_INTERNAL },
+  { VCDayLightProp, 0, 0 ,0 },
+    { VCDCreatedProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCDeliveryLabelProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCDescriptionProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCDIBProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCDisplayStringProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCDomesticProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCDTendProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCDTstartProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCDueProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCEmailAddressProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCEncodingProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCEndProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCEventProp, 0, 0, PD_BEGIN },
+    { VCEWorldProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCExNumProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCExpDateProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCExpectProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCExtAddressProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCFamilyNameProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCFaxProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCFullNameProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCGeoLocationProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCGeoProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCGIFProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCGivenNameProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCGroupingProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCHomeProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCIBMMailProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCInlineProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCInternationalProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCInternetProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCISDNProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCJPEGProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCLanguageProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCLastModifiedProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCLastRevisedProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCLocationProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCLogoProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCMailerProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCMAlarmProp, 0, MAlarmFields, 0 },
+    { VCMCIMailProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCMessageProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCMETProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCModemProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCMPEG2Prop, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCMPEGProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCMSNProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCNamePrefixesProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCNameProp, 0, nameFields, 0 },
+    { VCNameSuffixesProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCNoteProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCOrgNameProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCOrgProp, 0, orgFields, 0 },
+    { VCOrgUnit2Prop, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCOrgUnit3Prop, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCOrgUnit4Prop, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCOrgUnitProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCPagerProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCPAlarmProp, 0, PAlarmFields, 0 },
+    { VCParcelProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCPartProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCPCMProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCPDFProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCPGPProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCPhotoProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCPICTProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCPMBProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCPostalBoxProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCPostalCodeProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCPostalProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCPowerShareProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCPreferredProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCPriorityProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCProcedureNameProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCProdIdProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCProdigyProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCPronunciationProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCPSProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCPublicKeyProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCQPProp, VCQuotedPrintableProp, 0, 0 },
+    { VCQuickTimeProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCQuotedPrintableProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCRDateProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCRegionProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCRelatedToProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCRepeatCountProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCResourcesProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCRNumProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCRoleProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCRRuleProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCRSVPProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCRunTimeProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCSequenceProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCSnoozeTimeProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCStartProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCStatusProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCStreetAddressProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCSubTypeProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCSummaryProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCTelephoneProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCTIFFProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCTimeZoneProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCTitleProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCTLXProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCTodoProp, 0, 0, PD_BEGIN },
+    { VCTranspProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCUniqueStringProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCURLProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCURLValueProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCValueProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCVersionProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCVideoProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCVoiceProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCWAVEProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCWMFProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCWorkProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCX400Prop, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCX509Prop, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { VCXRuleProp, 0, 0, 0 },
+  { VCCooltalk, 0, coolTalkFields, 0 },
+  { VCCooltalkAddress, 0, 0, 0 },
+  { VCUseServer, 0, 0, 0 },
+  { VCUseHTML, 0, 0, 0 },
+    { 0,0,0,0 }
+    };
+
+
+static struct PreDefProp* lookupPropInfo(const char* str)
+{
+    /* brute force for now, could use a hash table here. */
+    int i;
+  
+    for (i = 0; propNames[i].name; i++) 
+  if (PL_strcasecmp(str, propNames[i].name) == 0) {
+      return &propNames[i];
+      }
+    
+    return 0;
+}
+
+
+const char* lookupProp_(const char* str)
+{
+    int i;
+  
+    for (i = 0; propNames[i].name; i++)
+  if (PL_strcasecmp(str, propNames[i].name) == 0) {
+      const char* s;
+      s = propNames[i].alias?propNames[i].alias:propNames[i].name;
+      return lookupStr(s);
+      }
+    return lookupStr(str);
+}
+
+
+const char* lookupProp(const char* str)
+{
+    int i;
+  
+    for (i = 0; propNames[i].name; i++)
+  if (PL_strcasecmp(str, propNames[i].name) == 0) {
+      const char *s;
+      fieldedProp = (char **)propNames[i].fields;
+      s = propNames[i].alias?propNames[i].alias:propNames[i].name;
+      return lookupStr(s);
+      }
+    fieldedProp = 0;
+    return lookupStr(str);
+}
+
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+  APIs to Output text form.
+  ----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#define OFILE_REALLOC_SIZE 256
+
+static void appendcOFile_(OFile *fp, char c)
+{
+  if (fp->fail) 
+    return;
+stuff:
+  if (fp->len+1 < fp->limit) {
+    fp->s[fp->len] = c;
+    fp->len++;
+    return;
+  }
+  else if (fp->alloc) {
+    fp->limit = fp->limit + OFILE_REALLOC_SIZE;
+    char* newBuf = (char *) PR_Realloc(fp->s, fp->limit);
+    if (newBuf) {
+      fp->s = newBuf;
+      goto stuff;
+    }
+  }
+  if (fp->alloc)
+    PR_FREEIF(fp->s);
+  fp->s = 0;
+  fp->fail = 1;
+}
+
+static void appendcOFile(OFile *fp, char c)
+{
+/*  int i = 0; */
+    if (c == '\n') {
+  /* write out as <CR><LF> */
+  /* for (i = 0; i < LINEBREAK_LEN; i++)
+    appendcOFile_(fp,LINEBREAK [ i ]); */
+  appendcOFile_(fp,0xd); 
+  appendcOFile_(fp,0xa); 
+  }
+    else
+  appendcOFile_(fp,c);
+}
+
+static void appendsOFile(OFile *fp, const char *s)
+{
+    int i, slen;
+    slen  = PL_strlen (s);
+    for (i=0; i<slen; i++) {
+  appendcOFile(fp,s[i]);
+  }
+}
+
+static void initMemOFile(OFile *fp, char *s, int len)
+{
+    fp->s = s;
+    fp->len = 0;
+    fp->limit = s?len:0;
+    fp->alloc = s?0:1;
+    fp->fail = 0;
+}
+
+
+static int writeBase64(OFile *fp, unsigned char *s, long len)
+{
+    long cur = 0;
+    int i, numQuads = 0;
+    unsigned long trip;
+    unsigned char b;
+    char quad[5];
+#define PR_MAXQUADS 16
+
+    quad[4] = 0;
+
+    while (cur < len) {
+  /* collect the triplet of bytes into 'trip' */
+  trip = 0;
+  for (i = 0; i < 3; i++) {
+      b = (cur < len) ? *(s + cur) : 0;
+      cur++;
+      trip = trip << 8 | b;
+      }
+  /* fill in 'quad' with the appropriate four characters */
+  for (i = 3; i >= 0; i--) {
+      b = (unsigned char)(trip & 0x3F);
+      trip = trip >> 6;
+      if ((3 - i) < (cur - len))
+    quad[i] = '='; /* pad char */
+      else if (b < 26) quad[i] = (char)b + 'A';
+      else if (b < 52) quad[i] = (char)(b - 26) + 'a';
+      else if (b < 62) quad[i] = (char)(b - 52) + '0';
+      else if (b == 62) quad[i] = '+';
+      else quad[i] = '/';
+      }
+  /* now output 'quad' with appropriate whitespace and line ending */
+  appendsOFile(fp, (numQuads == 0 ? "    " : ""));
+  appendsOFile(fp, quad);
+  appendsOFile(fp, ((cur >= len)?"\n" :(numQuads==PR_MAXQUADS-1?"\n" : "")));
+  numQuads = (numQuads + 1) % PR_MAXQUADS;
+  }
+    appendcOFile(fp,'\n');
+
+    return 1;
+}
+
+static void writeQPString(OFile *fp, const char *s)
+{
+    const unsigned char *p = (const unsigned char *)s;
+  int current_column = 0;
+  static const char hexdigits[] = "0123456789ABCDEF";
+  bool white = false;
+  bool contWhite = false;
+  bool mb_p = false;
+
+  if (needsQuotedPrintable (s)) 
+  {
+    while (*p) {
+      if (*p == '\r' || *p == '\n')
+      {
+        /* Whitespace cannot be allowed to occur at the end of the line.
+        So we encode " \n" as " =\n\n", that is, the whitespace, a
+        soft line break, and then a hard line break.
+        */
+
+        if (white)
+        {
+          appendcOFile(fp,'=');
+          appendcOFile(fp,'\n');
+          appendcOFile(fp,'\t');
+          appendsOFile(fp,"=0D");
+          appendsOFile(fp,"=0A");
+          appendcOFile(fp,'=');
+          appendcOFile(fp,'\n');
+          appendcOFile(fp,'\t');
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          appendsOFile(fp,"=0D");
+          appendsOFile(fp,"=0A");
+          appendcOFile(fp,'=');
+          appendcOFile(fp,'\n');
+          appendcOFile(fp,'\t');
+          contWhite = false;
+        }
+
+        /* If its CRLF, swallow two chars instead of one. */
+        if (*p == '\r' && *(p+1) == '\n')
+          p++;
+        white = false;
+        current_column = 0;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        if ((*p >= 33 && *p <= 60) ||   /* safe printing chars */
+          (*p >= 62 && *p <= 126) ||
+          (mb_p && (*p == 61 || *p == 127 || *p == 0x1B)))
+        {
+          appendcOFile(fp,*p);
+          current_column++;
+          white = false;
+          contWhite = false;
+        }
+        else if (*p == ' ' || *p == '\t')   /* whitespace */
+        {
+          if (contWhite) 
+          {
+            appendcOFile(fp,'=');
+            appendcOFile(fp,hexdigits[*p >> 4]);
+            appendcOFile(fp,hexdigits[*p & 0xF]);
+            current_column += 3;
+            contWhite = false;
+          }
+          else
+          {
+            appendcOFile(fp,*p);
+            current_column++;
+          }
+          white = true;
+        }
+        else                    /* print as =FF */
+        {
+          appendcOFile(fp,'=');
+          appendcOFile(fp,hexdigits[*p >> 4]);
+          appendcOFile(fp,hexdigits[*p & 0xF]);
+          current_column += 3;
+          white = false;
+          contWhite = false;
+        }
+
+        NS_ASSERTION(current_column <= 76, "1.10 <rhp@netscape.com> 06 Jan 2000 08:01"); /* Hard limit required by spec */
+
+        if (current_column >= 73 || ((*(p+1) == ' ') && (current_column + 3 >= 73)))    /* soft line break: "=\r\n" */
+        {
+          appendcOFile(fp,'=');
+          appendcOFile(fp,'\n');
+          appendcOFile(fp,'\t');
+          current_column = 0;
+          if (white)
+            contWhite = true;
+          else 
+            contWhite = false;
+          white = false;
+        }
+      } 
+      p++;
+    }  /* while */
+  }  /* if */
+  else 
+  {
+      while (*p) {
+      appendcOFile(fp,*p);
+      p++;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+
+static void writeValue(OFile *fp, VObject *o, unsigned long size)
+{
+    if (o == 0) return;
+    switch (VALUE_TYPE(o)) {
+  case VCVT_USTRINGZ: {
+      char *s = fakeCString(USTRINGZ_VALUE_OF(o));
+      writeQPString(fp, s);
+      deleteString(s);
+      break;
+      }
+  case VCVT_STRINGZ: {
+      writeQPString(fp, STRINGZ_VALUE_OF(o));
+      break;
+      }
+  case VCVT_UINT: {
+      char buf[11];
+      sprintf(buf,"%u", INTEGER_VALUE_OF(o));
+      appendsOFile(fp, buf);
+      break;
+      }
+  case VCVT_ULONG: {
+      char buf[21];
+      sprintf(buf,"%lu", LONG_VALUE_OF(o));
+      appendsOFile(fp, buf);
+      break;
+      }
+  case VCVT_RAW: {
+      appendcOFile(fp,'\n');
+      writeBase64(fp,(unsigned char*)(ANY_VALUE_OF(o)),size);
+      break;
+      }
+  case VCVT_VOBJECT:
+      appendcOFile(fp,'\n');
+      writeVObject_(fp,VOBJECT_VALUE_OF(o));
+      break;
+  }
+}
+
+static void writeAttrValue(OFile *fp, VObject *o, int* length)
+{
+  int ilen = 0;
+    if (NAME_OF(o)) {
+  struct PreDefProp *pi;
+  pi = lookupPropInfo(NAME_OF(o));
+  if (pi && ((pi->flags & PD_INTERNAL) != 0)) return;
+  appendcOFile(fp,';');
+  if (*length != -1)
+    (*length)++;
+  appendsOFile(fp,NAME_OF(o));
+  if (*length != -1)
+    (*length) += PL_strlen (NAME_OF(o));
+  }
+    else {
+    appendcOFile(fp,';');
+    (*length)++;
+  }
+    if (VALUE_TYPE(o)) {
+  appendcOFile(fp,'=');
+  if (*length != -1) {
+    (*length)++;
+    for (ilen = 0; ilen < MAXMOZPROPNAMESIZE - (*length); ilen++)
+      appendcOFile(fp,' ');
+  }
+  writeValue(fp,o,0);
+  }
+}
+
+static void writeGroup(OFile *fp, VObject *o)
+{
+  nsAutoCString buf(NAME_OF(o));
+
+  while ((o=isAPropertyOf(o,VCGroupingProp)) != 0) {
+    buf.Insert(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("."), 0);
+    buf.Insert(STRINGZ_VALUE_OF(o), 0);
+  }
+  appendsOFile(fp, buf.get());
+}
+
+static int inList(const char **list, const char *s)
+{
+    if (list == 0) return 0;
+    while (*list) {
+  if (PL_strcasecmp(*list,s) == 0) return 1;
+  list++;
+  }
+    return 0;
+}
+
+static void writeProp(OFile *fp, VObject *o)
+{
+  int length = -1;
+  //int ilen = 0;
+
+    if (NAME_OF(o)) {
+  struct PreDefProp *pi;
+  VObjectIterator t;
+  const char **fields_ = 0;
+  pi = lookupPropInfo(NAME_OF(o));
+  if (pi && ((pi->flags & PD_BEGIN) != 0)) {
+      writeVObject_(fp,o);
+      return;
+      }
+  if (isAPropertyOf(o,VCGroupingProp))
+      writeGroup(fp,o);
+  else 
+      appendsOFile(fp,NAME_OF(o));
+  if (pi) fields_ = pi->fields;
+  initPropIterator(&t,o);
+  while (moreIteration(&t)) {
+      const char *s;
+      VObject *eachProp = nextVObject(&t);
+      s = NAME_OF(eachProp);
+      if (PL_strcasecmp(VCGroupingProp,s) && !inList(fields_,s))
+    writeAttrValue(fp,eachProp, &length);
+      }
+  if (fields_) {
+      int i = 0, n = 0;
+      const char** fields = fields_;
+      /* output prop as fields */
+      appendcOFile(fp,':');
+      while (*fields) {
+    VObject *tt = isAPropertyOf(o,*fields);
+    i++;
+    if (tt) n = i;
+    fields++;
+    }
+      fields = fields_;
+      for (i=0;i<n;i++) {
+    writeValue(fp,isAPropertyOf(o,*fields),0);
+    fields++;
+    if (i<(n-1)) appendcOFile(fp,';');
+    }
+      }
+  }
+  
+    if (VALUE_TYPE(o)) {
+  unsigned long size = 0;
+        VObject *p = isAPropertyOf(o,VCDataSizeProp);
+  if (p) size = LONG_VALUE_OF(p);
+  appendcOFile(fp,':');
+  writeValue(fp,o,size);
+  }
+    appendcOFile(fp,'\n');
+}
+
+void writeVObject_(OFile *fp, VObject *o)
+{
+  //int ilen = 0;
+    if (NAME_OF(o)) {
+  struct PreDefProp *pi;
+  pi = lookupPropInfo(NAME_OF(o));
+
+  if (pi && ((pi->flags & PD_BEGIN) != 0)) {
+      VObjectIterator t;
+      const char *begin = NAME_OF(o);
+      appendsOFile(fp,"begin:");
+      appendsOFile(fp,begin);
+      appendcOFile(fp,'\n');
+      initPropIterator(&t,o);
+      while (moreIteration(&t)) {
+      VObject *eachProp = nextVObject(&t);
+      writeProp(fp, eachProp);
+    }
+      appendsOFile(fp,"end:");
+      appendsOFile(fp,begin);
+      appendsOFile(fp,"\n\n");
+      }
+  }
+}
+
+char* writeMemVObject(char *s, int *len, VObject *o)
+{
+    OFile ofp;
+    initMemOFile(&ofp,s,len?*len:0);
+    writeVObject_(&ofp,o);
+    if (len) *len = ofp.len;
+    appendcOFile(&ofp,0);
+    return ofp.s;
+}
+
+extern "C" 
+char * writeMemoryVObjects(char *s, int *len, VObject *list, bool expandSpaces)
+{
+    OFile ofp;
+    initMemOFile(&ofp,s,len?*len:0);
+    while (list) {
+  writeVObject_(&ofp,list);
+  list = nextVObjectInList(list);
+  }
+    if (len) *len = ofp.len;
+    appendcOFile(&ofp,0);
+    return ofp.s;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+  APIs to do fake Unicode stuff.
+  ----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+vwchar_t* fakeUnicode(const char *ps, int *bytes)
+{
+    vwchar_t *r, *pw;
+    int len = strlen(ps)+1;
+
+    pw = r = (vwchar_t*)PR_CALLOC(sizeof(vwchar_t)*len);
+    if (bytes)
+  *bytes = len * sizeof(vwchar_t);
+
+    while (*ps) { 
+  if (*ps == '\n')
+      *pw = (vwchar_t)0x2028;
+  else if (*ps == '\r')
+      *pw = (vwchar_t)0x2029;
+  else
+      *pw = (vwchar_t)(unsigned char)*ps;
+  ps++; pw++;
+  }        
+    *pw = (vwchar_t)0;
+  
+    return r;
+}
+
+int uStrLen(const vwchar_t *u)
+{
+  if (!u)
+    return 0;
+  int i = 0;
+  while (*u != (vwchar_t)0) { u++; i++; }
+  return i;
+}
+
+char* fakeCString(const vwchar_t *u)
+{
+  char *s, *t;
+  int len = uStrLen(u) + 1;
+  t = s = (char*)PR_CALLOC(len);
+  if (u) {
+    while (*u) {
+      if (*u == (vwchar_t)0x2028)
+        *t = '\n';
+      else if (*u == (vwchar_t)0x2029)
+        *t = '\r';
+      else
+        *t = (char)*u;
+      u++; t++;
+    }
+  }
+  *t = 0;
+  return s;
+}
+
+const char* lookupStr(const char *s)
+{
+    StrItem *t;
+    unsigned int h = hashStr(s);
+    if ((t = strTbl[h]) != 0) {
+  do {
+      if (PL_strcasecmp(t->s,s) == 0) {
+    t->refCnt++;
+    return t->s;
+    }
+      t = t->next;
+      } while (t);
+  }
+    s = dupStr(s,0);
+    strTbl[h] = newStrItem(s,strTbl[h]);
+    return s;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsVCardObj.h b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsVCardObj.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b7ca36997
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsVCardObj.h
@@ -0,0 +1,396 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+/***************************************************************************
+(C) Copyright 1996 Apple Computer, Inc., AT&T Corp., International             
+Business Machines Corporation and Siemens Rolm Communications Inc.             
+                                                                               
+For purposes of this license notice, the term Licensors shall mean,            
+collectively, Apple Computer, Inc., AT&T Corp., International                  
+Business Machines Corporation and Siemens Rolm Communications Inc.             
+The term Licensor shall mean any of the Licensors.                             
+                                                                               
+Subject to acceptance of the following conditions, permission is hereby        
+granted by Licensors without the need for written agreement and without        
+license or royalty fees, to use, copy, modify and distribute this              
+software for any purpose.                                                      
+                                                                               
+The above copyright notice and the following four paragraphs must be           
+reproduced in all copies of this software and any software including           
+this software.                                                                 
+                                                                               
+THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS AND NO LICENSOR SHALL HAVE       
+ANY OBLIGATION TO PROVIDE MAINTENANCE, SUPPORT, UPDATES, ENHANCEMENTS OR       
+MODIFICATIONS.                                                                 
+                                                                               
+IN NO EVENT SHALL ANY LICENSOR BE LIABLE TO ANY PARTY FOR DIRECT,              
+INDIRECT, SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR LOST PROFITS ARISING OUT         
+OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH         
+DAMAGE.                                                                        
+                                                                               
+EACH LICENSOR SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,       
+INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY WARRANTY OF NONINFRINGEMENT OR THE            
+IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR             
+PURPOSE.                                                                       
+
+The software is provided with RESTRICTED RIGHTS.  Use, duplication, or         
+disclosure by the government are subject to restrictions set forth in          
+DFARS 252.227-7013 or 48 CFR 52.227-19, as applicable.                         
+
+***************************************************************************/
+
+/*
+ 
+The vCard/vCalendar C interface is implemented in the set 
+of files as follows:
+
+vcc.y, yacc source, and vcc.c, the yacc output you will use
+implements the core parser
+
+vobject.c implements an API that insulates the caller from
+the parser and changes in the vCard/vCalendar BNF
+
+port.h defines compilation environment dependent stuff
+
+vcc.h and vobject.h are header files for their .c counterparts
+
+vcaltmp.h and vcaltmp.c implement vCalendar "macro" functions
+which you may find useful.
+
+test.c is a standalone test driver that exercises some of
+the features of the APIs provided. Invoke test.exe on a
+VCARD/VCALENDAR input text file and you will see the pretty
+print output of the internal representation (this pretty print
+output should give you a good idea of how the internal 
+representation looks like -- there is one such output in the 
+following too). Also, a file with the .out suffix is generated 
+to show that the internal representation can be written back 
+in the original text format.
+
+For more information on this API see the readme.txt file
+which accompanied this distribution.
+
+  Also visit:
+
+    http://www.versit.com
+    http://www.ralden.com
+
+*/
+
+
+#ifndef __VOBJECT_H__
+#define __VOBJECT_H__ 1
+
+/*
+Unfortunately, on the Mac (and possibly other platforms) with our current, out-dated
+libraries (Plauger), |wchar_t| is defined incorrectly, which breaks vcards.
+
+We can't fix Plauger because it doesn't come with source. Later, when we
+upgrade to MSL, we can make this evil hack go away.  In the mean time,
+vcards are not allowed to use the (incorrectly defined) |wchar_t| type.  Instead,
+they will use an appropriately defined local type |vwchar_t|.
+*/
+
+typedef wchar_t vwchar_t;
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#define VC7bitProp        "7bit"
+#define VC8bitProp        "8bit"
+#define VCAAlarmProp      "aalarm"
+#define VCAdditionalNamesProp "addn"
+#define VCAdrProp       "adr"
+#define VCAgentProp       "agent"
+#define VCAIFFProp        "aiff"
+#define VCAOLProp       "aol"
+#define VCAppleLinkProp     "applelink"
+#define VCAttachProp      "attach"
+#define VCAttendeeProp      "attendee"
+#define VCATTMailProp     "attmail"
+#define VCAudioContentProp    "audiocontent"
+#define VCAVIProp       "avi"
+#define VCBase64Prop      "base64"
+#define VCBBSProp       "bbs"
+#define VCBirthDateProp     "bday"
+#define VCBMPProp       "bmp"
+#define VCBodyProp        "body"
+#define VCBusinessRoleProp    "role"
+#define VCCalProp       "vcalendar"
+#define VCCaptionProp     "cap"
+#define VCCardProp        "vcard"
+#define VCCarProp       "car"
+#define VCCategoriesProp    "categories"
+#define VCCellularProp      "cell"
+#define VCCGMProp       "cgm"
+#define VCCharSetProp     "cs"
+#define VCCIDProp       "cid"
+#define VCCISProp       "cis"
+#define VCCityProp        "l"
+#define VCClassProp       "class"
+#define VCCommentProp     "note"
+#define VCCompletedProp     "completed"
+#define VCContentIDProp     "content-id"
+#define VCCountryNameProp   "c"
+#define VCDAlarmProp      "dalarm"
+#define VCDataSizeProp      "datasize"
+#define VCDayLightProp      "daylight"
+#define VCDCreatedProp      "dcreated"
+#define VCDeliveryLabelProp     "label"
+#define VCDescriptionProp   "description"
+#define VCDIBProp       "dib"
+#define VCDisplayStringProp   "displaystring"
+#define VCDomesticProp      "dom"
+#define VCDTendProp       "dtend"
+#define VCDTstartProp     "dtstart"
+#define VCDueProp       "due"
+#define VCEmailAddressProp    "email"
+#define VCEncodingProp      "encoding"
+#define VCEndProp       "end"
+#define VCEventProp       "vevent"
+#define VCEWorldProp      "eworld"
+#define VCExNumProp       "exnum"
+#define VCExpDateProp     "exdate"
+#define VCExpectProp      "expect"
+#define VCExtAddressProp    "ext add"
+#define VCFamilyNameProp    "f"
+#define VCFaxProp       "fax"
+#define VCFullNameProp      "fn"
+#define VCGeoProp       "geo"
+#define VCGeoLocationProp   "geo"
+#define VCGIFProp       "gif"
+#define VCGivenNameProp     "g"
+#define VCGroupingProp      "grouping"
+#define VCHomeProp        "home"
+#define VCIBMMailProp     "ibmmail"
+#define VCInlineProp      "inline"
+#define VCInternationalProp   "intl"
+#define VCInternetProp      "internet"
+#define VCISDNProp        "isdn"
+#define VCJPEGProp        "jpeg"
+#define VCLanguageProp      "lang"
+#define VCLastModifiedProp    "last-modified"
+#define VCLastRevisedProp   "rev"
+#define VCLocationProp      "location"
+#define VCLogoProp        "logo"
+#define VCMailerProp      "mailer"
+#define VCMAlarmProp      "malarm"
+#define VCMCIMailProp     "mcimail"
+#define VCMessageProp     "msg"
+#define VCMETProp       "met"
+#define VCModemProp       "modem"
+#define VCMPEG2Prop       "mpeg2"
+#define VCMPEGProp        "mpeg"
+#define VCMSNProp       "msn"
+#define VCNamePrefixesProp    "npre"
+#define VCNameProp        "n"
+#define VCNameSuffixesProp    "nsuf"
+#define VCNoteProp        "note"
+#define VCOrgNameProp     "orgname"
+#define VCOrgProp       "org"
+#define VCOrgUnit2Prop      "oun2"
+#define VCOrgUnit3Prop      "oun3"
+#define VCOrgUnit4Prop      "oun4"
+#define VCOrgUnitProp     "oun"
+#define VCPagerProp       "pager"
+#define VCPAlarmProp      "palarm"
+#define VCParcelProp      "parcel"
+#define VCPartProp        "part"
+#define VCPCMProp       "pcm"
+#define VCPDFProp       "pdf"
+#define VCPGPProp       "pgp"
+#define VCPhotoProp       "photo"
+#define VCPICTProp        "pict"
+#define VCPMBProp       "pmb"
+#define VCPostalBoxProp     "box"
+#define VCPostalCodeProp    "pc"
+#define VCPostalProp      "postal"
+#define VCPowerShareProp    "powershare"
+#define VCPreferredProp     "pref"
+#define VCPriorityProp      "priority"
+#define VCProcedureNameProp   "procedurename"
+#define VCProdIdProp      "prodid"
+#define VCProdigyProp     "prodigy"
+#define VCPronunciationProp   "sound"
+#define VCPSProp        "ps"
+#define VCPublicKeyProp     "key"
+#define VCQPProp        "qp"
+#define VCQuickTimeProp     "qtime"
+#define VCQuotedPrintableProp "quoted-printable"
+#define VCRDateProp       "rdate"
+#define VCRegionProp      "r"
+#define VCRelatedToProp     "related-to"
+#define VCRepeatCountProp   "repeatcount"
+#define VCResourcesProp     "resources"
+#define VCRNumProp        "rnum"
+#define VCRoleProp        "role"
+#define VCRRuleProp       "rrule"
+#define VCRSVPProp        "rsvp"
+#define VCRunTimeProp     "runtime"
+#define VCSequenceProp      "sequence"
+#define VCSnoozeTimeProp    "snoozetime"
+#define VCStartProp       "start"
+#define VCStatusProp      "status"
+#define VCStreetAddressProp   "street"
+#define VCSubTypeProp     "subtype"
+#define VCSummaryProp     "summary"
+#define VCTelephoneProp     "tel"
+#define VCTIFFProp        "tiff"
+#define VCTimeZoneProp      "tz"
+#define VCTitleProp       "title"
+#define VCTLXProp       "tlx"
+#define VCTodoProp        "vtodo"
+#define VCTranspProp      "transp"
+#define VCUniqueStringProp    "uid"
+#define VCURLProp       "url"
+#define VCURLValueProp      "urlval"
+#define VCValueProp       "value"
+#define VCVersionProp     "version"
+#define VCVideoProp       "video"
+#define VCVoiceProp       "voice"
+#define VCWAVEProp        "wave"
+#define VCWMFProp       "wmf"
+#define VCWorkProp        "work"
+#define VCX400Prop        "x400"
+#define VCX509Prop        "x509"
+#define VCXRuleProp       "xrule"
+#define VCCooltalk        "x-mozilla-cpt"
+#define VCCooltalkAddress   "x-moxilla-cpadr"
+#define VCUseServer       "x-mozilla-cpsrv"
+#define VCUseHTML       "x-mozilla-html"
+
+/* return type of vObjectValueType: */
+#define VCVT_NOVALUE  0
+  /* if the VObject has no value associated with it. */
+#define VCVT_STRINGZ  1
+  /* if the VObject has value set by setVObjectStringZValue. */
+#define VCVT_USTRINGZ 2
+  /* if the VObject has value set by setVObjectUStringZValue. */
+#define VCVT_UINT   3
+  /* if the VObject has value set by setVObjectIntegerValue. */
+#define VCVT_ULONG    4
+  /* if the VObject has value set by setVObjectLongValue. */
+#define VCVT_RAW    5
+  /* if the VObject has value set by setVObjectAnyValue. */
+#define VCVT_VOBJECT  6
+  /* if the VObject has value set by setVObjectVObjectValue. */
+
+#define NAME_OF(o)        o->id
+#define VALUE_TYPE(o)     o->valType
+#define STRINGZ_VALUE_OF(o)   o->val.strs
+#define USTRINGZ_VALUE_OF(o)  o->val.ustrs
+#define INTEGER_VALUE_OF(o)   o->val.i
+#define LONG_VALUE_OF(o)    o->val.l
+#define ANY_VALUE_OF(o)     o->val.any
+#define VOBJECT_VALUE_OF(o)   o->val.vobj
+
+typedef struct VObject VObject;
+
+typedef union ValueItem {
+    const char *strs;
+    const vwchar_t *ustrs;
+    unsigned int i;
+    unsigned long l;
+    void *any;
+    VObject *vobj;
+    } ValueItem;
+
+struct VObject {
+    VObject *next;
+    const char *id;
+    VObject *prop;
+    unsigned short valType;
+    ValueItem val;
+    }; 
+
+typedef struct StrItem StrItem;
+
+struct StrItem {
+    StrItem *next;
+    const char *s;
+    unsigned int refCnt;
+    };
+
+typedef struct OFile {
+    char *s;
+    int len;
+    int limit;
+    int alloc:1;
+    int fail:1;
+    } OFile;
+
+typedef struct VObjectIterator {
+    VObject* start;
+    VObject* next;
+    } VObjectIterator;
+
+VObject*    newVObject(const char *id);
+void      deleteVObject(VObject *p);
+char*     dupStr(const char *s, unsigned int size);
+extern "C" void     deleteString(char *p);
+void      unUseStr(const char *s);
+
+void      setVObjectName(VObject *o, const char* id);
+void      setVObjectStringZValue(VObject *o, const char *s);
+void      setVObjectStringZValue_(VObject *o, const char *s);
+void      setVObjectUStringZValue(VObject *o, const vwchar_t *s);
+void      setVObjectUStringZValue_(VObject *o, const vwchar_t *s);
+void      setVObjectIntegerValue(VObject *o, unsigned int i);
+void      setVObjectLongValue(VObject *o, unsigned long l);
+void      setVObjectAnyValue(VObject *o, void *t);
+VObject*    setValueWithSize(VObject *prop, void *val, unsigned int size);
+VObject*    setValueWithSize_(VObject *prop, void *val, unsigned int size);
+
+const char* vObjectName(VObject *o);
+const char* vObjectStringZValue(VObject *o);
+const vwchar_t* vObjectUStringZValue(VObject *o);
+unsigned int vObjectIntegerValue(VObject *o);
+unsigned long vObjectLongValue(VObject *o);
+void* vObjectAnyValue(VObject *o);
+VObject* vObjectVObjectValue(VObject *o);
+void setVObjectVObjectValue(VObject *o, VObject *p);
+
+VObject* addVObjectProp(VObject *o, VObject *p);
+VObject* addProp(VObject *o, const char *id);
+VObject* addProp_(VObject *o, const char *id);
+VObject* addPropValue(VObject *o, const char *p, const char *v);
+VObject* addPropSizedValue_(VObject *o, const char *p, const char *v, unsigned int size);
+VObject* addPropSizedValue(VObject *o, const char *p, const char *v, unsigned int size);
+VObject* addGroup(VObject *o, const char *g);
+void addList(VObject **o, VObject *p);
+
+VObject* isAPropertyOf(VObject *o, const char *id);
+
+VObject* nextVObjectInList(VObject *o);
+void initPropIterator(VObjectIterator *i, VObject *o);
+int moreIteration(VObjectIterator *i);
+VObject* nextVObject(VObjectIterator *i);
+
+void writeVObject_(OFile *fp, VObject *o);
+char* writeMemVObject(char *s, int *len, VObject *o);
+extern "C" char* writeMemoryVObjects(char *s, int *len, VObject *list, bool expandSpaces);
+
+const char* lookupStr(const char *s);
+
+void cleanVObject(VObject *o);
+void cleanVObjects(VObject *list);
+
+const char* lookupProp(const char* str);
+const char* lookupProp_(const char* str);
+
+vwchar_t* fakeUnicode(const char *ps, int *bytes);
+int uStrLen(const vwchar_t *u);
+char* fakeCString(const vwchar_t *u);
+
+#define MAXPROPNAMESIZE 256
+#define MAXMOZPROPNAMESIZE 16
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __VOBJECT_H__ */
+
+
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsWabAddressBook.cpp b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsWabAddressBook.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9c991ddf5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsWabAddressBook.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include <tchar.h>
+#include "nsWabAddressBook.h"
+#include "mozilla/Logging.h"
+#include <algorithm>
+
+#ifdef PR_LOGGING
+static PRLogModuleInfo* gWabAddressBookLog
+    = PR_NewLogModule("nsWabAddressBookLog");
+#endif
+
+#define PRINTF(args) MOZ_LOG(gWabAddressBookLog, mozilla::LogLevel::Debug, args)
+
+using namespace mozilla;
+
+HMODULE nsWabAddressBook::mLibrary = NULL ;
+int32_t nsWabAddressBook::mLibUsage = 0 ;
+LPWABOPEN nsWabAddressBook::mWABOpen = NULL ;
+LPWABOBJECT nsWabAddressBook::mRootSession = NULL ;
+LPADRBOOK nsWabAddressBook::mRootBook = NULL ;
+
+BOOL nsWabAddressBook::LoadWabLibrary(void)
+{
+    if (mLibrary) { ++ mLibUsage ; return TRUE ; }
+    // We try to fetch the location of the WAB DLL from the registry
+    TCHAR wabDLLPath [MAX_PATH] ;
+    DWORD keyType = 0 ;
+    ULONG byteCount = sizeof(wabDLLPath) ;
+    HKEY keyHandle = NULL ;
+    wabDLLPath [MAX_PATH - 1] = 0 ;
+    if (RegOpenKeyEx(HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE, WAB_DLL_PATH_KEY, 0, KEY_READ, &keyHandle) == ERROR_SUCCESS) {
+        RegQueryValueEx(keyHandle, "", NULL, &keyType, (LPBYTE) wabDLLPath, &byteCount) ;
+        if (keyType == REG_EXPAND_SZ) {
+            // Expand the environment variables
+            DWORD bufferSize = ExpandEnvironmentStrings(wabDLLPath, NULL, 0);
+            if (bufferSize && bufferSize < MAX_PATH) {
+                TCHAR tmp[MAX_PATH];
+                ExpandEnvironmentStrings(wabDLLPath, tmp, bufferSize);
+                _tcscpy(wabDLLPath, tmp);
+            }
+            else {
+                return FALSE;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    else {
+        if (GetSystemDirectory(wabDLLPath, MAX_PATH)) {
+            _tcsncat(wabDLLPath, WAB_DLL_NAME,
+                     std::min(_tcslen(WAB_DLL_NAME), MAX_PATH - _tcslen(wabDLLPath) - 1));
+        }
+        else {
+            return FALSE;
+        }
+    }
+    if (keyHandle) { RegCloseKey(keyHandle) ; }
+    mLibrary = LoadLibrary( (lstrlen(wabDLLPath)) ? wabDLLPath : WAB_DLL_NAME );
+    if (!mLibrary) { return FALSE ; }
+    ++ mLibUsage ;
+    mWABOpen = reinterpret_cast<LPWABOPEN>(GetProcAddress(mLibrary, "WABOpen")) ;
+    if (!mWABOpen) { return FALSE ; }
+    HRESULT retCode = mWABOpen(&mRootBook, &mRootSession, NULL, 0) ;
+
+    if (HR_FAILED(retCode)) {
+        PRINTF(("Cannot initialize WAB %08x.\n", retCode)) ; return FALSE ;
+    }
+    return TRUE ;
+}
+
+void nsWabAddressBook::FreeWabLibrary(void)
+{
+    if (mLibrary) {
+        if (-- mLibUsage == 0) {
+            if (mRootBook) { mRootBook->Release() ; }
+            if (mRootSession) { mRootSession->Release() ; }
+            FreeLibrary(mLibrary) ;
+            mLibrary = NULL ;
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+nsWabAddressBook::nsWabAddressBook(void)
+: nsAbWinHelper()
+{
+    BOOL result = Initialize() ;
+
+    NS_ASSERTION(result == TRUE, "Couldn't initialize Wab Helper") ;
+    MOZ_COUNT_CTOR(nsWabAddressBook) ;
+}
+
+nsWabAddressBook::~nsWabAddressBook(void)
+{
+    MutexAutoLock guard(*mMutex) ;
+    FreeWabLibrary() ;
+    MOZ_COUNT_DTOR(nsWabAddressBook) ;
+}
+
+BOOL nsWabAddressBook::Initialize(void)
+{
+    if (mAddressBook) { return TRUE ; }
+    MutexAutoLock guard(*mMutex) ;
+
+    if (!LoadWabLibrary()) {
+        PRINTF(("Cannot load library.\n")) ;
+        return FALSE ;
+    }
+    mAddressBook = mRootBook ;
+    return TRUE ;
+}
+
+void nsWabAddressBook::AllocateBuffer(ULONG aByteCount, LPVOID *aBuffer)
+{
+    mRootSession->AllocateBuffer(aByteCount, aBuffer) ;
+}
+
+void nsWabAddressBook::FreeBuffer(LPVOID aBuffer)
+{
+    mRootSession->FreeBuffer(aBuffer) ;
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+
diff --git a/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsWabAddressBook.h b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsWabAddressBook.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..35b76b213
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/addrbook/src/nsWabAddressBook.h
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+#ifndef nsWabAddressBook_h___
+#define nsWabAddressBook_h___
+
+#include "mozilla/Attributes.h"
+#include "nsAbWinHelper.h"
+#include <wab.h>
+
+class nsWabAddressBook : public nsAbWinHelper
+{
+public :
+    nsWabAddressBook(void) ;
+    virtual ~nsWabAddressBook(void) ;
+
+protected :
+    // Session and address book that will be shared by all instances
+    // (see nsMapiAddressBook.h for details)
+    static LPWABOBJECT mRootSession ;
+    static LPADRBOOK mRootBook ;
+    // Class members to handle library loading/entry points
+    static int32_t mLibUsage ;
+    static HMODULE mLibrary ;
+    static LPWABOPEN mWABOpen ;
+
+    // Load the WAB environment
+    BOOL Initialize(void) ;
+    // Allocation of a buffer for transmission to interfaces
+    virtual void AllocateBuffer(ULONG aByteCount, LPVOID *aBuffer) override;
+    // Destruction of a buffer provided by the interfaces
+    virtual void FreeBuffer(LPVOID aBuffer) override;
+    // Manage the library
+    static BOOL LoadWabLibrary(void) ;
+    static void FreeWabLibrary(void) ;
+
+private :
+} ;
+
+// Additional definitions for WAB stuff. These properties are
+// only defined with regards to the default character sizes, 
+// and not in two _A and _W versions...
+#define PR_BUSINESS_ADDRESS_CITY_A                    PR_LOCALITY_A
+#define PR_BUSINESS_ADDRESS_COUNTRY_A                 PR_COUNTRY_A
+#define PR_BUSINESS_ADDRESS_POSTAL_CODE_A             PR_POSTAL_CODE_A
+#define PR_BUSINESS_ADDRESS_STATE_OR_PROVINCE_A       PR_STATE_OR_PROVINCE_A
+#define PR_BUSINESS_ADDRESS_STREET_A                  PR_STREET_ADDRESS_A
+
+#define PR_BUSINESS_ADDRESS_CITY_W                    PR_LOCALITY_W
+#define PR_BUSINESS_ADDRESS_COUNTRY_W                 PR_COUNTRY_W
+#define PR_BUSINESS_ADDRESS_POSTAL_CODE_W             PR_POSTAL_CODE_W
+#define PR_BUSINESS_ADDRESS_STATE_OR_PROVINCE_W       PR_STATE_OR_PROVINCE_W
+#define PR_BUSINESS_ADDRESS_STREET_W                  PR_STREET_ADDRESS_W
+
+#endif // nsWABAddressBook_h___
+
diff --git a/mailnews/base/content/charsetList.css b/mailnews/base/content/charsetList.css
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cfc9af542
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/content/charsetList.css
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+@namespace url("http://www.mozilla.org/keymaster/gatekeeper/there.is.only.xul");
+
+menulist[type="charset"] {
+  -moz-binding: url("chrome://messenger/content/charsetList.xml#charsetpicker");
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/content/charsetList.xml b/mailnews/base/content/charsetList.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..bff43059e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/content/charsetList.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+<?xml version="1.0"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+-->
+
+<bindings id="charsetListBinding"
+          xmlns="http://www.mozilla.org/xbl"
+          xmlns:xbl="http://www.mozilla.org/xbl"
+          xmlns:html="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+          xmlns:xul="http://www.mozilla.org/keymaster/gatekeeper/there.is.only.xul">
+
+  <binding id="charsetpicker"
+           extends="chrome://global/content/bindings/menulist.xml#menulist">
+    <implementation>
+      <constructor><![CDATA[
+        let charsetValues = "";
+
+        if (this.getAttribute("subset") == "sending")
+          charsetValues = ["UTF-8", "EUC-KR", "gbk", "gb18030", "ISO-2022-JP",
+                           "ISO-8859-1", "ISO-8859-7", "windows-1252"];
+
+        else if (!this.getAttribute("subset")
+                 || this.getAttribute("subset") == "viewing")
+          charsetValues = ["UTF-8", "Big5", "EUC-KR", "gbk", "ISO-2022-JP",
+                           "ISO-8859-1", "ISO-8859-2", "ISO-8859-7",
+                           "windows-874", "windows-1250", "windows-1251",
+                           "windows-1252", "windows-1255", "windows-1256",
+                           "windows-1257", "windows-1258"];
+
+        Components.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/Services.jsm");
+
+        let charsetBundle = Services.strings.createBundle(
+          "chrome://messenger/locale/charsetTitles.properties");
+        let aMenuList = this;
+        let menuLabels = [];
+
+        charsetValues.forEach(function(item) {
+          let strCharset = charsetBundle.GetStringFromName(
+            item.toLowerCase() + ".title");
+
+          menuLabels.push({label: strCharset, value: item});
+        });
+
+        menuLabels.sort(function(a, b) {
+          if (a.value == "UTF-8" || a.label < b.label)
+            return -1;
+          else if (b.value == "UTF-8" || a.label > b.label)
+            return 1;
+          return 0;
+        });
+
+        menuLabels.forEach(function(item) {
+          aMenuList.appendItem(item.label, item.value);
+        });
+
+        // Selecting appropiate menu item corresponding to preference stored
+        // value.
+        if (this.hasAttribute("preference")) {
+          const Ci = Components.interfaces;
+
+          let preference = Services.prefs.getComplexValue(
+            this.getAttribute("preference"), Ci.nsIPrefLocalizedString);
+          this.value = preference.data;
+        }
+     ]]></constructor>
+    </implementation>
+  </binding>
+</bindings>
diff --git a/mailnews/base/content/dateFormat.js b/mailnews/base/content/dateFormat.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..71c628697
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/content/dateFormat.js
@@ -0,0 +1,225 @@
+/* -*- Mode: Java; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+Components.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/Services.jsm");
+
+var gSearchDateFormat = 0;
+var gSearchDateSeparator;
+var gSearchDateLeadingZeros;
+
+/**
+ * Get the short date format option of the current locale.
+ * This supports the common case which the date separator is
+ * either '/', '-', '.' and using Christian year.
+ */
+function initLocaleShortDateFormat()
+{
+  // default to mm/dd/yyyy
+  gSearchDateFormat = 3;
+  gSearchDateSeparator = "/";
+  gSearchDateLeadingZeros = true;
+
+  try {
+    var dateFormatService = Components.classes["@mozilla.org/intl/scriptabledateformat;1"]
+                                    .getService(Components.interfaces.nsIScriptableDateFormat);
+    var dateString = dateFormatService.FormatDate("", 
+                                                  dateFormatService.dateFormatShort, 
+                                                  1999, 
+                                                  12, 
+                                                  1);
+
+    // find out the separator
+    var possibleSeparators = "/-.";
+    var arrayOfStrings;
+    for ( var i = 0; i < possibleSeparators.length; ++i )
+    {
+      arrayOfStrings = dateString.split( possibleSeparators[i] );
+      if ( arrayOfStrings.length == 3 )
+      {
+        gSearchDateSeparator = possibleSeparators[i];
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+
+    // check the format option
+    if ( arrayOfStrings.length != 3 )       // no successfull split
+    {
+      dump("getLocaleShortDateFormat: could not analyze the date format, defaulting to mm/dd/yyyy\n");
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      // the date will contain a zero if that system settings include leading zeros
+      gSearchDateLeadingZeros = dateString.includes("0");
+
+      // match 1 as number, since that will match both "1" and "01"
+      if ( arrayOfStrings[0] == 1 )
+      {
+        // 01.12.1999 or 01.1999.12
+        gSearchDateFormat = arrayOfStrings[1] == "12" ? 5 : 6;
+      }
+      else if ( arrayOfStrings[1] == 1 )
+      {
+        // 12.01.1999 or 1999.01.12
+        gSearchDateFormat = arrayOfStrings[0] == "12" ? 3 : 2;
+      }
+      else  // implies arrayOfStrings[2] == 1
+      {
+        // 12.1999.01 or 1999.12.01
+        gSearchDateFormat = arrayOfStrings[0] == "12" ? 4 : 1;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  catch (e)
+  {
+    dump("getLocaleShortDateFormat: caught an exception!\n");
+  }
+}
+
+function initializeSearchDateFormat()
+{
+  if (gSearchDateFormat)
+    return;
+
+  // get a search date format option and a seprator
+  try {
+    gSearchDateFormat =
+      Services.prefs.getComplexValue("mailnews.search_date_format",
+                                     Components.interfaces.nsIPrefLocalizedString);
+    gSearchDateFormat = parseInt(gSearchDateFormat);
+
+    // if the option is 0 then try to use the format of the current locale
+    if (gSearchDateFormat == 0)
+      initLocaleShortDateFormat();
+    else
+    {
+      // initialize the search date format based on preferences
+      if ( gSearchDateFormat < 1 || gSearchDateFormat > 6 )
+        gSearchDateFormat = 3;
+
+      gSearchDateSeparator =
+        Services.prefs.getComplexValue("mailnews.search_date_separator",
+                                       Components.interfaces.nsIPrefLocalizedString);
+
+      gSearchDateLeadingZeros =
+        (Services.prefs.getComplexValue(
+           "mailnews.search_date_leading_zeros",
+           Components.interfaces.nsIPrefLocalizedString).data == "true");
+    }
+  }
+  catch (e)
+  {
+    Components.utils.reportError("initializeSearchDateFormat: caught an exception: " + e);
+    // set to mm/dd/yyyy in case of error
+    gSearchDateFormat = 3;
+    gSearchDateSeparator = "/";
+    gSearchDateLeadingZeros = true;
+  }
+}
+
+function convertPRTimeToString(tm)
+{
+  var time = new Date();
+  // PRTime is in microseconds, JavaScript time is in milliseconds
+  // so divide by 1000 when converting
+  time.setTime(tm / 1000);
+  
+  return convertDateToString(time);
+}
+
+function convertDateToString(time)
+{
+  initializeSearchDateFormat();
+
+  var year = time.getFullYear();
+  var month = time.getMonth() + 1;  // since js month is 0-11
+  if ( gSearchDateLeadingZeros && month < 10 )
+    month = "0" + month;
+  var date = time.getDate();
+  if ( gSearchDateLeadingZeros && date < 10 )
+    date = "0" + date;
+
+  var dateStr;
+  var sep = gSearchDateSeparator;
+
+  switch (gSearchDateFormat)
+  {
+    case 1:
+      dateStr = year + sep + month + sep + date;
+      break;
+    case 2:
+      dateStr = year + sep + date + sep + month;
+      break;
+    case 3:
+     dateStr = month + sep + date + sep + year;
+      break;
+    case 4:
+      dateStr = month + sep + year + sep + date;
+      break;
+    case 5:
+      dateStr = date + sep + month + sep + year;
+      break;
+    case 6:
+      dateStr = date + sep + year + sep + month;
+      break;
+    default:
+      dump("valid search date format option is 1-6\n");
+  }
+
+  return dateStr;
+}
+
+function convertStringToPRTime(str)
+{
+  initializeSearchDateFormat();
+
+  var arrayOfStrings = str.split(gSearchDateSeparator);
+  var year, month, date;
+
+  // set year, month, date based on the format option
+  switch (gSearchDateFormat)
+  {
+    case 1:
+      year = arrayOfStrings[0];
+      month = arrayOfStrings[1];
+      date = arrayOfStrings[2];
+      break;
+    case 2:
+      year = arrayOfStrings[0];
+      month = arrayOfStrings[2];
+      date = arrayOfStrings[1];
+      break;
+    case 3:
+      year = arrayOfStrings[2];
+      month = arrayOfStrings[0];
+      date = arrayOfStrings[1];
+      break;
+    case 4:
+      year = arrayOfStrings[1];
+      month = arrayOfStrings[0];
+      date = arrayOfStrings[2];
+      break;
+    case 5:
+      year = arrayOfStrings[2];
+      month = arrayOfStrings[1];
+      date = arrayOfStrings[0];
+      break;
+    case 6:
+      year = arrayOfStrings[1];
+      month = arrayOfStrings[2];
+      date = arrayOfStrings[0];
+      break;
+    default:
+      dump("valid search date format option is 1-6\n");
+  }
+
+  month -= 1; // since js month is 0-11
+
+  var time = new Date(year, month, date);
+
+  // JavaScript time is in milliseconds, PRTime is in microseconds
+  // so multiply by 1000 when converting
+  return (time.getTime() * 1000);
+}
+
diff --git a/mailnews/base/content/folderProps.js b/mailnews/base/content/folderProps.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..98e1312e8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/content/folderProps.js
@@ -0,0 +1,387 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+Components.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/Services.jsm");
+Components.utils.import("resource:///modules/gloda/gloda.js");
+
+var gMsgFolder;
+var gLockedPref = null;
+
+// The folderPropsSink is the class that gets notified of an imap folder's properties
+
+var gFolderPropsSink = {
+    setFolderType: function(folderTypeString)
+    {
+      var typeLabel = document.getElementById("folderType.text");
+      if (typeLabel)
+      {
+        typeLabel.setAttribute("value",folderTypeString);
+      }
+      // get the element for the folder type label and set value on it.
+    },
+
+    setFolderTypeDescription: function(folderDescription)
+    {
+      var folderTypeLabel = document.getElementById("folderDescription.text");
+      if (folderTypeLabel)
+        folderTypeLabel.setAttribute("value", folderDescription);
+    },
+
+    setFolderPermissions: function(folderPermissions)
+    {
+      var permissionsLabel = document.getElementById("folderPermissions.text");
+      var descTextNode =  document.createTextNode(folderPermissions);
+      permissionsLabel.appendChild(descTextNode);
+    },
+
+    serverDoesntSupportACL : function()
+    {
+      var typeLabel = document.getElementById("folderTypeLabel");
+      if (typeLabel)
+        typeLabel.setAttribute("hidden", "true");
+      var permissionsLabel = document.getElementById("permissionsDescLabel");
+      if (permissionsLabel)
+        permissionsLabel.setAttribute("hidden", "true");
+
+    },
+
+    setQuotaStatus : function(folderQuotaStatus)
+    {
+      var quotaStatusLabel = document.getElementById("folderQuotaStatus");
+      if(quotaStatusLabel)
+        quotaStatusLabel.setAttribute("value", folderQuotaStatus);
+    },
+
+    showQuotaData : function(showData)
+    {
+      var quotaStatusLabel = document.getElementById("folderQuotaStatus");
+      var folderQuotaData = document.getElementById("folderQuotaData");
+
+      if(quotaStatusLabel && folderQuotaData)
+      {
+        quotaStatusLabel.hidden = showData;
+        folderQuotaData.hidden = ! showData;
+      }
+    },
+
+    setQuotaData : function(root, usedKB, maxKB)
+    {
+      var quotaRoot = document.getElementById("quotaRoot");
+      if (quotaRoot)
+        quotaRoot.setAttribute("value", '"' + root + '"');
+
+      var percentage = (maxKB != 0) ? Math.round(usedKB / maxKB * 100) : 0;
+
+      var quotaPercentageBar = document.getElementById("quotaPercentageBar");
+      if (quotaPercentageBar)
+        quotaPercentageBar.setAttribute("value", percentage);
+
+      var bundle = document.getElementById("bundle_messenger");
+      if(bundle)
+      {
+        var usedFreeCaption = bundle.getFormattedString("quotaUsedFree", [usedKB, maxKB], 2);
+        var quotaCaption = document.getElementById("quotaUsedFree");
+        if(quotaCaption)
+          quotaCaption.setAttribute("value", usedFreeCaption);
+
+        var percentUsedCaption = bundle.getFormattedString("quotaPercentUsed", [percentage], 1);
+        var percentUsed = document.getElementById("quotaPercentUsed");
+        if(percentUsed)
+          percentUsed.setAttribute("value", percentUsedCaption);
+      }
+    }
+
+};
+
+function doEnabling()
+{
+  var nameTextbox = document.getElementById("name");
+  document.documentElement.getButton("accept").disabled = !nameTextbox.value;
+}
+
+function folderPropsOKButton()
+{
+  if (gMsgFolder)
+  {
+    const nsMsgFolderFlags = Components.interfaces.nsMsgFolderFlags;
+    // set charset attributes
+    var folderCharsetList = document.getElementById("folderCharsetList");
+
+    // Log to the Error Console the charset value for the folder
+    // if it is unknown to us. Value will be preserved by the menu-item.
+    if (folderCharsetList.selectedIndex == -1)
+    {
+      Components.utils.reportError("Unknown folder encoding; folder=" +
+        gMsgFolder.name + ", charset=" + gMsgFolder.charset);
+    }
+
+    gMsgFolder.charset = folderCharsetList.getAttribute("value");
+    gMsgFolder.charsetOverride = document.getElementById("folderCharsetOverride")
+                                         .checked;
+
+    if(document.getElementById("offline.selectForOfflineFolder").checked ||
+      document.getElementById("offline.selectForOfflineNewsgroup").checked)
+      gMsgFolder.setFlag(nsMsgFolderFlags.Offline);
+    else
+      gMsgFolder.clearFlag(nsMsgFolderFlags.Offline);
+
+    if(document.getElementById("folderCheckForNewMessages").checked)
+      gMsgFolder.setFlag(nsMsgFolderFlags.CheckNew);
+    else
+      gMsgFolder.clearFlag(nsMsgFolderFlags.CheckNew);
+
+    let glodaCheckbox = document.getElementById("folderIncludeInGlobalSearch");
+    if (!glodaCheckbox.hidden) {
+      if(glodaCheckbox.checked) {
+        // We pass true here so that folders such as trash and junk can still
+        // have a priority set.
+        Gloda.resetFolderIndexingPriority(gMsgFolder, true);
+      } else {
+        Gloda.setFolderIndexingPriority(gMsgFolder,
+          Gloda.getFolderForFolder(gMsgFolder).kIndexingNeverPriority);
+      }
+    }
+
+    var retentionSettings = saveCommonRetentionSettings(gMsgFolder.retentionSettings);
+    retentionSettings.useServerDefaults = document.getElementById("retention.useDefault").checked;
+    gMsgFolder.retentionSettings = retentionSettings;
+
+  }
+
+  try
+  {
+    // This throws an exception when an illegal folder name was entered.
+    okCallback(document.getElementById("name").value, window.arguments[0].name,
+               gMsgFolder.URI);
+
+    return true;
+  }
+  catch (e)
+  {
+    return false;
+  }
+}
+
+function folderPropsOnLoad()
+{
+  // look in arguments[0] for parameters
+  if (window.arguments && window.arguments[0]) {
+    if ( window.arguments[0].title ) {
+      document.title = window.arguments[0].title;
+    }
+    if ( window.arguments[0].okCallback ) {
+      top.okCallback = window.arguments[0].okCallback;
+    }
+  }
+
+  // fill in folder name, based on what they selected in the folder pane
+  if (window.arguments[0].folder) {
+    gMsgFolder = window.arguments[0].folder;
+  } else {
+    dump("passed null for folder, do nothing\n");
+  }
+
+  if(window.arguments[0].name)
+  {
+    // Initialize name textbox with the given name and remember this
+    // value so we can tell whether the folder needs to be renamed
+    // when the dialog is accepted.
+    var nameTextbox = document.getElementById("name");
+    nameTextbox.value = window.arguments[0].name;
+
+//  name.setSelectionRange(0,-1);
+//  name.focusTextField();
+  }
+
+  const nsMsgFolderFlags = Components.interfaces.nsMsgFolderFlags;
+  const serverType = window.arguments[0].serverType;
+
+  // Do this first, because of gloda we may want to override some of the hidden
+  // statuses.
+  hideShowControls(serverType);
+
+  if (gMsgFolder) {
+    // We really need a functioning database, so we'll detect problems
+    // and create one if we have to.
+    try {
+      var db = gMsgFolder.getDatabase(null);
+    }
+    catch (e) {
+      gMsgFolder.updateFolder(window.arguments[0].msgWindow);
+    }
+
+    var locationTextbox = document.getElementById("location");
+
+    // Decode the displayed mailbox:// URL as it's useful primarily for debugging,
+    // whereas imap and news urls are sent around.
+    locationTextbox.value = (serverType == "imap" || serverType == "nntp") ?
+        gMsgFolder.folderURL : decodeURI(gMsgFolder.folderURL);
+
+    if (gMsgFolder.canRename)
+      document.getElementById("name").removeAttribute("readonly");
+
+    if (gMsgFolder.flags & nsMsgFolderFlags.Offline) {
+
+      if(serverType == "imap" || serverType == "pop3")
+        document.getElementById("offline.selectForOfflineFolder").checked = true;
+
+      if(serverType == "nntp")
+        document.getElementById("offline.selectForOfflineNewsgroup").checked = true;
+    }
+    else {
+      if(serverType == "imap" || serverType == "pop3")
+        document.getElementById("offline.selectForOfflineFolder").checked = false;
+
+      if(serverType == "nntp")
+        document.getElementById("offline.selectForOfflineNewsgroup").checked = false;
+    }
+
+    // select the menu item
+    var folderCharsetList = document.getElementById("folderCharsetList");
+    folderCharsetList.value = gMsgFolder.charset;
+
+    // set override checkbox
+    document.getElementById("folderCharsetOverride").checked = gMsgFolder.charsetOverride;
+
+    // set check for new mail checkbox
+    document.getElementById("folderCheckForNewMessages").checked = gMsgFolder.flags & nsMsgFolderFlags.CheckNew;
+
+    // if gloda indexing is off, hide the related checkbox
+    var glodaCheckbox = document.getElementById("folderIncludeInGlobalSearch");
+    var glodaEnabled = Services.prefs
+      .getBoolPref("mailnews.database.global.indexer.enabled");
+    if (!glodaEnabled || (gMsgFolder.flags & (nsMsgFolderFlags.Queue |
+                                              nsMsgFolderFlags.Newsgroup))) {
+      glodaCheckbox.hidden = true;
+    } else {
+      // otherwise, the user can choose whether this file gets indexed
+      let glodaFolder = Gloda.getFolderForFolder(gMsgFolder);
+      glodaCheckbox.checked =
+        glodaFolder.indexingPriority != glodaFolder.kIndexingNeverPriority;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (serverType == "imap")
+  {
+    var imapFolder = gMsgFolder.QueryInterface(Components.interfaces.nsIMsgImapMailFolder);
+    if (imapFolder)
+      imapFolder.fillInFolderProps(gFolderPropsSink);
+  }
+
+  var retentionSettings = gMsgFolder.retentionSettings;
+  initCommonRetentionSettings(retentionSettings);
+  document.getElementById("retention.useDefault").checked = retentionSettings.useServerDefaults;
+
+  // set folder sizes
+  let numberOfMsgs = gMsgFolder.getTotalMessages(false);
+  if (numberOfMsgs >= 0)
+    document.getElementById("numberOfMessages").value = numberOfMsgs;
+
+  try {
+    let sizeOnDisk = Components.classes["@mozilla.org/messenger;1"]
+                               .createInstance(Components.interfaces.nsIMessenger)
+                               .formatFileSize(gMsgFolder.sizeOnDisk, true);
+    document.getElementById("sizeOnDisk").value = sizeOnDisk;
+  } catch (e) { }
+
+  // select the initial tab
+  if (window.arguments[0].tabID) {
+    try {
+      document.getElementById("folderPropTabBox").selectedTab =
+        document.getElementById(window.arguments[0].tabID);
+    }
+    catch (ex) {}
+  }
+  onCheckKeepMsg();
+  onUseDefaultRetentionSettings();
+}
+
+function hideShowControls(serverType)
+{
+  let controls = document.querySelectorAll("[hidefor]");
+  var len = controls.length;
+  for (var i=0; i<len; i++) {
+    var control = controls[i];
+    var hideFor = control.getAttribute("hidefor");
+    if (!hideFor)
+      throw "hidefor empty";
+
+    // hide unsupported server type
+    // adding support for hiding multiple server types using hideFor="server1,server2"
+    var hideForBool = false;
+    var hideForTokens = hideFor.split(",");
+    for (var j = 0; j < hideForTokens.length; j++) {
+      if (hideForTokens[j] == serverType) {
+        hideForBool = true;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    control.hidden = hideForBool;
+  }
+
+  // hide the priviliges button if the imap folder doesn't have an admin url
+  // mabye should leave this hidden by default and only show it in this case instead
+  try {
+    var imapFolder = gMsgFolder.QueryInterface(Components.interfaces.nsIMsgImapMailFolder);
+    if (imapFolder)
+    {
+      var privilegesButton = document.getElementById("imap.FolderPrivileges");
+      if (privilegesButton)
+      {
+        if (!imapFolder.hasAdminUrl)
+          privilegesButton.setAttribute("hidden", "true");
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  catch (ex) {}
+
+  if (gMsgFolder)
+  {
+    const nsMsgFolderFlags = Components.interfaces.nsMsgFolderFlags;
+    // Hide "check for new mail" checkbox if this is an Inbox.
+    if (gMsgFolder.flags & nsMsgFolderFlags.Inbox)
+      document.getElementById("folderCheckForNewMessages").hidden = true;
+    // Retention policy doesn't apply to Drafts/Templates/Outbox.
+    if (gMsgFolder.isSpecialFolder(nsMsgFolderFlags.Drafts |
+                                   nsMsgFolderFlags.Templates |
+                                   nsMsgFolderFlags.Queue, true))
+      document.getElementById("Retention").hidden = true;
+  }
+}
+
+function onOfflineFolderDownload()
+{
+  // we need to create a progress window and pass that in as the second parameter here.
+  gMsgFolder.downloadAllForOffline(null, window.arguments[0].msgWindow);
+}
+
+function onFolderPrivileges()
+{
+  var imapFolder = gMsgFolder.QueryInterface(Components.interfaces.nsIMsgImapMailFolder);
+  if (imapFolder)
+    imapFolder.folderPrivileges(window.arguments[0].msgWindow);
+  // let's try closing the modal dialog to see if it fixes the various problems running this url
+  window.close();
+}
+
+
+function onUseDefaultRetentionSettings()
+{
+  var useDefault = document.getElementById("retention.useDefault").checked;
+  document.getElementById('retention.keepMsg').disabled = useDefault;
+  document.getElementById('retention.keepNewMsgMinLabel').disabled = useDefault;
+  document.getElementById('retention.keepOldMsgMinLabel').disabled = useDefault;
+
+  var keepMsg = document.getElementById("retention.keepMsg").value;
+  const nsIMsgRetentionSettings = Components.interfaces.nsIMsgRetentionSettings;
+  document.getElementById('retention.keepOldMsgMin').disabled =
+    useDefault || (keepMsg != nsIMsgRetentionSettings.nsMsgRetainByAge);
+  document.getElementById('retention.keepNewMsgMin').disabled =
+    useDefault || (keepMsg != nsIMsgRetentionSettings.nsMsgRetainByNumHeaders);
+}
+
+function RebuildSummaryInformation()
+{
+  window.arguments[0].rebuildSummaryCallback(gMsgFolder);
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/content/folderProps.xul b/mailnews/base/content/folderProps.xul
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..23b9c3d9b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/content/folderProps.xul
@@ -0,0 +1,216 @@
+<?xml version="1.0"?> <!-- -*- Mode: SGML; indent-tabs-mode: nil; -*- -->
+<!--
+
+ This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<?xml-stylesheet href="chrome://global/skin/global.css" type="text/css"?>
+<?xml-stylesheet href="chrome://messenger/skin/preferences/preferences.css" type="text/css"?>
+<?xml-stylesheet href="chrome://messenger/content/charsetList.css" type="text/css"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE dialog SYSTEM "chrome://messenger/locale/folderProps.dtd">
+
+<dialog
+  id="folderPropertiesDialog"
+  xmlns="http://www.mozilla.org/keymaster/gatekeeper/there.is.only.xul"
+  title="&folderProps.windowtitle.label;"
+  buttons="accept,cancel"
+  onload="folderPropsOnLoad();" style="width: 56ch;"
+  ondialogaccept="return folderPropsOKButton();">
+
+  <stringbundle id="bundle_messenger" src="chrome://messenger/locale/messenger.properties"/>
+  <script type="application/javascript" src="chrome://global/content/globalOverlay.js"/>
+  <script type="application/javascript" src="chrome://messenger/content/retention.js"/>
+  <script type="application/javascript" src="chrome://messenger/content/folderProps.js"/>
+  <script type="application/javascript">
+  <![CDATA[
+    Components.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/Services.jsm");
+    Services.obs.notifyObservers(null, "charsetmenu-selected", "other");
+  ]]>
+  </script>
+
+<tabbox id="folderPropTabBox">
+  <tabs id="folderPropTabs">
+    <tab id="GeneralTab" label="&generalInfo.label;"/>
+    <tab id="Retention" label="&retention.label;"/>
+    <tab id="SynchronizationTab" hidefor="movemail,pop3,rss,none" label="&folderSynchronizationTab.label;"/>
+    <tab id="SharingTab" hidefor="movemail,pop3,rss,none,nntp" label="&folderSharingTab.label;"/>
+    <tab id="QuotaTab" hidefor="movemail,pop3,rss,none,nntp" label="&folderQuotaTab.label;"/>
+  </tabs>
+  <tabpanels id="folderPropTabPanels">
+
+    <vbox id="GeneralPanel">
+      <hbox id="nameBox" align="center">
+        <label value="&folderProps.name.label;" control="name"
+               accesskey="&folderProps.name.accesskey;"/>
+        <textbox id="name" readonly="true" oninput="doEnabling();" flex="1"/>
+      </hbox>
+      <hbox align="center">
+        <label value="&folderProps.location.label;" control="location"
+               accesskey="&folderProps.location.accesskey;"/>
+        <textbox id="location" readonly="true" flex="1"  class="uri-element"/>
+      </hbox>
+      <vbox>
+        <spacer height="2"/>
+        <hbox align="center">
+          <label value="&numberOfMessages.label;"/>
+          <label id="numberOfMessages" value="&numberUnknown.label;"/>
+          <spacer flex="1"/>
+          <label value="&sizeOnDisk.label;"/>
+          <label id="sizeOnDisk" value="&sizeUnknown.label;"/>
+        </hbox>
+        <spacer height="2"/>
+      </vbox>
+      <checkbox id="folderIncludeInGlobalSearch" hidefor="nntp"
+                label="&folderIncludeInGlobalSearch.label;"
+                accesskey="&folderIncludeInGlobalSearch.accesskey;"/>
+      <checkbox hidefor="movemail,pop3,none,nntp"
+                id="folderCheckForNewMessages"
+                label="&folderCheckForNewMessages2.label;"
+                accesskey="&folderCheckForNewMessages2.accesskey;"/>
+      <vbox>
+        <hbox align="center" valign="middle">
+          <label value="&folderCharsetFallback2.label;"
+                 accesskey="&folderCharsetFallback2.accesskey;"
+                 control="folderCharsetList"/>
+          <menulist id="folderCharsetList" type="charset"/>
+        </hbox>
+        <checkbox class="indent" id="folderCharsetOverride"
+                  label="&folderCharsetEnforce2.label;"
+                  accesskey="&folderCharsetEnforce2.accesskey;"/>
+      </vbox>
+      <groupbox id="folderRebuildSummaryGroupBox" align="baseline">
+        <grid>
+          <columns>
+            <column flex="1"/>
+            <column/>
+          </columns>
+          <rows>
+            <row>
+              <description id="folderRebuildSummaryExplanation">&folderRebuildSummaryFile.explanation;</description>
+              <vbox>
+                <button id="folderRebuildSummaryButton"
+                        label="&folderRebuildSummaryFile2.label;"
+                        oncommand="RebuildSummaryInformation();"
+                        accesskey="&folderRebuildSummaryFile2.accesskey;"
+                        tooltiptext="&folderRebuildSummaryFileTip2.label;"
+                        align="center"/>
+              </vbox>
+            </row>
+          </rows>
+        </grid>
+      </groupbox>
+    </vbox>
+
+    <vbox id="RetentionPanel" align="start">
+    <description hidefor="imap,pop3" class="desc">&retentionCleanup.label;</description>
+    <description hidefor="movemail,pop3,rss,none,nntp" class="desc">&retentionCleanupImap.label;</description>
+    <description hidefor="movemail,imap,rss,none,nntp" class="desc">&retentionCleanupPop.label;</description>
+
+        <hbox align="center" class="indent">
+          <checkbox wsm_persist="true" id="retention.useDefault" accesskey="&retentionUseAccount.accesskey;"
+              label="&retentionUseAccount.label;" checked="true" oncommand="onUseDefaultRetentionSettings()"/>
+        </hbox>
+        <vbox class="indent">
+          <hbox class="indent">
+            <radiogroup wsm_persist="true" id="retention.keepMsg" aria-labelledby="retention.useDefault">
+              <radio wsm_persist="true" value="1" accesskey="&retentionKeepAll.accesskey;"
+                      label="&retentionKeepAll.label;" oncommand="onCheckKeepMsg();"/>
+              <hbox flex="1" align="center">
+                <radio wsm_persist="true" id="keepNewMsg" accesskey="&retentionKeepRecent.accesskey;"
+                        value="3" label="&retentionKeepRecent.label;" oncommand="onCheckKeepMsg();"/>
+                <textbox wsm_persist="true" id="retention.keepNewMsgMin"
+                         type="number" min="1" increment="10" size="4" value="2000"
+                         aria-labelledby="keepNewMsg retention.keepNewMsgMin retention.keepNewMsgMinLabel"/>
+                <label value="&message.label;" control="retention.keepNewMsgMin" id="retention.keepNewMsgMinLabel"/>
+              </hbox>
+              <hbox flex="1" align="center">
+                <radio wsm_persist="true" id="keepMsg" accesskey="&retentionDeleteMsg.accesskey;"
+                        value="2" label="&retentionDeleteMsg.label;" oncommand="onCheckKeepMsg();"/>
+                <textbox wsm_persist="true" id="retention.keepOldMsgMin"
+                         type="number" min="1" size="2" value="30"
+                         aria-labelledby="keepMsg retention.keepOldMsgMin retention.keepOldMsgMinLabel"/>
+                <label value="&daysOld.label;" control="retention.keepOldMsgMin" id="retention.keepOldMsgMinLabel"/>
+              </hbox>
+            </radiogroup>
+          </hbox>
+          <hbox class="indent">
+            <checkbox id="retention.applyToFlagged" wsm_persist="true"
+                      label="&retentionApplyToFlagged.label;"
+                      accesskey="&retentionApplyToFlagged.accesskey;"
+                      observes="retention.keepMsg" checked="true"/>
+          </hbox>
+        </vbox>
+    </vbox>
+
+    <vbox id="SyncPanel" valign="top" align="start">
+      <vbox>
+        <checkbox hidefor="nntp"
+                  wsm_persist="true" id="offline.selectForOfflineFolder"
+                  label="&offlineFolder.check.label;"
+                  accesskey="&offlineFolder.check.accesskey;"/>
+        <checkbox hidefor="imap"
+                  wsm_persist="true" id="offline.selectForOfflineNewsgroup"
+                  label="&selectofflineNewsgroup.check.label;"
+                  accesskey="&selectofflineNewsgroup.check.accesskey;"/>
+      </vbox>
+      <button hidefor="nntp" label="&offlineFolder.button.label;"
+              oncommand="onOfflineFolderDownload();" accesskey="&offlineFolder.button.accesskey;"
+              id="offline.offlineFolderDownloadButton" orient="right"/>
+      <button hidefor="imap" label="&offlineNewsgroup.button.label;"
+              oncommand="onOfflineFolderDownload();" accesskey="&offlineNewsgroup.button.accesskey;"
+              id="offline.offlineNewsgroupDownloadButton" orient="right"/>
+    </vbox>
+
+    <vbox id="SharingPanel" valign="top">
+      <hbox align="start">
+        <label value="&folderType.label;" id="folderTypeLabel"/>
+        <label value="" id="folderType.text"/>
+      </hbox>
+      <vbox align="start">
+        <label value="" id="folderDescription.text"/>
+        <label value=" "/>
+        <label value="&permissionsDesc.label;" id="permissionsDescLabel"/>
+
+        <description id="folderPermissions.text"></description>
+      </vbox>
+      <spacer flex="100%"/>
+      <vbox align="start">
+        <button hidefor="movemail,pop3,none,rss,nntp" label="&privileges.button.label;"
+                oncommand="onFolderPrivileges();" accesskey="&privileges.button.accesskey;"
+                id="imap.FolderPrivileges" orient="right"/>
+      </vbox>
+    </vbox>
+
+    <vbox id="QuotaPanel" valign="top">
+      <label id="folderQuotaStatus" flex="1"/>
+
+      <grid id="folderQuotaData" hidden="true" flex="1">
+        <columns>
+          <column/>
+          <column flex="1"/>
+        </columns>
+        <rows>
+          <row align="center">
+            <label value="&folderQuotaRoot.label;" control="quotaRoot"/>
+            <textbox id="quotaRoot" readonly="true"/>
+          </row>
+          <row>
+            <label value="&folderQuotaUsage.label;"/>
+            <description id="quotaUsedFree"/>
+          </row>
+          <row align="center">
+            <label value="&folderQuotaStatus.label;"/>
+            <hbox align="center">
+              <progressmeter id="quotaPercentageBar" mode="determined" value="0%"/>
+              <label id="quotaPercentUsed"/>
+            </hbox>
+          </row>
+        </rows>
+      </grid>
+     </vbox>
+  </tabpanels>
+</tabbox>
+
+</dialog>
diff --git a/mailnews/base/content/folderWidgets.xml b/mailnews/base/content/folderWidgets.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..605f4230c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/content/folderWidgets.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,829 @@
+<?xml version="1.0"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+-->
+
+<bindings id="mailFolderBindings"
+          xmlns="http://www.mozilla.org/xbl"
+          xmlns:xbl="http://www.mozilla.org/xbl"
+          xmlns:html="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+          xmlns:xul="http://www.mozilla.org/keymaster/gatekeeper/there.is.only.xul">
+
+  <binding id="folder-menupopup"
+           extends="chrome://global/content/bindings/popup.xml#popup">
+    <implementation>
+      <constructor><![CDATA[
+        Components.utils.import("resource:///modules/FeedUtils.jsm", this);
+        Components.utils.import("resource:///modules/folderUtils.jsm", this);
+        Components.utils.import("resource:///modules/iteratorUtils.jsm", this);
+        Components.utils.import("resource:///modules/mailServices.js", this);
+        Components.utils.import("resource:///modules/MailUtils.js", this);
+        Components.utils.import("resource:///modules/StringBundle.js", this);
+        this._stringBundle = new this
+            .StringBundle("chrome://messenger/locale/folderWidgets.properties");
+
+        // Get the displayformat if set.
+        if (this.parentNode && this.parentNode.localName == "menulist")
+          this._displayformat = this.parentNode.getAttribute("displayformat");
+
+        // Find out if we are in a wrapper (customize toolbars mode is active).
+        let inWrapper = false;
+        let node = this;
+        while (node instanceof XULElement) {
+          if (node.id.startsWith("wrapper-")) {
+            inWrapper = true;
+            break;
+          }
+          node = node.parentNode;
+        }
+
+        if (!inWrapper) {
+          if (this.hasAttribute("original-width")) {
+            // If we were in a wrapper before and have a width stored, restore it now.
+            if (this.getAttribute("original-width") == "none")
+              this.removeAttribute("width");
+            else
+              this.setAttribute("width", this.getAttribute("original-width"));
+
+            this.removeAttribute("original-width");
+          }
+
+          // If we are a child of a menulist, and we aren't in a wrapper, we
+          // need to build our content right away, otherwise the menulist
+          // won't have proper sizing.
+          if (this.parentNode && this.parentNode.localName == "menulist")
+            this._ensureInitialized();
+        } else {
+          // But if we're in a wrapper, remove our children, because we're
+          // getting re-created when the toolbar customization closes.
+          this._teardown();
+
+          // Store our current width and set a safe small width when we show
+          // in a wrapper.
+          if (!this.hasAttribute("original-width")) {
+            this.setAttribute("original-width", this.hasAttribute("width") ?
+                                                this.getAttribute("width") : "none");
+            this.setAttribute("width", "100");
+          }
+        }
+      ]]></constructor>
+      <destructor><![CDATA[
+        // Clean up when being destroyed.
+        this._removeListener();
+      ]]></destructor>
+      <!--
+         - Make sure we remove our listener when the window is being destroyed
+         - or the widget teared down.
+        -->
+      <method name="_removeListener">
+        <body><![CDATA[
+          if (!this._initialized)
+            return;
+
+          this.MailServices.mailSession.RemoveFolderListener(this._listener);
+        ]]></body>
+      </method>
+
+      <field name="_stringBundle">null</field>
+
+      <!--
+         - If non-null, the subFolders of this nsIMsgFolder will be used to
+         - populate this menu.  If this is null, the menu will be populated
+         - using the root-folders for all accounts
+        -->
+      <field name="_parentFolder">null</field>
+      <property name="parentFolder"
+                onget="return this._parentFolder;"
+                onset="return this._parentFolder = val;"/>
+
+      <!--
+         - Various filtering modes can be used with this menu-binding.  To use
+         - one of them, append the mode="foo" attribute to the element.  When
+         - building the menu, we will then use this._filters[mode] as a filter
+         - function to eliminate folders that should not be shown.
+         -
+         - Note that extensions should feel free to plug in here!
+        -->
+      <field name="_filters"><![CDATA[({
+        // Returns true if messages can be filed in the folder
+        filing: function filter_filing(aFolder) {
+          if (!aFolder.server.canFileMessagesOnServer)
+            return false;
+
+          return (aFolder.canFileMessages || aFolder.hasSubFolders);
+        },
+
+        // Returns true if we can get mail for this folder. (usually this just
+        // means the "root" fake folder)
+        getMail: function filter_getMail(aFolder) {
+          if (aFolder.isServer && aFolder.server.type != "none")
+            return true;
+          if (aFolder.server.type == "nntp" || aFolder.server.type == "rss")
+            return true;
+          return false;
+        },
+
+        // Returns true if we can add filters to this folder/account
+        filters: function filter_filter(aFolder) {
+          // We can always filter news
+          if (aFolder.server.type == "nntp")
+            return true;
+
+          return aFolder.server.canHaveFilters;
+        },
+
+        subscribe: function filter_subscribe(aFolder) {
+          return aFolder.canSubscribe;
+        },
+
+        newFolder: function filter_newFolder(aFolder) {
+          return aFolder.canCreateSubfolders &&
+                 aFolder.server.canCreateFoldersOnServer;
+        },
+
+        deferred: function filter_defered(aFolder) {
+          return aFolder.server.canCreateFoldersOnServer &&
+                 !aFolder.supportsOffline;
+        },
+
+        // Folders that are not in a deferred account
+        notDeferred: function(aFolder) {
+          let server = aFolder.server;
+          return !(server instanceof Components.interfaces.nsIPop3IncomingServer &&
+                   server.deferredToAccount);
+        },
+
+        // Folders that can be searched.
+        search: function filter_search(aFolder) {
+          if (!aFolder.server.canSearchMessages ||
+              aFolder.getFlag(Components.interfaces.nsMsgFolderFlags.Virtual))
+            return false;
+          return true;
+        },
+
+        // Folders that can subscribe feeds.
+        feeds: function filter_feeds(aFolder) {
+          if (aFolder.server.type != "rss" ||
+              aFolder.getFlag(Components.interfaces.nsMsgFolderFlags.Trash) ||
+              aFolder.getFlag(Components.interfaces.nsMsgFolderFlags.Virtual))
+            return false;
+          return true;
+        },
+
+        junk: function filter_junk(aFolder) {
+          // Don't show servers (nntp & any others) which do not allow search or filing
+          // I don't really understand why canSearchMessages is needed, but it was included in
+          // earlier code, so I include it as well.
+          if (!aFolder.server.canFileMessagesOnServer || !aFolder.server.canSearchMessages)
+            return false;
+          // show parents that might have usable subfolders, or usable folders
+          return aFolder.hasSubFolders || aFolder.canFileMessages;
+        }
+      })]]></field>
+
+      <!--
+         - The maximum number of entries in the "Recent" menu
+        -->
+      <field name="_MAXRECENT">15</field>
+
+      <!--
+         - Is this list containing only servers (accounts) and no real folders?
+        -->
+      <field name="_serversOnly">true</field>
+
+      <!--
+         - Our listener to let us know when folders change/appear/disappear so
+         - we can know to rebuild ourselves.
+        -->
+      <field name="_listener">
+          <![CDATA[({
+        _menu: this,
+        _clearMenu: function(aMenu) {
+          if (aMenu._teardown)
+            aMenu._teardown();
+        },
+        OnItemAdded: function act_add(aRDFParentItem, aItem) {
+          if (!(aItem instanceof Components.interfaces.nsIMsgFolder))
+            return;
+          if (this._filterFunction && !this._filterFunction(aItem)) {
+            return;
+          }
+          //xxx we can optimize this later
+          //xxx I'm not quite sure why this isn't always a function
+          if (this._menu._teardown)
+            this._menu._teardown();
+        },
+  
+        OnItemRemoved: function act_remove(aRDFParentItem, aItem) {
+          if (!(aItem instanceof Components.interfaces.nsIMsgFolder))
+            return;
+          if (this._filterFunction && !this._filterFunction(aItem)) {
+            return;
+          }
+          //xxx we can optimize this later
+          if (this._menu._teardown)
+            this._menu._teardown();
+        },
+
+        //xxx I stole this listener list from nsMsgFolderDatasource.cpp, but
+        //    someone should really document what events are fired when, so that
+        //    we make sure we're updating at the right times.
+        OnItemPropertyChanged: function(aItem, aProperty, aOld, aNew) {},
+        OnItemIntPropertyChanged: function(aItem, aProperty, aOld, aNew) {
+          var child = this._getChildForItem(aItem);
+          if (child)
+            this._menu._setCssSelectors(child._folder, child);
+        },
+        OnItemBoolPropertyChanged: function(aItem, aProperty, aOld, aNew) {
+          var child = this._getChildForItem(aItem);
+          if (child)
+            this._menu._setCssSelectors(child._folder, child);
+        },
+        OnItemUnicharPropertyChanged: function(aItem, aProperty, aOld, aNew) {
+          var child = this._getChildForItem(aItem);
+          if (child)
+            this._menu._setCssSelectors(child._folder, child);
+        },
+        OnItemPropertyFlagChanged: function(aItem, aProperty, aOld, aNew) {},
+        OnItemEvent: function(aFolder, aEvent) {
+          if (aEvent.toString() == "MRMTimeChanged") {
+            if (this._menu.getAttribute("showRecent") != "true" ||
+                !this._menu.firstChild || !this._menu.firstChild.firstChild)
+              return;
+            // if this folder is already in the recent menu, return.
+            if (this._getChildForItem(aFolder,
+                                      this._menu.firstChild.firstChild))
+              return;
+          }
+          // Special casing folder renames here, since they require more work
+          // since sort-order may have changed.
+          else if (aEvent.toString() == "RenameCompleted") {
+            if (!this._getChildForItem(aFolder))
+              return;
+          }
+          else
+            return;
+          // folder renamed, or new recent folder, so rebuild.
+          setTimeout(this._clearMenu, 0, this._menu);
+        },
+
+        /**
+         * Helper function to check and see whether we have a menuitem for this
+         * particular nsIMsgFolder
+         *
+         * @param aItem  the nsIMsgFolder to check
+         * @param aMenu  (optional) menu to look in, defaults to this._menu.
+         * @returns      null if no child for that folder exists, otherwise the
+         *               menuitem for that child
+         */
+        _getChildForItem: function act__itemIsChild(aItem, aMenu) {
+          aMenu = aMenu || this._menu;
+          if (!aMenu || !aMenu.childNodes)
+            return null;
+
+           if (!(aItem instanceof Components.interfaces.nsIMsgFolder))
+             return null;
+           for (let i = 0; i < aMenu.childNodes.length; i++) {
+             let folder = aMenu.childNodes[i]._folder;
+             if (folder && folder.URI == aItem.URI)
+               return aMenu.childNodes[i];
+           }
+           return null;
+        }
+      })]]></field>
+
+      <!-- 
+         - True if we have already built our menu-items and are now just
+         - listening for changes
+        -->
+      <field name="_initialized">false</field>
+
+      <!--
+         - Call this if you are unsure whether the menu-items have been built,
+         - but know that they need to be built now if they haven't.
+        -->
+      <method name="_ensureInitialized">
+        <body><![CDATA[
+          if (this._initialized)
+            return;
+
+          // I really wish they'd just make this global...
+          const Ci = Components.interfaces;
+
+          let folders;
+
+          // Figure out which folders to build.  If we don't have a parent, then
+          // we assume we should build the top-level accounts. (Actually we
+          // build the fake root folders for those accounts.)
+          if (!this._parentFolder) {
+            let accounts = this.allAccountsSorted(true);
+
+            // Now generate our folder-list.  Note that we'll special case this
+            // situation below, to avoid destroying the sort order we just made
+            folders = accounts.map(acct => acct.incomingServer.rootFolder);
+          } else {
+            // If we do have a parent folder, then we just build based on those
+            // subFolders for that parent.
+            folders = this.toArray(this.fixIterator(this._parentFolder.subFolders,
+                                                    Ci.nsIMsgFolder));
+          }
+
+          this._build(folders);
+
+          // Lastly, we add a listener to get notified of changes in the folder
+          // structure.
+          this.MailServices.mailSession.AddFolderListener(this._listener,
+                                                          Ci.nsIFolderListener.all);
+
+          this._initialized = true;
+        ]]></body>
+      </method>
+
+      <!--
+         - Actually constructs the menu-items based on the folders given.
+         -
+         - @param aFolders  An array of nsIMsgFolders to use for building.
+        -->
+      <method name="_build">
+        <parameter name="aFolders"/>
+        <body><![CDATA[
+          let folders;
+          let excludeServers = [];
+          let disableServers = [];
+
+          // excludeServers attribute is a comma separated list of server keys.
+          if (this.hasAttribute("excludeServers"))
+            excludeServers = this.getAttribute("excludeServers").split(",");
+
+          // disableServers attribute is a comma separated list of server keys.
+          if (this.hasAttribute("disableServers"))
+            disableServers = this.getAttribute("disableServers").split(",");
+
+          // Extensions and other consumers can add to these modes too, see the
+          // above note on the _filters field.
+          var mode = this.getAttribute("mode");
+          if (mode && mode != "") {
+            var filterFunction = this._filters[mode];
+            folders = aFolders.filter(filterFunction);
+            this._listener._filterFunction = filterFunction;
+          } else {
+            folders = aFolders;
+          }
+
+          if (excludeServers.length > 0) {
+            folders = folders.filter(function(aFolder) {
+              return !(excludeServers.indexOf(aFolder.server.key) != -1); });
+          }
+
+          /* This code block will do the following: Add a menu item that refers
+             back to the parent folder when there is a showFileHereLabel
+             attribute or no mode attribute. However the code won't add such a
+             menu item if one of the following conditions is met:
+             (*) There is no parent folder
+             (*) Folder is server and showAccountsFileHere is explicitly false
+             (*) Current folder has a mode, the parent folder can be selected,
+                 no messages can be filed into the parent folder (e.g. when the
+                 parent folder is a news group or news server) and the folder
+                 mode is not equal to newFolder
+
+             The menu item will have the value of the fileHereLabel attribute as
+             label or if the attribute does not exist the name of the parent
+             folder instead.
+          */
+          let parent = this._parentFolder;
+          if (parent && (this.getAttribute("showFileHereLabel") == "true" || !mode)) {
+            let showAccountsFileHere = this.getAttribute("showAccountsFileHere");
+            if ((!parent.isServer || showAccountsFileHere != "false") &&
+                (!mode || mode == "newFolder" || parent.noSelect ||
+                 parent.canFileMessages || showAccountsFileHere == "true")) {
+              var menuitem = document.createElement("menuitem");
+              menuitem._folder = this._parentFolder;
+              menuitem.setAttribute("generated", "true");
+              if (this.hasAttribute("fileHereLabel")) {
+                menuitem.setAttribute("label", this.getAttribute("fileHereLabel"));
+                menuitem.setAttribute("accesskey", this.getAttribute("fileHereAccessKey"));
+              } else {
+                menuitem.setAttribute("label", this._parentFolder.prettyName);
+                menuitem.setAttribute("class", "folderMenuItem menuitem-iconic");
+                this._setCssSelectors(this._parentFolder, menuitem);
+              }
+              // Eww. have to support some legacy code here...
+              menuitem.setAttribute("id", this._parentFolder.URI);
+              this.appendChild(menuitem);
+
+              if (this._parentFolder.noSelect)
+                menuitem.setAttribute("disabled", "true");
+
+              var sep= document.createElement("menuseparator");
+              sep.setAttribute("generated", "true");
+              this.appendChild(sep);
+            }
+          }
+
+          let globalInboxFolder = null;
+          // See if this is the toplevel menu (usually with accounts).
+          if (!this._parentFolder) {
+            // Some menus want a "Recent" option, but that should only be on our
+            // top-level menu
+            if (this.getAttribute("showRecent") == "true")
+              this._buildRecentMenu();
+            // If we are showing the accounts for deferring, move Local Folders to the top.
+            if (mode == "deferred") {
+              globalInboxFolder = this.MailServices.accounts.localFoldersServer
+                                                            .rootFolder;
+              let localFoldersIndex = folders.indexOf(globalInboxFolder);
+              if (localFoldersIndex != -1) {
+                folders.splice(localFoldersIndex, 1);
+                folders.unshift(globalInboxFolder);
+              }
+            }
+            // If we're the root of the folder hierarchy, then we actually don't
+            // want to sort the folders, but rather the accounts to which the
+            // folders belong.  Since that sorting was already done, we don't need
+            // to do anything for that case here.
+          } else {
+            // Sorts the list of folders. We give first priority to the sortKey
+            // property if it is available, otherwise a case-insensitive
+            // comparison of names.
+            folders = folders.sort(function nameCompare(a, b) {
+              return a.compareSortKeys(b);
+            });
+          }
+
+          /* In some cases, the user wants to have a list of subfolders for only
+           * some account types (or maybe all of them). So we use this to
+           * determine what the user wanted.
+           */
+           var shouldExpand;
+           var labels = null;
+           if (this.getAttribute("expandFolders") == "true" ||
+               !this.hasAttribute("expandFolders")) {
+             shouldExpand = function (e) { return true; };
+           } else if (this.getAttribute("expandFolders") == "false") {
+             shouldExpand = function (e) { return false; };
+           } else {
+             /* We want a subfolder list for only some servers. We also may need
+              * to create headers to select the servers. If so, then headlabels
+              * is a comma-delimited list of labels corresponding to the server
+              * types specified in expandFolders.
+              */
+             var types = this.getAttribute("expandFolders").split(/ *, */);
+             // Set the labels. labels[type] = label
+             if (this.hasAttribute("headlabels")) {
+               var labelNames = this.getAttribute("headlabels").split(/ *, */);
+               labels = {};
+               // If the length isn't equal, don't give them any of the labels,
+               // since any combination will probably be wrong.
+               if (labelNames.length == types.length) {
+                 for (var index in types)
+                   labels[types[index]] = labelNames[index];
+               }
+             }
+             shouldExpand = function (e) { return types.indexOf(e) != -1; };
+           }
+
+          // We need to call this, or hasSubFolders will always return false.
+          // Remove this workaround when Bug 502900 is fixed.
+          this.MailUtils.discoverFolders();
+          this._serversOnly = true;
+
+          for (let folder of folders) {
+            let node;
+            if (!folder.isServer)
+              this._serversOnly = false;
+
+            // If we're going to add subFolders, we need to make menus, not
+            // menuitems.
+            if (!folder.hasSubFolders || !shouldExpand(folder.server.type)) {
+              node = document.createElement("menuitem");
+              // Grumble, grumble, legacy code support
+              node.setAttribute("id", folder.URI);
+              node.setAttribute("class", "folderMenuItem menuitem-iconic");
+              node.setAttribute("generated", "true");
+              this.appendChild(node);
+            } else {
+              this._serversOnly = false;
+              //xxx this is slightly problematic in that we haven't confirmed
+              //    whether any of the subfolders will pass the filter
+              node = document.createElement("menu");
+              node.setAttribute("class", "folderMenuItem menu-iconic");
+              node.setAttribute("generated", "true");
+              this.appendChild(node);
+
+              // Create the submenu
+              // (We must use cloneNode here because on OS X the native menu
+              // functionality and very sad limitations of XBL1 cause the bindings
+              // to never get created for popup if we create a new element.  We
+              // perform a shallow clone to avoid picking up any of our children.)
+              var popup = this.cloneNode(false);
+              popup._parentFolder = folder;
+              popup.setAttribute("class", this.getAttribute("class"));
+              popup.setAttribute("type", this.getAttribute("type"));
+              if (this.hasAttribute("fileHereLabel"))
+                popup.setAttribute("fileHereLabel",
+                                   this.getAttribute("fileHereLabel"));
+              popup.setAttribute("showFileHereLabel",
+                                 this.getAttribute("showFileHereLabel"));
+              popup.setAttribute("oncommand",
+                                 this.getAttribute("oncommand"));
+              popup.setAttribute("mode",
+                                 this.getAttribute("mode"));
+              if (this.hasAttribute("disableServers"))
+                popup.setAttribute("disableServers",
+                                   this.getAttribute("disableServers"));
+              if (this.hasAttribute("position"))
+                popup.setAttribute("position",
+                                   this.getAttribute("position"));
+
+              // If there are labels, add the labels now
+              if (labels) {
+                var serverNode = document.createElement("menuitem");
+                serverNode.setAttribute("label", labels[folder.server.type]);
+                serverNode._folder = folder;
+                serverNode.setAttribute("generated", "true");
+                popup.appendChild(serverNode);
+                var sep = document.createElement("menuseparator");
+                sep.setAttribute("generated", "true");
+                popup.appendChild(sep);
+              }
+
+              popup.setAttribute("generated", "true");
+              node.appendChild(popup);
+            }
+
+            if (disableServers.indexOf(folder.server.key) != -1)
+              node.setAttribute("disabled", "true");
+
+            node._folder = folder;
+            let label = "";
+            if (mode == "deferred" && folder.isServer &&
+                folder.server.rootFolder == globalInboxFolder) {
+              label = this._stringBundle.get("globalInbox", [folder.prettyName]);
+            } else {
+              label = folder.prettyName;
+            }
+            node.setAttribute("label", label);
+            this._setCssSelectors(folder, node);
+          }
+        ]]></body>
+      </method>
+
+      <!--
+         - Builds a submenu with all of the recently used folders in it, to
+         - allow for easy access.
+        -->
+      <method name="_buildRecentMenu">
+        <body><![CDATA[
+          const Ci = Components.interfaces;
+
+          // Iterate through all folders in all accounts, and find 15 (_MAXRECENT)
+          // of most recently modified ones.
+          let allFolders = this.toArray(
+            this.fixIterator(this.MailServices.accounts.allFolders, Ci.nsIMsgFolder));
+
+          allFolders = allFolders.filter(f => f.canFileMessages);
+
+          let recentFolders = this.getMostRecentFolders(allFolders,
+                                                        this._MAXRECENT,
+                                                        "MRMTime");
+
+          // Cache the pretty names so that they do not need to be fetched
+          // _MAXRECENT^2 times later.
+          recentFolders = recentFolders.map(
+            function (f) { return { folder: f, name: f.prettyName } });
+
+          // Because we're scanning across multiple accounts, we can end up with
+          // several folders with the same name. Find those dupes.
+          let dupeNames = new Set();
+          for (let i = 0; i < recentFolders.length; i++) {
+            for (let j = i + 1; j < recentFolders.length; j++) {
+              if (recentFolders[i].name == recentFolders[j].name)
+                dupeNames.add(recentFolders[i].name);
+            }
+          }
+
+          for (let folderItem of recentFolders) {
+            // If this folder name appears multiple times in the recent list,
+            // append the server name to disambiguate.
+            // TODO:
+            // - maybe this could use verboseFolderFormat from messenger.properties
+            //   instead of hardcoded " - ".
+            // - disambiguate folders with same name in same account
+            //   (in different subtrees).
+            let label = folderItem.name;
+            if (dupeNames.has(label))
+              label += " - " + folderItem.folder.server.prettyName;
+
+            folderItem.label = label;
+          }
+
+          // Make sure the entries are sorted alphabetically.
+          recentFolders.sort((a, b) => this.folderNameCompare(a.label, b.label));
+
+          // Now create the Recent folder and its children
+          var menu = document.createElement("menu");
+          menu.setAttribute("label", this.getAttribute("recentLabel"));
+          menu.setAttribute("accesskey", this.getAttribute("recentAccessKey"));
+          var popup = document.createElement("menupopup");
+          popup.setAttribute("class", this.getAttribute("class"));
+          popup.setAttribute("generated", "true");
+          menu.appendChild(popup);
+
+          // Create entries for each of the recent folders.
+          for (let folderItem of recentFolders) {
+            let node = document.createElement("menuitem");
+
+            node.setAttribute("label", folderItem.label);
+            node._folder = folderItem.folder;
+
+            node.setAttribute("class", "folderMenuItem menuitem-iconic");
+            this._setCssSelectors(folderItem.folder, node);
+            node.setAttribute("generated", "true");
+            popup.appendChild(node);
+          }
+          menu.setAttribute("generated", "true");
+          this.appendChild(menu);
+          if (!recentFolders.length)
+            menu.setAttribute("disabled", "true");
+
+          var sep = document.createElement("menuseparator");
+          sep.setAttribute("generated", "true");
+          this.appendChild(sep);
+        ]]></body>
+      </method>
+
+      <!--
+         - This function adds attributes on menu/menuitems to make it easier for
+         - css to style them.
+         -
+         - @param aFolder    the folder that corresponds to the menu/menuitem
+         - @param aMenuNode  the actual DOM node to set attributes on
+        -->
+      <method name="_setCssSelectors">
+        <parameter name="aFolder"/>
+        <parameter name="aMenuNode"/>
+        <body><![CDATA[
+
+          // First set the SpecialFolder attribute
+          aMenuNode.setAttribute("SpecialFolder", this.getSpecialFolderString(aFolder));
+
+          // Now set the biffState
+          let biffStates = ["NewMail", "NoMail", "UnknownMail"];
+          for (let state of biffStates) {
+            if (aFolder.biffState ==
+                Components.interfaces.nsIMsgFolder["nsMsgBiffState_" + state]) {
+              aMenuNode.setAttribute("BiffState", state);
+              break;
+            }
+          }
+
+          aMenuNode.setAttribute("IsServer", aFolder.isServer);
+          aMenuNode.setAttribute("IsSecure", aFolder.server.isSecure);
+          aMenuNode.setAttribute("ServerType", aFolder.server.type);
+          aMenuNode.setAttribute("IsFeedFolder",
+            (this.FeedUtils.getFeedUrlsInFolder(aFolder) ? true : false));
+        ]]></body>
+      </method>
+
+      <!--
+         - This function returns a formatted display name for a menulist
+         - selected folder.  The desired format is set as the 'displayformat'
+         - attribute of the folderpicker's <menulist>, one of:
+         - 'name' (default) - Folder
+         - 'verbose'        - Folder on Account
+         - 'path'           - Account/Folder/Subfolder
+         -
+         - @param aFolder    the folder that corresponds to the menu/menuitem
+         - @return string    display name
+        -->
+      <field name="_displayformat">null</field>
+      <method name="getDisplayName">
+        <parameter name="aFolder"/>
+        <body><![CDATA[
+          if (aFolder.isServer)
+            return aFolder.prettyName;
+
+          if (this._displayformat == "verbose")
+            return this._stringBundle.getFormattedString("verboseFolderFormat",
+                     [aFolder.prettyName, aFolder.server.prettyName]);
+
+          if (this._displayformat == "path")
+            return this.FeedUtils.getFolderPrettyPath(aFolder) || aFolder.name;
+
+          return aFolder.name;
+        ]]></body>
+      </method>
+
+      <!--
+         - Makes a given folder selected.
+         -
+         - @param aFolder  the folder to select (if none, then Choose Folder)
+         - @note  If aFolder is not in this popup, but is instead a descendant of
+         -        a member of the popup, that ancestor will be selected.
+         - @return  true if any usable folder was found, otherwise false.
+        -->
+      <method name="selectFolder">
+        <parameter name="aFolder"/>
+        <body><![CDATA[
+          // Set the label of the menulist element as if aFolder had been selected.
+          function setupParent(aFolder, aMenulist, aNoFolders) {
+            let menupopup = aMenulist.menupopup;
+            if (aFolder) {
+              aMenulist.setAttribute("label", menupopup.getDisplayName(aFolder));
+            } else {
+              aMenulist.setAttribute("label", menupopup._stringBundle.getString(
+                aNoFolders ? "noFolders" :
+                             (menupopup._serversOnly ? "chooseAccount" : "chooseFolder")));
+            }
+            aMenulist.setAttribute("value",
+              aFolder ? aFolder.URI : "");
+            aMenulist.setAttribute("IsServer",
+              aFolder ? aFolder.isServer : false);
+            aMenulist.setAttribute("IsSecure",
+              aFolder ? aFolder.server.isSecure : false);
+            aMenulist.setAttribute("ServerType",
+              aFolder ? aFolder.server.type : "none");
+            aMenulist.setAttribute("SpecialFolder",
+              aFolder ? menupopup.getSpecialFolderString(aFolder) : "none");
+            aMenulist.setAttribute("IsFeedFolder", Boolean(
+              aFolder && menupopup.FeedUtils.getFeedUrlsInFolder(aFolder)));
+          }
+
+          let folder;
+          if (aFolder) {
+            for (let child of this.childNodes) {
+              if (child && child._folder && !child.disabled &&
+                  (child._folder.URI == aFolder.URI ||
+                   (child.tagName == "menu" &&
+                    child._folder.isAncestorOf(aFolder)))) {
+                if (child._folder.URI == aFolder.URI)
+                  this.parentNode.selectedItem = child;
+                folder = aFolder;
+                break;
+              }
+            }
+          }
+
+          // If the caller specified a folder to select and it was not
+          // found, or if the caller didn't pass a folder (meaning a logical
+          // and valid folder wasn't determined), don't blow up but reset
+          // attributes and set a nice Choose Folder label so the user may
+          // select a valid folder per the filter for this picker. If there are
+          // no children, then no folder passed the filter; disable the menulist
+          // as there's nothing to choose from.
+          let noFolders;
+          if (!this.childElementCount)
+          {
+            this.parentNode.setAttribute("disabled", true);
+            noFolders = true;
+          }
+          else
+          {
+            this.parentNode.removeAttribute("disabled");
+            noFolders = false;
+          }
+
+          setupParent(folder, this.parentNode, noFolders);
+          return folder ? true : false;
+        ]]></body>
+      </method>
+
+      <!--
+         - Removes all menu-items for this popup, resets all fields, and
+         - removes the listener.  This function is invoked when a change
+         - that affects this menu is detected by our listener.
+        -->
+      <method name="_teardown">
+        <body><![CDATA[
+          for (let i = this.childNodes.length - 1; i >= 0; i--) {
+            let child = this.childNodes[i];
+            if (child.getAttribute("generated") != "true")
+              continue;
+            if ("_teardown" in child)
+              child._teardown();
+            child.remove();
+          }
+
+          this._removeListener();
+
+          this._initialized = false;
+        ]]></body>
+      </method>
+    </implementation>
+
+    <handlers>
+      <!--
+         - In order to improve performance, we're not going to build any of the
+         - menu until we're shown (unless we're the child of a menulist, see
+         - note in the constructor).
+         -
+         - @note _ensureInitialized can be called repeatedly without issue, so
+         -       don't worry about it here.
+        -->
+      <handler event="popupshowing" phase="capturing">
+        this._ensureInitialized();
+      </handler>
+    </handlers>
+  </binding>
+</bindings>
diff --git a/mailnews/base/content/jsTreeView.js b/mailnews/base/content/jsTreeView.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..abec7df4a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/content/jsTreeView.js
@@ -0,0 +1,235 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/**
+ * This file contains a prototype object designed to make the implementation of
+ * nsITreeViews in javascript simpler.  This object requires that consumers
+ * override the _rebuild function.  This function must set the _rowMap object to
+ * an array of objects fitting the following interface:
+ *
+ * readonly attribute string id - a unique identifier for the row/object
+ * readonly attribute integer level - the hierarchy level of the row
+ * attribute boolean open - whether or not this item's children are exposed
+ * string getText(aColName) - return the text to display for this row in the
+ *                            specified column
+ * string getProperties() - return the css-selectors
+ * attribute array children - return an array of child-objects also meeting this
+ *                            interface
+ */
+
+function PROTO_TREE_VIEW() {
+  this._tree = null;
+  this._rowMap = [];
+  this._persistOpenMap = [];
+}
+
+PROTO_TREE_VIEW.prototype = {
+  get rowCount() {
+    return this._rowMap.length;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * CSS files will cue off of these.  Note that we reach into the rowMap's
+   * items so that custom data-displays can define their own properties
+   */
+  getCellProperties: function jstv_getCellProperties(aRow, aCol) {
+    return this._rowMap[aRow].getProperties(aCol);
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * The actual text to display in the tree
+   */
+  getCellText: function jstv_getCellText(aRow, aCol) {
+    return this._rowMap[aRow].getText(aCol.id);
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * The jstv items take care of assigning this when building children lists
+   */
+  getLevel: function jstv_getLevel(aIndex) {
+    return this._rowMap[aIndex].level;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * This is easy since the jstv items assigned the _parent property when making
+   * the child lists
+   */
+  getParentIndex: function jstv_getParentIndex(aIndex) {
+    return this._rowMap.indexOf(this._rowMap[aIndex]._parent);
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * This is duplicative for our normal jstv views, but custom data-displays may
+   * want to do something special here
+   */
+  getRowProperties: function jstv_getRowProperties(aRow) {
+    return this._rowMap[aRow].getProperties();
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * If an item in our list has the same level and parent as us, it's a sibling
+   */
+  hasNextSibling: function jstv_hasNextSibling(aIndex, aNextIndex) {
+    let targetLevel = this._rowMap[aIndex].level;
+    for (let i = aNextIndex + 1; i < this._rowMap.length; i++) {
+      if (this._rowMap[i].level == targetLevel)
+        return true;
+      if (this._rowMap[i].level < targetLevel)
+        return false;
+    }
+    return false;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * If we have a child-list with at least one element, we are a container.
+   */
+  isContainer: function jstv_isContainer(aIndex) {
+    return this._rowMap[aIndex].children.length > 0;
+  },
+
+  isContainerEmpty: function jstv_isContainerEmpty(aIndex) {
+    // If the container has no children, the container is empty.
+    return !this._rowMap[aIndex].children.length;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Just look at the jstv item here
+   */
+  isContainerOpen: function jstv_isContainerOpen(aIndex) {
+    return this._rowMap[aIndex].open;
+  },
+
+  isEditable: function jstv_isEditable(aRow, aCol) {
+    // We don't support editing rows in the tree yet.
+    return false;
+  },
+
+  isSeparator: function jstv_isSeparator(aIndex) {
+    // There are no separators in our trees
+    return false;
+  },
+
+  isSorted: function jstv_isSorted() {
+    // We do our own customized sorting
+    return false;
+  },
+
+  setTree: function jstv_setTree(aTree) {
+    this._tree = aTree;
+  },
+
+  recursivelyAddToMap: function jstv_recursivelyAddToMap(aChild, aNewIndex) {
+    // When we add sub-children, we're going to need to increase our index
+    // for the next add item at our own level.
+    let currentCount = this._rowMap.length;
+    if (aChild.children.length && aChild.open) {
+      for (let [i, child] in Iterator(this._rowMap[aNewIndex].children)) {
+        let index = aNewIndex + i + 1;
+        this._rowMap.splice(index, 0, child);
+        aNewIndex += this.recursivelyAddToMap(child, index);
+      }
+    }
+    return this._rowMap.length - currentCount;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Opens or closes a container with children.  The logic here is a bit hairy, so
+   * be very careful about changing anything.
+   */
+  toggleOpenState: function jstv_toggleOpenState(aIndex) {
+
+    // Ok, this is a bit tricky.
+    this._rowMap[aIndex]._open = !this._rowMap[aIndex].open;
+
+    if (!this._rowMap[aIndex].open) {
+      // We're closing the current container.  Remove the children
+
+      // Note that we can't simply splice out children.length, because some of
+      // them might have children too.  Find out how many items we're actually
+      // going to splice
+      let level = this._rowMap[aIndex].level;
+      let row = aIndex + 1;
+      while (row < this._rowMap.length && this._rowMap[row].level > level) {
+        row++;
+      }
+      let count = row - aIndex - 1;
+      this._rowMap.splice(aIndex + 1, count);
+
+      // Remove us from the persist map
+      let index = this._persistOpenMap.indexOf(this._rowMap[aIndex].id);
+      if (index != -1)
+        this._persistOpenMap.splice(index, 1);
+
+      // Notify the tree of changes
+      if (this._tree) {
+        this._tree.rowCountChanged(aIndex + 1, -count);
+      }
+    } else {
+      // We're opening the container.  Add the children to our map
+
+      // Note that these children may have been open when we were last closed,
+      // and if they are, we also have to add those grandchildren to the map
+      let oldCount = this._rowMap.length;
+      this.recursivelyAddToMap(this._rowMap[aIndex], aIndex);
+
+      // Add this container to the persist map
+      let id = this._rowMap[aIndex].id;
+      if (this._persistOpenMap.indexOf(id) == -1)
+        this._persistOpenMap.push(id);
+
+      // Notify the tree of changes
+      if (this._tree)
+        this._tree.rowCountChanged(aIndex + 1, this._rowMap.length - oldCount);
+    }
+
+    // Invalidate the toggled row, so that the open/closed marker changes
+    if (this._tree)
+      this._tree.invalidateRow(aIndex);
+  },
+
+  // We don't implement any of these at the moment
+  canDrop: function jstv_canDrop(aIndex, aOrientation) {},
+  drop: function jstv_drop(aRow, aOrientation) {},
+  performAction: function jstv_performAction(aAction) {},
+  performActionOnCell: function jstv_performActionOnCell(aAction, aRow, aCol) {},
+  performActionOnRow: function jstv_performActionOnRow(aAction, aRow) {},
+  selectionChanged: function jstv_selectionChanged() {},
+  setCellText: function jstv_setCellText(aRow, aCol, aValue) {},
+  setCellValue: function jstv_setCellValue(aRow, aCol, aValue) {},
+  getCellValue: function jstv_getCellValue(aRow, aCol) {},
+  getColumnProperties: function jstv_getColumnProperties(aCol) { return ""; },
+  getImageSrc: function jstv_getImageSrc(aRow, aCol) {},
+  getProgressMode: function jstv_getProgressMode(aRow, aCol) {},
+  cycleCell: function jstv_cycleCell(aRow, aCol) {},
+  cycleHeader: function jstv_cycleHeader(aCol) {},
+
+  _tree: null,
+
+  /**
+   * An array of jstv items, where each item corresponds to a row in the tree
+   */
+  _rowMap: null,
+
+  /**
+   * This is a javascript map of which containers we had open, so that we can
+   * persist their state over-time.  It is designed to be used as a JSON object.
+   */
+  _persistOpenMap: null,
+
+  _restoreOpenStates: function jstv__restoreOpenStates() {
+    // Note that as we iterate through here, .length may grow
+    for (let i = 0; i < this._rowMap.length; i++) {
+      if (this._persistOpenMap.indexOf(this._rowMap[i].id) != -1)
+        this.toggleOpenState(i);
+    }
+  },
+
+  QueryInterface: function QueryInterface(aIID) {
+    if (aIID.equals(Components.interfaces.nsITreeView) ||
+        aIID.equals(Components.interfaces.nsISupports))
+      return this;
+ 
+    throw Components.results.NS_ERROR_NO_INTERFACE;
+  }
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/base/content/junkCommands.js b/mailnews/base/content/junkCommands.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6332d193f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/content/junkCommands.js
@@ -0,0 +1,456 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+ /* functions use for junk processing commands
+  *
+  * TODO: These functions make the false assumption that a view only contains
+  *       a single folder. This is not true for XF saved searches.
+  *
+  * globals prerequisites used:
+  *
+  *   window.MsgStatusFeedback
+  *
+  *   One of:
+  *     GetSelectedIndices(view) (in suite)
+  *     gFolderDisplay (in mail)
+  *
+  *   messenger
+  *   gMessengerBundle
+  *   gDBView
+  *   either gMsgFolderSelected or gFolderDisplay
+  *   MsgJunkMailInfo(aCheckFirstUse)
+  *   SetNextMessageAfterDelete()
+  *   pref
+  *   msgWindow
+  */
+
+Components.utils.import("resource:///modules/mailServices.js");
+Components.utils.import("resource:///modules/MailUtils.js");
+Components.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/Services.jsm");
+
+/*
+ * determineActionsForJunkMsgs
+ *
+ * Determines the actions that should be carried out on the messages
+ * that are being marked as junk
+ *
+ * @param aFolder
+ *        the folder with messages being marked as junk
+ *
+ * @return an object with two properties: 'markRead' (boolean) indicating
+ *         whether the messages should be marked as read, and 'junkTargetFolder'
+ *         (nsIMsgFolder) specifying where the messages should be moved, or
+ *         null if they should not be moved.
+ */
+function determineActionsForJunkMsgs(aFolder)
+{
+  var actions = { markRead: false, junkTargetFolder: null };
+  var spamSettings = aFolder.server.spamSettings;
+
+  // note we will do moves/marking as read even if the spam
+  // feature is disabled, since the user has asked to use it
+  // despite the disabling
+
+  actions.markRead = spamSettings.markAsReadOnSpam;
+  actions.junkTargetFolder = null;
+
+  // move only when the corresponding setting is activated
+  // and the currently viewed folder is not the junk folder.
+  if (spamSettings.moveOnSpam &&
+      !(aFolder.flags & Components.interfaces.nsMsgFolderFlags.Junk))
+  {
+    var spamFolderURI = spamSettings.spamFolderURI;
+    if (!spamFolderURI)
+    {
+      // XXX TODO
+      // we should use nsIPromptService to inform the user of the problem,
+      // e.g. when the junk folder was accidentally deleted.
+      dump('determineActionsForJunkMsgs: no spam folder found, not moving.');
+    }
+    else
+      actions.junkTargetFolder = MailUtils.getFolderForURI(spamFolderURI);
+  }
+
+  return actions;
+}
+
+/**
+ * performActionsOnJunkMsgs
+ *
+ * Performs required operations on a list of newly-classified junk messages
+ *
+ * @param aFolder
+ *        the folder with messages being marked as junk
+ *
+ * @param aJunkMsgHdrs
+ *        nsIArray containing headers (nsIMsgDBHdr) of new junk messages
+ *
+ * @param aGoodMsgHdrs
+ *        nsIArray containing headers (nsIMsgDBHdr) of new good messages
+ */
+ function performActionsOnJunkMsgs(aFolder, aJunkMsgHdrs, aGoodMsgHdrs)
+{
+  if (aFolder instanceof Components.interfaces.nsIMsgImapMailFolder) // need to update IMAP custom flags
+  {
+    if (aJunkMsgHdrs.length)
+    {
+      var junkMsgKeys = new Array();
+      for (var i = 0; i < aJunkMsgHdrs.length; i++)
+        junkMsgKeys[i] = aJunkMsgHdrs.queryElementAt(i, Components.interfaces.nsIMsgDBHdr).messageKey;
+      aFolder.storeCustomKeywords(null, "Junk", "NonJunk", junkMsgKeys, junkMsgKeys.length);
+    }
+
+    if (aGoodMsgHdrs.length)
+    {
+      var goodMsgKeys = new Array();
+      for (var i = 0; i < aGoodMsgHdrs.length; i++)
+        goodMsgKeys[i] = aGoodMsgHdrs.queryElementAt(i, Components.interfaces.nsIMsgDBHdr).messageKey;
+      aFolder.storeCustomKeywords(null, "NonJunk", "Junk", goodMsgKeys, goodMsgKeys.length);
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (aJunkMsgHdrs.length)
+  {
+    var actionParams = determineActionsForJunkMsgs(aFolder);
+    if (actionParams.markRead)
+      aFolder.markMessagesRead(aJunkMsgHdrs, true);
+
+    if (actionParams.junkTargetFolder)
+      MailServices.copy
+                  .CopyMessages(aFolder, aJunkMsgHdrs, actionParams.junkTargetFolder,
+                    true /* isMove */, null, msgWindow, true /* allow undo */);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+ * MessageClassifier
+ *
+ * Helper object storing the list of pending messages to process,
+ * and implementing junk processing callback
+ *
+ * @param aFolder
+ *        the folder with messages to be analyzed for junk
+ * @param aTotalMessages
+ *        Number of messages to process, used for progress report only
+ */
+
+function MessageClassifier(aFolder, aTotalMessages)
+{
+  this.mFolder = aFolder;
+  this.mJunkMsgHdrs = Components.classes["@mozilla.org/array;1"]
+                                .createInstance(Components.interfaces.nsIMutableArray);
+  this.mGoodMsgHdrs = Components.classes["@mozilla.org/array;1"]
+                                .createInstance(Components.interfaces.nsIMutableArray);
+  this.mMessages = new Object();
+  this.mMessageQueue = new Array();
+  this.mTotalMessages = aTotalMessages;
+  this.mProcessedMessages = 0;
+  this.firstMessage = true;
+  this.lastStatusTime = Date.now();
+}
+
+MessageClassifier.prototype =
+{
+  /**
+   * analyzeMessage
+   *
+   * Starts the message classification process for a message. If the message
+   * sender's address is whitelisted, the message is skipped.
+   *
+   * @param aMsgHdr
+   *        The header (nsIMsgDBHdr) of the message to classify.
+   * @param aSpamSettings
+   *        nsISpamSettings object with information about whitelists
+   */
+  analyzeMessage: function(aMsgHdr, aSpamSettings)
+  {
+    var junkscoreorigin = aMsgHdr.getStringProperty("junkscoreorigin");
+    if (junkscoreorigin == "user") // don't override user-set junk status
+      return;
+
+    // check whitelisting
+    if (aSpamSettings.checkWhiteList(aMsgHdr))
+    {
+      // message is ham from whitelist
+      var db = aMsgHdr.folder.msgDatabase;
+      db.setStringProperty(aMsgHdr.messageKey, "junkscore",
+                           Components.interfaces.nsIJunkMailPlugin.IS_HAM_SCORE);
+      db.setStringProperty(aMsgHdr.messageKey, "junkscoreorigin", "whitelist");
+      this.mGoodMsgHdrs.appendElement(aMsgHdr, false);
+      return;
+    }
+
+    var messageURI = aMsgHdr.folder.generateMessageURI(aMsgHdr.messageKey) + "?fetchCompleteMessage=true";
+    this.mMessages[messageURI] = aMsgHdr;
+    if (this.firstMessage)
+    {
+      this.firstMessage = false;
+      MailServices.junk.classifyMessage(messageURI, msgWindow, this);
+    }
+    else
+      this.mMessageQueue.push(messageURI);
+  },
+
+  /*
+   * nsIJunkMailClassificationListener implementation
+   * onMessageClassified
+   *
+   * Callback function from nsIJunkMailPlugin with classification results
+   *
+   * @param aClassifiedMsgURI
+   *        URI of classified message
+   * @param aClassification
+   *        Junk classification (0: UNCLASSIFIED, 1: GOOD, 2: JUNK)
+   * @param aJunkPercent
+   *        0 - 100 indicator of junk likelihood, with 100 meaning probably junk
+   */
+  onMessageClassified: function(aClassifiedMsgURI, aClassification, aJunkPercent)
+  {
+    if (!aClassifiedMsgURI)
+      return; // ignore end of batch
+    var nsIJunkMailPlugin = Components.interfaces.nsIJunkMailPlugin;
+    var score = (aClassification == nsIJunkMailPlugin.JUNK) ?
+      nsIJunkMailPlugin.IS_SPAM_SCORE : nsIJunkMailPlugin.IS_HAM_SCORE;
+    const statusDisplayInterval = 1000; // milliseconds between status updates
+
+    // set these props via the db (instead of the message header
+    // directly) so that the nsMsgDBView knows to update the UI
+    //
+    var msgHdr = this.mMessages[aClassifiedMsgURI];
+    var db = msgHdr.folder.msgDatabase;
+    db.setStringProperty(msgHdr.messageKey, "junkscore", score);
+    db.setStringProperty(msgHdr.messageKey, "junkscoreorigin", "plugin");
+    db.setStringProperty(msgHdr.messageKey, "junkpercent", aJunkPercent);
+
+    if (aClassification == nsIJunkMailPlugin.JUNK)
+      this.mJunkMsgHdrs.appendElement(msgHdr, false);
+    else if (aClassification == nsIJunkMailPlugin.GOOD)
+      this.mGoodMsgHdrs.appendElement(msgHdr, false);
+
+    var nextMsgURI = this.mMessageQueue.shift();
+    if (nextMsgURI)
+    {
+      ++this.mProcessedMessages;
+      if (Date.now() > this.lastStatusTime + statusDisplayInterval)
+      {
+        this.lastStatusTime = Date.now();
+        var percentDone = 0;
+        if (this.mTotalMessages)
+          percentDone = Math.round(this.mProcessedMessages * 100 / this.mTotalMessages);
+        var percentStr = percentDone + "%";
+        window.MsgStatusFeedback.showStatusString(
+            document.getElementById("bundle_messenger")
+            .getFormattedString("junkAnalysisPercentComplete",
+            [percentStr]));
+      }
+
+      MailServices.junk.classifyMessage(nextMsgURI, msgWindow, this);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      window.MsgStatusFeedback.showStatusString(
+          document.getElementById("bundle_messenger")
+          .getString("processingJunkMessages"));
+      performActionsOnJunkMsgs(this.mFolder, this.mJunkMsgHdrs, this.mGoodMsgHdrs);
+      window.MsgStatusFeedback.showStatusString("");
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+ * filterFolderForJunk
+ *
+ * Filter all messages in the current folder for junk
+ */
+function filterFolderForJunk() { processFolderForJunk(true); }
+
+/*
+ * analyzeMessagesForJunk
+ *
+ * Filter selected messages in the current folder for junk
+ */
+function analyzeMessagesForJunk() { processFolderForJunk(false); }
+
+/*
+ * processFolderForJunk
+ *
+ * Filter messages in the current folder for junk
+ *
+ * @param aAll: true to filter all messages, else filter selection
+ */
+function processFolderForJunk(aAll)
+{
+  MsgJunkMailInfo(true);
+
+  if (aAll)
+  {
+    // need to expand all threads, so we analyze everything
+    gDBView.doCommand(nsMsgViewCommandType.expandAll);
+    var treeView = gDBView.QueryInterface(Components.interfaces.nsITreeView);
+    var count = treeView.rowCount;
+    if (!count)
+      return;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    // suite uses GetSelectedIndices, mail uses gFolderDisplay.selectedMessages
+    var indices = typeof GetSelectedIndices != "undefined" ?
+                    GetSelectedIndices(gDBView) :
+                    gFolderDisplay.selectedIndices;
+    if (!indices || !indices.length)
+      return;
+  }
+  var totalMessages = aAll ? count : indices.length;
+
+  // retrieve server and its spam settings via the header of an arbitrary message
+  for (var i = 0; i < totalMessages; i++)
+  {
+    var index = aAll ? i : indices[i];
+    try
+    {
+      var tmpMsgURI = gDBView.getURIForViewIndex(index);
+      break;
+    }
+    catch (e)
+    {
+      // dummy headers will fail, so look for another
+      continue;
+    }
+  }
+  if (!tmpMsgURI)
+    return;
+
+  var tmpMsgHdr = messenger.messageServiceFromURI(tmpMsgURI).messageURIToMsgHdr(tmpMsgURI);
+  var spamSettings = tmpMsgHdr.folder.server.spamSettings;
+
+  // create a classifier instance to classify messages in the folder.
+  var msgClassifier = new MessageClassifier(tmpMsgHdr.folder, totalMessages);
+
+  for ( i = 0; i < totalMessages; i++)
+  {
+    var index = aAll ? i : indices[i];
+    try
+    {
+      var msgURI = gDBView.getURIForViewIndex(index);
+      var msgHdr = messenger.messageServiceFromURI(msgURI).messageURIToMsgHdr(msgURI);
+      msgClassifier.analyzeMessage(msgHdr, spamSettings);
+    }
+    catch (ex)
+    {
+      // blow off errors here - dummy headers will fail
+      var msgURI = null;
+    }
+  }
+  if (msgClassifier.firstMessage) // the async plugin was not used, maybe all whitelisted?
+    performActionsOnJunkMsgs(msgClassifier.mFolder,
+                             msgClassifier.mJunkMsgHdrs,
+                             msgClassifier.mGoodMsgHdrs);
+}
+
+function JunkSelectedMessages(setAsJunk)
+{
+  MsgJunkMailInfo(true);
+
+  // When the user explicitly marks a message as junk, we can mark it as read,
+  // too. This is independent of the "markAsReadOnSpam" pref, which applies
+  // only to automatically-classified messages.
+  // Note that this behaviour should match the one in the back end for marking
+  // as junk via clicking the 'junk' column.
+
+  if (setAsJunk && Services.prefs.getBoolPref("mailnews.ui.junk.manualMarkAsJunkMarksRead"))
+    MarkSelectedMessagesRead(true);
+
+  gDBView.doCommand(setAsJunk ? nsMsgViewCommandType.junk
+                              : nsMsgViewCommandType.unjunk);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Delete junk messages in the current folder. This provides the guarantee that
+ * the method will be synchronous if no messages are deleted.
+ *
+ * @returns The number of messages deleted.
+ */
+function deleteJunkInFolder()
+{
+  MsgJunkMailInfo(true);
+
+  // use direct folder commands if possible so we don't mess with the selection
+  let selectedFolder = gFolderDisplay.displayedFolder;
+  if ( !(selectedFolder.flags & Components.interfaces.nsMsgFolderFlags.Virtual) )
+  {
+    var junkMsgHdrs = Components.classes["@mozilla.org/array;1"]
+                                .createInstance(Components.interfaces.nsIMutableArray);
+    var enumerator = gDBView.msgFolder.messages;
+    while (enumerator.hasMoreElements())
+    {
+      var msgHdr = enumerator.getNext().QueryInterface(Components.interfaces.nsIMsgDBHdr);
+      var junkScore = msgHdr.getStringProperty("junkscore");
+      if (junkScore == Components.interfaces.nsIJunkMailPlugin.IS_SPAM_SCORE)
+        junkMsgHdrs.appendElement(msgHdr, false);
+    }
+
+    if (junkMsgHdrs.length)
+      gDBView.msgFolder.deleteMessages(junkMsgHdrs, msgWindow, false, false, null, true);
+    return junkMsgHdrs.length;
+  }
+
+  // Folder is virtual, let the view do the work (but we lose selection)
+
+  // need to expand all threads, so we find everything
+  gDBView.doCommand(nsMsgViewCommandType.expandAll);
+
+  var treeView = gDBView.QueryInterface(Components.interfaces.nsITreeView);
+  var count = treeView.rowCount;
+  if (!count)
+    return 0;
+
+  var treeSelection = treeView.selection;
+
+  var clearedSelection = false;
+
+  // select the junk messages
+  var messageUri;
+  let numMessagesDeleted = 0;
+  for (var i = 0; i < count; ++i)
+  {
+    try {
+      messageUri = gDBView.getURIForViewIndex(i);
+    }
+    catch (ex) {continue;} // blow off errors for dummy rows
+    var msgHdr = messenger.messageServiceFromURI(messageUri).messageURIToMsgHdr(messageUri);
+    var junkScore = msgHdr.getStringProperty("junkscore");
+    var isJunk = (junkScore == Components.interfaces.nsIJunkMailPlugin.IS_SPAM_SCORE);
+    // if the message is junk, select it.
+    if (isJunk)
+    {
+      // only do this once
+      if (!clearedSelection)
+      {
+        // clear the current selection
+        // since we will be deleting all selected messages
+        treeSelection.clearSelection();
+        clearedSelection = true;
+        treeSelection.selectEventsSuppressed = true;
+      }
+      treeSelection.rangedSelect(i, i, true /* augment */);
+      numMessagesDeleted++;
+    }
+  }
+
+  // if we didn't clear the selection
+  // there was no junk, so bail.
+  if (!clearedSelection)
+    return 0;
+
+  treeSelection.selectEventsSuppressed = false;
+  // delete the selected messages
+  //
+  // We'll leave no selection after the delete
+  gNextMessageViewIndexAfterDelete = nsMsgViewIndex_None;
+  gDBView.doCommand(nsMsgViewCommandType.deleteMsg);
+  treeSelection.clearSelection();
+  ClearMessagePane();
+  return numMessagesDeleted;
+}
+
diff --git a/mailnews/base/content/junkLog.js b/mailnews/base/content/junkLog.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..148f0e507
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/content/junkLog.js
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+/* -*- Mode: JavaScript; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+Components.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/Services.jsm");
+
+var gLogView;
+var gLogFile;
+
+function onLoad()
+{
+  gLogView = document.getElementById("logView");
+  gLogView.docShell.allowJavascript = false; // for security, disable JS
+
+  gLogFile = Services.dirsvc.get("ProfD", Components.interfaces.nsIFile);
+  gLogFile.append("junklog.html");
+
+  if (gLogFile.exists())
+  {
+    // convert the file to a URL so we can load it.
+    gLogView.setAttribute("src", Services.io.newFileURI(gLogFile).spec);
+  }
+}
+
+function clearLog()
+{
+  if (gLogFile.exists())
+  {
+    gLogFile.remove(false);
+    gLogView.setAttribute("src", "about:blank"); // we don't have a log file to show
+  }
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/content/junkLog.xul b/mailnews/base/content/junkLog.xul
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..49e8796c3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/content/junkLog.xul
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+<?xml version="1.0"?>
+
+<!-- -*- Mode: Java; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+   - This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<?xml-stylesheet href="chrome://messenger/skin/messenger.css" type="text/css"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE dialog SYSTEM "chrome://messenger/locale/junkLog.dtd">
+
+<dialog id="viewLogWindow"
+        xmlns="http://www.mozilla.org/keymaster/gatekeeper/there.is.only.xul"
+        onload="onLoad();"
+        title="&adaptiveJunkLog.title;"
+        windowtype="mailnews:junklog"
+        buttons="accept"
+        buttonlabelaccept="&closeLog.label;"
+        buttonaccesskeyaccept="&closeLog.accesskey;"
+        ondialogaccept="window.close();"
+        persist="screenX screenY width height"
+        style="width: 40em; height: 25em;">
+
+  <script type="application/javascript" src="chrome://messenger/content/junkLog.js"/>
+
+  <vbox flex="1">
+    <hbox>
+      <label value="&adaptiveJunkLogInfo.label;"/>
+      <spacer flex="1"/>
+      <button label="&clearLog.label;"
+              accesskey="&clearLog.accesskey;"
+              oncommand="clearLog();"/>
+    </hbox>
+    <separator class="thin"/>
+    <hbox flex="1">
+      <browser id="logView"
+               class="inset"
+               type="content"
+               disablehistory="true"
+               disablesecurity="true"
+               src="about:blank"
+               autofind="false"
+               flex="1"/>
+    </hbox>
+  </vbox>
+</dialog>
diff --git a/mailnews/base/content/junkMailInfo.xul b/mailnews/base/content/junkMailInfo.xul
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f4658f1c2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/content/junkMailInfo.xul
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+<?xml version="1.0"?>
+
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!DOCTYPE dialog [
+<!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+%brandDTD;
+<!ENTITY % junkMailInfoDTD SYSTEM "chrome://messenger/locale/junkMailInfo.dtd" >
+%junkMailInfoDTD;
+]>
+
+<?xml-stylesheet href="chrome://messenger/skin/messenger.css" type="text/css"?>
+<?xml-stylesheet href="chrome://messenger/skin/primaryToolbar.css" type="text/css"?> 
+
+<dialog id="junkMailInfo"
+        xmlns="http://www.mozilla.org/keymaster/gatekeeper/there.is.only.xul"
+        title="&window.title;"
+        windowtype="mailnews:junkmailinfo"
+        buttons="accept">
+
+  <vbox flex="1" width="&window.width;">
+      <spacer/>
+      <description>&info1a.label;<image align="center" id="junkIcon"/>&info1b.label;</description>
+      <spacer/>
+      <description>&info2.label;</description>
+      <spacer/>
+      <description>&info3.label;</description>
+#ifndef MOZ_THUNDERBIRD
+      <spacer/>
+      <description>&info4.label;</description>
+#endif
+  </vbox>
+</dialog>
diff --git a/mailnews/base/content/markByDate.js b/mailnews/base/content/markByDate.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9a35f64a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/content/markByDate.js
@@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
+/* -*- Mode: Java; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+var MILLISECONDS_PER_HOUR   = 60 * 60 * 1000;
+var MICROSECONDS_PER_DAY    = 1000 * MILLISECONDS_PER_HOUR * 24;
+
+function onLoad()
+{
+  var upperDateBox = document.getElementById("upperDate");
+  // focus the upper bound control - this is where we expect most users to enter
+  // a date
+  upperDateBox.focus();
+
+  // and give it an initial date - "yesterday"
+  var initialDate = new Date();
+  initialDate.setHours( 0 );
+  initialDate.setTime( initialDate.getTime() - MILLISECONDS_PER_HOUR );
+    // note that this is sufficient - though it is at the end of the previous day,
+    // we convert it to a date string, and then the time part is truncated
+  upperDateBox.value = convertDateToString( initialDate );
+  upperDateBox.select();  // allows to start overwriting immediately
+}
+
+function onAccept()
+{
+  // get the times as entered by the user
+  var lowerDateString = document.getElementById( "lowerDate" ).value;
+  // the fallback for the lower bound, if not entered, is the "beginning of
+  // time" (1970-01-01), which actually is simply 0 :)
+  var prLower = lowerDateString ? convertStringToPRTime( lowerDateString ) : 0;
+
+  var upperDateString = document.getElementById( "upperDate" ).value;
+  var prUpper;
+  if ( upperDateString == "" )
+  {
+    // for the upper bound, the fallback is "today".
+    var dateThisMorning = new Date();
+    dateThisMorning.setMilliseconds( 0 );
+    dateThisMorning.setSeconds( 0 );
+    dateThisMorning.setMinutes( 0 );
+    dateThisMorning.setHours( 0 );
+    // Javascript time is in milliseconds, PRTime is in microseconds
+    prUpper = dateThisMorning.getTime() * 1000;
+  }
+  else
+    prUpper = convertStringToPRTime( upperDateString );
+
+  // for the upper date, we have to do a correction:
+  // if the user enters a date, then she means (hopefully) that all messages sent
+  // at this day should be marked, too, but the PRTime calculated from this would
+  // point to the beginning of the day. So we need to increment it by
+  // [number of micro seconds per day]. This will denote the first microsecond of
+  // the next day then, which is later used as exclusive boundary
+  prUpper += MICROSECONDS_PER_DAY;
+
+  markInDatabase( prLower, prUpper );
+
+  return true;  // allow closing
+}
+
+/** marks all headers in the database, whose time is between the two
+  given times, as read.
+  @param lower
+    PRTime for the lower bound - this boundary is inclusive
+  @param upper
+    PRTime for the upper bound - this boundary is exclusive
+*/
+function markInDatabase( lower, upper )
+{
+  var messageFolder;
+  var messageDatabase;
+  // extract the database
+  if ( window.arguments && window.arguments[0] )
+  {
+    messageFolder = window.arguments[0];
+    messageDatabase = messageFolder.msgDatabase;
+  }
+
+  if ( !messageDatabase )
+  {
+    dump( "markByDate::markInDatabase: there /is/ no database to operate on!\n" );
+    return;
+  }
+
+  // the headers which are going to be marked
+  var headers = Components.classes["@mozilla.org/array;1"].createInstance( Components.interfaces.nsIMutableArray );
+  var searchSession = Components.classes["@mozilla.org/messenger/searchSession;1"].createInstance( Components.interfaces.nsIMsgSearchSession );
+  var searchTerms = Components.classes["@mozilla.org/array;1"].createInstance( Components.interfaces.nsIMutableArray );
+  searchSession.addScopeTerm( Components.interfaces.nsMsgSearchScope.offlineMail, messageFolder );
+
+  const nsMsgSearchAttrib = Components.interfaces.nsMsgSearchAttrib;
+  const nsMsgSearchOp = Components.interfaces.nsMsgSearchOp;
+
+  var searchTerm = searchSession.createTerm();
+  searchTerm.attrib = nsMsgSearchAttrib.Date;
+  searchTerm.op = nsMsgSearchOp.IsBefore;
+  var value = searchTerm.value;
+  value.attrib = nsMsgSearchAttrib.Date;
+  value.date = upper;
+  searchTerm.value = value;
+  searchTerms.appendElement( searchTerm, false );
+
+  if ( lower )
+  {
+    searchTerm = searchSession.createTerm();
+    searchTerm.booleanAnd = true;
+    searchTerm.attrib = nsMsgSearchAttrib.Date;
+    searchTerm.op = nsMsgSearchOp.IsAfter;
+    value = searchTerm.value;
+    value.attrib = nsMsgSearchAttrib.Date;
+    value.date = lower;
+    searchTerm.value = value;
+    searchTerms.appendElement( searchTerm, false );
+  }
+
+  var filterEnumerator = messageDatabase.getFilterEnumerator( searchTerms );
+  
+  if ( filterEnumerator )
+  {
+    var keepGoing;
+    var numMatches = {};
+    do
+    {
+      keepGoing = messageDatabase.nextMatchingHdrs(filterEnumerator, 0, 0, headers, numMatches);
+    }
+    while ( keepGoing );
+  }
+
+  if ( headers.length )
+    messageFolder.markMessagesRead( headers, true );
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/content/markByDate.xul b/mailnews/base/content/markByDate.xul
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cf472fa33
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/content/markByDate.xul
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+<?xml version="1.0"?>
+
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<?xml-stylesheet href="chrome://messenger/skin/dialogs.css" type="text/css"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE dialog SYSTEM "chrome://messenger/locale/markByDate.dtd">
+
+<dialog
+  xmlns="http://www.mozilla.org/keymaster/gatekeeper/there.is.only.xul"
+  title="&messageMarkByDate.label;"
+  buttons="accept,cancel"
+  onload="onLoad();"
+  ondialogaccept="return onAccept();">
+
+  <script type="application/javascript" src="chrome://messenger/content/markByDate.js"/>
+  <script type="application/javascript" src="chrome://messenger/content/dateFormat.js"/>
+
+  <hbox align="center" pack="end">
+    <label control="lowerDate"
+           value="&markByDateLower.label;"
+           accesskey="&markByDateLower.accesskey;"/>
+    <textbox size="11" id="lowerDate"/>
+  </hbox>
+  <hbox align="center" pack="end">
+    <label control="upperDate"
+           value="&markByDateUpper.label;"
+           accesskey="&markByDateUpper.accesskey;"/>
+    <textbox size="11" id="upperDate"/>
+  </hbox>
+
+</dialog>
diff --git a/mailnews/base/content/msgAccountCentral.js b/mailnews/base/content/msgAccountCentral.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..de5543dff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/content/msgAccountCentral.js
@@ -0,0 +1,341 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+Components.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/Services.jsm");
+
+var selectedServer = null;
+
+function OnInit()
+{
+    // Set the header for the page.
+    // Title containts the brand name of the application and the account
+    // type (mail/news) and the name of the account
+    try {
+        let msgFolder    = null;
+        let title;
+
+        // Get the brand name
+        let brandName = document.getElementById("bundle_brand")
+                                .getString("brandShortName");
+        let messengerBundle = document.getElementById("bundle_messenger");
+
+        selectedServer = GetSelectedServer();
+        if (selectedServer) {
+            // Get the account type
+            let serverType = selectedServer.type;
+            let acctType;
+            if (serverType == "nntp")
+                acctType = messengerBundle.getString("newsAcctType");
+            else if (serverType == "rss")
+                acctType = messengerBundle.getString("feedsAcctType");
+            else
+                acctType = messengerBundle.getString("mailAcctType");
+
+            // Get the account name
+            msgFolder = GetSelectedMsgFolder();
+            ArrangeAccountCentralItems(selectedServer, msgFolder);
+
+            let acctName = msgFolder.prettyName;
+            // Display and collapse items presented to the user based on account type
+            title = messengerBundle.getFormattedString("acctCentralTitleFormat",
+                                                       [brandName, acctType, acctName]);
+        } else {
+          // If there is no selectedServer, we are in a brand new profile with
+          // no accounts - show the create account rows.
+          title = brandName;
+          SetItemDisplay("AccountsHeader", true);
+          SetItemDisplay("CreateAccount", true);
+          SetItemDisplay("CreateAccounts", true);
+        }
+
+        // Set the title for the document
+        document.getElementById("AccountCentralTitle").setAttribute("value", title);
+    }
+    catch(ex) {
+        Components.utils.reportError("Error getting selected account: " + ex + "\n");
+    }
+}
+
+// Show items in the AccountCentral page depending on the capabilities
+// of the given account
+function ArrangeAccountCentralItems(server, msgFolder)
+{
+    let exceptions = [];
+    let protocolInfo = null;
+    try {
+      protocolInfo = server.protocolInfo;
+    } catch (e) {
+      exceptions.push(e);
+    }
+
+    // Is this a RSS account?
+    let displayRssHeader = server && server.type == 'rss';
+
+    /***** Email header and items : Begin *****/
+
+    // Read Messages
+    let canGetMessages = false;
+    try {
+        canGetMessages = protocolInfo && protocolInfo.canGetMessages;
+        SetItemDisplay("ReadMessages", canGetMessages && !displayRssHeader);
+    } catch (e) { exceptions.push(e); }
+
+    // Compose Messages link
+    let showComposeMsgLink = false;
+    try {
+        showComposeMsgLink = protocolInfo && protocolInfo.showComposeMsgLink;
+        SetItemDisplay("ComposeMessage", showComposeMsgLink);
+    } catch (e) { exceptions.push(e); }
+
+    // Junk mail settings (false, until ready for prime time)
+    let canControlJunkEmail = false
+    try {
+        canControlJunkEmail = false && protocolInfo &&
+                              protocolInfo.canGetIncomingMessages &&
+                              protocolInfo.canGetMessages;
+        SetItemDisplay("JunkSettingsMail", canControlJunkEmail);
+    } catch (e) { exceptions.push(e); }
+
+    // Display Email header, only if any of the items are displayed
+    let displayEmailHeader = !displayRssHeader &&
+                             (canGetMessages || showComposeMsgLink ||
+                              canControlJunkEmail);
+    SetItemDisplay("EmailHeader", displayEmailHeader);
+
+    /***** Email header and items : End *****/
+
+    /***** News header and items : Begin *****/
+
+    // Subscribe to Newsgroups
+    let canSubscribe = false;
+    try {
+        canSubscribe = msgFolder && msgFolder.canSubscribe &&
+                       protocolInfo && !protocolInfo.canGetMessages;
+        SetItemDisplay("SubscribeNewsgroups", canSubscribe);
+    } catch (e) { exceptions.push(e); }
+
+    // Junk news settings (false, until ready for prime time)
+    let canControlJunkNews = false;
+    try {
+        canControlJunkNews = false && protocolInfo &&
+                             protocolInfo.canGetIncomingMessages &&
+                             !protocolInfo.canGetMessages;
+        SetItemDisplay("JunkSettingsNews", canControlJunkNews);
+    } catch (e) { exceptions.push(e); }
+
+    // Display News header, only if any of the items are displayed
+    let displayNewsHeader = canSubscribe || canControlJunkNews;
+    SetItemDisplay("NewsHeader", displayNewsHeader);
+
+    /***** News header and items : End *****/
+
+    /***** RSS header and items : Begin *****/
+
+    // Display RSS header, only if this is RSS account
+    SetItemDisplay("rssHeader", displayRssHeader);
+
+    // Subscribe to RSS Feeds
+    SetItemDisplay("SubscribeRSS", displayRssHeader);
+
+    /***** RSS header and items : End *****/
+
+    // If either of above sections exists, show section separators
+    SetItemDisplay("MessagesSection",
+                   displayNewsHeader || displayEmailHeader || displayRssHeader);
+
+    /***** Accounts : Begin *****/
+
+    // Account Settings if a server is found
+    let canShowAccountSettings = server != null;
+    SetItemDisplay("AccountSettings", canShowAccountSettings);
+
+    // Show New Mail Account Wizard if not prohibited by pref
+    let canShowCreateAccount = false;
+    try {
+        canShowCreateAccount = !Services.prefs
+          .prefIsLocked("mail.disable_new_account_addition");
+        SetItemDisplay("CreateAccount", canShowCreateAccount);
+        SetItemDisplay("CreateAccounts", canShowCreateAccount);
+    } catch (e) { exceptions.push(e); }
+
+    // Display Accounts header, only if any of the items are displayed
+    let displayAccountsHeader = canShowAccountSettings || canShowCreateAccount;
+    SetItemDisplay("AccountsHeader", canShowCreateAccount);
+
+    /***** Accounts : End *****/
+
+    /***** Advanced Features header and items : Begin *****/
+
+    // Search Messages
+    let canSearchMessages = false;
+    try {
+        canSearchMessages = server && server.canSearchMessages;
+        SetItemDisplay("SearchMessages", canSearchMessages);
+    } catch (e) { exceptions.push(e); }
+
+    // Create Filters
+    let canHaveFilters = false;
+    try {
+        canHaveFilters = server && server.canHaveFilters;
+        SetItemDisplay("CreateFilters", canHaveFilters);
+    } catch (e) { exceptions.push(e); }
+
+    // Subscribe to IMAP Folders
+    let canSubscribeImapFolders = false;
+    try {
+        canSubscribeImapFolders = msgFolder && msgFolder.canSubscribe &&
+                                  protocolInfo && protocolInfo.canGetMessages;
+        SetItemDisplay("SubscribeImapFolders", canSubscribeImapFolders);
+    } catch (e) { exceptions.push(e); }
+
+    // Offline Settings
+    let supportsOffline = false;
+    try {
+        supportsOffline = server && server.offlineSupportLevel != 0;
+        SetItemDisplay("OfflineSettings", supportsOffline);
+    } catch (e) { exceptions.push(e); }
+
+    // Display Adv Features header, only if any of the items are displayed
+    let displayAdvFeatures = canSearchMessages || canHaveFilters ||
+                             canSubscribeImapFolders|| supportsOffline;
+    SetItemDisplay("AdvancedFeaturesHeader", displayAdvFeatures);
+
+    /***** Advanced Featuers header and items : End *****/
+
+    // If either of above features exist, show section separators
+    SetItemDisplay("AccountsSection", displayAdvFeatures);
+
+    while (exceptions.length) {
+        Components.utils.reportError("Error in setting AccountCentral Items: "
+            + exceptions.pop() + "\n");
+    }
+}
+
+// Show the item if the item feature is supported
+function SetItemDisplay(elemId, displayThisItem)
+{
+    if (displayThisItem) {
+        let elem = document.getElementById(elemId);
+        if (elem)
+            elem.setAttribute("collapsed", false);
+
+        let elemSpacer = document.getElementById(elemId + ".spacer");
+        if (elemSpacer)
+            elemSpacer.setAttribute("collapsed", false);
+    }
+}
+
+// From the current folder tree, return the selected server or null
+function GetSelectedServer()
+{
+    let currentFolder = GetSelectedMsgFolder();
+    return currentFolder ? currentFolder.server : null;
+}
+
+// From the current folder tree, return the selected folder,
+// the root folder of default account or null
+function GetSelectedMsgFolder()
+{
+    return window.parent.GetSelectedMsgFolders()[0] ||
+           window.parent.GetDefaultAccountRootFolder();
+}
+
+/**
+ * Open Inbox for selected server.
+ * If needed, open the twisty and select Inbox.
+ */
+function ReadMessages()
+{
+    if (!selectedServer)
+        return;
+    try {
+        window.parent.OpenInboxForServer(selectedServer);
+    }
+    catch(ex) {
+        Components.utils
+                  .reportError("Error opening Inbox for server: " + ex + "\n");
+    }
+}
+
+// Trigger composer for a new message
+function ComposeAMessage(event)
+{
+    // Pass event to allow holding Shift key for toggling HTML vs. plaintext format
+    window.parent.MsgNewMessage(event);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Open AccountManager to view settings for a given account
+ * @param selectPage  the xul file name for the viewing page,
+ *                    null for the account main page, other pages are
+ *                    'am-server.xul', 'am-copies.xul', 'am-offline.xul',
+ *                    'am-addressing.xul', 'am-smtp.xul'
+ */
+function ViewSettings(selectPage)
+{
+    window.parent.MsgAccountManager(selectPage);
+}
+
+// Open AccountWizard to create an account
+function CreateNewAccount()
+{
+    window.parent.msgOpenAccountWizard();
+}
+
+function CreateNewAccountTB(type)
+{
+  if (type == "mail") {
+    if (Services.prefs.getBoolPref("mail.provider.enabled"))
+        NewMailAccountProvisioner(null);
+    else
+        AddMailAccount();
+    return;
+  }
+
+  if (type == "feeds") {
+    AddFeedAccount();
+    return;
+  }
+
+  window.parent.msgOpenAccountWizard(
+      function(state) {
+        let win = getMostRecentMailWindow();
+        if (state && win && win.gFolderTreeView && this.gCurrentAccount) {
+          win.gFolderTreeView.selectFolder(
+              this.gCurrentAccount.incomingServer.rootMsgFolder);
+        }
+      },
+      type);
+}
+
+// Bring up search interface for selected account
+function SearchMessages()
+{
+    window.parent.MsgSearchMessages();
+}
+
+// Open filters window
+function CreateMsgFilters()
+{
+    window.parent.MsgFilters(null, null);
+}
+
+// Open Subscribe dialog
+function Subscribe()
+{
+    if (!selectedServer)
+        return;
+    if (selectedServer.type == 'rss')
+        window.parent.openSubscriptionsDialog(selectedServer.rootFolder);
+    else
+        window.parent.MsgSubscribe();
+}
+
+// Open junk mail settings dialog
+function JunkSettings()
+{
+    // TODO: function does not exist yet, will throw an exception if exposed
+    window.parent.MsgJunkMail();
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/content/msgAccountCentral.xul b/mailnews/base/content/msgAccountCentral.xul
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7ac6f94cb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/content/msgAccountCentral.xul
@@ -0,0 +1,251 @@
+<?xml version="1.0"?> 
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<?xml-stylesheet href="chrome://messenger/skin/accountCentral.css" type="text/css"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE page [
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd">
+   %brandDTD;
+  <!ENTITY % globalDTD SYSTEM "chrome://global/locale/global.dtd">
+   %globalDTD;
+  <!ENTITY % acctCentralDTD SYSTEM "chrome://messenger/locale/msgAccountCentral.dtd">
+   %acctCentralDTD;
+]>
+
+<page
+  xmlns:rdf="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#"
+  xmlns="http://www.mozilla.org/keymaster/gatekeeper/there.is.only.xul"
+  onload="OnInit();">
+
+  <stringbundle id="bundle_brand"
+                src="chrome://branding/locale/brand.properties"/>
+  <stringbundle id="bundle_messenger"
+                src="chrome://messenger/locale/messenger.properties"/>
+  <stringbundle id="bundle_prefs"
+                src="chrome://messenger/locale/prefs.properties"/>
+  <script type="application/javascript"
+          src="chrome://messenger/content/AccountManager.js"/>
+  <script type="application/javascript"
+          src="chrome://messenger/content/accountUtils.js"/>
+  <script type="application/javascript"
+          src="chrome://messenger/content/commandglue.js"/>
+  <script type="application/javascript"
+          src="chrome://messenger/content/mailWindowOverlay.js"/>
+  <script type="application/javascript"
+          src="chrome://messenger/content/mailWindow.js"/>
+  <script type="application/javascript"
+          src="chrome://messenger/content/msgMail3PaneWindow.js"/>
+  <script type="application/javascript"
+          src="chrome://messenger/content/msgAccountCentral.js"/>
+  <script type="application/javascript"
+          src="chrome://messenger/content/mailCore.js"/>
+
+  <grid id="acctCentralGrid" flex="1" style="overflow: auto;">
+    <columns id="acctCentralColumns">
+      <column flex="40" id="acctCentralActionsColumn"/>
+      <column flex="60" id="acctCentralHelpDataColumn"/>
+    </columns>
+
+    <rows id="acctCentralRows">
+      <row id="acctCentralHeaderRow">
+        <label id="AccountCentralTitle"/>
+      </row>
+      <spacer id="acctCentralHeader.spacer" flex="2"/>
+
+      <row id="EmailHeader" class="acctCentralTitleRow" collapsed="true">
+        <hbox class="acctCentralRowTitleBox">
+          <description>&emailSectionHdr.label;</description>
+        </hbox>
+      </row>
+
+      <spacer id="ReadMessages.spacer" flex="1" collapsed="true"/>
+      <row id="ReadMessages" class="acctCentralRow" collapsed="true">
+        <hbox>
+          <label class="acctCentralText acctCentralLinkText"
+                 value="&readMsgsLink.label;"
+                 chromedir="&locale.dir;"
+                 onclick="ReadMessages();"/>
+        </hbox>
+      </row>
+
+      <spacer id="ComposeMessage.spacer" flex="1" collapsed="true"/>
+      <row id="ComposeMessage" class="acctCentralRow" collapsed="true">
+        <hbox>
+          <label class="acctCentralText acctCentralLinkText"
+                 value="&composeMsgLink.label;"
+                 chromedir="&locale.dir;"
+                 onclick="ComposeAMessage(event);"/>
+        </hbox>
+      </row>
+
+      <spacer id="JunkSettingsMail.spacer" flex="1" collapsed="true"/>
+      <row id="JunkSettingsMail" class="acctCentralRow" collapsed="true">
+        <hbox>
+          <label class="acctCentralText acctCentralLinkText"
+                 value="&junkSettings.label;"
+                 onclick="JunkSettings();"/>
+        </hbox>
+      </row>
+
+      <spacer id="NewsHeader.spacer" flex="1" collapsed="true"/>
+      <row id="NewsHeader" class="acctCentralTitleRow" collapsed="true">
+        <hbox class="acctCentralRowTitleBox">
+          <description>&newsSectionHdr.label;</description>
+        </hbox>
+      </row>
+
+      <spacer id="SubscribeNewsgroups.spacer" flex="1" collapsed="true"/>
+      <row id="SubscribeNewsgroups" class="acctCentralRow" collapsed="true">
+        <hbox>
+          <label class="acctCentralText acctCentralLinkText"
+                 value="&subscribeNewsLink.label;"
+                 chromedir="&locale.dir;"
+                 onclick="Subscribe();"/>
+        </hbox>
+      </row>
+
+      <spacer id="JunkSettingsNews.spacer" flex="1" collapsed="true"/>
+      <row id="JunkSettingsNews" class="acctCentralRow" collapsed="true">
+        <hbox>
+          <label class="acctCentralText acctCentralLinkText"
+                 value="&junkSettings.label;"
+                 onclick="JunkSettings();"/>
+        </hbox>
+      </row>
+
+      <spacer id="rssHeader.spacer" flex="1" collapsed="true"/>
+      <row id="rssHeader" class="acctCentralTitleRow" collapsed="true">
+        <hbox class="acctCentralRowTitleBox">
+          <description>&feedsSectionHdr.label;</description>
+        </hbox>
+      </row>
+
+      <spacer id="SubscribeRSS.spacer" flex="1" collapsed="true"/>
+      <row id="SubscribeRSS" class="acctCentralRow" collapsed="true">
+        <hbox>
+          <label class="acctCentralText acctCentralLinkText"
+                 value="&subscribeFeeds.label;"
+                 chromedir="&locale.dir;"
+                 onclick="Subscribe();"/>
+        </hbox>
+      </row>
+
+      <spacer id="MessagesSection.spacer" class="big" flex="5" collapsed="true"/>
+
+      <row id="AccountsHeader" class="acctCentralTitleRow" collapsed="true">
+        <hbox class="acctCentralRowTitleBox">
+          <description>&accountsSectionHdr.label;</description>
+        </hbox>
+      </row>
+
+      <spacer id="AccountSettings.spacer" flex="1" collapsed="true"/>
+      <row id="AccountSettings" class="acctCentralRow" collapsed="true">
+        <hbox>
+          <label class="acctCentralText acctCentralLinkText"
+                 value="&settingsLink.label;"
+                 chromedir="&locale.dir;"
+                 onclick="ViewSettings(null);"/>
+        </hbox>
+      </row>
+
+      <spacer id="CreateAccount.spacer" flex="1" collapsed="true"/>
+      <row id="CreateAccount" class="acctCentralRow" collapsed="true">
+        <hbox>
+#ifdef MOZ_THUNDERBIRD
+          <label class="acctCentralText"
+                 value="&newAcct.label;"
+                 chromedir="&locale.dir;"/>
+#else
+          <label class="acctCentralText acctCentralLinkText"
+                 value="&newAcctLink.label;"
+                 chromedir="&locale.dir;"
+                 onclick="CreateNewAccount();"/>
+#endif
+        </hbox>
+      </row>
+#ifdef MOZ_THUNDERBIRD
+      <row id="CreateAccounts" class="acctCentralRow" collapsed="true">
+        <vbox id="CreateAccountsList">
+          <label id="CreateAccountMail"
+                 class="acctCentralNewAcctText acctCentralLinkText"
+                 value="&emailSectionHdr.label;"
+                 chromedir="&locale.dir;"
+                 onclick="CreateNewAccountTB('mail');"/>
+          <label id="CreateAccountChat"
+                 class="acctCentralNewAcctText acctCentralLinkText"
+                 value="&chat.label;"
+                 chromedir="&locale.dir;"
+                 onclick="openIMAccountWizard();"/>
+          <label id="CreateAccountNewsgroups"
+                 class="acctCentralNewAcctText acctCentralLinkText"
+                 value="&newsSectionHdr.label;"
+                 chromedir="&locale.dir;"
+                 onclick="CreateNewAccountTB('newsgroups');"/>
+          <label id="CreateAccountRSS"
+                 class="acctCentralNewAcctText acctCentralLinkText"
+                 value="&feedsSectionHdr.label;"
+                 chromedir="&locale.dir;"
+                 onclick="CreateNewAccountTB('feeds');"/>
+#ifdef HAVE_MOVEMAIL
+          <label id="CreateAccountMovemail"
+                 class="acctCentralNewAcctText acctCentralLinkText"
+                 value="&movemail.label;"
+                 chromedir="&locale.dir;"
+                 onclick="CreateNewAccountTB('movemail');"/>
+#endif
+        </vbox>
+      </row>
+#endif
+
+      <spacer id="AccountsSection.spacer" class="big" flex="5" collapsed="true"/>
+
+      <row id="AdvancedFeaturesHeader" class="acctCentralTitleRow" collapsed="true">
+        <hbox class="acctCentralRowTitleBox">
+          <description>&advFeaturesSectionHdr.label;</description>
+        </hbox>
+      </row>
+
+      <spacer id="SearchMessages.spacer" flex="1" collapsed="true"/>
+      <row id="SearchMessages" class="acctCentralRow" collapsed="true">
+        <hbox>
+          <label class="acctCentralText acctCentralLinkText"
+                 value="&searchMsgsLink.label;"
+                 chromedir="&locale.dir;"
+                 onclick="SearchMessages();"/>
+        </hbox>
+      </row>
+
+      <spacer id="CreateFilters.spacer" flex="1" collapsed="true"/>
+      <row id="CreateFilters" class="acctCentralRow" collapsed="true">
+        <hbox>
+          <label class="acctCentralText acctCentralLinkText"
+                 value="&filtersLink.label;"
+                 chromedir="&locale.dir;"
+                 onclick="CreateMsgFilters();"/>
+        </hbox>
+      </row>
+
+      <spacer id="SubscribeImapFolders.spacer" flex="1" collapsed="true"/>
+      <row id="SubscribeImapFolders" class="acctCentralRow" collapsed="true">
+        <hbox>
+          <label class="acctCentralText acctCentralLinkText"
+                 value="&subscribeImapFolders.label;"
+                 chromedir="&locale.dir;"
+                 onclick="Subscribe();"/>
+        </hbox>
+      </row>
+
+      <spacer id="OfflineSettings.spacer" flex="1" collapsed="true"/>
+      <row id="OfflineSettings" class="acctCentralRow" collapsed="true">
+        <hbox>
+          <label class="acctCentralText acctCentralLinkText"
+                 value="&offlineLink.label;"
+                 chromedir="&locale.dir;"
+                 onclick="ViewSettings('am-offline.xul');"/>
+        </hbox>
+      </row>
+    </rows>
+  </grid>
+</page>
diff --git a/mailnews/base/content/msgFolderPickerOverlay.js b/mailnews/base/content/msgFolderPickerOverlay.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..35b1e86cf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/content/msgFolderPickerOverlay.js
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+/* -*- Mode: Java; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+Components.utils.import("resource:///modules/MailUtils.js");
+
+var gMessengerBundle;
+
+// call this from dialog onload() to set the menu item to the correct value
+function MsgFolderPickerOnLoad(pickerID)
+{
+	var uri = null;
+	try { 
+		uri = window.arguments[0].preselectedURI;
+	}
+	catch (ex) {
+		uri = null;
+	}
+
+	if (uri) {
+		//dump("on loading, set titled button to " + uri + "\n");
+
+		// verify that the value we are attempting to
+		// pre-flight the menu with is valid for this
+		// picker type
+		var msgfolder = MailUtils.getFolderForURI(uri, true);
+        	if (!msgfolder) return; 
+		
+		var verifyFunction = null;
+
+		switch (pickerID) {
+			case "msgNewFolderPicker":
+				verifyFunction = msgfolder.canCreateSubfolders;
+				break;
+			case "msgRenameFolderPicker":
+				verifyFunction = msgfolder.canRename;
+				break;
+			default:
+				verifyFunction = msgfolder.canFileMessages;
+				break;
+		}
+
+		if (verifyFunction) {
+			SetFolderPicker(uri,pickerID);
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+function PickedMsgFolder(selection,pickerID)
+{
+  var selectedUri = selection.getAttribute('id');
+  SetFolderPicker(selectedUri,pickerID);
+}     
+
+function SetFolderPickerElement(uri, picker)
+{
+  var msgfolder = MailUtils.getFolderForURI(uri, true);
+
+  if (!msgfolder) 
+    return;
+
+  var selectedValue = null;
+  var serverName;
+
+  if (msgfolder.isServer)
+    selectedValue = msgfolder.name;
+  else {
+    if (msgfolder.server)
+      serverName = msgfolder.server.prettyName;
+    else {
+     dump("Can't find server for " + uri + "\n");
+     serverName = "???";
+    }
+
+  switch (picker.id) {
+    case "runFiltersFolder":
+      selectedValue = msgfolder.name;
+      break;
+    case "msgTrashFolderPicker":
+      selectedValue = msgfolder.name;
+      break;
+    default:
+      if (!gMessengerBundle)
+        gMessengerBundle = document.getElementById("bundle_messenger");
+      selectedValue = gMessengerBundle.getFormattedString("verboseFolderFormat",
+        [msgfolder.name, serverName]);
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+
+  picker.setAttribute("label",selectedValue);
+  picker.setAttribute("uri",uri);
+}
+
+function SetFolderPicker(uri,pickerID)
+{
+  SetFolderPickerElement(uri, document.getElementById(pickerID));
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/content/msgPrintEngine.js b/mailnews/base/content/msgPrintEngine.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4dc01ca6d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/content/msgPrintEngine.js
@@ -0,0 +1,209 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/* This is where functions related to the print engine are kept */
+
+Components.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/Services.jsm");
+
+/* globals for a particular window */
+var printEngineContractID      = "@mozilla.org/messenger/msgPrintEngine;1";
+var printEngineWindow;
+var printEngine;
+var printSettings = null;
+var printOpener = null;
+
+var kMsgBundle = "chrome://messenger/locale/messenger.properties";
+
+/* Functions related to startup */
+function OnLoadPrintEngine()
+{
+  PrintEngineCreateGlobals();
+  InitPrintEngineWindow();
+  printEngine.startPrintOperation(printSettings);
+}
+
+function PrintEngineCreateGlobals()
+{
+  /* get the print engine instance */
+  printEngine = Components.classes[printEngineContractID].createInstance();
+  printEngine = printEngine.QueryInterface(Components.interfaces.nsIMsgPrintEngine);
+  printSettings = PrintUtils.getPrintSettings();
+  if (printSettings) {
+    printSettings.isCancelled = false;
+  }
+}
+
+var PrintPreviewListener = {
+  getPrintPreviewBrowser: function () {
+    var browser = document.getElementById("ppBrowser");
+    if (!browser) {
+      browser = document.createElement("browser");
+      browser.setAttribute("id", "ppBrowser");
+      browser.setAttribute("flex", "1");
+      browser.setAttribute("disablehistory", "true");
+      browser.setAttribute("disablesecurity", "true");
+      browser.setAttribute("type", "content");
+      document.documentElement.appendChild(browser);
+    }
+    return browser;
+  },
+  getSourceBrowser: function () {
+    return document.getElementById("content");
+  },
+  getNavToolbox: function () {
+    return document.getElementById("content");
+  },
+  onEnter: function () {
+    setPPTitle(document.getElementById("content").contentDocument.title);
+    document.getElementById("content").collapsed = true;
+    printEngine.showWindow(true);
+  },
+  onExit: function () {
+    window.close();
+  }
+};
+
+function getBundle(aURI)
+{
+  if (!aURI)
+    return null;
+
+  var bundle = null;
+  try
+  {
+    bundle = Services.strings.createBundle(aURI);
+  }
+  catch (ex)
+  {
+    bundle = null;
+    debug("Exception getting bundle " + aURI + ": " + ex);
+  }
+
+  return bundle;
+}
+
+function setPPTitle(aTitle)
+{
+  var title = aTitle;
+  try {
+  var gBrandBundle = document.getElementById("bundle_brand");
+  if (gBrandBundle) {
+    var msgBundle = this.getBundle(kMsgBundle);
+    if (msgBundle) {
+        var brandStr = gBrandBundle.getString("brandShortName")
+        var array = [title, brandStr];
+        title = msgBundle.formatStringFromName("PreviewTitle", array, array.length);
+      }
+    }
+  } catch (e) {}
+  document.title = title;
+}
+
+// Pref listener constants
+var gStartupPPObserver =
+{
+  observe: function(subject, topic, prefName)
+  {
+    PrintUtils.printPreview(PrintPreviewListener);
+  }
+};
+
+function ReplaceWithSelection()
+{
+  if (!printOpener.content)
+    return;
+
+  var selection = printOpener.content.getSelection();
+
+  if ( selection != "" ) {
+    var range = selection.getRangeAt( 0 );
+    var contents = range.cloneContents();
+
+    var aBody = window.content.document.querySelector( "body" );
+
+    /* Replace the content of <body> with the users' selection. */
+    if ( aBody ) {
+      aBody.innerHTML = "";
+      aBody.appendChild( contents );
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+function InitPrintEngineWindow()
+{
+  /* Store the current opener for later access in ReplaceWithSelection() */
+  printOpener = opener;
+
+  /* Register the event listener to be able to replace the document
+   * content with the user selection when loading is finished.
+   */
+  document.getElementById("content").addEventListener("load", ReplaceWithSelection, true);
+
+  /* Tell the nsIPrintEngine object what window is rendering the email */
+  printEngine.setWindow(window);
+
+  /* hide the printEngine window.  see bug #73995 */
+
+  /* See if we got arguments.
+   * Window was opened via window.openDialog.  Copy argument
+   * and perform compose initialization 
+   */
+  if ( window.arguments && window.arguments[0] != null ) {
+    var numSelected = window.arguments[0];
+    var uriArray = window.arguments[1];
+    var statusFeedback = window.arguments[2];
+
+    if (window.arguments[3]) {
+      printEngine.doPrintPreview = window.arguments[3];
+    } else {
+      printEngine.doPrintPreview = false;
+    }
+    printEngine.showWindow(false);
+
+    if (window.arguments.length > 4) {
+      printEngine.setMsgType(window.arguments[4]);
+    } else {
+      printEngine.setMsgType(Components.interfaces.nsIMsgPrintEngine.MNAB_START);
+    }
+
+    if (window.arguments.length > 5) {
+      printEngine.setParentWindow(window.arguments[5]);
+    } else {
+      printEngine.setParentWindow(null);
+    }
+
+    printEngine.setStatusFeedback(statusFeedback);
+    printEngine.setStartupPPObserver(gStartupPPObserver);
+
+    if (numSelected > 0) {
+      printEngine.setPrintURICount(numSelected);
+      for (var i = 0; i < numSelected; i++) {
+        printEngine.addPrintURI(uriArray[i]);      
+        //dump(uriArray[i] + "\n");
+      }	    
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+function ClearPrintEnginePane()
+{
+  if (window.frames["content"].location.href != "about:blank")
+      window.frames["content"].location.href = "about:blank";
+}
+
+function StopUrls()
+{
+  printEngine.stopUrls();
+}
+
+function PrintEnginePrint()
+{
+  printEngineWindow = window.openDialog("chrome://messenger/content/msgPrintEngine.xul", "", "chrome,dialog=no,all,centerscreen", false);
+}
+
+function PrintEnginePrintPreview()
+{
+  printEngineWindow = window.openDialog("chrome://messenger/content/msgPrintEngine.xul", "", "chrome,dialog=no,all,centerscreen", true);
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/content/msgSynchronize.js b/mailnews/base/content/msgSynchronize.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..250c8a26c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/content/msgSynchronize.js
@@ -0,0 +1,199 @@
+/* -*- Mode: Java; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+Components.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/Services.jsm");
+
+var gSynchronizeTree = null;
+var gParentMsgWindow;
+var gMsgWindow;
+
+var gInitialFolderStates = {};
+
+function OnLoad()
+{
+    if (window.arguments && window.arguments[0]) {
+        if (window.arguments[0].msgWindow) {
+            gParentMsgWindow = window.arguments[0].msgWindow;
+        }
+    }
+
+    document.getElementById("syncMail").checked =
+      Services.prefs.getBoolPref("mailnews.offline_sync_mail");
+    document.getElementById("syncNews").checked =
+      Services.prefs.getBoolPref("mailnews.offline_sync_news");
+    document.getElementById("sendMessage").checked =
+      Services.prefs.getBoolPref("mailnews.offline_sync_send_unsent");
+    document.getElementById("workOffline").checked =
+      Services.prefs.getBoolPref("mailnews.offline_sync_work_offline");
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+function syncOkButton()
+{
+
+    var syncMail = document.getElementById("syncMail").checked;
+    var syncNews = document.getElementById("syncNews").checked;
+    var sendMessage = document.getElementById("sendMessage").checked;
+    var workOffline = document.getElementById("workOffline").checked;
+
+    Services.prefs.setBoolPref("mailnews.offline_sync_mail", syncMail);
+    Services.prefs.setBoolPref("mailnews.offline_sync_news", syncNews);
+    Services.prefs.setBoolPref("mailnews.offline_sync_send_unsent", sendMessage);
+    Services.prefs.setBoolPref("mailnews.offline_sync_work_offline", workOffline);
+
+    if (syncMail || syncNews || sendMessage || workOffline) {
+        var offlineManager = Components.classes["@mozilla.org/messenger/offline-manager;1"]
+                                       .getService(Components.interfaces.nsIMsgOfflineManager);
+        if(offlineManager)
+            offlineManager.synchronizeForOffline(syncNews, syncMail, sendMessage, workOffline, gParentMsgWindow)
+    }
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+function OnSelect()
+{
+   top.window.openDialog("chrome://messenger/content/msgSelectOffline.xul", "",
+                         "centerscreen,chrome,modal,titlebar,resizable=yes");
+   return true;
+}
+
+function selectOkButton()
+{
+    return true;
+}
+
+function selectCancelButton()
+{
+    var RDF = Components.classes["@mozilla.org/rdf/rdf-service;1"]
+                        .getService(Components.interfaces.nsIRDFService);
+    for (var resourceValue in gInitialFolderStates) {
+      var resource = RDF.GetResource(resourceValue);
+      var folder = resource.QueryInterface(Components.interfaces.nsIMsgFolder);
+      if (gInitialFolderStates[resourceValue])
+        folder.setFlag(Components.interfaces.nsMsgFolderFlags.Offline);
+      else
+        folder.clearFlag(Components.interfaces.nsMsgFolderFlags.Offline);
+    }
+    return true;
+}
+
+function selectOnLoad()
+{
+    gMsgWindow = Components.classes["@mozilla.org/messenger/msgwindow;1"]
+                           .createInstance(Components.interfaces.nsIMsgWindow);
+    gMsgWindow.domWindow = window;
+    gMsgWindow.rootDocShell.appType = Components.interfaces.nsIDocShell.APP_TYPE_MAIL;
+
+    gSynchronizeTree = document.getElementById('synchronizeTree');
+
+    SortSynchronizePane('folderNameCol', '?folderTreeNameSort');
+} 
+
+function SortSynchronizePane(column, sortKey)
+{
+    var node = FindInWindow(window, column);
+    if(!node) {
+        dump('Couldnt find sort column\n');
+        return;
+    }
+
+    node.setAttribute("sort", sortKey);
+    node.setAttribute("sortDirection", "natural");
+    var col = gSynchronizeTree.columns[column];
+    gSynchronizeTree.view.cycleHeader(col);
+}
+
+function FindInWindow(currentWindow, id)
+{
+    var item = currentWindow.document.getElementById(id);
+    if(item)
+    return item;
+
+    for(var i = 0; i < currentWindow.frames.length; i++) {
+        var frameItem = FindInWindow(currentWindow.frames[i], id);
+        if(frameItem)
+            return frameItem;
+    }
+
+    return null;
+}
+
+
+function onSynchronizeClick(event)
+{
+    // we only care about button 0 (left click) events
+    if (event.button != 0)
+      return;
+
+    var row = {}
+    var col = {}
+    var elt = {}
+
+    gSynchronizeTree.treeBoxObject.getCellAt(event.clientX, event.clientY, row, col, elt);
+    if (row.value == -1)
+      return;
+
+    if (elt.value == "twisty") {
+        var folderResource = GetFolderResource(gSynchronizeTree, row.value);
+        var folder = folderResource.QueryInterface(Components.interfaces.nsIMsgFolder);
+
+        if (!(gSynchronizeTree.treeBoxObject.view.isContainerOpen(row.value))) {
+            var serverType = folder.server.type;
+            // imap is the only server type that does folder discovery
+            if (serverType != "imap") return;
+
+            if (folder.isServer) {
+                var server = folder.server;
+                server.performExpand(gMsgWindow);
+            }
+            else {
+                var imapFolder = folderResource.QueryInterface(Components.interfaces.nsIMsgImapMailFolder);
+                if (imapFolder) {
+                  imapFolder.performExpand(gMsgWindow);
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    else {
+      if (col.value.id == "syncCol") {   
+        UpdateNode(GetFolderResource(gSynchronizeTree, row.value), row.value);
+      }
+    }
+}
+
+function onSynchronizeTreeKeyPress(event)
+{
+    // for now, only do something on space key
+    if (event.charCode != KeyEvent.DOM_VK_SPACE)
+      return;
+
+    var treeSelection = gSynchronizeTree.view.selection; 
+    for (var i=0;i<treeSelection.getRangeCount();i++) {
+      var start = {}, end = {};
+      treeSelection.getRangeAt(i,start,end);
+      for (var k=start.value;k<=end.value;k++)
+        UpdateNode(GetFolderResource(gSynchronizeTree, k), k);
+    }
+}
+
+function UpdateNode(resource, row)
+{
+    var folder = resource.QueryInterface(Components.interfaces.nsIMsgFolder);
+
+    if (folder.isServer)
+      return;
+
+    if (!(resource.Value in gInitialFolderStates)) {
+      gInitialFolderStates[resource.Value] = folder.getFlag(Components.interfaces.nsMsgFolderFlags.Offline);
+    }
+
+    folder.toggleFlag(Components.interfaces.nsMsgFolderFlags.Offline);
+}
+
+function GetFolderResource(aTree, aIndex) {
+  return aTree.builderView.getResourceAtIndex(aIndex);
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/content/msgSynchronize.xul b/mailnews/base/content/msgSynchronize.xul
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e3cf90c2c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/content/msgSynchronize.xul
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+<?xml version="1.0"?>
+
+<!--
+
+ This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<?xml-stylesheet href="chrome://messenger/skin/dialogs.css" type="text/css"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE dialog SYSTEM "chrome://messenger/locale/msgSynchronize.dtd" >
+<dialog	xmlns:NC="http://home.netscape.com/NC-rdf#"
+        xmlns="http://www.mozilla.org/keymaster/gatekeeper/there.is.only.xul"
+        id="msg-synchronizer" 
+        title="&MsgSynchronize.label;"
+        onload="OnLoad();"
+        style="width: 35em;"
+        ondialogaccept="return syncOkButton();">
+
+<script type="application/javascript" src="chrome://messenger/content/msgSynchronize.js"/>
+
+    <keyset id="keyset"/>
+    <label hidden="true" wsm_persist="true" id="server.type"/>
+
+    <description class="desc">&MsgSyncDesc.label;</description>
+    <separator class="thin"/>
+    <label value="&MsgSyncDirections.label;"/>
+
+    <vbox class="indent" align="start">
+        <checkbox id="syncMail" hidable="true" hidefor="movemail,pop3" label="&syncTypeMail.label;"
+                  accesskey="&syncTypeMail.accesskey;"/>
+        <checkbox id="syncNews" label="&syncTypeNews.label;" accesskey="&syncTypeNews.accesskey;"/>
+    </vbox>
+    <vbox align="start">
+        <checkbox id="sendMessage" label="&sendMessage.label;" accesskey="&sendMessage.accesskey;"/>
+        <checkbox id="workOffline" label="&workOffline.label;" accesskey="&workOffline.accesskey;"/>
+    </vbox>
+    <separator class="thin"/>
+    <hbox align="right">
+        <button id="select" label="&selectButton.label;" accesskey="&selectButton.accesskey;"
+                oncommand="OnSelect();"/>
+    </hbox>
+</dialog>
diff --git a/mailnews/base/content/newFolderDialog.js b/mailnews/base/content/newFolderDialog.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..31a24c286
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/content/newFolderDialog.js
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+/* -*- Mode: Java; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+var FOLDERS = 1;
+var MESSAGES = 2;
+var dialog;
+
+function onLoad()
+{
+  var windowArgs = window.arguments[0];
+
+  dialog = {};
+
+  dialog.nameField = document.getElementById("name");
+  dialog.nameField.focus();
+
+  // call this when OK is pressed
+  dialog.okCallback = windowArgs.okCallback;
+
+  // pre select the folderPicker, based on what they selected in the folder pane
+  dialog.folder = windowArgs.folder;
+  try {
+    document.getElementById("MsgNewFolderPopup").selectFolder(windowArgs.folder);
+  } catch(ex) {
+    // selected a child folder
+      document.getElementById("msgNewFolderPicker")
+          .setAttribute("label", windowArgs.folder.prettyName);
+  }
+
+  // can folders contain both folders and messages?
+  if (windowArgs.dualUseFolders) {
+    dialog.folderType = FOLDERS | MESSAGES;
+
+    // hide the section when folder contain both folders and messages.
+    var newFolderTypeBox = document.getElementById("newFolderTypeBox");
+    newFolderTypeBox.setAttribute("hidden", "true");
+  } else {
+    // set our folder type by calling the default selected type's oncommand
+    var selectedFolderType = document.getElementById("folderGroup").selectedItem;
+    eval(selectedFolderType.getAttribute("oncommand"));
+  }
+
+  doEnabling();
+}
+
+function onFolderSelect(event) {
+  dialog.folder = event.target._folder;
+  document.getElementById("msgNewFolderPicker")
+          .setAttribute("label", dialog.folder.prettyName);
+}
+
+function onOK()
+{
+  var name = dialog.nameField.value;
+  var uri = dialog.folder;
+
+  // do name validity check?
+
+  // make sure name ends in  "/" if folder to create can only contain folders
+  if ((dialog.folderType == FOLDERS) && !name.endsWith("/"))
+    dialog.okCallback(name + "/", dialog.folder);
+  else
+    dialog.okCallback(name, dialog.folder);
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+function onFoldersOnly()
+{
+  dialog.folderType = FOLDERS;
+}
+
+function onMessagesOnly()
+{
+  dialog.folderType = MESSAGES;
+}
+
+function doEnabling()
+{
+  document.documentElement.getButton("accept").disabled = !dialog.nameField.value;
+}
+
diff --git a/mailnews/base/content/newFolderDialog.xul b/mailnews/base/content/newFolderDialog.xul
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1587bfdae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/content/newFolderDialog.xul
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+<?xml version="1.0"?>
+
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<?xml-stylesheet href="chrome://messenger/skin/dialogs.css" type="text/css"?>
+<?xml-stylesheet href="chrome://messenger/skin/messenger.css" type="text/css"?>
+<?xml-stylesheet href="chrome://messenger/skin/folderMenus.css" type="text/css"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE dialog [
+<!ENTITY % newFolderDTD SYSTEM "chrome://messenger/locale/newFolderDialog.dtd">%newFolderDTD;
+]>
+
+<dialog xmlns:rdf="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#"
+        xmlns="http://www.mozilla.org/keymaster/gatekeeper/there.is.only.xul"
+        title="&newFolderDialog.title;"
+        onload="onLoad();"
+        buttonlabelaccept="&accept.label;"
+        buttonaccesskeyaccept="&accept.accesskey;"
+        ondialogaccept="return onOK();">
+
+  <stringbundleset id="stringbundleset"/>
+  <script type="application/javascript" src="chrome://messenger/content/newFolderDialog.js"/>
+
+    <label value="&name.label;" accesskey="&name.accesskey;" control="name"/>
+    <textbox id="name" oninput="doEnabling();"/>
+
+    <separator/>
+
+    <label value="&description.label;" accesskey="&description.accesskey;" control="msgNewFolderPicker"/>
+
+    <menulist id="msgNewFolderPicker" class="folderMenuItem"
+                 displayformat="verbose">
+      <menupopup id="MsgNewFolderPopup" type="folder" showFileHereLabel="true"
+                 class="menulist-menupopup"
+                 mode="newFolder"
+                 oncommand="onFolderSelect(event)"/>
+    </menulist>
+
+    <vbox id="newFolderTypeBox">
+
+      <separator class="thin"/>
+
+      <label value="&folderRestriction1.label;"/>
+      <label value="&folderRestriction2.label;"/>
+
+      <separator class="thin"/>
+
+      <radiogroup id="folderGroup" orient="horizontal" class="indent">
+        <radio oncommand="onFoldersOnly();" label="&foldersOnly.label;"/>
+        <radio oncommand="onMessagesOnly();" label="&messagesOnly.label;" selected="true"/>
+      </radiogroup>
+
+    </vbox>
+
+</dialog>
diff --git a/mailnews/base/content/newmailalert.css b/mailnews/base/content/newmailalert.css
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..52746fae0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/content/newmailalert.css
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#alertContainer {
+  opacity: 0;
+}
+
+#alertContainer[noanimation] {
+  opacity: 1;
+}
+
+#alertContainer[fade-in] {
+  animation-timing-function: ease-out;
+  animation-duration: 2s;
+  animation-fill-mode: both;
+  animation-name: fade-in;
+}
+
+@keyframes fade-in {
+  from {opacity: 0;}
+  to {opacity: 1;}
+}
+
+#alertContainer[fade-out] {
+  animation-timing-function: ease-in;
+  animation-duration: 2s;
+  animation-fill-mode: both;
+  animation-name: fade-out;
+}
+
+@keyframes fade-out {
+  from {opacity: 1;}
+  to {opacity: 0;}
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/content/newmailalert.js b/mailnews/base/content/newmailalert.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..243934092
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/content/newmailalert.js
@@ -0,0 +1,186 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+Components.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/Services.jsm");
+Components.utils.import("resource:///modules/iteratorUtils.jsm");
+
+// Copied from nsILookAndFeel.h, see comments on eMetric_AlertNotificationOrigin
+var NS_ALERT_HORIZONTAL = 1;
+var NS_ALERT_LEFT = 2;
+var NS_ALERT_TOP = 4;
+
+var gNumNewMsgsToShowInAlert = 4; // the more messages we show in the alert, the larger it will be
+var gOpenTime = 4000; // total time the alert should stay up once we are done animating.
+
+var gAlertListener = null;
+var gPendingPreviewFetchRequests = 0;
+var gUserInitiated = false;
+var gOrigin = 0; // Default value: alert from bottom right.
+
+function prefillAlertInfo()
+{
+  const Ci = Components.interfaces;
+  // unwrap all the args....
+  // arguments[0] --> nsIArray of folders with new mail
+  // arguments[1] --> the observer to call back with notifications about the alert
+  // arguments[2] --> user initiated boolean. true if the user initiated opening the alert
+  //                 (which means skip the fade effect and don't auto close the alert)
+  // arguments[3] --> the alert origin returned by the look and feel
+  var foldersWithNewMail = window.arguments[0];
+  gAlertListener = window.arguments[1];
+  gUserInitiated = window.arguments[2];
+  gOrigin = window.arguments[3];
+
+  // For now just grab the first folder which should be a root folder
+  // for the account that has new mail. If we can't find a folder, just
+  // return to avoid the exception and empty dialog in upper left-hand corner.
+  if (!foldersWithNewMail || foldersWithNewMail.length < 1)
+    return;
+  let rootFolder = foldersWithNewMail.queryElementAt(0, Ci.nsIWeakReference)
+                                     .QueryReferent(Ci.nsIMsgFolder);
+
+  // Generate an account label string based on the root folder.
+  var label = document.getElementById('alertTitle');
+  var totalNumNewMessages = rootFolder.getNumNewMessages(true);
+  var message = totalNumNewMessages == 1 ? "newMailNotification_message"
+                                         : "newMailNotification_messages";
+  label.value = document.getElementById('bundle_messenger')
+                        .getFormattedString(message,
+                                            [rootFolder.prettiestName,
+                                             totalNumNewMessages]);
+
+  // This is really the root folder and we have to walk through the list to
+  // find the real folder that has new mail in it...:(
+  let allFolders = rootFolder.descendants;
+  var folderSummaryInfoEl = document.getElementById('folderSummaryInfo');
+  folderSummaryInfoEl.mMaxMsgHdrsInPopup = gNumNewMsgsToShowInAlert;
+  for (let folder in fixIterator(allFolders, Components.interfaces.nsIMsgFolder))
+  {
+    if (folder.hasNewMessages && !folder.getFlag(Ci.nsMsgFolderFlags.Virtual))
+    {
+      var asyncFetch = {};
+      folderSummaryInfoEl.parseFolder(folder, new urlListener(folder), asyncFetch);
+      if (asyncFetch.value)
+        gPendingPreviewFetchRequests++;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+function urlListener(aFolder)
+{
+  this.mFolder = aFolder;
+}
+
+urlListener.prototype =
+{
+  OnStartRunningUrl: function(aUrl)
+  {
+  },
+
+  OnStopRunningUrl: function(aUrl, aExitCode)
+  {
+    var folderSummaryInfoEl = document.getElementById('folderSummaryInfo');
+    folderSummaryInfoEl.parseFolder(this.mFolder, null, {});
+    gPendingPreviewFetchRequests--;
+
+    // when we are done running all of our urls for fetching the preview text,
+    // start the alert.
+    if (!gPendingPreviewFetchRequests)
+      showAlert();
+  }
+}
+
+function onAlertLoad()
+{
+  prefillAlertInfo();
+  // read out our initial settings from prefs.
+  try
+  {
+    gOpenTime = Services.prefs.getIntPref("alerts.totalOpenTime");
+  } catch (ex) {}
+
+  // bogus call to make sure the window is moved offscreen until we are ready for it.
+  resizeAlert(true);
+
+  // if we aren't waiting to fetch preview text, then go ahead and
+  // start showing the alert.
+  if (!gPendingPreviewFetchRequests)
+    setTimeout(showAlert, 0); // let the JS thread unwind, to give layout
+                              // a chance to recompute the styles and widths for our alert text.
+}
+
+// If the user initiated the alert, show it right away, otherwise start opening the alert with
+// the fade effect.
+function showAlert()
+{
+  if (!document.getElementById("folderSummaryInfo").hasMessages) {
+    closeAlert(); // no mail, so don't bother showing the alert...
+    return;
+  }
+
+  // resize the alert based on our current content
+  resizeAlert(false);
+
+  var alertContainer = document.getElementById("alertContainer");
+  // Don't fade in if the user opened the alert or the pref is true.
+  if (gUserInitiated ||
+      Services.prefs.getBoolPref("alerts.disableSlidingEffect")) {
+    alertContainer.setAttribute("noanimation", true);
+    setTimeout(closeAlert, gOpenTime);
+    return;
+  }
+
+  alertContainer.addEventListener("animationend", function hideAlert(event) {
+    if (event.animationName == "fade-in") {
+      alertContainer.removeEventListener("animationend", hideAlert, false);
+      let remaining = Math.max(Math.round(gOpenTime - event.elapsedTime * 1000), 0);
+      setTimeout(fadeOutAlert, remaining);
+    }
+  }, false);
+  alertContainer.setAttribute("fade-in", true);
+}
+
+function resizeAlert(aMoveOffScreen)
+{
+  var alertTextBox = document.getElementById("alertTextBox");
+  var alertImageBox = document.getElementById("alertImageBox");
+  alertImageBox.style.minHeight = alertTextBox.scrollHeight + "px";
+
+  sizeToContent();
+
+  // leftover hack to get the window properly hidden when we first open it
+  if (aMoveOffScreen)
+    window.outerHeight = 1;
+
+  // Determine position
+  var x = gOrigin & NS_ALERT_LEFT ? screen.availLeft :
+          screen.availLeft + screen.availWidth - window.outerWidth;
+  var y = gOrigin & NS_ALERT_TOP ? screen.availTop :
+          screen.availTop + screen.availHeight - window.outerHeight;
+
+  // Offset the alert by 10 pixels from the edge of the screen
+  y += gOrigin & NS_ALERT_TOP ? 10 : -10;
+  x += gOrigin & NS_ALERT_LEFT ? 10 : -10;
+
+  window.moveTo(x, y);
+}
+
+function fadeOutAlert()
+{
+  var alertContainer = document.getElementById("alertContainer");
+  alertContainer.addEventListener("animationend", function fadeOut(event) {
+    if (event.animationName == "fade-out") {
+      alertContainer.removeEventListener("animationend", fadeOut, false);
+      closeAlert();
+    }
+  }, false);
+  alertContainer.setAttribute("fade-out", true);
+}
+
+function closeAlert()
+{
+  if (gAlertListener)
+    gAlertListener.observe(null, "alertfinished", "");
+  window.close();
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/content/newmailalert.xul b/mailnews/base/content/newmailalert.xul
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2df37494f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/content/newmailalert.xul
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+<?xml version="1.0"?>
+
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<?xml-stylesheet href="chrome://messenger/content/newmailalert.css" type="text/css"?>
+<?xml-stylesheet href="chrome://messenger/skin/newmailalert.css" type="text/css"?>
+
+<window id="newMailAlertNotification"
+        xmlns="http://www.mozilla.org/keymaster/gatekeeper/there.is.only.xul"
+        windowtype="alert:alert"
+        role="alert"
+        align="start"
+        onload="onAlertLoad()">
+
+  <stringbundle id="bundle_messenger" src="chrome://messenger/locale/messenger.properties"/>
+  <script type="application/javascript" src="chrome://messenger/content/newmailalert.js"/>
+
+  <stack id="alertContainer" mousethrough="always">
+    <hbox id="alertBox">
+      <hbox id ="alertImageBox" align="center" pack="center">
+        <image id="alertImage"/>
+      </hbox>
+
+      <vbox id="alertTextBox">
+        <label id="alertTitle"/>
+        <separator id="alertGroove" class="groove"/>
+        <folderSummary id="folderSummaryInfo" mousethrough="never"/>
+      </vbox>
+    </hbox>
+
+    <toolbarbutton id="closeButton" top="0" right="0" onclick="closeAlert();"/>
+  </stack>
+</window>
diff --git a/mailnews/base/content/renameFolderDialog.js b/mailnews/base/content/renameFolderDialog.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..74a176249
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/content/renameFolderDialog.js
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+/* -*- Mode: Java; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+var dialog;
+
+function onLoad()
+{
+  var windowArgs = window.arguments[0];
+
+  dialog = {};
+
+  dialog.OKButton = document.documentElement.getButton("accept");
+
+  dialog.nameField = document.getElementById("name");
+  dialog.nameField.value = windowArgs.name;
+  dialog.nameField.select();
+  dialog.nameField.focus();
+
+  // call this when OK is pressed
+  dialog.okCallback = windowArgs.okCallback;
+
+  // pre select the folderPicker, based on what they selected in the folder pane
+  dialog.preselectedFolderURI = windowArgs.preselectedURI;
+
+  doEnabling();
+}
+
+function onOK()
+{
+  dialog.okCallback(dialog.nameField.value, dialog.preselectedFolderURI);
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+function doEnabling()
+{
+  if (dialog.nameField.value) {
+    if (dialog.OKButton.disabled)
+      dialog.OKButton.disabled = false;
+  } else {
+    if (!dialog.OKButton.disabled)
+      dialog.OKButton.disabled = true;
+  }
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/content/renameFolderDialog.xul b/mailnews/base/content/renameFolderDialog.xul
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d94d62204
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/content/renameFolderDialog.xul
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+<?xml version="1.0"?> <!-- -*- Mode: xml; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- -->
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<?xml-stylesheet href="chrome://messenger/skin/dialogs.css" type="text/css"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE dialog SYSTEM "chrome://messenger/locale/renameFolderDialog.dtd">
+
+<dialog xmlns:rdf="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#"
+        xmlns="http://www.mozilla.org/keymaster/gatekeeper/there.is.only.xul"
+        title="&renameFolderDialog.title;"
+        buttonlabelaccept="&accept.label;"
+        buttonaccesskeyaccept="&accept.accesskey;"
+        ondialogaccept="return onOK();"
+        onload="onLoad();">
+
+  <stringbundleset id="stringbundleset"/>
+  <script type="application/javascript" src="chrome://messenger/content/renameFolderDialog.js"/>
+
+  <label value="&rename.label;" accesskey="&rename.accesskey;" control="name"/>
+  <textbox id="name" oninput="doEnabling();"/>
+</dialog>
diff --git a/mailnews/base/content/retention.js b/mailnews/base/content/retention.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1db195b81
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/content/retention.js
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+/*
+ * -*- Mode: Java; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+
+function initCommonRetentionSettings(retentionSettings)
+{
+  document.getElementById("retention.keepMsg").value = retentionSettings.retainByPreference;
+  document.getElementById("retention.keepOldMsgMin").value =
+    (retentionSettings.daysToKeepHdrs > 0) ? retentionSettings.daysToKeepHdrs : 30;
+  document.getElementById("retention.keepNewMsgMin").value =
+    (retentionSettings.numHeadersToKeep > 0) ? retentionSettings.numHeadersToKeep : 2000;
+
+  document.getElementById("retention.applyToFlagged").checked =
+    !retentionSettings.applyToFlaggedMessages;
+}
+
+function saveCommonRetentionSettings(aRetentionSettings)
+{
+  aRetentionSettings.retainByPreference = document.getElementById("retention.keepMsg").value;
+
+  aRetentionSettings.daysToKeepHdrs = document.getElementById("retention.keepOldMsgMin").value;
+  aRetentionSettings.numHeadersToKeep = document.getElementById("retention.keepNewMsgMin").value;
+
+  aRetentionSettings.applyToFlaggedMessages =
+    !document.getElementById("retention.applyToFlagged").checked;
+
+  return aRetentionSettings;
+}
+
+function onCheckKeepMsg()
+{
+  if (gLockedPref && gLockedPref["retention.keepMsg"]) {
+    // if the pref associated with the radiobutton is locked, as indicated
+    // by the gLockedPref, skip this function.  All elements in this
+    // radiogroup have been locked by the function onLockPreference.
+    return;
+  }
+
+  var keepMsg = document.getElementById("retention.keepMsg").value;
+  document.getElementById("retention.keepOldMsgMin").disabled = keepMsg != 2;
+  document.getElementById("retention.keepNewMsgMin").disabled = keepMsg != 3;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/content/shareglue.js b/mailnews/base/content/shareglue.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..29026033c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/content/shareglue.js
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/*
+ * code in here is generic, shared utility code across all messenger
+ * components. There should be no command or widget specific code here
+ */
+
+function MessengerSetForcedCharacterSet(aCharset)
+{
+  messenger.setDocumentCharset(aCharset);
+  msgWindow.mailCharacterSet = aCharset;
+  msgWindow.charsetOverride = true;
+
+  // DO NOT try to reload the message here. we do this automatically now in
+  //  messenger.SetDocumentCharset. You'll just break things and reak havoc
+  // if you call ReloadMessage() here...
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/content/shutdownWindow.js b/mailnews/base/content/shutdownWindow.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e7b853eec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/content/shutdownWindow.js
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+/*
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+*/
+
+var curTaskIndex = 0;
+var numTasks = 0;
+var stringBundle;
+
+var msgShutdownService = Components.classes["@mozilla.org/messenger/msgshutdownservice;1"]
+                           .getService(Components.interfaces.nsIMsgShutdownService);
+
+function onLoad()
+{
+  numTasks = msgShutdownService.getNumTasks();
+
+  stringBundle = document.getElementById("bundle_shutdown");
+  document.title = stringBundle.getString("shutdownDialogTitle");
+
+  updateTaskProgressLabel(1);
+  updateProgressMeter(0);
+
+  msgShutdownService.startShutdownTasks();
+}
+
+function updateProgressLabel(inTaskName)
+{
+  var curTaskLabel = document.getElementById("shutdownStatus_label");
+  curTaskLabel.value = inTaskName;
+}
+
+function updateTaskProgressLabel(inCurTaskNum)
+{
+  var taskProgressLabel = document.getElementById("shutdownTask_label");
+  taskProgressLabel.value = stringBundle.getFormattedString("taskProgress", [inCurTaskNum, numTasks]);
+}
+
+function updateProgressMeter(inPercent)
+{
+  var taskProgressmeter = document.getElementById('shutdown_progressmeter');
+  taskProgressmeter.value = inPercent;
+}
+
+function onCancel()
+{
+  msgShutdownService.cancelShutdownTasks();
+}
+
+function nsMsgShutdownTaskListener() 
+{
+  msgShutdownService.setShutdownListener(this);
+}
+
+nsMsgShutdownTaskListener.prototype = 
+{
+  QueryInterface : function(iid)
+  {
+    if (iid.equals(Components.interfaces.nsIWebProgressListener) ||
+        iid.equals(Components.interfaces.nsISupportsWeakReference) ||
+        iid.equals(Components.interfaces.nsISupports))
+      return this;
+
+    throw Components.results.NS_NOINTERFACE;
+  },
+
+  onStateChange: function(aWebProgress, aRequest, aStateFlags, aStatus)
+  {
+    if (aStateFlags & Components.interfaces.nsIWebProgressListener.STATE_STOP)
+    {
+      window.close();
+    }
+  },
+
+  onProgressChange: function(aWebProgress, aRequest, aCurSelfProgress, aMaxSelfProgress, aCurTotalProgress, aMaxTotalProgress)
+  {
+    updateProgressMeter(((aCurTotalProgress / aMaxTotalProgress) * 100));
+    updateTaskProgressLabel(aCurTotalProgress + 1);
+  },
+
+  onLocationChange: function(aWebProgress, aRequest, aLocation, aFlags)
+  {
+    // we can ignore this notification
+  },
+
+  onStatusChange: function(aWebProgress, aRequest, aStatus, aMessage)
+  {
+    if (aMessage)
+      updateProgressLabel(aMessage);
+  },
+
+  onSecurityChange: function(aWebProgress, aRequest, state)
+  {
+    // we can ignore this notification
+  }
+}
+
+var MsgShutdownTaskListener = new nsMsgShutdownTaskListener();
+
diff --git a/mailnews/base/content/shutdownWindow.xul b/mailnews/base/content/shutdownWindow.xul
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3158ccc6d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/content/shutdownWindow.xul
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<?xml version="1.0"?>
+<!--
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+-->
+
+<?xml-stylesheet href="chrome://messenger/skin/dialogs.css" type="text/css"?>
+
+<dialog xmlns="http://www.mozilla.org/keymaster/gatekeeper/there.is.only.xul"
+        style="padding: 20px; width: 350px"
+        onload="onLoad()"
+        buttons="cancel"
+        ondialogcancel="return onCancel();">
+
+  <script type="application/javascript" src="chrome://messenger/content/shutdownWindow.js"/>
+  <stringbundle id="bundle_shutdown" src="chrome://messenger/locale/shutdownWindow.properties"/>
+  
+  <vbox align="center">
+    <label id="shutdownStatus_label" value="" />
+    <separator class="thin" />
+  </vbox>
+  
+  <progressmeter id="shutdown_progressmeter" mode="determined" />
+  
+  <vbox align="center">
+    <label id="shutdownTask_label" value="" />
+    <separator class="thick" />
+  </vbox>
+  
+</dialog>
diff --git a/mailnews/base/content/virtualFolderListDialog.js b/mailnews/base/content/virtualFolderListDialog.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..bfe3c0b69
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/content/virtualFolderListDialog.js
@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
+/* -*- Mode: Java; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+Components.utils.import("resource:///modules/mailServices.js");
+Components.utils.import("resource:///modules/iteratorUtils.jsm");
+Components.utils.import("resource:///modules/MailUtils.js");
+
+var gFolderPickerTree = null;
+
+function onLoad()
+{
+  gFolderPickerTree = document.getElementById("folderPickerTree");
+
+  if (window.arguments[0].searchFolderURIs)
+  {
+    // for each folder uri, 
+    var srchFolderUriArray = window.arguments[0].searchFolderURIs.split('|');
+    // get the folder for each search URI and set the searchThisFolder flag on it
+    for (var i in srchFolderUriArray) 
+    {
+      var realFolder = MailUtils.getFolderForURI(srchFolderUriArray[i]);
+      if (realFolder)
+        realFolder.setInVFEditSearchScope(true, false);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+function onUnLoad()
+{
+  resetFolderToSearchAttribute();
+}
+
+function onOK()
+{
+  if ( window.arguments[0].okCallback )
+    window.arguments[0].okCallback(generateFoldersToSearchList());
+}
+
+function onCancel()
+{
+  // onunload will clear out the folder attributes we changed
+}
+
+function addFolderToSearchListString(aFolder, aCurrentSearchURIString)
+{
+  if (aCurrentSearchURIString)
+    aCurrentSearchURIString += '|';
+  aCurrentSearchURIString += aFolder.URI;
+
+  return aCurrentSearchURIString;
+}
+
+function processSearchSettingForFolder(aFolder, aCurrentSearchURIString)
+{
+  if (aFolder.inVFEditSearchScope)
+    aCurrentSearchURIString = addFolderToSearchListString(aFolder, aCurrentSearchURIString);
+  
+  aFolder.setInVFEditSearchScope(false, false);
+  return aCurrentSearchURIString;
+}
+
+// warning: this routine also clears out the search property list from all of the msg folders
+function generateFoldersToSearchList()
+{
+  let uriSearchString = "";
+  let allFolders = MailServices.accounts.allFolders;
+  for (let folder in fixIterator(allFolders, Components.interfaces.nsIMsgFolder))
+    uriSearchString = processSearchSettingForFolder(folder, uriSearchString);
+
+  return uriSearchString;
+}
+
+function resetFolderToSearchAttribute()
+{
+  // iterates over all accounts and all folders, clearing out the inVFEditScope property in case
+  // we set it.
+  let allFolders = MailServices.accounts.allFolders;
+  for (let folder in fixIterator(allFolders, Components.interfaces.nsIMsgFolder))
+    folder.setInVFEditSearchScope(false, false);
+}
+
+function ReverseStateFromNode(row)
+{
+  var folder = GetFolderResource(row).QueryInterface(Components.interfaces.nsIMsgFolder);
+  var currentState = folder.inVFEditSearchScope;
+
+  folder.setInVFEditSearchScope(!currentState, false);
+}
+
+function GetFolderResource(rowIndex)
+{
+  return gFolderPickerTree.builder.QueryInterface(Components.interfaces.nsIXULTreeBuilder).getResourceAtIndex(rowIndex);
+}
+
+function selectFolderTreeOnClick(event)
+{
+  // we only care about button 0 (left click) events
+  if (event.button != 0 || event.originalTarget.localName != "treechildren")
+   return;
+ 
+  var row = {}, col = {}, obj = {};
+  gFolderPickerTree.treeBoxObject.getCellAt(event.clientX, event.clientY, row, col, obj);
+  if (row.value == -1 || row.value > (gFolderPickerTree.view.rowCount - 1))
+    return;
+
+  if (event.detail == 2) {
+    // only toggle the search folder state when double clicking something
+    // that isn't a container
+    if (!gFolderPickerTree.view.isContainer(row.value)) {
+      ReverseStateFromNode(row.value);
+      return;
+    } 
+  }
+  else if (event.detail == 1)
+  {
+    if (obj.value != "twisty" && col.value.id == "selectedColumn")
+      ReverseStateFromNode(row.value)
+  }
+}
+
+function onSelectFolderTreeKeyPress(event)
+{
+  // for now, only do something on space key
+  if (event.charCode != KeyEvent.DOM_VK_SPACE)
+    return;
+
+  var treeSelection = gFolderPickerTree.view.selection; 
+  for (var i=0;i<treeSelection.getRangeCount();i++) {
+    var start = {}, end = {};
+    treeSelection.getRangeAt(i,start,end);
+    for (var k=start.value;k<=end.value;k++)
+      ReverseStateFromNode(k);
+  }
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/content/virtualFolderListDialog.xul b/mailnews/base/content/virtualFolderListDialog.xul
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7dcc5e8fe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/content/virtualFolderListDialog.xul
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+<?xml version="1.0"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+   -->
+
+<?xml-stylesheet href="chrome://messenger/skin/virtualFolderListDialog.css" type="text/css"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE window SYSTEM "chrome://messenger/locale/virtualFolderListDialog.dtd">
+
+<dialog id="searchFolderWindow"
+        xmlns:NC="http://home.netscape.com/NC-rdf#" 
+        xmlns:rdf="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#"
+        xmlns="http://www.mozilla.org/keymaster/gatekeeper/there.is.only.xul"
+        title="&virtualFolderListTitle.title;"
+        style="width: 27em; height: 25em;"
+        persist="width height screenX screenY"
+        onload="onLoad();"
+        onunload="onUnLoad();"
+        ondialogaccept="return onOK();"
+        ondialogcancel="return onCancel();">   
+
+<script type="application/javascript" src="chrome://messenger/content/virtualFolderListDialog.js"/>
+
+  <label control="folderPickerTree">&virtualFolderDesc.label;</label>
+
+    <tree id="folderPickerTree"
+          treelines="true"
+          flex="1"
+          hidecolumnpicker="true"
+          seltype="multiple"
+          disableKeyNavigation="true"
+          datasources="rdf:msgaccountmanager rdf:mailnewsfolders"
+          ref="msgaccounts:/" 
+          flags="dont-build-content"
+          onkeypress="onSelectFolderTreeKeyPress(event);"
+          onclick="selectFolderTreeOnClick(event);"> 
+      <template>
+        <rule>
+          <conditions>
+            <content uri="?container"/>
+            <member container="?container" child="?member"/>
+            <triple subject="?member"
+                    predicate="http://home.netscape.com/NC-rdf#Virtual"
+                    object="false"/>
+            <triple subject="?member"
+                    predicate="http://home.netscape.com/NC-rdf#IsDeferred"
+                    object="false"/>
+          </conditions>
+
+          <bindings>
+            <binding subject="?member"
+                    predicate="http://home.netscape.com/NC-rdf#FolderTreeName"
+                    object="?folderTreeName"/>
+            <binding subject="?member"
+                    predicate="http://home.netscape.com/NC-rdf#FolderTreeName?sort=true"
+                    object="?folderTreeNameSort"/>
+            <binding subject="?member"
+                    predicate="http://home.netscape.com/NC-rdf#ServerType"
+                    object="?serverType"/>
+            <binding subject="?member"
+                     predicate="http://home.netscape.com/NC-rdf#SpecialFolder"
+                     object="?specialFolder"/>
+            <binding subject="?member"
+                     predicate="http://home.netscape.com/NC-rdf#HasUnreadMessages"
+                     object="?hasUnreadMessages"/>
+            <binding subject="?member"
+                     predicate="http://home.netscape.com/NC-rdf#InVFEditSearchScope"
+                     object="?inVFEditSearchScope"/>
+          </bindings>
+
+          <action>
+            <treechildren>
+              <treeitem uri="?member">
+                <treerow>
+                  <treecell label="?folderTreeName" properties="ServerType-?ServerType specialFolder-?specialFolder hasUnreadMessages-?hasUnreadMessages"/>
+                  <treecell properties="inVFEditSearchScope-?inVFEditSearchScope"/>/>
+                </treerow>
+              </treeitem>
+            </treechildren>
+          </action>
+        </rule>
+      </template>
+
+      <treecols>
+        <treecol id="folderNameCol"  sort="?folderTreeNameSort" sortActive="true" sortDirection="ascending"
+                 flex="10" primary="true" hideheader="true" crop="center"/>
+        <treecol id="selectedColumn" hideheader="true" flex="1"/>
+      </treecols>
+    </tree>
+</dialog>
diff --git a/mailnews/base/content/virtualFolderProperties.js b/mailnews/base/content/virtualFolderProperties.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b9a984bd1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/content/virtualFolderProperties.js
@@ -0,0 +1,266 @@
+/* -*- Mode: Java; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+var gPickedFolder;
+var gMailView = null;
+var msgWindow; // important, don't change the name of this variable. it's really a global used by commandglue.js
+var gSearchTermSession; // really an in memory temporary filter we use to read in and write out the search terms
+var gSearchFolderURIs = "";
+var gMessengerBundle = null;
+
+var nsMsgSearchScope = Components.interfaces.nsMsgSearchScope;
+
+Components.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/Services.jsm");
+Components.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/PluralForm.jsm");
+Components.utils.import("resource:///modules/mailServices.js");
+Components.utils.import("resource:///modules/virtualFolderWrapper.js");
+Components.utils.import("resource:///modules/iteratorUtils.jsm");
+Components.utils.import("resource:///modules/MailUtils.js");
+
+function onLoad()
+{
+  var windowArgs = window.arguments[0];
+  var acceptButton = document.documentElement.getButton("accept");
+
+  gMessengerBundle = document.getElementById("bundle_messenger");
+
+  // call this when OK is pressed
+  msgWindow = windowArgs.msgWindow;
+
+  initializeSearchWidgets();
+
+  setSearchScope(nsMsgSearchScope.offlineMail);
+  if (windowArgs.editExistingFolder)
+  {
+    acceptButton.label = 
+        document.documentElement.getAttribute("editFolderAcceptButtonLabel");
+    acceptButton.accesskey = 
+        document.documentElement.getAttribute("editFolderAcceptButtonAccessKey");
+    InitDialogWithVirtualFolder(windowArgs.folder);
+  }
+  else // we are creating a new virtual folder
+  {
+    acceptButton.label = 
+        document.documentElement.getAttribute("newFolderAcceptButtonLabel");
+    acceptButton.accesskey = 
+        document.documentElement.getAttribute("newFolderAcceptButtonAccessKey");
+    // it is possible that we were given arguments to pre-fill the dialog with...
+    gSearchTermSession = Components.classes["@mozilla.org/messenger/searchSession;1"]
+                                   .createInstance(Components.interfaces.nsIMsgSearchSession);
+
+    if (windowArgs.searchTerms) // then add them to our search session
+    {
+      for (let searchTerm in fixIterator(windowArgs.searchTerms,
+                                         Components.interfaces.nsIMsgSearchTerm))
+        gSearchTermSession.appendTerm(searchTerm);
+    }
+    if (windowArgs.folder)
+    {
+      // pre select the folderPicker, based on what they selected in the folder pane
+      gPickedFolder = windowArgs.folder;
+      try {
+        document.getElementById("msgNewFolderPopup").selectFolder(windowArgs.folder);
+      } catch(ex) {
+        document.getElementById("msgNewFolderPicker")
+                .setAttribute("label", windowArgs.folder.prettyName);
+      }
+
+      // if the passed in URI is not a server then pre-select it as the folder to search
+      if (!windowArgs.folder.isServer)
+        gSearchFolderURIs = windowArgs.folder.URI;
+    }
+
+    let folderNameField = document.getElementById("name");
+    folderNameField.hidden = false;
+    folderNameField.focus();
+    if (windowArgs.newFolderName)
+      folderNameField.value = windowArgs.newFolderName;
+    if (windowArgs.searchFolderURIs)
+      gSearchFolderURIs = windowArgs.searchFolderURIs;
+
+    setupSearchRows(gSearchTermSession.searchTerms);
+    doEnabling(); // we only need to disable/enable the OK button for new virtual folders
+  }
+
+  if (typeof windowArgs.searchOnline != "undefined")
+    document.getElementById('searchOnline').checked = windowArgs.searchOnline;
+  updateOnlineSearchState();
+  updateFoldersCount();
+}
+
+function setupSearchRows(aSearchTerms)
+{
+  if (aSearchTerms && aSearchTerms.Count() > 0)
+    initializeSearchRows(nsMsgSearchScope.offlineMail, aSearchTerms); // load the search terms for the folder
+  else
+    onMore(null);
+}
+
+function updateOnlineSearchState()
+{
+  var enableCheckbox = false;
+  var checkbox = document.getElementById('searchOnline');
+  // only enable the checkbox for selection, for online servers
+  var srchFolderUriArray = gSearchFolderURIs.split('|');
+  if (srchFolderUriArray[0])
+  {
+    var realFolder = MailUtils.getFolderForURI(srchFolderUriArray[0]);
+    enableCheckbox =  realFolder.server.offlineSupportLevel; // anything greater than 0 is an online server like IMAP or news
+  }
+
+  if (enableCheckbox)
+    checkbox.removeAttribute('disabled');
+  else
+  {
+    checkbox.setAttribute('disabled', true);
+    checkbox.checked = false;
+  }
+}
+
+function InitDialogWithVirtualFolder(aVirtualFolder)
+{
+  let virtualFolderWrapper =
+    VirtualFolderHelper.wrapVirtualFolder(window.arguments[0].folder);
+
+  // when editing an existing folder, hide the folder picker that stores the parent location of the folder
+  document.getElementById("chooseFolderLocationRow").collapsed = true;
+  let folderNameField = document.getElementById("existingName");
+  folderNameField.hidden = false;
+
+  gSearchFolderURIs = virtualFolderWrapper.searchFolderURIs;
+  updateFoldersCount();
+  document.getElementById('searchOnline').checked = virtualFolderWrapper.onlineSearch;
+  gSearchTermSession = virtualFolderWrapper.searchTermsSession;
+
+  setupSearchRows(gSearchTermSession.searchTerms);
+
+  // set the name of the folder
+  let folderBundle = document.getElementById("bundle_folder");
+  let name = folderBundle.getFormattedString("verboseFolderFormat",
+               [aVirtualFolder.prettyName, aVirtualFolder.server.prettyName]);
+  folderNameField.setAttribute("label", name);
+  // update the window title based on the name of the saved search
+  document.title = gMessengerBundle.getFormattedString("editVirtualFolderPropertiesTitle",
+                                                       [aVirtualFolder.prettyName]);
+}
+
+function onFolderPick(aEvent) {
+  gPickedFolder = aEvent.target._folder;
+  document.getElementById("msgNewFolderPopup")
+          .selectFolder(gPickedFolder);
+}
+
+function onOK()
+{
+  var name = document.getElementById("name").value;
+  var searchOnline = document.getElementById('searchOnline').checked;
+
+  if (!gSearchFolderURIs)
+  {
+    Services.prompt.alert(window, null,
+                          gMessengerBundle.getString('alertNoSearchFoldersSelected'));
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  if (window.arguments[0].editExistingFolder)
+  {
+    // update the search terms
+    saveSearchTerms(gSearchTermSession.searchTerms, gSearchTermSession);
+    // save the settings
+    let virtualFolderWrapper =
+      VirtualFolderHelper.wrapVirtualFolder(window.arguments[0].folder);
+    virtualFolderWrapper.searchTerms = gSearchTermSession.searchTerms;
+    virtualFolderWrapper.searchFolders = gSearchFolderURIs;
+    virtualFolderWrapper.onlineSearch = searchOnline;
+    virtualFolderWrapper.cleanUpMessageDatabase();
+
+    MailServices.accounts.saveVirtualFolders();
+
+    if (window.arguments[0].onOKCallback)
+      window.arguments[0].onOKCallback(virtualFolderWrapper.virtualFolder.URI);
+    return true;
+  }
+  var uri = gPickedFolder.URI;
+  if (name && uri) // create a new virtual folder
+  {
+    // check to see if we already have a folder with the same name and alert the user if so...
+    var parentFolder = MailUtils.getFolderForURI(uri);
+
+    // sanity check the name based on the logic used by nsMsgBaseUtils.cpp. It can't start with a '.', it can't end with a '.', '~' or ' '.
+    // it can't contain a ';' or '#'.
+    if (/^\.|[\.\~ ]$|[\;\#]/.test(name))
+    {
+      Services.prompt.alert(window, null,
+                            gMessengerBundle.getString("folderCreationFailed"));
+      return false;
+    }
+    else if (parentFolder.containsChildNamed(name))
+    {
+      Services.prompt.alert(window, null,
+                            gMessengerBundle.getString("folderExists"));
+      return false;
+    }
+
+    saveSearchTerms(gSearchTermSession.searchTerms, gSearchTermSession);
+    VirtualFolderHelper.createNewVirtualFolder(name, parentFolder, gSearchFolderURIs,
+                                               gSearchTermSession.searchTerms,
+                                               searchOnline);
+  }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+function doEnabling()
+{
+  var acceptButton = document.documentElement.getButton("accept");
+  acceptButton.disabled = !document.getElementById("name").value;
+}
+
+function chooseFoldersToSearch()
+{
+  // if we have some search folders already, then root the folder picker dialog off the account
+  // for those folders. Otherwise fall back to the preselectedfolderURI which is the parent folder
+  // for this new virtual folder.
+  var dialog = window.openDialog("chrome://messenger/content/virtualFolderListDialog.xul", "",
+                                 "chrome,titlebar,modal,centerscreen,resizable",
+                                 {searchFolderURIs:gSearchFolderURIs,
+                                  okCallback:onFolderListDialogCallback});
+}
+
+// callback routine from chooseFoldersToSearch
+function onFolderListDialogCallback(searchFolderURIs)
+{
+  gSearchFolderURIs = searchFolderURIs;
+  updateFoldersCount();
+  updateOnlineSearchState(); // we may have changed the server type we are searching...
+}
+
+function updateFoldersCount()
+{
+  let srchFolderUriArray = gSearchFolderURIs.split('|');
+  let folderCount = gSearchFolderURIs ? srchFolderUriArray.length : 0;
+  let foldersList = document.getElementById("chosenFoldersCount");
+  foldersList.textContent =
+    PluralForm.get(folderCount, gMessengerBundle.getString("virtualFolderSourcesChosen"))
+              .replace("#1", folderCount);
+  if (folderCount > 0) {
+    let folderNames = [];
+    for (let folderURI of srchFolderUriArray) {
+      let folder = MailUtils.getFolderForURI(folderURI);
+      let name = this.gMessengerBundle.getFormattedString("verboseFolderFormat",
+        [folder.prettyName, folder.server.prettyName]);
+      folderNames.push(name);
+    }
+    foldersList.setAttribute("tooltiptext", folderNames.join("\n"));
+  } else {
+    foldersList.removeAttribute("tooltiptext");
+  }
+}
+
+function onEnterInSearchTerm()
+{
+  // stub function called by the core search widget code...
+  // nothing for us to do here
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/content/virtualFolderProperties.xul b/mailnews/base/content/virtualFolderProperties.xul
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..99c140e82
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/content/virtualFolderProperties.xul
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+<?xml version="1.0"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+   -->
+
+<?xml-stylesheet href="chrome://messenger/skin/dialogs.css" type="text/css"?>
+<?xml-stylesheet href="chrome://messenger/skin/searchDialog.css" type="text/css"?>
+<?xml-stylesheet href="chrome://messenger/skin/messenger.css" type="text/css"?>
+<?xml-stylesheet href="chrome://messenger/skin/folderMenus.css" type="text/css"?>
+
+<?xul-overlay href="chrome://messenger/content/searchTermOverlay.xul"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE dialog [
+<!ENTITY % folderDTD SYSTEM "chrome://messenger/locale/virtualFolderProperties.dtd">
+  %folderDTD;
+]>
+
+<dialog xmlns="http://www.mozilla.org/keymaster/gatekeeper/there.is.only.xul"
+        id="virtualFolderPropertiesDialog"
+        title="&virtualFolderProperties.title;"
+        onload="onLoad();"
+        buttons="accept,cancel"
+        newFolderAcceptButtonLabel="&newFolderButton.label;"
+        newFolderAcceptButtonAccessKey="&newFolderButton.accesskey;"
+        editFolderAcceptButtonLabel="&editFolderButton.label;"
+        editFolderAcceptButtonAccessKey="&editFolderButton.accesskey;"
+        style="width: 50em; height: 28em;"
+        windowtype="mailnews:virtualFolderProperties"
+        ondialogaccept="return onOK();">
+
+  <stringbundleset id="stringbundleset">
+    <stringbundle id="bundle_search"    src="chrome://messenger/locale/search.properties"/>
+    <stringbundle id="bundle_messenger" src="chrome://messenger/locale/messenger.properties"/>
+    <stringbundle id="bundle_folder"    src="chrome://messenger/locale/folderWidgets.properties"/>
+  </stringbundleset>
+
+  <script type="application/javascript" src="chrome://messenger/content/mailCommands.js"/>
+  <script type="application/javascript" src="chrome://messenger/content/commandglue.js"/>
+  <script type="application/javascript" src="chrome://messenger/content/virtualFolderProperties.js"/>
+
+  <grid>
+    <columns>
+      <column/>
+      <column flex="1"/>
+      <column flex="2"/>
+    </columns>
+
+    <rows>
+      <row align="center">
+        <label value="&name.label;" accesskey="&name.accesskey;" control="name"/>
+        <textbox id="name" hidden="true"
+                 oninput="doEnabling();"/>
+        <filefield id="existingName" class="folderMenuItem"
+                   hidden="true" tabindex="0"
+                   SpecialFolder="Virtual"/>
+        <spring/>
+      </row>
+
+      <row align="center"  id="chooseFolderLocationRow">
+        <label value="&description.label;" accesskey="&description.accesskey;"
+               control="msgNewFolderPicker"/>
+        <menulist id="msgNewFolderPicker" class="folderMenuItem" flex="1"
+                  displayformat="verbose">
+          <menupopup id="msgNewFolderPopup"
+                     class="menulist-menupopup"
+                     type="folder"
+                     mode="newFolder"
+                     showFileHereLabel="true"
+                     oncommand="onFolderPick(event);"/>
+        </menulist>
+        <spring/>
+      </row>
+
+      <row align="center">
+        <label value="&folderSelectionCaption.label;"/>
+        <hbox align="center">
+          <label id="chosenFoldersCount"/>
+          <spacer flex="1"/>
+          <button label="&chooseFoldersButton.label;"
+                  accesskey="&chooseFoldersButton.accesskey;"
+                  oncommand="chooseFoldersToSearch();"/>
+        </hbox>
+      </row>
+    </rows>
+  </grid>
+
+  <hbox flex="1">
+    <checkbox id="searchOnline" label="&searchOnline.label;"
+              accesskey="&searchOnline.accesskey;"/>
+  </hbox>
+
+  <separator class="thin"/>
+
+  <vbox flex="2">
+    <label value="&searchTermCaption.label;"/>
+    <hbox flex="1">
+      <vbox id="searchTermListBox" flex="2"/>
+    </hbox>
+  </vbox>
+
+</dialog>
+
diff --git a/mailnews/base/ispdata/README b/mailnews/base/ispdata/README
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a4848db9f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/ispdata/README
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+gmail.rdf is up to date and is a good example to use for POP3 
+movemail.rdf is new, from pkw@us.ibm.com
+aol.rdf is a bad example, it was used by Netscape 7.x
diff --git a/mailnews/base/ispdata/aol.rdf b/mailnews/base/ispdata/aol.rdf
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..901b234b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/ispdata/aol.rdf
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+<?xml version="1.0"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<!DOCTYPE RDF 
+ [
+  <!ENTITY aol.wizardLongName         "AOL account (For example, jsmith@aol.com)">
+  <!ENTITY aol.emailIDFieldTitle      "Screen Name:">
+  <!ENTITY aol.emailIDDescription     "screen name">
+  <!ENTITY aol.prettyName     "AOL Mail">
+ ]
+>
+
+<RDF:RDF
+    xmlns:NC="http://home.netscape.com/NC-rdf#"
+    xmlns:RDF="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#">
+
+  <RDF:Description about="NC:ispinfo">
+    <NC:providers>
+      <NC:nsIMsgAccount about="domain:aol.com">
+
+        <!-- server info -->
+        <NC:incomingServer>
+          <NC:nsIMsgIncomingServer>
+            <NC:prettyName>&aol.prettyName;</NC:prettyName>
+            <NC:hostName>imap.mail.aol.com</NC:hostName>
+            <NC:type>imap
+            <NC:ServerType-imap>                                                
+              <NC:nsIImapIncomingServer>                                        
+                <NC:deleteModel>2</NC:deleteModel>                              
+              </NC:nsIImapIncomingServer>                                       
+            </NC:ServerType-imap>                                               
+            </NC:type>
+            <NC:offlineSupportLevel>0</NC:offlineSupportLevel>
+            <NC:defaultCopiesAndFoldersPrefsToServer>false</NC:defaultCopiesAndFoldersPrefsToServer>
+            <NC:canCreateFoldersOnServer>false</NC:canCreateFoldersOnServer>
+            <NC:canCompactFoldersOnServer>false</NC:canCompactFoldersOnServer>
+            <NC:canUndoDeleteOnServer>false</NC:canUndoDeleteOnServer>
+            <NC:canSearchMessages>false</NC:canSearchMessages>
+            <NC:canFileMessagesOnServer>false</NC:canFileMessagesOnServer>
+            <NC:canEmptyTrashOnExit>false</NC:canEmptyTrashOnExit>
+            <NC:isSecureServer>false</NC:isSecureServer>
+            <NC:canSearchMessages>false</NC:canSearchMessages>
+          </NC:nsIMsgIncomingServer>
+        </NC:incomingServer>
+
+        <!-- identity defaults -->
+        <NC:identity>
+          <NC:nsIMsgIdentity>
+            <NC:composeHtml>true</NC:composeHtml>
+            <NC:doFcc>false</NC:doFcc>
+          </NC:nsIMsgIdentity>
+        </NC:identity>
+
+        <NC:smtp>
+          <NC:nsISmtpServer>
+            <NC:hostname>smtp.aol.com</NC:hostname>
+          </NC:nsISmtpServer>
+        </NC:smtp>
+
+        <!-- other options... see http://www.mozilla.org/mailnews/?? -->
+
+        <NC:smtpRequiresUsername>true</NC:smtpRequiresUsername>
+        <NC:smtpCreateNewServer>true</NC:smtpCreateNewServer>
+        <NC:smtpUsePreferredServer>true</NC:smtpUsePreferredServer>
+
+        <NC:wizardSkipPanels>true</NC:wizardSkipPanels>
+        <NC:wizardShortName>AOL</NC:wizardShortName>
+        <NC:wizardLongName>&aol.wizardLongName;</NC:wizardLongName>
+        <NC:wizardShow>true</NC:wizardShow>
+        <NC:wizardPromote>true</NC:wizardPromote>
+        <NC:emailProviderName>AOL</NC:emailProviderName>
+        <NC:sampleEmail>screenname@aol.com</NC:sampleEmail>
+        <NC:sampleUserName>screenname</NC:sampleUserName>
+        <NC:emailIDDescription>&aol.emailIDDescription;</NC:emailIDDescription>
+        <NC:emailIDFieldTitle>&aol.emailIDFieldTitle;</NC:emailIDFieldTitle>
+        <NC:showServerDetailsOnWizardSummary>false</NC:showServerDetailsOnWizardSummary>
+      </NC:nsIMsgAccount>
+    </NC:providers>
+  </RDF:Description>
+
+</RDF:RDF>
diff --git a/mailnews/base/ispdata/gmail.rdf b/mailnews/base/ispdata/gmail.rdf
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..97a5d244d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/ispdata/gmail.rdf
@@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
+<?xml version="1.0"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!DOCTYPE RDF>
+<RDF:RDF
+    xmlns:NC="http://home.netscape.com/NC-rdf#"
+    xmlns:RDF="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#">
+
+  <RDF:Description about="NC:ispinfo">
+    <NC:providers>
+      <!-- Gmail IMAP access -->
+      <NC:nsIMsgAccount about="domain:gmail.com?type=imap">
+        <!-- IMAP server info -->
+        <NC:incomingServer>
+          <NC:nsIMsgIncomingServer>
+            <NC:prettyName>Gmail</NC:prettyName>
+            <NC:hostName>imap.gmail.com</NC:hostName>
+            <NC:type>imap</NC:type>
+            <NC:ServerType-imap>
+              <NC:nsIImapIncomingServer>
+                <NC:usingSubscription>false</NC:usingSubscription>
+                <!-- IMAP delete model: "remove it immediately". -->
+                <NC:deleteModel>2</NC:deleteModel>
+                <NC:trashFolderName>[Gmail]/Trash</NC:trashFolderName>
+              </NC:nsIImapIncomingServer>
+            </NC:ServerType-imap>
+            <NC:loginAtStartUp>true</NC:loginAtStartUp>
+            <NC:port>993</NC:port>
+            <NC:socketType>3</NC:socketType>
+          </NC:nsIMsgIncomingServer>
+        </NC:incomingServer>
+
+        <!-- SMTP server info -->
+        <NC:smtp>
+          <NC:nsISmtpServer>
+            <NC:hostname>smtp.gmail.com</NC:hostname>
+            <NC:port>587</NC:port>
+            <NC:trySSL>2</NC:trySSL>
+            <NC:description>Gmail SMTP</NC:description>
+          </NC:nsISmtpServer>
+        </NC:smtp>
+        <NC:smtpRequiresUsername>true</NC:smtpRequiresUsername>
+        <NC:smtpCreateNewServer>true</NC:smtpCreateNewServer>
+        <NC:smtpUsePreferredServer>true</NC:smtpUsePreferredServer>
+
+        <!-- identity defaults -->
+        <NC:identity>
+          <NC:nsIMsgIdentity>
+            <!-- Don't store sent mail in a Sent folder, as Gmail will show it
+                 in [Gmail]/Sent Mail anyway. -->
+            <NC:doFcc>false</NC:doFcc>
+            <NC:FccFolder>[Gmail]/Sent Mail</NC:FccFolder>
+            <NC:DraftFolder>[Gmail]/Drafts</NC:DraftFolder>
+          </NC:nsIMsgIdentity>
+        </NC:identity>
+
+        <!-- other options -->
+        <NC:wizardSkipPanels>true</NC:wizardSkipPanels>
+        <NC:wizardShortName>Gmail</NC:wizardShortName>
+        <NC:wizardLongName>Gmail IMAP</NC:wizardLongName>
+        <NC:wizardLongNameAccesskey>M</NC:wizardLongNameAccesskey>
+        <NC:wizardShow>true</NC:wizardShow>
+        <NC:wizardPromote>true</NC:wizardPromote>
+        <NC:emailProviderName>Gmail</NC:emailProviderName>
+        <NC:sampleEmail>example@gmail.com</NC:sampleEmail>
+        <NC:sampleUserName>example</NC:sampleUserName>
+        <NC:emailIDDescription>Gmail Username:</NC:emailIDDescription>
+        <NC:showServerDetailsOnWizardSummary>true</NC:showServerDetailsOnWizardSummary>
+      </NC:nsIMsgAccount>
+
+      <NC:nsIMsgAccount about="domain:gmail.com?type=pop3">
+        <!-- pop3 server info -->
+        <NC:incomingServer>
+          <NC:nsIMsgIncomingServer>
+            <NC:prettyName>Gmail</NC:prettyName>
+            <NC:hostName>pop.gmail.com</NC:hostName>
+            <NC:type>pop3</NC:type>
+            <NC:ServerType-pop3>
+              <NC:nsIPopIncomingServer>
+                <NC:leaveMessagesOnServer>true</NC:leaveMessagesOnServer>
+                <NC:deleteMailLeftOnServer>false</NC:deleteMailLeftOnServer>
+              </NC:nsIPopIncomingServer>
+            </NC:ServerType-pop3>
+            <NC:loginAtStartUp>true</NC:loginAtStartUp>
+            <NC:downloadOnBiff>true</NC:downloadOnBiff>
+            <NC:port>995</NC:port>
+            <NC:socketType>3</NC:socketType>
+          </NC:nsIMsgIncomingServer>
+        </NC:incomingServer>
+
+        <!-- smtp server info -->
+        <NC:smtp>
+          <NC:nsISmtpServer>
+            <NC:hostname>smtp.gmail.com</NC:hostname>
+            <NC:port>587</NC:port>
+            <NC:trySSL>2</NC:trySSL>
+            <NC:description>Gmail</NC:description>
+          </NC:nsISmtpServer>
+        </NC:smtp>
+        <NC:smtpRequiresUsername>true</NC:smtpRequiresUsername>
+        <NC:smtpCreateNewServer>true</NC:smtpCreateNewServer>
+        <NC:smtpUsePreferredServer>true</NC:smtpUsePreferredServer>
+
+        <!-- identity defaults -->
+        <NC:identity>
+          <NC:nsIMsgIdentity>
+          </NC:nsIMsgIdentity>
+        </NC:identity>
+
+        <!-- other options -->
+        <NC:wizardSkipPanels>true</NC:wizardSkipPanels>
+        <NC:wizardShortName>Gmail</NC:wizardShortName>
+        <NC:wizardLongName>Gmail POP</NC:wizardLongName>
+        <NC:wizardLongNameAccesskey>G</NC:wizardLongNameAccesskey>
+        <NC:wizardShow>true</NC:wizardShow>
+        <NC:wizardPromote>true</NC:wizardPromote>
+        <NC:emailProviderName>Gmail</NC:emailProviderName>
+        <NC:sampleEmail>example@gmail.com</NC:sampleEmail>
+        <NC:sampleUserName>example</NC:sampleUserName>
+        <NC:emailIDDescription>Gmail Username:</NC:emailIDDescription>
+        <NC:showServerDetailsOnWizardSummary>true</NC:showServerDetailsOnWizardSummary>
+      </NC:nsIMsgAccount>
+    </NC:providers>
+  </RDF:Description>
+</RDF:RDF>
diff --git a/mailnews/base/ispdata/movemail.rdf b/mailnews/base/ispdata/movemail.rdf
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..554bc6ccb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/ispdata/movemail.rdf
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+<?xml version="1.0"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<RDF:RDF
+    xmlns:NC="http://home.netscape.com/NC-rdf#"
+    xmlns:RDF="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#">
+
+  <RDF:Description about="NC:ispinfo">
+    <NC:providers>
+      <NC:nsIMsgAccount about="domain:">
+
+        <!-- server info -->
+        <NC:incomingServer>
+          <NC:nsIMsgIncomingServer>
+            <NC:hostName>localhost</NC:hostName>
+            <NC:type>movemail</NC:type>
+          </NC:nsIMsgIncomingServer>
+        </NC:incomingServer>
+
+        <!-- identity defaults -->
+        <NC:identity>
+          <NC:nsIMsgIdentity>
+            <NC:composeHtml>false</NC:composeHtml>
+          </NC:nsIMsgIdentity>
+        </NC:identity>
+
+        <NC:wizardHideIncoming>true</NC:wizardHideIncoming>
+        <NC:wizardSkipPanels>incomingpage</NC:wizardSkipPanels>
+        <NC:wizardShortName>Movemail</NC:wizardShortName>
+        <NC:wizardLongName>Unix Mailspool (Movemail)</NC:wizardLongName>
+        <NC:wizardLongNameAccesskey>U</NC:wizardLongNameAccesskey>
+        <NC:wizardShow>true</NC:wizardShow>
+        <NC:emailProviderName>Movemail</NC:emailProviderName>
+
+        <NC:showServerDetailsOnWizardSummary>true</NC:showServerDetailsOnWizardSummary> 
+      </NC:nsIMsgAccount>
+    </NC:providers>
+  </RDF:Description>
+
+</RDF:RDF>
diff --git a/mailnews/base/ispdata/moz.build b/mailnews/base/ispdata/moz.build
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7d3f82e91
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/ispdata/moz.build
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+# vim: set filetype=python:
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+# Disable movemail for Thunderbird on OSX
+if CONFIG['MOZ_MOVEMAIL'] and not (CONFIG['MOZ_THUNDERBIRD'] and CONFIG['MOZ_WIDGET_TOOLKIT'] == 'cocoa'):
+    FINAL_TARGET_FILES.isp += ['movemail.rdf']
diff --git a/mailnews/base/moz.build b/mailnews/base/moz.build
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..17a9c0791
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/moz.build
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+# vim: set filetype=python:
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+DIRS += [
+    'public',
+    'src',
+    'util',
+    'ispdata',
+    'search/public',
+    'search/src',
+]
diff --git a/mailnews/base/prefs/content/AccountManager.js b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/AccountManager.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c5335039b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/AccountManager.js
@@ -0,0 +1,1628 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/*
+ * here's how this dialog works:
+ * The main dialog contains a tree on the left (accounttree) and a
+ * deck on the right. Each card in the deck on the right contains an
+ * IFRAME which loads a particular preference document (such as am-main.xul)
+ *
+ * when the user clicks on items in the tree on the right, two things have
+ * to be determined before the UI can be updated:
+ * - the relevant account
+ * - the relevant page
+ *
+ * when both of these are known, this is what happens:
+ * - every form element of the previous page is saved in the account value
+ *   hashtable for the previous account
+ * - the card containing the relevant page is brought to the front
+ * - each form element in the page is filled in with an appropriate value
+ *   from the current account's hashtable
+ * - in the IFRAME inside the page, if there is an onInit() method,
+ *   it is called. The onInit method can further update this page based
+ *   on values set in the previous step.
+ */
+
+Components.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/Services.jsm");
+Components.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/BrowserUtils.jsm");
+Components.utils.import("resource:///modules/iteratorUtils.jsm");
+Components.utils.import("resource:///modules/mailServices.js");
+Components.utils.import("resource:///modules/folderUtils.jsm");
+Components.utils.import("resource:///modules/hostnameUtils.jsm");
+
+// If Local directory has changed the app needs to restart. Once this is set
+// a restart will be attempted at each attempt to close the Account manager with OK.
+var gRestartNeeded = false;
+
+// This is a hash-map for every account we've touched in the pane. Each entry
+// has additional maps of attribute-value pairs that we're going to want to save
+// when the user hits OK.
+var accountArray;
+var gGenericAttributeTypes;
+
+var currentAccount;
+var currentPageId;
+
+var pendingAccount;
+var pendingPageId;
+
+/**
+ * This array contains filesystem folders that are deemed inappropriate
+ * for use as the local directory pref for message storage.
+ * It is global to allow extensions to add to/remove from it if needed.
+ * Extentions adding new server types should first consider setting
+ * nsIMsgProtocolInfo(of the server type).defaultLocalPath properly
+ * so that the test will allow that directory automatically.
+ * See the checkLocalDirectoryIsSafe function for description of the members.
+ */
+var gDangerousLocalStorageDirs = [
+  // profile folder
+  { dirsvc: "ProfD",    OS: null },
+  // GRE install folder
+  { dirsvc: "GreD",     OS: null },
+  // Application install folder
+  { dirsvc: "CurProcD", OS: null },
+  // system temporary folder
+  { dirsvc: "TmpD",     OS: null },
+  // Windows system folder
+  { dirsvc: "SysD",     OS: "WINNT" },
+  // Windows folder
+  { dirsvc: "WinD",     OS: "WINNT" },
+  // Program Files folder
+  { dirsvc: "ProgF",    OS: "WINNT" },
+  // trash folder
+  { dirsvc: "Trsh",     OS: "Darwin" },
+  // Mac OS system folder
+  { dir:    "/System",  OS: "Darwin" },
+  // devices folder
+  { dir:    "/dev",     OS: "Darwin,Linux" },
+  // process info folder
+  { dir:    "/proc",    OS: "Linux" },
+  // system state folder
+  { dir:    "/sys",     OS: "Linux" }
+];
+
+// This sets an attribute in a xul element so that we can later
+// know what value to substitute in a prefstring.  Different
+// preference types set different attributes.  We get the value
+// in the same way as the function getAccountValue() determines it.
+function updateElementWithKeys(account, element, type) {
+  switch (type)
+  {
+    case "identity":
+      element["identitykey"] = account.defaultIdentity.key;
+      break;
+    case "pop3":
+    case "imap":
+    case "nntp":
+    case "server":
+      element["serverkey"] = account.incomingServer.key;
+      break;
+    case "smtp":
+      if (MailServices.smtp.defaultServer)
+        element["serverkey"] = MailServices.smtp.defaultServer.key;
+      break;
+    default:
+//      dump("unknown element type! "+type+"\n");
+  }
+}
+
+function hideShowControls(serverType) {
+  let controls = document.querySelectorAll("[hidefor]");
+  for (let controlNo = 0; controlNo < controls.length; controlNo++) {
+    let control = controls[controlNo];
+    let hideFor = control.getAttribute("hidefor");
+
+    // Hide unsupported server types using hideFor="servertype1,servertype2".
+    let hide = false;
+    let hideForTokens = hideFor.split(",");
+    for (let tokenNo = 0; tokenNo < hideForTokens.length; tokenNo++) {
+      if (hideForTokens[tokenNo] == serverType) {
+        hide = true;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+
+    if (hide)
+      control.setAttribute("hidden", "true");
+    else
+      control.removeAttribute("hidden");
+  }
+}
+
+// called when the whole document loads
+// perform initialization here
+function onLoad() {
+  var selectedServer;
+  var selectPage = null;
+
+  // Arguments can have two properties: (1) "server," the nsIMsgIncomingServer
+  // to select initially and (2) "selectPage," the page for that server to that
+  // should be selected.
+  if ("arguments" in window && window.arguments[0]) {
+    selectedServer = window.arguments[0].server;
+    selectPage = window.arguments[0].selectPage;
+  }
+
+  accountArray = new Object();
+  gGenericAttributeTypes = new Object();
+
+  gAccountTree.load();
+
+  setTimeout(selectServer, 0, selectedServer, selectPage);
+
+  // Make sure the account manager window fits the screen.
+  document.getElementById("accountManager").style.maxHeight =
+    (window.screen.availHeight - 30) + "px";
+}
+
+function onUnload() {
+  gAccountTree.unload();
+}
+
+function selectServer(server, selectPageId)
+{
+  let childrenNode = document.getElementById("account-tree-children");
+
+  // Default to showing the first account.
+  let accountNode = childrenNode.firstChild;
+
+  // Find the tree-node for the account we want to select
+  if (server) {
+    for (let i = 0; i < childrenNode.childNodes.length; i++) {
+      let account = childrenNode.childNodes[i]._account;
+      if (account && server == account.incomingServer) {
+        accountNode = childrenNode.childNodes[i];
+        // Make sure all the panes of the account to be selected are shown.
+        accountNode.setAttribute("open", "true");
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  let pageToSelect = accountNode;
+
+  if (selectPageId) {
+    // Find the page that also corresponds to this server.
+    // It either is the accountNode itself...
+    let pageId = accountNode.getAttribute("PageTag");
+    if (pageId != selectPageId) {
+      // ... or one of its children.
+      pageToSelect = accountNode.querySelector('[PageTag="' + selectPageId + '"]');
+    }
+  }
+
+  let accountTree = document.getElementById("accounttree");
+  let index = accountTree.contentView.getIndexOfItem(pageToSelect);
+  accountTree.view.selection.select(index);
+  accountTree.treeBoxObject.ensureRowIsVisible(index);
+
+  let lastItem = accountNode.lastChild.lastChild;
+  if (lastItem.localName == "treeitem")
+    index = accountTree.contentView.getIndexOfItem(lastItem);
+
+  accountTree.treeBoxObject.ensureRowIsVisible(index);
+}
+
+function replaceWithDefaultSmtpServer(deletedSmtpServerKey)
+{
+  // First we replace the smtpserverkey in every identity.
+  let am = MailServices.accounts;
+  for (let identity in fixIterator(am.allIdentities,
+                                   Components.interfaces.nsIMsgIdentity)) {
+    if (identity.smtpServerKey == deletedSmtpServerKey)
+      identity.smtpServerKey = "";
+  }
+
+  // When accounts have already been loaded in the panel then the first
+  // replacement will be overwritten when the accountvalues are written out
+  // from the pagedata.  We get the loaded accounts and check to make sure
+  // that the account exists for the accountid and that it has a default
+  // identity associated with it (to exclude smtpservers and local folders)
+  // Then we check only for the identity[type] and smtpServerKey[slot] and
+  // replace that with the default smtpserverkey if necessary.
+
+  for (var accountid in accountArray) {
+    var account = accountArray[accountid]._account;
+    if (account && account.defaultIdentity) {
+      var accountValues = accountArray[accountid];
+      var smtpServerKey = getAccountValue(account, accountValues, "identity",
+                                          "smtpServerKey", null, false);
+      if (smtpServerKey == deletedSmtpServerKey)
+        setAccountValue(accountValues, "identity", "smtpServerKey", "");
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Called when OK is clicked on the dialog.
+ *
+ * @param aDoChecks  If true, execute checks on data, otherwise hope they
+ *                   were already done elsewhere and proceed directly to saving
+ *                   the data.
+ */
+function onAccept(aDoChecks) {
+  if (aDoChecks) {
+    // Check if user/host have been modified correctly.
+    if (!checkUserServerChanges(true))
+      return false;
+
+    if (!checkAccountNameIsValid())
+      return false;
+  }
+
+  if (!onSave())
+    return false;
+
+  // hack hack - save the prefs file NOW in case we crash
+  Services.prefs.savePrefFile(null);
+
+  if (gRestartNeeded) {
+    gRestartNeeded = !BrowserUtils.restartApplication();
+    // returns false so that Account manager is not exited when restart failed
+    return !gRestartNeeded;
+  }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/**
+ * See if the given path to a directory is usable on the current OS.
+ *
+ * aLocalPath  the nsIFile of a directory to check.
+ */
+function checkDirectoryIsValid(aLocalPath) {
+  // Any directory selected in the file picker already exists.
+  // Any directory specified in prefs.js will be created at start if it does
+  // not exist yet.
+  // If at the time of entering Account Manager the directory does not exist,
+  // it must be invalid in the current OS or not creatable due to permissions.
+  // Even then, the backend sometimes tries to create a new one
+  // under the current profile.
+  if (!aLocalPath.exists() || !aLocalPath.isDirectory())
+    return false;
+
+  if (Services.appinfo.OS == "WINNT") {
+    // Do not allow some special filenames on Windows.
+    // Taken from mozilla/widget/windows/nsDataObj.cpp::MangleTextToValidFilename()
+    let dirLeafName = aLocalPath.leafName;
+    const kForbiddenNames = [
+      "COM1", "COM2", "COM3", "COM4", "COM5", "COM6", "COM7", "COM8", "COM9",
+      "LPT1", "LPT2", "LPT3", "LPT4", "LPT5", "LPT6", "LPT7", "LPT8", "LPT9",
+      "CON", "PRN", "AUX", "NUL", "CLOCK$" ];
+    if (kForbiddenNames.indexOf(dirLeafName) != -1)
+      return false;
+  }
+
+  // The directory must be readable and writable to work as a mail store.
+  if (!(aLocalPath.isReadable() && aLocalPath.isWritable()))
+    return false;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Even if the local path is usable, there are some special folders we do not
+ * want to allow for message storage as they cause problems (see e.g. bug 750781).
+ *
+ * aLocalPath  The nsIFile of a directory to check.
+ */
+function checkDirectoryIsAllowed(aLocalPath) {
+  /**
+   * Check if the local path (aLocalPath) is 'safe' i.e. NOT a parent
+   * or subdirectory of the given special system/app directory (aDirToCheck).
+   *
+   * @param aDirToCheck  An object describing the special directory.
+   *        The object has the following members:
+   *        dirsvc      : A path keyword to retrieve from the Directory service.
+   *        dir         : An absolute filesystem path.
+   *                      Only one of 'dirsvc' or 'dir' can be specified.
+   *        OS          : A string of comma separated values defining on which
+   *                      Operating systems the folder is unusable:
+   *                       null   = all
+   *                       WINNT  = Windows
+   *                       Darwin = OS X
+   *                       Linux  = Linux
+   *        safeSubdirs : An array of directory names that are allowed to be used
+   *                      under the tested directory.
+   * @param aLocalPath  An nsIFile of the directory to check, intended for message storage.
+   */
+  function checkLocalDirectoryIsSafe(aDirToCheck, aLocalPath) {
+    if (aDirToCheck.OS) {
+      if (aDirToCheck.OS.split(",").indexOf(Services.appinfo.OS) == -1)
+        return true;
+    }
+
+    let testDir = null;
+    if ("dirsvc" in aDirToCheck) {
+      try {
+        testDir = Services.dirsvc.get(aDirToCheck.dirsvc, Components.interfaces.nsIFile);
+      } catch (e) {
+        Components.utils.reportError("The special folder " + aDirToCheck.dirsvc +
+          " cannot be retrieved on this platform: " + e);
+      }
+
+      if (!testDir)
+        return true;
+    }
+    else if ("dir" in aDirToCheck) {
+      testDir = Components.classes["@mozilla.org/file/local;1"]
+                          .createInstance(Components.interfaces.nsIFile);
+      testDir.initWithPath(aDirToCheck.dir);
+      if (!testDir.exists())
+        return true;
+    } else {
+      Components.utils.reportError("No directory to check?");
+      return true;
+    }
+
+    testDir.normalize();
+
+    if (testDir.equals(aLocalPath) || aLocalPath.contains(testDir))
+      return false;
+
+    if (testDir.contains(aLocalPath)) {
+      if (!("safeSubdirs" in aDirToCheck))
+        return false;
+
+      // While the tested directory may not be safe,
+      // a subdirectory of some safe subdirectories may be fine.
+      let isInSubdir = false;
+      for (let subDir of aDirToCheck.safeSubdirs) {
+        let checkDir = testDir.clone();
+        checkDir.append(subDir);
+        if (checkDir.contains(aLocalPath)) {
+          isInSubdir = true;
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+      return isInSubdir;
+    }
+
+    return true;
+  } // end of checkDirectoryIsNotSpecial
+
+  // If the server type has a nsIMsgProtocolInfo.defaultLocalPath set,
+  // allow that directory.
+  if (currentAccount.incomingServer) {
+    try {
+      let defaultPath = currentAccount.incomingServer.protocolInfo.defaultLocalPath;
+      if (defaultPath) {
+        defaultPath.normalize();
+        if (defaultPath.contains(aLocalPath))
+          return true;
+      }
+    } catch (e) { /* No problem if this fails. */ }
+  }
+
+  for (let tryDir of gDangerousLocalStorageDirs) {
+    if (!checkLocalDirectoryIsSafe(tryDir, aLocalPath))
+      return false;
+  }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Check if the specified directory does meet all the requirements
+ * for safe mail storage.
+ *
+ * aLocalPath  the nsIFile of a directory to check.
+ */
+function checkDirectoryIsUsable(aLocalPath) {
+  const kAlertTitle = document.getElementById("bundle_prefs")
+                              .getString("prefPanel-server");
+  const originalPath = aLocalPath;
+
+  let invalidPath = false;
+  try{
+    aLocalPath.normalize();
+  } catch (e) { invalidPath = true; }
+
+  if (invalidPath || !checkDirectoryIsValid(aLocalPath)) {
+    let alertString = document.getElementById("bundle_prefs")
+                              .getFormattedString("localDirectoryInvalid",
+                                                  [originalPath.path]);
+    Services.prompt.alert(window, kAlertTitle, alertString);
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  if (!checkDirectoryIsAllowed(aLocalPath)) {
+    let alertNotAllowed = document.getElementById("bundle_prefs")
+                                  .getFormattedString("localDirectoryNotAllowed",
+                                                      [originalPath.path]);
+    Services.prompt.alert(window, kAlertTitle, alertNotAllowed);
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  // Check that no other account has this same or dependent local directory.
+  let allServers = MailServices.accounts.allServers;
+
+  for (let server in fixIterator(allServers,
+                                 Components.interfaces.nsIMsgIncomingServer))
+  {
+    if (server.key == currentAccount.incomingServer.key)
+      continue;
+
+    let serverPath = server.localPath;
+    try {
+      serverPath.normalize();
+      let alertStringID = null;
+      if (serverPath.equals(aLocalPath))
+        alertStringID = "directoryAlreadyUsedByOtherAccount";
+      else if (serverPath.contains(aLocalPath))
+        alertStringID = "directoryParentUsedByOtherAccount";
+      else if (aLocalPath.contains(serverPath))
+        alertStringID = "directoryChildUsedByOtherAccount";
+
+      if (alertStringID) {
+        let alertString = document.getElementById("bundle_prefs")
+                                  .getFormattedString(alertStringID,
+                                                      [server.prettyName]);
+
+        Services.prompt.alert(window, kAlertTitle, alertString);
+        return false;
+      }
+    } catch (e) {
+      // The other account's path is seriously broken, so we can't compare it.
+      Components.utils.reportError("The Local Directory path of the account " +
+        server.prettyName + " seems invalid.");
+    }
+  }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Check if the user and/or host names have been changed and if so check
+ * if the new names already exists for an account or are empty.
+ * Also check if the Local Directory path was changed.
+ *
+ * @param showAlert  show and alert if a problem with the host / user name is found
+ */
+function checkUserServerChanges(showAlert) {
+  const prefBundle = document.getElementById("bundle_prefs");
+  const alertTitle = prefBundle.getString("prefPanel-server");
+  var alertText = null;
+
+  var accountValues = getValueArrayFor(currentAccount);
+  if (!accountValues)
+    return true;
+
+  let currentServer = currentAccount ? currentAccount.incomingServer : null;
+
+  // If this type doesn't exist (just removed) then return.
+  if (!("server" in accountValues) || !accountValues["server"])
+    return true;
+
+  // Get the new username, hostname and type from the page.
+  var typeElem = getPageFormElement("server.type");
+  var hostElem = getPageFormElement("server.realHostName");
+  var userElem = getPageFormElement("server.realUsername");
+  if (typeElem && userElem && hostElem) {
+  var newType = getFormElementValue(typeElem);
+  var oldHost = getAccountValue(currentAccount, accountValues, "server", "realHostName",
+                                null, false);
+  var newHost = getFormElementValue(hostElem);
+  var oldUser = getAccountValue(currentAccount, accountValues, "server", "realUsername",
+                                null, false);
+
+  var newUser = getFormElementValue(userElem);
+  var checkUser = true;
+  // There is no username needed for e.g. news so reset it.
+  if (currentServer && !currentServer.protocolInfo.requiresUsername) {
+    oldUser = newUser = "";
+    checkUser = false;
+  }
+  alertText = null;
+  // If something is changed then check if the new user/host already exists.
+  if ((oldUser != newUser) || (oldHost != newHost)) {
+    newUser = newUser.trim();
+    newHost = cleanUpHostName(newHost);
+    if (checkUser && (newUser == "")) {
+      alertText = prefBundle.getString("userNameEmpty");
+    }
+    else if (!isLegalHostNameOrIP(newHost)) {
+      alertText = prefBundle.getString("enterValidServerName");
+    }
+    else {
+      let sameServer = MailServices.accounts
+                                   .findRealServer(newUser, newHost, newType, 0);
+      if (sameServer && (sameServer != currentServer)) {
+        alertText = prefBundle.getString("modifiedAccountExists");
+      } else {
+        // New hostname passed all checks. We may have cleaned it up so set
+        // the new value back into the input element.
+        setFormElementValue(hostElem, newHost);
+      }
+    }
+
+    if (alertText) {
+      if (showAlert)
+        Services.prompt.alert(window, alertTitle, alertText);
+      // Restore the old values before return
+      if (checkUser)
+        setFormElementValue(userElem, oldUser);
+      setFormElementValue(hostElem, oldHost);
+      // If no message is shown to the user, silently revert the values
+      // and consider the check a success.
+      return !showAlert;
+    }
+
+    // If username is changed remind users to change Your Name and Email Address.
+    // If server name is changed and has defined filters then remind users
+    // to edit rules.
+    if (showAlert) {
+      let filterList;
+      if (currentServer && checkUser) {
+        filterList = currentServer.getEditableFilterList(null);
+      }
+      let changeText = "";
+      if ((oldHost != newHost) &&
+          (filterList != undefined) && filterList.filterCount)
+        changeText = prefBundle.getString("serverNameChanged");
+      // In the event that oldHost == newHost or oldUser == newUser,
+      // the \n\n will be trimmed off before the message is shown.
+      if (oldUser != newUser)
+        changeText = changeText + "\n\n" + prefBundle.getString("userNameChanged");
+
+      if (changeText != "")
+        Services.prompt.alert(window, alertTitle, changeText.trim());
+    }
+  }
+  }
+
+  // Check the new value of the server.localPath field for validity.
+  var pathElem = getPageFormElement("server.localPath");
+  if (!pathElem)
+    return true;
+
+  if (!checkDirectoryIsUsable(getFormElementValue(pathElem))) {
+//          return false; // Temporarily disable this. Just show warning but do not block. See bug 921371.
+          Components.utils.reportError("Local directory '" +
+            getFormElementValue(pathElem).path + "' of account " +
+            currentAccount.key + " is not safe to use. Consider changing it.");
+  }
+
+  // Warn if the Local directory path was changed.
+  // This can be removed once bug 2654 is fixed.
+  let oldLocalDir = getAccountValue(currentAccount, accountValues, "server", "localPath",
+                                    null, false); // both return nsIFile
+  let newLocalDir = getFormElementValue(pathElem);
+  if (oldLocalDir && newLocalDir && (oldLocalDir.path != newLocalDir.path)) {
+    let brandName = document.getElementById("bundle_brand").getString("brandShortName");
+    alertText = prefBundle.getFormattedString("localDirectoryChanged", [brandName]);
+
+    let cancel = Services.prompt.confirmEx(window, alertTitle, alertText,
+      (Services.prompt.BUTTON_POS_0 * Services.prompt.BUTTON_TITLE_IS_STRING) +
+      (Services.prompt.BUTTON_POS_1 * Services.prompt.BUTTON_TITLE_CANCEL),
+      prefBundle.getString("localDirectoryRestart"), null, null, null, {});
+    if (cancel) {
+      setFormElementValue(pathElem, oldLocalDir);
+      return false;
+    }
+    gRestartNeeded = true;
+  }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/**
+ * If account name is not valid, alert the user.
+ */
+function checkAccountNameIsValid() {
+  if (!currentAccount)
+    return true;
+
+  const prefBundle = document.getElementById("bundle_prefs");
+  let alertText = null;
+
+  let serverNameElem = getPageFormElement("server.prettyName");
+  if (serverNameElem) {
+    let accountName = getFormElementValue(serverNameElem);
+
+    if (!accountName)
+      alertText = prefBundle.getString("accountNameEmpty");
+    else if (accountNameExists(accountName, currentAccount.key))
+      alertText = prefBundle.getString("accountNameExists");
+
+    if (alertText) {
+      const alertTitle = prefBundle.getString("accountWizard");
+      Services.prompt.alert(window, alertTitle, alertText);
+      return false;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+function onSave() {
+  if (pendingPageId) {
+    dump("ERROR: " + pendingPageId + " hasn't loaded yet! Not saving.\n");
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  // make sure the current visible page is saved
+  savePage(currentAccount);
+
+  for (var accountid in accountArray) {
+    var accountValues = accountArray[accountid];
+    var account = accountArray[accountid]._account;
+    if (!saveAccount(accountValues, account))
+      return false;
+  }
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+function onAddAccount() {
+  MsgAccountWizard();
+}
+
+function AddMailAccount()
+{
+  NewMailAccount(MailServices.mailSession.topmostMsgWindow);
+}
+
+function AddIMAccount()
+{
+  window.openDialog("chrome://messenger/content/chat/imAccountWizard.xul",
+                    "", "chrome,modal,titlebar,centerscreen");
+}
+
+/**
+ * Highlight the default account row in the account tree,
+ * optionally un-highlight the previous one.
+ *
+ * @param newDefault  The account that has become the new default.
+ *                    Can be given as null if there is none.
+ * @param oldDefault  The account that has stopped being the default.
+ *                    Can be given as null if there was none.
+ */
+function markDefaultServer(newDefault, oldDefault) {
+  if (oldDefault == newDefault)
+    return;
+
+  let accountTreeNodes = document.getElementById("account-tree-children")
+                                 .childNodes;
+  for (let i = 0; i < accountTreeNodes.length; i++) {
+    let accountNode = accountTreeNodes[i];
+    if (newDefault && newDefault == accountNode._account) {
+      let props = accountNode.firstChild.firstChild.getAttribute("properties");
+      accountNode.firstChild.firstChild
+                            .setAttribute("properties", props + " isDefaultServer-true");
+    }
+    if (oldDefault && oldDefault == accountNode._account) {
+      let props = accountNode.firstChild.firstChild.getAttribute("properties");
+      props = props.replace(/isDefaultServer-true/, "");
+      accountNode.firstChild.firstChild.setAttribute("properties", props);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Make currentAccount (currently selected in the account tree) the default one.
+ */
+function onSetDefault(event) {
+  // Make sure this function was not called while the control item is disabled
+  if (event.target.getAttribute("disabled") == "true")
+    return;
+
+  let previousDefault = getDefaultAccount();
+  MailServices.accounts.defaultAccount = currentAccount;
+  markDefaultServer(currentAccount, previousDefault);
+
+  // This is only needed on Seamonkey which has this button.
+  setEnabled(document.getElementById("setDefaultButton"), false);
+}
+
+function onRemoveAccount(event) {
+  if (event.target.getAttribute("disabled") == "true" || !currentAccount)
+    return;
+
+  let server = currentAccount.incomingServer;
+
+  let canDelete = server.protocolInfo.canDelete || server.canDelete;
+  if (!canDelete)
+    return;
+
+  let serverList = [];
+  let accountTreeNode = document.getElementById("account-tree-children");
+  // build the list of servers in the account tree (order is important)
+  for (let i = 0; i < accountTreeNode.childNodes.length; i++) {
+    if ("_account" in accountTreeNode.childNodes[i]) {
+      let curServer = accountTreeNode.childNodes[i]._account.incomingServer;
+      if (serverList.indexOf(curServer) == -1)
+        serverList.push(curServer);
+    }
+  }
+
+  // get position of the current server in the server list
+  let serverIndex = serverList.indexOf(server);
+
+  // After the current server is deleted, choose the next server/account,
+  // or the previous one if the last one was deleted.
+  if (serverIndex == serverList.length - 1)
+    serverIndex--;
+  else
+    serverIndex++;
+
+  // Need to save these before the account and its server is removed.
+  let serverId = server.serverURI;
+
+  // Confirm account deletion.
+  let removeArgs = { server: server, account: currentAccount,
+                     result: false };
+
+  window.openDialog("chrome://messenger/content/removeAccount.xul",
+                    "removeAccount",
+                    "chrome,titlebar,modal,centerscreen,resizable=no",
+                    removeArgs);
+
+  // If result is true, the account was removed.
+  if (!removeArgs.result)
+    return;
+
+  // clear cached data out of the account array
+  currentAccount = currentPageId = null;
+  if (serverId in accountArray) {
+    delete accountArray[serverId];
+  }
+
+  if ((serverIndex >= 0) && (serverIndex < serverList.length))
+    selectServer(serverList[serverIndex], null);
+
+  // Either the default account was deleted so there is a new one
+  // or the default account was not changed. Either way, there is
+  // no need to unmark the old one.
+  markDefaultServer(getDefaultAccount(), null);
+}
+
+function saveAccount(accountValues, account)
+{
+  var identity = null;
+  var server = null;
+
+  if (account) {
+    identity = account.defaultIdentity;
+    server = account.incomingServer;
+  }
+
+  for (var type in accountValues) {
+    var typeArray = accountValues[type];
+
+    for (var slot in typeArray) {
+      var dest;
+      try {
+      if (type == "identity")
+        dest = identity;
+      else if (type == "server")
+        dest = server;
+      else if (type == "pop3")
+        dest = server.QueryInterface(Components.interfaces.nsIPop3IncomingServer);
+      else if (type == "imap")
+        dest = server.QueryInterface(Components.interfaces.nsIImapIncomingServer);
+      else if (type == "none")
+        dest = server.QueryInterface(Components.interfaces.nsINoIncomingServer);
+      else if (type == "nntp")
+        dest = server.QueryInterface(Components.interfaces.nsINntpIncomingServer);
+      else if (type == "smtp")
+        dest = MailServices.smtp.defaultServer;
+
+      } catch (ex) {
+        // don't do anything, just means we don't support that
+      }
+      if (dest == undefined) continue;
+
+      if ((type in gGenericAttributeTypes) && (slot in gGenericAttributeTypes[type])) {
+        var methodName = "get";
+        switch (gGenericAttributeTypes[type][slot]) {
+          case "int":
+            methodName += "Int";
+            break;
+          case "wstring":
+            methodName += "Unichar";
+            break;
+          case "string":
+            methodName += "Char";
+            break;
+          case "bool":
+            // in some cases
+            // like for radiogroups of type boolean
+            // the value will be "false" instead of false
+            // we need to convert it.
+            if (typeArray[slot] == "false")
+              typeArray[slot] = false;
+            else if (typeArray[slot] == "true")
+              typeArray[slot] = true;
+
+            methodName += "Bool";
+            break;
+          default:
+            dump("unexpected preftype: " + preftype + "\n");
+            break;
+        }
+        methodName += ((methodName + "Value") in dest ? "Value" : "Attribute");
+        if (dest[methodName](slot) != typeArray[slot]) {
+          methodName = methodName.replace("get", "set");
+          dest[methodName](slot, typeArray[slot]);
+        }
+      }
+      else if (slot in dest && typeArray[slot] != undefined && dest[slot] != typeArray[slot]) {
+        try {
+          dest[slot] = typeArray[slot];
+        } catch (ex) {
+          // hrm... need to handle special types here
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  // if we made account changes to the spam settings, we'll need to re-initialize
+  // our settings object
+  if (server && server.spamSettings) {
+    try {
+      server.spamSettings.initialize(server);
+    } catch(e) {
+      let accountName = getAccountValue(account, getValueArrayFor(account), "server",
+                                        "prettyName", null, false);
+      let alertText = document.getElementById("bundle_prefs")
+                              .getFormattedString("junkSettingsBroken", [accountName]);
+      let review = Services.prompt.confirmEx(window, null, alertText,
+        (Services.prompt.BUTTON_POS_0 * Services.prompt.BUTTON_TITLE_YES) +
+        (Services.prompt.BUTTON_POS_1 * Services.prompt.BUTTON_TITLE_NO),
+        null, null, null, null, {});
+      if (!review) {
+        onAccountTreeSelect("am-junk.xul", account);
+        return false;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Set enabled/disabled state for account actions buttons.
+ * Called by all apps, but if the buttons do not exist, exits early.
+ */
+function updateButtons(tree, account) {
+  let addAccountButton = document.getElementById("addAccountButton");
+  let removeButton = document.getElementById("removeButton");
+  let setDefaultButton = document.getElementById("setDefaultButton");
+
+  if (!addAccountButton && !removeButton && !setDefaultButton)
+    return; // Thunderbird isn't using these.
+
+  updateItems(tree, account, addAccountButton, setDefaultButton, removeButton);
+  updateBlockedItems([addAccountButton, setDefaultButton, removeButton], false);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Set enabled/disabled state for the actions in the Account Actions menu.
+ * Called only by Thunderbird.
+ */
+function initAccountActionsButtons(menupopup) {
+  if (!Services.prefs.getBoolPref("mail.chat.enabled"))
+    document.getElementById("accountActionsAddIMAccount").hidden = true;
+
+  updateItems(
+    document.getElementById("accounttree"),
+    getCurrentAccount(),
+    document.getElementById("accountActionsAddMailAccount"),
+    document.getElementById("accountActionsDropdownSetDefault"),
+    document.getElementById("accountActionsDropdownRemove"));
+
+  updateBlockedItems(menupopup.childNodes, true);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Determine enabled/disabled state for the passed in elements
+ * representing account actions.
+ */
+function updateItems(tree, account, addAccountItem, setDefaultItem, removeItem) {
+  // Start with items disabled and then find out what can be enabled.
+  let canSetDefault = false;
+  let canDelete = false;
+
+  if (account && (tree.view.selection.count >= 1)) {
+    // Only try to check properties if there was anything selected in the tree
+    // and it belongs to an account.
+    // Otherwise we have either selected a SMTP server, or there is some
+    // problem. Either way, we don't want the user to act on it.
+    let server = account.incomingServer;
+
+    if (account != getDefaultAccount() &&
+        server.canBeDefaultServer && account.identities.length > 0)
+      canSetDefault = true;
+
+    canDelete = server.protocolInfo.canDelete || server.canDelete;
+  }
+
+  setEnabled(addAccountItem, true);
+  setEnabled(setDefaultItem, canSetDefault);
+  setEnabled(removeItem, canDelete);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Disable buttons/menu items if their control preference is locked.
+ * SeaMonkey: Not currently handled by WSM or the main loop yet
+ * since these buttons aren't under the IFRAME.
+ *
+ * @param aItems       an array or NodeList of elements to be checked
+ * @param aMustBeTrue  if true then the pref must be boolean and set to true
+ *                     to trigger the disabling (TB requires this, SM not)
+ */
+function updateBlockedItems(aItems, aMustBeTrue) {
+  for (let item of aItems) {
+    let prefstring = item.getAttribute("prefstring");
+    if (!prefstring)
+      continue;
+
+    if (Services.prefs.prefIsLocked(prefstring) &&
+        (!aMustBeTrue || Services.prefs.getBoolPref(prefstring)))
+      item.setAttribute("disabled", true);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Set enabled/disabled state for the control.
+ */
+function setEnabled(control, enabled)
+{
+  if (!control)
+    return;
+
+  if (enabled)
+    control.removeAttribute("disabled");
+  else
+    control.setAttribute("disabled", true);
+}
+
+// Called when someone clicks on an account. Figure out context by what they
+// clicked on. This is also called when an account is removed. In this case,
+// nothing is selected.
+function onAccountTreeSelect(pageId, account)
+{
+  let tree = document.getElementById("accounttree");
+
+  let changeView = pageId && account;
+  if (!changeView) {
+    if (tree.view.selection.count < 1)
+      return false;
+
+    let node = tree.contentView.getItemAtIndex(tree.currentIndex);
+    account = ("_account" in node) ? node._account : null;
+
+    pageId = node.getAttribute("PageTag")
+  }
+
+  if (pageId == currentPageId && account == currentAccount)
+    return true;
+
+  if (document.getElementById("contentFrame").contentDocument.getElementById("server.localPath")) {
+    // Check if user/host names have been changed or the Local Directory is invalid.
+    if (!checkUserServerChanges(false)) {
+      changeView = true;
+      account = currentAccount;
+      pageId = currentPageId;
+    }
+
+    if (gRestartNeeded)
+      onAccept(false);
+  }
+
+  if (document.getElementById("contentFrame").contentDocument.getElementById("server.prettyName")) {
+    // Check if account name is valid.
+    if (!checkAccountNameIsValid()) {
+      changeView = true;
+      account = currentAccount;
+      pageId = currentPageId;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (currentPageId) {
+    // Change focus to the account tree first so that any 'onchange' handlers
+    // on elements in the current page have a chance to run before the page
+    // is saved and replaced by the new one.
+    tree.focus();
+  }
+
+  // save the previous page
+  savePage(currentAccount);
+
+  let changeAccount = (account != currentAccount);
+
+  if (changeView)
+    selectServer(account.incomingServer, pageId);
+
+  if (pageId != currentPageId) {
+    // loading a complete different page
+
+    // prevent overwriting with bad stuff
+    currentAccount = currentPageId = null;
+
+    pendingAccount = account;
+    pendingPageId = pageId;
+    loadPage(pageId);
+  } else if (changeAccount) {
+    // same page, different server
+    restorePage(pageId, account);
+  }
+
+  if (changeAccount)
+    updateButtons(tree, account);
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+// page has loaded
+function onPanelLoaded(pageId) {
+  if (pageId != pendingPageId) {
+    // if we're reloading the current page, we'll assume the
+    // page has asked itself to be completely reloaded from
+    // the prefs. to do this, clear out the the old entry in
+    // the account data, and then restore theh page
+    if (pageId == currentPageId) {
+      var serverId = currentAccount ?
+                     currentAccount.incomingServer.serverURI : "global"
+      delete accountArray[serverId];
+      restorePage(currentPageId, currentAccount);
+    }
+  } else {
+    restorePage(pendingPageId, pendingAccount);
+  }
+
+  // probably unnecessary, but useful for debugging
+  pendingAccount = null;
+  pendingPageId = null;
+}
+
+function pageURL(pageId)
+{
+  // If we have a special non account manager pane (e.g. about:blank),
+  // do not translate it into ChromePackageName URL.
+  if (!pageId.startsWith("am-"))
+    return pageId;
+
+  let chromePackageName;
+  try {
+    // we could compare against "main","server","copies","offline","addressing",
+    // "smtp" and "advanced" first to save the work, but don't,
+    // as some of these might be turned into extensions (for thunderbird)
+    let packageName = pageId.split("am-")[1].split(".xul")[0];
+    chromePackageName = MailServices.accounts.getChromePackageName(packageName);
+  }
+  catch (ex) {
+    chromePackageName = "messenger";
+  }
+  return "chrome://" + chromePackageName + "/content/" + pageId;
+}
+
+function loadPage(pageId)
+{
+  const LOAD_FLAGS_NONE = Components.interfaces.nsIWebNavigation.LOAD_FLAGS_NONE;
+  document.getElementById("contentFrame").webNavigation.loadURI(pageURL(pageId),
+    LOAD_FLAGS_NONE, null, null, null);
+}
+
+// save the values of the widgets to the given server
+function savePage(account)
+{
+  if (!account)
+    return;
+
+  // tell the page that it's about to save
+  if ("onSave" in top.frames["contentFrame"])
+    top.frames["contentFrame"].onSave();
+
+  var accountValues = getValueArrayFor(account);
+  if (!accountValues)
+    return;
+
+  var pageElements = getPageFormElements();
+  if (!pageElements)
+    return;
+
+  // store the value in the account
+  for (let i = 0; i < pageElements.length; i++) {
+    if (pageElements[i].id) {
+      let vals = pageElements[i].id.split(".");
+      if (vals.length >= 2) {
+        let type = vals[0];
+        let slot = pageElements[i].id.slice(type.length + 1);
+
+        setAccountValue(accountValues,
+                        type, slot,
+                        getFormElementValue(pageElements[i]));
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+function setAccountValue(accountValues, type, slot, value) {
+  if (!(type in accountValues))
+    accountValues[type] = new Object();
+
+  accountValues[type][slot] = value;
+}
+
+function getAccountValue(account, accountValues, type, slot, preftype, isGeneric) {
+  if (!(type in accountValues))
+    accountValues[type] = new Object();
+
+  // fill in the slot from the account if necessary
+  if (!(slot in accountValues[type]) || accountValues[type][slot] == undefined) {
+    var server;
+    if (account)
+      server= account.incomingServer;
+    var source = null;
+    try {
+    if (type == "identity")
+      source = account.defaultIdentity;
+    else if (type == "server")
+      source = account.incomingServer;
+    else if (type == "pop3")
+      source = server.QueryInterface(Components.interfaces.nsIPop3IncomingServer);
+    else if (type == "imap")
+      source = server.QueryInterface(Components.interfaces.nsIImapIncomingServer);
+    else if (type == "none")
+      source = server.QueryInterface(Components.interfaces.nsINoIncomingServer);
+    else if (type == "nntp")
+      source = server.QueryInterface(Components.interfaces.nsINntpIncomingServer);
+    else if (type == "smtp")
+      source = MailServices.smtp.defaultServer;
+    } catch (ex) {
+    }
+
+    if (source) {
+      if (isGeneric) {
+        if (!(type in gGenericAttributeTypes))
+          gGenericAttributeTypes[type] = new Object();
+
+        // we need the preftype later, for setting when we save.
+        gGenericAttributeTypes[type][slot] = preftype;
+        var methodName = "get";
+        switch (preftype) {
+          case "int":
+            methodName += "Int";
+            break;
+          case "wstring":
+            methodName += "Unichar";
+            break;
+          case "string":
+            methodName += "Char";
+            break;
+          case "bool":
+            methodName += "Bool";
+            break;
+          default:
+            dump("unexpected preftype: " + preftype + "\n");
+            break;
+        }
+        methodName += ((methodName + "Value") in source ? "Value" : "Attribute");
+        accountValues[type][slot] = source[methodName](slot);
+      }
+      else if (slot in source) {
+        accountValues[type][slot] = source[slot];
+      } else {
+        accountValues[type][slot] = null;
+      }
+    }
+    else {
+      accountValues[type][slot] = null;
+    }
+  }
+  return accountValues[type][slot];
+}
+
+// restore the values of the widgets from the given server
+function restorePage(pageId, account)
+{
+  if (!account)
+    return;
+
+  var accountValues = getValueArrayFor(account);
+  if (!accountValues)
+    return;
+
+  if ("onPreInit" in top.frames["contentFrame"])
+    top.frames["contentFrame"].onPreInit(account, accountValues);
+
+  var pageElements = getPageFormElements();
+  if (!pageElements)
+    return;
+
+  // restore the value from the account
+  for (let i = 0; i < pageElements.length; i++) {
+    if (pageElements[i].id) {
+      let vals = pageElements[i].id.split(".");
+      if (vals.length >= 2) {
+        let type = vals[0];
+        let slot = pageElements[i].id.slice(type.length + 1);
+
+        // buttons are lockable, but don't have any data so we skip that part.
+        // elements that do have data, we get the values at poke them in.
+        if (pageElements[i].localName != "button") {
+          var value = getAccountValue(account, accountValues, type, slot, pageElements[i].getAttribute("preftype"), (pageElements[i].getAttribute("genericattr") == "true"));
+          setFormElementValue(pageElements[i], value);
+        }
+        var element = pageElements[i];
+        switch (type) {
+          case "identity":
+            element["identitykey"] = account.defaultIdentity.key;
+            break;
+          case "pop3":
+          case "imap":
+          case "nntp":
+          case "server":
+            element["serverkey"] = account.incomingServer.key;
+            break;
+          case "smtp":
+            if (MailServices.smtp.defaultServer)
+              element["serverkey"] = MailServices.smtp.defaultServer.key;
+            break;
+        }
+        var isLocked = getAccountValueIsLocked(pageElements[i]);
+        setEnabled(pageElements[i], !isLocked);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  // tell the page that new values have been loaded
+  if ("onInit" in top.frames["contentFrame"])
+    top.frames["contentFrame"].onInit(pageId, account.incomingServer.serverURI);
+
+  // everything has succeeded, vervied by setting currentPageId
+  currentPageId = pageId;
+  currentAccount = account;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Gets the value of a widget in current the account settings page,
+ * automatically setting the right property of it depending on element type.
+ *
+ * @param formElement  A XUL input element.
+ */
+function getFormElementValue(formElement) {
+  try {
+    var type = formElement.localName;
+    if (type == "checkbox") {
+      if (formElement.getAttribute("reversed"))
+        return !formElement.checked;
+      return formElement.checked;
+    }
+    if (type == "textbox" &&
+        formElement.getAttribute("datatype") == "nsIFile") {
+      if (formElement.value) {
+        let localfile = Components.classes["@mozilla.org/file/local;1"]
+                                  .createInstance(Components.interfaces.nsIFile);
+
+        localfile.initWithPath(formElement.value);
+        return localfile;
+      }
+      return null;
+    }
+    if ((type == "textbox") || ("value" in formElement)) {
+      return formElement.value;
+    }
+    return null;
+  }
+  catch (ex) {
+    Components.utils.reportError("getFormElementValue failed, ex=" + ex + "\n");
+  }
+  return null;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Sets the value of a widget in current the account settings page,
+ * automatically setting the right property of it depending on element type.
+ *
+ * @param formElement  A XUL input element.
+ * @param value        The value to store in the element.
+ */
+function setFormElementValue(formElement, value) {
+  var type = formElement.localName;
+  if (type == "checkbox") {
+    if (value == null) {
+      formElement.checked = false;
+    } else {
+      if (formElement.getAttribute("reversed"))
+        formElement.checked = !value;
+      else
+        formElement.checked = value;
+    }
+  }
+  else if (type == "radiogroup" || type == "menulist") {
+    if (value == null)
+      formElement.selectedIndex = 0;
+    else
+      formElement.value = value;
+  }
+  // handle nsIFile
+  else if (type == "textbox" &&
+           formElement.getAttribute("datatype") == "nsIFile") {
+    if (value) {
+      let localfile = value.QueryInterface(Components.interfaces.nsIFile);
+      try {
+        formElement.value = localfile.path;
+      } catch (ex) {
+        dump("Still need to fix uninitialized nsIFile problem!\n");
+      }
+    } else {
+      formElement.value = "";
+    }
+  }
+  else if (type == "textbox") {
+    if (value == null)
+      formElement.value = null;
+    else
+      formElement.value = value;
+  }
+  else if (type == "label") {
+    formElement.value = value || "";
+  }
+  // let the form figure out what to do with it
+  else {
+    if (value == null)
+      formElement.value = null;
+    else
+      formElement.value = value;
+  }
+}
+
+//
+// conversion routines - get data associated
+// with a given pageId, serverId, etc
+//
+
+// helper routine for account manager panels to get the current account for the selected server
+function getCurrentAccount()
+{
+  return currentAccount;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Returns the default account without throwing exception if there is none.
+ * The account manager can be opened even if there are no account yet.
+ */
+function getDefaultAccount() {
+  try {
+    return MailServices.accounts.defaultAccount;
+  } catch (e) {
+    return null; // No default account yet.
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Get the array of persisted form elements for the given page.
+ */
+function getPageFormElements() {
+  // Uses getElementsByAttribute() which returns a live NodeList which is usually
+  // faster than e.g. querySelector().
+  if ("getElementsByAttribute" in top.frames["contentFrame"].document)
+    return top.frames["contentFrame"].document
+              .getElementsByAttribute("wsm_persist", "true");
+
+  return null;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Get a single persisted form element in the current page.
+ *
+ * @param aId  ID of the element requested.
+ */
+function getPageFormElement(aId) {
+  let elem = top.frames["contentFrame"].document.getElementById(aId);
+  if (elem && (elem.getAttribute("wsm_persist") == "true"))
+    return elem;
+
+  return null;
+}
+
+// get the value array for the given account
+function getValueArrayFor(account) {
+  var serverId = account ? account.incomingServer.serverURI : "global";
+
+  if (!(serverId in accountArray)) {
+    accountArray[serverId] = new Object();
+    accountArray[serverId]._account = account;
+  }
+
+  return accountArray[serverId];
+}
+
+var gAccountTree = {
+  load: function at_load() {
+    this._build();
+
+    MailServices.accounts.addIncomingServerListener(this);
+  },
+  unload: function at_unload() {
+    MailServices.accounts.removeIncomingServerListener(this);
+  },
+  onServerLoaded: function at_onServerLoaded(aServer) {
+    this._build();
+  },
+  onServerUnloaded: function at_onServerUnloaded(aServer) {
+    this._build();
+  },
+  onServerChanged: function at_onServerChanged(aServer) {},
+
+  _dataStore: Components.classes["@mozilla.org/xul/xulstore;1"]
+                        .getService(Components.interfaces.nsIXULStore),
+
+  /**
+   * Retrieve from XULStore.json whether the account should be expanded (open)
+   * in the account tree.
+   *
+   * @param aAccountKey  key of the account to check
+   */
+  _getAccountOpenState: function at_getAccountOpenState(aAccountKey) {
+    if (!this._dataStore.hasValue(document.documentURI, aAccountKey, "open")) {
+    // If there was no value stored, use opened state.
+      return "true";
+    } else {
+      // Retrieve the persisted value from XULStore.json.
+      // It is stored under the URI of the current document and ID of the XUL element.
+      return this._dataStore
+                 .getValue(document.documentURI, aAccountKey, "open");
+    }
+  },
+
+  _build: function at_build() {
+    const Ci = Components.interfaces;
+    var bundle = document.getElementById("bundle_prefs");
+    function getString(aString) { return bundle.getString(aString); }
+    var panels = [{string: getString("prefPanel-server"), src: "am-server.xul"},
+                  {string: getString("prefPanel-copies"), src: "am-copies.xul"},
+                  {string: getString("prefPanel-synchronization"), src: "am-offline.xul"},
+                  {string: getString("prefPanel-diskspace"), src: "am-offline.xul"},
+                  {string: getString("prefPanel-addressing"), src: "am-addressing.xul"},
+                  {string: getString("prefPanel-junk"), src: "am-junk.xul"}];
+
+    let accounts = allAccountsSorted(false);
+
+    let mainTree = document.getElementById("account-tree-children");
+    // Clear off all children...
+    while (mainTree.hasChildNodes())
+      mainTree.lastChild.remove();
+
+    for (let account of accounts) {
+      let accountName = null;
+      let accountKey = account.key;
+      let amChrome = "about:blank";
+      let panelsToKeep = [];
+      let server = null;
+
+      // This "try {} catch {}" block is intentionally very long to catch
+      // unknown exceptions and confine them to this single account.
+      // This may happen from broken accounts. See e.g. bug 813929.
+      // Other accounts can still be shown properly if they are valid.
+      try {
+        server = account.incomingServer;
+
+        if (server.type == "im" && !Services.prefs.getBoolPref("mail.chat.enabled"))
+          continue;
+
+        accountName = server.prettyName;
+
+        // Now add our panels.
+        let idents = MailServices.accounts.getIdentitiesForServer(server);
+        if (idents.length) {
+          panelsToKeep.push(panels[0]); // The server panel is valid
+          panelsToKeep.push(panels[1]); // also the copies panel
+          panelsToKeep.push(panels[4]); // and addresssing
+        }
+
+        // Everyone except News, RSS and IM has a junk panel
+        // XXX: unextensible!
+        // The existence of server.spamSettings can't currently be used for this.
+        if (server.type != "nntp" && server.type != "rss" && server.type != "im")
+          panelsToKeep.push(panels[5]);
+
+        // Check offline/diskspace support level.
+        let diskspace = server.supportsDiskSpace;
+        if (server.offlineSupportLevel >= 10 && diskspace)
+          panelsToKeep.push(panels[2]);
+        else if (diskspace)
+          panelsToKeep.push(panels[3]);
+
+        // extensions
+        let catMan = Components.classes["@mozilla.org/categorymanager;1"]
+                               .getService(Ci.nsICategoryManager);
+        const CATEGORY = "mailnews-accountmanager-extensions";
+        let catEnum = catMan.enumerateCategory(CATEGORY);
+        while (catEnum.hasMoreElements()) {
+          let entryName = null;
+          try {
+            entryName = catEnum.getNext().QueryInterface(Ci.nsISupportsCString).data;
+            let svc = Components.classes[catMan.getCategoryEntry(CATEGORY, entryName)]
+                                .getService(Ci.nsIMsgAccountManagerExtension);
+            if (svc.showPanel(server)) {
+              let bundleName = "chrome://" + svc.chromePackageName +
+                               "/locale/am-" + svc.name + ".properties";
+              let bundle = Services.strings.createBundle(bundleName);
+              let title = bundle.GetStringFromName("prefPanel-" + svc.name);
+              panelsToKeep.push({string: title, src: "am-" + svc.name + ".xul"});
+            }
+          } catch(e) {
+            // Fetching of this extension panel failed so do not show it,
+            // just log error.
+            let extName = entryName || "(unknown)";
+            Components.utils.reportError("Error accessing panel from extension '" +
+                                         extName + "': " + e);
+          }
+        }
+        amChrome = server.accountManagerChrome;
+      } catch(e) {
+        // Show only a placeholder in the account list saying this account
+        // is broken, with no child panels.
+        let accountID = (accountName || accountKey);
+        Components.utils.reportError("Error accessing account " + accountID + ": " + e);
+        accountName = "Invalid account " + accountID;
+        panelsToKeep.length = 0;
+      }
+
+      // Create the top level tree-item.
+      var treeitem = document.createElement("treeitem");
+      mainTree.appendChild(treeitem);
+      var treerow = document.createElement("treerow");
+      treeitem.appendChild(treerow);
+      var treecell = document.createElement("treecell");
+      treerow.appendChild(treecell);
+      treecell.setAttribute("label", accountName);
+      treeitem.setAttribute("PageTag", amChrome);
+      // Add icons based on account type.
+      if (server) {
+        treecell.setAttribute("properties", "folderNameCol isServer-true" +
+                              " serverType-" + server.type);
+        // For IM accounts, we can try to fetch a protocol specific icon.
+        if (server.type == "im") {
+          treecell.setAttribute("src", server.wrappedJSObject.imAccount
+                                             .protocol.iconBaseURI + "icon.png");
+        }
+      }
+
+      if (panelsToKeep.length > 0) {
+        var treekids = document.createElement("treechildren");
+        treeitem.appendChild(treekids);
+        for (let panel of panelsToKeep) {
+          var kidtreeitem = document.createElement("treeitem");
+          treekids.appendChild(kidtreeitem);
+          var kidtreerow = document.createElement("treerow");
+          kidtreeitem.appendChild(kidtreerow);
+          var kidtreecell = document.createElement("treecell");
+          kidtreerow.appendChild(kidtreecell);
+          kidtreecell.setAttribute("label", panel.string);
+          kidtreeitem.setAttribute("PageTag", panel.src);
+          kidtreeitem._account = account;
+        }
+        treeitem.setAttribute("container", "true");
+        treeitem.id = accountKey;
+        // Load the 'open' state of the account from XULStore.json.
+        treeitem.setAttribute("open", this._getAccountOpenState(accountKey));
+        // Let the XULStore.json automatically save the 'open' state of the
+        // account when it is changed.
+        treeitem.setAttribute("persist", "open");
+      }
+      treeitem._account = account;
+    }
+
+    markDefaultServer(getDefaultAccount(), null);
+
+    // Now add the outgoing server node.
+    var treeitem = document.createElement("treeitem");
+    mainTree.appendChild(treeitem);
+    var treerow = document.createElement("treerow");
+    treeitem.appendChild(treerow);
+    var treecell = document.createElement("treecell");
+    treerow.appendChild(treecell);
+    treecell.setAttribute("label", getString("prefPanel-smtp"));
+    treeitem.setAttribute("PageTag", "am-smtp.xul");
+    treecell.setAttribute("properties",
+                          "folderNameCol isServer-true serverType-smtp");
+  }
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/base/prefs/content/AccountManager.xul b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/AccountManager.xul
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b6fd93c32
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/AccountManager.xul
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+<?xml version="1.0"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<?xml-stylesheet href="chrome://messenger/skin/folderPane.css" type="text/css"?>
+<?xml-stylesheet href="chrome://messenger/skin/accountManage.css" type="text/css"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE dialog SYSTEM "chrome://messenger/locale/AccountManager.dtd">
+<dialog id="accountManager"
+        windowtype="mailnews:accountmanager"
+        xmlns="http://www.mozilla.org/keymaster/gatekeeper/there.is.only.xul"
+        title="&accountManagerTitle.label;"
+        style="&accountManager.size;"
+        persist="width height screenX screenY"
+        buttons="accept,cancel"
+        onload="onLoad(event);"
+        onunload="onUnload();"
+        ondialogaccept="return onAccept(true);">
+<stringbundle id="bundle_brand" src="chrome://branding/locale/brand.properties"/>
+<stringbundle id="bundle_prefs" src="chrome://messenger/locale/prefs.properties"/>
+<script type="application/javascript" src="chrome://messenger/content/accountUtils.js"/>
+<script type="application/javascript" src="chrome://messenger/content/am-prefs.js"/>
+<script type="application/javascript" src="chrome://messenger/content/AccountManager.js"/>
+<script type="application/javascript" src="chrome://messenger/content/am-help.js"/>
+<script type="application/javascript" src="chrome://messenger/content/amUtils.js"/>
+
+  <hbox flex="1">
+    <vbox style="&accountTree.width;">
+      <tree flex="1" onselect="onAccountTreeSelect(null, null);" id="accounttree"
+            seltype="single" hidecolumnpicker="true">
+        <treecols>
+          <treecol id="AccountCol" flex="1" primary="true" hideheader="true"/>
+        </treecols>
+        <treechildren id="account-tree-children"/>
+      </tree>
+
+#ifdef MOZ_THUNDERBIRD
+      <button id="accountActionsButton" type="menu"
+              label="&accountActionsButton.label;"
+              accesskey="&accountActionsButton.accesskey;">
+        <menupopup id="accountActionsDropdown"
+                   onpopupshowing="initAccountActionsButtons(this);">
+          <menuitem id="accountActionsAddMailAccount"
+                    label="&addMailAccountButton.label;"
+                    accesskey="&addMailAccountButton.accesskey;"
+                    prefstring="mail.disable_new_account_addition"
+                    oncommand="AddMailAccount(event); event.stopPropagation();"/>
+          <menuitem id="accountActionsAddIMAccount"
+                    label="&addIMAccountButton.label;"
+                    accesskey="&addIMAccountButton.accesskey;"
+                    prefstring="mail.disable_new_account_addition"
+                    oncommand="AddIMAccount(event); event.stopPropagation();"/>
+          <menuitem id="accountActionsAddFeedAccount"
+                    label="&addFeedAccountButton.label;"
+                    accesskey="&addFeedAccountButton.accesskey;"
+                    prefstring="mail.disable_new_account_addition"
+                    oncommand="AddFeedAccount(event); event.stopPropagation();"/>
+          <menuitem id="accountActionsAddOtherAccount"
+                    label="&addOtherAccountButton.label;"
+                    accesskey="&addOtherAccountButton.accesskey;"
+                    prefstring="mail.disable_new_account_addition"
+                    oncommand="onAddAccount(event); event.stopPropagation();"/>
+          <menuseparator id="accountActionsDropdownSep1"/>
+          <menuitem id="accountActionsDropdownSetDefault"
+                    label="&setDefaultButton.label;"
+                    accesskey="&setDefaultButton.accesskey;"
+                    prefstring="mail.disable_button.set_default_account"
+                    oncommand="onSetDefault(event); event.stopPropagation();"/>
+          <menuitem id="accountActionsDropdownRemove"
+                    label="&removeButton.label;"
+                    accesskey="&removeButton.accesskey;"
+                    prefstring="mail.disable_button.delete_account"
+                    oncommand="onRemoveAccount(event); event.stopPropagation();"/>
+        </menupopup>
+      </button>
+#else
+      <button label="&addAccountButton.label;" oncommand="onAddAccount(event);" id="addAccountButton"
+              prefstring="mail.disable_new_account_addition"
+              accesskey="&addAccountButton.accesskey;"/>
+      <button label="&setDefaultButton.label;" oncommand="onSetDefault(event);" disabled="true" id="setDefaultButton"
+              prefstring="mail.disable_button.set_default_account"
+              accesskey="&setDefaultButton.accesskey;"/>
+      <button disabled="true" label="&removeButton.label;" oncommand="onRemoveAccount(event);" id="removeButton"
+              prefstring="mail.disable_button.delete_account"
+              accesskey="&removeButton.accesskey;"/>
+#endif
+    </vbox>
+
+    <iframe id="contentFrame" name="contentFrame" flex="1"/>
+  </hbox>
+</dialog>
diff --git a/mailnews/base/prefs/content/AccountWizard.js b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/AccountWizard.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1903cbc88
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/AccountWizard.js
@@ -0,0 +1,992 @@
+/* -*- Mode: Java; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/* the okCallback is used for sending a callback for the parent window */
+var okCallback = null;
+/* The account wizard creates new accounts */
+
+/*
+  data flow into the account wizard like this:
+
+  For new accounts:
+  * pageData -> Array -> createAccount -> finishAccount
+  
+  For accounts coming from the ISP setup:
+  * RDF  -> Array -> pageData -> Array -> createAccount -> finishAccount
+  
+  for "unfinished accounts" 
+  * account -> Array -> pageData -> Array -> finishAccount
+  
+  Where:
+  pageData - the actual pages coming out of the Widget State Manager
+  RDF      - the ISP datasource
+  Array    - associative array of attributes, that very closely
+             resembles the nsIMsgAccount/nsIMsgIncomingServer/nsIMsgIdentity
+             structure
+  createAccount() - creates an account from the above Array
+  finishAccount() - fills an existing account with data from the above Array 
+
+*/
+
+/* 
+   the account wizard path is something like:
+   
+   accounttype -> identity -> server -> login -> accname -> done
+                             \-> newsserver ----/
+
+   where the accounttype determines which path to take
+   (server vs. newsserver)
+*/
+
+Components.utils.import("resource:///modules/mailServices.js");
+
+var contentWindow;
+
+var gPageData;
+
+var nsIMsgIdentity = Components.interfaces.nsIMsgIdentity;
+var nsIMsgIncomingServer = Components.interfaces.nsIMsgIncomingServer;
+var gPrefsBundle, gMessengerBundle;
+
+// the current nsIMsgAccount
+var gCurrentAccount;
+
+// default account
+var gDefaultAccount;
+
+// the current associative array that
+// will eventually be dumped into the account
+var gCurrentAccountData;
+
+// default picker mode for copies and folders
+var gDefaultSpecialFolderPickerMode = "0";
+
+// event handlers
+function onAccountWizardLoad() {
+  gPrefsBundle = document.getElementById("bundle_prefs");
+  gMessengerBundle = document.getElementById("bundle_messenger");
+
+  if ("testingIspServices" in this) {
+    if ("SetCustomizedWizardDimensions" in this && testingIspServices()) {
+      SetCustomizedWizardDimensions();
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* We are checking here for the callback argument */
+  if (window.arguments && window.arguments[0]) {
+    if(window.arguments[0].okCallback ) 
+    {
+      //dump("There is okCallback");
+      top.okCallback = window.arguments[0].okCallback;
+    }
+  }
+
+  checkForInvalidAccounts();
+
+  try {
+    gDefaultAccount = MailServices.accounts.defaultAccount;
+  }
+  catch (ex) {
+    // no default account, this is expected the first time you launch mail
+    // on a new profile
+    gDefaultAccount = null;
+  }
+
+  // Set default value for global inbox checkbox
+  var checkGlobalInbox = document.getElementById("deferStorage");
+  try {
+    checkGlobalInbox.checked = Services.prefs.getBoolPref("mail.accountwizard.deferstorage");
+  } catch(e) {}
+}
+
+function onCancel() 
+{
+  if ("ActivationOnCancel" in this && ActivationOnCancel())
+    return false;
+  var firstInvalidAccount = getFirstInvalidAccount();
+  var closeWizard = true;
+
+  // if the user cancels the the wizard when it pops up because of 
+  // an invalid account (example, a webmail account that activation started)
+  // we just force create it by setting some values and calling the FinishAccount()
+  // see bug #47521 for the full discussion
+  if (firstInvalidAccount) {
+    var pageData = GetPageData();
+    // set the fullName if it doesn't exist
+    if (!pageData.identity.fullName || !pageData.identity.fullName.value) {
+      setPageData(pageData, "identity", "fullName", "");
+    }
+
+    // set the email if it doesn't exist
+    if (!pageData.identity.email || !pageData.identity.email.value) {
+      setPageData(pageData, "identity", "email", "user@domain.invalid");
+    }
+
+    // call FinishAccount() and not onFinish(), since the "finish"
+    // button may be disabled
+    FinishAccount();
+  }
+  else {
+    // since this is not an invalid account
+    // really cancel if the user hits the "cancel" button
+    // if the length of the account list is less than 1, there are no accounts
+    if (MailServices.accounts.accounts.length < 1) {
+      let confirmMsg = gPrefsBundle.getString("cancelWizard");
+      let confirmTitle = gPrefsBundle.getString("accountWizard");
+      let result = Services.prompt.confirmEx(window, confirmTitle, confirmMsg,
+        (Services.prompt.BUTTON_TITLE_IS_STRING * Services.prompt.BUTTON_POS_0) +
+        (Services.prompt.BUTTON_TITLE_IS_STRING * Services.prompt.BUTTON_POS_1),
+        gPrefsBundle.getString('WizardExit'),
+        gPrefsBundle.getString('WizardContinue'), 
+        null, null, {value:0});
+
+      if (result == 1)
+        closeWizard = false;
+    }
+
+    if(top.okCallback && closeWizard) {
+      var state = false;
+      top.okCallback(state);
+    }
+  }
+  return closeWizard;
+}
+
+function FinishAccount() 
+{
+  try {
+    var pageData = GetPageData();
+
+    var accountData= gCurrentAccountData;
+    
+    if (!accountData)
+    {
+      accountData = new Object;
+      // Time to set the smtpRequiresUsername attribute
+      if (!serverIsNntp(pageData))
+        accountData.smtpRequiresUsername = true;
+    }
+    
+    // we may need local folders before account is "Finished"
+    // if it's a pop3 account which defers to Local Folders.
+    verifyLocalFoldersAccount();
+
+    PageDataToAccountData(pageData, accountData);
+
+    FixupAccountDataForIsp(accountData);
+    
+    // we might be simply finishing another account
+    if (!gCurrentAccount)
+      gCurrentAccount = createAccount(accountData);
+
+    // transfer all attributes from the accountdata
+    finishAccount(gCurrentAccount, accountData);
+    
+    setupCopiesAndFoldersServer(gCurrentAccount, getCurrentServerIsDeferred(pageData), accountData);
+
+    if (gCurrentAccount.incomingServer.canBeDefaultServer)
+      EnableCheckMailAtStartUpIfNeeded(gCurrentAccount);
+
+    if (!document.getElementById("downloadMsgs").hidden) {
+      // skip the default biff, we will load messages manually if needed
+      window.opener.gLoadStartFolder = false;
+      if (document.getElementById("downloadMsgs").checked) {
+        window.opener.gNewAccountToLoad = gCurrentAccount; // load messages for new POP account
+      }
+    }
+
+    // in case we crash, force us a save of the prefs file NOW
+    try {
+      MailServices.accounts.saveAccountInfo();
+    } 
+    catch (ex) {
+      dump("Error saving account info: " + ex + "\n");
+    }
+    window.close();
+    if(top.okCallback)
+    {
+      var state = true;
+      //dump("finish callback");
+      top.okCallback(state);
+    }
+  }
+  catch(ex) {
+    dump("FinishAccount failed, " + ex +"\n");
+  }
+}
+
+// prepopulate pageData with stuff from accountData
+// use: to prepopulate the wizard with account information
+function AccountDataToPageData(accountData, pageData)
+{
+  if (!accountData) {
+    dump("null account data! clearing..\n");
+    // handle null accountData as if it were an empty object
+    // so that we clear-out any old pagedata from a
+    // previous accountdata. The trick is that
+    // with an empty object, accountData.identity.slot is undefined,
+    // so this will clear out the prefill data in setPageData
+    
+    accountData = new Object;
+    accountData.incomingServer = new Object;
+    accountData.identity = new Object;
+    accountData.smtp = new Object;
+  }
+  
+  var server = accountData.incomingServer;
+
+  if (server.type == undefined) {
+    // clear out the old server data
+    //setPageData(pageData, "accounttype", "mailaccount", undefined);
+    //        setPageData(pageData, "accounttype", "newsaccount", undefined);
+    setPageData(pageData, "server", "servertype", undefined);
+    setPageData(pageData, "server", "hostname", undefined);
+
+  }
+  else {
+    if (server.type == "nntp") {
+      setPageData(pageData, "accounttype", "newsaccount", true);
+      setPageData(pageData, "accounttype", "mailaccount", false);
+      setPageData(pageData, "newsserver", "hostname", server.hostName);
+    }
+    else {
+      setPageData(pageData, "accounttype", "mailaccount", true);
+      setPageData(pageData, "accounttype", "newsaccount", false);
+      setPageData(pageData, "server", "servertype", server.type);
+      setPageData(pageData, "server", "hostname", server.hostName);
+    }
+    setPageData(pageData, "accounttype", "otheraccount", false);
+  }
+
+  setPageData(pageData, "login", "username", server.username || "");
+  setPageData(pageData, "login", "password", server.password || "");
+  setPageData(pageData, "accname", "prettyName", server.prettyName || "");
+  setPageData(pageData, "accname", "userset", false);
+  setPageData(pageData, "ispdata", "supplied", false);
+
+  var identity;
+
+  if (accountData.identity) {
+      dump("This is an accountdata\n");
+      identity = accountData.identity;
+  }
+  else if (accountData.identities) {
+      identity = accountData.identities.queryElementAt(0, Components.interfaces.nsIMsgIdentity);
+      dump("this is an account, id= " + identity + "\n");
+  }
+
+  setPageData(pageData, "identity", "email", identity.email || "");
+  setPageData(pageData, "identity", "fullName", identity.fullName || "");
+
+  var smtp;
+  
+  if (accountData.smtp) {
+      smtp = accountData.smtp;
+      setPageData(pageData, "server", "smtphostname", smtp.hostname);
+      setPageData(pageData, "login", "smtpusername", smtp.username);
+  }
+}
+
+// take data from each page of pageData and dump it into accountData
+// use: to put results of wizard into a account-oriented object
+function PageDataToAccountData(pageData, accountData)
+{
+  if (!accountData.identity)
+    accountData.identity = new Object;
+  if (!accountData.incomingServer)
+    accountData.incomingServer = new Object;
+  if (!accountData.smtp)
+    accountData.smtp = new Object;
+  if (!accountData.pop3)
+    accountData.pop3 = new Object;
+  if (!accountData.imap)
+    accountData.imap = new Object;
+  
+  var identity = accountData.identity;
+  var server = accountData.incomingServer;
+  var smtp = accountData.smtp;
+  var pop3 = accountData.pop3;
+  var imap = accountData.imap;
+
+  if (pageData.identity.email)
+    identity.email = pageData.identity.email.value;
+  if (pageData.identity.fullName)
+    identity.fullName = pageData.identity.fullName.value;
+
+  server.type = getCurrentServerType(pageData);
+  server.hostName = getCurrentHostname(pageData);
+  if (getCurrentServerIsDeferred(pageData))
+  {
+    try
+    {
+      let localFoldersServer = MailServices.accounts.localFoldersServer;
+      let localFoldersAccount = MailServices.accounts.FindAccountForServer(localFoldersServer);
+      pop3.deferredToAccount = localFoldersAccount.key;
+      pop3.deferGetNewMail = true;
+      server["ServerType-pop3"] = pop3;
+    }
+    catch (ex) {dump ("exception setting up deferred account" + ex);}
+  }
+  if (serverIsNntp(pageData)) {
+    // this stuff probably not relevant
+    dump("not setting username/password/etc\n");
+  }
+  else {
+    if (pageData.login) {
+      if (pageData.login.username)
+        server.username = pageData.login.username.value;
+      if (pageData.login.password)
+        server.password = pageData.login.password.value;
+      if (pageData.login.smtpusername)
+        smtp.username = pageData.login.smtpusername.value;
+    }
+
+    dump("pageData.server = " + pageData.server + "\n");
+    if (pageData.server) {
+      dump("pageData.server.smtphostname.value = " + pageData.server.smtphostname + "\n");
+      if (pageData.server.smtphostname &&
+          pageData.server.smtphostname.value)
+        smtp.hostname = pageData.server.smtphostname.value;
+    }
+    if (pageData.identity && pageData.identity.smtpServerKey)
+      identity.smtpServerKey = pageData.identity.smtpServerKey.value;
+
+    if (pageData.server.port &&
+        pageData.server.port.value)
+    {
+      if (server.type == 'imap')
+      {
+        imap.port = pageData.server.port.value;
+        server["ServerType-imap"] = imap;
+      }
+      else if (server.type == 'pop3')
+      {
+        pop3.port = pageData.server.port.value;
+        server["ServerType-pop3"] = pop3;
+      }
+    }
+
+    if (pageData.server.leaveMessagesOnServer &&
+        pageData.server.leaveMessagesOnServer.value)
+    {
+      pop3.leaveMessagesOnServer = pageData.server.leaveMessagesOnServer.value;
+      server["ServerType-pop3"] = pop3;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (pageData.accname) {
+    if (pageData.accname.prettyName)
+      server.prettyName = pageData.accname.prettyName.value;
+  }
+
+}
+
+// given an accountData structure, create an account
+// (but don't fill in any fields, that's for finishAccount()
+function createAccount(accountData)
+{
+  // Retrieve the server (data) from the account data.
+  var server = accountData.incomingServer;
+  
+  // for news, username is always null
+  var username = (server.type == "nntp") ? null : server.username;
+  dump("MailServices.accounts.createIncomingServer(" +
+       username + ", " + server.hostName + ", " + server.type + ")\n");
+  // Create a (actual) server.
+  server = MailServices.accounts.createIncomingServer(username, server.hostName, server.type);
+
+  dump("MailServices.accounts.createAccount()\n");
+  // Create an account.
+  let account = MailServices.accounts.createAccount();
+  
+  // only create an identity for this account if we really have one
+  // (use the email address as a check)
+  if (accountData.identity && accountData.identity.email)
+  {
+    dump("MailServices.accounts.createIdentity()\n");
+    // Create an identity.
+    let identity = MailServices.accounts.createIdentity();
+
+    // New nntp identities should use plain text by default;
+    // we want that GNKSA (The Good Net-Keeping Seal of Approval).
+    if (server.type == "nntp")
+      identity.composeHtml = false;
+
+    account.addIdentity(identity);
+  }
+
+  // we mark the server as invalid so that the account manager won't
+  // tell RDF about the new server - it's not quite finished getting
+  // set up yet, in particular, the deferred storage pref hasn't been set.
+  server.valid = false;
+  // Set the new account to use the new server.
+  account.incomingServer = server;
+  server.valid = true;
+  return account;
+}
+
+// given an accountData structure, copy the data into the
+// given account, incoming server, and so forth
+function finishAccount(account, accountData) 
+{
+  if (accountData.incomingServer) {
+
+    var destServer = account.incomingServer;
+    var srcServer = accountData.incomingServer;
+    copyObjectToInterface(destServer, srcServer, true);
+
+    // see if there are any protocol-specific attributes
+    // if so, we use the type to get the IID, QueryInterface
+    // as appropriate, then copy the data over
+    dump("srcServer.ServerType-" + srcServer.type + " = " +
+         srcServer["ServerType-" + srcServer.type] + "\n");
+    if (srcServer["ServerType-" + srcServer.type]) {
+      // handle server-specific stuff
+      var IID;
+      try {
+        IID = destServer.protocolInfo.serverIID;
+      } catch (ex) {
+        Components.utils.reportError("Could not get IID for " + srcServer.type + ": " + ex);
+      }
+
+      if (IID) {
+        destProtocolServer = destServer.QueryInterface(IID);
+        srcProtocolServer = srcServer["ServerType-" + srcServer.type];
+
+        dump("Copying over " + srcServer.type + "-specific data\n");
+        copyObjectToInterface(destProtocolServer, srcProtocolServer, false);
+      }
+    }
+      
+    account.incomingServer.valid=true;
+    // hack to cause an account loaded notification now the server is valid
+    account.incomingServer = account.incomingServer;
+  }
+
+  // copy identity info
+  var destIdentity = account.identities.length ?
+                     account.identities.queryElementAt(0, nsIMsgIdentity) :
+                     null;
+
+  if (destIdentity) // does this account have an identity?
+  {   
+      if (accountData.identity && accountData.identity.email) {
+          // fixup the email address if we have a default domain
+          var emailArray = accountData.identity.email.split('@');
+          if (emailArray.length < 2 && accountData.domain) {
+              accountData.identity.email += '@' + accountData.domain;
+          }
+
+          copyObjectToInterface(destIdentity, accountData.identity, true);
+          destIdentity.valid=true;
+      }
+
+      /**
+       * If signature file need to be set, get the path to the signature file.
+       * Signature files, if exist, are placed under default location. Get
+       * default files location for messenger using directory service. Signature 
+       * file name should be extracted from the account data to build the complete
+       * path for signature file. Once the path is built, set the identity's signature pref.
+       */
+      if (destIdentity.attachSignature)
+      {
+          var sigFileName = accountData.signatureFileName;
+          let sigFile = MailServices.mailSession.getDataFilesDir("messenger");
+          sigFile.append(sigFileName);
+          destIdentity.signature = sigFile;
+      }
+
+      if (accountData.smtp.hostname && !destIdentity.smtpServerKey)
+      {
+          // hostname + no key => create a new SMTP server.
+
+          let smtpServer = MailServices.smtp.createServer();
+          var isDefaultSmtpServer;
+          if (!MailServices.smtp.defaultServer.hostname) {
+            MailServices.smtp.defaultServer = smtpServer;
+            isDefaultSmtpServer = true;
+          }
+
+          copyObjectToInterface(smtpServer, accountData.smtp, false);
+
+          // If it's the default server we created, make the identity use
+          // "Use Default" by default.
+          destIdentity.smtpServerKey =
+            (isDefaultSmtpServer) ? "" : smtpServer.key;
+       }
+   } // if the account has an identity...
+
+   if (this.FinishAccountHook != undefined) {
+       FinishAccountHook(accountData.domain);
+   }
+}
+
+// Helper method used by copyObjectToInterface which attempts to set dest[attribute] as a generic
+// attribute on the xpconnect object, src.
+// This routine skips any attribute that begins with ServerType- 
+function setGenericAttribute(dest, src, attribute)
+{
+  if (!(attribute.toLowerCase().startsWith("servertype-")) && src[attribute])
+  {
+    switch (typeof src[attribute])
+    {
+      case "string":
+        dest.setUnicharAttribute(attribute, src[attribute]);
+        break;
+      case "boolean":
+        dest.setBoolAttribute(attribute, src[attribute]);
+        break;
+      case "number":
+        dest.setIntAttribute(attribute, src[attribute]);
+        break;
+      default:
+        dump("Error: No Generic attribute " + attribute + " found for: " + dest + "\n");
+        break;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+// copy over all attributes from dest into src that already exist in src
+// the assumption is that src is an XPConnect interface full of attributes
+// @param useGenericFallback if we can't set an attribute directly on src, then fall back
+//        and try setting it generically. This assumes that src supports setIntAttribute, setUnicharAttribute
+//        and setBoolAttribute. 
+function copyObjectToInterface(dest, src, useGenericFallback) 
+{
+  if (!dest) return;
+  if (!src) return;
+
+  var attribute;
+  for (attribute in src) 
+  {
+    if (dest.__lookupSetter__(attribute))
+    {
+      if (dest[attribute] != src[attribute])
+        dest[attribute] = src[attribute];
+    } 
+    else if (useGenericFallback) // fall back to setting the attribute generically
+      setGenericAttribute(dest, src, attribute);
+  } // for each attribute in src we want to copy
+}
+
+// check if there already is a "Local Folders"
+// if not, create it.
+function verifyLocalFoldersAccount() 
+{
+  var localMailServer = null;
+  try {
+    localMailServer = MailServices.accounts.localFoldersServer;
+  }
+  catch (ex) {
+         // dump("exception in findserver: " + ex + "\n");
+    localMailServer = null;
+  }
+
+  try {
+    if (!localMailServer) 
+    {
+      // dump("Creating local mail account\n");
+      // creates a copy of the identity you pass in
+      MailServices.accounts.createLocalMailAccount();
+      try {
+        localMailServer = MailServices.accounts.localFoldersServer;
+      }
+      catch (ex) {
+        dump("error!  we should have found the local mail server after we created it.\n");
+        localMailServer = null;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  catch (ex) {dump("Error in verifyLocalFoldersAccount" + ex + "\n");  }
+
+}
+
+function setupCopiesAndFoldersServer(account, accountIsDeferred, accountData)
+{
+  try {
+    var server = account.incomingServer;
+
+    // This function sets up the default send preferences. The send preferences
+    // go on identities, so there is no need to continue without any identities.
+    if (server.type == "rss" || account.identities.length == 0)
+      return false;
+    let identity = account.identities.queryElementAt(0, Components.interfaces.nsIMsgIdentity);
+    // For this server, do we default the folder prefs to this server, or to the "Local Folders" server
+    // If it's deferred, we use the local folders account.
+    var defaultCopiesAndFoldersPrefsToServer = !accountIsDeferred && server.defaultCopiesAndFoldersPrefsToServer;
+
+    var copiesAndFoldersServer = null;
+    if (defaultCopiesAndFoldersPrefsToServer) 
+    {
+      copiesAndFoldersServer = server;
+    }
+    else 
+    {
+      if (!MailServices.accounts.localFoldersServer)
+      {
+        dump("error!  we should have a local mail server at this point\n");
+        return false;
+      }
+      copiesAndFoldersServer = MailServices.accounts.localFoldersServer;
+    }
+
+    setDefaultCopiesAndFoldersPrefs(identity, copiesAndFoldersServer, accountData);
+
+  } catch (ex) {
+    // return false (meaning we did not setupCopiesAndFoldersServer)
+    // on any error
+    dump("Error in setupCopiesAndFoldersServer: " + ex + "\n");
+    return false;
+  }
+  return true;
+}
+
+function setDefaultCopiesAndFoldersPrefs(identity, server, accountData)
+{
+  var rootFolder = server.rootFolder;
+
+  // we need to do this or it is possible that the server's draft,
+  // stationery fcc folder will not be in rdf
+  //
+  // this can happen in a couple cases
+  // 1) the first account we create, creates the local mail.  since
+  // local mail was just created, it obviously hasn't been opened,
+  // or in rdf..
+  // 2) the account we created is of a type where
+  // defaultCopiesAndFoldersPrefsToServer is true
+  // this since we are creating the server, it obviously hasn't been
+  // opened, or in rdf.
+  //
+  // this makes the assumption that the server's draft, stationery fcc folder
+  // are at the top level (ie subfolders of the root folder.)  this works
+  // because we happen to be doing things that way, and if the user changes
+  // that, it will work because to change the folder, it must be in rdf,
+  // coming from the folder cache, in the worst case.
+  var msgFolder = rootFolder.QueryInterface(Components.interfaces.nsIMsgFolder);
+
+  /** 
+   * When a new account is created, folders 'Sent', 'Drafts'
+   * and 'Templates' are not created then, but created on demand at runtime. 
+   * But we do need to present them as possible choices in the Copies and Folders 
+   * UI. To do that, folder URIs have to be created and stored in the prefs file. 
+   * So, if there is a need to build special folders, append the special folder 
+   * names and create right URIs.
+   */
+  var folderDelim = "/";
+
+  /* we use internal names known to everyone like Sent, Templates and Drafts */
+  /* if folder names were already given in isp rdf, we use them,
+     otherwise we use internal names known to everyone like Sent, Templates and Drafts */
+
+  // Note the capital F, D and S!
+  var draftFolder = (accountData.identity && accountData.identity.DraftFolder ?
+    accountData.identity.DraftFolder : "Drafts");
+  var stationeryFolder = (accountData.identity && accountData.identity.StationeryFolder ?
+    accountData.identity.StationeryFolder : "Templates");
+  var fccFolder = (accountData.identity && accountData.identity.FccFolder ?
+    accountData.identity.FccFolder : "Sent");
+
+  identity.draftFolder = msgFolder.server.serverURI+ folderDelim + draftFolder;
+  identity.stationeryFolder = msgFolder.server.serverURI+ folderDelim + stationeryFolder;
+  identity.fccFolder = msgFolder.server.serverURI+ folderDelim + fccFolder;
+
+  // Note the capital F, D and S!
+  identity.fccFolderPickerMode = (accountData.identity &&
+    accountData.identity.FccFolder ? 1 : gDefaultSpecialFolderPickerMode);
+  identity.draftsFolderPickerMode = (accountData.identity &&
+    accountData.identity.DraftFolder ? 1 : gDefaultSpecialFolderPickerMode);
+  identity.tmplFolderPickerMode = (accountData.identity &&
+    accountData.identity.StationeryFolder ? 1 : gDefaultSpecialFolderPickerMode);
+}
+
+function AccountExists(userName, hostName, serverType)
+{
+  return MailServices.accounts.findRealServer(userName, hostName, serverType, 0);
+}
+
+function getFirstInvalidAccount()
+{
+  let invalidAccounts = getInvalidAccounts(MailServices.accounts.accounts);
+
+  if (invalidAccounts.length > 0)
+    return invalidAccounts[0];
+  else
+    return null;
+}
+
+function checkForInvalidAccounts()
+{
+  var firstInvalidAccount = getFirstInvalidAccount();
+
+  if (firstInvalidAccount) {
+    var pageData = GetPageData();
+    dump("We have an invalid account, " + firstInvalidAccount + ", let's use that!\n");
+    gCurrentAccount = firstInvalidAccount;
+
+    // there's a possibility that the invalid account has ISP defaults
+    // as well.. so first pre-fill accountData with ISP info, then
+    // overwrite it with the account data
+
+
+    var identity =
+      firstInvalidAccount.identities.queryElementAt(0, nsIMsgIdentity);
+
+    var accountData = null;
+    // If there is a email address already provided, try to get to other ISP defaults.
+    // If not, get pre-configured data, if any.
+    if (identity.email) {
+      dump("Invalid account: trying to get ISP data for " + identity.email + "\n");
+      accountData = getIspDefaultsForEmail(identity.email);
+      dump("Invalid account: Got " + accountData + "\n");
+
+      // account -> accountData -> pageData
+      accountData = AccountToAccountData(firstInvalidAccount, accountData);
+    }
+    else {
+      accountData = getPreConfigDataForAccount(firstInvalidAccount);
+    }
+    
+    AccountDataToPageData(accountData, pageData);
+
+    gCurrentAccountData = accountData;
+
+    setupWizardPanels();
+    // Set the page index to identity page.
+    document.documentElement.pageIndex = 1;
+  }
+}
+
+// Transfer all invalid account information to AccountData. Also, get those special 
+// preferences (not associated with any interfaces but preconfigurable via prefs or rdf files) 
+// like whether not the smtp server associated with this account requires 
+// a user name (mail.identity.<id_key>.smtpRequiresUsername) and the choice of skipping 
+// panels (mail.identity.<id_key>.wizardSkipPanels).
+function getPreConfigDataForAccount(account)
+{
+  var accountData = new Object;
+  accountData = new Object;
+  accountData.incomingServer = new Object;
+  accountData.identity = new Object;
+  accountData.smtp = new Object;
+
+  accountData = AccountToAccountData(account, null);
+
+  let identity = account.identities.queryElementAt(0, nsIMsgIdentity);
+
+  try {
+    var skipPanelsPrefStr = "mail.identity." + identity.key + ".wizardSkipPanels";
+    accountData.wizardSkipPanels = Services.prefs.getCharPref(skipPanelsPrefStr);
+
+    if (identity.smtpServerKey) {
+      let smtpServer = MailServices.smtp.getServerByKey(identity.smtpServerKey);
+      accountData.smtp = smtpServer;
+
+      var smtpRequiresUsername = false;
+      var smtpRequiresPrefStr = "mail.identity." + identity.key + ".smtpRequiresUsername";
+      smtpRequiresUsername = Services.prefs.getBoolPref(smtpRequiresPrefStr);
+      accountData.smtpRequiresUsername = smtpRequiresUsername;
+    }
+  }
+  catch(ex) {
+    // reached here as special identity pre-configuration prefs 
+    // (wizardSkipPanels, smtpRequiresUsername) are not defined.
+  }
+
+  return accountData;
+}
+
+function AccountToAccountData(account, defaultAccountData)
+{
+  dump("AccountToAccountData(" + account + ", " +
+       defaultAccountData + ")\n");
+  var accountData = defaultAccountData;
+  if (!accountData)
+    accountData = new Object;
+
+  accountData.incomingServer = account.incomingServer;
+  accountData.identity = account.identities.queryElementAt(0, nsIMsgIdentity);
+  accountData.smtp = MailServices.smtp.defaultServer;
+
+  return accountData;
+}
+
+// sets the page data, automatically creating the arrays as necessary
+function setPageData(pageData, tag, slot, value) {
+  if (!pageData[tag]) pageData[tag] = [];
+
+  if (value == undefined) {
+    // clear out this slot
+    if (pageData[tag][slot]) delete pageData[tag][slot];
+  }
+  else {
+    // pre-fill this slot
+    if (!pageData[tag][slot]) pageData[tag][slot] = [];
+    pageData[tag][slot].id = slot;
+    pageData[tag][slot].value = value;
+  }
+}
+
+// value of checkbox on the first page
+function serverIsNntp(pageData) {
+  if (pageData.accounttype.newsaccount)
+    return pageData.accounttype.newsaccount.value;
+  return false;
+}
+
+function getUsernameFromEmail(aEmail, aEnsureDomain)
+{
+  var username = aEmail.substr(0, aEmail.indexOf("@"));  
+  if (aEnsureDomain && gCurrentAccountData && gCurrentAccountData.domain)
+    username += '@' + gCurrentAccountData.domain;    
+  return username;
+}
+
+function getCurrentUserName(pageData)
+{
+  var userName = "";
+
+  if (pageData.login) {
+    if (pageData.login.username) {
+      userName = pageData.login.username.value;
+    }
+  }
+  if (userName == "") {
+    var email = pageData.identity.email.value;
+    userName = getUsernameFromEmail(email, false); 
+  }
+  return userName;
+}
+
+function getCurrentServerType(pageData) {
+  var servertype = "pop3";    // hopefully don't resort to default!
+  if (serverIsNntp(pageData))
+    servertype = "nntp";
+  else if (pageData.server && pageData.server.servertype)
+    servertype = pageData.server.servertype.value;
+  return servertype;
+}
+
+function getCurrentServerIsDeferred(pageData) {
+  var serverDeferred = false; 
+  if (getCurrentServerType(pageData) == "pop3" && pageData.server && pageData.server.deferStorage)
+    serverDeferred = pageData.server.deferStorage.value;
+
+  return serverDeferred;
+}
+
+function getCurrentHostname(pageData) {
+  if (serverIsNntp(pageData))
+    return pageData.newsserver.hostname.value;
+  else
+    return pageData.server.hostname.value;
+}
+
+function GetPageData()
+{
+  if (!gPageData)
+    gPageData = new Object;
+
+  return gPageData;
+}
+
+function PrefillAccountForIsp(ispName)
+{
+  dump("AccountWizard.prefillAccountForIsp(" + ispName + ")\n");
+
+  var ispData = getIspDefaultsForUri(ispName);
+  
+  var pageData = GetPageData();
+
+  if (!ispData) {
+    SetCurrentAccountData(null);
+    return;
+  }
+
+  // prefill the rest of the wizard
+  dump("PrefillAccountForISP: filling with " + ispData + "\n");
+  SetCurrentAccountData(ispData);
+  AccountDataToPageData(ispData, pageData);
+
+  setPageData(pageData, "ispdata", "supplied", true);
+}
+
+// does any cleanup work for the the account data
+// - sets the username from the email address if it's not already set
+// - anything else?
+function FixupAccountDataForIsp(accountData)
+{
+  // no fixup for news
+  // setting the username does bad things
+  // see bugs #42105 and #154213
+  if (accountData.incomingServer.type == "nntp")
+    return;
+
+  var email = accountData.identity.email;
+
+  // The identity might not have an email address, which is what the rest of
+  // this function is looking for.
+  if (!email)
+    return;
+
+  // fix up the username
+  if (!accountData.incomingServer.username)
+    accountData.incomingServer.username = 
+      getUsernameFromEmail(email, accountData.incomingServerUserNameRequiresDomain);
+
+  if (!accountData.smtp.username &&
+      accountData.smtpRequiresUsername) {
+    // fix for bug #107953
+    // if incoming hostname is same as smtp hostname
+    // use the server username (instead of the email username)
+    if (accountData.smtp.hostname == accountData.incomingServer.hostName &&
+        accountData.smtpUserNameRequiresDomain == accountData.incomingServerUserNameRequiresDomain)
+      accountData.smtp.username = accountData.incomingServer.username;
+    else
+      accountData.smtp.username = getUsernameFromEmail(email, accountData.smtpUserNameRequiresDomain);
+  }
+}
+
+function SetCurrentAccountData(accountData)
+{
+  //    dump("Setting current account data (" + gCurrentAccountData + ") to " + accountData + "\n");
+  gCurrentAccountData = accountData;
+}
+
+// flush the XUL cache - just for debugging purposes - not called
+function onFlush() {
+  Services.prefs.setBoolPref("nglayout.debug.disable_xul_cache", true);
+  Services.prefs.setBoolPref("nglayout.debug.disable_xul_cache", false);
+}
+
+/** If there are no default accounts..
+  * this is will be the new default, so enable
+  * check for mail at startup
+  */
+function EnableCheckMailAtStartUpIfNeeded(newAccount)
+{
+  // Check if default account exists and if that account is alllowed to be
+  // a default account. If no such account, make this one as the default account 
+  // and turn on the new mail check at startup for the current account   
+  if (!(gDefaultAccount && gDefaultAccount.incomingServer.canBeDefaultServer)) { 
+    MailServices.accounts.defaultAccount = newAccount;
+    newAccount.incomingServer.loginAtStartUp = true;
+    newAccount.incomingServer.downloadOnBiff = true;
+  }
+}
+
+function SetSmtpRequiresUsernameAttribute(accountData) 
+{
+  // If this is the default server, time to set the smtp user name
+  // Set the generic attribute for requiring user name for smtp to true.
+  // ISPs can override the pref via rdf files.
+  if (!(gDefaultAccount && gDefaultAccount.incomingServer.canBeDefaultServer)) { 
+    accountData.smtpRequiresUsername = true;
+  }
+}
+
+function setNextPage(currentPageId, nextPageId) {
+  var currentPage = document.getElementById(currentPageId);
+  currentPage.next = nextPageId;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/prefs/content/AccountWizard.xul b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/AccountWizard.xul
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..45da359ab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/AccountWizard.xul
@@ -0,0 +1,371 @@
+<?xml version="1.0"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<?xml-stylesheet href="chrome://messenger/skin/accountWizard.css" type="text/css"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE wizard SYSTEM "chrome://messenger/locale/AccountWizard.dtd">
+
+<wizard id="AccountWizard" title="&windowTitle.label;"
+        onwizardcancel="return onCancel();"
+        onwizardfinish="return FinishAccount();"
+#ifdef MOZ_THUNDERBIRD
+        onload="onAccountWizardLoad(); initAccountWizardTB(window.arguments);"
+#else
+        onload="onAccountWizardLoad();"
+#endif
+        style="&accountWizard.size;"
+        xmlns:nc="http://home.netscape.com/NC-rdf#"
+        xmlns="http://www.mozilla.org/keymaster/gatekeeper/there.is.only.xul">
+
+  <stringbundle id="bundle_prefs" src="chrome://messenger/locale/prefs.properties"/>
+  <stringbundle id="bundle_messenger" src="chrome://messenger/locale/messenger.properties"/>
+  <script type="application/javascript" src="chrome://messenger/content/accountUtils.js"/>
+  <script type="application/javascript" src="chrome://messenger/content/amUtils.js"/>
+  <script type="application/javascript" src="chrome://messenger/content/AccountWizard.js"/>
+  <script type="application/javascript" src="chrome://messenger/content/ispUtils.js"/>
+  <script type="application/javascript" src="chrome://messenger/content/aw-accounttype.js"/>
+  <script type="application/javascript" src="chrome://messenger/content/aw-identity.js"/>
+  <script type="application/javascript" src="chrome://messenger/content/aw-incoming.js"/>
+  <script type="application/javascript" src="chrome://messenger/content/aw-outgoing.js"/>
+  <script type="application/javascript" src="chrome://messenger/content/aw-accname.js"/>
+  <script type="application/javascript" src="chrome://messenger/content/aw-done.js"/>
+
+  <!-- Account Type page : Displays choices of mail and news accounts that user can create -->
+  <wizardpage id="accounttype" pageid="accounttype"
+              label="&accountTypeTitle.label;"
+              onpageshow="document.documentElement.canAdvance = true;"
+              onpageadvanced="return acctTypePageUnload();">
+    <vbox flex="1">
+      <description>&accountSetupInfo2.label;</description>
+      <description>&accountTypeDesc2.label;</description>
+      <label control="acctyperadio">&accountTypeDirections.label;</label>
+      <separator/>
+      <radiogroup id="acctyperadio" >
+#ifndef MOZ_THUNDERBIRD
+        <radio id="mailaccount" value="mailaccount"
+               label="&accountTypeMail.label;" accesskey="&accountTypeMail.accesskey;"
+               selected="true"/>
+#endif
+        <vbox datasources="rdf:ispdefaults" 
+              containment="http://home.netscape.com/NC-rdf#providers"
+              id="ispBox"
+              ref="NC:ispinfo">
+          <template>
+            <rule nc:wizardShow="true">
+              <radio uri="..."
+                     value="rdf:http://home.netscape.com/NC-rdf#wizardShortName"
+                     label="rdf:http://home.netscape.com/NC-rdf#wizardLongName"
+                     accesskey="rdf:http://home.netscape.com/NC-rdf#wizardLongNameAccesskey"/>
+            </rule>
+         </template>
+        </vbox>
+        <radio id="newsaccount" value="newsaccount"
+               label="&accountTypeNews.label;" accesskey="&accountTypeNews.accesskey;"/>
+      </radiogroup>
+    </vbox>
+  </wizardpage>
+
+  <!-- Identity page : Collects user's full name and email address -->
+  <wizardpage id="identitypage" pageid="identitypage"
+              label="&identityTitle.label;"
+              onpageshow="return identityPageInit();"
+              onpageadvanced="return identityPageUnload();">
+    <vbox flex="1">
+      <description>&identityDesc.label;</description>
+      <separator/>
+      <description>&fullnameDesc.label; &fullnameExample.label;</description>
+      <separator class="thin"/>
+      <hbox align="center">
+        <label class="awIdentityLabel" value="&fullnameLabel.label;"
+               accesskey="&fullnameLabel.accesskey;" control="fullName"/>
+        <textbox mailtype="identity" wsm_persist="true" name="fullName" id="fullName" flex="1" oninput="identityPageValidate();"/>
+      </hbox>
+      <separator/>  
+      <grid>
+        <columns>
+          <column flex="1"/>
+        </columns>
+        <rows>
+          <row>
+            <description id="emailDescText"/> 
+          </row>
+          <separator class="thin"/>
+          <row>
+            <hbox align="center">
+              <label class="awIdentityLabel" id="emailFieldLabel" value="&emailLabel.label;"
+                     accesskey="&emailLabel.accesskey;" control="email"/>
+              <hbox class="uri-element" align="center" flex="1">
+                <textbox wsm_persist="true" mailtype="identity" name="email"
+                         oninput="identityPageValidate();"
+                         id="email" flex="6" class="uri-element"/>
+                <label id="postEmailText"/>
+              </hbox>
+            </hbox>
+          </row>
+        </rows>
+      </grid>
+    </vbox>
+  </wizardpage>
+
+  <!-- Incoming page : User can choose to create mail account of his choice, POP3 or IMAP -->
+  <!-- Collects incoming server name and login name. -->
+  <!-- Login name is prefilled with user id from the email address provided in identity page -->
+  <!-- User can enter a login name here if it is different from the user id of his/her email address -->
+  <wizardpage id="incomingpage" pageid="incomingpage"
+              label="&incomingTitle.label;"
+              onpageshow="return incomingPageInit();"
+              onpageadvanced="return incomingPageUnload();">
+    <vbox flex="1">
+        <vbox id="serverTypeBox">
+        <label control="servertype">&incomingServerTypeDesc.label;</label>
+          <separator class="thin"/>
+          <hbox align="center" class="serverDataBox">
+            <!-- The initial value for the servertype radiogroup is set in onInit() -->
+            <radiogroup id="servertype" wsm_persist="true" orient="horizontal">
+                <radio group="servertype" value="pop3" id="pop3" label="&popType.label;" 
+                       wsm_persist="true" oncommand="setServerType();" accesskey="&popType.accesskey;"/>
+                <radio group="servertype" value="imap" id="imap" label="&imapType.label;"
+                       wsm_persist="true" oncommand="setServerType();" accesskey="&imapType.accesskey;"/>
+            </radiogroup>
+            <label id="serverPortLabel" control="serverPort" 
+                   accesskey="&portNum.accesskey;"
+                   value="&portNum.label;"/>
+            <textbox id="serverPort" type="number" size="3" max="65535"/>
+            <label id="defaultPortLabel" value="&defaultPortLabel.label;"/>
+            <label id="defaultPortValue" value="&defaultPortValue.label;"/>
+          </hbox>
+          <separator/>
+        </vbox>
+
+        <vbox id="incomingServerbox">
+          <description>&incomingServer.description;</description>
+          <hbox align="center" class="serverDataBox">
+            <label class="label, serverLabel"
+                   value="&incomingServer.label;"
+                   accesskey="&incomingServer.accesskey;"
+                   control="incomingServer"/>
+            <textbox wsm_persist="true"
+                     id="incomingServer"
+                     flex="1"
+                     class="uri-element"
+                     oninput="incomingPageValidate();"/>
+          </hbox>
+          <hbox id="leaveMsgsOnSrvrBox" class="indent">
+            <checkbox id="leaveMessagesOnServer"
+                      label="&leaveMsgsOnSrvr.label;"
+                      accesskey="&leaveMsgsOnSrvr.accesskey;"
+                      wsm_persist="true"
+                      oncommand="setServerPrefs(this);"
+                      checked="true"/>
+          </hbox>
+          <separator/>
+        </vbox>
+        <description>&incomingUsername.description;</description>
+        <separator class="thin"/>
+        <hbox align="center">
+          <label class="label"
+                 value="&incomingUsername.label;"
+                 style="width: 8em;"
+                 accesskey="&incomingUsername.accesskey;"
+                 control="username"/>
+          <textbox id="username"
+                   wsm_persist="true"
+                   flex="1"
+                   oninput="incomingPageValidate();"/>
+        </hbox>
+        <vbox id="deferStorageBox">
+            <separator class="groove"/>
+            <description> &deferStorageDesc.label;</description>
+            <hbox>
+              <checkbox id="deferStorage"
+                        label="&deferStorage.label;"
+                        accesskey="&deferStorage.accesskey;"
+                        checked="true"
+                        wsm_persist="true"
+                        oncommand="setServerPrefs(this);"/>
+            </hbox>
+        </vbox>
+    </vbox>
+  </wizardpage>
+
+  <!-- Outgoing page : Collects outgoing server name and login name. -->
+  <!-- Outgoing server name is collected if there isn't one already -->
+  <!-- Login name is prefilled with user id from the email address provided in identity page -->
+  <!-- User can enter a login name here if it is different from the user id of his/her email address -->
+  <wizardpage id="outgoingpage" pageid="outgoingpage"
+              label="&outgoingTitle.label;"
+              onpageshow="return outgoingPageInit();"
+              onpageadvanced="return outgoingPageUnload();">
+    <vbox flex="1">
+      <vbox id="noSmtp">
+        <description>&outgoingServer.description;</description>
+        <hbox align="center" class="serverDataBox">
+          <label class="label, serverLabel"
+                 value="&outgoingServer.label;"
+                 accesskey="&outgoingServer.accesskey;"
+                 control="smtphostname"/>
+          <textbox id="smtphostname"
+                   wsm_persist="true"
+                   flex="1"
+                   class="uri-element"
+                   oninput="outgoingPageValidate();"/>
+        </hbox>
+      </vbox>
+
+      <vbox id="haveSmtp">
+        <description id="smtpStaticText1"
+                     style="width: 200px;"
+                     prefix="&haveSmtp1.prefix;"
+                     suffix="&haveSmtp1.suffix3; &modifyOutgoing.suffix;">*</description>
+      </vbox>
+
+      <vbox id="loginSet1">
+        <description>&outgoingUsername.description;</description>
+        <separator class="thin"/>
+        <hbox align="center">
+          <label class="label"
+                 value="&outgoingUsername.label;"
+                 style="width: 8em;"
+                 accesskey="&outgoingUsername.accesskey;"
+                 control="smtpusername"/>
+          <textbox id="smtpusername" wsm_persist="true" flex="1"/>
+        </hbox>
+      </vbox>
+
+      <vbox id="loginSet2" hidden="true">
+        <description id="smtpStaticText2" style="width: 200px;" prefix="&haveSmtp2.prefix;"
+                     suffix="&haveSmtp2.suffix3; &modifyOutgoing.suffix;">*</description>
+      </vbox>
+
+      <vbox id="loginSet3" hidden="true">
+        <description id="smtpStaticText3" style="width: 200px;" prefix="&haveSmtp3.prefix;"
+                     suffix="&haveSmtp3.suffix3; &modifyOutgoing.suffix;">*</description>
+      </vbox>
+
+    </vbox>
+  </wizardpage>
+
+  <!-- News Server page : Collects the News groups server name -->
+  <wizardpage id="newsserver" pageid="newsserver"
+              label="&incomingTitle.label;"
+              onpageshow="return incomingPageInit();"
+              onpageadvanced="return incomingPageUnload();">
+    <vbox flex="1">
+      <description>&newsServerNameDesc.label;</description>
+      <separator class="thin"/>
+      <hbox align="center">
+        <label control="newsServer" value="&newsServerLabel.label;" accesskey="&newsServerLabel.accesskey;" style="width: 8em;"/>
+        <textbox id="newsServer"
+                 wsm_persist="true"
+                 flex="1"
+                 class="uri-element"
+                 oninput="incomingPageValidate();"/>
+      </hbox>
+    </vbox>
+  </wizardpage>
+
+  <!-- Account name page : User gets a choice to enter a pretty name for the account -->
+  <!-- Defaults : Mail account -> Email address, Newsgroup account -> Newsgroup server name -->
+  <wizardpage id="accnamepage" pageid="accnamepage" 
+              label="&accnameTitle.label;"
+              onpageshow="return acctNamePageInit();"
+              onpageadvanced="return acctNamePageUnload();">
+    <vbox flex="1">
+      <description>&accnameDesc.label;</description>
+      <separator class="thin"/>
+      <hbox align="center">
+        <label class="label" value="&accnameLabel.label;" style="width: 8em;"
+               accesskey="&accnameLabel.accesskey;" control="prettyName"/>
+        <textbox id="prettyName" size="40" wsm_persist="true" flex="1" oninput="acctNamePageValidate();"/>
+      </hbox>
+    </vbox>
+  </wizardpage>
+
+  <!-- Done page : this page summarizes information collected to create a mail/news account -->
+  <wizardpage id="done" pageid="done" 
+              label="&completionTitle.label;"
+              onpageshow="return donePageInit();">
+    <vbox flex="1">
+      <description>&completionText.label;</description>
+      <separator class="thin"/>
+      <grid>
+        <columns>
+          <column/>
+          <column flex="1"/>
+        </columns>
+        <rows>
+          <row align="center" id="account.name">
+            <label class="label" flex="1" id="account.name.label" value="&accnameLabel.label;"/>
+            <label class="label" id="account.name.text"/>
+          </row>
+          <row align="center" id="identity.email">
+            <label class="label" flex="1" id="identity.email.label" value="&emailLabel.label;"/>
+            <label class="label" id="identity.email.text"/>
+          </row>
+          <row align="center" id="server.username">
+            <label class="label" flex="1" id="server.username.label" value="&incomingUsername.label;"/>
+            <label class="label" id="server.username.text"/>
+          </row>
+          <row align="center" id="server.name">
+            <label class="label" flex="1" id="server.name.label" value="&serverNamePrefix.label;"/>
+            <label class="label" id="server.name.text"/>
+          </row>
+          <row align="center" id="server.type">
+            <label class="label" flex="1" id="server.type.label" value="&serverTypePrefix.label;"/>
+            <label class="label" id="server.type.text"/>
+          </row>
+          <row align="center" id="server.port">
+            <label class="label" id="server.port.label" flex="1" value="&portNum.label;"/>
+            <label class="label" id="server.port.text"/>
+          </row>
+          <row align="center" id="newsServer.name">
+            <label class="label" flex="1" id="newsServer.name.label" value="&newsServerNamePrefix.label;"/>
+            <label class="label" id="newsServer.name.text"/>
+          </row>
+          <row align="center" id="smtpServer.username">
+            <label class="label" flex="1" id="smtpServer.username.label" value="&outgoingUsername.label;"/>
+            <label class="label" id="smtpServer.username.text"/>
+          </row>
+          <row align="center" id="smtpServer.name">
+            <label class="label" flex="1" id="smtpServer.name.label" value="&smtpServerNamePrefix.label;"/>
+            <label class="label" id="smtpServer.name.text"/>
+          </row>
+        </rows>
+      </grid>
+      <separator/>
+      <hbox id="downloadMsgsBox">
+        <checkbox id="downloadMsgs"
+                  label="&downloadOnLogin.label;"
+                  accesskey="&downloadOnLogin.accesskey;"
+                  hidden="true"
+                  checked="true"/>
+      </hbox>
+      <spacer flex="1"/>
+#ifndef XP_MACOSX
+      <description>&clickFinish.label;</description>
+#else
+      <description>&clickFinish.labelMac;</description>
+#endif
+    </vbox>
+  </wizardpage>
+
+  <wizardpage id="ispPage1"/>
+  <wizardpage id="ispPage2"/>
+  <wizardpage id="ispPage3"/>
+  <wizardpage id="ispPage4"/>
+  <wizardpage id="ispPage5"/>
+  <wizardpage id="ispPage6"/>
+  <wizardpage id="ispPage7"/>
+  <wizardpage id="ispPage8"/>
+  <wizardpage id="ispPage9"/>
+  <wizardpage id="ispPage10"/>
+  <wizardpage id="ispPage11"/>
+  <wizardpage id="ispPage12"/>
+  <wizardpage id="ispPage13"/>
+  <wizardpage id="ispPage14"/>
+  <wizardpage id="ispPage15"/>
+  <wizardpage id="ispPage16"/>
+
+</wizard>
diff --git a/mailnews/base/prefs/content/SmtpServerEdit.js b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/SmtpServerEdit.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f84bbd00b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/SmtpServerEdit.js
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+/* -*- Mode: Java; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+Components.utils.import("resource:///modules/hostnameUtils.jsm");
+Components.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/Services.jsm");
+Components.utils.import("resource:///modules/mailServices.js");
+
+var gSmtpServer;
+
+function onLoad(event)
+{
+  gSmtpServer = window.arguments[0].server;
+  initSmtpSettings(gSmtpServer);
+}
+
+function onAccept()
+{
+  if (!isLegalHostNameOrIP(cleanUpHostName(gSmtpHostname.value))) {
+    let prefsBundle = document.getElementById("bundle_prefs");
+    let brandBundle = document.getElementById("bundle_brand");
+    let alertTitle = brandBundle.getString("brandShortName");
+    let alertMsg = prefsBundle.getString("enterValidServerName");
+    Services.prompt.alert(window, alertTitle, alertMsg);
+
+    window.arguments[0].result = false;
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  // If we didn't have an SMTP server to initialize with,
+  // we must be creating one.
+  try {
+    if (!gSmtpServer) {
+      gSmtpServer = MailServices.smtp.createServer();
+      window.arguments[0].addSmtpServer = gSmtpServer.key;
+    }
+
+    saveSmtpSettings(gSmtpServer);
+  } catch (ex) {
+    Components.utils.reportError("Error saving smtp server: " + ex);
+  }
+
+  window.arguments[0].result = true;
+  return true;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/prefs/content/SmtpServerEdit.xul b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/SmtpServerEdit.xul
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..767020d4d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/SmtpServerEdit.xul
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+<?xml version="1.0"?>
+
+<?xml-stylesheet href="chrome://messenger/skin/messenger.css" type="text/css"?>
+<?xul-overlay href="chrome://messenger/content/smtpEditOverlay.xul"?>
+
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<?xml-stylesheet href="chrome://messenger/skin/dialogs.css" type="text/css"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE dialog SYSTEM "chrome://messenger/locale/smtpEditOverlay.dtd">
+
+<dialog title="&smtpEditTitle.label;"
+        xmlns:rdf="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#"
+        xmlns="http://www.mozilla.org/keymaster/gatekeeper/there.is.only.xul"
+        onload="onLoad();"
+        ondialogaccept="return onAccept();">
+  <stringbundle id="bundle_prefs"
+                src="chrome://messenger/locale/prefs.properties"/>
+  <stringbundle id="bundle_brand"
+                src="chrome://branding/locale/brand.properties"/>
+  <stringbundle id="bundle_messenger"
+                src="chrome://messenger/locale/messenger.properties"/>
+  <script type="application/javascript"
+          src="chrome://messenger/content/SmtpServerEdit.js"/>
+  <vbox id="smtpServerEditor"/>
+</dialog>
diff --git a/mailnews/base/prefs/content/accountUtils.js b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/accountUtils.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8b5020915
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/accountUtils.js
@@ -0,0 +1,462 @@
+/* -*- Mode: Java; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+Components.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/Services.jsm");
+Components.utils.import("resource:///modules/mailServices.js");
+
+var gAnyValidIdentity = false; //If there are no valid identities for any account
+// returns the first account with an invalid server or identity
+
+var gNewAccountToLoad = null;   // used to load new messages if we come from the mail3pane
+
+function getInvalidAccounts(accounts)
+{
+    let numAccounts = accounts.length;
+    let invalidAccounts = new Array;
+    let numIdentities = 0;
+    for (let i = 0; i < numAccounts; i++) {
+        let account = accounts.queryElementAt(i, Components.interfaces.nsIMsgAccount);
+        try {
+            if (!account.incomingServer.valid) {
+                invalidAccounts[invalidAccounts.length] = account;
+                // skip to the next account
+                continue;
+            }
+        } catch (ex) {
+            // this account is busted, just keep going
+            continue;
+        }
+
+        var identities = account.identities;
+        numIdentities = identities.length;
+
+        for (var j = 0; j < numIdentities; j++) {
+            let identity = identities.queryElementAt(j, Components.interfaces.nsIMsgIdentity);
+            if (identity.valid) {
+              gAnyValidIdentity = true;
+            }
+            else {
+              invalidAccounts[invalidAccounts.length] = account;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    return invalidAccounts;
+}
+
+function showMailIntegrationDialog() {
+  const nsIShellService = Components.interfaces.nsIShellService;
+
+  try {
+    var shellService = Components.classes["@mozilla.org/suite/shell-service;1"]
+                                 .getService(nsIShellService);
+    var appTypesCheck = shellService.shouldBeDefaultClientFor &
+                        (nsIShellService.MAIL | nsIShellService.NEWS);
+
+    // show the default client dialog only if we have at least one account,
+    // if we should check for the default client, and we want to check if we are 
+    // the default for mail/news and are not the default client for mail/news
+    if (appTypesCheck && shellService.shouldCheckDefaultClient &&
+        !shellService.isDefaultClient(true, appTypesCheck))
+        window.openDialog("chrome://communicator/content/defaultClientDialog.xul",
+                        "DefaultClient", "modal,centerscreen,chrome,resizable=no");
+  } catch (ex) {}
+}
+
+/**
+ * Verify that there is at least one account. If not, open a new account wizard.
+ *
+ * @param wizardCallback if the wizard is run, callback when it is done.
+ * @param needsIdentity True only when verifyAccounts is called from the
+ *                      compose window. This last condition is so that we open
+ *                      the account wizard if the user does not have any
+ *                      identities defined and tries to compose mail.
+ * @param wizardOpen optional param that allows the caller to specify a
+ *                   different method to open a wizard. The wizardOpen method
+ *                   takes wizardCallback as an argument. The wizardCallback
+ *                   doesn't take any arguments.
+ */
+function verifyAccounts(wizardCallback, needsIdentity, wizardOpen)
+{
+  var openWizard = false;
+  var prefillAccount;
+  var state=true;
+  var ret = true;
+
+    try {
+        // migrate quoting preferences from global to per account. This function returns
+        // true if it had to migrate, which we will use to mean this is a just migrated
+        // or new profile
+        var newProfile = migrateGlobalQuotingPrefs(MailServices.accounts.allIdentities);
+
+        var accounts = MailServices.accounts.accounts;
+
+        // as long as we have some accounts, we're fine.
+        var accountCount = accounts.length;
+        var invalidAccounts = getInvalidAccounts(accounts);
+        if (invalidAccounts.length > 0 && invalidAccounts.length == accountCount) {
+            prefillAccount = invalidAccounts[0];
+        }
+
+        // if there are no accounts, or all accounts are "invalid"
+        // then kick off the account migration. Or if this is a new (to Mozilla) profile.
+        // MCD can set up accounts without the profile being used yet
+        if (newProfile) {
+          // check if MCD is configured. If not, say this is not a new profile
+          // so that we don't accidentally remigrate non MCD profiles.
+          var adminUrl;
+          try {
+            adminUrl = Services.prefs.getCharPref("autoadmin.global_config_url");
+          }
+          catch (ex) {}
+          if (!adminUrl)
+            newProfile = false;
+        }
+        if ((newProfile  && !accountCount) || accountCount == invalidAccounts.length)
+          openWizard = true;
+
+        // openWizard is true if messenger migration returns some kind of
+        // error (including those cases where there is nothing to migrate).
+        // prefillAccount is non-null if there is at least one invalid account.
+        // gAnyValidIdentity is true when you've got at least one *valid*
+        // identity. Since local and RSS folders are identity-less accounts, if you
+        // only have one of those, it will be false.
+        // needsIdentity is true only when verifyAccounts is called from the
+        // compose window. This last condition is so that we open the account
+        // wizard if the user does not have any identities defined and tries to
+        // compose mail.
+
+        if (openWizard || prefillAccount || ((!gAnyValidIdentity) && needsIdentity))
+        {
+          if (wizardOpen != undefined)
+            wizardOpen(wizardCallback)
+          else
+            MsgAccountWizard(wizardCallback);
+          ret = false;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          var localFoldersExists;
+          try
+          {
+            localFoldersExists = MailServices.accounts.localFoldersServer;
+          }
+          catch (ex)
+          {
+            localFoldersExists = false;
+          }
+
+          // we didn't create the MsgAccountWizard - we need to verify that local folders exists.
+          if (!localFoldersExists)
+            MailServices.accounts.createLocalMailAccount();
+        }
+
+        // This will do nothing on platforms without a shell service
+        const NS_SHELLSERVICE_CID = "@mozilla.org/suite/shell-service;1"
+        if (NS_SHELLSERVICE_CID in Components.classes)
+        {
+          // hack, set a time out to do this, so that the window can load first
+          setTimeout(showMailIntegrationDialog, 0);
+        }
+        return ret;
+    }
+    catch (ex) {
+        dump("error verifying accounts " + ex + "\n");
+        return false;
+    }
+}
+
+// we do this from a timer because if this is called from the onload=
+// handler, then the parent window doesn't appear until after the wizard
+// has closed, and this is confusing to the user
+function MsgAccountWizard(wizardCallback)
+{
+  setTimeout(function() { msgOpenAccountWizard(wizardCallback); }, 0);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Open the Old Mail Account Wizard, or focus it if it's already open.
+ *
+ * @param wizardCallback if the wizard is run, callback when it is done.
+ * @param type - optional account type token, for Tb.
+ * @see msgNewMailAccount below for the new implementation.
+ */
+function msgOpenAccountWizard(wizardCallback, type)
+{
+  gNewAccountToLoad = null;
+
+  window.openDialog("chrome://messenger/content/AccountWizard.xul", "AccountWizard",
+                    "chrome,modal,titlebar,centerscreen",
+                    {okCallback: wizardCallback, acctType: type});
+
+  loadInboxForNewAccount();
+
+  // If we started with no servers at all and "smtp servers" list selected,
+  // refresh display somehow. Bug 58506.
+  // TODO Better fix: select newly created account (in all cases)
+  if (typeof(getCurrentAccount) == "function" && // in AccountManager, not menu
+      !getCurrentAccount())
+    selectServer(null, null);
+}
+
+function initAccountWizardTB(args) {
+  let type = args[0] && args[0].acctType;
+  let selType = type == "newsgroups" ? "newsaccount" :
+                type == "movemail" ? "Movemail" : null;
+  let accountwizard = document.getElementById("AccountWizard");
+  let acctyperadio = document.getElementById("acctyperadio");
+  let feedRadio = acctyperadio.querySelector("radio[value='Feeds']");
+  if (feedRadio)
+    feedRadio.remove();
+  if (selType) {
+    acctyperadio.selectedItem = acctyperadio.querySelector("radio[value='"+selType+"']");
+    accountwizard.advance("identitypage");
+  }
+  else
+    acctyperadio.selectedItem = acctyperadio.getItemAtIndex(0);
+}
+
+function AddFeedAccount() {
+  window.openDialog("chrome://messenger-newsblog/content/feedAccountWizard.xul",
+                    "", "chrome,modal,titlebar,centerscreen");
+}
+
+/**
+ * Opens the account settings window on the specified account
+ * and page of settings. If the window is already open it is only focused.
+ *
+ * @param selectPage  The xul file name for the viewing page or
+ *                    null for the account main page. Other pages are
+ *                    'am-server.xul', 'am-copies.xul', 'am-offline.xul',
+ *                    'am-addressing.xul', 'am-smtp.xul'
+ * @param  aServer    The server of the account to select. Optional.
+ */
+function MsgAccountManager(selectPage, aServer)
+{
+    var existingAccountManager = Services.wm.getMostRecentWindow("mailnews:accountmanager");
+
+    if (existingAccountManager)
+        existingAccountManager.focus();
+    else {
+        if (!aServer) {
+          if (typeof GetSelectedMsgFolders === "function") {
+            let folders = GetSelectedMsgFolders();
+            if (folders.length > 0)
+              aServer = folders[0].server;
+          }
+          if (!aServer && (typeof GetDefaultAccountRootFolder === "function")) {
+            let folder = GetDefaultAccountRootFolder();
+            if (folder instanceof Components.interfaces.nsIMsgFolder)
+              aServer = folder.server;
+          }
+        }
+
+        window.openDialog("chrome://messenger/content/AccountManager.xul",
+                          "AccountManager",
+                          "chrome,centerscreen,modal,titlebar,resizable",
+                          { server: aServer, selectPage: selectPage });
+    }
+}
+
+function loadInboxForNewAccount() 
+{
+  // gNewAccountToLoad is set in the final screen of the Account Wizard if a POP account
+  // was created, the download messages box is checked, and the wizard was opened from the 3pane
+  if (gNewAccountToLoad) {
+    var rootMsgFolder = gNewAccountToLoad.incomingServer.rootMsgFolder;
+    const kInboxFlag = Components.interfaces.nsMsgFolderFlags.Inbox;
+    var inboxFolder = rootMsgFolder.getFolderWithFlags(kInboxFlag);
+    SelectFolder(inboxFolder.URI);
+    window.focus();
+    setTimeout(MsgGetMessage, 0);
+    gNewAccountToLoad = null;
+  }
+}
+
+// returns true if we migrated - it knows this because 4.x did not have the
+// pref mailnews.quotingPrefs.version, so if it's not set, we're either 
+// migrating from 4.x, or a much older version of Mozilla.
+function migrateGlobalQuotingPrefs(allIdentities)
+{
+  // if reply_on_top and auto_quote exist then, if non-default
+  // migrate and delete, if default just delete.  
+  var reply_on_top = 0;
+  var auto_quote = true;
+  var quotingPrefs = 0;
+  var migrated = false;
+  try {
+    quotingPrefs = Services.prefs.getIntPref("mailnews.quotingPrefs.version");
+  } catch (ex) {}
+
+  // If the quotingPrefs version is 0 then we need to migrate our preferences
+  if (quotingPrefs == 0) {
+    migrated = true;
+    try {
+      reply_on_top = Services.prefs.getIntPref("mailnews.reply_on_top");
+      auto_quote = Services.prefs.getBoolPref("mail.auto_quote");
+    } catch (ex) {}
+
+    if (!auto_quote || reply_on_top) {
+      let numIdentities = allIdentities.length;
+      var identity = null;
+      for (var j = 0; j < numIdentities; j++) {
+        identity = allIdentities.queryElementAt(j, Components.interfaces.nsIMsgIdentity);
+        if (identity.valid) {
+          identity.autoQuote = auto_quote;
+          identity.replyOnTop = reply_on_top;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    Services.prefs.setIntPref("mailnews.quotingPrefs.version", 1);
+  }
+  return migrated;
+}
+
+// we do this from a timer because if this is called from the onload=
+// handler, then the parent window doesn't appear until after the wizard
+// has closed, and this is confusing to the user
+function NewMailAccount(msgWindow, okCallback, extraData)
+{
+  if (!msgWindow)
+    throw new Error("NewMailAccount must be given a msgWindow.");
+
+  // Populate the extra data.
+  if (!extraData)
+    extraData = {};
+  extraData.msgWindow = msgWindow;
+
+  let mail3Pane = Services.wm.getMostRecentWindow("mail:3pane");
+
+  if (!extraData.NewMailAccount)
+    extraData.NewMailAccount = NewMailAccount;
+
+  if (!extraData.msgNewMailAccount)
+    extraData.msgNewMailAccount = msgNewMailAccount;
+
+  if (!extraData.NewComposeMessage)
+    extraData.NewComposeMessage = mail3Pane.ComposeMessage;
+
+  if (!extraData.openAddonsMgr)
+    extraData.openAddonsMgr = mail3Pane.openAddonsMgr;
+
+  if (!extraData.okCallback)
+    extraData.okCallback = null;
+
+  if (!extraData.success)
+    extraData.success = false;
+
+  setTimeout(extraData.msgNewMailAccount, 0, msgWindow, okCallback, extraData);
+}
+
+function NewMailAccountProvisioner(aMsgWindow, args) {
+  if (!args)
+    args = {};
+  if (!aMsgWindow)
+    aMsgWindow = MailServices.mailSession.topmostMsgWindow;
+
+  args.msgWindow = aMsgWindow;
+
+  let mail3Pane = Services.wm.getMostRecentWindow("mail:3pane");
+
+  // If we couldn't find a 3pane, bail out.
+  if (!mail3Pane) {
+    Components.utils.reportError("Could not find a 3pane to connect to.");
+    return;
+  }
+
+  let tabmail = mail3Pane.document.getElementById("tabmail");
+
+  if (!tabmail) {
+    Components.utils.reportError("Could not find a tabmail in the 3pane!");
+    return;
+  }
+
+  // If there's already an accountProvisionerTab open, just focus it instead
+  // of opening a new dialog.
+  let apTab = tabmail.getTabInfoForCurrentOrFirstModeInstance(
+    tabmail.tabModes["accountProvisionerTab"]);
+
+  if (apTab) {
+    tabmail.switchToTab(apTab);
+    return;
+  }
+
+  // XXX make sure these are all defined in all contexts... to be on the safe
+  // side, just get a mail:3pane and borrow the functions from it?
+  if (!args.NewMailAccount)
+    args.NewMailAccount = NewMailAccount;
+
+  if (!args.msgNewMailAccount)
+    args.msgNewMailAccount = msgNewMailAccount;
+
+  if (!args.NewComposeMessage)
+    args.NewComposeMessage = mail3Pane.ComposeMessage;
+
+  if (!args.openAddonsMgr)
+    args.openAddonsMgr = mail3Pane.openAddonsMgr;
+
+  if (!args.okCallback)
+    args.okCallback = null;
+
+  let windowParams = "chrome,titlebar,centerscreen,width=640,height=480";
+
+  if (!args.success) {
+    args.success = false;
+    // If we're not opening up the success dialog, then our window should be
+    // modal.
+    windowParams = "modal," + windowParams;
+  }
+
+  // NOTE: If you're a developer, and you notice that the jQuery code in
+  // accountProvisioner.xhtml isn't throwing errors or warnings, that's due
+  // to bug 688273.  Just make the window non-modal to get those errors and
+  // warnings back, and then clear this comment when bug 688273 is closed.
+  window.openDialog(
+    "chrome://messenger/content/newmailaccount/accountProvisioner.xhtml",
+    "AccountCreation",
+    windowParams,
+    args);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Open the New Mail Account Wizard, or focus it if it's already open.
+ *
+ * @param msgWindow a msgWindow for us to use to verify the accounts.
+ * @param okCallback an optional callback for us to call back to if
+ *                   everything's okay.
+ * @param extraData an optional param that allows us to pass data in and
+ *                  out.  Used in the upcoming AccountProvisioner add-on.
+ * @see msgOpenAccountWizard above for the previous implementation.
+ */
+function msgNewMailAccount(msgWindow, okCallback, extraData)
+{
+  if (!msgWindow)
+    throw new Error("msgNewMailAccount must be given a msgWindow.");
+
+  let existingWindow = Services.wm.getMostRecentWindow("mail:autoconfig");
+  if (existingWindow) {
+    existingWindow.focus();
+  } else {
+    // disabling modal for the time being, see 688273 REMOVEME
+    window.openDialog("chrome://messenger/content/accountcreation/emailWizard.xul",
+                      "AccountSetup", "chrome,titlebar,centerscreen",
+                      {msgWindow:msgWindow,
+                       okCallback:okCallback,
+                       extraData:extraData});
+  }
+
+  /*
+  // TODO: Enable this block of code once the dialog above is made modal.
+  // If we started with no servers at all and "smtp servers" list selected,
+  // refresh display somehow. Bug 58506.
+  // TODO Better fix: select newly created account (in all cases)
+  let existingAccountManager =
+      Services.wm.getMostRecentWindow("mailnews:accountmanager");
+  // in AccountManager, not menu
+  if (existingAccountManager && typeof(getCurrentAccount) == "function" &&
+      !getCurrentAccount()) {
+    selectServer(null, null);
+  }
+  */
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/prefs/content/accountcreation/MyBadCertHandler.js b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/accountcreation/MyBadCertHandler.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9f4c5034e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/accountcreation/MyBadCertHandler.js
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/**
+ * This class implements nsIBadCertListener.  It's job is to prevent "bad cert"
+ * security dialogs from being shown to the user.  We call back to the
+ * 'callback' object's method "processCertError" so that it can deal with it as
+ * needed (in the case of autoconfig, setting up temporary overrides).
+ */
+function BadCertHandler(callback)
+{
+  this._init(callback);
+}
+
+BadCertHandler.prototype =
+{
+  _init: function(callback) {
+    this._callback = callback;
+  },
+
+  // Suppress any certificate errors
+  notifyCertProblem: function(socketInfo, status, targetSite) {
+    return this._callback.processCertError(socketInfo, status, targetSite);
+  },
+
+  // nsIInterfaceRequestor
+  getInterface: function(iid) {
+    return this.QueryInterface(iid);
+  },
+
+  // nsISupports
+  QueryInterface: function(iid) {
+    if (!iid.equals(Components.interfaces.nsIBadCertListener2) &&
+        !iid.equals(Components.interfaces.nsIInterfaceRequestor) &&
+        !iid.equals(Components.interfaces.nsISupports))
+      throw Components.results.NS_ERROR_NO_INTERFACE;
+    return this;
+  }
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/base/prefs/content/accountcreation/accountConfig.js b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/accountcreation/accountConfig.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3a757d8ee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/accountcreation/accountConfig.js
@@ -0,0 +1,259 @@
+/* -*- Mode: Java; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/**
+ * This file creates the class AccountConfig, which is a JS object that holds
+ * a configuration for a certain account. It is *not* created in the backend
+ * yet (use aw-createAccount.js for that), and it may be incomplete.
+ *
+ * Several AccountConfig objects may co-exist, e.g. for autoconfig.
+ * One AccountConfig object is used to prefill and read the widgets
+ * in the Wizard UI.
+ * When we autoconfigure, we autoconfig writes the values into a
+ * new object and returns that, and the caller can copy these
+ * values into the object used by the UI.
+ *
+ * See also
+ * <https://wiki.mozilla.org/Thunderbird:Autoconfiguration:ConfigFileFormat>
+ * for values stored.
+ */
+
+function AccountConfig()
+{
+  this.incoming = this.createNewIncoming();
+  this.incomingAlternatives = [];
+  this.outgoing = this.createNewOutgoing();
+  this.outgoingAlternatives = [];
+  this.identity =
+  {
+    // displayed real name of user
+    realname : "%REALNAME%",
+    // email address of user, as shown in From of outgoing mails
+    emailAddress : "%EMAILADDRESS%",
+  };
+  this.inputFields = [];
+  this.domains = [];
+};
+AccountConfig.prototype =
+{
+  // @see createNewIncoming()
+  incoming : null,
+  // @see createNewOutgoing()
+  outgoing : null,
+  /**
+   * Other servers which can be used instead of |incoming|,
+   * in order of decreasing preference.
+   * (|incoming| itself should not be included here.)
+   * { Array of incoming/createNewIncoming() }
+   */
+  incomingAlternatives : null,
+  outgoingAlternatives : null,
+  // OAuth2 configuration, if needed.
+  oauthSettings : null,
+  // just an internal string to refer to this. Do not show to user.
+  id : null,
+  // who created the config.
+  // { one of kSource* }
+  source : 0,
+  displayName : null,
+  // { Array of { varname (value without %), displayName, exampleValue } }
+  inputFields : null,
+  // email address domains for which this config is applicable
+  // { Array of Strings }
+  domains : null,
+
+  /**
+   * Factory function for incoming and incomingAlternatives
+   */
+  createNewIncoming : function()
+  {
+    return {
+      // { String-enum: "pop3", "imap", "nntp" }
+      type : null,
+      hostname : null,
+      // { Integer }
+      port : null,
+      // May be a placeholder (starts and ends with %). { String }
+      username : null,
+      password : null,
+      // { enum: 1 = plain, 2 = SSL/TLS, 3 = STARTTLS always, 0 = not inited }
+      // ('TLS when available' is insecure and not supported here)
+      socketType : 0,
+      /**
+       * true when the cert is invalid (and thus SSL useless), because it's
+       * 1) not from an accepted CA (including self-signed certs)
+       * 2) for a different hostname or
+       * 3) expired.
+       * May go back to false when user explicitly accepted the cert.
+       */
+      badCert : false,
+      /**
+       * How to log in to the server: plaintext or encrypted pw, GSSAPI etc.
+       * Defined by Ci.nsMsgAuthMethod
+       * Same as server pref "authMethod".
+       */
+      auth : 0,
+      /**
+       * Other auth methods that we think the server supports.
+       * They are ordered by descreasing preference.
+       * (|auth| itself is not included in |authAlternatives|)
+       * {Array of Ci.nsMsgAuthMethod} (same as .auth)
+       */
+      authAlternatives : null,
+      // in minutes { Integer }
+      checkInterval : 10,
+      loginAtStartup : true,
+      // POP3 only:
+      // Not yet implemented. { Boolean }
+      useGlobalInbox : false,
+      leaveMessagesOnServer : true,
+      daysToLeaveMessagesOnServer : 14,
+      deleteByAgeFromServer : true,
+      // When user hits delete, delete from local store and from server
+      deleteOnServerWhenLocalDelete : true,
+      downloadOnBiff : true,
+    };
+  },
+  /**
+   * Factory function for outgoing and outgoingAlternatives
+   */
+  createNewOutgoing : function()
+  {
+    return {
+      type : "smtp",
+      hostname : null,
+      port : null, // see incoming
+      username : null, // see incoming. may be null, if auth is 0.
+      password : null, // see incoming. may be null, if auth is 0.
+      socketType : 0, // see incoming
+      badCert : false, // see incoming
+      auth : 0, // see incoming
+      authAlternatives : null, // see incoming
+      addThisServer : true, // if we already have an SMTP server, add this
+      // if we already have an SMTP server, use it.
+      useGlobalPreferredServer : false,
+      // we should reuse an already configured SMTP server.
+      // nsISmtpServer.key
+      existingServerKey : null,
+      // user display value for existingServerKey
+      existingServerLabel : null,
+    };
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Returns a deep copy of this object,
+   * i.e. modifying the copy will not affect the original object.
+   */
+  copy : function()
+  {
+    // Workaround: deepCopy() fails to preserve base obj (instanceof)
+    var result = new AccountConfig();
+    for (var prop in this)
+      result[prop] = deepCopy(this[prop]);
+
+    return result;
+  },
+  isComplete : function()
+  {
+    return (!!this.incoming.hostname && !!this.incoming.port &&
+         !!this.incoming.socketType && !!this.incoming.auth &&
+         !!this.incoming.username &&
+         (!!this.outgoing.existingServerKey ||
+          (!!this.outgoing.hostname && !!this.outgoing.port &&
+           !!this.outgoing.socketType && !!this.outgoing.auth &&
+           !!this.outgoing.username)));
+  },
+};
+
+
+// enum consts
+
+// .source
+AccountConfig.kSourceUser = 1; // user manually entered the config
+AccountConfig.kSourceXML = 2; // config from XML from ISP or Mozilla DB
+AccountConfig.kSourceGuess = 3; // guessConfig()
+
+
+/**
+ * Some fields on the account config accept placeholders (when coming from XML).
+ *
+ * These are the predefined ones
+ * * %EMAILADDRESS% (full email address of the user, usually entered by user)
+ * * %EMAILLOCALPART% (email address, part before @)
+ * * %EMAILDOMAIN% (email address, part after @)
+ * * %REALNAME%
+ * as well as those defined in account.inputFields.*.varname, with % added
+ * before and after.
+ *
+ * These must replaced with real values, supplied by the user or app,
+ * before the account is created. This is done here. You call this function once
+ * you have all the data - gathered the standard vars mentioned above as well as
+ * all listed in account.inputFields, and pass them in here. This function will
+ * insert them in the fields, returning a fully filled-out account ready to be
+ * created.
+ *
+ * @param account {AccountConfig}
+ * The account data to be modified. It may or may not contain placeholders.
+ * After this function, it should not contain placeholders anymore.
+ * This object will be modified in-place.
+ *
+ * @param emailfull {String}
+ * Full email address of this account, e.g. "joe@example.com".
+ * Empty of incomplete email addresses will/may be rejected.
+ *
+ * @param realname {String}
+ * Real name of user, as will appear in From of outgoing messages
+ *
+ * @param password {String}
+ * The password for the incoming server and (if necessary) the outgoing server
+ */
+function replaceVariables(account, realname, emailfull, password)
+{
+  sanitize.nonemptystring(emailfull);
+  let emailsplit = emailfull.split("@");
+  assert(emailsplit.length == 2,
+         "email address not in expected format: must contain exactly one @");
+  let emaillocal = sanitize.nonemptystring(emailsplit[0]);
+  let emaildomain = sanitize.hostname(emailsplit[1]);
+  sanitize.label(realname);
+  sanitize.nonemptystring(realname);
+
+  let otherVariables = {};
+  otherVariables.EMAILADDRESS = emailfull;
+  otherVariables.EMAILLOCALPART = emaillocal;
+  otherVariables.EMAILDOMAIN = emaildomain;
+  otherVariables.REALNAME = realname;
+
+  if (password) {
+    account.incoming.password = password;
+    account.outgoing.password = password; // set member only if auth required?
+  }
+  account.incoming.username = _replaceVariable(account.incoming.username,
+                                               otherVariables);
+  account.outgoing.username = _replaceVariable(account.outgoing.username,
+                                               otherVariables);
+  account.incoming.hostname =
+      _replaceVariable(account.incoming.hostname, otherVariables);
+  if (account.outgoing.hostname) // will be null if user picked existing server.
+    account.outgoing.hostname =
+        _replaceVariable(account.outgoing.hostname, otherVariables);
+  account.identity.realname =
+      _replaceVariable(account.identity.realname, otherVariables);
+  account.identity.emailAddress =
+      _replaceVariable(account.identity.emailAddress, otherVariables);
+  account.displayName = _replaceVariable(account.displayName, otherVariables);
+}
+
+function _replaceVariable(variable, values)
+{
+  let str = variable;
+  if (typeof(str) != "string")
+    return str;
+
+  for (let varname in values)
+      str = str.replace("%" + varname + "%", values[varname]);
+
+  return str;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/prefs/content/accountcreation/createInBackend.js b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/accountcreation/createInBackend.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d959c3ae9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/accountcreation/createInBackend.js
@@ -0,0 +1,333 @@
+/* -*- Mode: Java; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/**
+ * Takes an |AccountConfig| JS object and creates that account in the
+ * Thunderbird backend (which also writes it to prefs).
+ *
+ * @param config {AccountConfig} The account to create
+ *
+ * @return - the account created.
+ */
+
+Components.utils.import("resource:///modules/mailServices.js");
+Components.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/Services.jsm");
+
+function createAccountInBackend(config)
+{
+  // incoming server
+  let inServer = MailServices.accounts.createIncomingServer(
+      config.incoming.username,
+      config.incoming.hostname,
+      sanitize.enum(config.incoming.type, ["pop3", "imap", "nntp"]));
+  inServer.port = config.incoming.port;
+  inServer.authMethod = config.incoming.auth;
+  inServer.password = config.incoming.password;
+  if (config.rememberPassword && config.incoming.password.length)
+    rememberPassword(inServer, config.incoming.password);
+
+  if (inServer.authMethod == Ci.nsMsgAuthMethod.OAuth2) {
+    inServer.setCharValue("oauth2.scope", config.oauthSettings.scope);
+    inServer.setCharValue("oauth2.issuer", config.oauthSettings.issuer);
+  }
+
+  // SSL
+  if (config.incoming.socketType == 1) // plain
+    inServer.socketType = Ci.nsMsgSocketType.plain;
+  else if (config.incoming.socketType == 2) // SSL / TLS
+    inServer.socketType = Ci.nsMsgSocketType.SSL;
+  else if (config.incoming.socketType == 3) // STARTTLS
+    inServer.socketType = Ci.nsMsgSocketType.alwaysSTARTTLS;
+  //inServer.prettyName = config.displayName;
+  inServer.prettyName = config.identity.emailAddress;
+
+  inServer.doBiff = true;
+  inServer.biffMinutes = config.incoming.checkInterval;
+  const loginAtStartupPrefTemplate =
+    "mail.server.%serverkey%.login_at_startup";
+  var loginAtStartupPref =
+    loginAtStartupPrefTemplate.replace("%serverkey%", inServer.key);
+  Services.prefs.setBoolPref(loginAtStartupPref,
+                             config.incoming.loginAtStartup);
+  if (config.incoming.type == "pop3")
+  {
+    const leaveOnServerPrefTemplate =
+      "mail.server.%serverkey%.leave_on_server";
+    const daysToLeaveOnServerPrefTemplate =
+      "mail.server.%serverkey%.num_days_to_leave_on_server";
+    const deleteFromServerPrefTemplate =
+      "mail.server.%serverkey%.delete_mail_left_on_server";
+    const deleteByAgeFromServerPrefTemplate =
+      "mail.server.%serverkey%.delete_by_age_from_server";
+    const downloadOnBiffPrefTemplate =
+      "mail.server.%serverkey%.download_on_biff";
+    var leaveOnServerPref =
+      leaveOnServerPrefTemplate.replace("%serverkey%", inServer.key);
+    var ageFromServerPref =
+      deleteByAgeFromServerPrefTemplate.replace("%serverkey%", inServer.key);
+    var daysToLeaveOnServerPref =
+      daysToLeaveOnServerPrefTemplate.replace("%serverkey%", inServer.key);
+    var deleteFromServerPref =
+      deleteFromServerPrefTemplate.replace("%serverkey%", inServer.key);
+    let downloadOnBiffPref =
+      downloadOnBiffPrefTemplate.replace("%serverkey%", inServer.key);
+    Services.prefs.setBoolPref(leaveOnServerPref,
+                               config.incoming.leaveMessagesOnServer);
+    Services.prefs.setIntPref(daysToLeaveOnServerPref,
+                              config.incoming.daysToLeaveMessagesOnServer);
+    Services.prefs.setBoolPref(deleteFromServerPref,
+                               config.incoming.deleteOnServerWhenLocalDelete);
+    Services.prefs.setBoolPref(ageFromServerPref,
+                               config.incoming.deleteByAgeFromServer);
+    Services.prefs.setBoolPref(downloadOnBiffPref,
+                               config.incoming.downloadOnBiff);
+  }
+  inServer.valid = true;
+
+  let username = config.outgoing.auth > 1 ? config.outgoing.username : null;
+  let outServer = MailServices.smtp.findServer(username, config.outgoing.hostname);
+  assert(config.outgoing.addThisServer ||
+         config.outgoing.useGlobalPreferredServer ||
+         config.outgoing.existingServerKey,
+         "No SMTP server: inconsistent flags");
+
+  if (config.outgoing.addThisServer && !outServer)
+  {
+    outServer = MailServices.smtp.createServer();
+    outServer.hostname = config.outgoing.hostname;
+    outServer.port = config.outgoing.port;
+    outServer.authMethod = config.outgoing.auth;
+    if (config.outgoing.auth > 1)
+    {
+      outServer.username = username;
+      outServer.password = config.incoming.password;
+      if (config.rememberPassword && config.incoming.password.length)
+        rememberPassword(outServer, config.incoming.password);
+    }
+
+    if (outServer.authMethod == Ci.nsMsgAuthMethod.OAuth2) {
+      let pref = "mail.smtpserver." + outServer.key + ".";
+      Services.prefs.setCharPref(pref + "oauth2.scope",
+                                 config.oauthSettings.scope);
+      Services.prefs.setCharPref(pref + "oauth2.issuer",
+                                 config.oauthSettings.issuer);
+    }
+
+    if (config.outgoing.socketType == 1) // no SSL
+      outServer.socketType = Ci.nsMsgSocketType.plain;
+    else if (config.outgoing.socketType == 2) // SSL / TLS
+      outServer.socketType = Ci.nsMsgSocketType.SSL;
+    else if (config.outgoing.socketType == 3) // STARTTLS
+      outServer.socketType = Ci.nsMsgSocketType.alwaysSTARTTLS;
+
+    // API problem: <http://mxr.mozilla.org/seamonkey/source/mailnews/compose/public/nsISmtpServer.idl#93>
+    outServer.description = config.displayName;
+    if (config.password)
+      outServer.password = config.outgoing.password;
+
+    // If this is the first SMTP server, set it as default
+    if (!MailServices.smtp.defaultServer ||
+        !MailServices.smtp.defaultServer.hostname)
+      MailServices.smtp.defaultServer = outServer;
+  }
+
+  // identity
+  // TODO accounts without identity?
+  let identity = MailServices.accounts.createIdentity();
+  identity.fullName = config.identity.realname;
+  identity.email = config.identity.emailAddress;
+
+  // for new accounts, default to replies being positioned above the quote
+  // if a default account is defined already, take its settings instead
+  if (config.incoming.type == "imap" || config.incoming.type == "pop3")
+  {
+    identity.replyOnTop = 1;
+    // identity.sigBottom = false; // don't set this until Bug 218346 is fixed
+
+    if (MailServices.accounts.accounts.length &&
+        MailServices.accounts.defaultAccount)
+    {
+      let defAccount = MailServices.accounts.defaultAccount;
+      let defIdentity = defAccount.defaultIdentity;
+      if (defAccount.incomingServer.canBeDefaultServer &&
+          defIdentity && defIdentity.valid)
+      {
+        identity.replyOnTop = defIdentity.replyOnTop;
+        identity.sigBottom = defIdentity.sigBottom;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  // due to accepted conventions, news accounts should default to plain text
+  if (config.incoming.type == "nntp")
+    identity.composeHtml = false;
+
+  identity.valid = true;
+
+  if (config.outgoing.existingServerKey)
+    identity.smtpServerKey = config.outgoing.existingServerKey;
+  else if (!config.outgoing.useGlobalPreferredServer)
+    identity.smtpServerKey = outServer.key;
+
+  // account and hook up
+  // Note: Setting incomingServer will cause the AccountManager to refresh
+  // itself, which could be a problem if we came from it and we haven't set
+  // the identity (see bug 521955), so make sure everything else on the
+  // account is set up before you set the incomingServer.
+  let account = MailServices.accounts.createAccount();
+  account.addIdentity(identity);
+  account.incomingServer = inServer;
+  if (inServer.canBeDefaultServer && (!MailServices.accounts.defaultAccount ||
+                                      !MailServices.accounts.defaultAccount
+                                       .incomingServer.canBeDefaultServer))
+    MailServices.accounts.defaultAccount = account;
+
+  verifyLocalFoldersAccount(MailServices.accounts);
+  setFolders(identity, inServer);
+
+  // save
+  MailServices.accounts.saveAccountInfo();
+  try {
+    Services.prefs.savePrefFile(null);
+  } catch (ex) {
+    ddump("Could not write out prefs: " + ex);
+  }
+  return account;
+}
+
+function setFolders(identity, server)
+{
+  // TODO: support for local folders for global inbox (or use smart search
+  // folder instead)
+
+  var baseURI = server.serverURI + "/";
+
+  // Names will be localized in UI, not in folder names on server/disk
+  // TODO allow to override these names in the XML config file,
+  // in case e.g. Google or AOL use different names?
+  // Workaround: Let user fix it :)
+  var fccName = "Sent";
+  var draftName = "Drafts";
+  var templatesName = "Templates";
+
+  identity.draftFolder = baseURI + draftName;
+  identity.stationeryFolder = baseURI + templatesName;
+  identity.fccFolder = baseURI + fccName;
+
+  identity.fccFolderPickerMode = 0;
+  identity.draftsFolderPickerMode = 0;
+  identity.tmplFolderPickerMode = 0;
+}
+
+function rememberPassword(server, password)
+{
+  if (server instanceof Components.interfaces.nsIMsgIncomingServer)
+    var passwordURI = server.localStoreType + "://" + server.hostName;
+  else if (server instanceof Components.interfaces.nsISmtpServer)
+    var passwordURI = "smtp://" + server.hostname;
+  else
+    throw new NotReached("Server type not supported");
+
+  let login = Cc["@mozilla.org/login-manager/loginInfo;1"]
+              .createInstance(Ci.nsILoginInfo);
+  login.init(passwordURI, null, passwordURI, server.username, password, "", "");
+  try {
+    Services.logins.addLogin(login);
+  } catch (e) {
+    if (e.message.includes("This login already exists")) {
+      // TODO modify
+    } else {
+      throw e;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Check whether the user's setup already has an incoming server
+ * which matches (hostname, port, username) the primary one
+ * in the config.
+ * (We also check the email address as username.)
+ *
+ * @param config {AccountConfig} filled in (no placeholders)
+ * @return {nsIMsgIncomingServer} If it already exists, the server
+ *     object is returned.
+ *     If it's a new server, |null| is returned.
+ */
+function checkIncomingServerAlreadyExists(config)
+{
+  assert(config instanceof AccountConfig);
+  let incoming = config.incoming;
+  let existing = MailServices.accounts.findRealServer(incoming.username,
+        incoming.hostname,
+        sanitize.enum(incoming.type, ["pop3", "imap", "nntp"]),
+        incoming.port);
+
+  // if username does not have an '@', also check the e-mail
+  // address form of the name.
+  if (!existing && !incoming.username.includes("@"))
+    existing = MailServices.accounts.findRealServer(config.identity.emailAddress,
+          incoming.hostname,
+          sanitize.enum(incoming.type, ["pop3", "imap", "nntp"]),
+          incoming.port);
+  return existing;
+};
+
+/**
+ * Check whether the user's setup already has an outgoing server
+ * which matches (hostname, port, username) the primary one
+ * in the config.
+ *
+ * @param config {AccountConfig} filled in (no placeholders)
+ * @return {nsISmtpServer} If it already exists, the server
+ *     object is returned.
+ *     If it's a new server, |null| is returned.
+ */
+function checkOutgoingServerAlreadyExists(config)
+{
+  assert(config instanceof AccountConfig);
+  let smtpServers = MailServices.smtp.servers;
+  while (smtpServers.hasMoreElements())
+  {
+    let existingServer = smtpServers.getNext()
+        .QueryInterface(Ci.nsISmtpServer);
+    // TODO check username with full email address, too, like for incoming
+    if (existingServer.hostname == config.outgoing.hostname &&
+        existingServer.port == config.outgoing.port &&
+        existingServer.username == config.outgoing.username)
+      return existingServer;
+  }
+  return null;
+};
+
+/**
+ * Check if there already is a "Local Folders". If not, create it.
+ * Copied from AccountWizard.js with minor updates.
+ */
+function verifyLocalFoldersAccount(am) 
+{
+  let localMailServer;
+  try {
+    localMailServer = am.localFoldersServer;
+  }
+  catch (ex) {
+    localMailServer = null;
+  }
+
+  try {
+    if (!localMailServer) 
+    {
+      // creates a copy of the identity you pass in
+      am.createLocalMailAccount();
+      try {
+        localMailServer = am.localFoldersServer;
+      }
+      catch (ex) {
+        ddump("Error! we should have found the local mail server " +
+              "after we created it.");
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  catch (ex) { ddump("Error in verifyLocalFoldersAccount " + ex); }
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/prefs/content/accountcreation/emailWizard.js b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/accountcreation/emailWizard.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b4e6854da
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/accountcreation/emailWizard.js
@@ -0,0 +1,1959 @@
+/* -*- Mode: Java; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+Components.utils.import("resource:///modules/mailServices.js");
+Components.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/Services.jsm");
+Components.utils.import("resource:///modules/hostnameUtils.jsm");
+Components.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/OAuth2Providers.jsm");
+
+/**
+ * This is the dialog opened by menu File | New account | Mail... .
+ *
+ * It gets the user's realname, email address and password,
+ * and tries to automatically configure the account from that,
+ * using various mechanisms. If all fails, the user can enter/edit
+ * the config, then we create the account.
+ *
+ * Steps:
+ * - User enters realname, email address and password
+ * - check for config files on disk
+ *   (shipping with Thunderbird, for enterprise deployments)
+ * - (if fails) try to get the config file from the ISP via a
+ *   fixed URL on the domain of the email address
+ * - (if fails) try to get the config file from our own database
+ *   at MoMo servers, maintained by the community
+ * - (if fails) try to guess the config, by guessing hostnames,
+ *    probing ports, checking config via server's CAPS line etc..
+ * - verify the setup, by trying to login to the configured servers
+ * - let user verify and maybe edit the server names and ports
+ * - If user clicks OK, create the account
+ */
+
+
+// from http://xyfer.blogspot.com/2005/01/javascript-regexp-email-validator.html
+var emailRE = /^[-_a-z0-9\'+*$^&%=~!?{}]+(?:\.[-_a-z0-9\'+*$^&%=~!?{}]+)*@(?:[-a-z0-9.]+\.[a-z]{2,6}|\d{1,3}(?:\.\d{1,3}){3})(?::\d+)?$/i;
+
+if (typeof gEmailWizardLogger == "undefined") {
+  Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/log4moz.js");
+  var gEmailWizardLogger = Log4Moz.getConfiguredLogger("mail.wizard");
+}
+
+var gStringsBundle;
+var gMessengerBundle;
+var gBrandShortName;
+
+/*********************
+TODO for bug 549045
+- autodetect protocol
+Polish
+- reformat code style to match
+<https://developer.mozilla.org/En/Mozilla_Coding_Style_Guide#Control_Structures>
+- bold status
+- remove status when user edited in manual edit
+- add and adapt test from bug 534588
+Bugs
+- SSL cert errors
+  - invalid cert (hostname mismatch) doesn't trigger warning dialog as it should
+  - accept self-signed cert (e.g. imap.mail.ru) doesn't work
+    (works without my patch),
+    verifyConfig.js line 124 has no inServer, for whatever reason,
+    although I didn't change verifyConfig.js at all
+    (the change you see in that file is irrelevant: that was an attempt to fix
+    the bug and clean up the code).
+- Set radio IMAP vs. POP3, see TODO in code
+Things to test (works for me):
+- state transitions, buttons enable, status msgs
+  - stop button
+    - showes up again after stopping detection and restarting it
+    - when stopping [retest]: buttons proper?
+  - enter nonsense domain. guess fails, (so automatically) manual,
+    change domain to real one (not in DB), guess succeeds.
+    former bug: goes to manual first shortly, then to result
+**********************/
+
+// To debug, set mail.wizard.logging.dump (or .console)="All" and kDebug = true
+
+function e(elementID)
+{
+  return document.getElementById(elementID);
+};
+
+function _hide(id)
+{
+  e(id).hidden = true;
+}
+
+function _show(id)
+{
+  e(id).hidden = false;
+}
+
+function _enable(id)
+{
+  e(id).disabled = false;
+}
+
+function _disable(id)
+{
+  e(id).disabled = true;
+}
+
+function setText(id, value)
+{
+  var element = e(id);
+  assert(element, "setText() on non-existant element ID");
+
+  if (element.localName == "textbox" || element.localName == "label") {
+    element.value = value;
+  } else if (element.localName == "description") {
+    element.textContent = value;
+  } else {
+    throw new NotReached("XUL element type not supported");
+  }
+}
+
+function setLabelFromStringBundle(elementID, stringName)
+{
+  e(elementID).label = gMessengerBundle.getString(stringName);
+};
+
+function EmailConfigWizard()
+{
+  this._init();
+}
+EmailConfigWizard.prototype =
+{
+  _init : function EmailConfigWizard__init()
+  {
+    gEmailWizardLogger.info("Initializing setup wizard");
+    this._abortable = null;
+  },
+
+  onLoad : function()
+  {
+    /**
+     * this._currentConfig is the config we got either from the XML file or
+     * from guessing or from the user. Unless it's from the user, it contains
+     * placeholders like %EMAILLOCALPART% in username and other fields.
+     *
+     * The config here must retain these placeholders, to be able to
+     * adapt when the user enters a different realname, or password or
+     * email local part. (A change of the domain name will trigger a new
+     * detection anyways.)
+     * That means, before you actually use the config (e.g. to create an
+     * account or to show it to the user), you need to run replaceVariables().
+     */
+    this._currentConfig = null;
+
+    let userFullname;
+    try {
+      let userInfo = Cc["@mozilla.org/userinfo;1"].getService(Ci.nsIUserInfo);
+      userFullname = userInfo.fullname;
+    } catch(e) {
+      // nsIUserInfo may not be implemented on all platforms, and name might
+      // not be avaialble even if it is.
+    }
+
+    this._domain = "";
+    this._email = "";
+    this._realname = (userFullname) ? userFullname : "";
+    e("realname").value = this._realname;
+    this._password = "";
+    this._okCallback = null;
+
+    if (window.arguments && window.arguments[0]) {
+      if (window.arguments[0].msgWindow) {
+        this._parentMsgWindow = window.arguments[0].msgWindow;
+      }
+      if (window.arguments[0].okCallback) {
+        this._okCallback = window.arguments[0].okCallback;
+      }
+    }
+
+    gEmailWizardLogger.info("Email account setup dialog loaded.");
+
+    gStringsBundle = e("strings");
+    gMessengerBundle = e("bundle_messenger");
+    gBrandShortName = e("bundle_brand").getString("brandShortName");
+
+    setLabelFromStringBundle("in-authMethod-password-cleartext",
+        "authPasswordCleartextViaSSL"); // will warn about insecure later
+    setLabelFromStringBundle("in-authMethod-password-encrypted",
+        "authPasswordEncrypted");
+    setLabelFromStringBundle("in-authMethod-kerberos", "authKerberos");
+    setLabelFromStringBundle("in-authMethod-ntlm", "authNTLM");
+    setLabelFromStringBundle("in-authMethod-oauth2", "authOAuth2");
+    setLabelFromStringBundle("out-authMethod-no", "authNo");
+    setLabelFromStringBundle("out-authMethod-password-cleartext",
+        "authPasswordCleartextViaSSL"); // will warn about insecure later
+    setLabelFromStringBundle("out-authMethod-password-encrypted",
+        "authPasswordEncrypted");
+    setLabelFromStringBundle("out-authMethod-kerberos", "authKerberos");
+    setLabelFromStringBundle("out-authMethod-ntlm", "authNTLM");
+    setLabelFromStringBundle("out-authMethod-oauth2", "authOAuth2");
+
+    e("incoming_port").value = gStringsBundle.getString("port_auto");
+    this.fillPortDropdown("smtp");
+
+    // If the account provisioner is preffed off, don't display
+    // the account provisioner button.
+    if (!Services.prefs.getBoolPref("mail.provider.enabled"))
+      _hide("provisioner_button");
+
+    // Populate SMTP server dropdown with already configured SMTP servers from
+    // other accounts.
+    var menulist = e("outgoing_hostname");
+    let smtpServers = MailServices.smtp.servers;
+    while (smtpServers.hasMoreElements()) {
+      let server = smtpServers.getNext().QueryInterface(Ci.nsISmtpServer);
+      let label = server.displayname;
+      let key = server.key;
+      if (MailServices.smtp.defaultServer &&
+          MailServices.smtp.defaultServer.key == key) {
+        label += " " + gStringsBundle.getString("default_server_tag");
+      }
+      let menuitem = menulist.appendItem(label, key, ""); // label,value,descr
+      menuitem.serverKey = key;
+    }
+    // Add the entry for the new host to the menulist
+    let menuitem = menulist.insertItemAt(0, "", "-new-"); // pos,label,value
+    menuitem.serverKey = null;
+
+    // admin-locked prefs hurray
+    if (!Services.prefs.getBoolPref("signon.rememberSignons")) {
+      let rememberPasswordE = e("remember_password");
+      rememberPasswordE.checked = false;
+      rememberPasswordE.disabled = true;
+    }
+
+    // First, unhide the main window areas, and store the width,
+    // so that we don't resize wildly when we unhide areas.
+    // switchToMode() will then hide the unneeded parts again.
+    // We will add some leeway of 10px, in case some of the <description>s wrap,
+    // e.g. outgoing username != incoming username.
+    _show("status_area");
+    _show("result_area");
+    _hide("manual-edit_area");
+    window.sizeToContent();
+    e("mastervbox").setAttribute("style",
+        "min-width: " + document.width + "px; " +
+        "min-height: " + (document.height + 10) + "px;");
+
+    this.switchToMode("start");
+    e("realname").select();
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Changes the window configuration to the different modes we have.
+   * Shows/hides various window parts and buttons.
+   * @param modename {String-enum}
+   *    "start" : Just the realname, email address, password fields
+   *    "find-config" : detection step, adds the progress message/spinner
+   *    "result" : We found a config and display it to the user.
+   *       The user may create the account.
+   *    "manual-edit" : The user wants (or needs) to manually enter their
+   *       the server hostname and other settings. We'll use them as provided.
+   * Additionally, there are the following sub-modes which can be entered after
+   * you entered the main mode:
+   *    "manual-edit-have-hostname" : user entered a hostname for both servers
+   *        that we can use
+   *    "manual-edit-testing" : User pressed the [Re-test] button and
+   *         we're currently detecting the "Auto" values
+   *    "manual-edit-complete" : user entered (or we tested) all necessary
+   *         values, and we're ready to create to account
+   * Currently, this doesn't cover the warning dialogs etc.. It may later.
+   */
+  switchToMode : function(modename)
+  {
+    if (modename == this._currentModename) {
+      return;
+    }
+    this._currentModename = modename;
+    gEmailWizardLogger.info("switching to UI mode " + modename)
+
+    //_show("initialSettings"); always visible
+    //_show("cancel_button"); always visible
+    if (modename == "start") {
+      _hide("status_area");
+      _hide("result_area");
+      _hide("manual-edit_area");
+
+      _show("next_button");
+      _disable("next_button"); // will be enabled by code
+      _hide("half-manual-test_button");
+      _hide("create_button");
+      _hide("stop_button");
+      _hide("manual-edit_button");
+      _hide("advanced-setup_button");
+    } else if (modename == "find-config") {
+      _show("status_area");
+      _hide("result_area");
+      _hide("manual-edit_area");
+
+      _show("next_button");
+      _disable("next_button");
+      _hide("half-manual-test_button");
+      _hide("create_button");
+      _show("stop_button");
+      this.onStop = this.onStopFindConfig;
+      _show("manual-edit_button");
+      _hide("advanced-setup_button");
+    } else if (modename == "result") {
+      _show("status_area");
+      _show("result_area");
+      _hide("manual-edit_area");
+
+      _hide("next_button");
+      _hide("half-manual-test_button");
+      _show("create_button");
+      _enable("create_button");
+      _hide("stop_button");
+      _show("manual-edit_button");
+      _hide("advanced-setup_button");
+    } else if (modename == "manual-edit") {
+      _show("status_area");
+      _hide("result_area");
+      _show("manual-edit_area");
+
+      _hide("next_button");
+      _show("half-manual-test_button");
+      _disable("half-manual-test_button");
+      _show("create_button");
+      _disable("create_button");
+      _hide("stop_button");
+      _hide("manual-edit_button");
+      _show("advanced-setup_button");
+      _disable("advanced-setup_button");
+    } else if (modename == "manual-edit-have-hostname") {
+      _show("status_area");
+      _hide("result_area");
+      _show("manual-edit_area");
+      _hide("manual-edit_button");
+      _hide("next_button");
+      _show("create_button");
+
+      _show("half-manual-test_button");
+      _enable("half-manual-test_button");
+      _disable("create_button");
+      _hide("stop_button");
+      _show("advanced-setup_button");
+      _disable("advanced-setup_button");
+    } else if (modename == "manual-edit-testing") {
+      _show("status_area");
+      _hide("result_area");
+      _show("manual-edit_area");
+      _hide("manual-edit_button");
+      _hide("next_button");
+      _show("create_button");
+
+      _show("half-manual-test_button");
+      _disable("half-manual-test_button");
+      _disable("create_button");
+      _show("stop_button");
+      this.onStop = this.onStopHalfManualTesting;
+      _show("advanced-setup_button");
+      _disable("advanced-setup_button");
+    } else if (modename == "manual-edit-complete") {
+      _show("status_area");
+      _hide("result_area");
+      _show("manual-edit_area");
+      _hide("manual-edit_button");
+      _hide("next_button");
+      _show("create_button");
+
+      _show("half-manual-test_button");
+      _enable("half-manual-test_button");
+      _enable("create_button");
+      _hide("stop_button");
+      _show("advanced-setup_button");
+      _enable("advanced-setup_button");
+    } else {
+      throw new NotReached("unknown mode");
+    }
+    // If we're offline, we're going to disable the create button, but enable
+    // the advanced config button if we have a current config.
+    if (Services.io.offline) {
+      if (this._currentConfig != null) {
+        _show("advanced-setup_button");
+        _enable("advanced-setup_button");
+        _hide("half-manual-test_button");
+        _hide("create_button");
+        _hide("manual-edit_button");
+      }
+    }
+    window.sizeToContent();
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Start from beginning with possibly new email address.
+   */
+  onStartOver : function()
+  {
+    if (this._abortable) {
+      this.onStop();
+    }
+    this.switchToMode("start");
+  },
+
+  getConcreteConfig : function()
+  {
+    var result = this._currentConfig.copy();
+    replaceVariables(result, this._realname, this._email, this._password);
+    result.rememberPassword = e("remember_password").checked &&
+                              !!this._password;
+    return result;
+  },
+
+  /*
+   * This checks if the email address is at least possibly valid, meaning it
+   * has an '@' before the last char.
+   */
+  validateEmailMinimally : function(emailAddr)
+  {
+    let atPos = emailAddr.lastIndexOf("@");
+    return atPos > 0 && atPos + 1 < emailAddr.length;
+  },
+
+  /*
+   * This checks if the email address is syntactically valid,
+   * as far as we can determine. We try hard to make full checks.
+   *
+   * OTOH, we have a very small chance of false negatives,
+   * because the RFC822 address spec is insanely complicated,
+   * but rarely needed, so when this here fails, we show an error message,
+   * but don't stop the user from continuing.
+   * In contrast, if validateEmailMinimally() fails, we stop the user.
+   */
+  validateEmail : function(emailAddr)
+  {
+    return emailRE.test(emailAddr);
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * onInputEmail and onInputRealname are called on input = keypresses, and
+   * enable/disable the next button based on whether there's a semi-proper
+   * e-mail address and non-blank realname to start with.
+   *
+   * A change to the email address also automatically restarts the
+   * whole process.
+   */
+  onInputEmail : function()
+  {
+    this._email = e("email").value;
+    this.onStartOver();
+    this.checkStartDone();
+  },
+  onInputRealname : function()
+  {
+    this._realname = e("realname").value;
+    this.checkStartDone();
+  },
+
+  onInputPassword : function()
+  {
+    this._password = e("password").value;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * This does very little other than to check that a name was entered at all
+   * Since this is such an insignificant test we should be using a very light
+   * or even jovial warning.
+   */
+  onBlurRealname : function()
+  {
+    let realnameEl = e("realname");
+    if (this._realname) {
+      this.clearError("nameerror");
+      _show("nametext");
+      realnameEl.removeAttribute("error");
+    // bug 638790: don't show realname error until user enter an email address
+    } else if (this.validateEmailMinimally(this._email)) {
+      _hide("nametext");
+      this.setError("nameerror", "please_enter_name");
+      realnameEl.setAttribute("error", "true");
+    }
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * This check is only done as an informative warning.
+   * We don't want to block the person, if they've entered an email address
+   * that doesn't conform to our regex.
+   */
+  onBlurEmail : function()
+  {
+    if (!this._email) {
+      return;
+    }
+    var emailEl = e("email");
+    if (this.validateEmail(this._email)) {
+      this.clearError("emailerror");
+      emailEl.removeAttribute("error");
+      this.onBlurRealname();
+    } else {
+      this.setError("emailerror", "double_check_email");
+      emailEl.setAttribute("error", "true");
+    }
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * If the user just tabbed through the password input without entering
+   * anything, set the type back to text so we don't wind up showing the
+   * emptytext as bullet characters.
+   */
+  onBlurPassword : function()
+  {
+    if (!this._password) {
+      e("password").type = "text";
+    }
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * @see onBlurPassword()
+   */
+  onFocusPassword : function()
+  {
+    e("password").type = "password";
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Check whether the user entered the minimum of information
+   * needed to leave the "start" mode (entering of name, email, pw)
+   * and is allowed to proceed to detection step.
+   */
+  checkStartDone : function()
+  {
+    if (this.validateEmailMinimally(this._email) &&
+        this._realname) {
+      this._domain = this._email.split("@")[1].toLowerCase();
+      _enable("next_button");
+    } else {
+      _disable("next_button");
+    }
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * When the [Continue] button is clicked, we move from the initial account
+   * information stage to using that information to configure account details.
+   */
+  onNext : function()
+  {
+    this.findConfig(this._domain, this._email);
+  },
+
+
+  /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+  // Detection step
+
+  /**
+   * Try to find an account configuration for this email address.
+   * This is the function which runs the autoconfig.
+   */
+  findConfig : function(domain, email)
+  {
+    gEmailWizardLogger.info("findConfig()");
+    if (this._abortable) {
+      this.onStop();
+    }
+    this.switchToMode("find-config");
+    this.startSpinner("looking_up_settings_disk");
+    var self = this;
+    this._abortable = fetchConfigFromDisk(domain,
+      function(config) // success
+      {
+        self._abortable = null;
+        self.foundConfig(config);
+        self.stopSpinner("found_settings_disk");
+      },
+      function(e) // fetchConfigFromDisk failed
+      {
+        if (e instanceof CancelledException) {
+          return;
+        }
+        gEmailWizardLogger.info("fetchConfigFromDisk failed: " + e);
+        self.startSpinner("looking_up_settings_isp");
+        self._abortable = fetchConfigFromISP(domain, email,
+          function(config) // success
+          {
+            self._abortable = null;
+            self.foundConfig(config);
+            self.stopSpinner("found_settings_isp");
+          },
+          function(e) // fetchConfigFromISP failed
+          {
+            if (e instanceof CancelledException) {
+              return;
+            }
+            gEmailWizardLogger.info("fetchConfigFromISP failed: " + e);
+            logException(e);
+            self.startSpinner("looking_up_settings_db");
+            self._abortable = fetchConfigFromDB(domain,
+              function(config) // success
+              {
+                self._abortable = null;
+                self.foundConfig(config);
+                self.stopSpinner("found_settings_db");
+              },
+              function(e) // fetchConfigFromDB failed
+              {
+                if (e instanceof CancelledException) {
+                  return;
+                }
+                logException(e);
+                gEmailWizardLogger.info("fetchConfigFromDB failed: " + e);
+                self.startSpinner("looking_up_settings_db");
+                self._abortable = fetchConfigForMX(domain,
+                  function(config) // success
+                  {
+                    self._abortable = null;
+                    self.foundConfig(config);
+                    self.stopSpinner("found_settings_db");
+                  },
+                  function(e) // fetchConfigForMX failed
+                  {
+                    if (e instanceof CancelledException) {
+                      return;
+                    }
+                    logException(e);
+                    gEmailWizardLogger.info("fetchConfigForMX failed: " + e);
+                    var initialConfig = new AccountConfig();
+                    self._prefillConfig(initialConfig);
+                    self._guessConfig(domain, initialConfig);
+                  });
+              });
+          });
+      });
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Just a continuation of findConfig()
+   */
+  _guessConfig : function(domain, initialConfig)
+  {
+    this.startSpinner("looking_up_settings_guess")
+    var self = this;
+    self._abortable = guessConfig(domain,
+      function(type, hostname, port, ssl, done, config) // progress
+      {
+        gEmailWizardLogger.info("progress callback host " + hostname +
+                                " port " +  port + " type " + type);
+      },
+      function(config) // success
+      {
+        self._abortable = null;
+        self.foundConfig(config);
+        self.stopSpinner(Services.io.offline ?
+                         "guessed_settings_offline" : "found_settings_guess");
+        window.sizeToContent();
+      },
+      function(e, config) // guessconfig failed
+      {
+        if (e instanceof CancelledException) {
+          return;
+        }
+        self._abortable = null;
+        gEmailWizardLogger.info("guessConfig failed: " + e);
+        self.showErrorStatus("failed_to_find_settings");
+        self.editConfigDetails();
+      },
+      initialConfig, "both");
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * When findConfig() was successful, it calls this.
+   * This displays the config to the user.
+   */
+  foundConfig : function(config)
+  {
+    gEmailWizardLogger.info("foundConfig()");
+    assert(config instanceof AccountConfig,
+        "BUG: Arg 'config' needs to be an AccountConfig object");
+
+    this._haveValidConfigForDomain = this._email.split("@")[1];
+
+    if (!this._realname || !this._email) {
+      return;
+    }
+    this._foundConfig2(config);
+  },
+
+  // Continuation of foundConfig2() after custom fields.
+  _foundConfig2 : function(config)
+  {
+    this.displayConfigResult(config);
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * [Stop] button click handler.
+   * This allows the user to abort any longer operation, esp. network activity.
+   * We currently have 3 such cases here:
+   * 1. findConfig(), i.e. fetch config from DB, guessConfig etc.
+   * 2. onHalfManualTest(), i.e. the [Retest] button in manual config.
+   * 3. verifyConfig() - We can't stop this yet, so irrelevant here currently.
+   * Given that these need slightly different actions, this function will be set
+   * to a function (i.e. overwritten) by whoever enables the stop button.
+   *
+   * We also call this from the code when the user started a different action
+   * without explicitly clicking [Stop] for the old one first.
+   */
+  onStop : function()
+  {
+    throw new NotReached("onStop should be overridden by now");
+  },
+  _onStopCommon : function()
+  {
+    if (!this._abortable) {
+      throw new NotReached("onStop called although there's nothing to stop");
+    }
+    gEmailWizardLogger.info("onStop cancelled _abortable");
+    this._abortable.cancel(new UserCancelledException());
+    this._abortable = null;
+    this.stopSpinner();
+  },
+  onStopFindConfig : function()
+  {
+    this._onStopCommon();
+    this.switchToMode("start");
+    this.checkStartDone();
+  },
+  onStopHalfManualTesting : function()
+  {
+    this._onStopCommon();
+    this.validateManualEditComplete();
+  },
+
+
+
+  ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+  // status area
+
+  startSpinner : function(actionStrName)
+  {
+    e("status_area").setAttribute("status", "loading");
+    gEmailWizardLogger.warn("spinner start " + actionStrName);
+    this._showStatusTitle(actionStrName);
+  },
+
+  stopSpinner : function(actionStrName)
+  {
+    e("status_area").setAttribute("status", "result");
+    _hide("stop_button");
+    this._showStatusTitle(actionStrName);
+    gEmailWizardLogger.warn("all spinner stop " + actionStrName);
+  },
+
+  showErrorStatus : function(actionStrName)
+  {
+    e("status_area").setAttribute("status", "error");
+    gEmailWizardLogger.warn("status error " + actionStrName);
+    this._showStatusTitle(actionStrName);
+  },
+
+  _showStatusTitle : function(msgName)
+  {
+    let msg = " "; // assure height. Do via min-height in CSS, for 2 lines?
+    try {
+      if (msgName) {
+        msg = gStringsBundle.getFormattedString(msgName, [gBrandShortName]);
+      }
+    } catch(ex) {
+      gEmailWizardLogger.error("missing string for " + msgName);
+      msg = msgName + " (missing string in translation!)";
+    }
+
+    e("status_msg").textContent = msg;
+    gEmailWizardLogger.info("status msg: " + msg);
+  },
+
+
+
+  /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+  // Result area
+
+  /**
+   * Displays a (probed) config to the user,
+   * in the result config details area.
+   *
+   * @param config {AccountConfig} The config to present to user
+   */
+  displayConfigResult : function(config)
+  {
+    assert(config instanceof AccountConfig);
+    this._currentConfig = config;
+    var configFilledIn = this.getConcreteConfig();
+
+    var unknownString = gStringsBundle.getString("resultUnknown");
+
+    function _makeHostDisplayString(server, stringName)
+    {
+      let type = gStringsBundle.getString(sanitize.translate(server.type,
+          { imap : "resultIMAP", pop3 : "resultPOP3", smtp : "resultSMTP" }),
+          unknownString);
+      let host = server.hostname +
+          (isStandardPort(server.port) ? "" : ":" + server.port);
+      let ssl = gStringsBundle.getString(sanitize.translate(server.socketType,
+          { 1 : "resultNoEncryption", 2 : "resultSSL", 3 : "resultSTARTTLS" }),
+          unknownString);
+      let certStatus = gStringsBundle.getString(server.badCert ?
+          "resultSSLCertWeak" : "resultSSLCertOK");
+      // TODO: we should really also display authentication method here.
+      return gStringsBundle.getFormattedString(stringName,
+          [ type, host, ssl, certStatus ]);
+    };
+
+    var incomingResult = unknownString;
+    if (configFilledIn.incoming.hostname) {
+      incomingResult = _makeHostDisplayString(configFilledIn.incoming,
+          "resultIncoming");
+    }
+
+    var outgoingResult = unknownString;
+    if (!config.outgoing.existingServerKey) {
+      if (configFilledIn.outgoing.hostname) {
+        outgoingResult = _makeHostDisplayString(configFilledIn.outgoing,
+            "resultOutgoing");
+      }
+    } else {
+      outgoingResult = gStringsBundle.getString("resultOutgoingExisting");
+    }
+
+    var usernameResult;
+    if (configFilledIn.incoming.username == configFilledIn.outgoing.username) {
+      usernameResult = gStringsBundle.getFormattedString("resultUsernameBoth",
+            [ configFilledIn.incoming.username || unknownString ]);
+    } else {
+      usernameResult = gStringsBundle.getFormattedString(
+            "resultUsernameDifferent",
+            [ configFilledIn.incoming.username || unknownString,
+              configFilledIn.outgoing.username || unknownString ]);
+    }
+
+    setText("result-incoming", incomingResult);
+    setText("result-outgoing", outgoingResult);
+    setText("result-username", usernameResult);
+
+    gEmailWizardLogger.info(debugObject(config, "config"));
+    // IMAP / POP dropdown
+    var lookForAltType =
+        config.incoming.type == "imap" ? "pop3" : "imap";
+    var alternative = null;
+    for (let i = 0; i < config.incomingAlternatives.length; i++) {
+      let alt = config.incomingAlternatives[i];
+      if (alt.type == lookForAltType) {
+        alternative = alt;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    if (alternative) {
+      _show("result_imappop");
+      e("result_select_" + alternative.type).configIncoming = alternative;
+      e("result_select_" + config.incoming.type).configIncoming =
+          config.incoming;
+      e("result_imappop").value =
+          config.incoming.type == "imap" ? 1 : 2;
+    } else {
+      _hide("result_imappop");
+    }
+
+    this.switchToMode("result");
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Handle the user switching between IMAP and POP3 settings using the
+   * radio buttons.
+   *
+   * Note: This function must only be called by user action, not by setting
+   *       the value or selectedItem or selectedIndex of the radiogroup!
+   *       This is why we use the oncommand attribute of the radio elements
+   *       instead of the onselect attribute of the radiogroup.
+   */
+  onResultIMAPOrPOP3 : function()
+  {
+    var config = this._currentConfig;
+    var radiogroup = e("result_imappop");
+    // add current server as best alternative to start of array
+    config.incomingAlternatives.unshift(config.incoming);
+    // use selected server (stored as special property on the <radio> node)
+    config.incoming = radiogroup.selectedItem.configIncoming;
+    // remove newly selected server from list of alternatives
+    config.incomingAlternatives = config.incomingAlternatives.filter(
+        function(e) { return e != config.incoming; });
+    this.displayConfigResult(config);
+  },
+
+
+
+  /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+  // Manual Edit area
+
+  /**
+   * Gets the values from the user in the manual edit area.
+   *
+   * Realname and password are not part of that area and still
+   * placeholders, but hostname and username are concrete and
+   * no placeholders anymore.
+   */
+  getUserConfig : function()
+  {
+    var config = this.getConcreteConfig();
+    if (!config) {
+      config = new AccountConfig();
+    }
+    config.source = AccountConfig.kSourceUser;
+
+    // Incoming server
+    try {
+      var inHostnameField = e("incoming_hostname");
+      config.incoming.hostname = sanitize.hostname(inHostnameField.value);
+      inHostnameField.value = config.incoming.hostname;
+    } catch (e) { gEmailWizardLogger.warn(e); }
+    try {
+      config.incoming.port = sanitize.integerRange(e("incoming_port").value,
+                                                   kMinPort, kMaxPort);
+    } catch (e) {
+      config.incoming.port = undefined; // incl. default "Auto"
+    }
+    config.incoming.type = sanitize.translate(e("incoming_protocol").value,
+        { 1: "imap", 2 : "pop3", 0 : null });
+    config.incoming.socketType = sanitize.integer(e("incoming_ssl").value);
+    config.incoming.auth = sanitize.integer(e("incoming_authMethod").value);
+    config.incoming.username = e("incoming_username").value;
+
+    // Outgoing server
+
+    // Did the user select one of the already configured SMTP servers from the
+    // drop-down list? If so, use it.
+    var outHostnameCombo = e("outgoing_hostname");
+    var outMenuitem = outHostnameCombo.selectedItem;
+    if (outMenuitem && outMenuitem.serverKey) {
+      config.outgoing.existingServerKey = outMenuitem.serverKey;
+      config.outgoing.existingServerLabel = outMenuitem.label;
+      config.outgoing.addThisServer = false;
+      config.outgoing.useGlobalPreferredServer = false;
+    } else {
+      config.outgoing.existingServerKey = null;
+      config.outgoing.addThisServer = true;
+      config.outgoing.useGlobalPreferredServer = false;
+
+      try {
+        config.outgoing.hostname = sanitize.hostname(
+              outHostnameCombo.inputField.value);
+        outHostnameCombo.inputField.value = config.outgoing.hostname;
+      } catch (e) { gEmailWizardLogger.warn(e); }
+      try {
+        config.outgoing.port = sanitize.integerRange(e("outgoing_port").value,
+              kMinPort, kMaxPort);
+      } catch (e) {
+        config.outgoing.port = undefined; // incl. default "Auto"
+      }
+      config.outgoing.socketType = sanitize.integer(e("outgoing_ssl").value);
+      config.outgoing.auth = sanitize.integer(e("outgoing_authMethod").value);
+    }
+    config.outgoing.username = e("outgoing_username").value;
+
+    return config;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * [Manual Config] button click handler. This turns the config details area
+   * into an editable form and makes the (Go) button appear. The edit button
+   * should only be available after the config probing is completely finished,
+   * replacing what was the (Stop) button.
+   */
+  onManualEdit : function()
+  {
+    if (this._abortable) {
+      this.onStop();
+    }
+    this.editConfigDetails();
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Setting the config details form so it can be edited. We also disable
+   * (and hide) the create button during this time because we don't know what
+   * might have changed. The function called from the button that restarts
+   * the config check should be enabling the config button as needed.
+   */
+  editConfigDetails : function()
+  {
+    gEmailWizardLogger.info("manual edit");
+
+    if (!this._currentConfig) {
+      this._currentConfig = new AccountConfig();
+      this._currentConfig.incoming.type = "imap";
+      this._currentConfig.incoming.username = "%EMAILLOCALPART%";
+      this._currentConfig.outgoing.username = "%EMAILLOCALPART%";
+      this._currentConfig.incoming.hostname = ".%EMAILDOMAIN%";
+      this._currentConfig.outgoing.hostname = ".%EMAILDOMAIN%";
+    }
+    // Although we go manual, and we need to display the concrete username,
+    // however the realname and password is not part of manual config and
+    // must stay a placeholder in _currentConfig. @see getUserConfig()
+
+    this._fillManualEditFields(this.getConcreteConfig());
+
+    // _fillManualEditFields() indirectly calls validateManualEditComplete(),
+    // but it's important to not forget it in case the code is rewritten,
+    // so calling it explicitly again. Doesn't do harm, speed is irrelevant.
+    this.validateManualEditComplete();
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Fills the manual edit textfields with the provided config.
+   * @param config {AccountConfig} The config to present to user
+   */
+  _fillManualEditFields : function(config)
+  {
+    assert(config instanceof AccountConfig);
+
+    // incoming server
+    e("incoming_protocol").value = sanitize.translate(config.incoming.type,
+                                                { "imap" : 1, "pop3" : 2 }, 1);
+    e("incoming_hostname").value = config.incoming.hostname;
+    e("incoming_ssl").value = sanitize.enum(config.incoming.socketType,
+                                            [ 0, 1, 2, 3 ], 0);
+    e("incoming_authMethod").value = sanitize.enum(config.incoming.auth,
+                                                   [ 0, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10 ], 0);
+    e("incoming_username").value = config.incoming.username;
+    if (config.incoming.port) {
+      e("incoming_port").value = config.incoming.port;
+    } else {
+      this.adjustIncomingPortToSSLAndProtocol(config);
+    }
+    this.fillPortDropdown(config.incoming.type);
+
+    // If the hostname supports OAuth2 and imap is enabled, enable OAuth2.
+    let iDetails = OAuth2Providers.getHostnameDetails(config.incoming.hostname);
+    gEmailWizardLogger.info("OAuth2 details for incoming hostname " +
+                            config.incoming.hostname + " is " + iDetails);
+    e("in-authMethod-oauth2").hidden = !(iDetails && e("incoming_protocol").value == 1);
+    if (!e("in-authMethod-oauth2").hidden) {
+      config.oauthSettings = {};
+      [config.oauthSettings.issuer, config.oauthSettings.scope] = iDetails;
+      // oauthsettings are not stored nor changable in the user interface, so just
+      // store them in the base configuration.
+      this._currentConfig.oauthSettings = config.oauthSettings;
+    }
+
+    // outgoing server
+    e("outgoing_hostname").value = config.outgoing.hostname;
+    e("outgoing_username").value = config.outgoing.username;
+    // While sameInOutUsernames is true we synchronize values of incoming
+    // and outgoing username.
+    this.sameInOutUsernames = true;
+    e("outgoing_ssl").value = sanitize.enum(config.outgoing.socketType,
+                                            [ 0, 1, 2, 3 ], 0);
+    e("outgoing_authMethod").value = sanitize.enum(config.outgoing.auth,
+                                                   [ 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10 ], 0);
+    if (config.outgoing.port) {
+      e("outgoing_port").value = config.outgoing.port;
+    } else {
+      this.adjustOutgoingPortToSSLAndProtocol(config);
+    }
+
+    // If the hostname supports OAuth2 and imap is enabled, enable OAuth2.
+    let oDetails = OAuth2Providers.getHostnameDetails(config.outgoing.hostname);
+    gEmailWizardLogger.info("OAuth2 details for outgoing hostname " +
+                            config.outgoing.hostname + " is " + oDetails);
+    e("out-authMethod-oauth2").hidden = !oDetails;
+    if (!e("out-authMethod-oauth2").hidden) {
+      config.oauthSettings = {};
+      [config.oauthSettings.issuer, config.oauthSettings.scope] = oDetails;
+      // oauthsettings are not stored nor changable in the user interface, so just
+      // store them in the base configuration.
+      this._currentConfig.oauthSettings = config.oauthSettings;
+    }
+
+    // populate fields even if existingServerKey, in case user changes back
+    if (config.outgoing.existingServerKey) {
+      let menulist = e("outgoing_hostname");
+      // We can't use menulist.value = config.outgoing.existingServerKey
+      // because would overwrite the text field, so have to do it manually:
+      let menuitems = menulist.menupopup.childNodes;
+      for (let menuitem of menuitems) {
+        if (menuitem.serverKey == config.outgoing.existingServerKey) {
+          menulist.selectedItem = menuitem;
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    this.onChangedOutgoingDropdown(); // show/hide outgoing port, SSL, ...
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Automatically fill port field in manual edit,
+   * unless user entered a non-standard port.
+   * @param config {AccountConfig}
+   */
+  adjustIncomingPortToSSLAndProtocol : function(config)
+  {
+    var autoPort = gStringsBundle.getString("port_auto");
+    var incoming = config.incoming;
+    // we could use getHostEntry() here, but that API is bad, so don't bother
+    var newInPort = undefined;
+    if (!incoming.port || isStandardPort(incoming.port)) {
+      if (incoming.type == "imap") {
+        if (incoming.socketType == 1 || incoming.socketType == 3) {
+          newInPort = 143;
+        } else if (incoming.socketType == 2) { // Normal SSL
+          newInPort = 993;
+        } else { // auto
+          newInPort = autoPort;
+        }
+      } else if (incoming.type == "pop3") {
+        if (incoming.socketType == 1 || incoming.socketType == 3) {
+          newInPort = 110;
+        } else if (incoming.socketType == 2) { // Normal SSLs
+          newInPort = 995;
+        } else { // auto
+          newInPort = autoPort;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    if (newInPort != undefined) {
+      e("incoming_port").value = newInPort;
+      e("incoming_authMethod").value = 0; // auto
+    }
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * @see adjustIncomingPortToSSLAndProtocol()
+   */
+  adjustOutgoingPortToSSLAndProtocol : function(config)
+  {
+    var autoPort = gStringsBundle.getString("port_auto");
+    var outgoing = config.outgoing;
+    var newOutPort = undefined;
+    if (!outgoing.port || isStandardPort(outgoing.port)) {
+      if (outgoing.socketType == 1 || outgoing.socketType == 3) {
+        // standard port is 587 *or* 25, so set to auto
+        // unless user or config already entered one of these two ports.
+        if (outgoing.port != 25 && outgoing.port != 587) {
+          newOutPort = autoPort;
+        }
+      } else if (outgoing.socketType == 2) { // Normal SSL
+        newOutPort = 465;
+      } else { // auto
+        newOutPort = autoPort;
+      }
+    }
+    if (newOutPort != undefined) {
+      e("outgoing_port").value = newOutPort;
+      e("outgoing_authMethod").value = 0; // auto
+    }
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * If the user changed the port manually, adjust the SSL value,
+   * (only) if the new port is impossible with the old SSL value.
+   * @param config {AccountConfig}
+   */
+  adjustIncomingSSLToPort : function(config)
+  {
+    var incoming = config.incoming;
+    var newInSocketType = undefined;
+    if (!incoming.port || // auto
+        !isStandardPort(incoming.port)) {
+      return;
+    }
+    if (incoming.type == "imap") {
+      // normal SSL impossible
+      if (incoming.port == 143 && incoming.socketType == 2) {
+        newInSocketType = 0; // auto
+      // must be normal SSL
+      } else if (incoming.port == 993 && incoming.socketType != 2) {
+        newInSocketType = 2;
+      }
+    } else if (incoming.type == "pop3") {
+      // normal SSL impossible
+      if (incoming.port == 110 && incoming.socketType == 2) {
+        newInSocketType = 0; // auto
+      // must be normal SSL
+      } else if (incoming.port == 995 && incoming.socketType != 2) {
+        newInSocketType = 2;
+      }
+    }
+    if (newInSocketType != undefined) {
+      e("incoming_ssl").value = newInSocketType;
+      e("incoming_authMethod").value = 0; // auto
+    }
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * @see adjustIncomingSSLToPort()
+   */
+  adjustOutgoingSSLToPort : function(config)
+  {
+    var outgoing = config.outgoing;
+    var newOutSocketType = undefined;
+    if (!outgoing.port || // auto
+        !isStandardPort(outgoing.port)) {
+      return;
+    }
+    // normal SSL impossible
+    if ((outgoing.port == 587 || outgoing.port == 25) &&
+        outgoing.socketType == 2) {
+      newOutSocketType = 0; // auto
+    // must be normal SSL
+    } else if (outgoing.port == 465 && outgoing.socketType != 2) {
+      newOutSocketType = 2;
+    }
+    if (newOutSocketType != undefined) {
+      e("outgoing_ssl").value = newOutSocketType;
+      e("outgoing_authMethod").value = 0; // auto
+    }
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Sets the prefilled values of the port fields.
+   * Filled statically with the standard ports for the given protocol,
+   * plus "Auto".
+   */
+  fillPortDropdown : function(protocolType)
+  {
+    var menu = e(protocolType == "smtp" ? "outgoing_port" : "incoming_port");
+
+    // menulist.removeAllItems() is nice, but nicely clears the user value, too
+    var popup = menu.menupopup;
+    while (popup.hasChildNodes())
+      popup.lastChild.remove();
+
+    // add standard ports
+    var autoPort = gStringsBundle.getString("port_auto");
+    menu.appendItem(autoPort, autoPort, ""); // label,value,descr
+    for (let port of getStandardPorts(protocolType)) {
+      menu.appendItem(port, port, ""); // label,value,descr
+    }
+  },
+
+  onChangedProtocolIncoming : function()
+  {
+    var config = this.getUserConfig();
+    this.adjustIncomingPortToSSLAndProtocol(config);
+    this.fillPortDropdown(config.incoming.type);
+    this.onChangedManualEdit();
+  },
+  onChangedPortIncoming : function()
+  {
+    gEmailWizardLogger.info("incoming port changed");
+    this.adjustIncomingSSLToPort(this.getUserConfig());
+    this.onChangedManualEdit();
+  },
+  onChangedPortOutgoing : function()
+  {
+    gEmailWizardLogger.info("outgoing port changed");
+    this.adjustOutgoingSSLToPort(this.getUserConfig());
+    this.onChangedManualEdit();
+  },
+  onChangedSSLIncoming : function()
+  {
+    this.adjustIncomingPortToSSLAndProtocol(this.getUserConfig());
+    this.onChangedManualEdit();
+  },
+  onChangedSSLOutgoing : function()
+  {
+    this.adjustOutgoingPortToSSLAndProtocol(this.getUserConfig());
+    this.onChangedManualEdit();
+  },
+  onChangedInAuth : function()
+  {
+    this.onChangedManualEdit();
+  },
+  onChangedOutAuth : function(aSelectedAuth)
+  {
+    if (aSelectedAuth) {
+      e("outgoing_label").hidden = e("outgoing_username").hidden =
+                                   (aSelectedAuth.id == "out-authMethod-no");
+    }
+    this.onChangedManualEdit();
+  },
+  onInputInUsername : function()
+  {
+    if (this.sameInOutUsernames)
+      e("outgoing_username").value = e("incoming_username").value;
+    this.onChangedManualEdit();
+  },
+  onInputOutUsername : function()
+  {
+    this.sameInOutUsernames = false;
+    this.onChangedManualEdit();
+  },
+  onInputHostname : function()
+  {
+    this.onChangedManualEdit();
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Sets the label of the first entry of the dropdown which represents
+   * the new outgoing server.
+   */
+  onOpenOutgoingDropdown : function()
+  {
+    var menulist = e("outgoing_hostname");
+    // If the menulist is not editable, there is nothing to update
+    // and menulist.inputField does not even exist.
+    if (!menulist.editable)
+      return;
+
+    var menuitem = menulist.getItemAtIndex(0);
+    assert(!menuitem.serverKey, "I wanted the special item for the new host");
+    menuitem.label = menulist.inputField.value;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * User selected an existing SMTP server (or deselected it).
+   * This changes only the UI. The values are read in getUserConfig().
+   */
+  onChangedOutgoingDropdown : function()
+  {
+    var menulist = e("outgoing_hostname");
+    var menuitem = menulist.selectedItem;
+    if (menuitem && menuitem.serverKey) {
+      // an existing server has been selected from the dropdown
+      menulist.editable = false;
+      _hide("outgoing_port");
+      _hide("outgoing_ssl");
+      _hide("outgoing_authMethod");
+    } else {
+      // new server, with hostname, port etc.
+      menulist.editable = true;
+      _show("outgoing_port");
+      _show("outgoing_ssl");
+      _show("outgoing_authMethod");
+    }
+
+    this.onChangedManualEdit();
+  },
+
+  onChangedManualEdit : function()
+  {
+    if (this._abortable) {
+      this.onStop();
+    }
+    this.validateManualEditComplete();
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * This enables the buttons which allow the user to proceed
+   * once he has entered enough information.
+   *
+   * We can easily and fairly surely autodetect everything apart from the
+   * hostname (and username). So, once the user has entered
+   * proper hostnames, change to "manual-edit-have-hostname" mode
+   * which allows to press [Re-test], which starts the detection
+   * of the other values.
+   * Once the user has entered (or we detected) all values, he may
+   * do [Create Account] (tests login and if successful creates the account)
+   * or [Advanced Setup] (goes to Account Manager). Esp. in the latter case,
+   * we will not second-guess his setup and just to as told, so here we make
+   * sure that he at least entered all values.
+   */
+  validateManualEditComplete : function()
+  {
+    // getUserConfig() is expensive, but still OK, not a problem
+    var manualConfig = this.getUserConfig();
+    this._currentConfig = manualConfig;
+    if (manualConfig.isComplete()) {
+      this.switchToMode("manual-edit-complete");
+    } else if (!!manualConfig.incoming.hostname &&
+               !!manualConfig.outgoing.hostname) {
+      this.switchToMode("manual-edit-have-hostname");
+    } else {
+      this.switchToMode("manual-edit");
+    }
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * [Switch to provisioner] button click handler. Always active, allows
+   * one to switch to the account provisioner screen.
+   */
+  onSwitchToProvisioner : function ()
+  {
+    // We have to close this window first, otherwise msgNewMailAccount
+    // in accountUtils.js will think that this window still
+    // exists when it's called from the account provisioner window.
+    // This is because the account provisioner window is modal,
+    // and therefore blocks.  Therefore, we override the _okCallback
+    // with a function that spawns the account provisioner, and then
+    // close the window.
+    this._okCallback = function() {
+      NewMailAccountProvisioner(window.arguments[0].msgWindow, window.arguments[0].extraData);
+    }
+    window.close();
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * [Advanced Setup...] button click handler
+   * Only active in manual edit mode, and goes straight into
+   * Account Settings (pref UI) dialog. Requires a backend account,
+   * which requires proper hostname, port and protocol.
+   */
+  onAdvancedSetup : function()
+  {
+    assert(this._currentConfig instanceof AccountConfig);
+    let configFilledIn = this.getConcreteConfig();
+
+    if (checkIncomingServerAlreadyExists(configFilledIn)) {
+      alertPrompt(gStringsBundle.getString("error_creating_account"),
+                  gStringsBundle.getString("incoming_server_exists"));
+      return;
+    }
+
+    gEmailWizardLogger.info("creating account in backend");
+    let newAccount = createAccountInBackend(configFilledIn);
+
+    let existingAccountManager = Services.wm
+        .getMostRecentWindow("mailnews:accountmanager");
+    if (existingAccountManager) {
+      existingAccountManager.focus();
+    } else {
+      window.openDialog("chrome://messenger/content/AccountManager.xul",
+                        "AccountManager", "chrome,centerscreen,modal,titlebar",
+                        { server: newAccount.incomingServer,
+                          selectPage: "am-server.xul" });
+    }
+    window.close();
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * [Re-test] button click handler.
+   * Restarts the config guessing process after a person editing the server
+   * fields.
+   * It's called "half-manual", because we take the user-entered values
+   * as given and will not second-guess them, to respect the user wishes.
+   * (Yes, Sir! Will do as told!)
+   * The values that the user left empty or on "Auto" will be guessed/probed
+   * here. We will also check that the user-provided values work.
+   */
+  onHalfManualTest : function()
+  {
+    var newConfig = this.getUserConfig();
+    gEmailWizardLogger.info(debugObject(newConfig, "manualConfigToTest"));
+    this.startSpinner("looking_up_settings_halfmanual");
+    this.switchToMode("manual-edit-testing");
+    // if (this._userPickedOutgoingServer) TODO
+    var self = this;
+    this._abortable = guessConfig(this._domain,
+      function(type, hostname, port, ssl, done, config) // progress
+      {
+        gEmailWizardLogger.info("progress callback host " + hostname +
+                                " port " +  port + " type " + type);
+      },
+      function(config) // success
+      {
+        self._abortable = null;
+        self._fillManualEditFields(config);
+        self.switchToMode("manual-edit-complete");
+        self.stopSpinner("found_settings_halfmanual");
+      },
+      function(e, config) // guessconfig failed
+      {
+        if (e instanceof CancelledException) {
+          return;
+        }
+        self._abortable = null;
+        gEmailWizardLogger.info("guessConfig failed: " + e);
+        self.showErrorStatus("failed_to_find_settings");
+        self.switchToMode("manual-edit-have-hostname");
+      },
+      newConfig,
+      newConfig.outgoing.existingServerKey ? "incoming" : "both");
+  },
+
+
+
+  /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+  // UI helper functions
+
+  _prefillConfig : function(initialConfig)
+  {
+    var emailsplit = this._email.split("@");
+    assert(emailsplit.length > 1);
+    var emaillocal = sanitize.nonemptystring(emailsplit[0]);
+    initialConfig.incoming.username = emaillocal;
+    initialConfig.outgoing.username = emaillocal;
+    return initialConfig;
+  },
+
+  clearError : function(which)
+  {
+    _hide(which);
+    _hide(which + "icon");
+    e(which).textContent = "";
+  },
+
+  setError : function(which, msg_name)
+  {
+    try {
+      _show(which);
+      _show(which + "icon");
+      e(which).textContent = gStringsBundle.getString(msg_name);
+      window.sizeToContent();
+    } catch (ex) { alertPrompt("missing error string", msg_name); }
+  },
+
+
+
+  /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+  // Finish & dialog close functions
+
+  onKeyDown : function(event)
+  {
+    let key = event.keyCode;
+    if (key == 27) { // Escape key
+      this.onCancel();
+      return true;
+    }
+    if (key == 13) { // OK key
+      let buttons = [
+        { id: "next_button", action: makeCallback(this, this.onNext) },
+        { id: "create_button", action: makeCallback(this, this.onCreate) },
+        { id: "half-manual-test_button",
+          action: makeCallback(this, this.onHalfManualTest) },
+      ];
+      for (let button of buttons) {
+        button.e = e(button.id);
+        if (button.e.hidden || button.e.disabled) {
+          continue;
+        }
+        button.action();
+        return true;
+      }
+    }
+    return false;
+  },
+
+  onCancel : function()
+  {
+    window.close();
+    // The window onclose handler will call onWizardShutdown for us.
+  },
+
+  onWizardShutdown : function()
+  {
+    if (this._abortable) {
+      this._abortable.cancel(new UserCancelledException());
+    }
+
+    if (this._okCallback) {
+      this._okCallback();
+    }
+    gEmailWizardLogger.info("Shutting down email config dialog");
+  },
+
+
+  onCreate : function()
+  {
+    try {
+      gEmailWizardLogger.info("Create button clicked");
+
+      var configFilledIn = this.getConcreteConfig();
+      var self = this;
+      // If the dialog is not needed, it will go straight to OK callback
+      gSecurityWarningDialog.open(this._currentConfig, configFilledIn, true,
+        function() // on OK
+        {
+          self.validateAndFinish(configFilledIn);
+        },
+        function() {}); // on cancel, do nothing
+    } catch (ex) {
+      gEmailWizardLogger.error("Error creating account.  ex=" + ex +
+                               ", stack=" + ex.stack);
+      alertPrompt(gStringsBundle.getString("error_creating_account"), ex);
+    }
+  },
+
+  // called by onCreate()
+  validateAndFinish : function()
+  {
+    var configFilledIn = this.getConcreteConfig();
+
+    if (checkIncomingServerAlreadyExists(configFilledIn)) {
+      alertPrompt(gStringsBundle.getString("error_creating_account"),
+                  gStringsBundle.getString("incoming_server_exists"));
+      return;
+    }
+
+    if (configFilledIn.outgoing.addThisServer) {
+      let existingServer = checkOutgoingServerAlreadyExists(configFilledIn);
+      if (existingServer) {
+        configFilledIn.outgoing.addThisServer = false;
+        configFilledIn.outgoing.existingServerKey = existingServer.key;
+      }
+    }
+
+    // TODO use a UI mode (switchToMode()) for verfication, too.
+    // But we need to go back to the previous mode, because we might be in
+    // "result" or "manual-edit-complete" mode.
+    _disable("create_button");
+    _disable("half-manual-test_button");
+    _disable("advanced-setup_button");
+    // no stop button: backend has no ability to stop :-(
+    var self = this;
+    this.startSpinner("checking_password");
+    // logic function defined in verifyConfig.js
+    verifyConfig(
+      configFilledIn,
+      // guess login config?
+      configFilledIn.source != AccountConfig.kSourceXML,
+      // TODO Instead, the following line would be correct, but I cannot use it,
+      // because some other code doesn't adhere to the expectations/specs.
+      // Find out what it was and fix it.
+      //concreteConfig.source == AccountConfig.kSourceGuess,
+      this._parentMsgWindow,
+      function(successfulConfig) // success
+      {
+        self.stopSpinner(successfulConfig.incoming.password ?
+                         "password_ok" : null);
+
+        // the auth might have changed, so we
+        // should back-port it to the current config.
+        self._currentConfig.incoming.auth = successfulConfig.incoming.auth;
+        self._currentConfig.outgoing.auth = successfulConfig.outgoing.auth;
+        self._currentConfig.incoming.username = successfulConfig.incoming.username;
+        self._currentConfig.outgoing.username = successfulConfig.outgoing.username;
+
+        // We loaded dynamic client registration, fill this data back in to the
+        // config set.
+        if (successfulConfig.oauthSettings)
+          self._currentConfig.oauthSettings = successfulConfig.oauthSettings;
+
+        self.finish();
+      },
+      function(e) // failed
+      {
+        self.showErrorStatus("config_unverifiable");
+        // TODO bug 555448: wrong error msg, there may be a 1000 other
+        // reasons why this failed, and this is misleading users.
+        self.setError("passworderror", "user_pass_invalid");
+        // TODO use switchToMode(), see above
+        // give user something to proceed after fixing
+        _enable("create_button");
+        // hidden in non-manual mode, so it's fine to enable
+        _enable("half-manual-test_button");
+        _enable("advanced-setup_button");
+      });
+  },
+
+  finish : function()
+  {
+    gEmailWizardLogger.info("creating account in backend");
+    createAccountInBackend(this.getConcreteConfig());
+    window.close();
+  },
+};
+
+var gEmailConfigWizard = new EmailConfigWizard();
+
+function serverMatches(a, b)
+{
+  return a.type == b.type &&
+         a.hostname == b.hostname &&
+         a.port == b.port &&
+         a.socketType == b.socketType &&
+         a.auth == b.auth;
+}
+
+var _gStandardPorts = {};
+_gStandardPorts["imap"] = [ 143, 993 ];
+_gStandardPorts["pop3"] = [ 110, 995 ];
+_gStandardPorts["smtp"] = [ 587, 25, 465 ]; // order matters
+var _gAllStandardPorts = _gStandardPorts["smtp"]
+    .concat(_gStandardPorts["imap"]).concat(_gStandardPorts["pop3"]);
+
+function isStandardPort(port)
+{
+  return _gAllStandardPorts.indexOf(port) != -1;
+}
+
+function getStandardPorts(protocolType)
+{
+  return _gStandardPorts[protocolType];
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Warning dialog, warning user about lack of, or inappropriate, encryption.
+ *
+ * This is effectively a separate dialog, but implemented as part of
+ * this dialog. It works by hiding the main dialog part and unhiding
+ * the this part, and vice versa, and resizing the dialog.
+ */
+function SecurityWarningDialog()
+{
+  this._acknowledged = new Array();
+}
+SecurityWarningDialog.prototype =
+{
+  /**
+   * {Array of {(incoming or outgoing) server part of {AccountConfig}}
+   * A list of the servers for which we already showed this dialog and the
+   * user approved the configs. For those, we won't show the warning again.
+   * (Make sure to store a copy in case the underlying object is changed.)
+   */
+  _acknowledged : null,
+
+  _inSecurityBad:  0x0001,
+  _inCertBad:      0x0010,
+  _outSecurityBad: 0x0100,
+  _outCertBad:     0x1000,
+
+  /**
+   * Checks whether we need to warn about this config.
+   *
+   * We (currently) warn if
+   * - the mail travels unsecured (no SSL/STARTTLS)
+   * - the SSL certificate is not proper
+   * - (We don't warn about unencrypted passwords specifically,
+   *   because they'd be encrypted with SSL and without SSL, we'd
+   *   warn anyways.)
+   *
+   * We may not warn despite these conditions if we had shown the
+   * warning for that server before and the user acknowledged it.
+   * (Given that this dialog object is static/global and persistent,
+   * we can store that approval state here in this object.)
+   *
+   * @param configSchema @see open()
+   * @param configFilledIn @see open()
+   * @returns {Boolean}   true when the dialog should be shown
+   *      (call open()). if false, the dialog can and should be skipped.
+   */
+  needed : function(configSchema, configFilledIn)
+  {
+    assert(configSchema instanceof AccountConfig);
+    assert(configFilledIn instanceof AccountConfig);
+    assert(configSchema.isComplete());
+    assert(configFilledIn.isComplete());
+
+    var incomingBad = ((configFilledIn.incoming.socketType > 1) ? 0 : this._inSecurityBad) |
+                      ((configFilledIn.incoming.badCert) ? this._inCertBad : 0);
+    var outgoingBad = 0;
+    if (!configFilledIn.outgoing.existingServerKey) {
+      outgoingBad = ((configFilledIn.outgoing.socketType > 1) ? 0 : this._outSecurityBad) |
+                    ((configFilledIn.outgoing.badCert) ? this._outCertBad : 0);
+    }
+
+    if (incomingBad > 0) {
+      if (this._acknowledged.some(
+          function(ackServer) {
+            return serverMatches(ackServer, configFilledIn.incoming);
+          }))
+        incomingBad = 0;
+    }
+    if (outgoingBad > 0) {
+      if (this._acknowledged.some(
+          function(ackServer) {
+            return serverMatches(ackServer, configFilledIn.outgoing);
+          }))
+        outgoingBad = 0;
+    }
+
+    return incomingBad | outgoingBad;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Opens the dialog, fills it with values, and shows it to the user.
+   *
+   * The function is async: it returns immediately, and when the user clicks
+   * OK or Cancel, the callbacks are called. There the callers proceed as
+   * appropriate.
+   *
+   * @param configSchema   The config, with placeholders not replaced yet.
+   *      This object may be modified to store the user's confirmations, but
+   *      currently that's not the case.
+   * @param configFilledIn   The concrete config with placeholders replaced.
+   * @param onlyIfNeeded {Boolean}   If there is nothing to warn about,
+   *     call okCallback() immediately (and sync).
+   * @param okCallback {function(config {AccountConfig})}
+   *      Called when the user clicked OK and approved the config including
+   *      the warnings. |config| is without placeholders replaced.
+   * @param cancalCallback {function()}
+   *      Called when the user decided to heed the warnings and not approve.
+   */
+  open : function(configSchema, configFilledIn, onlyIfNeeded,
+                  okCallback, cancelCallback)
+  {
+    assert(typeof(okCallback) == "function");
+    assert(typeof(cancelCallback) == "function");
+    // needed() also checks the parameters
+    var needed = this.needed(configSchema, configFilledIn);
+    if ((needed == 0) && onlyIfNeeded) {
+      okCallback();
+      return;
+    }
+
+    assert(needed > 0 , "security dialog opened needlessly");
+    this._currentConfigFilledIn = configFilledIn;
+    this._okCallback = okCallback;
+    this._cancelCallback = cancelCallback;
+    var incoming = configFilledIn.incoming;
+    var outgoing = configFilledIn.outgoing;
+
+    _hide("mastervbox");
+    _show("warningbox");
+    // reset dialog, in case we've shown it before
+    e("acknowledge_warning").checked = false;
+    _disable("iknow");
+    e("incoming_technical").removeAttribute("expanded");
+    e("incoming_details").setAttribute("collapsed", true);
+    e("outgoing_technical").removeAttribute("expanded");
+    e("outgoing_details").setAttribute("collapsed", true);
+
+    if (needed & this._inSecurityBad) {
+      setText("warning_incoming", gStringsBundle.getFormattedString(
+          "cleartext_warning", [incoming.hostname]));
+      setText("incoming_details", gStringsBundle.getString(
+          "cleartext_details"));
+      _show("incoming_box");
+    } else if (needed & this._inCertBad) {
+      setText("warning_incoming", gStringsBundle.getFormattedString(
+          "selfsigned_warning", [incoming.hostname]));
+      setText("incoming_details", gStringsBundle.getString(
+          "selfsigned_details"));
+      _show("incoming_box");
+    } else {
+      _hide("incoming_box");
+    }
+
+    if (needed & this._outSecurityBad) {
+      setText("warning_outgoing", gStringsBundle.getFormattedString(
+          "cleartext_warning", [outgoing.hostname]));
+      setText("outgoing_details", gStringsBundle.getString(
+          "cleartext_details"));
+      _show("outgoing_box");
+    } else if (needed & this._outCertBad) {
+      setText("warning_outgoing", gStringsBundle.getFormattedString(
+          "selfsigned_warning", [outgoing.hostname]));
+      setText("outgoing_details", gStringsBundle.getString(
+          "selfsigned_details"));
+      _show("outgoing_box");
+    } else {
+      _hide("outgoing_box");
+    }
+    _show("acknowledge_warning");
+    assert(!e("incoming_box").hidden || !e("outgoing_box").hidden,
+           "warning dialog shown for unknown reason");
+
+    window.sizeToContent();
+  },
+
+  toggleDetails : function (id)
+  {
+    let details = e(id + "_details");
+    let tech = e(id + "_technical");
+    if (details.getAttribute("collapsed")) {
+      details.removeAttribute("collapsed");
+      tech.setAttribute("expanded", true);
+    } else {
+      details.setAttribute("collapsed", true);
+      tech.removeAttribute("expanded");
+    }
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * user checked checkbox that he understood it and wishes
+   * to ignore the warning.
+   */
+  toggleAcknowledge : function()
+  {
+    if (e("acknowledge_warning").checked) {
+      _enable("iknow");
+    } else {
+      _disable("iknow");
+    }
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * [Cancel] button pressed. Get me out of here!
+   */
+  onCancel : function()
+  {
+    _hide("warningbox");
+    _show("mastervbox");
+    window.sizeToContent();
+
+    this._cancelCallback();
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * [OK] button pressed.
+   * Implies that the user toggled the acknowledge checkbox,
+   * i.e. approved the config and ignored the warnings,
+   * otherwise the button would have been disabled.
+   */
+  onOK : function()
+  {
+    assert(e("acknowledge_warning").checked);
+
+    var overrideOK = this.showCertOverrideDialog(this._currentConfigFilledIn);
+    if (!overrideOK) {
+      this.onCancel();
+      return;
+    }
+
+    // need filled in, in case hostname is placeholder
+    var storeConfig = this._currentConfigFilledIn.copy();
+    this._acknowledged.push(storeConfig.incoming);
+    this._acknowledged.push(storeConfig.outgoing);
+
+    _show("mastervbox");
+    _hide("warningbox");
+    window.sizeToContent();
+
+    this._okCallback();
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Shows a(nother) dialog which allows the user to see and override
+   * (manually accept) a bad certificate. It also optionally adds it
+   * permanently to the "good certs" store of NSS in the profile.
+   * Only shows the dialog, if there are bad certs. Otherwise, it's a no-op.
+   *
+   * The dialog is the standard PSM cert override dialog.
+   *
+   * @param config {AccountConfig} concrete
+   * @returns true, if all certs are fine or the user accepted them.
+   *     false, if the user cancelled.
+   *
+   * static function
+   * sync function: blocks until the dialog is closed.
+   */
+  showCertOverrideDialog : function(config)
+  {
+    if (config.incoming.socketType > 1 && // SSL or STARTTLS
+        config.incoming.badCert) {
+      var params = {
+        exceptionAdded : false,
+        prefetchCert : true,
+        location : config.incoming.targetSite,
+      };
+      window.openDialog("chrome://pippki/content/exceptionDialog.xul",
+                        "","chrome,centerscreen,modal", params);
+      if (params.exceptionAdded) { // set by dialog
+        config.incoming.badCert = false;
+      } else {
+        return false;
+      }
+    }
+    if (!config.outgoing.existingServerKey) {
+      if (config.outgoing.socketType > 1 && // SSL or STARTTLS
+          config.outgoing.badCert) {
+        var params = {
+          exceptionAdded : false,
+          prefetchCert : true,
+          location : config.outgoing.targetSite,
+        };
+        window.openDialog("chrome://pippki/content/exceptionDialog.xul",
+                          "","chrome,centerscreen,modal", params);
+        if (params.exceptionAdded) { // set by dialog
+          config.outgoing.badCert = false;
+        } else {
+          return false;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    return true;
+  },
+}
+var gSecurityWarningDialog = new SecurityWarningDialog();
diff --git a/mailnews/base/prefs/content/accountcreation/emailWizard.xul b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/accountcreation/emailWizard.xul
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0777d1651
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/accountcreation/emailWizard.xul
@@ -0,0 +1,493 @@
+<?xml version="1.0"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<?xml-stylesheet href="chrome://global/skin/" type="text/css"?>
+<?xml-stylesheet href="chrome://messenger/skin/accountCreation.css"
+                                              type="text/css"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE window [
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd">
+  %brandDTD;
+  <!ENTITY % acDTD SYSTEM "chrome://messenger/locale/accountCreation.dtd">
+  %acDTD;
+]>
+
+<window xmlns="http://www.mozilla.org/keymaster/gatekeeper/there.is.only.xul"
+        id="autoconfigWizard"
+        windowtype="mail:autoconfig"
+        title="&autoconfigWizard.title;"
+        onload="gEmailConfigWizard.onLoad();"
+        onkeypress="gEmailConfigWizard.onKeyDown(event);"
+        onclose="gEmailConfigWizard.onWizardShutdown();"
+        onunload="gEmailConfigWizard.onWizardShutdown();"
+        >
+
+  <stringbundleset>
+    <stringbundle id="bundle_brand"
+          src="chrome://branding/locale/brand.properties"/>
+    <stringbundle id="strings"
+          src="chrome://messenger/locale/accountCreation.properties"/>
+    <stringbundle id="utilstrings"
+          src="chrome://messenger/locale/accountCreationUtil.properties"/>
+    <stringbundle id="bundle_messenger"
+          src="chrome://messenger/locale/messenger.properties"/>
+  </stringbundleset>
+  <script type="application/javascript"
+          src="chrome://messenger/content/accountcreation/util.js"/>
+  <script type="application/javascript"
+          src="chrome://messenger/content/accountcreation/accountConfig.js"/>
+  <script type="application/javascript"
+          src="chrome://messenger/content/accountcreation/emailWizard.js"/>
+  <script type="application/javascript"
+          src="chrome://messenger/content/accountcreation/sanitizeDatatypes.js"/>
+  <script type="application/javascript"
+          src="chrome://messenger/content/accountcreation/fetchhttp.js"/>
+  <script type="application/javascript"
+          src="chrome://messenger/content/accountcreation/readFromXML.js"/>
+  <script type="application/javascript"
+          src="chrome://messenger/content/accountcreation/guessConfig.js"/>
+  <script type="application/javascript"
+          src="chrome://messenger/content/accountcreation/verifyConfig.js"/>
+  <script type="application/javascript"
+          src="chrome://messenger/content/accountcreation/fetchConfig.js"/>
+  <script type="application/javascript"
+          src="chrome://messenger/content/accountcreation/createInBackend.js"/>
+  <script type="application/javascript"
+          src="chrome://messenger/content/accountcreation/MyBadCertHandler.js"/>
+  <script type="application/javascript"
+          src="chrome://messenger/content/accountUtils.js" />
+
+  <keyset id="mailKeys">
+    <key keycode="VK_ESCAPE" oncommand="window.close();"/>
+  </keyset>
+
+  <panel id="insecureserver-cleartext-panel" class="popup-panel">
+    <hbox>
+      <image class="insecureLarry"/>
+      <vbox flex="1">
+        <description class="title">&insecureServer.tooltip.title;</description>
+        <description class="details">
+                                &insecureUnencrypted.description;</description>
+      </vbox>
+    </hbox>
+  </panel>
+  <panel id="insecureserver-selfsigned-panel" class="popup-panel">
+    <hbox>
+      <image class="insecureLarry"/>
+      <vbox flex="1">
+        <description class="title">&insecureServer.tooltip.title;</description>
+        <description class="details">
+                                 &insecureSelfSigned.description;</description>
+      </vbox>
+    </hbox>
+  </panel>
+  <panel id="secureserver-panel" class="popup-panel">
+    <hbox>
+      <image class="secureLarry"/>
+      <vbox flex="1">
+        <description class="title">&secureServer.description;</description>
+      </vbox>
+    </hbox>
+  </panel>
+
+  <tooltip id="insecureserver-cleartext">
+    <hbox>
+      <image class="insecureLarry"/>
+      <vbox>
+        <description class="title">&insecureServer.tooltip.title;</description>
+        <description class="details">
+                                 &insecureServer.tooltip.details;</description>
+      </vbox>
+    </hbox>
+  </tooltip>
+  <tooltip id="insecureserver-selfsigned">
+    <hbox>
+      <image class="insecureLarry"/>
+      <vbox>
+        <description class="title">&insecureServer.tooltip.title;</description>
+        <description class="details">
+                                 &insecureServer.tooltip.details;</description>
+      </vbox>
+    </hbox>
+  </tooltip>
+  <tooltip id="secureservertooltip">
+    <hbox>
+      <image class="secureLarry"/>
+      <description class="title">&secureServer.description;</description>
+    </hbox>
+  </tooltip>
+  <tooltip id="optional-password">
+    <description>&password.text;</description>
+  </tooltip>
+
+  <spacer id="fullwidth"/>
+
+  <vbox id="mastervbox" class="mastervbox" flex="1">
+    <grid id="initialSettings">
+      <columns>
+        <column/>
+        <column/>
+        <column/>
+      </columns>
+      <rows>
+        <row align="center">
+          <label accesskey="&name.accesskey;"
+                 class="autoconfigLabel"
+                 value="&name.label;"
+                 control="realname"/>
+          <textbox id="realname"
+                   class="padded"
+                   placeholder="&name.placeholder;"
+                   oninput="gEmailConfigWizard.onInputRealname();"
+                   onblur="gEmailConfigWizard.onBlurRealname();"/>
+          <hbox>
+            <description id="nametext" class="initialDesc">&name.text;</description>
+            <image id="nameerroricon"
+                   hidden="true"
+                   class="warningicon"/>
+            <description id="nameerror" class="errordescription" hidden="true"/>
+          </hbox>
+        </row>
+        <row align="center">
+          <label accesskey="&email.accesskey;"
+                 class="autoconfigLabel"
+                 value="&email.label;"
+                 control="email"/>
+          <textbox id="email"
+                   class="padded uri-element"
+                   placeholder="&email.placeholder;"
+                   oninput="gEmailConfigWizard.onInputEmail();"
+                   onblur="gEmailConfigWizard.onBlurEmail();"/>
+          <hbox>
+            <image id="emailerroricon"
+                   hidden="true"
+                   class="warningicon"/>
+            <description id="emailerror" class="errordescription" hidden="true"/>
+          </hbox>
+        </row>
+        <row align="center">
+          <!-- this starts out as text so the emptytext shows, but then
+               changes to type=password once it's not empty -->
+          <label accesskey="&password.accesskey;"
+                 class="autoconfigLabel"
+                 value="&password.label;"
+                 control="password"
+                 tooltip="optional-password"/>
+          <textbox id="password"
+                   class="padded"
+                   placeholder="&password.placeholder;"
+                   type="text"
+                   oninput="gEmailConfigWizard.onInputPassword();"
+                   onfocus="gEmailConfigWizard.onFocusPassword();"
+                   onblur="gEmailConfigWizard.onBlurPassword();"/>
+          <hbox>
+            <image id="passworderroricon"
+                   hidden="true"
+                   class="warningicon"/>
+            <description id="passworderror" class="errordescription" hidden="true"/>
+          </hbox>
+        </row>
+        <row align="center" pack="start">
+          <label class="autoconfigLabel"/>
+          <checkbox id="remember_password"
+                    label="&rememberPassword.label;"
+                    accesskey="&rememberPassword.accesskey;"
+                    checked="true"/>
+        </row>
+      </rows>
+    </grid>
+    <spacer flex="1" />
+
+     <hbox id="status_area" flex="1">
+      <vbox id="status_img_before" pack="start"/>
+      <description id="status_msg">&#160;</description>
+              <!-- Include 160 = nbsp, to make the element occupy the
+                   full height, for at least one line. With a normal space,
+                   it does not have sufficient height. -->
+      <vbox id="status_img_after" pack="start"/>
+    </hbox>
+
+    <groupbox id="result_area" hidden="true">
+      <radiogroup id="result_imappop" orient="horizontal">
+        <radio id="result_select_imap" label="&imapLong.label;" value="1"
+               oncommand="gEmailConfigWizard.onResultIMAPOrPOP3();"/>
+        <radio id="result_select_pop3" label="&pop3Long.label;" value="2"
+               oncommand="gEmailConfigWizard.onResultIMAPOrPOP3();"/>
+      </radiogroup>
+      <grid>
+        <columns>
+          <column/>
+          <column flex="1"/>
+        </columns>
+        <rows>
+          <row align="center">
+            <label class="textbox-label" value="&incoming.label;"
+                   control="result-incoming"/>
+            <textbox id="result-incoming" disabled="true" flex="1"/>
+          </row>
+          <row align="center">
+            <label class="textbox-label" value="&outgoing.label;"
+                   control="result-outgoing"/>
+            <textbox id="result-outgoing" disabled="true" flex="1"/>
+          </row>
+          <row align="center">
+            <label class="textbox-label" value="&username.label;"
+                   control="result-username"/>
+            <textbox id="result-username" disabled="true" flex="1"/>
+          </row>
+        </rows>
+      </grid>
+    </groupbox>
+
+    <groupbox id="manual-edit_area" hidden="true">
+      <grid>
+        <columns>
+          <column/><!-- row label, e.g. "incoming" -->
+          <column/><!-- protocol, e.g. "IMAP" -->
+          <column flex="1"/><!-- hostname / username -->
+          <column/><!-- port -->
+          <column/><!-- SSL -->
+          <column/><!-- auth method -->
+        </columns>
+        <rows>
+          <row id="labels_row" align="center">
+            <spacer/>
+            <spacer/>
+            <label value="&hostname.label;" class="columnHeader"/>
+            <label value="&port.label;" class="columnHeader"/>
+            <label value="&ssl.label;" class="columnHeader"/>
+            <label value="&auth.label;" class="columnHeader"/>
+          </row>
+          <row id="incoming_server_area">
+            <hbox align="center" pack="end">
+              <label class="textbox-label"
+                     value="&incoming.label;"
+                     control="incoming_hostname"/>
+            </hbox>
+            <menulist id="incoming_protocol"
+                      oncommand="gEmailConfigWizard.onChangedProtocolIncoming();"
+                      sizetopopup="always">
+              <menupopup>
+                <menuitem label="&imap.label;" value="1"/>
+                <menuitem label="&pop3.label;" value="2"/>
+              </menupopup>
+            </menulist>
+            <textbox id="incoming_hostname"
+                     oninput="gEmailConfigWizard.onInputHostname();"
+                     class="host uri-element"/>
+            <menulist id="incoming_port"
+                      editable="true"
+                      oninput="gEmailConfigWizard.onChangedPortIncoming();"
+                      oncommand="gEmailConfigWizard.onChangedPortIncoming();"
+                      class="port">
+              <menupopup/>
+            </menulist>
+            <menulist id="incoming_ssl"
+                      class="security"
+                      oncommand="gEmailConfigWizard.onChangedSSLIncoming();"
+                      sizetopopup="always">
+              <menupopup>
+                <!-- values defined in nsMsgSocketType -->
+                <menuitem label="&autodetect.label;" value="0"/>
+                <menuitem label="&noEncryption.label;" value="1"/>
+                <menuitem label="&starttls.label;" value="3"/>
+                <menuitem label="&sslTls.label;" value="2"/>
+              </menupopup>
+            </menulist>
+            <menulist id="incoming_authMethod"
+                      class="auth"
+                      oncommand="gEmailConfigWizard.onChangedInAuth();"
+                      sizetopopup="always">
+              <menupopup>
+                <menuitem label="&autodetect.label;" value="0"/>
+                <!-- values defined in nsMsgAuthMethod -->
+                <!-- labels set from messenger.properties
+                     to avoid duplication -->
+                <menuitem id="in-authMethod-password-cleartext" value="3"/>
+                <menuitem id="in-authMethod-password-encrypted" value="4"/>
+                <menuitem id="in-authMethod-kerberos" value="5"/>
+                <menuitem id="in-authMethod-ntlm" value="6"/>
+                <menuitem id="in-authMethod-oauth2" value="10" hidden="true"/>
+              </menupopup>
+            </menulist>
+          </row>
+          <row id="outgoing_server_area" align="center">
+            <label class="textbox-label"
+                   value="&outgoing.label;"
+                   control="outgoing_hostname"/>
+            <label id="outgoing_protocol"
+                   value="&smtp.label;"/>
+            <menulist id="outgoing_hostname"
+                editable="true"
+                sizetopopup="none"
+                oninput="gEmailConfigWizard.onInputHostname();"
+                oncommand="gEmailConfigWizard.onChangedOutgoingDropdown();"
+                onpopupshowing="gEmailConfigWizard.onOpenOutgoingDropdown();"
+                class="host uri-element">
+              <menupopup id="outgoing_hostname_popup"/>
+            </menulist>
+            <menulist id="outgoing_port"
+                      editable="true"
+                      oninput="gEmailConfigWizard.onChangedPortOutgoing();"
+                      oncommand="gEmailConfigWizard.onChangedPortOutgoing();"
+                      class="port">
+              <menupopup/>
+            </menulist>
+            <menulist id="outgoing_ssl"
+                      class="security"
+                      oncommand="gEmailConfigWizard.onChangedSSLOutgoing();"
+                      sizetopopup="always">
+              <menupopup>
+                <!-- @see incoming -->
+                <menuitem label="&autodetect.label;" value="0"/>
+                <menuitem label="&noEncryption.label;" value="1"/>
+                <menuitem label="&starttls.label;" value="3"/>
+                <menuitem label="&sslTls.label;" value="2"/>
+              </menupopup>
+            </menulist>
+            <menulist id="outgoing_authMethod"
+                      class="auth"
+                      oncommand="gEmailConfigWizard.onChangedOutAuth(this.selectedItem);"
+                      sizetopopup="always">
+              <menupopup>
+                <menuitem label="&autodetect.label;" value="0"/>
+                <!-- @see incoming -->
+                <menuitem id="out-authMethod-no" value="1"/>
+                <menuitem id="out-authMethod-password-cleartext" value="3"/>
+                <menuitem id="out-authMethod-password-encrypted" value="4"/>
+                <menuitem id="out-authMethod-kerberos" value="5"/>
+                <menuitem id="out-authMethod-ntlm" value="6"/>
+                <menuitem id="out-authMethod-oauth2" value="10" hidden="true"/>
+              </menupopup>
+            </menulist>
+          </row>
+          <row id="username_area" align="center">
+            <label class="textbox-label"
+                   value="&username.label;"/>
+            <label class="columnHeader"
+                   value="&incoming.label;"
+                   control="incoming_username"/>
+            <textbox id="incoming_username"
+                     oninput="gEmailConfigWizard.onInputInUsername();"
+                     class="username"/>
+            <spacer/>
+            <label class="columnHeader"
+                   id="outgoing_label"
+                   value="&outgoing.label;"
+                   control="outgoing_username"/>
+            <textbox id="outgoing_username"
+                     oninput="gEmailConfigWizard.onInputOutUsername();"
+                     class="username"/>
+          </row>
+        </rows>
+      </grid>
+    </groupbox>
+
+    <spacer flex="1" />
+    <hbox id="buttons_area">
+      <hbox id="left_buttons_area" align="center" pack="start">
+        <button id="provisioner_button"
+                label="&switch-to-provisioner.label;"
+                accesskey="&switch-to-provisioner.accesskey;"
+                class="larger-button"
+                oncommand="gEmailConfigWizard.onSwitchToProvisioner();"/>
+        <button id="manual-edit_button"
+                label="&manual-edit.label;"
+                accesskey="&manual-edit.accesskey;"
+                hidden="true"
+                oncommand="gEmailConfigWizard.onManualEdit();"/>
+        <button id="advanced-setup_button"
+                label="&advancedSetup.label;"
+                accesskey="&advancedSetup.accesskey;"
+                disabled="true"
+                hidden="true"
+                oncommand="gEmailConfigWizard.onAdvancedSetup();"/>
+      </hbox>
+      <spacer flex="1"/>
+      <hbox id="right_buttons_area" align="center" pack="end">
+        <button id="stop_button"
+                label="&stop.label;"
+                accesskey="&stop.accesskey;"
+                hidden="true"
+                oncommand="gEmailConfigWizard.onStop();"/>
+        <button id="cancel_button"
+                label="&cancel.label;"
+                accesskey="&cancel.accesskey;"
+                oncommand="gEmailConfigWizard.onCancel();"/>
+        <button id="half-manual-test_button"
+                label="&half-manual-test.label;"
+                accesskey="&half-manual-test.accesskey;"
+                hidden="true"
+                oncommand="gEmailConfigWizard.onHalfManualTest();"/>
+        <button id="next_button"
+                label="&continue.label;"
+                accesskey="&continue.accesskey;"
+                hidden="false"
+                oncommand="gEmailConfigWizard.onNext();"/>
+        <button id="create_button"
+                label="&doneAccount.label;"
+                accesskey="&doneAccount.accesskey;"
+                class="important-button"
+                hidden="true"
+                oncommand="gEmailConfigWizard.onCreate();"/>
+      </hbox>
+    </hbox>
+  </vbox>
+
+
+  <vbox id="warningbox" hidden="true" flex="1">
+    <hbox class="warning" flex="1">
+      <vbox class="larrybox">
+        <image id="insecure_larry" class="insecureLarry"/>
+      </vbox>
+      <vbox flex="1" class="warning_text">
+        <label class="warning-heading">&warning.label;</label>
+        <vbox id="incoming_box">
+          <hbox>
+            <label class="warning_settings" value="&incomingSettings.label;"/>
+            <description id="warning_incoming"/>
+          </hbox>
+          <label id="incoming_technical"
+                 class="technical_details"
+                 value="&technicaldetails.label;"
+                 onclick="gSecurityWarningDialog.toggleDetails('incoming');"/>
+          <description id="incoming_details" collapsed="true"/>
+        </vbox>
+        <vbox id="outgoing_box">
+          <hbox>
+            <label class="warning_settings" value="&outgoingSettings.label;"/>
+            <description id="warning_outgoing"/>
+          </hbox>
+          <label id="outgoing_technical"
+                 class="technical_details"
+                 value="&technicaldetails.label;"
+                 onclick="gSecurityWarningDialog.toggleDetails('outgoing');"/>
+          <description id="outgoing_details" collapsed="true"/>
+        </vbox>
+        <spacer flex="10"/>
+        <description id="findoutmore">
+            &contactYourProvider.description;</description>
+        <spacer flex="100"/>
+        <checkbox id="acknowledge_warning"
+                  label="&confirmWarning.label;"
+                  accesskey="&confirmWarning.accesskey;"
+                  class="acknowledge_checkbox"
+                  oncommand="gSecurityWarningDialog.toggleAcknowledge()"/>
+        <hbox>
+          <button id="getmeoutofhere"
+                  label="&changeSettings.label;"
+                  accesskey="&changeSettings.accesskey;"
+                  oncommand="gSecurityWarningDialog.onCancel()"/>
+          <spacer flex="1"/>
+          <button id="iknow"
+                  label="&doneAccount.label;"
+                  accesskey="&doneAccount.accesskey;"
+                  disabled="true"
+                  oncommand="gSecurityWarningDialog.onOK()"/>
+        </hbox>
+      </vbox>
+    </hbox>
+  </vbox>
+</window>
diff --git a/mailnews/base/prefs/content/accountcreation/fetchConfig.js b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/accountcreation/fetchConfig.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..07a9f5586
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/accountcreation/fetchConfig.js
@@ -0,0 +1,240 @@
+/* -*- Mode: Java; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/**
+ * Tries to find a configuration for this ISP on the local harddisk, in the
+ * application install directory's "isp" subdirectory.
+ * Params @see fetchConfigFromISP()
+ */
+
+Components.utils.import("resource:///modules/mailServices.js");
+Components.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/Services.jsm");
+Components.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/JXON.js");
+
+
+function fetchConfigFromDisk(domain, successCallback, errorCallback)
+{
+  return new TimeoutAbortable(runAsync(function()
+  {
+    try {
+      // <TB installdir>/isp/example.com.xml
+      var configLocation = Services.dirsvc.get("CurProcD", Ci.nsIFile);
+      configLocation.append("isp");
+      configLocation.append(sanitize.hostname(domain) + ".xml");
+
+      var contents =
+        readURLasUTF8(Services.io.newFileURI(configLocation));
+      let domParser = Cc["@mozilla.org/xmlextras/domparser;1"]
+                       .createInstance(Ci.nsIDOMParser);
+      successCallback(readFromXML(JXON.build(
+        domParser.parseFromString(contents, "text/xml"))));
+    } catch (e) { errorCallback(e); }
+  }));
+}
+
+/**
+ * Tries to get a configuration from the ISP / mail provider directly.
+ *
+ * Disclaimers:
+ * - To support domain hosters, we cannot use SSL. That means we
+ *   rely on insecure DNS and http, which means the results may be
+ *   forged when under attack. The same is true for guessConfig(), though.
+ *
+ * @param domain {String}   The domain part of the user's email address
+ * @param emailAddress {String}   The user's email address
+ * @param successCallback {Function(config {AccountConfig}})}   A callback that
+ *         will be called when we could retrieve a configuration.
+ *         The AccountConfig object will be passed in as first parameter.
+ * @param errorCallback {Function(ex)}   A callback that
+ *         will be called when we could not retrieve a configuration,
+ *         for whatever reason. This is expected (e.g. when there's no config
+ *         for this domain at this location),
+ *         so do not unconditionally show this to the user.
+ *         The first paramter will be an exception object or error string.
+ */
+function fetchConfigFromISP(domain, emailAddress, successCallback,
+                            errorCallback)
+{
+  if (!Services.prefs.getBoolPref(
+      "mailnews.auto_config.fetchFromISP.enabled")) {
+    errorCallback("ISP fetch disabled per user preference");
+    return;
+  }
+
+  let url1 = "http://autoconfig." + sanitize.hostname(domain) +
+             "/mail/config-v1.1.xml";
+  // .well-known/ <http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-nottingham-site-meta-04>
+  let url2 = "http://" + sanitize.hostname(domain) +
+             "/.well-known/autoconfig/mail/config-v1.1.xml";
+  let sucAbortable = new SuccessiveAbortable();
+  var time = Date.now();
+  var urlArgs = { emailaddress: emailAddress };
+  if (!Services.prefs.getBoolPref(
+      "mailnews.auto_config.fetchFromISP.sendEmailAddress")) {
+    delete urlArgs.emailaddress;
+  }
+  let fetch1 = new FetchHTTP(url1, urlArgs, false,
+    function(result)
+    {
+      successCallback(readFromXML(result));
+    },
+    function(e1) // fetch1 failed
+    {
+      ddump("fetchisp 1 <" + url1 + "> took " + (Date.now() - time) +
+          "ms and failed with " + e1);
+      time = Date.now();
+      if (e1 instanceof CancelledException)
+      {
+        errorCallback(e1);
+        return;
+      }
+
+      let fetch2 = new FetchHTTP(url2, urlArgs, false,
+        function(result)
+        {
+          successCallback(readFromXML(result));
+        },
+        function(e2)
+        {
+          ddump("fetchisp 2 <" + url2 + "> took " + (Date.now() - time) +
+              "ms and failed with " + e2);
+          // return the error for the primary call,
+          // unless the fetch was cancelled
+          errorCallback(e2 instanceof CancelledException ? e2 : e1);
+        });
+      sucAbortable.current = fetch2;
+      fetch2.start();
+    });
+  sucAbortable.current = fetch1;
+  fetch1.start();
+  return sucAbortable;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Tries to get a configuration for this ISP from a central database at
+ * Mozilla servers.
+ * Params @see fetchConfigFromISP()
+ */
+
+function fetchConfigFromDB(domain, successCallback, errorCallback)
+{
+  let url = Services.prefs.getCharPref("mailnews.auto_config_url");
+  domain = sanitize.hostname(domain);
+
+  // If we don't specify a place to put the domain, put it at the end.
+  if (!url.includes("{{domain}}"))
+    url = url + domain;
+  else
+    url = url.replace("{{domain}}", domain);
+  url = url.replace("{{accounts}}", MailServices.accounts.accounts.length);
+
+  if (!url.length)
+    return errorCallback("no fetch url set");
+  let fetch = new FetchHTTP(url, null, false,
+                            function(result)
+                            {
+                              successCallback(readFromXML(result));
+                            },
+                            errorCallback);
+  fetch.start();
+  return fetch;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Does a lookup of DNS MX, to get the server who is responsible for
+ * recieving mail for this domain. Then it takes the domain of that
+ * server, and does another lookup (in ISPDB and possible at ISP autoconfig
+ * server) and if such a config is found, returns that.
+ *
+ * Disclaimers:
+ * - DNS is unprotected, meaning the results could be forged.
+ *   The same is true for fetchConfigFromISP() and guessConfig(), though.
+ * - DNS MX tells us the incoming server, not the mailbox (IMAP) server.
+ *   They are different. This mechnism is only an approximation
+ *   for hosted domains (yourname.com is served by mx.hoster.com and
+ *   therefore imap.hoster.com - that "therefore" is exactly the
+ *   conclusional jump we make here.) and alternative domains
+ *   (e.g. yahoo.de -> yahoo.com).
+ * - We make a look up for the base domain. E.g. if MX is
+ *   mx1.incoming.servers.hoster.com, we look up hoster.com.
+ *   Thanks to Services.eTLD, we also get bbc.co.uk right.
+ *
+ * Params @see fetchConfigFromISP()
+ */
+function fetchConfigForMX(domain, successCallback, errorCallback)
+{
+  domain = sanitize.hostname(domain);
+
+  var sucAbortable = new SuccessiveAbortable();
+  var time = Date.now();
+  sucAbortable.current = getMX(domain,
+    function(mxHostname) // success
+    {
+      ddump("getmx took " + (Date.now() - time) + "ms");
+      let sld = Services.eTLD.getBaseDomainFromHost(mxHostname);
+      ddump("base domain " + sld + " for " + mxHostname);
+      if (sld == domain)
+      {
+        errorCallback("MX lookup would be no different from domain");
+        return;
+      }
+      sucAbortable.current = fetchConfigFromDB(sld, successCallback,
+                                               errorCallback);
+    },
+    errorCallback);
+  return sucAbortable;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Queries the DNS MX for the domain
+ *
+ * The current implementation goes to a web service to do the
+ * DNS resolve for us, because Mozilla unfortunately has no implementation
+ * to do it. That's just a workaround. Once bug 545866 is fixed, we make
+ * the DNS query directly on the client. The API of this function should not
+ * change then.
+ *
+ * Returns (in successCallback) the hostname of the MX server.
+ * If there are several entires with different preference values,
+ * only the most preferred (i.e. those with the lowest value)
+ * is returned. If there are several most preferred servers (i.e.
+ * round robin), only one of them is returned.
+ *
+ * @param domain @see fetchConfigFromISP()
+ * @param successCallback {function(hostname {String})
+ *   Called when we found an MX for the domain.
+ *   For |hostname|, see description above.
+ * @param errorCallback @see fetchConfigFromISP()
+ * @returns @see fetchConfigFromISP()
+ */
+function getMX(domain, successCallback, errorCallback)
+{
+  domain = sanitize.hostname(domain);
+
+  let url = Services.prefs.getCharPref("mailnews.mx_service_url");
+  if (!url)
+    errorCallback("no URL for MX service configured");
+  url += domain;
+
+  let fetch = new FetchHTTP(url, null, false,
+    function(result)
+    {
+      // result is plain text, with one line per server.
+      // So just take the first line
+      ddump("MX query result: \n" + result + "(end)");
+      assert(typeof(result) == "string");
+      let first = result.split("\n")[0];
+      first.toLowerCase().replace(/[^a-z0-9\-_\.]*/g, "");
+      if (first.length == 0)
+      {
+        errorCallback("no MX found");
+        return;
+      }
+      successCallback(first);
+    },
+    errorCallback);
+  fetch.start();
+  return fetch;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/prefs/content/accountcreation/fetchhttp.js b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/accountcreation/fetchhttp.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..04f5272cd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/accountcreation/fetchhttp.js
@@ -0,0 +1,267 @@
+/* -*- Mode: Java; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/**
+ * This is a small wrapper around XMLHttpRequest, which solves various
+ * inadequacies of the API, e.g. error handling. It is entirely generic and
+ * can be used for purposes outside of even mail.
+ *
+ * It does not provide download progress, but assumes that the
+ * fetched resource is so small (<1 10 KB) that the roundtrip and
+ * response generation is far more significant than the
+ * download time of the response. In other words, it's fine for RPC,
+ * but not for bigger file downloads.
+ */
+
+Components.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/JXON.js");
+
+/**
+ * Set up a fetch.
+ *
+ * @param url {String}   URL of the server function.
+ *    ATTENTION: The caller needs to make sure that the URL is secure to call.
+ * @param urlArgs {Object, associative array} Parameters to add
+ *   to the end of the URL as query string. E.g.
+ *   { foo: "bla", bar: "blub blub" } will add "?foo=bla&bar=blub%20blub"
+ *   to the URL
+ *   (unless the URL already has a "?", then it adds "&foo...").
+ *   The values will be urlComponentEncoded, so pass them unencoded.
+ * @param post {Boolean}   HTTP GET or POST
+ *   Only influences the HTTP request method,
+ *   i.e. first line of the HTTP request, not the body or parameters.
+ *   Use POST when you modify server state,
+ *   GET when you only request information.
+ *
+ * @param successCallback {Function(result {String})}
+ *   Called when the server call worked (no errors).
+ *   |result| will contain the body of the HTTP reponse, as string.
+ * @param errorCallback {Function(ex)}
+ *   Called in case of error. ex contains the error
+ *   with a user-displayable but not localized |.message| and maybe a
+ *   |.code|, which can be either
+ *  - an nsresult error code,
+ *  - an HTTP result error code (0...1000) or
+ *  - negative: 0...-100 :
+ *     -2 = can't resolve server in DNS etc.
+ *     -4 = response body (e.g. XML) malformed
+ */
+/* not yet supported:
+ * @param headers {Object, associative array} Like urlArgs,
+ *   just that the params will be added as HTTP headers.
+ *   { foo: "blub blub" } will add "Foo: Blub blub"
+ *   The values will be urlComponentEncoded, apart from space,
+ *   so pass them unencoded.
+ * @param headerArgs {Object, associative array} Like urlArgs,
+ *   just that the params will be added as HTTP headers.
+ *   { foo: "blub blub" } will add "X-Moz-Arg-Foo: Blub blub"
+ *   The values will be urlComponentEncoded, apart from space,
+ *   so pass them unencoded.
+ * @param bodyArgs {Object, associative array} Like urlArgs,
+ *   just that the params will be sent x-url-encoded in the body,
+ *   like a HTML form post.
+ *   The values will be urlComponentEncoded, so pass them unencoded.
+ *   This cannot be used together with |uploadBody|.
+ * @param uploadbody {Object}   Arbitrary object, which to use as
+ *   body of the HTTP request. Will also set the mimetype accordingly.
+ *   Only supported object types, currently only E4X is supported
+ *   (sending XML).
+ *   Usually, you have nothing to upload, so just pass |null|.
+ */
+function FetchHTTP(url, urlArgs, post, successCallback, errorCallback)
+{
+  assert(typeof(successCallback) == "function", "BUG: successCallback");
+  assert(typeof(errorCallback) == "function", "BUG: errorCallback");
+  this._url = sanitize.string(url);
+  if (!urlArgs)
+    urlArgs = {};
+
+  this._urlArgs = urlArgs;
+  this._post = sanitize.boolean(post);
+  this._successCallback = successCallback;
+  this._errorCallback = errorCallback;
+}
+FetchHTTP.prototype =
+{
+  __proto__: Abortable.prototype,
+  _url : null, // URL as passed to ctor, without arguments
+  _urlArgs : null,
+  _post : null,
+  _successCallback : null,
+  _errorCallback : null,
+  _request : null, // the XMLHttpRequest object
+  result : null,
+
+  start : function()
+  {
+    var url = this._url;
+    for (var name in this._urlArgs)
+    {
+      url += (!url.includes("?") ? "?" : "&") +
+              name + "=" + encodeURIComponent(this._urlArgs[name]);
+    }
+    this._request = new XMLHttpRequest();
+    let request = this._request;
+    request.open(this._post ? "POST" : "GET", url);
+    request.channel.loadGroup = null;
+    // needs bug 407190 patch v4 (or higher) - uncomment if that lands.
+    // try {
+    //    var channel = request.channel.QueryInterface(Ci.nsIHttpChannel2);
+    //    channel.connectTimeout = 5;
+    //    channel.requestTimeout = 5;
+    //    } catch (e) { dump(e + "\n"); }
+
+    var me = this;
+    request.onload = function() { me._response(true); }
+    request.onerror = function() { me._response(false); }
+    request.send(null);
+  },
+  _response : function(success, exStored)
+  {
+    try
+    {
+    var errorCode = null;
+    var errorStr = null;
+
+    if (success && this._request.status >= 200 &&
+        this._request.status < 300) // HTTP level success
+    {
+      try
+      {
+        // response
+        var mimetype = this._request.getResponseHeader("Content-Type");
+        if (!mimetype)
+          mimetype = "";
+        mimetype = mimetype.split(";")[0];
+        if (mimetype == "text/xml" ||
+            mimetype == "application/xml" ||
+            mimetype == "text/rdf")
+        {
+          this.result = JXON.build(this._request.responseXML);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          //ddump("mimetype: " + mimetype + " only supported as text");
+          this.result = this._request.responseText;
+        }
+        //ddump("result:\n" + this.result);
+      }
+      catch (e)
+      {
+        success = false;
+        errorStr = getStringBundle(
+                   "chrome://messenger/locale/accountCreationUtil.properties")
+                   .GetStringFromName("bad_response_content.error");
+        errorCode = -4;
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      success = false;
+      try
+      {
+        errorCode = this._request.status;
+        errorStr = this._request.statusText;
+      } catch (e) {
+        // If we can't resolve the hostname in DNS etc., .statusText throws
+        errorCode = -2;
+        errorStr = getStringBundle(
+                   "chrome://messenger/locale/accountCreationUtil.properties")
+                   .GetStringFromName("cannot_contact_server.error");
+        ddump(errorStr);
+      }
+    }
+
+    // Callbacks
+    if (success)
+    {
+      try {
+        this._successCallback(this.result);
+      } catch (e) {
+        logException(e);
+        this._error(e);
+      }
+    }
+    else if (exStored)
+      this._error(exStored);
+    else
+      this._error(new ServerException(errorStr, errorCode, this._url));
+
+    if (this._finishedCallback)
+    {
+      try {
+        this._finishedCallback(this);
+      } catch (e) {
+        logException(e);
+        this._error(e);
+      }
+    }
+
+    } catch (e) {
+      // error in our fetchhttp._response() code
+      logException(e);
+      this._error(e);
+    }
+  },
+  _error : function(e)
+  {
+    try {
+      this._errorCallback(e);
+    } catch (e) {
+      // error in errorCallback, too!
+      logException(e);
+      alertPrompt("Error in errorCallback for fetchhttp", e);
+    }
+  },
+  /**
+   * Call this between start() and finishedCallback fired.
+   */
+  cancel : function(ex)
+  {
+    assert(!this.result, "Call already returned");
+
+    this._request.abort();
+
+    // Need to manually call error handler
+    // <https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=218236#c11>
+    this._response(false, ex ? ex : new UserCancelledException());
+  },
+  /**
+   * Allows caller or lib to be notified when the call is done.
+   * This is useful to enable and disable a Cancel button in the UI,
+   * which allows to cancel the network request.
+   */
+  setFinishedCallback : function(finishedCallback)
+  {
+    this._finishedCallback = finishedCallback;
+  }
+}
+
+function CancelledException(msg)
+{
+  Exception.call(this, msg);
+}
+CancelledException.prototype = Object.create(Exception.prototype);
+CancelledException.prototype.constructor = CancelledException;
+
+function UserCancelledException(msg)
+{
+  // The user knows they cancelled so I don't see a need
+  // for a message to that effect.
+  if (!msg)
+    msg = "User cancelled";
+  CancelledException.call(this, msg);
+}
+UserCancelledException.prototype = Object.create(CancelledException.prototype);
+UserCancelledException.prototype.constructor = UserCancelledException;
+
+function ServerException(msg, code, uri)
+{
+  Exception.call(this, msg);
+  this.code = code;
+  this.uri = uri;
+}
+ServerException.prototype = Object.create(Exception.prototype);
+ServerException.prototype.constructor = ServerException;
+
diff --git a/mailnews/base/prefs/content/accountcreation/guessConfig.js b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/accountcreation/guessConfig.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..755c499cd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/accountcreation/guessConfig.js
@@ -0,0 +1,1145 @@
+/* -*- Mode: Java; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/log4moz.js");
+Cu.import("resource://gre/modules/Services.jsm");
+
+var TIMEOUT = 10; // in seconds
+
+// This is a bit ugly - we set outgoingDone to false
+// when emailWizard.js cancels the outgoing probe because the user picked
+// an outoing server. It does this by poking the probeAbortable object,
+// so we need outgoingDone to have global scope.
+var outgoingDone = false;
+
+/**
+ * Try to guess the config, by:
+ * - guessing hostnames (pop3.<domain>, pop.<domain>, imap.<domain>,
+ *                       mail.<domain> etc.)
+ * - probing known ports (for IMAP, POP3 etc., with SSL, STARTTLS etc.)
+ * - opening a connection via the right protocol and checking the
+ *   protocol-specific CAPABILITIES like that the server returns.
+ *
+ * Final verification is not done here, but in verifyConfig().
+ *
+ * This function is async.
+ * @param domain {String} the domain part of the email address
+ * @param progressCallback {function(type, hostname, port, ssl, done)}
+ *   Called when we try a new hostname/port.
+ *   type {String-enum} @see AccountConfig type - "imap", "pop3", "smtp"
+ *   hostname {String}
+ *   port {Integer}
+ *   socketType {Integer-enum} @see AccountConfig.incoming.socketType
+ *      1 = plain, 2 = SSL, 3 = STARTTLS
+ *   done {Boolean}   false, if we start probing this host/port, true if we're
+ *       done and the host is good.  (there is no notification when a host is
+ *       bad, we'll just tell about the next host tried)
+ * @param successCallback {function(config {AccountConfig})}
+ *   Called when we could guess the config.
+ *   param accountConfig {AccountConfig} The guessed account config.
+ *       username, password, realname, emailaddress etc. are not filled out,
+ *       but placeholders to be filled out via replaceVariables().
+ * @param errorCallback function(ex)
+ *   Called when we could guess not the config, either
+ *   because we have not found anything or
+ *   because there was an error (e.g. no network connection).
+ *   The ex.message will contain a user-presentable message.
+ * @param resultConfig {AccountConfig} (optional)
+ *   A config which may be partially filled in. If so, it will be used as base
+ *   for the guess.
+ * @param which {String-enum} (optional)  "incoming", "outgoing", or "both".
+ *   Default "both". Whether to guess only the incoming or outgoing server.
+ * @result {Abortable} Allows you to cancel the guess
+ */
+function guessConfig(domain, progressCallback, successCallback, errorCallback,
+                     resultConfig, which)
+{
+  assert(typeof(progressCallback) == "function", "need progressCallback");
+  assert(typeof(successCallback) == "function", "need successCallback");
+  assert(typeof(errorCallback) == "function", "need errorCallback");
+
+  // Servers that we know enough that they support OAuth2 do not need guessing.
+  if (resultConfig.incoming.auth == Ci.nsMsgAuthMethod.OAuth2) {
+    successCallback(resultConfig);
+    return null;
+  }
+
+  if (!resultConfig)
+    resultConfig = new AccountConfig();
+  resultConfig.source = AccountConfig.kSourceGuess;
+
+  if (!Services.prefs.getBoolPref(
+      "mailnews.auto_config.guess.enabled")) {
+    errorCallback("Guessing config disabled per user preference");
+    return;
+  }
+
+  var incomingHostDetector = null;
+  var outgoingHostDetector = null;
+  var incomingEx = null; // if incoming had error, store ex here
+  var outgoingEx = null; // if incoming had error, store ex here
+  var incomingDone = (which == "outgoing");
+  var outgoingDone = (which == "incoming");
+  // If we're offline, we're going to pick the most common settings.
+  // (Not the "best" settings, but common).
+  if (Services.io.offline)
+  {
+    resultConfig.source = AccountConfig.kSourceUser;
+    resultConfig.incoming.hostname = "mail." + domain;
+    resultConfig.incoming.username = resultConfig.identity.emailAddress;
+    resultConfig.outgoing.username = resultConfig.identity.emailAddress;
+    resultConfig.incoming.type = "imap";
+    resultConfig.incoming.port = 143;
+    resultConfig.incoming.socketType = 3; // starttls
+    resultConfig.incoming.auth = Ci.nsMsgAuthMethod.passwordCleartext;
+    resultConfig.outgoing.hostname = "smtp." + domain;
+    resultConfig.outgoing.socketType = 1;
+    resultConfig.outgoing.port = 587;
+    resultConfig.outgoing.auth = Ci.nsMsgAuthMethod.passwordCleartext;
+    resultConfig.incomingAlternatives.push({
+      hostname: "mail." + domain,
+      username: resultConfig.identity.emailAddress,
+      type: "pop3",
+      port: 110,
+      socketType: 3,
+      auth: Ci.nsMsgAuthMethod.passwordCleartext
+    });
+    successCallback(resultConfig);
+    return null;
+  }
+  var progress = function(thisTry)
+  {
+    progressCallback(protocolToString(thisTry.protocol), thisTry.hostname,
+                     thisTry.port, sslConvertToSocketType(thisTry.ssl), false,
+                     resultConfig);
+  };
+
+  var updateConfig = function(config)
+  {
+    resultConfig = config;
+  };
+
+  var errorInCallback = function(e)
+  {
+    // The caller's errorCallback threw.
+    // hopefully shouldn't happen for users.
+    alertPrompt("Error in errorCallback for guessConfig()", e);
+  };
+
+  var checkDone = function()
+  {
+    if (incomingEx)
+    {
+      try {
+        errorCallback(incomingEx, resultConfig);
+      } catch (e) { errorInCallback(e); }
+      return;
+    }
+    if (outgoingEx)
+    {
+      try {
+        errorCallback(outgoingEx, resultConfig);
+      } catch (e) { errorInCallback(e); }
+      return;
+    }
+    if (incomingDone && outgoingDone)
+    {
+      try {
+        successCallback(resultConfig);
+      } catch (e) {
+        try {
+          errorCallback(e);
+        } catch (e) { errorInCallback(e); }
+      }
+      return;
+    }
+  };
+
+  var logger = Log4Moz.getConfiguredLogger("mail.wizard");
+  var HostTryToAccountServer = function(thisTry, server)
+  {
+    server.type = protocolToString(thisTry.protocol);
+    server.hostname = thisTry.hostname;
+    server.port = thisTry.port;
+    server.socketType = sslConvertToSocketType(thisTry.ssl);
+    server.auth = chooseBestAuthMethod(thisTry.authMethods);
+    server.authAlternatives = thisTry.authMethods;
+    // TODO
+    // cert is also bad when targetSite is set. (Same below for incoming.)
+    // Fix SSLErrorHandler and security warning dialog in emailWizard.js.
+    server.badCert = thisTry.selfSignedCert;
+    server.targetSite = thisTry.targetSite;
+    logger.info("CHOOSING " + server.type + " "+ server.hostname + ":" +
+          server.port + ", auth method " + server.auth + " " +
+          server.authAlternatives.join(",") + ", SSL " + server.socketType +
+          (server.badCert ? " (bad cert!)" : ""));
+  };
+
+  var outgoingSuccess = function(thisTry, alternativeTries)
+  {
+    assert(thisTry.protocol == SMTP, "I only know SMTP for outgoing");
+    // Ensure there are no previously saved outgoing errors, if we've got
+    // success here.
+    outgoingEx = null;
+    HostTryToAccountServer(thisTry, resultConfig.outgoing);
+
+    for (let alternativeTry of alternativeTries)
+    {
+      // resultConfig.createNewOutgoing(); misses username etc., so copy
+      let altServer = deepCopy(resultConfig.outgoing);
+      HostTryToAccountServer(alternativeTry, altServer);
+      assert(resultConfig.outgoingAlternatives);
+      resultConfig.outgoingAlternatives.push(altServer);
+    }
+
+    progressCallback(resultConfig.outgoing.type,
+        resultConfig.outgoing.hostname, resultConfig.outgoing.port,
+        resultConfig.outgoing.socketType, true, resultConfig);
+    outgoingDone = true;
+    checkDone();
+  };
+
+  var incomingSuccess = function(thisTry, alternativeTries)
+  {
+    // Ensure there are no previously saved incoming errors, if we've got
+    // success here.
+    incomingEx = null;
+    HostTryToAccountServer(thisTry, resultConfig.incoming);
+
+    for (let alternativeTry of alternativeTries)
+    {
+      // resultConfig.createNewIncoming(); misses username etc., so copy
+      let altServer = deepCopy(resultConfig.incoming);
+      HostTryToAccountServer(alternativeTry, altServer);
+      assert(resultConfig.incomingAlternatives);
+      resultConfig.incomingAlternatives.push(altServer);
+    }
+
+    progressCallback(resultConfig.incoming.type,
+        resultConfig.incoming.hostname, resultConfig.incoming.port,
+        resultConfig.incoming.socketType, true, resultConfig);
+    incomingDone = true;
+    checkDone();
+  };
+
+  var incomingError = function(ex)
+  {
+    incomingEx = ex;
+    checkDone();
+    incomingHostDetector.cancel(new CancelOthersException());
+    outgoingHostDetector.cancel(new CancelOthersException());
+  };
+
+  var outgoingError = function(ex)
+  {
+    outgoingEx = ex;
+    checkDone();
+    incomingHostDetector.cancel(new CancelOthersException());
+    outgoingHostDetector.cancel(new CancelOthersException());
+  };
+
+  incomingHostDetector = new IncomingHostDetector(progress, incomingSuccess,
+                                                  incomingError);
+  outgoingHostDetector = new OutgoingHostDetector(progress, outgoingSuccess,
+                                                  outgoingError);
+  if (which == "incoming" || which == "both")
+  {
+    incomingHostDetector.start(resultConfig.incoming.hostname ?
+            resultConfig.incoming.hostname : domain,
+        !!resultConfig.incoming.hostname, resultConfig.incoming.type,
+        resultConfig.incoming.port, resultConfig.incoming.socketType);
+  }
+  if (which == "outgoing" || which == "both")
+  {
+    outgoingHostDetector.start(resultConfig.outgoing.hostname ?
+            resultConfig.outgoing.hostname : domain,
+        !!resultConfig.outgoing.hostname, "smtp",
+        resultConfig.outgoing.port, resultConfig.outgoing.socketType);
+  }
+
+  return new GuessAbortable(incomingHostDetector, outgoingHostDetector,
+                            updateConfig);
+}
+
+function GuessAbortable(incomingHostDetector, outgoingHostDetector,
+                        updateConfig)
+{
+  Abortable.call(this);
+  this._incomingHostDetector = incomingHostDetector;
+  this._outgoingHostDetector = outgoingHostDetector;
+  this._updateConfig = updateConfig;
+}
+GuessAbortable.prototype = Object.create(Abortable.prototype);
+GuessAbortable.prototype.constructor = GuessAbortable;
+GuessAbortable.prototype.cancel = function(ex)
+{
+  this._incomingHostDetector.cancel(ex);
+  this._outgoingHostDetector.cancel(ex);
+};
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Implementation
+//
+// Objects, functions and constants that follow are not to be used outside
+// this file.
+
+var kNotTried = 0;
+var kOngoing = 1;
+var kFailed = 2;
+var kSuccess = 3;
+
+/**
+ * Internal object holding one server that we should try or did try.
+ * Used as |thisTry|.
+ *
+ * Note: The consts it uses for protocol and ssl are defined towards the end
+ * of this file and not the same as those used in AccountConfig (type,
+ * socketType). (fix this)
+ */
+function HostTry()
+{
+}
+HostTry.prototype =
+{
+  // IMAP, POP or SMTP
+  protocol : UNKNOWN,
+  // {String}
+  hostname : undefined,
+  // {Integer}
+  port : undefined,
+  // NONE, SSL or TLS
+  ssl : UNKNOWN,
+  // {String} what to send to server
+  commands : null,
+  // {Integer-enum} kNotTried, kOngoing, kFailed or kSuccess
+  status : kNotTried,
+  // {Abortable} allows to cancel the socket comm
+  abortable : null,
+
+  // {Array of {Integer-enum}} @see _advertisesAuthMethods() result
+  // Info about the server, from the protocol and SSL chat
+  authMethods : null,
+  // {String} Whether the SSL cert is not from a proper CA
+  selfSignedCert : false,
+  // {String} Which host the SSL cert is made for, if not hostname.
+  // If set, this is an SSL error.
+  targetSite : null,
+};
+
+/**
+ * When the success or errorCallbacks are called to abort the other requests
+ * which happened in parallel, this ex is used as param for cancel(), so that
+ * the cancel doesn't trigger another callback.
+ */
+function CancelOthersException()
+{
+  CancelledException.call(this, "we're done, cancelling the other probes");
+}
+CancelOthersException.prototype = Object.create(CancelledException.prototype);
+CancelOthersException.prototype.constructor = CancelOthersException;
+
+/**
+ * @param successCallback {function(result {HostTry}, alts {Array of HostTry})}
+ *    Called when the config is OK
+ *    |result| is the most preferred server.
+ *    |alts| currently exists only for |IncomingHostDetector| and contains
+ *    some servers of the other type (POP3 instead of IMAP), if available.
+ * @param errorCallback {function(ex)} Called when we could not find a config
+ * @param progressCallback { function(server {HostTry}) } Called when we tried
+ *    (will try?) a new hostname and port
+ */
+function HostDetector(progressCallback, successCallback, errorCallback)
+{
+  this.mSuccessCallback = successCallback;
+  this.mProgressCallback = progressCallback;
+  this.mErrorCallback = errorCallback;
+  this._cancel = false;
+  // {Array of {HostTry}}, ordered by decreasing preference
+  this._hostsToTry = new Array();
+
+  // init logging
+  this._log = Log4Moz.getConfiguredLogger("mail.wizard");
+  this._log.info("created host detector");
+}
+
+HostDetector.prototype =
+{
+  cancel : function(ex)
+  {
+    this._cancel = true;
+    // We have to actively stop the network calls, as they may result in
+    // callbacks e.g. to the cert handler. If the dialog is gone by the time
+    // this happens, the javascript stack is horked.
+    for (let i = 0; i < this._hostsToTry.length; i++)
+    {
+      let thisTry = this._hostsToTry[i]; // {HostTry}
+      if (thisTry.abortable)
+        thisTry.abortable.cancel(ex);
+      thisTry.status = kFailed; // or don't set? Maybe we want to continue.
+    }
+    if (ex instanceof CancelOthersException)
+      return;
+    if (!ex)
+      ex = new CancelledException();
+    this.mErrorCallback(ex);
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Start the detection
+   *
+   * @param domain {String} to be used as base for guessing.
+   *     Should be a domain (e.g. yahoo.co.uk).
+   *     If hostIsPrecise == true, it should be a full hostname
+   * @param hostIsPrecise {Boolean} (default false)  use only this hostname,
+   *     do not guess hostnames.
+   * @param type {String-enum}@see AccountConfig type
+   *     (Optional. default, 0, undefined, null = guess it)
+   * @param port {Integer} (Optional. default, 0, undefined, null = guess it)
+   * @param socketType {Integer-enum}@see AccountConfig socketType
+   *     (Optional. default, 0, undefined, null = guess it)
+   */
+  start : function(domain, hostIsPrecise, type, port, socketType)
+  {
+    domain = domain.replace(/\s*/g, ""); // Remove whitespace
+    if (!hostIsPrecise)
+      hostIsPrecise = false;
+    var protocol = sanitize.translate(type,
+        { "imap" : IMAP, "pop3" : POP, "smtp" : SMTP }, UNKNOWN);
+    if (!port)
+      port = UNKNOWN;
+    var ssl = ConvertSocketTypeToSSL(socketType);
+    this._cancel = false;
+    this._log.info("doing auto detect for protocol " + protocol +
+        ", domain " + domain + ", (exactly: " + hostIsPrecise +
+        "), port " + port + ", ssl " + ssl);
+
+    // fill this._hostsToTry
+    this._hostsToTry = [];
+    var hostnamesToTry = [];
+    // if hostIsPrecise is true, it's because that's what the user input
+    // explicitly, and we'll just try it, nothing else.
+    if (hostIsPrecise)
+      hostnamesToTry.push(domain);
+    else
+      hostnamesToTry = this._hostnamesToTry(protocol, domain);
+
+    for (let i = 0; i < hostnamesToTry.length; i++)
+    {
+      let hostname = hostnamesToTry[i];
+      let hostEntries = this._portsToTry(hostname, protocol, ssl, port);
+      for (let j = 0; j < hostEntries.length; j++)
+      {
+        let hostTry = hostEntries[j]; // from getHostEntry()
+        hostTry.hostname = hostname;
+        hostTry.status = kNotTried;
+        this._hostsToTry.push(hostTry);
+      }
+    }
+
+    this._hostsToTry = sortTriesByPreference(this._hostsToTry);
+    this._tryAll();
+  },
+
+  // We make all host/port combinations run in parallel, store their
+  // results in an array, and as soon as one finishes successfully and all
+  // higher-priority ones have failed, we abort all lower-priority ones.
+
+  _tryAll : function()
+  {
+    if (this._cancel)
+      return;
+    var me = this;
+    for (let i = 0; i < this._hostsToTry.length; i++)
+    {
+      let thisTry = this._hostsToTry[i]; // {HostTry}
+      if (thisTry.status != kNotTried)
+        continue;
+      this._log.info("poking at " + thisTry.hostname + " port " +
+          thisTry.port + " ssl "+ thisTry.ssl + " protocol " +
+          protocolToString(thisTry.protocol));
+      if (i == 0) // showing 50 servers at once is pointless
+        this.mProgressCallback(thisTry);
+
+      thisTry.abortable = SocketUtil(
+          thisTry.hostname, thisTry.port, thisTry.ssl,
+          thisTry.commands, TIMEOUT,
+          new SSLErrorHandler(thisTry, this._log),
+          function(wiredata) // result callback
+          {
+            if (me._cancel)
+              return; // don't use response anymore
+            me.mProgressCallback(thisTry);
+            me._processResult(thisTry, wiredata);
+            me._checkFinished();
+          },
+          function(e) // error callback
+          {
+            if (me._cancel)
+              return; // who set cancel to true already called mErrorCallback()
+            me._log.warn(e);
+            thisTry.status = kFailed;
+            me._checkFinished();
+          });
+      thisTry.status = kOngoing;
+    }
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * @param thisTry {HostTry}
+   * @param wiredata {Array of {String}} what the server returned
+   *     in response to our protocol chat
+   */
+  _processResult : function(thisTry, wiredata)
+  {
+    if (thisTry._gotCertError)
+    {
+      if (thisTry._gotCertError == Ci.nsICertOverrideService.ERROR_MISMATCH)
+      {
+        thisTry._gotCertError = 0;
+        thisTry.status = kFailed;
+        return;
+      }
+
+      if (thisTry._gotCertError == Ci.nsICertOverrideService.ERROR_UNTRUSTED ||
+          thisTry._gotCertError == Ci.nsICertOverrideService.ERROR_TIME)
+      {
+        this._log.info("TRYING AGAIN, hopefully with exception recorded");
+        thisTry._gotCertError = 0;
+        thisTry.selfSignedCert = true; // _next_ run gets this exception
+        thisTry.status = kNotTried; // try again (with exception)
+        this._tryAll();
+        return;
+      }
+    }
+
+    if (wiredata == null || wiredata === undefined)
+    {
+      this._log.info("no data");
+      thisTry.status = kFailed;
+      return;
+    }
+    this._log.info("wiredata: " + wiredata.join(""));
+    thisTry.authMethods =
+        this._advertisesAuthMethods(thisTry.protocol, wiredata);
+    if (thisTry.ssl == TLS && !this._hasTLS(thisTry, wiredata))
+    {
+      this._log.info("STARTTLS wanted, but not offered");
+      thisTry.status = kFailed;
+      return;
+    }
+    this._log.info("success with " + thisTry.hostname + ":" +
+        thisTry.port + " " + protocolToString(thisTry.protocol) +
+        " ssl " + thisTry.ssl +
+        (thisTry.selfSignedCert ? " (selfSignedCert)" : ""));
+    thisTry.status = kSuccess;
+
+    if (thisTry.selfSignedCert) { // eh, ERROR_UNTRUSTED or ERROR_TIME
+      // We clear the temporary override now after success. If we clear it
+      // earlier we get into an infinite loop, probably because the cert
+      // remembering is temporary and the next try gets a new connection which
+      // isn't covered by that temporariness.
+      this._log.info("clearing validity override for " + thisTry.hostname);
+      Cc["@mozilla.org/security/certoverride;1"]
+        .getService(Ci.nsICertOverrideService)
+        .clearValidityOverride(thisTry.hostname, thisTry.port);
+    }
+  },
+
+  _checkFinished : function()
+  {
+    var successfulTry = null;
+    var successfulTryAlternative = null; // POP3
+    var unfinishedBusiness = false;
+    // this._hostsToTry is ordered by decreasing preference
+    for (let i = 0; i < this._hostsToTry.length; i++)
+    {
+      let thisTry = this._hostsToTry[i];
+      if (thisTry.status == kNotTried || thisTry.status == kOngoing)
+        unfinishedBusiness = true;
+      // thisTry is good, and all higher preference tries failed, so use this
+      else if (thisTry.status == kSuccess && !unfinishedBusiness)
+      {
+        if (!successfulTry)
+        {
+          successfulTry = thisTry;
+          if (successfulTry.protocol == SMTP)
+            break;
+        }
+        else if (successfulTry.protocol != thisTry.protocol)
+        {
+          successfulTryAlternative = thisTry;
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    if (successfulTry && (successfulTryAlternative || !unfinishedBusiness))
+    {
+      this.mSuccessCallback(successfulTry,
+          successfulTryAlternative ? [ successfulTryAlternative ] : []);
+      this.cancel(new CancelOthersException());
+    }
+    else if (!unfinishedBusiness) // all failed
+    {
+      this._log.info("ran out of options");
+      var errorMsg = getStringBundle(
+          "chrome://messenger/locale/accountCreationModel.properties")
+          .GetStringFromName("cannot_find_server.error");
+      this.mErrorCallback(new Exception(errorMsg));
+      // no need to cancel, all failed
+    }
+    // else let ongoing calls continue
+  },
+
+
+  /**
+   * Which auth mechanism the server claims to support.
+   * (That doesn't necessarily reflect reality, it is more an upper bound.)
+   *
+   * @param protocol {Integer-enum} IMAP, POP or SMTP
+   * @param capaResponse {Array of {String}} on the wire data
+   *     that the server returned. May be the full exchange or just capa.
+   * @returns {Array of {Integer-enum} values for AccountConfig.incoming.auth
+   *     (or outgoing), in decreasing order of preference.
+   *     E.g. [ 5, 4 ] for a server that supports only Kerberos and
+   *     encrypted passwords.
+   */
+  _advertisesAuthMethods : function(protocol, capaResponse)
+  {
+    // for imap, capabilities include e.g.:
+    // "AUTH=CRAM-MD5", "AUTH=NTLM", "AUTH=GSSAPI", "AUTH=MSN"
+    // for pop3, the auth mechanisms are returned in capa as the following:
+    // "CRAM-MD5", "NTLM", "MSN", "GSSAPI"
+    // For smtp, EHLO will return AUTH and then a list of the
+    // mechanism(s) supported, e.g.,
+    // AUTH LOGIN NTLM MSN CRAM-MD5 GSSAPI
+    var result = new Array();
+    var line = capaResponse.join("\n").toUpperCase();
+    var prefix = "";
+    if (protocol == POP)
+      prefix = "";
+    else if (protocol == IMAP)
+      prefix = "AUTH=";
+    else if (protocol == SMTP)
+      prefix = "AUTH.*";
+    else
+      throw NotReached("must pass protocol");
+    // add in decreasing order of preference
+    if (new RegExp(prefix + "GSSAPI").test(line))
+      result.push(Ci.nsMsgAuthMethod.GSSAPI);
+    if (new RegExp(prefix + "CRAM-MD5").test(line))
+      result.push(Ci.nsMsgAuthMethod.passwordEncrypted);
+    if (new RegExp(prefix + "(NTLM|MSN)").test(line))
+      result.push(Ci.nsMsgAuthMethod.NTLM);
+    if (protocol != IMAP || !line.includes("LOGINDISABLED"))
+      result.push(Ci.nsMsgAuthMethod.passwordCleartext);
+    return result;
+  },
+
+  _hasTLS : function(thisTry, wiredata)
+  {
+    var capa = thisTry.protocol == POP ? "STLS" : "STARTTLS";
+    return thisTry.ssl == TLS &&
+        wiredata.join("").toUpperCase().includes(capa);
+  },
+}
+
+/**
+ * @param authMethods @see return value of _advertisesAuthMethods()
+ *    Note: the returned auth method will be removed from the array.
+ * @return one of them, the preferred one
+ * Note: this might be Kerberos, which might not actually work,
+ * so you might need to try the others, too.
+ */
+function chooseBestAuthMethod(authMethods)
+{
+  if (!authMethods || !authMethods.length)
+    return Ci.nsMsgAuthMethod.passwordCleartext;
+  return authMethods.shift(); // take first (= most preferred)
+}
+
+
+function IncomingHostDetector(
+  progressCallback, successCallback, errorCallback)
+{
+  HostDetector.call(this, progressCallback, successCallback, errorCallback);
+}
+IncomingHostDetector.prototype =
+{
+  __proto__: HostDetector.prototype,
+  _hostnamesToTry : function(protocol, domain)
+  {
+    var hostnamesToTry = [];
+    if (protocol != POP)
+      hostnamesToTry.push("imap." +  domain);
+    if (protocol != IMAP)
+    {
+      hostnamesToTry.push("pop3." +  domain);
+      hostnamesToTry.push("pop." +  domain);
+    }
+    hostnamesToTry.push("mail." + domain);
+    hostnamesToTry.push(domain);
+    return hostnamesToTry;
+  },
+  _portsToTry : getIncomingTryOrder,
+}
+
+function OutgoingHostDetector(
+  progressCallback, successCallback, errorCallback)
+{
+  HostDetector.call(this, progressCallback, successCallback, errorCallback);
+}
+OutgoingHostDetector.prototype =
+{
+  __proto__: HostDetector.prototype,
+  _hostnamesToTry : function(protocol, domain)
+  {
+    var hostnamesToTry = [];
+    hostnamesToTry.push("smtp." + domain);
+    hostnamesToTry.push("mail." + domain);
+    hostnamesToTry.push(domain);
+    return hostnamesToTry;
+  },
+  _portsToTry : getOutgoingTryOrder,
+}
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Encode protocol ports and order of preference
+
+// Protocol Types
+var UNKNOWN = -1;
+var IMAP = 0;
+var POP = 1;
+var SMTP = 2;
+// Security Types
+var NONE = 0; // no encryption
+//1 would be "TLS if available"
+var TLS = 2; // STARTTLS
+var SSL = 3; // SSL / TLS
+
+var IMAP_PORTS = {}
+IMAP_PORTS[NONE] = 143;
+IMAP_PORTS[TLS] = 143;
+IMAP_PORTS[SSL] = 993;
+
+var POP_PORTS = {}
+POP_PORTS[NONE] = 110;
+POP_PORTS[TLS] = 110;
+POP_PORTS[SSL] = 995;
+
+var SMTP_PORTS = {}
+SMTP_PORTS[NONE] = 587;
+SMTP_PORTS[TLS] = 587;
+SMTP_PORTS[SSL] = 465;
+
+var CMDS = {}
+CMDS[IMAP] = ["1 CAPABILITY\r\n", "2 LOGOUT\r\n"];
+CMDS[POP] = ["CAPA\r\n", "QUIT\r\n"];
+CMDS[SMTP] = ["EHLO we-guess.mozilla.org\r\n", "QUIT\r\n"];
+
+/**
+ * Sort by preference of SSL, IMAP etc.
+ * @param tries {Array of {HostTry}}
+ * @returns {Array of {HostTry}}
+ */
+function sortTriesByPreference(tries)
+{
+  return tries.sort(function __sortByPreference(a, b)
+  {
+    // -1 = a is better; 1 = b is better; 0 = equal
+    // Prefer SSL/TLS above all else
+    if (a.ssl != NONE && b.ssl == NONE)
+      return -1;
+    if (b.ssl != NONE && a.ssl == NONE)
+      return 1;
+    // Prefer IMAP over POP
+    if (a.protocol == IMAP && b.protocol == POP)
+      return -1;
+    if (b.protocol == IMAP && a.protocol == POP)
+      return 1;
+    // For hostnames, leave existing sorting, as in _hostnamesToTry()
+    // For ports, leave existing sorting, as in getOutgoingTryOrder()
+    return 0;
+  });
+};
+
+// TODO prefer SSL over STARTTLS,
+// either in sortTriesByPreference or in getIncomingTryOrder() (and outgoing)
+
+/**
+ * @returns {Array of {HostTry}}
+ */
+function getIncomingTryOrder(host, protocol, ssl, port)
+{
+  var lowerCaseHost = host.toLowerCase();
+
+  if (protocol == UNKNOWN &&
+      (lowerCaseHost.startsWith("pop.") || lowerCaseHost.startsWith("pop3.")))
+    protocol = POP;
+  else if (protocol == UNKNOWN && lowerCaseHost.startsWith("imap."))
+    protocol = IMAP;
+
+  if (protocol != UNKNOWN) {
+    if (ssl == UNKNOWN)
+      return [getHostEntry(protocol, TLS, port),
+              //getHostEntry(protocol, SSL, port),
+              getHostEntry(protocol, NONE, port)];
+    return [getHostEntry(protocol, ssl, port)];
+  }
+  if (ssl == UNKNOWN)
+    return [getHostEntry(IMAP, TLS, port),
+            //getHostEntry(IMAP, SSL, port),
+            getHostEntry(POP, TLS, port),
+            //getHostEntry(POP, SSL, port),
+            getHostEntry(IMAP, NONE, port),
+            getHostEntry(POP, NONE, port)];
+  return [getHostEntry(IMAP, ssl, port),
+          getHostEntry(POP, ssl, port)];
+};
+
+/**
+ * @returns {Array of {HostTry}}
+ */
+function getOutgoingTryOrder(host, protocol, ssl, port)
+{
+  assert(protocol == SMTP, "need SMTP as protocol for outgoing");
+  if (ssl == UNKNOWN)
+  {
+    if (port == UNKNOWN)
+      // neither SSL nor port known
+      return [getHostEntry(SMTP, TLS, UNKNOWN),
+              getHostEntry(SMTP, TLS, 25),
+              //getHostEntry(SMTP, SSL, UNKNOWN),
+              getHostEntry(SMTP, NONE, UNKNOWN),
+              getHostEntry(SMTP, NONE, 25)];
+    // port known, SSL not
+    return [getHostEntry(SMTP, TLS, port),
+            //getHostEntry(SMTP, SSL, port),
+            getHostEntry(SMTP, NONE, port)];
+  }
+  // SSL known, port not
+  if (port == UNKNOWN)
+  {
+    if (ssl == SSL)
+      return [getHostEntry(SMTP, SSL, UNKNOWN)];
+    else // TLS or NONE
+      return [getHostEntry(SMTP, ssl, UNKNOWN),
+              getHostEntry(SMTP, ssl, 25)];
+  }
+  // SSL and port known
+  return [getHostEntry(SMTP, ssl, port)];
+};
+
+/**
+ * @returns {HostTry} with proper default port and commands,
+ *     but without hostname.
+ */
+function getHostEntry(protocol, ssl, port)
+{
+  if (!port || port == UNKNOWN) {
+    switch (protocol) {
+      case POP:
+        port = POP_PORTS[ssl];
+        break;
+      case IMAP:
+        port = IMAP_PORTS[ssl];
+        break;
+      case SMTP:
+        port = SMTP_PORTS[ssl];
+        break;
+      default:
+        throw new NotReached("unsupported protocol " + protocol);
+    }
+  }
+
+  var r = new HostTry();
+  r.protocol = protocol;
+  r.ssl = ssl;
+  r.port = port;
+  r.commands = CMDS[protocol];
+  return r;
+};
+
+
+// Convert consts from those used here to those from AccountConfig
+// TODO adjust consts to match AccountConfig
+
+// here -> AccountConfig
+function sslConvertToSocketType(ssl)
+{
+  if (ssl == NONE)
+    return 1;
+  if (ssl == SSL)
+    return 2;
+  if (ssl == TLS)
+    return 3;
+  throw new NotReached("unexpected SSL type");
+}
+
+// AccountConfig -> here
+function ConvertSocketTypeToSSL(socketType)
+{
+  if (socketType == 1)
+    return NONE;
+  if (socketType == 2)
+    return SSL;
+  if (socketType == 3)
+    return TLS;
+  return UNKNOWN;
+}
+
+// here -> AccountConfig
+function protocolToString(type)
+{
+  if (type == IMAP)
+    return "imap";
+  if (type == POP)
+    return "pop3";
+  if (type == SMTP)
+    return "smtp";
+  throw new NotReached("unexpected protocol");
+}
+
+
+
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// SSL cert error handler
+
+/**
+ * Called by MyBadCertHandler.js, which called by PSM
+ * to tell us about SSL certificate errors.
+ * @param thisTry {HostTry}
+ * @param logger {Log4Moz logger}
+ */
+function SSLErrorHandler(thisTry, logger)
+{
+  this._try = thisTry;
+  this._log = logger;
+  // _ gotCertError will be set to an error code (one of those defined in
+  // nsICertOverrideService)
+  this._gotCertError = 0;
+}
+SSLErrorHandler.prototype =
+{
+  processCertError : function(socketInfo, status, targetSite)
+  {
+    this._log.error("Got Cert error for "+ targetSite);
+
+    if (!status)
+      return true;
+
+    let cert = status.QueryInterface(Ci.nsISSLStatus).serverCert;
+    let flags = 0;
+
+    let parts = targetSite.split(":");
+    let host = parts[0];
+    let port = parts[1];
+
+    /* The following 2 cert problems are unfortunately common:
+     * 1) hostname mismatch:
+     * user is custeromer at a domain hoster, he owns yourname.org,
+     * and the IMAP server is imap.hoster.com (but also reachable as
+     * imap.yourname.org), and has a cert for imap.hoster.com.
+     * 2) self-signed:
+     * a company has an internal IMAP server, and it's only for
+     * 30 employees, and they didn't want to buy a cert, so
+     * they use a self-signed cert.
+     *
+     * We would like the above to pass, somehow, with user confirmation.
+     * The following case should *not* pass:
+     *
+     * 1) MITM
+     * User has @gmail.com, and an attacker is between the user and
+     * the Internet and runs a man-in-the-middle (MITM) attack.
+     * Attacker controls DNS and sends imap.gmail.com to his own
+     * imap.attacker.com. He has either a valid, CA-issued
+     * cert for imap.attacker.com, or a self-signed cert.
+     * Of course, attacker.com could also be legit-sounding gmailservers.com.
+     *
+     * What makes it dangerous is that we (!) propose the server to the user,
+     * and he cannot judge whether imap.gmailservers.com is correct or not,
+     * and he will likely approve it.
+     */
+
+    if (status.isDomainMismatch) {
+      this._try._gotCertError = Ci.nsICertOverrideService.ERROR_MISMATCH;
+      flags |= Ci.nsICertOverrideService.ERROR_MISMATCH;
+    }
+    else if (status.isUntrusted) { // e.g. self-signed
+      this._try._gotCertError = Ci.nsICertOverrideService.ERROR_UNTRUSTED;
+      flags |= Ci.nsICertOverrideService.ERROR_UNTRUSTED;
+    }
+    else if (status.isNotValidAtThisTime) {
+      this._try._gotCertError = Ci.nsICertOverrideService.ERROR_TIME;
+      flags |= Ci.nsICertOverrideService.ERROR_TIME;
+    }
+    else {
+      this._try._gotCertError = -1; // other
+    }
+
+    /* We will add a temporary cert exception here, so that
+     * we can continue and connect and try.
+     * But we will remove it again as soon as we close the
+     * connection, in _processResult().
+     * _gotCertError will serve as the marker that we
+     * have to clear the override later.
+     *
+     * In verifyConfig(), before we send the password, we *must*
+     * get another cert exception, this time with dialog to the user
+     * so that he gets informed about this and can make a choice.
+     */
+
+    this._try.targetSite = targetSite;
+    Cc["@mozilla.org/security/certoverride;1"]
+      .getService(Ci.nsICertOverrideService)
+      .rememberValidityOverride(host, port, cert, flags,
+        true); // temporary override
+    this._log.warn("!! Overrode bad cert temporarily " + host + " " + port +
+                   " flags=" + flags + "\n");
+    return true;
+  },
+}
+
+
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Socket Util
+
+
+/**
+ * @param hostname {String} The DNS hostname to connect to.
+ * @param port {Integer} The numberic port to connect to on the host.
+ * @param ssl {Integer} SSL, TLS or NONE
+ * @param commands {Array of String}: protocol commands
+ *          to send to the server.
+ * @param timeout {Integer} seconds to wait for a server response, then cancel.
+ * @param sslErrorHandler {SSLErrorHandler}
+ * @param resultCallback {function(wiredata)} This function will
+ *            be called with the result string array from the server
+ *            or null if no communication occurred.
+ * @param errorCallback {function(e)}
+ */
+function SocketUtil(hostname, port, ssl, commands, timeout,
+                    sslErrorHandler, resultCallback, errorCallback)
+{
+  assert(commands && commands.length, "need commands");
+
+  var index = 0; // commands[index] is next to send to server
+  var initialized = false;
+  var aborted = false;
+
+  function _error(e)
+  {
+    if (aborted)
+      return;
+    aborted = true;
+    errorCallback(e);
+  }
+
+  function timeoutFunc()
+  {
+    if (!initialized)
+      _error("timeout");
+  }
+
+  // In case DNS takes too long or does not resolve or another blocking
+  // issue occurs before the timeout can be set on the socket, this
+  // ensures that the listener callback will be fired in a timely manner.
+  // XXX There might to be some clean up needed after the timeout is fired
+  // for socket and io resources.
+
+  // The timeout value plus 2 seconds
+  setTimeout(timeoutFunc, (timeout * 1000) + 2000);
+
+  var transportService = Cc["@mozilla.org/network/socket-transport-service;1"]
+                         .getService(Ci.nsISocketTransportService);
+
+  // @see NS_NETWORK_SOCKET_CONTRACTID_PREFIX
+  var socketTypeName = ssl == SSL ? "ssl" : (ssl == TLS ? "starttls" : null);
+  var transport = transportService.createTransport([socketTypeName],
+                                                   ssl == NONE ? 0 : 1,
+                                                   hostname, port, null);
+
+  transport.setTimeout(Ci.nsISocketTransport.TIMEOUT_CONNECT, timeout);
+  transport.setTimeout(Ci.nsISocketTransport.TIMEOUT_READ_WRITE, timeout);
+  try {
+    transport.securityCallbacks = new BadCertHandler(sslErrorHandler);
+  } catch (e) {
+    _error(e);
+  }
+  var outstream = transport.openOutputStream(0, 0, 0);
+  var stream = transport.openInputStream(0, 0, 0);
+  var instream = Cc["@mozilla.org/scriptableinputstream;1"]
+      .createInstance(Ci.nsIScriptableInputStream);
+  instream.init(stream);
+
+  var dataListener =
+  {
+    data : new Array(),
+    onStartRequest: function(request, context)
+    {
+      try {
+        initialized = true;
+        if (!aborted)
+        {
+          // Send the first request
+          let outputData = commands[index++];
+          outstream.write(outputData, outputData.length);
+        }
+      } catch (e) { _error(e); }
+    },
+    onStopRequest: function(request, context, status)
+    {
+      try {
+        instream.close();
+        outstream.close();
+        resultCallback(this.data.length ? this.data : null);
+      } catch (e) { _error(e); }
+    },
+    onDataAvailable: function(request, context, inputStream, offset, count)
+    {
+      try {
+        if (!aborted)
+        {
+          let inputData = instream.read(count);
+          this.data.push(inputData);
+          if (index < commands.length)
+          {
+            // Send the next request to the server.
+            let outputData = commands[index++];
+            outstream.write(outputData, outputData.length);
+          }
+        }
+      } catch (e) { _error(e); }
+    }
+  };
+
+  try {
+    var pump = Cc["@mozilla.org/network/input-stream-pump;1"]
+        .createInstance(Ci.nsIInputStreamPump);
+
+    pump.init(stream, -1, -1, 0, 0, false);
+    pump.asyncRead(dataListener, null);
+    return new SocketAbortable(transport);
+  } catch (e) { _error(e); }
+  return null;
+}
+
+function SocketAbortable(transport)
+{
+  Abortable.call(this);
+  assert(transport instanceof Ci.nsITransport, "need transport");
+  this._transport = transport;
+}
+SocketAbortable.prototype = Object.create(Abortable.prototype);
+SocketAbortable.prototype.constructor = UserCancelledException;
+SocketAbortable.prototype.cancel = function(ex)
+{
+  try {
+    this._transport.close(Components.results.NS_ERROR_ABORT);
+  } catch (e) {
+    ddump("canceling socket failed: " + e);
+  }
+}
+
diff --git a/mailnews/base/prefs/content/accountcreation/readFromXML.js b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/accountcreation/readFromXML.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c7e796f5f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/accountcreation/readFromXML.js
@@ -0,0 +1,238 @@
+/* -*- Mode: Java; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/**
+ * Takes an XML snipplet (as JXON) and reads the values into
+ * a new AccountConfig object.
+ * It does so securely (or tries to), by trying to avoid remote execution
+ * and similar holes which can appear when reading too naively.
+ * Of course it cannot tell whether the actual values are correct,
+ * e.g. it can't tell whether the host name is a good server.
+ *
+ * The XML format is documented at
+ * <https://wiki.mozilla.org/Thunderbird:Autoconfiguration:ConfigFileFormat>
+ *
+ * @param clientConfigXML {JXON}  The <clientConfig> node.
+ * @return AccountConfig   object filled with the data from XML
+ */
+Components.utils.import("resource:///modules/hostnameUtils.jsm");
+
+function readFromXML(clientConfigXML)
+{
+  function array_or_undef(value) {
+    return value === undefined ? [] : value;
+  }
+  var exception;
+  if (typeof(clientConfigXML) != "object" ||
+      !("clientConfig" in clientConfigXML) ||
+      !("emailProvider" in clientConfigXML.clientConfig))
+  {
+    dump("client config xml = " + JSON.stringify(clientConfigXML) + "\n");
+    var stringBundle = getStringBundle(
+        "chrome://messenger/locale/accountCreationModel.properties");
+    throw stringBundle.GetStringFromName("no_emailProvider.error");
+  }
+  var xml = clientConfigXML.clientConfig.emailProvider;
+
+  var d = new AccountConfig();
+  d.source = AccountConfig.kSourceXML;
+
+  d.id = sanitize.hostname(xml["@id"]);
+  d.displayName = d.id;
+  try {
+    d.displayName = sanitize.label(xml.displayName);
+  } catch (e) { logException(e); }
+  for (var domain of xml.$domain)
+  {
+    try {
+      d.domains.push(sanitize.hostname(domain));
+    } catch (e) { logException(e); exception = e; }
+  }
+  if (d.domains.length == 0)
+    throw exception ? exception : "need proper <domain> in XML";
+  exception = null;
+
+  // incoming server
+  for (let iX of array_or_undef(xml.$incomingServer)) // input (XML)
+  {
+    let iO = d.createNewIncoming(); // output (object)
+    try {
+      // throws if not supported
+      iO.type = sanitize.enum(iX["@type"], ["pop3", "imap", "nntp"]);
+      iO.hostname = sanitize.hostname(iX.hostname);
+      iO.port = sanitize.integerRange(iX.port, kMinPort, kMaxPort);
+      // We need a username even for Kerberos, need it even internally.
+      iO.username = sanitize.string(iX.username); // may be a %VARIABLE%
+
+      if ("password" in iX) {
+        d.rememberPassword = true;
+        iO.password = sanitize.string(iX.password);
+      }
+
+      for (let iXsocketType of array_or_undef(iX.$socketType))
+      {
+        try {
+          iO.socketType = sanitize.translate(iXsocketType,
+              { plain : 1, SSL: 2, STARTTLS: 3 });
+          break; // take first that we support
+        } catch (e) { exception = e; }
+      }
+      if (!iO.socketType)
+        throw exception ? exception : "need proper <socketType> in XML";
+      exception = null;
+
+      for (let iXauth of array_or_undef(iX.$authentication))
+      {
+        try {
+          iO.auth = sanitize.translate(iXauth,
+              { "password-cleartext" : Ci.nsMsgAuthMethod.passwordCleartext,
+                // @deprecated TODO remove
+                "plain" : Ci.nsMsgAuthMethod.passwordCleartext,
+                "password-encrypted" : Ci.nsMsgAuthMethod.passwordEncrypted,
+                // @deprecated TODO remove
+                "secure" : Ci.nsMsgAuthMethod.passwordEncrypted,
+                "GSSAPI" : Ci.nsMsgAuthMethod.GSSAPI,
+                "NTLM" : Ci.nsMsgAuthMethod.NTLM,
+                "OAuth2" : Ci.nsMsgAuthMethod.OAuth2 });
+          break; // take first that we support
+        } catch (e) { exception = e; }
+      }
+      if (!iO.auth)
+        throw exception ? exception : "need proper <authentication> in XML";
+      exception = null;
+
+      // defaults are in accountConfig.js
+      if (iO.type == "pop3" && "pop3" in iX)
+      {
+        try {
+          if ("leaveMessagesOnServer" in iX.pop3)
+            iO.leaveMessagesOnServer =
+                sanitize.boolean(iX.pop3.leaveMessagesOnServer);
+          if ("daysToLeaveMessagesOnServer" in iX.pop3)
+            iO.daysToLeaveMessagesOnServer =
+                sanitize.integer(iX.pop3.daysToLeaveMessagesOnServer);
+        } catch (e) { logException(e); }
+        try {
+          if ("downloadOnBiff" in iX.pop3)
+            iO.downloadOnBiff = sanitize.boolean(iX.pop3.downloadOnBiff);
+        } catch (e) { logException(e); }
+      }
+
+      // processed successfully, now add to result object
+      if (!d.incoming.hostname) // first valid
+        d.incoming = iO;
+      else
+        d.incomingAlternatives.push(iO);
+    } catch (e) { exception = e; }
+  }
+  if (!d.incoming.hostname)
+    // throw exception for last server
+    throw exception ? exception : "Need proper <incomingServer> in XML file";
+  exception = null;
+
+  // outgoing server
+  for (let oX of array_or_undef(xml.$outgoingServer)) // input (XML)
+  {
+    let oO = d.createNewOutgoing(); // output (object)
+    try {
+      if (oX["@type"] != "smtp")
+      {
+        var stringBundle = getStringBundle(
+            "chrome://messenger/locale/accountCreationModel.properties");
+        throw stringBundle.GetStringFromName("outgoing_not_smtp.error");
+      }
+      oO.hostname = sanitize.hostname(oX.hostname);
+      oO.port = sanitize.integerRange(oX.port, kMinPort, kMaxPort);
+
+      for (let oXsocketType of array_or_undef(oX.$socketType))
+      {
+        try {
+          oO.socketType = sanitize.translate(oXsocketType,
+              { plain : 1, SSL: 2, STARTTLS: 3 });
+          break; // take first that we support
+        } catch (e) { exception = e; }
+      }
+      if (!oO.socketType)
+        throw exception ? exception : "need proper <socketType> in XML";
+      exception = null;
+
+      for (let oXauth of array_or_undef(oX.$authentication))
+      {
+        try {
+          oO.auth = sanitize.translate(oXauth,
+              { // open relay
+                "none" : Ci.nsMsgAuthMethod.none,
+                // inside ISP or corp network
+                "client-IP-address" : Ci.nsMsgAuthMethod.none,
+                // hope for the best
+                "smtp-after-pop" : Ci.nsMsgAuthMethod.none,
+                "password-cleartext" : Ci.nsMsgAuthMethod.passwordCleartext,
+                // @deprecated TODO remove
+                "plain" : Ci.nsMsgAuthMethod.passwordCleartext,
+                "password-encrypted" : Ci.nsMsgAuthMethod.passwordEncrypted,
+                // @deprecated TODO remove
+                "secure" : Ci.nsMsgAuthMethod.passwordEncrypted,
+                "GSSAPI" : Ci.nsMsgAuthMethod.GSSAPI,
+                "NTLM" : Ci.nsMsgAuthMethod.NTLM,
+                "OAuth2" : Ci.nsMsgAuthMethod.OAuth2,
+              });
+
+          break; // take first that we support
+        } catch (e) { exception = e; }
+      }
+      if (!oO.auth)
+        throw exception ? exception : "need proper <authentication> in XML";
+      exception = null;
+
+      if ("username" in oX ||
+          // if password-based auth, we need a username,
+          // so go there anyways and throw.
+          oO.auth == Ci.nsMsgAuthMethod.passwordCleartext ||
+          oO.auth == Ci.nsMsgAuthMethod.passwordEncrypted)
+        oO.username = sanitize.string(oX.username);
+
+      if ("password" in oX) {
+        d.rememberPassword = true;
+        oO.password = sanitize.string(oX.password);
+      }
+
+      try {
+        // defaults are in accountConfig.js
+        if ("addThisServer" in oX)
+          oO.addThisServer = sanitize.boolean(oX.addThisServer);
+        if ("useGlobalPreferredServer" in oX)
+          oO.useGlobalPreferredServer =
+              sanitize.boolean(oX.useGlobalPreferredServer);
+      } catch (e) { logException(e); }
+
+      // processed successfully, now add to result object
+      if (!d.outgoing.hostname) // first valid
+        d.outgoing = oO;
+      else
+        d.outgoingAlternatives.push(oO);
+    } catch (e) { logException(e); exception = e; }
+  }
+  if (!d.outgoing.hostname)
+    // throw exception for last server
+    throw exception ? exception : "Need proper <outgoingServer> in XML file";
+  exception = null;
+
+  d.inputFields = new Array();
+  for (let inputField of array_or_undef(xml.$inputField))
+  {
+    try {
+      var fieldset =
+      {
+        varname : sanitize.alphanumdash(inputField["@key"]).toUpperCase(),
+        displayName : sanitize.label(inputField["@label"]),
+        exampleValue : sanitize.label(inputField.value)
+      };
+      d.inputFields.push(fieldset);
+    } catch (e) { logException(e); } // for now, don't throw,
+        // because we don't support custom fields yet anyways.
+  }
+
+  return d;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/prefs/content/accountcreation/sanitizeDatatypes.js b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/accountcreation/sanitizeDatatypes.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0f95f78d1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/accountcreation/sanitizeDatatypes.js
@@ -0,0 +1,207 @@
+/* -*- Mode: Java; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/**
+ * This is a generic input validation lib. Use it when you process
+ * data from the network.
+ *
+ * Just a few functions which verify, for security purposes, that the
+ * input variables (strings, if nothing else is noted) are of the expected
+ * type and syntax.
+ *
+ * The functions take a string (unless noted otherwise) and return
+ * the expected datatype in JS types. If the value is not as expected,
+ * they throw exceptions.
+ */
+
+Components.utils.import("resource:///modules/hostnameUtils.jsm");
+
+var sanitize =
+{
+  integer : function(unchecked)
+  {
+    if (typeof(unchecked) == "number" && !isNaN(unchecked))
+      return unchecked;
+
+    var r = parseInt(unchecked);
+    if (isNaN(r))
+      throw new MalformedException("no_number.error", unchecked);
+
+    return r;
+  },
+
+  integerRange : function(unchecked, min, max)
+  {
+    var int = this.integer(unchecked);
+    if (int < min)
+      throw new MalformedException("number_too_small.error", unchecked);
+
+    if (int > max)
+      throw new MalformedException("number_too_large.error", unchecked);
+
+    return int;
+  },
+
+  boolean : function(unchecked)
+  {
+    if (typeof(unchecked) == "boolean")
+      return unchecked;
+
+    if (unchecked == "true")
+      return true;
+
+    if (unchecked == "false")
+      return false;
+
+    throw new MalformedException("boolean.error", unchecked);
+  },
+
+  string : function(unchecked)
+  {
+    return String(unchecked);
+  },
+
+  nonemptystring : function(unchecked)
+  {
+    if (!unchecked)
+      throw new MalformedException("string_empty.error", unchecked);
+
+    return this.string(unchecked);
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Allow only letters, numbers, "-" and "_".
+   *
+   * Empty strings not allowed (good idea?).
+   */
+  alphanumdash : function(unchecked)
+  {
+    var str = this.nonemptystring(unchecked);
+    if (!/^[a-zA-Z0-9\-\_]*$/.test(str))
+      throw new MalformedException("alphanumdash.error", unchecked);
+
+    return str;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * DNS hostnames like foo.bar.example.com
+   * Allow only letters, numbers, "-" and "."
+   * Empty strings not allowed.
+   * Currently does not support IDN (international domain names).
+   */
+  hostname : function(unchecked)
+  {
+    let str = cleanUpHostName(this.nonemptystring(unchecked));
+
+    // Allow placeholders. TODO move to a new hostnameOrPlaceholder()
+    // The regex is "anything, followed by one or more (placeholders than
+    // anything)".  This doesn't catch the non-placeholder case, but that's
+    // handled down below.
+    if (/^[a-zA-Z0-9\-\.]*(%[A-Z0-9]+%[a-zA-Z0-9\-\.]*)+$/.test(str))
+      return str;
+
+    if (!isLegalHostNameOrIP(str))
+      throw new MalformedException("hostname_syntax.error", unchecked);
+
+    return str.toLowerCase();
+  },
+  /**
+   * A non-chrome URL that's safe to request.
+   */
+  url : function (unchecked)
+  {
+    var str =  this.string(unchecked);
+    if (!str.startsWith("http") && !str.startsWith("https"))
+      throw new MalformedException("url_scheme.error", unchecked);
+
+    var uri;
+    try {
+      uri = Services.io.newURI(str, null, null);
+      uri = uri.QueryInterface(Ci.nsIURL);
+    } catch (e) {
+      throw new MalformedException("url_parsing.error", unchecked);
+    }
+
+    if (uri.scheme != "http" && uri.scheme != "https")
+      throw new MalformedException("url_scheme.error", unchecked);
+
+    return uri.spec;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * A value which should be shown to the user in the UI as label
+   */
+  label : function(unchecked)
+  {
+    return this.string(unchecked);
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Allows only certain values as input, otherwise throw.
+   *
+   * @param unchecked {Any} The value to check
+   * @param allowedValues {Array} List of values that |unchecked| may have.
+   * @param defaultValue {Any} (Optional) If |unchecked| does not match
+   *       anything in |mapping|, a |defaultValue| can be returned instead of
+   *       throwing an exception. The latter is the default and happens when
+   *       no |defaultValue| is passed.
+   * @throws MalformedException
+   */
+  enum : function(unchecked, allowedValues, defaultValue)
+  {
+    for (let allowedValue of allowedValues)
+    {
+      if (allowedValue == unchecked)
+        return allowedValue;
+    }
+    // value is bad
+    if (typeof(defaultValue) == "undefined")
+      throw new MalformedException("allowed_value.error", unchecked);
+    return defaultValue;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Like enum, allows only certain (string) values as input, but allows the
+   * caller to specify another value to return instead of the input value. E.g.,
+   * if unchecked == "foo", return 1, if unchecked == "bar", return 2,
+   * otherwise throw. This allows to translate string enums into integer enums.
+   *
+   * @param unchecked {Any} The value to check
+   * @param mapping {Object} Associative array. property name is the input
+   *       value, property value is the output value. E.g. the example above
+   *       would be: { foo: 1, bar : 2 }.
+   *       Use quotes when you need freaky characters: "baz-" : 3.
+   * @param defaultValue {Any} (Optional) If |unchecked| does not match
+   *       anything in |mapping|, a |defaultValue| can be returned instead of
+   *       throwing an exception. The latter is the default and happens when
+   *       no |defaultValue| is passed.
+   * @throws MalformedException
+   */
+  translate : function(unchecked, mapping, defaultValue)
+  {
+    for (var inputValue in mapping)
+    {
+      if (inputValue == unchecked)
+        return mapping[inputValue];
+    }
+    // value is bad
+    if (typeof(defaultValue) == "undefined")
+      throw new MalformedException("allowed_value.error", unchecked);
+    return defaultValue;
+  }
+};
+
+function MalformedException(msgID, uncheckedBadValue)
+{
+  var stringBundle = getStringBundle(
+      "chrome://messenger/locale/accountCreationUtil.properties");
+  var msg = stringBundle.GetStringFromName(msgID);
+  if (kDebug)
+    msg += " (bad value: " + new String(uncheckedBadValue) + ")";
+  Exception.call(this, msg);
+}
+MalformedException.prototype = Object.create(Exception.prototype);
+MalformedException.prototype.constructor = MalformedException;
+
diff --git a/mailnews/base/prefs/content/accountcreation/util.js b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/accountcreation/util.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d867bfbe9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/accountcreation/util.js
@@ -0,0 +1,304 @@
+/* -*- Mode: Java; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+/**
+ * Some common, generic functions
+ */
+
+try {
+  var Cc = Components.classes;
+  var Ci = Components.interfaces;
+} catch (e) { ddump(e); } // if already declared, as in xpcshell-tests
+try {
+  var Cu = Components.utils;
+} catch (e) { ddump(e); }
+
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/errUtils.js");
+Cu.import("resource://gre/modules/Services.jsm");
+
+function assert(test, errorMsg)
+{
+  if (!test)
+    throw new NotReached(errorMsg ? errorMsg :
+          "Programming bug. Assertion failed, see log.");
+}
+
+function makeCallback(obj, func)
+{
+  return function()
+  {
+    return func.apply(obj, arguments);
+  }
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Runs the given function sometime later
+ *
+ * Currently implemented using setTimeout(), but
+ * can later be replaced with an nsITimer impl,
+ * when code wants to use it in a module.
+ */
+function runAsync(func)
+{
+  setTimeout(func, 0);
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @param uriStr {String}
+ * @result {nsIURI}
+ */
+function makeNSIURI(uriStr)
+{
+  return Services.io.newURI(uriStr, null, null);
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Reads UTF8 data from a URL.
+ *
+ * @param uri {nsIURI}   what you want to read
+ * @return {Array of String}   the contents of the file, one string per line
+ */
+function readURLasUTF8(uri)
+{
+  assert(uri instanceof Ci.nsIURI, "uri must be an nsIURI");
+  try {
+    let chan = Services.io.newChannelFromURI2(uri,
+                                              null,
+                                              Services.scriptSecurityManager.getSystemPrincipal(),
+                                              null,
+                                              Ci.nsILoadInfo.SEC_NORMAL,
+                                              Ci.nsIContentPolicy.TYPE_OTHER);
+    let is = Cc["@mozilla.org/intl/converter-input-stream;1"]
+             .createInstance(Ci.nsIConverterInputStream);
+    is.init(chan.open(), "UTF-8", 1024,
+            Ci.nsIConverterInputStream.DEFAULT_REPLACEMENT_CHARACTER);
+
+    let content = "";
+    let strOut = new Object();
+    try {
+      while (is.readString(1024, strOut) != 0)
+        content += strOut.value;
+    // catch in outer try/catch
+    } finally {
+      is.close();
+    }
+
+    return content;
+  } catch (e) {
+    // TODO this has a numeric error message. We need to ship translations
+    // into human language.
+    throw e;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Takes a string (which is typically the content of a file,
+ * e.g. the result returned from readURLUTF8() ), and splits
+ * it into lines, and returns an array with one string per line
+ *
+ * Linebreaks are not contained in the result,,
+ * and all of \r\n, (Windows) \r (Mac) and \n (Unix) counts as linebreak.
+ *
+ * @param content {String} one long string with the whole file
+ * @return {Array of String} one string per line (no linebreaks)
+ */
+function splitLines(content)
+{
+  content = content.replace("\r\n", "\n");
+  content = content.replace("\r", "\n");
+  return content.split("\n");
+}
+
+/**
+ * @param bundleURI {String}   chrome URL to properties file
+ * @return nsIStringBundle
+ */
+function getStringBundle(bundleURI)
+{
+  try {
+    return Services.strings.createBundle(bundleURI);
+  } catch (e) {
+    throw new Exception("Failed to get stringbundle URI <" + bundleURI +
+                        ">. Error: " + e);
+  }
+}
+
+
+function Exception(msg)
+{
+  this._message = msg;
+
+  // get stack
+  try {
+    not.found.here += 1; // force a native exception ...
+  } catch (e) {
+    this.stack = e.stack; // ... to get the current stack
+  }
+}
+Exception.prototype =
+{
+  get message()
+  {
+    return this._message;
+  },
+  toString : function()
+  {
+    return this._message;
+  }
+}
+
+function NotReached(msg)
+{
+  Exception.call(this, msg); // call super constructor
+  logException(this);
+}
+// Make NotReached extend Exception.
+NotReached.prototype = Object.create(Exception.prototype);
+NotReached.prototype.constructor = NotReached;
+
+/**
+ * A handle for an async function which you can cancel.
+ * The async function will return an object of this type (a subtype)
+ * and you can call cancel() when you feel like killing the function.
+ */
+function Abortable()
+{
+}
+Abortable.prototype =
+{
+  cancel : function()
+  {
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Utility implementation, for allowing to abort a setTimeout.
+ * Use like: return new TimeoutAbortable(setTimeout(function(){ ... }, 0));
+ * @param setTimeoutID {Integer}  Return value of setTimeout()
+ */
+function TimeoutAbortable(setTimeoutID)
+{
+  Abortable.call(this, setTimeoutID); // call super constructor
+  this._id = setTimeoutID;
+}
+TimeoutAbortable.prototype = Object.create(Abortable.prototype);
+TimeoutAbortable.prototype.constructor = TimeoutAbortable;
+TimeoutAbortable.prototype.cancel = function() { clearTimeout(this._id); }
+
+/**
+ * Utility implementation, for allowing to abort a setTimeout.
+ * Use like: return new TimeoutAbortable(setTimeout(function(){ ... }, 0));
+ * @param setIntervalID {Integer}  Return value of setInterval()
+ */
+function IntervalAbortable(setIntervalID)
+{
+  Abortable.call(this, setIntervalID); // call super constructor
+  this._id = setIntervalID;
+}
+IntervalAbortable.prototype = Object.create(Abortable.prototype);
+IntervalAbortable.prototype.constructor = IntervalAbortable;
+IntervalAbortable.prototype.cancel = function() { clearInterval(this._id); }
+
+// Allows you to make several network calls, but return
+// only one Abortable object.
+function SuccessiveAbortable()
+{
+  Abortable.call(this); // call super constructor
+  this._current = null;
+}
+SuccessiveAbortable.prototype = {
+  __proto__: Abortable.prototype,
+  get current() { return this._current; },
+  set current(abortable)
+  {
+    assert(abortable instanceof Abortable || abortable == null,
+        "need an Abortable object (or null)");
+    this._current = abortable;
+  },
+  cancel: function()
+  {
+    if (this._current)
+      this._current.cancel();
+  }
+}
+
+function deepCopy(org)
+{
+  if (typeof(org) == "undefined")
+    return undefined;
+  if (org == null)
+    return null;
+  if (typeof(org) == "string")
+    return org;
+  if (typeof(org) == "number")
+    return org;
+  if (typeof(org) == "boolean")
+    return org == true;
+  if (typeof(org) == "function")
+    return org;
+  if (typeof(org) != "object")
+    throw "can't copy objects of type " + typeof(org) + " yet";
+
+  //TODO still instanceof org != instanceof copy
+  //var result = new org.constructor();
+  var result = new Object();
+  if (typeof(org.length) != "undefined")
+    var result = new Array();
+  for (var prop in org)
+    result[prop] = deepCopy(org[prop]);
+  return result;
+}
+
+if (typeof gEmailWizardLogger == "undefined") {
+  Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/log4moz.js");
+  var gEmailWizardLogger = Log4Moz.getConfiguredLogger("mail.wizard");
+}
+function ddump(text)
+{
+  gEmailWizardLogger.info(text);
+}
+
+function debugObject(obj, name, maxDepth, curDepth)
+{
+  if (curDepth == undefined)
+    curDepth = 0;
+  if (maxDepth != undefined && curDepth > maxDepth)
+    return "";
+
+  var result = "";
+  var i = 0;
+  for (let prop in obj)
+  {
+    i++;
+    try {
+      if (typeof(obj[prop]) == "object")
+      {
+        if (obj[prop] && obj[prop].length != undefined)
+          result += name + "." + prop + "=[probably array, length " +
+                obj[prop].length + "]\n";
+        else
+          result += name + "." + prop + "=[" + typeof(obj[prop]) + "]\n";
+        result += debugObject(obj[prop], name + "." + prop,
+                              maxDepth, curDepth + 1);
+      }
+      else if (typeof(obj[prop]) == "function")
+        result += name + "." + prop + "=[function]\n";
+      else
+        result += name + "." + prop + "=" + obj[prop] + "\n";
+    } catch (e) {
+      result += name + "." + prop + "-> Exception(" + e + ")\n";
+    }
+  }
+  if (!i)
+    result += name + " is empty\n";
+  return result;
+}
+
+function alertPrompt(alertTitle, alertMsg)
+{
+  Services.prompt.alert(window, alertTitle, alertMsg);
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/prefs/content/accountcreation/verifyConfig.js b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/accountcreation/verifyConfig.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a2afbdad8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/accountcreation/verifyConfig.js
@@ -0,0 +1,347 @@
+/* -*- Mode: Java; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/**
+ * This checks a given config, by trying a real connection and login,
+ * with username and password.
+ *
+ * TODO
+ * - give specific errors, bug 555448
+ * - return a working |Abortable| to allow cancel
+ *
+ * @param accountConfig {AccountConfig} The guessed account config.
+ *    username, password, realname, emailaddress etc. are not filled out,
+ *    but placeholders to be filled out via replaceVariables().
+ * @param alter {boolean}
+ *    Try other usernames and login schemes, until login works.
+ *    Warning: Modifies |accountConfig|.
+ *
+ * This function is async.
+ * @param successCallback function(accountConfig)
+ *   Called when we could guess the config.
+ *   For accountConfig, see below.
+ * @param errorCallback function(ex)
+ *   Called when we could guess not the config, either
+ *   because we have not found anything or
+ *   because there was an error (e.g. no network connection).
+ *   The ex.message will contain a user-presentable message.
+ */
+
+Components.utils.import("resource:///modules/mailServices.js");
+Components.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/OAuth2Providers.jsm");
+
+if (typeof gEmailWizardLogger == "undefined") {
+  Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/log4moz.js");
+  var gEmailWizardLogger = Log4Moz.getConfiguredLogger("mail.wizard");
+}
+
+function verifyConfig(config, alter, msgWindow, successCallback, errorCallback)
+{
+  ddump(debugObject(config, "config", 3));
+  assert(config instanceof AccountConfig,
+         "BUG: Arg 'config' needs to be an AccountConfig object");
+  assert(typeof(alter) == "boolean");
+  assert(typeof(successCallback) == "function");
+  assert(typeof(errorCallback) == "function");
+
+  if (MailServices.accounts.findRealServer(config.incoming.username,
+                                           config.incoming.hostname,
+                                           sanitize.enum(config.incoming.type,
+                                                         ["pop3", "imap", "nntp"]),
+                                           config.incoming.port)) {
+    errorCallback("Incoming server exists");
+    return;
+  }
+
+  // incoming server
+  let inServer =
+    MailServices.accounts.createIncomingServer(config.incoming.username,
+                                               config.incoming.hostname,
+                                               sanitize.enum(config.incoming.type,
+                                                             ["pop3", "imap", "nntp"]));
+  inServer.port = config.incoming.port;
+  inServer.password = config.incoming.password;
+  if (config.incoming.socketType == 1) // plain
+    inServer.socketType = Ci.nsMsgSocketType.plain;
+  else if (config.incoming.socketType == 2) // SSL
+    inServer.socketType = Ci.nsMsgSocketType.SSL;
+  else if (config.incoming.socketType == 3) // STARTTLS
+    inServer.socketType = Ci.nsMsgSocketType.alwaysSTARTTLS;
+
+  gEmailWizardLogger.info("Setting incoming server authMethod to " +
+                           config.incoming.auth);
+  inServer.authMethod = config.incoming.auth;
+
+  try {
+    // Lookup issuer if needed.
+    if (config.incoming.auth == Ci.nsMsgAuthMethod.OAuth2 ||
+        config.outgoing.auth == Ci.nsMsgAuthMethod.OAuth2) {
+      if (!config.oauthSettings)
+        config.oauthSettings = {};
+      if (!config.oauthSettings.issuer || !config.oauthSettings.scope) {
+        // lookup issuer or scope from hostname
+        let hostname = (config.incoming.auth == Ci.nsMsgAuthMethod.OAuth2) ?
+                       config.incoming.hostname : config.outgoing.hostname;
+        let hostDetails = OAuth2Providers.getHostnameDetails(hostname);
+        if (hostDetails)
+          [config.oauthSettings.issuer, config.oauthSettings.scope] = hostDetails;
+        if (!config.oauthSettings.issuer || !config.oauthSettings.scope)
+          throw "Could not get issuer for oauth2 authentication";
+      }
+      gEmailWizardLogger.info("Saving oauth parameters for issuer " +
+                               config.oauthSettings.issuer);
+      inServer.setCharValue("oauth2.scope", config.oauthSettings.scope);
+      inServer.setCharValue("oauth2.issuer", config.oauthSettings.issuer);
+      gEmailWizardLogger.info("OAuth2 issuer, scope is " +
+                              config.oauthSettings.issuer + ", " + config.oauthSettings.scope);
+    }
+
+    if (inServer.password ||
+        inServer.authMethod == Ci.nsMsgAuthMethod.OAuth2)
+      verifyLogon(config, inServer, alter, msgWindow,
+                  successCallback, errorCallback);
+    else {
+      // Avoid pref pollution, clear out server prefs.
+      MailServices.accounts.removeIncomingServer(inServer, true);
+      successCallback(config);
+    }
+    return;
+  }
+  catch (e) {
+    gEmailWizardLogger.error("ERROR: verify logon shouldn't have failed");
+  }
+  // Avoid pref pollution, clear out server prefs.
+  MailServices.accounts.removeIncomingServer(inServer, true);
+  errorCallback(e);
+}
+
+function verifyLogon(config, inServer, alter, msgWindow, successCallback,
+                     errorCallback)
+{
+  gEmailWizardLogger.info("verifyLogon for server at " + inServer.hostName);
+  // hack - save away the old callbacks.
+  let saveCallbacks = msgWindow.notificationCallbacks;
+  // set our own callbacks - this works because verifyLogon will
+  // synchronously create the transport and use the notification callbacks.
+  let listener = new urlListener(config, inServer, alter, msgWindow,
+                                 successCallback, errorCallback);
+  // our listener listens both for the url and cert errors.
+  msgWindow.notificationCallbacks = listener;
+  // try to work around bug where backend is clearing password.
+  try {
+    inServer.password = config.incoming.password;
+    let uri = inServer.verifyLogon(listener, msgWindow);
+    // clear msgWindow so url won't prompt for passwords.
+    uri.QueryInterface(Ci.nsIMsgMailNewsUrl).msgWindow = null;
+  }
+  catch (e) { gEmailWizardLogger.error("verifyLogon failed: " + e); throw e;}
+  finally {
+    // restore them
+    msgWindow.notificationCallbacks = saveCallbacks;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+ * The url listener also implements nsIBadCertListener2.  Its job is to prevent
+ * "bad cert" security dialogs from being shown to the user.  Currently it puts
+ * up the cert override dialog, though we'd like to give the user more detailed
+ * information in the future.
+ */
+
+function urlListener(config, server, alter, msgWindow, successCallback,
+                     errorCallback)
+{
+  this.mConfig = config;
+  this.mServer = server;
+  this.mAlter = alter;
+  this.mSuccessCallback = successCallback;
+  this.mErrorCallback = errorCallback;
+  this.mMsgWindow = msgWindow;
+  this.mCertError = false;
+  this._log = Log4Moz.getConfiguredLogger("mail.wizard");
+}
+urlListener.prototype =
+{
+  OnStartRunningUrl: function(aUrl)
+  {
+    this._log.info("Starting to test username");
+    this._log.info("  username=" + (this.mConfig.incoming.username !=
+                          this.mConfig.identity.emailAddress) +
+                          ", have savedUsername=" +
+                          (this.mConfig.usernameSaved ? "true" : "false"));
+    this._log.info("  authMethod=" + this.mServer.authMethod);
+  },
+
+  OnStopRunningUrl: function(aUrl, aExitCode)
+  {
+    this._log.info("Finished verifyConfig resulted in " + aExitCode);
+    if (Components.isSuccessCode(aExitCode))
+    {
+      this._cleanup();
+      this.mSuccessCallback(this.mConfig);
+    }
+    // Logon failed, and we aren't supposed to try other variations.
+    else if (!this.mAlter)
+    {
+      this._cleanup();
+      var errorMsg = getStringBundle(
+          "chrome://messenger/locale/accountCreationModel.properties")
+          .GetStringFromName("cannot_login.error");
+      this.mErrorCallback(new Exception(errorMsg));
+    }
+    // Try other variations, unless there's a cert error, in which
+    // case we'll see what the user chooses.
+    else if (!this.mCertError)
+    {
+      this.tryNextLogon()
+    }
+  },
+
+  tryNextLogon: function()
+  {
+    this._log.info("tryNextLogon()");
+    this._log.info("  username=" + (this.mConfig.incoming.username !=
+                          this.mConfig.identity.emailAddress) +
+                          ", have savedUsername=" +
+                          (this.mConfig.usernameSaved ? "true" : "false"));
+    this._log.info("  authMethod=" + this.mServer.authMethod);
+    // check if we tried full email address as username
+    if (this.mConfig.incoming.username != this.mConfig.identity.emailAddress)
+    {
+      this._log.info("  Changing username to email address.");
+      this.mConfig.usernameSaved = this.mConfig.incoming.username;
+      this.mConfig.incoming.username = this.mConfig.identity.emailAddress;
+      this.mConfig.outgoing.username = this.mConfig.identity.emailAddress;
+      this.mServer.username = this.mConfig.incoming.username;
+      this.mServer.password = this.mConfig.incoming.password;
+      verifyLogon(this.mConfig, this.mServer, this.mAlter, this.mMsgWindow,
+                  this.mSuccessCallback, this.mErrorCallback);
+      return;
+    }
+
+    if (this.mConfig.usernameSaved)
+    {
+      this._log.info("  Re-setting username.");
+      // If we tried the full email address as the username, then let's go
+      // back to trying just the username before trying the other cases.
+      this.mConfig.incoming.username = this.mConfig.usernameSaved;
+      this.mConfig.outgoing.username = this.mConfig.usernameSaved;
+      this.mConfig.usernameSaved = null;
+      this.mServer.username = this.mConfig.incoming.username;
+      this.mServer.password = this.mConfig.incoming.password;
+    }
+
+    // sec auth seems to have failed, and we've tried both
+    // varieties of user name, sadly.
+    // So fall back to non-secure auth, and
+    // again try the user name and email address as username
+    assert(this.mConfig.incoming.auth == this.mServer.authMethod);
+    this._log.info("  Using SSL: " +
+        (this.mServer.socketType == Ci.nsMsgSocketType.SSL ||
+         this.mServer.socketType == Ci.nsMsgSocketType.alwaysSTARTTLS));
+    if (this.mConfig.incoming.authAlternatives &&
+        this.mConfig.incoming.authAlternatives.length)
+        // We may be dropping back to insecure auth methods here,
+        // which is not good. But then again, we already warned the user,
+        // if it is a config without SSL.
+    {
+      this._log.info("  auth alternatives = " +
+          this.mConfig.incoming.authAlternatives.join(","));
+      this._log.info("  Decreasing auth.");
+      this._log.info("  Have password: " +
+                     (this.mServer.password ? "true" : "false"));
+      let brokenAuth = this.mConfig.incoming.auth;
+      // take the next best method (compare chooseBestAuthMethod() in guess)
+      this.mConfig.incoming.auth =
+          this.mConfig.incoming.authAlternatives.shift();
+      this.mServer.authMethod = this.mConfig.incoming.auth;
+      // Assume that SMTP server has same methods working as incoming.
+      // Broken assumption, but we currently have no SMTP verification.
+      // TODO implement real SMTP verification
+      if (this.mConfig.outgoing.auth == brokenAuth &&
+          this.mConfig.outgoing.authAlternatives.indexOf(
+            this.mConfig.incoming.auth) != -1)
+        this.mConfig.outgoing.auth = this.mConfig.incoming.auth;
+      this._log.info("  outgoing auth: " + this.mConfig.outgoing.auth);
+      verifyLogon(this.mConfig, this.mServer, this.mAlter, this.mMsgWindow,
+                  this.mSuccessCallback, this.mErrorCallback);
+      return;
+    }
+
+    // Tried all variations we can. Give up.
+    this._log.info("Giving up.");
+    this._cleanup();
+    let errorMsg = getStringBundle(
+        "chrome://messenger/locale/accountCreationModel.properties")
+        .GetStringFromName("cannot_login.error");
+    this.mErrorCallback(new Exception(errorMsg));
+    return;
+  },
+
+  _cleanup : function()
+  {
+    try {
+      // Avoid pref pollution, clear out server prefs.
+      if (this.mServer) {
+        MailServices.accounts.removeIncomingServer(this.mServer, true);
+        this.mServer = null;
+      }
+    } catch (e) { this._log.error(e); }
+  },
+
+  // Suppress any certificate errors
+  notifyCertProblem: function(socketInfo, status, targetSite) {
+    this.mCertError = true;
+    this._log.error("cert error");
+    let self = this;
+    setTimeout(function () {
+      try {
+        self.informUserOfCertError(socketInfo, status, targetSite);
+      } catch (e)  { logException(e); }
+    }, 0);
+    return true;
+  },
+
+  informUserOfCertError : function(socketInfo, status, targetSite) {
+    var params = {
+      exceptionAdded : false,
+      sslStatus : status,
+      prefetchCert : true,
+      location : targetSite,
+    };
+    window.openDialog("chrome://pippki/content/exceptionDialog.xul",
+                      "","chrome,centerscreen,modal", params);
+    this._log.info("cert exception dialog closed");
+    this._log.info("cert exceptionAdded = " + params.exceptionAdded);
+    if (!params.exceptionAdded) {
+      this._cleanup();
+      let errorMsg = getStringBundle(
+          "chrome://messenger/locale/accountCreationModel.properties")
+          .GetStringFromName("cannot_login.error");
+      this.mErrorCallback(new Exception(errorMsg));
+    }
+    else {
+      // Retry the logon now that we've added the cert exception.
+      verifyLogon(this.mConfig, this.mServer, this.mAlter, this.mMsgWindow,
+                  this.mSuccessCallback, this.mErrorCallback);
+    }
+  },
+
+  // nsIInterfaceRequestor
+  getInterface: function(iid) {
+    return this.QueryInterface(iid);
+  },
+
+  // nsISupports
+  QueryInterface: function(iid) {
+    if (!iid.equals(Components.interfaces.nsIBadCertListener2) &&
+        !iid.equals(Components.interfaces.nsIInterfaceRequestor) &&
+        !iid.equals(Components.interfaces.nsIUrlListener) &&
+        !iid.equals(Components.interfaces.nsISupports))
+      throw Components.results.NS_ERROR_NO_INTERFACE;
+
+    return this;
+  }
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/prefs/content/am-addressing.js b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/am-addressing.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9f2584767
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/am-addressing.js
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+/* -*- Mode: Java; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+Components.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/Services.jsm");
+
+function onLoad()
+{
+  parent.onPanelLoaded('am-addressing.xul');
+}
+
+function onInit(aPageId, aServerId)
+{
+  onInitCompositionAndAddressing();
+}
+
+function onInitCompositionAndAddressing()
+{
+  LDAPenabling();
+  quoteEnabling();
+}
+
+function onEditDirectories()
+{
+  window.openDialog("chrome://messenger/content/addressbook/pref-editdirectories.xul",
+                    "editDirectories", "chrome,modal=yes,resizable=no", null);
+}
+
+function onPreInit(account, accountValues)
+{
+}
+
+function LDAPenabling()
+{
+  onCheckItem("identity.directoryServer", ["directories"]);
+  onCheckItem("editButton", ["directories"]);
+}
+
+function quoteEnabling()
+{
+  var quotebox = document.getElementById("thenBox");
+  var placebox = document.getElementById("placeBox");
+  var quotecheck = document.getElementById("identity.autoQuote");
+
+  if (quotecheck.checked && !quotecheck.disabled &&
+      (document.getElementById("identity.replyOnTop").value == 1)) {
+    placebox.firstChild.removeAttribute("disabled");
+    placebox.lastChild.removeAttribute("disabled");
+  }
+  else {
+    placebox.firstChild.setAttribute("disabled", "true");
+    placebox.lastChild.setAttribute("disabled", "true");
+  }
+  if (quotecheck.checked && !quotecheck.disabled) {
+    quotebox.firstChild.removeAttribute("disabled");
+    quotebox.lastChild.removeAttribute("disabled");
+  }
+  else {
+    quotebox.firstChild.setAttribute("disabled", "true");
+    quotebox.lastChild.setAttribute("disabled", "true");
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Open the Preferences dialog on the tab with Addressing options.
+ */
+function showGlobalAddressingPrefs()
+{
+  openPrefsFromAccountManager("paneCompose", "addressingTab", null, "addressing_pane");
+}
+
+/**
+ * Open the Preferences dialog on the tab with Composing options.
+ */
+function showGlobalComposingPrefs()
+{
+  openPrefsFromAccountManager("paneCompose", "generalTab", null, "composing_messages_pane");
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/prefs/content/am-addressing.xul b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/am-addressing.xul
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..91eae4aac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/am-addressing.xul
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+<?xml version="1.0"?>
+
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<?xul-overlay href="chrome://messenger/content/am-addressingOverlay.xul"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE page SYSTEM "chrome://messenger/locale/am-addressing.dtd">
+
+<page xmlns="http://www.mozilla.org/keymaster/gatekeeper/there.is.only.xul"
+      title="&addressing.label;"
+      onload="onLoad();">
+  <vbox flex="1" style="overflow: auto;">
+    <dialogheader title="&addressing.label;"/>
+    <vbox id="compositionAndAddressing"/>
+  </vbox>
+</page>
diff --git a/mailnews/base/prefs/content/am-addressingOverlay.xul b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/am-addressingOverlay.xul
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a5f3c1582
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/am-addressingOverlay.xul
@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
+<?xml version="1.0"?>
+
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<?xml-stylesheet href="chrome://messenger/content/messenger.css" type="text/css"?>
+<?xml-stylesheet href="chrome://messenger/skin/accountManage.css" type="text/css"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE overlay SYSTEM "chrome://messenger/locale/am-addressing.dtd">
+
+<overlay xmlns:rdf="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#"
+         xmlns="http://www.mozilla.org/keymaster/gatekeeper/there.is.only.xul">
+
+  <script type="application/javascript" src="chrome://messenger/content/am-addressing.js"/>
+  <script type="application/javascript" src="chrome://messenger/content/amUtils.js"/>
+  <script type="application/javascript" src="chrome://messenger/content/am-prefs.js"/>
+
+  <vbox flex="1" id="compositionAndAddressing">
+    <stringbundle id="bundle_addressBook" src="chrome://messenger/locale/addressbook/addressBook.properties"/>
+
+    <groupbox>
+      <caption label="&compositionGroupTitle.label;"/>
+      <hbox align="center">
+        <checkbox wsm_persist="true" id="identity.composeHtml" label="&useHtml.label;"
+                  accesskey="&useHtml.accesskey;"
+                  prefattribute="value"
+                  prefstring="mail.identity.%identitykey%.compose_html"/>
+      </hbox>
+
+      <separator class="thin"/>
+
+      <hbox align="center">
+        <checkbox wsm_persist="true" id="identity.autoQuote" label="&autoQuote.label;"
+                  oncommand="quoteEnabling();" accesskey="&autoQuote.accesskey;"
+                  pref="true" preftype="bool" prefattribute="value"
+                  prefstring="mail.identity.%identitykey%.auto_quote"/>
+      </hbox>
+      <hbox class="indent" align="center" id="thenBox">
+        <label value="&then.label;" accesskey="&then.accesskey;" control="identity.replyOnTop"/>
+        <menulist wsm_persist="true" id="identity.replyOnTop" oncommand="quoteEnabling();"
+                  pref="true" preftype="int" prefattribute="value"
+                  prefstring="mail.identity.%identitykey%.reply_on_top">
+          <menupopup>
+            <menuitem value="1" label="&aboveQuote.label;"/>
+            <menuitem value="0" label="&belowQuote.label;"/>
+            <menuitem value="2" label="&selectAndQuote.label;"/>
+          </menupopup>
+        </menulist>
+      </hbox>
+      <hbox class="indent" align="center" id="placeBox">
+        <label value="&place.label;" accesskey="&place.accesskey;" control="identity.sig_bottom"/>
+        <menulist wsm_persist="true" id="identity.sig_bottom" genericattr="true"
+                  pref="true" preftype="bool" prefattribute="value"
+                  prefstring="mail.identity.%identitykey%.sig_bottom">
+          <menupopup>
+            <menuitem value="true" label="&belowText.label;"/>
+            <menuitem value="false" label="&aboveText.label;"/>
+          </menupopup>
+        </menulist>
+      </hbox>
+
+      <checkbox id="identity.sig_on_reply" wsm_persist="true"
+                label="&includeSigOnReply.label;"
+                accesskey="&includeSigOnReply.accesskey;"
+                preftype="bool" genericattr="true"
+                prefstring="mail.identity.%identitykey%.sig_on_reply"/>
+
+      <checkbox id="identity.sig_on_fwd" wsm_persist="true"
+                label="&includeSigOnForward.label;"
+                accesskey="&includeSigOnForward.accesskey;"
+                preftype="bool" genericattr="true"
+                prefstring="mail.identity.%identitykey%.sig_on_fwd"/>
+
+      <separator class="thin"/>
+
+      <hbox pack="start">
+        <button id="globalComposingPrefsLink"
+                label="&globalComposingPrefs.label;"
+                accesskey="&globalComposingPrefs.accesskey;"
+                oncommand="showGlobalComposingPrefs();"/>
+      </hbox>
+    </groupbox>
+
+    <separator class="thin"/>
+
+    <groupbox>
+      <caption label="&addressingGroupTitle.label;"/>
+#ifndef MOZ_THUNDERBIRD
+      <hbox align="center">
+        <checkbox wsm_persist="true" id="identity.autocompleteToMyDomain"
+                  label="&autocompleteToMyDomain.label;"
+                  accesskey="&autocompleteToMyDomain.accesskey;"
+                  prefattribute="value"
+                  prefstring="mail.identity.%identitykey%.autocompleteToMyDomain"/>
+      </hbox>
+
+      <separator class="thin"/>
+#endif
+
+      <label control="identity.overrideGlobal_Pref">&addressingText.label;</label>
+      <radiogroup id="identity.overrideGlobal_Pref" class="indent"
+                  oncommand="LDAPenabling();" wsm_persist="true"
+                  genericattr="true" preftype="bool"
+                  prefstring="mail.identity.%identitykey%.overrideGlobal_Pref">
+        <radio value="false" label="&useGlobal.label;"
+               accesskey="&useGlobal.accesskey;"/>
+        <radio value="true" id="directories" label="&directories.label;"
+               accesskey="&directories.accesskey;"/>
+        <hbox class="indent">
+          <menulist id="identity.directoryServer"
+                    wsm_persist="true" preftype="string"
+                    prefstring="mail.identity.%identitykey%.directoryServer"
+                    style="min-width: 16em;" aria-labelledby="directories">
+            <menupopup class="addrbooksPopup"
+                       none="&directoriesNone.label;"
+                       remoteonly="true" value="dirPrefId"/>
+          </menulist>
+          <button id="editButton" label="&editDirectories.label;"
+                  accesskey="&editDirectories.accesskey;"
+                  oncommand="onEditDirectories();"/>
+        </hbox>
+      </radiogroup>
+
+      <separator class="thin"/>
+
+      <hbox pack="start">
+        <button id="globalAddressingPrefsLink"
+                label="&globalAddressingPrefs.label;"
+                accesskey="&globalAddressingPrefs.accesskey;"
+                oncommand="showGlobalAddressingPrefs();"/>
+      </hbox>
+    </groupbox>
+  </vbox>
+</overlay>
diff --git a/mailnews/base/prefs/content/am-archiveoptions.js b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/am-archiveoptions.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ae09ae156
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/am-archiveoptions.js
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+/* -*- Mode: Java; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+var gIdentity = null;
+
+/**
+ * Load the archive options dialog, set the radio/checkbox items to the
+ * appropriate values, and update the archive hierarchy example.
+ */
+function onLoadArchiveOptions() {
+  // extract the account
+  gIdentity = window.arguments[0];
+
+  let granularity = document.getElementById("archiveGranularity");
+  granularity.selectedIndex = gIdentity.archiveGranularity;
+  granularity.addEventListener("command", updateArchiveExample, false);
+
+  let kfs = document.getElementById("archiveKeepFolderStructure");
+  kfs.checked = gIdentity.archiveKeepFolderStructure;
+  kfs.addEventListener("command", updateArchiveExample, false);
+
+  updateArchiveExample();
+}
+
+/**
+ * Save the archive settings to the current identity.
+ */
+function onAcceptArchiveOptions() {
+  gIdentity.archiveGranularity =
+    document.getElementById("archiveGranularity").selectedIndex;
+  gIdentity.archiveKeepFolderStructure =
+    document.getElementById("archiveKeepFolderStructure").checked;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Update the example tree to show what the current options would look like.
+ */
+function updateArchiveExample() {
+  let granularity = document.getElementById("archiveGranularity").selectedIndex;
+  let kfs = document.getElementById("archiveKeepFolderStructure").checked;
+  let hierarchy = [ document.getElementsByClassName("root"),
+                    document.getElementsByClassName("year"),
+                    document.getElementsByClassName("month") ];
+
+  // First, show/hide the appropriate levels in the hierarchy and turn the
+  // necessary items into containers.
+  for (let i = 0; i < hierarchy.length; i++) {
+    for (let j = 0; j < hierarchy[i].length; j++) {
+      hierarchy[i][j].setAttribute("container", granularity > i);
+      hierarchy[i][j].setAttribute("open", granularity > i);
+      hierarchy[i][j].hidden = granularity < i;
+    }
+  }
+
+  // Next, handle the "keep folder structures" case by moving a tree item around
+  // and making sure its parent is a container.
+  let folders = document.getElementById("folders");
+  folders.hidden = !kfs;
+  if (kfs) {
+    let parent = hierarchy[granularity][0];
+    parent.setAttribute("container", true);
+    parent.setAttribute("open", true);
+
+    let treechildren = parent.children[1];
+    treechildren.appendChild(folders);
+  }
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/prefs/content/am-archiveoptions.xul b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/am-archiveoptions.xul
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9d7ecb57c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/am-archiveoptions.xul
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+<?xml version="1.0"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<?xml-stylesheet href="chrome://messenger/skin/accountManage.css" type="text/css"?>
+<?xml-stylesheet href="chrome://messenger/skin/messenger.css" type="text/css"?>
+<?xml-stylesheet href="chrome://messenger/skin/folderPane.css" type="text/css"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE dialog SYSTEM "chrome://messenger/locale/am-archiveoptions.dtd" >
+
+<dialog xmlns="http://www.mozilla.org/keymaster/gatekeeper/there.is.only.xul"
+        id="archive-options"
+        title="&dialogTitle.label;"
+        width="350" height="350"
+        persist="width height"
+        onload="onLoadArchiveOptions();"
+        ondialogaccept="onAcceptArchiveOptions();">
+
+  <script type="application/javascript" src="chrome://messenger/content/am-archiveoptions.js"/>
+
+  <vbox flex="1">
+    <label>&archiveGranularityPrefix.label;</label>
+    <radiogroup id="archiveGranularity">
+      <radio label="&archiveFlat.label;" accesskey="&archiveFlat.accesskey;"
+             class="indent"/>
+      <radio label="&archiveYearly.label;"
+             accesskey="&archiveYearly.accesskey;" class="indent"/>
+      <radio label="&archiveMonthly.label;"
+             accesskey="&archiveMonthly.accesskey;" class="indent"/>
+    </radiogroup>
+    <checkbox id="archiveKeepFolderStructure"
+              label="&keepFolderStructure.label;"
+              accesskey="&keepFolderStructure.accesskey;"/>
+
+    <groupbox flex="1">
+      <caption label="&archiveExample.label;"/>
+      <tree id="archiveTree" hidecolumnpicker="true" disabled="true" flex="1">
+        <treecols>
+          <treecol primary="true" hideheader="true" flex="1"
+                   id="folderNameCol"/>
+        </treecols>
+        <treechildren>
+          <treeitem class="root">
+            <treerow>
+              <treecell properties="specialFolder-Archive"
+                        label="&archiveFolderName.label;"/>
+            </treerow>
+            <treechildren>
+              <treeitem id="folders">
+                <treerow>
+                  <treecell label="&inboxFolderName.label;"/>
+                </treerow>
+              </treeitem>
+              <treeitem class="year">
+                <treerow>
+                  <treecell label="2010"/>
+                </treerow>
+                <treechildren>
+                  <treeitem class="month">
+                    <treerow>
+                      <treecell label="2010-11"/>
+                    </treerow>
+                    <treechildren/>
+                  </treeitem>
+                  <treeitem class="month">
+                    <treerow>
+                      <treecell label="2010-12"/>
+                    </treerow>
+                    <treechildren/>
+                  </treeitem>
+                </treechildren>
+              </treeitem>
+              <treeitem class="year">
+                <treerow>
+                  <treecell label="2011"/>
+                </treerow>
+                <treechildren>
+                  <treeitem class="month">
+                    <treerow>
+                      <treecell label="2011-01"/>
+                    </treerow>
+                    <treechildren/>
+                  </treeitem>
+                  <treeitem class="month">
+                    <treerow>
+                      <treecell label="2011-02"/>
+                    </treerow>
+                    <treechildren/>
+                  </treeitem>
+                </treechildren>
+              </treeitem>
+            </treechildren>
+          </treeitem>
+        </treechildren>
+      </tree>
+    </groupbox>
+  </vbox>
+</dialog>
diff --git a/mailnews/base/prefs/content/am-copies.js b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/am-copies.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5fc3836a6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/am-copies.js
@@ -0,0 +1,471 @@
+/* -*- Mode: Java; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+Components.utils.import("resource:///modules/MailUtils.js");
+
+var gFccRadioElemChoice, gDraftsRadioElemChoice, gArchivesRadioElemChoice, gTmplRadioElemChoice;
+var gFccRadioElemChoiceLocked, gDraftsRadioElemChoiceLocked, gArchivesRadioElemChoiceLocked, gTmplRadioElemChoiceLocked;
+var gDefaultPickerMode = "1";
+
+var gFccFolderWithDelim, gDraftsFolderWithDelim, gArchivesFolderWithDelim, gTemplatesFolderWithDelim;
+var gAccount;
+var gCurrentServerId;
+
+function onPreInit(account, accountValues)
+{
+  gAccount = account;
+  var type = parent.getAccountValue(account, accountValues, "server", "type", null, false);
+  hideShowControls(type);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Set the global radio element choices and initialize folder/account pickers.
+ * Also, initialize other UI elements (cc, bcc, fcc picker controller checkboxes).
+ */
+function onInit(aPageId, aServerId)
+{
+  gCurrentServerId = aServerId;
+    onInitCopiesAndFolders();
+}
+
+function onInitCopiesAndFolders()
+{
+    SetGlobalRadioElemChoices();
+
+    SetFolderDisplay(gFccRadioElemChoice, gFccRadioElemChoiceLocked,
+                     "fcc",
+                     "msgFccAccountPicker",
+                     "identity.fccFolder",
+                     "msgFccFolderPicker");
+
+    SetFolderDisplay(gArchivesRadioElemChoice, gArchivesRadioElemChoiceLocked,
+                     "archive",
+                     "msgArchivesAccountPicker",
+                     "identity.archiveFolder",
+                     "msgArchivesFolderPicker");
+
+    SetFolderDisplay(gDraftsRadioElemChoice, gDraftsRadioElemChoiceLocked,
+                     "draft",
+                     "msgDraftsAccountPicker",
+                     "identity.draftFolder",
+                     "msgDraftsFolderPicker");
+
+    SetFolderDisplay(gTmplRadioElemChoice, gTmplRadioElemChoiceLocked,
+                     "tmpl",
+                     "msgStationeryAccountPicker",
+                     "identity.stationeryFolder",
+                     "msgStationeryFolderPicker");
+
+    setupCcTextbox(true);
+    setupBccTextbox(true);
+    setupFccItems();
+    setupArchiveItems();
+
+    SetSpecialFolderNamesWithDelims();
+}
+
+// Initialize the picker mode choices (account/folder picker) into global vars
+function SetGlobalRadioElemChoices()
+{
+    var pickerModeElement = document.getElementById("identity.fccFolderPickerMode");
+    gFccRadioElemChoice = pickerModeElement.getAttribute("value");
+    gFccRadioElemChoiceLocked = pickerModeElement.getAttribute("disabled");
+    if (!gFccRadioElemChoice) gFccRadioElemChoice = gDefaultPickerMode;
+
+    pickerModeElement = document.getElementById("identity.archivesFolderPickerMode");
+    gArchivesRadioElemChoice = pickerModeElement.getAttribute("value");
+    gArchivesRadioElemChoiceLocked = pickerModeElement.getAttribute("disabled");
+    if (!gArchivesRadioElemChoice) gArchivesRadioElemChoice = gDefaultPickerMode;
+
+    pickerModeElement = document.getElementById("identity.draftsFolderPickerMode");
+    gDraftsRadioElemChoice = pickerModeElement.getAttribute("value");
+    gDraftsRadioElemChoiceLocked = pickerModeElement.getAttribute("disabled");
+    if (!gDraftsRadioElemChoice) gDraftsRadioElemChoice = gDefaultPickerMode;
+
+    pickerModeElement = document.getElementById("identity.tmplFolderPickerMode");
+    gTmplRadioElemChoice = pickerModeElement.getAttribute("value");
+    gTmplRadioElemChoiceLocked = pickerModeElement.getAttribute("disabled");
+    if (!gTmplRadioElemChoice) gTmplRadioElemChoice = gDefaultPickerMode;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Set Account and Folder elements based on the values read from
+ * preferences file. Default picker mode, if none specified at this stage, is
+ * set to 1 i.e., Other picker displaying the folder value read from the
+ * preferences file.
+ */
+function SetFolderDisplay(pickerMode, disableMode,
+                          radioElemPrefix,
+                          accountPickerId,
+                          folderPickedField,
+                          folderPickerId)
+{
+    if (!pickerMode)
+        pickerMode = gDefaultPickerMode;
+
+    var selectAccountRadioId = radioElemPrefix + "_selectAccount";
+    var selectAccountRadioElem = document.getElementById(selectAccountRadioId);
+    var selectFolderRadioId = radioElemPrefix + "_selectFolder";
+    var selectFolderRadioElem = document.getElementById(selectFolderRadioId);
+    var accountPicker = document.getElementById(accountPickerId);
+    var folderPicker = document.getElementById(folderPickerId);
+    var rg = selectAccountRadioElem.radioGroup;
+    var folderPickedElement = document.getElementById(folderPickedField);
+    var uri = folderPickedElement.getAttribute("value");
+    // Get message folder from the given uri. Second argument (false) signifies
+    // that there is no need to check for the existence of special folders as
+    // these folders are created on demand at runtime in case of imap accounts.
+    // For POP3 accounts, special folders are created at the account creation time.
+    var msgFolder = MailUtils.getFolderForURI(uri, false);
+    InitFolderDisplay(msgFolder.server.rootFolder, accountPicker);
+    InitFolderDisplay(msgFolder, folderPicker);
+
+    switch (pickerMode)
+    {
+        case "0" :
+            rg.selectedItem = selectAccountRadioElem;
+            SetPickerEnabling(accountPickerId, folderPickerId);
+            break;
+
+        case "1"  :
+            rg.selectedItem = selectFolderRadioElem;
+            SetPickerEnabling(folderPickerId, accountPickerId);
+            break;
+
+        default :
+            dump("Error in setting initial folder display on pickers\n");
+            break;
+    }
+
+    // Check to see if we need to lock page elements. Disable radio buttons
+    // and account/folder pickers when locked.
+    if (disableMode) {
+      selectAccountRadioElem.setAttribute("disabled","true");
+      selectFolderRadioElem.setAttribute("disabled","true");
+      accountPicker.setAttribute("disabled","true");
+      folderPicker.setAttribute("disabled","true");
+    }
+}
+
+// Initialize the folder display based on prefs values
+function InitFolderDisplay(folder, folderPicker) {
+    folderPicker.menupopup.selectFolder(folder);
+    folderPicker.folder = folder;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Capture any menulist changes and update the folder property.
+ *
+ * @param aGroup the prefix for the menulist we're handling (e.g. "drafts")
+ * @param aType "Account" for the account picker or "Folder" for the folder
+ *        picker
+ * @param aEvent the event that we're responding to
+ */
+function noteSelectionChange(aGroup, aType, aEvent)
+{
+  var checkedElem = document.getElementById(aGroup+"_select"+aType);
+  var folder = aEvent.target._folder;
+  var modeValue = checkedElem.value;
+  var radioGroup = checkedElem.radioGroup.getAttribute("id");
+  var picker;
+
+  switch (radioGroup) {
+    case "doFcc" :
+      gFccRadioElemChoice = modeValue;
+      picker = document.getElementById("msgFcc"+aType+"Picker");
+      break;
+
+    case "messageArchives" :
+      gArchivesRadioElemChoice = modeValue;
+      picker = document.getElementById("msgArchives"+aType+"Picker");
+      updateArchiveHierarchyButton(folder);
+      break;
+
+    case "messageDrafts" :
+      gDraftsRadioElemChoice = modeValue;
+      picker = document.getElementById("msgDrafts"+aType+"Picker");
+      break;
+
+    case "messageTemplates" :
+      gTmplRadioElemChoice = modeValue;
+      picker = document.getElementById("msgStationery"+aType+"Picker");
+      break;
+  }
+
+  picker.folder = folder;
+  picker.menupopup.selectFolder(folder);
+}
+
+// Need to append special folders when account picker is selected.
+// Create a set of global special folder vars to be suffixed to the
+// server URI of the selected account.
+function SetSpecialFolderNamesWithDelims()
+{
+    var folderDelim = "/";
+    /* we use internal names known to everyone like "Sent", "Templates" and "Drafts" */
+
+    gFccFolderWithDelim = folderDelim + "Sent";
+    gArchivesFolderWithDelim = folderDelim + "Archives";
+    gDraftsFolderWithDelim = folderDelim + "Drafts";
+    gTemplatesFolderWithDelim = folderDelim + "Templates";
+}
+
+// Save all changes on this page
+function onSave()
+{
+    onSaveCopiesAndFolders();
+}
+
+function onSaveCopiesAndFolders()
+{
+    SaveFolderSettings( gFccRadioElemChoice,
+                        "doFcc",
+                        gFccFolderWithDelim,
+                        "msgFccAccountPicker",
+                        "msgFccFolderPicker",
+                        "identity.fccFolder",
+                        "identity.fccFolderPickerMode" );
+
+    SaveFolderSettings( gArchivesRadioElemChoice,
+                        "messageArchives",
+                        gArchivesFolderWithDelim,
+                        "msgArchivesAccountPicker",
+                        "msgArchivesFolderPicker",
+                        "identity.archiveFolder",
+                        "identity.archivesFolderPickerMode" );
+
+    SaveFolderSettings( gDraftsRadioElemChoice,
+                        "messageDrafts",
+                        gDraftsFolderWithDelim,
+                        "msgDraftsAccountPicker",
+                        "msgDraftsFolderPicker",
+                        "identity.draftFolder",
+                        "identity.draftsFolderPickerMode" );
+
+    SaveFolderSettings( gTmplRadioElemChoice,
+                        "messageTemplates",
+                        gTemplatesFolderWithDelim,
+                        "msgStationeryAccountPicker",
+                        "msgStationeryFolderPicker",
+                        "identity.stationeryFolder",
+                        "identity.tmplFolderPickerMode" );
+}
+
+// Save folder settings and radio element choices
+function SaveFolderSettings(radioElemChoice,
+                            radioGroupId,
+                            folderSuffix,
+                            accountPickerId,
+                            folderPickerId,
+                            folderElementId,
+                            folderPickerModeId)
+{
+    var formElement = document.getElementById(folderElementId);
+    var uri;
+
+    if (radioElemChoice == "0" ||
+        !document.getElementById(folderPickerId).value) {
+      // Default or revert to default if no folder chosen.
+      radioElemChoice = "0";
+      uri = document.getElementById(accountPickerId).folder.URI;
+      if (uri) {
+        // Create Folder URI.
+        uri = uri + folderSuffix;
+      }
+    }
+    else if (radioElemChoice == "1") {
+      uri = document.getElementById(folderPickerId).folder.URI;
+    }
+    else {
+      dump ("Error saving folder preferences.\n");
+      return;
+    }
+
+    formElement.setAttribute("value", uri);
+
+    formElement = document.getElementById(folderPickerModeId);
+    formElement.setAttribute("value", radioElemChoice);
+}
+
+// Check the Fcc Self item and setup associated picker state
+function setupFccItems()
+{
+    var broadcaster = document.getElementById("broadcaster_doFcc");
+
+    var checked = document.getElementById("identity.doFcc").checked;
+    if (checked) {
+        broadcaster.removeAttribute("disabled");
+        switch (gFccRadioElemChoice) {
+            case "0" :
+                if (!gFccRadioElemChoiceLocked)
+                    SetPickerEnabling("msgFccAccountPicker", "msgFccFolderPicker");
+                SetRadioButtons("fcc_selectAccount", "fcc_selectFolder");
+                break;
+
+            case "1" :
+                if (!gFccRadioElemChoiceLocked)
+                    SetPickerEnabling("msgFccFolderPicker", "msgFccAccountPicker");
+                SetRadioButtons("fcc_selectFolder", "fcc_selectAccount");
+                break;
+
+            default :
+                dump("Error in setting Fcc elements.\n");
+                break;
+        }
+    }
+    else
+        broadcaster.setAttribute("disabled", "true");
+}
+
+// Disable CC textbox if CC checkbox is not checked
+function setupCcTextbox(init)
+{
+    var ccChecked = document.getElementById("identity.doCc").checked;
+    var ccTextbox = document.getElementById("identity.doCcList");
+
+    ccTextbox.disabled = !ccChecked;
+
+    if (ccChecked) {
+        if (ccTextbox.value == "") {
+            ccTextbox.value = document.getElementById("identity.email").value;
+            if (!init)
+                ccTextbox.select();
+        }
+    } else if ((ccTextbox.value == document.getElementById("identity.email").value) ||
+               (init && ccTextbox.getAttribute("value") == ""))
+        ccTextbox.value = "";
+}
+
+// Disable BCC textbox if BCC checkbox is not checked
+function setupBccTextbox(init)
+{
+    var bccChecked = document.getElementById("identity.doBcc").checked;
+    var bccTextbox = document.getElementById("identity.doBccList");
+
+    bccTextbox.disabled = !bccChecked;
+
+    if (bccChecked) {
+        if (bccTextbox.value == "") {
+            bccTextbox.value = document.getElementById("identity.email").value;
+            if (!init)
+                bccTextbox.select();
+        }
+    } else if ((bccTextbox.value == document.getElementById("identity.email").value) ||
+               (init && bccTextbox.getAttribute("value") == ""))
+        bccTextbox.value = "";
+}
+
+// Enable and disable pickers based on the radio element clicked
+function SetPickerEnabling(enablePickerId, disablePickerId)
+{
+    var activePicker = document.getElementById(enablePickerId);
+    activePicker.removeAttribute("disabled");
+
+    var inactivePicker = document.getElementById(disablePickerId);
+    inactivePicker.setAttribute("disabled", "true");
+}
+
+// Set radio element choices and picker states
+function setPickersState(enablePickerId, disablePickerId, event)
+{
+  SetPickerEnabling(enablePickerId, disablePickerId);
+
+  var radioElemValue = event.target.value;
+
+  switch (event.target.id) {
+    case "fcc_selectAccount":
+    case "fcc_selectFolder":
+      gFccRadioElemChoice = radioElemValue;
+      break;
+    case "archive_selectAccount":
+    case "archive_selectFolder":
+      gArchivesRadioElemChoice = radioElemValue;
+      updateArchiveHierarchyButton(document.getElementById(enablePickerId)
+                                           .folder);
+      break;
+    case "draft_selectAccount":
+    case "draft_selectFolder":
+      gDraftsRadioElemChoice = radioElemValue;
+      break;
+    case "tmpl_selectAccount":
+    case "tmpl_selectFolder":
+      gTmplRadioElemChoice = radioElemValue;
+      break;
+    default:
+      dump("Error in setting picker state.\n");
+      return;
+  }
+}
+
+// This routine is to restore the correct radio element
+// state when the fcc self checkbox broadcasts the change
+function SetRadioButtons(selectPickerId, unselectPickerId)
+{
+  var activeRadioElem = document.getElementById(selectPickerId);
+  activeRadioElem.radioGroup.selectedItem = activeRadioElem;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Enable/disable the archive hierarchy button depending on what folder is
+ * currently selected (Gmail IMAP folders should have the button disabled, since
+ * changing the archive hierarchy does nothing there.
+ *
+ * @param archiveFolder the currently-selected folder to store archives in
+ */
+function updateArchiveHierarchyButton(archiveFolder) {
+  let isGmailImap = (archiveFolder.server.type == "imap" &&
+                     archiveFolder.server.QueryInterface(
+                       Components.interfaces.nsIImapIncomingServer)
+                     .isGMailServer);
+  document.getElementById("archiveHierarchyButton").disabled = isGmailImap;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Enable or disable (as appropriate) the controls for setting archive options
+ */
+function setupArchiveItems() {
+  let broadcaster = document.getElementById("broadcaster_archiveEnabled");
+  let checked = document.getElementById("identity.archiveEnabled").checked;
+  let archiveFolder;
+
+  if (checked) {
+    broadcaster.removeAttribute("disabled");
+    switch (gArchivesRadioElemChoice) {
+      case "0":
+        if (!gArchivesRadioElemChoiceLocked)
+          SetPickerEnabling("msgArchivesAccountPicker", "msgArchivesFolderPicker");
+        SetRadioButtons("archive_selectAccount", "archive_selectFolder");
+        updateArchiveHierarchyButton(document.getElementById(
+                                     "msgArchivesAccountPicker").folder);
+        break;
+
+      case "1":
+        if (!gArchivesRadioElemChoiceLocked)
+          SetPickerEnabling("msgArchivesFolderPicker", "msgArchivesAccountPicker");
+        SetRadioButtons("archive_selectFolder", "archive_selectAccount");
+        updateArchiveHierarchyButton(document.getElementById(
+                                     "msgArchivesFolderPicker").folder);
+        break;
+
+      default:
+        dump("Error in setting Archive elements.\n");
+        return;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+    broadcaster.setAttribute("disabled", "true");
+}
+
+/**
+ * Open a dialog to edit the folder hierarchy used when archiving messages.
+ */
+function ChangeArchiveHierarchy() {
+  let identity = parent.gIdentity || parent.getCurrentAccount().defaultIdentity;
+
+  top.window.openDialog("chrome://messenger/content/am-archiveoptions.xul",
+                        "", "centerscreen,chrome,modal,titlebar,resizable=yes",
+                        identity);
+  return true;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/prefs/content/am-copies.xul b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/am-copies.xul
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..dce174a22
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/am-copies.xul
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+<?xml version="1.0"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<?xul-overlay href="chrome://messenger/content/am-copiesOverlay.xul"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE page SYSTEM "chrome://messenger/locale/am-copies.dtd">
+
+<page xmlns="http://www.mozilla.org/keymaster/gatekeeper/there.is.only.xul"
+      title="&copyAndFolderTitle.label;"
+      onload="parent.onPanelLoaded('am-copies.xul');">
+
+  <vbox flex="1" style="overflow: auto;">
+    <script type="application/javascript" src="chrome://messenger/content/AccountManager.js"/>
+
+    <dialogheader title="&copyAndFolderTitle.label;"/>
+    <vbox id="copiesAndFolders"/>
+  </vbox>
+</page>
diff --git a/mailnews/base/prefs/content/am-copiesOverlay.xul b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/am-copiesOverlay.xul
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4b4cdbcfb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/am-copiesOverlay.xul
@@ -0,0 +1,311 @@
+<?xml version="1.0"?>
+
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<?xml-stylesheet href="chrome://messenger/skin/accountManage.css" type="text/css"?>
+<?xml-stylesheet href="chrome://messenger/skin/messenger.css" type="text/css"?>
+<?xml-stylesheet href="chrome://messenger/skin/folderMenus.css" type="text/css"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE overlay [
+<!ENTITY % copiesDTD SYSTEM "chrome://messenger/locale/am-copies.dtd">
+%copiesDTD;
+]>
+
+<overlay xmlns:rdf="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#"
+         xmlns="http://www.mozilla.org/keymaster/gatekeeper/there.is.only.xul">
+
+  <script type="application/javascript" src="chrome://messenger/content/am-copies.js"/>
+  <script type="application/javascript" src="chrome://messenger/content/amUtils.js"/>
+
+  <vbox flex="1" id="copiesAndFolders">
+    <stringbundleset id="stringbundleset">
+    <stringbundle id="bundle_messenger" src="chrome://messenger/locale/messenger.properties"/>
+    </stringbundleset>
+
+    <broadcaster id="broadcaster_doFcc"/>
+    <broadcaster id="broadcaster_archiveEnabled"/>
+
+    <label hidden="true" wsm_persist="true" id="identity.fccFolder"
+                  pref="true" preftype="string" prefattribute="value"
+                  prefstring="mail.identity.%identitykey%.fcc_folder"/>
+    <label hidden="true" wsm_persist="true" id="identity.draftFolder"
+                  pref="true" preftype="string" prefattribute="value"
+                  prefstring="mail.identity.%identitykey%.draft_folder"/>
+    <label hidden="true" wsm_persist="true" id="identity.archiveFolder"
+                  pref="true" preftype="string" prefattribute="value"
+                  prefstring="mail.identity.%identitykey%.archive_folder"/>
+    <label hidden="true" wsm_persist="true" id="identity.stationeryFolder"
+                  pref="true" preftype="string" prefattribute="value"
+                  prefstring="mail.identity.%identitykey%.stationary_folder"/>
+    <label hidden="true" wsm_persist="true" id="identity.email"/>
+    <label hidden="true" wsm_persist="true" id="identity.fccFolderPickerMode"
+                  pref="true" preftype="int" prefattribute="value"
+                  prefstring="mail.identity.%identitykey%.fcc_folder_picker_mode"/>
+    <label hidden="true" wsm_persist="true" id="identity.draftsFolderPickerMode"
+                  pref="true" preftype="int" prefattribute="value"
+                  prefstring="mail.identity.%identitykey%.drafts_folder_picker_mode"/>
+    <label hidden="true" wsm_persist="true" id="identity.archivesFolderPickerMode"
+                  pref="true" preftype="int" prefattribute="value"
+                  prefstring="mail.identity.%identitykey%.archives_folder_picker_mode"/>
+    <label hidden="true" wsm_persist="true" id="identity.tmplFolderPickerMode"
+                  pref="true" preftype="int" prefattribute="value"
+                  prefstring="mail.identity.%identitykey%.tmpl_folder_picker_mode"/>
+    <groupbox id="copiesGroup">
+      <caption label="&sendingPrefix.label;"/>
+
+      <hbox align="center">
+        <checkbox wsm_persist="true" id="identity.doFcc" label="&fccMailFolder.label;"
+                  accesskey="&fccMailFolder.accesskey;"
+                  prefattribute="value"
+                  prefstring="mail.identity.%identitykey%.fcc"
+                  oncommand="setupFccItems();"/>
+      </hbox>
+        <radiogroup id="doFcc" aria-labelledby="identity.doFcc">
+        <grid class="specialFolderPickerGrid">
+          <columns>
+            <column/>
+            <column flex="1"/>
+          </columns>
+          <rows>
+            <row align="center">
+              <radio id="fcc_selectAccount"
+                     value="0" label="&sentFolderOn.label;"
+                     accesskey="&sentFolderOn.accesskey;"
+                     oncommand="setPickersState('msgFccAccountPicker', 'msgFccFolderPicker', event)"
+                     observes="broadcaster_doFcc"/>
+                <menulist id="msgFccAccountPicker"
+                          class="folderMenuItem"
+                          aria-labelledby="fcc_selectAccount"
+                          observes="broadcaster_doFcc">
+                  <menupopup id="msgFccAccountPopup" type="folder" mode="filing"
+                             expandFolders="false"
+                             oncommand="noteSelectionChange('fcc', 'Account', event)"/>
+                </menulist>
+            </row>
+            <row align="center">
+              <radio id="fcc_selectFolder"
+                     value="1" label="&sentInOtherFolder.label;"
+                     accesskey="&sentInOtherFolder.accesskey;"
+                     oncommand="setPickersState('msgFccFolderPicker', 'msgFccAccountPicker', event)"
+                     observes="broadcaster_doFcc"/>
+                <menulist id="msgFccFolderPicker"
+                          class="folderMenuItem"
+                          aria-labelledby="fcc_selectFolder"
+                          displayformat="verbose"
+                          observes="broadcaster_doFcc">
+                  <menupopup id="msgFccFolderPopup" type="folder" mode="filing"
+                             class="menulist-menupopup"
+                             showFileHereLabel="true"
+                             oncommand="noteSelectionChange('fcc', 'Folder', event)"/>
+                </menulist>
+            </row>
+          </rows>
+        </grid>
+      </radiogroup>
+
+      <hbox align="center" class="fccReplyFollowsParent" hidable="true" hidefor="nntp,rss">
+        <checkbox wsm_persist="true" id="identity.fccReplyFollowsParent"
+              label="&fccReplyFollowsParent.label;"
+              accesskey="&fccReplyFollowsParent.accesskey;"
+              prefattribute="value"
+              prefstring="mail.identity.%identitykey%.fcc_reply_follows_parent"
+              observes="broadcaster_doFcc"/>
+      </hbox>
+
+      <grid>
+        <columns>
+          <column/>
+          <column flex="1"/>
+        </columns>
+
+        <rows>
+          <row align="center">
+            <checkbox wsm_persist="true" id="identity.doCc" label="&ccAddress.label;"
+                  accesskey="&ccAddress.accesskey;"
+                  control="identity.doCcList"
+                  oncommand="setupCcTextbox();"
+                  prefattribute="value"
+                  prefstring="mail.identity.%identitykey%.doCc"/>
+            <textbox wsm_persist="true" id="identity.doCcList" flex="1"
+                  aria-labelledby="identity.doCc"
+                  prefstring="mail.identity.%identitykey%.doCcList" class="uri-element"
+                  placeholder="&ccAddressList.placeholder;"/>
+          </row>
+          <row align="center">
+            <checkbox wsm_persist="true" id="identity.doBcc" label="&bccAddress.label;"
+                  accesskey="&bccAddress.accesskey;"
+                  control="identity.doBccList"
+                  oncommand="setupBccTextbox();"
+                  prefattribute="value"
+                  prefstring="mail.identity.%identitykey%.doBcc"/>
+            <textbox wsm_persist="true" id="identity.doBccList" flex="1"
+                  aria-labelledby="identity.doBcc"
+                  prefstring="mail.identity.%identitykey%.doBccList" class="uri-element"
+                  placeholder="&bccAddressList.placeholder;"/>
+          </row>
+        </rows>
+      </grid>
+
+    </groupbox>
+
+    <groupbox id="archivesGroup">
+      <caption label="&archivesTitle.label;"/>
+
+      <hbox align="center">
+        <checkbox wsm_persist="true" id="identity.archiveEnabled"
+                  label="&keepArchives.label;"
+                  accesskey="&keepArchives.accesskey;"
+                  prefattribute="value"
+                  prefstring="mail.identity.%identitykey%.archive_enabled"
+                  oncommand="setupArchiveItems();"/>
+        <spacer flex="1"/>
+        <button id="archiveHierarchyButton"
+                label="&archiveHierarchyButton.label;"
+                accesskey="&archiveHierarchyButton.accesskey;"
+                oncommand="ChangeArchiveHierarchy();"
+                observes="broadcaster_archiveEnabled"/>
+      </hbox>
+
+      <radiogroup id="messageArchives">
+        <grid class="specialFolderPickerGrid">
+          <columns>
+            <column/>
+            <column flex="1"/>
+          </columns>
+          <rows>
+            <row align="center">
+              <radio id="archive_selectAccount"
+                     value="0" label="&archivesFolderOn.label;"
+                     accesskey="&archivesFolderOn.accesskey;"
+                     oncommand="setPickersState('msgArchivesAccountPicker', 'msgArchivesFolderPicker', event)"
+                     observes="broadcaster_archiveEnabled"/>
+                <menulist id="msgArchivesAccountPicker"
+                          class="folderMenuItem"
+                          aria-labelledby="archive_selectAccount"
+                          observes="broadcaster_archiveEnabled">
+                <menupopup id="msgArchivesAccountPopup" type="folder" mode="filing"
+                           expandFolders="false"
+                           oncommand="noteSelectionChange('archive', 'Account', event)"/>
+              </menulist>
+            </row>
+            <row align="center">
+              <radio id="archive_selectFolder"
+                     value="1" label="&archiveInOtherFolder.label;"
+                     accesskey="&archiveInOtherFolder.accesskey;"
+                     oncommand="setPickersState('msgArchivesFolderPicker', 'msgArchivesAccountPicker', event)"
+                     observes="broadcaster_archiveEnabled"/>
+                <menulist id="msgArchivesFolderPicker"
+                          class="folderMenuItem"
+                          aria-labelledby="archive_selectFolder"
+                          displayformat="verbose"
+                          observes="broadcaster_archiveEnabled">
+                <menupopup id="msgArchivesFolderPopup" type="folder" mode="filing"
+                           class="menulist-menupopup"
+                           showFileHereLabel="true"
+                           oncommand="noteSelectionChange('archive', 'Folder', event)"/>
+              </menulist>
+            </row>
+          </rows>
+        </grid>
+      </radiogroup>
+    </groupbox>
+
+    <groupbox id="foldersGroup">
+      <caption label="&specialFolders.label;"/>
+
+      <hbox align="center">
+        <label value="&keepDrafts2.label;" control="messageDrafts"/>
+      </hbox>
+
+      <radiogroup id="messageDrafts">
+        <grid class="specialFolderPickerGrid">
+          <columns>
+            <column/>
+            <column flex="1"/>
+          </columns>
+          <rows>
+            <row align="center">
+              <radio id="draft_selectAccount"
+                     oncommand="setPickersState('msgDraftsAccountPicker', 'msgDraftsFolderPicker', event)"
+                     value="0" label="&draftsFolderOn.label;"
+                     accesskey="&draftsFolderOn.accesskey;"/>
+              <menulist id="msgDraftsAccountPicker"
+                        class="folderMenuItem"
+                        aria-labelledby="draft_selectAccount">
+                <menupopup id="msgDraftAccountPopup" type="folder" mode="filing"
+                           expandFolders="false"
+                           oncommand="noteSelectionChange('draft', 'Account', event)"/>
+              </menulist>
+            </row>
+            <row align="center">
+              <radio id="draft_selectFolder"
+                     oncommand="setPickersState('msgDraftsFolderPicker', 'msgDraftsAccountPicker', event)"
+                     value="1" label="&draftInOtherFolder.label;"
+                     accesskey="&draftInOtherFolder.accesskey;"/>
+              <menulist id="msgDraftsFolderPicker"
+                        class="folderMenuItem"
+                        aria-labelledby="draft_selectFolder"
+                        displayformat="verbose">
+                <menupopup id="msgDraftFolderPopup" type="folder" mode="filing"
+                           class="menulist-menupopup"
+                           showFileHereLabel="true"
+                           oncommand="noteSelectionChange('draft', 'Folder', event)"/>
+              </menulist>
+            </row>
+          </rows>
+        </grid>
+      </radiogroup>
+
+      <hbox align="center">
+        <label value="&keepTemplates.label;" control="messageTemplates"/>
+      </hbox>
+
+      <radiogroup id="messageTemplates">
+        <grid class="specialFolderPickerGrid">
+          <columns>
+            <column/>
+            <column flex="1"/>
+          </columns>
+          <rows>
+            <row align="center">
+              <radio id="tmpl_selectAccount"
+                     oncommand="setPickersState('msgStationeryAccountPicker', 'msgStationeryFolderPicker', event)"
+                     value="0" label="&templatesFolderOn.label;"
+                     accesskey="&templatesFolderOn.accesskey;"/>
+              <menulist id="msgStationeryAccountPicker"
+                        class="folderMenuItem"
+                        aria-labelledby="tmpl_selectAccount">
+                <menupopup id="msgFccAccountPopup" type="folder" mode="filing"
+                           expandFolders="false"
+                           oncommand="noteSelectionChange('tmpl', 'Account', event)"/>
+              </menulist>
+            </row>
+            <row align="center">
+              <radio id="tmpl_selectFolder"
+                     oncommand="setPickersState('msgStationeryFolderPicker', 'msgStationeryAccountPicker', event)"
+                     value="1" label="&templateInOtherFolder.label;"
+                     accesskey="&templateInOtherFolder.accesskey;"/>
+              <menulist id="msgStationeryFolderPicker"
+                        class="folderMenuItem"
+                        aria-labelledby="tmpl_selectFolder"
+                        displayformat="verbose">
+                <menupopup id="msgTemplFolderPopup" type="folder" mode="filing"
+                           class="menulist-menupopup"
+                           showFileHereLabel="true"
+                           oncommand="noteSelectionChange('tmpl', 'Folder', event)"/>
+              </menulist>
+            </row>
+          </rows>
+        </grid>
+      </radiogroup>
+      <hbox align="center">
+        <checkbox wsm_persist="true" id="identity.showSaveMsgDlg" label="&saveMessageDlg.label;"
+                  accesskey="&saveMessageDlg.accesskey;"
+                  prefattribute="value"
+                  prefstring="mail.identity.%identitykey%.showSaveMsgDlg"/>
+      </hbox>
+    </groupbox>
+  </vbox>
+</overlay>
diff --git a/mailnews/base/prefs/content/am-help.js b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/am-help.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..da9d0b076
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/am-help.js
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/* -*- Mode: Java; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/**
+ * Key value pairs to derive the tag based on the page loaded.
+ * Each key is the page loaded when user clicks on one of the items on
+ * the accounttree of the AccountManager window.
+ * Value is a tag that is preset which will be used to display
+ * context sensitive help. 
+ */
+var pageTagPairs = {
+  "chrome://messenger/content/am-main.xul": "mail_account_identity",
+  "chrome://messenger/content/am-server.xul": "mail",
+  "chrome://messenger/content/am-copies.xul": "mail_copies",
+  "chrome://messenger/content/am-addressing.xul": "mail_addressing_settings",
+  "chrome://messenger/content/am-junk.xul": "mail-account-junk",
+  "chrome://messenger/content/am-offline.xul": "mail-offline-accounts",
+  "chrome://messenger/content/am-smtp.xul": "mail_smtp",
+  "chrome://messenger/content/am-smime.xul": "mail_security_settings",
+  "chrome://messenger/content/am-serverwithnoidentities.xul": "mail_local_folders_settings",
+  "chrome://messenger/content/am-mdn.xul": "mail-account-receipts",
+} 
+
+function doHelpButton() 
+{
+  // Get the URI of the page loaded in the AccountManager's content frame.
+  var pageSourceURI = contentFrame.location.href;
+  // Get the help tag corresponding to the page loaded.
+  var helpTag = pageTagPairs[pageSourceURI];
+
+  // If the help tag is generic or offline, check if there is a need to set tags per server type
+  if ((helpTag == "mail") || (helpTag == "mail-offline-accounts")) {
+    // Get server type, as we may need to set help tags per server type for some pages
+    var serverType = GetServerType();
+  
+    /**
+     * Check the page to be loaded. Following pages needed to be presented with the 
+     * help content that is based on server type. For any pages with such requirement
+     * do add comments here about the page and a new case statement for pageSourceURI
+     * switch.
+     * - server settings ("chrome://messenger/content/am-server.xul")
+     * - offline/diskspace settings ("chrome://messenger/content/am-offline.xul")
+     */ 
+    switch (pageSourceURI) {
+      case "chrome://messenger/content/am-server.xul":
+        helpTag = "mail_server_" + serverType;
+        break;
+
+      case "chrome://messenger/content/am-offline.xul":
+        helpTag = "mail_offline_" + serverType;
+        break;
+
+      default :
+        break;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if ( helpTag ) 
+  	openHelp(helpTag);  
+  else
+	openHelp('mail'); 
+}
+
+/**
+ * Get server type of the seleted item
+ */
+function GetServerType()
+{
+  var serverType = null;
+  var currentAccount = parent.getCurrentAccount();
+  if (currentAccount)
+    serverType = currentAccount.incomingServer.type;
+  return serverType;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/prefs/content/am-identities-list.js b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/am-identities-list.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2cabb400d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/am-identities-list.js
@@ -0,0 +1,180 @@
+/* -*- Mode: Java; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+Components.utils.import("resource:///modules/iteratorUtils.jsm");
+Components.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/Services.jsm");
+
+var gIdentityListBox;                 // the root <listbox> node
+var gAddButton;
+var gEditButton;
+var gSetDefaultButton;
+var gDeleteButton;
+
+var gAccount = null;  // the account we are showing the identities for
+
+function onLoad()
+{
+  gIdentityListBox  = document.getElementById("identitiesList");
+  gAddButton        = document.getElementById("cmd_add");
+  gEditButton       = document.getElementById("cmd_edit");
+  gSetDefaultButton = document.getElementById("cmd_default");
+  gDeleteButton     = document.getElementById("cmd_delete");
+
+  // extract the account
+  gAccount = window.arguments[0].account;
+
+  var accountName = window.arguments[0].accountName;
+  document.title = document.getElementById("bundle_prefs")
+                           .getFormattedString("identity-list-title", [accountName]);
+
+  refreshIdentityList(0);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Rebuilds the listbox holding the list of identities.
+ *
+ * @param aSelectIndex  Attempt to select the identity with this index.
+ */
+function refreshIdentityList(aSelectIndex)
+{
+  // Remove all children.
+  while (gIdentityListBox.hasChildNodes())
+    gIdentityListBox.lastChild.remove();
+
+  // Build the list from the identities array.
+  let identities = gAccount.identities;
+  for (let identity in fixIterator(identities,
+                                   Components.interfaces.nsIMsgIdentity))
+  {
+    if (identity.valid)
+    {
+      let listitem = document.createElement("listitem");
+      listitem.setAttribute("label", identity.identityName);
+      listitem.setAttribute("key", identity.key);
+      gIdentityListBox.appendChild(listitem);
+    }
+  }
+
+  // Ensure one identity is always selected.
+  if (!aSelectIndex || aSelectIndex < 0)
+    aSelectIndex = 0;
+  else if (aSelectIndex >= gIdentityListBox.itemCount)
+    aSelectIndex = gIdentityListBox.itemCount - 1;
+
+  // This also fires the onselect event, which in turn calls updateButtons().
+  gIdentityListBox.selectedIndex = aSelectIndex;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Opens the identity editor dialog.
+ *
+ * @param identity  the identity (if any) to load in the dialog
+ */
+function openIdentityEditor(identity)
+{
+  let args = { identity: identity, account: gAccount, result: false };
+
+  let indexToSelect = identity ? gIdentityListBox.selectedIndex :
+                                 gIdentityListBox.itemCount;
+
+  window.openDialog("am-identity-edit.xul", "",
+                    "chrome,modal,resizable,centerscreen", args);
+
+  if (args.result)
+    refreshIdentityList(indexToSelect);
+}
+
+function getSelectedIdentity()
+{
+  if (gIdentityListBox.selectedItems.length != 1)
+    return null;
+
+  var identityKey = gIdentityListBox.selectedItems[0].getAttribute("key");
+  let identities = gAccount.identities;
+  for (let identity in fixIterator(identities,
+                                   Components.interfaces.nsIMsgIdentity))
+  {
+    if (identity.valid && identity.key == identityKey)
+      return identity;
+  }
+
+  return null; // no identity found
+}
+
+function onEdit(event)
+{
+  var id = (event.target.localName == 'listbox') ? null : getSelectedIdentity();
+  openIdentityEditor(id);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Enable/disable buttons depending on number of identities and current selection.
+ */
+function updateButtons()
+{
+  // In this listbox there should always be one item selected.
+  if (gIdentityListBox.selectedItems.length != 1 || gIdentityListBox.itemCount == 0) {
+    // But in case this is not met (e.g. there is no identity for some reason,
+    // or the list is being rebuilt), disable all buttons.
+    gEditButton.setAttribute("disabled", "true");
+    gDeleteButton.setAttribute("disabled", "true");
+    gSetDefaultButton.setAttribute("disabled", "true");
+    return;
+  }
+
+  gEditButton.setAttribute("disabled", "false");
+  gDeleteButton.setAttribute("disabled", (gIdentityListBox.itemCount <= 1) ? "true" : "false");
+  gSetDefaultButton.setAttribute("disabled", (gIdentityListBox.selectedIndex == 0) ? "true" : "false");
+  // The Add command is always enabled.
+}
+
+function onSetDefault(event)
+{
+  let identity = getSelectedIdentity();
+  if (!identity)
+    return;
+
+  // If the first identity is selected, there is nothing to do.
+  if (gIdentityListBox.selectedIndex == 0)
+    return;
+
+  gAccount.defaultIdentity = identity;
+  // Rebuilt the identity list and select the moved identity again.
+  refreshIdentityList(0);
+}
+
+function onDelete(event)
+{
+  if (gIdentityListBox.itemCount <= 1)  // don't support deleting the last identity
+    return;
+
+  // get delete confirmation
+  let selectedIdentity = getSelectedIdentity();
+
+  let prefsBundle = document.getElementById("bundle_prefs");
+  let confirmTitle = prefsBundle.getFormattedString("identity-delete-confirm-title",
+                                                    [window.arguments[0].accountName]);
+  let confirmText = prefsBundle.getFormattedString("identity-delete-confirm",
+                                                   [selectedIdentity.identityName]);
+  let confirmButton = prefsBundle.getString("identity-delete-confirm-button");
+
+  if (Services.prompt.confirmEx(window, confirmTitle, confirmText,
+                                (Services.prompt.BUTTON_POS_0 * Services.prompt.BUTTON_TITLE_IS_STRING) +
+                                (Services.prompt.BUTTON_POS_1 * Services.prompt.BUTTON_TITLE_CANCEL),
+                                confirmButton, null, null, null, {}))
+    return;
+
+  let selectedItemIndex = gIdentityListBox.selectedIndex;
+
+  gAccount.removeIdentity(selectedIdentity);
+
+  refreshIdentityList(selectedItemIndex);
+}
+
+function onOk()
+{
+  window.arguments[0].result = true;
+  return true;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/prefs/content/am-identities-list.xul b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/am-identities-list.xul
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2acbc45d4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/am-identities-list.xul
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+<?xml version="1.0"?>
+
+<?xml-stylesheet href="chrome://messenger/skin/messenger.css" type="text/css"?>
+<?xml-stylesheet href="chrome://messenger/skin/accountManage.css" type="text/css"?>
+
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!DOCTYPE dialog SYSTEM "chrome://messenger/locale/am-identities-list.dtd">
+
+<dialog
+  xmlns:rdf="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#"
+  xmlns="http://www.mozilla.org/keymaster/gatekeeper/there.is.only.xul"
+  onload="onLoad();"
+  buttons="accept"
+  buttonlabelaccept="&identitiesListClose.label;"
+  buttonaccesskeyaccept="&identitiesListClose.accesskey;"
+  ondialogaccept="return onOk();"
+  ondialogcancel="return onOk();"
+  style="width: 40em;">
+
+<stringbundle id="bundle_prefs" src="chrome://messenger/locale/prefs.properties"/>
+<script type="application/javascript"
+        src="chrome://messenger/content/am-identities-list.js"/>
+
+<commandset>
+  <command id="cmd_add"     oncommand="openIdentityEditor(null);"/>
+  <command id="cmd_edit"    oncommand="onEdit(event);" disabled="true"/>
+  <command id="cmd_default" oncommand="onSetDefault(event);" disabled="true"/>
+  <command id="cmd_delete"  oncommand="onDelete(event);" disabled="true"/>
+</commandset>
+
+<keyset>
+  <key keycode="VK_INSERT" command="cmd_add"/>
+  <key keycode="VK_DELETE" command="cmd_delete"/>
+</keyset>
+
+<label control="identitiesList">&identitiesListManageDesc.label;</label>
+
+<separator class="thin"/>
+
+<hbox flex="1">
+  <listbox id="identitiesList"
+           ondblclick="onEdit(event);"
+           onselect="updateButtons();"
+           seltype="single"
+           flex="1"
+           style="height: 0px;"/>
+
+  <vbox>
+    <button id="addButton"
+            command="cmd_add" label="&identitiesListAdd.label;"
+            accesskey="&identitiesListAdd.accesskey;"/>
+    <button id="editButton" disabled="true"
+            command="cmd_edit" label="&identitiesListEdit.label;"
+            accesskey="&identitiesListEdit.accesskey;"/>
+    <button id="setDefaultButton" disabled="true"
+            command="cmd_default" label="&identitiesListDefault.label;"
+            accesskey="&identitiesListDefault.accesskey;"/>
+    <button id="deleteButton" disabled="true"
+            command="cmd_delete" label="&identitiesListDelete.label;"
+            accesskey="&identitiesListDelete.accesskey;"/>
+  </vbox>
+</hbox>
+
+</dialog>
diff --git a/mailnews/base/prefs/content/am-identity-edit.js b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/am-identity-edit.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cd6750779
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/am-identity-edit.js
@@ -0,0 +1,405 @@
+/* -*- Mode: Java; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+Components.utils.import("resource:///modules/mailServices.js");
+Components.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/Services.jsm");
+
+var gIdentity = null;  // the identity we are editing (may be null for a new identity)
+var gAccount = null;   // the account the identity is (or will be) associated with
+
+function onLoadIdentityProperties()
+{
+  // extract the account
+  gIdentity = window.arguments[0].identity;
+  gAccount = window.arguments[0].account;
+  let prefBundle = document.getElementById("bundle_prefs");
+
+  // Make the dialog the same height and 90% of the width of the main Account
+  // manager page when the Account manager is not maximized.
+  let accountDialog = Services.wm.getMostRecentWindow("mailnews:accountmanager")
+                              .document;
+  if (accountDialog.documentElement.getAttribute("sizemode") != "maximized") {
+    document.getElementById("identityDialog").style.width =
+      accountDialog.getElementById("accountManager").clientWidth * 0.9 + "px";
+    document.getElementById("identityDialog").style.height =
+      accountDialog.getElementById("accountManager").clientHeight + "px";
+  }
+
+  if (gIdentity) {
+    let listName = gIdentity.identityName;
+    document.title = prefBundle
+                     .getFormattedString("identityDialogTitleEdit", [listName]);
+  } else {
+    document.title = prefBundle.getString("identityDialogTitleAdd");
+  }
+
+  loadSMTPServerList();
+
+  initIdentityValues(gIdentity);
+  initCopiesAndFolder(gIdentity);
+  initCompositionAndAddressing(gIdentity);
+}
+
+// based on the values of gIdentity, initialize the identity fields we expose to the user
+function initIdentityValues(identity)
+{
+  function initSmtpServer(aServerKey) {
+    // Select a server in the SMTP server menulist by its key.
+    // The value of the identity.smtpServerKey is null when the
+    // "use default server" option is used so, if we get that passed in, select
+    // the useDefaultItem representing this option by using the value of "".
+    document.getElementById("identity.smtpServerKey").value = aServerKey || "";
+  }
+
+  if (identity)
+  {
+    document.getElementById('identity.fullName').value = identity.fullName;
+    document.getElementById('identity.email').value = identity.email;
+    document.getElementById('identity.replyTo').value = identity.replyTo;
+    document.getElementById('identity.organization').value = identity.organization;
+    document.getElementById('identity.attachSignature').checked = identity.attachSignature;
+    document.getElementById('identity.htmlSigText').value = identity.htmlSigText;
+    document.getElementById('identity.htmlSigFormat').checked = identity.htmlSigFormat;
+
+    if (identity.signature)
+      document.getElementById('identity.signature').value = identity.signature.path;
+
+    document.getElementById('identity.attachVCard').checked = identity.attachVCard;
+    document.getElementById('identity.escapedVCard').value = identity.escapedVCard;
+    initSmtpServer(identity.smtpServerKey);
+
+    // This field does not exist for the default identity shown in the am-main.xul pane.
+    let idLabel = document.getElementById("identity.label");
+    if (idLabel)
+      idLabel.value = identity.label;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    // We're adding an identity, use the best default we have.
+    initSmtpServer(gAccount.defaultIdentity.smtpServerKey);
+  }
+
+  setupSignatureItems();
+}
+
+function initCopiesAndFolder(identity)
+{
+  // if we are editing an existing identity, use it...otherwise copy our values from the default identity
+  var copiesAndFoldersIdentity = identity ? identity : gAccount.defaultIdentity;
+
+  document.getElementById('identity.fccFolder').value = copiesAndFoldersIdentity.fccFolder;
+  document.getElementById('identity.draftFolder').value = copiesAndFoldersIdentity.draftFolder;
+  document.getElementById('identity.archiveFolder').value = copiesAndFoldersIdentity.archiveFolder;
+  document.getElementById('identity.stationeryFolder').value = copiesAndFoldersIdentity.stationeryFolder;
+
+  document.getElementById('identity.fccFolderPickerMode').value = copiesAndFoldersIdentity.fccFolderPickerMode ? copiesAndFoldersIdentity.fccFolderPickerMode : 0;
+  document.getElementById('identity.draftsFolderPickerMode').value = copiesAndFoldersIdentity.draftsFolderPickerMode ? copiesAndFoldersIdentity.draftsFolderPickerMode : 0;
+  document.getElementById('identity.archivesFolderPickerMode').value = copiesAndFoldersIdentity.archivesFolderPickerMode ? copiesAndFoldersIdentity.archivesFolderPickerMode : 0;
+  document.getElementById('identity.tmplFolderPickerMode').value = copiesAndFoldersIdentity.tmplFolderPickerMode ? copiesAndFoldersIdentity.tmplFolderPickerMode : 0;
+
+  document.getElementById('identity.doCc').checked = copiesAndFoldersIdentity.doCc;
+  document.getElementById('identity.doCcList').value = copiesAndFoldersIdentity.doCcList;
+  document.getElementById('identity.doBcc').checked = copiesAndFoldersIdentity.doBcc;
+  document.getElementById('identity.doBccList').value = copiesAndFoldersIdentity.doBccList;
+  document.getElementById('identity.doFcc').checked = copiesAndFoldersIdentity.doFcc;
+  document.getElementById('identity.fccReplyFollowsParent').checked = copiesAndFoldersIdentity.fccReplyFollowsParent;
+  document.getElementById('identity.showSaveMsgDlg').checked = copiesAndFoldersIdentity.showSaveMsgDlg;
+  document.getElementById('identity.archiveEnabled').checked = copiesAndFoldersIdentity.archiveEnabled;
+
+  onInitCopiesAndFolders(); // am-copies.js method
+}
+
+function initCompositionAndAddressing(identity)
+{
+  // if we are editing an existing identity, use it...otherwise copy our values from the default identity
+  var addressingIdentity = identity ? identity : gAccount.defaultIdentity;
+
+  document.getElementById('identity.directoryServer').value = addressingIdentity.directoryServer;
+  document.getElementById('identity.overrideGlobal_Pref').value = addressingIdentity.overrideGlobalPref;
+  let autoCompleteElement = document.getElementById('identity.autocompleteToMyDomain');
+  if (autoCompleteElement) // Thunderbird does not have this element.
+    autoCompleteElement.checked = addressingIdentity.autocompleteToMyDomain;
+
+  document.getElementById('identity.composeHtml').checked = addressingIdentity.composeHtml;
+  document.getElementById('identity.autoQuote').checked = addressingIdentity.autoQuote;
+  document.getElementById('identity.replyOnTop').value = addressingIdentity.replyOnTop;
+  document.getElementById('identity.sig_bottom').value = addressingIdentity.sigBottom;
+  document.getElementById('identity.sig_on_reply').checked = addressingIdentity.sigOnReply;
+  document.getElementById('identity.sig_on_fwd').checked = addressingIdentity.sigOnForward;
+
+  onInitCompositionAndAddressing(); // am-addressing.js method
+}
+
+function onOk()
+{
+  if (!validEmailAddress())
+    return false;
+
+  // if we are adding a new identity, create an identity, set the fields and add it to the
+  // account.
+  if (!gIdentity)
+  {
+    // ask the account manager to create a new identity for us
+    gIdentity = MailServices.accounts.createIdentity();
+
+    // copy in the default identity settings so we inherit lots of stuff like the defaul drafts folder, etc.
+    gIdentity.copy(gAccount.defaultIdentity);
+
+    // assume the identity is valid by default?
+    gIdentity.valid = true;
+
+    // add the identity to the account
+    gAccount.addIdentity(gIdentity);
+
+    // now fall through to saveFields which will save our new values
+  }
+
+  // if we are modifying an existing identity, save the fields
+  saveIdentitySettings(gIdentity);
+  saveCopiesAndFolderSettings(gIdentity);
+  saveAddressingAndCompositionSettings(gIdentity);
+
+  window.arguments[0].result = true;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+// returns false and prompts the user if
+// the identity does not have an email address
+function validEmailAddress()
+{
+  var emailAddress = document.getElementById('identity.email').value;
+
+  // quickly test for an @ sign to test for an email address. We don't have
+  // to be anymore precise than that.
+  if (!emailAddress.includes("@"))
+  {
+    // alert user about an invalid email address
+
+    var prefBundle = document.getElementById("bundle_prefs");
+
+    Services.prompt.alert(window, prefBundle.getString("identity-edit-req-title"),
+                          prefBundle.getString("identity-edit-req"));
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+function saveIdentitySettings(identity)
+{
+  if (identity)
+  {
+    let idLabel = document.getElementById('identity.label');
+    if (idLabel)
+      identity.label = idLabel.value;
+    identity.fullName = document.getElementById('identity.fullName').value;
+    identity.email = document.getElementById('identity.email').value;
+    identity.replyTo = document.getElementById('identity.replyTo').value;
+    identity.organization = document.getElementById('identity.organization').value;
+    identity.attachSignature = document.getElementById('identity.attachSignature').checked;
+    identity.htmlSigText = document.getElementById('identity.htmlSigText').value;
+    identity.htmlSigFormat = document.getElementById('identity.htmlSigFormat').checked;
+
+    identity.attachVCard = document.getElementById('identity.attachVCard').checked;
+    identity.escapedVCard = document.getElementById('identity.escapedVCard').value;
+    identity.smtpServerKey = document.getElementById('identity.smtpServerKey').value;
+
+    var attachSignaturePath = document.getElementById('identity.signature').value;
+    identity.signature = null; // this is important so we don't accidentally inherit the default
+
+    if (attachSignaturePath)
+    {
+      // convert signature path back into a nsIFile
+      var sfile = Components.classes["@mozilla.org/file/local;1"]
+                  .createInstance(Components.interfaces.nsIFile);
+      sfile.initWithPath(attachSignaturePath);
+      if (sfile.exists())
+        identity.signature = sfile;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+function saveCopiesAndFolderSettings(identity)
+{
+  onSaveCopiesAndFolders(); // am-copies.js routine
+
+  identity.fccFolder =  document.getElementById('identity.fccFolder').value;
+  identity.draftFolder = document.getElementById('identity.draftFolder').value;
+  identity.archiveFolder = document.getElementById('identity.archiveFolder').value;
+  identity.stationeryFolder = document.getElementById('identity.stationeryFolder').value;
+  identity.fccFolderPickerMode = document.getElementById('identity.fccFolderPickerMode').value;
+  identity.draftsFolderPickerMode = document.getElementById('identity.draftsFolderPickerMode').value;
+  identity.archivesFolderPickerMode = document.getElementById('identity.archivesFolderPickerMode').value;
+  identity.tmplFolderPickerMode = document.getElementById('identity.tmplFolderPickerMode').value;
+  identity.doCc = document.getElementById('identity.doCc').checked;
+  identity.doCcList = document.getElementById('identity.doCcList').value;
+  identity.doBcc = document.getElementById('identity.doBcc').checked;
+  identity.doBccList = document.getElementById('identity.doBccList').value;
+  identity.doFcc = document.getElementById('identity.doFcc').checked;
+  identity.fccReplyFollowsParent = document.getElementById('identity.fccReplyFollowsParent').checked;
+  identity.showSaveMsgDlg = document.getElementById('identity.showSaveMsgDlg').checked;
+  identity.archiveEnabled = document.getElementById('identity.archiveEnabled').checked;
+}
+
+function saveAddressingAndCompositionSettings(identity)
+{
+  identity.directoryServer = document.getElementById('identity.directoryServer').value;
+  identity.overrideGlobalPref = document.getElementById('identity.overrideGlobal_Pref').value == "true";
+  let autoCompleteElement = document.getElementById('identity.autocompleteToMyDomain');
+  if (autoCompleteElement) // Thunderbird does not have this element.
+    identity.autocompleteToMyDomain = autoCompleteElement.checked;
+  identity.composeHtml = document.getElementById('identity.composeHtml').checked;
+  identity.autoQuote = document.getElementById('identity.autoQuote').checked;
+  identity.replyOnTop = document.getElementById('identity.replyOnTop').value;
+  identity.sigBottom = document.getElementById('identity.sig_bottom').value == 'true';
+  identity.sigOnReply = document.getElementById('identity.sig_on_reply').checked;
+  identity.sigOnForward = document.getElementById('identity.sig_on_fwd').checked;
+}
+
+function selectFile()
+{
+  const nsIFilePicker = Components.interfaces.nsIFilePicker;
+
+  var fp = Components.classes["@mozilla.org/filepicker;1"]
+                     .createInstance(nsIFilePicker);
+
+  var prefBundle = document.getElementById("bundle_prefs");
+  var title = prefBundle.getString("choosefile");
+  fp.init(window, title, nsIFilePicker.modeOpen);
+  fp.appendFilters(nsIFilePicker.filterAll);
+
+  // Get current signature folder, if there is one.
+  // We can set that to be the initial folder so that users
+  // can maintain their signatures better.
+  var sigFolder = GetSigFolder();
+  if (sigFolder)
+      fp.displayDirectory = sigFolder;
+
+  var ret = fp.show();
+  if (ret == nsIFilePicker.returnOK) {
+      var folderField = document.getElementById("identity.signature");
+      folderField.value = fp.file.path;
+  }
+}
+
+function GetSigFolder()
+{
+  var sigFolder = null;
+  try
+  {
+    var account = parent.getCurrentAccount();
+    var identity = account.defaultIdentity;
+    var signatureFile = identity.signature;
+
+    if (signatureFile)
+    {
+      signatureFile = signatureFile.QueryInterface(Components.interfaces.nsIFile);
+      sigFolder = signatureFile.parent;
+
+      if (!sigFolder.exists())
+          sigFolder = null;
+    }
+  }
+  catch (ex) {
+      dump("failed to get signature folder..\n");
+  }
+  return sigFolder;
+}
+
+// Signature textbox is active unless option to select from file is checked.
+// If a signature is need to be attached, the associated items which
+// displays the absolute path to the signature (in a textbox) and the way
+// to select a new signature file (a button) are enabled. Otherwise, they
+// are disabled. Check to see if the attachSignature is locked to block
+// broadcasting events.
+function setupSignatureItems()
+{
+  var signature = document.getElementById("identity.signature");
+  var browse = document.getElementById("identity.sigbrowsebutton");
+  var htmlSigText = document.getElementById("identity.htmlSigText");
+  var htmlSigFormat = document.getElementById("identity.htmlSigFormat");
+  var attachSignature = document.getElementById("identity.attachSignature");
+  var checked = attachSignature.checked;
+
+  if (checked)
+  {
+    htmlSigText.setAttribute("disabled", "true");
+    htmlSigFormat.setAttribute("disabled", "true");
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    htmlSigText.removeAttribute("disabled");
+    htmlSigFormat.removeAttribute("disabled");
+  }
+
+  if (checked && !getAccountValueIsLocked(signature))
+    signature.removeAttribute("disabled");
+  else
+    signature.setAttribute("disabled", "true");
+
+  if (checked && !getAccountValueIsLocked(browse))
+    browse.removeAttribute("disabled");
+  else
+    browse.setAttribute("disabled", "true");
+}
+
+function editVCardCallback(escapedVCardStr)
+{
+  var escapedVCard = document.getElementById("identity.escapedVCard");
+  escapedVCard.value = escapedVCardStr;
+}
+
+function editVCard()
+{
+  var escapedVCard = document.getElementById("identity.escapedVCard");
+
+  // read vCard hidden value from UI
+  window.openDialog("chrome://messenger/content/addressbook/abNewCardDialog.xul",
+                    "",
+                    "chrome,modal,resizable=no,centerscreen",
+                    {escapedVCardStr:escapedVCard.value, okCallback:editVCardCallback,
+                     titleProperty:"editVCardTitle", hideABPicker:true});
+}
+
+function getAccountForFolderPickerState()
+{
+  return gAccount;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Build the SMTP server list for display.
+ */
+function loadSMTPServerList()
+{
+  var smtpServerList = document.getElementById("identity.smtpServerKey");
+  let servers = MailServices.smtp.servers;
+  let defaultServer = MailServices.smtp.defaultServer;
+
+  var smtpPopup = smtpServerList.menupopup;
+  while (smtpPopup.lastChild.nodeName != "menuseparator")
+    smtpPopup.lastChild.remove();
+
+  while (servers.hasMoreElements())
+  {
+    var server = servers.getNext();
+
+    if (server instanceof Components.interfaces.nsISmtpServer)
+    {
+      var serverName = "";
+      if (server.description)
+        serverName = server.description + ' - ';
+      else if (server.username)
+        serverName = server.username + ' - ';
+      serverName += server.hostname;
+
+      if (defaultServer.key == server.key)
+        serverName += " " + document.getElementById("bundle_messenger")
+                                    .getString("defaultServerTag");
+
+      smtpServerList.appendItem(serverName, server.key);
+    }
+  }
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/prefs/content/am-identity-edit.xul b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/am-identity-edit.xul
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..448892382
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/am-identity-edit.xul
@@ -0,0 +1,154 @@
+<?xml version="1.0"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<?xml-stylesheet href="chrome://messenger/skin/messenger.css" type="text/css"?>
+<?xml-stylesheet href="chrome://messenger/skin/accountManage.css" type="text/css"?>
+
+<?xul-overlay href="chrome://messenger/content/am-copiesOverlay.xul"?>
+<?xul-overlay href="chrome://messenger/content/am-addressingOverlay.xul"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE dialog [
+<!ENTITY % identityEditDTD SYSTEM "chrome://messenger/locale/am-identity-edit.dtd" >
+%identityEditDTD;
+<!ENTITY % identityDTD SYSTEM "chrome://messenger/locale/am-main.dtd" >
+%identityDTD;
+]>
+
+<dialog id="identityDialog"
+        xmlns:rdf="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#"
+        xmlns="http://www.mozilla.org/keymaster/gatekeeper/there.is.only.xul"
+        onload="onLoadIdentityProperties();"
+        ondialogaccept="return onOk();"
+        style="&identityDialog.style;">
+
+  <stringbundle id="bundle_prefs"
+                src="chrome://messenger/locale/prefs.properties"/>
+  <stringbundle id="bundle_messenger"
+                src="chrome://messenger/locale/messenger.properties"/>
+
+  <script type="application/javascript"
+          src="chrome://messenger/content/am-prefs.js"/>
+  <script type="application/javascript"
+          src="chrome://messenger/content/am-identity-edit.js"/>
+
+  <broadcaster id="broadcaster_attachSignature"/>
+
+  <description flex="1">&identityListDesc.label;</description>
+  <separator class="thin"/>
+
+  <tabbox flex="1" style="overflow: auto;">
+    <tabs id="identitySettings">
+      <tab label="&settingsTab.label;"/>
+      <tab label="&copiesFoldersTab.label;"/>
+      <tab label="&addressingTab.label;"/>
+    </tabs>
+
+    <tabpanels id="identityTabsPanels" flex="1">
+      <!-- Identity Settings Tab -->
+      <vbox flex="1" name="settings">
+        <groupbox>
+          <caption label="&publicData.label;"/>
+
+        <grid>
+          <columns>
+            <column/>
+            <column flex="1"/>
+          </columns>
+          <rows>
+            <row align="center">
+              <label value="&name.label;" control="identity.fullName" accesskey="&name.accesskey;"/>
+              <textbox id="identity.fullName" size="30"/>
+            </row>
+            <row align="center">
+              <label value="&email.label;" control="identity.email" accesskey="&email.accesskey;"/>
+              <textbox id="identity.email" class="uri-element"/>
+            </row>
+            <row align="center">
+              <label value="&replyTo.label;" control="identity.replyTo" accesskey="&replyTo.accesskey;"/>
+              <textbox id="identity.replyTo" class="uri-element" placeholder="&replyTo.placeholder;"/>
+            </row>
+            <row align="center">
+              <label value="&organization.label;" control="identity.organization" accesskey="&organization.accesskey;"/>
+              <textbox id="identity.organization"/>
+            </row>
+            <separator class="thin"/>
+            <row align="center">
+              <label value="&signatureText.label;" control="identity.htmlSigText" accesskey="&signatureText.accesskey;"/>
+              <checkbox id="identity.htmlSigFormat" label="&signatureHtml.label;" accesskey="&signatureHtml.accesskey;"/>
+            </row>
+          </rows>
+        </grid>
+
+        <hbox class="indent" flex="1">
+          <textbox id="identity.htmlSigText" flex="1" multiline="true" wrap="off" rows="4" class="signatureBox"/>
+        </hbox>
+
+        <hbox align="center">
+          <checkbox id="identity.attachSignature" label="&signatureFile.label;" flex="1"
+                    accesskey="&signatureFile.accesskey;"
+                    oncommand="setupSignatureItems();"/>
+        </hbox>
+
+        <hbox align="center" class="indent">
+          <textbox id="identity.signature" datatype="nsIFile" flex="1" name="identity.signature"
+                   aria-labelledby="identity.attachSignature"
+                   observes="broadcaster_attachSignature" class="uri-element"/>
+          <button class="push" name="browse" label="&choose.label;"
+                  accesskey="&choose.accesskey;"
+                  oncommand="selectFile()"
+                  observes="broadcaster_attachSignature"
+                  id="identity.sigbrowsebutton"/>
+        </hbox>
+
+        <hbox align="center">
+          <checkbox id="identity.attachVCard" label="&attachVCard.label;" flex="1"
+                    accesskey="&attachVCard.accesskey;"/>
+          <button class="push" name="editVCard" label="&editVCard.label;"
+                  accesskey="&editVCard.accesskey;"
+                  oncommand="editVCard()"/>
+          <label hidden="true" id="identity.escapedVCard"/>
+        </hbox>
+        </groupbox>
+
+        <groupbox>
+          <caption label="&privateData.label;"/>
+
+          <hbox align="center">
+            <label value="&smtpName.label;"
+                   control="identity.smtpServerKey"
+                   accesskey="&smtpName.accesskey;"/>
+            <menulist id="identity.smtpServerKey" flex="1">
+              <menupopup id="smtpPopup">
+                <menuitem value=""
+                          label="&smtpDefaultServer.label;"
+                          id="useDefaultItem"/>
+                <menuseparator/>
+                <!-- list will be inserted here -->
+              </menupopup>
+            </menulist>
+          </hbox>
+
+          <separator class="thin"/>
+
+          <hbox align="center">
+            <label value="&identityAlias.label;"
+                   accesskey="&identityAlias.accesskey;"
+                   control="identity.label"/>
+            <textbox id="identity.label" flex="1"/>
+          </hbox>
+        </groupbox>
+
+        <spacer flex="1"/>
+      </vbox>
+
+      <!-- Copies & Folders Tab -->
+      <vbox flex="1" name="copiesAndFolders" id="copiesAndFolders"/>
+
+      <!-- Composition & Addressing Tab -->
+      <vbox flex="1" name="composeAddressing" id="compositionAndAddressing"/>
+
+    </tabpanels>
+  </tabbox>
+</dialog>
diff --git a/mailnews/base/prefs/content/am-junk.js b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/am-junk.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..77daac2ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/am-junk.js
@@ -0,0 +1,296 @@
+/* -*- Mode: Java; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ */
+Components.utils.import("resource:///modules/mailServices.js");
+Components.utils.import("resource:///modules/iteratorUtils.jsm");
+Components.utils.import("resource:///modules/MailUtils.js");
+
+var gDeferredToAccount = "";
+
+function onInit(aPageId, aServerId)
+{
+  // manually adjust several pref UI elements
+  document.getElementById('server.spamLevel.visible').setAttribute("checked",
+    document.getElementById('server.spamLevel').value > 0);
+
+  let deferredToURI = null;
+  if (gDeferredToAccount)
+    deferredToURI = MailServices.accounts
+                                .getAccount(gDeferredToAccount)
+                                .incomingServer.serverURI;
+
+  let spamActionTargetAccountElement =
+    document.getElementById("server.spamActionTargetAccount");
+  let spamActionTargetFolderElement =
+    document.getElementById("server.spamActionTargetFolder");
+
+  let spamActionTargetAccount = spamActionTargetAccountElement.value;
+  let spamActionTargetFolder = spamActionTargetFolderElement.value;
+
+  let moveOnSpamCheckbox = document.getElementById("server.moveOnSpam");
+  let moveOnSpamValue = moveOnSpamCheckbox.checked;
+
+  // Check if there are any invalid junk targets and fix them.
+  [ spamActionTargetAccount, spamActionTargetFolder, moveOnSpamValue ] =
+    sanitizeJunkTargets(spamActionTargetAccount,
+                        spamActionTargetFolder,
+                        deferredToURI || aServerId,
+                        document.getElementById("server.moveTargetMode").value,
+                        MailUtils.getFolderForURI(aServerId, false).server.spamSettings,
+                        moveOnSpamValue);
+
+  spamActionTargetAccountElement.value = spamActionTargetAccount;
+  spamActionTargetFolderElement.value = spamActionTargetFolder;
+  moveOnSpamCheckbox.checked = moveOnSpamValue;
+
+  let server = MailUtils.getFolderForURI(spamActionTargetAccount, false);
+  document.getElementById("actionAccountPopup").selectFolder(server);
+
+  let folder = MailUtils.getFolderForURI(spamActionTargetFolder, true);
+  document.getElementById("actionFolderPopup").selectFolder(folder);
+
+  var currentArray = [];
+  if (document.getElementById("server.useWhiteList").checked)
+    currentArray = document.getElementById("server.whiteListAbURI").value.split(" ");
+
+  // set up the whitelist UI
+  var wList = document.getElementById("whiteListAbURI");
+  // Ensure the whitelist is empty
+  for (let i = wList.itemCount - 1; i >= 0; i--) {
+    wList.removeItemAt(i);
+  }
+
+  // Populate the listbox with address books
+  let abItems = [];
+  for (let ab in fixIterator(MailServices.ab.directories,
+                             Components.interfaces.nsIAbDirectory)) {
+    // We skip mailing lists and remote address books.
+    if (ab.isMailList || ab.isRemote)
+      continue;
+
+    abItems.push({ label: ab.dirName, URI: ab.URI });
+  }
+
+  // Sort the list
+  function sortFunc(a, b) {
+    return a.label.localeCompare(b.label);
+  }
+  abItems.sort(sortFunc);
+
+  // And then append each item to the listbox
+  for (let abItem of abItems) {
+    let item = wList.appendItem(abItem.label, abItem.URI);
+    item.setAttribute("type", "checkbox");
+    item.setAttribute("class", "listitem-iconic");
+
+    // Due to bug 448582, we have to use setAttribute to set the
+    // checked value of the listitem.
+    item.setAttribute("checked", currentArray.includes(abItem.URI));
+  }
+
+  // enable or disable the whitelist
+  onAdaptiveJunkToggle();
+
+  // set up trusted IP headers
+  var serverFilterList = document.getElementById("useServerFilterList");
+  serverFilterList.value =
+    document.getElementById("server.serverFilterName").value;
+  if (!serverFilterList.selectedItem)
+    serverFilterList.selectedIndex = 0;
+
+  // enable or disable the useServerFilter checkbox
+  onCheckItem("useServerFilterList", ["server.useServerFilter"]);
+
+  updateJunkTargetsAndRetention();
+}
+
+function onPreInit(account, accountValues)
+{
+  if (getAccountValue(account, accountValues, "server", "type", null, false) == "pop3")
+    gDeferredToAccount = getAccountValue(account, accountValues,
+                                         "pop3", "deferredToAccount",
+                                         null, false);
+
+  buildServerFilterMenuList();
+}
+
+/**
+ * Called when someone checks or unchecks the adaptive junk mail checkbox.
+ * set the value of the hidden element accordingly
+ *
+ * @param aValue  the boolean value of the checkbox
+ */
+function updateSpamLevel(aValue)
+{
+  document.getElementById('server.spamLevel').value = aValue ? 100 : 0;
+  onAdaptiveJunkToggle();
+}
+
+/**
+ * Propagate changes to the server filter menu list back to
+ * our hidden wsm element.
+ */
+function onServerFilterListChange()
+{
+  document.getElementById('server.serverFilterName').value =
+    document.getElementById("useServerFilterList").value;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Called when someone checks or unchecks the adaptive junk mail checkbox.
+ * We need to enable or disable the whitelist accordingly.
+ */
+function onAdaptiveJunkToggle()
+{
+  onCheckItem("whiteListAbURI", ["server.spamLevel.visible"]);
+  onCheckItem("whiteListLabel", ["server.spamLevel.visible"]);
+
+  // Enable/disable individual listbox rows.
+  // Setting enable/disable on the parent listbox does not seem to work.
+  let wList = document.getElementById("whiteListAbURI");
+  let wListDisabled = wList.disabled;
+
+  for (let i = 0; i < wList.getRowCount(); i++) {
+    wList.getItemAtIndex(i).setAttribute("disabled", wListDisabled);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Called when someone checks or unchecks the "move new junk messages to"
+ * Enable/disable the radio group accordingly.
+ */
+function updateJunkTargetsAndRetention() {
+  onCheckItem("server.moveTargetMode", ["server.moveOnSpam"]);
+  updateJunkTargets();
+  onCheckItem("server.purgeSpam", ["server.moveOnSpam"]);
+  document.getElementById("purgeLabel").disabled =
+    document.getElementById("server.purgeSpam").disabled;
+  updateJunkRetention();
+}
+
+/**
+ * Enable/disable the folder pickers depending on which radio item is selected.
+ */
+function updateJunkTargets() {
+  onCheckItem("actionTargetAccount", ["server.moveOnSpam", "moveTargetMode0"]);
+  onCheckItem("actionTargetFolder",  ["server.moveOnSpam", "moveTargetMode1"]);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Enable/disable the junk deletion interval depending on the state
+ * of the controlling checkbox.
+ */
+function updateJunkRetention() {
+  onCheckItem("server.purgeSpamInterval", ["server.purgeSpam", "server.moveOnSpam"]);
+}
+
+function onSave()
+{
+  onSaveWhiteList();
+}
+
+/**
+ * Propagate changes to the whitelist menu list back to
+ * our hidden wsm element.
+ */
+function onSaveWhiteList()
+{
+  var wList = document.getElementById("whiteListAbURI");
+  var wlArray = [];
+
+  for (var i = 0; i < wList.getRowCount(); i++)
+  {
+    // Due to bug 448582, do not trust any properties of the listitems
+    // as they may not return the right value or may even not exist.
+    // Always get the attributes only.
+    var wlNode = wList.getItemAtIndex(i);
+    if (wlNode.getAttribute("checked") == "true") {
+      let abURI = wlNode.getAttribute("value");
+      wlArray.push(abURI);
+    }
+  }
+  var wlValue = wlArray.join(" ");
+  document.getElementById("server.whiteListAbURI").setAttribute("value", wlValue);
+  document.getElementById("server.useWhiteList").checked = (wlValue != "");
+}
+
+/**
+ * Called when a new value is chosen in one of the junk target folder pickers.
+ * Sets the menu label according to the folder name.
+ */
+function onActionTargetChange(aEvent, aWSMElementId)
+{
+  let folder = aEvent.target._folder;
+  document.getElementById(aWSMElementId).value = folder.URI;
+  document.getElementById("actionFolderPopup").selectFolder(folder);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Enumerates over the "ISPDL" directories, calling buildServerFilterListFromDir
+ * for each one.
+ */
+function buildServerFilterMenuList()
+{
+  const KEY_ISP_DIRECTORY_LIST = "ISPDL";
+  let ispHeaderList = document.getElementById("useServerFilterList");
+
+  // Ensure the menulist is empty.
+  ispHeaderList.removeAllItems();
+
+  // Now walk through the isp directories looking for sfd files.
+  let ispDirectories = Services.dirsvc.get(KEY_ISP_DIRECTORY_LIST,
+                                           Components.interfaces.nsISimpleEnumerator);
+
+  let menuEntries = [];
+  while (ispDirectories.hasMoreElements())
+  {
+    let ispDirectory = ispDirectories.getNext()
+                                     .QueryInterface(Components.interfaces.nsIFile);
+    if (ispDirectory)
+      menuEntries.push.apply(menuEntries, buildServerFilterListFromDir(ispDirectory, menuEntries));
+  }
+
+  menuEntries.sort((a, b) => a.localeCompare(b));
+  for (let entry of menuEntries) {
+    ispHeaderList.appendItem(entry, entry);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Helper function called by buildServerFilterMenuList. Enumerates over the
+ * passed in directory looking for .sfd files. For each entry found, it gets
+ * appended to the menu list.
+ *
+ * @param aDir              directory to look for .sfd files
+ * @param aExistingEntries  Filter names already found.
+ */
+function buildServerFilterListFromDir(aDir, aExistingEntries)
+{
+  let newEntries = [];
+  // Now iterate over each file in the directory looking for .sfd files.
+  const kSuffix = ".sfd";
+  let entries = aDir.directoryEntries
+                    .QueryInterface(Components.interfaces.nsIDirectoryEnumerator);
+
+  while (entries.hasMoreElements()) {
+    let entry = entries.nextFile;
+    // we only care about files that end in .sfd
+    if (entry.isFile() && entry.leafName.endsWith(kSuffix)) {
+      let fileName = entry.leafName.slice(0, -kSuffix.length);
+      // If we've already added an item with this name, then don't add it again.
+      if (aExistingEntries.indexOf(fileName) == -1)
+        newEntries.push(fileName);
+    }
+  }
+  return newEntries;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Open the Preferences dialog on the Junk settings tab.
+ */
+function showGlobalJunkPrefs()
+{
+  openPrefsFromAccountManager("paneSecurity", "junkTab", null, "junk_pane");
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/prefs/content/am-junk.xul b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/am-junk.xul
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..96ee9eaf6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/am-junk.xul
@@ -0,0 +1,232 @@
+<?xml version="1.0"?>
+
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+-->
+
+<?xml-stylesheet href="chrome://messenger/skin/accountManage.css" type="text/css"?>
+<?xml-stylesheet href="chrome://messenger/skin/messenger.css" type="text/css"?>
+<?xml-stylesheet href="chrome://messenger/skin/folderMenus.css" type="text/css"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE window [
+<!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd">
+%brandDTD;
+<!ENTITY % junkMailDTD SYSTEM "chrome://messenger/locale/am-junk.dtd">
+%junkMailDTD;
+]>
+
+<page xmlns="http://www.mozilla.org/keymaster/gatekeeper/there.is.only.xul"
+      xmlns:nc="http://home.netscape.com/NC-rdf#"
+      xmlns:rdf="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#"
+      title="&junkSettings.label;"
+      onload="parent.onPanelLoaded('am-junk.xul');">
+
+  <vbox flex="1" style="overflow: auto;">
+    <script type="application/javascript" src="chrome://messenger/content/AccountManager.js"/>
+    <script type="application/javascript" src="chrome://messenger/content/am-junk.js"/>
+    <script type="application/javascript" src="chrome://messenger/content/am-prefs.js"/>
+    <script type="application/javascript" src="chrome://messenger/content/amUtils.js"/>
+    <stringbundle id="bundle_messenger" src="chrome://messenger/locale/messenger.properties"/>
+
+    <dialogheader title="&junkSettings.label;"/>
+
+    <groupbox>
+      <caption label="&junkClassification.label;"/>
+
+      <label hidden="true"
+             id="server.spamLevel"
+             wsm_persist="true"
+             pref="true"
+             preftype="int"
+             prefattribute="value"
+             genericattr="true"
+             prefstring="mail.server.%serverkey%.spamLevel"/>
+      <label hidden="true"
+             id="server.spamActionTargetAccount"
+             wsm_persist="true"
+             pref="true"
+             preftype="string"
+             prefattribute="value"
+             genericattr="true"
+             prefstring="mail.server.%serverkey%.spamActionTargetAccount"/>
+      <label hidden="true"
+             id="server.spamActionTargetFolder"
+             wsm_persist="true"
+             pref="true"
+             preftype="string"
+             prefattribute="value"
+             genericattr="true"
+             prefstring="mail.server.%serverkey%.spamActionTargetFolder"/>
+      <label hidden="true"
+             id="server.whiteListAbURI"
+             wsm_persist="true"
+             pref="true"
+             preftype="string"
+             prefattribute="value"
+             genericattr="true"
+             prefstring="mail.server.%serverkey%.whiteListAbURI"/>
+      <label hidden="true"
+             id="server.serverFilterName"
+             wsm_persist="true"
+             pref="true"
+             preftype="string"
+             prefattribute="value"
+             genericattr="true"
+             prefstring="mail.server.%serverkey%.serverFilterName"/>
+
+      <checkbox id="server.spamLevel.visible"
+                oncommand="updateSpamLevel(this.checked);"
+                accesskey="&level.accesskey;"
+                prefstring="mail.server.%serverkey%.spamLevel"
+                label="&level.label;"/>
+
+      <separator class="thin"/>
+
+      <description width="1">&trainingDescription.label;</description>
+
+      <separator class="thin"/>
+      <spacer height="3"/>
+
+      <vbox class="indent">
+        <checkbox hidden="true"
+                  id="server.useWhiteList"
+                  genericattr="true"
+                  pref="true"
+                  wsm_persist="true"
+                  preftype="bool"
+                  prefstring="mail.server.%serverkey%.useWhiteList"/>
+        <label id="whiteListLabel"
+               accesskey="&whitelistHeader.accesskey;"
+               control="whiteListAbURI">&whitelistHeader.label;</label>
+        <listbox id="whiteListAbURI" rows="5"/>
+      </vbox>
+
+      <separator/>
+
+      <vbox>
+        <hbox>
+          <checkbox id="server.useServerFilter"
+                    label="&ispHeaders.label;"
+                    accesskey="&ispHeaders.accesskey;"
+                    genericattr="true"
+                    pref="true"
+                    wsm_persist="true"
+                    preftype="bool"
+                    oncommand="onCheckItem('useServerFilterList', [this.id]);"
+                    prefstring="mail.server.%serverkey%.useServerFilter"/>
+          <menulist id="useServerFilterList"
+                    oncommand="onServerFilterListChange();"
+                    aria-labelledby="server.useServerFilter"/>
+        </hbox>
+      </vbox>
+
+      <separator class="thin"/>
+
+      <description width="1">&ispHeadersWarning.label;</description>
+
+    </groupbox>
+
+    <groupbox>
+      <caption label="&junkActions.label;"/>
+
+      <checkbox id="server.moveOnSpam"
+                label="&move.label;"
+                accesskey="&move.accesskey;"
+                oncommand="updateJunkTargetsAndRetention();"
+                wsm_persist="true"
+                pref="true"
+                preftype="bool"
+                genericattr="true"
+                prefstring="mail.server.%serverkey%.moveOnSpam"/>
+
+      <radiogroup id="server.moveTargetMode"
+                  aria-labelledby="server.moveOnSpam"
+                  prefstring="mail.server.%serverkey%.moveTargetMode"
+                  wsm_persist="true"
+                  pref="true"
+                  preftype="int"
+                  genericattr="true"
+                  oncommand="updateJunkTargets();"
+                  prefvalue="value">
+
+        <grid class="specialFolderPickerGrid indent">
+          <columns>
+            <column/>
+            <column flex="1"/>
+          </columns>
+          <rows>
+            <row>
+              <radio id="moveTargetMode0"
+                     value="0"
+                     label="&junkFolderOn.label;"
+                     accesskey="&junkFolderOn.accesskey;"/>
+              <menulist id="actionTargetAccount"
+                        class="folderMenuItem"
+                        aria-labelledby="moveTargetMode0">
+                <menupopup id="actionAccountPopup"
+                           type="folder"
+                           class="menulist-menupopup"
+                           expandFolders="false"
+                           mode="filing"
+                           oncommand="onActionTargetChange(event, 'server.spamActionTargetAccount');"/>
+              </menulist>
+            </row>
+            <row>
+              <radio id="moveTargetMode1"
+                     value="1"
+                     label="&otherFolder.label;"
+                     accesskey="&otherFolder.accesskey;"/>
+              <menulist id="actionTargetFolder"
+                        class="folderMenuItem"
+                        aria-labelledby="moveTargetMode1"
+                        displayformat="verbose">
+                <menupopup id="actionFolderPopup"
+                           type="folder"
+                           mode="junk"
+                           showFileHereLabel="true"
+                           oncommand="onActionTargetChange(event, 'server.spamActionTargetFolder');"/>
+              </menulist>
+            </row>
+          </rows>
+        </grid>
+      </radiogroup>
+
+      <hbox align="center" class="indent">
+        <checkbox id="server.purgeSpam"
+                  genericattr="true"
+                  pref="true"
+                  wsm_persist="true"
+                  preftype="bool"
+                  prefstring="mail.server.%serverkey%.purgeSpam"
+                  accesskey="&purge1.accesskey;"
+                  oncommand="updateJunkRetention();"
+                  label="&purge1.label;"/>
+        <textbox size="3"
+                 type="number"
+                 min="1"
+                 id="server.purgeSpamInterval"
+                 genericattr="true"
+                 pref="true"
+                 wsm_persist="true"
+                 preftype="int"
+                 aria-labelledby="server.purgeSpam server.purgeSpamInterval purgeLabel"
+                 prefstring="mail.server.%serverkey%.purgeSpamInterval"/>
+        <label id="purgeLabel"
+               value="&purge2.label;"
+               control="server.purgeSpamInterval"/>
+      </hbox>
+
+    </groupbox>
+
+    <separator class="thin"/>
+
+    <hbox pack="start">
+      <button id="globalJunkPrefsLink"
+              label="&globalJunkPrefs.label;"
+              accesskey="&globalJunkPrefs.accesskey;"
+              oncommand="showGlobalJunkPrefs();"/>
+    </hbox>
+
+  </vbox>
+</page>
diff --git a/mailnews/base/prefs/content/am-main.js b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/am-main.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6725239e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/am-main.js
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+/* -*- Mode: Java; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+function onInit(aPageId, aServerId)
+{
+  var accountName = document.getElementById("server.prettyName");
+  var title = document.getElementById("am-main-title");
+  var defaultTitle = title.getAttribute("defaultTitle");
+  var titleValue;
+
+  if(accountName.value)
+    titleValue = defaultTitle+" - <"+accountName.value+">";
+  else
+    titleValue = defaultTitle;
+
+  title.setAttribute("title",titleValue);
+  document.title = titleValue;
+
+  setupSignatureItems(); 
+}
+
+function onPreInit(account, accountValues)
+{
+  loadSMTPServerList();
+}
+
+function manageIdentities()
+{
+  // We want to save the current identity information before bringing up the multiple identities
+  // UI. This ensures that the changes are reflected in the identity list dialog
+  // onSave();
+
+  var account = parent.getCurrentAccount();
+  if (!account)
+    return;
+
+  var accountName = document.getElementById("server.prettyName").value;
+
+  var args = { account: account, accountName: accountName, result: false };
+
+  // save the current identity settings so they show up correctly
+  // if the user just changed them in the manage identities dialog
+  var identity = account.defaultIdentity;
+  saveIdentitySettings(identity);
+
+  window.openDialog("am-identities-list.xul", "", "chrome,modal,resizable=no,centerscreen", args);
+
+  if (args.result) {
+    // now re-initialize the default identity settings in case they changed
+    identity = account.defaultIdentity; // refetch the default identity in case it changed
+    initIdentityValues(identity);
+  }
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/prefs/content/am-main.xul b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/am-main.xul
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..53e87bec1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/am-main.xul
@@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
+<?xml version="1.0"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<?xml-stylesheet href="chrome://messenger/skin/accountManage.css" type="text/css"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE page SYSTEM "chrome://messenger/locale/am-main.dtd" >
+
+<page xmlns="http://www.mozilla.org/keymaster/gatekeeper/there.is.only.xul"
+      onload="parent.onPanelLoaded('am-main.xul');">
+
+  <vbox flex="1" style="overflow: auto;">
+    <stringbundle id="bundle_prefs" src="chrome://messenger/locale/prefs.properties"/>
+    <stringbundle id="bundle_messenger" src="chrome://messenger/locale/messenger.properties"/>
+
+    <script type="application/javascript" src="chrome://messenger/content/am-identity-edit.js"/>
+    <script type="application/javascript" src="chrome://messenger/content/am-main.js"/>
+    <script type="application/javascript" src="chrome://messenger/content/am-prefs.js"/>
+
+    <broadcaster id="broadcaster_attachSignature"/>
+
+    <dialogheader id="am-main-title" defaultTitle="&accountTitle.label;"/>
+
+    <hbox align="center">
+      <label value="&accountName.label;" control="server.prettyName"
+             accesskey="&accountName.accesskey;"/>
+      <textbox wsm_persist="true" size="30" id="server.prettyName"
+               prefstring="mail.server.%serverkey%.name"/>
+    </hbox>
+
+    <separator class="thin"/>
+
+    <groupbox style="width: 20em !important;" flex="1">
+      <caption label="&identityTitle.label;"/>
+      <description>&identityDesc.label;</description>
+      <separator class="thin"/>
+      <grid>
+        <columns>
+          <column/>
+          <column flex="1"/>
+        </columns>
+        <rows>
+          <row align="center">
+            <label value="&name.label;" control="identity.fullName"
+                   accesskey="&name.accesskey;"/>
+            <textbox wsm_persist="true" id="identity.fullName" size="30"
+                     prefstring="mail.identity.%identitykey%.fullName"/>
+          </row>
+          <row align="center">
+            <label value="&email.label;" control="identity.email"
+                   accesskey="&email.accesskey;"/>
+            <textbox wsm_persist="true" id="identity.email"
+                     prefstring="mail.identity.%identitykey%.useremail" class="uri-element"/>
+          </row>
+          <row align="center">
+            <label value="&replyTo.label;" control="identity.replyTo"
+                   accesskey="&replyTo.accesskey;"/>
+            <textbox wsm_persist="true" id="identity.replyTo"
+                     prefstring="mail.identity.%identitykey%.reply_to" class="uri-element"
+                     placeholder="&replyTo.placeholder;"/>
+          </row>
+          <row align="center">
+            <label value="&organization.label;" control="identity.organization"
+                   accesskey="&organization.accesskey;"/>
+            <textbox wsm_persist="true" id="identity.organization"
+                     prefstring="mail.identity.%identitykey%.organization"/>
+          </row>
+          <separator class="thin"/>
+          <row align="center">
+            <label value="&signatureText.label;" control="identity.htmlSigText" accesskey="&signatureText.accesskey;"/>
+            <checkbox wsm_persist="true" id="identity.htmlSigFormat" label="&signatureHtml.label;"
+                      prefattribute="value" accesskey="&signatureHtml.accesskey;"
+                      prefstring="mail.identity.%identitykey%.htmlSigFormat"/>
+          </row>
+        </rows>
+      </grid>
+
+      <hbox class="indent" flex="1" style="min-height: 50px;">
+        <textbox wsm_persist="true" id="identity.htmlSigText" multiline="true" wrap="off" rows="4" flex="1"
+                 prefstring="mail.identity.%identitykey%.htmlSigText" class="signatureBox"/>
+      </hbox>
+
+      <hbox align="center">
+        <checkbox wsm_persist="true" id="identity.attachSignature" label="&signatureFile.label;" flex="1"
+                  accesskey="&signatureFile.accesskey;"
+                  oncommand="setupSignatureItems();"
+                  prefattribute="value"
+                  prefstring="mail.identity.%identitykey%.attach_signature"/>
+      </hbox>
+
+      <hbox align="center" class="indent">
+        <textbox wsm_persist="true" id="identity.signature" datatype="nsIFile" flex="1" name="identity.signature"
+                 aria-labelledby="identity.attachSignature"
+                 observes="broadcaster_attachSignature"
+                 prefstring="mail.identity.%identitykey%.sig_file" class="uri-element"/>
+        <button class="push" name="browse" label="&choose.label;"
+                accesskey="&choose.accesskey;"
+                oncommand="selectFile()"
+                observes="broadcaster_attachSignature"
+                wsm_persist="true" id="identity.sigbrowsebutton"
+                prefstring="mail.identity.%identitykey%.sigbrowse.disable"/>
+      </hbox>
+
+      <hbox align="center">
+        <checkbox wsm_persist="true" id="identity.attachVCard" label="&attachVCard.label;" flex="1"
+                  accesskey="&attachVCard.accesskey;"
+                  prefattribute="value"
+                  prefstring="mail.identity.%identitykey%.attach_vcard"/>
+        <button class="push" name="editVCard" label="&editVCard.label;"
+                accesskey="&editVCard.accesskey;"
+                oncommand="editVCard()"/>
+        <label hidden="true" wsm_persist="true" id="identity.escapedVCard"
+                  pref="true" preftype="string" prefattribute="value"
+                  prefstring="mail.identity.%identitykey%.escapedVCard"/>
+      </hbox>
+
+      <separator class="thin"/>
+      <hbox align="center">
+        <label value="&smtpName.label;" control="identity.smtpServerKey"
+               accesskey="&smtpName.accesskey;"/>
+        <menulist wsm_persist="true" id="identity.smtpServerKey" flex="1"
+                  pref="true" preftype="string" prefattribute="value"
+                  prefstring="mail.identity.%identitykey%.smtpServer">
+          <menupopup id="smtpPopup">
+            <menuitem value="" label="&smtpDefaultServer.label;" id="useDefaultItem"/>
+            <menuseparator/>
+            <!-- list will be inserted here -->
+          </menupopup>
+        </menulist>
+      </hbox>
+    </groupbox>
+
+    <separator class="thin"/>
+
+    <hbox align="center">
+      <spacer flex="1"/>
+      <button label="&manageIdentities.label;" oncommand="manageIdentities(event);"
+              accesskey="&manageIdentities.accesskey;"
+              wsm_persist="true" id="identity.manageIdentitiesbutton"/>
+    </hbox>
+
+    <spacer flex="1"/>
+  </vbox>
+
+</page>
diff --git a/mailnews/base/prefs/content/am-offline.js b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/am-offline.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3f45db967
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/am-offline.js
@@ -0,0 +1,351 @@
+/* -*- Mode: Java; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+Components.utils.import("resource:///modules/iteratorUtils.jsm");
+
+var gIncomingServer;
+var gServerType;
+var gImapIncomingServer;
+var gPref = null;
+var gLockedPref = null;
+var gOfflineMap = null; // map of folder URLs to offline flags
+
+function onInit(aPageId, aServerId) 
+{
+    onLockPreference();	
+
+    // init values here
+    initServerSettings();
+    initRetentionSettings();
+    initDownloadSettings();
+    initOfflineSettings();
+
+    onCheckItem("offline.notDownloadMin", "offline.notDownload");
+    onCheckItem("nntp.downloadMsgMin", "nntp.downloadMsg");
+    onCheckItem("nntp.removeBodyMin", "nntp.removeBody");
+    onCheckKeepMsg();
+}
+
+function initOfflineSettings()
+{
+    gOfflineMap = collectOfflineFolders();
+}
+
+function initServerSettings()
+{
+    document.getElementById("offline.notDownload").checked =  gIncomingServer.limitOfflineMessageSize;
+    document.getElementById("autosync.notDownload").checked =  gIncomingServer.limitOfflineMessageSize;
+    if(gIncomingServer.maxMessageSize > 0)
+        document.getElementById("offline.notDownloadMin").value = gIncomingServer.maxMessageSize;
+    else
+        document.getElementById("offline.notDownloadMin").value = "50";
+
+    if(gServerType == "imap") {
+        gImapIncomingServer = gIncomingServer.QueryInterface(Components.interfaces.nsIImapIncomingServer);
+        document.getElementById("offline.folders").checked =  gImapIncomingServer.offlineDownload;
+    }
+}
+
+function initRetentionSettings()
+{
+  let retentionSettings = gIncomingServer.retentionSettings;
+  initCommonRetentionSettings(retentionSettings);
+
+  document.getElementById("nntp.removeBody").checked = retentionSettings.cleanupBodiesByDays;
+  document.getElementById("nntp.removeBodyMin").value =
+    (retentionSettings.daysToKeepBodies > 0) ? retentionSettings.daysToKeepBodies : 30;
+}
+
+function initDownloadSettings()
+{
+  let downloadSettings = gIncomingServer.downloadSettings;
+  document.getElementById("nntp.downloadMsg").checked = downloadSettings.downloadByDate;
+  document.getElementById("nntp.notDownloadRead").checked = downloadSettings.downloadUnreadOnly;
+  document.getElementById("nntp.downloadMsgMin").value =
+    (downloadSettings.ageLimitOfMsgsToDownload > 0) ?
+      downloadSettings.ageLimitOfMsgsToDownload : 30;
+
+  // Figure out what the most natural division of the autosync pref into
+  // a value and an interval is.
+  let autosyncSelect = document.getElementById("autosyncSelect");
+  let autosyncInterval = document.getElementById("autosyncInterval");
+  let autosyncValue = document.getElementById("autosyncValue");
+  let autosyncPref = document.getElementById("imap.autoSyncMaxAgeDays");
+  let autosyncPrefValue = (autosyncPref.value == "") ? -1 :
+                                               parseInt(autosyncPref.value, 10);
+
+  // Clear the preference until we're done initializing.
+  autosyncPref.value = "";
+
+  if (autosyncPrefValue <= 0) {
+    // Special-case values <= 0 to have an interval of "All" and disabled
+    // controls for value and interval.
+    autosyncSelect.value = 0;
+    autosyncInterval.value = 1;
+    autosyncInterval.disabled = true;
+    autosyncValue.value = 30;
+    autosyncValue.disabled = true;
+  }
+  else {
+    // Otherwise, get the list of possible intervals, in order from
+    // largest to smallest.
+    let valuesToTest = [];
+    for (let i = autosyncInterval.itemCount - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+      valuesToTest.push(autosyncInterval.getItemAtIndex(i).value);
+
+    // and find the first one that divides the preference evenly.
+    for (let i in valuesToTest) {
+      if (!(autosyncPrefValue % valuesToTest[i])) {
+        autosyncSelect.value = 1;
+        autosyncInterval.value = valuesToTest[i];
+        autosyncValue.value = autosyncPrefValue / autosyncInterval.value;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    autosyncInterval.disabled = false;
+    autosyncValue.disabled = false;
+  }
+  autosyncPref.value = autosyncPrefValue;
+}
+
+
+function onPreInit(account, accountValues)
+{
+  gServerType = getAccountValue(account, accountValues, "server", "type", null, false);
+  hideShowControls(gServerType);
+  gIncomingServer = account.incomingServer;
+  gIncomingServer.type = gServerType;
+
+  // 10 is OFFLINE_SUPPORT_LEVEL_REGULAR, see nsIMsgIncomingServer.idl
+  // currently, there is no offline without diskspace
+  var titleStringID = (gIncomingServer.offlineSupportLevel >= 10) ?
+   "prefPanel-synchronization" : "prefPanel-diskspace";
+
+  var prefBundle = document.getElementById("bundle_prefs");
+  var headertitle = document.getElementById("headertitle");
+  headertitle.setAttribute('title',prefBundle.getString(titleStringID));
+  document.title = prefBundle.getString(titleStringID);
+
+  if (gServerType == "pop3") {
+    var pop3Server = gIncomingServer.QueryInterface(Components.interfaces.nsIPop3IncomingServer);
+    // hide retention settings for deferred accounts
+    if (pop3Server.deferredToAccount.length) {
+      var retentionRadio = document.getElementById("retention.keepMsg");
+      retentionRadio.setAttribute("hidden", "true");
+      var retentionLabel = document.getElementById("retentionDescriptionPop");
+      retentionLabel.setAttribute("hidden", "true");
+      var applyToFlaggedCheckbox = document.getElementById("retention.applyToFlagged");
+      applyToFlaggedCheckbox.setAttribute("hidden", "true");
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+function onClickSelect()
+{
+   
+    top.window.openDialog("chrome://messenger/content/msgSelectOffline.xul", "", "centerscreen,chrome,modal,titlebar,resizable=yes");
+    return true;
+
+}
+
+/**
+ * Handle updates to the Autosync
+ */
+function onAutosyncChange()
+{
+  let autosyncSelect = document.getElementById("autosyncSelect");
+  let autosyncInterval = document.getElementById("autosyncInterval");
+  let autosyncValue = document.getElementById("autosyncValue");
+  let autosyncPref = document.getElementById("imap.autoSyncMaxAgeDays");
+
+  // If we're not done initializing, don't do anything.
+  // (See initDownloadSettings() for more details.)
+  if (autosyncPref.value == "")
+    return;
+
+  // If the user selected the All option, disable the autosync and the
+  // textbox.
+  if (autosyncSelect.value == 0) {
+    autosyncPref.value = -1;
+    autosyncInterval.disabled = true;
+    autosyncValue.disabled = true;
+    return;
+  }
+
+  let max = 0x7FFFFFFF / (60 * 60 * 24 * autosyncInterval.value);
+  autosyncValue.setAttribute("max", max);
+  if (autosyncValue.value > max)
+    autosyncValue.value = Math.floor(max);
+
+  autosyncInterval.disabled = false;
+  autosyncValue.disabled = false;
+  autosyncPref.value = autosyncValue.value * autosyncInterval.value;
+}
+
+function onAutosyncNotDownload()
+{
+  // This function is called when the autosync version of offline.notDownload
+  // is changed it simply copies the new checkbox value over to the element
+  // driving the preference.
+  document.getElementById("offline.notDownload").checked =
+    document.getElementById("autosync.notDownload").checked;
+  onCheckItem("offline.notDownloadMin", "offline.notDownload");
+}
+
+function onCancel()
+{
+    // restore the offline flags for all folders
+    restoreOfflineFolders(gOfflineMap);
+    return true;
+}
+
+function onSave()
+{
+    var downloadSettings =
+      Components.classes["@mozilla.org/msgDatabase/downloadSettings;1"]
+                .createInstance(Components.interfaces.nsIMsgDownloadSettings);
+
+    gIncomingServer.limitOfflineMessageSize = document.getElementById("offline.notDownload").checked;
+    gIncomingServer.maxMessageSize = document.getElementById("offline.notDownloadMin").value;
+
+    var retentionSettings = saveCommonRetentionSettings(gIncomingServer.retentionSettings);
+
+    retentionSettings.daysToKeepBodies = document.getElementById("nntp.removeBodyMin").value;
+    retentionSettings.cleanupBodiesByDays = document.getElementById("nntp.removeBody").checked;
+
+    downloadSettings.downloadByDate = document.getElementById("nntp.downloadMsg").checked;
+    downloadSettings.downloadUnreadOnly = document.getElementById("nntp.notDownloadRead").checked;
+    downloadSettings.ageLimitOfMsgsToDownload = document.getElementById("nntp.downloadMsgMin").value;
+
+    gIncomingServer.retentionSettings = retentionSettings;
+    gIncomingServer.downloadSettings = downloadSettings;
+
+    if (gImapIncomingServer) {
+        // Set the pref on the incomingserver, and set the flag on all folders.
+        gImapIncomingServer.offlineDownload = document.getElementById("offline.folders").checked;
+    }
+}
+
+// Does the work of disabling an element given the array which contains xul id/prefstring pairs.
+// Also saves the id/locked state in an array so that other areas of the code can avoid
+// stomping on the disabled state indiscriminately.
+function disableIfLocked( prefstrArray )
+{
+    if (!gLockedPref)
+      gLockedPref = new Array;
+
+    for (var i=0; i<prefstrArray.length; i++) {
+        var id = prefstrArray[i].id;
+        var element = document.getElementById(id);
+        if (gPref.prefIsLocked(prefstrArray[i].prefstring)) {
+            element.disabled = true;
+            gLockedPref[id] = true;
+        } else {
+            element.removeAttribute("disabled");
+            gLockedPref[id] = false;
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+// Disables xul elements that have associated preferences locked.
+function onLockPreference()
+{
+    var isDownloadLocked = false;
+    var isGetNewLocked = false;
+    var initPrefString = "mail.server"; 
+    var finalPrefString; 
+
+    // This panel does not use the code in AccountManager.js to handle
+    // the load/unload/disable.  keep in mind new prefstrings and changes
+    // to code in AccountManager, and update these as well.
+    var allPrefElements = [
+      { prefstring:"limit_offline_message_size", id:"offline.notDownload"},
+      { prefstring:"limit_offline_message_size", id:"autosync.notDownload"},
+      { prefstring:"max_size", id:"offline.notDownloadMin"},
+      { prefstring:"downloadUnreadOnly", id:"nntp.notDownloadRead"},
+      { prefstring:"downloadByDate", id:"nntp.downloadMsg"},
+      { prefstring:"ageLimit", id:"nntp.downloadMsgMin"},
+      { prefstring:"retainBy", id:"retention.keepMsg"},
+      { prefstring:"daysToKeepHdrs", id:"retention.keepOldMsgMin"},
+      { prefstring:"numHdrsToKeep", id:"retention.keepNewMsgMin"},
+      { prefstring:"daysToKeepBodies", id:"nntp.removeBodyMin"},
+      { prefstring:"cleanupBodies", id:"nntp.removeBody" },
+      { prefstring:"applyToFlagged", id:"retention.applyToFlagged"},
+      { prefstring:"disable_button.selectFolder", id:"selectNewsgroupsButton"},
+      { prefstring:"disable_button.selectFolder", id:"selectImapFoldersButton"}
+    ];
+
+    finalPrefString = initPrefString + "." + gIncomingServer.key + ".";
+    gPref = Services.prefs.getBranch(finalPrefString);
+
+    disableIfLocked( allPrefElements );
+} 
+
+function onCheckItem(changeElementId, checkElementId)
+{
+    var element = document.getElementById(changeElementId);
+    var checked = document.getElementById(checkElementId).checked;
+    if(checked && !gLockedPref[checkElementId] ) {
+        element.removeAttribute("disabled");
+    }
+    else {
+        element.setAttribute("disabled", "true");
+    }
+}
+
+function toggleOffline()
+{
+    let offline = document.getElementById("offline.folders").checked;
+    let allFolders = gIncomingServer.rootFolder.descendants;
+    for (let folder in fixIterator(allFolders, Components.interfaces.nsIMsgFolder)) {
+      if (offline)
+        folder.setFlag(Components.interfaces.nsMsgFolderFlags.Offline);
+      else
+        folder.clearFlag(Components.interfaces.nsMsgFolderFlags.Offline);
+    }
+}
+
+function collectOfflineFolders()
+{
+    let offlineFolderMap = {};
+    let allFolders = gIncomingServer.rootFolder.descendants;
+    for (let folder in fixIterator(allFolders, Components.interfaces.nsIMsgFolder))
+      offlineFolderMap[folder.folderURL] = folder.getFlag(Components.interfaces.nsMsgFolderFlags.Offline);
+
+    return offlineFolderMap;
+}
+
+function restoreOfflineFolders(offlineFolderMap)
+{
+    let allFolders = gIncomingServer.rootFolder.descendants;
+    for (let folder in fixIterator(allFolders, Components.interfaces.nsIMsgFolder)) {
+      if (offlineFolderMap[folder.folderURL])
+        folder.setFlag(Components.interfaces.nsMsgFolderFlags.Offline);
+      else
+        folder.clearFlag(Components.interfaces.nsMsgFolderFlags.Offline);
+    }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Checks if the user selected a permanent removal of messages from a server
+ * listed in the confirmfor attribute and warns about it.
+ *
+ * @param aRadio  The radiogroup element containing the retention options.
+ */
+function warnServerRemove(aRadio)
+{
+  let confirmFor = aRadio.getAttribute("confirmfor");
+
+  if (confirmFor && confirmFor.split(',').includes(gServerType) && aRadio.value != 1) {
+    let prefBundle = document.getElementById("bundle_prefs");
+    let title = prefBundle.getString("removeFromServerTitle");
+    let question = prefBundle.getString("removeFromServer");
+    if (!Services.prompt.confirm(window, title, question)) {
+      // If the user doesn't agree, fall back to not deleting anything.
+      aRadio.value = 1;
+      onCheckKeepMsg();
+    }
+  }
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/prefs/content/am-offline.xul b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/am-offline.xul
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0c312dd74
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/am-offline.xul
@@ -0,0 +1,158 @@
+<?xml version="1.0"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<?xml-stylesheet href="chrome://messenger/skin/accountManage.css" type="text/css"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE page SYSTEM "chrome://messenger/locale/am-offline.dtd">
+
+<page xmlns="http://www.mozilla.org/keymaster/gatekeeper/there.is.only.xul"
+      onload="parent.onPanelLoaded('am-offline.xul');">
+
+  <vbox flex="1" style="overflow: auto;">
+    <stringbundle id="bundle_prefs" src="chrome://messenger/locale/prefs.properties"/> 
+
+    <script type="application/javascript" src="chrome://messenger/content/AccountManager.js"/>
+    <script type="application/javascript" src="chrome://messenger/content/retention.js"/>
+    <script type="application/javascript" src="chrome://messenger/content/am-offline.js"/>
+
+    <label hidden="true" wsm_persist="true" id="server.type"/>  
+    <label id="imap.autoSyncMaxAgeDays" hidden="true"
+           wsm_persist="true" preftype="int"
+           prefstring="mail.server.%serverkey%.autosync_max_age_days"/>
+
+    <dialogheader id="headertitle"/>
+
+    <groupbox id="offline.titlebox" hidefor="movemail,pop3,none,rss">
+      <caption label="&syncGroupTitle.label;"/>
+
+    <checkbox hidefor="movemail,pop3,nntp,none" 
+              id="offline.folders" label="&allFoldersOffline.label;"
+              oncommand="toggleOffline()"
+              accesskey="&allFoldersOffline.accesskey;"/>
+
+    <separator class="thin" hidefor="movemail,pop3,nntp,none"/>
+
+    <hbox hidefor="movemail,pop3,nntp,none" align="right">
+        <button label="&offlineImapAdvancedOffline.label;" accesskey="&offlineImapAdvancedOffline.accesskey;"
+                oncommand="onClickSelect()" id="selectImapFoldersButton" class="selectForOfflineUseButton"/>
+    </hbox>
+
+    <hbox hidefor="movemail,pop3,imap,none" align="right">
+        <button label="&offlineSelectNntp.label;" accesskey="&offlineSelectNntp.accesskey;"
+                oncommand="onClickSelect()" id="selectNewsgroupsButton" class="selectForOfflineUseButton"/>
+    </hbox>
+
+    </groupbox>
+
+    <groupbox id="diskspace.titlebox">
+      <caption label="&diskspaceGroupTitle.label;" hidefor="movemail,pop3,none,rss"/>
+
+    <description hidefor="pop3,nntp,movemail,none,rss">&doNotDownloadImap.label;</description>
+    <description hidefor="pop3,imap,movemail,none,rss">&doNotDownloadNntp.label;</description>
+    <description hidefor="imap,nntp,none,rss">&doNotDownloadPop3Movemail.label;</description>
+
+    <!-- IMAP Autosync Preference -->
+    <radiogroup hidefor="pop3,nntp,movemail,none,rss" id="autosyncSelect" class="indent">
+      <radio id="useAutosync.AllMsg" value="0" accesskey="&allAutosync.accesskey;"
+             label="&allAutosync.label;" oncommand="onAutosyncChange();"/>
+      <hbox flex="1" align="center">
+        <radio id="useAutosync.ByAge" accesskey="&ageAutosync.accesskey;"
+               value="1" label="&ageAutosyncBefore.label;" oncommand="onAutosyncChange();"/>
+        <textbox id="autosyncValue" type="number" size="4" min="1"
+                 class="autosync" onchange="onAutosyncChange();"
+                 aria-labelledby="ageAutosyncBefore autosyncValue ageAutosyncMiddle autosyncInterval ageAutosyncAfter"/>
+        <label id="ageAutosyncMiddle" control="autosyncValue" value="&ageAutosyncMiddle.label;"/>
+        <menulist id="autosyncInterval" onselect="onAutosyncChange();">
+          <menupopup>
+            <menuitem label="&dayAgeInterval.label;" value="1"/>
+            <menuitem label="&weekAgeInterval.label;" value="7"/>
+            <menuitem label="&monthAgeInterval.label;" value="31"/>
+            <menuitem label="&yearAgeInterval.label;" value="365"/>
+          </menupopup>
+        </menulist>
+        <label id="ageAutosyncAfter" control="autosyncInterval" value="&ageAutosyncAfter.label;"/>
+      </hbox>
+    </radiogroup>
+
+    <hbox align="center" class="indent" hidefor="rss">
+        <checkbox hidefor="movemail,pop3,imap,none"
+                  id="nntp.notDownloadRead" wsm_persist="true"
+                  label="&nntpNotDownloadRead.label;"
+                  accesskey="&nntpNotDownloadRead.accesskey;"/>
+    </hbox>
+
+    <hbox align="center" class="indent" hidefor="none,rss">
+        <checkbox wsm_persist="true" id="offline.notDownload" hidefor="imap"
+                  label="&offlineNotDownload.label;"
+                  accesskey="&offlineNotDownload.accesskey;"
+                  oncommand="onCheckItem('offline.notDownloadMin', 'offline.notDownload');"/>
+        <checkbox wsm_persist="true" id="autosync.notDownload" hidefor="pop3,nntp,movemail"
+                  label="&autosyncNotDownload.label;"
+                  accesskey="&autosyncNotDownload.accesskey;"
+                  oncommand="onAutosyncNotDownload();"/>
+        <textbox wsm_persist="true" id="offline.notDownloadMin"
+                 type="number" min="1" increment="10" size="4" value="50"
+                 aria-labelledby="offline.notDownload offline.notDownloadMin kbLabel"/>
+        <label value="&kb.label;" control="offline.notDownloadMin" id="kbLabel"/>
+    </hbox>
+
+    <hbox align="center" class="indent" hidefor="movemail,pop3,imap,none,rss">
+        <checkbox wsm_persist="true" id="nntp.downloadMsg"
+                  label="&nntpDownloadMsg.label;"
+                  accesskey="&nntpDownloadMsg.accesskey;"
+                  oncommand="onCheckItem('nntp.downloadMsgMin', 'nntp.downloadMsg');"/>
+        <textbox wsm_persist="true" id="nntp.downloadMsgMin"
+                 type="number" min="1" size="2" value="30"
+                 aria-labelledby="nntp.downloadMsg nntp.downloadMsgMin daysOldLabel"/>
+        <label value="&daysOld.label;" control="nntp.downloadMsgMin"
+               id="daysOldLabel"/>
+    </hbox>
+
+    <vbox align="start">
+    <separator hidefor="none,rss"/>
+    <label id="retentionDescription" hidefor="imap,pop3" class="desc" control="retention.keepMsg">&retentionCleanup.label;</label>
+    <label id="retentionDescriptionImap" hidefor="movemail,pop3,nntp,none,rss" class="desc" control="retention.keepMsg">&retentionCleanupImap.label;</label>
+    <label id="retentionDescriptionPop" hidefor="movemail,imap,nntp,none,rss" class="desc" control="retention.keepMsg">&retentionCleanupPop.label;</label>
+
+    <radiogroup hidefor="" confirmfor="imap,pop3" id="retention.keepMsg" class="indent"
+                oncommand="warnServerRemove(this);">
+        <radio id="retention.keepAllMsg" value="1" accesskey="&retentionKeepAll.accesskey;"
+            label="&retentionKeepAll.label;" oncommand="onCheckKeepMsg();"/>
+        <hbox flex="1" align="center">
+            <radio id="retention.keepNewMsg" accesskey="&retentionKeepRecent.accesskey;"
+                value="3" label="&retentionKeepRecent.label;" oncommand="onCheckKeepMsg();"/>
+            <textbox id="retention.keepNewMsgMin"
+                     type="number" min="1" increment="10" size="4" value="2000"
+                     aria-labelledby="retention.keepNewMsg retention.keepNewMsgMin newMsgLabel"/>
+            <label value="&message.label;" control="retention.keepNewMsgMin" id="newMsgLabel"/>
+        </hbox>
+        <hbox flex="1" align="center">
+            <radio id="retention.keepOldMsg" accesskey="&retentionKeepMsg.accesskey;"
+                value="2" label="&retentionKeepMsg.label;" oncommand="onCheckKeepMsg();"/>
+            <textbox id="retention.keepOldMsgMin"
+                     type="number" min="1" size="4" value="30"
+                     aria-labelledby="retention.keepOldMsg retention.keepOldMsgMin oldMsgLabel"/>
+            <label value="&daysOld.label;" control="retention.keepOldMsgMin" id="oldMsgLabel"/>
+        </hbox>
+    </radiogroup>
+
+    <hbox align="center" class="indent">
+      <checkbox id="retention.applyToFlagged"
+                label="&retentionApplyToFlagged.label;" hidefor=""
+                accesskey="&retentionApplyToFlagged.accesskey;"
+                checked="true"/>
+    </hbox>
+    <hbox align="center" class="indent" hidefor="movemail,pop3,imap,none,rss">
+        <checkbox id="nntp.removeBody" accesskey="&nntpRemoveMsgBody.accesskey;"
+                  label="&nntpRemoveMsgBody.label;" oncommand="onCheckItem('nntp.removeBodyMin','nntp.removeBody');"/>
+        <textbox id="nntp.removeBodyMin" size="2" value="30"
+                 type="number" min="1"
+                 aria-labelledby="nntp.removeBody nntp.removeBodyMin daysOldMsg"/>
+        <label value="&daysOld.label;" control="nntp.removeBodyMin" id="daysOldMsg"/>
+    </hbox>
+    </vbox>
+    </groupbox>
+  </vbox>
+</page>
diff --git a/mailnews/base/prefs/content/am-prefs.js b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/am-prefs.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6f88af016
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/am-prefs.js
@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/* functions for disabling front end elements when the appropriate
+   back-end preference is locked. */
+
+Components.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/Services.jsm");
+
+/**
+ * Prefs in MailNews require dynamic portions to indicate
+ * which of multiple servers or identities. This function
+ * takes a string and a xul element.
+ *
+ * @param aStr  The string is a prefstring with a token %tokenname%.
+ * @param aElement  The xul element has an attribute of name |tokenname|
+ *                  whose value is substituted into the string and returned
+ *                  by the function.
+ *
+ * Any tokens which do not have associated attribute value
+ * are not substituted, and left in the string as-is.
+ */
+function substPrefTokens(aStr, aElement)
+{
+  let tokenpat = /%(\w+)%/;
+  let token;
+  let newprefstr = "";
+
+  let prefPartsArray = aStr.split(".");
+  /* here's a little loop that goes through
+     each part of the string separated by a dot, and
+     if any parts are of the form %string%, it will replace
+     them with the value of the attribute of that name from
+     the xul object */
+  for (let i = 0; i < prefPartsArray.length; i++) {
+    token = prefPartsArray[i].match(tokenpat);
+    if (token) { /* we've got a %% match */
+      if (token[1]) {
+        if (aElement[token[1]]) {
+          newprefstr += aElement[token[1]] + "."; // here's where we get the info
+        } else { /* all we got was this stinkin % */
+          newprefstr += prefPartsArray[i] + ".";
+        }
+      }
+    } else /* if (token) */ {
+      newprefstr += prefPartsArray[i] + ".";
+    }
+  }
+  newprefstr = newprefstr.slice(0, -1); // remove the last char, a dot
+  if (newprefstr.length <= 0)
+    newprefstr = null;
+
+  return newprefstr;
+}
+
+/**
+ * A simple function to check if a pref in an element is locked.
+ *
+ * @param aElement  a xul element with the pref related attributes
+ *                 (pref, preftype, prefstring)
+ * @return  whether the prefstring specified in that element is
+ *          locked (true/false).
+ *          If it does not have a valid prefstring, a false is returned.
+ */
+function getAccountValueIsLocked(aElement)
+{
+  let prefstring = aElement.getAttribute("prefstring");
+  if (prefstring) {
+    let prefstr = substPrefTokens(prefstring, aElement);
+    // see if the prefstring is locked
+    if (prefstr)
+      return Services.prefs.prefIsLocked(prefstr);
+  }
+  return false;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Enables/disables element (slave) according to the checked state
+ * of another elements (masters).
+ *
+ * @param aChangeElementId  Slave element which should be enabled
+ *                          if all the checkElementIDs are checked.
+ *                          Otherwise it gets disabled.
+ * @param aCheckElementIds  An array of IDs of the master elements.
+ *
+ * See bug 728681 for the pattern on how this is used.
+ */
+function onCheckItem(aChangeElementId, aCheckElementIds)
+{
+  let elementToControl = document.getElementById(aChangeElementId);
+  let disabled = false;
+
+  for (let notifyId of aCheckElementIds) {
+    let notifyElement = document.getElementById(notifyId);
+    let notifyElementState = null;
+    if ("checked" in notifyElement)
+      notifyElementState = notifyElement.checked;
+    else if ("selected" in notifyElement)
+      notifyElementState = notifyElement.selected;
+    else
+      Components.utils.reportError("Unknown type of control element: " + notifyElement.id);
+
+    if (!notifyElementState) {
+      disabled = true;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (!disabled && getAccountValueIsLocked(elementToControl))
+    disabled = true;
+
+  elementToControl.disabled = disabled;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/prefs/content/am-server-advanced.js b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/am-server-advanced.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9232f525a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/am-server-advanced.js
@@ -0,0 +1,157 @@
+/* -*- Mode: Java; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+Components.utils.import("resource:///modules/mailServices.js");
+Components.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/Services.jsm");
+
+// pull stuff out of window.arguments
+var gServerSettings = window.arguments[0];
+
+var gFirstDeferredAccount;
+// initialize the controls with the "gServerSettings" argument
+
+var gControls;
+function getControls()
+{
+  if (!gControls)
+    gControls = document.getElementsByAttribute("amsa_persist", "true");
+  return gControls;
+}
+
+function getLocalFoldersAccount()
+{
+  return MailServices.accounts
+    .FindAccountForServer(MailServices.accounts.localFoldersServer);
+}
+
+function onLoad()
+{
+  var prettyName = gServerSettings.serverPrettyName;
+
+  if (prettyName)
+    document.getElementById("serverPrettyName").value = 
+      document.getElementById("bundle_prefs")
+              .getFormattedString("forAccount", [prettyName]);
+
+  if (gServerSettings.serverType == "imap")
+  {
+    document.getElementById("pop3Panel").hidden = true;
+  }
+  else if (gServerSettings.serverType == "pop3")
+  {
+    document.getElementById("imapPanel").hidden = true;
+    let radioGroup = document.getElementById("folderStorage");
+
+    gFirstDeferredAccount = gServerSettings.deferredToAccount;
+    let folderPopup = document.getElementById("deferredServerPopup");
+
+    // The current account should not be shown in the folder picker
+    // of the "other account" option.
+    folderPopup._teardown();
+    folderPopup.setAttribute("excludeServers",
+                             gServerSettings.account.incomingServer.key);
+    folderPopup._ensureInitialized();
+
+    if (gFirstDeferredAccount.length)
+    {
+      // The current account is deferred.
+      let account = MailServices.accounts.getAccount(gFirstDeferredAccount);
+      radioGroup.value = "otherAccount";
+      folderPopup.selectFolder(account.incomingServer.rootFolder);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      // Current account is not deferred.
+      radioGroup.value = "currentAccount";
+      // If there are no suitable accounts to defer to, then the menulist is
+      // disabled by the picker with an appropriate message.
+      folderPopup.selectFolder();
+      if (gServerSettings.account.incomingServer.isDeferredTo) {
+        // Some other account already defers to this account
+        // therefore this one can't be deferred further.
+        radioGroup.disabled = true;
+      }
+    }
+
+    let picker = document.getElementById("deferredServerFolderPicker");
+    picker.disabled = radioGroup.selectedIndex != 1;
+  }
+
+  var controls = getControls();
+
+  for (var i = 0; i < controls.length; i++)
+  {
+    var slot = controls[i].id;
+    if (slot in gServerSettings)
+    {
+      if (controls[i].localName == "checkbox")
+        controls[i].checked = gServerSettings[slot];
+      else
+        controls[i].value = gServerSettings[slot];
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+function onOk()
+{
+  // Handle account deferral settings for POP3 accounts.
+  if (gServerSettings.serverType == "pop3")
+  {
+    var radioGroup = document.getElementById("folderStorage");
+    var gPrefsBundle = document.getElementById("bundle_prefs");
+    let picker = document.getElementById("deferredServerFolderPicker");
+
+    // This account wasn't previously deferred, but is now deferred.
+    if (radioGroup.value != "currentAccount" && !gFirstDeferredAccount.length)
+    {
+      // If the user hasn't selected a folder, keep the default.
+      if (!picker.selectedItem)
+        return true;
+
+      var confirmDeferAccount =
+        gPrefsBundle.getString("confirmDeferAccountWarning");
+
+      var confirmTitle = gPrefsBundle.getString("confirmDeferAccountTitle");
+
+      if (!Services.prompt.confirm(window, confirmTitle, confirmDeferAccount))
+        return false;
+    }
+    switch (radioGroup.value)
+    {
+      case "currentAccount":
+        gServerSettings['deferredToAccount'] = "";
+        break;
+      case "otherAccount":
+        let server = picker.selectedItem._folder.server;
+        let account = MailServices.accounts.FindAccountForServer(server);
+        gServerSettings['deferredToAccount'] = account.key;
+        break;
+    }
+  }
+
+  // Save the controls back to the "gServerSettings" array.
+  var controls = getControls();
+  for (var i = 0; i < controls.length; i++)
+  {
+    var slot = controls[i].id;
+    if (slot in gServerSettings)
+    {
+      if (controls[i].localName == "checkbox")
+        gServerSettings[slot] = controls[i].checked;
+      else
+        gServerSettings[slot] = controls[i].value;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+
+// Set radio element choices and picker states
+function updateInboxAccount(enablePicker)
+{
+  document.getElementById("deferredServerFolderPicker").disabled = !enablePicker;
+  document.getElementById("deferGetNewMail").disabled = !enablePicker;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/prefs/content/am-server-advanced.xul b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/am-server-advanced.xul
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..82b85b975
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/am-server-advanced.xul
@@ -0,0 +1,146 @@
+<?xml version="1.0"?>
+
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<?xml-stylesheet href="chrome://messenger/skin/accountManage.css" type="text/css"?>
+<?xml-stylesheet href="chrome://messenger/skin/messenger.css" type="text/css"?>
+<?xml-stylesheet href="chrome://messenger/skin/folderMenus.css" type="text/css"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE dialog SYSTEM "chrome://messenger/locale/am-server-advanced.dtd">
+
+<dialog
+        xmlns="http://www.mozilla.org/keymaster/gatekeeper/there.is.only.xul"
+        title="&serverAdvanced.label;"
+        buttons="accept,cancel"
+        onload="onLoad();"
+        ondialogaccept="return onOk();">
+
+  <script type="application/javascript"
+          src="chrome://messenger/content/am-server-advanced.js"/>
+  <stringbundle id="bundle_prefs"
+                src="chrome://messenger/locale/prefs.properties"/>
+
+    <label id="serverPrettyName"/>
+
+    <separator class="thin"/>
+
+    <!-- IMAP Panel -->
+    <vbox id="imapPanel">
+      <hbox align="center">
+        <label value="&serverDirectory.label;"
+               accesskey="&serverDirectory.accesskey;"
+               control="serverDirectory"/>
+        <textbox amsa_persist="true" id="serverDirectory"/>
+      </hbox>
+
+      <checkbox amsa_persist="true" id="usingSubscription"
+                label="&usingSubscription.label;"
+                accesskey="&usingSubscription.accesskey;"/>
+
+      <checkbox amsa_persist="true" id="dualUseFolders"
+                label="&dualUseFolders.label;"
+                accesskey="&dualUseFolders.accesskey;"/>
+
+      <separator class="groove"/>
+      <row>
+        <hbox align="center">
+          <label control="maximumConnectionsNumber"
+                 value="&maximumConnectionsNumber.label;"
+                 accesskey="&maximumConnectionsNumber.accesskey;"/>
+          <textbox amsa_persist="true" size="3" type="number"
+                   min="1" max="1000" id="maximumConnectionsNumber"/>
+        </hbox>
+      </row>
+
+      <separator class="groove"/>
+      <description>&namespaceDesc.label;</description>
+      <grid>
+        <columns>
+          <column/>
+          <column/>
+          <column/>
+        </columns>
+        <rows>
+          <row align="center">
+            <separator class="indent"/>
+            <label control="personalNamespace" value="&personalNamespace.label;"
+                   accesskey="&personalNamespace.accesskey;"/>
+            <textbox amsa_persist="true" id="personalNamespace" />
+          </row>
+          <row align="center">
+            <separator class="indent"/>
+            <label control="publicNamespace" value="&publicNamespace.label;"
+                   accesskey="&publicNamespace.accesskey;"/>
+            <textbox amsa_persist="true" id="publicNamespace"/>
+          </row>
+          <row align="center">
+            <separator class="indent"/>
+            <label control="otherUsersNamespace" value="&otherUsersNamespace.label;"
+                   accesskey="&otherUsersNamespace.accesskey;"/>
+            <textbox amsa_persist="true" id="otherUsersNamespace"/>
+          </row>
+        </rows>
+      </grid>
+      <grid>
+        <columns>
+          <column/>
+          <column/>
+        </columns>
+        <rows>
+          <row align="center">
+            <separator class="indent"/>
+            <checkbox amsa_persist="true" id="overrideNamespaces"
+                      label="&overrideNamespaces.label;"
+                      accesskey="&overrideNamespaces.accesskey;"/>
+          </row>
+        </rows>
+      </grid>
+    </vbox>
+
+
+    <!-- POP3 Panel -->
+    <vbox id="pop3Panel">
+      <label flex="1" control="folderStorage">&pop3DeferringDesc.label;</label>
+      <hbox align="center">
+        <radiogroup id="folderStorage"
+                    orient="horizontal"
+                    amsa_persist="true"
+                    onselect="updateInboxAccount(this.selectedIndex == 1);">
+          <rows>
+            <row>
+              <radio id="deferToCurrentAccount"
+                     value="currentAccount"
+                     label="&accountInbox.label;"
+                     accesskey="&accountInbox.accesskey;"/>
+            </row>
+            <row>
+              <vbox>
+              <hbox>
+              <radio id="deferToOtherAccount"
+                     value="otherAccount"
+                     label="&deferToServer.label;"
+                     accesskey="&deferToServer.accesskey;">
+              </radio>
+              <menulist id="deferredServerFolderPicker"
+                        class="folderMenuItem"
+                        aria-labelledby="deferToServer">
+                <menupopup id="deferredServerPopup"
+                           type="folder"
+                           expandFolders="false"
+                           mode="deferred"
+                           oncommand="this.selectFolder(event.target._folder);"/>
+              </menulist>
+              </hbox>
+              <checkbox amsa_persist="true" id="deferGetNewMail"
+                        label="&deferGetNewMail.label;" class="indent"
+                        accesskey="&deferGetNewMail.accesskey;"/>
+              </vbox>
+            </row>
+          </rows>
+        </radiogroup>
+      </hbox>
+
+    </vbox>
+</dialog>
diff --git a/mailnews/base/prefs/content/am-server-top.xul b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/am-server-top.xul
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..890fa7a79
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/am-server-top.xul
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+<?xml version="1.0"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<?xml-stylesheet href="chrome://messenger/skin/accountManage.css" type="text/css"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE page SYSTEM "chrome://messenger/locale/am-server-top.dtd" >
+
+<page xmlns="http://www.mozilla.org/keymaster/gatekeeper/there.is.only.xul">
+
+</page>
diff --git a/mailnews/base/prefs/content/am-server.js b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/am-server.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e3c2d2b09
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/am-server.js
@@ -0,0 +1,400 @@
+/* -*- Mode: Java; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+Components.utils.import("resource:///modules/iteratorUtils.jsm");
+Components.utils.import("resource:///modules/MailUtils.js");
+Components.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/Services.jsm");
+
+var gServer;
+
+function onSave()
+{
+  let storeContractID = document.getElementById("server.storeTypeMenulist")
+                                .selectedItem
+                                .value;
+  document.getElementById("server.storeContractID")
+          .setAttribute("value", storeContractID);
+}
+
+function onInit(aPageId, aServerId)
+{
+  initServerType();
+
+  onCheckItem("server.biffMinutes", ["server.doBiff"]);
+  onCheckItem("nntp.maxArticles", ["nntp.notifyOn"]);
+  setupMailOnServerUI();
+  setupFixedUI();
+  let serverType = document.getElementById("server.type").getAttribute("value");
+  if (serverType == "imap")
+    setupImapDeleteUI(aServerId);
+
+  // TLS Cert (External) and OAuth2 are only supported on IMAP.
+  document.getElementById("authMethod-oauth2").hidden = (serverType != "imap");
+  document.getElementById("authMethod-external").hidden = (serverType != "imap");
+
+  // "STARTTLS, if available" is vulnerable to MITM attacks so we shouldn't
+  // allow users to choose it anymore. Hide the option unless the user already
+  // has it set.
+  hideUnlessSelected(document.getElementById("connectionSecurityType-1"));
+
+  // UI for account store type.
+  let storeTypeElement = document.getElementById("server.storeTypeMenulist");
+  // set the menuitem to match the account
+  let currentStoreID = document.getElementById("server.storeContractID")
+                               .getAttribute("value");
+  let targetItem = storeTypeElement.getElementsByAttribute("value", currentStoreID);
+  storeTypeElement.selectedItem = targetItem[0];
+  // disable store type change if store has already been used
+  storeTypeElement.setAttribute("disabled",
+    gServer.getBoolValue("canChangeStoreType") ? "false" : "true");
+}
+
+function onPreInit(account, accountValues)
+{
+  var type = parent.getAccountValue(account, accountValues, "server", "type", null, false);
+  hideShowControls(type);
+
+  Services.obs.notifyObservers(null, "charsetmenu-selected", "other");
+
+  gServer = account.incomingServer;
+
+  if(!account.incomingServer.canEmptyTrashOnExit)
+  {
+    document.getElementById("server.emptyTrashOnExit").setAttribute("hidden", "true");
+    document.getElementById("imap.deleteModel.box").setAttribute("hidden", "true");
+  }
+}
+
+function initServerType()
+{
+  var serverType = document.getElementById("server.type").getAttribute("value");
+  var propertyName = "serverType-" + serverType;
+
+  var messengerBundle = document.getElementById("bundle_messenger");
+  var verboseName = messengerBundle.getString(propertyName);
+  setDivText("servertype.verbose", verboseName);
+
+  secureSelect(true);
+
+  setLabelFromStringBundle("authMethod-no", "authNo");
+  setLabelFromStringBundle("authMethod-old", "authOld");
+  setLabelFromStringBundle("authMethod-kerberos", "authKerberos");
+  setLabelFromStringBundle("authMethod-external", "authExternal");
+  setLabelFromStringBundle("authMethod-ntlm", "authNTLM");
+  setLabelFromStringBundle("authMethod-oauth2", "authOAuth2");
+  setLabelFromStringBundle("authMethod-anysecure", "authAnySecure");
+  setLabelFromStringBundle("authMethod-any", "authAny");
+  setLabelFromStringBundle("authMethod-password-encrypted",
+      "authPasswordEncrypted");
+  //authMethod-password-cleartext already set in selectSelect()
+
+  // Hide deprecated/hidden auth options, unless selected
+  hideUnlessSelected(document.getElementById("authMethod-no"));
+  hideUnlessSelected(document.getElementById("authMethod-old"));
+  hideUnlessSelected(document.getElementById("authMethod-anysecure"));
+  hideUnlessSelected(document.getElementById("authMethod-any"));
+}
+
+function hideUnlessSelected(element)
+{
+  element.hidden = !element.selected;
+}
+
+function setLabelFromStringBundle(elementID, stringName)
+{
+  document.getElementById(elementID).label =
+      document.getElementById("bundle_messenger").getString(stringName);
+}
+
+function setDivText(divname, value)
+{
+  var div = document.getElementById(divname);
+  if (!div)
+    return;
+  div.setAttribute("value", value);
+}
+
+
+function onAdvanced()
+{
+  // Store the server type and, if an IMAP or POP3 server,
+  // the settings needed for the IMAP/POP3 tab into the array
+  var serverSettings = {};
+  var serverType = document.getElementById("server.type").getAttribute("value");
+  serverSettings.serverType = serverType;
+
+  serverSettings.serverPrettyName = gServer.prettyName;
+  serverSettings.account = top.getCurrentAccount();
+
+  if (serverType == "imap")
+  {
+    serverSettings.dualUseFolders = document.getElementById("imap.dualUseFolders").checked;
+    serverSettings.usingSubscription = document.getElementById("imap.usingSubscription").checked;
+    serverSettings.maximumConnectionsNumber = document.getElementById("imap.maximumConnectionsNumber").getAttribute("value");
+    // string prefs
+    serverSettings.personalNamespace = document.getElementById("imap.personalNamespace").getAttribute("value");
+    serverSettings.publicNamespace = document.getElementById("imap.publicNamespace").getAttribute("value");
+    serverSettings.serverDirectory = document.getElementById("imap.serverDirectory").getAttribute("value");
+    serverSettings.otherUsersNamespace = document.getElementById("imap.otherUsersNamespace").getAttribute("value");
+    serverSettings.overrideNamespaces = document.getElementById("imap.overrideNamespaces").checked;
+  }
+  else if (serverType == "pop3")
+  {
+    serverSettings.deferGetNewMail = document.getElementById("pop3.deferGetNewMail").checked;
+    serverSettings.deferredToAccount = document.getElementById("pop3.deferredToAccount").getAttribute("value");
+  }
+
+  window.openDialog("chrome://messenger/content/am-server-advanced.xul",
+                    "_blank", "chrome,modal,titlebar", serverSettings);
+
+  if (serverType == "imap")
+  {
+    document.getElementById("imap.dualUseFolders").checked = serverSettings.dualUseFolders;
+    document.getElementById("imap.usingSubscription").checked = serverSettings.usingSubscription;
+    document.getElementById("imap.maximumConnectionsNumber").setAttribute("value", serverSettings.maximumConnectionsNumber);
+    // string prefs
+    document.getElementById("imap.personalNamespace").setAttribute("value", serverSettings.personalNamespace);
+    document.getElementById("imap.publicNamespace").setAttribute("value", serverSettings.publicNamespace);
+    document.getElementById("imap.serverDirectory").setAttribute("value", serverSettings.serverDirectory);
+    document.getElementById("imap.otherUsersNamespace").setAttribute("value", serverSettings.otherUsersNamespace);
+    document.getElementById("imap.overrideNamespaces").checked = serverSettings.overrideNamespaces;
+  }
+  else if (serverType == "pop3")
+  {
+    document.getElementById("pop3.deferGetNewMail").checked = serverSettings.deferGetNewMail;
+    document.getElementById("pop3.deferredToAccount").setAttribute("value", serverSettings.deferredToAccount);
+    let pop3Server = gServer.QueryInterface(Components.interfaces.nsIPop3IncomingServer);
+    // we're explicitly setting this so we'll go through the SetDeferredToAccount method
+    pop3Server.deferredToAccount = serverSettings.deferredToAccount;
+    // Setting the server to be deferred causes a rebuild of the account tree,
+    // losing the current selection. Reselect the current server again as it
+    // didn't really disappear.
+    parent.selectServer(parent.getCurrentAccount().incomingServer, parent.currentPageId);
+
+    // Iterate over all accounts to see if any of their junk targets are now
+    // invalid (pointed to the account that is now deferred).
+    // If any such target is found it is reset to a new safe folder
+    // (the deferred to account or Local Folders). If junk was really moved
+    // to that folder (moveOnSpam = true) then moving junk is disabled
+    // (so that the user notices it and checks the settings).
+    // This is the same sanitization as in am-junk.js, just applied to all POP accounts.
+    let deferredURI = serverSettings.deferredToAccount &&
+                      MailServices.accounts.getAccount(serverSettings.deferredToAccount)
+                                           .incomingServer.serverURI;
+
+    for (let account in fixIterator(MailServices.accounts.accounts,
+                                    Components.interfaces.nsIMsgAccount)) {
+      let accountValues = parent.getValueArrayFor(account);
+      let type = parent.getAccountValue(account, accountValues, "server", "type",
+                                        null, false);
+      // Try to keep this list of account types not having Junk settings
+      // synchronized with the list in AccountManager.js.
+      if (type != "nntp" && type != "rss" && type != "im") {
+        let spamActionTargetAccount = parent.getAccountValue(account, accountValues,
+          "server", "spamActionTargetAccount", "string", true);
+        let spamActionTargetFolder =  parent.getAccountValue(account, accountValues,
+          "server", "spamActionTargetFolder", "string", true);
+        let moveOnSpam = parent.getAccountValue(account, accountValues,
+          "server", "moveOnSpam", "bool", true);
+
+        // Check if there are any invalid junk targets and fix them.
+        [ spamActionTargetAccount, spamActionTargetFolder, moveOnSpam ] =
+          sanitizeJunkTargets(spamActionTargetAccount,
+                              spamActionTargetFolder,
+                              deferredURI || account.incomingServer.serverURI,
+                              parent.getAccountValue(account, accountValues, "server", "moveTargetMode", "int", true),
+                              account.incomingServer.spamSettings,
+                              moveOnSpam);
+
+        parent.setAccountValue(accountValues, "server", "moveOnSpam", moveOnSpam);
+        parent.setAccountValue(accountValues, "server", "spamActionTargetAccount",
+                               spamActionTargetAccount);
+        parent.setAccountValue(accountValues, "server", "spamActionTargetFolder",
+                               spamActionTargetFolder);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+function secureSelect(aLoading)
+{
+    var socketType = document.getElementById("server.socketType").value;
+    var serverType = document.getElementById("server.type").value;
+    var defaultPort = gServer.protocolInfo.getDefaultServerPort(false);
+    var defaultPortSecure = gServer.protocolInfo.getDefaultServerPort(true);
+    var port = document.getElementById("server.port");
+    var portDefault = document.getElementById("defaultPort");
+    var prevDefaultPort = portDefault.value;
+
+    const Ci = Components.interfaces;
+    if (socketType == Ci.nsMsgSocketType.SSL) {
+      portDefault.value = defaultPortSecure;
+      if (port.value == "" || (!aLoading && port.value == defaultPort && prevDefaultPort != portDefault.value))
+        port.value = defaultPortSecure;
+    } else {
+        portDefault.value = defaultPort;
+        if (port.value == "" || (!aLoading && port.value == defaultPortSecure && prevDefaultPort != portDefault.value))
+          port.value = defaultPort;
+    }
+
+    // switch "insecure password" label
+    setLabelFromStringBundle("authMethod-password-cleartext",
+        socketType == Ci.nsMsgSocketType.SSL ||
+        socketType == Ci.nsMsgSocketType.alwaysSTARTTLS ?
+        "authPasswordCleartextViaSSL" : "authPasswordCleartextInsecurely");
+}
+
+function setupMailOnServerUI()
+{
+  onCheckItem("pop3.deleteMailLeftOnServer", ["pop3.leaveMessagesOnServer"]);
+  setupAgeMsgOnServerUI();
+}
+
+function setupAgeMsgOnServerUI()
+{
+  const kLeaveMsgsId = "pop3.leaveMessagesOnServer";
+  const kDeleteByAgeId = "pop3.deleteByAgeFromServer";
+  onCheckItem(kDeleteByAgeId, [kLeaveMsgsId]);
+  onCheckItem("daysEnd", [kLeaveMsgsId]);
+  onCheckItem("pop3.numDaysToLeaveOnServer", [kLeaveMsgsId, kDeleteByAgeId]);
+}
+
+function setupFixedUI()
+{
+  var controls = [document.getElementById("fixedServerName"),
+                  document.getElementById("fixedUserName"),
+                  document.getElementById("fixedServerPort")];
+
+  var len = controls.length;
+  for (var i=0; i<len; i++) {
+    var fixedElement = controls[i];
+    var otherElement = document.getElementById(fixedElement.getAttribute("use"));
+
+    fixedElement.setAttribute("collapsed", "true");
+    otherElement.removeAttribute("collapsed");
+  }
+}
+
+function BrowseForNewsrc()
+{
+  const nsIFilePicker = Components.interfaces.nsIFilePicker;
+  const nsIFile = Components.interfaces.nsIFile;
+
+  var newsrcTextBox = document.getElementById("nntp.newsrcFilePath");
+  var fp = Components.classes["@mozilla.org/filepicker;1"].createInstance(nsIFilePicker);
+  fp.init(window,
+          document.getElementById("browseForNewsrc").getAttribute("filepickertitle"),
+          nsIFilePicker.modeSave);
+
+  var currentNewsrcFile;
+  try {
+    currentNewsrcFile = Components.classes["@mozilla.org/file/local;1"]
+                                  .createInstance(nsIFile);
+    currentNewsrcFile.initWithPath(newsrcTextBox.value);
+  } catch (e) {
+    dump("Failed to create nsIFile instance for the current newsrc file.\n");
+  }
+
+  if (currentNewsrcFile) {
+    fp.displayDirectory = currentNewsrcFile.parent;
+    fp.defaultString = currentNewsrcFile.leafName;
+  }
+
+  fp.appendFilters(nsIFilePicker.filterAll);
+
+  if (fp.show() != nsIFilePicker.returnCancel)
+    newsrcTextBox.value = fp.file.path;
+}
+
+function setupImapDeleteUI(aServerId)
+{
+  // read delete_model preference
+  var deleteModel = document.getElementById("imap.deleteModel").getAttribute("value");
+  selectImapDeleteModel(deleteModel);
+
+  // read trash_folder_name preference
+  var trashFolderName = getTrashFolderName();
+
+  // set folderPicker menulist
+  var trashPopup = document.getElementById("msgTrashFolderPopup");
+  trashPopup._teardown();
+  trashPopup._parentFolder = MailUtils.getFolderForURI(aServerId);
+  trashPopup._ensureInitialized();
+
+  // TODO: There is something wrong here, selectFolder() fails even if the
+  // folder does exist. Try to fix in bug 802609.
+  let trashFolder = MailUtils.getFolderForURI(aServerId + "/" + trashFolderName, false);
+  try {
+    trashPopup.selectFolder(trashFolder);
+  } catch(ex) {
+    trashPopup.parentNode.setAttribute("label", trashFolder.prettyName);
+  }
+  trashPopup.parentNode.folder = trashFolder;
+}
+
+function selectImapDeleteModel(choice)
+{
+  // set deleteModel to selected mode
+  document.getElementById("imap.deleteModel").setAttribute("value", choice);
+
+  switch (choice)
+  {
+    case "0" : // markDeleted
+      // disable folderPicker
+      document.getElementById("msgTrashFolderPicker").setAttribute("disabled", "true");
+      break;
+    case "1" : // moveToTrashFolder
+      // enable folderPicker
+      document.getElementById("msgTrashFolderPicker").removeAttribute("disabled");
+      break;
+    case "2" : // deleteImmediately
+      // disable folderPicker
+      document.getElementById("msgTrashFolderPicker").setAttribute("disabled", "true");
+      break;
+    default :
+      dump("Error in enabling/disabling server.TrashFolderPicker\n");
+      break;
+  }
+}
+
+// Capture any menulist changes from folderPicker
+function folderPickerChange(aEvent)
+{
+  var folder = aEvent.target._folder;
+  var folderPath = getFolderPathFromRoot(folder);
+
+  // Set the value to be persisted.
+  document.getElementById("imap.trashFolderName")
+          .setAttribute("value", folderPath);
+
+  // Update the widget to show/do correct things even for subfolders.
+  var trashFolderPicker = document.getElementById("msgTrashFolderPicker");
+  trashFolderPicker.menupopup.selectFolder(folder);
+}
+
+/** Generate the relative folder path from the root. */
+function getFolderPathFromRoot(folder)
+{
+  var path = folder.name;
+  var parentFolder = folder.parent;
+  while (parentFolder && parentFolder != folder.rootFolder) {
+    path = parentFolder.name + "/" + path;
+    parentFolder = parentFolder.parent;
+  }
+  // IMAP Inbox URI's start with INBOX, not Inbox.
+  return path.replace(/^Inbox/, "INBOX");
+}
+
+// Get trash_folder_name from prefs
+function getTrashFolderName()
+{
+  var trashFolderName = document.getElementById("imap.trashFolderName").getAttribute("value");
+  // if the preference hasn't been set, set it to a sane default
+  if (!trashFolderName) {
+    trashFolderName = "Trash";
+    document.getElementById("imap.trashFolderName").setAttribute("value",trashFolderName);
+  }
+  return trashFolderName;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/prefs/content/am-server.xul b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/am-server.xul
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f52aef1cc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/am-server.xul
@@ -0,0 +1,468 @@
+<?xml version="1.0"?>
+
+<!--
+
+ This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<?xml-stylesheet href="chrome://messenger/skin/accountManage.css" type="text/css"?>
+<?xml-stylesheet href="chrome://messenger/skin/messenger.css" type="text/css"?>
+<?xml-stylesheet href="chrome://messenger/skin/folderMenus.css" type="text/css"?>
+<?xml-stylesheet href="chrome://messenger/content/charsetList.css" type="text/css"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE page [
+<!ENTITY % trashDTD SYSTEM "chrome://messenger/locale/am-server-top.dtd">
+%trashDTD;
+]>
+
+<page xmlns="http://www.mozilla.org/keymaster/gatekeeper/there.is.only.xul"
+      title="&serverSettings.label;"
+      onload="parent.onPanelLoaded('am-server.xul');">
+
+  <vbox flex="1" style="overflow: auto;">
+    <script type="application/javascript" src="chrome://messenger/content/AccountManager.js"/>
+    <script type="application/javascript" src="chrome://messenger/content/am-server.js"/>
+    <script type="application/javascript" src="chrome://messenger/content/am-prefs.js"/>
+    <script type="application/javascript" src="chrome://messenger/content/amUtils.js"/>
+    <stringbundle id="bundle_messenger" src="chrome://messenger/locale/messenger.properties"/>
+
+    <label hidden="true" wsm_persist="true" id="server.type"/>
+    <label hidden="true"
+           wsm_persist="true"
+           preftype="string"
+           prefattribute="value"
+           prefstring="mail.server.%serverkey%.storeContractID"
+           genericattr="true"
+           id="server.storeContractID"/>
+
+    <dialogheader title="&serverSettings.label;"/>
+
+    <grid>
+      <columns>
+        <column/>
+        <column flex="1"/>
+        <column/>
+      </columns>
+      <rows>
+        <row align="center">
+          <label value="&serverType.label;"/>
+          <label id="servertype.verbose"/>
+        </row>
+        <row align="center">
+          <hbox>
+              <label value="&serverName.label;" accesskey="&serverName.accesskey;"
+                     control="server.realHostName"/>
+          </hbox>
+          <hbox align="center">
+              <label id="fixedServerName" collapsed="true" use="server.realHostName"/>
+              <textbox wsm_persist="true"
+                       size="20"
+                       flex="1"
+                       id="server.realHostName"
+                       prefstring="mail.server.%serverkey%.realhostname"
+                       class="uri-element"/>
+          </hbox>
+          <hbox align="center">
+              <label hidefor="movemail" value="&port.label;"
+                     accesskey="&port.accesskey;" control="server.port"/>
+              <label id="fixedServerPort" hidefor="movemail"
+                     collapsed="true" use="server.port"/>
+              <textbox wsm_persist="true" size="3" id="server.port"
+                       preftype="int" hidefor="movemail"
+                       prefstring="mail.server.%serverkey%.port"
+                       type="number" min="1" max="65535" increment="1"/>
+              <label value="&serverPortDefault.label;" hidefor="movemail"/>
+              <label id="defaultPort" hidefor="movemail"/>
+          </hbox>
+        </row>
+        <row align="center">
+          <hbox align="center" hidefor="nntp">
+              <label value="&userName.label;"
+                     accesskey="&userName.accesskey;"
+                     control="server.realUsername"/>
+          </hbox>
+          <hbox align="center" hidefor="nntp">
+              <label id="fixedUserName" collapsed="true" use="server.realUsername"/>
+              <textbox wsm_persist="true"
+                       size="20"
+                       flex="1"
+                       id="server.realUsername"
+                       prefstring="mail.server.%serverkey%.realusername"/>
+          </hbox>
+        </row>
+      </rows>
+    </grid>
+
+    <separator class="thin"/>
+
+    <groupbox hidefor="movemail">
+      <caption label="&securitySettings.label;"/>
+
+      <grid flex="1">
+        <columns>
+          <column/>
+          <column/>
+        </columns>
+        <rows>
+          <row align="center">
+            <label value="&connectionSecurity.label;"
+                   accesskey="&connectionSecurity.accesskey;"
+                   control="server.socketType"/>
+            <menulist wsm_persist="true" id="server.socketType"
+                      oncommand="secureSelect();">
+              <menupopup id="server.socketTypePopup">
+                <menuitem value="0" label="&connectionSecurityType-0.label;"/>
+                <menuitem id="connectionSecurityType-1"
+                          value="1" label="&connectionSecurityType-1.label;"
+                          disabled="true"/>
+                <menuitem value="2" label="&connectionSecurityType-2.label;"
+                          hidefor="nntp"/>
+                <menuitem value="3" label="&connectionSecurityType-3.label;"/>
+              </menupopup>
+            </menulist>
+          </row>
+          <row align="center" hidefor="nntp,movemail">
+            <label value="&authMethod.label;"
+                   accesskey="&authMethod.accesskey;"
+                   control="server.authMethod"/>
+            <!-- same in smtpEditOverlay.xul/js -->
+            <menulist id="server.authMethod"
+                      wsm_persist="true"
+                      preftype="int" type="number"
+                      prefstring="mail.server.%serverkey%.authMethod">
+              <menupopup id="server.authMethodPopup">
+                <menuitem id="authMethod-no" value="1"/>
+                <menuitem id="authMethod-old" value="2"/>
+                <menuitem id="authMethod-password-cleartext" value="3"/>
+                <menuitem id="authMethod-password-encrypted" value="4"/>
+                <menuitem id="authMethod-kerberos" value="5"/>
+                <menuitem id="authMethod-ntlm" value="6"/>
+                <menuitem id="authMethod-external" value="7"/>
+                <menuitem id="authMethod-oauth2" value="10"/>
+                <menuitem id="authMethod-anysecure" value="8"/>
+                <menuitem id="authMethod-any" value="9"/>
+              </menupopup>
+            </menulist>
+          </row>
+        </rows>
+      </grid>
+    </groupbox>
+
+    <groupbox>
+      <caption label="&serverSettings.label;"/>
+      <vbox align="start">
+      <checkbox wsm_persist="true"
+                id="server.loginAtStartUp"
+                label="&loginAtStartup.label;"
+                accesskey="&loginAtStartup.accesskey;"
+                prefattribute="value"
+                prefstring="mail.server.%serverkey%.login_at_startup"/>
+      </vbox>
+      <hbox align="center">
+        <checkbox wsm_persist="true"
+                  id="server.doBiff"
+                  label="&biffStart.label;"
+                  accesskey="&biffStart.accesskey;"
+                  oncommand="onCheckItem('server.biffMinutes', [this.id]);"
+                  prefattribute="value"
+                  prefstring="mail.server.%serverkey%.check_new_mail"/>
+        <textbox wsm_persist="true"
+                 id="server.biffMinutes"
+                 type="number"
+                 size="3"
+                 min="1"
+                 increment="1"
+                 aria-labelledby="server.doBiff server.biffMinutes biffEnd"
+                 preftype="int"
+                 prefstring="mail.server.%serverkey%.check_time"/>
+        <label id="biffEnd"
+               control="server.biffMinutes"
+               value="&biffEnd.label;"/>
+      </hbox>
+      <vbox align="start"
+            hidefor="pop3,nntp,movemail">
+        <checkbox wsm_persist="true"
+                  id="imap.useIdle"
+                  label="&useIdleNotifications.label;"
+                  accesskey="&useIdleNotifications.accesskey;"
+                  prefattribute="value"
+                  prefstring="mail.server.%serverkey%.use_idle"/>
+      </vbox>
+
+    <!-- Necessary for POP3 and Movemail (Bug 480945) -->
+    <!-- https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=480945 -->
+    <vbox align="start" hidefor="imap,nntp">
+      <checkbox wsm_persist="true" id="server.downloadOnBiff"
+                label="&downloadOnBiff.label;" prefattribute="value"
+                accesskey="&downloadOnBiff.accesskey;"
+                prefstring="mail.server.%serverkey%.download_on_biff"/>
+    </vbox>
+    <!-- POP3 -->
+    <vbox align="start" hidefor="imap,nntp,movemail">
+      <checkbox wsm_persist="true" id="pop3.headersOnly"
+                label="&headersOnly.label;"
+                accesskey="&headersOnly.accesskey;"
+                prefattribute="value"
+                prefstring="mail.server.%serverkey%.headers_only"/>
+
+      <checkbox wsm_persist="true" id="pop3.leaveMessagesOnServer"
+                label="&leaveOnServer.label;" oncommand="setupMailOnServerUI();"
+                accesskey="&leaveOnServer.accesskey;"
+                prefattribute="value"
+                prefstring="mail.server.%serverkey%.leave_on_server"/>
+
+      <hbox align="center">
+        <checkbox wsm_persist="true" id="pop3.deleteByAgeFromServer" class="indent"
+                  label="&deleteByAgeFromServer.label;" oncommand="setupAgeMsgOnServerUI();"
+                  accesskey="&deleteByAgeFromServer.accesskey;"
+                  prefattribute="value"
+                  prefstring="mail.server.%serverkey%.delete_by_age_from_server"/>
+        <textbox wsm_persist="true" id="pop3.numDaysToLeaveOnServer" size="3"
+                 aria-labelledby="pop3.deleteByAgeFromServer pop3.numDaysToLeaveOnServer daysEnd"
+                 preftype="int" type="number" min="1" increment="1"
+                 prefstring="mail.server.%serverkey%.num_days_to_leave_on_server"/>
+        <label id="daysEnd" control="pop3.numDaysToLeaveOnServer" value="&daysEnd.label;"/>
+      </hbox>
+
+      <checkbox wsm_persist="true" id="pop3.deleteMailLeftOnServer" class="indent"
+                label="&deleteOnServer2.label;"
+                accesskey="&deleteOnServer2.accesskey;"
+                prefattribute="value"
+                prefstring="mail.server.%serverkey%.delete_mail_left_on_server"/>
+
+    <!-- hidden elements for data transfer to and from advanced... dialog -->
+    <hbox flex="1" hidefor="imap,nntp,movemail" hidden="true">
+      <checkbox hidden="true" wsm_persist="true" id="pop3.deferGetNewMail"
+                prefattribute="value"
+                prefstring="mail.server.%serverkey%.deferGetNewMail"/>
+      <label hidden="true" wsm_persist="true" id="pop3.deferredToAccount"
+                prefattribute="value"
+                prefstring="mail.server.%serverkey%.deferredToAccount"/>
+
+    </hbox>
+    </vbox>
+    <!-- IMAP -->
+    <label hidden="true" wsm_persist="true" id="imap.trashFolderName"
+                  prefattribute="value"
+                  prefstring="mail.server.%serverkey%.trash_folder_name"/>
+
+    <hbox align="center" hidefor="pop3,nntp,movemail">
+      <label value="&deleteMessagePrefix.label;" align="left"
+             control="imap.deleteModel"/>
+    </hbox>
+    <vbox>
+      <hbox align="center"
+            id="imap.deleteModel.box"
+            hidefor="pop3,nntp,movemail"
+            flex="1">
+        <radiogroup id="imap.deleteModel"
+                    wsm_persist="true"
+                    oncommand="selectImapDeleteModel(this.value);"
+                    prefstring="mail.server.%serverkey%.delete_model">
+          <grid class="specialFolderPickerGrid">
+            <columns>
+              <column/>
+              <column flex="1"/>
+            </columns>
+            <rows>
+              <row align="center">
+                <radio id="modelMoveToTrash"
+                       value="1"
+                       label="&modelMoveToTrash.label;"
+                       accesskey="&modelMoveToTrash.accesskey;"/>
+                <menulist id="msgTrashFolderPicker" flex="1"
+                          class="folderMenuItem"
+                          maxwidth="300" crop="center"
+                          aria-labelledby="modelMoveToTrash"
+                          displayformat="verbose">
+                  <menupopup id="msgTrashFolderPopup"
+                             type="folder"
+                             mode="filing"
+                             showFileHereLabel="true"
+                             oncommand="folderPickerChange(event);"/>
+                </menulist>
+              </row>
+              <row align="center">
+                <radio id="modelMarkDeleted"
+                       value="0"
+                       label="&modelMarkDeleted.label;"
+                       accesskey="&modelMarkDeleted.accesskey;"/>
+              </row>
+              <row align="center">
+                <radio id="modelDeleteImmediately"
+                       value="2"
+                       label="&modelDeleteImmediately.label;"
+                       accesskey="&modelDeleteImmediately.accesskey;"/>
+              </row>
+            </rows>
+          </grid>
+        </radiogroup>
+      </hbox>
+      <hbox pack="end">
+        <!-- This button should have identical attributes to the
+             server.popAdvancedButton except the hidefor attribute. -->
+        <button label="&advancedButton.label;"
+                accesskey="&advancedButton.accesskey;"
+                oncommand="onAdvanced();"
+                wsm_persist="true"
+                id="server.imapAdvancedButton"
+                prefstring="mail.server.%serverkey%.advanced.disable"
+                hidefor="pop3,nntp,movemail"/>
+      </hbox>
+    </vbox>
+
+    <!-- Advanced IMAP settings -->
+    <hbox flex="1" hidefor="pop3,nntp,movemail" hidden="true">
+      <checkbox hidden="true" wsm_persist="true" id="imap.dualUseFolders"
+                prefattribute="value"
+                prefstring="mail.server.%serverkey%.dual_use_folders"/>
+      <checkbox hidden="true" wsm_persist="true" id="imap.usingSubscription"
+                prefattribute="value"
+                prefstring="mail.server.%serverkey%.using_subscription"/>
+      <label hidden="true" wsm_persist="true" id="imap.maximumConnectionsNumber"/>
+      <label hidden="true" wsm_persist="true" id="imap.personalNamespace"/>
+      <label hidden="true" wsm_persist="true" id="imap.publicNamespace"/>
+      <label hidden="true" wsm_persist="true" id="imap.otherUsersNamespace"/>
+      <label hidden="true" wsm_persist="true" id="imap.serverDirectory"/>
+      <checkbox hidden="true" wsm_persist="true" id="imap.overrideNamespaces"
+                prefattribute="value"
+                prefstring="mail.server.%serverkey%.override_namespaces"/>
+    </hbox>
+
+    <!-- NNTP -->
+    <hbox hidefor="pop3,imap,movemail" align="center">
+      <checkbox wsm_persist="true" id="nntp.notifyOn"
+                label="&maxMessagesStart.label;"
+                accesskey="&maxMessagesStart.accesskey;"
+                oncommand="onCheckItem('nntp.maxArticles', [this.id]);"
+                prefattribute="value"
+                prefstring="mail.server.%serverkey%.notify.on"/>
+      <textbox wsm_persist="true" id="nntp.maxArticles"
+               type="number" size="4" min="1" increment="10"
+               aria-labelledby="nntp.notifyOn nntp.maxArticles maxMessagesEnd"
+               preftype="int"
+               prefstring="mail.server.%serverkey%.max_articles"/>
+      <label control="nntp.maxArticles" value="&maxMessagesEnd.label;" id="maxMessagesEnd"/>
+    </hbox>
+    <checkbox hidefor="pop3,imap,movemail" wsm_persist="true" id="nntp.pushAuth"
+              label="&alwaysAuthenticate.label;"
+              accesskey="&alwaysAuthenticate.accesskey;"
+              prefattribute="value"
+              prefstring="mail.server.%serverkey%.always_authenticate"/>
+
+  <!-- take out for now - bug 45079
+      <hbox flex="1" hidefor="pop3,imap,movemail">
+        <groupbox>
+           <caption class="header" label="&abbreviate.label;"/>
+
+           <radiogroup wsm_persist="true" id="nntp.abbreviate">
+             <radio value="true"
+                    label="&abbreviateOn.label;"/>
+             <radio value="false"
+                    label="&abbreviateOff.label;"/>
+           </radiogroup>
+        </groupbox>
+      </hbox>
+  -->
+
+    </groupbox>
+
+    <groupbox>
+      <caption label="&messageStorage.label;"/>
+
+      <hbox align="end">
+        <vbox align="start" flex="1" id="exitHandlingBox=">
+          <checkbox hidefor="pop3,nntp,movemail"
+                    wsm_persist="true"
+                    id="imap.cleanupInboxOnExit"
+                    label="&expungeOnExit.label;"
+                    accesskey="&expungeOnExit.accesskey;"
+                    prefattribute="value"
+                    prefstring="mail.server.%serverkey%.cleanup_inbox_on_exit"/>
+          <checkbox hidefor="nntp"
+                    wsm_persist="true"
+                    id="server.emptyTrashOnExit"
+                    label="&emptyTrashOnExit.label;"
+                    accesskey="&emptyTrashOnExit.accesskey;"
+                    prefattribute="value"
+                    prefstring="mail.server.%serverkey%.empty_trash_on_exit"/>
+        </vbox>
+        <button label="&advancedButton.label;"
+                accesskey="&advancedButton.accesskey;"
+                oncommand="onAdvanced();"
+                wsm_persist="true"
+                id="server.popAdvancedButton"
+                prefstring="mail.server.%serverkey%.advanced.disable"
+                hidefor="imap,nntp,movemail"/>
+      </hbox>
+      <hbox align="center">
+        <label value="&storeType.label;"
+               accesskey="&storeType.accesskey;"
+               control="server.storeTypeMenulist"/>
+        <menulist id="server.storeTypeMenulist">
+          <menupopup id="server.storeTypeMenupopup">
+            <menuitem id="server.mboxStore"
+                      value="@mozilla.org/msgstore/berkeleystore;1"
+                      label="&mboxStore2.label;"/>
+            <menuitem id="server.maildirStore"
+                      value="@mozilla.org/msgstore/maildirstore;1"
+                      label="&maildirStore.label;"/>
+          </menupopup>
+        </menulist>
+      </hbox>
+
+      <vbox hidefor="imap,pop3,movemail">
+        <label value="&newsrcFilePath.label;" control="nntp.newsrcFilePath"/>
+        <hbox align="center">
+          <textbox readonly="true"
+                   wsm_persist="true"
+                   flex="1"
+                   id="nntp.newsrcFilePath"
+                   datatype="nsIFile"
+                   prefstring="mail.server.%serverkey%.newsrc.file"
+                   class="uri-element"/>
+          <button id="browseForNewsrc"
+                  label="&browseNewsrc.label;"
+                  filepickertitle="&newsrcPicker.label;"
+                  accesskey="&browseNewsrc.accesskey;"
+                  oncommand="BrowseForNewsrc();"/>
+        </hbox>
+      </vbox>
+
+      <separator class="thin"/>
+
+      <vbox>
+      <label value="&localPath.label;" control="server.localPath"/>
+        <hbox align="center">
+          <textbox readonly="true"
+                   wsm_persist="true"
+                   flex="1"
+                   id="server.localPath"
+                   datatype="nsIFile"
+                   prefstring="mail.server.%serverkey%.directory"
+                   class="uri-element"/>
+          <button id="browseForLocalFolder"
+                  label="&browseFolder.label;"
+                  filepickertitle="&localFolderPicker.label;"
+                  accesskey="&browseFolder.accesskey;"
+                  oncommand="BrowseForLocalFolders();"/>
+        </hbox>
+      </vbox>
+
+    </groupbox>
+
+    <separator class="thin"/>
+
+    <hbox hidefor="imap,pop3,movemail" align="center" valign="middle" iscontrolcontainer="true">
+      <label value="&serverDefaultCharset2.label;" control="nntp.charset"/>
+      <menulist hidable="true"
+                type="charset"
+                hidefor="imap,pop3,movemail"
+                wsm_persist="true"
+                id="nntp.charset"
+                preftype="string"
+                prefstring="mail.server.%serverkey%.charset"/>
+    </hbox>
+  </vbox>
+</page>
diff --git a/mailnews/base/prefs/content/am-serverwithnoidentities.js b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/am-serverwithnoidentities.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..696dc71b0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/am-serverwithnoidentities.js
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+/* -*- Mode: Java; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+var gServer;
+
+function onInit(aPageId, aServerId) {
+
+  // UI for account store type
+  let storeTypeElement = document.getElementById("server.storeTypeMenulist");
+  // set the menuitem to match the account
+  let currentStoreID = document.getElementById("server.storeContractID")
+                               .getAttribute("value");
+  let targetItem = storeTypeElement.getElementsByAttribute("value", currentStoreID);
+  storeTypeElement.selectedItem = targetItem[0];
+  // disable store type change if store has already been used
+  storeTypeElement.setAttribute("disabled",
+    gServer.getBoolValue("canChangeStoreType") ? "false" : "true");
+}
+
+function onPreInit(account, accountValues) {
+  gServer = account.incomingServer;
+}
+
+function onSave()
+{
+  let storeContractID = document.getElementById("server.storeTypeMenulist")
+                                .selectedItem
+                                .value;
+  document.getElementById("server.storeContractID")
+          .setAttribute("value", storeContractID);
+}
+
diff --git a/mailnews/base/prefs/content/am-serverwithnoidentities.xul b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/am-serverwithnoidentities.xul
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e33216234
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/am-serverwithnoidentities.xul
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+<?xml version="1.0"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<?xml-stylesheet href="chrome://messenger/skin/accountManage.css" type="text/css"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE page [
+<!ENTITY % accountNoIdentDTD SYSTEM "chrome://messenger/locale/am-serverwithnoidentities.dtd" >%accountNoIdentDTD;
+<!ENTITY % accountServerTopDTD SYSTEM "chrome://messenger/locale/am-server-top.dtd">%accountServerTopDTD;
+]>
+
+<page xmlns="http://www.mozilla.org/keymaster/gatekeeper/there.is.only.xul"
+      title="&accountTitle.label;"
+      onload="parent.onPanelLoaded('am-serverwithnoidentities.xul');">
+
+  <script type="application/javascript" src="chrome://messenger/content/am-serverwithnoidentities.js"/>
+  <script type="application/javascript" src="chrome://messenger/content/amUtils.js"/>
+
+  <dialogheader title="&accountTitle.label;"/>
+
+  <label hidden="true"
+         wsm_persist="true"
+         preftype="string"
+         prefattribute="value"
+         prefstring="mail.server.%serverkey%.storeContractID"
+         genericattr="true"
+         id="server.storeContractID"/>
+
+  <description class="secDesc">&accountSettingsDesc.label;</description>
+  <hbox align="center">
+    <label value="&accountName.label;" control="server.prettyName"
+           accesskey="&accountName.accesskey;"/>
+    <textbox wsm_persist="true" size="30" id="server.prettyName"
+             prefstring="mail.server.%serverkey%.name"/>
+  </hbox>
+
+  <separator class="thin"/>
+
+  <groupbox>
+    <caption label="&messageStorage.label;"/>
+
+    <vbox align="start">
+      <checkbox wsm_persist="true" id="server.emptyTrashOnExit"
+                label="&emptyTrashOnExit.label;"
+                accesskey="&emptyTrashOnExit.accesskey;"
+                prefattribute="value"
+                prefstring="mail.server.%serverkey%.empty_trash_on_exit"/>
+      <hbox align="center">
+        <label value="&storeType.label;"
+               accesskey="&storeType.accesskey;"
+               control="server.storeTypeMenulist"/>
+        <menulist id="server.storeTypeMenulist">
+          <menupopup id="server.storeTypeMenupopup">
+            <menuitem id="server.mboxStore"
+                      value="@mozilla.org/msgstore/berkeleystore;1"
+                      label="&mboxStore2.label;"/>
+            <menuitem id="server.maildirStore"
+                      value="@mozilla.org/msgstore/maildirstore;1"
+                      label="&maildirStore.label;"/>
+          </menupopup>
+        </menulist>
+      </hbox>
+    </vbox>
+
+    <separator class="thin"/>
+
+    <label value="&localPath.label;" control="server.localPath"/>
+    <hbox align="center">
+      <textbox readonly="true" wsm_persist="true" flex="1" id="server.localPath" datatype="nsIFile"
+               prefstring="mail.server.%serverkey%.directory" class="uri-element"/>
+      <button id="browseForLocalFolder" label="&browseFolder.label;" filepickertitle="&localFolderPicker.label;"
+              accesskey="&browseFolder.accesskey;" oncommand="BrowseForLocalFolders()"/>
+    </hbox>
+  </groupbox>
+</page>
diff --git a/mailnews/base/prefs/content/am-smtp.js b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/am-smtp.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f5e9ab38c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/am-smtp.js
@@ -0,0 +1,256 @@
+/* -*- Mode: Java; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+Components.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/Services.jsm");
+Components.utils.import("resource:///modules/mailServices.js");
+
+var gSmtpServerListWindow =
+{
+  mBundle: null,
+  mServerList: null,
+  mAddButton: null,
+  mEditButton: null,
+  mDeleteButton: null,
+  mSetDefaultServerButton: null,
+
+  onLoad: function()
+  {
+    parent.onPanelLoaded('am-smtp.xul');
+
+    this.mBundle = document.getElementById("bundle_messenger");
+    this.mServerList = document.getElementById("smtpList");
+    this.mAddButton = document.getElementById("addButton");
+    this.mEditButton = document.getElementById("editButton");
+    this.mDeleteButton = document.getElementById("deleteButton");
+    this.mSetDefaultServerButton = document.getElementById("setDefaultButton");
+
+    this.refreshServerList("", false);
+
+    this.updateButtons(this.getSelectedServer());
+  },
+
+  onSelectionChanged: function(aEvent)
+  {
+    if (this.mServerList.selectedItems.length <= 0)
+      return;
+
+    var server = this.getSelectedServer();
+    this.updateButtons(server);
+    this.updateServerInfoBox(server);
+  },
+
+  onDeleteServer: function (aEvent)
+  {
+    var server = this.getSelectedServer();
+    if (server)
+    {
+      // confirm deletion
+      let cancel = Services.prompt.confirmEx(window,
+        this.mBundle.getString('smtpServers-confirmServerDeletionTitle'),
+        this.mBundle.getFormattedString('smtpServers-confirmServerDeletion', [server.hostname], 1),
+        Services.prompt.STD_YES_NO_BUTTONS, null, null, null, null, { });
+
+      if (!cancel)
+      {
+        MailServices.smtp.deleteServer(server);
+        parent.replaceWithDefaultSmtpServer(server.key);
+        this.refreshServerList("", true);
+      }
+    }
+  },
+
+  onAddServer: function (aEvent)
+  {
+    this.openServerEditor(null);
+  },
+
+  onEditServer: function (aEvent)
+  {
+    if (this.mServerList.selectedItems.length <= 0)
+      return;
+    this.openServerEditor(this.getSelectedServer());
+  },
+
+  onSetDefaultServer: function(aEvent)
+  {
+    if (this.mServerList.selectedItems.length <= 0)
+      return;
+
+    MailServices.smtp.defaultServer = this.getSelectedServer();
+    this.refreshServerList(MailServices.smtp.defaultServer.key, true);
+  },
+
+  updateButtons: function(aServer)
+  {
+    // can't delete default server
+    if (MailServices.smtp.defaultServer == aServer)
+    {
+      this.mSetDefaultServerButton.setAttribute("disabled", "true");
+      this.mDeleteButton.setAttribute("disabled", "true");
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      this.mSetDefaultServerButton.removeAttribute("disabled");
+      this.mDeleteButton.removeAttribute("disabled");
+    }
+
+    if (this.mServerList.selectedItems.length == 0)
+      this.mEditButton.setAttribute("disabled", "true");
+    else
+      this.mEditButton.removeAttribute("disabled");
+  },
+
+  updateServerInfoBox: function(aServer)
+  {
+    var noneSelected = this.mBundle.getString("smtpServerList-NotSpecified");
+
+    document.getElementById('nameValue').value = aServer.hostname;
+    document.getElementById('descriptionValue').value = aServer.description || noneSelected;
+    document.getElementById('portValue').value = aServer.port;
+    document.getElementById('userNameValue').value = aServer.username || noneSelected;
+    document.getElementById('useSecureConnectionValue').value =
+      this.mBundle.getString("smtpServer-ConnectionSecurityType-" +
+      aServer.socketType);
+
+    const AuthMethod = Components.interfaces.nsMsgAuthMethod;
+    const SocketType = Components.interfaces.nsMsgSocketType;
+    var authStr = "";
+    switch (aServer.authMethod)
+    {
+      case AuthMethod.none:
+        authStr = "authNo";
+        break;
+      case AuthMethod.passwordEncrypted:
+        authStr = "authPasswordEncrypted";
+        break;
+      case AuthMethod.GSSAPI:
+        authStr = "authKerberos";
+        break;
+      case AuthMethod.NTLM:
+        authStr = "authNTLM";
+        break;
+      case AuthMethod.secure:
+        authStr = "authAnySecure";
+        break;
+      case AuthMethod.passwordCleartext:
+        authStr = (aServer.socketType == SocketType.SSL ||
+                   aServer.socketType == SocketType.alwaysSTARTTLS)
+                  ? "authPasswordCleartextViaSSL"
+                  : "authPasswordCleartextInsecurely";
+        break;
+      case AuthMethod.OAuth2:
+        authStr = "authOAuth2";
+        break;
+      default:
+        // leave empty
+        Components.utils.reportError("Warning: unknown value for smtpserver... authMethod: " +
+          aServer.authMethod);
+    }
+    if (authStr)
+      document.getElementById("authMethodValue").value =
+          this.mBundle.getString(authStr);
+  },
+
+  refreshServerList: function(aServerKeyToSelect, aFocusList)
+  {
+    // remove all children
+    while (this.mServerList.hasChildNodes())
+      this.mServerList.lastChild.remove();
+
+    this.fillSmtpServers(this.mServerList,
+                         MailServices.smtp.servers,
+                         MailServices.smtp.defaultServer);
+
+    if (aServerKeyToSelect)
+      this.setSelectedServer(this.mServerList.querySelector('[key="' + aServerKeyToSelect + '"]'));
+    else // select the default server
+      this.setSelectedServer(this.mServerList.querySelector('[default="true"]'));
+
+    if (aFocusList)
+      this.mServerList.focus();
+  },
+
+  fillSmtpServers: function(aListBox, aServers, aDefaultServer)
+  {
+    if (!aListBox || !aServers)
+      return;
+
+    while (aServers.hasMoreElements())
+    {
+      var server = aServers.getNext();
+
+      if (server instanceof Components.interfaces.nsISmtpServer)
+      {
+        var isDefault = (aDefaultServer.key == server.key);
+
+        var listitem = this.createSmtpListItem(server, isDefault);
+        aListBox.appendChild(listitem);
+      }
+    }
+  },
+
+  createSmtpListItem: function(aServer, aIsDefault)
+  {
+    var listitem = document.createElement("listitem");
+    var serverName = "";
+
+    if (aServer.description)
+      serverName = aServer.description + ' - ';
+    else if (aServer.username)
+      serverName = aServer.username + ' - ';
+
+    serverName += aServer.hostname;
+
+    if (aIsDefault)
+    {
+      serverName += " " + this.mBundle.getString("defaultServerTag");
+      listitem.setAttribute("default", "true");
+    }
+
+    listitem.setAttribute("label", serverName);
+    listitem.setAttribute("key", aServer.key);
+    listitem.setAttribute("class", "smtpServerListItem");
+
+    // give it some unique id
+    listitem.id = "smtpServer." + aServer.key;
+    return listitem;
+  },
+
+  openServerEditor: function(aServer)
+  {
+    var args = {server: aServer,
+                result: false,
+                addSmtpServer: ""};
+
+    window.openDialog("chrome://messenger/content/SmtpServerEdit.xul",
+                      "smtpEdit", "chrome,titlebar,modal,centerscreen", args);
+
+    // now re-select the server which was just added
+    if (args.result)
+      this.refreshServerList(aServer ? aServer.key : args.addSmtpServer, true);
+
+    return args.result;
+  },
+
+  setSelectedServer: function(aServer)
+  {
+    if (!aServer)
+      return;
+
+    setTimeout(function(aServerList) {
+      aServerList.ensureElementIsVisible(aServer);
+      aServerList.selectItem(aServer);
+    }, 0, this.mServerList);
+  },
+
+  getSelectedServer: function()
+  {
+    if (this.mServerList.selectedItems.length == 0)
+      return null;
+
+    let serverKey = this.mServerList.selectedItems[0].getAttribute("key");
+    return MailServices.smtp.getServerByKey(serverKey);
+  }
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/base/prefs/content/am-smtp.xul b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/am-smtp.xul
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3c18bfe11
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/am-smtp.xul
@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+<?xml version="1.0"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<?xml-stylesheet href="chrome://messenger/skin/accountManage.css" type="text/css"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE page SYSTEM "chrome://messenger/locale/am-advanced.dtd">
+
+<page xmlns="http://www.mozilla.org/keymaster/gatekeeper/there.is.only.xul"
+      title="&smtpServer.label;"
+      onload="gSmtpServerListWindow.onLoad();">
+  <script type="application/javascript"
+          src="chrome://messenger/content/amUtils.js"/>
+  <script type="application/javascript"
+          src="chrome://messenger/content/am-smtp.js"/>
+
+  <stringbundle id="bundle_messenger"
+                src="chrome://messenger/locale/messenger.properties"/>
+
+  <vbox flex="1" style="overflow: auto;">
+    <dialogheader title="&smtpServer.label;"/>
+
+    <label control="smtpList">&smtpDescription.label;</label>
+    <separator class="thin"/>
+
+    <hbox flex="1">
+      <listbox id="smtpList"
+               onselect="gSmtpServerListWindow.onSelectionChanged(event);"
+               ondblclick="gSmtpServerListWindow.onEditServer(event);"
+               flex="1"/>
+
+      <vbox>
+        <button id="addButton"
+                oncommand="gSmtpServerListWindow.onAddServer(event);"
+                label="&smtpListAdd.label;"
+                accesskey="&smtpListAdd.accesskey;"/>
+        <button id="editButton"
+                oncommand="gSmtpServerListWindow.onEditServer(event);"
+                label="&smtpListEdit.label;"
+                accesskey="&smtpListEdit.accesskey;"/>
+        <separator/>
+        <button id="deleteButton" disabled="true"
+                oncommand="gSmtpServerListWindow.onDeleteServer(event);"
+                label="&smtpListDelete.label;"
+                accesskey="&smtpListDelete.accesskey;"/>
+        <button id="setDefaultButton" disabled="true"
+                oncommand="gSmtpServerListWindow.onSetDefaultServer(event);"
+                label="&smtpListSetDefault.label;"
+                accesskey="&smtpListSetDefault.accesskey;"/>
+      </vbox>
+    </hbox>
+
+    <separator/>
+
+    <label class="header">&serverDetails.label;</label>
+    <hbox id="smtpServerInfoBox">
+      <stack flex="1" class="inset">
+        <spacer id="backgroundBox"/>
+        <grid>
+          <columns>
+            <column/>
+            <column flex="1"/>
+          </columns>
+          <rows>
+            <row align="center">
+              <hbox pack="end">
+                <label id="descriptionLabel"
+                       value="&serverDescription.label;"
+                       control="descriptionValue"/>
+              </hbox>
+              <textbox id="descriptionValue" readonly="true" class="plain"/>
+            </row>
+            <row align="center">
+              <hbox pack="end">
+                <label id="nameLabel" value="&serverName.label;" control="nameValue"/>
+              </hbox>
+              <textbox id="nameValue" readonly="true" class="plain"/>
+            </row>
+            <row align="center">
+              <hbox pack="end">
+                <label id="portLabel" value="&serverPort.label;" control="portValue"/>
+              </hbox>
+              <textbox id="portValue" readonly="true" class="plain"/>
+            </row>
+            <row align="center">
+              <hbox pack="end">
+                <label id="userNameLabel" value="&userName.label;" control="userNameValue"/>
+              </hbox>
+              <textbox id="userNameValue" readonly="true" class="plain"/>
+            </row>
+            <row align="center">
+              <hbox pack="end">
+                <label id="authMethodLabel" value="&authMethod.label;" control="authMethodValue"/>
+              </hbox>
+              <textbox id="authMethodValue" readonly="true" class="plain"/>
+            </row>
+            <row align="center">
+              <hbox pack="end">
+                <label id="connectionSecurityLabel" value="&connectionSecurity.label;"
+                       control="useSecureConnectionValue"/>
+              </hbox>
+              <textbox id="useSecureConnectionValue" readonly="true" class="plain"/>
+            </row>
+          </rows>
+        </grid>
+      </stack>
+    </hbox>
+    <separator flex="1"/>
+  </vbox>
+</page>
diff --git a/mailnews/base/prefs/content/amUtils.js b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/amUtils.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2b101f9f1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/amUtils.js
@@ -0,0 +1,205 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+Components.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/Services.jsm");
+Components.utils.import("resource:///modules/mailServices.js");
+Components.utils.import("resource:///modules/MailUtils.js");
+Components.utils.import("resource:///modules/iteratorUtils.jsm");
+
+function BrowseForLocalFolders()
+{
+  const nsIFilePicker = Components.interfaces.nsIFilePicker;
+  const nsIFile = Components.interfaces.nsIFile;
+
+  var currentFolderTextBox = document.getElementById("server.localPath");
+  var fp = Components.classes["@mozilla.org/filepicker;1"]
+                     .createInstance(nsIFilePicker);
+
+  fp.init(window,
+          document.getElementById("browseForLocalFolder")
+                  .getAttribute("filepickertitle"),
+          nsIFilePicker.modeGetFolder);
+
+  var currentFolder = Components.classes["@mozilla.org/file/local;1"]
+                                .createInstance(nsIFile);
+  currentFolder.initWithPath(currentFolderTextBox.value);
+  fp.displayDirectory = currentFolder;
+
+  if (fp.show() != nsIFilePicker.returnOK)
+    return;
+
+  // Retrieve the selected folder.
+  let selectedFolder = fp.file;
+
+  // Check if the folder can be used for mail storage.
+  if (!top.checkDirectoryIsUsable(selectedFolder))
+    return;
+
+  currentFolderTextBox.value = selectedFolder.path;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Return server/folder name formatted with server name if needed.
+ *
+ * @param aTargetFolder  nsIMsgFolder to format name for
+ *                       If target.isServer then only its name is returned.
+ *                       Otherwise return the name as "<foldername> on <servername>".
+ */
+function prettyFolderName(aTargetFolder)
+{
+  if (aTargetFolder.isServer)
+    return aTargetFolder.prettyName;
+
+  return document.getElementById("bundle_messenger")
+                 .getFormattedString("verboseFolderFormat",
+                                     [aTargetFolder.prettyName,
+                                      aTargetFolder.server.prettyName]);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Checks validity of junk target server name and folder.
+ *
+ * @param aTargetURI  the URI specification to check
+ * @param aIsServer   true if the URI specifies only a server (without folder)
+ *
+ * @return  the value of aTargetURI if it is valid (usable), otherwise null
+ */
+function checkJunkTargetFolder(aTargetURI, aIsServer)
+{
+  try {
+    // Does the target account exist?
+    let targetServer = MailUtils.getFolderForURI(aTargetURI + (aIsServer ? "/Junk" : ""),
+                                                 !aIsServer).server;
+
+    // If the target server has deferred storage, Junk can't be stored into it.
+    if (targetServer.rootFolder != targetServer.rootMsgFolder)
+      return null;
+  } catch (e) {
+    return null;
+  }
+
+  return aTargetURI;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Finds a usable target for storing Junk mail.
+ * If the passed in server URI is not usable, choose Local Folders.
+ *
+ * @param aTargetURI  the URI of a server or folder to try first
+ * @param aIsServer   true if the URI specifies only a server (without folder)
+ *
+ * @return  the server/folder URI of a usable target for storing Junk
+ */
+function chooseJunkTargetFolder(aTargetURI, aIsServer)
+{
+  let server = null;
+
+  if (aTargetURI) {
+    server = MailUtils.getFolderForURI(aTargetURI, false).server;
+    if (!server.canCreateFoldersOnServer || !server.canSearchMessages ||
+        (server.rootFolder != server.rootMsgFolder))
+      server = null;
+  }
+  if (!server)
+    server = MailServices.accounts.localFoldersServer;
+
+  return server.serverURI + (!aIsServer ? "/Junk" : "");
+}
+
+/**
+ * Fixes junk target folders if they point to an invalid/unusable (e.g. deferred)
+ * folder/account. Only returns the new safe values. It is up to the caller
+ * to push them to the proper elements/prefs.
+ *
+ * @param aSpamActionTargetAccount  The value of the server.*.spamActionTargetAccount pref value (URI).
+ * @param aSpamActionTargetFolder   The value of the server.*.spamActionTargetFolder pref value (URI).
+ * @param aProposedTarget           The URI of a new target to try.
+ * @param aMoveTargetModeValue      The value of the server.*.moveTargetMode pref value (0/1).
+ * @param aServerSpamSettings       The nsISpamSettings object of any server
+ *                                  (used just for the MOVE_TARGET_MODE_* constants).
+ * @param aMoveOnSpam               The server.*.moveOnSpam pref value (bool).
+ *
+ * @return  an array containing:
+ *          newTargetAccount new safe junk target account
+ *          newTargetAccount new safe junk target folder
+ *          newMoveOnSpam    new moveOnSpam value
+ */
+function sanitizeJunkTargets(aSpamActionTargetAccount,
+                             aSpamActionTargetFolder,
+                             aProposedTarget,
+                             aMoveTargetModeValue,
+                             aServerSpamSettings,
+                             aMoveOnSpam)
+{
+  // Check if folder targets are valid.
+  aSpamActionTargetAccount = checkJunkTargetFolder(aSpamActionTargetAccount, true);
+  if (!aSpamActionTargetAccount) {
+    // If aSpamActionTargetAccount is not valid,
+    // reset to default behavior to NOT move junk messages...
+    if (aMoveTargetModeValue == aServerSpamSettings.MOVE_TARGET_MODE_ACCOUNT)
+      aMoveOnSpam = false;
+
+    // ... and find a good default target.
+    aSpamActionTargetAccount = chooseJunkTargetFolder(aProposedTarget, true);
+  }
+
+  aSpamActionTargetFolder = checkJunkTargetFolder(aSpamActionTargetFolder, false);
+  if (!aSpamActionTargetFolder) {
+    // If aSpamActionTargetFolder is not valid,
+    // reset to default behavior to NOT move junk messages...
+    if (aMoveTargetModeValue == aServerSpamSettings.MOVE_TARGET_MODE_FOLDER)
+      aMoveOnSpam = false;
+
+    // ... and find a good default target.
+    aSpamActionTargetFolder = chooseJunkTargetFolder(aProposedTarget, false);
+  }
+
+  return [ aSpamActionTargetAccount, aSpamActionTargetFolder, aMoveOnSpam ];
+}
+
+/**
+ * Opens Preferences (Options) dialog on the Advanced pane, General tab
+ * so that the user sees where the global receipts settings can be found.
+ *
+ * @param aTBPaneId     Thunderbird pref paneID to open.
+ * @param aTBTabId      Thunderbird tabID to open.
+ * @param aTBOtherArgs  Other arguments to send to the pref tab.
+ * @param aSMPaneId     Seamonkey pref pane to open.
+ */
+function openPrefsFromAccountManager(aTBPaneId, aTBTabId, aTBOtherArgs, aSMPaneId) {
+  let win = Services.wm.getMostRecentWindow("mail:3pane") ||
+            Services.wm.getMostRecentWindow("mail:messageWindow") ||
+            Services.wm.getMostRecentWindow("msgcompose");
+  if (!win)
+    return;
+
+  // If openOptionsDialog() exists, we are in Thunderbird.
+  if (typeof win.openOptionsDialog == "function")
+    win.openOptionsDialog(aTBPaneId, aTBTabId, aTBOtherArgs);
+  // If goPreferences() exists, we are in Seamonkey.
+  if (typeof win.goPreferences == "function")
+    win.goPreferences(aSMPaneId);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Check if the given account name already exists in any account.
+ *
+ * @param aAccountName  The account name string to look for.
+ * @param aAccountKey   Optional. The key of an account that is skipped when
+ *                      searching the name. If unset, do not skip any account.
+ */
+function accountNameExists(aAccountName, aAccountKey)
+{
+  for (let account in fixIterator(MailServices.accounts.accounts,
+                                  Components.interfaces.nsIMsgAccount))
+  {
+    if (account.key != aAccountKey && account.incomingServer &&
+        aAccountName == account.incomingServer.prettyName) {
+      return true;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return false;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/prefs/content/aw-accname.js b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/aw-accname.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6fce2e878
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/aw-accname.js
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+/* -*- Mode: Java; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+var gPrefsBundle;
+
+function acctNamePageValidate() 
+{
+  var accountname = document.getElementById("prettyName").value;
+  var canAdvance = accountname ? true : false;
+
+  // Check if this accountname already exists. If so, return false so that
+  // user can enter a different unique account name.
+  if (canAdvance && accountNameExists(accountname))
+    canAdvance = false;
+
+  document.documentElement.canAdvance = canAdvance;
+}
+
+function acctNamePageUnload() {
+  var pageData = parent.GetPageData();
+
+  // fix for bug #255473
+  // allow for multiple RSS accounts.
+  // if our isp.rdf file defines "wizardAutoGenerateUniqueHostname"
+  // we generate a unique hostname until we have one that doesn't exist
+  // for RSS accounts, in rss.rdf, userName, hostName and serverType
+  // default to the same thing, so we need to do this to allow for
+  // multiple RSS accounts.  Note, they can all have the same pretty name.
+  if (gCurrentAccountData && 
+      gCurrentAccountData.wizardAutoGenerateUniqueHostname) 
+  {
+    var serverType = parent.getCurrentServerType(pageData);
+    var userName = parent.getCurrentUserName(pageData);
+    var hostName = parent.getCurrentHostname(pageData);
+    var hostNamePref = hostName;
+    var i = 2;
+    while (parent.AccountExists(userName, hostName, serverType)) 
+    {
+      // If "Feeds" exists, try "Feeds-2", then "Feeds-3", etc.
+      hostName = hostNamePref + "-" + i;
+      i++;
+    }
+    setPageData(pageData, "server", "hostname", hostName);
+  }
+
+  var accountname = document.getElementById("prettyName").value;
+  setPageData(pageData, "accname", "prettyName", accountname);
+  // Set this to true so we know the user has set the name.
+  setPageData(pageData, "accname", "userset", true);
+  return true;
+}
+
+function acctNamePageInit()
+{
+    gPrefsBundle = document.getElementById("bundle_prefs");
+    var accountNameInput = document.getElementById("prettyName");
+    if (accountNameInput.value=="") {
+        var pageData = parent.GetPageData();
+        var type = parent.getCurrentServerType(pageData);
+        var accountName;
+
+        if (gCurrentAccountData && gCurrentAccountData.wizardAccountName)
+            accountName = gCurrentAccountData.wizardAccountName;
+        else if (type == "nntp") 
+            accountName = pageData.newsserver.hostname.value;
+        else
+            accountName = pageData.identity.email.value;
+        accountNameInput.value = accountName;
+    }
+    acctNamePageValidate();
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/prefs/content/aw-accounttype.js b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/aw-accounttype.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..64b828594
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/aw-accounttype.js
@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
+/* -*- Mode: Java; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+function setAccountTypeData() 
+{
+  var rg = document.getElementById("acctyperadio");
+  var selectedItemId = rg.selectedItem.id;
+  var mail = selectedItemId == "mailaccount";
+  var news = selectedItemId == "newsaccount";
+
+  var pageData = parent.GetPageData();
+  setPageData(pageData, "accounttype", "mailaccount", mail);
+  setPageData(pageData, "accounttype", "newsaccount", news);
+
+  // Other account type, e.g. Movemail
+  setPageData(pageData, "accounttype", "otheraccount", !(news || mail));
+}
+
+function acctTypePageUnload() {
+    gCurrentAccountData = null;
+    setAccountTypeData();
+    initializeIspData();
+    setupWizardPanels();
+    return true;
+}
+
+function setupWizardPanels() {
+    if (gCurrentAccountData && gCurrentAccountData.useOverlayPanels) {
+      if ("testingIspServices" in this) {
+        if ("SetPageMappings" in this && testingIspServices()) {
+          SetPageMappings(document.documentElement.currentPage.id, "done");
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    var pageData = parent.GetPageData();
+   
+    // We default this to false, even though we could set it to true if we
+    // are going to display the page. However as the accname page will set
+    // it to true for us, we'll just default it to false and not work it out
+    // twice.
+    setPageData(pageData, "accname", "userset", false);
+
+    // If we need to skip wizardpanels, set the wizard to jump to the
+    // summary page i.e., last page. Otherwise, set the flow based
+    // on type of account (mail or news) user is creating.
+    var skipPanels = "";
+    try {
+      if (gCurrentAccountData.wizardSkipPanels)
+        skipPanels = gCurrentAccountData.wizardSkipPanels.toString().toLowerCase();
+    } catch(ex) {}
+
+      // "done" is the only required panel for all accounts. We used to require an identity panel but not anymore.
+      // initialize wizardPanels with the optional mail/news panels
+      var wizardPanels, i;
+      var isMailAccount = pageData.accounttype.mailaccount;
+      var isNewsAccount = pageData.accounttype.newsaccount;
+      if (skipPanels == "true") // Support old syntax of true/false for wizardSkipPanels
+        wizardPanels = new Array("identitypage"); 
+      else if (isMailAccount && isMailAccount.value)
+        wizardPanels = new Array("identitypage", "incomingpage", "outgoingpage", "accnamepage");
+      else if (isNewsAccount && isNewsAccount.value)
+        wizardPanels = new Array("identitypage", "newsserver", "accnamepage");
+      else { // An account created by an extension and XUL overlays
+        var button = document.getElementById("acctyperadio").selectedItem;
+        wizardPanels = button.value.split(/ *, */);
+      }
+
+      // Create a hash table of the panels to skip
+      var skipArray = skipPanels.split(",");
+      var skipHash = new Array();
+      for (i = 0; i < skipArray.length; i++)
+        skipHash[skipArray[i]] = skipArray[i];
+
+      // Remove skipped panels
+      i = 0;
+      while (i < wizardPanels.length) {
+        if (wizardPanels[i] in skipHash)
+          wizardPanels.splice(i, 1);
+        else
+          i++;
+      }
+
+      wizardPanels.push("done");
+
+      // Set up order of panels
+      for (i = 0; i < (wizardPanels.length-1); i++)
+        setNextPage(wizardPanels[i], wizardPanels[i+1]);
+
+      // make the account type page go to the very first of our approved wizard panels...this is usually going to
+      // be accounttype --> identitypage unless we were configured to skip the identity page
+      setNextPage("accounttype",wizardPanels[0]);
+}
+
+function initializeIspData()
+{
+    let mailAccount = document.getElementById("mailaccount");
+    if (!mailAccount || !mailAccount.selected) {
+      parent.SetCurrentAccountData(null);
+    }
+
+    // now reflect the datasource up into the parent
+    var accountSelection = document.getElementById("acctyperadio");
+
+    var ispName = accountSelection.selectedItem.id;
+
+    dump("initializing ISP data for " + ispName + "\n");
+
+    if (!ispName || ispName == "") return;
+
+    parent.PrefillAccountForIsp(ispName);
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/prefs/content/aw-done.js b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/aw-done.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..79fb7d000
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/aw-done.js
@@ -0,0 +1,215 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+Components.utils.import("resource:///modules/mailServices.js");
+
+var gPrefsBundle;
+
+function donePageInit() {
+    var pageData = parent.GetPageData();
+    var currentAccountData = gCurrentAccountData;
+
+    if ("testingIspServices" in this) {
+      if (testingIspServices()) {
+        if ("setOtherISPServices" in this) {
+          setOtherISPServices();
+        }
+
+        if (currentAccountData && currentAccountData.useOverlayPanels && currentAccountData.createNewAccount) {
+          var backButton = document.documentElement.getButton("back");
+          backButton.setAttribute("disabled", true);
+
+          var cancelButton = document.documentElement.getButton("cancel");
+          cancelButton.setAttribute("disabled", true);
+
+          setPageData(pageData, "identity", "email", gEmailAddress);
+          setPageData(pageData, "identity", "fullName", gUserFullName);
+          setPageData(pageData, "login", "username", gScreenName);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+   
+    gPrefsBundle = document.getElementById("bundle_prefs");
+    var showMailServerDetails = true; 
+
+    if (currentAccountData) {
+        // find out if we need to hide server details
+        showMailServerDetails = currentAccountData.showServerDetailsOnWizardSummary; 
+        // Change the username field description to email field label in aw-identity
+        if (currentAccountData.emailIDFieldTitle)
+          setUserNameDescField(currentAccountData.emailIDFieldTitle);
+    }
+
+    // Find out if we need to hide details for incoming servers
+    var hideIncoming = (gCurrentAccountData && gCurrentAccountData.wizardHideIncoming);
+
+    var email = "";
+    if (pageData.identity && pageData.identity.email) {
+        // fixup the email
+        email = pageData.identity.email.value;
+        if (email.split('@').length < 2 && 
+                     currentAccountData && 
+                     currentAccountData.domain)
+            email += "@" + currentAccountData.domain;
+    }
+    setDivTextFromForm("identity.email", email);
+
+    var userName="";
+    if (pageData.login && pageData.login.username)
+        userName = pageData.login.username.value;
+    if (!userName && email) {
+        if (currentAccountData && currentAccountData.incomingServerUserNameRequiresDomain == undefined)
+            currentAccountData.incomingServerUserNameRequiresDomain = false;
+        userName = getUsernameFromEmail(email, currentAccountData &&
+                                        currentAccountData.incomingServerUserNameRequiresDomain);
+    }
+    // Hide the "username" field if we don't want to show information
+    // on the incoming server.
+    setDivTextFromForm("server.username", hideIncoming ? null : userName);
+
+    var smtpUserName="";
+    if (pageData.login && pageData.login.smtpusername)
+        smtpUserName = pageData.login.smtpusername.value;
+    if (!smtpUserName && email)
+        smtpUserName = getUsernameFromEmail(email, currentAccountData && 
+                                            currentAccountData.smtpUserNameRequiresDomain);
+    setDivTextFromForm("smtpServer.username", smtpUserName);
+
+    if (pageData.accname && pageData.accname.prettyName) {
+      // If currentAccountData has a pretty name (e.g. news link or from
+      // isp data) only set the user name with the pretty name if the
+      // pretty name originally came from ispdata
+      if ((currentAccountData && 
+           currentAccountData.incomingServer.prettyName) &&
+           (pageData.ispdata && 
+            pageData.ispdata.supplied &&
+            pageData.ispdata.supplied.value))
+      {
+        // Get the polished account name - if the user has modified the
+        // account name then use that, otherwise use the userName.
+        pageData.accname.prettyName.value =
+          gPrefsBundle.getFormattedString("accountName",
+                         [currentAccountData.incomingServer.prettyName,
+                          (pageData.accname.userset && pageData.accname.userset.value) ? pageData.accname.prettyName.value : userName]);
+      }
+      // else just use the default supplied name
+
+      setDivTextFromForm("account.name", pageData.accname.prettyName.value);
+    } else {
+      setDivTextFromForm("account.name", "");
+    }
+
+    // Show mail servers (incoming&outgoing) details
+    // based on current account data. ISP can set 
+    // rdf value of literal showServerDetailsOnWizardSummary
+    // to false to hide server details
+    if (showMailServerDetails && !serverIsNntp(pageData)) {
+        var incomingServerName="";
+        if (pageData.server && pageData.server.hostname) {
+            incomingServerName = pageData.server.hostname.value;
+            if (!incomingServerName && 
+                 currentAccountData && 
+                 currentAccountData.incomingServer.hostname)
+                incomingServerName = currentAccountData.incomingServer.hostName;
+        }
+        // Hide the incoming server name field if the user specified
+        // wizardHideIncoming in the ISP defaults file
+        setDivTextFromForm("server.name", hideIncoming ? null : incomingServerName);
+        setDivTextFromForm("server.port", pageData.server.port ? pageData.server.port.value : null);
+        var incomingServerType="";
+        if (pageData.server && pageData.server.servertype) {
+            incomingServerType = pageData.server.servertype.value;
+            if (!incomingServerType && 
+                 currentAccountData && 
+                 currentAccountData.incomingServer.type)
+                incomingServerType = currentAccountData.incomingServer.type;
+        }
+        setDivTextFromForm("server.type", incomingServerType.toUpperCase());
+
+        var smtpServerName="";
+        if (pageData.server && pageData.server.smtphostname) {
+          let smtpServer = MailServices.smtp.defaultServer;
+          smtpServerName = pageData.server.smtphostname.value;
+          if (!smtpServerName && smtpServer && smtpServer.hostname)
+              smtpServerName = smtpServer.hostname;
+        }
+        setDivTextFromForm("smtpServer.name", smtpServerName);
+    }
+    else {
+        setDivTextFromForm("server.name", null);
+        setDivTextFromForm("server.type", null);
+        setDivTextFromForm("server.port", null);
+        setDivTextFromForm("smtpServer.name", null);
+    }
+
+    if (serverIsNntp(pageData)) {
+        var newsServerName="";
+        if (pageData.newsserver && pageData.newsserver.hostname)
+            newsServerName = pageData.newsserver.hostname.value;
+        if (newsServerName) {
+            // No need to show username for news account
+            setDivTextFromForm("server.username", null);
+        }
+        setDivTextFromForm("newsServer.name", newsServerName);
+        setDivTextFromForm("server.port", null);
+    }
+    else {
+        setDivTextFromForm("newsServer.name", null);
+    }
+
+    var isPop = false;
+    if (pageData.server && pageData.server.servertype) {
+      isPop = (pageData.server.servertype.value == "pop3");
+    }
+
+    hideShowDownloadMsgsUI(isPop);
+}
+
+function hideShowDownloadMsgsUI(isPop)
+{
+  // only show the "download messages now" UI
+  // if this is a pop account, we are online, and this was opened
+  // from the 3 pane
+  var downloadMsgs = document.getElementById("downloadMsgs");
+  if (isPop) {
+    if (!Services.io.offline) {
+      if (window.opener.location.href == "chrome://messenger/content/messenger.xul") {
+        downloadMsgs.hidden = false;
+        return;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+ 
+  // else hide it
+  downloadMsgs.hidden = true;
+}
+
+function setDivTextFromForm(divid, value) {
+
+    // collapse the row if the div has no value
+    var div = document.getElementById(divid);
+    if (!value) {
+        div.setAttribute("collapsed","true");
+        return;
+    }
+    else {
+        div.removeAttribute("collapsed");
+    }
+
+    // otherwise fill in the .text element
+    div = document.getElementById(divid+".text");
+    if (!div) return;
+
+    // set the value
+    div.setAttribute("value", value);
+}
+
+function setUserNameDescField(name)
+{
+   if (name) {
+       var userNameField = document.getElementById("server.username.label");
+       userNameField.setAttribute("value", name);
+   }
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/prefs/content/aw-identity.js b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/aw-identity.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ed99c4400
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/aw-identity.js
@@ -0,0 +1,212 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+var gCurrentDomain;
+var gPrefsBundle;
+
+function identityPageValidate()
+{
+  var canAdvance = false;
+  var name = document.getElementById("fullName").value;
+  let email = document.getElementById("email").value.trim();
+
+  if (name && email) {
+    canAdvance = gCurrentDomain ? emailNameIsLegal(email) : emailNameAndDomainAreLegal(email);
+
+    if (gCurrentDomain && canAdvance) {
+      // For prefilled ISP data we must check if the account already exists as
+      // there is no second chance. The email is the username since the user
+      // fills in [______]@example.com.
+      var pageData = parent.GetPageData();
+      var serverType = parent.getCurrentServerType(pageData);
+      var hostName = parent.getCurrentHostname(pageData);
+      var usernameWithDomain = email + "@" + gCurrentDomain;
+      if (parent.AccountExists(email, hostName, serverType) ||
+          parent.AccountExists(usernameWithDomain, hostName, serverType))
+        canAdvance = false;
+    }
+  }
+
+  document.documentElement.canAdvance = canAdvance;
+}
+
+function identityPageUnload()
+{
+  var pageData = parent.GetPageData();
+  var name = document.getElementById("fullName").value;
+  let email = document.getElementById("email").value.trim();
+  setPageData(pageData, "identity", "fullName", name);
+  setPageData(pageData, "identity", "email", email);
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+// This is for the case when the code appends the domain  
+// unnecessarily.
+// This simply gets rid  of "@domain" from "foo@domain"
+
+function fixPreFilledEmail()
+{
+  var emailElement = document.getElementById("email");
+  var email = emailElement.value;
+  var emailArray = email.split('@');
+
+  if (gCurrentDomain) {
+    // check if user entered an @ sign even though we have a domain
+    if (emailArray.length >= 2) {
+      email = emailArray[0];
+      emailElement.value = email;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+ * This function checks for common illegal characters.
+ * It shouldn't be too strict, since we do more extensive tests later.
+ */
+function emailNameIsLegal(aString)
+{
+  return aString && !/[^!-?A-~]/.test(aString);
+} 
+
+function emailNameAndDomainAreLegal(aString)
+{
+  return /^[!-?A-~]+\@[A-Za-z0-9.-]+$/.test(aString);
+}
+
+function identityPageInit()
+{
+  gCurrentDomain = null;
+  gPrefsBundle = document.getElementById("bundle_prefs");
+  clearEmailTextItems();
+  setEmailDescriptionText();
+  checkForDomain();
+  checkForFullName(); 
+  checkForEmail(); 
+  fixPreFilledEmail();
+  identityPageValidate();
+}
+
+function clearEmailTextItems()
+{
+  var emailDescText = document.getElementById("emailDescText");
+
+  if (emailDescText.hasChildNodes())
+    emailDescText.firstChild.remove();
+
+  var postEmailText = document.getElementById("postEmailText");
+  postEmailText.setAttribute("value", "");
+  postEmailText.hidden = true;
+}
+
+// Use email example data that ISP has provided. ISP data, if avaialble
+// for the choice user has made, will be read into CurrentAccountData. 
+// Default example data from properties will be used when the info is missing. 
+function setEmailDescriptionText()
+{
+    var emailDescText = document.getElementById("emailDescText");
+    var emailFieldLabel = document.getElementById("emailFieldLabel");
+    var currentAccountData = parent.gCurrentAccountData;
+   
+    var displayText =  null;
+    var emailFieldLabelData =  null;
+    var setDefaultEmailDescStrings = true; 
+
+    // Set the default field label
+    emailFieldLabel.setAttribute("value", gPrefsBundle.getString("emailFieldText"));
+
+    // Get values for customized data from current account 
+    if (currentAccountData)
+    {
+        var emailProvider  = currentAccountData.emailProviderName;
+        var sampleEmail    = currentAccountData.sampleEmail;
+        var sampleUserName = currentAccountData.sampleUserName;
+        var emailIDDesc    = currentAccountData.emailIDDescription;
+        var emailIDTitle   = currentAccountData.emailIDFieldTitle;
+
+        if (emailProvider  &&
+            sampleEmail    &&
+            sampleUserName &&
+            emailIDDesc    &&
+            emailIDTitle)
+        {
+            // Get email description data
+            displayText = gPrefsBundle.getFormattedString("customizedEmailText",
+                                                          [emailProvider,
+                                                           emailIDDesc,
+                                                           sampleEmail,
+                                                           sampleUserName]);
+
+            // Set emailfield label
+            emailFieldLabelData =  emailIDTitle;
+            emailFieldLabel.setAttribute("value", emailFieldLabelData);
+
+            // Need to display customized data. Turn off default settings.
+            setDefaultEmailDescStrings = false; 
+        }
+    }
+
+    if (setDefaultEmailDescStrings)
+    {
+        // Check for obtained values and set with default values if needed
+        var username = gPrefsBundle.getString("exampleEmailUserName"); 
+        var domain = gPrefsBundle.getString("exampleEmailDomain"); 
+
+        displayText = gPrefsBundle.getFormattedString("defaultEmailText",
+                                                      [username, domain]);
+    }
+
+    // Create a text nodes with text to be displayed
+    var emailDescTextNode       =  document.createTextNode(displayText);
+
+    // Display the dynamically generated text for email description 
+    emailDescText.appendChild(emailDescTextNode);
+}
+
+// retrieve the current domain from the parent wizard window,
+// and update the UI to add the @domain static text
+function checkForDomain()
+{
+  var accountData = parent.gCurrentAccountData;
+  if (!accountData || !accountData.domain)
+    return;
+
+  // save in global variable
+  gCurrentDomain = accountData.domain;
+  var postEmailText = document.getElementById("postEmailText");
+  postEmailText.setAttribute("value", "@" + gCurrentDomain);
+  postEmailText.hidden = false;
+}
+
+function checkForFullName() {
+    var name = document.getElementById("fullName");
+    if (name.value=="") {
+        try {
+            var userInfo = Components.classes["@mozilla.org/userinfo;1"].getService(Components.interfaces.nsIUserInfo);
+            name.value = userInfo.fullname;
+        }
+        catch (ex) {
+            // dump ("checkForFullName failed: " + ex + "\n");
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+function checkForEmail() 
+{
+    var email = document.getElementById("email");
+    var pageData = parent.GetPageData();
+    if (pageData && pageData.identity && pageData.identity.email) {
+        email.value = pageData.identity.email.value;
+    }
+    if (email.value=="") {
+        try {
+            var userInfo = Components.classes["@mozilla.org/userinfo;1"].getService(Components.interfaces.nsIUserInfo);
+            email.value = userInfo.emailAddress;
+        }
+        catch (ex) {
+            // dump ("checkForEmail failed: " + ex + "\n"); 
+        }
+    }
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/prefs/content/aw-incoming.js b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/aw-incoming.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fcc063fed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/aw-incoming.js
@@ -0,0 +1,176 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+Components.utils.import("resource:///modules/hostnameUtils.jsm");
+
+var gOnMailServersPage;
+var gOnNewsServerPage;
+var gHideIncoming;
+var gProtocolInfo = null;
+
+function incomingPageValidate()
+{
+  var canAdvance = true;
+  var hostName;
+
+  if (gOnMailServersPage) {
+    hostName = document.getElementById("incomingServer").value;
+    if (!gHideIncoming && !isLegalHostNameOrIP(cleanUpHostName(hostName)))
+      canAdvance = false;
+  }
+  if (gOnNewsServerPage) {
+    hostName = document.getElementById("newsServer").value;
+    if (!isLegalHostNameOrIP(cleanUpHostName(hostName)))
+      canAdvance = false;
+  }
+
+  if (canAdvance) {
+    var pageData = parent.GetPageData();
+    var serverType = parent.getCurrentServerType(pageData);
+    var username = document.getElementById("username").value;
+    if (gProtocolInfo && gProtocolInfo.requiresUsername && !username ||
+        parent.AccountExists(username, hostName, serverType))
+      canAdvance = false;
+  }
+
+  document.documentElement.canAdvance = canAdvance;
+}
+
+function incomingPageUnload()
+{
+  var pageData = parent.GetPageData();
+
+  if (gOnMailServersPage) {
+    // If we have hidden the incoming server dialogs, we don't want
+    // to set the server to an empty value here
+    if (!gHideIncoming) {
+      var incomingServerName = document.getElementById("incomingServer");
+      setPageData(pageData, "server", "hostname", cleanUpHostName(incomingServerName.value));
+    }
+    var serverport = document.getElementById("serverPort").value;
+    setPageData(pageData, "server", "port", serverport);
+    var username = document.getElementById("username").value;
+    setPageData(pageData, "login", "username", username);
+  }
+  else if (gOnNewsServerPage) {
+    var newsServerName = document.getElementById("newsServer");
+    setPageData(pageData, "newsserver", "hostname", cleanUpHostName(newsServerName.value));
+  }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+function incomingPageInit() {
+  gOnMailServersPage = (document.documentElement.currentPage.id == "incomingpage");
+  gOnNewsServerPage = (document.documentElement.currentPage.id == "newsserver");
+  if (gOnNewsServerPage)
+  {
+    var newsServer = document.getElementById("newsServer");
+    var pageData = parent.GetPageData();
+    try
+    {
+      newsServer.value = pageData.newsserver.hostname.value;
+    }
+    catch (ex){}
+  }
+    
+  gHideIncoming = false;
+  if (gCurrentAccountData && gCurrentAccountData.wizardHideIncoming)
+    gHideIncoming = true;
+  
+  var incomingServerbox = document.getElementById("incomingServerbox");
+  var serverTypeBox = document.getElementById("serverTypeBox");
+  if (incomingServerbox && serverTypeBox) {
+    if (gHideIncoming) {
+      incomingServerbox.setAttribute("hidden", "true");
+      serverTypeBox.setAttribute("hidden", "true");
+    }
+    else {
+      incomingServerbox.removeAttribute("hidden");
+      serverTypeBox.removeAttribute("hidden");
+    }
+  }
+  
+  // Server type selection (pop3 or imap) is for mail accounts only
+  var pageData = parent.GetPageData();
+  var isMailAccount = pageData.accounttype.mailaccount.value;
+  var isOtherAccount = pageData.accounttype.otheraccount.value;
+  if (isMailAccount && !gHideIncoming) {
+    var serverTypeRadioGroup = document.getElementById("servertype");
+    /* 
+     * Check to see if the radiogroup has any value. If there is no
+     * value, this must be the first time user visting this page in the
+     * account setup process. So, the default is set to pop3. If there 
+     * is a value (it's used automatically), user has already visited 
+     * page and server type selection is done. Once user visits the page, 
+     * the server type value from then on will persist (whether the selection 
+     * came from the default or the user action).
+     */
+    if (!serverTypeRadioGroup.value) {
+      /*
+       * if server type was set to imap in isp data, then
+       * we preset the server type radio group accordingly,
+       * otherwise, use pop3 as the default.
+       */
+      var serverTypeRadioItem = document.getElementById(pageData.server &&
+           pageData.server.servertype && pageData.server.servertype.value == "imap" ?
+               "imap" : "pop3");
+      serverTypeRadioGroup.selectedItem = serverTypeRadioItem;      // Set pop3 server type as default selection
+    }
+    var leaveMessages = document.getElementById("leaveMessagesOnServer");
+    var deferStorage = document.getElementById("deferStorage");
+    setServerType();
+    setServerPrefs(leaveMessages);
+    setServerPrefs(deferStorage);
+  }
+  else if (isOtherAccount) {
+    document.getElementById("deferStorageBox").hidden = true;
+  }
+
+  if (pageData.server && pageData.server.hostname) {
+    var incomingServerTextBox = document.getElementById("incomingServer");
+    if (incomingServerTextBox && incomingServerTextBox.value == "")
+      incomingServerTextBox.value = pageData.server.hostname.value;
+  }
+
+  // pageData.server is not a real nsMsgIncomingServer so it does not have
+  // protocolInfo property implemented.
+  let type = parent.getCurrentServerType(pageData);
+  gProtocolInfo = Components.classes["@mozilla.org/messenger/protocol/info;1?type=" + type]
+                            .getService(Components.interfaces.nsIMsgProtocolInfo);
+  var loginNameInput = document.getElementById("username");
+
+  if (loginNameInput.value == "") {
+    if (gProtocolInfo.requiresUsername) {
+      // since we require a username, use the uid from the email address
+      loginNameInput.value = parent.getUsernameFromEmail(pageData.identity.email.value, gCurrentAccountData &&
+                                                         gCurrentAccountData.incomingServerUserNameRequiresDomain);
+    }
+  }
+  incomingPageValidate();
+}
+ 
+function setServerType()
+{
+  var pageData = parent.GetPageData();
+  var serverType = document.getElementById("servertype").value;
+  var deferStorageBox = document.getElementById("deferStorageBox");
+  var leaveMessages = document.getElementById("leaveMsgsOnSrvrBox");
+  var port = serverType == "pop3" ? 110 : 143;
+
+  document.getElementById("serverPort").value = port;
+  document.getElementById("defaultPortValue").value = port;
+
+  deferStorageBox.hidden = serverType == "imap";
+  leaveMessages.hidden = serverType == "imap";
+  setPageData(pageData, "server", "servertype", serverType);
+  setPageData(pageData, "server", "port", port);
+  incomingPageValidate();
+}
+
+function setServerPrefs(aThis)
+{
+  setPageData(parent.GetPageData(), "server", aThis.id, aThis.checked);
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/prefs/content/aw-outgoing.js b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/aw-outgoing.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8caffc274
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/aw-outgoing.js
@@ -0,0 +1,151 @@
+/* -*- Mode: Java; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+Components.utils.import("resource:///modules/hostnameUtils.jsm");
+Components.utils.import("resource:///modules/mailServices.js");
+
+var gProtocolInfo = null;
+var gPrefsBundle;
+
+function outgoingPageValidate() {
+  let canAdvance = true;
+
+  let smtpServer = document.getElementById("smtphostname").value;
+  let usingDefaultSMTP = document.getElementById("noSmtp").hidden;
+  if (!usingDefaultSMTP && !isLegalHostNameOrIP(cleanUpHostName(smtpServer)))
+    canAdvance = false;
+
+  document.documentElement.canAdvance = canAdvance;
+}
+
+function outgoingPageUnload() {
+  var pageData = parent.GetPageData();
+  var username = document.getElementById("username").value;
+  let smtpserver = document.getElementById("smtphostname").value;
+  setPageData(pageData, "server", "smtphostname", cleanUpHostName(smtpserver));
+
+  // If SMTP username box is blank it is because the
+  // incoming and outgoing server names were the same,
+  // so set to be same as incoming username
+  var smtpusername = document.getElementById("smtpusername").value || username;
+
+  setPageData(pageData, "login", "smtpusername", smtpusername);
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+function outgoingPageInit() {
+    gPrefsBundle = document.getElementById("bundle_prefs");
+    var pageData = parent.GetPageData();
+
+    var smtpServer = null;
+    var smtpCreateNewServer = gCurrentAccountData && gCurrentAccountData.smtpCreateNewServer;
+
+    // Don't use the default smtp server if smtp server creation was explicitly
+    // requested in isp rdf.
+    // If we're reusing the default smtp we should not set the smtp hostname.
+    if (MailServices.smtp.defaultServer && !smtpCreateNewServer) {
+      smtpServer = MailServices.smtp.defaultServer;
+      setPageData(pageData, "identity", "smtpServerKey", "");
+    }
+
+    var noSmtpBox = document.getElementById("noSmtp");
+    var haveSmtpBox = document.getElementById("haveSmtp");
+
+    var boxToHide;
+    var boxToShow;
+
+    if (pageData.server && pageData.server.smtphostname && smtpCreateNewServer) {
+      var smtpTextBox = document.getElementById("smtphostname");
+      if (smtpTextBox && smtpTextBox.value == "")
+        smtpTextBox.value = pageData.server.smtphostname.value;
+    }
+
+    if (smtpServer && smtpServer.hostname) {
+      // we have a hostname, so modify and show the static text and
+      // store the value of the default smtp server in the textbox.
+      modifyStaticText(smtpServer.hostname, "1")
+      boxToShow = haveSmtpBox;
+      boxToHide = noSmtpBox;
+    }
+    else {
+      // no default hostname yet
+      boxToShow = noSmtpBox;
+      boxToHide = haveSmtpBox;
+    }
+
+    if (boxToHide)
+      boxToHide.setAttribute("hidden", "true");
+
+    if (boxToShow)
+      boxToShow.removeAttribute("hidden");
+
+    var smtpNameInput = document.getElementById("smtpusername");
+    smtpServer = MailServices.smtp.defaultServer;
+    if (smtpServer && smtpServer.hostname && smtpServer.username) {
+      // we have a default SMTP server, so modify and show the static text
+      // and store the username for the default server in the textbox.
+      modifyStaticText(smtpServer.username, "2")
+      hideShowLoginSettings(2, 1, 3);
+      smtpNameInput.value = smtpServer.username;
+    }
+    else {
+      // no default SMTP server yet, so need to compare
+      // incoming and outgoing server names
+      var smtpServerName = pageData.server.smtphostname.value;
+      var incomingServerName = pageData.server.hostname.value;
+      if (smtpServerName == incomingServerName) {
+        // incoming and outgoing server names are the same, so show
+        // the static text and make sure textbox blank for later tests.
+        modifyStaticText(smtpServerName, "3")
+        hideShowLoginSettings(3, 1, 2);
+        smtpNameInput.value = "";
+      }
+      else {
+        // incoming and outgoing server names are different, so set smtp
+        // username's textbox to be the same as incoming's one, unless already set.
+        hideShowLoginSettings(1, 2, 3);
+        smtpNameInput.value = smtpNameInput.value || loginNameInput.value;
+      }
+    }
+    outgoingPageValidate();
+}
+
+function modifyStaticText(smtpMod, smtpBox)
+{
+  // modify the value in the smtp display if we already have a
+  // smtp server so that the single string displays the hostname
+  // or username for the smtp server.
+  var smtpStatic = document.getElementById("smtpStaticText"+smtpBox);
+  if (smtpStatic && smtpStatic.hasChildNodes())
+    smtpStatic.childNodes[0].nodeValue = smtpStatic.getAttribute("prefix") +
+                                         smtpMod + smtpStatic.getAttribute("suffix");
+}
+
+function hideShowLoginSettings(aEle, bEle, cEle)
+{
+    document.getElementById("loginSet" + aEle).hidden = false;
+    document.getElementById("loginSet" + bEle).hidden = true;
+    document.getElementById("loginSet" + cEle).hidden = true;
+}
+
+var savedPassword="";
+
+function onSavePassword(target) {
+    dump("savePassword changed! (" + target.checked + ")\n");
+    var passwordField = document.getElementById("server.password");
+    if (!passwordField) return;
+    
+    if (target.checked) {
+        passwordField.removeAttribute("disabled");
+        passwordField.value = savedPassword;
+    }
+    else {
+        passwordField.setAttribute("disabled", "true");
+        savedPassword = passwordField.value;
+        passwordField.value = "";
+    }
+    
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/prefs/content/ispUtils.js b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/ispUtils.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7735d8a47
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/ispUtils.js
@@ -0,0 +1,166 @@
+/* -*- Mode: Java; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+// using the rdf service extensively here
+var rdf = Components.classes["@mozilla.org/rdf/rdf-service;1"].getService(Components.interfaces.nsIRDFService);
+
+// all the RDF resources we'll be retrieving
+var NC = "http://home.netscape.com/NC-rdf#";
+var Server              = rdf.GetResource(NC + "Server");
+var SmtpServer          = rdf.GetResource(NC + "SmtpServer");
+var ServerHost          = rdf.GetResource(NC + "ServerHost");
+var ServerType          = rdf.GetResource(NC + "ServerType");
+var PrefixIsUsername    = rdf.GetResource(NC + "PrefixIsUsername");
+var UseAuthenticatedSmtp= rdf.GetResource(NC + "UseAuthenticatedSmtp");
+
+// this is possibly expensive, not sure what to do here
+var ispDefaults;
+
+var nsIRDFResource = Components.interfaces.nsIRDFResource;
+var nsIRDFLiteral = Components.interfaces.nsIRDFLiteral;
+
+var ispRoot = rdf.GetResource("NC:ispinfo");
+
+// given an ISP's domain URI, look up all relevant information about it
+function getIspDefaultsForUri(domainURI)
+{
+    if (!ispDefaults) 
+        ispDefaults = rdf.GetDataSource("rdf:ispdefaults");
+
+    var domainRes = rdf.GetResource(domainURI);
+
+    var result = dataSourceToObject(ispDefaults, domainRes);
+
+    if (!result) return null;
+
+    // The domainURI should be in the format domain:example.com. (Where 
+    // example.com is the domain name to use for all email addresses). If
+    // it does not match this pattern, then it is possible no domain
+    // has been specified, so we should leave it uninitialized.
+    if (domainURI.startsWith("domain:")) {
+        // add this extra attribute which is the domain itself
+        var domainData = domainURI.split(':');
+        if (domainData.length > 1) {
+          // To faciltate distributing two different account types for one ISP,
+          // it's possible to add parameters to the domain URI 
+          // - e.g. domain:example.com?type=imap.
+          // This is necessary so RDF doesn't think they're the same.
+
+          // Save the domain, but only the part up to the (possible) question mark.
+          result.domain = domainData[1].replace(/\?.*/, "");
+        }
+    }
+    return result;
+}
+
+// construct an ISP's domain URI based on it's domain
+// (i.e. turns example.com -> domain:example.com)
+function getIspDefaultsForDomain(domain) {
+    let domainURI = "domain:" + domain;
+    return getIspDefaultsForUri(domainURI);
+}
+
+// Given an email address (like "joe@example.com") look up 
+function getIspDefaultsForEmail(email) {
+
+    var emailData = getEmailInfo(email);
+
+    var ispData = null;
+    if (emailData)
+        ispData = getIspDefaultsForDomain(emailData.domain);
+
+    prefillIspData(ispData, email);
+
+    return ispData;
+}
+
+// given an email address, split it into username and domain
+// return in an associative array
+function getEmailInfo(email) {
+    if (!email) return null;
+
+    var result = new Object;
+
+    var emailData = email.split('@');
+
+    if (emailData.length != 2) {
+        dump("bad e-mail address!\n");
+        return null;
+    }
+
+    // all the variables we'll be returning
+    result.username = emailData[0];
+    result.domain = emailData[1];
+
+    return result;
+}
+
+function prefillIspData(ispData, email, fullName) {
+    if (!ispData) return;
+
+    // make sure these objects exist
+    if (!ispData.identity) ispData.identity = new Object;
+    if (!ispData.incomingServer) ispData.incomingServer = new Object;
+
+    // fill in e-mail if it's not already there
+    if (email && !ispData.identity.email)
+        ispData.identity.email = email;
+
+    var emailData = getEmailInfo(email);
+    if (emailData) {
+
+        // fill in the username (assuming the ISP doesn't prevent it)
+        if (!ispData.incomingServer.userName &&
+            !ispData.incomingServer.noDefaultUsername)
+            ispData.incomingServer.username = emailData.username;
+    }
+}
+
+// this function will extract an entire datasource into a giant
+// associative array for easy retrieval from JS
+var NClength = NC.length;
+function dataSourceToObject(datasource, root)
+{
+    var result = null;
+    var arcs = datasource.ArcLabelsOut(root);
+
+    while (arcs.hasMoreElements()) {
+        var arc = arcs.getNext().QueryInterface(nsIRDFResource);
+
+        var arcName = arc.Value;
+        arcName = arcName.substring(NClength, arcName.length);
+
+        if (!result) result = new Object;
+
+        var target = datasource.GetTarget(root, arc, true);
+
+        var value;
+        var targetHasChildren = false;
+        try {
+            target = target.QueryInterface(nsIRDFResource);
+            targetHasChildren = true;
+        } catch (ex) {
+            target = target.QueryInterface(nsIRDFLiteral);
+        }
+
+        if (targetHasChildren)
+            value = dataSourceToObject(datasource, target);
+        else {
+            value = target.Value;
+
+            // fixup booleans/numbers/etc
+            if (value == "true") value = true;
+            else if (value == "false") value = false;
+            else {
+                var num = Number(value);
+                if (!isNaN(num)) value = num;
+            }
+        }
+
+        // add this value
+        result[arcName] = value;
+    }
+    return result;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/prefs/content/removeAccount.js b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/removeAccount.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..350a0a065
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/removeAccount.js
@@ -0,0 +1,156 @@
+/* -*- Mode: Java; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+Components.utils.import("resource:///modules/mailServices.js");
+Components.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/Services.jsm");
+
+var gServer;
+var gDialog;
+
+function onLoad(event) {
+  gServer = window.arguments[0].account.incomingServer;
+  gDialog = document.documentElement;
+
+  let bundle = document.getElementById("bundle_removeAccount");
+  let removeQuestion = bundle.getFormattedString("removeQuestion",
+                                                 [gServer.prettyName]);
+  document.getElementById("accountName").textContent = removeQuestion;
+
+  // Allow to remove account data if it has a local storage.
+  let localDirectory = gServer.localPath;
+  if (localDirectory && localDirectory.exists()) {
+    localDirectory.normalize();
+
+    // Do not allow removal if localPath is outside of profile folder.
+    let profilePath = Services.dirsvc.get("ProfD", Components.interfaces.nsIFile);
+    profilePath.normalize();
+
+    // TODO: bug 77652, decide what to do for deferred accounts.
+    // And inform the user if the account localPath is outside the profile.
+    if ((gServer.isDeferredTo ||
+        (gServer instanceof Components.interfaces.nsIPop3IncomingServer &&
+         gServer.deferredToAccount)) ||
+         !profilePath.contains(localDirectory)) {
+      document.getElementById("removeData").disabled = true;
+    }
+  } else {
+    document.getElementById("removeDataPossibility").collapsed = true;
+  }
+
+  if (gServer.type == "im") {
+    let dataCheckbox = document.getElementById("removeData");
+    dataCheckbox.label = dataCheckbox.getAttribute("labelChat");
+    dataCheckbox.accessKey = dataCheckbox.getAttribute("accesskeyChat");
+  }
+
+  enableRemove();
+  window.sizeToContent();
+}
+
+function enableRemove() {
+  gDialog.getButton("accept").disabled =
+    (!document.getElementById("removeAccount").checked &&
+     !document.getElementById("removeData").checked);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Show the local directory.
+ */
+function openLocalDirectory() {
+  let nsLocalFile = Components.Constructor("@mozilla.org/file/local;1",
+                                           "nsILocalFile", "initWithPath");
+  let localDir = gServer.localPath.path;
+  try {
+    new nsLocalFile(localDir).reveal();
+  } catch(e) {
+    // Reveal may fail e.g. on Linux, then just show the path as a string.
+    document.getElementById("localDirectory").value = localDir;
+    document.getElementById("localDirectory").collapsed = false;
+  }
+}
+
+function showInfo() {
+  let descs = document.querySelectorAll("vbox.indent");
+  for (let desc of descs) {
+    desc.collapsed = false;
+  }
+
+  // TODO: bug 1238271, this should use showFor attributes if possible.
+  if (gServer.type == "imap" || gServer.type == "nntp") {
+    document.getElementById("serverAccount").collapsed = false;
+  } else if (gServer.type == "im") {
+    document.getElementById("chatAccount").collapsed = false;
+  } else {
+    document.getElementById("localAccount").collapsed = false;
+  }
+
+  window.sizeToContent();
+  gDialog.getButton("disclosure").disabled = true;
+  gDialog.getButton("disclosure").blur();
+}
+
+function removeAccount() {
+  let removeAccount = document.getElementById("removeAccount").checked;
+  let removeData = document.getElementById("removeData").checked;
+  try {
+    // Remove the requested account data.
+    if (removeAccount) {
+      // Remove account
+      // Need to save these before the account and its server is removed.
+      let serverUri = gServer.type + "://" + gServer.hostName;
+      let serverUsername = gServer.username;
+
+      MailServices.accounts.removeAccount(window.arguments[0].account, removeData);
+      window.arguments[0].result = true;
+
+      // Remove password information.
+      let logins = Services.logins.findLogins({}, serverUri, null, serverUri);
+      for (let i = 0; i < logins.length; i++) {
+        if (logins[i].username == serverUsername) {
+          Services.logins.removeLogin(logins[i]);
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+    } else if (removeData) {
+      // Remove files only.
+      // TODO: bug 1302193
+      window.arguments[0].result = false;
+    }
+
+    document.getElementById("status").selectedPanel =
+      document.getElementById("success");
+  } catch (ex) {
+    document.getElementById("status").selectedPanel =
+      document.getElementById("failure");
+    Components.utils.reportError("Failure to remove account: " + ex);
+    window.arguments[0].result = false;
+  }
+}
+
+function onAccept() {
+  // If Cancel is disabled, we already tried to remove the account
+  // and can only close the dialog.
+  if (gDialog.getButton("cancel").disabled)
+    return true;
+
+  gDialog.getButton("accept").disabled = true;
+  gDialog.getButton("cancel").disabled = true;
+  gDialog.getButton("disclosure").disabled = true;
+
+  // Change the "Remove" to an "OK" button by clearing the custom label.
+  gDialog.removeAttribute("buttonlabelaccept");
+  gDialog.removeAttribute("buttonaccesskeyaccept");
+  gDialog.getButton("accept").removeAttribute("label");
+  gDialog.getButton("accept").removeAttribute("accesskey");
+  gDialog.buttons = "accept";
+
+  document.getElementById("infoPane").selectedIndex = 1;
+  window.sizeToContent();
+
+  removeAccount();
+
+  gDialog.getButton("accept").disabled = false;
+  return false;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/prefs/content/removeAccount.xul b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/removeAccount.xul
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..371262a11
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/removeAccount.xul
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+<?xml version="1.0"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<?xml-stylesheet href="chrome://messenger/skin/messenger.css" type="text/css"?>
+<?xml-stylesheet href="chrome://messenger/skin/dialogs.css" type="text/css"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE dialog [
+<!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd">
+%brandDTD;
+<!ENTITY % removalDTD SYSTEM "chrome://messenger/locale/removeAccount.dtd">
+%removalDTD;
+]>
+
+<dialog id="removeAccountDialog"
+        xmlns="http://www.mozilla.org/keymaster/gatekeeper/there.is.only.xul"
+        title="&dialogTitle;"
+        width="600"
+        buttons="accept,disclosure,cancel"
+        buttonlabelaccept="&removeButton.label;"
+        buttonaccesskeyaccept="&removeButton.accesskey;"
+        defaultButton="cancel"
+        onload="onLoad();"
+        ondialogdisclosure="showInfo();"
+        ondialogaccept="return onAccept();">
+  <stringbundle id="bundle_removeAccount"
+                src="chrome://messenger/locale/removeAccount.properties"/>
+  <script type="application/javascript"
+          src="chrome://messenger/content/removeAccount.js"/>
+  <deck id="infoPane">
+    <vbox flex="1">
+      <label id="accountName"></label>
+      <separator class="thin"/>
+      <checkbox id="removeAccount"
+                label="&removeAccount.label;"
+                checked="true"
+                disabled="true"
+                accesskey="&removeAccount.accesskey;"
+                oncommand="enableRemove();"/>
+      <vbox class="indent" collapsed="true">
+        <description>
+          &removeAccount.desc;
+        </description>
+      </vbox>
+      <vbox id="removeDataPossibility" collapsed="false">
+      <checkbox id="removeData"
+                label="&removeData.label;"
+                labelChat="&removeData.label;"
+                checked="false"
+                accesskey="&removeData.accesskey;"
+                accesskeyChat="&removeData.accesskey;"
+                oncommand="enableRemove();"/>
+      <vbox class="indent" collapsed="true">
+        <description id="localAccount" collapsed="true">
+          &removeDataLocalAccount.desc;
+        </description>
+        <description id="serverAccount" collapsed="true">
+          &removeDataServerAccount.desc;
+        </description>
+        <description id="chatAccount" collapsed="true">
+          &removeDataLocalAccount.desc;
+        </description>
+        <hbox align="center">
+          <button id="showLocalDirectory"
+                  label="&showData.label;"
+                  accesskey="&showData.accesskey;"
+                  oncommand="openLocalDirectory();"/>
+          <label id="localDirectory" collapsed="true"/>
+        </hbox>
+      </vbox>
+      </vbox>
+    </vbox>
+    <vbox align="center">
+      <spacer flex="1"/>
+      <deck id="status">
+        <vbox align="center">
+          <label>&progressPending;</label>
+          <progressmeter mode="undetermined"/>
+        </vbox>
+        <label id="success">&progressSuccess;</label>
+        <label id="failure">&progressFailure;</label>
+      </deck>
+      <spacer flex="1"/>
+    </vbox>
+  </deck>
+</dialog>
diff --git a/mailnews/base/prefs/content/smtpEditOverlay.js b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/smtpEditOverlay.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..54590e1b2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/smtpEditOverlay.js
@@ -0,0 +1,182 @@
+/* -*- Mode: Java; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+Components.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/Services.jsm");
+Components.utils.import("resource:///modules/mailServices.js");
+
+// be real hacky with document.getElementById until document.controls works
+// with the new XUL widgets
+
+var gSmtpUsername;
+var gSmtpDescription;
+var gSmtpUsernameLabel;
+var gSmtpHostname;
+var gSmtpPort;
+var gSmtpAuthMethod;
+var gSmtpSocketType;
+var gPort;
+var gDefaultPort;
+var Ci = Components.interfaces;
+
+function initSmtpSettings(server) {
+    gSmtpUsername = document.getElementById("smtp.username");
+    gSmtpDescription = document.getElementById("smtp.description");
+    gSmtpUsernameLabel = document.getElementById("smtp.username.label");
+    gSmtpHostname = document.getElementById("smtp.hostname");
+    gSmtpPort = document.getElementById("smtp.port");
+    gSmtpAuthMethod = document.getElementById("smtp.authMethod");
+    gSmtpSocketType = document.getElementById("smtp.socketType");
+    gDefaultPort = document.getElementById("smtp.defaultPort");
+    gPort = document.getElementById("smtp.port");
+
+    if (server) {
+        gSmtpHostname.value = server.hostname;
+        gSmtpDescription.value = server.description;
+        gSmtpPort.value = server.port;
+        gSmtpUsername.value = server.username;
+        gSmtpAuthMethod.value = server.authMethod;
+        gSmtpSocketType.value = (server.socketType < 4) ? server.socketType : 1;
+    } else {
+        // New server, load default values.
+        gSmtpAuthMethod.value = Services.prefs.getIntPref("mail.smtpserver.default.authMethod");
+        gSmtpSocketType.value = Services.prefs.getIntPref("mail.smtpserver.default.try_ssl");
+    }
+
+    // Although sslChanged will set a label for cleartext password,
+    // we need to use the long label so that we can size the dialog.
+    setLabelFromStringBundle("authMethod-no", "authNo");
+    setLabelFromStringBundle("authMethod-password-encrypted",
+        "authPasswordEncrypted");
+    setLabelFromStringBundle("authMethod-password-cleartext",
+        "authPasswordCleartextInsecurely");
+    setLabelFromStringBundle("authMethod-kerberos", "authKerberos");
+    setLabelFromStringBundle("authMethod-ntlm", "authNTLM");
+    setLabelFromStringBundle("authMethod-oauth2", "authOAuth2");
+    setLabelFromStringBundle("authMethod-anysecure", "authAnySecure");
+    setLabelFromStringBundle("authMethod-any", "authAny");
+
+    sizeToContent();
+
+    sslChanged(false);
+    authMethodChanged(false);
+
+    if (MailServices.smtp.defaultServer)
+      onLockPreference();
+
+    // Hide deprecated/hidden auth options, unless selected
+    hideUnlessSelected(document.getElementById("authMethod-anysecure"));
+    hideUnlessSelected(document.getElementById("authMethod-any"));
+
+    // "STARTTLS, if available" is vulnerable to MITM attacks so we shouldn't
+    // allow users to choose it anymore. Hide the option unless the user already
+    // has it set.
+    hideUnlessSelected(document.getElementById("connectionSecurityType-1"));
+}
+
+function hideUnlessSelected(element)
+{
+  element.hidden = !element.selected;
+}
+
+function setLabelFromStringBundle(elementID, stringName)
+{
+  document.getElementById(elementID).label =
+    document.getElementById("bundle_messenger").getString(stringName);
+}
+
+// Disables xul elements that have associated preferences locked.
+function onLockPreference()
+{
+  try {
+    let allPrefElements = {
+      hostname:     gSmtpHostname,
+      description:  gSmtpDescription,
+      port:         gSmtpPort,
+      authMethod:   gSmtpAuthMethod,
+      try_ssl:      gSmtpSocketType
+    };
+    disableIfLocked(allPrefElements);
+  } catch (e) { // non-fatal
+    Components.utils.reportError("Error while getting locked prefs: " + e);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Does the work of disabling an element given the array which contains xul id/prefstring pairs.
+ *
+ * @param prefstrArray  array of XUL elements to check
+ *
+ * TODO: try to merge this with disableIfLocked function in am-offline.js (bug 755885)
+ */
+function disableIfLocked(prefstrArray)
+{
+  let finalPrefString = "mail.smtpserver." +
+    MailServices.smtp.defaultServer.key + ".";
+  let smtpPrefBranch = Services.prefs.getBranch(finalPrefString);
+
+  for (let prefstring in prefstrArray)
+    if (smtpPrefBranch.prefIsLocked(prefstring))
+      prefstrArray[prefstring].disabled = true;
+}
+
+function saveSmtpSettings(server)
+{
+    //dump("Saving to " + server + "\n");
+    if (server) {
+        server.hostname = cleanUpHostName(gSmtpHostname.value);
+        server.description = gSmtpDescription.value;
+        server.port = gSmtpPort.value;
+        server.authMethod = gSmtpAuthMethod.value;
+        server.username = gSmtpUsername.value;
+        server.socketType = gSmtpSocketType.value;
+    }
+}
+
+function authMethodChanged(userAction)
+{
+  var noUsername = gSmtpAuthMethod.value == Ci.nsMsgAuthMethod.none;
+  gSmtpUsername.disabled = noUsername;
+  gSmtpUsernameLabel.disabled = noUsername;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Resets the default port to SMTP or SMTPS, dependending on
+ * the |gSmtpSocketType| value, and sets the port to use to this default,
+ * if that's appropriate.
+ *
+ * @param userAction  false for dialog initialization,
+ *                    true for user action.
+ */
+function sslChanged(userAction)
+{
+  const DEFAULT_SMTP_PORT = "587";
+  const DEFAULT_SMTPS_PORT = "465";
+  var socketType = gSmtpSocketType.value;
+  var otherDefaultPort;
+  var prevDefaultPort = gDefaultPort.value;
+
+  if (socketType == Ci.nsMsgSocketType.SSL) {
+    gDefaultPort.value = DEFAULT_SMTPS_PORT;
+    otherDefaultPort = DEFAULT_SMTP_PORT;
+  } else {
+    gDefaultPort.value = DEFAULT_SMTP_PORT;
+    otherDefaultPort = DEFAULT_SMTPS_PORT;
+  }
+
+  // If the port is not set,
+  // or the user is causing the default port to change,
+  //   and the port is set to the default for the other protocol,
+  // then set the port to the default for the new protocol.
+  if ((gPort.value == 0) ||
+      (userAction && (gDefaultPort.value != prevDefaultPort) &&
+       (gPort.value == otherDefaultPort)))
+    gPort.value = gDefaultPort.value;
+
+  // switch "insecure password" label
+  setLabelFromStringBundle("authMethod-password-cleartext",
+      socketType == Ci.nsMsgSocketType.SSL ||
+      socketType == Ci.nsMsgSocketType.alwaysSTARTTLS ?
+      "authPasswordCleartextViaSSL" : "authPasswordCleartextInsecurely");
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/prefs/content/smtpEditOverlay.xul b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/smtpEditOverlay.xul
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f78916d2a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/prefs/content/smtpEditOverlay.xul
@@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
+<?xml version="1.0"?>
+
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!DOCTYPE overlay SYSTEM "chrome://messenger/locale/smtpEditOverlay.dtd">
+
+<overlay xmlns:rdf="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#"
+         xmlns="http://www.mozilla.org/keymaster/gatekeeper/there.is.only.xul">
+
+  <script type="application/javascript"
+          src="chrome://messenger/content/smtpEditOverlay.js"/>
+
+  <vbox id="smtpServerEditor">
+    <groupbox>
+      <caption label="&settings.caption;"/>
+      <grid flex="1">
+        <columns>
+          <column/>
+          <column flex="1"/>
+        </columns>
+        <rows>
+          <row align="center">
+             <label value="&serverDescription.label;"
+                    accesskey="&serverDescription.accesskey;"
+                    control="smtp.description"/>
+             <textbox id="smtp.description"
+                      flex="1"
+                      preftype="string"
+                      prefstring="mail.smtpserver.%serverkey%.description"/>
+          </row>
+          <row align="center">
+            <label value="&serverName.label;"
+                   accesskey="&serverName.accesskey;"
+                   control="smtp.hostname"/>
+            <textbox id="smtp.hostname"
+                     flex="1"
+                     preftype="string"
+                     class="uri-element"
+                     prefstring="mail.smtpserver.%serverkey%.hostname"/>
+          </row>
+          <row align="center">
+            <label value="&serverPort.label;"
+                   accesskey="&serverPort.accesskey;"
+                   control="smtp.port"/>
+            <hbox align="center">
+              <textbox id="smtp.port"
+                       type="number"
+                       min="0"
+                       max="65535"
+                       size="5"
+                       preftype="int"
+                       prefstring="mail.smtpserver.%serverkey%.port"/>
+              <label value="&serverPortDefault.label;"/>
+              <label id="smtp.defaultPort"/>
+            </hbox>
+          </row>
+        </rows>
+      </grid>
+    </groupbox>
+
+    <separator class="thin"/>
+
+    <groupbox>
+      <caption label="&security.caption;"/>
+
+      <grid flex="1">
+        <columns>
+          <column/>
+          <column flex="1"/>
+        </columns>
+        <rows>
+          <row align="center">
+            <label value="&connectionSecurity.label;"
+                   accesskey="&connectionSecurity.accesskey;"
+                   control="smtp.socketType"/>
+            <menulist id="smtp.socketType" oncommand="sslChanged(true);"
+                      prefstring="mail.smtpserver.%serverkey%.try_ssl">
+              <menupopup id="smtp.socketTypePopup">
+                <menuitem value="0" label="&connectionSecurityType-0.label;"/>
+                <menuitem id="connectionSecurityType-1"
+                          value="1" label="&connectionSecurityType-1.label;"
+                          disabled="true" hidden="true"/>
+                <menuitem value="2" label="&connectionSecurityType-2.label;"/>
+                <menuitem value="3" label="&connectionSecurityType-3.label;"/>
+              </menupopup>
+            </menulist>
+          </row>
+          <row align="center">
+            <label value="&authMethod.label;"
+                   accesskey="&authMethod.accesskey;"
+                   control="server.authMethod"/>
+            <!-- same in am-server.xul/js -->
+            <menulist id="smtp.authMethod"
+                      oncommand="authMethodChanged(true);"
+                      wsm_persist="true"
+                      preftype="int" type="number"
+                      prefstring="mail.smtpserver.%serverkey%.authMethod">
+              <menupopup id="smtp.authMethodPopup">
+                <menuitem id="authMethod-no" value="1"/>
+                <menuitem id="authMethod-password-cleartext" value="3"/>
+                <menuitem id="authMethod-password-encrypted" value="4"/>
+                <menuitem id="authMethod-kerberos" value="5"/>
+                <menuitem id="authMethod-ntlm" value="6"/>
+                <menuitem id="authMethod-oauth2" value="10"/>
+                <menuitem id="authMethod-anysecure" value="8"/>
+                <menuitem id="authMethod-any" value="9"/>
+              </menupopup>
+            </menulist>
+          </row>
+          <row id="smtp.username.box" align="center">
+            <label id="smtp.username.label" value="&userName.label;"
+                   accesskey="&userName.accesskey;"
+                   control="smtp.username"/>
+            <textbox id="smtp.username" flex="1"
+                     preftype="string"
+                     prefstring="mail.smtpserver.%serverkey%.username"/>
+          </row>
+        </rows>
+      </grid>
+    </groupbox>
+  </vbox>
+</overlay>
diff --git a/mailnews/base/public/MailNewsTypes.h b/mailnews/base/public/MailNewsTypes.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d16e3f3af
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/public/MailNewsTypes.h
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef MailNewsTypes_h__
+#define MailNewsTypes_h__
+
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "MailNewsTypes2.h"
+
+/* nsMsgKey is a unique ID for a particular message in a folder.  If you want
+   a handle to a message that will remain valid even after resorting the folder
+   or otherwise changing their indices, you want one of these rather than a
+   nsMsgViewIndex. nsMsgKeys don't survive local mail folder compression, however.
+ */
+const nsMsgKey nsMsgKey_None = 0xffffffff;
+
+/* nsMsgViewIndex
+ *
+ * A generic index type from which other index types are derived.  All nsMsgViewIndex
+ * derived types are zero based.
+ *
+ * The following index types are currently supported:
+ *  - nsMsgViewIndex - an index into the list of messages or folders or groups,
+ *    where zero is the first one to show, one is the second, etc...
+ *  - AB_SelectionIndex
+ *  - AB_NameCompletionIndex
+ */
+
+const nsMsgViewIndex nsMsgViewIndex_None = 0xFFFFFFFF;
+
+/* kSizeUnknown is a special value of folder size that indicates the size
+ * is unknown yet. Usually this causes the folder to determine the real size
+ * immediately as it is queried by a consumer.
+ */
+const int64_t kSizeUnknown = -1;
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/base/public/MailNewsTypes2.idl b/mailnews/base/public/MailNewsTypes2.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5c6d922cc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/public/MailNewsTypes2.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+typedef unsigned long nsMsgKey;
+typedef unsigned long nsMsgViewIndex;
+
+typedef long nsMsgSearchScopeValue;
+
+typedef long nsMsgPriorityValue;
+typedef long nsMsgSocketTypeValue;
+typedef long nsMsgAuthMethodValue;
+
+typedef unsigned long nsMsgJunkStatus;
+
+typedef unsigned long nsMsgJunkScore;
+
+[scriptable, uuid(94C0D8D8-2045-11d3-8A8F-0060B0FC04D2)]
+interface nsMsgPriority {
+    const nsMsgPriorityValue notSet = 0;
+    const nsMsgPriorityValue none = 1;
+    const nsMsgPriorityValue lowest = 2;
+    const nsMsgPriorityValue low = 3;
+    const nsMsgPriorityValue normal = 4;
+    const nsMsgPriorityValue high = 5;
+    const nsMsgPriorityValue highest = 6;
+    //the default priority (if none) is set in the message
+    const nsMsgPriorityValue Default = 4;
+};
+
+/**
+ * Defines whether to use SSL or STARTTLS or not.
+ * Used by @see nsIMsgIncomingServer.socketType
+ * and @see nsISmtpServer.socketType
+ */
+[scriptable, uuid(bc78bc74-1b34-48e8-ac2b-968e8dff1aeb)]
+interface nsMsgSocketType {
+    /// No SSL or STARTTLS
+    const nsMsgSocketTypeValue plain = 0;
+    /// Use TLS via STARTTLS, but only if server offers it.
+    /// @deprecated This is vulnerable to MITM attacks
+    const nsMsgSocketTypeValue trySTARTTLS = 1;
+    /// Insist on TLS via STARTTLS.
+    /// Uses normal port.
+    const nsMsgSocketTypeValue alwaysSTARTTLS = 2;
+    /// Connect via SSL.
+    /// Needs special SSL port.
+    const nsMsgSocketTypeValue SSL = 3;
+};
+
+/**
+ * Defines which authentication schemes we should try.
+ * Used by @see nsIMsgIncomingServer.authMethod
+ * and @see nsISmtpServer.authMethod
+ */
+[scriptable, uuid(4a10e647-d179-4a53-b7ef-df575ff5f405)]
+interface nsMsgAuthMethod {
+    // 0 is intentionally undefined and invalid
+    /// No login needed. E.g. IP-address-based.
+    const nsMsgAuthMethodValue none = 1;
+    /// Do not use AUTH commands (e.g. AUTH=PLAIN),
+    /// but the original login commands that the protocol specified
+    /// (POP: "USER"/"PASS", IMAP: "login", not valid for SMTP)
+    const nsMsgAuthMethodValue old = 2;
+    /// password in the clear. AUTH=PLAIN/LOGIN or old-style login.
+    const nsMsgAuthMethodValue passwordCleartext = 3;
+    /// hashed password. CRAM-MD5, DIGEST-MD5
+    const nsMsgAuthMethodValue passwordEncrypted = 4;
+    /// Kerberos / GSSAPI (Unix single-signon)
+    const nsMsgAuthMethodValue GSSAPI = 5;
+    /// NTLM is a Windows single-singon scheme.
+    /// Includes MSN / Passport.net, which is the same with a different name.
+    const nsMsgAuthMethodValue NTLM = 6;
+    /// Auth External is cert-based authentication
+    const nsMsgAuthMethodValue External = 7;
+    /// Encrypted password or Kerberos / GSSAPI or NTLM.
+    /// @deprecated - for migration only.
+    const nsMsgAuthMethodValue secure = 8;
+    /// Let us pick any of the auth types supported by the server.
+    /// Discouraged, because vulnerable to MITM attacks, even if server offers secure auth.
+    const nsMsgAuthMethodValue anything = 9;
+
+    /// Use OAuth2 to authenticate.
+    const nsMsgAuthMethodValue OAuth2 = 10;
+};
+
+typedef unsigned long nsMsgLabelValue;
+
+typedef long nsMsgViewSortOrderValue;
+typedef long nsMsgViewSortTypeValue;
+typedef long nsMsgViewTypeValue;
+typedef long nsMsgViewFlagsTypeValue;
diff --git a/mailnews/base/public/moz.build b/mailnews/base/public/moz.build
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..aaedcd2bb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/public/moz.build
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+# vim: set filetype=python:
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+XPIDL_SOURCES += [
+    'MailNewsTypes2.idl',
+    'mozINewMailListener.idl',
+    'mozINewMailNotificationService.idl',
+    'msgIOAuth2Module.idl',
+    'nsICopyMessageListener.idl',
+    'nsICopyMsgStreamListener.idl',
+    'nsIFolderListener.idl',
+    'nsIFolderLookupService.idl',
+    'nsIIncomingServerListener.idl',
+    'nsIMapiRegistry.idl',
+    'nsIMessenger.idl',
+    'nsIMessengerMigrator.idl',
+    'nsIMessengerOSIntegration.idl',
+    'nsIMessengerWindowService.idl',
+    'nsIMsgAccount.idl',
+    'nsIMsgAccountManager.idl',
+    'nsIMsgAsyncPrompter.idl',
+    'nsIMsgBiffManager.idl',
+    'nsIMsgContentPolicy.idl',
+    'nsIMsgCopyService.idl',
+    'nsIMsgCopyServiceListener.idl',
+    'nsIMsgCustomColumnHandler.idl',
+    'nsIMsgDBView.idl',
+    'nsIMsgFolder.idl',
+    'nsIMsgFolderCache.idl',
+    'nsIMsgFolderCacheElement.idl',
+    'nsIMsgFolderCompactor.idl',
+    'nsIMsgFolderListener.idl',
+    'nsIMsgFolderNotificationService.idl',
+    'nsIMsgHdr.idl',
+    'nsIMsgIdentity.idl',
+    'nsIMsgIncomingServer.idl',
+    'nsIMsgKeyArray.idl',
+    'nsIMsgMailNewsUrl.idl',
+    'nsIMsgMailSession.idl',
+    'nsIMsgMdnGenerator.idl',
+    'nsIMsgMessageService.idl',
+    'nsIMsgOfflineManager.idl',
+    'nsIMsgPluggableStore.idl',
+    'nsIMsgPrintEngine.idl',
+    'nsIMsgProgress.idl',
+    'nsIMsgProtocolInfo.idl',
+    'nsIMsgPurgeService.idl',
+    'nsIMsgRDFDataSource.idl',
+    'nsIMsgShutdown.idl',
+    'nsIMsgStatusFeedback.idl',
+    'nsIMsgTagService.idl',
+    'nsIMsgThread.idl',
+    'nsIMsgUserFeedbackListener.idl',
+    'nsIMsgWindow.idl',
+    'nsISpamSettings.idl',
+    'nsIStatusBarBiffManager.idl',
+    'nsIStopwatch.idl',
+    'nsISubscribableServer.idl',
+    'nsIUrlListener.idl',
+    'nsMsgFolderFlags.idl',
+    'nsMsgMessageFlags.idl',
+]
+
+XPIDL_MODULE = 'msgbase'
+
+EXPORTS += [
+    'MailNewsTypes.h',
+    'msgCore.h',
+    'nsMsgBaseCID.h',
+    'nsMsgHeaderMasks.h',
+    'nsMsgLocalFolderHdrs.h',
+]
+
diff --git a/mailnews/base/public/mozINewMailListener.idl b/mailnews/base/public/mozINewMailListener.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..467acb671
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/public/mozINewMailListener.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+/* -*- Mode: IDL; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+[scriptable, uuid(e15f104f-a16d-4e51-a362-4b4c5efe05b9)]
+/**
+ * Callback interface for objects interested in receiving new mail notifications
+ * from mozINewMailNotificationService
+ * NOTE: THIS INTERFACE IS UNDER ACTIVE DEVELOPMENT AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE,
+ * see https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=715799
+ */
+interface mozINewMailListener : nsISupports {
+  /** The new mail notification service will call this when the number of interesting
+   * messages has changed
+   *
+   * @param unreadCount   The number of unread messages the user cares to be notified about
+   */
+  void onCountChanged(in unsigned long count);
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/base/public/mozINewMailNotificationService.idl b/mailnews/base/public/mozINewMailNotificationService.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cdd049bcc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/public/mozINewMailNotificationService.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+/* -*- Mode: IDL; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+interface mozINewMailListener;
+
+typedef long newMailListenerFlag;
+
+[scriptable, uuid(7fef9018-c9f1-4cbd-b57c-d6555cf3a668)]
+/** New mail notification service. This service watches all the relevant
+ * folder and message change events, preferences etc. and keeps track of
+ * the specific messages the user wants notifications for.
+ * NOTE: THIS INTERFACE IS UNDER ACTIVE DEVELOPMENT AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE,
+ * see https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=715799
+ * Registered mozINewMailListeners are called when the message count or
+ * specific list of notified messages changes.
+ * ** Should also document the observer service callback that allows
+ *    plugins to override notifications by folder
+ */
+interface mozINewMailNotificationService : nsISupports {
+  /**
+   * @name Notification flags
+   * These flags determine which notifications will be sent.
+   * @{
+   */
+  /// mozINewMailListener::count notification
+  const newMailListenerFlag count = 0x1;
+
+  /// mozINewMailListener::messages notification
+  const newMailListenerFlag messages = 0x2;
+
+  /** @} */
+
+  /**
+   * addListener - Register a mozINewMailListener to receive callbacks
+   *               when the count or list of notification-worthy messages
+   *               changes.
+   * @param aListener   mozINewMailListener to call back
+   * @param flags       Bitmask of newMailListenerFlag values indicating
+   *                    the particular callbacks this listener wants.
+   *                    If the listener is already registered with the
+   *                    notification service, the existing set of flags is
+   *                    replaced by the values passed in this parameter.
+   */
+  void addListener(in mozINewMailListener aListener,
+                   in newMailListenerFlag flags);
+  /**
+   * removeListener - remove a listener from the service
+   * @param aListener  The listener to remove
+   */
+  void removeListener(in mozINewMailListener aListener);
+
+  /// The current count of notification-worth unread messages
+  readonly attribute long messageCount;
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/base/public/msgCore.h b/mailnews/base/public/msgCore.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fc18fb16f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/public/msgCore.h
@@ -0,0 +1,188 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/* Include files we are going to want available to all files....these files include
+   NSPR, memory, and string header files among others */
+
+#ifndef msgCore_h__
+#define msgCore_h__
+
+#include "nscore.h"
+#include "nspr.h"
+#include "plstr.h"
+#include "nsCRTGlue.h"
+
+class nsIMsgDBHdr;
+class nsIMsgFolder;
+
+// include common interfaces such as the service manager and the repository....
+#include "nsIServiceManager.h"
+#include "nsIComponentManager.h"
+
+/*
+ * The suffix we use for the mail summary file.
+ */
+#define SUMMARY_SUFFIX ".msf"
+
+/*
+ * The suffix we use for folder subdirectories.
+ */
+#define FOLDER_SUFFIX ".sbd"
+
+/*
+ * These are folder property strings, which are used in several places.
+
+ */
+// Most recently used (opened, moved to, got new messages)
+#define MRU_TIME_PROPERTY "MRUTime"
+// Most recently moved to, for recent folders list in move menu
+#define MRM_TIME_PROPERTY "MRMTime"
+
+/* NS_ERROR_MODULE_MAILNEWS is defined in mozilla/xpcom/public/nsError.h */
+
+/*
+ * NS_ERROR macros - use these macros to generate error constants
+ * to be used by XPCOM interfaces and possibly other useful things
+ * do not use these macros in your code - declare error macros for
+ * each specific error you need.
+ *
+ * for example:
+ * #define NS_MSG_ERROR_NO_SUCH_FOLDER NS_MSG_GENERATE_FAILURE(4)
+ * 
+ */
+
+/* use these routines to generate error values */
+#define NS_MSG_GENERATE_RESULT(severity, value) \
+NS_ERROR_GENERATE(severity, NS_ERROR_MODULE_MAILNEWS, value)
+
+#define NS_MSG_GENERATE_SUCCESS(value) \
+NS_ERROR_GENERATE_SUCCESS(NS_ERROR_MODULE_MAILNEWS, value)
+
+#define NS_MSG_GENERATE_FAILURE(value) \
+NS_ERROR_GENERATE_FAILURE(NS_ERROR_MODULE_MAILNEWS, value)
+
+/* these are shortcuts to generate simple errors with a zero value */
+#define NS_MSG_SUCCESS NS_MSG_GENERATE_SUCCESS(0)
+#define NS_MSG_FAILURE NS_MSG_GENERATE_FAILURE(0)
+
+#define IS_SPACE(VAL) \
+  (((((PRIntn)(VAL)) & 0x7f) == ((PRIntn)(VAL))) && isspace((PRIntn)(VAL)))
+
+#define IS_DIGIT(i)   ((((unsigned int) (i)) > 0x7f) ? (int) 0 : isdigit(i))
+#if defined(XP_WIN)
+#define IS_ALPHA(VAL) (isascii((int)(VAL)) && isalpha((int)(VAL)))
+#else
+#define IS_ALPHA(VAL) ((((unsigned int) (VAL)) > 0x7f) ? (int) 0 : isalpha((int)(VAL)))
+#endif
+
+/* for retrieving information out of messenger nsresults */
+
+#define NS_IS_MSG_ERROR(err) \
+ (NS_ERROR_GET_MODULE(err) == NS_ERROR_MODULE_MAILNEWS)
+
+#define NS_MSG_SUCCEEDED(err) \
+ (NS_IS_MSG_ERROR(err) && NS_SUCCEEDED(err))
+
+#define NS_MSG_FAILED(err) \
+ (NS_IS_MSG_ERROR(err) && NS_FAILED(err))
+
+#define NS_MSG_PASSWORD_PROMPT_CANCELLED NS_MSG_GENERATE_SUCCESS(1)
+
+/**
+ * Indicates that a search is done/terminated because it was interrupted.
+ * Interrupting a search originally notified listeners with
+ * OnSearchDone(NS_OK), so we define a success value to continue doing this,
+ * and because the search was fine except for an explicit call to interrupt it.
+ */
+#define NS_MSG_SEARCH_INTERRUPTED NS_MSG_GENERATE_SUCCESS(2)
+
+/* This is where we define our errors. There has to be a central
+   place so we don't use the same error codes for different errors.
+*/
+#define NS_MSG_ERROR_FOLDER_SUMMARY_OUT_OF_DATE NS_MSG_GENERATE_FAILURE(5)
+#define NS_MSG_ERROR_FOLDER_SUMMARY_MISSING NS_MSG_GENERATE_FAILURE(6)
+#define NS_MSG_ERROR_FOLDER_MISSING NS_MSG_GENERATE_FAILURE(7)
+
+#define NS_MSG_MESSAGE_NOT_FOUND NS_MSG_GENERATE_FAILURE(8)
+#define NS_MSG_NOT_A_MAIL_FOLDER NS_MSG_GENERATE_FAILURE(9)
+
+#define NS_MSG_FOLDER_BUSY NS_MSG_GENERATE_FAILURE(10)
+
+#define NS_MSG_COULD_NOT_CREATE_DIRECTORY NS_MSG_GENERATE_FAILURE(11)
+#define NS_MSG_CANT_CREATE_FOLDER NS_MSG_GENERATE_FAILURE(12)
+
+#define NS_MSG_FILTER_PARSE_ERROR NS_MSG_GENERATE_FAILURE(13)
+
+#define NS_MSG_FOLDER_UNREADABLE NS_MSG_GENERATE_FAILURE(14)
+
+#define NS_MSG_ERROR_WRITING_MAIL_FOLDER NS_MSG_GENERATE_FAILURE(15)
+
+#define NS_MSG_ERROR_NO_SEARCH_VALUES NS_MSG_GENERATE_FAILURE(16)
+
+#define NS_MSG_ERROR_INVALID_SEARCH_SCOPE NS_MSG_GENERATE_FAILURE(17)
+
+#define NS_MSG_ERROR_INVALID_SEARCH_TERM NS_MSG_GENERATE_FAILURE(18)
+
+#define NS_MSG_FOLDER_EXISTS NS_MSG_GENERATE_FAILURE(19)
+
+#define NS_MSG_ERROR_OFFLINE NS_MSG_GENERATE_FAILURE(20)
+
+#define NS_MSG_POP_FILTER_TARGET_ERROR NS_MSG_GENERATE_FAILURE(21)
+
+#define NS_MSG_INVALID_OR_MISSING_SERVER NS_MSG_GENERATE_FAILURE(22)
+
+#define NS_MSG_SERVER_USERNAME_MISSING NS_MSG_GENERATE_FAILURE(23)
+
+#define NS_MSG_INVALID_DBVIEW_INDEX NS_MSG_GENERATE_FAILURE(24)
+
+#define NS_MSG_NEWS_ARTICLE_NOT_FOUND NS_MSG_GENERATE_FAILURE(25)
+
+#define NS_MSG_ERROR_COPY_FOLDER_ABORTED NS_MSG_GENERATE_FAILURE(26)
+// this error means a url was queued but never run because one of the urls
+// it was queued after failed. We send an OnStopRunningUrl with this error code 
+// so the listeners can know that we didn't run the url.
+#define NS_MSG_ERROR_URL_ABORTED NS_MSG_GENERATE_FAILURE(27)
+#define NS_MSG_CUSTOM_HEADERS_OVERFLOW NS_MSG_GENERATE_FAILURE(28) //when num of custom headers exceeds 50
+#define NS_MSG_INVALID_CUSTOM_HEADER NS_MSG_GENERATE_FAILURE(29) //when custom header has invalid characters (as per rfc 2822) 
+
+#define NS_MSG_USER_NOT_AUTHENTICATED NS_MSG_GENERATE_FAILURE(30) // when local caches are password protect and user isn't auth
+
+#define NS_MSG_ERROR_COPYING_FROM_TMP_DOWNLOAD NS_MSG_GENERATE_FAILURE(31) // pop3 downloaded to tmp file, and failed.
+
+// The code tried to stream a message using the aLocalOnly argument, but
+// the message was not cached locally.
+#define NS_MSG_ERROR_MSG_NOT_OFFLINE NS_MSG_GENERATE_FAILURE(32)
+
+// The imap server returned NO or BAD for an IMAP command
+#define NS_MSG_ERROR_IMAP_COMMAND_FAILED NS_MSG_GENERATE_FAILURE(33)
+
+#define NS_MSG_ERROR_INVALID_FOLDER_NAME NS_MSG_GENERATE_FAILURE(34)
+
+/* Error codes for message compose are defined in
+   compose\src\nsMsgComposeStringBundle.h. Message compose use the same error
+   code space as other mailnews modules. To avoid any conflict, values between
+   12500 and 12999 are reserved.
+*/
+#define NS_MSGCOMP_ERROR_BEGIN 12500
+/* NS_ERROR_NNTP_NO_CROSS_POSTING lives here, and not in nsMsgComposeStringBundle.h, because it is used in news and compose. */
+#define NS_ERROR_NNTP_NO_CROSS_POSTING NS_MSG_GENERATE_FAILURE(12554)
+#define NS_MSGCOMP_ERROR_END 12999
+
+#if defined(XP_WIN)
+#define MSG_LINEBREAK "\015\012"
+#define MSG_LINEBREAK_LEN 2
+#else
+#define MSG_LINEBREAK "\012"
+#define MSG_LINEBREAK_LEN 1
+#endif
+
+#define NS_MSG_BASE
+#define NS_MSG_BASE_STATIC_MEMBER_(type) type
+
+/// The number of microseconds in a day. This comes up a lot.
+#define PR_USEC_PER_DAY (PRTime(PR_USEC_PER_SEC) * 60 * 60 * 24)
+
+#endif // msgCore_h__
+
diff --git a/mailnews/base/public/msgIOAuth2Module.idl b/mailnews/base/public/msgIOAuth2Module.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a24630e35
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/public/msgIOAuth2Module.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+/* -*- Mode: IDL; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+interface nsIMsgIncomingServer;
+interface nsISmtpServer;
+
+/**
+ * A listener callback for OAuth2 SASL authentication. This would be represented
+ * as a promise, but this needs to be consumed by C++ code.
+ */
+[scriptable, uuid(9a088b49-bc13-4f99-9478-053a6a43e370)]
+interface msgIOAuth2ModuleListener : nsISupports {
+  /// Called on successful OAuth2 authentication with the bearer token to use.
+  void onSuccess(in ACString aBearerToken);
+
+  /// Called on failed OAuth2 authentication.
+  void onFailure(in nsresult aError);
+};
+
+/**
+ * An interface for managing the responsibilities of using OAuth2 to produce a
+ * bearer token, for use in SASL steps.
+ */
+[scriptable, uuid(68c275f8-cfa7-4622-b279-af290616cae6)]
+interface msgIOAuth2Module : nsISupports {
+  /**
+   * Initialize the OAuth2 parameters from an SMTP server, and return whether or
+   * not we can authenticate with OAuth2.
+   */
+  bool initFromSmtp(in nsISmtpServer aSmtpServer);
+
+  /**
+   * Initialize the OAuth2 parameters from an incoming server, and return
+   * whether or not we can authenticate with OAuth2.
+   */
+  bool initFromMail(in nsIMsgIncomingServer aServer);
+
+  /**
+   * Connect to the OAuth2 server to get an access token.
+   * @param aWithUI   If false, do not allow a dialog to be popped up to query
+   *                  for a password.
+   * @param aCallback Listener that handles the async response.
+   */
+  void connect(in boolean aWithUI, in msgIOAuth2ModuleListener aCallback);
+
+  /**
+   * Return the base64-encoded string to send as the client initial response for
+   * SASL XOAUTH2.
+   */
+  ACString buildXOAuth2String();
+};
+
+%{C++
+#define MSGIOAUTH2MODULE_CONTRACTID "@mozilla.org/mail/oauth2-module;1"
+%}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/public/nsICopyMessageListener.idl b/mailnews/base/public/nsICopyMessageListener.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f55c135bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/public/nsICopyMessageListener.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+#include "MailNewsTypes2.idl"
+
+interface nsIMsgDBHdr;
+interface nsIInputStream;
+
+[scriptable, uuid(53CA78FE-E231-11d2-8A4D-0060B0FC04D2)]
+
+/*  Use this for any object that wants to handle copying/moving messages to it */
+
+interface nsICopyMessageListener :  nsISupports
+{
+	void beginCopy(in nsIMsgDBHdr message);
+	void startMessage();
+	void copyData(in nsIInputStream aIStream, in long aLength);
+	void endMessage(in nsMsgKey key);
+	void endCopy(in boolean copySucceeded);
+	void endMove(in boolean moveSucceeded);
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/base/public/nsICopyMsgStreamListener.idl b/mailnews/base/public/nsICopyMsgStreamListener.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8c3c4e080
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/public/nsICopyMsgStreamListener.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+#include "nsIMsgFolder.idl"
+#include "nsICopyMessageListener.idl"
+
+[scriptable, uuid(7741DAEC-2125-11d3-8A90-0060B0FC04D2)]
+
+interface nsICopyMessageStreamListener: nsISupports
+{
+  void Init(in nsIMsgFolder srcFolder, in nsICopyMessageListener destination, in nsISupports listenerData);
+  void StartMessage();
+  void EndMessage(in nsMsgKey key);
+  void EndCopy(in nsISupports url, in nsresult aStatus);
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/base/public/nsIFolderListener.idl b/mailnews/base/public/nsIFolderListener.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7448099eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/public/nsIFolderListener.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+#include "nsIAtom.idl"
+
+interface nsIMsgFolder;
+interface nsIMsgDBHdr;
+
+typedef unsigned long folderListenerNotifyFlagValue;
+
+[scriptable, uuid(f60ee1a2-6d81-422c-958f-d408b1b2daa7)]
+interface nsIFolderListener : nsISupports {
+  const folderListenerNotifyFlagValue added = 0x1;
+  void OnItemAdded(in nsIMsgFolder aParentItem,
+                   in nsISupports aItem);
+  
+  const folderListenerNotifyFlagValue removed = 0x2;
+  void OnItemRemoved(in nsIMsgFolder aParentItem,
+                     in nsISupports aItem);
+  
+  const folderListenerNotifyFlagValue propertyChanged = 0x4;
+  void OnItemPropertyChanged(in nsIMsgFolder aItem,
+                             in nsIAtom aProperty,
+                             in string aOldValue,
+                             in string aNewValue);
+  
+  const folderListenerNotifyFlagValue intPropertyChanged = 0x8;
+  // While this property handles long long (64bit wide) values,
+  // the Javascript engine will only pass values up to 2^53 to the consumers.
+  void OnItemIntPropertyChanged(in nsIMsgFolder aItem,
+                                in nsIAtom aProperty,
+                                in long long aOldValue,
+                                in long long aNewValue);
+  
+  const folderListenerNotifyFlagValue boolPropertyChanged = 0x10;
+  void OnItemBoolPropertyChanged(in nsIMsgFolder aItem,
+                                 in nsIAtom aProperty,
+                                 in boolean aOldValue,
+                                 in boolean aNewValue);
+  
+  const folderListenerNotifyFlagValue unicharPropertyChanged = 0x20;
+  void OnItemUnicharPropertyChanged(in nsIMsgFolder aItem,
+                                    in nsIAtom aProperty,
+                                    in wstring aOldValue,
+                                    in wstring aNewValue);
+  
+  const folderListenerNotifyFlagValue propertyFlagChanged = 0x40;
+  void OnItemPropertyFlagChanged(in nsIMsgDBHdr aItem,
+                                 in nsIAtom aProperty,
+                                 in unsigned long aOldFlag,
+                                 in unsigned long aNewFlag);
+
+  const folderListenerNotifyFlagValue event = 0x80;
+  void OnItemEvent(in nsIMsgFolder aItem, in nsIAtom aEvent);
+  
+  const folderListenerNotifyFlagValue all = 0xFFFFFFFF; 
+
+  //  void OnFolderLoaded(in nsIMsgFolder aFolder);
+  //  void OnDeleteOrMoveMessagesCompleted(in nsIMsgFolder aFolder);
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/base/public/nsIFolderLookupService.idl b/mailnews/base/public/nsIFolderLookupService.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..50894da91
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/public/nsIFolderLookupService.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+interface nsIMsgFolder;
+
+/**
+ * This service provides a way to lookup any nsIMsgFolder.
+ *
+ * When looking up folders by URL, note that the URL must be encoded to be a
+ * valid folder URL. Of particular note are the following requirements:
+ * - invalid characters in paths must be percent-encoded
+ * - the URL MUST NOT have a trailing slash (excepting root folders)
+ * - the case must match the expected value exactly
+ * An example of a valid URL is thus:
+ * imap://someuser%40google.com@imap.google.com/INBOX
+ *
+ * The contractid for this service is "@mozilla.org/mail/folder-lookup;1".
+ */
+[scriptable,uuid(f5ed5997-3945-48fc-a59d-d2191a94bb60)]
+interface nsIFolderLookupService : nsISupports
+{
+  /**
+   * Returns a folder with the given URL or null if no such folder exists.
+   *
+   * @param aUrl The folder URL
+   */
+  nsIMsgFolder getFolderForURL(in ACString aUrl);
+};
+
+%{C++
+#define NSIFLS_CONTRACTID "@mozilla.org/mail/folder-lookup;1"
+%}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/public/nsIIncomingServerListener.idl b/mailnews/base/public/nsIIncomingServerListener.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..807c903bd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/public/nsIIncomingServerListener.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+ 
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+#include "nsIMsgIncomingServer.idl"
+
+[scriptable, uuid(E6B64B86-90CB-11d3-8B02-0060B0FC04D2)]
+interface nsIIncomingServerListener : nsISupports {
+  /**
+   * Notification sent when a server is first loaded into the account manager.
+   *
+   * @param server Loaded server.
+   */
+  void onServerLoaded(in nsIMsgIncomingServer server);
+
+  /**
+   * Notification sent when a server is unloaded from the account manager.
+   *
+   * @param server Unloaded server.
+   */
+  void onServerUnloaded(in nsIMsgIncomingServer server);
+
+  /**
+   * Notification sent when a server hostname or username changes.
+   *
+   * @param server Server that was changed.
+   */
+  void onServerChanged(in nsIMsgIncomingServer server);
+};
+
diff --git a/mailnews/base/public/nsIMapiRegistry.idl b/mailnews/base/public/nsIMapiRegistry.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a14f62422
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/public/nsIMapiRegistry.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+interface mozIDOMWindowProxy;
+
+/**
+ * This interface provides support for registering Mozilla as the default
+ * Mail Client. This interface can also be used to get/set the user preference
+ * for the default Mail Client.
+ * 
+ */
+
+[scriptable, uuid(47D707C3-4369-46A6-A053-5118E12579D6)]
+interface nsIMapiRegistry: nsISupports {
+
+   /** This is set to TRUE if Mozilla is the default mail application
+    */
+   attribute boolean isDefaultMailClient;
+
+   /* Set to TRUE if Mozilla is the default news application */
+   attribute boolean isDefaultNewsClient;
+
+   /* Set to TRUE if we are the default feed/rss application */
+   attribute boolean isDefaultFeedClient;
+
+   /** This is set TRUE only once per session.
+    */
+   readonly attribute boolean showDialog;
+
+   /** This will bring the dialog asking the user if he/she wants to set
+    * Mozilla as default Mail Client.
+    * Call this only if Mozilla is not the default Mail client
+    */
+   void showMailIntegrationDialog(in mozIDOMWindowProxy parentWindow);
+
+   /* After being installed, when we first launch, make sure we add the correct
+    OS registry entries to make us show up as regsitered mail and news client
+    in the OS
+   */
+   
+   void registerMailAndNewsClient();
+};
+
+%{C++
+#define NS_IMAPIREGISTRY_CONTRACTID    "@mozilla.org/mapiregistry;1"
+#define NS_IMAPIREGISTRY_CLASSNAME "Mozilla MAPI Registry"
+%}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/public/nsIMessenger.idl b/mailnews/base/public/nsIMessenger.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fd6ecfc22
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/public/nsIMessenger.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
+/* -*- Mode: IDL; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+#include "nsrootidl.idl"
+#include "nsIMsgWindow.idl"
+#include "nsIMsgIdentity.idl"
+
+interface nsIMsgDBHdr;
+interface nsIDOMWindow;
+interface mozIDOMWindowProxy;
+interface nsITransactionManager;
+interface nsIMsgMessageService;
+interface nsIFile;
+interface nsIUrlListener;
+
+[scriptable, uuid(01b967c8-b289-4e32-ad46-6eb7c89d4106)]
+interface nsIMessenger : nsISupports {
+
+    const long eUnknown = 0;
+    const long eDeleteMsg = 1;
+    const long eMoveMsg = 2;
+    const long eCopyMsg = 3;
+    const long eMarkAllMsg = 4;
+
+    void setDisplayCharset(in ACString aCharset);
+
+    readonly attribute nsITransactionManager transactionManager;
+
+    void setWindow(in mozIDOMWindowProxy ptr, in nsIMsgWindow msgWindow);
+
+    void addMsgUrlToNavigateHistory(in ACString aURL);
+    void openURL(in ACString aURL);
+
+    /** load a custom message by url, e.g load a attachment as a email
+      */
+    void loadURL(in mozIDOMWindowProxy ptr, in ACString aURL);
+
+    void launchExternalURL(in ACString aURL);
+
+    boolean canUndo();
+    boolean canRedo();
+    unsigned long getUndoTransactionType();
+    unsigned long getRedoTransactionType();
+    void undo(in nsIMsgWindow msgWindow);
+    void redo(in nsIMsgWindow msgWindow);
+    void setDocumentCharset(in ACString characterSet);
+    /**
+     * Saves a given message to a file or template.
+     *
+     * @param aURI         The URI of the message to save
+     * @param aAsFile      If true, save as file, otherwise save as a template
+     * @param aIdentity    When saving as a template, this is used to determine
+     *                     the location to save the template to.
+     * @param aMsgFilename When saving as a file, the filename to save the
+     *                     message as, or the default filename for the file
+     *                     picker.
+     * @param aBypassFilePicker
+     *                     If not specified or false, this function will show
+     *                     a file picker when saving as a file. If true, no
+     *                     file picker will be shown.
+     */
+    void saveAs(in ACString aURI, in boolean aAsFile,
+                in nsIMsgIdentity aIdentity, in AString aMsgFilename,
+                [optional] in boolean aBypassFilePicker);
+
+    /**
+     * Save the given messages as files in a folder - the user will be prompted
+     * for which folder to use.
+     * @param count message count
+     * @param filenameArray the filenames to use
+     * @param messageUriArray uris of the messages to save
+     */
+    void saveMessages(in unsigned long count,
+                      [array, size_is(count)] in wstring filenameArray,
+                      [array, size_is(count)] in string messageUriArray);
+
+    void openAttachment(in ACString contentTpe, in ACString url, in ACString displayName, in ACString messageUri, in boolean isExternalAttachment);
+    void saveAttachment(in ACString contentTpe, in ACString url, in ACString displayName, in ACString messageUri, in boolean isExternalAttachment);
+    void saveAllAttachments(in unsigned long count, [array, size_is(count)] in string contentTypeArray,
+                            [array, size_is(count)] in string urlArray, [array, size_is(count)] in string displayNameArray,
+                            [array, size_is(count)] in string messageUriArray);
+    
+    void saveAttachmentToFile(in nsIFile aFile, in ACString aUrl, in ACString aMessageUri, 
+                              in ACString aContentType, in nsIUrlListener aListener);
+
+    /**
+     * For a single message and attachments, save these attachments to a file, and
+     *  remove from the message. No warning windows will appear, so this is
+     *  suitable for use in test and filtering.
+     *
+     * @param aDestFolder       Folder to save files in
+     * @param aCount            Number of attachments to save
+     * @param aContentTypeArray Content types of the attachments
+     * @param aUrlArray         Urls for the attachments
+     * @param aDisplayNameArray Files names to save attachments to. Unique
+     *                           names will be created if needed.
+     * @param aMessageUriArray  Uri for the source message
+     * @param aListener         Listener to inform of start and stop of detach
+     */
+    void detachAttachmentsWOPrompts(in nsIFile aDestFolder,
+                                    in unsigned long aCount,
+                                    [array, size_is(aCount)] in string aContentTypeArray,
+                                    [array, size_is(aCount)] in string aUrlArray,
+                                    [array, size_is(aCount)] in string aDisplayNameArray,
+                                    [array, size_is(aCount)] in string aMessageUriArray,
+                                    in nsIUrlListener aListener);
+
+    void detachAttachment(in string contentTpe, in string url, in string displayName, in string messageUri, in boolean saveFirst, [optional] in boolean withoutWarning);
+    void detachAllAttachments(in unsigned long count, [array, size_is(count)] in string contentTypeArray,
+                             [array, size_is(count)] in string urlArray, [array, size_is(count)] in string displayNameArray,
+                             [array, size_is(count)] in string messageUriArray, in boolean saveFirst, [optional] in boolean withoutWarning);
+    // saveAttachmentToFolder is used by the drag and drop code to drop an attachment to a destination folder
+    // We need to return the actual file path (including the filename).
+    nsIFile saveAttachmentToFolder(in ACString contentType, in ACString url, in ACString displayName, in ACString messageUri, in nsIFile aDestFolder);
+
+    readonly attribute ACString lastDisplayedMessageUri;
+
+    nsIMsgMessageService messageServiceFromURI(in ACString aUri);
+    nsIMsgDBHdr msgHdrFromURI(in ACString aUri);
+    // For back forward history, we need a list of visited messages,
+    // and where we are in the list.
+    
+    // aPos is relative to the current history cursor - 1 is forward, -1 is back.
+    // Unfortunately, you must call this before navigating to this position,
+    // because calling this has the side effect of making us adjust our current
+    // history pos, and *not* adding the loaded message to the history queue.
+    ACString getMsgUriAtNavigatePos(in long aPos);
+    ACString getFolderUriAtNavigatePos(in long aPos);
+    attribute long navigatePos;
+    // If caller just wants the count and cur pos, they can pass in a null history pointer, which will be more efficient
+    // if they want a list suitable for display in a back/forward menu drop down, they should pass in a aHistory pointer,
+    // and they'll get returned an array with strings containing something like subject and sender of the message - 
+    // other possible info is the folder containing the message, and the preview text, if available.
+    void getNavigateHistory(out unsigned long aCurPos, out unsigned long aCount, [array, size_is(aCount)] out string aHistory);
+
+    AString formatFileSize(in unsigned long long aPos, [optional] in boolean aUseKB);
+};
+
diff --git a/mailnews/base/public/nsIMessengerMigrator.idl b/mailnews/base/public/nsIMessengerMigrator.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2ae6b5372
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/public/nsIMessengerMigrator.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+/* -*- Mode: IDL; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+[scriptable, uuid(54818d98-1dd2-11b2-82aa-a9197f997503)]
+interface nsIMessengerMigrator: nsISupports {
+  /* migrate old mailnews prefs to the 5.x world */
+  void UpgradePrefs();
+
+  void createLocalMailAccount(in boolean migrating);
+};
+
diff --git a/mailnews/base/public/nsIMessengerOSIntegration.idl b/mailnews/base/public/nsIMessengerOSIntegration.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..06e694b98
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/public/nsIMessengerOSIntegration.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+/* -*- Mode: IDL; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+[scriptable, uuid(d9e45fee-1dd1-11b2-938c-9147855ed837)]
+interface nsIMessengerOSIntegration : nsISupports {
+  // for now, nothing.  it's up to the implementation to 
+  // do all the work of registering itself as listeners
+  // all we guarantee is your service will be created
+  // when accounts are loaded by the account manager
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/base/public/nsIMessengerWindowService.idl b/mailnews/base/public/nsIMessengerWindowService.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..78d1e3a44
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/public/nsIMessengerWindowService.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+/* -*- Mode: IDL; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+#include "MailNewsTypes2.idl"
+
+[scriptable, uuid(113a1a5a-1dd2-11b2-b1b7-a85ccc06c8ce)]
+interface nsIMessengerWindowService : nsISupports {
+    /* aWindowType --> the type of window you want to create. i.e. "mail:3pane"
+       aFolderURI --> the folder resource you want pre-selected (if any)
+     aMsgKey --> a particular message you may want selected in that folder (if any)
+  */ 
+  void openMessengerWindowWithUri(in string aWindowType, in string aFolderURI, in nsMsgKey aMsgKey);
+};
+
diff --git a/mailnews/base/public/nsIMsgAccount.idl b/mailnews/base/public/nsIMsgAccount.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b4965087e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/public/nsIMsgAccount.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+/* -*- Mode: IDL; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+#include "nsIMsgIncomingServer.idl"
+#include "nsIMsgIdentity.idl"
+
+interface nsIArray;
+
+/**
+ * An account consists of an incoming server and one or more
+ * outgoing identities. An account is identified by a key,
+ * which is the <account> string in the account preferences,
+ * such as in mail.account.<account>.identities.
+ */
+
+[scriptable, uuid(84181351-4ec8-4ca8-8439-5c68cc591177)]
+interface nsIMsgAccount : nsISupports {
+
+  /// Internal key identifying itself
+  attribute ACString key;
+
+  /// Incoming server stuff
+  attribute nsIMsgIncomingServer incomingServer;
+
+  /// Outgoing identity list (array of nsIMsgIdentity's)
+  readonly attribute nsIArray identities;
+
+  /// The default identity for this account.
+  attribute nsIMsgIdentity defaultIdentity;
+
+  /// Add a new identity to this account
+  void addIdentity(in nsIMsgIdentity identity);
+
+  /// Remove an identity from this account
+  void removeIdentity(in nsIMsgIdentity identity);
+
+  /// Clear all user preferences associated with an account.
+  void clearAllValues();
+
+  /// Name in javascript
+  AString toString();
+
+  /**
+   * Create the server, with error returns.
+   *
+   * Normally each valid account also has a valid server.
+   *
+   * If an extension that creates a server type failed to load, then we
+   * may have an existing account without a valid server. We don't want
+   * to simply delete that account, as that would make the user re-enter
+   * all of the account information after what may be a temporary
+   * update glitch. But we also don't want to leave junk lying around
+   * forever. So what we do is note the time when we first noticed
+   * that the server was unavailable. After a period of time set
+   * in a preference, if the server is still unavailable then delete
+   * the associated account.
+   *
+   * Accounts with invalid server are not shown in any way by the account
+   * manager. But if the server becomes available (for example if an extension
+   * is loaded), then the account will reappear when accounts are loaded.
+   *
+   * Preference definitions:
+   *
+   * mail.server.serverN.secondsToLeaveUnavailable
+   * mail.server.serverN.timeFoundUnavailable
+   *
+   * secondsToLeaveUnavailable: is set by the extension to indicate the
+   * delay, in seconds, between first detection that a server is
+   * unavailable, and the time it can be deleted. This should be set
+   * by the extension when the server is created. If missing, treat as 0.
+   * A typical value would be 2592000 (30 days)(24 hr/day)(3600 seconds/hr)
+   *
+   * timeFoundUnavailable: is set by core code the first time that a
+   * server is detected as unavailable, using now() converted to seconds.
+   * If that time + secondsToLeaveUnavailable is exceeded, core code may
+   * delete the server and its associated account (though for now we default
+   * to the previous behavior, which is to just delete the account).
+   *
+   * @throws NS_ERROR_NOT_AVAILABLE if the server component type could not
+   *           be created
+   *         NS_ERROR_ALREADY_INITIALIZED if the server is already created
+   *         (Other errors may also be possible)
+  */
+  void createServer();
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/base/public/nsIMsgAccountManager.idl b/mailnews/base/public/nsIMsgAccountManager.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d5a06d2c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/public/nsIMsgAccountManager.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,236 @@
+/* -*- Mode: IDL; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+#include "nsIMsgAccount.idl"
+#include "nsIMsgIdentity.idl"
+#include "nsIMsgIncomingServer.idl"
+#include "nsIIncomingServerListener.idl"
+#include "nsIMsgFolder.idl"
+
+interface nsIMsgFolderCache;
+interface nsIFolderListener;
+
+[scriptable, uuid(d5ab0eea-49c5-42f2-b2e6-8ad306606d8b)]
+interface nsIMsgAccountManager : nsISupports {
+
+  nsIMsgAccount createAccount();
+  /*
+   * Return the account with the provided key, or null if none found.
+   */
+  nsIMsgAccount getAccount(in ACString key);
+
+  /**
+   * Removes the account from the list of accounts.
+   *
+   * @param aAccount      the account to remove
+   * @param aRemoveFiles  remove data directory (local directory) of this account
+   */
+  void removeAccount(in nsIMsgAccount aAccount, [optional] in boolean aRemoveFiles);
+
+  /*
+   * creates a new identity and assigns it a new, unique "key"
+   */
+  nsIMsgIdentity createIdentity();
+
+  /*
+   * creates a new server and assigns it a new, unique "key"
+   * the given type will be used to construct a ContractID
+   *
+   *  @param type "imap", "pop3", "nntp", "movemail", "none", "rss", "generic"
+   * (suffix of contract ID @mozilla.org/messenger/server;1?type= )
+   */
+  nsIMsgIncomingServer createIncomingServer(in ACString username,
+                                            in ACString hostname,
+                                            in ACString type);
+
+  /**
+   * Removes the server from the list of servers
+   * 
+   * @param aServer        server to remove
+   * @param aRemoveFiles   remove directory from profile
+   *
+   * @throws NS_ERROR_FAILURE if server not found 
+   */
+  void removeIncomingServer(in nsIMsgIncomingServer aServer, 
+                            in boolean aRemoveFiles);
+  /*
+   * get the identity with the given key
+   * if the identity does not exist, it will be created
+   */
+  nsIMsgIdentity getIdentity(in ACString key);
+
+  /*
+   * Gets the existing incoming server with the given key
+   * if the server's type does not exist in the preference,
+   * an error is returned/thrown
+   */
+  nsIMsgIncomingServer getIncomingServer(in ACString key);
+
+  /* account list stuff */
+
+  /* defaultAccount should always be set if there are any accounts
+   * in the account manager. You can only set the defaultAccount to an
+   * account already in the account manager */
+  attribute nsIMsgAccount defaultAccount;
+
+  /**
+   * Ordered list of all accounts, by the order they are in the prefs.
+   * Accounts with hidden servers are not returned.
+   * array of nsIMsgAccount
+   */
+  readonly attribute nsIArray accounts;
+
+  /* list of all identities in all accounts
+   * array of nsIMsgIdentity
+   */
+  readonly attribute nsIArray allIdentities;
+
+  /* list of all servers in all accounts, except for hidden and IM servers
+   * array of nsIMsgIncomingServer
+   */
+  readonly attribute nsIArray allServers;
+
+  /* summary of summary files folder cache */
+  readonly attribute nsIMsgFolderCache folderCache;
+
+  /* are we shutting down */
+  readonly attribute boolean shutdownInProgress;
+
+  /**
+   * for preventing unauthenticated users from seeing header information 
+   */
+  attribute boolean userNeedsToAuthenticate;
+  /*
+   * search for the server with the given username, hostname, and type
+   * the type is the same as is specified in the preferences,
+   * i.e. "imap", "pop3", "none", or "nntp"
+   */
+  nsIMsgIncomingServer
+      FindServer(in ACString userName, in ACString hostname, in ACString type);
+
+  /*
+   * search for the server with the given uri
+   * an analog to FindServer()
+   * The boolean flag selects whether we compare input against the    
+   * 'realhostname' and 'realuserName' pref settings.
+   */
+  nsIMsgIncomingServer
+      findServerByURI(in nsIURI aURI, in boolean aRealFlag);
+
+  /*
+   * Same as FindServer() except it compares the input values against
+   * 'realhostname' and 'realuserName' pref settings.
+   */
+  nsIMsgIncomingServer
+      findRealServer(in ACString userName, in ACString hostname, in ACString type, in long port );
+
+  /**
+   * find the index of this server in the (ordered) list of accounts
+   */
+  long FindServerIndex(in nsIMsgIncomingServer server);
+
+  /**
+   * Finds an account for the given incoming server.
+   *
+   * @param server  An incoming server to find the account for.
+   * @return        If found, the nsIMsgAccount representing the account found.
+   *                Otherwise returns null.
+   */
+  nsIMsgAccount FindAccountForServer(in nsIMsgIncomingServer server);
+
+  /* given a server, return all identities in accounts that have this server
+   * returns an array of nsIMsgIdentity
+   */
+  nsIArray getIdentitiesForServer(in nsIMsgIncomingServer server);
+
+  /**
+   * given a server, return the first identity in accounts that have this server
+   */
+  nsIMsgIdentity getFirstIdentityForServer(in nsIMsgIncomingServer server);
+
+  /* given an identity, return all servers in accounts that have
+   * this identity
+   * returns an array of nsIMsgIncomingServer
+   */
+  nsIArray getServersForIdentity(in nsIMsgIdentity identity);
+
+  /* there is a special server "Local Folders" that is guaranteed to exist.
+   * this will allow you to get */
+  attribute nsIMsgIncomingServer localFoldersServer;
+
+  // Create the account for that special server.
+  void createLocalMailAccount();
+  
+  /* load accounts kicks off the creation of all accounts. You do not need
+   * to call this and all accounts should be loaded lazily if you use any
+   * of the above.
+   */
+  void LoadAccounts();
+
+  void setSpecialFolders();
+
+  void loadVirtualFolders();
+
+  /* unload accounts frees all the account manager data structures */
+  void UnloadAccounts();
+
+  void WriteToFolderCache(in nsIMsgFolderCache folderCache);
+  void saveVirtualFolders();
+  void closeCachedConnections();
+  void shutdownServers();
+
+  void CleanupOnExit();
+  void SetFolderDoingEmptyTrash(in nsIMsgFolder folder);
+  boolean GetEmptyTrashInProgress();
+
+  void SetFolderDoingCleanupInbox(in nsIMsgFolder folder);
+  boolean GetCleanupInboxInProgress();
+
+  void addRootFolderListener(in nsIFolderListener listener);
+  void removeRootFolderListener(in nsIFolderListener listener);
+
+  // these are going away in favor of add/removeRootFolderListener
+  void addIncomingServerListener(in nsIIncomingServerListener serverListener);
+  void removeIncomingServerListener(in nsIIncomingServerListener serverListener);
+
+  // these are going away in favor of nsIMsgFolder::NotifyEvent(in nsIAtom event);
+  void notifyServerLoaded(in nsIMsgIncomingServer server);
+  void notifyServerUnloaded(in nsIMsgIncomingServer server);
+  void notifyServerChanged(in nsIMsgIncomingServer server);
+
+  // force account info out to prefs file
+  void saveAccountInfo();
+
+  ACString getChromePackageName(in ACString aExtensionName);
+
+  /// Enumerate all incoming servers and their folders and return in an array.
+  readonly attribute nsIArray allFolders;
+
+  /**
+   * Iterates over all folders looking for one with the passed in path,
+   * and returns the uri for the matching folder. In the future,
+   * the folder lookup service will provide this functionality.
+   *
+   * @param aLocalPath path of the folder whose uri we want.
+   * @return the URI of the folder that corresponds to aLocalPath
+   */
+  ACString folderUriForPath(in nsIFile aLocalPath);
+
+  // Used to sort servers (accounts) for e.g. the folder pane
+  long getSortOrder(in nsIMsgIncomingServer server);
+};
+
+%{C++
+#define MAILNEWS_ACCOUNTMANAGER_EXTENSIONS "mailnews-accountmanager-extensions"
+%}
+
+[scriptable, uuid(70032DE0-CD59-41ba-839D-FC1B65367EE7)]
+interface nsIMsgAccountManagerExtension : nsISupports
+{
+  readonly attribute ACString name;   // examples:  mdn
+  boolean showPanel(in nsIMsgIncomingServer server);
+  readonly attribute ACString chromePackageName;  // example:  messenger, chrome://messenger/content/am-mdn.xul and chrome://messenger/locale/am-mdn.properties
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/base/public/nsIMsgAsyncPrompter.idl b/mailnews/base/public/nsIMsgAsyncPrompter.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5a59c4f39
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/public/nsIMsgAsyncPrompter.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+/* -*- Mode: IDL; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+interface nsIMsgAsyncPromptListener;
+
+/**
+ * The nsIMsgAsyncPrompter is intended to provide a way to make asynchoronous
+ * message prompts into synchronous ones - so that the user is only prompted
+ * with one at a time.
+ */
+[scriptable, uuid(15f67d0f-947a-4a1e-8f72-6ab7162b4b9c)]
+interface nsIMsgAsyncPrompter : nsISupports {
+  /**
+   * Queues an async prompt request. If there are none queued then this will be
+   * actioned straight away, otherwise the prompt will be queued for action
+   * once previous prompt(s) have been cleared.
+   *
+   * Queued prompts using the same aKey may be amalgamated into one prompt to
+   * save repeated prompts to the user.
+   *
+   * @param aKey    A key to determine whether or not the queued prompts can
+   *                be combined.
+   * @param aPromptImmediately If the user is retrying a failed password, we
+   *                           need to prompt right away, even if there is a
+   *                           prompt up, or prompts queued up. Note that
+   *                           immediately may not be synchronously, on OS/X.
+   * @param aCaller An nsIMsgAsyncPromptListener to call back to when the prompt
+   *                is ready to be made.
+   */
+  void queueAsyncAuthPrompt(in ACString aKey, in boolean aPromptImmediately,
+                            in nsIMsgAsyncPromptListener aCaller);
+};
+
+/**
+ * This is used in combination with nsIMsgAsyncPrompter.
+ */
+[scriptable, uuid(fb5307a3-39d0-462e-92c8-c5c288a2612f)]
+interface nsIMsgAsyncPromptListener : nsISupports {
+  /**
+   * Called when the listener should do its prompt. The listener
+   * should not return until the prompt is complete.
+   *
+   * @return  True if there is auth information available following the prompt,
+   *          false otherwise.
+   */
+  boolean onPromptStart();
+
+  /**
+   * Called in the case that the queued prompt was combined with another and
+   * there is now authentication information available.
+   */
+  void onPromptAuthAvailable();
+
+  /**
+   * Called in the case that the queued prompt was combined with another but
+   * the prompt was canceled.
+   */
+  void onPromptCanceled();
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/base/public/nsIMsgBiffManager.idl b/mailnews/base/public/nsIMsgBiffManager.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..52c53d6fa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/public/nsIMsgBiffManager.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+ 
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+#include "nsIMsgIncomingServer.idl"
+
+[scriptable, uuid(17275D52-1622-11d3-8A84-0060B0FC04D2)]
+interface nsIMsgBiffManager : nsISupports {
+
+  void init();
+  void addServerBiff(in nsIMsgIncomingServer server);
+  void removeServerBiff(in nsIMsgIncomingServer server);
+  void forceBiff(in nsIMsgIncomingServer server);
+  void forceBiffAll();
+  void shutdown();
+};
+
diff --git a/mailnews/base/public/nsIMsgContentPolicy.idl b/mailnews/base/public/nsIMsgContentPolicy.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f3c793854
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/public/nsIMsgContentPolicy.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+/* -*- mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+[scriptable, uuid(c29b2fd3-64d0-4083-a096-c20a9b847a99)]
+
+/**
+ * This interface provide functions which help extension developers
+ * add their customized schema to the exposed protocls of nsMsgContentPolicy.
+ * By default, a list of existing protocols (such as imap and nntp)
+ * are allowed to process urls locally, while non-matching urls are required
+ * to be processed as external.
+ * This interface allows additional protocols to be added to
+ * the list of protocols that are processed locally.
+ * Typically this would be used in cases where a new messaging protocol
+ * is being added by an extension.
+ */
+interface nsIMsgContentPolicy : nsISupports {
+  /**
+   * Add the specific aScheme to nsMsgContentPolicy's exposed protocols.
+   *
+   * @param aScheme scheme who will be added to nsMsgContentPolicy's exposed protocols
+   */
+  void addExposedProtocol(in ACString aScheme);
+
+  /**
+   * Remove the specific aScheme from nsMsgContentPolicy's exposed protocols.
+   *
+   * @param aScheme scheme who will be removed from nsMsgContentPolicy's exposed protocols
+   */
+  void removeExposedProtocol(in ACString aScheme);
+};
+
diff --git a/mailnews/base/public/nsIMsgCopyService.idl b/mailnews/base/public/nsIMsgCopyService.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..bbb935d16
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/public/nsIMsgCopyService.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsrootidl.idl"
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+#include "nsIMsgFolder.idl"
+#include "nsIMsgCopyServiceListener.idl"
+
+interface nsIMsgDBHdr;
+interface nsIMsgWindow;
+interface nsIFile;
+interface nsIArray;
+
+[scriptable, uuid(f21e428b-73c5-4607-993b-d37325b33722)]
+interface nsIMsgCopyService : nsISupports {
+
+  /**
+   * Copies or moves existing messages from source folder to destination folder.
+   *
+   * @param srcFolder  Source folder of an operation.
+   * @param messages   The array of nsIMsgHdrs in source folder which will be moved/copied.
+   * @param dstFolder  Destination folder of operation.
+   * @param isMove     false for copy operation, true for move operation.
+   * @param listener   Listener which receive operation notifications
+   * @param msgWindow  Window for notification callbacks, can be null.
+   * @param allowUndo  Specifies if this operation will be done as an transaction
+   *                   that can be undone.
+   */
+  void CopyMessages(in nsIMsgFolder srcFolder,
+                    in nsIArray messages,
+                    in nsIMsgFolder dstFolder,
+                    in boolean isMove,
+                    in nsIMsgCopyServiceListener listener,
+                    in nsIMsgWindow msgWindow,
+                    in boolean allowUndo);
+
+  /**
+   * Copies or moves existing folders do destination folder.
+   *
+   * @param folders    The array of nsIMsgFolders which will be moved/copied.
+   * @param dstFolder  The destination folder of operation.
+   * @param isMove     false for copy operation, true for move operation.
+   * @param listener   Listener which receive operation notifications.
+   * @param msgWindow  Window for notification callbacks, can be null.
+   */
+  void CopyFolders(in nsIArray folders,
+                   in nsIMsgFolder dstFolder,
+                   in boolean isMove,
+                    in nsIMsgCopyServiceListener listener,
+                    in nsIMsgWindow msgWindow);
+
+  /**
+   * Copies message in rfc format from file to folder.
+   *
+   * @param aFile             A file which contains message in rfc format which
+   *                          will copied to destFolder.
+   * @param dstFolder         Destination folder where a message will be copied.
+   * @param msgToReplace      Header which identifies a message to use as a source
+   *                          of message properties, or null. For example, when
+   *                          deleting an attachment, the processed message is
+   *                          stored in a file, but the metadata should be copied
+   *                          from the original message. This method will NOT delete
+   *                          the original message.
+   * @param isDraftOrTemplate Specifies whether a message is a stored in draft
+   *                          folder or not. If is true listener should
+   *                          implement GetMessageId and return unique id for
+   *                          message in destination folder. This is important
+   *                          for IMAP servers which doesn't support uidplus.
+   *                          If destination folder contains message with the
+   *                          same message-id then it is possible that listener
+   *                          get wrong message key in callback
+   *                          nsIMsgCopyServiceListener::SetMessageKey.
+   * @param aMsgFlags         Message flags which will be set after message is
+   *                          copied
+   * @param aMsgKeywords      Keywords which will be set for newly copied
+   *                          message.
+   * @param listener          Listener which receive copy notifications.
+   * @param msgWindow         Window for notification callbacks, can be null.
+   */
+  void CopyFileMessage(in nsIFile aFile,
+                       in nsIMsgFolder dstFolder,
+                       in nsIMsgDBHdr msgToReplace,
+                       in boolean isDraftOrTemplate,
+                       in unsigned long aMsgFlags,
+                       in ACString aMsgKeywords,
+                       in nsIMsgCopyServiceListener listener,
+                       in nsIMsgWindow msgWindow);
+
+  /**
+   * Notify the message copy service that the destination folder has finished
+   * it's messages copying operation so that the copy service can continue
+   * copying the rest of the messages if there are more to copy with.
+   * aSupport and dstFolder uniquely identify a copy service request.
+   *
+   * @param aSupport   The originator of CopyMessages or CopyFileMessage; it can
+   *                   be either a nsIMsgFolder or a nsIFile
+   * @param dstFolder  The destination folder which performs the copy operation
+   * @param result     The result of the copy operation
+   */
+  void NotifyCompletion(in nsISupports aSupport,
+                        in nsIMsgFolder dstFolder,
+                        in nsresult result);
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/base/public/nsIMsgCopyServiceListener.idl b/mailnews/base/public/nsIMsgCopyServiceListener.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2d775e280
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/public/nsIMsgCopyServiceListener.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsrootidl.idl"
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+#include "MailNewsTypes2.idl"
+
+[scriptable, uuid(da6b9843-5464-4630-b121-c5970aa3d6ed)]
+interface nsIMsgCopyServiceListener : nsISupports {
+
+    /**
+     * Notify the observer that the message has started to be copied. This
+     * method is called only once, at the beginning of a message
+     * copyoperation. 
+     */
+    void OnStartCopy();
+
+    /**
+     * Notify the observer that progress as occurred for the message copy
+     * aProgress -
+     * aProgressMax -
+     */
+    void OnProgress(in uint32_t aProgress, 
+                    in uint32_t aProgressMax);
+
+    /**
+     * Setting newly created message key. This method is taylored specifically
+     * for nsIMsgCopyService::CopyFileMessage() when saveing Drafts/Templates.
+     * We need to have a way to inform the client what's the key of the newly
+     * created message.
+     * aKey -
+     */
+    void SetMessageKey(in nsMsgKey aKey);
+
+    /**
+     * Getting the file message message ID. This method is taylored
+     * specifically for nsIMsgCopyService::CopyFileMessage() when saving
+     * Drafts/Templates. In order to work with imap server which doesn't
+     * support uidplus we have to use search comman to retrieve the key of
+     * newly created message. Message ID generated by the compose gurantee its
+     * uniqueness.
+     * aMessageId -
+     */
+    void GetMessageId(out ACString aMessageId);
+
+    /**
+     * Notify the observer that the message copied operation has completed.  
+     * This method is called regardless of whether the the operation was
+     * successful.
+     * aStatus - indicate whether the operation was succeeded
+     */
+    void OnStopCopy(in nsresult aStatus);
+};
+
diff --git a/mailnews/base/public/nsIMsgCustomColumnHandler.idl b/mailnews/base/public/nsIMsgCustomColumnHandler.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..87c67f869
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/public/nsIMsgCustomColumnHandler.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+/* -*- Mode: IDL; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsITreeView.idl"
+
+interface nsIMsgDBHdr;
+
+    /* //TODO JavaDoc
+       When implementing a js custom column handler (of type nsITreeView) you must implement the following
+       functions:
+       1. isEditable
+       2. GetCellProperties
+       3. GetImageSrc
+       4. GetCellText
+       5. CycleCell
+       6. GetSortStringForRow
+       7. GetSortLongForRow
+       8. isString
+       
+       You can, at your option, implement 
+       9.  GetRowProperties.
+
+       With Bug 1192696, Grouped By Sort was implemented for custom columns.
+       Implementers should consider that the value returned by GetSortStringForRow
+       will be displayed in the grouped header row, as well as be used as the
+       sort string.
+
+      If implementing a c++ custom column handler, you must define all 
+      nsITreeView and nsIMsgCustomColumnHandler methods.
+    */
+
+
+[scriptable, uuid(00f75b13-3ac4-4a17-a8b9-c6e4dd1b3f32)]
+interface nsIMsgCustomColumnHandler : nsITreeView
+{
+  AString getSortStringForRow(in nsIMsgDBHdr aHdr);
+  unsigned long getSortLongForRow(in nsIMsgDBHdr aHdr);
+  boolean isString();
+}; 
+
diff --git a/mailnews/base/public/nsIMsgDBView.idl b/mailnews/base/public/nsIMsgDBView.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2d64c547f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/public/nsIMsgDBView.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,527 @@
+/* -*- Mode: IDL; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+#include "MailNewsTypes2.idl"
+
+interface nsIMsgFolder;
+interface nsIMsgWindow;
+interface nsIMessenger;
+interface nsIMsgDBHdr;
+interface nsIMsgThread;
+interface nsIMsgDBViewCommandUpdater;
+interface nsIMsgDatabase;
+interface nsIMsgSearchSession;
+interface nsIMutableArray;
+interface nsISimpleEnumerator;
+interface nsIMsgCustomColumnHandler;
+
+typedef long nsMsgViewNotificationCodeValue;
+typedef long nsMsgViewCommandCheckStateValue;
+typedef long nsMsgViewCommandTypeValue;
+typedef long nsMsgNavigationTypeValue;
+
+[scriptable, uuid(682a18be-fd18-11d4-a5be-0060b0fc04b7)]
+interface nsMsgViewSortOrder
+{
+  const nsMsgViewSortOrderValue none = 0;
+  const nsMsgViewSortOrderValue ascending = 1;
+  const nsMsgViewSortOrderValue descending = 2;
+};
+
+[scriptable, uuid(f28a1cdf-06c3-4e98-8f66-f49991670071)]
+interface nsMsgViewType {
+  const nsMsgViewTypeValue eShowAllThreads = 0;
+  const nsMsgViewTypeValue eShowThreadsWithUnread = 2;
+  const nsMsgViewTypeValue eShowWatchedThreadsWithUnread = 3;
+  const nsMsgViewTypeValue eShowQuickSearchResults = 4;
+  const nsMsgViewTypeValue eShowVirtualFolderResults = 5;
+  const nsMsgViewTypeValue eShowSearch = 6;
+};
+
+[scriptable, uuid(64852276-1dd2-11b2-8103-afe12002c053)]
+interface nsMsgViewFlagsType
+{
+  /**
+   * flags for GetViewFlags
+   */
+  const nsMsgViewFlagsTypeValue kNone = 0x0;
+  const nsMsgViewFlagsTypeValue kThreadedDisplay = 0x1;
+  const nsMsgViewFlagsTypeValue kShowIgnored = 0x8;
+  const nsMsgViewFlagsTypeValue kUnreadOnly = 0x10;
+  const nsMsgViewFlagsTypeValue kExpandAll = 0x20;
+  const nsMsgViewFlagsTypeValue kGroupBySort = 0x40;
+};
+
+[scriptable, uuid(b94fc200-3008-420a-85c7-67842f133ef8)]
+interface nsMsgViewSortType
+{
+  const nsMsgViewSortTypeValue byNone = 0x11; /* not sorted */
+  const nsMsgViewSortTypeValue byDate = 0x12;
+  const nsMsgViewSortTypeValue bySubject = 0x13;
+  const nsMsgViewSortTypeValue byAuthor = 0x14;
+  const nsMsgViewSortTypeValue byId = 0x15;
+  const nsMsgViewSortTypeValue byThread = 0x16;
+  const nsMsgViewSortTypeValue byPriority = 0x17;
+  const nsMsgViewSortTypeValue byStatus = 0x18;
+  const nsMsgViewSortTypeValue bySize = 0x19;
+  const nsMsgViewSortTypeValue byFlagged = 0x1a;
+  const nsMsgViewSortTypeValue byUnread = 0x1b;
+  const nsMsgViewSortTypeValue byRecipient = 0x1c;
+  const nsMsgViewSortTypeValue byLocation = 0x1d;
+  const nsMsgViewSortTypeValue byTags = 0x1e;
+  const nsMsgViewSortTypeValue byJunkStatus = 0x1f;
+  const nsMsgViewSortTypeValue byAttachments = 0x20;
+  const nsMsgViewSortTypeValue byAccount = 0x21;
+  const nsMsgViewSortTypeValue byCustom = 0x22;
+  const nsMsgViewSortTypeValue byReceived = 0x23;
+  const nsMsgViewSortTypeValue byCorrespondent = 0x24;
+};
+
+[scriptable, uuid(255d1c1e-fde7-11d4-a5be-0060b0fc04b7)]
+interface nsMsgViewNotificationCode
+{
+  const nsMsgViewNotificationCodeValue none = 0;        
+  /* No change; this call is just being used to potentially nest other sets of calls
+     inside it.  The "where" and "num" parameters are unused. 
+   */
+  const nsMsgViewNotificationCodeValue insertOrDelete = 1;    
+  /* Some lines have been inserted or deleted.
+     The "where" parameter will indicate the first line that has been added or
+     removed; the "num" parameter will indicate how many lines, and will be positive on
+     an insertion and negative on a deletion. 
+   */
+  const nsMsgViewNotificationCodeValue changed = 2;      
+  /* Some lines have had their contents changed (e.g., messages have been marked read
+    or something.)  "where" indicates the first line with a change; "num" indicates
+    how many chaged. 
+   */
+ const nsMsgViewNotificationCodeValue  scramble = 3;  
+ /* Everything changed.  Probably means we resorted the folder.  We are still working
+    with the same set of items, or at least have some overlap, but all the indices are
+    invalid.  The "where" and "num" parameters are unused. 
+  */
+  const nsMsgViewNotificationCodeValue all = 4;
+  /* Everything changed.  We're now not displaying anything like what we were; we
+     probably opened a new folder or something. The FE needs to forget anything it ever knew
+     about what was being displayed, and start over.  The "where" and "num" parameters are
+     unused.  
+   */
+  const nsMsgViewNotificationCodeValue totalContentChanged = 5;
+  /* Introduced for the address book to support virtual list views.  The total number of
+      entries on the LDAP directory has changed and the FE must update its scrollbar.  The
+      "num" parameter contains the total number of entries on the LDAP server. 
+   */
+  const nsMsgViewNotificationCodeValue newTopIndex = 6;        
+  /* Introduced for the address book to support virtual list views.  The virtual list view
+     cache data has changed and the FE view may be out of date.  The view should be updated
+     so that the first/top index in the view is the index in the "where" parameter.  The
+     scrollbar should be updated to match the new position. 
+   */
+
+};
+
+[scriptable, uuid(4ec9248e-0108-11d5-a5be-0060b0fc04b7)]
+interface nsMsgViewCommandCheckState
+{
+  const nsMsgViewCommandCheckStateValue notUsed = 0;
+  const nsMsgViewCommandCheckStateValue checked = 1;
+  const nsMsgViewCommandCheckStateValue unchecked = 2;
+};
+
+[scriptable, uuid(ad36e6cc-0109-11d5-a5be-0060b0fc04b7)]
+interface nsMsgViewCommandType
+{
+  const nsMsgViewCommandTypeValue markMessagesRead = 0;
+  const nsMsgViewCommandTypeValue markMessagesUnread = 1;
+  const nsMsgViewCommandTypeValue toggleMessageRead = 2;
+                   
+  const nsMsgViewCommandTypeValue flagMessages = 3;
+  const nsMsgViewCommandTypeValue unflagMessages = 4;
+
+  const nsMsgViewCommandTypeValue toggleThreadWatched = 6;
+
+  const nsMsgViewCommandTypeValue deleteMsg = 7;
+  const nsMsgViewCommandTypeValue deleteNoTrash = 8;
+  const nsMsgViewCommandTypeValue markThreadRead = 9;
+  const nsMsgViewCommandTypeValue markAllRead = 10;
+  const nsMsgViewCommandTypeValue expandAll = 11;
+  const nsMsgViewCommandTypeValue collapseAll = 12;
+  
+  const nsMsgViewCommandTypeValue copyMessages = 13;
+  const nsMsgViewCommandTypeValue moveMessages = 14;
+
+  const nsMsgViewCommandTypeValue selectAll = 15;
+  const nsMsgViewCommandTypeValue downloadSelectedForOffline = 16;
+  const nsMsgViewCommandTypeValue downloadFlaggedForOffline = 17;
+
+  const nsMsgViewCommandTypeValue selectThread = 18;
+  const nsMsgViewCommandTypeValue selectFlagged = 19;
+  const nsMsgViewCommandTypeValue cmdRequiringMsgBody = 20;
+  const nsMsgViewCommandTypeValue label0 = 21;
+  const nsMsgViewCommandTypeValue label1 = 22;
+  const nsMsgViewCommandTypeValue label2 = 23;
+  const nsMsgViewCommandTypeValue label3 = 24;
+  const nsMsgViewCommandTypeValue label4 = 25;
+  const nsMsgViewCommandTypeValue label5 = 26;
+  const nsMsgViewCommandTypeValue lastLabel = 26;
+
+  const nsMsgViewCommandTypeValue junk = 27;
+  const nsMsgViewCommandTypeValue unjunk = 28;
+  const nsMsgViewCommandTypeValue undeleteMsg = 29;
+
+  const nsMsgViewCommandTypeValue applyFilters = 30;
+  const nsMsgViewCommandTypeValue runJunkControls = 31;
+  const nsMsgViewCommandTypeValue deleteJunk = 32;
+};
+
+[scriptable, uuid(65903eb2-1dd2-11b2-ac45-c5b69c1618d7)]
+interface nsMsgNavigationType
+{
+  const nsMsgNavigationTypeValue firstMessage = 1;
+  const nsMsgNavigationTypeValue nextMessage = 2;
+  const nsMsgNavigationTypeValue previousMessage = 3;
+  const nsMsgNavigationTypeValue lastMessage = 4;
+  /**
+   * must match nsMsgViewCommandTypeValue toggleThreadKilled
+   */
+  const nsMsgNavigationTypeValue toggleThreadKilled = 5;
+  const nsMsgNavigationTypeValue firstUnreadMessage = 6;
+  const nsMsgNavigationTypeValue nextUnreadMessage = 7;
+  const nsMsgNavigationTypeValue previousUnreadMessage = 8;
+  const nsMsgNavigationTypeValue lastUnreadMessage = 9;
+  const nsMsgNavigationTypeValue nextUnreadThread = 10;
+  const nsMsgNavigationTypeValue nextUnreadFolder = 11;
+  const nsMsgNavigationTypeValue nextFolder = 12;
+  const nsMsgNavigationTypeValue readMore = 13;
+  /**
+   * Go back to the previous visited message
+   */
+  const nsMsgNavigationTypeValue back = 15;
+  /**
+   * Go forward to the previous visited message 
+   */
+  const nsMsgNavigationTypeValue forward = 16;
+  const nsMsgNavigationTypeValue firstFlagged = 17;
+  const nsMsgNavigationTypeValue nextFlagged = 18;
+  const nsMsgNavigationTypeValue previousFlagged = 19;
+  const nsMsgNavigationTypeValue firstNew = 20;
+  const nsMsgNavigationTypeValue editUndo = 21;
+  const nsMsgNavigationTypeValue editRedo = 22;
+  const nsMsgNavigationTypeValue toggleSubthreadKilled = 23;
+};
+
+
+[scriptable, uuid(fe8a2326-4dd0-11e5-8b8a-206a8aa7a25c)]
+interface nsIMsgDBView : nsISupports
+{
+  void open(in nsIMsgFolder folder, in nsMsgViewSortTypeValue sortType, in nsMsgViewSortOrderValue sortOrder, in nsMsgViewFlagsTypeValue viewFlags, out long count);
+  void openWithHdrs(in nsISimpleEnumerator aHeaders, in nsMsgViewSortTypeValue aSortType, 
+                      in nsMsgViewSortOrderValue aSortOrder, 
+                      in nsMsgViewFlagsTypeValue aViewFlags, out long aCount);
+  void close();
+
+  void init(in nsIMessenger aMessengerInstance, in nsIMsgWindow aMsgWindow, in nsIMsgDBViewCommandUpdater aCommandUpdater);
+
+  void sort(in nsMsgViewSortTypeValue sortType, in nsMsgViewSortOrderValue sortOrder);
+
+  void doCommand(in nsMsgViewCommandTypeValue command);
+  void doCommandWithFolder(in nsMsgViewCommandTypeValue command, in nsIMsgFolder destFolder);
+  void getCommandStatus(in nsMsgViewCommandTypeValue command, out boolean selectable_p, 
+                        out nsMsgViewCommandCheckStateValue selected_p);
+
+  readonly attribute nsMsgViewTypeValue viewType;
+  attribute nsMsgViewFlagsTypeValue viewFlags;
+  /** Assigning to this value does not induce a sort; use the sort() method! */
+  attribute nsMsgViewSortTypeValue sortType;
+  readonly attribute nsMsgViewSortOrderValue sortOrder;
+  /**
+   * Reflects the current secondary sort when a secondary sort is in effect.
+   *  If the primary sort is by date or id, the value of this attribute is moot.
+   * Assigning to this value does not induce a sort; use the sort() method once
+   *  to set your secondary sort, then use it again to set your primary sort.
+   *  The only conceivable reason to write to this value is if you have a
+   *  grouped view where you want to affect the sort order of the (secondary)
+   *  date sort.  (Secondary sort is always by date for grouped views.)
+   */
+  attribute nsMsgViewSortTypeValue secondarySortType;
+  /**
+   * Reflects the current secondary sort order.
+   * Assigning to this value does not induce a sort; use the sort() method for
+   *  all primary and secondary sort needs.  The only reason to assign to this
+   *  value is to affect the secondary sort of a grouped view.
+   */
+  attribute nsMsgViewSortOrderValue secondarySortOrder;
+  readonly attribute nsMsgKey keyForFirstSelectedMessage;
+  readonly attribute nsMsgViewIndex viewIndexForFirstSelectedMsg;
+  /**
+   * this method will automatically expand the destination thread, 
+   * if needs be. 
+   */
+  void viewNavigate(in nsMsgNavigationTypeValue motion, out nsMsgKey resultId, out nsMsgViewIndex resultIndex, out nsMsgViewIndex threadIndex, in boolean wrap);
+
+  /**
+   * Indicates if navigation of the passed motion type is valid. 
+   */
+  boolean navigateStatus(in nsMsgNavigationTypeValue motion);
+
+  readonly attribute nsIMsgFolder msgFolder;
+  attribute nsIMsgFolder viewFolder; // in the case of virtual folders, the VF db.
+
+  nsMsgKey getKeyAt(in nsMsgViewIndex index);
+
+  /**
+   * Get the view flags at the passed in index.
+   *
+   * @param aIndex - index to get the view flags for
+   *
+   * @ return - 32 bit view flags (e.g., elided)
+   */
+  unsigned long getFlagsAt(in nsMsgViewIndex aIndex);
+
+  /**
+   * Get the msg hdr at the passed in index
+   *
+   * @param aIndex - index to get the msg hdr at.
+   *
+   * @return - msg hdr at the passed in index
+   * @exception - NS_MSG_INVALID_DBVIEW_INDEX
+   */
+  nsIMsgDBHdr getMsgHdrAt(in nsMsgViewIndex aIndex);
+
+  nsIMsgFolder getFolderForViewIndex(in nsMsgViewIndex index); // mainly for search
+  ACString getURIForViewIndex(in nsMsgViewIndex index);
+  nsIMsgDBView cloneDBView(in nsIMessenger aMessengerInstance, in nsIMsgWindow aMsgWindow, in nsIMsgDBViewCommandUpdater aCommandUpdater);
+
+  /**
+   * Provides a list of the message headers for the currently selected messages.
+   *  If the "mail.operate_on_msgs_in_collapsed_threads" preference is enabled,
+   *  then any collapsed thread roots that are selected will also (conceptually)
+   *  have all of the messages in that thread selected and they will be included
+   *  in the returned list. The one exception to this is if the front end fails
+   *  to summarize the selection, and we fall back to just displaying a single
+   *  message. In that case, we won't include the children of the collapsed
+   *  thread. However, the numSelected attribute will count those children,
+   *  because the summarizeSelection code uses that to know that it should
+   *  try to summarize the selection.
+   *
+   * If the user has right-clicked on a message, this will return that message
+   *  (and any collapsed children if so enabled) and not the selection prior to
+   *  the right-click.
+   *
+   * @return an array containing the selected message headers.  You are free to
+   *     mutate the array; it will not affect the underlying selection.
+   */
+  void getSelectedMsgHdrs([optional] out unsigned long count,
+                          [retval, array, size_is(count)]
+                          out nsIMsgDBHdr headers);
+
+  [deprecated] nsIMutableArray getMsgHdrsForSelection();
+
+  void getURIsForSelection(out unsigned long count, [retval, array, size_is(count)] out string uris);
+  void getIndicesForSelection(out unsigned long count, [retval, array, size_is(count)] out nsMsgViewIndex indices);
+
+  readonly attribute ACString URIForFirstSelectedMessage;
+  readonly attribute nsIMsgDBHdr hdrForFirstSelectedMessage;
+  void loadMessageByMsgKey(in nsMsgKey aMsgKey);
+  void loadMessageByViewIndex(in nsMsgViewIndex aIndex);
+  void loadMessageByUrl(in string aUrl);
+  void reloadMessage();
+  void reloadMessageWithAllParts();
+
+  /**
+   * The number of selected messages.  If the
+   *  "mail.operate_on_msgs_in_collapsed_threads" preference is enabled, then
+   *  any collapsed thread roots that are selected will also conceptually have
+   *  all of the messages in that thread selected.
+   */
+  readonly attribute unsigned long numSelected;
+  readonly attribute nsMsgViewIndex msgToSelectAfterDelete; 
+  readonly attribute nsMsgViewIndex currentlyDisplayedMessage; 
+
+  /**
+   * Number of messages in view, including messages in collapsed threads.
+   * Not currently implemented for threads with unread or watched threads
+   * with unread.
+   */
+  readonly attribute long numMsgsInView;
+  // used by "go to folder" feature
+  // and "remember last selected message" feature
+  // if key is not found, we don't select.
+  void selectMsgByKey(in nsMsgKey key);
+
+  void selectFolderMsgByKey(in nsIMsgFolder aFolder, in nsMsgKey aKey);
+  // we'll suppress displaying messages if the message pane is collapsed
+  attribute boolean suppressMsgDisplay;
+
+  // we'll suppress command updating during folder loading
+  attribute boolean suppressCommandUpdating;
+
+  /**
+   * Suppress change notifications. This is faster than Begin/EndUpdateBatch
+   * on the tree, but less safe in that you're responsible for row invalidation
+   * and row count changes.
+   */
+  attribute boolean suppressChangeNotifications;
+
+  //to notify tree that rows are going away
+  void onDeleteCompleted(in boolean succeeded);
+
+  readonly attribute nsIMsgDatabase db;
+
+  readonly attribute boolean supportsThreading;
+
+  attribute nsIMsgSearchSession searchSession;
+  readonly attribute boolean removeRowOnMoveOrDelete; 
+
+  /**
+   * Finds the view index of the passed in msgKey. Note this should not
+   * be called on cross-folder views since the msgKey may not be unique.
+   *
+   * @param aMsgKey - key to find.
+   * @param aExpand - whether to expand a collapsed thread to find the key.
+   *
+   * @return        - view index of msg hdr, -1 if hdr not found.
+   */
+  nsMsgViewIndex findIndexFromKey(in nsMsgKey aMsgKey, in boolean aExpand);
+  /**
+   * Finds the view index of the passed in msgHdr.
+   *
+   * @param aMsgHdr - hdr to find.
+   * @param aExpand - whether to expand a collapsed thread to find the hdr.
+   *
+   * @return        - view index of msg hdr, -1 if hdr not found.
+   */
+  nsMsgViewIndex findIndexOfMsgHdr(in nsIMsgDBHdr aMsgHdr, in boolean aExpand);
+  void ExpandAndSelectThreadByIndex(in nsMsgViewIndex aIndex, in boolean aAugment);
+
+  /**
+   * This method returns the nsIMsgThread object containing the header displayed
+   * at the desired row. For grouped views and cross folder saved searches,
+   * this will be the view thread, not the db thread.
+   *
+   * @param aIndex   view index we want corresponding thread object of.
+   *
+   * @return         the thread object at the requested view index
+   */
+  nsIMsgThread getThreadContainingIndex(in nsMsgViewIndex aIndex);
+
+  /**
+   * Insert rows into the view. The caller should use NoteChange() below to
+   * update the view.
+   *
+   * @param aIndex   view index for insertion start.
+   * @param aNumRows number of rows to insert.
+   * @param aKey     msgKey.
+   * @param aFlags   msgFlags.
+   * @param aLevel   treeview indent level.
+   * @param aFolder  nsIMsgFolder, required for search/xfvf views.
+   */
+  void insertTreeRows(in nsMsgViewIndex aIndex, in unsigned long aNumRows,
+                      in nsMsgKey aKey, in nsMsgViewFlagsTypeValue aFlags,
+                      in unsigned long aLevel, in nsIMsgFolder aFolder);
+
+  /**
+   * Remove rows from the view.  The caller should use NoteChange() below to
+   * update the view.
+   *
+   * @param aIndex   view index for removal start.
+   * @param aNumRows number of rows to remove.
+   */
+  void removeTreeRows(in nsMsgViewIndex aIndex, in unsigned long aNumRows);
+
+  /**
+   * Notify tree that rows have changed.
+   *
+   * @param aFirstLineChanged   first view index for changed rows.
+   * @param aNumRows            number of rows changed; < 0 means removed.
+   * @param aChangeType         changeType.
+   */
+  void NoteChange(in nsMsgViewIndex aFirstLineChanged, in long aNumRows,
+                  in nsMsgViewNotificationCodeValue aChangeType);
+
+  /**
+   * Return the view thread corresponding to aMsgHdr. If we're a cross-folder
+   * view, then it would be the cross folder view thread, otherwise, the 
+   * db thread object.
+   *
+   * @param aMsgHdr message header we want the view thread object of.
+   *
+   * @return        view thread object for msg hdr.
+   */
+  nsIMsgThread getThreadContainingMsgHdr(in nsIMsgDBHdr aMsgHdr);
+
+  // use lines or kB for size?
+  readonly attribute boolean usingLines;
+  
+  // Custom Column Implementation note: see nsIMsgCustomColumnHandler
+  
+  // attaches a custom column handler to a specific column (can be a new column or a built in)
+  void addColumnHandler(in AString aColumn, in nsIMsgCustomColumnHandler aHandler);
+  
+  // removes a custom column handler leaving the column to be handled by the system
+  void removeColumnHandler(in AString aColumn);
+  
+  // returns the custom column handler attached to a specific column - if any
+  nsIMsgCustomColumnHandler getColumnHandler(in AString aColumn);
+
+  /**
+   * The custom column to use for sorting purposes (when sort type is
+   *  nsMsgViewSortType.byCustom.)
+   */
+  attribute AString curCustomColumn;
+
+  /**
+   * The custom column used for a secondary sort, blank if secondarySort is
+   * not byCustom. The secondary sort design is such that the desired secondary
+   * is sorted first, followed by sort by desired primary. The secondary is
+   * read only, as it is set internally according to this design.
+   */
+  readonly attribute AString secondaryCustomColumn;
+  /**
+   * Scriptable accessor for the cell text for a column
+   *
+   * @param aRow - row we want cell text for
+   * @param aColumnName - name of column we want cell text for
+   *
+   * @returns The cell text for the given row and column, if any.
+   * @notes This does not work for custom columns yet.
+   */
+  AString cellTextForColumn(in long aRow, in wstring aColumnName);
+};
+
+/* this interface is rapidly morphing from a command updater interface into a more generic
+   FE updater interface to handle changes in the view 
+*/
+
+[scriptable, uuid(ce8f52ee-e742-4b31-8bdd-2b3a8168a117)]
+interface nsIMsgDBViewCommandUpdater : nsISupports
+{
+  /* Eventually we'll flush this out into some kind of rich interface
+  which may take specifc selection changed type notifications like
+  no selections, single selection, multi-selection, etc. For starters,
+  we are going to keep it generic. The back end will only push an update
+  command status when the # of selected items changes.
+  */
+
+  void updateCommandStatus();
+
+  /* displayed message has changed */
+  void displayMessageChanged(in nsIMsgFolder aFolder, in AString aSubject, in ACString aKeywords);
+
+  /**
+  * allows the backend to tell the front end to re-determine 
+  * which message we should selet after a delete or move
+  */
+  void updateNextMessageAfterDelete();
+  
+  /**
+  * tell the front end that the selection has changed, and may need to be
+  * resummarized.
+  * 
+  * @return   true if we did summarize, false otherwise.
+  */
+  boolean summarizeSelection();
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/base/public/nsIMsgFolder.idl b/mailnews/base/public/nsIMsgFolder.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..72beeb154
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/public/nsIMsgFolder.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,853 @@
+/* -*- Mode: IDL; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+#include "nsIFolderListener.idl"
+#include "nsIMsgIncomingServer.idl"
+#include "nsIMsgCopyServiceListener.idl"
+#include "nsIUrlListener.idl"
+#include "nsISimpleEnumerator.idl"
+
+interface nsIMsgDBHdr;
+interface nsIMsgWindow;
+interface nsIMsgDatabase;
+interface nsIDBFolderInfo;
+interface nsIMsgFilterList;
+interface nsIFile;
+interface nsIOutputStream;
+interface nsIInputStream;
+interface nsIFile;
+interface nsIMsgIdentity;
+interface nsIMsgThread;
+interface nsIArray;
+interface nsIMutableArray;
+interface nsIMsgPluggableStore;
+
+typedef long nsMsgBiffState;
+
+// enumerated type for determining if a message has been replied to, forwarded, etc.
+typedef long nsMsgDispositionState;
+
+[scriptable, uuid(5d253ba2-42aa-43a7-b584-0059855ababf)]
+interface nsIMsgFolder : nsISupports {
+
+  const nsMsgBiffState nsMsgBiffState_NewMail = 0; // User has new mail waiting.
+  const nsMsgBiffState nsMsgBiffState_NoMail =  1; // No new mail is waiting.
+  const nsMsgBiffState nsMsgBiffState_Unknown = 2; // We dunno whether there is new mail.
+
+  /// Returns an enumerator containing the messages within the current database.
+  readonly attribute nsISimpleEnumerator messages;
+
+  void startFolderLoading();
+  void endFolderLoading();
+
+  /* get new headers for db */
+  void updateFolder(in nsIMsgWindow aWindow);
+
+  readonly attribute AString prettiestName;
+
+  /**
+   * URL for this folder
+   */
+  readonly attribute ACString folderURL;
+
+  /**
+   * should probably move to the server
+   */
+  readonly attribute boolean showDeletedMessages;
+
+  /**
+   * this folder's parent server
+   */
+  readonly attribute nsIMsgIncomingServer server;
+
+  /**
+   * is this folder the "phantom" server folder?
+   */
+  readonly attribute boolean isServer;
+  readonly attribute boolean canSubscribe;
+  readonly attribute boolean canFileMessages;
+  readonly attribute boolean noSelect;  // this is an imap no select folder
+  readonly attribute boolean imapShared; // this is an imap shared folder
+  readonly attribute boolean canDeleteMessages; // can't delete from imap read-only
+
+  /**
+   * does this folder allow subfolders?
+   * for example, newsgroups cannot have subfolders, and the INBOX
+   * on some IMAP servers cannot have subfolders
+   */
+  readonly attribute boolean canCreateSubfolders;
+
+  /**
+   * can you change the name of this folder?
+   * for example, newsgroups
+   * and some special folders can't be renamed
+   */
+  readonly attribute boolean canRename;
+
+  readonly attribute boolean canCompact;
+
+  /**
+   * the phantom server folder
+   */
+  readonly attribute nsIMsgFolder rootFolder;
+
+  /**
+   * Get the server's list of filters. (Or in the case of news, the 
+   * filter list for this newsgroup)
+   * This list SHOULD be used for all incoming messages.
+   *
+   * Since the returned nsIMsgFilterList is mutable, it is not necessary to call
+   * setFilterList after the filters have been changed.
+   *
+   * @param aMsgWindow  @ref msgwindow "The standard message window"
+   * @return            The list of filters
+   */
+  nsIMsgFilterList getFilterList(in nsIMsgWindow msgWindow);
+
+  /**
+   * Set the server's list of filters.
+   *
+   * Note that this does not persist the filter list. To change the contents
+   * of the existing filters, use getFilterList and mutate the values as
+   * appopriate.
+   *
+   * @param aFilterList The new list of filters.
+   */
+  void setFilterList(in nsIMsgFilterList filterList);
+
+  /**
+   * Get user editable filter list. This does not have to be the same as
+   * the filterlist above, typically depending on the users preferences.
+   * The filters in this list are not processed, but only to be edited by
+   * the user.
+   * @see getFilterList
+   *
+   * @param aMsgWindow  @ref msgwindow "The standard message window"
+   * @return            The list of filters
+   */
+  nsIMsgFilterList getEditableFilterList(in nsIMsgWindow aMsgWindow);
+
+  /**
+   * Set user editable filter list.
+   * This does not persist the filterlist, @see setFilterList
+   * @see getEditableFilterList
+   * @see setFilterList
+   *
+   * @param aFilterList The new list of filters.
+   */
+  void setEditableFilterList(in nsIMsgFilterList aFilterList);
+
+  /**
+   * Force close the mail database associated with this folder.
+   */
+  void ForceDBClosed();
+  /**
+   * Close and backup a folder database prior to reparsing
+   *
+   * @param  newName  New name of the corresponding message folder.
+   *                  Used in rename to set the file name to match the renamed
+   *                  folder. Set to empty to use the existing folder name.
+   */
+  void closeAndBackupFolderDB(in ACString newName);
+
+  void Delete ();
+
+  void deleteSubFolders(in nsIArray folders, in nsIMsgWindow msgWindow);
+  void propagateDelete(in nsIMsgFolder folder, in boolean deleteStorage,
+                       in nsIMsgWindow msgWindow);
+  void recursiveDelete(in boolean deleteStorage, in nsIMsgWindow msgWindow);
+
+  /**
+   * Create a subfolder of the current folder with the passed in name.
+   * For IMAP, this will be an async operation and the folder won't exist
+   * until it is created on the server.
+   *
+   * @param folderName name of the folder to create.
+   * @param msgWindow msgWindow to display status feedback in.
+   *
+   * @exception NS_MSG_FOLDER_EXISTS
+   */
+  void createSubfolder(in AString folderName, in nsIMsgWindow msgWindow);
+
+  /**
+   * Adds the subfolder with the passed name to the folder hierarchy.
+   * This is used internally during folder discovery; It shouldn't be
+   * used to create folders since it won't create storage for the folder,
+   * especially for imap. Unless you know exactly what you're doing, you
+   * should be using createSubfolder + getChildNamed or createLocalSubfolder.
+   *
+   * @param aFolderName Name of the folder to add.
+   * @returns The folder added.
+   */
+  nsIMsgFolder addSubfolder(in AString aFolderName);
+
+  /* this method ensures the storage for the folder exists.
+    For local folders, it creates the berkeley mailbox if missing.
+    For imap folders, it subscribes to the folder if it exists,
+    or creates it if it doesn't exist
+  */
+  void createStorageIfMissing(in nsIUrlListener urlListener);
+
+  /**
+   * Compact this folder. For IMAP folders configured for offline use,
+   * it will also compact the offline store, and the completed notification
+   * will occur when the Expunge is finished, not the offline store compaction.
+   *
+   * @param aListener   Notified of completion, can be null.
+   * @param aMsgWindow  For progress/status, can be null.
+   */
+  void compact(in nsIUrlListener aListener, in nsIMsgWindow aMsgWindow);
+  /**
+   * Compact all folders in the account corresponding to this folder/
+   * Optionally compact their offline stores as well (imap/news)
+   * 
+   * @param aListener   Notified of completion, can be null.
+   * @param aMsgWindow  For progress/status, can be null.
+   * @param aCompactOfflineAlso  This controls whether we compact all 
+   *                             offline stores as well.
+   */
+  void compactAll(in nsIUrlListener aListener, in nsIMsgWindow aMsgWindow,
+                  in boolean aCompactOfflineAlso);
+
+  void compactAllOfflineStores(in nsIUrlListener aListener,
+                               in nsIMsgWindow aMsgWindow,
+                               in nsIArray aOfflineFolderArray);
+
+  void emptyTrash(in nsIMsgWindow aMsgWindow, in nsIUrlListener aListener);
+
+  /**
+   * change the name of the folder
+   *
+   * @param name the new name of the folder
+   */
+  void rename(in AString name, in nsIMsgWindow msgWindow);
+  void renameSubFolders( in nsIMsgWindow msgWindow, in nsIMsgFolder oldFolder);
+
+  AString generateUniqueSubfolderName(in AString prefix,
+                                      in nsIMsgFolder otherFolder);
+
+  void updateSummaryTotals(in boolean force);
+  void summaryChanged();
+  /**
+   * get the total number of unread messages in this folder,
+   * or in all subfolders
+   *
+   * @param deep if true, descends into all subfolders and gets a grand total
+   */
+  long getNumUnread(in boolean deep);
+
+  /**
+   * get the total number of messages in this folder,
+   * or in all subfolders
+   *
+   * @param deep if true, descends into all subfolders and gets a grand total
+   */
+  long getTotalMessages(in boolean deep);
+
+  /**
+   * These functions are used for tricking the front end into thinking that we
+   * have more messages than are really in the DB.  This is usually after an
+   * IMAP message copy where we don't want to do an expensive select until the
+   * user actually opens that folder. These functions are called when
+   * MSG_Master::GetFolderLineById is populating a MSG_FolderLine struct used
+   * by the FE.
+   */
+  readonly attribute long numPendingUnread;
+  readonly attribute long numPendingTotalMessages;
+  void changeNumPendingUnread(in long delta);
+  void changeNumPendingTotalMessages(in long delta);
+
+ /**
+  * does this folder have new messages
+  *
+  */
+  attribute boolean hasNewMessages;
+
+  /**
+   * Indicates whether this folder or any of its subfolders have new messages.
+   */
+  readonly attribute boolean hasFolderOrSubfolderNewMessages;
+
+  /**
+   * return the first new message in the folder
+   *
+   */
+  readonly attribute nsIMsgDBHdr firstNewMessage;
+
+  /**
+   * clear new status flag of all of the new messages
+   */
+  void clearNewMessages();
+
+  readonly attribute long long expungedBytes;
+
+  /**
+   * Can this folder be deleted?
+   * For example, special folders and isServer folders cannot be deleted.
+   */
+  readonly attribute boolean deletable;
+
+  /**
+   * should we be displaying recipients instead of the sender?
+   * for example, in the Sent folder, recipients are more relevant
+   * than the sender
+   */
+  readonly attribute boolean displayRecipients;
+
+  /**
+   * used to determine if it will take a long time to download all
+   * the headers in this folder - so that we can do folder notifications
+   * synchronously instead of asynchronously
+   */
+  readonly attribute boolean manyHeadersToDownload;
+
+  readonly attribute ACString relativePathName;
+
+  /**
+   * size of this folder on disk (not including .msf file)
+   * for imap, it's the sum of the size of the messages
+   */
+  attribute long long sizeOnDisk;
+
+  readonly attribute ACString username;
+  readonly attribute ACString hostname;
+
+  /**
+   * Sets a flag on the folder. The known flags are defined in
+   * nsMsgFolderFlags.h.
+   *
+   * @param flag  The flag to set on the folder.
+   */
+  void setFlag(in unsigned long flag);
+
+  /**
+   * Clears a flag on the folder. The known flags are defined in
+   * nsMsgFolderFlags.h.
+   *
+   * @param flag  The flag to clear on the folder.
+   */
+  void clearFlag(in unsigned long flag);
+
+  /**
+   * Determines if a flag is set on the folder or not. The known flags are
+   * defined in nsMsgFolderFlags.h.
+   *
+   * @param flag  The flag to check on the folder.
+   * @return      True if the flag exists.
+   */
+  boolean getFlag(in unsigned long flag);
+
+  /**
+   * Toggles a flag on the folder. The known flags are defined in
+   * nsMsgFolderFlags.h.
+   *
+   * @param flag  The flag to toggle
+   */
+  void toggleFlag(in unsigned long flag);
+
+  /**
+   * Called to notify the database and/or listeners of a change of flag. The
+   * known flags are defined in nsMsgFolderFlags.h 
+   *
+   * @note        This doesn't need to be called for normal flag changes via
+   *              the *Flag functions on this interface.
+   *
+   * @param flag  The flag that was changed.
+   */
+  void onFlagChange(in unsigned long flag);
+
+  /**
+   * Direct access to the set/get all the flags at once.
+   */
+  attribute unsigned long flags;
+
+  /**
+   * Gets the first folder that has the specified flags set.
+   *
+   * @param flags    The flag(s) to check for.
+   * @return         The folder or the first available child folder that has
+   *                 the specified flags set, or null if there are none.
+   */
+  nsIMsgFolder getFolderWithFlags(in unsigned long flags);
+
+  /**
+   * Gets the folders that have the specified flag set.
+   *
+   * @param flags    The flag(s) to check for.
+   * @return         An array of folders that have the specified flags set.
+   *                 The array may have zero elements.
+   */
+  nsIArray getFoldersWithFlags(in unsigned long flags);
+
+  /**
+   * Lists the folders that have the specified flag set.
+   *
+   * @param flags    The flag(s) to check for.
+   * @param folders  The array in which to append the found folder(s).
+   */
+  void listFoldersWithFlags(in unsigned long flags,
+                            in nsIMutableArray folders);
+
+  /**
+   * Check if this folder (or one of its ancestors) is special.
+   *
+   * @param flags          The "special" flags to check.
+   * @param checkAncestors Should ancestors be checked too.
+   */
+  boolean isSpecialFolder(in unsigned long flags,
+                          [optional] in boolean checkAncestors);
+
+  ACString getUriForMsg(in nsIMsgDBHdr msgHdr);
+
+  /**
+   * Deletes the messages from the folder.
+   *
+   * @param messages      The array of nsIMsgDBHdr objects to be deleted.
+   * @param msgWindow     The standard message window object, for alerts et al.
+   * @param deleteStorage Whether or not the message should be truly deleted, as
+                          opposed to moving to trash.
+   * @param isMove        Whether or not this is a deletion for moving messages.
+   * @param allowUndo     Whether this action should be undoable.
+   */
+  void deleteMessages(in nsIArray messages,
+                      in nsIMsgWindow msgWindow,
+                      in boolean deleteStorage, in boolean isMove,
+                      in nsIMsgCopyServiceListener listener, in boolean allowUndo);
+
+  void copyMessages(in nsIMsgFolder srcFolder, in nsIArray messages,
+                    in boolean isMove, in nsIMsgWindow msgWindow,
+                    in nsIMsgCopyServiceListener listener, in boolean isFolder,
+                    in boolean allowUndo);
+
+  void copyFolder(in nsIMsgFolder srcFolder, in boolean isMoveFolder,
+                  in nsIMsgWindow msgWindow, in nsIMsgCopyServiceListener listener );
+
+  void copyFileMessage(in nsIFile file, in nsIMsgDBHdr msgToReplace,
+                       in boolean isDraft, in unsigned long newMsgFlags,
+                       in ACString aKeywords,
+                       in nsIMsgWindow msgWindow,
+                       in nsIMsgCopyServiceListener listener);
+
+  void acquireSemaphore (in nsISupports semHolder);
+  void releaseSemaphore (in nsISupports semHolder);
+  boolean testSemaphore (in nsISupports semHolder);
+  readonly attribute boolean locked;
+
+  void getNewMessages(in nsIMsgWindow aWindow, in nsIUrlListener aListener);
+
+  /**
+   * write out summary data for this folder
+   * to the given folder cache (i.e. panacea.dat)
+   */
+  void writeToFolderCache(in nsIMsgFolderCache folderCache, in boolean deep);
+
+  /**
+   * the charset of this folder
+   */
+  attribute ACString charset;
+  attribute boolean charsetOverride;
+  attribute unsigned long biffState;
+
+  /**
+   * The number of new messages since this folder's last biff.
+   *
+   * @param deep if true, descends into all subfolders and gets a grand total
+   */
+
+   long getNumNewMessages (in boolean deep);
+
+   void setNumNewMessages(in long numNewMessages);
+
+  /**
+   * are we running a url as a result of the user clicking get msg?
+   */
+  attribute boolean gettingNewMessages;
+
+  /**
+   * local path of this folder
+   */
+  attribute nsIFile filePath;
+
+  /// an nsIFile corresponding to the .msf file.
+  readonly attribute nsIFile summaryFile;
+
+  readonly attribute ACString baseMessageURI;
+  ACString generateMessageURI(in nsMsgKey msgKey);
+
+  const nsMsgDispositionState nsMsgDispositionState_None = -1;
+  const nsMsgDispositionState nsMsgDispositionState_Replied = 0;
+  const nsMsgDispositionState nsMsgDispositionState_Forwarded = 1;
+  void addMessageDispositionState(in nsIMsgDBHdr aMessage,
+                                  in nsMsgDispositionState aDispositionFlag);
+
+  void markMessagesRead(in nsIArray messages, in boolean markRead);
+  void markAllMessagesRead(in nsIMsgWindow aMsgWindow);
+  void markMessagesFlagged(in nsIArray messages, in boolean markFlagged);
+  void markThreadRead(in nsIMsgThread thread);
+  void setLabelForMessages(in nsIArray messages, in nsMsgLabelValue label);
+  /**
+   * Gets the message database for the folder.
+   *
+   * Note that if the database is out of date, the implementation MAY choose to
+   * throw an error. For a handle to the database which MAY NOT throw an error,
+   * one can use getDBFolderInfoAndDB.
+   *
+   * The attribute can also be set to another database or to null to force the
+   * folder to reopen the same database when it is needed again.
+   *
+   * @exception NS_MSG_ERROR_FOLDER_SUMMARY_MISSING If the database does not
+   *                         exist.
+   * @exception NS_MSG_ERROR_FOLDER_SUMMARY_OUT_OF_DATE If the database contains
+   *                         out of date information.
+   * @see nsIMsgFolder::getDBFolderInfoAndDB.
+   */
+  attribute nsIMsgDatabase msgDatabase;
+
+  /// Does the folder have a local reference to the msgDatabase?
+  readonly attribute boolean databaseOpen;
+
+  /**
+   * Get the backup message database, used in reparsing. This database must
+   * be created first using closeAndBackupFolderDB()
+   *
+   * @return   backup message database
+   */
+  nsIMsgDatabase getBackupMsgDatabase();
+  /**
+   * Remove the backup message database file
+   */
+  void removeBackupMsgDatabase();
+  /**
+   * Open the backup message database file
+   */
+  void openBackupMsgDatabase();
+  nsIMsgDatabase getDBFolderInfoAndDB(out nsIDBFolderInfo folderInfo);
+  nsIMsgDBHdr GetMessageHeader(in nsMsgKey msgKey);
+
+  readonly attribute boolean supportsOffline;
+  boolean shouldStoreMsgOffline(in nsMsgKey msgKey);
+  boolean hasMsgOffline(in nsMsgKey msgKey);
+
+  /**
+   * Get an input stream to read the offline contents of an imap or news
+   * message.
+   *
+   * @param aMsgKey key of message to get input stream for.
+   * @param[out] aOffset filled in with the offset into the stream of the message.
+   * @param[out] aSize filled in with the size of the message in the offline store.
+   *
+   * @returns input stream to read the message from.
+   */
+  nsIInputStream getOfflineFileStream(in nsMsgKey aMsgKey,
+                                      out long long aOffset,
+                                      out unsigned long aSize);
+
+  /**
+   * Get the folder where the msg could be present.
+   * @param msgKey  key of the msg for which we are trying to get the folder;
+   * @returns aMsgFolder  required folder;
+   *
+   */
+  nsIMsgFolder GetOfflineMsgFolder(in nsMsgKey msgKey);
+
+  /**
+   * Get an offline store output stream for the passed message header.
+   *
+   * @param aHdr hdr of message to get outputstream for
+   * @returns An output stream to write to.
+   */
+  nsIOutputStream getOfflineStoreOutputStream(in nsIMsgDBHdr aHdr);
+
+  /**
+   * Get an input stream for the passed message header. The stream will
+   * be positioned at the start of the message.
+   *
+   * @param aHdr hdr of message to get the input stream for.
+   * @param[out] aReusable set to true if the stream can be re-used, in which
+                           case the caller might not want to close it.
+   * @returns an input stream to read the message from
+   */
+  nsIInputStream getMsgInputStream(in nsIMsgDBHdr aHdr, out boolean aReusable);
+
+  void DownloadMessagesForOffline(in nsIArray messages,
+                                  in nsIMsgWindow window);
+  nsIMsgFolder getChildWithURI(in ACString uri, in boolean deep,
+                               in boolean caseInsensitive);
+  void downloadAllForOffline(in nsIUrlListener listener, in nsIMsgWindow window);
+  /**
+   *  Turn notifications on/off for various notification types. Currently only
+   *  supporting allMessageCountNotifications which refers to both total and
+   *  unread message counts.
+   */
+  const unsigned long allMessageCountNotifications    = 0;
+  void enableNotifications(in long notificationType, in boolean enable,
+                           in boolean dbBatching);
+  boolean isCommandEnabled(in ACString command);
+  boolean matchOrChangeFilterDestination(in nsIMsgFolder folder,
+                                         in boolean caseInsensitive);
+  boolean confirmFolderDeletionForFilter(in nsIMsgWindow msgWindow);
+  void alertFilterChanged(in nsIMsgWindow msgWindow);
+  void throwAlertMsg(in string msgName, in nsIMsgWindow msgWindow);
+  AString getStringWithFolderNameFromBundle(in string msgName);
+  void notifyCompactCompleted();
+  long compareSortKeys(in nsIMsgFolder msgFolder);
+  /**
+   * Returns a sort key that can be used to sort a list of folders.
+   *
+   * Prefer nsIMsgFolder::compareSortKeys over this function.
+   */
+  void getSortKey(out unsigned long length, [array, size_is(length), retval] out octet key);
+
+  attribute nsIMsgRetentionSettings retentionSettings;
+  attribute nsIMsgDownloadSettings downloadSettings;
+  boolean callFilterPlugins(in nsIMsgWindow aMsgWindow);
+  /**
+   * used for order in the folder pane, folder pickers, etc.
+   */
+  attribute long sortOrder;
+
+  attribute nsIDBFolderInfo dBTransferInfo;
+
+  ACString getStringProperty(in string propertyName);
+  void setStringProperty(in string propertyName, in ACString propertyValue);
+
+  /* does not persist across sessions */
+  attribute nsMsgKey lastMessageLoaded;
+
+  /* old nsIFolder properties and methods */
+  readonly attribute ACString URI;
+  attribute AString name;
+  attribute AString prettyName;
+  readonly attribute AString abbreviatedName;
+
+  attribute nsIMsgFolder parent;
+
+  /**
+   * Returns an enumerator containing a list of nsIMsgFolder items that are
+   * subfolders of the instance this is called on.
+   */
+  readonly attribute nsISimpleEnumerator subFolders;
+
+  /**
+   * Returns true if this folder has sub folders.
+   */
+  readonly attribute boolean hasSubFolders;
+
+  /**
+   * Returns the number of sub folders that this folder has.
+   */
+  readonly attribute unsigned long numSubFolders;
+
+  /**
+   * Determines if this folder is an ancestor of the supplied folder.
+   *
+   * @param folder  The folder that may or may not be a descendent of this
+   *                folder.
+   */
+  boolean isAncestorOf(in nsIMsgFolder folder);
+
+  /**
+   * Looks in immediate children of this folder for the given name.
+   *
+   * @param name the name of the target subfolder
+   */
+  boolean containsChildNamed(in AString name);
+
+  /**
+   * Return the child folder which the specified name.
+   *
+   * @param aName  The name of the child folder to find
+   * @return       The child folder
+   * @exception NS_ERROR_FAILURE Thrown if the folder with aName does not exist
+   */
+  nsIMsgFolder getChildNamed(in AString aName);
+
+  /**
+   * Finds the sub folder with the specified name.
+   *
+   * @param escapedSubFolderName  The name of the sub folder to find.
+   * @note                        Even if the folder doesn't currently exist,
+   *                              a nsIMsgFolder may be returned.
+   */
+  nsIMsgFolder findSubFolder(in ACString escapedSubFolderName);
+
+  void AddFolderListener(in nsIFolderListener listener);
+  void RemoveFolderListener(in nsIFolderListener listener);
+  void NotifyPropertyChanged(in nsIAtom property,
+                             in ACString oldValue,
+                             in ACString newValue);
+  void NotifyIntPropertyChanged(in nsIAtom property,
+                                in long long oldValue,
+                                in long long newValue);
+  void NotifyBoolPropertyChanged(in nsIAtom property,
+                                 in boolean oldValue,
+                                 in boolean newValue);
+  void NotifyPropertyFlagChanged(in nsIMsgDBHdr item,
+                                 in nsIAtom property,
+                                 in unsigned long oldValue,
+                                 in unsigned long newValue);
+  void NotifyUnicharPropertyChanged(in nsIAtom property,
+                                    in AString oldValue,
+                                    in AString newValue);
+
+  void NotifyItemAdded(in nsISupports item);
+  void NotifyItemRemoved(in nsISupports item);
+
+  void NotifyFolderEvent(in nsIAtom event);
+
+  //  void NotifyFolderLoaded();
+  //  void NotifyDeleteOrMoveMessagesCompleted(in nsIMsgFolder folder);
+
+  // Gets all descendants, not just first level children.
+  readonly attribute nsIArray descendants;
+  /*
+   * Lists all the folders that are subfolders of the current folder,
+   * all levels of children.
+   *
+   * @param aDescendants  The array in which to append the found folder(s).
+   */
+  void ListDescendants(in nsIMutableArray aDescendants);
+  void Shutdown(in boolean shutdownChildren);
+
+  readonly attribute boolean inVFEditSearchScope;
+  void setInVFEditSearchScope(in boolean aSearchThisFolder, in boolean aSetOnSubFolders);
+  void copyDataToOutputStreamForAppend(in nsIInputStream aIStream,
+                     in long aLength, in nsIOutputStream outputStream);
+  void copyDataDone();
+  void setJunkScoreForMessages(in nsIArray aMessages, in ACString aJunkScore);
+  void applyRetentionSettings();
+
+  /**
+   * Get the beginning of the message bodies for the passed in keys and store
+   * them in the msg hdr property "preview". This is intended for
+   * new mail alerts, title tips on folders with new messages, and perhaps
+   * titletips/message preview in the thread pane.
+   *
+   * @param aKeysToFetch   keys of msgs to fetch
+   * @param aNumKeys       number of keys to fetch
+   * @param aLocalOnly     whether to fetch msgs from server (imap msgs might
+   *                       be in memory cache from junk filter)
+   * @param aUrlListener   url listener to notify if we run url to fetch msgs
+   *
+   * @result aAsyncResults if true, we ran a url to fetch one or more of msg bodies
+   *
+   */
+  boolean fetchMsgPreviewText([array, size_is (aNumKeys)] in nsMsgKey aKeysToFetch,
+                      in unsigned long aNumKeys, in boolean aLocalOnly,
+                      in nsIUrlListener aUrlListener);
+
+  // used to set/clear tags - we could have a single method to setKeywords which
+  // would figure out the diffs, but these methods might be more convenient.
+  // keywords are space delimited, in the case of multiple keywords
+  void addKeywordsToMessages(in nsIArray aMessages, in ACString aKeywords);
+  void removeKeywordsFromMessages(in nsIArray aMessages, in ACString aKeywords);
+  /**
+   * Extract the message text from aStream.
+   *
+   * @param aStream stream to read from
+   * @param aCharset character set to use to interpret the body. If an empty string, then the
+   *        charset is retrieved from the headers. msgHdr.charset is recommended in case you have it.
+   * @param aBytesToRead number of bytes to read from the stream. The function will read till the end
+   *        of the line, and there will also be some read ahead due to NS_ReadLine
+   * @param aMaxOutputLen desired length of the converted message text. Used to control how many characters
+   *        of msg text we want to store.
+   * @param aCompressQuotes Replace quotes and citations with " ... " in the preview text
+   * @param aStripHTMLTags strip HTML tags from the output, if present
+   * @param[out] aContentType the content type of the MIME part that was used to generate the text --
+   *             for an HTML part, this will be "text/html" even though aStripHTMLTags might be true
+   */
+  AUTF8String getMsgTextFromStream(in nsIInputStream aStream, in ACString aCharset,
+                                   in unsigned long aBytesToRead, in unsigned long aMaxOutputLen, 
+                                   in boolean aCompressQuotes, in boolean aStripHTMLTags,
+                                   out ACString aContentType);
+
+  AString convertMsgSnippetToPlainText(in AString aMessageText);
+
+  // this allows a folder to have a special identity. E.g., you might want to
+  // associate an identity with a particular newsgroup, or for IMAP shared folders in
+  // the other users namespace, you might want to create a delegated identity
+  readonly attribute nsIMsgIdentity customIdentity;
+
+  /**
+   * @{
+   * Processing flags, used to manage message processing.
+   *
+   * @param msgKey   message key
+   * @return         processing flags
+   */
+  unsigned long getProcessingFlags(in nsMsgKey msgKey);
+
+  /**
+   * @param msgKey   message key
+   * @param mask     mask to OR into the flags
+   */
+  void orProcessingFlags(in nsMsgKey msgKey, in unsigned long mask);
+
+  /**
+   * @param msgKey   message key
+   * @param mask     mask to AND into the flags
+   */
+  void andProcessingFlags(in nsMsgKey msgKey, in unsigned long mask);
+  /** @} */
+
+  /**
+   * Gets an inherited string property from the folder.
+   *
+   * If the forcePropertyEmpty boolean is set (see below), return an
+   * empty string.
+   *
+   * If the specified folder has a non-empty value for the property,
+   * return that value. Otherwise, return getInheritedStringProperty
+   * for the folder's parent.
+   *
+   * If a folder is the root folder for a server, then instead of
+   * checking the folder property, check the property of the same name
+   * for the server using nsIMsgIncomingServer.getCharValue(...)
+   *
+   * Note nsIMsgIncomingServer.getCharValue for a server inherits from
+   * the preference mail.server.default.(propertyName) as a global value
+   * 
+   * (ex: if propertyName = "IAmAGlobal" and no folder nor server properties
+   * are set, then the inherited property will return the preference value
+   * mail.server.default.IAmAGlobal)
+   *
+   * If the propertyName is undefined, returns an empty, void string.
+   *
+   * @param propertyName  The name of the property for the value to retrieve.
+   */
+  ACString getInheritedStringProperty(in string propertyName);
+
+  /**
+   * Set a boolean to force an inherited propertyName to return empty instead
+   * of inheriting from a parent folder, server, or the global
+   *
+   * @param propertyName         The name of the property
+   * @param aForcePropertyEmpty  true if an empty inherited property should be returned
+   */
+  void setForcePropertyEmpty(in string propertyName, in boolean aForcePropertyEmpty);
+
+  /**
+   * Get a boolean to force an inherited propertyName to return empty instead
+   * of inheriting from a parent folder, server, or the global
+   *
+   * @param propertyName      The name of the property
+   *
+   * @return                  true if an empty inherited property should be returned
+   */
+  boolean getForcePropertyEmpty(in string propertyName);
+
+  /**
+   * Pluggable store for this folder. Currently, this will always be the same
+   * as the pluggable store for the server.
+   */
+  readonly attribute nsIMsgPluggableStore msgStore;
+
+  /**
+   * Protocol type, i.e. "pop3", "imap", "nntp", "none", etc
+   * used to construct URLs for this account type.
+   */
+  readonly attribute ACString incomingServerType;
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/base/public/nsIMsgFolderCache.idl b/mailnews/base/public/nsIMsgFolderCache.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8b3497085
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/public/nsIMsgFolderCache.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+/* -*- Mode: IDL; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+interface nsIFile;
+interface nsIMsgFolderCacheElement;
+
+[scriptable, uuid(78C2B6A2-E29F-44de-9543-10DBB51E245C)]
+interface nsIMsgFolderCache : nsISupports 
+{
+  void Init(in nsIFile aFile);
+  nsIMsgFolderCacheElement GetCacheElement(in ACString key, in boolean createIfMissing);
+  void clear();
+  void close();
+  void commit(in boolean compress);
+  void removeElement(in ACString key);
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/base/public/nsIMsgFolderCacheElement.idl b/mailnews/base/public/nsIMsgFolderCacheElement.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fa158befa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/public/nsIMsgFolderCacheElement.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+/* -*- Mode: IDL; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+[scriptable, uuid(c7392b12-f68a-46b2-af5e-d47350bb17c3)]
+interface nsIMsgFolderCacheElement : nsISupports
+{
+  attribute ACString key;
+  ACString getStringProperty(in string propertyName);
+  long getInt32Property(in string propertyName);
+  long long getInt64Property(in string propertyName);
+  void setStringProperty(in string propertyName, in ACString propertyValue);
+  void setInt32Property(in string propertyName, in long propertyValue);
+  void setInt64Property(in string propertyName, in long long propertyValue);
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/base/public/nsIMsgFolderCompactor.idl b/mailnews/base/public/nsIMsgFolderCompactor.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..66fc27854
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/public/nsIMsgFolderCompactor.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+interface nsIMsgFolder;
+interface nsIMsgWindow;
+interface nsIUrlListener;
+interface nsIArray;
+
+[scriptable, uuid(38c7e876-3083-4aea-8dcd-0ea0ec1753a3)]
+
+/**
+ * Use this for any object that wants to handle compacting folders.
+ * Currently, the folders themselves create this object.
+ */
+
+interface nsIMsgFolderCompactor :  nsISupports
+{
+  /**
+   * Compact the given folder, or its offline store (imap/news only)
+   *
+   * @param aFolder        The folder to compact
+   * @param aOfflineStore  Just compact the offline store?
+   * @param aListener      Notified of completion, can be null.
+   * @param aMsgWindow     Used for progress/status, can be null
+   */
+  void compact(in nsIMsgFolder aFolder, in boolean aOfflineStore,
+               in nsIUrlListener aListener, in nsIMsgWindow aMsgWindow);
+
+  /**
+   * Compact the passed in array of folders, and the passed in offline stores.
+   *
+   * @param aArrayOfFoldersToCompact  The folders to compact.
+   * @param aOfflineFolderArray  Folders whose offline stores we
+   *                             should compact, can be null.
+   * @param aListener            Notified of completion, can be null.
+   * @param aMsgWindow           Used for progress/status, can be null
+   */
+  void compactFolders(in nsIArray aArrayOfFoldersToCompact,
+                      in nsIArray aOfflineFolderArray,
+                      in nsIUrlListener aListener,
+                      in nsIMsgWindow aMsgWindow);
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/base/public/nsIMsgFolderListener.idl b/mailnews/base/public/nsIMsgFolderListener.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..de557b846
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/public/nsIMsgFolderListener.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,212 @@
+/* -*- Mode: IDL; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+#include "MailNewsTypes2.idl"
+
+interface nsIMsgDBHdr;
+interface nsIMsgFolder;
+interface nsIArray;
+
+/**
+ * This is similar to nsIFolderListener, but with slightly different semantics,
+ * especially w.r.t. moving messages and folders.  Some listeners want to know
+ * about moves, instead of getting an itemAdded and itemRemoved notification.
+ * Folder listeners also only tend to get called if a view is open on the folder,
+ * which is not always the case. I don't want to change nsIFolderListener at this
+ * point since there are lots of extensions that rely on it. Eventually,
+ * these two interfaces should be combined somehow.
+ */
+
+[scriptable, uuid(2f87be72-0565-4e64-a824-0eb9c258f884)]
+interface nsIMsgFolderListener : nsISupports {
+  /**
+   * Notified immediately after a message is added to a folder. This could be a
+   * new incoming message to a local folder, or a new message in an IMAP folder
+   * when it is opened.
+   *
+   * You may want to consider using the msgsClassified notification instead of
+   * this notification if any of the following are true:
+   *
+   * - You only want to be notified about messages after junk classification
+   *   has occurred (if it is going to occur for a message).  This also goes for
+   *   trait classification which is a generic use of the bayesian engine at
+   *   the heart of the spam logic.
+   *
+   * - You only want to be notified about messages after all filters have been
+   *   run.  Although some filters may be run before the msgAdded notification
+   *   is generated, filters dependent on junk/trait classification wait until
+   *   classification completes.
+   *
+   * @param aMsg The message header that was just added
+   */
+  void msgAdded(in nsIMsgDBHdr aMsg);
+
+  /**
+   * Notification that (new to the client) messages have been through junk and
+   * trait classification.  This event will occur for all messages at some point
+   * after their existence is revealed by msgAdded.
+   *
+   * Because junk classification does not run if no messages have ever been
+   * marked as junk by the user, it is possible to receive this message without
+   * any classification having actually been performed.  We still generate the
+   * notification in this case so that code is reliably notified about the
+   * existence of the new message headers.
+   *
+   * @param aMsgs The message headers that have been classified or were
+   *     intentionally not classified.
+   * @param aJunkProcessed Were the messages processed for junk classification?
+   * @param aTraitProcessed Were the messages processed for trait
+   *     classification?
+   */
+  void msgsClassified(in nsIArray aMsgs, in boolean aJunkProcessed,
+                      in boolean aTraitProcessed);
+
+  /**
+   * Notified after a command to delete a group of messages has been given, but before the
+   * messages have actually been deleted.
+   *
+   * @param aMsgs An array of the message headers about to be deleted
+   *
+   * @note
+   * This notification will not take place if the messages are being deleted from the folder
+   * as the result of a move to another folder. Instead, the msgsMoveCopyCompleted() notification
+   * takes place.
+   *
+   * @note
+   * "Deleting" to a trash folder is actually a move, and is covered by msgsMoveCopyCompleted()
+   *
+   * @note
+   * If the user has selected the IMAP delete model (marking messages as deleted, then purging them
+   * later) for an IMAP account, this notification will not take place on the delete. This will only
+   * take place on the purge.
+   */
+  void msgsDeleted(in nsIArray aMsgs);
+
+  /**
+   * Notified after a command to move or copy a group of messages completes. In
+   * case of a move, this is before the messages have been deleted from the
+   * source folder.
+   *
+   * @param aMove true if a move, false if a copy
+   * @param aSrcMsgs An array of the message headers in the source folder
+   * @param aDestFolder The folder these messages were moved to.
+   * @param aDestMsgs This provides the list of target message headers.
+                      For imap messages, these will be "pseudo" headers, with
+                      a made up UID. When we download the "real" header, we
+                      will send a msgKeyChanged notification. Currently, if
+                      the imap move/copy happens strictly online (essentially,
+                      not user-initiated), then aDestMsgs will be null.
+   *
+   * @note
+   * If messages are moved from a server which uses the IMAP delete model,
+   * you'll get aMove = false. That's because the messages are not deleted from
+   * the source database, but instead simply marked deleted.
+   */
+  void msgsMoveCopyCompleted(in boolean aMove,
+                             in nsIArray aSrcMsgs,
+                             in nsIMsgFolder aDestFolder,
+                             in nsIArray aDestMsgs);
+
+  /**
+   * Notification sent when the msg key for a header may have changed.
+   * This is used when we create a header for an offline imap move result,
+   * without knowing what the ultimate UID will be. When we download the
+   * headers for the new message, we replace the old "pseudo" header with
+   * a new header that has the correct UID/message key. The uid of the new hdr
+   * may turn out to be the same as aOldKey if we've guessed correctly but
+   * the listener can use this notification to know that it can ignore the
+   * msgAdded notification that's coming for aNewHdr. We do NOT send a
+   * msgsDeleted notification for the pseudo header.
+   *
+   * @param aOldKey The fake UID. The header with this key has been removed
+   *                by the time this is called.
+   * @param aNewHdr The header that replaces the header with aOldKey.
+   */
+  void msgKeyChanged(in nsMsgKey aOldKey, in nsIMsgDBHdr aNewHdr);
+
+  /**
+   * Notified after a folder has been added.
+   *
+   * @param aFolder The folder that has just been added
+   */
+  void folderAdded(in nsIMsgFolder aFolder);
+
+  /**
+   * Notified after a folder has been deleted and its corresponding file(s) deleted from disk.
+   *
+   * @param aFolder The folder that has just been deleted
+   *
+   * @note
+   * "Deleting" to a trash folder is actually a move, and is covered by folderMoveCopyCompleted()
+   */
+  void folderDeleted(in nsIMsgFolder aFolder);
+
+  /**
+   * Notified after a command to move or copy a folder completes. In case of a move, at this point,
+   * the original folder and its files have already been moved to the new location.
+   *
+   * @param aMove true if a move, false if a copy
+   * @param aSrcFolder The original folder that was moved
+   * @param aDestFolder The parent folder this folder was moved to
+   */
+  void folderMoveCopyCompleted(in boolean aMove,
+                               in nsIMsgFolder aSrcFolder,
+                               in nsIMsgFolder aDestFolder);
+
+  /**
+   * Notified after a folder is renamed.
+   *
+   * @param aOrigFolder The folder with the old name
+   * @param aNewFolder The folder with the new name
+   */
+  void folderRenamed(in nsIMsgFolder aOrigFolder, in nsIMsgFolder aNewFolder);
+  
+  /**
+   * Notified when a particular event takes place for an item.
+   *
+   * Current uses by event string:
+   *
+   * - FolderCompactStart: nsIMsgFolderCompactor is beginning compaction of the
+   *    folder.  If the summary file was missing or out-of-date and a parse
+   *    is required, this notification will come after the completion of the
+   *    parse.  The compactor will be holding the folder's semaphore when
+   *    this notification is generated.  This only happens for local folders
+   *    currently.  aItem is the folder.
+   * - FolderCompactFinish: nsIMsgFolderCompactor has completed compaction of
+   *    the folder.  This notification will be generated immediately prior to
+   *    the nsIFolderListener::itemEvent() notification with a
+   *    "CompactCompleted" atom.  At this point, the folder semaphore has been
+   *    released and the database has been committed.  aItem is the folder.
+   *
+   * - FolderReindexTriggered: The user has opted to rebuild the mork msf index
+   *    for a folder.  Following this notification, the database will be
+   *    closed, backed up (so that header properties can be propagated), and
+   *    then rebuilt from the source.  The rebuild is triggered by a call to
+   *    updateFolder, so an nsIFolderListener OnItemEvent(folder,
+   *    FolderLoaded atom) notification will be received if you want to know
+   *    when this is all completed.  Note: this event is only generated for
+   *    Thunderbird because the event currently comes from Thunderbird-specific
+   *    code.
+   *
+   * - JunkStatusChanged: Indicates that some messages that had already been
+   *    reported by msgsClassified have had their junk status changed.  This
+   *    event will not fire for the initial automatic classification of
+   *    messages; msgsClassified will tell you about those messages.  This
+   *    notification may be promoted to an explicit callback function at some
+   *    point.  This is not guaranteed to be a comprehensive source of junk
+   *    notification events; right now any time an nsMsgDBView marks things as
+   *    junk/non-junk a notification is produced.  aItem is an nsIArray of
+   *    messages, aData is either a "junk" or "notjunk" atom if all of the
+   *    messages have the same state.
+   *
+   * - UnincorporatedMessageMoved: A messages received via POP was moved
+   *    by a "before junk" rule.
+   *
+   * @param aItem The item the event takes place on
+   * @param aEvent String describing the event
+   * @param aData Data relevant to the event
+   */
+  void itemEvent(in nsISupports aItem, in ACString aEvent, in nsISupports aData);
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/base/public/nsIMsgFolderNotificationService.idl b/mailnews/base/public/nsIMsgFolderNotificationService.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0318a1107
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/public/nsIMsgFolderNotificationService.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+/* -*- Mode: IDL; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+#include "MailNewsTypes2.idl"
+
+interface nsIMsgDBHdr;
+interface nsIMsgFolder;
+interface nsIMsgFolderListener;
+interface nsIArray;
+
+typedef unsigned long msgFolderListenerFlag;
+
+[scriptable, uuid(e54a592c-2f23-4771-9670-bdb9d4f5dbbd)]
+interface nsIMsgFolderNotificationService : nsISupports {
+  /**
+   * @name Notification flags
+   * These flags determine which notifications will be sent.
+   * @{
+   */
+  /// nsIMsgFolderListener::msgAdded notification
+  const msgFolderListenerFlag msgAdded = 0x1;
+
+  /// nsIMsgFolderListener::msgsDeleted notification
+  const msgFolderListenerFlag msgsDeleted = 0x2;
+
+  /// nsIMsgFolderListener::msgsMoveCopyCompleted notification
+  const msgFolderListenerFlag msgsMoveCopyCompleted = 0x4;
+
+  /// nsIMsgFolderListener::msgsClassified notification
+  const msgFolderListenerFlag msgsClassified = 0x8;
+
+  /// nsIMsgFolderListener::folderAdded notification
+  const msgFolderListenerFlag folderAdded = 0x8000;
+
+  /// nsIMsgFolderListener::folderDeleted notification
+  const msgFolderListenerFlag folderDeleted = 0x1000;
+
+  /// nsIMsgFolderListener::folderMoveCopyCompleted notification
+  const msgFolderListenerFlag folderMoveCopyCompleted = 0x2000;
+
+  /// nsIMsgFolderListener::folderRenamed notification
+  const msgFolderListenerFlag folderRenamed = 0x4000;
+
+  /// nsIMsgFolderListener::itemEvent notification
+  const msgFolderListenerFlag itemEvent = 0x1000000;
+
+  /// nsIMsgFolderListener::msgKeyChanged notification
+  const msgFolderListenerFlag msgKeyChanged = 0x2000000;
+
+  /** @} */
+
+  readonly attribute boolean hasListeners;
+  void addListener(in nsIMsgFolderListener aListener,
+                   in msgFolderListenerFlag flags);
+  void removeListener(in nsIMsgFolderListener aListener);
+
+  // message-specific functions
+  // single message for added, array for delete/move/copy
+  void notifyMsgAdded(in nsIMsgDBHdr aMsg);
+  void notifyMsgsClassified(in nsIArray aMsgs,
+                            in boolean aJunkProcessed,
+                            in boolean aTraitProcessed);
+  void notifyMsgsDeleted(in nsIArray aMsgs);
+  void notifyMsgsMoveCopyCompleted(in boolean aMove, 
+                                   in nsIArray aSrcMsgs, 
+                                   in nsIMsgFolder aDestFolder,
+                                   in nsIArray aDestMsgs);
+
+  /**
+   * Notify listeners that the msg key for a header has changed. Currently,
+   * this is used when we create a header for an offline imap move result,
+   * without knowing what the ultimate UID will be. When we download the
+   * headers for the new message, we replace the old "pseudo" header with
+   * a new header that has the correct UID/message key, by cloning the pseudo
+   * header, which maintains all the existing header attributes.
+   *
+   * @param aOldKey The fake UID. The header with this key has been removed
+   *                by the time this is called.
+   * @param aNewHdr The header that replaces the header with aOldKey.
+   */
+  void notifyMsgKeyChanged(in nsMsgKey aOldKey, in nsIMsgDBHdr aNewHdr);
+  // folder specific functions
+  // single folders, all the time
+  void notifyFolderAdded(in nsIMsgFolder aFolder);
+  void notifyFolderDeleted(in nsIMsgFolder aFolder);
+  void notifyFolderMoveCopyCompleted(in boolean aMove,
+                                     in nsIMsgFolder aSrcFolder,
+                                     in nsIMsgFolder aDestFolder);
+  void notifyFolderRenamed(in nsIMsgFolder aOrigFolder,
+                           in nsIMsgFolder aNewFolder);
+
+  // extensibility hook
+  void notifyItemEvent(in nsISupports aItem,
+                       in ACString aEvent,
+                       in nsISupports aData);
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/base/public/nsIMsgHdr.idl b/mailnews/base/public/nsIMsgHdr.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..977695c10
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/public/nsIMsgHdr.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+#include "MailNewsTypes2.idl"
+
+interface nsIMsgFolder;
+interface nsIUTF8StringEnumerator;
+
+[scriptable, uuid(3c11ddbe-c805-40c5-b9c9-d065fad5d0be)]
+interface nsIMsgDBHdr : nsISupports
+{
+    /* general property routines - I think this can retrieve any
+       header in the db */
+    AString getProperty(in string propertyName);
+    void setProperty(in string propertyName, in AString propertyStr);
+    void setStringProperty(in string propertyName, in string propertyValue);
+    string getStringProperty(in string propertyName);
+    unsigned long getUint32Property(in string propertyName);
+    void setUint32Property(in string propertyName,
+                           in unsigned long propertyVal);
+ 
+    // accessors, to make our JS cleaner
+    readonly attribute boolean isRead;
+    readonly attribute boolean isFlagged;
+
+    // Special accessor that checks if a message is part of an ignored subthread
+    readonly attribute boolean isKilled;
+
+    // Mark message routines
+    void markRead(in boolean read);
+    void markFlagged(in boolean flagged);
+    void markHasAttachments(in boolean hasAttachments);
+    
+    attribute nsMsgPriorityValue priority;
+    void setPriorityString(in string priority);
+    
+    /* flag handling routines */
+    attribute unsigned long flags;
+    unsigned long OrFlags(in unsigned long flags);
+    unsigned long AndFlags(in unsigned long flags);
+
+    /* various threading stuff */
+    attribute nsMsgKey threadId;
+    attribute nsMsgKey messageKey;
+    attribute nsMsgKey threadParent;
+
+    /* meta information about the message, learned from reading the message */
+    attribute unsigned long messageSize;
+    attribute unsigned long lineCount;
+    attribute unsigned long statusOffset;
+    /**
+     * The offset into the local folder/offline store of the message. This
+     * will be pluggable store-dependent, e.g., for mail dir it should
+     * always be 0.
+     */
+    attribute unsigned long long messageOffset;
+    attribute unsigned long offlineMessageSize;
+    /* common headers */
+    attribute PRTime date;
+    readonly attribute unsigned long dateInSeconds;
+    attribute string messageId;
+    attribute string ccList;
+    attribute string bccList;
+    attribute string author;
+    attribute string subject;
+    attribute string recipients;
+    
+    /* anything below here still has to be fixed */
+    void setReferences(in string references);
+    readonly attribute unsigned short numReferences;
+    ACString getStringReference(in long refNum);
+
+    readonly attribute AString mime2DecodedAuthor;
+    readonly attribute AString mime2DecodedSubject;
+    readonly attribute AString mime2DecodedRecipients;
+
+    void getAuthorCollationKey(out unsigned long aCount,
+                              [array, size_is(aCount)] out octet aKey);
+    void getSubjectCollationKey(out unsigned long aCount,
+                                [array, size_is(aCount)] out octet aKey);
+    void getRecipientsCollationKey(out unsigned long aCount,
+                                  [array, size_is(aCount)] out octet aKey);
+
+    attribute string Charset;
+    /**
+     * Returns the effective character set for the message (@ref Charset).
+     * If there is no specific set defined for the message or the
+     * characterSetOverride option is turned on for the folder it will return
+     * the effective character set of the folder instead.
+     */
+    readonly attribute ACString effectiveCharset;
+    attribute nsMsgLabelValue label;
+    attribute string accountKey;
+    readonly attribute nsIMsgFolder folder;
+
+    /// Enumerator for names of all database properties in the header.
+    readonly attribute nsIUTF8StringEnumerator propertyEnumerator;
+};
+/* *******************************************************************************/
+
diff --git a/mailnews/base/public/nsIMsgIdentity.idl b/mailnews/base/public/nsIMsgIdentity.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..88298bd04
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/public/nsIMsgIdentity.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,250 @@
+/* -*- Mode: IDL; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+#include "nsIFile.idl"
+
+/**
+ * This interface contains all the personal outgoing mail information
+ * for a given person.
+ * Each identity is identified by a key, which is the <id> string in
+ * the identity preferences, such as in mail.identity.<id>.replyTo.
+ */
+[scriptable, uuid(9dede9a0-f6fc-4afc-8fc9-a6af52414b3d)]
+interface nsIMsgIdentity : nsISupports {
+  /**
+   * Internal preferences ID.
+   */
+  attribute ACString key;
+
+  /**
+   * Label describing this identity. May be empty.
+   */
+  attribute AString label;
+
+  /**
+   * Pretty display name to identify this specific identity. Will return a
+   * composed string like "fullname <email> (label)".
+   */
+  readonly attribute AString identityName;
+
+  /**
+   * User's full name, i.e. John Doe.
+   */
+  attribute AString fullName;
+
+  /**
+   * User's e-mail address, i.e. john@doe.com.
+   */
+  attribute ACString email;
+
+  /**
+   * Formats fullName and email into the proper string to use as sender:
+   * name <email>
+   */
+  readonly attribute AString fullAddress;
+
+  /**
+   * Optional replyTo address, i.e. johnNOSPAM@doe.com.
+   */
+  attribute AUTF8String replyTo;
+
+  /**
+   * Optional organization.
+   */
+  attribute AString organization;
+
+  /**
+   * Should we compose with HTML by default?
+   */
+  attribute boolean composeHtml;
+
+  /**
+   * Should we attach a signature from file?
+   */
+  attribute boolean attachSignature;
+
+  /**
+   * Should we attach a vcard by default?
+   */
+  attribute boolean attachVCard;
+
+  /**
+   * Should we automatically quote the original message?
+   */
+  attribute boolean autoQuote;
+
+  /**
+   * What should our quoting preference be?
+   */
+  attribute long replyOnTop;
+
+  /**
+   * Should our signature be at the end of the quoted text when replying
+   * above it?
+   */
+  attribute boolean sigBottom;
+
+  /**
+   * Include a signature when forwarding a message?
+   */
+  attribute boolean sigOnForward;
+
+  /**
+   * Include a signature when replying to a message?
+   */
+  attribute boolean sigOnReply;
+
+  /**
+   * The current signature file.
+   */
+  attribute nsIFile signature;
+
+  /**
+   * Modification time of the signature file.
+   */
+  attribute long signatureDate;
+
+  /**
+   * Signature text if not read from file; format depends on htmlSigFormat.
+   */
+  attribute AString htmlSigText;
+
+  /**
+   * Does htmlSigText contain HTML? Use plain text if false.
+   */
+  attribute boolean htmlSigFormat;
+
+  /**
+   * Suppress the double-dash signature separator
+   */
+  attribute boolean suppressSigSep;
+
+  /**
+   * The encoded string representing the vcard.
+   */
+  attribute ACString escapedVCard;
+
+  attribute boolean doFcc;
+  /// URI for the fcc (Sent) folder
+  attribute ACString fccFolder;
+  attribute boolean fccReplyFollowsParent;
+
+  /**
+   * @{
+   * these attributes control whether the special folder pickers for
+   * fcc, drafts,archives, and templates are set to pick between servers
+   * (e.g., Sent on accountName) or to pick any folder on any account.
+   * "0" means choose between servers; "1" means use the full folder picker.
+   */
+  attribute ACString fccFolderPickerMode;
+  attribute ACString draftsFolderPickerMode;
+  attribute ACString archivesFolderPickerMode;
+  attribute ACString tmplFolderPickerMode;
+  /** @} */
+
+  // Don't call bccSelf, bccOthers, and bccList directly, they are 
+  // only used for migration and backward compatability. Use doBcc
+  // and doBccList instead.
+  attribute boolean bccSelf;
+  attribute boolean bccOthers;
+  attribute ACString bccList;
+
+  attribute boolean doCc;
+  attribute AUTF8String doCcList;
+
+  attribute boolean doBcc;
+  attribute AUTF8String doBccList;
+  /**
+   * @{
+   * URIs for the special folders (drafts, templates, archive)
+   */
+  attribute ACString draftFolder;
+  attribute ACString archiveFolder;
+  attribute ACString stationeryFolder;
+  /** @} */
+
+  attribute boolean archiveEnabled;
+  /**
+   * @{
+   * This attribute and constants control the granularity of sub-folders of the
+   * Archives folder - either messages go in the single archive folder, or a
+   * yearly archive folder, or in a monthly archive folder with a yearly
+   * parent folder. If the server doesn't support folders that both contain
+   * messages and have sub-folders, we will ignore this setting.
+   */
+  attribute long archiveGranularity;
+  const long singleArchiveFolder = 0;
+  const long perYearArchiveFolders = 1;
+  const long perMonthArchiveFolders = 2;
+  /// Maintain the source folder name when creating Archive subfolders
+  attribute boolean archiveKeepFolderStructure;
+  /** @} */
+
+  attribute boolean showSaveMsgDlg;
+  attribute ACString directoryServer;
+  attribute boolean overrideGlobalPref;
+  /**
+   * If this is false, don't append the user's domain
+   * to an autocomplete address with no matches
+   */
+   attribute boolean autocompleteToMyDomain;
+  /**
+   * valid determines if the UI should use this identity
+   * and the wizard uses this to determine whether or not
+   * to ask the user to complete all the fields
+   */
+  attribute boolean valid;
+
+  /**
+   * this is really dangerous. this destroys all pref values
+   * do not call this unless you know what you're doing!
+   */
+  void clearAllValues();
+
+  /**
+   * the preferred smtp server for this identity.
+   * if this is set, this the smtp server that should be used
+   * for the message send
+   */
+  attribute ACString smtpServerKey;
+
+  /**
+   * default request for return receipt option for this identity
+   * if this is set, the Return Receipt menu item on the compose
+   * window will be checked
+   */
+  readonly attribute boolean requestReturnReceipt;
+  readonly attribute long receiptHeaderType;
+
+  /**
+   * default request for DSN option for this identity
+   * if this is set, the DSN menu item on the compose
+   * window will be checked
+   */
+  readonly attribute boolean requestDSN;
+
+  /* copy the attributes of the identity we pass in */
+  void copy(in nsIMsgIdentity identity);
+
+  /** 
+   * these generic getter / setters, useful for extending mailnews 
+   * note, these attributes persist across sessions
+   */
+  AString getUnicharAttribute(in string name);
+  void setUnicharAttribute(in string name, in AString value);
+
+  ACString getCharAttribute(in string name);
+  void setCharAttribute(in string name, in ACString value);
+
+  boolean getBoolAttribute(in string name);
+  void setBoolAttribute(in string name, in boolean value);
+
+  long getIntAttribute(in string name);
+  void setIntAttribute(in string name, in long value);
+
+  /* useful for debugging */
+  AString toString();
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/base/public/nsIMsgIncomingServer.idl b/mailnews/base/public/nsIMsgIncomingServer.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a4349257d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/public/nsIMsgIncomingServer.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,590 @@
+/* -*- Mode: IDL; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+#include "MailNewsTypes2.idl"
+
+interface nsIMsgFolder;
+interface nsIMsgFolderCache;
+interface nsIMsgWindow;
+interface nsIMsgProtocolInfo;
+interface nsIMsgFilterList;
+interface nsIMsgRetentionSettings;
+interface nsIMsgDownloadSettings;
+interface nsISpamSettings;
+interface nsIMsgFilterPlugin;
+interface nsIUrlListener;
+interface nsIMsgDBHdr;
+interface nsIFile;
+interface nsIURI;
+interface nsIMsgPluggableStore;
+
+/*
+ * Interface for incoming mail/news host
+ * this is the base interface for all mail server types (imap, pop, nntp, etc)
+ * often you will want to add extra interfaces that give you server-specific
+ * attributes and methods.
+ */
+[scriptable, uuid(aa9a3389-9dac-41f1-9ec5-18287cfaa47c)]
+interface nsIMsgIncomingServer : nsISupports {
+
+  /**
+   * internal pref key - guaranteed to be unique across all servers
+   */
+  attribute ACString key;
+
+  /**
+   * pretty name - should be "userid on hostname"
+   * if the pref is not set
+   */
+  attribute AString prettyName;
+
+  /**
+  * helper function to construct the pretty name in a server type
+  * specific way - e.g., mail for foo@test.com, news on news.mozilla.org
+  */
+  readonly attribute AString constructedPrettyName;
+
+  /**
+   * hostname of the server
+   */
+  attribute ACString hostName;
+  
+  /**
+   * real hostname of the server (if server name is changed it's stored here)
+   */
+  attribute ACString realHostName;
+  
+  /* port of the server */
+  attribute long port;
+
+  /**
+   * userid to log into the server
+   */
+  attribute ACString username;
+
+  /**
+   * real username of the server (if username is changed it's stored here)
+   */
+  attribute ACString realUsername;
+
+  /**
+   * protocol type, i.e. "pop3", "imap", "nntp", "none", etc
+   * used to construct URLs
+   */
+  attribute ACString type;
+
+  /**
+   * The proper instance of nsIMsgProtocolInfo corresponding to this server type.
+   */
+  readonly attribute nsIMsgProtocolInfo protocolInfo;
+
+  readonly attribute AString accountManagerChrome;
+
+  /**
+   * The schema for the local mail store, such as "mailbox", "imap", or "news"
+   * used to construct URIs. The contractID for the nsIMsgMessageService
+   * implementation that will manage access to messages associated with this
+   * server is constructed using this type.
+   */
+  readonly attribute ACString localStoreType;
+
+  /**
+   * The schema for the nsIMsgDatabase implementation, such as "mailbox" or
+   * "imap", that will be used to construct the database instance used by
+   * message folders associated with this server.
+   */
+  readonly attribute ACString localDatabaseType;
+
+  // Perform specific tasks (reset flags, remove files, etc) for account user/server name changes.
+  void onUserOrHostNameChanged(in ACString oldName, in ACString newName,
+                               in bool hostnameChanged);
+
+  /* cleartext version of the password */
+  attribute ACString password;
+
+  /**
+   * Attempts to get the password first from the password manager, if that
+   * fails it will attempt to get it from the user if aMsgWindow is supplied.
+   *
+   * @param aPromptString  The text of the prompt if the user is prompted for
+   *                       password.
+   * @param aPromptTitle   The title of the prompt if the user is prompted.
+   * @param aMsgWindow     A message window to associate the prompt with.
+   * @return               The obtained password. Could be an empty password.
+   *
+   * @exception NS_ERROR_FAILURE  The password could not be obtained.
+   *
+   * @note NS_MSG_PASSWORD_PROMPT_CANCELLED is a success code that is returned
+   *       if the prompt was presented to the user but the user cancelled the
+   *       prompt.
+   */
+  ACString getPasswordWithUI(in AString aPromptString, in AString aPromptTitle,
+                             in nsIMsgWindow aMsgWindow);
+
+  /* forget the password in memory and in single signon database */
+  void forgetPassword();
+
+  /* forget the password in memory which is cached for the session */
+  void forgetSessionPassword();
+
+  /* should we download whole messages when biff goes off? */
+  attribute boolean downloadOnBiff;
+
+  /* should we biff the server? */
+  attribute boolean doBiff;
+
+  /* how often to biff */
+  attribute long biffMinutes;
+
+  /* current biff state */
+  attribute unsigned long biffState;
+
+  /* are we running a url as a result of biff going off? (different from user clicking get msg) */
+  attribute boolean performingBiff; 
+
+  /* the on-disk path to message storage for this server */
+  attribute nsIFile localPath;
+
+  /// message store to use for the folders under this server.
+  readonly attribute nsIMsgPluggableStore msgStore;
+
+  /* the RDF URI for the root mail folder */
+  readonly attribute ACString serverURI;
+
+  /* the root folder for this server, even if server is deferred */
+  attribute nsIMsgFolder rootFolder;
+
+  /* root folder for this account 
+     - if account is deferred, root folder of deferred-to account */
+  readonly attribute nsIMsgFolder rootMsgFolder;
+
+  /* are we already getting new Messages on the current server..
+     This is used to help us prevent multiple get new msg commands from
+     going off at the same time. */
+  attribute boolean serverBusy;
+
+  /**
+   * Is the server using a secure channel (SSL or STARTTLS).
+   */
+  readonly attribute boolean isSecure;
+
+  /**
+   * Authentication mechanism.
+   *
+   * @see nsMsgAuthMethod (in MailNewsTypes2.idl)
+   * Same as "mail.server...authMethod" pref
+   */
+  attribute nsMsgAuthMethodValue authMethod;
+
+  /**
+   * Whether to SSL or STARTTLS or not
+   *
+   * @see nsMsgSocketType (in MailNewsTypes2.idl)
+   * Same as "mail.server...socketType" pref
+   */
+  attribute nsMsgSocketTypeValue socketType;
+
+  /* empty trash on exit */
+  attribute boolean emptyTrashOnExit;
+
+  /**
+   * Get the server's list of filters.
+   *
+   * This SHOULD be the same filter list as the root folder's, if the server
+   * supports per-folder filters. Furthermore, this list SHOULD be used for all
+   * incoming messages.
+   *
+   * Since the returned nsIMsgFilterList is mutable, it is not necessary to call
+   * setFilterList after the filters have been changed.
+   *
+   * @param aMsgWindow  @ref msgwindow "The standard message window"
+   * @return            The list of filters.
+   */
+  nsIMsgFilterList getFilterList(in nsIMsgWindow aMsgWindow);
+
+  /**
+   * Set the server's list of filters.
+   *
+   * Note that this does not persist the filter list. To change the contents
+   * of the existing filters, use getFilterList and mutate the values as
+   * appopriate.
+   *
+   * @param aFilterList The new list of filters.
+   */
+  void setFilterList(in nsIMsgFilterList aFilterList);
+
+  /**
+   * Get user editable filter list. This does not have to be the same as
+   * the filterlist above, typically depending on the users preferences.
+   * The filters in this list are not processed, but only to be edited by
+   * the user.
+   * @see getFilterList
+   *
+   * @param aMsgWindow  @ref msgwindow "The standard message window"
+   * @return            The list of filters.
+   */
+  nsIMsgFilterList getEditableFilterList(in nsIMsgWindow aMsgWindow);
+
+  /**
+   * Set user editable filter list.
+   * This does not persist the filterlist, @see setFilterList
+   * @see getEditableFilterList
+   * @see setFilterList
+   *
+   * @param aFilterList The new list of filters.
+   */
+  void setEditableFilterList(in nsIMsgFilterList aFilterList);
+
+  /* we use this to set the default local path.  we use this when migrating prefs */
+  void setDefaultLocalPath(in nsIFile aDefaultLocalPath);
+
+  /**
+   * Verify that we can logon
+   * 
+   * @param  aUrlListener - gets called back with success or failure.
+   * @param aMsgWindow         nsIMsgWindow to use for notification callbacks.
+   * @return - the url that we run.
+   */
+  nsIURI verifyLogon(in nsIUrlListener aUrlListener, in nsIMsgWindow aMsgWindow);
+
+  /* do a biff */
+  void performBiff(in nsIMsgWindow aMsgWindow);
+  
+  /* get new messages */
+  void getNewMessages(in nsIMsgFolder aFolder, in nsIMsgWindow aMsgWindow, 
+                      in nsIUrlListener aUrlListener);
+  /* this checks if a server needs a password to do biff */
+  readonly attribute boolean serverRequiresPasswordForBiff;
+  
+  /* this gets called when the server is expanded in the folder pane */
+  void performExpand(in nsIMsgWindow aMsgWindow);
+
+  /* Write out all known folder data to panacea.dat */
+  void writeToFolderCache(in nsIMsgFolderCache folderCache);
+
+  /* close any server connections */
+  void closeCachedConnections();
+ 
+  /* ... */
+  void shutdown();
+
+  /**
+   * Get or set the value as determined by the preference tree.
+   *
+   * These methods MUST NOT fail if the preference is not set, and therefore
+   * they MUST have a default value. This default value is provided in practice
+   * by use of a default preference tree. The standard format for the pref
+   * branches are <tt>mail.server.<i>key</i>.</tt> for per-server preferences,
+   * such that the preference is <tt>mail.server.<i>key</i>.<i>attr</i></tt>.
+   *
+   * The attributes are passed in as strings for ease of access by the C++
+   * consumers of this method.
+   *
+   * @param attr  The value for which the preference should be accessed.
+   * @param value The value of the preference to set.
+   * @return      The value of the preference.
+   * @{
+   */
+  boolean getBoolValue(in string attr);
+  void setBoolValue(in string attr, in boolean value);
+
+  ACString getCharValue(in string attr);
+  void setCharValue(in string attr, in ACString value);
+
+  AString getUnicharValue(in string attr);
+  void setUnicharValue(in string attr, in AString value);
+  
+  long getIntValue(in string attr);
+  void setIntValue(in string attr, in long value);
+  /** @} */
+
+  /**
+   * Get or set the value as determined by the preference tree.
+   *
+   * These methods MUST NOT fail if the preference is not set, and therefore
+   * they MUST have a default value. This default value is provided in practice
+   * by use of a default preference tree. The standard format for the pref
+   * branches are <tt>mail.server.<i>key</i>.</tt> for per-server preferences,
+   * such that the preference is <tt>mail.server.<i>key</i>.<i>attr</i></tt>.
+   *
+   * The attributes are passed in as strings for ease of access by the C++
+   * consumers of this method.
+   *
+   * There are two preference names on here for legacy reasons, where the first
+   * is the name which will be using a (preferred) relative preference and the
+   * second a deprecated absolute preference. Implementations that do not have
+   * to worry about supporting legacy preferences can safely ignore this second
+   * parameter. Callers must still provide a valid value, though.
+   *
+   * @param relpref The name of the relative file preference.
+   * @param absref  The name of the absolute file preference.
+   * @param aValue  The value of the preference to set.
+   * @return        The value of the preference.
+   * @{
+   */
+  nsIFile getFileValue(in string relpref, in string abspref);
+  void setFileValue(in string relpref, in string abspref, in nsIFile aValue);
+  /** @} */
+
+  /**
+   * this is really dangerous. this destroys all pref values
+   * do not call this unless you know what you're doing!
+   */
+  void clearAllValues();
+
+  /**
+   * This is also very dangerous. This will low-level remove the files
+   * associated with this server on disk. It does not notify any listeners.
+   */
+  void removeFiles();
+
+  attribute boolean valid;
+
+  AString toString();
+
+  void displayOfflineMsg(in nsIMsgWindow aWindow);
+
+  /* used for comparing nsIMsgIncomingServers */
+  boolean equals(in nsIMsgIncomingServer server);
+
+  /* Get Messages at startup */
+  readonly attribute boolean downloadMessagesAtStartup; 
+
+  /* check to this if the server supports filters */
+  attribute boolean canHaveFilters;
+
+  /**
+   * can this server be removed from the account manager?  for
+   * instance, local mail is not removable, but an imported folder is 
+   */
+  attribute boolean canDelete;
+
+  attribute boolean loginAtStartUp;
+
+  attribute boolean limitOfflineMessageSize;
+  attribute long maxMessageSize;
+
+  attribute nsIMsgRetentionSettings retentionSettings;
+
+  /* check if this server can be a default server */
+  readonly attribute boolean canBeDefaultServer;
+
+  /* check if this server allows search operations */
+  readonly attribute boolean canSearchMessages;
+
+  /* check if this server allows canEmptyTrashOnExit operations */
+  readonly attribute boolean canEmptyTrashOnExit;
+
+  /* display startup page once per account per session */
+  attribute boolean displayStartupPage;
+  attribute nsIMsgDownloadSettings downloadSettings;
+
+  /*
+   * Offline support level. Support level can vary based on abilities 
+   * and features each server can offer wrt to offline service.
+   * Here is the legend to determine the each support level details
+   *
+   * supportLevel == 0  --> no offline support (default) 
+   * supportLevel == 10 --> regular offline feature support
+   * supportLevel == 20 --> extended offline feature support 
+   *
+   * Each server can initialize itself to the support level if needed
+   * to override the default choice i.e., no offline support.
+   *
+   * POP3, None and Movemail will default to 0. 
+   * IMAP level 10 and NEWS with level 20. 
+   * 
+   */
+  attribute long offlineSupportLevel;
+
+  /* create pretty name for migrated accounts */
+  AString generatePrettyNameForMigration(); 
+
+  /* does this server have disk space settings? */
+  readonly attribute boolean supportsDiskSpace;
+
+  /**
+   * Hide this server/account from the UI - used for smart mailboxes.
+   * The server can be retrieved from the account manager by name using the
+   * various Find methods, but nsIMsgAccountManager's GetAccounts and 
+   * GetAllServers methods won't return the server/account.
+   */
+  attribute boolean hidden;
+
+  /**
+   * If the server supports Fcc/Sent/etc, default prefs can point to 
+   * the server. Otherwise, copies and folders prefs should point to
+   * Local Folders.
+   *
+   * By default this value is set to true via global pref 'allows_specialfolders_usage'
+   * (mailnews.js). For Nntp, the value is overridden to be false.
+   * If ISPs want to modify this value, they should do that in their rdf file
+   * by using this attribute. Please look at mozilla/mailnews/base/ispdata/aol.rdf for
+   * usage example.
+   */
+  attribute boolean defaultCopiesAndFoldersPrefsToServer;
+
+  /* can this server allows sub folder creation */
+  attribute boolean canCreateFoldersOnServer;
+
+  /* can this server allows message filing ? */
+  attribute boolean canFileMessagesOnServer;
+
+  /* can this server allow compacting folders ? */
+  readonly attribute boolean canCompactFoldersOnServer;
+
+  /* can this server allow undo delete ? */
+  readonly attribute boolean canUndoDeleteOnServer;
+
+  /* used for setting up the filter UI */
+  readonly attribute nsMsgSearchScopeValue filterScope;
+
+  /* used for setting up the search UI */
+  readonly attribute nsMsgSearchScopeValue searchScope;
+
+  /** 
+   * If the password for the server is available either via authentication 
+   * in the current session or from password manager stored entries, return
+   * false. Otherwise, return true. If password is obtained from password 
+   * manager, set the password member variable.
+   */ 
+  readonly attribute boolean passwordPromptRequired;
+
+  /**
+   * for mail, this configures both the MDN filter, and the server-side
+   * spam filter filters, if needed.
+   *
+   * If we have set up to filter return receipts into
+   * our Sent folder, this utility method creates
+   * a filter to do that, and adds it to our filterList
+   * if it doesn't exist.  If it does, it will enable it.
+   *
+   * this is not used by news filters (yet).
+   */
+  void configureTemporaryFilters(in nsIMsgFilterList filterList);
+
+  /**
+   * If Sent folder pref is changed we need to clear the temporary 
+   * return receipt filter so that the new return receipt filter can
+   * be recreated (by ConfigureTemporaryReturnReceiptsFilter()).
+   */
+  void clearTemporaryReturnReceiptsFilter();
+
+  /**
+   * spam settings
+   */
+  readonly attribute nsISpamSettings spamSettings;
+  readonly attribute nsIMsgFilterPlugin spamFilterPlugin;
+
+  nsIMsgFolder getMsgFolderFromURI(in nsIMsgFolder aFolderResource, in ACString aURI);
+
+  /// Indicates if any other server has deferred storage to this account.
+  readonly attribute boolean isDeferredTo;
+
+  const long keepDups = 0;
+  const long deleteDups = 1;
+  const long moveDupsToTrash = 2;
+  const long markDupsRead = 3;
+
+  attribute long incomingDuplicateAction;
+
+  // check if new hdr is a duplicate of a recently arrived header
+  boolean isNewHdrDuplicate(in nsIMsgDBHdr aNewHdr);
+
+  /**
+   * Set a boolean to force an inherited propertyName to return empty instead
+   * of inheriting from a parent folder, server, or the global
+   *
+   * @param propertyName         The name of the property
+   * @param aForcePropertyEmpty  true if an empty inherited property should be returned
+   */
+  void setForcePropertyEmpty(in string propertyName, in boolean aForcePropertyEmpty);
+
+  /**
+   * Get a boolean to force an inherited propertyName to return empty instead
+   * of inheriting from a parent folder, server, or the global
+   *
+   * @param propertyName      The name of the property
+   *
+   * @return                  true if an empty inherited property should be returned
+   */
+  boolean getForcePropertyEmpty(in string propertyName);
+
+  /**
+   * Return the order in which this server type should appear in the folder pane.
+   * This sort order is a number between 100000000 and 900000000 so that RDF can
+   * use it as a string.
+   * The current return values are these:
+   * 0 = default account,       100000000 = mail accounts (POP3/IMAP4),
+   * 200000000 = Local Folders, 300000000 = IM accounts,
+   * 400000000 = RSS,           500000000 = News
+   * If a new server type is created a TB UI reviewer must decide its sort order.
+   */
+  readonly attribute long sortOrder;
+};
+
+%{C++
+/*
+ * Following values for offline support have been used by
+ * various files. If you are modifying any of the values
+ * below, please do take care of the following files.
+ * - mozilla/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgAccountManagerDS.cpp
+ * - mozilla/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgIncomingServer.cpp
+ * - mozilla/mailnews/imap/src/nsImapIncomingServer.cpp
+ * - mozilla/mailnews/local/src/nsPop3IncomingServer.cpp
+ * - mozilla/mailnews/news/src/nsNntpIncomingServer.cpp
+ * - mozilla/mailnews/base/content/msgAccountCentral.js
+ * - mozilla/modules/libpref/src/init/mailnews.js
+ * - ns/modules/libpref/src/init/mailnews-ns.js
+ * - ns/mailnews/base/ispdata/aol.rdf
+ * - ns/mailnews/base/ispdata/nswebmail.rdf
+ */
+#define OFFLINE_SUPPORT_LEVEL_NONE 0
+#define OFFLINE_SUPPORT_LEVEL_REGULAR 10
+#define OFFLINE_SUPPORT_LEVEL_EXTENDED 20
+#define OFFLINE_SUPPORT_LEVEL_UNDEFINED -1
+
+// Value when no port setting is found
+#define PORT_NOT_SET -1
+
+/* some useful macros to implement nsIMsgIncomingServer accessors */
+#define NS_IMPL_SERVERPREF_STR(_class, _postfix, _prefname) \
+NS_IMETHODIMP                              \
+_class::Get##_postfix(nsACString& retval)  \
+{                                          \
+  return GetCharValue(_prefname, retval);  \
+}                                          \
+NS_IMETHODIMP                              \
+_class::Set##_postfix(const nsACString& chvalue) \
+{                                          \
+  return SetCharValue(_prefname, chvalue); \
+}
+
+#define NS_IMPL_SERVERPREF_BOOL(_class, _postfix, _prefname)\
+NS_IMETHODIMP                                               \
+_class::Get##_postfix(bool *retval)                         \
+{                                                           \
+  return GetBoolValue(_prefname, retval);                   \
+}                                                           \
+NS_IMETHODIMP                                               \
+_class::Set##_postfix(bool bvalue)                          \
+{                                                           \
+  return SetBoolValue(_prefname, bvalue);                   \
+}
+
+#define NS_IMPL_SERVERPREF_INT(_class, _postfix, _prefname)\
+NS_IMETHODIMP                                              \
+_class::Get##_postfix(int32_t *retval)                     \
+{                                                          \
+  return GetIntValue(_prefname, retval);                   \
+}                                                          \
+NS_IMETHODIMP                                              \
+_class::Set##_postfix(int32_t ivalue)                      \
+{                                                          \
+  return SetIntValue(_prefname, ivalue);                   \
+}
+
+%}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/public/nsIMsgKeyArray.idl b/mailnews/base/public/nsIMsgKeyArray.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..183195440
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/public/nsIMsgKeyArray.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+
+/**
+ * This interface wraps an nsTArray<nsMsgKey> so that we can pass arrays
+ * back and forth between c++ and js (or via xpconnect generally).
+ */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+#include "MailNewsTypes2.idl"
+
+[scriptable, uuid(4aa3ed2e-5bb1-40b3-ad03-2f1cfef386c4)]
+interface nsIMsgKeyArray : nsISupports {
+  /**
+   * Get the key at the specified 0-based array index.
+   *
+   * @param aIndex 0-based index.
+   * @returns key at the specified index.
+   */
+  nsMsgKey getKeyAt(in long aIndex);
+
+  readonly attribute unsigned long length;
+
+  void setCapacity(in unsigned long aCapacity);
+  /**
+   * Adds a key to the end of the array
+   * @param key to append to the array.
+   */
+  void appendElement(in nsMsgKey aMsgKey);
+
+  /**
+   * Inserts a key into a previously sorted array
+   * @param key to insert into the array.
+   */
+  void insertElementSorted(in nsMsgKey aMsgKey);
+
+  /**
+   * Sort the array by key.
+   */
+  void sort();
+
+  /**
+   * Retrieves the entire array in such a way that xpconnect can easily
+   * create a js array of the keys.
+   *
+   * @returns array of the keys
+   */
+  void getArray(out unsigned long aCount,
+           [array, size_is(aCount)] out nsMsgKey aKeys);
+};
+
diff --git a/mailnews/base/public/nsIMsgMailNewsUrl.idl b/mailnews/base/public/nsIMsgMailNewsUrl.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e0ce7f07d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/public/nsIMsgMailNewsUrl.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,201 @@
+/* -*- Mode: IDL; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+#include "nsIURL.idl"
+
+interface nsIFile;
+interface nsIUrlListener;
+interface nsIMsgStatusFeedback;
+interface nsIMsgIncomingServer;
+interface nsIMsgWindow;
+interface nsILoadGroup;
+interface nsIMsgSearchSession;
+interface nsICacheEntry;
+interface nsIMimeHeaders;
+interface nsIStreamListener;
+interface nsIMsgFolder;
+interface nsIMsgHeaderSink;
+interface nsIMsgDBHdr;
+interface nsIDocShellLoadInfo;
+interface nsIDocShell; 
+
+[scriptable, uuid(995455ba-5bb4-4643-8d70-2b877a2e1320)]
+interface nsIMsgMailNewsUrl : nsIURL {
+  ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+  // Eventually we'd like to push this type of functionality up into nsIURI.
+  // The idea is to allow the "application" (the part of the code which wants to 
+  // run a url in order to perform some action) to register itself as a listener
+  // on url. As a url listener, the app will be informed when the url begins to run
+  // and when the url is finished. 
+  ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+  void RegisterListener (in nsIUrlListener aUrlListener);
+  void UnRegisterListener (in nsIUrlListener aUrlListener);
+
+  readonly attribute nsIURI baseURI;
+
+  // if you really want to know what the current state of the url is (running or not
+  // running) you should look into becoming a urlListener...
+  void SetUrlState(in boolean runningUrl, in nsresult aStatusCode);
+  void GetUrlState(out boolean runningUrl);
+
+  // These are used by cloneInternal to determine the disposition of the uri
+  // ref when cloning. They should match the RefHandlingEnum enums defined,
+  // for example, in nsStandardURI.h but are not strictly required to do so.
+
+  /// Ignore the ref field, replacing with blank.
+  const unsigned long IGNORE_REF = 0;
+
+  /// Keep the existing ref field.
+  const unsigned long HONOR_REF = 1;
+
+  /// Replace the ref field with a new value.
+  const unsigned long REPLACE_REF = 2;
+
+  /**
+   * The general clone method that other clone methods use.
+   *
+   * This class should NOT be called except from classes that override
+   * a base class.
+   *
+   * @param aRefHandlingMode  one of the Ref constants defined above.
+   * @param aNewRef           the new reference, if needed.
+   * @return                  a cloned version of the current object.
+   */
+  nsIURI cloneInternal(in unsigned long aRefHandlingMode, in AUTF8String aNewRef);
+
+  readonly attribute nsIMsgIncomingServer server;
+
+  /**
+   * The folder associated with this url.
+   * 
+   * @exception NS_ERROR_FAILURE    May be thrown if the url does not
+   *                                relate to a folder, e.g. standalone
+   *                                .eml messages.
+   */
+  attribute nsIMsgFolder folder;
+
+  attribute nsIMsgStatusFeedback statusFeedback;
+
+  /**
+   * The maximum progress for this URL. This might be a count, or it might
+   * be a number of bytes. A value of -1 indicates that this is unknown.
+   */
+  attribute long long maxProgress;
+
+  attribute nsIMsgWindow msgWindow;
+
+  // current mime headers if reading message
+  attribute nsIMimeHeaders mimeHeaders;
+
+  // the load group is computed from the msgWindow
+  readonly attribute nsILoadGroup loadGroup;
+
+  // search session, if we're running a search.
+  attribute nsIMsgSearchSession searchSession;
+  attribute boolean updatingFolder;
+  attribute boolean msgIsInLocalCache;
+  attribute boolean suppressErrorMsgs; // used to avoid displaying biff error messages
+
+  attribute nsICacheEntry memCacheEntry;
+
+  const unsigned long eCopy     = 0;
+  const unsigned long eMove     = 1;
+  const unsigned long eDisplay  = 2;
+  boolean IsUrlType(in unsigned long type);
+  nsIStreamListener getSaveAsListener(in boolean addDummyEnvelope, in nsIFile aFile);
+
+  // typically the header sink is tied to the nsIMsgWindow, but in certain circumstances, a consumer
+  // may chose to provide its own header sink for this url
+  attribute nsIMsgHeaderSink msgHeaderSink;
+
+  /// Returns true if the URI is for a message (e.g., imap-message://)
+  readonly attribute boolean isMessageUri;
+
+  /**
+   * Loads the URI in a docshell. This will give priority to loading the
+   * URI in the passed-in docshell. If it can't be loaded there
+   * however, the URL dispatcher will go through its normal process of content
+   * loading.
+   *
+   * @param docshell     The docshell that will consume the load.
+   *
+   * @param loadInfo     This is the extended load info for this load. This
+   *                     most often will be null, but if you need to do
+   *                     additional setup for this load you can get a loadInfo
+   *                     object by calling createLoadInfo. Once you have this
+   *                     object you can set the needed properties on it and
+   *                     then pass it to loadURI.
+   *
+   * @param aLoadFlags   Flags to modify load behaviour. Flags are defined in
+   *                     nsIWebNavigation. Note that using flags outside
+   *                     LOAD_FLAGS_MASK is only allowed if passing in a
+   *                     non-null loadInfo. And even some of those might not
+   *                     be allowed. Use at your own risk. See nsIDocShell.idl
+   */
+   void loadURI(in nsIDocShell docshell,
+                in nsIDocShellLoadInfo loadInfo,
+                in unsigned long aLoadFlags);
+
+};
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// This is a very small interface which I'm grouping with the mailnewsUrl interface.
+// Several url types (mailbox, imap, nntp) have similar properties because they can
+// represent mail messages. For instance, these urls can be have URI 
+// equivalents which represent a message. 
+// We want to provide the app the ability to get the URI for the 
+// url. This URI to URL mapping doesn't exist for all mailnews urls...hence I'm
+// grouping it into a separate interface...
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+[scriptable, uuid(388a37ec-2e1a-4a4f-9d8b-189bedf1bda2)]
+interface nsIMsgMessageUrl : nsISupports {
+  // get and set the RDF URI associated with the url. Note, not all urls have
+  // had uri's set on them so be prepared to handle cases where this string is empty.
+  attribute string uri;
+  // used by imap, pop and nntp in order to implement save message to disk
+  attribute nsIFile messageFile;
+  attribute boolean AddDummyEnvelope;  
+  attribute boolean canonicalLineEnding;
+  attribute string originalSpec;
+
+  // This is used when creating a principal for the URL.
+  readonly attribute AUTF8String principalSpec;
+  
+  /**
+   *  A message db header for that message.
+   *  
+   *  @note This attribute is not guaranteed to be set, so callers that
+   *  actually require an nsIMsgDBHdr will need to use the uri attribute
+   *  on this interface to get the  appropriate nsIMsgMessageService and
+   *  then get the header from there.
+   */
+  attribute nsIMsgDBHdr messageHeader;
+};
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// This is a very small interface which I'm grouping with the mailnewsUrl interface.
+// I want to isolate out all the I18N specific information that may be associated with
+// any given mailnews url. This gives I18N their own "sandbox" of routines they can add
+// and tweak as they see fit. For now it contains mostly charset information.
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+[scriptable, uuid(D71E0785-2862-11d4-98C1-001083010E9B)]
+interface nsIMsgI18NUrl : nsISupports {
+
+  /**
+   * the charset associated with a folder for this url.
+   * 
+   * @exception NS_ERROR_FAILURE    May be thrown if the url does not
+   *                                relate to a folder, e.g. standalone
+   *                                .eml messages.
+   */
+  readonly attribute string folderCharset;
+  readonly attribute boolean folderCharsetOverride;
+  // the charsetOverRide is a charset the user may have specified via the menu for
+  // a particular message
+  attribute string charsetOverRide;
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/base/public/nsIMsgMailSession.idl b/mailnews/base/public/nsIMsgMailSession.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ca3fe8a6e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/public/nsIMsgMailSession.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+/* -*- Mode: IDL; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+/*
+ * The mail session is a replacement for the old 4.x MSG_Master object. It
+ * contains mail session generic information such as the account manager, etc
+ * I'm starting this off as an empty interface and as people feel they need to
+ * add more information to it, they can. I think this is a better approach
+ * than trying to port over the old MSG_Master in its entirety as that had a
+ * lot of cruft in it....
+ */
+
+#include "nsIFolderListener.idl"
+
+interface nsIFile;
+interface nsIMsgWindow;
+interface nsIMsgUserFeedbackListener;
+interface nsIMsgMailNewsUrl;
+
+[scriptable, uuid(577ead34-553e-4cd6-b484-76ff6662082d)]
+interface nsIMsgMailSession : nsISupports {
+  void Shutdown();
+
+  /**
+   * Adds a listener to be notified when folders update.
+   *
+   * @param  aListener    The listener to add.
+   * @param  aNotifyFlags A combination of flags detailing on which operations
+   *                      to notify the listener. See nsIFolderListener.idl for
+   *                      details.
+   */
+  void AddFolderListener(in nsIFolderListener aListener,
+                         in folderListenerNotifyFlagValue aNotifyFlags);
+  /**
+   * Removes a listener from the folder notification list.
+   *
+   * @param  aListener    The listener to remove.
+   */
+  void RemoveFolderListener(in nsIFolderListener aListener);
+
+  /**
+   * Adds a listener to be notified of alert or prompt style feedback that
+   * should go to the user.
+   *
+   * @param  aListener    The listener to add.
+   */
+  void addUserFeedbackListener(in nsIMsgUserFeedbackListener aListener);
+
+  /**
+   * Removes a user feedback listener.
+   *
+   * @param  aListener    The listener to remove.
+   */
+  void removeUserFeedbackListener(in nsIMsgUserFeedbackListener aListener);
+
+  /**
+   * Call to alert the listeners of the message. If there are no listeners,
+   * or the listeners do not handle the alert, then this function will present
+   * the user with a modal dialog if aMsgWindow isn't null.
+   *
+   * @param aMessage    The localized message string to alert.
+   * @param aUrl        Optional mailnews url which is relevant to the operation
+   *                    which caused the alert to be generated.
+   */
+  void alertUser(in AString aMessage, [optional] in nsIMsgMailNewsUrl aUrl);
+
+  readonly attribute nsIMsgWindow topmostMsgWindow;
+  void AddMsgWindow(in nsIMsgWindow msgWindow);
+  void RemoveMsgWindow(in nsIMsgWindow msgWindow);
+  boolean IsFolderOpenInWindow(in nsIMsgFolder folder);
+
+  string ConvertMsgURIToMsgURL(in string  aURI, in nsIMsgWindow aMsgWindow);
+  nsIFile getDataFilesDir(in string dirName);
+};
+
diff --git a/mailnews/base/public/nsIMsgMdnGenerator.idl b/mailnews/base/public/nsIMsgMdnGenerator.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..277975e71
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/public/nsIMsgMdnGenerator.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+#include "MailNewsTypes2.idl"
+
+interface nsIMsgWindow;
+interface nsIMsgFolder;
+interface nsIMimeHeaders;
+
+typedef long EDisposeType;
+typedef long ReceiptHdrType;
+typedef long MDNIncorporateType;
+
+%{C++
+#define NS_MSGMDNGENERATOR_CONTRACTID \
+  "@mozilla.org/messenger-mdn/generator;1"
+
+#define NS_MSGMDNGENERATOR_CID                    \
+{ /* ec917b13-8f73-4d4d-9146-d7f7aafe9076 */      \
+ 0xec917b13, 0x8f73, 0x4d4d,                      \
+ { 0x91, 0x46, 0xd7, 0xf7, 0xaa, 0xfe, 0x90, 0x76 }}
+%}
+
+[scriptable, uuid(440EA3DE-DACA-4886-9875-84E6CD7D7927)]
+interface nsIMsgMdnGenerator : nsISupports
+{
+    const EDisposeType eDisplayed = 0;
+    const EDisposeType eDispatched = 1;
+    const EDisposeType eProcessed = 2;
+    const EDisposeType eDeleted = 3;
+    const EDisposeType eDenied = 4;
+    const EDisposeType eFailed = 5;
+    
+    const ReceiptHdrType eDntType = 0;
+    const ReceiptHdrType eRrtType = 1;
+    const ReceiptHdrType eDntRrtType = 2;
+    
+    const MDNIncorporateType eIncorporateInbox = 0;
+    const MDNIncorporateType eIncorporateSent = 1;
+    
+    
+    /**
+     * Prepare the sending of a mdn reply, and checks the prefs whether a
+     * reply should be send. Might send the message automatically if the
+     * prefs say it should.
+     * @param eType   One of EDisposeType above, indicating the action that led
+     *                to sending the mdn reply
+     * @param aWindow The window the message was displayed in, acting as parent
+     *                for any (error) dialogs
+     * @param folder  The folder the message is in
+     * @param key     the message key
+     * @param headers the message headers
+     * @param autoAction  true if the request action led to sending the mdn
+     *                reply was an automatic action, false if it was user initiated
+     * @returns true if the user needs to be asked for permission
+     *          false in other cases (whether the message was sent or denied)
+     */
+    boolean process(in EDisposeType eType, in nsIMsgWindow aWindow,
+                    in nsIMsgFolder folder, in nsMsgKey key, 
+                    in nsIMimeHeaders headers, in boolean autoAction);
+
+    /**
+     * Must be called when the user was asked for permission and agreed to
+     * sending the mdn reply. 
+     * May only be called when |process| returned |true|. Behaviour is
+     * unspecified in other cases
+     */
+    void userAgreed();
+
+    /**
+     * Must be called when the user was asked for permission and declined to
+     * send the mdn reply. 
+     * Will mark the message so that the user won't be asked next time.
+     * May only be called when |process| returned |true|. Behaviour is
+     * unspecified in other cases.
+     */
+    void userDeclined();
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/base/public/nsIMsgMessageService.idl b/mailnews/base/public/nsIMsgMessageService.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..38a2e2821
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/public/nsIMsgMessageService.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,259 @@
+/* -*- Mode: IDL; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+#include "MailNewsTypes2.idl"
+interface nsIURI;
+interface nsIUrlListener;
+interface nsIStreamListener;
+interface nsIMsgWindow;
+interface nsIFile;
+interface nsIMsgFolder;
+interface nsIMsgSearchSession;
+interface nsIMsgDBHdr;
+interface nsIStreamConverter;
+interface nsICacheEntry;
+
+%{C++
+#include "MailNewsTypes.h"
+%}
+
+[scriptable, uuid(3aa7080a-73ac-4394-9636-fc00e182319b)]
+interface nsIMsgMessageService : nsISupports {
+     
+  /**
+   * If you want a handle on the running task, pass in a valid nsIURI 
+   * ptr. You can later interrupt this action by asking the netlib 
+   * service manager to interrupt the url you are given back. 
+   * Remember to release aURL when you are done with it. Pass nullptr
+   * in for aURL if you don't care about the returned URL.
+   */
+
+
+  /**
+   * Pass in the URI for the message you want to have copied.
+   *
+   * @param aSrcURI
+   * @param aCopyListener already knows about the destination folder. 
+   * @param aMoveMessage TRUE if you want the message to be moved.
+   *                     FALSE leaves it as just a copy.
+   * @param aUrlListener 
+   * @param aMsgWindow
+   * @param aURL
+   */
+  void CopyMessage(in string aSrcURI, in nsIStreamListener aCopyListener, in boolean aMoveMessage,
+               in nsIUrlListener aUrlListener, in nsIMsgWindow aMsgWindow, out nsIURI aURL);
+
+  /**
+   * Copy multiple messages at a time 
+   *
+   * @param keys
+   * @param srcFolder
+   * @param aCopyListener
+   * @param aMoveMessage
+   * @param aUrlListener
+   * @param aMsgWindow
+   * @returns URI that's run to perform the copy
+   */
+  nsIURI CopyMessages(in unsigned long aNumKeys,
+                      [array, size_is (aNumKeys)] in nsMsgKey aKeys,
+                      in nsIMsgFolder srcFolder,
+                      in nsIStreamListener aCopyListener,
+                      in boolean aMoveMessage,
+                      in nsIUrlListener aUrlListener,
+                      in nsIMsgWindow aMsgWindow);
+
+    
+  /**
+   * When you want a message displayed....
+   *
+   * @param aMessageURI Is a uri representing the message to display.
+   * @param aDisplayConsumer Is (for now) an nsIDocShell which we'll use to load 
+   *                         the message into.
+   *                         XXXbz Should it be an nsIWebNavigation or something?
+   * @param aMsgWindow
+   * @param aUrlListener
+   * @param aCharsetOverride (optional) character set over ride to force the message to use.
+   * @param aURL
+   */
+  void DisplayMessage(in string aMessageURI, 
+            in nsISupports aDisplayConsumer, 
+            in nsIMsgWindow aMsgWindow,
+            in nsIUrlListener aUrlListener, 
+            in string aCharsetOverride, 
+            out nsIURI aURL);
+
+  /**
+   * When you want an attachment downloaded
+   *
+   * @param aContentType We need to know the content type of the attachment
+   * @param aFileName The name of the attachment.
+   * @param aUrl String representation of the original url associated with the msg.
+   * @param aMessageUri RDF resource that describes the message
+   * @param aDisplayConsumer
+   * @param aMsgWindow Message window
+   * @param aUrlListener
+   */
+  void openAttachment(in string aContentType, 
+            in string aFileName, 
+            in string aUrl,
+            in string aMessageUri, 
+            in nsISupports aDisplayConsumer, 
+            in nsIMsgWindow aMsgWindow,
+            in nsIUrlListener aUrlListener);
+
+  /**
+   * When you want to spool a message out to a file on disk. 
+   * This is an asynch operation of course. You must pass in a
+   * url listener in order to figure out when the operation is done.
+   *
+   * @param aMessageURI The uri representing the message to spool out to disk.
+   * @param aFile The file you want the message saved to
+   * @param aGenerateDummyEnvelope Usually FALSE. Set to TRUE if you want the msg
+   *        appended at the end of the file.
+   * @param aUrlListener
+   * @param aURL
+   * @param canonicalLineEnding
+   * @param aMsgWindow
+   */
+  void SaveMessageToDisk(in string aMessageURI, in nsIFile aFile,
+                         in boolean aGenerateDummyEnvelope, 
+                         in nsIUrlListener aUrlListener, out nsIURI aURL,
+                         in boolean canonicalLineEnding, in nsIMsgWindow aMsgWindow);
+
+  /**
+   * When you have a uri and you would like to convert that
+   * to a url which can be run through necko, you can use this method.
+   * the Uri MUST refer to a message and not a folder! 
+   *
+   * @param aMessageURI A message uri to convert.
+   * @param aURL URL which can be run through necko.
+   * @param aMsgWindow    
+   */
+  void GetUrlForUri(in string aMessageURI, out nsIURI aURL, in nsIMsgWindow aMsgWindow);
+
+  /**
+   * When you want a message displayed in a format that is suitable for printing....
+   *
+   * @param aMessageURI A uri representing the message to display.
+   * @param aDisplayConsumer is (for now) a nsIDocShell which we'll use to load 
+   *        the message into. 
+   *        XXXbz should it be an nsIWebNavigation?
+   * @param aMsgWindow
+   * @param aUrlListener
+   * @param aURL 
+   */
+  void DisplayMessageForPrinting(in string aMessageURI, in nsISupports aDisplayConsumer, 
+            in nsIMsgWindow aMsgWindow,
+            in nsIUrlListener aUrlListener, 
+            out nsIURI aURL);
+
+  /**
+   *
+   *
+   * @param aSearchSession
+   * @param aMsgWindow
+   * @param aMsgFolder
+   * @param aSearchUri
+   */
+  void Search(in nsIMsgSearchSession aSearchSession, in nsIMsgWindow aMsgWindow, in nsIMsgFolder aMsgFolder, in string aSearchUri);
+
+  /** 
+   * This method streams a message to the passed in consumer. If aConvertData is true, it
+   * will create a stream converter from message rfc822 to star/star. It will also tack
+   * aAdditionalHeader onto the url (e.g., "header=filter").
+   *
+   * @param aMessageURI  uri of message to stream
+   * @param aConsumer    generally, a stream listener listening to the message
+   * @param aMsgWindow   msgWindow for give progress and status feedback
+   * @param aUrlListener gets notified when url starts and stops
+   * @param aConvertData should we create a stream converter?
+   * @param aAdditionalHeader added to URI, e.g., "header=filter"
+   * @param aLocalOnly whether data should be retrieved only from local caches
+   *        If streaming over the network is required and this is true, then
+   *        an exception is thrown. This defaults to false.
+   *
+   * @note If we're offline, then even if aLocalOnly is false, we won't stream over the
+   *       network
+   *
+   * @return the URL that gets run
+   */
+  nsIURI streamMessage(in string aMessageURI, in nsISupports aConsumer, 
+                    in nsIMsgWindow aMsgWindow,
+                    in nsIUrlListener aUrlListener, 
+                    in boolean aConvertData,
+                    in ACString aAdditionalHeader,
+                    [optional] in boolean aLocalOnly);
+
+  /** 
+   * This method streams a message's headers to the passed in consumer.
+   * This is for consumers who want a particular header but don't
+   * want to stream the whole message.
+   *
+   * @param aMessageURI  uri of message whose headers we are to stream
+   * @param aConsumer    a stream listener listening to the message
+                         headers.
+   * @param aUrlListener gets notified when url starts and stops, if we run a url.
+   * @param aLocalOnly whether data should be retrieved only from local caches
+   *        If streaming over the network is required and this is true, then
+   *        an exception is thrown. This defaults to false.
+   *
+   * @note If we're offline, then even if aLocalOnly is false, we won't stream over the
+   *       network
+   *
+   * @return the URL that gets run, if any.
+   */
+  nsIURI streamHeaders(in string aMessageURI, in nsIStreamListener aConsumer,
+                       in nsIUrlListener aUrlListener, 
+                       [optional] in boolean aLocalOnly);
+
+  /**
+   * Determines whether a message is in the memory cache. Local folders
+   * don't implement this.
+   * The URL needs to address a message, not a message part, all query
+   * qualifiers will be stripped before looking up the entry in the cache.
+   *
+   * @param aUrl The URL of the message, possibly with an appropriate command in it
+   * @param aFolder The folder this message is in
+   * 
+   * @return TRUE if the message is in mem cache; FALSE if it is not.
+   */
+  boolean isMsgInMemCache(in nsIURI aUrl,
+                          in nsIMsgFolder aFolder);
+
+  /**
+   * now the the message datasource is going away
+   * we need away to go from message uri to go nsIMsgDBHdr
+   *
+   * @param uri A message uri to get nsIMsgDBHdr for.
+   *
+   * @return nsIMsgDBHdr for specified uri or null if failed. 
+   */
+  nsIMsgDBHdr messageURIToMsgHdr(in string uri);
+};
+
+/** 
+ * Some mail protocols (like imap) allow you to fetch individual mime parts. We use this interface
+ * to represent message services whose protocols support this. To use this interface, you should get
+ * the message service then QI for this interface. If it's present, then can fetch a mime part.
+ */
+[scriptable, uuid(3728C255-480C-11d4-98D0-001083010E9B)]
+interface nsIMsgMessageFetchPartService : nsISupports 
+{
+  /**
+   * Used to fetch an individual mime part
+   *
+   * @param aURI url representing the message
+   * @param aMessageURI RDF URI including the part to fetch
+   * @param aDisplayConsumer
+   * @param aMsgWindow
+   * @param aUrlListener
+   *
+   * @return
+   */
+  nsIURI fetchMimePart(in nsIURI aURI, in string aMessageUri, in nsISupports aDisplayConsumer, 
+            in nsIMsgWindow aMsgWindow,
+            in nsIUrlListener aUrlListener);  
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/base/public/nsIMsgOfflineManager.idl b/mailnews/base/public/nsIMsgOfflineManager.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..983075f2c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/public/nsIMsgOfflineManager.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+/* -*- Mode: IDL; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+// this is a service -there's only one Offline Manager, because you can only do one operation at a time
+// (go online or offline).
+
+interface nsIMsgWindow;
+
+[scriptable, uuid(5e885fec-09b0-11d5-a5bf-0060b0fc04b7)]
+interface nsIMsgOfflineManager : nsISupports 
+{
+  attribute nsIMsgWindow window; // should be a progress window.
+  attribute boolean inProgress;  // an online->offine or online->offline operation in progress.
+                                 // the offline menu should be disabled.
+  void goOnline(in boolean sendUnsentMessages, in boolean playbackOfflineImapOperations, in nsIMsgWindow aMsgWindow);
+  void synchronizeForOffline(in boolean downloadNews, in boolean downloadMail, in boolean sendUnsentMessages, 
+                            in boolean goOfflineWhenDone, in nsIMsgWindow aMsgWindow);
+};
+
diff --git a/mailnews/base/public/nsIMsgPluggableStore.idl b/mailnews/base/public/nsIMsgPluggableStore.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..18415d801
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/public/nsIMsgPluggableStore.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,330 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+interface nsIFile;
+interface nsIMsgFolder;
+interface nsIMsgCopyServiceListener;
+interface nsIMsgDBHdr;
+interface nsIMsgWindow;
+interface nsIOutputStream;
+interface nsIInputStream;
+interface nsIArray;
+interface nsIUrlListener;
+interface nsIMsgDatabase;
+interface nsITransaction;
+
+[scriptable, uuid(F732CE58-E540-4dc4-B803-9456056EBEFC)]
+
+/**
+ * Pluggable message store interface. Each incoming server can have a different
+ * message store.
+ * All methods are synchronous unless otherwise specified.
+ */
+interface nsIMsgPluggableStore : nsISupports {
+  /**
+   * Examines the store and adds subfolders for the existing folders in the
+   * profile directory. aParentFolder->AddSubfolder is the normal way
+   * to register the subfolders. This method is expected to be synchronous.
+   * This shouldn't be confused with server folder discovery, which is allowed
+   * to be asynchronous.
+   *
+   * @param aParentFolder folder whose existing children we want to discover.
+   *                      This will be the root folder for the server object.
+   * @param aDeep true if we should discover all descendents. Would we ever
+   *              not want to do this?
+   */
+
+  void discoverSubFolders(in nsIMsgFolder aParentFolder, in boolean aDeep);
+  /**
+   * Creates storage for a new, empty folder.
+   *
+   * @param aParent parent folder
+   * @param aFolderName leaf name of folder.
+   * @return newly created folder.
+   * @exception NS_MSG_FOLDER_EXISTS If the child exists.
+   * @exception NS_MSG_CANT_CREATE_FOLDER for other errors.
+   */
+  nsIMsgFolder createFolder(in nsIMsgFolder aParent, in AString aFolderName);
+
+  /**
+   * Delete the passed in folder. This is a real delete, not a move
+   * to the trash folder.
+   *
+   * @param aFolder folder to delete
+   */
+  void deleteFolder(in nsIMsgFolder aFolder);
+
+  /**
+   * Rename storage for an existing folder.
+   *
+   * @param aFolder folder to rename
+   * @param aNewName name to give new folder
+   * @return the renamed folder object
+   */
+  nsIMsgFolder renameFolder(in nsIMsgFolder aFolder, in AString aNewName);
+
+  /**
+   * Tells if the store has the requested amount of space available in the
+   * specified folder.
+   *
+   * @param aFolder folder we want to add messages to.
+   * @param aSpaceRequested How many bytes we're trying to add to the store.
+   *
+   * The function returns an exception if there is not enough space to
+   * indicate the reason of the shortage:
+   * NS_ERROR_FILE_TOO_BIG   = the store cannot grow further due to internal limits
+   * NS_ERROR_FILE_DISK_FULL = there is not enough space on the disk
+   */
+  boolean hasSpaceAvailable(in nsIMsgFolder aFolder,
+                            in long long aSpaceRequested);
+
+  /**
+   * Move/Copy a folder to a new parent folder. This method is asynchronous.
+   * The store needs to use the aListener to notify the core code of the
+   * completion of the operation. And it must send the appropriate
+   * nsIMsgFolderNotificationService notifications.
+   *
+   * @param aSrcFolder folder to move/copy
+   * @param aDstFolder parent dest folder
+   * @param aIsMoveFolder true if move, false if copy. If move, source folder
+   *                      is deleted when copy completes.
+   * @param aMsgWindow used to display progress, may be null
+   * @param aListener - used to get notification when copy is done.
+   * @param aNewName  Optional new name for the target folder.
+   *                  If rename is not needed, set this to empty string.
+   */
+  void copyFolder(in nsIMsgFolder aSrcFolder, in nsIMsgFolder aDstFolder,
+                  in boolean aIsMoveFolder, in nsIMsgWindow aMsgWindow,
+                  in nsIMsgCopyServiceListener aListener,
+                  in AString aNewName);
+
+  /**
+   * Get an output stream for a message in a folder.
+   *
+   * @param aFolder folder to create a message output stream for.
+   * @param aNewHdr If aNewHdr is set on input, then this is probably for
+   *                offline storage of an existing message. If null, the
+   *                this is a newly downloaded message and the store needs
+   *                to create a new header for the new message. If the db
+   *                is invalid, this can be null. But if the db is valid,
+   *                the store should create a message header with the right
+   *                message key, or whatever other property it needs to set to
+   *                be able to retrieve the message contents later. If the store
+   *                needs to base any of this on the contents of the message,
+   *                it will need remember the message header and hook into
+   *                the output stream somehow to alter the message header.
+   * @param aReusable set to true on output if the caller can reuse the
+   *                  stream for multiple messages, e.g., mbox format.
+   *                  This means the caller will likely get the same stream
+   *                  back on multiple calls to this method, and shouldn't
+   *                  close the stream in between calls if they want reuse.
+   *
+   * @return The output stream to write to. The output stream will be positioned
+   *         for writing (e.g., for berkeley mailbox, it will be at the end).
+   */
+  nsIOutputStream getNewMsgOutputStream(in nsIMsgFolder aFolder,
+                                        inout nsIMsgDBHdr aNewHdr,
+                                        out boolean aReusable);
+
+  /**
+   * Called when the current message is discarded, e.g., it is moved
+   * to an other folder as a filter action, or is deleted because it's
+   * a duplicate. This gives the berkeley mailbox store a chance to simply
+   * truncate the Inbox w/o leaving a deleted message in the store.
+   *
+   * @param aOutputStream stream we were writing the message to be discarded to
+   * @param aNewHdr header of message to discard
+   */
+  void discardNewMessage(in nsIOutputStream aOutputStream,
+                         in nsIMsgDBHdr aNewHdr);
+
+  /**
+   * Must be called by code that calls getNewMsgOutputStream to finish
+   * the process of storing a new message, if the new msg has not been
+   * discarded. Could/should this be combined with discardNewMessage?
+   *
+   * @param aOutputStream stream we were writing the message to.
+   * @param aNewHdr header of message finished.
+   */
+  void finishNewMessage(in nsIOutputStream aOutputStream,
+                         in nsIMsgDBHdr aNewHdr);
+
+  /**
+   * Called by pop3 message filters when a newly downloaded message is being
+   * moved by an incoming filter. This is called before finishNewMessage, and
+   * it allows the store to optimize that case.
+   *
+   * @param aNewHdr msg hdr of message being moved.
+   * @param aDestFolder folder to move message to, in the same store.
+   *
+   * @return true if successful, false if the store doesn't want to optimize
+   *         this.
+   * @exception If the moved failed. values TBD
+   */
+  boolean moveNewlyDownloadedMessage(in nsIMsgDBHdr aNewHdr,
+                                     in nsIMsgFolder aDestFolder);
+
+  /**
+   * Get an input stream that we can read the contents of a message from.
+   * If the input stream is reusable, and the caller is going to ask
+   * for input streams for other messages in the folder, then the caller
+   * should not close the stream until it is done with its messages.
+   *
+   * @param aMsgFolder Folder containing the message
+   * @param aMsgToken token that identifies message. This is store-dependent,
+   *                  and must be set as a string property "storeToken" on the
+   *                  message hdr by the store when the message is added
+   *                  to the store.
+   * @param aOffset offset in the returned stream of the message.
+   * @param[optional] aHdr msgHdr to use in case storeToken is not set. This is
+   *                  for upgrade from existing profiles.
+   * @param[optional] aReusable Is the returned stream re-usable for other
+   *                            messages' input streams?
+   */
+  nsIInputStream getMsgInputStream(in nsIMsgFolder aFolder,
+                                   in ACString aMsgToken,
+                                   out long long aOffset,
+                                   [optional] in nsIMsgDBHdr aHdr,
+                                   [optional] out boolean aReusable);
+
+  /**
+   * Delete the passed in messages. These message should all be in the
+   * same folder.
+   * @param aHdrArray array of nsIMsgDBHdr's.
+   */
+  void deleteMessages(in nsIArray aHdrArray);
+
+  /**
+   * This allows the store to handle a msg move/copy if it wants. This lets
+   * it optimize move/copies within the same store. E.g., for maildir, a
+   * msg move mostly entails moving the file containing the message, and
+   * updating the db. If the store does not want to implement this, the core
+   * code will use getMsgInputStream on the source message,
+   * getNewMsgOutputStream for the dest message, and stream the input to
+   * the output. This operation can be asynchronous.
+   * If the store does the copy, it must return the appropriate undo action,
+   * which can be store dependent. And it must send the appropriate
+   * nsIMsgFolderNotificationService notifications.
+   *
+   * @param isMove true if this is a move, false if it is a copy.
+   * @param aHdrArray array of nsIMsgDBHdr's, all in the same folder
+   * @param aDstFolder folder to move/copy the messages to.
+   * @param aListener listener to notify of copy status.
+   * @param aDstHdrs array of nsIMsgDBHdr's in the destination folder.
+   * @param[out,optional] aUndoAction transaction to provide undo, if
+   * the store does the copy itself.
+   * @return true if messages were copied, false if the core code should
+   *         do the copy.
+   */
+  boolean copyMessages(in boolean isMove,
+                       in nsIArray aHdrArray,
+                       in nsIMsgFolder aDstFolder,
+                       in nsIMsgCopyServiceListener aListener,
+                       out nsIArray aDstHdrs,
+                       out nsITransaction aUndoAction);
+
+  /**
+   * Does this store require compaction? For example, maildir doesn't require
+   * compaction at all. Berkeley mailbox does. A sqlite store probably doesn't.
+   * This is a static property of the store. It doesn't mean that any particular
+   * folder has space that can be reclaimed via compaction. Right now, the core
+   * code keeps track of the size of messages deleted, which it can use in
+   * conjunction with this store attribute.
+   */
+  readonly attribute boolean supportsCompaction;
+
+  /**
+   * Remove deleted messages from the store, reclaiming space. Some stores
+   * won't need to do anything here (e.g., maildir), and those stores
+   * should return false for needsCompaction. This operation is asynchronous,
+   * and the passed url listener should be called when the operation is done.
+   *
+   * @param aFolder folder whose storage is to be compacted
+   * @param aListener listener notified when compaction is done.
+   * @param aMsgWindow window to display progress/status in.
+   */
+  void compactFolder(in nsIMsgFolder aFolder, in nsIUrlListener aListener,
+                     in nsIMsgWindow aMsgWindow);
+
+  /**
+   * Is the summary file for the passed folder valid? For Berkeley Mailboxes,
+   * for local mail folders, this checks the timestamp and size of the local
+   * mail folder against values stored in the db. For other stores, this may
+   * be a noop, though other stores could certainly become invalid. For
+   * Berkeley Mailboxes, this is to deal with the case of other apps altering
+   * mailboxes from outside mailnews code, and this is certainly possible
+   * with other stores.
+   *
+   * @param aFolder Folder to check if summary is valid for.
+   * @param aDB DB to check validity of.
+   *
+   * @return return true if the summary file is valid, false otherwise.
+   */
+  boolean isSummaryFileValid(in nsIMsgFolder aFolder, in nsIMsgDatabase aDB);
+
+  /**
+   * Marks the summary file for aFolder as valid or invalid. This method
+   * may not be required, since it's really used by Berkeley Mailbox code
+   * to fix the timestamp and size for a folder.
+   *
+   * @param aFolder folder whose summary file should be marked (in)valid.
+   * @param aDB db to mark valid (may not be the folder's db in odd cases
+   *            like folder compaction.
+   * @param aValid whether to mark it valid or invalid.
+   */
+  void setSummaryFileValid(in nsIMsgFolder aFolder, in nsIMsgDatabase aDB,
+                           in boolean aValid);
+
+  /**
+   * Rebuild the index from information in the store. This involves creating
+   * a new nsIMsgDatabase for the folder, adding the information for all the
+   * messages in the store, and then copying the new msg database over the
+   * existing database. For Berkeley mailbox, we try to maintain meta data
+   * stored in the existing database when possible, and other stores should do
+   * the same. Ideally, I would figure out a way of making that easy. That
+   * might entail reworking the rebuild index process into one where the store
+   * would iterate over the messages, and stream each message through the
+   * message parser, and the common code would handle maintaining the
+   * meta data. But the berkeley mailbox code needs to do some parsing because
+   * it doesn't know how big the message is (i.e., the stream can't simply be
+   * a file stream).
+   * This operation is asynchronous,
+   * and the passed url listener should be called when the operation is done.
+   *
+   * @param aFolder folder whose storage is to be compacted
+   * @param aMsgDB db to put parsed headers in.
+   * @param aMsgWindow msgWindow to use for progress updates.
+   * @param aListener listener notified when the index is rebuilt.
+   */
+  void rebuildIndex(in nsIMsgFolder aFolder, in nsIMsgDatabase aMsgDB,
+                    in nsIMsgWindow aMsgWindow, in nsIUrlListener aListener);
+
+  /**
+   * Sets/Clears the passed flags on the passed messages.
+   * @param aHdrArray array of nsIMsgDBHdr's
+   * @param aFlags flags to set/clear
+   * @param aSet true to set the flag(s), false to clear.
+   */
+  void changeFlags(in nsIArray aHdrArray, in unsigned long aFlags,
+                   in boolean aSet);
+  /**
+   *Sets/Clears the passed keywords on the passed messages.
+   * @param aHdrArray array of nsIMsgDBHdr's
+   * @param aKeywords keywords to set/clear
+   * @param aAdd true to add the keyword(s), false to remove.
+   */
+  void changeKeywords(in nsIArray aHdrArray, in ACString aKeywords,
+                      in boolean aAdd);
+
+  /**
+   * Identifies a specific type of store. Please use this only for legacy
+   * bug fixes, and not as a method to change behavior!
+   *
+   * Typical values: "mbox", "maildir"
+   */
+  readonly attribute ACString storeType;
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/base/public/nsIMsgPrintEngine.idl b/mailnews/base/public/nsIMsgPrintEngine.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..725471eed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/public/nsIMsgPrintEngine.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsrootidl.idl"
+#include "nsIMsgStatusFeedback.idl"
+
+interface mozIDOMWindowProxy;
+interface nsIPrintSettings;
+interface nsIObserver;
+
+[scriptable, uuid(9bdd0812-dd48-4f04-87a9-74dcfc3abadc)]
+interface nsIMsgPrintEngine : nsISupports {
+    /**
+     * Print/PrintPreview Msg Type
+     */
+    const short MNAB_START                 = 0;
+    const short MNAB_PRINT_MSG             = 0;
+    const short MNAB_PRINTPREVIEW_MSG      = 1;
+    const short MNAB_PRINT_AB_CARD         = 2;
+    const short MNAB_PRINTPREVIEW_AB_CARD  = 3;
+    const short MNAB_PRINT_ADDRBOOK        = 4;
+    const short MNAB_PRINTPREVIEW_ADDRBOOK = 5;
+    const short MNAB_END                   = 6;
+
+    void setWindow(in mozIDOMWindowProxy ptr);
+    void setParentWindow(in mozIDOMWindowProxy ptr);
+    void showWindow(in boolean aShow);
+    void setStatusFeedback(in nsIMsgStatusFeedback feedback);
+    void setPrintURICount(in int32_t aCount);
+    void addPrintURI(in wstring aURI);
+    void startPrintOperation(in nsIPrintSettings aPS);
+    void setStartupPPObserver(in nsIObserver startupPPObs);
+    void setMsgType(in long aMsgType);
+
+    attribute boolean doPrintPreview;
+
+};
+
diff --git a/mailnews/base/public/nsIMsgProgress.idl b/mailnews/base/public/nsIMsgProgress.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..79994c093
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/public/nsIMsgProgress.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+#include "domstubs.idl"
+#include "nsIPrompt.idl"
+#include "nsIWebProgressListener.idl"
+
+interface mozIDOMWindowProxy;
+interface nsIMsgWindow;
+
+[scriptable, uuid(6d6fe91d-7f9a-4552-9737-9f74b0e75538)]
+interface nsIMsgProgress: nsIWebProgressListener {
+
+  /** 
+   * Open the progress dialog, you can specify parameters through an xpcom object
+   */
+  void openProgressDialog(in mozIDOMWindowProxy parent,
+                          in nsIMsgWindow aMsgWindow,
+                          in string dialogURL,
+                          in boolean inDisplayModal,
+                          in nsISupports parameters);
+
+  /* Close the progress dialog */
+  void closeProgressDialog(in boolean forceClose);
+  
+  /* Register a Web Progress Listener */
+  void registerListener(in nsIWebProgressListener listener);
+
+  /* Unregister a Web Progress Listener */
+  void unregisterListener(in nsIWebProgressListener listener);
+  
+  /* Indicated if the user asked to cancel the current process */
+  attribute boolean processCanceledByUser;
+
+  attribute nsIMsgWindow msgWindow;
+};
+
+
diff --git a/mailnews/base/public/nsIMsgProtocolInfo.idl b/mailnews/base/public/nsIMsgProtocolInfo.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0913d93bd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/public/nsIMsgProtocolInfo.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+/* -*- Mode: IDL; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+interface nsIFile;
+
+%{C++
+#define NS_MSGPROTOCOLINFO_CONTRACTID_PREFIX \
+  "@mozilla.org/messenger/protocol/info;1?type="
+%}
+
+
+[scriptable, uuid(9428b5f5-8b12-493c-aae2-18296c2877b1)]
+interface nsIMsgProtocolInfo : nsISupports
+{
+    /**
+     * the default path to store local data for this type of
+     * server. Each server is usually in a subdirectory below this
+     */
+    attribute nsIFile defaultLocalPath;
+
+    /**
+     * the IID of the protocol-specific interface for this server
+     * usually used from JS to dynamically get server-specific attributes
+     */
+    readonly attribute nsIIDPtr serverIID;
+
+    /**
+     * does this server type require a username?
+     * for instance, news does not but IMAP/POP do
+     */
+    readonly attribute boolean requiresUsername;
+
+    /**
+     * if the pretty name of the server should
+     * just be the e-mail address. Otherwise it usually
+     * ends up being something like "news on hostname"
+     */
+    readonly attribute boolean preflightPrettyNameWithEmailAddress;
+
+    /**
+     * can this type of server be removed from the account manager?
+     * for instance, local mail is not removable
+     */
+    readonly attribute boolean canDelete;
+
+    /**
+     * can this type of server log in at startup?
+     */
+    readonly attribute boolean canLoginAtStartUp;
+
+    /**
+     * can you duplicate this server?
+     * for instance, local mail is unique and should not be duplicated.
+     */
+    readonly attribute boolean canDuplicate;
+
+    /* the default port
+       This is similar to nsIProtocolHanderl.defaultPort,
+       but for architectural reasons, there is a mail-specific interface to this.
+       When the input param isSecure is set to true, for all supported protocols, 
+       the secure port value is returned. If isSecure is set to false the default
+       port value is returned  */
+    long getDefaultServerPort(in boolean isSecure);
+
+    /**
+     * An attribute that tell us whether on not we can 
+     * get messages for the given server type 
+   * this is poorly named right now.
+   * it's really is there an inbox for this type?
+   * XXX todo, rename this.
+     */
+    readonly attribute boolean canGetMessages;
+
+    /** 
+   * do messages arrive for this server
+   * if they do, we can use our junk controls on it.
+   */
+    readonly attribute boolean canGetIncomingMessages;
+
+    /**
+     * do biff by default?
+     */
+    readonly attribute boolean defaultDoBiff;
+
+    /**
+     * do we need to show compose message link in the AccountCentral page ? 
+     */
+    readonly attribute boolean showComposeMsgLink;
+
+    /**
+     * Will new folders be created asynchronously?
+     */
+    readonly attribute boolean foldersCreatedAsync;
+};
+
diff --git a/mailnews/base/public/nsIMsgPurgeService.idl b/mailnews/base/public/nsIMsgPurgeService.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e418444de
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/public/nsIMsgPurgeService.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+ 
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+[scriptable, uuid(c73294b2-b619-4915-b0e8-314d4215e08d)]
+interface nsIMsgPurgeService : nsISupports {
+
+  void init();
+  void shutdown();
+};
+
diff --git a/mailnews/base/public/nsIMsgRDFDataSource.idl b/mailnews/base/public/nsIMsgRDFDataSource.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3b2a185cf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/public/nsIMsgRDFDataSource.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+#include "nsIMsgWindow.idl"
+
+[scriptable, uuid(BB460DFE-8BF0-11d3-8AFE-0060B0FC04D2)]
+
+/*  Interface used to access functions particular to mailnews datasources */
+
+interface nsIMsgRDFDataSource :  nsISupports
+{
+  attribute nsIMsgWindow window;
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/base/public/nsIMsgShutdown.idl b/mailnews/base/public/nsIMsgShutdown.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1750f8ba8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/public/nsIMsgShutdown.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+interface nsIUrlListener;
+interface nsIMsgWindow;
+interface nsIWebProgressListener;
+
+[scriptable, uuid(D1B43428-B631-4629-B691-AB0E01A2DB4B)]
+interface nsIMsgShutdownTask : nsISupports
+{
+  /**
+   * Inform the caller wheter or not the task needs to be run. This method
+   * gives the task the flexibility to cancel running a task on shutdown
+   * if nothing needs to be run.
+   */
+  readonly attribute boolean needsToRunTask;
+
+  /**
+   * At shutdown-time, this function will be called to all registered implementors.
+   * Shutdown will be temporarily postponed until |OnStopRequest()| has been called
+   * on the passed in url-listener. 
+   * @param inUrlListener The URL listener to report events to.
+   * @param inMsgWindow The current message window to allow for posing dialogs.
+   * @return If the shutdown URL was run or not. If the URL is running, the task
+   *         will be responsible for notifying |inUrlListener| when the task is completed.
+   */
+  boolean doShutdownTask(in nsIUrlListener inUrlListener, in nsIMsgWindow inMsgWindow);
+  
+  /**
+   * Get the displayable name of the current task. This textual information will be
+   * shown to the user so they know what shutdown task is being performed.
+   * @return The name of the current task being performed.
+   */
+  AString getCurrentTaskName();
+};
+
+[scriptable, uuid(483C8ABB-ECF9-48A3-A394-2C604B603BD5)]
+interface nsIMsgShutdownService : nsISupports
+{
+  /**
+   * Get the number of tasks that will need to be processed at shutdown time.
+   * @return The number of shutdown tasks to do.
+   */ 
+  long getNumTasks();
+  
+  /**
+   * Start the shutdown tasks. 
+   */
+  void startShutdownTasks();
+  
+  /**
+   * Tell the service to stop running tasks and go ahead and shutdown the application.
+   */
+  void cancelShutdownTasks();
+  
+  /**
+   * Set the shutdown listener.
+   */
+  void setShutdownListener(in nsIWebProgressListener inListener);
+  
+  /**
+   * Set the status text of the shutdown progress dialog.
+   */
+  void setStatusText(in AString inStatusString);
+};
+
+
diff --git a/mailnews/base/public/nsIMsgStatusFeedback.idl b/mailnews/base/public/nsIMsgStatusFeedback.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2f637e619
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/public/nsIMsgStatusFeedback.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+ 
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+[scriptable, uuid(AACBFA34-8D29-4A08-9283-A8E5B3AB067F)]
+interface nsIMsgStatusFeedback : nsISupports {
+  void showStatusString(in AString aStatus);
+  void startMeteors();
+  void stopMeteors();
+  void showProgress(in long aPercent);
+  void setStatusString(in AString aStatus); // will be displayed until next user action
+
+  /* aStatusFeedback: a wrapped JS status feedback object */
+  void setWrappedStatusFeedback(in nsIMsgStatusFeedback aStatusFeedback);
+};
+
diff --git a/mailnews/base/public/nsIMsgTagService.idl b/mailnews/base/public/nsIMsgTagService.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b666c3b62
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/public/nsIMsgTagService.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+/*
+ * Keys are the internal representation of tags, and use a limited range of
+ * characters, basically the characters allowed in imap keywords, which are
+ * alphanumeric characters, but don't include spaces. Keys are stored on
+ * the imap server, in local mail messages, and in summary files.
+ *
+ * Tags are the user visible representation of keys, and are full unicode
+ * strings. Tags should allow any unicode character.
+ *
+ * This service will do the mapping between keys and tags. When a tag
+ * is added, we'll need to "compute" the corresponding key to use. This
+ * will probably entail replacing illegal ascii characters (' ', '/', etc)
+ * with '_' and then converting to imap mod utf7. We'll then need to make
+ * sure that no other keyword has the same value since that algorithm
+ * doesn't guarantee a unique mapping.
+ *
+ * Tags are sorted internally by 'importance' by their ordinal strings (which by
+ * default are equal to a tag's key and thus only stored if different). 
+ * The alphanumerically 'smallest' string is called the 'most important' one and
+ * comes first in any sorted array. The remainder follows in ascending order.
+ */
+
+[scriptable, uuid(84d593a3-5d8a-45e6-96e2-9189acd422e1)]
+interface nsIMsgTag : nsISupports {
+  readonly attribute ACString key;     // distinct tag identifier
+  readonly attribute AString  tag;     // human readable tag name
+  readonly attribute ACString color;   // tag color
+  readonly attribute ACString ordinal; // custom sort string (usually empty)
+};
+
+[scriptable, uuid(97360ce3-0fba-4f1c-8214-af7bdc6f8587)]
+interface nsIMsgTagService : nsISupports {
+  // create new tag by deriving the key from the tag
+  void addTag(in AString tag, in ACString color, in ACString ordinal);
+  // create/update tag with known key
+  void addTagForKey(in ACString key, in AString tag, in ACString color, in ACString ordinal);
+  // get the key representation of a given tag
+  ACString getKeyForTag(in AString tag);
+  // get the first key by ordinal order
+  ACString getTopKey(in ACString keyList);
+  // support functions for single tag aspects
+  AString getTagForKey(in ACString key); // look up the tag for a key.
+  void setTagForKey(in ACString key, in AString tag); // this can be used to "rename" a tag
+  ACString getColorForKey(in ACString key);
+  void setColorForKey(in ACString key, in ACString color);
+  ACString getOrdinalForKey(in ACString key);
+  void setOrdinalForKey(in ACString key, in ACString ordinal);
+  // delete a tag from the list of known tags (but not from any messages)
+  void deleteKey(in ACString key);
+  // get all known tags
+  void getAllTags(out unsigned long count,
+                  [retval, array, size_is(count)] out nsIMsgTag tagArray);
+  /*
+   * Determines if the token in aKey corresponds to a current valid tag
+   *
+   * @param aKey        The string to test
+   * @return            True if aKey is a current token
+   */
+  boolean isValidKey(in ACString aKey);
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/base/public/nsIMsgThread.idl b/mailnews/base/public/nsIMsgThread.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9af6b2dc9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/public/nsIMsgThread.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+/* -*- Mode: IDL; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+#include "nsISimpleEnumerator.idl"
+#include "MailNewsTypes2.idl"
+
+interface nsIMsgDBHdr;
+
+interface nsIDBChangeAnnouncer;
+
+[scriptable, uuid(84052876-90e9-4e21-ad38-13e2bb751d8f)]
+interface nsIMsgThread : nsISupports {
+  attribute nsMsgKey threadKey;
+  attribute unsigned long flags;
+  attribute ACString subject;
+  attribute unsigned long newestMsgDate;
+  readonly attribute unsigned long numChildren;
+  readonly attribute unsigned long numUnreadChildren;
+
+  void addChild(in nsIMsgDBHdr child, in nsIMsgDBHdr inReplyTo, in boolean threadInThread, in nsIDBChangeAnnouncer announcer);
+  nsMsgKey getChildKeyAt(in unsigned long index);
+  nsIMsgDBHdr getChild(in nsMsgKey msgKey);
+  nsIMsgDBHdr getChildHdrAt(in unsigned long index);
+  nsIMsgDBHdr getRootHdr(out long index);
+  void removeChildAt(in unsigned long index);
+  void removeChildHdr(in nsIMsgDBHdr child, in nsIDBChangeAnnouncer announcer);
+
+  void markChildRead(in boolean bRead);
+
+  nsIMsgDBHdr getFirstUnreadChild();
+
+  nsISimpleEnumerator enumerateMessages(in nsMsgKey parent);
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/base/public/nsIMsgUserFeedbackListener.idl b/mailnews/base/public/nsIMsgUserFeedbackListener.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f798c4b86
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/public/nsIMsgUserFeedbackListener.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+/* -*- Mode: IDL; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+interface nsIMsgMailNewsUrl;
+
+/**
+ * Implement this interface to subscribe to errors and warnings passed out via
+ * nsIMsgMailSession.
+ */
+[scriptable, uuid(5e909ffa-77fe-4ce3-bf3c-06c54596d03d)]
+interface nsIMsgUserFeedbackListener : nsISupports {
+  /**
+   * Called when an alert from a protocol level implementation is generated.
+   *
+   * @param aMessage    The localized message string to alert.
+   * @param aUrl        Optional mailnews url which is relevant to the operation
+   *                    which caused the alert to be generated.
+   * @return            True if you serviced the alert and it does not need
+   *                    to be prompted to the user separately.
+   *                    Note: The caller won't prompt if msgWindow in aUrl is
+   *                    null, regardless of the value returned.
+   */
+  boolean onAlert(in AString aMessage, [optional] in nsIMsgMailNewsUrl aUrl);
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/base/public/nsIMsgWindow.idl b/mailnews/base/public/nsIMsgWindow.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..00673732b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/public/nsIMsgWindow.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+/* -*- Mode: IDL; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+interface nsIMsgStatusFeedback;
+interface nsIMsgFolder;
+interface nsITransactionManager;
+interface nsIDocShell;
+interface mozIDOMWindowProxy;
+interface nsIMsgHeaderSink;
+interface nsIPrompt;
+interface nsIInterfaceRequestor;
+interface nsIAuthPrompt;
+
+[scriptable, uuid(7B8F4A65-CFC4-4b3f-BF5C-152AA8D5CD10)]
+interface nsIMsgWindowCommands : nsISupports {
+  void selectFolder(in ACString folderUri);
+  void selectMessage(in ACString messageUri);
+  void clearMsgPane();
+};
+
+[scriptable, uuid(a846fe48-4022-4296-a1c4-1dcd7eaecfe5)]
+interface nsIMsgWindow : nsISupports {
+  attribute nsIMsgStatusFeedback statusFeedback;
+  attribute nsIMsgWindowCommands windowCommands;
+  attribute nsIMsgHeaderSink msgHeaderSink;
+  attribute nsITransactionManager transactionManager;
+  attribute nsIMsgFolder openFolder;
+  
+  /**
+   * @note Setting this attribute has various side effects, including
+   * wiring up this object as the parent nsIURIContentListener for the
+   * passed-in docshell as well as setting the message content policy service
+   * to listen for OnLocationChange notifications.
+   */
+  attribute nsIDocShell rootDocShell;
+
+  /**
+   * @note Small helper function used to optimize our use of a weak reference
+   * on the message window docshell. Under no circumstances should you be
+   * holding on to the docshell returned here outside the scope of your routine.
+   */
+  readonly attribute nsIDocShell messageWindowDocShell;
+
+  /**
+   * Returns the auth prompt associated with the window. This will only return
+   * a value if the rootDocShell has been set.
+   */
+  readonly attribute nsIAuthPrompt authPrompt;
+
+  /**
+   * These are currently used to set notification callbacks on
+   * protocol channels to handle things like bad cert exceptions.
+   */
+  attribute nsIInterfaceRequestor notificationCallbacks;
+  
+  void displayHTMLInMessagePane(in AString title, in AString body, in boolean clearMsgHdr);
+
+  readonly attribute nsIPrompt promptDialog;
+  attribute ACString mailCharacterSet;
+
+  /**
+    Remember the message's charaset was overridden, so it can be inherited (e.g for quoting).
+   */
+  attribute boolean charsetOverride;
+
+  /**
+    Has a running url been stopped? If you care about checking
+    this flag, you need to clear it before you start your operation since
+    there's no convenient place to clear it.
+  */
+  attribute boolean stopped;
+
+  attribute mozIDOMWindowProxy domWindow;
+
+  void StopUrls();
+
+  /**
+    when the msg window is being unloaded from the content window,
+    we can use this notification to force a flush on anything the
+    msg window hangs on too. For some reason xpconnect is still hanging
+    onto the msg window even though all of our objects have let go of it
+    this forces a release...
+   */
+  void closeWindow();
+};
+
+[scriptable, uuid(FFBC8B13-243F-4cd9-92D0-01636CDA425E)]
+interface nsIMsgWindowTest : nsISupports {
+  /**
+   * For testing only, allow setting a few read-only attributes
+   */
+  void setPromptDialog(in nsIPrompt promptDialog);
+  void setAuthPrompt(in nsIAuthPrompt authPrompt);
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/base/public/nsIMsgWindowData.idl b/mailnews/base/public/nsIMsgWindowData.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..78b965fd9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/public/nsIMsgWindowData.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+/* -*- Mode: IDL; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+#include "nsIMsgStatusFeedback.idl"
+#include "nsIMessageView.idl"
+
+interface nsITransactionManager;
+
+/*
+ *  This interface can be used to set data specific to a window.
+ */
+
+
+[scriptable, uuid(BD85A416-5433-11d3-8AC5-0060B0FC04D2)]
+interface nsIMsgWindowData : nsISupports {
+
+  attribute nsIMsgStatusFeedback statusFeedback;
+    attribute nsITransactionManager transactionManager;
+  attribute nsIMessageView messageView;
+};
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/mailnews/base/public/nsISpamSettings.idl b/mailnews/base/public/nsISpamSettings.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2c6e2a092
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/public/nsISpamSettings.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
+/* -*- Mode: idl; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+interface nsIOutputStream;
+interface nsIMsgIncomingServer;
+interface nsIMsgDBHdr;
+interface nsIFile;
+
+[scriptable, uuid(1772BE95-FDA9-4dfd-A663-8AF92C1E3024)]
+interface nsISpamSettings: nsISupports {
+  /**
+   * 0 for nothing, 100 for highest
+   */
+  attribute long level; 
+
+  attribute boolean moveOnSpam;
+  readonly attribute boolean markAsReadOnSpam;
+
+  /**
+   * Most consumers will just use spamFolderURI rather than accessing any of
+   * target attributes directly.
+   */
+  attribute long moveTargetMode;
+  const long MOVE_TARGET_MODE_ACCOUNT = 0;
+  const long MOVE_TARGET_MODE_FOLDER = 1;
+  attribute string actionTargetAccount;
+  attribute string actionTargetFolder;
+
+  /**
+   * built from moveTargetMode, actionTargetAccount, actionTargetFolder
+   */
+  readonly attribute string spamFolderURI;
+
+  attribute boolean purge;
+  /**
+   * interval, in days
+   */
+  attribute long purgeInterval;
+
+  attribute boolean useWhiteList;
+  attribute string whiteListAbURI;
+
+  /**
+   * Should we do something when the user manually marks a message as junk?
+   */
+  readonly attribute boolean manualMark;
+
+  /**
+   * With manualMark true, which action (move to the Junk folder, or delete)
+   * should we take when the user marks a message as junk.
+   */
+  readonly attribute long manualMarkMode;
+  const long MANUAL_MARK_MODE_MOVE = 0;
+  const long MANUAL_MARK_MODE_DELETE = 1;
+
+  /**
+   * integrate with server-side spam detection programs
+   */
+  attribute boolean useServerFilter;
+  attribute ACString serverFilterName;
+  readonly attribute nsIFile serverFilterFile;
+  const long TRUST_POSITIVES = 1;
+  const long TRUST_NEGATIVES = 2;
+  attribute long serverFilterTrustFlags;
+
+  // for logging
+  readonly attribute boolean loggingEnabled;
+  attribute nsIOutputStream logStream;
+  void logJunkHit(in nsIMsgDBHdr aMsgHdr, in boolean aMoveMessage);
+  void logJunkString(in string aLogText);
+  void clone(in nsISpamSettings aSpamSettings); 
+
+  // aServer -> spam settings are associated with a particular server
+  void initialize(in nsIMsgIncomingServer aServer);
+
+  /**
+   * check if junk processing for a message should be bypassed
+   *
+   * Typically this is determined by comparing message to: address
+   * to a whitelist of known good addresses or domains.
+   *
+   * @param aMsgHdr  database header representing the message.
+   *
+   * @return         true  if this message is whitelisted, and junk
+   *                       processing should be bypassed
+   *
+   *                 false otherwise (including in case of error)
+   */
+  boolean checkWhiteList(in nsIMsgDBHdr aMsgHdr);
+
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/base/public/nsIStatusBarBiffManager.idl b/mailnews/base/public/nsIStatusBarBiffManager.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..88dc4d7b4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/public/nsIStatusBarBiffManager.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsIMsgFolder.idl"
+#include "nsIFolderListener.idl"
+
+[scriptable, uuid(20b81f2b-ea81-4baa-b378-c5e6d3dc94e5)]
+interface nsIStatusBarBiffManager : nsIFolderListener {
+  // see  nsIMsgFolder for definition and constants
+  readonly attribute nsMsgBiffState biffState;
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/base/public/nsIStopwatch.idl b/mailnews/base/public/nsIStopwatch.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6e40ace07
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/public/nsIStopwatch.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+/**
+ * Simple stopwatch mechanism for determining the amount of wall-clock time and
+ * CPU time (user + system) that has elapsed.  It is not fancy.  It is either
+ * running or it is not.  If you want coherent cpu and real time values, then
+ * you had better stop it first.  It does not keep counting when stopped,
+ * although one could add a resumeRetroactive or something to accomplish that.
+ */
+[scriptable, uuid(7a671d6e-d48f-4a4f-b87e-644815a5e381)]
+interface nsIStopwatch : nsISupports {
+  /**
+   * Start the stopwatch; all counters are reset to zero.  If you want to
+   * keep the already accumulated values, use resume instead.
+   */
+  void start();
+
+  /**
+   * Stop the stopwatch.
+   */
+  void stop();
+
+  /**
+   * Resume the stopwatch without clearing the existing counters.  Any time
+   * already accumulated on cpuTime/realTime will be kept.
+   */
+  void resume();
+
+  /**
+   * The total CPU time (user + system) in seconds accumulated between calls to
+   * start/resume and stop.  You have to stop the stopwatch to cause this value
+   * to update.
+   */
+  readonly attribute double cpuTimeSeconds;
+  /**
+   * The total wall clock time in seconds accumulated between calls to
+   * start/resume and stop.  You have to stop the stopwatch to cause this value
+   * to update.
+   */
+  readonly attribute double realTimeSeconds;
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/base/public/nsISubscribableServer.idl b/mailnews/base/public/nsISubscribableServer.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5d1f71b03
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/public/nsISubscribableServer.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/* -*- Mode: IDL; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+interface nsIMsgWindow;
+interface nsIMsgIncomingServer;
+interface nsIRDFResource;
+interface nsIRDFNode;
+interface nsISimpleEnumerator;
+
+[scriptable, uuid(61a08c3a-1dd2-11b2-b64f-c4b2de1cf129)]
+interface nsISubscribeDataSource : nsISupports {
+    readonly attribute boolean hasObservers;
+    void NotifyObservers(in nsIRDFResource subject, in nsIRDFResource property, in nsIRDFNode object, in boolean isAssert, in boolean isChange);
+};
+
+[scriptable, uuid(f337b84a-1dd1-11b2-97c7-fb8b2e3f2280)]
+interface nsISubscribeListener : nsISupports {
+  void OnDonePopulating();
+};
+
+[scriptable, uuid(14b8597a-755b-4e93-b364-e0903801e6ea)]
+interface nsISubscribableServer : nsISupports {
+  attribute nsISubscribeListener subscribeListener;
+  attribute char delimiter;
+
+  void startPopulating(in nsIMsgWindow aMsgWindow, in boolean forceToServer, in boolean getOnlyNew);
+  void startPopulatingWithUri(in nsIMsgWindow aMsgWindow, in boolean forceToServer, in string uri);
+  void stopPopulating(in nsIMsgWindow aMsgWindow);
+
+  // return true if state changed, false otherwise
+  boolean setState(in AUTF8String path, in boolean state);
+
+  void subscribeCleanup();
+
+  void subscribe(in wstring name);
+  void unsubscribe(in wstring name);
+
+    void commitSubscribeChanges();
+
+    // other stuff
+  void setIncomingServer(in nsIMsgIncomingServer server);
+  void addTo(in AUTF8String aName, in boolean addAsSubscribed,
+            in boolean aSubscribable, in boolean aChangeIfExists);
+  void setAsSubscribed(in AUTF8String path);
+  void updateSubscribed();
+  void setShowFullName(in boolean showFullName);
+
+  // if path is null, use the root
+  boolean hasChildren(in AUTF8String path);
+  // if path is null, use the root
+  boolean isSubscribed(in AUTF8String path);
+  // if path is null, use the root
+  boolean isSubscribable(in AUTF8String path);
+  // if path is null, use the root
+  AString getLeafName(in AUTF8String path);
+
+  /**
+   * Returns the children underneath the specified uri (path).
+   *
+   * @param  aPath  The server's uri; If this is null or empty, then the
+   *                root server uri will be used.
+   * @return        Enumerator containing the children.
+   */
+  nsISimpleEnumerator getChildren(in AUTF8String aPath);
+  // if path is null, use the root
+  AUTF8String getFirstChildURI(in AUTF8String path);
+
+  // for searching
+  void setSearchValue(in AString searchValue);
+  readonly attribute boolean supportsSubscribeSearch;
+};
+
diff --git a/mailnews/base/public/nsIUrlListener.idl b/mailnews/base/public/nsIUrlListener.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..93df30b6c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/public/nsIUrlListener.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+interface nsIURI;
+
+%{C++
+#include "nsIURL.h"
+%}
+
+/// General interface that signify URL processing.
+[scriptable, uuid(47618220-D008-11d2-8069-006008128C4E)]
+interface nsIUrlListener : nsISupports {
+    /**
+     * Called to signify the beginning of an URL processing.
+     *
+     * @param url URL being processed.
+     */
+    void OnStartRunningUrl(in nsIURI url);
+
+    /**
+     * Called to signify the end of an URL processing.
+     * This call is always preceded by a call to OnStartRunningUrl.
+     *
+     * @param url        URL being processed.
+     * @param aExitCode  A result code of URL processing.
+     */
+    void OnStopRunningUrl(in nsIURI url, in nsresult aExitCode);
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/base/public/nsMsgBaseCID.h b/mailnews/base/public/nsMsgBaseCID.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..efdfcbb71
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/public/nsMsgBaseCID.h
@@ -0,0 +1,536 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsMessageBaseCID_h__
+#define nsMessageBaseCID_h__
+
+#include "nsISupports.h"
+#include "nsIFactory.h"
+#include "nsIComponentManager.h"
+
+//
+// nsMsgFolderDataSource
+//
+#define NS_MAILNEWSFOLDERDATASOURCE_CONTRACTID \
+  NS_RDF_DATASOURCE_CONTRACTID_PREFIX "mailnewsfolders"
+
+#define NS_MAILNEWSFOLDERDATASOURCE_CID                    \
+{ /* 2B8ED4A4-F684-11d2-8A5D-0060B0FC04D2 */         \
+  0x2b8ed4a4,                                      \
+  0xf684,                                          \
+  0x11d2,                                          \
+  {0x8a, 0x5d, 0x0, 0x60, 0xb0, 0xfc, 0x4, 0xd2} \
+}
+
+#define NS_MAILNEWSUNREADFOLDERDATASOURCE_CONTRACTID \
+  NS_RDF_DATASOURCE_CONTRACTID_PREFIX "mailnewsunreadfolders"
+
+#define NS_MAILNEWSUNREADFOLDERDATASOURCE_CID \
+{ /* 39b6b638-5b9d-45aa-b645-77fe56bbddb7 */ \
+  0x39b6b638, \
+  0x5b9d, \
+  0x45aa, \
+  {0xb6, 0x45, 0x77, 0xfe, 0x56, 0xbb, 0xdd, 0xb7} \
+}
+
+#define NS_MAILNEWSFAVORITEFOLDERDATASOURCE_CONTRACTID \
+  NS_RDF_DATASOURCE_CONTRACTID_PREFIX "mailnewsfavefolders"
+
+#define NS_MAILNEWSFAVORITEFOLDERDATASOURCE_CID \
+{ /* dfdedc28-1b0c-4b7a-bbff-c98808034242 */ \
+  0xdfdedc28, \
+  0x1b0c, \
+  0x4b7a, \
+  {0xbb, 0xff, 0xc9, 0x88, 0x08, 0x03, 0x42, 0x42} \
+}
+
+#define NS_MAILNEWSRECENTFOLDERDATASOURCE_CONTRACTID \
+  NS_RDF_DATASOURCE_CONTRACTID_PREFIX "mailnewsrecentfolders"
+
+#define NS_MAILNEWSRECENTFOLDERDATASOURCE_CID \
+{ /* 64921b82-24bb-4473-ada9-dc89426129a6 */ \
+  0x64921b82, \
+  0x24bb, \
+  0x4473, \
+  {0xad, 0xa9, 0xdc, 0x89, 0x42, 0x61, 0x29, 0xa6} \
+}
+
+//
+// nsMsgAccountManager
+// 
+#define NS_MSGACCOUNTMANAGER_CONTRACTID \
+  "@mozilla.org/messenger/account-manager;1"
+
+#define NS_MSGACCOUNTMANAGER_CID									\
+{ /* D2876E50-E62C-11d2-B7FC-00805F05FFA5 */			\
+ 0xd2876e50, 0xe62c, 0x11d2,											\
+ {0xb7, 0xfc, 0x0, 0x80, 0x5f, 0x5, 0xff, 0xa5 }}
+
+
+//
+// nsMsgIdentity
+//
+#define NS_MSGIDENTITY_CONTRACTID \
+  "@mozilla.org/messenger/identity;1"
+
+#define NS_MSGIDENTITY_CID												\
+{ /* 8fbf6ac0-ebcc-11d2-b7fc-00805f05ffa5 */			\
+ 0x8fbf6ac0, 0xebcc, 0x11d2,											\
+ {0xb7, 0xfc, 0x0, 0x80, 0x5f, 0x5, 0xff, 0xa5 }}
+
+//
+// nsMsgIncomingServer
+#define NS_MSGINCOMINGSERVER_CONTRACTID_PREFIX \
+  "@mozilla.org/messenger/server;1?type="
+
+#define NS_MSGINCOMINGSERVER_CONTRACTID \
+  NS_MSGINCOMINGSERVER_CONTRACTID_PREFIX "generic"
+
+/* {66e5ff08-5126-11d3-9711-006008948010} */
+#define NS_MSGINCOMINGSERVER_CID \
+  {0x66e5ff08, 0x5126, 0x11d3, \
+    {0x97, 0x11, 0x00, 0x60, 0x08, 0x94, 0x80, 0x10}}
+
+
+//
+// nsMsgAccount
+//
+#define NS_MSGACCOUNT_CONTRACTID \
+  "@mozilla.org/messenger/account;1"
+
+#define NS_MSGACCOUNT_CID													\
+{ /* 68b25510-e641-11d2-b7fc-00805f05ffa5 */			\
+ 0x68b25510, 0xe641, 0x11d2,											\
+ {0xb7, 0xfc, 0x0, 0x80, 0x5f, 0x5, 0xff, 0xa5 }}
+
+//
+// nsMsgFilterService
+//
+#define NS_MSGFILTERSERVICE_CONTRACTID \
+  "@mozilla.org/messenger/services/filters;1"
+
+#define NS_MSGFILTERSERVICE_CID                         \
+{ 0x5cbb0700, 0x04bc, 0x11d3,                 \
+    { 0xa5, 0x0a, 0x0, 0x60, 0xb0, 0xfc, 0x04, 0xb7 } }
+
+
+//
+// nsMsgSearchSession
+//
+/* e9a7cd70-0303-11d3-a50a-0060b0fc04b7 */
+#define NS_MSGSEARCHSESSION_CID						  \
+{ 0xe9a7cd70, 0x0303, 0x11d3,                 \
+    { 0xa5, 0x0a, 0x0, 0x60, 0xb0, 0xfc, 0x04, 0xb7 } }
+
+#define NS_MSGSEARCHSESSION_CONTRACTID \
+  "@mozilla.org/messenger/searchSession;1"
+
+/* E1DA397D-FDC5-4b23-A6FE-D46A034D80B3 */
+#define NS_MSGSEARCHTERM_CID						  \
+{ 0xe1da397d, 0xfdc5, 0x4b23,                 \
+    { 0xa6, 0xfe, 0xd4, 0x6a, 0x3, 0x4d, 0x80, 0xb3 } }
+
+#define NS_MSGSEARCHTERM_CONTRACTID \
+  "@mozilla.org/messenger/searchTerm;1"
+
+//
+// nsMsgSearchValidityManager
+//
+/* 1510faee-ad1a-4194-8039-33de32d5a882 */
+#define NS_MSGSEARCHVALIDITYMANAGER_CID \
+  {0x1510faee, 0xad1a, 0x4194, \
+    { 0x80, 0x39, 0x33, 0xde, 0x32, 0xd5, 0xa8, 0x82 }}
+
+#define NS_MSGSEARCHVALIDITYMANAGER_CONTRACTID \
+  "@mozilla.org/mail/search/validityManager;1"
+
+//
+// nsMsgMailSession
+//
+#define NS_MSGMAILSESSION_CONTRACTID \
+  "@mozilla.org/messenger/services/session;1"
+
+/* D5124441-D59E-11d2-806A-006008128C4E */
+#define NS_MSGMAILSESSION_CID							\
+{ 0xd5124441, 0xd59e, 0x11d2,							\
+    { 0x80, 0x6a, 0x0, 0x60, 0x8, 0x12, 0x8c, 0x4e } }
+
+//
+// nsMsgBiffManager
+//
+#define NS_MSGBIFFMANAGER_CONTRACTID \
+  "@mozilla.org/messenger/biffManager;1"
+
+/* 4A374E7E-190F-11d3-8A88-0060B0FC04D2 */
+#define NS_MSGBIFFMANAGER_CID							\
+{ 0x4a374e7e, 0x190f, 0x11d3,							\
+    { 0x8a, 0x88, 0x0, 0x60, 0xb0, 0xfc, 0x4, 0xd2 } }
+
+
+//
+// nsMsgPurgeService
+//
+#define NS_MSGPURGESERVICE_CONTRACTID \
+  "@mozilla.org/messenger/purgeService;1"
+
+/* a687b474-afd8-418f-8ad9-f362202ae9a9 */
+#define NS_MSGPURGESERVICE_CID							\
+{ 0xa687b474, 0xafd8, 0x418f,							\
+    { 0x8a, 0xd9, 0xf3, 0x62, 0x20, 0x2a, 0xe9, 0xa9 } }
+
+//
+// nsStatusBarBiffManager
+//
+#define NS_STATUSBARBIFFMANAGER_CONTRACTID \
+  "@mozilla.org/messenger/statusBarBiffManager;1"
+
+/* 7f9a9fb0-4161-11d4-9876-00c04fa0d2a6 */
+#define NS_STATUSBARBIFFMANAGER_CID                \
+{ 0x7f9a9fb0, 0x4161, 0x11d4,                      \
+  {0x98, 0x76, 0x00, 0xc0, 0x4f, 0xa0, 0xd2, 0xa6} }
+
+//
+// nsCopyMessageStreamListener
+//
+#define NS_COPYMESSAGESTREAMLISTENER_CONTRACTID \
+  "@mozilla.org/messenger/copymessagestreamlistener;1"
+
+#define NS_COPYMESSAGESTREAMLISTENER_CID							\
+{ 0x7741daed, 0x2125, 0x11d3,							\
+    { 0x8a, 0x90, 0x0, 0x60, 0xb0, 0xfc, 0x4, 0xd2 } }
+
+//
+// nsMsgCopyService
+//
+#define NS_MSGCOPYSERVICE_CONTRACTID \
+  "@mozilla.org/messenger/messagecopyservice;1"
+
+/* c766e666-29bd-11d3-afb3-001083002da8 */
+#define NS_MSGCOPYSERVICE_CID \
+{ 0xc766e666, 0x29bd, 0x11d3, \
+    { 0xaf, 0xb3, 0x00, 0x10, 0x83, 0x00, 0x2d, 0xa8 } }
+
+#define NS_MSGFOLDERCACHE_CONTRACTID \
+	"@mozilla.org/messenger/msgFolderCache;1"
+
+/* bcdca970-3b22-11d3-8d76-00805f8a6617 */
+#define NS_MSGFOLDERCACHE_CID \
+{ 0xbcdca970, 0x3b22, 0x11d3,  \
+	{ 0x8d, 0x76, 0x00, 0x80, 0xf5, 0x8a, 0x66, 0x17 } }
+
+//
+// nsMessengerBootstrap
+//
+#define NS_MESSENGERBOOTSTRAP_CONTRACTID \
+  "@mozilla.org/appshell/component/messenger;1"
+#define NS_MAILOPTIONSTARTUPHANDLER_CONTRACTID \
+  "@mozilla.org/commandlinehandler/general-startup;1?type=options"
+#define NS_MESSENGERWINDOWSERVICE_CONTRACTID \
+  "@mozilla.org/messenger/windowservice;1"
+#define NS_MESSENGERWINDOWSERVICE_CID \
+{ 0xa01b6724, 0x1dd1, 0x11b2, \
+  {0xaa, 0xb9, 0x82,0xf2, 0x4c,0x59, 0x5f, 0x41} }
+
+//
+// nsMessenger
+//
+#define NS_MESSENGER_CONTRACTID	\
+  "@mozilla.org/messenger;1"
+
+//
+// nsMsgStatusFeedback
+//
+#define NS_MSGSTATUSFEEDBACK_CONTRACTID \
+  "@mozilla.org/messenger/statusfeedback;1"
+
+/* B1AA0820-D04B-11d2-8069-006008128C4E */
+#define NS_MSGSTATUSFEEDBACK_CID \
+{ 0xbd85a417, 0x5433, 0x11d3, \
+  {0x8a, 0xc5, 0x0, 0x60, 0xb0, 0xfc, 0x4, 0xd2} }
+
+//
+// nsMsgKeyArray
+//
+#define NS_MSGKEYARRAY_CONTRACTID \
+  "@mozilla.org/messenger/msgkeyarray;1"
+
+/* 86989d1d-c8a1-4e8e-aae6-d0dabcacd8c2 */
+#define NS_MSGKEYARRAY_CID \
+{ 0x86989d1d, 0xc8a1, 0x4e8e, \
+  {0xaa, 0xe6, 0xd0, 0xda, 0xbc, 0xac, 0xd8, 0xc2 }}
+
+//
+//nsMsgWindow
+//
+#define NS_MSGWINDOW_CONTRACTID \
+	"@mozilla.org/messenger/msgwindow;1"
+
+/* BB460DFF-8BF0-11d3-8AFE-0060B0FC04D2*/
+#define NS_MSGWINDOW_CID \
+{ 0xbb460dff, 0x8bf0, 0x11d3, \
+  { 0x8a, 0xfe, 0x0, 0x60, 0xb0, 0xfc, 0x4, 0xd2}}
+
+//
+// Print Engine...
+//
+#define NS_MSGPRINTENGINE_CONTRACTID \
+  "@mozilla.org/messenger/msgPrintEngine;1"
+
+#define NS_MSG_PRINTENGINE_CID                  \
+  { /* 91FD6B19-E0BC-11d3-8F97-000064657374 */  \
+    0x91fd6b19, 0xe0bc, 0x11d3,			\
+  { 0x8f, 0x97, 0x0, 0x0, 0x64, 0x65, 0x73, 0x74 } }
+
+//
+// nsMsgServiceProviderService
+//
+#define NS_MSGSERVICEPROVIDERSERVICE_CONTRACTID \
+  NS_RDF_DATASOURCE_CONTRACTID_PREFIX "ispdefaults"
+  
+/* 10998cef-d7f2-4772-b7db-bd097454984c */
+#define NS_MSGSERVICEPROVIDERSERVICE_CID \
+{ 0x10998cef, 0xd7f2, 0x4772, \
+  { 0xb7, 0xdb, 0xbd, 0x09, 0x74, 0x54, 0x98, 0x4c}}
+
+#define NS_MSGLOGONREDIRECTORSERVICE_CONTRACTID \
+	"@mozilla.org/messenger/msglogonredirector;1"
+
+#define NS_MSGLOGONREDIRECTORSERVICE_CID \
+{0x0d7456ae, 0xe28a, 0x11d3, \
+  {0xa5, 0x60, 0x00, 0x60, 0xb0, 0xfc, 0x04, 0xb7}}
+
+//
+// nsSubscribableServer
+//
+#define NS_SUBSCRIBABLESERVER_CONTRACTID \
+ "@mozilla.org/messenger/subscribableserver;1"
+
+#define NS_SUBSCRIBABLESERVER_CID \
+{0x8510876a, 0x1dd2, 0x11b2, \
+  {0x82, 0x53, 0x91, 0xf7, 0x1b, 0x34, 0x8a, 0x25}}
+
+//
+// nsSubscribeDataSource
+//
+#define NS_SUBSCRIBEDATASOURCE_CONTRACTID \
+  NS_RDF_DATASOURCE_CONTRACTID_PREFIX "subscribe"
+
+/* 00e89c82-1dd2-11b2-9a1c-e75995d7d595 */
+#define NS_SUBSCRIBEDATASOURCE_CID \
+{ 0x00e89c82, 0x1dd2, 0x11b2, \
+  { 0x9a, 0x1c, 0xe7, 0x59, 0x95, 0xd7, 0xd5, 0x95}} 
+
+#define NS_MSGLOCALFOLDERCOMPACTOR_CONTRACTID \
+  "@mozilla.org/messenger/localfoldercompactor;1"
+
+/* 7d1d315c-e5c6-11d4-a5b7-0060b0fc04b7 */
+#define NS_MSGLOCALFOLDERCOMPACTOR_CID \
+  {0x7d1d315c, 0xe5c6, 0x11d4, \
+    {0xa5, 0xb7, 0x00,0x60, 0xb0, 0xfc, 0x04, 0xb7 }}
+
+#define NS_MSGOFFLINESTORECOMPACTOR_CONTRACTID \
+  "@mozilla.org/messenger/offlinestorecompactor;1"
+
+/* 2db43d16-e5c8-11d4-a5b7-0060b0fc04b7 */
+#define NS_MSG_OFFLINESTORECOMPACTOR_CID \
+  {0x2db43d16, 0xe5c8, 0x11d4, \
+    {0xa5, 0xb7, 0x00,0x60, 0xb0, 0xfc, 0x04, 0xb7 }}
+
+//
+// nsMsgDBView
+//
+#define NS_MSGDBVIEW_CONTRACTID_PREFIX \
+  "@mozilla.org/messenger/msgdbview;1?type="
+
+#define NS_MSGTHREADEDDBVIEW_CONTRACTID \
+  NS_MSGDBVIEW_CONTRACTID_PREFIX "threaded"
+
+#define NS_MSGTHREADSWITHUNREADDBVIEW_CONTRACTID \
+  NS_MSGDBVIEW_CONTRACTID_PREFIX "threadswithunread"
+
+#define NS_MSGWATCHEDTHREADSWITHUNREADDBVIEW_CONTRACTID \
+  NS_MSGDBVIEW_CONTRACTID_PREFIX "watchedthreadswithunread"
+
+#define NS_MSGSEARCHDBVIEW_CONTRACTID \
+  NS_MSGDBVIEW_CONTRACTID_PREFIX "search"
+
+#define NS_MSGQUICKSEARCHDBVIEW_CONTRACTID \
+  NS_MSGDBVIEW_CONTRACTID_PREFIX "quicksearch"
+
+#define NS_MSGXFVFDBVIEW_CONTRACTID \
+  NS_MSGDBVIEW_CONTRACTID_PREFIX "xfvf"
+
+#define NS_MSGGROUPDBVIEW_CONTRACTID \
+  NS_MSGDBVIEW_CONTRACTID_PREFIX "group"
+
+/* 52f860e0-1dd2-11b2-aa72-bb751981bd00 */
+#define NS_MSGTHREADEDDBVIEW_CID \
+  {0x52f860e0, 0x1dd2, 0x11b2, \
+    {0xaa, 0x72, 0xbb, 0x75, 0x19, 0x81, 0xbd, 0x00 }}
+
+/* ca79a00e-010d-11d5-a5be-0060b0fc04b7 */
+#define NS_MSGTHREADSWITHUNREADDBVIEW_CID \
+  {0xca79a00e, 0x010d, 0x11d5, \
+    {0xa5, 0xbe, 0x00, 0x60, 0xb0, 0xfc, 0x04, 0xb7 }}
+
+/* 597e1ffe-0123-11d5-a5be-0060b0fc04b7 */
+#define NS_MSGWATCHEDTHREADSWITHUNREADDBVIEW_CID \
+  {0x597e1ffe, 0x0123, 0x11d5, \
+    {0xa5, 0xbe, 0x00, 0x60, 0xb0, 0xfc, 0x04, 0xb7 }}
+
+/* aeac118c-0823-11d5-a5bf-0060b0fc04b7 */
+#define NS_MSGSEARCHDBVIEW_CID \
+  {0xaeac118c, 0x0823, 0x11d5, \
+    {0xa5, 0xbf, 0x00, 0x60, 0xb0, 0xfc, 0x04, 0xb7}}
+
+/* 2dd9d0fe-b609-11d6-bacc-00108335748d */
+#define NS_MSGQUICKSEARCHDBVIEW_CID \
+  {0x2dd9d0fe, 0xb609, 0x11d6, \
+    {0xba, 0xcc, 0x00, 0x10, 0x83, 0x35, 0x74, 0x8d}}
+
+/* 2af6e050-04f6-495a-8387-86b0aeb1863c */
+#define NS_MSG_XFVFDBVIEW_CID \
+  {0x2af6e050, 0x04f6, 0x495a, \
+    {0x83, 0x87, 0x86, 0xb0, 0xae, 0xb1, 0x86, 0x3c}}
+
+/* e4603d6c-0a74-47c5-b69e-2f8876990304 */
+#define NS_MSG_GROUPDBVIEW_CID \
+  {0xe4603d6c, 0x0a74, 0x47c5, \
+    {0xb6, 0x9e, 0x2f, 0x88, 0x76, 0x99, 0x03, 0x04}}
+//
+// nsMsgAccountManager
+// 
+#define NS_MSGOFFLINEMANAGER_CONTRACTID \
+  "@mozilla.org/messenger/offline-manager;1"
+
+#define NS_MSGOFFLINEMANAGER_CID									\
+{ /* ac6c518a-09b2-11d5-a5bf-0060b0fc04b7 */			\
+ 0xac6c518a, 0x09b2, 0x11d5,											\
+ {0xa5, 0xbf, 0x0, 0x60, 0xb0, 0xfc, 0x04, 0xb7 }}
+
+
+//
+// nsMsgProgress
+// 
+#define NS_MSGPROGRESS_CONTRACTID \
+  "@mozilla.org/messenger/progress;1"
+
+#define NS_MSGPROGRESS_CID									      \
+{ /* 9f4dd201-3b1f-11d5-9daa-c345c9453d3c */			\
+ 0x9f4dd201, 0x3b1f, 0x11d5,											\
+ {0x9d, 0xaa, 0xc3, 0x45, 0xc9, 0x45, 0x3d, 0x3c }}
+
+//
+// nsSpamSettings
+// 
+#define NS_SPAMSETTINGS_CONTRACTID \
+  "@mozilla.org/messenger/spamsettings;1"
+
+#define NS_SPAMSETTINGS_CID									      \
+{ /* ce6038ae-e5e0-4372-9cff-2a6633333b2b */			\
+ 0xce6038ae, 0xe5e0, 0x4372,											\
+ {0x9c, 0xff, 0x2a, 0x66, 0x33, 0x33, 0x3b, 0x2b }}
+
+//
+// nsMsgTagService
+//
+#define NS_MSGTAGSERVICE_CONTRACTID \
+  "@mozilla.org/messenger/tagservice;1"
+
+#define NS_MSGTAGSERVICE_CID \
+{ /* b897da55-8256-4cf5-892b-32e77bc7c50b */ \
+ 0xb897da55, 0x8256, 0x4cf5, \
+ { 0x89, 0x2b, 0x32, 0xe7, 0x7b, 0xc7, 0xc5, 0x0b}}
+
+//
+// nsMsgNotificationService
+//
+#define NS_MSGNOTIFICATIONSERVICE_CONTRACTID \
+"@mozilla.org/messenger/msgnotificationservice;1"
+
+#define NS_MSGNOTIFICATIONSERVICE_CID \
+{ /* F1F7CBCD-D5E3-45A0-AA2D-CECF1A95AB03 */ \
+  0xf1f7cbcd, 0xd5e3, 0x45a0, \
+  {0xaa, 0x2d, 0xce, 0xcf, 0x1a, 0x95, 0xab, 0x03}}
+
+// 
+// nsMessengerOSIntegration 
+//
+#define NS_MESSENGEROSINTEGRATION_CONTRACTID \
+  "@mozilla.org/messenger/osintegration;1"
+
+//
+// cid protocol handler
+//
+#define NS_CIDPROTOCOLHANDLER_CONTRACTID \
+ NS_NETWORK_PROTOCOL_CONTRACTID_PREFIX "cid"
+
+#define NS_CIDPROTOCOL_CID \
+{ /* b3db9392-1b15-48ba-a136-0cc3db13d87b */ \
+ 0xb3db9392, 0x1b15, 0x48ba,      \
+ {0xa1, 0x36, 0x0c, 0xc3, 0xdb, 0x13, 0xd8, 0x7b }}
+
+// 
+// Mail Directory Provider
+// 
+#define NS_MAILDIRPROVIDER_CONTRACTID \
+  "@mozilla.org/mail/dir-provider;1"
+
+#define MAILDIRPROVIDER_CID \
+{ 0x3f9bb53, 0xa680, 0x4349, \
+  { 0x8d, 0xe9, 0xd2, 0x68, 0x64, 0xd9, 0xff, 0xd9 } }
+
+//
+// nsMessengerContentHandler
+//
+#define NS_MESSENGERCONTENTHANDLER_CID          \
+{ /* 57E1BCBB-1FBA-47e7-B96B-F59E392473B0 */    \
+ 0x57e1bcbb, 0x1fba, 0x47e7,                    \
+ {0xb9, 0x6b, 0xf5, 0x9e, 0x39, 0x24, 0x73, 0xb0}}
+
+#define NS_MESSENGERCONTENTHANDLER_CONTRACTID   \
+  NS_CONTENT_HANDLER_CONTRACTID_PREFIX "application/x-message-display"
+
+//
+// nsMsgShutdownService
+//
+#define NS_MSGSHUTDOWNSERVICE_CID          \
+{ /* 483c8abb-ecf9-48a3-a394-2c604b603bd5 */    \
+  0x483c8abb, 0xecf9, 0x48a3, \
+    { 0xa3, 0x94, 0x2c, 0x60, 0x4b, 0x60, 0x3b, 0xd5 }}
+
+#define NS_MSGSHUTDOWNSERVICE_CONTRACTID   \
+  "@mozilla.org/messenger/msgshutdownservice;1"
+
+//
+// msgAsyncPrompter (only contract id for utility purposes as the CID is defined
+// in js).
+//
+#define NS_MSGASYNCPROMPTER_CONTRACTID \
+  "@mozilla.org/messenger/msgAsyncPrompter;1"
+
+//
+// MailNewsDLF
+//
+#define NS_MAILNEWSDLF_CID \
+{ /* DE0F34A9-A87F-4F4C-B978-6187DB187B90 */ \
+  0xde0f34a9, 0xa87f, 0x4f4c, \
+    { 0xb9, 0x78, 0x61, 0x87, 0xdb, 0x18, 0x7b, 0x90 }}
+
+#define NS_MAILNEWSDLF_CONTRACTID \
+  "@mozilla.org/mailnews/document-loader-factory;1"
+
+//
+// NewMailNotificationService
+//
+#define MOZ_NEWMAILNOTIFICATIONSERVICE_CID \
+{ /* 740880E6-E299-4165-B82F-DF1DCAB3AE22 */ \
+  0x740880E6, 0xE299, 0x4165, \
+    { 0xB8, 0x2F, 0xDF, 0x1D, 0xCA, 0xB3, 0xAE, 0x22 }}
+
+#define MOZ_NEWMAILNOTIFICATIONSERVICE_CONTRACTID \
+  "@mozilla.org/newMailNotificationService;1"
+
+#endif // nsMessageBaseCID_h__
diff --git a/mailnews/base/public/nsMsgFolderFlags.idl b/mailnews/base/public/nsMsgFolderFlags.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ba7e0a776
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/public/nsMsgFolderFlags.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+/*-*- Mode: IDL; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+// This must be limited to unsigned long (uint32_t, no uint64_t)
+// as long as nsIMsgFolder exposes the 'flags' property which contains
+// all the flags values. The callers are used to do
+// (folder.flags & nsMsgFolderFlags.<flagname>) in Javascript
+// which cuts the value to 32bit only. See bug 813459.
+typedef unsigned long nsMsgFolderFlagType;
+
+/// Flags about a folder or a newsgroup.
+[scriptable,uuid(440cd0fc-b4b3-4a0f-a492-92fbe7920588)]
+interface nsMsgFolderFlags {
+  /**
+   * @name Folder Type Flags
+   * These flags define the type of folder. Exactly one will be set.
+   * @{
+   */
+  /// This folder is a newsgroup folder.
+  const nsMsgFolderFlagType Newsgroup       = 0x00000001;
+  /// Used to be for a folder that is a news server (NewsHost).
+  const nsMsgFolderFlagType Unused3         = 0x00000002;
+  /// This folder is a mail folder.
+  const nsMsgFolderFlagType Mail            = 0x00000004;
+  /** @} */
+
+  /** Whether this is a directory: NewsHosts are always directories;
+   *  NewsGroups can be directories if we are in ``show all groups'' mode;
+   *  Mail folders will have this bit if they are really directories, not files.
+   *  (Note that directories may have zero children.)
+   */
+  const nsMsgFolderFlagType Directory       = 0x00000008;
+  /** Whether the children of this folder are currently hidden in the listing.
+   *  This will only be present if the nsMsgFolderFlags::Directory bit is on.
+   */
+  const nsMsgFolderFlagType Elided          = 0x00000010;
+  /// Whether this is a virtual search folder
+  const nsMsgFolderFlagType Virtual         = 0x00000020;
+
+  /** @name News Folder Flags
+   *  These flags only occur in folders which have
+   *  the nsMsgFolderFlags::Newsgroup bit set, and do
+   *  not have the nsMsgFolderFlags::Directory or
+   *  nsMsgFolderFlags::Elided bits set.
+   *  @{
+   */
+  /// Used to be for folders representing a subscribed newsgroup (Subscribed).
+  const nsMsgFolderFlagType Unused5         = 0x00000040;
+  /// Used to be for new newsgroups added by the `Check New Groups' command.
+  const nsMsgFolderFlagType Unused2         = 0x00000080;
+  /** @} */
+
+  /** @name Mail Folder Flags
+   *  These flags only occur in folders which have
+   *  the nsMsgFolderFlags::Mail bit set, and do
+   *  not have the nsMsgFolderFlags::Directory or
+   *  nsMsgFolderFlags::Elided bits set.
+   *  @{
+   */
+  /// Whether this is the trash folder.
+  const nsMsgFolderFlagType Trash           = 0x00000100;
+  /// Whether this is a folder that sent mail gets delivered to.
+  const nsMsgFolderFlagType SentMail        = 0x00000200;
+  /// Whether this is the folder in which unfinished, unsent messages are saved for later editing.
+  const nsMsgFolderFlagType Drafts          = 0x00000400;
+  /// Whether this is the folder in which messages are queued for later delivery.
+  const nsMsgFolderFlagType Queue           = 0x00000800;
+  /// Whether this is the primary inbox folder.
+  const nsMsgFolderFlagType Inbox           = 0x00001000;
+  /// Whether this folder on online IMAP
+  const nsMsgFolderFlagType ImapBox         = 0x00002000;
+  /// Whether this is an archive folder
+  const nsMsgFolderFlagType Archive         = 0x00004000;
+  /// This used to be used for virtual newsgroups
+  const nsMsgFolderFlagType Unused1         = 0x00008000;
+  /// Used to be for categories
+  const nsMsgFolderFlagType Unused4         = 0x00010000;
+  /// Used to be for new msgs in a folder
+  const nsMsgFolderFlagType Unused7         = 0x00020000;
+  /// Used to be for a folder that is an IMAP server (ImapServer)
+  const nsMsgFolderFlagType Unused6         = 0x00040000;
+  /// This folder is an IMAP personal folder
+  const nsMsgFolderFlagType ImapPersonal    = 0x00080000;
+  /// This folder is an IMAP public folder
+  const nsMsgFolderFlagType ImapPublic      = 0x00100000;
+  /// This folder is another user's IMAP folder.  Think of it like a folder that someone would share.
+  const nsMsgFolderFlagType ImapOtherUser   = 0x00200000;
+  /// Whether this is the template folder
+  const nsMsgFolderFlagType Templates       = 0x00400000;
+  /// This folder is one of your personal folders that is shared with other users
+  const nsMsgFolderFlagType PersonalShared  = 0x00800000;
+  /// This folder is an IMAP \\Noselect folder
+  const nsMsgFolderFlagType ImapNoselect    = 0x01000000;
+  /// This folder created offline (this is never set in current code,
+  /// but it is still checked for and obeyed if found on a folder.
+  const nsMsgFolderFlagType CreatedOffline  = 0x02000000;
+  /// This imap folder cannot have children :-(
+  const nsMsgFolderFlagType ImapNoinferiors = 0x04000000;
+  /// This folder configured for offline use
+  const nsMsgFolderFlagType Offline         = 0x08000000;
+  /// This folder has offline events to play back
+  const nsMsgFolderFlagType OfflineEvents   = 0x10000000;
+  /// This folder is checked for new messages
+  const nsMsgFolderFlagType CheckNew        = 0x20000000;
+  /// This folder is for spam messages
+  const nsMsgFolderFlagType Junk            = 0x40000000;
+  /// This folder is in favorites view
+  const nsMsgFolderFlagType Favorite        = 0x80000000;
+  /// Special-use folders
+  const nsMsgFolderFlagType SpecialUse = Inbox|Drafts|Trash|SentMail|
+                                         Templates|Junk|Archive|Queue;
+  /** @} */
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/base/public/nsMsgGroupnameFlags.h b/mailnews/base/public/nsMsgGroupnameFlags.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..59061e2ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/public/nsMsgGroupnameFlags.h
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _msgGroupnameFlags_h_
+#define _msgGroupnameFlags_h_
+
+
+/* Flags in the subscribe pane (used inside of MSG_GroupNameLine).  Where
+   the flags overlap with the nsMsgFolderFlags flags, it has the same value,
+   to reduce the chance of someone using the wrong constant. */
+
+#define MSG_GROUPNAME_FLAG_ELIDED		0x0010  /* Whether the children of this
+												   group are currently hidden
+												   in the listing.  This will
+												   only be present if it has
+												   any children. */
+
+#define MSG_GROUPNAME_FLAG_MODERATED	0x0020  /* Whether this folder
+												   represents a moderated
+												   newsgroup. */
+#define MSG_GROUPNAME_FLAG_SUBSCRIBED	0x0040  /* Whether this folder
+												   represents a subscribed
+												   newsgroup. */
+#define MSG_GROUPNAME_FLAG_NEW_GROUP	0x0080  /* A newsgroup which has just
+												   been added by the `Check
+												   New Groups' command. */
+#define MSG_GROUPNAME_FLAG_HASCHILDREN	0x40000 /* Whether there are children
+												  of this group.  Whether those
+												  chilren are visible in this
+												  list is determined by the
+												  above "ELIDED" flag. 
+												  Setting this to the same value
+												  as an nsMsgFolderFlags IMAP server,
+												  since an IMAP _server_ will never
+												  appear in the subscribe pane.  */
+#define MSG_GROUPNAME_FLAG_IMAP_PERSONAL	0x80000		/* folder is an IMAP personal folder */
+
+#define MSG_GROUPNAME_FLAG_IMAP_PUBLIC		0x100000		/* folder is an IMAP public folder */
+
+#define MSG_GROUPNAME_FLAG_IMAP_OTHER_USER	0x200000		/* folder is another user's IMAP folder */
+
+#define MSG_GROUPNAME_FLAG_IMAP_NOSELECT	0x400000		/* A \NoSelect IMAP folder */
+
+#define MSG_GROUPNAME_FLAG_PERSONAL_SHARED	0x800000	/* whether or not this folder is one of your personal folders that
+								`					       is shared with other users */
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/base/public/nsMsgHeaderMasks.h b/mailnews/base/public/nsMsgHeaderMasks.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5ffeb3a53
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/public/nsMsgHeaderMasks.h
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _msgHeaderMasks_h_
+#define _msgHeaderMasks_h_
+
+DO NOT USE ANYMORE!!!
+/* This set enumerates the header fields which may be displayed in the
+   message composition window.
+ */
+#define MSG_FROM_HEADER_MASK                0x00000001
+#define MSG_REPLY_TO_HEADER_MASK            0x00000002
+#define MSG_TO_HEADER_MASK					        0x00000004
+#define MSG_CC_HEADER_MASK					        0x00000008
+#define MSG_BCC_HEADER_MASK					        0x00000010
+#define MSG_FCC_HEADER_MASK					        0x00000020
+#define MSG_NEWSGROUPS_HEADER_MASK          0x00000040
+#define MSG_FOLLOWUP_TO_HEADER_MASK         0x00000080
+#define MSG_SUBJECT_HEADER_MASK             0x00000100
+#define MSG_ATTACHMENTS_HEADER_MASK         0x00000200
+
+/* These next four are typically not ever displayed in the UI, but are still
+   stored and used internally. */
+#define MSG_ORGANIZATION_HEADER_MASK		    0x00000400
+#define MSG_REFERENCES_HEADER_MASK			    0x00000800
+#define MSG_OTHERRANDOMHEADERS_HEADER_MASK  0x00001000
+#define MSG_NEWSPOSTURL_HEADER_MASK			    0x00002000
+
+#define MSG_PRIORITY_HEADER_MASK			      0x00004000
+//#define MSG_NEWS_FCC_HEADER_MASK			0x00008000
+//#define MSG_MESSAGE_ENCODING_HEADER_MASK	0x00010000
+#define MSG_CHARACTER_SET_HEADER_MASK		    0x00008000
+#define MSG_MESSAGE_ID_HEADER_MASK			    0x00010000
+//#define MSG_NEWS_BCC_HEADER_MASK            0x00080000
+
+/* This is also not exposed to the UI; it's used internally to help remember
+   whether the original message had an HTML portion that we can quote. */
+//#define MSG_HTML_PART_HEADER_MASK			0x00100000
+
+/* The "body=" pseudo-header (as in "mailto:me?body=hi+there") */
+//#define MSG_DEFAULTBODY_HEADER_MASK			0x00200000
+
+#define MSG_X_TEMPLATE_HEADER_MASK          0x00020000
+
+#define MSG_FCC2_HEADER_MASK                0x00400000
+
+/* IMAP folders for posting */
+//#define MSG_IMAP_FOLDER_HEADER_MASK			0x02000000
+
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/base/public/nsMsgLocalFolderHdrs.h b/mailnews/base/public/nsMsgLocalFolderHdrs.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e34c7fc70
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/public/nsMsgLocalFolderHdrs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _nsMsgLocalFolderHdrs_H
+#define _nsMsgLocalFolderHdrs_H
+
+/* The Netscape-specific header fields that we use for storing our
+   various bits of state in mail folders.
+ */
+#define X_MOZILLA_STATUS           "X-Mozilla-Status"
+#define X_MOZILLA_STATUS_FORMAT    X_MOZILLA_STATUS ": %04.4x"
+#define X_MOZILLA_STATUS_LEN      /*1234567890123456*/      16
+
+#define X_MOZILLA_STATUS2          "X-Mozilla-Status2"
+#define X_MOZILLA_STATUS2_FORMAT   X_MOZILLA_STATUS2 ": %08.8x"
+#define X_MOZILLA_STATUS2_LEN	  /*12345678901234567*/		17
+
+#define X_MOZILLA_DRAFT_INFO	   "X-Mozilla-Draft-Info"
+#define X_MOZILLA_DRAFT_INFO_LEN  /*12345678901234567890*/  20
+
+#define X_MOZILLA_NEWSHOST         "X-Mozilla-News-Host"
+#define X_MOZILLA_NEWSHOST_LEN    /*1234567890123456789*/   19
+
+#define X_UIDL                     "X-UIDL"
+#define X_UIDL_LEN                /*123456*/                 6
+
+#define CONTENT_LENGTH             "Content-Length"
+#define CONTENT_LENGTH_LEN        /*12345678901234*/        14
+
+/* Provide a common means of detecting empty lines in a message. i.e. to detect the end of headers among other things...*/
+#define EMPTY_MESSAGE_LINE(buf) (buf[0] == '\r' || buf[0] == '\n' || buf[0] == '\0')
+
+/* blank filled header to store keyword/tags in the mailbox */
+#define X_MOZILLA_KEYWORDS     "X-Mozilla-Keys" ":                                                                                 " MSG_LINEBREAK
+#define X_MOZILLA_KEYWORDS_LEN (sizeof(X_MOZILLA_KEYWORDS) - 1)
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/base/public/nsMsgMessageFlags.idl b/mailnews/base/public/nsMsgMessageFlags.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4139e47f9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/public/nsMsgMessageFlags.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,173 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+typedef unsigned long nsMsgMessageFlagType;
+
+/// Flags about a single message.
+[scriptable,uuid(1ea3acdb-7b9f-4e35-9513-76e0a0cc6baa)]
+interface nsMsgMessageFlags
+{
+  /// This message has been read
+  const nsMsgMessageFlagType Read            = 0x00000001;
+  
+  /// A reply to this message has been successfully sent
+  const nsMsgMessageFlagType Replied         = 0x00000002;
+  
+  /// This message has been flagged
+  const nsMsgMessageFlagType Marked          = 0x00000004;
+
+  /**
+   * This message has already gone, but the folder hasn't been compacted yet.
+   * Since actually removing a message from a folder is a semi-expensive
+   * operation, we tend to delay it; messages with this bit set will be removed
+   * the next time folder compaction is done.  Once this bit is set, it never
+   * gets un-set.
+   */
+  const nsMsgMessageFlagType Expunged        = 0x00000008;
+
+  /**
+   * The subject of this message has "Re:" on the front.  The folder summary
+   * uniquifies all of the strings in it, and to help this, any string which
+   * begins with "Re:" has that stripped first.  This bit is then set, so that
+   * when presenting the message, we know to put it back (since the "Re:" is
+   * not itself stored in the file.)
+   */
+  const nsMsgMessageFlagType HasRe           = 0x00000010;
+
+  /// The children of this sub-thread are folded in the display
+  const nsMsgMessageFlagType Elided          = 0x00000020;
+
+  /// The message is a feed, originally downloaded in a server.type=rss account
+  const nsMsgMessageFlagType FeedMsg         = 0x00000040;
+
+  /// This news article or IMAP message is present in the disk cache
+  const nsMsgMessageFlagType Offline         = 0x00000080;
+
+  /// This thread is being watched
+  const nsMsgMessageFlagType Watched         = 0x00000100;
+
+  /// This message's sender has been authenticated when sending this message
+  const nsMsgMessageFlagType SenderAuthed    = 0x00000200;
+
+  /**
+   * This message's body is only the first ten or so of the message, and we
+   * need to add a link to let the user download the rest of it from the POP
+   * server.
+   */
+  const nsMsgMessageFlagType Partial         = 0x00000400;
+
+  /**
+   * This message is queued for delivery.  This only ever gets set on messages
+   * in the queue folder, but is used to protect against the case of othe
+   * messages having made their way in there somehow -- if some other program
+   * put a message in the queue, we don't want to later deliver it!
+   */
+  const nsMsgMessageFlagType Queued          = 0x00000800;
+
+  /// This message has been forwarded
+  const nsMsgMessageFlagType Forwarded       = 0x00001000;
+
+  /**
+   * These are used to remember the message priority in the mozilla status
+   * flags, so we can regenerate a priority after a rule (or user) has changed
+   * it. They are not returned in MSG_MessageLine.flags, just in mozilla-status,
+   * so if you need more non-persistent flags, you could share these bits. But
+   * it would be wrong.
+   */
+  const nsMsgMessageFlagType Priorities      = 0x0000E000;
+
+  /// This message is new since the last time the folder was closed
+  const nsMsgMessageFlagType New             = 0x00010000;
+
+  /// This thread has been ignored
+  const nsMsgMessageFlagType Ignored         = 0x00040000;
+
+  /// This IMAP message has been marked deleted on the server
+  const nsMsgMessageFlagType IMAPDeleted     = 0x00200000;
+
+  /**
+   * This message has requested to send a message delivery notification to its
+   * sender
+   */
+  const nsMsgMessageFlagType MDNReportNeeded = 0x00400000;
+
+  /**
+   * A message delivery notification has been sent for this message. No more
+   * reports should be sent.
+   */
+  const nsMsgMessageFlagType MDNReportSent   = 0x00800000;
+
+  /// This message is a template
+  const nsMsgMessageFlagType Template        = 0x01000000;
+
+  /// This message has files attached to it
+  const nsMsgMessageFlagType Attachment      = 0x10000000;
+
+  /**
+   * These are used to remember the message labels in the mozilla status2
+   * flags. so we can regenerate a priority after a  rule (or user) has changed
+   * it. They are not returned in nsMsgHdr.flags, just in mozilla-status2, so
+   * if you need more non-persistent flags, you could share these bits. But it
+   * would be wrong.
+   */
+  const nsMsgMessageFlagType Labels          = 0x0E000000;
+
+  // We're trying to reserve the high byte of the flags for view flags, so,
+  // don't add flags to the high byte if possible.
+
+  /// The list of all message flags to not write to disk
+  const nsMsgMessageFlagType RuntimeOnly     = Elided;
+};
+
+typedef unsigned long nsMsgProcessingFlagType;
+
+/**
+ * Definitions of processing flags. These flags are not saved to the database.
+ * They are used to define states for message processing. Any changes
+ * to these flags need to be supported in the key sets in nsMsgDBFolder
+ */
+[scriptable,uuid(1f7d642b-de2a-45f0-a27f-9c9ce0b741d8)]
+interface nsMsgProcessingFlags
+{
+  /// This message needs junk classification
+  const nsMsgProcessingFlagType ClassifyJunk   = 0x00000001;
+
+  /// This message needs traits classification
+  const nsMsgProcessingFlagType ClassifyTraits = 0x00000002;
+
+  /// This message has completed any needed traits classification
+  const nsMsgProcessingFlagType TraitsDone     = 0x00000004;
+
+  /// This message has completed any needed postPlugin filtering
+  const nsMsgProcessingFlagType FiltersDone    = 0x00000008;
+
+  /// This message has a move scheduled by filters
+  const nsMsgProcessingFlagType FilterToMove   = 0x00000010;
+
+  /**
+   * This message is new to the folder and has yet to be reported via the
+   *  msgsClassified notification. This flag is required because the previously
+   *  used mechanism relied on the database's list of new messages and its
+   *  concept of 'new' is overloaded and has user-visible ramifications.  This
+   *  led to messages potentially being considered multiple times.
+   *
+   * Unfortunately none of the Done processing flags above are suitable for our
+   *  needs because they are not consistently applied and basically constitute
+   *  memory leaks (which makes the not consistently applied thing a good
+   *  thing.)
+   *
+   * I suspect we cannot reliably convert the Done flags above to our use case
+   *  either because of the situation where the user quits the program after the
+   *  messages are added but before the messages are processed.  Since the
+   *  processing flags are suppression flags, assuming the 'new' status is
+   *  persisted to the next time we are run, then this would represent a
+   *  change in behaviour.  I would need to exactly understand the new semantics
+   *  to know for sure though.
+   */
+  const nsMsgProcessingFlagType NotReportedClassified = 0x00000020;
+
+  /// Number of processing flags
+  const nsMsgProcessingFlagType NumberOfFlags  = 6;
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/base/search/content/CustomHeaders.js b/mailnews/base/search/content/CustomHeaders.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..174ba100e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/search/content/CustomHeaders.js
@@ -0,0 +1,203 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+Components.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/Services.jsm");
+
+var gAddButton;
+var gRemoveButton;
+var gHeaderInputElement;
+var gArrayHdrs;
+var gHdrsList;
+var gContainer;
+var gFilterBundle=null;
+var gCustomBundle=null;
+
+function onLoad()
+{
+    let hdrs = Services.prefs.getCharPref("mailnews.customHeaders");
+    gHeaderInputElement = document.getElementById("headerInput");
+    gHeaderInputElement.focus();
+
+    gHdrsList = document.getElementById("headerList");
+    gArrayHdrs = new Array();
+    gAddButton = document.getElementById("addButton");
+    gRemoveButton = document.getElementById("removeButton");
+
+    initializeDialog(hdrs);
+    updateAddButton(true);
+    updateRemoveButton();
+}
+
+function initializeDialog(hdrs)
+{
+  if (hdrs)
+  {
+    hdrs = hdrs.replace(/\s+/g,'');  //remove white spaces before splitting
+    gArrayHdrs = hdrs.split(":");
+    for (var i = 0; i < gArrayHdrs.length; i++)
+      if (!gArrayHdrs[i])
+        gArrayHdrs.splice(i,1);  //remove any null elements
+    initializeRows();
+  }
+}
+
+function initializeRows()
+{
+  for (var i = 0; i < gArrayHdrs.length; i++)
+    addRow(TrimString(gArrayHdrs[i]));
+}
+
+function onTextInput()
+{
+  // enable the add button if the user has started to type text
+  updateAddButton( (gHeaderInputElement.value == "") );
+}
+
+function onOk()
+{
+  if (gArrayHdrs.length)
+  {
+    var hdrs;
+    if (gArrayHdrs.length == 1)
+      hdrs = gArrayHdrs;
+    else
+      hdrs = gArrayHdrs.join(": ");
+    Services.prefs.setCharPref("mailnews.customHeaders", hdrs);
+    // flush prefs to disk, in case we crash, to avoid dataloss and problems with filters that use the custom headers
+    Services.prefs.savePrefFile(null);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    Services.prefs.clearUserPref("mailnews.customHeaders"); //clear the pref, no custom headers
+  }
+
+  window.arguments[0].selectedVal = gHdrsList.selectedItem ? gHdrsList.selectedItem.label : null;
+  return true;
+}
+
+function customHeaderOverflow()
+{
+  var nsMsgSearchAttrib = Components.interfaces.nsMsgSearchAttrib;
+  if (gArrayHdrs.length >= (nsMsgSearchAttrib.kNumMsgSearchAttributes - nsMsgSearchAttrib.OtherHeader - 1))
+  {
+    if (!gFilterBundle)
+      gFilterBundle = document.getElementById("bundle_filter");
+
+    var alertText = gFilterBundle.getString("customHeaderOverflow");
+    Services.prompt.alert(window, null, alertText);
+    return true;
+  }
+  return false;
+}
+
+function onAddHeader()
+{
+  var newHdr = TrimString(gHeaderInputElement.value);
+
+  if (!isRFC2822Header(newHdr))  // if user entered an invalid rfc822 header field name, bail out.
+  {
+    if (!gCustomBundle)
+      gCustomBundle = document.getElementById("bundle_custom");
+
+    var alertText = gCustomBundle.getString("colonInHeaderName");
+    Services.prompt.alert(window, null, alertText);
+    return;
+  }
+
+  gHeaderInputElement.value = "";
+  if (!newHdr || customHeaderOverflow())
+    return;
+  if (!duplicateHdrExists(newHdr))
+  {
+    gArrayHdrs[gArrayHdrs.length] = newHdr;
+    var newItem = addRow(newHdr);
+    gHdrsList.selectItem (newItem); // make sure the new entry is selected in the tree
+    // now disable the add button
+    updateAddButton(true);
+    gHeaderInputElement.focus(); // refocus the input field for the next custom header
+  }
+}
+
+function isRFC2822Header(hdr)
+{
+  var charCode;
+  for (var i = 0; i < hdr.length; i++)
+  {
+    charCode = hdr.charCodeAt(i);
+    //58 is for colon and 33 and 126 are us-ascii bounds that should be used for header field name, as per rfc2822
+
+    if (charCode < 33 || charCode == 58 || charCode > 126)
+      return false;
+  }
+  return true;
+}
+
+function duplicateHdrExists(hdr)
+{
+  for (var i = 0;i < gArrayHdrs.length; i++)
+  {
+    if (gArrayHdrs[i] == hdr)
+      return true;
+  }
+  return false;
+}
+ 
+function onRemoveHeader()
+{
+  var listitem = gHdrsList.selectedItems[0]
+  if (!listitem) return;
+  listitem.remove();
+  var selectedHdr = GetListItemAttributeStr(listitem);
+  var j=0;
+  for (var i = 0; i < gArrayHdrs.length; i++)
+  {
+    if (gArrayHdrs[i] == selectedHdr)
+    {
+      gArrayHdrs.splice(i,1);
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+function GetListItemAttributeStr(listitem)
+{
+   if (listitem)
+     return TrimString(listitem.getAttribute("label"));
+
+   return "";
+}
+
+function addRow(newHdr)
+{
+  var listitem = document.createElement("listitem");
+  listitem.setAttribute("label", newHdr);
+  gHdrsList.appendChild(listitem);
+  return listitem;
+}
+
+function updateAddButton(aDisable)
+{
+  // only update the button if the disabled state changed
+  if (aDisable == gAddButton.disabled)
+    return;
+
+  gAddButton.disabled = aDisable;
+  document.documentElement.defaultButton = aDisable ? "accept" : "extra1";
+}
+
+function updateRemoveButton()
+{
+  var headerSelected = (gHdrsList.selectedItems.length > 0);
+  gRemoveButton.disabled = !headerSelected;
+  if (gRemoveButton.disabled)
+    gHeaderInputElement.focus();
+}
+
+//Remove whitespace from both ends of a string
+function TrimString(string)
+{
+  if (!string) return "";
+  return string.trim();
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/search/content/CustomHeaders.xul b/mailnews/base/search/content/CustomHeaders.xul
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c13a8dba8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/search/content/CustomHeaders.xul
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+<?xml version="1.0"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+<?xml-stylesheet href="chrome://communicator/skin/" type="text/css"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE dialog SYSTEM "chrome://messenger/locale/CustomHeaders.dtd">
+<dialog id="customHeadersDialog"
+        xmlns="http://www.mozilla.org/keymaster/gatekeeper/there.is.only.xul"
+        onload="onLoad();"
+        ondialogaccept="return onOk();"
+        ondialogextra1="onAddHeader();"
+        ondialogextra2="onRemoveHeader();"
+        style="width: 30em; height: 25em;"
+        persist="width height screenX screenY"
+        title="&window.title;"
+        buttons="accept,cancel,extra1,extra2">
+
+  <stringbundleset id="stringbundleset">
+  <stringbundle id="bundle_filter" src="chrome://messenger/locale/filter.properties"/>
+  <stringbundle id="bundle_custom" src="chrome://messenger/locale/custom.properties"/>
+  </stringbundleset>
+
+  <script type="application/javascript" src="chrome://messenger/content/CustomHeaders.js"/>
+
+  <grid flex="1">
+    <columns>
+      <column flex="1"/>
+      <column/>
+    </columns>
+    <rows>
+      <row>
+        <label accesskey="&newMsgHeader.accesskey;" control="headerInput" value="&newMsgHeader.label;"/>
+      </row>
+      <row>
+        <textbox id="headerInput" onfocus="this.select();" oninput="onTextInput();"/>
+      </row>
+
+      <row flex="1">
+        <vbox>
+          <listbox id="headerList" flex="1" onselect="updateRemoveButton();" />
+        </vbox>
+
+        <vbox>
+          <button id="addButton"
+                  label="&addButton.label;"
+                  accesskey="&addButton.accesskey;"
+                  dlgtype="extra1"/>
+          <button id="removeButton"
+                  label="&removeButton.label;"
+                  accesskey="&removeButton.accesskey;"
+                  dlgtype="extra2"/>
+        </vbox>
+      </row>
+    </rows>
+  </grid>
+</dialog>
diff --git a/mailnews/base/search/content/FilterEditor.js b/mailnews/base/search/content/FilterEditor.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..986185d34
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/search/content/FilterEditor.js
@@ -0,0 +1,854 @@
+/* -*- Mode: Java; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+Components.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/Services.jsm");
+Components.utils.import("resource:///modules/mailServices.js");
+Components.utils.import("resource:///modules/MailUtils.js");
+
+// The actual filter that we're editing if it is a _saved_ filter or prefill;
+// void otherwise.
+var gFilter;
+// cache the key elements we need
+var gFilterList;
+// The filter name as it appears in the "Filter Name" field of dialog.
+var gFilterNameElement;
+var gFilterTypeSelector;
+var gFilterBundle;
+var gPreFillName;
+var gSessionFolderListenerAdded = false;
+var gFilterActionList;
+var gCustomActions = null;
+var gFilterType;
+var gFilterPosition = 0;
+
+var gFilterActionStrings = ["none", "movemessage", "setpriorityto", "deletemessage",
+                            "markasread", "ignorethread", "watchthread", "markasflagged",
+                            "label", "replytomessage", "forwardmessage", "stopexecution",
+                            "deletefrompopserver",  "leaveonpopserver", "setjunkscore",
+                            "fetchfrompopserver", "copymessage", "addtagtomessage",
+                            "ignoresubthread", "markasunread"];
+
+// A temporary filter with the current state of actions in the UI.
+var gTempFilter = null;
+// A nsIArray of the currently defined actions in the order they will be run.
+var gActionListOrdered = null;
+
+var gFilterEditorMsgWindow = null;
+
+var nsMsgFilterAction = Components.interfaces.nsMsgFilterAction;
+var nsMsgFilterType   = Components.interfaces.nsMsgFilterType;
+var nsIMsgRuleAction  = Components.interfaces.nsIMsgRuleAction;
+var nsMsgSearchScope  = Components.interfaces.nsMsgSearchScope;
+
+function filterEditorOnLoad()
+{
+  getCustomActions();
+  initializeSearchWidgets();
+  initializeFilterWidgets();
+
+  gFilterBundle = document.getElementById("bundle_filter");
+
+  if ("arguments" in window && window.arguments[0])
+  {
+    var args = window.arguments[0];
+
+    if ("filterList" in args)
+    {
+      gFilterList = args.filterList;
+      // the postPlugin filters cannot be applied to servers that are
+      // deferred, (you must define them on the deferredTo server instead).
+      let server = gFilterList.folder.server;
+      if (server.rootFolder != server.rootMsgFolder)
+        gFilterTypeSelector.disableDeferredAccount();
+    }
+
+    if ("filterPosition" in args)
+    {
+      gFilterPosition = args.filterPosition;
+    }
+
+    if ("filter" in args)
+    {
+      // editing a filter
+      gFilter = window.arguments[0].filter;
+      initializeDialog(gFilter);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      if (gFilterList)
+          setSearchScope(getScopeFromFilterList(gFilterList));
+      // if doing prefill filter create a new filter and populate it.
+      if ("filterName" in args)
+      {
+        gPreFillName = args.filterName;
+
+        // Passing null as the parameter to createFilter to keep the name empty
+        // until later where we assign the name.
+        gFilter = gFilterList.createFilter(null);
+
+        var term = gFilter.createTerm();
+
+        term.attrib = Components.interfaces.nsMsgSearchAttrib.Default;
+        if (("fieldName" in args) && args.fieldName) {
+          // fieldName should contain the name of the field in which to search,
+          // from nsMsgSearchTerm.cpp::SearchAttribEntryTable, e.g. "to" or "cc"
+          try {
+            term.attrib = term.getAttributeFromString(args.fieldName);
+          } catch (e) { /* Invalid string is fine, just ignore it. */ }
+        }
+        if (term.attrib == Components.interfaces.nsMsgSearchAttrib.Default)
+          term.attrib = Components.interfaces.nsMsgSearchAttrib.Sender;
+
+        term.op = Components.interfaces.nsMsgSearchOp.Is;
+        term.booleanAnd = gSearchBooleanRadiogroup.value == "and";
+
+        var termValue = term.value;
+        termValue.attrib = term.attrib;
+        termValue.str = gPreFillName;
+
+        term.value = termValue;
+
+        gFilter.appendTerm(term);
+
+        // the default action for news filters is Delete
+        // for everything else, it's MoveToFolder
+        var filterAction = gFilter.createAction();
+        filterAction.type = (getScopeFromFilterList(gFilterList) ==
+            nsMsgSearchScope.newsFilter) ?
+            nsMsgFilterAction.Delete : nsMsgFilterAction.MoveToFolder;
+        gFilter.appendAction(filterAction);
+        initializeDialog(gFilter);
+      }
+      else if ("copiedFilter" in args)
+      {
+        // we are copying a filter
+        var copiedFilter = args.copiedFilter;
+        var copiedName = gFilterBundle.getFormattedString("copyToNewFilterName",
+          [copiedFilter.filterName]);
+        let newFilter = gFilterList.createFilter(copiedName);
+
+        // copy the actions
+        for (let i = 0; i < copiedFilter.actionCount; i++)
+        {
+          let filterAction = copiedFilter.getActionAt(i);
+          newFilter.appendAction(filterAction);
+        }
+
+        // copy the search terms
+        for (let i = 0; i < copiedFilter.searchTerms.Count(); i++)
+        {
+          var searchTerm = copiedFilter.searchTerms.QueryElementAt(i,
+            Components.interfaces.nsIMsgSearchTerm);
+
+          var newTerm = newFilter.createTerm();
+          newTerm.attrib = searchTerm.attrib;
+          newTerm.op = searchTerm.op;
+          newTerm.booleanAnd = searchTerm.booleanAnd;
+          newTerm.value = searchTerm.value;
+          newFilter.appendTerm(newTerm);
+        };
+
+        gPreFillName = copiedName;
+        gFilter = newFilter;
+
+        initializeDialog(gFilter);
+
+        // We reset the filter name, because otherwise the saveFilter()
+        // function thinks we are editing a filter, and will thus skip the name
+        // uniqueness check.
+        gFilter.filterName = "";
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        // fake the first more button press
+        onMore(null);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (!gFilter)
+  {
+    // This is a new filter. Set to both Incoming and Manual contexts.
+    gFilterTypeSelector.setType(nsMsgFilterType.Incoming | nsMsgFilterType.Manual);
+  }
+
+  // in the case of a new filter, we may not have an action row yet.
+  ensureActionRow();
+  gFilterType = gFilterTypeSelector.getType();
+
+  gFilterNameElement.select();
+  // This call is required on mac and linux.  It has no effect under win32.  See bug 94800.
+  gFilterNameElement.focus();
+}
+
+function filterEditorOnUnload()
+{
+  if (gSessionFolderListenerAdded)
+    MailServices.mailSession.RemoveFolderListener(gFolderListener);
+}
+
+function onEnterInSearchTerm(event)
+{
+  if (event.ctrlKey || (Services.appinfo.OS == "Darwin" && event.metaKey)) {
+    // If accel key (Ctrl on Win/Linux, Cmd on Mac) was held too, accept the dialog.
+    document.getElementById("FilterEditor").acceptDialog();
+  } else {
+    // If only plain Enter was pressed, add a new rule line.
+    onMore(event);
+  }
+}
+
+function onAccept()
+{
+  try {
+    if (!saveFilter())
+      return false;
+  } catch(e) {Components.utils.reportError(e); return false;}
+
+  // parent should refresh filter list..
+  // this should REALLY only happen when some criteria changes that
+  // are displayed in the filter dialog, like the filter name
+  window.arguments[0].refresh = true;
+  window.arguments[0].newFilter = gFilter;
+  return true;
+}
+
+// the folderListener object
+var gFolderListener = {
+  OnItemAdded: function(parentItem, item) {},
+
+  OnItemRemoved: function(parentItem, item){},
+
+  OnItemPropertyChanged: function(item, property, oldValue, newValue) {},
+
+  OnItemIntPropertyChanged: function(item, property, oldValue, newValue) {},
+
+  OnItemBoolPropertyChanged: function(item, property, oldValue, newValue) {},
+
+  OnItemUnicharPropertyChanged: function(item, property, oldValue, newValue){},
+  OnItemPropertyFlagChanged: function(item, property, oldFlag, newFlag) {},
+
+  OnItemEvent: function(folder, event)
+  {
+    var eventType = event.toString();
+
+    if (eventType == "FolderCreateCompleted")
+    {
+      gActionTargetElement.selectFolder(folder);
+      SetBusyCursor(window, false);
+    }
+    else if (eventType == "FolderCreateFailed")
+      SetBusyCursor(window, false);
+  }
+}
+
+function duplicateFilterNameExists(filterName)
+{
+  if (gFilterList)
+    for (var i = 0; i < gFilterList.filterCount; i++)
+      if (filterName == gFilterList.getFilterAt(i).filterName)
+        return true;
+  return false;
+}
+
+function getScopeFromFilterList(filterList)
+{
+  if (!filterList)
+  {
+    dump("yikes, null filterList\n");
+    return nsMsgSearchScope.offlineMail;
+  }
+  return filterList.folder.server.filterScope;
+}
+
+function getScope(filter)
+{
+  return getScopeFromFilterList(filter.filterList);
+}
+
+function initializeFilterWidgets()
+{
+  gFilterNameElement = document.getElementById("filterName");
+  gFilterActionList = document.getElementById("filterActionList");
+  initializeFilterTypeSelector();
+}
+
+function initializeFilterTypeSelector()
+{
+  /**
+   * This object controls code interaction with the widget allowing specifying
+   * the filter type (event when the filter is run).
+   */
+  gFilterTypeSelector = {
+    checkBoxManual: document.getElementById("runManual"),
+    checkBoxIncoming : document.getElementById("runIncoming"),
+
+    menulistIncoming: document.getElementById("pluginsRunOrder"),
+
+    menuitemBeforePlugins: document.getElementById("runBeforePlugins"),
+    menuitemAfterPlugins: document.getElementById("runAfterPlugins"),
+
+    checkBoxArchive: document.getElementById("runArchive"),
+    checkBoxOutgoing: document.getElementById("runOutgoing"),
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the currently set filter type (checkboxes) in terms
+     * of a Components.interfaces.nsMsgFilterType value.
+     */
+    getType: function()
+    {
+      let type = nsMsgFilterType.None;
+
+      if (this.checkBoxManual.checked)
+        type |= nsMsgFilterType.Manual;
+
+      if (this.checkBoxIncoming.checked) {
+        if (this.menulistIncoming.selectedItem == this.menuitemAfterPlugins) {
+          type |= nsMsgFilterType.PostPlugin;
+        } else {
+          // this.menuitemBeforePlugins selected
+          if (getScopeFromFilterList(gFilterList) ==
+              nsMsgSearchScope.newsFilter)
+            type |= nsMsgFilterType.NewsRule;
+          else
+            type |= nsMsgFilterType.InboxRule;
+        }
+      }
+
+      if (this.checkBoxArchive.checked)
+        type |= nsMsgFilterType.Archive;
+
+      if (this.checkBoxOutgoing.checked)
+        type |= nsMsgFilterType.PostOutgoing;
+
+      return type;
+    },
+
+    /**
+     * Sets the checkboxes to represent the filter type passed in.
+     *
+     * @param aType  the filter type to set in terms
+     *               of Components.interfaces.nsMsgFilterType values.
+     */
+    setType: function(aType)
+    {
+      // If there is no type (event) requested, force "when manually run"
+      if (aType == nsMsgFilterType.None)
+        aType = nsMsgFilterType.Manual;
+
+      this.checkBoxManual.checked   = aType & nsMsgFilterType.Manual;
+
+      this.checkBoxIncoming.checked = aType & (nsMsgFilterType.PostPlugin |
+                                               nsMsgFilterType.Incoming);
+
+      this.menulistIncoming.selectedItem = aType & nsMsgFilterType.PostPlugin ?
+        this.menuitemAfterPlugins : this.menuitemBeforePlugins;
+
+      this.checkBoxArchive.checked  = aType & nsMsgFilterType.Archive;
+
+      this.checkBoxOutgoing.checked = aType & nsMsgFilterType.PostOutgoing;
+
+      this.updateClassificationMenu();
+    },
+
+    /**
+     * Enable the "before/after classification" menulist depending on
+     * whether "run when incoming mail" is selected.
+     */
+    updateClassificationMenu: function()
+    {
+      this.menulistIncoming.disabled = !this.checkBoxIncoming.checked;
+      updateFilterType();
+    },
+
+    /**
+     * Disable the options unsuitable for deferred accounts.
+     */
+    disableDeferredAccount: function()
+    {
+      this.menuitemAfterPlugins.disabled = true;
+      this.checkBoxOutgoing.disabled = true;
+    }
+  };
+}
+
+function initializeDialog(filter)
+{
+  gFilterNameElement.value = filter.filterName;
+  let filterType = filter.filterType;
+  gFilterTypeSelector.setType(filter.filterType);
+
+  let numActions = filter.actionCount;
+  for (let actionIndex = 0; actionIndex < numActions; actionIndex++)
+  {
+    let filterAction = filter.getActionAt(actionIndex);
+
+    var newActionRow = document.createElement('listitem');
+    newActionRow.setAttribute('initialActionIndex', actionIndex);
+    newActionRow.className = 'ruleaction';
+    gFilterActionList.appendChild(newActionRow);
+    newActionRow.setAttribute('value',
+        filterAction.type == nsMsgFilterAction.Custom ?
+        filterAction.customId : gFilterActionStrings[filterAction.type]);
+    newActionRow.setAttribute('onfocus', 'this.storeFocus();');
+  }
+
+  var gSearchScope = getFilterScope(getScope(filter), filter.filterType, filter.filterList);
+  initializeSearchRows(gSearchScope, filter.searchTerms);
+  setFilterScope(filter.filterType, filter.filterList);
+}
+
+function ensureActionRow()
+{
+  // make sure we have at least one action row visible to the user
+  if (!gFilterActionList.getRowCount())
+  {
+    var newActionRow = document.createElement('listitem');
+    newActionRow.className = 'ruleaction';
+    gFilterActionList.appendChild(newActionRow);
+    newActionRow.mRemoveButton.disabled = true;
+  }
+}
+
+// move to overlay
+function saveFilter()
+{
+  // See if at least one filter type (activation event) is selected.
+  if (gFilterType == nsMsgFilterType.None) {
+    Services.prompt.alert(window,
+                          gFilterBundle.getString("mustHaveFilterTypeTitle"),
+                          gFilterBundle.getString("mustHaveFilterTypeMessage"));
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  let filterName = gFilterNameElement.value;
+  // If we think have a duplicate, then we need to check that if we
+  // have an original filter name (i.e. we are editing a filter), then
+  // we must check that the original is not the current as that is what
+  // the duplicateFilterNameExists function will have picked up.
+  if ((!gFilter || gFilter.filterName != filterName) && duplicateFilterNameExists(filterName))
+  {
+    Services.prompt.alert(window,
+                          gFilterBundle.getString("cannotHaveDuplicateFilterTitle"),
+                          gFilterBundle.getString("cannotHaveDuplicateFilterMessage"));
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  // Check that all of the search attributes and operators are valid.
+  function rule_desc(index, obj) {
+    return (index + 1) + " (" + obj.searchattribute.label + ", " + obj.searchoperator.label + ")";
+  }
+
+  let invalidRule = false;
+  for (let index = 0; index < gSearchTerms.length; index++)
+  {
+    let obj = gSearchTerms[index].obj;
+    // We don't need to check validity of matchAll terms
+    if (obj.matchAll)
+      continue;
+
+    // the term might be an offscreen one that we haven't initialized yet
+    let searchTerm = obj.searchTerm;
+    if (!searchTerm && !gSearchTerms[index].initialized)
+      continue;
+
+    if (isNaN(obj.searchattribute.value)) // is this a custom term?
+    {
+      let customTerm = MailServices.filters.getCustomTerm(obj.searchattribute.value);
+      if (!customTerm)
+      {
+        invalidRule = true;
+        Components.utils.reportError("Filter not saved because custom search term '" +
+                                     obj.searchattribute.value + "' in rule " + rule_desc(index, obj) + " not found");
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        if (!customTerm.getAvailable(obj.searchScope, obj.searchattribute.value))
+        {
+          invalidRule = true;
+          Components.utils.reportError("Filter not saved because custom search term '" +
+                                       customTerm.name + "' in rule " + rule_desc(index, obj) + " not available");
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      let otherHeader = Components.interfaces.nsMsgSearchAttrib.OtherHeader;
+      let attribValue = (obj.searchattribute.value > otherHeader) ?
+        otherHeader : obj.searchattribute.value;
+      if (!obj.searchattribute
+            .validityTable
+            .getAvailable(attribValue, obj.searchoperator.value))
+      {
+        invalidRule = true;
+        Components.utils.reportError("Filter not saved because standard search term '" +
+                                     attribValue + "' in rule " + rule_desc(index, obj) + " not available in this context");
+      }
+    }
+
+    if (invalidRule) {
+      Services.prompt.alert(window,
+                            gFilterBundle.getString("searchTermsInvalidTitle"),
+                            gFilterBundle.getFormattedString("searchTermsInvalidRule",
+                                                             [obj.searchattribute.label,
+                                                              obj.searchoperator.label]));
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  }
+
+  // before we go any further, validate each specified filter action, abort the save
+  // if any of the actions is invalid...
+  for (let index = 0; index < gFilterActionList.itemCount; index++)
+  {
+    var listItem = gFilterActionList.getItemAtIndex(index);
+    if (!listItem.validateAction())
+      return false;
+  }
+
+  // if we made it here, all of the actions are valid, so go ahead and save the filter
+  let isNewFilter;
+  if (!gFilter)
+  {
+    // This is a new filter
+    gFilter = gFilterList.createFilter(filterName);
+    isNewFilter = true;
+    gFilter.enabled = true;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    // We are working with an existing filter object,
+    // either editing or using prefill
+    gFilter.filterName = filterName;
+    //Prefilter is treated as a new filter.
+    if (gPreFillName)
+    {
+      isNewFilter = true;
+      gFilter.enabled = true;
+    }
+    else
+      isNewFilter = false;
+
+    gFilter.clearActionList();
+  }
+
+  // add each filteraction to the filter
+  for (let index = 0; index < gFilterActionList.itemCount; index++)
+    gFilterActionList.getItemAtIndex(index).saveToFilter(gFilter);
+
+  // If we do not have a filter name at this point, generate one.
+  if (!gFilter.filterName)
+    AssignMeaningfulName();
+
+  gFilter.filterType = gFilterType;
+  saveSearchTerms(gFilter.searchTerms, gFilter);
+
+  if (isNewFilter)
+  {
+    // new filter - insert into gFilterList
+    gFilterList.insertFilterAt(gFilterPosition, gFilter);
+  }
+
+  // success!
+  return true;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Check if the list of actions the user created will be executed in a different order.
+ * Exposes a note to the user if that is the case.
+ */
+function checkActionsReorder()
+{
+  setTimeout(_checkActionsReorder, 0);
+}
+
+/**
+ * This should be called from setTimeout otherwise some of the elements calling
+ * may not be fully initialized yet (e.g. we get ".saveToFilter is not a function").
+ * It is OK to schedule multiple timeouts with this function.
+ */
+function _checkActionsReorder() {
+  // Create a temporary disposable filter and add current actions to it.
+  if (!gTempFilter)
+    gTempFilter = gFilterList.createFilter("");
+  else
+    gTempFilter.clearActionList();
+
+  for (let index = 0; index < gFilterActionList.itemCount; index++)
+    gFilterActionList.getItemAtIndex(index).saveToFilter(gTempFilter);
+
+  // Now get the actions out of the filter in the order they will be executed in.
+  gActionListOrdered = gTempFilter.sortedActionList;
+
+  // Compare the two lists.
+  let statusBar = document.getElementById("statusbar");
+  for (let index = 0; index < gActionListOrdered.length; index++) {
+    if (index != gTempFilter.getActionIndex(
+        gActionListOrdered.queryElementAt(index, nsIMsgRuleAction)))
+    {
+      // If the lists are not the same unhide the status bar and show warning.
+      statusBar.style.visibility = "visible";
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+
+  statusBar.style.visibility = "hidden";
+}
+
+/**
+ * Show a dialog with the ordered list of actions.
+ * The fetching of action label and argument is separated from checkActionsReorder
+ * function to make that one more lightweight. The list is built only upon
+ * user request.
+ */
+function showActionsOrder()
+{
+  // Fetch the actions and arguments as a string.
+  let actionStrings = [];
+  for (let index = 0; index < gFilterActionList.itemCount; index++)
+    gFilterActionList.getItemAtIndex(index).getActionStrings(actionStrings);
+
+  // Present a nicely formatted list of action names and arguments.
+  let actionList = gFilterBundle.getString("filterActionOrderExplanation");
+  for (let i = 0; i < gActionListOrdered.length; i++) {
+    let actionIndex = gTempFilter.getActionIndex(
+      gActionListOrdered.queryElementAt(i, nsIMsgRuleAction));
+    let action = actionStrings[actionIndex];
+    actionList += gFilterBundle.getFormattedString("filterActionItem",
+      [(i + 1), action.label, action.argument]);
+  }
+
+  Services.prompt.confirmEx(window,
+                            gFilterBundle.getString("filterActionOrderTitle"),
+                            actionList, Services.prompt.BUTTON_TITLE_OK,
+                            null, null, null, null, {value:false});
+}
+
+function AssignMeaningfulName()
+{
+  // termRoot points to the first search object, which is the one we care about.
+  let termRoot = gSearchTerms[0].obj;
+  // stub is used as the base name for a filter.
+  let stub;
+
+  // If this is a Match All Messages Filter, we already know the name to assign.
+  if (termRoot.matchAll)
+    stub = gFilterBundle.getString( "matchAllFilterName" );
+  else
+  {
+    // Assign a name based on the first search term.
+    let searchValue = termRoot.searchvalue;
+    let selIndex = searchValue.getAttribute( "selectedIndex" );
+    let children = document.getAnonymousNodes(searchValue);
+    let activeItem = children[selIndex];
+    let attribs = Components.interfaces.nsMsgSearchAttrib;
+
+    // Term, Operator and Value are the three parts of a filter match
+    // Term and Operator are easy to retrieve
+    let term = termRoot.searchattribute.label;
+    let operator = termRoot.searchoperator.label;
+
+    // Values are either popup menu items or edit fields.
+    // For popup menus use activeItem.label; for
+    // edit fields, activeItem.value
+    let value;
+    switch (Number(termRoot.searchattribute.value))
+    {
+      case attribs.Priority:
+      case attribs.MsgStatus:
+      case attribs.Keywords:
+      case attribs.HasAttachmentStatus:
+      case attribs.JunkStatus:
+      case attribs.JunkScoreOrigin:
+        if (activeItem)
+          value = activeItem.label;
+        else
+          value = "";
+        break;
+
+      default:
+        try
+        {
+          value = activeItem.value;
+        }
+        catch (ex)
+        {
+          // We should never get here, but for safety's sake,
+          // let's name the filter "Untitled Filter".
+          stub = gFilterBundle.getString( "untitledFilterName" );
+          // Do not 'Return'. Instead fall through and deal with the untitled filter below.
+        }
+        break;
+    }
+    // We are now ready to name the filter.
+    // If at this point stub is empty, we know that this is not a Match All Filter
+    // and is not an "untitledFilterName" Filter, so assign it a name using
+    // a string format from the Filter Bundle.
+    if (!stub)
+      stub = gFilterBundle.getFormattedString("filterAutoNameStr", [term, operator, value]);
+  }
+
+  // Whatever name we have used, 'uniquify' it.
+  let tempName = stub;
+  let count = 1;
+  while (duplicateFilterNameExists(tempName))
+  {
+    count++;
+    tempName = stub + " " + count;
+  }
+  gFilter.filterName = tempName;
+}
+
+
+function GetFirstSelectedMsgFolder()
+{
+  var selectedFolder = gActionTargetElement.getAttribute("uri");
+  if (!selectedFolder)
+    return null;
+
+  var msgFolder = MailUtils.getFolderForURI(selectedFolder, true);
+  return msgFolder;
+}
+
+function SearchNewFolderOkCallback(name, uri)
+{
+  var msgFolder = MailUtils.getFolderForURI(uri, true);
+  var imapFolder = null;
+  try
+  {
+    imapFolder = msgFolder.QueryInterface(Components.interfaces.nsIMsgImapMailFolder);
+  }
+  catch(ex) {}
+  if (imapFolder) //imapFolder creation is asynchronous.
+  {
+    if (!gSessionFolderListenerAdded) {
+      try
+      {
+        let notifyFlags = Components.interfaces.nsIFolderListener.event;
+        MailServices.mailSession.AddFolderListener(gFolderListener, notifyFlags);
+        gSessionFolderListenerAdded = true;
+      }
+      catch (ex)
+      {
+        Components.utils.reportError("Error adding to session: " + ex + "\n");
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  var msgWindow = GetFilterEditorMsgWindow();
+
+  if (imapFolder)
+    SetBusyCursor(window, true);
+
+  msgFolder.createSubfolder(name, msgWindow);
+
+  if (!imapFolder)
+  {
+    var curFolder = uri+"/"+encodeURIComponent(name);
+    let folder = MailUtils.getFolderForURI(curFolder);
+    gActionTargetElement.selectFolder(folder);
+  }
+}
+
+function UpdateAfterCustomHeaderChange()
+{
+  updateSearchAttributes();
+}
+
+//if you use msgWindow, please make sure that destructor gets called when you close the "window"
+function GetFilterEditorMsgWindow()
+{
+  if (!gFilterEditorMsgWindow)
+  {
+    var msgWindowContractID = "@mozilla.org/messenger/msgwindow;1";
+    var nsIMsgWindow = Components.interfaces.nsIMsgWindow;
+    gFilterEditorMsgWindow = Components.classes[msgWindowContractID].createInstance(nsIMsgWindow);
+    gFilterEditorMsgWindow.domWindow = window;
+    gFilterEditorMsgWindow.rootDocShell.appType = Components.interfaces.nsIDocShell.APP_TYPE_MAIL;
+  }
+  return gFilterEditorMsgWindow;
+}
+
+function SetBusyCursor(window, enable)
+{
+  // setCursor() is only available for chrome windows.
+  // However one of our frames is the start page which
+  // is a non-chrome window, so check if this window has a
+  // setCursor method
+  if ("setCursor" in window)
+  {
+    if (enable)
+        window.setCursor("wait");
+    else
+        window.setCursor("auto");
+  }
+}
+
+function doHelpButton()
+{
+  openHelp("mail-filters");
+}
+
+function getCustomActions()
+{
+  if (!gCustomActions)
+  {
+    gCustomActions = [];
+    let customActionsEnum = MailServices.filters.getCustomActions();
+    while (customActionsEnum.hasMoreElements())
+      gCustomActions.push(customActionsEnum.getNext().QueryInterface(
+                           Components.interfaces.nsIMsgFilterCustomAction));
+  }
+}
+
+function updateFilterType()
+{
+  gFilterType = gFilterTypeSelector.getType();
+  setFilterScope(gFilterType, gFilterList);
+
+  // set valid actions
+  var ruleActions = gFilterActionList.getElementsByAttribute('class', 'ruleaction');
+  for (var i = 0; i < ruleActions.length; i++)
+    ruleActions[i].mRuleActionType.hideInvalidActions();
+}
+
+// Given a filter type, set the global search scope to the filter scope
+function setFilterScope(aFilterType, aFilterList) 
+{
+  let filterScope = getFilterScope(getScopeFromFilterList(aFilterList),
+                                   aFilterType, aFilterList);
+  setSearchScope(filterScope);
+}
+
+//
+// Given the base filter scope for a server, and the filter
+// type, return the scope used for filter. This assumes a
+// hierarchy of contexts, with incoming the most restrictive,
+// followed by manual and post-plugin.
+function getFilterScope(aServerFilterScope, aFilterType, aFilterList)
+{
+  if (aFilterType & nsMsgFilterType.Incoming)
+    return aServerFilterScope;
+
+  // Manual or PostPlugin
+  // local mail allows body and junk types
+  if (aServerFilterScope == nsMsgSearchScope.offlineMailFilter)
+    return nsMsgSearchScope.offlineMail;
+  // IMAP and NEWS online don't allow body
+  return nsMsgSearchScope.onlineManual;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Re-focus the action that was focused before focus was lost.
+ */
+function setLastActionFocus() {
+  let lastAction = gFilterActionList.getAttribute("focusedAction");
+  if (!lastAction || lastAction < 0)
+    lastAction = 0;
+  if (lastAction >= gFilterActionList.itemCount)
+    lastAction = gFilterActionList.itemCount - 1;
+
+  gFilterActionList.getItemAtIndex(lastAction).mRuleActionType.menulist.focus();
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/search/content/FilterEditor.xul b/mailnews/base/search/content/FilterEditor.xul
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0e322264d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/search/content/FilterEditor.xul
@@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
+<?xml version="1.0"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<?xml-stylesheet href="chrome://messenger/skin/filterDialog.css" type="text/css"?>
+<?xml-stylesheet href="chrome://messenger/skin/folderPane.css" type="text/css"?>
+<?xml-stylesheet href="chrome://messenger/skin/folderMenus.css" type="text/css"?>
+
+<?xul-overlay href="chrome://messenger/content/searchTermOverlay.xul"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE dialog SYSTEM "chrome://messenger/locale/FilterEditor.dtd">
+
+<dialog id="FilterEditor"
+  xmlns:rdf="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#"
+  xmlns="http://www.mozilla.org/keymaster/gatekeeper/there.is.only.xul"
+  title="&window.title;"
+  style="&filterEditorDialog.dimensions;"
+  windowtype="mailnews:filtereditor"
+  persist="width height screenX screenY"
+  buttons="accept,cancel"
+  onload="filterEditorOnLoad();"
+  onunload="filterEditorOnUnload();"
+  ondialogaccept="return onAccept();">
+
+  <dummy class="usesMailWidgets"/>
+  <stringbundleset id="stringbundleset">
+    <stringbundle id="bundle_messenger" src="chrome://messenger/locale/messenger.properties"/>
+    <stringbundle id="bundle_filter" src="chrome://messenger/locale/filter.properties"/>
+    <stringbundle id="bundle_search" src="chrome://messenger/locale/search.properties"/>
+  </stringbundleset>
+
+  <script type="application/javascript" src="chrome://messenger/content/mailWindowOverlay.js"/>
+  <script type="application/javascript" src="chrome://messenger/content/mailCommands.js"/>
+  <script type="application/javascript" src="chrome://messenger/content/FilterEditor.js"/>
+
+  <commandset>
+    <command id="cmd_updateFilterType" oncommand="updateFilterType();"/>
+    <command id="cmd_updateClassificationMenu" oncommand="gFilterTypeSelector.updateClassificationMenu();"/>
+  </commandset>
+
+  <vbox>
+    <hbox align="center">
+      <label value="&filterName.label;" accesskey="&filterName.accesskey;" control="filterName"/>
+      <textbox flex="1" id="filterName"/>
+      <spacer flex="1"/>
+    </hbox>
+  </vbox>
+
+  <separator class="thin"/>
+
+  <vbox flex="1">
+    <groupbox>
+      <caption label="&contextDesc.label;"/>
+      <grid>
+        <columns>
+          <column/>
+          <column/>
+        </columns>
+        <rows>
+          <row>
+            <checkbox id="runManual"
+                      label="&contextManual.label;"
+                      accesskey="&contextManual.accesskey;"
+                      command="cmd_updateFilterType"/>
+          </row>
+          <row>
+            <checkbox id="runIncoming"
+                      label="&contextIncomingMail.label;"
+                      accesskey="&contextIncomingMail.accesskey;"
+                      command="cmd_updateClassificationMenu"/>
+            <menulist id="pluginsRunOrder"
+                      command="cmd_updateFilterType">
+              <menupopup>
+                <menuitem id="runBeforePlugins"
+                          label="&contextBeforeCls.label;"/>
+                <menuitem id="runAfterPlugins"
+                          label="&contextAfterCls.label;"/>
+              </menupopup>
+            </menulist>
+          </row>
+          <row>
+            <checkbox id="runArchive"
+                      label="&contextArchive.label;"
+                      accesskey="&contextArchive.accesskey;"
+                      command="cmd_updateFilterType"/>
+          </row>
+          <row>
+            <checkbox id="runOutgoing"
+                      label="&contextOutgoing.label;"
+                      accesskey="&contextOutgoing.accesskey;"
+                      command="cmd_updateFilterType"/>
+          </row>
+        </rows>
+      </grid>
+    </groupbox>
+
+    <vbox id="searchTermListBox" flex="1"/>
+  </vbox>
+
+  <splitter id="gray_horizontal_splitter" persist="state"/>
+
+  <vbox flex="1">
+    <label value="&filterActionDesc.label;"
+           accesskey="&filterActionDesc.accesskey;"
+           control="filterActionList"/>
+    <listbox id="filterActionList" flex="1" rows="4" minheight="35%"
+             onfocus="setLastActionFocus();" focusedAction="0">
+      <listcols>
+        <listcol flex="&filterActionTypeFlexValue;"/>
+        <listcol flex="&filterActionTargetFlexValue;"/>
+        <listcol class="filler"/>
+      </listcols>
+    </listbox>
+  </vbox>
+
+  <vbox id="statusbar" style="visibility: hidden;">
+    <hbox align="center">
+      <label>
+        &filterActionOrderWarning.label;
+      </label>
+      <label class="text-link" onclick="showActionsOrder();">&filterActionOrder.label;</label>
+    </hbox>
+  </vbox>
+</dialog>
diff --git a/mailnews/base/search/content/searchTermOverlay.js b/mailnews/base/search/content/searchTermOverlay.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..faf4ba91c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/search/content/searchTermOverlay.js
@@ -0,0 +1,536 @@
+/* -*- Mode: Java; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+var gTotalSearchTerms=0;
+var gSearchTermList;
+var gSearchTerms = new Array;
+var gSearchRemovedTerms = new Array;
+var gSearchScope;
+var gSearchBooleanRadiogroup;
+
+var gUniqueSearchTermCounter = 0; // gets bumped every time we add a search term so we can always 
+                                  // dynamically generate unique IDs for the terms.
+
+// cache these so we don't have to hit the string bundle for them
+var gMoreButtonTooltipText;
+var gLessButtonTooltipText;
+var gLoading = true;
+
+
+function searchTermContainer() {}
+
+searchTermContainer.prototype = {
+    internalSearchTerm : '',
+    internalBooleanAnd : '',
+
+    // this.searchTerm: the actual nsIMsgSearchTerm object
+    get searchTerm() { return this.internalSearchTerm; },
+    set searchTerm(val) {
+        this.internalSearchTerm = val;
+
+        var term = val;
+        // val is a nsIMsgSearchTerm
+        var searchAttribute=this.searchattribute;
+        var searchOperator=this.searchoperator;
+        var searchValue=this.searchvalue;
+
+        // now reflect all attributes of the searchterm into the widgets
+        if (searchAttribute)
+        {
+          // for custom, the value is the custom id, not the integer attribute
+          if (term.attrib == Components.interfaces.nsMsgSearchAttrib.Custom)
+            searchAttribute.value = term.customId;
+          else
+            searchAttribute.value = term.attrib;
+        }
+        if (searchOperator) searchOperator.value = val.op;
+        if (searchValue) searchValue.value = term.value;
+
+        this.booleanAnd = val.booleanAnd;
+        this.matchAll = val.matchAll;
+        return val;
+    },
+
+    // searchscope - just forward to the searchattribute
+    get searchScope() {
+        if (this.searchattribute)
+          return this.searchattribute.searchScope;
+        return undefined;
+    },
+    set searchScope(val) {
+        var searchAttribute = this.searchattribute;
+        if (searchAttribute) searchAttribute.searchScope=val;
+        return val;
+    },
+
+    saveId: function (element, slot) {
+        this[slot] = element.id;
+    },
+
+    getElement: function (slot) {
+        return document.getElementById(this[slot]);
+    },
+
+    // three well-defined properties:
+    // searchattribute, searchoperator, searchvalue
+    // the trick going on here is that we're storing the Element's Id,
+    // not the element itself, because the XBL object may change out
+    // from underneath us
+    get searchattribute() { return this.getElement("internalSearchAttributeId"); },
+    set searchattribute(val) {
+        this.saveId(val, "internalSearchAttributeId");
+        return val;
+    },
+    get searchoperator() { return this.getElement("internalSearchOperatorId"); },
+    set searchoperator(val) {
+        this.saveId(val, "internalSearchOperatorId");
+        return val;
+    },
+    get searchvalue() { return this.getElement("internalSearchValueId"); },
+    set searchvalue(val) {
+        this.saveId(val, "internalSearchValueId");
+        return val;
+    },
+
+    booleanNodes: null,
+    get booleanAnd() { return this.internalBooleanAnd; },
+    set booleanAnd(val) {
+        this.internalBooleanAnd = val;
+        return val;
+    },
+
+    save: function () {
+        var searchTerm = this.searchTerm;
+        var nsMsgSearchAttrib = Components.interfaces.nsMsgSearchAttrib;
+
+        if (isNaN(this.searchattribute.value)) // is this a custom term?
+        {
+          searchTerm.attrib = nsMsgSearchAttrib.Custom;
+          searchTerm.customId = this.searchattribute.value;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          searchTerm.attrib = this.searchattribute.value;
+        }
+
+        if (this.searchattribute.value > nsMsgSearchAttrib.OtherHeader && this.searchattribute.value < nsMsgSearchAttrib.kNumMsgSearchAttributes) 
+          searchTerm.arbitraryHeader = this.searchattribute.label;
+        searchTerm.op = this.searchoperator.value;
+        if (this.searchvalue.value)
+            this.searchvalue.save();
+        else
+            this.searchvalue.saveTo(searchTerm.value);
+        searchTerm.value = this.searchvalue.value;
+        searchTerm.booleanAnd = this.booleanAnd;
+        searchTerm.matchAll = this.matchAll;
+    },
+    // if you have a search term element with no search term
+    saveTo: function(searchTerm) {
+        this.internalSearchTerm = searchTerm;
+        this.save();
+    }
+}
+
+var nsIMsgSearchTerm = Components.interfaces.nsIMsgSearchTerm;
+
+function initializeSearchWidgets() 
+{    
+    gSearchBooleanRadiogroup = document.getElementById("booleanAndGroup");
+    gSearchTermList = document.getElementById("searchTermList");
+
+    // initialize some strings
+    var bundle = document.getElementById('bundle_search');
+    gMoreButtonTooltipText = bundle.getString('moreButtonTooltipText');
+    gLessButtonTooltipText = bundle.getString('lessButtonTooltipText');
+}
+
+function initializeBooleanWidgets() 
+{
+    var booleanAnd = true;
+    var matchAll = false;
+    // get the boolean value from the first term
+    var firstTerm = gSearchTerms[0].searchTerm;
+    if (firstTerm)
+    {
+        // If there is a second term, it should actually define whether we're
+        //  using 'and' or not.  Note that our UI is not as rich as the
+        //  underlying search model, so there's the potential to lose here when
+        //  grouping is involved.
+        booleanAnd = (gSearchTerms.length > 1) ?
+            gSearchTerms[1].searchTerm.booleanAnd : firstTerm.booleanAnd;
+        matchAll = firstTerm.matchAll;
+    }
+    // target radio items have value="and" or value="or" or "all"
+    gSearchBooleanRadiogroup.value = matchAll 
+      ? "matchAll"
+      : (booleanAnd ? "and" : "or")
+    var searchTerms = document.getElementById("searchTermList");
+    if (searchTerms)
+      updateSearchTermsListbox(matchAll);
+}
+
+function initializeSearchRows(scope, searchTerms)
+{
+    for (var i = 0; i < searchTerms.Count(); i++) {
+        var searchTerm = searchTerms.QueryElementAt(i, nsIMsgSearchTerm);
+        createSearchRow(i, scope, searchTerm, false);
+        gTotalSearchTerms++;
+    }
+    initializeBooleanWidgets();
+    updateRemoveRowButton();
+}
+
+/**
+ * Enables/disables all the visible elements inside the search terms listbox.
+ *
+ * @param matchAllValue boolean value from the first search term
+ */
+function updateSearchTermsListbox(matchAllValue)
+{
+  var searchTerms = document.getElementById("searchTermList");
+  searchTerms.setAttribute("disabled", matchAllValue);
+  var searchAttributeList = searchTerms.getElementsByTagName("searchattribute");
+  var searchOperatorList = searchTerms.getElementsByTagName("searchoperator");
+  var searchValueList = searchTerms.getElementsByTagName("searchvalue");
+  for (var i = 0; i < searchAttributeList.length; i++) {
+      searchAttributeList[i].setAttribute("disabled", matchAllValue);
+      searchOperatorList[i].setAttribute("disabled", matchAllValue);
+      searchValueList[i].setAttribute("disabled", matchAllValue);
+      if (!matchAllValue)
+        searchValueList[i].removeAttribute("disabled");
+  }
+  var moreOrLessButtonsList = searchTerms.getElementsByTagName("button");
+  for (var i = 0; i < moreOrLessButtonsList.length; i++) {
+      moreOrLessButtonsList[i].setAttribute("disabled", matchAllValue);
+  }
+  if (!matchAllValue)
+    updateRemoveRowButton();
+}
+
+// enables/disables the less button for the first row of search terms.
+function updateRemoveRowButton()
+{
+  var firstListItem = gSearchTermList.getItemAtIndex(0);
+  if (firstListItem)
+    firstListItem.lastChild.lastChild.setAttribute("disabled", gTotalSearchTerms == 1);
+}
+ 
+// Returns the actual list item row index in the list of search rows
+// that contains the passed in element id.
+function getSearchRowIndexForElement(aElement)
+{
+  var listItem = aElement;
+  
+  while (listItem && listItem.localName != "listitem")
+    listItem = listItem.parentNode;
+    
+  return gSearchTermList.getIndexOfItem(listItem);
+}
+
+function onMore(event)
+{
+  // if we have an event, extract the list row index and use that as the row number
+  // for our insertion point. If there is no event, append to the end....
+  var rowIndex; 
+
+  if (event)
+    rowIndex = getSearchRowIndexForElement(event.target) + 1;
+  else
+    rowIndex = gSearchTermList.getRowCount();
+
+  createSearchRow(rowIndex, gSearchScope, null, event != null);
+  gTotalSearchTerms++;
+  updateRemoveRowButton();
+
+  // the user just added a term, so scroll to it
+  gSearchTermList.ensureIndexIsVisible(rowIndex);
+}
+
+function onLess(event)
+{
+  if (event && gTotalSearchTerms > 1) 
+  {
+    removeSearchRow(getSearchRowIndexForElement(event.target));    
+    --gTotalSearchTerms;
+  }
+
+  updateRemoveRowButton();
+}
+
+// set scope on all visible searchattribute tags
+function setSearchScope(scope) 
+{
+  gSearchScope = scope;
+  for (var i = 0; i < gSearchTerms.length; i++)
+  {
+    // don't set element attributes if XBL hasn't loaded
+    if (!(gSearchTerms[i].obj.searchattribute.searchScope === undefined))
+    {
+      gSearchTerms[i].obj.searchattribute.searchScope = scope;
+      // act like the user "selected" this, see bug #202848
+      gSearchTerms[i].obj.searchattribute.onSelect(null /* no event */);
+    }
+    gSearchTerms[i].scope = scope;
+  }
+}
+
+function updateSearchAttributes()
+{
+    for (var i=0; i<gSearchTerms.length; i++) 
+        gSearchTerms[i].obj.searchattribute.refreshList();
+    }
+
+function booleanChanged(event) {
+    // when boolean changes, we have to update all the attributes on the search terms
+    var newBoolValue = (event.target.getAttribute("value") == "and");
+    var matchAllValue = (event.target.getAttribute("value") == "matchAll");
+    if (document.getElementById("abPopup")) {
+      var selectedAB = document.getElementById("abPopup").selectedItem.value;
+      setSearchScope(GetScopeForDirectoryURI(selectedAB));
+    }
+    for (var i=0; i<gSearchTerms.length; i++) {
+        let searchTerm = gSearchTerms[i].obj;
+        // If term is not yet initialized in the UI, change the original object.
+        if (!searchTerm || !gSearchTerms[i].initialized)
+            searchTerm = gSearchTerms[i].searchTerm;
+
+        searchTerm.booleanAnd = newBoolValue;
+        searchTerm.matchAll = matchAllValue;
+    }
+    var searchTerms = document.getElementById("searchTermList");
+    if (searchTerms)
+    {
+      if (!matchAllValue && searchTerms.hidden && !gTotalSearchTerms)
+        onMore(null); // fake to get empty row.
+      updateSearchTermsListbox(matchAllValue);
+    }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Create a new search row with all the needed elements.
+ *
+ * @param index       index of the position in the menulist where to add the row
+ * @param scope       a nsMsgSearchScope constant indicating scope of this search rule
+ * @param searchTerm  nsIMsgSearchTerm object to hold the search term
+ * @param aUserAdded  boolean indicating if the row addition was initiated by the user
+ *                    (e.g. via the '+' button)
+ */
+function createSearchRow(index, scope, searchTerm, aUserAdded)
+{
+    var searchAttr = document.createElement("searchattribute");
+    var searchOp = document.createElement("searchoperator");
+    var searchVal = document.createElement("searchvalue");
+
+    var moreButton = document.createElement("button");
+    var lessButton = document.createElement("button");
+    moreButton.setAttribute("class", "small-button");
+    moreButton.setAttribute("oncommand", "onMore(event);");
+    moreButton.setAttribute('label', '+');
+    moreButton.setAttribute('tooltiptext', gMoreButtonTooltipText);
+    lessButton.setAttribute("class", "small-button");
+    lessButton.setAttribute("oncommand", "onLess(event);");    
+    lessButton.setAttribute('label', '\u2212');
+    lessButton.setAttribute('tooltiptext', gLessButtonTooltipText);
+
+    // now set up ids:
+    searchAttr.id = "searchAttr" + gUniqueSearchTermCounter;
+    searchOp.id  = "searchOp" + gUniqueSearchTermCounter;
+    searchVal.id = "searchVal" + gUniqueSearchTermCounter;
+
+    searchAttr.setAttribute("for", searchOp.id + "," + searchVal.id);
+    searchOp.setAttribute("opfor", searchVal.id);
+
+    var rowdata = [searchAttr, searchOp, searchVal,
+                   [moreButton, lessButton] ];
+    var searchrow = constructRow(rowdata);
+    searchrow.id = "searchRow" + gUniqueSearchTermCounter;
+
+    var searchTermObj = new searchTermContainer;
+    searchTermObj.searchattribute = searchAttr;
+    searchTermObj.searchoperator = searchOp;
+    searchTermObj.searchvalue = searchVal;
+
+    // now insert the new search term into our list of terms
+    gSearchTerms.splice(index, 0, {obj:searchTermObj, scope:scope, searchTerm:searchTerm, initialized:false});
+
+    var editFilter = null;
+    try { editFilter = gFilter; } catch(e) { }
+
+    var editMailView = null;
+    try { editMailView = gMailView; } catch(e) { }
+
+    if ((!editFilter && !editMailView) ||
+        (editFilter && index == gTotalSearchTerms) ||
+        (editMailView && index == gTotalSearchTerms))
+      gLoading = false;
+
+    // index is index of new row
+    // gTotalSearchTerms has not been updated yet
+    if (gLoading || index == gTotalSearchTerms) {
+      gSearchTermList.appendChild(searchrow);
+    }
+    else {
+      var currentItem = gSearchTermList.getItemAtIndex(index);
+      gSearchTermList.insertBefore(searchrow, currentItem);
+    }
+
+    // If this row was added by user action, focus the value field.
+    if (aUserAdded) {
+      document.commandDispatcher.advanceFocusIntoSubtree(searchVal);
+      searchrow.setAttribute("highlight", "true");
+    }
+
+    // bump our unique search term counter
+    gUniqueSearchTermCounter++;
+}
+
+function initializeTermFromId(id)
+{
+  initializeTermFromIndex(getSearchRowIndexForElement(document.getElementById(id)));
+}
+
+function initializeTermFromIndex(index)
+{
+    var searchTermObj = gSearchTerms[index].obj;
+
+    searchTermObj.searchScope = gSearchTerms[index].scope;
+    // the search term will initialize the searchTerm element, including
+    // .booleanAnd
+    if (gSearchTerms[index].searchTerm)
+        searchTermObj.searchTerm = gSearchTerms[index].searchTerm;
+    // here, we don't have a searchTerm, so it's probably a new element -
+    // we'll initialize the .booleanAnd from the existing setting in
+    // the UI
+    else
+    {
+      searchTermObj.booleanAnd = (gSearchBooleanRadiogroup.value == "and");
+      if (index)
+      {
+        // If we weren't pre-initialized with a searchTerm then steal the
+        // search attribute and operator from the previous row.
+        searchTermObj.searchattribute.value =  gSearchTerms[index - 1].obj.searchattribute.value;
+        searchTermObj.searchoperator.value = gSearchTerms[index - 1].obj.searchoperator.value;
+      }
+    }
+
+    gSearchTerms[index].initialized = true;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Creates a <listitem> using the array children as the children
+ * of each listcell.
+ * @param aChildren  An array of XUL elements to put into the listitem.
+ *                   Each array member is put into a separate listcell.
+ *                   If the member itself is an array of elements,
+ *                   all of them are put into the same listcell.
+ */
+function constructRow(aChildren)
+{
+    let listitem = document.createElement("listitem");
+    listitem.setAttribute("allowevents", "true");
+    for (let i = 0; i < aChildren.length; i++) {
+      let listcell = document.createElement("listcell");
+      let child = aChildren[i];
+
+      if (child instanceof Array) {
+        for (let j = 0; j < child.length; j++)
+          listcell.appendChild(child[j]);
+      } else {
+        child.setAttribute("flex", "1");
+        listcell.appendChild(child);
+      }
+      listitem.appendChild(listcell);
+    }
+    return listitem;
+}
+
+function removeSearchRow(index)
+{
+    var searchTermObj = gSearchTerms[index].obj;
+    if (!searchTermObj) {
+        return;
+    }
+
+    // if it is an existing (but offscreen) term,
+    // make sure it is initialized before we remove it.
+    if (!gSearchTerms[index].searchTerm && !gSearchTerms[index].initialized)
+        initializeTermFromIndex(index);
+
+    // need to remove row from list, so walk upwards from the
+    // searchattribute to find the first <listitem>
+    var listitem = searchTermObj.searchattribute;
+
+    while (listitem) {
+        if (listitem.localName == "listitem") break;
+        listitem = listitem.parentNode;
+    }
+
+    if (!listitem) {
+        dump("Error: couldn't find parent listitem!\n");
+        return;
+    }
+
+
+    if (searchTermObj.searchTerm) {
+        gSearchRemovedTerms[gSearchRemovedTerms.length] = searchTermObj.searchTerm;
+    } else {
+        //dump("That wasn't real. ignoring \n");
+    }
+
+    listitem.remove();
+    
+    // now remove the item from our list of terms
+    gSearchTerms.splice(index, 1); 
+}
+
+// save the search terms from the UI back to the actual search terms
+// searchTerms: nsISupportsArray of terms
+// termOwner:   object which can contain and create the terms
+//              (will be unnecessary if we just make terms creatable
+//               via XPCOM)
+function saveSearchTerms(searchTerms, termOwner)
+{
+    var matchAll = gSearchBooleanRadiogroup.value == 'matchAll';
+    var i;
+    for (i = 0; i < gSearchRemovedTerms.length; i++)
+        searchTerms.RemoveElement(gSearchRemovedTerms[i]);
+
+    for (i = 0; i < gSearchTerms.length; i++) {
+        try {
+            gSearchTerms[i].obj.matchAll = matchAll;
+            var searchTerm = gSearchTerms[i].obj.searchTerm;
+            if (searchTerm) {
+                gSearchTerms[i].obj.save();
+            } else if (!gSearchTerms[i].initialized) {
+                // the term might be an offscreen one we haven't initialized yet
+                searchTerm = gSearchTerms[i].searchTerm;
+            } else {
+                // need to create a new searchTerm, and somehow save it to that
+                searchTerm = termOwner.createTerm();
+                gSearchTerms[i].obj.saveTo(searchTerm);
+                // this might not be the right place for the term,
+                // but we need to make the array longer anyway
+                termOwner.appendTerm(searchTerm);
+            }
+            searchTerms.SetElementAt(i, searchTerm);
+        } catch (ex) {
+            dump("** Error saving element " + i + ": " + ex + "\n");
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+function onReset(event)
+{
+    while (gTotalSearchTerms>0)
+        removeSearchRow(--gTotalSearchTerms);
+    onMore(null);
+}
+
+function hideMatchAllItem()
+{
+    var allItems = document.getElementById('matchAllItem');
+    if (allItems)
+      allItems.hidden = true;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/search/content/searchTermOverlay.xul b/mailnews/base/search/content/searchTermOverlay.xul
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c14e05cb0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/search/content/searchTermOverlay.xul
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+<?xml version="1.0"?>
+
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!DOCTYPE overlay SYSTEM "chrome://messenger/locale/searchTermOverlay.dtd">
+
+<overlay xmlns="http://www.mozilla.org/keymaster/gatekeeper/there.is.only.xul">
+
+  <script type="application/javascript"
+          src="chrome://messenger/content/searchTermOverlay.js"/>
+  <script type="application/javascript"
+          src="chrome://messenger/content/dateFormat.js"/>
+
+  <vbox id="searchTermListBox">
+
+    <radiogroup id="booleanAndGroup" orient="horizontal" value="and"
+                oncommand="booleanChanged(event);">
+      <radio value="and" label="&matchAll.label;"
+             accesskey="&matchAll.accesskey;"/>
+      <radio value="or" label="&matchAny.label;"
+             accesskey="&matchAny.accesskey;"/>
+      <radio value="matchAll" id="matchAllItem" label="&matchAllMsgs.label;"
+             accesskey="&matchAllMsgs.accesskey;"/>
+    </radiogroup>
+
+    <hbox flex="1">
+      <hbox id="searchterms"/>
+      <listbox flex="1" id="searchTermList" rows="4" minheight="35%">
+        <listcols>
+          <listcol flex="&searchTermListAttributesFlexValue;"/>
+          <listcol flex="&searchTermListOperatorsFlexValue;"/>
+          <listcol flex="&searchTermListValueFlexValue;"/>
+          <listcol class="filler"/>
+        </listcols>
+
+        <!-- this is what the listitems will look like:
+          <listitem id="searchListItem">
+            <listcell allowevents="true">
+              <searchattribute id="searchAttr1" for="searchOp1,searchValue1" flex="1"/>
+            </listcell>
+            <listcell allowevents="true">
+              <searchoperator id="searchOp1" opfor="searchValue1" flex="1"/>
+            </listcell>
+            <listcell allowevents="true" >
+              <searchvalue id="searchValue1" flex="1"/>
+            </listcell>
+            <listcell>
+              <button label="add"/>
+              <button label="remove"/>
+            </listcell>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <listcell label="the.."/>
+            <listcell label="contains.."/>
+            <listcell label="text here"/>
+            <listcell label="+/-"/>
+          </listitem>
+        -->
+      </listbox>
+
+    </hbox>
+  </vbox>
+
+</overlay>
diff --git a/mailnews/base/search/content/searchWidgets.xml b/mailnews/base/search/content/searchWidgets.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..80ebe38c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/search/content/searchWidgets.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,738 @@
+<?xml version="1.0"?>
+
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!--
+  This file has the following external dependencies:
+      -gFilterActionStrings from FilterEditor.js
+      -gFilterList from FilterEditor.js
+      -gFilter from FilterEditor.js
+      -gCustomActions from FilterEditor.js
+      -gFilterType from FilterEditor.js
+      -checkActionsReorder from FilterEditor.js
+-->
+
+<!DOCTYPE dialog [
+  <!ENTITY % filterEditorDTD SYSTEM "chrome://messenger/locale/FilterEditor.dtd" >
+%filterEditorDTD;
+  <!ENTITY % messengerDTD    SYSTEM "chrome://messenger/locale/messenger.dtd" >
+%messengerDTD;
+]>
+
+<bindings   id="filterBindings"
+            xmlns="http://www.mozilla.org/xbl"
+            xmlns:xul="http://www.mozilla.org/keymaster/gatekeeper/there.is.only.xul"
+            xmlns:nc="http://home.netscape.com/NC-rdf#"
+            xmlns:xbl="http://www.mozilla.org/xbl">
+
+  <binding id="ruleactiontype-menulist">
+    <content>
+      <xul:menulist class="ruleaction-type">
+          <xul:menupopup>
+            <xul:menuitem label="&moveMessage.label;" value="movemessage" enablefornews="false"/>
+            <xul:menuitem label="&copyMessage.label;" value="copymessage"/>
+            <xul:menuseparator enablefornews="false"/>
+            <xul:menuitem label="&forwardTo.label;" value="forwardmessage" enablefornews="false"/>
+            <xul:menuitem label="&replyWithTemplate.label;" value="replytomessage" enablefornews="false"/>
+            <xul:menuseparator/>
+            <xul:menuitem label="&markMessageRead.label;" value="markasread"/>
+            <xul:menuitem label="&markMessageUnread.label;" value="markasunread"/>
+            <xul:menuitem label="&markMessageStarred.label;" value="markasflagged"/>
+            <xul:menuitem label="&setPriority.label;"  value="setpriorityto"/>
+            <xul:menuitem label="&addTag.label;"  value="addtagtomessage"/>
+            <xul:menuitem label="&setJunkScore.label;" value="setjunkscore" enablefornews="false"/>
+            <xul:menuseparator enableforpop3="true"/>
+            <xul:menuitem label="&deleteMessage.label;" value="deletemessage"/>
+            <xul:menuitem label="&deleteFromPOP.label;" value="deletefrompopserver" enableforpop3="true"/>
+            <xul:menuitem label="&fetchFromPOP.label;"  value="fetchfrompopserver" enableforpop3="true"/>
+            <xul:menuseparator/>
+            <xul:menuitem label="&ignoreThread.label;" value="ignorethread"/>
+            <xul:menuitem label="&ignoreSubthread.label;" value="ignoresubthread"/>
+            <xul:menuitem label="&watchThread.label;" value="watchthread"/>
+            <xul:menuseparator/>
+            <xul:menuitem label="&stopExecution.label;" value="stopexecution"/>
+          </xul:menupopup>
+      </xul:menulist>
+    </content>
+
+    <implementation>
+      <constructor>
+        <![CDATA[
+          this.addCustomActions();
+          this.hideInvalidActions();
+          // differentiate between creating a new, next available action,
+          // and creating a row which will be initialized with an action
+          if (!this.parentNode.hasAttribute('initialActionIndex'))
+          {
+            var unavailableActions = this.usedActionsList();
+            // select the first one that's not in the list
+            for (var index = 0; index < this.menuitems.length; index++)
+            {
+              var menu = this.menuitems[index];
+              if (!(menu.value in unavailableActions) && !menu.hidden)
+              {
+                this.menulist.value = menu.value;
+                this.parentNode.setAttribute('value', menu.value);
+                break;
+              }
+            }
+          }
+          else
+          {
+            this.parentNode.mActionTypeInitialized = true;
+            this.parentNode.clearInitialActionIndex();
+          }
+        ]]>
+      </constructor>
+
+      <field name="menulist">document.getAnonymousNodes(this)[0]</field>
+      <field name="menuitems">this.menulist.getElementsByTagNameNS(this.menulist.namespaceURI, 'menuitem')</field>
+
+      <method name="hideInvalidActions">
+        <body>
+          <![CDATA[
+            let menupopup = this.menulist.menupopup;
+            let scope = getScopeFromFilterList(gFilterList);
+
+            // walk through the list of filter actions and hide any actions which aren't valid
+            // for our given scope (news, imap, pop, etc) and context
+            let elements, i;
+
+            // disable / enable all elements in the "filteractionlist"
+            // based on the scope and the "enablefornews" attribute
+            elements = menupopup.getElementsByAttribute("enablefornews", "true");
+            for (i = 0; i < elements.length; i++)
+              elements[i].hidden = scope != Components.interfaces.nsMsgSearchScope.newsFilter;
+
+            elements = menupopup.getElementsByAttribute("enablefornews", "false");
+            for (i = 0; i < elements.length; i++)
+              elements[i].hidden = scope == Components.interfaces.nsMsgSearchScope.newsFilter;
+
+            elements = menupopup.getElementsByAttribute("enableforpop3", "true");
+            for (i = 0; i < elements.length; i++)
+              elements[i].hidden = !((gFilterList.folder.server.type == "pop3") ||
+                                     (gFilterList.folder.server.type == "none"));
+
+            elements = menupopup.getElementsByAttribute("isCustom", "true");
+            // Note there might be an additional element here as a placeholder
+            // for a missing action, so we iterate over the known actions
+            // instead of the elements.
+            for (i = 0; i < gCustomActions.length; i++)
+              elements[i].hidden = !gCustomActions[i]
+                                     .isValidForType(gFilterType, scope);
+
+            // Disable "Reply with Template" if there are no templates.
+            if (!this.getTemplates(false)) {
+              elements = menupopup.getElementsByAttribute("value", "replytomessage");
+              if (elements.length == 1)
+                elements[0].hidden = true;
+            }
+          ]]>
+        </body>
+      </method>
+
+      <method name="addCustomActions">
+        <body>
+          <![CDATA[
+            var menupopup = this.menulist.menupopup;
+            for (var i = 0; i < gCustomActions.length; i++)
+            {
+              var customAction = gCustomActions[i];
+              var menuitem = document.createElementNS(
+                "http://www.mozilla.org/keymaster/gatekeeper/there.is.only.xul",
+                "xul:menuitem");
+              menuitem.setAttribute("label", customAction.name);
+              menuitem.setAttribute("value", customAction.id);
+              menuitem.setAttribute("isCustom", "true");
+              menupopup.appendChild(menuitem);
+            }
+          ]]>
+        </body>
+      </method>
+
+      <!-- returns a hash containing all of the filter actions which are currently being used by other filteractionrows -->
+      <method name="usedActionsList">
+        <body>
+          <![CDATA[
+            var usedActions = {};
+            var currentFilterActionRow = this.parentNode;
+            var listBox = currentFilterActionRow.mListBox; // need to account for the list item
+            // now iterate over each list item in the list box
+            for (var index = 0; index < listBox.getRowCount(); index++)
+            {
+              var filterActionRow = listBox.getItemAtIndex(index);
+              if (filterActionRow != currentFilterActionRow)
+              {
+                var actionValue = filterActionRow.getAttribute('value');
+
+                // let custom actions decide if dups are allowed
+                var isCustom = false;
+                for (var i = 0; i < gCustomActions.length; i++)
+                {
+                  if (gCustomActions[i].id == actionValue)
+                  {
+                    isCustom = true;
+                    if (!gCustomActions[i].allowDuplicates)
+                      usedActions[actionValue] = true;
+                    break;
+                  }
+                }
+
+                if (!isCustom) {
+                  // The following actions can appear more than once in a single filter
+                  // so do not set them as already used.
+                  if (actionValue != 'addtagtomessage' &&
+                      actionValue != 'forwardmessage' &&
+                      actionValue != 'copymessage')
+                    usedActions[actionValue] = true;
+                  // If either Delete message or Move message exists, disable the other one.
+                  // It does not make sense to apply both to the same message.
+                  if (actionValue == 'deletemessage')
+                    usedActions['movemessage'] = true;
+                  else if (actionValue == 'movemessage')
+                    usedActions['deletemessage'] = true;
+                  // The same with Mark as read/Mark as Unread.
+                  else if (actionValue == 'markasread')
+                    usedActions['markasunread'] = true;
+                  else if (actionValue == 'markasunread')
+                    usedActions['markasread'] = true;
+                }
+              }
+            }
+            return usedActions;
+          ]]>
+        </body>
+      </method>
+
+      <!--
+        - Check if there exist any templates in this account.
+        -
+        - @param populateTemplateList  If true, create menuitems representing
+        -                              the found templates.
+        - @param templateMenuList      The menulist element to create items in.
+        -
+        - @return  True if at least one template was found, otherwise false.
+      -->
+      <method name="getTemplates">
+        <parameter name="populateTemplateList"/>
+        <parameter name="templateMenuList"/>
+        <body>
+          <![CDATA[
+            Components.utils.import("resource:///modules/iteratorUtils.jsm", this);
+            let identitiesRaw = MailServices.accounts
+              .getIdentitiesForServer(gFilterList.folder.server);
+            let identities = Array.from(this.fixIterator(identitiesRaw,
+                                          Components.interfaces.nsIMsgIdentity));
+
+            if (!identities.length) // typically if this is Local Folders
+              identities.push(MailServices.accounts.defaultAccount.defaultIdentity);
+
+            let templateFound = false;
+            let foldersScanned = [];
+
+            for (let identity of identities) {
+              let enumerator = null;
+              let msgFolder;
+              try {
+                msgFolder = Components.classes["@mozilla.org/rdf/rdf-service;1"]
+                                      .getService(Components.interfaces.nsIRDFService)
+                                      .GetResource(identity.stationeryFolder)
+                                      .QueryInterface(Components.interfaces.nsIMsgFolder);
+                // If we already processed this folder, do not set enumerator
+                // so that we skip this identity.
+                if (foldersScanned.indexOf(msgFolder) == -1) {
+                  foldersScanned.push(msgFolder);
+                  enumerator = msgFolder.msgDatabase.EnumerateMessages();
+                }
+              } catch (e) {
+                // The Templates folder may not exist, that is OK.
+              }
+
+              if (!enumerator)
+                continue;
+
+              while (enumerator.hasMoreElements()) {
+                let header = enumerator.getNext();
+                if (header instanceof Components.interfaces.nsIMsgDBHdr) {
+                  templateFound = true;
+                  if (!populateTemplateList)
+                    return true;
+                  let msgTemplateUri = msgFolder.URI + "?messageId=" +
+                    header.messageId + '&subject=' + header.mime2DecodedSubject;
+                  let newItem = templateMenuList.appendItem(header.mime2DecodedSubject,
+                                                            msgTemplateUri);
+                }
+              }
+            }
+
+            return templateFound;
+          ]]>
+        </body>
+      </method>
+
+    </implementation>
+
+    <handlers>
+      <handler event="command">
+        <![CDATA[
+          this.parentNode.setAttribute('value', this.menulist.value);
+          checkActionsReorder();
+        ]]>
+      </handler>
+
+      <handler event="popupshowing">
+        <![CDATA[
+          var unavailableActions = this.usedActionsList();
+          for (var index = 0; index < this.menuitems.length; index++)
+          {
+            var menu = this.menuitems[index];
+            menu.setAttribute('disabled', menu.value in unavailableActions);
+          }
+        ]]>
+      </handler>
+    </handlers>
+  </binding>
+
+  <!-- This binding exists to disable the default binding of a listitem
+       in the search terms. -->
+  <binding id="listitem">
+    <implementation>
+      <method name="_fireEvent">
+        <parameter name="aName"/>
+        <body>
+          <![CDATA[
+            /* This provides a dummy _fireEvent function that
+               the listbox expects to be able to call.
+               See bug 202036. */
+          ]]>
+        </body>
+      </method>
+    </implementation>
+  </binding>
+
+  <binding id="ruleaction" extends="#listitem">
+    <content allowevents="true">
+      <xul:listcell class="ruleactiontype"
+                    orient="vertical" align="stretch" pack="center"/>
+      <xul:listcell class="ruleactiontarget" xbl:inherits="type=value"
+                    orient="vertical" align="stretch" pack="center"/>
+      <xul:listcell>
+        <xul:button class="small-button"
+                    label="+"
+                    tooltiptext="&addAction.tooltip;"
+                    oncommand="this.parentNode.parentNode.addRow();"/>
+        <xul:button class="small-button"
+                    label="&#x2212;"
+                    tooltiptext="&removeAction.tooltip;"
+                    oncommand="this.parentNode.parentNode.removeRow();"
+                    anonid="removeButton"/>
+      </xul:listcell>
+    </content>
+
+    <implementation>
+      <field name="mListBox">this.parentNode</field>
+      <field name="mRemoveButton">document.getAnonymousElementByAttribute(this, "anonid", "removeButton")</field>
+      <field name="mActionTypeInitialized">false</field>
+      <field name="mRuleActionTargetInitialized">false</field>
+      <field name="mRuleActionType">document.getAnonymousNodes(this)[0]</field>
+
+      <method name="clearInitialActionIndex">
+        <body>
+          <![CDATA[
+            // we should only remove the initialActionIndex after we have been told that
+            // both the rule action type and the rule action target have both been built since they both need
+            // this piece of information. This complication arises because both of these child elements are getting
+            // bound asynchronously after the search row has been constructed
+
+            if (this.mActionTypeInitialized && this.mRuleActionTargetInitialized)
+              this.removeAttribute('initialActionIndex');
+          ]]>
+        </body>
+      </method>
+
+      <method name="initWithAction">
+        <parameter name="aFilterAction"/>
+        <body>
+          <![CDATA[
+            var filterActionStr;
+            var actionTarget = document.getAnonymousNodes(this)[1];
+            var actionItem = document.getAnonymousNodes(actionTarget);
+            var nsMsgFilterAction = Components.interfaces.nsMsgFilterAction;
+            switch (aFilterAction.type)
+            {
+              case nsMsgFilterAction.Custom:
+                filterActionStr = aFilterAction.customId;
+                if (actionItem)
+                  actionItem[0].value = aFilterAction.strValue;
+
+                // Make sure the custom action has been added. If not, it
+                // probably was from an extension that has been removed. We'll
+                // show a dummy menuitem to warn the user.
+                var needCustomLabel = true;
+                for (var i = 0; i < gCustomActions.length; i++)
+                {
+                  if (gCustomActions[i].id == filterActionStr)
+                  {
+                    needCustomLabel = false;
+                    break;
+                  }
+                }
+                if (needCustomLabel)
+                {
+                  var menuitem = document.createElementNS(
+                      "http://www.mozilla.org/keymaster/gatekeeper/there.is.only.xul",
+                      "xul:menuitem");
+                  menuitem.setAttribute("label",
+                      gFilterBundle.getString("filterMissingCustomAction"));
+                  menuitem.setAttribute("value", filterActionStr);
+                  menuitem.disabled = true;
+                  this.mRuleActionType.menulist.menupopup.appendChild(menuitem);
+                  var scriptError = Components.classes["@mozilla.org/scripterror;1"]
+                      .createInstance(Components.interfaces.nsIScriptError);
+                  scriptError.init("Missing custom action " + filterActionStr,
+                      null, null, 0, 0,
+                      Components.interfaces.nsIScriptError.errorFlag,
+                      "component javascript");
+                  Services.console.logMessage(scriptError);
+                }
+                break;
+              case nsMsgFilterAction.MoveToFolder:
+              case nsMsgFilterAction.CopyToFolder:
+                actionItem[0].value = aFilterAction.targetFolderUri;
+                break;
+              case nsMsgFilterAction.Reply:
+              case nsMsgFilterAction.Forward:
+                actionItem[0].value = aFilterAction.strValue;
+                break;
+              case nsMsgFilterAction.Label:
+                actionItem[0].value = aFilterAction.label;
+                break;
+              case nsMsgFilterAction.ChangePriority:
+                actionItem[0].value = aFilterAction.priority;
+                break;
+              case nsMsgFilterAction.JunkScore:
+                actionItem[0].value = aFilterAction.junkScore;
+                break;
+              case nsMsgFilterAction.AddTag:
+                actionItem[0].value = aFilterAction.strValue;
+                break;
+              default:
+                break;
+            }
+            if (aFilterAction.type != nsMsgFilterAction.Custom)
+              filterActionStr = gFilterActionStrings[aFilterAction.type];
+            document.getAnonymousNodes(this.mRuleActionType)[0]
+                    .value = filterActionStr;
+            this.mRuleActionTargetInitialized = true;
+            this.clearInitialActionIndex();
+            checkActionsReorder();
+          ]]>
+        </body>
+      </method>
+
+      <method name="validateAction">
+        <body>
+          <![CDATA[
+            // returns true if this row represents a valid filter action and false otherwise.
+            // This routine also prompts the user.
+            Components.utils.import("resource:///modules/MailUtils.js", this);
+            var filterActionString = this.getAttribute('value');
+            var actionTarget = document.getAnonymousNodes(this)[1];
+            var errorString, customError;
+
+            switch (filterActionString)
+            {
+              case "movemessage":
+              case "copymessage":
+                let msgFolder = document.getAnonymousNodes(actionTarget)[0].value ?
+                  this.MailUtils.getFolderForURI(document.getAnonymousNodes(actionTarget)[0].value) : null;
+                if (!msgFolder || !msgFolder.canFileMessages)
+                  errorString = "mustSelectFolder";
+                break;
+              case "forwardmessage":
+                if (document.getAnonymousNodes(actionTarget)[0].value.length < 3 ||
+                    document.getAnonymousNodes(actionTarget)[0].value.indexOf('@') < 1)
+                  errorString = "enterValidEmailAddress";
+                break;
+              case "replytomessage":
+                if (!document.getAnonymousNodes(actionTarget)[0].selectedItem)
+                   errorString = "pickTemplateToReplyWith";
+                break;
+              default:
+                // some custom actions have no action value node
+                if (!document.getAnonymousNodes(actionTarget))
+                  return true;
+                // locate the correct custom action, and check validity
+                for (var i = 0; i < gCustomActions.length; i++)
+                  if (gCustomActions[i].id == filterActionString)
+                  {
+                    customError =
+                        gCustomActions[i].validateActionValue(
+                          document.getAnonymousNodes(actionTarget)[0].value,
+                          gFilterList.folder, gFilterType);
+                    break;
+                  }
+                break;
+            }
+
+            errorString = errorString ?
+                          gFilterBundle.getString(errorString) :
+                          customError;
+            if (errorString)
+              Services.prompt.alert(window, null, errorString);
+
+            return !errorString;
+          ]]>
+        </body>
+      </method>
+
+      <method name="saveToFilter">
+        <parameter name="aFilter"/>
+        <body>
+          <![CDATA[
+            // create a new filter action, fill it in, and then append it to the filter
+            var filterAction = aFilter.createAction();
+            var filterActionString = this.getAttribute('value');
+            filterAction.type = gFilterActionStrings.indexOf(filterActionString);
+            var actionTarget = document.getAnonymousNodes(this)[1];
+            var actionItem = document.getAnonymousNodes(actionTarget);
+            var nsMsgFilterAction = Components.interfaces.nsMsgFilterAction;
+            switch (filterAction.type)
+            {
+              case nsMsgFilterAction.Label:
+                filterAction.label = actionItem[0].getAttribute("value");
+                break;
+              case nsMsgFilterAction.ChangePriority:
+                filterAction.priority = actionItem[0].getAttribute("value");
+                break;
+              case nsMsgFilterAction.MoveToFolder:
+              case nsMsgFilterAction.CopyToFolder:
+                filterAction.targetFolderUri = actionItem[0].value;
+                break;
+              case nsMsgFilterAction.JunkScore:
+                filterAction.junkScore = actionItem[0].value;
+                break;
+              case nsMsgFilterAction.Custom:
+                filterAction.customId = filterActionString;
+                // fall through to set the value
+              default:
+                if (actionItem)
+                  filterAction.strValue = actionItem[0].value;
+                break;
+              }
+            aFilter.appendAction(filterAction);
+          ]]>
+        </body>
+      </method>
+
+      <method name="getActionStrings">
+        <parameter name="aActionStrings"/>
+        <body>
+          <![CDATA[
+            // Collect the action names and arguments in a plain string form.
+            let actionTarget = document.getAnonymousNodes(this)[1];
+            let actionItem = document.getAnonymousNodes(actionTarget);
+
+            aActionStrings.push({
+              label: document.getAnonymousNodes(this.mRuleActionType)[0].label,
+              argument: actionItem ?
+                        (actionItem[0].label ?
+                         actionItem[0].label : actionItem[0].value) : ""
+            });
+          ]]>
+        </body>
+      </method>
+
+      <method name="updateRemoveButton">
+        <body>
+          <![CDATA[
+            // if we only have one row of actions, then disable the remove button for that row
+            this.mListBox.getItemAtIndex(0).mRemoveButton.disabled = this.mListBox.getRowCount() == 1;
+          ]]>
+        </body>
+      </method>
+
+      <method name="addRow">
+        <body>
+          <![CDATA[
+            let listItem = document.createElement('listitem');
+            listItem.className = 'ruleaction';
+            listItem.setAttribute('onfocus','this.storeFocus();');
+            this.mListBox.insertBefore(listItem, this.nextSibling);
+            this.mListBox.ensureElementIsVisible(listItem);
+
+            // make sure the first remove button is enabled
+            this.updateRemoveButton();
+            checkActionsReorder();
+          ]]>
+        </body>
+      </method>
+
+      <method name="removeRow">
+        <body>
+          <![CDATA[
+            // this.mListBox will fail after the row is removed, so save it
+            let listBox = this.mListBox;
+            if (listBox.getRowCount() > 1)
+              this.remove();
+            // can't use 'this' as it is destroyed now
+            listBox.getItemAtIndex(0).updateRemoveButton();
+            checkActionsReorder();
+          ]]>
+        </body>
+      </method>
+
+      <method name="storeFocus">
+        <body>
+          <![CDATA[
+            // When this action row is focused, store its index in the parent listbox.
+            this.mListBox.setAttribute("focusedAction", this.mListBox.getIndexOfItem(this));
+          ]]>
+        </body>
+      </method>
+
+    </implementation>
+  </binding>
+
+  <binding id="ruleactiontarget-base">
+    <implementation>
+      <constructor>
+        <![CDATA[
+          if (this.parentNode.hasAttribute('initialActionIndex'))
+          {
+            let actionIndex = this.parentNode.getAttribute('initialActionIndex');
+            let filterAction = gFilter.getActionAt(actionIndex);
+            this.parentNode.initWithAction(filterAction);
+          }
+          this.parentNode.updateRemoveButton();
+        ]]>
+      </constructor>
+    </implementation>
+  </binding>
+
+  <binding id="ruleactiontarget-tag" extends="chrome://messenger/content/searchWidgets.xml#ruleactiontarget-base">
+    <content>
+      <xul:menulist class="ruleactionitem">
+        <xul:menupopup>
+        </xul:menupopup>
+      </xul:menulist>
+    </content>
+
+    <implementation>
+      <constructor>
+        <![CDATA[
+            let menuPopup = document.getAnonymousNodes(this)[0].menupopup;
+            let tagArray = MailServices.tags.getAllTags({});
+            for (let i = 0; i < tagArray.length; ++i)
+            {
+              var taginfo = tagArray[i];
+              var newMenuItem = document.createElement('menuitem');
+              newMenuItem.setAttribute('label', taginfo.tag);
+              newMenuItem.setAttribute('value', taginfo.key);
+              menuPopup.appendChild(newMenuItem);
+            }
+          // propagating a pre-existing hack to make the tag get displayed correctly in the menulist
+          // now that we've changed the tags for each menu list. We need to use the current selectedIndex
+          // (if its defined) to handle the case where we were initialized with a filter action already.
+          var currentItem = document.getAnonymousNodes(this)[0].selectedItem;
+          document.getAnonymousNodes(this)[0].selectedItem = null;
+          document.getAnonymousNodes(this)[0].selectedItem = currentItem;
+        ]]>
+      </constructor>
+    </implementation>
+  </binding>
+
+  <binding id="ruleactiontarget-priority" extends="chrome://messenger/content/searchWidgets.xml#ruleactiontarget-base">
+    <content>
+      <xul:menulist class="ruleactionitem">
+        <xul:menupopup>
+          <xul:menuitem value="6" label="&highestPriorityCmd.label;"/>
+          <xul:menuitem value="5" label="&highPriorityCmd.label;"/>
+          <xul:menuitem value="4" label="&normalPriorityCmd.label;"/>
+          <xul:menuitem value="3" label="&lowPriorityCmd.label;"/>
+          <xul:menuitem value="2" label="&lowestPriorityCmd.label;"/>
+        </xul:menupopup>
+      </xul:menulist>
+    </content>
+  </binding>
+
+  <binding id="ruleactiontarget-junkscore" extends="chrome://messenger/content/searchWidgets.xml#ruleactiontarget-base">
+    <content>
+      <xul:menulist class="ruleactionitem">
+        <xul:menupopup>
+          <xul:menuitem value="100" label="&junk.label;"/>
+          <xul:menuitem value="0"   label="&notJunk.label;"/>
+        </xul:menupopup>
+      </xul:menulist>
+    </content>
+  </binding>
+
+  <binding id="ruleactiontarget-replyto" extends="chrome://messenger/content/searchWidgets.xml#ruleactiontarget-base">
+    <content>
+      <xul:menulist class="ruleactionitem">
+        <xul:menupopup>
+        </xul:menupopup>
+      </xul:menulist>
+    </content>
+
+    <implementation>
+      <constructor>
+        <![CDATA[
+          document.getAnonymousElementByAttribute(
+            this.parentNode, "class", "ruleactiontype")
+            .getTemplates(true, document.getAnonymousNodes(this)[0]);
+        ]]>
+      </constructor>
+    </implementation>
+  </binding>
+
+  <binding id="ruleactiontarget-forwardto" extends="chrome://messenger/content/searchWidgets.xml#ruleactiontarget-base">
+    <content>
+      <xul:textbox class="ruleactionitem" flex="1"/>
+    </content>
+  </binding>
+
+  <binding id="ruleactiontarget-folder" extends="chrome://messenger/content/searchWidgets.xml#ruleactiontarget-base">
+    <content>
+      <xul:menulist class="ruleactionitem folderMenuItem"
+                    displayformat="verbose"
+                    oncommand="this.parentNode.setPicker(event);">
+        <xul:menupopup type="folder"
+                       mode="filing"
+                       class="menulist-menupopup"
+                       showRecent="true"
+                       recentLabel="&recentFolders.label;"
+                       showFileHereLabel="true"/>
+      </xul:menulist>
+    </content>
+
+    <implementation>
+      <constructor>
+        <![CDATA[
+          Components.utils.import("resource:///modules/MailUtils.js", this);
+          let folder = this.menulist.value ?
+                         this.MailUtils.getFolderForURI(this.menulist.value) :
+                         gFilterList.folder;
+          // An account folder is not a move/copy target; show "Choose Folder".
+          folder = folder.isServer ? null : folder;
+          let menupopup = this.menulist.menupopup;
+          // The menupopup constructor needs to finish first.
+          setTimeout(function() { menupopup.selectFolder(folder); }, 0);
+        ]]>
+      </constructor>
+
+      <field name="menulist">document.getAnonymousNodes(this)[0]</field>
+      <method name="setPicker">
+        <parameter name="aEvent"/>
+        <body>
+          <![CDATA[
+            this.menulist.menupopup.selectFolder(aEvent.target._folder);
+          ]]>
+        </body>
+      </method>
+    </implementation>
+  </binding>
+
+</bindings>
diff --git a/mailnews/base/search/content/viewLog.js b/mailnews/base/search/content/viewLog.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..61ae44df7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/search/content/viewLog.js
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+var gFilterList;
+var gLogFilters;
+var gLogView;
+
+function onLoad()
+{
+  gFilterList = window.arguments[0].filterList;
+
+  gLogFilters = document.getElementById("logFilters");
+  gLogFilters.checked = gFilterList.loggingEnabled;
+
+  gLogView = document.getElementById("logView");
+
+  // for security, disable JS
+  gLogView.docShell.allowJavascript = false;
+
+  gLogView.setAttribute("src", gFilterList.logURL);
+}
+
+function toggleLogFilters()
+{
+  gFilterList.loggingEnabled =  gLogFilters.checked;
+}
+
+function clearLog()
+{
+  gFilterList.clearLog();
+
+  // reload the newly truncated file
+  gLogView.reload();
+}
+
diff --git a/mailnews/base/search/content/viewLog.xul b/mailnews/base/search/content/viewLog.xul
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4ee766395
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/search/content/viewLog.xul
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+<?xml version="1.0"?>
+
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<?xml-stylesheet href="chrome://messenger/skin/messenger.css" type="text/css"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE dialog SYSTEM "chrome://messenger/locale/viewLog.dtd">
+
+<dialog id="viewLogWindow"
+        xmlns="http://www.mozilla.org/keymaster/gatekeeper/there.is.only.xul"
+        onload="onLoad();"
+        title="&viewLog.title;"
+        windowtype="mailnews:filterlog"
+        buttons="accept"
+        buttonlabelaccept="&closeLog.label;"
+        buttonaccesskeyaccept="&closeLog.accesskey;"
+        ondialogaccept="window.close();"
+        persist="screenX screenY width height"
+        style="width: 40em; height: 25em;">
+
+  <script type="application/javascript" src="chrome://messenger/content/viewLog.js"/>
+
+  <vbox flex="1">
+    <description>&viewLogInfo.text;</description>
+    <hbox>
+      <checkbox id="logFilters"
+                label="&enableLog.label;"
+                accesskey="&enableLog.accesskey;"
+                oncommand="toggleLogFilters();"/>
+      <spacer flex="1"/>
+      <button label="&clearLog.label;"
+              accesskey="&clearLog.accesskey;"
+              oncommand="clearLog();"/>
+    </hbox>
+    <separator class="thin"/>
+    <hbox flex="1">
+      <browser id="logView"
+               class="inset"
+               type="content"
+               disablehistory="true"
+               disablesecurity="true"
+               src="about:blank"
+               autofind="false"
+               flex="1"/>
+    </hbox>
+  </vbox>
+</dialog>
diff --git a/mailnews/base/search/public/moz.build b/mailnews/base/search/public/moz.build
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..60eb4a18a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/search/public/moz.build
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+# vim: set filetype=python:
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+XPIDL_SOURCES += [
+    'nsIMsgFilter.idl',
+    'nsIMsgFilterCustomAction.idl',
+    'nsIMsgFilterHitNotify.idl',
+    'nsIMsgFilterList.idl',
+    'nsIMsgFilterPlugin.idl',
+    'nsIMsgFilterService.idl',
+    'nsIMsgOperationListener.idl',
+    'nsIMsgSearchAdapter.idl',
+    'nsIMsgSearchCustomTerm.idl',
+    'nsIMsgSearchNotify.idl',
+    'nsIMsgSearchScopeTerm.idl',
+    'nsIMsgSearchSession.idl',
+    'nsIMsgSearchTerm.idl',
+    'nsIMsgSearchValidityManager.idl',
+    'nsIMsgSearchValidityTable.idl',
+    'nsIMsgSearchValue.idl',
+    'nsIMsgTraitService.idl',
+    'nsMsgFilterCore.idl',
+    'nsMsgSearchCore.idl',
+]
+
+XPIDL_MODULE = 'msgsearch'
+
+EXPORTS += [
+    'nsMsgBodyHandler.h',
+    'nsMsgResultElement.h',
+    'nsMsgSearchAdapter.h',
+    'nsMsgSearchBoolExpression.h',
+    'nsMsgSearchScopeTerm.h',
+    'nsMsgSearchTerm.h',
+]
+
diff --git a/mailnews/base/search/public/nsIMsgFilter.idl b/mailnews/base/search/public/nsIMsgFilter.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5571b2f9a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/search/public/nsIMsgFilter.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
+/* -*- Mode: IDL; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+#include "nsMsgFilterCore.idl"
+// Disable deprecation warnings generated by nsISupportsArray and associated
+// classes.
+%{C++
+#if defined(__GNUC__)
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wdeprecated-declarations"
+#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
+#pragma warning (disable : 4996)
+#endif
+%}
+interface nsISupportsArray;
+
+interface nsIArray;
+interface nsIOutputStream;
+interface nsIMsgFilterCustomAction;
+interface nsIMsgFilterList;
+interface nsIMsgSearchScopeTerm;
+interface nsIMsgSearchValue;
+interface nsIMsgSearchTerm;
+
+[scriptable, uuid(36d2748e-9246-44f3-bb74-46cbb0b8c23a)]
+interface nsIMsgRuleAction : nsISupports {
+
+  attribute nsMsgRuleActionType type;
+
+  // target priority.. throws an exception if the action is not priority
+  attribute nsMsgPriorityValue priority;
+
+  // target folder.. throws an exception if the action is not move to folder
+  attribute ACString targetFolderUri;
+
+  // target label. throws an exception if the action is not label
+  attribute nsMsgLabelValue label;
+
+  attribute long junkScore;
+
+  attribute AUTF8String strValue;
+
+  // action id if type is Custom
+  attribute ACString customId;
+
+  // custom action associated with customId
+  // (which must be set prior to reading this attribute)
+  readonly attribute nsIMsgFilterCustomAction customAction;
+
+};
+
+[scriptable, uuid(d304fcfc-b588-11e4-981c-770e1e5d46b0)]
+interface nsIMsgFilter : nsISupports {
+    attribute nsMsgFilterTypeType filterType;
+    /**
+     * some filters are "temporary".  For example, the filters we create when the user
+     * filters return receipts to the Sent folder.
+     * we don't show temporary filters in the UI
+     * and we don't write them to disk.
+     */
+    attribute boolean temporary;
+    attribute boolean enabled;
+    attribute AString filterName;
+    attribute ACString filterDesc;
+    attribute ACString unparsedBuffer; //holds the entire filter if we don't know how to handle it
+    attribute boolean unparseable;  //whether we could parse the filter or not
+
+    attribute nsIMsgFilterList filterList; // owning filter list
+
+    void AddTerm(in nsMsgSearchAttribValue attrib,
+                 in nsMsgSearchOpValue op,
+                 in nsIMsgSearchValue value,
+                 in boolean BooleanAND,
+                 in ACString arbitraryHeader);
+
+    void GetTerm(in long termIndex,
+                 out nsMsgSearchAttribValue attrib,
+                 out nsMsgSearchOpValue op,
+                 out nsIMsgSearchValue value, // bad! using shared structure
+                 out boolean BooleanAND,
+                 out ACString arbitraryHeader);
+
+    void appendTerm(in nsIMsgSearchTerm term);
+
+    nsIMsgSearchTerm createTerm();
+
+    attribute nsISupportsArray searchTerms;
+
+    attribute nsIMsgSearchScopeTerm scope;
+
+    // Marking noscript because "headers" is actually a null-separated
+    // list of headers, which is not scriptable.
+    [noscript] void MatchHdr(in nsIMsgDBHdr msgHdr, in nsIMsgFolder folder,
+                  in nsIMsgDatabase db,
+                  in string headers,
+                  //                  [array, size_is(headerSize)] in string headers,
+                  in unsigned long headerSize, out boolean result);
+
+
+    /*
+     * Report that Rule was matched and executed when filter logging is enabled.
+     *
+     * @param aFilterAction  The filter rule that was invoked.
+     * @param aHeader        The header information of the message acted on by
+     *                       the filter.
+     */
+    void logRuleHit(in nsIMsgRuleAction aFilterAction,
+                    in nsIMsgDBHdr aHeader);
+
+    /* Report that filtering failed for some reason when filter logging is enabled.
+     *
+     * @param aFilterAction Filter rule that was invoked.
+     * @param aHeader Header of the message acted on by the filter.
+     * @param aRcode  Error code returned by low-level routine that
+     *                led to the filter failure.
+     * @param aErrmsg Error message
+     */
+    void logRuleHitFail(in nsIMsgRuleAction aFilterAction,
+                        in nsIMsgDBHdr aHeader,
+                        in nsresult aRcode,
+                        in string aErrmsg );
+
+    nsIMsgRuleAction createAction();
+
+    nsIMsgRuleAction getActionAt(in unsigned long aIndex);
+
+    long getActionIndex(in nsIMsgRuleAction aAction);
+
+    void appendAction(in nsIMsgRuleAction action);
+
+    readonly attribute unsigned long actionCount;
+
+    void clearActionList();
+
+    // Returns the action list in the order it will be really executed in.
+    readonly attribute nsIArray sortedActionList;
+
+    void SaveToTextFile(in nsIOutputStream aStream);
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/base/search/public/nsIMsgFilterCustomAction.idl b/mailnews/base/search/public/nsIMsgFilterCustomAction.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d3a1c5584
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/search/public/nsIMsgFilterCustomAction.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsMsgFilterCore.idl"
+
+interface nsIArray;
+interface nsIMsgCopyServiceListener;
+interface nsIMsgWindow;
+
+/**
+ * describes a custom action added to a message filter
+ */
+[scriptable,uuid(4699C41E-3671-436e-B6AE-4FD8106747E4)]
+interface nsIMsgFilterCustomAction : nsISupports
+{
+  /* globally unique string to identify this filter action.
+   * recommended form: ExtensionName@example.com#ActionName
+   */
+  readonly attribute ACString id;
+
+  /* action name to display in action list. This should be localized. */
+  readonly attribute AString name;
+
+  /**
+   * Is this custom action valid for a particular filter type? 
+   *
+   * @param type    the filter type
+   * @param scope   the search scope
+   *
+   * @return        true if valid
+   */
+  boolean isValidForType(in nsMsgFilterTypeType type, in nsMsgSearchScopeValue scope);
+
+  /**
+   * After the user inputs a particular action value for the action, determine
+   * if that value is valid.
+   *
+   * @param actionValue          The value entered.
+   * @param actionFolder         Folder in the filter list
+   * @param filterType           Filter Type (Manual, OfflineMail, etc.)
+   *
+   * @return errorMessage        A localized message to display if invalid
+   *                             Set to null if the actionValue is valid
+   */
+  AUTF8String validateActionValue(in AUTF8String actionValue,
+                                  in nsIMsgFolder actionFolder,
+                                  in nsMsgFilterTypeType filterType);
+
+  /* allow duplicate actions in the same filter list? Default No. */
+  attribute boolean allowDuplicates;
+
+  /*
+   * The custom action itself
+   *
+   * Generally for the apply method, folder-based methods give correct
+   * results and are preferred if available. Otherwise, be careful
+   * that the action does correct notifications to maintain counts, and correct
+   * manipulations of both IMAP and local non-database storage of message
+   * metadata.
+   */
+
+  /**
+   * Apply the custom action to an array of messages
+   *
+   * @param msgHdrs      array of nsIMsgDBHdr objects of messages
+   * @param actionValue  user-set value to use in the action
+   * @param copyListener calling method (filterType Manual only)
+   * @param filterType   type of filter being applied
+   * @param msgWindow    message window
+   */
+
+  void apply(in nsIArray msgHdrs /* nsIMsgDBHdr array */,
+             in AUTF8String actionValue,
+             in nsIMsgCopyServiceListener copyListener,
+             in nsMsgFilterTypeType filterType,
+             in nsIMsgWindow msgWindow);
+
+  /* does this action start an async action? If so, a copy listener must
+   * be used to continue filter processing after the action. This only
+   * applies to after-the-fact (manual) filters. Call OnStopCopy when done
+   * using the copyListener to continue.
+   */
+  readonly attribute boolean isAsync;
+
+  /// Does this action need the message body?
+  readonly attribute boolean needsBody;
+};
+
+
diff --git a/mailnews/base/search/public/nsIMsgFilterHitNotify.idl b/mailnews/base/search/public/nsIMsgFilterHitNotify.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d85226e60
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/search/public/nsIMsgFilterHitNotify.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+/* -*- Mode: IDL; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+interface nsIMsgFilter;
+interface nsIMsgWindow;
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// nsIMsgFilterHitNotify is an interface designed to make evaluating filters
+// easier. Clients typically open a filter list and ask the filter list to
+// evaluate the filters for a particular message, and pass in an
+// interface pointer to be notified of hits. The filter list will call the
+// ApplyFilterHit method on the interface pointer in case of hits, along with
+// the desired action and value.
+// return value is used to indicate whether the
+// filter list should continue trying to apply filters or not. 
+//
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+[scriptable, uuid(c9f15174-1f3f-11d3-a51b-0060b0fc04b7)]
+interface nsIMsgFilterHitNotify : nsISupports {
+    boolean applyFilterHit(in nsIMsgFilter filter, in nsIMsgWindow msgWindow);
+};
+
diff --git a/mailnews/base/search/public/nsIMsgFilterList.idl b/mailnews/base/search/public/nsIMsgFilterList.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b9c24b526
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/search/public/nsIMsgFilterList.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+#include "nsIMsgFilterHitNotify.idl"
+#include "nsMsgFilterCore.idl"
+
+interface nsIFile;
+interface nsIOutputStream;
+interface nsIMsgFilter;
+interface nsIMsgFolder;
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// The Msg Filter List is an interface designed to make accessing filter lists
+// easier. Clients typically open a filter list and either enumerate the filters,
+// or add new filters, or change the order around...
+//
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+typedef long nsMsgFilterFileAttribValue;
+
+[scriptable, uuid(5d0ec03e-7e2f-49e9-b58a-b274c85f279e)]
+interface nsIMsgFilterList : nsISupports {
+
+    const nsMsgFilterFileAttribValue attribNone = 0;
+    const nsMsgFilterFileAttribValue attribVersion = 1;
+    const nsMsgFilterFileAttribValue attribLogging = 2;
+    const nsMsgFilterFileAttribValue attribName = 3;
+    const nsMsgFilterFileAttribValue attribEnabled = 4; 
+    const nsMsgFilterFileAttribValue attribDescription = 5; 
+    const nsMsgFilterFileAttribValue attribType = 6;
+    const nsMsgFilterFileAttribValue attribScriptFile = 7; 
+    const nsMsgFilterFileAttribValue attribAction = 8; 
+    const nsMsgFilterFileAttribValue attribActionValue = 9; 
+    const nsMsgFilterFileAttribValue attribCondition = 10;
+    const nsMsgFilterFileAttribValue attribCustomId = 11;
+
+    attribute nsIMsgFolder folder;
+    readonly attribute short version;
+    readonly attribute ACString arbitraryHeaders;
+    readonly attribute boolean shouldDownloadAllHeaders;
+    readonly attribute unsigned long filterCount;
+    nsIMsgFilter getFilterAt(in unsigned long filterIndex);
+    nsIMsgFilter getFilterNamed(in AString filterName);
+
+    void setFilterAt(in unsigned long filterIndex, in nsIMsgFilter filter);
+    void removeFilter(in nsIMsgFilter filter);
+    void removeFilterAt(in unsigned long filterIndex);
+    
+    void moveFilterAt(in unsigned long filterIndex,
+                      in nsMsgFilterMotionValue motion);
+    void moveFilter(in nsIMsgFilter filter,
+                    in nsMsgFilterMotionValue motion);
+    
+    void insertFilterAt(in unsigned long filterIndex, in nsIMsgFilter filter);
+
+    attribute boolean loggingEnabled;
+
+    nsIMsgFilter createFilter(in AString name);
+
+    void saveToFile(in nsIOutputStream stream);
+
+    void parseCondition(in nsIMsgFilter aFilter, in string condition);
+    // this is temporary so that we can save the filterlist to disk
+    // without knowing where the filters were read from intially
+    // (such as the filter list dialog)
+    attribute nsIFile defaultFile;
+    void saveToDefaultFile();
+    
+
+    // marking noscript because headers is a null-separated list
+    // of strings, which is not scriptable
+    [noscript]
+    void applyFiltersToHdr(in nsMsgFilterTypeType filterType,
+                           in nsIMsgDBHdr msgHdr,
+                           in nsIMsgFolder folder,
+                           in nsIMsgDatabase db,
+                           in string headers,
+                           //[array, size_is(headerSize)] in string headers,
+                           in unsigned long headerSize,
+                           in nsIMsgFilterHitNotify listener,
+                           in nsIMsgWindow msgWindow);
+
+    // IO routines, used by filter object filing code.
+    void writeIntAttr(in nsMsgFilterFileAttribValue attrib, in long value, in nsIOutputStream stream);
+    void writeStrAttr(in nsMsgFilterFileAttribValue attrib, in string value, in nsIOutputStream stream);
+    void writeWstrAttr(in nsMsgFilterFileAttribValue attrib, in wstring value, in nsIOutputStream stream);
+    void writeBoolAttr(in nsMsgFilterFileAttribValue attrib, in boolean value, in nsIOutputStream stream);
+    boolean matchOrChangeFilterTarget(in ACString oldUri, in ACString newUri, in boolean caseInsensitive);
+ 
+    // for filter logging
+    // If both attributes are fetched successfully, they guarantee
+    // the log file exists and is set up with a header.
+    attribute nsIOutputStream logStream;
+    readonly attribute ACString logURL;
+    void clearLog();
+    void flushLogIfNecessary();
+};
+
+
+/* these longs are all actually of type nsMsgFilterMotionValue */
+[scriptable, uuid(d067b528-304e-11d3-a0e1-00a0c900d445)]
+interface nsMsgFilterMotion {
+    const long up = 0;
+    const long down = 1;
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/base/search/public/nsIMsgFilterPlugin.idl b/mailnews/base/search/public/nsIMsgFilterPlugin.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9632471c2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/search/public/nsIMsgFilterPlugin.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,350 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+#include "MailNewsTypes2.idl"
+
+interface nsIMsgWindow;
+interface nsIFile;
+
+/**
+ * This interface is still very much under development, and is not yet stable.
+ */
+
+[scriptable, uuid(e2e56690-a676-11d6-80c9-00008646b737)]
+interface nsIMsgFilterPlugin : nsISupports
+{
+    /**
+     * Do any necessary cleanup: flush and close any open files, etc.
+     */
+    void shutdown();
+
+    /**
+     * Some protocols (ie IMAP) can, as an optimization, avoid
+     * downloading all message header lines.  If your plugin doesn't need
+     * any more than the minimal set, it can return false for this attribute.
+     */     
+    readonly attribute boolean shouldDownloadAllHeaders;
+
+};
+
+/*
+ * These interfaces typically implement a Bayesian classifier of messages.
+ *
+ * Two sets of interfaces may be used: the older junk-only interfaces, and
+ * the newer trait-oriented interfaces that treat junk classification as
+ * one of a set of classifications to accomplish.
+ */
+
+[scriptable, uuid(b15a0f9c-df07-4af0-9ba8-80dca68ac35d)]
+interface nsIJunkMailClassificationListener : nsISupports
+{
+  /**
+   * Inform a listener of a message's classification as junk. At the end
+   * of a batch of classifications, signify end of batch by calling with
+   * null aMsgURI (other parameters are don't care)
+   *
+   * @param aMsgURI          URI of the message that was classified.
+   * @param aClassification  classification of message as UNCLASSIFIED, GOOD,
+   *                         or JUNK.
+   * @param aJunkPercent     indicator of degree of uncertainty, with 100 being
+   *                         probably junk, and 0 probably good
+   */
+  void onMessageClassified(in string aMsgURI,
+                           in nsMsgJunkStatus aClassification,
+                           in uint32_t aJunkPercent);
+};
+
+[scriptable, uuid(AF247D07-72F0-482d-9EAB-5A786407AA4C)]
+interface nsIMsgTraitClassificationListener : nsISupports
+{
+  /**
+   * Inform a listener of a message's match to traits. The list
+   * of traits being matched is in aTraits. Corresponding
+   * indicator of match (percent) is in aPercents. At the end
+   * of a batch of classifications, signify end of batch by calling with
+   * null aMsgURI (other parameters are don't care)
+   *
+   * @param aMsgURI      URI of the message that was classified
+   * @param aTraitCount  length of aTraits and aPercents arrays
+   * @param aTraits      array of matched trait ids
+   * @param aPercents    array of percent match (0 is unmatched, 100 is fully
+   *                     matched) of the trait with the corresponding array
+   *                     index in aTraits
+   */
+  void onMessageTraitsClassified(in string aMsgURI,
+    in unsigned long aTraitCount,
+    [array, size_is(aTraitCount)] in unsigned long aTraits,
+    [array, size_is(aTraitCount)] in unsigned long aPercents);
+};
+
+[scriptable, uuid(12667532-88D1-44a7-AD48-F73719BE5C92)]
+interface nsIMsgTraitDetailListener : nsISupports
+{
+  /**
+   * Inform a listener of details of a message's match to traits.
+   * This returns the tokens that were used in the calculation,
+   * the calculated percent probability that each token matches the trait,
+   * and a running estimate (starting with the strongest tokens) of the
+   * combined total probability that a message matches the trait, when
+   * only tokens stronger than the current token are used.
+   *
+   * @param aMsgURI         URI of the message that was classified
+   * @param aProTrait       trait id of pro trait for the calculation
+   * @param tokenCount      length of arrays that follow
+   * @param tokenStrings    the string for a particular token
+   * @param tokenPercents   calculated probability that a message with that token
+   *                        matches the trait
+   * @param runningPercents calculated probability that the message matches the
+   *                        trait, accounting for this token and all stronger tokens.
+   */
+  void onMessageTraitDetails(in string aMsgUri,
+    in unsigned long aProTrait,
+    in unsigned long tokenCount,
+    [array, size_is(tokenCount)] in wstring tokenStrings,
+    [array, size_is(tokenCount)] in unsigned long tokenPercents,
+    [array, size_is(tokenCount)] in unsigned long runningPercents);
+};
+
+[scriptable, uuid(8EA5BBCA-F735-4d43-8541-D203D8E2FF2F)]
+interface nsIJunkMailPlugin : nsIMsgFilterPlugin
+{
+    /**
+     * Message classifications.
+     */
+    const nsMsgJunkStatus UNCLASSIFIED = 0;
+    const nsMsgJunkStatus GOOD = 1;
+    const nsMsgJunkStatus JUNK = 2;
+
+    /**
+     * Message junk score constants. Junkscore can only be one of these two
+     * values (or not set).
+     */
+    const nsMsgJunkScore IS_SPAM_SCORE = 100; // junk
+    const nsMsgJunkScore IS_HAM_SCORE = 0; // not junk
+
+    /**
+     * Trait ids for junk analysis. These values are fixed to ensure
+     * backwards compatibility with existing junk-oriented classification
+     * code.
+     */
+     
+    const unsigned long GOOD_TRAIT = 1; // good
+    const unsigned long JUNK_TRAIT = 2; // junk
+
+    /**
+     * Given a message URI, determine what its current classification is
+     * according to the current training set.
+     */
+    void classifyMessage(in string aMsgURI, in nsIMsgWindow aMsgWindow,
+                         in nsIJunkMailClassificationListener aListener);
+
+    void classifyMessages(in unsigned long aCount,
+                          [array, size_is(aCount)] in string aMsgURIs,
+                          in nsIMsgWindow aMsgWindow,
+                          in nsIJunkMailClassificationListener aListener);
+    
+    /**
+     * Given a message URI, evaluate its relative match to a list of
+     * traits according to the current training set.
+     *
+     * @param aMsgURI          URI of the message to be evaluated
+     * @param aTraitCount      length of aProTraits, aAntiTraits arrays
+     * @param aProTraits       array of trait ids for trained messages that
+     *                         match the tested trait (for example,
+     *                         JUNK_TRAIT if testing for junk)
+     * @param aAntiTraits      array of trait ids for trained messages that
+     *                         do not match the tested trait (for example,
+     *                         GOOD_TRAIT if testing for junk)
+     * @param aTraitListener   trait-oriented callback listener (may be null)
+     * @param aMsgWindow       current message window (may be null)
+     * @param aJunkListener    junk-oriented callback listener (may be null)
+     */
+
+    void classifyTraitsInMessage(
+           in string aMsgURI,
+           in unsigned long aTraitCount,
+           [array, size_is(aTraitCount)] in unsigned long aProTraits,
+           [array, size_is(aTraitCount)] in unsigned long aAntiTraits,
+           in nsIMsgTraitClassificationListener aTraitListener,
+           [optional] in nsIMsgWindow aMsgWindow,
+           [optional] in nsIJunkMailClassificationListener aJunkListener);
+
+    /**
+     * Given an array of message URIs, evaluate their relative match to a
+     * list of traits according to the current training set.
+     *
+     * @param aCount           Number of messages to evaluate
+     * @param aMsgURIs         array of URIs of the messages to be evaluated
+     * @param aTraitCount      length of aProTraits, aAntiTraits arrays
+     * @param aProTraits       array of trait ids for trained messages that
+     *                         match the tested trait (for example,
+     *                         JUNK_TRAIT if testing for junk)
+     * @param aAntiTraits      array of trait ids for trained messages that
+     *                         do not match the tested trait (for example,
+     *                         GOOD_TRAIT if testing for junk)
+     * @param aTraitListener   trait-oriented callback listener (may be null)
+     * @param aMsgWindow       current message window (may be null)
+     * @param aJunkListener    junk-oriented callback listener (may be null)
+     */
+
+    void classifyTraitsInMessages(
+           in unsigned long aCount,
+           [array, size_is(aCount)] in string aMsgURIs,
+           in unsigned long aTraitCount,
+           [array, size_is(aTraitCount)] in unsigned long aProTraits,
+           [array, size_is(aTraitCount)] in unsigned long aAntiTraits,
+           in nsIMsgTraitClassificationListener aTraitListener,
+           [optional] in nsIMsgWindow aMsgWindow,
+           [optional] in nsIJunkMailClassificationListener aJunkListener);
+
+    /**
+     * Called when a user forces the classification of a message. Should
+     * cause the training set to be updated appropriately.
+     *
+     * @arg aMsgURI                     URI of the message to be classified
+     * @arg aOldUserClassification      Was it previous manually classified 
+     *                                  by the user?  If so, how?
+     * @arg aNewClassification          New manual classification.
+     * @arg aListener                   Callback (may be null)
+     */
+    void setMessageClassification(
+        in string aMsgURI, in nsMsgJunkStatus aOldUserClassification,
+        in nsMsgJunkStatus aNewClassification,
+        in nsIMsgWindow aMsgWindow,
+        in nsIJunkMailClassificationListener aListener);
+
+    /**
+     * Called when a user forces a change in the classification of a message.
+     * Should cause the training set to be updated appropriately.
+     *
+     * @param aMsgURI           URI of the message to be classified
+     * @param aOldCount         length of aOldTraits array
+     * @param aOldTraits        array of trait IDs of the old
+     *                          message classification(s), if any
+     * @param aNewCount         length of aNewTraits array
+     * @param aNewTraits        array of trait IDs of the new
+     *                          message classification(s), if any
+     * @param aTraitListener    trait-oriented listener (may be null)
+     * @param aMsgWindow        current message window (may be null)
+     * @param aJunkListener     junk-oriented listener (may be null)
+     */
+    void setMsgTraitClassification(
+        in string aMsgURI,
+        in unsigned long aOldCount,
+        [array, size_is(aOldCount)] in unsigned long  aOldTraits,
+        in unsigned long aNewCount,
+        [array, size_is(aNewCount)] in unsigned long  aNewTraits,
+        [optional] in nsIMsgTraitClassificationListener aTraitListener,
+        [optional] in nsIMsgWindow aMsgWindow,
+        [optional] in nsIJunkMailClassificationListener aJunkListener);
+
+    readonly attribute boolean userHasClassified;
+ 
+    /** Removes the training file and clears out any in memory training tokens. 
+        User must retrain after doing this.
+    **/
+    void resetTrainingData();
+
+    /**
+     * Given a message URI, return a list of tokens and their contribution to
+     * the analysis of a message's match to a trait according to the
+     * current training set.
+     *
+     * @param aMsgURI          URI of the message to be evaluated
+     * @param aProTrait        trait id for trained messages that match the
+     *                         tested trait (for example, JUNK_TRAIT if testing
+     *                         for junk)
+     * @param aAntiTrait       trait id for trained messages that do not match
+     *                         the tested trait (for example, GOOD_TRAIT
+     *                         if testing for junk)
+     * @param aListener        callback listener for results
+     * @param aMsgWindow       current message window (may be null)
+     */
+    void detailMessage(
+        in string aMsgURI,
+        in unsigned long aProTrait,
+        in unsigned long aAntiTrait,
+        in nsIMsgTraitDetailListener aListener,
+        [optional] in nsIMsgWindow aMsgWindow);
+
+};
+
+/**
+ * The nsIMsgCorpus interface manages a corpus of mail data used for
+ * statistical analysis of messages.
+ */
+[scriptable, uuid(70BAD26F-DFD4-41bd-8FAB-4C09B9C1E845)]
+interface nsIMsgCorpus : nsISupports
+{
+  /**
+   * Clear the corpus data for a trait id.
+   *
+   * @param aTrait       trait id
+   */
+   void clearTrait(in unsigned long aTrait);
+
+  /**
+   * Update corpus data from a file.
+   *
+   * @param aFile       the file with the data, in the format:
+   *
+   *                    Format of the trait file for version 1:
+   *                    [0xFCA93601]  (the 01 is the version)
+   *                    for each trait to write:
+   *                    [id of trait to write] (0 means end of list)
+   *                    [number of messages per trait]
+   *                    for each token with non-zero count
+   *                    [count]
+   *                    [length of word]word
+   *
+   * @param aIsAdd      should the data be added, or removed? True if
+   *                    adding, false if removing.
+   *
+   * @param aRemapCount number of items in the parallel arrays aFromTraits,
+   *                    aToTraits. These arrays allow conversion of the
+   *                    trait id stored in the file (which may be originated
+   *                    externally) to the trait id used in the local corpus
+   *                    (which is defined locally using nsIMsgTraitService, and
+   *                    mapped by that interface to a globally unique trait
+   *                    id string).
+   *
+   * @param aFromTraits array of trait ids used in aFile. If aFile contains
+   *                    trait ids that are not in this array, they are not
+   *                    remapped, but assummed to be local trait ids.
+   *
+   * @param aToTraits   array of trait ids, corresponding to elements of
+   *                    aFromTraits, that represent the local trait ids to
+   *                    be used in storing data from aFile into the local corpus.
+   */
+  void updateData(in nsIFile aFile, in boolean aIsAdd,
+                  [optional] in unsigned long aRemapCount,
+                  [optional, array, size_is(aRemapCount)] in unsigned long aFromTraits,
+                  [optional, array, size_is(aRemapCount)] in unsigned long aToTraits);
+
+  /**
+   * Get the corpus count for a token as a string.
+   *
+   * @param aWord    string of characters representing the token
+   * @param aTrait   trait id
+   *
+   * @return         count of that token in the corpus
+   *
+   */
+  unsigned long getTokenCount(in AUTF8String aWord, in unsigned long aTrait);
+
+  /**
+   * Gives information on token and message count information in the
+   * training data corpus.
+   *
+   * @param aTrait           trait id (may be null)
+   * @param aMessageCount    count of messages that have been trained with aTrait
+   *
+   * @return                 token count for all traits
+   */
+
+  unsigned long corpusCounts(in unsigned long aTrait, out unsigned long aMessageCount);
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/base/search/public/nsIMsgFilterService.idl b/mailnews/base/search/public/nsIMsgFilterService.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8cf69aeed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/search/public/nsIMsgFilterService.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+/* -*- Mode: IDL; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+#include "nsMsgFilterCore.idl"
+
+interface nsIMsgFilterList;
+interface nsIMsgWindow;
+interface nsIMsgFilterCustomAction;
+interface nsISimpleEnumerator;
+interface nsIFile;
+interface nsIMsgFolder;
+interface nsIMsgSearchCustomTerm;
+interface nsIArray;
+interface nsIMsgOperationListener;
+
+[scriptable, uuid(78a74023-1692-4567-8d72-9ca58fbbd427)]
+interface nsIMsgFilterService : nsISupports {
+
+    nsIMsgFilterList OpenFilterList(in nsIFile filterFile, in nsIMsgFolder rootFolder, in nsIMsgWindow msgWindow);
+    void CloseFilterList(in nsIMsgFilterList filterList);
+
+    void SaveFilterList(in nsIMsgFilterList filterList,
+                        in nsIFile filterFile);
+
+    void CancelFilterList(in nsIMsgFilterList filterList);
+    nsIMsgFilterList getTempFilterList(in nsIMsgFolder aFolder);
+    void applyFiltersToFolders(in nsIMsgFilterList aFilterList,
+                               in nsIArray aFolders,
+                               in nsIMsgWindow aMsgWindow,
+                               [optional] in nsIMsgOperationListener aCallback);
+
+    /*
+     * Apply filters to a specific list of messages in a folder.
+     * @param  aFilterType  The type of filter to match against
+     * @param  aMsgHdrList  The list of message headers (nsIMsgDBHdr objects)
+     * @param  aFolder      The folder the messages belong to
+     * @param  aMsgWindow   A UI window for attaching progress/dialogs
+     * @param  aCallback    A listener that gets notified of any filtering error
+     */
+    void applyFilters(in nsMsgFilterTypeType aFilterType,
+                      in nsIArray aMsgHdrList,
+                      in nsIMsgFolder aFolder,
+                      in nsIMsgWindow aMsgWindow,
+                      [optional] in nsIMsgOperationListener aCallback);
+
+    /**
+     * add a custom filter action
+     *
+     * @param  aAction   the custom action to add
+     */
+    void addCustomAction(in nsIMsgFilterCustomAction aAction);
+
+    /**
+     * get the list of custom actions
+     *
+     * @return   enumerator of nsIMsgFilterCustomAction objects
+     */
+    nsISimpleEnumerator getCustomActions();
+
+    /**
+     * lookup a custom action given its id
+     *
+     * @param  id  unique identifier for a particular custom action
+     *
+     * @return     the custom action, or null if not found
+     */
+    nsIMsgFilterCustomAction getCustomAction(in ACString id);
+
+    /**
+     * add a custom search term
+     *
+     * @param  aTerm   the custom term to add
+     */
+    void addCustomTerm(in nsIMsgSearchCustomTerm aTerm);
+
+    /**
+     * get the list of custom search terms
+     *
+     * @return   enumerator of nsIMsgSearchCustomTerm objects
+     */
+    nsISimpleEnumerator getCustomTerms();
+
+    /**
+     * lookup a custom search term given its id
+     *
+     * @param  id  unique identifier for a particular custom search term
+     *
+     * @return     the custom search term, or null if not found
+     */
+    nsIMsgSearchCustomTerm getCustomTerm(in ACString id);
+
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/base/search/public/nsIMsgOperationListener.idl b/mailnews/base/search/public/nsIMsgOperationListener.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..30751cd5c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/search/public/nsIMsgOperationListener.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+/* -*- Mode: IDL; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+// Listener used to notify when an operation has completed.
+[scriptable, uuid(bdaef6ff-0909-435b-8fcd-76525dd2364c)]
+interface nsIMsgOperationListener : nsISupports {
+  /**
+   * Called when the operation stops (possibly with errors)
+   *
+   * @param aStatus Success or failure of the operation
+   */
+  void onStopOperation(in nsresult aStatus);
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/base/search/public/nsIMsgSearchAdapter.idl b/mailnews/base/search/public/nsIMsgSearchAdapter.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b818939a1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/search/public/nsIMsgSearchAdapter.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+#include "nsIMsgSearchScopeTerm.idl"
+
+[ptr] native nsMsgResultElement(nsMsgResultElement);
+
+%{C++
+class nsMsgResultElement;
+%}
+
+[scriptable, uuid(0b09078b-e0cd-440a-afee-01f45808ee74)]
+interface nsIMsgSearchAdapter : nsISupports {
+    void ValidateTerms();
+    void Search(out boolean done);
+    void SendUrl();
+    void CurrentUrlDone(in nsresult exitCode);
+
+    void AddHit(in nsMsgKey key);
+    void AddResultElement(in nsIMsgDBHdr aHdr);
+
+    [noscript] void OpenResultElement(in nsMsgResultElement element);
+    [noscript] void ModifyResultElement(in nsMsgResultElement element,
+                                        in nsMsgSearchValue value);
+
+    readonly attribute string encoding;
+    
+    [noscript] nsIMsgFolder FindTargetFolder([const] in nsMsgResultElement
+                                             element);
+    void Abort();
+    void getSearchCharsets(out AString srcCharset, out AString destCharset);
+    /*
+     * Clear the saved scope reference. This is used when deleting scope, which is not
+     * reference counted in nsMsgSearchSession
+     */
+    void clearScope();
+};
+
diff --git a/mailnews/base/search/public/nsIMsgSearchCustomTerm.idl b/mailnews/base/search/public/nsIMsgSearchCustomTerm.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3983eb1a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/search/public/nsIMsgSearchCustomTerm.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsMsgSearchCore.idl"
+
+/**
+ * describes a custom term added to a message search or filter
+ */
+[scriptable,uuid(925DB5AA-21AF-494c-8652-984BC7BAD13A)]
+interface nsIMsgSearchCustomTerm : nsISupports
+{
+  /**
+   * globally unique string to identify this search term.
+   * recommended form: ExtensionName@example.com#TermName
+   * Commas and quotes are not allowed, the id must not
+   * parse to an integer, and names of standard search
+   * attributes in SearchAttribEntryTable in nsMsgSearchTerm.cpp
+   * are not allowed.
+   */
+  readonly attribute ACString id;
+
+  /// name to display in term list. This should be localized. */
+  readonly attribute AString name;
+
+  /// Does this term need the message body?
+  readonly attribute boolean needsBody;
+
+  /**
+   * Is this custom term enabled?
+   *
+   * @param scope          search scope (nsMsgSearchScope)
+   * @param op             search operator (nsMsgSearchOp). If null, determine
+   *                       if term is available for any operator.
+   *
+   * @return               true if enabled
+   */
+  boolean getEnabled(in nsMsgSearchScopeValue scope,
+                     in nsMsgSearchOpValue op);
+
+  /**
+   * Is this custom term available?
+   *
+   * @param scope          search scope (nsMsgSearchScope)
+   * @param op             search operator (nsMsgSearchOp). If null, determine
+   *                       if term is available for any operator.
+   *
+   * @return               true if available
+   */
+  boolean getAvailable(in nsMsgSearchScopeValue scope,
+                       in nsMsgSearchOpValue op);
+
+  /**
+   * List the valid operators for this term.
+   *
+   * @param scope          search scope (nsMsgSearchScope)
+   * @param length         object to hold array length
+   *
+   * @return               array of operators
+   */
+  void getAvailableOperators(in nsMsgSearchScopeValue scope,
+                             out unsigned long length,
+                             [retval, array, size_is(length)]
+                             out nsMsgSearchOpValue operators);
+
+  /**
+   * Apply the custom search term to a message
+   *
+   * @param msgHdr       header database reference representing the message
+   * @param searchValue  user-set value to use in the search
+   * @param searchOp     search operator (Contains, IsHigherThan, etc.)
+   *
+   * @return             true if the term matches the message, else false
+   */
+
+  boolean match(in nsIMsgDBHdr msgHdr,
+                in AUTF8String searchValue,
+                in nsMsgSearchOpValue searchOp);
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/base/search/public/nsIMsgSearchNotify.idl b/mailnews/base/search/public/nsIMsgSearchNotify.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c602f708c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/search/public/nsIMsgSearchNotify.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+interface nsIMsgDBHdr;
+interface nsIMsgSearchSession;
+interface nsIMsgFolder;
+
+// when a search is run, this interface is passed in as a listener
+// on the search.
+[scriptable, uuid(ca37784d-352b-4c39-8ccb-0abc1a93f681)]
+interface nsIMsgSearchNotify : nsISupports
+{
+  void onSearchHit(in nsIMsgDBHdr header, in nsIMsgFolder folder);
+
+  // notification that a search has finished.
+  void onSearchDone(in nsresult status);
+  /*
+   * until we can encode searches with a URI, this will be an
+   * out-of-bound way to connect a set of search terms to a datasource
+   */
+
+  /*
+   * called when a new search begins
+   */
+  void onNewSearch();
+};
+
diff --git a/mailnews/base/search/public/nsIMsgSearchScopeTerm.idl b/mailnews/base/search/public/nsIMsgSearchScopeTerm.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..32c590979
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/search/public/nsIMsgSearchScopeTerm.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+/* -*- Mode: IDL; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsIMsgSearchSession.idl"
+
+interface nsIMsgFolder;
+interface nsIMsgDBHdr;
+interface nsILineInputStream;
+interface nsIInputStream;
+
+[scriptable, uuid(934672c3-9b8f-488a-935d-87b4023fa0be)]
+interface nsIMsgSearchScopeTerm : nsISupports {
+  nsIInputStream getInputStream(in nsIMsgDBHdr aHdr);
+  void closeInputStream();
+  readonly attribute nsIMsgFolder folder;
+  readonly attribute nsIMsgSearchSession searchSession;
+};
+
diff --git a/mailnews/base/search/public/nsIMsgSearchSession.idl b/mailnews/base/search/public/nsIMsgSearchSession.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..36ed7409e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/search/public/nsIMsgSearchSession.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+#include "nsIMsgSearchValue.idl"
+
+interface nsIMsgSearchAdapter;
+interface nsIMsgSearchTerm;
+interface nsIMsgSearchNotify;
+interface nsIMsgHdr;
+interface nsIMsgDatabase;
+// Disable deprecation warnings generated by nsISupportsArray and associated
+// classes.
+%{C++
+#if defined(__GNUC__)
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wdeprecated-declarations"
+#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
+#pragma warning (disable : 4996)
+#endif
+%}
+interface nsISupportsArray;
+interface nsIMsgWindow;
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// The Msg Search Session is an interface designed to make constructing
+// searches easier. Clients typically build up search terms, and then run
+// the search
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+[scriptable, uuid(1ed69bbf-7983-4602-9a9b-2f2263a78878)]
+interface nsIMsgSearchSession :  nsISupports {
+
+/**
+ * add a search term to the search session
+ *
+ * @param   attrib        search attribute (e.g. nsMsgSearchAttrib::Subject)
+ * @param   op            search operator (e.g. nsMsgSearchOp::Contains)
+ * @param   value         search value (e.g. "Dogbert", see nsIMsgSearchValue)
+ * @param   BooleanAND    set to true if associated boolean operator is AND
+ * @param   customString  if attrib > nsMsgSearchAttrib::OtherHeader,
+ *                            a user defined arbitrary header
+ *                        if attrib == nsMsgSearchAttrib::Custom, the custom id
+ *                        otherwise ignored
+ */
+  void addSearchTerm(in nsMsgSearchAttribValue attrib,
+                     in nsMsgSearchOpValue op,
+                     in nsIMsgSearchValue value,
+                     in boolean BooleanAND,
+                     in string customString);
+
+  readonly attribute nsISupportsArray searchTerms;
+
+  nsIMsgSearchTerm createTerm ();
+  void appendTerm(in nsIMsgSearchTerm term);
+
+  /**
+   * @name Search notification flags
+   * These flags determine which notifications will be sent.
+   * @{
+   */
+  /// search started notification
+  const long onNewSearch = 0x1;
+
+  /// search finished notification
+  const long onSearchDone = 0x2;
+
+  /// search hit notification
+  const long onSearchHit = 0x4;
+
+  const long allNotifications = 0x7;
+  /** @} */
+
+  /**
+   * Add a listener to get notified of search starts, stops, and hits.
+   *
+   * @param aListener listener
+   * @param aNotifyFlags which notifications to send. Defaults to all
+   */
+  void registerListener (in nsIMsgSearchNotify aListener,
+                         [optional] in long aNotifyFlags);
+  void unregisterListener (in nsIMsgSearchNotify listener);
+
+  readonly attribute unsigned long numSearchTerms;
+
+  readonly attribute nsIMsgSearchAdapter runningAdapter;
+
+  void getNthSearchTerm(in long whichTerm,
+                        in nsMsgSearchAttribValue attrib,
+                        in nsMsgSearchOpValue op,
+                        in nsIMsgSearchValue value); // wrong, should be out
+
+  long countSearchScopes();
+
+  void getNthSearchScope(in long which,out nsMsgSearchScopeValue scopeId, out nsIMsgFolder folder);
+
+  /* add a scope (e.g. a mail folder) to the search */
+  void addScopeTerm(in nsMsgSearchScopeValue scope,
+                    in nsIMsgFolder folder);
+
+  void addDirectoryScopeTerm(in nsMsgSearchScopeValue scope);
+
+  void clearScopes();
+
+  /* Call this function everytime the scope changes! It informs the FE if
+     the current scope support custom header use. FEs should not display the
+     custom header dialog if custom headers are not supported */
+  [noscript] boolean ScopeUsesCustomHeaders(in nsMsgSearchScopeValue scope,
+                                 /* could be a folder or server based on scope */
+                                 in voidPtr selection,
+                                 in boolean forFilters);
+
+  /* use this to determine if your attribute is a string attrib */
+  boolean IsStringAttribute(in nsMsgSearchAttribValue attrib);
+
+  /* add all scopes of a given type to the search */
+  void AddAllScopes(in nsMsgSearchScopeValue attrib);
+
+  void search(in nsIMsgWindow aWindow);
+  void interruptSearch();
+
+  // these two methods are used when the search session is using
+  // a timer to do local search, and the search adapter needs
+  // to run a url (e.g., to reparse a local folder) and wants to
+  // pause the timer while running the url. This will fail if the
+  // current adapter is not using a timer.
+  void pauseSearch();
+  void resumeSearch();
+
+  [noscript] readonly attribute voidPtr searchParam;
+  readonly attribute nsMsgSearchType searchType;
+
+  [noscript] nsMsgSearchType SetSearchParam(in nsMsgSearchType type,
+                                            in voidPtr param);
+
+  boolean MatchHdr(in nsIMsgDBHdr aMsgHdr, in nsIMsgDatabase aDatabase);
+
+  void addSearchHit(in nsIMsgDBHdr header, in nsIMsgFolder folder);
+
+  readonly attribute long numResults;
+  attribute nsIMsgWindow window;
+
+  /* these longs are all actually of type nsMsgSearchBooleanOp */
+  const long BooleanOR=0;
+  const long BooleanAND=1;
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/base/search/public/nsIMsgSearchTerm.idl b/mailnews/base/search/public/nsIMsgSearchTerm.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e464ecd70
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/search/public/nsIMsgSearchTerm.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,156 @@
+/* -*- Mode: IDL; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+#include "nsMsgSearchCore.idl"
+#include "nsIMsgSearchValue.idl"
+
+interface nsIMsgDBHdr;
+interface nsIMsgDatabase;
+interface nsIMsgSearchScopeTerm;
+
+[scriptable, uuid(705a2b5a-5efc-495c-897a-bef1161cd3c0)]
+interface nsIMsgSearchTerm : nsISupports {
+    attribute nsMsgSearchAttribValue attrib;
+    attribute nsMsgSearchOpValue op;
+    attribute nsIMsgSearchValue value;
+
+    attribute boolean booleanAnd;
+    attribute ACString arbitraryHeader;
+    /**
+     * Not to be confused with arbitraryHeader, which is a header in the
+     * rfc822 message. This is a property of the nsIMsgDBHdr, and may have
+     * nothing to do the message headers, e.g., gloda-id.
+     * value.str will be compared with nsIMsgHdr::GetProperty(hdrProperty).
+     */
+    attribute ACString hdrProperty;
+
+    /// identifier for a custom id used for this term, if any.
+    attribute ACString customId;
+
+    attribute boolean beginsGrouping;
+    attribute boolean endsGrouping;
+
+    /**
+     * Match the value against one of the emails found in the incoming
+     * 2047-encoded string.
+     */
+    boolean matchRfc822String(in ACString aString, in string charset);
+    /**
+     * Match the current header value against the incoming 2047-encoded string.
+     *
+     * This method will first apply the nsIMimeConverter decoding to the string
+     * (using the supplied parameters) and will then match the value against the
+     * decoded result.
+     */
+    boolean matchRfc2047String(in ACString aString, in string charset, in boolean charsetOverride);
+    boolean matchDate(in PRTime aTime);
+    boolean matchStatus(in unsigned long aStatus);
+    boolean matchPriority(in nsMsgPriorityValue priority);
+    boolean matchAge(in PRTime days);
+    boolean matchSize(in unsigned long size);
+    boolean matchLabel(in nsMsgLabelValue aLabelValue);
+    boolean matchJunkStatus(in string aJunkScore);
+    /*
+     * Test search term match for junkpercent
+     *
+     * @param  aJunkPercent  junkpercent for message (0-100, 100 is junk)
+     * @return               true if matches
+     */   
+    boolean matchJunkPercent(in unsigned long aJunkPercent);
+    /*
+     * Test search term match for junkscoreorigin
+     * @param  aJunkScoreOrigin  Who set junk score? Possible values:
+     *                           plugin filter imapflag user whitelist
+     * @return                   true if matches
+     */
+    boolean matchJunkScoreOrigin(in string aJunkScoreOrigin);
+
+    /**
+     * Test if the body of the passed in message matches "this" search term.
+     * @param aScopeTerm scope of search
+     * @param aOffset offset of message in message store.
+     * @param aLength length of message.
+     * @param aCharset folder charset.
+     * @param aMsg db msg hdr of message to match.
+     * @param aDB db containing msg header.
+     */
+    boolean matchBody(in nsIMsgSearchScopeTerm aScopeTerm,
+                      in unsigned long long aOffset,
+                      in unsigned long aLength,
+                      in string aCharset,
+                      in nsIMsgDBHdr aMsg,
+                      in nsIMsgDatabase aDb);
+
+    /**
+     * Test if the arbitrary header specified by this search term
+     * matches the corresponding header in the passed in message.
+     *
+     * @param aScopeTerm scope of search
+     * @param aLength length of message
+     * @param aCharset The charset to apply to un-labeled non-UTF-8 data.
+     * @param aCharsetOverride If true, aCharset is used instead of any
+     *                         charset labeling other than UTF-8.
+     *
+     * N.B. This is noscript because headers is a null-separated list of
+     * strings, which is not scriptable.
+     */
+    [noscript]
+    boolean matchArbitraryHeader(in nsIMsgSearchScopeTerm aScopeTerm,
+                                 in unsigned long aLength,
+                                 in string aCharset,
+                                 in boolean aCharsetOverride,
+                                 in nsIMsgDBHdr aMsg,
+                                 in nsIMsgDatabase aDb,
+                                 //[array, size_is(headerLength)] in string headers,
+                                 in string aHeaders,
+                                 in unsigned long aHeaderLength,
+                                 in boolean aForFilters);
+
+    /**
+     * Compares value.str with nsIMsgHdr::GetProperty(hdrProperty).
+     * @param msg   msg to match db hdr property of.
+     *
+     * @returns     true if msg matches property, false otherwise.
+     */
+    boolean matchHdrProperty(in nsIMsgDBHdr msg);
+
+    /**
+     * Compares value.status with nsIMsgHdr::GetUint32Property(hdrProperty).
+     * @param msg   msg to match db hdr property of.
+     *
+     * @returns     true if msg matches property, false otherwise.
+     */
+    boolean matchUint32HdrProperty(in nsIMsgDBHdr msg);
+
+    /**
+     * Compares value.status with the folder flags of the msg's folder.
+     * @param msg   msgHdr whose folder's flag we want to compare.
+     *
+     * @returns     true if folder's flags match value.status, false otherwise.
+     */
+    boolean matchFolderFlag(in nsIMsgDBHdr msg);
+
+    readonly attribute boolean matchAllBeforeDeciding;
+
+    readonly attribute ACString termAsString;
+    boolean matchKeyword(in ACString keyword); // used for tag searches
+    attribute boolean matchAll;
+    /**
+     * Does the message match the custom search term?
+     *
+     * @param  msg  message database object representing the message
+     *
+     * @return      true if message matches
+     */
+    boolean matchCustom(in nsIMsgDBHdr msg);
+
+    /**
+     * Returns a nsMsgSearchAttribValue value corresponding to a field string from
+     * the nsMsgSearchTerm.cpp::SearchAttribEntryTable table.
+     * Does not handle custom attributes yet.
+     */
+    nsMsgSearchAttribValue getAttributeFromString(in string aAttribName);
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/base/search/public/nsIMsgSearchValidityManager.idl b/mailnews/base/search/public/nsIMsgSearchValidityManager.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..dbc7958bd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/search/public/nsIMsgSearchValidityManager.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+/* -*- Mode: IDL; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+#include "nsIMsgSearchValidityTable.idl"
+
+typedef long nsMsgSearchValidityScope;
+
+[scriptable, uuid(6A352055-DE6E-49d2-A256-89E0B9EC405E)]
+interface nsIMsgSearchValidityManager : nsISupports {
+    nsIMsgSearchValidityTable getTable(in nsMsgSearchValidityScope scope);
+
+    /**
+     * Given a search attribute (which is an internal numerical id), return
+     * the string name that you can use as a key to look up the localized
+     * string in the search-attributes.properties file.
+     *
+     * @param aSearchAttribute  attribute type from interface nsMsgSearchAttrib
+     *
+     * @return                  localization-friendly string representation
+     *                          of the attribute
+     */
+    AString getAttributeProperty(in nsMsgSearchAttribValue aSearchAttribute);
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/base/search/public/nsIMsgSearchValidityTable.idl b/mailnews/base/search/public/nsIMsgSearchValidityTable.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..43856c88b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/search/public/nsIMsgSearchValidityTable.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+/* -*- Mode: IDL; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+#include "nsMsgSearchCore.idl"
+// Disable deprecation warnings generated by nsISupportsArray and associated
+// classes.
+%{C++
+#if defined(__GNUC__)
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wdeprecated-declarations"
+#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
+#pragma warning (disable : 4996)
+#endif
+%}
+interface nsISupportsArray;
+
+[scriptable, uuid(b07f1cb6-fae9-4d92-9edb-03f9ad249c66)]
+interface nsIMsgSearchValidityTable : nsISupports {
+
+    void setAvailable(in nsMsgSearchAttribValue attrib,
+                      in nsMsgSearchOpValue op, in boolean active);
+    void setEnabled(in nsMsgSearchAttribValue attrib,
+                    in nsMsgSearchOpValue op, in boolean enabled);
+    void setValidButNotShown(in nsMsgSearchAttribValue attrib,
+                             in nsMsgSearchOpValue op, in boolean valid);
+
+    boolean getAvailable(in nsMsgSearchAttribValue attrib,
+                         in nsMsgSearchOpValue op);
+    boolean getEnabled(in nsMsgSearchAttribValue attrib,
+                       in nsMsgSearchOpValue op);
+    boolean getValidButNotShown(in nsMsgSearchAttribValue attrib,
+                                in nsMsgSearchOpValue op);
+
+    [noscript] void validateTerms(in nsISupportsArray terms);
+
+    readonly attribute long numAvailAttribs;
+
+    void getAvailableAttributes(out unsigned long length,
+                                [retval, array, size_is(length)]
+                                out nsMsgSearchAttribValue attrs);
+
+    void getAvailableOperators(in nsMsgSearchAttribValue attrib,
+                               out unsigned long length,
+                               [retval, array, size_is(length)]
+                               out nsMsgSearchOpValue operators);
+
+  void setDefaultAttrib(in nsMsgSearchAttribValue defaultAttrib);
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/base/search/public/nsIMsgSearchValue.idl b/mailnews/base/search/public/nsIMsgSearchValue.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f6d4845bd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/search/public/nsIMsgSearchValue.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsMsgSearchCore.idl"
+
+interface nsIMsgFolder;
+
+[scriptable, uuid(783758a0-cdb5-11dc-95ff-0800200c9a66)]
+interface nsIMsgSearchValue : nsISupports {
+    // type of object
+    attribute nsMsgSearchAttribValue attrib;
+
+    // accessing these will throw an exception if the above
+    // attribute does not match the type!
+    attribute AString str;
+    attribute nsMsgPriorityValue priority;
+    attribute PRTime date;
+     // see nsMsgMessageFlags.idl and nsMsgFolderFlags.idl
+    attribute unsigned long status;
+    attribute unsigned long size;
+    attribute nsMsgKey msgKey;
+    attribute long age; // in days
+    attribute nsIMsgFolder folder;
+    attribute nsMsgLabelValue label;
+    attribute nsMsgJunkStatus junkStatus;
+    /*
+     * junkPercent is set by the message filter plugin, and is approximately
+     *             proportional to the probability that a message is junk.
+     *             (range 0-100, 100 is junk)
+     */
+    attribute unsigned long junkPercent;
+
+    AString toString();
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/base/search/public/nsIMsgTraitService.idl b/mailnews/base/search/public/nsIMsgTraitService.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..78d9704e3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/search/public/nsIMsgTraitService.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,174 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+ /**
+  * This interface provides management of traits that are used to categorize
+  * messages. A trait is some characteristic of a message, such as being "junk"
+  * or "personal", that may be discoverable by analysis of the message.
+  *
+  * Traits are described by a universal identifier "id" as a string, as well
+  * as a local integer identifer "index". One purpose of this service is to
+  * provide the mapping between those forms.
+  *
+  * Recommended (but not required) format for id:
+  * "extensionName@example.org#traitName"
+  */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+[scriptable, uuid(2CB15FB0-A912-40d3-8882-F2765C75655F)]
+interface nsIMsgTraitService : nsISupports
+{
+  /**
+   *  the highest ever index for a registered trait. The first trait is 1,
+   *  == 0 means no traits are defined
+   */
+  readonly attribute long lastIndex;
+
+  /**
+   * Register a trait. May be called multiple times, but subsequent
+   * calls do not register the trait
+   *
+   * @param id   the trait universal identifier
+   *
+   * @return     the internal index for the registered trait if newly
+   *             registered, else 0
+   */
+  unsigned long registerTrait(in ACString id);
+
+  /**
+   * Unregister a trait.
+   *
+   * @param id   the trait universal identifier
+   */
+  void unRegisterTrait(in ACString id);
+
+  /**
+   * is a trait registered?
+   *
+   * @param id   the trait universal identifier
+   *
+   * @return     true if registered
+   */
+  boolean isRegistered(in ACString id);
+
+  /**
+   * set the trait name, which is an optional short description of the trait
+   *
+   * @param id     the trait universal identifier
+   * @param name   description of the trait.
+   */
+  void setName(in ACString id, in ACString name);
+
+  /**
+   * get the trait name, which is an optional short description of the trait
+   *
+   * @param id   the trait universal identifier
+   *
+   * @return     description of the trait
+   */
+  ACString getName(in ACString id);
+
+  /**
+   * get the internal index number for the trait.
+   *
+   * @param id   the trait universal identifier
+   *
+   * @return     internal index number for the trait
+   */
+  unsigned long getIndex(in ACString id);
+
+  /**
+   * get the trait universal identifier for an internal trait index
+   *
+   * @param index   the internal identifier for the trait
+   *
+   * @return        trait universal identifier
+   */
+  ACString getId(in unsigned long index);
+
+  /**
+   * enable the trait for analysis. Each enabled trait will be analyzed by
+   * the bayesian code. The enabled trait is the "pro" trait that represents
+   * messages matching the trait. Each enabled trait also needs a corresponding
+   * anti trait defined, which represents messages that do not match the trait.
+   * The anti trait does not need to be enabled
+   *
+   * @param id        the trait universal identifier
+   * @param enabled   should this trait be processed by the bayesian analyzer?
+   */
+  void setEnabled(in ACString id, in boolean enabled);
+
+  /**
+   * Should this trait be processed by the bayes analyzer?
+   *
+   * @param id   the trait universal identifier
+   *
+   * @return     true if this is a "pro" trait to process
+   */
+  boolean getEnabled(in ACString id);
+
+  /**
+   * set the anti trait, which indicates messages that have been marked as
+   * NOT matching a particular trait.
+   *
+   * @param id      the trait universal identifier
+   * @param antiId  trait id for messages marked as not matching the trait
+   */
+  void setAntiId(in ACString id, in ACString antiId);
+
+  /**
+   * get the id of traits that do not match a particular trait
+   *
+   * @param id   the trait universal identifier for a "pro" trait
+   *
+   * @return     universal trait identifier for an "anti" trait that does not
+   *             match the "pro" trait messages
+   */
+  ACString getAntiId(in ACString id);
+
+  /**
+   * get an array of traits to be analyzed by the bayesian code. This is
+   * a pair of traits: a "pro" trait of messages that match the trait (and is
+   * set enabled) and an "anti" trait of messages that do not match the trait.
+   *
+   * @param count        length of proIndices and antiIndices arrays
+   * @param proIndices   trait internal index for "pro" trait to analyze
+   * @param antiIndices  trait internal index for corresponding "anti" traits
+   */
+  void getEnabledIndices(out unsigned long count,
+                         [array, size_is(count)] out unsigned long proIndices,
+                         [array, size_is(count)] out unsigned long antiIndices);
+
+  /**
+   * Add a trait as an alias of another trait. An alias is a trait whose
+   * counts will be combined with the aliased trait. This allows multiple sets
+   * of corpus data to be used to provide information on a single message
+   * characteristic, while allowing each individual set of corpus data to
+   * retain its own identity.
+   *
+   * @param aTraitIndex  the internal identifier for the aliased trait
+   * @param aTraitAlias  the internal identifier for the alias to add
+   */
+  void addAlias(in unsigned long aTraitIndex, in unsigned long aTraitAlias);
+
+  /**
+   * Removes a trait as an alias of another trait.
+   *
+   * @param aTraitIndex  the internal identifier for the aliased trait
+   * @param aTraitAlias  the internal identifier for the alias to remove
+   */
+  void removeAlias(in unsigned long aTraitIndex, in unsigned long aTraitAlias);
+
+  /**
+   * Get an array of trait aliases for a trait index, if any
+   *
+   * @param aTraitIndex  the internal identifier for the aliased trait
+   * @param aLength      length of array of aliases
+   * @param aAliases     array of internal identifiers for aliases
+   */
+  void getAliases(in unsigned long aTraitIndex, out unsigned long aLength,
+                  [retval, array, size_is(aLength)] out unsigned long aAliases);
+
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/base/search/public/nsMsgBodyHandler.h b/mailnews/base/search/public/nsMsgBodyHandler.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..417f166d6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/search/public/nsMsgBodyHandler.h
@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+
+#ifndef __nsMsgBodyHandler_h
+#define __nsMsgBodyHandler_h
+
+#include "nsIMsgSearchScopeTerm.h"
+#include "nsILineInputStream.h"
+#include "nsIMsgDatabase.h"
+
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// nsMsgBodyHandler: used to retrieve lines from POP and IMAP offline messages.
+// This is a helper class used by nsMsgSearchTerm::MatchBody
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+class nsMsgBodyHandler
+{
+public:
+  nsMsgBodyHandler (nsIMsgSearchScopeTerm *,
+    uint32_t length,
+    nsIMsgDBHdr * msg,
+    nsIMsgDatabase * db);
+
+  // we can also create a body handler when doing arbitrary header
+  // filtering...we need the list of headers and the header size as well
+  // if we are doing filtering...if ForFilters is false, headers and
+  // headersSize is ignored!!!
+  nsMsgBodyHandler (nsIMsgSearchScopeTerm *,
+    uint32_t length, nsIMsgDBHdr * msg, nsIMsgDatabase * db,
+    const char * headers /* NULL terminated list of headers */,
+    uint32_t headersSize, bool ForFilters);
+
+  virtual ~nsMsgBodyHandler();
+
+  // Returns next message line in buf and the applicable charset, if found.
+  // The return value is the length of 'buf' or -1 for EOF.
+  int32_t GetNextLine(nsCString &buf, nsCString &charset);
+
+  // Transformations
+  void SetStripHtml (bool strip) { m_stripHtml = strip; }
+  void SetStripHeaders (bool strip) { m_stripHeaders = strip; }
+
+protected:
+  void Initialize();  // common initialization code
+
+  // filter related methods. For filtering we always use the headers
+  // list instead of the database...
+  bool m_Filtering;
+  int32_t GetNextFilterLine(nsCString &buf);
+  // pointer into the headers list in the original message hdr db...
+  const char * m_headers;
+  uint32_t m_headersSize;
+  uint32_t m_headerBytesRead;
+
+  // local / POP related methods
+  void OpenLocalFolder();
+
+  // goes through the mail folder
+  int32_t GetNextLocalLine(nsCString &buf);
+
+  nsIMsgSearchScopeTerm *m_scope;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsILineInputStream> m_fileLineStream;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIFile> m_localFile;
+
+  /**
+   * The number of lines in the message.  If |m_lineCountInBodyLines| then this
+   * is the number of body lines, otherwise this is the entire number of lines
+   * in the message.  This is important so we know when to stop reading the file
+   * without accidentally reading part of the next message.
+   */
+  uint32_t m_numLocalLines;
+  /**
+   * When true, |m_numLocalLines| is the number of body lines in the message,
+   * when false it is the entire number of lines in the message.
+   *
+   * When a message is an offline IMAP or news message, then the number of lines
+   * will be the entire number of lines, so this should be false.  When the
+   * message is a local message, the number of lines will be the number of body
+   * lines.
+   */
+  bool m_lineCountInBodyLines;
+
+  // Offline IMAP related methods & state
+
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> m_msgHdr;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> m_db;
+
+  // Transformations
+  // With the exception of m_isMultipart, these all apply to the various parts
+  bool m_stripHeaders;    // true if we're supposed to strip of message headers
+  bool m_stripHtml;       // true if we're supposed to strip off HTML tags
+  bool m_pastMsgHeaders;  // true if we've already skipped over the message headers
+  bool m_pastPartHeaders; // true if we've already skipped over the part headers
+  bool m_partIsHtml;      // true if the Content-type header claims text/html
+  bool m_base64part;      // true if the current part is in base64
+  bool m_isMultipart;     // true if the message is a multipart/* message
+  bool m_partIsText;      // true if the current part is text/*
+  bool m_inMessageAttachment; // true if current part is message/*
+
+  nsTArray<nsCString> m_boundaries;  // The boundary strings to look for
+  nsCString m_partCharset; // The charset found in the part
+
+  // See implementation for comments
+  int32_t ApplyTransformations (const nsCString &line, int32_t length,
+                                bool &returnThisLine, nsCString &buf);
+  void SniffPossibleMIMEHeader (const nsCString &line);
+  static void StripHtml (nsCString &buf);
+  static void Base64Decode (nsCString &buf);
+};
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/base/search/public/nsMsgFilterCore.idl b/mailnews/base/search/public/nsMsgFilterCore.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..66ecb076a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/search/public/nsMsgFilterCore.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+/* -*- Mode: IDL; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsMsgSearchCore.idl"
+
+typedef long nsMsgFilterTypeType;
+
+[scriptable,uuid(b963a9c6-3a75-4d91-9f79-7186418d4d2d)]
+interface nsMsgFilterType {
+    /* these longs are all actually of type nsMsgFilterTypeType */
+  const long None             = 0x00;
+  const long InboxRule        = 0x01;
+  const long InboxJavaScript  = 0x02;
+  const long Inbox            = InboxRule | InboxJavaScript;
+  const long NewsRule         = 0x04;
+  const long NewsJavaScript   = 0x08;
+  const long News             = NewsRule | NewsJavaScript;
+  const long Incoming         = Inbox | News;
+  const long Manual           = 0x10;
+  const long PostPlugin       = 0x20; // After bayes filtering
+  const long PostOutgoing     = 0x40; // After sending
+  const long Archive          = 0x80; // Before archiving
+  const long All              = Incoming | Manual;
+};
+
+typedef long nsMsgFilterMotionValue;
+
+typedef long nsMsgFilterIndex;
+
+typedef long nsMsgRuleActionType;
+
+[scriptable, uuid(7726FE79-AFA3-4a39-8292-733AEE288737)]
+interface nsMsgFilterAction {
+
+    // Custom Action.
+    const long Custom=-1;
+    /* if you change these, you need to update filter.properties,
+       look for filterActionX */
+    /* these longs are all actually of type nsMsgFilterActionType */
+    const long None=0;        /* uninitialized state */
+    const long MoveToFolder=1;
+    const long ChangePriority=2;
+    const long Delete=3;
+    const long MarkRead=4;
+    const long KillThread=5;
+    const long WatchThread=6;
+    const long MarkFlagged=7;
+    const long Label=8;
+    const long Reply=9;
+    const long Forward=10;
+    const long StopExecution=11;
+    const long DeleteFromPop3Server=12;
+    const long LeaveOnPop3Server=13;
+    const long JunkScore=14;
+    const long FetchBodyFromPop3Server=15;
+    const long CopyToFolder=16;
+    const long AddTag=17;
+    const long KillSubthread=18;
+    const long MarkUnread=19;
+};
+
diff --git a/mailnews/base/search/public/nsMsgResultElement.h b/mailnews/base/search/public/nsMsgResultElement.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..384436299
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/search/public/nsMsgResultElement.h
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef __nsMsgResultElement_h
+#define __nsMsgResultElement_h
+
+#include "nsMsgSearchCore.h"
+#include "nsIMsgSearchAdapter.h"
+#include "nsTArray.h"
+
+// nsMsgResultElement specifies a single search hit.
+
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// nsMsgResultElement is a list of attribute/value pairs which are used to
+// represent a search hit without requiring a message header or server connection
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class nsMsgResultElement
+{
+public:
+  nsMsgResultElement (nsIMsgSearchAdapter *);
+  virtual ~nsMsgResultElement ();
+
+  static nsresult AssignValues (nsIMsgSearchValue *src, nsMsgSearchValue *dst);
+  nsresult GetValue (nsMsgSearchAttribValue, nsMsgSearchValue **) const;
+  nsresult AddValue (nsIMsgSearchValue*);
+    nsresult AddValue (nsMsgSearchValue*);
+
+  nsresult GetPrettyName (nsMsgSearchValue**);
+  nsresult Open (void *window);
+
+  nsTArray<nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgSearchValue> > m_valueList;
+  nsIMsgSearchAdapter *m_adapter;
+
+protected:
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/base/search/public/nsMsgSearchAdapter.h b/mailnews/base/search/public/nsMsgSearchAdapter.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0b1cd71da
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/search/public/nsMsgSearchAdapter.h
@@ -0,0 +1,218 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _nsMsgSearchAdapter_H_
+#define _nsMsgSearchAdapter_H_
+
+#include "nsMsgSearchCore.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsIMsgSearchAdapter.h"
+#include "nsIMsgSearchValidityTable.h"
+#include "nsIMsgSearchValidityManager.h"
+#include "nsIMsgSearchTerm.h"
+#include "nsINntpIncomingServer.h"
+
+class nsIMsgSearchScopeTerm;
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// These Adapter classes contain the smarts to convert search criteria from
+// the canonical structures in msg_srch.h into whatever format is required
+// by their protocol.
+//
+// There is a separate Adapter class for area (pop, imap, nntp, ldap) to contain
+// the special smarts for that protocol.
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class nsMsgSearchAdapter : public nsIMsgSearchAdapter
+{
+public:
+  nsMsgSearchAdapter (nsIMsgSearchScopeTerm*, nsISupportsArray *);
+
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGSEARCHADAPTER
+
+  nsIMsgSearchScopeTerm        *m_scope;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupportsArray>  m_searchTerms;       /* linked list of criteria terms */
+
+  bool m_abortCalled;
+  nsString  m_defaultCharset;
+  bool m_forceAsciiSearch;
+
+  static nsresult EncodeImap (char **ppEncoding,
+           nsISupportsArray *searchTerms,
+           const char16_t *srcCharset,
+           const char16_t *destCharset,
+           bool reallyDredd = false);
+
+  static nsresult EncodeImapValue(char *encoding, const char *value, bool useQuotes, bool reallyDredd);
+
+  static char *GetImapCharsetParam(const char16_t *destCharset);
+  static char16_t *EscapeSearchUrl (const char16_t *nntpCommand);
+  static char16_t *EscapeImapSearchProtocol(const char16_t *imapCommand);
+  static char16_t *EscapeQuoteImapSearchProtocol(const char16_t *imapCommand);
+  static char *UnEscapeSearchUrl (const char *commandSpecificData);
+  // This stuff lives in the base class because the IMAP search syntax
+  // is used by the Dredd SEARCH command as well as IMAP itself
+  static const char *m_kImapBefore;
+  static const char *m_kImapBody;
+  static const char *m_kImapCC;
+  static const char *m_kImapFrom;
+  static const char *m_kImapNot;
+  static const char *m_kImapOr;
+  static const char *m_kImapSince;
+  static const char *m_kImapSubject;
+  static const char *m_kImapTo;
+  static const char *m_kImapHeader;
+  static const char *m_kImapAnyText;
+  static const char *m_kImapKeyword;
+  static const char *m_kNntpKeywords;
+  static const char *m_kImapSentOn;
+  static const char *m_kImapSeen;
+  static const char *m_kImapAnswered;
+  static const char *m_kImapNotSeen;
+  static const char *m_kImapNotAnswered;
+  static const char *m_kImapCharset;
+  static const char *m_kImapUnDeleted;
+  static const char *m_kImapSizeSmaller;
+  static const char *m_kImapSizeLarger;
+  static const char *m_kImapNew;
+  static const char *m_kImapNotNew;
+  static const char *m_kImapFlagged;
+  static const char *m_kImapNotFlagged;
+protected:
+  virtual ~nsMsgSearchAdapter();
+  typedef enum _msg_TransformType
+  {
+    kOverwrite,    /* "John Doe" -> "John*Doe",   simple contains   */
+    kInsert,       /* "John Doe" -> "John* Doe",  name completion   */
+    kSurround      /* "John Doe" -> "John* *Doe", advanced contains */
+  } msg_TransformType;
+
+  char *TransformSpacesToStars (const char *, msg_TransformType transformType);
+  nsresult OpenNewsResultInUnknownGroup (nsMsgResultElement*);
+
+  static nsresult EncodeImapTerm (nsIMsgSearchTerm *, bool reallyDredd, const char16_t *srcCharset, const char16_t *destCharset, char **ppOutTerm);
+};
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Validity checking for attrib/op pairs. We need to know what operations are
+// legal in three places:
+//   1. when the FE brings up the dialog box and needs to know how to build
+//      the menus and enable their items
+//   2. when the FE fires off a search, we need to check their lists for
+//      correctness
+//   3. for on-the-fly capability negotion e.g. with XSEARCH-capable news
+//      servers
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class nsMsgSearchValidityTable final : public nsIMsgSearchValidityTable
+{
+public:
+  nsMsgSearchValidityTable ();
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGSEARCHVALIDITYTABLE
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+
+protected:
+  int m_numAvailAttribs;        // number of rows with at least one available operator
+  typedef struct vtBits
+  {
+    uint16_t bitEnabled : 1;
+    uint16_t bitAvailable : 1;
+    uint16_t bitValidButNotShown : 1;
+  } vtBits;
+  vtBits m_table [nsMsgSearchAttrib::kNumMsgSearchAttributes][nsMsgSearchOp::kNumMsgSearchOperators];
+private:
+  ~nsMsgSearchValidityTable() {}
+  nsMsgSearchAttribValue m_defaultAttrib;
+};
+
+// Using getters and setters seems a little nicer then dumping the 2-D array
+// syntax all over the code
+#define CHECK_AO if (a < 0 || \
+                     a >= nsMsgSearchAttrib::kNumMsgSearchAttributes || \
+                     o < 0 || \
+                     o >= nsMsgSearchOp::kNumMsgSearchOperators) \
+                   return NS_ERROR_ILLEGAL_VALUE;
+inline nsresult nsMsgSearchValidityTable::SetAvailable (int a, int o, bool b)
+{ CHECK_AO; m_table [a][o].bitAvailable = b; return NS_OK;}
+inline nsresult nsMsgSearchValidityTable::SetEnabled (int a, int o, bool b)
+{ CHECK_AO; m_table [a][o].bitEnabled = b; return NS_OK; }
+inline nsresult nsMsgSearchValidityTable::SetValidButNotShown (int a, int o, bool b)
+{ CHECK_AO; m_table [a][o].bitValidButNotShown = b; return NS_OK;}
+
+inline nsresult nsMsgSearchValidityTable::GetAvailable (int a, int o, bool *aResult)
+{ CHECK_AO; *aResult = m_table [a][o].bitAvailable; return NS_OK;}
+inline nsresult nsMsgSearchValidityTable::GetEnabled (int a, int o, bool *aResult)
+{ CHECK_AO; *aResult = m_table [a][o].bitEnabled; return NS_OK;}
+inline nsresult nsMsgSearchValidityTable::GetValidButNotShown (int a, int o, bool *aResult)
+{ CHECK_AO; *aResult = m_table [a][o].bitValidButNotShown; return NS_OK;}
+#undef CHECK_AO
+
+class nsMsgSearchValidityManager : public nsIMsgSearchValidityManager
+{
+public:
+  nsMsgSearchValidityManager ();
+
+protected:
+  virtual ~nsMsgSearchValidityManager ();
+
+public:
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGSEARCHVALIDITYMANAGER
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+
+  nsresult GetTable (int, nsMsgSearchValidityTable**);
+
+protected:
+
+  // There's one global validity manager that everyone uses. You *could* do
+  // this with static members of the adapter classes, but having a dedicated
+  // object makes cleanup of these tables (at shutdown-time) automagic.
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgSearchValidityTable> m_offlineMailTable;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgSearchValidityTable> m_offlineMailFilterTable;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgSearchValidityTable> m_onlineMailTable;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgSearchValidityTable> m_onlineMailFilterTable;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgSearchValidityTable> m_onlineManualFilterTable;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgSearchValidityTable> m_newsTable;      // online news
+
+  // Local news tables, used for local news searching or offline.
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgSearchValidityTable> m_localNewsTable;         // base table
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgSearchValidityTable> m_localNewsJunkTable;     // base + junk
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgSearchValidityTable> m_localNewsBodyTable;     // base + body
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgSearchValidityTable> m_localNewsJunkBodyTable; // base + junk + body
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgSearchValidityTable> m_ldapTable;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgSearchValidityTable> m_ldapAndTable;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgSearchValidityTable> m_localABTable;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgSearchValidityTable> m_localABAndTable;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgSearchValidityTable> m_newsFilterTable;
+
+  nsresult NewTable (nsIMsgSearchValidityTable **);
+
+  nsresult InitOfflineMailTable();
+  nsresult InitOfflineMailFilterTable();
+  nsresult InitOnlineMailTable();
+  nsresult InitOnlineMailFilterTable();
+  nsresult InitOnlineManualFilterTable();
+  nsresult InitNewsTable();
+  nsresult InitLocalNewsTable();
+  nsresult InitLocalNewsJunkTable();
+  nsresult InitLocalNewsBodyTable();
+  nsresult InitLocalNewsJunkBodyTable();
+  nsresult InitNewsFilterTable();
+
+  //set the custom headers in the table, changes whenever "mailnews.customHeaders" pref changes.
+  nsresult SetOtherHeadersInTable(nsIMsgSearchValidityTable *table, const char *customHeaders);
+
+  nsresult InitLdapTable();
+  nsresult InitLdapAndTable();
+  nsresult InitLocalABTable();
+  nsresult InitLocalABAndTable();
+  nsresult SetUpABTable(nsIMsgSearchValidityTable *aTable, bool isOrTable);
+  nsresult EnableDirectoryAttribute(nsIMsgSearchValidityTable *table, nsMsgSearchAttribValue aSearchAttrib);
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/base/search/public/nsMsgSearchBoolExpression.h b/mailnews/base/search/public/nsMsgSearchBoolExpression.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c65e5c24a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/search/public/nsMsgSearchBoolExpression.h
@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsMsgSearchCore.h"
+
+#ifndef __nsMsgSearchBoolExpression_h
+#define __nsMsgSearchBoolExpression_h
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// nsMsgSearchBoolExpression is a class added to provide AND/OR terms in search queries.
+//  A nsMsgSearchBoolExpression contains either a search term or two nsMsgSearchBoolExpressions and
+//    a boolean operator.
+// I (mscott) am placing it here for now....
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+/* CBoolExpression --> encapsulates one or more search terms by internally
+   representing the search terms and their boolean operators as a binary
+   expression tree. Each node in the tree consists of either
+     (1) a boolean operator and two nsMsgSearchBoolExpressions or
+     (2) if the node is a leaf node then it contains a search term.
+   With each search term that is part of the expression we may also keep
+   a character string. The character
+   string is used to store the IMAP/NNTP encoding of the search term. This
+   makes generating a search encoding (for online) easier.
+
+   For IMAP/NNTP: nsMsgSearchBoolExpression has/assumes knowledge about how
+   AND and OR search terms are combined according to IMAP4 and NNTP protocol.
+   That is the only piece of IMAP/NNTP knowledge it is aware of.
+
+   Order of Evaluation: Okay, the way in which the boolean expression tree
+   is put together directly effects the order of evaluation. We currently
+   support left to right evaluation.
+   Supporting other order of evaluations involves adding new internal add
+   term methods.
+ */
+
+class nsMsgSearchBoolExpression
+{
+public:
+
+  // create a leaf node expression
+  nsMsgSearchBoolExpression(nsIMsgSearchTerm * aNewTerm,
+                              char * aEncodingString = NULL);
+
+  // create a non-leaf node expression containing 2 expressions
+    // and a boolean operator
+  nsMsgSearchBoolExpression(nsMsgSearchBoolExpression *,
+                              nsMsgSearchBoolExpression *,
+                              nsMsgSearchBooleanOperator boolOp);
+
+  nsMsgSearchBoolExpression();
+  ~nsMsgSearchBoolExpression();  // recursively destroys all sub
+                                   // expressions as well
+
+  // accessors
+
+    // Offline
+  static nsMsgSearchBoolExpression * AddSearchTerm (nsMsgSearchBoolExpression * aOrigExpr, nsIMsgSearchTerm * aNewTerm, char * aEncodingStr); // IMAP/NNTP
+    static nsMsgSearchBoolExpression * AddExpressionTree(nsMsgSearchBoolExpression * aOrigExpr, nsMsgSearchBoolExpression * aExpression, bool aBoolOp);
+
+    // parses the expression tree and all
+    // expressions underneath this node to
+    // determine if the end result is true or false.
+  bool OfflineEvaluate(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgToMatch,
+          const char *defaultCharset, nsIMsgSearchScopeTerm *scope,
+          nsIMsgDatabase *db, const char *headers, uint32_t headerSize,
+          bool Filtering);
+
+    // assuming the expression is for online
+    // searches, determine the length of the
+    // resulting IMAP/NNTP encoding string
+  int32_t CalcEncodeStrSize();
+
+    // fills pre-allocated
+    // memory in buffer with
+    // the IMAP/NNTP encoding for the expression
+  void GenerateEncodeStr(nsCString * buffer);
+
+  // if we are not a leaf node, then we have two other expressions
+    // and a boolean operator
+  nsMsgSearchBoolExpression * m_leftChild;
+  nsMsgSearchBoolExpression * m_rightChild;
+  nsMsgSearchBooleanOperator m_boolOp;
+
+protected:
+  // if we are a leaf node, all we have is a search term
+
+    nsIMsgSearchTerm * m_term;
+
+    // store IMAP/NNTP encoding for the search term if applicable
+  nsCString m_encodingStr;
+
+  // internal methods
+
+  // the idea is to separate the public interface for adding terms to
+    // the expression tree from the order of evaluation which influences
+    // how we internally construct the tree. Right now, we are supporting
+    // left to right evaluation so the tree is constructed to represent
+    // that by calling leftToRightAddTerm. If future forms of evaluation
+    // need to be supported, add new methods here for proper tree construction.
+  nsMsgSearchBoolExpression * leftToRightAddTerm(nsIMsgSearchTerm * newTerm,
+                                                   char * encodingStr);
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/base/search/public/nsMsgSearchCore.idl b/mailnews/base/search/public/nsMsgSearchCore.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6431aa8c3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/search/public/nsMsgSearchCore.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,222 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+#include "MailNewsTypes2.idl"
+
+interface nsIMsgFolder;
+
+interface nsIMsgDatabase;
+interface nsIMsgDBHdr;
+
+[scriptable, uuid(6e893e59-af98-4f62-a326-0f00f32147cd)]
+
+interface nsMsgSearchScope {
+  const nsMsgSearchScopeValue offlineMail = 0;
+  const nsMsgSearchScopeValue offlineMailFilter = 1;
+  const nsMsgSearchScopeValue onlineMail = 2;
+  const nsMsgSearchScopeValue onlineMailFilter = 3;
+  /// offline news, base table, no body or junk
+  const nsMsgSearchScopeValue localNews = 4;
+  const nsMsgSearchScopeValue news = 5;
+  const nsMsgSearchScopeValue newsEx = 6;
+  const nsMsgSearchScopeValue LDAP = 7;
+  const nsMsgSearchScopeValue LocalAB = 8;
+  const nsMsgSearchScopeValue allSearchableGroups = 9;
+  const nsMsgSearchScopeValue newsFilter = 10;
+  const nsMsgSearchScopeValue LocalABAnd = 11;
+  const nsMsgSearchScopeValue LDAPAnd = 12;
+  // IMAP and NEWS, searched using local headers
+  const nsMsgSearchScopeValue onlineManual = 13;
+  /// local news + junk
+  const nsMsgSearchScopeValue localNewsJunk = 14;
+  /// local news + body
+  const nsMsgSearchScopeValue localNewsBody = 15;
+  /// local news + junk + body
+  const nsMsgSearchScopeValue localNewsJunkBody = 16;
+};
+
+typedef long nsMsgSearchAttribValue;
+
+/**
+ * Definitions of search attribute types. The numerical order
+ * from here will also be used to determine the order that the
+ * attributes display in the filter editor.
+ */
+[scriptable, uuid(a83ca7e8-4591-4111-8fb8-fd76ac73c866)]
+interface nsMsgSearchAttrib {
+    const nsMsgSearchAttribValue Custom = -2;  /* a custom term, see nsIMsgSearchCustomTerm */
+    const nsMsgSearchAttribValue Default = -1;
+    const nsMsgSearchAttribValue Subject = 0;  /* mail and news */
+    const nsMsgSearchAttribValue Sender = 1;
+    const nsMsgSearchAttribValue Body = 2;
+    const nsMsgSearchAttribValue Date = 3;
+
+    const nsMsgSearchAttribValue Priority = 4;      /* mail only */
+    const nsMsgSearchAttribValue MsgStatus = 5;
+    const nsMsgSearchAttribValue To = 6;
+    const nsMsgSearchAttribValue CC = 7;
+    const nsMsgSearchAttribValue ToOrCC = 8;
+    const nsMsgSearchAttribValue AllAddresses = 9;
+
+    const nsMsgSearchAttribValue Location = 10;          /* result list only */
+    const nsMsgSearchAttribValue MessageKey = 11;        /* message result elems */
+    const nsMsgSearchAttribValue AgeInDays = 12;
+    const nsMsgSearchAttribValue FolderInfo = 13;        /* for "view thread context" from result */
+    const nsMsgSearchAttribValue Size = 14;
+    const nsMsgSearchAttribValue AnyText = 15;
+    const nsMsgSearchAttribValue Keywords = 16; // keywords are the internal representation of tags.
+
+    const nsMsgSearchAttribValue Name = 17;
+    const nsMsgSearchAttribValue DisplayName = 18;
+    const nsMsgSearchAttribValue Nickname = 19;
+    const nsMsgSearchAttribValue ScreenName = 20;
+    const nsMsgSearchAttribValue Email = 21;
+    const nsMsgSearchAttribValue AdditionalEmail = 22;
+    const nsMsgSearchAttribValue PhoneNumber = 23;
+    const nsMsgSearchAttribValue WorkPhone = 24;
+    const nsMsgSearchAttribValue HomePhone = 25;
+    const nsMsgSearchAttribValue Fax = 26;
+    const nsMsgSearchAttribValue Pager = 27;
+    const nsMsgSearchAttribValue Mobile = 28;
+    const nsMsgSearchAttribValue City = 29;
+    const nsMsgSearchAttribValue Street = 30;
+    const nsMsgSearchAttribValue Title = 31;
+    const nsMsgSearchAttribValue Organization = 32;
+    const nsMsgSearchAttribValue Department = 33;
+
+    // 34 - 43, reserved for ab / LDAP;
+    const nsMsgSearchAttribValue HasAttachmentStatus = 44;
+    const nsMsgSearchAttribValue JunkStatus = 45;
+    const nsMsgSearchAttribValue JunkPercent = 46;
+    const nsMsgSearchAttribValue JunkScoreOrigin = 47;
+    const nsMsgSearchAttribValue Label = 48; /* mail only...can search by label */
+    const nsMsgSearchAttribValue HdrProperty = 49; // uses nsIMsgSearchTerm::hdrProperty
+    const nsMsgSearchAttribValue FolderFlag = 50; // uses nsIMsgSearchTerm::status
+    const nsMsgSearchAttribValue Uint32HdrProperty = 51; // uses nsIMsgSearchTerm::hdrProperty
+
+    // 52 is for showing customize - in ui headers start from 53 onwards up until 99.
+
+     /** OtherHeader MUST ALWAYS BE LAST attribute since 
+       * we can have an arbitrary # of these. The number can be changed,
+       * however, because we never persist AttribValues as integers.
+      */
+    const nsMsgSearchAttribValue OtherHeader = 52; 
+    // must be last attribute
+    const nsMsgSearchAttribValue kNumMsgSearchAttributes = 100;
+};
+
+typedef long nsMsgSearchOpValue;
+
+[scriptable, uuid(9160b196-6fcb-4eba-aaaf-6c806c4ee420)]
+interface nsMsgSearchOp {
+    const nsMsgSearchOpValue Contains = 0; /* for text attributes      */
+    const nsMsgSearchOpValue DoesntContain = 1;
+    const nsMsgSearchOpValue Is = 2; /* is and isn't also apply to some non-text attrs */
+    const nsMsgSearchOpValue Isnt = 3;
+    const nsMsgSearchOpValue IsEmpty = 4;
+
+    const nsMsgSearchOpValue IsBefore = 5; /* for date attributes              */
+    const nsMsgSearchOpValue IsAfter = 6;
+
+    const nsMsgSearchOpValue IsHigherThan = 7; /* for priority. Is also applies  */
+    const nsMsgSearchOpValue IsLowerThan = 8;
+
+    const nsMsgSearchOpValue BeginsWith = 9;
+    const nsMsgSearchOpValue EndsWith = 10;
+
+    const nsMsgSearchOpValue SoundsLike = 11; /* for LDAP phoenetic matching      */
+    const nsMsgSearchOpValue LdapDwim = 12; /* Do What I Mean for simple search */
+
+    const nsMsgSearchOpValue IsGreaterThan = 13;
+    const nsMsgSearchOpValue IsLessThan = 14;
+
+    const nsMsgSearchOpValue NameCompletion = 15; /* Name Completion operator...as the name implies =) */
+    const nsMsgSearchOpValue IsInAB = 16;
+    const nsMsgSearchOpValue IsntInAB = 17;
+    const nsMsgSearchOpValue IsntEmpty = 18; /* primarily for tags */
+    const nsMsgSearchOpValue Matches = 19; /* generic term for use by custom terms */
+    const nsMsgSearchOpValue DoesntMatch = 20; /* generic term for use by custom terms */
+    const nsMsgSearchOpValue kNumMsgSearchOperators  = 21;     /* must be last operator */
+};
+
+typedef long nsMsgSearchWidgetValue;
+
+/* FEs use this to help build the search dialog box */
+[scriptable,uuid(903dd2e8-304e-11d3-92e6-00a0c900d445)]
+interface nsMsgSearchWidget {
+    const nsMsgSearchWidgetValue Text = 0;
+    const nsMsgSearchWidgetValue Date = 1;
+    const nsMsgSearchWidgetValue Menu = 2;
+  const nsMsgSearchWidgetValue Int = 3;          /* added to account for age in days which requires an integer field */
+    const nsMsgSearchWidgetValue None = 4;
+};
+
+typedef long nsMsgSearchTypeValue;
+
+
+/* Used to specify type of search to be performed */
+[scriptable,uuid(964b7f32-304e-11d3-ae13-00a0c900d445)]
+interface nsMsgSearchType {
+  const nsMsgSearchTypeValue None = 0;
+  const nsMsgSearchTypeValue RootDSE = 1;
+  const nsMsgSearchTypeValue Normal = 2;
+  const nsMsgSearchTypeValue LdapVLV = 3;
+  const nsMsgSearchTypeValue NameCompletion = 4;
+};
+
+typedef long nsMsgSearchBooleanOperator;
+
+[scriptable, uuid(a37f3f4a-304e-11d3-8f94-00a0c900d445)]
+interface nsMsgSearchBooleanOp {
+    const nsMsgSearchBooleanOperator BooleanOR = 0;
+    const nsMsgSearchBooleanOperator BooleanAND = 1;
+};
+
+/* Use this to specify the value of a search term */
+
+[ptr] native nsMsgSearchValue(nsMsgSearchValue);
+
+%{C++
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+
+typedef struct nsMsgSearchValue
+{
+    nsMsgSearchAttribValue attribute;
+    union
+    {
+      nsMsgPriorityValue priority;
+      PRTime date;
+      uint32_t msgStatus; /* see MSG_FLAG in msgcom.h */
+      uint32_t size;
+      nsMsgKey key;
+      int32_t age; /* in days */
+      nsIMsgFolder *folder;
+      nsMsgLabelValue label;
+      uint32_t junkStatus;
+      uint32_t junkPercent;
+    } u;
+    char *string;
+    nsString utf16String;
+} nsMsgSearchValue;
+%}
+
+[ptr] native nsMsgSearchTerm(nsMsgSearchTerm);
+
+// Please note the ! at the start of this macro, which means the macro
+// needs to enumerate the non-string attributes.
+%{C++
+#define IS_STRING_ATTRIBUTE(_a) \
+(!(_a == nsMsgSearchAttrib::Priority || _a == nsMsgSearchAttrib::Date || \
+   _a == nsMsgSearchAttrib::MsgStatus || _a == nsMsgSearchAttrib::MessageKey || \
+   _a == nsMsgSearchAttrib::Size || _a == nsMsgSearchAttrib::AgeInDays || \
+   _a == nsMsgSearchAttrib::FolderInfo || _a == nsMsgSearchAttrib::Location || \
+   _a == nsMsgSearchAttrib::Label || _a == nsMsgSearchAttrib::JunkStatus || \
+   _a == nsMsgSearchAttrib::FolderFlag || _a == nsMsgSearchAttrib::Uint32HdrProperty || \
+   _a == nsMsgSearchAttrib::JunkPercent || _a == nsMsgSearchAttrib::HasAttachmentStatus))
+%}
+
+[ptr] native nsSearchMenuItem(nsSearchMenuItem);
+
diff --git a/mailnews/base/search/public/nsMsgSearchScopeTerm.h b/mailnews/base/search/public/nsMsgSearchScopeTerm.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..74afd8d19
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/search/public/nsMsgSearchScopeTerm.h
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef __nsMsgSearchScopeTerm_h
+#define __nsMsgSearchScopeTerm_h
+
+#include "nsMsgSearchCore.h"
+#include "nsMsgSearchScopeTerm.h"
+#include "nsIMsgSearchAdapter.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolder.h"
+#include "nsIMsgSearchAdapter.h"
+#include "nsIMsgSearchSession.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsIWeakReference.h"
+#include "nsIWeakReferenceUtils.h"
+
+class nsMsgSearchScopeTerm : public nsIMsgSearchScopeTerm
+{
+public:
+  nsMsgSearchScopeTerm (nsIMsgSearchSession *, nsMsgSearchScopeValue, nsIMsgFolder *);
+  nsMsgSearchScopeTerm ();
+  
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGSEARCHSCOPETERM
+    
+  nsresult TimeSlice (bool *aDone);
+  nsresult InitializeAdapter (nsISupportsArray *termList);
+  
+  char *GetStatusBarName ();
+  
+  nsMsgSearchScopeValue m_attribute;
+  char *m_name;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> m_folder;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgSearchAdapter> m_adapter;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIInputStream> m_inputStream; // for message bodies
+  nsWeakPtr m_searchSession;
+  bool m_searchServer;
+
+private:
+  virtual ~nsMsgSearchScopeTerm();
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/base/search/public/nsMsgSearchTerm.h b/mailnews/base/search/public/nsMsgSearchTerm.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ffcdc9539
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/search/public/nsMsgSearchTerm.h
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+
+#ifndef __nsMsgSearchTerm_h
+#define __nsMsgSearchTerm_h
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// nsMsgSearchTerm specifies one criterion, e.g. name contains phil
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#include "nsIMsgSearchSession.h"
+#include "nsIMsgSearchScopeTerm.h"
+#include "nsIMsgSearchTerm.h"
+#include "nsIMsgSearchCustomTerm.h"
+
+// needed to search for addresses in address books
+#include "nsIAbDirectory.h"
+
+#define EMPTY_MESSAGE_LINE(buf) (buf[0] == '\r' || buf[0] == '\n' || buf[0] == '\0')
+
+class nsMsgSearchTerm : public nsIMsgSearchTerm
+{
+public:
+  nsMsgSearchTerm();
+  nsMsgSearchTerm (nsMsgSearchAttribValue, nsMsgSearchOpValue, nsIMsgSearchValue *, nsMsgSearchBooleanOperator, const char * arbitraryHeader);
+
+    NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+    NS_DECL_NSIMSGSEARCHTERM
+
+  nsresult DeStream (char *, int16_t length);
+  nsresult DeStreamNew (char *, int16_t length);
+
+  nsresult GetLocalTimes (PRTime, PRTime, PRExplodedTime &, PRExplodedTime &);
+
+  bool IsBooleanOpAND() { return m_booleanOp == nsMsgSearchBooleanOp::BooleanAND ? true : false;}
+  nsMsgSearchBooleanOperator GetBooleanOp() {return m_booleanOp;}
+  // maybe should return nsString &   ??
+  const char * GetArbitraryHeader() {return m_arbitraryHeader.get();}
+
+  static char *  EscapeQuotesInStr(const char *str);
+
+  nsMsgSearchAttribValue m_attribute;
+  nsMsgSearchOpValue m_operator;
+  nsMsgSearchValue m_value;
+
+  // boolean operator to be applied to this search term and the search term which precedes it.
+  nsMsgSearchBooleanOperator m_booleanOp;
+
+  // user specified string for the name of the arbitrary header to be used in the search
+  // only has a value when m_attribute = OtherHeader!!!!
+  nsCString m_arbitraryHeader;
+
+  // db hdr property name to use - used when m_attribute = HdrProperty.
+  nsCString m_hdrProperty;
+  bool m_matchAll; // does this term match all headers?
+  nsCString m_customId; // id of custom search term
+
+protected:
+  virtual ~nsMsgSearchTerm();
+
+  nsresult MatchString(const nsACString &stringToMatch, const char *charset,
+                       bool *pResult);
+  nsresult MatchString(const nsAString &stringToMatch, bool *pResult);
+  nsresult OutputValue(nsCString &outputStr);
+  nsresult ParseAttribute(char *inStream, nsMsgSearchAttribValue *attrib);
+  nsresult ParseOperator(char *inStream, nsMsgSearchOpValue *value);
+  nsresult ParseValue(char *inStream);
+  /**
+   * Switch a string to lower case, except for special database rows
+   * that are not headers, but could be headers
+   *
+   * @param aValue  the string to switch
+   */
+  void ToLowerCaseExceptSpecials(nsACString &aValue);
+    nsresult InitializeAddressBook();
+  nsresult MatchInAddressBook(const nsAString &aAddress, bool *pResult);
+    // fields used by search in address book
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIAbDirectory> mDirectory;
+
+    bool mBeginsGrouping;
+    bool mEndsGrouping;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/base/search/src/Bogofilter.sfd b/mailnews/base/search/src/Bogofilter.sfd
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a29a818e6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/search/src/Bogofilter.sfd
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+version="9"
+logging="yes"
+name="BogofilterYes"
+enabled="yes"
+type="17"
+action="JunkScore"
+actionValue="100"
+condition="OR (\"X-Bogosity\",begins with,Spam) OR (\"X-Bogosity\",begins with,Y)"
+name="BogofilterNo"
+enabled="yes"
+type="17"
+action="JunkScore"
+actionValue="0"
+condition="OR (\"X-Bogosity\",begins with,Ham) OR (\"X-Bogosity\",begins with,N)"
diff --git a/mailnews/base/search/src/DSPAM.sfd b/mailnews/base/search/src/DSPAM.sfd
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..40bc00df7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/search/src/DSPAM.sfd
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+version="9"
+logging="yes"
+name="DSPAMYes"
+enabled="yes"
+type="17"
+action="JunkScore"
+actionValue="100"
+condition="OR (\"X-DSPAM-Result\",begins with,Spam)"
+name="DSPAMNo"
+enabled="yes"
+type="17"
+action="JunkScore"
+actionValue="0"
+condition="OR (\"X-DSPAM-Result\",begins with,Innocent)"
diff --git a/mailnews/base/search/src/Habeas.sfd b/mailnews/base/search/src/Habeas.sfd
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ceffff16e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/search/src/Habeas.sfd
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+version="8"
+logging="yes"
+name="HabeasNo"
+enabled="yes"
+type="1"
+action="JunkScore"
+actionValue="0"
+condition="OR (\"X-Habeas-SWE-3\",is,\"like Habeas SWE (tm)\")"
diff --git a/mailnews/base/search/src/POPFile.sfd b/mailnews/base/search/src/POPFile.sfd
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a791705aa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/search/src/POPFile.sfd
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+version="9"
+logging="yes"
+name="POPFileYes"
+enabled="yes"
+type="17"
+action="JunkScore"
+actionValue="100"
+condition="OR (\"X-Text-Classification\",begins with,spam)"
+name="POPFileNo"
+enabled="yes"
+type="17"
+action="JunkScore"
+actionValue="0"
+condition="OR (\"X-Text-Classification\",begins with,inbox) OR (\"X-Text-Classification\",begins with,allowed)"
diff --git a/mailnews/base/search/src/SpamAssassin.sfd b/mailnews/base/search/src/SpamAssassin.sfd
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d8d0ecdb1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/search/src/SpamAssassin.sfd
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+version="9"
+logging="yes"
+name="SpamAssassinYes"
+enabled="yes"
+type="17"
+action="JunkScore"
+actionValue="100"
+condition="OR (\"X-Spam-Status\",begins with,Yes) OR (\"X-Spam-Flag\",begins with,YES) OR (subject,begins with,***SPAM***)"
+name="SpamAssassinNo"
+enabled="yes"
+type="17"
+action="JunkScore"
+actionValue="0"
+condition="OR (\"X-Spam-Status\",begins with,No)"
diff --git a/mailnews/base/search/src/SpamCatcher.sfd b/mailnews/base/search/src/SpamCatcher.sfd
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d16cd80a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/search/src/SpamCatcher.sfd
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+version="9"
+logging="yes"
+name="SpamCatcherNo"
+enabled="yes"
+type="17"
+action="JunkScore"
+actionValue="0"
+condition="OR (\"x-SpamCatcher\",begins with,No)"
+name="SpamCatcherYes"
+enabled="yes"
+type="17"
+action="JunkScore"
+actionValue="100"
+condition="OR (\"x-SpamCatcher\",begins with,Yes)"
diff --git a/mailnews/base/search/src/SpamPal.sfd b/mailnews/base/search/src/SpamPal.sfd
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..830b1937b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/search/src/SpamPal.sfd
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+version="9"
+logging="yes"
+name="SpamPalNo"
+enabled="yes"
+type="17"
+action="JunkScore"
+actionValue="0"
+condition="OR (\"X-SpamPal\",begins with,PASS)"
+name="SpamPalYes"
+enabled="yes"
+type="17"
+action="JunkScore"
+actionValue="100"
+condition="OR (\"X-SpamPal\",begins with,SPAM)"
diff --git a/mailnews/base/search/src/moz.build b/mailnews/base/search/src/moz.build
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ae3a57fa5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/search/src/moz.build
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+# vim: set filetype=python:
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+SOURCES += [
+    'nsMsgBodyHandler.cpp',
+    'nsMsgFilter.cpp',
+    'nsMsgFilterList.cpp',
+    'nsMsgFilterService.cpp',
+    'nsMsgImapSearch.cpp',
+    'nsMsgLocalSearch.cpp',
+    'nsMsgSearchAdapter.cpp',
+    'nsMsgSearchNews.cpp',
+    'nsMsgSearchSession.cpp',
+    'nsMsgSearchTerm.cpp',
+    'nsMsgSearchValue.cpp',
+]
+
+EXTRA_COMPONENTS += [
+    'nsMsgTraitService.js',
+    'nsMsgTraitService.manifest',
+]
+
+FINAL_LIBRARY = 'mail'
+
+FINAL_TARGET_FILES.isp += [
+    'Bogofilter.sfd',
+    'DSPAM.sfd',
+    'POPFile.sfd',
+    'SpamAssassin.sfd',
+    'SpamPal.sfd',
+]
diff --git a/mailnews/base/search/src/nsMsgBodyHandler.cpp b/mailnews/base/search/src/nsMsgBodyHandler.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..873713bbb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/search/src/nsMsgBodyHandler.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,487 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "nsMsgSearchCore.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "nsMsgBodyHandler.h"
+#include "nsMsgSearchTerm.h"
+#include "nsIMsgHdr.h"
+#include "nsMsgMessageFlags.h"
+#include "nsISeekableStream.h"
+#include "nsIInputStream.h"
+#include "nsIFile.h"
+#include "plbase64.h"
+#include "prmem.h"
+#include "nsMimeTypes.h"
+
+nsMsgBodyHandler::nsMsgBodyHandler (nsIMsgSearchScopeTerm * scope,
+                                    uint32_t numLines,
+                                    nsIMsgDBHdr* msg, nsIMsgDatabase * db)
+{
+  m_scope = scope;
+  m_numLocalLines = numLines;
+  uint32_t flags;
+  m_lineCountInBodyLines = NS_SUCCEEDED(msg->GetFlags(&flags)) ?
+    !(flags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Offline) : true;
+  // account for added x-mozilla-status lines, and envelope line.
+  if (!m_lineCountInBodyLines)
+    m_numLocalLines += 3;
+  m_msgHdr = msg;
+  m_db = db;
+
+  // the following are variables used when the body handler is handling stuff from filters....through this constructor, that is not the
+  // case so we set them to NULL.
+  m_headers = NULL;
+  m_headersSize = 0;
+  m_Filtering = false; // make sure we set this before we call initialize...
+
+  Initialize();  // common initialization stuff
+  OpenLocalFolder();
+}
+
+nsMsgBodyHandler::nsMsgBodyHandler(nsIMsgSearchScopeTerm * scope,
+                                   uint32_t numLines,
+                                   nsIMsgDBHdr* msg, nsIMsgDatabase* db,
+                                   const char * headers, uint32_t headersSize,
+                                   bool Filtering)
+{
+  m_scope = scope;
+  m_numLocalLines = numLines;
+  uint32_t flags;
+  m_lineCountInBodyLines = NS_SUCCEEDED(msg->GetFlags(&flags)) ?
+    !(flags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Offline) : true;
+  // account for added x-mozilla-status lines, and envelope line.
+  if (!m_lineCountInBodyLines)
+    m_numLocalLines += 3;
+  m_msgHdr = msg;
+  m_db = db;
+  m_headersSize = headersSize;
+  m_Filtering = Filtering;
+
+  Initialize();
+
+  if (m_Filtering)
+    m_headers = headers;
+  else
+    OpenLocalFolder();  // if nothing else applies, then we must be a POP folder file
+}
+
+void nsMsgBodyHandler::Initialize()
+// common initialization code regardless of what body type we are handling...
+{
+  // Default transformations for local message search and MAPI access
+  m_stripHeaders = true;
+  m_stripHtml = true;
+  m_partIsHtml = false;
+  m_base64part = false;
+  m_isMultipart = false;
+  m_partIsText = true; // Default is text/plain, maybe proven otherwise later.
+  m_pastMsgHeaders = false;
+  m_pastPartHeaders = false;
+  m_inMessageAttachment = false;
+  m_headerBytesRead = 0;
+}
+
+nsMsgBodyHandler::~nsMsgBodyHandler()
+{
+}
+
+int32_t nsMsgBodyHandler::GetNextLine (nsCString &buf, nsCString &charset)
+{
+  int32_t length = -1;          // length of incoming line or -1 eof
+  int32_t outLength = -1;       // length of outgoing line or -1 eof
+  bool eatThisLine = true;
+  nsAutoCString nextLine;
+
+  while (eatThisLine) {
+    // first, handle the filtering case...this is easy....
+    if (m_Filtering)
+      length = GetNextFilterLine(nextLine);
+    else
+    {
+      // 3 cases: Offline IMAP, POP, or we are dealing with a news message....
+      // Offline cases should be same as local mail cases, since we're going
+      // to store offline messages in berkeley format folders.
+      if (m_db)
+      {
+         length = GetNextLocalLine (nextLine); // (2) POP
+      }
+    }
+
+    if (length < 0)
+      break; // eof in
+
+    outLength = ApplyTransformations(nextLine, length, eatThisLine, buf);
+  }
+
+  if (outLength < 0)
+    return -1; // eof out
+
+  // For non-multipart messages, the entire message minus headers is encoded
+  // ApplyTransformations can only decode a part
+  if (!m_isMultipart && m_base64part)
+  {
+    Base64Decode(buf);
+    m_base64part = false;
+    // And reapply our transformations...
+    outLength = ApplyTransformations(buf, buf.Length(), eatThisLine, buf);
+  }
+
+  charset = m_partCharset;
+  return outLength;
+}
+
+void nsMsgBodyHandler::OpenLocalFolder()
+{
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIInputStream> inputStream;
+  nsresult rv = m_scope->GetInputStream(m_msgHdr, getter_AddRefs(inputStream));
+  // Warn and return if GetInputStream fails
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS_VOID(rv);
+  m_fileLineStream = do_QueryInterface(inputStream);
+}
+
+int32_t nsMsgBodyHandler::GetNextFilterLine(nsCString &buf)
+{
+  // m_nextHdr always points to the next header in the list....the list is NULL terminated...
+  uint32_t numBytesCopied = 0;
+  if (m_headersSize > 0)
+  {
+    // #mscott. Ugly hack! filter headers list have CRs & LFs inside the NULL delimited list of header
+    // strings. It is possible to have: To NULL CR LF From. We want to skip over these CR/LFs if they start
+    // at the beginning of what we think is another header.
+
+    while (m_headersSize > 0 && (m_headers[0] == '\r' || m_headers[0] == '\n' || m_headers[0] == ' ' || m_headers[0] == '\0'))
+    {
+      m_headers++;  // skip over these chars...
+      m_headersSize--;
+    }
+
+    if (m_headersSize > 0)
+    {
+      numBytesCopied = strlen(m_headers) + 1 ;
+      buf.Assign(m_headers);
+      m_headers += numBytesCopied;
+      // be careful...m_headersSize is unsigned. Don't let it go negative or we overflow to 2^32....*yikes*
+      if (m_headersSize < numBytesCopied)
+        m_headersSize = 0;
+      else
+        m_headersSize -= numBytesCopied;  // update # bytes we have read from the headers list
+
+      return (int32_t) numBytesCopied;
+    }
+  }
+  else if (m_headersSize == 0) {
+    buf.Truncate();
+  }
+  return -1;
+}
+
+// return -1 if no more local lines, length of next line otherwise.
+
+int32_t nsMsgBodyHandler::GetNextLocalLine(nsCString &buf)
+// returns number of bytes copied
+{
+  if (m_numLocalLines)
+  {
+    // I the line count is in body lines, only decrement once we have
+    // processed all the headers.  Otherwise the line is not in body
+    // lines and we want to decrement for every line.
+    if (m_pastMsgHeaders || !m_lineCountInBodyLines)
+      m_numLocalLines--;
+    // do we need to check the return value here?
+    if (m_fileLineStream)
+    {
+      bool more = false;
+      nsresult rv = m_fileLineStream->ReadLine(buf, &more);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        return buf.Length();
+    }
+  }
+
+  return -1;
+}
+
+/**
+ * This method applies a sequence of transformations to the line.
+ *
+ * It applies the following sequences in order
+ * * Removes headers if the searcher doesn't want them
+ *   (sets m_past*Headers)
+ * * Determines the current MIME type.
+ *   (via SniffPossibleMIMEHeader)
+ * * Strips any HTML if the searcher doesn't want it
+ * * Strips non-text parts
+ * * Decodes any base64 part
+ *   (resetting part variables: m_base64part, m_pastPartHeaders, m_partIsHtml,
+ *    m_partIsText)
+ *
+ * @param line        (in)    the current line
+ * @param length      (in)    the length of said line
+ * @param eatThisLine (out)   whether or not to ignore this line
+ * @param buf         (inout) if m_base64part, the current part as needed for
+ *                            decoding; else, it is treated as an out param (a
+ *                            redundant version of line).
+ * @return            the length of the line after applying transformations
+ */
+int32_t nsMsgBodyHandler::ApplyTransformations (const nsCString &line, int32_t length,
+                                                bool &eatThisLine, nsCString &buf)
+{
+  eatThisLine = false;
+
+  if (!m_pastPartHeaders)  // line is a line from the part headers
+  {
+    if (m_stripHeaders)
+      eatThisLine = true;
+
+    // We have already grabbed all worthwhile information from the headers,
+    // so there is no need to keep track of the current lines
+    buf.Assign(line);
+
+    SniffPossibleMIMEHeader(buf);
+
+    if (buf.IsEmpty() || buf.First() == '\r' || buf.First() == '\n') {
+      if (!m_inMessageAttachment) {
+        m_pastPartHeaders = true;
+      } else {
+        // We're in a message attachment and have just read past the
+        // part header for the attached message. We now need to read
+        // the message headers and any part headers.
+        // We can now forget about the special handling of attached messages.
+        m_inMessageAttachment = false;
+      }
+    }
+
+    // We set m_pastMsgHeaders to 'true' only once.
+    if (m_pastPartHeaders)
+      m_pastMsgHeaders = true;
+
+    return length;
+  }
+
+  // Check to see if this is one of our boundary strings.
+  bool matchedBoundary = false;
+  if (m_isMultipart && m_boundaries.Length() > 0) {
+    for (int32_t i = (int32_t)m_boundaries.Length() - 1; i >= 0; i--) {
+      if (StringBeginsWith(line, m_boundaries[i])) {
+        matchedBoundary = true;
+        // If we matched a boundary, we won't need the nested/later ones any more.
+        m_boundaries.SetLength(i+1);
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  if (matchedBoundary)
+  {
+    if (m_base64part && m_partIsText)
+    {
+      Base64Decode(buf);
+      // Work on the parsed string
+      if (!buf.Length())
+      {
+        NS_WARNING("Trying to transform an empty buffer");
+        eatThisLine = true;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        // It is wrong to call ApplyTransformations() here since this will
+        // lead to the buffer being doubled-up at |buf.Append(line.get());| below.
+        // ApplyTransformations(buf, buf.Length(), eatThisLine, buf);
+        // Avoid spurious failures
+        eatThisLine = false;
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      buf.Truncate();
+      eatThisLine = true; // We have no content...
+    }
+
+    // Reset all assumed headers
+    m_base64part = false;
+    // Get ready to sniff new part headers, but do not reset m_pastMsgHeaders
+    // since it will screw the body line count.
+    m_pastPartHeaders = false;
+    m_partIsHtml = false;
+    // If we ever see a multipart message, each part needs to set 'm_partIsText',
+    // so no more defaulting to 'true' when the part is done.
+    m_partIsText = false;
+
+    return buf.Length();
+  }
+
+  if (!m_partIsText)
+  {
+    // Ignore non-text parts
+    buf.Truncate();
+    eatThisLine = true;
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  if (m_base64part)
+  {
+    // We need to keep track of all lines to parse base64encoded...
+    buf.Append(line.get());
+    eatThisLine = true;
+    return buf.Length();
+  }
+
+  // ... but there's no point if we're not parsing base64.
+  buf.Assign(line);
+  if (m_stripHtml && m_partIsHtml)
+  {
+    StripHtml (buf);
+  }
+
+  return buf.Length();
+}
+
+void nsMsgBodyHandler::StripHtml (nsCString &pBufInOut)
+{
+  char *pBuf = (char*) PR_Malloc (pBufInOut.Length() + 1);
+  if (pBuf)
+  {
+    char *pWalk = pBuf;
+
+    char *pWalkInOut = (char *) pBufInOut.get();
+    bool inTag = false;
+    while (*pWalkInOut) // throw away everything inside < >
+    {
+      if (!inTag)
+        if (*pWalkInOut == '<')
+          inTag = true;
+        else
+          *pWalk++ = *pWalkInOut;
+        else
+          if (*pWalkInOut == '>')
+            inTag = false;
+          pWalkInOut++;
+    }
+    *pWalk = 0; // null terminator
+
+    pBufInOut.Adopt(pBuf);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Determines the MIME type, if present, from the current line.
+ *
+ * m_partIsHtml, m_isMultipart, m_partIsText, m_base64part, and boundary are
+ * all set by this method at various points in time.
+ *
+ * @param line        (in)    a header line that may contain a MIME header
+ */
+void nsMsgBodyHandler::SniffPossibleMIMEHeader(const nsCString &line)
+{
+  // Some parts of MIME are case-sensitive and other parts are case-insensitive;
+  // specifically, the headers are all case-insensitive and the values we care
+  // about are also case-insensitive, with the sole exception of the boundary
+  // string, so we can't just take the input line and make it lower case.
+  nsCString lowerCaseLine(line);
+  ToLowerCase(lowerCaseLine);
+
+  if (StringBeginsWith(lowerCaseLine, NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("content-type:")))
+  {
+    if (lowerCaseLine.Find("text/html", CaseInsensitiveCompare) != -1)
+    {
+      m_partIsText = true;
+      m_partIsHtml = true;
+    }
+    else if (lowerCaseLine.Find("multipart/", CaseInsensitiveCompare) != -1)
+    {
+      if (m_isMultipart)
+      {
+        // Nested multipart, get ready for new headers.
+        m_base64part = false;
+        m_pastPartHeaders = false;
+        m_partIsHtml = false;
+        m_partIsText = false;
+      }
+      m_isMultipart = true;
+      m_partCharset.Truncate();
+    }
+    else if (lowerCaseLine.Find("message/", CaseInsensitiveCompare) != -1)
+    {
+      // Initialise again.
+      m_base64part = false;
+      m_pastPartHeaders = false;
+      m_partIsHtml = false;
+      m_partIsText = true;  // Default is text/plain, maybe proven otherwise later.
+      m_inMessageAttachment = true;
+    }
+    else if (lowerCaseLine.Find("text/", CaseInsensitiveCompare) != -1)
+      m_partIsText = true;
+    else if (lowerCaseLine.Find("text/", CaseInsensitiveCompare) == -1)
+      m_partIsText = false; // We have disproven our assumption.
+  }
+
+  int32_t start;
+  if (m_isMultipart &&
+      (start = lowerCaseLine.Find("boundary=", CaseInsensitiveCompare)) != -1)
+  {
+    start += 9;  // strlen("boundary=")
+    if (line[start] == '\"')
+      start++;
+    int32_t end = line.RFindChar('\"');
+    if (end == -1)
+      end = line.Length();
+
+    // Collect all boundaries. Since we only react to crossing a boundary,
+    // we can simply collect the boundaries instead of forming a tree
+    // structure from the message. Keep it simple ;-)
+    nsCString boundary;
+    boundary.Assign("--");
+    boundary.Append(Substring(line, start, end-start));
+    if (!m_boundaries.Contains(boundary))
+      m_boundaries.AppendElement(boundary);
+  }
+
+  if (m_isMultipart &&
+      (start = lowerCaseLine.Find("charset=", CaseInsensitiveCompare)) != -1)
+  {
+    start += 8;  // strlen("charset=")
+    bool foundQuote = false;
+    if (line[start] == '\"') {
+      start++;
+      foundQuote = true;
+    }
+    int32_t end = line.FindChar(foundQuote ? '\"' : ';', start);
+    if (end == -1)
+      end = line.Length();
+
+    m_partCharset.Assign(Substring(line, start, end-start));
+  }
+
+  if (StringBeginsWith(lowerCaseLine,
+                       NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("content-transfer-encoding:")) &&
+      lowerCaseLine.Find(ENCODING_BASE64, CaseInsensitiveCompare) != kNotFound)
+    m_base64part = true;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Decodes the given base64 string.
+ *
+ * It returns its decoded string in its input.
+ *
+ * @param pBufInOut   (inout) a buffer of the string
+ */
+void nsMsgBodyHandler::Base64Decode (nsCString &pBufInOut)
+{
+  char *decodedBody = PL_Base64Decode(pBufInOut.get(), pBufInOut.Length(), nullptr);
+  if (decodedBody)
+    pBufInOut.Adopt(decodedBody);
+
+  int32_t offset = pBufInOut.FindChar('\n');
+  while (offset != -1) {
+    pBufInOut.Replace(offset, 1, ' ');
+    offset = pBufInOut.FindChar('\n', offset);
+  }
+  offset = pBufInOut.FindChar('\r');
+  while (offset != -1) {
+    pBufInOut.Replace(offset, 1, ' ');
+    offset = pBufInOut.FindChar('\r', offset);
+  }
+}
+
diff --git a/mailnews/base/search/src/nsMsgFilter.cpp b/mailnews/base/search/src/nsMsgFilter.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e94240f29
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/search/src/nsMsgFilter.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1057 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+// this file implements the nsMsgFilter interface
+
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "nsMsgBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsIMsgHdr.h"
+#include "nsMsgFilterList.h"    // for kFileVersion
+#include "nsMsgFilter.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "nsMsgLocalSearch.h"
+#include "nsMsgSearchTerm.h"
+#include "nsIMsgAccountManager.h"
+#include "nsIMsgIncomingServer.h"
+#include "nsMsgSearchValue.h"
+#include "nsMsgI18N.h"
+#include "nsIOutputStream.h"
+#include "nsIStringBundle.h"
+#include "nsDateTimeFormatCID.h"
+#include "nsComponentManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFilterService.h"
+#include "nsIMutableArray.h"
+#include "prmem.h"
+#include "mozilla/ArrayUtils.h"
+#include "mozilla/Services.h"
+
+static const char *kImapPrefix = "//imap:";
+static const char *kWhitespace = "\b\t\r\n ";
+
+nsMsgRuleAction::nsMsgRuleAction()
+{
+}
+
+nsMsgRuleAction::~nsMsgRuleAction()
+{
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMsgRuleAction, nsIMsgRuleAction)
+
+NS_IMPL_GETSET(nsMsgRuleAction, Type, nsMsgRuleActionType, m_type)
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgRuleAction::SetPriority(nsMsgPriorityValue aPriority)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(m_type == nsMsgFilterAction::ChangePriority,
+                NS_ERROR_ILLEGAL_VALUE);
+  m_priority = aPriority;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgRuleAction::GetPriority(nsMsgPriorityValue *aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(m_type == nsMsgFilterAction::ChangePriority,
+                 NS_ERROR_ILLEGAL_VALUE);
+  *aResult = m_priority;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgRuleAction::SetLabel(nsMsgLabelValue aLabel)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(m_type == nsMsgFilterAction::Label,
+                 NS_ERROR_ILLEGAL_VALUE);
+  m_label = aLabel;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgRuleAction::GetLabel(nsMsgLabelValue *aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(m_type == nsMsgFilterAction::Label, NS_ERROR_ILLEGAL_VALUE);
+  *aResult = m_label;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgRuleAction::SetTargetFolderUri(const nsACString &aUri)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(m_type == nsMsgFilterAction::MoveToFolder ||
+                 m_type == nsMsgFilterAction::CopyToFolder,
+                 NS_ERROR_ILLEGAL_VALUE);
+  m_folderUri = aUri;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgRuleAction::GetTargetFolderUri(nsACString &aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(m_type == nsMsgFilterAction::MoveToFolder ||
+                 m_type == nsMsgFilterAction::CopyToFolder,
+                 NS_ERROR_ILLEGAL_VALUE);
+  aResult = m_folderUri;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgRuleAction::SetJunkScore(int32_t aJunkScore)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(m_type == nsMsgFilterAction::JunkScore && aJunkScore >= 0 && aJunkScore <= 100,
+                 NS_ERROR_ILLEGAL_VALUE);
+  m_junkScore = aJunkScore;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgRuleAction::GetJunkScore(int32_t *aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(m_type == nsMsgFilterAction::JunkScore, NS_ERROR_ILLEGAL_VALUE);
+  *aResult = m_junkScore;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgRuleAction::SetStrValue(const nsACString &aStrValue)
+{
+  m_strValue = aStrValue;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgRuleAction::GetStrValue(nsACString &aStrValue)
+{
+  aStrValue = m_strValue;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* attribute ACString customId; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgRuleAction::GetCustomId(nsACString & aCustomId)
+{
+  aCustomId = m_customId;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgRuleAction::SetCustomId(const nsACString & aCustomId)
+{
+  m_customId = aCustomId;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// this can only be called after the customId is set
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgRuleAction::GetCustomAction(nsIMsgFilterCustomAction **aCustomAction)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aCustomAction);
+  if (!m_customAction)
+  {
+    if (m_customId.IsEmpty())
+      return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+    nsresult rv;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFilterService> filterService =
+        do_GetService(NS_MSGFILTERSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    rv = filterService->GetCustomAction(m_customId, getter_AddRefs(m_customAction));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+
+  // found the correct custom action
+  NS_ADDREF(*aCustomAction = m_customAction);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsMsgFilter::nsMsgFilter():
+    m_temporary(false),
+    m_unparseable(false),
+    m_filterList(nullptr),
+    m_expressionTree(nullptr)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_NewISupportsArray(getter_AddRefs(m_termList));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    NS_ASSERTION(false, "Failed to allocate a nsISupportsArray for nsMsgFilter");
+
+  m_type = nsMsgFilterType::InboxRule | nsMsgFilterType::Manual;
+}
+
+nsMsgFilter::~nsMsgFilter()
+{
+  delete m_expressionTree;
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMsgFilter, nsIMsgFilter)
+
+NS_IMPL_GETSET(nsMsgFilter, FilterType, nsMsgFilterTypeType, m_type)
+NS_IMPL_GETSET(nsMsgFilter, Enabled, bool, m_enabled)
+NS_IMPL_GETSET(nsMsgFilter, Temporary, bool, m_temporary)
+NS_IMPL_GETSET(nsMsgFilter, Unparseable, bool, m_unparseable)
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgFilter::GetFilterName(nsAString &name)
+{
+  name = m_filterName;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgFilter::SetFilterName(const nsAString &name)
+{
+  m_filterName.Assign(name);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgFilter::GetFilterDesc(nsACString &description)
+{
+  description = m_description;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgFilter::SetFilterDesc(const nsACString &description)
+{
+  m_description.Assign(description);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgFilter::GetUnparsedBuffer(nsACString &unparsedBuffer)
+{
+  unparsedBuffer = m_unparsedBuffer;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgFilter::SetUnparsedBuffer(const nsACString &unparsedBuffer)
+{
+  m_unparsedBuffer.Assign(unparsedBuffer);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgFilter::AddTerm(
+                                   nsMsgSearchAttribValue attrib,    /* attribute for this term          */
+                                   nsMsgSearchOpValue op,         /* operator e.g. opContains           */
+                                   nsIMsgSearchValue *value,        /* value e.g. "Dogbert"               */
+                                  bool BooleanAND,       /* true if AND is the boolean operator.
+                                                            false if OR is the boolean operators */
+                                  const nsACString & arbitraryHeader)  /* arbitrary header specified by user.
+                                  ignored unless attrib = attribOtherHeader */
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgFilter::AppendTerm(nsIMsgSearchTerm * aTerm)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_TRUE(aTerm, NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER);
+    // invalidate expression tree if we're changing the terms
+    delete m_expressionTree;
+    m_expressionTree = nullptr;
+    return m_termList->AppendElement(static_cast<nsISupports*>(aTerm));
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgFilter::CreateTerm(nsIMsgSearchTerm **aResult)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+    nsMsgSearchTerm *term = new nsMsgSearchTerm;
+    NS_ENSURE_TRUE(term, NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY);
+
+    *aResult = static_cast<nsIMsgSearchTerm*>(term);
+    NS_ADDREF(*aResult);
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgFilter::CreateAction(nsIMsgRuleAction **aAction)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aAction);
+  nsMsgRuleAction *action = new nsMsgRuleAction;
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(action, NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY);
+
+  *aAction = static_cast<nsIMsgRuleAction*>(action);
+  NS_ADDREF(*aAction);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// All the rules' actions form a unit, with no real order imposed.
+// But certain actions like MoveToFolder or StopExecution would make us drop
+// consecutive actions, while actions like AddTag implicitly care about the
+// order of invocation. Hence we do as little reordering as possible, keeping
+// the user-defined order as much as possible.
+// We explicitly don't allow for filters which do "tag message as Important,
+// copy it to another folder, tag it as To Do also, copy this different state
+// elsewhere" in one go. You need to define separate filters for that.
+//
+// The order of actions returned by this method:
+//   index    action(s)
+//  -------   ---------
+//     0      FetchBodyFromPop3Server
+//    1..n    all other 'normal' actions, in their original order
+//  n+1..m    CopyToFolder
+//    m+1     MoveToFolder or Delete
+//    m+2     StopExecution
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgFilter::GetSortedActionList(nsIArray **aActionList)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aActionList);
+
+  uint32_t numActions;
+  nsresult rv = GetActionCount(&numActions);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> orderedActions(do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // hold separate pointers into the action list
+  uint32_t nextIndexForNormal = 0, nextIndexForCopy = 0, nextIndexForMove = 0;
+  for (uint32_t index = 0; index < numActions; ++index)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgRuleAction> action;
+    rv = GetActionAt(index, getter_AddRefs(action));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !action)
+      continue;
+
+    nsMsgRuleActionType actionType;
+    action->GetType(&actionType);
+    switch (actionType)
+    {
+      case nsMsgFilterAction::FetchBodyFromPop3Server:
+      {
+        // always insert in front
+        rv = orderedActions->InsertElementAt(action, 0, false);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+        ++nextIndexForNormal;
+        ++nextIndexForCopy;
+        ++nextIndexForMove;
+        break;
+      }
+
+      case nsMsgFilterAction::CopyToFolder:
+      {
+        // insert into copy actions block, in order of appearance
+        rv = orderedActions->InsertElementAt(action, nextIndexForCopy, false);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+        ++nextIndexForCopy;
+        ++nextIndexForMove;
+        break;
+      }
+
+      case nsMsgFilterAction::MoveToFolder:
+      case nsMsgFilterAction::Delete:
+      {
+        // insert into move/delete action block
+        rv = orderedActions->InsertElementAt(action, nextIndexForMove, false);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+        ++nextIndexForMove;
+        break;
+      }
+
+      case nsMsgFilterAction::StopExecution:
+      {
+        // insert into stop action block
+        rv = orderedActions->AppendElement(action, false);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+        break;
+      }
+
+      default:
+      {
+        // insert into normal action block, in order of appearance
+        rv = orderedActions->InsertElementAt(action, nextIndexForNormal, false);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+        ++nextIndexForNormal;
+        ++nextIndexForCopy;
+        ++nextIndexForMove;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  orderedActions.forget(aActionList);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgFilter::AppendAction(nsIMsgRuleAction *aAction)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aAction);
+
+  m_actionList.AppendElement(aAction);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgFilter::GetActionAt(uint32_t aIndex, nsIMsgRuleAction **aAction)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aAction);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(aIndex < m_actionList.Length());
+
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(*aAction = m_actionList[aIndex], NS_ERROR_ILLEGAL_VALUE);
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aAction);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgFilter::GetActionIndex(nsIMsgRuleAction *aAction, int32_t *aIndex)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aIndex);
+
+  *aIndex = m_actionList.IndexOf(aAction);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgFilter::GetActionCount(uint32_t *aCount)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aCount);
+
+  *aCount = m_actionList.Length();
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP  //for editing a filter
+nsMsgFilter::ClearActionList()
+{
+  m_actionList.Clear();
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgFilter::GetTerm(int32_t termIndex,
+                                   nsMsgSearchAttribValue *attrib,    /* attribute for this term          */
+                                   nsMsgSearchOpValue *op,         /* operator e.g. opContains           */
+                                   nsIMsgSearchValue **value,         /* value e.g. "Dogbert"               */
+                                   bool *booleanAnd, /* true if AND is the boolean operator. false if OR is the boolean operator */
+                                   nsACString &arbitraryHeader) /* arbitrary header specified by user.ignore unless attrib = attribOtherHeader */
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgSearchTerm> term;
+  nsresult rv = m_termList->QueryElementAt(termIndex, NS_GET_IID(nsIMsgSearchTerm),
+                                           (void **)getter_AddRefs(term));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && term)
+  {
+    if (attrib)
+      term->GetAttrib(attrib);
+    if (op)
+      term->GetOp(op);
+    if (value)
+      term->GetValue(value);
+    if (booleanAnd)
+      term->GetBooleanAnd(booleanAnd);
+    if (attrib && *attrib > nsMsgSearchAttrib::OtherHeader
+        && *attrib < nsMsgSearchAttrib::kNumMsgSearchAttributes)
+      term->GetArbitraryHeader(arbitraryHeader);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgFilter::GetSearchTerms(nsISupportsArray **aResult)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+    // caller can change m_termList, which can invalidate m_expressionTree.
+    delete m_expressionTree;
+    m_expressionTree = nullptr;
+    NS_IF_ADDREF(*aResult = m_termList);
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgFilter::SetSearchTerms(nsISupportsArray *aSearchList)
+{
+    delete m_expressionTree;
+    m_expressionTree = nullptr;
+    m_termList = aSearchList;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgFilter::SetScope(nsIMsgSearchScopeTerm *aResult)
+{
+    m_scope = aResult;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgFilter::GetScope(nsIMsgSearchScopeTerm **aResult)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+    NS_IF_ADDREF(*aResult = m_scope);
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+#define LOG_ENTRY_START_TAG "<p>\n"
+#define LOG_ENTRY_START_TAG_LEN (strlen(LOG_ENTRY_START_TAG))
+#define LOG_ENTRY_END_TAG "</p>\n"
+#define LOG_ENTRY_END_TAG_LEN (strlen(LOG_ENTRY_END_TAG))
+// Does this need to be localizable?
+#define LOG_ENTRY_TIMESTAMP "[$S] "
+
+// This function handles the logging both for success of filtering
+// (NS_SUCCEEDED(aRcode)), and for error reporting (NS_FAILED(aRcode)
+// when the filter action (such as file move/copy) failed.
+//
+// @param aRcode  NS_OK for successful filtering
+//                operation, otherwise, an error code for filtering failure.
+// @param aErrmsg Not used for success case (ignored), and a non-null
+//                error message for failure case.
+//
+// CAUTION: Unless logging is enabled, no error/warning is shown.
+// So enable logging if you would like to see the error/warning.
+//
+// XXX The current code in this file does not report errors of minor
+// operations such as adding labels and so forth which may fail when
+// underlying file system for the message store experiences
+// failure. For now, most visible major errors such as message
+// move/copy failures are taken care of.
+//
+// XXX Possible Improvement: For error case reporting, someone might
+// want to implement a transient message that appears and stick until
+// the user clears in the message status bar, etc. For now, we log an
+// error in a similar form as a conventional successful filter event
+// with additional error information at the beginning.
+//
+nsresult
+nsMsgFilter::LogRuleHitGeneric(nsIMsgRuleAction *aFilterAction,
+                               nsIMsgDBHdr *aMsgHdr,
+                               nsresult aRcode,
+                               const char *aErrmsg)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aFilterAction);
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMsgHdr);
+
+    NS_ENSURE_TRUE(m_filterList, NS_OK);
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIOutputStream> logStream;
+    nsresult rv = m_filterList->GetLogStream(getter_AddRefs(logStream));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+    PRTime date;
+    nsMsgRuleActionType actionType;
+
+    nsString authorValue;
+    nsString subjectValue;
+    nsString filterName;
+    nsString dateValue;
+
+    GetFilterName(filterName);
+    aFilterAction->GetType(&actionType);
+    (void)aMsgHdr->GetDate(&date);
+    PRExplodedTime exploded;
+    PR_ExplodeTime(date, PR_LocalTimeParameters, &exploded);
+
+    if (!mDateFormatter)
+    {
+      mDateFormatter = do_CreateInstance(NS_DATETIMEFORMAT_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      if (!mDateFormatter)
+      {
+        return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+      }
+    }
+    mDateFormatter->FormatPRExplodedTime(nullptr, kDateFormatShort,
+                                         kTimeFormatSeconds, &exploded,
+                                         dateValue);
+
+    (void)aMsgHdr->GetMime2DecodedAuthor(authorValue);
+    (void)aMsgHdr->GetMime2DecodedSubject(subjectValue);
+
+    nsCString buffer;
+#ifdef MOZILLA_INTERNAL_API
+    // this is big enough to hold a log entry.
+    // do this so we avoid growing and copying as we append to the log.
+    buffer.SetCapacity(512);
+#endif
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundleService> bundleService =
+      mozilla::services::GetStringBundleService();
+    NS_ENSURE_TRUE(bundleService, NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundle> bundle;
+    rv = bundleService->CreateBundle("chrome://messenger/locale/filter.properties",
+      getter_AddRefs(bundle));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    // If error, prefix with the error code and error message.
+    // A desired wording (without NEWLINEs):
+    // Filter Action Failed "Move failed" with error code=0x80004005
+    // while attempting: Applied filter "test" to message from
+    // Some Test <test@example.com> - send test 3 at 2/13/2015 11:32:53 AM
+    // moved message id = 54DE5165.7000907@example.com to
+    // mailbox://nobody@Local%20Folders/test
+
+    if (NS_FAILED(aRcode))
+    {
+
+      // Let us put "Filter Action Failed: "%s" with error code=%s while attempting: " inside bundle.
+      // Convert aErrmsg to UTF16 string, and
+      // convert aRcode to UTF16 string in advance.
+
+      char tcode[20];
+      PR_snprintf(tcode, sizeof(tcode), "0x%08x", aRcode);
+
+      NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16 tcode16(tcode) ;
+      NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16 tErrmsg16(aErrmsg) ;
+
+      const char16_t *logErrorFormatStrings[2] = { tErrmsg16.get(),  tcode16.get()};
+      nsString filterFailureWarningPrefix;
+      rv = bundle->FormatStringFromName(
+                      u"filterFailureWarningPrefix",
+                      logErrorFormatStrings, 2,
+                      getter_Copies(filterFailureWarningPrefix));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      buffer += NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(filterFailureWarningPrefix);
+      buffer += "\n";
+    }
+
+    const char16_t *filterLogDetectFormatStrings[4] = { filterName.get(), authorValue.get(), subjectValue.get(), dateValue.get() };
+    nsString filterLogDetectStr;
+    rv = bundle->FormatStringFromName(
+      u"filterLogDetectStr",
+      filterLogDetectFormatStrings, 4,
+      getter_Copies(filterLogDetectStr));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    buffer += NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(filterLogDetectStr);
+    buffer +=  "\n";
+
+    if (actionType == nsMsgFilterAction::MoveToFolder ||
+        actionType == nsMsgFilterAction::CopyToFolder)
+    {
+      nsCString actionFolderUri;
+      aFilterAction->GetTargetFolderUri(actionFolderUri);
+      NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16 actionFolderUriValue(actionFolderUri);
+
+      nsCString msgId;
+      aMsgHdr->GetMessageId(getter_Copies(msgId));
+      NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16 msgIdValue(msgId);
+
+      const char16_t *logMoveFormatStrings[2] = { msgIdValue.get(), actionFolderUriValue.get() };
+      nsString logMoveStr;
+      rv = bundle->FormatStringFromName(
+        (actionType == nsMsgFilterAction::MoveToFolder) ?
+          u"logMoveStr" : u"logCopyStr",
+        logMoveFormatStrings, 2,
+        getter_Copies(logMoveStr));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      buffer += NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(logMoveStr);
+    }
+    else if (actionType == nsMsgFilterAction::Custom)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFilterCustomAction> customAction;
+      nsAutoString filterActionName;
+      rv = aFilterAction->GetCustomAction(getter_AddRefs(customAction));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && customAction)
+        customAction->GetName(filterActionName);
+      if (filterActionName.IsEmpty())
+        bundle->GetStringFromName(
+                  u"filterMissingCustomAction",
+                  getter_Copies(filterActionName));
+      buffer += NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(filterActionName);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      nsString actionValue;
+      nsAutoString filterActionID;
+      filterActionID = NS_LITERAL_STRING("filterAction");
+      filterActionID.AppendInt(actionType);
+      rv = bundle->GetStringFromName(filterActionID.get(), getter_Copies(actionValue));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      buffer += NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(actionValue);
+    }
+    buffer += "\n";
+
+    // Prepare timestamp
+    PR_ExplodeTime(PR_Now(), PR_LocalTimeParameters, &exploded);
+    mDateFormatter->FormatPRExplodedTime(nullptr, kDateFormatShort,
+                                         kTimeFormatSeconds, &exploded,
+                                         dateValue);
+
+    nsCString timestampString(LOG_ENTRY_TIMESTAMP);
+    MsgReplaceSubstring(timestampString, "$S", NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(dateValue).get());
+
+    // XXX: Finally, here we have enough context and buffer
+    // (string) to display the filtering error if we want: for
+    // example, a sticky error message in status bar, etc.
+
+    uint32_t writeCount;
+
+    rv = logStream->Write(LOG_ENTRY_START_TAG, LOG_ENTRY_START_TAG_LEN, &writeCount);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+    NS_ASSERTION(writeCount == LOG_ENTRY_START_TAG_LEN, "failed to write out start log tag");
+
+    rv = logStream->Write(timestampString.get(), timestampString.Length(), &writeCount);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+    NS_ASSERTION(writeCount == timestampString.Length(), "failed to write out timestamp");
+
+    // HTML-escape the log for security reasons.
+    // We don't want someone to send us a message with a subject with
+    // HTML tags, especially <script>.
+    char *escapedBuffer = MsgEscapeHTML(buffer.get());
+    if (!escapedBuffer)
+      return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+    uint32_t escapedBufferLen = strlen(escapedBuffer);
+    rv = logStream->Write(escapedBuffer, escapedBufferLen, &writeCount);
+    PR_Free(escapedBuffer);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+    NS_ASSERTION(writeCount == escapedBufferLen, "failed to write out log hit");
+
+    rv = logStream->Write(LOG_ENTRY_END_TAG, LOG_ENTRY_END_TAG_LEN, &writeCount);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+    NS_ASSERTION(writeCount == LOG_ENTRY_END_TAG_LEN, "failed to write out end log tag");
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgFilter::LogRuleHit(nsIMsgRuleAction *aFilterAction,
+                                      nsIMsgDBHdr *aMsgHdr)
+{
+  return nsMsgFilter::LogRuleHitGeneric(aFilterAction, aMsgHdr, NS_OK, nullptr);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgFilter::LogRuleHitFail(nsIMsgRuleAction *aFilterAction,
+                                          nsIMsgDBHdr *aMsgHdr,
+                                          nsresult aRcode,
+                                          const char *aErrMsg)
+{
+  return nsMsgFilter::LogRuleHitGeneric(aFilterAction, aMsgHdr, aRcode, aErrMsg);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgFilter::MatchHdr(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr, nsIMsgFolder *folder,
+                      nsIMsgDatabase *db, const char *headers,
+                      uint32_t headersSize, bool *pResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(folder);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(msgHdr);
+  // use offlineMail because
+  nsCString folderCharset;
+  folder->GetCharset(folderCharset);
+  nsresult rv = nsMsgSearchOfflineMail::MatchTermsForFilter(msgHdr, m_termList,
+                  folderCharset.get(),  m_scope,  db,  headers,  headersSize, &m_expressionTree, pResult);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgFilter::SetFilterList(nsIMsgFilterList *filterList)
+{
+  // doesn't hold a ref.
+  m_filterList = filterList;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgFilter::GetFilterList(nsIMsgFilterList **aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aResult = m_filterList);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+void nsMsgFilter::SetFilterScript(nsCString *fileName)
+{
+  m_scriptFileName = *fileName;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgFilter::ConvertMoveOrCopyToFolderValue(nsIMsgRuleAction *filterAction, nsCString &moveValue)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(filterAction);
+  int16_t filterVersion = kFileVersion;
+  if (m_filterList)
+      m_filterList->GetVersion(&filterVersion);
+  if (filterVersion <= k60Beta1Version)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> rootFolder;
+    nsCString folderUri;
+
+    m_filterList->GetFolder(getter_AddRefs(rootFolder));
+    // if relative path starts with kImap, this is a move to folder on the same server
+    if (moveValue.Find(kImapPrefix) == 0)
+    {
+      int32_t prefixLen = PL_strlen(kImapPrefix);
+      nsAutoCString originalServerPath(Substring(moveValue, prefixLen));
+      if (filterVersion == k45Version)
+      {
+        nsAutoString unicodeStr;
+        nsresult rv = nsMsgI18NConvertToUnicode(nsMsgI18NFileSystemCharset(),
+                                                originalServerPath,
+                                                unicodeStr);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+        rv = CopyUTF16toMUTF7(unicodeStr, originalServerPath);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      }
+
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> destIFolder;
+      if (rootFolder)
+      {
+        rootFolder->FindSubFolder(originalServerPath, getter_AddRefs(destIFolder));
+        if (destIFolder)
+        {
+          destIFolder->GetURI(folderUri);
+          filterAction->SetTargetFolderUri(folderUri);
+          moveValue.Assign(folderUri);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      // start off leaving the value the same.
+      filterAction->SetTargetFolderUri(moveValue);
+      nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> localMailRoot;
+      rootFolder->GetURI(folderUri);
+      // if the root folder is not imap, than the local mail root is the server root.
+      // otherwise, it's the migrated local folders.
+      if (!StringBeginsWith(folderUri, NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("imap:")))
+        localMailRoot = rootFolder;
+      else
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccountManager> accountManager =
+                 do_GetService(NS_MSGACCOUNTMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+        nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+        rv = accountManager->GetLocalFoldersServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && server)
+          rv = server->GetRootFolder(getter_AddRefs(localMailRoot));
+      }
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && localMailRoot)
+      {
+        nsCString localRootURI;
+        nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> destIMsgFolder;
+        nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> localMailRootMsgFolder = do_QueryInterface(localMailRoot);
+        localMailRoot->GetURI(localRootURI);
+        nsCString destFolderUri;
+        destFolderUri.Assign( localRootURI);
+        // need to remove ".sbd" from moveValue, and perhaps escape it.
+        int32_t offset = moveValue.Find(".sbd/");
+        if (offset != -1)
+          moveValue.Cut(offset, 4);
+
+#ifdef XP_MACOSX
+        nsCString unescapedMoveValue;
+        MsgUnescapeString(moveValue, 0, unescapedMoveValue);
+        moveValue = unescapedMoveValue;
+#endif
+        destFolderUri.Append('/');
+        if (filterVersion == k45Version)
+        {
+          nsAutoString unicodeStr;
+          rv = nsMsgI18NConvertToUnicode(nsMsgI18NFileSystemCharset(),
+                                         moveValue, unicodeStr);
+          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+          rv = NS_MsgEscapeEncodeURLPath(unicodeStr, moveValue);
+        }
+        destFolderUri.Append(moveValue);
+        localMailRootMsgFolder->GetChildWithURI (destFolderUri, true, false /*caseInsensitive*/, getter_AddRefs(destIMsgFolder));
+
+        if (destIMsgFolder)
+        {
+          destIMsgFolder->GetURI(folderUri);
+          filterAction->SetTargetFolderUri(folderUri);
+          moveValue.Assign(folderUri);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  else
+    filterAction->SetTargetFolderUri(moveValue);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+  // set m_action.m_value.m_folderUri
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgFilter::SaveToTextFile(nsIOutputStream *aStream)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aStream);
+  if (m_unparseable)
+  {
+    uint32_t bytesWritten;
+    //we need to trim leading whitespaces before filing out
+    m_unparsedBuffer.Trim(kWhitespace, true /*leadingCharacters*/, false /*trailingCharacters*/);
+    return aStream->Write(m_unparsedBuffer.get(), m_unparsedBuffer.Length(), &bytesWritten);
+  }
+  nsresult err = m_filterList->WriteWstrAttr(nsIMsgFilterList::attribName, m_filterName.get(), aStream);
+  err = m_filterList->WriteBoolAttr(nsIMsgFilterList::attribEnabled, m_enabled, aStream);
+  err = m_filterList->WriteStrAttr(nsIMsgFilterList::attribDescription, m_description.get(), aStream);
+  err = m_filterList->WriteIntAttr(nsIMsgFilterList::attribType, m_type, aStream);
+  if (IsScript())
+    err = m_filterList->WriteStrAttr(nsIMsgFilterList::attribScriptFile, m_scriptFileName.get(), aStream);
+  else
+    err = SaveRule(aStream);
+  return err;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgFilter::SaveRule(nsIOutputStream *aStream)
+{
+  nsresult err = NS_OK;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFilterList> filterList;
+  GetFilterList(getter_AddRefs(filterList));
+  nsAutoCString  actionFilingStr;
+
+  uint32_t numActions;
+  err = GetActionCount(&numActions);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(err, err);
+
+  for (uint32_t index = 0; index < numActions; index++)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgRuleAction> action;
+    err = GetActionAt(index, getter_AddRefs(action));
+    if (NS_FAILED(err) || !action)
+      continue;
+
+    nsMsgRuleActionType actionType;
+    action->GetType(&actionType);
+    GetActionFilingStr(actionType, actionFilingStr);
+
+    err = filterList->WriteStrAttr(nsIMsgFilterList::attribAction, actionFilingStr.get(), aStream);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(err, err);
+
+    switch(actionType)
+    {
+      case nsMsgFilterAction::MoveToFolder:
+      case nsMsgFilterAction::CopyToFolder:
+      {
+        nsCString imapTargetString;
+        action->GetTargetFolderUri(imapTargetString);
+        err = filterList->WriteStrAttr(nsIMsgFilterList::attribActionValue, imapTargetString.get(), aStream);
+      }
+      break;
+      case nsMsgFilterAction::ChangePriority:
+      {
+        nsMsgPriorityValue priorityValue;
+        action->GetPriority(&priorityValue);
+        nsAutoCString priority;
+        NS_MsgGetUntranslatedPriorityName(priorityValue, priority);
+        err = filterList->WriteStrAttr(
+                nsIMsgFilterList::attribActionValue, priority.get(), aStream);
+      }
+      break;
+      case nsMsgFilterAction::Label:
+      {
+        nsMsgLabelValue label;
+        action->GetLabel(&label);
+        err = filterList->WriteIntAttr(nsIMsgFilterList::attribActionValue, label, aStream);
+      }
+      break;
+      case nsMsgFilterAction::JunkScore:
+      {
+        int32_t junkScore;
+        action->GetJunkScore(&junkScore);
+        err = filterList->WriteIntAttr(nsIMsgFilterList::attribActionValue, junkScore, aStream);
+      }
+      break;
+      case nsMsgFilterAction::AddTag:
+      case nsMsgFilterAction::Reply:
+      case nsMsgFilterAction::Forward:
+      {
+        nsCString strValue;
+        action->GetStrValue(strValue);
+        // strValue is e-mail address
+        err = filterList->WriteStrAttr(nsIMsgFilterList::attribActionValue, strValue.get(), aStream);
+      }
+      break;
+      case nsMsgFilterAction::Custom:
+      {
+        nsAutoCString id;
+        action->GetCustomId(id);
+        err = filterList->WriteStrAttr(nsIMsgFilterList::attribCustomId, id.get(), aStream);
+        nsAutoCString strValue;
+        action->GetStrValue(strValue);
+        if (strValue.Length())
+          err = filterList->WriteWstrAttr(nsIMsgFilterList::attribActionValue,
+                                          NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16(strValue).get(),
+                                          aStream);
+      }
+      break;
+
+      default:
+        break;
+    }
+  }
+  // and here the fun begins - file out term list...
+  nsAutoCString  condition;
+  err = MsgTermListToString(m_termList, condition);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err))
+    err = filterList->WriteStrAttr(nsIMsgFilterList::attribCondition, condition.get(), aStream);
+  return err;
+}
+
+// for each action, this table encodes the filterTypes that support the action.
+struct RuleActionsTableEntry
+{
+  nsMsgRuleActionType  action;
+  const char*          actionFilingStr;  /* used for filing out filters, don't translate! */
+};
+
+static struct RuleActionsTableEntry ruleActionsTable[] =
+{
+  { nsMsgFilterAction::MoveToFolder,            "Move to folder"},
+  { nsMsgFilterAction::CopyToFolder,            "Copy to folder"},
+  { nsMsgFilterAction::ChangePriority,          "Change priority"},
+  { nsMsgFilterAction::Delete,                  "Delete"},
+  { nsMsgFilterAction::MarkRead,                "Mark read"},
+  { nsMsgFilterAction::KillThread,              "Ignore thread"},
+  { nsMsgFilterAction::KillSubthread,           "Ignore subthread"},
+  { nsMsgFilterAction::WatchThread,             "Watch thread"},
+  { nsMsgFilterAction::MarkFlagged,             "Mark flagged"},
+  { nsMsgFilterAction::Label,                   "Label"},
+  { nsMsgFilterAction::Reply,                   "Reply"},
+  { nsMsgFilterAction::Forward,                 "Forward"},
+  { nsMsgFilterAction::StopExecution,           "Stop execution"},
+  { nsMsgFilterAction::DeleteFromPop3Server,    "Delete from Pop3 server"},
+  { nsMsgFilterAction::LeaveOnPop3Server,       "Leave on Pop3 server"},
+  { nsMsgFilterAction::JunkScore,               "JunkScore"},
+  { nsMsgFilterAction::FetchBodyFromPop3Server, "Fetch body from Pop3Server"},
+  { nsMsgFilterAction::AddTag,                  "AddTag"},
+  { nsMsgFilterAction::MarkUnread,              "Mark unread"},
+  { nsMsgFilterAction::Custom,                  "Custom"},
+};
+
+static const unsigned int sNumActions = MOZ_ARRAY_LENGTH(ruleActionsTable);
+
+const char *nsMsgFilter::GetActionStr(nsMsgRuleActionType action)
+{
+  for (unsigned int i = 0; i < sNumActions; i++)
+  {
+    if (action == ruleActionsTable[i].action)
+      return ruleActionsTable[i].actionFilingStr;
+  }
+  return "";
+}
+/*static */nsresult nsMsgFilter::GetActionFilingStr(nsMsgRuleActionType action, nsCString &actionStr)
+{
+  for (unsigned int i = 0; i < sNumActions; i++)
+  {
+    if (action == ruleActionsTable[i].action)
+    {
+      actionStr = ruleActionsTable[i].actionFilingStr;
+      return NS_OK;
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_ERROR_INVALID_ARG;
+}
+
+
+nsMsgRuleActionType nsMsgFilter::GetActionForFilingStr(nsCString &actionStr)
+{
+  for (unsigned int i = 0; i < sNumActions; i++)
+  {
+    if (actionStr.Equals(ruleActionsTable[i].actionFilingStr))
+      return ruleActionsTable[i].action;
+  }
+  return nsMsgFilterAction::None;
+}
+
+int16_t
+nsMsgFilter::GetVersion()
+{
+    if (!m_filterList) return 0;
+    int16_t version;
+    m_filterList->GetVersion(&version);
+    return version;
+}
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+void nsMsgFilter::Dump()
+{
+  nsAutoCString s;
+  LossyCopyUTF16toASCII(m_filterName, s);
+  printf("filter %s type = %c desc = %s\n", s.get(), m_type + '0', m_description.get());
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/base/search/src/nsMsgFilter.h b/mailnews/base/search/src/nsMsgFilter.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..077baa2ff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/search/src/nsMsgFilter.h
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _nsMsgFilter_H_
+#define _nsMsgFilter_H_
+
+#include "nscore.h"
+#include "nsISupports.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFilter.h"
+#include "nsIMsgSearchScopeTerm.h"
+#include "nsMsgSearchBoolExpression.h"
+#include "nsIDateTimeFormat.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFilterCustomAction.h"
+
+class nsMsgRuleAction : public nsIMsgRuleAction
+{
+public:
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+
+  nsMsgRuleAction();
+
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGRULEACTION
+
+private:
+  virtual ~nsMsgRuleAction();
+
+    nsMsgRuleActionType      m_type;
+    // this used to be a union - why bother?
+    nsMsgPriorityValue  m_priority;  /* priority to set rule to */
+    nsMsgLabelValue         m_label;  /* label to set rule to */
+    nsCString    m_folderUri;
+    int32_t             m_junkScore;  /* junk score (or arbitrary int value?) */
+    // arbitrary string value. Currently, email address to forward to
+    nsCString           m_strValue;
+    nsCString           m_customId;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFilterCustomAction> m_customAction;
+} ;
+
+
+class nsMsgFilter : public nsIMsgFilter
+{
+public:
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+
+  nsMsgFilter();
+
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGFILTER
+
+  nsMsgFilterTypeType  GetType() {return m_type;}
+  void    SetType(nsMsgFilterTypeType  type) {m_type = type;}
+  bool    GetEnabled() {return m_enabled;}
+  void    SetFilterScript(nsCString *filterName);
+
+  bool    IsScript() {return (m_type &
+                                  (nsMsgFilterType::InboxJavaScript |
+                                   nsMsgFilterType::NewsJavaScript)) != 0;}
+
+  // filing routines.
+  nsresult  SaveRule(nsIOutputStream *aStream);
+
+  int16_t   GetVersion();
+#ifdef DEBUG
+  void      Dump();
+#endif
+
+  nsresult  ConvertMoveOrCopyToFolderValue(nsIMsgRuleAction *filterAction, nsCString &relativePath);
+  static const char *GetActionStr(nsMsgRuleActionType action);
+  static nsresult GetActionFilingStr(nsMsgRuleActionType action, nsCString &actionStr);
+  static nsMsgRuleActionType GetActionForFilingStr(nsCString &actionStr);
+protected:
+
+  /*
+   * Reporting function for filtering success/failure.
+   * Logging has to be enabled for the message to appear.
+   */
+  nsresult LogRuleHitGeneric(nsIMsgRuleAction *aFilterAction,
+                             nsIMsgDBHdr *aMsgHdr,
+                             nsresult aRcode,
+                             const char *aErrmsg);
+
+  virtual ~nsMsgFilter();
+
+  nsMsgFilterTypeType m_type;
+  nsString    m_filterName;
+  nsCString   m_scriptFileName;  // iff this filter is a script.
+  nsCString   m_description;
+  nsCString   m_unparsedBuffer;
+
+  bool m_enabled;
+  bool m_temporary;
+  bool m_unparseable;
+  nsIMsgFilterList *m_filterList;  /* owning filter list */
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupportsArray> m_termList;       /* linked list of criteria terms */
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgSearchScopeTerm> m_scope;         /* default for mail rules is inbox, but news rules could
+                                                  have a newsgroup - LDAP would be invalid */
+  nsTArray<nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgRuleAction> > m_actionList;
+  nsMsgSearchBoolExpression *m_expressionTree;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIDateTimeFormat> mDateFormatter;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/base/search/src/nsMsgFilterList.cpp b/mailnews/base/search/src/nsMsgFilterList.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d5b93fdc2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/search/src/nsMsgFilterList.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1198 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+// this file implements the nsMsgFilterList interface
+
+#include "nsTextFormatter.h"
+
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "nsMsgFilterList.h"
+#include "nsMsgFilter.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFilterHitNotify.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "nsMsgSearchTerm.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsMsgBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFilterService.h"
+#include "nsMsgSearchScopeTerm.h"
+#include "nsNetUtil.h"
+#include "nsIInputStream.h"
+#include "nsMsgI18N.h"
+#include "nsMemory.h"
+#include "prmem.h"
+#include "mozilla/ArrayUtils.h"
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+// unicode "%s" format string
+static const char16_t unicodeFormatter[] = {
+    (char16_t)'%',
+    (char16_t)'s',
+    (char16_t)0,
+};
+
+// Marker for EOF or failure during read
+#define EOF_CHAR -1
+
+nsMsgFilterList::nsMsgFilterList() :
+    m_fileVersion(0)
+{
+  m_loggingEnabled = false;
+  m_startWritingToBuffer = false;
+  m_temporaryList = false;
+  m_curFilter = nullptr;
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ADDREF(nsMsgFilterList)
+NS_IMPL_RELEASE(nsMsgFilterList)
+NS_IMPL_QUERY_INTERFACE(nsMsgFilterList, nsIMsgFilterList)
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgFilterList::CreateFilter(const nsAString &name,class nsIMsgFilter **aFilter)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aFilter);
+
+  nsMsgFilter *filter = new nsMsgFilter;
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(filter, NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY);
+
+  NS_ADDREF(*aFilter = filter);
+
+  filter->SetFilterName(name);
+  filter->SetFilterList(this);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_GETSET(nsMsgFilterList, LoggingEnabled, bool, m_loggingEnabled)
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgFilterList::GetFolder(nsIMsgFolder **aFolder)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aFolder);
+
+  *aFolder = m_folder;
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aFolder);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgFilterList::SetFolder(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder)
+{
+  m_folder = aFolder;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgFilterList::SaveToFile(nsIOutputStream *stream)
+{
+  if (!stream)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+  return SaveTextFilters(stream);
+}
+
+#define LOG_HEADER "<!DOCTYPE html>\n<html>\n<head>\n<meta charset=\"UTF-8\">\n<style type=\"text/css\">body{font-family:Consolas,\"Lucida Console\",Monaco,\"Courier New\",Courier,monospace;font-size:small}</style>\n</head>\n<body>\n"
+#define LOG_HEADER_LEN (strlen(LOG_HEADER))
+
+nsresult nsMsgFilterList::EnsureLogFile(nsIFile *file)
+{
+  bool exists;
+  nsresult rv = file->Exists(&exists);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !exists) {
+    rv = file->Create(nsIFile::NORMAL_FILE_TYPE, 0666);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+
+  int64_t fileSize;
+  rv = file->GetFileSize(&fileSize);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // write the header at the start
+  if (fileSize == 0)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIOutputStream> outputStream;
+    rv = MsgGetFileStream(file, getter_AddRefs(outputStream));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    uint32_t writeCount;
+    rv = outputStream->Write(LOG_HEADER, LOG_HEADER_LEN, &writeCount);
+    NS_ASSERTION(writeCount == LOG_HEADER_LEN, "failed to write out log header");
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    outputStream->Close();
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgFilterList::TruncateLog()
+{
+  // This will flush and close the stream.
+  nsresult rv = SetLogStream(nullptr);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIFile> file;
+  rv = GetLogFile(getter_AddRefs(file));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  file->Remove(false);
+
+  return EnsureLogFile(file);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgFilterList::ClearLog()
+{
+  bool loggingEnabled = m_loggingEnabled;
+
+  // disable logging while clearing
+  m_loggingEnabled = false;
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+  nsresult rv =
+#endif
+    TruncateLog();
+  NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "failed to truncate filter log");
+
+  m_loggingEnabled = loggingEnabled;
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgFilterList::GetLogFile(nsIFile **aFile)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aFile);
+
+  // XXX todo
+  // the path to the log file won't change
+  // should we cache it?
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> folder;
+  nsresult rv = GetFolder(getter_AddRefs(folder));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+  rv = folder->GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  nsCString type;
+  rv = server->GetType(type);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  bool isServer = false;
+  rv = folder->GetIsServer(&isServer);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  // for news folders (not servers), the filter file is
+  // mcom.test.dat
+  // where the summary file is
+  // mcom.test.msf
+  // since the log is an html file we make it
+  // mcom.test.htm
+  if (type.Equals("nntp") && !isServer)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> thisFolder;
+    rv = m_folder->GetFilePath(getter_AddRefs(thisFolder));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> filterLogFile = do_CreateInstance(NS_LOCAL_FILE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    rv = filterLogFile->InitWithFile(thisFolder);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    // NOTE:
+    // we don't we need to call NS_MsgHashIfNecessary()
+    // it's already been hashed, if necessary
+    nsAutoString filterLogName;
+    rv = filterLogFile->GetLeafName(filterLogName);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+    filterLogName.Append(NS_LITERAL_STRING(".htm"));
+
+    rv = filterLogFile->SetLeafName(filterLogName);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+    NS_IF_ADDREF(*aFile = filterLogFile);
+  }
+  else {
+    rv = server->GetLocalPath(aFile);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+    rv = (*aFile)->AppendNative(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("filterlog.html"));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  }
+  return EnsureLogFile(*aFile);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgFilterList::GetLogURL(nsACString &aLogURL)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIFile> file;
+  nsresult rv = GetLogFile(getter_AddRefs(file));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  rv = NS_GetURLSpecFromFile(file, aLogURL);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  return !aLogURL.IsEmpty() ? NS_OK : NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgFilterList::SetLogStream(nsIOutputStream *aLogStream)
+{
+  // if there is a log stream already, close it
+  if (m_logStream) {
+    // will flush
+    nsresult rv = m_logStream->Close();
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  }
+
+  m_logStream = aLogStream;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgFilterList::GetLogStream(nsIOutputStream **aLogStream)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aLogStream);
+
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  if (!m_logStream) {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIFile> logFile;
+    rv = GetLogFile(getter_AddRefs(logFile));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+    // append to the end of the log file
+    rv = MsgNewBufferedFileOutputStream(getter_AddRefs(m_logStream),
+                                        logFile,
+                                        PR_CREATE_FILE | PR_WRONLY | PR_APPEND,
+                                        0666);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+    if (!m_logStream)
+      return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+
+  NS_ADDREF(*aLogStream = m_logStream);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgFilterList::ApplyFiltersToHdr(nsMsgFilterTypeType filterType,
+                                   nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr,
+                                   nsIMsgFolder *folder,
+                                   nsIMsgDatabase *db,
+                                   const char*headers,
+                                   uint32_t headersSize,
+                                   nsIMsgFilterHitNotify *listener,
+                                   nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFilter> filter;
+  uint32_t filterCount = 0;
+  nsresult rv = GetFilterCount(&filterCount);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsMsgSearchScopeTerm* scope = new nsMsgSearchScopeTerm(nullptr, nsMsgSearchScope::offlineMail, folder);
+  scope->AddRef();
+  if (!scope) return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+  for (uint32_t filterIndex = 0; filterIndex < filterCount; filterIndex++)
+  {
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(GetFilterAt(filterIndex, getter_AddRefs(filter))))
+    {
+      bool isEnabled;
+      nsMsgFilterTypeType curFilterType;
+
+      filter->GetEnabled(&isEnabled);
+      if (!isEnabled)
+        continue;
+
+      filter->GetFilterType(&curFilterType);
+      if (curFilterType & filterType)
+      {
+        nsresult matchTermStatus = NS_OK;
+        bool result;
+
+        filter->SetScope(scope);
+        matchTermStatus = filter->MatchHdr(msgHdr, folder, db, headers, headersSize, &result);
+        filter->SetScope(nullptr);
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(matchTermStatus) && result && listener)
+        {
+          bool applyMore = true;
+
+          rv = listener->ApplyFilterHit(filter, msgWindow, &applyMore);
+          if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !applyMore)
+            break;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  scope->Release();
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgFilterList::SetDefaultFile(nsIFile *aFile)
+{
+  m_defaultFile = aFile;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgFilterList::GetDefaultFile(nsIFile **aResult)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+
+    NS_IF_ADDREF(*aResult = m_defaultFile);
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgFilterList::SaveToDefaultFile()
+{
+    nsresult rv;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFilterService> filterService =
+        do_GetService(NS_MSGFILTERSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    return filterService->SaveFilterList(this, m_defaultFile);
+}
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  nsMsgFilterFileAttribValue  attrib;
+  const char      *attribName;
+} FilterFileAttribEntry;
+
+static FilterFileAttribEntry FilterFileAttribTable[] =
+{
+  {nsIMsgFilterList::attribNone,      ""},
+  {nsIMsgFilterList::attribVersion,    "version"},
+  {nsIMsgFilterList::attribLogging,    "logging"},
+  {nsIMsgFilterList::attribName,      "name"},
+  {nsIMsgFilterList::attribEnabled,    "enabled"},
+  {nsIMsgFilterList::attribDescription,  "description"},
+  {nsIMsgFilterList::attribType,      "type"},
+  {nsIMsgFilterList::attribScriptFile,  "scriptName"},
+  {nsIMsgFilterList::attribAction,    "action"},
+  {nsIMsgFilterList::attribActionValue,  "actionValue"},
+  {nsIMsgFilterList::attribCondition,    "condition"},
+  {nsIMsgFilterList::attribCustomId,  "customId"},
+};
+
+static const unsigned int sNumFilterFileAttribTable =
+  MOZ_ARRAY_LENGTH(FilterFileAttribTable);
+
+// If we want to buffer file IO, wrap it in here.
+int nsMsgFilterList::ReadChar(nsIInputStream *aStream)
+{
+  char  newChar;
+  uint32_t bytesRead;
+  nsresult rv = aStream->Read(&newChar, 1, &bytesRead);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !bytesRead)
+    return EOF_CHAR;
+  uint64_t bytesAvailable;
+  rv = aStream->Available(&bytesAvailable);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return EOF_CHAR;
+  else
+  {
+    if (m_startWritingToBuffer)
+      m_unparsedFilterBuffer.Append(newChar);
+    return (unsigned char)newChar; // Make sure the char is unsigned.
+  }
+}
+
+int nsMsgFilterList::SkipWhitespace(nsIInputStream *aStream)
+{
+  int ch;
+  do
+  {
+    ch = ReadChar(aStream);
+  } while (!(ch & 0x80) && isspace(ch)); // isspace can crash with non-ascii input
+
+  return ch;
+}
+
+bool nsMsgFilterList::StrToBool(nsCString &str)
+{
+  return str.Equals("yes") ;
+}
+
+int nsMsgFilterList::LoadAttrib(nsMsgFilterFileAttribValue &attrib, nsIInputStream *aStream)
+{
+  char  attribStr[100];
+  int curChar;
+  attrib = nsIMsgFilterList::attribNone;
+
+  curChar = SkipWhitespace(aStream);
+  int i;
+  for (i = 0; i + 1 < (int)(sizeof(attribStr)); )
+  {
+    if (curChar == EOF_CHAR || (!(curChar & 0x80) && isspace(curChar)) || curChar == '=')
+      break;
+    attribStr[i++] = curChar;
+    curChar = ReadChar(aStream);
+  }
+  attribStr[i] = '\0';
+  for (unsigned int tableIndex = 0; tableIndex < sNumFilterFileAttribTable; tableIndex++)
+  {
+    if (!PL_strcasecmp(attribStr, FilterFileAttribTable[tableIndex].attribName))
+    {
+      attrib = FilterFileAttribTable[tableIndex].attrib;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  return curChar;
+}
+
+const char *nsMsgFilterList::GetStringForAttrib(nsMsgFilterFileAttribValue attrib)
+{
+  for (unsigned int tableIndex = 0; tableIndex < sNumFilterFileAttribTable; tableIndex++)
+  {
+    if (attrib == FilterFileAttribTable[tableIndex].attrib)
+      return FilterFileAttribTable[tableIndex].attribName;
+  }
+  return nullptr;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgFilterList::LoadValue(nsCString &value, nsIInputStream *aStream)
+{
+  nsAutoCString  valueStr;
+  int curChar;
+  value = "";
+  curChar = SkipWhitespace(aStream);
+  if (curChar != '"')
+  {
+    NS_ASSERTION(false, "expecting quote as start of value");
+    return NS_MSG_FILTER_PARSE_ERROR;
+  }
+  curChar = ReadChar(aStream);
+  do
+  {
+    if (curChar == '\\')
+    {
+      int nextChar = ReadChar(aStream);
+      if (nextChar == '"')
+        curChar = '"';
+      else if (nextChar == '\\')  // replace "\\" with "\"
+      {
+        valueStr += curChar;
+        curChar = ReadChar(aStream);
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        valueStr += curChar;
+        curChar = nextChar;
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      if (curChar == EOF_CHAR || curChar == '"' || curChar == '\n' || curChar == '\r')
+      {
+        value += valueStr;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    valueStr += curChar;
+    curChar = ReadChar(aStream);
+  }
+  while (curChar != EOF_CHAR);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgFilterList::LoadTextFilters(nsIInputStream *aStream)
+{
+  nsresult  err = NS_OK;
+  uint64_t bytesAvailable;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIInputStream> bufStream;
+  err = NS_NewBufferedInputStream(getter_AddRefs(bufStream), aStream, FILE_IO_BUFFER_SIZE);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(err, err);
+
+  nsMsgFilterFileAttribValue attrib;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgRuleAction> currentFilterAction;
+  // We'd really like to move lot's of these into the objects that they refer to.
+  do
+  {
+    nsAutoCString value;
+    nsresult intToStringResult;
+
+    int curChar;
+    curChar = LoadAttrib(attrib, bufStream);
+    if (curChar == EOF_CHAR)  //reached eof
+      break;
+    err = LoadValue(value, bufStream);
+    if (NS_FAILED(err))
+      break;
+
+    switch(attrib)
+    {
+    case nsIMsgFilterList::attribNone:
+      if (m_curFilter)
+        m_curFilter->SetUnparseable(true);
+      break;
+    case nsIMsgFilterList::attribVersion:
+      m_fileVersion = value.ToInteger(&intToStringResult);
+      if (NS_FAILED(intToStringResult))
+      {
+        attrib = nsIMsgFilterList::attribNone;
+        NS_ASSERTION(false, "error parsing filter file version");
+      }
+      break;
+    case nsIMsgFilterList::attribLogging:
+      m_loggingEnabled = StrToBool(value);
+      m_unparsedFilterBuffer.Truncate(); //we are going to buffer each filter as we read them, make sure no garbage is there
+      m_startWritingToBuffer = true; //filters begin now
+      break;
+    case nsIMsgFilterList::attribName:  //every filter starts w/ a name
+      {
+        if (m_curFilter)
+        {
+          int32_t nextFilterStartPos = m_unparsedFilterBuffer.RFind("name");
+
+          nsAutoCString nextFilterPart;
+          nextFilterPart = Substring(m_unparsedFilterBuffer, nextFilterStartPos, m_unparsedFilterBuffer.Length());
+          m_unparsedFilterBuffer.SetLength(nextFilterStartPos);
+
+          bool unparseableFilter;
+          m_curFilter->GetUnparseable(&unparseableFilter);
+          if (unparseableFilter)
+          {
+            m_curFilter->SetUnparsedBuffer(m_unparsedFilterBuffer);
+            m_curFilter->SetEnabled(false); //disable the filter because we don't know how to apply it
+          }
+          m_unparsedFilterBuffer = nextFilterPart;
+        }
+        nsMsgFilter *filter = new nsMsgFilter;
+        if (filter == nullptr)
+        {
+          err = NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+          break;
+        }
+        filter->SetFilterList(static_cast<nsIMsgFilterList*>(this));
+        if (m_fileVersion == k45Version)
+        {
+          nsAutoString unicodeStr;
+          err = nsMsgI18NConvertToUnicode(nsMsgI18NFileSystemCharset(),
+                                          value, unicodeStr);
+          if (NS_FAILED(err))
+              break;
+
+          filter->SetFilterName(unicodeStr);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          // ### fix me - this is silly.
+          char16_t *unicodeString =
+            nsTextFormatter::smprintf(unicodeFormatter, value.get());
+          filter->SetFilterName(nsDependentString(unicodeString));
+          nsTextFormatter::smprintf_free(unicodeString);
+        }
+        m_curFilter = filter;
+        m_filters.AppendElement(filter);
+      }
+      break;
+    case nsIMsgFilterList::attribEnabled:
+      if (m_curFilter)
+        m_curFilter->SetEnabled(StrToBool(value));
+      break;
+    case nsIMsgFilterList::attribDescription:
+      if (m_curFilter)
+        m_curFilter->SetFilterDesc(value);
+      break;
+    case nsIMsgFilterList::attribType:
+      if (m_curFilter)
+      {
+        // Older versions of filters didn't have the ability to turn on/off the
+        // manual filter context, so default manual to be on in that case
+        int32_t filterType = value.ToInteger(&intToStringResult);
+        if (m_fileVersion < kManualContextVersion)
+          filterType |= nsMsgFilterType::Manual;
+        m_curFilter->SetType((nsMsgFilterTypeType) filterType);
+      }
+      break;
+    case nsIMsgFilterList::attribScriptFile:
+      if (m_curFilter)
+        m_curFilter->SetFilterScript(&value);
+      break;
+    case nsIMsgFilterList::attribAction:
+      if (m_curFilter)
+      {
+        nsMsgRuleActionType actionType = nsMsgFilter::GetActionForFilingStr(value);
+        if (actionType == nsMsgFilterAction::None)
+          m_curFilter->SetUnparseable(true);
+        else
+        {
+          err = m_curFilter->CreateAction(getter_AddRefs(currentFilterAction));
+          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(err, err);
+          currentFilterAction->SetType(actionType);
+          m_curFilter->AppendAction(currentFilterAction);
+        }
+      }
+      break;
+    case nsIMsgFilterList::attribActionValue:
+      if (m_curFilter && currentFilterAction)
+      {
+        nsMsgRuleActionType type;
+        currentFilterAction->GetType(&type);
+        if (type == nsMsgFilterAction::MoveToFolder ||
+              type == nsMsgFilterAction::CopyToFolder)
+          err = m_curFilter->ConvertMoveOrCopyToFolderValue(currentFilterAction, value);
+        else if (type == nsMsgFilterAction::ChangePriority)
+        {
+          nsMsgPriorityValue outPriority;
+          nsresult res = NS_MsgGetPriorityFromString(value.get(), outPriority);
+          if (NS_SUCCEEDED(res))
+            currentFilterAction->SetPriority(outPriority);
+          else
+            NS_ASSERTION(false, "invalid priority in filter file");
+        }
+        else if (type == nsMsgFilterAction::Label)
+        {
+          // upgrade label to corresponding tag/keyword
+          nsresult res;
+          int32_t labelInt = value.ToInteger(&res);
+          if (NS_SUCCEEDED(res))
+          {
+            nsAutoCString keyword("$label");
+            keyword.Append('0' + labelInt);
+            currentFilterAction->SetType(nsMsgFilterAction::AddTag);
+            currentFilterAction->SetStrValue(keyword);
+          }
+        }
+        else if (type == nsMsgFilterAction::JunkScore)
+        {
+          nsresult res;
+          int32_t junkScore = value.ToInteger(&res);
+          if (NS_SUCCEEDED(res))
+            currentFilterAction->SetJunkScore(junkScore);
+        }
+        else if (type == nsMsgFilterAction::Forward ||
+                 type == nsMsgFilterAction::Reply ||
+                 type == nsMsgFilterAction::AddTag ||
+                 type == nsMsgFilterAction::Custom)
+        {
+          currentFilterAction->SetStrValue(value);
+        }
+      }
+      break;
+    case nsIMsgFilterList::attribCondition:
+      if (m_curFilter)
+      {
+        if (m_fileVersion == k45Version)
+        {
+          nsAutoString unicodeStr;
+          err = nsMsgI18NConvertToUnicode(nsMsgI18NFileSystemCharset(),
+                                          value, unicodeStr);
+          if (NS_FAILED(err))
+              break;
+
+          char *utf8 = ToNewUTF8String(unicodeStr);
+          value.Assign(utf8);
+          free(utf8);
+        }
+        err = ParseCondition(m_curFilter, value.get());
+        if (err == NS_ERROR_INVALID_ARG)
+          err = m_curFilter->SetUnparseable(true);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(err, err);
+      }
+      break;
+    case nsIMsgFilterList::attribCustomId:
+      if (m_curFilter && currentFilterAction)
+      {
+        err = currentFilterAction->SetCustomId(value);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(err, err);
+      }
+      break;
+
+    }
+  } while (NS_SUCCEEDED(bufStream->Available(&bytesAvailable)));
+
+  if (m_curFilter)
+  {
+    bool unparseableFilter;
+    m_curFilter->GetUnparseable(&unparseableFilter);
+    if (unparseableFilter)
+    {
+      m_curFilter->SetUnparsedBuffer(m_unparsedFilterBuffer);
+      m_curFilter->SetEnabled(false);  //disable the filter because we don't know how to apply it
+    }
+  }
+
+  return err;
+}
+
+// parse condition like "(subject, contains, fred) AND (body, isn't, "foo)")"
+// values with close parens will be quoted.
+// what about values with close parens and quotes? e.g., (body, isn't, "foo")")
+// I guess interior quotes will need to be escaped - ("foo\")")
+// which will get written out as (\"foo\\")\") and read in as ("foo\")"
+// ALL means match all messages.
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgFilterList::ParseCondition(nsIMsgFilter *aFilter, const char *aCondition)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aFilter);
+
+  bool    done = false;
+  nsresult  err = NS_OK;
+  const char *curPtr = aCondition;
+  if (!strcmp(aCondition, "ALL"))
+  {
+    nsMsgSearchTerm *newTerm = new nsMsgSearchTerm;
+
+    if (newTerm)
+    {
+      newTerm->m_matchAll = true;
+      aFilter->AppendTerm(newTerm);
+    }
+    return (newTerm) ? NS_OK : NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+  }
+
+  while (!done)
+  {
+    // insert code to save the boolean operator if there is one for this search term....
+    const char *openParen = PL_strchr(curPtr, '(');
+    const char *orTermPos = PL_strchr(curPtr, 'O');    // determine if an "OR" appears b4 the openParen...
+    bool ANDTerm = true;
+    if (orTermPos && orTermPos < openParen) // make sure OR term falls before the '('
+      ANDTerm = false;
+
+    char *termDup = nullptr;
+    if (openParen)
+    {
+      bool foundEndTerm = false;
+      bool inQuote = false;
+      for (curPtr = openParen +1; *curPtr; curPtr++)
+      {
+        if (*curPtr == '\\' && *(curPtr + 1) == '"')
+          curPtr++;
+        else if (*curPtr == ')' && !inQuote)
+        {
+          foundEndTerm = true;
+          break;
+        }
+        else if (*curPtr == '"')
+          inQuote = !inQuote;
+      }
+      if (foundEndTerm)
+      {
+        int termLen = curPtr - openParen - 1;
+        termDup = (char *) PR_Malloc(termLen + 1);
+        if (termDup)
+        {
+          PL_strncpy(termDup, openParen + 1, termLen + 1);
+          termDup[termLen] = '\0';
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          err = NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    else
+      break;
+    if (termDup)
+    {
+      nsMsgSearchTerm  *newTerm = new nsMsgSearchTerm;
+
+      if (newTerm)
+      {
+        /* Invert nsMsgSearchTerm::EscapeQuotesInStr() */
+        for (char *to = termDup, *from = termDup;;)
+        {
+          if (*from == '\\' && from[1] == '"') from++;
+          if (!(*to++ = *from++)) break;
+        }
+        newTerm->m_booleanOp = (ANDTerm) ? nsMsgSearchBooleanOp::BooleanAND
+                                         : nsMsgSearchBooleanOp::BooleanOR;
+
+        err = newTerm->DeStreamNew(termDup, PL_strlen(termDup));
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(err, err);
+        aFilter->AppendTerm(newTerm);
+      }
+      PR_FREEIF(termDup);
+    }
+    else
+      break;
+  }
+  return err;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgFilterList::WriteIntAttr(nsMsgFilterFileAttribValue attrib, int value, nsIOutputStream *aStream)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  const char *attribStr = GetStringForAttrib(attrib);
+  if (attribStr)
+  {
+    uint32_t bytesWritten;
+    nsAutoCString writeStr(attribStr);
+    writeStr.AppendLiteral("=\"");
+    writeStr.AppendInt(value);
+    writeStr.AppendLiteral("\"" MSG_LINEBREAK);
+    rv = aStream->Write(writeStr.get(), writeStr.Length(), &bytesWritten);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgFilterList::WriteStrAttr(nsMsgFilterFileAttribValue attrib,
+                              const char *aStr, nsIOutputStream *aStream)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  if (aStr && *aStr && aStream) // only proceed if we actually have a string to write out.
+  {
+    char *escapedStr = nullptr;
+    if (PL_strchr(aStr, '"'))
+      escapedStr = nsMsgSearchTerm::EscapeQuotesInStr(aStr);
+
+    const char *attribStr = GetStringForAttrib(attrib);
+    if (attribStr)
+    {
+      uint32_t bytesWritten;
+      nsAutoCString writeStr(attribStr);
+      writeStr.AppendLiteral("=\"");
+      writeStr.Append((escapedStr) ? escapedStr : aStr);
+      writeStr.AppendLiteral("\"" MSG_LINEBREAK);
+      rv = aStream->Write(writeStr.get(), writeStr.Length(), &bytesWritten);
+    }
+    PR_Free(escapedStr);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgFilterList::WriteBoolAttr(nsMsgFilterFileAttribValue attrib, bool boolVal, nsIOutputStream *aStream)
+{
+  return WriteStrAttr(attrib, (boolVal) ? "yes" : "no", aStream);
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgFilterList::WriteWstrAttr(nsMsgFilterFileAttribValue attrib,
+                               const char16_t *aFilterName, nsIOutputStream *aStream)
+{
+    WriteStrAttr(attrib, NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(aFilterName).get(), aStream);
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgFilterList::SaveTextFilters(nsIOutputStream *aStream)
+{
+  uint32_t   filterCount = 0;
+  nsresult   err = GetFilterCount(&filterCount);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(err, err);
+
+  err = WriteIntAttr(nsIMsgFilterList::attribVersion, kFileVersion, aStream);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(err, err);
+  err = WriteBoolAttr(nsIMsgFilterList::attribLogging, m_loggingEnabled, aStream);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(err, err);
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < filterCount; i ++)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFilter> filter;
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(GetFilterAt(i, getter_AddRefs(filter))) && filter)
+    {
+      filter->SetFilterList(this);
+
+      // if the filter is temporary, don't write it to disk
+      bool isTemporary;
+      err = filter->GetTemporary(&isTemporary);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err) && !isTemporary) {
+        err = filter->SaveToTextFile(aStream);
+        if (NS_FAILED(err))
+          break;
+      }
+    }
+    else
+      break;
+  }
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err))
+    m_arbitraryHeaders.Truncate();
+  return err;
+}
+
+nsMsgFilterList::~nsMsgFilterList()
+{
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgFilterList::Close()
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgFilterList::GetFilterCount(uint32_t *pCount)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(pCount);
+
+  *pCount = m_filters.Length();
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgFilterList::GetFilterAt(uint32_t filterIndex, nsIMsgFilter **filter)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(filter);
+
+  uint32_t filterCount = 0;
+  GetFilterCount(&filterCount);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(filterIndex < filterCount);
+
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*filter = m_filters[filterIndex]);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgFilterList::GetFilterNamed(const nsAString &aName, nsIMsgFilter **aResult)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+
+    uint32_t count = 0;
+    nsresult rv = GetFilterCount(&count);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    *aResult = nullptr;
+    for (uint32_t i = 0; i < count; i++) {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFilter> filter;
+        rv = GetFilterAt(i, getter_AddRefs(filter));
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv)) continue;
+
+        nsString filterName;
+        filter->GetFilterName(filterName);
+        if (filterName.Equals(aName))
+        {
+            *aResult = filter;
+            break;
+        }
+    }
+
+    NS_IF_ADDREF(*aResult);
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgFilterList::SetFilterAt(uint32_t filterIndex, nsIMsgFilter *filter)
+{
+  m_filters[filterIndex] = filter;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+nsresult nsMsgFilterList::RemoveFilterAt(uint32_t filterIndex)
+{
+  m_filters.RemoveElementAt(filterIndex);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgFilterList::RemoveFilter(nsIMsgFilter *aFilter)
+{
+  m_filters.RemoveElement(aFilter);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgFilterList::InsertFilterAt(uint32_t filterIndex, nsIMsgFilter *aFilter)
+{
+  if (!m_temporaryList)
+    aFilter->SetFilterList(this);
+  m_filters.InsertElementAt(filterIndex, aFilter);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// Attempt to move the filter at index filterIndex in the specified direction.
+// If motion not possible in that direction, we still return success.
+// We could return an error if the FE's want to beep or something.
+nsresult nsMsgFilterList::MoveFilterAt(uint32_t filterIndex,
+                                       nsMsgFilterMotionValue motion)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG((motion == nsMsgFilterMotion::up) ||
+                (motion == nsMsgFilterMotion::down));
+
+  uint32_t filterCount = 0;
+  nsresult rv = GetFilterCount(&filterCount);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(filterIndex < filterCount);
+
+  uint32_t newIndex = filterIndex;
+
+  if (motion == nsMsgFilterMotion::up)
+  {
+    // are we already at the top?
+    if (filterIndex == 0)
+      return NS_OK;
+
+    newIndex = filterIndex - 1;
+  }
+  else if (motion == nsMsgFilterMotion::down)
+  {
+    // are we already at the bottom?
+    if (filterIndex == filterCount - 1)
+      return NS_OK;
+
+    newIndex = filterIndex + 1;
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFilter> tempFilter1;
+  rv = GetFilterAt(newIndex, getter_AddRefs(tempFilter1));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFilter> tempFilter2;
+  rv = GetFilterAt(filterIndex, getter_AddRefs(tempFilter2));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  SetFilterAt(newIndex, tempFilter2);
+  SetFilterAt(filterIndex, tempFilter1);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgFilterList::MoveFilter(nsIMsgFilter *aFilter,
+                                     nsMsgFilterMotionValue motion)
+{
+  size_t filterIndex = m_filters.IndexOf(aFilter, 0);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(filterIndex != m_filters.NoIndex);
+
+  return MoveFilterAt(filterIndex, motion);
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgFilterList::GetVersion(int16_t *aResult)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+    *aResult = m_fileVersion;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgFilterList::MatchOrChangeFilterTarget(const nsACString &oldFolderUri, const nsACString &newFolderUri, bool caseInsensitive, bool *found)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(found);
+
+  uint32_t numFilters = 0;
+  nsresult rv = GetFilterCount(&numFilters);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFilter> filter;
+  nsCString folderUri;
+  *found = false;
+  for (uint32_t index = 0; index < numFilters; index++)
+  {
+    rv = GetFilterAt(index, getter_AddRefs(filter));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    uint32_t numActions;
+    rv = filter->GetActionCount(&numActions);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    for (uint32_t actionIndex = 0; actionIndex < numActions; actionIndex++)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgRuleAction> filterAction;
+      rv = filter->GetActionAt(actionIndex, getter_AddRefs(filterAction));
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !filterAction)
+        continue;
+
+      nsMsgRuleActionType actionType;
+      if (NS_FAILED(filterAction->GetType(&actionType)))
+        continue;
+
+      if (actionType == nsMsgFilterAction::MoveToFolder ||
+          actionType == nsMsgFilterAction::CopyToFolder)
+      {
+        rv = filterAction->GetTargetFolderUri(folderUri);
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !folderUri.IsEmpty())
+        {
+          bool matchFound = false;
+          if (caseInsensitive)
+          {
+            if (folderUri.Equals(oldFolderUri, nsCaseInsensitiveCStringComparator())) //local
+              matchFound = true;
+          }
+          else
+          {
+            if (folderUri.Equals(oldFolderUri))  //imap
+              matchFound = true;
+          }
+          if (matchFound)
+          {
+            *found = true;
+            //if we just want to match the uri's, newFolderUri will be null
+            if (!newFolderUri.IsEmpty())
+            {
+              rv = filterAction->SetTargetFolderUri(newFolderUri);
+              NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+            }
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+// this would only return true if any filter was on "any header", which we
+// don't support in 6.x
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgFilterList::GetShouldDownloadAllHeaders(bool *aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+
+  *aResult = false;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// leaves m_arbitraryHeaders filed in with the arbitrary headers.
+nsresult nsMsgFilterList::ComputeArbitraryHeaders()
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE (m_arbitraryHeaders.IsEmpty(), NS_OK);
+
+  uint32_t numFilters = 0;
+  nsresult rv = GetFilterCount(&numFilters);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFilter> filter;
+  nsMsgSearchAttribValue attrib;
+  nsCString arbitraryHeader;
+  for (uint32_t index = 0; index < numFilters; index++)
+  {
+    rv = GetFilterAt(index, getter_AddRefs(filter));
+    if (!(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && filter)) continue;
+
+    nsCOMPtr <nsISupportsArray> searchTerms;
+    uint32_t numSearchTerms=0;
+    filter->GetSearchTerms(getter_AddRefs(searchTerms));
+    if (searchTerms)
+      searchTerms->Count(&numSearchTerms);
+    for (uint32_t i = 0; i < numSearchTerms; i++)
+    {
+      filter->GetTerm(i, &attrib, nullptr, nullptr, nullptr, arbitraryHeader);
+      if (!arbitraryHeader.IsEmpty())
+      {
+        if (m_arbitraryHeaders.IsEmpty())
+          m_arbitraryHeaders.Assign(arbitraryHeader);
+        else if (m_arbitraryHeaders.Find(arbitraryHeader, CaseInsensitiveCompare) == -1)
+        {
+          m_arbitraryHeaders.Append(" ");
+          m_arbitraryHeaders.Append(arbitraryHeader);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgFilterList::GetArbitraryHeaders(nsACString &aResult)
+{
+  ComputeArbitraryHeaders();
+  aResult = m_arbitraryHeaders;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgFilterList::FlushLogIfNecessary()
+{
+  // only flush the log if we are logging
+  bool loggingEnabled = false;
+  nsresult rv = GetLoggingEnabled(&loggingEnabled);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  if (loggingEnabled)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIOutputStream> logStream;
+    rv = GetLogStream(getter_AddRefs(logStream));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && logStream) {
+      rv = logStream->Flush();
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+// ------------ End FilterList methods ------------------
diff --git a/mailnews/base/search/src/nsMsgFilterList.h b/mailnews/base/search/src/nsMsgFilterList.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2bb441d38
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/search/src/nsMsgFilterList.h
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _nsMsgFilterList_H_
+#define _nsMsgFilterList_H_
+
+#include "nscore.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolder.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFilterList.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsTArray.h"
+#include "nsIFile.h"
+#include "nsIOutputStream.h"
+
+const int16_t kFileVersion = 9;
+const int16_t kManualContextVersion = 9;
+const int16_t k60Beta1Version = 7;
+const int16_t k45Version = 6;
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// The Msg Filter List is an interface designed to make accessing filter lists
+// easier. Clients typically open a filter list and either enumerate the filters,
+// or add new filters, or change the order around...
+//
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+class nsIMsgFilter;
+class nsMsgFilter;
+
+class nsMsgFilterList : public nsIMsgFilterList
+{
+public:
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGFILTERLIST
+
+  nsMsgFilterList();
+
+  nsresult Close();
+  nsresult LoadTextFilters(nsIInputStream *aStream);
+
+  bool m_temporaryList;
+
+protected:
+  virtual ~nsMsgFilterList();
+
+  nsresult ComputeArbitraryHeaders();
+  nsresult SaveTextFilters(nsIOutputStream *aStream);
+  // file streaming methods
+  int ReadChar(nsIInputStream *aStream);
+  int SkipWhitespace(nsIInputStream *aStream);
+  bool StrToBool(nsCString &str);
+  int LoadAttrib(nsMsgFilterFileAttribValue &attrib, nsIInputStream *aStream);
+  const char *GetStringForAttrib(nsMsgFilterFileAttribValue attrib);
+  nsresult LoadValue(nsCString &value, nsIInputStream *aStream);
+  int16_t m_fileVersion;
+  bool m_loggingEnabled;
+  bool m_startWritingToBuffer; //tells us when to start writing one whole filter to m_unparsedBuffer
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> m_folder;
+  nsMsgFilter *m_curFilter; // filter we're filing in or out(?)
+  nsCString m_filterFileName;
+  nsTArray<nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFilter> > m_filters;
+  nsCString m_arbitraryHeaders;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> m_defaultFile;
+  nsCString m_unparsedFilterBuffer; //holds one entire filter unparsed 
+
+private:
+  nsresult TruncateLog();
+  nsresult GetLogFile(nsIFile **aFile);
+  nsresult EnsureLogFile(nsIFile *file);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIOutputStream> m_logStream;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/base/search/src/nsMsgFilterService.cpp b/mailnews/base/search/src/nsMsgFilterService.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c8f52de5a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/search/src/nsMsgFilterService.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1216 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+// this file implements the nsMsgFilterService interface
+
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "nsMsgFilterService.h"
+#include "nsMsgFilterList.h"
+#include "nsMsgSearchScopeTerm.h"
+#include "nsDirectoryServiceDefs.h"
+#include "nsIPrompt.h"
+#include "nsIDocShell.h"
+#include "nsIInterfaceRequestor.h"
+#include "nsIInterfaceRequestorUtils.h"
+#include "nsIStringBundle.h"
+#include "nsIMsgSearchNotify.h"
+#include "nsIUrlListener.h"
+#include "nsIMsgCopyServiceListener.h"
+#include "nsIMsgLocalMailFolder.h"
+#include "nsIMsgDatabase.h"
+#include "nsIMsgHdr.h"
+#include "nsIDBFolderInfo.h"
+#include "nsIRDFService.h"
+#include "nsMsgBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsIMsgCopyService.h"
+#include "nsIInputStream.h"
+#include "nsIOutputStream.h"
+#include "nsISafeOutputStream.h"
+#include "nsIMsgComposeService.h"
+#include "nsMsgCompCID.h"
+#include "nsNetUtil.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "nsIMutableArray.h"
+#include "nsIMsgMailSession.h"
+#include "nsArrayUtils.h"
+#include "nsCOMArray.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFilterCustomAction.h"
+#include "nsArrayEnumerator.h"
+#include "nsMsgMessageFlags.h"
+#include "nsIMsgWindow.h"
+#include "nsIMsgSearchCustomTerm.h"
+#include "nsIMsgSearchTerm.h"
+#include "nsIMsgThread.h"
+#include "nsAutoPtr.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFilter.h"
+#include "nsIMsgOperationListener.h"
+#include "mozilla/Attributes.h"
+
+#define BREAK_IF_FAILURE(_rv, _text) if (NS_FAILED(_rv)) { \
+  NS_WARNING(_text); \
+  mFinalResult = _rv; \
+  break; \
+}
+
+#define CONTINUE_IF_FAILURE(_rv, _text) if (NS_FAILED(_rv)) { \
+  NS_WARNING(_text); \
+  mFinalResult = _rv; \
+  if (m_msgWindow && !ContinueExecutionPrompt()) \
+    return OnEndExecution(); \
+  continue; \
+}
+
+#define BREAK_IF_FALSE(_assertTrue, _text) if (!(_assertTrue)) { \
+  NS_WARNING(_text); \
+  mFinalResult = NS_ERROR_FAILURE; \
+  break; \
+}
+
+#define CONTINUE_IF_FALSE(_assertTrue, _text) if (!(_assertTrue)) { \
+  NS_WARNING(_text); \
+  mFinalResult = NS_ERROR_FAILURE; \
+  if (m_msgWindow && !ContinueExecutionPrompt()) \
+    return OnEndExecution(); \
+  continue; \
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMsgFilterService, nsIMsgFilterService)
+
+nsMsgFilterService::nsMsgFilterService()
+{
+}
+
+nsMsgFilterService::~nsMsgFilterService()
+{
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgFilterService::OpenFilterList(nsIFile *aFilterFile,
+                                                 nsIMsgFolder *rootFolder,
+                                                 nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow,
+                                                 nsIMsgFilterList **resultFilterList)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aFilterFile);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(resultFilterList);
+
+  bool exists = false;
+  nsresult rv = aFilterFile->Exists(&exists);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !exists)
+  {
+    rv = aFilterFile->Create(nsIFile::NORMAL_FILE_TYPE, 0644);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIInputStream> fileStream;
+  rv = NS_NewLocalFileInputStream(getter_AddRefs(fileStream), aFilterFile);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(fileStream, NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY);
+
+  RefPtr<nsMsgFilterList> filterList = new nsMsgFilterList();
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(filterList, NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY);
+  filterList->SetFolder(rootFolder);
+
+  // temporarily tell the filter where its file path is
+  filterList->SetDefaultFile(aFilterFile);
+
+  int64_t size = 0;
+  rv = aFilterFile->GetFileSize(&size);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && size > 0)
+    rv = filterList->LoadTextFilters(fileStream);
+  fileStream->Close();
+  fileStream = nullptr;
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    int16_t version;
+    filterList->GetVersion(&version);
+    if (version != kFileVersion)
+      SaveFilterList(filterList, aFilterFile);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    if (rv == NS_MSG_FILTER_PARSE_ERROR && aMsgWindow)
+    {
+      rv = BackUpFilterFile(aFilterFile, aMsgWindow);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      rv = aFilterFile->SetFileSize(0);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      return OpenFilterList(aFilterFile, rootFolder, aMsgWindow, resultFilterList);
+    }
+    else if (rv == NS_MSG_CUSTOM_HEADERS_OVERFLOW && aMsgWindow)
+      ThrowAlertMsg("filterCustomHeaderOverflow", aMsgWindow);
+    else if (rv == NS_MSG_INVALID_CUSTOM_HEADER && aMsgWindow)
+      ThrowAlertMsg("invalidCustomHeader", aMsgWindow);
+  }
+
+  NS_ADDREF(*resultFilterList = filterList);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgFilterService::CloseFilterList(nsIMsgFilterList *filterList)
+{
+  //NS_ASSERTION(false,"CloseFilterList doesn't do anything yet");
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* save without deleting */
+NS_IMETHODIMP  nsMsgFilterService::SaveFilterList(nsIMsgFilterList *filterList, nsIFile *filterFile)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(filterFile);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(filterList);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIOutputStream> strm;
+  nsresult rv = MsgNewSafeBufferedFileOutputStream(getter_AddRefs(strm),
+                                                filterFile, -1, 0600);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = filterList->SaveToFile(strm);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISafeOutputStream> safeStream = do_QueryInterface(strm);
+  NS_ASSERTION(safeStream, "expected a safe output stream!");
+  if (safeStream) {
+    rv = safeStream->Finish();
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+      NS_WARNING("failed to save filter file! possible data loss");
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgFilterService::CancelFilterList(nsIMsgFilterList *filterList)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgFilterService::BackUpFilterFile(nsIFile *aFilterFile, nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow)
+{
+  AlertBackingUpFilterFile(aMsgWindow);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> localParentDir;
+  nsresult rv = aFilterFile->GetParent(getter_AddRefs(localParentDir));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  //if back-up file exists delete the back up file otherwise copy fails.
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIFile> backupFile;
+  rv = localParentDir->Clone(getter_AddRefs(backupFile));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  backupFile->AppendNative(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("rulesbackup.dat"));
+  bool exists;
+  backupFile->Exists(&exists);
+  if (exists)
+    backupFile->Remove(false);
+
+  return aFilterFile->CopyToNative(localParentDir, NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("rulesbackup.dat"));
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgFilterService::AlertBackingUpFilterFile(nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow)
+{
+  return ThrowAlertMsg("filterListBackUpMsg", aMsgWindow);
+}
+
+nsresult //Do not use this routine if you have to call it very often because it creates a new bundle each time
+nsMsgFilterService::GetStringFromBundle(const char *aMsgName, char16_t **aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIStringBundle> bundle;
+  nsresult rv = GetFilterStringBundle(getter_AddRefs(bundle));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && bundle)
+    rv = bundle->GetStringFromName(NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16(aMsgName).get(), aResult);
+  return rv;
+
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgFilterService::GetFilterStringBundle(nsIStringBundle **aBundle)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aBundle);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundleService> bundleService =
+         mozilla::services::GetStringBundleService();
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(bundleService, NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundle> bundle;
+  if (bundleService)
+    bundleService->CreateBundle("chrome://messenger/locale/filter.properties",
+                                 getter_AddRefs(bundle));
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aBundle = bundle);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgFilterService::ThrowAlertMsg(const char*aMsgName, nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow)
+{
+  nsString alertString;
+  nsresult rv = GetStringFromBundle(aMsgName, getter_Copies(alertString));
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgWindow> msgWindow(do_QueryInterface(aMsgWindow));
+  if (!msgWindow) {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailSession> mailSession ( do_GetService(NS_MSGMAILSESSION_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      rv = mailSession->GetTopmostMsgWindow(getter_AddRefs(msgWindow));
+  }
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !alertString.IsEmpty() && msgWindow)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIDocShell> docShell;
+    msgWindow->GetRootDocShell(getter_AddRefs(docShell));
+    if (docShell)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIPrompt> dialog(do_GetInterface(docShell));
+      if (dialog && !alertString.IsEmpty())
+        dialog->Alert(nullptr, alertString.get());
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+// this class is used to run filters after the fact, i.e., after new mail has been downloaded from the server.
+// It can do the following:
+// 1. Apply a single imap or pop3 filter on a single folder.
+// 2. Apply multiple filters on a single imap or pop3 folder.
+// 3. Apply a single filter on multiple imap or pop3 folders in the same account.
+// 4. Apply multiple filters on multiple imap or pop3 folders in the same account.
+// This will be called from the front end js code in the case of the apply filters to folder menu code,
+// and from the filter dialog js code with the run filter now command.
+
+
+// this class holds the list of filters and folders, and applies them in turn, first iterating
+// over all the filters on one folder, and then advancing to the next folder and repeating.
+// For each filter,we take the filter criteria and create a search term list. Then, we execute the search.
+// We are a search listener so that we can build up the list of search hits.
+// Then, when the search is done, we will apply the filter action(s) en-masse, so, for example, if the action is a move,
+// we calls one method to move all the messages to the destination folder. Or, mark all the messages read.
+// In the case of imap operations, or imap/local  moves, the action will be asynchronous, so we'll need to be a url listener
+// as well, and kick off the next filter when the action completes.
+class nsMsgFilterAfterTheFact : public nsIUrlListener, public nsIMsgSearchNotify, public nsIMsgCopyServiceListener
+{
+public:
+  nsMsgFilterAfterTheFact(nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow,
+                          nsIMsgFilterList *aFilterList, nsIArray *aFolderList,
+                          nsIMsgOperationListener *aCallback);
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIURLLISTENER
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGSEARCHNOTIFY
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGCOPYSERVICELISTENER
+
+  nsresult  AdvanceToNextFolder();  // kicks off the process
+protected:
+  virtual ~nsMsgFilterAfterTheFact();
+  virtual   nsresult  RunNextFilter();
+  /**
+   * apply filter actions to current search hits
+   */
+  nsresult  ApplyFilter();
+  nsresult  OnEndExecution(); // do what we have to do to cleanup.
+  bool      ContinueExecutionPrompt();
+  nsresult  DisplayConfirmationPrompt(nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow, const char16_t *confirmString, bool *confirmed);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgWindow>      m_msgWindow;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFilterList>  m_filters;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIArray>          m_folders;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder>      m_curFolder;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase>    m_curFolderDB;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFilter>      m_curFilter;
+  uint32_t                    m_curFilterIndex;
+  uint32_t                    m_curFolderIndex;
+  uint32_t                    m_numFilters;
+  uint32_t                    m_numFolders;
+  nsTArray<nsMsgKey>          m_searchHits;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray>   m_searchHitHdrs;
+  nsTArray<nsMsgKey>          m_stopFiltering;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgSearchSession> m_searchSession;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgOperationListener> m_callback;
+  uint32_t                    m_nextAction; // next filter action to perform
+  nsresult                    mFinalResult; // report of overall success or failure
+  bool                        mNeedsRelease; // Did we need to release ourself?
+};
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMsgFilterAfterTheFact, nsIUrlListener, nsIMsgSearchNotify, nsIMsgCopyServiceListener)
+
+nsMsgFilterAfterTheFact::nsMsgFilterAfterTheFact(nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow,
+                                                 nsIMsgFilterList *aFilterList,
+                                                 nsIArray *aFolderList,
+                                                 nsIMsgOperationListener *aCallback)
+{
+  m_curFilterIndex = m_curFolderIndex = m_nextAction = 0;
+  m_msgWindow = aMsgWindow;
+  m_filters = aFilterList;
+  m_folders = aFolderList;
+  m_filters->GetFilterCount(&m_numFilters);
+  m_folders->GetLength(&m_numFolders);
+
+  NS_ADDREF(this); // we own ourselves, and will release ourselves when execution is done.
+  mNeedsRelease = true;
+
+  m_searchHitHdrs = do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID);
+  m_callback = aCallback;
+  mFinalResult = NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsMsgFilterAfterTheFact::~nsMsgFilterAfterTheFact()
+{
+}
+
+// do what we have to do to cleanup.
+nsresult nsMsgFilterAfterTheFact::OnEndExecution()
+{
+  if (m_searchSession)
+    m_searchSession->UnregisterListener(this);
+
+  if (m_filters)
+    (void)m_filters->FlushLogIfNecessary();
+
+  if (m_callback)
+    (void)m_callback->OnStopOperation(mFinalResult);
+
+  nsresult rv = mFinalResult;
+  // OnEndExecution() can be called a second time when a rule execution fails
+  // and the user is prompted whether he wants to continue.
+  if (mNeedsRelease)
+  {
+    Release(); // release ourselves.
+    mNeedsRelease = false;
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgFilterAfterTheFact::RunNextFilter()
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  while (true)
+  {
+    m_curFilter = nullptr;
+    if (m_curFilterIndex >= m_numFilters)
+      break;
+    BREAK_IF_FALSE(m_filters, "Missing filters");
+    rv = m_filters->GetFilterAt(m_curFilterIndex++, getter_AddRefs(m_curFilter));
+    CONTINUE_IF_FAILURE(rv, "Could not get filter at index");
+
+    nsCOMPtr <nsISupportsArray> searchTerms;
+    rv = m_curFilter->GetSearchTerms(getter_AddRefs(searchTerms));
+    CONTINUE_IF_FAILURE(rv, "Could not get searchTerms");
+
+    if (m_searchSession)
+      m_searchSession->UnregisterListener(this);
+    m_searchSession = do_CreateInstance(NS_MSGSEARCHSESSION_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    BREAK_IF_FAILURE(rv, "Failed to get search session");
+
+    nsMsgSearchScopeValue searchScope = nsMsgSearchScope::offlineMail;
+    uint32_t termCount;
+    searchTerms->Count(&termCount);
+    for (uint32_t termIndex = 0; termIndex < termCount; termIndex++)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgSearchTerm> term;
+      nsresult rv = searchTerms->QueryElementAt(termIndex, NS_GET_IID(nsIMsgSearchTerm), getter_AddRefs(term));
+      BREAK_IF_FAILURE(rv, "Could not get search term");
+      rv = m_searchSession->AppendTerm(term);
+      BREAK_IF_FAILURE(rv, "Could not append search term");
+    }
+    CONTINUE_IF_FAILURE(rv, "Failed to setup search terms");
+    m_searchSession->RegisterListener(this,
+                                      nsIMsgSearchSession::allNotifications);
+
+    rv = m_searchSession->AddScopeTerm(searchScope, m_curFolder);
+    CONTINUE_IF_FAILURE(rv, "Failed to add scope term");
+    m_nextAction = 0;
+    rv = m_searchSession->Search(m_msgWindow);
+    CONTINUE_IF_FAILURE(rv, "Search failed");
+    return NS_OK; // OnSearchDone will continue
+  }
+  m_curFilter = nullptr;
+  NS_WARNING_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "Search failed");
+  return AdvanceToNextFolder();
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgFilterAfterTheFact::AdvanceToNextFolder()
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  // Advance through folders, making sure m_curFolder is null on errors
+  while (true)
+  {
+    m_stopFiltering.Clear();
+    m_curFolder = nullptr;
+    if (m_curFolderIndex >= m_numFolders)
+      // final end of nsMsgFilterAfterTheFact object
+      return OnEndExecution();
+
+    // reset the filter index to apply all filters to this new folder
+    m_curFilterIndex = 0;
+    m_nextAction = 0;
+    rv = m_folders->QueryElementAt(m_curFolderIndex++, NS_GET_IID(nsIMsgFolder), getter_AddRefs(m_curFolder));
+    CONTINUE_IF_FAILURE(rv, "Could not get next folder");
+
+    // Note: I got rv = NS_OK but null m_curFolder after deleting a folder
+    // outside of TB, when I select a single message and "run filter on message"
+    // and the filter is to move the message to the deleted folder.
+
+     // m_curFolder may be null when the folder is deleted externally.
+    CONTINUE_IF_FALSE(m_curFolder, "Next folder returned null");
+
+    rv = m_curFolder->GetMsgDatabase(getter_AddRefs(m_curFolderDB));
+    if (rv == NS_MSG_ERROR_FOLDER_SUMMARY_OUT_OF_DATE)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgLocalMailFolder> localFolder = do_QueryInterface(m_curFolder, &rv);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && localFolder)
+        // will continue with OnStopRunningUrl
+        return localFolder->ParseFolder(m_msgWindow, this);
+    }
+    CONTINUE_IF_FAILURE(rv, "Could not get folder db");
+
+    rv = RunNextFilter();
+    // RunNextFilter returns success when either filters are done, or an async process has started.
+    // It will call AdvanceToNextFolder itself if possible, so no need to call here.
+    BREAK_IF_FAILURE(rv, "Failed to run next filter");
+    break;
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgFilterAfterTheFact::OnStartRunningUrl(nsIURI *aUrl)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// This is the return from a folder parse
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgFilterAfterTheFact::OnStopRunningUrl(nsIURI *aUrl, nsresult aExitCode)
+{
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(aExitCode))
+    return RunNextFilter();
+
+  mFinalResult = aExitCode;
+   // If m_msgWindow then we are in a context where the user can deal with
+   //  errors. Put up a prompt, and exit if user wants.
+  if (m_msgWindow && !ContinueExecutionPrompt())
+    return OnEndExecution();
+
+  // folder parse failed, so stop processing this folder.
+  return AdvanceToNextFolder();
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgFilterAfterTheFact::OnSearchHit(nsIMsgDBHdr *header, nsIMsgFolder *folder)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(header);
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(m_searchHitHdrs, NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED);
+
+  nsMsgKey msgKey;
+  header->GetMessageKey(&msgKey);
+
+  // Under various previous actions (a move, delete, or stopExecution)
+  //  we do not want to process filters on a per-message basis.
+  if (m_stopFiltering.Contains(msgKey))
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  m_searchHits.AppendElement(msgKey);
+  m_searchHitHdrs->AppendElement(header, false);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// Continue after an async operation.
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgFilterAfterTheFact::OnSearchDone(nsresult status)
+{
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(status))
+    return m_searchHits.IsEmpty() ? RunNextFilter() : ApplyFilter();
+
+  mFinalResult = status;
+  if (m_msgWindow && !ContinueExecutionPrompt())
+    return OnEndExecution();
+
+  // The search failed, so move on to the next filter.
+  return RunNextFilter();
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgFilterAfterTheFact::OnNewSearch()
+{
+  m_searchHits.Clear();
+  m_searchHitHdrs->Clear();
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// This method will apply filters. It will continue to advance though headers,
+//   filters, and folders until done, unless it starts an async operation with
+//   a callback. The callback should call ApplyFilter again. It only returns
+//   an error if it is impossible to continue after attempting to continue the
+//   next filter action, filter, or folder.
+nsresult nsMsgFilterAfterTheFact::ApplyFilter()
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  do { // error management block, break if unable to continue with filter.
+    if (!m_curFilter)
+      break; // Maybe not an error, we just need to call RunNextFilter();
+    if (!m_curFolder)
+      break; // Maybe not an error, we just need to call AdvanceToNextFolder();
+    BREAK_IF_FALSE(m_searchHitHdrs, "No search headers object");
+    // we're going to log the filter actions before firing them because some actions are async
+    bool loggingEnabled = false;
+    if (m_filters)
+      (void)m_filters->GetLoggingEnabled(&loggingEnabled);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIArray> actionList;
+    rv = m_curFilter->GetSortedActionList(getter_AddRefs(actionList));
+    BREAK_IF_FAILURE(rv, "Could not get action list for filter");
+
+    uint32_t numActions;
+    actionList->GetLength(&numActions);
+
+    // We start from m_nextAction to allow us to continue applying actions
+    // after the return from an async copy.
+    while (m_nextAction < numActions)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgRuleAction>filterAction(do_QueryElementAt(actionList, m_nextAction++, &rv));
+      CONTINUE_IF_FAILURE(rv, "actionList cannot QI element");
+
+      nsMsgRuleActionType actionType;
+      rv = filterAction->GetType(&actionType);
+      CONTINUE_IF_FAILURE(rv, "Could not get type for filter action");
+
+      nsCString actionTargetFolderUri;
+      if (actionType == nsMsgFilterAction::MoveToFolder ||
+          actionType == nsMsgFilterAction::CopyToFolder)
+      {
+        rv = filterAction->GetTargetFolderUri(actionTargetFolderUri);
+        CONTINUE_IF_FALSE(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !actionTargetFolderUri.IsEmpty(),
+                          "actionTargetFolderUri is empty");
+      }
+
+      if (loggingEnabled)
+      {
+        for (uint32_t msgIndex = 0; msgIndex < m_searchHits.Length(); msgIndex++)
+        {
+          nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+          m_searchHitHdrs->QueryElementAt(msgIndex, NS_GET_IID(nsIMsgDBHdr), getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+          if (msgHdr)
+            (void)m_curFilter->LogRuleHit(filterAction, msgHdr);
+          else
+            NS_WARNING("could not QI element to nsIMsgDBHdr");
+        }
+      }
+
+      // all actions that pass "this" as a listener in order to chain filter execution
+      // when the action is finished need to return before reaching the bottom of this
+      // routine, because we run the next filter at the end of this routine.
+      switch (actionType)
+      {
+      case nsMsgFilterAction::Delete:
+        // we can't pass ourselves in as a copy service listener because the copy service
+        // listener won't get called in several situations (e.g., the delete model is imap delete)
+        // and we rely on the listener getting called to continue the filter application.
+        // This means we're going to end up firing off the delete, and then subsequently
+        // issuing a search for the next filter, which will block until the delete finishes.
+        m_curFolder->DeleteMessages(m_searchHitHdrs, m_msgWindow, false, false, nullptr, false /*allow Undo*/ );
+
+        // don't allow any more filters on this message
+        m_stopFiltering.AppendElements(m_searchHits);
+        for (uint32_t i = 0; i < m_searchHits.Length(); i++)
+          m_curFolder->OrProcessingFlags(m_searchHits[i], nsMsgProcessingFlags::FilterToMove);
+        //if we are deleting then we couldn't care less about applying remaining filter actions
+        m_nextAction = numActions;
+        break;
+
+      case nsMsgFilterAction::MoveToFolder:
+        // Even if move fails we will not run additional actions, as they
+        //   would not have run if move succeeded.
+        m_nextAction = numActions;
+        // Fall through to the copy case.
+        MOZ_FALLTHROUGH;
+      case nsMsgFilterAction::CopyToFolder:
+      {
+        nsCString uri;
+        m_curFolder->GetURI(uri);
+        if (!actionTargetFolderUri.IsEmpty() &&
+            !uri.Equals(actionTargetFolderUri))
+        {
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFService> rdf = do_GetService("@mozilla.org/rdf/rdf-service;1",&rv);
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFResource> res;
+          rv = rdf->GetResource(actionTargetFolderUri, getter_AddRefs(res));
+          CONTINUE_IF_FAILURE(rv, "Could not get resource for action folder");
+
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> destIFolder(do_QueryInterface(res, &rv));
+          CONTINUE_IF_FAILURE(rv, "Could not QI resource to folder");
+
+          bool canFileMessages = true;
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> parentFolder;
+          destIFolder->GetParent(getter_AddRefs(parentFolder));
+          if (parentFolder)
+            destIFolder->GetCanFileMessages(&canFileMessages);
+          if (!parentFolder || !canFileMessages)
+          {
+            m_curFilter->SetEnabled(false);
+            destIFolder->ThrowAlertMsg("filterDisabled",m_msgWindow);
+            // we need to explicitly save the filter file.
+            m_filters->SaveToDefaultFile();
+            // In the case of applying multiple filters
+            // we might want to remove the filter from the list, but
+            // that's a bit evil since we really don't know that we own
+            // the list. Disabling it doesn't do a lot of good since
+            // we still apply disabled filters. Currently, we don't
+            // have any clients that apply filters to multiple folders,
+            // so this might be the edge case of an edge case.
+            m_nextAction = numActions;
+            mFinalResult = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+            break;
+          }
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgCopyService> copyService = do_GetService(NS_MSGCOPYSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+          CONTINUE_IF_FAILURE(rv, "Could not get copy service")
+
+          if (actionType == nsMsgFilterAction::MoveToFolder)
+          {
+            m_stopFiltering.AppendElements(m_searchHits);
+            for (uint32_t i = 0; i < m_searchHits.Length(); i++)
+              m_curFolder->OrProcessingFlags(m_searchHits[i],
+                                             nsMsgProcessingFlags::FilterToMove);
+          }
+
+          rv = copyService->CopyMessages(m_curFolder, m_searchHitHdrs,
+              destIFolder, actionType == nsMsgFilterAction::MoveToFolder,
+              this, m_msgWindow, false);
+          CONTINUE_IF_FAILURE(rv, "CopyMessages failed");
+          return NS_OK; // OnStopCopy callback to continue;
+        }
+        else
+          NS_WARNING("Move or copy failed, empty or unchanged destination");
+      }
+        break;
+      case nsMsgFilterAction::MarkRead:
+          // crud, no listener support here - we'll probably just need to go on and apply
+          // the next filter, and, in the imap case, rely on multiple connection and url
+          // queueing to stay out of trouble
+        m_curFolder->MarkMessagesRead(m_searchHitHdrs, true);
+        break;
+      case nsMsgFilterAction::MarkUnread:
+        m_curFolder->MarkMessagesRead(m_searchHitHdrs, false);
+        break;
+      case nsMsgFilterAction::MarkFlagged:
+        m_curFolder->MarkMessagesFlagged(m_searchHitHdrs, true);
+        break;
+      case nsMsgFilterAction::KillThread:
+      case nsMsgFilterAction::WatchThread:
+        {
+          for (uint32_t msgIndex = 0; msgIndex < m_searchHits.Length(); msgIndex++)
+          {
+            nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+            m_searchHitHdrs->QueryElementAt(msgIndex, NS_GET_IID(nsIMsgDBHdr), getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+            CONTINUE_IF_FALSE(msgHdr, "Could not get msg header");
+
+            nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgThread> msgThread;
+            nsMsgKey threadKey;
+            m_curFolderDB->GetThreadContainingMsgHdr(msgHdr, getter_AddRefs(msgThread));
+            CONTINUE_IF_FALSE(msgThread, "Could not find msg thread");
+            msgThread->GetThreadKey(&threadKey);
+            if (actionType == nsMsgFilterAction::KillThread)
+              m_curFolderDB->MarkThreadIgnored(msgThread, threadKey, true, nullptr);
+            else
+              m_curFolderDB->MarkThreadWatched(msgThread, threadKey, true, nullptr);
+          }
+        }
+        break;
+      case nsMsgFilterAction::KillSubthread:
+        {
+          for (uint32_t msgIndex = 0; msgIndex < m_searchHits.Length(); msgIndex++)
+          {
+            nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+            m_searchHitHdrs->QueryElementAt(msgIndex, NS_GET_IID(nsIMsgDBHdr), getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+            CONTINUE_IF_FALSE(msgHdr, "Could not get msg header");
+            m_curFolderDB->MarkHeaderKilled(msgHdr, true, nullptr);
+          }
+        }
+        break;
+      case nsMsgFilterAction::ChangePriority:
+        {
+          nsMsgPriorityValue filterPriority;
+          filterAction->GetPriority(&filterPriority);
+          for (uint32_t msgIndex = 0; msgIndex < m_searchHits.Length(); msgIndex++)
+          {
+            nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+            m_searchHitHdrs->QueryElementAt(msgIndex, NS_GET_IID(nsIMsgDBHdr), getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+            CONTINUE_IF_FALSE(msgHdr, "Could not get msg header");
+            msgHdr->SetPriority(filterPriority);
+          }
+        }
+        break;
+      case nsMsgFilterAction::Label:
+        {
+          nsMsgLabelValue filterLabel;
+          filterAction->GetLabel(&filterLabel);
+          m_curFolder->SetLabelForMessages(m_searchHitHdrs, filterLabel);
+        }
+        break;
+      case nsMsgFilterAction::AddTag:
+        {
+          nsCString keyword;
+          filterAction->GetStrValue(keyword);
+          m_curFolder->AddKeywordsToMessages(m_searchHitHdrs, keyword);
+        }
+        break;
+      case nsMsgFilterAction::JunkScore:
+        {
+          nsAutoCString junkScoreStr;
+          int32_t junkScore;
+          filterAction->GetJunkScore(&junkScore);
+          junkScoreStr.AppendInt(junkScore);
+          m_curFolder->SetJunkScoreForMessages(m_searchHitHdrs, junkScoreStr);
+        }
+        break;
+      case nsMsgFilterAction::Forward:
+        {
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+          rv = m_curFolder->GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+          CONTINUE_IF_FAILURE(rv, "Could not get server");
+          nsCString forwardTo;
+          filterAction->GetStrValue(forwardTo);
+          CONTINUE_IF_FALSE(!forwardTo.IsEmpty(), "blank forwardTo URI");
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgComposeService> compService =
+            do_GetService(NS_MSGCOMPOSESERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+          CONTINUE_IF_FAILURE(rv, "Could not get compose service");
+
+          for (uint32_t msgIndex = 0; msgIndex < m_searchHits.Length(); msgIndex++)
+          {
+            nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr(do_QueryElementAt(m_searchHitHdrs,
+                                         msgIndex));
+            if (msgHdr)
+              rv = compService->ForwardMessage(NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16(forwardTo),
+                                               msgHdr, m_msgWindow, server,
+                                               nsIMsgComposeService::kForwardAsDefault);
+            CONTINUE_IF_FALSE(msgHdr && NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "Forward action failed");
+          }
+        }
+        break;
+      case nsMsgFilterAction::Reply:
+        {
+          nsCString replyTemplateUri;
+          filterAction->GetStrValue(replyTemplateUri);
+          CONTINUE_IF_FALSE(!replyTemplateUri.IsEmpty(), "Empty reply template URI");
+
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+          rv = m_curFolder->GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+          CONTINUE_IF_FAILURE(rv, "Could not get server");
+
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgComposeService> compService = do_GetService(NS_MSGCOMPOSESERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+          CONTINUE_IF_FAILURE(rv, "Could not get compose service");
+          for (uint32_t msgIndex = 0; msgIndex < m_searchHits.Length(); msgIndex++)
+          {
+            nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+            m_searchHitHdrs->QueryElementAt(msgIndex, NS_GET_IID(nsIMsgDBHdr), getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+            CONTINUE_IF_FALSE(msgHdr, "Could not get msgHdr");
+            rv = compService->ReplyWithTemplate(msgHdr, replyTemplateUri.get(), m_msgWindow, server);
+            if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+              if (rv == NS_ERROR_ABORT) {
+                m_curFilter->LogRuleHitFail(filterAction, msgHdr, rv, "Sending reply aborted");
+              } else {
+                m_curFilter->LogRuleHitFail(filterAction, msgHdr, rv, "Error sending reply");
+              }
+            }
+            CONTINUE_IF_FAILURE(rv, "ReplyWithTemplate failed");
+          }
+        }
+        break;
+      case nsMsgFilterAction::DeleteFromPop3Server:
+        {
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgLocalMailFolder> localFolder = do_QueryInterface(m_curFolder);
+          CONTINUE_IF_FALSE(localFolder, "Current folder not a local folder");
+          // This action ignores the deleteMailLeftOnServer preference
+          rv = localFolder->MarkMsgsOnPop3Server(m_searchHitHdrs, POP3_FORCE_DEL);
+          CONTINUE_IF_FAILURE(rv, "MarkMsgsOnPop3Server failed");
+
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> partialMsgs;
+          // Delete the partial headers. They're useless now
+          //   that the server copy is being deleted.
+          for (uint32_t msgIndex = 0; msgIndex < m_searchHits.Length(); msgIndex++)
+          {
+            nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+            m_searchHitHdrs->QueryElementAt(msgIndex, NS_GET_IID(nsIMsgDBHdr), getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+            CONTINUE_IF_FALSE(msgHdr, "Could not get msgHdr");
+            uint32_t flags;
+            msgHdr->GetFlags(&flags);
+            if (flags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Partial)
+            {
+              if (!partialMsgs)
+                partialMsgs = do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+              CONTINUE_IF_FALSE(partialMsgs, "Could not create partialMsgs array");
+              partialMsgs->AppendElement(msgHdr, false);
+              m_stopFiltering.AppendElement(m_searchHits[msgIndex]);
+              m_curFolder->OrProcessingFlags(m_searchHits[msgIndex],
+                                             nsMsgProcessingFlags::FilterToMove);
+            }
+          }
+          if (partialMsgs)
+          {
+            m_curFolder->DeleteMessages(partialMsgs, m_msgWindow, true, false, nullptr, false);
+            CONTINUE_IF_FAILURE(rv, "Delete messages failed");
+          }
+        }
+        break;
+      case nsMsgFilterAction::FetchBodyFromPop3Server:
+        {
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgLocalMailFolder> localFolder = do_QueryInterface(m_curFolder);
+          CONTINUE_IF_FALSE(localFolder, "current folder not local");
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> messages(do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+          CONTINUE_IF_FAILURE(rv, "Could not create messages array");
+          for (uint32_t msgIndex = 0; msgIndex < m_searchHits.Length(); msgIndex++)
+          {
+            nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+            m_searchHitHdrs->QueryElementAt(msgIndex, NS_GET_IID(nsIMsgDBHdr), getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+            CONTINUE_IF_FALSE(msgHdr, "Could not get msgHdr");
+            uint32_t flags = 0;
+            msgHdr->GetFlags(&flags);
+            if (flags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Partial)
+              messages->AppendElement(msgHdr, false);
+          }
+          uint32_t msgsToFetch;
+          messages->GetLength(&msgsToFetch);
+          if (msgsToFetch > 0)
+          {
+            rv = m_curFolder->DownloadMessagesForOffline(messages, m_msgWindow);
+            CONTINUE_IF_FAILURE(rv, "DownloadMessagesForOffline failed");
+          }
+        }
+        break;
+
+      case nsMsgFilterAction::StopExecution:
+        {
+          // don't apply any more filters
+          m_stopFiltering.AppendElements(m_searchHits);
+          m_nextAction = numActions;
+        }
+      break;
+
+      case nsMsgFilterAction::Custom:
+        {
+          nsMsgFilterTypeType filterType;
+          m_curFilter->GetFilterType(&filterType);
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFilterCustomAction> customAction;
+          rv = filterAction->GetCustomAction(getter_AddRefs(customAction));
+          CONTINUE_IF_FAILURE(rv, "Could not get custom action");
+
+          nsAutoCString value;
+          filterAction->GetStrValue(value);
+          bool isAsync = false;
+          customAction->GetIsAsync(&isAsync);
+          rv = customAction->Apply(m_searchHitHdrs, value, this,
+                                   filterType, m_msgWindow);
+          CONTINUE_IF_FAILURE(rv, "custom action failed to apply");
+          if (isAsync)
+            return NS_OK; // custom action should call ApplyFilter on callback
+        }
+      break;
+
+      default:
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+  } while (false); // end error management block
+  return RunNextFilter();
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgFilterService::GetTempFilterList(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder, nsIMsgFilterList **aFilterList)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aFilterList);
+
+  nsMsgFilterList *filterList = new nsMsgFilterList;
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(filterList, NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY);
+  NS_ADDREF(*aFilterList = filterList);
+  (*aFilterList)->SetFolder(aFolder);
+  filterList->m_temporaryList = true;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgFilterService::ApplyFiltersToFolders(nsIMsgFilterList *aFilterList,
+                                          nsIArray *aFolders,
+                                          nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow,
+                                          nsIMsgOperationListener *aCallback)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aFilterList);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aFolders);
+
+  RefPtr<nsMsgFilterAfterTheFact> filterExecutor =
+    new nsMsgFilterAfterTheFact(aMsgWindow, aFilterList, aFolders, aCallback);
+  if (filterExecutor)
+    return filterExecutor->AdvanceToNextFolder();
+  else
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgFilterService::AddCustomAction(nsIMsgFilterCustomAction *aAction)
+{
+  mCustomActions.AppendObject(aAction);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgFilterService::GetCustomActions(nsISimpleEnumerator** aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+
+  return NS_NewArrayEnumerator(aResult, mCustomActions);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgFilterService::GetCustomAction(const nsACString & aId,
+                                    nsIMsgFilterCustomAction** aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+
+  for (int32_t i = 0; i < mCustomActions.Count(); i++)
+  {
+    nsAutoCString id;
+    nsresult rv = mCustomActions[i]->GetId(id);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && aId.Equals(id))
+    {
+      NS_ADDREF(*aResult = mCustomActions[i]);
+      return NS_OK;
+    }
+  }
+  aResult = nullptr;
+  return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgFilterService::AddCustomTerm(nsIMsgSearchCustomTerm *aTerm)
+{
+  mCustomTerms.AppendObject(aTerm);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgFilterService::GetCustomTerms(nsISimpleEnumerator** aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+
+  return NS_NewArrayEnumerator(aResult, mCustomTerms);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgFilterService::GetCustomTerm(const nsACString& aId,
+                                    nsIMsgSearchCustomTerm** aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+
+  for (int32_t i = 0; i < mCustomTerms.Count(); i++)
+  {
+    nsAutoCString id;
+    nsresult rv = mCustomTerms[i]->GetId(id);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && aId.Equals(id))
+    {
+      NS_ADDREF(*aResult = mCustomTerms[i]);
+      return NS_OK;
+    }
+  }
+  aResult = nullptr;
+  // we use a null result to indicate failure to find a term
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// nsMsgApplyFiltersToMessages overrides nsMsgFilterAfterTheFact in order to
+// apply filters to a list of messages, rather than an entire folder
+class nsMsgApplyFiltersToMessages : public nsMsgFilterAfterTheFact
+{
+public:
+  nsMsgApplyFiltersToMessages(nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow,
+                              nsIMsgFilterList *aFilterList,
+                              nsIArray *aFolderList, nsIArray *aMsgHdrList,
+                              nsMsgFilterTypeType aFilterType,
+                              nsIMsgOperationListener *aCallback);
+
+protected:
+  virtual   nsresult  RunNextFilter();
+
+  nsCOMArray<nsIMsgDBHdr> m_msgHdrList;
+  nsMsgFilterTypeType     m_filterType;
+};
+
+nsMsgApplyFiltersToMessages::nsMsgApplyFiltersToMessages(nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow,
+                                                         nsIMsgFilterList *aFilterList,
+                                                         nsIArray *aFolderList,
+                                                         nsIArray *aMsgHdrList,
+                                                         nsMsgFilterTypeType aFilterType,
+                                                         nsIMsgOperationListener *aCallback)
+: nsMsgFilterAfterTheFact(aMsgWindow, aFilterList, aFolderList, aCallback),
+  m_filterType(aFilterType)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleEnumerator> msgEnumerator;
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(aMsgHdrList->Enumerate(getter_AddRefs(msgEnumerator))))
+  {
+    uint32_t length;
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(aMsgHdrList->GetLength(&length)))
+      m_msgHdrList.SetCapacity(length);
+
+    bool hasMore;
+    while (NS_SUCCEEDED(msgEnumerator->HasMoreElements(&hasMore)) && hasMore)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> supports;
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(msgEnumerator->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(supports))) &&
+          (msgHdr = do_QueryInterface(supports)))
+        m_msgHdrList.AppendObject(msgHdr);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgApplyFiltersToMessages::RunNextFilter()
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  while (true)
+  {
+    m_curFilter = nullptr; // we are done with the current filter
+    if (!m_curFolder || // Not an error, we just need to run AdvanceToNextFolder()
+        m_curFilterIndex >= m_numFilters)
+      break;
+    BREAK_IF_FALSE(m_filters, "No filters");
+    nsMsgFilterTypeType filterType;
+    bool isEnabled;
+    rv = m_filters->GetFilterAt(m_curFilterIndex++, getter_AddRefs(m_curFilter));
+    CONTINUE_IF_FAILURE(rv, "Could not get filter");
+    rv = m_curFilter->GetFilterType(&filterType);
+    CONTINUE_IF_FAILURE(rv, "Could not get filter type");
+    if (!(filterType & m_filterType))
+      continue;
+    rv = m_curFilter->GetEnabled(&isEnabled);
+    CONTINUE_IF_FAILURE(rv, "Could not get isEnabled");
+    if (!isEnabled)
+      continue;
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgSearchScopeTerm> scope(new nsMsgSearchScopeTerm(nullptr, nsMsgSearchScope::offlineMail, m_curFolder));
+    BREAK_IF_FALSE(scope, "Could not create scope, OOM?");
+    m_curFilter->SetScope(scope);
+    OnNewSearch();
+
+    for (int32_t i = 0; i < m_msgHdrList.Count(); i++)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr = m_msgHdrList[i];
+      CONTINUE_IF_FALSE(msgHdr, "null msgHdr");
+
+      bool matched;
+      rv = m_curFilter->MatchHdr(msgHdr, m_curFolder, m_curFolderDB, nullptr, 0, &matched);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && matched)
+      {
+        // In order to work with nsMsgFilterAfterTheFact::ApplyFilter we initialize
+        // nsMsgFilterAfterTheFact's information with a search hit now for the message
+        // that we're filtering.
+        OnSearchHit(msgHdr, m_curFolder);
+      }
+    }
+    m_curFilter->SetScope(nullptr);
+
+    if (m_searchHits.Length() > 0)
+    {
+      m_nextAction = 0;
+      rv = ApplyFilter();
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        return NS_OK; // async callback will continue, or we are done.
+    }
+  }
+  m_curFilter = nullptr;
+  NS_WARNING_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "Failed to run filters");
+  // We expect the failure is already recorded through one of the macro
+  // expressions, that will have console logging added to them.
+  // So an additional console warning is not needed here.
+  return AdvanceToNextFolder();
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgFilterService::ApplyFilters(nsMsgFilterTypeType aFilterType,
+                                               nsIArray *aMsgHdrList,
+                                               nsIMsgFolder *aFolder,
+                                               nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow,
+                                               nsIMsgOperationListener *aCallback)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aFolder);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFilterList>    filterList;
+  nsresult rv = aFolder->GetFilterList(aMsgWindow, getter_AddRefs(filterList));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> folderList(do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  folderList->AppendElement(aFolder, false);
+
+  // Create our nsMsgApplyFiltersToMessages object which will be called when ApplyFiltersToHdr
+  // finds one or more filters that hit.
+  RefPtr<nsMsgApplyFiltersToMessages> filterExecutor =
+    new nsMsgApplyFiltersToMessages(aMsgWindow, filterList, folderList,
+                                    aMsgHdrList, aFilterType, aCallback);
+
+  if (filterExecutor)
+    return filterExecutor->AdvanceToNextFolder();
+
+  return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+}
+
+/* void OnStartCopy (); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgFilterAfterTheFact::OnStartCopy()
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* void OnProgress (in uint32_t aProgress, in uint32_t aProgressMax); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgFilterAfterTheFact::OnProgress(uint32_t aProgress, uint32_t aProgressMax)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* void SetMessageKey (in uint32_t aKey); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgFilterAfterTheFact::SetMessageKey(nsMsgKey /* aKey */)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgFilterAfterTheFact::GetMessageId(nsACString& messageId)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* void OnStopCopy (in nsresult aStatus); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgFilterAfterTheFact::OnStopCopy(nsresult aStatus)
+{
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(aStatus))
+    return ApplyFilter();
+
+  mFinalResult = aStatus;
+  if (m_msgWindow && !ContinueExecutionPrompt())
+    return OnEndExecution();
+
+  // Copy failed, so run the next filter
+  return RunNextFilter();
+}
+
+bool nsMsgFilterAfterTheFact::ContinueExecutionPrompt()
+{
+  if (!m_curFilter)
+    return false;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundle> bundle;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundleService> bundleService =
+    mozilla::services::GetStringBundleService();
+  if (!bundleService)
+    return false;
+  bundleService->CreateBundle("chrome://messenger/locale/filter.properties",
+                              getter_AddRefs(bundle));
+  if (!bundle)
+    return false;
+  nsString filterName;
+  m_curFilter->GetFilterName(filterName);
+  nsString formatString;
+  nsString confirmText;
+  const char16_t *formatStrings[] =
+  {
+    filterName.get()
+  };
+  nsresult rv = bundle->FormatStringFromName(u"continueFilterExecution",
+                                             formatStrings, 1, getter_Copies(confirmText));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return false;
+  bool returnVal = false;
+  (void) DisplayConfirmationPrompt(m_msgWindow, confirmText.get(), &returnVal);
+  return returnVal;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgFilterAfterTheFact::DisplayConfirmationPrompt(nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow, const char16_t *confirmString, bool *confirmed)
+{
+  if (msgWindow)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIDocShell> docShell;
+    msgWindow->GetRootDocShell(getter_AddRefs(docShell));
+    if (docShell)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIPrompt> dialog(do_GetInterface(docShell));
+      if (dialog && confirmString)
+        dialog->Confirm(nullptr, confirmString, confirmed);
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/search/src/nsMsgFilterService.h b/mailnews/base/search/src/nsMsgFilterService.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8fdc6a5cb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/search/src/nsMsgFilterService.h
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _nsMsgFilterService_H_
+#define _nsMsgFilterService_H_
+
+#include "nsIMsgFilterService.h"
+#include "nsCOMArray.h"
+
+class nsIMsgWindow;
+class nsIStringBundle;
+
+
+
+// The filter service is used to acquire and manipulate filter lists.
+
+class nsMsgFilterService : public nsIMsgFilterService
+{
+
+public:
+  nsMsgFilterService();
+
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGFILTERSERVICE
+/* clients call OpenFilterList to get a handle to a FilterList, of existing nsMsgFilter *.
+  These are manipulated by the front end as a result of user interaction
+   with dialog boxes. To apply the new list call MSG_CloseFilterList.
+*/
+  nsresult BackUpFilterFile(nsIFile *aFilterFile, nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow);
+  nsresult AlertBackingUpFilterFile(nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow);
+  nsresult ThrowAlertMsg(const char*aMsgName, nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow);
+  nsresult GetStringFromBundle(const char *aMsgName, char16_t **aResult);
+  nsresult GetFilterStringBundle(nsIStringBundle **aBundle);
+
+protected:
+  virtual ~nsMsgFilterService();
+
+  nsCOMArray<nsIMsgFilterCustomAction> mCustomActions; // defined custom action list
+  nsCOMArray<nsIMsgSearchCustomTerm> mCustomTerms; // defined custom term list
+
+};
+
+#endif  // _nsMsgFilterService_H_
+
diff --git a/mailnews/base/search/src/nsMsgImapSearch.cpp b/mailnews/base/search/src/nsMsgImapSearch.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5b3b2698a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/search/src/nsMsgImapSearch.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1004 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "nsMsgSearchAdapter.h"
+#include "nsMsgSearchScopeTerm.h"
+#include "nsMsgResultElement.h"
+#include "nsMsgSearchTerm.h"
+#include "nsIMsgHdr.h"
+#include "nsMsgSearchImap.h"
+#include "prmem.h"
+// Disable deprecation warnings generated by nsISupportsArray and associated
+// classes.
+#if defined(__GNUC__)
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wdeprecated-declarations"
+#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
+#pragma warning (disable : 4996)
+#endif
+#include "nsISupportsArray.h"
+// Implementation of search for IMAP mail folders
+
+
+nsMsgSearchOnlineMail::nsMsgSearchOnlineMail (nsMsgSearchScopeTerm *scope, nsISupportsArray *termList) : nsMsgSearchAdapter (scope, termList)
+{
+}
+
+
+nsMsgSearchOnlineMail::~nsMsgSearchOnlineMail () 
+{
+}
+
+
+nsresult nsMsgSearchOnlineMail::ValidateTerms ()
+{
+  nsresult err = nsMsgSearchAdapter::ValidateTerms ();
+  
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err))
+  {
+      // ### mwelch Figure out the charsets to use 
+      //            for the search terms and targets.
+      nsAutoString srcCharset, dstCharset;
+      GetSearchCharsets(srcCharset, dstCharset);
+
+      // do IMAP specific validation
+      err = Encode (m_encoding, m_searchTerms, dstCharset.get());
+      NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(err), "failed to encode imap search");
+  }
+  
+  return err;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgSearchOnlineMail::GetEncoding (char **result)
+{
+  *result = ToNewCString(m_encoding);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgSearchOnlineMail::AddResultElement (nsIMsgDBHdr *pHeaders)
+{
+    nsresult err = NS_OK;
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgSearchSession> searchSession;
+    m_scope->GetSearchSession(getter_AddRefs(searchSession));
+    if (searchSession)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> scopeFolder;
+      err = m_scope->GetFolder(getter_AddRefs(scopeFolder));
+      searchSession->AddSearchHit(pHeaders, scopeFolder);
+    }
+    //XXXX alecf do not checkin without fixing!        m_scope->m_searchSession->AddResultElement (newResult);
+    return err;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgSearchOnlineMail::Search (bool *aDone)
+{
+    // we should never end up here for a purely online
+    // folder.  We might for an offline IMAP folder.
+    nsresult err = NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+
+    return err;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgSearchOnlineMail::Encode (nsCString& pEncoding,
+                                        nsISupportsArray *searchTerms,
+                                        const char16_t *destCharset)
+{
+  nsCString imapTerms;
+  
+  //check if searchTerms are ascii only
+  bool asciiOnly = true;
+  // ### what's this mean in the NWO?????
+  
+  if (true) // !(srcCharset & CODESET_MASK == STATEFUL || srcCharset & CODESET_MASK == WIDECHAR) )   //assume all single/multiple bytes charset has ascii as subset
+  {
+    uint32_t termCount;
+    searchTerms->Count(&termCount);
+    uint32_t i = 0;
+    
+    for (i = 0; i < termCount && asciiOnly; i++)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgSearchTerm> pTerm;
+      searchTerms->QueryElementAt(i, NS_GET_IID(nsIMsgSearchTerm),
+        (void **)getter_AddRefs(pTerm));
+      
+      nsMsgSearchAttribValue attribute;
+      pTerm->GetAttrib(&attribute);
+      if (IS_STRING_ATTRIBUTE(attribute))
+      {
+        nsString pchar;
+        nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgSearchValue> searchValue;
+        
+        nsresult rv = pTerm->GetValue(getter_AddRefs(searchValue));
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !searchValue)
+          continue;
+        
+        
+        rv = searchValue->GetStr(pchar);
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv) || pchar.IsEmpty())
+          continue;
+        asciiOnly = NS_IsAscii(pchar.get());
+      }
+    }
+  }
+//  else
+//    asciiOnly = false; // TODO: enable this line when the condition is not a plain "true" in the if().
+  
+  nsAutoString usAsciiCharSet(NS_LITERAL_STRING("us-ascii"));
+  // Get the optional CHARSET parameter, in case we need it.
+  char *csname = GetImapCharsetParam(asciiOnly ? usAsciiCharSet.get() : destCharset);
+  
+  // We do not need "srcCharset" since the search term in always unicode.
+  // I just pass destCharset for both src and dest charset instead of removing srcCharst from the arguemnt.
+  nsresult err = nsMsgSearchAdapter::EncodeImap (getter_Copies(imapTerms), searchTerms, 
+    asciiOnly ?  usAsciiCharSet.get(): destCharset, 
+    asciiOnly ?  usAsciiCharSet.get(): destCharset, false);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err))
+  {
+    pEncoding.Append("SEARCH");
+    if (csname)
+      pEncoding.Append(csname);
+    pEncoding.Append(imapTerms);
+  }
+  PR_FREEIF(csname);
+  return err;
+}
+
+
+nsresult 
+nsMsgSearchValidityManager::InitOfflineMailTable()
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(!m_offlineMailTable, "offline mail table already initted");
+  nsresult rv = NewTable (getter_AddRefs(m_offlineMailTable));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender, nsMsgSearchOp::Contains, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender, nsMsgSearchOp::Contains, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender, nsMsgSearchOp::DoesntContain, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender, nsMsgSearchOp::DoesntContain, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender, nsMsgSearchOp::BeginsWith, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender, nsMsgSearchOp::BeginsWith, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender, nsMsgSearchOp::EndsWith, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender, nsMsgSearchOp::EndsWith, 1);
+  
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender, nsMsgSearchOp::IsInAB, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender, nsMsgSearchOp::IsInAB, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender, nsMsgSearchOp::IsntInAB, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender, nsMsgSearchOp::IsntInAB, 1);
+  
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::To, nsMsgSearchOp::Contains, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::To, nsMsgSearchOp::Contains, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::To, nsMsgSearchOp::DoesntContain, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::To, nsMsgSearchOp::DoesntContain, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::To, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::To, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::To, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::To, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::To, nsMsgSearchOp::BeginsWith, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::To, nsMsgSearchOp::BeginsWith, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::To, nsMsgSearchOp::EndsWith, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::To, nsMsgSearchOp::EndsWith, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::To, nsMsgSearchOp::IsInAB, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::To, nsMsgSearchOp::IsInAB, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::To, nsMsgSearchOp::IsntInAB, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::To, nsMsgSearchOp::IsntInAB, 1);
+
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::CC, nsMsgSearchOp::Contains, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::CC, nsMsgSearchOp::Contains, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::CC, nsMsgSearchOp::DoesntContain, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::CC, nsMsgSearchOp::DoesntContain, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::CC, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::CC, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::CC, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::CC, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::CC, nsMsgSearchOp::BeginsWith, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::CC, nsMsgSearchOp::BeginsWith, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::CC, nsMsgSearchOp::EndsWith, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::CC, nsMsgSearchOp::EndsWith, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::CC, nsMsgSearchOp::IsInAB, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::CC, nsMsgSearchOp::IsInAB, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::CC, nsMsgSearchOp::IsntInAB, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::CC, nsMsgSearchOp::IsntInAB, 1);
+
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::ToOrCC, nsMsgSearchOp::Contains, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::ToOrCC, nsMsgSearchOp::Contains, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::ToOrCC, nsMsgSearchOp::DoesntContain, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::ToOrCC, nsMsgSearchOp::DoesntContain, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::ToOrCC, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::ToOrCC, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::ToOrCC, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::ToOrCC, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::ToOrCC, nsMsgSearchOp::BeginsWith, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::ToOrCC, nsMsgSearchOp::BeginsWith, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::ToOrCC, nsMsgSearchOp::EndsWith, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::ToOrCC, nsMsgSearchOp::EndsWith, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::ToOrCC, nsMsgSearchOp::IsInAB, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::ToOrCC, nsMsgSearchOp::IsInAB, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::ToOrCC, nsMsgSearchOp::IsntInAB, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::ToOrCC, nsMsgSearchOp::IsntInAB, 1);
+
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::AllAddresses, nsMsgSearchOp::Contains, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::AllAddresses, nsMsgSearchOp::Contains, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::AllAddresses, nsMsgSearchOp::DoesntContain, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::AllAddresses, nsMsgSearchOp::DoesntContain, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::AllAddresses, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::AllAddresses, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::AllAddresses, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::AllAddresses, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::AllAddresses, nsMsgSearchOp::BeginsWith, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::AllAddresses, nsMsgSearchOp::BeginsWith, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::AllAddresses, nsMsgSearchOp::EndsWith, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::AllAddresses, nsMsgSearchOp::EndsWith, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::AllAddresses, nsMsgSearchOp::IsInAB, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::AllAddresses, nsMsgSearchOp::IsInAB, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::AllAddresses, nsMsgSearchOp::IsntInAB, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::AllAddresses, nsMsgSearchOp::IsntInAB, 1);
+
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Subject, nsMsgSearchOp::Contains, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Subject, nsMsgSearchOp::Contains, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Subject, nsMsgSearchOp::DoesntContain, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Subject, nsMsgSearchOp::DoesntContain, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Subject, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Subject, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Subject, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Subject, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Subject, nsMsgSearchOp::BeginsWith, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Subject, nsMsgSearchOp::BeginsWith, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Subject, nsMsgSearchOp::EndsWith, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Subject, nsMsgSearchOp::EndsWith, 1);
+  
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Body, nsMsgSearchOp::Contains, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Body, nsMsgSearchOp::Contains, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Body, nsMsgSearchOp::DoesntContain, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Body, nsMsgSearchOp::DoesntContain, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Body, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Body, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Body, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Body, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Date, nsMsgSearchOp::IsBefore, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Date, nsMsgSearchOp::IsBefore, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Date, nsMsgSearchOp::IsAfter, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Date, nsMsgSearchOp::IsAfter, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Date, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Date, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Date, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Date, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Priority, nsMsgSearchOp::IsHigherThan, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Priority, nsMsgSearchOp::IsHigherThan, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Priority, nsMsgSearchOp::IsLowerThan, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Priority, nsMsgSearchOp::IsLowerThan, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Priority, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Priority, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Priority, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Priority, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::MsgStatus, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::MsgStatus, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::MsgStatus, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::MsgStatus, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  
+  //      m_offlineMailTable->SetValidButNotShown (nsMsgSearchAttrib::AgeInDays, nsMsgSearchOp::IsHigherThan, 1);
+  //      m_offlineMailTable->SetValidButNotShown (nsMsgSearchAttrib::AgeInDays, nsMsgSearchOp::IsLowerThan,  1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::AgeInDays, nsMsgSearchOp::IsGreaterThan, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::AgeInDays, nsMsgSearchOp::IsGreaterThan, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::AgeInDays, nsMsgSearchOp::IsLessThan,  1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::AgeInDays, nsMsgSearchOp::IsLessThan, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::AgeInDays, nsMsgSearchOp::Is,  1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::AgeInDays, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::JunkStatus, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::JunkStatus, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::JunkStatus, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::JunkStatus, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::JunkStatus, nsMsgSearchOp::IsEmpty, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::JunkStatus, nsMsgSearchOp::IsEmpty, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::JunkStatus, nsMsgSearchOp::IsntEmpty, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::JunkStatus, nsMsgSearchOp::IsntEmpty, 1);
+  
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::JunkPercent, nsMsgSearchOp::IsGreaterThan, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::JunkPercent, nsMsgSearchOp::IsGreaterThan, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::JunkPercent, nsMsgSearchOp::IsLessThan, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::JunkPercent, nsMsgSearchOp::IsLessThan, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::JunkPercent, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::JunkPercent, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::JunkScoreOrigin, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::JunkScoreOrigin, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::JunkScoreOrigin, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::JunkScoreOrigin, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::HasAttachmentStatus, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::HasAttachmentStatus, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::HasAttachmentStatus, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::HasAttachmentStatus, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Size, nsMsgSearchOp::IsGreaterThan, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Size, nsMsgSearchOp::IsGreaterThan, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Size, nsMsgSearchOp::IsLessThan, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Size, nsMsgSearchOp::IsLessThan, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Size, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Size, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::OtherHeader, nsMsgSearchOp::Contains, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::OtherHeader, nsMsgSearchOp::Contains, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::OtherHeader, nsMsgSearchOp::DoesntContain, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::OtherHeader, nsMsgSearchOp::DoesntContain, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::OtherHeader, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::OtherHeader, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::OtherHeader, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::OtherHeader, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::OtherHeader, nsMsgSearchOp::BeginsWith, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::OtherHeader, nsMsgSearchOp::BeginsWith, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::OtherHeader, nsMsgSearchOp::EndsWith, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::OtherHeader, nsMsgSearchOp::EndsWith, 1);
+
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Keywords, nsMsgSearchOp::Contains, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Keywords, nsMsgSearchOp::Contains, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Keywords, nsMsgSearchOp::DoesntContain, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Keywords, nsMsgSearchOp::DoesntContain, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Keywords, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Keywords, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Keywords, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Keywords, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Keywords, nsMsgSearchOp::IsEmpty, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Keywords, nsMsgSearchOp::IsEmpty, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Keywords, nsMsgSearchOp::IsntEmpty, 1);
+  m_offlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Keywords, nsMsgSearchOp::IsntEmpty, 1);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+
+nsresult 
+nsMsgSearchValidityManager::InitOnlineMailTable()
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(!m_onlineMailTable, "Online mail table already initted!");
+  nsresult rv = NewTable (getter_AddRefs(m_onlineMailTable));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  m_onlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender, nsMsgSearchOp::Contains, 1);
+  m_onlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender, nsMsgSearchOp::Contains, 1);
+  m_onlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender, nsMsgSearchOp::DoesntContain, 1);
+  m_onlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender, nsMsgSearchOp::DoesntContain, 1);
+  
+  m_onlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::To, nsMsgSearchOp::Contains, 1);
+  m_onlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::To, nsMsgSearchOp::Contains, 1);
+  m_onlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::To, nsMsgSearchOp::DoesntContain, 1);
+  m_onlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::To, nsMsgSearchOp::DoesntContain, 1);
+  
+  m_onlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::CC, nsMsgSearchOp::Contains, 1);
+  m_onlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::CC, nsMsgSearchOp::Contains, 1);
+  m_onlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::CC, nsMsgSearchOp::DoesntContain, 1);
+  m_onlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::CC, nsMsgSearchOp::DoesntContain, 1);
+  
+  m_onlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::ToOrCC, nsMsgSearchOp::Contains, 1);
+  m_onlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::ToOrCC, nsMsgSearchOp::Contains, 1);
+  m_onlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::ToOrCC, nsMsgSearchOp::DoesntContain, 1);
+  m_onlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::ToOrCC, nsMsgSearchOp::DoesntContain, 1);
+  
+  m_onlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Subject, nsMsgSearchOp::Contains, 1);
+  m_onlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Subject, nsMsgSearchOp::Contains, 1);
+  m_onlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Subject, nsMsgSearchOp::DoesntContain, 1);
+  m_onlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Subject, nsMsgSearchOp::DoesntContain, 1);
+  
+  m_onlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Body, nsMsgSearchOp::Contains, 1);
+  m_onlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Body, nsMsgSearchOp::Contains, 1);
+  m_onlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Body, nsMsgSearchOp::DoesntContain, 1);
+  m_onlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Body, nsMsgSearchOp::DoesntContain, 1);
+  
+  m_onlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Date, nsMsgSearchOp::IsBefore, 1);
+  m_onlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Date, nsMsgSearchOp::IsBefore, 1);
+  m_onlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Date, nsMsgSearchOp::IsAfter, 1);
+  m_onlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Date, nsMsgSearchOp::IsAfter, 1);
+  m_onlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Date, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_onlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Date, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_onlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Date, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  m_onlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Date, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  
+  m_onlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::MsgStatus, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_onlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::MsgStatus, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_onlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::MsgStatus, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  m_onlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::MsgStatus, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  
+  m_onlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::AgeInDays, nsMsgSearchOp::IsGreaterThan, 1);
+  m_onlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::AgeInDays, nsMsgSearchOp::IsGreaterThan, 1);
+  m_onlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::AgeInDays, nsMsgSearchOp::IsLessThan,  1);
+  m_onlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::AgeInDays, nsMsgSearchOp::IsLessThan, 1);
+  m_onlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::AgeInDays, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_onlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::AgeInDays, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  
+  m_onlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Size, nsMsgSearchOp::IsGreaterThan, 1);
+  m_onlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Size, nsMsgSearchOp::IsGreaterThan, 1);
+  m_onlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Size, nsMsgSearchOp::IsLessThan, 1);
+  m_onlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Size, nsMsgSearchOp::IsLessThan, 1);
+
+  m_onlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Keywords, nsMsgSearchOp::Contains, 1);
+  m_onlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Keywords, nsMsgSearchOp::Contains, 1);
+  m_onlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Keywords, nsMsgSearchOp::DoesntContain, 1);
+  m_onlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Keywords, nsMsgSearchOp::DoesntContain, 1);
+
+  m_onlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::OtherHeader, nsMsgSearchOp::Contains, 1);
+  m_onlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::OtherHeader, nsMsgSearchOp::Contains, 1);
+  m_onlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::OtherHeader, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_onlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::OtherHeader, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_onlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::OtherHeader, nsMsgSearchOp::BeginsWith, 1);
+  m_onlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::OtherHeader, nsMsgSearchOp::BeginsWith, 1);
+  m_onlineMailTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::OtherHeader, nsMsgSearchOp::EndsWith, 1);
+  m_onlineMailTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::OtherHeader, nsMsgSearchOp::EndsWith, 1);
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult 
+nsMsgSearchValidityManager::InitOnlineMailFilterTable()
+{
+  // Oh what a tangled web...
+  //
+  // IMAP filtering happens on the client, fundamentally using the same
+  // capabilities as POP filtering. However, since we don't yet have the 
+  // IMAP message body, we can't filter on body attributes. So this table
+  // is supposed to be the same as offline mail, except that the body 
+  // attribute is omitted  
+  NS_ASSERTION(!m_onlineMailFilterTable, "online filter table already initted");
+  nsresult rv = NewTable (getter_AddRefs(m_onlineMailFilterTable));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender, nsMsgSearchOp::Contains, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender, nsMsgSearchOp::Contains, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender, nsMsgSearchOp::DoesntContain, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender, nsMsgSearchOp::DoesntContain, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender, nsMsgSearchOp::BeginsWith, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender, nsMsgSearchOp::BeginsWith, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender, nsMsgSearchOp::EndsWith, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender, nsMsgSearchOp::EndsWith, 1);
+  
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender, nsMsgSearchOp::IsInAB, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender, nsMsgSearchOp::IsInAB, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender, nsMsgSearchOp::IsntInAB, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender, nsMsgSearchOp::IsntInAB, 1);
+  
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::To, nsMsgSearchOp::Contains, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::To, nsMsgSearchOp::Contains, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::To, nsMsgSearchOp::DoesntContain, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::To, nsMsgSearchOp::DoesntContain, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::To, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::To, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::To, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::To, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::To, nsMsgSearchOp::BeginsWith, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::To, nsMsgSearchOp::BeginsWith, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::To, nsMsgSearchOp::EndsWith, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::To, nsMsgSearchOp::EndsWith, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::To, nsMsgSearchOp::IsInAB, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::To, nsMsgSearchOp::IsInAB, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::To, nsMsgSearchOp::IsntInAB, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::To, nsMsgSearchOp::IsntInAB, 1);
+  
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::CC, nsMsgSearchOp::Contains, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::CC, nsMsgSearchOp::Contains, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::CC, nsMsgSearchOp::DoesntContain, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::CC, nsMsgSearchOp::DoesntContain, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::CC, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::CC, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::CC, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::CC, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::CC, nsMsgSearchOp::BeginsWith, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::CC, nsMsgSearchOp::BeginsWith, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::CC, nsMsgSearchOp::EndsWith, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::CC, nsMsgSearchOp::EndsWith, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::CC, nsMsgSearchOp::IsInAB, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::CC, nsMsgSearchOp::IsInAB, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::CC, nsMsgSearchOp::IsntInAB, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::CC, nsMsgSearchOp::IsntInAB, 1);
+  
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::ToOrCC, nsMsgSearchOp::Contains, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::ToOrCC, nsMsgSearchOp::Contains, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::ToOrCC, nsMsgSearchOp::DoesntContain, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::ToOrCC, nsMsgSearchOp::DoesntContain, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::ToOrCC, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::ToOrCC, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::ToOrCC, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::ToOrCC, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::ToOrCC, nsMsgSearchOp::BeginsWith, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::ToOrCC, nsMsgSearchOp::BeginsWith, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::ToOrCC, nsMsgSearchOp::EndsWith, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::ToOrCC, nsMsgSearchOp::EndsWith, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::ToOrCC, nsMsgSearchOp::IsInAB, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::ToOrCC, nsMsgSearchOp::IsInAB, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::ToOrCC, nsMsgSearchOp::IsntInAB, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::ToOrCC, nsMsgSearchOp::IsntInAB, 1);
+
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::AllAddresses, nsMsgSearchOp::Contains, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::AllAddresses, nsMsgSearchOp::Contains, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::AllAddresses, nsMsgSearchOp::DoesntContain, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::AllAddresses, nsMsgSearchOp::DoesntContain, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::AllAddresses, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::AllAddresses, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::AllAddresses, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::AllAddresses, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::AllAddresses, nsMsgSearchOp::BeginsWith, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::AllAddresses, nsMsgSearchOp::BeginsWith, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::AllAddresses, nsMsgSearchOp::EndsWith, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::AllAddresses, nsMsgSearchOp::EndsWith, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::AllAddresses, nsMsgSearchOp::IsInAB, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::AllAddresses, nsMsgSearchOp::IsInAB, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::AllAddresses, nsMsgSearchOp::IsntInAB, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::AllAddresses, nsMsgSearchOp::IsntInAB, 1);
+
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Subject, nsMsgSearchOp::Contains, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Subject, nsMsgSearchOp::Contains, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Subject, nsMsgSearchOp::DoesntContain, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Subject, nsMsgSearchOp::DoesntContain, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Subject, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Subject, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Subject, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Subject, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Subject, nsMsgSearchOp::BeginsWith, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Subject, nsMsgSearchOp::BeginsWith, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Subject, nsMsgSearchOp::EndsWith, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Subject, nsMsgSearchOp::EndsWith, 1);
+  
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Date, nsMsgSearchOp::IsBefore, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Date, nsMsgSearchOp::IsBefore, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Date, nsMsgSearchOp::IsAfter, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Date, nsMsgSearchOp::IsAfter, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Date, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Date, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Date, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Date, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Priority, nsMsgSearchOp::IsHigherThan, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Priority, nsMsgSearchOp::IsHigherThan, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Priority, nsMsgSearchOp::IsLowerThan, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Priority, nsMsgSearchOp::IsLowerThan, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Priority, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Priority, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Priority, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Priority, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::MsgStatus, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::MsgStatus, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::MsgStatus, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::MsgStatus, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::AgeInDays, nsMsgSearchOp::IsGreaterThan, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::AgeInDays, nsMsgSearchOp::IsGreaterThan, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::AgeInDays, nsMsgSearchOp::IsLessThan,  1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::AgeInDays, nsMsgSearchOp::IsLessThan, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::AgeInDays, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::AgeInDays, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Size, nsMsgSearchOp::IsGreaterThan, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Size, nsMsgSearchOp::IsGreaterThan, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Size, nsMsgSearchOp::IsLessThan, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Size, nsMsgSearchOp::IsLessThan, 1);
+
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Keywords, nsMsgSearchOp::Contains, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Keywords, nsMsgSearchOp::Contains, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Keywords, nsMsgSearchOp::DoesntContain, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Keywords, nsMsgSearchOp::DoesntContain, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Keywords, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Keywords, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Keywords, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Keywords, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Keywords, nsMsgSearchOp::IsEmpty, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Keywords, nsMsgSearchOp::IsEmpty, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Keywords, nsMsgSearchOp::IsntEmpty, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Keywords, nsMsgSearchOp::IsntEmpty, 1);
+
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::OtherHeader, nsMsgSearchOp::Contains, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::OtherHeader, nsMsgSearchOp::Contains, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::OtherHeader, nsMsgSearchOp::DoesntContain, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::OtherHeader, nsMsgSearchOp::DoesntContain, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::OtherHeader, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::OtherHeader, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::OtherHeader, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::OtherHeader, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::OtherHeader, nsMsgSearchOp::BeginsWith, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::OtherHeader, nsMsgSearchOp::BeginsWith, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::OtherHeader, nsMsgSearchOp::EndsWith, 1);
+  m_onlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::OtherHeader, nsMsgSearchOp::EndsWith, 1);
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult 
+nsMsgSearchValidityManager::InitOfflineMailFilterTable()
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(!m_offlineMailFilterTable, "offline mail filter table already initted");
+  nsresult rv = NewTable (getter_AddRefs(m_offlineMailFilterTable));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender, nsMsgSearchOp::Contains, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender, nsMsgSearchOp::Contains, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender, nsMsgSearchOp::DoesntContain, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender, nsMsgSearchOp::DoesntContain, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender, nsMsgSearchOp::BeginsWith, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender, nsMsgSearchOp::BeginsWith, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender, nsMsgSearchOp::EndsWith, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender, nsMsgSearchOp::EndsWith, 1);
+  
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender, nsMsgSearchOp::IsInAB, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender, nsMsgSearchOp::IsInAB, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender, nsMsgSearchOp::IsntInAB, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender, nsMsgSearchOp::IsntInAB, 1);
+  
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::To, nsMsgSearchOp::Contains, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::To, nsMsgSearchOp::Contains, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::To, nsMsgSearchOp::DoesntContain, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::To, nsMsgSearchOp::DoesntContain, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::To, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::To, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::To, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::To, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::To, nsMsgSearchOp::BeginsWith, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::To, nsMsgSearchOp::BeginsWith, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::To, nsMsgSearchOp::EndsWith, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::To, nsMsgSearchOp::EndsWith, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::To, nsMsgSearchOp::IsInAB, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::To, nsMsgSearchOp::IsInAB, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::To, nsMsgSearchOp::IsntInAB, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::To, nsMsgSearchOp::IsntInAB, 1);
+  
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::CC, nsMsgSearchOp::Contains, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::CC, nsMsgSearchOp::Contains, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::CC, nsMsgSearchOp::DoesntContain, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::CC, nsMsgSearchOp::DoesntContain, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::CC, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::CC, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::CC, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::CC, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::CC, nsMsgSearchOp::BeginsWith, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::CC, nsMsgSearchOp::BeginsWith, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::CC, nsMsgSearchOp::EndsWith, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::CC, nsMsgSearchOp::EndsWith, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::CC, nsMsgSearchOp::IsInAB, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::CC, nsMsgSearchOp::IsInAB, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::CC, nsMsgSearchOp::IsntInAB, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::CC, nsMsgSearchOp::IsntInAB, 1);
+  
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::ToOrCC, nsMsgSearchOp::Contains, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::ToOrCC, nsMsgSearchOp::Contains, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::ToOrCC, nsMsgSearchOp::DoesntContain, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::ToOrCC, nsMsgSearchOp::DoesntContain, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::ToOrCC, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::ToOrCC, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::ToOrCC, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::ToOrCC, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::ToOrCC, nsMsgSearchOp::BeginsWith, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::ToOrCC, nsMsgSearchOp::BeginsWith, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::ToOrCC, nsMsgSearchOp::EndsWith, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::ToOrCC, nsMsgSearchOp::EndsWith, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::ToOrCC, nsMsgSearchOp::IsInAB, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::ToOrCC, nsMsgSearchOp::IsInAB, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::ToOrCC, nsMsgSearchOp::IsntInAB, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::ToOrCC, nsMsgSearchOp::IsntInAB, 1);
+  
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::AllAddresses, nsMsgSearchOp::Contains, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::AllAddresses, nsMsgSearchOp::Contains, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::AllAddresses, nsMsgSearchOp::DoesntContain, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::AllAddresses, nsMsgSearchOp::DoesntContain, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::AllAddresses, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::AllAddresses, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::AllAddresses, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::AllAddresses, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::AllAddresses, nsMsgSearchOp::BeginsWith, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::AllAddresses, nsMsgSearchOp::BeginsWith, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::AllAddresses, nsMsgSearchOp::EndsWith, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::AllAddresses, nsMsgSearchOp::EndsWith, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::AllAddresses, nsMsgSearchOp::IsInAB, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::AllAddresses, nsMsgSearchOp::IsInAB, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::AllAddresses, nsMsgSearchOp::IsntInAB, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::AllAddresses, nsMsgSearchOp::IsntInAB, 1);
+  
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Subject, nsMsgSearchOp::Contains, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Subject, nsMsgSearchOp::Contains, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Subject, nsMsgSearchOp::DoesntContain, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Subject, nsMsgSearchOp::DoesntContain, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Subject, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Subject, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Subject, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Subject, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Subject, nsMsgSearchOp::BeginsWith, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Subject, nsMsgSearchOp::BeginsWith, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Subject, nsMsgSearchOp::EndsWith, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Subject, nsMsgSearchOp::EndsWith, 1);
+  
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Body, nsMsgSearchOp::Contains, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Body, nsMsgSearchOp::Contains, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Body, nsMsgSearchOp::DoesntContain, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Body, nsMsgSearchOp::DoesntContain, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Body, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Body, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Body, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Body, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Date, nsMsgSearchOp::IsBefore, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Date, nsMsgSearchOp::IsBefore, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Date, nsMsgSearchOp::IsAfter, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Date, nsMsgSearchOp::IsAfter, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Date, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Date, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Date, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Date, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Priority, nsMsgSearchOp::IsHigherThan, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Priority, nsMsgSearchOp::IsHigherThan, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Priority, nsMsgSearchOp::IsLowerThan, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Priority, nsMsgSearchOp::IsLowerThan, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Priority, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Priority, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Priority, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Priority, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::MsgStatus, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::MsgStatus, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::MsgStatus, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::MsgStatus, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::AgeInDays, nsMsgSearchOp::IsGreaterThan, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::AgeInDays, nsMsgSearchOp::IsGreaterThan, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::AgeInDays, nsMsgSearchOp::IsLessThan,  1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::AgeInDays, nsMsgSearchOp::IsLessThan, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::AgeInDays, nsMsgSearchOp::Is,  1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::AgeInDays, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+
+  // junk status and attachment status not available for offline mail (POP) filters
+  // because we won't know those until after the message has been analyzed.
+  // see bug #185937
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Size, nsMsgSearchOp::IsGreaterThan, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Size, nsMsgSearchOp::IsGreaterThan, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Size, nsMsgSearchOp::IsLessThan, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Size, nsMsgSearchOp::IsLessThan, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Size, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Size, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Keywords, nsMsgSearchOp::Contains, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Keywords, nsMsgSearchOp::Contains, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Keywords, nsMsgSearchOp::DoesntContain, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Keywords, nsMsgSearchOp::DoesntContain, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Keywords, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Keywords, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Keywords, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Keywords, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Keywords, nsMsgSearchOp::IsEmpty, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Keywords, nsMsgSearchOp::IsEmpty, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Keywords, nsMsgSearchOp::IsntEmpty, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Keywords, nsMsgSearchOp::IsntEmpty, 1);
+
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::OtherHeader, nsMsgSearchOp::Contains, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::OtherHeader, nsMsgSearchOp::Contains, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::OtherHeader, nsMsgSearchOp::DoesntContain, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::OtherHeader, nsMsgSearchOp::DoesntContain, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::OtherHeader, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::OtherHeader, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::OtherHeader, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::OtherHeader, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::OtherHeader, nsMsgSearchOp::BeginsWith, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::OtherHeader, nsMsgSearchOp::BeginsWith, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::OtherHeader, nsMsgSearchOp::EndsWith, 1);
+  m_offlineMailFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::OtherHeader, nsMsgSearchOp::EndsWith, 1);
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+// Online Manual is used for IMAP and NEWS, where at manual
+// filtering we have junk info, but cannot assure that the
+// body is available.
+nsresult
+nsMsgSearchValidityManager::InitOnlineManualFilterTable()
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(!m_onlineManualFilterTable, "online manual filter table already initted");
+  nsresult rv = NewTable(getter_AddRefs(m_onlineManualFilterTable));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetAvailable(nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender, nsMsgSearchOp::Contains, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetEnabled(nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender, nsMsgSearchOp::Contains, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetAvailable(nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender, nsMsgSearchOp::DoesntContain, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetEnabled(nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender, nsMsgSearchOp::DoesntContain, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetAvailable(nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetEnabled(nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetAvailable(nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetEnabled(nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetAvailable(nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender, nsMsgSearchOp::BeginsWith, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetEnabled(nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender, nsMsgSearchOp::BeginsWith, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetAvailable(nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender, nsMsgSearchOp::EndsWith, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetEnabled(nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender, nsMsgSearchOp::EndsWith, 1);
+
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetAvailable(nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender, nsMsgSearchOp::IsInAB, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetEnabled(nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender, nsMsgSearchOp::IsInAB, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetAvailable(nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender, nsMsgSearchOp::IsntInAB, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetEnabled(nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender, nsMsgSearchOp::IsntInAB, 1);
+
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetAvailable(nsMsgSearchAttrib::To, nsMsgSearchOp::Contains, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetEnabled(nsMsgSearchAttrib::To, nsMsgSearchOp::Contains, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetAvailable(nsMsgSearchAttrib::To, nsMsgSearchOp::DoesntContain, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetEnabled(nsMsgSearchAttrib::To, nsMsgSearchOp::DoesntContain, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetAvailable(nsMsgSearchAttrib::To, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetEnabled(nsMsgSearchAttrib::To, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetAvailable(nsMsgSearchAttrib::To, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetEnabled(nsMsgSearchAttrib::To, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetAvailable(nsMsgSearchAttrib::To, nsMsgSearchOp::BeginsWith, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetEnabled(nsMsgSearchAttrib::To, nsMsgSearchOp::BeginsWith, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetAvailable(nsMsgSearchAttrib::To, nsMsgSearchOp::EndsWith, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetEnabled(nsMsgSearchAttrib::To, nsMsgSearchOp::EndsWith, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetAvailable(nsMsgSearchAttrib::To, nsMsgSearchOp::IsInAB, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetEnabled(nsMsgSearchAttrib::To, nsMsgSearchOp::IsInAB, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetAvailable(nsMsgSearchAttrib::To, nsMsgSearchOp::IsntInAB, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetEnabled(nsMsgSearchAttrib::To, nsMsgSearchOp::IsntInAB, 1);
+
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetAvailable(nsMsgSearchAttrib::CC, nsMsgSearchOp::Contains, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetEnabled(nsMsgSearchAttrib::CC, nsMsgSearchOp::Contains, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetAvailable(nsMsgSearchAttrib::CC, nsMsgSearchOp::DoesntContain, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetEnabled(nsMsgSearchAttrib::CC, nsMsgSearchOp::DoesntContain, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetAvailable(nsMsgSearchAttrib::CC, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetEnabled(nsMsgSearchAttrib::CC, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetAvailable(nsMsgSearchAttrib::CC, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetEnabled(nsMsgSearchAttrib::CC, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetAvailable(nsMsgSearchAttrib::CC, nsMsgSearchOp::BeginsWith, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetEnabled(nsMsgSearchAttrib::CC, nsMsgSearchOp::BeginsWith, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetAvailable(nsMsgSearchAttrib::CC, nsMsgSearchOp::EndsWith, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetEnabled(nsMsgSearchAttrib::CC, nsMsgSearchOp::EndsWith, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetAvailable(nsMsgSearchAttrib::CC, nsMsgSearchOp::IsInAB, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetEnabled(nsMsgSearchAttrib::CC, nsMsgSearchOp::IsInAB, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetAvailable(nsMsgSearchAttrib::CC, nsMsgSearchOp::IsntInAB, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetEnabled(nsMsgSearchAttrib::CC, nsMsgSearchOp::IsntInAB, 1);
+
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetAvailable(nsMsgSearchAttrib::ToOrCC, nsMsgSearchOp::Contains, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetEnabled(nsMsgSearchAttrib::ToOrCC, nsMsgSearchOp::Contains, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetAvailable(nsMsgSearchAttrib::ToOrCC, nsMsgSearchOp::DoesntContain, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetEnabled(nsMsgSearchAttrib::ToOrCC, nsMsgSearchOp::DoesntContain, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetAvailable(nsMsgSearchAttrib::ToOrCC, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetEnabled(nsMsgSearchAttrib::ToOrCC, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetAvailable(nsMsgSearchAttrib::ToOrCC, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetEnabled(nsMsgSearchAttrib::ToOrCC, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetAvailable(nsMsgSearchAttrib::ToOrCC, nsMsgSearchOp::BeginsWith, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetEnabled(nsMsgSearchAttrib::ToOrCC, nsMsgSearchOp::BeginsWith, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetAvailable(nsMsgSearchAttrib::ToOrCC, nsMsgSearchOp::EndsWith, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetEnabled(nsMsgSearchAttrib::ToOrCC, nsMsgSearchOp::EndsWith, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetAvailable(nsMsgSearchAttrib::ToOrCC, nsMsgSearchOp::IsInAB, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetEnabled(nsMsgSearchAttrib::ToOrCC, nsMsgSearchOp::IsInAB, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetAvailable(nsMsgSearchAttrib::ToOrCC, nsMsgSearchOp::IsntInAB, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetEnabled(nsMsgSearchAttrib::ToOrCC, nsMsgSearchOp::IsntInAB, 1);
+
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetAvailable(nsMsgSearchAttrib::AllAddresses, nsMsgSearchOp::Contains, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetEnabled(nsMsgSearchAttrib::AllAddresses, nsMsgSearchOp::Contains, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetAvailable(nsMsgSearchAttrib::AllAddresses, nsMsgSearchOp::DoesntContain, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetEnabled(nsMsgSearchAttrib::AllAddresses, nsMsgSearchOp::DoesntContain, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetAvailable(nsMsgSearchAttrib::AllAddresses, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetEnabled(nsMsgSearchAttrib::AllAddresses, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetAvailable(nsMsgSearchAttrib::AllAddresses, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetEnabled(nsMsgSearchAttrib::AllAddresses, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetAvailable(nsMsgSearchAttrib::AllAddresses, nsMsgSearchOp::BeginsWith, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetEnabled(nsMsgSearchAttrib::AllAddresses, nsMsgSearchOp::BeginsWith, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetAvailable(nsMsgSearchAttrib::AllAddresses, nsMsgSearchOp::EndsWith, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetEnabled(nsMsgSearchAttrib::AllAddresses, nsMsgSearchOp::EndsWith, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetAvailable(nsMsgSearchAttrib::AllAddresses, nsMsgSearchOp::IsInAB, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetEnabled(nsMsgSearchAttrib::AllAddresses, nsMsgSearchOp::IsInAB, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetAvailable(nsMsgSearchAttrib::AllAddresses, nsMsgSearchOp::IsntInAB, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetEnabled(nsMsgSearchAttrib::AllAddresses, nsMsgSearchOp::IsntInAB, 1);
+
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetAvailable(nsMsgSearchAttrib::Subject, nsMsgSearchOp::Contains, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetEnabled(nsMsgSearchAttrib::Subject, nsMsgSearchOp::Contains, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetAvailable(nsMsgSearchAttrib::Subject, nsMsgSearchOp::DoesntContain, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetEnabled(nsMsgSearchAttrib::Subject, nsMsgSearchOp::DoesntContain, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetAvailable(nsMsgSearchAttrib::Subject, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetEnabled(nsMsgSearchAttrib::Subject, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetAvailable(nsMsgSearchAttrib::Subject, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetEnabled(nsMsgSearchAttrib::Subject, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetAvailable(nsMsgSearchAttrib::Subject, nsMsgSearchOp::BeginsWith, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetEnabled(nsMsgSearchAttrib::Subject, nsMsgSearchOp::BeginsWith, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetAvailable(nsMsgSearchAttrib::Subject, nsMsgSearchOp::EndsWith, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetEnabled(nsMsgSearchAttrib::Subject, nsMsgSearchOp::EndsWith, 1);
+
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetAvailable(nsMsgSearchAttrib::Date, nsMsgSearchOp::IsBefore, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetEnabled(nsMsgSearchAttrib::Date, nsMsgSearchOp::IsBefore, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetAvailable(nsMsgSearchAttrib::Date, nsMsgSearchOp::IsAfter, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetEnabled(nsMsgSearchAttrib::Date, nsMsgSearchOp::IsAfter, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetAvailable(nsMsgSearchAttrib::Date, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetEnabled(nsMsgSearchAttrib::Date, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetAvailable(nsMsgSearchAttrib::Date, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetEnabled(nsMsgSearchAttrib::Date, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetAvailable(nsMsgSearchAttrib::Priority, nsMsgSearchOp::IsHigherThan, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetEnabled(nsMsgSearchAttrib::Priority, nsMsgSearchOp::IsHigherThan, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetAvailable(nsMsgSearchAttrib::Priority, nsMsgSearchOp::IsLowerThan, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetEnabled(nsMsgSearchAttrib::Priority, nsMsgSearchOp::IsLowerThan, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetAvailable(nsMsgSearchAttrib::Priority, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetEnabled(nsMsgSearchAttrib::Priority, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetAvailable(nsMsgSearchAttrib::Priority, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetEnabled(nsMsgSearchAttrib::Priority, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetAvailable(nsMsgSearchAttrib::MsgStatus, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetEnabled(nsMsgSearchAttrib::MsgStatus, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetAvailable(nsMsgSearchAttrib::MsgStatus, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetEnabled(nsMsgSearchAttrib::MsgStatus, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetAvailable(nsMsgSearchAttrib::AgeInDays, nsMsgSearchOp::IsGreaterThan, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetEnabled(nsMsgSearchAttrib::AgeInDays, nsMsgSearchOp::IsGreaterThan, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetAvailable(nsMsgSearchAttrib::AgeInDays, nsMsgSearchOp::IsLessThan,  1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetEnabled(nsMsgSearchAttrib::AgeInDays, nsMsgSearchOp::IsLessThan, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetAvailable(nsMsgSearchAttrib::AgeInDays, nsMsgSearchOp::Is,  1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetEnabled(nsMsgSearchAttrib::AgeInDays, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetAvailable(nsMsgSearchAttrib::JunkStatus, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetEnabled(nsMsgSearchAttrib::JunkStatus, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetAvailable(nsMsgSearchAttrib::JunkStatus, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetEnabled(nsMsgSearchAttrib::JunkStatus, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetAvailable(nsMsgSearchAttrib::JunkStatus, nsMsgSearchOp::IsEmpty, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetEnabled(nsMsgSearchAttrib::JunkStatus, nsMsgSearchOp::IsEmpty, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetAvailable(nsMsgSearchAttrib::JunkStatus, nsMsgSearchOp::IsntEmpty, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetEnabled(nsMsgSearchAttrib::JunkStatus, nsMsgSearchOp::IsntEmpty, 1);
+
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetAvailable(nsMsgSearchAttrib::JunkPercent, nsMsgSearchOp::IsGreaterThan, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetEnabled(nsMsgSearchAttrib::JunkPercent, nsMsgSearchOp::IsGreaterThan, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetAvailable(nsMsgSearchAttrib::JunkPercent, nsMsgSearchOp::IsLessThan, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetEnabled(nsMsgSearchAttrib::JunkPercent, nsMsgSearchOp::IsLessThan, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetAvailable(nsMsgSearchAttrib::JunkPercent, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetEnabled(nsMsgSearchAttrib::JunkPercent, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetAvailable(nsMsgSearchAttrib::JunkScoreOrigin, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetEnabled(nsMsgSearchAttrib::JunkScoreOrigin, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetAvailable(nsMsgSearchAttrib::JunkScoreOrigin, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetEnabled(nsMsgSearchAttrib::JunkScoreOrigin, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+
+  // HasAttachmentStatus does not work reliably until the user has opened a
+  // message to force it through MIME. We need a solution for this (bug 105169)
+  // but in the meantime, I'm doing the same thing here that we do in the
+  // offline mail table, as this does not really depend at the moment on
+  // whether we have downloaded the body for offline use.
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::HasAttachmentStatus, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::HasAttachmentStatus, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::HasAttachmentStatus, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::HasAttachmentStatus, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetAvailable(nsMsgSearchAttrib::Size, nsMsgSearchOp::IsGreaterThan, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetEnabled(nsMsgSearchAttrib::Size, nsMsgSearchOp::IsGreaterThan, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetAvailable(nsMsgSearchAttrib::Size, nsMsgSearchOp::IsLessThan, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetEnabled(nsMsgSearchAttrib::Size, nsMsgSearchOp::IsLessThan, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetAvailable(nsMsgSearchAttrib::Size, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetEnabled(nsMsgSearchAttrib::Size, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetAvailable(nsMsgSearchAttrib::Keywords, nsMsgSearchOp::Contains, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetEnabled(nsMsgSearchAttrib::Keywords, nsMsgSearchOp::Contains, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetAvailable(nsMsgSearchAttrib::Keywords, nsMsgSearchOp::DoesntContain, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetEnabled(nsMsgSearchAttrib::Keywords, nsMsgSearchOp::DoesntContain, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetAvailable(nsMsgSearchAttrib::Keywords, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetEnabled(nsMsgSearchAttrib::Keywords, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetAvailable(nsMsgSearchAttrib::Keywords, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetEnabled(nsMsgSearchAttrib::Keywords, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetAvailable(nsMsgSearchAttrib::Keywords, nsMsgSearchOp::IsEmpty, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetEnabled(nsMsgSearchAttrib::Keywords, nsMsgSearchOp::IsEmpty, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetAvailable(nsMsgSearchAttrib::Keywords, nsMsgSearchOp::IsntEmpty, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetEnabled(nsMsgSearchAttrib::Keywords, nsMsgSearchOp::IsntEmpty, 1);
+
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetAvailable(nsMsgSearchAttrib::OtherHeader, nsMsgSearchOp::Contains, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetEnabled(nsMsgSearchAttrib::OtherHeader, nsMsgSearchOp::Contains, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetAvailable(nsMsgSearchAttrib::OtherHeader, nsMsgSearchOp::DoesntContain, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetEnabled(nsMsgSearchAttrib::OtherHeader, nsMsgSearchOp::DoesntContain, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetAvailable(nsMsgSearchAttrib::OtherHeader, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetEnabled(nsMsgSearchAttrib::OtherHeader, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetAvailable(nsMsgSearchAttrib::OtherHeader, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetEnabled(nsMsgSearchAttrib::OtherHeader, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetAvailable(nsMsgSearchAttrib::OtherHeader, nsMsgSearchOp::BeginsWith, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetEnabled(nsMsgSearchAttrib::OtherHeader, nsMsgSearchOp::BeginsWith, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetAvailable(nsMsgSearchAttrib::OtherHeader, nsMsgSearchOp::EndsWith, 1);
+  m_onlineManualFilterTable->SetEnabled(nsMsgSearchAttrib::OtherHeader, nsMsgSearchOp::EndsWith, 1);
+
+  return rv;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/search/src/nsMsgLocalSearch.cpp b/mailnews/base/search/src/nsMsgLocalSearch.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3ce510b6d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/search/src/nsMsgLocalSearch.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1022 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+// Implementation of db search for POP and offline IMAP mail folders
+
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "nsIMsgDatabase.h"
+#include "nsMsgSearchCore.h"
+#include "nsMsgLocalSearch.h"
+#include "nsIStreamListener.h"
+#include "nsMsgSearchBoolExpression.h"
+#include "nsMsgSearchTerm.h"
+#include "nsMsgResultElement.h"
+#include "nsIDBFolderInfo.h"
+// Disable deprecation warnings generated by nsISupportsArray and associated
+// classes.
+#if defined(__GNUC__)
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wdeprecated-declarations"
+#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
+#pragma warning (disable : 4996)
+#endif
+#include "nsISupportsArray.h"
+#include "nsMsgBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsMsgSearchValue.h"
+#include "nsIMsgLocalMailFolder.h"
+#include "nsIMsgWindow.h"
+#include "nsIMsgHdr.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFilterPlugin.h"
+#include "nsMsgMessageFlags.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolder.h"
+
+extern "C"
+{
+    extern int MK_MSG_SEARCH_STATUS;
+    extern int MK_MSG_CANT_SEARCH_IF_NO_SUMMARY;
+    extern int MK_MSG_SEARCH_HITS_NOT_IN_DB;
+}
+
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Class definitions for the boolean expression structure....
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+nsMsgSearchBoolExpression * nsMsgSearchBoolExpression::AddSearchTerm(nsMsgSearchBoolExpression * aOrigExpr, nsIMsgSearchTerm * aNewTerm, char * aEncodingStr)
+// appropriately add the search term to the current expression and return a pointer to the
+// new expression. The encodingStr is the IMAP/NNTP encoding string for newTerm.
+{
+    return aOrigExpr->leftToRightAddTerm(aNewTerm, aEncodingStr);
+}
+
+nsMsgSearchBoolExpression * nsMsgSearchBoolExpression::AddExpressionTree(nsMsgSearchBoolExpression * aOrigExpr, nsMsgSearchBoolExpression * aExpression, bool aBoolOp)
+{
+  if (!aOrigExpr->m_term && !aOrigExpr->m_leftChild && !aOrigExpr->m_rightChild)
+  {
+      // just use the original expression tree...
+      // delete the original since we have a new original to use
+      delete aOrigExpr;
+      return aExpression;
+  }
+
+  nsMsgSearchBoolExpression * newExpr = new nsMsgSearchBoolExpression (aOrigExpr, aExpression, aBoolOp);
+  return (newExpr) ? newExpr : aOrigExpr;
+}
+
+nsMsgSearchBoolExpression::nsMsgSearchBoolExpression()
+{
+    m_term = nullptr;
+    m_boolOp = nsMsgSearchBooleanOp::BooleanAND;
+    m_leftChild = nullptr;
+    m_rightChild = nullptr;
+}
+
+nsMsgSearchBoolExpression::nsMsgSearchBoolExpression (nsIMsgSearchTerm * newTerm, char * encodingStr)
+// we are creating an expression which contains a single search term (newTerm)
+// and the search term's IMAP or NNTP encoding value for online search expressions AND
+// a boolean evaluation value which is used for offline search expressions.
+{
+    m_term = newTerm;
+    m_encodingStr = encodingStr;
+    m_boolOp = nsMsgSearchBooleanOp::BooleanAND;
+
+    // this expression does not contain sub expressions
+    m_leftChild = nullptr;
+    m_rightChild = nullptr;
+}
+
+
+nsMsgSearchBoolExpression::nsMsgSearchBoolExpression (nsMsgSearchBoolExpression * expr1, nsMsgSearchBoolExpression * expr2, nsMsgSearchBooleanOperator boolOp)
+// we are creating an expression which contains two sub expressions and a boolean operator used to combine
+// them.
+{
+    m_leftChild = expr1;
+    m_rightChild = expr2;
+    m_boolOp = boolOp;
+
+    m_term = nullptr;
+}
+
+nsMsgSearchBoolExpression::~nsMsgSearchBoolExpression()
+{
+  // we must recursively destroy all sub expressions before we destroy ourself.....We leave search terms alone!
+  delete m_leftChild;
+  delete m_rightChild;
+}
+
+nsMsgSearchBoolExpression *
+nsMsgSearchBoolExpression::leftToRightAddTerm(nsIMsgSearchTerm * newTerm, char * encodingStr)
+{
+    // we have a base case where this is the first term being added to the expression:
+    if (!m_term && !m_leftChild && !m_rightChild)
+    {
+        m_term = newTerm;
+        m_encodingStr = encodingStr;
+        return this;
+    }
+
+    nsMsgSearchBoolExpression * tempExpr = new nsMsgSearchBoolExpression (newTerm,encodingStr);
+    if (tempExpr)  // make sure creation succeeded
+    {
+      bool booleanAnd;
+      newTerm->GetBooleanAnd(&booleanAnd);
+      nsMsgSearchBoolExpression * newExpr = new nsMsgSearchBoolExpression (this, tempExpr, booleanAnd);
+      if (newExpr)
+         return newExpr;
+      else
+         delete tempExpr;    // clean up memory allocation in case of failure
+    }
+    return this;   // in case we failed to create a new expression, return self
+}
+
+
+// returns true or false depending on what the current expression evaluates to.
+bool nsMsgSearchBoolExpression::OfflineEvaluate(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgToMatch, const char *defaultCharset,
+  nsIMsgSearchScopeTerm *scope, nsIMsgDatabase *db, const char *headers,
+  uint32_t headerSize, bool Filtering)
+{
+    bool result = true;    // always default to false positives
+    bool isAnd;
+
+    if (m_term) // do we contain just a search term?
+    {
+      nsMsgSearchOfflineMail::ProcessSearchTerm(msgToMatch, m_term,
+        defaultCharset, scope, db, headers, headerSize, Filtering, &result);
+      return result;
+    }
+
+    // otherwise we must recursively determine the value of our sub expressions
+
+    isAnd = (m_boolOp == nsMsgSearchBooleanOp::BooleanAND);
+
+    if (m_leftChild)
+    {
+        result = m_leftChild->OfflineEvaluate(msgToMatch, defaultCharset,
+          scope, db, headers, headerSize, Filtering);
+        if ( (result && !isAnd) || (!result && isAnd))
+          return result;
+    }
+
+    // If we got this far, either there was no leftChild (which is impossible)
+    // or we got (FALSE and OR) or (TRUE and AND) from the first result. That
+    // means the outcome depends entirely on the rightChild.
+    if (m_rightChild)
+        result = m_rightChild->OfflineEvaluate(msgToMatch, defaultCharset,
+          scope, db, headers, headerSize, Filtering);
+
+    return result;
+}
+
+// ### Maybe we can get rid of these because of our use of nsString???
+// constants used for online searching with IMAP/NNTP encoded search terms.
+// the + 1 is to account for null terminators we add at each stage of assembling the expression...
+const int sizeOfORTerm = 6+1;  // 6 bytes if we are combining two sub expressions with an OR term
+const int sizeOfANDTerm = 1+1; // 1 byte if we are combining two sub expressions with an AND term
+
+int32_t nsMsgSearchBoolExpression::CalcEncodeStrSize()
+// recursively examine each sub expression and calculate a final size for the entire IMAP/NNTP encoding
+{
+    if (!m_term && (!m_leftChild || !m_rightChild))   // is the expression empty?
+        return 0;
+    if (m_term)  // are we a leaf node?
+        return m_encodingStr.Length();
+    if (m_boolOp == nsMsgSearchBooleanOp::BooleanOR)
+        return sizeOfORTerm + m_leftChild->CalcEncodeStrSize() + m_rightChild->CalcEncodeStrSize();
+    if (m_boolOp == nsMsgSearchBooleanOp::BooleanAND)
+        return sizeOfANDTerm + m_leftChild->CalcEncodeStrSize() + m_rightChild->CalcEncodeStrSize();
+    return 0;
+}
+
+
+void nsMsgSearchBoolExpression::GenerateEncodeStr(nsCString * buffer)
+// recurively combine sub expressions to form a single IMAP/NNTP encoded string
+{
+    if ((!m_term && (!m_leftChild || !m_rightChild))) // is expression empty?
+        return;
+
+    if (m_term) // are we a leaf expression?
+    {
+        *buffer += m_encodingStr;
+        return;
+    }
+
+    // add encode strings of each sub expression
+    if (m_boolOp == nsMsgSearchBooleanOp::BooleanOR)
+    {
+        *buffer += " (OR";
+
+        m_leftChild->GenerateEncodeStr(buffer);  // insert left expression into the buffer
+        m_rightChild->GenerateEncodeStr(buffer);  // insert right expression into the buffer
+
+        // HACK ALERT!!! if last returned character in the buffer is now a ' ' then we need to remove it because we don't want
+        // a ' ' to preceded the closing paren in the OR encoding.
+        uint32_t lastCharPos = buffer->Length() - 1;
+        if (buffer->CharAt(lastCharPos) == ' ')
+        {
+            buffer->SetLength(lastCharPos);
+        }
+
+        *buffer += ')';
+    }
+    else if (m_boolOp == nsMsgSearchBooleanOp::BooleanAND)
+    {
+        m_leftChild->GenerateEncodeStr(buffer); // insert left expression
+        m_rightChild->GenerateEncodeStr(buffer);
+    }
+    return;
+}
+
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//---------------- Adapter class for searching offline folders ----------------
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED(nsMsgSearchOfflineMail, nsMsgSearchAdapter, nsIUrlListener)
+
+nsMsgSearchOfflineMail::nsMsgSearchOfflineMail (nsIMsgSearchScopeTerm *scope, nsISupportsArray *termList) : nsMsgSearchAdapter (scope, termList)
+{
+}
+
+nsMsgSearchOfflineMail::~nsMsgSearchOfflineMail ()
+{
+  // Database should have been closed when the scope term finished.
+  CleanUpScope();
+  NS_ASSERTION(!m_db, "db not closed");
+}
+
+
+nsresult nsMsgSearchOfflineMail::ValidateTerms ()
+{
+  return nsMsgSearchAdapter::ValidateTerms ();
+}
+
+
+nsresult nsMsgSearchOfflineMail::OpenSummaryFile ()
+{
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDatabase> mailDB ;
+
+    nsresult err = NS_OK;
+    // do password protection of local cache thing.
+#ifdef DOING_FOLDER_CACHE_PASSWORDS
+    if (m_scope->m_folder && m_scope->m_folder->UserNeedsToAuthenticateForFolder(false) && m_scope->m_folder->GetMaster()->PromptForHostPassword(m_scope->m_frame->GetContext(), m_scope->m_folder) != 0)
+    {
+        m_scope->m_frame->StopRunning();
+        return SearchError_ScopeDone;
+    }
+#endif
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIDBFolderInfo>  folderInfo;
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> scopeFolder;
+    err = m_scope->GetFolder(getter_AddRefs(scopeFolder));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err) && scopeFolder)
+    {
+      err = scopeFolder->GetDBFolderInfoAndDB(getter_AddRefs(folderInfo), getter_AddRefs(m_db));
+    }
+    else
+      return err; // not sure why m_folder wouldn't be set.
+
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err))
+      return NS_OK;
+
+    if ((err == NS_MSG_ERROR_FOLDER_SUMMARY_MISSING) ||
+        (err == NS_MSG_ERROR_FOLDER_SUMMARY_OUT_OF_DATE))
+    {
+            nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgLocalMailFolder> localFolder = do_QueryInterface(scopeFolder, &err);
+            if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err) && localFolder)
+            {
+              nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgSearchSession> searchSession;
+              m_scope->GetSearchSession(getter_AddRefs(searchSession));
+              if (searchSession)
+              {
+                nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgWindow> searchWindow;
+
+                searchSession->GetWindow(getter_AddRefs(searchWindow));
+                searchSession->PauseSearch();
+                localFolder->ParseFolder(searchWindow, this);
+              }
+            }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      NS_ASSERTION(false, "unexpected error opening db");
+    }
+
+    return err;
+}
+
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgSearchOfflineMail::MatchTermsForFilter(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgToMatch,
+                                            nsISupportsArray *termList,
+                                            const char *defaultCharset,
+                                            nsIMsgSearchScopeTerm * scope,
+                                            nsIMsgDatabase * db,
+                                            const char * headers,
+                                            uint32_t headerSize,
+                                            nsMsgSearchBoolExpression ** aExpressionTree,
+                                            bool *pResult)
+{
+    return MatchTerms(msgToMatch, termList, defaultCharset, scope, db, headers, headerSize, true, aExpressionTree, pResult);
+}
+
+// static method which matches a header against a list of search terms.
+nsresult
+nsMsgSearchOfflineMail::MatchTermsForSearch(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgToMatch,
+                                            nsISupportsArray* termList,
+                                            const char *defaultCharset,
+                                            nsIMsgSearchScopeTerm *scope,
+                                            nsIMsgDatabase *db,
+                                            nsMsgSearchBoolExpression ** aExpressionTree,
+                                            bool *pResult)
+{
+
+    return MatchTerms(msgToMatch, termList, defaultCharset, scope, db, nullptr, 0, false, aExpressionTree, pResult);
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgSearchOfflineMail::ConstructExpressionTree(nsISupportsArray * termList,
+                                            uint32_t termCount,
+                                            uint32_t &aStartPosInList,
+                                            nsMsgSearchBoolExpression ** aExpressionTree)
+{
+  nsMsgSearchBoolExpression * finalExpression = *aExpressionTree;
+
+  if (!finalExpression)
+    finalExpression = new nsMsgSearchBoolExpression();
+
+  while (aStartPosInList < termCount)
+  {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgSearchTerm> pTerm;
+      termList->QueryElementAt(aStartPosInList, NS_GET_IID(nsIMsgSearchTerm), (void **)getter_AddRefs(pTerm));
+      NS_ASSERTION (pTerm, "couldn't get term to match");
+
+      bool beginsGrouping;
+      bool endsGrouping;
+      pTerm->GetBeginsGrouping(&beginsGrouping);
+      pTerm->GetEndsGrouping(&endsGrouping);
+
+      if (beginsGrouping)
+      {
+          //temporarily turn off the grouping for our recursive call
+          pTerm->SetBeginsGrouping(false);
+          nsMsgSearchBoolExpression * innerExpression = new nsMsgSearchBoolExpression();
+
+          // the first search term in the grouping is the one that holds the operator for how this search term
+          // should be joined with the expressions to it's left.
+          bool booleanAnd;
+          pTerm->GetBooleanAnd(&booleanAnd);
+
+          // now add this expression tree to our overall expression tree...
+          finalExpression = nsMsgSearchBoolExpression::AddExpressionTree(finalExpression, innerExpression, booleanAnd);
+
+          // recursively process this inner expression
+          ConstructExpressionTree(termList, termCount, aStartPosInList,
+            &finalExpression->m_rightChild);
+
+          // undo our damage
+          pTerm->SetBeginsGrouping(true);
+
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        finalExpression = nsMsgSearchBoolExpression::AddSearchTerm(finalExpression, pTerm, nullptr);    // add the term to the expression tree
+
+        if (endsGrouping)
+          break;
+      }
+
+      aStartPosInList++;
+  } // while we still have terms to process in this group
+
+  *aExpressionTree = finalExpression;
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgSearchOfflineMail::ProcessSearchTerm(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgToMatch,
+                                            nsIMsgSearchTerm * aTerm,
+                                            const char *defaultCharset,
+                                            nsIMsgSearchScopeTerm * scope,
+                                            nsIMsgDatabase * db,
+                                            const char * headers,
+                                            uint32_t headerSize,
+                                            bool Filtering,
+                                            bool *pResult)
+{
+    nsresult err = NS_OK;
+    nsCString  recipients;
+    nsCString  ccList;
+    nsCString  matchString;
+    nsCString  msgCharset;
+    const char *charset;
+    bool charsetOverride = false; /* XXX BUG 68706 */
+    uint32_t msgFlags;
+    bool result;
+    bool matchAll;
+
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(pResult);
+
+    aTerm->GetMatchAll(&matchAll);
+    if (matchAll)
+    {
+      *pResult = true;
+      return NS_OK;
+    }
+    *pResult = false;
+
+    nsMsgSearchAttribValue attrib;
+    aTerm->GetAttrib(&attrib);
+    msgToMatch->GetCharset(getter_Copies(msgCharset));
+    charset = msgCharset.get();
+    if (!charset || !*charset)
+      charset = (const char*)defaultCharset;
+    msgToMatch->GetFlags(&msgFlags);
+
+    switch (attrib)
+    {
+      case nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender:
+        msgToMatch->GetAuthor(getter_Copies(matchString));
+        err = aTerm->MatchRfc822String(matchString, charset, &result);
+        break;
+      case nsMsgSearchAttrib::Subject:
+      {
+        msgToMatch->GetSubject(getter_Copies(matchString) /* , true */);
+        if (msgFlags & nsMsgMessageFlags::HasRe)
+        {
+          // Make sure we pass along the "Re: " part of the subject if this is a reply.
+          nsCString reString;
+          reString.Assign("Re: ");
+          reString.Append(matchString);
+          err = aTerm->MatchRfc2047String(reString, charset, charsetOverride, &result);
+        }
+        else
+          err = aTerm->MatchRfc2047String(matchString, charset, charsetOverride, &result);
+        break;
+      }
+      case nsMsgSearchAttrib::ToOrCC:
+      {
+        bool boolKeepGoing;
+        aTerm->GetMatchAllBeforeDeciding(&boolKeepGoing);
+        msgToMatch->GetRecipients(getter_Copies(recipients));
+        err = aTerm->MatchRfc822String(recipients, charset, &result);
+        if (boolKeepGoing == result)
+        {
+          msgToMatch->GetCcList(getter_Copies(ccList));
+          err = aTerm->MatchRfc822String(ccList, charset, &result);
+        }
+        break;
+      }
+      case nsMsgSearchAttrib::AllAddresses:
+      {
+        bool boolKeepGoing;
+        aTerm->GetMatchAllBeforeDeciding(&boolKeepGoing);
+        msgToMatch->GetRecipients(getter_Copies(recipients));
+        err = aTerm->MatchRfc822String(recipients, charset, &result);
+        if (boolKeepGoing == result)
+        {
+          msgToMatch->GetCcList(getter_Copies(ccList));
+          err = aTerm->MatchRfc822String(ccList, charset, &result);
+        }
+        if (boolKeepGoing == result)
+        {
+          msgToMatch->GetAuthor(getter_Copies(matchString));
+          err = aTerm->MatchRfc822String(matchString, charset, &result);
+        }
+        if (boolKeepGoing == result)
+        {
+          nsCString bccList;
+          msgToMatch->GetBccList(getter_Copies(bccList));
+          err = aTerm->MatchRfc822String(bccList, charset, &result);
+        }
+        break;
+      }
+      case nsMsgSearchAttrib::Body:
+       {
+         uint64_t messageOffset;
+         uint32_t lineCount;
+         msgToMatch->GetMessageOffset(&messageOffset);
+         msgToMatch->GetLineCount(&lineCount);
+         err = aTerm->MatchBody (scope, messageOffset, lineCount, charset, msgToMatch, db, &result);
+         break;
+       }
+      case nsMsgSearchAttrib::Date:
+      {
+        PRTime date;
+        msgToMatch->GetDate(&date);
+        err = aTerm->MatchDate (date, &result);
+
+        break;
+      }
+      case nsMsgSearchAttrib::HasAttachmentStatus:
+      case nsMsgSearchAttrib::MsgStatus:
+        err = aTerm->MatchStatus (msgFlags, &result);
+        break;
+      case nsMsgSearchAttrib::Priority:
+      {
+        nsMsgPriorityValue msgPriority;
+        msgToMatch->GetPriority(&msgPriority);
+        err = aTerm->MatchPriority (msgPriority, &result);
+        break;
+      }
+      case nsMsgSearchAttrib::Size:
+      {
+        uint32_t messageSize;
+        msgToMatch->GetMessageSize(&messageSize);
+        err = aTerm->MatchSize (messageSize, &result);
+        break;
+      }
+      case nsMsgSearchAttrib::To:
+        msgToMatch->GetRecipients(getter_Copies(recipients));
+        err = aTerm->MatchRfc822String(recipients, charset, &result);
+        break;
+      case nsMsgSearchAttrib::CC:
+        msgToMatch->GetCcList(getter_Copies(ccList));
+        err = aTerm->MatchRfc822String(ccList, charset, &result);
+        break;
+      case nsMsgSearchAttrib::AgeInDays:
+      {
+        PRTime date;
+        msgToMatch->GetDate(&date);
+        err = aTerm->MatchAge (date, &result);
+        break;
+       }
+      case nsMsgSearchAttrib::Label:
+      {
+         nsMsgLabelValue label;
+         msgToMatch->GetLabel(&label);
+         err = aTerm->MatchLabel(label, &result);
+         break;
+      }
+      case nsMsgSearchAttrib::Keywords:
+      {
+          nsCString keywords;
+          nsMsgLabelValue label;
+          msgToMatch->GetStringProperty("keywords", getter_Copies(keywords));
+          msgToMatch->GetLabel(&label);
+          if (label >= 1)
+          {
+            if (!keywords.IsEmpty())
+              keywords.Append(' ');
+            keywords.Append("$label");
+            keywords.Append(label + '0');
+          }
+          err = aTerm->MatchKeyword(keywords, &result);
+          break;
+      }
+      case nsMsgSearchAttrib::JunkStatus:
+      {
+         nsCString junkScoreStr;
+         msgToMatch->GetStringProperty("junkscore", getter_Copies(junkScoreStr));
+         err = aTerm->MatchJunkStatus(junkScoreStr.get(), &result);
+         break;
+      }
+      case nsMsgSearchAttrib::JunkPercent:
+      {
+        // When the junk status is set by the plugin, use junkpercent (if available)
+        // Otherwise, use the limits (0 or 100) depending on the junkscore.
+        uint32_t junkPercent;
+        nsresult rv;
+        nsCString junkScoreOriginStr;
+        nsCString junkPercentStr;
+        msgToMatch->GetStringProperty("junkscoreorigin", getter_Copies(junkScoreOriginStr));
+        msgToMatch->GetStringProperty("junkpercent", getter_Copies(junkPercentStr));
+        if ( junkScoreOriginStr.EqualsLiteral("plugin") &&
+            !junkPercentStr.IsEmpty())
+        {
+          junkPercent = junkPercentStr.ToInteger(&rv);
+          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          nsCString junkScoreStr;
+          msgToMatch->GetStringProperty("junkscore", getter_Copies(junkScoreStr));
+          // When junk status is not set (uncertain) we'll set the value to ham.
+          if (junkScoreStr.IsEmpty())
+            junkPercent = nsIJunkMailPlugin::IS_HAM_SCORE;
+          else
+          {
+            junkPercent = junkScoreStr.ToInteger(&rv);
+            NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+          }
+        }
+        err = aTerm->MatchJunkPercent(junkPercent, &result);
+        break;
+      }
+      case nsMsgSearchAttrib::JunkScoreOrigin:
+      {
+         nsCString junkScoreOriginStr;
+         msgToMatch->GetStringProperty("junkscoreorigin", getter_Copies(junkScoreOriginStr));
+         err = aTerm->MatchJunkScoreOrigin(junkScoreOriginStr.get(), &result);
+         break;
+      }
+      case nsMsgSearchAttrib::HdrProperty:
+      {
+        err = aTerm->MatchHdrProperty(msgToMatch, &result);
+        break;
+      }
+      case nsMsgSearchAttrib::Uint32HdrProperty:
+      {
+        err = aTerm->MatchUint32HdrProperty(msgToMatch, &result);
+        break;
+      }
+      case nsMsgSearchAttrib::Custom:
+      {
+        err = aTerm->MatchCustom(msgToMatch, &result);
+        break;
+      }
+      case nsMsgSearchAttrib::FolderFlag:
+      {
+        err = aTerm->MatchFolderFlag(msgToMatch, &result);
+        break;
+      }
+      default:
+          // XXX todo
+          // for the temporary return receipts filters, we use a custom header for Content-Type
+          // but unlike the other custom headers, this one doesn't show up in the search / filter
+          // UI.  we set the attrib to be nsMsgSearchAttrib::OtherHeader, where as for user
+          // defined custom headers start at nsMsgSearchAttrib::OtherHeader + 1
+          // Not sure if there is a better way to do this yet.  Maybe reserve the last
+          // custom header for ::Content-Type?  But if we do, make sure that change
+          // doesn't cause nsMsgFilter::GetTerm() to change, and start making us
+          // ask IMAP servers for the Content-Type header on all messages.
+          if (attrib >= nsMsgSearchAttrib::OtherHeader &&
+              attrib < nsMsgSearchAttrib::kNumMsgSearchAttributes)
+          {
+            uint32_t lineCount;
+            msgToMatch->GetLineCount(&lineCount);
+            uint64_t messageOffset;
+            msgToMatch->GetMessageOffset(&messageOffset);
+            err = aTerm->MatchArbitraryHeader(scope, lineCount,charset,
+                                              charsetOverride, msgToMatch, db,
+                                              headers, headerSize, Filtering,
+                                              &result);
+          }
+          else {
+            err = NS_ERROR_INVALID_ARG; // ### was SearchError_InvalidAttribute
+            result = false;
+          }
+    }
+
+    *pResult = result;
+    return err;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgSearchOfflineMail::MatchTerms(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgToMatch,
+                                            nsISupportsArray * termList,
+                                            const char *defaultCharset,
+                                            nsIMsgSearchScopeTerm * scope,
+                                            nsIMsgDatabase * db,
+                                            const char * headers,
+                                            uint32_t headerSize,
+                                            bool Filtering,
+                                            nsMsgSearchBoolExpression ** aExpressionTree,
+                                            bool *pResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(aExpressionTree);
+  nsresult err;
+
+  if (!*aExpressionTree)
+  {
+    uint32_t initialPos = 0;
+    uint32_t count;
+    termList->Count(&count);
+    err = ConstructExpressionTree(termList, count, initialPos, aExpressionTree);
+    if (NS_FAILED(err))
+      return err;
+  }
+
+  // evaluate the expression tree and return the result
+  *pResult = (*aExpressionTree)
+    ?  (*aExpressionTree)->OfflineEvaluate(msgToMatch,
+                 defaultCharset, scope, db, headers, headerSize, Filtering)
+    :true;  // vacuously true...
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgSearchOfflineMail::Search(bool *aDone)
+{
+  nsresult err = NS_OK;
+
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(aDone);
+  nsresult dbErr = NS_OK;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> msgDBHdr;
+  nsMsgSearchBoolExpression *expressionTree = nullptr;
+
+  const uint32_t kTimeSliceInMS = 200;
+
+  *aDone = false;
+  // Try to open the DB lazily. This will set up a parser if one is required
+  if (!m_db)
+    err = OpenSummaryFile ();
+  if (!m_db)  // must be reparsing.
+    return err;
+
+  // Reparsing is unnecessary or completed
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err))
+  {
+    if (!m_listContext)
+      dbErr = m_db->ReverseEnumerateMessages(getter_AddRefs(m_listContext));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(dbErr) && m_listContext)
+    {
+      PRIntervalTime startTime = PR_IntervalNow();
+      while (!*aDone)  // we'll break out of the loop after kTimeSliceInMS milliseconds
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> currentItem;
+
+        dbErr = m_listContext->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(currentItem));
+        if(NS_SUCCEEDED(dbErr))
+        {
+          msgDBHdr = do_QueryInterface(currentItem, &dbErr);
+        }
+        if (NS_FAILED(dbErr))
+          *aDone = true; //###phil dbErr is dropped on the floor. just note that we did have an error so we'll clean up later
+        else
+        {
+          bool match = false;
+          nsAutoString nullCharset, folderCharset;
+          GetSearchCharsets(nullCharset, folderCharset);
+          NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8 charset(folderCharset);
+          // Is this message a hit?
+          err = MatchTermsForSearch (msgDBHdr, m_searchTerms, charset.get(), m_scope, m_db, &expressionTree, &match);
+          // Add search hits to the results list
+          if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err) && match)
+          {
+            AddResultElement (msgDBHdr);
+          }
+          PRIntervalTime elapsedTime = PR_IntervalNow() - startTime;
+          // check if more than kTimeSliceInMS milliseconds have elapsed in this time slice started
+          if (PR_IntervalToMilliseconds(elapsedTime) > kTimeSliceInMS)
+            break;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  else
+    *aDone = true; // we couldn't open up the DB. This is an unrecoverable error so mark the scope as done.
+
+  delete expressionTree;
+
+  // in the past an error here would cause an "infinite" search because the url would continue to run...
+  // i.e. if we couldn't open the database, it returns an error code but the caller of this function says, oh,
+  // we did not finish so continue...what we really want is to treat this current scope as done
+  if (*aDone)
+    CleanUpScope(); // Do clean up for end-of-scope processing
+  return err;
+}
+
+void nsMsgSearchOfflineMail::CleanUpScope()
+{
+  // Let go of the DB when we're done with it so we don't kill the db cache
+  if (m_db)
+  {
+    m_listContext = nullptr;
+    m_db->Close(false);
+  }
+  m_db = nullptr;
+
+  if (m_scope)
+    m_scope->CloseInputStream();
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgSearchOfflineMail::AddResultElement (nsIMsgDBHdr *pHeaders)
+{
+    nsresult err = NS_OK;
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgSearchSession> searchSession;
+    m_scope->GetSearchSession(getter_AddRefs(searchSession));
+    if (searchSession)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> scopeFolder;
+      err = m_scope->GetFolder(getter_AddRefs(scopeFolder));
+      searchSession->AddSearchHit(pHeaders, scopeFolder);
+    }
+    return err;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgSearchOfflineMail::Abort ()
+{
+    // Let go of the DB when we're done with it so we don't kill the db cache
+    if (m_db)
+        m_db->Close(true /* commit in case we downloaded new headers */);
+    m_db = nullptr;
+    return nsMsgSearchAdapter::Abort ();
+}
+
+/* void OnStartRunningUrl (in nsIURI url); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgSearchOfflineMail::OnStartRunningUrl(nsIURI *url)
+{
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* void OnStopRunningUrl (in nsIURI url, in nsresult aExitCode); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgSearchOfflineMail::OnStopRunningUrl(nsIURI *url, nsresult aExitCode)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgSearchSession> searchSession;
+  if (m_scope)
+    m_scope->GetSearchSession(getter_AddRefs(searchSession));
+  if (searchSession)
+    searchSession->ResumeSearch();
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsMsgSearchOfflineNews::nsMsgSearchOfflineNews (nsIMsgSearchScopeTerm *scope, nsISupportsArray *termList) : nsMsgSearchOfflineMail (scope, termList)
+{
+}
+
+
+nsMsgSearchOfflineNews::~nsMsgSearchOfflineNews ()
+{
+}
+
+
+nsresult nsMsgSearchOfflineNews::OpenSummaryFile ()
+{
+  nsresult err = NS_OK;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIDBFolderInfo>  folderInfo;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> scopeFolder;
+  err = m_scope->GetFolder(getter_AddRefs(scopeFolder));
+  // code here used to check if offline store existed, which breaks offline news.
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err) && scopeFolder)
+    err = scopeFolder->GetMsgDatabase(getter_AddRefs(m_db));
+  return err;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgSearchOfflineNews::ValidateTerms ()
+{
+  return nsMsgSearchOfflineMail::ValidateTerms ();
+}
+
+// local helper functions to set subsets of the validity table
+
+nsresult SetJunk(nsIMsgSearchValidityTable* aTable)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aTable);
+
+  aTable->SetAvailable(nsMsgSearchAttrib::JunkStatus, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  aTable->SetEnabled(nsMsgSearchAttrib::JunkStatus, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  aTable->SetAvailable(nsMsgSearchAttrib::JunkStatus, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  aTable->SetEnabled(nsMsgSearchAttrib::JunkStatus, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  aTable->SetAvailable(nsMsgSearchAttrib::JunkStatus, nsMsgSearchOp::IsEmpty, 1);
+  aTable->SetEnabled(nsMsgSearchAttrib::JunkStatus, nsMsgSearchOp::IsEmpty, 1);
+  aTable->SetAvailable(nsMsgSearchAttrib::JunkStatus, nsMsgSearchOp::IsntEmpty, 1);
+  aTable->SetEnabled(nsMsgSearchAttrib::JunkStatus, nsMsgSearchOp::IsntEmpty, 1);
+
+  aTable->SetAvailable(nsMsgSearchAttrib::JunkPercent, nsMsgSearchOp::IsGreaterThan, 1);
+  aTable->SetEnabled(nsMsgSearchAttrib::JunkPercent, nsMsgSearchOp::IsGreaterThan, 1);
+  aTable->SetAvailable(nsMsgSearchAttrib::JunkPercent, nsMsgSearchOp::IsLessThan, 1);
+  aTable->SetEnabled(nsMsgSearchAttrib::JunkPercent, nsMsgSearchOp::IsLessThan, 1);
+  aTable->SetAvailable(nsMsgSearchAttrib::JunkPercent, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  aTable->SetEnabled(nsMsgSearchAttrib::JunkPercent, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+
+  aTable->SetAvailable(nsMsgSearchAttrib::JunkScoreOrigin, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  aTable->SetEnabled(nsMsgSearchAttrib::JunkScoreOrigin, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  aTable->SetAvailable(nsMsgSearchAttrib::JunkScoreOrigin, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  aTable->SetEnabled(nsMsgSearchAttrib::JunkScoreOrigin, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult SetBody(nsIMsgSearchValidityTable* aTable)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aTable);
+  aTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Body, nsMsgSearchOp::Contains, 1);
+  aTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Body, nsMsgSearchOp::Contains, 1);
+  aTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Body, nsMsgSearchOp::DoesntContain, 1);
+  aTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Body, nsMsgSearchOp::DoesntContain, 1);
+  aTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Body, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  aTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Body, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  aTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Body, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  aTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Body, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// set the base validity table values for local news
+nsresult SetLocalNews(nsIMsgSearchValidityTable* aTable)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aTable);
+
+  aTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender, nsMsgSearchOp::Contains, 1);
+  aTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender, nsMsgSearchOp::Contains, 1);
+  aTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender, nsMsgSearchOp::DoesntContain, 1);
+  aTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender, nsMsgSearchOp::DoesntContain, 1);
+  aTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  aTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  aTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  aTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  aTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender, nsMsgSearchOp::BeginsWith, 1);
+  aTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender, nsMsgSearchOp::BeginsWith, 1);
+  aTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender, nsMsgSearchOp::EndsWith, 1);
+  aTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender, nsMsgSearchOp::EndsWith, 1);
+  aTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender, nsMsgSearchOp::IsInAB, 1);
+  aTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender, nsMsgSearchOp::IsInAB, 1);
+  aTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender, nsMsgSearchOp::IsntInAB, 1);
+  aTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender, nsMsgSearchOp::IsntInAB, 1);
+
+  aTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Subject, nsMsgSearchOp::Contains, 1);
+  aTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Subject, nsMsgSearchOp::Contains, 1);
+  aTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Subject, nsMsgSearchOp::DoesntContain, 1);
+  aTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Subject, nsMsgSearchOp::DoesntContain, 1);
+  aTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Subject, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  aTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Subject, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  aTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Subject, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  aTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Subject, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  aTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Subject, nsMsgSearchOp::BeginsWith, 1);
+  aTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Subject, nsMsgSearchOp::BeginsWith, 1);
+  aTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Subject, nsMsgSearchOp::EndsWith, 1);
+  aTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Subject, nsMsgSearchOp::EndsWith, 1);
+
+  aTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Date, nsMsgSearchOp::IsBefore, 1);
+  aTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Date, nsMsgSearchOp::IsBefore, 1);
+  aTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Date, nsMsgSearchOp::IsAfter, 1);
+  aTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Date, nsMsgSearchOp::IsAfter, 1);
+  aTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Date, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  aTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Date, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  aTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Date, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  aTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Date, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+
+  aTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::AgeInDays, nsMsgSearchOp::IsGreaterThan, 1);
+  aTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::AgeInDays, nsMsgSearchOp::IsGreaterThan, 1);
+  aTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::AgeInDays, nsMsgSearchOp::IsLessThan,  1);
+  aTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::AgeInDays, nsMsgSearchOp::IsLessThan, 1);
+  aTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::AgeInDays, nsMsgSearchOp::Is,  1);
+  aTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::AgeInDays, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+
+  aTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::MsgStatus, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  aTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::MsgStatus, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  aTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::MsgStatus, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  aTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::MsgStatus, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+
+  aTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Keywords, nsMsgSearchOp::Contains, 1);
+  aTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Keywords, nsMsgSearchOp::Contains, 1);
+  aTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Keywords, nsMsgSearchOp::DoesntContain, 1);
+  aTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Keywords, nsMsgSearchOp::DoesntContain, 1);
+  aTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Keywords, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  aTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Keywords, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  aTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Keywords, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  aTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Keywords, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  aTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Keywords, nsMsgSearchOp::IsEmpty, 1);
+  aTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Keywords, nsMsgSearchOp::IsEmpty, 1);
+  aTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Keywords, nsMsgSearchOp::IsntEmpty, 1);
+  aTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Keywords, nsMsgSearchOp::IsntEmpty, 1);
+
+  aTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::OtherHeader, nsMsgSearchOp::Contains, 1);
+  aTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::OtherHeader, nsMsgSearchOp::Contains, 1);
+  aTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::OtherHeader, nsMsgSearchOp::DoesntContain, 1);
+  aTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::OtherHeader, nsMsgSearchOp::DoesntContain, 1);
+  aTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::OtherHeader, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  aTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::OtherHeader, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+  aTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::OtherHeader, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  aTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::OtherHeader, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  aTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::OtherHeader, nsMsgSearchOp::BeginsWith, 1);
+  aTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::OtherHeader, nsMsgSearchOp::BeginsWith, 1);
+  aTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::OtherHeader, nsMsgSearchOp::EndsWith, 1);
+  aTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::OtherHeader, nsMsgSearchOp::EndsWith, 1);
+  return NS_OK;
+
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgSearchValidityManager::InitLocalNewsTable()
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION (nullptr == m_localNewsTable, "already have local news validity table");
+  nsresult rv = NewTable(getter_AddRefs(m_localNewsTable));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  return SetLocalNews(m_localNewsTable);
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgSearchValidityManager::InitLocalNewsBodyTable()
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION (nullptr == m_localNewsBodyTable, "already have local news+body validity table");
+  nsresult rv = NewTable(getter_AddRefs(m_localNewsBodyTable));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  rv = SetLocalNews(m_localNewsBodyTable);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  return SetBody(m_localNewsBodyTable);
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgSearchValidityManager::InitLocalNewsJunkTable()
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION (nullptr == m_localNewsJunkTable, "already have local news+junk validity table");
+  nsresult rv = NewTable(getter_AddRefs(m_localNewsJunkTable));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  rv = SetLocalNews(m_localNewsJunkTable);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  return SetJunk(m_localNewsJunkTable);
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgSearchValidityManager::InitLocalNewsJunkBodyTable()
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION (nullptr == m_localNewsJunkBodyTable, "already have local news+junk+body validity table");
+  nsresult rv = NewTable(getter_AddRefs(m_localNewsJunkBodyTable));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  rv = SetLocalNews(m_localNewsJunkBodyTable);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  rv = SetJunk(m_localNewsJunkBodyTable);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  return SetBody(m_localNewsJunkBodyTable);
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/search/src/nsMsgLocalSearch.h b/mailnews/base/search/src/nsMsgLocalSearch.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..020d7b579
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/search/src/nsMsgLocalSearch.h
@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _nsMsgLocalSearch_H
+#define _nsMsgLocalSearch_H
+
+// inherit interface here
+#include "mozilla/Attributes.h"
+#include "nsIMsgSearchAdapter.h"
+#include "nsIUrlListener.h"
+
+// inherit base implementation
+#include "nsMsgSearchAdapter.h"
+#include "nsISimpleEnumerator.h"
+
+
+class nsIMsgDBHdr;
+class nsIMsgSearchScopeTerm;
+class nsIMsgFolder;
+class nsMsgSearchBoolExpression;
+
+class nsMsgSearchOfflineMail : public nsMsgSearchAdapter, public nsIUrlListener
+{
+public:
+  nsMsgSearchOfflineMail (nsIMsgSearchScopeTerm*, nsISupportsArray *);
+
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED
+
+  NS_DECL_NSIURLLISTENER
+
+  NS_IMETHOD ValidateTerms () override;
+  NS_IMETHOD Search (bool *aDone) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD Abort () override;
+  NS_IMETHOD AddResultElement (nsIMsgDBHdr *) override;
+
+  static nsresult  MatchTermsForFilter(nsIMsgDBHdr * msgToMatch,
+                                         nsISupportsArray *termList,
+                                         const char *defaultCharset,
+                                         nsIMsgSearchScopeTerm *scope,
+                                         nsIMsgDatabase * db,
+                                         const char * headers,
+                                         uint32_t headerSize,
+                                         nsMsgSearchBoolExpression ** aExpressionTree,
+                     bool *pResult);
+
+  static nsresult MatchTermsForSearch(nsIMsgDBHdr * msgTomatch,
+                                      nsISupportsArray * termList,
+                                      const char *defaultCharset,
+                                      nsIMsgSearchScopeTerm *scope,
+                                      nsIMsgDatabase *db,
+                                      nsMsgSearchBoolExpression ** aExpressionTree,
+ bool *pResult);
+
+  virtual nsresult OpenSummaryFile ();
+
+     static nsresult ProcessSearchTerm(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgToMatch,
+                               nsIMsgSearchTerm * aTerm,
+                               const char *defaultCharset,
+                               nsIMsgSearchScopeTerm * scope,
+                               nsIMsgDatabase * db,
+                               const char * headers,
+                               uint32_t headerSize,
+                               bool Filtering,
+                 bool *pResult);
+protected:
+  virtual ~nsMsgSearchOfflineMail();
+  static nsresult MatchTerms(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgToMatch,
+                                nsISupportsArray *termList,
+                                const char *defaultCharset,
+                                nsIMsgSearchScopeTerm *scope,
+                                nsIMsgDatabase * db,
+                                const char * headers,
+                                uint32_t headerSize,
+                                bool ForFilters,
+                                nsMsgSearchBoolExpression ** aExpressionTree,
+                bool *pResult);
+
+    static nsresult ConstructExpressionTree(nsISupportsArray * termList,
+                                      uint32_t termCount,
+                                      uint32_t &aStartPosInList,
+                                      nsMsgSearchBoolExpression ** aExpressionTree);
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDatabase> m_db;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleEnumerator> m_listContext;
+  void CleanUpScope();
+};
+
+
+class nsMsgSearchOfflineNews : public nsMsgSearchOfflineMail
+{
+public:
+  nsMsgSearchOfflineNews (nsIMsgSearchScopeTerm*, nsISupportsArray *);
+  virtual ~nsMsgSearchOfflineNews ();
+  NS_IMETHOD ValidateTerms () override;
+
+  virtual nsresult OpenSummaryFile () override;
+};
+
+
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/mailnews/base/search/src/nsMsgSearchAdapter.cpp b/mailnews/base/search/src/nsMsgSearchAdapter.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a6f877830
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/search/src/nsMsgSearchAdapter.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1332 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "nsTextFormatter.h"
+#include "nsMsgSearchCore.h"
+#include "nsMsgSearchAdapter.h"
+#include "nsMsgSearchScopeTerm.h"
+#include "nsMsgI18N.h"
+#include "nsIPrefService.h"
+#include "nsIPrefBranch.h"
+#include "nsIPrefLocalizedString.h"
+#include "nsMsgSearchTerm.h"
+#include "nsMsgSearchBoolExpression.h"
+#include "nsIIOService.h"
+#include "nsNetCID.h"
+#include "prprf.h"
+#include "mozilla/UniquePtr.h"
+#include "prmem.h"
+#include "MailNewsTypes.h"
+#include "nsComponentManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsMemory.h"
+#include "nsMsgMessageFlags.h"
+// Disable deprecation warnings generated by nsISupportsArray and associated
+// classes.
+#if defined(__GNUC__)
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wdeprecated-declarations"
+#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
+#pragma warning (disable : 4996)
+#endif
+#include "nsISupportsArray.h"
+#include "nsAlgorithm.h"
+#include <algorithm>
+#include "mozilla/Attributes.h"
+
+// This stuff lives in the base class because the IMAP search syntax
+// is used by the Dredd SEARCH command as well as IMAP itself
+
+// km - the NOT and HEADER strings are not encoded with a trailing
+//      <space> because they always precede a mnemonic that has a
+//      preceding <space> and double <space> characters cause some
+//    imap servers to return an error.
+const char *nsMsgSearchAdapter::m_kImapBefore   = " SENTBEFORE ";
+const char *nsMsgSearchAdapter::m_kImapBody     = " BODY ";
+const char *nsMsgSearchAdapter::m_kImapCC       = " CC ";
+const char *nsMsgSearchAdapter::m_kImapFrom     = " FROM ";
+const char *nsMsgSearchAdapter::m_kImapNot      = " NOT";
+const char *nsMsgSearchAdapter::m_kImapUnDeleted= " UNDELETED";
+const char *nsMsgSearchAdapter::m_kImapOr       = " OR";
+const char *nsMsgSearchAdapter::m_kImapSince    = " SENTSINCE ";
+const char *nsMsgSearchAdapter::m_kImapSubject  = " SUBJECT ";
+const char *nsMsgSearchAdapter::m_kImapTo       = " TO ";
+const char *nsMsgSearchAdapter::m_kImapHeader   = " HEADER";
+const char *nsMsgSearchAdapter::m_kImapAnyText  = " TEXT ";
+const char *nsMsgSearchAdapter::m_kImapKeyword  = " KEYWORD ";
+const char *nsMsgSearchAdapter::m_kNntpKeywords = " KEYWORDS "; //ggrrrr...
+const char *nsMsgSearchAdapter::m_kImapSentOn = " SENTON ";
+const char *nsMsgSearchAdapter::m_kImapSeen = " SEEN ";
+const char *nsMsgSearchAdapter::m_kImapAnswered = " ANSWERED ";
+const char *nsMsgSearchAdapter::m_kImapNotSeen = " UNSEEN ";
+const char *nsMsgSearchAdapter::m_kImapNotAnswered = " UNANSWERED ";
+const char *nsMsgSearchAdapter::m_kImapCharset = " CHARSET ";
+const char *nsMsgSearchAdapter::m_kImapSizeSmaller = " SMALLER ";
+const char *nsMsgSearchAdapter::m_kImapSizeLarger = " LARGER ";
+const char *nsMsgSearchAdapter::m_kImapNew = " NEW ";
+const char *nsMsgSearchAdapter::m_kImapNotNew = " OLD SEEN ";
+const char *nsMsgSearchAdapter::m_kImapFlagged = " FLAGGED ";
+const char *nsMsgSearchAdapter::m_kImapNotFlagged = " UNFLAGGED ";
+
+#define PREF_CUSTOM_HEADERS "mailnews.customHeaders"
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgSearchAdapter::FindTargetFolder(const nsMsgResultElement *,nsIMsgFolder * *)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgSearchAdapter::ModifyResultElement(nsMsgResultElement *, nsMsgSearchValue *)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgSearchAdapter::OpenResultElement(nsMsgResultElement *)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMsgSearchAdapter, nsIMsgSearchAdapter)
+
+nsMsgSearchAdapter::nsMsgSearchAdapter(nsIMsgSearchScopeTerm *scope, nsISupportsArray *searchTerms)
+  : m_searchTerms(searchTerms)
+{
+  m_scope = scope;
+}
+
+nsMsgSearchAdapter::~nsMsgSearchAdapter()
+{
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgSearchAdapter::ClearScope()
+{
+  if (m_scope)
+  {
+    m_scope->CloseInputStream();
+    m_scope = nullptr;
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgSearchAdapter::ValidateTerms ()
+{
+  // all this used to do is check if the object had been deleted - we can skip that.
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgSearchAdapter::Abort ()
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgSearchAdapter::Search (bool *aDone)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgSearchAdapter::SendUrl ()
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* void CurrentUrlDone (in nsresult exitCode); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgSearchAdapter::CurrentUrlDone(nsresult exitCode)
+{
+  // base implementation doesn't need to do anything.
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgSearchAdapter::GetEncoding (char **encoding)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgSearchAdapter::AddResultElement (nsIMsgDBHdr *pHeaders)
+{
+    NS_ASSERTION(false, "shouldn't call this base class impl");
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgSearchAdapter::AddHit(nsMsgKey key)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(false, "shouldn't call this base class impl");
+  return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+
+char *
+nsMsgSearchAdapter::GetImapCharsetParam(const char16_t *destCharset)
+{
+  char *result = nullptr;
+
+  // Specify a character set unless we happen to be US-ASCII.
+  if (NS_strcmp(destCharset, u"us-ascii"))
+      result = PR_smprintf("%s%s", nsMsgSearchAdapter::m_kImapCharset, NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(destCharset).get());
+
+  return result;
+}
+
+/*
+   09/21/2000 - taka@netscape.com
+   This method is bogus. Escape must be done against char * not char16_t *
+   should be rewritten later.
+   for now, just duplicate the string.
+*/
+char16_t *nsMsgSearchAdapter::EscapeSearchUrl (const char16_t *nntpCommand)
+{
+  return nntpCommand ? NS_strdup(nntpCommand) : nullptr;
+}
+
+/*
+   09/21/2000 - taka@netscape.com
+   This method is bogus. Escape must be done against char * not char16_t *
+   should be rewritten later.
+   for now, just duplicate the string.
+*/
+char16_t *
+nsMsgSearchAdapter::EscapeImapSearchProtocol(const char16_t *imapCommand)
+{
+  return imapCommand ? NS_strdup(imapCommand) : nullptr;
+}
+
+/*
+   09/21/2000 - taka@netscape.com
+   This method is bogus. Escape must be done against char * not char16_t *
+   should be rewritten later.
+   for now, just duplicate the string.
+*/
+char16_t *
+nsMsgSearchAdapter::EscapeQuoteImapSearchProtocol(const char16_t *imapCommand)
+{
+  return imapCommand ? NS_strdup(imapCommand) : nullptr;
+}
+
+char *nsMsgSearchAdapter::UnEscapeSearchUrl (const char *commandSpecificData)
+{
+  char *result = (char*) PR_Malloc (strlen(commandSpecificData) + 1);
+  if (result)
+  {
+    char *resultPtr = result;
+    while (1)
+    {
+      char ch = *commandSpecificData++;
+      if (!ch)
+        break;
+      if (ch == '\\')
+      {
+        char scratchBuf[3];
+        scratchBuf[0] = (char) *commandSpecificData++;
+        scratchBuf[1] = (char) *commandSpecificData++;
+        scratchBuf[2] = '\0';
+        unsigned int accum = 0;
+        sscanf (scratchBuf, "%X", &accum);
+        *resultPtr++ = (char) accum;
+      }
+      else
+        *resultPtr++ = ch;
+    }
+    *resultPtr = '\0';
+  }
+  return result;
+}
+
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgSearchAdapter::GetSearchCharsets(nsAString &srcCharset, nsAString &dstCharset)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  if (m_defaultCharset.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    m_forceAsciiSearch = false;  // set the default value in case of error
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefs(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefLocalizedString> localizedstr;
+      rv = prefs->GetComplexValue("mailnews.view_default_charset", NS_GET_IID(nsIPrefLocalizedString),
+                                  getter_AddRefs(localizedstr));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        localizedstr->GetData(getter_Copies(m_defaultCharset));
+
+      prefs->GetBoolPref("mailnews.force_ascii_search", &m_forceAsciiSearch);
+    }
+  }
+  srcCharset = m_defaultCharset.IsEmpty() ?
+    static_cast<const nsAString&>(NS_LITERAL_STRING("ISO-8859-1")) :
+    m_defaultCharset;
+
+  if (m_scope)
+  {
+    // ### DMB is there a way to get the charset for the "window"?
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder;
+    rv = m_scope->GetFolder(getter_AddRefs(folder));
+
+    // Ask the newsgroup/folder for its csid.
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && folder)
+    {
+      nsCString folderCharset;
+      folder->GetCharset(folderCharset);
+      dstCharset.Append(NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16(folderCharset));
+    }
+  }
+  else
+    dstCharset.Assign(srcCharset);
+
+  // If
+  // the destination is still CS_DEFAULT, make the destination match
+  // the source. (CS_DEFAULT is an indication that the charset
+  // was undefined or unavailable.)
+  // ### well, it's not really anymore. Is there an equivalent?
+  if (dstCharset.Equals(m_defaultCharset))
+  {
+    dstCharset.Assign(srcCharset);
+  }
+
+  if (m_forceAsciiSearch)
+  {
+    // Special cases to use in order to force US-ASCII searching with Latin1
+    // or MacRoman text. Eurgh. This only has to happen because IMAP
+    // and Dredd servers currently (4/23/97) only support US-ASCII.
+    //
+    // If the dest csid is ISO Latin 1 or MacRoman, attempt to convert the
+    // source text to US-ASCII. (Not for now.)
+    // if ((dst_csid == CS_LATIN1) || (dst_csid == CS_MAC_ROMAN))
+    dstCharset.AssignLiteral("us-ascii");
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgSearchAdapter::EncodeImapTerm (nsIMsgSearchTerm *term, bool reallyDredd, const char16_t *srcCharset, const char16_t *destCharset, char **ppOutTerm)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(term);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(ppOutTerm);
+
+  nsresult err = NS_OK;
+  bool useNot = false;
+  bool useQuotes = false;
+  bool ignoreValue = false;
+  nsAutoCString arbitraryHeader;
+  const char *whichMnemonic = nullptr;
+  const char *orHeaderMnemonic = nullptr;
+
+  *ppOutTerm = nullptr;
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgSearchValue> searchValue;
+  nsresult rv = term->GetValue(getter_AddRefs(searchValue));
+
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  nsMsgSearchOpValue op;
+  term->GetOp(&op);
+
+  if (op == nsMsgSearchOp::DoesntContain || op == nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt)
+    useNot = true;
+
+  nsMsgSearchAttribValue attrib;
+  term->GetAttrib(&attrib);
+
+  switch (attrib)
+  {
+  case nsMsgSearchAttrib::ToOrCC:
+    orHeaderMnemonic = m_kImapCC;
+    // fall through to case nsMsgSearchAttrib::To:
+    MOZ_FALLTHROUGH;
+  case nsMsgSearchAttrib::To:
+    whichMnemonic = m_kImapTo;
+    break;
+  case nsMsgSearchAttrib::CC:
+    whichMnemonic = m_kImapCC;
+    break;
+  case nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender:
+    whichMnemonic = m_kImapFrom;
+    break;
+  case nsMsgSearchAttrib::Subject:
+    whichMnemonic = m_kImapSubject;
+    break;
+  case nsMsgSearchAttrib::Body:
+    whichMnemonic = m_kImapBody;
+    break;
+  case nsMsgSearchAttrib::AgeInDays:  // added for searching online for age in days...
+    // for AgeInDays, we are actually going to perform a search by date, so convert the operations for age
+    // to the IMAP mnemonics that we would use for date!
+    {
+      // If we have a future date, the > and < are reversed.
+      // e.g. ageInDays > 2 means more than 2 days old ("date before X") whereas
+      //      ageInDays > -2 should be more than 2 days in the future ("date after X")
+      int32_t ageInDays;
+      searchValue->GetAge(&ageInDays);
+      bool dateInFuture = (ageInDays < 0);
+      switch (op)
+      {
+      case nsMsgSearchOp::IsGreaterThan:
+        whichMnemonic = (!dateInFuture) ? m_kImapBefore : m_kImapSince;
+        break;
+      case nsMsgSearchOp::IsLessThan:
+        whichMnemonic = (!dateInFuture) ? m_kImapSince : m_kImapBefore;
+        break;
+      case nsMsgSearchOp::Is:
+        whichMnemonic = m_kImapSentOn;
+        break;
+      default:
+        NS_ASSERTION(false, "invalid search operator");
+        return NS_ERROR_INVALID_ARG;
+      }
+    }
+    break;
+  case nsMsgSearchAttrib::Size:
+    switch (op)
+    {
+    case nsMsgSearchOp::IsGreaterThan:
+      whichMnemonic = m_kImapSizeLarger;
+      break;
+    case nsMsgSearchOp::IsLessThan:
+      whichMnemonic = m_kImapSizeSmaller;
+      break;
+    default:
+      NS_ASSERTION(false, "invalid search operator");
+      return NS_ERROR_INVALID_ARG;
+    }
+    break;
+    case nsMsgSearchAttrib::Date:
+      switch (op)
+      {
+      case nsMsgSearchOp::IsBefore:
+        whichMnemonic = m_kImapBefore;
+        break;
+      case nsMsgSearchOp::IsAfter:
+        whichMnemonic = m_kImapSince;
+        break;
+      case nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt:  /* we've already added the "Not" so just process it like it was a date is search */
+      case nsMsgSearchOp::Is:
+        whichMnemonic = m_kImapSentOn;
+        break;
+      default:
+        NS_ASSERTION(false, "invalid search operator");
+        return NS_ERROR_INVALID_ARG;
+      }
+      break;
+    case nsMsgSearchAttrib::AnyText:
+      whichMnemonic = m_kImapAnyText;
+      break;
+    case nsMsgSearchAttrib::Keywords:
+      whichMnemonic = m_kImapKeyword;
+      break;
+    case nsMsgSearchAttrib::MsgStatus:
+      useNot = false; // bizarrely, NOT SEEN is wrong, but UNSEEN is right.
+      ignoreValue = true; // the mnemonic is all we need
+      uint32_t status;
+      searchValue->GetStatus(&status);
+
+      switch (status)
+      {
+      case nsMsgMessageFlags::Read:
+        whichMnemonic = op == nsMsgSearchOp::Is ? m_kImapSeen : m_kImapNotSeen;
+        break;
+      case nsMsgMessageFlags::Replied:
+        whichMnemonic = op == nsMsgSearchOp::Is ? m_kImapAnswered : m_kImapNotAnswered;
+        break;
+      case nsMsgMessageFlags::New:
+        whichMnemonic = op == nsMsgSearchOp::Is ? m_kImapNew : m_kImapNotNew;
+        break;
+      case nsMsgMessageFlags::Marked:
+        whichMnemonic = op == nsMsgSearchOp::Is ? m_kImapFlagged : m_kImapNotFlagged;
+        break;
+      default:
+        NS_ASSERTION(false, "invalid search operator");
+        return NS_ERROR_INVALID_ARG;
+      }
+      break;
+    default:
+      if ( attrib > nsMsgSearchAttrib::OtherHeader && attrib < nsMsgSearchAttrib::kNumMsgSearchAttributes)
+      {
+        nsCString arbitraryHeaderTerm;
+        term->GetArbitraryHeader(arbitraryHeaderTerm);
+        if (!arbitraryHeaderTerm.IsEmpty())
+        {
+          arbitraryHeader.AssignLiteral(" \"");
+          arbitraryHeader.Append(arbitraryHeaderTerm);
+          arbitraryHeader.AppendLiteral("\" ");
+          whichMnemonic = arbitraryHeader.get();
+        }
+        else
+          return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        NS_ASSERTION(false, "invalid search operator");
+        return NS_ERROR_INVALID_ARG;
+      }
+    }
+
+    char *value = nullptr;
+    char dateBuf[100];
+    dateBuf[0] = '\0';
+
+    bool valueWasAllocated = false;
+    if (attrib == nsMsgSearchAttrib::Date)
+    {
+      // note that there used to be code here that encoded an RFC822 date for imap searches.
+      // The IMAP RFC 2060 is misleading to the point that it looks like it requires an RFC822
+      // date but really it expects dd-mmm-yyyy, like dredd, and refers to the RFC822 date only in that the
+      // dd-mmm-yyyy date will match the RFC822 date within the message.
+
+      PRTime adjustedDate;
+      searchValue->GetDate(&adjustedDate);
+      if (whichMnemonic == m_kImapSince)
+      {
+        // it looks like the IMAP server searches on Since includes the date in question...
+        // our UI presents Is, IsGreater and IsLessThan. For the IsGreater case (m_kImapSince)
+        // we need to adjust the date so we get greater than and not greater than or equal to which
+        // is what the IMAP server wants to search on
+        // won't work on Mac.
+        adjustedDate += PR_USEC_PER_DAY;
+      }
+
+      PRExplodedTime exploded;
+      PR_ExplodeTime(adjustedDate, PR_LocalTimeParameters, &exploded);
+      PR_FormatTimeUSEnglish(dateBuf, sizeof(dateBuf), "%d-%b-%Y", &exploded);
+      //    strftime (dateBuf, sizeof(dateBuf), "%d-%b-%Y", localtime (/* &term->m_value.u.date */ &adjustedDate));
+      value = dateBuf;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      if (attrib == nsMsgSearchAttrib::AgeInDays)
+      {
+        // okay, take the current date, subtract off the age in days, then do an appropriate Date search on
+        // the resulting day.
+        int32_t ageInDays;
+
+        searchValue->GetAge(&ageInDays);
+
+        PRTime now = PR_Now();
+        PRTime matchDay = now - ageInDays * PR_USEC_PER_DAY;
+
+        PRExplodedTime exploded;
+        PR_ExplodeTime(matchDay, PR_LocalTimeParameters, &exploded);
+        PR_FormatTimeUSEnglish(dateBuf, sizeof(dateBuf), "%d-%b-%Y", &exploded);
+        //      strftime (dateBuf, sizeof(dateBuf), "%d-%b-%Y", localtime (&matchDay));
+        value = dateBuf;
+      }
+      else if (attrib == nsMsgSearchAttrib::Size)
+      {
+        uint32_t sizeValue;
+        nsAutoCString searchTermValue;
+        searchValue->GetSize(&sizeValue);
+
+        // Multiply by 1024 to get into kb resolution
+        sizeValue *= 1024;
+
+        // Ensure that greater than is really greater than
+        // in kb resolution.
+        if (op == nsMsgSearchOp::IsGreaterThan)
+          sizeValue += 1024;
+
+        searchTermValue.AppendInt(sizeValue);
+
+        value = ToNewCString(searchTermValue);
+        valueWasAllocated = true;
+      }
+      else
+
+      if (IS_STRING_ATTRIBUTE(attrib))
+      {
+        char16_t *convertedValue; // = reallyDredd ? MSG_EscapeSearchUrl (term->m_value.u.string) : msg_EscapeImapSearchProtocol(term->m_value.u.string);
+        nsString searchTermValue;
+        searchValue->GetStr(searchTermValue);
+        // Ugly switch for Korean mail/news charsets.
+        // We want to do this here because here is where
+        // we know what charset we want to use.
+#ifdef DOING_CHARSET
+        if (reallyDredd)
+          dest_csid = INTL_DefaultNewsCharSetID(dest_csid);
+        else
+          dest_csid = INTL_DefaultMailCharSetID(dest_csid);
+#endif
+
+        // do all sorts of crazy escaping
+        convertedValue = reallyDredd ? EscapeSearchUrl (searchTermValue.get()) :
+        EscapeImapSearchProtocol(searchTermValue.get());
+        useQuotes = ((!reallyDredd ||
+                    (nsDependentString(convertedValue).FindChar(char16_t(' ')) != -1)) &&
+           (attrib != nsMsgSearchAttrib::Keywords));
+        // now convert to char* and escape quoted_specials
+        nsAutoCString valueStr;
+        nsresult rv = ConvertFromUnicode(NS_LossyConvertUTF16toASCII(destCharset).get(),
+          nsDependentString(convertedValue), valueStr);
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        {
+          const char *vptr = valueStr.get();
+          // max escaped length is one extra character for every character in the cmd.
+          mozilla::UniquePtr<char[]> newValue = mozilla::MakeUnique<char[]>(2*strlen(vptr) + 1);
+          if (newValue)
+          {
+            char *p = newValue.get();
+            while (1)
+            {
+              char ch = *vptr++;
+              if (!ch)
+                break;
+              if ((useQuotes ? ch == '"' : 0) || ch == '\\')
+                *p++ = '\\';
+              *p++ = ch;
+            }
+            *p = '\0';
+            value = strdup(newValue.get()); // realloc down to smaller size
+          }
+        }
+        else
+          value = strdup("");
+        NS_Free(convertedValue);
+        valueWasAllocated = true;
+
+      }
+    }
+
+    // this should be rewritten to use nsCString
+    int subLen =
+      (value ? strlen(value) : 0) +
+      (useNot ? strlen(m_kImapNot) : 0) +
+      strlen(m_kImapHeader);
+    int len = strlen(whichMnemonic) + subLen + (useQuotes ? 2 : 0) +
+      (orHeaderMnemonic
+       ? (subLen + strlen(m_kImapOr) + strlen(orHeaderMnemonic) + 2 /*""*/)
+       : 0) +
+      10; // add slough for imap string literals
+    char *encoding = new char[len];
+    if (encoding)
+    {
+      encoding[0] = '\0';
+      // Remember: if ToOrCC and useNot then the expression becomes NOT To AND Not CC as opposed to (NOT TO) || (NOT CC)
+      if (orHeaderMnemonic && !useNot)
+        PL_strcat(encoding, m_kImapOr);
+      if (useNot)
+        PL_strcat (encoding, m_kImapNot);
+      if (!arbitraryHeader.IsEmpty())
+        PL_strcat (encoding, m_kImapHeader);
+      PL_strcat (encoding, whichMnemonic);
+      if (!ignoreValue)
+        err = EncodeImapValue(encoding, value, useQuotes, reallyDredd);
+
+      if (orHeaderMnemonic)
+      {
+        if (useNot)
+          PL_strcat(encoding, m_kImapNot);
+
+        PL_strcat (encoding, m_kImapHeader);
+
+        PL_strcat (encoding, orHeaderMnemonic);
+        if (!ignoreValue)
+          err = EncodeImapValue(encoding, value, useQuotes, reallyDredd);
+      }
+
+      // kmcentee, don't let the encoding end with whitespace,
+      // this throws off later url STRCMP
+      if (*encoding && *(encoding + strlen(encoding) - 1) == ' ')
+        *(encoding + strlen(encoding) - 1) = '\0';
+    }
+
+    if (value && valueWasAllocated)
+      NS_Free (value);
+
+    *ppOutTerm = encoding;
+
+    return err;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgSearchAdapter::EncodeImapValue(char *encoding, const char *value, bool useQuotes, bool reallyDredd)
+{
+  // By NNTP RFC, SEARCH HEADER SUBJECT "" is legal and means 'find messages without a subject header'
+  if (!reallyDredd)
+  {
+    // By IMAP RFC, SEARCH HEADER SUBJECT "" is illegal and will generate an error from the server
+    if (!value || !value[0])
+      return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+  }
+
+  if (!NS_IsAscii(value))
+  {
+    nsAutoCString lengthStr;
+    PL_strcat(encoding, "{");
+    lengthStr.AppendInt((int32_t) strlen(value));
+    PL_strcat(encoding, lengthStr.get());
+    PL_strcat(encoding, "}" CRLF);
+    PL_strcat(encoding, value);
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  if (useQuotes)
+    PL_strcat(encoding, "\"");
+  PL_strcat (encoding, value);
+  if (useQuotes)
+    PL_strcat(encoding, "\"");
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+nsresult nsMsgSearchAdapter::EncodeImap (char **ppOutEncoding, nsISupportsArray *searchTerms, const char16_t *srcCharset, const char16_t *destCharset, bool reallyDredd)
+{
+  // i've left the old code (before using CBoolExpression for debugging purposes to make sure that
+  // the new code generates the same encoding string as the old code.....
+
+  nsresult err = NS_OK;
+  *ppOutEncoding = nullptr;
+
+  uint32_t termCount;
+  searchTerms->Count(&termCount);
+  uint32_t i = 0;
+
+  // create our expression
+  nsMsgSearchBoolExpression * expression = new nsMsgSearchBoolExpression();
+  if (!expression)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < termCount && NS_SUCCEEDED(err); i++)
+  {
+    char *termEncoding;
+    bool matchAll;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgSearchTerm> pTerm;
+    searchTerms->QueryElementAt(i, NS_GET_IID(nsIMsgSearchTerm),
+      (void **)getter_AddRefs(pTerm));
+    pTerm->GetMatchAll(&matchAll);
+    if (matchAll)
+      continue;
+    err = EncodeImapTerm (pTerm, reallyDredd, srcCharset, destCharset, &termEncoding);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err) && nullptr != termEncoding)
+    {
+      expression = nsMsgSearchBoolExpression::AddSearchTerm(expression, pTerm, termEncoding);
+      delete [] termEncoding;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err))
+  {
+    // Catenate the intermediate encodings together into a big string
+    nsAutoCString encodingBuff;
+
+    if (!reallyDredd)
+      encodingBuff.Append(m_kImapUnDeleted);
+
+    expression->GenerateEncodeStr(&encodingBuff);
+    *ppOutEncoding = ToNewCString(encodingBuff);
+  }
+
+  delete expression;
+
+  return err;
+}
+
+
+char *nsMsgSearchAdapter::TransformSpacesToStars (const char *spaceString, msg_TransformType transformType)
+{
+  char *starString;
+
+  if (transformType == kOverwrite)
+  {
+    if ((starString = strdup(spaceString)) != nullptr)
+    {
+      char *star = starString;
+      while ((star = PL_strchr(star, ' ')) != nullptr)
+        *star = '*';
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    int i, count;
+
+    for (i = 0, count = 0; spaceString[i]; )
+    {
+      if (spaceString[i++] == ' ')
+      {
+        count++;
+        while (spaceString[i] && spaceString[i] == ' ') i++;
+      }
+    }
+
+    if (transformType == kSurround)
+      count *= 2;
+
+    if (count > 0)
+    {
+      if ((starString = (char *)PR_Malloc(i + count + 1)) != nullptr)
+      {
+        int j;
+
+        for (i = 0, j = 0; spaceString[i]; )
+        {
+          if (spaceString[i] == ' ')
+          {
+            starString[j++] = '*';
+            starString[j++] = ' ';
+            if (transformType == kSurround)
+              starString[j++] = '*';
+
+            i++;
+            while (spaceString[i] && spaceString[i] == ' ')
+              i++;
+          }
+          else
+            starString[j++] = spaceString[i++];
+        }
+        starString[j] = 0;
+      }
+    }
+    else
+      starString = strdup(spaceString);
+  }
+
+  return starString;
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//------------------- Validity checking for menu items etc. -------------------
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+nsMsgSearchValidityTable::nsMsgSearchValidityTable ()
+{
+  // Set everything to be unavailable and disabled
+  for (int i = 0; i < nsMsgSearchAttrib::kNumMsgSearchAttributes; i++)
+    for (int j = 0; j < nsMsgSearchOp::kNumMsgSearchOperators; j++)
+    {
+      SetAvailable (i, j, false);
+      SetEnabled (i, j, false);
+      SetValidButNotShown (i,j, false);
+    }
+  m_numAvailAttribs = 0;   // # of attributes marked with at least one available operator
+  // assume default is Subject, which it is for mail and news search
+  // it's not for LDAP, so we'll call SetDefaultAttrib()
+  m_defaultAttrib = nsMsgSearchAttrib::Subject;
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMsgSearchValidityTable, nsIMsgSearchValidityTable)
+
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgSearchValidityTable::GetNumAvailAttribs(int32_t *aResult)
+{
+  m_numAvailAttribs = 0;
+  for (int i = 0; i < nsMsgSearchAttrib::kNumMsgSearchAttributes; i++)
+    for (int j = 0; j < nsMsgSearchOp::kNumMsgSearchOperators; j++) {
+            bool available;
+            GetAvailable(i, j, &available);
+      if (available)
+      {
+        m_numAvailAttribs++;
+        break;
+      }
+        }
+  *aResult = m_numAvailAttribs;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgSearchValidityTable::ValidateTerms (nsISupportsArray *searchTerms)
+{
+  nsresult err = NS_OK;
+  uint32_t count;
+
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(searchTerms);
+
+  searchTerms->Count(&count);
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < count; i++)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgSearchTerm> pTerm;
+    searchTerms->QueryElementAt(i, NS_GET_IID(nsIMsgSearchTerm),
+                             (void **)getter_AddRefs(pTerm));
+
+    nsIMsgSearchTerm *iTerm = pTerm;
+    nsMsgSearchTerm *term = static_cast<nsMsgSearchTerm *>(iTerm);
+//    XP_ASSERT(term->IsValid());
+        bool enabled;
+        bool available;
+        GetEnabled(term->m_attribute, term->m_operator, &enabled);
+        GetAvailable(term->m_attribute, term->m_operator, &available);
+    if (!enabled || !available)
+    {
+            bool validNotShown;
+            GetValidButNotShown(term->m_attribute, term->m_operator,
+                                &validNotShown);
+            if (!validNotShown)
+        err = NS_MSG_ERROR_INVALID_SEARCH_SCOPE;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return err;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgSearchValidityTable::GetAvailableAttributes(uint32_t *length,
+                                                 nsMsgSearchAttribValue **aResult)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(length);
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+
+    // count first
+    uint32_t totalAttributes=0;
+    int32_t i, j;
+    for (i = 0; i< nsMsgSearchAttrib::kNumMsgSearchAttributes; i++) {
+        for (j=0; j< nsMsgSearchOp::kNumMsgSearchOperators; j++) {
+            if (m_table[i][j].bitAvailable) {
+                totalAttributes++;
+                break;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    nsMsgSearchAttribValue *array = (nsMsgSearchAttribValue*)
+        moz_xmalloc(sizeof(nsMsgSearchAttribValue) * totalAttributes);
+    NS_ENSURE_TRUE(array, NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY);
+
+    uint32_t numStored=0;
+    for (i = 0; i< nsMsgSearchAttrib::kNumMsgSearchAttributes; i++) {
+        for (j=0; j< nsMsgSearchOp::kNumMsgSearchOperators; j++) {
+            if (m_table[i][j].bitAvailable) {
+                array[numStored++] = i;
+                break;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    NS_ASSERTION(totalAttributes == numStored, "Search Attributes not lining up");
+    *length = totalAttributes;
+    *aResult = array;
+
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgSearchValidityTable::GetAvailableOperators(nsMsgSearchAttribValue aAttribute,
+                                                uint32_t *aLength,
+                                                nsMsgSearchOpValue **aResult)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aLength);
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+
+    nsMsgSearchAttribValue attr;
+    if (aAttribute == nsMsgSearchAttrib::Default)
+      attr = m_defaultAttrib;
+    else
+      attr = std::min(aAttribute,
+                    (nsMsgSearchAttribValue)nsMsgSearchAttrib::OtherHeader);
+
+    uint32_t totalOperators=0;
+    int32_t i;
+    for (i=0; i<nsMsgSearchOp::kNumMsgSearchOperators; i++) {
+        if (m_table[attr][i].bitAvailable)
+            totalOperators++;
+    }
+
+    nsMsgSearchOpValue *array = (nsMsgSearchOpValue*)
+        moz_xmalloc(sizeof(nsMsgSearchOpValue) * totalOperators);
+    NS_ENSURE_TRUE(array, NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY);
+
+    uint32_t numStored = 0;
+    for (i=0; i<nsMsgSearchOp::kNumMsgSearchOperators;i++) {
+        if (m_table[attr][i].bitAvailable)
+            array[numStored++] = i;
+    }
+
+    NS_ASSERTION(totalOperators == numStored, "Search Operators not lining up");
+    *aLength = totalOperators;
+    *aResult = array;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgSearchValidityTable::SetDefaultAttrib(nsMsgSearchAttribValue aAttribute)
+{
+  m_defaultAttrib = aAttribute;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+nsMsgSearchValidityManager::nsMsgSearchValidityManager ()
+{
+}
+
+
+nsMsgSearchValidityManager::~nsMsgSearchValidityManager ()
+{
+    // tables released by nsCOMPtr
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMsgSearchValidityManager, nsIMsgSearchValidityManager)
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Bottleneck accesses to the objects so we can allocate and initialize them
+// lazily. This way, there's no heap overhead for the validity tables until the
+// user actually searches that scope.
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgSearchValidityManager::GetTable (int whichTable, nsIMsgSearchValidityTable **ppOutTable)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(ppOutTable);
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  *ppOutTable = nullptr;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> pref(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  nsCString customHeaders;
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    pref->GetCharPref(PREF_CUSTOM_HEADERS, getter_Copies(customHeaders));
+
+  switch (whichTable)
+  {
+  case nsMsgSearchScope::offlineMail:
+    if (!m_offlineMailTable)
+      rv = InitOfflineMailTable ();
+    if (m_offlineMailTable)
+      rv = SetOtherHeadersInTable(m_offlineMailTable, customHeaders.get());
+    *ppOutTable = m_offlineMailTable;
+    break;
+  case nsMsgSearchScope::offlineMailFilter:
+    if (!m_offlineMailFilterTable)
+      rv = InitOfflineMailFilterTable ();
+    if (m_offlineMailFilterTable)
+      rv = SetOtherHeadersInTable(m_offlineMailFilterTable, customHeaders.get());
+    *ppOutTable = m_offlineMailFilterTable;
+    break;
+  case nsMsgSearchScope::onlineMail:
+    if (!m_onlineMailTable)
+      rv = InitOnlineMailTable ();
+    if (m_onlineMailTable)
+      rv = SetOtherHeadersInTable(m_onlineMailTable, customHeaders.get());
+    *ppOutTable = m_onlineMailTable;
+    break;
+  case nsMsgSearchScope::onlineMailFilter:
+    if (!m_onlineMailFilterTable)
+      rv = InitOnlineMailFilterTable ();
+    if (m_onlineMailFilterTable)
+      rv = SetOtherHeadersInTable(m_onlineMailFilterTable, customHeaders.get());
+    *ppOutTable = m_onlineMailFilterTable;
+    break;
+  case nsMsgSearchScope::news:
+    if (!m_newsTable)
+      rv = InitNewsTable();
+    if (m_newsTable)
+      rv = SetOtherHeadersInTable(m_newsTable, customHeaders.get());
+    *ppOutTable = m_newsTable;
+    break;
+  case nsMsgSearchScope::newsFilter:
+    if (!m_newsFilterTable)
+      rv = InitNewsFilterTable();
+    if (m_newsFilterTable)
+      rv = SetOtherHeadersInTable(m_newsFilterTable, customHeaders.get());
+    *ppOutTable = m_newsFilterTable;
+    break;
+  case nsMsgSearchScope::localNews:
+    if (!m_localNewsTable)
+      rv = InitLocalNewsTable();
+    if (m_localNewsTable)
+      rv = SetOtherHeadersInTable(m_localNewsTable, customHeaders.get());
+    *ppOutTable = m_localNewsTable;
+    break;
+  case nsMsgSearchScope::localNewsJunk:
+    if (!m_localNewsJunkTable)
+      rv = InitLocalNewsJunkTable();
+    if (m_localNewsJunkTable)
+      rv = SetOtherHeadersInTable(m_localNewsJunkTable, customHeaders.get());
+    *ppOutTable = m_localNewsJunkTable;
+    break;
+  case nsMsgSearchScope::localNewsBody:
+    if (!m_localNewsBodyTable)
+      rv = InitLocalNewsBodyTable();
+    if (m_localNewsBodyTable)
+      rv = SetOtherHeadersInTable(m_localNewsBodyTable, customHeaders.get());
+    *ppOutTable = m_localNewsBodyTable;
+    break;
+  case nsMsgSearchScope::localNewsJunkBody:
+    if (!m_localNewsJunkBodyTable)
+      rv = InitLocalNewsJunkBodyTable();
+    if (m_localNewsJunkBodyTable)
+      rv = SetOtherHeadersInTable(m_localNewsJunkBodyTable, customHeaders.get());
+    *ppOutTable = m_localNewsJunkBodyTable;
+    break;
+
+  case nsMsgSearchScope::onlineManual:
+    if (!m_onlineManualFilterTable)
+      rv = InitOnlineManualFilterTable();
+    if (m_onlineManualFilterTable)
+      rv = SetOtherHeadersInTable(m_onlineManualFilterTable, customHeaders.get());
+    *ppOutTable = m_onlineManualFilterTable;
+    break;
+  case nsMsgSearchScope::LDAP:
+    if (!m_ldapTable)
+      rv = InitLdapTable ();
+    *ppOutTable = m_ldapTable;
+    break;
+  case nsMsgSearchScope::LDAPAnd:
+    if (!m_ldapAndTable)
+      rv = InitLdapAndTable ();
+    *ppOutTable = m_ldapAndTable;
+    break;
+  case nsMsgSearchScope::LocalAB:
+    if (!m_localABTable)
+      rv = InitLocalABTable ();
+    *ppOutTable = m_localABTable;
+    break;
+  case nsMsgSearchScope::LocalABAnd:
+    if (!m_localABAndTable)
+      rv = InitLocalABAndTable ();
+    *ppOutTable = m_localABAndTable;
+    break;
+  default:
+    NS_ASSERTION(false, "invalid table type");
+    rv = NS_MSG_ERROR_INVALID_SEARCH_TERM;
+  }
+
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*ppOutTable);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+// mapping between ordered attribute values, and property strings
+// see search-attributes.properties
+static struct
+{
+  nsMsgSearchAttribValue id;
+  const char* property;
+}
+nsMsgSearchAttribMap[] =
+{
+  {nsMsgSearchAttrib::Subject, "Subject"},
+  {nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender, "From"},
+  {nsMsgSearchAttrib::Body, "Body"},
+  {nsMsgSearchAttrib::Date, "Date"},
+  {nsMsgSearchAttrib::Priority, "Priority"},
+  {nsMsgSearchAttrib::MsgStatus, "Status"},
+  {nsMsgSearchAttrib::To, "To"},
+  {nsMsgSearchAttrib::CC, "Cc"},
+  {nsMsgSearchAttrib::ToOrCC, "ToOrCc"},
+  {nsMsgSearchAttrib::AgeInDays, "AgeInDays"},
+  {nsMsgSearchAttrib::Size, "SizeKB"},
+  {nsMsgSearchAttrib::Keywords, "Tags"},
+  {nsMsgSearchAttrib::Name, "AnyName"},
+  {nsMsgSearchAttrib::DisplayName, "DisplayName"},
+  {nsMsgSearchAttrib::Nickname, "Nickname"},
+  {nsMsgSearchAttrib::ScreenName, "ScreenName"},
+  {nsMsgSearchAttrib::Email, "Email"},
+  {nsMsgSearchAttrib::AdditionalEmail, "AdditionalEmail"},
+  {nsMsgSearchAttrib::PhoneNumber, "AnyNumber"},
+  {nsMsgSearchAttrib::WorkPhone, "WorkPhone"},
+  {nsMsgSearchAttrib::HomePhone, "HomePhone"},
+  {nsMsgSearchAttrib::Fax, "Fax"},
+  {nsMsgSearchAttrib::Pager, "Pager"},
+  {nsMsgSearchAttrib::Mobile, "Mobile"},
+  {nsMsgSearchAttrib::City, "City"},
+  {nsMsgSearchAttrib::Street, "Street"},
+  {nsMsgSearchAttrib::Title, "Title"},
+  {nsMsgSearchAttrib::Organization, "Organization"},
+  {nsMsgSearchAttrib::Department, "Department"},
+  {nsMsgSearchAttrib::AllAddresses, "FromToCcOrBcc"},
+  {nsMsgSearchAttrib::JunkScoreOrigin, "JunkScoreOrigin"},
+  {nsMsgSearchAttrib::JunkPercent, "JunkPercent"},
+  {nsMsgSearchAttrib::HasAttachmentStatus, "AttachmentStatus"},
+  {nsMsgSearchAttrib::JunkStatus, "JunkStatus"},
+  {nsMsgSearchAttrib::Label, "Label"},
+  {nsMsgSearchAttrib::OtherHeader, "Customize"},
+  // the last id is -1 to denote end of table
+  {-1, ""}
+};
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgSearchValidityManager::GetAttributeProperty(nsMsgSearchAttribValue aSearchAttribute,
+                                                 nsAString& aProperty)
+{
+  for (int32_t i = 0; nsMsgSearchAttribMap[i].id >= 0; ++i)
+  {
+    if (nsMsgSearchAttribMap[i].id == aSearchAttribute)
+    {
+      aProperty.Assign(NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16(nsMsgSearchAttribMap[i].property));
+      return NS_OK;
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgSearchValidityManager::NewTable(nsIMsgSearchValidityTable **aTable)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aTable);
+  *aTable = new nsMsgSearchValidityTable;
+  if (!*aTable)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+  NS_ADDREF(*aTable);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgSearchValidityManager::SetOtherHeadersInTable (nsIMsgSearchValidityTable *aTable, const char *customHeaders)
+{
+  uint32_t customHeadersLength = strlen(customHeaders);
+  uint32_t numHeaders=0;
+  if (customHeadersLength)
+  {
+    nsAutoCString hdrStr(customHeaders);
+    hdrStr.StripWhitespace();  //remove whitespace before parsing
+    char *newStr = hdrStr.BeginWriting();
+    char *token = NS_strtok(":", &newStr);
+    while(token)
+    {
+      numHeaders++;
+      token = NS_strtok(":", &newStr);
+    }
+  }
+
+  NS_ASSERTION(nsMsgSearchAttrib::OtherHeader + numHeaders < nsMsgSearchAttrib::kNumMsgSearchAttributes, "more headers than the table can hold");
+
+  uint32_t maxHdrs = std::min(nsMsgSearchAttrib::OtherHeader + numHeaders + 1,
+                            (uint32_t)nsMsgSearchAttrib::kNumMsgSearchAttributes);
+  for (uint32_t i=nsMsgSearchAttrib::OtherHeader+1;i< maxHdrs;i++)
+  {
+    aTable->SetAvailable (i, nsMsgSearchOp::Contains, 1);   // added for arbitrary headers
+    aTable->SetEnabled   (i, nsMsgSearchOp::Contains, 1);
+    aTable->SetAvailable (i, nsMsgSearchOp::DoesntContain, 1);
+    aTable->SetEnabled   (i, nsMsgSearchOp::DoesntContain, 1);
+    aTable->SetAvailable (i, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+    aTable->SetEnabled   (i, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+    aTable->SetAvailable (i, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+    aTable->SetEnabled   (i, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+  }
+   //because custom headers can change; so reset the table for those which are no longer used.
+  for (uint32_t j=maxHdrs; j < nsMsgSearchAttrib::kNumMsgSearchAttributes; j++)
+  {
+    for (uint32_t k=0; k < nsMsgSearchOp::kNumMsgSearchOperators; k++)
+    {
+      aTable->SetAvailable(j,k,0);
+      aTable->SetEnabled(j,k,0);
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgSearchValidityManager::EnableDirectoryAttribute(nsIMsgSearchValidityTable *table, nsMsgSearchAttribValue aSearchAttrib)
+{
+        table->SetAvailable (aSearchAttrib, nsMsgSearchOp::Contains, 1);
+        table->SetEnabled   (aSearchAttrib, nsMsgSearchOp::Contains, 1);
+        table->SetAvailable (aSearchAttrib, nsMsgSearchOp::DoesntContain, 1);
+        table->SetEnabled   (aSearchAttrib, nsMsgSearchOp::DoesntContain, 1);
+        table->SetAvailable (aSearchAttrib, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+        table->SetEnabled   (aSearchAttrib, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+        table->SetAvailable (aSearchAttrib, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+        table->SetEnabled   (aSearchAttrib, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+        table->SetAvailable (aSearchAttrib, nsMsgSearchOp::BeginsWith, 1);
+        table->SetEnabled   (aSearchAttrib, nsMsgSearchOp::BeginsWith, 1);
+        table->SetAvailable (aSearchAttrib, nsMsgSearchOp::EndsWith, 1);
+        table->SetEnabled   (aSearchAttrib, nsMsgSearchOp::EndsWith, 1);
+        table->SetAvailable (aSearchAttrib, nsMsgSearchOp::SoundsLike, 1);
+        table->SetEnabled   (aSearchAttrib, nsMsgSearchOp::SoundsLike, 1);
+        return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgSearchValidityManager::InitLdapTable()
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(!m_ldapTable,"don't call this twice!");
+
+  nsresult rv = NewTable(getter_AddRefs(m_ldapTable));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  rv = SetUpABTable(m_ldapTable, true);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgSearchValidityManager::InitLdapAndTable()
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(!m_ldapAndTable,"don't call this twice!");
+
+  nsresult rv = NewTable(getter_AddRefs(m_ldapAndTable));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  rv = SetUpABTable(m_ldapAndTable, false);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgSearchValidityManager::InitLocalABTable()
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(!m_localABTable,"don't call this twice!");
+
+  nsresult rv = NewTable(getter_AddRefs(m_localABTable));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  rv = SetUpABTable(m_localABTable, true);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgSearchValidityManager::InitLocalABAndTable()
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(!m_localABAndTable,"don't call this twice!");
+
+  nsresult rv = NewTable(getter_AddRefs(m_localABAndTable));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  rv = SetUpABTable(m_localABAndTable, false);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgSearchValidityManager::SetUpABTable(nsIMsgSearchValidityTable *aTable, bool isOrTable)
+{
+  nsresult rv = aTable->SetDefaultAttrib(isOrTable ? nsMsgSearchAttrib::Name : nsMsgSearchAttrib::DisplayName);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  if (isOrTable) {
+    rv = EnableDirectoryAttribute(aTable, nsMsgSearchAttrib::Name);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+    rv = EnableDirectoryAttribute(aTable, nsMsgSearchAttrib::PhoneNumber);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  }
+
+  rv = EnableDirectoryAttribute(aTable, nsMsgSearchAttrib::DisplayName);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  rv = EnableDirectoryAttribute(aTable, nsMsgSearchAttrib::Email);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  rv = EnableDirectoryAttribute(aTable, nsMsgSearchAttrib::AdditionalEmail);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  rv = EnableDirectoryAttribute(aTable, nsMsgSearchAttrib::ScreenName);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  rv = EnableDirectoryAttribute(aTable, nsMsgSearchAttrib::Street);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  rv = EnableDirectoryAttribute(aTable, nsMsgSearchAttrib::City);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  rv = EnableDirectoryAttribute(aTable, nsMsgSearchAttrib::Title);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  rv = EnableDirectoryAttribute(aTable, nsMsgSearchAttrib::Organization);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  rv = EnableDirectoryAttribute(aTable, nsMsgSearchAttrib::Department);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  rv = EnableDirectoryAttribute(aTable, nsMsgSearchAttrib::Nickname);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  rv = EnableDirectoryAttribute(aTable, nsMsgSearchAttrib::WorkPhone);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  rv = EnableDirectoryAttribute(aTable, nsMsgSearchAttrib::HomePhone);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  rv = EnableDirectoryAttribute(aTable, nsMsgSearchAttrib::Fax);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  rv = EnableDirectoryAttribute(aTable, nsMsgSearchAttrib::Pager);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  rv = EnableDirectoryAttribute(aTable, nsMsgSearchAttrib::Mobile);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  return rv;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/search/src/nsMsgSearchImap.h b/mailnews/base/search/src/nsMsgSearchImap.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8f2849da6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/search/src/nsMsgSearchImap.h
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _nsMsgSearchImap_h__
+#include "mozilla/Attributes.h"
+#include "nsMsgSearchAdapter.h"
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//---------- Adapter class for searching online (IMAP) folders ----------------
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class nsMsgSearchOnlineMail : public nsMsgSearchAdapter
+{
+public:
+  nsMsgSearchOnlineMail (nsMsgSearchScopeTerm *scope, nsISupportsArray *termList);
+  virtual ~nsMsgSearchOnlineMail ();
+
+  NS_IMETHOD ValidateTerms () override;
+  NS_IMETHOD Search (bool *aDone) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetEncoding (char **result) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD AddResultElement (nsIMsgDBHdr *) override;
+
+  static nsresult Encode (nsCString& ppEncoding,
+                            nsISupportsArray *searchTerms,
+                            const char16_t *destCharset);
+
+
+protected:
+  nsCString m_encoding;
+};
+
+
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/mailnews/base/search/src/nsMsgSearchNews.cpp b/mailnews/base/search/src/nsMsgSearchNews.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..72d2bd648
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/search/src/nsMsgSearchNews.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,511 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "nsMsgSearchAdapter.h"
+#include "nsUnicharUtils.h"
+#include "nsMsgSearchScopeTerm.h"
+#include "nsMsgResultElement.h"
+#include "nsMsgSearchTerm.h"
+#include "nsIMsgHdr.h"
+#include "nsMsgSearchNews.h"
+#include "nsIDBFolderInfo.h"
+#include "prprf.h"
+#include "nsIMsgDatabase.h"
+#include "nsMemory.h"
+#include <ctype.h>
+// Disable deprecation warnings generated by nsISupportsArray and associated
+// classes.
+#if defined(__GNUC__)
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wdeprecated-declarations"
+#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
+#pragma warning (disable : 4996)
+#endif
+#include "nsISupportsArray.h"
+
+// Implementation of search for IMAP mail folders
+
+
+// Implementation of search for newsgroups
+
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//----------- Adapter class for searching XPAT-capable news servers -----------
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+const char *nsMsgSearchNews::m_kNntpFrom = "FROM ";
+const char *nsMsgSearchNews::m_kNntpSubject = "SUBJECT ";
+const char *nsMsgSearchNews::m_kTermSeparator = "/";
+
+
+nsMsgSearchNews::nsMsgSearchNews (nsMsgSearchScopeTerm *scope, nsISupportsArray *termList) : nsMsgSearchAdapter (scope, termList)
+{
+}
+
+
+nsMsgSearchNews::~nsMsgSearchNews ()
+{
+}
+
+
+nsresult nsMsgSearchNews::ValidateTerms ()
+{
+  nsresult err = nsMsgSearchAdapter::ValidateTerms ();
+  if (NS_OK == err)
+  {
+    err = Encode (&m_encoding);
+  }
+
+  return err;
+}
+
+
+nsresult nsMsgSearchNews::Search (bool *aDone)
+{
+  // the state machine runs in the news: handler
+  nsresult err = NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+  return err;
+}
+
+char16_t *nsMsgSearchNews::EncodeToWildmat (const char16_t *value)
+{
+  // Here we take advantage of XPAT's use of the wildmat format, which allows
+  // a case-insensitive match by specifying each case possibility for each character
+  // So, "FooBar" is encoded as "[Ff][Oo][Bb][Aa][Rr]"
+
+  char16_t *caseInsensitiveValue = (char16_t*) moz_xmalloc(sizeof(char16_t) * ((4 * NS_strlen(value)) + 1));
+  if (caseInsensitiveValue)
+  {
+    char16_t *walkValue = caseInsensitiveValue;
+    while (*value)
+    {
+      if (isalpha(*value))
+      {
+        *walkValue++ = (char16_t)'[';
+        *walkValue++ = ToUpperCase((char16_t)*value);
+        *walkValue++ = ToLowerCase((char16_t)*value);
+        *walkValue++ = (char16_t)']';
+      }
+      else
+        *walkValue++ = *value;
+      value++;
+    }
+    *walkValue = 0;
+  }
+  return caseInsensitiveValue;
+}
+
+
+char *nsMsgSearchNews::EncodeTerm (nsIMsgSearchTerm *term)
+{
+  // Develop an XPAT-style encoding for the search term
+
+  NS_ASSERTION(term, "null term");
+  if (!term)
+    return nullptr;
+
+  // Find a string to represent the attribute
+  const char *attribEncoding = nullptr;
+  nsMsgSearchAttribValue attrib;
+
+  term->GetAttrib(&attrib);
+
+  switch (attrib)
+  {
+  case nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender:
+    attribEncoding = m_kNntpFrom;
+    break;
+  case nsMsgSearchAttrib::Subject:
+    attribEncoding = m_kNntpSubject;
+    break;
+  default:
+    nsCString header;
+    term->GetArbitraryHeader(header);
+    if (header.IsEmpty())
+    {
+      NS_ASSERTION(false,"malformed search"); // malformed search term?
+      return nullptr;
+    }
+    attribEncoding = header.get();
+  }
+
+  // Build a string to represent the string pattern
+  bool leadingStar = false;
+  bool trailingStar = false;
+  nsMsgSearchOpValue op;
+  term->GetOp(&op);
+
+  switch (op)
+  {
+  case nsMsgSearchOp::Contains:
+    leadingStar = true;
+    trailingStar = true;
+    break;
+  case nsMsgSearchOp::Is:
+    break;
+  case nsMsgSearchOp::BeginsWith:
+    trailingStar = true;
+    break;
+  case nsMsgSearchOp::EndsWith:
+    leadingStar = true;
+    break;
+  default:
+    NS_ASSERTION(false,"malformed search"); // malformed search term?
+    return nullptr;
+  }
+
+    // ### i18N problem Get the csid from FE, which is the correct csid for term
+//  int16 wincsid = INTL_GetCharSetID(INTL_DefaultTextWidgetCsidSel);
+
+  // Do INTL_FormatNNTPXPATInRFC1522Format trick for non-ASCII string
+//  unsigned char *intlNonRFC1522Value = INTL_FormatNNTPXPATInNonRFC1522Format (wincsid, (unsigned char*)term->m_value.u.string);
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgSearchValue> searchValue;
+
+  nsresult rv = term->GetValue(getter_AddRefs(searchValue));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !searchValue)
+    return nullptr;
+
+
+  nsString intlNonRFC1522Value;
+  rv = searchValue->GetStr(intlNonRFC1522Value);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || intlNonRFC1522Value.IsEmpty())
+    return nullptr;
+
+  char16_t *caseInsensitiveValue = EncodeToWildmat (intlNonRFC1522Value.get());
+  if (!caseInsensitiveValue)
+    return nullptr;
+
+  // TO DO: Do INTL_FormatNNTPXPATInRFC1522Format trick for non-ASCII string
+  // Unfortunately, we currently do not handle xxx or xxx search in XPAT
+  // Need to add the INTL_FormatNNTPXPATInRFC1522Format call after we can do that
+  // so we should search a string in either RFC1522 format and non-RFC1522 format
+
+  char16_t *escapedValue = EscapeSearchUrl (caseInsensitiveValue);
+  free(caseInsensitiveValue);
+  if (!escapedValue)
+    return nullptr;
+
+  nsAutoCString pattern;
+
+  if (leadingStar)
+      pattern.Append('*');
+    pattern.Append(NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(escapedValue));
+  if (trailingStar)
+      pattern.Append('*');
+
+  // Combine the XPAT command syntax with the attribute and the pattern to
+  // form the term encoding
+  const char xpatTemplate[] = "XPAT %s 1- %s";
+  int termLength = (sizeof(xpatTemplate) - 1) + strlen(attribEncoding) + pattern.Length() + 1;
+  char *termEncoding = new char [termLength];
+  if (termEncoding)
+    PR_snprintf (termEncoding, termLength, xpatTemplate, attribEncoding, pattern.get());
+
+  return termEncoding;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgSearchNews::GetEncoding(char **result)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(result);
+  *result = ToNewCString(m_encoding);
+  return (*result) ? NS_OK : NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgSearchNews::Encode (nsCString *outEncoding)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(outEncoding, "no out encoding");
+  if (!outEncoding)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  nsresult err = NS_OK;
+
+  uint32_t numTerms;
+
+  m_searchTerms->Count(&numTerms);
+  char **intermediateEncodings = new char * [numTerms];
+  if (intermediateEncodings)
+  {
+    // Build an XPAT command for each term
+    int encodingLength = 0;
+    uint32_t i;
+    for (i = 0; i < numTerms; i++)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgSearchTerm> pTerm;
+      m_searchTerms->QueryElementAt(i, NS_GET_IID(nsIMsgSearchTerm),
+                               (void **)getter_AddRefs(pTerm));
+      // set boolean OR term if any of the search terms are an OR...this only works if we are using
+      // homogeneous boolean operators.
+      bool isBooleanOpAnd;
+      pTerm->GetBooleanAnd(&isBooleanOpAnd);
+      m_ORSearch = !isBooleanOpAnd;
+
+      intermediateEncodings[i] = EncodeTerm (pTerm);
+      if (intermediateEncodings[i])
+        encodingLength += strlen(intermediateEncodings[i]) + strlen(m_kTermSeparator);
+    }
+    encodingLength += strlen("?search");
+    // Combine all the term encodings into one big encoding
+    char *encoding = new char [encodingLength + 1];
+    if (encoding)
+    {
+      PL_strcpy (encoding, "?search");
+
+      m_searchTerms->Count(&numTerms);
+
+      for (i = 0; i < numTerms; i++)
+      {
+        if (intermediateEncodings[i])
+        {
+          PL_strcat (encoding, m_kTermSeparator);
+          PL_strcat (encoding, intermediateEncodings[i]);
+          delete [] intermediateEncodings[i];
+        }
+      }
+      *outEncoding = encoding;
+    }
+    else
+      err = NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+  }
+  else
+    err = NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+  delete [] intermediateEncodings;
+
+  return err;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgSearchNews::AddHit(nsMsgKey key)
+{
+  m_candidateHits.AppendElement(key);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* void CurrentUrlDone (in nsresult exitCode); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgSearchNews::CurrentUrlDone(nsresult exitCode)
+{
+  CollateHits();
+  ReportHits();
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+#if 0 // need to switch this to a notify stop loading handler, I think.
+void nsMsgSearchNews::PreExitFunction (URL_Struct * /*url*/, int status, MWContext *context)
+{
+  MSG_SearchFrame *frame = MSG_SearchFrame::FromContext (context);
+  nsMsgSearchNews *adapter = (nsMsgSearchNews*) frame->GetRunningAdapter();
+  adapter->CollateHits();
+  adapter->ReportHits();
+
+  if (status == MK_INTERRUPTED)
+  {
+    adapter->Abort();
+    frame->EndCylonMode();
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    frame->m_idxRunningScope++;
+    if (frame->m_idxRunningScope >= frame->m_scopeList.Count())
+      frame->EndCylonMode();
+  }
+}
+#endif // 0
+
+void nsMsgSearchNews::CollateHits()
+{
+  // Since the XPAT commands are processed one at a time, the result set for the
+  // entire query is the intersection of results for each XPAT command if an AND search,
+  // otherwise we want the union of all the search hits (minus the duplicates of course).
+
+  uint32_t size = m_candidateHits.Length();
+  if (!size)
+    return;
+
+  // Sort the article numbers first, so it's easy to tell how many hits
+  // on a given article we got
+  m_candidateHits.Sort();
+
+  // For an OR search we only need to count the first occurrence of a candidate.
+  uint32_t termCount = 1;
+  if (!m_ORSearch)
+  {
+    // We have a traditional AND search which must be collated. In order to
+    // get promoted into the hits list, a candidate article number must appear
+    // in the results of each XPAT command. So if we fire 3 XPAT commands (one
+    // per search term), the article number must appear 3 times. If it appears
+    // fewer than 3 times, it matched some search terms, but not all.
+    m_searchTerms->Count(&termCount);
+  }
+  uint32_t candidateCount = 0;
+  uint32_t candidate = m_candidateHits[0];
+  for (uint32_t index = 0; index < size; ++index)   
+  {
+    uint32_t possibleCandidate = m_candidateHits[index];
+    if (candidate == possibleCandidate)
+    {
+      ++candidateCount;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      candidateCount = 1;
+      candidate = possibleCandidate;
+    }
+    if (candidateCount == termCount)
+      m_hits.AppendElement(candidate);
+  }
+}
+
+void nsMsgSearchNews::ReportHits ()
+{
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDatabase> db;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIDBFolderInfo>  folderInfo;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> scopeFolder;
+
+  nsresult err = m_scope->GetFolder(getter_AddRefs(scopeFolder));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err) && scopeFolder)
+  {
+    err = scopeFolder->GetDBFolderInfoAndDB(getter_AddRefs(folderInfo), getter_AddRefs(db));
+  }
+
+  if (db)
+  {
+    uint32_t size = m_hits.Length();
+    for (uint32_t i = 0; i < size; ++i)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> header;
+
+      db->GetMsgHdrForKey(m_hits.ElementAt(i), getter_AddRefs(header));
+      if (header)
+        ReportHit(header, scopeFolder);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+// ### this should take an nsIMsgFolder instead of a string location.
+void nsMsgSearchNews::ReportHit (nsIMsgDBHdr *pHeaders, nsIMsgFolder *folder)
+{
+    // this is totally filched from msg_SearchOfflineMail until I decide whether the
+    // right thing is to get them from the db or from NNTP
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgSearchSession> session;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> scopeFolder;
+    m_scope->GetFolder(getter_AddRefs(scopeFolder));
+    m_scope->GetSearchSession(getter_AddRefs(session));
+    if (session)
+      session->AddSearchHit (pHeaders, scopeFolder);
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgSearchValidityManager::InitNewsTable()
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION (nullptr == m_newsTable,"don't call this twice!");
+  nsresult rv = NewTable (getter_AddRefs(m_newsTable));
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    m_newsTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender, nsMsgSearchOp::Contains, 1);
+    m_newsTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender, nsMsgSearchOp::Contains, 1);
+    m_newsTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+    m_newsTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+    m_newsTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender, nsMsgSearchOp::BeginsWith, 1);
+    m_newsTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender, nsMsgSearchOp::BeginsWith, 1);
+    m_newsTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender, nsMsgSearchOp::EndsWith, 1);
+    m_newsTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender, nsMsgSearchOp::EndsWith, 1);
+
+    m_newsTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Subject, nsMsgSearchOp::Contains, 1);
+    m_newsTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Subject, nsMsgSearchOp::Contains, 1);
+    m_newsTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Subject, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+    m_newsTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Subject, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+    m_newsTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Subject, nsMsgSearchOp::BeginsWith, 1);
+    m_newsTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Subject, nsMsgSearchOp::BeginsWith, 1);
+    m_newsTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Subject, nsMsgSearchOp::EndsWith, 1);
+    m_newsTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Subject, nsMsgSearchOp::EndsWith, 1);
+
+#if 0
+    // Size should be handled after the fact...
+    m_newsTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Size, nsMsgSearchOp::IsGreaterThan, 1);
+    m_newsTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Size, nsMsgSearchOp::IsGreaterThan, 1);
+    m_newsTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Size, nsMsgSearchOp::IsLessThan, 1);
+    m_newsTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Size, nsMsgSearchOp::IsLessThan, 1);
+#endif
+    
+    m_newsTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::OtherHeader, nsMsgSearchOp::Contains, 1);
+    m_newsTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::OtherHeader, nsMsgSearchOp::Contains, 1);
+    m_newsTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::OtherHeader, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+    m_newsTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::OtherHeader, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+    m_newsTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::OtherHeader, nsMsgSearchOp::BeginsWith, 1);
+    m_newsTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::OtherHeader, nsMsgSearchOp::BeginsWith, 1);
+    m_newsTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::OtherHeader, nsMsgSearchOp::EndsWith, 1);
+    m_newsTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::OtherHeader, nsMsgSearchOp::EndsWith, 1);
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgSearchValidityManager::InitNewsFilterTable()
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION (nullptr == m_newsFilterTable, "news filter table already initted");
+  nsresult rv = NewTable (getter_AddRefs(m_newsFilterTable));
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    m_newsFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender, nsMsgSearchOp::Contains, 1);
+    m_newsFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender, nsMsgSearchOp::Contains, 1);
+    m_newsFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender, nsMsgSearchOp::DoesntContain, 1);
+    m_newsFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender, nsMsgSearchOp::DoesntContain, 1);
+    m_newsFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+    m_newsFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+    m_newsFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+    m_newsFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+    m_newsFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender, nsMsgSearchOp::BeginsWith, 1);
+    m_newsFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender, nsMsgSearchOp::BeginsWith, 1);
+    m_newsFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender, nsMsgSearchOp::EndsWith, 1);
+    m_newsFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender, nsMsgSearchOp::EndsWith, 1);
+
+    m_newsFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender, nsMsgSearchOp::IsInAB, 1);
+    m_newsFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender, nsMsgSearchOp::IsInAB, 1);
+    m_newsFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender, nsMsgSearchOp::IsntInAB, 1);
+    m_newsFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender, nsMsgSearchOp::IsntInAB, 1);
+
+    m_newsFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Subject, nsMsgSearchOp::Contains, 1);
+    m_newsFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Subject, nsMsgSearchOp::Contains, 1);
+    m_newsFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Subject, nsMsgSearchOp::DoesntContain, 1);
+    m_newsFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Subject, nsMsgSearchOp::DoesntContain, 1);
+    m_newsFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Subject, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+    m_newsFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Subject, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+    m_newsFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Subject, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+    m_newsFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Subject, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+    m_newsFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Subject, nsMsgSearchOp::BeginsWith, 1);
+    m_newsFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Subject, nsMsgSearchOp::BeginsWith, 1);
+    m_newsFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Subject, nsMsgSearchOp::EndsWith, 1);
+    m_newsFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Subject, nsMsgSearchOp::EndsWith, 1);
+
+    m_newsFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Date, nsMsgSearchOp::IsBefore, 1);
+    m_newsFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Date, nsMsgSearchOp::IsBefore, 1);
+    m_newsFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Date, nsMsgSearchOp::IsAfter, 1);
+    m_newsFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Date, nsMsgSearchOp::IsAfter, 1);
+    m_newsFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Date, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+    m_newsFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Date, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+    m_newsFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Date, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+    m_newsFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Date, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+
+    m_newsFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Size, nsMsgSearchOp::IsGreaterThan, 1);
+    m_newsFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Size, nsMsgSearchOp::IsGreaterThan, 1);
+    m_newsFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Size, nsMsgSearchOp::IsLessThan, 1);
+    m_newsFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Size, nsMsgSearchOp::IsLessThan, 1);
+
+    m_newsFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::OtherHeader, nsMsgSearchOp::Contains, 1);
+    m_newsFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::OtherHeader, nsMsgSearchOp::Contains, 1);
+    m_newsFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::OtherHeader, nsMsgSearchOp::DoesntContain, 1);
+    m_newsFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::OtherHeader, nsMsgSearchOp::DoesntContain, 1);
+    m_newsFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::OtherHeader, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+    m_newsFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::OtherHeader, nsMsgSearchOp::Is, 1);
+    m_newsFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::OtherHeader, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+    m_newsFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::OtherHeader, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, 1);
+    m_newsFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::OtherHeader, nsMsgSearchOp::BeginsWith, 1);
+    m_newsFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::OtherHeader, nsMsgSearchOp::BeginsWith, 1);
+    m_newsFilterTable->SetAvailable (nsMsgSearchAttrib::OtherHeader, nsMsgSearchOp::EndsWith, 1);
+    m_newsFilterTable->SetEnabled   (nsMsgSearchAttrib::OtherHeader, nsMsgSearchOp::EndsWith, 1);
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/search/src/nsMsgSearchNews.h b/mailnews/base/search/src/nsMsgSearchNews.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5c5c1ec31
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/search/src/nsMsgSearchNews.h
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _nsMsgSearchNews_h__
+#include "nsMsgSearchAdapter.h"
+#include "MailNewsTypes.h"
+#include "nsTArray.h"
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//---------- Adapter class for searching online (news) folders ----------------
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class nsMsgSearchNews : public nsMsgSearchAdapter
+{
+public:
+  nsMsgSearchNews (nsMsgSearchScopeTerm *scope, nsISupportsArray *termList);
+  virtual ~nsMsgSearchNews ();
+
+  NS_IMETHOD ValidateTerms () override;
+  NS_IMETHOD Search (bool *aDone) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetEncoding (char **result) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD AddHit(nsMsgKey key) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD CurrentUrlDone(nsresult exitCode) override;
+
+  virtual nsresult Encode (nsCString *outEncoding);
+  virtual char *EncodeTerm (nsIMsgSearchTerm *);
+  char16_t *EncodeToWildmat (const char16_t *);
+
+  void ReportHits ();
+    void CollateHits ();
+    void ReportHit (nsIMsgDBHdr *pHeaders, nsIMsgFolder *folder);
+
+protected:
+  nsCString m_encoding;
+  bool m_ORSearch; // set to true if any of the search terms contains an OR for a boolean operator.
+
+  nsTArray<nsMsgKey> m_candidateHits;
+  nsTArray<nsMsgKey> m_hits;
+
+  static const char *m_kNntpFrom;
+  static const char *m_kNntpSubject;
+  static const char *m_kTermSeparator;
+  static const char *m_kUrlPrefix;
+};
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/mailnews/base/search/src/nsMsgSearchSession.cpp b/mailnews/base/search/src/nsMsgSearchSession.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..422e17c40
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/search/src/nsMsgSearchSession.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,675 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "nsMsgSearchCore.h"
+#include "nsMsgSearchAdapter.h"
+#include "nsMsgSearchBoolExpression.h"
+#include "nsMsgSearchSession.h"
+#include "nsMsgResultElement.h"
+#include "nsMsgSearchTerm.h"
+#include "nsMsgSearchScopeTerm.h"
+#include "nsIMsgMessageService.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "nsIMsgSearchNotify.h"
+#include "nsIMsgMailSession.h"
+#include "nsMsgBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsMsgFolderFlags.h"
+#include "nsMsgLocalSearch.h"
+#include "nsComponentManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsAutoPtr.h"
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMsgSearchSession, nsIMsgSearchSession, nsIUrlListener,
+                   nsISupportsWeakReference)
+
+nsMsgSearchSession::nsMsgSearchSession()
+{
+  m_sortAttribute = nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender;
+  m_idxRunningScope = 0;
+  m_handlingError = false;
+  m_expressionTree = nullptr;
+  m_searchPaused = false;
+  nsresult rv = NS_NewISupportsArray(getter_AddRefs(m_termList));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    NS_ASSERTION(false, "Failed to allocate a nsISupportsArray for nsMsgFilter");
+}
+
+nsMsgSearchSession::~nsMsgSearchSession()
+{
+  InterruptSearch();
+  delete m_expressionTree;
+  DestroyScopeList();
+  DestroyTermList();
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgSearchSession::AddSearchTerm(nsMsgSearchAttribValue attrib,
+                                  nsMsgSearchOpValue op,
+                                  nsIMsgSearchValue *value,
+                                  bool BooleanANDp,
+                                  const char *customString)
+{
+  // stupid gcc
+  nsMsgSearchBooleanOperator boolOp;
+  if (BooleanANDp)
+    boolOp = (nsMsgSearchBooleanOperator)nsMsgSearchBooleanOp::BooleanAND;
+  else
+    boolOp = (nsMsgSearchBooleanOperator)nsMsgSearchBooleanOp::BooleanOR;
+  nsMsgSearchTerm *pTerm = new nsMsgSearchTerm(attrib, op, value,
+                                               boolOp, customString);
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(pTerm, NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY);
+
+  m_termList->AppendElement(pTerm);
+  // force the expression tree to rebuild whenever we change the terms
+  delete m_expressionTree;
+  m_expressionTree = nullptr;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgSearchSession::AppendTerm(nsIMsgSearchTerm *aTerm)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aTerm);
+    NS_ENSURE_TRUE(m_termList, NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED);
+    delete m_expressionTree;
+    m_expressionTree = nullptr;
+    return m_termList->AppendElement(aTerm);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgSearchSession::GetSearchTerms(nsISupportsArray **aResult)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+    *aResult = m_termList;
+    NS_ADDREF(*aResult);
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgSearchSession::CreateTerm(nsIMsgSearchTerm **aResult)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+    nsMsgSearchTerm *term = new nsMsgSearchTerm;
+    NS_ENSURE_TRUE(term, NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY);
+
+    *aResult = static_cast<nsIMsgSearchTerm*>(term);
+    NS_ADDREF(*aResult);
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgSearchSession::RegisterListener(nsIMsgSearchNotify *aListener,
+                                                   int32_t aNotifyFlags)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aListener);
+  m_listenerList.AppendElement(aListener);
+  m_listenerFlagList.AppendElement(aNotifyFlags);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgSearchSession::UnregisterListener(nsIMsgSearchNotify *aListener)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aListener);
+  size_t listenerIndex = m_listenerList.IndexOf(aListener);
+  if (listenerIndex != m_listenerList.NoIndex)
+  {
+    m_listenerList.RemoveElementAt(listenerIndex);
+    m_listenerFlagList.RemoveElementAt(listenerIndex);
+
+    // Adjust our iterator if it is active.
+    // Removal of something at a higher index than the iterator does not affect
+    // it; we only care if the the index we were pointing at gets shifted down,
+    // in which case we also want to shift down.
+    if (m_iListener != -1 && (signed)listenerIndex <= m_iListener)
+      m_iListener--;
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgSearchSession::GetNumSearchTerms(uint32_t *aNumSearchTerms)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(aNumSearchTerms);
+  return m_termList->Count(aNumSearchTerms);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgSearchSession::GetNthSearchTerm(int32_t whichTerm,
+                                     nsMsgSearchAttribValue attrib,
+                                     nsMsgSearchOpValue op,
+                                     nsIMsgSearchValue *value)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgSearchSession::CountSearchScopes(int32_t *_retval)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(_retval);
+  *_retval = m_scopeList.Length();
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgSearchSession::GetNthSearchScope(int32_t which,
+                                      nsMsgSearchScopeValue *scopeId,
+                                      nsIMsgFolder **folder)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(scopeId);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(folder);
+
+  nsMsgSearchScopeTerm *scopeTerm = m_scopeList.SafeElementAt(which, nullptr);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(scopeTerm);
+
+  *scopeId = scopeTerm->m_attribute;
+  *folder = scopeTerm->m_folder;
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*folder);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgSearchSession::AddScopeTerm(nsMsgSearchScopeValue scope,
+                                 nsIMsgFolder *folder)
+{
+  if (scope != nsMsgSearchScope::allSearchableGroups)
+  {
+    NS_ASSERTION(folder, "need folder if not searching all groups");
+    NS_ENSURE_TRUE(folder, NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER);
+  }
+
+  nsMsgSearchScopeTerm *pScopeTerm = new nsMsgSearchScopeTerm(this, scope, folder);
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(pScopeTerm, NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY);
+
+  m_scopeList.AppendElement(pScopeTerm);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgSearchSession::AddDirectoryScopeTerm(nsMsgSearchScopeValue scope)
+{
+  nsMsgSearchScopeTerm *pScopeTerm = new nsMsgSearchScopeTerm(this, scope, nullptr);
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(pScopeTerm, NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY);
+
+  m_scopeList.AppendElement(pScopeTerm);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgSearchSession::ClearScopes()
+{
+    DestroyScopeList();
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgSearchSession::ScopeUsesCustomHeaders(nsMsgSearchScopeValue scope,
+                                           void *selection,
+                                           bool forFilters,
+                                           bool *_retval)
+{
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgSearchSession::IsStringAttribute(nsMsgSearchAttribValue attrib,
+                                      bool *_retval)
+{
+  // Is this check needed?
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(_retval);
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgSearchSession::AddAllScopes(nsMsgSearchScopeValue attrib)
+{
+  // don't think this is needed.
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgSearchSession::Search(nsIMsgWindow *aWindow)
+{
+  nsresult rv = Initialize();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgSearchNotify> listener;
+  m_iListener = 0;
+  while (m_iListener != -1 && m_iListener < (signed)m_listenerList.Length())
+  {
+    listener = m_listenerList[m_iListener];
+    int32_t listenerFlags = m_listenerFlagList[m_iListener++];
+    if (!listenerFlags || (listenerFlags & nsIMsgSearchSession::onNewSearch))
+      listener->OnNewSearch();
+  }
+  m_iListener = -1;
+
+  m_msgWindowWeak = do_GetWeakReference(aWindow);
+
+  return BeginSearching();
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgSearchSession::InterruptSearch()
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgWindow> msgWindow(do_QueryReferent(m_msgWindowWeak));
+  if (msgWindow)
+  {
+    EnableFolderNotifications(true);
+    if (m_idxRunningScope < m_scopeList.Length())
+      msgWindow->StopUrls();
+
+    while (m_idxRunningScope < m_scopeList.Length())
+    {
+      ReleaseFolderDBRef();
+      m_idxRunningScope++;
+    }
+    //m_idxRunningScope = m_scopeList.Length() so it will make us not run another url
+  }
+  if (m_backgroundTimer)
+  {
+    m_backgroundTimer->Cancel();
+    NotifyListenersDone(NS_MSG_SEARCH_INTERRUPTED);
+
+    m_backgroundTimer = nullptr;
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgSearchSession::PauseSearch()
+{
+  if (m_backgroundTimer)
+  {
+    m_backgroundTimer->Cancel();
+    m_searchPaused = true;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  else
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgSearchSession::ResumeSearch()
+{
+  if (m_searchPaused)
+  {
+    m_searchPaused = false;
+    return StartTimer();
+  }
+  else
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgSearchSession::GetSearchParam(void **aSearchParam)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgSearchSession::GetSearchType(nsMsgSearchType **aSearchType)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgSearchSession::SetSearchParam(nsMsgSearchType *type,
+                                                 void *param,
+                                                 nsMsgSearchType **_retval)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgSearchSession::GetNumResults(int32_t *aNumResults)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgSearchSession::SetWindow(nsIMsgWindow *aWindow)
+{
+  m_msgWindowWeak = do_GetWeakReference(aWindow);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgSearchSession::GetWindow(nsIMsgWindow **aWindow)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aWindow);
+  *aWindow = nullptr;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgWindow> msgWindow(do_QueryReferent(m_msgWindowWeak));
+  msgWindow.swap(*aWindow);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgSearchSession::OnStartRunningUrl(nsIURI *url)
+{
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgSearchSession::OnStopRunningUrl(nsIURI *url, nsresult aExitCode)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgSearchAdapter> runningAdapter;
+
+  nsresult rv = GetRunningAdapter(getter_AddRefs(runningAdapter));
+  // tell the current adapter that the current url has run.
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && runningAdapter)
+  {
+    runningAdapter->CurrentUrlDone(aExitCode);
+    EnableFolderNotifications(true);
+    ReleaseFolderDBRef();
+  }
+  if (++m_idxRunningScope < m_scopeList.Length())
+    DoNextSearch();
+  else
+    NotifyListenersDone(aExitCode);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+nsresult nsMsgSearchSession::Initialize()
+{
+  // Loop over scope terms, initializing an adapter per term. This
+  // architecture is necessitated by two things:
+  // 1. There might be more than one kind of adapter per if online
+  //    *and* offline mail mail folders are selected, or if newsgroups
+  //    belonging to Dredd *and* INN are selected
+  // 2. Most of the protocols are only capable of searching one scope at a
+  //    time, so we'll do each scope in a separate adapter on the client
+
+  nsMsgSearchScopeTerm *scopeTerm = nullptr;
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  uint32_t numTerms;
+  m_termList->Count(&numTerms);
+  // Ensure that the FE has added scopes and terms to this search
+  NS_ASSERTION(numTerms > 0, "no terms to search!");
+  if (numTerms == 0)
+    return NS_MSG_ERROR_NO_SEARCH_VALUES;
+
+  // if we don't have any search scopes to search, return that code.
+  if (m_scopeList.Length() == 0)
+    return NS_MSG_ERROR_INVALID_SEARCH_SCOPE;
+
+  m_runningUrl.Truncate(); // clear out old url, if any.
+  m_idxRunningScope = 0;
+
+  // If this term list (loosely specified here by the first term) should be
+  // scheduled in parallel, build up a list of scopes to do the round-robin scheduling
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < m_scopeList.Length() && NS_SUCCEEDED(rv); i++)
+  {
+    scopeTerm = m_scopeList.ElementAt(i);
+    // NS_ASSERTION(scopeTerm->IsValid());
+
+    rv = scopeTerm->InitializeAdapter(m_termList);
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgSearchSession::BeginSearching()
+{
+  // Here's a sloppy way to start the URL, but I don't really have time to
+  // unify the scheduling mechanisms. If the first scope is a newsgroup, and
+  // it's not Dredd-capable, we build the URL queue. All other searches can be
+  // done with one URL
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgWindow> msgWindow(do_QueryReferent(m_msgWindowWeak));
+  if (msgWindow)
+    msgWindow->SetStopped(false);
+  return DoNextSearch();
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgSearchSession::DoNextSearch()
+{
+  nsMsgSearchScopeTerm *scope = m_scopeList.ElementAt(m_idxRunningScope);
+  if (scope->m_attribute == nsMsgSearchScope::onlineMail ||
+    (scope->m_attribute == nsMsgSearchScope::news && scope->m_searchServer))
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgSearchAdapter> adapter = do_QueryInterface(scope->m_adapter);
+    if (adapter)
+    {
+      m_runningUrl.Truncate();
+      adapter->GetEncoding(getter_Copies(m_runningUrl));
+    }
+    NS_ENSURE_STATE(!m_runningUrl.IsEmpty());
+    return GetNextUrl();
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return SearchWOUrls();
+  }
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgSearchSession::GetNextUrl()
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMessageService> msgService;
+
+  bool stopped = false;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgWindow> msgWindow(do_QueryReferent(m_msgWindowWeak));
+  if (msgWindow)
+    msgWindow->GetStopped(&stopped);
+  if (stopped)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  nsMsgSearchScopeTerm *currentTerm = GetRunningScope();
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(currentTerm, NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER);
+  EnableFolderNotifications(false);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder = currentTerm->m_folder;
+  if (folder)
+  {
+    nsCString folderUri;
+    folder->GetURI(folderUri);
+    nsresult rv = GetMessageServiceFromURI(folderUri, getter_AddRefs(msgService));
+
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && msgService && currentTerm)
+      msgService->Search(this, msgWindow, currentTerm->m_folder, m_runningUrl.get());
+    return rv;
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* static */
+void nsMsgSearchSession::TimerCallback(nsITimer *aTimer, void *aClosure)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE_VOID(aClosure);
+  nsMsgSearchSession *searchSession = (nsMsgSearchSession *) aClosure;
+  bool done;
+  bool stopped = false;
+
+  searchSession->TimeSlice(&done);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgWindow> msgWindow(do_QueryReferent(searchSession->m_msgWindowWeak));
+  if (msgWindow)
+    msgWindow->GetStopped(&stopped);
+
+  if (done || stopped)
+  {
+    if (aTimer)
+      aTimer->Cancel();
+    searchSession->m_backgroundTimer = nullptr;
+    if (searchSession->m_idxRunningScope < searchSession->m_scopeList.Length())
+      searchSession->DoNextSearch();
+    else
+      searchSession->NotifyListenersDone(NS_OK);
+  }
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgSearchSession::StartTimer()
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  m_backgroundTimer = do_CreateInstance("@mozilla.org/timer;1", &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  m_backgroundTimer->InitWithFuncCallback(TimerCallback, (void *) this, 0,
+                                          nsITimer::TYPE_REPEATING_SLACK);
+  TimerCallback(m_backgroundTimer, this);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgSearchSession::SearchWOUrls()
+{
+  EnableFolderNotifications(false);
+  return StartTimer();
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgSearchSession::GetRunningAdapter(nsIMsgSearchAdapter **aSearchAdapter)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aSearchAdapter);
+  *aSearchAdapter = nullptr;
+  nsMsgSearchScopeTerm *scope = GetRunningScope();
+  if (scope)
+  {
+    NS_IF_ADDREF(*aSearchAdapter = scope->m_adapter);    
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgSearchSession::AddSearchHit(nsIMsgDBHdr *aHeader,
+                                               nsIMsgFolder *aFolder)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgSearchNotify> listener;
+  m_iListener = 0;
+  while (m_iListener != -1 && m_iListener < (signed)m_listenerList.Length())
+  {
+    listener = m_listenerList[m_iListener];
+    int32_t listenerFlags = m_listenerFlagList[m_iListener++];
+    if (!listenerFlags || (listenerFlags & nsIMsgSearchSession::onSearchHit))
+      listener->OnSearchHit(aHeader, aFolder);
+  }
+  m_iListener = -1;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgSearchSession::NotifyListenersDone(nsresult aStatus)
+{
+  // need to stabilize "this" in case one of the listeners releases the last
+  // reference to us.
+  RefPtr<nsIMsgSearchSession> kungFuDeathGrip(this);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgSearchNotify> listener;
+  m_iListener = 0;
+  while (m_iListener != -1 && m_iListener < (signed)m_listenerList.Length())
+  {
+    listener = m_listenerList[m_iListener];
+    int32_t listenerFlags = m_listenerFlagList[m_iListener++];
+    if (!listenerFlags || (listenerFlags & nsIMsgSearchSession::onSearchDone))
+      listener->OnSearchDone(aStatus);
+  }
+  m_iListener = -1;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+void nsMsgSearchSession::DestroyScopeList()
+{
+  nsMsgSearchScopeTerm *scope = nullptr;
+
+  for (int32_t i = m_scopeList.Length() - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+  {
+    scope = m_scopeList.ElementAt(i);
+    //    NS_ASSERTION (scope->IsValid(), "invalid search scope");
+    if (scope->m_adapter)
+      scope->m_adapter->ClearScope();
+  }
+  m_scopeList.Clear();
+}
+
+
+void nsMsgSearchSession::DestroyTermList()
+{
+  m_termList->Clear();
+}
+
+nsMsgSearchScopeTerm *nsMsgSearchSession::GetRunningScope()
+{
+  return m_scopeList.SafeElementAt(m_idxRunningScope, nullptr);
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgSearchSession::TimeSlice(bool *aDone)
+{
+  // we only do serial for now.
+  return TimeSliceSerial(aDone);
+}
+
+void nsMsgSearchSession::ReleaseFolderDBRef()
+{
+  nsMsgSearchScopeTerm *scope = GetRunningScope();
+  if (!scope)
+    return;
+
+  bool isOpen = false;
+  uint32_t flags;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder;
+  scope->GetFolder(getter_AddRefs(folder));
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailSession> mailSession = do_GetService(NS_MSGMAILSESSION_CONTRACTID);
+  if (!mailSession || !folder)
+    return;
+
+  mailSession->IsFolderOpenInWindow(folder, &isOpen);
+  folder->GetFlags(&flags);
+
+  /*we don't null out the db reference for inbox because inbox is like the "main" folder
+    and performance outweighs footprint */
+  if (!isOpen && !(nsMsgFolderFlags::Inbox & flags))
+    folder->SetMsgDatabase(nullptr);
+}
+nsresult nsMsgSearchSession::TimeSliceSerial(bool *aDone)
+{
+  // This version of TimeSlice runs each scope term one at a time, and waits until one
+  // scope term is finished before starting another one. When we're searching the local
+  // disk, this is the fastest way to do it.
+
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aDone);
+
+  nsMsgSearchScopeTerm *scope = GetRunningScope();
+  if (!scope)
+  {
+    *aDone = true;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  nsresult rv = scope->TimeSlice(aDone);
+  if (*aDone || NS_FAILED(rv))
+  {
+    EnableFolderNotifications(true);
+    ReleaseFolderDBRef();
+    m_idxRunningScope++;
+    EnableFolderNotifications(false);
+    // check if the next scope is an online search; if so,
+    // set *aDone to true so that we'll try to run the next
+    // search in TimerCallback.
+    scope = GetRunningScope();
+    if (scope && (scope->m_attribute == nsMsgSearchScope::onlineMail ||
+      (scope->m_attribute == nsMsgSearchScope::news && scope->m_searchServer)))
+    {
+      *aDone = true;
+      return rv;
+    }
+  }
+  *aDone = false;
+  return rv;
+}
+
+void
+nsMsgSearchSession::EnableFolderNotifications(bool aEnable)
+{
+  nsMsgSearchScopeTerm *scope = GetRunningScope();
+  if (scope)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder;
+    scope->GetFolder(getter_AddRefs(folder));
+    if (folder)  //enable msg count notifications
+      folder->EnableNotifications(nsIMsgFolder::allMessageCountNotifications, aEnable, false);
+  }
+}
+
+//this method is used for adding new hdrs to quick search view
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgSearchSession::MatchHdr(nsIMsgDBHdr *aMsgHdr, nsIMsgDatabase *aDatabase, bool *aResult)
+{
+  nsMsgSearchScopeTerm *scope = m_scopeList.SafeElementAt(0, nullptr);
+  if (scope)
+  {
+    if (!scope->m_adapter)
+      scope->InitializeAdapter(m_termList);
+    if (scope->m_adapter)
+    {
+      nsAutoString nullCharset, folderCharset;
+      scope->m_adapter->GetSearchCharsets(nullCharset, folderCharset);
+      NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8 charset(folderCharset.get());
+      nsMsgSearchOfflineMail::MatchTermsForSearch(aMsgHdr, m_termList,
+        charset.get(), scope, aDatabase, &m_expressionTree, aResult);
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/search/src/nsMsgSearchSession.h b/mailnews/base/search/src/nsMsgSearchSession.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d5d62654f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/search/src/nsMsgSearchSession.h
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsMsgSearchSession_h___
+#define nsMsgSearchSession_h___
+
+#include "nscore.h"
+#include "nsMsgSearchCore.h"
+#include "nsIMsgSearchSession.h"
+#include "nsIUrlListener.h"
+#include "nsIMsgWindow.h"
+#include "nsITimer.h"
+// Disable deprecation warnings generated by nsISupportsArray and associated
+// classes.
+#if defined(__GNUC__)
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wdeprecated-declarations"
+#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
+#pragma warning (disable : 4996)
+#endif
+#include "nsISupportsArray.h"
+#include "nsCOMArray.h"
+#include "nsWeakReference.h"
+#include "nsTObserverArray.h"
+
+class nsMsgSearchAdapter;
+class nsMsgSearchBoolExpression;
+class nsMsgSearchScopeTerm;
+
+class nsMsgSearchSession : public nsIMsgSearchSession, public nsIUrlListener, public nsSupportsWeakReference
+{
+public:
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGSEARCHSESSION
+  NS_DECL_NSIURLLISTENER
+
+  nsMsgSearchSession();
+
+protected:
+  virtual ~nsMsgSearchSession();
+
+  nsWeakPtr m_msgWindowWeak;
+  nsresult Initialize();
+  nsresult StartTimer();
+  nsresult TimeSlice (bool *aDone);
+  nsMsgSearchScopeTerm *GetRunningScope();
+  void StopRunning();
+  nsresult BeginSearching();
+  nsresult DoNextSearch();
+  nsresult SearchWOUrls ();
+  nsresult GetNextUrl();
+  nsresult NotifyListenersDone(nsresult status);
+  void EnableFolderNotifications(bool aEnable);
+  void ReleaseFolderDBRef();
+
+  nsTArray<RefPtr<nsMsgSearchScopeTerm>> m_scopeList;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsISupportsArray> m_termList;
+
+  nsTArray<nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgSearchNotify> > m_listenerList;
+  nsTArray<int32_t> m_listenerFlagList;
+  /**
+   * Iterator index for m_listenerList/m_listenerFlagList.  We used to use an
+   * nsTObserverArray for m_listenerList but its auto-adjusting iterator was
+   * not helping us keep our m_listenerFlagList iterator correct.
+   *
+   * We are making the simplifying assumption that our notifications are
+   * non-reentrant.  In the exceptional case that it turns out they are
+   * reentrant, we assume that this is the result of canceling a search while
+   * the session is active and initiating a new one.  In that case, we assume
+   * the outer iteration can safely be abandoned.
+   *
+   * This value is defined to be the index of the next listener we will process.
+   * This allows us to use the sentinel value of -1 to convey that no iteration
+   * is in progress (and the iteration process to abort if the value transitions
+   * to -1, which we always set on conclusion of our loop).
+   */
+  int32_t m_iListener;
+
+  void DestroyTermList ();
+  void DestroyScopeList ();
+
+  static void TimerCallback(nsITimer *aTimer, void *aClosure);
+  // support for searching multiple scopes in serial
+  nsresult TimeSliceSerial (bool *aDone);
+  nsresult TimeSliceParallel ();
+
+  nsMsgSearchAttribValue m_sortAttribute;
+  uint32_t m_idxRunningScope;
+  nsMsgSearchType m_searchType;
+  bool m_handlingError;
+  nsCString m_runningUrl;     // The url for the current search
+  nsCOMPtr <nsITimer> m_backgroundTimer;
+  bool m_searchPaused;
+  nsMsgSearchBoolExpression *m_expressionTree;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/base/search/src/nsMsgSearchTerm.cpp b/mailnews/base/search/src/nsMsgSearchTerm.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..139ab7b20
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/search/src/nsMsgSearchTerm.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,2088 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "prmem.h"
+#include "nsMsgSearchCore.h"
+#include "nsIMsgSearchSession.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "nsIMsgDatabase.h"
+#include "nsIMsgHdr.h"
+#include "nsMsgSearchTerm.h"
+#include "nsMsgSearchScopeTerm.h"
+#include "nsMsgBodyHandler.h"
+#include "nsMsgResultElement.h"
+#include "nsIMsgImapMailFolder.h"
+#include "nsMsgSearchImap.h"
+#include "nsMsgLocalSearch.h"
+#include "nsMsgSearchNews.h"
+#include "nsMsgSearchValue.h"
+#include "nsMsgI18N.h"
+#include "nsIMimeConverter.h"
+#include "nsMsgMimeCID.h"
+#include "nsIPrefBranch.h"
+#include "nsIPrefService.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFilterPlugin.h"
+#include "nsIFile.h"
+#include "nsISeekableStream.h"
+#include "nsNetCID.h"
+#include "nsIFileStreams.h"
+#include "nsUnicharUtils.h"
+#include "nsIAbCard.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsComponentManagerUtils.h"
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include "nsMsgBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsIMsgTagService.h"
+#include "nsMsgMessageFlags.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFilterService.h"
+#include "nsIMsgPluggableStore.h"
+#include "nsAbBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsIAbManager.h"
+#include "mozilla/ArrayUtils.h"
+#include "mozilla/mailnews/MimeHeaderParser.h"
+
+using namespace mozilla::mailnews;
+
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// nsMsgSearchTerm specifies one criterion, e.g. name contains phil
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//-------------------- Implementation of nsMsgSearchTerm -----------------------
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#define MAILNEWS_CUSTOM_HEADERS "mailnews.customHeaders"
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  nsMsgSearchAttribValue  attrib;
+  const char      *attribName;
+} nsMsgSearchAttribEntry;
+
+nsMsgSearchAttribEntry SearchAttribEntryTable[] =
+{
+    {nsMsgSearchAttrib::Subject,    "subject"},
+    {nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender,     "from"},
+    {nsMsgSearchAttrib::Body,       "body"},
+    {nsMsgSearchAttrib::Date,       "date"},
+    {nsMsgSearchAttrib::Priority,   "priority"},
+    {nsMsgSearchAttrib::MsgStatus,  "status"},
+    {nsMsgSearchAttrib::To,         "to"},
+    {nsMsgSearchAttrib::CC,         "cc"},
+    {nsMsgSearchAttrib::ToOrCC,     "to or cc"},
+    {nsMsgSearchAttrib::AllAddresses, "all addresses"},
+    {nsMsgSearchAttrib::AgeInDays,  "age in days"},
+    {nsMsgSearchAttrib::Label,      "label"},
+    {nsMsgSearchAttrib::Keywords,   "tag"},
+    {nsMsgSearchAttrib::Size,       "size"},
+    // this used to be nsMsgSearchAttrib::SenderInAddressBook
+    // we used to have two Sender menuitems
+    // for backward compatability, we can still parse
+    // the old style.  see bug #179803
+    {nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender,     "from in ab"},
+    {nsMsgSearchAttrib::JunkStatus, "junk status"},
+    {nsMsgSearchAttrib::JunkPercent, "junk percent"},
+    {nsMsgSearchAttrib::JunkScoreOrigin, "junk score origin"},
+    {nsMsgSearchAttrib::HasAttachmentStatus, "has attachment status"},
+};
+
+static const unsigned int sNumSearchAttribEntryTable =
+  MOZ_ARRAY_LENGTH(SearchAttribEntryTable);
+
+// Take a string which starts off with an attribute
+// and return the matching attribute. If the string is not in the table, and it
+// begins with a quote, then we can conclude that it is an arbitrary header.
+// Otherwise if not in the table, it is the id for a custom search term.
+nsresult NS_MsgGetAttributeFromString(const char *string, nsMsgSearchAttribValue *attrib,
+                                      nsACString &aCustomId)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(string);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(attrib);
+
+  bool found = false;
+  bool isArbitraryHeader = false;
+  // arbitrary headers have a leading quote
+  if (*string != '"')
+  {
+    for (unsigned int idxAttrib = 0; idxAttrib < sNumSearchAttribEntryTable; idxAttrib++)
+    {
+      if (!PL_strcasecmp(string, SearchAttribEntryTable[idxAttrib].attribName))
+      {
+        found = true;
+        *attrib = SearchAttribEntryTable[idxAttrib].attrib;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  else // remove the leading quote
+  {
+    string++;
+    isArbitraryHeader = true;
+  }
+
+  if (!found && !isArbitraryHeader)
+  {
+    // must be a custom attribute
+    *attrib = nsMsgSearchAttrib::Custom;
+    aCustomId.Assign(string);
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  if (!found)
+  {
+    nsresult rv;
+    bool goodHdr;
+    IsRFC822HeaderFieldName(string, &goodHdr);
+    if (!goodHdr)
+      return NS_MSG_INVALID_CUSTOM_HEADER;
+    //49 is for showing customize... in ui, headers start from 50 onwards up until 99.
+    *attrib = nsMsgSearchAttrib::OtherHeader+1;
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefService> prefService = do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefBranch;
+    rv = prefService->GetBranch(nullptr, getter_AddRefs(prefBranch));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    nsCString headers;
+    prefBranch->GetCharPref(MAILNEWS_CUSTOM_HEADERS, getter_Copies(headers));
+
+    if (!headers.IsEmpty())
+    {
+      nsAutoCString hdrStr(headers);
+      hdrStr.StripWhitespace();  //remove whitespace before parsing
+
+      char *newStr= hdrStr.BeginWriting();
+      char *token = NS_strtok(":", &newStr);
+      uint32_t i=0;
+      while (token)
+      {
+        if (PL_strcasecmp(token, string) == 0)
+        {
+          *attrib += i; //we found custom header in the pref
+          found = true;
+          break;
+        }
+        token = NS_strtok(":", &newStr);
+        i++;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  // If we didn't find the header in MAILNEWS_CUSTOM_HEADERS, we're
+  // going to return NS_OK and an attrib of nsMsgSearchAttrib::OtherHeader+1.
+  // in case it's a client side spam filter description filter,
+  // which doesn't add its headers to mailnews.customMailHeaders.
+  // We've already checked that it's a valid header and returned
+  // an error if so.
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgSearchTerm::GetAttributeFromString(const char *aString,
+                                                      nsMsgSearchAttribValue *aAttrib)
+{
+  nsAutoCString customId;
+  return NS_MsgGetAttributeFromString(aString, aAttrib, customId);
+}
+
+nsresult NS_MsgGetStringForAttribute(int16_t attrib, const char **string)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(string);
+
+  bool found = false;
+  for (unsigned int idxAttrib = 0; idxAttrib < sNumSearchAttribEntryTable; idxAttrib++)
+  {
+    // I'm using the idx's as aliases into MSG_SearchAttribute and
+    // MSG_SearchOperator enums which is legal because of the way the
+    // enums are defined (starts at 0, numItems at end)
+    if (attrib == SearchAttribEntryTable[idxAttrib].attrib)
+    {
+      found = true;
+      *string = SearchAttribEntryTable[idxAttrib].attribName;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  if (!found)
+    *string = ""; // don't leave the string uninitialized
+
+  // we no longer return invalid attribute. If we cannot find the string in the table,
+  // then it is an arbitrary header. Return success regardless if found or not
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  nsMsgSearchOpValue  op;
+  const char      *opName;
+} nsMsgSearchOperatorEntry;
+
+nsMsgSearchOperatorEntry SearchOperatorEntryTable[] =
+{
+  {nsMsgSearchOp::Contains, "contains"},
+  {nsMsgSearchOp::DoesntContain,"doesn't contain"},
+  {nsMsgSearchOp::Is,"is"},
+  {nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt,  "isn't"},
+  {nsMsgSearchOp::IsEmpty, "is empty"},
+  {nsMsgSearchOp::IsntEmpty, "isn't empty"},
+  {nsMsgSearchOp::IsBefore, "is before"},
+  {nsMsgSearchOp::IsAfter, "is after"},
+  {nsMsgSearchOp::IsHigherThan, "is higher than"},
+  {nsMsgSearchOp::IsLowerThan, "is lower than"},
+  {nsMsgSearchOp::BeginsWith, "begins with"},
+  {nsMsgSearchOp::EndsWith, "ends with"},
+  {nsMsgSearchOp::IsInAB, "is in ab"},
+  {nsMsgSearchOp::IsntInAB, "isn't in ab"},
+  {nsMsgSearchOp::IsGreaterThan, "is greater than"},
+  {nsMsgSearchOp::IsLessThan, "is less than"},
+  {nsMsgSearchOp::Matches, "matches"},
+  {nsMsgSearchOp::DoesntMatch, "doesn't match"}
+};
+
+static const unsigned int sNumSearchOperatorEntryTable =
+  MOZ_ARRAY_LENGTH(SearchOperatorEntryTable);
+
+nsresult NS_MsgGetOperatorFromString(const char *string, int16_t *op)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(string);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(op);
+
+  bool found = false;
+  for (unsigned int idxOp = 0; idxOp < sNumSearchOperatorEntryTable; idxOp++)
+  {
+    // I'm using the idx's as aliases into MSG_SearchAttribute and
+    // MSG_SearchOperator enums which is legal because of the way the
+    // enums are defined (starts at 0, numItems at end)
+    if (!PL_strcasecmp(string, SearchOperatorEntryTable[idxOp].opName))
+    {
+      found = true;
+      *op = SearchOperatorEntryTable[idxOp].op;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  return (found) ? NS_OK : NS_ERROR_INVALID_ARG;
+}
+
+nsresult NS_MsgGetStringForOperator(int16_t op, const char **string)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(string);
+
+  bool found = false;
+  for (unsigned int idxOp = 0; idxOp < sNumSearchOperatorEntryTable; idxOp++)
+  {
+    // I'm using the idx's as aliases into MSG_SearchAttribute and
+    // MSG_SearchOperator enums which is legal because of the way the
+    // enums are defined (starts at 0, numItems at end)
+    if (op == SearchOperatorEntryTable[idxOp].op)
+    {
+      found = true;
+      *string = SearchOperatorEntryTable[idxOp].opName;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return (found) ? NS_OK : NS_ERROR_INVALID_ARG;
+}
+
+void NS_MsgGetUntranslatedStatusName (uint32_t s, nsCString *outName)
+{
+  const char *tmpOutName = NULL;
+#define MSG_STATUS_MASK (nsMsgMessageFlags::Read | nsMsgMessageFlags::Replied |\
+  nsMsgMessageFlags::Forwarded | nsMsgMessageFlags::New | nsMsgMessageFlags::Marked)
+  uint32_t maskOut = (s & MSG_STATUS_MASK);
+
+  // diddle the flags to pay attention to the most important ones first, if multiple
+  // flags are set. Should remove this code from the winfe.
+  if (maskOut & nsMsgMessageFlags::New)
+    maskOut = nsMsgMessageFlags::New;
+  if (maskOut & nsMsgMessageFlags::Replied &&
+      maskOut & nsMsgMessageFlags::Forwarded)
+    maskOut = nsMsgMessageFlags::Replied | nsMsgMessageFlags::Forwarded;
+  else if (maskOut & nsMsgMessageFlags::Forwarded)
+    maskOut = nsMsgMessageFlags::Forwarded;
+  else if (maskOut & nsMsgMessageFlags::Replied)
+    maskOut = nsMsgMessageFlags::Replied;
+
+  switch (maskOut)
+  {
+  case nsMsgMessageFlags::Read:
+    tmpOutName = "read";
+    break;
+  case nsMsgMessageFlags::Replied:
+    tmpOutName = "replied";
+    break;
+  case nsMsgMessageFlags::Forwarded:
+    tmpOutName = "forwarded";
+    break;
+  case nsMsgMessageFlags::Forwarded | nsMsgMessageFlags::Replied:
+    tmpOutName = "replied and forwarded";
+    break;
+  case nsMsgMessageFlags::New:
+    tmpOutName = "new";
+    break;
+  case nsMsgMessageFlags::Marked:
+    tmpOutName = "flagged";
+    break;
+  default:
+    // This is fine, status may be "unread" for example
+    break;
+  }
+
+  if (tmpOutName)
+    *outName = tmpOutName;
+}
+
+
+int32_t NS_MsgGetStatusValueFromName(char *name)
+{
+  if (!strcmp("read", name))
+    return nsMsgMessageFlags::Read;
+  if (!strcmp("replied", name))
+    return nsMsgMessageFlags::Replied;
+  if (!strcmp("forwarded", name))
+    return nsMsgMessageFlags::Forwarded;
+  if (!strcmp("replied and forwarded", name))
+    return nsMsgMessageFlags::Forwarded | nsMsgMessageFlags::Replied;
+  if (!strcmp("new", name))
+    return nsMsgMessageFlags::New;
+  if (!strcmp("flagged", name))
+    return nsMsgMessageFlags::Marked;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+// Needed for DeStream method.
+nsMsgSearchTerm::nsMsgSearchTerm()
+{
+    // initialize this to zero
+    m_value.string=nullptr;
+    m_value.attribute=0;
+    m_value.u.priority=0;
+    m_attribute = nsMsgSearchAttrib::Default;
+    m_operator = nsMsgSearchOp::Contains;
+    mBeginsGrouping = false;
+    mEndsGrouping = false;
+    m_matchAll = false;
+
+    // valgrind warning during GC/java data check suggests
+    // m_booleanp needs to be initialized too.
+    m_booleanOp = nsMsgSearchBooleanOp::BooleanAND;
+}
+
+nsMsgSearchTerm::nsMsgSearchTerm (
+                                  nsMsgSearchAttribValue attrib,
+                                  nsMsgSearchOpValue op,
+                                  nsIMsgSearchValue *val,
+                                  nsMsgSearchBooleanOperator boolOp,
+                                  const char * aCustomString)
+{
+  m_operator = op;
+  m_attribute = attrib;
+  m_booleanOp = boolOp;
+  if (attrib > nsMsgSearchAttrib::OtherHeader  && attrib < nsMsgSearchAttrib::kNumMsgSearchAttributes && aCustomString)
+  {
+    m_arbitraryHeader = aCustomString;
+    ToLowerCaseExceptSpecials(m_arbitraryHeader);
+  }
+  else if (attrib == nsMsgSearchAttrib::Custom)
+  {
+    m_customId = aCustomString;
+  }
+
+  nsMsgResultElement::AssignValues (val, &m_value);
+  m_matchAll = false;
+}
+
+
+
+nsMsgSearchTerm::~nsMsgSearchTerm ()
+{
+  if (IS_STRING_ATTRIBUTE (m_attribute) && m_value.string)
+    NS_Free(m_value.string);
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMsgSearchTerm, nsIMsgSearchTerm)
+
+
+// Perhaps we could find a better place for this?
+// Caller needs to free.
+/* static */char *nsMsgSearchTerm::EscapeQuotesInStr(const char *str)
+{
+  int  numQuotes = 0;
+  for (const char *strPtr = str; *strPtr; strPtr++)
+    if (*strPtr == '"')
+      numQuotes++;
+    int escapedStrLen = PL_strlen(str) + numQuotes;
+    char  *escapedStr = (char *) PR_Malloc(escapedStrLen + 1);
+    if (escapedStr)
+    {
+      char *destPtr;
+      for (destPtr = escapedStr; *str; str++)
+      {
+        if (*str == '"')
+          *destPtr++ = '\\';
+        *destPtr++ = *str;
+      }
+      *destPtr = '\0';
+    }
+    return escapedStr;
+}
+
+
+nsresult nsMsgSearchTerm::OutputValue(nsCString &outputStr)
+{
+  if (IS_STRING_ATTRIBUTE(m_attribute) && m_value.string)
+  {
+    bool    quoteVal = false;
+    // need to quote strings with ')' and strings starting with '"' or ' '
+    // filter code will escape quotes
+    if (PL_strchr(m_value.string, ')') ||
+      (m_value.string[0] == ' ') ||
+      (m_value.string[0] == '"'))
+    {
+      quoteVal = true;
+      outputStr += "\"";
+    }
+    if (PL_strchr(m_value.string, '"'))
+    {
+      char *escapedString = nsMsgSearchTerm::EscapeQuotesInStr(m_value.string);
+      if (escapedString)
+      {
+        outputStr += escapedString;
+        PR_Free(escapedString);
+      }
+
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      outputStr += m_value.string;
+    }
+    if (quoteVal)
+      outputStr += "\"";
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    switch (m_attribute)
+    {
+    case nsMsgSearchAttrib::Date:
+      {
+        PRExplodedTime exploded;
+        PR_ExplodeTime(m_value.u.date, PR_LocalTimeParameters, &exploded);
+
+        // wow, so tm_mon is 0 based, tm_mday is 1 based.
+        char dateBuf[100];
+        PR_FormatTimeUSEnglish (dateBuf, sizeof(dateBuf), "%d-%b-%Y", &exploded);
+        outputStr += dateBuf;
+        break;
+      }
+    case nsMsgSearchAttrib::AgeInDays:
+      {
+        outputStr.AppendInt(m_value.u.age);
+        break;
+      }
+    case nsMsgSearchAttrib::Label:
+      {
+        outputStr.AppendInt(m_value.u.label);
+        break;
+      }
+    case nsMsgSearchAttrib::JunkStatus:
+      {
+        outputStr.AppendInt(m_value.u.junkStatus); // only if we write to disk, right?
+        break;
+      }
+    case nsMsgSearchAttrib::JunkPercent:
+      {
+        outputStr.AppendInt(m_value.u.junkPercent);
+        break;
+      }
+    case nsMsgSearchAttrib::MsgStatus:
+      {
+        nsAutoCString status;
+        NS_MsgGetUntranslatedStatusName (m_value.u.msgStatus, &status);
+        outputStr += status;
+        break;
+      }
+    case nsMsgSearchAttrib::Priority:
+      {
+        nsAutoCString priority;
+        NS_MsgGetUntranslatedPriorityName(m_value.u.priority, priority);
+        outputStr += priority;
+        break;
+      }
+    case nsMsgSearchAttrib::HasAttachmentStatus:
+      {
+        outputStr.Append("true");  // don't need anything here, really
+        break;
+      }
+    case nsMsgSearchAttrib::Size:
+      {
+        outputStr.AppendInt(m_value.u.size);
+        break;
+      }
+    case nsMsgSearchAttrib::Uint32HdrProperty:
+      {
+        outputStr.AppendInt(m_value.u.msgStatus);
+        break;
+      }
+    default:
+      NS_ASSERTION(false, "trying to output invalid attribute");
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgSearchTerm::GetTermAsString (nsACString &outStream)
+{
+  const char *operatorStr;
+  nsAutoCString  outputStr;
+  nsresult  rv;
+
+  if (m_matchAll)
+  {
+    outStream = "ALL";
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  // if arbitrary header, use it instead!
+  if (m_attribute > nsMsgSearchAttrib::OtherHeader &&
+      m_attribute < nsMsgSearchAttrib::kNumMsgSearchAttributes)
+  {
+    outputStr = "\"";
+    outputStr += m_arbitraryHeader;
+    outputStr += "\"";
+  }
+  else if (m_attribute == nsMsgSearchAttrib::Custom)
+  {
+    // use the custom id as the string
+    outputStr = m_customId;
+  }
+
+  else if (m_attribute == nsMsgSearchAttrib::Uint32HdrProperty)
+  {
+    outputStr = m_hdrProperty;
+  }
+  else {
+    const char *attrib;
+    rv = NS_MsgGetStringForAttribute(m_attribute, &attrib);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    outputStr = attrib;
+  }
+
+  outputStr += ',';
+
+  rv = NS_MsgGetStringForOperator(m_operator, &operatorStr);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  outputStr += operatorStr;
+  outputStr += ',';
+
+  OutputValue(outputStr);
+  outStream = outputStr;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// fill in m_value from the input stream.
+nsresult nsMsgSearchTerm::ParseValue(char *inStream)
+{
+  if (IS_STRING_ATTRIBUTE(m_attribute))
+  {
+    bool quoteVal = false;
+    while (isspace(*inStream))
+      inStream++;
+    // need to remove pair of '"', if present
+    if (*inStream == '"')
+    {
+      quoteVal = true;
+      inStream++;
+    }
+    int valueLen = PL_strlen(inStream);
+    if (quoteVal && inStream[valueLen - 1] == '"')
+      valueLen--;
+
+    m_value.string = (char *) PR_Malloc(valueLen + 1);
+    PL_strncpy(m_value.string, inStream, valueLen + 1);
+    m_value.string[valueLen] = '\0';
+    CopyUTF8toUTF16(m_value.string, m_value.utf16String);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    switch (m_attribute)
+    {
+    case nsMsgSearchAttrib::Date:
+      PR_ParseTimeString (inStream, false, &m_value.u.date);
+      break;
+    case nsMsgSearchAttrib::MsgStatus:
+      m_value.u.msgStatus = NS_MsgGetStatusValueFromName(inStream);
+      break;
+    case nsMsgSearchAttrib::Priority:
+      NS_MsgGetPriorityFromString(inStream, m_value.u.priority);
+      break;
+    case nsMsgSearchAttrib::AgeInDays:
+      m_value.u.age = atoi(inStream);
+      break;
+    case nsMsgSearchAttrib::Label:
+      m_value.u.label = atoi(inStream);
+      break;
+    case nsMsgSearchAttrib::JunkStatus:
+      m_value.u.junkStatus = atoi(inStream); // only if we read from disk, right?
+      break;
+    case nsMsgSearchAttrib::JunkPercent:
+      m_value.u.junkPercent = atoi(inStream);
+      break;
+    case nsMsgSearchAttrib::HasAttachmentStatus:
+      m_value.u.msgStatus = nsMsgMessageFlags::Attachment;
+      break; // this should always be true.
+    case nsMsgSearchAttrib::Size:
+      m_value.u.size = atoi(inStream);
+      break;
+    default:
+      NS_ASSERTION(false, "invalid attribute parsing search term value");
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  m_value.attribute = m_attribute;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// find the operator code for this operator string.
+nsresult
+nsMsgSearchTerm::ParseOperator(char *inStream, nsMsgSearchOpValue *value)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(value);
+  int16_t operatorVal;
+  while (isspace(*inStream))
+    inStream++;
+
+  char *commaSep = PL_strchr(inStream, ',');
+
+  if (commaSep)
+    *commaSep = '\0';
+
+  nsresult err = NS_MsgGetOperatorFromString(inStream, &operatorVal);
+  *value = (nsMsgSearchOpValue) operatorVal;
+  return err;
+}
+
+// find the attribute code for this comma-delimited attribute.
+nsresult
+nsMsgSearchTerm::ParseAttribute(char *inStream, nsMsgSearchAttribValue *attrib)
+{
+    while (isspace(*inStream))
+        inStream++;
+
+    // if we are dealing with an arbitrary header, it will be quoted....
+    // it seems like a kludge, but to distinguish arbitrary headers from
+    // standard headers with the same name, like "Date", we'll use the
+    // presence of the quote to recognize arbitrary headers. We leave the
+    // leading quote as a flag, but remove the trailing quote.
+    bool quoteVal = false;
+    if (*inStream == '"')
+        quoteVal = true;
+
+    // arbitrary headers are quoted. Skip first character, which will be the
+    // first quote for arbitrary headers
+    char *separator = strchr(inStream + 1, quoteVal ? '"' : ',');
+
+    if (separator)
+        *separator = '\0';
+
+    nsAutoCString customId;
+    nsresult rv = NS_MsgGetAttributeFromString(inStream, attrib, m_customId);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    if (*attrib > nsMsgSearchAttrib::OtherHeader && *attrib < nsMsgSearchAttrib::kNumMsgSearchAttributes)  // if we are dealing with an arbitrary header....
+    {
+      m_arbitraryHeader = inStream + 1; // remove the leading quote
+      ToLowerCaseExceptSpecials(m_arbitraryHeader);
+    }
+    return rv;
+}
+
+// De stream one search term. If the condition looks like
+// condition = "(to or cc, contains, r-thompson) AND (body, doesn't contain, fred)"
+// This routine should get called twice, the first time
+// with "to or cc, contains, r-thompson", the second time with
+// "body, doesn't contain, fred"
+
+nsresult nsMsgSearchTerm::DeStreamNew (char *inStream, int16_t /*length*/)
+{
+  if (!strcmp(inStream, "ALL"))
+  {
+    m_matchAll = true;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  char *commaSep = PL_strchr(inStream, ',');
+  nsresult rv = ParseAttribute(inStream, &m_attribute);  // will allocate space for arbitrary header if necessary
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  if (!commaSep)
+    return NS_ERROR_INVALID_ARG;
+  char *secondCommaSep = PL_strchr(commaSep + 1, ',');
+  if (commaSep)
+    rv = ParseOperator(commaSep + 1, &m_operator);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  // convert label filters and saved searches to keyword equivalents
+  if (secondCommaSep)
+    ParseValue(secondCommaSep + 1);
+  if (m_attribute == nsMsgSearchAttrib::Label)
+  {
+    nsAutoCString keyword("$label");
+    m_value.attribute = m_attribute = nsMsgSearchAttrib::Keywords;
+    keyword.Append('0' + m_value.u.label);
+    m_value.string = PL_strdup(keyword.get());
+    CopyUTF8toUTF16(m_value.string, m_value.utf16String);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+// Looks in the MessageDB for the user specified arbitrary header, if it finds the header, it then looks for a match against
+// the value for the header.
+nsresult nsMsgSearchTerm::MatchArbitraryHeader (nsIMsgSearchScopeTerm *scope,
+                                                uint32_t length /* in lines*/,
+                                                const char *charset,
+                                                bool charsetOverride,
+                                                nsIMsgDBHdr *msg,
+                                                nsIMsgDatabase* db,
+                                                const char * headers,
+                                                uint32_t headersSize,
+                                                bool ForFiltering,
+                                                bool *pResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(pResult);
+
+  *pResult = false;
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  bool matchExpected = m_operator == nsMsgSearchOp::Contains ||
+                         m_operator == nsMsgSearchOp::Is ||
+                         m_operator == nsMsgSearchOp::BeginsWith ||
+                         m_operator == nsMsgSearchOp::EndsWith;
+  // init result to what we want if we don't find the header at all
+  bool result = !matchExpected;
+
+  nsCString dbHdrValue;
+  msg->GetStringProperty(m_arbitraryHeader.get(), getter_Copies(dbHdrValue));
+  if (!dbHdrValue.IsEmpty())
+    // match value with the other info.
+    return MatchRfc2047String(dbHdrValue, charset, charsetOverride, pResult);
+
+  nsMsgBodyHandler * bodyHandler =
+    new nsMsgBodyHandler (scope, length, msg, db, headers, headersSize,
+                          ForFiltering);
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(bodyHandler, NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY);
+
+  bodyHandler->SetStripHeaders (false);
+
+  nsCString headerFullValue; // contains matched header value accumulated over multiple lines.
+  nsAutoCString buf;
+  nsAutoCString curMsgHeader;
+  bool searchingHeaders = true;
+
+  // We will allow accumulation of received headers;
+  bool isReceivedHeader = m_arbitraryHeader.EqualsLiteral("received");
+  
+  while (searchingHeaders)
+  {
+    nsCString charsetIgnored;
+    if (bodyHandler->GetNextLine(buf, charsetIgnored) < 0 || EMPTY_MESSAGE_LINE(buf))
+      searchingHeaders = false;
+    bool isContinuationHeader = searchingHeaders ? NS_IsAsciiWhitespace(buf.CharAt(0))
+                                                   : false;
+
+    // We try to match the header from the last time through the loop, which should now
+    //  have accumulated over possible multiple lines. For all headers except received,
+    //  we process a single accumulation, but process accumulated received at the end.
+    if (!searchingHeaders || (!isContinuationHeader &&
+         (!headerFullValue.IsEmpty() && !isReceivedHeader)))
+    {
+      // Make sure buf has info besides just the header.
+      // Otherwise, it's either an empty header, or header not found.
+      if (!headerFullValue.IsEmpty())
+      {
+        bool stringMatches;
+        // match value with the other info.
+        rv = MatchRfc2047String(headerFullValue, charset, charsetOverride, &stringMatches);
+        if (matchExpected == stringMatches) // if we found a match
+        {
+          searchingHeaders = false;   // then stop examining the headers
+          result = stringMatches;
+        }
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+
+    char * buf_end = (char *) (buf.get() + buf.Length());
+    int headerLength = m_arbitraryHeader.Length();
+
+    // If the line starts with whitespace, then we use the current header.
+    if (!isContinuationHeader)
+    {
+      // here we start a new header
+      uint32_t colonPos = buf.FindChar(':');
+      curMsgHeader = StringHead(buf, colonPos);
+    }
+
+    if (curMsgHeader.Equals(m_arbitraryHeader, nsCaseInsensitiveCStringComparator()))
+    {
+      // process the value
+      // value occurs after the header name or whitespace continuation char.
+      const char * headerValue = buf.get() + (isContinuationHeader ? 1 : headerLength);
+      if (headerValue < buf_end && headerValue[0] == ':')  // + 1 to account for the colon which is MANDATORY
+        headerValue++;
+
+      // strip leading white space
+      while (headerValue < buf_end && isspace(*headerValue))
+        headerValue++; // advance to next character
+
+      // strip trailing white space
+      char * end = buf_end - 1;
+      while (end > headerValue && isspace(*end)) // while we haven't gone back past the start and we are white space....
+      {
+        *end = '\0';  // eat up the white space
+        end--;      // move back and examine the previous character....
+      }
+
+      // any continuation whitespace is converted to a single space. This includes both a continuation line, or a
+      //  second value of the same header (eg the received header)
+      if (!headerFullValue.IsEmpty())
+        headerFullValue.AppendLiteral(" ");
+      headerFullValue.Append(nsDependentCString(headerValue));
+    }
+  }
+  delete bodyHandler;
+  *pResult = result;
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgSearchTerm::MatchHdrProperty(nsIMsgDBHdr *aHdr, bool *aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aHdr);
+
+  nsCString dbHdrValue;
+  aHdr->GetStringProperty(m_hdrProperty.get(), getter_Copies(dbHdrValue));
+  return MatchString(dbHdrValue, nullptr, aResult);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgSearchTerm::MatchFolderFlag(nsIMsgDBHdr *aMsgToMatch, bool *aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMsgToMatch);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> msgFolder;
+  nsresult rv = aMsgToMatch->GetFolder(getter_AddRefs(msgFolder));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  uint32_t folderFlags;
+  msgFolder->GetFlags(&folderFlags);
+  return MatchStatus(folderFlags, aResult);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgSearchTerm::MatchUint32HdrProperty(nsIMsgDBHdr *aHdr, bool *aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aHdr);
+
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  uint32_t dbHdrValue;
+  aHdr->GetUint32Property(m_hdrProperty.get(), &dbHdrValue);
+
+  bool result = false;
+  switch (m_operator)
+  {
+  case nsMsgSearchOp::IsGreaterThan:
+    if (dbHdrValue > m_value.u.msgStatus)
+      result = true;
+    break;
+  case nsMsgSearchOp::IsLessThan:
+    if (dbHdrValue < m_value.u.msgStatus)
+      result = true;
+    break;
+  case nsMsgSearchOp::Is:
+    if (dbHdrValue == m_value.u.msgStatus)
+      result = true;
+    break;
+  case nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt:
+    if (dbHdrValue != m_value.u.msgStatus)
+      result = true;
+    break;
+  default:
+    rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    NS_ERROR("invalid compare op for uint");
+  }
+  *aResult = result;
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgSearchTerm::MatchBody (nsIMsgSearchScopeTerm *scope, uint64_t offset, uint32_t length /*in lines*/, const char *folderCharset,
+                                      nsIMsgDBHdr *msg, nsIMsgDatabase* db, bool *pResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(pResult);
+
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  bool result = false;
+  *pResult = false;
+
+  // Small hack so we don't look all through a message when someone has
+  // specified "BODY IS foo". ### Since length is in lines, this is not quite right.
+  if ((length > 0) && (m_operator == nsMsgSearchOp::Is || m_operator == nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt))
+    length = PL_strlen (m_value.string);
+
+  nsMsgBodyHandler * bodyHan  = new nsMsgBodyHandler (scope, length, msg, db);
+  if (!bodyHan)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+  nsAutoCString buf;
+  bool endOfFile = false;  // if retValue == 0, we've hit the end of the file
+  uint32_t lines = 0;
+
+  // Change the sense of the loop so we don't bail out prematurely
+  // on negative terms. i.e. opDoesntContain must look at all lines
+  bool boolContinueLoop;
+  GetMatchAllBeforeDeciding(&boolContinueLoop);
+  result = boolContinueLoop;
+
+  // If there's a '=' in the search term, then we're not going to do
+  // quoted printable decoding. Otherwise we assume everything is
+  // quoted printable. Obviously everything isn't quoted printable, but
+  // since we don't have a MIME parser handy, and we want to err on the
+  // side of too many hits rather than not enough, we'll assume in that
+  // general direction. Blech. ### FIX ME
+  // bug fix #314637: for stateful charsets like ISO-2022-JP, we don't
+  // want to decode quoted printable since it contains '='.
+  bool isQuotedPrintable = !nsMsgI18Nstateful_charset(folderCharset) &&
+    (PL_strchr (m_value.string, '=') == nullptr);
+
+  nsCString compare;
+  nsCString charset;
+  while (!endOfFile && result == boolContinueLoop)
+  {
+    if (bodyHan->GetNextLine(buf, charset) >= 0)
+    {
+      bool softLineBreak = false;
+      // Do in-place decoding of quoted printable
+      if (isQuotedPrintable)
+      {
+        softLineBreak = StringEndsWith(buf, NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("="));
+        MsgStripQuotedPrintable ((unsigned char*)buf.get());
+        // in case the string shrunk, reset the length. If soft line break,
+        // chop off the last char as well.
+        size_t bufLength = strlen(buf.get());
+        if ((bufLength > 0) && softLineBreak)
+          --bufLength;
+        buf.SetLength(bufLength);
+      }
+      compare.Append(buf);
+      // If this line ends with a soft line break, loop around
+      // and get the next line before looking for the search string.
+      // This assumes the message can't end on a QP soft-line break.
+      // That seems like a pretty safe assumption.
+      if (softLineBreak)
+        continue;
+      if (!compare.IsEmpty())
+      {
+        char startChar = (char) compare.CharAt(0);
+        if (startChar != '\r' && startChar != '\n')
+        {
+          rv = MatchString(compare,
+                           charset.IsEmpty() ? folderCharset : charset.get(),
+                           &result);
+          lines++;
+        }
+        compare.Truncate();
+      }
+    }
+    else
+      endOfFile = true;
+  }
+#ifdef DO_I18N
+  if(conv)
+    INTL_DestroyCharCodeConverter(conv);
+#endif
+  delete bodyHan;
+  *pResult = result;
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgSearchTerm::InitializeAddressBook()
+{
+  // the search attribute value has the URI for the address book we need to load.
+  // we need both the database and the directory.
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  if (mDirectory)
+  {
+    nsCString uri;
+    rv = mDirectory->GetURI(uri);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    if (!uri.Equals(m_value.string))
+      // clear out the directory....we are no longer pointing to the right one
+      mDirectory = nullptr;
+  }
+  if (!mDirectory)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAbManager> abManager = do_GetService(NS_ABMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    rv = abManager->GetDirectory(nsDependentCString(m_value.string), getter_AddRefs(mDirectory));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgSearchTerm::MatchInAddressBook(const nsAString &aAddress,
+                                             bool *pResult)
+{
+  nsresult rv = InitializeAddressBook();
+  *pResult = false;
+
+  // Some junkmails have empty From: fields.
+  if (aAddress.IsEmpty())
+    return rv;
+
+  if (mDirectory)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAbCard> cardForAddress = nullptr;
+    rv = mDirectory->CardForEmailAddress(NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(aAddress),
+                                         getter_AddRefs(cardForAddress));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv) && rv != NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED)
+      return rv;
+    switch(m_operator)
+    {
+    case nsMsgSearchOp::IsInAB:
+      if (cardForAddress)
+        *pResult = true;
+      break;
+    case nsMsgSearchOp::IsntInAB:
+      if (!cardForAddress)
+        *pResult = true;
+      break;
+    default:
+      rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+      NS_ERROR("invalid compare op for address book");
+    }
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+// *pResult is false when strings don't match, true if they do.
+nsresult nsMsgSearchTerm::MatchRfc2047String(const nsACString &rfc2047string,
+                                             const char *charset,
+                                             bool charsetOverride,
+                                             bool *pResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(pResult);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMimeConverter> mimeConverter = do_GetService(NS_MIME_CONVERTER_CONTRACTID);
+  nsAutoString stringToMatch;
+  nsresult rv = mimeConverter->DecodeMimeHeader(
+    PromiseFlatCString(rfc2047string).get(), charset, charsetOverride, false,
+    stringToMatch);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  if (m_operator == nsMsgSearchOp::IsInAB ||
+      m_operator == nsMsgSearchOp::IsntInAB)
+    return MatchInAddressBook(stringToMatch, pResult);
+
+  return MatchString(stringToMatch, pResult);
+}
+
+// *pResult is false when strings don't match, true if they do.
+nsresult nsMsgSearchTerm::MatchString(const nsACString &stringToMatch,
+                                      const char *charset,
+                                      bool *pResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(pResult);
+
+  bool result = false;
+
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  // Save some performance for opIsEmpty / opIsntEmpty
+  if (nsMsgSearchOp::IsEmpty == m_operator)
+  {
+    if (stringToMatch.IsEmpty())
+      result = true;
+  }
+  else if (nsMsgSearchOp::IsntEmpty == m_operator)
+  {
+    if (!stringToMatch.IsEmpty())
+      result = true;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    nsAutoString utf16StrToMatch;
+    if (charset != nullptr)
+    {
+      ConvertToUnicode(charset, nsCString(stringToMatch), utf16StrToMatch);
+    }
+    else {
+      NS_ASSERTION(MsgIsUTF8(stringToMatch), "stringToMatch is not UTF-8");
+      CopyUTF8toUTF16(stringToMatch, utf16StrToMatch);
+    }
+    rv = MatchString(utf16StrToMatch, &result);
+  }
+
+  *pResult = result;
+  return rv;
+}
+
+// *pResult is false when strings don't match, true if they do.
+nsresult nsMsgSearchTerm::MatchString(const nsAString &utf16StrToMatch,
+                                      bool *pResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(pResult);
+
+  bool result = false;
+
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  auto needle = m_value.utf16String;
+
+  switch (m_operator)
+  {
+  case nsMsgSearchOp::Contains:
+    if (CaseInsensitiveFindInReadable(needle, utf16StrToMatch))
+      result = true;
+    break;
+  case nsMsgSearchOp::DoesntContain:
+    if (!CaseInsensitiveFindInReadable(needle, utf16StrToMatch))
+      result = true;
+    break;
+  case nsMsgSearchOp::Is:
+    if(needle.Equals(utf16StrToMatch, nsCaseInsensitiveStringComparator()))
+      result = true;
+    break;
+  case nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt:
+    if(!needle.Equals(utf16StrToMatch, nsCaseInsensitiveStringComparator()))
+      result = true;
+    break;
+  case nsMsgSearchOp::IsEmpty:
+    if (utf16StrToMatch.IsEmpty())
+      result = true;
+    break;
+  case nsMsgSearchOp::IsntEmpty:
+    if (!utf16StrToMatch.IsEmpty())
+      result = true;
+    break;
+  case nsMsgSearchOp::BeginsWith:
+    if (StringBeginsWith(utf16StrToMatch, needle,
+                         nsCaseInsensitiveStringComparator()))
+      result = true;
+    break;
+  case nsMsgSearchOp::EndsWith:
+    if (StringEndsWith(utf16StrToMatch, needle,
+                       nsCaseInsensitiveStringComparator()))
+      result = true;
+    break;
+  default:
+    rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    NS_ERROR("invalid compare op for matching search results");
+  }
+
+  *pResult = result;
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgSearchTerm::GetMatchAllBeforeDeciding (bool *aResult)
+{
+ *aResult = (m_operator == nsMsgSearchOp::DoesntContain || m_operator == nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt);
+ return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgSearchTerm::MatchRfc822String(const nsACString &string,
+                                             const char *charset,
+                                             bool *pResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(pResult);
+
+  *pResult = false;
+  bool result;
+
+  // Change the sense of the loop so we don't bail out prematurely
+  // on negative terms. i.e. opDoesntContain must look at all recipients
+  bool boolContinueLoop;
+  GetMatchAllBeforeDeciding(&boolContinueLoop);
+  result = boolContinueLoop;
+
+  // If the operator is Contains, then we can cheat and avoid having to parse
+  // addresses. This does open up potential spurious matches for punctuation
+  // (e.g., ; or <), but the likelihood of users intending to search for these
+  // and also being able to match them is rather low. This optimization is not
+  // applicable to any other search type.
+  if (m_operator == nsMsgSearchOp::Contains)
+    return MatchRfc2047String(string, charset, false, pResult);
+
+  nsTArray<nsString> names, addresses;
+  ExtractAllAddresses(EncodedHeader(string, charset), names, addresses);
+  uint32_t count = names.Length();
+
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < count && result == boolContinueLoop; i++)
+  {
+    if ( m_operator == nsMsgSearchOp::IsInAB ||
+         m_operator == nsMsgSearchOp::IsntInAB)
+    {
+      rv = MatchInAddressBook(addresses[i], &result);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      rv = MatchString(names[i], &result);
+      if (boolContinueLoop == result)
+        rv = MatchString(addresses[i], &result);
+    }
+  }
+  *pResult = result;
+  return rv;
+}
+
+
+nsresult nsMsgSearchTerm::GetLocalTimes (PRTime a, PRTime b, PRExplodedTime &aExploded, PRExplodedTime &bExploded)
+{
+  PR_ExplodeTime(a, PR_LocalTimeParameters, &aExploded);
+  PR_ExplodeTime(b, PR_LocalTimeParameters, &bExploded);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+nsresult nsMsgSearchTerm::MatchDate (PRTime dateToMatch, bool *pResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(pResult);
+
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  bool result = false;
+
+  PRExplodedTime tmToMatch, tmThis;
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(GetLocalTimes(dateToMatch, m_value.u.date, tmToMatch, tmThis)))
+  {
+    switch (m_operator)
+    {
+    case nsMsgSearchOp::IsBefore:
+      if (tmToMatch.tm_year < tmThis.tm_year ||
+         (tmToMatch.tm_year == tmThis.tm_year &&
+           tmToMatch.tm_yday < tmThis.tm_yday))
+        result = true;
+      break;
+    case nsMsgSearchOp::IsAfter:
+      if (tmToMatch.tm_year > tmThis.tm_year ||
+         (tmToMatch.tm_year == tmThis.tm_year &&
+           tmToMatch.tm_yday > tmThis.tm_yday))
+        result = true;
+      break;
+    case nsMsgSearchOp::Is:
+      if (tmThis.tm_year == tmToMatch.tm_year &&
+          tmThis.tm_month == tmToMatch.tm_month &&
+          tmThis.tm_mday == tmToMatch.tm_mday)
+        result = true;
+      break;
+    case nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt:
+      if (tmThis.tm_year != tmToMatch.tm_year ||
+          tmThis.tm_month != tmToMatch.tm_month ||
+          tmThis.tm_mday != tmToMatch.tm_mday)
+        result = true;
+      break;
+    default:
+      rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+      NS_ERROR("invalid compare op for dates");
+    }
+  }
+  *pResult = result;
+  return rv;
+}
+
+
+nsresult nsMsgSearchTerm::MatchAge (PRTime msgDate, bool *pResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(pResult);
+
+  bool result = false;
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  PRTime now = PR_Now();
+  PRTime cutOffDay = now - m_value.u.age * PR_USEC_PER_DAY;
+
+  bool cutOffDayInTheFuture = m_value.u.age < 0;
+
+  // So now cutOffDay is the PRTime cut-off point.
+  // Any msg with a time less than that will be past the age.
+
+  switch (m_operator)
+  {
+    case nsMsgSearchOp::IsGreaterThan: // is older than, or more in the future
+      if ((!cutOffDayInTheFuture && msgDate < cutOffDay) ||
+          (cutOffDayInTheFuture && msgDate > cutOffDay))
+        result = true;
+      break;
+    case nsMsgSearchOp::IsLessThan: // is younger than, or less in the future
+      if ((!cutOffDayInTheFuture && msgDate > cutOffDay) ||
+          (cutOffDayInTheFuture && msgDate < cutOffDay))
+        result = true;
+      break;
+    case nsMsgSearchOp::Is:
+      PRExplodedTime msgDateExploded;
+      PRExplodedTime cutOffDayExploded;
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(GetLocalTimes(msgDate, cutOffDay, msgDateExploded, cutOffDayExploded)))
+      {
+        if ((msgDateExploded.tm_mday == cutOffDayExploded.tm_mday) &&
+            (msgDateExploded.tm_month == cutOffDayExploded.tm_month) &&
+            (msgDateExploded.tm_year == cutOffDayExploded.tm_year))
+          result = true;
+      }
+      break;
+    default:
+      rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+      NS_ERROR("invalid compare op for msg age");
+  }
+  *pResult = result;
+  return rv;
+}
+
+
+nsresult nsMsgSearchTerm::MatchSize (uint32_t sizeToMatch, bool *pResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(pResult);
+
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  bool result = false;
+  // We reduce the sizeToMatch rather than supplied size
+  // as then we can do an exact match on the displayed value
+  // which will be less confusing to the user.
+  uint32_t sizeToMatchKB = sizeToMatch;
+
+  if (sizeToMatchKB < 1024)
+    sizeToMatchKB = 1024;
+
+  sizeToMatchKB /= 1024;
+
+  switch (m_operator)
+  {
+  case nsMsgSearchOp::IsGreaterThan:
+    if (sizeToMatchKB > m_value.u.size)
+      result = true;
+    break;
+  case nsMsgSearchOp::IsLessThan:
+    if (sizeToMatchKB < m_value.u.size)
+      result = true;
+    break;
+  case nsMsgSearchOp::Is:
+    if (sizeToMatchKB == m_value.u.size)
+      result = true;
+    break;
+  default:
+    rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    NS_ERROR("invalid compare op for size to match");
+  }
+  *pResult = result;
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgSearchTerm::MatchJunkStatus(const char *aJunkScore, bool *pResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(pResult);
+
+  if (m_operator == nsMsgSearchOp::IsEmpty)
+  {
+    *pResult = !(aJunkScore && *aJunkScore);
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  if (m_operator == nsMsgSearchOp::IsntEmpty)
+  {
+    *pResult = (aJunkScore && *aJunkScore);
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  nsMsgJunkStatus junkStatus;
+  if (aJunkScore && *aJunkScore) {
+      junkStatus = (atoi(aJunkScore) == nsIJunkMailPlugin::IS_SPAM_SCORE) ?
+          nsIJunkMailPlugin::JUNK :
+          nsIJunkMailPlugin::GOOD;
+
+  }
+  else {
+    // the in UI, we only show "junk" or "not junk"
+    // unknown, or nsIJunkMailPlugin::UNCLASSIFIED is shown as not junk
+    // so for the search to work as expected, treat unknown as not junk
+    junkStatus = nsIJunkMailPlugin::GOOD;
+  }
+
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  bool matches = (junkStatus == m_value.u.junkStatus);
+
+  switch (m_operator)
+  {
+    case nsMsgSearchOp::Is:
+      break;
+    case nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt:
+      matches = !matches;
+      break;
+    default:
+      rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+      matches = false;
+      NS_ERROR("invalid compare op for junk status");
+  }
+
+  *pResult = matches;
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgSearchTerm::MatchJunkScoreOrigin(const char *aJunkScoreOrigin, bool *pResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(pResult);
+
+  bool matches = false;
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  switch (m_operator)
+  {
+  case nsMsgSearchOp::Is:
+    matches = aJunkScoreOrigin && !strcmp(aJunkScoreOrigin, m_value.string);
+    break;
+  case nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt:
+    matches = !aJunkScoreOrigin || strcmp(aJunkScoreOrigin, m_value.string);
+    break;
+  default:
+    rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    NS_ERROR("invalid compare op for junk score origin");
+  }
+
+  *pResult = matches;
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgSearchTerm::MatchJunkPercent(uint32_t aJunkPercent, bool *pResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(pResult);
+
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  bool result = false;
+  switch (m_operator)
+  {
+  case nsMsgSearchOp::IsGreaterThan:
+    if (aJunkPercent > m_value.u.junkPercent)
+      result = true;
+    break;
+  case nsMsgSearchOp::IsLessThan:
+    if (aJunkPercent < m_value.u.junkPercent)
+      result = true;
+    break;
+  case nsMsgSearchOp::Is:
+    if (aJunkPercent == m_value.u.junkPercent)
+      result = true;
+    break;
+  default:
+    rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    NS_ERROR("invalid compare op for junk percent");
+  }
+  *pResult = result;
+  return rv;
+}
+  
+
+nsresult nsMsgSearchTerm::MatchLabel(nsMsgLabelValue aLabelValue, bool *pResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(pResult);
+
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  bool result = false;
+  switch (m_operator)
+  {
+  case nsMsgSearchOp::Is:
+    if (m_value.u.label == aLabelValue)
+      result = true;
+    break;
+  case nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt:
+    if (m_value.u.label != aLabelValue)
+      result = true;
+    break;
+  default:
+    rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    NS_ERROR("invalid compare op for label value");
+  }
+
+  *pResult = result;
+  return rv;
+}
+
+// MatchStatus () is not only used for nsMsgMessageFlags but also for 
+// nsMsgFolderFlags (both being 'unsigned long')
+nsresult nsMsgSearchTerm::MatchStatus(uint32_t statusToMatch, bool *pResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(pResult);
+
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  bool matches = (statusToMatch & m_value.u.msgStatus);
+
+// nsMsgSearchOp::Is and nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt are intentionally used as
+// Contains and DoesntContain respectively, for legacy reasons.
+  switch (m_operator)
+  {
+  case nsMsgSearchOp::Is:
+    break;
+  case nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt:
+    matches = !matches;
+    break;
+  default:
+    rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    matches = false;
+    NS_ERROR("invalid compare op for msg status");
+  }
+
+  *pResult = matches;
+  return rv;
+}
+
+/*
+ * MatchKeyword Logic table (*pResult: + is true, - is false)
+ *
+ *         # Valid Tokens IsEmpty IsntEmpty Contains DoesntContain Is     Isnt
+ *                0           +         -      -         +         -       +
+ * Term found?                               N   Y     N   Y     N   Y   N   Y
+ *                1           -         +    -   +     +   -     -   +   +   -
+ *               >1           -         +    -   +     +   -     -   -   +   +
+ */
+// look up nsMsgSearchTerm::m_value in space-delimited keywordList
+nsresult nsMsgSearchTerm::MatchKeyword(const nsACString& keywordList, bool *pResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(pResult);
+
+  bool matches = false;
+
+  // special-case empty for performance reasons
+  if (keywordList.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    *pResult =  m_operator != nsMsgSearchOp::Contains &&
+                m_operator != nsMsgSearchOp::Is &&
+                m_operator != nsMsgSearchOp::IsntEmpty;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  // check if we can skip expensive valid keywordList test
+  if (m_operator == nsMsgSearchOp::DoesntContain ||
+      m_operator == nsMsgSearchOp::Contains)
+  {
+    nsCString keywordString(keywordList);
+    const uint32_t kKeywordLen = PL_strlen(m_value.string);
+    const char* matchStart = PL_strstr(keywordString.get(), m_value.string);
+    while (matchStart)
+    {
+      // For a real match, matchStart must be the start of the keywordList or
+      // preceded by a space and matchEnd must point to a \0 or space.
+      const char* matchEnd = matchStart + kKeywordLen;
+      if ((matchStart == keywordString.get() || matchStart[-1] == ' ') &&
+          (!*matchEnd || *matchEnd == ' '))
+      {
+        // found the keyword
+        *pResult = m_operator == nsMsgSearchOp::Contains;
+        return NS_OK;
+      }
+      // no match yet, so search on
+      matchStart = PL_strstr(matchEnd, m_value.string);
+    }
+    // keyword not found
+    *pResult = m_operator == nsMsgSearchOp::DoesntContain;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  // Only accept valid keys in tokens.
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  nsTArray<nsCString> keywordArray;
+  ParseString(keywordList, ' ', keywordArray);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgTagService> tagService(do_GetService(NS_MSGTAGSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // Loop through tokens in keywords
+  uint32_t count = keywordArray.Length();
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < count; i++)
+  {
+    // is this token a valid tag? Otherwise ignore it
+    bool isValid;
+    rv = tagService->IsValidKey(keywordArray[i], &isValid);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    if (isValid)
+    {
+      // IsEmpty fails on any valid token
+      if (m_operator == nsMsgSearchOp::IsEmpty)
+      {
+        *pResult = false;
+        return rv;
+      }
+
+      // IsntEmpty succeeds on any valid token
+      if (m_operator == nsMsgSearchOp::IsntEmpty)
+      {
+        *pResult = true;
+        return rv;
+      }
+
+      // Does this valid tag key match our search term?
+      matches = keywordArray[i].Equals(m_value.string);
+
+      // Is or Isn't partly determined on a single unmatched token
+      if (!matches)
+      {
+        if (m_operator == nsMsgSearchOp::Is)
+        {
+          *pResult = false;
+          return rv;
+        }
+        if (m_operator == nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt)
+        {
+          *pResult = true;
+          return rv;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (m_operator == nsMsgSearchOp::Is)
+  {
+    *pResult = matches;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  if (m_operator == nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt)
+  {
+    *pResult = !matches;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  if (m_operator == nsMsgSearchOp::IsEmpty)
+  {
+    *pResult = true;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  if (m_operator == nsMsgSearchOp::IsntEmpty)
+  {
+    *pResult = false;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  // no valid match operator found
+  *pResult = false;
+  NS_ERROR("invalid compare op for msg status");
+  return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgSearchTerm::MatchPriority (nsMsgPriorityValue priorityToMatch,
+                                bool *pResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(pResult);
+
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  bool result = false;
+
+  // Use this ugly little hack to get around the fact that enums don't have
+  // integer compare operators
+  int p1 = (priorityToMatch == nsMsgPriority::none) ? (int) nsMsgPriority::normal : (int) priorityToMatch;
+  int p2 = (int) m_value.u.priority;
+
+  switch (m_operator)
+  {
+  case nsMsgSearchOp::IsHigherThan:
+    if (p1 > p2)
+      result = true;
+    break;
+  case nsMsgSearchOp::IsLowerThan:
+    if (p1 < p2)
+      result = true;
+    break;
+  case nsMsgSearchOp::Is:
+    if (p1 == p2)
+      result = true;
+    break;
+  case nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt:
+    if (p1 != p2)
+      result = true;
+    break;
+  default:
+    rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    NS_ERROR("invalid compare op for priority");
+  }
+  *pResult = result;
+  return rv;
+}
+
+// match a custom search term
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgSearchTerm::MatchCustom(nsIMsgDBHdr* aHdr, bool *pResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(pResult);
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFilterService> filterService =
+      do_GetService(NS_MSGFILTERSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgSearchCustomTerm> customTerm;
+  rv = filterService->GetCustomTerm(m_customId, getter_AddRefs(customTerm));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  if (customTerm)
+    return customTerm->Match(aHdr, nsDependentCString(m_value.string),
+                             m_operator, pResult);
+  *pResult = false;     // default to no match if term is missing
+  return NS_ERROR_FAILURE; // missing custom term
+}
+
+// set the id of a custom search term
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgSearchTerm::SetCustomId(const nsACString &aId)
+{
+  m_customId = aId;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// get the id of a custom search term
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgSearchTerm::GetCustomId(nsACString &aResult)
+{
+  aResult = m_customId;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMPL_GETSET(nsMsgSearchTerm, Attrib, nsMsgSearchAttribValue, m_attribute)
+NS_IMPL_GETSET(nsMsgSearchTerm, Op, nsMsgSearchOpValue, m_operator)
+NS_IMPL_GETSET(nsMsgSearchTerm, MatchAll, bool, m_matchAll)
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgSearchTerm::GetValue(nsIMsgSearchValue **aResult)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+    *aResult = new nsMsgSearchValueImpl(&m_value);
+    NS_IF_ADDREF(*aResult);
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgSearchTerm::SetValue(nsIMsgSearchValue* aValue)
+{
+  nsMsgResultElement::AssignValues (aValue, &m_value);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgSearchTerm::GetBooleanAnd(bool *aResult)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+    *aResult = (m_booleanOp == nsMsgSearchBooleanOp::BooleanAND);
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgSearchTerm::SetBooleanAnd(bool aValue)
+{
+    if (aValue)
+        m_booleanOp = nsMsgSearchBooleanOperator(nsMsgSearchBooleanOp::BooleanAND);
+    else
+        m_booleanOp = nsMsgSearchBooleanOperator(nsMsgSearchBooleanOp::BooleanOR);
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgSearchTerm::GetArbitraryHeader(nsACString &aResult)
+{
+    aResult = m_arbitraryHeader;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgSearchTerm::SetArbitraryHeader(const nsACString &aValue)
+{
+    m_arbitraryHeader = aValue;
+    ToLowerCaseExceptSpecials(m_arbitraryHeader);
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgSearchTerm::GetHdrProperty(nsACString &aResult)
+{
+  aResult = m_hdrProperty;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgSearchTerm::SetHdrProperty(const nsACString &aValue)
+{
+  m_hdrProperty = aValue;
+  ToLowerCaseExceptSpecials(m_hdrProperty);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_GETSET(nsMsgSearchTerm, BeginsGrouping, bool, mBeginsGrouping)
+NS_IMPL_GETSET(nsMsgSearchTerm, EndsGrouping, bool, mEndsGrouping)
+
+//
+// Certain possible standard values of a message database row also sometimes
+// appear as header values. To prevent a naming collision, we use all
+// lower case for the standard headers, and first capital when those
+// same strings are requested as arbitrary headers. This routine is used
+// when setting arbitrary headers.
+//
+void nsMsgSearchTerm::ToLowerCaseExceptSpecials(nsACString &aValue)
+{
+  if (aValue.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("sender"))
+    aValue.Assign(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("Sender"));
+  else if (aValue.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("date"))
+    aValue.Assign(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("Date"));
+  else if (aValue.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("status"))
+    aValue.Assign(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("Status"));
+  else
+    ToLowerCase(aValue);
+}
+
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// nsMsgSearchScopeTerm implementation
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+nsMsgSearchScopeTerm::nsMsgSearchScopeTerm (nsIMsgSearchSession *session,
+                                            nsMsgSearchScopeValue attribute,
+                                            nsIMsgFolder *folder)
+{
+  m_attribute = attribute;
+  m_folder = folder;
+  m_searchServer = true;
+  m_searchSession = do_GetWeakReference(session);
+}
+
+nsMsgSearchScopeTerm::nsMsgSearchScopeTerm ()
+{
+  m_searchServer = true;
+}
+
+nsMsgSearchScopeTerm::~nsMsgSearchScopeTerm ()
+{
+  if (m_inputStream)
+    m_inputStream->Close();
+  m_inputStream = nullptr;
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMsgSearchScopeTerm, nsIMsgSearchScopeTerm)
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgSearchScopeTerm::GetFolder(nsIMsgFolder **aResult)
+{
+    NS_IF_ADDREF(*aResult = m_folder);
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgSearchScopeTerm::GetSearchSession(nsIMsgSearchSession** aResult)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgSearchSession> searchSession = do_QueryReferent (m_searchSession);
+    NS_IF_ADDREF(*aResult = searchSession);
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgSearchScopeTerm::GetInputStream(nsIMsgDBHdr *aMsgHdr,
+                                     nsIInputStream **aInputStream)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aInputStream);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMsgHdr);
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(m_folder, NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER);
+  bool reusable;
+  nsresult rv = m_folder->GetMsgInputStream(aMsgHdr, &reusable,
+                                            getter_AddRefs(m_inputStream));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aInputStream = m_inputStream);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgSearchScopeTerm::CloseInputStream()
+{
+  if (m_inputStream)
+{
+    m_inputStream->Close();
+    m_inputStream = nullptr;
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgSearchScopeTerm::TimeSlice (bool *aDone)
+{
+  return m_adapter->Search(aDone);
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgSearchScopeTerm::InitializeAdapter (nsISupportsArray *termList)
+{
+  if (m_adapter)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  switch (m_attribute)
+  {
+    case nsMsgSearchScope::onlineMail:
+        m_adapter = new nsMsgSearchOnlineMail (this, termList);
+      break;
+    case nsMsgSearchScope::offlineMail:
+    case nsMsgSearchScope::onlineManual:
+        m_adapter = new nsMsgSearchOfflineMail (this, termList);
+      break;
+    case nsMsgSearchScope::newsEx:
+      NS_ASSERTION(false, "not supporting newsEx yet");
+      break;
+    case nsMsgSearchScope::news:
+          m_adapter = new nsMsgSearchNews (this, termList);
+        break;
+    case nsMsgSearchScope::allSearchableGroups:
+      NS_ASSERTION(false, "not supporting allSearchableGroups yet");
+      break;
+    case nsMsgSearchScope::LDAP:
+      NS_ASSERTION(false, "not supporting LDAP yet");
+      break;
+    case nsMsgSearchScope::localNews:
+    case nsMsgSearchScope::localNewsJunk:
+    case nsMsgSearchScope::localNewsBody:
+    case nsMsgSearchScope::localNewsJunkBody:
+      m_adapter = new nsMsgSearchOfflineNews (this, termList);
+      break;
+    default:
+      NS_ASSERTION(false, "invalid scope");
+      rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+
+  if (m_adapter)
+    rv = m_adapter->ValidateTerms ();
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+
+char *nsMsgSearchScopeTerm::GetStatusBarName ()
+{
+  return nullptr;
+}
+
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// nsMsgResultElement implementation
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+nsMsgResultElement::nsMsgResultElement(nsIMsgSearchAdapter *adapter)
+{
+  m_adapter = adapter;
+}
+
+
+nsMsgResultElement::~nsMsgResultElement ()
+{
+}
+
+
+nsresult nsMsgResultElement::AddValue (nsIMsgSearchValue *value)
+{
+  m_valueList.AppendElement(value);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgResultElement::AddValue (nsMsgSearchValue *value)
+{
+  nsMsgSearchValueImpl* valueImpl = new nsMsgSearchValueImpl(value);
+  delete value;               // we keep the nsIMsgSearchValue, not
+                              // the nsMsgSearchValue
+  return AddValue(valueImpl);
+}
+
+
+nsresult nsMsgResultElement::AssignValues (nsIMsgSearchValue *src, nsMsgSearchValue *dst)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(src);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(dst);
+  // Yes, this could be an operator overload, but nsMsgSearchValue is totally public, so I'd
+  // have to define a derived class with nothing by operator=, and that seems like a bit much
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  src->GetAttrib(&dst->attribute);
+  switch (dst->attribute)
+  {
+  case nsMsgSearchAttrib::Priority:
+    rv = src->GetPriority(&dst->u.priority);
+    break;
+  case nsMsgSearchAttrib::Date:
+    rv = src->GetDate(&dst->u.date);
+    break;
+  case nsMsgSearchAttrib::HasAttachmentStatus:
+  case nsMsgSearchAttrib::MsgStatus:
+  case nsMsgSearchAttrib::FolderFlag:
+  case nsMsgSearchAttrib::Uint32HdrProperty:
+    rv = src->GetStatus(&dst->u.msgStatus);
+    break;
+  case nsMsgSearchAttrib::MessageKey:
+    rv = src->GetMsgKey(&dst->u.key);
+    break;
+  case nsMsgSearchAttrib::AgeInDays:
+    rv = src->GetAge(&dst->u.age);
+    break;
+  case nsMsgSearchAttrib::Label:
+    rv = src->GetLabel(&dst->u.label);
+    break;
+  case nsMsgSearchAttrib::JunkStatus:
+    rv = src->GetJunkStatus(&dst->u.junkStatus);
+    break;
+  case nsMsgSearchAttrib::JunkPercent:
+    rv = src->GetJunkPercent(&dst->u.junkPercent);
+    break;
+  case nsMsgSearchAttrib::Size:
+    rv = src->GetSize(&dst->u.size);
+    break;
+  default:
+    if (dst->attribute < nsMsgSearchAttrib::kNumMsgSearchAttributes)
+    {
+      NS_ASSERTION(IS_STRING_ATTRIBUTE(dst->attribute), "assigning non-string result");
+      nsString unicodeString;
+      rv = src->GetStr(unicodeString);
+      dst->string = ToNewUTF8String(unicodeString);
+      dst->utf16String = unicodeString;
+    }
+    else
+      rv = NS_ERROR_INVALID_ARG;
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+
+nsresult nsMsgResultElement::GetValue (nsMsgSearchAttribValue attrib,
+                                       nsMsgSearchValue **outValue) const
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  *outValue = NULL;
+
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < m_valueList.Length() && NS_FAILED(rv); i++)
+  {
+    nsMsgSearchAttribValue valueAttribute;
+    m_valueList[i]->GetAttrib(&valueAttribute);
+    if (attrib == valueAttribute)
+    {
+      *outValue = new nsMsgSearchValue;
+      if (*outValue)
+      {
+        rv = AssignValues(m_valueList[i], *outValue);
+        // Now this is really strange! What is this assignment doing here?
+        rv = NS_OK;
+      }
+      else
+        rv = NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgResultElement::GetPrettyName (nsMsgSearchValue **value)
+{
+  return GetValue (nsMsgSearchAttrib::Location, value);
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgResultElement::Open (void *window)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+}
+
+
diff --git a/mailnews/base/search/src/nsMsgSearchValue.cpp b/mailnews/base/search/src/nsMsgSearchValue.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7685c4a73
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/search/src/nsMsgSearchValue.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "MailNewsTypes.h"
+#include "nsMsgSearchValue.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolder.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+
+nsMsgSearchValueImpl::nsMsgSearchValueImpl(nsMsgSearchValue *aInitialValue)
+{
+    mValue = *aInitialValue;
+    if (IS_STRING_ATTRIBUTE(aInitialValue->attribute) && aInitialValue->string)
+    {
+        mValue.string = NS_strdup(aInitialValue->string);
+        CopyUTF8toUTF16(mValue.string, mValue.utf16String);
+    }
+    else
+        mValue.string = 0;
+}
+
+nsMsgSearchValueImpl::~nsMsgSearchValueImpl()
+{
+  if (IS_STRING_ATTRIBUTE(mValue.attribute))
+    NS_Free(mValue.string);
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMsgSearchValueImpl, nsIMsgSearchValue)
+
+NS_IMPL_GETSET(nsMsgSearchValueImpl, Priority, nsMsgPriorityValue, mValue.u.priority)
+NS_IMPL_GETSET(nsMsgSearchValueImpl, Status, uint32_t, mValue.u.msgStatus)
+NS_IMPL_GETSET(nsMsgSearchValueImpl, Size, uint32_t, mValue.u.size)
+NS_IMPL_GETSET(nsMsgSearchValueImpl, MsgKey, nsMsgKey, mValue.u.key)
+NS_IMPL_GETSET(nsMsgSearchValueImpl, Age, int32_t, mValue.u.age)
+NS_IMPL_GETSET(nsMsgSearchValueImpl, Date, PRTime, mValue.u.date)
+NS_IMPL_GETSET(nsMsgSearchValueImpl, Attrib, nsMsgSearchAttribValue, mValue.attribute)
+NS_IMPL_GETSET(nsMsgSearchValueImpl, Label, nsMsgLabelValue, mValue.u.label)
+NS_IMPL_GETSET(nsMsgSearchValueImpl, JunkStatus, uint32_t, mValue.u.junkStatus)
+NS_IMPL_GETSET(nsMsgSearchValueImpl, JunkPercent, uint32_t, mValue.u.junkPercent)
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgSearchValueImpl::GetFolder(nsIMsgFolder* *aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(mValue.attribute == nsMsgSearchAttrib::FolderInfo, NS_ERROR_ILLEGAL_VALUE);
+  *aResult = mValue.u.folder;
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aResult);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgSearchValueImpl::SetFolder(nsIMsgFolder* aValue)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(mValue.attribute == nsMsgSearchAttrib::FolderInfo, NS_ERROR_ILLEGAL_VALUE);
+  mValue.u.folder = aValue;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgSearchValueImpl::GetStr(nsAString &aResult)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_TRUE(IS_STRING_ATTRIBUTE(mValue.attribute), NS_ERROR_ILLEGAL_VALUE);
+    aResult = mValue.utf16String;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgSearchValueImpl::SetStr(const nsAString &aValue)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_TRUE(IS_STRING_ATTRIBUTE(mValue.attribute), NS_ERROR_ILLEGAL_VALUE);
+    if (mValue.string)
+        NS_Free(mValue.string);
+    mValue.string = ToNewUTF8String(aValue);
+    mValue.utf16String = aValue;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgSearchValueImpl::ToString(nsAString &aResult)
+{
+    aResult.AssignLiteral("[nsIMsgSearchValue: ");
+    if (IS_STRING_ATTRIBUTE(mValue.attribute)) {
+        aResult.Append(mValue.utf16String);
+        return NS_OK;
+    }
+
+    
+    switch (mValue.attribute) {
+
+    case nsMsgSearchAttrib::Priority:
+    case nsMsgSearchAttrib::Date:
+    case nsMsgSearchAttrib::MsgStatus:
+    case nsMsgSearchAttrib::MessageKey:
+    case nsMsgSearchAttrib::Size:
+    case nsMsgSearchAttrib::AgeInDays:
+    case nsMsgSearchAttrib::FolderInfo:
+    case nsMsgSearchAttrib::Label:
+    case nsMsgSearchAttrib::JunkStatus:
+    case nsMsgSearchAttrib::JunkPercent:
+    {
+      nsAutoString tempInt;
+      tempInt.AppendInt(mValue.attribute);
+      
+        aResult.AppendLiteral("type=");
+        aResult.Append(tempInt);
+    }
+        break;
+    default:
+        NS_ERROR("Unknown search value type");
+    }        
+
+    aResult.AppendLiteral("]");
+
+    return NS_OK;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/search/src/nsMsgSearchValue.h b/mailnews/base/search/src/nsMsgSearchValue.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ef50ad1ed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/search/src/nsMsgSearchValue.h
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef __nsMsgSearchValue_h
+#define __nsMsgSearchValue_h
+
+#include "nsIMsgSearchValue.h"
+#include "nsMsgSearchCore.h"
+
+class nsMsgSearchValueImpl : public nsIMsgSearchValue {
+  public:
+    nsMsgSearchValueImpl(nsMsgSearchValue *aInitialValue);
+
+    NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+    NS_DECL_NSIMSGSEARCHVALUE
+        
+  private:
+    virtual ~nsMsgSearchValueImpl();
+                                  
+    nsMsgSearchValue mValue;
+        
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/base/search/src/nsMsgTraitService.js b/mailnews/base/search/src/nsMsgTraitService.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..eda20bbf8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/search/src/nsMsgTraitService.js
@@ -0,0 +1,239 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+Components.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/Services.jsm");
+Components.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/XPCOMUtils.jsm");
+
+// local static variables
+
+var _lastIndex = 0;  // the first index will be one
+var _traits = {};
+
+var traitsBranch = Services.prefs.getBranch("mailnews.traits.");
+
+function _registerTrait(aId, aIndex)
+{
+  var trait = {};
+  trait.enabled = false;
+  trait.name = "";
+  trait.antiId = "";
+  trait.index = aIndex;
+  _traits[aId] = trait;
+  return;
+}
+
+function nsMsgTraitService() {}
+
+nsMsgTraitService.prototype =
+{
+  // Component setup
+  classID: Components.ID("{A2E95F4F-DA72-4a41-9493-661AD353C00A}"),
+
+  QueryInterface: XPCOMUtils.generateQI([
+      Components.interfaces.nsIMsgTraitService]),
+
+  // nsIMsgTraitService implementation
+
+  get lastIndex()
+  {
+    return _lastIndex;
+  },
+
+  registerTrait: function(aId)
+  {
+    if (_traits[aId])
+      return 0;  // meaning already registered
+    _registerTrait(aId, ++_lastIndex);
+    traitsBranch.setBoolPref("enabled." + _lastIndex, false);
+    traitsBranch.setCharPref("id." + _lastIndex, aId);
+    return _lastIndex;
+  },
+
+  unRegisterTrait: function(aId)
+  {
+    if (_traits[aId])
+    {
+      var index = _traits[aId].index;
+      _traits[aId] = null;
+      traitsBranch.clearUserPref("id." + index);
+      traitsBranch.clearUserPref("enabled." + index);
+      traitsBranch.clearUserPref("antiId." + index);
+      traitsBranch.clearUserPref("name." + index);
+    }
+    return;
+  },
+
+  isRegistered: function(aId)
+  {
+    return _traits[aId] ? true : false;
+  },
+
+  setName: function(aId, aName)
+  {
+    traitsBranch.setCharPref("name." + _traits[aId].index, aName);
+    _traits[aId].name = aName;
+  },
+
+  getName: function(aId)
+  {
+    return _traits[aId].name;
+  },
+
+  getIndex: function(aId)
+  {
+    return _traits[aId].index;
+  },
+
+  getId: function(aIndex)
+  {
+    for (let id in _traits)
+      if (_traits[id].index == aIndex)
+        return id;
+    return null;
+  },
+
+  setEnabled: function(aId, aEnabled)
+  {
+    traitsBranch.setBoolPref("enabled." + _traits[aId].index, aEnabled);
+    _traits[aId].enabled = aEnabled;
+  },
+
+  getEnabled: function(aId)
+  {
+    return _traits[aId].enabled;
+  },
+
+  setAntiId: function(aId, aAntiId)
+  {
+    traitsBranch.setCharPref("antiId." + _traits[aId].index, aAntiId);
+    _traits[aId].antiId = aAntiId;
+  },
+
+  getAntiId: function(aId)
+  {
+    return _traits[aId].antiId;
+  },
+
+  getEnabledIndices: function(aCount, aProIndices, aAntiIndices)
+  {
+    let proIndices = [];
+    let antiIndices = [];
+    for (let id in _traits)
+      if (_traits[id].enabled)
+      {
+        proIndices.push(_traits[id].index);
+        antiIndices.push(_traits[_traits[id].antiId].index);
+      }
+    aCount.value = proIndices.length;
+    aProIndices.value = proIndices;
+    aAntiIndices.value = antiIndices;
+    return;
+  },
+
+  addAlias: function addAlias(aTraitIndex, aTraitAliasIndex)
+  {
+    let aliasesString = "";
+    try {
+      aliasesString = traitsBranch.getCharPref("aliases." + aTraitIndex);
+    }
+    catch (e) {}
+    let aliases;
+    if (aliasesString.length)
+      aliases = aliasesString.split(",");
+    else
+      aliases = [];
+    if (aliases.indexOf(aTraitAliasIndex.toString()) == -1)
+    {
+      aliases.push(aTraitAliasIndex);
+      traitsBranch.setCharPref("aliases." + aTraitIndex, aliases.join());
+    }
+  },
+
+  removeAlias: function removeAlias(aTraitIndex, aTraitAliasIndex)
+  {
+    let aliasesString = "";
+    try {
+      aliasesString = traitsBranch.getCharPref("aliases." + aTraitIndex);
+    }
+    catch (e) {
+      return;
+    }
+    let aliases;
+    if (aliasesString.length)
+      aliases = aliasesString.split(",");
+    else
+      aliases = [];
+    let location;
+    if ((location = aliases.indexOf(aTraitAliasIndex.toString())) != -1)
+    {
+      aliases.splice(location, 1);
+      traitsBranch.setCharPref("aliases." + aTraitIndex, aliases.join());
+    }
+  },
+
+  getAliases: function getAliases(aTraitIndex, aLength)
+  {
+    let aliasesString = "";
+    try {
+      aliasesString = traitsBranch.getCharPref("aliases." + aTraitIndex);
+    }
+    catch (e) {}
+
+    let aliases;
+    if (aliasesString.length)
+      aliases = aliasesString.split(",");
+    else
+      aliases = [];
+    aLength.value = aliases.length;
+    return aliases;
+  },
+};
+
+// initialization
+
+_init();
+
+function _init()
+{
+  // get existing traits
+  var idBranch = Services.prefs.getBranch("mailnews.traits.id.");
+  var nameBranch = Services.prefs.getBranch("mailnews.traits.name.");
+  var enabledBranch = Services.prefs.getBranch("mailnews.traits.enabled.");
+  var antiIdBranch = Services.prefs.getBranch("mailnews.traits.antiId.");
+  _lastIndex = Services.prefs.getBranch("mailnews.traits.").getIntPref("lastIndex");
+  var ids = idBranch.getChildList("");
+  for (var i = 0; i < ids.length; i++)
+  {
+    var id = idBranch.getCharPref(ids[i]);
+    var index = parseInt(ids[i]);
+    _registerTrait(id, index, false);
+
+    // Read in values, ignore errors since that usually means the
+    // value does not exist
+    try {
+      _traits[id].name = nameBranch.getCharPref(ids[i]);
+    }
+    catch (e) {}
+
+    try {
+      _traits[id].enabled = enabledBranch.getBoolPref(ids[i]);
+    }
+    catch (e) {}
+
+    try {
+      _traits[id].antiId = antiIdBranch.getCharPref(ids[i]);
+    }
+    catch (e) {}
+
+    if (_lastIndex < index)
+      _lastIndex = index;
+  }
+
+  //for (traitId in _traits)
+  //  dump("\nindex of " + traitId + " is " + _traits[traitId].index);
+  //dump("\n");
+}
+
+var components = [nsMsgTraitService];
+var NSGetFactory = XPCOMUtils.generateNSGetFactory(components);
diff --git a/mailnews/base/search/src/nsMsgTraitService.manifest b/mailnews/base/search/src/nsMsgTraitService.manifest
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0a13ee781
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/search/src/nsMsgTraitService.manifest
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+component {A2E95F4F-DA72-4a41-9493-661AD353C00A} nsMsgTraitService.js
+contract @mozilla.org/msg-trait-service;1 {A2E95F4F-DA72-4a41-9493-661AD353C00A}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/src/MailNewsDLF.cpp b/mailnews/base/src/MailNewsDLF.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..839d86006
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/src/MailNewsDLF.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "MailNewsDLF.h"
+#include "nsIChannel.h"
+#include "plstr.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsICategoryManager.h"
+#include "nsIServiceManager.h"
+#include "nsIStreamConverterService.h"
+#include "nsIStreamListener.h"
+#include "nsNetCID.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+
+namespace mozilla {
+namespace mailnews {
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(MailNewsDLF, nsIDocumentLoaderFactory)
+
+MailNewsDLF::MailNewsDLF()
+{
+}
+
+MailNewsDLF::~MailNewsDLF()
+{
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+MailNewsDLF::CreateInstance(const char* aCommand,
+                            nsIChannel* aChannel,
+                            nsILoadGroup* aLoadGroup,
+                            const nsACString& aContentType,
+                            nsIDocShell* aContainer,
+                            nsISupports* aExtraInfo,
+                            nsIStreamListener** aDocListener,
+                            nsIContentViewer** aDocViewer)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  bool viewSource = (PL_strstr(PromiseFlatCString(aContentType).get(),
+                               "view-source") != 0);
+
+  aChannel->SetContentType(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(TEXT_HTML));
+
+  // Get the HTML category
+  nsCOMPtr<nsICategoryManager> catMan(
+    do_GetService(NS_CATEGORYMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsAutoCString contractID;
+  rv = catMan->GetCategoryEntry("Gecko-Content-Viewers", TEXT_HTML,
+                                getter_Copies(contractID));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIDocumentLoaderFactory> factory(do_GetService(contractID.get(),
+                                             &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStreamListener> listener;
+
+  if (viewSource) {
+    rv = factory->CreateInstance("view-source", aChannel, aLoadGroup,
+                                 NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(TEXT_HTML "; x-view-type=view-source"),
+                                 aContainer, aExtraInfo, getter_AddRefs(listener),
+                                 aDocViewer);
+  } else {
+    rv = factory->CreateInstance("view", aChannel, aLoadGroup, NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(TEXT_HTML),
+                                 aContainer, aExtraInfo, getter_AddRefs(listener),
+                                 aDocViewer);
+  }
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStreamConverterService> scs(
+    do_GetService(NS_STREAMCONVERTERSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  return scs->AsyncConvertData(MESSAGE_RFC822, TEXT_HTML, listener, aChannel,
+                               aDocListener);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+MailNewsDLF::CreateInstanceForDocument(nsISupports* aContainer,
+                                       nsIDocument* aDocument,
+                                       const char* aCommand,
+                                       nsIContentViewer** aDocViewer)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+MailNewsDLF::CreateBlankDocument(nsILoadGroup* aLoadGroup,
+                                 nsIPrincipal* aPrincipal,
+                                 nsIDocument** aDocument)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+}
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/src/MailNewsDLF.h b/mailnews/base/src/MailNewsDLF.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b0bd77b30
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/src/MailNewsDLF.h
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef MailNewsDLF_h__
+#define MailNewsDLF_h__
+
+#include "nsIDocumentLoaderFactory.h"
+#include "nsMimeTypes.h"
+#include "nsMsgBaseCID.h"
+
+namespace mozilla {
+namespace mailnews {
+
+/*
+ * This factory is a thin wrapper around the text/html loader factory. All it
+ * does is convert message/rfc822 to text/html and delegate the rest of the
+ * work to the text/html factory.
+ */
+class MailNewsDLF : public nsIDocumentLoaderFactory
+{
+public:
+  MailNewsDLF();
+
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIDOCUMENTLOADERFACTORY
+
+private:
+  virtual ~MailNewsDLF();
+};
+}
+}
+
+#define MAILNEWSDLF_CATEGORIES \
+  { "Gecko-Content-Viewers", MESSAGE_RFC822, NS_MAILNEWSDLF_CONTRACTID }, \
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/base/src/MailnewsLoadContextInfo.cpp b/mailnews/base/src/MailnewsLoadContextInfo.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..89aa56672
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/src/MailnewsLoadContextInfo.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+// This was copied from netwerk/base/LoadContextInfo.cpp
+
+#include "MailnewsLoadContextInfo.h"
+
+#include "mozilla/dom/ToJSValue.h"
+#include "nsIChannel.h"
+#include "nsILoadContext.h"
+#include "nsIWebNavigation.h"
+#include "nsNetUtil.h"
+
+// MailnewsLoadContextInfo
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(MailnewsLoadContextInfo, nsILoadContextInfo)
+
+MailnewsLoadContextInfo::MailnewsLoadContextInfo(bool aIsPrivate, bool aIsAnonymous, mozilla::NeckoOriginAttributes aOriginAttributes)
+  : mIsPrivate(aIsPrivate)
+  , mIsAnonymous(aIsAnonymous)
+  , mOriginAttributes(aOriginAttributes)
+{
+  mOriginAttributes.SyncAttributesWithPrivateBrowsing(mIsPrivate);
+}
+
+MailnewsLoadContextInfo::~MailnewsLoadContextInfo()
+{
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP MailnewsLoadContextInfo::GetIsPrivate(bool *aIsPrivate)
+{
+  *aIsPrivate = mIsPrivate;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP MailnewsLoadContextInfo::GetIsAnonymous(bool *aIsAnonymous)
+{
+  *aIsAnonymous = mIsAnonymous;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+mozilla::NeckoOriginAttributes const* MailnewsLoadContextInfo::OriginAttributesPtr()
+{
+  return &mOriginAttributes;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP MailnewsLoadContextInfo::GetOriginAttributes(JSContext *aCx,
+                                                   JS::MutableHandle<JS::Value> aVal)
+{
+  if (NS_WARN_IF(!ToJSValue(aCx, mOriginAttributes, aVal))) {
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/src/MailnewsLoadContextInfo.h b/mailnews/base/src/MailnewsLoadContextInfo.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6a127bf4a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/src/MailnewsLoadContextInfo.h
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+// This was copied from netwerk/base/LoadContextInfo.h
+
+#ifndef MailnewsLoadContextInfo_h__
+#define MailnewsLoadContextInfo_h__
+
+#include "nsILoadContextInfo.h"
+
+class nsIChannel;
+class nsILoadContext;
+
+class MailnewsLoadContextInfo : public nsILoadContextInfo
+{
+public:
+  NS_DECL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSILOADCONTEXTINFO
+
+  MailnewsLoadContextInfo(bool aIsPrivate, bool aIsAnonymous, mozilla::NeckoOriginAttributes aOriginAttributes);
+
+private:
+  virtual ~MailnewsLoadContextInfo();
+
+protected:
+  bool mIsPrivate : 1;
+  bool mIsAnonymous : 1;
+  mozilla::NeckoOriginAttributes mOriginAttributes;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/base/src/folderLookupService.js b/mailnews/base/src/folderLookupService.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9c64b5ef0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/src/folderLookupService.js
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/**
+ * This module implements the folder lookup service. Presently, this uses RDF as
+ * the backing store, but the intent is that this will eventually become the
+ * authoritative map.
+ */
+
+"use strict";
+
+var Cc = Components.classes;
+var Ci = Components.interfaces;
+var Cr = Components.results;
+
+Components.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/XPCOMUtils.jsm");
+
+function isValidFolder(folder) {
+  // RDF is liable to return folders that don't exist, and we may be working
+  // with a deleted folder but we're still holding on to the reference. For
+  // valid folders, one of two scenarios is true: either the folder has a parent
+  // (the deletion code clears the parent to indicate its nonvalidity), or the
+  // folder is a root folder of some server. Getting the root folder may throw
+  // an exception if we attempted to create a server that doesn't exist, so we
+  // need to guard for that error.
+  try {
+    return folder.parent != null || folder.rootFolder == folder;
+  } catch (e) {
+    return false;
+  }
+}
+
+// This insures that the service is only created once
+var gCreated = false;
+
+function folderLookupService() {
+  if (gCreated)
+    throw Cr.NS_ERROR_ALREADY_INITIALIZED;
+  this._map = new Map();
+  gCreated = true;
+}
+folderLookupService.prototype = {
+  // XPCOM registration stuff
+  QueryInterface: XPCOMUtils.generateQI([Ci.nsIFolderLookupService]),
+  classID: Components.ID("{a30be08c-afc8-4fed-9af7-79778a23db23}"),
+
+  // nsIFolderLookupService impl
+  getFolderForURL: function (aUrl) {
+    let folder = null;
+    // First, see if the folder is in our cache.
+    if (this._map.has(aUrl)) {
+      let valid = false;
+      try {
+        folder = this._map.get(aUrl).QueryReferent(Ci.nsIMsgFolder);
+        valid = isValidFolder(folder);
+      } catch (e) {
+        // The object was deleted, so it's not valid
+      }
+
+      if (valid)
+        return folder;
+
+      // Don't keep around invalid folders.
+      this._map.delete(aUrl);
+      folder = null;
+    }
+
+    // If we get here, then the folder was not in our map. It could be that the
+    // folder was created by somebody else, so try to find that folder.
+    // For now, we use the RDF service, since it results in minimal changes. But
+    // RDF has a tendency to create objects without checking to see if they
+    // really exist---use the parent property to see if the folder is a real
+    // folder.
+    if (folder == null) {
+      let rdf = Cc["@mozilla.org/rdf/rdf-service;1"]
+                  .getService(Ci.nsIRDFService);
+      try {
+        folder = rdf.GetResource(aUrl)
+                    .QueryInterface(Ci.nsIMsgFolder);
+      } catch (e) {
+        // If the QI fails, then we somehow picked up an RDF resource that isn't
+        // a folder. Return null in this case.
+        return null;
+      }
+    }
+    if (!isValidFolder(folder))
+      return null;
+
+    // Add the new folder to our map. Store a weak reference instead, so that
+    // the folder can be closed when necessary.
+    let weakRef = folder.QueryInterface(Ci.nsISupportsWeakReference)
+                        .GetWeakReference();
+    this._map.set(aUrl, weakRef);
+    return folder;
+  },
+};
+
+var NSGetFactory = XPCOMUtils.generateNSGetFactory([folderLookupService]);
diff --git a/mailnews/base/src/moz.build b/mailnews/base/src/moz.build
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b84839e9e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/src/moz.build
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+# vim: set filetype=python:
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+EXPORTS += [
+    'nsMailDirServiceDefs.h',
+    'nsMsgRDFDataSource.h',
+    'nsMsgRDFUtils.h',
+]
+
+SOURCES += [
+    'MailNewsDLF.cpp',
+    'MailnewsLoadContextInfo.cpp',
+    'nsCidProtocolHandler.cpp',
+    'nsCopyMessageStreamListener.cpp',
+    'nsMailDirProvider.cpp',
+    'nsMessenger.cpp',
+    'nsMessengerBootstrap.cpp',
+    'nsMessengerContentHandler.cpp',
+    'nsMsgAccount.cpp',
+    'nsMsgAccountManager.cpp',
+    'nsMsgAccountManagerDS.cpp',
+    'nsMsgBiffManager.cpp',
+    'nsMsgContentPolicy.cpp',
+    'nsMsgCopyService.cpp',
+    'nsMsgDBView.cpp',
+    'nsMsgFolderCache.cpp',
+    'nsMsgFolderCacheElement.cpp',
+    'nsMsgFolderCompactor.cpp',
+    'nsMsgFolderDataSource.cpp',
+    'nsMsgFolderNotificationService.cpp',
+    'nsMsgGroupThread.cpp',
+    'nsMsgGroupView.cpp',
+    'nsMsgMailSession.cpp',
+    'nsMsgOfflineManager.cpp',
+    'nsMsgProgress.cpp',
+    'nsMsgPurgeService.cpp',
+    'nsMsgQuickSearchDBView.cpp',
+    'nsMsgRDFDataSource.cpp',
+    'nsMsgRDFUtils.cpp',
+    'nsMsgSearchDBView.cpp',
+    'nsMsgServiceProvider.cpp',
+    'nsMsgSpecialViews.cpp',
+    'nsMsgStatusFeedback.cpp',
+    'nsMsgTagService.cpp',
+    'nsMsgThreadedDBView.cpp',
+    'nsMsgWindow.cpp',
+    'nsMsgXFViewThread.cpp',
+    'nsMsgXFVirtualFolderDBView.cpp',
+    'nsSpamSettings.cpp',
+    'nsStatusBarBiffManager.cpp',
+    'nsSubscribableServer.cpp',
+    'nsSubscribeDataSource.cpp',
+]
+
+if CONFIG['NS_PRINTING']:
+    SOURCES += ['nsMsgPrintEngine.cpp']
+
+if CONFIG['OS_ARCH'] == 'WINNT':
+    SOURCES += ['nsMessengerWinIntegration.cpp']
+
+if CONFIG['MOZ_WIDGET_TOOLKIT'] in ('gtk2', 'gtk3', 'qt'):
+    SOURCES += ['nsMessengerUnixIntegration.cpp']
+elif CONFIG['MOZ_WIDGET_TOOLKIT'] == 'cocoa':
+    SOURCES += ['nsMessengerOSXIntegration.mm']
+
+EXTRA_COMPONENTS += [
+    'folderLookupService.js',
+    'msgAsyncPrompter.js',
+    'msgBase.manifest',
+    'msgOAuth2Module.js',
+    'newMailNotificationService.js',
+    'nsMailNewsCommandLineHandler.js',
+]
+
+EXTRA_JS_MODULES += [
+    'virtualFolderWrapper.js',
+]
+
+FINAL_LIBRARY = 'mail'
+
diff --git a/mailnews/base/src/msgAsyncPrompter.js b/mailnews/base/src/msgAsyncPrompter.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..58b5288e9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/src/msgAsyncPrompter.js
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+Components.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/Services.jsm");
+Components.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/Task.jsm");
+Components.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/XPCOMUtils.jsm");
+Components.utils.import("resource:///modules/gloda/log4moz.js");
+
+var Ci = Components.interfaces;
+var Cc = Components.classes;
+
+function runnablePrompter(asyncPrompter, hashKey) {
+  this._asyncPrompter = asyncPrompter;
+  this._hashKey = hashKey;
+}
+
+runnablePrompter.prototype = {
+  _asyncPrompter: null,
+  _hashKey: null,
+
+  run: Task.async(function *() {
+    yield Services.logins.initializationPromise;
+    this._asyncPrompter._log.debug("Running prompt for " + this._hashKey);
+    let prompter = this._asyncPrompter._pendingPrompts[this._hashKey];
+    let ok = false;
+    try {
+      ok = prompter.first.onPromptStart();
+    }
+    catch (ex) {
+      Components.utils.reportError("runnablePrompter:run: " + ex + "\n");
+    }
+
+    delete this._asyncPrompter._pendingPrompts[this._hashKey];
+
+    for (var consumer of prompter.consumers) {
+      try {
+        if (ok)
+          consumer.onPromptAuthAvailable();
+        else
+          consumer.onPromptCanceled();
+      }
+      catch (ex) {
+        // Log the error for extension devs and others to pick up.
+        Components.utils.reportError("runnablePrompter:run: consumer.onPrompt* reported an exception: " + ex + "\n");
+      }
+    }
+    this._asyncPrompter._asyncPromptInProgress--;
+
+    this._asyncPrompter._log.debug("Finished running prompter for " + this._hashKey);
+    this._asyncPrompter._doAsyncAuthPrompt();
+  })
+};
+
+function msgAsyncPrompter() {
+  this._pendingPrompts = {};
+  // By default, only log warnings to the error console and errors to dump().
+  // You can use the preferences:
+  //   msgAsyncPrompter.logging.console
+  //   msgAsyncPrompter.logging.dump
+  // To change this up.  Values should be one of:
+  //   Fatal/Error/Warn/Info/Config/Debug/Trace/All
+  this._log = Log4Moz.getConfiguredLogger("msgAsyncPrompter",
+                                          Log4Moz.Level.Warn,
+                                          Log4Moz.Level.Warn);
+}
+
+msgAsyncPrompter.prototype = {
+  classID: Components.ID("{49b04761-23dd-45d7-903d-619418a4d319}"),
+  QueryInterface: XPCOMUtils.generateQI([Ci.nsIMsgAsyncPrompter]),
+
+  _pendingPrompts: null,
+  _asyncPromptInProgress: 0,
+  _log: null,
+
+  queueAsyncAuthPrompt: function(aKey, aJumpQueue, aCaller) {
+    if (aKey in this._pendingPrompts) {
+      this._log.debug("Prompt bound to an existing one in the queue, key: " + aKey);
+      this._pendingPrompts[aKey].consumers.push(aCaller);
+      return;
+    }
+
+    this._log.debug("Adding new prompt to the queue, key: " + aKey);
+    let asyncPrompt = {
+      first: aCaller,
+      consumers: []
+    };
+
+    this._pendingPrompts[aKey] = asyncPrompt;
+    if (aJumpQueue) {
+      this._asyncPromptInProgress++;
+
+      this._log.debug("Forcing runnablePrompter for " + aKey);
+
+      let runnable = new runnablePrompter(this, aKey);
+      Services.tm.mainThread.dispatch(runnable, Ci.nsIThread.DISPATCH_NORMAL);
+    }
+    else
+      this._doAsyncAuthPrompt();
+  },
+
+  _doAsyncAuthPrompt: function() {
+    if (this._asyncPromptInProgress > 0) {
+      this._log.debug("_doAsyncAuthPrompt bypassed - prompt already in progress");
+      return;
+    }
+
+    // Find the first prompt key we have in the queue.
+    let hashKey = null;
+    for (hashKey in this._pendingPrompts)
+      break;
+
+    if (!hashKey)
+      return;
+
+    this._asyncPromptInProgress++;
+
+    this._log.debug("Dispatching runnablePrompter for " + hashKey);
+
+    let runnable = new runnablePrompter(this, hashKey);
+    Services.tm.mainThread.dispatch(runnable, Ci.nsIThread.DISPATCH_NORMAL);
+  }
+};
+
+var components = [msgAsyncPrompter];
+var NSGetFactory = XPCOMUtils.generateNSGetFactory(components);
diff --git a/mailnews/base/src/msgBase.manifest b/mailnews/base/src/msgBase.manifest
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e7af18bdf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/src/msgBase.manifest
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+component {49b04761-23dd-45d7-903d-619418a4d319} msgAsyncPrompter.js
+contract @mozilla.org/messenger/msgAsyncPrompter;1 {49b04761-23dd-45d7-903d-619418a4d319}
+component {2f86d554-f9d9-4e76-8eb7-243f047333ee} nsMailNewsCommandLineHandler.js
+contract @mozilla.org/commandlinehandler/general-startup;1?type=mail {2f86d554-f9d9-4e76-8eb7-243f047333ee}
+category command-line-handler m-mail @mozilla.org/commandlinehandler/general-startup;1?type=mail
+component {740880E6-E299-4165-B82F-DF1DCAB3AE22} newMailNotificationService.js
+contract @mozilla.org/newMailNotificationService;1 {740880E6-E299-4165-B82F-DF1DCAB3AE22}
+category profile-after-change NewMailNotificationService @mozilla.org/newMailNotificationService;1 
+component {a30be08c-afc8-4fed-9af7-79778a23db23} folderLookupService.js
+contract @mozilla.org/mail/folder-lookup;1 {a30be08c-afc8-4fed-9af7-79778a23db23}
+component {b63d8e4c-bf60-439b-be0e-7c9f67291042} msgOAuth2Module.js
+contract @mozilla.org/mail/oauth2-module;1 {b63d8e4c-bf60-439b-be0e-7c9f67291042}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/src/msgOAuth2Module.js b/mailnews/base/src/msgOAuth2Module.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..407ab0519
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/src/msgOAuth2Module.js
@@ -0,0 +1,150 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+"use strict";
+
+var Cc = Components.classes;
+var Ci = Components.interfaces;
+var Cr = Components.results;
+
+Components.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/OAuth2.jsm");
+Components.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/OAuth2Providers.jsm");
+Components.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/Preferences.jsm");
+Components.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/Services.jsm");
+Components.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/XPCOMUtils.jsm");
+
+function OAuth2Module() {
+  this._refreshToken = '';
+}
+OAuth2Module.prototype = {
+  // XPCOM registration stuff
+  QueryInterface: XPCOMUtils.generateQI([Ci.msgIOAuth2Module]),
+  classID: Components.ID("{b63d8e4c-bf60-439b-be0e-7c9f67291042}"),
+
+  _loadOAuthClientDetails(aIssuer) {
+    let details = OAuth2Providers.getIssuerDetails(aIssuer);
+    if (details)
+      [this._appKey, this._appSecret, this._authURI, this._tokenURI] = details;
+    else
+      throw Cr.NS_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT;
+  },
+  initFromSmtp(aServer) {
+    return this._initPrefs("mail.smtpserver." + aServer.key + ".",
+      aServer.username, aServer.hostname);
+  },
+  initFromMail(aServer) {
+    return this._initPrefs("mail.server." + aServer.key + ".",
+      aServer.username, aServer.realHostName);
+  },
+  _initPrefs(root, aUsername, aHostname) {
+    // Load all of the parameters from preferences.
+    let issuer = Preferences.get(root + "oauth2.issuer", "");
+    let scope = Preferences.get(root + "oauth2.scope", "");
+
+    // These properties are absolutely essential to OAuth2 support. If we don't
+    // have them, we don't support OAuth2.
+    if (!issuer || !scope) {
+      // Since we currently only support gmail, init values if server matches.
+      let details = OAuth2Providers.getHostnameDetails(aHostname);
+      if (details)
+      {
+        [issuer, scope] = details;
+        Preferences.set(root + "oauth2.issuer", issuer);
+        Preferences.set(root + "oauth2.scope", scope);
+      }
+      else
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    // Find the app key we need for the OAuth2 string. Eventually, this should
+    // be using dynamic client registration, but there are no current
+    // implementations that we can test this with.
+    this._loadOAuthClientDetails(issuer);
+
+    // Username is needed to generate the XOAUTH2 string.
+    this._username = aUsername;
+    // LoginURL is needed to save the refresh token in the password manager.
+    this._loginUrl = "oauth://" + issuer;
+    // We use the scope to indicate the realm.
+    this._scope = scope;
+
+    // Define the OAuth property and store it.
+    this._oauth = new OAuth2(this._authURI, scope, this._appKey,
+      this._appSecret);
+    this._oauth.authURI = this._authURI;
+    this._oauth.tokenURI = this._tokenURI;
+
+    // Try hinting the username...
+    this._oauth.extraAuthParams = [
+      ["login_hint", aUsername]
+    ];
+
+    // Set the window title to something more useful than "Unnamed"
+    this._oauth.requestWindowTitle =
+      Services.strings.createBundle("chrome://messenger/locale/messenger.properties")
+                      .formatStringFromName("oauth2WindowTitle",
+                                            [aUsername, aHostname], 2);
+
+    // This stores the refresh token in the login manager.
+    Object.defineProperty(this._oauth, "refreshToken", {
+      get: () => this.refreshToken,
+      set: (token) => this.refreshToken = token
+    });
+
+    return true;
+  },
+
+  get refreshToken() {
+    let loginMgr = Cc["@mozilla.org/login-manager;1"]
+                     .getService(Ci.nsILoginManager);
+    let logins = loginMgr.findLogins({}, this._loginUrl, null, this._scope);
+    for (let login of logins) {
+      if (login.username == this._username)
+        return login.password;
+    }
+    return '';
+  },
+  set refreshToken(token) {
+    let loginMgr = Cc["@mozilla.org/login-manager;1"]
+                     .getService(Ci.nsILoginManager);
+
+    // Check if we already have a login with this username, and modify the
+    // password on that, if we do.
+    let logins = loginMgr.findLogins({}, this._loginUrl, null, this._scope);
+    for (let login of logins) {
+      if (login.username == this._username) {
+        if (token) {
+          let propBag = Cc["@mozilla.org/hash-property-bag;1"].
+                        createInstance(Ci.nsIWritablePropertyBag);
+          propBag.setProperty("password", token);
+          loginMgr.modifyLogin(login, propBag);
+        }
+        else
+          loginMgr.removeLogin(login);
+        return token;
+      }
+    }
+
+    // Otherwise, we need a new login, so create one and fill it in.
+    let login = Cc["@mozilla.org/login-manager/loginInfo;1"]
+                  .createInstance(Ci.nsILoginInfo);
+    login.init(this._loginUrl, null, this._scope, this._username, token,
+      '', '');
+    loginMgr.addLogin(login);
+    return token;
+  },
+
+  connect(aWithUI, aListener) {
+    this._oauth.connect(() => aListener.onSuccess(this._oauth.accessToken),
+                        x => aListener.onFailure(x),
+                        aWithUI, false);
+  },
+
+  buildXOAuth2String() {
+    return btoa("user=" + this._username + "\x01auth=Bearer " +
+      this._oauth.accessToken + "\x01\x01");
+  },
+};
+
+var NSGetFactory = XPCOMUtils.generateNSGetFactory([OAuth2Module]);
diff --git a/mailnews/base/src/newMailNotificationService.js b/mailnews/base/src/newMailNotificationService.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4fe72f554
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/src/newMailNotificationService.js
@@ -0,0 +1,377 @@
+/* -*- Mode: Java; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/* platform-independent code to count new and unread messages and pass the information to
+ * platform-specific notification modules
+ *
+ * Logging for this module uses the TB version of log4moz. Default logging is at the Warn
+ * level. Other possibly interesting messages are at Error, Info and Debug. To configure, set the
+ * preferences "mail.notification.logging.console" (for the error console) or
+ * "mail.notification.logging.dump" (for stderr) to the string indicating the level you want.
+ */
+
+var Cc = Components.classes;
+var Ci = Components.interfaces;
+var Cu = Components.utils;
+
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/log4moz.js");
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/iteratorUtils.jsm");
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/mailServices.js");
+Cu.import("resource://gre/modules/Services.jsm");
+Cu.import("resource://gre/modules/XPCOMUtils.jsm");
+
+var NMNS = Ci.mozINewMailNotificationService;
+
+var countInboxesPref = "mail.notification.count.inbox_only";
+// Old name for pref
+var countNewMessagesPref = "mail.biff.use_new_count_in_mac_dock";
+// When we go cross-platform we should migrate to
+// const countNewMessagesPref = "mail.notification.count.new";
+
+// Helper function to retrieve a boolean preference with a default
+function getBoolPref(pref, defaultValue) {
+  try {
+    return Services.prefs.getBoolPref(pref);
+  }
+  catch(e) {
+    return defaultValue;
+  }
+}
+
+
+// constructor
+function NewMailNotificationService() {
+  this._mUnreadCount = 0;
+  this._mNewCount = 0;
+  this._listeners = [];
+  this.wrappedJSObject = this;
+
+  this._log = Log4Moz.getConfiguredLogger("mail.notification",
+                                          Log4Moz.Level.Warn,
+                                          Log4Moz.Level.Warn,
+                                          Log4Moz.Level.Warn);
+
+  // Listen for mail-startup-done to do the rest of our setup after folders are initialized
+  Services.obs.addObserver(this, "mail-startup-done", false);
+}
+
+NewMailNotificationService.prototype = {
+  classDescription: "Maintain counts of new and unread messages",
+  classID:              Components.ID("{740880E6-E299-4165-B82F-DF1DCAB3AE22}"),
+  contractID:           "@mozilla.org/newMailNotificationService;1",
+  QueryInterface:       XPCOMUtils.generateQI([Ci.nsIObserver, Ci.nsIFolderListener, Ci.mozINewMailNotificationService]),
+  _xpcom_factory: XPCOMUtils.generateSingletonFactory(NewMailNotificationService),
+  
+  _mUnreadCount: 0,
+  _mNewCount: 0,
+  _listeners: null,
+  _log: null,
+
+  get countNew() {
+    return getBoolPref(countNewMessagesPref, false);
+  },
+
+  observe: function NMNS_Observe(aSubject, aTopic, aData) {
+    // Set up to catch updates to unread count
+    this._log.info("NMNS_Observe: " + aTopic);
+
+    try {
+      if (aTopic == "mail-startup-done") {
+        try {
+          Services.obs.removeObserver(this, "mail-startup-done");
+        }
+        catch (e) {
+          this._log.error("NMNS_Observe: unable to deregister mail-startup-done listener: " + e);
+        }
+        Services.obs.addObserver(this, "profile-before-change", false);
+        MailServices.mailSession.AddFolderListener(this, Ci.nsIFolderListener.intPropertyChanged |
+                                                         Ci.nsIFolderListener.added |
+                                                         Ci.nsIFolderListener.removed |
+                                                         Ci.nsIFolderListener.propertyFlagChanged);
+        this._initUnreadCount();
+      }
+      else if (aTopic == "profile-before-change") {
+        try {
+          MailServices.mailSession.RemoveFolderListener(this);
+          Services.obs.removeObserver(this, "profile-before-change");
+        }
+        catch (e) {
+          this._log.error("NMNS_Observe: unable to deregister listeners at shutdown: " + e);
+        }
+      }
+    } catch (error) {
+      this._log.error("NMNS_Observe failed: " + error);
+    }
+  },
+
+  _initUnreadCount: function NMNS_initUnreadCount() {
+    let total = 0;
+    let allServers = MailServices.accounts.allServers;
+    for (let i = 0; i < allServers.length; i++) {
+      let currentServer = allServers.queryElementAt(i, Ci.nsIMsgIncomingServer);
+      this._log.debug("NMNS_initUnread: server " + currentServer.prettyName + " type " + currentServer.type);
+      // Don't bother counting RSS or NNTP servers
+      let type = currentServer.type;
+      if (type == "rss" || type == "nntp")
+        continue;
+
+      let rootFolder = currentServer.rootFolder;
+      if (rootFolder) {
+        total += this._countUnread(rootFolder);
+      }
+    }
+    this._mUnreadCount = total;
+    if (!this.countNew) {
+      this._log.info("NMNS_initUnread notifying listeners: " + total + " total unread messages");
+      this._notifyListeners(NMNS.count, "onCountChanged", total);
+    }
+  },
+
+  // Count all the unread messages below the given folder
+  _countUnread: function NMNS_countUnread(folder) {
+    this._log.trace("NMNS_countUnread: parent folder " + folder.URI);
+    let unreadCount = 0;
+
+    if (this.confirmShouldCount(folder)) {
+      let count = folder.getNumUnread(false);
+      this._log.debug("NMNS_countUnread: folder " + folder.URI + ", " + count + " unread");
+      if (count > 0)
+        unreadCount += count;
+    }
+
+    let allFolders = folder.descendants;
+    for (let folder in fixIterator(allFolders, Ci.nsIMsgFolder)) {
+      if (this.confirmShouldCount(folder)) {
+        let count = folder.getNumUnread(false);
+        this._log.debug("NMNS_countUnread: folder " + folder.URI + ", " + count + " unread");
+        if (count > 0)
+          unreadCount += count;
+      }
+    }
+    return unreadCount;
+  },
+
+  // Filter out special folders and then ask for observers to see if
+  // we should monitor unread messages in this folder
+  confirmShouldCount: function NMNS_confirmShouldCount(aFolder) {
+    let shouldCount = Cc['@mozilla.org/supports-PRBool;1'].createInstance(Ci.nsISupportsPRBool);
+    shouldCount.data = true;
+    this._log.trace("NMNS_confirmShouldCount: folder " + aFolder.URI + " flags " + aFolder.flags);
+    let srv = null;
+
+    // If it's not a mail folder we don't count it by default
+    if (!(aFolder.flags & Ci.nsMsgFolderFlags.Mail))
+      shouldCount.data = false;
+
+    // For whatever reason, RSS folders have the 'Mail' flag
+    else if ((srv = aFolder.server) && (srv.type == "rss"))
+      shouldCount.data = false;
+
+    // If it's a special folder *other than the inbox* we don't count it by default
+    else if ((aFolder.flags & Ci.nsMsgFolderFlags.SpecialUse)
+        && !(aFolder.flags & Ci.nsMsgFolderFlags.Inbox))
+      shouldCount.data = false;
+
+    else if (aFolder.flags & Ci.nsMsgFolderFlags.Virtual)
+      shouldCount.data = false;
+
+    // if we're only counting inboxes and it's not an inbox...
+    else
+      try {
+      // If we can't get this pref, just leave it as the default
+      let onlyCountInboxes = Services.prefs.getBoolPref(countInboxesPref);
+      if (onlyCountInboxes && !(aFolder.flags & Ci.nsMsgFolderFlags.Inbox))
+        shouldCount.data = false;
+      } catch (error) {}
+
+    this._log.trace("NMNS_confirmShouldCount: before observers " + shouldCount.data);
+    Services.obs.notifyObservers(shouldCount, "before-count-unread-for-folder", aFolder.URI);
+    this._log.trace("NMNS_confirmShouldCount: after observers " + shouldCount.data);
+
+    return shouldCount.data;
+  },
+
+  OnItemIntPropertyChanged: function NMNS_OnItemIntPropertyChanged(folder, property, oldValue, newValue) {
+    try {
+      if (property == "FolderSize")
+        return;
+      this._log.trace("NMNS_OnItemIntPropertyChanged: folder " + folder.URI + " " + property + " " + oldValue + " " + newValue);
+      if (property == "BiffState") {
+        this._biffStateChanged(folder, oldValue, newValue);
+      }
+      else if (property == "TotalUnreadMessages") {
+        this._updateUnreadCount(folder, oldValue, newValue);
+      }
+      else if (property == "NewMailReceived") {
+        this._newMailReceived(folder, oldValue, newValue);
+      }
+    } catch (error) {
+      this._log.error("NMNS_OnItemIntPropertyChanged: exception " + error);
+    }
+  },
+
+  _biffStateChanged: function NMNS_biffStateChanged(folder, oldValue, newValue) {
+    if (newValue == Ci.nsIMsgFolder.nsMsgBiffState_NewMail) {
+      if (folder.server && !folder.server.performingBiff) {
+        this._log.debug("NMNS_biffStateChanged: folder " + folder.URI + " notified, but server not performing biff");
+        return;
+      }
+
+      // Biff notifications come in for the top level of the server, we need to look for
+      // the folder that actually contains the new mail
+
+      let allFolders = folder.descendants;
+      let numFolders = allFolders.length;
+
+      this._log.trace("NMNS_biffStateChanged: folder " + folder.URI + " New mail, " + numFolders + " subfolders");
+      let newCount = 0;
+
+      if (this.confirmShouldCount(folder)) {
+        let folderNew = folder.getNumNewMessages(false);
+        this._log.debug("NMNS_biffStateChanged: folder " + folder.URI + " new messages: " + folderNew);
+        if (folderNew > 0)
+          newCount += folderNew;
+      }
+
+      for (let folder in fixIterator(allFolders, Ci.nsIMsgFolder)) {
+        if (this.confirmShouldCount(folder)) {
+          let folderNew = folder.getNumNewMessages(false);
+          this._log.debug("NMNS_biffStateChanged: folder " + folder.URI + " new messages: " + folderNew);
+          if (folderNew > 0)
+            newCount += folderNew;
+        }
+      }
+      if (newCount > 0) {
+        this._mNewCount += newCount;
+        this._log.debug("NMNS_biffStateChanged: " + folder.URI + " New mail count " + this._mNewCount);
+        if (this.countNew)
+          this._notifyListeners(NMNS.count, "onCountChanged", this._mNewCount);
+      }
+    }
+    else if (newValue == Ci.nsIMsgFolder.nsMsgBiffState_NoMail) {
+      // Dodgy - when any folder tells us it has no mail, clear all unread mail
+      this._mNewCount = 0;
+      this._log.debug("NMNS_biffStateChanged: " + folder.URI + " New mail count 0");
+      if (this.countNew)
+        this._notifyListeners(NMNS.count, "onCountChanged", this._mNewCount);
+    }
+  },
+
+  _newMailReceived: function NMNS_newMailReceived(folder, oldValue, newValue) {
+    if (!this.confirmShouldCount(folder))
+      return;
+
+    if (!oldValue || (oldValue < 0))
+      oldValue = 0;
+    let oldTotal = this._mNewCount;
+    this._mNewCount += (newValue - oldValue);
+    this._log.debug("NMNS_newMailReceived: " + folder.URI +
+                    " Old folder " + oldValue + " New folder " + newValue +
+                    " Old total " + oldTotal + " New total " + this._mNewCount);
+    if (this.countNew)
+      this._notifyListeners(NMNS.count, "onCountChanged", this._mNewCount);
+  },
+
+  _updateUnreadCount: function NMNS_updateUnreadCount(folder, oldValue, newValue) {
+    if (!this.confirmShouldCount(folder))
+      return;
+
+    // treat "count unknown" as zero
+    if (oldValue < 0)
+      oldValue = 0;
+    if (newValue < 0)
+      newValue = 0;
+
+    this._mUnreadCount += (newValue - oldValue);
+    if (!this.countNew) {
+      this._log.info("NMNS_updateUnreadCount notifying listeners: unread count " + this._mUnreadCount);
+      this._notifyListeners(NMNS.count, "onCountChanged", this._mUnreadCount);
+    }
+  },
+
+  OnItemAdded: function NMNS_OnItemAdded(parentItem, item) {
+    if (item instanceof Ci.nsIMsgDBHdr) {
+      if (this.confirmShouldCount(item.folder)) {
+        this._log.trace("NMNS_OnItemAdded: item " + item.folder.getUriForMsg(item) + " added to " + item.folder.folderURL);
+      }
+    }
+  },
+
+  OnItemPropertyFlagChanged: function NMNS_OnItemPropertyFlagChanged(item,
+                                                                    property,
+                                                                    oldFlag,
+                                                                    newFlag) {
+    if (item instanceof Ci.nsIMsgDBHdr) {
+      if ((oldFlag & Ci.nsMsgMessageFlags.New)
+          && !(newFlag & Ci.nsMsgMessageFlags.New)) {
+        this._log.trace("NMNS_OnItemPropertyFlagChanged: item " + item.folder.getUriForMsg(item) + " marked read");
+      }
+      else if (newFlag & Ci.nsMsgMessageFlags.New) {
+        this._log.trace("NMNS_OnItemPropertyFlagChanged: item " + item.folder.getUriForMsg(item) + " marked unread");
+      }
+    }
+  },
+
+  OnItemRemoved: function NMNS_OnItemRemoved(parentItem, item) {
+    if (item instanceof Ci.nsIMsgDBHdr && !item.isRead) {
+      this._log.trace("NMNS_OnItemRemoved: unread item " + item.folder.getUriForMsg(item) + " removed from " + item.folder.folderURL);
+    }
+  },
+  
+
+  // Implement mozINewMailNotificationService
+
+  get messageCount() {
+    if (this.countNew)
+      return this._mNewCount;
+    return this._mUnreadCount;
+  },
+
+  addListener: function NMNS_addListener(aListener, flags) {
+    this._log.trace("NMNS_addListener: listener " + aListener.toSource + " flags " + flags);
+    for (let i = 0; i < this._listeners.length; i++) {
+      let l = this._listeners[i];
+      if (l.obj === aListener) {
+        l.flags = flags;
+        return;
+      }
+    }
+    // If we get here, the listener wasn't already in the list
+    this._listeners.push({obj: aListener, flags: flags});
+  },
+
+  removeListener: function NMNS_removeListener(aListener) {
+    this._log.trace("NMNS_removeListener: listener " + aListener.toSource);
+    for (let i = 0; i < this._listeners.length; i++) {
+      let l = this._listeners[i];
+      if (l.obj === aListener) {
+        this._listeners.splice(i, 1);
+        return;
+      }
+    }
+  },
+
+  _listenersForFlag: function NMNS_listenersForFlag(flag) {
+    this._log.trace("NMNS_listenersForFlag " + flag + " length " + this._listeners.length + " " + this._listeners.toSource());
+    let list = [];
+    for (let i = 0; i < this._listeners.length; i++) {
+      let l = this._listeners[i];
+      if (l.flags & flag) {
+        list.push(l.obj);
+      }
+    }
+    return list;
+  },
+
+  _notifyListeners: function NMNS_notifyListeners(flag, func, value) {
+    let list = this._listenersForFlag(flag);
+    for (let i = 0; i < list.length; i++) {
+      this._log.debug("NMNS_notifyListeners " + flag + " " + func + " " + value);
+      list[i][func].call(list[i], value);
+    }
+  }
+};
+
+var NSGetFactory = XPCOMUtils.generateNSGetFactory([NewMailNotificationService]);
diff --git a/mailnews/base/src/nsCidProtocolHandler.cpp b/mailnews/base/src/nsCidProtocolHandler.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8f3f520be
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/src/nsCidProtocolHandler.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsCidProtocolHandler.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsIURI.h"
+#include "nsNetCID.h"
+#include "nsComponentManagerUtils.h"
+
+nsCidProtocolHandler::nsCidProtocolHandler()
+{
+}
+
+nsCidProtocolHandler::~nsCidProtocolHandler()
+{
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsCidProtocolHandler, nsIProtocolHandler)
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsCidProtocolHandler::GetScheme(nsACString & aScheme)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsCidProtocolHandler::GetDefaultPort(int32_t *aDefaultPort)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsCidProtocolHandler::GetProtocolFlags(uint32_t *aProtocolFlags)
+{
+  // XXXbz so why does this protocol handler exist, exactly?
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsCidProtocolHandler::NewURI(const nsACString & aSpec, const char *aOriginCharset, nsIURI *aBaseURI, nsIURI **_retval)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIURI> url = do_CreateInstance(NS_SIMPLEURI_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  // the right fix is to use the baseSpec (or aBaseUri)
+  // and specify the cid, and then fix mime
+  // to handle that, like it does with "...&part=1.2"
+  // for now, do about blank to prevent spam
+  // from popping up annoying alerts about not implementing the cid
+  // protocol
+  rv = url->SetSpec(nsDependentCString("about:blank"));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*_retval = url);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsCidProtocolHandler::NewChannel(nsIURI *aURI, nsIChannel **_retval)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsCidProtocolHandler::NewChannel2(nsIURI *aURI,
+                                                nsILoadInfo* aLoadInfo,
+                                                nsIChannel **_retval)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsCidProtocolHandler::AllowPort(int32_t port, const char *scheme, bool *_retval)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
diff --git a/mailnews/base/src/nsCidProtocolHandler.h b/mailnews/base/src/nsCidProtocolHandler.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..035763d48
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/src/nsCidProtocolHandler.h
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsCidProtocolHandler_h__
+#define nsCidProtocolHandler_h__
+
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsIProtocolHandler.h"
+
+class nsCidProtocolHandler : public nsIProtocolHandler
+{
+public:
+  nsCidProtocolHandler();
+
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIPROTOCOLHANDLER
+
+private:
+  virtual ~nsCidProtocolHandler();
+};
+
+#endif /* nsCidProtocolHandler_h__ */
diff --git a/mailnews/base/src/nsCopyMessageStreamListener.cpp b/mailnews/base/src/nsCopyMessageStreamListener.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ed41aa51b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/src/nsCopyMessageStreamListener.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsCopyMessageStreamListener.h"
+#include "nsIMsgMailNewsUrl.h"
+#include "nsIMailboxUrl.h"
+#include "nsIMsgHdr.h"
+#include "nsIMsgImapMailFolder.h"
+#include "nsIMsgMessageService.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "netCore.h"
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsCopyMessageStreamListener, nsIStreamListener,
+  nsIRequestObserver, nsICopyMessageStreamListener)
+
+static nsresult GetMessage(nsIURI *aURL, nsIMsgDBHdr **message)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(message);
+
+	nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMessageUrl> uriURL;
+	nsresult rv;
+
+	//Need to get message we are about to copy
+	uriURL = do_QueryInterface(aURL, &rv);
+	if(NS_FAILED(rv))
+		return rv;
+
+  // get the uri.  first try and use the original message spec
+  // if that fails, use the spec of nsIURI that we're called with
+  nsCString uri;
+  rv = uriURL->GetOriginalSpec(getter_Copies(uri));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || uri.IsEmpty()) {
+    rv = uriURL->GetUri(getter_Copies(uri));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgMessageService> msgMessageService;
+  rv = GetMessageServiceFromURI(uri, getter_AddRefs(msgMessageService));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  if (!msgMessageService) 
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  rv = msgMessageService->MessageURIToMsgHdr(uri.get(), message);
+  return rv; 
+}
+
+nsCopyMessageStreamListener::nsCopyMessageStreamListener()
+{
+}
+
+nsCopyMessageStreamListener::~nsCopyMessageStreamListener()
+{
+	//All member variables are nsCOMPtr's.
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsCopyMessageStreamListener::Init(nsIMsgFolder *srcFolder, nsICopyMessageListener *destination, nsISupports *listenerData)
+{
+	mSrcFolder = srcFolder;
+	mDestination = destination;
+	mListenerData = listenerData;
+	return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsCopyMessageStreamListener::StartMessage()
+{
+	if (mDestination)
+		mDestination->StartMessage();
+
+	return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsCopyMessageStreamListener::EndMessage(nsMsgKey key)
+{
+	if (mDestination)
+		mDestination->EndMessage(key);
+
+	return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsCopyMessageStreamListener::OnDataAvailable(nsIRequest * /* request */, nsISupports *ctxt, nsIInputStream *aIStream, uint64_t sourceOffset, uint32_t aLength)
+{
+	nsresult rv;
+	rv = mDestination->CopyData(aIStream, aLength);
+	return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsCopyMessageStreamListener::OnStartRequest(nsIRequest * request, nsISupports *ctxt)
+{
+	nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> message;
+	nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+	nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> uri = do_QueryInterface(ctxt, &rv);
+
+  NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "ahah...someone didn't pass in the expected context!!!");
+	
+	if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+		rv = GetMessage(uri, getter_AddRefs(message));
+	if(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+		rv = mDestination->BeginCopy(message);
+
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+	return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsCopyMessageStreamListener::EndCopy(nsISupports *url, nsresult aStatus)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> uri = do_QueryInterface(url, &rv);
+
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  bool copySucceeded = (aStatus == NS_BINDING_SUCCEEDED);
+  rv = mDestination->EndCopy(copySucceeded);
+  //If this is a move and we finished the copy, delete the old message.
+  bool moveMessage = false;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailURL(do_QueryInterface(uri));
+  if (mailURL)
+    rv = mailURL->IsUrlType(nsIMsgMailNewsUrl::eMove, &moveMessage);
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    moveMessage = false;
+
+  // OK, this is wrong if we're moving to an imap folder, for example. This really says that
+  // we were able to pull the message from the source, NOT that we were able to
+  // put it in the destination!
+  if (moveMessage)
+  {
+    // don't do this if we're moving to an imap folder - that's handled elsewhere.
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgImapMailFolder> destImap = do_QueryInterface(mDestination);
+      // if the destination is a local folder, it will handle the delete from the source in EndMove
+    if (!destImap)
+      rv = mDestination->EndMove(copySucceeded);
+  }
+  // Even if the above actions failed we probably still want to return NS_OK.
+  // There should probably be some error dialog if either the copy or delete failed.
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsCopyMessageStreamListener::OnStopRequest(nsIRequest* request, nsISupports *ctxt, nsresult aStatus)
+{
+  return EndCopy(ctxt, aStatus);
+}
+
diff --git a/mailnews/base/src/nsCopyMessageStreamListener.h b/mailnews/base/src/nsCopyMessageStreamListener.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b857401ed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/src/nsCopyMessageStreamListener.h
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef NSCOPYMESSAGESTREAMLISTENER_H
+#define NSCOPYMESSAGESTREAMLISTENER_H
+
+#include "nsICopyMsgStreamListener.h"
+#include "nsIStreamListener.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolder.h"
+#include "nsICopyMessageListener.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsIURI.h"
+
+class nsCopyMessageStreamListener : public nsIStreamListener, public nsICopyMessageStreamListener {
+
+public:
+	nsCopyMessageStreamListener();
+
+	NS_DECL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS
+    NS_DECL_NSICOPYMESSAGESTREAMLISTENER
+    NS_DECL_NSIREQUESTOBSERVER
+    NS_DECL_NSISTREAMLISTENER
+
+protected:
+	virtual ~nsCopyMessageStreamListener();
+
+	nsCOMPtr<nsICopyMessageListener> mDestination;
+	nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> mListenerData;
+	nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> mSrcFolder;
+
+};
+
+
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/base/src/nsMailDirProvider.cpp b/mailnews/base/src/nsMailDirProvider.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6df8d89e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/src/nsMailDirProvider.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,206 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsMailDirProvider.h"
+#include "nsMailDirServiceDefs.h"
+#include "nsXULAppAPI.h"
+#include "nsMsgBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsArrayEnumerator.h"
+#include "nsCOMArray.h"
+#include "nsEnumeratorUtils.h"
+#include "nsDirectoryServiceDefs.h"
+#include "nsAppDirectoryServiceDefs.h"
+#include "nsIChromeRegistry.h"
+#include "nsICategoryManager.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsDirectoryServiceUtils.h"
+#include "mozilla/Services.h"
+
+#define MAIL_DIR_50_NAME             "Mail"
+#define IMAP_MAIL_DIR_50_NAME        "ImapMail"
+#define NEWS_DIR_50_NAME             "News"
+#define MSG_FOLDER_CACHE_DIR_50_NAME "panacea.dat"
+
+nsresult
+nsMailDirProvider::EnsureDirectory(nsIFile *aDirectory)
+{
+  bool exists;
+  nsresult rv = aDirectory->Exists(&exists);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  if (!exists)
+    rv = aDirectory->Create(nsIFile::DIRECTORY_TYPE, 0700);
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMailDirProvider,
+                   nsIDirectoryServiceProvider,
+                   nsIDirectoryServiceProvider2)
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMailDirProvider::GetFile(const char *aKey, bool *aPersist,
+                           nsIFile **aResult)
+{
+  // NOTE: This function can be reentrant through the NS_GetSpecialDirectory
+  // call, so be careful not to cause infinite recursion.
+  // i.e. the check for supported files must come first.
+  const char* leafName = nullptr;
+  bool isDirectory = true;
+
+  if (!strcmp(aKey, NS_APP_MAIL_50_DIR))
+    leafName = MAIL_DIR_50_NAME;
+  else if (!strcmp(aKey, NS_APP_IMAP_MAIL_50_DIR))
+    leafName = IMAP_MAIL_DIR_50_NAME;
+  else if (!strcmp(aKey, NS_APP_NEWS_50_DIR))
+    leafName = NEWS_DIR_50_NAME;
+  else if (!strcmp(aKey, NS_APP_MESSENGER_FOLDER_CACHE_50_FILE)) {
+    isDirectory = false;
+    leafName = MSG_FOLDER_CACHE_DIR_50_NAME;
+  }
+  else
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> parentDir;
+  nsresult rv = NS_GetSpecialDirectory(NS_APP_USER_PROFILE_50_DIR,
+                                       getter_AddRefs(parentDir));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> file;
+  rv = parentDir->Clone(getter_AddRefs(file));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  nsDependentCString leafStr(leafName);
+  rv = file->AppendNative(leafStr);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  bool exists;
+  if (isDirectory && NS_SUCCEEDED(file->Exists(&exists)) && !exists)
+    rv = EnsureDirectory(file);
+
+  *aPersist = true;
+  file.swap(*aResult);
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMailDirProvider::GetFiles(const char *aKey,
+                            nsISimpleEnumerator **aResult)
+{
+  if (strcmp(aKey, ISP_DIRECTORY_LIST) != 0)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  // The list of isp directories includes the isp directory
+  // in the current process dir (i.e. <path to thunderbird.exe>\isp and 
+  // <path to thunderbird.exe>\isp\locale 
+  // and isp and isp\locale for each active extension
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIProperties> dirSvc =
+    do_GetService(NS_DIRECTORY_SERVICE_CONTRACTID);
+  if (!dirSvc)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> currentProcessDir;
+  nsresult rv = dirSvc->Get(NS_XPCOM_CURRENT_PROCESS_DIR,
+                   NS_GET_IID(nsIFile), getter_AddRefs(currentProcessDir));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleEnumerator> directoryEnumerator;
+  rv = NS_NewSingletonEnumerator(getter_AddRefs(directoryEnumerator), currentProcessDir);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleEnumerator> combinedEnumerator;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleEnumerator> extensionsEnum;
+
+  // xpcshell-tests don't have XRE_EXTENSIONS_DIR_LIST, so accept a null return here.
+  dirSvc->Get(XRE_EXTENSIONS_DIR_LIST,
+              NS_GET_IID(nsISimpleEnumerator),
+              getter_AddRefs(extensionsEnum));
+
+  rv = NS_NewUnionEnumerator(getter_AddRefs(combinedEnumerator), directoryEnumerator, extensionsEnum);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aResult = new AppendingEnumerator(combinedEnumerator));
+  return NS_SUCCESS_AGGREGATE_RESULT;
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMailDirProvider::AppendingEnumerator,
+                   nsISimpleEnumerator)
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMailDirProvider::AppendingEnumerator::HasMoreElements(bool *aResult)
+{
+  *aResult = mNext || mNextWithLocale ? true : false;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMailDirProvider::AppendingEnumerator::GetNext(nsISupports* *aResult)
+{
+  // Set the return value to the next directory we want to enumerate over
+  if (aResult)
+    NS_ADDREF(*aResult = mNext);
+
+  if (mNextWithLocale)
+  {
+    mNext = mNextWithLocale;
+    mNextWithLocale = nullptr;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  mNext = nullptr;
+
+  // Ignore all errors
+
+  bool more;
+  while (NS_SUCCEEDED(mBase->HasMoreElements(&more)) && more) {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> nextbasesupp;
+    mBase->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(nextbasesupp));
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> nextbase(do_QueryInterface(nextbasesupp));
+    if (!nextbase)
+      continue;
+
+    nextbase->Clone(getter_AddRefs(mNext));
+    if (!mNext)
+      continue;
+
+    mNext->AppendNative(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("isp"));
+    bool exists;
+    nsresult rv = mNext->Exists(&exists);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && exists)
+    {
+      if (!mLocale.IsEmpty())
+      {
+        mNext->Clone(getter_AddRefs(mNextWithLocale));
+        mNextWithLocale->AppendNative(mLocale);
+        rv = mNextWithLocale->Exists(&exists);
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !exists)
+          mNextWithLocale = nullptr; // clear out mNextWithLocale, so we don't try to iterate over it
+      } 
+      break;
+    }
+
+    mNext = nullptr;
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsMailDirProvider::AppendingEnumerator::AppendingEnumerator
+    (nsISimpleEnumerator* aBase) :
+  mBase(aBase)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIXULChromeRegistry> packageRegistry =
+    mozilla::services::GetXULChromeRegistryService();
+  if (packageRegistry)
+    packageRegistry->GetSelectedLocale(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("global"), false, mLocale);
+  // Initialize mNext to begin
+  GetNext(nullptr);
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/src/nsMailDirProvider.h b/mailnews/base/src/nsMailDirProvider.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d12876d89
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/src/nsMailDirProvider.h
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsMailDirProvider_h__
+#define nsMailDirProvider_h__
+
+#include "nsIDirectoryService.h"
+#include "nsISimpleEnumerator.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+
+class nsMailDirProvider final : public nsIDirectoryServiceProvider2
+{
+public:
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIDIRECTORYSERVICEPROVIDER
+  NS_DECL_NSIDIRECTORYSERVICEPROVIDER2
+
+private:
+  ~nsMailDirProvider() {}
+
+  nsresult EnsureDirectory(nsIFile *aDirectory);
+
+  class AppendingEnumerator final : public nsISimpleEnumerator
+  {
+  public:
+    NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+    NS_DECL_NSISIMPLEENUMERATOR
+
+    AppendingEnumerator(nsISimpleEnumerator* aBase);
+
+  private:
+    ~AppendingEnumerator() {}
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleEnumerator> mBase;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIFile>             mNext;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIFile>             mNextWithLocale;
+    nsCString                     mLocale;
+  };
+};
+
+#endif // nsMailDirProvider_h__
diff --git a/mailnews/base/src/nsMailDirServiceDefs.h b/mailnews/base/src/nsMailDirServiceDefs.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fe12ed0d6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/src/nsMailDirServiceDefs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+
+#ifndef nsMailDirectoryServiceDefs_h___
+#define nsMailDirectoryServiceDefs_h___
+
+//=============================================================================
+//
+// Defines property names for directories available from the mail-specific
+// nsMailDirProvider.
+//
+// System and XPCOM properties are defined in nsDirectoryServiceDefs.h.
+// General application properties are defined in nsAppDirectoryServiceDefs.h.
+//
+//=============================================================================
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Files and directories that exist on a per-profile basis.
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#define NS_APP_MAIL_50_DIR                      "MailD"
+#define NS_APP_IMAP_MAIL_50_DIR                 "IMapMD"
+#define NS_APP_NEWS_50_DIR                      "NewsD"
+
+#define NS_APP_MESSENGER_FOLDER_CACHE_50_FILE   "MFCaF"
+
+#define ISP_DIRECTORY_LIST                 "ISPDL"
+      
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/base/src/nsMailNewsCommandLineHandler.js b/mailnews/base/src/nsMailNewsCommandLineHandler.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3a85ec336
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/src/nsMailNewsCommandLineHandler.js
@@ -0,0 +1,170 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+var Cc = Components.classes;
+var Ci = Components.interfaces;
+var Cr = Components.results;
+
+Components.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/Services.jsm");
+Components.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/XPCOMUtils.jsm");
+Components.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/AppConstants.jsm");
+
+var MAPI_STARTUP_ARG = "MapiStartup";
+var MESSAGE_ID_PARAM = "?messageid=";
+
+var CMDLINEHANDLER_CID = Components.ID("{2f86d554-f9d9-4e76-8eb7-243f047333ee}");
+var CMDLINEHANDLER_CONTRACTID = "@mozilla.org/commandlinehandler/general-startup;1?type=mail";
+
+var nsMailNewsCommandLineHandler =
+{
+  get _messenger() {
+    delete this._messenger;
+    return this._messenger = Cc["@mozilla.org/messenger;1"]
+                               .createInstance(Ci.nsIMessenger);
+  },
+
+  /* nsICommandLineHandler */
+
+  /**
+   * Handles the following command line arguments:
+   * - -mail: opens the mail folder view
+   * - -MapiStartup: indicates that this startup is due to MAPI.
+   *   Don't do anything for now.
+   */
+  handle: function nsMailNewsCommandLineHandler_handle(aCommandLine) {
+    // Do this here because xpcshell isn't too happy with this at startup
+    Components.utils.import("resource:///modules/MailUtils.js");
+    // -mail <URL>
+    let mailURL = null;
+    try {
+      mailURL = aCommandLine.handleFlagWithParam("mail", false);
+    }
+    catch (e) {
+      // We're going to cover -mail without a parameter later
+    }
+
+    if (mailURL && mailURL.length > 0) {
+      let msgHdr = null;
+      if (/^(mailbox|imap|news)-message:\/\//.test(mailURL)) {
+        // This might be a standard message URI, or one with a messageID
+        // parameter. Handle both cases.
+        let messageIDIndex = mailURL.toLowerCase().indexOf(MESSAGE_ID_PARAM);
+        if (messageIDIndex != -1) {
+          // messageID parameter
+          // Convert the message URI into a folder URI
+          let folderURI = mailURL.slice(0, messageIDIndex)
+                                 .replace("-message", "");
+          // Get the message ID
+          let messageID = mailURL.slice(messageIDIndex + MESSAGE_ID_PARAM.length);
+          // Make sure the folder tree is initialized
+          MailUtils.discoverFolders();
+
+          let folder = MailUtils.getFolderForURI(folderURI, true);
+          // The folder might not exist, so guard against that
+          if (folder && messageID.length > 0)
+            msgHdr = folder.msgDatabase.getMsgHdrForMessageID(messageID);
+        }
+        else {
+          // message URI
+          msgHdr = this._messenger.msgHdrFromURI(mailURL);
+        }
+      }
+      else {
+        // Necko URL, so convert it into a message header
+        let neckoURL = null;
+        try {
+          neckoURL = Services.io.newURI(mailURL, null, null);
+        }
+        catch (e) {
+          // We failed to convert the URI. Oh well.
+        }
+
+        if (neckoURL instanceof Ci.nsIMsgMessageUrl)
+          msgHdr = neckoURL.messageHeader;
+      }
+
+      if (msgHdr) {
+        aCommandLine.preventDefault = true;
+        MailUtils.displayMessage(msgHdr);
+      }
+      else if (AppConstants.MOZ_APP_NAME == "seamonkey" &&
+               /\.(eml|msg)$/i.test(mailURL)) {
+        try {
+          let file = aCommandLine.resolveFile(mailURL);

+          // No point in trying to open a file if it doesn't exist or is empty

+          if (file.exists() && file.fileSize > 0) {

+            // Get the URL for this file

+            let fileURL = Services.io.newFileURI(file)

+                                  .QueryInterface(Ci.nsIFileURL);

+            fileURL.query = "?type=application/x-message-display";

+            // Open this file in a new message window.

+            Services.ww.openWindow(null,

+                                   "chrome://messenger/content/messageWindow.xul",

+                                   "_blank", "all,chrome,dialog=no,status,toolbar",

+                                   fileURL);

+            aCommandLine.preventDefault = true;
+          }
+        }
+        catch (e) {
+        }
+      }
+      else {
+        dump("Unrecognized URL: " + mailURL + "\n");
+        Services.console.logStringMessage("Unrecognized URL: " + mailURL);
+      }
+    }
+
+    // -mail (no parameter)
+    let mailFlag = aCommandLine.handleFlag("mail", false);
+    if (mailFlag) {
+      // Focus the 3pane window if one is present, else open one
+      let mail3PaneWindow = Services.wm.getMostRecentWindow("mail:3pane");
+      if (mail3PaneWindow) {
+        mail3PaneWindow.focus();
+      }
+      else {
+        Services.ww.openWindow(null, "chrome://messenger/content/", "_blank",
+            "chrome,extrachrome,menubar,resizable,scrollbars,status,toolbar,dialog=no",
+            null);
+      }
+      aCommandLine.preventDefault = true;
+    }
+
+    // -MapiStartup
+    aCommandLine.handleFlag(MAPI_STARTUP_ARG, false);
+  },
+
+  helpInfo: "  -mail              Open the mail folder view.\n" +
+            "  -mail <URL>        Open the message specified by this URL.\n",
+
+  classInfo: XPCOMUtils.generateCI({classID: CMDLINEHANDLER_CID,
+                                    contractID: CMDLINEHANDLER_CONTRACTID,
+                                    interfaces: [Ci.nsICommandLineHandler],
+                                    flags: Ci.nsIClassInfo.SINGLETON}),
+
+  /* nsIFactory */
+  createInstance: function(outer, iid) {
+    if (outer != null)
+      throw Cr.NS_ERROR_NO_AGGREGATION;
+
+    return this.QueryInterface(iid);
+  },
+
+  QueryInterface: XPCOMUtils.generateQI([Ci.nsICommandLineHandler,
+                                         Ci.nsIFactory])
+};
+
+function mailNewsCommandLineHandlerModule() {}
+mailNewsCommandLineHandlerModule.prototype =
+{
+  // XPCOM registration
+  classID: CMDLINEHANDLER_CID,
+
+  QueryInterface: XPCOMUtils.generateQI([Components.interfaces.nsIModule]),
+
+  _xpcom_factory: nsMailNewsCommandLineHandler
+};
+
+var components = [mailNewsCommandLineHandlerModule];
+var NSGetFactory = XPCOMUtils.generateNSGetFactory(components);
diff --git a/mailnews/base/src/nsMessenger.cpp b/mailnews/base/src/nsMessenger.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..82fb5b68a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/src/nsMessenger.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,3072 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "prsystem.h"
+
+#include "nsMessenger.h"
+
+// xpcom
+#include "nsIComponentManager.h"
+#include "nsIServiceManager.h"
+#include "nsIStringStream.h"
+#include "nsIFile.h"
+#include "nsDirectoryServiceDefs.h"
+#include "nsQuickSort.h"
+#include "nsNativeCharsetUtils.h"
+#include "nsIMutableArray.h"
+#include "mozilla/Services.h"
+
+// necko
+#include "nsMimeTypes.h"
+#include "nsIURL.h"
+#include "nsIPrompt.h"
+#include "nsIStreamListener.h"
+#include "nsIStreamConverterService.h"
+#include "nsNetUtil.h"
+#include "nsIFileURL.h"
+#include "nsIMIMEInfo.h"
+
+// rdf
+#include "nsIRDFResource.h"
+#include "nsIRDFService.h"
+#include "nsRDFCID.h"
+
+// gecko
+#include "nsLayoutCID.h"
+#include "nsIContentViewer.h"
+
+// embedding
+#ifdef NS_PRINTING
+#include "nsIWebBrowserPrint.h"
+#include "nsMsgPrintEngine.h"
+#endif
+
+/* for access to docshell */
+#include "nsPIDOMWindow.h"
+#include "nsIDocShell.h"
+#include "nsIDocShellLoadInfo.h"
+#include "nsIDocShellTreeItem.h"
+#include "nsIWebNavigation.h"
+
+// mail
+#include "nsIMsgMailNewsUrl.h"
+#include "nsMsgBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsIMsgAccountManager.h"
+#include "nsIMsgMailSession.h"
+#include "nsIMailboxUrl.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolder.h"
+#include "nsMsgFolderFlags.h"
+#include "nsMsgMessageFlags.h"
+#include "nsIMsgIncomingServer.h"
+
+#include "nsIMsgMessageService.h"
+#include "nsMsgRDFUtils.h"
+
+#include "nsIMsgHdr.h"
+#include "nsIMimeMiscStatus.h"
+// compose
+#include "nsMsgCompCID.h"
+#include "nsMsgI18N.h"
+#include "nsNativeCharsetUtils.h"
+
+// draft/folders/sendlater/etc
+#include "nsIMsgCopyService.h"
+#include "nsIMsgCopyServiceListener.h"
+#include "nsIUrlListener.h"
+
+// undo
+#include "nsITransaction.h"
+#include "nsMsgTxn.h"
+
+// charset conversions
+#include "nsMsgMimeCID.h"
+#include "nsIMimeConverter.h"
+
+// Save As
+#include "nsIFilePicker.h"
+#include "nsIStringBundle.h"
+#include "nsIPrefService.h"
+#include "nsIPrefBranch.h"
+#include "nsCExternalHandlerService.h"
+#include "nsIExternalProtocolService.h"
+#include "nsIMIMEService.h"
+#include "nsITransfer.h"
+
+#include "nsILinkHandler.h"
+
+static NS_DEFINE_CID(kRDFServiceCID,  NS_RDFSERVICE_CID);
+
+#define MESSENGER_SAVE_DIR_PREF_NAME "messenger.save.dir"
+#define MIMETYPE_DELETED    "text/x-moz-deleted"
+#define ATTACHMENT_PERMISSION 00664
+
+//
+// Convert an nsString buffer to plain text...
+//
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "nsCharsetSource.h"
+#include "nsIChannel.h"
+#include "nsIOutputStream.h"
+#include "nsIPrincipal.h"
+
+static void ConvertAndSanitizeFileName(const char * displayName, nsString& aResult)
+{
+  nsCString unescapedName;
+
+  /* we need to convert the UTF-8 fileName to platform specific character set.
+     The display name is in UTF-8 because it has been escaped from JS
+  */
+  MsgUnescapeString(nsDependentCString(displayName), 0, unescapedName);
+  CopyUTF8toUTF16(unescapedName, aResult);
+
+  // replace platform specific path separator and illegale characters to avoid any confusion
+  MsgReplaceChar(aResult, FILE_PATH_SEPARATOR FILE_ILLEGAL_CHARACTERS, '-');
+}
+
+// ***************************************************
+// jefft - this is a rather obscured class serves for Save Message As File,
+// Save Message As Template, and Save Attachment to a file
+//
+class nsSaveAllAttachmentsState;
+
+class nsSaveMsgListener : public nsIUrlListener,
+                          public nsIMsgCopyServiceListener,
+                          public nsIStreamListener,
+                          public nsICancelable
+{
+public:
+  nsSaveMsgListener(nsIFile *file, nsMessenger *aMessenger, nsIUrlListener *aListener);
+
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+
+  NS_DECL_NSIURLLISTENER
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGCOPYSERVICELISTENER
+  NS_DECL_NSISTREAMLISTENER
+  NS_DECL_NSIREQUESTOBSERVER
+  NS_DECL_NSICANCELABLE
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> m_file;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIOutputStream> m_outputStream;
+  char m_dataBuffer[FILE_IO_BUFFER_SIZE];
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIChannel> m_channel;
+  nsCString m_templateUri;
+  nsMessenger *m_messenger; // not ref counted
+  nsSaveAllAttachmentsState *m_saveAllAttachmentsState;
+
+  // rhp: For character set handling
+  bool          m_doCharsetConversion;
+  nsString      m_charset;
+  enum {
+    eUnknown,
+    ePlainText,
+    eHTML
+  }             m_outputFormat;
+  nsCString     m_msgBuffer;
+
+  nsCString     m_contentType;    // used only when saving attachment
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsITransfer> mTransfer;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIUrlListener> mListener;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> mListenerUri;
+  int64_t mProgress;
+  int64_t mMaxProgress;
+  bool    mCanceled;
+  bool    mInitialized;
+  bool    mUrlHasStopped;
+  bool    mRequestHasStopped;
+  nsresult InitializeDownload(nsIRequest * aRequest);
+
+private:
+  virtual ~nsSaveMsgListener();
+};
+
+class nsSaveAllAttachmentsState
+{
+public:
+  nsSaveAllAttachmentsState(uint32_t count,
+                            const char **contentTypeArray,
+                            const char **urlArray,
+                            const char **displayNameArray,
+                            const char **messageUriArray,
+                            const char *directoryName,
+                            bool detachingAttachments);
+  virtual ~nsSaveAllAttachmentsState();
+
+  uint32_t m_count;
+  uint32_t m_curIndex;
+  char* m_directoryName;
+  char** m_contentTypeArray;
+  char** m_urlArray;
+  char** m_displayNameArray;
+  char** m_messageUriArray;
+  bool m_detachingAttachments;
+
+  // if detaching, do without warning? Will create unique files instead of
+  //  prompting if duplicate files exist.
+  bool m_withoutWarning;
+  nsTArray<nsCString> m_savedFiles; // if detaching first, remember where we saved to.
+};
+
+//
+// nsMessenger
+//
+nsMessenger::nsMessenger()
+{
+  mCurHistoryPos = -2; // first message selected goes at position 0.
+  //  InitializeFolderRoot();
+}
+
+nsMessenger::~nsMessenger()
+{
+}
+
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMessenger, nsIMessenger, nsISupportsWeakReference, nsIFolderListener)
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMessenger::SetWindow(mozIDOMWindowProxy *aWin, nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailSession> mailSession =
+    do_GetService(NS_MSGMAILSESSION_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  if (aWin)
+  {
+    mMsgWindow = aMsgWindow;
+    mWindow = aWin;
+
+    rv = mailSession->AddFolderListener(this, nsIFolderListener::removed);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    NS_ENSURE_TRUE(aWin, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+    nsCOMPtr<nsPIDOMWindowOuter> win = nsPIDOMWindowOuter::From(aWin);
+
+    nsIDocShell *docShell = win->GetDocShell();
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIDocShellTreeItem> docShellAsItem(do_QueryInterface(docShell));
+    NS_ENSURE_TRUE(docShellAsItem, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIDocShellTreeItem> rootDocShellAsItem;
+    docShellAsItem->GetSameTypeRootTreeItem(getter_AddRefs(rootDocShellAsItem));
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIDocShellTreeItem> childAsItem;
+    rv = rootDocShellAsItem->FindChildWithName(NS_LITERAL_STRING("messagepane"), true, false,
+                                               nullptr, nullptr, getter_AddRefs(childAsItem));
+
+    mDocShell = do_QueryInterface(childAsItem);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && mDocShell) {
+      mCurrentDisplayCharset = ""; // Important! Clear out mCurrentDisplayCharset so we reset a default charset on mDocshell the next time we try to load something into it.
+
+      if (aMsgWindow)
+        aMsgWindow->GetTransactionManager(getter_AddRefs(mTxnMgr));
+    }
+
+    // we don't always have a message pane, like in the addressbook
+    // so if we don't have a docshell, use the one for the xul window.
+    // we do this so OpenURL() will work.
+    if (!mDocShell)
+      mDocShell = docShell;
+  } // if aWin
+  else
+  {
+    // Remove the folder listener if we added it, i.e. if mWindow is non-null
+    if (mWindow)
+    {
+      rv = mailSession->RemoveFolderListener(this);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    }
+
+    mWindow = nullptr;
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMessenger::SetDisplayCharset(const nsACString& aCharset)
+{
+  // libmime always converts to UTF-8 (both HTML and XML)
+  if (mDocShell)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIContentViewer> cv;
+    mDocShell->GetContentViewer(getter_AddRefs(cv));
+    if (cv)
+    {
+      cv->SetHintCharacterSet(aCharset);
+      cv->SetHintCharacterSetSource(kCharsetFromChannel);
+
+      mCurrentDisplayCharset = aCharset;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMessenger::PromptIfFileExists(nsIFile *file)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  bool exists;
+  file->Exists(&exists);
+  if (exists)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIPrompt> dialog(do_GetInterface(mDocShell));
+    if (!dialog) return rv;
+    nsAutoString path;
+    bool dialogResult = false;
+    nsString errorMessage;
+
+    file->GetPath(path);
+    const char16_t *pathFormatStrings[] = { path.get() };
+
+    if (!mStringBundle)
+    {
+      rv = InitStringBundle();
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    }
+    rv = mStringBundle->FormatStringFromName(u"fileExists",
+                                             pathFormatStrings, 1,
+                                             getter_Copies(errorMessage));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    rv = dialog->Confirm(nullptr, errorMessage.get(), &dialogResult);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    if (dialogResult)
+    {
+      return NS_OK; // user says okay to replace
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      // if we don't re-init the path for redisplay the picker will
+      // show the full path, not just the file name
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> currentFile = do_CreateInstance("@mozilla.org/file/local;1");
+      if (!currentFile) return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+      rv = currentFile->InitWithPath(path);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      nsAutoString leafName;
+      currentFile->GetLeafName(leafName);
+      if (!leafName.IsEmpty())
+        path.Assign(leafName); // path should be a copy of leafName
+
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIFilePicker> filePicker =
+        do_CreateInstance("@mozilla.org/filepicker;1", &rv);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      nsString saveAttachmentStr;
+      GetString(NS_LITERAL_STRING("SaveAttachment"), saveAttachmentStr);
+      filePicker->Init(mWindow,
+                       saveAttachmentStr,
+                       nsIFilePicker::modeSave);
+      filePicker->SetDefaultString(path);
+      filePicker->AppendFilters(nsIFilePicker::filterAll);
+
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIFile> lastSaveDir;
+      rv = GetLastSaveDirectory(getter_AddRefs(lastSaveDir));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && lastSaveDir) {
+        filePicker->SetDisplayDirectory(lastSaveDir);
+      }
+
+      int16_t dialogReturn;
+      rv = filePicker->Show(&dialogReturn);
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv) || dialogReturn == nsIFilePicker::returnCancel) {
+        // XXX todo
+        // don't overload the return value like this
+        // change this function to have an out boolean
+        // that we check to see if the user cancelled
+        return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+      }
+
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> localFile;
+
+      rv = filePicker->GetFile(getter_AddRefs(localFile));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      rv = SetLastSaveDirectory(localFile);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+      // reset the file to point to the new path
+      return file->InitWithFile(localFile);
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMessenger::AddMsgUrlToNavigateHistory(const nsACString& aURL)
+{
+  // mNavigatingToUri is set to a url if we're already doing a back/forward,
+  // in which case we don't want to add the url to the history list.
+  // Or if the entry at the cur history pos is the same as what we're loading, don't
+  // add it to the list.
+  if (!mNavigatingToUri.Equals(aURL) && (mCurHistoryPos < 0 || !mLoadedMsgHistory[mCurHistoryPos].Equals(aURL)))
+  {
+    mNavigatingToUri = aURL;
+    nsCString curLoadedFolderUri;
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> curLoadedFolder;
+
+    mMsgWindow->GetOpenFolder(getter_AddRefs(curLoadedFolder));
+    // for virtual folders, we want to select the right folder,
+    // which isn't the same as the folder specified in the msg uri.
+    // So add the uri for the currently loaded folder to the history list.
+    if (curLoadedFolder)
+      curLoadedFolder->GetURI(curLoadedFolderUri);
+
+    mLoadedMsgHistory.InsertElementAt(mCurHistoryPos++ + 2, mNavigatingToUri);
+    mLoadedMsgHistory.InsertElementAt(mCurHistoryPos++ + 2, curLoadedFolderUri);
+    // we may want to prune this history if it gets large, but I think it's
+    // more interesting to prune the back and forward menu.
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMessenger::OpenURL(const nsACString& aURL)
+{
+  // This is to setup the display DocShell as UTF-8 capable...
+  SetDisplayCharset(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("UTF-8"));
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgMessageService> messageService;
+  nsresult rv = GetMessageServiceFromURI(aURL, getter_AddRefs(messageService));
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && messageService)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> dummyNull;
+    messageService->DisplayMessage(PromiseFlatCString(aURL).get(), mDocShell,
+        mMsgWindow, nullptr, nullptr, getter_AddRefs(dummyNull));
+    AddMsgUrlToNavigateHistory(aURL);
+    mLastDisplayURI = aURL; // remember the last uri we displayed....
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIWebNavigation> webNav(do_QueryInterface(mDocShell));
+  if(!webNav)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  rv = webNav->LoadURI(NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16(aURL).get(),   // URI string
+                       nsIWebNavigation::LOAD_FLAGS_IS_LINK, // Load flags
+                       nullptr,                               // Referring URI
+                       nullptr,                               // Post stream
+                       nullptr);                              // Extra headers
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMessenger::LaunchExternalURL(const nsACString& aURL)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> uri;
+  rv = NS_NewURI(getter_AddRefs(uri), PromiseFlatCString(aURL).get());
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIExternalProtocolService> extProtService = do_GetService(NS_EXTERNALPROTOCOLSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  return extProtService->LoadUrl(uri);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMessenger::LoadURL(mozIDOMWindowProxy *aWin, const nsACString& aURL)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  SetDisplayCharset(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("UTF-8"));
+
+  NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16 uriString(aURL);
+  // Cleanup the empty spaces that might be on each end.
+  uriString.Trim(" ");
+  // Eliminate embedded newlines, which single-line text fields now allow:
+  uriString.StripChars("\r\n");
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(!uriString.IsEmpty(), NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+
+  bool loadingFromFile = false;
+  bool getDummyMsgHdr = false;
+  int64_t fileSize;
+
+  if (StringBeginsWith(uriString, NS_LITERAL_STRING("file:")))
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> fileUri;
+    rv = NS_NewURI(getter_AddRefs(fileUri), uriString);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIFileURL> fileUrl = do_QueryInterface(fileUri, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIFile> file;
+    rv = fileUrl->GetFile(getter_AddRefs(file));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    file->GetFileSize(&fileSize);
+    uriString.Replace(0, 5, NS_LITERAL_STRING("mailbox:"));
+    uriString.Append(NS_LITERAL_STRING("&number=0"));
+    loadingFromFile = true;
+    getDummyMsgHdr = true;
+  }
+  else if (StringBeginsWith(uriString, NS_LITERAL_STRING("mailbox:")) &&
+           (CaseInsensitiveFindInReadable(NS_LITERAL_STRING(".eml?"), uriString)))
+  {
+    // if we have a mailbox:// url that points to an .eml file, we have to read
+    // the file size as well
+    uriString.Replace(0, 8, NS_LITERAL_STRING("file:"));
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> fileUri;
+    rv = NS_NewURI(getter_AddRefs(fileUri), uriString);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIFileURL> fileUrl = do_QueryInterface(fileUri, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIFile> file;
+    rv = fileUrl->GetFile(getter_AddRefs(file));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    file->GetFileSize(&fileSize);
+    uriString.Replace(0, 5, NS_LITERAL_STRING("mailbox:"));
+    loadingFromFile = true;
+    getDummyMsgHdr = true;
+  }
+  else if (uriString.Find("type=application/x-message-display") >= 0)
+    getDummyMsgHdr = true;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> uri;
+  rv = NS_NewURI(getter_AddRefs(uri), uriString);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(mDocShell, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> msgurl = do_QueryInterface(uri);
+  if (msgurl)
+  {
+    msgurl->SetMsgWindow(mMsgWindow);
+    if (loadingFromFile || getDummyMsgHdr)
+    {
+      if (loadingFromFile)
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr <nsIMailboxUrl> mailboxUrl = do_QueryInterface(msgurl, &rv);
+        mailboxUrl->SetMessageSize((uint32_t) fileSize);
+      }
+      if (getDummyMsgHdr)
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgHeaderSink> headerSink;
+         // need to tell the header sink to capture some headers to create a fake db header
+         // so we can do reply to a .eml file or a rfc822 msg attachment.
+        mMsgWindow->GetMsgHeaderSink(getter_AddRefs(headerSink));
+        if (headerSink)
+        {
+          nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> dummyHeader;
+          headerSink->GetDummyMsgHeader(getter_AddRefs(dummyHeader));
+          if (dummyHeader && loadingFromFile)
+            dummyHeader->SetMessageSize((uint32_t) fileSize);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIDocShellLoadInfo> loadInfo;
+  rv = mDocShell->CreateLoadInfo(getter_AddRefs(loadInfo));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  loadInfo->SetLoadType(nsIDocShellLoadInfo::loadNormal);
+  AddMsgUrlToNavigateHistory(aURL);
+  mNavigatingToUri.Truncate();
+  mLastDisplayURI = aURL; // Remember the last uri we displayed.
+  return mDocShell->LoadURI(uri, loadInfo, 0, true);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMessenger::SaveAttachmentToFile(nsIFile *aFile,
+                                                const nsACString &aURL,
+                                                const nsACString &aMessageUri,
+                                                const nsACString &aContentType,
+                                                nsIUrlListener *aListener)
+{
+  return SaveAttachment(aFile, aURL, aMessageUri, aContentType, nullptr, aListener);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMessenger::DetachAttachmentsWOPrompts(nsIFile* aDestFolder,
+                                        uint32_t aCount,
+                                        const char **aContentTypeArray,
+                                        const char **aUrlArray,
+                                        const char **aDisplayNameArray,
+                                        const char **aMessageUriArray,
+                                        nsIUrlListener *aListener)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aDestFolder);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aContentTypeArray);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aUrlArray);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMessageUriArray);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aDisplayNameArray);
+  if (!aCount)
+    return NS_OK;
+  nsSaveAllAttachmentsState *saveState;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> attachmentDestination;
+  nsresult rv = aDestFolder->Clone(getter_AddRefs(attachmentDestination));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsAutoCString path;
+  rv = attachmentDestination->GetNativePath(path);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsAutoString unescapedFileName;
+  ConvertAndSanitizeFileName(aDisplayNameArray[0], unescapedFileName);
+  rv = attachmentDestination->Append(unescapedFileName);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  rv = attachmentDestination->CreateUnique(nsIFile::NORMAL_FILE_TYPE, ATTACHMENT_PERMISSION);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  saveState = new nsSaveAllAttachmentsState(aCount,
+                                            aContentTypeArray,
+                                            aUrlArray,
+                                            aDisplayNameArray,
+                                            aMessageUriArray,
+                                            path.get(),
+                                            true);
+
+  // This method is used in filters, where we don't want to warn
+  saveState->m_withoutWarning = true;
+  rv = SaveAttachment(attachmentDestination,
+                      nsDependentCString(aUrlArray[0]),
+                      nsDependentCString(aMessageUriArray[0]),
+                      nsDependentCString(aContentTypeArray[0]),
+                      (void *)saveState,
+                      aListener);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMessenger::SaveAttachment(nsIFile *aFile,
+                                     const nsACString &aURL,
+                                     const nsACString &aMessageUri,
+                                     const nsACString &aContentType,
+                                     void *closure,
+                                     nsIUrlListener *aListener)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMessageService> messageService;
+  nsSaveAllAttachmentsState *saveState= (nsSaveAllAttachmentsState*) closure;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMessageFetchPartService> fetchService;
+  nsAutoCString urlString;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> URL;
+  nsAutoCString fullMessageUri(aMessageUri);
+
+  // This instance will be held onto by the listeners, and will be released once 
+  // the transfer has been completed.
+  RefPtr<nsSaveMsgListener> saveListener(new nsSaveMsgListener(aFile, this, aListener));
+  if (!saveListener)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+  saveListener->m_contentType = aContentType;
+  if (saveState)
+  {
+    saveListener->m_saveAllAttachmentsState = saveState;
+    if (saveState->m_detachingAttachments)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> outputURI;
+      nsresult rv = NS_NewFileURI(getter_AddRefs(outputURI), aFile);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      nsAutoCString fileUriSpec;
+      rv = outputURI->GetSpec(fileUriSpec);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      saveState->m_savedFiles.AppendElement(fileUriSpec);
+    }
+  }
+
+  urlString = aURL;
+  // strip out ?type=application/x-message-display because it confuses libmime
+
+  int32_t typeIndex = urlString.Find("?type=application/x-message-display");
+  if (typeIndex != kNotFound)
+  {
+    urlString.Cut(typeIndex, sizeof("?type=application/x-message-display") - 1);
+    // we also need to replace the next '&' with '?'
+    int32_t firstPartIndex = urlString.FindChar('&');
+    if (firstPartIndex != kNotFound)
+      urlString.SetCharAt('?', firstPartIndex);
+  }
+
+  MsgReplaceSubstring(urlString, "/;section", "?section");
+  nsresult rv = CreateStartupUrl(urlString.get(), getter_AddRefs(URL));
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    rv = GetMessageServiceFromURI(aMessageUri, getter_AddRefs(messageService));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      fetchService = do_QueryInterface(messageService);
+      // if the message service has a fetch part service then we know we can fetch mime parts...
+      if (fetchService)
+      {
+        int32_t partPos = urlString.FindChar('?');
+        if (partPos == kNotFound)
+          return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+        fullMessageUri.Append(Substring(urlString, partPos));
+      }
+
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIStreamListener> convertedListener;
+      saveListener->QueryInterface(NS_GET_IID(nsIStreamListener),
+                                 getter_AddRefs(convertedListener));
+
+#ifndef XP_MACOSX
+      // if the content type is bin hex we are going to do a hokey hack and make sure we decode the bin hex
+      // when saving an attachment to disk..
+      if (MsgLowerCaseEqualsLiteral(aContentType, APPLICATION_BINHEX))
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIStreamListener> listener (do_QueryInterface(convertedListener));
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIStreamConverterService> streamConverterService = do_GetService("@mozilla.org/streamConverters;1", &rv);
+        nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> channelSupport = do_QueryInterface(saveListener->m_channel);
+
+        rv = streamConverterService->AsyncConvertData(APPLICATION_BINHEX,
+                                                      "*/*",
+                                                      listener,
+                                                      channelSupport,
+                                                      getter_AddRefs(convertedListener));
+      }
+#endif
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> dummyNull;
+      if (fetchService)
+        rv = fetchService->FetchMimePart(URL, fullMessageUri.get(),
+                                         convertedListener, mMsgWindow,
+                                         saveListener, getter_AddRefs(dummyNull));
+      else
+        rv = messageService->DisplayMessage(fullMessageUri.get(),
+                                            convertedListener, mMsgWindow,
+                                            nullptr, nullptr,
+                                            getter_AddRefs(dummyNull));
+    } // if we got a message service
+  } // if we created a url
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    Alert("saveAttachmentFailed");
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMessenger::OpenAttachment(const nsACString& aContentType, const nsACString& aURL,
+                            const nsACString& aDisplayName, const nsACString& aMessageUri, bool aIsExternalAttachment)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  // open external attachments inside our message pane which in turn should trigger the
+  // helper app dialog...
+  if (aIsExternalAttachment)
+    rv = OpenURL(aURL);
+  else
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgMessageService> messageService;
+    rv = GetMessageServiceFromURI(aMessageUri, getter_AddRefs(messageService));
+    if (messageService)
+      rv = messageService->OpenAttachment(PromiseFlatCString(aContentType).get(), PromiseFlatCString(aDisplayName).get(),
+                                          PromiseFlatCString(aURL).get(), PromiseFlatCString(aMessageUri).get(),
+                                          mDocShell, mMsgWindow, nullptr);
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMessenger::SaveAttachmentToFolder(const nsACString& contentType, const nsACString& url, const nsACString& displayName,
+                                    const nsACString& messageUri, nsIFile * aDestFolder, nsIFile ** aOutFile)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aDestFolder);
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> attachmentDestination;
+  rv = aDestFolder->Clone(getter_AddRefs(attachmentDestination));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsString unescapedFileName;
+  ConvertAndSanitizeFileName(PromiseFlatCString(displayName).get(), unescapedFileName);
+  rv = attachmentDestination->Append(unescapedFileName);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+#ifdef XP_MACOSX
+  rv = attachmentDestination->CreateUnique(nsIFile::NORMAL_FILE_TYPE, ATTACHMENT_PERMISSION);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+#endif
+
+  rv = SaveAttachment(attachmentDestination, url, messageUri, contentType, nullptr, nullptr);
+  attachmentDestination.swap(*aOutFile);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMessenger::SaveAttachment(const nsACString& aContentType, const nsACString& aURL,
+                            const nsACString& aDisplayName, const nsACString& aMessageUri, bool aIsExternalAttachment)
+{
+  // open external attachments inside our message pane which in turn should trigger the
+  // helper app dialog...
+  if (aIsExternalAttachment)
+    return OpenURL(aURL);
+  return SaveOneAttachment(PromiseFlatCString(aContentType).get(),
+                           PromiseFlatCString(aURL).get(),
+                           PromiseFlatCString(aDisplayName).get(),
+                           PromiseFlatCString(aMessageUri).get(),
+                           false);
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMessenger::SaveOneAttachment(const char * aContentType, const char * aURL,
+                               const char * aDisplayName, const char * aMessageUri,
+                               bool detaching)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFilePicker> filePicker =
+      do_CreateInstance("@mozilla.org/filepicker;1", &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  int16_t dialogResult;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> localFile;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> lastSaveDir;
+  nsCString filePath;
+  nsString saveAttachmentStr;
+  nsString defaultDisplayString;
+  ConvertAndSanitizeFileName(aDisplayName, defaultDisplayString);
+
+  GetString(NS_LITERAL_STRING("SaveAttachment"), saveAttachmentStr);
+  filePicker->Init(mWindow, saveAttachmentStr,
+                   nsIFilePicker::modeSave);
+  filePicker->SetDefaultString(defaultDisplayString);
+
+  // Check if the attachment file name has an extension (which must not
+  // contain spaces) and set it as the default extension for the attachment.
+  int32_t extensionIndex = defaultDisplayString.RFindChar('.');
+  if (extensionIndex > 0 &&
+      defaultDisplayString.FindChar(' ', extensionIndex) == kNotFound)
+  {
+    nsString extension;
+    extension = Substring(defaultDisplayString, extensionIndex + 1);
+    filePicker->SetDefaultExtension(extension);
+    if (!mStringBundle)
+    {
+      rv = InitStringBundle();
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    }
+
+    nsString filterName;
+    const char16_t *extensionParam[] = { extension.get() };
+    rv = mStringBundle->FormatStringFromName(
+      u"saveAsType", extensionParam, 1, getter_Copies(filterName));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    extension.Insert(NS_LITERAL_STRING("*."), 0);
+    filePicker->AppendFilter(filterName, extension);
+  }
+
+  filePicker->AppendFilters(nsIFilePicker::filterAll);
+
+  rv = GetLastSaveDirectory(getter_AddRefs(lastSaveDir));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && lastSaveDir)
+    filePicker->SetDisplayDirectory(lastSaveDir);
+
+  rv = filePicker->Show(&dialogResult);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || dialogResult == nsIFilePicker::returnCancel)
+    return rv;
+
+  rv = filePicker->GetFile(getter_AddRefs(localFile));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  SetLastSaveDirectory(localFile);
+
+  nsCString dirName;
+  rv = localFile->GetNativePath(dirName);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsSaveAllAttachmentsState *saveState = 
+    new nsSaveAllAttachmentsState(1,
+                                  &aContentType,
+                                  &aURL,
+                                  &aDisplayName,
+                                  &aMessageUri,
+                                  dirName.get(),
+                                  detaching);
+
+  return SaveAttachment(localFile, nsDependentCString(aURL), nsDependentCString(aMessageUri),
+                        nsDependentCString(aContentType), (void *)saveState, nullptr);
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMessenger::SaveAllAttachments(uint32_t count,
+                                const char **contentTypeArray,
+                                const char **urlArray,
+                                const char **displayNameArray,
+                                const char **messageUriArray)
+{
+  if (!count)
+    return NS_ERROR_INVALID_ARG;
+  return SaveAllAttachments(count, contentTypeArray, urlArray, displayNameArray, messageUriArray, false);
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMessenger::SaveAllAttachments(uint32_t count,
+                                const char **contentTypeArray,
+                                const char **urlArray,
+                                const char **displayNameArray,
+                                const char **messageUriArray,
+                                bool detaching)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFilePicker> filePicker =
+    do_CreateInstance("@mozilla.org/filepicker;1", &rv);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> localFile;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> lastSaveDir;
+  int16_t dialogResult;
+  nsString saveAttachmentStr;
+
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  GetString(NS_LITERAL_STRING("SaveAllAttachments"), saveAttachmentStr);
+  filePicker->Init(mWindow,
+                   saveAttachmentStr,
+                   nsIFilePicker::modeGetFolder);
+
+  rv = GetLastSaveDirectory(getter_AddRefs(lastSaveDir));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && lastSaveDir)
+    filePicker->SetDisplayDirectory(lastSaveDir);
+
+  rv = filePicker->Show(&dialogResult);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || dialogResult == nsIFilePicker::returnCancel)
+    return rv;
+
+  rv = filePicker->GetFile(getter_AddRefs(localFile));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = SetLastSaveDirectory(localFile);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCString dirName;
+  nsSaveAllAttachmentsState *saveState = nullptr;
+  rv = localFile->GetNativePath(dirName);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  saveState = new nsSaveAllAttachmentsState(count,
+                                            contentTypeArray,
+                                            urlArray,
+                                            displayNameArray,
+                                            messageUriArray,
+                                            dirName.get(),
+                                            detaching);
+  nsString unescapedName;
+  ConvertAndSanitizeFileName(displayNameArray[0], unescapedName);
+  rv = localFile->Append(unescapedName);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = PromptIfFileExists(localFile);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = SaveAttachment(localFile, nsDependentCString(urlArray[0]), nsDependentCString(messageUriArray[0]),
+                      nsDependentCString(contentTypeArray[0]), (void *)saveState, nullptr);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+enum MESSENGER_SAVEAS_FILE_TYPE
+{
+ EML_FILE_TYPE =  0,
+ HTML_FILE_TYPE = 1,
+ TEXT_FILE_TYPE = 2,
+ ANY_FILE_TYPE = 3
+};
+#define HTML_FILE_EXTENSION ".htm"
+#define HTML_FILE_EXTENSION2 ".html"
+#define TEXT_FILE_EXTENSION ".txt"
+
+/**
+ * Adjust the file name, removing characters from the middle of the name if
+ * the name would otherwise be too long - too long for what file systems
+ * usually support.
+ */
+nsresult nsMessenger::AdjustFileIfNameTooLong(nsIFile* aFile)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aFile);
+  nsAutoString path;
+  nsresult rv = aFile->GetPath(path);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  // Most common file systems have a max filename length of 255. On windows, the
+  // total path length is (at least for all practical purposees) limited to 255.
+  // Let's just don't allow paths longer than that elsewhere either for
+  // simplicity.
+  uint32_t MAX = 255;
+  if (path.Length() > MAX) {
+    nsAutoString leafName;
+    rv = aFile->GetLeafName(leafName);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    uint32_t pathLengthUpToLeaf = path.Length() - leafName.Length();
+    if (pathLengthUpToLeaf >= MAX - 8) { // want at least 8 chars for name
+      return NS_ERROR_FILE_NAME_TOO_LONG;
+    }
+    uint32_t x = MAX - pathLengthUpToLeaf; // x = max leaf size
+    nsAutoString truncatedLeaf;
+    truncatedLeaf.Append(Substring(leafName, 0, x/2));
+    truncatedLeaf.AppendLiteral("...");
+    truncatedLeaf.Append(Substring(leafName, leafName.Length() - x/2 + 3,
+                                   leafName.Length()));
+    rv = aFile->SetLeafName(truncatedLeaf);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMessenger::SaveAs(const nsACString& aURI, bool aAsFile,
+                    nsIMsgIdentity *aIdentity, const nsAString& aMsgFilename,
+                    bool aBypassFilePicker)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMessageService> messageService;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIUrlListener> urlListener;
+  nsSaveMsgListener *saveListener = nullptr;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> url;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStreamListener> convertedListener;
+  int32_t saveAsFileType = EML_FILE_TYPE;
+
+  nsresult rv = GetMessageServiceFromURI(aURI, getter_AddRefs(messageService));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    goto done;
+
+  if (aAsFile)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> saveAsFile;
+    // show the file picker if BypassFilePicker is not specified (null) or false
+    if (!aBypassFilePicker) {
+      rv = GetSaveAsFile(aMsgFilename, &saveAsFileType, getter_AddRefs(saveAsFile));
+      // A null saveAsFile means that the user canceled the save as
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !saveAsFile)
+        goto done;
+    }
+    else {
+      saveAsFile = do_CreateInstance(NS_LOCAL_FILE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+      rv = saveAsFile->InitWithPath(aMsgFilename);
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        goto done;      
+      if (StringEndsWith(aMsgFilename, NS_LITERAL_STRING(TEXT_FILE_EXTENSION),
+                         nsCaseInsensitiveStringComparator()))
+        saveAsFileType = TEXT_FILE_TYPE;
+      else if ((StringEndsWith(aMsgFilename,
+                               NS_LITERAL_STRING(HTML_FILE_EXTENSION),
+                               nsCaseInsensitiveStringComparator())) ||
+               (StringEndsWith(aMsgFilename,
+                               NS_LITERAL_STRING(HTML_FILE_EXTENSION2),
+                               nsCaseInsensitiveStringComparator())))
+        saveAsFileType = HTML_FILE_TYPE;
+      else
+        saveAsFileType = EML_FILE_TYPE;
+    }
+
+    rv = AdjustFileIfNameTooLong(saveAsFile);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    rv = PromptIfFileExists(saveAsFile);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+      goto done;
+    }
+
+    // After saveListener goes out of scope, the listener will be owned by
+    // whoever the listener is registered with, usually a URL.
+    RefPtr<nsSaveMsgListener> saveListener = new nsSaveMsgListener(saveAsFile, this, nullptr);
+    if (!saveListener) {
+      rv = NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+      goto done;
+    }
+    rv = saveListener->QueryInterface(NS_GET_IID(nsIUrlListener), getter_AddRefs(urlListener));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      goto done;
+
+    if (saveAsFileType == EML_FILE_TYPE)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> dummyNull;
+      rv = messageService->SaveMessageToDisk(PromiseFlatCString(aURI).get(), saveAsFile, false,
+        urlListener, getter_AddRefs(dummyNull),
+        true, mMsgWindow);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      nsAutoCString urlString(aURI);
+
+      // we can't go RFC822 to TXT until bug #1775 is fixed
+      // so until then, do the HTML to TXT conversion in
+      // nsSaveMsgListener::OnStopRequest(), see ConvertBufToPlainText()
+      //
+      // Setup the URL for a "Save As..." Operation...
+      // For now, if this is a save as TEXT operation, then do
+      // a "printing" operation
+      if (saveAsFileType == TEXT_FILE_TYPE)
+      {
+        saveListener->m_outputFormat = nsSaveMsgListener::ePlainText;
+        saveListener->m_doCharsetConversion = true;
+        urlString.AppendLiteral("?header=print");
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        saveListener->m_outputFormat = nsSaveMsgListener::eHTML;
+        saveListener->m_doCharsetConversion = false;
+        urlString.AppendLiteral("?header=saveas");
+      }
+
+      rv = CreateStartupUrl(urlString.get(), getter_AddRefs(url));
+      NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "CreateStartupUrl failed");
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        goto done;
+
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIPrincipal> nullPrincipal =
+        do_CreateInstance("@mozilla.org/nullprincipal;1", &rv);
+      NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "CreateInstance of nullprincipal failed");
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        goto done;
+
+      saveListener->m_channel = nullptr;
+      rv = NS_NewInputStreamChannel(getter_AddRefs(saveListener->m_channel),
+                                    url,
+                                    nullptr,
+                                    nullPrincipal,
+                                    nsILoadInfo::SEC_NORMAL,
+                                    nsIContentPolicy::TYPE_OTHER);
+      NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "NS_NewChannel failed");
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        goto done;
+
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIStreamConverterService> streamConverterService = do_GetService("@mozilla.org/streamConverters;1");
+      nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> channelSupport = do_QueryInterface(saveListener->m_channel);
+
+      // we can't go RFC822 to TXT until bug #1775 is fixed
+      // so until then, do the HTML to TXT conversion in
+      // nsSaveMsgListener::OnStopRequest(), see ConvertBufToPlainText()
+      rv = streamConverterService->AsyncConvertData(MESSAGE_RFC822,
+        TEXT_HTML,
+        saveListener,
+        channelSupport,
+        getter_AddRefs(convertedListener));
+      NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "AsyncConvertData failed");
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        goto done;
+
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> dummyNull;
+      rv = messageService->DisplayMessage(urlString.get(), convertedListener, mMsgWindow,
+        nullptr, nullptr, getter_AddRefs(dummyNull));
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    // ** save as Template
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIFile> tmpFile;
+    nsresult rv = GetSpecialDirectoryWithFileName(NS_OS_TEMP_DIR,
+                                                  "nsmail.tmp",
+                                                  getter_AddRefs(tmpFile));
+
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    // For temp file, we should use restrictive 00600 instead of ATTACHMENT_PERMISSION 
+    rv = tmpFile->CreateUnique(nsIFile::NORMAL_FILE_TYPE, 00600);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) goto done;
+
+    // The saveListener is owned by whoever we ultimately register the
+    // listener with, generally a URL.
+    saveListener = new nsSaveMsgListener(tmpFile, this, nullptr);
+    if (!saveListener) {
+      rv = NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+      goto done;
+    }
+
+    if (aIdentity)
+      rv = aIdentity->GetStationeryFolder(saveListener->m_templateUri);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      goto done;
+
+    bool needDummyHeader = StringBeginsWith(saveListener->m_templateUri, NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("mailbox://"));
+    bool canonicalLineEnding = StringBeginsWith(saveListener->m_templateUri, NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("imap://"));
+
+    rv = saveListener->QueryInterface(
+      NS_GET_IID(nsIUrlListener),
+      getter_AddRefs(urlListener));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      goto done;
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> dummyNull;
+    rv = messageService->SaveMessageToDisk(PromiseFlatCString(aURI).get(), tmpFile,
+      needDummyHeader,
+      urlListener, getter_AddRefs(dummyNull),
+      canonicalLineEnding, mMsgWindow);
+  }
+
+done:
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+  {
+    NS_IF_RELEASE(saveListener);
+    Alert("saveMessageFailed");
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMessenger::GetSaveAsFile(const nsAString& aMsgFilename, int32_t *aSaveAsFileType,
+                           nsIFile **aSaveAsFile)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFilePicker> filePicker = do_CreateInstance("@mozilla.org/filepicker;1", &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  nsString saveMailAsStr;
+  GetString(NS_LITERAL_STRING("SaveMailAs"), saveMailAsStr);
+  filePicker->Init(mWindow, saveMailAsStr, nsIFilePicker::modeSave);
+
+  // if we have a non-null filename use it, otherwise use default save message one
+  if (aMsgFilename.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    nsString saveMsgStr;
+    GetString(NS_LITERAL_STRING("defaultSaveMessageAsFileName"), saveMsgStr);
+    filePicker->SetDefaultString(saveMsgStr);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    filePicker->SetDefaultString(aMsgFilename);
+  }
+
+  // because we will be using GetFilterIndex()
+  // we must call AppendFilters() one at a time,
+  // in MESSENGER_SAVEAS_FILE_TYPE order
+  nsString emlFilesStr;
+  GetString(NS_LITERAL_STRING("EMLFiles"), emlFilesStr);
+  filePicker->AppendFilter(emlFilesStr,
+                           NS_LITERAL_STRING("*.eml"));
+  filePicker->AppendFilters(nsIFilePicker::filterHTML);
+  filePicker->AppendFilters(nsIFilePicker::filterText);
+  filePicker->AppendFilters(nsIFilePicker::filterAll);
+
+  // Save as the "All Files" file type by default. We want to save as .eml by
+  // default, but the filepickers on some platforms don't switch extensions
+  // based on the file type selected (bug 508597).
+  filePicker->SetFilterIndex(ANY_FILE_TYPE);
+  // Yes, this is fine even if we ultimately save as HTML or text. On Windows,
+  // this actually is a boolean telling the file picker to automatically add
+  // the correct extension depending on the filter. On Mac or Linux this is a
+  // no-op.
+  filePicker->SetDefaultExtension(NS_LITERAL_STRING("eml"));
+
+  int16_t dialogResult;
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIFile> lastSaveDir;
+  rv = GetLastSaveDirectory(getter_AddRefs(lastSaveDir));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && lastSaveDir)
+    filePicker->SetDisplayDirectory(lastSaveDir);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> localFile;
+  rv = filePicker->Show(&dialogResult);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  if (dialogResult == nsIFilePicker::returnCancel)
+  {
+    // We'll indicate this by setting the outparam to null.
+    *aSaveAsFile = nullptr;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  rv = filePicker->GetFile(getter_AddRefs(localFile));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = SetLastSaveDirectory(localFile);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  int32_t selectedSaveAsFileType;
+  rv = filePicker->GetFilterIndex(&selectedSaveAsFileType);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // If All Files was selected, look at the extension
+  if (selectedSaveAsFileType == ANY_FILE_TYPE)
+  {
+    nsAutoString fileName;
+    rv = localFile->GetLeafName(fileName);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    if (StringEndsWith(fileName, NS_LITERAL_STRING(HTML_FILE_EXTENSION),
+                       nsCaseInsensitiveStringComparator()) ||
+        StringEndsWith(fileName, NS_LITERAL_STRING(HTML_FILE_EXTENSION2),
+                       nsCaseInsensitiveStringComparator()))
+      *aSaveAsFileType = HTML_FILE_TYPE;
+    else if (StringEndsWith(fileName, NS_LITERAL_STRING(TEXT_FILE_EXTENSION),
+                            nsCaseInsensitiveStringComparator()))
+      *aSaveAsFileType = TEXT_FILE_TYPE;
+    else
+      // The default is .eml
+      *aSaveAsFileType = EML_FILE_TYPE;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    *aSaveAsFileType = selectedSaveAsFileType;
+  }
+
+  if (dialogResult == nsIFilePicker::returnReplace)
+  {
+    // be extra safe and only delete when the file is really a file
+    bool isFile;
+    rv = localFile->IsFile(&isFile);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && isFile)
+    {
+      rv = localFile->Remove(false /* recursive delete */);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      // We failed, or this isn't a file. We can't do anything about it.
+      return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    }
+  }
+
+  *aSaveAsFile = nullptr;
+  localFile.swap(*aSaveAsFile);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Show a Save All dialog allowing the user to pick which folder to save
+ * messages to.
+ * @param [out] aSaveDir directory to save to. Will be null on cancel.
+ */
+nsresult
+nsMessenger::GetSaveToDir(nsIFile **aSaveDir)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFilePicker> filePicker =
+    do_CreateInstance("@mozilla.org/filepicker;1", &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsString chooseFolderStr;
+  GetString(NS_LITERAL_STRING("ChooseFolder"), chooseFolderStr);
+  filePicker->Init(mWindow, chooseFolderStr, nsIFilePicker::modeGetFolder);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> lastSaveDir;
+  rv = GetLastSaveDirectory(getter_AddRefs(lastSaveDir));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && lastSaveDir)
+    filePicker->SetDisplayDirectory(lastSaveDir);
+
+  int16_t dialogResult;
+  rv = filePicker->Show(&dialogResult);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || dialogResult == nsIFilePicker::returnCancel)
+  {
+    // We'll indicate this by setting the outparam to null.
+    *aSaveDir = nullptr;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> dir;
+  rv = filePicker->GetFile(getter_AddRefs(dir));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = SetLastSaveDirectory(dir);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  *aSaveDir = nullptr;
+  dir.swap(*aSaveDir);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMessenger::SaveMessages(uint32_t aCount,
+                          const char16_t **aFilenameArray,
+                          const char **aMessageUriArray)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_MIN(aCount, 1);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aFilenameArray);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMessageUriArray);
+
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> saveDir;
+  rv = GetSaveToDir(getter_AddRefs(saveDir));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  if (!saveDir) // A null saveDir means that the user canceled the save.
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < aCount; i++) {
+    if (!aFilenameArray[i]) // just to be sure
+      return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> saveToFile = do_CreateInstance(NS_LOCAL_FILE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    rv = saveToFile->InitWithFile(saveDir);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    rv = saveToFile->Append(nsDependentString(aFilenameArray[i]));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    rv = AdjustFileIfNameTooLong(saveToFile);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    rv = PromptIfFileExists(saveToFile);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      continue;
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMessageService> messageService;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIUrlListener> urlListener;
+
+    rv = GetMessageServiceFromURI(nsDependentCString(aMessageUriArray[i]),
+                                  getter_AddRefs(messageService));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+      Alert("saveMessageFailed");
+      return rv;
+    }
+
+    nsSaveMsgListener *saveListener = new nsSaveMsgListener(saveToFile, this, nullptr);
+    if (!saveListener) {
+      NS_IF_RELEASE(saveListener);
+      Alert("saveMessageFailed");
+      return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+    }
+    NS_ADDREF(saveListener);
+
+    rv = saveListener->QueryInterface(NS_GET_IID(nsIUrlListener),
+                                      getter_AddRefs(urlListener));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+      NS_IF_RELEASE(saveListener);
+      Alert("saveMessageFailed");
+      return rv;
+    }
+
+    // Ok, now save the message.
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> dummyNull;
+    rv = messageService->SaveMessageToDisk(aMessageUriArray[i],
+                                           saveToFile, false,
+                                           urlListener, getter_AddRefs(dummyNull),
+                                           true, mMsgWindow);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+      NS_IF_RELEASE(saveListener);
+      Alert("saveMessageFailed");
+      return rv;
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMessenger::Alert(const char *stringName)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  if (mDocShell)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIPrompt> dialog(do_GetInterface(mDocShell));
+
+    if (dialog)
+    {
+      nsString alertStr;
+      GetString(NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16(stringName), alertStr);
+      rv = dialog->Alert(nullptr, alertStr.get());
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMessenger::MessageServiceFromURI(const nsACString& aUri, nsIMsgMessageService **aMsgService)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMsgService);
+  return GetMessageServiceFromURI(aUri, aMsgService);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMessenger::MsgHdrFromURI(const nsACString& aUri, nsIMsgDBHdr **aMsgHdr)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMsgHdr);
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgMessageService> msgService;
+  nsresult rv;
+
+
+  if (mMsgWindow &&
+      (StringBeginsWith(aUri, NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("file:")) ||
+       PromiseFlatCString(aUri).Find("type=application/x-message-display") >= 0))
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgHeaderSink> headerSink;
+    mMsgWindow->GetMsgHeaderSink(getter_AddRefs(headerSink));
+    if (headerSink)
+    {
+      rv = headerSink->GetDummyMsgHeader(aMsgHdr);
+      // Is there a way to check if they're asking for the hdr currently
+      // displayed in a stand-alone msg window from a .eml file?
+      // (pretty likely if this is a file: uri)
+      return rv;
+    }
+  }
+
+  rv = GetMessageServiceFromURI(aUri, getter_AddRefs(msgService));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  return msgService->MessageURIToMsgHdr(PromiseFlatCString(aUri).get(), aMsgHdr);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMessenger::GetUndoTransactionType(uint32_t *txnType)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(txnType && mTxnMgr, NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER);
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  *txnType = nsMessenger::eUnknown;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsITransaction> txn;
+  rv = mTxnMgr->PeekUndoStack(getter_AddRefs(txn));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && txn)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIPropertyBag2> propertyBag = do_QueryInterface(txn, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    return propertyBag->GetPropertyAsUint32(NS_LITERAL_STRING("type"), txnType);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMessenger::CanUndo(bool *bValue)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(bValue && mTxnMgr, NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER);
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  *bValue = false;
+  int32_t count = 0;
+  rv = mTxnMgr->GetNumberOfUndoItems(&count);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && count > 0)
+    *bValue = true;
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMessenger::GetRedoTransactionType(uint32_t *txnType)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(txnType && mTxnMgr, NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER);
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  *txnType = nsMessenger::eUnknown;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsITransaction> txn;
+  rv = mTxnMgr->PeekRedoStack(getter_AddRefs(txn));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && txn)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIPropertyBag2> propertyBag = do_QueryInterface(txn, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    return propertyBag->GetPropertyAsUint32(NS_LITERAL_STRING("type"), txnType);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMessenger::CanRedo(bool *bValue)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(bValue && mTxnMgr, NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER);
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  *bValue = false;
+  int32_t count = 0;
+  rv = mTxnMgr->GetNumberOfRedoItems(&count);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && count > 0)
+    *bValue = true;
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMessenger::Undo(nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  if (mTxnMgr)
+  {
+    int32_t numTxn = 0;
+    rv = mTxnMgr->GetNumberOfUndoItems(&numTxn);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && numTxn > 0)
+    {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsITransaction> txn;
+        rv = mTxnMgr->PeekUndoStack(getter_AddRefs(txn));
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && txn)
+        {
+            static_cast<nsMsgTxn*>(static_cast<nsITransaction*>(txn.get()))->SetMsgWindow(msgWindow);
+        }
+        mTxnMgr->UndoTransaction();
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMessenger::Redo(nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  if (mTxnMgr)
+  {
+    int32_t numTxn = 0;
+    rv = mTxnMgr->GetNumberOfRedoItems(&numTxn);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && numTxn > 0)
+    {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsITransaction> txn;
+        rv = mTxnMgr->PeekRedoStack(getter_AddRefs(txn));
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && txn)
+        {
+            static_cast<nsMsgTxn*>(static_cast<nsITransaction*>(txn.get()))->SetMsgWindow(msgWindow);
+        }
+        mTxnMgr->RedoTransaction();
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMessenger::GetTransactionManager(nsITransactionManager* *aTxnMgr)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(mTxnMgr && aTxnMgr, NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER);
+
+  *aTxnMgr = mTxnMgr;
+  NS_ADDREF(*aTxnMgr);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMessenger::SetDocumentCharset(const nsACString& aCharacterSet)
+{
+  // We want to redisplay the currently selected message (if any) but forcing the
+  // redisplay to use characterSet
+  if (!mLastDisplayURI.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    SetDisplayCharset(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("UTF-8"));
+
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgMessageService> messageService;
+    nsresult rv = GetMessageServiceFromURI(mLastDisplayURI, getter_AddRefs(messageService));
+
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && messageService)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> dummyNull;
+      messageService->DisplayMessage(mLastDisplayURI.get(), mDocShell, mMsgWindow, nullptr,
+                                     PromiseFlatCString(aCharacterSet).get(), getter_AddRefs(dummyNull));
+    }
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMessenger::GetLastDisplayedMessageUri(nsACString& aLastDisplayedMessageUri)
+{
+  aLastDisplayedMessageUri = mLastDisplayURI;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsSaveMsgListener::nsSaveMsgListener(nsIFile* aFile, nsMessenger *aMessenger, nsIUrlListener *aListener)
+{
+  m_file = do_QueryInterface(aFile);
+  m_messenger = aMessenger;
+  mListener = aListener;
+  mUrlHasStopped = false;
+  mRequestHasStopped = false;
+  
+    // rhp: for charset handling
+  m_doCharsetConversion = false;
+  m_saveAllAttachmentsState = nullptr;
+  mProgress = 0;
+  mMaxProgress = -1;
+  mCanceled = false;
+  m_outputFormat = eUnknown;
+  mInitialized = false;
+}
+
+nsSaveMsgListener::~nsSaveMsgListener()
+{
+}
+
+//
+// nsISupports
+//
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsSaveMsgListener,
+                   nsIUrlListener,
+                   nsIMsgCopyServiceListener,
+                   nsIStreamListener,
+                   nsIRequestObserver,
+                   nsICancelable)
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsSaveMsgListener::Cancel(nsresult status)
+{
+  mCanceled = true;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+//
+// nsIUrlListener
+//
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsSaveMsgListener::OnStartRunningUrl(nsIURI* url)
+{
+  if (mListener)
+    mListener->OnStartRunningUrl(url);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsSaveMsgListener::OnStopRunningUrl(nsIURI *url, nsresult exitCode)
+{
+  nsresult rv = exitCode;
+  mUrlHasStopped = true;
+
+  // ** save as template goes here
+  if (!m_templateUri.IsEmpty()) 
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFService> rdf(do_GetService(kRDFServiceCID, &rv));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) goto done;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFResource> res;
+    rv = rdf->GetResource(m_templateUri, getter_AddRefs(res));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) goto done;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> templateFolder;
+    templateFolder = do_QueryInterface(res, &rv);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) goto done;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgCopyService> copyService = do_GetService(NS_MSGCOPYSERVICE_CONTRACTID);
+    if (copyService)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> clone;
+      m_file->Clone(getter_AddRefs(clone));
+      rv = copyService->CopyFileMessage(clone, templateFolder, nullptr,
+                                        true, nsMsgMessageFlags::Read,
+                                        EmptyCString(), this, nullptr);
+      // Clear this so we don't end up in a loop if OnStopRunningUrl gets
+      // called again.
+      m_templateUri.Truncate();
+    }
+  }
+  else if (m_outputStream && mRequestHasStopped)
+  {
+    m_outputStream->Close();
+    m_outputStream = nullptr;
+  }
+
+done:
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+  {
+    if (m_file)
+      m_file->Remove(false);
+    if (m_messenger)
+        m_messenger->Alert("saveMessageFailed");
+  }
+  
+  if (mRequestHasStopped && mListener)
+    mListener->OnStopRunningUrl(url, exitCode);
+  else
+    mListenerUri = url;
+  
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsSaveMsgListener::OnStartCopy(void)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsSaveMsgListener::OnProgress(uint32_t aProgress, uint32_t aProgressMax)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsSaveMsgListener::SetMessageKey(nsMsgKey aKey)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsSaveMsgListener::GetMessageId(nsACString& aMessageId)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsSaveMsgListener::OnStopCopy(nsresult aStatus)
+{
+  if (m_file)
+    m_file->Remove(false);
+  return aStatus;
+}
+
+// initializes the progress window if we are going to show one
+// and for OSX, sets creator flags on the output file
+nsresult nsSaveMsgListener::InitializeDownload(nsIRequest * aRequest)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  
+  mInitialized = true;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIChannel> channel (do_QueryInterface(aRequest));
+  
+  if (!channel)
+    return rv;
+  
+  // Get the max progress from the URL if we haven't already got it.
+  if (mMaxProgress == -1)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> uri;
+    channel->GetURI(getter_AddRefs(uri));
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailnewsUrl(do_QueryInterface(uri));
+    if (mailnewsUrl)
+      mailnewsUrl->GetMaxProgress(&mMaxProgress);
+  }
+  
+  if (!m_contentType.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMIMEService> mimeService (do_GetService(NS_MIMESERVICE_CONTRACTID));
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMIMEInfo> mimeinfo;
+    
+    mimeService->GetFromTypeAndExtension(m_contentType, EmptyCString(), getter_AddRefs(mimeinfo));
+    
+    // create a download progress window
+
+    // Set saveToDisk explicitly to avoid launching the saved file.
+    // See http://hg.mozilla.org/mozilla-central/file/814a6f071472/toolkit/components/jsdownloads/src/DownloadLegacy.js#l164
+    mimeinfo->SetPreferredAction(nsIHandlerInfo::saveToDisk);
+
+    // When we don't allow warnings, also don't show progress, as this
+    //  is an environment (typically filters) where we don't want
+    //  interruption.
+    bool allowProgress = true;
+    if (m_saveAllAttachmentsState)
+      allowProgress = !m_saveAllAttachmentsState->m_withoutWarning;
+    if (allowProgress)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsITransfer> tr = do_CreateInstance(NS_TRANSFER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+      if (tr && m_file)
+      {
+        PRTime timeDownloadStarted = PR_Now();
+        
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> outputURI;
+        NS_NewFileURI(getter_AddRefs(outputURI), m_file);
+        
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> url;
+        channel->GetURI(getter_AddRefs(url));
+        rv = tr->Init(url, outputURI, EmptyString(), mimeinfo,
+                      timeDownloadStarted, nullptr, this, false);
+        
+          // now store the web progresslistener
+        mTransfer = tr;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsSaveMsgListener::OnStartRequest(nsIRequest* request, nsISupports* aSupport)
+{
+  if (m_file)
+    MsgNewBufferedFileOutputStream(getter_AddRefs(m_outputStream), m_file, -1, ATTACHMENT_PERMISSION);
+  if (!m_outputStream)
+  {
+    mCanceled = true;
+    if (m_messenger)
+      m_messenger->Alert("saveAttachmentFailed");
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsSaveMsgListener::OnStopRequest(nsIRequest* request, nsISupports* aSupport,
+                                 nsresult status)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  mRequestHasStopped = true;
+  
+  // rhp: If we are doing the charset conversion magic, this is different
+  // processing, otherwise, its just business as usual.
+  // If we need text/plain, then we need to convert the HTML and then convert
+  // to the systems charset.
+  if (m_doCharsetConversion && m_outputStream)
+  {
+    // For HTML, code is emitted immediately in OnDataAvailable.
+    MOZ_ASSERT(m_outputFormat == ePlainText,
+      "For HTML, m_doCharsetConversion shouldn't be set");
+    NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16 utf16Buffer(m_msgBuffer);
+    ConvertBufToPlainText(utf16Buffer, false, false, false, false);
+
+    nsCString outCString;
+    rv = nsMsgI18NConvertFromUnicode(nsMsgI18NFileSystemCharset(),
+      utf16Buffer, outCString, false, true);
+    if (rv == NS_ERROR_UENC_NOMAPPING) {
+      // If we can't encode with the preferred charset, use UTF-8.
+      CopyUTF16toUTF8(utf16Buffer, outCString);
+      rv = NS_OK;
+    }
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      uint32_t writeCount;
+      rv = m_outputStream->Write(outCString.get(), outCString.Length(), &writeCount);
+      if (outCString.Length() != writeCount)
+        rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    }
+  }
+ 
+  if (m_outputStream)
+  {
+    m_outputStream->Close();
+    m_outputStream = nullptr;
+  }
+  
+  if (m_saveAllAttachmentsState)
+  {
+    m_saveAllAttachmentsState->m_curIndex++;
+    if (!mCanceled && m_saveAllAttachmentsState->m_curIndex < m_saveAllAttachmentsState->m_count)
+    {
+      nsSaveAllAttachmentsState *state = m_saveAllAttachmentsState;
+      uint32_t i = state->m_curIndex;
+      nsString unescapedName;
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> localFile = do_CreateInstance(NS_LOCAL_FILE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv)) goto done;
+      rv = localFile->InitWithNativePath(nsDependentCString(state->m_directoryName));
+      
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv)) goto done;
+      
+      ConvertAndSanitizeFileName(state->m_displayNameArray[i], unescapedName);
+      rv = localFile->Append(unescapedName);
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        goto done;
+
+      // When we are running with no warnings (typically filters and other automatic
+      //  uses), then don't prompt for duplicates, but create a unique file
+      //  instead.
+      if (!m_saveAllAttachmentsState->m_withoutWarning)
+      {
+        rv = m_messenger->PromptIfFileExists(localFile);
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv)) goto done;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        rv = localFile->CreateUnique(nsIFile::NORMAL_FILE_TYPE, ATTACHMENT_PERMISSION);
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv)) goto done;
+      }
+      rv = m_messenger->SaveAttachment(localFile,
+                                       nsDependentCString(state->m_urlArray[i]),
+                                       nsDependentCString(state->m_messageUriArray[i]),
+                                       nsDependentCString(state->m_contentTypeArray[i]),
+                                       (void *)state, nullptr);
+      done:
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        {
+          delete state;
+          m_saveAllAttachmentsState = nullptr;
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+          // check if we're saving attachments prior to detaching them.
+      if (m_saveAllAttachmentsState->m_detachingAttachments && !mCanceled)
+      {
+        nsSaveAllAttachmentsState *state = m_saveAllAttachmentsState;
+        m_messenger->DetachAttachments(state->m_count,
+                                       (const char **) state->m_contentTypeArray,
+                                       (const char **) state->m_urlArray,
+                                       (const char **) state->m_displayNameArray,
+                                       (const char **) state->m_messageUriArray,
+                                       &state->m_savedFiles,
+                                       state->m_withoutWarning);
+      }
+
+      delete m_saveAllAttachmentsState;
+      m_saveAllAttachmentsState = nullptr;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if(mTransfer)
+  {
+    mTransfer->OnProgressChange64(nullptr, nullptr, mMaxProgress, mMaxProgress, mMaxProgress, mMaxProgress);
+    mTransfer->OnStateChange(nullptr, nullptr, nsIWebProgressListener::STATE_STOP |
+      nsIWebProgressListener::STATE_IS_NETWORK, NS_OK);
+    mTransfer = nullptr; // break any circular dependencies between the progress dialog and use
+  }
+
+  if (mUrlHasStopped && mListener)
+    mListener->OnStopRunningUrl(mListenerUri, rv);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsSaveMsgListener::OnDataAvailable(nsIRequest* request,
+                                  nsISupports* aSupport,
+                                  nsIInputStream* inStream,
+                                  uint64_t srcOffset,
+                                  uint32_t count)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  // first, check to see if we've been canceled....
+  if (mCanceled) // then go cancel our underlying channel too
+    return request->Cancel(NS_BINDING_ABORTED);
+  
+  if (!mInitialized)
+    InitializeDownload(request);
+
+  if (m_outputStream)
+  {
+    mProgress += count;
+    uint64_t available;
+    uint32_t readCount, maxReadCount = sizeof(m_dataBuffer);
+    uint32_t writeCount;
+    rv = inStream->Available(&available);
+    while (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && available)
+    {
+      if (maxReadCount > available)
+        maxReadCount = (uint32_t)available;
+      rv = inStream->Read(m_dataBuffer, maxReadCount, &readCount);
+
+      // rhp:
+      // Ok, now we do one of two things. If we are sending out HTML, then
+      // just write it to the HTML stream as it comes along...but if this is
+      // a save as TEXT operation, we need to buffer this up for conversion
+      // when we are done. When the stream converter for HTML-TEXT gets in place,
+      // this magic can go away.
+      //
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      {
+        if ( (m_doCharsetConversion) && (m_outputFormat == ePlainText) )
+          m_msgBuffer.Append(Substring(m_dataBuffer, m_dataBuffer + readCount));
+        else
+          rv = m_outputStream->Write(m_dataBuffer, readCount, &writeCount);
+
+        available -= readCount;
+      }
+    }
+
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && mTransfer) // Send progress notification.
+      mTransfer->OnProgressChange64(nullptr, request, mProgress, mMaxProgress, mProgress, mMaxProgress);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+#define MESSENGER_STRING_URL       "chrome://messenger/locale/messenger.properties"
+
+nsresult
+nsMessenger::InitStringBundle()
+{
+  if (mStringBundle)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  const char propertyURL[] = MESSENGER_STRING_URL;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundleService> sBundleService =
+    mozilla::services::GetStringBundleService();
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(sBundleService, NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED);
+  return sBundleService->CreateBundle(propertyURL,
+                                      getter_AddRefs(mStringBundle));
+}
+
+void
+nsMessenger::GetString(const nsString& aStringName, nsString& aValue)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  aValue.Truncate();
+
+  if (!mStringBundle)
+    rv = InitStringBundle();
+
+  if (mStringBundle)
+    rv = mStringBundle->GetStringFromName(aStringName.get(), getter_Copies(aValue));
+  else
+    rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || aValue.IsEmpty())
+    aValue = aStringName;
+  return;
+}
+
+nsSaveAllAttachmentsState::nsSaveAllAttachmentsState(uint32_t count,
+                                                     const char **contentTypeArray,
+                                                     const char **urlArray,
+                                                     const char **nameArray,
+                                                     const char **uriArray,
+                                                     const char *dirName,
+                                                     bool detachingAttachments)
+    : m_withoutWarning(false)
+{
+    uint32_t i;
+    NS_ASSERTION(count && urlArray && nameArray && uriArray && dirName,
+                 "fatal - invalid parameters\n");
+
+    m_count = count;
+    m_curIndex = 0;
+    m_contentTypeArray = new char*[count];
+    m_urlArray = new char*[count];
+    m_displayNameArray = new char*[count];
+    m_messageUriArray = new char*[count];
+    for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
+    {
+        m_contentTypeArray[i] = strdup(contentTypeArray[i]);
+        m_urlArray[i] = strdup(urlArray[i]);
+        m_displayNameArray[i] = strdup(nameArray[i]);
+        m_messageUriArray[i] = strdup(uriArray[i]);
+    }
+    m_directoryName = strdup(dirName);
+    m_detachingAttachments = detachingAttachments;
+}
+
+nsSaveAllAttachmentsState::~nsSaveAllAttachmentsState()
+{
+    uint32_t i;
+    for (i = 0; i < m_count; i++)
+    {
+      NS_Free(m_contentTypeArray[i]);
+      NS_Free(m_urlArray[i]);
+      NS_Free(m_displayNameArray[i]);
+      NS_Free(m_messageUriArray[i]);
+    }
+    delete[] m_contentTypeArray;
+    delete[] m_urlArray;
+    delete[] m_displayNameArray;
+    delete[] m_messageUriArray;
+    NS_Free(m_directoryName);
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMessenger::GetLastSaveDirectory(nsIFile **aLastSaveDir)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefBranch = do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  // this can fail, and it will, on the first time we call it, as there is no default for this pref.
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIFile> localFile;
+  rv = prefBranch->GetComplexValue(MESSENGER_SAVE_DIR_PREF_NAME, NS_GET_IID(nsIFile), getter_AddRefs(localFile));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+    NS_IF_ADDREF(*aLastSaveDir = localFile);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMessenger::SetLastSaveDirectory(nsIFile *aLocalFile)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefBranch = do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIFile> file = do_QueryInterface(aLocalFile, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  // if the file is a directory, just use it for the last dir chosen
+  // otherwise, use the parent of the file as the last dir chosen.
+  // IsDirectory() will return error on saving a file, as the
+  // file doesn't exist yet.
+  bool isDirectory;
+  rv = file->IsDirectory(&isDirectory);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && isDirectory) {
+    rv = prefBranch->SetComplexValue(MESSENGER_SAVE_DIR_PREF_NAME, NS_GET_IID(nsIFile), aLocalFile);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  }
+  else {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIFile> parent;
+    rv = file->GetParent(getter_AddRefs(parent));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+    rv = prefBranch->SetComplexValue(MESSENGER_SAVE_DIR_PREF_NAME, NS_GET_IID(nsIFile), parent);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* void getUrisAtNavigatePos (in long aPos, out ACString aFolderUri, out ACString aMsgUri); */
+// aPos is relative to the current history cursor - 1 is forward, -1 is back.
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMessenger::GetMsgUriAtNavigatePos(int32_t aPos, nsACString& aMsgUri)
+{
+  int32_t desiredArrayIndex = (mCurHistoryPos + (aPos << 1));
+  if (desiredArrayIndex >= 0 && desiredArrayIndex < (int32_t)mLoadedMsgHistory.Length())
+  {
+    mNavigatingToUri = mLoadedMsgHistory[desiredArrayIndex];
+    aMsgUri = mNavigatingToUri;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMessenger::SetNavigatePos(int32_t aPos)
+{
+  if ((aPos << 1) < (int32_t)mLoadedMsgHistory.Length())
+  {
+    mCurHistoryPos = aPos << 1;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  else
+    return NS_ERROR_INVALID_ARG;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMessenger::GetNavigatePos(int32_t *aPos)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aPos);
+  *aPos = mCurHistoryPos >> 1;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// aPos is relative to the current history cursor - 1 is forward, -1 is back.
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMessenger::GetFolderUriAtNavigatePos(int32_t aPos, nsACString& aFolderUri)
+{
+  int32_t desiredArrayIndex = (mCurHistoryPos + (aPos << 1));
+  if (desiredArrayIndex >= 0 && desiredArrayIndex < (int32_t)mLoadedMsgHistory.Length())
+  {
+    mNavigatingToUri = mLoadedMsgHistory[desiredArrayIndex + 1];
+    aFolderUri = mNavigatingToUri;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMessenger::GetNavigateHistory(uint32_t *aCurPos, uint32_t *aCount, char *** aHistoryUris)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aCount);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aCurPos);
+
+  *aCurPos = mCurHistoryPos >> 1;
+  *aCount = mLoadedMsgHistory.Length();
+  // for just enabling commands, we don't need the history uris.
+  if (!aHistoryUris)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  char **outArray, **next;
+  next = outArray = (char **)moz_xmalloc(*aCount * sizeof(char *));
+  if (!outArray) return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < *aCount; i++)
+  {
+    *next = ToNewCString(mLoadedMsgHistory[i]);
+    if (!*next)
+      return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+    next++;
+  }
+  *aHistoryUris = outArray;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMessenger::FormatFileSize(uint64_t aSize, bool aUseKB, nsAString& aFormattedSize)
+{
+  return ::FormatFileSize(aSize, aUseKB, aFormattedSize);
+}
+
+
+/* void OnItemAdded (in nsIMsgFolder parentItem, in nsISupports item); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMessenger::OnItemAdded(nsIMsgFolder *parentItem, nsISupports *item)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+/* void OnItemRemoved (in nsIMsgFolder parentItem, in nsISupports item); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMessenger::OnItemRemoved(nsIMsgFolder *parentItem, nsISupports *item)
+{
+  // check if this item is a message header that's in our history list. If so,
+  // remove it from the history list.
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr = do_QueryInterface(item);
+  if (msgHdr)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> folder;
+    msgHdr->GetFolder(getter_AddRefs(folder));
+    if (folder)
+    {
+      nsCString msgUri;
+      nsMsgKey msgKey;
+      msgHdr->GetMessageKey(&msgKey);
+      folder->GenerateMessageURI(msgKey, msgUri);
+      // need to remove the correspnding folder entry, and
+      // adjust the current history pos.
+      size_t uriPos = mLoadedMsgHistory.IndexOf(msgUri);
+      if (uriPos != mLoadedMsgHistory.NoIndex)
+      {
+        mLoadedMsgHistory.RemoveElementAt(uriPos);
+        mLoadedMsgHistory.RemoveElementAt(uriPos); // and the folder uri entry
+        if (mCurHistoryPos >= (int32_t)uriPos)
+          mCurHistoryPos -= 2;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* void OnItemPropertyChanged (in nsIMsgFolder item, in nsIAtom property, in string oldValue, in string newValue); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMessenger::OnItemPropertyChanged(nsIMsgFolder *item, nsIAtom *property, const char *oldValue, const char *newValue)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+/* void OnItemIntPropertyChanged (in nsIMsgFolder item, in nsIAtom property, in long long oldValue, in long long newValue); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMessenger::OnItemIntPropertyChanged(nsIMsgFolder *item, nsIAtom *property, int64_t oldValue, int64_t newValue)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+/* void OnItemBoolPropertyChanged (in nsIMsgFolder item, in nsIAtom property, in boolean oldValue, in boolean newValue); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMessenger::OnItemBoolPropertyChanged(nsIMsgFolder *item, nsIAtom *property, bool oldValue, bool newValue)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+/* void OnItemUnicharPropertyChanged (in nsIMsgFolder item, in nsIAtom property, in wstring oldValue, in wstring newValue); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMessenger::OnItemUnicharPropertyChanged(nsIMsgFolder *item, nsIAtom *property, const char16_t *oldValue, const char16_t *newValue)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+/* void OnItemPropertyFlagChanged (in nsIMsgDBHdr item, in nsIAtom property, in unsigned long oldFlag, in unsigned long newFlag); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMessenger::OnItemPropertyFlagChanged(nsIMsgDBHdr *item, nsIAtom *property, uint32_t oldFlag, uint32_t newFlag)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+/* void OnItemEvent (in nsIMsgFolder item, in nsIAtom event); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMessenger::OnItemEvent(nsIMsgFolder *item, nsIAtom *event)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Detach/Delete Attachments
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+static const char * GetAttachmentPartId(const char * aAttachmentUrl)
+{
+  static const char partIdPrefix[] = "part=";
+  const char * partId = PL_strstr(aAttachmentUrl, partIdPrefix);
+  return partId ? (partId + sizeof(partIdPrefix) - 1) : nullptr;
+}
+
+static int CompareAttachmentPartId(const char * aAttachUrlLeft, const char * aAttachUrlRight)
+{
+  // part ids are numbers separated by periods, like "1.2.3.4".
+  // we sort by doing a numerical comparison on each item in turn. e.g. "1.4" < "1.25"
+  // shorter entries come before longer entries. e.g. "1.4" < "1.4.1.2"
+  // return values:
+  //  -2  left is a parent of right
+  //  -1  left is less than right
+  //   0  left == right
+  //   1  right is greater than left
+  //   2  right is a parent of left
+
+  const char * partIdLeft  = GetAttachmentPartId(aAttachUrlLeft);
+  const char * partIdRight = GetAttachmentPartId(aAttachUrlRight);
+
+  // for detached attachments the URL does not contain any "part=xx"
+  if(!partIdLeft)
+    partIdLeft = "0";
+
+  if(!partIdRight)
+    partIdRight = "0";
+
+  long idLeft, idRight;
+  do
+  {
+    MOZ_ASSERT(partIdLeft && IS_DIGIT(*partIdLeft), "Invalid character in part id string");
+    MOZ_ASSERT(partIdRight && IS_DIGIT(*partIdRight), "Invalid character in part id string");
+
+    // if the part numbers are different then the numerically smaller one is first
+    char *fixConstLoss;
+    idLeft  = strtol(partIdLeft, &fixConstLoss, 10);
+    partIdLeft = fixConstLoss;
+    idRight = strtol(partIdRight, &fixConstLoss, 10);
+    partIdRight = fixConstLoss;
+    if (idLeft != idRight)
+      return idLeft < idRight ? -1 : 1;
+
+    // if one part id is complete but the other isn't, then the shortest one
+    // is first (parents before children)
+    if (*partIdLeft != *partIdRight)
+      return *partIdRight ? -2 : 2;
+
+    // if both part ids are complete (*partIdLeft == *partIdRight now) then
+    // they are equal
+    if (!*partIdLeft)
+      return 0;
+
+    MOZ_ASSERT(*partIdLeft == '.', "Invalid character in part id string");
+    MOZ_ASSERT(*partIdRight == '.', "Invalid character in part id string");
+
+    ++partIdLeft;
+    ++partIdRight;
+  }
+  while (true);
+  return 0;
+}
+
+// ------------------------------------
+
+// struct on purpose -> show that we don't ever want a vtable
+struct msgAttachment
+{
+  msgAttachment()
+    : mContentType(nullptr),
+      mUrl(nullptr),
+      mDisplayName(nullptr),
+      mMessageUri(nullptr)
+  {
+  }
+
+  ~msgAttachment()
+  {
+    Clear();
+  }
+
+  void Clear()
+  {
+    NS_Free(mContentType);
+    NS_Free(mUrl);
+    NS_Free(mDisplayName);
+    NS_Free(mMessageUri);
+  }
+
+  bool Init(const char * aContentType, const char * aUrl,
+              const char * aDisplayName, const char * aMessageUri)
+  {
+    Clear();
+    mContentType = strdup(aContentType);
+    mUrl = strdup(aUrl);
+    mDisplayName = strdup(aDisplayName);
+    mMessageUri = strdup(aMessageUri);
+    return (mContentType && mUrl && mDisplayName && mMessageUri);
+  }
+
+  // take the pointers from aSource
+  void Adopt(msgAttachment & aSource)
+  {
+    Clear();
+
+    mContentType = aSource.mContentType;
+    mUrl = aSource.mUrl;
+    mDisplayName = aSource.mDisplayName;
+    mMessageUri = aSource.mMessageUri;
+
+    aSource.mContentType = nullptr;
+    aSource.mUrl = nullptr;
+    aSource.mDisplayName = nullptr;
+    aSource.mMessageUri = nullptr;
+  }
+
+  char* mContentType;
+  char* mUrl;
+  char* mDisplayName;
+  char* mMessageUri;
+
+private:
+  // disable by not implementing
+  msgAttachment(const msgAttachment & rhs);
+  msgAttachment & operator=(const msgAttachment & rhs);
+};
+
+// ------------------------------------
+
+class nsAttachmentState
+{
+public:
+  nsAttachmentState();
+  ~nsAttachmentState();
+  nsresult Init(uint32_t aCount,
+                const char **aContentTypeArray,
+                const char **aUrlArray,
+                const char **aDisplayNameArray,
+                const char **aMessageUriArray);
+  nsresult PrepareForAttachmentDelete();
+
+private:
+  static int SortAttachmentsByPartId(const void * aLeft, const void * aRight, void *);
+
+public:
+  uint32_t        mCount;
+  uint32_t        mCurIndex;
+  msgAttachment*  mAttachmentArray;
+};
+
+nsAttachmentState::nsAttachmentState()
+  : mCount(0),
+    mCurIndex(0),
+    mAttachmentArray(nullptr)
+{
+}
+
+nsAttachmentState::~nsAttachmentState()
+{
+  delete[] mAttachmentArray;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsAttachmentState::Init(uint32_t aCount, const char ** aContentTypeArray,
+                        const char ** aUrlArray, const char ** aDisplayNameArray,
+                        const char ** aMessageUriArray)
+{
+  MOZ_ASSERT(aCount > 0, "count is invalid");
+
+  mCount = aCount;
+  mCurIndex = 0;
+  delete[] mAttachmentArray;
+
+  mAttachmentArray = new msgAttachment[aCount];
+  if (!mAttachmentArray)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+  for(uint32_t u = 0; u < aCount; ++u)
+  {
+    if (!mAttachmentArray[u].Init(aContentTypeArray[u], aUrlArray[u],
+      aDisplayNameArray[u], aMessageUriArray[u]))
+      return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsAttachmentState::PrepareForAttachmentDelete()
+{
+  // this must be called before any processing
+  if (mCurIndex != 0)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  // this prepares the attachment list for use in deletion. In order to prepare, we
+  // sort the attachments in numerical ascending order on their part id, remove all
+  // duplicates and remove any subparts which will be removed automatically by the
+  // removal of the parent.
+  //
+  // e.g. the attachment list processing (showing only part ids)
+  // before: 1.11, 1.3, 1.2, 1.2.1.3, 1.4.1.2
+  // sorted: 1.2, 1.2.1.3, 1.3, 1.4.1.2, 1.11
+  // after:  1.2, 1.3, 1.4.1.2, 1.11
+
+  // sort
+  NS_QuickSort(mAttachmentArray, mCount, sizeof(msgAttachment), SortAttachmentsByPartId, nullptr);
+
+  // remove duplicates and sub-items
+  int nCompare;
+  for(uint32_t u = 1; u < mCount;)
+  {
+    nCompare = ::CompareAttachmentPartId(mAttachmentArray[u-1].mUrl, mAttachmentArray[u].mUrl);
+    if (nCompare == 0 || nCompare == -2) // [u-1] is the same as or a parent of [u]
+    {
+      // shuffle the array down (and thus keeping the sorted order)
+      // this will get rid of the current unnecessary element
+      for (uint32_t i = u + 1; i < mCount; ++i)
+      {
+        mAttachmentArray[i-1].Adopt(mAttachmentArray[i]);
+      }
+      --mCount;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      ++u;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+int
+nsAttachmentState::SortAttachmentsByPartId(const void * aLeft, const void * aRight, void *)
+{
+  msgAttachment & attachLeft  = *((msgAttachment*) aLeft);
+  msgAttachment & attachRight = *((msgAttachment*) aRight);
+  return ::CompareAttachmentPartId(attachLeft.mUrl, attachRight.mUrl);
+}
+
+// ------------------------------------
+
+class nsDelAttachListener : public nsIStreamListener,
+                            public nsIUrlListener,
+                            public nsIMsgCopyServiceListener
+{
+public:
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSISTREAMLISTENER
+  NS_DECL_NSIREQUESTOBSERVER
+  NS_DECL_NSIURLLISTENER
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGCOPYSERVICELISTENER
+
+public:
+  nsDelAttachListener();
+  nsresult StartProcessing(nsMessenger * aMessenger, nsIMsgWindow * aMsgWindow,
+    nsAttachmentState * aAttach, bool aSaveFirst);
+  nsresult DeleteOriginalMessage();
+  void SelectNewMessage();
+
+public:
+  nsAttachmentState * mAttach;                      // list of attachments to process
+  bool mSaveFirst;                                // detach (true) or delete (false)
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> mMsgFile;                       // temporary file (processed mail)
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIOutputStream> mMsgFileStream;         // temporary file (processed mail)
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMessageService> mMessageService;   // original message service
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> mOriginalMessage;           // original message header
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> mMessageFolder;            // original message folder
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMessenger> mMessenger;                // our messenger instance
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgWindow> mMsgWindow;                // our UI window
+  nsMsgKey mNewMessageKey;                          // new message key
+  uint32_t mOrigMsgFlags;
+
+
+   enum {
+      eStarting,
+      eCopyingNewMsg,
+      eUpdatingFolder, // for IMAP
+      eDeletingOldMessage,
+      eSelectingNewMessage
+    } m_state;
+   // temp
+  bool mWrittenExtra;
+  bool mDetaching;
+  nsTArray<nsCString> mDetachedFileUris;
+
+private:
+  virtual ~nsDelAttachListener();
+};
+
+//
+// nsISupports
+//
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsDelAttachListener,
+                   nsIStreamListener,
+                   nsIRequestObserver,
+                   nsIUrlListener,
+                   nsIMsgCopyServiceListener)
+
+//
+// nsIRequestObserver
+//
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsDelAttachListener::OnStartRequest(nsIRequest * aRequest, nsISupports * aContext)
+{
+  // called when we start processing the StreamMessage request.
+  // This is called after OnStartRunningUrl().
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsDelAttachListener::OnStopRequest(nsIRequest * aRequest, nsISupports * aContext, nsresult aStatusCode)
+{
+  // called when we have completed processing the StreamMessage request.
+  // This is called after OnStopRequest(). This means that we have now
+  // received all data of the message and we have completed processing.
+  // We now start to copy the processed message from the temporary file
+  // back into the message store, replacing the original message.
+
+  mMessageFolder->CopyDataDone();
+  if (NS_FAILED(aStatusCode))
+    return aStatusCode;
+
+  // called when we complete processing of the StreamMessage request.
+  // This is called before OnStopRunningUrl().
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  // copy the file back into the folder. Note: setting msgToReplace only copies
+  // metadata, so we do the delete ourselves
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgCopyServiceListener> listenerCopyService;
+  rv = this->QueryInterface( NS_GET_IID(nsIMsgCopyServiceListener), getter_AddRefs(listenerCopyService) );
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  mMsgFileStream->Close();
+  mMsgFileStream = nullptr;
+  mNewMessageKey = nsMsgKey_None;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgCopyService> copyService = do_GetService(NS_MSGCOPYSERVICE_CONTRACTID);
+  m_state = eCopyingNewMsg;
+  // clone file because nsIFile on Windows caches the wrong file size.
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIFile> clone;
+  mMsgFile->Clone(getter_AddRefs(clone));
+  if (copyService)
+  {
+    nsCString originalKeys;
+    mOriginalMessage->GetStringProperty("keywords", getter_Copies(originalKeys));
+    rv = copyService->CopyFileMessage(clone, mMessageFolder, mOriginalMessage, false,
+                                      mOrigMsgFlags, originalKeys, listenerCopyService, mMsgWindow);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+//
+// nsIStreamListener
+//
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsDelAttachListener::OnDataAvailable(nsIRequest * aRequest, nsISupports * aSupport,
+                                     nsIInputStream * aInStream, uint64_t aSrcOffset,
+                                     uint32_t aCount)
+{
+  if (!mMsgFileStream)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+  return mMessageFolder->CopyDataToOutputStreamForAppend(aInStream, aCount, mMsgFileStream);
+}
+
+//
+// nsIUrlListener
+//
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsDelAttachListener::OnStartRunningUrl(nsIURI * aUrl)
+{
+  // called when we start processing the StreamMessage request. This is
+  // called before OnStartRequest().
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsDelAttachListener::DeleteOriginalMessage()
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> messageArray(do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = messageArray->AppendElement(mOriginalMessage, false);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgCopyServiceListener> listenerCopyService;
+
+  QueryInterface( NS_GET_IID(nsIMsgCopyServiceListener), getter_AddRefs(listenerCopyService) );
+
+  mOriginalMessage = nullptr;
+  m_state = eDeletingOldMessage;
+  return mMessageFolder->DeleteMessages(
+    messageArray,         // messages
+    mMsgWindow,           // msgWindow
+    true,              // deleteStorage
+    false,              // isMove
+    listenerCopyService,  // listener
+    false);            // allowUndo
+}
+
+void nsDelAttachListener::SelectNewMessage()
+{
+  nsCString displayUri;
+  // all attachments refer to the same message
+  const char * messageUri = mAttach->mAttachmentArray[0].mMessageUri;
+  mMessenger->GetLastDisplayedMessageUri(displayUri);
+  if (displayUri.Equals(messageUri))
+  {
+    mMessageFolder->GenerateMessageURI(mNewMessageKey, displayUri);
+    if (!displayUri.IsEmpty() && mMsgWindow)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgWindowCommands> windowCommands;
+      mMsgWindow->GetWindowCommands(getter_AddRefs(windowCommands));
+      if (windowCommands)
+        windowCommands->SelectMessage(displayUri);
+    }
+  }
+  mNewMessageKey = nsMsgKey_None;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsDelAttachListener::OnStopRunningUrl(nsIURI * aUrl, nsresult aExitCode)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  const char * messageUri = mAttach->mAttachmentArray[0].mMessageUri;
+  if (mOriginalMessage && !strncmp(messageUri, "imap-message:", 13))
+  {
+    if (m_state == eUpdatingFolder)
+      rv = DeleteOriginalMessage();
+  }
+  // check if we've deleted the original message, and we know the new msg id.
+  else if (m_state == eDeletingOldMessage && mMsgWindow)
+    SelectNewMessage();
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+//
+// nsIMsgCopyServiceListener
+//
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsDelAttachListener::OnStartCopy(void)
+{
+  // never called?
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsDelAttachListener::OnProgress(uint32_t aProgress, uint32_t aProgressMax)
+{
+  // never called?
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsDelAttachListener::SetMessageKey(nsMsgKey aKey)
+{
+  // called during the copy of the modified message back into the message
+  // store to notify us of the message key of the newly created message.
+  mNewMessageKey = aKey;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsDelAttachListener::GetMessageId(nsACString& aMessageId)
+{
+  // never called?
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsDelAttachListener::OnStopCopy(nsresult aStatus)
+{
+  // only if the currently selected message is the one that we are about to delete then we
+  // change the selection to the new message that we just added. Failures in this code are not fatal.
+  // Note that can only do this if we have the new message key, which we don't always get from IMAP.
+  // delete the original message
+  if (NS_FAILED(aStatus))
+    return aStatus;
+
+  // check if we've deleted the original message, and we know the new msg id.
+  if (m_state == eDeletingOldMessage && mMsgWindow)
+    SelectNewMessage();
+  // do this for non-imap messages - for imap, we'll do the delete in
+  // OnStopRunningUrl. For local messages, we won't get an OnStopRunningUrl
+  // notification. And for imap, it's too late to delete the message here,
+  // because we'll be updating the folder naturally as a result of
+  // running an append url. If we delete the header here, that folder
+  // update will think we need to download the header...If we do it
+  // in OnStopRunningUrl, we'll issue the delete before we do the
+  // update....all nasty stuff.
+  const char * messageUri = mAttach->mAttachmentArray[0].mMessageUri;
+  if (mOriginalMessage && strncmp(messageUri, "imap-message:", 13))
+    return DeleteOriginalMessage();
+  else
+    m_state = eUpdatingFolder;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+//
+// local methods
+//
+
+nsDelAttachListener::nsDelAttachListener()
+{
+  mAttach = nullptr;
+  mSaveFirst = false;
+  mWrittenExtra = false;
+  mNewMessageKey = nsMsgKey_None;
+  m_state = eStarting;
+}
+
+nsDelAttachListener::~nsDelAttachListener()
+{
+  if (mAttach)
+  {
+    delete mAttach;
+  }
+  if (mMsgFileStream)
+  {
+    mMsgFileStream->Close();
+    mMsgFileStream = nullptr;
+  }
+  if (mMsgFile)
+  {
+    mMsgFile->Remove(false);
+  }
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsDelAttachListener::StartProcessing(nsMessenger * aMessenger, nsIMsgWindow * aMsgWindow,
+                                     nsAttachmentState * aAttach, bool detaching)
+{
+  aMessenger->QueryInterface(NS_GET_IID(nsIMessenger), getter_AddRefs(mMessenger));
+  mMsgWindow = aMsgWindow;
+  mAttach    = aAttach;
+  mDetaching = detaching;
+
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  // all attachments refer to the same message
+  const char * messageUri = mAttach->mAttachmentArray[0].mMessageUri;
+
+  // get the message service, original message and folder for this message
+  rv = GetMessageServiceFromURI(nsDependentCString(messageUri), getter_AddRefs(mMessageService));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  rv = mMessageService->MessageURIToMsgHdr(messageUri, getter_AddRefs(mOriginalMessage));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  rv = mOriginalMessage->GetFolder(getter_AddRefs(mMessageFolder));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  mOriginalMessage->GetFlags(&mOrigMsgFlags);
+
+  // ensure that we can store and delete messages in this folder, if we
+  // can't then we can't do attachment deleting
+  bool canDelete = false;
+  mMessageFolder->GetCanDeleteMessages(&canDelete);
+  bool canFile = false;
+  mMessageFolder->GetCanFileMessages(&canFile);
+  if (!canDelete || !canFile)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  // create an output stream on a temporary file. This stream will save the modified
+  // message data to a file which we will later use to replace the existing message.
+  // The file is removed in the destructor.
+  rv = GetSpecialDirectoryWithFileName(NS_OS_TEMP_DIR, "nsmail.tmp",
+                                       getter_AddRefs(mMsgFile));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  // For temp file, we should use restrictive 00600 instead of ATTACHMENT_PERMISSION 
+  rv = mMsgFile->CreateUnique(nsIFile::NORMAL_FILE_TYPE, 00600);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  rv = MsgNewBufferedFileOutputStream(getter_AddRefs(mMsgFileStream), mMsgFile, -1, ATTACHMENT_PERMISSION);
+
+  // create the additional header for data conversion. This will tell the stream converter
+  // which MIME emitter we want to use, and it will tell the MIME emitter which attachments
+  // should be deleted.
+  const char * partId;
+  const char * nextField;
+  nsAutoCString sHeader("attach&del=");
+  nsAutoCString detachToHeader("&detachTo=");
+  for (uint32_t u = 0; u < mAttach->mCount; ++u)
+  {
+    if (u > 0)
+    {
+      sHeader.Append(",");
+      if (detaching)
+        detachToHeader.Append(",");
+    }
+    partId = GetAttachmentPartId(mAttach->mAttachmentArray[u].mUrl);
+    nextField = PL_strchr(partId, '&');
+    sHeader.Append(partId, nextField ? nextField - partId : -1);
+    if (detaching)
+      detachToHeader.Append(mDetachedFileUris[u]);
+  }
+
+  if (detaching)
+    sHeader.Append(detachToHeader);
+  // stream this message to our listener converting it via the attachment mime
+  // converter. The listener will just write the converted message straight to disk.
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> listenerSupports;
+  rv = this->QueryInterface(NS_GET_IID(nsISupports), getter_AddRefs(listenerSupports));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIUrlListener> listenerUrlListener = do_QueryInterface(listenerSupports, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> dummyNull;
+  rv = mMessageService->StreamMessage(messageUri, listenerSupports, mMsgWindow,
+                                      listenerUrlListener, true, sHeader,
+                                      false, getter_AddRefs(dummyNull));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// ------------------------------------
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMessenger::DetachAttachment(const char * aContentType, const char * aUrl,
+                              const char * aDisplayName, const char * aMessageUri,
+                              bool aSaveFirst, bool withoutWarning = false)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aContentType);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aUrl);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aDisplayName);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMessageUri);
+
+  if (aSaveFirst)
+    return SaveOneAttachment(aContentType, aUrl, aDisplayName, aMessageUri, true);
+  return DetachAttachments(1, &aContentType, &aUrl, &aDisplayName, &aMessageUri, nullptr, withoutWarning);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMessenger::DetachAllAttachments(uint32_t aCount,
+                                  const char ** aContentTypeArray,
+                                  const char ** aUrlArray,
+                                  const char ** aDisplayNameArray,
+                                  const char ** aMessageUriArray,
+                                  bool aSaveFirst,
+                                  bool withoutWarning = false)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_MIN(aCount, 1);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aContentTypeArray);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aUrlArray);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aDisplayNameArray);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMessageUriArray);
+
+  if (aSaveFirst)
+    return SaveAllAttachments(aCount, aContentTypeArray, aUrlArray, aDisplayNameArray, aMessageUriArray, true);
+  else
+    return DetachAttachments(aCount, aContentTypeArray, aUrlArray, aDisplayNameArray, aMessageUriArray, nullptr, withoutWarning);
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMessenger::DetachAttachments(uint32_t aCount,
+                               const char ** aContentTypeArray,
+                               const char ** aUrlArray,
+                               const char ** aDisplayNameArray,
+                               const char ** aMessageUriArray,
+                               nsTArray<nsCString> *saveFileUris,
+                               bool withoutWarning)
+{
+  // if withoutWarning no dialog for user
+  if (!withoutWarning && NS_FAILED(PromptIfDeleteAttachments(saveFileUris != nullptr, aCount, aDisplayNameArray)))
+      return NS_OK;
+  
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  // ensure that our arguments are valid
+//  char * partId;
+  for (uint32_t u = 0; u < aCount; ++u)
+  {
+    // ensure all of the message URI are the same, we cannot process
+    // attachments from different messages
+    if (u > 0 && 0 != strcmp(aMessageUriArray[0], aMessageUriArray[u]))
+    {
+      rv = NS_ERROR_INVALID_ARG;
+      break;
+    }
+
+    // ensure that we don't have deleted messages in this list
+    if (0 == strcmp(aContentTypeArray[u], MIMETYPE_DELETED))
+    {
+      rv = NS_ERROR_INVALID_ARG;
+      break;
+    }
+
+    // for the moment we prevent any attachments other than root level
+    // attachments being deleted (i.e. you can't delete attachments from a
+    // email forwarded as an attachment). We do this by ensuring that the
+    // part id only has a single period in it (e.g. "1.2").
+    //TODO: support non-root level attachment delete
+//    partId = ::GetAttachmentPartId(aUrlArray[u]);
+//    if (!partId || PL_strchr(partId, '.') != PL_strrchr(partId, '.'))
+//    {
+//      rv = NS_ERROR_INVALID_ARG;
+//      break;
+//    }
+  }
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+  {
+    Alert("deleteAttachmentFailure");
+    return rv;
+  }
+
+  //TODO: ensure that nothing else is processing this message uri at the same time
+
+  //TODO: if any of the selected attachments are messages that contain other
+  // attachments we need to warn the user that all sub-attachments of those
+  // messages will also be deleted. Best to display a list of them.
+
+  // get the listener for running the url
+  nsDelAttachListener * listener = new nsDelAttachListener;
+  if (!listener)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> listenerSupports; // auto-delete of the listener with error
+  listener->QueryInterface(NS_GET_IID(nsISupports), getter_AddRefs(listenerSupports));
+
+  if (saveFileUris)
+    listener->mDetachedFileUris = *saveFileUris;
+  // create the attachments for use by the listener
+  nsAttachmentState * attach = new nsAttachmentState;
+  if (!attach)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+  rv = attach->Init(aCount, aContentTypeArray, aUrlArray, aDisplayNameArray, aMessageUriArray);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    rv = attach->PrepareForAttachmentDelete();
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+  {
+    delete attach;
+    return rv;
+  }
+
+  // initialize our listener with the attachments and details. The listener takes ownership
+  // of 'attach' immediately irrespective of the return value (error or not).
+  return listener->StartProcessing(this, mMsgWindow, attach, saveFileUris != nullptr);
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMessenger::PromptIfDeleteAttachments(bool aSaveFirst,
+                                       uint32_t aCount,
+                                       const char ** aDisplayNameArray)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrompt> dialog(do_GetInterface(mDocShell));
+  if (!dialog) return rv;
+
+  if (!mStringBundle)
+  {
+    rv = InitStringBundle();
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+
+  // create the list of attachments we are removing
+  nsString displayString;
+  nsString attachmentList;
+  for (uint32_t u = 0; u < aCount; ++u)
+  {
+    ConvertAndSanitizeFileName(aDisplayNameArray[u], displayString);
+    attachmentList.Append(displayString);
+    attachmentList.Append(char16_t('\n'));
+  }
+  const char16_t *formatStrings[] = { attachmentList.get() };
+
+  // format the message and display
+  nsString promptMessage;
+  const char16_t * propertyName = aSaveFirst ?
+    u"detachAttachments" : u"deleteAttachments";
+  rv = mStringBundle->FormatStringFromName(propertyName, formatStrings, 1,getter_Copies(promptMessage));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  bool dialogResult = false;
+  rv = dialog->Confirm(nullptr, promptMessage.get(), &dialogResult);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  return dialogResult ? NS_OK : NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
diff --git a/mailnews/base/src/nsMessenger.h b/mailnews/base/src/nsMessenger.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9ba22e26e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/src/nsMessenger.h
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef __nsMsgAppCore_h
+#define __nsMsgAppCore_h
+
+#include "nscore.h"
+#include "nsIMessenger.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsITransactionManager.h"
+#include "nsIFile.h"
+#include "nsIDocShell.h"
+#include "nsIStringBundle.h"
+#include "nsIFile.h"
+#include "nsWeakReference.h"
+#include "mozIDOMWindow.h"
+#include "nsTArray.h"
+#include "nsIFolderListener.h"
+
+class nsMessenger : public nsIMessenger, public nsSupportsWeakReference, public nsIFolderListener
+{
+
+public:
+  nsMessenger();
+
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS  
+  NS_DECL_NSIMESSENGER
+  NS_DECL_NSIFOLDERLISTENER
+
+  nsresult Alert(const char * stringName);
+
+  nsresult SaveAttachment(nsIFile *file, const nsACString& unescapedUrl,
+                          const nsACString& messageUri, const nsACString& contentType, 
+                          void *closure, nsIUrlListener *aListener);
+  nsresult PromptIfFileExists(nsIFile *file);
+  nsresult DetachAttachments(uint32_t aCount,
+                             const char ** aContentTypeArray,
+                             const char ** aUrlArray,
+                             const char ** aDisplayNameArray,
+                             const char ** aMessageUriArray,
+                             nsTArray<nsCString> *saveFileUris,
+                             bool withoutWarning = false);
+  nsresult SaveAllAttachments(uint32_t count,
+                              const char **contentTypeArray,
+                              const char **urlArray,
+                              const char **displayNameArray,
+                              const char **messageUriArray,
+                              bool detaching);
+  nsresult SaveOneAttachment(const char* aContentType,
+                             const char* aURL,
+                             const char* aDisplayName,
+                             const char* aMessageUri,
+                             bool detaching);
+
+protected:
+  virtual ~nsMessenger();
+
+  void GetString(const nsString& aStringName, nsString& stringValue);
+  nsresult InitStringBundle();
+  nsresult PromptIfDeleteAttachments(bool saveFirst, uint32_t count, const char **displayNameArray);
+
+private:
+  nsresult GetLastSaveDirectory(nsIFile **aLastSaveAsDir);
+  // if aLocalFile is a dir, we use it.  otherwise, we use the parent of aLocalFile.
+  nsresult SetLastSaveDirectory(nsIFile *aLocalFile);
+
+  nsresult AdjustFileIfNameTooLong(nsIFile* aFile);
+
+  nsresult GetSaveAsFile(const nsAString& aMsgFilename, int32_t *aSaveAsFileType,
+                         nsIFile **aSaveAsFile);
+
+  nsresult GetSaveToDir(nsIFile **aSaveToDir);
+
+  nsString mId;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsITransactionManager> mTxnMgr;
+
+  /* rhp - need this to drive message display */
+  nsCOMPtr<mozIDOMWindowProxy> mWindow;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgWindow>       mMsgWindow;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIDocShell>        mDocShell;
+
+  // String bundles...
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundle>   mStringBundle;
+
+  nsCString mCurrentDisplayCharset;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupports>  mSearchContext;
+  nsCString   mLastDisplayURI; // this used when the user attempts to force a charset reload of a message...we need to get the last displayed
+                               // uri so we can re-display it..
+  nsCString mNavigatingToUri;
+  nsTArray<nsCString> mLoadedMsgHistory;
+  int32_t mCurHistoryPos;
+};
+
+#define NS_MESSENGER_CID \
+{ /* f436a174-e2c0-4955-9afe-e3feb68aee56 */      \
+  0xf436a174, 0xe2c0, 0x4955,                     \
+    {0x9a, 0xfe, 0xe3, 0xfe, 0xb6, 0x8a, 0xee, 0x56}}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/base/src/nsMessengerBootstrap.cpp b/mailnews/base/src/nsMessengerBootstrap.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a78ba3b7c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/src/nsMessengerBootstrap.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsMessengerBootstrap.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+
+#include "nsIMutableArray.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolder.h"
+#include "nsIWindowWatcher.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "nsISupportsPrimitives.h"
+#include "mozIDOMWindow.h"
+#include "nsComponentManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMessengerBootstrap, nsIMessengerWindowService)
+
+nsMessengerBootstrap::nsMessengerBootstrap()
+{
+}
+
+nsMessengerBootstrap::~nsMessengerBootstrap()
+{
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMessengerBootstrap::OpenMessengerWindowWithUri(const char *windowType, const char * aFolderURI, nsMsgKey aMessageKey)
+{
+  bool standAloneMsgWindow = false;
+  nsAutoCString chromeUrl("chrome://messenger/content/");
+  if (windowType && !strcmp(windowType, "mail:messageWindow"))
+  {
+    chromeUrl.Append("messageWindow.xul");
+    standAloneMsgWindow = true;
+  }
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> argsArray(do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // create scriptable versions of our strings that we can store in our nsIMutableArray....
+  if (aFolderURI)
+  {
+    if (standAloneMsgWindow)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> folder;
+      rv = GetExistingFolder(nsDependentCString(aFolderURI), getter_AddRefs(folder));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      nsAutoCString msgUri;
+      folder->GetBaseMessageURI(msgUri);
+
+      nsCOMPtr<nsISupportsCString> scriptableMsgURI (do_CreateInstance(NS_SUPPORTS_CSTRING_CONTRACTID));
+      NS_ENSURE_TRUE(scriptableMsgURI, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+      msgUri.Append('#');
+      msgUri.AppendInt(aMessageKey, 10);
+      scriptableMsgURI->SetData(msgUri);
+      argsArray->AppendElement(scriptableMsgURI, false);
+    }
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISupportsCString> scriptableFolderURI (do_CreateInstance(NS_SUPPORTS_CSTRING_CONTRACTID));
+    NS_ENSURE_TRUE(scriptableFolderURI, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+
+    scriptableFolderURI->SetData(nsDependentCString(aFolderURI));
+    argsArray->AppendElement(scriptableFolderURI, false);
+
+    if (!standAloneMsgWindow)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsISupportsPRUint32> scriptableMessageKey (do_CreateInstance(NS_SUPPORTS_PRUINT32_CONTRACTID));
+      NS_ENSURE_TRUE(scriptableMessageKey, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+      scriptableMessageKey->SetData(aMessageKey);
+      argsArray->AppendElement(scriptableMessageKey, false);
+    }
+  }
+  
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIWindowWatcher> wwatch(do_GetService(NS_WINDOWWATCHER_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // we need to use the "mailnews.reuse_thread_window2" pref
+  // to determine if we should open a new window, or use an existing one.
+  nsCOMPtr<mozIDOMWindowProxy> newWindow;
+  return wwatch->OpenWindow(0, chromeUrl.get(), "_blank",
+                            "chrome,all,dialog=no", argsArray,
+                             getter_AddRefs(newWindow));
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/src/nsMessengerBootstrap.h b/mailnews/base/src/nsMessengerBootstrap.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..94016a0ea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/src/nsMessengerBootstrap.h
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+
+#ifndef __nsMessenger_h
+#define __nsMessenger_h
+
+#include "nscore.h"
+#include "nsIMessengerWindowService.h"
+
+#define NS_MESSENGERBOOTSTRAP_CID                 \
+{ /* 4a85a5d0-cddd-11d2-b7f6-00805f05ffa5 */      \
+  0x4a85a5d0, 0xcddd, 0x11d2,                     \
+  {0xb7, 0xf6, 0x00, 0x80, 0x5f, 0x05, 0xff, 0xa5}}
+
+class nsMessengerBootstrap :
+    public nsIMessengerWindowService
+{
+public:
+  nsMessengerBootstrap();
+
+  NS_DECL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS  
+  NS_DECL_NSIMESSENGERWINDOWSERVICE
+
+private:
+  virtual ~nsMessengerBootstrap();
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/base/src/nsMessengerContentHandler.cpp b/mailnews/base/src/nsMessengerContentHandler.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5c6460965
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/src/nsMessengerContentHandler.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsMessengerContentHandler.h"
+#include "nsIChannel.h"
+#include "nsPIDOMWindow.h"
+#include "nsIServiceManager.h"
+#include "nsIWindowWatcher.h"
+#include "nsIDocShell.h"
+#include "nsIWebNavigation.h"
+#include "nsIURL.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsMsgBaseCID.h"
+#include "plstr.h"
+#include "nsIURL.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+
+nsMessengerContentHandler::nsMessengerContentHandler()
+{
+}
+
+/* the following macro actually implement addref, release and query interface for our component. */
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMessengerContentHandler, nsIContentHandler)
+
+nsMessengerContentHandler::~nsMessengerContentHandler()
+{
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMessengerContentHandler::HandleContent(const char * aContentType,
+                                                nsIInterfaceRequestor* aWindowContext, nsIRequest *request)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  if (!request)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  // First of all, get the content type and make sure it is a content type we know how to handle!
+  if (PL_strcasecmp(aContentType, "application/x-message-display") == 0) {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> aUri;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIChannel> aChannel = do_QueryInterface(request);
+    if (!aChannel) return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+    rv = aChannel->GetURI(getter_AddRefs(aUri));
+    if (aUri)
+    {
+      rv = request->Cancel(NS_ERROR_ABORT);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIURL> aUrl = do_QueryInterface(aUri);
+        if (aUrl)
+        {
+          nsAutoCString queryPart;
+          aUrl->GetQuery(queryPart);
+          queryPart.Replace(queryPart.Find("type=message/rfc822"),
+                            sizeof("type=message/rfc822") - 1,
+                            "type=application/x-message-display");
+          aUrl->SetQuery(queryPart);
+          rv = OpenWindow(aUri);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+// Utility function to open a message display window and and load the message in it.
+nsresult nsMessengerContentHandler::OpenWindow(nsIURI* aURI)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aURI);
+  
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIWindowWatcher> wwatch = do_GetService("@mozilla.org/embedcomp/window-watcher;1");
+  if (!wwatch)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<mozIDOMWindowProxy> newWindow;
+  return wwatch->OpenWindow(0, "chrome://messenger/content/messageWindow.xul",
+                 "_blank", "all,chrome,dialog=no,status,toolbar", aURI,
+                 getter_AddRefs(newWindow));
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/src/nsMessengerContentHandler.h b/mailnews/base/src/nsMessengerContentHandler.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..dad69493b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/src/nsMessengerContentHandler.h
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsIContentHandler.h"
+#include "nsIURI.h"
+
+class nsMessengerContentHandler : public nsIContentHandler
+{
+public:
+  nsMessengerContentHandler();
+  
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSICONTENTHANDLER
+    
+private:
+  virtual ~nsMessengerContentHandler();
+  nsresult OpenWindow(nsIURI* aURI);
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/base/src/nsMessengerOSXIntegration.h b/mailnews/base/src/nsMessengerOSXIntegration.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..91f42f2a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/src/nsMessengerOSXIntegration.h
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef __nsMessengerOSXIntegration_h
+#define __nsMessengerOSXIntegration_h
+
+#include "nsIMessengerOSIntegration.h"
+#include "nsIFolderListener.h"
+#include "nsIAtom.h"
+#include "nsITimer.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsIObserver.h"
+#include "nsIAlertsService.h"
+#include "mozINewMailListener.h"
+
+#define NS_MESSENGEROSXINTEGRATION_CID \
+  {0xaa83266, 0x4225, 0x4c4b, \
+  {0x93, 0xf8, 0x94, 0xb1, 0x82, 0x58, 0x6f, 0x93}}
+
+class nsIStringBundle;
+
+class nsMessengerOSXIntegration : public nsIMessengerOSIntegration,
+                                  public nsIFolderListener,
+                                  public nsIObserver,
+                                  public mozINewMailListener
+{
+public:
+  nsMessengerOSXIntegration();
+  virtual nsresult Init();
+
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIMESSENGEROSINTEGRATION
+  NS_DECL_NSIFOLDERLISTENER
+  NS_DECL_NSIOBSERVER
+  NS_DECL_MOZINEWMAILLISTENER
+
+private:
+  virtual ~nsMessengerOSXIntegration();
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAtom> mBiffStateAtom;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAtom> mNewMailReceivedAtom;
+  nsresult ShowAlertMessage(const nsAString& aAlertTitle, const nsAString& aAlertText, const nsACString& aFolderURI);
+  nsresult OnAlertFinished();
+  nsresult OnAlertClicked(const char16_t * aAlertCookie);
+#ifdef MOZ_SUITE
+  nsresult OnAlertClickedSimple();
+#endif
+  nsresult GetStringBundle(nsIStringBundle **aBundle);
+  void FillToolTipInfo(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder, int32_t aNewCount);
+  nsresult GetFirstFolderWithNewMail(nsIMsgFolder* aFolder, nsCString& aFolderURI);
+  nsresult BadgeDockIcon();
+  nsresult RestoreDockIcon();
+  nsresult BounceDockIcon();
+  nsresult GetNewMailAuthors(nsIMsgFolder* aFolder, nsString& aAuthors, int32_t aNewCount, int32_t* aNotDisplayed);
+
+  int32_t mUnreadTotal;
+  int32_t mUnreadChat;
+};
+
+#endif // __nsMessengerOSXIntegration_h
diff --git a/mailnews/base/src/nsMessengerOSXIntegration.mm b/mailnews/base/src/nsMessengerOSXIntegration.mm
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..286c76044
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/src/nsMessengerOSXIntegration.mm
@@ -0,0 +1,730 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nscore.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "nsArrayUtils.h"
+#include "nsMessengerOSXIntegration.h"
+#include "nsIMsgMailSession.h"
+#include "nsIMsgIncomingServer.h"
+#include "nsIMsgIdentity.h"
+#include "nsIMsgAccount.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolder.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsMsgBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsMsgFolderFlags.h"
+#include "nsDirectoryServiceDefs.h"
+#include "nsIDirectoryService.h"
+#include "MailNewsTypes.h"
+#include "nsIWindowMediator.h"
+#include "nsIDOMChromeWindow.h"
+#include "mozIDOMWindow.h"
+#include "nsPIDOMWindow.h"
+#include "nsIDocShell.h"
+#include "nsIBaseWindow.h"
+#include "nsIWidget.h"
+#include "nsIObserverService.h"
+#include "nsIPrefService.h"
+#include "nsIPrefBranch.h"
+#include "nsIMessengerWindowService.h"
+#include "prprf.h"
+#include "nsIAlertsService.h"
+#include "nsIStringBundle.h"
+#include "nsToolkitCompsCID.h"
+#include "nsIMsgDatabase.h"
+#include "nsIMsgHdr.h"
+#include "nsISupportsPrimitives.h"
+#include "nsIWindowWatcher.h"
+#include "nsMsgLocalCID.h"
+#include "nsIMsgMailNewsUrl.h"
+#include "nsIMsgWindow.h"
+#include "nsIMsgAccountManager.h"
+#include "nsIMessenger.h"
+#include "nsObjCExceptions.h"
+#include "nsComponentManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+#include "mozINewMailNotificationService.h"
+#include "mozilla/mailnews/MimeHeaderParser.h"
+
+#include <Carbon/Carbon.h>
+#import <Cocoa/Cocoa.h>
+
+#define kChatEnabledPref "mail.chat.enabled"
+#define kBiffAnimateDockIconPref "mail.biff.animate_dock_icon"
+#define kMaxDisplayCount 10
+#define kNewChatMessageTopic "new-directed-incoming-message"
+#define kUnreadImCountChangedTopic "unread-im-count-changed"
+
+using namespace mozilla::mailnews;
+
+// HACK: Limitations in Focus/SetFocus on Mac (see bug 465446)
+nsresult FocusAppNative()
+{
+  ProcessSerialNumber psn;
+
+  if (::GetCurrentProcess(&psn) != 0)
+   return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  if (::SetFrontProcess(&psn) != 0)
+   return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+static void openMailWindow(const nsCString& aUri)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailSession> mailSession ( do_GetService(NS_MSGMAILSESSION_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgWindow> topMostMsgWindow;
+  rv = mailSession->GetTopmostMsgWindow(getter_AddRefs(topMostMsgWindow));
+  if (topMostMsgWindow)
+  {
+    if (!aUri.IsEmpty())
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> msgUri(do_CreateInstance(NS_MAILBOXURL_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        return;
+
+      rv = msgUri->SetSpec(aUri);
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        return;
+
+      bool isMessageUri = false;
+      msgUri->GetIsMessageUri(&isMessageUri);
+      if (isMessageUri)
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIWindowWatcher> wwatch(do_GetService(NS_WINDOWWATCHER_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+          return;
+
+        // SeaMonkey only supports message uris, whereas Thunderbird only
+        // supports message headers. This should be simplified/removed when
+        // bug 507593 is implemented.
+#ifdef MOZ_SUITE
+        nsCOMPtr<mozIDOMWindowProxy> newWindow;
+        wwatch->OpenWindow(0, "chrome://messenger/content/messageWindow.xul",
+                           "_blank", "all,chrome,dialog=no,status,toolbar", msgUri,
+                           getter_AddRefs(newWindow));
+#else
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMessenger> messenger(do_CreateInstance(NS_MESSENGER_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+          return;
+
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr; 
+        messenger->MsgHdrFromURI(aUri, getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+        if (msgHdr)
+        {
+          nsCOMPtr<mozIDOMWindowProxy> newWindow;
+          wwatch->OpenWindow(0, "chrome://messenger/content/messageWindow.xul",
+                             "_blank", "all,chrome,dialog=no,status,toolbar", msgHdr,
+                             getter_AddRefs(newWindow));
+        }
+#endif
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgWindowCommands> windowCommands;
+        topMostMsgWindow->GetWindowCommands(getter_AddRefs(windowCommands));
+        if (windowCommands)
+          windowCommands->SelectFolder(aUri);
+      }
+    }
+
+    FocusAppNative();
+    nsCOMPtr<mozIDOMWindowProxy> domWindow;
+    topMostMsgWindow->GetDomWindow(getter_AddRefs(domWindow));
+    if (domWindow) {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsPIDOMWindowOuter> privateWindow = nsPIDOMWindowOuter::From(domWindow);
+      privateWindow->Focus();
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    // the user doesn't have a mail window open already so open one for them...
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMessengerWindowService> messengerWindowService =
+      do_GetService(NS_MESSENGERWINDOWSERVICE_CONTRACTID);
+    // if we want to preselect the first account with new mail,
+    // here is where we would try to generate a uri to pass in
+    // (and add code to the messenger window service to make that work)
+    if (messengerWindowService)
+      messengerWindowService->OpenMessengerWindowWithUri(
+                                "mail:3pane", aUri.get(), nsMsgKey_None);
+  }
+}
+
+nsMessengerOSXIntegration::nsMessengerOSXIntegration()
+{
+  mBiffStateAtom = MsgGetAtom("BiffState");
+  mNewMailReceivedAtom = MsgGetAtom("NewMailReceived");
+  mUnreadTotal = 0;
+  mUnreadChat = 0;
+}
+
+nsMessengerOSXIntegration::~nsMessengerOSXIntegration()
+{
+  RestoreDockIcon();
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ADDREF(nsMessengerOSXIntegration)
+NS_IMPL_RELEASE(nsMessengerOSXIntegration)
+
+NS_INTERFACE_MAP_BEGIN(nsMessengerOSXIntegration)
+   NS_INTERFACE_MAP_ENTRY_AMBIGUOUS(nsISupports, nsIMessengerOSIntegration)
+   NS_INTERFACE_MAP_ENTRY(nsIMessengerOSIntegration)
+   NS_INTERFACE_MAP_ENTRY(nsIFolderListener)
+   NS_INTERFACE_MAP_ENTRY(nsIObserver)
+   NS_INTERFACE_MAP_ENTRY(mozINewMailListener)
+NS_INTERFACE_MAP_END
+
+
+nsresult
+nsMessengerOSXIntegration::Init()
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIObserverService> observerService = do_GetService("@mozilla.org/observer-service;1", &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  return observerService->AddObserver(this, "mail-startup-done", false);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMessengerOSXIntegration::OnItemPropertyChanged(nsIMsgFolder *, nsIAtom *, char const *, char const *)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMessengerOSXIntegration::OnItemUnicharPropertyChanged(nsIMsgFolder *, nsIAtom *, const char16_t *, const char16_t *)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMessengerOSXIntegration::OnItemRemoved(nsIMsgFolder *, nsISupports *)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMessengerOSXIntegration::Observe(nsISupports* aSubject, const char* aTopic, const char16_t* aData)
+{
+  if (!strcmp(aTopic, "alertfinished"))
+    return OnAlertFinished();
+
+  if (!strcmp(aTopic, "alertclickcallback"))
+    return OnAlertClicked(aData);
+
+#ifdef MOZ_SUITE
+  // SeaMonkey does most of the GUI work in JS code when clicking on a mail
+  // notification, so it needs an extra function here 
+  if (!strcmp(aTopic, "alertclicksimplecallback"))
+    return OnAlertClickedSimple();
+#endif
+
+  if (!strcmp(aTopic, "mail-startup-done")) {
+    nsresult rv;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIObserverService> observerService = do_GetService("@mozilla.org/observer-service;1", &rv);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+      observerService->RemoveObserver(this, "mail-startup-done");
+
+      bool chatEnabled = false;
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> pref(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        rv = pref->GetBoolPref(kChatEnabledPref, &chatEnabled);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && chatEnabled) {
+        observerService->AddObserver(this, kNewChatMessageTopic, false);
+        observerService->AddObserver(this, kUnreadImCountChangedTopic, false);
+      }
+    }
+
+    // Register with the new mail service for changes to the unread message count
+    nsCOMPtr<mozINewMailNotificationService> newmail
+      = do_GetService(MOZ_NEWMAILNOTIFICATIONSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv); // This should really be an assert with a helpful message
+    rv = newmail->AddListener(this, mozINewMailNotificationService::count);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv); // This should really be an assert with a helpful message
+
+    // Get the initial unread count. Ignore return value; if code above didn't fail, this won't
+    rv = newmail->GetMessageCount(&mUnreadTotal);
+    BadgeDockIcon();
+
+    // register with the mail sesson for folder events
+    // we care about new count, biff status
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailSession> mailSession = do_GetService(NS_MSGMAILSESSION_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    return mailSession->AddFolderListener(this, nsIFolderListener::boolPropertyChanged | nsIFolderListener::intPropertyChanged);
+  }
+
+  if (!strcmp(aTopic, kNewChatMessageTopic)) {
+    // We don't have to bother about checking if the window is already focused
+    // before attempting to bounce the dock icon, as BounceDockIcon is
+    // implemented by a getAttention call which won't do anything if the window
+    // requesting attention is already focused.
+    return BounceDockIcon();
+  }
+
+  if (!strcmp(aTopic, kUnreadImCountChangedTopic)) {
+    nsresult rv;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISupportsPRInt32> unreadCount = do_QueryInterface(aSubject, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    rv = unreadCount->GetData(&mUnreadChat);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    return BadgeDockIcon();
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMessengerOSXIntegration::GetStringBundle(nsIStringBundle **aBundle)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aBundle);
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundleService> bundleService = do_GetService(NS_STRINGBUNDLE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundle> bundle;
+  if (bundleService && NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    bundleService->CreateBundle("chrome://messenger/locale/messenger.properties", getter_AddRefs(bundle));
+  bundle.swap(*aBundle);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+void
+nsMessengerOSXIntegration::FillToolTipInfo(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder, int32_t aNewCount)
+{
+  if (aFolder)
+  {
+    nsString authors;
+    int32_t numNotDisplayed;
+    nsresult rv = GetNewMailAuthors(aFolder, authors, aNewCount, &numNotDisplayed);
+
+    // If all senders are vetoed, the authors string will be empty.
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv) || authors.IsEmpty())
+      return;
+
+    // If this isn't the root folder, get it so we can report for it.
+    // GetRootFolder always returns the server's root, so calling on the root itself is fine.
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> rootFolder;
+    aFolder->GetRootFolder(getter_AddRefs(rootFolder));
+    if (!rootFolder)
+      return;
+
+    nsString accountName;
+    rootFolder->GetPrettiestName(accountName);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundle> bundle;
+    GetStringBundle(getter_AddRefs(bundle));
+    if (bundle)
+    {
+      nsAutoString numNewMsgsText;
+      numNewMsgsText.AppendInt(aNewCount);
+      nsString finalText;
+      nsCString uri;
+      aFolder->GetURI(uri);
+
+      if (numNotDisplayed > 0)
+      {
+        nsAutoString numNotDisplayedText;
+        numNotDisplayedText.AppendInt(numNotDisplayed);
+        const char16_t *formatStrings[3] = { numNewMsgsText.get(), authors.get(), numNotDisplayedText.get() };
+        bundle->FormatStringFromName(u"macBiffNotification_messages_extra",
+                                     formatStrings,
+                                     3,
+                                     getter_Copies(finalText));
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        const char16_t *formatStrings[2] = { numNewMsgsText.get(), authors.get() };
+
+        if (aNewCount == 1)
+        {
+          bundle->FormatStringFromName(u"macBiffNotification_message",
+                                       formatStrings,
+                                       2,
+                                       getter_Copies(finalText));
+          // Since there is only 1 message, use the most recent mail's URI instead of the folder's
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> db;
+          rv = aFolder->GetMsgDatabase(getter_AddRefs(db));
+          if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && db)
+          {
+            uint32_t numNewKeys;
+            uint32_t *newMessageKeys;
+            rv = db->GetNewList(&numNewKeys, &newMessageKeys);
+            if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+            {
+              nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> hdr;
+              rv = db->GetMsgHdrForKey(newMessageKeys[numNewKeys - 1],
+                                       getter_AddRefs(hdr));
+              if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && hdr)
+                aFolder->GetUriForMsg(hdr, uri);
+            }
+            NS_Free(newMessageKeys);
+          }
+        }
+        else
+          bundle->FormatStringFromName(u"macBiffNotification_messages",
+                                       formatStrings,
+                                       2,
+                                       getter_Copies(finalText));
+      }
+      ShowAlertMessage(accountName, finalText, uri);
+    } // if we got a bundle
+  } // if we got a folder
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMessengerOSXIntegration::ShowAlertMessage(const nsAString& aAlertTitle,
+                                            const nsAString& aAlertText,
+                                            const nsACString& aFolderURI)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAlertsService> alertsService (do_GetService(NS_ALERTSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  // If we have an nsIAlertsService implementation, use it:
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    alertsService->ShowAlertNotification(EmptyString(),
+                                         aAlertTitle, aAlertText, true,
+                                         NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16(aFolderURI),
+                                         this, EmptyString(),
+                                         NS_LITERAL_STRING("auto"),
+                                         EmptyString(), EmptyString(),
+                                         nullptr,
+                                         false,
+                                         false);
+  }
+
+  BounceDockIcon();
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    OnAlertFinished();
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMessengerOSXIntegration::OnItemIntPropertyChanged(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder,
+                                                    nsIAtom *aProperty,
+                                                    int64_t aOldValue,
+                                                    int64_t aNewValue)
+{
+  // if we got new mail show an alert
+  if (aNewValue == nsIMsgFolder::nsMsgBiffState_NewMail)
+  {
+    bool performingBiff = false;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+    aFolder->GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+    if (server)
+      server->GetPerformingBiff(&performingBiff);
+    if (!performingBiff)
+      return NS_OK; // kick out right now...
+
+    // Biff happens for the root folder, but we want info for the child with new mail
+    nsCString folderUri;
+    GetFirstFolderWithNewMail(aFolder, folderUri);
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> childFolder;
+    nsresult rv = aFolder->GetChildWithURI(folderUri, true, true,
+                                           getter_AddRefs(childFolder));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !childFolder)
+      return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+    int32_t numNewMessages = 0;
+    childFolder->GetNumNewMessages(true, &numNewMessages);
+    FillToolTipInfo(childFolder, numNewMessages);
+  }
+  else if (mNewMailReceivedAtom == aProperty)
+  {
+    FillToolTipInfo(aFolder, aNewValue);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMessengerOSXIntegration::OnAlertClicked(const char16_t* aAlertCookie)
+{
+  openMailWindow(NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(aAlertCookie));
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+#ifdef MOZ_SUITE
+nsresult
+nsMessengerOSXIntegration::OnAlertClickedSimple()
+{
+  // SeaMonkey only function; only focus the app here, rest of the work will
+  // be done in suite/mailnews/mailWidgets.xml
+  FocusAppNative();
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+#endif
+
+nsresult
+nsMessengerOSXIntegration::OnAlertFinished()
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMessengerOSXIntegration::BounceDockIcon()
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefBranch(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  bool bounceDockIcon = false;
+  rv = prefBranch->GetBoolPref(kBiffAnimateDockIconPref, &bounceDockIcon);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  if (!bounceDockIcon)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIWindowMediator> mediator(do_GetService(NS_WINDOWMEDIATOR_CONTRACTID));
+  if (mediator)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<mozIDOMWindowProxy> domWindow;
+    mediator->GetMostRecentWindow(u"mail:3pane", getter_AddRefs(domWindow));
+    if (domWindow)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMChromeWindow> chromeWindow(do_QueryInterface(domWindow));
+      chromeWindow->GetAttention();
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMessengerOSXIntegration::RestoreDockIcon()
+{
+  NS_OBJC_BEGIN_TRY_ABORT_BLOCK_NSRESULT;
+
+  id tile = [[NSApplication sharedApplication] dockTile];
+  [tile setBadgeLabel: nil];
+
+  return NS_OK;
+
+  NS_OBJC_END_TRY_ABORT_BLOCK_NSRESULT;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMessengerOSXIntegration::BadgeDockIcon()
+{
+  NS_OBJC_BEGIN_TRY_ABORT_BLOCK_NSRESULT;
+
+  int32_t unreadCount = mUnreadTotal + mUnreadChat;
+  // If count is less than one, we should restore the original dock icon.
+  if (unreadCount < 1)
+  {
+    RestoreDockIcon();
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  // Draw the number, first giving extensions a chance to modify.
+  // Extensions might wish to transform "1000" into "100+" or some
+  // other short string. Getting back the empty string will cause
+  // nothing to be drawn and us to return early.
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIObserverService> os
+    (do_GetService("@mozilla.org/observer-service;1", &rv));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+  {
+    RestoreDockIcon();
+    return rv;
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupportsString> str
+    (do_CreateInstance(NS_SUPPORTS_STRING_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+  {
+    RestoreDockIcon();
+    return rv;
+  }
+
+  nsAutoString total;
+  total.AppendInt(unreadCount);
+  str->SetData(total);
+  os->NotifyObservers(str, "before-unread-count-display",
+                      total.get());
+  nsAutoString badgeString;
+  str->GetData(badgeString);
+  if (badgeString.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    RestoreDockIcon();
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  id tile = [[NSApplication sharedApplication] dockTile];
+  [tile setBadgeLabel:[NSString stringWithFormat:@"%S", (const unichar*)badgeString.get()]];
+  return NS_OK;
+
+  NS_OBJC_END_TRY_ABORT_BLOCK_NSRESULT;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMessengerOSXIntegration::OnItemPropertyFlagChanged(nsIMsgDBHdr *item, nsIAtom *property, uint32_t oldFlag, uint32_t newFlag)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMessengerOSXIntegration::OnItemAdded(nsIMsgFolder *, nsISupports *)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMessengerOSXIntegration::OnItemBoolPropertyChanged(nsIMsgFolder *aItem,
+                                                         nsIAtom *aProperty,
+                                                         bool aOldValue,
+                                                         bool aNewValue)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMessengerOSXIntegration::OnItemEvent(nsIMsgFolder *, nsIAtom *)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMessengerOSXIntegration::GetNewMailAuthors(nsIMsgFolder* aFolder,
+                                             nsString& aAuthors,
+                                             int32_t aNewCount,
+                                             int32_t* aNotDisplayed)
+{
+  // Get a list of names or email addresses for the folder's authors
+  // with new mail. Note that we only process the most recent "new"
+  // mail (aNewCount), working from most recently added. Duplicates
+  // are removed, and names are displayed to a set limit
+  // (kMaxDisplayCount) with the remaining count being returned in
+  // aNotDisplayed. Extension developers can listen for
+  // "newmail-notification-requested" and then make a decision about
+  // including a given author or not. As a result, it is possible that
+  // the resulting length of aAuthors will be 0.
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> db;
+  nsresult rv = aFolder->GetMsgDatabase(getter_AddRefs(db));
+  uint32_t numNewKeys = 0;
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && db)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIObserverService> os =
+      do_GetService("@mozilla.org/observer-service;1", &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    // Get proper l10n list separator -- ", " in English
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundle> bundle;
+    GetStringBundle(getter_AddRefs(bundle));
+    if (!bundle)
+      return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+    uint32_t *newMessageKeys;
+    rv = db->GetNewList(&numNewKeys, &newMessageKeys);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      nsString listSeparator;
+      bundle->GetStringFromName(u"macBiffNotification_separator", getter_Copies(listSeparator));
+
+      int32_t displayed = 0;
+      for (int32_t i = numNewKeys - 1; i >= 0; i--, aNewCount--)
+      {
+        if (0 == aNewCount || displayed == kMaxDisplayCount)
+          break;
+
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> hdr;
+        rv = db->GetMsgHdrForKey(newMessageKeys[i],
+                                 getter_AddRefs(hdr));
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && hdr)
+        {
+          nsString author;
+          rv = hdr->GetMime2DecodedAuthor(author);
+          if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+            continue;
+
+          nsString name;
+          ExtractName(DecodedHeader(author), name);
+
+          // Give extensions a chance to suppress notifications for this author
+          nsCOMPtr<nsISupportsPRBool> notify =
+            do_CreateInstance(NS_SUPPORTS_PRBOOL_CONTRACTID);
+
+          notify->SetData(true);
+          os->NotifyObservers(notify, "newmail-notification-requested",
+                              author.get());
+
+          bool includeSender;
+          notify->GetData(&includeSender);
+
+          // Don't add unwanted or duplicate names
+          if (includeSender && aAuthors.Find(name, true) == -1)
+          {
+            if (displayed > 0)
+              aAuthors.Append(listSeparator);
+            aAuthors.Append(name);
+            displayed++;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    NS_Free(newMessageKeys);
+  }
+  *aNotDisplayed = aNewCount;
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMessengerOSXIntegration::GetFirstFolderWithNewMail(nsIMsgFolder* aFolder, nsCString& aFolderURI)
+{
+  // Find the subfolder in aFolder with new mail and return the folderURI
+  if (aFolder)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> msgFolder;
+    // enumerate over the folders under this root folder till we find one with new mail....
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIArray> allFolders;
+    nsresult rv = aFolder->GetDescendants(getter_AddRefs(allFolders));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleEnumerator> enumerator;
+    rv = allFolders->Enumerate(getter_AddRefs(enumerator));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && enumerator)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> supports;
+      int32_t numNewMessages = 0;
+      bool hasMore = false;
+      while (NS_SUCCEEDED(enumerator->HasMoreElements(&hasMore)) && hasMore)
+      {
+        rv = enumerator->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(supports));
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && supports)
+        {
+          msgFolder = do_QueryInterface(supports, &rv);
+          if (msgFolder)
+          {
+            numNewMessages = 0;
+            msgFolder->GetNumNewMessages(false, &numNewMessages);
+            if (numNewMessages)
+              break; // kick out of the while loop
+          }
+        } // if we have a folder
+      }  // if we have more potential folders to enumerate
+    }  // if enumerator
+
+    if (msgFolder)
+      msgFolder->GetURI(aFolderURI);
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Method implementations for mozINewMailListener
+ */
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMessengerOSXIntegration::OnCountChanged(uint32_t count)
+{
+  mUnreadTotal = count;
+  BadgeDockIcon();
+  return NS_OK;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/src/nsMessengerUnixIntegration.cpp b/mailnews/base/src/nsMessengerUnixIntegration.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0e4dd1405
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/src/nsMessengerUnixIntegration.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,762 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsMessengerUnixIntegration.h"
+#include "nsIMsgAccountManager.h"
+#include "nsIMsgMailSession.h"
+#include "nsIMsgIncomingServer.h"
+#include "nsIMsgIdentity.h"
+#include "nsIMsgAccount.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolder.h"
+#include "nsIMsgWindow.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsMsgBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsMsgFolderFlags.h"
+#include "nsDirectoryServiceDefs.h"
+#include "nsAppDirectoryServiceDefs.h"
+#include "nsIDirectoryService.h"
+#include "nsIWindowWatcher.h"
+#include "nsIWindowMediator.h"
+#include "mozIDOMWindow.h"
+#include "nsPIDOMWindow.h"
+#include "nsIDocShell.h"
+#include "nsIBaseWindow.h"
+#include "MailNewsTypes.h"
+#include "nsIMessengerWindowService.h"
+#include "prprf.h"
+#include "nsIWeakReference.h"
+#include "nsIStringBundle.h"
+#include "nsIAlertsService.h"
+#include "nsIPrefService.h"
+#include "nsIPrefBranch.h"
+#include "nsISupportsPrimitives.h"
+#include "nsIMsgDatabase.h"
+#include "nsIMsgHdr.h"
+#include "nsAutoPtr.h"
+#include "prmem.h"
+#include "nsComponentManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsIWeakReferenceUtils.h"
+
+#include "nsNativeCharsetUtils.h"
+#include "nsToolkitCompsCID.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "nsCOMArray.h"
+#include "nsIMutableArray.h"
+#include "nsArrayUtils.h"
+#include "nsMemory.h"
+#include "mozilla/Services.h"
+#include "mozilla/mailnews/MimeHeaderParser.h"
+
+#define ALERT_CHROME_URL "chrome://messenger/content/newmailalert.xul"
+#define NEW_MAIL_ALERT_ICON "chrome://messenger/skin/icons/new-mail-alert.png"
+#define SHOW_ALERT_PREF "mail.biff.show_alert"
+#define SHOW_ALERT_PREVIEW_LENGTH "mail.biff.alert.preview_length"
+#define SHOW_ALERT_PREVIEW_LENGTH_DEFAULT 40
+#define SHOW_ALERT_PREVIEW "mail.biff.alert.show_preview"
+#define SHOW_ALERT_SENDER  "mail.biff.alert.show_sender"
+#define SHOW_ALERT_SUBJECT "mail.biff.alert.show_subject"
+#define SHOW_ALERT_SYSTEM  "mail.biff.use_system_alert"
+
+using namespace mozilla::mailnews;
+
+static void openMailWindow(const nsACString& aFolderUri)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailSession> mailSession ( do_GetService(NS_MSGMAILSESSION_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgWindow> topMostMsgWindow;
+  rv = mailSession->GetTopmostMsgWindow(getter_AddRefs(topMostMsgWindow));
+  if (topMostMsgWindow)
+  {
+    if (!aFolderUri.IsEmpty())
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgWindowCommands> windowCommands;
+      topMostMsgWindow->GetWindowCommands(getter_AddRefs(windowCommands));
+      if (windowCommands)
+        windowCommands->SelectFolder(aFolderUri);
+    }
+
+    nsCOMPtr<mozIDOMWindowProxy> domWindow;
+    topMostMsgWindow->GetDomWindow(getter_AddRefs(domWindow));
+    if (domWindow) {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsPIDOMWindowOuter> privateWindow = nsPIDOMWindowOuter::From(domWindow);
+      privateWindow->Focus();
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    // the user doesn't have a mail window open already so open one for them...
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMessengerWindowService> messengerWindowService =
+      do_GetService(NS_MESSENGERWINDOWSERVICE_CONTRACTID);
+    // if we want to preselect the first account with new mail,
+    // here is where we would try to generate a uri to pass in
+    // (and add code to the messenger window service to make that work)
+    if (messengerWindowService)
+      messengerWindowService->OpenMessengerWindowWithUri(
+                                "mail:3pane", nsCString(aFolderUri).get(), nsMsgKey_None);
+  }
+}
+
+nsMessengerUnixIntegration::nsMessengerUnixIntegration()
+{
+  mBiffStateAtom = MsgGetAtom("BiffState");
+  mNewMailReceivedAtom = MsgGetAtom("NewMailReceived");
+  mAlertInProgress = false;
+  mFoldersWithNewMail = do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID);
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMessengerUnixIntegration, nsIFolderListener, nsIObserver,
+                   nsIMessengerOSIntegration, nsIUrlListener)
+
+nsresult
+nsMessengerUnixIntegration::Init()
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailSession> mailSession = do_GetService(NS_MSGMAILSESSION_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  return mailSession->AddFolderListener(this, nsIFolderListener::intPropertyChanged);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMessengerUnixIntegration::OnItemPropertyChanged(nsIMsgFolder *, nsIAtom *, char const *, char const *)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMessengerUnixIntegration::OnItemUnicharPropertyChanged(nsIMsgFolder *, nsIAtom *, const char16_t *, const char16_t *)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMessengerUnixIntegration::OnItemRemoved(nsIMsgFolder *, nsISupports *)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMessengerUnixIntegration::GetStringBundle(nsIStringBundle **aBundle)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aBundle);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundleService> bundleService =
+    mozilla::services::GetStringBundleService();
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(bundleService, NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundle> bundle;
+  bundleService->CreateBundle("chrome://messenger/locale/messenger.properties",
+                              getter_AddRefs(bundle));
+  bundle.swap(*aBundle);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+bool
+nsMessengerUnixIntegration::BuildNotificationTitle(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder, nsIStringBundle *aBundle, nsString &aTitle)
+{
+  nsString accountName;
+  aFolder->GetPrettiestName(accountName);
+
+  int32_t numNewMessages = 0;
+  aFolder->GetNumNewMessages(true, &numNewMessages);
+
+  if (!numNewMessages)
+    return false;
+
+  nsAutoString numNewMsgsText;
+  numNewMsgsText.AppendInt(numNewMessages);
+
+  const char16_t *formatStrings[] =
+  {
+    accountName.get(), numNewMsgsText.get()
+  };
+
+  aBundle->FormatStringFromName(numNewMessages == 1 ?
+                                  u"newMailNotification_message" :
+                                  u"newMailNotification_messages",
+                                formatStrings, 2, getter_Copies(aTitle));
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* This comparator lets us sort an nsCOMArray of nsIMsgDBHdr's by
+ * their dateInSeconds attributes in ascending order.
+ */
+static int
+nsMsgDbHdrTimestampComparator(nsIMsgDBHdr *aElement1,
+                              nsIMsgDBHdr *aElement2,
+                              void *aData)
+{
+  uint32_t aElement1Timestamp;
+  nsresult rv = aElement1->GetDateInSeconds(&aElement1Timestamp);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return 0;
+
+  uint32_t aElement2Timestamp;
+  rv = aElement2->GetDateInSeconds(&aElement2Timestamp);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return 0;
+
+  return aElement1Timestamp - aElement2Timestamp;
+}
+
+
+bool
+nsMessengerUnixIntegration::BuildNotificationBody(nsIMsgDBHdr *aHdr,
+                                                  nsIStringBundle *aBundle,
+                                                  nsString &aBody)
+{
+  nsAutoString alertBody;
+
+  bool showPreview = true;
+  bool showSubject = true;
+  bool showSender = true;
+  int32_t previewLength = SHOW_ALERT_PREVIEW_LENGTH_DEFAULT;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefBranch(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID));
+  if (!prefBranch)
+    return false;
+
+  prefBranch->GetBoolPref(SHOW_ALERT_PREVIEW, &showPreview);
+  prefBranch->GetBoolPref(SHOW_ALERT_SENDER, &showSender);
+  prefBranch->GetBoolPref(SHOW_ALERT_SUBJECT, &showSubject);
+  prefBranch->GetIntPref(SHOW_ALERT_PREVIEW_LENGTH, &previewLength);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder;
+  aHdr->GetFolder(getter_AddRefs(folder));
+
+  if (!folder)
+    return false;
+
+  nsCString msgURI;
+  folder->GetUriForMsg(aHdr, msgURI);
+
+  bool localOnly;
+
+  size_t msgURIIndex = mFetchingURIs.IndexOf(msgURI);
+  if (msgURIIndex == mFetchingURIs.NoIndex)
+  {
+    localOnly = false;
+    mFetchingURIs.AppendElement(msgURI);
+  }
+  else
+    localOnly = true;
+
+  nsMsgKey messageKey;
+  if (NS_FAILED(aHdr->GetMessageKey(&messageKey)))
+    return false;
+
+  bool asyncResult = false;
+  nsresult rv = folder->FetchMsgPreviewText(&messageKey, 1,
+                                            localOnly, this,
+                                            &asyncResult);
+  // If we're still waiting on getting the message previews,
+  // bail early.  We'll come back later when the async operation
+  // finishes.
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || asyncResult)
+    return false;
+
+  // If we got here, that means that we've retrieved the message preview,
+  // so we can stop tracking it with our mFetchingURIs array.
+  if (msgURIIndex != mFetchingURIs.NoIndex)
+    mFetchingURIs.RemoveElementAt(msgURIIndex);
+
+  nsCString utf8previewString;
+  if (showPreview &&
+      NS_FAILED(aHdr->GetStringProperty("preview", getter_Copies(utf8previewString))))
+    return false;
+
+  // need listener that mailbox is remote such as IMAP
+  // to generate preview message
+  nsString previewString;
+  CopyUTF8toUTF16(utf8previewString, previewString);
+
+  nsString subject;
+  if (showSubject && NS_FAILED(aHdr->GetMime2DecodedSubject(subject)))
+    return false;
+
+  nsString author;
+  if (showSender)
+  {
+    nsString fullHeader;
+    if (NS_FAILED(aHdr->GetMime2DecodedAuthor(fullHeader)))
+      return false;
+
+    ExtractName(DecodedHeader(fullHeader), author);
+  }
+
+  if (showSubject && showSender)
+  {
+    nsString msgTitle;
+    const char16_t *formatStrings[] =
+    {
+      subject.get(), author.get()
+    };
+    aBundle->FormatStringFromName(u"newMailNotification_messagetitle",
+        formatStrings, 2, getter_Copies(msgTitle));
+    alertBody.Append(msgTitle);
+  }
+  else if (showSubject)
+    alertBody.Append(subject);
+  else if (showSender)
+    alertBody.Append(author);
+
+  if (showPreview && (showSubject || showSender))
+  {
+    alertBody.AppendLiteral("\n");
+  }
+
+  if (showPreview)
+    alertBody.Append(StringHead(previewString, previewLength));
+
+  if (alertBody.IsEmpty())
+    return false;
+
+  aBody.Assign(alertBody);
+  return true;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMessengerUnixIntegration::ShowAlertMessage(const nsAString& aAlertTitle, const nsAString& aAlertText, const nsACString& aFolderURI)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  // if we are already in the process of showing an alert, don't try to show another....
+  if (mAlertInProgress)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  mAlertInProgress = true;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefBranch(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // determine if we should use libnotify or the built-in alert system
+  bool useSystemAlert = true;
+  prefBranch->GetBoolPref(SHOW_ALERT_SYSTEM, &useSystemAlert);
+
+  if (useSystemAlert) {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAlertsService> alertsService(do_GetService(NS_SYSTEMALERTSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+      rv = alertsService->ShowAlertNotification(NS_LITERAL_STRING(NEW_MAIL_ALERT_ICON),
+                                                aAlertTitle,
+                                                aAlertText,
+                                                false,
+                                                NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16(aFolderURI),
+                                                this,
+                                                EmptyString(),
+                                                NS_LITERAL_STRING("auto"),
+                                                EmptyString(),
+                                                EmptyString(),
+                                                nullptr,
+                                                false,
+                                                false);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        return rv;
+    }
+  }
+  AlertFinished();
+  rv = ShowNewAlertNotification(false);
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) // go straight to showing the system tray icon.
+    AlertFinished();
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+// Opening Thunderbird's new mail alert notification window for not supporting libnotify
+// aUserInitiated --> true if we are opening the alert notification in response to a user action
+//                    like clicking on the biff icon
+nsresult nsMessengerUnixIntegration::ShowNewAlertNotification(bool aUserInitiated)
+{
+
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  // if we are already in the process of showing an alert, don't try to show another....
+  if (mAlertInProgress)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> argsArray = do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID);
+  if (!argsArray)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  // pass in the array of folders with unread messages
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupportsInterfacePointer> ifptr = do_CreateInstance(NS_SUPPORTS_INTERFACE_POINTER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  ifptr->SetData(mFoldersWithNewMail);
+  ifptr->SetDataIID(&NS_GET_IID(nsIArray));
+  argsArray->AppendElement(ifptr, false);
+
+  // pass in the observer
+  ifptr = do_CreateInstance(NS_SUPPORTS_INTERFACE_POINTER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  nsCOMPtr <nsISupports> supports = do_QueryInterface(static_cast<nsIMessengerOSIntegration*>(this));
+  ifptr->SetData(supports);
+  ifptr->SetDataIID(&NS_GET_IID(nsIObserver));
+  argsArray->AppendElement(ifptr, false);
+
+  // pass in the animation flag
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupportsPRBool> scriptableUserInitiated (do_CreateInstance(NS_SUPPORTS_PRBOOL_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  scriptableUserInitiated->SetData(aUserInitiated);
+  argsArray->AppendElement(scriptableUserInitiated, false);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIWindowWatcher> wwatch(do_GetService(NS_WINDOWWATCHER_CONTRACTID));
+  nsCOMPtr<mozIDOMWindowProxy> newWindow;
+
+  mAlertInProgress = true;
+  rv = wwatch->OpenWindow(0, ALERT_CHROME_URL, "_blank",
+                          "chrome,dialog=yes,titlebar=no,popup=yes", argsArray,
+                          getter_AddRefs(newWindow));
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    AlertFinished();
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMessengerUnixIntegration::AlertFinished()
+{
+  mAlertInProgress = false;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMessengerUnixIntegration::AlertClicked()
+{
+  nsCString folderURI;
+  GetFirstFolderWithNewMail(folderURI);
+  openMailWindow(folderURI);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMessengerUnixIntegration::Observe(nsISupports* aSubject, const char* aTopic, const char16_t* aData)
+{
+  if (strcmp(aTopic, "alertfinished") == 0)
+    return AlertFinished();
+  if (strcmp(aTopic, "alertclickcallback") == 0)
+    return AlertClicked();
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+void nsMessengerUnixIntegration::FillToolTipInfo()
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefBranch(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,);
+
+  bool showAlert = true;
+  prefBranch->GetBoolPref(SHOW_ALERT_PREF, &showAlert);
+  if (!showAlert)
+    return;
+
+  nsCString folderUri;
+  GetFirstFolderWithNewMail(folderUri);
+
+  uint32_t count = 0;
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS_VOID(mFoldersWithNewMail->GetLength(&count));
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIWeakReference> weakReference;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder = nullptr;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folderWithNewMail = nullptr;
+
+  uint32_t i;
+  for (i = 0; i < count && !folderWithNewMail; i++)
+  {
+    weakReference = do_QueryElementAt(mFoldersWithNewMail, i);
+    folder = do_QueryReferent(weakReference);
+    folder->GetChildWithURI(folderUri, true, true,
+                            getter_AddRefs(folderWithNewMail));
+  }
+
+  if (folder && folderWithNewMail)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundle> bundle;
+    GetStringBundle(getter_AddRefs(bundle));
+
+    if (!bundle)
+      return;
+
+    // Create the notification title
+    nsString alertTitle;
+    if (!BuildNotificationTitle(folder, bundle, alertTitle))
+      return;
+
+    // Let's get the new mail for this folder
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> db;
+    if (NS_FAILED(folderWithNewMail->GetMsgDatabase(getter_AddRefs(db))))
+      return;
+
+    uint32_t numNewKeys = 0;
+    uint32_t *newMessageKeys;
+    db->GetNewList(&numNewKeys, &newMessageKeys);
+
+    // If we had new messages, we *should* have new keys, but we'll
+    // check just in case.
+    if (numNewKeys <= 0) {
+      NS_Free(newMessageKeys);
+      return;
+    }
+
+    // Find the rootFolder that folder belongs to, and find out
+    // what MRUTime it maps to.  Assign this to lastMRUTime.
+    uint32_t lastMRUTime = 0;
+    if (NS_FAILED(GetMRUTimestampForFolder(folder, &lastMRUTime)))
+      lastMRUTime = 0;
+
+    // Next, add the new message headers to an nsCOMArray.  We
+    // only add message headers that are newer than lastMRUTime.
+    nsCOMArray<nsIMsgDBHdr> newMsgHdrs;
+    for (unsigned int i = 0; i < numNewKeys; ++i) {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> hdr;
+      if (NS_FAILED(db->GetMsgHdrForKey(newMessageKeys[i], getter_AddRefs(hdr))))
+        continue;
+
+      uint32_t dateInSeconds = 0;
+      hdr->GetDateInSeconds(&dateInSeconds);
+
+      if (dateInSeconds > lastMRUTime)
+        newMsgHdrs.AppendObject(hdr);
+
+    }
+
+    // At this point, we don't need newMessageKeys any more,
+    // so let's free it.
+    NS_Free(newMessageKeys);
+
+    // If we didn't happen to add any message headers, bail out
+    if (!newMsgHdrs.Count())
+      return;
+
+    // Sort the message headers by dateInSeconds, in ascending
+    // order
+    newMsgHdrs.Sort(nsMsgDbHdrTimestampComparator, nullptr);
+
+    nsString alertBody;
+
+    // Build the body text of the notification.
+    if (!BuildNotificationBody(newMsgHdrs[0], bundle, alertBody))
+      return;
+
+    // Show the notification
+    ShowAlertMessage(alertTitle, alertBody, EmptyCString());
+
+    // Find the last, and therefore newest message header
+    // in our nsCOMArray
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> lastMsgHdr = newMsgHdrs[newMsgHdrs.Count() - 1];
+
+    uint32_t dateInSeconds = 0;
+    if (NS_FAILED(lastMsgHdr->GetDateInSeconds(&dateInSeconds)))
+      return;
+
+    // Write the newest message timestamp to the appropriate
+    // mapping in our hashtable of MRUTime's.
+    PutMRUTimestampForFolder(folder, dateInSeconds);
+  } // if we got a folder
+}
+
+// Get the first top level folder which we know has new mail, then enumerate over
+// all the subfolders looking for the first real folder with new mail.
+// Return the folderURI for that folder.
+nsresult nsMessengerUnixIntegration::GetFirstFolderWithNewMail(nsACString& aFolderURI)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(mFoldersWithNewMail, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIWeakReference> weakReference;
+
+  uint32_t count = 0;
+  nsresult rv = mFoldersWithNewMail->GetLength(&count);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !count)  // kick out if we don't have any folders with new mail
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  uint32_t i;
+  for(i = 0; i < count; i++)
+  {
+    weakReference = do_QueryElementAt(mFoldersWithNewMail, i);
+    folder = do_QueryReferent(weakReference);
+
+    // We only want to find folders which haven't been notified
+    // yet.  This is specific to Thunderbird.  In Seamonkey, we
+    // just return 0, and we don't care about timestamps anymore.
+    uint32_t lastMRUTime = 0;
+    rv = GetMRUTimestampForFolder(folder, &lastMRUTime);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      lastMRUTime = 0;
+
+    if (!folder)
+      continue;
+    // enumerate over the folders under this root folder till we find one with new mail....
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> msgFolder;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIArray> allFolders;
+    rv = folder->GetDescendants(getter_AddRefs(allFolders));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    uint32_t subfolderCount = 0;
+    allFolders->GetLength(&subfolderCount);
+    uint32_t j;
+    for (j = 0; j < subfolderCount; j++)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> msgFolder = do_QueryElementAt(allFolders, j);
+
+      if (!msgFolder)
+        continue;
+
+      uint32_t flags;
+      rv = msgFolder->GetFlags(&flags);
+
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        continue;
+
+      // Unless we're dealing with an Inbox, we don't care
+      // about Drafts, Queue, SentMail, Template, or Junk folders
+      if (!(flags & nsMsgFolderFlags::Inbox) &&
+           (flags & (nsMsgFolderFlags::SpecialUse & ~nsMsgFolderFlags::Inbox)))
+        continue;
+
+      nsCString folderURI;
+      msgFolder->GetURI(folderURI);
+      bool hasNew = false;
+      rv = msgFolder->GetHasNewMessages(&hasNew);
+
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        continue;
+
+      // Grab the MRUTime property from the folder
+      nsCString dateStr;
+      msgFolder->GetStringProperty(MRU_TIME_PROPERTY, dateStr);
+      uint32_t MRUTime = (uint32_t) dateStr.ToInteger(&rv, 10);
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        MRUTime = 0;
+
+      if (hasNew && MRUTime > lastMRUTime)
+      {
+        rv = msgFolder->GetURI(aFolderURI);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+        return NS_OK;
+      }
+    }  // if we have more potential folders to enumerate
+  }
+
+  // If we got here, then something when pretty wrong.
+  return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMessengerUnixIntegration::OnItemPropertyFlagChanged(nsIMsgDBHdr *item, nsIAtom *property, uint32_t oldFlag, uint32_t newFlag)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMessengerUnixIntegration::OnItemAdded(nsIMsgFolder *, nsISupports *)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMessengerUnixIntegration::OnItemBoolPropertyChanged(nsIMsgFolder *aItem,
+                                                         nsIAtom *aProperty,
+                                                         bool aOldValue,
+                                                         bool aNewValue)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMessengerUnixIntegration::OnItemEvent(nsIMsgFolder *, nsIAtom *)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMessengerUnixIntegration::OnItemIntPropertyChanged(nsIMsgFolder *aItem, nsIAtom *aProperty, int64_t aOldValue, int64_t aNewValue)
+{
+  nsCString atomName;
+  // if we got new mail show an icon in the system tray
+  if (mBiffStateAtom == aProperty && mFoldersWithNewMail)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIWeakReference> weakFolder = do_GetWeakReference(aItem);
+    uint32_t indexInNewArray;
+    nsresult rv = mFoldersWithNewMail->IndexOf(0, weakFolder, &indexInNewArray);
+    bool folderFound = NS_SUCCEEDED(rv);
+
+    if (aNewValue == nsIMsgFolder::nsMsgBiffState_NewMail)
+    {
+      // only show a system tray icon iff we are performing biff
+      // (as opposed to the user getting new mail)
+      bool performingBiff = false;
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+      aItem->GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+      if (server)
+        server->GetPerformingBiff(&performingBiff);
+      if (!performingBiff)
+        return NS_OK; // kick out right now...
+
+      if (!folderFound)
+        mFoldersWithNewMail->AppendElement(weakFolder, false);
+      // now regenerate the tooltip
+      FillToolTipInfo();
+    }
+    else if (aNewValue == nsIMsgFolder::nsMsgBiffState_NoMail)
+    {
+      if (folderFound) {
+        mFoldersWithNewMail->RemoveElementAt(indexInNewArray);
+      }
+    }
+  } // if the biff property changed
+  else if (mNewMailReceivedAtom == aProperty)
+  {
+    FillToolTipInfo();
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMessengerUnixIntegration::OnStartRunningUrl(nsIURI *aUrl)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMessengerUnixIntegration::OnStopRunningUrl(nsIURI *aUrl, nsresult aExitCode)
+{
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(aExitCode))
+    // preview fetch is done.
+    FillToolTipInfo();
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMessengerUnixIntegration::GetMRUTimestampForFolder(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder,
+                                                     uint32_t *aLastMRUTime)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> rootFolder = nullptr;
+  nsresult rv = aFolder->GetRootFolder(getter_AddRefs(rootFolder));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCString rootFolderURI;
+  rootFolder->GetURI(rootFolderURI);
+  if (!mLastMRUTimes.Get(rootFolderURI, aLastMRUTime))
+    aLastMRUTime = 0;
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMessengerUnixIntegration::PutMRUTimestampForFolder(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder,
+                                                     uint32_t aLastMRUTime)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> rootFolder = nullptr;
+  rv = aFolder->GetRootFolder(getter_AddRefs(rootFolder));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCString rootFolderURI;
+  rootFolder->GetURI(rootFolderURI);
+  mLastMRUTimes.Put(rootFolderURI, aLastMRUTime);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/src/nsMessengerUnixIntegration.h b/mailnews/base/src/nsMessengerUnixIntegration.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ba9f0f3f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/src/nsMessengerUnixIntegration.h
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef __nsMessengerUnixIntegration_h
+#define __nsMessengerUnixIntegration_h
+
+#include "nsIMessengerOSIntegration.h"
+#include "nsIFolderListener.h"
+#include "nsIUrlListener.h"
+#include "nsIMutableArray.h"
+#include "nsIStringBundle.h"
+#include "nsIObserver.h"
+#include "nsIAtom.h"
+#include "nsDataHashtable.h"
+#include "nsTArray.h"
+
+#define NS_MESSENGERUNIXINTEGRATION_CID \
+  {0xf62f3d3a, 0x1dd1, 0x11b2, \
+    {0xa5, 0x16, 0xef, 0xad, 0xb1, 0x31, 0x61, 0x5c}}
+
+class nsIStringBundle;
+
+class nsMessengerUnixIntegration : public nsIFolderListener,
+                                   public nsIObserver,
+                                   public nsIUrlListener,
+                                   public nsIMessengerOSIntegration
+{
+public:
+  nsMessengerUnixIntegration();
+  virtual nsresult Init();
+
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIMESSENGEROSINTEGRATION
+  NS_DECL_NSIFOLDERLISTENER
+  NS_DECL_NSIOBSERVER
+  NS_DECL_NSIURLLISTENER
+
+private:
+  virtual ~nsMessengerUnixIntegration() {}
+  nsresult ShowAlertMessage(const nsAString& aAlertTitle, const nsAString& aAlertText, const nsACString& aFolderURI);
+  nsresult GetFirstFolderWithNewMail(nsACString& aFolderURI);
+  nsresult GetStringBundle(nsIStringBundle **aBundle);
+  nsresult AlertFinished();
+  nsresult AlertClicked();
+  void FillToolTipInfo();
+  nsresult GetMRUTimestampForFolder(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder, uint32_t *aLastMRUTime);
+
+  bool BuildNotificationBody(nsIMsgDBHdr *aHdr, nsIStringBundle *Bundle, nsString &aBody);
+  bool BuildNotificationTitle(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder, nsIStringBundle *aBundle, nsString &aTitle);
+  nsresult ShowNewAlertNotification(bool aUserInitiated);
+  nsresult PutMRUTimestampForFolder(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder, uint32_t aLastMRUTime);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> mFoldersWithNewMail;  // keep track of all the root folders with pending new mail
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAtom> mBiffStateAtom;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAtom> mNewMailReceivedAtom;
+  bool mAlertInProgress;
+  nsDataHashtable<nsCStringHashKey, uint32_t> mLastMRUTimes; // We keep track of the last time we did a new mail notification for each account
+  nsTArray<nsCString> mFetchingURIs;
+};
+
+#endif // __nsMessengerUnixIntegration_h
diff --git a/mailnews/base/src/nsMessengerWinIntegration.cpp b/mailnews/base/src/nsMessengerWinIntegration.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a014b9737
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/src/nsMessengerWinIntegration.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1191 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include <windows.h>
+#include <shellapi.h>
+
+#include "nsMessengerWinIntegration.h"
+#include "nsIMsgAccountManager.h"
+#include "nsIMsgMailSession.h"
+#include "nsIMsgIncomingServer.h"
+#include "nsIMsgIdentity.h"
+#include "nsIMsgAccount.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolder.h"
+#include "nsIMsgWindow.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsMsgBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsMsgFolderFlags.h"
+#include "nsDirectoryServiceDefs.h"
+#include "nsAppDirectoryServiceDefs.h"
+#include "nsIDirectoryService.h"
+#include "nsIWindowWatcher.h"
+#include "nsIWindowMediator.h"
+#include "mozIDOMWindow.h"
+#include "nsPIDOMWindow.h"
+#include "nsIDocShell.h"
+#include "nsIBaseWindow.h"
+#include "nsIWidget.h"
+#include "nsWidgetsCID.h"
+#include "MailNewsTypes.h"
+#include "nsIMessengerWindowService.h"
+#include "prprf.h"
+#include "nsIWeakReference.h"
+#include "nsIStringBundle.h"
+#include "nsIAlertsService.h"
+#include "nsIPrefService.h"
+#include "nsIPrefBranch.h"
+#include "nsIProperties.h"
+#include "nsISupportsPrimitives.h"
+#include "nsIInterfaceRequestorUtils.h"
+#include "nsIWeakReferenceUtils.h"
+#include "nsComponentManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsNativeCharsetUtils.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#ifdef MOZILLA_INTERNAL_API
+#include "mozilla/LookAndFeel.h"
+#endif
+#include "mozilla/Services.h"
+#include "nsIMutableArray.h"
+#include "nsArrayUtils.h"
+
+#include "nsToolkitCompsCID.h"
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#define PROFILE_COMMANDLINE_ARG " -profile "
+
+#define NOTIFICATIONCLASSNAME "MailBiffNotificationMessageWindow"
+#define UNREADMAILNODEKEY "Software\\Microsoft\\Windows\\CurrentVersion\\UnreadMail\\"
+#define SHELL32_DLL L"shell32.dll"
+#define DOUBLE_QUOTE "\""
+#define MAIL_COMMANDLINE_ARG " -mail"
+#define IDI_MAILBIFF 32576
+#define UNREAD_UPDATE_INTERVAL	(20 * 1000)	// 20 seconds
+#define ALERT_CHROME_URL "chrome://messenger/content/newmailalert.xul"
+#define NEW_MAIL_ALERT_ICON "chrome://messenger/skin/icons/new-mail-alert.png"
+#define SHOW_ALERT_PREF     "mail.biff.show_alert"
+#define SHOW_TRAY_ICON_PREF "mail.biff.show_tray_icon"
+#define SHOW_BALLOON_PREF   "mail.biff.show_balloon"
+#define SHOW_NEW_ALERT_PREF "mail.biff.show_new_alert"
+#define ALERT_ORIGIN_PREF   "ui.alertNotificationOrigin"
+
+// since we are including windows.h in this file, undefine get user name....
+#ifdef GetUserName
+#undef GetUserName
+#endif
+
+#ifndef NIIF_USER
+#define NIIF_USER       0x00000004
+#endif
+
+#ifndef NIIF_NOSOUND
+#define NIIF_NOSOUND    0x00000010
+#endif
+
+#ifndef NIN_BALOONUSERCLICK
+#define NIN_BALLOONUSERCLICK (WM_USER + 5)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef MOZILLA_INTERNAL_API
+// from LookAndFeel.h
+#define NS_ALERT_HORIZONTAL 1
+#define NS_ALERT_LEFT       2
+#define NS_ALERT_TOP        4
+#endif
+
+using namespace mozilla;
+
+// begin shameless copying from nsNativeAppSupportWin
+HWND hwndForDOMWindow( mozIDOMWindowProxy *window )
+{
+  if ( !window ) {
+    return 0;
+  }
+  nsCOMPtr<nsPIDOMWindowOuter> pidomwindow = nsPIDOMWindowOuter::From(window);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIBaseWindow> ppBaseWindow =
+    do_QueryInterface( pidomwindow->GetDocShell() );
+  if (!ppBaseWindow)
+    return 0;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIWidget> ppWidget;
+  ppBaseWindow->GetMainWidget( getter_AddRefs( ppWidget ) );
+
+  return (HWND)( ppWidget->GetNativeData( NS_NATIVE_WIDGET ) );
+}
+
+static void activateWindow( mozIDOMWindowProxy *win )
+{
+  // Try to get native window handle.
+  HWND hwnd = hwndForDOMWindow( win );
+  if ( hwnd )
+  {
+    // Restore the window if it is minimized.
+    if ( ::IsIconic( hwnd ) )
+      ::ShowWindow( hwnd, SW_RESTORE );
+    // Use the OS call, if possible.
+    ::SetForegroundWindow( hwnd );
+  } else {
+    // Use internal method.
+    nsCOMPtr<nsPIDOMWindowOuter> privateWindow = nsPIDOMWindowOuter::From(win);
+    privateWindow->Focus();
+  }
+}
+// end shameless copying from nsNativeAppWinSupport.cpp
+
+static void openMailWindow(const nsACString& aFolderUri)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailSession> mailSession ( do_GetService(NS_MSGMAILSESSION_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgWindow> topMostMsgWindow;
+  rv = mailSession->GetTopmostMsgWindow(getter_AddRefs(topMostMsgWindow));
+  if (topMostMsgWindow)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<mozIDOMWindowProxy> domWindow;
+    topMostMsgWindow->GetDomWindow(getter_AddRefs(domWindow));
+    if (domWindow)
+    {
+      if (!aFolderUri.IsEmpty())
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgWindowCommands> windowCommands;
+        topMostMsgWindow->GetWindowCommands(getter_AddRefs(windowCommands));
+        if (windowCommands)
+          windowCommands->SelectFolder(aFolderUri);
+      }
+      activateWindow(domWindow);
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+
+  {
+    // the user doesn't have a mail window open already so open one for them...
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMessengerWindowService> messengerWindowService =
+      do_GetService(NS_MESSENGERWINDOWSERVICE_CONTRACTID);
+    // if we want to preselect the first account with new mail,
+    // here is where we would try to generate a uri to pass in
+    // (and add code to the messenger window service to make that work)
+    if (messengerWindowService)
+      messengerWindowService->OpenMessengerWindowWithUri(
+                                "mail:3pane", nsCString(aFolderUri).get(), nsMsgKey_None);
+  }
+}
+
+static void CALLBACK delayedSingleClick(HWND msgWindow, UINT msg, INT_PTR idEvent, DWORD dwTime)
+{
+  ::KillTimer(msgWindow, idEvent);
+
+  // single clicks on the biff icon should re-open the alert notification
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMessengerOSIntegration> integrationService =
+    do_GetService(NS_MESSENGEROSINTEGRATION_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    // we know we are dealing with the windows integration object
+    nsMessengerWinIntegration * winIntegrationService = static_cast<nsMessengerWinIntegration*>
+                                                                   (static_cast<nsIMessengerOSIntegration*>(integrationService.get()));
+    winIntegrationService->ShowNewAlertNotification(true, EmptyString(), EmptyString());
+  }
+}
+
+// Window proc.
+static LRESULT CALLBACK MessageWindowProc( HWND msgWindow, UINT msg, WPARAM wp, LPARAM lp )
+{
+  if (msg == WM_USER)
+  {
+    if (lp == WM_LBUTTONDOWN)
+    {
+      // the only way to tell a single left click
+      // from a double left click is to fire a timer which gets cleared if we end up getting
+      // a WM_LBUTTONDBLK event.
+      ::SetTimer(msgWindow, 1, GetDoubleClickTime(), (TIMERPROC) delayedSingleClick);
+    }
+    else if (lp == WM_LBUTTONDBLCLK || lp == NIN_BALLOONUSERCLICK)
+    {
+      ::KillTimer(msgWindow, 1);
+      openMailWindow(EmptyCString());
+    }
+  }
+
+  return TRUE;
+}
+
+static HWND msgWindow;
+
+// Create: Register class and create window.
+static nsresult Create()
+{
+  if (msgWindow)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  WNDCLASS classStruct = { 0,                          // style
+                           &MessageWindowProc,         // lpfnWndProc
+                           0,                          // cbClsExtra
+                           0,                          // cbWndExtra
+                           0,                          // hInstance
+                           0,                          // hIcon
+                           0,                          // hCursor
+                           0,                          // hbrBackground
+                           0,                          // lpszMenuName
+                           NOTIFICATIONCLASSNAME };    // lpszClassName
+
+  // Register the window class.
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE( ::RegisterClass( &classStruct ), NS_ERROR_FAILURE );
+  // Create the window.
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE( msgWindow = ::CreateWindow( NOTIFICATIONCLASSNAME,
+                                              0,          // title
+                                              WS_CAPTION, // style
+                                              0,0,0,0,    // x, y, cx, cy
+                                              0,          // parent
+                                              0,          // menu
+                                              0,          // instance
+                                              0 ),        // create struct
+                  NS_ERROR_FAILURE );
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+nsMessengerWinIntegration::nsMessengerWinIntegration()
+{
+  mDefaultServerAtom = MsgGetAtom("DefaultServer");
+  mTotalUnreadMessagesAtom = MsgGetAtom("TotalUnreadMessages");
+
+  mUnreadTimerActive = false;
+
+  mBiffStateAtom = MsgGetAtom("BiffState");
+  mBiffIconVisible = false;
+  mSuppressBiffIcon = false;
+  mAlertInProgress = false;
+  mBiffIconInitialized = false;
+  mFoldersWithNewMail = do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID);
+}
+
+nsMessengerWinIntegration::~nsMessengerWinIntegration()
+{
+  if (mUnreadCountUpdateTimer) {
+    mUnreadCountUpdateTimer->Cancel();
+    mUnreadCountUpdateTimer = nullptr;
+  }
+
+  // one last attempt, update the registry
+  nsresult rv = UpdateRegistryWithCurrent();
+  NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "failed to update registry on shutdown");
+  DestroyBiffIcon();
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ADDREF(nsMessengerWinIntegration)
+NS_IMPL_RELEASE(nsMessengerWinIntegration)
+
+NS_INTERFACE_MAP_BEGIN(nsMessengerWinIntegration)
+   NS_INTERFACE_MAP_ENTRY_AMBIGUOUS(nsISupports, nsIMessengerOSIntegration)
+   NS_INTERFACE_MAP_ENTRY(nsIMessengerOSIntegration)
+   NS_INTERFACE_MAP_ENTRY(nsIFolderListener)
+   NS_INTERFACE_MAP_ENTRY(nsIObserver)
+NS_INTERFACE_MAP_END
+
+
+nsresult
+nsMessengerWinIntegration::ResetCurrent()
+{
+  mInboxURI.Truncate();
+  mEmail.Truncate();
+
+  mCurrentUnreadCount = -1;
+  mLastUnreadCountWrittenToRegistry = -1;
+
+  mDefaultAccountMightHaveAnInbox = true;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NOTIFYICONDATAW sBiffIconData = { NOTIFYICONDATAW_V2_SIZE,
+                                  0,
+                                  2,
+                                  NIF_ICON | NIF_MESSAGE | NIF_TIP | NIF_INFO,
+                                  WM_USER,
+                                  0,
+                                  L"",
+                                  0,
+                                  0,
+                                  L"",
+                                  30000,
+                                  L"",
+                                  NIIF_USER | NIIF_NOSOUND };
+// allow for the null terminator
+static const uint32_t kMaxTooltipSize = sizeof(sBiffIconData.szTip) /
+                                        sizeof(sBiffIconData.szTip[0]) - 1;
+static const uint32_t kMaxBalloonSize = sizeof(sBiffIconData.szInfo) /
+                                        sizeof(sBiffIconData.szInfo[0]) - 1;
+static const uint32_t kMaxBalloonTitle = sizeof(sBiffIconData.szInfoTitle) /
+                                         sizeof(sBiffIconData.szInfoTitle[0]) - 1;
+
+void nsMessengerWinIntegration::InitializeBiffStatusIcon()
+{
+  // initialize our biff status bar icon
+  Create();
+
+  sBiffIconData.hWnd = (HWND) msgWindow;
+  sBiffIconData.hIcon = ::LoadIcon( ::GetModuleHandle( NULL ), MAKEINTRESOURCE(IDI_MAILBIFF) );
+
+  mBiffIconInitialized = true;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMessengerWinIntegration::Init()
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  // Get shell32.dll handle
+  HMODULE hModule = ::GetModuleHandleW(SHELL32_DLL);
+
+  if (hModule) {
+    // SHQueryUserNotificationState is available from Vista
+    mSHQueryUserNotificationState = (fnSHQueryUserNotificationState)GetProcAddress(hModule, "SHQueryUserNotificationState");
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgAccountManager> accountManager =
+    do_GetService(NS_MSGACCOUNTMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  // because we care if the default server changes
+  rv = accountManager->AddRootFolderListener(this);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailSession> mailSession = do_GetService(NS_MSGMAILSESSION_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  // because we care if the unread total count changes
+  rv = mailSession->AddFolderListener(this, nsIFolderListener::boolPropertyChanged | nsIFolderListener::intPropertyChanged);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  // get current profile path for the commandliner
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIProperties> directoryService =
+    do_GetService(NS_DIRECTORY_SERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> profilePath;
+  rv = directoryService->Get(NS_APP_USER_PROFILE_50_DIR,
+                             NS_GET_IID(nsIFile),
+                             getter_AddRefs(profilePath));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  rv = profilePath->GetPath(mProfilePath);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // get application path
+  WCHAR appPath[_MAX_PATH] = {0};
+  ::GetModuleFileNameW(nullptr, appPath, sizeof(appPath));
+  mAppName.Assign((char16_t *)appPath);
+
+  rv = ResetCurrent();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMessengerWinIntegration::OnItemPropertyChanged(nsIMsgFolder *, nsIAtom *, char const *, char const *)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMessengerWinIntegration::OnItemUnicharPropertyChanged(nsIMsgFolder *, nsIAtom *, const char16_t *, const char16_t *)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMessengerWinIntegration::OnItemRemoved(nsIMsgFolder *, nsISupports *)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMessengerWinIntegration::GetStringBundle(nsIStringBundle **aBundle)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aBundle);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundleService> bundleService =
+    mozilla::services::GetStringBundleService();
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(bundleService, NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundle> bundle;
+  bundleService->CreateBundle("chrome://messenger/locale/messenger.properties",
+                              getter_AddRefs(bundle));
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aBundle = bundle);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+#ifndef MOZ_THUNDERBIRD
+nsresult nsMessengerWinIntegration::ShowAlertMessage(const nsString& aAlertTitle,
+                                                     const nsString& aAlertText,
+                                                     const nsACString& aFolderURI)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  // if we are already in the process of showing an alert, don't try to show another....
+  if (mAlertInProgress)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefBranch(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  bool showBalloon = false;
+  prefBranch->GetBoolPref(SHOW_BALLOON_PREF, &showBalloon);
+  sBiffIconData.szInfo[0] = '\0';
+  if (showBalloon) {
+    ::wcsncpy( sBiffIconData.szInfoTitle, aAlertTitle.get(), kMaxBalloonTitle);
+    ::wcsncpy( sBiffIconData.szInfo, aAlertText.get(), kMaxBalloonSize);
+  }
+
+  bool showAlert = true;
+  prefBranch->GetBoolPref(SHOW_ALERT_PREF, &showAlert);
+
+  if (showAlert)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAlertsService> alertsService (do_GetService(NS_ALERTSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      rv = alertsService->ShowAlertNotification(NS_LITERAL_STRING(NEW_MAIL_ALERT_ICON), aAlertTitle,
+                                                aAlertText, true,
+                                                NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16(aFolderURI), this,
+                                                EmptyString(),
+                                                NS_LITERAL_STRING("auto"),
+                                                EmptyString(), EmptyString(),
+                                                nullptr,
+                                                false,
+                                                false);
+      mAlertInProgress = true;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (!showAlert || NS_FAILED(rv)) // go straight to showing the system tray icon.
+    AlertFinished();
+
+  return rv;
+}
+#endif
+// Opening Thunderbird's new mail alert notification window
+// aUserInitiated --> true if we are opening the alert notification in response to a user action
+//                    like clicking on the biff icon
+nsresult nsMessengerWinIntegration::ShowNewAlertNotification(bool aUserInitiated, const nsString& aAlertTitle, const nsString& aAlertText)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  // if we are already in the process of showing an alert, don't try to show another....
+  if (mAlertInProgress)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefBranch(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  bool showBalloon = false;
+  prefBranch->GetBoolPref(SHOW_BALLOON_PREF, &showBalloon);
+  sBiffIconData.szInfo[0] = '\0';
+  if (showBalloon) {
+    ::wcsncpy( sBiffIconData.szInfoTitle, aAlertTitle.get(), kMaxBalloonTitle);
+    ::wcsncpy( sBiffIconData.szInfo, aAlertText.get(), kMaxBalloonSize);
+  }
+
+  bool showAlert = true;
+
+  if (prefBranch)
+    prefBranch->GetBoolPref(SHOW_ALERT_PREF, &showAlert);
+
+  // check if we are allowed to show a notification
+  if (showAlert && mSHQueryUserNotificationState) {
+    MOZ_QUERY_USER_NOTIFICATION_STATE qstate;
+    if (SUCCEEDED(mSHQueryUserNotificationState(&qstate))) {
+      if (qstate != QUNS_ACCEPTS_NOTIFICATIONS) {
+        showAlert = false;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (showAlert)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> argsArray(do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    // pass in the array of folders with unread messages
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISupportsInterfacePointer> ifptr = do_CreateInstance(NS_SUPPORTS_INTERFACE_POINTER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    ifptr->SetData(mFoldersWithNewMail);
+    ifptr->SetDataIID(&NS_GET_IID(nsIArray));
+    rv = argsArray->AppendElement(ifptr, false);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    // pass in the observer
+    ifptr = do_CreateInstance(NS_SUPPORTS_INTERFACE_POINTER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    nsCOMPtr <nsISupports> supports = do_QueryInterface(static_cast<nsIMessengerOSIntegration*>(this));
+    ifptr->SetData(supports);
+    ifptr->SetDataIID(&NS_GET_IID(nsIObserver));
+    rv = argsArray->AppendElement(ifptr, false);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    // pass in the animation flag
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISupportsPRBool> scriptableUserInitiated (do_CreateInstance(NS_SUPPORTS_PRBOOL_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    scriptableUserInitiated->SetData(aUserInitiated);
+    rv = argsArray->AppendElement(scriptableUserInitiated, false);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    // pass in the alert origin
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISupportsPRUint8> scriptableOrigin (do_CreateInstance(NS_SUPPORTS_PRUINT8_CONTRACTID));
+    NS_ENSURE_TRUE(scriptableOrigin, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+    scriptableOrigin->SetData(0);
+    int32_t origin = 0;
+#ifdef MOZILLA_INTERNAL_API
+    origin = LookAndFeel::GetInt(LookAndFeel::eIntID_AlertNotificationOrigin);
+#else
+    // Get task bar window handle
+    HWND shellWindow = FindWindowW(L"Shell_TrayWnd", NULL);
+
+    rv = prefBranch->GetIntPref(ALERT_ORIGIN_PREF, &origin);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv) && (shellWindow != NULL))
+    {
+      // Determine position
+      APPBARDATA appBarData;
+      appBarData.hWnd = shellWindow;
+      appBarData.cbSize = sizeof(appBarData);
+      if (SHAppBarMessage(ABM_GETTASKBARPOS, &appBarData))
+      {
+        // Set alert origin as a bit field - see LookAndFeel.h
+        // 0 represents bottom right, sliding vertically.
+        switch(appBarData.uEdge)
+        {
+          case ABE_LEFT:
+            origin = NS_ALERT_HORIZONTAL | NS_ALERT_LEFT;
+            break;
+          case ABE_RIGHT:
+            origin = NS_ALERT_HORIZONTAL;
+            break;
+          case ABE_TOP:
+            origin = NS_ALERT_TOP;
+            // fall through for the right-to-left handling.
+          case ABE_BOTTOM:
+            // If the task bar is right-to-left,
+            // move the origin to the left
+            if (::GetWindowLong(shellWindow, GWL_EXSTYLE) &
+                  WS_EX_LAYOUTRTL)
+              origin |= NS_ALERT_LEFT;
+            break;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+#endif
+    scriptableOrigin->SetData(origin);
+
+    rv = argsArray->AppendElement(scriptableOrigin, false);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIWindowWatcher> wwatch(do_GetService(NS_WINDOWWATCHER_CONTRACTID));
+    nsCOMPtr<mozIDOMWindowProxy> newWindow;
+    rv = wwatch->OpenWindow(0, ALERT_CHROME_URL, "_blank",
+                "chrome,dialog=yes,titlebar=no,popup=yes", argsArray,
+                 getter_AddRefs(newWindow));
+
+    mAlertInProgress = true;
+  }
+
+  // if the user has turned off the mail alert, or  openWindow generated an error,
+  // then go straight to the system tray.
+  if (!showAlert || NS_FAILED(rv))
+    AlertFinished();
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMessengerWinIntegration::AlertFinished()
+{
+  // okay, we are done showing the alert
+  // now put an icon in the system tray, if allowed
+  bool showTrayIcon = !mSuppressBiffIcon || sBiffIconData.szInfo[0];
+  if (showTrayIcon)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefBranch(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID));
+    if (prefBranch)
+      prefBranch->GetBoolPref(SHOW_TRAY_ICON_PREF, &showTrayIcon);
+  }
+  if (showTrayIcon)
+  {
+    GenericShellNotify(NIM_ADD);
+    mBiffIconVisible = true;
+  }
+  mSuppressBiffIcon = false;
+  mAlertInProgress = false;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMessengerWinIntegration::AlertClicked()
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailSession> mailSession = do_GetService(NS_MSGMAILSESSION_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgWindow> topMostMsgWindow;
+  rv = mailSession->GetTopmostMsgWindow(getter_AddRefs(topMostMsgWindow));
+  if (topMostMsgWindow)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<mozIDOMWindowProxy> domWindow;
+    topMostMsgWindow->GetDomWindow(getter_AddRefs(domWindow));
+    if (domWindow)
+    {
+      activateWindow(domWindow);
+      return NS_OK;
+    }
+  }
+  // make sure we don't insert the icon in the system tray since the user clicked on the alert.
+  mSuppressBiffIcon = true;
+  nsCString folderURI;
+  GetFirstFolderWithNewMail(folderURI);
+  openMailWindow(folderURI);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+#ifdef MOZ_SUITE
+nsresult nsMessengerWinIntegration::AlertClickedSimple()
+{
+  mSuppressBiffIcon = true;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+#endif MOZ_SUITE
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMessengerWinIntegration::Observe(nsISupports* aSubject, const char* aTopic, const char16_t* aData)
+{
+  if (strcmp(aTopic, "alertfinished") == 0)
+      return AlertFinished();
+
+  if (strcmp(aTopic, "alertclickcallback") == 0)
+      return AlertClicked();
+
+#ifdef MOZ_SUITE
+  // SeaMonkey does most of the GUI work in JS code when clicking on a mail
+  // notification, so it needs an extra function here
+  if (strcmp(aTopic, "alertclicksimplecallback") == 0)
+      return AlertClickedSimple();
+#endif
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+static void EscapeAmpersands(nsString& aToolTip)
+{
+  // First, check to see whether we have any ampersands.
+  int32_t pos = aToolTip.FindChar('&');
+  if (pos == kNotFound)
+    return;
+
+  // Next, see if we only have bare ampersands.
+  pos = MsgFind(aToolTip, "&&", false, pos);
+
+  // Windows tooltip code removes one ampersand from each run,
+  // then collapses pairs of amperands. This means that in the easy case,
+  // we need to replace each ampersand with three.
+  MsgReplaceSubstring(aToolTip, NS_LITERAL_STRING("&"), NS_LITERAL_STRING("&&&"));
+  if (pos == kNotFound)
+    return;
+
+  // We inserted too many ampersands. Remove some.
+  for (;;) {
+    pos = MsgFind(aToolTip, "&&&&&&", false, pos);
+    if (pos == kNotFound)
+      return;
+
+    aToolTip.Cut(pos, 1);
+    pos += 2;
+  }
+}
+
+void nsMessengerWinIntegration::FillToolTipInfo()
+{
+  // iterate over all the folders in mFoldersWithNewMail
+  nsString accountName;
+  nsCString hostName;
+  nsString toolTipLine;
+  nsAutoString toolTipText;
+  nsAutoString animatedAlertText;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIWeakReference> weakReference;
+  int32_t numNewMessages = 0;
+
+  uint32_t count = 0;
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS_VOID(mFoldersWithNewMail->GetLength(&count));
+
+  for (uint32_t index = 0; index < count; index++)
+  {
+    weakReference = do_QueryElementAt(mFoldersWithNewMail, index);
+    folder = do_QueryReferent(weakReference);
+    if (folder)
+    {
+      folder->GetPrettiestName(accountName);
+
+      numNewMessages = 0;
+      folder->GetNumNewMessages(true, &numNewMessages);
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundle> bundle;
+      GetStringBundle(getter_AddRefs(bundle));
+      if (bundle)
+      {
+        nsAutoString numNewMsgsText;
+        numNewMsgsText.AppendInt(numNewMessages);
+
+        const char16_t *formatStrings[] =
+        {
+          numNewMsgsText.get(),
+        };
+
+        nsString finalText;
+        if (numNewMessages == 1)
+          bundle->FormatStringFromName(u"biffNotification_message", formatStrings, 1, getter_Copies(finalText));
+        else
+          bundle->FormatStringFromName(u"biffNotification_messages", formatStrings, 1, getter_Copies(finalText));
+
+        // the alert message is special...we actually only want to show the first account with
+        // new mail in the alert.
+        if (animatedAlertText.IsEmpty()) // if we haven't filled in the animated alert text yet
+          animatedAlertText = finalText;
+
+        toolTipLine.Append(accountName);
+        toolTipLine.Append(' ');
+        toolTipLine.Append(finalText);
+        EscapeAmpersands(toolTipLine);
+
+        // only add this new string if it will fit without truncation....
+        if (toolTipLine.Length() + toolTipText.Length() <= kMaxTooltipSize)
+          toolTipText.Append(toolTipLine);
+
+        // clear out the tooltip line for the next folder
+        toolTipLine.Assign('\n');
+      } // if we got a bundle
+    } // if we got a folder
+  } // for each folder
+
+  ::wcsncpy( sBiffIconData.szTip, toolTipText.get(), kMaxTooltipSize);
+
+  if (!mBiffIconVisible)
+  {
+#ifndef MOZ_THUNDERBIRD
+  nsresult rv;
+  bool showNewAlert = false;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefBranch(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS_VOID(rv);
+
+  prefBranch->GetBoolPref(SHOW_NEW_ALERT_PREF, &showNewAlert);
+  if (!showNewAlert)
+    ShowAlertMessage(accountName, animatedAlertText, EmptyCString());
+  else
+#endif
+    ShowNewAlertNotification(false, accountName, animatedAlertText);
+  }
+  else
+   GenericShellNotify( NIM_MODIFY);
+}
+
+// Get the first top level folder which we know has new mail, then enumerate over
+// all the subfolders looking for the first real folder with new mail.
+// Return the folderURI for that folder.
+nsresult nsMessengerWinIntegration::GetFirstFolderWithNewMail(nsACString& aFolderURI)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(mFoldersWithNewMail, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIWeakReference> weakReference;
+  int32_t numNewMessages = 0;
+
+  uint32_t count = 0;
+  nsresult rv = mFoldersWithNewMail->GetLength(&count);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !count)  // kick out if we don't have any folders with new mail
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  weakReference = do_QueryElementAt(mFoldersWithNewMail, 0);
+  folder = do_QueryReferent(weakReference);
+
+  if (folder)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> msgFolder;
+    // enumerate over the folders under this root folder till we find one with new mail....
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIArray> allFolders;
+    rv = folder->GetDescendants(getter_AddRefs(allFolders));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleEnumerator> enumerator;
+    rv = allFolders->Enumerate(getter_AddRefs(enumerator));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && enumerator)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> supports;
+      bool hasMore = false;
+      while (NS_SUCCEEDED(enumerator->HasMoreElements(&hasMore)) && hasMore)
+      {
+        rv = enumerator->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(supports));
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && supports)
+        {
+          msgFolder = do_QueryInterface(supports, &rv);
+          if (msgFolder)
+          {
+            numNewMessages = 0;
+            msgFolder->GetNumNewMessages(false, &numNewMessages);
+            if (numNewMessages)
+              break; // kick out of the while loop
+          }
+        } // if we have a folder
+      }  // if we have more potential folders to enumerate
+    }  // if enumerator
+
+    if (msgFolder)
+      msgFolder->GetURI(aFolderURI);
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+void nsMessengerWinIntegration::DestroyBiffIcon()
+{
+  GenericShellNotify(NIM_DELETE);
+  // Don't call DestroyIcon().  see http://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=134745
+}
+
+void nsMessengerWinIntegration::GenericShellNotify(DWORD aMessage)
+{
+  ::Shell_NotifyIconW( aMessage, &sBiffIconData );
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMessengerWinIntegration::OnItemPropertyFlagChanged(nsIMsgDBHdr *item, nsIAtom *property, uint32_t oldFlag, uint32_t newFlag)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMessengerWinIntegration::OnItemAdded(nsIMsgFolder *, nsISupports *)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMessengerWinIntegration::OnItemBoolPropertyChanged(nsIMsgFolder *aItem,
+                                                         nsIAtom *aProperty,
+                                                         bool aOldValue,
+                                                         bool aNewValue)
+{
+  if (aProperty == mDefaultServerAtom) {
+    nsresult rv;
+
+    // this property changes multiple times
+    // on account deletion or when the user changes their
+    // default account.  ResetCurrent() will set
+    // mInboxURI to null, so we use that
+    // to prevent us from attempting to remove
+    // something from the registry that has already been removed
+    if (!mInboxURI.IsEmpty() && !mEmail.IsEmpty()) {
+      rv = RemoveCurrentFromRegistry();
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+    }
+
+    // reset so we'll go get the new default server next time
+    rv = ResetCurrent();
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+    rv = UpdateUnreadCount();
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMessengerWinIntegration::OnItemEvent(nsIMsgFolder *, nsIAtom *)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMessengerWinIntegration::OnItemIntPropertyChanged(nsIMsgFolder *aItem, nsIAtom *aProperty, int64_t aOldValue, int64_t aNewValue)
+{
+  // if we got new mail show a icon in the system tray
+  if (mBiffStateAtom == aProperty && mFoldersWithNewMail)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIWeakReference> weakFolder = do_GetWeakReference(aItem);
+    uint32_t indexInNewArray;
+    nsresult rv = mFoldersWithNewMail->IndexOf(0, weakFolder, &indexInNewArray);
+    bool folderFound = NS_SUCCEEDED(rv);
+
+    if (!mBiffIconInitialized)
+      InitializeBiffStatusIcon();
+
+    if (aNewValue == nsIMsgFolder::nsMsgBiffState_NewMail)
+    {
+      // if the icon is not already visible, only show a system tray icon iff
+      // we are performing biff (as opposed to the user getting new mail)
+      if (!mBiffIconVisible)
+      {
+        bool performingBiff = false;
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+        aItem->GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+        if (server)
+          server->GetPerformingBiff(&performingBiff);
+        if (!performingBiff)
+          return NS_OK; // kick out right now...
+      }
+      if (!folderFound)
+        mFoldersWithNewMail->InsertElementAt(weakFolder, 0, false);
+      // now regenerate the tooltip
+      FillToolTipInfo();
+    }
+    else if (aNewValue == nsIMsgFolder::nsMsgBiffState_NoMail)
+    {
+      // we are always going to remove the icon whenever we get our first no mail
+      // notification.
+
+      // avoid a race condition where we are told to remove the icon before we've actually
+      // added it to the system tray. This happens when the user reads a new message before
+      // the animated alert has gone away.
+      if (mAlertInProgress)
+        mSuppressBiffIcon = true;
+
+      if (folderFound)
+        mFoldersWithNewMail->RemoveElementAt(indexInNewArray);
+      if (mBiffIconVisible)
+      {
+        mBiffIconVisible = false;
+        GenericShellNotify(NIM_DELETE);
+      }
+    }
+  } // if the biff property changed
+
+  if (aProperty == mTotalUnreadMessagesAtom) {
+    nsCString itemURI;
+    nsresult rv;
+    rv = aItem->GetURI(itemURI);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+    if (mInboxURI.Equals(itemURI))
+      mCurrentUnreadCount = aNewValue;
+
+    // If the timer isn't running yet, then we immediately update the
+    // registry and then start a one-shot timer. If the Unread counter
+    // has toggled zero / nonzero, we also update immediately.
+    // Otherwise, if the timer is running, defer the update. This means
+    // that all counter updates that occur within the timer interval are
+    // batched into a single registry update, to avoid hitting the
+    // registry too frequently. We also do a final update on shutdown,
+    // regardless of the timer.
+    if (!mUnreadTimerActive ||
+         (!mCurrentUnreadCount && mLastUnreadCountWrittenToRegistry) ||
+         (mCurrentUnreadCount && mLastUnreadCountWrittenToRegistry < 1)) {
+      rv = UpdateUnreadCount();
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+      // If timer wasn't running, start it.
+      if (!mUnreadTimerActive)
+        rv = SetupUnreadCountUpdateTimer();
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+void
+nsMessengerWinIntegration::OnUnreadCountUpdateTimer(nsITimer *timer, void *osIntegration)
+{
+  nsMessengerWinIntegration *winIntegration = (nsMessengerWinIntegration*)osIntegration;
+
+  winIntegration->mUnreadTimerActive = false;
+  nsresult rv = winIntegration->UpdateUnreadCount();
+  NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "updating unread count failed");
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMessengerWinIntegration::RemoveCurrentFromRegistry()
+{
+  // If Windows XP, open the registry and get rid of old account registry entries
+  // If there is a email prefix, get it and use it to build the registry key.
+  // Otherwise, just the email address will be the registry key.
+  nsAutoString currentUnreadMailCountKey;
+  if (!mEmailPrefix.IsEmpty()) {
+    currentUnreadMailCountKey.Assign(mEmailPrefix);
+    currentUnreadMailCountKey.Append(NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16(mEmail));
+  }
+  else
+    CopyASCIItoUTF16(mEmail, currentUnreadMailCountKey);
+
+  WCHAR registryUnreadMailCountKey[_MAX_PATH] = {0};
+  // Enumerate through registry entries to delete the key matching
+  // currentUnreadMailCountKey
+  int index = 0;
+  while (SUCCEEDED(SHEnumerateUnreadMailAccountsW(HKEY_CURRENT_USER,
+                                                  index,
+                                                  registryUnreadMailCountKey,
+                                                  sizeof(registryUnreadMailCountKey))))
+  {
+    if (wcscmp(registryUnreadMailCountKey, currentUnreadMailCountKey.get())==0) {
+      nsAutoString deleteKey;
+      deleteKey.Assign(NS_LITERAL_STRING(UNREADMAILNODEKEY).get());
+      deleteKey.Append(currentUnreadMailCountKey.get());
+
+      if (!deleteKey.IsEmpty()) {
+        // delete this key and berak out of the loop
+        RegDeleteKey(HKEY_CURRENT_USER,
+                     NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(deleteKey).get());
+        break;
+      }
+      else {
+        index++;
+      }
+    }
+    else {
+      index++;
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMessengerWinIntegration::UpdateRegistryWithCurrent()
+{
+  if (mInboxURI.IsEmpty() || mEmail.IsEmpty())
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  // only update the registry if the count has changed
+  // and if the unread count is valid
+  if ((mCurrentUnreadCount < 0) || (mCurrentUnreadCount == mLastUnreadCountWrittenToRegistry))
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  // commandliner has to be built in the form of statement
+  // which can be open the mailer app to the default user account
+  // For given profile 'foo', commandliner will be built as
+  // ""<absolute path to application>" -p foo -mail" where absolute
+  // path to application is extracted from mAppName
+  nsAutoString commandLinerForAppLaunch;
+  commandLinerForAppLaunch.Assign(NS_LITERAL_STRING(DOUBLE_QUOTE));
+  commandLinerForAppLaunch.Append(mAppName);
+  commandLinerForAppLaunch.Append(NS_LITERAL_STRING(DOUBLE_QUOTE));
+  commandLinerForAppLaunch.Append(NS_LITERAL_STRING(PROFILE_COMMANDLINE_ARG));
+  commandLinerForAppLaunch.Append(NS_LITERAL_STRING(DOUBLE_QUOTE));
+  commandLinerForAppLaunch.Append(mProfilePath);
+  commandLinerForAppLaunch.Append(NS_LITERAL_STRING(DOUBLE_QUOTE));
+  commandLinerForAppLaunch.Append(NS_LITERAL_STRING(MAIL_COMMANDLINE_ARG));
+
+  if (!commandLinerForAppLaunch.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    nsAutoString pBuffer;
+
+    if (!mEmailPrefix.IsEmpty()) {
+      pBuffer.Assign(mEmailPrefix);
+      pBuffer.Append(NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16(mEmail));
+    }
+    else
+      CopyASCIItoUTF16(mEmail, pBuffer);
+
+    // Write the info into the registry
+    HRESULT hr = SHSetUnreadMailCountW(pBuffer.get(),
+                                       mCurrentUnreadCount,
+                                       commandLinerForAppLaunch.get());
+  }
+
+  // do this last
+  mLastUnreadCountWrittenToRegistry = mCurrentUnreadCount;
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMessengerWinIntegration::SetupInbox()
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  // get default account
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgAccountManager> accountManager =
+    do_GetService(NS_MSGACCOUNTMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgAccount> account;
+  rv = accountManager->GetDefaultAccount(getter_AddRefs(account));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+    // this can happen if we launch mail on a new profile
+    // we don't have a default account yet
+    mDefaultAccountMightHaveAnInbox = false;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  // get incoming server
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+  rv = account->GetIncomingServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  if (!server)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  nsCString type;
+  rv = server->GetType(type);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  // we only care about imap and pop3
+  if (type.EqualsLiteral("imap") || type.EqualsLiteral("pop3")) {
+    // imap and pop3 account should have an Inbox
+    mDefaultAccountMightHaveAnInbox = true;
+
+    mEmailPrefix.Truncate();
+
+    // Get user's email address
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIdentity> identity;
+    rv = account->GetDefaultIdentity(getter_AddRefs(identity));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+    if (!identity)
+      return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+    rv = identity->GetEmail(mEmail);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> rootMsgFolder;
+    rv = server->GetRootMsgFolder(getter_AddRefs(rootMsgFolder));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+    if (!rootMsgFolder)
+      return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> inboxFolder;
+    rootMsgFolder->GetFolderWithFlags(nsMsgFolderFlags::Inbox,
+                                      getter_AddRefs(inboxFolder));
+    NS_ENSURE_TRUE(inboxFolder, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+
+    rv = inboxFolder->GetURI(mInboxURI);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+    rv = inboxFolder->GetNumUnread(false, &mCurrentUnreadCount);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  }
+  else {
+    // the default account is valid, but it's not something
+    // that we expect to have an inbox.  (local folders, news accounts)
+    // set this flag to avoid calling SetupInbox() every time
+    // the timer goes off.
+    mDefaultAccountMightHaveAnInbox = false;
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMessengerWinIntegration::UpdateUnreadCount()
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  if (mDefaultAccountMightHaveAnInbox && mInboxURI.IsEmpty()) {
+    rv = SetupInbox();
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  }
+
+  return UpdateRegistryWithCurrent();
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMessengerWinIntegration::SetupUnreadCountUpdateTimer()
+{
+  mUnreadTimerActive = true;
+  if (mUnreadCountUpdateTimer)
+    mUnreadCountUpdateTimer->Cancel();
+  else
+    mUnreadCountUpdateTimer = do_CreateInstance("@mozilla.org/timer;1");
+
+  mUnreadCountUpdateTimer->InitWithFuncCallback(OnUnreadCountUpdateTimer,
+    (void *)this, UNREAD_UPDATE_INTERVAL, nsITimer::TYPE_ONE_SHOT);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/src/nsMessengerWinIntegration.h b/mailnews/base/src/nsMessengerWinIntegration.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6c49a71c2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/src/nsMessengerWinIntegration.h
@@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef __nsMessengerWinIntegration_h
+#define __nsMessengerWinIntegration_h
+
+#include <windows.h>
+
+// shellapi.h is needed to build with WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+#include <shellapi.h>
+
+#include "nsIMessengerOSIntegration.h"
+#include "nsIFolderListener.h"
+#include "nsIAtom.h"
+#include "nsITimer.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsIMutableArray.h"
+#include "nsIObserver.h"
+
+typedef enum tagMOZ_QUERY_USER_NOTIFICATION_STATE {
+    QUNS_NOT_PRESENT = 1,
+    QUNS_BUSY = 2,
+    QUNS_RUNNING_D3D_FULL_SCREEN = 3,
+    QUNS_PRESENTATION_MODE = 4,
+    QUNS_ACCEPTS_NOTIFICATIONS = 5,
+    QUNS_QUIET_TIME = 6
+} MOZ_QUERY_USER_NOTIFICATION_STATE;
+
+// this function is exported by shell32.dll on Windows Vista or later
+extern "C"
+{
+// Vista or later
+typedef HRESULT (__stdcall *fnSHQueryUserNotificationState)(MOZ_QUERY_USER_NOTIFICATION_STATE *pquns);
+}
+
+#define NS_MESSENGERWININTEGRATION_CID \
+  {0xf62f3d3a, 0x1dd1, 0x11b2, \
+    {0xa5, 0x16, 0xef, 0xad, 0xb1, 0x31, 0x61, 0x5c}}
+
+class nsIStringBundle; 
+
+class nsMessengerWinIntegration : public nsIMessengerOSIntegration,
+                                  public nsIFolderListener,
+                                  public nsIObserver
+{
+public:
+  nsMessengerWinIntegration();
+  virtual nsresult Init();
+
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIMESSENGEROSINTEGRATION
+  NS_DECL_NSIFOLDERLISTENER
+  NS_DECL_NSIOBSERVER
+
+  nsresult ShowNewAlertNotification(bool aUserInitiated, const nsString& aAlertTitle, const nsString& aAlertText);
+#ifndef MOZ_THUNDERBIRD
+  nsresult ShowAlertMessage(const nsString& aAlertTitle, const nsString& aAlertText, const nsACString& aFolderURI);
+#endif
+
+private:
+  virtual ~nsMessengerWinIntegration();
+  nsresult AlertFinished();
+  nsresult AlertClicked();
+#ifdef MOZ_SUITE
+  nsresult AlertClickedSimple();
+#endif
+
+  void InitializeBiffStatusIcon(); 
+  void FillToolTipInfo();
+  void GenericShellNotify(DWORD aMessage);
+  void DestroyBiffIcon();
+
+  nsresult GetFirstFolderWithNewMail(nsACString& aFolderURI);
+
+  nsresult GetStringBundle(nsIStringBundle **aBundle);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> mFoldersWithNewMail;  // keep track of all the root folders with pending new mail
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAtom> mBiffStateAtom;
+  uint32_t mCurrentBiffState;
+
+  bool mBiffIconVisible;
+  bool mBiffIconInitialized;
+  bool mSuppressBiffIcon;
+  bool mAlertInProgress;
+  
+  // "might" because we don't know until we check 
+  // what type of server is associated with the default account
+  bool            mDefaultAccountMightHaveAnInbox;
+
+  // True if the timer is running
+  bool mUnreadTimerActive;
+
+  nsresult ResetCurrent();
+  nsresult RemoveCurrentFromRegistry();
+  nsresult UpdateRegistryWithCurrent();
+  nsresult SetupInbox();
+
+  nsresult SetupUnreadCountUpdateTimer();
+  static void OnUnreadCountUpdateTimer(nsITimer *timer, void *osIntegration);
+  nsresult UpdateUnreadCount();
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIAtom> mDefaultServerAtom;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIAtom> mTotalUnreadMessagesAtom;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsITimer> mUnreadCountUpdateTimer;
+
+  fnSHQueryUserNotificationState mSHQueryUserNotificationState;
+
+  nsCString mInboxURI;
+  nsCString mEmail;
+
+  nsString  mAppName;
+  nsString  mEmailPrefix;
+
+  nsString mProfilePath;
+
+  int32_t   mCurrentUnreadCount;
+  int32_t   mLastUnreadCountWrittenToRegistry;
+};
+
+#endif // __nsMessengerWinIntegration_h
diff --git a/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgAccount.cpp b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgAccount.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9022176bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgAccount.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,435 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+
+#include "prprf.h"
+#include "plstr.h"
+#include "prmem.h"
+#include "nsIComponentManager.h"
+#include "nsIServiceManager.h"
+#include "nsCRTGlue.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolderNotificationService.h"
+
+#include "nsIPrefService.h"
+#include "nsIPrefBranch.h"
+#include "nsMsgBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsMsgAccount.h"
+#include "nsIMsgAccount.h"
+#include "nsIMsgAccountManager.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsMemory.h"
+#include "nsComponentManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "nsArrayUtils.h"
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMsgAccount, nsIMsgAccount)
+
+nsMsgAccount::nsMsgAccount()
+  : mTriedToGetServer(false)
+{
+}
+
+nsMsgAccount::~nsMsgAccount()
+{
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgAccount::getPrefService()
+{
+  if (m_prefs)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  NS_ENSURE_FALSE(m_accountKey.IsEmpty(), NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefService> prefs(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsAutoCString accountRoot("mail.account.");
+  accountRoot.Append(m_accountKey);
+  accountRoot.Append('.');
+  return prefs->GetBranch(accountRoot.get(), getter_AddRefs(m_prefs));
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgAccount::GetIncomingServer(nsIMsgIncomingServer **aIncomingServer)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aIncomingServer);
+
+  // create the incoming server lazily
+  if (!mTriedToGetServer && !m_incomingServer) {
+    mTriedToGetServer = true;
+    // ignore the error (and return null), but it's still bad so warn
+    mozilla::DebugOnly<nsresult> rv = createIncomingServer();
+    NS_WARNING_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "couldn't lazily create the server\n");
+  }
+
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aIncomingServer = m_incomingServer);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgAccount::CreateServer()
+{
+  if (m_incomingServer)
+    return NS_ERROR_ALREADY_INITIALIZED;
+  return createIncomingServer();
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgAccount::createIncomingServer()
+{
+  // from here, load mail.account.myaccount.server
+  // Load the incoming server
+  //
+  // ex) mail.account.myaccount.server = "myserver"
+
+  nsresult rv = getPrefService();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // get the "server" pref
+  nsCString serverKey;
+  rv = m_prefs->GetCharPref("server", getter_Copies(serverKey));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // get the server from the account manager
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccountManager> accountManager =
+           do_GetService(NS_MSGACCOUNTMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+  rv = accountManager->GetIncomingServer(serverKey, getter_AddRefs(server));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // store the server in this structure
+  m_incomingServer = server;
+  accountManager->NotifyServerLoaded(server);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgAccount::SetIncomingServer(nsIMsgIncomingServer *aIncomingServer)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aIncomingServer);
+
+  nsCString key;
+  nsresult rv = aIncomingServer->GetKey(key);
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+    rv = getPrefService();
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    m_prefs->SetCharPref("server", key.get());
+  }
+
+  m_incomingServer = aIncomingServer;
+
+  bool serverValid;
+  (void) aIncomingServer->GetValid(&serverValid);
+  // only notify server loaded if server is valid so
+  // account manager only gets told about finished accounts.
+  if (serverValid)
+  {
+    // this is the point at which we can notify listeners about the
+    // creation of the root folder, which implies creation of the new server.
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> rootFolder;
+    rv = aIncomingServer->GetRootFolder(getter_AddRefs(rootFolder));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIFolderListener> mailSession =
+             do_GetService(NS_MSGMAILSESSION_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    mailSession->OnItemAdded(nullptr, rootFolder);
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolderNotificationService> notifier(do_GetService(NS_MSGNOTIFICATIONSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    notifier->NotifyFolderAdded(rootFolder);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccountManager> accountManager = do_GetService(NS_MSGACCOUNTMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      accountManager->NotifyServerLoaded(aIncomingServer);
+
+    // Force built-in folders to be created and discovered. Then, notify listeners
+    // about them.
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleEnumerator> enumerator;
+    rv = rootFolder->GetSubFolders(getter_AddRefs(enumerator));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    bool hasMore;
+    while (NS_SUCCEEDED(enumerator->HasMoreElements(&hasMore)) && hasMore)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> item;
+      enumerator->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(item));
+
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> msgFolder(do_QueryInterface(item));
+      if (!msgFolder)
+        continue;
+      mailSession->OnItemAdded(rootFolder, msgFolder);
+      notifier->NotifyFolderAdded(msgFolder);
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgAccount::GetIdentities(nsIArray **_retval)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(_retval);
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(m_identities, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*_retval = m_identities);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+ * set up the m_identities array
+ * do not call this more than once or we'll leak.
+ */
+nsresult
+nsMsgAccount::createIdentities()
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_FALSE(m_identities, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  m_identities = do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCString identityKey;
+  rv = getPrefService();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  m_prefs->GetCharPref("identities", getter_Copies(identityKey));
+  if (identityKey.IsEmpty())    // not an error if no identities, but
+    return NS_OK;               // strtok will be unhappy
+  // get the server from the account manager
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccountManager> accountManager =
+           do_GetService(NS_MSGACCOUNTMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  char* newStr = identityKey.BeginWriting();
+  char* token = NS_strtok(",", &newStr);
+
+  // temporaries used inside the loop
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIdentity> identity;
+  nsAutoCString key;
+
+  // iterate through id1,id2, etc
+  while (token) {
+    key = token;
+    key.StripWhitespace();
+
+    // create the account
+    rv = accountManager->GetIdentity(key, getter_AddRefs(identity));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+      // ignore error from addIdentityInternal() - if it fails, it fails.
+      rv = addIdentityInternal(identity);
+      NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "Couldn't create identity");
+    }
+
+    // advance to next key, if any
+    token = NS_strtok(",", &newStr);
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+
+/* attribute nsIMsgIdentity defaultIdentity; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgAccount::GetDefaultIdentity(nsIMsgIdentity **aDefaultIdentity)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aDefaultIdentity);
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(m_identities, NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED);
+
+  *aDefaultIdentity = nullptr;
+  uint32_t count;
+  nsresult rv = m_identities->GetLength(&count);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  if (count == 0)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIdentity> identity = do_QueryElementAt(m_identities, 0, &rv);
+  identity.swap(*aDefaultIdentity);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgAccount::SetDefaultIdentity(nsIMsgIdentity *aDefaultIdentity)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(m_identities, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+
+  uint32_t position = 0;
+  nsresult rv = m_identities->IndexOf(0, aDefaultIdentity, &position);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = m_identities->RemoveElementAt(position);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // The passed in identity is in the list, so we have at least one element.
+  rv = m_identities->InsertElementAt(aDefaultIdentity, 0, false);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  return saveIdentitiesPref();
+}
+
+// add the identity to m_identities, but don't fiddle with the
+// prefs. The assumption here is that the pref for this identity is
+// already set.
+nsresult
+nsMsgAccount::addIdentityInternal(nsIMsgIdentity *identity)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(m_identities, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+
+  return m_identities->AppendElement(identity, false);
+}
+
+/* void addIdentity (in nsIMsgIdentity identity); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgAccount::AddIdentity(nsIMsgIdentity *identity)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(identity);
+
+  // hack hack - need to add this to the list of identities.
+  // for now just treat this as a Setxxx accessor
+  // when this is actually implemented, don't refcount the default identity
+  nsCString key;
+  nsresult rv = identity->GetKey(key);
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+    nsCString identityList;
+    m_prefs->GetCharPref("identities", getter_Copies(identityList));
+
+    nsAutoCString newIdentityList(identityList);
+
+    nsAutoCString testKey;      // temporary to strip whitespace
+    bool foundIdentity = false; // if the input identity is found
+
+    if (!identityList.IsEmpty()) {
+      char *newStr = identityList.BeginWriting();
+      char *token = NS_strtok(",", &newStr);
+
+      // look for the identity key that we're adding
+      while (token) {
+        testKey = token;
+        testKey.StripWhitespace();
+
+        if (testKey.Equals(key))
+          foundIdentity = true;
+
+        token = NS_strtok(",", &newStr);
+      }
+    }
+
+    // if it didn't already exist, append it
+    if (!foundIdentity) {
+      if (newIdentityList.IsEmpty())
+        newIdentityList = key;
+      else {
+        newIdentityList.Append(',');
+        newIdentityList.Append(key);
+      }
+    }
+
+    m_prefs->SetCharPref("identities", newIdentityList.get());
+  }
+
+  // now add it to the in-memory list
+  return addIdentityInternal(identity);
+}
+
+/* void removeIdentity (in nsIMsgIdentity identity); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgAccount::RemoveIdentity(nsIMsgIdentity *aIdentity)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aIdentity);
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(m_identities, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+
+  uint32_t count = 0;
+  m_identities->GetLength(&count);
+  // At least one identity must stay after the delete.
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(count > 1, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+
+  uint32_t pos = 0;
+  nsresult rv = m_identities->IndexOf(0, aIdentity, &pos);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // remove our identity
+  m_identities->RemoveElementAt(pos);
+
+  // clear out the actual pref values associated with the identity
+  aIdentity->ClearAllValues();
+
+  return saveIdentitiesPref();
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgAccount::saveIdentitiesPref()
+{
+  nsAutoCString newIdentityList;
+
+  // Iterate over the existing identities and build the pref value,
+  // a string of identity keys: id1, id2, idX...
+  uint32_t count;
+  nsresult rv = m_identities->GetLength(&count);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCString key;
+  for (uint32_t index = 0; index < count; index++)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIdentity> identity = do_QueryElementAt(m_identities, index, &rv);
+    if (identity)
+    {
+      identity->GetKey(key);
+
+      if (!index) {
+        newIdentityList = key;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        newIdentityList.Append(',');
+        newIdentityList.Append(key);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  // Save the pref.
+  m_prefs->SetCharPref("identities", newIdentityList.get());
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgAccount::GetKey(nsACString& accountKey)
+{
+  accountKey = m_accountKey;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgAccount::SetKey(const nsACString& accountKey)
+{
+  m_accountKey = accountKey;
+  m_prefs = nullptr;
+  m_identities = nullptr;
+  return createIdentities();
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgAccount::ToString(nsAString& aResult)
+{
+  nsAutoString val;
+  aResult.AssignLiteral("[nsIMsgAccount: ");
+  aResult.Append(NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16(m_accountKey));
+  aResult.AppendLiteral("]");
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgAccount::ClearAllValues()
+{
+  nsresult rv = getPrefService();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  return m_prefs->DeleteBranch("");
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgAccount.h b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgAccount.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5a12dab1a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgAccount.h
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nscore.h"
+#include "nsIMsgAccount.h"
+#include "nsIPrefBranch.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsIMutableArray.h"
+
+class nsMsgAccount : public nsIMsgAccount
+{
+
+public:
+  nsMsgAccount();
+
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGACCOUNT
+
+private:
+  virtual ~nsMsgAccount();
+  nsCString m_accountKey;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> m_prefs;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> m_incomingServer;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> m_identities;
+
+  nsresult getPrefService();
+  nsresult createIncomingServer();
+  nsresult createIdentities();
+  nsresult saveIdentitiesPref();
+  nsresult addIdentityInternal(nsIMsgIdentity* identity);
+
+  // Have we tried to get the server yet?
+  bool mTriedToGetServer;
+};
+
diff --git a/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgAccountManager.cpp b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgAccountManager.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5dd3893b6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgAccountManager.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,3708 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/*
+ * The account manager service - manages all accounts, servers, and identities
+ */
+
+#include "nsIComponentManager.h"
+#include "nsIServiceManager.h"
+// Disable deprecation warnings generated by nsISupportsArray and associated
+// classes.
+#if defined(__GNUC__)
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wdeprecated-declarations"
+#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
+#pragma warning (disable : 4996)
+#endif
+#include "nsISupportsArray.h"
+#include "nsIArray.h"
+#include "nsArrayUtils.h"
+#include "nsMsgAccountManager.h"
+#include "nsMsgBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsMsgCompCID.h"
+#include "nsMsgDBCID.h"
+#include "prmem.h"
+#include "prcmon.h"
+#include "prthread.h"
+#include "plstr.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsUnicharUtils.h"
+#include "nscore.h"
+#include "prprf.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolderCache.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "nsIFile.h"
+#include "nsIURL.h"
+#include "nsNetCID.h"
+#include "nsIPrefService.h"
+#include "nsIPrefBranch.h"
+#include "nsISmtpService.h"
+#include "nsIMsgBiffManager.h"
+#include "nsIMsgPurgeService.h"
+#include "nsIObserverService.h"
+#include "nsINoIncomingServer.h"
+#include "nsIMsgMailSession.h"
+#include "nsIDirectoryService.h"
+#include "nsAppDirectoryServiceDefs.h"
+#include "nsMailDirServiceDefs.h"
+#include "nsMsgFolderFlags.h"
+#include "nsIRDFService.h"
+#include "nsRDFCID.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolderNotificationService.h"
+#include "nsIImapIncomingServer.h"
+#include "nsIImapUrl.h"
+#include "nsIMessengerOSIntegration.h"
+#include "nsICategoryManager.h"
+#include "nsISupportsPrimitives.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFilterService.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFilter.h"
+#include "nsIMsgSearchSession.h"
+#include "nsIMsgSearchTerm.h"
+#include "nsIMutableArray.h"
+#include "nsIDBFolderInfo.h"
+#include "nsIMsgHdr.h"
+#include "nsILineInputStream.h"
+#include "nsThreadUtils.h"
+#include "nsNetUtil.h"
+#include "nsIStringBundle.h"
+#include "nsMsgMessageFlags.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFilterList.h"
+#include "nsDirectoryServiceUtils.h"
+#include "mozilla/Services.h"
+#include <algorithm>
+#include "nsIFileStreams.h"
+#include "nsIOutputStream.h"
+#include "nsISafeOutputStream.h"
+
+#define PREF_MAIL_ACCOUNTMANAGER_ACCOUNTS "mail.accountmanager.accounts"
+#define PREF_MAIL_ACCOUNTMANAGER_DEFAULTACCOUNT "mail.accountmanager.defaultaccount"
+#define PREF_MAIL_ACCOUNTMANAGER_LOCALFOLDERSSERVER "mail.accountmanager.localfoldersserver"
+#define PREF_MAIL_SERVER_PREFIX "mail.server."
+#define ACCOUNT_PREFIX "account"
+#define SERVER_PREFIX "server"
+#define ID_PREFIX "id"
+#define ABOUT_TO_GO_OFFLINE_TOPIC "network:offline-about-to-go-offline"
+#define ACCOUNT_DELIMITER ','
+#define APPEND_ACCOUNTS_VERSION_PREF_NAME "append_preconfig_accounts.version"
+#define MAILNEWS_ROOT_PREF "mailnews."
+#define PREF_MAIL_ACCOUNTMANAGER_APPEND_ACCOUNTS "mail.accountmanager.appendaccounts"
+
+static NS_DEFINE_CID(kMsgAccountCID, NS_MSGACCOUNT_CID);
+static NS_DEFINE_CID(kMsgFolderCacheCID, NS_MSGFOLDERCACHE_CID);
+
+#define SEARCH_FOLDER_FLAG "searchFolderFlag"
+#define SEARCH_FOLDER_FLAG_LEN (sizeof(SEARCH_FOLDER_FLAG) - 1)
+
+const char *kSearchFolderUriProp = "searchFolderUri";
+
+bool nsMsgAccountManager::m_haveShutdown = false;
+bool nsMsgAccountManager::m_shutdownInProgress = false;
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMsgAccountManager,
+                              nsIMsgAccountManager,
+                              nsIObserver,
+                              nsISupportsWeakReference,
+                              nsIUrlListener,
+                              nsIFolderListener)
+
+nsMsgAccountManager::nsMsgAccountManager() :
+  m_accountsLoaded(false),
+  m_emptyTrashInProgress(false),
+  m_cleanupInboxInProgress(false),
+  m_userAuthenticated(false),
+  m_loadingVirtualFolders(false),
+  m_virtualFoldersLoaded(false)
+{
+}
+
+nsMsgAccountManager::~nsMsgAccountManager()
+{
+  if(!m_haveShutdown)
+  {
+    Shutdown();
+    //Don't remove from Observer service in Shutdown because Shutdown also gets called
+    //from xpcom shutdown observer.  And we don't want to remove from the service in that case.
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIObserverService> observerService =
+      mozilla::services::GetObserverService();
+    if (observerService)
+    {
+      observerService->RemoveObserver(this, NS_XPCOM_SHUTDOWN_OBSERVER_ID);
+      observerService->RemoveObserver(this, "quit-application-granted");
+      observerService->RemoveObserver(this, ABOUT_TO_GO_OFFLINE_TOPIC);
+      observerService->RemoveObserver(this, "sleep_notification");
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgAccountManager::Init()
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  m_prefs = do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIObserverService> observerService =
+           mozilla::services::GetObserverService();
+  if (observerService)
+  {
+    observerService->AddObserver(this, NS_XPCOM_SHUTDOWN_OBSERVER_ID, true);
+    observerService->AddObserver(this, "quit-application-granted" , true);
+    observerService->AddObserver(this, ABOUT_TO_GO_OFFLINE_TOPIC, true);
+    observerService->AddObserver(this, "profile-before-change", true);
+    observerService->AddObserver(this, "sleep_notification", true);
+  }
+
+  // Make sure PSM gets initialized before any accounts use certificates.
+  net_EnsurePSMInit();
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgAccountManager::Shutdown()
+{
+  if (m_haveShutdown)     // do not shutdown twice
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  SaveVirtualFolders();
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBService> msgDBService = do_GetService(NS_MSGDB_SERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  if (msgDBService)
+  {
+    nsTObserverArray<RefPtr<VirtualFolderChangeListener> >::ForwardIterator iter(m_virtualFolderListeners);
+    RefPtr<VirtualFolderChangeListener> listener;
+
+    while (iter.HasMore())
+    {
+      listener = iter.GetNext();
+      msgDBService->UnregisterPendingListener(listener);
+    }
+  }
+  if(m_msgFolderCache)
+    WriteToFolderCache(m_msgFolderCache);
+  (void)ShutdownServers();
+  (void)UnloadAccounts();
+
+  //shutdown removes nsIIncomingServer listener from biff manager, so do it after accounts have been unloaded
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgBiffManager> biffService = do_GetService(NS_MSGBIFFMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && biffService)
+    biffService->Shutdown();
+
+  //shutdown removes nsIIncomingServer listener from purge service, so do it after accounts have been unloaded
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgPurgeService> purgeService = do_GetService(NS_MSGPURGESERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && purgeService)
+    purgeService->Shutdown();
+
+  m_msgFolderCache = nullptr;
+  m_haveShutdown = true;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgAccountManager::GetShutdownInProgress(bool *_retval)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(_retval);
+    *_retval = m_shutdownInProgress;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgAccountManager::GetUserNeedsToAuthenticate(bool *aRetval)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aRetval);
+  if (!m_userAuthenticated)
+    return m_prefs->GetBoolPref("mail.password_protect_local_cache", aRetval);
+  *aRetval = !m_userAuthenticated;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgAccountManager::SetUserNeedsToAuthenticate(bool aUserNeedsToAuthenticate)
+{
+  m_userAuthenticated = !aUserNeedsToAuthenticate;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgAccountManager::Observe(nsISupports *aSubject, const char *aTopic, const char16_t *someData)
+{
+  if(!strcmp(aTopic,NS_XPCOM_SHUTDOWN_OBSERVER_ID))
+  {
+    Shutdown();
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  if (!strcmp(aTopic, "quit-application-granted"))
+  {
+    // CleanupOnExit will set m_shutdownInProgress to true.
+    CleanupOnExit();
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  if (!strcmp(aTopic, ABOUT_TO_GO_OFFLINE_TOPIC))
+  {
+    nsAutoString dataString(NS_LITERAL_STRING("offline"));
+    if (someData)
+    {
+      nsAutoString someDataString(someData);
+      if (dataString.Equals(someDataString))
+        CloseCachedConnections();
+    }
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  if (!strcmp(aTopic, "sleep_notification"))
+    return CloseCachedConnections();
+
+  if (!strcmp(aTopic, "profile-before-change"))
+  {
+    Shutdown();
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+ return NS_OK;
+}
+
+void
+nsMsgAccountManager::getUniqueAccountKey(nsCString& aResult)
+{
+  int32_t lastKey = 0;
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefService> prefservice(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID,
+                                       &rv));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefBranch;
+    prefservice->GetBranch("", getter_AddRefs(prefBranch));
+
+    rv = prefBranch->GetIntPref("mail.account.lastKey", &lastKey);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv) || lastKey == 0) {
+      // If lastKey pref does not contain a valid value, loop over existing
+      // pref names mail.account.* .
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefBranchAccount;
+      rv = prefservice->GetBranch("mail.account.", getter_AddRefs(prefBranchAccount));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+        uint32_t prefCount;
+        char **prefList;
+        rv = prefBranchAccount->GetChildList("", &prefCount, &prefList);
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+          // Pref names are of the format accountX.
+          // Find the maximum value of 'X' used so far.
+          for (uint32_t i = 0; i < prefCount; i++) {
+            nsCString prefName;
+            prefName.Assign(prefList[i]);
+            if (StringBeginsWith(prefName, NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(ACCOUNT_PREFIX))) {
+              int32_t dotPos = prefName.FindChar('.');
+              if (dotPos != kNotFound) {
+                nsCString keyString(Substring(prefName, strlen(ACCOUNT_PREFIX),
+                                              dotPos - strlen(ACCOUNT_PREFIX)));
+                int32_t thisKey = keyString.ToInteger(&rv);
+                if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+                  lastKey = std::max(lastKey, thisKey);
+              }
+            }
+          }
+          NS_FREE_XPCOM_ALLOCATED_POINTER_ARRAY(prefCount, prefList);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    // Use next available key and store the value in the pref.
+    aResult.Assign(ACCOUNT_PREFIX);
+    aResult.AppendInt(++lastKey);
+    rv = prefBranch->SetIntPref("mail.account.lastKey", lastKey);
+  } else {
+    // If pref service is not working, try to find a free accountX key
+    // by checking which keys exist.
+    int32_t i = 1;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccount> account;
+
+    do {
+      aResult = ACCOUNT_PREFIX;
+      aResult.AppendInt(i++);
+      GetAccount(aResult, getter_AddRefs(account));
+    } while (account);
+  }
+}
+
+void
+nsMsgAccountManager::GetUniqueServerKey(nsACString& aResult)
+{
+  nsAutoCString prefResult;
+  bool usePrefsScan = true;
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefService> prefService(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID,
+                                       &rv));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    usePrefsScan = false;
+
+  // Loop over existing pref names mail.server.server(lastKey).type
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefBranchServer;
+  if (prefService)
+  {
+    rv = prefService->GetBranch(PREF_MAIL_SERVER_PREFIX, getter_AddRefs(prefBranchServer));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      usePrefsScan = false;
+  }
+
+  if (usePrefsScan)
+  {
+    nsAutoCString type;
+    nsAutoCString typeKey;
+    for (uint32_t lastKey = 1; ; lastKey++)
+    {
+      aResult.AssignLiteral(SERVER_PREFIX);
+      aResult.AppendInt(lastKey);
+      typeKey.Assign(aResult);
+      typeKey.AppendLiteral(".type");
+      prefBranchServer->GetCharPref(typeKey.get(), getter_Copies(type));
+      if (type.IsEmpty()) // a server slot with no type is considered empty
+        return;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    // If pref service fails, try to find a free serverX key
+    // by checking which keys exist.
+    nsAutoCString internalResult;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+    uint32_t i = 1;
+    do {
+      aResult.AssignLiteral(SERVER_PREFIX);
+      aResult.AppendInt(i++);
+      m_incomingServers.Get(aResult, getter_AddRefs(server));
+    } while (server);
+    return;
+  }
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgAccountManager::CreateIdentity(nsIMsgIdentity **_retval)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(_retval);
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsAutoCString key;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIdentity> identity;
+  int32_t i = 1;
+  do {
+    key.AssignLiteral(ID_PREFIX);
+    key.AppendInt(i++);
+    m_identities.Get(key, getter_AddRefs(identity));
+  } while (identity);
+
+  rv = createKeyedIdentity(key, _retval);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgAccountManager::GetIdentity(const nsACString& key, nsIMsgIdentity **_retval)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(_retval);
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  *_retval = nullptr;
+
+  if (!key.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIdentity> identity;
+    m_identities.Get(key, getter_AddRefs(identity));
+    if (identity)
+      identity.swap(*_retval);
+    else // identity doesn't exist. create it.
+      rv = createKeyedIdentity(key, _retval);
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+/*
+ * the shared identity-creation code
+ * create an identity and add it to the accountmanager's list.
+ */
+nsresult
+nsMsgAccountManager::createKeyedIdentity(const nsACString& key,
+                                         nsIMsgIdentity ** aIdentity)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIdentity> identity =
+      do_CreateInstance(NS_MSGIDENTITY_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  identity->SetKey(key);
+  m_identities.Put(key, identity);
+  identity.swap(*aIdentity);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgAccountManager::CreateIncomingServer(const nsACString&  username,
+                                          const nsACString& hostname,
+                                          const nsACString& type,
+                                          nsIMsgIncomingServer **_retval)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(_retval);
+
+  nsresult rv = LoadAccounts();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsAutoCString key;
+  GetUniqueServerKey(key);
+  rv = createKeyedServer(key, username, hostname, type, _retval);
+  if (*_retval)
+  {
+    nsCString defaultStore;
+    m_prefs->GetCharPref("mail.serverDefaultStoreContractID", getter_Copies(defaultStore));
+    (*_retval)->SetCharValue("storeContractID", defaultStore);
+
+    // From when we first create the account until we have created some folders,
+    // we can change the store type.
+    (*_retval)->SetBoolValue("canChangeStoreType", true);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgAccountManager::GetIncomingServer(const nsACString& key,
+                                       nsIMsgIncomingServer **_retval)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(_retval);
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  if (m_incomingServers.Get(key, _retval))
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  // server doesn't exist, so create it
+  // this is really horrible because we are doing our own prefname munging
+  // instead of leaving it up to the incoming server.
+  // this should be fixed somehow so that we can create the incoming server
+  // and then read from the incoming server's attributes
+
+  // in order to create the right kind of server, we have to look
+  // at the pref for this server to get the username, hostname, and type
+  nsAutoCString serverPrefPrefix(PREF_MAIL_SERVER_PREFIX);
+  serverPrefPrefix.Append(key);
+
+  nsCString serverType;
+  nsAutoCString serverPref (serverPrefPrefix);
+  serverPref.AppendLiteral(".type");
+  rv = m_prefs->GetCharPref(serverPref.get(), getter_Copies(serverType));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED);
+
+  //
+  // .userName
+  serverPref = serverPrefPrefix;
+  serverPref.AppendLiteral(".userName");
+  nsCString username;
+  rv = m_prefs->GetCharPref(serverPref.get(), getter_Copies(username));
+
+  // .hostname
+  serverPref = serverPrefPrefix;
+  serverPref.AppendLiteral(".hostname");
+  nsCString hostname;
+  rv = m_prefs->GetCharPref(serverPref.get(), getter_Copies(hostname));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED);
+
+  return createKeyedServer(key, username, hostname, serverType, _retval);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgAccountManager::RemoveIncomingServer(nsIMsgIncomingServer *aServer,
+                                          bool aRemoveFiles)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aServer);
+
+  nsCString serverKey;
+  nsresult rv = aServer->GetKey(serverKey);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  LogoutOfServer(aServer); // close cached connections and forget session password
+
+  // invalidate the FindServer() cache if we are removing the cached server
+  if (m_lastFindServerResult == aServer)
+    SetLastServerFound(nullptr, EmptyCString(), EmptyCString(), 0, EmptyCString());
+
+  m_incomingServers.Remove(serverKey);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> rootFolder;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIArray> allDescendants;
+
+  rv = aServer->GetRootFolder(getter_AddRefs(rootFolder));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = rootFolder->GetDescendants(getter_AddRefs(allDescendants));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  uint32_t cnt = 0;
+  rv = allDescendants->GetLength(&cnt);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolderNotificationService> notifier =
+           do_GetService(NS_MSGNOTIFICATIONSERVICE_CONTRACTID);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFolderListener> mailSession =
+           do_GetService(NS_MSGMAILSESSION_CONTRACTID);
+
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < cnt; i++)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder = do_QueryElementAt(allDescendants, i);
+    if (folder)
+    {
+      folder->ForceDBClosed();
+      if (notifier)
+        notifier->NotifyFolderDeleted(folder);
+      if (mailSession)
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> parentFolder;
+        folder->GetParent(getter_AddRefs(parentFolder));
+        mailSession->OnItemRemoved(parentFolder, folder);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  if (notifier)
+    notifier->NotifyFolderDeleted(rootFolder);
+  if (mailSession)
+    mailSession->OnItemRemoved(nullptr, rootFolder);
+
+  removeListenersFromFolder(rootFolder);
+  NotifyServerUnloaded(aServer);
+  if (aRemoveFiles)
+  {
+    rv = aServer->RemoveFiles();
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+
+  // now clear out the server once and for all.
+  // watch out! could be scary
+  aServer->ClearAllValues();
+  rootFolder->Shutdown(true);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+/*
+ * create a server when you know the key and the type
+ */
+nsresult
+nsMsgAccountManager::createKeyedServer(const nsACString& key,
+                                       const nsACString& username,
+                                       const nsACString& hostname,
+                                       const nsACString& type,
+                                       nsIMsgIncomingServer ** aServer)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  *aServer = nullptr;
+
+  //construct the contractid
+  nsAutoCString serverContractID(NS_MSGINCOMINGSERVER_CONTRACTID_PREFIX);
+  serverContractID += type;
+
+  // finally, create the server
+  // (This will fail if type is from an extension that has been removed)
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server =
+           do_CreateInstance(serverContractID.get(), &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, NS_ERROR_NOT_AVAILABLE);
+
+  int32_t port;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgIncomingServer> existingServer;
+  server->SetKey(key);
+  server->SetType(type);
+  server->SetUsername(username);
+  server->SetHostName(hostname);
+  server->GetPort(&port);
+  FindRealServer(username, hostname, type, port, getter_AddRefs(existingServer));
+  // don't allow duplicate servers.
+  if (existingServer)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  m_incomingServers.Put(key, server);
+
+  // now add all listeners that are supposed to be
+  // waiting on root folders
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> rootFolder;
+  rv = server->GetRootFolder(getter_AddRefs(rootFolder));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsTObserverArray<nsCOMPtr<nsIFolderListener> >::ForwardIterator iter(mFolderListeners);
+  while (iter.HasMore())
+  {
+    rootFolder->AddFolderListener(iter.GetNext());
+  }
+
+  server.swap(*aServer);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+void
+nsMsgAccountManager::removeListenersFromFolder(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder)
+{
+  nsTObserverArray<nsCOMPtr<nsIFolderListener> >::ForwardIterator iter(mFolderListeners);
+  while (iter.HasMore())
+  {
+    aFolder->RemoveFolderListener(iter.GetNext());
+  }
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgAccountManager::RemoveAccount(nsIMsgAccount *aAccount,
+                                   bool aRemoveFiles = false)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aAccount);
+  nsresult rv = LoadAccounts();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  bool accountRemoved = m_accounts.RemoveElement(aAccount);
+
+  rv  = OutputAccountsPref();
+  // If we couldn't write out the pref, restore the account.
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) && accountRemoved)
+  {
+    m_accounts.AppendElement(aAccount);
+    return rv;
+  }
+
+  // if it's the default, clear the default account
+  if (m_defaultAccount.get() == aAccount)
+    SetDefaultAccount(nullptr);
+
+  // XXX - need to figure out if this is the last time this server is
+  // being used, and only send notification then.
+  // (and only remove from hashtable then too!)
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+  rv = aAccount->GetIncomingServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && server)
+    RemoveIncomingServer(server, aRemoveFiles);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIArray> identityArray;
+  rv = aAccount->GetIdentities(getter_AddRefs(identityArray));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+    uint32_t count = 0;
+    identityArray->GetLength(&count);
+    uint32_t i;
+    for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIdentity> identity( do_QueryElementAt(identityArray, i, &rv));
+      bool identityStillUsed = false;
+      // for each identity, see if any existing account still uses it,
+      // and if not, clear it.
+      // Note that we are also searching here accounts with missing servers from
+      //  unloaded extension types.
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      {
+        uint32_t index;
+        for (index = 0; index < m_accounts.Length() && !identityStillUsed; index++)
+        {
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIArray> existingIdentitiesArray;
+
+          rv = m_accounts[index]->GetIdentities(getter_AddRefs(existingIdentitiesArray));
+          uint32_t pos;
+          if (NS_SUCCEEDED(existingIdentitiesArray->IndexOf(0, identity, &pos)))
+          {
+            identityStillUsed = true;
+            break;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      // clear out all identity information if no other account uses it.
+      if (!identityStillUsed)
+        identity->ClearAllValues();
+    }
+  }
+
+  // It is not a critical problem if this fails as the account was already
+  // removed from the list of accounts so should not ever be referenced.
+  // Just print it out for debugging.
+  rv = aAccount->ClearAllValues();
+  NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "removing of account prefs failed");
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgAccountManager::OutputAccountsPref()
+{
+  nsCString accountKey;
+  mAccountKeyList.Truncate();
+
+  for (uint32_t index = 0; index < m_accounts.Length(); index++)
+  {
+    m_accounts[index]->GetKey(accountKey);
+    if (index)
+      mAccountKeyList.Append(ACCOUNT_DELIMITER);
+    mAccountKeyList.Append(accountKey);
+  }
+  return m_prefs->SetCharPref(PREF_MAIL_ACCOUNTMANAGER_ACCOUNTS,
+                                mAccountKeyList.get());
+}
+
+/* get the default account. If no default account, pick the first account */
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgAccountManager::GetDefaultAccount(nsIMsgAccount **aDefaultAccount)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aDefaultAccount);
+
+  nsresult rv = LoadAccounts();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  if (!m_defaultAccount) {
+    uint32_t count = m_accounts.Length();
+    if (!count) {
+      *aDefaultAccount = nullptr;
+      return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    }
+
+    nsCString defaultKey;
+    rv = m_prefs->GetCharPref(PREF_MAIL_ACCOUNTMANAGER_DEFAULTACCOUNT, getter_Copies(defaultKey));
+
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      rv = GetAccount(defaultKey, getter_AddRefs(m_defaultAccount));
+
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !m_defaultAccount) {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccount> firstAccount;
+      uint32_t index;
+      bool foundValidDefaultAccount = false;
+      for (index = 0; index < count; index++) {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccount> account(m_accounts[index]);
+
+        // get incoming server
+        nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+        // server could be null if created by an unloaded extension
+        (void) account->GetIncomingServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+
+        bool canBeDefaultServer = false;
+        if (server)
+        {
+          server->GetCanBeDefaultServer(&canBeDefaultServer);
+          if (!firstAccount)
+            firstAccount = account;
+        }
+
+        // if this can serve as default server, set it as default and
+        // break out of the loop.
+        if (canBeDefaultServer) {
+          SetDefaultAccount(account);
+          foundValidDefaultAccount = true;
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+
+      if (!foundValidDefaultAccount) {
+        // Get the first account and use it.
+        // We need to fix this scenario, e.g. in bug 342632.
+        NS_WARNING("No valid default account found.");
+        if (firstAccount) {
+          NS_WARNING("Just using the first one (FIXME).");
+          SetDefaultAccount(firstAccount);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (!m_defaultAccount) {
+    // Absolutely no usable account found. Error out.
+    NS_ERROR("Default account is null, when not expected!");
+    *aDefaultAccount = nullptr;
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+  NS_ADDREF(*aDefaultAccount = m_defaultAccount);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgAccountManager::SetDefaultAccount(nsIMsgAccount *aDefaultAccount)
+{
+  if (m_defaultAccount != aDefaultAccount)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccount> oldAccount = m_defaultAccount;
+    m_defaultAccount = aDefaultAccount;
+    (void) setDefaultAccountPref(aDefaultAccount);
+    (void) notifyDefaultServerChange(oldAccount, aDefaultAccount);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// fire notifications
+nsresult
+nsMsgAccountManager::notifyDefaultServerChange(nsIMsgAccount *aOldAccount,
+                                               nsIMsgAccount *aNewAccount)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> rootFolder;
+
+  // first tell old server it's no longer the default
+  if (aOldAccount) {
+    rv = aOldAccount->GetIncomingServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && server) {
+      rv = server->GetRootFolder(getter_AddRefs(rootFolder));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && rootFolder)
+        rootFolder->NotifyBoolPropertyChanged(kDefaultServerAtom,
+                                              true, false);
+    }
+  }
+
+    // now tell new server it is.
+  if (aNewAccount) {
+    rv = aNewAccount->GetIncomingServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && server) {
+      rv = server->GetRootFolder(getter_AddRefs(rootFolder));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && rootFolder)
+        rootFolder->NotifyBoolPropertyChanged(kDefaultServerAtom,
+                                              false, true);
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (aOldAccount && aNewAccount)  //only notify if the user goes and changes default account
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIObserverService> observerService =
+      mozilla::services::GetObserverService();
+
+    if (observerService)
+      observerService->NotifyObservers(nullptr,"mailDefaultAccountChanged",nullptr);
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgAccountManager::setDefaultAccountPref(nsIMsgAccount* aDefaultAccount)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  if (aDefaultAccount) {
+    nsCString key;
+    rv = aDefaultAccount->GetKey(key);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    rv = m_prefs->SetCharPref(PREF_MAIL_ACCOUNTMANAGER_DEFAULTACCOUNT, key.get());
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  }
+  else
+    m_prefs->ClearUserPref(PREF_MAIL_ACCOUNTMANAGER_DEFAULTACCOUNT);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+void nsMsgAccountManager::LogoutOfServer(nsIMsgIncomingServer *aServer)
+{
+  if (!aServer)
+    return;
+  mozilla::DebugOnly<nsresult> rv = aServer->Shutdown();
+  NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "Shutdown of server failed");
+  rv = aServer->ForgetSessionPassword();
+  NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "failed to remove the password associated with server");
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgAccountManager::GetFolderCache(nsIMsgFolderCache* *aFolderCache)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aFolderCache);
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  if (!m_msgFolderCache)
+  {
+    m_msgFolderCache = do_CreateInstance(kMsgFolderCacheCID, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> cacheFile;
+    rv = NS_GetSpecialDirectory(NS_APP_MESSENGER_FOLDER_CACHE_50_FILE,
+                                getter_AddRefs(cacheFile));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    m_msgFolderCache->Init(cacheFile);
+  }
+
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aFolderCache = m_msgFolderCache);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgAccountManager::GetAccounts(nsIArray **_retval)
+{
+  nsresult rv = LoadAccounts();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> accounts(do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  for (uint32_t index = 0; index < m_accounts.Length(); index++)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccount> existingAccount(m_accounts[index]);
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+    existingAccount->GetIncomingServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+    if (!server)
+      continue;
+    if (server)
+    {
+      bool hidden = false;
+      server->GetHidden(&hidden);
+      if (hidden)
+        continue;
+    }
+    accounts->AppendElement(existingAccount, false);
+  }
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*_retval = accounts);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgAccountManager::GetAllIdentities(nsIArray **_retval)
+{
+  nsresult rv = LoadAccounts();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> result(do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIArray> identities;
+
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < m_accounts.Length(); ++i) {
+    rv = m_accounts[i]->GetIdentities(getter_AddRefs(identities));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      continue;
+
+    uint32_t idCount;
+    rv = identities->GetLength(&idCount);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      continue;
+
+    for (uint32_t j = 0; j < idCount; ++j) {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIdentity> identity(do_QueryElementAt(identities, j, &rv));
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        continue;
+
+      nsAutoCString key;
+      rv = identity->GetKey(key);
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        continue;
+
+      uint32_t resultCount;
+      rv = result->GetLength(&resultCount);
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        continue;
+
+      bool found = false;
+      for (uint32_t k = 0; k < resultCount && !found; ++k) {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIdentity> thisIdentity(do_QueryElementAt(result, k, &rv));
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+          continue;
+
+        nsAutoCString thisKey;
+        rv = thisIdentity->GetKey(thisKey);
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+          continue;
+
+        if (key == thisKey)
+          found = true;
+      }
+
+      if (!found)
+        result->AppendElement(identity, false);
+    }
+  }
+  result.forget(_retval);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgAccountManager::GetAllServers(nsIArray **_retval)
+{
+  nsresult rv = LoadAccounts();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> servers(do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  for (auto iter = m_incomingServers.Iter(); !iter.Done(); iter.Next()) {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer>& server = iter.Data();
+    if (!server)
+      continue;
+
+    bool hidden = false;
+    server->GetHidden(&hidden);
+    if (hidden)
+      continue;
+
+    nsCString type;
+    if (NS_FAILED(server->GetType(type))) {
+      NS_WARNING("server->GetType() failed");
+      continue;
+    }
+
+    if (!type.EqualsLiteral("im")) {
+      servers->AppendElement(server, false);
+    }
+  }
+
+  servers.forget(_retval);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgAccountManager::LoadAccounts()
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  // for now safeguard multiple calls to this function
+  if (m_accountsLoaded)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailSession> mailSession = do_GetService(NS_MSGMAILSESSION_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    mailSession->AddFolderListener(this, nsIFolderListener::added |
+                                         nsIFolderListener::removed |
+                                         nsIFolderListener::intPropertyChanged);
+  // If we have code trying to do things after we've unloaded accounts,
+  // ignore it.
+  if (m_shutdownInProgress || m_haveShutdown)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  kDefaultServerAtom = MsgGetAtom("DefaultServer");
+  mFolderFlagAtom = MsgGetAtom("FolderFlag");
+
+  //Ensure biff service has started
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgBiffManager> biffService =
+           do_GetService(NS_MSGBIFFMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    biffService->Init();
+
+  //Ensure purge service has started
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgPurgeService> purgeService =
+           do_GetService(NS_MSGPURGESERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    purgeService->Init();
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefService> prefservice(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID,
+                                       &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // Ensure messenger OS integration service has started
+  // note, you can't expect the integrationService to be there
+  // we don't have OS integration on all platforms.
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMessengerOSIntegration> integrationService =
+           do_GetService(NS_MESSENGEROSINTEGRATION_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+
+  // mail.accountmanager.accounts is the main entry point for all accounts
+  nsCString accountList;
+  rv = m_prefs->GetCharPref(PREF_MAIL_ACCOUNTMANAGER_ACCOUNTS, getter_Copies(accountList));
+
+  /**
+   * Check to see if we need to add pre-configured accounts.
+   * Following prefs are important to note in understanding the procedure here.
+   *
+   * 1. pref("mailnews.append_preconfig_accounts.version", version number);
+   * This pref registers the current version in the user prefs file. A default value
+   * is stored in mailnews.js file. If a given vendor needs to add more preconfigured
+   * accounts, the default version number can be increased. Comparing version
+   * number from user's prefs file and the default one from mailnews.js, we
+   * can add new accounts and any other version level changes that need to be done.
+   *
+   * 2. pref("mail.accountmanager.appendaccounts", <comma separated account list>);
+   * This pref contains the list of pre-configured accounts that ISP/Vendor wants to
+   * to add to the existing accounts list.
+   */
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> defaultsPrefBranch;
+  rv = prefservice->GetDefaultBranch(MAILNEWS_ROOT_PREF, getter_AddRefs(defaultsPrefBranch));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefBranch;
+  rv = prefservice->GetBranch(MAILNEWS_ROOT_PREF, getter_AddRefs(prefBranch));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  int32_t appendAccountsCurrentVersion=0;
+  int32_t appendAccountsDefaultVersion=0;
+  rv = prefBranch->GetIntPref(APPEND_ACCOUNTS_VERSION_PREF_NAME, &appendAccountsCurrentVersion);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = defaultsPrefBranch->GetIntPref(APPEND_ACCOUNTS_VERSION_PREF_NAME, &appendAccountsDefaultVersion);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // Update the account list if needed
+  if ((appendAccountsCurrentVersion <= appendAccountsDefaultVersion)) {
+
+    // Get a list of pre-configured accounts
+    nsCString appendAccountList;
+    rv = m_prefs->GetCharPref(PREF_MAIL_ACCOUNTMANAGER_APPEND_ACCOUNTS,
+                              getter_Copies(appendAccountList));
+    appendAccountList.StripWhitespace();
+
+    // If there are pre-configured accounts, we need to add them to the
+    // existing list.
+    if (!appendAccountList.IsEmpty())
+    {
+      if (!accountList.IsEmpty())
+      {
+        // Tokenize the data and add each account
+        // in the user's current mailnews account list
+        nsTArray<nsCString> accountsArray;
+        ParseString(accountList, ACCOUNT_DELIMITER, accountsArray);
+        uint32_t i = accountsArray.Length();
+
+        // Append each account in the pre-configured account list
+        ParseString(appendAccountList, ACCOUNT_DELIMITER, accountsArray);
+
+        // Now add each account that does not already appear in the list
+        for (; i < accountsArray.Length(); i++)
+        {
+          if (accountsArray.IndexOf(accountsArray[i]) == i)
+          {
+            accountList.Append(ACCOUNT_DELIMITER);
+            accountList.Append(accountsArray[i]);
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        accountList = appendAccountList;
+      }
+      // Increase the version number so that updates will happen as and when needed
+      rv = prefBranch->SetIntPref(APPEND_ACCOUNTS_VERSION_PREF_NAME, appendAccountsCurrentVersion + 1);
+    }
+  }
+
+  // It is ok to return null accounts like when we create new profile.
+  m_accountsLoaded = true;
+  m_haveShutdown = false;
+
+  if (accountList.IsEmpty())
+      return NS_OK;
+
+  /* parse accountList and run loadAccount on each string, comma-separated */
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccount> account;
+  // Tokenize the data and add each account
+  // in the user's current mailnews account list
+  nsTArray<nsCString> accountsArray;
+  ParseString(accountList, ACCOUNT_DELIMITER, accountsArray);
+
+  // These are the duplicate accounts we found. We keep track of these
+  // because if any other server defers to one of these accounts, we need
+  // to defer to the correct account.
+  nsCOMArray<nsIMsgAccount> dupAccounts;
+
+  // Now add each account that does not already appear in the list
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < accountsArray.Length(); i++)
+  {
+    // if we've already seen this exact account, advance to the next account.
+    // After the loop, we'll notice that we don't have as many actual accounts
+    // as there were accounts in the pref, and rewrite the pref.
+    if (accountsArray.IndexOf(accountsArray[i]) != i)
+      continue;
+
+    // get the "server" pref to see if we already have an account with this
+    // server. If we do, we ignore this account.
+    nsAutoCString serverKeyPref("mail.account.");
+    serverKeyPref += accountsArray[i];
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> accountPrefBranch;
+    rv = prefservice->GetBranch(serverKeyPref.get(),
+                                getter_AddRefs(accountPrefBranch));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+    serverKeyPref += ".server";
+    nsCString serverKey;
+    rv = m_prefs->GetCharPref(serverKeyPref.get(), getter_Copies(serverKey));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      continue;
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccount> serverAccount;
+    findAccountByServerKey(serverKey, getter_AddRefs(serverAccount));
+    // If we have an existing account with the same server, ignore this account
+    if (serverAccount)
+      continue;
+
+    if (NS_FAILED(createKeyedAccount(accountsArray[i],
+                                     getter_AddRefs(account))) || !account)
+    {
+      NS_WARNING("unexpected entry in account list; prefs corrupt?");
+      continue;
+    }
+
+    // See nsIMsgAccount.idl for a description of the secondsToLeaveUnavailable
+    //  and timeFoundUnavailable preferences
+    nsAutoCString toLeavePref(PREF_MAIL_SERVER_PREFIX);
+    toLeavePref.Append(serverKey);
+    nsAutoCString unavailablePref(toLeavePref); // this is the server-specific prefix
+    unavailablePref.AppendLiteral(".timeFoundUnavailable");
+    toLeavePref.AppendLiteral(".secondsToLeaveUnavailable");
+    int32_t secondsToLeave = 0;
+    int32_t timeUnavailable = 0;
+
+    m_prefs->GetIntPref(toLeavePref.get(), &secondsToLeave);
+
+    // force load of accounts (need to find a better way to do this)
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIArray> identities;
+    account->GetIdentities(getter_AddRefs(identities));
+
+    rv = account->CreateServer();
+    bool deleteAccount = NS_FAILED(rv);
+
+    if (secondsToLeave)
+    { // we need to process timeUnavailable
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) // clear the time if server is available
+      {
+        m_prefs->ClearUserPref(unavailablePref.get());
+      }
+      // NS_ERROR_NOT_AVAILABLE signifies a server that could not be
+      // instantiated, presumably because of an invalid type.
+      else if (rv == NS_ERROR_NOT_AVAILABLE)
+      {
+        m_prefs->GetIntPref(unavailablePref.get(), &timeUnavailable);
+        if (!timeUnavailable)
+        { // we need to set it, this must be the first time unavailable
+          uint32_t nowSeconds;
+          PRTime2Seconds(PR_Now(), &nowSeconds);
+          m_prefs->SetIntPref(unavailablePref.get(), nowSeconds);
+          deleteAccount = false;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    if (rv == NS_ERROR_NOT_AVAILABLE && timeUnavailable != 0)
+    { // Our server is still unavailable. Have we timed out yet?
+      uint32_t nowSeconds;
+      PRTime2Seconds(PR_Now(), &nowSeconds);
+      if ((int32_t)nowSeconds < timeUnavailable + secondsToLeave)
+        deleteAccount = false;
+    }
+
+    if (deleteAccount)
+    {
+      dupAccounts.AppendObject(account);
+      m_accounts.RemoveElement(account);
+    }
+  }
+
+  // Check if we removed one or more of the accounts in the pref string.
+  // If so, rewrite the pref string.
+  if (accountsArray.Length() != m_accounts.Length())
+    OutputAccountsPref();
+
+  int32_t cnt = dupAccounts.Count();
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccount> dupAccount;
+
+  // Go through the accounts seeing if any existing server is deferred to
+  // an account we removed. If so, fix the deferral. Then clean up the prefs
+  // for the removed account.
+  for (int32_t i = 0; i < cnt; i++)
+  {
+    dupAccount = dupAccounts[i];
+    for (auto iter = m_incomingServers.Iter(); !iter.Done(); iter.Next()) {
+      /*
+       * This loop gets run for every incoming server, and is passed a
+       * duplicate account. It checks that the server is not deferred to the
+       * duplicate account. If it is, then it looks up the information for the
+       * duplicate account's server (username, hostName, type), and finds an
+       * account with a server with the same username, hostname, and type, and
+       * if it finds one, defers to that account instead. Generally, this will
+       * be a Local Folders account, since 2.0 has a bug where duplicate Local
+       * Folders accounts are created.
+       */
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer>& server = iter.Data();    // njn: rename
+      nsCString type;
+      server->GetType(type);
+      if (type.EqualsLiteral("pop3"))
+      {
+        nsCString deferredToAccount;
+        // Get the pref directly, because the GetDeferredToAccount accessor
+        // attempts to fix broken deferrals, but we know more about what the
+        // deferred to account was.
+        server->GetCharValue("deferred_to_account", deferredToAccount);
+        if (!deferredToAccount.IsEmpty())
+        {
+          nsCString dupAccountKey;
+          dupAccount->GetKey(dupAccountKey);
+          if (deferredToAccount.Equals(dupAccountKey))
+          {
+            nsresult rv;
+            nsCString accountPref("mail.account.");
+            nsCString dupAccountServerKey;
+            accountPref.Append(dupAccountKey);
+            accountPref.Append(".server");
+            nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefService> prefservice(
+              do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+            if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+              continue;
+            }
+            nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefBranch(
+              do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+            if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+              continue;
+            }
+            rv = prefBranch->GetCharPref(accountPref.get(),
+                                         getter_Copies(dupAccountServerKey));
+            if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+              continue;
+            }
+            nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> serverPrefBranch;
+            nsCString serverKeyPref(PREF_MAIL_SERVER_PREFIX);
+            serverKeyPref.Append(dupAccountServerKey);
+            serverKeyPref.Append(".");
+            rv = prefservice->GetBranch(serverKeyPref.get(),
+                                        getter_AddRefs(serverPrefBranch));
+            if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+              continue;
+            }
+            nsCString userName;
+            nsCString hostName;
+            nsCString type;
+            serverPrefBranch->GetCharPref("userName", getter_Copies(userName));
+            serverPrefBranch->GetCharPref("hostname", getter_Copies(hostName));
+            serverPrefBranch->GetCharPref("type", getter_Copies(type));
+            // Find a server with the same info.
+            nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccountManager> accountManager =
+                     do_GetService(NS_MSGACCOUNTMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+            if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+              continue;
+            }
+            nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+            accountManager->FindServer(userName, hostName, type,
+                                       getter_AddRefs(server));
+            if (server)
+            {
+              nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccount> replacement;
+              accountManager->FindAccountForServer(server,
+                                                   getter_AddRefs(replacement));
+              if (replacement)
+              {
+                nsCString accountKey;
+                replacement->GetKey(accountKey);
+                if (!accountKey.IsEmpty())
+                  server->SetCharValue("deferred_to_account", accountKey);
+              }
+            }
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    nsAutoCString accountKeyPref("mail.account.");
+    nsCString dupAccountKey;
+    dupAccount->GetKey(dupAccountKey);
+    if (dupAccountKey.IsEmpty())
+      continue;
+    accountKeyPref += dupAccountKey;
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> accountPrefBranch;
+    rv = prefservice->GetBranch(accountKeyPref.get(),
+                                getter_AddRefs(accountPrefBranch));
+    if (accountPrefBranch)
+      accountPrefBranch->DeleteBranch("");
+  }
+
+  // Make sure we have an account that points at the local folders server
+  nsCString localFoldersServerKey;
+  rv = m_prefs->GetCharPref(PREF_MAIL_ACCOUNTMANAGER_LOCALFOLDERSSERVER,
+                            getter_Copies(localFoldersServerKey));
+
+  if (!localFoldersServerKey.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+    rv = GetIncomingServer(localFoldersServerKey, getter_AddRefs(server));
+    if (server)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccount> localFoldersAccount;
+      findAccountByServerKey(localFoldersServerKey, getter_AddRefs(localFoldersAccount));
+      // If we don't have an existing account pointing at the local folders
+      // server, we're going to add one.
+      if (!localFoldersAccount)
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccount> account;
+        (void) CreateAccount(getter_AddRefs(account));
+        if (account)
+          account->SetIncomingServer(server);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// this routine goes through all the identities and makes sure
+// that the special folders for each identity have the
+// correct special folder flags set, e.g, the Sent folder has
+// the sent flag set.
+//
+// it also goes through all the spam settings for each account
+// and makes sure the folder flags are set there, too
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgAccountManager::SetSpecialFolders()
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFService> rdf = do_GetService("@mozilla.org/rdf/rdf-service;1", &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIArray> identities;
+  GetAllIdentities(getter_AddRefs(identities));
+
+  uint32_t idCount = 0;
+  identities->GetLength(&idCount);
+
+  uint32_t id;
+  nsCString identityKey;
+
+  for (id = 0; id < idCount; id++)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIdentity> thisIdentity(do_QueryElementAt(identities, id, &rv));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      continue;
+
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && thisIdentity)
+    {
+      nsCString folderUri;
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFResource> res;
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder;
+      thisIdentity->GetFccFolder(folderUri);
+      if (!folderUri.IsEmpty() && NS_SUCCEEDED(rdf->GetResource(folderUri, getter_AddRefs(res))))
+      {
+        folder = do_QueryInterface(res, &rv);
+        nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> parent;
+        if (folder && NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        {
+          rv = folder->GetParent(getter_AddRefs(parent));
+          if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && parent)
+            rv = folder->SetFlag(nsMsgFolderFlags::SentMail);
+        }
+      }
+      thisIdentity->GetDraftFolder(folderUri);
+      if (!folderUri.IsEmpty() && NS_SUCCEEDED(rdf->GetResource(folderUri, getter_AddRefs(res))))
+      {
+        folder = do_QueryInterface(res, &rv);
+        nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> parent;
+        if (folder && NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        {
+          rv = folder->GetParent(getter_AddRefs(parent));
+          if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && parent)
+            rv = folder->SetFlag(nsMsgFolderFlags::Drafts);
+        }
+      }
+      thisIdentity->GetArchiveFolder(folderUri);
+      if (!folderUri.IsEmpty() && NS_SUCCEEDED(rdf->GetResource(folderUri, getter_AddRefs(res))))
+      {
+        folder = do_QueryInterface(res, &rv);
+        nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> parent;
+        if (folder && NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        {
+          rv = folder->GetParent(getter_AddRefs(parent));
+          if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && parent)
+          {
+            bool archiveEnabled;
+            thisIdentity->GetArchiveEnabled(&archiveEnabled);
+            if (archiveEnabled)
+              rv = folder->SetFlag(nsMsgFolderFlags::Archive);
+            else
+              rv = folder->ClearFlag(nsMsgFolderFlags::Archive);
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      thisIdentity->GetStationeryFolder(folderUri);
+      if (!folderUri.IsEmpty() && NS_SUCCEEDED(rdf->GetResource(folderUri, getter_AddRefs(res))))
+      {
+        folder = do_QueryInterface(res, &rv);
+        if (folder && NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        {
+          nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> parent;
+          rv = folder->GetParent(getter_AddRefs(parent));
+          if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && parent) // only set flag if folder is real
+            rv = folder->SetFlag(nsMsgFolderFlags::Templates);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  // XXX todo
+  // get all servers
+  // get all spam settings for each server
+  // set the JUNK folder flag on the spam folders, right?
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgAccountManager::UnloadAccounts()
+{
+  // release the default account
+  kDefaultServerAtom = nullptr;
+  mFolderFlagAtom = nullptr;
+
+  m_defaultAccount=nullptr;
+  for (auto iter = m_incomingServers.Iter(); !iter.Done(); iter.Next()) {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer>& server = iter.Data();
+    if (!server)
+      continue;
+    nsresult rv;
+    NotifyServerUnloaded(server);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> rootFolder;
+    rv = server->GetRootFolder(getter_AddRefs(rootFolder));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+      removeListenersFromFolder(rootFolder);
+
+      rootFolder->Shutdown(true);
+    }
+  }
+
+  m_accounts.Clear();          // will release all elements
+  m_identities.Clear();
+  m_incomingServers.Clear();
+  mAccountKeyList.Truncate();
+  SetLastServerFound(nullptr, EmptyCString(), EmptyCString(), 0, EmptyCString());
+
+  if (m_accountsLoaded)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailSession> mailSession =
+      do_GetService(NS_MSGMAILSESSION_CONTRACTID);
+    if (mailSession)
+      mailSession->RemoveFolderListener(this);
+    m_accountsLoaded = false;
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgAccountManager::ShutdownServers()
+{
+  for (auto iter = m_incomingServers.Iter(); !iter.Done(); iter.Next()) {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer>& server = iter.Data();
+    if (server)
+      server->Shutdown();
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgAccountManager::CloseCachedConnections()
+{
+  for (auto iter = m_incomingServers.Iter(); !iter.Done(); iter.Next()) {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer>& server = iter.Data();
+    if (server)
+      server->CloseCachedConnections();
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgAccountManager::CleanupOnExit()
+{
+  // This can get called multiple times, and potentially re-entrantly.
+  // So add some protection against that.
+  if (m_shutdownInProgress)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  m_shutdownInProgress = true;
+
+  for (auto iter = m_incomingServers.Iter(); !iter.Done(); iter.Next()) {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer>& server = iter.Data();
+
+    bool emptyTrashOnExit = false;
+    bool cleanupInboxOnExit = false;
+    nsresult rv;
+
+    if (WeAreOffline())
+      break;
+
+    if (!server)
+      continue;
+
+    server->GetEmptyTrashOnExit(&emptyTrashOnExit);
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIImapIncomingServer> imapserver = do_QueryInterface(server);
+    if (imapserver)
+    {
+      imapserver->GetCleanupInboxOnExit(&cleanupInboxOnExit);
+      imapserver->SetShuttingDown(true);
+    }
+    if (emptyTrashOnExit || cleanupInboxOnExit)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> root;
+      server->GetRootFolder(getter_AddRefs(root));
+      nsCString type;
+      server->GetType(type);
+      if (root)
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder;
+        folder = do_QueryInterface(root);
+        if (folder)
+        {
+          nsCString passwd;
+          bool serverRequiresPasswordForAuthentication = true;
+          bool isImap = type.EqualsLiteral("imap");
+          if (isImap)
+          {
+            server->GetServerRequiresPasswordForBiff(&serverRequiresPasswordForAuthentication);
+            server->GetPassword(passwd);
+          }
+          if (!isImap || (isImap && (!serverRequiresPasswordForAuthentication || !passwd.IsEmpty())))
+          {
+            nsCOMPtr<nsIUrlListener> urlListener;
+            nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccountManager> accountManager =
+                     do_GetService(NS_MSGACCOUNTMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+            if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+              continue;
+
+            if (isImap)
+              urlListener = do_QueryInterface(accountManager, &rv);
+
+            if (isImap && cleanupInboxOnExit)
+            {
+              nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleEnumerator> enumerator;
+              rv = folder->GetSubFolders(getter_AddRefs(enumerator));
+              if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+              {
+                bool hasMore;
+                while (NS_SUCCEEDED(enumerator->HasMoreElements(&hasMore)) &&
+                       hasMore)
+                {
+                  nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> item;
+                  enumerator->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(item));
+
+                  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> inboxFolder(do_QueryInterface(item));
+                  if (!inboxFolder)
+                    continue;
+
+                  uint32_t flags;
+                  inboxFolder->GetFlags(&flags);
+                  if (flags & nsMsgFolderFlags::Inbox)
+                  {
+                    rv = inboxFolder->Compact(urlListener, nullptr /* msgwindow */);
+                    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+                      accountManager->SetFolderDoingCleanupInbox(inboxFolder);
+                    break;
+                  }
+                }
+              }
+            }
+
+            if (emptyTrashOnExit)
+            {
+              rv = folder->EmptyTrash(nullptr, urlListener);
+              if (isImap && NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+                accountManager->SetFolderDoingEmptyTrash(folder);
+            }
+
+            if (isImap && urlListener)
+            {
+              nsCOMPtr<nsIThread> thread(do_GetCurrentThread());
+
+              bool inProgress = false;
+              if (cleanupInboxOnExit)
+              {
+                int32_t loopCount = 0; // used to break out after 5 seconds
+                accountManager->GetCleanupInboxInProgress(&inProgress);
+                while (inProgress && loopCount++ < 5000)
+                {
+                  accountManager->GetCleanupInboxInProgress(&inProgress);
+                  PR_CEnterMonitor(folder);
+                  PR_CWait(folder, PR_MicrosecondsToInterval(1000UL));
+                  PR_CExitMonitor(folder);
+                  NS_ProcessPendingEvents(thread, PR_MicrosecondsToInterval(1000UL));
+                }
+              }
+              if (emptyTrashOnExit)
+              {
+                accountManager->GetEmptyTrashInProgress(&inProgress);
+                int32_t loopCount = 0;
+                while (inProgress && loopCount++ < 5000)
+                {
+                  accountManager->GetEmptyTrashInProgress(&inProgress);
+                  PR_CEnterMonitor(folder);
+                  PR_CWait(folder, PR_MicrosecondsToInterval(1000UL));
+                  PR_CExitMonitor(folder);
+                  NS_ProcessPendingEvents(thread, PR_MicrosecondsToInterval(1000UL));
+                }
+              }
+            }
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  // Try to do this early on in the shutdown process before
+  // necko shuts itself down.
+  CloseCachedConnections();
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgAccountManager::WriteToFolderCache(nsIMsgFolderCache *folderCache)
+{
+  for (auto iter = m_incomingServers.Iter(); !iter.Done(); iter.Next()) {
+    iter.Data()->WriteToFolderCache(folderCache);
+  }
+  return folderCache ? folderCache->Close() : NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgAccountManager::createKeyedAccount(const nsCString& key,
+                                        nsIMsgAccount ** aAccount)
+{
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccount> account = do_CreateInstance(kMsgAccountCID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  account->SetKey(key);
+
+  m_accounts.AppendElement(account);
+
+  // add to string list
+  if (mAccountKeyList.IsEmpty())
+    mAccountKeyList = key;
+  else {
+    mAccountKeyList.Append(',');
+    mAccountKeyList.Append(key);
+  }
+
+  m_prefs->SetCharPref(PREF_MAIL_ACCOUNTMANAGER_ACCOUNTS, mAccountKeyList.get());
+  account.swap(*aAccount);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgAccountManager::CreateAccount(nsIMsgAccount **_retval)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(_retval);
+
+  nsAutoCString key;
+  getUniqueAccountKey(key);
+
+  return createKeyedAccount(key, _retval);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgAccountManager::GetAccount(const nsACString& aKey, nsIMsgAccount **aAccount)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aAccount);
+  *aAccount = nullptr;
+
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < m_accounts.Length(); ++i)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccount> account(m_accounts[i]);
+    nsCString key;
+    account->GetKey(key);
+    if (key.Equals(aKey))
+    {
+      account.swap(*aAccount);
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+
+  // If not found, create on demand.
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgAccountManager::FindServerIndex(nsIMsgIncomingServer* server, int32_t* result)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(server);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(result);
+
+  nsCString key;
+  nsresult rv = server->GetKey(key);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // do this by account because the account list is in order
+  uint32_t i;
+  for (i = 0; i < m_accounts.Length(); ++i)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+    rv = m_accounts[i]->GetIncomingServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+    if (!server || NS_FAILED(rv))
+      continue;
+
+    nsCString serverKey;
+    rv = server->GetKey(serverKey);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      continue;
+
+    // stop when found,
+    // index will be set to the current index
+    if (serverKey.Equals(key))
+      break;
+  }
+
+  // Even if the search failed, we can return index.
+  // This means that all servers not in the array return an index higher
+  // than all "registered" servers.
+  *result = i;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgAccountManager::AddIncomingServerListener(nsIIncomingServerListener *serverListener)
+{
+  m_incomingServerListeners.AppendObject(serverListener);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgAccountManager::RemoveIncomingServerListener(nsIIncomingServerListener *serverListener)
+{
+  m_incomingServerListeners.RemoveObject(serverListener);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgAccountManager::NotifyServerLoaded(nsIMsgIncomingServer *server)
+{
+  int32_t count = m_incomingServerListeners.Count();
+  for(int32_t i = 0; i < count; i++)
+  {
+    nsIIncomingServerListener* listener = m_incomingServerListeners[i];
+    listener->OnServerLoaded(server);
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgAccountManager::NotifyServerUnloaded(nsIMsgIncomingServer *server)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(server);
+
+  int32_t count = m_incomingServerListeners.Count();
+  server->SetFilterList(nullptr); // clear this to cut shutdown leaks. we are always passing valid non-null server here.
+
+  for(int32_t i = 0; i < count; i++)
+  {
+    nsIIncomingServerListener* listener = m_incomingServerListeners[i];
+    listener->OnServerUnloaded(server);
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgAccountManager::NotifyServerChanged(nsIMsgIncomingServer *server)
+{
+  int32_t count = m_incomingServerListeners.Count();
+  for(int32_t i = 0; i < count; i++)
+  {
+    nsIIncomingServerListener* listener = m_incomingServerListeners[i];
+    listener->OnServerChanged(server);
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgAccountManager::FindServerByURI(nsIURI *aURI, bool aRealFlag,
+                                nsIMsgIncomingServer** aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aURI);
+
+  nsresult rv = LoadAccounts();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // Get username and hostname and port so we can get the server
+  nsAutoCString username;
+  nsAutoCString escapedUsername;
+  rv = aURI->GetUserPass(escapedUsername);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !escapedUsername.IsEmpty())
+    MsgUnescapeString(escapedUsername, 0,  username);
+
+  nsAutoCString hostname;
+  nsAutoCString escapedHostname;
+  rv = aURI->GetHost(escapedHostname);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !escapedHostname.IsEmpty())
+    MsgUnescapeString(escapedHostname, 0, hostname);
+
+  nsAutoCString type;
+  rv = aURI->GetScheme(type);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !type.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    // now modify type if pop or news
+    if (type.EqualsLiteral("pop"))
+      type.AssignLiteral("pop3");
+    // we use "nntp" in the server list so translate it here.
+    else if (type.EqualsLiteral("news"))
+      type.AssignLiteral("nntp");
+    // we use "any" as the wildcard type.
+    else if (type.EqualsLiteral("any"))
+      type.Truncate();
+  }
+
+  int32_t port = 0;
+  // check the port of the scheme is not 'none' or blank
+  if (!(type.EqualsLiteral("none") || type.IsEmpty()))
+  {
+    rv = aURI->GetPort(&port);
+    // Set the port to zero if we got a -1 (use default)
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && (port == -1))
+      port = 0;
+  }
+
+  return findServerInternal(username, hostname, type, port, aRealFlag, aResult);
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgAccountManager::findServerInternal(const nsACString& username,
+                                        const nsACString& hostname,
+                                        const nsACString& type,
+                                        int32_t port,
+                                        bool aRealFlag,
+                                        nsIMsgIncomingServer** aResult)
+{
+  // If 'aRealFlag' is set then we want to scan all existing accounts
+  // to make sure there's no duplicate including those whose host and/or
+  // user names have been changed.
+  if (!aRealFlag &&
+      (m_lastFindServerUserName.Equals(username)) &&
+      (m_lastFindServerHostName.Equals(hostname)) &&
+      (m_lastFindServerType.Equals(type)) &&
+      (m_lastFindServerPort == port) &&
+      m_lastFindServerResult)
+  {
+    NS_ADDREF(*aResult = m_lastFindServerResult);
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  for (auto iter = m_incomingServers.Iter(); !iter.Done(); iter.Next()) {
+    // Find matching server by user+host+type+port.
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer>& server = iter.Data();
+
+    if (!server)
+      continue;
+
+    nsresult rv;
+    nsCString thisHostname;
+    if (aRealFlag)
+      rv = server->GetRealHostName(thisHostname);
+    else
+      rv = server->GetHostName(thisHostname);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      continue;
+
+    nsCString thisUsername;
+    if (aRealFlag)
+      rv = server->GetRealUsername(thisUsername);
+    else
+      rv = server->GetUsername(thisUsername);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      continue;
+
+    nsCString thisType;
+    rv = server->GetType(thisType);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      continue;
+
+    int32_t thisPort = -1; // use the default port identifier
+    // Don't try and get a port for the 'none' scheme
+    if (!thisType.EqualsLiteral("none"))
+    {
+      rv = server->GetPort(&thisPort);
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+        continue;
+      }
+    }
+
+    // treat "" as a wild card, so if the caller passed in "" for the desired attribute
+    // treat it as a match
+    if ((type.IsEmpty() || thisType.Equals(type)) &&
+        (hostname.IsEmpty() || thisHostname.Equals(hostname, nsCaseInsensitiveCStringComparator())) &&
+        (!(port != 0) || (port == thisPort)) &&
+        (username.IsEmpty() || thisUsername.Equals(username)))
+    {
+      // stop on first find; cache for next time
+      if (!aRealFlag)
+        SetLastServerFound(server, hostname, username, port, type);
+
+      NS_ADDREF(*aResult = server);
+      return NS_OK;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgAccountManager::FindServer(const nsACString& username,
+                                const nsACString& hostname,
+                                const nsACString& type,
+                                nsIMsgIncomingServer** aResult)
+{
+  return findServerInternal(username, hostname, type, 0, false, aResult);
+}
+
+// Interface called by UI js only (always return true).
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgAccountManager::FindRealServer(const nsACString& username,
+                                    const nsACString& hostname,
+                                    const nsACString& type,
+                                    int32_t port,
+                                    nsIMsgIncomingServer** aResult)
+{
+  *aResult = nullptr;
+  findServerInternal(username, hostname, type, port, true, aResult);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+void
+nsMsgAccountManager::findAccountByServerKey(const nsCString &aKey,
+                                            nsIMsgAccount **aResult)
+{
+  *aResult = nullptr;
+
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < m_accounts.Length(); ++i)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+    nsresult rv = m_accounts[i]->GetIncomingServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+    if (!server || NS_FAILED(rv))
+      continue;
+
+    nsCString key;
+    rv = server->GetKey(key);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      continue;
+
+    // if the keys are equal, the servers are equal
+    if (key.Equals(aKey))
+    {
+      NS_ADDREF(*aResult = m_accounts[i]);
+      break; // stop on first found account
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgAccountManager::FindAccountForServer(nsIMsgIncomingServer *server,
+                                            nsIMsgAccount **aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+
+  if (!server)
+  {
+    (*aResult) = nullptr;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  nsCString key;
+  rv = server->GetKey(key);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  findAccountByServerKey(key, aResult);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgAccountManager::GetFirstIdentityForServer(nsIMsgIncomingServer *aServer, nsIMsgIdentity **aIdentity)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aServer);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aIdentity);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIArray> identities;
+  nsresult rv = GetIdentitiesForServer(aServer, getter_AddRefs(identities));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // not all servers have identities
+  // for example, Local Folders
+  uint32_t numIdentities;
+  rv = identities->GetLength(&numIdentities);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  if (numIdentities > 0)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIdentity> identity(do_QueryElementAt(identities, 0, &rv));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    identity.swap(*aIdentity);
+  }
+  else
+    *aIdentity = nullptr;
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgAccountManager::GetIdentitiesForServer(nsIMsgIncomingServer *server,
+                                            nsIArray **_retval)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(server);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(_retval);
+  nsresult rv = LoadAccounts();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> identities(do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsAutoCString serverKey;
+  rv = server->GetKey(serverKey);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < m_accounts.Length(); ++i)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccount> account(m_accounts[i]);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> thisServer;
+    rv = account->GetIncomingServer(getter_AddRefs(thisServer));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !thisServer)
+      continue;
+
+    nsAutoCString thisServerKey;
+    rv = thisServer->GetKey(thisServerKey);
+    if (serverKey.Equals(thisServerKey))
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIArray> theseIdentities;
+      rv = account->GetIdentities(getter_AddRefs(theseIdentities));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      {
+        uint32_t theseLength;
+        rv = theseIdentities->GetLength(&theseLength);
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        {
+          for (uint32_t j = 0; j < theseLength; ++j)
+          {
+            nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> id(do_QueryElementAt(theseIdentities, j, &rv));
+            if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+              identities->AppendElement(id, false);
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  identities.forget(_retval);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgAccountManager::GetServersForIdentity(nsIMsgIdentity *aIdentity,
+                                           nsIArray **_retval)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aIdentity);
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  rv = LoadAccounts();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> servers(do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < m_accounts.Length(); ++i)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIArray> identities;
+    if (NS_FAILED(m_accounts[i]->GetIdentities(getter_AddRefs(identities))))
+      continue;
+
+    uint32_t idCount = 0;
+    if (NS_FAILED(identities->GetLength(&idCount)))
+      continue;
+
+    uint32_t id;
+    nsCString identityKey;
+    rv = aIdentity->GetKey(identityKey);
+    for (id = 0; id < idCount; id++)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIdentity> thisIdentity(do_QueryElementAt(identities, id, &rv));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      {
+        nsCString thisIdentityKey;
+        rv = thisIdentity->GetKey(thisIdentityKey);
+
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && identityKey.Equals(thisIdentityKey))
+        {
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> thisServer;
+          rv = m_accounts[i]->GetIncomingServer(getter_AddRefs(thisServer));
+          if (thisServer && NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+          {
+            servers->AppendElement(thisServer, false);
+            break;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  servers.forget(_retval);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgAccountManager::AddRootFolderListener(nsIFolderListener *aListener)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(aListener, NS_OK);
+  mFolderListeners.AppendElement(aListener);
+  for (auto iter = m_incomingServers.Iter(); !iter.Done(); iter.Next()) {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> rootFolder;
+    nsresult rv = iter.Data()->GetRootFolder(getter_AddRefs(rootFolder));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+      continue;
+    }
+    rv = rootFolder->AddFolderListener(aListener);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgAccountManager::RemoveRootFolderListener(nsIFolderListener *aListener)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(aListener, NS_OK);
+  mFolderListeners.RemoveElement(aListener);
+  for (auto iter = m_incomingServers.Iter(); !iter.Done(); iter.Next()) {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> rootFolder;
+    nsresult rv = iter.Data()->GetRootFolder(getter_AddRefs(rootFolder));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+      continue;
+    }
+    rv = rootFolder->RemoveFolderListener(aListener);
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgAccountManager::SetLocalFoldersServer(nsIMsgIncomingServer *aServer)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aServer);
+  nsCString key;
+  nsresult rv = aServer->GetKey(key);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  return m_prefs->SetCharPref(PREF_MAIL_ACCOUNTMANAGER_LOCALFOLDERSSERVER, key.get());
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgAccountManager::GetLocalFoldersServer(nsIMsgIncomingServer **aServer)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aServer);
+
+  nsCString serverKey;
+
+  nsresult rv = m_prefs->GetCharPref(PREF_MAIL_ACCOUNTMANAGER_LOCALFOLDERSSERVER, getter_Copies(serverKey));
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !serverKey.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    rv = GetIncomingServer(serverKey, aServer);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      return rv;
+    // otherwise, we're going to fall through to looking for an existing local
+    // folders account, because now we fail creating one if one already exists.
+  }
+
+  // try ("nobody","Local Folders","none"), and work down to any "none" server.
+  rv = FindServer(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("nobody"), NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("Local Folders"),
+                  NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("none"), aServer);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !*aServer)
+  {
+      rv = FindServer(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("nobody"), EmptyCString(), NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("none"), aServer);
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !*aServer)
+      {
+          rv = FindServer(EmptyCString(), NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("Local Folders"),
+                          NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("none"), aServer);
+          if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !*aServer)
+              rv = FindServer(EmptyCString(), EmptyCString(), NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("none"), aServer);
+      }
+  }
+
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  if (!*aServer)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  // we don't want the Smart Mailboxes server to be the local server.
+  bool hidden;
+  (*aServer)->GetHidden(&hidden);
+  if (hidden)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  rv = SetLocalFoldersServer(*aServer);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgAccountManager::GetLocalFoldersPrettyName(nsString &localFoldersName)
+{
+  // we don't want "nobody at Local Folders" to show up in the
+  // folder pane, so we set the pretty name to a localized "Local Folders"
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundle> bundle;
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundleService> sBundleService =
+    mozilla::services::GetStringBundleService();
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(sBundleService, NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED);
+
+  rv = sBundleService->CreateBundle("chrome://messenger/locale/messenger.properties",
+                                    getter_AddRefs(bundle));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  return bundle->GetStringFromName(u"localFolders", getter_Copies(localFoldersName));
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgAccountManager::CreateLocalMailAccount()
+{
+  // create the server
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+  nsresult rv = CreateIncomingServer(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("nobody"),
+                            NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("Local Folders"),
+                            NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("none"), getter_AddRefs(server));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  nsString localFoldersName;
+  rv = GetLocalFoldersPrettyName(localFoldersName);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  server->SetPrettyName(localFoldersName);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsINoIncomingServer> noServer;
+  noServer = do_QueryInterface(server, &rv);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  // create the directory structure for old 4.x "Local Mail"
+  // under <profile dir>/Mail/Local Folders or
+  // <"mail.directory" pref>/Local Folders
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIFile> mailDir;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIFile> localFile;
+  bool dirExists;
+
+  // we want <profile>/Mail
+  rv = NS_GetSpecialDirectory(NS_APP_MAIL_50_DIR, getter_AddRefs(mailDir));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+  localFile = do_QueryInterface(mailDir);
+
+  rv = mailDir->Exists(&dirExists);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !dirExists)
+    rv = mailDir->Create(nsIFile::DIRECTORY_TYPE, 0775);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  // set the default local path for "none"
+  rv = server->SetDefaultLocalPath(localFile);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  // Create an account when valid server values are established.
+  // This will keep the status of accounts sane by avoiding the addition of incomplete accounts.
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccount> account;
+  rv = CreateAccount(getter_AddRefs(account));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  // notice, no identity for local mail
+  // hook the server to the account
+  // after we set the server's local path
+  // (see bug #66018)
+  account->SetIncomingServer(server);
+
+  // remember this as the local folders server
+  return SetLocalFoldersServer(server);
+}
+
+  // nsIUrlListener methods
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgAccountManager::OnStartRunningUrl(nsIURI * aUrl)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgAccountManager::OnStopRunningUrl(nsIURI * aUrl, nsresult aExitCode)
+{
+  if (aUrl)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIImapUrl> imapUrl = do_QueryInterface(aUrl);
+    if (imapUrl)
+    {
+      nsImapAction imapAction = nsIImapUrl::nsImapTest;
+      imapUrl->GetImapAction(&imapAction);
+      switch(imapAction)
+      {
+        case nsIImapUrl::nsImapExpungeFolder:
+          if (m_folderDoingCleanupInbox)
+          {
+            PR_CEnterMonitor(m_folderDoingCleanupInbox);
+            PR_CNotifyAll(m_folderDoingCleanupInbox);
+            m_cleanupInboxInProgress = false;
+            PR_CExitMonitor(m_folderDoingCleanupInbox);
+            m_folderDoingCleanupInbox=nullptr;   //reset to nullptr
+          }
+          break;
+        case nsIImapUrl::nsImapDeleteAllMsgs:
+          if (m_folderDoingEmptyTrash)
+          {
+            PR_CEnterMonitor(m_folderDoingEmptyTrash);
+            PR_CNotifyAll(m_folderDoingEmptyTrash);
+            m_emptyTrashInProgress = false;
+            PR_CExitMonitor(m_folderDoingEmptyTrash);
+            m_folderDoingEmptyTrash = nullptr;  //reset to nullptr;
+          }
+          break;
+        default:
+          break;
+       }
+     }
+   }
+   return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgAccountManager::SetFolderDoingEmptyTrash(nsIMsgFolder *folder)
+{
+  m_folderDoingEmptyTrash = folder;
+  m_emptyTrashInProgress = true;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgAccountManager::GetEmptyTrashInProgress(bool *bVal)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(bVal);
+  *bVal = m_emptyTrashInProgress;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgAccountManager::SetFolderDoingCleanupInbox(nsIMsgFolder *folder)
+{
+  m_folderDoingCleanupInbox = folder;
+  m_cleanupInboxInProgress = true;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgAccountManager::GetCleanupInboxInProgress(bool *bVal)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(bVal);
+  *bVal = m_cleanupInboxInProgress;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+void
+nsMsgAccountManager::SetLastServerFound(nsIMsgIncomingServer *server, const nsACString& hostname,
+                                        const nsACString& username, const int32_t port, const nsACString& type)
+{
+  m_lastFindServerResult = server;
+  m_lastFindServerHostName = hostname;
+  m_lastFindServerUserName = username;
+  m_lastFindServerPort = port;
+  m_lastFindServerType = type;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgAccountManager::SaveAccountInfo()
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefService> pref(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  return pref->SavePrefFile(nullptr);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgAccountManager::GetChromePackageName(const nsACString& aExtensionName, nsACString& aChromePackageName)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsICategoryManager> catman = do_GetService(NS_CATEGORYMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleEnumerator> e;
+  rv = catman->EnumerateCategory(MAILNEWS_ACCOUNTMANAGER_EXTENSIONS, getter_AddRefs(e));
+  if(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && e) {
+    while (true) {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> supports;
+      rv = e->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(supports));
+      nsCOMPtr<nsISupportsCString> catEntry = do_QueryInterface(supports);
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !catEntry)
+        break;
+
+      nsAutoCString entryString;
+      rv = catEntry->GetData(entryString);
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+         break;
+
+      nsCString contractidString;
+      rv = catman->GetCategoryEntry(MAILNEWS_ACCOUNTMANAGER_EXTENSIONS, entryString.get(),
+                                    getter_Copies(contractidString));
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        break;
+
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgAccountManagerExtension> extension = do_GetService(contractidString.get(), &rv);
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !extension)
+        break;
+
+      nsCString name;
+      rv = extension->GetName(name);
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        break;
+
+      if (name.Equals(aExtensionName))
+        return extension->GetChromePackageName(aChromePackageName);
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+}
+
+class VFChangeListenerEvent : public mozilla::Runnable
+{
+public:
+  VFChangeListenerEvent(VirtualFolderChangeListener *vfChangeListener,
+                        nsIMsgFolder *virtFolder, nsIMsgDatabase *virtDB)
+    : mVFChangeListener(vfChangeListener), mFolder(virtFolder), mDB(virtDB)
+  {}
+
+  NS_IMETHOD Run()
+  {
+    if (mVFChangeListener)
+      mVFChangeListener->ProcessUpdateEvent(mFolder, mDB);
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+private:
+  RefPtr<VirtualFolderChangeListener> mVFChangeListener;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> mFolder;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> mDB;
+};
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(VirtualFolderChangeListener, nsIDBChangeListener)
+
+VirtualFolderChangeListener::VirtualFolderChangeListener() :
+  m_searchOnMsgStatus(false), m_batchingEvents(false)
+{}
+
+nsresult VirtualFolderChangeListener::Init()
+{
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDatabase> msgDB;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIDBFolderInfo> dbFolderInfo;
+
+  nsresult rv = m_virtualFolder->GetDBFolderInfoAndDB(getter_AddRefs(dbFolderInfo), getter_AddRefs(msgDB));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && msgDB)
+  {
+    nsCString searchTermString;
+    dbFolderInfo->GetCharProperty("searchStr", searchTermString);
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFilterService> filterService = do_GetService(NS_MSGFILTERSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFilterList> filterList;
+    rv = filterService->GetTempFilterList(m_virtualFolder, getter_AddRefs(filterList));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFilter> tempFilter;
+    filterList->CreateFilter(NS_LITERAL_STRING("temp"), getter_AddRefs(tempFilter));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    filterList->ParseCondition(tempFilter, searchTermString.get());
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    m_searchSession = do_CreateInstance(NS_MSGSEARCHSESSION_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISupportsArray> searchTerms;
+    rv = tempFilter->GetSearchTerms(getter_AddRefs(searchTerms));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    // we add the search scope right before we match the header,
+    // because we don't want the search scope caching the body input
+    // stream, because that holds onto the mailbox file, breaking
+    // compaction.
+
+    // add each item in termsArray to the search session
+    uint32_t numTerms;
+    searchTerms->Count(&numTerms);
+    for (uint32_t i = 0; i < numTerms; i++)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgSearchTerm> searchTerm (do_QueryElementAt(searchTerms, i));
+      nsMsgSearchAttribValue attrib;
+      searchTerm->GetAttrib(&attrib);
+      if (attrib == nsMsgSearchAttrib::MsgStatus)
+        m_searchOnMsgStatus = true;
+      m_searchSession->AppendTerm(searchTerm);
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+  /**
+   * nsIDBChangeListener
+   */
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+VirtualFolderChangeListener::OnHdrPropertyChanged(nsIMsgDBHdr *aHdrChanged, bool aPreChange, uint32_t *aStatus,
+                                                 nsIDBChangeListener *aInstigator)
+{
+  const uint32_t kMatch = 0x1;
+  const uint32_t kRead = 0x2;
+  const uint32_t kNew = 0x4;
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aHdrChanged);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aStatus);
+
+  uint32_t flags;
+  bool match;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> msgDB;
+  nsresult rv = m_folderWatching->GetMsgDatabase(getter_AddRefs(msgDB));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  // we don't want any early returns from this function, until we've
+  // called ClearScopes on the search session.
+  m_searchSession->AddScopeTerm(nsMsgSearchScope::offlineMail, m_folderWatching);
+  rv = m_searchSession->MatchHdr(aHdrChanged, msgDB, &match);
+  m_searchSession->ClearScopes();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  aHdrChanged->GetFlags(&flags);
+
+  if (aPreChange) // We're looking at the old header, save status
+  {
+    *aStatus = 0;
+    if (match)
+      *aStatus |= kMatch;
+    if (flags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Read)
+      *aStatus |= kRead;
+    if (flags & nsMsgMessageFlags::New)
+      *aStatus |= kNew;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  // This is the post change section where changes are detected
+
+  bool wasMatch = *aStatus & kMatch;
+  if (!match && !wasMatch) // header not in virtual folder
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  int32_t totalDelta = 0, unreadDelta = 0, newDelta = 0;
+
+  if (match) {
+    totalDelta++;
+    if (!(flags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Read))
+      unreadDelta++;
+    if (flags & nsMsgMessageFlags::New)
+      newDelta++;
+  }
+
+  if (wasMatch) {
+    totalDelta--;
+    if (!(*aStatus & kRead)) unreadDelta--;
+    if (*aStatus & kNew) newDelta--;
+  }
+
+  if ( !(unreadDelta || totalDelta || newDelta) )
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> virtDatabase;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIDBFolderInfo> dbFolderInfo;
+  rv = m_virtualFolder->GetDBFolderInfoAndDB(getter_AddRefs(dbFolderInfo),
+                        getter_AddRefs(virtDatabase));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  if (unreadDelta)
+    dbFolderInfo->ChangeNumUnreadMessages(unreadDelta);
+
+  if (newDelta)
+  {
+    int32_t numNewMessages;
+    m_virtualFolder->GetNumNewMessages(false, &numNewMessages);
+    m_virtualFolder->SetNumNewMessages(numNewMessages + newDelta);
+    m_virtualFolder->SetHasNewMessages(numNewMessages + newDelta > 0);
+  }
+
+  if (totalDelta)
+  {
+    dbFolderInfo->ChangeNumMessages(totalDelta);
+    nsCString searchUri;
+    m_virtualFolder->GetURI(searchUri);
+    msgDB->UpdateHdrInCache(searchUri.get(), aHdrChanged, totalDelta == 1);
+  }
+
+    PostUpdateEvent(m_virtualFolder, virtDatabase);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+void VirtualFolderChangeListener::DecrementNewMsgCount()
+{
+  int32_t numNewMessages;
+  m_virtualFolder->GetNumNewMessages(false, &numNewMessages);
+  if (numNewMessages > 0)
+    numNewMessages--;
+  m_virtualFolder->SetNumNewMessages(numNewMessages);
+  if (!numNewMessages)
+    m_virtualFolder->SetHasNewMessages(false);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP VirtualFolderChangeListener::OnHdrFlagsChanged(nsIMsgDBHdr *aHdrChanged, uint32_t aOldFlags, uint32_t aNewFlags, nsIDBChangeListener *aInstigator)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDatabase> msgDB;
+
+  nsresult rv = m_folderWatching->GetMsgDatabase(getter_AddRefs(msgDB));
+  bool oldMatch = false, newMatch = false;
+  // we don't want any early returns from this function, until we've
+  // called ClearScopes 0n the search session.
+  m_searchSession->AddScopeTerm(nsMsgSearchScope::offlineMail, m_folderWatching);
+  rv = m_searchSession->MatchHdr(aHdrChanged, msgDB, &newMatch);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && m_searchOnMsgStatus)
+  {
+    // if status is a search criteria, check if the header matched before
+    // it changed, in order to determine if we need to bump the counts.
+    aHdrChanged->SetFlags(aOldFlags);
+    rv = m_searchSession->MatchHdr(aHdrChanged, msgDB, &oldMatch);
+    aHdrChanged->SetFlags(aNewFlags); // restore new flags even on match failure.
+  }
+  else
+    oldMatch = newMatch;
+  m_searchSession->ClearScopes();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  // we don't want to change the total counts if this virtual folder is open in a view,
+  // because we won't remove the header from view while it's open. On the other hand,
+  // it's hard to fix the count when the user clicks away to another folder, w/o re-running
+  // the search, or setting some sort of pending count change.
+  // Maybe this needs to be handled in the view code...the view could do the same calculation
+  // and also keep track of the counts changed. Then, when the view was closed, if it's a virtual
+  // folder, it could update the counts for the db.
+  if (oldMatch != newMatch || (oldMatch && (aOldFlags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Read) != (aNewFlags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Read)))
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDatabase> virtDatabase;
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIDBFolderInfo> dbFolderInfo;
+
+    rv = m_virtualFolder->GetDBFolderInfoAndDB(getter_AddRefs(dbFolderInfo), getter_AddRefs(virtDatabase));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    int32_t totalDelta = 0,  unreadDelta = 0;
+    if (oldMatch != newMatch)
+    {
+ //     bool isOpen = false;
+//      nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgMailSession> mailSession = do_GetService(NS_MSGMAILSESSION_CONTRACTID);
+//      if (mailSession && aFolder)
+//        mailSession->IsFolderOpenInWindow(m_virtualFolder, &isOpen);
+      // we can't remove headers that no longer match - but we might add headers that newly match, someday.
+//      if (!isOpen)
+        totalDelta = (oldMatch) ? -1 : 1;
+    }
+    bool msgHdrIsRead;
+    aHdrChanged->GetIsRead(&msgHdrIsRead);
+    if (oldMatch == newMatch) // read flag changed state
+      unreadDelta = (msgHdrIsRead) ? -1 : 1;
+    else if (oldMatch) // else header should removed
+      unreadDelta = (aOldFlags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Read) ? 0 : -1;
+    else               // header should be added
+      unreadDelta = (aNewFlags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Read) ? 0 : 1;
+    if (unreadDelta)
+      dbFolderInfo->ChangeNumUnreadMessages(unreadDelta);
+    if (totalDelta)
+      dbFolderInfo->ChangeNumMessages(totalDelta);
+    if (unreadDelta == -1 && aOldFlags & nsMsgMessageFlags::New)
+      DecrementNewMsgCount();
+
+    if (totalDelta)
+    {
+      nsCString searchUri;
+      m_virtualFolder->GetURI(searchUri);
+      msgDB->UpdateHdrInCache(searchUri.get(), aHdrChanged, totalDelta == 1);
+    }
+
+    PostUpdateEvent(m_virtualFolder, virtDatabase);
+  }
+  else if (oldMatch && (aOldFlags & nsMsgMessageFlags::New) &&
+           !(aNewFlags & nsMsgMessageFlags::New))
+    DecrementNewMsgCount();
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP VirtualFolderChangeListener::OnHdrDeleted(nsIMsgDBHdr *aHdrDeleted, nsMsgKey aParentKey, int32_t aFlags, nsIDBChangeListener *aInstigator)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDatabase> msgDB;
+
+  nsresult rv = m_folderWatching->GetMsgDatabase(getter_AddRefs(msgDB));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  bool match = false;
+  m_searchSession->AddScopeTerm(nsMsgSearchScope::offlineMail, m_folderWatching);
+  // Since the notifier went to the trouble of passing in the msg flags,
+  // we should use them when doing the match.
+  uint32_t msgFlags;
+  aHdrDeleted->GetFlags(&msgFlags);
+  aHdrDeleted->SetFlags(aFlags);
+  rv = m_searchSession->MatchHdr(aHdrDeleted, msgDB, &match);
+  aHdrDeleted->SetFlags(msgFlags);
+  m_searchSession->ClearScopes();
+  if (match)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDatabase> virtDatabase;
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIDBFolderInfo> dbFolderInfo;
+
+    rv = m_virtualFolder->GetDBFolderInfoAndDB(getter_AddRefs(dbFolderInfo), getter_AddRefs(virtDatabase));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    bool msgHdrIsRead;
+    aHdrDeleted->GetIsRead(&msgHdrIsRead);
+    if (!msgHdrIsRead)
+      dbFolderInfo->ChangeNumUnreadMessages(-1);
+    dbFolderInfo->ChangeNumMessages(-1);
+    if (aFlags & nsMsgMessageFlags::New)
+    {
+      int32_t numNewMessages;
+      m_virtualFolder->GetNumNewMessages(false, &numNewMessages);
+      m_virtualFolder->SetNumNewMessages(numNewMessages - 1);
+      if (numNewMessages == 1)
+        m_virtualFolder->SetHasNewMessages(false);
+    }
+
+    nsCString searchUri;
+    m_virtualFolder->GetURI(searchUri);
+    msgDB->UpdateHdrInCache(searchUri.get(), aHdrDeleted, false);
+
+    PostUpdateEvent(m_virtualFolder, virtDatabase);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP VirtualFolderChangeListener::OnHdrAdded(nsIMsgDBHdr *aNewHdr, nsMsgKey aParentKey, int32_t aFlags, nsIDBChangeListener *aInstigator)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> msgDB;
+
+  nsresult rv = m_folderWatching->GetMsgDatabase(getter_AddRefs(msgDB));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  bool match = false;
+  if (!m_searchSession)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  m_searchSession->AddScopeTerm(nsMsgSearchScope::offlineMail, m_folderWatching);
+  rv = m_searchSession->MatchHdr(aNewHdr, msgDB, &match);
+  m_searchSession->ClearScopes();
+  if (match)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDatabase> virtDatabase;
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIDBFolderInfo> dbFolderInfo;
+
+    rv = m_virtualFolder->GetDBFolderInfoAndDB(getter_AddRefs(dbFolderInfo), getter_AddRefs(virtDatabase));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    bool msgHdrIsRead;
+    uint32_t msgFlags;
+    aNewHdr->GetIsRead(&msgHdrIsRead);
+    aNewHdr->GetFlags(&msgFlags);
+    if (!msgHdrIsRead)
+      dbFolderInfo->ChangeNumUnreadMessages(1);
+    if (msgFlags & nsMsgMessageFlags::New)
+    {
+      int32_t numNewMessages;
+      m_virtualFolder->GetNumNewMessages(false, &numNewMessages);
+      m_virtualFolder->SetHasNewMessages(true);
+      m_virtualFolder->SetNumNewMessages(numNewMessages + 1);
+    }
+    nsCString searchUri;
+    m_virtualFolder->GetURI(searchUri);
+    msgDB->UpdateHdrInCache(searchUri.get(), aNewHdr, true);
+    dbFolderInfo->ChangeNumMessages(1);
+    PostUpdateEvent(m_virtualFolder, virtDatabase);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP VirtualFolderChangeListener::OnParentChanged(nsMsgKey aKeyChanged, nsMsgKey oldParent, nsMsgKey newParent, nsIDBChangeListener *aInstigator)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP VirtualFolderChangeListener::OnAnnouncerGoingAway(nsIDBChangeAnnouncer *instigator)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDatabase> msgDB = do_QueryInterface(instigator);
+  if (msgDB)
+    msgDB->RemoveListener(this);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+VirtualFolderChangeListener::OnEvent(nsIMsgDatabase *aDB, const char *aEvent)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP VirtualFolderChangeListener::OnReadChanged(nsIDBChangeListener *aInstigator)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP VirtualFolderChangeListener::OnJunkScoreChanged(nsIDBChangeListener *aInstigator)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult VirtualFolderChangeListener::PostUpdateEvent(nsIMsgFolder *virtualFolder,
+                                                  nsIMsgDatabase *virtDatabase)
+{
+  if (m_batchingEvents)
+    return NS_OK;
+  m_batchingEvents = true;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIRunnable> event = new VFChangeListenerEvent(this, virtualFolder,
+                                                          virtDatabase);
+  return NS_DispatchToCurrentThread(event);
+}
+
+void VirtualFolderChangeListener::ProcessUpdateEvent(nsIMsgFolder *virtFolder,
+                                                     nsIMsgDatabase *virtDB)
+{
+  m_batchingEvents = false;
+  virtFolder->UpdateSummaryTotals(true); // force update from db.
+  virtDB->Commit(nsMsgDBCommitType::kLargeCommit);
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgAccountManager::GetVirtualFoldersFile(nsCOMPtr<nsIFile>& file)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> profileDir;
+  nsresult rv = NS_GetSpecialDirectory(NS_APP_USER_PROFILE_50_DIR, getter_AddRefs(profileDir));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = profileDir->AppendNative(nsDependentCString("virtualFolders.dat"));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    file = do_QueryInterface(profileDir, &rv);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgAccountManager::LoadVirtualFolders()
+{
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIFile> file;
+  GetVirtualFoldersFile(file);
+  if (!file)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  if (m_virtualFoldersLoaded)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  m_loadingVirtualFolders = true;
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBService> msgDBService = do_GetService(NS_MSGDB_SERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  if (msgDBService)
+  {
+     NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+     nsCOMPtr<nsIFileInputStream> fileStream = do_CreateInstance(NS_LOCALFILEINPUTSTREAM_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+     NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+     rv = fileStream->Init(file,  PR_RDONLY, 0664, false);
+     nsCOMPtr <nsILineInputStream> lineInputStream(do_QueryInterface(fileStream));
+
+    bool isMore = true;
+    nsAutoCString buffer;
+    int32_t version = -1;
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> virtualFolder;
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIDBFolderInfo> dbFolderInfo;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFResource> resource;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFService> rdf(do_GetService("@mozilla.org/rdf/rdf-service;1", &rv));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIArray> allFolders;
+
+    while (isMore &&
+           NS_SUCCEEDED(lineInputStream->ReadLine(buffer, &isMore)))
+    {
+      if (!buffer.IsEmpty())
+      {
+        if (version == -1)
+        {
+          buffer.Cut(0, 8);
+          nsresult irv;
+          version = buffer.ToInteger(&irv);
+          continue;
+        }
+        if (Substring(buffer, 0, 4).Equals("uri="))
+        {
+          buffer.Cut(0, 4);
+          dbFolderInfo = nullptr;
+
+          rv = rdf->GetResource(buffer, getter_AddRefs(resource));
+          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+          virtualFolder = do_QueryInterface(resource);
+          if (!virtualFolder)
+            NS_WARNING("Failed to QI virtual folder, is this leftover from an optional account type?");
+          else
+          {
+            nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> grandParent;
+            nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> oldParent;
+            nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> parentFolder;
+            bool isServer;
+            do
+            {
+              // need to add the folder as a sub-folder of its parent.
+              int32_t lastSlash = buffer.RFindChar('/');
+              if (lastSlash == kNotFound)
+                break;
+              nsDependentCSubstring parentUri(buffer, 0, lastSlash);
+              // hold a reference so it won't get deleted before it's parented.
+              oldParent = parentFolder;
+
+              rdf->GetResource(parentUri, getter_AddRefs(resource));
+              parentFolder = do_QueryInterface(resource);
+              if (parentFolder)
+              {
+                nsAutoString currentFolderNameStr;
+                nsAutoCString currentFolderNameCStr;
+                MsgUnescapeString(nsCString(Substring(buffer, lastSlash + 1, buffer.Length())), 0, currentFolderNameCStr);
+                CopyUTF8toUTF16(currentFolderNameCStr, currentFolderNameStr);
+                nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> childFolder;
+                nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDatabase> db;
+                // force db to get created.
+                virtualFolder->SetParent(parentFolder);
+                rv = virtualFolder->GetMsgDatabase(getter_AddRefs(db));
+                if (rv == NS_MSG_ERROR_FOLDER_SUMMARY_MISSING)
+                  msgDBService->CreateNewDB(virtualFolder, getter_AddRefs(db));
+                if (db)
+                  rv = db->GetDBFolderInfo(getter_AddRefs(dbFolderInfo));
+                else
+                  break;
+
+                parentFolder->AddSubfolder(currentFolderNameStr, getter_AddRefs(childFolder));
+                virtualFolder->SetFlag(nsMsgFolderFlags::Virtual);
+                if (childFolder)
+                  parentFolder->NotifyItemAdded(childFolder);
+                // here we make sure if our parent is rooted - if not, we're
+                // going to loop and add our parent as a child of its grandparent
+                // and repeat until we get to the server, or a folder that
+                // has its parent set.
+                parentFolder->GetParent(getter_AddRefs(grandParent));
+                parentFolder->GetIsServer(&isServer);
+                buffer.SetLength(lastSlash);
+              }
+              else
+                break;
+            } while (!grandParent && !isServer);
+          }
+        }
+        else if (dbFolderInfo && Substring(buffer, 0, 6).Equals("scope="))
+        {
+          buffer.Cut(0, 6);
+          // if this is a cross folder virtual folder, we have a list of folders uris,
+          // and we have to add a pending listener for each of them.
+          if (!buffer.IsEmpty())
+          {
+            ParseAndVerifyVirtualFolderScope(buffer, rdf);
+            dbFolderInfo->SetCharProperty(kSearchFolderUriProp, buffer);
+            AddVFListenersForVF(virtualFolder, buffer, rdf, msgDBService);
+          }
+        }
+        else if (dbFolderInfo && Substring(buffer, 0, 6).Equals("terms="))
+        {
+          buffer.Cut(0, 6);
+          dbFolderInfo->SetCharProperty("searchStr", buffer);
+        }
+        else if (dbFolderInfo && Substring(buffer, 0, 13).Equals("searchOnline="))
+        {
+          buffer.Cut(0, 13);
+          dbFolderInfo->SetBooleanProperty("searchOnline", buffer.Equals("true"));
+        }
+        else if (dbFolderInfo &&
+                 Substring(buffer, 0, SEARCH_FOLDER_FLAG_LEN + 1)
+                   .Equals(SEARCH_FOLDER_FLAG"="))
+        {
+          buffer.Cut(0, SEARCH_FOLDER_FLAG_LEN + 1);
+          dbFolderInfo->SetCharProperty(SEARCH_FOLDER_FLAG, buffer);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  m_loadingVirtualFolders = false;
+  m_virtualFoldersLoaded = true;
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgAccountManager::SaveVirtualFolders()
+{
+  if (!m_virtualFoldersLoaded)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> file;
+  GetVirtualFoldersFile(file);
+
+  // Open a buffered, safe output stream
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIOutputStream> outStream;
+  nsresult rv = MsgNewSafeBufferedFileOutputStream(getter_AddRefs(outStream),
+                                                   file,
+                                                   PR_CREATE_FILE | PR_WRONLY | PR_TRUNCATE,
+                                                   0664);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  WriteLineToOutputStream("version=", "1", outStream);
+  for (auto iter = m_incomingServers.Iter(); !iter.Done(); iter.Next()) {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer>& server = iter.Data();
+    if (server)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> rootFolder;
+      server->GetRootFolder(getter_AddRefs(rootFolder));
+      if (rootFolder)
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr <nsIArray> virtualFolders;
+        nsresult rv = rootFolder->GetFoldersWithFlags(nsMsgFolderFlags::Virtual,
+                                             getter_AddRefs(virtualFolders));
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+          continue;
+        }
+        uint32_t vfCount;
+        virtualFolders->GetLength(&vfCount);
+        for (uint32_t folderIndex = 0; folderIndex < vfCount; folderIndex++)
+        {
+          nsCOMPtr <nsIRDFResource> folderRes (do_QueryElementAt(virtualFolders, folderIndex));
+          nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> msgFolder = do_QueryInterface(folderRes);
+          const char *uri;
+          nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDatabase> db;
+          nsCOMPtr <nsIDBFolderInfo> dbFolderInfo;
+          rv = msgFolder->GetDBFolderInfoAndDB(getter_AddRefs(dbFolderInfo), getter_AddRefs(db)); // force db to get created.
+          if (dbFolderInfo)
+          {
+            nsCString srchFolderUri;
+            nsCString searchTerms;
+            nsCString regexScope;
+            nsCString vfFolderFlag;
+            bool searchOnline = false;
+            dbFolderInfo->GetBooleanProperty("searchOnline", false, &searchOnline);
+            dbFolderInfo->GetCharProperty(kSearchFolderUriProp, srchFolderUri);
+            dbFolderInfo->GetCharProperty("searchStr", searchTerms);
+            // logically searchFolderFlag is an int, but since we want to
+            // write out a string, get it as a string.
+            dbFolderInfo->GetCharProperty(SEARCH_FOLDER_FLAG, vfFolderFlag);
+            folderRes->GetValueConst(&uri);
+            if (!srchFolderUri.IsEmpty() && !searchTerms.IsEmpty())
+            {
+              WriteLineToOutputStream("uri=", uri, outStream);
+              if (!vfFolderFlag.IsEmpty())
+                WriteLineToOutputStream(SEARCH_FOLDER_FLAG"=", vfFolderFlag.get(), outStream);
+              WriteLineToOutputStream("scope=", srchFolderUri.get(), outStream);
+              WriteLineToOutputStream("terms=", searchTerms.get(), outStream);
+              WriteLineToOutputStream("searchOnline=", searchOnline ? "true" : "false", outStream);
+            }
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISafeOutputStream> safeStream = do_QueryInterface(outStream, &rv);
+  NS_ASSERTION(safeStream, "expected a safe output stream!");
+  if (safeStream) {
+    rv = safeStream->Finish();
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+      NS_WARNING("failed to save personal dictionary file! possible data loss");
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgAccountManager::WriteLineToOutputStream(const char *prefix, const char * line, nsIOutputStream *outputStream)
+{
+  uint32_t writeCount;
+  outputStream->Write(prefix, strlen(prefix), &writeCount);
+  outputStream->Write(line, strlen(line), &writeCount);
+  outputStream->Write("\n", 1, &writeCount);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Parse the '|' separated folder uri string into individual folders, verify
+ * that the folders are real. If we were to add things like wildcards, we
+ * could implement the expansion into real folders here.
+ *
+ * @param buffer On input, list of folder uri's, on output, verified list.
+ * @param rdf rdf service
+ */
+void nsMsgAccountManager::ParseAndVerifyVirtualFolderScope(nsCString &buffer,
+                                                           nsIRDFService *rdf)
+{
+  nsCString verifiedFolders;
+  nsTArray<nsCString> folderUris;
+  ParseString(buffer, '|', folderUris);
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIRDFResource> resource;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> parent;
+
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < folderUris.Length(); i++)
+  {
+    rdf->GetResource(folderUris[i], getter_AddRefs(resource));
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> realFolder = do_QueryInterface(resource);
+    if (!realFolder)
+      continue;
+    realFolder->GetParent(getter_AddRefs(parent));
+    if (!parent)
+      continue;
+    realFolder->GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+    if (!server)
+      continue;
+    if (!verifiedFolders.IsEmpty())
+      verifiedFolders.Append('|');
+    verifiedFolders.Append(folderUris[i]);
+  }
+  buffer.Assign(verifiedFolders);
+}
+
+// This conveniently works to add a single folder as well.
+nsresult nsMsgAccountManager::AddVFListenersForVF(nsIMsgFolder *virtualFolder,
+                                                  const nsCString& srchFolderUris,
+                                                  nsIRDFService *rdf,
+                                                  nsIMsgDBService *msgDBService)
+{
+  nsTArray<nsCString> folderUris;
+  ParseString(srchFolderUris, '|', folderUris);
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIRDFResource> resource;
+
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < folderUris.Length(); i++)
+  {
+    rdf->GetResource(folderUris[i], getter_AddRefs(resource));
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> realFolder = do_QueryInterface(resource);
+    if (!realFolder)
+      continue;
+    RefPtr<VirtualFolderChangeListener> dbListener = new VirtualFolderChangeListener();
+    NS_ENSURE_TRUE(dbListener, NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY);
+    dbListener->m_virtualFolder = virtualFolder;
+    dbListener->m_folderWatching = realFolder;
+    if (NS_FAILED(dbListener->Init()))
+    {
+      dbListener = nullptr;
+      continue;
+    }
+    m_virtualFolderListeners.AppendElement(dbListener);
+    msgDBService->RegisterPendingListener(realFolder, dbListener);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// This is called if a folder that's part of the scope of a saved search
+// has gone away.
+nsresult nsMsgAccountManager::RemoveVFListenerForVF(nsIMsgFolder *virtualFolder,
+                                                    nsIMsgFolder *folder)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBService> msgDBService(do_GetService(NS_MSGDB_SERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsTObserverArray<RefPtr<VirtualFolderChangeListener> >::ForwardIterator iter(m_virtualFolderListeners);
+  RefPtr<VirtualFolderChangeListener> listener;
+
+  while (iter.HasMore())
+  {
+    listener = iter.GetNext();
+    if (listener->m_folderWatching == folder &&
+        listener->m_virtualFolder == virtualFolder)
+    {
+      msgDBService->UnregisterPendingListener(listener);
+      m_virtualFolderListeners.RemoveElement(listener);
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgAccountManager::GetAllFolders(nsIArray **aAllFolders)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aAllFolders);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIArray> servers;
+  nsresult rv = GetAllServers(getter_AddRefs(servers));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  uint32_t numServers = 0;
+  rv = servers->GetLength(&numServers);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> allFolders(do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  uint32_t i;
+  for (i = 0; i < numServers; i++)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server = do_QueryElementAt(servers, i);
+    if (server)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> rootFolder;
+      server->GetRootFolder(getter_AddRefs(rootFolder));
+      if (rootFolder)
+        rootFolder->ListDescendants(allFolders);
+    }
+  }
+
+  allFolders.forget(aAllFolders);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgAccountManager::OnItemAdded(nsIMsgFolder *parentItem, nsISupports *item)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder = do_QueryInterface(item);
+  // just kick out with a success code if the item in question is not a folder
+  if (!folder)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  uint32_t folderFlags;
+  folder->GetFlags(&folderFlags);
+  bool addToSmartFolders = false;
+  folder->IsSpecialFolder(nsMsgFolderFlags::Inbox |
+                          nsMsgFolderFlags::Templates |
+                          nsMsgFolderFlags::Trash |
+                          nsMsgFolderFlags::Drafts, false,
+                          &addToSmartFolders);
+  // For Sent/Archives/Trash, we treat sub-folders of those folders as
+  // "special", and want to add them the smart folders search scope.
+  // So we check if this is a sub-folder of one of those special folders
+  // and set the corresponding folderFlag if so.
+  if (!addToSmartFolders)
+  {
+    bool isSpecial = false;
+    folder->IsSpecialFolder(nsMsgFolderFlags::SentMail, true, &isSpecial);
+    if (isSpecial)
+    {
+      addToSmartFolders = true;
+      folderFlags |= nsMsgFolderFlags::SentMail;
+    }
+    folder->IsSpecialFolder(nsMsgFolderFlags::Archive, true, &isSpecial);
+    if (isSpecial)
+    {
+      addToSmartFolders = true;
+      folderFlags |= nsMsgFolderFlags::Archive;
+    }
+    folder->IsSpecialFolder(nsMsgFolderFlags::Trash, true, &isSpecial);
+    if (isSpecial)
+    {
+      addToSmartFolders = true;
+      folderFlags |= nsMsgFolderFlags::Trash;
+    }
+  }
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  // if this is a special folder, check if we have a saved search over
+  // folders with this flag, and if so, add this folder to the scope.
+  if (addToSmartFolders)
+  {
+    // quick way to enumerate the saved searches.
+    nsTObserverArray<RefPtr<VirtualFolderChangeListener> >::ForwardIterator iter(m_virtualFolderListeners);
+    RefPtr<VirtualFolderChangeListener> listener;
+
+    while (iter.HasMore())
+    {
+      listener = iter.GetNext();
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDatabase> db;
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIDBFolderInfo> dbFolderInfo;
+      listener->m_virtualFolder->GetDBFolderInfoAndDB(getter_AddRefs(dbFolderInfo),
+                                                      getter_AddRefs(db));
+      if (dbFolderInfo)
+      {
+        uint32_t vfFolderFlag;
+        dbFolderInfo->GetUint32Property("searchFolderFlag", 0, & vfFolderFlag);
+        // found a saved search over folders w/ the same flag as the new folder.
+        if (vfFolderFlag & folderFlags)
+        {
+          nsCString searchURI;
+          dbFolderInfo->GetCharProperty(kSearchFolderUriProp, searchURI);
+
+          // "normalize" searchURI so we can search for |folderURI|.
+          if (!searchURI.IsEmpty())
+          {
+            searchURI.Insert('|', 0);
+            searchURI.Append('|');
+          }
+          nsCString folderURI;
+          folder->GetURI(folderURI);
+
+          int32_t index = searchURI.Find(folderURI);
+          if (index == kNotFound)
+          {
+            searchURI.Cut(0, 1);
+            searchURI.Append(folderURI);
+            dbFolderInfo->SetCharProperty(kSearchFolderUriProp, searchURI);
+            break;
+          }
+          // New sent or archive folder, need to add sub-folders to smart folder.
+          if (vfFolderFlag & (nsMsgFolderFlags::Archive | nsMsgFolderFlags::SentMail))
+          {
+            nsCOMPtr<nsIArray> allDescendants;
+            rv = folder->GetDescendants(getter_AddRefs(allDescendants));
+            NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+            uint32_t cnt = 0;
+            rv = allDescendants->GetLength(&cnt);
+            NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+            nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> parent;
+            for (uint32_t j = 0; j < cnt; j++)
+            {
+              nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> subFolder = do_QueryElementAt(allDescendants, j);
+              if (subFolder)
+              {
+                subFolder->GetParent(getter_AddRefs(parent));
+                OnItemAdded(parent, subFolder);
+              }
+            }
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  // need to make sure this isn't happening during loading of virtualfolders.dat
+  if (folderFlags & nsMsgFolderFlags::Virtual && !m_loadingVirtualFolders)
+  {
+    // When a new virtual folder is added, need to create a db Listener for it.
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBService> msgDBService = do_GetService(NS_MSGDB_SERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    if (msgDBService)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDatabase> virtDatabase;
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIDBFolderInfo> dbFolderInfo;
+      rv = folder->GetDBFolderInfoAndDB(getter_AddRefs(dbFolderInfo), getter_AddRefs(virtDatabase));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      nsCString srchFolderUri;
+      dbFolderInfo->GetCharProperty(kSearchFolderUriProp, srchFolderUri);
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFService> rdf(do_GetService("@mozilla.org/rdf/rdf-service;1", &rv));
+      AddVFListenersForVF(folder, srchFolderUri, rdf, msgDBService);
+    }
+    rv = SaveVirtualFolders();
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgAccountManager::OnItemRemoved(nsIMsgFolder *parentItem, nsISupports *item)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder = do_QueryInterface(item);
+  // just kick out with a success code if the item in question is not a folder
+  if (!folder)
+    return NS_OK;
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  uint32_t folderFlags;
+  folder->GetFlags(&folderFlags);
+  if (folderFlags & nsMsgFolderFlags::Virtual) // if we removed a VF, flush VF list to disk.
+  {
+    rv = SaveVirtualFolders();
+    // clear flags on deleted folder if it's a virtual folder, so that creating a new folder
+    // with the same name doesn't cause confusion.
+    folder->SetFlags(0);
+    return rv;
+  }
+  // need to update the saved searches to check for a few things:
+  // 1. Folder removed was in the scope of a saved search - if so, remove the
+  //    uri from the scope of the saved search.
+  // 2. If the scope is now empty, remove the saved search.
+
+  // build a "normalized" uri that we can do a find on.
+  nsCString removedFolderURI;
+  folder->GetURI(removedFolderURI);
+  removedFolderURI.Insert('|', 0);
+  removedFolderURI.Append('|');
+
+  // Enumerate the saved searches.
+  nsTObserverArray<RefPtr<VirtualFolderChangeListener> >::ForwardIterator iter(m_virtualFolderListeners);
+  RefPtr<VirtualFolderChangeListener> listener;
+
+  while (iter.HasMore())
+  {
+    listener = iter.GetNext();
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> db;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIDBFolderInfo> dbFolderInfo;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> savedSearch = listener->m_virtualFolder;
+    savedSearch->GetDBFolderInfoAndDB(getter_AddRefs(dbFolderInfo),
+                                      getter_AddRefs(db));
+    if (dbFolderInfo)
+    {
+      nsCString searchURI;
+      dbFolderInfo->GetCharProperty(kSearchFolderUriProp, searchURI);
+      // "normalize" searchURI so we can search for |folderURI|.
+      searchURI.Insert('|', 0);
+      searchURI.Append('|');
+      int32_t index = searchURI.Find(removedFolderURI);
+      if (index != kNotFound)
+      {
+        RemoveVFListenerForVF(savedSearch, folder);
+
+        // remove |folderURI
+        searchURI.Cut(index, removedFolderURI.Length() - 1);
+        // remove last '|' we added
+        searchURI.SetLength(searchURI.Length() - 1);
+
+        // if saved search is empty now, delete it.
+        if (searchURI.IsEmpty())
+        {
+          db = nullptr;
+          dbFolderInfo = nullptr;
+
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> parent;
+          rv = savedSearch->GetParent(getter_AddRefs(parent));
+          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+          if (!parent)
+            continue;
+          parent->PropagateDelete(savedSearch, true, nullptr);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+        // remove leading '|' we added (or one after |folderURI, if first URI)
+          searchURI.Cut(0, 1);
+          dbFolderInfo->SetCharProperty(kSearchFolderUriProp, searchURI);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgAccountManager::OnItemPropertyChanged(nsIMsgFolder *item, nsIAtom *property, const char *oldValue, const char *newValue)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgAccountManager::OnItemIntPropertyChanged(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder,
+                                              nsIAtom *aProperty,
+                                              int64_t oldValue,
+                                              int64_t newValue)
+{
+  if (aProperty == mFolderFlagAtom)
+  {
+    uint32_t smartFlagsChanged = (oldValue ^ newValue) &
+      (nsMsgFolderFlags::SpecialUse & ~nsMsgFolderFlags::Queue);
+    if (smartFlagsChanged)
+    {
+      if (smartFlagsChanged & newValue)
+      {
+        // if the smart folder flag was set, calling OnItemAdded will
+        // do the right thing.
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> parent;
+        aFolder->GetParent(getter_AddRefs(parent));
+        return OnItemAdded(parent, aFolder);
+      }
+      RemoveFolderFromSmartFolder(aFolder, smartFlagsChanged);
+      // sent|archive flag removed, remove sub-folders from smart folder.
+      if (smartFlagsChanged & (nsMsgFolderFlags::Archive | nsMsgFolderFlags::SentMail))
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIArray> allDescendants;
+        nsresult rv = aFolder->GetDescendants(getter_AddRefs(allDescendants));
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+        uint32_t cnt = 0;
+        rv = allDescendants->GetLength(&cnt);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> parent;
+        for (uint32_t j = 0; j < cnt; j++)
+        {
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> subFolder = do_QueryElementAt(allDescendants, j);
+          if (subFolder)
+            RemoveFolderFromSmartFolder(subFolder, smartFlagsChanged);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgAccountManager::RemoveFolderFromSmartFolder(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder,
+                                                 uint32_t flagsChanged)
+{
+  nsCString removedFolderURI;
+  aFolder->GetURI(removedFolderURI);
+  removedFolderURI.Insert('|', 0);
+  removedFolderURI.Append('|');
+  uint32_t flags;
+  aFolder->GetFlags(&flags);
+  NS_ASSERTION(!(flags & flagsChanged), "smart folder flag should not be set");
+  // Flag was removed. Look for smart folder based on that flag,
+  // and remove this folder from its scope.
+  nsTObserverArray<RefPtr<VirtualFolderChangeListener> >::ForwardIterator iter(m_virtualFolderListeners);
+  RefPtr<VirtualFolderChangeListener> listener;
+
+  while (iter.HasMore())
+  {
+    listener = iter.GetNext();
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDatabase> db;
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIDBFolderInfo> dbFolderInfo;
+    listener->m_virtualFolder->GetDBFolderInfoAndDB(getter_AddRefs(dbFolderInfo),
+                                                    getter_AddRefs(db));
+    if (dbFolderInfo)
+    {
+      uint32_t vfFolderFlag;
+      dbFolderInfo->GetUint32Property("searchFolderFlag", 0, & vfFolderFlag);
+      // found a smart folder over the removed flag
+      if (vfFolderFlag & flagsChanged)
+      {
+        nsCString searchURI;
+        dbFolderInfo->GetCharProperty(kSearchFolderUriProp, searchURI);
+        // "normalize" searchURI so we can search for |folderURI|.
+        searchURI.Insert('|', 0);
+        searchURI.Append('|');
+        int32_t index = searchURI.Find(removedFolderURI);
+        if (index != kNotFound)
+        {
+          RemoveVFListenerForVF(listener->m_virtualFolder, aFolder);
+
+          // remove |folderURI
+          searchURI.Cut(index, removedFolderURI.Length() - 1);
+          // remove last '|' we added
+          searchURI.SetLength(searchURI.Length() - 1);
+
+          // remove leading '|' we added (or one after |folderURI, if first URI)
+          searchURI.Cut(0, 1);
+          dbFolderInfo->SetCharProperty(kSearchFolderUriProp, searchURI);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgAccountManager::OnItemBoolPropertyChanged(nsIMsgFolder *item, nsIAtom *property, bool oldValue, bool newValue)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgAccountManager::OnItemUnicharPropertyChanged(nsIMsgFolder *item, nsIAtom *property, const char16_t *oldValue, const char16_t *newValue)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgAccountManager::OnItemPropertyFlagChanged(nsIMsgDBHdr *item, nsIAtom *property, uint32_t oldFlag, uint32_t newFlag)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgAccountManager::OnItemEvent(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder, nsIAtom *aEvent)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgAccountManager::FolderUriForPath(nsIFile *aLocalPath,
+                                               nsACString &aMailboxUri)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aLocalPath);
+  bool equals;
+  if (m_lastPathLookedUp &&
+      NS_SUCCEEDED(aLocalPath->Equals(m_lastPathLookedUp, &equals)) && equals)
+  {
+    aMailboxUri = m_lastFolderURIForPath;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIArray> folderArray;
+  nsresult rv = GetAllFolders(getter_AddRefs(folderArray));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  uint32_t count;
+  rv = folderArray->GetLength(&count);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < count; i++)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder(do_QueryElementAt(folderArray, i, &rv));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> folderPath;
+    rv = folder->GetFilePath(getter_AddRefs(folderPath));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    // Check if we're equal
+    rv = folderPath->Equals(aLocalPath, &equals);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    if (equals)
+    {
+      rv = folder->GetURI(aMailboxUri);
+      m_lastFolderURIForPath = aMailboxUri;
+      aLocalPath->Clone(getter_AddRefs(m_lastPathLookedUp));
+      return rv;
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgAccountManager::GetSortOrder(nsIMsgIncomingServer* aServer, int32_t* aSortOrder)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aServer);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aSortOrder);
+
+  // If the passed in server is the default, return its sort order as 0 regardless
+  // of its server sort order.
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccount> defaultAccount;
+  nsresult rv = GetDefaultAccount(getter_AddRefs(defaultAccount));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && defaultAccount) {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> defaultServer;
+    rv = m_defaultAccount->GetIncomingServer(getter_AddRefs(defaultServer));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && defaultServer && (aServer == defaultServer)) {
+      *aSortOrder = 0;
+      return NS_OK;
+    }
+    // It is OK if there is no default account.
+  }
+
+  // This function returns the sort order by querying the server object for its
+  // sort order value and then incrementing it by the position of the server in
+  // the accounts list. This ensures that even when several accounts have the
+  // same sort order value, the returned value is not the same and keeps
+  // their relative order in the account list when and unstable sort is run
+  // on the returned sort order values.
+  int32_t sortOrder;
+  int32_t serverIndex;
+
+  rv = aServer->GetSortOrder(&sortOrder);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    rv = FindServerIndex(aServer, &serverIndex);
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+    *aSortOrder = 999999999;
+  } else {
+    *aSortOrder = sortOrder + serverIndex;
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgAccountManager.h b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgAccountManager.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d5a116e57
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgAccountManager.h
@@ -0,0 +1,216 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ * This Original Code has been modified by IBM Corporation. Modifications made by IBM 
+ * described herein are Copyright (c) International Business Machines Corporation, 2000.
+ * Modifications to Mozilla code or documentation identified per MPL Section 3.3
+ *
+ * Date             Modified by     Description of modification
+ * 04/20/2000       IBM Corp.      OS/2 VisualAge build.
+ */
+
+#include "nscore.h"
+#include "nsIMsgAccountManager.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsISmtpServer.h"
+#include "nsIPrefBranch.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolderCache.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolder.h"
+#include "nsIObserver.h"
+#include "nsWeakReference.h"
+#include "nsIUrlListener.h"
+#include "nsCOMArray.h"
+#include "nsIMsgSearchSession.h"
+#include "nsInterfaceHashtable.h"
+#include "nsIMsgDatabase.h"
+#include "nsIDBChangeListener.h"
+#include "nsAutoPtr.h"
+#include "nsTObserverArray.h"
+
+class nsIRDFService;
+
+class VirtualFolderChangeListener final : public nsIDBChangeListener
+{
+public:
+  VirtualFolderChangeListener();
+
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIDBCHANGELISTENER
+
+  nsresult Init();
+  /**
+   * Posts an event to update the summary totals and commit the db.
+   * We post the event to avoid committing each time we're called
+   * in a synchronous loop.
+   */
+  nsresult PostUpdateEvent(nsIMsgFolder *folder, nsIMsgDatabase *db);
+  /// Handles event posted to event queue to batch notifications.
+  void ProcessUpdateEvent(nsIMsgFolder *folder, nsIMsgDatabase *db);
+
+  void DecrementNewMsgCount();
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> m_virtualFolder; // folder we're listening to db changes on behalf of.
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> m_folderWatching; // folder whose db we're listening to.
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgSearchSession> m_searchSession;
+  bool m_searchOnMsgStatus;
+  bool m_batchingEvents;
+
+private:
+  ~VirtualFolderChangeListener() {}
+};
+
+
+class nsMsgAccountManager: public nsIMsgAccountManager,
+    public nsIObserver,
+    public nsSupportsWeakReference,
+    public nsIUrlListener,
+    public nsIFolderListener
+{
+public:
+
+  nsMsgAccountManager();
+  
+  NS_DECL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS
+ 
+  /* nsIMsgAccountManager methods */
+  
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGACCOUNTMANAGER
+  NS_DECL_NSIOBSERVER  
+  NS_DECL_NSIURLLISTENER
+  NS_DECL_NSIFOLDERLISTENER
+
+  nsresult Init();
+  nsresult Shutdown();
+  void LogoutOfServer(nsIMsgIncomingServer *aServer);
+
+private:
+  virtual ~nsMsgAccountManager();
+
+  bool m_accountsLoaded;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolderCache> m_msgFolderCache;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAtom> kDefaultServerAtom;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAtom> mFolderFlagAtom;
+  nsTArray<nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccount> > m_accounts;
+  nsInterfaceHashtable<nsCStringHashKey, nsIMsgIdentity> m_identities;
+  nsInterfaceHashtable<nsCStringHashKey, nsIMsgIncomingServer> m_incomingServers;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccount> m_defaultAccount;
+  nsCOMArray<nsIIncomingServerListener> m_incomingServerListeners;
+  nsTObserverArray<RefPtr<VirtualFolderChangeListener> > m_virtualFolderListeners;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> m_folderDoingEmptyTrash;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> m_folderDoingCleanupInbox;
+  bool m_emptyTrashInProgress;
+  bool m_cleanupInboxInProgress;
+
+  nsCString mAccountKeyList;
+
+  // These are static because the account manager may go away during
+  // shutdown, and get recreated.
+  static bool m_haveShutdown;
+  static bool m_shutdownInProgress;
+
+  bool m_userAuthenticated;
+  bool m_loadingVirtualFolders;
+  bool m_virtualFoldersLoaded;
+
+  /* we call FindServer() a lot.  so cache the last server found */
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgIncomingServer> m_lastFindServerResult;
+  nsCString m_lastFindServerHostName;
+  nsCString m_lastFindServerUserName;
+  int32_t m_lastFindServerPort;
+  nsCString m_lastFindServerType;
+
+  void SetLastServerFound(nsIMsgIncomingServer *server, const nsACString& hostname,
+                          const nsACString& username, const int32_t port, const nsACString& type);
+
+  // Cache the results of the last call to FolderUriFromDirInProfile
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> m_lastPathLookedUp;
+  nsCString m_lastFolderURIForPath;
+
+  /* internal creation routines - updates m_identities and m_incomingServers */
+  nsresult createKeyedAccount(const nsCString& key,
+                              nsIMsgAccount **_retval);
+  nsresult createKeyedServer(const nsACString& key,
+                             const nsACString& username,
+                             const nsACString& password,
+                             const nsACString& type,
+                             nsIMsgIncomingServer **_retval);
+
+  nsresult createKeyedIdentity(const nsACString& key,
+                               nsIMsgIdentity **_retval);
+
+  nsresult GetLocalFoldersPrettyName(nsString &localFoldersName);
+
+  // sets the pref for the default server
+  nsresult setDefaultAccountPref(nsIMsgAccount *aDefaultAccount);
+
+  // Write out the accounts pref from the m_accounts list of accounts.
+  nsresult OutputAccountsPref();
+
+  // fires notifications to the appropriate root folders
+  nsresult notifyDefaultServerChange(nsIMsgAccount *aOldAccount,
+                                     nsIMsgAccount *aNewAccount);
+
+  //
+  // account enumerators
+  // ("element" is always an account)
+  //
+
+  // find the servers that correspond to the given identity
+  static bool findServersForIdentity (nsISupports *element, void *aData);
+
+  void findAccountByServerKey(const nsCString &aKey,
+                              nsIMsgAccount **aResult);
+
+  //
+  // server enumerators
+  // ("element" is always a server)
+  //
+
+  nsresult findServerInternal(const nsACString& username,
+                              const nsACString& hostname,
+                              const nsACString& type,
+                              int32_t port,
+                              bool aRealFlag,
+                              nsIMsgIncomingServer** aResult);
+
+  // handle virtual folders
+  static nsresult GetVirtualFoldersFile(nsCOMPtr<nsIFile>& file);
+  static nsresult WriteLineToOutputStream(const char *prefix, const char * line, nsIOutputStream *outputStream);
+  void     ParseAndVerifyVirtualFolderScope(nsCString &buffer,
+                                            nsIRDFService *rdf);
+  nsresult AddVFListenersForVF(nsIMsgFolder *virtualFolder,
+                               const nsCString& srchFolderUris,
+                               nsIRDFService *rdf,
+                               nsIMsgDBService *msgDBService);
+
+  nsresult RemoveVFListenerForVF(nsIMsgFolder *virtualFolder,
+                                 nsIMsgFolder *folder);
+
+  void getUniqueAccountKey(nsCString& aResult);
+
+  // Scan the preferences to find a unique server key
+  void GetUniqueServerKey(nsACString& aResult);
+
+  nsresult RemoveFolderFromSmartFolder(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder,
+                                       uint32_t flagsChanged);
+
+  nsresult SetSendLaterUriPref(nsIMsgIncomingServer *server);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> m_prefs;
+
+  //
+  // root folder listener stuff
+  //
+
+  // this array is for folder listeners that are supposed to be listening
+  // on the root folders.
+  // When a new server is created, all of the the folder listeners
+  //    should be added to the new server
+  // When a new listener is added, it should be added to all root folders.
+  // similar for when servers are deleted or listeners removed
+  nsTObserverArray<nsCOMPtr<nsIFolderListener> > mFolderListeners;
+
+  void removeListenersFromFolder(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder);
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgAccountManagerDS.cpp b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgAccountManagerDS.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..728aaabce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgAccountManagerDS.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1183 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/*
+ * RDF datasource for the account manager
+ */
+
+#include "nsMsgAccountManagerDS.h"
+#include "rdf.h"
+#include "nsRDFCID.h"
+#include "nsIRDFDataSource.h"
+#include "nsEnumeratorUtils.h"
+#include "nsIServiceManager.h"
+#include "nsMsgRDFUtils.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolder.h"
+#include "nsMsgBaseCID.h"
+
+#include "nsICategoryManager.h"
+#include "nsXPCOM.h"
+#include "nsISupportsPrimitives.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsComponentManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsArrayEnumerator.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "mozilla/Services.h"
+#include "nsArrayUtils.h"
+
+// turn this on to see useful output
+#undef DEBUG_amds
+
+#define NC_RDF_PAGETITLE_PREFIX               NC_NAMESPACE_URI "PageTitle"
+#define NC_RDF_PAGETITLE_MAIN                 NC_RDF_PAGETITLE_PREFIX "Main"
+#define NC_RDF_PAGETITLE_SERVER               NC_RDF_PAGETITLE_PREFIX "Server"
+#define NC_RDF_PAGETITLE_COPIES               NC_RDF_PAGETITLE_PREFIX "Copies"
+#define NC_RDF_PAGETITLE_SYNCHRONIZATION      NC_RDF_PAGETITLE_PREFIX "Synchronization"
+#define NC_RDF_PAGETITLE_DISKSPACE            NC_RDF_PAGETITLE_PREFIX "DiskSpace"
+#define NC_RDF_PAGETITLE_ADDRESSING           NC_RDF_PAGETITLE_PREFIX "Addressing"
+#define NC_RDF_PAGETITLE_SMTP                 NC_RDF_PAGETITLE_PREFIX "SMTP"
+#define NC_RDF_PAGETITLE_JUNK                 NC_RDF_PAGETITLE_PREFIX "Junk"
+#define NC_RDF_PAGETAG NC_NAMESPACE_URI "PageTag"
+
+
+#define NC_RDF_ACCOUNTROOT "msgaccounts:/"
+
+// the root resource (msgaccounts:/)
+nsIRDFResource* nsMsgAccountManagerDataSource::kNC_AccountRoot=nullptr;
+
+// attributes of accounts
+nsIRDFResource* nsMsgAccountManagerDataSource::kNC_Name=nullptr;
+nsIRDFResource* nsMsgAccountManagerDataSource::kNC_FolderTreeName=nullptr;
+nsIRDFResource* nsMsgAccountManagerDataSource::kNC_FolderTreeSimpleName=nullptr;
+nsIRDFResource* nsMsgAccountManagerDataSource::kNC_NameSort=nullptr;
+nsIRDFResource* nsMsgAccountManagerDataSource::kNC_FolderTreeNameSort=nullptr;
+nsIRDFResource* nsMsgAccountManagerDataSource::kNC_PageTag=nullptr;
+nsIRDFResource* nsMsgAccountManagerDataSource::kNC_IsDefaultServer=nullptr;
+nsIRDFResource* nsMsgAccountManagerDataSource::kNC_SupportsFilters=nullptr;
+nsIRDFResource* nsMsgAccountManagerDataSource::kNC_CanGetMessages=nullptr;
+nsIRDFResource* nsMsgAccountManagerDataSource::kNC_CanGetIncomingMessages=nullptr;
+
+// containment
+nsIRDFResource* nsMsgAccountManagerDataSource::kNC_Child=nullptr;
+nsIRDFResource* nsMsgAccountManagerDataSource::kNC_Settings=nullptr;
+
+
+// properties corresponding to interfaces
+nsIRDFResource* nsMsgAccountManagerDataSource::kNC_Account=nullptr;
+nsIRDFResource* nsMsgAccountManagerDataSource::kNC_Server=nullptr;
+nsIRDFResource* nsMsgAccountManagerDataSource::kNC_Identity=nullptr;
+nsIRDFResource* nsMsgAccountManagerDataSource::kNC_Junk=nullptr;
+
+// individual pages
+nsIRDFResource* nsMsgAccountManagerDataSource::kNC_PageTitleMain=nullptr;
+nsIRDFResource* nsMsgAccountManagerDataSource::kNC_PageTitleServer=nullptr;
+nsIRDFResource* nsMsgAccountManagerDataSource::kNC_PageTitleCopies=nullptr;
+nsIRDFResource* nsMsgAccountManagerDataSource::kNC_PageTitleSynchronization=nullptr;
+nsIRDFResource* nsMsgAccountManagerDataSource::kNC_PageTitleDiskSpace=nullptr;
+nsIRDFResource* nsMsgAccountManagerDataSource::kNC_PageTitleAddressing=nullptr;
+nsIRDFResource* nsMsgAccountManagerDataSource::kNC_PageTitleSMTP=nullptr;
+nsIRDFResource* nsMsgAccountManagerDataSource::kNC_PageTitleJunk=nullptr;
+
+// common literals
+nsIRDFLiteral* nsMsgAccountManagerDataSource::kTrueLiteral = nullptr;
+
+nsIAtom* nsMsgAccountManagerDataSource::kDefaultServerAtom = nullptr;
+
+nsrefcnt nsMsgAccountManagerDataSource::gAccountManagerResourceRefCnt = 0;
+
+// shared arc lists
+nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> nsMsgAccountManagerDataSource::mAccountArcsOut;
+nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> nsMsgAccountManagerDataSource::mAccountRootArcsOut;
+
+
+// RDF to match
+#define NC_RDF_ACCOUNT NC_NAMESPACE_URI "Account"
+#define NC_RDF_SERVER  NC_NAMESPACE_URI "Server"
+#define NC_RDF_IDENTITY NC_NAMESPACE_URI "Identity"
+#define NC_RDF_SETTINGS NC_NAMESPACE_URI "Settings"
+#define NC_RDF_JUNK NC_NAMESPACE_URI "Junk"
+#define NC_RDF_ISDEFAULTSERVER NC_NAMESPACE_URI "IsDefaultServer"
+#define NC_RDF_SUPPORTSFILTERS NC_NAMESPACE_URI "SupportsFilters"
+#define NC_RDF_CANGETMESSAGES NC_NAMESPACE_URI "CanGetMessages"
+#define NC_RDF_CANGETINCOMINGMESSAGES NC_NAMESPACE_URI "CanGetIncomingMessages"
+
+nsMsgAccountManagerDataSource::nsMsgAccountManagerDataSource()
+{
+#ifdef DEBUG_amds
+  printf("nsMsgAccountManagerDataSource() being created\n");
+#endif
+
+  // do per-class initialization here
+  if (gAccountManagerResourceRefCnt++ == 0) {
+    getRDFService()->GetResource(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(NC_RDF_CHILD), &kNC_Child);
+    getRDFService()->GetResource(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(NC_RDF_NAME), &kNC_Name);
+    getRDFService()->GetResource(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(NC_RDF_FOLDERTREENAME),
+                                 &kNC_FolderTreeName);
+    getRDFService()->GetResource(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(NC_RDF_FOLDERTREESIMPLENAME),
+                                 &kNC_FolderTreeSimpleName);
+    getRDFService()->GetResource(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(NC_RDF_NAME_SORT), &kNC_NameSort);
+    getRDFService()->GetResource(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(NC_RDF_FOLDERTREENAME_SORT),
+                                 &kNC_FolderTreeNameSort);
+    getRDFService()->GetResource(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(NC_RDF_PAGETAG), &kNC_PageTag);
+    getRDFService()->GetResource(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(NC_RDF_ISDEFAULTSERVER),
+                                 &kNC_IsDefaultServer);
+    getRDFService()->GetResource(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(NC_RDF_SUPPORTSFILTERS),
+                                 &kNC_SupportsFilters);
+    getRDFService()->GetResource(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(NC_RDF_CANGETMESSAGES),
+                                 &kNC_CanGetMessages);
+    getRDFService()->GetResource(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(NC_RDF_CANGETINCOMINGMESSAGES),
+                                 &kNC_CanGetIncomingMessages);
+
+    getRDFService()->GetResource(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(NC_RDF_ACCOUNT), &kNC_Account);
+    getRDFService()->GetResource(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(NC_RDF_SERVER), &kNC_Server);
+    getRDFService()->GetResource(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(NC_RDF_IDENTITY), &kNC_Identity);
+    getRDFService()->GetResource(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(NC_RDF_JUNK), &kNC_Junk);
+    getRDFService()->GetResource(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(NC_RDF_PAGETITLE_MAIN),
+                                 &kNC_PageTitleMain);
+    getRDFService()->GetResource(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(NC_RDF_PAGETITLE_SERVER),
+                                 &kNC_PageTitleServer);
+    getRDFService()->GetResource(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(NC_RDF_PAGETITLE_COPIES),
+                                 &kNC_PageTitleCopies);
+    getRDFService()->GetResource(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(NC_RDF_PAGETITLE_SYNCHRONIZATION),
+                                 &kNC_PageTitleSynchronization);
+    getRDFService()->GetResource(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(NC_RDF_PAGETITLE_DISKSPACE),
+                                 &kNC_PageTitleDiskSpace);
+    getRDFService()->GetResource(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(NC_RDF_PAGETITLE_ADDRESSING),
+                                 &kNC_PageTitleAddressing);
+    getRDFService()->GetResource(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(NC_RDF_PAGETITLE_SMTP),
+                                 &kNC_PageTitleSMTP);
+    getRDFService()->GetResource(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(NC_RDF_PAGETITLE_JUNK),
+                                 &kNC_PageTitleJunk);
+
+    getRDFService()->GetResource(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(NC_RDF_ACCOUNTROOT),
+                                 &kNC_AccountRoot);
+
+    getRDFService()->GetLiteral(u"true",
+                                &kTrueLiteral);
+
+    // eventually these need to exist in some kind of array
+    // that's easily extensible
+    getRDFService()->GetResource(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(NC_RDF_SETTINGS), &kNC_Settings);
+
+    kDefaultServerAtom = MsgNewAtom("DefaultServer").take();
+  }
+}
+
+nsMsgAccountManagerDataSource::~nsMsgAccountManagerDataSource()
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccountManager> am = do_QueryReferent(mAccountManager);
+  if (am)
+    am->RemoveIncomingServerListener(this);
+
+  if (--gAccountManagerResourceRefCnt == 0) {
+    NS_IF_RELEASE(kNC_Child);
+    NS_IF_RELEASE(kNC_Name);
+    NS_IF_RELEASE(kNC_FolderTreeName);
+    NS_IF_RELEASE(kNC_FolderTreeSimpleName);
+    NS_IF_RELEASE(kNC_NameSort);
+    NS_IF_RELEASE(kNC_FolderTreeNameSort);
+    NS_IF_RELEASE(kNC_PageTag);
+    NS_IF_RELEASE(kNC_IsDefaultServer);
+    NS_IF_RELEASE(kNC_SupportsFilters);
+    NS_IF_RELEASE(kNC_CanGetMessages);
+    NS_IF_RELEASE(kNC_CanGetIncomingMessages);
+    NS_IF_RELEASE(kNC_Account);
+    NS_IF_RELEASE(kNC_Server);
+    NS_IF_RELEASE(kNC_Identity);
+    NS_IF_RELEASE(kNC_Junk);
+    NS_IF_RELEASE(kNC_PageTitleMain);
+    NS_IF_RELEASE(kNC_PageTitleServer);
+    NS_IF_RELEASE(kNC_PageTitleCopies);
+    NS_IF_RELEASE(kNC_PageTitleSynchronization);
+    NS_IF_RELEASE(kNC_PageTitleDiskSpace);
+    NS_IF_RELEASE(kNC_PageTitleAddressing);
+    NS_IF_RELEASE(kNC_PageTitleSMTP);
+    NS_IF_RELEASE(kNC_PageTitleJunk);
+    NS_IF_RELEASE(kTrueLiteral);
+
+    NS_IF_RELEASE(kNC_AccountRoot);
+
+    // eventually these need to exist in some kind of array
+    // that's easily extensible
+    NS_IF_RELEASE(kNC_Settings);
+
+
+    NS_IF_RELEASE(kDefaultServerAtom);
+    mAccountArcsOut = nullptr;
+    mAccountRootArcsOut = nullptr;
+  }
+
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ADDREF_INHERITED(nsMsgAccountManagerDataSource, nsMsgRDFDataSource)
+NS_IMPL_RELEASE_INHERITED(nsMsgAccountManagerDataSource, nsMsgRDFDataSource)
+NS_INTERFACE_MAP_BEGIN(nsMsgAccountManagerDataSource)
+  NS_INTERFACE_MAP_ENTRY(nsIIncomingServerListener)
+  NS_INTERFACE_MAP_ENTRY(nsIFolderListener)
+NS_INTERFACE_MAP_END_INHERITING(nsMsgRDFDataSource)
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgAccountManagerDataSource::Init()
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  rv = nsMsgRDFDataSource::Init();
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccountManager> am;
+
+  // get a weak ref to the account manager
+  if (!mAccountManager) 
+  {
+    am = do_GetService(NS_MSGACCOUNTMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    mAccountManager = do_GetWeakReference(am);
+  }
+  else
+    am = do_QueryReferent(mAccountManager);
+
+  if (am) 
+  {
+    am->AddIncomingServerListener(this);
+    am->AddRootFolderListener(this);
+  }
+
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+void nsMsgAccountManagerDataSource::Cleanup()
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccountManager> am = do_QueryReferent(mAccountManager);
+
+  if (am)
+  {
+    am->RemoveIncomingServerListener(this);
+    am->RemoveRootFolderListener(this);
+  }
+
+  nsMsgRDFDataSource::Cleanup();
+}
+
+/* nsIRDFNode GetTarget (in nsIRDFResource aSource, in nsIRDFResource property, in boolean aTruthValue); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgAccountManagerDataSource::GetTarget(nsIRDFResource *source,
+                                         nsIRDFResource *property,
+                                         bool aTruthValue,
+                                         nsIRDFNode **target)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+
+  rv = NS_RDF_NO_VALUE;
+
+  nsAutoString str;
+  if (property == kNC_Name || property == kNC_FolderTreeName ||
+      property == kNC_FolderTreeSimpleName) 
+  {
+    rv = getStringBundle();
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    nsString pageTitle;
+    if (source == kNC_PageTitleServer)
+      mStringBundle->GetStringFromName(u"prefPanel-server",
+                                       getter_Copies(pageTitle));
+
+    else if (source == kNC_PageTitleCopies)
+      mStringBundle->GetStringFromName(u"prefPanel-copies",
+                                       getter_Copies(pageTitle));
+    else if (source == kNC_PageTitleSynchronization)
+      mStringBundle->GetStringFromName(u"prefPanel-synchronization",
+                                       getter_Copies(pageTitle));
+    else if (source == kNC_PageTitleDiskSpace)
+      mStringBundle->GetStringFromName(u"prefPanel-diskspace",
+                                       getter_Copies(pageTitle));
+    else if (source == kNC_PageTitleAddressing)
+      mStringBundle->GetStringFromName(u"prefPanel-addressing",
+                                       getter_Copies(pageTitle));
+    else if (source == kNC_PageTitleSMTP)
+      mStringBundle->GetStringFromName(u"prefPanel-smtp",
+                                       getter_Copies(pageTitle));
+    else if (source == kNC_PageTitleJunk)
+      mStringBundle->GetStringFromName(u"prefPanel-junk",
+                                       getter_Copies(pageTitle));
+
+    else {
+      // if it's a server, use the pretty name
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder = do_QueryInterface(source, &rv);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && folder) {
+        bool isServer;
+        rv = folder->GetIsServer(&isServer);
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && isServer)
+          rv = folder->GetPrettyName(pageTitle);
+      }
+      else {
+        // allow for the accountmanager to be dynamically extended.
+
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundleService> strBundleService =
+          mozilla::services::GetStringBundleService();
+        NS_ENSURE_TRUE(strBundleService, NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED);
+
+        const char *sourceValue;
+        rv = source->GetValueConst(&sourceValue);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+        // make sure the pointer math we're about to do is safe.
+        NS_ENSURE_TRUE(sourceValue && (strlen(sourceValue) > strlen(NC_RDF_PAGETITLE_PREFIX)), NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED);
+
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccountManager> am = do_QueryReferent(mAccountManager, &rv);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+        // turn NC#PageTitlefoobar into foobar, so we can get the am-foobar.properties bundle
+        nsCString chromePackageName;
+        rv = am->GetChromePackageName(nsCString(sourceValue + strlen(NC_RDF_PAGETITLE_PREFIX)), chromePackageName);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+        nsAutoCString bundleURL;
+        bundleURL = "chrome://";
+        bundleURL += chromePackageName;
+        bundleURL += "/locale/am-";
+        bundleURL += (sourceValue + strlen(NC_RDF_PAGETITLE_PREFIX));
+        bundleURL += ".properties";
+
+        nsCOMPtr <nsIStringBundle> bundle;
+        rv = strBundleService->CreateBundle(bundleURL.get(), getter_AddRefs(bundle));
+
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+        nsAutoString panelTitleName;
+        panelTitleName.AssignLiteral("prefPanel-");
+        panelTitleName.Append(NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16(sourceValue + strlen(NC_RDF_PAGETITLE_PREFIX)));
+        bundle->GetStringFromName(panelTitleName.get(), getter_Copies(pageTitle));
+      }
+    }
+    str = pageTitle.get();
+  }
+  else if (property == kNC_PageTag) {
+    // do NOT localize these strings. these are the urls of the XUL files
+    if (source == kNC_PageTitleServer)
+      str.AssignLiteral("am-server.xul");
+    else if (source == kNC_PageTitleCopies)
+      str.AssignLiteral("am-copies.xul");
+    else if ((source == kNC_PageTitleSynchronization) ||
+             (source == kNC_PageTitleDiskSpace))
+      str.AssignLiteral("am-offline.xul");
+    else if (source == kNC_PageTitleAddressing)
+      str.AssignLiteral("am-addressing.xul");
+    else if (source == kNC_PageTitleSMTP)
+      str.AssignLiteral("am-smtp.xul");
+    else if (source == kNC_PageTitleJunk)
+      str.AssignLiteral("am-junk.xul");
+    else {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder = do_QueryInterface(source, &rv);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && folder) {
+        /* if this is a server, with no identities, then we show a special panel */
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+        rv = getServerForFolderNode(source, getter_AddRefs(server));
+        if (server)
+          server->GetAccountManagerChrome(str);
+        else 
+          str.AssignLiteral("am-main.xul");
+      }
+      else {
+        // allow for the accountmanager to be dynamically extended
+        const char *sourceValue;
+        rv = source->GetValueConst(&sourceValue);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+        // make sure the pointer math we're about to do is safe.
+        NS_ENSURE_TRUE(sourceValue && (strlen(sourceValue) > strlen(NC_RDF_PAGETITLE_PREFIX)), NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED);
+
+        // turn NC#PageTitlefoobar into foobar, so we can get the am-foobar.xul file
+        str.AssignLiteral("am-");
+        str.Append(NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16(sourceValue + strlen(NC_RDF_PAGETITLE_PREFIX)));
+        str.AppendLiteral(".xul");
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  // handle sorting of servers
+  else if ((property == kNC_NameSort) ||
+           (property == kNC_FolderTreeNameSort)) {
+
+    // order for the folder pane
+    // and for the account manager tree is:
+    //
+    // - default mail account
+    // - <other mail accounts>
+    // - "Local Folders" account
+    // - news accounts
+    // - smtp settings (note, this is only in account manager tree)
+
+    // make sure we're handling a root folder that is a server
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+    rv = getServerForFolderNode(source, getter_AddRefs(server));
+
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && server) {
+      int32_t accountNum;
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccountManager> am = do_QueryReferent(mAccountManager);
+
+      if (isDefaultServer(server))
+        str.AssignLiteral("000000000");
+      else {
+        rv = am->GetSortOrder(server, &accountNum);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+        str.AppendInt(accountNum);
+      }
+    }
+    else {
+      const char *sourceValue;
+      rv = source->GetValueConst(&sourceValue);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, NS_RDF_NO_VALUE);
+
+      // if this is a page (which we determine by the prefix of the URI)
+      // we want to generate a sort value
+      // so that we can sort the categories in the account manager tree
+      // (or the folder pane)
+      //
+      // otherwise, return NS_RDF_NO_VALUE
+      // so that the folder data source will take care of it.
+      if (sourceValue && (strncmp(sourceValue, NC_RDF_PAGETITLE_PREFIX, strlen(NC_RDF_PAGETITLE_PREFIX)) == 0)) {
+        if (source == kNC_PageTitleSMTP)
+          str.AssignLiteral("900000000");
+        else if (source == kNC_PageTitleServer)
+          str.AssignLiteral("1");
+        else if (source == kNC_PageTitleCopies)
+          str.AssignLiteral("2");
+        else if (source == kNC_PageTitleAddressing)
+          str.AssignLiteral("3");
+        else if (source == kNC_PageTitleSynchronization)
+          str.AssignLiteral("4");
+        else if (source == kNC_PageTitleDiskSpace)
+          str.AssignLiteral("4");
+        else if (source == kNC_PageTitleJunk)
+          str.AssignLiteral("5");
+        else {
+          // allow for the accountmanager to be dynamically extended
+          // all the other pages come after the standard ones
+          // server, copies, addressing, disk space (or offline & disk space)
+          CopyASCIItoUTF16(nsDependentCString(sourceValue), str);
+        }
+      }
+      else {
+        return NS_RDF_NO_VALUE;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  // GetTargets() stuff - need to return a valid answer so that
+  // twisties will appear
+  else if (property == kNC_Settings) {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder = do_QueryInterface(source,&rv);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      return NS_RDF_NO_VALUE;
+
+    bool isServer=false;
+    folder->GetIsServer(&isServer);
+    // no need to localize this!
+    if (isServer)
+      str.AssignLiteral("ServerSettings");
+  }
+
+  else if (property == kNC_IsDefaultServer) {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> thisServer;
+    rv = getServerForFolderNode(source, getter_AddRefs(thisServer));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !thisServer) return NS_RDF_NO_VALUE;
+
+    if (isDefaultServer(thisServer))
+      str.AssignLiteral("true");
+  }
+
+  else if (property == kNC_SupportsFilters) {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+    rv = getServerForFolderNode(source, getter_AddRefs(server));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !server) return NS_RDF_NO_VALUE;
+
+    if (supportsFilters(server))
+      str.AssignLiteral("true");
+  }
+  else if (property == kNC_CanGetMessages) {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+    rv = getServerForFolderNode(source, getter_AddRefs(server));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !server) return NS_RDF_NO_VALUE;
+
+    if (canGetMessages(server))
+      str.AssignLiteral("true");
+  }
+  else if (property == kNC_CanGetIncomingMessages) {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+    rv = getServerForFolderNode(source, getter_AddRefs(server));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !server) return NS_RDF_NO_VALUE;
+
+    if (canGetIncomingMessages(server))
+      str.AssignLiteral("true");
+  }
+
+  if (!str.IsEmpty())
+    rv = createNode(str.get(), target, getRDFService());
+
+  //if we have an empty string and we don't have an error value, then
+  //we don't have a value for RDF.
+  else if(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    rv = NS_RDF_NO_VALUE;
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+
+
+/* nsISimpleEnumerator GetTargets (in nsIRDFResource aSource, in nsIRDFResource property, in boolean aTruthValue); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgAccountManagerDataSource::GetTargets(nsIRDFResource *source,
+                                          nsIRDFResource *property,
+                                          bool aTruthValue,
+                                          nsISimpleEnumerator **_retval)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_RDF_NO_VALUE;
+
+  // create array and enumerator
+  // even if we're not handling this we need to return something empty?
+  nsCOMArray<nsIRDFResource> nodes;
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+  if (source == kNC_AccountRoot)
+    rv = createRootResources(property, &nodes);
+  else if (property == kNC_Settings)
+    rv = createSettingsResources(source, &nodes);
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return NS_RDF_NO_VALUE;
+  return NS_NewArrayEnumerator(_retval, nodes);
+}
+
+// end of all arcs coming out of msgaccounts:/
+nsresult
+nsMsgAccountManagerDataSource::createRootResources(nsIRDFResource *property,
+                                                   nsCOMArray<nsIRDFResource> *aNodeArray)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  if (isContainment(property)) {
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccountManager> am = do_QueryReferent(mAccountManager);
+    if (!am) return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIArray> servers;
+    rv = am->GetAllServers(getter_AddRefs(servers));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    uint32_t length;
+    rv = servers->GetLength(&length);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    for (uint32_t i = 0; i < length; ++i)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server(do_QueryElementAt(servers, i, &rv));
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        continue;
+
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> serverFolder;
+      rv = server->GetRootFolder(getter_AddRefs(serverFolder));
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        continue;
+
+      // add the resource to the array
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFResource> serverResource = do_QueryInterface(serverFolder);
+      if (serverResource)
+        (void) aNodeArray->AppendObject(serverResource);
+    }
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_amds
+    uint32_t nodecount;
+    aNodeArray->GetLength(&nodecount);
+    printf("GetTargets(): added %d servers on %s\n", nodecount,
+           (const char*)property_arc);
+#endif
+    // For the "settings" arc, we also want to add SMTP setting.
+    if (property == kNC_Settings) {
+      aNodeArray->AppendObject(kNC_PageTitleSMTP);
+    }
+  }
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_amds
+  else {
+    printf("unknown arc %s on msgaccounts:/\n", (const char*)property_arc);
+  }
+#endif
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgAccountManagerDataSource::appendGenericSettingsResources(nsIMsgIncomingServer *server, nsCOMArray<nsIRDFResource> *aNodeArray)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsICategoryManager> catman = do_GetService(NS_CATEGORYMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleEnumerator> e;
+  rv = catman->EnumerateCategory(MAILNEWS_ACCOUNTMANAGER_EXTENSIONS, getter_AddRefs(e));
+  if(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && e) {
+    while (true) {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> supports;
+      rv = e->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(supports));
+      nsCOMPtr<nsISupportsCString> catEntry = do_QueryInterface(supports);
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !catEntry)
+        break;
+
+      nsAutoCString entryString;
+      rv = catEntry->GetData(entryString);
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        break;
+
+      nsCString contractidString;
+      rv = catman->GetCategoryEntry(MAILNEWS_ACCOUNTMANAGER_EXTENSIONS, entryString.get(), getter_Copies(contractidString));
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        break;
+
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgAccountManagerExtension> extension =
+        do_GetService(contractidString.get(), &rv);
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !extension)
+        break;
+
+      bool showPanel;
+      rv = extension->ShowPanel(server, &showPanel);
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        break;
+
+      if (showPanel) {
+        nsCString name;
+        rv = extension->GetName(name);
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+          break;
+
+        rv = appendGenericSetting(name.get(), aNodeArray);
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+          break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgAccountManagerDataSource::appendGenericSetting(const char *name,
+                                                    nsCOMArray<nsIRDFResource> *aNodeArray)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(name);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aNodeArray);
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIRDFResource> resource;
+
+  nsAutoCString resourceStr;
+  resourceStr = NC_RDF_PAGETITLE_PREFIX;
+  resourceStr += name;
+
+  nsresult rv = getRDFService()->GetResource(resourceStr, getter_AddRefs(resource));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  // AppendElement will addref.
+  aNodeArray->AppendObject(resource);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// end of all #Settings arcs
+nsresult
+nsMsgAccountManagerDataSource::createSettingsResources(nsIRDFResource *aSource,
+                                                       nsCOMArray<nsIRDFResource> *aNodeArray)
+{
+  // If this isn't a server, just return.
+  if (aSource == kNC_PageTitleSMTP)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+  getServerForFolderNode(aSource, getter_AddRefs(server));
+  if (server) {
+    bool hasIdentities;
+    nsresult rv = serverHasIdentities(server, &hasIdentities);
+
+    if (hasIdentities) {
+      aNodeArray->AppendObject(kNC_PageTitleServer);
+      aNodeArray->AppendObject(kNC_PageTitleCopies);
+      aNodeArray->AppendObject(kNC_PageTitleAddressing);
+    }
+
+    // Junk settings apply for all server types except for news and rss.
+    nsCString serverType;
+    server->GetType(serverType);
+    if (!MsgLowerCaseEqualsLiteral(serverType, "nntp") &&
+        !MsgLowerCaseEqualsLiteral(serverType, "rss"))
+      aNodeArray->AppendObject(kNC_PageTitleJunk);
+
+    // Check the offline capability before adding
+    // offline item
+    int32_t offlineSupportLevel = 0;
+    rv = server->GetOfflineSupportLevel(&offlineSupportLevel);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+    bool supportsDiskSpace;
+    rv = server->GetSupportsDiskSpace(&supportsDiskSpace);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+    // currently there is no offline without diskspace
+    if (offlineSupportLevel >= OFFLINE_SUPPORT_LEVEL_REGULAR) 
+      aNodeArray->AppendObject(kNC_PageTitleSynchronization);
+    else if (supportsDiskSpace)
+      aNodeArray->AppendObject(kNC_PageTitleDiskSpace);
+
+    if (hasIdentities) {
+      // extensions come after the default panels
+      rv = appendGenericSettingsResources(server, aNodeArray);
+      NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "failed to add generic panels");
+    }
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgAccountManagerDataSource::serverHasIdentities(nsIMsgIncomingServer* aServer,
+                                                   bool *aResult)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  *aResult = false;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccountManager> am = do_QueryReferent(mAccountManager, &rv);
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIArray> identities;
+  rv = am->GetIdentitiesForServer(aServer, getter_AddRefs(identities));
+
+  // no identities just means no arcs
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return NS_OK;
+
+  uint32_t count;
+  rv = identities->GetLength(&count);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return NS_OK;
+
+  if (count >0)
+    *aResult = true;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgAccountManagerDataSource::getAccountArcs(nsIMutableArray **aResult)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  if (!mAccountArcsOut) {
+    mAccountArcsOut = do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    mAccountArcsOut->AppendElement(kNC_Settings, false);
+    mAccountArcsOut->AppendElement(kNC_Name, false);
+    mAccountArcsOut->AppendElement(kNC_FolderTreeName, false);
+    mAccountArcsOut->AppendElement(kNC_FolderTreeSimpleName, false);
+    mAccountArcsOut->AppendElement(kNC_NameSort, false);
+    mAccountArcsOut->AppendElement(kNC_FolderTreeNameSort, false);
+    mAccountArcsOut->AppendElement(kNC_PageTag, false);
+  }
+
+  *aResult = mAccountArcsOut;
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aResult);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgAccountManagerDataSource::getAccountRootArcs(nsIMutableArray **aResult)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  if (!mAccountRootArcsOut) {
+    mAccountRootArcsOut = do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    mAccountRootArcsOut->AppendElement(kNC_Server, false);
+    mAccountRootArcsOut->AppendElement(kNC_Child, false);
+
+    mAccountRootArcsOut->AppendElement(kNC_Settings, false);
+    mAccountRootArcsOut->AppendElement(kNC_Name, false);
+    mAccountRootArcsOut->AppendElement(kNC_FolderTreeName, false);
+    mAccountRootArcsOut->AppendElement(kNC_FolderTreeSimpleName, false);
+    mAccountRootArcsOut->AppendElement(kNC_NameSort, false);
+    mAccountRootArcsOut->AppendElement(kNC_FolderTreeNameSort, false);
+    mAccountRootArcsOut->AppendElement(kNC_PageTag, false);
+  }
+
+  *aResult = mAccountRootArcsOut;
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aResult);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgAccountManagerDataSource::HasArcOut(nsIRDFResource *source, nsIRDFResource *aArc, bool *result)
+{
+  if (aArc == kNC_Settings) {
+    // based on createSettingsResources()
+    // we only have settings for local folders and servers with identities
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+    nsresult rv = getServerForFolderNode(source, getter_AddRefs(server));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && server) {
+      // Check the offline capability before adding arc
+      int32_t offlineSupportLevel = 0;
+      (void) server->GetOfflineSupportLevel(&offlineSupportLevel);
+      if (offlineSupportLevel >= OFFLINE_SUPPORT_LEVEL_REGULAR) {
+        *result = true;
+        return NS_OK;
+      }
+
+      bool supportsDiskSpace;
+      (void) server->GetSupportsDiskSpace(&supportsDiskSpace);
+      if (supportsDiskSpace) {
+        *result = true;
+        return NS_OK;
+      }
+      return serverHasIdentities(server, result);
+    }
+  }
+
+  *result = false;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* nsISimpleEnumerator ArcLabelsOut (in nsIRDFResource aSource); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgAccountManagerDataSource::ArcLabelsOut(nsIRDFResource *source,
+                                            nsISimpleEnumerator **_retval)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  // we have to return something, so always create the array/enumerators
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> arcs;
+  if (source == kNC_AccountRoot)
+    rv = getAccountRootArcs(getter_AddRefs(arcs));
+  else
+    rv = getAccountArcs(getter_AddRefs(arcs));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = NS_NewArrayEnumerator(_retval, arcs);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_amds_
+  printf("GetArcLabelsOut(%s): Adding child, settings, and name arclabels\n", value);
+#endif
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgAccountManagerDataSource::HasAssertion(nsIRDFResource *aSource,
+                                            nsIRDFResource *aProperty,
+                                            nsIRDFNode *aTarget,
+                                            bool aTruthValue,
+                                            bool *_retval)
+{
+  nsresult rv=NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  //
+  // msgaccounts:/ properties
+  //
+  if (aSource == kNC_AccountRoot) {
+    rv = HasAssertionAccountRoot(aProperty, aTarget, aTruthValue, _retval);
+  }
+  //
+  // server properties
+  //   try to convert the resource to a folder, and then only
+  //   answer if it's a server.. any failure falls through to the default case
+  //
+  // short-circuit on property, so objects like filters, etc, don't get queried
+  else if (aProperty == kNC_IsDefaultServer || aProperty == kNC_CanGetMessages ||
+           aProperty == kNC_CanGetIncomingMessages || aProperty == kNC_SupportsFilters) {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+    rv = getServerForFolderNode(aSource, getter_AddRefs(server));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && server)
+      rv = HasAssertionServer(server, aProperty, aTarget,
+                              aTruthValue, _retval);
+  }
+
+  // any failures above fallthrough to the parent class
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return nsMsgRDFDataSource::HasAssertion(aSource, aProperty,
+                                            aTarget, aTruthValue, _retval);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgAccountManagerDataSource::HasAssertionServer(nsIMsgIncomingServer *aServer,
+                                                  nsIRDFResource *aProperty,
+                                                  nsIRDFNode *aTarget,
+                                                  bool aTruthValue,
+                                                  bool *_retval)
+{
+  if (aProperty == kNC_IsDefaultServer)
+    *_retval = (aTarget == kTrueLiteral) ? isDefaultServer(aServer) : !isDefaultServer(aServer);
+  else if (aProperty == kNC_SupportsFilters)
+    *_retval = (aTarget == kTrueLiteral) ? supportsFilters(aServer) : !supportsFilters(aServer);
+  else if (aProperty == kNC_CanGetMessages)
+   *_retval = (aTarget == kTrueLiteral) ? canGetMessages(aServer) : !canGetMessages(aServer);
+  else if (aProperty == kNC_CanGetIncomingMessages)
+    *_retval = (aTarget == kTrueLiteral) ? canGetIncomingMessages(aServer) : !canGetIncomingMessages(aServer);
+  else
+    *_retval = false;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+bool
+nsMsgAccountManagerDataSource::isDefaultServer(nsIMsgIncomingServer *aServer)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  if (!aServer) return false;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccountManager> am = do_QueryReferent(mAccountManager, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, false);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccount> defaultAccount;
+  rv = am->GetDefaultAccount(getter_AddRefs(defaultAccount));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, false);
+  if (!defaultAccount) return false;
+
+  // in some weird case that there is no default and they asked
+  // for the default
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> defaultServer;
+  rv = defaultAccount->GetIncomingServer(getter_AddRefs(defaultServer));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, false);
+  if (!defaultServer) return false;
+
+  bool isEqual;
+  rv = defaultServer->Equals(aServer, &isEqual);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, false);
+
+  return isEqual;
+}
+
+
+bool
+nsMsgAccountManagerDataSource::supportsFilters(nsIMsgIncomingServer *aServer)
+{
+  bool supportsFilters;
+  nsresult rv = aServer->GetCanHaveFilters(&supportsFilters);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, false);
+
+  return supportsFilters;
+}
+
+bool
+nsMsgAccountManagerDataSource::canGetMessages(nsIMsgIncomingServer *aServer)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgProtocolInfo> protocolInfo;
+  nsresult rv = aServer->GetProtocolInfo(getter_AddRefs(protocolInfo));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, false);
+
+  bool canGetMessages;
+  rv = protocolInfo->GetCanGetMessages(&canGetMessages);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, false);
+
+  return canGetMessages;
+}
+
+bool
+nsMsgAccountManagerDataSource::canGetIncomingMessages(nsIMsgIncomingServer *aServer)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgProtocolInfo> protocolInfo;
+  nsresult rv = aServer->GetProtocolInfo(getter_AddRefs(protocolInfo));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, false);
+
+  bool canGetIncomingMessages;
+  rv = protocolInfo->GetCanGetIncomingMessages(&canGetIncomingMessages);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, false);
+
+  return canGetIncomingMessages;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgAccountManagerDataSource::HasAssertionAccountRoot(nsIRDFResource *aProperty,
+                                                       nsIRDFNode *aTarget,
+                                                       bool aTruthValue,
+                                                       bool *_retval)
+{
+  // set up default
+  *_retval = false;
+
+  // for child and settings arcs, just make sure it's a valid server:
+  if (isContainment(aProperty)) {
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+    nsresult rv = getServerForFolderNode(aTarget, getter_AddRefs(server));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !server) return rv;
+
+    nsCString serverKey;
+    server->GetKey(serverKey);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccountManager> am = do_QueryReferent(mAccountManager, &rv);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIArray> serverArray;
+    rv = am->GetAllServers(getter_AddRefs(serverArray));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    uint32_t length;
+    rv = serverArray->GetLength(&length);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    for (uint32_t i = 0; i < length; ++i)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server(do_QueryElementAt(serverArray, i, &rv));
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        continue;
+
+      nsCString key;
+      server->GetKey(key);
+      if (key.Equals(serverKey))
+      {
+        *_retval = true;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+bool
+nsMsgAccountManagerDataSource::isContainment(nsIRDFResource *aProperty)
+{
+
+  if (aProperty == kNC_Child ||
+      aProperty == kNC_Settings)
+    return true;
+  return false;
+}
+
+// returns failure if the object is not a root server
+nsresult
+nsMsgAccountManagerDataSource::getServerForFolderNode(nsIRDFNode *aResource,
+                                                      nsIMsgIncomingServer **aResult)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder = do_QueryInterface(aResource, &rv);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) 
+  {
+    bool isServer;
+    rv = folder->GetIsServer(&isServer);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && isServer) 
+      return folder->GetServer(aResult);
+  }
+  return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgAccountManagerDataSource::getStringBundle()
+{
+  if (mStringBundle) return NS_OK;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundleService> strBundleService =
+    mozilla::services::GetStringBundleService();
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(strBundleService, NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED);
+
+  return strBundleService->CreateBundle("chrome://messenger/locale/prefs.properties",
+                                      getter_AddRefs(mStringBundle));
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgAccountManagerDataSource::OnServerLoaded(nsIMsgIncomingServer* aServer)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> serverFolder;
+  nsresult rv = aServer->GetRootFolder(getter_AddRefs(serverFolder));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFResource> serverResource = do_QueryInterface(serverFolder,&rv);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  NotifyObservers(kNC_AccountRoot, kNC_Child, serverResource, nullptr, true, false);
+  NotifyObservers(kNC_AccountRoot, kNC_Settings, serverResource, nullptr, true, false);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgAccountManagerDataSource::OnServerUnloaded(nsIMsgIncomingServer* aServer)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> serverFolder;
+  nsresult rv = aServer->GetRootFolder(getter_AddRefs(serverFolder));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFResource> serverResource = do_QueryInterface(serverFolder,&rv);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+
+  NotifyObservers(kNC_AccountRoot, kNC_Child, serverResource, nullptr, false, false);
+  NotifyObservers(kNC_AccountRoot, kNC_Settings, serverResource, nullptr, false, false);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgAccountManagerDataSource::OnServerChanged(nsIMsgIncomingServer *server)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgAccountManagerDataSource::OnItemPropertyChanged(nsIMsgFolder *, nsIAtom *, char const *, char const *)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgAccountManagerDataSource::OnItemUnicharPropertyChanged(nsIMsgFolder *, nsIAtom *, const char16_t *, const char16_t *)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgAccountManagerDataSource::OnItemRemoved(nsIMsgFolder *, nsISupports *)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgAccountManagerDataSource::OnItemPropertyFlagChanged(nsIMsgDBHdr *, nsIAtom *, uint32_t, uint32_t)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgAccountManagerDataSource::OnItemAdded(nsIMsgFolder *, nsISupports *)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgAccountManagerDataSource::OnItemBoolPropertyChanged(nsIMsgFolder *aItem,
+                                                         nsIAtom *aProperty,
+                                                         bool aOldValue,
+                                                         bool aNewValue)
+{
+  if (aProperty == kDefaultServerAtom) {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFResource> resource(do_QueryInterface(aItem));
+    NotifyObservers(resource, kNC_IsDefaultServer, kTrueLiteral, nullptr, aNewValue, false);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgAccountManagerDataSource::OnItemEvent(nsIMsgFolder *, nsIAtom *)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgAccountManagerDataSource::OnItemIntPropertyChanged(nsIMsgFolder *, nsIAtom *, int64_t, int64_t)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgAccountManagerDataSource::Observe(nsISupports *aSubject, const char *aTopic, const char16_t *aData)
+{
+  nsMsgRDFDataSource::Observe(aSubject, aTopic, aData);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgAccountManagerDS.h b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgAccountManagerDS.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0a8d4cf42
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgAccountManagerDS.h
@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef __nsMsgAccountManagerDS_h
+#define __nsMsgAccountManagerDS_h
+
+#include "mozilla/Attributes.h"
+#include "nscore.h"
+#include "nsError.h"
+#include "nsIID.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsIStringBundle.h"
+
+#include "nsMsgRDFDataSource.h"
+#include "nsIMsgAccountManager.h"
+#include "nsIIncomingServerListener.h"
+#include "nsIMsgProtocolInfo.h"
+#include "nsWeakPtr.h"
+#include "nsIMutableArray.h"
+#include "nsCOMArray.h"
+
+/* {3f989ca4-f77a-11d2-969d-006008948010} */
+#define NS_MSGACCOUNTMANAGERDATASOURCE_CID \
+  {0x3f989ca4, 0xf77a, 0x11d2, \
+    {0x96, 0x9d, 0x00, 0x60, 0x08, 0x94, 0x80, 0x10}}
+
+class nsMsgAccountManagerDataSource : public nsMsgRDFDataSource,
+                                      public nsIFolderListener,
+                                      public nsIIncomingServerListener
+{
+
+public:
+    
+  nsMsgAccountManagerDataSource();
+  virtual nsresult Init() override;
+
+  virtual void Cleanup() override;
+  // service manager shutdown method
+  
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED
+  NS_DECL_NSIFOLDERLISTENER
+  NS_DECL_NSIINCOMINGSERVERLISTENER
+  NS_DECL_NSIOBSERVER
+  // RDF datasource methods
+  NS_IMETHOD GetTarget(nsIRDFResource *source,
+                       nsIRDFResource *property,
+                       bool aTruthValue,
+                       nsIRDFNode **_retval) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetTargets(nsIRDFResource *source,
+                        nsIRDFResource *property,
+                        bool aTruthValue,
+                        nsISimpleEnumerator **_retval) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD ArcLabelsOut(nsIRDFResource *source,
+                          nsISimpleEnumerator **_retval) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD HasAssertion(nsIRDFResource *aSource, nsIRDFResource *aProperty,
+                          nsIRDFNode *aTarget, bool aTruthValue,
+                          bool *_retval) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD HasArcOut(nsIRDFResource *source, nsIRDFResource *aArc,
+                       bool *result) override;
+    
+protected:
+  virtual ~nsMsgAccountManagerDataSource();
+
+  nsresult HasAssertionServer(nsIMsgIncomingServer *aServer,
+                              nsIRDFResource *aProperty,
+                              nsIRDFNode *aTarget,
+                              bool aTruthValue, bool *_retval);
+
+  nsresult HasAssertionAccountRoot(nsIRDFResource *aProperty,
+                                   nsIRDFNode *aTarget,
+                                   bool aTruthValue, bool *_retval);
+  
+  bool isDefaultServer(nsIMsgIncomingServer *aServer);
+  bool supportsFilters(nsIMsgIncomingServer *aServer);
+  bool canGetMessages(nsIMsgIncomingServer *aServer);
+  bool canGetIncomingMessages(nsIMsgIncomingServer *aServer);
+  
+  static bool isContainment(nsIRDFResource *aProperty);
+  nsresult getServerForFolderNode(nsIRDFNode *aResource,
+                                  nsIMsgIncomingServer **aResult);
+  
+  nsresult createRootResources(nsIRDFResource *aProperty,
+                               nsCOMArray<nsIRDFResource> *aNodeArray);
+  nsresult createSettingsResources(nsIRDFResource *aSource,
+                                   nsCOMArray<nsIRDFResource> *aNodeArray);
+  nsresult appendGenericSettingsResources(nsIMsgIncomingServer *server,\
+                                          nsCOMArray<nsIRDFResource> *aNodeArray);
+  nsresult appendGenericSetting(const char *name,
+                                nsCOMArray<nsIRDFResource> *aNodeArray);
+
+  static nsIRDFResource* kNC_Name;
+  static nsIRDFResource* kNC_FolderTreeName;
+  static nsIRDFResource* kNC_FolderTreeSimpleName;
+  static nsIRDFResource* kNC_NameSort;
+  static nsIRDFResource* kNC_FolderTreeNameSort;
+  static nsIRDFResource* kNC_PageTag;
+  static nsIRDFResource* kNC_IsDefaultServer;
+  static nsIRDFResource* kNC_SupportsFilters;
+  static nsIRDFResource* kNC_CanGetMessages;
+  static nsIRDFResource* kNC_CanGetIncomingMessages;
+  
+  static nsIRDFResource* kNC_Child;
+  static nsIRDFResource* kNC_AccountRoot;
+  
+  static nsIRDFResource* kNC_Account;
+  static nsIRDFResource* kNC_Server;
+  static nsIRDFResource* kNC_Identity;
+  static nsIRDFResource* kNC_Settings;
+  static nsIRDFResource* kNC_Junk;
+
+  static nsIRDFResource* kNC_PageTitleMain;
+  static nsIRDFResource* kNC_PageTitleServer;
+  static nsIRDFResource* kNC_PageTitleCopies;
+  static nsIRDFResource* kNC_PageTitleSynchronization;
+  static nsIRDFResource* kNC_PageTitleDiskSpace;
+  static nsIRDFResource* kNC_PageTitleAddressing;
+  static nsIRDFResource* kNC_PageTitleSMTP;
+  static nsIRDFResource* kNC_PageTitleJunk;
+
+  static nsIRDFLiteral* kTrueLiteral;
+
+  static nsIAtom* kDefaultServerAtom;
+
+  static nsrefcnt gAccountManagerResourceRefCnt;
+
+  static nsresult getAccountArcs(nsIMutableArray **aResult);
+  static nsresult getAccountRootArcs(nsIMutableArray **aResult);
+  
+private:
+  nsresult serverHasIdentities(nsIMsgIncomingServer *aServer, bool *aResult);
+  nsresult getStringBundle();
+
+  static nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> mAccountArcsOut;
+  static nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> mAccountRootArcsOut;
+  nsWeakPtr mAccountManager;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundle> mStringBundle;
+};
+
+#endif /* __nsMsgAccountManagerDS_h */
diff --git a/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgBiffManager.cpp b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgBiffManager.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..360600147
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgBiffManager.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,373 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsMsgBiffManager.h"
+#include "nsIMsgAccountManager.h"
+#include "nsMsgBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsStatusBarBiffManager.h"
+#include "nsCOMArray.h"
+#include "mozilla/Logging.h"
+#include "nspr.h"
+#include "nsIPrefService.h"
+#include "nsIPrefBranch.h"
+#include "nsIObserverService.h"
+#include "nsComponentManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "mozilla/Services.h"
+#include <algorithm>
+
+#define PREF_BIFF_JITTER "mail.biff.add_interval_jitter"
+
+static NS_DEFINE_CID(kStatusBarBiffManagerCID, NS_STATUSBARBIFFMANAGER_CID);
+
+static PRLogModuleInfo *MsgBiffLogModule = nullptr;
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMsgBiffManager, nsIMsgBiffManager,
+                   nsIIncomingServerListener, nsIObserver,
+                   nsISupportsWeakReference)
+
+void OnBiffTimer(nsITimer *timer, void *aBiffManager)
+{
+  nsMsgBiffManager *biffManager = (nsMsgBiffManager*)aBiffManager;
+  biffManager->PerformBiff();
+}
+
+nsMsgBiffManager::nsMsgBiffManager()
+{
+  mHaveShutdown = false;
+  mInited = false;
+}
+
+nsMsgBiffManager::~nsMsgBiffManager()
+{
+  if (mBiffTimer)
+    mBiffTimer->Cancel();
+
+  if (!mHaveShutdown)
+    Shutdown();
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIObserverService> observerService =
+    mozilla::services::GetObserverService();
+  if (observerService)
+  {
+    observerService->RemoveObserver(this, "wake_notification");
+    observerService->RemoveObserver(this, "sleep_notification");
+  }
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgBiffManager::Init()
+{
+  if (mInited)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  mInited = true;
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccountManager> accountManager = 
+  do_GetService(NS_MSGACCOUNTMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    accountManager->AddIncomingServerListener(this);
+
+  // in turbo mode on profile change we don't need to do anything below this
+  if (mHaveShutdown)
+  {
+    mHaveShutdown = false;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  // Ensure status bar biff service has started
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFolderListener> statusBarBiffService = 
+    do_GetService(kStatusBarBiffManagerCID, &rv);
+
+  if (!MsgBiffLogModule)
+    MsgBiffLogModule = PR_NewLogModule("MsgBiff");
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIObserverService> observerService =
+    mozilla::services::GetObserverService();
+  if (observerService)
+  {
+    observerService->AddObserver(this, "sleep_notification", true);
+    observerService->AddObserver(this, "wake_notification", true);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgBiffManager::Shutdown()
+{
+  if (mBiffTimer) 
+  {
+    mBiffTimer->Cancel();
+    mBiffTimer = nullptr;
+  }
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccountManager> accountManager =
+    do_GetService(NS_MSGACCOUNTMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    accountManager->RemoveIncomingServerListener(this);
+
+  mHaveShutdown = true;
+  mInited = false;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgBiffManager::Observe(nsISupports *aSubject, const char *aTopic, const char16_t *someData)
+{
+  if (!strcmp(aTopic, "sleep_notification") && mBiffTimer)
+  {
+    mBiffTimer->Cancel();
+    mBiffTimer = nullptr;
+  }
+  else if (!strcmp(aTopic, "wake_notification"))
+  {
+    // wait 10 seconds after waking up to start biffing again.
+    mBiffTimer = do_CreateInstance("@mozilla.org/timer;1");
+    mBiffTimer->InitWithFuncCallback(OnBiffTimer, (void*)this, 10000,
+                                     nsITimer::TYPE_ONE_SHOT);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgBiffManager::AddServerBiff(nsIMsgIncomingServer *server)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(server);
+
+  int32_t biffMinutes;
+
+  nsresult rv = server->GetBiffMinutes(&biffMinutes);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // Don't add if biffMinutes isn't > 0
+  if (biffMinutes > 0)
+  {
+    int32_t serverIndex = FindServer(server);
+    // Only add it if it hasn't been added already.
+    if (serverIndex == -1)
+    {
+      nsBiffEntry biffEntry;
+      biffEntry.server = server;
+      rv = SetNextBiffTime(biffEntry, PR_Now());
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      AddBiffEntry(biffEntry);
+      SetupNextBiff();
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgBiffManager::RemoveServerBiff(nsIMsgIncomingServer *server)
+{
+  int32_t pos = FindServer(server);
+  if (pos != -1)
+    mBiffArray.RemoveElementAt(pos);
+
+  // Should probably reset biff time if this was the server that gets biffed
+  // next.
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgBiffManager::ForceBiff(nsIMsgIncomingServer *server)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgBiffManager::ForceBiffAll()
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgBiffManager::OnServerLoaded(nsIMsgIncomingServer *server)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(server);
+
+  bool doBiff = false;
+  nsresult rv = server->GetDoBiff(&doBiff);
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && doBiff)
+    rv = AddServerBiff(server);
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgBiffManager::OnServerUnloaded(nsIMsgIncomingServer *server)
+{
+  return RemoveServerBiff(server);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgBiffManager::OnServerChanged(nsIMsgIncomingServer *server)
+{
+  // nothing required.  If the hostname or username changed
+  // the next time biff fires, we'll ping the right server
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+int32_t nsMsgBiffManager::FindServer(nsIMsgIncomingServer *server)
+{
+  uint32_t count = mBiffArray.Length();
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < count; i++)
+  {
+    if (server == mBiffArray[i].server.get())
+      return i;
+  }
+  return -1;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgBiffManager::AddBiffEntry(nsBiffEntry &biffEntry)
+{
+  uint32_t i;
+  uint32_t count = mBiffArray.Length();
+  for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
+  {
+    if (biffEntry.nextBiffTime < mBiffArray[i].nextBiffTime)
+      break;
+  }
+  MOZ_LOG(MsgBiffLogModule, mozilla::LogLevel::Info, ("inserting biff entry at %d\n", i));
+  mBiffArray.InsertElementAt(i, biffEntry);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgBiffManager::SetNextBiffTime(nsBiffEntry &biffEntry, PRTime currentTime)
+{
+  nsIMsgIncomingServer *server = biffEntry.server;
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(server, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+
+  int32_t biffInterval;
+  nsresult rv = server->GetBiffMinutes(&biffInterval);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // Add biffInterval, converted in microseconds, to current time.
+  // Force 64-bit multiplication.
+  PRTime chosenTimeInterval = biffInterval * 60000000LL;
+  biffEntry.nextBiffTime = currentTime + chosenTimeInterval;
+
+  // Check if we should jitter.
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefs = do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID);
+  if (prefs)
+  {
+    bool shouldUseBiffJitter = false;
+    prefs->GetBoolPref(PREF_BIFF_JITTER, &shouldUseBiffJitter);
+    if (shouldUseBiffJitter)
+    {
+      // Calculate a jitter of +/-5% on chosenTimeInterval
+      // - minimum 1 second (to avoid a modulo with 0)
+      // - maximum 30 seconds (to avoid problems when biffInterval is very large)
+      int64_t jitter = (int64_t)(0.05 * (int64_t)chosenTimeInterval);
+      jitter = std::max<int64_t>(1000000LL, std::min<int64_t>(jitter, 30000000LL));
+      jitter = ((rand() % 2) ? 1 : -1) * (rand() % jitter);
+
+      biffEntry.nextBiffTime += jitter;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgBiffManager::SetupNextBiff()
+{
+  if (mBiffArray.Length() > 0)
+  {
+    // Get the next biff entry
+    const nsBiffEntry &biffEntry = mBiffArray[0];
+    PRTime currentTime = PR_Now();
+    int64_t biffDelay;
+    int64_t ms(1000);
+
+    if (currentTime > biffEntry.nextBiffTime)
+    {
+      // Let's wait 30 seconds before firing biff again
+      biffDelay = 30 * PR_USEC_PER_SEC;
+    }
+    else
+      biffDelay = biffEntry.nextBiffTime - currentTime;
+
+    // Convert biffDelay into milliseconds
+    int64_t timeInMS = biffDelay / ms;
+    uint32_t timeInMSUint32 = (uint32_t)timeInMS;
+
+    // Can't currently reset a timer when it's in the process of
+    // calling Notify. So, just release the timer here and create a new one.
+    if (mBiffTimer)
+      mBiffTimer->Cancel();
+
+    MOZ_LOG(MsgBiffLogModule, mozilla::LogLevel::Info, ("setting %d timer\n", timeInMSUint32));
+    mBiffTimer = do_CreateInstance("@mozilla.org/timer;1");
+    mBiffTimer->InitWithFuncCallback(OnBiffTimer, (void*)this, timeInMSUint32, 
+                                     nsITimer::TYPE_ONE_SHOT);
+
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+//This is the function that does a biff on all of the servers whose time it is to biff.
+nsresult nsMsgBiffManager::PerformBiff()
+{
+  PRTime currentTime = PR_Now();
+  nsCOMArray<nsIMsgFolder> targetFolders;
+  MOZ_LOG(MsgBiffLogModule, mozilla::LogLevel::Info, ("performing biffs\n"));
+
+  uint32_t count = mBiffArray.Length();
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < count; i++)
+  {
+    // Take a copy of the entry rather than the a reference so that we can
+    // remove and add if necessary, but keep the references and memory alive.
+    nsBiffEntry current = mBiffArray[i];
+    if (current.nextBiffTime < currentTime)
+    {
+      bool serverBusy = false;
+      bool serverRequiresPassword = true;
+      bool passwordPromptRequired; 
+
+      current.server->GetPasswordPromptRequired(&passwordPromptRequired);
+      current.server->GetServerBusy(&serverBusy);
+      current.server->GetServerRequiresPasswordForBiff(&serverRequiresPassword);
+      // find the dest folder we're actually downloading to...
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> rootMsgFolder;
+      current.server->GetRootMsgFolder(getter_AddRefs(rootMsgFolder));
+      int32_t targetFolderIndex = targetFolders.IndexOfObject(rootMsgFolder);
+      if (targetFolderIndex == kNotFound)
+        targetFolders.AppendObject(rootMsgFolder);
+
+      // so if we need to be authenticated to biff, check that we are
+      // (since we don't want to prompt the user for password UI)
+      // and make sure the server isn't already in the middle of downloading
+      // new messages
+      if (!serverBusy &&
+          (!serverRequiresPassword || !passwordPromptRequired) &&
+          targetFolderIndex == kNotFound)
+      {
+        nsCString serverKey;
+        current.server->GetKey(serverKey);
+        nsresult rv = current.server->PerformBiff(nullptr);
+        MOZ_LOG(MsgBiffLogModule, mozilla::LogLevel::Info, ("biffing server %s rv = %x\n", serverKey.get(), rv));
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        MOZ_LOG(MsgBiffLogModule, mozilla::LogLevel::Info, ("not biffing server serverBusy = %d requirespassword = %d password prompt required = %d targetFolderIndex = %d\n",
+          serverBusy, serverRequiresPassword, passwordPromptRequired, targetFolderIndex));
+      }
+      // if we didn't do this server because the destination server was already being
+      // biffed into, leave this server in the biff array so it will fire next.
+      if (targetFolderIndex == kNotFound)
+      {
+        mBiffArray.RemoveElementAt(i);
+        i--; //Because we removed it we need to look at the one that just moved up.
+        SetNextBiffTime(current, currentTime);
+        AddBiffEntry(current);
+      }
+#ifdef DEBUG_David_Bienvenu
+      else
+        printf("dest account performing biff\n");
+#endif
+    }
+    else
+      //since we're in biff order, there's no reason to keep checking
+      break;
+  }
+  SetupNextBiff();
+  return NS_OK;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgBiffManager.h b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgBiffManager.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..909c2b493
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgBiffManager.h
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef NSMSGBIFFMANAGER_H
+#define NSMSGBIFFMANAGER_H
+
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "nsIMsgBiffManager.h"
+#include "nsITimer.h"
+#include "nsTArray.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsIIncomingServerListener.h"
+#include "nsWeakReference.h"
+#include "nsIObserver.h"
+
+typedef struct {
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+  PRTime nextBiffTime;
+} nsBiffEntry;
+
+
+class nsMsgBiffManager
+  : public nsIMsgBiffManager,
+    public nsIIncomingServerListener,
+    public nsIObserver,
+    public nsSupportsWeakReference
+{
+public:
+  nsMsgBiffManager(); 
+
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGBIFFMANAGER
+  NS_DECL_NSIINCOMINGSERVERLISTENER
+  NS_DECL_NSIOBSERVER
+
+  nsresult PerformBiff();
+
+protected:
+  virtual ~nsMsgBiffManager();
+
+  int32_t FindServer(nsIMsgIncomingServer *server);
+  nsresult SetNextBiffTime(nsBiffEntry &biffEntry, PRTime currentTime);
+  nsresult SetupNextBiff();
+  nsresult AddBiffEntry(nsBiffEntry &biffEntry);
+
+protected:
+  nsCOMPtr<nsITimer> mBiffTimer;
+  nsTArray<nsBiffEntry> mBiffArray;
+  bool mHaveShutdown;
+  bool mInited;
+};
+
+#endif // NSMSGBIFFMANAGER_H
diff --git a/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgContentPolicy.cpp b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgContentPolicy.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ebc02635f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgContentPolicy.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1076 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsMsgContentPolicy.h"
+#include "nsIPermissionManager.h"
+#include "nsIPrefService.h"
+#include "nsIPrefBranch.h"
+#include "nsIAbManager.h"
+#include "nsIAbDirectory.h"
+#include "nsIAbCard.h"
+#include "nsIMsgWindow.h"
+#include "nsIMimeMiscStatus.h"
+#include "nsIMsgHdr.h"
+#include "nsIEncryptedSMIMEURIsSrvc.h"
+#include "nsNetUtil.h"
+#include "nsIMsgComposeService.h"
+#include "nsMsgCompCID.h"
+#include "nsIDocShellTreeItem.h"
+#include "nsIWebNavigation.h"
+#include "nsContentPolicyUtils.h"
+#include "nsIDOMHTMLImageElement.h"
+#include "nsIFrameLoader.h"
+#include "nsIWebProgress.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "nsThreadUtils.h"
+#include "mozilla/mailnews/MimeHeaderParser.h"
+#include "nsINntpUrl.h"
+#include "nsSandboxFlags.h"
+
+static const char kBlockRemoteImages[] = "mailnews.message_display.disable_remote_image";
+static const char kAllowPlugins[] = "mailnews.message_display.allow_plugins";
+static const char kTrustedDomains[] =  "mail.trusteddomains";
+
+using namespace mozilla::mailnews;
+
+// Per message headder flags to keep track of whether the user is allowing remote
+// content for a particular message.
+// if you change or add more values to these constants, be sure to modify
+// the corresponding definitions in mailWindowOverlay.js
+#define kNoRemoteContentPolicy 0
+#define kBlockRemoteContent 1
+#define kAllowRemoteContent 2
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMsgContentPolicy,
+                  nsIContentPolicy,
+                  nsIWebProgressListener,
+                  nsIMsgContentPolicy,
+                  nsIObserver,
+                  nsISupportsWeakReference)
+
+nsMsgContentPolicy::nsMsgContentPolicy()
+{
+  mAllowPlugins = false;
+  mBlockRemoteImages = true;
+}
+
+nsMsgContentPolicy::~nsMsgContentPolicy()
+{
+  // hey, we are going away...clean up after ourself....unregister our observer
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefInternal = do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    prefInternal->RemoveObserver(kBlockRemoteImages, this);
+    prefInternal->RemoveObserver(kAllowPlugins, this);
+  }
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgContentPolicy::Init()
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  // register ourself as an observer on the mail preference to block remote images
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefInternal = do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  prefInternal->AddObserver(kBlockRemoteImages, this, true);
+  prefInternal->AddObserver(kAllowPlugins, this, true);
+
+  prefInternal->GetBoolPref(kAllowPlugins, &mAllowPlugins);
+  prefInternal->GetCharPref(kTrustedDomains, getter_Copies(mTrustedMailDomains));
+  prefInternal->GetBoolPref(kBlockRemoteImages, &mBlockRemoteImages);
+
+  // Grab a handle on the PermissionManager service for managing allowed remote
+  // content senders.
+  mPermissionManager = do_GetService(NS_PERMISSIONMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @returns true if the sender referenced by aMsgHdr is explicitly allowed to
+ *          load remote images according to the PermissionManager
+ */
+bool
+nsMsgContentPolicy::ShouldAcceptRemoteContentForSender(nsIMsgDBHdr *aMsgHdr)
+{
+  if (!aMsgHdr)
+    return false;
+
+  // extract the e-mail address from the msg hdr
+  nsCString author;
+  nsresult rv = aMsgHdr->GetAuthor(getter_Copies(author));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, false);
+
+  nsCString emailAddress;
+  ExtractEmail(EncodedHeader(author), emailAddress);
+  if (emailAddress.IsEmpty())
+    return false;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIIOService> ios = do_GetService("@mozilla.org/network/io-service;1", &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, false);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> mailURI;
+  emailAddress.Insert("chrome://messenger/content/email=", 0);
+  rv = ios->NewURI(emailAddress, nullptr, nullptr, getter_AddRefs(mailURI));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, false);
+
+  // check with permission manager
+  uint32_t permission = 0;
+  rv = mPermissionManager->TestPermission(mailURI, "image", &permission);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, false);
+
+  // Only return true if the permission manager has an explicit allow
+  return (permission == nsIPermissionManager::ALLOW_ACTION);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Extract the host name from aContentLocation, and look it up in our list
+ * of trusted domains.
+ */
+bool nsMsgContentPolicy::IsTrustedDomain(nsIURI * aContentLocation)
+{
+  bool trustedDomain = false;
+  // get the host name of the server hosting the remote image
+  nsAutoCString host;
+  nsresult rv = aContentLocation->GetHost(host);
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !mTrustedMailDomains.IsEmpty())
+    trustedDomain = MsgHostDomainIsTrusted(host, mTrustedMailDomains);
+
+  return trustedDomain;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgContentPolicy::ShouldLoad(uint32_t          aContentType,
+                               nsIURI           *aContentLocation,
+                               nsIURI           *aRequestingLocation,
+                               nsISupports      *aRequestingContext,
+                               const nsACString &aMimeGuess,
+                               nsISupports      *aExtra,
+                               nsIPrincipal     *aRequestPrincipal,
+                               int16_t          *aDecision)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  // The default decision at the start of the function is to accept the load.
+  // Once we have checked the content type and the requesting location, then
+  // we switch it to reject.
+  //
+  // Be very careful about returning error codes - if this method returns an
+  // NS_ERROR_*, any decision made here will be ignored, and the document could
+  // be accepted when we don't want it to be.
+  //
+  // In most cases if an error occurs, its something we didn't expect so we
+  // should be rejecting the document anyway.
+  *aDecision = nsIContentPolicy::ACCEPT;
+
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aContentLocation);
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_MsgContentPolicy
+  fprintf(stderr, "aContentType: %d\naContentLocation = %s\n",
+          aContentType,
+          aContentLocation->GetSpecOrDefault().get());
+#endif
+
+#ifndef MOZ_THUNDERBIRD
+  // Go find out if we are dealing with mailnews. Anything else
+  // isn't our concern and we accept content.
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIDocShell> rootDocShell;
+  rv = GetRootDocShellForContext(aRequestingContext,
+                                 getter_AddRefs(rootDocShell));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  uint32_t appType;
+  rv = rootDocShell->GetAppType(&appType);
+  // We only want to deal with mailnews
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || appType != nsIDocShell::APP_TYPE_MAIL)
+    return NS_OK;
+#endif
+
+  switch(aContentType) {
+    // Plugins (nsIContentPolicy::TYPE_OBJECT) are blocked on document load.
+  case nsIContentPolicy::TYPE_DOCUMENT:
+    // At this point, we have no intention of supporting a different JS
+    // setting on a subdocument, so we don't worry about TYPE_SUBDOCUMENT here.
+
+    // If the timing were right, we'd enable JavaScript on the docshell
+    // for non mailnews URIs here.  However, at this point, the
+    // old document may still be around, so we can't do any enabling just yet.
+    // Instead, we apply the policy in nsIWebProgressListener::OnLocationChange.
+    // For now, we explicitly disable JavaScript in order to be safe rather than
+    // sorry, because OnLocationChange isn't guaranteed to necessarily be called
+    // soon enough to disable it in time (though bz says it _should_ be called
+    // soon enough "in all sane cases").
+    rv = SetDisableItemsOnMailNewsUrlDocshells(aContentLocation,
+                                               aRequestingContext);
+    // if something went wrong during the tweaking, reject this content
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+      NS_WARNING("Failed to set disable items on docShells");
+      *aDecision = nsIContentPolicy::REJECT_TYPE;
+      return NS_OK;
+    }
+    break;
+
+  case nsIContentPolicy::TYPE_CSP_REPORT:
+    // We cannot block CSP reports.
+    *aDecision = nsIContentPolicy::ACCEPT;
+    return NS_OK;
+    break;
+
+  default:
+    break;
+  }
+
+  // NOTE: Not using NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER because this is a legitimate case
+  // that can happen.  Also keep in mind that the default policy used for a
+  // failure code is ACCEPT.
+  if (!aRequestingLocation)
+    return NS_ERROR_INVALID_POINTER;
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_MsgContentPolicy
+  fprintf(stderr, "aRequestingLocation = %s\n", aRequestingLocation->GetSpecOrDefault().get());
+#endif
+
+  // If the requesting location is safe, accept the content location request.
+  if (IsSafeRequestingLocation(aRequestingLocation))
+    return rv;
+
+  // Now default to reject so early returns via NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS
+  // cause content to be rejected.
+  *aDecision = nsIContentPolicy::REJECT_REQUEST;
+
+  // We want to establish the following:
+  // \--------\  requester    |               |              |
+  // content   \------------\ |               |              |
+  // requested               \| mail message  | news message | http(s)/data etc.
+  // -------------------------+---------------+--------------+------------------
+  // mail message content     | load if same  | don't load   | don't load
+  // mailbox, imap, JsAccount | message (1)   | (2)          | (3)
+  // -------------------------+---------------+--------------+------------------
+  // news message             | don't load (4)| load (5)     | load (6)
+  // -------------------------+---------------+--------------+------------------
+  // http(s)/data, etc.       | (default)     | (default)    | (default)
+  // -------------------------+---------------+--------------+------------------
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMessageUrl> contentURL(do_QueryInterface(aContentLocation));
+  if (contentURL) {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsINntpUrl> contentNntpURL(do_QueryInterface(aContentLocation));
+    if (!contentNntpURL) {
+      // Mail message (mailbox, imap or JsAccount) content requested, for example
+      // a message part, like an image:
+      // To load mail message content the requester must have the same
+      // "normalised" principal. This is basically a "same origin" test, it
+      // protects against cross-loading of mail message content from
+      // other mail or news messages.
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMessageUrl> requestURL(do_QueryInterface(aRequestingLocation));
+      // If the request URL is not also a message URL, then we don't accept.
+      if (requestURL) {
+        nsCString contentPrincipalSpec, requestPrincipalSpec;
+        nsresult rv1 = contentURL->GetPrincipalSpec(contentPrincipalSpec);
+        nsresult rv2 = requestURL->GetPrincipalSpec(requestPrincipalSpec);
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv1) && NS_SUCCEEDED(rv2) &&
+            contentPrincipalSpec.Equals(requestPrincipalSpec))
+          *aDecision = nsIContentPolicy::ACCEPT; // (1)
+      }
+      return NS_OK; // (2) and (3)
+    }
+
+    // News message content requested. Don't accept request coming
+    // from a mail message since it would access the news server.
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMessageUrl> requestURL(do_QueryInterface(aRequestingLocation));
+    if (requestURL) {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsINntpUrl> requestNntpURL(do_QueryInterface(aRequestingLocation));
+      if (!requestNntpURL)
+        return NS_OK; // (4)
+    }
+    *aDecision = nsIContentPolicy::ACCEPT; // (5) and (6)
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  // If exposed protocol not covered by the test above or protocol that has been
+  // specifically exposed by an add-on, or is a chrome url, then allow the load.
+  if (IsExposedProtocol(aContentLocation))
+  {
+    *aDecision = nsIContentPolicy::ACCEPT;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  // never load unexposed protocols except for http, https and file.
+  // Protocols like ftp are always blocked.
+  if (ShouldBlockUnexposedProtocol(aContentLocation))
+    return NS_OK;
+
+
+  // Find out the URI that originally initiated the set of requests for this
+  // context.
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> originatorLocation;
+  if (!aRequestingContext && aRequestPrincipal)
+  {
+    // Can get the URI directly from the principal.
+    rv = aRequestPrincipal->GetURI(getter_AddRefs(originatorLocation));
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    rv = GetOriginatingURIForContext(aRequestingContext,
+                                     getter_AddRefs(originatorLocation));
+  }
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, NS_OK);
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_MsgContentPolicy
+  fprintf(stderr, "originatorLocation = %s\n", originatorLocation->GetSpecOrDefault().get());
+#endif
+
+  // Don't load remote content for encrypted messages.
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIEncryptedSMIMEURIsService> encryptedURIService =
+    do_GetService("@mozilla.org/messenger-smime/smime-encrypted-uris-service;1", &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  bool isEncrypted;
+  rv = encryptedURIService->IsEncrypted(aRequestingLocation->GetSpecOrDefault(), &isEncrypted);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  if (isEncrypted)
+  {
+    *aDecision = nsIContentPolicy::REJECT_REQUEST;
+    NotifyContentWasBlocked(originatorLocation, aContentLocation, false);
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  // If we are allowing all remote content...
+  if (!mBlockRemoteImages)
+  {
+    *aDecision = nsIContentPolicy::ACCEPT;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  // Extract the windowtype to handle compose windows separately from mail
+  if (aRequestingContext)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgCompose> msgCompose =
+      GetMsgComposeForContext(aRequestingContext);
+    // Work out if we're in a compose window or not.
+    if (msgCompose)
+    {
+      ComposeShouldLoad(msgCompose, aRequestingContext, aContentLocation,
+                        aDecision);
+      return NS_OK;
+    }
+  }
+
+  // Allow content when using a remote page.
+  bool isHttp;
+  bool isHttps;
+  rv = originatorLocation->SchemeIs("http", &isHttp);
+  nsresult rv2 = originatorLocation->SchemeIs("https", &isHttps);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && NS_SUCCEEDED(rv2) && (isHttp || isHttps))
+  {
+    *aDecision = nsIContentPolicy::ACCEPT;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  uint32_t permission;
+  mPermissionManager->TestPermission(aContentLocation, "image", &permission);
+  switch (permission) {
+    case nsIPermissionManager::UNKNOWN_ACTION:
+    {
+      // No exception was found for this location.
+      break;
+    }
+    case nsIPermissionManager::ALLOW_ACTION:
+    {
+      *aDecision = nsIContentPolicy::ACCEPT;
+      return NS_OK;
+    }
+    case nsIPermissionManager::DENY_ACTION:
+    {
+      *aDecision = nsIContentPolicy::REJECT_REQUEST;
+      return NS_OK;
+    }
+  }
+
+  // The default decision is still to reject.
+  ShouldAcceptContentForPotentialMsg(originatorLocation, aContentLocation,
+                                     aDecision);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Determines if the requesting location is a safe one, i.e. its under the
+ * app/user's control - so file, about, chrome etc.
+ */
+bool
+nsMsgContentPolicy::IsSafeRequestingLocation(nsIURI *aRequestingLocation)
+{
+  if (!aRequestingLocation)
+    return false;
+
+  // If aRequestingLocation is one of chrome, resource, file or view-source,
+  // allow aContentLocation to load.
+  bool isChrome;
+  bool isRes;
+  bool isFile;
+  bool isViewSource;
+
+  nsresult rv = aRequestingLocation->SchemeIs("chrome", &isChrome);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, false);
+  rv = aRequestingLocation->SchemeIs("resource", &isRes);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, false);
+  rv = aRequestingLocation->SchemeIs("file", &isFile);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, false);
+  rv = aRequestingLocation->SchemeIs("view-source", &isViewSource);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, false);
+
+  if (isChrome || isRes || isFile || isViewSource)
+    return true;
+
+  // Only allow about: to load anything if the requesting location is not the
+  // special about:blank one.
+  bool isAbout;
+  rv = aRequestingLocation->SchemeIs("about", &isAbout);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, false);
+
+  if (!isAbout)
+    return false;
+
+  nsCString fullSpec;
+  rv = aRequestingLocation->GetSpec(fullSpec);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, false);
+
+  return !fullSpec.EqualsLiteral("about:blank");
+}
+
+/**
+ * Determines if the content location is a scheme that we're willing to expose
+ * for unlimited loading of content.
+ */
+bool
+nsMsgContentPolicy::IsExposedProtocol(nsIURI *aContentLocation)
+{
+  nsAutoCString contentScheme;
+  nsresult rv = aContentLocation->GetScheme(contentScheme);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, false);
+
+  // Check some exposed protocols. Not all protocols in the list of
+  // network.protocol-handler.expose.* prefs in all-thunderbird.js are
+  // admitted purely based on their scheme.
+  // news, snews, nntp, imap and mailbox are checked before the call
+  // to this function by matching content location and requesting location.
+  if (MsgLowerCaseEqualsLiteral(contentScheme, "mailto") ||
+      MsgLowerCaseEqualsLiteral(contentScheme, "addbook") ||
+      MsgLowerCaseEqualsLiteral(contentScheme, "about"))
+    return true;
+
+  // check if customized exposed scheme
+  if (mCustomExposedProtocols.Contains(contentScheme))
+    return true;
+
+  bool isData;
+  bool isChrome;
+  bool isRes;
+  rv = aContentLocation->SchemeIs("chrome", &isChrome);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, false);
+  rv = aContentLocation->SchemeIs("resource", &isRes);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, false);
+  rv = aContentLocation->SchemeIs("data", &isData);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, false);
+
+  return isChrome || isRes || isData;
+}
+
+/**
+ * We block most unexposed protocols - apart from http(s) and file.
+ */
+bool
+nsMsgContentPolicy::ShouldBlockUnexposedProtocol(nsIURI *aContentLocation)
+{
+  bool isHttp;
+  bool isHttps;
+  bool isFile;
+  // Error condition - we must return true so that we block.
+  nsresult rv = aContentLocation->SchemeIs("http", &isHttp);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, true);
+  rv = aContentLocation->SchemeIs("https", &isHttps);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, true);
+  rv = aContentLocation->SchemeIs("file", &isFile);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, true);
+
+  return !isHttp && !isHttps && !isFile;
+}
+
+/**
+ * The default for this function will be to reject the content request.
+ * When determining if to allow the request for a given msg hdr, the function
+ * will go through the list of remote content blocking criteria:
+ *
+ * #1 Allow if there is a db header for a manual override.
+ * #2 Allow if the message is in an RSS folder.
+ * #3 Allow if the domain for the remote image in our white list.
+ * #4 Allow if the author has been specifically white listed.
+ */
+int16_t
+nsMsgContentPolicy::ShouldAcceptRemoteContentForMsgHdr(nsIMsgDBHdr *aMsgHdr,
+                                                       nsIURI *aRequestingLocation,
+                                                       nsIURI *aContentLocation)
+{
+  if (!aMsgHdr)
+    return static_cast<int16_t>(nsIContentPolicy::REJECT_REQUEST);
+
+  // Case #1, check the db hdr for the remote content policy on this particular
+  // message.
+  uint32_t remoteContentPolicy = kNoRemoteContentPolicy;
+  aMsgHdr->GetUint32Property("remoteContentPolicy", &remoteContentPolicy);
+
+  // Case #2, check if the message is in an RSS folder
+  bool isRSS = false;
+  IsRSSArticle(aRequestingLocation, &isRSS);
+
+  // Case #3, the domain for the remote image is in our white list
+  bool trustedDomain = IsTrustedDomain(aContentLocation);
+
+  // Case 4 means looking up items in the permissions database. So if
+  // either of the two previous items means we load the data, just do it.
+  if (isRSS || remoteContentPolicy == kAllowRemoteContent || trustedDomain)
+    return nsIContentPolicy::ACCEPT;
+
+  // Case #4, author is in our white list..
+  bool allowForSender = ShouldAcceptRemoteContentForSender(aMsgHdr);
+
+  int16_t result = allowForSender ?
+    static_cast<int16_t>(nsIContentPolicy::ACCEPT) :
+    static_cast<int16_t>(nsIContentPolicy::REJECT_REQUEST);
+
+  // kNoRemoteContentPolicy means we have never set a value on the message
+  if (result == nsIContentPolicy::REJECT_REQUEST && !remoteContentPolicy)
+    aMsgHdr->SetUint32Property("remoteContentPolicy", kBlockRemoteContent);
+
+  return result;
+}
+
+class RemoteContentNotifierEvent : public mozilla::Runnable
+{
+public:
+  RemoteContentNotifierEvent(nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow, nsIMsgDBHdr *aMsgHdr,
+                             nsIURI *aContentURI, bool aCanOverride = true)
+    : mMsgWindow(aMsgWindow), mMsgHdr(aMsgHdr), mContentURI(aContentURI),
+    mCanOverride(aCanOverride)
+  {}
+
+  NS_IMETHOD Run()
+  {
+    if (mMsgWindow)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgHeaderSink> msgHdrSink;
+      (void)mMsgWindow->GetMsgHeaderSink(getter_AddRefs(msgHdrSink));
+      if (msgHdrSink)
+        msgHdrSink->OnMsgHasRemoteContent(mMsgHdr, mContentURI, mCanOverride);
+    }
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+private:
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgWindow> mMsgWindow;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> mMsgHdr;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> mContentURI;
+  bool mCanOverride;
+};
+
+/**
+ * This function is used to show a blocked remote content notification.
+ */
+void
+nsMsgContentPolicy::NotifyContentWasBlocked(nsIURI *aOriginatorLocation,
+                                            nsIURI *aContentLocation,
+                                            bool aCanOverride)
+{
+  // Is it a mailnews url?
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMessageUrl> msgUrl(do_QueryInterface(aOriginatorLocation,
+                                                      &rv));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+  {
+    return;
+  }
+
+  nsCString resourceURI;
+  rv = msgUrl->GetUri(getter_Copies(resourceURI));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS_VOID(rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailnewsUrl(do_QueryInterface(aOriginatorLocation, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS_VOID(rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+  rv = GetMsgDBHdrFromURI(resourceURI.get(), getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+  {
+    // Maybe we can get a dummy header.
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgWindow> msgWindow;
+    rv = mailnewsUrl->GetMsgWindow(getter_AddRefs(msgWindow));
+    if (msgWindow)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgHeaderSink> msgHdrSink;
+      rv = msgWindow->GetMsgHeaderSink(getter_AddRefs(msgHdrSink));
+      if (msgHdrSink)
+        rv = msgHdrSink->GetDummyMsgHeader(getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+    }
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgWindow> msgWindow;
+  (void)mailnewsUrl->GetMsgWindow(getter_AddRefs(msgWindow));
+  if (msgWindow)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIRunnable> event =
+      new RemoteContentNotifierEvent(msgWindow, msgHdr, aContentLocation, aCanOverride);
+    // Post this as an event because it can cause dom mutations, and we
+    // get called at a bad time to be causing dom mutations.
+    if (event)
+      NS_DispatchToCurrentThread(event);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+ * This function is used to determine if we allow content for a remote message.
+ * If we reject loading remote content, then we'll inform the message window
+ * that this message has remote content (and hence we are not loading it).
+ *
+ * See ShouldAcceptRemoteContentForMsgHdr for the actual decisions that
+ * determine if we are going to allow remote content.
+ */
+void
+nsMsgContentPolicy::ShouldAcceptContentForPotentialMsg(nsIURI *aOriginatorLocation,
+                                                       nsIURI *aContentLocation,
+                                                       int16_t *aDecision)
+{
+  NS_PRECONDITION(*aDecision == nsIContentPolicy::REJECT_REQUEST,
+                  "AllowContentForPotentialMessage expects default decision to be reject!");
+
+  // Is it a mailnews url?
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMessageUrl> msgUrl(do_QueryInterface(aOriginatorLocation,
+                                                      &rv));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+  {
+    // It isn't a mailnews url - so we accept the load here, and let other
+    // content policies make the decision if we should be loading it or not.
+    *aDecision = nsIContentPolicy::ACCEPT;
+    return;
+  }
+
+  nsCString resourceURI;
+  rv = msgUrl->GetUri(getter_Copies(resourceURI));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS_VOID(rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailnewsUrl(do_QueryInterface(aOriginatorLocation, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS_VOID(rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+  rv = GetMsgDBHdrFromURI(resourceURI.get(), getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+  {
+    // Maybe we can get a dummy header.
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgWindow> msgWindow;
+    rv = mailnewsUrl->GetMsgWindow(getter_AddRefs(msgWindow));
+    if (msgWindow)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgHeaderSink> msgHdrSink;
+      rv = msgWindow->GetMsgHeaderSink(getter_AddRefs(msgHdrSink));
+      if (msgHdrSink)
+        rv = msgHdrSink->GetDummyMsgHeader(getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+    }
+  }
+
+  // Get a decision on whether or not to allow remote content for this message
+  // header.
+  *aDecision = ShouldAcceptRemoteContentForMsgHdr(msgHdr, aOriginatorLocation,
+                                                  aContentLocation);
+
+  // If we're not allowing the remote content, tell the nsIMsgWindow loading
+  // this url that this is the case, so that the UI knows to show the remote
+  // content header bar, so the user can override if they wish.
+  if (*aDecision == nsIContentPolicy::REJECT_REQUEST)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgWindow> msgWindow;
+    (void)mailnewsUrl->GetMsgWindow(getter_AddRefs(msgWindow));
+    if (msgWindow)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIRunnable> event =
+        new RemoteContentNotifierEvent(msgWindow, msgHdr, aContentLocation);
+      // Post this as an event because it can cause dom mutations, and we
+      // get called at a bad time to be causing dom mutations.
+      if (event)
+        NS_DispatchToCurrentThread(event);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Content policy logic for compose windows
+ *
+ */
+void nsMsgContentPolicy::ComposeShouldLoad(nsIMsgCompose *aMsgCompose,
+                                           nsISupports *aRequestingContext,
+                                           nsIURI *aContentLocation,
+                                           int16_t *aDecision)
+{
+  NS_PRECONDITION(*aDecision == nsIContentPolicy::REJECT_REQUEST,
+                  "ComposeShouldLoad expects default decision to be reject!");
+
+  nsCString originalMsgURI;
+  nsresult rv = aMsgCompose->GetOriginalMsgURI(getter_Copies(originalMsgURI));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS_VOID(rv);
+
+  MSG_ComposeType composeType;
+  rv = aMsgCompose->GetType(&composeType);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS_VOID(rv);
+
+  // Only allow remote content for new mail compositions or mailto
+  // Block remote content for all other types (drafts, templates, forwards, replies, etc)
+  // unless there is an associated msgHdr which allows the load, or unless the image is being
+  // added by the user and not the quoted message content...
+  if (composeType == nsIMsgCompType::New ||
+      composeType == nsIMsgCompType::MailToUrl)
+    *aDecision = nsIContentPolicy::ACCEPT;
+  else if (!originalMsgURI.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+    rv = GetMsgDBHdrFromURI(originalMsgURI.get(), getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS_VOID(rv);
+    *aDecision = ShouldAcceptRemoteContentForMsgHdr(msgHdr, nullptr,
+                                                    aContentLocation);
+
+    // Special case image elements. When replying to a message, we want to allow
+    // the user to add remote images to the message. But we don't want remote
+    // images that are a part of the quoted content to load. Hence we block them
+    // while the reply is created (insertingQuotedContent==true), but allow them
+    // later when the user inserts them.
+    if (*aDecision == nsIContentPolicy::REJECT_REQUEST)
+    {
+      bool insertingQuotedContent = true;
+      aMsgCompose->GetInsertingQuotedContent(&insertingQuotedContent);
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMHTMLImageElement> imageElement(do_QueryInterface(aRequestingContext));
+      if (imageElement)
+      {
+        if (!insertingQuotedContent)
+        {
+          *aDecision = nsIContentPolicy::ACCEPT;
+          return;
+        }
+
+        // Test whitelist.
+        uint32_t permission;
+        mPermissionManager->TestPermission(aContentLocation, "image", &permission);
+        if (permission == nsIPermissionManager::ALLOW_ACTION)
+          *aDecision = nsIContentPolicy::ACCEPT;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+already_AddRefed<nsIMsgCompose> nsMsgContentPolicy::GetMsgComposeForContext(nsISupports *aRequestingContext)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  nsIDocShell *shell = NS_CP_GetDocShellFromContext(aRequestingContext);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIDocShellTreeItem> docShellTreeItem(do_QueryInterface(shell, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, nullptr);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIDocShellTreeItem> rootItem;
+  rv = docShellTreeItem->GetSameTypeRootTreeItem(getter_AddRefs(rootItem));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, nullptr);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIDocShell> docShell(do_QueryInterface(rootItem, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, nullptr);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgComposeService> composeService(do_GetService(NS_MSGCOMPOSESERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, nullptr);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgCompose> msgCompose;
+  // Don't bother checking rv, as GetMsgComposeForDocShell returns NS_ERROR_FAILURE
+  // for not found.
+  composeService->GetMsgComposeForDocShell(docShell,
+                                           getter_AddRefs(msgCompose));
+  return msgCompose.forget();
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgContentPolicy::SetDisableItemsOnMailNewsUrlDocshells(
+  nsIURI *aContentLocation, nsISupports *aRequestingContext)
+{
+  // XXX if this class changes so that this method can be called from
+  // ShouldProcess, and if it's possible for this to be null when called from
+  // ShouldLoad, but not in the corresponding ShouldProcess call,
+  // we need to re-think the assumptions underlying this code.
+
+  // If there's no docshell to get to, there's nowhere for the JavaScript to
+  // run, so we're already safe and don't need to disable anything.
+  if (!aRequestingContext) {
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  bool isAllowedContent = !ShouldBlockUnexposedProtocol(aContentLocation);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMessageUrl> msgUrl = do_QueryInterface(aContentLocation, &rv);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) && !isAllowedContent) {
+    // If it's not a mailnews url or allowed content url (http[s]|file) then
+    // bail; otherwise set whether js and plugins are allowed.
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  // since NS_CP_GetDocShellFromContext returns the containing docshell rather
+  // than the contained one we need, we can't use that here, so...
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFrameLoaderOwner> flOwner = do_QueryInterface(aRequestingContext,
+                                                            &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFrameLoader> frameLoader;
+  rv = flOwner->GetFrameLoaderXPCOM(getter_AddRefs(frameLoader));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(frameLoader, NS_ERROR_INVALID_POINTER);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIDocShell> docShell;
+  rv = frameLoader->GetDocShell(getter_AddRefs(docShell));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIDocShellTreeItem> docshellTreeItem(do_QueryInterface(docShell, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // what sort of docshell is this?
+  int32_t itemType;
+  rv = docshellTreeItem->GetItemType(&itemType);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // we're only worried about policy settings in content docshells
+  if (itemType != nsIDocShellTreeItem::typeContent) {
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  if (!isAllowedContent) {
+    // Disable JavaScript on message URLs.
+    rv = docShell->SetAllowJavascript(false);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    rv = docShell->SetAllowContentRetargetingOnChildren(false);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    rv = docShell->SetAllowPlugins(mAllowPlugins);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    uint32_t sandboxFlags;
+    rv = docShell->GetSandboxFlags(&sandboxFlags);
+    sandboxFlags |= SANDBOXED_FORMS;
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    rv = docShell->SetSandboxFlags(sandboxFlags);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+  else {
+    // JavaScript and plugins are allowed on non-message URLs.
+    rv = docShell->SetAllowJavascript(true);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    rv = docShell->SetAllowContentRetargetingOnChildren(true);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    rv = docShell->SetAllowPlugins(true);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Gets the root docshell from a requesting context.
+ */
+nsresult
+nsMsgContentPolicy::GetRootDocShellForContext(nsISupports *aRequestingContext,
+                                              nsIDocShell **aDocShell)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aRequestingContext);
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  nsIDocShell *shell = NS_CP_GetDocShellFromContext(aRequestingContext);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIDocShellTreeItem> docshellTreeItem(do_QueryInterface(shell, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIDocShellTreeItem> rootItem;
+  rv = docshellTreeItem->GetRootTreeItem(getter_AddRefs(rootItem));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  return CallQueryInterface(rootItem, aDocShell);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Gets the originating URI that started off a set of requests, accounting
+ * for multiple iframes.
+ *
+ * Navigates up the docshell tree from aRequestingContext and finds the
+ * highest parent with the same type docshell as aRequestingContext, then
+ * returns the URI associated with that docshell.
+ */
+nsresult
+nsMsgContentPolicy::GetOriginatingURIForContext(nsISupports *aRequestingContext,
+                                                nsIURI **aURI)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aRequestingContext);
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  nsIDocShell *shell = NS_CP_GetDocShellFromContext(aRequestingContext);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIDocShellTreeItem> docshellTreeItem(do_QueryInterface(shell, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIDocShellTreeItem> rootItem;
+  rv = docshellTreeItem->GetSameTypeRootTreeItem(getter_AddRefs(rootItem));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIWebNavigation> webNavigation(do_QueryInterface(rootItem, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  return webNavigation->GetCurrentURI(aURI);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgContentPolicy::ShouldProcess(uint32_t          aContentType,
+                                  nsIURI           *aContentLocation,
+                                  nsIURI           *aRequestingLocation,
+                                  nsISupports      *aRequestingContext,
+                                  const nsACString &aMimeGuess,
+                                  nsISupports      *aExtra,
+                                  nsIPrincipal     *aRequestPrincipal,
+                                  int16_t          *aDecision)
+{
+  // XXX Returning ACCEPT is presumably only a reasonable thing to do if we
+  // think that ShouldLoad is going to catch all possible cases (i.e. that
+  // everything we use to make decisions is going to be available at
+  // ShouldLoad time, and not only become available in time for ShouldProcess).
+  // Do we think that's actually the case?
+  *aDecision = nsIContentPolicy::ACCEPT;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgContentPolicy::Observe(nsISupports *aSubject, const char *aTopic, const char16_t *aData)
+{
+  if (!strcmp(NS_PREFBRANCH_PREFCHANGE_TOPIC_ID, aTopic))
+  {
+    NS_LossyConvertUTF16toASCII pref(aData);
+
+    nsresult rv;
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefBranchInt = do_QueryInterface(aSubject, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    if (pref.Equals(kBlockRemoteImages))
+      prefBranchInt->GetBoolPref(kBlockRemoteImages, &mBlockRemoteImages);
+    if (pref.Equals(kAllowPlugins))
+      prefBranchInt->GetBoolPref(kAllowPlugins, &mAllowPlugins);
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * We implement the nsIWebProgressListener interface in order to enforce
+ * settings at onLocationChange time.
+ */
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgContentPolicy::OnStateChange(nsIWebProgress *aWebProgress,
+                                  nsIRequest *aRequest, uint32_t aStateFlags,
+                                  nsresult aStatus)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgContentPolicy::OnProgressChange(nsIWebProgress *aWebProgress,
+                                     nsIRequest *aRequest,
+                                     int32_t aCurSelfProgress,
+                                     int32_t aMaxSelfProgress,
+                                     int32_t aCurTotalProgress,
+                                     int32_t aMaxTotalProgress)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgContentPolicy::OnLocationChange(nsIWebProgress *aWebProgress,
+                                     nsIRequest *aRequest, nsIURI *aLocation,
+                                     uint32_t aFlags)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  // If anything goes wrong and/or there's no docshell associated with this
+  // request, just give up.  The behavior ends up being "don't consider
+  // re-enabling JS on the docshell", which is the safe thing to do (and if
+  // the problem was that there's no docshell, that means that there was
+  // nowhere for any JavaScript to run, so we're already safe
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIDocShell> docShell = do_QueryInterface(aWebProgress, &rv);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIChannel> channel = do_QueryInterface(aRequest, &rv);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIDocShell> docShell2;
+    NS_QueryNotificationCallbacks(channel, docShell2);
+    NS_ASSERTION(docShell == docShell2, "aWebProgress and channel callbacks"
+                                        " do not point to the same docshell");
+  }
+#endif
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMessageUrl> messageUrl = do_QueryInterface(aLocation, &rv);
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+    // Disable javascript on message URLs.
+    rv = docShell->SetAllowJavascript(false);
+    NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv),
+                 "Failed to set javascript disabled on docShell");
+    // Also disable plugins if the preference requires it.
+    rv = docShell->SetAllowPlugins(mAllowPlugins);
+    NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv),
+                 "Failed to set plugins disabled on docShell");
+  }
+  else {
+    // Disable javascript and plugins are allowed on non-message URLs.
+    rv = docShell->SetAllowJavascript(true);
+    NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv),
+                 "Failed to set javascript allowed on docShell");
+    rv = docShell->SetAllowPlugins(true);
+    NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv),
+                 "Failed to set plugins allowed on docShell");
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgContentPolicy::OnStatusChange(nsIWebProgress *aWebProgress,
+                                   nsIRequest *aRequest, nsresult aStatus,
+                                   const char16_t *aMessage)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgContentPolicy::OnSecurityChange(nsIWebProgress *aWebProgress,
+                                     nsIRequest *aRequest, uint32_t aState)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Implementation of nsIMsgContentPolicy
+ *
+ */
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgContentPolicy::AddExposedProtocol(const nsACString &aScheme)
+{
+  if (mCustomExposedProtocols.Contains(nsCString(aScheme)))
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  mCustomExposedProtocols.AppendElement(aScheme);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgContentPolicy::RemoveExposedProtocol(const nsACString &aScheme)
+{
+  mCustomExposedProtocols.RemoveElement(nsCString(aScheme));
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
diff --git a/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgContentPolicy.h b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgContentPolicy.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..745708683
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgContentPolicy.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/**********************************************************************************
+ * nsMsgContentPolicy enforces the specified content policy on images, js, plugins, etc.
+ * This is the class used to determine what elements in a message should be loaded.
+ *
+ * nsMsgCookiePolicy enforces our cookie policy for mail and RSS messages. 
+ ***********************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef _nsMsgContentPolicy_H_
+#define _nsMsgContentPolicy_H_
+
+#include "nsIContentPolicy.h"
+#include "nsIObserver.h"
+#include "nsWeakReference.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsIMsgMailNewsUrl.h"
+#include "nsIWebProgressListener.h"
+#include "nsIMsgCompose.h"
+#include "nsIDocShell.h"
+#include "nsIPermissionManager.h"
+#include "nsIMsgContentPolicy.h"
+#include "nsTArray.h"
+
+/* DBFCFDF0-4489-4faa-8122-190FD1EFA16C */
+#define NS_MSGCONTENTPOLICY_CID \
+{ 0xdbfcfdf0, 0x4489, 0x4faa, { 0x81, 0x22, 0x19, 0xf, 0xd1, 0xef, 0xa1, 0x6c } }
+
+#define NS_MSGCONTENTPOLICY_CONTRACTID "@mozilla.org/messenger/content-policy;1"
+
+class nsIMsgDBHdr;
+class nsIDocShell;
+
+class nsMsgContentPolicy : public nsIContentPolicy,
+                           public nsIObserver,
+                           public nsIWebProgressListener,
+                           public nsIMsgContentPolicy,
+                           public nsSupportsWeakReference
+{
+public:
+  nsMsgContentPolicy();
+
+  nsresult Init();
+    
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSICONTENTPOLICY
+  NS_DECL_NSIOBSERVER
+  NS_DECL_NSIWEBPROGRESSLISTENER
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGCONTENTPOLICY
+  
+protected:
+  virtual ~nsMsgContentPolicy();
+
+  bool     mBlockRemoteImages;
+  bool     mAllowPlugins;
+  nsCString mTrustedMailDomains;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPermissionManager> mPermissionManager;
+
+  bool IsTrustedDomain(nsIURI * aContentLocation);
+  bool IsSafeRequestingLocation(nsIURI *aRequestingLocation);
+  bool IsExposedProtocol(nsIURI *aContentLocation);
+  bool IsExposedChromeProtocol(nsIURI *aContentLocation);
+  bool ShouldBlockUnexposedProtocol(nsIURI *aContentLocation);
+
+  bool ShouldAcceptRemoteContentForSender(nsIMsgDBHdr *aMsgHdr);
+  int16_t ShouldAcceptRemoteContentForMsgHdr(nsIMsgDBHdr *aMsgHdr,
+                                             nsIURI *aRequestingLocation,
+                                             nsIURI *aContentLocation);
+  void NotifyContentWasBlocked(nsIURI *aOriginatorLocation,
+                               nsIURI *aContentLocation,
+                               bool aCanOverride);
+  void ShouldAcceptContentForPotentialMsg(nsIURI *aOriginatorLocation,
+                                          nsIURI *aContentLocation,
+                                          int16_t *aDecision);
+  void ComposeShouldLoad(nsIMsgCompose *aMsgCompose,
+                         nsISupports *aRequestingContext, 
+                         nsIURI *aContentLocation, int16_t *aDecision);
+  already_AddRefed<nsIMsgCompose> GetMsgComposeForContext(nsISupports *aRequestingContext);
+
+  nsresult GetRootDocShellForContext(nsISupports *aRequestingContext,
+                                     nsIDocShell **aDocShell);
+  nsresult GetOriginatingURIForContext(nsISupports *aRequestingContext,
+                                       nsIURI **aURI);
+  nsresult SetDisableItemsOnMailNewsUrlDocshells(nsIURI *aContentLocation,
+                                                 nsISupports *aRequestingContext);
+
+  nsTArray<nsCString> mCustomExposedProtocols;
+};
+
+#endif // _nsMsgContentPolicy_H_
diff --git a/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgCopyService.cpp b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgCopyService.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e7b79bd56
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgCopyService.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,708 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsMsgCopyService.h"
+#include "nsCOMArray.h"
+#include "nspr.h"
+#include "nsIFile.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolderNotificationService.h"
+#include "nsMsgBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsIMutableArray.h"
+#include "nsArrayUtils.h"
+#include "nsComponentManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "mozilla/Logging.h"
+
+static PRLogModuleInfo *gCopyServiceLog;
+
+// ******************** nsCopySource ******************
+//
+
+nsCopySource::nsCopySource() : m_processed(false)
+{
+  MOZ_COUNT_CTOR(nsCopySource);
+  m_messageArray = do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID);
+}
+
+nsCopySource::nsCopySource(nsIMsgFolder* srcFolder) :
+    m_processed(false)
+{
+  MOZ_COUNT_CTOR(nsCopySource);
+  m_messageArray = do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID);
+  m_msgFolder = srcFolder;
+}
+
+nsCopySource::~nsCopySource()
+{
+  MOZ_COUNT_DTOR(nsCopySource);
+}
+
+void nsCopySource::AddMessage(nsIMsgDBHdr* aMsg)
+{
+  m_messageArray->AppendElement(aMsg, false);
+}
+
+// ************ nsCopyRequest *****************
+//
+
+nsCopyRequest::nsCopyRequest() :
+    m_requestType(nsCopyMessagesType),
+    m_isMoveOrDraftOrTemplate(false),
+    m_processed(false),
+    m_newMsgFlags(0)
+{
+  MOZ_COUNT_CTOR(nsCopyRequest);
+}
+
+nsCopyRequest::~nsCopyRequest()
+{
+  MOZ_COUNT_DTOR(nsCopyRequest);
+
+  int32_t j = m_copySourceArray.Length();
+  while(j-- > 0)
+    delete m_copySourceArray.ElementAt(j);
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsCopyRequest::Init(nsCopyRequestType type, nsISupports* aSupport,
+                    nsIMsgFolder* dstFolder,
+                    bool bVal, uint32_t newMsgFlags, 
+                    const nsACString &newMsgKeywords,
+                    nsIMsgCopyServiceListener* listener,
+                    nsIMsgWindow* msgWindow, bool allowUndo)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  m_requestType = type;
+  m_srcSupport = aSupport;
+  m_dstFolder = dstFolder;
+  m_isMoveOrDraftOrTemplate = bVal;
+  m_allowUndo = allowUndo;
+  m_newMsgFlags = newMsgFlags;
+  m_newMsgKeywords = newMsgKeywords;
+
+  if (listener)
+      m_listener = listener;
+  if (msgWindow)
+  {
+    m_msgWindow = msgWindow;
+    if (m_allowUndo)
+      msgWindow->GetTransactionManager(getter_AddRefs(m_txnMgr));
+  }
+  if (type == nsCopyFoldersType)
+  {
+    // To support multiple copy folder operations to the same destination, we
+    // need to save the leaf name of the src file spec so that FindRequest() is
+    // able to find the right request when copy finishes.
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> srcFolder = do_QueryInterface(aSupport, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    nsString folderName;
+    rv = srcFolder->GetName(folderName);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    m_dstFolderName = folderName;
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsCopySource*
+nsCopyRequest::AddNewCopySource(nsIMsgFolder* srcFolder)
+{
+  nsCopySource* newSrc = new nsCopySource(srcFolder);
+  if (newSrc)
+  {
+      m_copySourceArray.AppendElement(newSrc);
+      if (srcFolder == m_dstFolder)
+        newSrc->m_processed = true;
+  }
+  return newSrc;
+}
+
+// ************* nsMsgCopyService ****************
+//
+
+
+nsMsgCopyService::nsMsgCopyService()
+{
+  gCopyServiceLog = PR_NewLogModule("MsgCopyService");
+}
+
+nsMsgCopyService::~nsMsgCopyService()
+{
+  int32_t i = m_copyRequests.Length();
+
+  while (i-- > 0)
+    ClearRequest(m_copyRequests.ElementAt(i), NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+}
+
+void nsMsgCopyService::LogCopyCompletion(nsISupports *aSrc, nsIMsgFolder *aDest)
+{
+  nsCString srcFolderUri, destFolderUri;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> srcFolder(do_QueryInterface(aSrc));
+  if (srcFolder)
+    srcFolder->GetURI(srcFolderUri);
+  aDest->GetURI(destFolderUri);
+  MOZ_LOG(gCopyServiceLog, mozilla::LogLevel::Info,
+         ("NotifyCompletion - src %s dest %s\n",
+          srcFolderUri.get(), destFolderUri.get()));
+}
+
+void nsMsgCopyService::LogCopyRequest(const char *logMsg, nsCopyRequest* aRequest)
+{
+  nsCString srcFolderUri, destFolderUri;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> srcFolder(do_QueryInterface(aRequest->m_srcSupport));
+  if (srcFolder)
+    srcFolder->GetURI(srcFolderUri);
+  aRequest->m_dstFolder->GetURI(destFolderUri);
+  uint32_t numMsgs = 0;
+  if (aRequest->m_requestType == nsCopyMessagesType &&
+      aRequest->m_copySourceArray.Length() > 0 &&
+      aRequest->m_copySourceArray[0]->m_messageArray)
+    aRequest->m_copySourceArray[0]->m_messageArray->GetLength(&numMsgs);
+  MOZ_LOG(gCopyServiceLog, mozilla::LogLevel::Info,
+         ("request %lx %s - src %s dest %s numItems %d type=%d",
+         aRequest, logMsg, srcFolderUri.get(),
+         destFolderUri.get(), numMsgs, aRequest->m_requestType));
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgCopyService::ClearRequest(nsCopyRequest* aRequest, nsresult rv)
+{
+  if (aRequest)
+  {
+    if (MOZ_LOG_TEST(gCopyServiceLog, mozilla::LogLevel::Info))
+      LogCopyRequest(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) ? "Clearing OK request" 
+                                      : "Clearing failed request", aRequest);
+
+    // Send notifications to nsIMsgFolderListeners
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && aRequest->m_requestType == nsCopyFoldersType)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolderNotificationService> notifier(do_GetService(NS_MSGNOTIFICATIONSERVICE_CONTRACTID));
+      if (notifier)
+      {
+        bool hasListeners;
+        notifier->GetHasListeners(&hasListeners);
+        if (hasListeners)
+        {
+          // Iterate over the copy sources and append their message arrays to this mutable array
+          // or in the case of folders, the source folder.
+          int32_t cnt, i;
+          cnt = aRequest->m_copySourceArray.Length();
+          for (i = 0; i < cnt; i++)
+          {
+            nsCopySource *copySource = aRequest->m_copySourceArray.ElementAt(i);
+            notifier->NotifyFolderMoveCopyCompleted(aRequest->m_isMoveOrDraftOrTemplate, copySource->m_msgFolder, aRequest->m_dstFolder);
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    // undo stuff
+    if (aRequest->m_allowUndo &&
+        aRequest->m_copySourceArray.Length() > 1 &&
+        aRequest->m_txnMgr)
+        aRequest->m_txnMgr->EndBatch(false);
+
+    m_copyRequests.RemoveElement(aRequest);
+    if (aRequest->m_listener)
+        aRequest->m_listener->OnStopCopy(rv);
+    delete aRequest;
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgCopyService::QueueRequest(nsCopyRequest* aRequest, bool *aCopyImmediately)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aRequest);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aCopyImmediately);
+  *aCopyImmediately = true;
+  nsCopyRequest* copyRequest;
+
+  uint32_t cnt = m_copyRequests.Length();
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < cnt; i++)
+  {
+    copyRequest = m_copyRequests.ElementAt(i);
+    if (aRequest->m_requestType == nsCopyFoldersType)
+    {
+      // For copy folder, see if both destination folder (root)
+      // (ie, Local Folder) and folder name (ie, abc) are the same.
+      if (copyRequest->m_dstFolderName == aRequest->m_dstFolderName &&
+          copyRequest->m_dstFolder.get() == aRequest->m_dstFolder.get())
+      {
+        *aCopyImmediately = false;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    else if (copyRequest->m_dstFolder.get() == aRequest->m_dstFolder.get())  //if dst are same and we already have a request, we cannot copy immediately
+    {
+      *aCopyImmediately = false;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgCopyService::DoCopy(nsCopyRequest* aRequest)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(aRequest);
+  bool copyImmediately;
+  QueueRequest(aRequest, &copyImmediately);
+  m_copyRequests.AppendElement(aRequest);
+  if (MOZ_LOG_TEST(gCopyServiceLog, mozilla::LogLevel::Info))
+    LogCopyRequest(copyImmediately ? "DoCopy" : "QueueRequest", aRequest);
+
+  // if no active request for this dest folder then we can copy immediately
+  if (copyImmediately)
+    return DoNextCopy();
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgCopyService::DoNextCopy()
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  nsCopyRequest* copyRequest = nullptr;
+  nsCopySource* copySource = nullptr;
+  uint32_t i, j, scnt;
+
+  uint32_t cnt = m_copyRequests.Length();
+  if (cnt > 0)
+  {
+    nsCOMArray<nsIMsgFolder> activeTargets;
+
+    // ** jt -- always FIFO
+    for (i = 0; i < cnt; i++)
+    {
+      copyRequest = m_copyRequests.ElementAt(i);
+      copySource = nullptr;
+      scnt = copyRequest->m_copySourceArray.Length();
+      if (!copyRequest->m_processed)
+      {
+        // if the target folder of this request already has an active
+        // copy request, skip this request for now.
+        if (activeTargets.ContainsObject(copyRequest->m_dstFolder))
+        {
+          copyRequest = nullptr;
+          continue;
+        }
+        if (scnt <= 0)
+            goto found; // must be CopyFileMessage
+        for (j = 0; j < scnt; j++)
+        {
+          copySource = copyRequest->m_copySourceArray.ElementAt(j);
+          if (!copySource->m_processed)
+            goto found;
+        }
+        if (j >= scnt) // all processed set the value
+          copyRequest->m_processed = true;
+      }
+      if (copyRequest->m_processed) // keep track of folders actively getting copied to.
+        activeTargets.AppendObject(copyRequest->m_dstFolder);
+    }
+    found:
+      if (copyRequest && !copyRequest->m_processed)
+      {
+          if (copyRequest->m_listener)
+              copyRequest->m_listener->OnStartCopy();
+          if (copyRequest->m_requestType == nsCopyMessagesType &&
+              copySource)
+          {
+              copySource->m_processed = true;
+              rv = copyRequest->m_dstFolder->CopyMessages
+                  (copySource->m_msgFolder, copySource->m_messageArray,
+                   copyRequest->m_isMoveOrDraftOrTemplate,
+                   copyRequest->m_msgWindow, copyRequest->m_listener, false, copyRequest->m_allowUndo);   //isFolder operation false
+
+          }
+          else if (copyRequest->m_requestType == nsCopyFoldersType)
+          {
+              NS_ENSURE_STATE(copySource);
+              copySource->m_processed = true;
+              rv = copyRequest->m_dstFolder->CopyFolder
+                  (copySource->m_msgFolder,
+                   copyRequest->m_isMoveOrDraftOrTemplate,
+                   copyRequest->m_msgWindow, copyRequest->m_listener);
+              // If it's a copy folder operation and the destination
+              // folder already exists, CopyFolder() returns an error w/o sending
+              // a completion notification, so clear it here.
+              if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+                ClearRequest(copyRequest, rv);
+
+          }
+          else if (copyRequest->m_requestType == nsCopyFileMessageType)
+          {
+            nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> aFile(do_QueryInterface(copyRequest->m_srcSupport, &rv));
+            if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+            {
+                // ** in case of saving draft/template; the very first
+                // time we may not have the original message to replace
+                // with; if we do we shall have an instance of copySource
+                nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> aMessage;
+                if (copySource)
+                {
+                    aMessage = do_QueryElementAt(copySource->m_messageArray,
+                                                 0, &rv);
+                    copySource->m_processed = true;
+                }
+                copyRequest->m_processed = true;
+                rv = copyRequest->m_dstFolder->CopyFileMessage
+                    (aFile, aMessage,
+                     copyRequest->m_isMoveOrDraftOrTemplate,
+                     copyRequest->m_newMsgFlags,
+                     copyRequest->m_newMsgKeywords,
+                     copyRequest->m_msgWindow,
+                     copyRequest->m_listener);
+            }
+          }
+      }
+    }
+    return rv;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Find a request in m_copyRequests which matches the passed in source 
+ * and destination folders.
+ *
+ * @param aSupport the iSupports of the source folder.
+ * @param dstFolder the destination folder of the copy request.
+ */
+nsCopyRequest*
+nsMsgCopyService::FindRequest(nsISupports* aSupport,
+                              nsIMsgFolder* dstFolder)
+{
+  nsCopyRequest* copyRequest = nullptr;
+  uint32_t cnt = m_copyRequests.Length();
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < cnt; i++)
+  {
+    copyRequest = m_copyRequests.ElementAt(i);
+    if (copyRequest->m_requestType == nsCopyFoldersType)
+    {
+        // If the src is different then check next request.
+        if (copyRequest->m_srcSupport.get() != aSupport)
+        {
+          copyRequest = nullptr;
+          continue;
+        }
+
+        // See if the parent of the copied folder is the same as the one when the request was made.
+        // Note if the destination folder is already a server folder then no need to get parent.
+        nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> parentMsgFolder;
+        nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+        bool isServer=false;
+        dstFolder->GetIsServer(&isServer);
+        if (!isServer)
+          rv = dstFolder->GetParent(getter_AddRefs(parentMsgFolder));
+        if ((NS_FAILED(rv)) || (!parentMsgFolder && !isServer) || (copyRequest->m_dstFolder.get() != parentMsgFolder))
+        {
+          copyRequest = nullptr;
+          continue;
+        }
+
+        // Now checks if the folder name is the same.
+        nsString folderName;
+        rv = dstFolder->GetName(folderName);
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        {
+          copyRequest = nullptr;
+          continue;
+        }
+
+        if (copyRequest->m_dstFolderName == folderName)
+          break;
+    }
+    else if (copyRequest->m_srcSupport.get() == aSupport &&
+        copyRequest->m_dstFolder.get() == dstFolder)
+        break;
+    else
+        copyRequest = nullptr;
+  }
+
+  return copyRequest;
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMsgCopyService, nsIMsgCopyService)
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgCopyService::CopyMessages(nsIMsgFolder* srcFolder, /* UI src folder */
+                               nsIArray* messages,
+                               nsIMsgFolder* dstFolder,
+                               bool isMove,
+                               nsIMsgCopyServiceListener* listener,
+                               nsIMsgWindow* window,
+                               bool allowUndo)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(srcFolder);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(messages);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(dstFolder);
+
+  MOZ_LOG(gCopyServiceLog, mozilla::LogLevel::Debug, ("CopyMessages"));
+
+  if (srcFolder == dstFolder)
+  {
+    NS_ERROR("src and dest folders for msg copy can't be the same");
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+  nsCopyRequest* copyRequest;
+  nsCopySource* copySource = nullptr;
+  nsCOMArray<nsIMsgDBHdr> msgArray;
+  uint32_t cnt;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> msg;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> curFolder;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> aSupport;
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  // XXX TODO
+  // JUNK MAIL RELATED
+  // make sure dest folder exists
+  // and has proper flags, before we start copying?
+
+  // bail early if nothing to do
+  messages->GetLength(&cnt);
+  if (!cnt)
+  {
+    if (listener)
+    {
+      listener->OnStartCopy();
+      listener->OnStopCopy(NS_OK);
+    }
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  copyRequest = new nsCopyRequest();
+  if (!copyRequest)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+  aSupport = do_QueryInterface(srcFolder, &rv);
+
+  rv = copyRequest->Init(nsCopyMessagesType, aSupport, dstFolder, isMove,
+                        0 /* new msg flags, not used */, EmptyCString(), 
+                        listener, window, allowUndo);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    goto done;
+
+  if (MOZ_LOG_TEST(gCopyServiceLog, mozilla::LogLevel::Info))
+    LogCopyRequest("CopyMessages request", copyRequest);
+
+  // duplicate the message array so we could sort the messages by it's
+  // folder easily
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < cnt; i++)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> currMsg = do_QueryElementAt(messages, i);
+    msgArray.AppendObject(currMsg);
+  }
+
+  cnt = msgArray.Count();
+
+  while (cnt-- > 0)
+  {
+    msg = msgArray[cnt];
+    rv = msg->GetFolder(getter_AddRefs(curFolder));
+
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      goto done;
+    if (!copySource)
+    {
+      copySource = copyRequest->AddNewCopySource(curFolder);
+      if (!copySource)
+      {
+         rv = NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+         goto done;
+      }
+    }
+
+    if (curFolder == copySource->m_msgFolder)
+    {
+      copySource->AddMessage(msg);
+      msgArray.RemoveObjectAt(cnt);
+    }
+
+    if (cnt == 0)
+    {
+      cnt = msgArray.Count();
+      if (cnt > 0)
+        copySource = nullptr; // * force to create a new one and
+                             // * continue grouping the messages
+    }
+  }
+
+  // undo stuff
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && copyRequest->m_allowUndo && copyRequest->m_copySourceArray.Length() > 1 &&
+      copyRequest->m_txnMgr)
+    copyRequest->m_txnMgr->BeginBatch(nullptr);
+
+done:
+
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      delete copyRequest;
+    else
+      rv = DoCopy(copyRequest);
+
+    return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgCopyService::CopyFolders(nsIArray* folders,
+                              nsIMsgFolder* dstFolder,
+                              bool isMove,
+                              nsIMsgCopyServiceListener* listener,
+                              nsIMsgWindow* window)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(folders);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(dstFolder);
+  nsCopyRequest* copyRequest;
+  nsCopySource* copySource = nullptr;
+  nsresult rv;
+  uint32_t cnt;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> curFolder;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> support;
+
+  rv = folders->GetLength(&cnt);   //if cnt is zero it cannot to get this point, will be detected earlier
+  if (cnt > 1)
+    NS_ASSERTION((NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)),"More than one folders to copy");
+
+  support = do_QueryElementAt(folders, 0);
+
+  copyRequest = new nsCopyRequest();
+  if (!copyRequest) return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+  rv = copyRequest->Init(nsCopyFoldersType, support, dstFolder,
+    isMove, 0 /* new msg flags, not used */ , EmptyCString(), listener, window, false);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  curFolder = do_QueryInterface(support, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  copySource = copyRequest->AddNewCopySource(curFolder);
+  if (!copySource)
+    rv = NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+  {
+    delete copyRequest;
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+  else
+    rv = DoCopy(copyRequest);
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgCopyService::CopyFileMessage(nsIFile* file,
+                                  nsIMsgFolder* dstFolder,
+                                  nsIMsgDBHdr* msgToReplace,
+                                  bool isDraft,
+                                  uint32_t aMsgFlags,
+                                  const nsACString &aNewMsgKeywords,
+                                  nsIMsgCopyServiceListener* listener,
+                                  nsIMsgWindow* window)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+  nsCopyRequest* copyRequest;
+  nsCopySource* copySource = nullptr;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> fileSupport;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsITransactionManager> txnMgr;
+
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(file);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(dstFolder);
+
+  if (window)
+    window->GetTransactionManager(getter_AddRefs(txnMgr));
+  copyRequest = new nsCopyRequest();
+  if (!copyRequest) return rv;
+  fileSupport = do_QueryInterface(file, &rv);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) goto done;
+
+  rv = copyRequest->Init(nsCopyFileMessageType, fileSupport, dstFolder,
+                         isDraft, aMsgFlags, aNewMsgKeywords, listener, window, false);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) goto done;
+
+  if (msgToReplace)
+  {
+    // The actual source of the message is a file not a folder, but
+    // we still need an nsCopySource to reference the old message header
+    // which will be used to recover message metadata.
+    copySource = copyRequest->AddNewCopySource(nullptr);
+    if (!copySource)
+    {
+        rv = NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+        goto done;
+    }
+    copySource->AddMessage(msgToReplace);
+  }
+
+done:
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    {
+      delete copyRequest;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      rv = DoCopy(copyRequest);
+    }
+
+    return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgCopyService::NotifyCompletion(nsISupports* aSupport,
+                                   nsIMsgFolder* dstFolder,
+                                   nsresult result)
+{
+  if (MOZ_LOG_TEST(gCopyServiceLog, mozilla::LogLevel::Info))
+    LogCopyCompletion(aSupport, dstFolder);
+  nsCopyRequest* copyRequest = nullptr;
+  uint32_t numOrigRequests = m_copyRequests.Length();
+  do
+  {
+    // loop for copy requests, because if we do a cross server folder copy,
+    // we'll have a copy request for the folder copy, which will in turn
+    // generate a copy request for the messages in the folder, which
+    // will have the same src support.
+    copyRequest = FindRequest(aSupport, dstFolder);
+
+    if (copyRequest)
+    {
+      // ClearRequest can cause a new request to get added to m_copyRequests
+      // with matching source and dest folders if the copy listener starts
+      // a new copy. We want to ignore any such request here, because it wasn't
+      // the one that was completed. So we keep track of how many original
+      // requests there were.
+      if (m_copyRequests.IndexOf(copyRequest) >= numOrigRequests)
+        break;
+      // check if this copy request is done by making sure all the
+      // sources have been processed.
+      int32_t sourceIndex, sourceCount;
+      sourceCount = copyRequest->m_copySourceArray.Length();
+      for (sourceIndex = 0; sourceIndex < sourceCount;)
+      {
+        if (!(copyRequest->m_copySourceArray.ElementAt(sourceIndex))->m_processed)
+            break;
+         sourceIndex++;
+      }
+      // if all sources processed, mark the request as processed
+      if (sourceIndex >= sourceCount)
+        copyRequest->m_processed = true;
+      // if this request is done, or failed, clear it.
+      if (copyRequest->m_processed || NS_FAILED(result))
+      {
+        ClearRequest(copyRequest, result);
+        numOrigRequests--;
+      }
+      else
+        break;
+    }
+    else
+      break;
+  }
+  while (copyRequest);
+
+  return DoNextCopy();
+}
+
diff --git a/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgCopyService.h b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgCopyService.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..dfb9acc7a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgCopyService.h
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsMsgCopyService_h__
+#define nsMsgCopyService_h__
+
+#include "nscore.h"
+#include "nsIMsgCopyService.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolder.h"
+#include "nsIMsgHdr.h"
+#include "nsIMsgWindow.h"
+#include "nsIMutableArray.h"
+#include "nsITransactionManager.h"
+#include "nsTArray.h"
+
+typedef enum _nsCopyRequestType
+{
+    nsCopyMessagesType = 0x0,
+    nsCopyFileMessageType = 0x1,
+    nsCopyFoldersType = 0x2
+} nsCopyRequestType;
+
+class nsCopyRequest;
+
+class nsCopySource
+{
+public:
+    nsCopySource();
+    nsCopySource(nsIMsgFolder* srcFolder);
+    ~nsCopySource();
+    void AddMessage(nsIMsgDBHdr* aMsg);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> m_msgFolder;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> m_messageArray;
+    bool m_processed;
+};
+
+class nsCopyRequest 
+{
+public:
+    nsCopyRequest();
+    ~nsCopyRequest();
+
+    nsresult Init(nsCopyRequestType type, nsISupports* aSupport,
+                  nsIMsgFolder* dstFolder,
+                  bool bVal, uint32_t newMsgFlags, 
+                  const nsACString &newMsgKeywords,
+                  nsIMsgCopyServiceListener* listener,
+                  nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow, bool allowUndo);
+    nsCopySource* AddNewCopySource(nsIMsgFolder* srcFolder);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> m_srcSupport; // ui source folder or file spec
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> m_dstFolder;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgWindow> m_msgWindow;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgCopyServiceListener> m_listener;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsITransactionManager> m_txnMgr;
+    nsCopyRequestType m_requestType;
+    bool m_isMoveOrDraftOrTemplate;
+    bool m_allowUndo;
+    bool m_processed;
+    uint32_t m_newMsgFlags;
+    nsCString m_newMsgKeywords;
+    nsString m_dstFolderName;      // used for copy folder.
+    nsTArray<nsCopySource*> m_copySourceArray; // array of nsCopySource
+};
+
+class nsMsgCopyService : public nsIMsgCopyService
+{
+public:
+  nsMsgCopyService();
+
+  NS_DECL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS 
+
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGCOPYSERVICE
+
+private:
+  virtual ~nsMsgCopyService();
+
+  nsresult ClearRequest(nsCopyRequest* aRequest, nsresult rv);
+  nsresult DoCopy(nsCopyRequest* aRequest);
+  nsresult DoNextCopy();
+  nsCopyRequest* FindRequest(nsISupports* aSupport, nsIMsgFolder* dstFolder);
+  nsresult QueueRequest(nsCopyRequest* aRequest, bool *aCopyImmediately);
+  void LogCopyCompletion(nsISupports *aSrc, nsIMsgFolder *aDest);
+  void LogCopyRequest(const char *logMsg, nsCopyRequest* aRequest);
+
+  nsTArray<nsCopyRequest*> m_copyRequests;
+};
+
+
+#endif 
diff --git a/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgDBView.cpp b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgDBView.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f7856dd4d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgDBView.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,8066 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "prmem.h"
+#include "nsArrayUtils.h"
+#include "nsIMsgCustomColumnHandler.h"
+#include "nsMsgDBView.h"
+#include "nsISupports.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolder.h"
+#include "nsIDBFolderInfo.h"
+#include "nsIMsgDatabase.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolder.h"
+#include "MailNewsTypes2.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "nsQuickSort.h"
+#include "nsIMsgImapMailFolder.h"
+#include "nsImapCore.h"
+#include "nsMsgFolderFlags.h"
+#include "nsIMsgLocalMailFolder.h"
+#include "nsIDOMElement.h"
+#include "nsDateTimeFormatCID.h"
+#include "nsMsgMimeCID.h"
+#include "nsIPrefService.h"
+#include "nsIPrefBranch.h"
+#include "nsIPrefLocalizedString.h"
+#include "nsIMsgSearchSession.h"
+#include "nsIMsgCopyService.h"
+#include "nsMsgBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsISpamSettings.h"
+#include "nsIMsgAccountManager.h"
+#include "nsITreeColumns.h"
+#include "nsTextFormatter.h"
+#include "nsIMutableArray.h"
+#include "nsIMimeConverter.h"
+#include "nsMsgMessageFlags.h"
+#include "nsIPrompt.h"
+#include "nsIWindowWatcher.h"
+#include "nsMsgDBCID.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolderNotificationService.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsComponentManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsMemory.h"
+#include "nsAlgorithm.h"
+#include "nsIAbManager.h"
+#include "nsIAbDirectory.h"
+#include "nsIAbCard.h"
+#include "mozilla/Services.h"
+#include "mozilla/Attributes.h"
+#include "mozilla/mailnews/MimeHeaderParser.h"
+#include "nsTArray.h"
+#include <algorithm>
+
+using namespace mozilla::mailnews;
+nsrefcnt nsMsgDBView::gInstanceCount  = 0;
+
+nsIAtom * nsMsgDBView::kJunkMsgAtom = nullptr;
+nsIAtom * nsMsgDBView::kNotJunkMsgAtom = nullptr;
+
+char16_t * nsMsgDBView::kHighestPriorityString = nullptr;
+char16_t * nsMsgDBView::kHighPriorityString = nullptr;
+char16_t * nsMsgDBView::kLowestPriorityString = nullptr;
+char16_t * nsMsgDBView::kLowPriorityString = nullptr;
+char16_t * nsMsgDBView::kNormalPriorityString = nullptr;
+char16_t * nsMsgDBView::kReadString = nullptr;
+char16_t * nsMsgDBView::kRepliedString = nullptr;
+char16_t * nsMsgDBView::kForwardedString = nullptr;
+char16_t * nsMsgDBView::kNewString = nullptr;
+
+nsDateFormatSelector  nsMsgDBView::m_dateFormatDefault = kDateFormatShort;
+nsDateFormatSelector  nsMsgDBView::m_dateFormatThisWeek = kDateFormatShort;
+nsDateFormatSelector  nsMsgDBView::m_dateFormatToday = kDateFormatNone;
+
+static const uint32_t kMaxNumSortColumns = 2;
+
+static void GetCachedName(const nsCString& unparsedString,
+                          int32_t displayVersion, nsACString& cachedName);
+
+static void UpdateCachedName(nsIMsgDBHdr *aHdr, const char *header_field,
+                             const nsAString& newName);
+
+// this is passed into NS_QuickSort as custom data.
+class viewSortInfo
+{
+public:
+  nsMsgDBView *view;
+  nsIMsgDatabase *db;
+  bool isSecondarySort;
+  bool ascendingSort;
+};
+
+
+NS_IMPL_ADDREF(nsMsgDBView)
+NS_IMPL_RELEASE(nsMsgDBView)
+
+NS_INTERFACE_MAP_BEGIN(nsMsgDBView)
+   NS_INTERFACE_MAP_ENTRY_AMBIGUOUS(nsISupports, nsIMsgDBView)
+   NS_INTERFACE_MAP_ENTRY(nsIMsgDBView)
+   NS_INTERFACE_MAP_ENTRY(nsIDBChangeListener)
+   NS_INTERFACE_MAP_ENTRY(nsITreeView)
+   NS_INTERFACE_MAP_ENTRY(nsIJunkMailClassificationListener)
+NS_INTERFACE_MAP_END
+
+nsMsgDBView::nsMsgDBView()
+{
+  /* member initializers and constructor code */
+  m_sortValid = false;
+  m_checkedCustomColumns = false;
+  m_sortOrder = nsMsgViewSortOrder::none;
+  m_viewFlags = nsMsgViewFlagsType::kNone;
+  m_secondarySort = nsMsgViewSortType::byId;
+  m_secondarySortOrder = nsMsgViewSortOrder::ascending;
+  m_cachedMsgKey = nsMsgKey_None;
+  m_currentlyDisplayedMsgKey = nsMsgKey_None;
+  m_currentlyDisplayedViewIndex = nsMsgViewIndex_None;
+  mNumSelectedRows = 0;
+  mSuppressMsgDisplay = false;
+  mSuppressCommandUpdating = false;
+  mSuppressChangeNotification = false;
+  mSummarizeFailed = false;
+  mSelectionSummarized = false;
+  mGoForwardEnabled = false;
+  mGoBackEnabled = false;
+
+  mIsNews = false;
+  mIsRss = false;
+  mIsXFVirtual = false;
+  mDeleteModel = nsMsgImapDeleteModels::MoveToTrash;
+  m_deletingRows = false;
+  mNumMessagesRemainingInBatch = 0;
+  mShowSizeInLines = false;
+  mSortThreadsByRoot = false;
+
+  /* mCommandsNeedDisablingBecauseOfSelection - A boolean that tell us if we needed to disable commands because of what's selected.
+    If we're offline w/o a downloaded msg selected, or a dummy message was selected.
+  */
+
+  mCommandsNeedDisablingBecauseOfSelection = false;
+  mRemovingRow = false;
+  m_saveRestoreSelectionDepth = 0;
+  mRecentlyDeletedArrayIndex = 0;
+  // initialize any static atoms or unicode strings
+  if (gInstanceCount == 0)
+  {
+    InitializeAtomsAndLiterals();
+    InitDisplayFormats();
+  }
+
+  InitLabelStrings();
+  gInstanceCount++;
+}
+
+void nsMsgDBView::InitializeAtomsAndLiterals()
+{
+  kJunkMsgAtom = MsgNewAtom("junk").take();
+  kNotJunkMsgAtom = MsgNewAtom("notjunk").take();
+
+  // priority strings
+  kHighestPriorityString = GetString(u"priorityHighest");
+  kHighPriorityString = GetString(u"priorityHigh");
+  kLowestPriorityString = GetString(u"priorityLowest");
+  kLowPriorityString = GetString(u"priorityLow");
+  kNormalPriorityString = GetString(u"priorityNormal");
+
+  kReadString = GetString(u"read");
+  kRepliedString = GetString(u"replied");
+  kForwardedString = GetString(u"forwarded");
+  kNewString = GetString(u"new");
+}
+
+nsMsgDBView::~nsMsgDBView()
+{
+  if (m_db)
+    m_db->RemoveListener(this);
+
+  gInstanceCount--;
+  if (gInstanceCount <= 0)
+  {
+    NS_IF_RELEASE(kJunkMsgAtom);
+    NS_IF_RELEASE(kNotJunkMsgAtom);
+
+    NS_Free(kHighestPriorityString);
+    NS_Free(kHighPriorityString);
+    NS_Free(kLowestPriorityString);
+    NS_Free(kLowPriorityString);
+    NS_Free(kNormalPriorityString);
+
+    NS_Free(kReadString);
+    NS_Free(kRepliedString);
+    NS_Free(kForwardedString);
+    NS_Free(kNewString);
+  }
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDBView::InitLabelStrings()
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  nsCString prefString;
+
+  for(int32_t i = 0; i < PREF_LABELS_MAX; i++)
+  {
+    prefString.Assign(PREF_LABELS_DESCRIPTION);
+    prefString.AppendInt(i + 1);
+    rv = GetPrefLocalizedString(prefString.get(), mLabelPrefDescriptions[i]);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+// helper function used to fetch strings from the messenger string bundle
+char16_t * nsMsgDBView::GetString(const char16_t *aStringName)
+{
+  nsresult    res = NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+  char16_t   *ptrv = nullptr;
+
+  if (!mMessengerStringBundle)
+  {
+    static const char propertyURL[] = MESSENGER_STRING_URL;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundleService> sBundleService =
+      mozilla::services::GetStringBundleService();
+    if (sBundleService)
+      res = sBundleService->CreateBundle(propertyURL, getter_AddRefs(mMessengerStringBundle));
+  }
+
+  if (mMessengerStringBundle)
+    res = mMessengerStringBundle->GetStringFromName(aStringName, &ptrv);
+
+  if ( NS_SUCCEEDED(res) && (ptrv) )
+    return ptrv;
+  else
+    return NS_strdup(aStringName);
+}
+
+// helper function used to fetch localized strings from the prefs
+nsresult nsMsgDBView::GetPrefLocalizedString(const char *aPrefName, nsString& aResult)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefBranch;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefLocalizedString> pls;
+  nsString ucsval;
+
+  prefBranch = do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = prefBranch->GetComplexValue(aPrefName, NS_GET_IID(nsIPrefLocalizedString), getter_AddRefs(pls));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  pls->ToString(getter_Copies(ucsval));
+  aResult = ucsval.get();
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDBView::AppendKeywordProperties(const nsACString& keywords, nsAString& properties, bool addSelectedTextProperty)
+{
+  // get the top most keyword's color and append that as a property.
+  nsresult rv;
+  if (!mTagService)
+  {
+    mTagService = do_GetService(NS_MSGTAGSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+
+  nsCString topKey;
+  rv = mTagService->GetTopKey(keywords, topKey);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  if (topKey.IsEmpty())
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  nsCString color;
+  rv = mTagService->GetColorForKey(topKey, color);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !color.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    if (addSelectedTextProperty)
+    {
+      if (color.EqualsLiteral(LABEL_COLOR_WHITE_STRING))
+        properties.AppendLiteral(" lc-black");
+      else
+        properties.AppendLiteral(" lc-white");
+    }
+    color.Replace(0, 1, NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(LABEL_COLOR_STRING));
+    properties.AppendASCII(color.get());
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// nsITreeView Implementation Methods (and helper methods)
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+static nsresult GetDisplayNameInAddressBook(const nsACString& emailAddress,
+                                            nsAString& displayName)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbManager> abManager(do_GetService("@mozilla.org/abmanager;1",
+                                   &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleEnumerator> enumerator;
+  rv = abManager->GetDirectories(getter_AddRefs(enumerator));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> supports;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbDirectory> directory;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbCard> cardForAddress;
+  bool hasMore;
+
+  // Scan the addressbook to find out the card of the email address
+  while (NS_SUCCEEDED(enumerator->HasMoreElements(&hasMore)) &&
+         hasMore && !cardForAddress)
+  {
+    rv = enumerator->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(supports));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    directory = do_QueryInterface(supports);
+    if (directory)
+    {
+      rv = directory->CardForEmailAddress(emailAddress,
+                        getter_AddRefs(cardForAddress));
+
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && cardForAddress)
+        break; // the card is found,so stop looping
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (cardForAddress)
+  {
+    bool preferDisplayName = true;
+    cardForAddress->GetPropertyAsBool("PreferDisplayName",&preferDisplayName);
+
+    if (preferDisplayName)
+      rv = cardForAddress->GetDisplayName(displayName);
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+/* The unparsedString has following format
+ * "version|displayname"
+ */
+static void GetCachedName(const nsCString& unparsedString,
+                          int32_t displayVersion, nsACString& cachedName)
+{
+  nsresult err;
+
+  //get verion #
+  int32_t cachedVersion = unparsedString.ToInteger(&err);
+  if (cachedVersion != displayVersion)
+    return;
+
+  //get cached name
+  int32_t pos = unparsedString.FindChar('|');
+  if (pos != kNotFound)
+    cachedName = Substring(unparsedString, pos + 1);
+}
+
+static void UpdateCachedName(nsIMsgDBHdr *aHdr, const char *header_field,
+                             const nsAString& newName)
+{
+  nsCString newCachedName;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefs(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID));
+  int32_t  currentDisplayNameVersion = 0;
+
+  prefs->GetIntPref("mail.displayname.version", &currentDisplayNameVersion);
+
+  // save version number
+  newCachedName.AppendInt(currentDisplayNameVersion);
+  newCachedName.Append("|");
+
+  // save name
+  newCachedName.Append(NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(newName));
+
+  aHdr->SetStringProperty(header_field,newCachedName.get());
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDBView::FetchAuthor(nsIMsgDBHdr * aHdr, nsAString &aSenderString)
+{
+  nsCString unparsedAuthor;
+  bool showCondensedAddresses = false;
+  int32_t  currentDisplayNameVersion = 0;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefs(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID));
+
+  prefs->GetIntPref("mail.displayname.version", &currentDisplayNameVersion);
+  prefs->GetBoolPref("mail.showCondensedAddresses", &showCondensedAddresses);
+
+  aHdr->GetStringProperty("sender_name", getter_Copies(unparsedAuthor));
+
+  // if the author is already computed, use it
+  if (!unparsedAuthor.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    nsCString cachedDisplayName;
+
+    GetCachedName(unparsedAuthor, currentDisplayNameVersion, cachedDisplayName);
+    if (!cachedDisplayName.IsEmpty())
+    {
+      CopyUTF8toUTF16(cachedDisplayName, aSenderString);
+      return NS_OK;
+    }
+  }
+
+  nsCString author;
+  (void) aHdr->GetAuthor(getter_Copies(author));
+
+  nsCString headerCharset;
+  aHdr->GetEffectiveCharset(headerCharset);
+
+  nsCString emailAddress;
+  nsString name;
+  ExtractFirstAddress(EncodedHeader(author, headerCharset.get()), name,
+    emailAddress);
+
+  if (showCondensedAddresses)
+    GetDisplayNameInAddressBook(emailAddress, aSenderString);
+
+  if (aSenderString.IsEmpty())
+  {
+     // We can't use the display name in the card; use the name contained in
+     // the header or email address.
+    if (name.IsEmpty()) {
+      CopyUTF8toUTF16(emailAddress, aSenderString);
+    } else {
+      int32_t atPos;
+      if ((atPos = name.FindChar('@')) == kNotFound ||
+          name.FindChar('.', atPos) == kNotFound) {
+        aSenderString = name;
+      } else {
+        // Found @ followed by a dot, so this looks like a spoofing case.
+        aSenderString = name;
+        aSenderString.AppendLiteral(" <");
+        AppendUTF8toUTF16(emailAddress, aSenderString);
+        aSenderString.Append('>');
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  UpdateCachedName(aHdr, "sender_name", aSenderString);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDBView::FetchAccount(nsIMsgDBHdr * aHdr, nsAString& aAccount)
+{
+  nsCString accountKey;
+
+  nsresult rv = aHdr->GetAccountKey(getter_Copies(accountKey));
+
+  // Cache the account manager?
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccountManager> accountManager(
+    do_GetService(NS_MSGACCOUNTMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccount> account;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+  if (!accountKey.IsEmpty())
+    rv = accountManager->GetAccount(accountKey, getter_AddRefs(account));
+
+  if (account)
+  {
+    account->GetIncomingServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder;
+    aHdr->GetFolder(getter_AddRefs(folder));
+    if (folder)
+     folder->GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+  }
+  if (server)
+    server->GetPrettyName(aAccount);
+  else
+    CopyASCIItoUTF16(accountKey, aAccount);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDBView::FetchRecipients(nsIMsgDBHdr * aHdr, nsAString &aRecipientsString)
+{
+  nsCString recipients;
+  int32_t currentDisplayNameVersion = 0;
+  bool showCondensedAddresses = false;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefs(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID));
+
+  prefs->GetIntPref("mail.displayname.version", &currentDisplayNameVersion);
+  prefs->GetBoolPref("mail.showCondensedAddresses", &showCondensedAddresses);
+
+  aHdr->GetStringProperty("recipient_names", getter_Copies(recipients));
+
+  if (!recipients.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    nsCString cachedRecipients;
+
+    GetCachedName(recipients, currentDisplayNameVersion, cachedRecipients);
+
+    // recipients have already been cached,check if the addressbook
+    // was changed after cache.
+    if (!cachedRecipients.IsEmpty())
+    {
+      CopyUTF8toUTF16(cachedRecipients, aRecipientsString);
+      return NS_OK;
+    }
+  }
+
+  nsCString unparsedRecipients;
+  nsresult rv = aHdr->GetRecipients(getter_Copies(unparsedRecipients));
+
+  nsCString headerCharset;
+  aHdr->GetEffectiveCharset(headerCharset);
+
+  nsTArray<nsString> names;
+  nsTArray<nsCString> emails;
+  ExtractAllAddresses(EncodedHeader(unparsedRecipients, headerCharset.get()),
+    names, UTF16ArrayAdapter<>(emails));
+
+  uint32_t numAddresses = names.Length();
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleEnumerator> enumerator;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbManager>
+    abManager(do_GetService("@mozilla.org/abmanager;1", &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, NS_OK);
+
+  // go through each email address in the recipients and
+  // compute its display name.
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < numAddresses; i++)
+  {
+    nsString recipient;
+    nsCString &curAddress = emails[i];
+    nsString &curName = names[i];
+
+    if (showCondensedAddresses)
+      GetDisplayNameInAddressBook(curAddress, recipient);
+
+    if (recipient.IsEmpty())
+    {
+      // we can't use the display name in the card,
+      // use the name contained in the header or email address.
+      if (curName.IsEmpty()) {
+        CopyUTF8toUTF16(curAddress, recipient);
+      } else {
+        int32_t atPos;
+        if ((atPos = curName.FindChar('@')) == kNotFound ||
+            curName.FindChar('.', atPos) == kNotFound) {
+          recipient = curName;
+        } else {
+          // Found @ followed by a dot, so this looks like a spoofing case.
+          recipient = curName;
+          recipient.AppendLiteral(" <");
+          AppendUTF8toUTF16(curAddress, recipient);
+          recipient.Append('>');
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    // add ', ' between each recipient
+    if (i != 0)
+      aRecipientsString.Append(NS_LITERAL_STRING(", "));
+
+    aRecipientsString.Append(recipient);
+  }
+
+  if (numAddresses == 0 && unparsedRecipients.FindChar(':') != kNotFound) {
+    // No addresses and a colon, so an empty group like "undisclosed-recipients: ;".
+    // Add group name so at least something displays.
+    nsString group;
+    CopyUTF8toUTF16(unparsedRecipients, group);
+    aRecipientsString.Assign(group);
+  }
+
+  UpdateCachedName(aHdr, "recipient_names", aRecipientsString);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDBView::FetchSubject(nsIMsgDBHdr * aMsgHdr, uint32_t aFlags, nsAString &aValue)
+{
+  if (aFlags & nsMsgMessageFlags::HasRe)
+  {
+    nsString subject;
+    aMsgHdr->GetMime2DecodedSubject(subject);
+    aValue.AssignLiteral("Re: ");
+    aValue.Append(subject);
+  }
+  else
+    aMsgHdr->GetMime2DecodedSubject(aValue);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// in case we want to play around with the date string, I've broken it out into
+// a separate routine.  Set rcvDate to true to get the Received: date instead
+// of the Date: date.
+nsresult nsMsgDBView::FetchDate(nsIMsgDBHdr * aHdr, nsAString &aDateString, bool rcvDate)
+{
+  PRTime dateOfMsg;
+  PRTime dateOfMsgLocal;
+  uint32_t rcvDateSecs;
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  if (!mDateFormatter)
+    mDateFormatter = do_CreateInstance(NS_DATETIMEFORMAT_CONTRACTID);
+
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(mDateFormatter, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+  // Silently return Date: instead if Received: is unavailable
+  if (rcvDate)
+  {
+    rv = aHdr->GetUint32Property("dateReceived", &rcvDateSecs);
+    if (rcvDateSecs != 0)
+      Seconds2PRTime(rcvDateSecs, &dateOfMsg);
+  }
+  if (!rcvDate || rcvDateSecs == 0)
+    rv = aHdr->GetDate(&dateOfMsg);
+
+  PRTime currentTime = PR_Now();
+  PRExplodedTime explodedCurrentTime;
+  PR_ExplodeTime(currentTime, PR_LocalTimeParameters, &explodedCurrentTime);
+  PRExplodedTime explodedMsgTime;
+  PR_ExplodeTime(dateOfMsg, PR_LocalTimeParameters, &explodedMsgTime);
+
+  // if the message is from today, don't show the date, only the time. (i.e. 3:15 pm)
+  // if the message is from the last week, show the day of the week.   (i.e. Mon 3:15 pm)
+  // in all other cases, show the full date (03/19/01 3:15 pm)
+
+  nsDateFormatSelector dateFormat = m_dateFormatDefault;
+  if (explodedCurrentTime.tm_year == explodedMsgTime.tm_year &&
+      explodedCurrentTime.tm_month == explodedMsgTime.tm_month &&
+      explodedCurrentTime.tm_mday == explodedMsgTime.tm_mday)
+  {
+    // same day...
+    dateFormat = m_dateFormatToday;
+  }
+  // the following chunk of code allows us to show a day instead of a number if the message was received
+  // within the last 7 days. i.e. Mon 5:10pm. (depending on the mail.ui.display.dateformat.thisweek pref)
+  // The concrete format used is dependent on a preference setting (see InitDisplayFormats).
+  else if (currentTime > dateOfMsg)
+  {
+    // Convert the times from GMT to local time
+    int64_t GMTLocalTimeShift = PR_USEC_PER_SEC *
+      int64_t(explodedCurrentTime.tm_params.tp_gmt_offset +
+       explodedCurrentTime.tm_params.tp_dst_offset);
+    currentTime += GMTLocalTimeShift;
+    dateOfMsgLocal = dateOfMsg + GMTLocalTimeShift;
+
+    // Find the most recent midnight
+    int64_t todaysMicroSeconds = currentTime % PR_USEC_PER_DAY;
+    int64_t mostRecentMidnight = currentTime - todaysMicroSeconds;
+
+    // most recent midnight minus 6 days
+    int64_t mostRecentWeek = mostRecentMidnight - (PR_USEC_PER_DAY * 6);
+
+    // was the message sent during the last week?
+    if (dateOfMsgLocal >= mostRecentWeek)
+    { // yes ....
+      dateFormat = m_dateFormatThisWeek;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    rv = mDateFormatter->FormatPRTime(nullptr /* nsILocale* locale */,
+                                      dateFormat,
+                                      kTimeFormatNoSeconds,
+                                      dateOfMsg,
+                                      aDateString);
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDBView::FetchStatus(uint32_t aFlags, nsAString &aStatusString)
+{
+  if (aFlags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Replied)
+    aStatusString = kRepliedString;
+  else if (aFlags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Forwarded)
+    aStatusString = kForwardedString;
+  else if (aFlags & nsMsgMessageFlags::New)
+    aStatusString = kNewString;
+  else if (aFlags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Read)
+    aStatusString = kReadString;
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDBView::FetchSize(nsIMsgDBHdr * aHdr, nsAString &aSizeString)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsAutoString formattedSizeString;
+  uint32_t msgSize = 0;
+
+  // for news, show the line count, not the size if the user wants so
+  if (mShowSizeInLines)
+  {
+    aHdr->GetLineCount(&msgSize);
+    formattedSizeString.AppendInt(msgSize);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    uint32_t flags = 0;
+
+    aHdr->GetFlags(&flags);
+    if (flags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Partial)
+      aHdr->GetUint32Property("onlineSize", &msgSize);
+
+    if (msgSize == 0)
+      aHdr->GetMessageSize(&msgSize);
+
+    rv = FormatFileSize(msgSize, true, formattedSizeString);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+
+  aSizeString = formattedSizeString;
+  // the formattingString Length includes the null terminator byte!
+  if (!formattedSizeString.Last())
+    aSizeString.SetLength(formattedSizeString.Length() - 1);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDBView::FetchPriority(nsIMsgDBHdr *aHdr, nsAString & aPriorityString)
+{
+  nsMsgPriorityValue priority = nsMsgPriority::notSet;
+  aHdr->GetPriority(&priority);
+
+  switch (priority)
+  {
+  case nsMsgPriority::highest:
+    aPriorityString = kHighestPriorityString;
+    break;
+  case nsMsgPriority::high:
+    aPriorityString = kHighPriorityString;
+    break;
+  case nsMsgPriority::low:
+    aPriorityString = kLowPriorityString;
+    break;
+  case nsMsgPriority::lowest:
+    aPriorityString = kLowestPriorityString;
+    break;
+  case nsMsgPriority::normal:
+    aPriorityString = kNormalPriorityString;
+    break;
+  default:
+    break;
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDBView::FetchKeywords(nsIMsgDBHdr *aHdr, nsACString &keywordString)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aHdr);
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  if (!mTagService)
+  {
+    mTagService = do_GetService(NS_MSGTAGSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+  nsMsgLabelValue label = 0;
+
+  rv = aHdr->GetLabel(&label);
+  nsCString keywords;
+  aHdr->GetStringProperty("keywords", getter_Copies(keywords));
+  if (label > 0)
+  {
+    nsAutoCString labelStr("$label");
+    labelStr.Append((char) (label + '0'));
+    if (keywords.Find(labelStr, CaseInsensitiveCompare) == -1)
+    {
+      if (!keywords.IsEmpty())
+        keywords.Append(' ');
+      keywords.Append(labelStr);
+    }
+  }
+  keywordString = keywords;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// If the row is a collapsed thread, we optionally roll-up the keywords in all
+// the messages in the thread, otherwise, return just the keywords for the row.
+nsresult nsMsgDBView::FetchRowKeywords(nsMsgViewIndex aRow, nsIMsgDBHdr *aHdr,
+                                       nsACString &keywordString)
+{
+  nsresult rv = FetchKeywords(aHdr,keywordString);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  bool cascadeKeywordsUp = true;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefs(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID));
+  prefs->GetBoolPref("mailnews.display_reply_tag_colors_for_collapsed_threads",
+                     &cascadeKeywordsUp);
+
+  if ((m_viewFlags & nsMsgViewFlagsType::kThreadedDisplay) &&
+      cascadeKeywordsUp)
+  {
+    if ((m_flags[aRow] & MSG_VIEW_FLAG_ISTHREAD)
+        && (m_flags[aRow] & nsMsgMessageFlags::Elided))
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgThread> thread;
+      rv = GetThreadContainingIndex(aRow, getter_AddRefs(thread));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && thread)
+      {
+        uint32_t numChildren;
+        thread->GetNumChildren(&numChildren);
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+        nsCString moreKeywords;
+        for (uint32_t index = 0; index < numChildren; index++)
+        {
+          thread->GetChildHdrAt(index, getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+          rv = FetchKeywords(msgHdr, moreKeywords);
+          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+          if (!keywordString.IsEmpty() && !moreKeywords.IsEmpty())
+            keywordString.Append(' ');
+          keywordString.Append(moreKeywords);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDBView::FetchTags(nsIMsgDBHdr *aHdr, nsAString &aTagString)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aHdr);
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  if (!mTagService)
+  {
+    mTagService = do_GetService(NS_MSGTAGSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+
+  nsString tags;
+  nsCString keywords;
+  aHdr->GetStringProperty("keywords", getter_Copies(keywords));
+
+  nsMsgLabelValue label = 0;
+  rv = aHdr->GetLabel(&label);
+  if (label > 0)
+  {
+    nsAutoCString labelStr("$label");
+    labelStr.Append((char) (label + '0'));
+    if (keywords.Find(labelStr, CaseInsensitiveCompare) == -1)
+      FetchLabel(aHdr, tags);
+  }
+
+  nsTArray<nsCString> keywordsArray;
+  ParseString(keywords, ' ', keywordsArray);
+  nsAutoString tag;
+
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < keywordsArray.Length(); i++)
+  {
+    rv = mTagService->GetTagForKey(keywordsArray[i], tag);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !tag.IsEmpty())
+    {
+      if (!tags.IsEmpty())
+        tags.Append((char16_t) ' ');
+      tags.Append(tag);
+    }
+  }
+
+  aTagString = tags;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDBView::FetchLabel(nsIMsgDBHdr *aHdr, nsAString &aLabelString)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  nsMsgLabelValue label = 0;
+
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aHdr);
+
+  rv = aHdr->GetLabel(&label);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // we don't care if label is not between 1 and PREF_LABELS_MAX inclusive.
+  if ((label < 1) || (label > PREF_LABELS_MAX))
+  {
+    aLabelString.Truncate();
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  // We need to subtract 1 because mLabelPrefDescriptions is 0 based.
+  aLabelString = mLabelPrefDescriptions[label - 1];
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+bool nsMsgDBView::IsOutgoingMsg(nsIMsgDBHdr* aHdr)
+{
+  nsString author;
+  aHdr->GetMime2DecodedAuthor(author);
+
+  nsCString emailAddress;
+  nsString name;
+  ExtractFirstAddress(DecodedHeader(author), name, emailAddress);
+
+  return mEmails.Contains(emailAddress);
+}
+
+
+/*if you call SaveAndClearSelection make sure to call RestoreSelection otherwise
+m_saveRestoreSelectionDepth will be incorrect and will lead to selection msg problems*/
+
+nsresult nsMsgDBView::SaveAndClearSelection(nsMsgKey *aCurrentMsgKey, nsTArray<nsMsgKey> &aMsgKeyArray)
+{
+  // we don't do anything on nested Save / Restore calls.
+  m_saveRestoreSelectionDepth++;
+  if (m_saveRestoreSelectionDepth != 1)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  if (!mTreeSelection || !mTree)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  // first, freeze selection.
+  mTreeSelection->SetSelectEventsSuppressed(true);
+
+  // second, save the current index.
+  if (aCurrentMsgKey)
+  {
+    int32_t currentIndex;
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(mTreeSelection->GetCurrentIndex(&currentIndex)) &&
+        currentIndex >= 0 && uint32_t(currentIndex) < GetSize())
+      *aCurrentMsgKey = m_keys[currentIndex];
+    else
+      *aCurrentMsgKey = nsMsgKey_None;
+  }
+
+  // third, get an array of view indices for the selection.
+  nsMsgViewIndexArray selection;
+  GetSelectedIndices(selection);
+  int32_t numIndices = selection.Length();
+  aMsgKeyArray.SetLength(numIndices);
+
+  // now store the msg key for each selected item.
+  nsMsgKey msgKey;
+  for (int32_t index = 0; index < numIndices; index++)
+  {
+    msgKey = m_keys[selection[index]];
+    aMsgKeyArray[index] = msgKey;
+  }
+
+  // clear the selection, we'll manually restore it later.
+  if (mTreeSelection)
+    mTreeSelection->ClearSelection();
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDBView::RestoreSelection(nsMsgKey aCurrentMsgKey, nsTArray<nsMsgKey> &aMsgKeyArray)
+{
+  // we don't do anything on nested Save / Restore calls.
+  m_saveRestoreSelectionDepth--;
+  if (m_saveRestoreSelectionDepth)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  if (!mTreeSelection)  // don't assert.
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  // turn our message keys into corresponding view indices
+  int32_t arraySize = aMsgKeyArray.Length();
+  nsMsgViewIndex  currentViewPosition = nsMsgViewIndex_None;
+  nsMsgViewIndex  newViewPosition = nsMsgViewIndex_None;
+
+  // if we are threaded, we need to do a little more work
+  // we need to find (and expand) all the threads that contain messages
+  // that we had selected before.
+  if (m_viewFlags & nsMsgViewFlagsType::kThreadedDisplay)
+  {
+    for (int32_t index = 0; index < arraySize; index ++)
+    {
+      FindKey(aMsgKeyArray[index], true /* expand */);
+    }
+  }
+
+  for (int32_t index = 0; index < arraySize; index ++)
+  {
+    newViewPosition = FindKey(aMsgKeyArray[index], false);
+    // add the index back to the selection.
+    if (newViewPosition != nsMsgViewIndex_None)
+      mTreeSelection->ToggleSelect(newViewPosition);
+  }
+
+  // make sure the currentView was preserved....
+  if (aCurrentMsgKey != nsMsgKey_None)
+    currentViewPosition = FindKey(aCurrentMsgKey, true);
+
+  if (mTree)
+    mTreeSelection->SetCurrentIndex(currentViewPosition);
+
+  // make sure the current message is once again visible in the thread pane
+  // so we don't have to go search for it in the thread pane
+  if (mTree && currentViewPosition != nsMsgViewIndex_None)
+    mTree->EnsureRowIsVisible(currentViewPosition);
+
+  // unfreeze selection.
+  mTreeSelection->SetSelectEventsSuppressed(false);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDBView::GenerateURIForMsgKey(nsMsgKey aMsgKey, nsIMsgFolder *folder, nsACString & aURI)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(folder);
+  return folder->GenerateMessageURI(aMsgKey, aURI);
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDBView::GetMessageEnumerator(nsISimpleEnumerator **enumerator)
+{
+  return m_db->EnumerateMessages(enumerator);
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDBView::CycleThreadedColumn(nsIDOMElement * aElement)
+{
+  nsAutoString currentView;
+
+  // toggle threaded/unthreaded mode
+  aElement->GetAttribute(NS_LITERAL_STRING("currentView"), currentView);
+  if (currentView.EqualsLiteral("threaded"))
+    aElement->SetAttribute(NS_LITERAL_STRING("currentView"), NS_LITERAL_STRING("unthreaded"));
+  else
+     aElement->SetAttribute(NS_LITERAL_STRING("currentView"), NS_LITERAL_STRING("threaded"));
+
+  // i think we need to create a new view and switch it in this circumstance since
+  // we are toggline between threaded and non threaded mode.
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBView::IsEditable(int32_t row, nsITreeColumn* col, bool* _retval)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(col);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(_retval);
+  //attempt to retreive a custom column handler. If it exists call it and return
+  const char16_t* colID;
+  col->GetIdConst(&colID);
+
+  nsIMsgCustomColumnHandler* colHandler = GetColumnHandler(colID);
+
+  if (colHandler)
+  {
+    colHandler->IsEditable(row, col, _retval);
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  *_retval = false;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBView::IsSelectable(int32_t row, nsITreeColumn* col, bool* _retval)
+{
+  *_retval = false;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBView::SetCellValue(int32_t row, nsITreeColumn* col, const nsAString& value)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBView::SetCellText(int32_t row, nsITreeColumn* col, const nsAString& value)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBView::GetRowCount(int32_t *aRowCount)
+{
+  *aRowCount = GetSize();
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBView::GetSelection(nsITreeSelection * *aSelection)
+{
+  *aSelection = mTreeSelection;
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aSelection);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBView::SetSelection(nsITreeSelection * aSelection)
+{
+  mTreeSelection = aSelection;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBView::ReloadMessageWithAllParts()
+{
+  if (m_currentlyDisplayedMsgUri.IsEmpty() || mSuppressMsgDisplay)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  nsAutoCString forceAllParts(m_currentlyDisplayedMsgUri);
+  forceAllParts += (forceAllParts.FindChar('?') == kNotFound) ? '?' : '&';
+  forceAllParts.AppendLiteral("fetchCompleteMessage=true");
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMessenger> messenger (do_QueryReferent(mMessengerWeak));
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(messenger, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+
+  nsresult rv = messenger->OpenURL(forceAllParts);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  UpdateDisplayMessage(m_currentlyDisplayedViewIndex);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBView::ReloadMessage()
+{
+  if (m_currentlyDisplayedMsgUri.IsEmpty() || mSuppressMsgDisplay)
+    return NS_OK;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMessenger> messenger (do_QueryReferent(mMessengerWeak));
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(messenger, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+
+  nsresult rv = messenger->OpenURL(m_currentlyDisplayedMsgUri);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  UpdateDisplayMessage(m_currentlyDisplayedViewIndex);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDBView::UpdateDisplayMessage(nsMsgViewIndex viewPosition)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  if (mCommandUpdater)
+  {
+    // get the subject and the folder for the message and inform the front end that
+    // we changed the message we are currently displaying.
+    if (viewPosition != nsMsgViewIndex_None)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+      rv = GetMsgHdrForViewIndex(viewPosition, getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+      nsString subject;
+      FetchSubject(msgHdr, m_flags[viewPosition], subject);
+
+      nsCString keywords;
+      rv = msgHdr->GetStringProperty("keywords", getter_Copies(keywords));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder = m_viewFolder ? m_viewFolder : m_folder;
+
+      mCommandUpdater->DisplayMessageChanged(folder, subject, keywords);
+
+      if (folder)
+      {
+        rv = folder->SetLastMessageLoaded(m_keys[viewPosition]);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+      }
+    } // if view position is valid
+  } // if we have an updater
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// given a msg key, we will load the message for it.
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBView::LoadMessageByMsgKey(nsMsgKey aMsgKey)
+{
+  return LoadMessageByViewIndex(FindKey(aMsgKey, false));
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBView::LoadMessageByViewIndex(nsMsgViewIndex aViewIndex)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(aViewIndex != nsMsgViewIndex_None,"trying to load nsMsgViewIndex_None");
+  if (aViewIndex == nsMsgViewIndex_None) return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+
+  nsCString uri;
+  nsresult rv = GetURIForViewIndex(aViewIndex, uri);
+  if (!mSuppressMsgDisplay && !m_currentlyDisplayedMsgUri.Equals(uri))
+  {
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMessenger> messenger (do_QueryReferent(mMessengerWeak));
+    NS_ENSURE_TRUE(messenger, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+    messenger->OpenURL(uri);
+    m_currentlyDisplayedMsgKey = m_keys[aViewIndex];
+    m_currentlyDisplayedMsgUri = uri;
+    m_currentlyDisplayedViewIndex = aViewIndex;
+    UpdateDisplayMessage(m_currentlyDisplayedViewIndex);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBView::LoadMessageByUrl(const char *aUrl)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(aUrl, "trying to load a null url");
+  if (!mSuppressMsgDisplay)
+  {
+    nsresult rv;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMessenger> messenger (do_QueryReferent(mMessengerWeak, &rv));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    messenger->LoadURL(NULL, nsDependentCString(aUrl));
+    m_currentlyDisplayedMsgKey = nsMsgKey_None;
+    m_currentlyDisplayedMsgUri = aUrl;
+    m_currentlyDisplayedViewIndex = nsMsgViewIndex_None;
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBView::SelectionChanged()
+{
+  // if the currentSelection changed then we have a message to display - not if we are in the middle of deleting rows
+  if (m_deletingRows)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  uint32_t numSelected = 0;
+
+  nsMsgViewIndexArray selection;
+  GetSelectedIndices(selection);
+  nsMsgViewIndex *indices = selection.Elements();
+  numSelected = selection.Length();
+
+  bool commandsNeedDisablingBecauseOfSelection = false;
+
+  if(indices)
+  {
+    if (WeAreOffline())
+      commandsNeedDisablingBecauseOfSelection = !OfflineMsgSelected(indices, numSelected);
+    if (!NonDummyMsgSelected(indices, numSelected))
+      commandsNeedDisablingBecauseOfSelection = true;
+  }
+  bool selectionSummarized = false;
+  mSummarizeFailed = false;
+  // let the front-end adjust the message pane appropriately with either
+  // the message body, or a summary of the selection
+  if (mCommandUpdater)
+  {
+    mCommandUpdater->SummarizeSelection(&selectionSummarized);
+    // check if the selection was not summarized, but we expected it to be,
+    // and if so, remember it so GetHeadersFromSelection won't include
+    // the messages in collapsed threads.
+    if (!selectionSummarized &&
+        (numSelected > 1 || (numSelected == 1 &&
+                              m_flags[indices[0]] & nsMsgMessageFlags::Elided &&
+                              OperateOnMsgsInCollapsedThreads())))
+      mSummarizeFailed = true;
+  }
+
+  bool summaryStateChanged = selectionSummarized != mSelectionSummarized;
+
+  mSelectionSummarized = selectionSummarized;
+  // if only one item is selected then we want to display a message
+  if (mTreeSelection && numSelected == 1 && !selectionSummarized)
+  {
+    int32_t startRange;
+    int32_t endRange;
+    nsresult rv = mTreeSelection->GetRangeAt(0, &startRange, &endRange);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, NS_OK); // tree doesn't care if we failed
+
+    if (startRange >= 0 && startRange == endRange &&
+        uint32_t(startRange) < GetSize())
+    {
+      if (!mRemovingRow)
+      {
+        if (!mSuppressMsgDisplay)
+          LoadMessageByViewIndex(startRange);
+        else
+          UpdateDisplayMessage(startRange);
+      }
+    }
+    else
+      numSelected = 0; // selection seems bogus, so set to 0.
+  }
+  else {
+    // if we have zero or multiple items selected, we shouldn't be displaying any message
+    m_currentlyDisplayedMsgKey = nsMsgKey_None;
+    m_currentlyDisplayedMsgUri.Truncate();
+    m_currentlyDisplayedViewIndex = nsMsgViewIndex_None;
+  }
+
+  // determine if we need to push command update notifications out to the UI or not.
+
+  // we need to push a command update notification iff, one of the following conditions are met
+  // (1) the selection went from 0 to 1
+  // (2) it went from 1 to 0
+  // (3) it went from 1 to many
+  // (4) it went from many to 1 or 0
+  // (5) a different msg was selected - perhaps it was offline or not...matters only when we are offline
+  // (6) we did a forward/back, or went from having no history to having history - not sure how to tell this.
+  // (7) whether the selection was summarized or not changed.
+
+  // I think we're going to need to keep track of whether forward/back were enabled/should be enabled,
+  // and when this changes, force a command update.
+
+  bool enableGoForward = false;
+  bool enableGoBack = false;
+
+  NavigateStatus(nsMsgNavigationType::forward, &enableGoForward);
+  NavigateStatus(nsMsgNavigationType::back, &enableGoBack);
+  if (!summaryStateChanged &&
+      (numSelected == mNumSelectedRows ||
+      (numSelected > 1 && mNumSelectedRows > 1)) && (commandsNeedDisablingBecauseOfSelection == mCommandsNeedDisablingBecauseOfSelection)
+      && enableGoForward == mGoForwardEnabled && enableGoBack == mGoBackEnabled)
+  {
+  }
+  // don't update commands if we're suppressing them, or if we're removing rows, unless it was the last row.
+  else if (!mSuppressCommandUpdating && mCommandUpdater && (!mRemovingRow || GetSize() == 0)) // o.t. push an updated
+  {
+    mCommandUpdater->UpdateCommandStatus();
+  }
+
+  mCommandsNeedDisablingBecauseOfSelection = commandsNeedDisablingBecauseOfSelection;
+  mGoForwardEnabled = enableGoForward;
+  mGoBackEnabled = enableGoBack;
+  mNumSelectedRows = numSelected;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDBView::GetSelectedIndices(nsMsgViewIndexArray& selection)
+{
+  if (mTreeSelection)
+  {
+    int32_t viewSize = GetSize();
+    int32_t count;
+    mTreeSelection->GetCount(&count);
+    selection.SetLength(count);
+    count = 0;
+    int32_t selectionCount;
+    mTreeSelection->GetRangeCount(&selectionCount);
+    for (int32_t i = 0; i < selectionCount; i++)
+    {
+      int32_t startRange = -1;
+      int32_t endRange = -1;
+      mTreeSelection->GetRangeAt(i, &startRange, &endRange);
+      if (startRange >= 0 && startRange < viewSize)
+      {
+        for (int32_t rangeIndex = startRange; rangeIndex <= endRange && rangeIndex < viewSize; rangeIndex++)
+          selection[count++] = rangeIndex;
+      }
+    }
+    NS_ASSERTION(selection.Length() == uint32_t(count), "selection count is wrong");
+    selection.SetLength(count);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    // if there is no tree selection object then we must be in stand alone message mode.
+    // in that case the selected indices are really just the current message key.
+    nsMsgViewIndex viewIndex = FindViewIndex(m_currentlyDisplayedMsgKey);
+    if (viewIndex != nsMsgViewIndex_None)
+      selection.AppendElement(viewIndex);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBView::GetRowProperties(int32_t index, nsAString& properties)
+{
+  if (!IsValidIndex(index))
+    return NS_MSG_INVALID_DBVIEW_INDEX;
+
+  // this is where we tell the tree to apply styles to a particular row
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  rv = GetMsgHdrForViewIndex(index, getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !msgHdr) {
+    ClearHdrCache();
+    return NS_MSG_INVALID_DBVIEW_INDEX;
+  }
+
+  nsCString keywordProperty;
+  FetchRowKeywords(index, msgHdr, keywordProperty);
+  if (!keywordProperty.IsEmpty())
+    AppendKeywordProperties(keywordProperty, properties, false);
+
+  // give the custom column handlers a chance to style the row.
+  for (int i = 0; i < m_customColumnHandlers.Count(); i++)
+  {
+    nsString extra;
+    m_customColumnHandlers[i]->GetRowProperties(index, extra);
+    if (!extra.IsEmpty())
+    {
+      properties.Append(' ');
+      properties.Append(extra);
+    }
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBView::GetColumnProperties(nsITreeColumn* col, nsAString& properties)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBView::GetCellProperties(int32_t aRow, nsITreeColumn *col, nsAString& properties)
+{
+  if (!IsValidIndex(aRow))
+    return NS_MSG_INVALID_DBVIEW_INDEX;
+
+  // this is where we tell the tree to apply styles to a particular row
+  // i.e. if the row is an unread message...
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  rv = GetMsgHdrForViewIndex(aRow, getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !msgHdr)
+  {
+    ClearHdrCache();
+    return NS_MSG_INVALID_DBVIEW_INDEX;
+  }
+
+  const char16_t* colID;
+  col->GetIdConst(&colID);
+  nsIMsgCustomColumnHandler* colHandler = GetColumnHandler(colID);
+  if (colHandler != nullptr)
+    colHandler->GetCellProperties(aRow, col, properties);
+  else if (colID[0] == 'c') // correspondent
+  {
+    if (IsOutgoingMsg(msgHdr))
+      properties.AssignLiteral("outgoing");
+    else
+      properties.AssignLiteral("incoming");
+  }
+
+  if (!properties.IsEmpty())
+    properties.Append(' ');
+
+  properties.Append(mMessageType);
+
+  uint32_t flags;
+  msgHdr->GetFlags(&flags);
+
+  if (!(flags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Read))
+    properties.AppendLiteral(" unread");
+  else
+    properties.AppendLiteral(" read");
+
+  if (flags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Replied)
+    properties.AppendLiteral(" replied");
+
+  if (flags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Forwarded)
+    properties.AppendLiteral(" forwarded");
+
+  if (flags & nsMsgMessageFlags::New)
+    properties.AppendLiteral(" new");
+
+  if (m_flags[aRow] & nsMsgMessageFlags::Marked)
+    properties.AppendLiteral(" flagged");
+
+  // For threaded display add the ignoreSubthread property to the
+  // subthread top row (this row). For non-threaded add it to all rows.
+  if (!(m_viewFlags & nsMsgViewFlagsType::kThreadedDisplay) &&
+      (flags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Ignored)) {
+    properties.AppendLiteral(" ignoreSubthread");
+  }
+  else {
+    bool ignored;
+    msgHdr->GetIsKilled(&ignored);
+    if (ignored)
+      properties.AppendLiteral(" ignoreSubthread");
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgLocalMailFolder> localFolder = do_QueryInterface(m_folder);
+
+  if ((flags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Offline) || (localFolder && !(flags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Partial)))
+    properties.AppendLiteral(" offline");
+
+  if (flags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Attachment)
+    properties.AppendLiteral(" attach");
+
+  if ((mDeleteModel == nsMsgImapDeleteModels::IMAPDelete) && (flags & nsMsgMessageFlags::IMAPDeleted))
+    properties.AppendLiteral(" imapdeleted");
+
+  nsCString imageSize;
+  msgHdr->GetStringProperty("imageSize", getter_Copies(imageSize));
+  if (!imageSize.IsEmpty())
+    properties.AppendLiteral(" hasimage");
+
+  nsCString junkScoreStr;
+  msgHdr->GetStringProperty("junkscore", getter_Copies(junkScoreStr));
+  if (!junkScoreStr.IsEmpty()) {
+    if (junkScoreStr.ToInteger(&rv) == nsIJunkMailPlugin::IS_SPAM_SCORE)
+      properties.AppendLiteral(" junk");
+    else
+      properties.AppendLiteral(" notjunk");
+    NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "Converting junkScore to integer failed.");
+  }
+
+  nsCString keywords;
+  FetchRowKeywords(aRow, msgHdr, keywords);
+  if (!keywords.IsEmpty())
+    AppendKeywordProperties(keywords, properties, true);
+
+  // this is a double fetch of the keywords property since we also fetch
+  // it for the tags - do we want to do this?
+  // I'm not sure anyone uses the kw- property, though it could be nice
+  // for people wanting to extend the thread pane.
+  nsCString keywordProperty;
+  msgHdr->GetStringProperty("keywords", getter_Copies(keywordProperty));
+  if (!keywordProperty.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16 keywords(keywordProperty);
+    int32_t spaceIndex = 0;
+    do
+    {
+      spaceIndex = keywords.FindChar(' ');
+      int32_t endOfKeyword = (spaceIndex == -1) ? keywords.Length() : spaceIndex;
+      properties.AppendLiteral(" kw-");
+      properties.Append(StringHead(keywords, endOfKeyword));
+      if (spaceIndex > 0)
+        keywords.Cut(0, endOfKeyword + 1);
+    }
+    while (spaceIndex > 0);
+  }
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_PRIORITY_COLORS
+  // add special styles for priority
+  nsMsgPriorityValue priority;
+  msgHdr->GetPriority(&priority);
+  switch (priority)
+  {
+  case nsMsgPriority::highest:
+    properties.append(" priority-highest");
+    break;
+  case nsMsgPriority::high:
+    properties.append(" priority-high");
+    break;
+  case nsMsgPriority::low:
+    properties.append(" priority-low");
+    break;
+  case nsMsgPriority::lowest:
+    properties.append(" priority-lowest");
+    break;
+  default:
+    break;
+  }
+#endif
+
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgThread> thread;
+  rv = GetThreadContainingIndex(aRow, getter_AddRefs(thread));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && thread)
+  {
+    uint32_t numUnreadChildren;
+    thread->GetNumUnreadChildren(&numUnreadChildren);
+    if (numUnreadChildren > 0)
+      properties.AppendLiteral(" hasUnread");
+
+    // For threaded display add the ignore/watch properties to the
+    // thread top row. For non-threaded add it to all rows.
+    if (!(m_viewFlags & nsMsgViewFlagsType::kThreadedDisplay) ||
+         ((m_viewFlags & nsMsgViewFlagsType::kThreadedDisplay) &&
+        (m_flags[aRow] & MSG_VIEW_FLAG_ISTHREAD))) {
+      thread->GetFlags(&flags);
+      if (flags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Watched)
+        properties.AppendLiteral(" watch");
+      if (flags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Ignored)
+        properties.AppendLiteral(" ignore");
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBView::IsContainer(int32_t index, bool *_retval)
+{
+  if (!IsValidIndex(index))
+      return NS_MSG_INVALID_DBVIEW_INDEX;
+
+  if (m_viewFlags & nsMsgViewFlagsType::kThreadedDisplay)
+  {
+    uint32_t flags = m_flags[index];
+    *_retval = !!(flags & MSG_VIEW_FLAG_HASCHILDREN);
+  }
+  else
+    *_retval = false;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBView::IsContainerOpen(int32_t index, bool *_retval)
+{
+  if (!IsValidIndex(index))
+      return NS_MSG_INVALID_DBVIEW_INDEX;
+
+  if (m_viewFlags & nsMsgViewFlagsType::kThreadedDisplay)
+  {
+    uint32_t flags = m_flags[index];
+    *_retval = (flags & MSG_VIEW_FLAG_HASCHILDREN) && !(flags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Elided);
+  }
+  else
+    *_retval = false;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBView::IsContainerEmpty(int32_t index, bool *_retval)
+{
+  if (!IsValidIndex(index))
+    return NS_MSG_INVALID_DBVIEW_INDEX;
+
+  if (m_viewFlags & nsMsgViewFlagsType::kThreadedDisplay)
+  {
+    uint32_t flags = m_flags[index];
+    *_retval = !(flags & MSG_VIEW_FLAG_HASCHILDREN);
+  }
+  else
+    *_retval = false;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBView::IsSeparator(int32_t index, bool *_retval)
+{
+  if (!IsValidIndex(index))
+    return NS_MSG_INVALID_DBVIEW_INDEX;
+
+  *_retval = false;
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBView::GetParentIndex(int32_t rowIndex, int32_t *_retval)
+{
+  *_retval = -1;
+
+  int32_t rowIndexLevel;
+  nsresult rv = GetLevel(rowIndex, &rowIndexLevel);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  int32_t i;
+  for(i = rowIndex; i >= 0; i--)
+  {
+    int32_t l;
+    GetLevel(i, &l);
+    if (l < rowIndexLevel)
+    {
+      *_retval = i;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBView::HasNextSibling(int32_t rowIndex, int32_t afterIndex, bool *_retval)
+{
+  *_retval = false;
+
+  int32_t rowIndexLevel;
+  GetLevel(rowIndex, &rowIndexLevel);
+
+  int32_t i;
+  int32_t count;
+  GetRowCount(&count);
+  for(i = afterIndex + 1; i < count; i++)
+  {
+    int32_t l;
+    GetLevel(i, &l);
+    if (l < rowIndexLevel)
+      break;
+    if (l == rowIndexLevel)
+    {
+      *_retval = true;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBView::GetLevel(int32_t index, int32_t *_retval)
+{
+  if (!IsValidIndex(index))
+    return NS_MSG_INVALID_DBVIEW_INDEX;
+
+  if (m_viewFlags & nsMsgViewFlagsType::kThreadedDisplay)
+    *_retval = m_levels[index];
+  else
+    *_retval = 0;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// search view will override this since headers can span db's
+nsresult nsMsgDBView::GetMsgHdrForViewIndex(nsMsgViewIndex index, nsIMsgDBHdr **msgHdr)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  if (!IsValidIndex(index))
+    return NS_MSG_INVALID_DBVIEW_INDEX;
+
+  nsMsgKey key = m_keys[index];
+  if (key == nsMsgKey_None || !m_db)
+    return NS_MSG_INVALID_DBVIEW_INDEX;
+
+  if (key == m_cachedMsgKey)
+  {
+    *msgHdr = m_cachedHdr;
+    NS_IF_ADDREF(*msgHdr);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    rv = m_db->GetMsgHdrForKey(key, msgHdr);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      m_cachedHdr = *msgHdr;
+      m_cachedMsgKey = key;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+void nsMsgDBView::InsertMsgHdrAt(nsMsgViewIndex index, nsIMsgDBHdr *hdr,
+                                 nsMsgKey msgKey, uint32_t flags, uint32_t level)
+{
+  if ((int32_t) index < 0 || index > m_keys.Length())
+  {
+    // Something's gone wrong in a caller, but we have no clue why
+    // Return without adding the header to the view
+    NS_ERROR("Index for message header insertion out of array range!");
+    return;
+  }
+  m_keys.InsertElementAt(index, msgKey);
+  m_flags.InsertElementAt(index, flags);
+  m_levels.InsertElementAt(index, level);
+}
+
+void nsMsgDBView::SetMsgHdrAt(nsIMsgDBHdr *hdr, nsMsgViewIndex index,
+                              nsMsgKey msgKey, uint32_t flags, uint32_t level)
+{
+  m_keys[index] = msgKey;
+  m_flags[index] = flags;
+  m_levels[index] = level;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDBView::GetFolderForViewIndex(nsMsgViewIndex index, nsIMsgFolder **aFolder)
+{
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aFolder = m_folder);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDBView::GetDBForViewIndex(nsMsgViewIndex index, nsIMsgDatabase **db)
+{
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*db = m_db);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBView::GetImageSrc(int32_t aRow, nsITreeColumn* aCol, nsAString& aValue)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aCol);
+  //attempt to retreive a custom column handler. If it exists call it and return
+  const char16_t* colID;
+  aCol->GetIdConst(&colID);
+
+  nsIMsgCustomColumnHandler* colHandler = GetColumnHandler(colID);
+
+  if (colHandler)
+  {
+    colHandler->GetImageSrc(aRow, aCol, aValue);
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDBView::GetProgressMode(int32_t aRow, nsITreeColumn* aCol, int32_t* _retval)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBView::GetCellValue(int32_t aRow, nsITreeColumn* aCol, nsAString& aValue)
+{
+  if (!IsValidIndex(aRow))
+    return NS_MSG_INVALID_DBVIEW_INDEX;
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+  nsresult rv = GetMsgHdrForViewIndex(aRow, getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !msgHdr)
+  {
+    ClearHdrCache();
+    return NS_MSG_INVALID_DBVIEW_INDEX;
+  }
+
+  const char16_t* colID;
+  aCol->GetIdConst(&colID);
+
+  uint32_t flags;
+  msgHdr->GetFlags(&flags);
+
+  aValue.Truncate();
+  // provide a string "value" for cells that do not normally have text.
+  // use empty string for the normal states "Read", "Not Starred", "No Attachment" and "Not Junk"
+  switch (colID[0])
+  {
+    case 'a': // attachment column
+      if (flags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Attachment) {
+        nsString tmp_str;
+        tmp_str.Adopt(GetString(u"messageHasAttachment"));
+        aValue.Assign(tmp_str);
+      }
+      break;
+    case 'f': // flagged (starred) column
+      if (flags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Marked) {
+        nsString tmp_str;
+        tmp_str.Adopt(GetString(u"messageHasFlag"));
+        aValue.Assign(tmp_str);
+      }
+      break;
+    case 'j': // junk column
+      if (JunkControlsEnabled(aRow))
+      {
+        nsCString junkScoreStr;
+        msgHdr->GetStringProperty("junkscore", getter_Copies(junkScoreStr));
+        // Only need to assing a real value for junk, it's empty already
+        // as it should be for non-junk.
+        if (!junkScoreStr.IsEmpty() &&
+            (junkScoreStr.ToInteger(&rv) == nsIJunkMailPlugin::IS_SPAM_SCORE))
+          aValue.AssignLiteral("messageJunk");
+
+        NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "Converting junkScore to integer failed.");
+      }
+      break;
+    case 't':
+      if (colID[1] == 'h' && (m_viewFlags & nsMsgViewFlagsType::kThreadedDisplay))
+      {       // thread column
+        bool isContainer, isContainerEmpty, isContainerOpen;
+        IsContainer(aRow, &isContainer);
+        if (isContainer)
+        {
+          IsContainerEmpty(aRow, &isContainerEmpty);
+          if (!isContainerEmpty)
+          {
+            nsString tmp_str;
+
+            IsContainerOpen(aRow, &isContainerOpen);
+            tmp_str.Adopt(GetString(isContainerOpen ?
+                            u"messageExpanded" :
+                            u"messageCollapsed"));
+            aValue.Assign(tmp_str);
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      break;
+    case 'u': // read/unread column
+      if (!(flags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Read)) {
+        nsString tmp_str;
+        tmp_str.Adopt(GetString(u"messageUnread"));
+        aValue.Assign(tmp_str);
+      }
+      break;
+    default:
+      aValue.Assign(colID);
+      break;
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+void nsMsgDBView::RememberDeletedMsgHdr(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr)
+{
+  nsCString messageId;
+  msgHdr->GetMessageId(getter_Copies(messageId));
+  if (mRecentlyDeletedArrayIndex >= mRecentlyDeletedMsgIds.Length())
+    mRecentlyDeletedMsgIds.AppendElement(messageId);
+  else
+    mRecentlyDeletedMsgIds[mRecentlyDeletedArrayIndex] = messageId;
+  // only remember last 20 deleted msgs.
+  mRecentlyDeletedArrayIndex = (mRecentlyDeletedArrayIndex + 1) % 20;
+}
+
+bool nsMsgDBView::WasHdrRecentlyDeleted(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr)
+{
+  nsCString messageId;
+  msgHdr->GetMessageId(getter_Copies(messageId));
+  return mRecentlyDeletedMsgIds.Contains(messageId);
+}
+
+//add a custom column handler
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBView::AddColumnHandler(const nsAString& column, nsIMsgCustomColumnHandler* handler)
+{
+  bool custColInSort = false;
+  size_t index = m_customColumnHandlerIDs.IndexOf(column);
+
+  nsAutoString strColID(column);
+
+  //does not exist
+  if (index == m_customColumnHandlerIDs.NoIndex)
+  {
+    m_customColumnHandlerIDs.AppendElement(strColID);
+    m_customColumnHandlers.AppendObject(handler);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    //insert new handler into the appropriate place in the COMPtr array
+    //no need to replace the column ID (it's the same)
+    m_customColumnHandlers.ReplaceObjectAt(handler, index);
+
+  }
+  // Check if the column name matches any of the columns in
+  // m_sortColumns, and if so, set m_sortColumns[i].mColHandler
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < m_sortColumns.Length(); i++)
+  {
+    MsgViewSortColumnInfo &sortInfo = m_sortColumns[i];
+    if (sortInfo.mSortType == nsMsgViewSortType::byCustom &&
+        sortInfo.mCustomColumnName.Equals(column))
+    {
+      custColInSort = true;
+      sortInfo.mColHandler = handler;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (m_viewFlags & nsMsgViewFlagsType::kGroupBySort)
+    // Grouped view has its own ways.
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  // This cust col is in sort columns, and all are now registered, so sort.
+  if (custColInSort && !CustomColumnsInSortAndNotRegistered())
+    Sort(m_sortType, m_sortOrder);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+//remove a custom column handler
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBView::RemoveColumnHandler(const nsAString& aColID)
+{
+
+  // here we should check if the column name matches any of the columns in
+  // m_sortColumns, and if so, clear m_sortColumns[i].mColHandler
+  size_t index = m_customColumnHandlerIDs.IndexOf(aColID);
+
+  if (index != m_customColumnHandlerIDs.NoIndex)
+  {
+    m_customColumnHandlerIDs.RemoveElementAt(index);
+    m_customColumnHandlers.RemoveObjectAt(index);
+    // Check if the column name matches any of the columns in
+    // m_sortColumns, and if so, clear m_sortColumns[i].mColHandler
+    for (uint32_t i = 0; i < m_sortColumns.Length(); i++)
+    {
+      MsgViewSortColumnInfo &sortInfo = m_sortColumns[i];
+      if (sortInfo.mSortType == nsMsgViewSortType::byCustom &&
+            sortInfo.mCustomColumnName.Equals(aColID))
+        sortInfo.mColHandler = nullptr;
+    }
+
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  return NS_ERROR_FAILURE; //can't remove a column that isn't currently custom handled
+}
+
+//TODO: NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS
+nsIMsgCustomColumnHandler* nsMsgDBView::GetCurColumnHandler()
+{
+  return GetColumnHandler(m_curCustomColumn.get());
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBView::SetCurCustomColumn(const nsAString& aColID)
+{
+  m_curCustomColumn = aColID;
+
+  if (m_viewFolder)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDatabase> db;
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIDBFolderInfo> folderInfo;
+    nsresult rv = m_viewFolder->GetDBFolderInfoAndDB(getter_AddRefs(folderInfo), getter_AddRefs(db));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+    folderInfo->SetProperty("customSortCol", aColID);
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBView::GetCurCustomColumn(nsAString &result)
+{
+  result = m_curCustomColumn;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBView::GetSecondaryCustomColumn(nsAString &result)
+{
+  result = m_secondaryCustomColumn;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsIMsgCustomColumnHandler* nsMsgDBView::GetColumnHandler(const char16_t *colID)
+{
+  size_t index = m_customColumnHandlerIDs.IndexOf(nsDependentString(colID));
+  return (index != m_customColumnHandlerIDs.NoIndex) ?
+    m_customColumnHandlers[index] : nullptr;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBView::GetColumnHandler(const nsAString& aColID, nsIMsgCustomColumnHandler** aHandler)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aHandler);
+  nsAutoString column(aColID);
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aHandler = GetColumnHandler(column.get()));
+  return (*aHandler) ? NS_OK : NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+// Check if any active sort columns are custom. If none are custom, return false
+// and go on as always. If any are custom, and all are not registered yet,
+// return true (so that the caller can postpone sort). When the custom column
+// observer is notified with MsgCreateDBView and registers the handler,
+// AddColumnHandler will sort once all required handlers are set.
+bool nsMsgDBView::CustomColumnsInSortAndNotRegistered()
+{
+  // The initial sort on view open has been started, subsequent user initiated
+  // sort callers can ignore verifying cust col registration.
+  m_checkedCustomColumns = true;
+
+  // DecodeColumnSort must have already created m_sortColumns, otherwise we
+  // can't know, but go on anyway.
+  if (!m_sortColumns.Length())
+    return false;
+
+  bool custColNotRegistered = false;
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < m_sortColumns.Length() && !custColNotRegistered; i++)
+  {
+    if (m_sortColumns[i].mSortType == nsMsgViewSortType::byCustom &&
+        m_sortColumns[i].mColHandler == nullptr)
+      custColNotRegistered = true;
+  }
+
+  return custColNotRegistered;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBView::GetCellText(int32_t aRow, nsITreeColumn* aCol, nsAString& aValue)
+{
+  const char16_t* colID;
+  aCol->GetIdConst(&colID);
+
+  if (!IsValidIndex(aRow))
+    return NS_MSG_INVALID_DBVIEW_INDEX;
+
+  aValue.Truncate();
+
+  //attempt to retreive a custom column handler. If it exists call it and return
+  nsIMsgCustomColumnHandler* colHandler = GetColumnHandler(colID);
+
+  if (colHandler)
+  {
+    colHandler->GetCellText(aRow, aCol, aValue);
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  return CellTextForColumn(aRow, colID, aValue);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBView::CellTextForColumn(int32_t aRow,
+                                             const char16_t *aColumnName,
+                                             nsAString &aValue)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+  nsresult rv = GetMsgHdrForViewIndex(aRow, getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !msgHdr)
+  {
+    ClearHdrCache();
+    return NS_MSG_INVALID_DBVIEW_INDEX;
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgThread> thread;
+
+  switch (aColumnName[0])
+  {
+  case 's':
+    if (aColumnName[1] == 'u') // subject
+      rv = FetchSubject(msgHdr, m_flags[aRow], aValue);
+    else if (aColumnName[1] == 'e') // sender
+      rv = FetchAuthor(msgHdr, aValue);
+    else if (aColumnName[1] == 'i') // size
+      rv = FetchSize(msgHdr, aValue);
+    else if (aColumnName[1] == 't') // status
+    {
+      uint32_t flags;
+      msgHdr->GetFlags(&flags);
+      rv = FetchStatus(flags, aValue);
+    }
+    break;
+  case 'r':
+    if (aColumnName[3] == 'i') // recipient
+      rv = FetchRecipients(msgHdr, aValue);
+    else if (aColumnName[3] == 'e') // received
+      rv = FetchDate(msgHdr, aValue, true);
+    break;
+  case 'd':  // date
+    rv = FetchDate(msgHdr, aValue);
+    break;
+  case 'c': // correspondent
+    if (IsOutgoingMsg(msgHdr))
+      rv = FetchRecipients(msgHdr, aValue);
+    else
+      rv = FetchAuthor(msgHdr, aValue);
+    break;
+  case 'p': // priority
+    rv = FetchPriority(msgHdr, aValue);
+    break;
+  case 'a': // account
+    if (aColumnName[1] == 'c') // account
+      rv = FetchAccount(msgHdr, aValue);
+    break;
+  case 't':
+    // total msgs in thread column
+    if (aColumnName[1] == 'o' && (m_viewFlags & nsMsgViewFlagsType::kThreadedDisplay))
+    {
+      if (m_flags[aRow] & MSG_VIEW_FLAG_ISTHREAD)
+      {
+        rv = GetThreadContainingIndex(aRow, getter_AddRefs(thread));
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && thread)
+        {
+          nsAutoString formattedCountString;
+          uint32_t numChildren;
+          thread->GetNumChildren(&numChildren);
+          formattedCountString.AppendInt(numChildren);
+          aValue.Assign(formattedCountString);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    else if (aColumnName[1] == 'a') // tags
+    {
+      rv = FetchTags(msgHdr, aValue);
+    }
+    break;
+  case 'u':
+    // unread msgs in thread col
+    if (aColumnName[6] == 'C' && (m_viewFlags & nsMsgViewFlagsType::kThreadedDisplay))
+    {
+      if (m_flags[aRow] & MSG_VIEW_FLAG_ISTHREAD)
+      {
+        rv = GetThreadContainingIndex(aRow, getter_AddRefs(thread));
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && thread)
+        {
+          nsAutoString formattedCountString;
+          uint32_t numUnreadChildren;
+          thread->GetNumUnreadChildren(&numUnreadChildren);
+          if (numUnreadChildren > 0)
+          {
+            formattedCountString.AppendInt(numUnreadChildren);
+            aValue.Assign(formattedCountString);
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    break;
+  case 'j':
+    {
+      nsCString junkScoreStr;
+      msgHdr->GetStringProperty("junkscore", getter_Copies(junkScoreStr));
+      CopyASCIItoUTF16(junkScoreStr, aValue);
+    }
+    break;
+  case 'i': // id
+    {
+      nsAutoString keyString;
+      nsMsgKey key;
+      msgHdr->GetMessageKey(&key);
+      keyString.AppendInt((int64_t)key);
+      aValue.Assign(keyString);
+    }
+    break;
+  default:
+    break;
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBView::SetTree(nsITreeBoxObject *tree)
+{
+  mTree = tree;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBView::ToggleOpenState(int32_t index)
+{
+  uint32_t numChanged;
+  nsresult rv = ToggleExpansion(index, &numChanged);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBView::CycleHeader(nsITreeColumn* aCol)
+{
+    // let HandleColumnClick() in threadPane.js handle it
+    // since it will set / clear the sort indicators.
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBView::CycleCell(int32_t row, nsITreeColumn* col)
+{
+  if (!IsValidIndex(row))
+    return NS_MSG_INVALID_DBVIEW_INDEX;
+
+  const char16_t* colID;
+  col->GetIdConst(&colID);
+
+  //attempt to retreive a custom column handler. If it exists call it and return
+  nsIMsgCustomColumnHandler* colHandler = GetColumnHandler(colID);
+
+  if (colHandler)
+  {
+    colHandler->CycleCell(row, col);
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  // The cyclers below don't work for the grouped header dummy row, currently.
+  // A future implementation should consider both collapsed and expanded state.
+  if (m_viewFlags & nsMsgViewFlagsType::kGroupBySort &&
+      m_flags[row] & MSG_VIEW_FLAG_DUMMY)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  switch (colID[0])
+  {
+  case 'u': // unreadButtonColHeader
+    if (colID[6] == 'B')
+      ApplyCommandToIndices(nsMsgViewCommandType::toggleMessageRead, (nsMsgViewIndex *) &row, 1);
+   break;
+  case 't': // tag cell, threaded cell or total cell
+    if (colID[1] == 'h')
+    {
+      ExpandAndSelectThreadByIndex(row, false);
+    }
+    else if (colID[1] == 'a')
+    {
+      // ### Do we want to keep this behaviour but switch it to tags?
+      // We could enumerate over the tags and go to the next one - it looks
+      // to me like this wasn't working before tags landed, so maybe not
+      // worth bothering with.
+    }
+    break;
+  case 'f': // flagged column
+    // toggle the flagged status of the element at row.
+    if (m_flags[row] & nsMsgMessageFlags::Marked)
+      ApplyCommandToIndices(nsMsgViewCommandType::unflagMessages, (nsMsgViewIndex *) &row, 1);
+    else
+      ApplyCommandToIndices(nsMsgViewCommandType::flagMessages, (nsMsgViewIndex *) &row, 1);
+    break;
+  case 'j': // junkStatus column
+    {
+      if (!JunkControlsEnabled(row))
+        return NS_OK;
+
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+
+      nsresult rv = GetMsgHdrForViewIndex(row, getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && msgHdr)
+      {
+        nsCString junkScoreStr;
+        rv = msgHdr->GetStringProperty("junkscore", getter_Copies(junkScoreStr));
+        if (junkScoreStr.IsEmpty() || (junkScoreStr.ToInteger(&rv) == nsIJunkMailPlugin::IS_HAM_SCORE))
+          ApplyCommandToIndices(nsMsgViewCommandType::junk, (nsMsgViewIndex *) &row, 1);
+        else
+          ApplyCommandToIndices(nsMsgViewCommandType::unjunk, (nsMsgViewIndex *) &row, 1);
+
+        NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "Converting junkScore to integer failed.");
+      }
+    }
+    break;
+  default:
+    break;
+
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBView::PerformAction(const char16_t *action)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBView::PerformActionOnRow(const char16_t *action, int32_t row)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBView::PerformActionOnCell(const char16_t *action, int32_t row, nsITreeColumn* col)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// end nsITreeView Implementation Methods
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBView::Open(nsIMsgFolder *folder, nsMsgViewSortTypeValue sortType, nsMsgViewSortOrderValue sortOrder, nsMsgViewFlagsTypeValue viewFlags, int32_t *pCount)
+{
+  m_viewFlags = viewFlags;
+  m_sortOrder = sortOrder;
+  m_sortType = sortType;
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccountManager> accountManager =
+           do_GetService(NS_MSGACCOUNTMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  bool userNeedsToAuthenticate = false;
+  // if we're PasswordProtectLocalCache, then we need to find out if the server is authenticated.
+  (void) accountManager->GetUserNeedsToAuthenticate(&userNeedsToAuthenticate);
+  if (userNeedsToAuthenticate)
+    return NS_MSG_USER_NOT_AUTHENTICATED;
+
+  if (folder) // search view will have a null folder
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIDBFolderInfo> folderInfo;
+    rv = folder->GetDBFolderInfoAndDB(getter_AddRefs(folderInfo), getter_AddRefs(m_db));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBService> msgDBService = do_GetService(NS_MSGDB_SERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    msgDBService->RegisterPendingListener(folder, this);
+    m_folder = folder;
+
+    if (!m_viewFolder)
+      // There is never a viewFolder already set except for the single folder
+      // saved search case, where the backing folder m_folder is different from
+      // the m_viewFolder with its own dbFolderInfo state.
+      m_viewFolder = folder;
+
+    SetMRUTimeForFolder(m_viewFolder);
+
+    RestoreSortInfo();
+
+    // determine if we are in a news folder or not.
+    // if yes, we'll show lines instead of size, and special icons in the thread pane
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+    rv = folder->GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+    nsCString type;
+    rv = server->GetType(type);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+    // I'm not sure this is correct, because XF virtual folders with mixed news
+    // and mail can have this set.
+    mIsNews = MsgLowerCaseEqualsLiteral(type, "nntp");
+
+    // Default to a virtual folder if folder not set, since synthetic search
+    // views may not have a folder.
+    uint32_t folderFlags = nsMsgFolderFlags::Virtual;
+    if (folder)
+      folder->GetFlags(&folderFlags);
+    mIsXFVirtual = folderFlags & nsMsgFolderFlags::Virtual;
+
+    if (!mIsXFVirtual && MsgLowerCaseEqualsLiteral(type, "rss"))
+      mIsRss = true;
+
+    // special case nntp --> news since we'll break themes if we try to be consistent
+    if (mIsNews)
+      mMessageType.AssignLiteral("news");
+    else
+      CopyUTF8toUTF16(type, mMessageType);
+
+    GetImapDeleteModel(nullptr);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefs(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID));
+    if (prefs)
+    {
+      prefs->GetBoolPref("mailnews.sort_threads_by_root", &mSortThreadsByRoot);
+
+      if (mIsNews)
+        prefs->GetBoolPref("news.show_size_in_lines", &mShowSizeInLines);
+    }
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIArray> identities;
+  rv = accountManager->GetAllIdentities(getter_AddRefs(identities));
+  if (!identities)
+    return rv;
+
+  uint32_t count;
+  identities->GetLength(&count);
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < count; i++)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIdentity> identity(do_QueryElementAt(identities, i));
+    if (!identity)
+      continue;
+
+    nsCString email;
+    identity->GetEmail(email);
+    if (!email.IsEmpty())
+      mEmails.PutEntry(email);
+
+    identity->GetReplyTo(email);
+    if (!email.IsEmpty())
+      mEmails.PutEntry(email);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBView::Close()
+{
+  int32_t oldSize = GetSize();
+  // this is important, because the tree will ask us for our
+  // row count, which get determine from the number of keys.
+  m_keys.Clear();
+  // be consistent
+  m_flags.Clear();
+  m_levels.Clear();
+
+  // clear these out since they no longer apply if we're switching a folder
+  if (mJunkHdrs)
+    mJunkHdrs->Clear();
+
+  // this needs to happen after we remove all the keys, since RowCountChanged() will call our GetRowCount()
+  if (mTree)
+    mTree->RowCountChanged(0, -oldSize);
+
+  ClearHdrCache();
+  if (m_db)
+  {
+    m_db->RemoveListener(this);
+    m_db = nullptr;
+  }
+  if (m_folder)
+  {
+    nsresult rv;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBService> msgDBService = do_GetService(NS_MSGDB_SERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    msgDBService->UnregisterPendingListener(this);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBView::OpenWithHdrs(nsISimpleEnumerator *aHeaders, nsMsgViewSortTypeValue aSortType,
+                                        nsMsgViewSortOrderValue aSortOrder, nsMsgViewFlagsTypeValue aViewFlags,
+                                        int32_t *aCount)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(false, "not implemented");
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBView::Init(nsIMessenger * aMessengerInstance, nsIMsgWindow * aMsgWindow, nsIMsgDBViewCommandUpdater *aCmdUpdater)
+{
+  mMessengerWeak = do_GetWeakReference(aMessengerInstance);
+  mMsgWindowWeak = do_GetWeakReference(aMsgWindow);
+  mCommandUpdater = aCmdUpdater;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBView::SetSuppressCommandUpdating(bool aSuppressCommandUpdating)
+{
+  mSuppressCommandUpdating = aSuppressCommandUpdating;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBView::GetSuppressCommandUpdating(bool * aSuppressCommandUpdating)
+{
+  *aSuppressCommandUpdating = mSuppressCommandUpdating;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBView::SetSuppressMsgDisplay(bool aSuppressDisplay)
+{
+  uint32_t numSelected = 0;
+  GetNumSelected(&numSelected);
+
+  bool forceDisplay = false;
+  if (mSuppressMsgDisplay && !aSuppressDisplay && numSelected == 1)
+    forceDisplay = true;
+
+  mSuppressMsgDisplay = aSuppressDisplay;
+  if (forceDisplay)
+  {
+    // get the view indexfor the currently selected message
+    nsMsgViewIndex viewIndex;
+    nsresult rv = GetViewIndexForFirstSelectedMsg(&viewIndex);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && viewIndex != nsMsgViewIndex_None)
+       LoadMessageByViewIndex(viewIndex);
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBView::GetSuppressMsgDisplay(bool * aSuppressDisplay)
+{
+  *aSuppressDisplay = mSuppressMsgDisplay;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBView::GetUsingLines(bool * aUsingLines)
+{
+  *aUsingLines = mShowSizeInLines;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+int CompareViewIndices (const void *v1, const void *v2, void *)
+{
+  nsMsgViewIndex i1 = *(nsMsgViewIndex*) v1;
+  nsMsgViewIndex i2 = *(nsMsgViewIndex*) v2;
+  return i1 - i2;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBView::GetIndicesForSelection(uint32_t *length, nsMsgViewIndex **indices)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(length);
+  *length = 0;
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(indices);
+  *indices = nullptr;
+
+  nsMsgViewIndexArray selection;
+  GetSelectedIndices(selection);
+  uint32_t numIndices = selection.Length();
+  if (!numIndices) return NS_OK;
+  *length = numIndices;
+
+  uint32_t datalen = numIndices * sizeof(nsMsgViewIndex);
+  *indices = (nsMsgViewIndex *)NS_Alloc(datalen);
+  if (!*indices) return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+  memcpy(*indices, selection.Elements(), datalen);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBView::GetSelectedMsgHdrs(uint32_t *aLength, nsIMsgDBHdr ***aResult)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aLength);
+  *aLength = 0;
+
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+  *aResult = nullptr;
+
+  nsMsgViewIndexArray selection;
+  GetSelectedIndices(selection);
+  uint32_t numIndices = selection.Length();
+  if (!numIndices) return NS_OK;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> messages(do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  rv = GetHeadersFromSelection(selection.Elements(), numIndices, messages);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  uint32_t numMsgsSelected;
+  messages->GetLength(&numMsgsSelected);
+
+  nsIMsgDBHdr **headers = static_cast<nsIMsgDBHdr**>(NS_Alloc(
+    sizeof(nsIMsgDBHdr*) * numMsgsSelected));
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < numMsgsSelected; i++)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr = do_QueryElementAt(messages, i, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    msgHdr.forget(&headers[i]); // Already AddRefed
+  }
+
+  *aLength = numMsgsSelected;
+  *aResult = headers;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBView::GetMsgHdrsForSelection(nsIMutableArray **aResult)
+{
+  nsMsgViewIndexArray selection;
+  GetSelectedIndices(selection);
+  uint32_t numIndices = selection.Length();
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> messages(do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  rv = GetHeadersFromSelection(selection.Elements(), numIndices, messages);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  messages.forget(aResult);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBView::GetURIsForSelection(uint32_t *length, char ***uris)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(length);
+  *length = 0;
+
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(uris);
+  *uris = nullptr;
+
+  nsMsgViewIndexArray selection;
+  GetSelectedIndices(selection);
+  uint32_t numIndices = selection.Length();
+  if (!numIndices) return NS_OK;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> messages(do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  rv = GetHeadersFromSelection(selection.Elements(), numIndices, messages);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  messages->GetLength(length);
+  uint32_t numMsgsSelected = *length;
+
+  char **outArray, **next;
+  next = outArray = (char **)moz_xmalloc(numMsgsSelected * sizeof(char *));
+  if (!outArray) return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < numMsgsSelected; i++)
+  {
+    nsCString tmpUri;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr = do_QueryElementAt(messages, i, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder;
+    nsMsgKey msgKey;
+    msgHdr->GetMessageKey(&msgKey);
+    msgHdr->GetFolder(getter_AddRefs(folder));
+    rv = GenerateURIForMsgKey(msgKey, folder, tmpUri);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+    *next = ToNewCString(tmpUri);
+    if (!*next)
+      return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+    next++;
+  }
+
+  *uris = outArray;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBView::GetURIForViewIndex(nsMsgViewIndex index, nsACString &result)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> folder = m_folder;
+  if (!folder)
+  {
+    rv = GetFolderForViewIndex(index, getter_AddRefs(folder));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  }
+  if (index == nsMsgViewIndex_None || index >= m_flags.Length() ||
+      m_flags[index] & MSG_VIEW_FLAG_DUMMY)
+    return NS_MSG_INVALID_DBVIEW_INDEX;
+  return GenerateURIForMsgKey(m_keys[index], folder, result);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBView::DoCommandWithFolder(nsMsgViewCommandTypeValue command, nsIMsgFolder *destFolder)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(destFolder);
+
+  nsMsgViewIndexArray selection;
+
+  GetSelectedIndices(selection);
+
+  nsMsgViewIndex *indices = selection.Elements();
+  int32_t numIndices = selection.Length();
+
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  switch (command) {
+    case nsMsgViewCommandType::copyMessages:
+    case nsMsgViewCommandType::moveMessages:
+        NoteStartChange(nsMsgViewNotificationCode::none, 0, 0);
+        rv = ApplyCommandToIndicesWithFolder(command, indices, numIndices, destFolder);
+        NoteEndChange(nsMsgViewNotificationCode::none, 0, 0);
+        break;
+    default:
+        NS_ASSERTION(false, "invalid command type");
+        rv = NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+        break;
+  }
+  return rv;
+
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBView::DoCommand(nsMsgViewCommandTypeValue command)
+{
+  nsMsgViewIndexArray selection;
+
+  GetSelectedIndices(selection);
+
+  nsMsgViewIndex *indices = selection.Elements();
+  int32_t numIndices = selection.Length();
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgWindow> msgWindow(do_QueryReferent(mMsgWindowWeak));
+
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  switch (command)
+  {
+  case nsMsgViewCommandType::downloadSelectedForOffline:
+    return DownloadForOffline(msgWindow, indices, numIndices);
+  case nsMsgViewCommandType::downloadFlaggedForOffline:
+    return DownloadFlaggedForOffline(msgWindow);
+  case nsMsgViewCommandType::markMessagesRead:
+  case nsMsgViewCommandType::markMessagesUnread:
+  case nsMsgViewCommandType::toggleMessageRead:
+  case nsMsgViewCommandType::flagMessages:
+  case nsMsgViewCommandType::unflagMessages:
+  case nsMsgViewCommandType::deleteMsg:
+  case nsMsgViewCommandType::undeleteMsg:
+  case nsMsgViewCommandType::deleteNoTrash:
+  case nsMsgViewCommandType::markThreadRead:
+  case nsMsgViewCommandType::junk:
+  case nsMsgViewCommandType::unjunk:
+    NoteStartChange(nsMsgViewNotificationCode::none, 0, 0);
+    rv = ApplyCommandToIndices(command, indices, numIndices);
+    NoteEndChange(nsMsgViewNotificationCode::none, 0, 0);
+    break;
+  case nsMsgViewCommandType::selectAll:
+    if (mTreeSelection)
+    {
+      // if in threaded mode, we need to expand all before selecting
+      if (m_viewFlags & nsMsgViewFlagsType::kThreadedDisplay)
+          rv = ExpandAll();
+      mTreeSelection->SelectAll();
+      if (mTree)
+        mTree->Invalidate();
+    }
+    break;
+  case nsMsgViewCommandType::selectThread:
+    rv = ExpandAndSelectThread();
+    break;
+  case nsMsgViewCommandType::selectFlagged:
+    if (!mTreeSelection)
+      rv = NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+    else
+    {
+      mTreeSelection->SetSelectEventsSuppressed(true);
+      mTreeSelection->ClearSelection();
+      // XXX ExpandAll?
+      nsMsgViewIndex numIndices = GetSize();
+      for (nsMsgViewIndex curIndex = 0; curIndex < numIndices; curIndex++)
+      {
+        if (m_flags[curIndex] & nsMsgMessageFlags::Marked)
+          mTreeSelection->ToggleSelect(curIndex);
+      }
+      mTreeSelection->SetSelectEventsSuppressed(false);
+    }
+    break;
+  case nsMsgViewCommandType::markAllRead:
+    if (m_folder)
+    {
+      SetSuppressChangeNotifications(true);
+      rv = m_folder->MarkAllMessagesRead(msgWindow);
+      SetSuppressChangeNotifications(false);
+      if (mTree)
+        mTree->Invalidate();
+    }
+    break;
+  case nsMsgViewCommandType::toggleThreadWatched:
+    rv = ToggleWatched(indices,  numIndices);
+    break;
+  case nsMsgViewCommandType::expandAll:
+    rv = ExpandAll();
+    m_viewFlags |= nsMsgViewFlagsType::kExpandAll;
+    SetViewFlags(m_viewFlags);
+    if (mTree)
+      mTree->Invalidate();
+    break;
+  case nsMsgViewCommandType::collapseAll:
+    rv = CollapseAll();
+    m_viewFlags &= ~nsMsgViewFlagsType::kExpandAll;
+    SetViewFlags(m_viewFlags);
+    if(mTree)
+      mTree->Invalidate();
+    break;
+  default:
+    NS_ASSERTION(false, "invalid command type");
+    rv = NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+    break;
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+bool nsMsgDBView::ServerSupportsFilterAfterTheFact()
+{
+  if (!m_folder)  // cross folder virtual folders might not have a folder set.
+    return false;
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+  nsresult rv = m_folder->GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return false; // unexpected
+
+  // filter after the fact is implement using search
+  // so if you can't search, you can't filter after the fact
+  bool canSearch;
+  rv = server->GetCanSearchMessages(&canSearch);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return false; // unexpected
+
+  return canSearch;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBView::GetCommandStatus(nsMsgViewCommandTypeValue command, bool *selectable_p, nsMsgViewCommandCheckStateValue *selected_p)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  bool haveSelection;
+  int32_t rangeCount;
+  nsMsgViewIndexArray selection;
+  GetSelectedIndices(selection);
+  int32_t numIndices = selection.Length();
+  nsMsgViewIndex *indices = selection.Elements();
+  // if range count is non-zero, we have at least one item selected, so we have a selection
+  if (mTreeSelection && NS_SUCCEEDED(mTreeSelection->GetRangeCount(&rangeCount)) && rangeCount > 0)
+    haveSelection = NonDummyMsgSelected(indices, numIndices);
+  else
+  // If we don't have a tree selection we must be in stand alone mode.
+    haveSelection = IsValidIndex(m_currentlyDisplayedViewIndex);
+
+  switch (command)
+  {
+  case nsMsgViewCommandType::deleteMsg:
+  case nsMsgViewCommandType::deleteNoTrash:
+    {
+      bool canDelete;
+      if (m_folder && NS_SUCCEEDED(m_folder->GetCanDeleteMessages(&canDelete)) && !canDelete)
+        *selectable_p = false;
+      else
+        *selectable_p = haveSelection;
+    }
+    break;
+  case nsMsgViewCommandType::applyFilters:
+    // disable if no messages
+    // XXX todo, check that we have filters, and at least one is enabled
+    *selectable_p = GetSize();
+    if (*selectable_p)
+      *selectable_p = ServerSupportsFilterAfterTheFact();
+    break;
+  case nsMsgViewCommandType::runJunkControls:
+    // disable if no messages
+    // XXX todo, check that we have JMC enabled?
+    *selectable_p = GetSize() && JunkControlsEnabled(nsMsgViewIndex_None);
+    break;
+  case nsMsgViewCommandType::deleteJunk:
+    {
+      // disable if no messages, or if we can't delete (like news and certain imap folders)
+      bool canDelete;
+      *selectable_p = GetSize() && (m_folder && NS_SUCCEEDED(m_folder->GetCanDeleteMessages(&canDelete)) && canDelete);
+    }
+    break;
+  case nsMsgViewCommandType::markMessagesRead:
+  case nsMsgViewCommandType::markMessagesUnread:
+  case nsMsgViewCommandType::toggleMessageRead:
+  case nsMsgViewCommandType::flagMessages:
+  case nsMsgViewCommandType::unflagMessages:
+  case nsMsgViewCommandType::toggleThreadWatched:
+  case nsMsgViewCommandType::markThreadRead:
+  case nsMsgViewCommandType::downloadSelectedForOffline:
+    *selectable_p = haveSelection;
+    break;
+  case nsMsgViewCommandType::junk:
+  case nsMsgViewCommandType::unjunk:
+    *selectable_p = haveSelection && numIndices && JunkControlsEnabled(selection[0]);
+    break;
+  case nsMsgViewCommandType::cmdRequiringMsgBody:
+    *selectable_p = haveSelection && (!WeAreOffline() || OfflineMsgSelected(indices, numIndices));
+    break;
+  case nsMsgViewCommandType::downloadFlaggedForOffline:
+  case nsMsgViewCommandType::markAllRead:
+    *selectable_p = true;
+    break;
+  default:
+    NS_ASSERTION(false, "invalid command type");
+    rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+// This method needs to be overridden by the various view classes
+// that have different kinds of threads. For example, in a
+// threaded quick search db view, we'd only want to include children
+// of the thread that fit the view (IMO). And when we have threaded
+// cross folder views, we would include all the children of the
+// cross-folder thread.
+nsresult nsMsgDBView::ListCollapsedChildren(nsMsgViewIndex viewIndex,
+                                            nsIMutableArray *messageArray)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgThread> thread;
+  GetMsgHdrForViewIndex(viewIndex, getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+  if (!msgHdr)
+  {
+    NS_ASSERTION(false, "couldn't find message to expand");
+    return NS_MSG_MESSAGE_NOT_FOUND;
+  }
+  nsresult rv = GetThreadContainingMsgHdr(msgHdr, getter_AddRefs(thread));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  uint32_t numChildren;
+  thread->GetNumChildren(&numChildren);
+  for (uint32_t i = 1; i < numChildren && NS_SUCCEEDED(rv); i++)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+    rv = thread->GetChildHdrAt(i, getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+    if (!msgHdr)
+      continue;
+    rv = messageArray->AppendElement(msgHdr, false);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+bool nsMsgDBView::OperateOnMsgsInCollapsedThreads()
+{
+  if (mTreeSelection)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsITreeBoxObject> selTree;
+    mTreeSelection->GetTree(getter_AddRefs(selTree));
+    // no tree means stand-alone message window
+    if (!selTree)
+      return false;
+  }
+
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefBranch (do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, false);
+
+  bool includeCollapsedMsgs = false;
+  prefBranch->GetBoolPref("mail.operate_on_msgs_in_collapsed_threads", &includeCollapsedMsgs);
+  return includeCollapsedMsgs;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDBView::GetHeadersFromSelection(uint32_t *indices,
+                                              uint32_t numIndices,
+                                              nsIMutableArray *messageArray)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  // Don't include collapsed messages if the front end failed to summarize
+  // the selection.
+  bool includeCollapsedMsgs = OperateOnMsgsInCollapsedThreads() &&
+                                !mSummarizeFailed;
+
+  for (uint32_t index = 0;
+       index < (nsMsgViewIndex) numIndices && NS_SUCCEEDED(rv); index++)
+  {
+    nsMsgViewIndex viewIndex = indices[index];
+    if (viewIndex == nsMsgViewIndex_None)
+      continue;
+    uint32_t viewIndexFlags = m_flags[viewIndex];
+    if (viewIndexFlags & MSG_VIEW_FLAG_DUMMY)
+    {
+      // if collapsed dummy header selected, list its children
+      if (includeCollapsedMsgs && viewIndexFlags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Elided &&
+          m_viewFlags & nsMsgViewFlagsType::kThreadedDisplay)
+        rv = ListCollapsedChildren(viewIndex, messageArray);
+      continue;
+    }
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+    rv = GetMsgHdrForViewIndex(viewIndex, getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && msgHdr)
+    {
+      rv = messageArray->AppendElement(msgHdr, false);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && includeCollapsedMsgs &&
+          viewIndexFlags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Elided &&
+          viewIndexFlags & MSG_VIEW_FLAG_HASCHILDREN &&
+          m_viewFlags & nsMsgViewFlagsType::kThreadedDisplay)
+      {
+        rv = ListCollapsedChildren(viewIndex, messageArray);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgDBView::CopyMessages(nsIMsgWindow *window, nsMsgViewIndex *indices, int32_t numIndices, bool isMove, nsIMsgFolder *destFolder)
+{
+  if (m_deletingRows)
+  {
+    NS_ASSERTION(false, "Last move did not complete");
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(destFolder);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> messageArray(do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  rv = GetHeadersFromSelection(indices, numIndices, messageArray);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  m_deletingRows = isMove && mDeleteModel != nsMsgImapDeleteModels::IMAPDelete;
+  if (m_deletingRows)
+    mIndicesToNoteChange.AppendElements(indices, numIndices);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgCopyService> copyService = do_GetService(NS_MSGCOPYSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  return copyService->CopyMessages(m_folder /* source folder */, messageArray, destFolder, isMove, nullptr /* listener */, window, true /*allowUndo*/);
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgDBView::ApplyCommandToIndicesWithFolder(nsMsgViewCommandTypeValue command, nsMsgViewIndex* indices,
+                    int32_t numIndices, nsIMsgFolder *destFolder)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(destFolder);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgWindow> msgWindow(do_QueryReferent(mMsgWindowWeak));
+  switch (command) {
+    case nsMsgViewCommandType::copyMessages:
+        NS_ASSERTION(!(m_folder == destFolder), "The source folder and the destination folder are the same");
+        if (m_folder != destFolder)
+          rv = CopyMessages(msgWindow, indices, numIndices, false /* isMove */, destFolder);
+        break;
+    case nsMsgViewCommandType::moveMessages:
+        NS_ASSERTION(!(m_folder == destFolder), "The source folder and the destination folder are the same");
+        if (m_folder != destFolder)
+          rv = CopyMessages(msgWindow, indices, numIndices, true     /* isMove */, destFolder);
+        break;
+    default:
+        NS_ASSERTION(false, "unhandled command");
+        rv = NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+        break;
+    }
+    return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgDBView::ApplyCommandToIndices(nsMsgViewCommandTypeValue command, nsMsgViewIndex* indices,
+          int32_t numIndices)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(numIndices >= 0, "nsMsgDBView::ApplyCommandToIndices(): "
+               "numIndices is negative!");
+
+  if (numIndices == 0)
+    return NS_OK; // return quietly, just in case
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder;
+  nsresult rv = GetFolderForViewIndex(indices[0], getter_AddRefs(folder));
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgWindow> msgWindow(do_QueryReferent(mMsgWindowWeak));
+  if (command == nsMsgViewCommandType::deleteMsg)
+    return DeleteMessages(msgWindow, indices, numIndices, false);
+  if (command == nsMsgViewCommandType::deleteNoTrash)
+    return DeleteMessages(msgWindow, indices, numIndices, true);
+
+  nsTArray<nsMsgKey> imapUids;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgImapMailFolder> imapFolder = do_QueryInterface(folder);
+  bool thisIsImapFolder = (imapFolder != nullptr);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIJunkMailPlugin> junkPlugin;
+
+  // if this is a junk command, get the junk plugin.
+  if (command == nsMsgViewCommandType::junk ||
+      command == nsMsgViewCommandType::unjunk)
+  {
+    // get the folder from the first item; we assume that
+    // all messages in the view are from the same folder (no
+    // more junk status column in the 'search messages' dialog
+    // like in earlier versions...)
+
+     nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+     rv = folder->GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+     NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFilterPlugin> filterPlugin;
+    rv = server->GetSpamFilterPlugin(getter_AddRefs(filterPlugin));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    junkPlugin = do_QueryInterface(filterPlugin, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    if (!mJunkHdrs)
+    {
+      mJunkHdrs = do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+    }
+  }
+
+  folder->EnableNotifications(nsIMsgFolder::allMessageCountNotifications, false, true /*dbBatching*/);
+
+  // no sense going through the code that handles messages in collasped threads
+  // for mark thread read.
+  if (command == nsMsgViewCommandType::markThreadRead)
+  {
+    for (int32_t index = 0; index < numIndices; index++)
+      SetThreadOfMsgReadByIndex(indices[index], imapUids, true);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    // Turn the selection into an array of msg hdrs. This may include messages
+    // in collapsed threads
+    uint32_t length;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> messages(do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    rv = GetHeadersFromSelection(indices, numIndices, messages);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    messages->GetLength(&length);
+
+    if (thisIsImapFolder)
+      imapUids.SetLength(length);
+
+    for (uint32_t i = 0; i < length; i++)
+    {
+      nsMsgKey msgKey;
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr = do_QueryElementAt(messages, i);
+      msgHdr->GetMessageKey(&msgKey);
+      if (thisIsImapFolder)
+        imapUids[i] = msgKey;
+
+      switch (command)
+      {
+      case nsMsgViewCommandType::junk:
+        mNumMessagesRemainingInBatch++;
+        mJunkHdrs->AppendElement(msgHdr, false);
+        rv = SetMsgHdrJunkStatus(junkPlugin.get(), msgHdr,
+                                 nsIJunkMailPlugin::JUNK);
+        break;
+      case nsMsgViewCommandType::unjunk:
+        mNumMessagesRemainingInBatch++;
+        mJunkHdrs->AppendElement(msgHdr, false);
+        rv = SetMsgHdrJunkStatus(junkPlugin.get(), msgHdr,
+                                 nsIJunkMailPlugin::GOOD);
+        break;
+      case nsMsgViewCommandType::toggleMessageRead:
+      case nsMsgViewCommandType::undeleteMsg:
+      case nsMsgViewCommandType::markMessagesRead:
+      case nsMsgViewCommandType::markMessagesUnread:
+      case nsMsgViewCommandType::unflagMessages:
+      case nsMsgViewCommandType::flagMessages:
+        break; // this is completely handled in the code below.
+      default:
+        NS_ERROR("unhandled command");
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+
+    switch (command)
+    {
+      case nsMsgViewCommandType::toggleMessageRead:
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr = do_QueryElementAt(messages, 0);
+        if (!msgHdr)
+          break;
+        uint32_t msgFlags;
+        msgHdr->GetFlags(&msgFlags);
+        folder->MarkMessagesRead(messages,
+                                 !(msgFlags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Read));
+      }
+        break;
+      case nsMsgViewCommandType::markMessagesRead:
+      case nsMsgViewCommandType::markMessagesUnread:
+        folder->MarkMessagesRead(messages,
+                                 command == nsMsgViewCommandType::markMessagesRead);
+        break;
+      case nsMsgViewCommandType::unflagMessages:
+      case nsMsgViewCommandType::flagMessages:
+        folder->MarkMessagesFlagged(messages,
+                                    command == nsMsgViewCommandType::flagMessages);
+        break;
+      default:
+        break;
+
+    }
+    // Provide junk-related batch notifications
+    if ((command == nsMsgViewCommandType::junk) ||
+        (command == nsMsgViewCommandType::unjunk)) {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolderNotificationService>
+        notifier(do_GetService(NS_MSGNOTIFICATIONSERVICE_CONTRACTID));
+      if (notifier)
+        notifier->NotifyItemEvent(messages,
+                                  NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("JunkStatusChanged"),
+                                  (command == nsMsgViewCommandType::junk) ?
+                                    kJunkMsgAtom : kNotJunkMsgAtom);
+    }
+  }
+
+  folder->EnableNotifications(nsIMsgFolder::allMessageCountNotifications, true, true /*dbBatching*/);
+
+  if (thisIsImapFolder)
+  {
+    imapMessageFlagsType flags = kNoImapMsgFlag;
+    bool addFlags = false;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgWindow> msgWindow(do_QueryReferent(mMsgWindowWeak));
+    switch (command)
+    {
+    case nsMsgViewCommandType::markThreadRead:
+      flags |= kImapMsgSeenFlag;
+      addFlags = true;
+      break;
+    case nsMsgViewCommandType::undeleteMsg:
+      flags = kImapMsgDeletedFlag;
+      addFlags = false;
+      break;
+    case nsMsgViewCommandType::junk:
+        return imapFolder->StoreCustomKeywords(msgWindow,
+                    NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("Junk"),
+                    NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("NonJunk"),
+                    imapUids.Elements(), imapUids.Length(),
+                    nullptr);
+    case nsMsgViewCommandType::unjunk:
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+        GetHdrForFirstSelectedMessage(getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+        uint32_t msgFlags = 0;
+        if (msgHdr)
+          msgHdr->GetFlags(&msgFlags);
+        if (msgFlags & nsMsgMessageFlags::IMAPDeleted)
+          imapFolder->StoreImapFlags(kImapMsgDeletedFlag, false,
+                                     imapUids.Elements(),
+                                     imapUids.Length(), nullptr);
+        return imapFolder->StoreCustomKeywords(msgWindow,
+                    NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("NonJunk"),
+                    NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("Junk"),
+                    imapUids.Elements(), imapUids.Length(),
+                    nullptr);
+      }
+
+    default:
+      break;
+    }
+
+    if (flags != kNoImapMsgFlag)  // can't get here without thisIsImapThreadPane == TRUE
+      imapFolder->StoreImapFlags(flags, addFlags, imapUids.Elements(), imapUids.Length(), nullptr);
+
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+// view modifications methods by index
+
+// This method just removes the specified line from the view. It does
+// NOT delete it from the database.
+nsresult nsMsgDBView::RemoveByIndex(nsMsgViewIndex index)
+{
+  if (!IsValidIndex(index))
+    return NS_MSG_INVALID_DBVIEW_INDEX;
+  m_keys.RemoveElementAt(index);
+  m_flags.RemoveElementAt(index);
+  m_levels.RemoveElementAt(index);
+
+  // the call to NoteChange() has to happen after we remove the key
+  // as NoteChange() will call RowCountChanged() which will call our GetRowCount()
+  if (!m_deletingRows)
+    NoteChange(index, -1, nsMsgViewNotificationCode::insertOrDelete); // an example where view is not the listener - D&D messages
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDBView::DeleteMessages(nsIMsgWindow *window, nsMsgViewIndex *indices, int32_t numIndices, bool deleteStorage)
+{
+  if (m_deletingRows)
+  {
+    NS_WARNING("Last delete did not complete");
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> messageArray(do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  rv = GetHeadersFromSelection(indices, numIndices, messageArray);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  uint32_t numMsgs;
+  messageArray->GetLength(&numMsgs);
+
+  const char *warnCollapsedPref = "mail.warn_on_collapsed_thread_operation";
+  const char *warnShiftDelPref = "mail.warn_on_shift_delete";
+  const char *warnNewsPref = "news.warn_on_delete";
+  const char *warnTrashDelPref = "mail.warn_on_delete_from_trash";
+  const char *activePref = nullptr;
+  nsString warningName;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefBranch(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  bool trashFolder = false;
+  rv = m_folder->GetFlag(nsMsgFolderFlags::Trash, &trashFolder);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  if (trashFolder)
+  {
+    bool pref = false;
+    prefBranch->GetBoolPref(warnTrashDelPref, &pref);
+    if (pref)
+    {
+      activePref = warnTrashDelPref;
+      warningName.AssignLiteral("confirmMsgDelete.deleteFromTrash.desc");
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (!activePref && (uint32_t(numIndices) != numMsgs))
+  {
+    bool pref = false;
+    prefBranch->GetBoolPref(warnCollapsedPref, &pref);
+    if (pref)
+    {
+      activePref = warnCollapsedPref;
+      warningName.AssignLiteral("confirmMsgDelete.collapsed.desc");
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (!activePref && deleteStorage && !trashFolder)
+  {
+    bool pref = false;
+    prefBranch->GetBoolPref(warnShiftDelPref, &pref);
+    if (pref)
+    {
+      activePref = warnShiftDelPref;
+      warningName.AssignLiteral("confirmMsgDelete.deleteNoTrash.desc");
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (!activePref && mIsNews)
+  {
+    bool pref = false;
+    prefBranch->GetBoolPref(warnNewsPref, &pref);
+    if (pref)
+    {
+      activePref = warnNewsPref;
+      warningName.AssignLiteral("confirmMsgDelete.deleteNoTrash.desc");
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (activePref)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIPrompt> dialog;
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIWindowWatcher> wwatch(do_GetService(NS_WINDOWWATCHER_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    rv = wwatch->GetNewPrompter(0, getter_AddRefs(dialog));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    bool dontAsk = false; // "Don't ask..." - unchecked by default.
+    int32_t buttonPressed = 0;
+
+    nsString dialogTitle;
+    nsString confirmString;
+    nsString checkboxText;
+    nsString buttonApplyNowText;
+    dialogTitle.Adopt(GetString(u"confirmMsgDelete.title"));
+    checkboxText.Adopt(GetString(u"confirmMsgDelete.dontAsk.label"));
+    buttonApplyNowText.Adopt(GetString(u"confirmMsgDelete.delete.label"));
+
+    confirmString.Adopt(GetString(warningName.get()));
+
+    const uint32_t buttonFlags =
+      (nsIPrompt::BUTTON_TITLE_IS_STRING * nsIPrompt::BUTTON_POS_0) +
+      (nsIPrompt::BUTTON_TITLE_CANCEL * nsIPrompt::BUTTON_POS_1);
+    rv = dialog->ConfirmEx(dialogTitle.get(), confirmString.get(), buttonFlags,
+                           buttonApplyNowText.get(), nullptr, nullptr,
+                           checkboxText.get(), &dontAsk, &buttonPressed);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    if (buttonPressed)
+      return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    if (dontAsk)
+      prefBranch->SetBoolPref(activePref, false);
+  }
+
+  if (mDeleteModel != nsMsgImapDeleteModels::IMAPDelete)
+    m_deletingRows = true;
+
+  if (m_deletingRows)
+    mIndicesToNoteChange.AppendElements(indices, numIndices);
+
+  rv = m_folder->DeleteMessages(messageArray, window, deleteStorage, false, nullptr, true /*allow Undo*/ );
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    m_deletingRows = false;
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDBView::DownloadForOffline(nsIMsgWindow *window, nsMsgViewIndex *indices, int32_t numIndices)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> messageArray(do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID));
+  for (nsMsgViewIndex index = 0; index < (nsMsgViewIndex) numIndices; index++)
+  {
+    nsMsgKey key = m_keys[indices[index]];
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+    rv = m_db->GetMsgHdrForKey(key, getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+    if (msgHdr)
+    {
+      uint32_t flags;
+      msgHdr->GetFlags(&flags);
+      if (!(flags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Offline))
+        messageArray->AppendElement(msgHdr, false);
+    }
+  }
+  m_folder->DownloadMessagesForOffline(messageArray, window);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDBView::DownloadFlaggedForOffline(nsIMsgWindow *window)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> messageArray(do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID));
+  nsCOMPtr <nsISimpleEnumerator> enumerator;
+  rv = GetMessageEnumerator(getter_AddRefs(enumerator));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && enumerator)
+  {
+    bool hasMore;
+
+    while (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv = enumerator->HasMoreElements(&hasMore)) && hasMore)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr <nsISupports> supports;
+      rv = enumerator->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(supports));
+      NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "nsMsgDBEnumerator broken");
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> pHeader = do_QueryInterface(supports);
+      if (pHeader && NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      {
+        uint32_t flags;
+        pHeader->GetFlags(&flags);
+        if ((flags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Marked) && !(flags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Offline))
+          messageArray->AppendElement(pHeader, false);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  m_folder->DownloadMessagesForOffline(messageArray, window);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+// read/unread handling.
+nsresult nsMsgDBView::ToggleReadByIndex(nsMsgViewIndex index)
+{
+  if (!IsValidIndex(index))
+    return NS_MSG_INVALID_DBVIEW_INDEX;
+  return SetReadByIndex(index, !(m_flags[index] & nsMsgMessageFlags::Read));
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDBView::SetReadByIndex(nsMsgViewIndex index, bool read)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  if (!IsValidIndex(index))
+    return NS_MSG_INVALID_DBVIEW_INDEX;
+  if (read)
+  {
+    OrExtraFlag(index, nsMsgMessageFlags::Read);
+    // MarkRead() will clear this flag in the db
+    // and then call OnKeyChange(), but
+    // because we are the instigator of the change
+    // we'll ignore the change.
+    //
+    // so we need to clear it in m_flags
+    // to keep the db and m_flags in sync
+    AndExtraFlag(index, ~nsMsgMessageFlags::New);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    AndExtraFlag(index, ~nsMsgMessageFlags::Read);
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDatabase> dbToUse;
+  rv = GetDBForViewIndex(index, getter_AddRefs(dbToUse));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = dbToUse->MarkRead(m_keys[index], read, this);
+  NoteChange(index, 1, nsMsgViewNotificationCode::changed);
+  if (m_viewFlags & nsMsgViewFlagsType::kThreadedDisplay)
+  {
+    nsMsgViewIndex threadIndex = GetThreadIndex(index);
+    if (threadIndex != index)
+      NoteChange(threadIndex, 1, nsMsgViewNotificationCode::changed);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDBView::SetThreadOfMsgReadByIndex(nsMsgViewIndex index, nsTArray<nsMsgKey> &keysMarkedRead, bool /*read*/)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  if (!IsValidIndex(index))
+    return NS_MSG_INVALID_DBVIEW_INDEX;
+  rv = MarkThreadOfMsgRead(m_keys[index], index, keysMarkedRead, true);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDBView::SetFlaggedByIndex(nsMsgViewIndex index, bool mark)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  if (!IsValidIndex(index))
+    return NS_MSG_INVALID_DBVIEW_INDEX;
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDatabase> dbToUse;
+  rv = GetDBForViewIndex(index, getter_AddRefs(dbToUse));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  if (mark)
+    OrExtraFlag(index, nsMsgMessageFlags::Marked);
+  else
+    AndExtraFlag(index, ~nsMsgMessageFlags::Marked);
+
+  rv = dbToUse->MarkMarked(m_keys[index], mark, this);
+  NoteChange(index, 1, nsMsgViewNotificationCode::changed);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDBView::SetMsgHdrJunkStatus(nsIJunkMailPlugin *aJunkPlugin,
+                                          nsIMsgDBHdr *aMsgHdr,
+                                          nsMsgJunkStatus aNewClassification)
+{
+    // get the old junk score
+    //
+    nsCString junkScoreStr;
+    nsresult rv = aMsgHdr->GetStringProperty("junkscore", getter_Copies(junkScoreStr));
+
+    // and the old origin
+    //
+    nsCString oldOriginStr;
+    rv = aMsgHdr->GetStringProperty("junkscoreorigin",
+                                   getter_Copies(oldOriginStr));
+
+    // if this was not classified by the user, say so
+    //
+    nsMsgJunkStatus oldUserClassification;
+    if (oldOriginStr.get()[0] != 'u') {
+        oldUserClassification = nsIJunkMailPlugin::UNCLASSIFIED;
+    }
+    else {
+        // otherwise, pass the actual user classification
+        if (junkScoreStr.IsEmpty())
+          oldUserClassification = nsIJunkMailPlugin::UNCLASSIFIED;
+        else if (junkScoreStr.ToInteger(&rv) == nsIJunkMailPlugin::IS_SPAM_SCORE)
+          oldUserClassification = nsIJunkMailPlugin::JUNK;
+        else
+          oldUserClassification = nsIJunkMailPlugin::GOOD;
+
+        NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "Converting junkScore to integer failed.");
+    }
+
+    // get the URI for this message so we can pass it to the plugin
+    //
+    nsCString uri;
+    nsMsgKey msgKey;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> db;
+    aMsgHdr->GetMessageKey(&msgKey);
+    rv = aMsgHdr->GetFolder(getter_AddRefs(folder));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    GenerateURIForMsgKey(msgKey, folder, uri);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    rv = folder->GetMsgDatabase(getter_AddRefs(db));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    // tell the plugin about this change, so that it can (potentially)
+    // adjust its database appropriately
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgWindow> msgWindow(do_QueryReferent(mMsgWindowWeak));
+    rv = aJunkPlugin->SetMessageClassification(
+        uri.get(), oldUserClassification, aNewClassification, msgWindow, this);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    // this routine is only reached if the user someone touched the UI
+    // and told us the junk status of this message.
+    // Set origin first so that listeners on the junkscore will
+    // know the correct origin.
+    rv = db->SetStringProperty(msgKey, "junkscoreorigin", "user");
+    NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "SetStringPropertyByIndex failed");
+
+    // set the junk score on the message itself
+
+    nsAutoCString msgJunkScore;
+    msgJunkScore.AppendInt(aNewClassification == nsIJunkMailPlugin::JUNK ?
+          nsIJunkMailPlugin::IS_SPAM_SCORE:
+          nsIJunkMailPlugin::IS_HAM_SCORE);
+    db->SetStringProperty(msgKey, "junkscore", msgJunkScore.get());
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgDBView::GetFolderFromMsgURI(const char *aMsgURI, nsIMsgFolder **aFolder)
+{
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aFolder = m_folder);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDBView::OnMessageClassified(const char *aMsgURI,
+                                 nsMsgJunkStatus aClassification,
+                                 uint32_t aJunkPercent)
+
+{
+  // Note: we know all messages in a batch have the same
+  // classification, since unlike OnMessageClassified
+  // methods in other classes (such as nsLocalMailFolder
+  // and nsImapMailFolder), this class, nsMsgDBView, currently
+  // only triggers message classifications due to a command to
+  // mark some of the messages in the view as junk, or as not
+  // junk - so the classification is dictated to the filter,
+  // not suggested by it.
+  //
+  // for this reason the only thing we (may) have to do is
+  // perform the action on all of the junk messages
+  //
+
+  uint32_t numJunk;
+  mJunkHdrs->GetLength(&numJunk);
+  NS_ASSERTION((aClassification == nsIJunkMailPlugin::GOOD) ||
+                numJunk,
+                "the classification of a manually-marked junk message has"
+                "been classified as junk, yet there seem to be no such outstanding messages");
+
+  // is this the last message in the batch?
+
+  if (--mNumMessagesRemainingInBatch == 0 && numJunk > 0)
+  {
+    PerformActionsOnJunkMsgs(aClassification == nsIJunkMailPlugin::JUNK);
+    mJunkHdrs->Clear();
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgDBView::PerformActionsOnJunkMsgs(bool msgsAreJunk)
+{
+  uint32_t numJunkHdrs;
+  mJunkHdrs->GetLength(&numJunkHdrs);
+  if (!numJunkHdrs)
+  {
+    NS_ERROR("no indices of marked-as-junk messages to act on");
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> srcFolder;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> firstHdr(do_QueryElementAt(mJunkHdrs, 0));
+  firstHdr->GetFolder(getter_AddRefs(srcFolder));
+
+  bool moveMessages, changeReadState;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> targetFolder;
+
+  nsresult rv = DetermineActionsForJunkChange(msgsAreJunk, srcFolder,
+                                              moveMessages, changeReadState,
+                                              getter_AddRefs(targetFolder));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  // nothing to do, bail out
+  if (!(moveMessages || changeReadState))
+    return NS_OK;
+  if (changeReadState)
+  {
+    // notes on marking junk as read:
+    // 1. there are 2 occasions on which junk messages are marked as
+    //    read: after a manual marking (here and in the front end) and after
+    //    automatic classification by the bayesian filter (see code for local
+    //    mail folders and for imap mail folders). The server-specific
+    //    markAsReadOnSpam pref only applies to the latter, the former is
+    //    controlled by "mailnews.ui.junk.manualMarkAsJunkMarksRead".
+    // 2. even though move/delete on manual mark may be
+    //    turned off, we might still need to mark as read
+
+    NoteStartChange(nsMsgViewNotificationCode::none, 0, 0);
+    rv = srcFolder->MarkMessagesRead(mJunkHdrs, msgsAreJunk);
+    NoteEndChange(nsMsgViewNotificationCode::none, 0, 0);
+    NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "marking marked-as-junk messages as read failed");
+  }
+  if (moveMessages)
+  {
+    // check if one of the messages to be junked is actually selected
+    // if more than one message being junked, one must be selected.
+    // if no tree selection at all, must be in stand-alone message window.
+    bool junkedMsgSelected = numJunkHdrs > 1 || !mTreeSelection;
+    for (nsMsgViewIndex junkIndex = 0; !junkedMsgSelected && junkIndex < numJunkHdrs; junkIndex++)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> junkHdr(do_QueryElementAt(mJunkHdrs, junkIndex, &rv));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      nsMsgViewIndex hdrIndex = FindHdr(junkHdr);
+      if (hdrIndex != nsMsgViewIndex_None)
+        mTreeSelection->IsSelected(hdrIndex, &junkedMsgSelected);
+    }
+
+    // if a junked msg is selected, tell the FE to call SetNextMessageAfterDelete() because a delete is coming
+    if (junkedMsgSelected && mCommandUpdater)
+    {
+      rv = mCommandUpdater->UpdateNextMessageAfterDelete();
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+    }
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgWindow> msgWindow(do_QueryReferent(mMsgWindowWeak));
+    NoteStartChange(nsMsgViewNotificationCode::none, 0, 0);
+    if (targetFolder)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgCopyService> copyService = do_GetService(NS_MSGCOPYSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      rv = copyService->CopyMessages(srcFolder , mJunkHdrs, targetFolder,
+                                     true, nullptr, msgWindow, true);
+    }
+    else if (msgsAreJunk)
+    {
+      if (mDeleteModel == nsMsgImapDeleteModels::IMAPDelete)
+      {
+        // Unfortunately the DeleteMessages in this case is interpreted by IMAP as
+        //  a delete toggle. So what we have to do is to assemble a new delete
+        //  array, keeping only those that are not deleted.
+        //
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> hdrsToDelete = do_CreateInstance("@mozilla.org/array;1", &rv);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+        uint32_t cnt;
+        rv = mJunkHdrs->GetLength(&cnt);
+        for (uint32_t i = 0; i < cnt; i++)
+        {
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr = do_QueryElementAt(mJunkHdrs, i);
+          if (msgHdr)
+          {
+            uint32_t flags;
+            msgHdr->GetFlags(&flags);
+            if (!(flags & nsMsgMessageFlags::IMAPDeleted))
+              hdrsToDelete->AppendElement(msgHdr, false);
+          }
+        }
+        hdrsToDelete->GetLength(&cnt);
+        if (cnt)
+          rv = srcFolder->DeleteMessages(hdrsToDelete, msgWindow, false, false,
+                                         nullptr, true);
+      }
+      else
+        rv = srcFolder->DeleteMessages(mJunkHdrs, msgWindow, false, false,
+                                       nullptr, true);
+
+    }
+    else if (mDeleteModel == nsMsgImapDeleteModels::IMAPDelete)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgImapMailFolder> imapFolder(do_QueryInterface(srcFolder));
+      nsTArray<nsMsgKey> imapUids;
+      imapUids.SetLength(numJunkHdrs);
+      for (uint32_t i = 0; i < numJunkHdrs; i++)
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr = do_QueryElementAt(mJunkHdrs, i);
+        msgHdr->GetMessageKey(&imapUids[i]);
+      }
+
+      imapFolder->StoreImapFlags(kImapMsgDeletedFlag, false, imapUids.Elements(),
+                                 imapUids.Length(), nullptr);
+    }
+    NoteEndChange(nsMsgViewNotificationCode::none, 0, 0);
+
+    NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "move or deletion of message marked-as-junk/non junk failed");
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgDBView::DetermineActionsForJunkChange(bool msgsAreJunk,
+                                           nsIMsgFolder *srcFolder,
+                                           bool &moveMessages,
+                                           bool &changeReadState,
+                                           nsIMsgFolder** targetFolder)
+{
+  // there are two possible actions which may be performed
+  // on messages marked as spam: marking as read and moving
+  // somewhere...When a message is marked as non junk,
+  // it may be moved to the inbox, and marked unread.
+
+  moveMessages = false;
+  changeReadState = false;
+
+  // ... the 'somewhere', junkTargetFolder, can be a folder,
+  // but if it remains null we'll delete the messages
+
+  *targetFolder = nullptr;
+
+  uint32_t folderFlags;
+  srcFolder->GetFlags(&folderFlags);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+  nsresult rv = srcFolder->GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefBranch(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // handle the easy case of marking a junk message as good first...
+  // set the move target folder to the inbox, if any.
+  if (!msgsAreJunk)
+  {
+    if (folderFlags & nsMsgFolderFlags::Junk)
+    {
+      prefBranch->GetBoolPref("mail.spam.markAsNotJunkMarksUnRead",
+                              &changeReadState);
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> rootMsgFolder;
+      rv = server->GetRootMsgFolder(getter_AddRefs(rootMsgFolder));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+      rootMsgFolder->GetFolderWithFlags(nsMsgFolderFlags::Inbox, targetFolder);
+      moveMessages = targetFolder != nullptr;
+    }
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsISpamSettings> spamSettings;
+  rv = server->GetSpamSettings(getter_AddRefs(spamSettings));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // When the user explicitly marks a message as junk, we can mark it as read,
+  // too. This is independent of the "markAsReadOnSpam" pref, which applies
+  // only to automatically-classified messages.
+  // Note that this behaviour should match the one in the front end for marking
+  // as junk via toolbar/context menu.
+  prefBranch->GetBoolPref("mailnews.ui.junk.manualMarkAsJunkMarksRead",
+                          &changeReadState);
+
+  // now let's determine whether we'll be taking the second action,
+  // the move / deletion (and also determine which of these two)
+
+  bool manualMark;
+  (void)spamSettings->GetManualMark(&manualMark);
+  if (!manualMark)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  int32_t manualMarkMode;
+  (void)spamSettings->GetManualMarkMode(&manualMarkMode);
+  NS_ASSERTION(manualMarkMode == nsISpamSettings::MANUAL_MARK_MODE_MOVE
+            || manualMarkMode == nsISpamSettings::MANUAL_MARK_MODE_DELETE,
+            "bad manual mark mode");
+
+  if (manualMarkMode == nsISpamSettings::MANUAL_MARK_MODE_MOVE)
+  {
+    // if this is a junk folder
+    // (not only "the" junk folder for this account)
+    // don't do the move
+    if (folderFlags & nsMsgFolderFlags::Junk)
+      return NS_OK;
+
+    nsCString spamFolderURI;
+    rv = spamSettings->GetSpamFolderURI(getter_Copies(spamFolderURI));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+    NS_ASSERTION(!spamFolderURI.IsEmpty(), "spam folder URI is empty, can't move");
+    if (!spamFolderURI.IsEmpty())
+    {
+      rv = GetExistingFolder(spamFolderURI, targetFolder);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && *targetFolder)
+      {
+        moveMessages = true;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        // XXX ToDo: GetOrCreateFolder will only create a folder with localized
+        //           name "Junk" regardless of spamFolderURI. So if someone
+        //           sets the junk folder to an existing folder of a different
+        //           name, then deletes that folder, this will fail to create
+        //           the correct folder.
+        rv = GetOrCreateFolder(spamFolderURI, nullptr /* aListener */);
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+          rv = GetExistingFolder(spamFolderURI, targetFolder);
+        NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && *targetFolder, "GetOrCreateFolder failed");
+      }
+    }
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  // at this point manualMarkMode == nsISpamSettings::MANUAL_MARK_MODE_DELETE)
+
+  // if this is in the trash, let's not delete
+  if (folderFlags & nsMsgFolderFlags::Trash)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  return srcFolder->GetCanDeleteMessages(&moveMessages);
+}
+
+// reversing threads involves reversing the threads but leaving the
+// expanded messages ordered relative to the thread, so we
+// make a copy of each array and copy them over.
+void nsMsgDBView::ReverseThreads()
+{
+    nsTArray<uint32_t> newFlagArray;
+    nsTArray<nsMsgKey> newKeyArray;
+    nsTArray<uint8_t> newLevelArray;
+
+    uint32_t viewSize = GetSize();
+    uint32_t startThread = viewSize;
+    uint32_t nextThread = viewSize;
+    uint32_t destIndex = 0;
+
+    newKeyArray.SetLength(m_keys.Length());
+    newFlagArray.SetLength(m_flags.Length());
+    newLevelArray.SetLength(m_levels.Length());
+
+    while (startThread)
+    {
+        startThread--;
+
+        if (m_flags[startThread] & MSG_VIEW_FLAG_ISTHREAD)
+        {
+            for (uint32_t sourceIndex = startThread; sourceIndex < nextThread; sourceIndex++)
+            {
+                newKeyArray[destIndex] = m_keys[sourceIndex];
+                newFlagArray[destIndex] = m_flags[sourceIndex];
+                newLevelArray[destIndex] = m_levels[sourceIndex];
+                destIndex++;
+            }
+            nextThread = startThread; // because we're copying in reverse order
+        }
+    }
+    m_keys.SwapElements(newKeyArray);
+    m_flags.SwapElements(newFlagArray);
+    m_levels.SwapElements(newLevelArray);
+}
+
+void nsMsgDBView::ReverseSort()
+{
+    uint32_t topIndex = GetSize();
+
+    nsCOMArray<nsIMsgFolder> *folders = GetFolders();
+
+    // go up half the array swapping values
+    for (uint32_t bottomIndex = 0; bottomIndex < --topIndex; bottomIndex++)
+    {
+        // swap flags
+        uint32_t tempFlags = m_flags[bottomIndex];
+        m_flags[bottomIndex] = m_flags[topIndex];
+        m_flags[topIndex] = tempFlags;
+
+        // swap keys
+        nsMsgKey tempKey = m_keys[bottomIndex];
+        m_keys[bottomIndex] = m_keys[topIndex];
+        m_keys[topIndex] = tempKey;
+
+        if (folders)
+        {
+            // swap folders --
+            // needed when search is done across multiple folders
+            nsIMsgFolder *bottomFolder = folders->ObjectAt(bottomIndex);
+            nsIMsgFolder *topFolder = folders->ObjectAt(topIndex);
+            folders->ReplaceObjectAt(topFolder, bottomIndex);
+            folders->ReplaceObjectAt(bottomFolder, topIndex);
+        }
+        // no need to swap elements in m_levels; since we only call
+        // ReverseSort in non-threaded mode, m_levels are all the same.
+    }
+}
+int
+nsMsgDBView::FnSortIdKey(const void *pItem1, const void *pItem2, void *privateData)
+{
+    int32_t retVal = 0;
+
+    IdKey** p1 = (IdKey**)pItem1;
+    IdKey** p2 = (IdKey**)pItem2;
+    viewSortInfo* sortInfo = (viewSortInfo *) privateData;
+
+    nsIMsgDatabase *db = sortInfo->db;
+
+    mozilla::DebugOnly<nsresult> rv = db->CompareCollationKeys((*p1)->dword, (*p1)->key,
+                                                               (*p2)->dword, (*p2)->key,
+                                                               &retVal);
+    NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "compare failed");
+
+    if (retVal)
+      return sortInfo->ascendingSort ? retVal : -retVal;
+    if (sortInfo->view->m_secondarySort == nsMsgViewSortType::byId)
+      return (sortInfo->view->m_secondarySortOrder == nsMsgViewSortOrder::ascending &&
+              (*p1)->id >= (*p2)->id) ? 1 : -1;
+    else
+      return sortInfo->view->SecondarySort((*p1)->id, (*p1)->folder, (*p2)->id, (*p2)->folder, sortInfo);
+    // here we'd use the secondary sort
+}
+
+int
+nsMsgDBView::FnSortIdKeyPtr(const void *pItem1, const void *pItem2, void *privateData)
+{
+  int32_t retVal = 0;
+
+  IdKeyPtr** p1 = (IdKeyPtr**)pItem1;
+  IdKeyPtr** p2 = (IdKeyPtr**)pItem2;
+  viewSortInfo* sortInfo = (viewSortInfo *) privateData;
+
+  nsIMsgDatabase *db = sortInfo->db;
+
+  mozilla::DebugOnly<nsresult> rv = db->CompareCollationKeys((*p1)->dword, (*p1)->key,
+                                                             (*p2)->dword, (*p2)->key,
+                                                             &retVal);
+  NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "compare failed");
+
+  if (retVal)
+    return sortInfo->ascendingSort ? retVal : -retVal;
+
+  if (sortInfo->view->m_secondarySort == nsMsgViewSortType::byId)
+    return (sortInfo->view->m_secondarySortOrder == nsMsgViewSortOrder::ascending &&
+            (*p1)->id >= (*p2)->id) ? 1 : -1;
+  else
+    return sortInfo->view->SecondarySort((*p1)->id, (*p1)->folder, (*p2)->id, (*p2)->folder, sortInfo);
+}
+
+int
+nsMsgDBView::FnSortIdUint32(const void *pItem1, const void *pItem2, void *privateData)
+{
+  IdUint32** p1 = (IdUint32**)pItem1;
+  IdUint32** p2 = (IdUint32**)pItem2;
+  viewSortInfo* sortInfo = (viewSortInfo *) privateData;
+
+  if ((*p1)->dword > (*p2)->dword)
+    return (sortInfo->ascendingSort) ? 1 : -1;
+  else if ((*p1)->dword < (*p2)->dword)
+      return (sortInfo->ascendingSort) ? -1 : 1;
+  if (sortInfo->view->m_secondarySort == nsMsgViewSortType::byId)
+    return (sortInfo->view->m_secondarySortOrder == nsMsgViewSortOrder::ascending &&
+            (*p1)->id >= (*p2)->id) ? 1 : -1;
+  else
+    return sortInfo->view->SecondarySort((*p1)->id, (*p1)->folder, (*p2)->id, (*p2)->folder, sortInfo);
+}
+
+
+// XXX are these still correct?
+//To compensate for memory alignment required for
+//systems such as HP-UX these values must be 4 bytes
+//aligned.  Don't break this when modify the constants
+const int kMaxSubjectKey = 160;
+const int kMaxLocationKey = 160;  // also used for account
+const int kMaxAuthorKey = 160;
+const int kMaxRecipientKey = 80;
+
+//
+// There are cases when pFieldType is not set:
+// one case returns NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+// the other case now return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER (this is only when
+// colHandler below is null, but is very unlikely).
+// The latter case used to return NS_OK, which was incorrect.
+//
+nsresult nsMsgDBView::GetFieldTypeAndLenForSort(nsMsgViewSortTypeValue sortType,
+                                                uint16_t *pMaxLen,
+                                                eFieldType *pFieldType,
+                                                nsIMsgCustomColumnHandler* colHandler)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(pMaxLen);
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(pFieldType);
+
+    switch (sortType)
+    {
+        case nsMsgViewSortType::bySubject:
+            *pFieldType = kCollationKey;
+            *pMaxLen = kMaxSubjectKey;
+            break;
+        case nsMsgViewSortType::byAccount:
+        case nsMsgViewSortType::byTags:
+        case nsMsgViewSortType::byLocation:
+            *pFieldType = kCollationKey;
+            *pMaxLen = kMaxLocationKey;
+            break;
+        case nsMsgViewSortType::byRecipient:
+        case nsMsgViewSortType::byCorrespondent:
+            *pFieldType = kCollationKey;
+            *pMaxLen = kMaxRecipientKey;
+            break;
+        case nsMsgViewSortType::byAuthor:
+            *pFieldType = kCollationKey;
+            *pMaxLen = kMaxAuthorKey;
+            break;
+        case nsMsgViewSortType::byDate:
+        case nsMsgViewSortType::byReceived:
+        case nsMsgViewSortType::byPriority:
+        case nsMsgViewSortType::byThread:
+        case nsMsgViewSortType::byId:
+        case nsMsgViewSortType::bySize:
+        case nsMsgViewSortType::byFlagged:
+        case nsMsgViewSortType::byUnread:
+        case nsMsgViewSortType::byStatus:
+        case nsMsgViewSortType::byJunkStatus:
+        case nsMsgViewSortType::byAttachments:
+            *pFieldType = kU32;
+            *pMaxLen = 0;
+            break;
+        case nsMsgViewSortType::byCustom:
+        {
+          if (colHandler == nullptr)
+          {
+            NS_WARNING("colHandler is null. *pFieldType is not set.");
+            return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+          }
+
+          bool isString;
+          colHandler->IsString(&isString);
+
+          if (isString)
+          {
+            *pFieldType = kCollationKey;
+            *pMaxLen = kMaxRecipientKey; //80 - do we need a seperate k?
+          }
+          else
+          {
+            *pFieldType = kU32;
+            *pMaxLen = 0;
+          }
+          break;
+        }
+        case nsMsgViewSortType::byNone: // bug 901948
+          return NS_ERROR_INVALID_ARG;
+        default:
+        {
+           nsAutoCString message("unexpected switch value: sortType=");
+           message.AppendInt(sortType);
+           NS_WARNING(message.get());
+           return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+        }
+    }
+
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+#define MSG_STATUS_MASK (nsMsgMessageFlags::Replied | nsMsgMessageFlags::Forwarded)
+
+nsresult nsMsgDBView::GetStatusSortValue(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr, uint32_t *result)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(msgHdr);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(result);
+
+  uint32_t messageFlags;
+  nsresult rv = msgHdr->GetFlags(&messageFlags);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  if (messageFlags & nsMsgMessageFlags::New)
+  {
+    // happily, new by definition stands alone
+    *result = 0;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  switch (messageFlags & MSG_STATUS_MASK)
+  {
+    case nsMsgMessageFlags::Replied:
+        *result = 2;
+        break;
+    case nsMsgMessageFlags::Forwarded | nsMsgMessageFlags::Replied:
+        *result = 1;
+        break;
+    case nsMsgMessageFlags::Forwarded:
+        *result = 3;
+        break;
+    default:
+        *result = (messageFlags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Read) ? 4 : 5;
+        break;
+    }
+
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDBView::GetLongField(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr, nsMsgViewSortTypeValue sortType, uint32_t *result, nsIMsgCustomColumnHandler* colHandler)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(msgHdr);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(result);
+
+  bool isRead;
+  uint32_t bits;
+
+  switch (sortType)
+  {
+    case nsMsgViewSortType::bySize:
+      rv = (mShowSizeInLines) ? msgHdr->GetLineCount(result) : msgHdr->GetMessageSize(result);
+      break;
+    case nsMsgViewSortType::byPriority:
+        nsMsgPriorityValue priority;
+        rv = msgHdr->GetPriority(&priority);
+
+        // treat "none" as "normal" when sorting.
+        if (priority == nsMsgPriority::none)
+            priority = nsMsgPriority::normal;
+
+        // we want highest priority to have lowest value
+        // so ascending sort will have highest priority first.
+        *result = nsMsgPriority::highest - priority;
+        break;
+    case nsMsgViewSortType::byStatus:
+        rv = GetStatusSortValue(msgHdr,result);
+        break;
+    case nsMsgViewSortType::byFlagged:
+        bits = 0;
+        rv = msgHdr->GetFlags(&bits);
+        *result = !(bits & nsMsgMessageFlags::Marked);  //make flagged come out on top.
+        break;
+    case nsMsgViewSortType::byUnread:
+        rv = msgHdr->GetIsRead(&isRead);
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+            *result = !isRead;
+        break;
+    case nsMsgViewSortType::byJunkStatus:
+      {
+        nsCString junkScoreStr;
+        rv = msgHdr->GetStringProperty("junkscore", getter_Copies(junkScoreStr));
+        // unscored messages should come before messages that are scored
+        // junkScoreStr is "", and "0" - "100"
+        // normalize to 0 - 101
+        *result = junkScoreStr.IsEmpty() ? (0) : atoi(junkScoreStr.get()) + 1;
+      }
+      break;
+     case nsMsgViewSortType::byAttachments:
+        bits = 0;
+        rv = msgHdr->GetFlags(&bits);
+        *result = !(bits & nsMsgMessageFlags::Attachment);
+      break;
+    case nsMsgViewSortType::byDate:
+      // when sorting threads by date, we may want the date of the newest msg
+      // in the thread
+      if (m_viewFlags & nsMsgViewFlagsType::kThreadedDisplay
+        && ! (m_viewFlags & nsMsgViewFlagsType::kGroupBySort)
+        && ! mSortThreadsByRoot)
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgThread> thread;
+        rv = GetThreadContainingMsgHdr(msgHdr, getter_AddRefs(thread));
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        {
+          thread->GetNewestMsgDate(result);
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+      rv = msgHdr->GetDateInSeconds(result);
+      break;
+    case nsMsgViewSortType::byReceived:
+      // when sorting threads by received date, we may want the received date
+      // of the newest msg in the thread
+      if (m_viewFlags & nsMsgViewFlagsType::kThreadedDisplay
+        && ! (m_viewFlags & nsMsgViewFlagsType::kGroupBySort)
+        && ! mSortThreadsByRoot)
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgThread> thread;
+        rv = GetThreadContainingMsgHdr(msgHdr, getter_AddRefs(thread));
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+        thread->GetNewestMsgDate(result);
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        rv = msgHdr->GetUint32Property("dateReceived", result);  // Already in seconds...
+        if (*result == 0)  // Use Date instead, we have no Received property
+          rv = msgHdr->GetDateInSeconds(result);
+      }
+      break;
+    case nsMsgViewSortType::byCustom:
+      if (colHandler != nullptr)
+      {
+        colHandler->GetSortLongForRow(msgHdr, result);
+        rv = NS_OK;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        NS_ASSERTION(false, "should not be here (Sort Type: byCustom (Long), but no custom handler)");
+        rv = NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+      }
+      break;
+    case nsMsgViewSortType::byNone: // Bug 901948
+      return NS_ERROR_INVALID_ARG;
+
+    case nsMsgViewSortType::byId:
+        // handled by caller, since caller knows the key
+    default:
+        NS_ERROR("should not be here");
+        rv = NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+        break;
+    }
+
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+MsgViewSortColumnInfo::MsgViewSortColumnInfo(const MsgViewSortColumnInfo &other)
+{
+  mSortType = other.mSortType;
+  mSortOrder = other.mSortOrder;
+  mCustomColumnName = other.mCustomColumnName;
+  mColHandler = other.mColHandler;
+}
+
+bool MsgViewSortColumnInfo::operator== (const MsgViewSortColumnInfo& other) const
+{
+  return (mSortType == nsMsgViewSortType::byCustom) ?
+    mCustomColumnName.Equals(other.mCustomColumnName) : mSortType == other.mSortType;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDBView::EncodeColumnSort(nsString &columnSortString)
+{
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < m_sortColumns.Length(); i++)
+  {
+    MsgViewSortColumnInfo &sortInfo = m_sortColumns[i];
+    columnSortString.Append((char) sortInfo.mSortType);
+    columnSortString.Append((char) sortInfo.mSortOrder + '0');
+    if (sortInfo.mSortType == nsMsgViewSortType::byCustom)
+    {
+      columnSortString.Append(sortInfo.mCustomColumnName);
+      columnSortString.Append((char16_t) '\r');
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDBView::DecodeColumnSort(nsString &columnSortString)
+{
+  const char16_t *stringPtr = columnSortString.BeginReading();
+  while (*stringPtr)
+  {
+    MsgViewSortColumnInfo sortColumnInfo;
+    sortColumnInfo.mSortType = (nsMsgViewSortTypeValue) *stringPtr++;
+    sortColumnInfo.mSortOrder = (nsMsgViewSortOrderValue) (*stringPtr++) - '0';
+    if (sortColumnInfo.mSortType == nsMsgViewSortType::byCustom)
+    {
+      while (*stringPtr && *stringPtr != '\r')
+        sortColumnInfo.mCustomColumnName.Append(*stringPtr++);
+      sortColumnInfo.mColHandler = GetColumnHandler(sortColumnInfo.mCustomColumnName.get());
+      if (*stringPtr) // advance past '\r'
+        stringPtr++;
+    }
+    m_sortColumns.AppendElement(sortColumnInfo);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+//  cf. Secondary Sort Key: when you select a column to sort, that
+//  becomes the new Primary sort key, and all previous sort keys
+//  become secondary. For example, if you first click on Date,
+//  the messages are sorted by Date; then click on From, and now the
+//  messages are sorted by From, and for each value of From the
+//  messages are in Date order.
+
+void nsMsgDBView::PushSort(const MsgViewSortColumnInfo &newSort)
+{
+  // DONE
+  //  Handle byNone (bug 901948) ala a mail/base/modules/dbViewerWrapper.js
+  //  where we don't push the secondary sort type if it's ::byNone;
+  //  (and secondary sort type is NOT the same as the first sort type
+  //  there.). This code should behave the same way.
+
+  // We don't expect to be passed sort type ::byNone,
+  // but if we are it's safe to ignore it.
+  if (newSort.mSortType == nsMsgViewSortType::byNone)
+    return;
+
+  // Date and ID are unique keys, so if we are sorting by them we don't
+  // need to keep any secondary sort keys
+  if (newSort.mSortType == nsMsgViewSortType::byDate ||
+      newSort.mSortType == nsMsgViewSortType::byId   )
+    m_sortColumns.Clear();
+  m_sortColumns.RemoveElement(newSort);
+  m_sortColumns.InsertElementAt(0, newSort);
+  if (m_sortColumns.Length() > kMaxNumSortColumns)
+    m_sortColumns.RemoveElementAt(kMaxNumSortColumns);
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgDBView::GetCollationKey(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr, nsMsgViewSortTypeValue sortType, uint8_t **result, uint32_t *len, nsIMsgCustomColumnHandler* colHandler)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(msgHdr);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(result);
+
+  switch (sortType)
+  {
+    case nsMsgViewSortType::bySubject:
+        rv = msgHdr->GetSubjectCollationKey(len, result);
+        break;
+    case nsMsgViewSortType::byLocation:
+        rv = GetLocationCollationKey(msgHdr, result, len);
+        break;
+    case nsMsgViewSortType::byRecipient:
+      {
+        nsString recipients;
+        rv = FetchRecipients(msgHdr, recipients);
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        {
+          nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDatabase> dbToUse = m_db;
+          if (!dbToUse) // probably search view
+          {
+            rv = GetDBForHeader(msgHdr, getter_AddRefs(dbToUse));
+            NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+          }
+          rv = dbToUse->CreateCollationKey(recipients, len, result);
+        }
+      }
+      break;
+    case nsMsgViewSortType::byAuthor:
+      {
+        rv = msgHdr->GetAuthorCollationKey(len, result);
+        nsString author;
+        rv = FetchAuthor(msgHdr, author);
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        {
+          nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDatabase> dbToUse = m_db;
+          if (!dbToUse) // probably search view
+          {
+            rv = GetDBForHeader(msgHdr, getter_AddRefs(dbToUse));
+            NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+          }
+          rv = dbToUse->CreateCollationKey(author, len, result);
+        }
+      }
+      break;
+    case nsMsgViewSortType::byAccount:
+    case nsMsgViewSortType::byTags:
+      {
+        nsString str;
+        nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDatabase> dbToUse = m_db;
+
+        if (!dbToUse) // probably search view
+          GetDBForViewIndex(0, getter_AddRefs(dbToUse));
+
+        rv = (sortType == nsMsgViewSortType::byAccount)
+            ? FetchAccount(msgHdr, str)
+            : FetchTags(msgHdr, str);
+
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && dbToUse)
+          rv = dbToUse->CreateCollationKey(str, len, result);
+      }
+      break;
+    case nsMsgViewSortType::byCustom:
+      if (colHandler != nullptr)
+      {
+        nsAutoString strKey;
+        rv = colHandler->GetSortStringForRow(msgHdr, strKey);
+        NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv),"failed to get sort string for custom row");
+        nsAutoString strTemp(strKey);
+
+        nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDatabase> dbToUse = m_db;
+        if (!dbToUse) // probably search view
+        {
+          rv = GetDBForHeader(msgHdr, getter_AddRefs(dbToUse));
+          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+        }
+        rv = dbToUse->CreateCollationKey(strKey, len, result);
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        NS_ERROR("should not be here (Sort Type: byCustom (String), but no custom handler)");
+        rv = NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+      }
+      break;
+    case nsMsgViewSortType::byCorrespondent:
+      {
+        nsString value;
+        if (IsOutgoingMsg(msgHdr))
+          rv = FetchRecipients(msgHdr, value);
+        else
+          rv = FetchAuthor(msgHdr, value);
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        {
+          nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDatabase> dbToUse = m_db;
+          if (!dbToUse) // probably search view
+          {
+            rv = GetDBForHeader(msgHdr, getter_AddRefs(dbToUse));
+            NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+          }
+          rv = dbToUse->CreateCollationKey(value, len, result);
+        }
+      }
+      break;
+    default:
+        rv = NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+        break;
+    }
+
+    // bailing out with failure will stop the sort and leave us in
+    // a bad state.  try to continue on, instead
+    NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv),"failed to get the collation key");
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    {
+        *result = nullptr;
+        *len = 0;
+    }
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// As the location collation key is created getting folder from the msgHdr,
+// it is defined in this file and not from the db.
+nsresult
+nsMsgDBView::GetLocationCollationKey(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr, uint8_t **result, uint32_t *len)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> folder;
+
+  nsresult rv = msgHdr->GetFolder(getter_AddRefs(folder));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDatabase> dbToUse;
+  rv = folder->GetMsgDatabase(getter_AddRefs(dbToUse));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  nsString locationString;
+  rv = folder->GetPrettiestName(locationString);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  return dbToUse->CreateCollationKey(locationString, len, result);
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDBView::SaveSortInfo(nsMsgViewSortTypeValue sortType, nsMsgViewSortOrderValue sortOrder)
+{
+  if (m_viewFolder)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIDBFolderInfo> folderInfo;
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDatabase> db;
+    nsresult rv = m_viewFolder->GetDBFolderInfoAndDB(getter_AddRefs(folderInfo), getter_AddRefs(db));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && folderInfo)
+    {
+      // save off sort type and order, view type and flags
+      folderInfo->SetSortType(sortType);
+      folderInfo->SetSortOrder(sortOrder);
+
+      nsString sortColumnsString;
+      rv = EncodeColumnSort(sortColumnsString);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      folderInfo->SetProperty("sortColumns", sortColumnsString);
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDBView::RestoreSortInfo()
+{
+  if (!m_viewFolder)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIDBFolderInfo> folderInfo;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDatabase> db;
+  nsresult rv = m_viewFolder->GetDBFolderInfoAndDB(getter_AddRefs(folderInfo), getter_AddRefs(db));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && folderInfo)
+  {
+    // Restore m_sortColumns from db.
+    nsString sortColumnsString;
+    folderInfo->GetProperty("sortColumns", sortColumnsString);
+    DecodeColumnSort(sortColumnsString);
+    if (m_sortColumns.Length() > 1)
+    {
+      m_secondarySort = m_sortColumns[1].mSortType;
+      m_secondarySortOrder = m_sortColumns[1].mSortOrder;
+      m_secondaryCustomColumn = m_sortColumns[1].mCustomColumnName;
+    }
+
+    // Restore curCustomColumn from db.
+    folderInfo->GetProperty("customSortCol", m_curCustomColumn);
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// Called by msgDBView::Sort, at which point any persisted active custom
+// columns must be registered. If not, reset their m_sortColumns entries
+// to byDate; Sort will fill in values if necessary based on new user sort.
+void nsMsgDBView::EnsureCustomColumnsValid()
+{
+  if (!m_sortColumns.Length())
+    return;
+
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < m_sortColumns.Length(); i++)
+  {
+    if (m_sortColumns[i].mSortType == nsMsgViewSortType::byCustom &&
+        m_sortColumns[i].mColHandler == nullptr)
+    {
+      m_sortColumns[i].mSortType = nsMsgViewSortType::byDate;
+      m_sortColumns[i].mCustomColumnName.Truncate();
+      // There are only two...
+      if (i == 0 && m_sortType != nsMsgViewSortType::byCustom)
+        SetCurCustomColumn(EmptyString());
+      if (i == 1)
+        m_secondaryCustomColumn.Truncate();
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+int32_t  nsMsgDBView::SecondarySort(nsMsgKey key1, nsISupports *supports1,
+                                    nsMsgKey key2, nsISupports *supports2,
+                                    viewSortInfo *comparisonContext)
+{
+  // We need to make sure that in the case of the secondary sort field also
+  // matching, we don't recurse.
+  if (comparisonContext->isSecondarySort)
+    return key1 > key2;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder1, folder2;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> hdr1, hdr2;
+  folder1 = do_QueryInterface(supports1);
+  folder2 = do_QueryInterface(supports2);
+  nsresult rv = folder1->GetMessageHeader(key1, getter_AddRefs(hdr1));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, 0);
+  rv = folder2->GetMessageHeader(key2, getter_AddRefs(hdr2));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, 0);
+  IdKeyPtr EntryInfo1, EntryInfo2;
+  EntryInfo1.key = nullptr;
+  EntryInfo2.key = nullptr;
+
+  uint16_t  maxLen;
+  eFieldType fieldType;
+  nsMsgViewSortTypeValue sortType = comparisonContext->view->m_secondarySort;
+  nsMsgViewSortOrderValue sortOrder = comparisonContext->view->m_secondarySortOrder;
+
+  // Get the custom column handler for the *secondary* sort and pass it first
+  // to GetFieldTypeAndLenForSort to get the fieldType and then either
+  // GetCollationKey or GetLongField.
+  nsIMsgCustomColumnHandler* colHandler = nullptr;
+  if (sortType == nsMsgViewSortType::byCustom &&
+      comparisonContext->view->m_sortColumns.Length() > 1)
+    colHandler = comparisonContext->view->m_sortColumns[1].mColHandler;
+
+  // The following may leave fieldType undefined.
+  // In this case, we can return 0 right away since
+  // it is the value returned in the default case of
+  // switch (fieldType) statement below.
+  rv = GetFieldTypeAndLenForSort(sortType, &maxLen, &fieldType, colHandler);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, 0);
+
+  const void *pValue1 = &EntryInfo1, *pValue2 = &EntryInfo2;
+
+  int (* comparisonFun) (const void *pItem1, const void *pItem2, void *privateData) = nullptr;
+  int retStatus = 0;
+  hdr1->GetMessageKey(&EntryInfo1.id);
+  hdr2->GetMessageKey(&EntryInfo2.id);
+
+  switch (fieldType)
+  {
+    case kCollationKey:
+      rv = GetCollationKey(hdr1, sortType, &EntryInfo1.key, &EntryInfo1.dword, colHandler);
+      NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv),"failed to create collation key");
+      comparisonFun = FnSortIdKeyPtr;
+      break;
+    case kU32:
+      if (sortType == nsMsgViewSortType::byId)
+        EntryInfo1.dword = EntryInfo1.id;
+      else
+        GetLongField(hdr1, sortType, &EntryInfo1.dword, colHandler);
+      comparisonFun = FnSortIdUint32;
+      break;
+    default:
+      return 0;
+  }
+  bool saveAscendingSort = comparisonContext->ascendingSort;
+  comparisonContext->isSecondarySort = true;
+  comparisonContext->ascendingSort = (sortOrder == nsMsgViewSortOrder::ascending);
+  if (fieldType == kCollationKey)
+  {
+    PR_FREEIF(EntryInfo2.key);
+    rv = GetCollationKey(hdr2, sortType, &EntryInfo2.key, &EntryInfo2.dword, colHandler);
+    NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv),"failed to create collation key");
+  }
+  else if (fieldType == kU32)
+  {
+    if (sortType == nsMsgViewSortType::byId)
+      EntryInfo2.dword = EntryInfo2.id;
+    else
+      GetLongField(hdr2, sortType, &EntryInfo2.dword, colHandler);
+  }
+  retStatus = (*comparisonFun)(&pValue1, &pValue2, comparisonContext);
+
+  comparisonContext->isSecondarySort = false;
+  comparisonContext->ascendingSort = saveAscendingSort;
+
+  return retStatus;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBView::Sort(nsMsgViewSortTypeValue sortType,
+                                nsMsgViewSortOrderValue sortOrder)
+{
+  EnsureCustomColumnsValid();
+
+  // If we're doing a stable sort, we can't just reverse the messages.
+  // Check also that the custom column we're sorting on hasn't changed.
+  // Otherwise, to be on the safe side, resort.
+  // Note: m_curCustomColumn is the desired (possibly new) custom column name,
+  // while m_sortColumns[0].mCustomColumnName is the name for the last completed
+  // sort, since these are persisted after each sort.
+  if (m_sortType == sortType && m_sortValid &&
+      (sortType != nsMsgViewSortType::byCustom ||
+       (sortType == nsMsgViewSortType::byCustom && m_sortColumns.Length() &&
+        m_sortColumns[0].mCustomColumnName.Equals(m_curCustomColumn))) &&
+      m_sortColumns.Length() < 2)
+  {
+    // same as it ever was.  do nothing
+    if (m_sortOrder == sortOrder)
+      return NS_OK;
+
+    // for secondary sort, remember the sort order on a per column basis.
+    if (m_sortColumns.Length())
+      m_sortColumns[0].mSortOrder = sortOrder;
+    SaveSortInfo(sortType, sortOrder);
+    if (m_viewFlags & nsMsgViewFlagsType::kThreadedDisplay)
+      ReverseThreads();
+    else
+      ReverseSort();
+
+    m_sortOrder = sortOrder;
+    // we just reversed the sort order...we still need to invalidate the view
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  if (sortType == nsMsgViewSortType::byThread)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  // If a sortType has changed, or the sortType is byCustom and a column has
+  // changed, this is the new primary sortColumnInfo.
+  // Note: m_curCustomColumn is the desired (possibly new) custom column name,
+  // while m_sortColumns[0].mCustomColumnName is the name for the last completed
+  // sort, since these are persisted after each sort.
+  if (m_sortType != sortType ||
+      (sortType == nsMsgViewSortType::byCustom && m_sortColumns.Length() &&
+       !m_sortColumns[0].mCustomColumnName.Equals(m_curCustomColumn)))
+  {
+    // For secondary sort, remember the sort order of the original primary sort!
+    if (m_sortColumns.Length())
+      m_sortColumns[0].mSortOrder = m_sortOrder;
+
+    MsgViewSortColumnInfo sortColumnInfo;
+    sortColumnInfo.mSortType = sortType;
+    sortColumnInfo.mSortOrder = sortOrder;
+    if (sortType == nsMsgViewSortType::byCustom)
+    {
+      GetCurCustomColumn(sortColumnInfo.mCustomColumnName);
+      sortColumnInfo.mColHandler = GetCurColumnHandler();
+    }
+
+    PushSort(sortColumnInfo);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    // For primary sort, remember the sort order on a per column basis.
+    if (m_sortColumns.Length())
+      m_sortColumns[0].mSortOrder = sortOrder;
+  }
+
+  if (m_sortColumns.Length() > 1)
+  {
+    m_secondarySort = m_sortColumns[1].mSortType;
+    m_secondarySortOrder = m_sortColumns[1].mSortOrder;
+    m_secondaryCustomColumn = m_sortColumns[1].mCustomColumnName;
+  }
+  SaveSortInfo(sortType, sortOrder);
+  // figure out how much memory we'll need, and the malloc it
+  uint16_t maxLen;
+  eFieldType fieldType;
+
+  // Get the custom column handler for the primary sort and pass it first
+  // to GetFieldTypeAndLenForSort to get the fieldType and then either
+  // GetCollationKey or GetLongField.
+  nsIMsgCustomColumnHandler* colHandler = GetCurColumnHandler();
+
+  // If we did not obtain proper fieldType, it needs to be checked
+  // because the subsequent code does not handle it very well.
+  nsresult rv = GetFieldTypeAndLenForSort(sortType, &maxLen, &fieldType, colHandler);
+
+  // Don't sort if the field type is not supported: Bug 901948
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  nsTArray<void*> ptrs;
+  uint32_t arraySize = GetSize();
+
+  if (!arraySize)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  nsCOMArray<nsIMsgFolder> *folders = GetFolders();
+
+  IdKey** pPtrBase = (IdKey**)PR_Malloc(arraySize * sizeof(IdKey*));
+  NS_ASSERTION(pPtrBase, "out of memory, can't sort");
+  if (!pPtrBase) return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+  ptrs.AppendElement((void *)pPtrBase); // remember this pointer so we can free it later
+
+  // build up the beast, so we can sort it.
+  uint32_t numSoFar = 0;
+  const uint32_t keyOffset = offsetof(IdKey, key);
+  // calc max possible size needed for all the rest
+  uint32_t maxSize = (keyOffset + maxLen) * (arraySize - numSoFar);
+
+  const uint32_t maxBlockSize = (uint32_t) 0xf000L;
+  uint32_t allocSize = std::min(maxBlockSize, maxSize);
+  char *pTemp = (char *) PR_Malloc(allocSize);
+  NS_ASSERTION(pTemp, "out of memory, can't sort");
+  if (!pTemp)
+  {
+    FreeAll(&ptrs);
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+  }
+
+  ptrs.AppendElement(pTemp); // remember this pointer so we can free it later
+
+  char *pBase = pTemp;
+  bool more = true;
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+  uint8_t *keyValue = nullptr;
+  uint32_t longValue;
+  while (more && numSoFar < arraySize)
+  {
+    nsMsgKey thisKey = m_keys[numSoFar];
+    if (sortType != nsMsgViewSortType::byId)
+    {
+      rv = GetMsgHdrForViewIndex(numSoFar, getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+      NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && msgHdr, "header not found");
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !msgHdr)
+      {
+        FreeAll(&ptrs);
+        return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      msgHdr = nullptr;
+    }
+
+    // Could be a problem here if the ones that appear here are different than
+    // the ones already in the array.
+    uint32_t actualFieldLen = 0;
+
+    if (fieldType == kCollationKey)
+    {
+      rv = GetCollationKey(msgHdr, sortType, &keyValue, &actualFieldLen, colHandler);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+      longValue = actualFieldLen;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      if (sortType == nsMsgViewSortType::byId)
+      {
+        longValue = thisKey;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        rv = GetLongField(msgHdr, sortType, &longValue, colHandler);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+      }
+    }
+
+    // check to see if this entry fits into the block we have allocated so far
+    // pTemp - pBase = the space we have used so far
+    // sizeof(EntryInfo) + fieldLen = space we need for this entry
+    // allocSize = size of the current block
+    if ((uint32_t)(pTemp - pBase) + (keyOffset + actualFieldLen) >= allocSize)
+    {
+      maxSize = (keyOffset + maxLen) * (arraySize - numSoFar);
+      allocSize = std::min(maxBlockSize, maxSize);
+      // make sure allocSize is big enough for the current value
+      allocSize = std::max(allocSize, keyOffset + actualFieldLen);
+      pTemp = (char *) PR_Malloc(allocSize);
+      NS_ASSERTION(pTemp, "out of memory, can't sort");
+      if (!pTemp)
+      {
+        FreeAll(&ptrs);
+        return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+      }
+      pBase = pTemp;
+      ptrs.AppendElement(pTemp); // remember this pointer so we can free it later
+    }
+
+    // now store this entry away in the allocated memory
+    IdKey *info = (IdKey*)pTemp;
+    pPtrBase[numSoFar] = info;
+    info->id = thisKey;
+    info->bits = m_flags[numSoFar];
+    info->dword = longValue;
+    //info->pad = 0;
+    info->folder = folders ? folders->ObjectAt(numSoFar) : m_folder.get();
+
+    memcpy(info->key, keyValue, actualFieldLen);
+    //In order to align memory for systems that require it, such as HP-UX
+    //calculate the correct value to pad the actualFieldLen value
+    const uint32_t align = sizeof(IdKey) - sizeof(IdUint32) - 1;
+    actualFieldLen = (actualFieldLen + align) & ~align;
+
+    pTemp += keyOffset + actualFieldLen;
+    ++numSoFar;
+    PR_Free(keyValue);
+  }
+
+  viewSortInfo qsPrivateData;
+  qsPrivateData.view = this;
+  qsPrivateData.isSecondarySort = false;
+  qsPrivateData.ascendingSort = (sortOrder == nsMsgViewSortOrder::ascending);
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDatabase> dbToUse = m_db;
+
+  if (!dbToUse) // probably search view
+    GetDBForViewIndex(0, getter_AddRefs(dbToUse));
+  qsPrivateData.db = dbToUse;
+  if (dbToUse)
+  {
+    // do the sort
+    switch (fieldType)
+    {
+      case kCollationKey:
+        NS_QuickSort(pPtrBase, numSoFar, sizeof(IdKey*), FnSortIdKey, &qsPrivateData);
+        break;
+      case kU32:
+        NS_QuickSort(pPtrBase, numSoFar, sizeof(IdKey*), FnSortIdUint32, &qsPrivateData);
+        break;
+      default:
+        NS_ERROR("not supposed to get here");
+        break;
+    }
+  }
+
+  // now put the IDs into the array in proper order
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < numSoFar; i++)
+  {
+    m_keys[i] = pPtrBase[i]->id;
+    m_flags[i] = pPtrBase[i]->bits;
+
+    if (folders)
+      folders->ReplaceObjectAt(pPtrBase[i]->folder, i);
+  }
+
+  m_sortType = sortType;
+  m_sortOrder = sortOrder;
+
+  // free all the memory we allocated
+  FreeAll(&ptrs);
+
+  m_sortValid = true;
+  //m_db->SetSortInfo(sortType, sortOrder);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+void nsMsgDBView::FreeAll(nsTArray<void*> *ptrs)
+{
+  int32_t i;
+  int32_t count = (int32_t) ptrs->Length();
+  if (count == 0)
+    return;
+
+  for (i=(count - 1);i>=0;i--)
+    PR_Free((void *) ptrs->ElementAt(i));
+  ptrs->Clear();
+}
+
+nsMsgViewIndex nsMsgDBView::GetIndexOfFirstDisplayedKeyInThread(
+    nsIMsgThread *threadHdr, bool allowDummy)
+{
+  nsMsgViewIndex  retIndex = nsMsgViewIndex_None;
+  uint32_t        childIndex = 0;
+  // We could speed up the unreadOnly view by starting our search with the first
+  // unread message in the thread. Sometimes, that will be wrong, however, so
+  // let's skip it until we're sure it's necessary.
+  //  (m_viewFlags & nsMsgViewFlagsType::kUnreadOnly)
+  //    ? threadHdr->GetFirstUnreadKey(m_db) : threadHdr->GetChildAt(0);
+  uint32_t numThreadChildren;
+  threadHdr->GetNumChildren(&numThreadChildren);
+  while (retIndex == nsMsgViewIndex_None && childIndex < numThreadChildren)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> childHdr;
+    threadHdr->GetChildHdrAt(childIndex++, getter_AddRefs(childHdr));
+    if (childHdr)
+      retIndex = FindHdr(childHdr, 0, allowDummy);
+  }
+  return retIndex;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDBView::GetFirstMessageHdrToDisplayInThread(nsIMsgThread *threadHdr, nsIMsgDBHdr **result)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  if (m_viewFlags & nsMsgViewFlagsType::kUnreadOnly)
+    rv = threadHdr->GetFirstUnreadChild(result);
+  else
+    rv = threadHdr->GetChildHdrAt(0, result);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+// Find the view index of the thread containing the passed msgKey, if
+// the thread is in the view. MsgIndex is passed in as a shortcut if
+// it turns out the msgKey is the first message in the thread,
+// then we can avoid looking for the msgKey.
+nsMsgViewIndex nsMsgDBView::ThreadIndexOfMsg(nsMsgKey msgKey,
+                                            nsMsgViewIndex msgIndex /* = nsMsgViewIndex_None */,
+                                            int32_t *pThreadCount /* = NULL */,
+                                            uint32_t *pFlags /* = NULL */)
+{
+  if (! (m_viewFlags & nsMsgViewFlagsType::kThreadedDisplay))
+    return nsMsgViewIndex_None;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+  nsresult rv = m_db->GetMsgHdrForKey(msgKey, getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, nsMsgViewIndex_None);
+  return ThreadIndexOfMsgHdr(msgHdr, msgIndex, pThreadCount, pFlags);
+}
+
+nsMsgViewIndex nsMsgDBView::GetThreadIndex(nsMsgViewIndex msgIndex)
+{
+  if (!IsValidIndex(msgIndex))
+    return nsMsgViewIndex_None;
+
+  // scan up looking for level 0 message.
+  while (m_levels[msgIndex] && msgIndex)
+    --msgIndex;
+  return msgIndex;
+}
+
+nsMsgViewIndex
+nsMsgDBView::ThreadIndexOfMsgHdr(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr,
+                                 nsMsgViewIndex msgIndex,
+                                 int32_t *pThreadCount,
+                                 uint32_t *pFlags)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgThread> threadHdr;
+  nsresult rv = GetThreadContainingMsgHdr(msgHdr, getter_AddRefs(threadHdr));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, nsMsgViewIndex_None);
+
+  nsMsgViewIndex retIndex = nsMsgViewIndex_None;
+
+  if (threadHdr != nullptr)
+  {
+    if (msgIndex == nsMsgViewIndex_None)
+      msgIndex = FindHdr(msgHdr, 0, true);
+
+    if (msgIndex == nsMsgViewIndex_None)  // hdr is not in view, need to find by thread
+    {
+      msgIndex = GetIndexOfFirstDisplayedKeyInThread(threadHdr, true);
+      //nsMsgKey    threadKey = (msgIndex == nsMsgViewIndex_None) ? nsMsgKey_None : GetAt(msgIndex);
+      if (pFlags)
+        threadHdr->GetFlags(pFlags);
+    }
+    nsMsgViewIndex startOfThread = msgIndex;
+    while ((int32_t) startOfThread >= 0 && m_levels[startOfThread] != 0)
+      startOfThread--;
+    retIndex = startOfThread;
+    if (pThreadCount)
+    {
+      int32_t numChildren = 0;
+      nsMsgViewIndex threadIndex = startOfThread;
+      do
+      {
+        threadIndex++;
+        numChildren++;
+      }
+      while (threadIndex < m_levels.Length() && m_levels[threadIndex] != 0);
+      *pThreadCount = numChildren;
+    }
+  }
+  return retIndex;
+}
+
+nsMsgKey nsMsgDBView::GetKeyOfFirstMsgInThread(nsMsgKey key)
+{
+  // Just report no key for any failure. This can occur when a
+  // message is deleted from a threaded view
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgThread> pThread;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+  nsresult rv = m_db->GetMsgHdrForKey(key, getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return nsMsgKey_None;
+  rv = GetThreadContainingMsgHdr(msgHdr, getter_AddRefs(pThread));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return nsMsgKey_None;
+  nsMsgKey  firstKeyInThread = nsMsgKey_None;
+
+  if (!pThread)
+    return firstKeyInThread;
+
+  // ### dmb UnreadOnly - this is wrong. But didn't seem to matter in 4.x
+  pThread->GetChildKeyAt(0, &firstKeyInThread);
+  return firstKeyInThread;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBView::GetKeyAt(nsMsgViewIndex index, nsMsgKey *result)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(result);
+  *result = GetAt(index);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBView::GetFlagsAt(nsMsgViewIndex aIndex, uint32_t *aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(aResult);
+  if (!IsValidIndex(aIndex))
+    return NS_MSG_INVALID_DBVIEW_INDEX;
+
+  *aResult = m_flags[aIndex];
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBView::GetMsgHdrAt(nsMsgViewIndex aIndex, nsIMsgDBHdr **aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(aResult);
+  if (!IsValidIndex(aIndex))
+    return NS_MSG_INVALID_DBVIEW_INDEX;
+
+  return GetMsgHdrForViewIndex(aIndex, aResult);
+}
+
+nsMsgViewIndex nsMsgDBView::FindHdr(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr, nsMsgViewIndex startIndex,
+                                    bool allowDummy)
+{
+  nsMsgKey msgKey;
+  msgHdr->GetMessageKey(&msgKey);
+  nsMsgViewIndex viewIndex = m_keys.IndexOf(msgKey, startIndex);
+  if (viewIndex == nsMsgViewIndex_None)
+    return viewIndex;
+  // if we're supposed to allow dummies, and the previous index is a dummy that
+  //  is not elided, then it must be the dummy corresponding to our node and
+  //  we should return that instead.
+  if (allowDummy && viewIndex
+      && (m_flags[viewIndex-1] & MSG_VIEW_FLAG_DUMMY)
+      && !(m_flags[viewIndex-1] & nsMsgMessageFlags::Elided))
+    viewIndex--;
+  // else if we're not allowing dummies, and we found a dummy, look again
+  // one past the dummy.
+  else if (!allowDummy && m_flags[viewIndex] & MSG_VIEW_FLAG_DUMMY)
+    return m_keys.IndexOf(msgKey, viewIndex + 1);
+  return viewIndex;
+}
+
+nsMsgViewIndex nsMsgDBView::FindKey(nsMsgKey key, bool expand)
+{
+  nsMsgViewIndex retIndex = nsMsgViewIndex_None;
+  retIndex = (nsMsgViewIndex) (m_keys.IndexOf(key));
+  // for dummy headers, try to expand if the caller says so. And if the thread is
+  // expanded, ignore the dummy header and return the real header index.
+  if (retIndex != nsMsgViewIndex_None && m_flags[retIndex] & MSG_VIEW_FLAG_DUMMY &&  !(m_flags[retIndex] & nsMsgMessageFlags::Elided))
+    return (nsMsgViewIndex) m_keys.IndexOf(key, retIndex + 1);
+  if (key != nsMsgKey_None && (retIndex == nsMsgViewIndex_None || m_flags[retIndex] & MSG_VIEW_FLAG_DUMMY)
+    && expand && m_db)
+  {
+    nsMsgKey threadKey = GetKeyOfFirstMsgInThread(key);
+    if (threadKey != nsMsgKey_None)
+    {
+      nsMsgViewIndex threadIndex = FindKey(threadKey, false);
+      if (threadIndex != nsMsgViewIndex_None)
+      {
+        uint32_t flags = m_flags[threadIndex];
+        if (((flags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Elided) &&
+             NS_SUCCEEDED(ExpandByIndex(threadIndex, nullptr)))
+            || (flags & MSG_VIEW_FLAG_DUMMY))
+          retIndex = (nsMsgViewIndex) m_keys.IndexOf(key, threadIndex + 1);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return retIndex;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDBView::GetThreadCount(nsMsgViewIndex index, uint32_t *pThreadCount)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+  nsresult rv = GetMsgHdrForViewIndex(index, getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgThread> pThread;
+  rv = GetThreadContainingMsgHdr(msgHdr, getter_AddRefs(pThread));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && pThread != nullptr)
+    rv = pThread->GetNumChildren(pThreadCount);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+// This counts the number of messages in an expanded thread, given the
+// index of the first message in the thread.
+int32_t nsMsgDBView::CountExpandedThread(nsMsgViewIndex index)
+{
+  int32_t numInThread = 0;
+  nsMsgViewIndex startOfThread = index;
+  while ((int32_t) startOfThread >= 0 && m_levels[startOfThread] != 0)
+    startOfThread--;
+  nsMsgViewIndex threadIndex = startOfThread;
+  do
+  {
+    threadIndex++;
+    numInThread++;
+  }
+  while (threadIndex < m_levels.Length() && m_levels[threadIndex] != 0);
+
+  return numInThread;
+}
+
+// returns the number of lines that would be added (> 0) or removed (< 0)
+// if we were to try to expand/collapse the passed index.
+nsresult nsMsgDBView::ExpansionDelta(nsMsgViewIndex index, int32_t *expansionDelta)
+{
+  uint32_t numChildren;
+  nsresult  rv;
+
+  *expansionDelta = 0;
+  if (index >= ((nsMsgViewIndex) m_keys.Length()))
+    return NS_MSG_MESSAGE_NOT_FOUND;
+  char  flags = m_flags[index];
+
+  if (!(m_viewFlags & nsMsgViewFlagsType::kThreadedDisplay))
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  // The client can pass in the key of any message
+  // in a thread and get the expansion delta for the thread.
+
+  if (flags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Elided)
+  {
+    rv = GetThreadCount(index, &numChildren);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    *expansionDelta = numChildren - 1;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    numChildren = CountExpandedThread(index);
+    *expansionDelta = - (int32_t) (numChildren - 1);
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDBView::ToggleExpansion(nsMsgViewIndex index, uint32_t *numChanged)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(numChanged);
+  *numChanged = 0;
+  nsMsgViewIndex threadIndex = GetThreadIndex(index);
+  if (threadIndex == nsMsgViewIndex_None)
+  {
+    NS_ASSERTION(false, "couldn't find thread");
+    return NS_MSG_MESSAGE_NOT_FOUND;
+  }
+  int32_t  flags = m_flags[threadIndex];
+
+  // if not a thread, or doesn't have children, no expand/collapse
+  // If we add sub-thread expand collapse, this will need to be relaxed
+  if (!(flags & MSG_VIEW_FLAG_ISTHREAD) || !(flags & MSG_VIEW_FLAG_HASCHILDREN))
+    return NS_MSG_MESSAGE_NOT_FOUND;
+  if (flags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Elided)
+    rv = ExpandByIndex(threadIndex, numChanged);
+  else
+    rv = CollapseByIndex(threadIndex, numChanged);
+
+  // if we collaps/uncollapse a thread, this changes the selected URIs
+  SelectionChanged();
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDBView::ExpandAndSelectThread()
+{
+    nsresult rv;
+
+    NS_ASSERTION(mTreeSelection, "no tree selection");
+    if (!mTreeSelection) return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+
+    int32_t index;
+    rv = mTreeSelection->GetCurrentIndex(&index);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+    rv = ExpandAndSelectThreadByIndex(index, false);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDBView::ExpandAndSelectThreadByIndex(nsMsgViewIndex index, bool augment)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  nsMsgViewIndex threadIndex;
+  bool inThreadedMode = (m_viewFlags & nsMsgViewFlagsType::kThreadedDisplay);
+
+  if (inThreadedMode)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+    GetMsgHdrForViewIndex(index, getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+    threadIndex = ThreadIndexOfMsgHdr(msgHdr, index);
+    if (threadIndex == nsMsgViewIndex_None)
+    {
+      NS_ASSERTION(false, "couldn't find thread");
+      return NS_MSG_MESSAGE_NOT_FOUND;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    threadIndex = index;
+  }
+
+  int32_t flags = m_flags[threadIndex];
+  int32_t count = 0;
+
+  if (inThreadedMode && (flags & MSG_VIEW_FLAG_ISTHREAD) && (flags & MSG_VIEW_FLAG_HASCHILDREN))
+  {
+    // if closed, expand this thread.
+    if (flags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Elided)
+    {
+      uint32_t numExpanded;
+      rv = ExpandByIndex(threadIndex, &numExpanded);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+    }
+
+    // get the number of messages in the expanded thread
+    // so we know how many to select
+    count = CountExpandedThread(threadIndex);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    count = 1;
+  }
+  NS_ASSERTION(count > 0, "bad count");
+
+  // update the selection
+
+  NS_ASSERTION(mTreeSelection, "no tree selection");
+  if (!mTreeSelection) return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+
+  // the count should be 1 or greater. if there was only one message in the thread, we just select it.
+  // if more, we select all of them.
+  mTreeSelection->RangedSelect(threadIndex + count - 1, threadIndex, augment);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDBView::ExpandAll()
+{
+  if (mTree)
+    mTree->BeginUpdateBatch();
+  for (int32_t i = GetSize() - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+  {
+    uint32_t numExpanded;
+    uint32_t flags = m_flags[i];
+    if (flags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Elided)
+      ExpandByIndex(i, &numExpanded);
+  }
+  if (mTree)
+    mTree->EndUpdateBatch();
+  SelectionChanged();
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBView::GetThreadContainingMsgHdr(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr, nsIMsgThread **pThread)
+{
+  return m_db->GetThreadContainingMsgHdr(msgHdr, pThread);
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDBView::ExpandByIndex(nsMsgViewIndex index, uint32_t *pNumExpanded)
+{
+  if ((uint32_t) index >= m_keys.Length())
+    return NS_MSG_MESSAGE_NOT_FOUND;
+
+  uint32_t      flags = m_flags[index];
+  uint32_t      numExpanded = 0;
+
+  NS_ASSERTION(flags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Elided, "can't expand an already expanded thread");
+  flags &= ~nsMsgMessageFlags::Elided;
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgThread> pThread;
+  nsresult rv = GetThreadContainingIndex(index, getter_AddRefs(pThread));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  if (m_viewFlags & nsMsgViewFlagsType::kUnreadOnly)
+  {
+    if (flags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Read)
+      m_levels.AppendElement(0);  // keep top level hdr in thread, even though read.
+    rv = ListUnreadIdsInThread(pThread,  index, &numExpanded);
+  }
+  else
+    rv = ListIdsInThread(pThread,  index, &numExpanded);
+
+  if (numExpanded > 0)
+  {
+    m_flags[index] = flags;
+    NoteChange(index, 1, nsMsgViewNotificationCode::changed);
+  }
+  NoteStartChange(index + 1, numExpanded, nsMsgViewNotificationCode::insertOrDelete);
+  NoteEndChange(index + 1, numExpanded, nsMsgViewNotificationCode::insertOrDelete);
+  if (pNumExpanded != nullptr)
+    *pNumExpanded = numExpanded;
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDBView::CollapseAll()
+{
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < GetSize(); i++)
+  {
+    uint32_t numExpanded;
+    uint32_t flags = m_flags[i];
+    if (!(flags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Elided) && (flags & MSG_VIEW_FLAG_HASCHILDREN))
+      CollapseByIndex(i, &numExpanded);
+  }
+  SelectionChanged();
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDBView::CollapseByIndex(nsMsgViewIndex index, uint32_t *pNumCollapsed)
+{
+  nsresult  rv;
+  int32_t  flags = m_flags[index];
+  int32_t  rowDelta = 0;
+
+  if (flags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Elided || !(m_viewFlags & nsMsgViewFlagsType::kThreadedDisplay) || !(flags & MSG_VIEW_FLAG_HASCHILDREN))
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  if (index > m_keys.Length())
+    return NS_MSG_MESSAGE_NOT_FOUND;
+
+  rv = ExpansionDelta(index, &rowDelta);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  flags |= nsMsgMessageFlags::Elided;
+
+  m_flags[index] = flags;
+  NoteChange(index, 1, nsMsgViewNotificationCode::changed);
+
+  int32_t numRemoved = -rowDelta; // don't count first header in thread
+  if (index + 1 + numRemoved > m_keys.Length())
+  {
+    NS_ERROR("trying to remove too many rows");
+    numRemoved -= (index + 1 + numRemoved) - m_keys.Length();
+    if (numRemoved <= 0)
+      return NS_MSG_MESSAGE_NOT_FOUND;
+  }
+  NoteStartChange(index + 1, rowDelta, nsMsgViewNotificationCode::insertOrDelete);
+  // start at first id after thread.
+  RemoveRows(index + 1, numRemoved);
+  if (pNumCollapsed != nullptr)
+    *pNumCollapsed = numRemoved;
+  NoteEndChange(index + 1, rowDelta, nsMsgViewNotificationCode::insertOrDelete);
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDBView::OnNewHeader(nsIMsgDBHdr *newHdr, nsMsgKey aParentKey, bool /*ensureListed*/)
+{
+    nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+    // views can override this behaviour, which is to append to view.
+    // This is the mail behaviour, but threaded views will want
+    // to insert in order...
+    if (newHdr)
+  rv = AddHdr(newHdr);
+    return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBView::GetThreadContainingIndex(nsMsgViewIndex index, nsIMsgThread **resultThread)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+  nsresult rv = GetMsgHdrForViewIndex(index, getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  return GetThreadContainingMsgHdr(msgHdr, resultThread);
+}
+
+nsMsgViewIndex
+nsMsgDBView::GetIndexForThread(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr)
+{
+  // Take advantage of the fact that we're already sorted
+  // and find the insert index via a binary search, though expanded threads
+  // make that tricky.
+
+  nsMsgViewIndex highIndex = m_keys.Length();
+  nsMsgViewIndex lowIndex = 0;
+  IdKeyPtr EntryInfo1, EntryInfo2;
+  EntryInfo1.key = nullptr;
+  EntryInfo2.key = nullptr;
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  uint16_t  maxLen;
+  eFieldType fieldType;
+
+  // Get the custom column handler for the primary sort and pass it first
+  // to GetFieldTypeAndLenForSort to get the fieldType and then either
+  // GetCollationKey or GetLongField.
+  nsIMsgCustomColumnHandler* colHandler = GetCurColumnHandler();
+
+  // The following may leave fieldType undefined.
+  // In this case, we can return highIndex right away since
+  // it is the value returned in the default case of
+  // switch (fieldType) statement below.
+  rv = GetFieldTypeAndLenForSort(m_sortType, &maxLen, &fieldType, colHandler);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, highIndex);
+
+  const void *pValue1 = &EntryInfo1, *pValue2 = &EntryInfo2;
+
+  int retStatus = 0;
+  msgHdr->GetMessageKey(&EntryInfo1.id);
+  msgHdr->GetFolder(&EntryInfo1.folder);
+  EntryInfo1.folder->Release();
+
+  viewSortInfo comparisonContext;
+  comparisonContext.view = this;
+  comparisonContext.isSecondarySort = false;
+  comparisonContext.ascendingSort = (m_sortOrder == nsMsgViewSortOrder::ascending);
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDatabase> hdrDB;
+  EntryInfo1.folder->GetMsgDatabase(getter_AddRefs(hdrDB));
+  comparisonContext.db = hdrDB.get();
+  switch (fieldType)
+  {
+    case kCollationKey:
+      rv = GetCollationKey(msgHdr, m_sortType, &EntryInfo1.key, &EntryInfo1.dword, colHandler);
+      NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv),"failed to create collation key");
+      break;
+    case kU32:
+      if (m_sortType == nsMsgViewSortType::byId)
+        EntryInfo1.dword = EntryInfo1.id;
+      else
+        GetLongField(msgHdr, m_sortType, &EntryInfo1.dword, colHandler);
+      break;
+    default:
+      return highIndex;
+  }
+  while (highIndex > lowIndex)
+  {
+    nsMsgViewIndex tryIndex = (lowIndex + highIndex) / 2;
+    // need to adjust tryIndex if it's not a thread.
+    while (m_levels[tryIndex] && tryIndex)
+      tryIndex--;
+
+    if (tryIndex < lowIndex)
+    {
+      NS_ERROR("try index shouldn't be less than low index");
+      break;
+    }
+    EntryInfo2.id = m_keys[tryIndex];
+    GetFolderForViewIndex(tryIndex, &EntryInfo2.folder);
+    EntryInfo2.folder->Release();
+
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> tryHdr;
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDatabase> db;
+    // ### this should get the db from the folder...
+    GetDBForViewIndex(tryIndex, getter_AddRefs(db));
+    if (db)
+      rv = db->GetMsgHdrForKey(EntryInfo2.id, getter_AddRefs(tryHdr));
+    if (!tryHdr)
+      break;
+    if (tryHdr == msgHdr)
+    {
+      NS_WARNING("didn't expect header to already be in view");
+      highIndex = tryIndex;
+      break;
+    }
+    if (fieldType == kCollationKey)
+    {
+      PR_FREEIF(EntryInfo2.key);
+      rv = GetCollationKey(tryHdr, m_sortType, &EntryInfo2.key, &EntryInfo2.dword, colHandler);
+      NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv),"failed to create collation key");
+      retStatus = FnSortIdKeyPtr(&pValue1, &pValue2, &comparisonContext);
+    }
+    else if (fieldType == kU32)
+    {
+      if (m_sortType == nsMsgViewSortType::byId)
+        EntryInfo2.dword = EntryInfo2.id;
+      else
+        GetLongField(tryHdr, m_sortType, &EntryInfo2.dword, colHandler);
+      retStatus = FnSortIdUint32(&pValue1, &pValue2, &comparisonContext);
+    }
+    if (retStatus == 0)
+    {
+      highIndex = tryIndex;
+      break;
+    }
+
+    if (retStatus < 0)
+    {
+      highIndex = tryIndex;
+      // we already made sure tryIndex was at a thread at the top of the loop.
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      lowIndex = tryIndex + 1;
+      while (lowIndex < GetSize() && m_levels[lowIndex])
+        lowIndex++;
+    }
+  }
+
+  PR_Free(EntryInfo1.key);
+  PR_Free(EntryInfo2.key);
+  return highIndex;
+}
+
+nsMsgViewIndex nsMsgDBView::GetInsertIndexHelper(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr, nsTArray<nsMsgKey> &keys,
+                                                 nsCOMArray<nsIMsgFolder> *folders,
+                                                 nsMsgViewSortOrderValue sortOrder, nsMsgViewSortTypeValue sortType)
+{
+  nsMsgViewIndex highIndex = keys.Length();
+  nsMsgViewIndex lowIndex = 0;
+  IdKeyPtr EntryInfo1, EntryInfo2;
+  EntryInfo1.key = nullptr;
+  EntryInfo2.key = nullptr;
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  uint16_t  maxLen;
+  eFieldType fieldType;
+
+  // Get the custom column handler for the primary sort and pass it first
+  // to GetFieldTypeAndLenForSort to get the fieldType and then either
+  // GetCollationKey or GetLongField.
+  nsIMsgCustomColumnHandler* colHandler = GetCurColumnHandler();
+
+  // The following may leave fieldType undefined.
+  // In this case, we can return highIndex right away since
+  // it is the value returned in the default case of
+  // switch (fieldType) statement below.
+  rv = GetFieldTypeAndLenForSort(sortType, &maxLen, &fieldType, colHandler);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, highIndex);
+
+  const void *pValue1 = &EntryInfo1, *pValue2 = &EntryInfo2;
+
+  int (* comparisonFun) (const void *pItem1, const void *pItem2, void *privateData) = nullptr;
+  int retStatus = 0;
+  msgHdr->GetMessageKey(&EntryInfo1.id);
+  msgHdr->GetFolder(&EntryInfo1.folder);
+  EntryInfo1.folder->Release();
+
+  viewSortInfo comparisonContext;
+  comparisonContext.view = this;
+  comparisonContext.isSecondarySort = false;
+  comparisonContext.ascendingSort = (sortOrder == nsMsgViewSortOrder::ascending);
+  rv = EntryInfo1.folder->GetMsgDatabase(&comparisonContext.db);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, highIndex);
+  comparisonContext.db->Release();
+  switch (fieldType)
+  {
+    case kCollationKey:
+      rv = GetCollationKey(msgHdr, sortType, &EntryInfo1.key, &EntryInfo1.dword, colHandler);
+      NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv),"failed to create collation key");
+      comparisonFun = FnSortIdKeyPtr;
+      break;
+    case kU32:
+      if (sortType == nsMsgViewSortType::byId)
+        EntryInfo1.dword = EntryInfo1.id;
+      else
+        GetLongField(msgHdr, sortType, &EntryInfo1.dword, colHandler);
+      comparisonFun = FnSortIdUint32;
+      break;
+    default:
+      return highIndex;
+  }
+  while (highIndex > lowIndex)
+  {
+    nsMsgViewIndex tryIndex = (lowIndex + highIndex - 1) / 2;
+    EntryInfo2.id = keys[tryIndex];
+    EntryInfo2.folder = folders ? folders->ObjectAt(tryIndex) : m_folder.get();
+
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> tryHdr;
+    EntryInfo2.folder->GetMessageHeader(EntryInfo2.id, getter_AddRefs(tryHdr));
+    if (!tryHdr)
+      break;
+    if (fieldType == kCollationKey)
+    {
+      PR_FREEIF(EntryInfo2.key);
+      rv = GetCollationKey(tryHdr, sortType, &EntryInfo2.key, &EntryInfo2.dword, colHandler);
+      NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv),"failed to create collation key");
+    }
+    else if (fieldType == kU32)
+    {
+      if (sortType == nsMsgViewSortType::byId) {
+        EntryInfo2.dword = EntryInfo2.id;
+      }
+      else {
+        GetLongField(tryHdr, sortType, &EntryInfo2.dword, colHandler);
+      }
+    }
+    retStatus = (*comparisonFun)(&pValue1, &pValue2, &comparisonContext);
+    if (retStatus == 0)
+    {
+      highIndex = tryIndex;
+      break;
+    }
+
+    if (retStatus < 0)
+    {
+      highIndex = tryIndex;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      lowIndex = tryIndex + 1;
+    }
+  }
+
+  PR_Free(EntryInfo1.key);
+  PR_Free(EntryInfo2.key);
+  return highIndex;
+}
+
+nsMsgViewIndex nsMsgDBView::GetInsertIndex(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr)
+{
+  if (!GetSize())
+    return 0;
+
+  if ((m_viewFlags & nsMsgViewFlagsType::kThreadedDisplay) != 0
+        && !(m_viewFlags & nsMsgViewFlagsType::kGroupBySort)
+        && m_sortOrder != nsMsgViewSortType::byId)
+    return GetIndexForThread(msgHdr);
+
+  return GetInsertIndexHelper(msgHdr, m_keys, GetFolders(), m_sortOrder, m_sortType);
+}
+
+nsresult  nsMsgDBView::AddHdr(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr, nsMsgViewIndex *resultIndex)
+{
+  uint32_t  flags = 0;
+#ifdef DEBUG_bienvenu
+  NS_ASSERTION(m_keys.Length() == m_flags.Length() && (int) m_keys.Length() == m_levels.Length(), "view arrays out of sync!");
+#endif
+
+  if (resultIndex)
+    *resultIndex = nsMsgViewIndex_None;
+
+  if (!GetShowingIgnored())
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgThread> thread;
+    GetThreadContainingMsgHdr(msgHdr, getter_AddRefs(thread));
+    if (thread)
+    {
+      thread->GetFlags(&flags);
+      if (flags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Ignored)
+        return NS_OK;
+    }
+
+    bool ignored;
+    msgHdr->GetIsKilled(&ignored);
+    if (ignored)
+       return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  nsMsgKey msgKey, threadId;
+  nsMsgKey threadParent;
+  msgHdr->GetMessageKey(&msgKey);
+  msgHdr->GetThreadId(&threadId);
+  msgHdr->GetThreadParent(&threadParent);
+
+  msgHdr->GetFlags(&flags);
+  // ### this isn't quite right, is it? Should be checking that our thread parent key is none?
+  if (threadParent == nsMsgKey_None)
+    flags |= MSG_VIEW_FLAG_ISTHREAD;
+  nsMsgViewIndex insertIndex = GetInsertIndex(msgHdr);
+  if (insertIndex == nsMsgViewIndex_None)
+  {
+    // if unreadonly, level is 0 because we must be the only msg in the thread.
+    int32_t levelToAdd = 0;
+
+    if (m_sortOrder == nsMsgViewSortOrder::ascending)
+    {
+      InsertMsgHdrAt(GetSize(), msgHdr, msgKey, flags, levelToAdd);
+      if (resultIndex)
+        *resultIndex = GetSize() - 1;
+
+      // the call to NoteChange() has to happen after we add the key
+      // as NoteChange() will call RowCountChanged() which will call our GetRowCount()
+      NoteChange(GetSize() - 1, 1, nsMsgViewNotificationCode::insertOrDelete);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      InsertMsgHdrAt(0, msgHdr, msgKey, flags, levelToAdd);
+      if (resultIndex)
+        *resultIndex = 0;
+
+      // the call to NoteChange() has to happen after we insert the key
+      // as NoteChange() will call RowCountChanged() which will call our GetRowCount()
+      NoteChange(0, 1, nsMsgViewNotificationCode::insertOrDelete);
+    }
+    m_sortValid = false;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    InsertMsgHdrAt(insertIndex, msgHdr, msgKey, flags, 0);
+    if (resultIndex)
+      *resultIndex = insertIndex;
+    // the call to NoteChange() has to happen after we add the key
+    // as NoteChange() will call RowCountChanged() which will call our GetRowCount()
+    NoteChange(insertIndex, 1, nsMsgViewNotificationCode::insertOrDelete);
+  }
+  OnHeaderAddedOrDeleted();
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+bool nsMsgDBView::WantsThisThread(nsIMsgThread * /*threadHdr*/)
+{
+  return true; // default is to want all threads.
+}
+
+nsMsgViewIndex nsMsgDBView::FindParentInThread(nsMsgKey parentKey, nsMsgViewIndex startOfThreadViewIndex)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+  while (parentKey != nsMsgKey_None)
+  {
+    nsMsgViewIndex parentIndex = m_keys.IndexOf(parentKey, startOfThreadViewIndex);
+    if (parentIndex != nsMsgViewIndex_None)
+      return parentIndex;
+
+    if (NS_FAILED(m_db->GetMsgHdrForKey(parentKey, getter_AddRefs(msgHdr))))
+      break;
+
+    msgHdr->GetThreadParent(&parentKey);
+  }
+
+  return startOfThreadViewIndex;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDBView::ListIdsInThreadOrder(nsIMsgThread *threadHdr, nsMsgKey parentKey,
+                                           uint32_t level, nsMsgViewIndex *viewIndex,
+                                           uint32_t *pNumListed)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsISimpleEnumerator> msgEnumerator;
+  threadHdr->EnumerateMessages(parentKey, getter_AddRefs(msgEnumerator));
+  uint32_t numChildren;
+  (void) threadHdr->GetNumChildren(&numChildren);
+  NS_ASSERTION(numChildren, "Empty thread in view/db");
+  if (!numChildren)
+    return NS_OK;  // bogus, but harmless.
+
+  numChildren--; // account for the existing thread root
+
+  // skip the first one.
+  bool hasMore;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsISupports> supports;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+  while (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && NS_SUCCEEDED(rv = msgEnumerator->HasMoreElements(&hasMore)) && hasMore)
+  {
+    rv = msgEnumerator->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(supports));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && supports)
+    {
+      if (*pNumListed == numChildren)
+      {
+        NS_NOTREACHED("thread corrupt in db");
+        // if we've listed more messages than are in the thread, then the db
+        // is corrupt, and we should invalidate it.
+        // we'll use this rv to indicate there's something wrong with the db
+        // though for now it probably won't get paid attention to.
+        m_db->SetSummaryValid(false);
+        rv = NS_MSG_ERROR_FOLDER_SUMMARY_OUT_OF_DATE;
+        break;
+      }
+
+      msgHdr = do_QueryInterface(supports);
+      if (!(m_viewFlags & nsMsgViewFlagsType::kShowIgnored))
+      {
+        bool ignored;
+        msgHdr->GetIsKilled(&ignored);
+        // We are not going to process subthreads, horribly invalidating the
+        // numChildren characteristic
+        if (ignored)
+          continue;
+      }
+
+      nsMsgKey msgKey;
+      uint32_t msgFlags, newFlags;
+      msgHdr->GetMessageKey(&msgKey);
+      msgHdr->GetFlags(&msgFlags);
+      AdjustReadFlag(msgHdr, &msgFlags);
+      SetMsgHdrAt(msgHdr, *viewIndex, msgKey, msgFlags & ~MSG_VIEW_FLAGS, level);
+      // turn off thread or elided bit if they got turned on (maybe from new only view?)
+      msgHdr->AndFlags(~(MSG_VIEW_FLAG_ISTHREAD | nsMsgMessageFlags::Elided), &newFlags);
+      (*pNumListed)++;
+      (*viewIndex)++;
+      rv = ListIdsInThreadOrder(threadHdr, msgKey, level + 1, viewIndex, pNumListed);
+    }
+  }
+  return rv; // we don't want to return the rv from the enumerator when it reaches the end, do we?
+}
+
+bool nsMsgDBView::InsertEmptyRows(nsMsgViewIndex viewIndex, int32_t numRows)
+{
+  return m_keys.InsertElementsAt(viewIndex, numRows, 0) &&
+         m_flags.InsertElementsAt(viewIndex, numRows, 0) &&
+         m_levels.InsertElementsAt(viewIndex, numRows, 1);
+}
+
+void nsMsgDBView::RemoveRows(nsMsgViewIndex viewIndex, int32_t numRows)
+{
+  m_keys.RemoveElementsAt(viewIndex, numRows);
+  m_flags.RemoveElementsAt(viewIndex, numRows);
+  m_levels.RemoveElementsAt(viewIndex, numRows);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBView::InsertTreeRows(nsMsgViewIndex aIndex,
+                                          uint32_t aNumRows,
+                                          nsMsgKey aKey,
+                                          nsMsgViewFlagsTypeValue aFlags,
+                                          uint32_t aLevel,
+                                          nsIMsgFolder *aFolder)
+{
+  if (GetSize() < aIndex)
+    return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+
+  nsCOMArray<nsIMsgFolder> *folders = GetFolders();
+  if (folders)
+  {
+    // In a search/xfvf view only, a folder is required.
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aFolder);
+    for (size_t i = 0; i < aNumRows; i++)
+      // Insert into m_folders.
+      if (!folders->InsertObjectAt(aFolder, aIndex + i))
+        return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+  }
+
+  if (m_keys.InsertElementsAt(aIndex, aNumRows, aKey) &&
+      m_flags.InsertElementsAt(aIndex, aNumRows, aFlags) &&
+      m_levels.InsertElementsAt(aIndex, aNumRows, aLevel))
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBView::RemoveTreeRows(nsMsgViewIndex aIndex,
+                                          uint32_t aNumRows)
+{
+  // Prevent a crash if attempting to remove rows which don't exist.
+  if (GetSize() < aIndex + aNumRows)
+    return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+
+  nsMsgDBView::RemoveRows(aIndex, aNumRows);
+
+  nsCOMArray<nsIMsgFolder> *folders = GetFolders();
+  if (folders)
+    // In a search/xfvf view only, remove from m_folders.
+    if (!folders->RemoveObjectsAt(aIndex, aNumRows))
+      return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDBView::ListIdsInThread(nsIMsgThread *threadHdr, nsMsgViewIndex startOfThreadViewIndex, uint32_t *pNumListed)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(threadHdr);
+  // these children ids should be in thread order.
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  uint32_t i;
+  nsMsgViewIndex viewIndex = startOfThreadViewIndex + 1;
+  *pNumListed = 0;
+
+  uint32_t numChildren;
+  threadHdr->GetNumChildren(&numChildren);
+  NS_ASSERTION(numChildren, "Empty thread in view/db");
+  if (!numChildren)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  numChildren--; // account for the existing thread root
+  if (!InsertEmptyRows(viewIndex, numChildren))
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+  // ### need to rework this when we implemented threading in group views.
+  if (m_viewFlags & nsMsgViewFlagsType::kThreadedDisplay && ! (m_viewFlags & nsMsgViewFlagsType::kGroupBySort))
+  {
+    nsMsgKey parentKey = m_keys[startOfThreadViewIndex];
+    // If the thread is bigger than the hdr cache, expanding the thread
+    // can be slow. Increasing the hdr cache size will help a fair amount.
+    uint32_t hdrCacheSize;
+    m_db->GetMsgHdrCacheSize(&hdrCacheSize);
+    if (numChildren > hdrCacheSize)
+      m_db->SetMsgHdrCacheSize(numChildren);
+    // If this fails, *pNumListed will be 0, and we'll fall back to just
+    // enumerating the messages in the thread below.
+    rv = ListIdsInThreadOrder(threadHdr, parentKey, 1, &viewIndex, pNumListed);
+    if (numChildren > hdrCacheSize)
+      m_db->SetMsgHdrCacheSize(hdrCacheSize);
+  }
+  if (! *pNumListed)
+  {
+    uint32_t ignoredHeaders = 0;
+    // if we're not threaded, just list em out in db order
+    for (i = 1; i <= numChildren; i++)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+      threadHdr->GetChildHdrAt(i, getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+
+      if (msgHdr != nullptr)
+      {
+        if (!(m_viewFlags & nsMsgViewFlagsType::kShowIgnored))
+        {
+          bool killed;
+          msgHdr->GetIsKilled(&killed);
+          if (killed)
+          {
+            ignoredHeaders++;
+            continue;
+          }
+        }
+
+        nsMsgKey msgKey;
+        uint32_t msgFlags, newFlags;
+        msgHdr->GetMessageKey(&msgKey);
+        msgHdr->GetFlags(&msgFlags);
+        AdjustReadFlag(msgHdr, &msgFlags);
+        SetMsgHdrAt(msgHdr, viewIndex, msgKey, msgFlags & ~MSG_VIEW_FLAGS, 1);
+        // here, we're either flat, or we're grouped - in either case, level is 1
+        // turn off thread or elided bit if they got turned on (maybe from new only view?)
+        if (i > 0)
+          msgHdr->AndFlags(~(MSG_VIEW_FLAG_ISTHREAD | nsMsgMessageFlags::Elided), &newFlags);
+        (*pNumListed)++;
+        viewIndex++;
+      }
+    }
+    if (ignoredHeaders + *pNumListed < numChildren)
+    {
+      NS_NOTREACHED("thread corrupt in db");
+      // if we've listed fewer messages than are in the thread, then the db
+      // is corrupt, and we should invalidate it.
+      // we'll use this rv to indicate there's something wrong with the db
+      // though for now it probably won't get paid attention to.
+      m_db->SetSummaryValid(false);
+      rv = NS_MSG_ERROR_FOLDER_SUMMARY_OUT_OF_DATE;
+    }
+  }
+
+  // We may have added too many elements (i.e., subthreads were cut)
+  // ### fix for cross folder view case.
+  if (*pNumListed < numChildren)
+    RemoveRows(viewIndex, numChildren - *pNumListed);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+int32_t nsMsgDBView::FindLevelInThread(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr, nsMsgViewIndex startOfThread, nsMsgViewIndex viewIndex)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> curMsgHdr = msgHdr;
+  nsMsgKey msgKey;
+  msgHdr->GetMessageKey(&msgKey);
+
+  // look through the ancestors of the passed in msgHdr in turn, looking for them in the view, up to the start of
+  // the thread. If we find an ancestor, then our level is one greater than the level of the ancestor.
+  while (curMsgHdr)
+  {
+    nsMsgKey parentKey;
+    curMsgHdr->GetThreadParent(&parentKey);
+    if (parentKey == nsMsgKey_None)
+      break;
+
+    // scan up to find view index of ancestor, if any
+    for (nsMsgViewIndex indexToTry = viewIndex; indexToTry && indexToTry-- >= startOfThread;)
+    {
+      if (m_keys[indexToTry] == parentKey)
+        return m_levels[indexToTry] + 1;
+    }
+
+    // if msgHdr's key is its parentKey, we'll loop forever, so protect
+    // against that corruption.
+    if (msgKey == parentKey || NS_FAILED(m_db->GetMsgHdrForKey(parentKey, getter_AddRefs(curMsgHdr))))
+    {
+      NS_ERROR("msgKey == parentKey, or GetMsgHdrForKey failed, this used to be an infinte loop condition");
+      curMsgHdr = nullptr;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      // need to update msgKey so the check for a msgHdr with matching
+      // key+parentKey will work after first time through loop
+      curMsgHdr->GetMessageKey(&msgKey);
+    }
+  }
+  return 1;
+}
+
+// ### Can this be combined with GetIndexForThread??
+nsMsgViewIndex
+nsMsgDBView::GetThreadRootIndex(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr)
+{
+  if (!msgHdr)
+  {
+    NS_WARNING("null msgHdr parameter");
+    return nsMsgViewIndex_None;
+  }
+
+  // Take advantage of the fact that we're already sorted
+  // and find the thread root via a binary search.
+
+  nsMsgViewIndex highIndex = m_keys.Length();
+  nsMsgViewIndex lowIndex = 0;
+  IdKeyPtr EntryInfo1, EntryInfo2;
+  EntryInfo1.key = nullptr;
+  EntryInfo2.key = nullptr;
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  uint16_t maxLen;
+  eFieldType fieldType;
+
+  // Get the custom column handler for the primary sort and pass it first
+  // to GetFieldTypeAndLenForSort to get the fieldType and then either
+  // GetCollationKey or GetLongField.
+  nsIMsgCustomColumnHandler* colHandler = GetCurColumnHandler();
+
+  // The following may leave fieldType undefined.
+  // In this case, we can return highIndex right away since
+  // it is the value returned in the default case of
+  // switch (fieldType) statement below.
+  rv = GetFieldTypeAndLenForSort(m_sortType, &maxLen, &fieldType, colHandler);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, highIndex);
+
+  const void *pValue1 = &EntryInfo1, *pValue2 = &EntryInfo2;
+
+  int retStatus = 0;
+  msgHdr->GetMessageKey(&EntryInfo1.id);
+  msgHdr->GetFolder(&EntryInfo1.folder);
+  EntryInfo1.folder->Release();
+
+  viewSortInfo comparisonContext;
+  comparisonContext.view = this;
+  comparisonContext.isSecondarySort = false;
+  comparisonContext.ascendingSort = (m_sortOrder == nsMsgViewSortOrder::ascending);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> hdrDB;
+  EntryInfo1.folder->GetMsgDatabase(getter_AddRefs(hdrDB));
+  comparisonContext.db = hdrDB.get();
+  switch (fieldType)
+  {
+    case kCollationKey:
+      rv = GetCollationKey(msgHdr, m_sortType, &EntryInfo1.key, &EntryInfo1.dword, colHandler);
+      NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv),"failed to create collation key");
+      break;
+    case kU32:
+      if (m_sortType == nsMsgViewSortType::byId)
+        EntryInfo1.dword = EntryInfo1.id;
+      else
+        GetLongField(msgHdr, m_sortType, &EntryInfo1.dword, colHandler);
+      break;
+    default:
+      return highIndex;
+  }
+  while (highIndex > lowIndex)
+  {
+    nsMsgViewIndex tryIndex = (lowIndex + highIndex) / 2;
+    // need to adjust tryIndex if it's not a thread.
+    while (m_levels[tryIndex] && tryIndex)
+      tryIndex--;
+
+    if (tryIndex < lowIndex)
+    {
+      NS_ERROR("try index shouldn't be less than low index");
+      break;
+    }
+    EntryInfo2.id = m_keys[tryIndex];
+    GetFolderForViewIndex(tryIndex, &EntryInfo2.folder);
+    EntryInfo2.folder->Release();
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> tryHdr;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> db;
+    // ### this should get the db from the folder...
+    GetDBForViewIndex(tryIndex, getter_AddRefs(db));
+    if (db)
+      rv = db->GetMsgHdrForKey(EntryInfo2.id, getter_AddRefs(tryHdr));
+    if (!tryHdr)
+      break;
+    if (tryHdr == msgHdr)
+    {
+      highIndex = tryIndex;
+      break;
+    }
+    if (fieldType == kCollationKey)
+    {
+      PR_FREEIF(EntryInfo2.key);
+      rv = GetCollationKey(tryHdr, m_sortType, &EntryInfo2.key, &EntryInfo2.dword, colHandler);
+      NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv),"failed to create collation key");
+      retStatus = FnSortIdKeyPtr(&pValue1, &pValue2, &comparisonContext);
+    }
+    else if (fieldType == kU32)
+    {
+      if (m_sortType == nsMsgViewSortType::byId)
+        EntryInfo2.dword = EntryInfo2.id;
+      else
+        GetLongField(tryHdr, m_sortType, &EntryInfo2.dword, colHandler);
+      retStatus = FnSortIdUint32(&pValue1, &pValue2, &comparisonContext);
+    }
+    if (retStatus == 0)
+    {
+      highIndex = tryIndex;
+      break;
+    }
+
+    if (retStatus < 0)
+    {
+      highIndex = tryIndex;
+      // we already made sure tryIndex was at a thread at the top of the loop.
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      lowIndex = tryIndex + 1;
+      while (lowIndex < GetSize() && m_levels[lowIndex])
+        lowIndex++;
+    }
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> resultHdr;
+  GetMsgHdrForViewIndex(highIndex, getter_AddRefs(resultHdr));
+
+  if (resultHdr != msgHdr)
+  {
+    NS_WARNING("didn't find hdr");
+    highIndex = FindHdr(msgHdr);
+#ifdef DEBUG_David_Bienvenu
+    if (highIndex != nsMsgViewIndex_None)
+    {
+      NS_WARNING("but find hdr did");
+      printf("level of found hdr = %d\n", m_levels[highIndex]);
+      ValidateSort();
+    }
+#endif
+    return highIndex;
+  }
+  PR_Free(EntryInfo1.key);
+  PR_Free(EntryInfo2.key);
+  return msgHdr == resultHdr ? highIndex : nsMsgViewIndex_None;
+}
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_David_Bienvenu
+
+void nsMsgDBView::InitEntryInfoForIndex(nsMsgViewIndex i, IdKeyPtr &EntryInfo)
+{
+  EntryInfo.key = nullptr;
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  uint16_t maxLen;
+  eFieldType fieldType;
+
+  // Get the custom column handler for the primary sort and pass it first
+  // to GetFieldTypeAndLenForSort to get the fieldType and then either
+  // GetCollationKey or GetLongField.
+  nsIMsgCustomColumnHandler* colHandler = GetCurColumnHandler();
+
+  // The following may leave fieldType undefined.
+  rv = GetFieldTypeAndLenForSort(m_sortType, &maxLen, &fieldType, colHandler);
+  NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv),"failed to obtain fieldType");
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+  GetMsgHdrForViewIndex(i, getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+
+  msgHdr->GetMessageKey(&EntryInfo.id);
+  msgHdr->GetFolder(&EntryInfo.folder);
+  EntryInfo.folder->Release();
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> hdrDB;
+  EntryInfo.folder->GetMsgDatabase(getter_AddRefs(hdrDB));
+  switch (fieldType)
+  {
+    case kCollationKey:
+      PR_FREEIF(EntryInfo.key);
+      rv = GetCollationKey(msgHdr, m_sortType, &EntryInfo.key, &EntryInfo.dword, colHandler);
+      NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv),"failed to create collation key");
+      break;
+    case kU32:
+      if (m_sortType == nsMsgViewSortType::byId)
+        EntryInfo.dword = EntryInfo.id;
+      else
+        GetLongField(msgHdr, m_sortType, &EntryInfo.dword, colHandler);
+      break;
+    default:
+      NS_ERROR("invalid field type");
+  }
+}
+
+void nsMsgDBView::ValidateSort()
+{
+  IdKeyPtr EntryInfo1, EntryInfo2;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> hdr1, hdr2;
+
+  uint16_t  maxLen;
+  eFieldType fieldType;
+
+  // Get the custom column handler for the primary sort and pass it first
+  // to GetFieldTypeAndLenForSort to get the fieldType and then either
+  // GetCollationKey or GetLongField.
+  nsIMsgCustomColumnHandler* colHandler = GetCurColumnHandler();
+
+  // It is not entirely clear what we should do since,
+  // if fieldType is not available, there is no way to know
+  // how to compare the field to check for sorting.
+  // So we bomb out here. It is OK since this is debug code
+  // inside  #ifdef DEBUG_David_Bienvenu
+  rv = GetFieldTypeAndLenForSort(m_sortType, &maxLen, &fieldType, colHandler);
+  NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv),"failed to obtain fieldType");
+
+  viewSortInfo comparisonContext;
+  comparisonContext.view = this;
+  comparisonContext.isSecondarySort = false;
+  comparisonContext.ascendingSort = (m_sortOrder == nsMsgViewSortOrder::ascending);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> db;
+  GetDBForViewIndex(0, getter_AddRefs(db));
+  // this is only for comparing collation keys - it could be any db.
+  comparisonContext.db = db.get();
+
+  for (nsMsgViewIndex i = 0; i < m_keys.Length();)
+  {
+    // ignore non threads
+    if (m_levels[i])
+    {
+      i++;
+      continue;
+    }
+
+    // find next header.
+    nsMsgViewIndex j = i + 1;
+    while (j < m_keys.Length() && m_levels[j])
+      j++;
+    if (j == m_keys.Length())
+      break;
+
+    InitEntryInfoForIndex(i, EntryInfo1);
+    InitEntryInfoForIndex(j, EntryInfo2);
+    const void *pValue1 = &EntryInfo1, *pValue2 = &EntryInfo2;
+    int retStatus = 0;
+    if (fieldType == kCollationKey)
+      retStatus = FnSortIdKeyPtr(&pValue1, &pValue2, &comparisonContext);
+    else if (fieldType == kU32)
+      retStatus = FnSortIdUint32(&pValue1, &pValue2, &comparisonContext);
+
+    if (retStatus && (retStatus < 0) == (m_sortOrder == nsMsgViewSortOrder::ascending))
+    {
+      NS_ERROR("view not sorted correctly");
+      break;
+    }
+    // j is the new i.
+    i = j;
+  }
+}
+
+#endif
+
+nsresult nsMsgDBView::ListUnreadIdsInThread(nsIMsgThread *threadHdr, nsMsgViewIndex startOfThreadViewIndex, uint32_t *pNumListed)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(threadHdr);
+  // these children ids should be in thread order.
+  nsMsgViewIndex viewIndex = startOfThreadViewIndex + 1;
+  *pNumListed = 0;
+  nsMsgKey topLevelMsgKey = m_keys[startOfThreadViewIndex];
+
+  uint32_t numChildren;
+  threadHdr->GetNumChildren(&numChildren);
+  uint32_t i;
+  for (i = 0; i < numChildren; i++)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+    threadHdr->GetChildHdrAt(i, getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+    if (msgHdr != nullptr)
+    {
+      if (!(m_viewFlags & nsMsgViewFlagsType::kShowIgnored))
+      {
+        bool killed;
+        msgHdr->GetIsKilled(&killed);
+        if (killed)
+          continue;
+      }
+
+      nsMsgKey msgKey;
+      uint32_t msgFlags;
+      msgHdr->GetMessageKey(&msgKey);
+      msgHdr->GetFlags(&msgFlags);
+      bool isRead = AdjustReadFlag(msgHdr, &msgFlags);
+      if (!isRead)
+      {
+        // just make sure flag is right in db.
+        m_db->MarkHdrRead(msgHdr, false, nullptr);
+        if (msgKey != topLevelMsgKey)
+        {
+          InsertMsgHdrAt(viewIndex, msgHdr, msgKey, msgFlags,
+                FindLevelInThread(msgHdr, startOfThreadViewIndex, viewIndex));
+          viewIndex++;
+          (*pNumListed)++;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBView::OnHdrFlagsChanged(nsIMsgDBHdr *aHdrChanged, uint32_t aOldFlags,
+                                       uint32_t aNewFlags, nsIDBChangeListener *aInstigator)
+{
+  // if we're not the instigator, update flags if this key is in our view
+  if (aInstigator != this)
+  {
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aHdrChanged);
+    nsMsgKey msgKey;
+    aHdrChanged->GetMessageKey(&msgKey);
+    nsMsgViewIndex index = FindHdr(aHdrChanged);
+    if (index != nsMsgViewIndex_None)
+    {
+      uint32_t viewOnlyFlags = m_flags[index] & (MSG_VIEW_FLAGS | nsMsgMessageFlags::Elided);
+
+      // ### what about saving the old view only flags, like IsThread and HasChildren?
+      // I think we'll want to save those away.
+      m_flags[index] = aNewFlags | viewOnlyFlags;
+      // tell the view the extra flag changed, so it can
+      // update the previous view, if any.
+      OnExtraFlagChanged(index, aNewFlags);
+      NoteChange(index, 1, nsMsgViewNotificationCode::changed);
+    }
+
+    uint32_t deltaFlags = (aOldFlags ^ aNewFlags);
+    if (deltaFlags & (nsMsgMessageFlags::Read | nsMsgMessageFlags::New))
+    {
+      nsMsgViewIndex threadIndex =
+            ThreadIndexOfMsgHdr(aHdrChanged, index, nullptr, nullptr);
+      // may need to fix thread counts
+      if (threadIndex != nsMsgViewIndex_None && threadIndex != index)
+        NoteChange(threadIndex, 1, nsMsgViewNotificationCode::changed);
+    }
+ }
+  // don't need to propagate notifications, right?
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBView::OnHdrDeleted(nsIMsgDBHdr *aHdrChanged,
+                                        nsMsgKey aParentKey,
+                                        int32_t aFlags,
+                                        nsIDBChangeListener *aInstigator)
+{
+  nsMsgViewIndex deletedIndex = FindHdr(aHdrChanged);
+  if (IsValidIndex(deletedIndex))
+  {
+    // Check if this message is currently selected. If it is, tell the frontend
+    // to be prepared for a delete.
+    if (mTreeSelection && mCommandUpdater)
+    {
+      bool isMsgSelected = false;
+      mTreeSelection->IsSelected(deletedIndex, &isMsgSelected);
+      if (isMsgSelected)
+        mCommandUpdater->UpdateNextMessageAfterDelete();
+    }
+
+    RemoveByIndex(deletedIndex);
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBView::OnHdrAdded(nsIMsgDBHdr *aHdrChanged, nsMsgKey aParentKey, int32_t aFlags,
+                          nsIDBChangeListener *aInstigator)
+{
+  return OnNewHeader(aHdrChanged, aParentKey, false);
+  // probably also want to pass that parent key in, since we went to the trouble
+  // of figuring out what it is.
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDBView::OnHdrPropertyChanged(nsIMsgDBHdr *aHdrToChange, bool aPreChange, uint32_t *aStatus,
+                                 nsIDBChangeListener * aInstigator)
+{
+  if (aPreChange)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  if (aHdrToChange)
+  {
+    nsMsgViewIndex index = FindHdr(aHdrToChange);
+    if (index != nsMsgViewIndex_None)
+      NoteChange(index, 1, nsMsgViewNotificationCode::changed);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBView::OnParentChanged (nsMsgKey aKeyChanged, nsMsgKey oldParent, nsMsgKey newParent, nsIDBChangeListener *aInstigator)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBView::OnAnnouncerGoingAway(nsIDBChangeAnnouncer *instigator)
+{
+  if (m_db)
+  {
+    m_db->RemoveListener(this);
+    m_db = nullptr;
+  }
+
+  int32_t saveSize = GetSize();
+  ClearHdrCache();
+
+  // this is important, because the tree will ask us for our
+  // row count, which get determine from the number of keys.
+  m_keys.Clear();
+  // be consistent
+  m_flags.Clear();
+  m_levels.Clear();
+
+  // tell the tree all the rows have gone away
+  if (mTree)
+    mTree->RowCountChanged(0, -saveSize);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDBView::OnEvent(nsIMsgDatabase *aDB, const char *aEvent)
+{
+  if (!strcmp(aEvent, "DBOpened"))
+    m_db = aDB;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBView::OnReadChanged(nsIDBChangeListener *aInstigator)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBView::OnJunkScoreChanged(nsIDBChangeListener *aInstigator)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+void nsMsgDBView::ClearHdrCache()
+{
+  m_cachedHdr = nullptr;
+  m_cachedMsgKey = nsMsgKey_None;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBView::SetSuppressChangeNotifications(bool aSuppressChangeNotifications)
+{
+  mSuppressChangeNotification = aSuppressChangeNotifications;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBView::GetSuppressChangeNotifications(bool * aSuppressChangeNotifications)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aSuppressChangeNotifications);
+  *aSuppressChangeNotifications = mSuppressChangeNotification;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBView::NoteChange(nsMsgViewIndex firstLineChanged,
+                                      int32_t numChanged,
+                                      nsMsgViewNotificationCodeValue changeType)
+{
+  if (mTree && !mSuppressChangeNotification)
+  {
+    switch (changeType)
+    {
+    case nsMsgViewNotificationCode::changed:
+      mTree->InvalidateRange(firstLineChanged, firstLineChanged + numChanged - 1);
+      break;
+    case nsMsgViewNotificationCode::insertOrDelete:
+      if (numChanged < 0)
+        mRemovingRow = true;
+      // the caller needs to have adjusted m_keys before getting here, since
+      // RowCountChanged() will call our GetRowCount()
+      mTree->RowCountChanged(firstLineChanged, numChanged);
+      mRemovingRow = false;
+      MOZ_FALLTHROUGH;
+    case nsMsgViewNotificationCode::all:
+      ClearHdrCache();
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+void nsMsgDBView::NoteStartChange(nsMsgViewIndex firstlineChanged, int32_t numChanged,
+                                  nsMsgViewNotificationCodeValue changeType)
+{
+}
+void nsMsgDBView::NoteEndChange(nsMsgViewIndex firstlineChanged, int32_t numChanged,
+                                nsMsgViewNotificationCodeValue changeType)
+{
+  // send the notification now.
+  NoteChange(firstlineChanged, numChanged, changeType);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBView::GetSortOrder(nsMsgViewSortOrderValue *aSortOrder)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aSortOrder);
+    *aSortOrder = m_sortOrder;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBView::GetSortType(nsMsgViewSortTypeValue *aSortType)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aSortType);
+    *aSortType = m_sortType;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBView::SetSortType(nsMsgViewSortTypeValue aSortType)
+{
+    m_sortType = aSortType;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBView::GetViewType(nsMsgViewTypeValue *aViewType)
+{
+    NS_ERROR("you should be overriding this");
+    return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBView::GetSecondarySortOrder(nsMsgViewSortOrderValue *aSortOrder)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aSortOrder);
+    *aSortOrder = m_secondarySortOrder;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBView::SetSecondarySortOrder(nsMsgViewSortOrderValue aSortOrder)
+{
+    m_secondarySortOrder = aSortOrder;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBView::GetSecondarySortType(nsMsgViewSortTypeValue *aSortType)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aSortType);
+    *aSortType = m_secondarySort;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBView::SetSecondarySortType(nsMsgViewSortTypeValue aSortType)
+{
+    m_secondarySort = aSortType;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDBView::PersistFolderInfo(nsIDBFolderInfo **dbFolderInfo)
+{
+  nsresult rv = m_db->GetDBFolderInfo(dbFolderInfo);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  // save off sort type and order, view type and flags
+  (*dbFolderInfo)->SetSortType(m_sortType);
+  (*dbFolderInfo)->SetSortOrder(m_sortOrder);
+  (*dbFolderInfo)->SetViewFlags(m_viewFlags);
+  nsMsgViewTypeValue viewType;
+  GetViewType(&viewType);
+  (*dbFolderInfo)->SetViewType(viewType);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBView::GetViewFlags(nsMsgViewFlagsTypeValue *aViewFlags)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aViewFlags);
+    *aViewFlags = m_viewFlags;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBView::SetViewFlags(nsMsgViewFlagsTypeValue aViewFlags)
+{
+  // if we're turning off threaded display, we need to expand all so that all
+  // messages will be displayed.
+  if (m_viewFlags & nsMsgViewFlagsType::kThreadedDisplay && ! (aViewFlags & nsMsgViewFlagsType::kThreadedDisplay))
+  {
+    ExpandAll();
+    m_sortValid = false; // invalidate the sort so sorting will do something
+  }
+  m_viewFlags = aViewFlags;
+
+  if (m_viewFolder)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDatabase> db;
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIDBFolderInfo> folderInfo;
+    nsresult rv = m_viewFolder->GetDBFolderInfoAndDB(getter_AddRefs(folderInfo), getter_AddRefs(db));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+    return folderInfo->SetViewFlags(aViewFlags);
+  }
+  else
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDBView::MarkThreadOfMsgRead(nsMsgKey msgId, nsMsgViewIndex msgIndex, nsTArray<nsMsgKey> &idsMarkedRead, bool bRead)
+{
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgThread> threadHdr;
+    nsresult rv = GetThreadContainingIndex(msgIndex, getter_AddRefs(threadHdr));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    nsMsgViewIndex threadIndex;
+
+    NS_ASSERTION(threadHdr, "threadHdr is null");
+    if (!threadHdr)
+        return NS_MSG_MESSAGE_NOT_FOUND;
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> firstHdr;
+    rv = threadHdr->GetChildHdrAt(0, getter_AddRefs(firstHdr));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    nsMsgKey firstHdrId;
+    firstHdr->GetMessageKey(&firstHdrId);
+    if (msgId != firstHdrId)
+        threadIndex = GetIndexOfFirstDisplayedKeyInThread(threadHdr);
+    else
+        threadIndex = msgIndex;
+    return MarkThreadRead(threadHdr, threadIndex, idsMarkedRead, bRead);
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDBView::MarkThreadRead(nsIMsgThread *threadHdr, nsMsgViewIndex threadIndex, nsTArray<nsMsgKey> &idsMarkedRead, bool bRead)
+{
+    uint32_t numChildren;
+    threadHdr->GetNumChildren(&numChildren);
+    idsMarkedRead.SetCapacity(numChildren);
+    for (int32_t childIndex = 0; childIndex < (int32_t) numChildren ; childIndex++)
+    {
+        nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+        threadHdr->GetChildHdrAt(childIndex, getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+        NS_ASSERTION(msgHdr, "msgHdr is null");
+        if (!msgHdr)
+            continue;
+
+        bool isRead;
+
+        nsMsgKey hdrMsgId;
+        msgHdr->GetMessageKey(&hdrMsgId);
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> db;
+        nsresult rv = GetDBForHeader(msgHdr, getter_AddRefs(db));
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+        db->IsRead(hdrMsgId, &isRead);
+
+        if (isRead != bRead)
+        {
+            // MarkHdrRead will change the unread count on the thread
+            db->MarkHdrRead(msgHdr, bRead, nullptr);
+            // insert at the front.  should we insert at the end?
+            idsMarkedRead.InsertElementAt(0, hdrMsgId);
+        }
+    }
+
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+bool nsMsgDBView::AdjustReadFlag(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr, uint32_t *msgFlags)
+{
+  // if we're a cross-folder view, just bail on this.
+  if (GetFolders())
+    return *msgFlags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Read;
+  bool isRead = false;
+  nsMsgKey msgKey;
+  msgHdr->GetMessageKey(&msgKey);
+  m_db->IsRead(msgKey, &isRead);
+    // just make sure flag is right in db.
+#ifdef DEBUG_David_Bienvenu
+  NS_ASSERTION(isRead == ((*msgFlags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Read) != 0), "msgFlags out of sync");
+#endif
+  if (isRead)
+    *msgFlags |= nsMsgMessageFlags::Read;
+  else
+    *msgFlags &= ~nsMsgMessageFlags::Read;
+  m_db->MarkHdrRead(msgHdr, isRead, nullptr);
+  return isRead;
+}
+
+// Starting from startIndex, performs the passed in navigation, including
+// any marking read needed, and returns the resultId and resultIndex of the
+// destination of the navigation.  If no message is found in the view,
+// it returns a resultId of nsMsgKey_None and an resultIndex of nsMsgViewIndex_None.
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBView::ViewNavigate(nsMsgNavigationTypeValue motion, nsMsgKey *pResultKey, nsMsgViewIndex *pResultIndex, nsMsgViewIndex *pThreadIndex, bool wrap)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(pResultKey);
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(pResultIndex);
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(pThreadIndex);
+
+    int32_t currentIndex;
+    nsMsgViewIndex startIndex;
+
+    if (!mTreeSelection) // we must be in stand alone message mode
+    {
+      currentIndex = FindViewIndex(m_currentlyDisplayedMsgKey);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      nsresult rv = mTreeSelection->GetCurrentIndex(&currentIndex);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    }
+    startIndex = currentIndex;
+    return nsMsgDBView::NavigateFromPos(motion, startIndex, pResultKey, pResultIndex, pThreadIndex, wrap);
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDBView::NavigateFromPos(nsMsgNavigationTypeValue motion, nsMsgViewIndex startIndex, nsMsgKey *pResultKey, nsMsgViewIndex *pResultIndex, nsMsgViewIndex *pThreadIndex, bool wrap)
+{
+    nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+    nsMsgKey resultThreadKey;
+    nsMsgViewIndex curIndex;
+    nsMsgViewIndex lastIndex = (GetSize() > 0) ? (nsMsgViewIndex) GetSize() - 1 : nsMsgViewIndex_None;
+    nsMsgViewIndex threadIndex = nsMsgViewIndex_None;
+
+    // if there aren't any messages in the view, bail out.
+    if (GetSize() <= 0)
+    {
+      *pResultIndex = nsMsgViewIndex_None;
+      *pResultKey = nsMsgKey_None;
+      return NS_OK;
+    }
+
+    switch (motion)
+    {
+        case nsMsgNavigationType::firstMessage:
+            *pResultIndex = 0;
+            *pResultKey = m_keys[0];
+            break;
+        case nsMsgNavigationType::nextMessage:
+            // return same index and id on next on last message
+            *pResultIndex = std::min(startIndex + 1, lastIndex);
+            *pResultKey = m_keys[*pResultIndex];
+            break;
+        case nsMsgNavigationType::previousMessage:
+            *pResultIndex = (startIndex != nsMsgViewIndex_None && startIndex > 0) ? startIndex - 1 : 0;
+            *pResultKey = m_keys[*pResultIndex];
+            break;
+        case nsMsgNavigationType::lastMessage:
+            *pResultIndex = lastIndex;
+            *pResultKey = m_keys[*pResultIndex];
+            break;
+        case nsMsgNavigationType::firstFlagged:
+            rv = FindFirstFlagged(pResultIndex);
+            if (IsValidIndex(*pResultIndex))
+                *pResultKey = m_keys[*pResultIndex];
+            break;
+        case nsMsgNavigationType::nextFlagged:
+            rv = FindNextFlagged(startIndex + 1, pResultIndex);
+            if (IsValidIndex(*pResultIndex))
+                *pResultKey = m_keys[*pResultIndex];
+            break;
+        case nsMsgNavigationType::previousFlagged:
+            rv = FindPrevFlagged(startIndex, pResultIndex);
+            if (IsValidIndex(*pResultIndex))
+                *pResultKey = m_keys[*pResultIndex];
+            break;
+        case nsMsgNavigationType::firstNew:
+            rv = FindFirstNew(pResultIndex);
+            if (IsValidIndex(*pResultIndex))
+                *pResultKey = m_keys[*pResultIndex];
+            break;
+        case nsMsgNavigationType::firstUnreadMessage:
+            startIndex = nsMsgViewIndex_None;        // note fall thru - is this motion ever used?
+            MOZ_FALLTHROUGH;
+        case nsMsgNavigationType::nextUnreadMessage:
+            for (curIndex = (startIndex == nsMsgViewIndex_None) ? 0 : startIndex; curIndex <= lastIndex && lastIndex != nsMsgViewIndex_None; curIndex++) {
+                uint32_t flags = m_flags[curIndex];
+
+                // don't return start index since navigate should move
+                if (!(flags & (nsMsgMessageFlags::Read | MSG_VIEW_FLAG_DUMMY)) && (curIndex != startIndex))
+                {
+                    *pResultIndex = curIndex;
+                    *pResultKey = m_keys[*pResultIndex];
+                    break;
+                }
+                // check for collapsed thread with new children
+                if ((m_viewFlags & nsMsgViewFlagsType::kThreadedDisplay) && flags & MSG_VIEW_FLAG_ISTHREAD && flags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Elided) {
+                    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgThread> threadHdr;
+                    GetThreadContainingIndex(curIndex, getter_AddRefs(threadHdr));
+                    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+                    NS_ASSERTION(threadHdr, "threadHdr is null");
+                    if (!threadHdr)
+                        continue;
+                    uint32_t numUnreadChildren;
+                    threadHdr->GetNumUnreadChildren(&numUnreadChildren);
+                    if (numUnreadChildren > 0)
+                    {
+                        uint32_t numExpanded;
+                        ExpandByIndex(curIndex, &numExpanded);
+                        lastIndex += numExpanded;
+                        if (pThreadIndex)
+                            *pThreadIndex = curIndex;
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+            if (curIndex > lastIndex)
+            {
+                // wrap around by starting at index 0.
+                if (wrap)
+                {
+                    nsMsgKey startKey = GetAt(startIndex);
+
+                    rv = NavigateFromPos(nsMsgNavigationType::nextUnreadMessage, nsMsgViewIndex_None, pResultKey, pResultIndex, pThreadIndex, false);
+
+                    if (*pResultKey == startKey)
+                    {
+                        // wrapped around and found start message!
+                        *pResultIndex = nsMsgViewIndex_None;
+                        *pResultKey = nsMsgKey_None;
+                    }
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    *pResultIndex = nsMsgViewIndex_None;
+                    *pResultKey = nsMsgKey_None;
+                }
+            }
+            break;
+        case nsMsgNavigationType::previousUnreadMessage:
+            if (startIndex == nsMsgViewIndex_None)
+              break;
+            rv = FindPrevUnread(m_keys[startIndex], pResultKey,
+                                &resultThreadKey);
+            if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+            {
+                *pResultIndex = FindViewIndex(*pResultKey);
+                if (*pResultKey != resultThreadKey && (m_viewFlags & nsMsgViewFlagsType::kThreadedDisplay))
+                {
+                    threadIndex  = GetThreadIndex(*pResultIndex);
+                    if (*pResultIndex == nsMsgViewIndex_None)
+                    {
+                        nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgThread> threadHdr;
+                        nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+                        rv = m_db->GetMsgHdrForKey(*pResultKey, getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+                        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+                        rv = GetThreadContainingMsgHdr(msgHdr, getter_AddRefs(threadHdr));
+                        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+                        NS_ASSERTION(threadHdr, "threadHdr is null");
+                        if (threadHdr)
+                            break;
+                        uint32_t numUnreadChildren;
+                        threadHdr->GetNumUnreadChildren(&numUnreadChildren);
+                        if (numUnreadChildren > 0)
+                        {
+                            uint32_t numExpanded;
+                            ExpandByIndex(threadIndex, &numExpanded);
+                        }
+                        *pResultIndex = FindViewIndex(*pResultKey);
+                    }
+                }
+                if (pThreadIndex)
+                    *pThreadIndex = threadIndex;
+            }
+            break;
+        case nsMsgNavigationType::lastUnreadMessage:
+            break;
+        case nsMsgNavigationType::nextUnreadThread:
+            if (startIndex != nsMsgViewIndex_None)
+              ApplyCommandToIndices(nsMsgViewCommandType::markThreadRead, &startIndex, 1);
+
+            return NavigateFromPos(nsMsgNavigationType::nextUnreadMessage, startIndex, pResultKey, pResultIndex, pThreadIndex, true);
+        case nsMsgNavigationType::toggleThreadKilled:
+            {
+                bool resultKilled;
+                nsMsgViewIndexArray selection;
+                GetSelectedIndices(selection);
+                ToggleIgnored(selection.Elements(), selection.Length(), &threadIndex, &resultKilled);
+                if (resultKilled)
+                {
+                    return NavigateFromPos(nsMsgNavigationType::nextUnreadThread, threadIndex, pResultKey, pResultIndex, pThreadIndex, true);
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    *pResultIndex = nsMsgViewIndex_None;
+                    *pResultKey = nsMsgKey_None;
+                    return NS_OK;
+                }
+            }
+        case nsMsgNavigationType::toggleSubthreadKilled:
+            {
+                bool resultKilled;
+                nsMsgViewIndexArray selection;
+                GetSelectedIndices(selection);
+                ToggleMessageKilled(selection.Elements(), selection.Length(),
+                    &threadIndex, &resultKilled);
+                if (resultKilled)
+                {
+                    return NavigateFromPos(nsMsgNavigationType::nextUnreadMessage, threadIndex, pResultKey, pResultIndex, pThreadIndex, true);
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    *pResultIndex = nsMsgViewIndex_None;
+                    *pResultKey = nsMsgKey_None;
+                    return NS_OK;
+                }
+            }
+          // check where navigate says this will take us. If we have the message in the view,
+          // return it. Otherwise, return an error.
+      case nsMsgNavigationType::back:
+      case nsMsgNavigationType::forward:
+        {
+          nsCString folderUri, msgUri;
+          nsCString viewFolderUri;
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> curFolder = m_viewFolder ? m_viewFolder : m_folder;
+          if (curFolder)
+            curFolder->GetURI(viewFolderUri);
+          int32_t relPos = (motion == nsMsgNavigationType::forward)
+            ? 1 : (m_currentlyDisplayedMsgKey != nsMsgKey_None) ? -1 : 0;
+          int32_t curPos;
+          nsresult rv;
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIMessenger> messenger (do_QueryReferent(mMessengerWeak, &rv));
+          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+          rv = messenger->GetFolderUriAtNavigatePos(relPos, folderUri);
+          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+          // Empty viewFolderUri means we're in a search results view.
+          if (viewFolderUri.IsEmpty() || folderUri.Equals(viewFolderUri))
+          {
+            nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+            rv = messenger->GetMsgUriAtNavigatePos(relPos, msgUri);
+            NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+            messenger->MsgHdrFromURI(msgUri, getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+            if (msgHdr)
+            {
+              messenger->GetNavigatePos(&curPos);
+              curPos += relPos;
+              *pResultIndex = FindHdr(msgHdr);
+              messenger->SetNavigatePos(curPos);
+              msgHdr->GetMessageKey(pResultKey);
+              return NS_OK;
+            }
+          }
+          *pResultIndex = nsMsgViewIndex_None;
+          *pResultKey = nsMsgKey_None;
+          break;
+
+        }
+        default:
+            NS_ERROR("unsupported motion");
+            break;
+    }
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBView::NavigateStatus(nsMsgNavigationTypeValue motion, bool *_retval)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(_retval);
+
+    bool enable = false;
+    nsresult rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    nsMsgKey resultKey = nsMsgKey_None;
+    int32_t index = nsMsgKey_None;
+    nsMsgViewIndex resultIndex = nsMsgViewIndex_None;
+    if (mTreeSelection)
+      (void) mTreeSelection->GetCurrentIndex(&index);
+    else
+      index = FindViewIndex(m_currentlyDisplayedMsgKey);
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMessenger> messenger (do_QueryReferent(mMessengerWeak));
+    // warning - we no longer validate index up front because fe passes in -1 for no
+    // selection, so if you use index, be sure to validate it before using it
+    // as an array index.
+    switch (motion)
+    {
+        case nsMsgNavigationType::firstMessage:
+        case nsMsgNavigationType::lastMessage:
+            if (GetSize() > 0)
+                enable = true;
+            break;
+        case nsMsgNavigationType::nextMessage:
+            if (IsValidIndex(index) && uint32_t(index) < GetSize() - 1)
+                enable = true;
+            break;
+        case nsMsgNavigationType::previousMessage:
+            if (IsValidIndex(index) && index != 0 && GetSize() > 1)
+                enable = true;
+            break;
+        case nsMsgNavigationType::firstFlagged:
+            rv = FindFirstFlagged(&resultIndex);
+            enable = (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && resultIndex != nsMsgViewIndex_None);
+            break;
+        case nsMsgNavigationType::nextFlagged:
+            rv = FindNextFlagged(index + 1, &resultIndex);
+            enable = (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && resultIndex != nsMsgViewIndex_None);
+            break;
+        case nsMsgNavigationType::previousFlagged:
+            if (IsValidIndex(index) && index != 0)
+                rv = FindPrevFlagged(index, &resultIndex);
+            enable = (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && resultIndex != nsMsgViewIndex_None);
+            break;
+        case nsMsgNavigationType::firstNew:
+            rv = FindFirstNew(&resultIndex);
+            enable = (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && resultIndex != nsMsgViewIndex_None);
+            break;
+        case nsMsgNavigationType::readMore:
+            enable = true;  // for now, always true.
+            break;
+        case nsMsgNavigationType::nextFolder:
+        case nsMsgNavigationType::nextUnreadThread:
+        case nsMsgNavigationType::nextUnreadMessage:
+        case nsMsgNavigationType::toggleThreadKilled:
+            enable = true;  // always enabled
+            break;
+        case nsMsgNavigationType::previousUnreadMessage:
+            if (IsValidIndex(index))
+            {
+                nsMsgKey threadId;
+                rv = FindPrevUnread(m_keys[index], &resultKey, &threadId);
+                enable = (resultKey != nsMsgKey_None);
+            }
+            break;
+        case nsMsgNavigationType::forward:
+        case nsMsgNavigationType::back:
+        {
+          uint32_t curPos;
+          uint32_t historyCount;
+
+          if (messenger)
+          {
+            messenger->GetNavigateHistory(&curPos, &historyCount, nullptr);
+            int32_t desiredPos = (int32_t) curPos;
+            if (motion == nsMsgNavigationType::forward)
+              desiredPos++;
+            else
+              desiredPos--; //? operator code didn't work for me
+            enable = (desiredPos >= 0 && desiredPos < (int32_t) historyCount / 2);
+          }
+        }
+          break;
+
+        default:
+            NS_ERROR("unexpected");
+            break;
+    }
+
+    *_retval = enable;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// Note that these routines do NOT expand collapsed threads! This mimics the old behaviour,
+// but it's also because we don't remember whether a thread contains a flagged message the
+// same way we remember if a thread contains new messages. It would be painful to dive down
+// into each collapsed thread to update navigate status.
+// We could cache this info, but it would still be expensive the first time this status needs
+// to get updated.
+nsresult nsMsgDBView::FindNextFlagged(nsMsgViewIndex startIndex, nsMsgViewIndex *pResultIndex)
+{
+    nsMsgViewIndex lastIndex = (nsMsgViewIndex) GetSize() - 1;
+    nsMsgViewIndex curIndex;
+
+    *pResultIndex = nsMsgViewIndex_None;
+
+    if (GetSize() > 0)
+    {
+        for (curIndex = startIndex; curIndex <= lastIndex; curIndex++)
+        {
+            uint32_t flags = m_flags[curIndex];
+            if (flags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Marked)
+            {
+                *pResultIndex = curIndex;
+                break;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDBView::FindFirstNew(nsMsgViewIndex *pResultIndex)
+{
+  if (m_db)
+  {
+    nsMsgKey firstNewKey = nsMsgKey_None;
+    m_db->GetFirstNew(&firstNewKey);
+    *pResultIndex = (firstNewKey != nsMsgKey_None)
+        ? FindKey(firstNewKey, true) : nsMsgViewIndex_None;
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDBView::FindPrevUnread(nsMsgKey startKey, nsMsgKey *pResultKey,
+                                     nsMsgKey *resultThreadId)
+{
+    nsMsgViewIndex startIndex = FindViewIndex(startKey);
+    nsMsgViewIndex curIndex = startIndex;
+    nsresult rv = NS_MSG_MESSAGE_NOT_FOUND;
+
+    if (startIndex == nsMsgViewIndex_None)
+        return NS_MSG_MESSAGE_NOT_FOUND;
+
+    *pResultKey = nsMsgKey_None;
+    if (resultThreadId)
+        *resultThreadId = nsMsgKey_None;
+
+    for (; (int) curIndex >= 0 && (*pResultKey == nsMsgKey_None); curIndex--)
+    {
+        uint32_t flags = m_flags[curIndex];
+
+        if (curIndex != startIndex && flags & MSG_VIEW_FLAG_ISTHREAD && flags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Elided)
+        {
+            NS_ERROR("fix this");
+            //nsMsgKey threadId = m_keys[curIndex];
+            //rv = m_db->GetUnreadKeyInThread(threadId, pResultKey, resultThreadId);
+            if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && (*pResultKey != nsMsgKey_None))
+                break;
+        }
+        if (!(flags & (nsMsgMessageFlags::Read | MSG_VIEW_FLAG_DUMMY)) && (curIndex != startIndex))
+        {
+            *pResultKey = m_keys[curIndex];
+            rv = NS_OK;
+            break;
+        }
+    }
+    // found unread message but we don't know the thread
+    NS_ASSERTION(!(*pResultKey != nsMsgKey_None && resultThreadId && *resultThreadId == nsMsgKey_None),
+      "fix this");
+    return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDBView::FindFirstFlagged(nsMsgViewIndex *pResultIndex)
+{
+    return FindNextFlagged(0, pResultIndex);
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDBView::FindPrevFlagged(nsMsgViewIndex startIndex, nsMsgViewIndex *pResultIndex)
+{
+    nsMsgViewIndex curIndex;
+
+    *pResultIndex = nsMsgViewIndex_None;
+
+    if (GetSize() > 0 && IsValidIndex(startIndex))
+    {
+        curIndex = startIndex;
+        do
+        {
+            if (curIndex != 0)
+                curIndex--;
+
+            uint32_t flags = m_flags[curIndex];
+            if (flags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Marked)
+            {
+                *pResultIndex = curIndex;
+                break;
+            }
+        }
+        while (curIndex != 0);
+    }
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+bool nsMsgDBView::IsValidIndex(nsMsgViewIndex index)
+{
+    return index != nsMsgViewIndex_None &&
+           (index < (nsMsgViewIndex) m_keys.Length());
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDBView::OrExtraFlag(nsMsgViewIndex index, uint32_t orflag)
+{
+  uint32_t  flag;
+  if (!IsValidIndex(index))
+    return NS_MSG_INVALID_DBVIEW_INDEX;
+  flag = m_flags[index];
+  flag |= orflag;
+  m_flags[index] = flag;
+  OnExtraFlagChanged(index, flag);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDBView::AndExtraFlag(nsMsgViewIndex index, uint32_t andflag)
+{
+  uint32_t  flag;
+  if (!IsValidIndex(index))
+    return NS_MSG_INVALID_DBVIEW_INDEX;
+  flag = m_flags[index];
+  flag &= andflag;
+  m_flags[index] = flag;
+  OnExtraFlagChanged(index, flag);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDBView::SetExtraFlag(nsMsgViewIndex index, uint32_t extraflag)
+{
+  if (!IsValidIndex(index))
+    return NS_MSG_INVALID_DBVIEW_INDEX;
+  m_flags[index] = extraflag;
+  OnExtraFlagChanged(index, extraflag);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+nsresult nsMsgDBView::ToggleIgnored(nsMsgViewIndex * indices, int32_t numIndices, nsMsgViewIndex *resultIndex, bool *resultToggleState)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgThread> thread;
+
+  // Ignored state is toggled based on the first selected thread
+  nsMsgViewIndex threadIndex = GetThreadFromMsgIndex(indices[0], getter_AddRefs(thread));
+  uint32_t threadFlags;
+  thread->GetFlags(&threadFlags);
+  uint32_t ignored = threadFlags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Ignored;
+
+  // Process threads in reverse order
+  // Otherwise collapsing the threads will invalidate the indices
+  threadIndex = nsMsgViewIndex_None;
+  while (numIndices)
+  {
+    numIndices--;
+    if (indices[numIndices] < threadIndex)
+    {
+      threadIndex = GetThreadFromMsgIndex(indices[numIndices], getter_AddRefs(thread));
+      thread->GetFlags(&threadFlags);
+      if ((threadFlags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Ignored) == ignored)
+        SetThreadIgnored(thread, threadIndex, !ignored);
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (resultIndex)
+    *resultIndex = threadIndex;
+  if (resultToggleState)
+    *resultToggleState = !ignored;
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDBView::ToggleMessageKilled(nsMsgViewIndex * indices, int32_t numIndices, nsMsgViewIndex *resultIndex, bool *resultToggleState)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(resultToggleState);
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> header;
+  // Ignored state is toggled based on the first selected message
+  nsresult rv = GetMsgHdrForViewIndex(indices[0], getter_AddRefs(header));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  uint32_t msgFlags;
+  header->GetFlags(&msgFlags);
+  uint32_t ignored = msgFlags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Ignored;
+
+  // Process messages in reverse order
+  // Otherwise the indices may be invalidated...
+  nsMsgViewIndex msgIndex = nsMsgViewIndex_None;
+  while (numIndices)
+  {
+    numIndices--;
+    if (indices[numIndices] < msgIndex)
+    {
+      msgIndex = indices[numIndices];
+      rv = GetMsgHdrForViewIndex(msgIndex, getter_AddRefs(header));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      header->GetFlags(&msgFlags);
+      if ((msgFlags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Ignored) == ignored)
+        SetSubthreadKilled(header, msgIndex, !ignored);
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (resultIndex)
+    *resultIndex = msgIndex;
+  if (resultToggleState)
+    *resultToggleState = !ignored;
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsMsgViewIndex  nsMsgDBView::GetThreadFromMsgIndex(nsMsgViewIndex index,
+                                                   nsIMsgThread **threadHdr)
+{
+  nsMsgKey        msgKey = GetAt(index);
+  nsMsgViewIndex  threadIndex;
+
+  if (threadHdr == nullptr)
+    return nsMsgViewIndex_None;
+
+  nsresult rv = GetThreadContainingIndex(index, threadHdr);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,nsMsgViewIndex_None);
+
+  if (*threadHdr == nullptr)
+    return nsMsgViewIndex_None;
+
+  nsMsgKey threadKey;
+  (*threadHdr)->GetThreadKey(&threadKey);
+  if (msgKey !=threadKey)
+    threadIndex = GetIndexOfFirstDisplayedKeyInThread(*threadHdr);
+  else
+    threadIndex = index;
+  return threadIndex;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDBView::ToggleWatched( nsMsgViewIndex* indices,  int32_t numIndices)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgThread> thread;
+
+  // Watched state is toggled based on the first selected thread
+  nsMsgViewIndex threadIndex = GetThreadFromMsgIndex(indices[0], getter_AddRefs(thread));
+  uint32_t threadFlags;
+  thread->GetFlags(&threadFlags);
+  uint32_t watched = threadFlags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Watched;
+
+  // Process threads in reverse order
+  // for consistency with ToggleIgnored
+  threadIndex = nsMsgViewIndex_None;
+  while (numIndices)
+  {
+    numIndices--;
+    if (indices[numIndices] < threadIndex)
+    {
+      threadIndex = GetThreadFromMsgIndex(indices[numIndices], getter_AddRefs(thread));
+      thread->GetFlags(&threadFlags);
+      if ((threadFlags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Watched) == watched)
+        SetThreadWatched(thread, threadIndex, !watched);
+    }
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDBView::SetThreadIgnored(nsIMsgThread *thread, nsMsgViewIndex threadIndex, bool ignored)
+{
+  if (!IsValidIndex(threadIndex))
+    return NS_MSG_INVALID_DBVIEW_INDEX;
+
+  NoteChange(threadIndex, 1, nsMsgViewNotificationCode::changed);
+  if (ignored)
+  {
+    nsTArray<nsMsgKey> idsMarkedRead;
+
+    MarkThreadRead(thread, threadIndex, idsMarkedRead, true);
+    CollapseByIndex(threadIndex, nullptr);
+  }
+
+  if (!m_db)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  return m_db->MarkThreadIgnored(thread, m_keys[threadIndex], ignored, this);
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDBView::SetSubthreadKilled(nsIMsgDBHdr *header, nsMsgViewIndex msgIndex, bool ignored)
+{
+  if (!IsValidIndex(msgIndex))
+    return NS_MSG_INVALID_DBVIEW_INDEX;
+
+  NoteChange(msgIndex, 1, nsMsgViewNotificationCode::changed);
+
+  if (!m_db)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  nsresult rv = m_db->MarkHeaderKilled(header, ignored, this);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  if (ignored)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgThread> thread;
+    nsresult rv;
+    rv = GetThreadContainingMsgHdr(header, getter_AddRefs(thread));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      return NS_OK; // So we didn't mark threads read
+
+    uint32_t children, current;
+    thread->GetNumChildren(&children);
+
+    nsMsgKey headKey;
+    header->GetMessageKey(&headKey);
+
+    for (current = 0; current < children; current++)
+    {
+       nsMsgKey newKey;
+       thread->GetChildKeyAt(current, &newKey);
+       if (newKey == headKey)
+         break;
+    }
+
+    // Process all messages, starting with this message.
+    for (; current < children; current++)
+    {
+       nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> nextHdr;
+       bool isKilled;
+
+       thread->GetChildHdrAt(current, getter_AddRefs(nextHdr));
+       nextHdr->GetIsKilled(&isKilled);
+
+       // Ideally, the messages should stop processing here.
+       // However, the children are ordered not by thread...
+       if (isKilled)
+         nextHdr->MarkRead(true);
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDBView::SetThreadWatched(nsIMsgThread *thread, nsMsgViewIndex index, bool watched)
+{
+  if (!IsValidIndex(index))
+    return NS_MSG_INVALID_DBVIEW_INDEX;
+
+  NoteChange(index, 1, nsMsgViewNotificationCode::changed);
+  return m_db->MarkThreadWatched(thread, m_keys[index], watched, this);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBView::GetMsgFolder(nsIMsgFolder **aMsgFolder)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMsgFolder);
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aMsgFolder = m_folder);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBView::SetViewFolder(nsIMsgFolder *aMsgFolder)
+{
+  m_viewFolder = aMsgFolder;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBView::GetViewFolder(nsIMsgFolder **aMsgFolder)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMsgFolder);
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aMsgFolder = m_viewFolder);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDBView::GetNumSelected(uint32_t *aNumSelected)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aNumSelected);
+
+  if (!mTreeSelection)
+  {
+    // No tree selection can mean we're in the stand alone mode.
+    *aNumSelected = (m_currentlyDisplayedMsgKey != nsMsgKey_None) ? 1 : 0;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  bool includeCollapsedMsgs = OperateOnMsgsInCollapsedThreads();
+
+  // We call this a lot from the front end JS, so make it fast.
+  nsresult rv = mTreeSelection->GetCount((int32_t*)aNumSelected);
+  if (!*aNumSelected || !includeCollapsedMsgs ||
+       !(m_viewFlags & nsMsgViewFlagsType::kThreadedDisplay))
+    return rv;
+
+  int32_t numSelectedIncludingCollapsed = *aNumSelected;
+  nsMsgViewIndexArray selection;
+  GetSelectedIndices(selection);
+  int32_t numIndices = selection.Length();
+  // iterate over the selection, counting up the messages in collapsed
+  // threads.
+  for (int32_t i = 0; i < numIndices; i++)
+  {
+    if (m_flags[selection[i]] & nsMsgMessageFlags::Elided)
+    {
+      int32_t collapsedCount;
+      ExpansionDelta(selection[i], &collapsedCount);
+      numSelectedIncludingCollapsed += collapsedCount;
+    }
+  }
+  *aNumSelected = numSelectedIncludingCollapsed;
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBView::GetNumMsgsInView(int32_t *aNumMsgs)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aNumMsgs);
+  return (m_folder) ? m_folder->GetTotalMessages(false, aNumMsgs) :
+                    NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+/**
+ * @note For the IMAP delete model, this applies to both deleting and
+ *       undeleting a message.
+ */
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDBView::GetMsgToSelectAfterDelete(nsMsgViewIndex *msgToSelectAfterDelete)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(msgToSelectAfterDelete);
+  *msgToSelectAfterDelete = nsMsgViewIndex_None;
+
+  bool isMultiSelect = false;
+  int32_t startFirstRange = nsMsgViewIndex_None;
+  int32_t endFirstRange = nsMsgViewIndex_None;
+  if (!mTreeSelection)
+  {
+    // If we don't have a tree selection then we must be in stand alone mode.
+    // return the index of the current message key as the first selected index.
+    *msgToSelectAfterDelete = FindViewIndex(m_currentlyDisplayedMsgKey);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    int32_t selectionCount;
+    int32_t startRange;
+    int32_t endRange;
+    nsresult rv = mTreeSelection->GetRangeCount(&selectionCount);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    for (int32_t i = 0; i < selectionCount; i++)
+    {
+      rv = mTreeSelection->GetRangeAt(i, &startRange, &endRange);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      // save off the first range in case we need it later
+      if (i == 0) {
+        startFirstRange = startRange;
+        endFirstRange = endRange;
+      } else {
+        // If the tree selection is goofy (eg adjacent or overlapping ranges),
+        // complain about it, but don't try and cope.  Just live with the fact
+        // that one of the deleted messages is going to end up selected.
+        NS_WARNING_ASSERTION(endFirstRange != startRange,
+                             "goofy tree selection state: two ranges are adjacent!");
+      }
+      *msgToSelectAfterDelete = std::min(*msgToSelectAfterDelete,
+                                       (nsMsgViewIndex)startRange);
+    }
+
+    // Multiple selection either using Ctrl, Shift, or one of the affordances
+    // to select an entire thread.
+    isMultiSelect = (selectionCount > 1 || (endRange-startRange) > 0);
+  }
+
+  if (*msgToSelectAfterDelete == nsMsgViewIndex_None)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder;
+  GetMsgFolder(getter_AddRefs(folder));
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgImapMailFolder> imapFolder = do_QueryInterface(folder);
+  bool thisIsImapFolder = (imapFolder != nullptr);
+  // Need to update the imap-delete model, can change more than once in a session.
+  if (thisIsImapFolder)
+    GetImapDeleteModel(nullptr);
+
+  // If mail.delete_matches_sort_order is true,
+  // for views sorted in descending order (newest at the top), make msgToSelectAfterDelete
+  // advance in the same direction as the sort order.
+  bool deleteMatchesSort = false;
+  if (m_sortOrder == nsMsgViewSortOrder::descending && *msgToSelectAfterDelete)
+  {
+    nsresult rv;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefBranch (do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    prefBranch->GetBoolPref("mail.delete_matches_sort_order", &deleteMatchesSort);
+  }
+
+  if (mDeleteModel == nsMsgImapDeleteModels::IMAPDelete)
+  {
+    if (isMultiSelect)
+    {
+      if (deleteMatchesSort)
+        *msgToSelectAfterDelete = startFirstRange - 1;
+      else
+        *msgToSelectAfterDelete = endFirstRange + 1;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      if (deleteMatchesSort)
+        *msgToSelectAfterDelete -= 1;
+      else
+        *msgToSelectAfterDelete += 1;
+    }
+  }
+  else if (deleteMatchesSort)
+  {
+    *msgToSelectAfterDelete -= 1;
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDBView::GetRemoveRowOnMoveOrDelete(bool *aRemoveRowOnMoveOrDelete)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aRemoveRowOnMoveOrDelete);
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgImapMailFolder> imapFolder = do_QueryInterface(m_folder);
+  if (!imapFolder)
+  {
+    *aRemoveRowOnMoveOrDelete = true;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  // need to update the imap-delete model, can change more than once in a session.
+  GetImapDeleteModel(nullptr);
+
+  // unlike the other imap delete models, "mark as deleted" does not remove rows on delete (or move)
+  *aRemoveRowOnMoveOrDelete = (mDeleteModel != nsMsgImapDeleteModels::IMAPDelete);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDBView::GetCurrentlyDisplayedMessage(nsMsgViewIndex *currentlyDisplayedMessage)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(currentlyDisplayedMessage);
+  *currentlyDisplayedMessage = FindViewIndex(m_currentlyDisplayedMsgKey);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// if nothing selected, return an NS_ERROR
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDBView::GetHdrForFirstSelectedMessage(nsIMsgDBHdr **hdr)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(hdr);
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsMsgKey key;
+  rv = GetKeyForFirstSelectedMessage(&key);
+  // don't assert, it is legal for nothing to be selected
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  if (!m_db)
+    return NS_MSG_MESSAGE_NOT_FOUND;
+
+  rv = m_db->GetMsgHdrForKey(key, hdr);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// if nothing selected, return an NS_ERROR
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDBView::GetURIForFirstSelectedMessage(nsACString &uri)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsMsgViewIndex viewIndex;
+  rv = GetViewIndexForFirstSelectedMsg(&viewIndex);
+  // don't assert, it is legal for nothing to be selected
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  return GetURIForViewIndex(viewIndex, uri);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDBView::OnDeleteCompleted(bool aSucceeded)
+{
+  if (m_deletingRows && aSucceeded)
+  {
+    uint32_t numIndices = mIndicesToNoteChange.Length();
+    if (numIndices && mTree)
+    {
+      if (numIndices > 1)
+        mIndicesToNoteChange.Sort();
+
+      // the call to NoteChange() has to happen after we are done removing the keys
+      // as NoteChange() will call RowCountChanged() which will call our GetRowCount()
+      if (numIndices > 1)
+        mTree->BeginUpdateBatch();
+      for (uint32_t i = 0; i < numIndices; i++)
+        NoteChange(mIndicesToNoteChange[i], -1, nsMsgViewNotificationCode::insertOrDelete);
+      if (numIndices > 1)
+        mTree->EndUpdateBatch();
+    }
+    mIndicesToNoteChange.Clear();
+  }
+
+ m_deletingRows = false;
+ return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBView::GetDb(nsIMsgDatabase **aDB)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aDB);
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aDB = m_db);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+bool nsMsgDBView::OfflineMsgSelected(nsMsgViewIndex * indices, int32_t numIndices)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgLocalMailFolder> localFolder = do_QueryInterface(m_folder);
+  if (localFolder)
+    return true;
+
+  for (nsMsgViewIndex index = 0; index < (nsMsgViewIndex) numIndices; index++)
+  {
+    // For cross-folder saved searches, we need to check if any message
+    // is in a local folder.
+    if (!m_folder)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder;
+      GetFolderForViewIndex(indices[index], getter_AddRefs(folder));
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgLocalMailFolder> localFolder = do_QueryInterface(folder);
+      if (localFolder)
+        return true;
+    }
+
+    uint32_t flags = m_flags[indices[index]];
+    if ((flags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Offline))
+      return true;
+  }
+  return false;
+}
+
+bool nsMsgDBView::NonDummyMsgSelected(nsMsgViewIndex * indices, int32_t numIndices)
+{
+  bool includeCollapsedMsgs = OperateOnMsgsInCollapsedThreads();
+
+  for (nsMsgViewIndex index = 0; index < (nsMsgViewIndex) numIndices; index++)
+  {
+    uint32_t flags = m_flags[indices[index]];
+    // We now treat having a collapsed dummy message selected as if
+    // the whole group was selected so we can apply commands to the group.
+    if (!(flags & MSG_VIEW_FLAG_DUMMY) ||
+        (flags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Elided && includeCollapsedMsgs))
+      return true;
+  }
+  return false;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBView::GetViewIndexForFirstSelectedMsg(nsMsgViewIndex *aViewIndex)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aViewIndex);
+  // If we don't have a tree selection we must be in stand alone mode...
+  if (!mTreeSelection)
+  {
+    *aViewIndex = m_currentlyDisplayedViewIndex;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  int32_t startRange;
+  int32_t endRange;
+  nsresult rv = mTreeSelection->GetRangeAt(0, &startRange, &endRange);
+  // don't assert, it is legal for nothing to be selected
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  // check that the first index is valid, it may not be if nothing is selected
+  if (startRange < 0 || uint32_t(startRange) >= GetSize())
+    return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+
+  *aViewIndex = startRange;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDBView::GetKeyForFirstSelectedMessage(nsMsgKey *key)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(key);
+  // If we don't have a tree selection we must be in stand alone mode...
+  if (!mTreeSelection)
+  {
+    *key = m_currentlyDisplayedMsgKey;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  int32_t startRange;
+  int32_t endRange;
+  nsresult rv = mTreeSelection->GetRangeAt(0, &startRange, &endRange);
+  // don't assert, it is legal for nothing to be selected
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  // check that the first index is valid, it may not be if nothing is selected
+  if (startRange < 0 || uint32_t(startRange) >= GetSize())
+    return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+
+  if (m_flags[startRange] & MSG_VIEW_FLAG_DUMMY)
+    return NS_MSG_INVALID_DBVIEW_INDEX;
+
+  *key = m_keys[startRange];
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsCOMArray<nsIMsgFolder>* nsMsgDBView::GetFolders()
+{
+  return nullptr;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDBView::AdjustRowCount(int32_t rowCountBeforeSort, int32_t rowCountAfterSort)
+{
+  int32_t rowChange = rowCountAfterSort - rowCountBeforeSort;
+
+  if (rowChange)
+  {
+    // this is not safe to use when you have a selection
+    // RowCountChanged() will call AdjustSelection()
+    uint32_t numSelected = 0;
+    GetNumSelected(&numSelected);
+    NS_ASSERTION(numSelected == 0, "it is not save to call AdjustRowCount() when you have a selection");
+
+    if (mTree)
+      mTree->RowCountChanged(0, rowChange);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDBView::GetImapDeleteModel(nsIMsgFolder *folder)
+{
+   nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+   nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+   if (folder) //for the search view
+     folder->GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+   else if (m_folder)
+     m_folder->GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+   nsCOMPtr<nsIImapIncomingServer> imapServer = do_QueryInterface(server, &rv);
+   if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && imapServer )
+     imapServer->GetDeleteModel(&mDeleteModel);
+   return rv;
+}
+
+
+//
+// CanDrop
+//
+// Can't drop on the thread pane.
+//
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBView::CanDrop(int32_t index,
+                                   int32_t orient,
+                                   nsIDOMDataTransfer *dataTransfer,
+                                   bool *_retval)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(_retval);
+  *_retval = false;
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+//
+// Drop
+//
+// Can't drop on the thread pane.
+//
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBView::Drop(int32_t row,
+                                int32_t orient,
+                                nsIDOMDataTransfer *dataTransfer)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+//
+// IsSorted
+//
+// ...
+//
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBView::IsSorted(bool *_retval)
+{
+  *_retval = false;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBView::SelectFolderMsgByKey(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder, nsMsgKey aKey)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aFolder);
+  if (aKey == nsMsgKey_None)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  // this is OK for non search views.
+
+  nsMsgViewIndex viewIndex = FindKey(aKey, true /* expand */);
+
+  if (mTree)
+    mTreeSelection->SetCurrentIndex(viewIndex);
+
+  // make sure the current message is once again visible in the thread pane
+  // so we don't have to go search for it in the thread pane
+  if (mTree && viewIndex != nsMsgViewIndex_None)
+  {
+    mTreeSelection->Select(viewIndex);
+    mTree->EnsureRowIsVisible(viewIndex);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBView::SelectMsgByKey(nsMsgKey aKey)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(aKey != nsMsgKey_None, "bad key");
+  if (aKey == nsMsgKey_None)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  // use SaveAndClearSelection()
+  // and RestoreSelection() so that we'll clear the current selection
+  // but pass in a different key array so that we'll
+  // select (and load) the desired message
+
+  AutoTArray<nsMsgKey, 1> preservedSelection;
+  nsresult rv = SaveAndClearSelection(nullptr, preservedSelection);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  // now, restore our desired selection
+  AutoTArray<nsMsgKey, 1> keyArray;
+  keyArray.AppendElement(aKey);
+
+  // if the key was not found
+  // (this can happen with "remember last selected message")
+  // nothing will be selected
+  rv = RestoreSelection(aKey, keyArray);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDBView::CloneDBView(nsIMessenger *aMessengerInstance, nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow, nsIMsgDBViewCommandUpdater *aCmdUpdater, nsIMsgDBView **_retval)
+{
+  nsMsgDBView* newMsgDBView = new nsMsgDBView();
+
+  if (!newMsgDBView)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+  nsresult rv = CopyDBView(newMsgDBView, aMessengerInstance, aMsgWindow, aCmdUpdater);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*_retval = newMsgDBView);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDBView::CopyDBView(nsMsgDBView *aNewMsgDBView, nsIMessenger *aMessengerInstance, nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow, nsIMsgDBViewCommandUpdater *aCmdUpdater)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aNewMsgDBView);
+  if (aMsgWindow)
+  {
+    aNewMsgDBView->mMsgWindowWeak = do_GetWeakReference(aMsgWindow);
+    aMsgWindow->SetOpenFolder(m_viewFolder? m_viewFolder : m_folder);
+  }
+  aNewMsgDBView->mMessengerWeak = do_GetWeakReference(aMessengerInstance);
+  aNewMsgDBView->mCommandUpdater = aCmdUpdater;
+  aNewMsgDBView->m_folder = m_folder;
+  aNewMsgDBView->m_viewFlags = m_viewFlags;
+  aNewMsgDBView->m_sortOrder = m_sortOrder;
+  aNewMsgDBView->m_sortType = m_sortType;
+  aNewMsgDBView->m_curCustomColumn = m_curCustomColumn;
+  aNewMsgDBView->m_secondarySort = m_secondarySort;
+  aNewMsgDBView->m_secondarySortOrder = m_secondarySortOrder;
+  aNewMsgDBView->m_secondaryCustomColumn = m_secondaryCustomColumn;
+  aNewMsgDBView->m_db = m_db;
+  aNewMsgDBView->mDateFormatter = mDateFormatter;
+  if (m_db)
+    aNewMsgDBView->m_db->AddListener(aNewMsgDBView);
+  aNewMsgDBView->mIsNews = mIsNews;
+  aNewMsgDBView->mIsRss = mIsRss;
+  aNewMsgDBView->mIsXFVirtual = mIsXFVirtual;
+  aNewMsgDBView->mShowSizeInLines = mShowSizeInLines;
+  aNewMsgDBView->mDeleteModel = mDeleteModel;
+  aNewMsgDBView->m_flags = m_flags;
+  aNewMsgDBView->m_levels = m_levels;
+  aNewMsgDBView->m_keys = m_keys;
+
+  aNewMsgDBView->m_customColumnHandlerIDs = m_customColumnHandlerIDs;
+  aNewMsgDBView->m_customColumnHandlers.AppendObjects(m_customColumnHandlers);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDBView::GetSearchSession(nsIMsgSearchSession* *aSession)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(false, "should be overriden by child class");
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDBView::SetSearchSession(nsIMsgSearchSession *aSession)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(false, "should be overriden by child class");
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDBView::GetSupportsThreading(bool *aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+  *aResult = true;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDBView::FindIndexFromKey(nsMsgKey aMsgKey, bool aExpand, nsMsgViewIndex *aIndex)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aIndex);
+
+  *aIndex = FindKey(aMsgKey, aExpand);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDBView::FindIndexOfMsgHdr(nsIMsgDBHdr *aMsgHdr, bool aExpand, nsMsgViewIndex *aIndex)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(aMsgHdr);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aIndex);
+
+  if (m_viewFlags & nsMsgViewFlagsType::kThreadedDisplay)
+  {
+    nsMsgViewIndex threadIndex = ThreadIndexOfMsgHdr(aMsgHdr);
+    if (threadIndex != nsMsgViewIndex_None)
+    {
+      if (aExpand && (m_flags[threadIndex] & nsMsgMessageFlags::Elided))
+        ExpandByIndex(threadIndex, nullptr);
+      *aIndex = FindHdr(aMsgHdr, threadIndex);
+    }
+    else
+      *aIndex = nsMsgViewIndex_None;
+  }
+  else
+    *aIndex = FindHdr(aMsgHdr);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+static void getDateFormatPref( nsIPrefBranch* _prefBranch, const char* _prefLocalName, nsDateFormatSelector& _format )
+{
+  // read
+  int32_t nFormatSetting( 0 );
+  nsresult result = _prefBranch->GetIntPref( _prefLocalName, &nFormatSetting );
+  if ( NS_SUCCEEDED( result ) )
+  {
+    // translate
+    nsDateFormatSelector res( nFormatSetting );
+    // transfer if valid
+    if ( ( res >= kDateFormatNone ) && ( res <= kDateFormatWeekday ) )
+      _format = res;
+  }
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDBView::InitDisplayFormats()
+{
+  m_dateFormatDefault   = kDateFormatShort;
+  m_dateFormatThisWeek  = kDateFormatShort;
+  m_dateFormatToday     = kDateFormatNone;
+
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefService> prefs = do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> dateFormatPrefs;
+  rv = prefs->GetBranch("mail.ui.display.dateformat.", getter_AddRefs(dateFormatPrefs));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  getDateFormatPref( dateFormatPrefs, "default", m_dateFormatDefault );
+  getDateFormatPref( dateFormatPrefs, "thisweek", m_dateFormatThisWeek );
+  getDateFormatPref( dateFormatPrefs, "today", m_dateFormatToday );
+  return rv;
+}
+
+void nsMsgDBView::SetMRUTimeForFolder(nsIMsgFolder *folder)
+{
+  uint32_t seconds;
+  PRTime2Seconds(PR_Now(), &seconds);
+  nsAutoCString nowStr;
+  nowStr.AppendInt(seconds);
+  folder->SetStringProperty(MRU_TIME_PROPERTY, nowStr);
+}
+
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMsgDBView::nsMsgViewHdrEnumerator, nsISimpleEnumerator)
+
+nsMsgDBView::nsMsgViewHdrEnumerator::nsMsgViewHdrEnumerator(nsMsgDBView *view)
+{
+  // we need to clone the view because the caller may clear the
+  // current view immediately. It also makes it easier to expand all
+  // if we're working on a copy.
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBView> clonedView;
+  view->CloneDBView(nullptr, nullptr, nullptr, getter_AddRefs(clonedView));
+  m_view = static_cast<nsMsgDBView*>(clonedView.get());
+  // make sure we enumerate over collapsed threads by expanding all.
+  m_view->ExpandAll();
+  m_curHdrIndex = 0;
+}
+
+nsMsgDBView::nsMsgViewHdrEnumerator::~nsMsgViewHdrEnumerator()
+{
+  if (m_view)
+    m_view->Close();
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBView::nsMsgViewHdrEnumerator::GetNext(nsISupports **aItem)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aItem);
+
+  if (m_curHdrIndex >= m_view->GetSize())
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  // Ignore dummy header. We won't have empty groups, so
+  // we know the view index is good.
+  if (m_view->m_flags[m_curHdrIndex] & MSG_VIEW_FLAG_DUMMY)
+    ++m_curHdrIndex;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> nextHdr;
+
+  nsresult rv = m_view->GetMsgHdrForViewIndex(m_curHdrIndex++, getter_AddRefs(nextHdr));
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aItem = nextHdr);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBView::nsMsgViewHdrEnumerator::HasMoreElements(bool *aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+  *aResult = m_curHdrIndex < m_view->GetSize();
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDBView::GetViewEnumerator(nsISimpleEnumerator **enumerator)
+{
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*enumerator = new nsMsgViewHdrEnumerator(this));
+  return (*enumerator) ? NS_OK : NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDBView::GetDBForHeader(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr, nsIMsgDatabase **db)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder;
+  nsresult rv = msgHdr->GetFolder(getter_AddRefs(folder));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  return folder->GetMsgDatabase(db);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Determine whether junk commands should be enabled on this view.
+ * Junk commands are always enabled for mail. For nntp and rss, they
+ * may be selectively enabled using an inherited folder property.
+ *
+ * @param  aViewIndex  view index of the message to check
+ * @return             true if junk controls should be enabled
+ */
+bool nsMsgDBView::JunkControlsEnabled(nsMsgViewIndex aViewIndex)
+{
+  // For normal mail, junk commands are always enabled.
+  if (!(mIsNews || mIsRss || mIsXFVirtual))
+    return true;
+
+  // we need to check per message or folder
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> folder = m_folder;
+  if (!folder && IsValidIndex(aViewIndex))
+    GetFolderForViewIndex(aViewIndex, getter_AddRefs(folder));
+  if (folder)
+  {
+    // Check if this is a mail message in search folders.
+    if (mIsXFVirtual)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+      folder->GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+      nsAutoCString type;
+      if (server)
+        server->GetType(type);
+      if (!(MsgLowerCaseEqualsLiteral(type, "nntp") || MsgLowerCaseEqualsLiteral(type, "rss")))
+        return true;
+    }
+
+    // For rss and news, check the inherited folder property.
+    nsAutoCString junkEnableOverride;
+    folder->GetInheritedStringProperty("dobayes.mailnews@mozilla.org#junk",
+                                       junkEnableOverride);
+    if (junkEnableOverride.EqualsLiteral("true"))
+      return true;
+  }
+
+  return false;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgDBView.h b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgDBView.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6dcbbea3b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgDBView.h
@@ -0,0 +1,513 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _nsMsgDBView_H_
+#define _nsMsgDBView_H_
+
+#include "nsIMsgDBView.h"
+#include "nsIMsgWindow.h"
+#include "nsIMessenger.h"
+#include "nsIMsgDatabase.h"
+#include "nsIMsgHdr.h"
+#include "MailNewsTypes.h"
+#include "nsIDBChangeListener.h"
+#include "nsITreeView.h"
+#include "nsITreeBoxObject.h"
+#include "nsITreeSelection.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolder.h"
+#include "nsIMsgThread.h"
+#include "nsIDateTimeFormat.h"
+#include "nsIDOMElement.h"
+#include "nsIAtom.h"
+#include "nsIImapIncomingServer.h"
+#include "nsIWeakReference.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFilterPlugin.h"
+#include "nsIStringBundle.h"
+#include "nsMsgTagService.h"
+#include "nsCOMArray.h"
+#include "nsTArray.h"
+#include "nsTHashtable.h"
+#include "nsHashKeys.h"
+#include "nsIMsgCustomColumnHandler.h"
+#include "nsAutoPtr.h"
+#include "nsIWeakReferenceUtils.h"
+#define MESSENGER_STRING_URL       "chrome://messenger/locale/messenger.properties"
+
+typedef AutoTArray<nsMsgViewIndex, 1> nsMsgViewIndexArray;
+static_assert(nsMsgViewIndex(nsMsgViewIndexArray::NoIndex) ==
+  nsMsgViewIndex_None, "These need to be the same value.");
+
+enum eFieldType {
+    kCollationKey,
+    kU32
+};
+
+// this is used in an nsTArray<> to keep track of a multi-column sort
+class MsgViewSortColumnInfo
+{
+public:
+  MsgViewSortColumnInfo(const MsgViewSortColumnInfo &other);
+  MsgViewSortColumnInfo() {}
+  bool operator == (const MsgViewSortColumnInfo &other) const;
+  nsMsgViewSortTypeValue mSortType;
+  nsMsgViewSortOrderValue mSortOrder;
+  // if mSortType == byCustom, info about the custom column sort
+  nsString mCustomColumnName;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgCustomColumnHandler> mColHandler;
+} ;
+
+// reserve the top 8 bits in the msg flags for the view-only flags.
+#define MSG_VIEW_FLAGS 0xEE000000
+#define MSG_VIEW_FLAG_HASCHILDREN 0x40000000
+#define MSG_VIEW_FLAG_DUMMY 0x20000000
+#define MSG_VIEW_FLAG_ISTHREAD 0x8000000
+#define MSG_VIEW_FLAG_OUTGOING 0x2000000
+#define MSG_VIEW_FLAG_INCOMING 0x1000000
+
+/* There currently only 5 labels defined */
+#define PREF_LABELS_MAX 5
+#define PREF_LABELS_DESCRIPTION  "mailnews.labels.description."
+#define PREF_LABELS_COLOR  "mailnews.labels.color."
+
+#define LABEL_COLOR_STRING " lc-"
+#define LABEL_COLOR_WHITE_STRING "#FFFFFF"
+
+struct IdUint32
+{
+  nsMsgKey    id;
+  uint32_t    bits;
+  uint32_t    dword;
+  nsIMsgFolder* folder;
+};
+
+struct IdKey : public IdUint32
+{
+  // actually a variable length array, whose actual size is determined
+  // when the struct is allocated.
+  uint8_t     key[1];
+};
+
+struct IdKeyPtr : public IdUint32
+{
+  uint8_t     *key;
+};
+
+// This is an abstract implementation class.
+// The actual view objects will be instances of sub-classes of this class
+class nsMsgDBView : public nsIMsgDBView, public nsIDBChangeListener,
+                    public nsITreeView,
+                    public nsIJunkMailClassificationListener
+{
+public:
+  nsMsgDBView();
+
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGDBVIEW
+  NS_DECL_NSIDBCHANGELISTENER
+  NS_DECL_NSITREEVIEW
+  NS_DECL_NSIJUNKMAILCLASSIFICATIONLISTENER
+
+  nsMsgViewIndex GetInsertIndexHelper(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr, nsTArray<nsMsgKey> &keys,
+                                      nsCOMArray<nsIMsgFolder> *folders,
+                                        nsMsgViewSortOrderValue sortOrder,
+                                        nsMsgViewSortTypeValue sortType);
+  int32_t  SecondarySort(nsMsgKey key1, nsISupports *folder1, nsMsgKey key2, nsISupports *folder2,
+                         class viewSortInfo *comparisonContext);
+
+protected:
+  virtual ~nsMsgDBView();
+
+  static nsrefcnt gInstanceCount;
+
+  static char16_t* kHighestPriorityString;
+  static char16_t* kHighPriorityString;
+  static char16_t* kLowestPriorityString;
+  static char16_t* kLowPriorityString;
+  static char16_t* kNormalPriorityString;
+
+  static nsIAtom* kJunkMsgAtom;
+  static nsIAtom* kNotJunkMsgAtom;
+
+  static char16_t* kReadString;
+  static char16_t* kRepliedString;
+  static char16_t* kForwardedString;
+  static char16_t* kNewString;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsITreeBoxObject> mTree;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsITreeSelection> mTreeSelection;
+  uint32_t mNumSelectedRows; // we cache this to determine when to push command status notifications.
+  bool           mSuppressMsgDisplay; // set when the message pane is collapsed
+  bool           mSuppressCommandUpdating;
+  bool           mRemovingRow; // set when we're telling the outline a row is being removed. used to suppress msg loading.
+                        // during delete/move operations.
+  bool          mCommandsNeedDisablingBecauseOfSelection;
+  bool          mSuppressChangeNotification;
+  bool          mGoForwardEnabled;
+  bool          mGoBackEnabled;
+  
+  virtual const char * GetViewName(void) {return "MsgDBView"; }
+  nsresult FetchAuthor(nsIMsgDBHdr * aHdr, nsAString &aAuthorString);
+  nsresult FetchRecipients(nsIMsgDBHdr * aHdr, nsAString &aRecipientsString);
+  nsresult FetchSubject(nsIMsgDBHdr * aMsgHdr, uint32_t aFlags, nsAString &aValue);
+  nsresult FetchDate(nsIMsgDBHdr * aHdr, nsAString & aDateString, bool rcvDate = false);
+  nsresult FetchStatus(uint32_t aFlags, nsAString &aStatusString);
+  nsresult FetchSize(nsIMsgDBHdr * aHdr, nsAString & aSizeString);
+  nsresult FetchPriority(nsIMsgDBHdr *aHdr, nsAString & aPriorityString);
+  nsresult FetchLabel(nsIMsgDBHdr *aHdr, nsAString & aLabelString);
+  nsresult FetchTags(nsIMsgDBHdr *aHdr, nsAString & aTagString);
+  nsresult FetchKeywords(nsIMsgDBHdr *aHdr, nsACString & keywordString);
+  nsresult FetchRowKeywords(nsMsgViewIndex aRow, nsIMsgDBHdr *aHdr,
+                            nsACString & keywordString);
+  nsresult FetchAccount(nsIMsgDBHdr * aHdr, nsAString& aAccount);
+  bool IsOutgoingMsg(nsIMsgDBHdr * aHdr);
+  nsresult CycleThreadedColumn(nsIDOMElement * aElement);
+
+  // The default enumerator is over the db, but things like
+  // quick search views will enumerate just the displayed messages.
+  virtual nsresult GetMessageEnumerator(nsISimpleEnumerator **enumerator);
+  // this is a message enumerator that enumerates based on the view contents
+  virtual nsresult GetViewEnumerator(nsISimpleEnumerator **enumerator);
+
+  // Save and Restore Selection are a pair of routines you should
+  // use when performing an operation which is going to change the view
+  // and you want to remember the selection. (i.e. for sorting). 
+  // Call SaveAndClearSelection and we'll give you an array of msg keys for
+  // the current selection. We also freeze and clear the selection. 
+  // When you are done changing the view, 
+  // call RestoreSelection passing in the same array
+  // and we'll restore the selection AND unfreeze selection in the UI.
+  nsresult SaveAndClearSelection(nsMsgKey *aCurrentMsgKey, nsTArray<nsMsgKey> &aMsgKeyArray);
+  nsresult RestoreSelection(nsMsgKey aCurrentmsgKey, nsTArray<nsMsgKey> &aMsgKeyArray);
+
+  // this is not safe to use when you have a selection
+  // RowCountChanged() will call AdjustSelection() 
+  // it should be called after SaveAndClearSelection() and before
+  // RestoreSelection()
+  nsresult AdjustRowCount(int32_t rowCountBeforeSort, int32_t rowCountAfterSort);
+
+  nsresult GetSelectedIndices(nsMsgViewIndexArray& selection);
+  nsresult GenerateURIForMsgKey(nsMsgKey aMsgKey, nsIMsgFolder *folder, nsACString &aURI);
+// routines used in building up view
+  virtual bool WantsThisThread(nsIMsgThread * thread);
+  virtual nsresult AddHdr(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr, nsMsgViewIndex *resultIndex = nullptr);
+  bool GetShowingIgnored() {return (m_viewFlags & nsMsgViewFlagsType::kShowIgnored) != 0;}
+  bool OperateOnMsgsInCollapsedThreads();
+
+  virtual nsresult OnNewHeader(nsIMsgDBHdr *aNewHdr, nsMsgKey parentKey, bool ensureListed);
+  virtual nsMsgViewIndex GetInsertIndex(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr);
+  nsMsgViewIndex GetIndexForThread(nsIMsgDBHdr *hdr);
+  nsMsgViewIndex GetThreadRootIndex(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr);
+  virtual nsresult GetMsgHdrForViewIndex(nsMsgViewIndex index, nsIMsgDBHdr **msgHdr);
+  // given a view index, return the index of the top-level msg in the thread.
+  nsMsgViewIndex GetThreadIndex(nsMsgViewIndex msgIndex);
+
+  virtual void InsertMsgHdrAt(nsMsgViewIndex index, nsIMsgDBHdr *hdr,
+                              nsMsgKey msgKey, uint32_t flags, uint32_t level);
+  virtual void SetMsgHdrAt(nsIMsgDBHdr *hdr, nsMsgViewIndex index, 
+                              nsMsgKey msgKey, uint32_t flags, uint32_t level);
+  virtual bool InsertEmptyRows(nsMsgViewIndex viewIndex, int32_t numRows);
+  virtual void RemoveRows(nsMsgViewIndex viewIndex, int32_t numRows);
+  nsresult ToggleExpansion(nsMsgViewIndex index, uint32_t *numChanged);
+  nsresult ExpandByIndex(nsMsgViewIndex index, uint32_t *pNumExpanded);
+  nsresult CollapseByIndex(nsMsgViewIndex index, uint32_t *pNumCollapsed);
+  nsresult ExpandAll();
+  nsresult CollapseAll();
+  nsresult ExpandAndSelectThread();
+
+  // helper routines for thread expanding and collapsing.
+  nsresult GetThreadCount(nsMsgViewIndex viewIndex, uint32_t *pThreadCount);
+  /**
+   * Retrieve the view index of the first displayed message in the given thread.
+   * @param threadHdr The thread you care about.
+   * @param allowDummy Should dummy headers be returned when the non-dummy
+   *     header is available?  If the root node of the thread is a dummy header
+   *     and you pass false, then we will return the first child of the thread
+   *     unless the thread is elided, in which case we will return the root.
+   *     If you pass true, we will always return the root.
+   * @return the view index of the first message in the thread, if any.
+   */
+  nsMsgViewIndex GetIndexOfFirstDisplayedKeyInThread(nsIMsgThread *threadHdr,
+      bool allowDummy=false);
+  virtual nsresult GetFirstMessageHdrToDisplayInThread(nsIMsgThread *threadHdr, nsIMsgDBHdr **result);
+  virtual nsMsgViewIndex ThreadIndexOfMsg(nsMsgKey msgKey,
+                            nsMsgViewIndex msgIndex = nsMsgViewIndex_None,
+                            int32_t *pThreadCount = nullptr,
+                            uint32_t *pFlags = nullptr);
+  nsMsgViewIndex ThreadIndexOfMsgHdr(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr,
+                                 nsMsgViewIndex msgIndex = nsMsgViewIndex_None,
+                                 int32_t *pThreadCount = nullptr,
+                                 uint32_t *pFlags = nullptr);
+  nsMsgKey GetKeyOfFirstMsgInThread(nsMsgKey key);
+  int32_t CountExpandedThread(nsMsgViewIndex index);
+  virtual  nsresult ExpansionDelta(nsMsgViewIndex index, int32_t *expansionDelta);
+  void ReverseSort();
+  void ReverseThreads();
+  nsresult SaveSortInfo(nsMsgViewSortTypeValue sortType, nsMsgViewSortOrderValue sortOrder);
+  nsresult RestoreSortInfo();
+  nsresult PersistFolderInfo(nsIDBFolderInfo **dbFolderInfo);
+  void     SetMRUTimeForFolder(nsIMsgFolder *folder);
+
+  nsMsgKey  GetAt(nsMsgViewIndex index)
+                  {return m_keys.SafeElementAt(index, nsMsgKey_None);}
+  nsMsgViewIndex FindViewIndex(nsMsgKey  key)
+     {return FindKey(key, false);}
+  /**
+   * Find the message header if it is visible in this view.  (Messages in
+   *     threads/groups that are elided will not be
+   * @param msgHdr Message header to look for.
+   * @param startIndex The index to start looking from.
+   * @param allowDummy Are dummy headers acceptable?  If yes, then for a group
+   *     with a dummy header, we return the root of the thread (the dummy
+   *     header), otherwise we return the actual "content" header for the
+   *     message.
+   * @return The view index of the header found, if any.
+   */
+  virtual nsMsgViewIndex FindHdr(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr, nsMsgViewIndex startIndex = 0,
+                                 bool allowDummy=false);
+  virtual nsMsgViewIndex FindKey(nsMsgKey key, bool expand);
+  virtual nsresult GetDBForViewIndex(nsMsgViewIndex index, nsIMsgDatabase **db);
+  virtual nsCOMArray<nsIMsgFolder>* GetFolders();
+  virtual nsresult GetFolderFromMsgURI(const char *aMsgURI, nsIMsgFolder **aFolder);
+
+  virtual nsresult ListIdsInThread(nsIMsgThread *threadHdr, nsMsgViewIndex viewIndex, uint32_t *pNumListed);
+  nsresult ListUnreadIdsInThread(nsIMsgThread *threadHdr, nsMsgViewIndex startOfThreadViewIndex, uint32_t *pNumListed);
+  nsMsgViewIndex FindParentInThread(nsMsgKey parentKey, nsMsgViewIndex startOfThreadViewIndex);
+  virtual nsresult ListIdsInThreadOrder(nsIMsgThread *threadHdr,
+                                        nsMsgKey parentKey, uint32_t level,
+                                        nsMsgViewIndex *viewIndex,
+                                        uint32_t *pNumListed);
+  uint32_t GetSize(void) {return(m_keys.Length());}
+
+  // notification api's
+  void  NoteStartChange(nsMsgViewIndex firstlineChanged, int32_t numChanged,
+                        nsMsgViewNotificationCodeValue changeType);
+  void  NoteEndChange(nsMsgViewIndex firstlineChanged, int32_t numChanged,
+                        nsMsgViewNotificationCodeValue changeType);
+
+  // for commands
+  virtual nsresult ApplyCommandToIndices(nsMsgViewCommandTypeValue command, nsMsgViewIndex* indices,
+                                         int32_t numIndices);
+  virtual nsresult ApplyCommandToIndicesWithFolder(nsMsgViewCommandTypeValue command, nsMsgViewIndex* indices,
+                    int32_t numIndices, nsIMsgFolder *destFolder);
+  virtual nsresult CopyMessages(nsIMsgWindow *window, nsMsgViewIndex *indices, int32_t numIndices, bool isMove, nsIMsgFolder *destFolder);
+  virtual nsresult DeleteMessages(nsIMsgWindow *window, nsMsgViewIndex *indices, int32_t numIndices, bool deleteStorage);
+  nsresult GetHeadersFromSelection(uint32_t *indices, uint32_t numIndices, nsIMutableArray *messageArray);
+  virtual nsresult ListCollapsedChildren(nsMsgViewIndex viewIndex,
+                                         nsIMutableArray *messageArray);
+
+  nsresult SetMsgHdrJunkStatus(nsIJunkMailPlugin *aJunkPlugin,
+                               nsIMsgDBHdr *aMsgHdr,
+                               nsMsgJunkStatus aNewClassification);
+  nsresult ToggleReadByIndex(nsMsgViewIndex index);
+  nsresult SetReadByIndex(nsMsgViewIndex index, bool read);
+  nsresult SetThreadOfMsgReadByIndex(nsMsgViewIndex index, nsTArray<nsMsgKey> &keysMarkedRead, bool read);
+  nsresult SetFlaggedByIndex(nsMsgViewIndex index, bool mark);
+  nsresult SetLabelByIndex(nsMsgViewIndex index, nsMsgLabelValue label);
+  nsresult OrExtraFlag(nsMsgViewIndex index, uint32_t orflag);
+  nsresult AndExtraFlag(nsMsgViewIndex index, uint32_t andflag);
+  nsresult SetExtraFlag(nsMsgViewIndex index, uint32_t extraflag);
+  virtual nsresult RemoveByIndex(nsMsgViewIndex index);
+  virtual void OnExtraFlagChanged(nsMsgViewIndex /*index*/, uint32_t /*extraFlag*/) {}
+  virtual void OnHeaderAddedOrDeleted() {}	
+  nsresult ToggleWatched( nsMsgViewIndex* indices,	int32_t numIndices);
+  nsresult SetThreadWatched(nsIMsgThread *thread, nsMsgViewIndex index, bool watched);
+  nsresult SetThreadIgnored(nsIMsgThread *thread, nsMsgViewIndex threadIndex, bool ignored);
+  nsresult SetSubthreadKilled(nsIMsgDBHdr *header, nsMsgViewIndex msgIndex, bool ignored);
+  nsresult DownloadForOffline(nsIMsgWindow *window, nsMsgViewIndex *indices, int32_t numIndices);
+  nsresult DownloadFlaggedForOffline(nsIMsgWindow *window);
+  nsMsgViewIndex	GetThreadFromMsgIndex(nsMsgViewIndex index, nsIMsgThread **threadHdr);
+  /// Should junk commands be enabled for the current message in the view?
+  bool JunkControlsEnabled(nsMsgViewIndex aViewIndex);
+
+  // for sorting
+  nsresult GetFieldTypeAndLenForSort(nsMsgViewSortTypeValue sortType,
+                                        uint16_t *pMaxLen,
+                                        eFieldType *pFieldType,
+                                        nsIMsgCustomColumnHandler* colHandler = nullptr);
+  nsresult GetCollationKey(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr,
+                             nsMsgViewSortTypeValue sortType,
+                             uint8_t **result,
+                             uint32_t *len,
+                             nsIMsgCustomColumnHandler* colHandler = nullptr);
+  nsresult GetLongField(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr,
+                          nsMsgViewSortTypeValue sortType,
+                          uint32_t *result,
+                          nsIMsgCustomColumnHandler* colHandler = nullptr);
+
+  static int FnSortIdKey(const void *pItem1, const void *pItem2, void *privateData);
+  static int FnSortIdKeyPtr(const void *pItem1, const void *pItem2, void *privateData);
+  static int FnSortIdUint32(const void *pItem1, const void *pItem2, void *privateData);
+
+  nsresult GetStatusSortValue(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr, uint32_t *result);
+  nsresult GetLocationCollationKey(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr, uint8_t **result, uint32_t *len);
+  void PushSort(const MsgViewSortColumnInfo &newSort);
+  nsresult EncodeColumnSort(nsString &columnSortString);
+  nsresult DecodeColumnSort(nsString &columnSortString);
+  // for view navigation
+  nsresult NavigateFromPos(nsMsgNavigationTypeValue motion, nsMsgViewIndex startIndex, nsMsgKey *pResultKey, 
+              nsMsgViewIndex *pResultIndex, nsMsgViewIndex *pThreadIndex, bool wrap);
+  nsresult FindNextFlagged(nsMsgViewIndex startIndex, nsMsgViewIndex *pResultIndex);
+  nsresult FindFirstNew(nsMsgViewIndex *pResultIndex);
+  nsresult FindPrevUnread(nsMsgKey startKey, nsMsgKey *pResultKey, nsMsgKey *resultThreadId);
+  nsresult FindFirstFlagged(nsMsgViewIndex *pResultIndex);
+  nsresult FindPrevFlagged(nsMsgViewIndex startIndex, nsMsgViewIndex *pResultIndex);
+  nsresult MarkThreadOfMsgRead(nsMsgKey msgId, nsMsgViewIndex msgIndex, nsTArray<nsMsgKey> &idsMarkedRead, bool bRead);
+  nsresult MarkThreadRead(nsIMsgThread *threadHdr, nsMsgViewIndex threadIndex, nsTArray<nsMsgKey> &idsMarkedRead, bool bRead);
+  bool IsValidIndex(nsMsgViewIndex index);
+  nsresult ToggleIgnored(nsMsgViewIndex * indices, int32_t numIndices, nsMsgViewIndex *resultIndex, bool *resultToggleState);
+  nsresult ToggleMessageKilled(nsMsgViewIndex * indices, int32_t numIndices, nsMsgViewIndex *resultIndex, bool *resultToggleState);
+  bool OfflineMsgSelected(nsMsgViewIndex * indices, int32_t numIndices);
+  bool NonDummyMsgSelected(nsMsgViewIndex * indices, int32_t numIndices);
+  char16_t * GetString(const char16_t *aStringName);
+  nsresult GetPrefLocalizedString(const char *aPrefName, nsString& aResult);
+  nsresult GetLabelPrefStringAndAtom(const char *aPrefName, nsString& aColor, nsIAtom** aColorAtom);
+  nsresult AppendKeywordProperties(const nsACString& keywords, nsAString& properties, bool addSelectedTextProperty);
+  nsresult InitLabelStrings(void);
+  nsresult CopyDBView(nsMsgDBView *aNewMsgDBView, nsIMessenger *aMessengerInstance, nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow, nsIMsgDBViewCommandUpdater *aCmdUpdater);
+  void InitializeAtomsAndLiterals();
+  virtual int32_t FindLevelInThread(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr, nsMsgViewIndex startOfThread, nsMsgViewIndex viewIndex);
+  nsresult GetImapDeleteModel(nsIMsgFolder *folder);
+  nsresult UpdateDisplayMessage(nsMsgViewIndex viewPosition);
+  nsresult GetDBForHeader(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr, nsIMsgDatabase **db);
+
+  bool AdjustReadFlag(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr, uint32_t *msgFlags);
+  void FreeAll(nsTArray<void*> *ptrs);
+  void ClearHdrCache();
+  nsTArray<nsMsgKey> m_keys;
+  nsTArray<uint32_t> m_flags;
+  nsTArray<uint8_t> m_levels;
+  nsMsgImapDeleteModel mDeleteModel;
+
+  // cache the most recently asked for header and corresponding msgKey.
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr>  m_cachedHdr;
+  nsMsgKey                m_cachedMsgKey;
+
+  // we need to store the message key for the message we are currenty displaying to ensure we
+  // don't try to redisplay the same message just because the selection changed (i.e. after a sort)
+  nsMsgKey                m_currentlyDisplayedMsgKey;
+  nsCString               m_currentlyDisplayedMsgUri;
+  nsMsgViewIndex          m_currentlyDisplayedViewIndex;
+  // if we're deleting messages, we want to hold off loading messages on selection changed until the delete is done
+  // and we want to batch notifications.
+  bool m_deletingRows;
+  // for certain special folders 
+  // and decendents of those folders
+  // (like the "Sent" folder, "Sent/Old Sent")
+  // the Sender column really shows recipients.
+
+  // Server types for this view's folder
+  bool mIsNews;             // we have special icons for news
+  bool mIsRss;              // rss affects enabling of junk commands
+  bool mIsXFVirtual;        // a virtual folder with multiple folders
+
+  bool mShowSizeInLines;    // for news we show lines instead of size when true
+  bool mSortThreadsByRoot;  // as opposed to by the newest message
+  bool m_sortValid;
+  bool m_checkedCustomColumns;
+  bool mSelectionSummarized;
+  // we asked the front end to summarize the selection and it did not.
+  bool mSummarizeFailed;
+  uint8_t      m_saveRestoreSelectionDepth;
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDatabase> m_db;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> m_folder;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> m_viewFolder; // for virtual folders, the VF db.
+  nsString mMessageType;
+  nsTArray <MsgViewSortColumnInfo> m_sortColumns;
+  nsMsgViewSortTypeValue  m_sortType;
+  nsMsgViewSortOrderValue m_sortOrder;
+  nsString m_curCustomColumn;
+  nsMsgViewSortTypeValue m_secondarySort;
+  nsMsgViewSortOrderValue m_secondarySortOrder;
+  nsString m_secondaryCustomColumn;
+  nsMsgViewFlagsTypeValue m_viewFlags;
+
+  // I18N date formatter service which we'll want to cache locally.
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIDateTimeFormat> mDateFormatter;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgTagService> mTagService;
+  nsWeakPtr mMessengerWeak;
+  nsWeakPtr mMsgWindowWeak;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBViewCommandUpdater> mCommandUpdater; // we push command update notifications to the UI from this.
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundle> mMessengerStringBundle;  
+
+  // used for the preference labels
+  nsString mLabelPrefDescriptions[PREF_LABELS_MAX];
+  nsString mLabelPrefColors[PREF_LABELS_MAX];
+  // used to cache the atoms created for each color to be displayed
+  static nsIAtom* mLabelPrefColorAtoms[PREF_LABELS_MAX];
+
+  // used to determine when to start and end
+  // junk plugin batches
+  uint32_t mNumMessagesRemainingInBatch;
+
+  // these are the headers of the messages in the current
+  // batch/series of batches of messages manually marked
+  // as junk
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> mJunkHdrs;
+  
+  nsTArray<uint32_t> mIndicesToNoteChange;
+
+  nsTHashtable<nsCStringHashKey> mEmails;
+
+  // the saved search views keep track of the XX most recently deleted msg ids, so that if the 
+  // delete is undone, we can add the msg back to the search results, even if it no longer
+  // matches the search criteria (e.g., a saved search over unread messages).
+  // We use mRecentlyDeletedArrayIndex to treat the array as a list of the XX
+  // most recently deleted msgs.
+  nsTArray<nsCString> mRecentlyDeletedMsgIds;
+  uint32_t mRecentlyDeletedArrayIndex;
+  void RememberDeletedMsgHdr(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr);
+  bool WasHdrRecentlyDeleted(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr);
+  
+  //these hold pointers (and IDs) for the nsIMsgCustomColumnHandler object that constitutes the custom column handler
+  nsCOMArray <nsIMsgCustomColumnHandler> m_customColumnHandlers;
+  nsTArray<nsString> m_customColumnHandlerIDs;
+  
+  nsIMsgCustomColumnHandler* GetColumnHandler(const char16_t*);
+  nsIMsgCustomColumnHandler* GetCurColumnHandler();
+  bool CustomColumnsInSortAndNotRegistered();
+  void EnsureCustomColumnsValid();
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_David_Bienvenu
+void InitEntryInfoForIndex(nsMsgViewIndex i, IdKeyPtr &EntryInfo);
+void ValidateSort();
+#endif
+
+protected:
+  static nsresult   InitDisplayFormats();
+
+private:
+  static nsDateFormatSelector  m_dateFormatDefault;
+  static nsDateFormatSelector  m_dateFormatThisWeek;
+  static nsDateFormatSelector  m_dateFormatToday;
+  bool ServerSupportsFilterAfterTheFact();
+
+  nsresult PerformActionsOnJunkMsgs(bool msgsAreJunk);
+  nsresult DetermineActionsForJunkChange(bool msgsAreJunk,
+                                         nsIMsgFolder *srcFolder,
+                                         bool &moveMessages,
+                                         bool &changeReadState,
+                                         nsIMsgFolder** targetFolder);
+
+  class nsMsgViewHdrEnumerator final : public nsISimpleEnumerator
+  {
+  public:
+    NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+
+    // nsISimpleEnumerator methods:
+    NS_DECL_NSISIMPLEENUMERATOR
+
+    // nsMsgThreadEnumerator methods:
+    nsMsgViewHdrEnumerator(nsMsgDBView *view);
+
+    RefPtr<nsMsgDBView> m_view;
+    nsMsgViewIndex m_curHdrIndex;
+
+  private:
+    ~nsMsgViewHdrEnumerator();
+  };
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgFolderCache.cpp b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgFolderCache.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9510a6e3d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgFolderCache.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,376 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "nsIMsgAccountManager.h"
+#include "nsMsgFolderCacheElement.h"
+#include "nsMsgFolderCache.h"
+#include "nsMorkCID.h"
+#include "nsIMdbFactoryFactory.h"
+#include "nsMsgBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+
+const char *kFoldersScope = "ns:msg:db:row:scope:folders:all";	// scope for all folders table
+const char *kFoldersTableKind = "ns:msg:db:table:kind:folders";
+
+nsMsgFolderCache::nsMsgFolderCache()
+{
+  m_mdbEnv = nullptr;
+  m_mdbStore = nullptr;
+  m_mdbAllFoldersTable = nullptr;
+}
+
+// should this, could this be an nsCOMPtr ?
+static nsIMdbFactory *gMDBFactory = nullptr;
+
+nsMsgFolderCache::~nsMsgFolderCache()
+{
+  m_cacheElements.Clear(); // make sure the folder cache elements are released before we release our m_mdb objects...
+  if (m_mdbAllFoldersTable)
+    m_mdbAllFoldersTable->Release();
+  if (m_mdbStore)
+    m_mdbStore->Release();
+  NS_IF_RELEASE(gMDBFactory);
+  if (m_mdbEnv)
+    m_mdbEnv->Release();
+}
+
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMsgFolderCache, nsIMsgFolderCache)
+
+void nsMsgFolderCache::GetMDBFactory(nsIMdbFactory ** aMdbFactory)
+{
+  if (!mMdbFactory)
+  {
+    nsresult rv;
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMdbFactoryService> mdbFactoryService = do_GetService(NS_MORK_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && mdbFactoryService)
+      rv = mdbFactoryService->GetMdbFactory(getter_AddRefs(mMdbFactory));
+  }
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aMdbFactory = mMdbFactory);
+}
+
+// initialize the various tokens and tables in our db's env
+nsresult nsMsgFolderCache::InitMDBInfo()
+{
+  nsresult err = NS_OK;
+  if (GetStore())
+  {
+    err = GetStore()->StringToToken(GetEnv(), kFoldersScope, &m_folderRowScopeToken);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err))
+    {
+      err = GetStore()->StringToToken(GetEnv(), kFoldersTableKind, &m_folderTableKindToken);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err))
+      {
+        // The table of all message hdrs will have table id 1.
+        m_allFoldersTableOID.mOid_Scope = m_folderRowScopeToken;
+        m_allFoldersTableOID.mOid_Id = 1;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return err;
+}
+
+// set up empty tables, dbFolderInfo, etc.
+nsresult nsMsgFolderCache::InitNewDB()
+{
+  nsresult err = InitMDBInfo();
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err))
+  {
+    nsIMdbStore *store = GetStore();
+    // create the unique table for the dbFolderInfo.
+    // TODO: this error assignment is suspicious and never checked.
+    (void) store->NewTable(GetEnv(), m_folderRowScopeToken, m_folderTableKindToken,
+                           false, nullptr, &m_mdbAllFoldersTable);
+  }
+  return err;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgFolderCache::InitExistingDB()
+{
+  nsresult err = InitMDBInfo();
+  if (NS_FAILED(err))
+    return err;
+
+  err = GetStore()->GetTable(GetEnv(), &m_allFoldersTableOID, &m_mdbAllFoldersTable);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err) && m_mdbAllFoldersTable)
+  {
+    nsIMdbTableRowCursor* rowCursor = nullptr;
+    err = m_mdbAllFoldersTable->GetTableRowCursor(GetEnv(), -1, &rowCursor);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err) && rowCursor)
+    {
+      // iterate over the table rows and create nsMsgFolderCacheElements for each.
+      while (true)
+      {
+        nsresult rv;
+        nsIMdbRow* hdrRow;
+        mdb_pos rowPos;
+
+        rv = rowCursor->NextRow(GetEnv(), &hdrRow, &rowPos);
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !hdrRow)
+          break;
+
+        rv = AddCacheElement(EmptyCString(), hdrRow, nullptr);
+        hdrRow->Release();
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+          return rv;
+      }
+      rowCursor->Release();
+    }
+  }
+  else
+    err = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  return err;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgFolderCache::OpenMDB(const nsACString& dbName, bool exists)
+{
+  nsresult ret=NS_OK;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMdbFactory> mdbFactory;
+  GetMDBFactory(getter_AddRefs(mdbFactory));
+  if (mdbFactory)
+  {
+    ret = mdbFactory->MakeEnv(nullptr, &m_mdbEnv);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(ret))
+    {
+      nsIMdbThumb *thumb = nullptr;
+      nsIMdbHeap* dbHeap = nullptr;
+
+      if (m_mdbEnv)
+        m_mdbEnv->SetAutoClear(true);
+      if (exists)
+      {
+        mdbOpenPolicy inOpenPolicy;
+        mdb_bool canOpen;
+        mdbYarn outFormatVersion;
+
+        nsIMdbFile* oldFile = nullptr;
+        ret = mdbFactory->OpenOldFile(m_mdbEnv, dbHeap, nsCString(dbName).get(),
+                                      mdbBool_kFalse, // not readonly, we want modifiable
+                                      &oldFile);
+        if ( oldFile )
+        {
+          if (NS_SUCCEEDED(ret))
+          {
+            ret = mdbFactory->CanOpenFilePort(m_mdbEnv, oldFile, // file to investigate
+              &canOpen, &outFormatVersion);
+            if (NS_SUCCEEDED(ret) && canOpen)
+            {
+              inOpenPolicy.mOpenPolicy_ScopePlan.mScopeStringSet_Count = 0;
+              inOpenPolicy.mOpenPolicy_MinMemory = 0;
+              inOpenPolicy.mOpenPolicy_MaxLazy = 0;
+
+              ret = mdbFactory->OpenFileStore(m_mdbEnv, NULL, oldFile, &inOpenPolicy,
+                &thumb);
+            }
+            else
+              ret = NS_MSG_ERROR_FOLDER_SUMMARY_OUT_OF_DATE;
+          }
+          NS_RELEASE(oldFile); // always release our file ref, store has own
+        }
+      }
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(ret) && thumb)
+      {
+        mdb_count outTotal;    // total somethings to do in operation
+        mdb_count outCurrent;  // subportion of total completed so far
+        mdb_bool outDone = false;      // is operation finished?
+        mdb_bool outBroken;     // is operation irreparably dead and broken?
+        do
+        {
+          ret = thumb->DoMore(m_mdbEnv, &outTotal, &outCurrent, &outDone, &outBroken);
+          if (NS_FAILED(ret))
+          {
+            outDone = true;
+            break;
+          }
+        }
+        while (NS_SUCCEEDED(ret) && !outBroken && !outDone);
+        // m_mdbEnv->ClearErrors(); // ### temporary...
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(ret) && outDone)
+        {
+          ret = mdbFactory->ThumbToOpenStore(m_mdbEnv, thumb, &m_mdbStore);
+          if (NS_SUCCEEDED(ret) && m_mdbStore)
+            ret = InitExistingDB();
+        }
+#ifdef DEBUG_bienvenu1
+        DumpContents();
+#endif
+      }
+      else // ### need error code saying why open file store failed
+      {
+        nsIMdbFile* newFile = 0;
+        ret = mdbFactory->CreateNewFile(m_mdbEnv, dbHeap, nsCString(dbName).get(), &newFile);
+        if ( newFile )
+        {
+          if (NS_SUCCEEDED(ret))
+          {
+            mdbOpenPolicy inOpenPolicy;
+
+            inOpenPolicy.mOpenPolicy_ScopePlan.mScopeStringSet_Count = 0;
+            inOpenPolicy.mOpenPolicy_MinMemory = 0;
+            inOpenPolicy.mOpenPolicy_MaxLazy = 0;
+
+            ret = mdbFactory->CreateNewFileStore(m_mdbEnv, dbHeap,
+              newFile, &inOpenPolicy, &m_mdbStore);
+            if (NS_SUCCEEDED(ret))
+              ret = InitNewDB();
+          }
+          NS_RELEASE(newFile); // always release our file ref, store has own
+        }
+
+      }
+      NS_IF_RELEASE(thumb);
+    }
+  }
+  return ret;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgFolderCache::Init(nsIFile *aFile)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aFile);
+
+  bool exists;
+  aFile->Exists(&exists);
+
+  nsAutoCString dbPath;
+  aFile->GetNativePath(dbPath);
+  // ### evil cast until MDB supports file streams.
+  nsresult rv = OpenMDB(dbPath, exists);
+  // if this fails and panacea.dat exists, try blowing away the db and recreating it
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) && exists)
+  {
+    if (m_mdbStore)
+      m_mdbStore->Release();
+    aFile->Remove(false);
+    rv = OpenMDB(dbPath, false);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgFolderCache::GetCacheElement(const nsACString& pathKey, bool createIfMissing,
+                                                nsIMsgFolderCacheElement **result)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(result);
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(!pathKey.IsEmpty(), NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolderCacheElement> folderCacheEl;
+  m_cacheElements.Get(pathKey, getter_AddRefs(folderCacheEl));
+  folderCacheEl.swap(*result);
+
+  if (*result)
+    return NS_OK;
+  else if (createIfMissing)
+  {
+    nsIMdbRow* hdrRow;
+
+    if (GetStore())
+    {
+      nsresult err = GetStore()->NewRow(GetEnv(), m_folderRowScopeToken, // row scope for row ids
+        &hdrRow);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err) && hdrRow)
+      {
+        m_mdbAllFoldersTable->AddRow(GetEnv(), hdrRow);
+        nsresult ret = AddCacheElement(pathKey, hdrRow, result);
+        if (*result)
+          (*result)->SetStringProperty("key", pathKey);
+        hdrRow->Release();
+        return ret;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgFolderCache::RemoveElement(const nsACString& key)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolderCacheElement> folderCacheEl;
+  m_cacheElements.Get(key, getter_AddRefs(folderCacheEl));
+  if (!folderCacheEl)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  nsMsgFolderCacheElement *element = static_cast<nsMsgFolderCacheElement *>(static_cast<nsISupports *>(folderCacheEl.get())); // why the double cast??
+  m_mdbAllFoldersTable->CutRow(GetEnv(), element->m_mdbRow);
+  m_cacheElements.Remove(key);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgFolderCache::Clear()
+{
+  m_cacheElements.Clear();
+  if (m_mdbAllFoldersTable)
+    m_mdbAllFoldersTable->CutAllRows(GetEnv());
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgFolderCache::Close()
+{
+  return Commit(true);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgFolderCache::Commit(bool compress)
+{
+  nsresult ret = NS_OK;
+  nsIMdbThumb *commitThumb = nullptr;
+  if (m_mdbStore)
+  {
+    if (compress)
+      ret = m_mdbStore->CompressCommit(GetEnv(), &commitThumb);
+    else
+      ret = m_mdbStore->LargeCommit(GetEnv(), &commitThumb);
+  }
+
+  if (commitThumb)
+  {
+    mdb_count outTotal = 0;    // total somethings to do in operation
+    mdb_count outCurrent = 0;  // subportion of total completed so far
+    mdb_bool outDone = false;      // is operation finished?
+    mdb_bool outBroken = false;     // is operation irreparably dead and broken?
+    while (!outDone && !outBroken && NS_SUCCEEDED(ret))
+      ret = commitThumb->DoMore(GetEnv(), &outTotal, &outCurrent, &outDone, &outBroken);
+    NS_IF_RELEASE(commitThumb);
+  }
+  // ### do something with error, but clear it now because mork errors out on commits.
+  if (GetEnv())
+    GetEnv()->ClearErrors();
+  return ret;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgFolderCache::AddCacheElement(const nsACString& key, nsIMdbRow *row, nsIMsgFolderCacheElement **result)
+{
+  nsMsgFolderCacheElement *cacheElement = new nsMsgFolderCacheElement;
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(cacheElement, NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolderCacheElement> folderCacheEl(do_QueryInterface(cacheElement));
+
+  cacheElement->SetMDBRow(row);
+  cacheElement->SetOwningCache(this);
+  nsCString hashStrKey(key);
+  // if caller didn't pass in key, try to get it from row.
+  if (key.IsEmpty())
+    folderCacheEl->GetStringProperty("key", hashStrKey);
+  folderCacheEl->SetKey(hashStrKey);
+  m_cacheElements.Put(hashStrKey, folderCacheEl);
+  if (result)
+    folderCacheEl.swap(*result);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgFolderCache::RowCellColumnToCharPtr(nsIMdbRow *hdrRow, mdb_token columnToken, nsACString& resultStr)
+{
+  nsresult err = NS_OK;
+  nsIMdbCell *hdrCell;
+  if (hdrRow) // ### probably should be an error if hdrRow is NULL...
+  {
+    err = hdrRow->GetCell(GetEnv(), columnToken, &hdrCell);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err) && hdrCell)
+    {
+      struct mdbYarn yarn;
+      hdrCell->AliasYarn(GetEnv(), &yarn);
+      resultStr.Assign((const char *)yarn.mYarn_Buf, yarn.mYarn_Fill);
+      resultStr.SetLength(yarn.mYarn_Fill); // ensure the string is null terminated.
+      hdrCell->Release(); // always release ref
+    }
+  }
+  return err;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgFolderCache.h b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgFolderCache.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..88536084b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgFolderCache.h
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsMsgFolderCache_H
+#define nsMsgFolderCache_H
+
+#include "nsIMsgFolderCache.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolderCacheElement.h"
+#include "nsInterfaceHashtable.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "mdb.h"
+
+class nsMsgFolderCache : public nsIMsgFolderCache
+{
+
+public:
+  friend class nsMsgFolderCacheElement;
+
+  nsMsgFolderCache();
+
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGFOLDERCACHE
+
+protected:
+  virtual ~nsMsgFolderCache();
+
+  void GetMDBFactory(nsIMdbFactory ** aMdbFactory);
+  nsresult AddCacheElement(const nsACString& key, nsIMdbRow *row, nsIMsgFolderCacheElement **result);
+  nsresult RowCellColumnToCharPtr(nsIMdbRow *hdrRow, mdb_token columnToken, nsACString& resultPtr);
+  nsresult InitMDBInfo();
+  nsresult InitNewDB();
+  nsresult InitExistingDB();
+  nsresult OpenMDB(const nsACString& dbName, bool create);
+  nsIMdbEnv *GetEnv() {return m_mdbEnv;}
+  nsIMdbStore *GetStore() {return m_mdbStore;}
+  nsInterfaceHashtable<nsCStringHashKey, nsIMsgFolderCacheElement> m_cacheElements;
+  // mdb stuff
+  nsIMdbEnv           *m_mdbEnv; // to be used in all the db calls.
+  nsIMdbStore         *m_mdbStore;
+  nsIMdbTable         *m_mdbAllFoldersTable;
+  mdb_token           m_folderRowScopeToken;
+  mdb_token           m_folderTableKindToken;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMdbFactory> mMdbFactory;
+
+  struct mdbOid       m_allFoldersTableOID;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgFolderCacheElement.cpp b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgFolderCacheElement.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e1197c7ed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgFolderCacheElement.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,163 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "nsMsgFolderCacheElement.h"
+#include "prmem.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+
+nsMsgFolderCacheElement::nsMsgFolderCacheElement()
+{
+  m_mdbRow = nullptr;
+  m_owningCache = nullptr;
+}
+
+nsMsgFolderCacheElement::~nsMsgFolderCacheElement()
+{
+  NS_IF_RELEASE(m_mdbRow);
+  // circular reference, don't do it.
+  // NS_IF_RELEASE(m_owningCache);
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMsgFolderCacheElement, nsIMsgFolderCacheElement)
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgFolderCacheElement::GetKey(nsACString& aFolderKey)
+{
+  aFolderKey = m_folderKey;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgFolderCacheElement::SetKey(const nsACString& aFolderKey)
+{
+  m_folderKey = aFolderKey;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+void nsMsgFolderCacheElement::SetOwningCache(nsMsgFolderCache *owningCache)
+{
+  m_owningCache = owningCache;
+  // circular reference, don't do it.
+  //  if (owningCache)
+  //    NS_ADDREF(owningCache);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgFolderCacheElement::GetStringProperty(const char *propertyName, nsACString& result)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(propertyName);
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(m_mdbRow && m_owningCache, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+
+  mdb_token property_token;
+  nsresult ret = m_owningCache->GetStore()->StringToToken(m_owningCache->GetEnv(),  propertyName, &property_token);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(ret))
+    ret = m_owningCache->RowCellColumnToCharPtr(m_mdbRow, property_token, result);
+  return ret;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgFolderCacheElement::GetInt32Property(const char *propertyName, int32_t *aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(propertyName);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(m_mdbRow, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+
+  nsCString resultStr;
+  GetStringProperty(propertyName, resultStr);
+  if (resultStr.IsEmpty())
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  // This must be an inverse function to nsCString.AppentInt(),
+  // which uses snprintf("%x") internally, so that the wrapped negative numbers
+  // are decoded properly.
+  if (PR_sscanf(resultStr.get(), "%x", aResult) != 1)
+  {
+    NS_WARNING("Unexpected failure to decode hex string.");
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgFolderCacheElement::GetInt64Property(const char *propertyName, int64_t *aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(propertyName);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(m_mdbRow, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+
+  nsCString resultStr;
+  GetStringProperty(propertyName, resultStr);
+  if (resultStr.IsEmpty())
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  // This must be an inverse function to nsCString.AppentInt(),
+  // which uses snprintf("%x") internally, so that the wrapped negative numbers
+  // are decoded properly.
+  if (PR_sscanf(resultStr.get(), "%llx", aResult) != 1)
+  {
+    NS_WARNING("Unexpected failure to decode hex string.");
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgFolderCacheElement::SetStringProperty(const char *propertyName, const nsACString& propertyValue)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(propertyName);
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(m_mdbRow, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  mdb_token property_token;
+
+  if (m_owningCache)
+  {
+    rv = m_owningCache->GetStore()->StringToToken(m_owningCache->GetEnv(), propertyName, &property_token);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      struct mdbYarn yarn;
+
+      yarn.mYarn_Grow = NULL;
+      if (m_mdbRow)
+      {
+        nsCString propertyVal (propertyValue);
+        yarn.mYarn_Buf = (void *) propertyVal.get();
+        yarn.mYarn_Size = strlen((const char *) yarn.mYarn_Buf) + 1;
+        yarn.mYarn_Fill = yarn.mYarn_Size - 1;
+        yarn.mYarn_Form = 0; // what to do with this? we're storing csid in the msg hdr...
+        rv = m_mdbRow->AddColumn(m_owningCache->GetEnv(), property_token, &yarn);
+        return rv;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgFolderCacheElement::SetInt32Property(const char *propertyName, int32_t propertyValue)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(propertyName);
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(m_mdbRow, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+
+  // This also supports encoding negative numbers into hex
+  // by integer wrapping them (e.g. -1 -> "ffffffff").
+  nsAutoCString propertyStr;
+  propertyStr.AppendInt(propertyValue, 16);
+  return SetStringProperty(propertyName, propertyStr);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgFolderCacheElement::SetInt64Property(const char *propertyName, int64_t propertyValue)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(propertyName);
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(m_mdbRow, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+
+  // This also supports encoding negative numbers into hex
+  // by integer wrapping them (e.g. -1 -> "ffffffffffffffff").
+  nsAutoCString propertyStr;
+  propertyStr.AppendInt(propertyValue, 16);
+  return SetStringProperty(propertyName, propertyStr);
+}
+
+void nsMsgFolderCacheElement::SetMDBRow(nsIMdbRow *row)
+{
+  if (m_mdbRow)
+    NS_RELEASE(m_mdbRow);
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(m_mdbRow = row);
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgFolderCacheElement.h b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgFolderCacheElement.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4abf0f08f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgFolderCacheElement.h
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsMsgFolderCacheElement_H
+#define nsMsgFolderCacheElement_H
+
+#include "nsIMsgFolderCacheElement.h"
+#include "nsMsgFolderCache.h"
+#include "mdb.h"
+
+class nsMsgFolderCacheElement : public nsIMsgFolderCacheElement
+{
+public:
+  nsMsgFolderCacheElement();
+  friend class nsMsgFolderCache;
+
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGFOLDERCACHEELEMENT
+
+  void SetMDBRow(nsIMdbRow *row);
+  void SetOwningCache(nsMsgFolderCache *owningCache);
+protected:
+  virtual ~nsMsgFolderCacheElement();
+
+  nsIMdbRow *m_mdbRow;
+
+  nsMsgFolderCache *m_owningCache; // this will be ref-counted. Is this going to be a problem?
+  // I want to avoid circular references, but since this is
+  // scriptable, I think I have to ref-count it.
+  nsCString m_folderKey;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgFolderCompactor.cpp b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgFolderCompactor.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4b0dc3ad5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgFolderCompactor.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1348 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "msgCore.h"    // precompiled header...
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolder.h"
+#include "nsAutoPtr.h"
+#include "nsIFile.h"
+#include "nsNetUtil.h"
+#include "nsIMsgHdr.h"
+#include "nsIStreamListener.h"
+#include "nsIMsgMessageService.h"
+#include "nsMsgDBCID.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "nsISeekableStream.h"
+#include "nsIDBFolderInfo.h"
+#include "nsIDocShell.h"
+#include "nsIPrompt.h"
+#include "nsIInterfaceRequestorUtils.h"
+#include "nsIMsgLocalMailFolder.h"
+#include "nsIMsgImapMailFolder.h"
+#include "nsMailHeaders.h"
+#include "nsMsgI18N.h"
+#include "prprf.h"
+#include "nsMsgLocalFolderHdrs.h"
+#include "nsIMsgDatabase.h"
+#include "nsArrayUtils.h"
+#include "nsMsgMessageFlags.h"
+#include "nsIMsgStatusFeedback.h"
+#include "nsMsgBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolderNotificationService.h"
+#include "nsIMsgPluggableStore.h"
+#include "nsMsgFolderCompactor.h"
+#include <algorithm>
+#include "nsIOutputStream.h"
+#include "nsIInputStream.h"
+#include "nsPrintfCString.h"
+
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// nsFolderCompactState
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsFolderCompactState, nsIMsgFolderCompactor, nsIRequestObserver, nsIStreamListener, nsICopyMessageStreamListener, nsIUrlListener)
+
+nsFolderCompactState::nsFolderCompactState()
+{
+  m_fileStream = nullptr;
+  m_size = 0;
+  m_curIndex = 0;
+  m_status = NS_OK;
+  m_compactAll = false;
+  m_compactOfflineAlso = false;
+  m_compactingOfflineFolders = false;
+  m_parsingFolder=false;
+  m_folderIndex = 0;
+  m_startOfMsg = true;
+  m_needStatusLine = false;
+  m_totalExpungedBytes = 0;
+  m_alreadyWarnedDiskSpace = false;
+}
+
+nsFolderCompactState::~nsFolderCompactState()
+{
+  CloseOutputStream();
+  if (NS_FAILED(m_status))
+  {
+    CleanupTempFilesAfterError();
+    // if for some reason we failed remove the temp folder and database
+  }
+}
+
+void nsFolderCompactState::CloseOutputStream()
+{
+  if (m_fileStream)
+  {
+    m_fileStream->Close();
+    m_fileStream = nullptr;
+  }
+
+}
+
+void nsFolderCompactState::CleanupTempFilesAfterError()
+{
+  CloseOutputStream();
+  if (m_db)
+    m_db->ForceClosed();
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIFile> summaryFile;
+  GetSummaryFileLocation(m_file, getter_AddRefs(summaryFile)); 
+  m_file->Remove(false);
+  summaryFile->Remove(false);
+}
+
+nsresult nsFolderCompactState::BuildMessageURI(const char *baseURI, nsMsgKey key, nsCString& uri)
+{
+  uri.Append(baseURI);
+  uri.Append('#');
+  uri.AppendInt(key);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+nsresult
+nsFolderCompactState::InitDB(nsIMsgDatabase *db)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> mailDBFactory;
+  nsresult rv = db->ListAllKeys(m_keyArray);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  m_size = m_keyArray->m_keys.Length();
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBService> msgDBService = do_GetService(NS_MSGDB_SERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  rv = msgDBService->OpenMailDBFromFile(m_file, m_folder, true, false,
+                                     getter_AddRefs(m_db));
+
+  if (rv == NS_MSG_ERROR_FOLDER_SUMMARY_OUT_OF_DATE ||
+      rv == NS_MSG_ERROR_FOLDER_SUMMARY_MISSING)
+      // if it's out of date then reopen with upgrade.
+    return msgDBService->OpenMailDBFromFile(m_file,
+                                            m_folder, true, true,
+                               getter_AddRefs(m_db));
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsFolderCompactState::CompactFolders(nsIArray *aArrayOfFoldersToCompact,
+                                                   nsIArray *aOfflineFolderArray,
+                                                   nsIUrlListener *aUrlListener,
+                                                   nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow)
+{
+  m_window = aMsgWindow;
+  m_listener = aUrlListener;
+  if (aArrayOfFoldersToCompact)
+    m_folderArray = aArrayOfFoldersToCompact;
+  else if (aOfflineFolderArray)
+  {
+    m_folderArray = aOfflineFolderArray;
+    m_compactingOfflineFolders = true;
+    aOfflineFolderArray = nullptr;
+  }
+  if (!m_folderArray)
+    return NS_OK;
+ 
+  m_compactAll = true;
+  m_compactOfflineAlso = aOfflineFolderArray != nullptr;
+  if (m_compactOfflineAlso)
+    m_offlineFolderArray = aOfflineFolderArray;
+
+  m_folderIndex = 0;
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> firstFolder = do_QueryElementAt(m_folderArray,
+                                                         m_folderIndex, &rv);
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && firstFolder)
+    Compact(firstFolder, m_compactingOfflineFolders, aUrlListener, 
+            aMsgWindow);   //start with first folder from here.
+  
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsFolderCompactState::Compact(nsIMsgFolder *folder, bool aOfflineStore,
+                              nsIUrlListener *aListener, nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(folder);
+  m_listener = aListener;
+  if (!m_compactingOfflineFolders && !aOfflineStore)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgImapMailFolder> imapFolder = do_QueryInterface(folder);
+    if (imapFolder)
+      return imapFolder->Expunge(this, aMsgWindow);
+  }
+
+   m_window = aMsgWindow;
+   nsresult rv;
+   nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> db;
+   nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> path;
+   nsCString baseMessageURI;
+
+   nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgLocalMailFolder> localFolder = do_QueryInterface(folder, &rv);
+   if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && localFolder)
+   {
+     rv=localFolder->GetDatabaseWOReparse(getter_AddRefs(db));
+     if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !db)
+     {
+       if (rv == NS_MSG_ERROR_FOLDER_SUMMARY_MISSING ||
+           rv == NS_MSG_ERROR_FOLDER_SUMMARY_OUT_OF_DATE)
+       {
+         m_folder = folder;  //will be used to compact
+         m_parsingFolder = true;
+         rv = localFolder->ParseFolder(m_window, this);
+       }
+       return rv;
+     }
+     else
+     {
+       bool valid;
+       rv = db->GetSummaryValid(&valid);
+       if (!valid) //we are probably parsing the folder because we selected it.
+       {
+         folder->NotifyCompactCompleted();
+         if (m_compactAll)
+           return CompactNextFolder();
+         else
+           return NS_OK;
+       }
+     }
+   }
+   else
+   {
+     rv = folder->GetMsgDatabase(getter_AddRefs(db));
+     NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+   }
+
+  rv = folder->GetFilePath(getter_AddRefs(path));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  do {
+    bool exists = false;
+    rv = path->Exists(&exists);
+    if (!exists) {
+      // No need to compact if the local file does not exist.
+      // Can happen e.g. on IMAP when the folder is not marked for offline use.
+      break;
+    }
+
+    int64_t expunged = 0;
+    folder->GetExpungedBytes(&expunged);
+    if (expunged == 0) {
+      // No need to compact if nothing would be expunged.
+      break;
+    }
+
+    int64_t diskSize;
+    rv = folder->GetSizeOnDisk(&diskSize);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    int64_t diskFree;
+    rv = path->GetDiskSpaceAvailable(&diskFree);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+      // If GetDiskSpaceAvailable() failed, better bail out fast.
+      if (rv != NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED)
+        return rv;
+      // Some platforms do not have GetDiskSpaceAvailable implemented.
+      // In that case skip the preventive free space analysis and let it
+      // fail in compact later if space actually wasn't available.
+    } else {
+      // Let's try to not even start compact if there is really low free space.
+      // It may still fail later as we do not know how big exactly the folder DB will
+      // end up being.
+      // The DB already doesn't contain references to messages that are already deleted.
+      // So theoretically it shouldn't shrink with compact. But in practice,
+      // the automatic shrinking of the DB may still have not yet happened.
+      // So we cap the final size at 1KB per message.
+      db->Commit(nsMsgDBCommitType::kCompressCommit);
+
+      int64_t dbSize;
+      rv = db->GetDatabaseSize(&dbSize);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      int32_t totalMsgs;
+      rv = folder->GetTotalMessages(false, &totalMsgs);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      int64_t expectedDBSize = std::min<int64_t>(dbSize, ((int64_t)totalMsgs) * 1024);
+      if (diskFree < diskSize - expunged + expectedDBSize)
+      {
+        if (!m_alreadyWarnedDiskSpace)
+        {
+          folder->ThrowAlertMsg("compactFolderInsufficientSpace", m_window);
+          m_alreadyWarnedDiskSpace = true;
+        }
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+
+    rv = folder->GetBaseMessageURI(baseMessageURI);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    rv = Init(folder, baseMessageURI.get(), db, path, m_window);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    bool isLocked = true;
+    m_folder->GetLocked(&isLocked);
+    if (isLocked)
+    {
+      CleanupTempFilesAfterError();
+      m_folder->ThrowAlertMsg("compactFolderDeniedLock", m_window);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    // If we got here start the real compacting.
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> supports = do_QueryInterface(static_cast<nsIMsgFolderCompactor*>(this));
+    m_folder->AcquireSemaphore(supports);
+    m_totalExpungedBytes += expunged;
+    return StartCompacting();
+
+  } while(false); // block for easy skipping the compaction using 'break'
+
+  folder->NotifyCompactCompleted();
+  if (m_compactAll)
+    return CompactNextFolder();
+  else
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsFolderCompactState::ShowStatusMsg(const nsString& aMsg)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgStatusFeedback> statusFeedback;
+  if (m_window)
+  {
+    m_window->GetStatusFeedback(getter_AddRefs(statusFeedback));
+    if (statusFeedback && !aMsg.IsEmpty())
+      return statusFeedback->SetStatusString(aMsg);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsFolderCompactState::Init(nsIMsgFolder *folder, const char *baseMsgUri, nsIMsgDatabase *db,
+                           nsIFile *path, nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  m_folder = folder;
+  m_baseMessageUri = baseMsgUri;
+  m_file = do_CreateInstance(NS_LOCAL_FILE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  m_file->InitWithFile(path);
+  // need to make sure the temp file goes in the same real directory
+  // as the original file, so resolve sym links.
+  m_file->SetFollowLinks(true);
+
+  m_file->SetNativeLeafName(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("nstmp"));
+  rv = m_file->CreateUnique(nsIFile::NORMAL_FILE_TYPE, 00600);   //make sure we are not crunching existing nstmp file
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  m_window = aMsgWindow;
+  m_keyArray = new nsMsgKeyArray;
+  m_size = 0;
+  m_totalMsgSize = 0;
+  rv = InitDB(db);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+  {
+    CleanupTempFilesAfterError();
+    return rv;
+  }
+
+  m_curIndex = 0;
+
+  rv = MsgNewBufferedFileOutputStream(getter_AddRefs(m_fileStream), m_file, -1, 00600);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) 
+    m_folder->ThrowAlertMsg("compactFolderWriteFailed", m_window);
+  else
+    rv = GetMessageServiceFromURI(nsDependentCString(baseMsgUri),
+                                getter_AddRefs(m_messageService));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+  {
+    m_status = rv;
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+void nsFolderCompactState::ShowCompactingStatusMsg()
+{
+  nsString statusString;
+  nsresult rv = m_folder->GetStringWithFolderNameFromBundle("compactingFolder", statusString);
+  if (!statusString.IsEmpty() && NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    ShowStatusMsg(statusString);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsFolderCompactState::OnStartRunningUrl(nsIURI *url)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsFolderCompactState::OnStopRunningUrl(nsIURI *url, nsresult status)
+{
+  if (m_parsingFolder)
+  {
+    m_parsingFolder = false;
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(status))
+      status = Compact(m_folder, m_compactingOfflineFolders, m_listener, m_window);
+    else if (m_compactAll)
+      CompactNextFolder();
+  }
+  else if (m_compactAll) // this should be the imap case only
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> prevFolder = do_QueryElementAt(m_folderArray,
+                                                           m_folderIndex);
+    if (prevFolder)
+      prevFolder->SetMsgDatabase(nullptr);
+    CompactNextFolder();
+  }
+  else if (m_listener)
+  {
+    CompactCompleted(status);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsFolderCompactState::StartCompacting()
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgPluggableStore> msgStore;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+  
+  nsresult rv = m_folder->GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  rv = server->GetMsgStore(getter_AddRefs(msgStore));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  
+  // Notify that compaction is beginning.  We do this even if there are no
+  // messages to be copied because the summary database still gets blown away
+  // which is still pretty interesting.  (And we like consistency.)
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolderNotificationService>
+    notifier(do_GetService(NS_MSGNOTIFICATIONSERVICE_CONTRACTID));
+  if (notifier)
+    notifier->NotifyItemEvent(m_folder,
+                              NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("FolderCompactStart"),
+                              nullptr);
+
+  // TODO: test whether sorting the messages (m_keyArray) by messageOffset
+  // would improve performance on large files (less seeks).
+  // The m_keyArray is in the order as stored in DB and on IMAP or News
+  // the messages stored on the mbox file are not necessarily in the same order.
+  if (m_size > 0)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> notUsed;
+    ShowCompactingStatusMsg();
+    AddRef();
+    rv = m_messageService->CopyMessages(m_size, m_keyArray->m_keys.Elements(),
+                                        m_folder, this,
+                                        false, nullptr, m_window,
+                                        getter_AddRefs(notUsed));
+  }
+  else
+  { // no messages to copy with
+    FinishCompact();
+//    Release(); // we don't "own" ourselves yet.
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsFolderCompactState::FinishCompact()
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(m_folder, NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED);
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(m_file, NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED);
+
+  // All okay time to finish up the compact process
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> path;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIDBFolderInfo> folderInfo;
+
+  // get leaf name and database name of the folder
+  nsresult rv = m_folder->GetFilePath(getter_AddRefs(path));
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIFile> folderPath = do_CreateInstance(NS_LOCAL_FILE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  rv = folderPath->InitWithFile(path);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  // need to make sure we put the .msf file in the same directory
+  // as the original mailbox, so resolve symlinks.
+  folderPath->SetFollowLinks(true);
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIFile> oldSummaryFile;
+  rv = GetSummaryFileLocation(folderPath, getter_AddRefs(oldSummaryFile));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  nsAutoCString dbName;
+  oldSummaryFile->GetNativeLeafName(dbName);
+  nsAutoCString folderName;
+  path->GetNativeLeafName(folderName);
+
+  // close down the temp file stream; preparing for deleting the old folder
+  // and its database; then rename the temp folder and database
+  if (m_fileStream)
+  {
+    m_fileStream->Flush();
+    m_fileStream->Close();
+    m_fileStream = nullptr;
+  }
+
+  // make sure the new database is valid.
+  // Close it so we can rename the .msf file.
+  if (m_db)
+  {
+    m_db->ForceClosed();
+    m_db = nullptr;
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIFile> newSummaryFile;
+  rv = GetSummaryFileLocation(m_file, getter_AddRefs(newSummaryFile));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIDBFolderInfo> transferInfo;
+  m_folder->GetDBTransferInfo(getter_AddRefs(transferInfo));
+
+  // close down database of the original folder
+  m_folder->ForceDBClosed();
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> cloneFile;
+  int64_t fileSize = 0;
+  rv = m_file->Clone(getter_AddRefs(cloneFile));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    rv = cloneFile->GetFileSize(&fileSize);
+  bool tempFileRightSize = ((uint64_t)fileSize == m_totalMsgSize);
+  NS_WARNING_ASSERTION(tempFileRightSize, "temp file not of expected size in compact");
+
+  bool folderRenameSucceeded = false;
+  bool msfRenameSucceeded = false;
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && tempFileRightSize)
+  {
+    // First we're going to try and move the old summary file out the way.
+    // We don't delete it yet, as we want to keep the files in sync.
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> tempSummaryFile;
+    rv = oldSummaryFile->Clone(getter_AddRefs(tempSummaryFile));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      rv = tempSummaryFile->CreateUnique(nsIFile::NORMAL_FILE_TYPE, 0600);
+
+    nsAutoCString tempSummaryFileName;
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      rv = tempSummaryFile->GetNativeLeafName(tempSummaryFileName);
+
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      rv = oldSummaryFile->MoveToNative((nsIFile*) nullptr, tempSummaryFileName);
+
+    NS_WARNING_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "error moving compacted folder's db out of the way");
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      // Now we've successfully moved the summary file out the way, try moving
+      // the newly compacted message file over the old one.
+      rv = m_file->MoveToNative((nsIFile *) nullptr, folderName);
+      folderRenameSucceeded = NS_SUCCEEDED(rv);
+      NS_WARNING_ASSERTION(folderRenameSucceeded, "error renaming compacted folder");
+      if (folderRenameSucceeded)
+      {
+        // That worked, so land the new summary file in the right place.
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> renamedCompactedSummaryFile;
+        newSummaryFile->Clone(getter_AddRefs(renamedCompactedSummaryFile));
+        if (renamedCompactedSummaryFile)
+        {
+          rv = renamedCompactedSummaryFile->MoveToNative((nsIFile *) nullptr, dbName);
+          msfRenameSucceeded = NS_SUCCEEDED(rv);
+        }
+        NS_WARNING_ASSERTION(msfRenameSucceeded, "error renaming compacted folder's db");
+      }
+
+      if (!msfRenameSucceeded)
+      {
+        // Do our best to put the summary file back to where it was
+        rv = tempSummaryFile->MoveToNative((nsIFile*) nullptr, dbName);
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+          tempSummaryFile = nullptr; // flagging that a renamed db no longer exists
+        else
+          NS_WARNING("error restoring uncompacted folder's db");
+      }
+    }
+    // We don't want any temporarily renamed summary file to lie around
+    if (tempSummaryFile)
+      tempSummaryFile->Remove(false);
+  }
+
+  NS_WARNING_ASSERTION(msfRenameSucceeded, "compact failed");
+  nsresult rvReleaseFolderLock = ReleaseFolderLock();
+  NS_WARNING_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rvReleaseFolderLock),"folder lock not released successfully");
+  rv = NS_FAILED(rv) ? rv : rvReleaseFolderLock;
+
+  // Cleanup of nstmp-named compacted files if failure
+  if (!folderRenameSucceeded)
+  {
+    // remove the abandoned compacted version with the wrong name
+    m_file->Remove(false);
+  }
+  if (!msfRenameSucceeded)
+  {
+    // remove the abandoned compacted summary file
+    newSummaryFile->Remove(false);
+  }
+
+  if (msfRenameSucceeded)
+  {
+    // Transfer local db information from transferInfo
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBService> msgDBService =
+      do_GetService(NS_MSGDB_SERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    rv = msgDBService->OpenFolderDB(m_folder, true, getter_AddRefs(m_db));
+    NS_ENSURE_TRUE(m_db, NS_FAILED(rv) ? rv : NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+    // These errors are expected.
+    rv = (rv == NS_MSG_ERROR_FOLDER_SUMMARY_MISSING ||
+          rv == NS_MSG_ERROR_FOLDER_SUMMARY_OUT_OF_DATE) ? NS_OK : rv;
+    m_db->SetSummaryValid(true);
+    m_folder->SetDBTransferInfo(transferInfo);
+
+    // since we're transferring info from the old db, we need to reset the expunged bytes
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIDBFolderInfo> dbFolderInfo;
+    m_db->GetDBFolderInfo(getter_AddRefs(dbFolderInfo));
+    if(dbFolderInfo)
+      dbFolderInfo->SetExpungedBytes(0);
+  }
+  if (m_db)
+    m_db->Close(true);
+  m_db = nullptr;
+
+  // Notify that compaction of the folder is completed.
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolderNotificationService>
+    notifier(do_GetService(NS_MSGNOTIFICATIONSERVICE_CONTRACTID));
+  if (notifier)
+    notifier->NotifyItemEvent(m_folder,
+                              NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("FolderCompactFinish"),
+                              nullptr);
+  m_folder->NotifyCompactCompleted();
+
+  if (m_compactAll)
+    rv = CompactNextFolder();
+  else
+    CompactCompleted(rv);
+      
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult
+GetBaseStringBundle(nsIStringBundle **aBundle)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aBundle);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundleService> bundleService =
+    mozilla::services::GetStringBundleService();
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(bundleService, NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundle> bundle;
+  return bundleService->CreateBundle(
+    "chrome://messenger/locale/messenger.properties", aBundle);
+}
+
+void nsFolderCompactState::CompactCompleted(nsresult exitCode)
+{
+  NS_WARNING_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(exitCode),
+                       "nsFolderCompactState::CompactCompleted failed");
+  if (m_listener)
+    m_listener->OnStopRunningUrl(nullptr, exitCode);
+  ShowDoneStatus();
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsFolderCompactState::ReleaseFolderLock()
+{
+  nsresult result = NS_OK;
+  if (!m_folder) return result;
+  bool haveSemaphore;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsISupports> supports = do_QueryInterface(static_cast<nsIMsgFolderCompactor*>(this));
+  result = m_folder->TestSemaphore(supports, &haveSemaphore);
+  if(NS_SUCCEEDED(result) && haveSemaphore)
+    result = m_folder->ReleaseSemaphore(supports);
+  return result;
+}
+
+void nsFolderCompactState::ShowDoneStatus()
+{
+  if (m_folder)
+  {
+    nsString statusString;
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIStringBundle> bundle;
+    nsresult rv = GetBaseStringBundle(getter_AddRefs(bundle));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS_VOID(rv);
+    nsAutoString expungedAmount;
+    FormatFileSize(m_totalExpungedBytes, true, expungedAmount);
+    const char16_t* params[] = { expungedAmount.get() };
+    rv = bundle->FormatStringFromName(u"compactingDone",
+                                      params, 1, getter_Copies(statusString));
+
+    if (!statusString.IsEmpty() && NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      ShowStatusMsg(statusString);
+  }
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsFolderCompactState::CompactNextFolder()
+{
+  m_folderIndex++;
+  uint32_t cnt = 0;
+  nsresult rv = m_folderArray->GetLength(&cnt);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  // m_folderIndex might be > cnt if we compact offline stores,
+  // and get back here from OnStopRunningUrl.
+  if (m_folderIndex >= cnt)
+  {
+    if (!m_compactOfflineAlso || m_compactingOfflineFolders)
+    {
+      CompactCompleted(NS_OK);
+      return rv;
+    }
+    m_compactingOfflineFolders = true;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder = do_QueryElementAt(m_folderArray,
+                                                      m_folderIndex-1, &rv);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && folder)
+      return folder->CompactAllOfflineStores(this, m_window, m_offlineFolderArray);
+    else
+      NS_WARNING("couldn't get folder to compact offline stores");
+
+  }
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder = do_QueryElementAt(m_folderArray,
+                                                    m_folderIndex, &rv);
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && folder)
+    rv = Compact(folder, m_compactingOfflineFolders, m_listener, m_window);
+  else
+    CompactCompleted(rv);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsFolderCompactState::GetMessage(nsIMsgDBHdr **message)
+{
+  return GetMsgDBHdrFromURI(m_messageUri.get(), message);
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsFolderCompactState::OnStartRequest(nsIRequest *request, nsISupports *ctxt)
+{
+  return StartMessage();
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsFolderCompactState::OnStopRequest(nsIRequest *request, nsISupports *ctxt,
+                                    nsresult status)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+  if (NS_FAILED(status))
+  {
+    m_status = status; // set the m_status to status so the destructor can remove the
+                       // temp folder and database
+    CleanupTempFilesAfterError();
+    m_folder->NotifyCompactCompleted();
+    ReleaseFolderLock();
+    m_folder->ThrowAlertMsg("compactFolderWriteFailed", m_window);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    EndCopy(nullptr, status);
+    if (m_curIndex >= m_size)
+    {
+      msgHdr = nullptr;
+      // no more to copy finish it up
+      FinishCompact();
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      // in case we're not getting an error, we still need to pretend we did get an error,
+      // because the compact did not successfully complete.
+      m_folder->NotifyCompactCompleted();
+      CleanupTempFilesAfterError();
+      ReleaseFolderLock();
+    }
+  }
+  Release(); // kill self
+  return status;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsFolderCompactState::OnDataAvailable(nsIRequest *request, nsISupports *ctxt,
+                                      nsIInputStream *inStr,
+                                      uint64_t sourceOffset, uint32_t count)
+{
+  if (!m_fileStream || !inStr) 
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  uint32_t msgFlags;
+  bool checkForKeyword = m_startOfMsg;
+  bool addKeywordHdr = false;
+  uint32_t needToGrowKeywords = 0;
+  uint32_t statusOffset;
+  nsCString msgHdrKeywords;
+
+  if (m_startOfMsg)
+  {
+    m_statusOffset = 0;
+    m_addedHeaderSize = 0;
+    m_messageUri.Truncate(); // clear the previous message uri
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(BuildMessageURI(m_baseMessageUri.get(), m_keyArray->m_keys[m_curIndex],
+                                m_messageUri)))
+    {
+      rv = GetMessage(getter_AddRefs(m_curSrcHdr));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      if (m_curSrcHdr)
+      {
+        (void) m_curSrcHdr->GetFlags(&msgFlags);
+        (void) m_curSrcHdr->GetStatusOffset(&statusOffset);
+        
+        if (statusOffset == 0)
+          m_needStatusLine = true;
+        // x-mozilla-status lines should be at the start of the headers, and the code
+        // below assumes everything will fit in m_dataBuffer - if there's not
+        // room, skip the keyword stuff.
+        if (statusOffset > sizeof(m_dataBuffer) - 1024)
+        {
+          checkForKeyword = false;
+          NS_ASSERTION(false, "status offset past end of read buffer size");
+          
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    m_startOfMsg = false;
+  }
+  uint32_t maxReadCount, readCount, writeCount;
+  uint32_t bytesWritten;
+  
+  while (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && (int32_t) count > 0)
+  {
+    maxReadCount = count > sizeof(m_dataBuffer) - 1 ? sizeof(m_dataBuffer) - 1 : count;
+    writeCount = 0;
+    rv = inStr->Read(m_dataBuffer, maxReadCount, &readCount);
+    
+    // if status offset is past the number of bytes we read, it's probably bogus,
+    // and we shouldn't do any of the keyword stuff.
+    if (statusOffset + X_MOZILLA_STATUS_LEN > readCount)
+      checkForKeyword = false;
+    
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      if (checkForKeyword)
+      {
+        // make sure that status offset really points to x-mozilla-status line
+        if  (!strncmp(m_dataBuffer + statusOffset, X_MOZILLA_STATUS, X_MOZILLA_STATUS_LEN))
+        {
+          const char *keywordHdr = PL_strnrstr(m_dataBuffer, HEADER_X_MOZILLA_KEYWORDS, readCount);
+          if (keywordHdr)
+            m_curSrcHdr->GetUint32Property("growKeywords", &needToGrowKeywords);
+          else
+            addKeywordHdr = true;
+          m_curSrcHdr->GetStringProperty("keywords", getter_Copies(msgHdrKeywords));
+        }
+        checkForKeyword = false;
+      }
+      uint32_t blockOffset = 0;
+      if (m_needStatusLine)
+      {
+        m_needStatusLine = false;
+        // we need to parse out the "From " header, write it out, then 
+        // write out the x-mozilla-status headers, and set the 
+        // status offset of the dest hdr for later use 
+        // in OnEndCopy).
+        if (!strncmp(m_dataBuffer, "From ", 5))
+        {
+          blockOffset = 5;
+          // skip from line
+          MsgAdvanceToNextLine(m_dataBuffer, blockOffset, readCount);
+          char statusLine[50];
+          m_fileStream->Write(m_dataBuffer, blockOffset, &writeCount);
+          m_statusOffset = blockOffset;
+          PR_snprintf(statusLine, sizeof(statusLine), X_MOZILLA_STATUS_FORMAT MSG_LINEBREAK, msgFlags & 0xFFFF);
+          m_fileStream->Write(statusLine, strlen(statusLine), &m_addedHeaderSize);
+          PR_snprintf(statusLine, sizeof(statusLine), X_MOZILLA_STATUS2_FORMAT MSG_LINEBREAK, msgFlags & 0xFFFF0000);
+          m_fileStream->Write(statusLine, strlen(statusLine), &bytesWritten);
+          m_addedHeaderSize += bytesWritten;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          NS_ASSERTION(false, "not an envelope");
+          // try to mark the db as invalid so it will be reparsed.
+          nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDatabase> srcDB;
+          m_folder->GetMsgDatabase(getter_AddRefs(srcDB));
+          if (srcDB)
+          {
+            srcDB->SetSummaryValid(false);
+            srcDB->ForceClosed();
+          }
+        }
+      }
+#define EXTRA_KEYWORD_HDR "                                                                                 " MSG_LINEBREAK
+
+       // if status offset isn't in the first block, this code won't work. There's no good reason
+      // for the status offset not to be at the beginning of the message anyway.
+      if (addKeywordHdr)
+      {
+        // if blockOffset is set, we added x-mozilla-status headers so
+        // file pointer is already past them.
+        if (!blockOffset)
+        {
+          blockOffset = statusOffset;
+          // skip x-mozilla-status and status2 lines.
+          MsgAdvanceToNextLine(m_dataBuffer, blockOffset, readCount);
+          MsgAdvanceToNextLine(m_dataBuffer, blockOffset, readCount);
+          // need to rewrite the headers up to and including the x-mozilla-status2 header
+          m_fileStream->Write(m_dataBuffer, blockOffset, &writeCount);
+        }
+        // we should write out the existing keywords from the msg hdr, if any.
+        if (msgHdrKeywords.IsEmpty())
+        { // no keywords, so write blank header
+          m_fileStream->Write(X_MOZILLA_KEYWORDS, sizeof(X_MOZILLA_KEYWORDS) - 1, &bytesWritten);
+          m_addedHeaderSize += bytesWritten;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          if (msgHdrKeywords.Length() < sizeof(X_MOZILLA_KEYWORDS) - sizeof(HEADER_X_MOZILLA_KEYWORDS) + 10 /* allow some slop */)
+          { // keywords fit in normal blank header, so replace blanks in keyword hdr with keywords
+            nsAutoCString keywordsHdr(X_MOZILLA_KEYWORDS);
+            keywordsHdr.Replace(sizeof(HEADER_X_MOZILLA_KEYWORDS) + 1, msgHdrKeywords.Length(), msgHdrKeywords);
+            m_fileStream->Write(keywordsHdr.get(), keywordsHdr.Length(), &bytesWritten);
+            m_addedHeaderSize += bytesWritten;
+          }
+          else
+          { // keywords don't fit, so write out keywords on one line and an extra blank line
+            nsCString newKeywordHeader(HEADER_X_MOZILLA_KEYWORDS ": ");
+            newKeywordHeader.Append(msgHdrKeywords);
+            newKeywordHeader.Append(MSG_LINEBREAK EXTRA_KEYWORD_HDR);
+            m_fileStream->Write(newKeywordHeader.get(), newKeywordHeader.Length(), &bytesWritten);
+            m_addedHeaderSize += bytesWritten;
+          }
+        }
+        addKeywordHdr = false;
+      }
+      else if (needToGrowKeywords)
+      {
+        blockOffset = statusOffset;
+        if (!strncmp(m_dataBuffer + blockOffset, X_MOZILLA_STATUS, X_MOZILLA_STATUS_LEN))
+          MsgAdvanceToNextLine(m_dataBuffer, blockOffset, readCount); // skip x-mozilla-status hdr
+        if (!strncmp(m_dataBuffer + blockOffset, X_MOZILLA_STATUS2, X_MOZILLA_STATUS2_LEN))
+          MsgAdvanceToNextLine(m_dataBuffer, blockOffset, readCount); // skip x-mozilla-status2 hdr
+        uint32_t preKeywordBlockOffset = blockOffset;
+        if (!strncmp(m_dataBuffer + blockOffset, HEADER_X_MOZILLA_KEYWORDS, sizeof(HEADER_X_MOZILLA_KEYWORDS) - 1))
+        {
+          do
+          {
+            // skip x-mozilla-keywords hdr and any existing continuation headers
+            MsgAdvanceToNextLine(m_dataBuffer, blockOffset, readCount);
+          }
+          while (m_dataBuffer[blockOffset] == ' ');
+        }
+        int32_t oldKeywordSize = blockOffset - preKeywordBlockOffset;
+
+        // rewrite the headers up to and including the x-mozilla-status2 header
+        m_fileStream->Write(m_dataBuffer, preKeywordBlockOffset, &writeCount);
+        // let's just rewrite all the keywords on several lines and add a blank line,
+        // instead of worrying about which are missing.
+        bool done = false;
+        nsAutoCString keywordHdr(HEADER_X_MOZILLA_KEYWORDS ": ");
+        int32_t nextBlankOffset = 0;
+        int32_t curHdrLineStart = 0;
+        int32_t newKeywordSize = 0;
+        while (!done)
+        {
+          nextBlankOffset = msgHdrKeywords.FindChar(' ', nextBlankOffset);
+          if (nextBlankOffset == kNotFound)
+          {
+            nextBlankOffset = msgHdrKeywords.Length();
+            done = true;
+          }
+          if (nextBlankOffset - curHdrLineStart > 90 || done)
+          {
+            keywordHdr.Append(nsDependentCSubstring(msgHdrKeywords, curHdrLineStart, msgHdrKeywords.Length() - curHdrLineStart));
+            keywordHdr.Append(MSG_LINEBREAK);
+            m_fileStream->Write(keywordHdr.get(), keywordHdr.Length(), &bytesWritten);
+            newKeywordSize += bytesWritten;
+            curHdrLineStart = nextBlankOffset;
+            keywordHdr.Assign(' ');
+          }
+          nextBlankOffset++;
+        }
+        m_fileStream->Write(EXTRA_KEYWORD_HDR, sizeof(EXTRA_KEYWORD_HDR) - 1, &bytesWritten);
+        newKeywordSize += bytesWritten;
+        m_addedHeaderSize += newKeywordSize - oldKeywordSize;
+        m_curSrcHdr->SetUint32Property("growKeywords", 0);
+        needToGrowKeywords = false;
+        writeCount += blockOffset - preKeywordBlockOffset; // fudge writeCount
+
+      }
+      if (readCount <= blockOffset)
+      {
+        NS_ASSERTION(false, "bad block offset");
+        // not sure what to do to handle this.
+      
+      }
+      m_fileStream->Write(m_dataBuffer + blockOffset, readCount - blockOffset, &bytesWritten);
+      writeCount += bytesWritten;
+      count -= readCount;
+      if (writeCount != readCount)
+        return NS_MSG_ERROR_WRITING_MAIL_FOLDER;
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsOfflineStoreCompactState::nsOfflineStoreCompactState()
+{
+}
+
+nsOfflineStoreCompactState::~nsOfflineStoreCompactState()
+{
+}
+
+
+nsresult
+nsOfflineStoreCompactState::InitDB(nsIMsgDatabase *db)
+{
+  // Start with the list of messages we have offline as the possible
+  // message to keep when compacting the offline store.
+  db->ListAllOfflineMsgs(m_keyArray);
+  m_size = m_keyArray->m_keys.Length();
+  m_db = db;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * This will copy one message to the offline store, but if it fails to
+ * copy the next message, it will keep trying messages until it finds one
+ * it can copy, or it runs out of messages.
+ */
+nsresult nsOfflineStoreCompactState::CopyNextMessage(bool &done)
+{
+  while (m_curIndex < m_size)
+  {
+    // Filter out msgs that have the "pendingRemoval" attribute set.
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> hdr;
+    nsString pendingRemoval;
+    nsresult rv = m_db->GetMsgHdrForKey(m_keyArray->m_keys[m_curIndex], getter_AddRefs(hdr));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    hdr->GetProperty("pendingRemoval", pendingRemoval);
+    if (!pendingRemoval.IsEmpty())
+    {
+      m_curIndex++;
+      // Turn off offline flag for message, since after the compact is completed;
+      // we won't have the message in the offline store.
+      uint32_t resultFlags;
+      hdr->AndFlags(~nsMsgMessageFlags::Offline, &resultFlags);
+      // We need to clear this in case the user changes the offline retention
+      // settings.
+      hdr->SetStringProperty("pendingRemoval", "");
+      continue;
+    }
+    m_messageUri.Truncate(); // clear the previous message uri
+    rv = BuildMessageURI(m_baseMessageUri.get(), m_keyArray->m_keys[m_curIndex],
+                                  m_messageUri);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    m_startOfMsg = true;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> thisSupports;
+    QueryInterface(NS_GET_IID(nsISupports), getter_AddRefs(thisSupports));
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> dummyNull;
+    rv = m_messageService->StreamMessage(m_messageUri.get(), thisSupports, m_window, nullptr,
+                                    false, EmptyCString(), true, getter_AddRefs(dummyNull));
+    // if copy fails, we clear the offline flag on the source message.
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> hdr;
+      GetMessage(getter_AddRefs(hdr));
+      if (hdr)
+      {
+        uint32_t resultFlags;
+        hdr->AndFlags(~nsMsgMessageFlags::Offline, &resultFlags);
+      }
+      m_curIndex++;
+      continue;
+    }
+    else
+      break;
+  }
+  done = m_curIndex >= m_size;
+  // In theory, we might be able to stream the next message, so
+  // return NS_OK, not rv.
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsOfflineStoreCompactState::OnStopRequest(nsIRequest *request, nsISupports *ctxt,
+                                          nsresult status)
+{
+  nsresult rv = status;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> uri;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgStatusFeedback> statusFeedback;
+  bool done = false;
+
+  // The NS_MSG_ERROR_MSG_NOT_OFFLINE error should allow us to continue, so we
+  // check for it specifically and don't terminate the compaction.
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) && rv != NS_MSG_ERROR_MSG_NOT_OFFLINE)
+    goto done;
+  uri = do_QueryInterface(ctxt, &rv);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) goto done;
+  rv = GetMessage(getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) goto done;
+
+  // This is however an unexpected condition, so let's print a warning.
+  if (rv == NS_MSG_ERROR_MSG_NOT_OFFLINE) {
+    nsAutoCString spec;
+    uri->GetSpec(spec);
+    nsPrintfCString msg("Message expectedly not available offline: %s", spec.get());
+    NS_WARNING(msg.get());
+  }
+
+  if (msgHdr)
+  {
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(status))
+    {
+      msgHdr->SetMessageOffset(m_startOfNewMsg);
+      char storeToken[100];
+      PR_snprintf(storeToken, sizeof(storeToken), "%lld", m_startOfNewMsg);
+      msgHdr->SetStringProperty("storeToken", storeToken);
+      msgHdr->SetOfflineMessageSize(m_offlineMsgSize);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      uint32_t resultFlags;
+      msgHdr->AndFlags(~nsMsgMessageFlags::Offline, &resultFlags);
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (m_window)
+  {
+    m_window->GetStatusFeedback(getter_AddRefs(statusFeedback));
+    if (statusFeedback)
+      statusFeedback->ShowProgress(100 * m_curIndex / m_size);
+  }
+  // advance to next message
+  m_curIndex++;
+  rv = CopyNextMessage(done);
+  if (done)
+  {
+    m_db->Commit(nsMsgDBCommitType::kCompressCommit);
+    msgHdr = nullptr;
+    // no more to copy finish it up
+    ReleaseFolderLock();
+    FinishCompact();
+    Release(); // kill self
+  }
+
+done:
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+    m_status = rv; // set the status to rv so the destructor can remove the
+                   // temp folder and database
+    ReleaseFolderLock();
+    Release(); // kill self
+    return rv;
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+ 
+
+nsresult
+nsOfflineStoreCompactState::FinishCompact()
+{
+  // All okay time to finish up the compact process
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> path;
+  uint32_t flags;
+
+    // get leaf name and database name of the folder
+  m_folder->GetFlags(&flags);
+  nsresult rv = m_folder->GetFilePath(getter_AddRefs(path));
+
+  nsCString leafName;
+  path->GetNativeLeafName(leafName);
+
+  if (m_fileStream)
+  {
+    // close down the temp file stream; preparing for deleting the old folder
+    // and its database; then rename the temp folder and database
+    m_fileStream->Flush();
+    m_fileStream->Close();
+    m_fileStream = nullptr;
+  }
+
+    // make sure the new database is valid
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIDBFolderInfo> dbFolderInfo;
+  m_db->GetDBFolderInfo(getter_AddRefs(dbFolderInfo));
+  if (dbFolderInfo)
+    dbFolderInfo->SetExpungedBytes(0);
+  // this forces the m_folder to update mExpungedBytes from the db folder info.
+  int64_t expungedBytes;
+  m_folder->GetExpungedBytes(&expungedBytes);
+  m_folder->UpdateSummaryTotals(true);
+  m_db->SetSummaryValid(true);
+
+    // remove the old folder 
+  path->Remove(false);
+
+    // rename the copied folder to be the original folder 
+  m_file->MoveToNative((nsIFile *) nullptr, leafName);
+
+  ShowStatusMsg(EmptyString());
+  m_folder->NotifyCompactCompleted();
+  if (m_compactAll)
+    rv = CompactNextFolder();
+  return rv;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsFolderCompactState::Init(nsIMsgFolder *srcFolder, nsICopyMessageListener *destination, nsISupports *listenerData)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsFolderCompactState::StartMessage()
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  NS_ASSERTION(m_fileStream, "Fatal, null m_fileStream...\n");
+  if (m_fileStream)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsISeekableStream> seekableStream = do_QueryInterface(m_fileStream, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    // this will force an internal flush, but not a sync. Tell should really do an internal flush,
+    // but it doesn't, and I'm afraid to change that nsIFileStream.cpp code anymore.
+    seekableStream->Seek(nsISeekableStream::NS_SEEK_CUR, 0);
+    // record the new message key for the message
+    int64_t curStreamPos;
+    seekableStream->Tell(&curStreamPos);
+    m_startOfNewMsg = curStreamPos;
+    rv = NS_OK;
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsFolderCompactState::EndMessage(nsMsgKey key)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsFolderCompactState::EndCopy(nsISupports *url, nsresult aStatus)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> newMsgHdr;
+
+  if (m_curIndex >= m_size)
+  {
+    NS_ASSERTION(false, "m_curIndex out of bounds");
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  /**
+   * Done with the current message; copying the existing message header
+   * to the new database.
+   */
+  if (m_curSrcHdr)
+  {
+    nsMsgKey key;
+    m_curSrcHdr->GetMessageKey(&key);
+    m_db->CopyHdrFromExistingHdr(key, m_curSrcHdr, true,
+                                 getter_AddRefs(newMsgHdr));
+  }
+  m_curSrcHdr = nullptr;
+  if (newMsgHdr)
+  {
+    if (m_statusOffset != 0)
+      newMsgHdr->SetStatusOffset(m_statusOffset);
+
+    char storeToken[100];
+    PR_snprintf(storeToken, sizeof(storeToken), "%lld", m_startOfNewMsg);
+    newMsgHdr->SetStringProperty("storeToken", storeToken);
+    newMsgHdr->SetMessageOffset(m_startOfNewMsg);
+
+    uint32_t msgSize;
+    (void) newMsgHdr->GetMessageSize(&msgSize);
+    if (m_addedHeaderSize)
+    {
+      msgSize += m_addedHeaderSize;
+      newMsgHdr->SetMessageSize(msgSize);
+    }
+    m_totalMsgSize += msgSize;
+  }
+
+//  m_db->Commit(nsMsgDBCommitType::kLargeCommit);  // no sense commiting until the end
+  // advance to next message
+  m_curIndex ++;
+  m_startOfMsg = true;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgStatusFeedback> statusFeedback;
+  if (m_window)
+  {
+    m_window->GetStatusFeedback(getter_AddRefs(statusFeedback));
+    if (statusFeedback)
+      statusFeedback->ShowProgress(100 * m_curIndex / m_size);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsOfflineStoreCompactState::StartCompacting()
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  if (m_size > 0 && m_curIndex == 0)
+  {
+    AddRef(); // we own ourselves, until we're done, anyway.
+    ShowCompactingStatusMsg();
+    bool done = false;
+    rv = CopyNextMessage(done);
+    if (!done)
+      return rv;
+  }
+  ReleaseFolderLock();
+  FinishCompact();
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsOfflineStoreCompactState::OnDataAvailable(nsIRequest *request, nsISupports *ctxt,
+                                            nsIInputStream *inStr,
+                                            uint64_t sourceOffset, uint32_t count)
+{
+  if (!m_fileStream || !inStr) 
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  if (m_startOfMsg)
+  {
+    m_statusOffset = 0;
+    m_offlineMsgSize = 0;
+    m_messageUri.Truncate(); // clear the previous message uri
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(BuildMessageURI(m_baseMessageUri.get(), m_keyArray->m_keys[m_curIndex],
+                                m_messageUri)))
+    {
+      rv = GetMessage(getter_AddRefs(m_curSrcHdr));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    }
+  }
+  uint32_t maxReadCount, readCount, writeCount;
+  uint32_t bytesWritten;
+
+  while (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && (int32_t) count > 0)
+  {
+    maxReadCount = count > sizeof(m_dataBuffer) - 1 ? sizeof(m_dataBuffer) - 1 : count;
+    writeCount = 0;
+    rv = inStr->Read(m_dataBuffer, maxReadCount, &readCount);
+
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      if (m_startOfMsg)
+      {
+        m_startOfMsg = false;
+        // check if there's an envelope header; if not, write one.
+        if (strncmp(m_dataBuffer, "From ", 5))
+        {
+          m_fileStream->Write("From " CRLF, 7, &bytesWritten);
+          m_offlineMsgSize += bytesWritten;
+        }
+      }
+      m_fileStream->Write(m_dataBuffer, readCount, &bytesWritten);
+      m_offlineMsgSize += bytesWritten;
+      writeCount += bytesWritten;
+      count -= readCount;
+      if (writeCount != readCount)
+      {
+        m_folder->ThrowAlertMsg("compactFolderWriteFailed", m_window);
+        return NS_MSG_ERROR_WRITING_MAIL_FOLDER;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
diff --git a/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgFolderCompactor.h b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgFolderCompactor.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..50a69df81
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgFolderCompactor.h
@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _nsMsgFolderCompactor_h
+#define _nsMsgFolderCompactor_h
+
+#include "mozilla/Attributes.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolder.h"
+#include "nsIStreamListener.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolderCompactor.h"
+#include "nsICopyMsgStreamListener.h"
+#include "nsMsgKeyArray.h"
+#include "nsIMsgWindow.h"
+#include "nsIStringBundle.h"
+#include "nsIMsgMessageService.h"
+
+#define COMPACTOR_READ_BUFF_SIZE 16384
+
+class nsFolderCompactState : public nsIMsgFolderCompactor,
+                             public nsIStreamListener,
+                             public nsICopyMessageStreamListener,
+                             public nsIUrlListener
+{
+public:
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIREQUESTOBSERVER
+  NS_DECL_NSISTREAMLISTENER
+  NS_DECL_NSICOPYMESSAGESTREAMLISTENER
+  NS_DECL_NSIURLLISTENER
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGFOLDERCOMPACTOR
+
+  nsFolderCompactState(void);
+protected:
+  virtual ~nsFolderCompactState(void);
+
+  virtual nsresult InitDB(nsIMsgDatabase *db);
+  virtual nsresult StartCompacting();
+  virtual nsresult FinishCompact();
+  void CloseOutputStream();
+  void  CleanupTempFilesAfterError();
+
+  nsresult Init(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder, const char* aBaseMsgUri, nsIMsgDatabase *aDb,
+                            nsIFile *aPath, nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow);
+  nsresult GetMessage(nsIMsgDBHdr **message);
+  nsresult BuildMessageURI(const char *baseURI, nsMsgKey key, nsCString& uri);
+  nsresult ShowStatusMsg(const nsString& aMsg);
+  nsresult ReleaseFolderLock();
+  void     ShowCompactingStatusMsg();
+  void     CompactCompleted(nsresult exitCode);
+  void     ShowDoneStatus();
+  nsresult CompactNextFolder();
+
+  nsCString m_baseMessageUri; // base message uri
+  nsCString m_messageUri; // current message uri being copy
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> m_folder; // current folder being compact
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> m_db; // new database for the compact folder
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIFile> m_file; // new mailbox for the compact folder
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIOutputStream> m_fileStream; // output file stream for writing
+  // all message keys that need to be copied over
+  RefPtr<nsMsgKeyArray> m_keyArray;
+  uint32_t m_size;
+
+   // sum of the sizes of the messages, accumulated as we visit each msg.
+  uint64_t m_totalMsgSize;
+  // number of bytes that can be expunged while compacting.
+  uint64_t m_totalExpungedBytes;
+
+  uint32_t m_curIndex; // index of the current copied message key in key array
+  uint64_t m_startOfNewMsg; // offset in mailbox of new message
+  char m_dataBuffer[COMPACTOR_READ_BUFF_SIZE + 1]; // temp data buffer for copying message
+  nsresult m_status; // the status of the copying operation
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgMessageService> m_messageService; // message service for copying 
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIArray> m_folderArray; // folders we are compacting, if compacting multiple.
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgWindow> m_window;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> m_curSrcHdr;
+  uint32_t m_folderIndex; // tells which folder to compact in case of compact all
+  bool m_compactAll;  //flag for compact all
+  bool m_compactOfflineAlso; //whether to compact offline also
+  bool m_compactingOfflineFolders; // are we in the offline folder compact phase
+  bool m_parsingFolder; //flag for parsing local folders;
+  // these members are used to add missing status lines to compacted messages.
+  bool m_needStatusLine;
+  bool m_startOfMsg;
+  int32_t m_statusOffset;
+  uint32_t m_addedHeaderSize;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIArray> m_offlineFolderArray;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIUrlListener> m_listener;
+  bool m_alreadyWarnedDiskSpace;
+};
+
+class nsOfflineStoreCompactState : public nsFolderCompactState
+{
+public:
+
+  nsOfflineStoreCompactState(void);
+  virtual ~nsOfflineStoreCompactState(void);
+  NS_IMETHOD OnStopRequest(nsIRequest *request, nsISupports *ctxt,
+                                    nsresult status) override;
+  NS_IMETHODIMP OnDataAvailable(nsIRequest *request, nsISupports *ctxt,
+                                nsIInputStream *inStr,
+                                uint64_t sourceOffset, uint32_t count) override;
+
+protected:
+    nsresult         CopyNextMessage(bool &done);
+    virtual nsresult InitDB(nsIMsgDatabase *db) override;
+    virtual nsresult StartCompacting() override;
+    virtual nsresult FinishCompact() override;
+
+    uint32_t m_offlineMsgSize;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgFolderDataSource.cpp b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgFolderDataSource.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..391596ab4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgFolderDataSource.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,2475 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "msgCore.h"    // precompiled header...
+#include "prlog.h"
+#include "prmem.h"
+#include "nsMsgFolderDataSource.h"
+#include "nsMsgFolderFlags.h"
+
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "nsMsgRDFUtils.h"
+
+#include "rdf.h"
+#include "nsIRDFService.h"
+#include "nsRDFCID.h"
+#include "nsIRDFNode.h"
+#include "nsEnumeratorUtils.h"
+
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+
+#include "nsIMsgMailSession.h"
+#include "nsIMsgCopyService.h"
+#include "nsMsgBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsIInputStream.h"
+#include "nsIMsgHdr.h"
+#include "nsTraceRefcnt.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolder.h" // TO include biffState enum. Change to bool later...
+#include "nsIMutableArray.h"
+#include "nsIPop3IncomingServer.h"
+#include "nsINntpIncomingServer.h"
+#include "nsTextFormatter.h"
+#include "nsIStringBundle.h"
+#include "nsIPrompt.h"
+#include "nsIMsgAccountManager.h"
+#include "nsArrayEnumerator.h"
+#include "nsArrayUtils.h"
+#include "nsComponentManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsMemory.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "mozilla/Services.h"
+
+#define MESSENGER_STRING_URL       "chrome://messenger/locale/messenger.properties"
+
+nsIRDFResource* nsMsgFolderDataSource::kNC_Child = nullptr;
+nsIRDFResource* nsMsgFolderDataSource::kNC_Folder= nullptr;
+nsIRDFResource* nsMsgFolderDataSource::kNC_Name= nullptr;
+nsIRDFResource* nsMsgFolderDataSource::kNC_Open = nullptr;
+nsIRDFResource* nsMsgFolderDataSource::kNC_FolderTreeName= nullptr;
+nsIRDFResource* nsMsgFolderDataSource::kNC_FolderTreeSimpleName= nullptr;
+nsIRDFResource* nsMsgFolderDataSource::kNC_NameSort= nullptr;
+nsIRDFResource* nsMsgFolderDataSource::kNC_FolderTreeNameSort= nullptr;
+nsIRDFResource* nsMsgFolderDataSource::kNC_SpecialFolder= nullptr;
+nsIRDFResource* nsMsgFolderDataSource::kNC_ServerType = nullptr;
+nsIRDFResource* nsMsgFolderDataSource::kNC_IsDeferred = nullptr;
+nsIRDFResource* nsMsgFolderDataSource::kNC_CanCreateFoldersOnServer = nullptr;
+nsIRDFResource* nsMsgFolderDataSource::kNC_CanFileMessagesOnServer = nullptr;
+nsIRDFResource* nsMsgFolderDataSource::kNC_IsServer = nullptr;
+nsIRDFResource* nsMsgFolderDataSource::kNC_IsSecure = nullptr;
+nsIRDFResource* nsMsgFolderDataSource::kNC_CanSubscribe = nullptr;
+nsIRDFResource* nsMsgFolderDataSource::kNC_SupportsOffline = nullptr;
+nsIRDFResource* nsMsgFolderDataSource::kNC_CanFileMessages = nullptr;
+nsIRDFResource* nsMsgFolderDataSource::kNC_CanCreateSubfolders = nullptr;
+nsIRDFResource* nsMsgFolderDataSource::kNC_CanRename = nullptr;
+nsIRDFResource* nsMsgFolderDataSource::kNC_CanCompact = nullptr;
+nsIRDFResource* nsMsgFolderDataSource::kNC_TotalMessages= nullptr;
+nsIRDFResource* nsMsgFolderDataSource::kNC_TotalUnreadMessages= nullptr;
+nsIRDFResource* nsMsgFolderDataSource::kNC_FolderSize = nullptr;
+nsIRDFResource* nsMsgFolderDataSource::kNC_Charset = nullptr;
+nsIRDFResource* nsMsgFolderDataSource::kNC_BiffState = nullptr;
+nsIRDFResource* nsMsgFolderDataSource::kNC_HasUnreadMessages = nullptr;
+nsIRDFResource* nsMsgFolderDataSource::kNC_NewMessages = nullptr;
+nsIRDFResource* nsMsgFolderDataSource::kNC_SubfoldersHaveUnreadMessages = nullptr;
+nsIRDFResource* nsMsgFolderDataSource::kNC_NoSelect = nullptr;
+nsIRDFResource* nsMsgFolderDataSource::kNC_VirtualFolder = nullptr;
+nsIRDFResource* nsMsgFolderDataSource::kNC_InVFEditSearchScope = nullptr;
+nsIRDFResource* nsMsgFolderDataSource::kNC_ImapShared = nullptr;
+nsIRDFResource* nsMsgFolderDataSource::kNC_Synchronize = nullptr;
+nsIRDFResource* nsMsgFolderDataSource::kNC_SyncDisabled = nullptr;
+nsIRDFResource* nsMsgFolderDataSource::kNC_CanSearchMessages = nullptr;
+nsIRDFResource* nsMsgFolderDataSource::kNC_UnreadFolders = nullptr;
+nsIRDFResource* nsMsgFolderDataSource::kNC_FavoriteFolders = nullptr;
+nsIRDFResource* nsMsgFolderDataSource::kNC_RecentFolders = nullptr;
+
+// commands
+nsIRDFResource* nsMsgFolderDataSource::kNC_Delete= nullptr;
+nsIRDFResource* nsMsgFolderDataSource::kNC_ReallyDelete= nullptr;
+nsIRDFResource* nsMsgFolderDataSource::kNC_NewFolder= nullptr;
+nsIRDFResource* nsMsgFolderDataSource::kNC_GetNewMessages= nullptr;
+nsIRDFResource* nsMsgFolderDataSource::kNC_Copy= nullptr;
+nsIRDFResource* nsMsgFolderDataSource::kNC_Move= nullptr;
+nsIRDFResource* nsMsgFolderDataSource::kNC_CopyFolder= nullptr;
+nsIRDFResource* nsMsgFolderDataSource::kNC_MoveFolder= nullptr;
+nsIRDFResource* nsMsgFolderDataSource::kNC_MarkAllMessagesRead= nullptr;
+nsIRDFResource* nsMsgFolderDataSource::kNC_Compact= nullptr;
+nsIRDFResource* nsMsgFolderDataSource::kNC_CompactAll= nullptr;
+nsIRDFResource* nsMsgFolderDataSource::kNC_Rename= nullptr;
+nsIRDFResource* nsMsgFolderDataSource::kNC_EmptyTrash= nullptr;
+
+nsrefcnt nsMsgFolderDataSource::gFolderResourceRefCnt = 0;
+
+nsIAtom * nsMsgFolderDataSource::kBiffStateAtom = nullptr;
+nsIAtom * nsMsgFolderDataSource::kSortOrderAtom = nullptr;
+nsIAtom * nsMsgFolderDataSource::kNewMessagesAtom = nullptr;
+nsIAtom * nsMsgFolderDataSource::kTotalMessagesAtom = nullptr;
+nsIAtom * nsMsgFolderDataSource::kTotalUnreadMessagesAtom = nullptr;
+nsIAtom * nsMsgFolderDataSource::kFolderSizeAtom = nullptr;
+nsIAtom * nsMsgFolderDataSource::kNameAtom = nullptr;
+nsIAtom * nsMsgFolderDataSource::kSynchronizeAtom = nullptr;
+nsIAtom * nsMsgFolderDataSource::kOpenAtom = nullptr;
+nsIAtom * nsMsgFolderDataSource::kIsDeferredAtom = nullptr;
+nsIAtom * nsMsgFolderDataSource::kIsSecureAtom = nullptr;
+nsIAtom * nsMsgFolderDataSource::kCanFileMessagesAtom = nullptr;
+nsIAtom * nsMsgFolderDataSource::kInVFEditSearchScopeAtom = nullptr;
+
+static const uint32_t kDisplayBlankCount = 0xFFFFFFFE;
+static const uint32_t kDisplayQuestionCount = 0xFFFFFFFF;
+static const int64_t kDisplayBlankCount64 = -2;
+static const int64_t kDisplayQuestionCount64 = -1;
+
+nsMsgFolderDataSource::nsMsgFolderDataSource()
+{
+  // one-time initialization here
+  nsIRDFService* rdf = getRDFService();
+
+  if (gFolderResourceRefCnt++ == 0) {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundle> sMessengerStringBundle;
+
+    rdf->GetResource(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(NC_RDF_CHILD),   &kNC_Child);
+    rdf->GetResource(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(NC_RDF_FOLDER),  &kNC_Folder);
+    rdf->GetResource(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(NC_RDF_NAME),    &kNC_Name);
+    rdf->GetResource(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(NC_RDF_OPEN),    &kNC_Open);
+    rdf->GetResource(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(NC_RDF_FOLDERTREENAME),    &kNC_FolderTreeName);
+    rdf->GetResource(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("mailnewsunreadfolders:/"),    &kNC_UnreadFolders);
+    rdf->GetResource(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("mailnewsfavefolders:/"),    &kNC_FavoriteFolders);
+    rdf->GetResource(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("mailnewsrecentfolders:/"),    &kNC_RecentFolders);
+
+    rdf->GetResource(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(NC_RDF_FOLDERTREESIMPLENAME),    &kNC_FolderTreeSimpleName);
+    rdf->GetResource(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(NC_RDF_NAME_SORT),    &kNC_NameSort);
+    rdf->GetResource(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(NC_RDF_FOLDERTREENAME_SORT),    &kNC_FolderTreeNameSort);
+    rdf->GetResource(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(NC_RDF_SPECIALFOLDER), &kNC_SpecialFolder);
+    rdf->GetResource(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(NC_RDF_SERVERTYPE), &kNC_ServerType);
+    rdf->GetResource(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(NC_RDF_ISDEFERRED),&kNC_IsDeferred);
+    rdf->GetResource(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(NC_RDF_CANCREATEFOLDERSONSERVER), &kNC_CanCreateFoldersOnServer);
+    rdf->GetResource(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(NC_RDF_CANFILEMESSAGESONSERVER), &kNC_CanFileMessagesOnServer);
+    rdf->GetResource(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(NC_RDF_ISSERVER), &kNC_IsServer);
+    rdf->GetResource(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(NC_RDF_ISSECURE), &kNC_IsSecure);
+    rdf->GetResource(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(NC_RDF_CANSUBSCRIBE), &kNC_CanSubscribe);
+    rdf->GetResource(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(NC_RDF_SUPPORTSOFFLINE), &kNC_SupportsOffline);
+    rdf->GetResource(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(NC_RDF_CANFILEMESSAGES), &kNC_CanFileMessages);
+    rdf->GetResource(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(NC_RDF_CANCREATESUBFOLDERS), &kNC_CanCreateSubfolders);
+    rdf->GetResource(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(NC_RDF_CANRENAME), &kNC_CanRename);
+    rdf->GetResource(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(NC_RDF_CANCOMPACT), &kNC_CanCompact);
+    rdf->GetResource(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(NC_RDF_TOTALMESSAGES), &kNC_TotalMessages);
+    rdf->GetResource(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(NC_RDF_TOTALUNREADMESSAGES), &kNC_TotalUnreadMessages);
+    rdf->GetResource(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(NC_RDF_FOLDERSIZE), &kNC_FolderSize);
+    rdf->GetResource(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(NC_RDF_CHARSET), &kNC_Charset);
+    rdf->GetResource(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(NC_RDF_BIFFSTATE), &kNC_BiffState);
+    rdf->GetResource(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(NC_RDF_HASUNREADMESSAGES), &kNC_HasUnreadMessages);
+    rdf->GetResource(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(NC_RDF_NEWMESSAGES), &kNC_NewMessages);
+    rdf->GetResource(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(NC_RDF_SUBFOLDERSHAVEUNREADMESSAGES), &kNC_SubfoldersHaveUnreadMessages);
+    rdf->GetResource(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(NC_RDF_NOSELECT), &kNC_NoSelect);
+    rdf->GetResource(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(NC_RDF_VIRTUALFOLDER), &kNC_VirtualFolder);
+    rdf->GetResource(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(NC_RDF_INVFEDITSEARCHSCOPE), &kNC_InVFEditSearchScope);
+    rdf->GetResource(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(NC_RDF_IMAPSHARED), &kNC_ImapShared);
+    rdf->GetResource(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(NC_RDF_SYNCHRONIZE), &kNC_Synchronize);
+    rdf->GetResource(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(NC_RDF_SYNCDISABLED), &kNC_SyncDisabled);
+    rdf->GetResource(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(NC_RDF_CANSEARCHMESSAGES), &kNC_CanSearchMessages);
+
+    rdf->GetResource(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(NC_RDF_DELETE), &kNC_Delete);
+    rdf->GetResource(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(NC_RDF_REALLY_DELETE), &kNC_ReallyDelete);
+    rdf->GetResource(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(NC_RDF_NEWFOLDER), &kNC_NewFolder);
+    rdf->GetResource(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(NC_RDF_GETNEWMESSAGES), &kNC_GetNewMessages);
+    rdf->GetResource(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(NC_RDF_COPY), &kNC_Copy);
+    rdf->GetResource(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(NC_RDF_MOVE), &kNC_Move);
+    rdf->GetResource(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(NC_RDF_COPYFOLDER), &kNC_CopyFolder);
+    rdf->GetResource(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(NC_RDF_MOVEFOLDER), &kNC_MoveFolder);
+    rdf->GetResource(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(NC_RDF_MARKALLMESSAGESREAD),
+                             &kNC_MarkAllMessagesRead);
+    rdf->GetResource(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(NC_RDF_COMPACT), &kNC_Compact);
+    rdf->GetResource(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(NC_RDF_COMPACTALL), &kNC_CompactAll);
+    rdf->GetResource(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(NC_RDF_RENAME), &kNC_Rename);
+    rdf->GetResource(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(NC_RDF_EMPTYTRASH), &kNC_EmptyTrash);
+
+    kTotalMessagesAtom           = MsgNewAtom("TotalMessages").take();
+    kTotalUnreadMessagesAtom     = MsgNewAtom("TotalUnreadMessages").take();
+    kFolderSizeAtom              = MsgNewAtom("FolderSize").take();
+    kBiffStateAtom               = MsgNewAtom("BiffState").take();
+    kSortOrderAtom               = MsgNewAtom("SortOrder").take();
+    kNewMessagesAtom             = MsgNewAtom("NewMessages").take();
+    kNameAtom                    = MsgNewAtom("Name").take();
+    kSynchronizeAtom             = MsgNewAtom("Synchronize").take();
+    kOpenAtom                    = MsgNewAtom("open").take();
+    kIsDeferredAtom              = MsgNewAtom("isDeferred").take();
+    kIsSecureAtom                = MsgNewAtom("isSecure").take();
+    kCanFileMessagesAtom         = MsgNewAtom("canFileMessages").take();
+    kInVFEditSearchScopeAtom     = MsgNewAtom("inVFEditSearchScope").take();
+  }
+
+  CreateLiterals(rdf);
+  CreateArcsOutEnumerator();
+}
+
+nsMsgFolderDataSource::~nsMsgFolderDataSource (void)
+{
+  if (--gFolderResourceRefCnt == 0)
+  {
+    nsrefcnt refcnt;
+    NS_RELEASE2(kNC_Child, refcnt);
+    NS_RELEASE2(kNC_Folder, refcnt);
+    NS_RELEASE2(kNC_Name, refcnt);
+    NS_RELEASE2(kNC_Open, refcnt);
+    NS_RELEASE2(kNC_FolderTreeName, refcnt);
+    NS_RELEASE2(kNC_FolderTreeSimpleName, refcnt);
+    NS_RELEASE2(kNC_NameSort, refcnt);
+    NS_RELEASE2(kNC_FolderTreeNameSort, refcnt);
+    NS_RELEASE2(kNC_SpecialFolder, refcnt);
+    NS_RELEASE2(kNC_ServerType, refcnt);
+    NS_RELEASE2(kNC_IsDeferred, refcnt);
+    NS_RELEASE2(kNC_CanCreateFoldersOnServer, refcnt);
+    NS_RELEASE2(kNC_CanFileMessagesOnServer, refcnt);
+    NS_RELEASE2(kNC_IsServer, refcnt);
+    NS_RELEASE2(kNC_IsSecure, refcnt);
+    NS_RELEASE2(kNC_CanSubscribe, refcnt);
+    NS_RELEASE2(kNC_SupportsOffline, refcnt);
+    NS_RELEASE2(kNC_CanFileMessages, refcnt);
+    NS_RELEASE2(kNC_CanCreateSubfolders, refcnt);
+    NS_RELEASE2(kNC_CanRename, refcnt);
+    NS_RELEASE2(kNC_CanCompact, refcnt);
+    NS_RELEASE2(kNC_TotalMessages, refcnt);
+    NS_RELEASE2(kNC_TotalUnreadMessages, refcnt);
+    NS_RELEASE2(kNC_FolderSize, refcnt);
+    NS_RELEASE2(kNC_Charset, refcnt);
+    NS_RELEASE2(kNC_BiffState, refcnt);
+    NS_RELEASE2(kNC_HasUnreadMessages, refcnt);
+    NS_RELEASE2(kNC_NewMessages, refcnt);
+    NS_RELEASE2(kNC_SubfoldersHaveUnreadMessages, refcnt);
+    NS_RELEASE2(kNC_NoSelect, refcnt);
+    NS_RELEASE2(kNC_VirtualFolder, refcnt);
+    NS_RELEASE2(kNC_InVFEditSearchScope, refcnt);
+    NS_RELEASE2(kNC_ImapShared, refcnt);
+    NS_RELEASE2(kNC_Synchronize, refcnt);
+    NS_RELEASE2(kNC_SyncDisabled, refcnt);
+    NS_RELEASE2(kNC_CanSearchMessages, refcnt);
+
+    NS_RELEASE2(kNC_Delete, refcnt);
+    NS_RELEASE2(kNC_ReallyDelete, refcnt);
+    NS_RELEASE2(kNC_NewFolder, refcnt);
+    NS_RELEASE2(kNC_GetNewMessages, refcnt);
+    NS_RELEASE2(kNC_Copy, refcnt);
+    NS_RELEASE2(kNC_Move, refcnt);
+    NS_RELEASE2(kNC_CopyFolder, refcnt);
+    NS_RELEASE2(kNC_MoveFolder, refcnt);
+    NS_RELEASE2(kNC_MarkAllMessagesRead, refcnt);
+    NS_RELEASE2(kNC_Compact, refcnt);
+    NS_RELEASE2(kNC_CompactAll, refcnt);
+    NS_RELEASE2(kNC_Rename, refcnt);
+    NS_RELEASE2(kNC_EmptyTrash, refcnt);
+    NS_RELEASE2(kNC_UnreadFolders, refcnt);
+    NS_RELEASE2(kNC_FavoriteFolders, refcnt);
+    NS_RELEASE2(kNC_RecentFolders, refcnt);
+
+    NS_RELEASE(kTotalMessagesAtom);
+    NS_RELEASE(kTotalUnreadMessagesAtom);
+    NS_RELEASE(kFolderSizeAtom);
+    NS_RELEASE(kBiffStateAtom);
+    NS_RELEASE(kSortOrderAtom);
+    NS_RELEASE(kNewMessagesAtom);
+    NS_RELEASE(kNameAtom);
+    NS_RELEASE(kSynchronizeAtom);
+    NS_RELEASE(kOpenAtom);
+    NS_RELEASE(kIsDeferredAtom);
+    NS_RELEASE(kIsSecureAtom);
+    NS_RELEASE(kCanFileMessagesAtom);
+    NS_RELEASE(kInVFEditSearchScopeAtom);
+  }
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgFolderDataSource::CreateLiterals(nsIRDFService *rdf)
+{
+  createNode(u"true",
+    getter_AddRefs(kTrueLiteral), rdf);
+  createNode(u"false",
+    getter_AddRefs(kFalseLiteral), rdf);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgFolderDataSource::Init()
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  rv = nsMsgRDFDataSource::Init();
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailSession> mailSession =
+    do_GetService(NS_MSGMAILSESSION_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+
+  if(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    mailSession->AddFolderListener(this,
+      nsIFolderListener::added |
+      nsIFolderListener::removed |
+      nsIFolderListener::intPropertyChanged |
+      nsIFolderListener::boolPropertyChanged |
+      nsIFolderListener::unicharPropertyChanged);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+void nsMsgFolderDataSource::Cleanup()
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  if (!m_shuttingDown)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailSession> mailSession =
+      do_GetService(NS_MSGMAILSESSION_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+
+    if(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      mailSession->RemoveFolderListener(this);
+  }
+
+  nsMsgRDFDataSource::Cleanup();
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgFolderDataSource::CreateArcsOutEnumerator()
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  rv = getFolderArcLabelsOut(kFolderArcsOutArray);
+  if(NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ADDREF_INHERITED(nsMsgFolderDataSource, nsMsgRDFDataSource)
+NS_IMPL_RELEASE_INHERITED(nsMsgFolderDataSource, nsMsgRDFDataSource)
+
+NS_IMPL_QUERY_INTERFACE_INHERITED(nsMsgFolderDataSource, nsMsgRDFDataSource, nsIFolderListener)
+
+ // nsIRDFDataSource methods
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgFolderDataSource::GetURI(char* *uri)
+{
+  if ((*uri = strdup("rdf:mailnewsfolders")) == nullptr)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+  else
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgFolderDataSource::GetSource(nsIRDFResource* property,
+                                               nsIRDFNode* target,
+                                               bool tv,
+                                               nsIRDFResource** source /* out */)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(false, "not implemented");
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgFolderDataSource::GetTarget(nsIRDFResource* source,
+                                               nsIRDFResource* property,
+                                               bool tv,
+                                               nsIRDFNode** target)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_RDF_NO_VALUE;
+
+  // we only have positive assertions in the mail data source.
+  if (! tv)
+    return NS_RDF_NO_VALUE;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder(do_QueryInterface(source));
+  if (folder)
+    rv = createFolderNode(folder, property, target);
+  else
+    return NS_RDF_NO_VALUE;
+  return rv;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgFolderDataSource::GetSources(nsIRDFResource* property,
+                                                nsIRDFNode* target,
+                                                bool tv,
+                                                nsISimpleEnumerator** sources)
+{
+  return NS_RDF_NO_VALUE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgFolderDataSource::GetTargets(nsIRDFResource* source,
+                                                nsIRDFResource* property,
+                                                bool tv,
+                                                nsISimpleEnumerator** targets)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_RDF_NO_VALUE;
+  if(!targets)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  *targets = nullptr;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder(do_QueryInterface(source, &rv));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    if (kNC_Child == property)
+    {
+      rv = folder->GetSubFolders(targets);
+    }
+    else if ((kNC_Name == property) ||
+      (kNC_Open == property) ||
+      (kNC_FolderTreeName == property) ||
+      (kNC_FolderTreeSimpleName == property) ||
+      (kNC_SpecialFolder == property) ||
+      (kNC_IsServer == property) ||
+      (kNC_IsSecure == property) ||
+      (kNC_CanSubscribe == property) ||
+      (kNC_SupportsOffline == property) ||
+      (kNC_CanFileMessages == property) ||
+      (kNC_CanCreateSubfolders == property) ||
+      (kNC_CanRename == property) ||
+      (kNC_CanCompact == property) ||
+      (kNC_ServerType == property) ||
+      (kNC_IsDeferred == property) ||
+      (kNC_CanCreateFoldersOnServer == property) ||
+      (kNC_CanFileMessagesOnServer == property) ||
+      (kNC_NoSelect == property) ||
+      (kNC_VirtualFolder == property) ||
+      (kNC_InVFEditSearchScope == property) ||
+      (kNC_ImapShared == property) ||
+      (kNC_Synchronize == property) ||
+      (kNC_SyncDisabled == property) ||
+      (kNC_CanSearchMessages == property))
+    {
+      return NS_NewSingletonEnumerator(targets, property);
+    }
+  }
+  if(!*targets)
+  {
+    //create empty cursor
+    rv = NS_NewEmptyEnumerator(targets);
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgFolderDataSource::Assert(nsIRDFResource* source,
+                      nsIRDFResource* property,
+                      nsIRDFNode* target,
+                      bool tv)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder(do_QueryInterface(source, &rv));
+  //We don't handle tv = false at the moment.
+  if(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && tv)
+    return DoFolderAssert(folder, property, target);
+  return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgFolderDataSource::Unassert(nsIRDFResource* source,
+                        nsIRDFResource* property,
+                        nsIRDFNode* target)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder(do_QueryInterface(source, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  return DoFolderUnassert(folder, property, target);
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgFolderDataSource::HasAssertion(nsIRDFResource* source,
+                            nsIRDFResource* property,
+                            nsIRDFNode* target,
+                            bool tv,
+                            bool* hasAssertion)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder(do_QueryInterface(source, &rv));
+  if(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    return DoFolderHasAssertion(folder, property, target, tv, hasAssertion);
+  else
+    *hasAssertion = false;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgFolderDataSource::HasArcOut(nsIRDFResource *aSource, nsIRDFResource *aArc, bool *result)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder(do_QueryInterface(aSource, &rv));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    *result = (aArc == kNC_Name ||
+      aArc == kNC_Open ||
+      aArc == kNC_FolderTreeName ||
+      aArc == kNC_FolderTreeSimpleName ||
+      aArc == kNC_SpecialFolder ||
+      aArc == kNC_ServerType ||
+      aArc == kNC_IsDeferred ||
+      aArc == kNC_CanCreateFoldersOnServer ||
+      aArc == kNC_CanFileMessagesOnServer ||
+      aArc == kNC_IsServer ||
+      aArc == kNC_IsSecure ||
+      aArc == kNC_CanSubscribe ||
+      aArc == kNC_SupportsOffline ||
+      aArc == kNC_CanFileMessages ||
+      aArc == kNC_CanCreateSubfolders ||
+      aArc == kNC_CanRename ||
+      aArc == kNC_CanCompact ||
+      aArc == kNC_TotalMessages ||
+      aArc == kNC_TotalUnreadMessages ||
+      aArc == kNC_FolderSize ||
+      aArc == kNC_Charset ||
+      aArc == kNC_BiffState ||
+      aArc == kNC_Child ||
+      aArc == kNC_NoSelect ||
+      aArc == kNC_VirtualFolder ||
+      aArc == kNC_InVFEditSearchScope ||
+      aArc == kNC_ImapShared ||
+      aArc == kNC_Synchronize ||
+      aArc == kNC_SyncDisabled ||
+      aArc == kNC_CanSearchMessages);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    *result = false;
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgFolderDataSource::ArcLabelsIn(nsIRDFNode* node,
+                                                 nsISimpleEnumerator** labels)
+{
+  return nsMsgRDFDataSource::ArcLabelsIn(node, labels);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgFolderDataSource::ArcLabelsOut(nsIRDFResource* source,
+                                                  nsISimpleEnumerator** labels)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_RDF_NO_VALUE;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder(do_QueryInterface(source, &rv));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    rv = NS_NewArrayEnumerator(labels, kFolderArcsOutArray);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    rv = NS_NewEmptyEnumerator(labels);
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgFolderDataSource::getFolderArcLabelsOut(nsCOMArray<nsIRDFResource> &aArcs)
+{
+  aArcs.AppendObject(kNC_Name);
+  aArcs.AppendObject(kNC_Open);
+  aArcs.AppendObject(kNC_FolderTreeName);
+  aArcs.AppendObject(kNC_FolderTreeSimpleName);
+  aArcs.AppendObject(kNC_SpecialFolder);
+  aArcs.AppendObject(kNC_ServerType);
+  aArcs.AppendObject(kNC_IsDeferred);
+  aArcs.AppendObject(kNC_CanCreateFoldersOnServer);
+  aArcs.AppendObject(kNC_CanFileMessagesOnServer);
+  aArcs.AppendObject(kNC_IsServer);
+  aArcs.AppendObject(kNC_IsSecure);
+  aArcs.AppendObject(kNC_CanSubscribe);
+  aArcs.AppendObject(kNC_SupportsOffline);
+  aArcs.AppendObject(kNC_CanFileMessages);
+  aArcs.AppendObject(kNC_CanCreateSubfolders);
+  aArcs.AppendObject(kNC_CanRename);
+  aArcs.AppendObject(kNC_CanCompact);
+  aArcs.AppendObject(kNC_TotalMessages);
+  aArcs.AppendObject(kNC_TotalUnreadMessages);
+  aArcs.AppendObject(kNC_FolderSize);
+  aArcs.AppendObject(kNC_Charset);
+  aArcs.AppendObject(kNC_BiffState);
+  aArcs.AppendObject(kNC_Child);
+  aArcs.AppendObject(kNC_NoSelect);
+  aArcs.AppendObject(kNC_VirtualFolder);
+  aArcs.AppendObject(kNC_InVFEditSearchScope);
+  aArcs.AppendObject(kNC_ImapShared);
+  aArcs.AppendObject(kNC_Synchronize);
+  aArcs.AppendObject(kNC_SyncDisabled);
+  aArcs.AppendObject(kNC_CanSearchMessages);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgFolderDataSource::GetAllResources(nsISimpleEnumerator** aCursor)
+{
+  NS_NOTYETIMPLEMENTED("sorry!");
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgFolderDataSource::GetAllCmds(nsIRDFResource* source,
+                                      nsISimpleEnumerator/*<nsIRDFResource>*/** commands)
+{
+  NS_NOTYETIMPLEMENTED("no one actually uses me");
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder(do_QueryInterface(source, &rv));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> cmds =
+    do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID);
+  NS_ENSURE_STATE(cmds);
+
+  cmds->AppendElement(kNC_Delete, false);
+  cmds->AppendElement(kNC_ReallyDelete, false);
+  cmds->AppendElement(kNC_NewFolder, false);
+  cmds->AppendElement(kNC_GetNewMessages, false);
+  cmds->AppendElement(kNC_Copy, false);
+  cmds->AppendElement(kNC_Move, false);
+  cmds->AppendElement(kNC_CopyFolder, false);
+  cmds->AppendElement(kNC_MoveFolder, false);
+  cmds->AppendElement(kNC_MarkAllMessagesRead, false);
+  cmds->AppendElement(kNC_Compact, false);
+  cmds->AppendElement(kNC_CompactAll, false);
+  cmds->AppendElement(kNC_Rename, false);
+  cmds->AppendElement(kNC_EmptyTrash, false);
+
+  return cmds->Enumerate(commands);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgFolderDataSource::IsCommandEnabled(nsISupports/*nsISupportsArray<nsIRDFResource>*/* aSources,
+                                        nsIRDFResource*   aCommand,
+                                        nsISupports/*nsISupportsArray<nsIRDFResource>*/* aArguments,
+                                        bool* aResult)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupportsArray> sources = do_QueryInterface(aSources);
+  NS_ENSURE_STATE(sources);
+
+  uint32_t cnt;
+  rv = sources->Count(&cnt);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < cnt; i++)
+  {
+    folder = do_QueryElementAt(sources, i, &rv);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      // we don't care about the arguments -- folder commands are always enabled
+      if (!((aCommand == kNC_Delete) ||
+            (aCommand == kNC_ReallyDelete) ||
+            (aCommand == kNC_NewFolder) ||
+            (aCommand == kNC_Copy) ||
+            (aCommand == kNC_Move) ||
+            (aCommand == kNC_CopyFolder) ||
+            (aCommand == kNC_MoveFolder) ||
+            (aCommand == kNC_GetNewMessages) ||
+            (aCommand == kNC_MarkAllMessagesRead) ||
+            (aCommand == kNC_Compact) ||
+            (aCommand == kNC_CompactAll) ||
+            (aCommand == kNC_Rename) ||
+            (aCommand == kNC_EmptyTrash)))
+      {
+        *aResult = false;
+        return NS_OK;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  *aResult = true;
+  return NS_OK; // succeeded for all sources
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgFolderDataSource::DoCommand(nsISupports/*nsISupportsArray<nsIRDFResource>*/* aSources,
+                                 nsIRDFResource*   aCommand,
+                                 nsISupports/*nsISupportsArray<nsIRDFResource>*/* aArguments)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> supports;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgWindow> window;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupportsArray> sources = do_QueryInterface(aSources);
+  NS_ENSURE_STATE(sources);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupportsArray> arguments = do_QueryInterface(aArguments);
+
+  // callers can pass in the msgWindow as the last element of the arguments
+  // array. If they do, we'll use that as the msg window for progress, etc.
+  if (arguments)
+  {
+    uint32_t numArgs;
+    arguments->Count(&numArgs);
+    if (numArgs > 1)
+      window = do_QueryElementAt(arguments, numArgs - 1);
+  }
+  if (!window)
+    window = mWindow;
+
+  // XXX need to handle batching of command applied to all sources
+
+  uint32_t cnt = 0;
+  uint32_t i = 0;
+
+  rv = sources->Count(&cnt);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  for ( ; i < cnt; i++)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder = do_QueryElementAt(sources, i, &rv);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      if (aCommand == kNC_Delete)
+      {
+        rv = DoDeleteFromFolder(folder, arguments, window, false);
+      }
+      if (aCommand == kNC_ReallyDelete)
+      {
+        rv = DoDeleteFromFolder(folder, arguments, window, true);
+      }
+      else if (aCommand == kNC_NewFolder)
+      {
+        rv = DoNewFolder(folder, arguments, window);
+      }
+      else if (aCommand == kNC_GetNewMessages)
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server = do_QueryElementAt(arguments, i, &rv);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+        rv = server->GetNewMessages(folder, window, nullptr);
+      }
+      else if (aCommand == kNC_Copy)
+      {
+        rv = DoCopyToFolder(folder, arguments, window, false);
+      }
+      else if (aCommand == kNC_Move)
+      {
+        rv = DoCopyToFolder(folder, arguments, window, true);
+      }
+      else if (aCommand == kNC_CopyFolder)
+      {
+        rv = DoFolderCopyToFolder(folder, arguments, window, false);
+      }
+      else if (aCommand == kNC_MoveFolder)
+      {
+        rv = DoFolderCopyToFolder(folder, arguments, window, true);
+      }
+      else if (aCommand == kNC_MarkAllMessagesRead)
+      {
+        rv = folder->MarkAllMessagesRead(window);
+      }
+      else if (aCommand == kNC_Compact)
+      {
+        rv = folder->Compact(nullptr, window);
+      }
+      else if (aCommand == kNC_CompactAll)
+      {
+        // this will also compact offline stores for IMAP
+        rv = folder->CompactAll(nullptr, window, true);
+      }
+      else if (aCommand == kNC_EmptyTrash)
+      {
+          rv = folder->EmptyTrash(window, nullptr);
+      }
+      else if (aCommand == kNC_Rename)
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFLiteral> literal = do_QueryElementAt(arguments, 0, &rv);
+        if(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        {
+          nsString name;
+          literal->GetValue(getter_Copies(name));
+          rv = folder->Rename(name, window);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      rv = NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+    }
+  }
+  //for the moment return NS_OK, because failure stops entire DoCommand process.
+  return rv;
+  //return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgFolderDataSource::OnItemAdded(nsIMsgFolder *parentItem, nsISupports *item)
+{
+  return OnItemAddedOrRemoved(parentItem, item, true);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgFolderDataSource::OnItemRemoved(nsIMsgFolder *parentItem, nsISupports *item)
+{
+  return OnItemAddedOrRemoved(parentItem, item, false);
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgFolderDataSource::OnItemAddedOrRemoved(nsIMsgFolder *parentItem, nsISupports *item, bool added)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFNode> itemNode(do_QueryInterface(item));
+  if (itemNode)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFResource> parentResource(do_QueryInterface(parentItem));
+    if (parentResource) // RDF is not happy about a null parent resource.
+      NotifyObservers(parentResource, kNC_Child, itemNode, nullptr, added, false);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgFolderDataSource::OnItemPropertyChanged(nsIMsgFolder *resource,
+                                             nsIAtom *property,
+                                             const char *oldValue,
+                                             const char *newValue)
+
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgFolderDataSource::OnItemIntPropertyChanged(nsIMsgFolder *folder,
+                                                nsIAtom *property,
+                                                int64_t oldValue,
+                                                int64_t newValue)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFResource> resource(do_QueryInterface(folder));
+  if (kTotalMessagesAtom == property)
+    OnTotalMessagePropertyChanged(resource, oldValue, newValue);
+  else if (kTotalUnreadMessagesAtom == property)
+    OnUnreadMessagePropertyChanged(resource, oldValue, newValue);
+  else if (kFolderSizeAtom == property)
+    OnFolderSizePropertyChanged(resource, oldValue, newValue);
+  else if (kSortOrderAtom == property)
+    OnFolderSortOrderPropertyChanged(resource, oldValue, newValue);
+  else if (kBiffStateAtom == property) {
+    // be careful about skipping if oldValue == newValue
+    // see the comment in nsMsgFolder::SetBiffState() about filters
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFNode> biffNode;
+    nsresult rv = createBiffStateNodeFromFlag(newValue, getter_AddRefs(biffNode));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+    NotifyPropertyChanged(resource, kNC_BiffState, biffNode);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgFolderDataSource::OnItemUnicharPropertyChanged(nsIMsgFolder *folder,
+                                                    nsIAtom *property,
+                                                    const char16_t *oldValue,
+                                                    const char16_t *newValue)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFResource> resource(do_QueryInterface(folder));
+  if (kNameAtom == property)
+  {
+    int32_t numUnread;
+    folder->GetNumUnread(false, &numUnread);
+    NotifyFolderTreeNameChanged(folder, resource, numUnread);
+    NotifyFolderTreeSimpleNameChanged(folder, resource);
+    NotifyFolderNameChanged(folder, resource);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgFolderDataSource::OnItemBoolPropertyChanged(nsIMsgFolder *folder,
+                                                 nsIAtom *property,
+                                                 bool oldValue,
+                                                 bool newValue)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFResource> resource(do_QueryInterface(folder));
+  if (newValue != oldValue) {
+    nsIRDFNode* literalNode = newValue?kTrueLiteral:kFalseLiteral;
+    nsIRDFNode* oldLiteralNode = oldValue?kTrueLiteral:kFalseLiteral;
+    if (kNewMessagesAtom == property)
+      NotifyPropertyChanged(resource, kNC_NewMessages, literalNode);
+    else if (kSynchronizeAtom == property)
+      NotifyPropertyChanged(resource, kNC_Synchronize, literalNode);
+    else if (kOpenAtom == property)
+      NotifyPropertyChanged(resource, kNC_Open, literalNode);
+    else if (kIsDeferredAtom == property)
+      NotifyPropertyChanged(resource, kNC_IsDeferred, literalNode, oldLiteralNode);
+    else if (kIsSecureAtom == property)
+      NotifyPropertyChanged(resource, kNC_IsSecure, literalNode, oldLiteralNode);
+    else if (kCanFileMessagesAtom == property)
+      NotifyPropertyChanged(resource, kNC_CanFileMessages, literalNode, oldLiteralNode);
+    else if (kInVFEditSearchScopeAtom == property)
+      NotifyPropertyChanged(resource, kNC_InVFEditSearchScope, literalNode);
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgFolderDataSource::OnItemPropertyFlagChanged(nsIMsgDBHdr *item,
+                                                 nsIAtom *property,
+                                                 uint32_t oldFlag,
+                                                 uint32_t newFlag)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgFolderDataSource::OnItemEvent(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder, nsIAtom *aEvent)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+nsresult nsMsgFolderDataSource::createFolderNode(nsIMsgFolder* folder,
+                                                 nsIRDFResource* property,
+                                                 nsIRDFNode** target)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_RDF_NO_VALUE;
+
+  if (kNC_NameSort == property)
+    rv = createFolderNameNode(folder, target, true);
+  else if(kNC_FolderTreeNameSort == property)
+    rv = createFolderNameNode(folder, target, true);
+  else if (kNC_Name == property)
+    rv = createFolderNameNode(folder, target, false);
+  else if(kNC_Open == property)
+    rv = createFolderOpenNode(folder, target);
+  else if (kNC_FolderTreeName == property)
+    rv = createFolderTreeNameNode(folder, target);
+  else if (kNC_FolderTreeSimpleName == property)
+    rv = createFolderTreeSimpleNameNode(folder, target);
+  else if (kNC_SpecialFolder == property)
+    rv = createFolderSpecialNode(folder,target);
+  else if (kNC_ServerType == property)
+    rv = createFolderServerTypeNode(folder, target);
+  else if (kNC_IsDeferred == property)
+    rv = createServerIsDeferredNode(folder, target);
+  else if (kNC_CanCreateFoldersOnServer == property)
+    rv = createFolderCanCreateFoldersOnServerNode(folder, target);
+  else if (kNC_CanFileMessagesOnServer == property)
+    rv = createFolderCanFileMessagesOnServerNode(folder, target);
+  else if (kNC_IsServer == property)
+    rv = createFolderIsServerNode(folder, target);
+  else if (kNC_IsSecure == property)
+    rv = createFolderIsSecureNode(folder, target);
+  else if (kNC_CanSubscribe == property)
+    rv = createFolderCanSubscribeNode(folder, target);
+  else if (kNC_SupportsOffline == property)
+    rv = createFolderSupportsOfflineNode(folder, target);
+  else if (kNC_CanFileMessages == property)
+    rv = createFolderCanFileMessagesNode(folder, target);
+  else if (kNC_CanCreateSubfolders == property)
+    rv = createFolderCanCreateSubfoldersNode(folder, target);
+  else if (kNC_CanRename == property)
+    rv = createFolderCanRenameNode(folder, target);
+  else if (kNC_CanCompact == property)
+    rv = createFolderCanCompactNode(folder, target);
+  else if (kNC_TotalMessages == property)
+    rv = createTotalMessagesNode(folder, target);
+  else if (kNC_TotalUnreadMessages == property)
+    rv = createUnreadMessagesNode(folder, target);
+  else if (kNC_FolderSize == property)
+    rv = createFolderSizeNode(folder, target);
+  else if (kNC_Charset == property)
+    rv = createCharsetNode(folder, target);
+  else if (kNC_BiffState == property)
+    rv = createBiffStateNodeFromFolder(folder, target);
+  else if (kNC_HasUnreadMessages == property)
+    rv = createHasUnreadMessagesNode(folder, false, target);
+  else if (kNC_NewMessages == property)
+    rv = createNewMessagesNode(folder, target);
+  else if (kNC_SubfoldersHaveUnreadMessages == property)
+    rv = createHasUnreadMessagesNode(folder, true, target);
+  else if (kNC_Child == property)
+    rv = createFolderChildNode(folder, target);
+  else if (kNC_NoSelect == property)
+    rv = createFolderNoSelectNode(folder, target);
+  else if (kNC_VirtualFolder == property)
+    rv = createFolderVirtualNode(folder, target);
+  else if (kNC_InVFEditSearchScope == property)
+    rv = createInVFEditSearchScopeNode(folder, target);
+  else if (kNC_ImapShared == property)
+    rv = createFolderImapSharedNode(folder, target);
+  else if (kNC_Synchronize == property)
+    rv = createFolderSynchronizeNode(folder, target);
+  else if (kNC_SyncDisabled == property)
+    rv = createFolderSyncDisabledNode(folder, target);
+  else if (kNC_CanSearchMessages == property)
+    rv = createCanSearchMessages(folder, target);
+  return NS_FAILED(rv) ? NS_RDF_NO_VALUE : rv;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgFolderDataSource::createFolderNameNode(nsIMsgFolder *folder,
+                                            nsIRDFNode **target, bool sort)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  if (sort)
+  {
+    uint8_t *sortKey=nullptr;
+    uint32_t sortKeyLength;
+    rv = folder->GetSortKey(&sortKeyLength, &sortKey);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    createBlobNode(sortKey, sortKeyLength, target, getRDFService());
+    PR_Free(sortKey);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    nsString name;
+    rv = folder->GetName(name);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      return rv;
+    createNode(name.get(), target, getRDFService());
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgFolderDataSource::GetFolderDisplayName(nsIMsgFolder *folder, nsString& folderName)
+{
+  return folder->GetAbbreviatedName(folderName);
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgFolderDataSource::createFolderTreeNameNode(nsIMsgFolder *folder,
+                                                nsIRDFNode **target)
+{
+  nsString name;
+  nsresult rv = GetFolderDisplayName(folder, name);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+  nsAutoString nameString(name);
+  int32_t unreadMessages;
+
+  rv = folder->GetNumUnread(false, &unreadMessages);
+  if(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    CreateUnreadMessagesNameString(unreadMessages, nameString);
+
+  createNode(nameString.get(), target, getRDFService());
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgFolderDataSource::createFolderTreeSimpleNameNode(nsIMsgFolder * folder, nsIRDFNode **target)
+{
+  nsString name;
+  nsresult rv = GetFolderDisplayName(folder, name);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  createNode(name.get(), target, getRDFService());
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgFolderDataSource::CreateUnreadMessagesNameString(int32_t unreadMessages, nsAutoString &nameString)
+{
+  //Only do this if unread messages are positive
+  if(unreadMessages > 0)
+  {
+    nameString.Append(NS_LITERAL_STRING(" ("));
+    nameString.AppendInt(unreadMessages);
+    nameString.Append(u')');
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgFolderDataSource::createFolderSpecialNode(nsIMsgFolder *folder,
+                                               nsIRDFNode **target)
+{
+  uint32_t flags;
+  nsresult rv = folder->GetFlags(&flags);
+  if(NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  nsAutoString specialFolderString;
+  if (flags & nsMsgFolderFlags::Inbox)
+    specialFolderString.AssignLiteral("Inbox");
+  else if (flags & nsMsgFolderFlags::Trash)
+    specialFolderString.AssignLiteral("Trash");
+  else if (flags & nsMsgFolderFlags::Queue)
+    specialFolderString.AssignLiteral("Outbox");
+  else if (flags & nsMsgFolderFlags::SentMail)
+    specialFolderString.AssignLiteral("Sent");
+  else if (flags & nsMsgFolderFlags::Drafts)
+    specialFolderString.AssignLiteral("Drafts");
+  else if (flags & nsMsgFolderFlags::Templates)
+    specialFolderString.AssignLiteral("Templates");
+  else if (flags & nsMsgFolderFlags::Junk)
+    specialFolderString.AssignLiteral("Junk");
+  else if (flags & nsMsgFolderFlags::Virtual)
+    specialFolderString.AssignLiteral("Virtual");
+  else if (flags & nsMsgFolderFlags::Archive)
+    specialFolderString.AssignLiteral("Archives");
+  else {
+    // XXX why do this at all? or just ""
+    specialFolderString.AssignLiteral("none");
+  }
+
+  createNode(specialFolderString.get(), target, getRDFService());
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgFolderDataSource::createFolderServerTypeNode(nsIMsgFolder* folder,
+                                                  nsIRDFNode **target)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+  rv = folder->GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !server) return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  nsCString serverType;
+  rv = server->GetType(serverType);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  createNode(NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16(serverType).get(), target, getRDFService());
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgFolderDataSource::createServerIsDeferredNode(nsIMsgFolder* folder,
+                                                  nsIRDFNode **target)
+{
+  bool isDeferred = false;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgIncomingServer> incomingServer;
+  folder->GetServer(getter_AddRefs(incomingServer));
+  if (incomingServer)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIPop3IncomingServer> pop3Server = do_QueryInterface(incomingServer);
+    if (pop3Server)
+    {
+      nsCString deferredToServer;
+      pop3Server->GetDeferredToAccount(deferredToServer);
+      isDeferred = !deferredToServer.IsEmpty();
+    }
+  }
+  *target = (isDeferred) ? kTrueLiteral : kFalseLiteral;
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*target);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgFolderDataSource::createFolderCanCreateFoldersOnServerNode(nsIMsgFolder* folder,
+                                                                 nsIRDFNode **target)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+  rv = folder->GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !server) return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  bool canCreateFoldersOnServer;
+  rv = server->GetCanCreateFoldersOnServer(&canCreateFoldersOnServer);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  if (canCreateFoldersOnServer)
+    *target = kTrueLiteral;
+  else
+    *target = kFalseLiteral;
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*target);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgFolderDataSource::createFolderCanFileMessagesOnServerNode(nsIMsgFolder* folder,
+                                                                 nsIRDFNode **target)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+  rv = folder->GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !server) return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  bool canFileMessagesOnServer;
+  rv = server->GetCanFileMessagesOnServer(&canFileMessagesOnServer);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  *target = (canFileMessagesOnServer) ? kTrueLiteral : kFalseLiteral;
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*target);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgFolderDataSource::createFolderIsServerNode(nsIMsgFolder* folder,
+                                                  nsIRDFNode **target)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  bool isServer;
+  rv = folder->GetIsServer(&isServer);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  *target = nullptr;
+
+  if (isServer)
+    *target = kTrueLiteral;
+  else
+    *target = kFalseLiteral;
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*target);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgFolderDataSource::createFolderNoSelectNode(nsIMsgFolder* folder,
+                                                  nsIRDFNode **target)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  bool noSelect;
+  rv = folder->GetNoSelect(&noSelect);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  *target = (noSelect) ? kTrueLiteral : kFalseLiteral;
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*target);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgFolderDataSource::createInVFEditSearchScopeNode(nsIMsgFolder* folder,
+                                                  nsIRDFNode **target)
+{
+  bool inVFEditSearchScope = false;
+  folder->GetInVFEditSearchScope(&inVFEditSearchScope);
+
+  *target = inVFEditSearchScope ? kTrueLiteral : kFalseLiteral;
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*target);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgFolderDataSource::createFolderVirtualNode(nsIMsgFolder* folder,
+                                                  nsIRDFNode **target)
+{
+  uint32_t folderFlags;
+  folder->GetFlags(&folderFlags);
+
+  *target = (folderFlags & nsMsgFolderFlags::Virtual) ? kTrueLiteral : kFalseLiteral;
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*target);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgFolderDataSource::createFolderImapSharedNode(nsIMsgFolder* folder,
+                                                  nsIRDFNode **target)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  bool imapShared;
+  rv = folder->GetImapShared(&imapShared);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  *target = (imapShared) ? kTrueLiteral : kFalseLiteral;
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*target);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgFolderDataSource::createFolderSynchronizeNode(nsIMsgFolder* folder,
+                                                  nsIRDFNode **target)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  bool sync;
+  rv = folder->GetFlag(nsMsgFolderFlags::Offline, &sync);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  *target = nullptr;
+
+  *target = (sync) ? kTrueLiteral : kFalseLiteral;
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*target);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgFolderDataSource::createFolderSyncDisabledNode(nsIMsgFolder* folder,
+                                                  nsIRDFNode **target)
+{
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  bool isServer;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+
+  rv = folder->GetIsServer(&isServer);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  rv = folder->GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !server) return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  nsCString serverType;
+  rv = server->GetType(serverType);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  *target = isServer || MsgLowerCaseEqualsLiteral(serverType, "none") || MsgLowerCaseEqualsLiteral(serverType, "pop3") ?
+            kTrueLiteral : kFalseLiteral;
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*target);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgFolderDataSource::createCanSearchMessages(nsIMsgFolder* folder,
+                                                                 nsIRDFNode **target)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+  rv = folder->GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !server) return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  bool canSearchMessages;
+  rv = server->GetCanSearchMessages(&canSearchMessages);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  *target = (canSearchMessages) ? kTrueLiteral : kFalseLiteral;
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*target);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgFolderDataSource::createFolderOpenNode(nsIMsgFolder *folder, nsIRDFNode **target)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(target);
+
+  // call GetSubFolders() to ensure mFlags is set correctly
+  // from the folder cache on startup
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleEnumerator> subFolders;
+  nsresult rv = folder->GetSubFolders(getter_AddRefs(subFolders));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return NS_RDF_NO_VALUE;
+
+  bool closed;
+  rv = folder->GetFlag(nsMsgFolderFlags::Elided, &closed);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  *target = (closed) ? kFalseLiteral : kTrueLiteral;
+
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*target);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgFolderDataSource::createFolderIsSecureNode(nsIMsgFolder* folder,
+                                                  nsIRDFNode **target)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  bool isSecure = false;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+  rv = folder->GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && server) {
+    rv = server->GetIsSecure(&isSecure);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+
+  *target = (isSecure) ? kTrueLiteral : kFalseLiteral;
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*target);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgFolderDataSource::createFolderCanSubscribeNode(nsIMsgFolder* folder,
+                                                  nsIRDFNode **target)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  bool canSubscribe;
+  rv = folder->GetCanSubscribe(&canSubscribe);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  *target = (canSubscribe) ? kTrueLiteral : kFalseLiteral;
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*target);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgFolderDataSource::createFolderSupportsOfflineNode(nsIMsgFolder* folder,
+                                                  nsIRDFNode **target)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  bool supportsOffline;
+  rv = folder->GetSupportsOffline(&supportsOffline);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  *target = (supportsOffline) ? kTrueLiteral : kFalseLiteral;
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*target);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgFolderDataSource::createFolderCanFileMessagesNode(nsIMsgFolder* folder,
+                                                  nsIRDFNode **target)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  bool canFileMessages;
+  rv = folder->GetCanFileMessages(&canFileMessages);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  *target = (canFileMessages) ? kTrueLiteral : kFalseLiteral;
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*target);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgFolderDataSource::createFolderCanCreateSubfoldersNode(nsIMsgFolder* folder,
+                                                  nsIRDFNode **target)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  bool canCreateSubfolders;
+  rv = folder->GetCanCreateSubfolders(&canCreateSubfolders);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  *target = (canCreateSubfolders) ? kTrueLiteral : kFalseLiteral;
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*target);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgFolderDataSource::createFolderCanRenameNode(nsIMsgFolder* folder,
+                                                  nsIRDFNode **target)
+{
+  bool canRename;
+  nsresult rv = folder->GetCanRename(&canRename);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  *target = (canRename) ? kTrueLiteral : kFalseLiteral;
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*target);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgFolderDataSource::createFolderCanCompactNode(nsIMsgFolder* folder,
+                                                  nsIRDFNode **target)
+{
+  bool canCompact;
+  nsresult rv = folder->GetCanCompact(&canCompact);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  *target = (canCompact) ? kTrueLiteral : kFalseLiteral;
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*target);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgFolderDataSource::createTotalMessagesNode(nsIMsgFolder *folder,
+                                               nsIRDFNode **target)
+{
+
+  bool isServer;
+  nsresult rv = folder->GetIsServer(&isServer);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  int32_t totalMessages;
+  if(isServer)
+    totalMessages = kDisplayBlankCount;
+  else
+  {
+    rv = folder->GetTotalMessages(false, &totalMessages);
+    if(NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+  }
+  GetNumMessagesNode(totalMessages, target);
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgFolderDataSource::createFolderSizeNode(nsIMsgFolder *folder, nsIRDFNode **target)
+{
+  bool isServer;
+  nsresult rv = folder->GetIsServer(&isServer);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  int64_t folderSize;
+  if (isServer) {
+    folderSize = kDisplayBlankCount64;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    // XXX todo, we are asserting here for news
+    // for offline news, we'd know the size on disk, right? Yes, bug 851275.
+    rv = folder->GetSizeOnDisk(&folderSize);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+
+  return GetFolderSizeNode(folderSize, target);
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgFolderDataSource::createCharsetNode(nsIMsgFolder *folder, nsIRDFNode **target)
+{
+  nsCString charset;
+  nsresult rv = folder->GetCharset(charset);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    createNode(NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16(charset).get(), target, getRDFService());
+  else
+    createNode(EmptyString().get(), target, getRDFService());
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgFolderDataSource::createBiffStateNodeFromFolder(nsIMsgFolder *folder, nsIRDFNode **target)
+{
+  uint32_t biffState;
+  nsresult rv = folder->GetBiffState(&biffState);
+  if(NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  rv = createBiffStateNodeFromFlag(biffState, target);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgFolderDataSource::createBiffStateNodeFromFlag(uint32_t flag, nsIRDFNode **target)
+{
+  const char16_t *biffStateStr;
+
+  switch (flag) {
+    case nsIMsgFolder::nsMsgBiffState_NewMail:
+      biffStateStr = u"NewMail";
+      break;
+    case nsIMsgFolder::nsMsgBiffState_NoMail:
+      biffStateStr = u"NoMail";
+      break;
+    default:
+      biffStateStr = u"UnknownMail";
+      break;
+  }
+
+  createNode(biffStateStr, target, getRDFService());
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgFolderDataSource::createUnreadMessagesNode(nsIMsgFolder *folder,
+                        nsIRDFNode **target)
+{
+  bool isServer;
+  nsresult rv = folder->GetIsServer(&isServer);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  int32_t totalUnreadMessages;
+  if(isServer)
+    totalUnreadMessages = kDisplayBlankCount;
+  else
+  {
+    rv = folder->GetNumUnread(false, &totalUnreadMessages);
+    if(NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+  }
+  GetNumMessagesNode(totalUnreadMessages, target);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgFolderDataSource::createHasUnreadMessagesNode(nsIMsgFolder *folder, bool aIncludeSubfolders, nsIRDFNode **target)
+{
+  bool isServer;
+  nsresult rv = folder->GetIsServer(&isServer);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  *target = kFalseLiteral;
+
+  int32_t totalUnreadMessages;
+  if(!isServer)
+  {
+    rv = folder->GetNumUnread(aIncludeSubfolders, &totalUnreadMessages);
+    if(NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+    // if we're including sub-folders, we're trying to find out if child folders
+    // have unread. If so, we subtract the unread msgs in the current folder.
+    if (aIncludeSubfolders)
+    {
+      int32_t numUnreadInFolder;
+      rv = folder->GetNumUnread(false, &numUnreadInFolder);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      // don't subtract if numUnread is negative (which means we don't know the unread count)
+      if (numUnreadInFolder > 0)
+        totalUnreadMessages -= numUnreadInFolder;
+    }
+    *target = (totalUnreadMessages > 0) ? kTrueLiteral : kFalseLiteral;
+  }
+
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*target);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgFolderDataSource::OnUnreadMessagePropertyChanged(nsIRDFResource *folderResource, int32_t oldValue, int32_t newValue)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder = do_QueryInterface(folderResource);
+  if(folder)
+  {
+    //First send a regular unread message changed notification
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFNode> newNode;
+
+    GetNumMessagesNode(newValue, getter_AddRefs(newNode));
+    NotifyPropertyChanged(folderResource, kNC_TotalUnreadMessages, newNode);
+
+    //Now see if hasUnreadMessages has changed
+    if(oldValue <=0 && newValue >0)
+    {
+      NotifyPropertyChanged(folderResource, kNC_HasUnreadMessages, kTrueLiteral);
+      NotifyAncestors(folder, kNC_SubfoldersHaveUnreadMessages, kTrueLiteral);
+    }
+    else if(oldValue > 0 && newValue <= 0)
+    {
+      NotifyPropertyChanged(folderResource, kNC_HasUnreadMessages, kFalseLiteral);
+      // this isn't quite right - parents could still have other children with
+      // unread messages. NotifyAncestors will have to figure that out...
+      NotifyAncestors(folder, kNC_SubfoldersHaveUnreadMessages, kFalseLiteral);
+    }
+
+    //We will have to change the folderTreeName if the unread column is hidden
+    NotifyFolderTreeNameChanged(folder, folderResource, newValue);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgFolderDataSource::NotifyFolderNameChanged(nsIMsgFolder* aFolder, nsIRDFResource *folderResource)
+{
+  nsString name;
+  nsresult rv = aFolder->GetName(name);
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFNode> newNameNode;
+    createNode(name.get(), getter_AddRefs(newNameNode), getRDFService());
+    NotifyPropertyChanged(folderResource, kNC_Name, newNameNode);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgFolderDataSource::NotifyFolderTreeSimpleNameChanged(nsIMsgFolder* aFolder, nsIRDFResource *folderResource)
+{
+  nsString abbreviatedName;
+  nsresult rv = GetFolderDisplayName(aFolder, abbreviatedName);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFNode> newNameNode;
+    createNode(abbreviatedName.get(), getter_AddRefs(newNameNode), getRDFService());
+    NotifyPropertyChanged(folderResource, kNC_FolderTreeSimpleName, newNameNode);
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgFolderDataSource::NotifyFolderTreeNameChanged(nsIMsgFolder* aFolder,
+                                                   nsIRDFResource* aFolderResource,
+                                                   int32_t aUnreadMessages)
+{
+  nsString name;
+  nsresult rv = GetFolderDisplayName(aFolder, name);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+    nsAutoString newNameString(name);
+    CreateUnreadMessagesNameString(aUnreadMessages, newNameString);
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFNode> newNameNode;
+    createNode(newNameString.get(), getter_AddRefs(newNameNode), getRDFService());
+    NotifyPropertyChanged(aFolderResource, kNC_FolderTreeName, newNameNode);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgFolderDataSource::NotifyAncestors(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder, nsIRDFResource *aPropertyResource, nsIRDFNode *aNode)
+{
+  bool isServer = false;
+  nsresult rv = aFolder->GetIsServer(&isServer);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  if (isServer)
+    // done, stop
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> parentMsgFolder;
+  rv = aFolder->GetParent(getter_AddRefs(parentMsgFolder));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  if (!parentMsgFolder)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  rv = parentMsgFolder->GetIsServer(&isServer);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  // don't need to notify servers either.
+  if (isServer)
+    // done, stop
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFResource> parentFolderResource = do_QueryInterface(parentMsgFolder,&rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  // if we're setting the subFoldersHaveUnreadMessages property to false, check
+  // if the folder really doesn't have subfolders with unread messages.
+  if (aPropertyResource == kNC_SubfoldersHaveUnreadMessages && aNode == kFalseLiteral)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIRDFNode> unreadMsgsNode;
+    createHasUnreadMessagesNode(parentMsgFolder, true, getter_AddRefs(unreadMsgsNode));
+    aNode = unreadMsgsNode;
+  }
+  NotifyPropertyChanged(parentFolderResource, aPropertyResource, aNode);
+
+  return NotifyAncestors(parentMsgFolder, aPropertyResource, aNode);
+}
+
+// New Messages
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgFolderDataSource::createNewMessagesNode(nsIMsgFolder *folder, nsIRDFNode **target)
+{
+
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  bool isServer;
+  rv = folder->GetIsServer(&isServer);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  *target = kFalseLiteral;
+
+  //int32_t totalNewMessages;
+  bool isNewMessages;
+  if(!isServer)
+  {
+    rv = folder->GetHasNewMessages(&isNewMessages);
+    if(NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+    *target = (isNewMessages) ? kTrueLiteral : kFalseLiteral;
+  }
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*target);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+nsresult
+nsMsgFolderDataSource::OnUnreadMessagePropertyChanged(nsIMsgFolder *folder, int32_t oldValue, int32_t newValue)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFResource> folderResource = do_QueryInterface(folder);
+  if(folderResource)
+  {
+    //First send a regular unread message changed notification
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFNode> newNode;
+
+    GetNumMessagesNode(newValue, getter_AddRefs(newNode));
+    NotifyPropertyChanged(folderResource, kNC_TotalUnreadMessages, newNode);
+
+    //Now see if hasUnreadMessages has changed
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFNode> oldHasUnreadMessages;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFNode> newHasUnreadMessages;
+    if(oldValue <=0 && newValue >0)
+    {
+      oldHasUnreadMessages = kFalseLiteral;
+      newHasUnreadMessages = kTrueLiteral;
+      NotifyPropertyChanged(folderResource, kNC_HasUnreadMessages, newHasUnreadMessages);
+    }
+    else if(oldValue > 0 && newValue <= 0)
+    {
+      newHasUnreadMessages = kFalseLiteral;
+      NotifyPropertyChanged(folderResource, kNC_HasUnreadMessages, newHasUnreadMessages);
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+**/
+nsresult
+nsMsgFolderDataSource::OnFolderSortOrderPropertyChanged(nsIRDFResource *folderResource, int32_t oldValue, int32_t newValue)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder(do_QueryInterface(folderResource));
+  if (folder)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFNode> newNode;
+    createFolderNameNode(folder, getter_AddRefs(newNode), true);
+    NotifyPropertyChanged(folderResource, kNC_FolderTreeNameSort, newNode);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgFolderDataSource::OnFolderSizePropertyChanged(nsIRDFResource *folderResource, int64_t oldValue, int64_t newValue)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFNode> newNode;
+  GetFolderSizeNode(newValue, getter_AddRefs(newNode));
+  NotifyPropertyChanged(folderResource, kNC_FolderSize, newNode);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgFolderDataSource::OnTotalMessagePropertyChanged(nsIRDFResource *folderResource, int32_t oldValue, int32_t newValue)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFNode> newNode;
+  GetNumMessagesNode(newValue, getter_AddRefs(newNode));
+  NotifyPropertyChanged(folderResource, kNC_TotalMessages, newNode);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgFolderDataSource::GetNumMessagesNode(int32_t aNumMessages, nsIRDFNode **node)
+{
+  uint32_t numMessages = aNumMessages;
+  if(numMessages == kDisplayQuestionCount)
+    createNode(u"???", node, getRDFService());
+  else if (numMessages == kDisplayBlankCount || numMessages == 0)
+    createNode(EmptyString().get(), node, getRDFService());
+  else
+    createIntNode(numMessages, node, getRDFService());
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgFolderDataSource::GetFolderSizeNode(int64_t aFolderSize, nsIRDFNode **aNode)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  if (aFolderSize == kDisplayBlankCount64 || aFolderSize == 0)
+    createNode(EmptyString().get(), aNode, getRDFService());
+  else if (aFolderSize == kDisplayQuestionCount64)
+    createNode(u"???", aNode, getRDFService());
+  else
+  {
+    nsAutoString sizeString;
+    rv = FormatFileSize(aFolderSize, true, sizeString);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    createNode(sizeString.get(), aNode, getRDFService());
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgFolderDataSource::createFolderChildNode(nsIMsgFolder *folder,
+                                             nsIRDFNode **target)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleEnumerator> subFolders;
+  nsresult rv = folder->GetSubFolders(getter_AddRefs(subFolders));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return NS_RDF_NO_VALUE;
+
+  bool hasMore;
+  rv = subFolders->HasMoreElements(&hasMore);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !hasMore)
+    return NS_RDF_NO_VALUE;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> firstFolder;
+  rv = subFolders->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(firstFolder));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return NS_RDF_NO_VALUE;
+
+  return CallQueryInterface(firstFolder, target);
+}
+
+
+nsresult nsMsgFolderDataSource::DoCopyToFolder(nsIMsgFolder *dstFolder, nsISupportsArray *arguments,
+                         nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow, bool isMove)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  uint32_t itemCount;
+  rv = arguments->Count(&itemCount);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  //need source folder and at least one item to copy
+  if(itemCount < 2)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> srcFolder(do_QueryElementAt(arguments, 0));
+  if(!srcFolder)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> messageArray(do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID));
+
+  // Remove first element
+  for(uint32_t i = 1; i < itemCount; i++)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> message(do_QueryElementAt(arguments, i));
+    if (message)
+    {
+      messageArray->AppendElement(message, false);
+    }
+  }
+
+  //Call copyservice with dstFolder, srcFolder, messages, isMove, and txnManager
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgCopyService> copyService =
+    do_GetService(NS_MSGCOPYSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  return copyService->CopyMessages(srcFolder, messageArray, dstFolder, isMove,
+    nullptr, msgWindow, true/* allowUndo */);
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgFolderDataSource::DoFolderCopyToFolder(nsIMsgFolder *dstFolder, nsISupportsArray *arguments,
+                                                     nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow, bool isMoveFolder)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  uint32_t itemCount;
+  rv = arguments->Count(&itemCount);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  //need at least one item to copy
+  if(itemCount < 1)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  if (!isMoveFolder)   // copy folder not on the same server
+  {
+    // Create an nsIMutableArray from the nsISupportsArray
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> folderArray(do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID));
+    for (uint32_t i = 0; i < itemCount; i++)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> element(do_QueryElementAt(arguments, i, &rv));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        folderArray->AppendElement(element, false);
+    }
+
+    //Call copyservice with dstFolder, srcFolder, folders and isMoveFolder
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgCopyService> copyService = do_GetService(NS_MSGCOPYSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    if(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      rv = copyService->CopyFolders(folderArray, dstFolder, isMoveFolder,
+        nullptr, msgWindow);
+
+    }
+  }
+  else    //within the same server therefore no need for copy service
+  {
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> msgFolder;
+    for (uint32_t i=0;i< itemCount; i++)
+    {
+      msgFolder = do_QueryElementAt(arguments, i, &rv);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      {
+        rv = dstFolder->CopyFolder(msgFolder, isMoveFolder , msgWindow, nullptr);
+        NS_ASSERTION((NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)),"Copy folder failed.");
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+  //return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgFolderDataSource::DoDeleteFromFolder(nsIMsgFolder *folder, nsISupportsArray *arguments,
+                                                   nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow, bool reallyDelete)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  uint32_t itemCount;
+  rv = arguments->Count(&itemCount);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> messageArray(do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID));
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> folderArray(do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID));
+
+  //Split up deleted items into different type arrays to be passed to the folder
+  //for deletion.
+  for(uint32_t item = 0; item < itemCount; item++)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> supports(do_QueryElementAt(arguments, item));
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> deletedMessage(do_QueryInterface(supports));
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> deletedFolder(do_QueryInterface(supports));
+    if (deletedMessage)
+    {
+      messageArray->AppendElement(supports, false);
+    }
+    else if(deletedFolder)
+    {
+      folderArray->AppendElement(supports, false);
+    }
+  }
+  uint32_t cnt;
+  rv = messageArray->GetLength(&cnt);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+  if (cnt > 0)
+    rv = folder->DeleteMessages(messageArray, msgWindow, reallyDelete, false, nullptr, true /*allowUndo*/);
+
+  rv = folderArray->GetLength(&cnt);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+  if (cnt > 0)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folderToDelete = do_QueryElementAt(folderArray, 0);
+    uint32_t folderFlags = 0;
+    if (folderToDelete)
+    {
+      folderToDelete->GetFlags(&folderFlags);
+      if (folderFlags & nsMsgFolderFlags::Virtual)
+      {
+        NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(msgWindow);
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundleService> sBundleService =
+          mozilla::services::GetStringBundleService();
+        NS_ENSURE_TRUE(sBundleService, NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED);
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundle> sMessengerStringBundle;
+        nsString confirmMsg;
+        rv = sBundleService->CreateBundle(MESSENGER_STRING_URL, getter_AddRefs(sMessengerStringBundle));
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+        sMessengerStringBundle->GetStringFromName(u"confirmSavedSearchDeleteMessage", getter_Copies(confirmMsg));
+
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIPrompt> dialog;
+        rv = msgWindow->GetPromptDialog(getter_AddRefs(dialog));
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        {
+          bool dialogResult;
+          rv = dialog->Confirm(nullptr, confirmMsg.get(), &dialogResult);
+          if (!dialogResult)
+            return NS_OK;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    rv = folder->DeleteSubFolders(folderArray, msgWindow);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgFolderDataSource::DoNewFolder(nsIMsgFolder *folder, nsISupportsArray *arguments, nsIMsgWindow *window)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFLiteral> literal = do_QueryElementAt(arguments, 0, &rv);
+  if(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    nsString name;
+    literal->GetValue(getter_Copies(name));
+    rv = folder->CreateSubfolder(name, window);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgFolderDataSource::DoFolderAssert(nsIMsgFolder *folder, nsIRDFResource *property, nsIRDFNode *target)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  if (kNC_Charset == property)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFLiteral> literal(do_QueryInterface(target));
+    if(literal)
+    {
+      const char16_t* value;
+      rv = literal->GetValueConst(&value);
+      if(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        rv = folder->SetCharset(NS_LossyConvertUTF16toASCII(value));
+    }
+    else
+      rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+  else if (kNC_Open == property && target == kTrueLiteral)
+      rv = folder->ClearFlag(nsMsgFolderFlags::Elided);
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgFolderDataSource::DoFolderUnassert(nsIMsgFolder *folder, nsIRDFResource *property, nsIRDFNode *target)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  if((kNC_Open == property) && target == kTrueLiteral)
+      rv = folder->SetFlag(nsMsgFolderFlags::Elided);
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgFolderDataSource::DoFolderHasAssertion(nsIMsgFolder *folder,
+                                                     nsIRDFResource *property,
+                                                     nsIRDFNode *target,
+                                                     bool tv,
+                                                     bool *hasAssertion)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  if(!hasAssertion)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  //We're not keeping track of negative assertions on folders.
+  if(!tv)
+  {
+    *hasAssertion = false;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  if (kNC_Child == property)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> childFolder(do_QueryInterface(target, &rv));
+    if(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> childsParent;
+      rv = childFolder->GetParent(getter_AddRefs(childsParent));
+      *hasAssertion = (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && childsParent && folder
+        && (childsParent.get() == folder));
+    }
+  }
+  else if ((kNC_Name == property) ||
+    (kNC_Open == property) ||
+    (kNC_FolderTreeName == property) ||
+    (kNC_FolderTreeSimpleName == property) ||
+    (kNC_SpecialFolder == property) ||
+    (kNC_ServerType == property) ||
+    (kNC_IsDeferred == property) ||
+    (kNC_CanCreateFoldersOnServer == property) ||
+    (kNC_CanFileMessagesOnServer == property) ||
+    (kNC_IsServer == property) ||
+    (kNC_IsSecure == property) ||
+    (kNC_CanSubscribe == property) ||
+    (kNC_SupportsOffline == property) ||
+    (kNC_CanFileMessages == property) ||
+    (kNC_CanCreateSubfolders == property) ||
+    (kNC_CanRename == property) ||
+    (kNC_CanCompact == property) ||
+    (kNC_TotalMessages == property) ||
+    (kNC_TotalUnreadMessages == property) ||
+    (kNC_FolderSize == property) ||
+    (kNC_Charset == property) ||
+    (kNC_BiffState == property) ||
+    (kNC_HasUnreadMessages == property) ||
+    (kNC_NoSelect == property)  ||
+    (kNC_Synchronize == property) ||
+    (kNC_SyncDisabled == property) ||
+    (kNC_VirtualFolder == property) ||
+    (kNC_CanSearchMessages == property))
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFResource> folderResource(do_QueryInterface(folder, &rv));
+
+    if(NS_FAILED(rv))
+      return rv;
+
+    rv = GetTargetHasAssertion(this, folderResource, property, tv, target, hasAssertion);
+  }
+  else
+    *hasAssertion = false;
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsMsgFlatFolderDataSource::nsMsgFlatFolderDataSource()
+{
+  m_builtFolders = false;
+}
+
+nsMsgFlatFolderDataSource::~nsMsgFlatFolderDataSource()
+{
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgFlatFolderDataSource::Init()
+{
+  nsIRDFService* rdf = getRDFService();
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(rdf, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFResource> source;
+  nsAutoCString dsUri(m_dsName);
+  dsUri.Append(":/");
+  rdf->GetResource(dsUri, getter_AddRefs(m_rootResource));
+
+  return nsMsgFolderDataSource::Init();
+}
+
+void nsMsgFlatFolderDataSource::Cleanup()
+{
+  m_folders.Clear();
+  m_builtFolders = false;
+  nsMsgFolderDataSource::Cleanup();
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgFlatFolderDataSource::GetTarget(nsIRDFResource* source,
+                       nsIRDFResource* property,
+                       bool tv,
+                       nsIRDFNode** target)
+{
+  return (property == kNC_Child)
+    ? NS_RDF_NO_VALUE
+    : nsMsgFolderDataSource::GetTarget(source, property, tv, target);
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgFlatFolderDataSource::GetTargets(nsIRDFResource* source,
+                                                nsIRDFResource* property,
+                                                bool tv,
+                                                nsISimpleEnumerator** targets)
+{
+  if (kNC_Child != property)
+    return nsMsgFolderDataSource::GetTargets(source, property, tv, targets);
+
+  if(!targets)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  if (ResourceIsOurRoot(source))
+  {
+    EnsureFolders();
+    return NS_NewArrayEnumerator(targets, m_folders);
+  }
+  return NS_NewSingletonEnumerator(targets, property);
+}
+
+void nsMsgFlatFolderDataSource::EnsureFolders()
+{
+  if (m_builtFolders)
+    return;
+
+  m_builtFolders = true; // in case something goes wrong
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccountManager> accountManager = do_GetService(NS_MSGACCOUNTMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS_VOID(rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIArray> allFolders;
+  rv = accountManager->GetAllFolders(getter_AddRefs(allFolders));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !allFolders)
+    return;
+
+  uint32_t count;
+  rv = allFolders->GetLength(&count);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS_VOID(rv);
+
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < count; i++)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> curFolder = do_QueryElementAt(allFolders, i);
+    if (WantsThisFolder(curFolder))
+      m_folders.AppendObject(curFolder);
+  }
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgFlatFolderDataSource::GetURI(char* *aUri)
+{
+  nsAutoCString uri("rdf:");
+  uri.Append(m_dsName);
+  return (*aUri = ToNewCString(uri))
+    ? NS_OK : NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgFlatFolderDataSource::HasAssertion(nsIRDFResource* source,
+                            nsIRDFResource* property,
+                            nsIRDFNode* target,
+                            bool tv,
+                            bool* hasAssertion)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder(do_QueryInterface(source, &rv));
+  // we need to check if the folder belongs in this datasource.
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && property != kNC_Open && property != kNC_Child)
+  {
+    if (WantsThisFolder(folder) && (kNC_Child != property))
+      return DoFolderHasAssertion(folder, property, target, tv, hasAssertion);
+  }
+  else if (property == kNC_Child && ResourceIsOurRoot(source)) // check if source is us
+  {
+    folder = do_QueryInterface(target);
+    if (folder)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> parentMsgFolder;
+      folder->GetParent(getter_AddRefs(parentMsgFolder));
+      // a folder without a parent must be getting deleted as part of
+      // the rename operation and is thus a folder we are
+      // no longer interested in
+      if (parentMsgFolder && WantsThisFolder(folder))
+      {
+        *hasAssertion = true;
+        return NS_OK;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  *hasAssertion = false;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgFlatFolderDataSource::OnItemAddedOrRemoved(nsIMsgFolder *parentItem, nsISupports *item, bool added)
+{
+  // When a folder is added or removed, parentItem is the parent folder and item is the folder being
+  // added or removed. In a flat data source, there is no arc in the graph between the parent folder
+  // and the folder being added or removed. Our flat data source root (i.e. mailnewsunreadfolders:/) has
+  // an arc with the child property to every folder in the data source.  We must change parentItem
+  // to be our data source root before calling nsMsgFolderDataSource::OnItemAddedOrRemoved. This ensures
+  // that datasource listeners such as the template builder properly handle add and remove
+  // notifications on the flat datasource.
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFNode> itemNode(do_QueryInterface(item));
+  if (itemNode)
+    NotifyObservers(m_rootResource, kNC_Child, itemNode, nullptr, added, false);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+bool nsMsgFlatFolderDataSource::ResourceIsOurRoot(nsIRDFResource *resource)
+{
+  return m_rootResource.get() == resource;
+}
+
+bool nsMsgFlatFolderDataSource::WantsThisFolder(nsIMsgFolder *folder)
+{
+  EnsureFolders();
+  return m_folders.Contains(folder);
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgFlatFolderDataSource::GetFolderDisplayName(nsIMsgFolder *folder, nsString& folderName)
+{
+  folder->GetName(folderName);
+  uint32_t foldersCount = m_folders.Count();
+  nsString otherFolderName;
+  for (uint32_t index = 0; index < foldersCount; index++)
+  {
+    if (folder == m_folders[index]) // ignore ourselves.
+      continue;
+    m_folders[index]->GetName(otherFolderName);
+    if (otherFolderName.Equals(folderName))
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+      folder->GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+      if (server)
+      {
+        nsString serverName;
+        server->GetPrettyName(serverName);
+        folderName.AppendLiteral(" - ");
+        folderName.Append(serverName);
+        return NS_OK;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  // check if folder name is unique - if not, append account name
+  return folder->GetAbbreviatedName(folderName);
+}
+
+
+bool nsMsgUnreadFoldersDataSource::WantsThisFolder(nsIMsgFolder *folder)
+{
+  int32_t numUnread;
+  folder->GetNumUnread(false, &numUnread);
+  return numUnread > 0;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgUnreadFoldersDataSource::NotifyPropertyChanged(nsIRDFResource *resource,
+                    nsIRDFResource *property, nsIRDFNode *newNode,
+                    nsIRDFNode *oldNode)
+{
+  // check if it's the has unread property that's changed; if so, see if we need
+  // to add this folder to the view.
+  // Then, call base class.
+  if (kNC_HasUnreadMessages == property)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder(do_QueryInterface(resource));
+    if (folder)
+    {
+      int32_t numUnread;
+      folder->GetNumUnread(false, &numUnread);
+      if (numUnread > 0)
+      {
+        if (!m_folders.Contains(folder))
+          m_folders.AppendObject(folder);
+        NotifyObservers(kNC_UnreadFolders, kNC_Child, resource, nullptr, true, false);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return nsMsgFolderDataSource::NotifyPropertyChanged(resource, property,
+                                                newNode, oldNode);
+}
+
+bool nsMsgFavoriteFoldersDataSource::WantsThisFolder(nsIMsgFolder *folder)
+{
+  uint32_t folderFlags;
+  folder->GetFlags(&folderFlags);
+  return folderFlags & nsMsgFolderFlags::Favorite;
+}
+
+
+void nsMsgRecentFoldersDataSource::Cleanup()
+{
+  m_cutOffDate = 0;
+  nsMsgFlatFolderDataSource::Cleanup();
+}
+
+
+void nsMsgRecentFoldersDataSource::EnsureFolders()
+{
+  if (m_builtFolders)
+    return;
+
+  m_builtFolders = true; // in case something goes wrong
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccountManager> accountManager = do_GetService(NS_MSGACCOUNTMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS_VOID(rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIArray> allFolders;
+  rv = accountManager->GetAllFolders(getter_AddRefs(allFolders));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !allFolders)
+    return;
+
+  uint32_t count;
+  rv = allFolders->GetLength(&count);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS_VOID(rv);
+
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < count; i++)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> curFolder = do_QueryElementAt(allFolders, i);
+    nsCString dateStr;
+    curFolder->GetStringProperty(MRU_TIME_PROPERTY, dateStr);
+    uint32_t curFolderDate = (uint32_t) dateStr.ToInteger(&rv);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      curFolderDate = 0;
+
+    if (curFolderDate > m_cutOffDate)
+    {
+      // if m_folders is "full", replace oldest folder with this folder,
+      // and adjust m_cutOffDate so that it's the mrutime
+      // of the "new" oldest folder.
+      uint32_t curFaveFoldersCount = m_folders.Count();
+      if (curFaveFoldersCount > m_maxNumFolders)
+      {
+        uint32_t indexOfOldestFolder = 0;
+        uint32_t oldestFaveDate = 0;
+        uint32_t newOldestFaveDate = 0;
+        for (uint32_t index = 0; index < curFaveFoldersCount; )
+        {
+          nsCString curFaveFolderDateStr;
+          m_folders[index]->GetStringProperty(MRU_TIME_PROPERTY, curFaveFolderDateStr);
+          uint32_t curFaveFolderDate = (uint32_t) curFaveFolderDateStr.ToInteger(&rv);
+          if (!oldestFaveDate || curFaveFolderDate < oldestFaveDate)
+          {
+            indexOfOldestFolder = index;
+            newOldestFaveDate = oldestFaveDate;
+            oldestFaveDate = curFaveFolderDate;
+          }
+          if (!newOldestFaveDate || (index != indexOfOldestFolder
+              && curFaveFolderDate < newOldestFaveDate)) {
+            newOldestFaveDate = curFaveFolderDate;
+          }
+          index++;
+        }
+        if (curFolderDate > oldestFaveDate && !m_folders.Contains(curFolder))
+          m_folders.ReplaceObjectAt(curFolder, indexOfOldestFolder);
+
+        NS_ASSERTION(newOldestFaveDate >= m_cutOffDate, "cutoff date should be getting bigger");
+        m_cutOffDate = newOldestFaveDate;
+      }
+      else if (!m_folders.Contains(curFolder))
+        m_folders.AppendObject(curFolder);
+    }
+#ifdef DEBUG_David_Bienvenu
+    else
+    {
+      for (uint32_t index = 0; index < m_folders.Count(); index++)
+      {
+        nsCString curFaveFolderDateStr;
+        m_folders[index]->GetStringProperty(MRU_TIME_PROPERTY, curFaveFolderDateStr);
+        uint32_t curFaveFolderDate = (uint32_t) curFaveFolderDateStr.ToInteger(&rv);
+        NS_ASSERTION(curFaveFolderDate > curFolderDate, "folder newer then faves but not added");
+      }
+    }
+#endif
+  }
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgRecentFoldersDataSource::OnItemAdded(nsIMsgFolder *parentItem, nsISupports *item)
+{
+  // if we've already built the recent folder array, we should add this item to the array
+  // since just added items are by definition new.
+  // I think this means newly discovered imap folders (ones w/o msf files) will
+  // get added, but maybe that's OK.
+  if (m_builtFolders)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder(do_QueryInterface(item));
+    if (folder && !m_folders.Contains(folder))
+    {
+      m_folders.AppendObject(folder);
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFResource> resource = do_QueryInterface(item);
+      NotifyObservers(kNC_RecentFolders, kNC_Child, resource, nullptr, true, false);
+    }
+  }
+  return nsMsgFlatFolderDataSource::OnItemAdded(parentItem, item);
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgRecentFoldersDataSource::NotifyPropertyChanged(nsIRDFResource *resource,
+                    nsIRDFResource *property, nsIRDFNode *newNode,
+                    nsIRDFNode *oldNode)
+{
+  // check if it's the has new property that's changed; if so, see if we need
+  // to add this folder to the view.
+  // Then, call base class.
+  if (kNC_NewMessages == property)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder(do_QueryInterface(resource));
+    if (folder)
+    {
+      bool hasNewMessages;
+      folder->GetHasNewMessages(&hasNewMessages);
+      if (hasNewMessages)
+      {
+        if (!m_folders.Contains(folder))
+        {
+          m_folders.AppendObject(folder);
+          NotifyObservers(kNC_RecentFolders, kNC_Child, resource, nullptr, true, false);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return nsMsgFolderDataSource::NotifyPropertyChanged(resource, property,
+                                                newNode, oldNode);
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgFolderDataSource.h b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgFolderDataSource.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c683274ac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgFolderDataSource.h
@@ -0,0 +1,356 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "mozilla/Attributes.h"
+#include "nsIRDFDataSource.h"
+#include "nsIRDFService.h"
+
+#include "nsIFolderListener.h"
+#include "nsMsgRDFDataSource.h"
+
+#include "nsITransactionManager.h"
+#include "nsCOMArray.h"
+#include "nsIMutableArray.h"
+// Disable deprecation warnings generated by nsISupportsArray and associated
+// classes.
+#if defined(__GNUC__)
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wdeprecated-declarations"
+#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
+#pragma warning (disable : 4996)
+#endif
+#include "nsISupportsArray.h"
+/**
+ * The mail data source.
+ */
+class nsMsgFolderDataSource : public nsMsgRDFDataSource,
+                              public nsIFolderListener
+{
+public:
+  
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED
+  NS_DECL_NSIFOLDERLISTENER
+
+  nsMsgFolderDataSource(void);
+  virtual nsresult Init() override;
+  virtual void Cleanup() override;
+
+  // nsIRDFDataSource methods
+  NS_IMETHOD GetURI(char* *uri) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD GetSource(nsIRDFResource* property,
+                       nsIRDFNode* target,
+                       bool tv,
+                       nsIRDFResource** source /* out */) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD GetTarget(nsIRDFResource* source,
+                       nsIRDFResource* property,
+                       bool tv,
+                       nsIRDFNode** target) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD GetSources(nsIRDFResource* property,
+                        nsIRDFNode* target,
+                        bool tv,
+                        nsISimpleEnumerator** sources) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD GetTargets(nsIRDFResource* source,
+                        nsIRDFResource* property,    
+                        bool tv,
+                        nsISimpleEnumerator** targets) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD Assert(nsIRDFResource* source,
+                    nsIRDFResource* property, 
+                    nsIRDFNode* target,
+                    bool tv) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD Unassert(nsIRDFResource* source,
+                      nsIRDFResource* property,
+                      nsIRDFNode* target) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD HasAssertion(nsIRDFResource* source,
+                          nsIRDFResource* property,
+                          nsIRDFNode* target,
+                          bool tv,
+                          bool* hasAssertion) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD HasArcOut(nsIRDFResource *aSource, nsIRDFResource *aArc,
+                       bool *result) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD ArcLabelsIn(nsIRDFNode* node,
+                         nsISimpleEnumerator** labels) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD ArcLabelsOut(nsIRDFResource* source,
+                          nsISimpleEnumerator** labels) override; 
+
+  NS_IMETHOD GetAllResources(nsISimpleEnumerator** aResult) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD GetAllCmds(nsIRDFResource* source,
+                            nsISimpleEnumerator/*<nsIRDFResource>*/** commands
+                        ) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD IsCommandEnabled(nsISupports/*nsISupportsArray<nsIRDFResource>*/* aSources,
+                              nsIRDFResource*   aCommand,
+                              nsISupports/*nsISupportsArray<nsIRDFResource>*/* aArguments,
+                              bool* aResult) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD DoCommand(nsISupports/*nsISupportsArray<nsIRDFResource>*/* aSources,
+                       nsIRDFResource*   aCommand,
+                       nsISupports/*nsISupportsArray<nsIRDFResource>*/* aArguments) override;
+protected:
+  virtual ~nsMsgFolderDataSource();
+
+  nsresult GetSenderName(nsAutoString& sender, nsAutoString *senderUserName);
+
+  nsresult createFolderNode(nsIMsgFolder *folder, nsIRDFResource* property,
+                            nsIRDFNode **target);
+  nsresult createFolderNameNode(nsIMsgFolder *folder, nsIRDFNode **target, bool sort);
+  nsresult createFolderOpenNode(nsIMsgFolder *folder,nsIRDFNode **target);
+  nsresult createFolderTreeNameNode(nsIMsgFolder *folder, nsIRDFNode **target);
+  nsresult createFolderTreeSimpleNameNode(nsIMsgFolder *folder, nsIRDFNode **target);
+  nsresult createFolderSpecialNode(nsIMsgFolder *folder, nsIRDFNode **target);
+  nsresult createFolderServerTypeNode(nsIMsgFolder *folder,
+                                      nsIRDFNode **target);
+  nsresult createServerIsDeferredNode(nsIMsgFolder* folder,
+                                      nsIRDFNode **target);
+  nsresult createFolderCanCreateFoldersOnServerNode(nsIMsgFolder *folder,
+                                      nsIRDFNode **target);
+  nsresult createFolderCanFileMessagesOnServerNode(nsIMsgFolder *folder,
+                                      nsIRDFNode **target);
+  nsresult createFolderIsServerNode(nsIMsgFolder *folder,
+                                      nsIRDFNode **target);
+  nsresult createFolderIsSecureNode(nsIMsgFolder *folder,
+                                      nsIRDFNode **target);
+  nsresult createFolderCanSubscribeNode(nsIMsgFolder *folder,
+                                      nsIRDFNode **target);
+  nsresult createFolderSupportsOfflineNode(nsIMsgFolder *folder,
+                                      nsIRDFNode **target);
+  nsresult createFolderCanFileMessagesNode(nsIMsgFolder *folder,
+                                      nsIRDFNode **target);
+  nsresult createFolderCanCreateSubfoldersNode(nsIMsgFolder *folder,
+                                      nsIRDFNode **target);
+  nsresult createFolderCanRenameNode(nsIMsgFolder *folder,
+                                      nsIRDFNode **target);
+  nsresult createFolderCanCompactNode(nsIMsgFolder *folder,
+                                     nsIRDFNode **target);
+  nsresult createTotalMessagesNode(nsIMsgFolder *folder, nsIRDFNode **target);
+  nsresult createUnreadMessagesNode(nsIMsgFolder *folder, nsIRDFNode **target);
+  nsresult createFolderSizeNode(nsIMsgFolder *folder, nsIRDFNode **target);
+  nsresult createCharsetNode(nsIMsgFolder *folder, nsIRDFNode **target);
+  nsresult createBiffStateNodeFromFolder(nsIMsgFolder *folder, nsIRDFNode **target);
+  nsresult createBiffStateNodeFromFlag(uint32_t flag, nsIRDFNode **target);
+  nsresult createHasUnreadMessagesNode(nsIMsgFolder *folder, bool aIncludeSubfolders, nsIRDFNode **target);
+  nsresult createNewMessagesNode(nsIMsgFolder *folder, nsIRDFNode **target);
+  nsresult createFolderNoSelectNode(nsIMsgFolder *folder,
+                                    nsIRDFNode **target);
+  nsresult createFolderVirtualNode(nsIMsgFolder *folder,
+                                    nsIRDFNode **target);
+  nsresult createInVFEditSearchScopeNode(nsIMsgFolder* folder,
+                                      nsIRDFNode **target);
+  nsresult createFolderImapSharedNode(nsIMsgFolder *folder,
+                                    nsIRDFNode **target);
+  nsresult createFolderSynchronizeNode(nsIMsgFolder *folder, nsIRDFNode **target);
+  nsresult createFolderSyncDisabledNode(nsIMsgFolder *folder, nsIRDFNode **target);
+  nsresult createCanSearchMessages(nsIMsgFolder *folder,
+                                      nsIRDFNode **target);
+  nsresult createFolderChildNode(nsIMsgFolder *folder, nsIRDFNode **target);
+
+  nsresult getFolderArcLabelsOut(nsCOMArray<nsIRDFResource> &aArcs);
+  
+  nsresult DoDeleteFromFolder(nsIMsgFolder *folder,
+                nsISupportsArray *arguments, nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow, bool reallyDelete);
+
+  nsresult DoCopyToFolder(nsIMsgFolder *dstFolder, nsISupportsArray *arguments,
+              nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow, bool isMove);
+
+  nsresult DoFolderCopyToFolder(nsIMsgFolder *dstFolder, nsISupportsArray *arguments,
+              nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow, bool isMoveFolder);
+
+  nsresult DoNewFolder(nsIMsgFolder *folder, nsISupportsArray *arguments, 
+                        nsIMsgWindow *window);
+
+  nsresult DoFolderAssert(nsIMsgFolder *folder, nsIRDFResource *property, nsIRDFNode *target);
+  nsresult DoFolderUnassert(nsIMsgFolder *folder, nsIRDFResource *property, nsIRDFNode *target);
+
+  nsresult DoFolderHasAssertion(nsIMsgFolder *folder, nsIRDFResource *property, nsIRDFNode *target,
+                                bool tv, bool *hasAssertion);
+
+  nsresult GetBiffStateString(uint32_t biffState, nsAutoCString & biffStateStr);
+
+  nsresult CreateUnreadMessagesNameString(int32_t unreadMessages, nsAutoString &nameString);
+  nsresult CreateArcsOutEnumerator();
+
+  virtual nsresult OnItemAddedOrRemoved(nsIMsgFolder *parentItem, nsISupports *item, bool added);
+
+  nsresult OnUnreadMessagePropertyChanged(nsIRDFResource *folderResource, int32_t oldValue, int32_t newValue);
+  nsresult OnTotalMessagePropertyChanged(nsIRDFResource *folderResource, int32_t oldValue, int32_t newValue);
+  nsresult OnFolderSizePropertyChanged(nsIRDFResource *folderResource, int64_t oldValue, int64_t newValue);
+  nsresult OnFolderSortOrderPropertyChanged(nsIRDFResource *folderResource, int32_t oldValue, int32_t newValue);
+  nsresult NotifyFolderTreeNameChanged(nsIMsgFolder *folder, nsIRDFResource *folderResource, int32_t aUnreadMessages);
+  nsresult NotifyFolderTreeSimpleNameChanged(nsIMsgFolder *folder, nsIRDFResource *folderResource);
+  nsresult NotifyFolderNameChanged(nsIMsgFolder *folder, nsIRDFResource *folderResource);
+  nsresult NotifyAncestors(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder, nsIRDFResource *aPropertyResource, nsIRDFNode *aNode);
+  nsresult GetNumMessagesNode(int32_t numMessages, nsIRDFNode **node);
+  nsresult GetFolderSizeNode(int64_t folderSize, nsIRDFNode **node);
+  nsresult CreateLiterals(nsIRDFService *rdf);
+
+  virtual nsresult GetFolderDisplayName(nsIMsgFolder *folder, nsString& folderName);
+
+  static nsIRDFResource* kNC_Child;
+  static nsIRDFResource* kNC_Folder;
+  static nsIRDFResource* kNC_Name;
+  static nsIRDFResource* kNC_Open;
+  static nsIRDFResource* kNC_FolderTreeName;
+  static nsIRDFResource* kNC_FolderTreeSimpleName;
+  static nsIRDFResource* kNC_NameSort;
+  static nsIRDFResource* kNC_FolderTreeNameSort;
+  static nsIRDFResource* kNC_Columns;
+  static nsIRDFResource* kNC_MSGFolderRoot;
+  static nsIRDFResource* kNC_SpecialFolder;
+  static nsIRDFResource* kNC_ServerType;
+  static nsIRDFResource* kNC_IsDeferred;
+  static nsIRDFResource* kNC_CanCreateFoldersOnServer;
+  static nsIRDFResource* kNC_CanFileMessagesOnServer;
+  static nsIRDFResource* kNC_IsServer;
+  static nsIRDFResource* kNC_IsSecure;
+  static nsIRDFResource* kNC_CanSubscribe;
+  static nsIRDFResource* kNC_SupportsOffline;
+  static nsIRDFResource* kNC_CanFileMessages;
+  static nsIRDFResource* kNC_CanCreateSubfolders;
+  static nsIRDFResource* kNC_CanRename;
+  static nsIRDFResource* kNC_CanCompact;
+  static nsIRDFResource* kNC_TotalMessages;
+  static nsIRDFResource* kNC_TotalUnreadMessages;
+  static nsIRDFResource* kNC_FolderSize;
+  static nsIRDFResource* kNC_Charset;
+  static nsIRDFResource* kNC_BiffState;
+  static nsIRDFResource* kNC_HasUnreadMessages;
+  static nsIRDFResource* kNC_NewMessages;
+  static nsIRDFResource* kNC_SubfoldersHaveUnreadMessages;
+  static nsIRDFResource* kNC_NoSelect;
+  static nsIRDFResource* kNC_ImapShared;
+  static nsIRDFResource* kNC_Synchronize;
+  static nsIRDFResource* kNC_SyncDisabled;
+  static nsIRDFResource* kNC_CanSearchMessages;
+  static nsIRDFResource* kNC_VirtualFolder;
+  static nsIRDFResource* kNC_InVFEditSearchScope;
+  static nsIRDFResource* kNC_UnreadFolders; // maybe should be in nsMsgFlatFolderDataSource?
+  static nsIRDFResource* kNC_FavoriteFolders; // maybe should be in nsMsgFlatFolderDataSource?
+  static nsIRDFResource* kNC_RecentFolders; // maybe should be in nsMsgFlatFolderDataSource?
+  // commands
+  static nsIRDFResource* kNC_Delete;
+  static nsIRDFResource* kNC_ReallyDelete;
+  static nsIRDFResource* kNC_NewFolder;
+  static nsIRDFResource* kNC_GetNewMessages;
+  static nsIRDFResource* kNC_Copy;
+  static nsIRDFResource* kNC_Move;
+  static nsIRDFResource* kNC_CopyFolder;
+  static nsIRDFResource* kNC_MoveFolder;
+  static nsIRDFResource* kNC_MarkAllMessagesRead;
+  static nsIRDFResource* kNC_Compact;
+  static nsIRDFResource* kNC_CompactAll;
+  static nsIRDFResource* kNC_Rename;
+  static nsIRDFResource* kNC_EmptyTrash;
+  static nsIRDFResource* kNC_DownloadFlagged;
+  //Cached literals
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFNode> kTrueLiteral;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFNode> kFalseLiteral;
+
+  // property atoms
+  static nsIAtom* kTotalMessagesAtom;
+  static nsIAtom* kTotalUnreadMessagesAtom;
+  static nsIAtom* kFolderSizeAtom;
+  static nsIAtom* kBiffStateAtom;
+  static nsIAtom* kSortOrderAtom;
+  static nsIAtom* kNewMessagesAtom;
+  static nsIAtom* kNameAtom;
+  static nsIAtom* kSynchronizeAtom;
+  static nsIAtom* kOpenAtom;
+  static nsIAtom* kIsDeferredAtom;
+  static nsIAtom* kIsSecureAtom;
+  static nsrefcnt gFolderResourceRefCnt;
+  static nsIAtom* kCanFileMessagesAtom;
+  static nsIAtom* kInVFEditSearchScopeAtom;
+  
+  nsCOMArray<nsIRDFResource> kFolderArcsOutArray;
+
+};
+
+
+class nsMsgFlatFolderDataSource : public nsMsgFolderDataSource
+{
+public:
+  // constructor could take a filter to filter out folders.
+  nsMsgFlatFolderDataSource();
+  virtual ~nsMsgFlatFolderDataSource();
+  virtual nsresult Init() override;
+  virtual void Cleanup() override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD GetURI(char* *uri) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetTargets(nsIRDFResource* source,
+                        nsIRDFResource* property,    
+                        bool tv,
+                        nsISimpleEnumerator** targets) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetTarget(nsIRDFResource* source,
+                       nsIRDFResource* property,
+                       bool tv,
+                       nsIRDFNode** target) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD HasAssertion(nsIRDFResource* source,
+                            nsIRDFResource* property,
+                            nsIRDFNode* target,
+                            bool tv,
+                            bool* hasAssertion) override;
+protected:
+  virtual nsresult GetFolderDisplayName(nsIMsgFolder *folder,
+                                        nsString& folderName) override;
+  virtual void EnsureFolders();
+  virtual bool WantsThisFolder(nsIMsgFolder *folder);
+          bool ResourceIsOurRoot(nsIRDFResource *resource);
+  virtual nsresult OnItemAddedOrRemoved(nsIMsgFolder *parentItem, nsISupports *item,
+                                        bool added) override;
+
+  nsCOMArray <nsIMsgFolder> m_folders;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFResource>  m_rootResource; // the resource for our root
+  nsCString m_dsName;
+  bool m_builtFolders;
+};
+
+
+class nsMsgUnreadFoldersDataSource : public nsMsgFlatFolderDataSource
+{
+public:
+  nsMsgUnreadFoldersDataSource() {m_dsName = "mailnewsunreadfolders";}
+  virtual ~nsMsgUnreadFoldersDataSource() {}
+  virtual nsresult NotifyPropertyChanged(nsIRDFResource *resource, 
+                    nsIRDFResource *propertyResource, nsIRDFNode *newNode, 
+                    nsIRDFNode *oldNode = nullptr) override;
+protected:
+  virtual bool WantsThisFolder(nsIMsgFolder *folder) override;
+};
+
+class nsMsgFavoriteFoldersDataSource : public nsMsgFlatFolderDataSource
+{
+public:
+  nsMsgFavoriteFoldersDataSource() {m_dsName = "mailnewsfavefolders";}
+  virtual ~nsMsgFavoriteFoldersDataSource() {}
+protected:
+  virtual bool WantsThisFolder(nsIMsgFolder *folder) override;
+};
+
+class nsMsgRecentFoldersDataSource : public nsMsgFlatFolderDataSource
+{
+public:
+  nsMsgRecentFoldersDataSource() {m_dsName = "mailnewsrecentfolders";
+                                  m_cutOffDate = 0; m_maxNumFolders = 15;}
+  virtual ~nsMsgRecentFoldersDataSource() {}
+  virtual nsresult NotifyPropertyChanged(nsIRDFResource *resource, 
+                    nsIRDFResource *property, nsIRDFNode *newNode, 
+                    nsIRDFNode *oldNode) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD OnItemAdded(nsIMsgFolder *parentItem, nsISupports *item) override;
+  virtual void Cleanup() override;
+protected:
+  virtual void EnsureFolders() override;
+  uint32_t m_cutOffDate;
+  uint32_t m_maxNumFolders;
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgFolderNotificationService.cpp b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgFolderNotificationService.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ebf88275a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgFolderNotificationService.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,172 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "nsMsgFolderNotificationService.h"
+#include "nsIArray.h"
+#include "nsArrayUtils.h"
+#include "nsIMsgHdr.h"
+#include "nsIMsgImapMailFolder.h"
+#include "nsIImapIncomingServer.h"
+
+//
+//  nsMsgFolderNotificationService
+//
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMsgFolderNotificationService, nsIMsgFolderNotificationService)
+
+nsMsgFolderNotificationService::nsMsgFolderNotificationService()
+{
+}
+
+nsMsgFolderNotificationService::~nsMsgFolderNotificationService()
+{
+  /* destructor code */
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgFolderNotificationService::GetHasListeners(bool *aHasListeners)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aHasListeners);
+  *aHasListeners = mListeners.Length() > 0;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+/* void addListener (in nsIMsgFolderListener aListener, in msgFolderListenerFlag flags); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgFolderNotificationService::AddListener(nsIMsgFolderListener *aListener,
+                                                          msgFolderListenerFlag aFlags)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aListener);
+  MsgFolderListener listener(aListener, aFlags);
+  mListeners.AppendElementUnlessExists(listener);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* void removeListener (in nsIMsgFolderListener aListener); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgFolderNotificationService::RemoveListener(nsIMsgFolderListener *aListener)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aListener);
+
+  mListeners.RemoveElement(aListener);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+#define NOTIFY_MSGFOLDER_LISTENERS(propertyflag_, propertyfunc_, params_) \
+  PR_BEGIN_MACRO                                                          \
+  nsTObserverArray<MsgFolderListener>::ForwardIterator iter(mListeners);  \
+  while (iter.HasMore()) {                                                \
+    const MsgFolderListener &listener = iter.GetNext();                   \
+    if (listener.mFlags & propertyflag_)                                  \
+      listener.mListener->propertyfunc_ params_;                          \
+  }                                                                       \
+  PR_END_MACRO
+
+/* void notifyMsgAdded (in nsIMsgDBHdr aMsg); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgFolderNotificationService::NotifyMsgAdded(nsIMsgDBHdr *aMsg)
+{
+  NOTIFY_MSGFOLDER_LISTENERS(msgAdded, MsgAdded, (aMsg));
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* void notifyMsgsClassified (in  */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgFolderNotificationService::NotifyMsgsClassified(
+  nsIArray *aMsgs, bool aJunkProcessed, bool aTraitProcessed)
+{
+  NOTIFY_MSGFOLDER_LISTENERS(msgsClassified, MsgsClassified,
+                             (aMsgs, aJunkProcessed, aTraitProcessed));
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* void notifyMsgsDeleted (in nsIArray aMsgs); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgFolderNotificationService::NotifyMsgsDeleted(nsIArray *aMsgs)
+{
+  NOTIFY_MSGFOLDER_LISTENERS(msgsDeleted, MsgsDeleted, (aMsgs));
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* void notifyMsgsMoveCopyCompleted (in boolean aMove, in nsIArray aSrcMsgs,
+                                     in nsIMsgFolder aDestFolder); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgFolderNotificationService::NotifyMsgsMoveCopyCompleted(
+  bool aMove, nsIArray *aSrcMsgs, nsIMsgFolder *aDestFolder,
+  nsIArray *aDestMsgs)
+{
+  uint32_t count = mListeners.Length();
+  
+  // IMAP delete model means that a "move" isn't really a move, it is a copy,
+  // followed by storing the IMAP deleted flag on the message.
+  bool isReallyMove = aMove;
+  if (count > 0 && aMove)
+  {
+    nsresult rv;
+    // Assume that all the source messages are from the same server.
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> message(do_QueryElementAt(aSrcMsgs, 0, &rv));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> msgFolder;
+    rv = message->GetFolder(getter_AddRefs(msgFolder));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgImapMailFolder> imapFolder(do_QueryInterface(msgFolder));
+    if (imapFolder)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIImapIncomingServer> imapServer;
+      imapFolder->GetImapIncomingServer(getter_AddRefs(imapServer));
+      if (imapServer)
+      {
+        nsMsgImapDeleteModel deleteModel;
+        imapServer->GetDeleteModel(&deleteModel);
+        if (deleteModel == nsMsgImapDeleteModels::IMAPDelete)
+          isReallyMove = false;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  NOTIFY_MSGFOLDER_LISTENERS(msgsMoveCopyCompleted, MsgsMoveCopyCompleted,
+                             (isReallyMove, aSrcMsgs, aDestFolder, aDestMsgs));
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgFolderNotificationService::NotifyMsgKeyChanged(nsMsgKey aOldKey,
+                                                    nsIMsgDBHdr *aNewHdr)
+{
+  NOTIFY_MSGFOLDER_LISTENERS(msgKeyChanged, MsgKeyChanged, (aOldKey, aNewHdr));
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* void notifyFolderAdded(in nsIMsgFolder aFolder); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgFolderNotificationService::NotifyFolderAdded(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder)
+{
+  NOTIFY_MSGFOLDER_LISTENERS(folderAdded, FolderAdded, (aFolder));
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* void notifyFolderDeleted(in nsIMsgFolder aFolder); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgFolderNotificationService::NotifyFolderDeleted(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder)
+{
+  NOTIFY_MSGFOLDER_LISTENERS(folderDeleted, FolderDeleted, (aFolder));
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* void notifyFolderMoveCopyCompleted(in boolean aMove, in nsIMsgFolder aSrcFolder, in nsIMsgFolder aDestFolder); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgFolderNotificationService::NotifyFolderMoveCopyCompleted(bool aMove, nsIMsgFolder *aSrcFolder, nsIMsgFolder *aDestFolder)
+{
+  NOTIFY_MSGFOLDER_LISTENERS(folderMoveCopyCompleted, FolderMoveCopyCompleted,
+                             (aMove, aSrcFolder, aDestFolder));
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* void notifyFolderRenamed (in nsIMsgFolder aOrigFolder, in nsIMsgFolder aNewFolder); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgFolderNotificationService::NotifyFolderRenamed(nsIMsgFolder *aOrigFolder, nsIMsgFolder *aNewFolder)
+{
+  NOTIFY_MSGFOLDER_LISTENERS(folderRenamed, FolderRenamed, (aOrigFolder, aNewFolder));
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* void notifyItemEvent (in nsISupports aItem, in string aEvent, in nsISupports aData); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgFolderNotificationService::NotifyItemEvent(nsISupports *aItem, const nsACString &aEvent, nsISupports *aData)
+{
+  NOTIFY_MSGFOLDER_LISTENERS(itemEvent, ItemEvent, (aItem, aEvent, aData));
+  return NS_OK;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgFolderNotificationService.h b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgFolderNotificationService.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..61fdd842b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgFolderNotificationService.h
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsMsgFolderNotificationService_h__
+#define nsMsgFolderNotificationService_h__
+
+#include "nsIMsgFolderNotificationService.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolderListener.h"
+#include "nsTObserverArray.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+
+class nsMsgFolderNotificationService final : public nsIMsgFolderNotificationService
+{
+public:
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGFOLDERNOTIFICATIONSERVICE
+
+  nsMsgFolderNotificationService();
+
+private:
+  ~nsMsgFolderNotificationService();
+  struct MsgFolderListener
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolderListener> mListener;
+    msgFolderListenerFlag mFlags;
+
+    MsgFolderListener(nsIMsgFolderListener *aListener, msgFolderListenerFlag aFlags)
+      : mListener(aListener), mFlags(aFlags) {}
+    MsgFolderListener(const MsgFolderListener &aListener)
+      : mListener(aListener.mListener), mFlags(aListener.mFlags) {}
+    ~MsgFolderListener() {}
+
+    int operator==(nsIMsgFolderListener* aListener) const {
+      return mListener == aListener;
+    }
+    int operator==(const MsgFolderListener &aListener) const {
+      return mListener == aListener.mListener;
+    }
+  };
+
+  nsTObserverArray<MsgFolderListener> mListeners;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgGroupThread.cpp b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgGroupThread.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c68a6329d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgGroupThread.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,856 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "nsMsgGroupThread.h"
+#include "nsMsgDBView.h"
+#include "nsMsgMessageFlags.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMsgGroupThread, nsIMsgThread)
+
+nsMsgGroupThread::nsMsgGroupThread()
+{
+  Init();
+}
+nsMsgGroupThread::nsMsgGroupThread(nsIMsgDatabase *db)
+{
+  m_db = db;
+  Init();
+}
+
+void nsMsgGroupThread::Init()
+{
+  m_threadKey = nsMsgKey_None; 
+  m_threadRootKey = nsMsgKey_None;
+  m_numUnreadChildren = 0;	
+  m_flags = 0;
+  m_newestMsgDate = 0;
+  m_dummy = false;
+}
+
+nsMsgGroupThread::~nsMsgGroupThread()
+{
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgGroupThread::SetThreadKey(nsMsgKey threadKey)
+{
+  m_threadKey = threadKey;
+  // by definition, the initial thread key is also the thread root key.
+  m_threadRootKey = threadKey;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgGroupThread::GetThreadKey(nsMsgKey *aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+  *aResult = m_threadKey;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgGroupThread::GetFlags(uint32_t *aFlags)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aFlags);
+  *aFlags = m_flags;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgGroupThread::SetFlags(uint32_t aFlags)
+{
+  m_flags = aFlags;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgGroupThread::SetSubject(const nsACString& aSubject)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(false, "shouldn't call this");
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgGroupThread::GetSubject(nsACString& result)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(false, "shouldn't call this");
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgGroupThread::GetNumChildren(uint32_t *aNumChildren)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aNumChildren);
+  *aNumChildren = m_keys.Length(); // - ((m_dummy) ? 1 : 0);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+uint32_t nsMsgGroupThread::NumRealChildren()
+{
+  return m_keys.Length() - ((m_dummy) ? 1 : 0);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgGroupThread::GetNumUnreadChildren (uint32_t *aNumUnreadChildren)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aNumUnreadChildren);
+  *aNumUnreadChildren = m_numUnreadChildren;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+void nsMsgGroupThread::InsertMsgHdrAt(nsMsgViewIndex index, nsIMsgDBHdr *hdr)
+{
+  nsMsgKey msgKey;
+  hdr->GetMessageKey(&msgKey);
+  m_keys.InsertElementAt(index, msgKey);
+}
+
+void nsMsgGroupThread::SetMsgHdrAt(nsMsgViewIndex index, nsIMsgDBHdr *hdr)
+{
+  nsMsgKey msgKey;
+  hdr->GetMessageKey(&msgKey);
+  m_keys[index] = msgKey;
+}
+
+nsMsgViewIndex nsMsgGroupThread::FindMsgHdr(nsIMsgDBHdr *hdr)
+{
+  nsMsgKey msgKey;
+  hdr->GetMessageKey(&msgKey);
+  return (nsMsgViewIndex)m_keys.IndexOf(msgKey);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgGroupThread::AddChild(nsIMsgDBHdr *child, nsIMsgDBHdr *inReplyTo, bool threadInThread, 
+                                    nsIDBChangeAnnouncer *announcer)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(false, "shouldn't call this");
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+nsMsgViewIndex nsMsgGroupThread::AddMsgHdrInDateOrder(nsIMsgDBHdr *child, nsMsgDBView *view)
+{
+  nsMsgKey newHdrKey;
+  child->GetMessageKey(&newHdrKey);
+  uint32_t insertIndex = 0;
+  // since we're sorted by date, we could do a binary search for the 
+  // insert point. Or, we could start at the end...
+  if (m_keys.Length() > 0)
+  {
+    nsMsgViewSortTypeValue  sortType;
+    nsMsgViewSortOrderValue sortOrder;
+    (void) view->GetSortType(&sortType);
+    (void) view->GetSortOrder(&sortOrder);
+    // historical behavior is ascending date order unless our primary sort is
+    //  on date
+    nsMsgViewSortOrderValue threadSortOrder = 
+      (sortType == nsMsgViewSortType::byDate
+        && sortOrder == nsMsgViewSortOrder::descending) ? 
+          nsMsgViewSortOrder::descending : nsMsgViewSortOrder::ascending;
+    // new behavior is tricky and uses the secondary sort order if the secondary
+    //  sort is on the date
+    nsMsgViewSortTypeValue  secondarySortType;
+    nsMsgViewSortOrderValue secondarySortOrder;
+    (void) view->GetSecondarySortType(&secondarySortType);
+    (void) view->GetSecondarySortOrder(&secondarySortOrder);
+    if (secondarySortType == nsMsgViewSortType::byDate)
+      threadSortOrder = secondarySortOrder;
+    // sort by date within group.
+    insertIndex = GetInsertIndexFromView(view, child, threadSortOrder);
+  }
+  m_keys.InsertElementAt(insertIndex, newHdrKey);
+  if (!insertIndex)
+    m_threadRootKey = newHdrKey;
+  return insertIndex;
+}
+
+nsMsgViewIndex 
+nsMsgGroupThread::GetInsertIndexFromView(nsMsgDBView *view, 
+                                          nsIMsgDBHdr *child, 
+                                          nsMsgViewSortOrderValue threadSortOrder)
+{
+   return view->GetInsertIndexHelper(child, m_keys, nullptr, threadSortOrder, nsMsgViewSortType::byDate);
+}
+
+nsMsgViewIndex nsMsgGroupThread::AddChildFromGroupView(nsIMsgDBHdr *child, nsMsgDBView *view)
+{
+  uint32_t newHdrFlags = 0;
+  uint32_t msgDate;
+  nsMsgKey newHdrKey = 0;
+  
+  child->GetFlags(&newHdrFlags);
+  child->GetMessageKey(&newHdrKey);
+  child->GetDateInSeconds(&msgDate);
+  if (msgDate > m_newestMsgDate)
+    SetNewestMsgDate(msgDate);
+
+  child->AndFlags(~(nsMsgMessageFlags::Watched), &newHdrFlags);
+  uint32_t numChildren;
+  
+  // get the num children before we add the new header.
+  GetNumChildren(&numChildren);
+  
+  // if this is an empty thread, set the root key to this header's key
+  if (numChildren == 0)
+    m_threadRootKey = newHdrKey;
+  
+  if (! (newHdrFlags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Read))
+    ChangeUnreadChildCount(1);
+
+  return AddMsgHdrInDateOrder(child, view);
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgGroupThread::ReparentNonReferenceChildrenOf(nsIMsgDBHdr *topLevelHdr, nsMsgKey newParentKey,
+                                                            nsIDBChangeAnnouncer *announcer)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgGroupThread::GetChildKeyAt(uint32_t aIndex, nsMsgKey *aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+  if (aIndex >= m_keys.Length())
+    return NS_ERROR_INVALID_ARG;
+  *aResult = m_keys[aIndex];
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgGroupThread::GetChildHdrAt(uint32_t aIndex, nsIMsgDBHdr **aResult)
+{
+  if (aIndex >= m_keys.Length())
+    return NS_MSG_MESSAGE_NOT_FOUND;
+  return m_db->GetMsgHdrForKey(m_keys[aIndex], aResult);
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgGroupThread::GetChild(nsMsgKey msgKey, nsIMsgDBHdr **aResult)
+{
+  return GetChildHdrAt(m_keys.IndexOf(msgKey), aResult);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgGroupThread::RemoveChildAt(uint32_t aIndex)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(aIndex < m_keys.Length(), NS_MSG_MESSAGE_NOT_FOUND);
+
+  m_keys.RemoveElementAt(aIndex);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgGroupThread::RemoveChild(nsMsgKey msgKey)
+{
+  m_keys.RemoveElement(msgKey);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgGroupThread::RemoveChildHdr(nsIMsgDBHdr *child, nsIDBChangeAnnouncer *announcer)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(child);
+
+  uint32_t flags;
+  nsMsgKey key;
+
+  child->GetFlags(&flags);
+  child->GetMessageKey(&key);
+
+  // if this was the newest msg, clear the newest msg date so we'll recalc.
+  uint32_t date;
+  child->GetDateInSeconds(&date);
+  if (date == m_newestMsgDate)
+    SetNewestMsgDate(0);
+
+  if (!(flags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Read))
+    ChangeUnreadChildCount(-1);
+  nsMsgViewIndex threadIndex = FindMsgHdr(child);
+  bool wasFirstChild = threadIndex == 0;
+  nsresult rv = RemoveChildAt(threadIndex);
+  // if we're deleting the root of a dummy thread, need to update the threadKey
+  // and the dummy header at position 0
+  if (m_dummy && wasFirstChild && m_keys.Length() > 1)
+  {
+    nsIMsgDBHdr *newRootChild;
+    rv = GetChildHdrAt(1, &newRootChild);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    SetMsgHdrAt(0, newRootChild);
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgGroupThread::ReparentChildrenOf(nsMsgKey oldParent, nsMsgKey newParent, nsIDBChangeAnnouncer *announcer)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  
+  uint32_t numChildren;
+  uint32_t childIndex = 0;
+  
+  GetNumChildren(&numChildren);
+  
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> curHdr;
+  if (numChildren > 0)
+  {
+    for (childIndex = 0; childIndex < numChildren; childIndex++)
+    {
+      rv = GetChildHdrAt(childIndex, getter_AddRefs(curHdr));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && curHdr)
+      {
+        nsMsgKey threadParent;
+        
+        curHdr->GetThreadParent(&threadParent);
+        if (threadParent == oldParent)
+        {
+          nsMsgKey curKey;
+          
+          curHdr->SetThreadParent(newParent);
+          curHdr->GetMessageKey(&curKey);
+          if (announcer)
+            announcer->NotifyParentChangedAll(curKey, oldParent, newParent, nullptr);
+          // if the old parent was the root of the thread, then only the first child gets 
+          // promoted to root, and other children become children of the new root.
+          if (newParent == nsMsgKey_None)
+          {
+            m_threadRootKey = curKey;
+            newParent = curKey;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgGroupThread::MarkChildRead(bool bRead)
+{
+  ChangeUnreadChildCount(bRead ? -1 : 1);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// this could be moved into utils, because I think it's the same as the db impl.
+class nsMsgGroupThreadEnumerator : public nsISimpleEnumerator {
+public:
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+    
+  // nsISimpleEnumerator methods:
+  NS_DECL_NSISIMPLEENUMERATOR
+    
+  // nsMsgGroupThreadEnumerator methods:
+  typedef nsresult (*nsMsgGroupThreadEnumeratorFilter)(nsIMsgDBHdr* hdr, void* closure);
+  
+  nsMsgGroupThreadEnumerator(nsMsgGroupThread *thread, nsMsgKey startKey,
+  nsMsgGroupThreadEnumeratorFilter filter, void* closure);
+  int32_t MsgKeyFirstChildIndex(nsMsgKey inMsgKey);
+  
+protected:
+  virtual ~nsMsgGroupThreadEnumerator();
+  
+  nsresult                Prefetch();
+  
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr>  mResultHdr;
+  nsMsgGroupThread*       mThread;
+  nsMsgKey                mThreadParentKey;
+  nsMsgKey                mFirstMsgKey;
+  int32_t                 mChildIndex;
+  bool                    mDone;
+  bool                    mNeedToPrefetch;
+  nsMsgGroupThreadEnumeratorFilter     mFilter;
+  void*                   mClosure;
+  bool                    mFoundChildren;
+};
+
+nsMsgGroupThreadEnumerator::nsMsgGroupThreadEnumerator(nsMsgGroupThread *thread, nsMsgKey startKey,
+                                             nsMsgGroupThreadEnumeratorFilter filter, void* closure)
+                                             : mDone(false),
+                                             mFilter(filter), mClosure(closure), mFoundChildren(false)
+{
+  mThreadParentKey = startKey;
+  mChildIndex = 0;
+  mThread = thread;
+  mNeedToPrefetch = true;
+  mFirstMsgKey = nsMsgKey_None;
+  
+  nsresult rv = mThread->GetRootHdr(nullptr, getter_AddRefs(mResultHdr));
+  
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && mResultHdr)
+    mResultHdr->GetMessageKey(&mFirstMsgKey);
+  
+  uint32_t numChildren;
+  mThread->GetNumChildren(&numChildren);
+  
+  if (mThreadParentKey != nsMsgKey_None)
+  {
+    nsMsgKey msgKey = nsMsgKey_None;
+    uint32_t childIndex = 0;
+    
+    
+    for (childIndex = 0; childIndex < numChildren; childIndex++)
+    {
+      rv = mThread->GetChildHdrAt(childIndex, getter_AddRefs(mResultHdr));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && mResultHdr)
+      {
+        mResultHdr->GetMessageKey(&msgKey);
+        
+        if (msgKey == startKey)
+        {
+          mChildIndex = MsgKeyFirstChildIndex(msgKey);
+          mDone = (mChildIndex < 0);
+          break;
+        }
+        
+        if (mDone)
+          break;
+        
+      }
+      else
+        NS_ASSERTION(false, "couldn't get child from thread");
+    }
+  }
+  
+#ifdef DEBUG_bienvenu1
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> child;
+  for (uint32_t childIndex = 0; childIndex < numChildren; childIndex++)
+  {
+    rv = mThread->GetChildHdrAt(childIndex, getter_AddRefs(child));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && child)
+    {
+      nsMsgKey threadParent;
+      nsMsgKey msgKey;
+      // we're only doing one level of threading, so check if caller is
+      // asking for children of the first message in the thread or not.
+      // if not, we will tell him there are no children.
+      child->GetMessageKey(&msgKey);
+      child->GetThreadParent(&threadParent);
+      
+      printf("index = %ld key = %ld parent = %lx\n", childIndex, msgKey, threadParent);
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+  NS_ADDREF(thread);
+}
+
+nsMsgGroupThreadEnumerator::~nsMsgGroupThreadEnumerator()
+{
+    NS_RELEASE(mThread);
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMsgGroupThreadEnumerator, nsISimpleEnumerator)
+
+
+int32_t nsMsgGroupThreadEnumerator::MsgKeyFirstChildIndex(nsMsgKey inMsgKey)
+{
+  //	if (msgKey != mThreadParentKey)
+  //		mDone = true;
+  // look through rest of thread looking for a child of this message.
+  // If the inMsgKey is the first message in the thread, then all children
+  // without parents are considered to be children of inMsgKey.
+  // Otherwise, only true children qualify.
+  uint32_t numChildren;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> curHdr;
+  int32_t firstChildIndex = -1;
+  
+  mThread->GetNumChildren(&numChildren);
+  
+  // if this is the first message in the thread, just check if there's more than
+  // one message in the thread.
+  //	if (inMsgKey == mThread->m_threadRootKey)
+  //		return (numChildren > 1) ? 1 : -1;
+  
+  for (uint32_t curChildIndex = 0; curChildIndex < numChildren; curChildIndex++)
+  {
+    nsresult rv = mThread->GetChildHdrAt(curChildIndex, getter_AddRefs(curHdr));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && curHdr)
+    {
+      nsMsgKey parentKey;
+      
+      curHdr->GetThreadParent(&parentKey);
+      if (parentKey == inMsgKey)
+      {
+        firstChildIndex = curChildIndex;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+#ifdef DEBUG_bienvenu1
+  printf("first child index of %ld = %ld\n", inMsgKey, firstChildIndex);
+#endif
+  return firstChildIndex;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgGroupThreadEnumerator::GetNext(nsISupports **aItem)
+{
+  if (!aItem)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  
+  if (mNeedToPrefetch)
+    rv = Prefetch();
+  
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && mResultHdr) 
+  {
+    *aItem = mResultHdr;
+    NS_ADDREF(*aItem);
+    mNeedToPrefetch = true;
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgGroupThreadEnumerator::Prefetch()
+{
+  nsresult rv=NS_OK;          // XXX or should this default to an error?
+  mResultHdr = nullptr;
+  if (mThreadParentKey == nsMsgKey_None)
+  {
+    rv = mThread->GetRootHdr(&mChildIndex, getter_AddRefs(mResultHdr));
+    NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && mResultHdr, "better be able to get root hdr");
+    mChildIndex = 0; // since root can be anywhere, set mChildIndex to 0.
+  }
+  else if (!mDone)
+  {
+    uint32_t numChildren;
+    mThread->GetNumChildren(&numChildren);
+    
+    while ((uint32_t)mChildIndex < numChildren)
+    {
+      rv  = mThread->GetChildHdrAt(mChildIndex++, getter_AddRefs(mResultHdr));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && mResultHdr)
+      {
+        nsMsgKey parentKey;
+        nsMsgKey curKey;
+        
+        if (mFilter && NS_FAILED(mFilter(mResultHdr, mClosure))) {
+          mResultHdr = nullptr;
+          continue;
+        }
+        
+        mResultHdr->GetThreadParent(&parentKey);
+        mResultHdr->GetMessageKey(&curKey);
+        // if the parent is the same as the msg we're enumerating over,
+        // or the parentKey isn't set, and we're iterating over the top
+        // level message in the thread, then leave mResultHdr set to cur msg.
+        if (parentKey == mThreadParentKey || 
+          (parentKey == nsMsgKey_None 
+          && mThreadParentKey == mFirstMsgKey && curKey != mThreadParentKey))
+          break;
+        mResultHdr = nullptr;
+      }
+      else
+        NS_ASSERTION(false, "better be able to get child");
+    }
+    if (!mResultHdr && mThreadParentKey == mFirstMsgKey && !mFoundChildren && numChildren > 1)
+    {
+//      mThread->ReparentMsgsWithInvalidParent(numChildren, mThreadParentKey);
+    }
+  }
+  if (!mResultHdr) 
+  {
+    mDone = true;
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) 
+  {
+    mDone = true;
+    return rv;
+  }
+  else
+    mNeedToPrefetch = false;
+  mFoundChildren = true;
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_bienvenu1
+	nsMsgKey debugMsgKey;
+	mResultHdr->GetMessageKey(&debugMsgKey);
+	printf("next for %ld = %ld\n", mThreadParentKey, debugMsgKey);
+#endif
+
+    return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgGroupThreadEnumerator::HasMoreElements(bool *aResult)
+{
+  if (!aResult)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+  if (mNeedToPrefetch)
+    Prefetch();
+  *aResult = !mDone;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgGroupThread::EnumerateMessages(nsMsgKey parentKey, nsISimpleEnumerator* *result)
+{
+    nsMsgGroupThreadEnumerator* e = new nsMsgGroupThreadEnumerator(this, parentKey, nullptr, nullptr);
+    if (e == nullptr)
+        return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+    NS_ADDREF(e);
+    *result = e;
+
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+#if 0
+nsresult nsMsgGroupThread::ReparentMsgsWithInvalidParent(uint32_t numChildren, nsMsgKey threadParentKey)
+{
+  nsresult ret = NS_OK;
+  // run through looking for messages that don't have a correct parent, 
+  // i.e., a parent that's in the thread!
+  for (int32_t childIndex = 0; childIndex < (int32_t) numChildren; childIndex++)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> curChild;
+    ret  = GetChildHdrAt(childIndex, getter_AddRefs(curChild));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(ret) && curChild)
+    {
+      nsMsgKey parentKey;
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> parent;
+      
+      curChild->GetThreadParent(&parentKey);
+      
+      if (parentKey != nsMsgKey_None)
+      {
+        GetChild(parentKey, getter_AddRefs(parent));
+        if (!parent)
+          curChild->SetThreadParent(threadParentKey);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return ret;
+}
+#endif
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgGroupThread::GetRootHdr(int32_t *resultIndex, nsIMsgDBHdr **result)
+{
+  if (!result)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+  
+  *result = nullptr;
+  
+  if (m_threadRootKey != nsMsgKey_None)
+  {
+    nsresult ret = GetChildHdrForKey(m_threadRootKey, result, resultIndex);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(ret) && *result)
+      return ret;
+    else
+    {
+      printf("need to reset thread root key\n");
+      uint32_t numChildren;
+      nsMsgKey threadParentKey = nsMsgKey_None;
+      GetNumChildren(&numChildren);
+      
+      for (uint32_t childIndex = 0; childIndex < numChildren; childIndex++)
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> curChild;
+        ret  = GetChildHdrAt(childIndex, getter_AddRefs(curChild));
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(ret) && curChild)
+        {
+          nsMsgKey parentKey;
+          
+          curChild->GetThreadParent(&parentKey);
+          if (parentKey == nsMsgKey_None)
+          {
+            NS_ASSERTION(!(*result), "two top level msgs, not good");
+            curChild->GetMessageKey(&threadParentKey);
+            m_threadRootKey = threadParentKey;
+            if (resultIndex)
+              *resultIndex = childIndex;
+            *result = curChild;
+            NS_ADDREF(*result);
+//            ReparentMsgsWithInvalidParent(numChildren, threadParentKey);
+            //            return NS_OK;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      if (*result)
+      {
+        return NS_OK;
+      }
+    }
+    // if we can't get the thread root key, we'll just get the first hdr.
+    // there's a bug where sometimes we weren't resetting the thread root key 
+    // when removing the thread root key.
+  }
+  if (resultIndex)
+    *resultIndex = 0;
+  return GetChildHdrAt(0, result);
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgGroupThread::ChangeUnreadChildCount(int32_t delta)
+{
+  m_numUnreadChildren += delta;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgGroupThread::GetChildHdrForKey(nsMsgKey desiredKey, nsIMsgDBHdr **result, int32_t *resultIndex)
+{
+  uint32_t numChildren;
+  uint32_t childIndex = 0;
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;        // XXX or should this default to an error?
+  
+  if (!result)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+  
+  GetNumChildren(&numChildren);
+
+  for (childIndex = 0; childIndex < numChildren; childIndex++)
+  {
+    rv = GetChildHdrAt(childIndex, result);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && *result)
+    {
+      nsMsgKey msgKey;
+      // we're only doing one level of threading, so check if caller is
+      // asking for children of the first message in the thread or not.
+      // if not, we will tell him there are no children.
+      (*result)->GetMessageKey(&msgKey);
+      
+      if (msgKey == desiredKey)
+        break;
+      NS_RELEASE(*result);
+    }
+  }
+  if (resultIndex)
+    *resultIndex = (int32_t) childIndex;
+  
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgGroupThread::GetFirstUnreadChild(nsIMsgDBHdr **result)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(result);
+  uint32_t numChildren;
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  
+  GetNumChildren(&numChildren);
+  
+  if ((int32_t) numChildren < 0)
+    numChildren = 0;
+  
+  for (uint32_t childIndex = 0; childIndex < numChildren; childIndex++)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> child;
+    rv = GetChildHdrAt(childIndex, getter_AddRefs(child));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && child)
+    {
+      nsMsgKey msgKey;
+      child->GetMessageKey(&msgKey);
+      
+      bool isRead;
+      rv = m_db->IsRead(msgKey, &isRead);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !isRead)
+      {
+        *result = child;
+        NS_ADDREF(*result);
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgGroupThread::GetNewestMsgDate(uint32_t *aResult) 
+{
+  // if this hasn't been set, figure it out by enumerating the msgs in the thread.
+  if (!m_newestMsgDate)
+  {
+    uint32_t numChildren;
+    nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  
+    GetNumChildren(&numChildren);
+  
+    for (uint32_t childIndex = 0; childIndex < numChildren; childIndex++)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> child;
+      rv = GetChildHdrAt(childIndex, getter_AddRefs(child));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && child)
+      {
+        uint32_t msgDate;
+        child->GetDateInSeconds(&msgDate);
+        if (msgDate > m_newestMsgDate)
+          m_newestMsgDate = msgDate;
+      }
+    }
+  
+  }
+  *aResult = m_newestMsgDate;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgGroupThread::SetNewestMsgDate(uint32_t aNewestMsgDate) 
+{
+  m_newestMsgDate = aNewestMsgDate;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsMsgXFGroupThread::nsMsgXFGroupThread()
+{
+}
+
+nsMsgXFGroupThread::~nsMsgXFGroupThread()
+{
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgXFGroupThread::GetNumChildren(uint32_t *aNumChildren)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aNumChildren);
+  *aNumChildren = m_folders.Length();
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgXFGroupThread::GetChildHdrAt(uint32_t aIndex, nsIMsgDBHdr **aResult)
+{
+  if (aIndex >= m_folders.Length())
+    return NS_MSG_MESSAGE_NOT_FOUND;
+  return m_folders.ObjectAt(aIndex)->GetMessageHeader(m_keys[aIndex], aResult);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgXFGroupThread::GetChildKeyAt(uint32_t aIndex, nsMsgKey *aResult)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(false, "shouldn't call this");
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgXFGroupThread::RemoveChildAt(uint32_t aIndex)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(aIndex < m_folders.Length(), NS_MSG_MESSAGE_NOT_FOUND);
+
+  nsresult rv = nsMsgGroupThread::RemoveChildAt(aIndex);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  m_folders.RemoveElementAt(aIndex);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+void nsMsgXFGroupThread::InsertMsgHdrAt(nsMsgViewIndex index, nsIMsgDBHdr *hdr)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder;
+  hdr->GetFolder(getter_AddRefs(folder));
+  m_folders.InsertObjectAt(folder, index);
+  nsMsgGroupThread::InsertMsgHdrAt(index, hdr);
+}
+
+void nsMsgXFGroupThread::SetMsgHdrAt(nsMsgViewIndex index, nsIMsgDBHdr *hdr)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder;
+  hdr->GetFolder(getter_AddRefs(folder));
+  m_folders.ReplaceObjectAt(folder, index);
+  nsMsgGroupThread::SetMsgHdrAt(index, hdr);
+}
+
+nsMsgViewIndex nsMsgXFGroupThread::FindMsgHdr(nsIMsgDBHdr *hdr)
+{
+  nsMsgKey msgKey;
+  hdr->GetMessageKey(&msgKey);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder;
+  hdr->GetFolder(getter_AddRefs(folder));
+  size_t index = 0;
+  while (true) {
+    index = m_keys.IndexOf(msgKey, index);
+    if (index == m_keys.NoIndex || m_folders[index] == folder)
+      break;
+    index++;
+  }
+  return (nsMsgViewIndex)index;
+}
+
+nsMsgViewIndex nsMsgXFGroupThread::AddMsgHdrInDateOrder(nsIMsgDBHdr *child, nsMsgDBView *view)
+{
+  nsMsgViewIndex insertIndex = nsMsgGroupThread::AddMsgHdrInDateOrder(child, view);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder;
+  child->GetFolder(getter_AddRefs(folder));
+  m_folders.InsertObjectAt(folder, insertIndex);
+  return insertIndex;
+}
+nsMsgViewIndex 
+nsMsgXFGroupThread::GetInsertIndexFromView(nsMsgDBView *view, 
+                                          nsIMsgDBHdr *child, 
+                                          nsMsgViewSortOrderValue threadSortOrder)
+{
+   return view->GetInsertIndexHelper(child, m_keys, &m_folders, threadSortOrder, nsMsgViewSortType::byDate);
+}
+
diff --git a/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgGroupThread.h b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgGroupThread.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3d1cb4fb4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgGroupThread.h
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "mozilla/Attributes.h"
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "nsCOMArray.h"
+#include "nsIMsgThread.h"
+#include "MailNewsTypes.h"
+#include "nsTArray.h"
+#include "nsIMsgDatabase.h"
+#include "nsIMsgHdr.h"
+#include "nsMsgDBView.h"
+
+class nsMsgGroupView;
+
+class nsMsgGroupThread : public nsIMsgThread
+{
+public:
+  friend class nsMsgGroupView;
+
+  nsMsgGroupThread();
+  nsMsgGroupThread(nsIMsgDatabase *db);
+
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGTHREAD
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+
+protected:
+  virtual ~nsMsgGroupThread();
+
+  void      Init();
+  nsMsgViewIndex AddChildFromGroupView(nsIMsgDBHdr *child, nsMsgDBView *view);
+  nsresult  RemoveChild(nsMsgKey msgKey);
+  nsresult  RerootThread(nsIMsgDBHdr *newParentOfOldRoot, nsIMsgDBHdr *oldRoot, nsIDBChangeAnnouncer *announcer);
+
+  virtual nsMsgViewIndex AddMsgHdrInDateOrder(nsIMsgDBHdr *child, nsMsgDBView *view);
+  virtual nsMsgViewIndex GetInsertIndexFromView(nsMsgDBView *view, 
+                                          nsIMsgDBHdr *child, 
+                                          nsMsgViewSortOrderValue threadSortOrder);
+  nsresult ReparentNonReferenceChildrenOf(nsIMsgDBHdr *topLevelHdr, nsMsgKey newParentKey,
+                                                            nsIDBChangeAnnouncer *announcer);
+
+  nsresult ReparentChildrenOf(nsMsgKey oldParent, nsMsgKey newParent, nsIDBChangeAnnouncer *announcer);
+  nsresult ChangeUnreadChildCount(int32_t delta);
+  nsresult GetChildHdrForKey(nsMsgKey desiredKey, nsIMsgDBHdr **result, int32_t *resultIndex);
+  uint32_t NumRealChildren();
+  virtual void InsertMsgHdrAt(nsMsgViewIndex index, nsIMsgDBHdr *hdr);
+  virtual void SetMsgHdrAt(nsMsgViewIndex index, nsIMsgDBHdr *hdr);
+  virtual nsMsgViewIndex FindMsgHdr(nsIMsgDBHdr *hdr);
+
+  nsMsgKey        m_threadKey; 
+  uint32_t        m_numUnreadChildren;	
+  uint32_t        m_flags;
+  nsMsgKey        m_threadRootKey;
+  uint32_t        m_newestMsgDate;
+  nsTArray<nsMsgKey> m_keys;
+  bool            m_dummy; // top level msg is a dummy, e.g., grouped by age.
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDatabase> m_db; // should we make a weak ref or just a ptr?
+};
+
+class nsMsgXFGroupThread : public nsMsgGroupThread
+{
+public:
+  nsMsgXFGroupThread();
+
+  NS_IMETHOD GetNumChildren(uint32_t *aNumChildren) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetChildKeyAt(uint32_t aIndex, nsMsgKey *aResult) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetChildHdrAt(uint32_t aIndex, nsIMsgDBHdr **aResult) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD RemoveChildAt(uint32_t aIndex) override;
+protected:
+  virtual ~nsMsgXFGroupThread();
+
+  virtual void InsertMsgHdrAt(nsMsgViewIndex index,
+                              nsIMsgDBHdr *hdr) override;
+  virtual void SetMsgHdrAt(nsMsgViewIndex index, nsIMsgDBHdr *hdr) override;
+  virtual nsMsgViewIndex FindMsgHdr(nsIMsgDBHdr *hdr) override;
+  virtual nsMsgViewIndex AddMsgHdrInDateOrder(nsIMsgDBHdr *child, 
+                                              nsMsgDBView *view) override;
+  virtual nsMsgViewIndex GetInsertIndexFromView(nsMsgDBView *view, 
+                                          nsIMsgDBHdr *child, 
+                                          nsMsgViewSortOrderValue threadSortOrder
+                                                ) override;
+
+  nsCOMArray<nsIMsgFolder> m_folders;
+};
+
diff --git a/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgGroupView.cpp b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgGroupView.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f3d9a2704
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgGroupView.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1024 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "nsMsgGroupView.h"
+#include "nsIMsgHdr.h"
+#include "nsIMsgThread.h"
+#include "nsIDBFolderInfo.h"
+#include "nsIMsgSearchSession.h"
+#include "nsMsgGroupThread.h"
+#include "nsITreeColumns.h"
+#include "nsMsgMessageFlags.h"
+#include <plhash.h>
+#include "mozilla/Attributes.h"
+
+#define MSGHDR_CACHE_LOOK_AHEAD_SIZE  25    // Allocate this more to avoid reallocation on new mail.
+#define MSGHDR_CACHE_MAX_SIZE         8192  // Max msghdr cache entries.
+#define MSGHDR_CACHE_DEFAULT_SIZE     100
+
+nsMsgGroupView::nsMsgGroupView()
+{
+  m_dayChanged = false;
+  m_lastCurExplodedTime.tm_mday = 0;
+}
+
+nsMsgGroupView::~nsMsgGroupView()
+{
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgGroupView::Open(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder, nsMsgViewSortTypeValue aSortType, nsMsgViewSortOrderValue aSortOrder, nsMsgViewFlagsTypeValue aViewFlags, int32_t *aCount)
+{
+  nsresult rv = nsMsgDBView::Open(aFolder, aSortType, aSortOrder, aViewFlags, aCount);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIDBFolderInfo> dbFolderInfo;
+  PersistFolderInfo(getter_AddRefs(dbFolderInfo));
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsISimpleEnumerator> headers;
+  rv = m_db->EnumerateMessages(getter_AddRefs(headers));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  return OpenWithHdrs(headers, aSortType, aSortOrder, aViewFlags, aCount);
+}
+
+void nsMsgGroupView::InternalClose()
+{
+  m_groupsTable.Clear();
+  // nothing to do if we're not grouped.
+  if (!(m_viewFlags & nsMsgViewFlagsType::kGroupBySort))
+    return;
+
+  bool rcvDate = false;
+
+  if (m_sortType == nsMsgViewSortType::byReceived)
+    rcvDate = true;
+  if (m_db &&
+      ((m_sortType == nsMsgViewSortType::byDate) ||
+       (m_sortType == nsMsgViewSortType::byReceived)))
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIDBFolderInfo> dbFolderInfo;
+    m_db->GetDBFolderInfo(getter_AddRefs(dbFolderInfo));
+    if (dbFolderInfo)
+    {
+      uint32_t expandFlags = 0;
+      uint32_t num = GetSize();
+
+      for (uint32_t i = 0; i < num; i++)
+      {
+        if (m_flags[i] & MSG_VIEW_FLAG_ISTHREAD && ! (m_flags[i] & nsMsgMessageFlags::Elided))
+        {
+          nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+          GetMsgHdrForViewIndex(i, getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+          if (msgHdr)
+          {
+            uint32_t ageBucket;
+            nsresult rv = GetAgeBucketValue(msgHdr, &ageBucket, rcvDate);
+            if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+              expandFlags |=  1 << ageBucket;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      dbFolderInfo->SetUint32Property("dateGroupFlags", expandFlags);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgGroupView::Close()
+{
+  InternalClose();
+  return nsMsgDBView::Close();
+}
+
+// Set rcvDate to true to get the Received: date instead of the Date: date.
+nsresult nsMsgGroupView::GetAgeBucketValue(nsIMsgDBHdr *aMsgHdr, uint32_t * aAgeBucket, bool rcvDate)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMsgHdr);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aAgeBucket);
+
+  PRTime dateOfMsg;
+  nsresult rv;
+  if (!rcvDate)
+    rv = aMsgHdr->GetDate(&dateOfMsg);
+  else
+  {
+    uint32_t rcvDateSecs;
+    rv = aMsgHdr->GetUint32Property("dateReceived", &rcvDateSecs);
+    Seconds2PRTime(rcvDateSecs, &dateOfMsg);
+  }
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  PRTime currentTime = PR_Now();
+  PRExplodedTime currentExplodedTime;
+  PR_ExplodeTime(currentTime, PR_LocalTimeParameters, &currentExplodedTime);
+  PRExplodedTime explodedMsgTime;
+  PR_ExplodeTime(dateOfMsg, PR_LocalTimeParameters, &explodedMsgTime);
+
+  if (m_lastCurExplodedTime.tm_mday &&
+     m_lastCurExplodedTime.tm_mday != currentExplodedTime.tm_mday)
+    m_dayChanged = true; // this will cause us to rebuild the view.
+
+  m_lastCurExplodedTime = currentExplodedTime;
+  if (currentExplodedTime.tm_year == explodedMsgTime.tm_year &&
+      currentExplodedTime.tm_month == explodedMsgTime.tm_month &&
+      currentExplodedTime.tm_mday == explodedMsgTime.tm_mday)
+  {
+    // same day...
+    *aAgeBucket = 1;
+  }
+  // figure out how many days ago this msg arrived
+  else if (currentTime > dateOfMsg)
+  {
+    // setting the time variables to local time
+    int64_t GMTLocalTimeShift = currentExplodedTime.tm_params.tp_gmt_offset +
+      currentExplodedTime.tm_params.tp_dst_offset;
+    GMTLocalTimeShift *= PR_USEC_PER_SEC;
+    currentTime += GMTLocalTimeShift;
+    dateOfMsg += GMTLocalTimeShift;
+
+    // the most recent midnight, counting from current time
+    int64_t mostRecentMidnight = currentTime - currentTime % PR_USEC_PER_DAY;
+    int64_t yesterday = mostRecentMidnight - PR_USEC_PER_DAY;
+    // most recent midnight minus 6 days
+    int64_t mostRecentWeek = mostRecentMidnight - (PR_USEC_PER_DAY * 6);
+
+    // was the message sent yesterday?
+    if (dateOfMsg >= yesterday) // yes ....
+      *aAgeBucket = 2;
+    else if (dateOfMsg >= mostRecentWeek)
+      *aAgeBucket = 3;
+    else
+    {
+      int64_t lastTwoWeeks = mostRecentMidnight - PR_USEC_PER_DAY * 13;
+      *aAgeBucket = (dateOfMsg >= lastTwoWeeks) ? 4 : 5;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    // All that remains is a future date.
+    *aAgeBucket = 6;
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgGroupView::HashHdr(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr, nsString& aHashKey)
+{
+  nsCString cStringKey;
+  aHashKey.Truncate();
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  bool rcvDate = false;
+
+  switch (m_sortType)
+  {
+    case nsMsgViewSortType::bySubject:
+      (void) msgHdr->GetSubject(getter_Copies(cStringKey));
+      CopyASCIItoUTF16(cStringKey, aHashKey);
+      break;
+    case nsMsgViewSortType::byAuthor:
+      rv = nsMsgDBView::FetchAuthor(msgHdr, aHashKey);
+      break;
+    case nsMsgViewSortType::byRecipient:
+      (void) msgHdr->GetRecipients(getter_Copies(cStringKey));
+      CopyASCIItoUTF16(cStringKey, aHashKey);
+      break;
+    case nsMsgViewSortType::byAccount:
+    case nsMsgViewSortType::byTags:
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDatabase> dbToUse = m_db;
+
+        if (!dbToUse) // probably search view
+          GetDBForViewIndex(0, getter_AddRefs(dbToUse));
+
+        rv = (m_sortType == nsMsgViewSortType::byAccount)
+          ? FetchAccount(msgHdr, aHashKey)
+          : FetchTags(msgHdr, aHashKey);
+      }
+      break;
+    case nsMsgViewSortType::byAttachments:
+      {
+        uint32_t flags;
+        msgHdr->GetFlags(&flags);
+        aHashKey.Assign(flags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Attachment ? '1' : '0');
+        break;
+      }
+    case nsMsgViewSortType::byFlagged:
+      {
+        uint32_t flags;
+        msgHdr->GetFlags(&flags);
+        aHashKey.Assign(flags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Marked ? '1' : '0');
+        break;
+      }
+    case nsMsgViewSortType::byPriority:
+      {
+        nsMsgPriorityValue priority;
+        msgHdr->GetPriority(&priority);
+        aHashKey.AppendInt(priority);
+      }
+      break;
+    case nsMsgViewSortType::byStatus:
+      {
+        uint32_t status = 0;
+        GetStatusSortValue(msgHdr, &status);
+        aHashKey.AppendInt(status);
+      }
+      break;
+    case nsMsgViewSortType::byReceived:
+      rcvDate = true;
+      MOZ_FALLTHROUGH;
+    case nsMsgViewSortType::byDate:
+    {
+      uint32_t ageBucket;
+      rv = GetAgeBucketValue(msgHdr, &ageBucket, rcvDate);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        aHashKey.AppendInt(ageBucket);
+      break;
+    }
+    case nsMsgViewSortType::byCustom:
+    {
+      nsIMsgCustomColumnHandler* colHandler = GetCurColumnHandler();
+      if (colHandler)
+      {
+        bool isString;
+        colHandler->IsString(&isString);
+        if (isString)
+          rv = colHandler->GetSortStringForRow(msgHdr, aHashKey);
+        else
+        {
+          uint32_t intKey;
+          rv = colHandler->GetSortLongForRow(msgHdr, &intKey);
+          aHashKey.AppendInt(intKey);
+        }
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case nsMsgViewSortType::byCorrespondent:
+      if (IsOutgoingMsg(msgHdr))
+        rv = FetchRecipients(msgHdr, aHashKey);
+      else
+        rv = FetchAuthor(msgHdr, aHashKey);
+      break;
+    default:
+      NS_ASSERTION(false, "no hash key for this type");
+      rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsMsgGroupThread *nsMsgGroupView::CreateGroupThread(nsIMsgDatabase *db)
+{
+  return new nsMsgGroupThread(db);
+}
+
+nsMsgGroupThread *nsMsgGroupView::AddHdrToThread(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr, bool *pNewThread)
+{
+  nsMsgKey msgKey;
+  uint32_t msgFlags;
+  msgHdr->GetMessageKey(&msgKey);
+  msgHdr->GetFlags(&msgFlags);
+  nsString hashKey;
+  nsresult rv = HashHdr(msgHdr, hashKey);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return nullptr;
+
+//  if (m_sortType == nsMsgViewSortType::byDate)
+//    msgKey = ((nsPRUint32Key *) hashKey)->GetValue();
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgThread> msgThread;
+  m_groupsTable.Get(hashKey, getter_AddRefs(msgThread));
+  bool newThread = !msgThread;
+  *pNewThread = newThread;
+  nsMsgViewIndex viewIndexOfThread; // index of first message in thread in view
+  nsMsgViewIndex threadInsertIndex; // index of newly added header in thread
+
+  nsMsgGroupThread *foundThread = static_cast<nsMsgGroupThread *>(msgThread.get());
+  if (foundThread) 
+  {
+    // find the view index of the root node of the thread in the view
+    viewIndexOfThread = GetIndexOfFirstDisplayedKeyInThread(foundThread,
+                                                            true);
+    if (viewIndexOfThread == nsMsgViewIndex_None)
+    {
+      // Something is wrong with the group table. Remove the old group and
+      // insert a new one.
+      m_groupsTable.Remove(hashKey);
+      foundThread = nullptr;
+      *pNewThread = newThread = true;
+    }
+  }
+  // If the thread does not already exist, create one
+  if (!foundThread)
+  {
+    foundThread = CreateGroupThread(m_db);
+    msgThread = do_QueryInterface(foundThread);
+    m_groupsTable.Put(hashKey, msgThread);
+    if (GroupViewUsesDummyRow())
+    {
+      foundThread->m_dummy = true;
+      msgFlags |=  MSG_VIEW_FLAG_DUMMY | MSG_VIEW_FLAG_HASCHILDREN;
+    }
+
+    viewIndexOfThread = GetInsertIndex(msgHdr);
+    if (viewIndexOfThread == nsMsgViewIndex_None)
+      viewIndexOfThread = m_keys.Length();
+
+    // add the thread root node to the view
+    InsertMsgHdrAt(viewIndexOfThread, msgHdr, msgKey,
+                   msgFlags | MSG_VIEW_FLAG_ISTHREAD | nsMsgMessageFlags::Elided, 0);
+
+    // For dummy rows, Have the header serve as the dummy node (it will be added
+    //  again for its actual content later.)
+    if (GroupViewUsesDummyRow())
+      foundThread->InsertMsgHdrAt(0, msgHdr);
+
+    // Calculate the (integer thread key); this really only needs to be done for
+    //  the byDate case where the expanded state of the groups can be easily
+    //  persisted and restored because of the bounded, consecutive value space
+    //  occupied.  We calculate an integer value in all cases mainly because
+    //  it's the sanest choice available...
+    // (The thread key needs to be an integer, so parse hash keys that are
+    //  stringified integers to real integers, and hash actual strings into
+    //  integers.)
+    if ((m_sortType == nsMsgViewSortType::byAttachments) ||
+        (m_sortType == nsMsgViewSortType::byFlagged) ||
+        (m_sortType == nsMsgViewSortType::byPriority) ||
+        (m_sortType == nsMsgViewSortType::byStatus) ||
+        (m_sortType == nsMsgViewSortType::byReceived) ||
+        (m_sortType == nsMsgViewSortType::byDate))
+      foundThread->m_threadKey =
+        atoi(NS_LossyConvertUTF16toASCII(hashKey).get());
+    else
+      foundThread->m_threadKey = (nsMsgKey)
+        PL_HashString(NS_LossyConvertUTF16toASCII(hashKey).get());
+  }
+  // Add the message to the thread as an actual content-bearing header.
+  // (If we use dummy rows, it was already added to the thread during creation.)
+  threadInsertIndex = foundThread->AddChildFromGroupView(msgHdr, this);
+  // check if new hdr became thread root
+  if (!newThread && threadInsertIndex == 0)
+  {
+    // update the root node's header (in the view) to be the same as the root
+    //  node in the thread.
+    SetMsgHdrAt(msgHdr, viewIndexOfThread, msgKey,
+                (msgFlags & ~(nsMsgMessageFlags::Elided)) |
+                  // maintain elided flag and dummy flag
+                  (m_flags[viewIndexOfThread] & (nsMsgMessageFlags::Elided
+                                                 | MSG_VIEW_FLAG_DUMMY))
+                  // ensure thread and has-children flags are set
+                  | MSG_VIEW_FLAG_ISTHREAD | MSG_VIEW_FLAG_HASCHILDREN, 0);
+    // update the content-bearing copy in the thread to match.  (the root and
+    //  first nodes in the thread should always be the same header.)
+    // note: the guy who used to be the root will still exist.  If our list of
+    //  nodes was [A A], a new node B is introduced which sorts to be the first
+    //  node, giving us [B A A], our copy makes that [B B A], and things are
+    //  right in the world (since we want the first two headers to be the same
+    //  since one is our dummy and one is real.)
+    if (GroupViewUsesDummyRow())
+      foundThread->SetMsgHdrAt(1, msgHdr); // replace the old duplicate dummy header.
+    // we do not update the content-bearing copy in the view to match; we leave
+    //  that up to OnNewHeader, which is the piece of code who gets to care
+    //  about whether the thread's children are shown or not (elided)
+  }
+
+  return foundThread;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgGroupView::OpenWithHdrs(nsISimpleEnumerator *aHeaders, nsMsgViewSortTypeValue aSortType,
+                                        nsMsgViewSortOrderValue aSortOrder, nsMsgViewFlagsTypeValue aViewFlags,
+                                        int32_t *aCount)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  m_groupsTable.Clear();
+  if (aSortType == nsMsgViewSortType::byThread || aSortType == nsMsgViewSortType::byId
+    || aSortType == nsMsgViewSortType::byNone || aSortType == nsMsgViewSortType::bySize)
+    return NS_ERROR_INVALID_ARG;
+
+  m_sortType = aSortType;
+  m_sortOrder = aSortOrder;
+  m_viewFlags = aViewFlags | nsMsgViewFlagsType::kThreadedDisplay | nsMsgViewFlagsType::kGroupBySort;
+  SaveSortInfo(m_sortType, m_sortOrder);
+
+  if (m_sortType == nsMsgViewSortType::byCustom)
+  {
+    // If the desired sort is a custom column and there is no handler found,
+    // it hasn't been registered yet; after the custom column observer is
+    // notified with MsgCreateDBView and registers the handler, it will come
+    // back and build the view.
+    nsIMsgCustomColumnHandler* colHandler = GetCurColumnHandler();
+    if (!colHandler)
+      return rv;
+  }
+
+  bool hasMore;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsISupports> supports;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+  while (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && NS_SUCCEEDED(rv = aHeaders->HasMoreElements(&hasMore)) && hasMore)
+  {
+    rv = aHeaders->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(supports));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && supports)
+    {
+      bool notUsed;
+      msgHdr = do_QueryInterface(supports);
+      AddHdrToThread(msgHdr, &notUsed);
+    }
+  }
+  uint32_t expandFlags = 0;
+  bool expandAll = m_viewFlags & nsMsgViewFlagsType::kExpandAll;
+  uint32_t viewFlag = (m_sortType == nsMsgViewSortType::byDate) ? MSG_VIEW_FLAG_DUMMY : 0;
+  if (viewFlag && m_db)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIDBFolderInfo> dbFolderInfo;
+    nsresult rv = m_db->GetDBFolderInfo(getter_AddRefs(dbFolderInfo));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    if (dbFolderInfo)
+      dbFolderInfo->GetUint32Property("dateGroupFlags",  0, &expandFlags);
+  }
+  // go through the view updating the flags for threads with more than one message...
+  // and if grouped by date, expanding threads that were expanded before.
+  for (uint32_t viewIndex = 0; viewIndex < m_keys.Length(); viewIndex++)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgThread> thread;
+    GetThreadContainingIndex(viewIndex, getter_AddRefs(thread));
+    if (thread)
+    {
+      uint32_t numChildren;
+      thread->GetNumChildren(&numChildren);
+      if (numChildren > 1 || viewFlag)
+        OrExtraFlag(viewIndex, viewFlag | MSG_VIEW_FLAG_HASCHILDREN);
+      if (expandAll || expandFlags)
+      {
+        nsMsgGroupThread *groupThread = static_cast<nsMsgGroupThread *>((nsIMsgThread *) thread);
+        if (expandAll || expandFlags & (1 << groupThread->m_threadKey))
+        {
+          uint32_t numExpanded;
+          ExpandByIndex(viewIndex, &numExpanded);
+          viewIndex += numExpanded;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  *aCount = m_keys.Length();
+  return rv;
+}
+
+// we wouldn't need this if we never instantiated this directly,
+// but instead used nsMsgThreadedDBView with the grouping flag set.
+// Or, we could get rid of the nsMsgThreadedDBView impl of this method.
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgGroupView::GetViewType(nsMsgViewTypeValue *aViewType)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aViewType);
+    *aViewType = nsMsgViewType::eShowAllThreads; 
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgGroupView::CopyDBView(nsMsgDBView *aNewMsgDBView, nsIMessenger *aMessengerInstance, 
+                                       nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow, nsIMsgDBViewCommandUpdater *aCmdUpdater)
+{
+  nsMsgDBView::CopyDBView(aNewMsgDBView, aMessengerInstance, aMsgWindow, aCmdUpdater);
+  nsMsgGroupView* newMsgDBView = (nsMsgGroupView *) aNewMsgDBView;
+
+  // If grouped, we need to clone the group thread hash table.
+  if (m_viewFlags & nsMsgViewFlagsType::kGroupBySort) {
+    for (auto iter = m_groupsTable.Iter(); !iter.Done(); iter.Next()) {
+      newMsgDBView->m_groupsTable.Put(iter.Key(), iter.UserData());
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// E.g., if the day has changed, we need to close and re-open the view.
+// Or, if we're switching between grouping and threading in a cross-folder
+// saved search. In that case, we needed to build an enumerator based on the
+// old view type, and internally close the view based on its old type, but
+// rebuild the new view based on the new view type. So we pass the new
+// view flags to OpenWithHdrs.
+nsresult nsMsgGroupView::RebuildView(nsMsgViewFlagsTypeValue newFlags)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr <nsISimpleEnumerator> headers;
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(GetMessageEnumerator(getter_AddRefs(headers))))
+  {
+    int32_t count;
+    m_dayChanged = false;
+    AutoTArray<nsMsgKey, 1> preservedSelection;
+    nsMsgKey curSelectedKey;
+    SaveAndClearSelection(&curSelectedKey, preservedSelection);
+    InternalClose();
+    int32_t oldSize = GetSize();
+    // this is important, because the tree will ask us for our
+    // row count, which get determine from the number of keys.
+    m_keys.Clear();
+    // be consistent
+    m_flags.Clear();
+    m_levels.Clear();
+
+    // this needs to happen after we remove all the keys, since RowCountChanged() will call our GetRowCount()
+    if (mTree)
+      mTree->RowCountChanged(0, -oldSize);
+    SetSuppressChangeNotifications(true);
+    nsresult rv = OpenWithHdrs(headers, m_sortType, m_sortOrder, newFlags, &count);
+    SetSuppressChangeNotifications(false);
+    if (mTree)
+      mTree->RowCountChanged(0, GetSize());
+
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+    // now, restore our desired selection
+    AutoTArray<nsMsgKey, 1> keyArray;
+    keyArray.AppendElement(curSelectedKey);
+
+    return RestoreSelection(curSelectedKey, keyArray);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgGroupView::OnNewHeader(nsIMsgDBHdr *newHdr, nsMsgKey aParentKey, bool ensureListed)
+{
+  if (!(m_viewFlags & nsMsgViewFlagsType::kGroupBySort))
+    return nsMsgDBView::OnNewHeader(newHdr, aParentKey, ensureListed);
+
+  // check if we're adding a header, and the current day has changed. If it has, we're just going to
+  // close and re-open the view so things will be correctly categorized.
+  if (m_dayChanged)
+    return RebuildView(m_viewFlags);
+
+  bool newThread;
+  nsMsgGroupThread *thread = AddHdrToThread(newHdr, &newThread);
+  if (thread)
+  {
+    // find the view index of (the root node of) the thread
+    nsMsgViewIndex threadIndex = ThreadIndexOfMsgHdr(newHdr);
+    // may need to fix thread counts
+    if (threadIndex != nsMsgViewIndex_None)
+    {
+      if (newThread)
+      {
+        // AddHdrToThread creates the header elided, so we need to un-elide it
+        //  if we want it expanded.
+        if(m_viewFlags & nsMsgViewFlagsType::kExpandAll)
+          m_flags[threadIndex] &= ~nsMsgMessageFlags::Elided;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        m_flags[threadIndex] |= MSG_VIEW_FLAG_HASCHILDREN
+                                | MSG_VIEW_FLAG_ISTHREAD;
+      }
+
+      int32_t numRowsToInvalidate = 1;
+      // if the thread is expanded (not elided), we should add the header to
+      //  the view.
+      if (! (m_flags[threadIndex] & nsMsgMessageFlags::Elided))
+      {
+        uint32_t msgIndexInThread = thread->FindMsgHdr(newHdr);
+        bool insertedAtThreadRoot = !msgIndexInThread;
+        // Add any new display node and potentially fix-up changes in the root.
+        // (If this is a new thread and we are not using a dummy row, the only
+        //  node to display is the root node which has already been added by
+        //  AddHdrToThread.  And since there is just the one, no change in root
+        //  could have occurred, so we have nothing to do.)
+        if (!newThread || GroupViewUsesDummyRow())
+        {
+          // we never want to insert/update the root node, because
+          //  AddHdrToThread has already done that for us (in all cases).
+          if (insertedAtThreadRoot)
+            msgIndexInThread++;
+          // If this header is the new parent of the thread... AND
+          // If we are not using a dummy row, this means we need to append our
+          //  old node as the first child of the new root.
+          // (If we are using a dummy row, the old node's "content" node already
+          //  exists (at position threadIndex + 1) and we need to insert the
+          //  "content" copy of the new root node there, pushing our old
+          //  "content" node down.)
+          // Example mini-diagrams, wrapping the to-add thing with ()
+          //  No dummy row; we had: [A], now we have [B], we want [B (A)].
+          //  Dummy row; we had: [A A], now we have [B A], we want [B (B) A].
+          //  (Coming into this we're adding 'B')
+          if (!newThread && insertedAtThreadRoot && !GroupViewUsesDummyRow())
+          {
+            // grab a copy of the old root node ('A') from the thread so we can
+            //  insert it. (offset msgIndexInThread=1 is the right thing; we are
+            //  non-dummy.)
+            thread->GetChildHdrAt(msgIndexInThread, &newHdr);
+          } // nothing to do for dummy case, we're already inserting 'B'.
+          nsMsgKey msgKey;
+          uint32_t msgFlags;
+          newHdr->GetMessageKey(&msgKey);
+          newHdr->GetFlags(&msgFlags);
+          InsertMsgHdrAt(threadIndex + msgIndexInThread, newHdr, msgKey,
+                         msgFlags, 1);
+        }
+        // the call to NoteChange() has to happen after we add the key
+        // as NoteChange() will call RowCountChanged() which will call our GetRowCount()
+        // (msgIndexInThread states.  new thread: 0, old thread at root: 1)
+        if (newThread && GroupViewUsesDummyRow())
+          NoteChange(threadIndex, 2, nsMsgViewNotificationCode::insertOrDelete);
+        else
+          NoteChange(threadIndex + msgIndexInThread, 1,
+                     nsMsgViewNotificationCode::insertOrDelete);
+        numRowsToInvalidate = msgIndexInThread;
+      }
+      // we still need the addition notification for new threads when elided
+      else if (newThread)
+      {
+        NoteChange(threadIndex, 1,
+                   nsMsgViewNotificationCode::insertOrDelete);
+      }
+      NoteChange(threadIndex, numRowsToInvalidate, nsMsgViewNotificationCode::changed);
+    }
+  }
+  // if thread is expanded, we need to add hdr to view...
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgGroupView::OnHdrFlagsChanged(nsIMsgDBHdr *aHdrChanged, uint32_t aOldFlags,
+                                      uint32_t aNewFlags, nsIDBChangeListener *aInstigator)
+{
+  if (!(m_viewFlags & nsMsgViewFlagsType::kGroupBySort))
+    return nsMsgDBView::OnHdrFlagsChanged(aHdrChanged, aOldFlags, aNewFlags,
+                                          aInstigator);
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgThread> thread;
+
+  // check if we're adding a header, and the current day has changed. If it has, we're just going to
+  // close and re-open the view so things will be correctly categorized.
+  if (m_dayChanged)
+    return RebuildView(m_viewFlags);
+
+  nsresult rv = GetThreadContainingMsgHdr(aHdrChanged, getter_AddRefs(thread));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  uint32_t deltaFlags = (aOldFlags ^ aNewFlags);
+  if (deltaFlags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Read)
+    thread->MarkChildRead(aNewFlags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Read);
+
+  return nsMsgDBView::OnHdrFlagsChanged(aHdrChanged, aOldFlags, aNewFlags, aInstigator);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgGroupView::OnHdrDeleted(nsIMsgDBHdr *aHdrDeleted, nsMsgKey aParentKey, int32_t aFlags,
+                            nsIDBChangeListener *aInstigator)
+{
+  if (!(m_viewFlags & nsMsgViewFlagsType::kGroupBySort))
+    return nsMsgDBView::OnHdrDeleted(aHdrDeleted, aParentKey, aFlags, aInstigator);
+
+  // check if we're adding a header, and the current day has changed. If it has, we're just going to
+  // close and re-open the view so things will be correctly categorized.
+  if (m_dayChanged)
+    return RebuildView(m_viewFlags);
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgThread> thread;
+  nsMsgKey keyDeleted;
+  aHdrDeleted->GetMessageKey(&keyDeleted);
+
+  nsresult rv = GetThreadContainingMsgHdr(aHdrDeleted, getter_AddRefs(thread));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  nsMsgViewIndex viewIndexOfThread = GetIndexOfFirstDisplayedKeyInThread(
+                                       thread, true); // yes to dummy node
+  thread->RemoveChildHdr(aHdrDeleted, nullptr);
+
+  nsMsgGroupThread *groupThread = static_cast<nsMsgGroupThread *>((nsIMsgThread *) thread);
+
+  bool rootDeleted = viewIndexOfThread != nsMsgKey_None &&
+    m_keys[viewIndexOfThread] == keyDeleted;
+  rv = nsMsgDBView::OnHdrDeleted(aHdrDeleted, aParentKey, aFlags, aInstigator);
+  if (groupThread->m_dummy)
+  {
+    if (!groupThread->NumRealChildren())
+    {
+      thread->RemoveChildAt(0); // get rid of dummy
+      if (viewIndexOfThread != nsMsgKey_None)
+      {
+        RemoveByIndex(viewIndexOfThread);
+        if (m_deletingRows)
+          mIndicesToNoteChange.AppendElement(viewIndexOfThread);
+      }
+    }
+    else if (rootDeleted)
+    {
+      // reflect new thread root into view.dummy row.
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> hdr;
+      thread->GetChildHdrAt(0, getter_AddRefs(hdr));
+      if (hdr)
+      {
+        nsMsgKey msgKey;
+        hdr->GetMessageKey(&msgKey);
+        SetMsgHdrAt(hdr, viewIndexOfThread, msgKey, m_flags[viewIndexOfThread], 0);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  if (!groupThread->m_keys.Length())
+  {
+    nsString hashKey;
+    rv = HashHdr(aHdrDeleted, hashKey);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      m_groupsTable.Remove(hashKey);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgGroupView::GetRowProperties(int32_t aRow, nsAString& aProperties)
+{
+  if (!IsValidIndex(aRow))
+    return NS_MSG_INVALID_DBVIEW_INDEX;
+
+  if (m_flags[aRow] & MSG_VIEW_FLAG_DUMMY)
+  {
+    aProperties.AssignLiteral("dummy");
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  return nsMsgDBView::GetRowProperties(aRow, aProperties);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgGroupView::GetCellProperties(int32_t aRow,
+                                                nsITreeColumn *aCol,
+                                                nsAString& aProperties)
+{
+  if (!IsValidIndex(aRow))
+    return NS_MSG_INVALID_DBVIEW_INDEX;
+
+  if (m_flags[aRow] & MSG_VIEW_FLAG_DUMMY)
+  {
+    aProperties.AssignLiteral("dummy read");
+
+    if (!(m_flags[aRow] & nsMsgMessageFlags::Elided))
+      return NS_OK;
+
+    // Set unread property if a collapsed group thread has unread.
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+    nsresult rv = GetMsgHdrForViewIndex(aRow, getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    nsString hashKey;
+    rv = HashHdr(msgHdr, hashKey);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      return NS_OK;
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgThread> msgThread;
+    m_groupsTable.Get(hashKey, getter_AddRefs(msgThread));
+    nsMsgGroupThread *groupThread = static_cast<nsMsgGroupThread *>(msgThread.get());
+    if (!groupThread)
+      return NS_OK;
+
+    uint32_t numUnrMsg = 0;
+    groupThread->GetNumUnreadChildren(&numUnrMsg);
+    if (numUnrMsg > 0)
+      aProperties.AppendLiteral(" hasUnread");
+
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  return nsMsgDBView::GetCellProperties(aRow, aCol, aProperties);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgGroupView::CellTextForColumn(int32_t aRow,
+                                                const char16_t *aColumnName,
+                                                nsAString &aValue) {
+  if (!IsValidIndex(aRow))
+    return NS_MSG_INVALID_DBVIEW_INDEX;
+
+  if (m_flags[aRow] & MSG_VIEW_FLAG_DUMMY && aColumnName[0] != 'u')
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+    nsresult rv = GetMsgHdrForViewIndex(aRow, getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    nsString hashKey;
+    rv = HashHdr(msgHdr, hashKey);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      return NS_OK;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgThread> msgThread;
+    m_groupsTable.Get(hashKey, getter_AddRefs(msgThread));
+    nsMsgGroupThread * groupThread = static_cast<nsMsgGroupThread *>(msgThread.get());
+    if (aColumnName[0] == 's'  && aColumnName[1] == 'u' )
+    {
+      uint32_t flags;
+      bool rcvDate = false;
+      msgHdr->GetFlags(&flags);
+      aValue.Truncate();
+      nsString tmp_str;
+      switch (m_sortType)
+      {
+        case nsMsgViewSortType::byReceived:
+          rcvDate = true;
+          MOZ_FALLTHROUGH;
+        case nsMsgViewSortType::byDate:
+        {
+          uint32_t ageBucket = 0;
+          GetAgeBucketValue(msgHdr, &ageBucket, rcvDate);
+          switch (ageBucket)
+          {
+          case 1:
+            if (m_kTodayString.IsEmpty())
+              m_kTodayString.Adopt(GetString(u"today"));
+            aValue.Assign(m_kTodayString);
+            break;
+          case 2:
+            if (m_kYesterdayString.IsEmpty())
+              m_kYesterdayString.Adopt(GetString(u"yesterday"));
+            aValue.Assign(m_kYesterdayString);
+            break;
+          case 3:
+            if (m_kLastWeekString.IsEmpty())
+              m_kLastWeekString.Adopt(GetString(u"last7Days"));
+            aValue.Assign(m_kLastWeekString);
+            break;
+          case 4:
+            if (m_kTwoWeeksAgoString.IsEmpty())
+              m_kTwoWeeksAgoString.Adopt(GetString(u"last14Days"));
+            aValue.Assign(m_kTwoWeeksAgoString);
+            break;
+          case 5:
+            if (m_kOldMailString.IsEmpty())
+              m_kOldMailString.Adopt(GetString(u"older"));
+            aValue.Assign(m_kOldMailString);
+            break;
+          default:
+            // Future date, error/spoofed.
+            if (m_kFutureDateString.IsEmpty())
+              m_kFutureDateString.Adopt(GetString(u"futureDate"));
+            aValue.Assign(m_kFutureDateString);
+            break;
+          }
+          break;
+        }
+        case nsMsgViewSortType::bySubject:
+          FetchSubject(msgHdr, m_flags[aRow], aValue);
+          break;
+        case nsMsgViewSortType::byAuthor:
+          FetchAuthor(msgHdr, aValue);
+          break;
+        case nsMsgViewSortType::byStatus:
+          rv = FetchStatus(m_flags[aRow], aValue);
+          if (aValue.IsEmpty()) {
+            tmp_str.Adopt(GetString(u"messagesWithNoStatus"));
+            aValue.Assign(tmp_str);
+          }
+          break;
+        case nsMsgViewSortType::byTags:
+          rv = FetchTags(msgHdr, aValue);
+          if (aValue.IsEmpty()) {
+            tmp_str.Adopt(GetString(u"untaggedMessages"));
+            aValue.Assign(tmp_str);
+          }
+          break;
+        case nsMsgViewSortType::byPriority:
+          FetchPriority(msgHdr, aValue);
+          if (aValue.IsEmpty()) {
+            tmp_str.Adopt(GetString(u"noPriority"));
+            aValue.Assign(tmp_str);
+          }
+          break;
+        case nsMsgViewSortType::byAccount:
+          FetchAccount(msgHdr, aValue);
+          break;
+        case nsMsgViewSortType::byRecipient:
+          FetchRecipients(msgHdr, aValue);
+          break;
+        case nsMsgViewSortType::byAttachments:
+          tmp_str.Adopt(GetString(flags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Attachment ?
+            u"attachments" : u"noAttachments"));
+          aValue.Assign(tmp_str);
+          break;
+        case nsMsgViewSortType::byFlagged:
+          tmp_str.Adopt(GetString(flags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Marked ?
+            u"groupFlagged" : u"notFlagged"));
+          aValue.Assign(tmp_str);
+          break;
+        // byLocation is a special case; we don't want to have duplicate
+        //  all this logic in nsMsgSearchDBView, and its hash key is what we
+        //  want anyways, so just copy it across.
+        case nsMsgViewSortType::byLocation:
+        case nsMsgViewSortType::byCorrespondent:
+          aValue = hashKey;
+          break;
+        case nsMsgViewSortType::byCustom:
+        {
+          nsIMsgCustomColumnHandler* colHandler = GetCurColumnHandler();
+          if (colHandler)
+          {
+            bool isString;
+            colHandler->IsString(&isString);
+            if (isString)
+              rv = colHandler->GetSortStringForRow(msgHdr.get(), aValue);
+            else
+            {
+              uint32_t intKey;
+              rv = colHandler->GetSortLongForRow(msgHdr.get(), &intKey);
+              aValue.AppendInt(intKey);
+            }
+          }
+          if (aValue.IsEmpty())
+            aValue.AssignLiteral("*");
+          break;
+        }
+
+        default:
+          NS_ASSERTION(false, "we don't sort by group for this type");
+          break;
+      }
+
+      if (groupThread)
+      {
+        // Get number of messages in group
+        nsAutoString formattedCountMsg;
+        uint32_t numMsg = groupThread->NumRealChildren();
+        formattedCountMsg.AppendInt(numMsg);
+
+        // Get number of unread messages
+        nsAutoString formattedCountUnrMsg;
+        uint32_t numUnrMsg = 0;
+        groupThread->GetNumUnreadChildren(&numUnrMsg);
+        formattedCountUnrMsg.AppendInt(numUnrMsg);
+
+        // Add text to header
+        aValue.Append(NS_LITERAL_STRING(" ("));
+        if (numUnrMsg)
+        {
+          aValue.Append(formattedCountUnrMsg);
+          aValue.Append(NS_LITERAL_STRING("/"));
+        }
+
+        aValue.Append(formattedCountMsg);
+        aValue.Append(NS_LITERAL_STRING(")"));
+      }
+    }
+    else if (aColumnName[0] == 't' && aColumnName[1] == 'o')
+    {
+      nsAutoString formattedCountString;
+      uint32_t numChildren = (groupThread) ? groupThread->NumRealChildren() : 0;
+      formattedCountString.AppendInt(numChildren);
+      aValue.Assign(formattedCountString);
+    }
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  return nsMsgDBView::CellTextForColumn(aRow, aColumnName, aValue);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgGroupView::LoadMessageByViewIndex(nsMsgViewIndex aViewIndex)
+{
+  if (!IsValidIndex(aViewIndex))
+    return NS_MSG_INVALID_DBVIEW_INDEX;
+
+  if (m_flags[aViewIndex] & MSG_VIEW_FLAG_DUMMY)
+  {
+    // if we used to have one item selected, and now we have more than one, we should clear the message pane.
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgWindow> msgWindow(do_QueryReferent(mMsgWindowWeak));
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgWindowCommands> windowCommands;
+    if (msgWindow && NS_SUCCEEDED(msgWindow->GetWindowCommands(getter_AddRefs(windowCommands))) && windowCommands)
+      windowCommands->ClearMsgPane();
+    // since we are selecting a dummy row, we should also clear out m_currentlyDisplayedMsgUri
+    m_currentlyDisplayedMsgUri.Truncate();
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  else
+    return nsMsgDBView::LoadMessageByViewIndex(aViewIndex);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgGroupView::GetThreadContainingMsgHdr(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr, nsIMsgThread **pThread)
+{
+  if (!(m_viewFlags & nsMsgViewFlagsType::kGroupBySort))
+    return nsMsgDBView::GetThreadContainingMsgHdr(msgHdr, pThread);
+
+  nsString hashKey;
+  nsresult rv = HashHdr(msgHdr, hashKey);
+  *pThread = nullptr;
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgThread> thread;
+    m_groupsTable.Get(hashKey, getter_AddRefs(thread));
+    thread.swap(*pThread);
+  }
+  return (*pThread) ? NS_OK : NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+int32_t nsMsgGroupView::FindLevelInThread(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr,
+                                          nsMsgViewIndex startOfThread, nsMsgViewIndex viewIndex)
+{
+  if (!(m_viewFlags & nsMsgViewFlagsType::kGroupBySort))
+    return nsMsgDBView::FindLevelInThread(msgHdr, startOfThread, viewIndex);
+  return (startOfThread == viewIndex) ? 0 : 1;
+}
+
+bool nsMsgGroupView::GroupViewUsesDummyRow()
+{
+  // Return true to always use a header row as root grouped parent row.
+  return true;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgGroupView::AddColumnHandler(const nsAString& column,
+                                                 nsIMsgCustomColumnHandler* handler)
+{
+  nsMsgDBView::AddColumnHandler(column, handler);
+
+  // If the sortType is byCustom and the desired custom column is the one just
+  // registered, build the view.
+  if (m_viewFlags & nsMsgViewFlagsType::kGroupBySort &&
+      m_sortType == nsMsgViewSortType::byCustom)
+  {
+    nsAutoString curCustomColumn;
+    GetCurCustomColumn(curCustomColumn);
+    if (curCustomColumn == column)
+      RebuildView(m_viewFlags);
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgGroupView.h b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgGroupView.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6a2d526da
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgGroupView.h
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _nsMsgGroupView_H_
+#define _nsMsgGroupView_H_
+
+#include "mozilla/Attributes.h"
+#include "nsMsgDBView.h"
+#include "nsInterfaceHashtable.h"
+
+class nsIMsgThread;
+class nsMsgGroupThread;
+
+// Please note that if you override a method of nsMsgDBView,
+// you will most likely want to check the m_viewFlags to see if
+// we're grouping, and if not, call the base class implementation.
+class nsMsgGroupView : public nsMsgDBView
+{
+public:
+  nsMsgGroupView();
+  virtual ~nsMsgGroupView();
+
+  NS_IMETHOD Open(nsIMsgFolder *folder, nsMsgViewSortTypeValue sortType,
+                  nsMsgViewSortOrderValue sortOrder, nsMsgViewFlagsTypeValue viewFlags,
+                  int32_t *pCount) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD OpenWithHdrs(nsISimpleEnumerator *aHeaders, nsMsgViewSortTypeValue aSortType,
+                                        nsMsgViewSortOrderValue aSortOrder, nsMsgViewFlagsTypeValue aViewFlags,
+                                        int32_t *aCount) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetViewType(nsMsgViewTypeValue *aViewType) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD CopyDBView(nsMsgDBView *aNewMsgDBView, nsIMessenger *aMessengerInstance,
+                        nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow, nsIMsgDBViewCommandUpdater *aCmdUpdater);
+  NS_IMETHOD Close() override;
+  NS_IMETHOD OnHdrDeleted(nsIMsgDBHdr *aHdrDeleted, nsMsgKey aParentKey, int32_t aFlags, 
+                          nsIDBChangeListener *aInstigator) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD OnHdrFlagsChanged(nsIMsgDBHdr *aHdrChanged, uint32_t aOldFlags, 
+                               uint32_t aNewFlags, nsIDBChangeListener *aInstigator) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD LoadMessageByViewIndex(nsMsgViewIndex aViewIndex) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetCellProperties(int32_t aRow, nsITreeColumn *aCol, nsAString& aProperties) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetRowProperties(int32_t aRow, nsAString& aProperties) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD CellTextForColumn(int32_t aRow, const char16_t *aColumnName,
+                               nsAString &aValue) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetThreadContainingMsgHdr(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr, nsIMsgThread **pThread) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD AddColumnHandler(const nsAString& column, nsIMsgCustomColumnHandler* handler) override;
+
+protected:
+  virtual void InternalClose();
+  nsMsgGroupThread *AddHdrToThread(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr, bool *pNewThread);
+  virtual nsresult HashHdr(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr, nsString& aHashKey);
+  nsresult GetAgeBucketValue(nsIMsgDBHdr *aMsgHdr, uint32_t * aAgeBucket, bool rcvDate = false); // helper function to get the age bucket for a hdr, useful when grouped by date
+  nsresult OnNewHeader(nsIMsgDBHdr *newHdr, nsMsgKey aParentKey, bool /*ensureListed*/) override;
+  virtual int32_t FindLevelInThread(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr, nsMsgViewIndex startOfThread, nsMsgViewIndex viewIndex) override;
+
+  // Returns true if we are grouped by a sort attribute that uses a dummy row.
+  bool GroupViewUsesDummyRow();
+  nsresult RebuildView(nsMsgViewFlagsTypeValue viewFlags);
+  virtual nsMsgGroupThread *CreateGroupThread(nsIMsgDatabase *db);
+
+  nsInterfaceHashtable <nsStringHashKey, nsIMsgThread> m_groupsTable;
+  PRExplodedTime m_lastCurExplodedTime;
+  bool m_dayChanged;
+
+private:
+  nsString m_kTodayString;
+  nsString m_kYesterdayString;
+  nsString m_kLastWeekString;
+  nsString m_kTwoWeeksAgoString;
+  nsString m_kOldMailString;
+  nsString m_kFutureDateString;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgMailSession.cpp b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgMailSession.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f9e396988
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgMailSession.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,761 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "msgCore.h" // for pre-compiled headers
+#include "nsMsgBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsMsgMailSession.h"
+#include "nsIMsgMessageService.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "nsIMsgAccountManager.h"
+#include "nsIChromeRegistry.h"
+#include "nsIDirectoryService.h"
+#include "nsAppDirectoryServiceDefs.h"
+#include "nsPIDOMWindow.h"
+#include "nsIDocShell.h"
+#include "nsIDocument.h"
+#include "nsIDOMDocument.h"
+#include "nsIDOMElement.h"
+#include "nsIObserverService.h"
+#include "nsIAppStartup.h"
+#include "nsToolkitCompsCID.h"
+#include "nsISupportsPrimitives.h"
+#include "nsIAppShellService.h"
+#include "nsAppShellCID.h"
+#include "nsIWindowMediator.h"
+#include "nsIWindowWatcher.h"
+#include "nsIMsgMailNewsUrl.h"
+#include "prcmon.h"
+#include "nsThreadUtils.h"
+#include "nsComponentManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsIProperties.h"
+#include "mozilla/Services.h"
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMsgMailSession, nsIMsgMailSession, nsIFolderListener)
+
+nsMsgMailSession::nsMsgMailSession()
+{
+}
+
+
+nsMsgMailSession::~nsMsgMailSession()
+{
+  Shutdown();
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgMailSession::Init()
+{
+  // Ensures the shutdown service is initialised
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgShutdownService> shutdownService =
+    do_GetService(NS_MSGSHUTDOWNSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgMailSession::Shutdown()
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailSession::AddFolderListener(nsIFolderListener *aListener,
+                                                  uint32_t aNotifyFlags)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aListener);
+
+  // we don't care about the notification flags for equivalence purposes
+  size_t index = mListeners.IndexOf(aListener);
+  NS_ASSERTION(index == size_t(-1), "tried to add duplicate listener");
+  if (index == size_t(-1))
+  {
+    folderListener newListener(aListener, aNotifyFlags);
+    mListeners.AppendElement(newListener);
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailSession::RemoveFolderListener(nsIFolderListener *aListener)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aListener);
+
+  mListeners.RemoveElement(aListener);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+#define NOTIFY_FOLDER_LISTENERS(propertyflag_, propertyfunc_, params_) \
+  PR_BEGIN_MACRO                                                       \
+  nsTObserverArray<folderListener>::ForwardIterator iter(mListeners);  \
+  while (iter.HasMore()) {                                             \
+    const folderListener &fL = iter.GetNext();                         \
+    if (fL.mNotifyFlags & nsIFolderListener::propertyflag_)            \
+      fL.mListener->propertyfunc_ params_;                             \
+  }                                                                    \
+  PR_END_MACRO
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgMailSession::OnItemPropertyChanged(nsIMsgFolder *aItem,
+                                        nsIAtom *aProperty,
+                                        const char* aOldValue,
+                                        const char* aNewValue)
+{
+  NOTIFY_FOLDER_LISTENERS(propertyChanged, OnItemPropertyChanged,
+                          (aItem, aProperty, aOldValue, aNewValue));
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgMailSession::OnItemUnicharPropertyChanged(nsIMsgFolder *aItem,
+                                               nsIAtom *aProperty,
+                                               const char16_t* aOldValue,
+                                               const char16_t* aNewValue)
+{
+  NOTIFY_FOLDER_LISTENERS(unicharPropertyChanged, OnItemUnicharPropertyChanged,
+                          (aItem, aProperty, aOldValue, aNewValue));
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgMailSession::OnItemIntPropertyChanged(nsIMsgFolder *aItem,
+                                           nsIAtom *aProperty,
+                                           int64_t aOldValue,
+                                           int64_t aNewValue)
+{
+  NOTIFY_FOLDER_LISTENERS(intPropertyChanged, OnItemIntPropertyChanged,
+                          (aItem, aProperty, aOldValue, aNewValue));
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgMailSession::OnItemBoolPropertyChanged(nsIMsgFolder *aItem,
+                                            nsIAtom *aProperty,
+                                            bool aOldValue,
+                                            bool aNewValue)
+{
+  NOTIFY_FOLDER_LISTENERS(boolPropertyChanged, OnItemBoolPropertyChanged,
+                          (aItem, aProperty, aOldValue, aNewValue));
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgMailSession::OnItemPropertyFlagChanged(nsIMsgDBHdr *aItem,
+                                            nsIAtom *aProperty,
+                                            uint32_t aOldValue,
+                                            uint32_t aNewValue)
+{
+  NOTIFY_FOLDER_LISTENERS(propertyFlagChanged, OnItemPropertyFlagChanged,
+                          (aItem, aProperty, aOldValue, aNewValue));
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailSession::OnItemAdded(nsIMsgFolder *aParentItem,
+                                            nsISupports *aItem)
+{
+  NOTIFY_FOLDER_LISTENERS(added, OnItemAdded, (aParentItem, aItem));
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailSession::OnItemRemoved(nsIMsgFolder *aParentItem,
+                                              nsISupports *aItem)
+{
+  NOTIFY_FOLDER_LISTENERS(removed, OnItemRemoved, (aParentItem, aItem));
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailSession::OnItemEvent(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder,
+                                            nsIAtom *aEvent)
+{
+  NOTIFY_FOLDER_LISTENERS(event, OnItemEvent, (aFolder, aEvent));
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgMailSession::AddUserFeedbackListener(nsIMsgUserFeedbackListener *aListener)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aListener);
+
+  size_t index = mFeedbackListeners.IndexOf(aListener);
+  NS_ASSERTION(index == size_t(-1), "tried to add duplicate listener");
+  if (index == size_t(-1))
+    mFeedbackListeners.AppendElement(aListener);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgMailSession::RemoveUserFeedbackListener(nsIMsgUserFeedbackListener *aListener)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aListener);
+
+  mFeedbackListeners.RemoveElement(aListener);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgMailSession::AlertUser(const nsAString &aMessage, nsIMsgMailNewsUrl *aUrl)
+{
+  bool listenersNotified = false;
+  nsTObserverArray<nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgUserFeedbackListener> >::ForwardIterator iter(mFeedbackListeners);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgUserFeedbackListener> listener;
+
+  while (iter.HasMore())
+  {
+    bool notified = false;
+    listener = iter.GetNext();
+    listener->OnAlert(aMessage, aUrl, &notified);
+    listenersNotified = listenersNotified || notified;
+  }
+
+  // If the listeners notified the user, then we don't need to. Also exit if
+  // aUrl is null because we won't have a nsIMsgWindow in that case.
+  if (listenersNotified || !aUrl)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  // If the url hasn't got a message window, then the error was a generated as a
+  // result of background activity (e.g. autosync, biff, etc), and hence we
+  // shouldn't prompt either.
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgWindow> msgWindow;
+  aUrl->GetMsgWindow(getter_AddRefs(msgWindow));
+
+  if (!msgWindow)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrompt> dialog;
+  msgWindow->GetPromptDialog(getter_AddRefs(dialog));
+
+  if (!dialog) // if we didn't get one, use the default....
+  {
+    nsresult rv;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIWindowWatcher> wwatch =
+      do_GetService(NS_WINDOWWATCHER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    wwatch->GetNewPrompter(0, getter_AddRefs(dialog));
+  }
+
+  if (dialog)
+    return dialog->Alert(nullptr, PromiseFlatString(aMessage).get());
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgMailSession::GetTopmostMsgWindow(nsIMsgWindow **aMsgWindow)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMsgWindow);
+
+  *aMsgWindow = nullptr;
+
+  uint32_t count = mWindows.Count();
+
+  if (count == 1)
+  {
+    NS_ADDREF(*aMsgWindow = mWindows[0]);
+    return (*aMsgWindow) ? NS_OK : NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+  else if (count > 1)
+  {
+    // If multiple message windows then we have lots more work.
+    nsresult rv;
+
+    // The msgWindows array does not hold z-order info. Use mediator to get
+    // the top most window then match that with the msgWindows array.
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIWindowMediator> windowMediator =
+      do_GetService(NS_WINDOWMEDIATOR_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleEnumerator> windowEnum;
+
+#if defined (XP_UNIX)
+    // The window managers under Unix/X11 do not support ZOrder information,
+    // so we have to use the normal enumeration call here.
+    rv = windowMediator->GetEnumerator(nullptr, getter_AddRefs(windowEnum));
+#else
+    rv = windowMediator->GetZOrderDOMWindowEnumerator(nullptr, true,
+                                                      getter_AddRefs(windowEnum));
+#endif
+
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> windowSupports;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsPIDOMWindowOuter> topMostWindow;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMDocument> domDocument;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMElement> domElement;
+    nsAutoString windowType;
+    bool more;
+
+    // loop to get the top most with attibute "mail:3pane" or "mail:messageWindow"
+    windowEnum->HasMoreElements(&more);
+    while (more)
+    {
+      rv = windowEnum->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(windowSupports));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      NS_ENSURE_TRUE(windowSupports, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+
+      topMostWindow = do_QueryInterface(windowSupports, &rv);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      NS_ENSURE_TRUE(topMostWindow, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+
+      domDocument = do_QueryInterface(topMostWindow->GetDoc());
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      NS_ENSURE_TRUE(domDocument, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+
+      rv = domDocument->GetDocumentElement(getter_AddRefs(domElement));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      NS_ENSURE_TRUE(domElement, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+
+      rv = domElement->GetAttribute(NS_LITERAL_STRING("windowtype"), windowType);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      if (windowType.EqualsLiteral("mail:3pane") ||
+          windowType.EqualsLiteral("mail:messageWindow"))
+        break;
+
+      windowEnum->HasMoreElements(&more);
+    }
+
+    // identified the top most window
+    if (more)
+    {
+      // use this for the match
+      nsIDocShell *topDocShell = topMostWindow->GetDocShell();
+
+      // loop for the msgWindow array to find the match
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIDocShell> docShell;
+
+      while (count)
+      {
+        nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow = mWindows[--count];
+
+        rv = msgWindow->GetRootDocShell(getter_AddRefs(docShell));
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+        if (topDocShell == docShell)
+        {
+          NS_IF_ADDREF(*aMsgWindow = msgWindow);
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return (*aMsgWindow) ? NS_OK : NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailSession::AddMsgWindow(nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(msgWindow);
+
+  mWindows.AppendObject(msgWindow);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailSession::RemoveMsgWindow(nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow)
+{
+  mWindows.RemoveObject(msgWindow);
+  // Mac keeps a hidden window open so the app doesn't shut down when
+  // the last window is closed. So don't shutdown the account manager in that
+  // case. Similarly, for suite, we don't want to disable mailnews when the
+  // last mail window is closed.
+#if !defined(XP_MACOSX) && !defined(MOZ_SUITE)
+  if (!mWindows.Count())
+  {
+    nsresult rv;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccountManager> accountManager = 
+      do_GetService(NS_MSGACCOUNTMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      return rv;
+    accountManager->CleanupOnExit();
+  }
+#endif
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailSession::IsFolderOpenInWindow(nsIMsgFolder *folder, bool *aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+
+  *aResult = false;
+
+  uint32_t count = mWindows.Count();
+
+  for(uint32_t i = 0; i < count; i++)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> openFolder;
+    mWindows[i]->GetOpenFolder(getter_AddRefs(openFolder));
+    if (folder == openFolder.get())
+    {
+      *aResult = true;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgMailSession::ConvertMsgURIToMsgURL(const char *aURI, nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow, char **aURL)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aURI);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aURL);
+
+  // convert the rdf msg uri into a url that represents the message...
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgMessageService> msgService;
+  nsresult rv = GetMessageServiceFromURI(nsDependentCString(aURI), getter_AddRefs(msgService));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> tURI;
+  rv = msgService->GetUrlForUri(aURI, getter_AddRefs(tURI), aMsgWindow);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER);
+
+  nsAutoCString urlString;
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(tURI->GetSpec(urlString)))
+  {
+    *aURL = ToNewCString(urlString);
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aURL);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// GetSelectedLocaleDataDir - If a locale is selected, appends the selected locale to the
+//                            defaults data dir and returns that new defaults data dir
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+nsresult
+nsMsgMailSession::GetSelectedLocaleDataDir(nsIFile *defaultsDir)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(defaultsDir);
+
+  bool baseDirExists = false;
+  nsresult rv = defaultsDir->Exists(&baseDirExists);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  if (baseDirExists) {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIXULChromeRegistry> packageRegistry =
+      mozilla::services::GetXULChromeRegistryService();
+    if (packageRegistry) {
+      nsAutoCString localeName;
+      rv = packageRegistry->GetSelectedLocale(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("global-region"), false, localeName);
+
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !localeName.IsEmpty()) {
+        bool localeDirExists = false;
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> localeDataDir;
+
+        rv = defaultsDir->Clone(getter_AddRefs(localeDataDir));
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+        rv = localeDataDir->AppendNative(localeName);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+        rv = localeDataDir->Exists(&localeDirExists);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+        if (localeDirExists) {
+          // use locale provider instead
+          rv = defaultsDir->AppendNative(localeName);
+          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// GetDataFilesDir - Gets the application's default folder and then appends the
+//                   subdirectory named passed in as param dirName. If there is a selected
+//                   locale, will append that to the dir path before returning the value
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgMailSession::GetDataFilesDir(const char* dirName, nsIFile **dataFilesDir)
+{
+
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(dirName);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(dataFilesDir);
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIProperties> directoryService =
+    do_GetService(NS_DIRECTORY_SERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> defaultsDir;
+  rv = directoryService->Get(NS_APP_DEFAULTS_50_DIR,
+                             NS_GET_IID(nsIFile),
+                             getter_AddRefs(defaultsDir));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = defaultsDir->AppendNative(nsDependentCString(dirName));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    rv = GetSelectedLocaleDataDir(defaultsDir);
+
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*dataFilesDir = defaultsDir);
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+/********************************************************************************/
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMsgShutdownService, nsIMsgShutdownService, nsIUrlListener, nsIObserver)
+
+nsMsgShutdownService::nsMsgShutdownService()
+: mQuitMode(nsIAppStartup::eAttemptQuit),
+  mProcessedShutdown(false),
+  mQuitForced(false),
+  mReadyToQuit(false)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIObserverService> observerService =
+    mozilla::services::GetObserverService();
+  if (observerService)
+  {
+    observerService->AddObserver(this, "quit-application-requested", false);
+    observerService->AddObserver(this, "quit-application-granted", false);
+    observerService->AddObserver(this, "quit-application", false);
+  }
+}
+
+nsMsgShutdownService::~nsMsgShutdownService()
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIObserverService> observerService =
+    mozilla::services::GetObserverService();
+  if (observerService)
+  {  
+    observerService->RemoveObserver(this, "quit-application-requested");
+    observerService->RemoveObserver(this, "quit-application-granted");
+    observerService->RemoveObserver(this, "quit-application");
+  }
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgShutdownService::ProcessNextTask()
+{
+  bool shutdownTasksDone = true;
+
+  uint32_t count = mShutdownTasks.Length();
+  if (mTaskIndex < count)
+  {
+    shutdownTasksDone = false;
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgShutdownTask> curTask = mShutdownTasks[mTaskIndex];
+    nsString taskName;
+    curTask->GetCurrentTaskName(taskName); 
+    SetStatusText(taskName);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailSession> mailSession = do_GetService(NS_MSGMAILSESSION_CONTRACTID);
+    NS_ENSURE_TRUE(mailSession, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgWindow> topMsgWindow;
+    mailSession->GetTopmostMsgWindow(getter_AddRefs(topMsgWindow));
+
+    bool taskIsRunning = true;
+    nsresult rv = curTask->DoShutdownTask(this, topMsgWindow, &taskIsRunning);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !taskIsRunning)
+    {
+      // We have failed, let's go on to the next task.
+      mTaskIndex++;
+      mMsgProgress->OnProgressChange(nullptr, nullptr, 0, 0, (int32_t)mTaskIndex, count);
+      ProcessNextTask();
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (shutdownTasksDone)
+  {
+    if (mMsgProgress)
+      mMsgProgress->OnStateChange(nullptr, nullptr, nsIWebProgressListener::STATE_STOP, NS_OK);
+    AttemptShutdown();
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+void nsMsgShutdownService::AttemptShutdown()
+{
+  if (mQuitForced)
+  {
+    PR_CEnterMonitor(this);
+    mReadyToQuit = true;
+    PR_CNotifyAll(this);
+    PR_CExitMonitor(this);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAppStartup> appStartup =
+      do_GetService(NS_APPSTARTUP_CONTRACTID);
+    NS_ENSURE_TRUE_VOID(appStartup);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS_VOID(appStartup->Quit(mQuitMode));
+  }
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgShutdownService::SetShutdownListener(nsIWebProgressListener *inListener)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(mMsgProgress, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+  mMsgProgress->RegisterListener(inListener);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgShutdownService::Observe(nsISupports *aSubject,
+                                            const char *aTopic,
+                                            const char16_t *aData)
+{
+  // Due to bug 459376 we don't always get quit-application-requested and
+  // quit-application-granted. quit-application-requested is preferred, but if
+  // we don't then we have to hook onto quit-application, but we don't want
+  // to do the checking twice so we set some flags to prevent that.
+  if (!strcmp(aTopic, "quit-application-granted"))
+  {
+    // Quit application has been requested and granted, therefore we will shut
+    // down. 
+    mProcessedShutdown = true;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  // If we've already processed a shutdown notification, no need to do it again.
+  if (!strcmp(aTopic, "quit-application"))
+  {
+    if (mProcessedShutdown)
+      return NS_OK;
+    else
+      mQuitForced = true;
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIObserverService> observerService =
+    mozilla::services::GetObserverService();
+  NS_ENSURE_STATE(observerService);
+  
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleEnumerator> listenerEnum;
+  nsresult rv = observerService->EnumerateObservers("msg-shutdown", getter_AddRefs(listenerEnum));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && listenerEnum)
+  {
+    bool hasMore;
+    listenerEnum->HasMoreElements(&hasMore);
+    if (!hasMore)
+      return NS_OK;
+
+    while (hasMore)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> curObject;
+      listenerEnum->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(curObject));
+      
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgShutdownTask> curTask = do_QueryInterface(curObject);
+      if (curTask)
+      {
+        bool shouldRunTask;
+        curTask->GetNeedsToRunTask(&shouldRunTask);
+        if (shouldRunTask)
+          mShutdownTasks.AppendObject(curTask);
+      }
+      
+      listenerEnum->HasMoreElements(&hasMore);
+    }
+
+    if (mShutdownTasks.Count() < 1)
+      return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    
+    mTaskIndex = 0;
+    
+    mMsgProgress = do_CreateInstance(NS_MSGPROGRESS_CONTRACTID);
+    NS_ENSURE_TRUE(mMsgProgress, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+    
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailSession> mailSession = do_GetService(NS_MSGMAILSESSION_CONTRACTID);
+    NS_ENSURE_TRUE(mailSession, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgWindow> topMsgWindow;
+    mailSession->GetTopmostMsgWindow(getter_AddRefs(topMsgWindow));
+    
+    nsCOMPtr<mozIDOMWindowProxy> internalDomWin;
+    if (topMsgWindow)
+      topMsgWindow->GetDomWindow(getter_AddRefs(internalDomWin));
+    
+    if (!internalDomWin)
+    {
+      // First see if there is a window open. 
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIWindowMediator> winMed = do_GetService(NS_WINDOWMEDIATOR_CONTRACTID);
+      winMed->GetMostRecentWindow(nullptr, getter_AddRefs(internalDomWin));
+      
+      //If not use the hidden window.
+      if (!internalDomWin)
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIAppShellService> appShell(do_GetService(NS_APPSHELLSERVICE_CONTRACTID));
+        appShell->GetHiddenDOMWindow(getter_AddRefs(internalDomWin));
+        NS_ENSURE_TRUE(internalDomWin, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);  // bail if we don't get a window.
+      }
+    }
+
+    if (!mQuitForced)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsISupportsPRBool> stopShutdown = do_QueryInterface(aSubject);
+      stopShutdown->SetData(true);
+
+      // If the attempted quit was a restart, be sure to restart the app once
+      // the tasks have been run. This is usually the case when addons or
+      // updates are going to be installed.
+      if (aData && nsDependentString(aData).EqualsLiteral("restart"))
+        mQuitMode |= nsIAppStartup::eRestart;
+    }
+
+    mMsgProgress->OpenProgressDialog(internalDomWin, topMsgWindow, 
+                                     "chrome://messenger/content/shutdownWindow.xul", 
+                                     false, nullptr);
+
+    if (mQuitForced)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIThread> thread(do_GetCurrentThread());
+
+      mReadyToQuit = false;
+      while (!mReadyToQuit)
+      {
+        PR_CEnterMonitor(this);
+        // Waiting for 50 milliseconds
+        PR_CWait(this, PR_MicrosecondsToInterval(50000UL));
+        PR_CExitMonitor(this);
+        NS_ProcessPendingEvents(thread);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// nsIUrlListener
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgShutdownService::OnStartRunningUrl(nsIURI *url)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgShutdownService::OnStopRunningUrl(nsIURI *url, nsresult aExitCode)
+{
+  mTaskIndex++;
+
+  if (mMsgProgress)
+  {
+    int32_t numTasks = mShutdownTasks.Count();
+    mMsgProgress->OnProgressChange(nullptr, nullptr, 0, 0, (int32_t)mTaskIndex, numTasks);
+  }
+
+  ProcessNextTask();
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgShutdownService::GetNumTasks(int32_t *inNumTasks)
+{
+  *inNumTasks = mShutdownTasks.Count();
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgShutdownService::StartShutdownTasks()
+{
+  ProcessNextTask();
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgShutdownService::CancelShutdownTasks()
+{
+  AttemptShutdown();
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgShutdownService::SetStatusText(const nsAString & inStatusString)
+{
+  nsString statusString(inStatusString);
+  if (mMsgProgress)
+    mMsgProgress->OnStatusChange(nullptr, nullptr, NS_OK, nsString(statusString).get());
+  return NS_OK;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgMailSession.h b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgMailSession.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6e4f57411
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgMailSession.h
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsMsgMailSession_h___
+#define nsMsgMailSession_h___
+
+#include "nsIMsgMailSession.h"
+#include "nsISupports.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsIMsgStatusFeedback.h"
+#include "nsIMsgWindow.h"
+#include "nsCOMArray.h"
+#include "nsIMsgShutdown.h"
+#include "nsIObserver.h"
+#include "nsIMutableArray.h"
+#include "nsIMsgProgress.h"
+#include "nsTArray.h"
+#include "nsTObserverArray.h"
+#include "nsIMsgUserFeedbackListener.h"
+#include "nsIUrlListener.h"
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// The mail session is a replacement for the old 4.x MSG_Master object. It contains
+// mail session generic information such as the user's current mail identity, ....
+// I'm starting this off as an empty interface and as people feel they need to
+// add more information to it, they can. I think this is a better approach than 
+// trying to port over the old MSG_Master in its entirety as that had a lot of 
+// cruft in it....
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+class nsMsgMailSession : public nsIMsgMailSession,
+                         public nsIFolderListener
+{
+public:
+  nsMsgMailSession();
+
+  NS_DECL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGMAILSESSION
+  NS_DECL_NSIFOLDERLISTENER
+
+  nsresult Init();
+  nsresult GetSelectedLocaleDataDir(nsIFile *defaultsDir);
+
+protected:
+  virtual ~nsMsgMailSession();
+
+  struct folderListener {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIFolderListener> mListener;
+    uint32_t mNotifyFlags;
+
+    folderListener(nsIFolderListener *aListener, uint32_t aNotifyFlags)
+      : mListener(aListener), mNotifyFlags(aNotifyFlags) {}
+    folderListener(const folderListener &aListener)
+      : mListener(aListener.mListener), mNotifyFlags(aListener.mNotifyFlags) {}
+    ~folderListener() {}
+
+    int operator==(nsIFolderListener* aListener) const {
+      return mListener == aListener;
+    }
+    int operator==(const folderListener &aListener) const {
+      return mListener == aListener.mListener &&
+             mNotifyFlags == aListener.mNotifyFlags;
+    }
+  };
+
+  nsTObserverArray<folderListener> mListeners;
+  nsTObserverArray<nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgUserFeedbackListener> > mFeedbackListeners;
+
+  nsCOMArray<nsIMsgWindow> mWindows;
+  // stick this here temporarily
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgWindow> m_temporaryMsgWindow;
+};
+
+/********************************************************************************/
+
+class nsMsgShutdownService : public nsIMsgShutdownService,
+                             public nsIUrlListener,
+                             public nsIObserver
+{
+public:
+  nsMsgShutdownService();
+  
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGSHUTDOWNSERVICE
+  NS_DECL_NSIURLLISTENER
+  NS_DECL_NSIOBSERVER
+    
+protected:
+  nsresult ProcessNextTask();
+  void AttemptShutdown();
+  
+private:
+  virtual ~nsMsgShutdownService();
+
+  nsCOMArray<nsIMsgShutdownTask> mShutdownTasks;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgProgress>       mMsgProgress;
+  uint32_t                       mTaskIndex;
+  uint32_t                       mQuitMode;
+  bool mProcessedShutdown;
+  bool mQuitForced;
+  bool mReadyToQuit;
+};
+
+#endif /* nsMsgMailSession_h__ */
diff --git a/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgOfflineManager.cpp b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgOfflineManager.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..be1fac4cb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgOfflineManager.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,399 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/*
+ * The offline manager service - manages going online and offline, and synchronization
+ */
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "netCore.h"
+#include "nsMsgOfflineManager.h"
+#include "nsIServiceManager.h"
+#include "nsMsgBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsIImapService.h"
+#include "nsMsgImapCID.h"
+#include "nsIMsgSendLater.h"
+#include "nsIMsgAccountManager.h"
+#include "nsMsgCompCID.h"
+#include "nsIIOService.h"
+#include "nsNetCID.h"
+#include "nsMsgNewsCID.h"
+#include "nsINntpService.h"
+#include "nsIMsgStatusFeedback.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+#include "mozilla/Services.h"
+#include "nsIArray.h"
+#include "nsArrayUtils.h"
+
+static NS_DEFINE_CID(kMsgSendLaterCID, NS_MSGSENDLATER_CID);
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMsgOfflineManager,
+                              nsIMsgOfflineManager,
+                              nsIMsgSendLaterListener,
+                              nsIObserver,
+                              nsISupportsWeakReference,
+                              nsIUrlListener)
+
+nsMsgOfflineManager::nsMsgOfflineManager() :
+  m_inProgress (false),
+  m_sendUnsentMessages(false),
+  m_downloadNews(false),
+  m_downloadMail(false),
+  m_playbackOfflineImapOps(false),
+  m_goOfflineWhenDone(false),
+  m_curState(eNoState),
+  m_curOperation(eNoOp)
+{
+}
+
+nsMsgOfflineManager::~nsMsgOfflineManager()
+{
+}
+
+/* attribute nsIMsgWindow window; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgOfflineManager::GetWindow(nsIMsgWindow * *aWindow)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(aWindow);
+  *aWindow = m_window;
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aWindow);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgOfflineManager::SetWindow(nsIMsgWindow * aWindow)
+{
+  m_window = aWindow;
+  if (m_window)
+    m_window->GetStatusFeedback(getter_AddRefs(m_statusFeedback));
+  else
+    m_statusFeedback = nullptr;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* attribute boolean inProgress; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgOfflineManager::GetInProgress(bool *aInProgress)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(aInProgress);
+  *aInProgress = m_inProgress;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgOfflineManager::SetInProgress(bool aInProgress)
+{
+  m_inProgress = aInProgress;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgOfflineManager::StopRunning(nsresult exitStatus)
+{
+  m_inProgress = false;
+  return exitStatus;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgOfflineManager::AdvanceToNextState(nsresult exitStatus)
+{
+  // NS_BINDING_ABORTED is used for the user pressing stop, which
+  // should cause us to abort the offline process. Other errors
+  // should allow us to continue.
+  if (exitStatus == NS_BINDING_ABORTED)
+  {
+    return StopRunning(exitStatus);
+  }
+  if (m_curOperation == eGoingOnline)
+  {
+    switch (m_curState)
+    {
+    case eNoState:
+
+      m_curState = eSendingUnsent;
+      if (m_sendUnsentMessages)
+      {
+        SendUnsentMessages();
+      }
+      else
+        AdvanceToNextState(NS_OK);
+      break;
+    case eSendingUnsent:
+
+      m_curState = eSynchronizingOfflineImapChanges;
+      if (m_playbackOfflineImapOps)
+        return SynchronizeOfflineImapChanges();
+      else
+        AdvanceToNextState(NS_OK); // recurse to next state.
+      break;
+    case eSynchronizingOfflineImapChanges:
+      m_curState = eDone;
+      return StopRunning(exitStatus);
+      default:
+        NS_ASSERTION(false, "unhandled current state when going online");
+    }
+  }
+  else if (m_curOperation == eDownloadingForOffline)
+  {
+    switch (m_curState)
+    {
+      case eNoState:
+        m_curState = eDownloadingNews;
+        if (m_downloadNews)
+          DownloadOfflineNewsgroups();
+        else
+          AdvanceToNextState(NS_OK);
+        break;
+      case eSendingUnsent:
+        if (m_goOfflineWhenDone)
+        {
+          SetOnlineState(false);
+        }
+        break;
+      case eDownloadingNews:
+        m_curState = eDownloadingMail;
+        if (m_downloadMail)
+          DownloadMail();
+        else
+          AdvanceToNextState(NS_OK);
+        break;
+      case eDownloadingMail:
+        m_curState = eSendingUnsent;
+        if (m_sendUnsentMessages)
+          SendUnsentMessages();
+        else
+          AdvanceToNextState(NS_OK);
+        break;
+      default:
+        NS_ASSERTION(false, "unhandled current state when downloading for offline");
+    }
+
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgOfflineManager::SynchronizeOfflineImapChanges()
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+	nsCOMPtr<nsIImapService> imapService = do_GetService(NS_IMAPSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  return imapService->PlaybackAllOfflineOperations(m_window, this, getter_AddRefs(mOfflineImapSync));
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgOfflineManager::SendUnsentMessages()
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgSendLater> pMsgSendLater(do_GetService(kMsgSendLaterCID, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccountManager> accountManager = 
+           do_GetService(NS_MSGACCOUNTMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  // now we have to iterate over the identities, finding the *unique* unsent messages folder
+  // for each one, determine if they have unsent messages, and if so, add them to the list
+  // of identities to send unsent messages from.
+  // However, I think there's only ever one unsent messages folder at the moment,
+  // so I think we'll go with that for now.
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIArray> identities;
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && accountManager)
+  {
+    rv = accountManager->GetAllIdentities(getter_AddRefs(identities));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgIdentity> identityToUse;
+  uint32_t numIndentities;
+  identities->GetLength(&numIndentities);
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < numIndentities; i++)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIdentity> thisIdentity(do_QueryElementAt(identities, i, &rv));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && thisIdentity)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> outboxFolder;
+      pMsgSendLater->GetUnsentMessagesFolder(thisIdentity, getter_AddRefs(outboxFolder));
+      if (outboxFolder)
+      {
+        int32_t numMessages;
+        outboxFolder->GetTotalMessages(false, &numMessages);
+        if (numMessages > 0)
+        {
+          identityToUse = thisIdentity;
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  if (identityToUse) 
+  { 
+#ifdef MOZ_SUITE
+    if (m_statusFeedback)
+      pMsgSendLater->SetStatusFeedback(m_statusFeedback);
+#endif
+
+    pMsgSendLater->AddListener(this);
+    rv = pMsgSendLater->SendUnsentMessages(identityToUse);
+    ShowStatus("sendingUnsent");
+    // if we succeeded, return - we'll run the next operation when the
+    // send finishes. Otherwise, advance to the next state.
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      return rv;
+  } 
+  return AdvanceToNextState(rv);
+
+}
+
+#define MESSENGER_STRING_URL       "chrome://messenger/locale/messenger.properties"
+
+nsresult nsMsgOfflineManager::ShowStatus(const char *statusMsgName)
+{
+  if (!mStringBundle)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundleService> sBundleService = 
+      mozilla::services::GetStringBundleService();
+    NS_ENSURE_TRUE(sBundleService, NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED);
+    sBundleService->CreateBundle(MESSENGER_STRING_URL, getter_AddRefs(mStringBundle));
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  nsString statusString;
+  nsresult res = mStringBundle->GetStringFromName(NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16(statusMsgName).get(),
+						  getter_Copies(statusString));
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(res) && m_statusFeedback)
+    m_statusFeedback->ShowStatusString(statusString);
+
+  return res;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgOfflineManager::DownloadOfflineNewsgroups()
+{
+	nsresult rv;
+  ShowStatus("downloadingNewsgroups");
+  nsCOMPtr<nsINntpService> nntpService(do_GetService(NS_NNTPSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && nntpService)
+    rv = nntpService->DownloadNewsgroupsForOffline(m_window, this);
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return AdvanceToNextState(rv);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgOfflineManager::DownloadMail()
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  ShowStatus("downloadingMail");
+	nsCOMPtr<nsIImapService> imapService = do_GetService(NS_IMAPSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  return imapService->DownloadAllOffineImapFolders(m_window, this);
+  // ### we should do get new mail on pop servers, and download imap messages for offline use.
+}
+
+/* void goOnline (in boolean sendUnsentMessages, in boolean playbackOfflineImapOperations, in nsIMsgWindow aMsgWindow); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgOfflineManager::GoOnline(bool sendUnsentMessages, bool playbackOfflineImapOperations, nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow)
+{
+  m_sendUnsentMessages = sendUnsentMessages;
+  m_playbackOfflineImapOps = playbackOfflineImapOperations;
+  m_curOperation = eGoingOnline;
+  m_curState = eNoState;
+  SetWindow(aMsgWindow);
+  SetOnlineState(true);
+  if (!m_sendUnsentMessages && !playbackOfflineImapOperations)
+    return NS_OK;
+  else
+    AdvanceToNextState(NS_OK);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* void synchronizeForOffline (in boolean downloadNews, in boolean downloadMail, in boolean sendUnsentMessages, in boolean goOfflineWhenDone, in nsIMsgWindow aMsgWindow); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgOfflineManager::SynchronizeForOffline(bool downloadNews, bool downloadMail, bool sendUnsentMessages, bool goOfflineWhenDone, nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow)
+{
+  m_curOperation = eDownloadingForOffline;
+  m_downloadNews = downloadNews;
+  m_downloadMail = downloadMail;
+  m_sendUnsentMessages = sendUnsentMessages;
+  SetWindow(aMsgWindow);
+  m_goOfflineWhenDone = goOfflineWhenDone;
+  m_curState = eNoState;
+  if (!downloadNews && !downloadMail && !sendUnsentMessages)
+  {
+    if (goOfflineWhenDone)
+      return SetOnlineState(false);
+  }
+  else
+    return AdvanceToNextState(NS_OK);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgOfflineManager::SetOnlineState(bool online)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIIOService> netService =
+    mozilla::services::GetIOService();
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(netService, NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED);
+  return netService->SetOffline(!online);
+}
+
+  // nsIUrlListener methods
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgOfflineManager::OnStartRunningUrl(nsIURI * aUrl)
+{
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgOfflineManager::OnStopRunningUrl(nsIURI * aUrl, nsresult aExitCode)
+{
+  mOfflineImapSync = nullptr;
+
+  AdvanceToNextState(aExitCode);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgOfflineManager::Observe(nsISupports *aSubject, const char *aTopic, const char16_t *someData)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// nsIMsgSendLaterListener implementation 
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgOfflineManager::OnStartSending(uint32_t aTotalMessageCount)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgOfflineManager::OnMessageStartSending(uint32_t aCurrentMessage,
+                                           uint32_t aTotalMessageCount,
+                                           nsIMsgDBHdr *aMessageHeader,
+                                           nsIMsgIdentity *aIdentity)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgOfflineManager::OnMessageSendProgress(uint32_t aCurrentMessage,
+                                           uint32_t aTotalMessageCount,
+                                           uint32_t aMessageSendPercent,
+                                           uint32_t aMessageCopyPercent)
+{
+  if (m_statusFeedback && aTotalMessageCount)
+    return m_statusFeedback->ShowProgress((100 * aCurrentMessage) /
+                                          aTotalMessageCount);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgOfflineManager::OnMessageSendError(uint32_t aCurrentMessage,
+                                        nsIMsgDBHdr *aMessageHeader,
+                                        nsresult aStatus,
+                                        const char16_t *aMsg)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgOfflineManager::OnStopSending(nsresult aStatus,
+                                   const char16_t *aMsg, uint32_t aTotalTried, 
+                                   uint32_t aSuccessful)
+{
+#ifdef NS_DEBUG
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(aStatus))
+    printf("SendLaterListener::OnStopSending: Tried to send %d messages. %d successful.\n",
+            aTotalTried, aSuccessful);
+#endif
+  return AdvanceToNextState(aStatus);
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgOfflineManager.h b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgOfflineManager.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..07e6b347a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgOfflineManager.h
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsMsgOfflineManager_h__
+#define nsMsgOfflineManager_h__
+
+#include "nscore.h"
+#include "nsIMsgOfflineManager.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsIObserver.h"
+#include "nsWeakReference.h"
+#include "nsIUrlListener.h"
+#include "nsIMsgWindow.h"
+#include "nsIMsgSendLaterListener.h"
+#include "nsIStringBundle.h"
+
+class nsMsgOfflineManager
+	: public nsIMsgOfflineManager,
+      public nsIObserver,
+      public nsSupportsWeakReference,
+      public nsIMsgSendLaterListener,
+    public nsIUrlListener
+{
+public:
+
+  nsMsgOfflineManager();
+  
+  NS_DECL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS
+ 
+  /* nsIMsgOfflineManager methods */
+  
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGOFFLINEMANAGER
+  NS_DECL_NSIOBSERVER  
+  NS_DECL_NSIURLLISTENER
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGSENDLATERLISTENER
+
+  typedef enum 
+  {
+    eStarting = 0,
+	  eSynchronizingOfflineImapChanges = 1,
+    eDownloadingNews = 2,
+    eDownloadingMail = 3,
+	  eSendingUnsent = 4,
+    eDone = 5,
+    eNoState = 6  // we're not doing anything
+  } offlineManagerState;
+
+  typedef enum 
+  {
+    eGoingOnline = 0,
+    eDownloadingForOffline = 1,
+    eNoOp = 2 // no operation in progress
+  } offlineManagerOperation;
+
+private:
+  virtual ~nsMsgOfflineManager();
+
+  nsresult AdvanceToNextState(nsresult exitStatus);
+  nsresult SynchronizeOfflineImapChanges();
+  nsresult StopRunning(nsresult exitStatus);
+  nsresult SendUnsentMessages();
+  nsresult DownloadOfflineNewsgroups();
+  nsresult DownloadMail();
+
+  nsresult SetOnlineState(bool online);
+  nsresult ShowStatus(const char *statusMsgName);
+
+  bool m_inProgress;
+  bool m_sendUnsentMessages;
+  bool m_downloadNews;
+  bool m_downloadMail;
+  bool m_playbackOfflineImapOps;
+  bool m_goOfflineWhenDone;
+  offlineManagerState m_curState;
+  offlineManagerOperation m_curOperation;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgWindow> m_window;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgStatusFeedback> m_statusFeedback;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundle>   mStringBundle;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> mOfflineImapSync;
+
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgPrintEngine.cpp b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgPrintEngine.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d2f8157ed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgPrintEngine.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,741 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/**
+ * nsMsgPrintEngine.cpp provides a DocShell container for use in printing.
+ */
+
+#include "nscore.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+
+#include "nsIComponentManager.h"
+
+#include "nsISupports.h"
+
+#include "nsIURI.h"
+
+#include "nsPIDOMWindow.h"
+#include "mozIDOMWindow.h"
+#include "nsIContentViewer.h"
+#include "nsIMsgMessageService.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "nsIWebProgress.h"
+#include "nsIInterfaceRequestorUtils.h"
+#include "nsMsgPrintEngine.h"
+#include "nsIDocumentLoader.h"
+#include "nsIPrefService.h"
+#include "nsIPrefBranch.h"
+#include "nsThreadUtils.h"
+#include "nsAutoPtr.h"
+#include "mozilla/Services.h"
+
+// Interfaces Needed
+#include "nsIBaseWindow.h"
+#include "nsIDocShellTreeOwner.h"
+#include "nsIDocShellTreeItem.h"
+#include "nsIWebNavigation.h"
+#include "nsIChannel.h"
+#include "nsIContentViewerFile.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+
+static const char* kPrintingPromptService = "@mozilla.org/embedcomp/printingprompt-service;1";
+
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// nsMsgPrintEngine implementation
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+nsMsgPrintEngine::nsMsgPrintEngine() :
+  mIsDoingPrintPreview(false),
+  mMsgInx(nsIMsgPrintEngine::MNAB_START)
+{
+  mCurrentlyPrintingURI = -1;
+}
+
+
+nsMsgPrintEngine::~nsMsgPrintEngine()
+{
+}
+
+// Implement AddRef and Release
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMsgPrintEngine,
+                         nsIMsgPrintEngine, 
+                         nsIWebProgressListener, 
+                         nsIObserver,
+                         nsISupportsWeakReference)
+
+// nsIWebProgressListener implementation
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgPrintEngine::OnStateChange(nsIWebProgress* aWebProgress, 
+                   nsIRequest *aRequest, 
+                   uint32_t progressStateFlags, 
+                   nsresult aStatus)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  // top-level document load data
+  if (progressStateFlags & nsIWebProgressListener::STATE_IS_DOCUMENT) {
+    if (progressStateFlags & nsIWebProgressListener::STATE_START) {
+      // Tell the user we are loading...
+      nsString msg;
+      GetString(u"LoadingMessageToPrint", msg);
+      SetStatusMessage(msg);
+    }
+
+    if (progressStateFlags & nsIWebProgressListener::STATE_STOP) {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIDocumentLoader> docLoader(do_QueryInterface(aWebProgress));
+      if (docLoader) 
+      {
+        // Check to see if the document DOMWin that is finished loading is the same
+        // one as the mail msg that we started to load.
+        // We only want to print when the entire msg and all of its attachments
+        // have finished loading.
+        // The mail msg doc is the last one to receive the STATE_STOP notification
+        nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> container;
+        docLoader->GetContainer(getter_AddRefs(container));
+        nsCOMPtr<mozIDOMWindowProxy> domWindow(do_GetInterface(container));
+        if (domWindow.get() != mMsgDOMWin.get()) {
+          return NS_OK;
+        }
+      }
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIWebProgressListener> wpl(do_QueryInterface(mPrintPromptService));
+      if (wpl) {
+        wpl->OnStateChange(nullptr, nullptr, nsIWebProgressListener::STATE_STOP|nsIWebProgressListener::STATE_IS_DOCUMENT, NS_OK);
+        mPrintProgressListener = nullptr;
+        mPrintProgress         = nullptr;
+        mPrintProgressParams   = nullptr;
+      }
+
+      bool isPrintingCancelled = false;
+      if (mPrintSettings)
+      {
+        mPrintSettings->GetIsCancelled(&isPrintingCancelled);
+      }
+      if (!isPrintingCancelled) {
+        // if aWebProgress is a documentloader than the notification from
+        // loading the documents. If it is NULL (or not a DocLoader) then it 
+        // it coming from Printing
+        if (docLoader) {
+          // Now, fire off the print operation!
+          rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+          // Tell the user the message is loaded...
+          nsString msg;
+          GetString(u"MessageLoaded", msg);
+          SetStatusMessage(msg);
+
+          NS_ASSERTION(mDocShell,"can't print, there is no docshell");
+          if ( (!mDocShell) || (!aRequest) ) 
+          {
+            return StartNextPrintOperation();
+          }
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIChannel> aChannel = do_QueryInterface(aRequest);
+          if (!aChannel) return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+          // Make sure this isn't just "about:blank" finishing....
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> originalURI = nullptr;
+          if (NS_SUCCEEDED(aChannel->GetOriginalURI(getter_AddRefs(originalURI))) && originalURI)
+          {
+            nsAutoCString spec;
+
+            if (NS_SUCCEEDED(originalURI->GetSpec(spec)))
+            {      
+              if (spec.Equals("about:blank"))
+              {
+                return StartNextPrintOperation();
+              }
+            }
+          }
+
+          // If something bad happens here (menaing we can fire the PLEvent, highly unlikely)
+          // we will still ask the msg to print, but if the user "cancels" out of the 
+          // print dialog the hidden print window will not be "closed"
+          if (!FirePrintEvent()) 
+          {
+            PrintMsgWindow();
+          }
+        } else {
+          FireStartNextEvent();
+          rv = NS_OK;
+        }
+      } 
+      else 
+      {
+        if (mWindow) {
+          nsPIDOMWindowOuter::From(mWindow)->Close();
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgPrintEngine::OnProgressChange(nsIWebProgress *aWebProgress,
+                                     nsIRequest *aRequest,
+                                     int32_t aCurSelfProgress,
+                                     int32_t aMaxSelfProgress,
+                                     int32_t aCurTotalProgress,
+                                     int32_t aMaxTotalProgress)
+{
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgPrintEngine::OnLocationChange(nsIWebProgress* aWebProgress,
+                      nsIRequest* aRequest,
+                      nsIURI *location,
+                      uint32_t aFlags)
+{
+    NS_NOTREACHED("notification excluded in AddProgressListener(...)");
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgPrintEngine::OnStatusChange(nsIWebProgress* aWebProgress,
+                    nsIRequest* aRequest,
+                    nsresult aStatus,
+                    const char16_t* aMessage)
+{
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgPrintEngine::OnSecurityChange(nsIWebProgress *aWebProgress, 
+                      nsIRequest *aRequest, 
+                      uint32_t state)
+{
+    NS_NOTREACHED("notification excluded in AddProgressListener(...)");
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP    
+nsMsgPrintEngine::SetWindow(mozIDOMWindowProxy *aWin)
+{
+  if (!aWin)
+  {
+    // It isn't an error to pass in null for aWin, in fact it means we are shutting
+    // down and we should start cleaning things up...
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  mWindow = aWin;
+
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(mWindow, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsPIDOMWindowOuter> window = nsPIDOMWindowOuter::From(mWindow);
+
+  window->GetDocShell()->SetAppType(nsIDocShell::APP_TYPE_MAIL);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIDocShellTreeItem> docShellAsItem =
+    do_QueryInterface(window->GetDocShell());
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(docShellAsItem, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIDocShellTreeItem> rootAsItem;
+  docShellAsItem->GetSameTypeRootTreeItem(getter_AddRefs(rootAsItem));
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIDocShellTreeItem> childItem;
+  rootAsItem->FindChildWithName(NS_LITERAL_STRING("content"), true,
+				false, nullptr, nullptr,
+				getter_AddRefs(childItem));
+
+  mDocShell = do_QueryInterface(childItem);
+
+  if(mDocShell)
+    SetupObserver();
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* void setParentWindow (in mozIDOMWindowProxy ptr); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgPrintEngine::SetParentWindow(mozIDOMWindowProxy *ptr)
+{
+  mParentWindow = ptr;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgPrintEngine::ShowWindow(bool aShow)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(mWindow, NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsPIDOMWindowOuter> window = nsPIDOMWindowOuter::From(mWindow);
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIDocShellTreeItem> treeItem =
+    do_QueryInterface(window->GetDocShell(), &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIDocShellTreeOwner> treeOwner;
+  rv = treeItem->GetTreeOwner(getter_AddRefs(treeOwner));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  
+  if (treeOwner) {
+    // disable (enable) the window
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIBaseWindow> baseWindow;
+    baseWindow = do_QueryInterface(treeOwner, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+    rv = baseWindow->SetEnabled(aShow);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+    // hide or show the window
+    baseWindow->SetVisibility(aShow);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgPrintEngine::AddPrintURI(const char16_t *aMsgURI)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMsgURI);
+
+  mURIArray.AppendElement(nsDependentString(aMsgURI));
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgPrintEngine::SetPrintURICount(int32_t aCount)
+{
+  mURICount = aCount;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgPrintEngine::StartPrintOperation(nsIPrintSettings* aPS)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aPS);
+  mPrintSettings = aPS;
+
+  // Load the about:blank on the tail end...
+  nsresult rv = AddPrintURI(u"about:blank"); 
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv; 
+  return StartNextPrintOperation();
+}
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Set up to use the "pluggable" Print Progress Dialog
+nsresult
+nsMsgPrintEngine::ShowProgressDialog(bool aIsForPrinting, bool& aDoNotify)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  // default to not notifying, that if something here goes wrong
+  // or we aren't going to show the progress dialog we can straight into 
+  // reflowing the doc for printing.
+  aDoNotify = false;
+
+  // Assume we can't do progress and then see if we can
+  bool showProgressDialog = false;
+
+  // if it is already being shown then don't bother to find out if it should be
+  // so skip this and leave mShowProgressDialog set to FALSE
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefBranch = do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) 
+  {
+    prefBranch->GetBoolPref("print.show_print_progress", &showProgressDialog);
+  }
+
+  // Turning off the showing of Print Progress in Prefs overrides
+  // whether the calling PS desire to have it on or off, so only check PS if 
+  // prefs says it's ok to be on.
+  if (showProgressDialog) 
+  {
+    mPrintSettings->GetShowPrintProgress(&showProgressDialog);
+  }
+
+  // Now open the service to get the progress dialog
+  // If we don't get a service, that's ok, then just don't show progress
+  if (showProgressDialog) {
+    if (!mPrintPromptService) 
+    {
+      mPrintPromptService = do_GetService(kPrintingPromptService);
+    }
+    if (mPrintPromptService) 
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<mozIDOMWindowProxy> domWin(do_QueryInterface(mParentWindow));
+      if (!domWin) 
+      {
+        domWin = mWindow;
+      }
+
+      rv = mPrintPromptService->ShowProgress(domWin, mWebBrowserPrint, mPrintSettings, this, aIsForPrinting,
+                                            getter_AddRefs(mPrintProgressListener), 
+                                            getter_AddRefs(mPrintProgressParams), 
+                                            &aDoNotify);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+
+        showProgressDialog = mPrintProgressListener != nullptr && mPrintProgressParams != nullptr;
+
+        if (showProgressDialog) 
+        {
+          nsIWebProgressListener* wpl = static_cast<nsIWebProgressListener*>(mPrintProgressListener.get());
+          NS_ASSERTION(wpl, "nsIWebProgressListener is NULL!");
+          NS_ADDREF(wpl);
+          nsString msg;
+          if (mIsDoingPrintPreview) {
+            GetString(u"LoadingMailMsgForPrintPreview", msg);
+          } else {
+            GetString(u"LoadingMailMsgForPrint", msg);
+          }
+          if (!msg.IsEmpty()) 
+            mPrintProgressParams->SetDocTitle(msg.get());
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgPrintEngine::StartNextPrintOperation()
+{
+  nsresult      rv;
+
+  // Only do this the first time through...
+  if (mCurrentlyPrintingURI == -1)
+    InitializeDisplayCharset();
+
+  mCurrentlyPrintingURI++;
+
+  // First, check if we are at the end of this stuff!
+  if (mCurrentlyPrintingURI >= (int32_t)mURIArray.Length())
+  {
+    // This is the end...dum, dum, dum....my only friend...the end
+    NS_ENSURE_TRUE(mWindow, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+    nsPIDOMWindowOuter::From(mWindow)->Close();
+
+    // Tell the user we are done...
+    nsString msg;
+    GetString(u"PrintingComplete", msg);
+    SetStatusMessage(msg);
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  if (!mDocShell)
+    return StartNextPrintOperation();
+
+  const nsString &uri = mURIArray[mCurrentlyPrintingURI];
+  rv = FireThatLoadOperationStartup(uri);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return StartNextPrintOperation();
+  else
+    return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP    
+nsMsgPrintEngine::SetStatusFeedback(nsIMsgStatusFeedback *aFeedback)
+{
+	mFeedback = aFeedback;
+	return NS_OK;
+}
+
+#define DATA_URL_PREFIX     "data:"
+#define ADDBOOK_URL_PREFIX     "addbook:"
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgPrintEngine::FireThatLoadOperationStartup(const nsString& uri)
+{
+  if (!uri.IsEmpty()) 
+    mLoadURI = uri;
+  else
+    mLoadURI.Truncate();
+
+  bool     notify = false;
+  nsresult rv     = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  // Don't show dialog if we are out of URLs
+  //if ( mCurrentlyPrintingURI < mURIArray.Length() && !mIsDoingPrintPreview)
+  if ( mCurrentlyPrintingURI < (int32_t)mURIArray.Length())
+    rv = ShowProgressDialog(!mIsDoingPrintPreview, notify);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !notify) 
+    return FireThatLoadOperation(uri);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgPrintEngine::FireThatLoadOperation(const nsString& uri)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  
+  nsCString uriCStr;
+  LossyCopyUTF16toASCII(uri, uriCStr);
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgMessageService> messageService;
+  // if this is a data: url, skip it, because 
+  // we've already got something we can print
+  // and we know it is not a message.
+  //
+  // if this an about:blank url, skip it, because
+  // ...
+  //
+  // if this is an addbook: url, skip it, because
+  // we know that isn't a message.
+  //
+  // if this is a message part (or .eml file on disk)
+  // skip it, because we don't want to print the parent message
+  // we want to print the part.
+  // example:  imap://sspitzer@nsmail-1:143/fetch%3EUID%3E/INBOX%3E180958?part=1.1.2&type=application/x-message-display&filename=test"
+  if (!StringBeginsWith(uriCStr, NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(DATA_URL_PREFIX)) &&
+      !StringBeginsWith(uriCStr, NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(ADDBOOK_URL_PREFIX)) &&
+      !uriCStr.EqualsLiteral("about:blank") && 
+      uriCStr.Find(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("type=application/x-message-display")) == -1) {
+    rv = GetMessageServiceFromURI(uriCStr, getter_AddRefs(messageService));
+  }
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && messageService) {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> dummyNull;
+    rv = messageService->DisplayMessageForPrinting(uriCStr.get(), mDocShell, nullptr, nullptr,
+                                                   getter_AddRefs(dummyNull));
+  }
+  //If it's not something we know about, then just load try loading it directly.
+  else
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIWebNavigation> webNav(do_QueryInterface(mDocShell));
+    if (webNav)
+      rv = webNav->LoadURI(uri.get(),                        // URI string
+                           nsIWebNavigation::LOAD_FLAGS_NONE, // Load flags
+                           nullptr,                            // Referring URI
+                           nullptr,                            // Post data
+                           nullptr);                           // Extra headers
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+void
+nsMsgPrintEngine::InitializeDisplayCharset()
+{
+  // libmime always converts to UTF-8 (both HTML and XML)
+  if (mDocShell) 
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIContentViewer> cv;
+    mDocShell->GetContentViewer(getter_AddRefs(cv));
+    if (cv) 
+    {
+      cv->SetForceCharacterSet(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("UTF-8"));
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+void
+nsMsgPrintEngine::SetupObserver()
+{
+  if (!mDocShell)
+    return;
+
+  if (mDocShell)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIWebProgress> progress(do_GetInterface(mDocShell));
+    NS_ASSERTION(progress, "we were expecting a nsIWebProgress");
+    if (progress) 
+    {
+      (void) progress->AddProgressListener((nsIWebProgressListener *)this,
+                                        nsIWebProgress::NOTIFY_STATE_DOCUMENT);
+    }
+
+    // Cache a pointer to the mail message's DOMWindow 
+    // so later we know when we can print when the 
+    // document "loaded" msgs com thru via the Progress listener
+    mMsgDOMWin = do_GetInterface(mDocShell);
+  }
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgPrintEngine::SetStatusMessage(const nsString& aMsgString)
+{
+  if ( (!mFeedback) || (aMsgString.IsEmpty()) )
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  mFeedback->ShowStatusString(aMsgString);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+#define MESSENGER_STRING_URL       "chrome://messenger/locale/messenger.properties"
+
+void
+nsMsgPrintEngine::GetString(const char16_t *aStringName, nsString& outStr)
+{
+  outStr.Truncate();
+
+  if (!mStringBundle)
+  {
+    static const char propertyURL[] = MESSENGER_STRING_URL;
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundleService> sBundleService = 
+      mozilla::services::GetStringBundleService();
+    if (sBundleService)
+      sBundleService->CreateBundle(propertyURL, getter_AddRefs(mStringBundle));
+  }
+
+  if (mStringBundle)
+    mStringBundle->GetStringFromName(aStringName, getter_Copies(outStr));
+  return;
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------
+void
+nsMsgPrintEngine::PrintMsgWindow()
+{
+  const char* kMsgKeys[] = {"PrintingMessage",  "PrintPreviewMessage",
+                            "PrintingContact",  "PrintPreviewContact",
+                            "PrintingAddrBook", "PrintPreviewAddrBook"};
+
+  mDocShell->GetContentViewer(getter_AddRefs(mContentViewer));  
+  if (mContentViewer) 
+  {
+    mWebBrowserPrint = do_QueryInterface(mContentViewer);
+    if (mWebBrowserPrint) 
+    {
+      if (!mPrintSettings) 
+      {
+        mWebBrowserPrint->GetGlobalPrintSettings(getter_AddRefs(mPrintSettings));
+      }
+      
+      // fix for bug #118887 and bug #176016
+      // don't show the actual url when printing mail messages or addressbook cards.
+      // for mail, it can review the salt.  for addrbook, it's a data:// url, which
+      // means nothing to the end user.
+      // needs to be " " and not "" or nullptr, otherwise, we'll still print the url
+      mPrintSettings->SetDocURL(u" ");
+
+      nsresult rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+      if (mIsDoingPrintPreview) 
+      {
+        if (mStartupPPObs) {
+          rv = mStartupPPObs->Observe(nullptr, nullptr, nullptr);
+        }
+      } 
+      else 
+      {
+        mPrintSettings->SetPrintSilent(mCurrentlyPrintingURI != 0);
+        rv = mWebBrowserPrint->Print(mPrintSettings, (nsIWebProgressListener *)this);
+      }
+
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      {
+        mWebBrowserPrint = nullptr;
+        mContentViewer = nullptr;
+        bool isPrintingCancelled = false;
+        if (mPrintSettings)
+        {
+          mPrintSettings->GetIsCancelled(&isPrintingCancelled);
+        }
+        if (!isPrintingCancelled) 
+        {
+          StartNextPrintOperation();
+        } 
+        else 
+        {
+          if (mWindow) {
+            nsPIDOMWindowOuter::From(mWindow)->Close();
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        // Tell the user we started printing...
+        nsString msg;
+        GetString(NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16(kMsgKeys[mMsgInx]).get(), msg);
+        SetStatusMessage(msg);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+//---------------------------------------------------------------
+//-- Event Notification
+//---------------------------------------------------------------
+
+//---------------------------------------------------------------
+class nsPrintMsgWindowEvent : public mozilla::Runnable
+{
+public:
+  nsPrintMsgWindowEvent(nsMsgPrintEngine *mpe)
+    : mMsgPrintEngine(mpe)
+  {}
+
+  NS_IMETHOD Run()
+  {
+    if (mMsgPrintEngine) 
+      mMsgPrintEngine->PrintMsgWindow();
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+private:
+  RefPtr<nsMsgPrintEngine> mMsgPrintEngine;
+};
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------
+class nsStartNextPrintOpEvent : public mozilla::Runnable
+{
+public:
+  nsStartNextPrintOpEvent(nsMsgPrintEngine *mpe)
+    : mMsgPrintEngine(mpe)
+  {}
+
+  NS_IMETHOD Run()
+  {
+    if (mMsgPrintEngine) 
+      mMsgPrintEngine->StartNextPrintOperation();
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+private:
+  RefPtr<nsMsgPrintEngine> mMsgPrintEngine;
+};
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------
+bool
+nsMsgPrintEngine::FirePrintEvent()
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIRunnable> event = new nsPrintMsgWindowEvent(this);
+  return NS_SUCCEEDED(NS_DispatchToCurrentThread(event));
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------
+nsresult
+nsMsgPrintEngine::FireStartNextEvent()
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIRunnable> event = new nsStartNextPrintOpEvent(this);
+  return NS_DispatchToCurrentThread(event);
+}
+
+/* void setStartupPPObserver (in nsIObserver startupPPObs); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgPrintEngine::SetStartupPPObserver(nsIObserver *startupPPObs)
+{
+  mStartupPPObs = startupPPObs;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* attribute boolean doPrintPreview; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgPrintEngine::GetDoPrintPreview(bool *aDoPrintPreview)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aDoPrintPreview);
+  *aDoPrintPreview = mIsDoingPrintPreview;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgPrintEngine::SetDoPrintPreview(bool aDoPrintPreview)
+{
+  mIsDoingPrintPreview = aDoPrintPreview;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* void setMsgType (in long aMsgType); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgPrintEngine::SetMsgType(int32_t aMsgType)
+{
+  if (mMsgInx >= nsIMsgPrintEngine::MNAB_START && mMsgInx < nsIMsgPrintEngine::MNAB_END) 
+  {
+    mMsgInx = aMsgType;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+/*=============== nsIObserver Interface ======================*/
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgPrintEngine::Observe(nsISupports *aSubject, const char *aTopic, const char16_t *aData)
+{
+  return FireThatLoadOperation(mLoadURI);
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgPrintEngine.h b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgPrintEngine.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4f8a9cad0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgPrintEngine.h
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+// nsMsgPrintEngine.h: declaration of nsMsgPrintEngine class
+// implementing mozISimpleContainer,
+// which provides a DocShell container for use in simple programs
+// using the layout engine
+
+#include "nscore.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+
+#include "nsIDocShell.h"
+#include "nsIDocShell.h"
+#include "nsIMsgPrintEngine.h"
+#include "nsIStreamListener.h"
+#include "nsIWebProgressListener.h"
+#include "nsIMsgStatusFeedback.h"
+#include "nsIStringBundle.h"
+#include "nsIWebBrowserPrint.h"
+#include "nsIWebProgressListener.h"
+#include "nsWeakReference.h"
+#include "nsIPrintSettings.h"
+#include "nsIObserver.h"
+
+// Progress Dialog
+#include "nsIPrintProgress.h"
+#include "nsIPrintProgressParams.h"
+#include "nsIPrintingPromptService.h"
+
+class nsMsgPrintEngine : public nsIMsgPrintEngine,
+                         public nsIWebProgressListener,
+                         public nsIObserver,
+                         public nsSupportsWeakReference {
+
+public:
+  nsMsgPrintEngine();
+
+  // nsISupports
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+
+  // nsIMsgPrintEngine interface
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGPRINTENGINE
+
+  // For nsIWebProgressListener
+  NS_DECL_NSIWEBPROGRESSLISTENER
+
+  // For nsIObserver
+  NS_DECL_NSIOBSERVER
+
+  void PrintMsgWindow();
+  NS_IMETHOD  StartNextPrintOperation();
+
+protected:
+  virtual ~nsMsgPrintEngine();
+
+  bool        FirePrintEvent();
+  nsresult    FireStartNextEvent();
+  nsresult    FireThatLoadOperationStartup(const nsString& uri);
+  nsresult    FireThatLoadOperation(const nsString& uri);
+  void        InitializeDisplayCharset();
+  void        SetupObserver();
+  nsresult    SetStatusMessage(const nsString& aMsgString);
+  void GetString(const char16_t *aStringName, nsString& aOutString);
+  nsresult    ShowProgressDialog(bool aIsForPrinting, bool& aDoNotify);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIDocShell>       mDocShell;
+  nsCOMPtr<mozIDOMWindowProxy> mWindow;
+  nsCOMPtr<mozIDOMWindowProxy> mParentWindow;
+  int32_t                     mURICount;
+  nsTArray<nsString>          mURIArray;
+  int32_t                     mCurrentlyPrintingURI;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIContentViewer>  mContentViewer;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundle>   mStringBundle;    // String bundles...
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgStatusFeedback> mFeedback;     // Tell the user something why don't ya'
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIWebBrowserPrint> mWebBrowserPrint;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrintSettings>   mPrintSettings;
+  nsCOMPtr<mozIDOMWindowProxy> mMsgDOMWin;
+  bool                         mIsDoingPrintPreview;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIObserver>        mStartupPPObs;
+  int32_t                      mMsgInx;
+
+  // Progress Dialog
+  
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrintingPromptService> mPrintPromptService;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIWebProgressListener> mPrintProgressListener;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrintProgress>       mPrintProgress;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrintProgressParams> mPrintProgressParams;
+  nsString                         mLoadURI;
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgProgress.cpp b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgProgress.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..02f26edbf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgProgress.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,262 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsMsgProgress.h"
+
+#include "nsIBaseWindow.h"
+#include "nsXPCOM.h"
+#include "nsIMutableArray.h"
+#include "nsISupportsPrimitives.h"
+#include "nsIComponentManager.h"
+#include "nsError.h"
+#include "nsIWindowWatcher.h"
+#include "nsPIDOMWindow.h"
+#include "mozIDOMWindow.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsComponentManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "mozilla/Services.h"
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMsgProgress, nsIMsgStatusFeedback, nsIMsgProgress,
+  nsIWebProgressListener, nsIProgressEventSink, nsISupportsWeakReference)
+
+
+nsMsgProgress::nsMsgProgress()
+{
+  m_closeProgress = false;
+  m_processCanceled = false;
+  m_pendingStateFlags = -1;
+  m_pendingStateValue = NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsMsgProgress::~nsMsgProgress()
+{
+  (void)ReleaseListeners();
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgProgress::OpenProgressDialog(mozIDOMWindowProxy *parentDOMWindow,
+                                                nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow,
+                                                const char *dialogURL,
+                                                bool inDisplayModal,
+                                                nsISupports *parameters)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  if (aMsgWindow)
+  {
+    SetMsgWindow(aMsgWindow);
+    aMsgWindow->SetStatusFeedback(this);
+  }
+
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(dialogURL);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(parentDOMWindow);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsPIDOMWindowOuter> parent = nsPIDOMWindowOuter::From(parentDOMWindow);
+  parent = parent->GetOuterWindow();
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(parent);
+
+  // Set up window.arguments[0]...
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> array(do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupportsInterfacePointer> ifptr =
+    do_CreateInstance(NS_SUPPORTS_INTERFACE_POINTER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  ifptr->SetData(static_cast<nsIMsgProgress*>(this));
+  ifptr->SetDataIID(&NS_GET_IID(nsIMsgProgress));
+
+  array->AppendElement(ifptr, false);
+  array->AppendElement(parameters, false);
+
+  // Open the dialog.
+  nsCOMPtr<nsPIDOMWindowOuter> newWindow;
+
+  nsString chromeOptions(NS_LITERAL_STRING("chrome,dependent,centerscreen"));
+  if (inDisplayModal)
+    chromeOptions.AppendLiteral(",modal");
+
+  return parent->OpenDialog(NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16(dialogURL),
+                            NS_LITERAL_STRING("_blank"),
+                            chromeOptions,
+                            array, getter_AddRefs(newWindow));
+}
+
+/* void closeProgressDialog (in boolean forceClose); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgProgress::CloseProgressDialog(bool forceClose)
+{
+  m_closeProgress = true;
+  return OnStateChange(nullptr, nullptr, nsIWebProgressListener::STATE_STOP, forceClose ? NS_ERROR_FAILURE : NS_OK);
+}
+
+/* attribute boolean processCanceledByUser; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgProgress::GetProcessCanceledByUser(bool *aProcessCanceledByUser)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aProcessCanceledByUser);
+  *aProcessCanceledByUser = m_processCanceled;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgProgress::SetProcessCanceledByUser(bool aProcessCanceledByUser)
+{
+  m_processCanceled = aProcessCanceledByUser;
+  OnStateChange(nullptr, nullptr, nsIWebProgressListener::STATE_STOP, NS_BINDING_ABORTED);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* void RegisterListener (in nsIWebProgressListener listener); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgProgress::RegisterListener(nsIWebProgressListener * listener)
+{
+  if (!listener) //Nothing to do with a null listener!
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(this != listener); //Check for self-reference (see bug 271700)
+
+  m_listenerList.AppendObject(listener);
+  if (m_closeProgress || m_processCanceled)
+    listener->OnStateChange(nullptr, nullptr, nsIWebProgressListener::STATE_STOP, NS_OK);
+  else
+  {
+    listener->OnStatusChange(nullptr, nullptr, NS_OK, m_pendingStatus.get());
+    if (m_pendingStateFlags != -1)
+      listener->OnStateChange(nullptr, nullptr, m_pendingStateFlags, m_pendingStateValue);
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* void UnregisterListener (in nsIWebProgressListener listener); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgProgress::UnregisterListener(nsIWebProgressListener *listener)
+{
+  if (listener)
+    m_listenerList.RemoveObject(listener);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* void onStateChange (in nsIWebProgress aWebProgress, in nsIRequest aRequest, in unsigned long aStateFlags, in nsresult aStatus); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgProgress::OnStateChange(nsIWebProgress *aWebProgress, nsIRequest *aRequest, uint32_t aStateFlags, nsresult aStatus)
+{
+  m_pendingStateFlags = aStateFlags;
+  m_pendingStateValue = aStatus;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgWindow> msgWindow (do_QueryReferent(m_msgWindow));
+  if (aStateFlags == nsIWebProgressListener::STATE_STOP && msgWindow && NS_FAILED(aStatus))
+  {
+    msgWindow->StopUrls();
+    msgWindow->SetStatusFeedback(nullptr);
+  }
+
+  for (int32_t i = m_listenerList.Count() - 1; i >= 0; i --)
+    m_listenerList[i]->OnStateChange(aWebProgress, aRequest, aStateFlags, aStatus);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* void onProgressChange (in nsIWebProgress aWebProgress, in nsIRequest aRequest, in long aCurSelfProgress, in long aMaxSelfProgress, in long aCurTotalProgress, in long aMaxTotalProgress); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgProgress::OnProgressChange(nsIWebProgress *aWebProgress, nsIRequest *aRequest, int32_t aCurSelfProgress, int32_t aMaxSelfProgress, int32_t aCurTotalProgress, int32_t aMaxTotalProgress)
+{
+  for (int32_t i = m_listenerList.Count() - 1; i >= 0; i --)
+    m_listenerList[i]->OnProgressChange(aWebProgress, aRequest, aCurSelfProgress, aMaxSelfProgress, aCurTotalProgress, aMaxTotalProgress);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* void onLocationChange (in nsIWebProgress aWebProgress, in nsIRequest aRequest, in nsIURI location, in unsigned long aFlags); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgProgress::OnLocationChange(nsIWebProgress *aWebProgress, nsIRequest *aRequest, nsIURI *location, uint32_t aFlags)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* void onStatusChange (in nsIWebProgress aWebProgress, in nsIRequest aRequest, in nsresult aStatus, in wstring aMessage); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgProgress::OnStatusChange(nsIWebProgress *aWebProgress, nsIRequest *aRequest, nsresult aStatus, const char16_t *aMessage)
+{
+  if (aMessage && *aMessage)
+    m_pendingStatus = aMessage;
+  for (int32_t i = m_listenerList.Count() - 1; i >= 0; i --)
+    m_listenerList[i]->OnStatusChange(aWebProgress, aRequest, aStatus, aMessage);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* void onSecurityChange (in nsIWebProgress aWebProgress, in nsIRequest aRequest, in unsigned long state); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgProgress::OnSecurityChange(nsIWebProgress *aWebProgress, nsIRequest *aRequest, uint32_t state)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgProgress::ReleaseListeners()
+{
+  m_listenerList.Clear();
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgProgress::ShowStatusString(const nsAString& aStatus)
+{
+  return OnStatusChange(nullptr, nullptr, NS_OK, PromiseFlatString(aStatus).get());
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgProgress::SetStatusString(const nsAString& aStatus)
+{
+  return OnStatusChange(nullptr, nullptr, NS_OK, PromiseFlatString(aStatus).get());
+}
+
+/* void startMeteors (); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgProgress::StartMeteors()
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+/* void stopMeteors (); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgProgress::StopMeteors()
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+/* void showProgress (in long percent); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgProgress::ShowProgress(int32_t percent)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgProgress::SetWrappedStatusFeedback(nsIMsgStatusFeedback * aJSStatusFeedback)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgProgress::SetMsgWindow(nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow)
+{
+  m_msgWindow = do_GetWeakReference(aMsgWindow);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgProgress::GetMsgWindow(nsIMsgWindow **aMsgWindow)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMsgWindow);
+
+  if (m_msgWindow)
+    CallQueryReferent(m_msgWindow.get(), aMsgWindow);
+  else
+    *aMsgWindow = nullptr;
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgProgress::OnProgress(nsIRequest *request, nsISupports* ctxt,
+                                        int64_t aProgress, int64_t aProgressMax)
+{
+  // XXX: What should the nsIWebProgress be?
+  // XXX: This truncates 64-bit to 32-bit
+  return OnProgressChange(nullptr, request, int32_t(aProgress), int32_t(aProgressMax),
+                          int32_t(aProgress) /* current total progress */, int32_t(aProgressMax) /* max total progress */);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgProgress::OnStatus(nsIRequest *request, nsISupports* ctxt,
+                                      nsresult aStatus, const char16_t* aStatusArg)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundleService> sbs =
+    mozilla::services::GetStringBundleService();
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(sbs, NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED);
+  nsString str;
+  rv = sbs->FormatStatusMessage(aStatus, aStatusArg, getter_Copies(str));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  return ShowStatusString(str);
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgProgress.h b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgProgress.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4450c6cce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgProgress.h
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsMsgProgress_h_
+#define nsMsgProgress_h_
+
+#include "nsIMsgProgress.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsCOMArray.h"
+#include "nsIDOMWindow.h"
+#include "nsIMsgStatusFeedback.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsIMsgWindow.h"
+#include "nsIProgressEventSink.h"
+#include "nsIStringBundle.h"
+#include "nsWeakReference.h"
+
+class nsMsgProgress : public nsIMsgProgress, 
+                      public nsIMsgStatusFeedback, 
+                      public nsIProgressEventSink,
+                      public nsSupportsWeakReference
+{
+public: 
+  nsMsgProgress();
+  
+  NS_DECL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGPROGRESS
+  NS_DECL_NSIWEBPROGRESSLISTENER
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGSTATUSFEEDBACK
+  NS_DECL_NSIPROGRESSEVENTSINK
+
+private:
+  virtual ~nsMsgProgress();
+  nsresult ReleaseListeners(void);
+  
+  bool                               m_closeProgress;
+  bool                               m_processCanceled;
+  nsString                           m_pendingStatus;
+  int32_t                            m_pendingStateFlags;
+  nsresult                           m_pendingStateValue;
+  nsWeakPtr                          m_msgWindow;
+  nsCOMArray<nsIWebProgressListener> m_listenerList;
+};
+
+#endif  // nsMsgProgress_h_
diff --git a/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgPurgeService.cpp b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgPurgeService.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..98d9e7cce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgPurgeService.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,486 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsMsgPurgeService.h"
+#include "nsIMsgAccountManager.h"
+#include "nsMsgBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "nsMsgSearchCore.h"
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "nsISpamSettings.h"
+#include "nsIMsgSearchTerm.h"
+#include "nsIMsgHdr.h"
+#include "nsIMsgProtocolInfo.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFilterPlugin.h"
+#include "nsIPrefBranch.h"
+#include "nsIPrefService.h"
+#include "mozilla/Logging.h"
+#include "nsMsgFolderFlags.h"
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include "nsComponentManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsArrayUtils.h"
+
+static PRLogModuleInfo *MsgPurgeLogModule = nullptr;
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMsgPurgeService, nsIMsgPurgeService, nsIMsgSearchNotify)
+
+void OnPurgeTimer(nsITimer *timer, void *aPurgeService)
+{
+  nsMsgPurgeService *purgeService = (nsMsgPurgeService*)aPurgeService;
+  purgeService->PerformPurge();
+}
+
+nsMsgPurgeService::nsMsgPurgeService()
+{
+  mHaveShutdown = false;
+  mMinDelayBetweenPurges = 480;  // never purge a folder more than once every 8 hours (60 min/hour * 8 hours)
+  mPurgeTimerInterval = 5;  // fire the purge timer every 5 minutes, starting 5 minutes after the service is created (when we load accounts)
+}
+
+nsMsgPurgeService::~nsMsgPurgeService()
+{
+  if (mPurgeTimer)
+    mPurgeTimer->Cancel();
+
+  if(!mHaveShutdown)
+    Shutdown();
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgPurgeService::Init()
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  if (!MsgPurgeLogModule)
+    MsgPurgeLogModule = PR_NewLogModule("MsgPurge");
+
+  // these prefs are here to help QA test this feature
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefBranch(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    int32_t min_delay;
+    rv = prefBranch->GetIntPref("mail.purge.min_delay", &min_delay);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) &&  min_delay)
+      mMinDelayBetweenPurges = min_delay;
+
+    int32_t purge_timer_interval;
+    rv = prefBranch->GetIntPref("mail.purge.timer_interval", &purge_timer_interval);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) &&  purge_timer_interval)
+      mPurgeTimerInterval = purge_timer_interval;
+  }
+
+  MOZ_LOG(MsgPurgeLogModule, mozilla::LogLevel::Info, ("mail.purge.min_delay=%d minutes",mMinDelayBetweenPurges));
+  MOZ_LOG(MsgPurgeLogModule, mozilla::LogLevel::Info, ("mail.purge.timer_interval=%d minutes",mPurgeTimerInterval));
+
+  // don't start purging right away.
+  // because the accounts aren't loaded and because the user might be trying to sign in
+  // or startup, etc.
+  SetupNextPurge();
+
+  mHaveShutdown = false;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgPurgeService::Shutdown()
+{
+  if (mPurgeTimer)
+  {
+    mPurgeTimer->Cancel();
+    mPurgeTimer = nullptr;
+  }
+
+  mHaveShutdown = true;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgPurgeService::SetupNextPurge()
+{
+  MOZ_LOG(MsgPurgeLogModule, mozilla::LogLevel::Info, ("setting to check again in %d minutes",mPurgeTimerInterval));
+
+  // Convert mPurgeTimerInterval into milliseconds
+  uint32_t timeInMSUint32 = mPurgeTimerInterval * 60000;
+
+  // Can't currently reset a timer when it's in the process of
+  // calling Notify. So, just release the timer here and create a new one.
+  if(mPurgeTimer)
+    mPurgeTimer->Cancel();
+
+  mPurgeTimer = do_CreateInstance("@mozilla.org/timer;1");
+  mPurgeTimer->InitWithFuncCallback(OnPurgeTimer, (void*)this, timeInMSUint32,
+    nsITimer::TYPE_ONE_SHOT);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// This is the function that looks for the first folder to purge. It also
+// applies retention settings to any folder that hasn't had retention settings
+// applied in mMinDelayBetweenPurges minutes (default, 8 hours).
+// However, if we've spent more than .5 seconds in this loop, don't
+// apply any more retention settings because it might lock up the UI.
+// This might starve folders later on in the hierarchy, since we always
+// start at the top, but since we also apply retention settings when you
+// open a folder, or when you compact all folders, I think this will do
+// for now, until we have a cleanup on shutdown architecture.
+nsresult nsMsgPurgeService::PerformPurge()
+{
+  MOZ_LOG(MsgPurgeLogModule, mozilla::LogLevel::Info, ("performing purge"));
+
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgAccountManager> accountManager = do_GetService(NS_MSGACCOUNTMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  bool keepApplyingRetentionSettings = true;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIArray> allServers;
+  rv = accountManager->GetAllServers(getter_AddRefs(allServers));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && allServers)
+  {
+    uint32_t numServers;
+    rv = allServers->GetLength(&numServers);
+    MOZ_LOG(MsgPurgeLogModule, mozilla::LogLevel::Info, ("%d servers", numServers));
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folderToPurge;
+    PRIntervalTime startTime = PR_IntervalNow();
+    int32_t purgeIntervalToUse = 0;
+    PRTime oldestPurgeTime = 0; // we're going to pick the least-recently purged folder
+
+    // apply retention settings to folders that haven't had retention settings
+    // applied in mMinDelayBetweenPurges minutes (default 8 hours)
+    // Because we get last purge time from the folder cache,
+    // this code won't open db's for folders until it decides it needs
+    // to apply retention settings, and since nsIMsgFolder::ApplyRetentionSettings
+    // will close any db's it opens, this code won't leave db's open.
+    for (uint32_t serverIndex=0; serverIndex < numServers; serverIndex++)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgIncomingServer> server =
+        do_QueryElementAt(allServers, serverIndex, &rv);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && server)
+      {
+        if (keepApplyingRetentionSettings)
+        {
+          nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> rootFolder;
+          rv = server->GetRootFolder(getter_AddRefs(rootFolder));
+          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIArray> childFolders;
+          rv = rootFolder->GetDescendants(getter_AddRefs(childFolders));
+          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+          uint32_t cnt = 0;
+          childFolders->GetLength(&cnt);
+
+          nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> supports;
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIUrlListener> urlListener;
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> childFolder;
+
+          for (uint32_t index = 0; index < cnt; index++)
+          {
+            childFolder = do_QueryElementAt(childFolders, index);
+            if (childFolder)
+            {
+              uint32_t folderFlags;
+              (void) childFolder->GetFlags(&folderFlags);
+              if (folderFlags & nsMsgFolderFlags::Virtual)
+                continue;
+              PRTime curFolderLastPurgeTime = 0;
+              nsCString curFolderLastPurgeTimeString, curFolderUri;
+              rv = childFolder->GetStringProperty("LastPurgeTime", curFolderLastPurgeTimeString);
+              if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+                continue; // it is ok to fail, go on to next folder
+
+              if (!curFolderLastPurgeTimeString.IsEmpty())
+              {
+                PRTime theTime;
+                PR_ParseTimeString(curFolderLastPurgeTimeString.get(), false, &theTime);
+                curFolderLastPurgeTime = theTime;
+              }
+
+              childFolder->GetURI(curFolderUri);
+              MOZ_LOG(MsgPurgeLogModule, mozilla::LogLevel::Info, ("%s curFolderLastPurgeTime=%s (if blank, then never)", curFolderUri.get(), curFolderLastPurgeTimeString.get()));
+
+              // check if this folder is due to purge
+              // has to have been purged at least mMinDelayBetweenPurges minutes ago
+              // we don't want to purge the folders all the time - once a day is good enough
+              int64_t minDelayBetweenPurges(mMinDelayBetweenPurges);
+              int64_t microSecondsPerMinute(60000000);
+              PRTime nextPurgeTime = curFolderLastPurgeTime + (minDelayBetweenPurges * microSecondsPerMinute);
+              if (nextPurgeTime < PR_Now())
+              {
+                MOZ_LOG(MsgPurgeLogModule, mozilla::LogLevel::Info, ("purging %s", curFolderUri.get()));
+                childFolder->ApplyRetentionSettings();
+              }
+              PRIntervalTime elapsedTime = PR_IntervalNow() - startTime;
+              // check if more than 500 milliseconds have elapsed in this purge process
+              if (PR_IntervalToMilliseconds(elapsedTime) > 500)
+              {
+                keepApplyingRetentionSettings = false;
+                break;
+              }
+            }
+          }
+        }
+        nsCString type;
+        nsresult rv = server->GetType(type);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+        nsCString realHostName;
+        server->GetRealHostName(realHostName);
+        MOZ_LOG(MsgPurgeLogModule, mozilla::LogLevel::Info, ("[%d] %s (%s)", serverIndex, realHostName.get(), type.get()));
+
+        nsCOMPtr <nsISpamSettings> spamSettings;
+        rv = server->GetSpamSettings(getter_AddRefs(spamSettings));
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+        int32_t spamLevel;
+        spamSettings->GetLevel(&spamLevel);
+        MOZ_LOG(MsgPurgeLogModule, mozilla::LogLevel::Info, ("[%d] spamLevel=%d (if 0, don't purge)", serverIndex, spamLevel));
+        if (!spamLevel)
+          continue;
+
+        // check if we are set up to purge for this server
+        // if not, skip it.
+        bool purgeSpam;
+        spamSettings->GetPurge(&purgeSpam);
+
+        MOZ_LOG(MsgPurgeLogModule, mozilla::LogLevel::Info, ("[%d] purgeSpam=%s (if false, don't purge)", serverIndex, purgeSpam ? "true" : "false"));
+        if (!purgeSpam)
+          continue;
+
+        // check if the spam folder uri is set for this server
+        // if not skip it.
+        nsCString junkFolderURI;
+        rv = spamSettings->GetSpamFolderURI(getter_Copies(junkFolderURI));
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+        MOZ_LOG(MsgPurgeLogModule, mozilla::LogLevel::Info, ("[%d] junkFolderURI=%s (if empty, don't purge)", serverIndex, junkFolderURI.get()));
+        if (junkFolderURI.IsEmpty())
+          continue;
+
+        // if the junk folder doesn't exist
+        // because the folder pane isn't built yet, for example
+        // skip this account
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> junkFolder;
+        GetExistingFolder(junkFolderURI, getter_AddRefs(junkFolder));
+
+        MOZ_LOG(MsgPurgeLogModule, mozilla::LogLevel::Info, ("[%d] %s exists? %s (if doesn't exist, don't purge)", serverIndex, junkFolderURI.get(), junkFolder ? "true" : "false"));
+        if (!junkFolder)
+          continue;
+
+        PRTime curJunkFolderLastPurgeTime = 0;
+        nsCString curJunkFolderLastPurgeTimeString;
+        rv = junkFolder->GetStringProperty("curJunkFolderLastPurgeTime", curJunkFolderLastPurgeTimeString);
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+          continue; // it is ok to fail, junk folder may not exist
+
+        if (!curJunkFolderLastPurgeTimeString.IsEmpty())
+        {
+          PRTime theTime;
+          PR_ParseTimeString(curJunkFolderLastPurgeTimeString.get(), false, &theTime);
+          curJunkFolderLastPurgeTime = theTime;
+        }
+
+        MOZ_LOG(MsgPurgeLogModule, mozilla::LogLevel::Info, ("[%d] %s curJunkFolderLastPurgeTime=%s (if blank, then never)", serverIndex, junkFolderURI.get(), curJunkFolderLastPurgeTimeString.get()));
+
+        // check if this account is due to purge
+        // has to have been purged at least mMinDelayBetweenPurges minutes ago
+        // we don't want to purge the folders all the time
+        PRTime nextPurgeTime = curJunkFolderLastPurgeTime + mMinDelayBetweenPurges * 60000000 /* convert mMinDelayBetweenPurges to into microseconds */;
+        if (nextPurgeTime < PR_Now())
+        {
+          MOZ_LOG(MsgPurgeLogModule, mozilla::LogLevel::Info, ("[%d] last purge greater than min delay", serverIndex));
+
+          nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgIncomingServer> junkFolderServer;
+          rv = junkFolder->GetServer(getter_AddRefs(junkFolderServer));
+          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+          bool serverBusy = false;
+          bool serverRequiresPassword = true;
+          bool passwordPromptRequired;
+          bool canSearchMessages = false;
+          junkFolderServer->GetPasswordPromptRequired(&passwordPromptRequired);
+          junkFolderServer->GetServerBusy(&serverBusy);
+          junkFolderServer->GetServerRequiresPasswordForBiff(&serverRequiresPassword);
+          junkFolderServer->GetCanSearchMessages(&canSearchMessages);
+          // Make sure we're logged on before doing the search (assuming we need to be)
+          // and make sure the server isn't already in the middle of downloading new messages
+          // and make sure a search isn't already going on
+          MOZ_LOG(MsgPurgeLogModule, mozilla::LogLevel::Info, ("[%d] (search in progress? %s)", serverIndex, mSearchSession ? "true" : "false"));
+          MOZ_LOG(MsgPurgeLogModule, mozilla::LogLevel::Info, ("[%d] (server busy? %s)", serverIndex, serverBusy ? "true" : "false"));
+          MOZ_LOG(MsgPurgeLogModule, mozilla::LogLevel::Info, ("[%d] (serverRequiresPassword? %s)", serverIndex, serverRequiresPassword ? "true" : "false"));
+          MOZ_LOG(MsgPurgeLogModule, mozilla::LogLevel::Info, ("[%d] (passwordPromptRequired? %s)", serverIndex, passwordPromptRequired ? "true" : "false"));
+          if (canSearchMessages && !mSearchSession && !serverBusy && (!serverRequiresPassword || !passwordPromptRequired))
+          {
+            int32_t purgeInterval;
+            spamSettings->GetPurgeInterval(&purgeInterval);
+
+            if ((oldestPurgeTime == 0) || (curJunkFolderLastPurgeTime < oldestPurgeTime))
+            {
+              MOZ_LOG(MsgPurgeLogModule, mozilla::LogLevel::Info, ("[%d] purging! searching for messages older than %d days", serverIndex, purgeInterval));
+              oldestPurgeTime = curJunkFolderLastPurgeTime;
+              purgeIntervalToUse = purgeInterval;
+              folderToPurge = junkFolder;
+              // if we've never purged this folder, do it...
+              if (curJunkFolderLastPurgeTime == 0)
+                break;
+            }
+          }
+          else {
+            NS_ASSERTION(canSearchMessages, "unexpected, you should be able to search");
+            MOZ_LOG(MsgPurgeLogModule, mozilla::LogLevel::Info, ("[%d] not a good time for this server, try again later", serverIndex));
+          }
+        }
+        else {
+          MOZ_LOG(MsgPurgeLogModule, mozilla::LogLevel::Info, ("[%d] last purge too recent", serverIndex));
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    if (folderToPurge && purgeIntervalToUse != 0)
+      rv = SearchFolderToPurge(folderToPurge, purgeIntervalToUse);
+  }
+
+  // set up timer to check accounts again
+  SetupNextPurge();
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgPurgeService::SearchFolderToPurge(nsIMsgFolder *folder, int32_t purgeInterval)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  mSearchSession = do_CreateInstance(NS_MSGSEARCHSESSION_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  mSearchSession->RegisterListener(this,
+                                   nsIMsgSearchSession::allNotifications);
+
+  // update the time we attempted to purge this folder
+  char dateBuf[100];
+  dateBuf[0] = '\0';
+  PRExplodedTime exploded;
+  PR_ExplodeTime(PR_Now(), PR_LocalTimeParameters, &exploded);
+  PR_FormatTimeUSEnglish(dateBuf, sizeof(dateBuf), "%a %b %d %H:%M:%S %Y", &exploded);
+  folder->SetStringProperty("curJunkFolderLastPurgeTime", nsDependentCString(dateBuf));
+  MOZ_LOG(MsgPurgeLogModule, mozilla::LogLevel::Info, ("curJunkFolderLastPurgeTime is now %s", dateBuf));
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+  rv = folder->GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server)); //we need to get the folder's server scope because imap can have local junk folder
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsMsgSearchScopeValue searchScope;
+  server->GetSearchScope(&searchScope);
+
+  mSearchSession->AddScopeTerm(searchScope, folder);
+
+  // look for messages older than the cutoff
+  // you can't also search by junk status, see
+  // nsMsgPurgeService::OnSearchHit()
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgSearchTerm> searchTerm;
+  mSearchSession->CreateTerm(getter_AddRefs(searchTerm));
+  if (searchTerm)
+  {
+    searchTerm->SetAttrib(nsMsgSearchAttrib::AgeInDays);
+    searchTerm->SetOp(nsMsgSearchOp::IsGreaterThan);
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgSearchValue> searchValue;
+    searchTerm->GetValue(getter_AddRefs(searchValue));
+    if (searchValue)
+    {
+      searchValue->SetAttrib(nsMsgSearchAttrib::AgeInDays);
+      searchValue->SetAge((uint32_t) purgeInterval);
+      searchTerm->SetValue(searchValue);
+    }
+    searchTerm->SetBooleanAnd(false);
+    mSearchSession->AppendTerm(searchTerm);
+  }
+
+  // we are about to search
+  // create mHdrsToDelete array (if not previously created)
+  if (!mHdrsToDelete)
+  {
+    mHdrsToDelete = do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    uint32_t count;
+    mHdrsToDelete->GetLength(&count);
+    NS_ASSERTION(count == 0, "mHdrsToDelete is not empty");
+    if (count > 0)
+      mHdrsToDelete->Clear();  // this shouldn't happen
+  }
+
+  mSearchFolder = folder;
+  return mSearchSession->Search(nullptr);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgPurgeService::OnNewSearch()
+{
+  MOZ_LOG(MsgPurgeLogModule, mozilla::LogLevel::Info, ("on new search"));
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgPurgeService::OnSearchHit(nsIMsgDBHdr* aMsgHdr, nsIMsgFolder *aFolder)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMsgHdr);
+
+  nsCString messageId;
+  nsCString author;
+  nsCString subject;
+
+  aMsgHdr->GetMessageId(getter_Copies(messageId));
+  MOZ_LOG(MsgPurgeLogModule, mozilla::LogLevel::Info, ("messageId=%s", messageId.get()));
+  aMsgHdr->GetSubject(getter_Copies(subject));
+  MOZ_LOG(MsgPurgeLogModule, mozilla::LogLevel::Info, ("subject=%s",subject.get()));
+  aMsgHdr->GetAuthor(getter_Copies(author));
+  MOZ_LOG(MsgPurgeLogModule, mozilla::LogLevel::Info, ("author=%s",author.get()));
+
+  // double check that the message is junk before adding to
+  // the list of messages to delete
+  //
+  // note, we can't just search for messages that are junk
+  // because not all imap server support keywords
+  // (which we use for the junk score)
+  // so the junk status would be in the message db.
+  //
+  // see bug #194090
+  nsCString junkScoreStr;
+  nsresult rv = aMsgHdr->GetStringProperty("junkscore", getter_Copies(junkScoreStr));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  MOZ_LOG(MsgPurgeLogModule, mozilla::LogLevel::Info, ("junkScore=%s (if empty or != nsIJunkMailPlugin::IS_SPAM_SCORE, don't add to list delete)", junkScoreStr.get()));
+
+  // if "junkscore" is not set, don't delete the message
+  if (junkScoreStr.IsEmpty())
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  if (atoi(junkScoreStr.get()) == nsIJunkMailPlugin::IS_SPAM_SCORE) {
+    MOZ_LOG(MsgPurgeLogModule, mozilla::LogLevel::Info, ("added message to delete"));
+    return mHdrsToDelete->AppendElement(aMsgHdr, false);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgPurgeService::OnSearchDone(nsresult status)
+{
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(status))
+  {
+    uint32_t count = 0;
+    if (mHdrsToDelete)
+      mHdrsToDelete->GetLength(&count);
+    MOZ_LOG(MsgPurgeLogModule, mozilla::LogLevel::Info, ("%d messages to delete", count));
+
+    if (count > 0) {
+      MOZ_LOG(MsgPurgeLogModule, mozilla::LogLevel::Info, ("delete messages"));
+      if (mSearchFolder)
+        mSearchFolder->DeleteMessages(mHdrsToDelete, nullptr, false /*delete storage*/, false /*isMove*/, nullptr, false /*allowUndo*/);
+    }
+  }
+  if (mHdrsToDelete)
+    mHdrsToDelete->Clear();
+  if (mSearchSession)
+    mSearchSession->UnregisterListener(this);
+  // don't cache the session
+  // just create another search session next time we search, rather than clearing scopes, terms etc.
+  // we also use mSearchSession to determine if the purge service is "busy"
+  mSearchSession = nullptr;
+  mSearchFolder = nullptr;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgPurgeService.h b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgPurgeService.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d9757d65a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgPurgeService.h
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef NSMSGPURGESERVICE_H
+#define NSMSGPURGESERVICE_H
+
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "nsIMsgPurgeService.h"
+#include "nsIMsgSearchSession.h"
+#include "nsITimer.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsIMsgSearchNotify.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolder.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolderCache.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolderCacheElement.h"
+#include "nsIMutableArray.h"
+
+class nsMsgPurgeService
+	: public nsIMsgPurgeService,
+		public nsIMsgSearchNotify
+{
+public:
+	nsMsgPurgeService(); 
+
+	NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGPURGESERVICE
+	NS_DECL_NSIMSGSEARCHNOTIFY
+
+	nsresult PerformPurge();
+
+protected:
+	virtual ~nsMsgPurgeService();
+  int32_t FindServer(nsIMsgIncomingServer *server);
+  nsresult SetupNextPurge();
+  nsresult PurgeSurver(nsIMsgIncomingServer *server);
+  nsresult SearchFolderToPurge(nsIMsgFolder *folder, int32_t purgeInterval);
+
+protected:
+  nsCOMPtr<nsITimer> mPurgeTimer;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgSearchSession> mSearchSession;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> mSearchFolder;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> mHdrsToDelete;
+  bool mHaveShutdown;
+
+private:
+  int32_t mMinDelayBetweenPurges;  // in minutes, how long must pass between two consecutive purges on the same junk folder?
+  int32_t mPurgeTimerInterval;  // in minutes, how often to check if we need to purge one of the junk folders?
+};
+
+
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgQuickSearchDBView.cpp b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgQuickSearchDBView.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3f8c53d2d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgQuickSearchDBView.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,882 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "nsMsgQuickSearchDBView.h"
+#include "nsMsgFolderFlags.h"
+#include "nsIMsgHdr.h"
+#include "nsMsgBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsIMsgImapMailFolder.h"
+#include "nsImapCore.h"
+#include "nsIMsgHdr.h"
+#include "nsIDBFolderInfo.h"
+#include "nsArrayEnumerator.h"
+#include "nsMsgMessageFlags.h"
+#include "nsIMutableArray.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+
+nsMsgQuickSearchDBView::nsMsgQuickSearchDBView()
+{
+  m_usingCachedHits = false;
+  m_cacheEmpty = true;
+}
+
+nsMsgQuickSearchDBView::~nsMsgQuickSearchDBView()
+{
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED(nsMsgQuickSearchDBView, nsMsgDBView, nsIMsgDBView, nsIMsgSearchNotify)
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgQuickSearchDBView::Open(nsIMsgFolder *folder, nsMsgViewSortTypeValue sortType, nsMsgViewSortOrderValue sortOrder, nsMsgViewFlagsTypeValue viewFlags, int32_t *pCount)
+{
+  nsresult rv = nsMsgDBView::Open(folder, sortType, sortOrder, viewFlags, pCount);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  if (!m_db)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+  if (pCount)
+    *pCount = 0;
+  m_viewFolder = nullptr;
+  return InitThreadedView(pCount);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgQuickSearchDBView::CloneDBView(nsIMessenger *aMessengerInstance,
+                                    nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow,
+                                    nsIMsgDBViewCommandUpdater *aCmdUpdater,
+                                    nsIMsgDBView **_retval)
+{
+  nsMsgQuickSearchDBView* newMsgDBView = new nsMsgQuickSearchDBView();
+
+  if (!newMsgDBView)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+  nsresult rv = CopyDBView(newMsgDBView, aMessengerInstance, aMsgWindow, aCmdUpdater);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*_retval = newMsgDBView);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgQuickSearchDBView::CopyDBView(nsMsgDBView *aNewMsgDBView,
+                                   nsIMessenger *aMessengerInstance,
+                                   nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow,
+                                   nsIMsgDBViewCommandUpdater *aCmdUpdater)
+{
+  nsMsgThreadedDBView::CopyDBView(aNewMsgDBView, aMessengerInstance, aMsgWindow, aCmdUpdater);
+  nsMsgQuickSearchDBView* newMsgDBView = (nsMsgQuickSearchDBView *) aNewMsgDBView;
+
+  // now copy all of our private member data
+  newMsgDBView->m_origKeys = m_origKeys;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgQuickSearchDBView::DeleteMessages(nsIMsgWindow *window, nsMsgViewIndex *indices, int32_t numIndices, bool deleteStorage)
+{
+  for (nsMsgViewIndex i = 0; i < (nsMsgViewIndex) numIndices; i++) 
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr; 
+    (void) GetMsgHdrForViewIndex(indices[i],getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+    if (msgHdr)
+      RememberDeletedMsgHdr(msgHdr);
+  }
+
+  return nsMsgDBView::DeleteMessages(window, indices, numIndices, deleteStorage);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgQuickSearchDBView::DoCommand(nsMsgViewCommandTypeValue aCommand)
+{
+  if (aCommand == nsMsgViewCommandType::markAllRead)
+  {
+    nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+    m_folder->EnableNotifications(nsIMsgFolder::allMessageCountNotifications, false, true /*dbBatching*/);
+
+    for (uint32_t i = 0; NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && i < GetSize(); i++)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+      m_db->GetMsgHdrForKey(m_keys[i],getter_AddRefs(msgHdr)); 
+      rv = m_db->MarkHdrRead(msgHdr, true, nullptr);
+    }
+
+    m_folder->EnableNotifications(nsIMsgFolder::allMessageCountNotifications, true, true /*dbBatching*/);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgImapMailFolder> imapFolder = do_QueryInterface(m_folder);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && imapFolder)
+      rv = imapFolder->StoreImapFlags(kImapMsgSeenFlag, true, m_keys.Elements(), 
+                                      m_keys.Length(), nullptr);
+
+    m_db->SetSummaryValid(true);
+    return rv;
+  }
+  else
+    return nsMsgDBView::DoCommand(aCommand);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgQuickSearchDBView::GetViewType(nsMsgViewTypeValue *aViewType)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aViewType);
+    *aViewType = nsMsgViewType::eShowQuickSearchResults; 
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgQuickSearchDBView::AddHdr(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr, nsMsgViewIndex *resultIndex)
+{
+  nsMsgKey msgKey;
+  msgHdr->GetMessageKey(&msgKey);
+  // protect against duplication.
+  if (m_origKeys.BinaryIndexOf(msgKey) == m_origKeys.NoIndex)
+  {
+    nsMsgViewIndex insertIndex = GetInsertIndexHelper(msgHdr, m_origKeys, nullptr,
+                    nsMsgViewSortOrder::ascending, nsMsgViewSortType::byId);
+    m_origKeys.InsertElementAt(insertIndex, msgKey);
+  }
+  if (m_viewFlags & (nsMsgViewFlagsType::kGroupBySort|
+                     nsMsgViewFlagsType::kThreadedDisplay))
+  {
+    nsMsgKey parentKey;
+    msgHdr->GetThreadParent(&parentKey);
+    return nsMsgThreadedDBView::OnNewHeader(msgHdr, parentKey, true);
+  }
+  else
+    return nsMsgDBView::AddHdr(msgHdr, resultIndex);
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgQuickSearchDBView::OnNewHeader(nsIMsgDBHdr *newHdr, nsMsgKey aParentKey, bool ensureListed)
+{
+  if (newHdr)
+  {
+    bool match=false;
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgSearchSession> searchSession = do_QueryReferent(m_searchSession);
+    if (searchSession)
+      searchSession->MatchHdr(newHdr, m_db, &match);
+    if (match)
+    {
+      // put the new header in m_origKeys, so that expanding a thread will
+      // show the newly added header.
+      nsMsgKey newKey;
+      (void) newHdr->GetMessageKey(&newKey);
+      nsMsgViewIndex insertIndex = GetInsertIndexHelper(newHdr, m_origKeys, nullptr,
+                      nsMsgViewSortOrder::ascending, nsMsgViewSortType::byId);
+      m_origKeys.InsertElementAt(insertIndex, newKey);
+      nsMsgThreadedDBView::OnNewHeader(newHdr, aParentKey, ensureListed); // do not add a new message if there isn't a match.
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgQuickSearchDBView::OnHdrFlagsChanged(nsIMsgDBHdr *aHdrChanged, uint32_t aOldFlags, 
+                                       uint32_t aNewFlags, nsIDBChangeListener *aInstigator)
+{
+  nsresult rv = nsMsgGroupView::OnHdrFlagsChanged(aHdrChanged, aOldFlags, aNewFlags, aInstigator);
+
+  if (m_viewFolder &&
+      (m_viewFolder != m_folder) &&
+      (aOldFlags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Read) != (aNewFlags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Read))
+  {
+    // if we're displaying a single folder virtual folder for an imap folder,
+    // the search criteria might be on message body, and we might not have the
+    // message body offline, in which case we can't tell if the message 
+    // matched or not. But if the unread flag changed, we need to update the
+    // unread counts. Normally, VirtualFolderChangeListener::OnHdrFlagsChanged will
+    // handle this, but it won't work for body criteria when we don't have the
+    // body offline.
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgImapMailFolder> imapFolder = do_QueryInterface(m_viewFolder);
+    if (imapFolder)
+    {
+      nsMsgViewIndex hdrIndex = FindHdr(aHdrChanged);
+      if (hdrIndex != nsMsgViewIndex_None)
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgSearchSession> searchSession = do_QueryReferent(m_searchSession);
+        if (searchSession)
+        {
+          bool oldMatch, newMatch;
+          rv = searchSession->MatchHdr(aHdrChanged, m_db, &newMatch);
+          aHdrChanged->SetFlags(aOldFlags);
+          rv = searchSession->MatchHdr(aHdrChanged, m_db, &oldMatch);
+          aHdrChanged->SetFlags(aNewFlags); 
+          // if it doesn't match the criteria, VirtualFolderChangeListener::OnHdrFlagsChanged
+          // won't tweak the read/unread counts. So do it here:
+          if (!oldMatch && !newMatch)
+          {
+            nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDatabase> virtDatabase;
+            nsCOMPtr <nsIDBFolderInfo> dbFolderInfo;
+
+            rv = m_viewFolder->GetDBFolderInfoAndDB(getter_AddRefs(dbFolderInfo), getter_AddRefs(virtDatabase));
+            NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+            dbFolderInfo->ChangeNumUnreadMessages((aOldFlags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Read) ? 1 : -1);
+            m_viewFolder->UpdateSummaryTotals(true); // force update from db.
+            virtDatabase->Commit(nsMsgDBCommitType::kLargeCommit);
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgQuickSearchDBView::OnHdrPropertyChanged(nsIMsgDBHdr *aHdrChanged, bool aPreChange,
+                                        uint32_t *aStatus, nsIDBChangeListener *aInstigator)
+{
+  // If the junk mail plugin just activated on a message, then
+  // we'll allow filters to remove from view.
+  // Otherwise, just update the view line.
+  //
+  // Note this will not add newly matched headers to the view. This is
+  // probably a bug that needs fixing.
+
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aStatus);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aHdrChanged);
+
+  nsMsgViewIndex index = FindHdr(aHdrChanged);
+  if (index == nsMsgViewIndex_None) // message does not appear in view
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  nsCString originStr;
+  (void) aHdrChanged->GetStringProperty("junkscoreorigin", getter_Copies(originStr));
+  // check for "plugin" with only first character for performance
+  bool plugin = (originStr.get()[0] == 'p');
+
+  if (aPreChange)
+  {
+    // first call, done prior to the change
+    *aStatus = plugin;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  // second call, done after the change
+  bool wasPlugin = *aStatus;
+
+  bool match = true;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgSearchSession> searchSession(do_QueryReferent(m_searchSession));
+  if (searchSession)
+    searchSession->MatchHdr(aHdrChanged, m_db, &match);
+
+  if (!match && plugin && !wasPlugin)
+    RemoveByIndex(index); // remove hdr from view
+  else
+    NoteChange(index, 1, nsMsgViewNotificationCode::changed);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgQuickSearchDBView::GetSearchSession(nsIMsgSearchSession* *aSession)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(false, "GetSearchSession method is not implemented");
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgQuickSearchDBView::SetSearchSession(nsIMsgSearchSession *aSession)
+{
+  m_searchSession = do_GetWeakReference(aSession);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgQuickSearchDBView::OnSearchHit(nsIMsgDBHdr* aMsgHdr, nsIMsgFolder *folder)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(aMsgHdr);
+  if (!m_db)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+  // remember search hit and when search is done, reconcile cache
+  // with new hits;
+  m_hdrHits.AppendObject(aMsgHdr);
+  nsMsgKey key;
+  aMsgHdr->GetMessageKey(&key);
+  // Is FindKey going to be expensive here? A lot of hits could make
+  // it a little bit slow to search through the view for every hit.
+  if (m_cacheEmpty || FindKey(key, false) == nsMsgViewIndex_None)
+    return AddHdr(aMsgHdr); 
+  else
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgQuickSearchDBView::OnSearchDone(nsresult status)
+{
+  // We're a single-folder virtual folder if viewFolder != folder, and that is
+  // the only case in which we want to be messing about with a results cache
+  // or unread counts.
+  if (m_db && m_viewFolder && m_viewFolder != m_folder)
+  {
+    nsTArray<nsMsgKey> keyArray;
+    nsCString searchUri;
+    m_viewFolder->GetURI(searchUri);
+    uint32_t count = m_hdrHits.Count();
+    // Build up message keys. The hits are in descending order but the cache
+    // expects them to be in ascending key order.
+    for (uint32_t i = count; i > 0; i--)
+    {
+      nsMsgKey key;
+      m_hdrHits[i-1]->GetMessageKey(&key);
+      keyArray.AppendElement(key);
+    }
+    nsMsgKey *staleHits;
+    uint32_t numBadHits;
+    if (m_db)
+    {
+      nsresult rv = m_db->RefreshCache(searchUri.get(), m_hdrHits.Count(),
+                                       keyArray.Elements(), &numBadHits, &staleHits);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> hdrDeleted;
+
+      for (uint32_t i = 0; i < numBadHits; i++)
+      {
+        m_db->GetMsgHdrForKey(staleHits[i], getter_AddRefs(hdrDeleted));
+        if (hdrDeleted)
+          OnHdrDeleted(hdrDeleted, nsMsgKey_None, 0, this);
+      }
+      delete [] staleHits;
+    }
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> virtDatabase;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIDBFolderInfo> dbFolderInfo;
+    nsresult rv = m_viewFolder->GetDBFolderInfoAndDB(getter_AddRefs(dbFolderInfo), getter_AddRefs(virtDatabase));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    uint32_t numUnread = 0;
+    size_t numTotal = m_origKeys.Length();
+
+    for (size_t i = 0; i < m_origKeys.Length(); i++)
+    {
+      bool isRead;
+      m_db->IsRead(m_origKeys[i], &isRead);
+      if (!isRead)
+        numUnread++;
+    }
+    dbFolderInfo->SetNumUnreadMessages(numUnread);
+    dbFolderInfo->SetNumMessages(numTotal);
+    m_viewFolder->UpdateSummaryTotals(true); // force update from db.
+    virtDatabase->Commit(nsMsgDBCommitType::kLargeCommit);
+  }
+  if (m_sortType != nsMsgViewSortType::byThread)//we do not find levels for the results.
+  {
+    m_sortValid = false;       //sort the results 
+    Sort(m_sortType, m_sortOrder);
+  }
+  if (m_viewFolder && (m_viewFolder != m_folder))
+    SetMRUTimeForFolder(m_viewFolder);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgQuickSearchDBView::OnNewSearch()
+{
+  int32_t oldSize = GetSize();
+
+  m_keys.Clear();
+  m_levels.Clear();
+  m_flags.Clear();
+  m_hdrHits.Clear();
+  // this needs to happen after we remove all the keys, since RowCountChanged() will call our GetRowCount()
+  if (mTree)
+    mTree->RowCountChanged(0, -oldSize);
+  uint32_t folderFlags = 0;
+  if (m_viewFolder)
+    m_viewFolder->GetFlags(&folderFlags);
+  // check if it's a virtual folder - if so, we should get the cached hits 
+  // from the db, and set a flag saying that we're using cached values.
+  if (folderFlags & nsMsgFolderFlags::Virtual)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleEnumerator> cachedHits;
+    nsCString searchUri;
+    m_viewFolder->GetURI(searchUri);
+    m_db->GetCachedHits(searchUri.get(), getter_AddRefs(cachedHits));
+    if (cachedHits)
+    {
+      bool hasMore;
+
+      m_usingCachedHits = true;
+      cachedHits->HasMoreElements(&hasMore);
+      m_cacheEmpty = !hasMore;
+      if (mTree)
+        mTree->BeginUpdateBatch();
+      while (hasMore)
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr <nsISupports> supports;
+        nsresult rv = cachedHits->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(supports));
+        NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "nsMsgDBEnumerator broken");
+        nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> pHeader = do_QueryInterface(supports);
+        if (pHeader && NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+          AddHdr(pHeader);
+        else
+          break;
+        cachedHits->HasMoreElements(&hasMore);
+      }
+      if (mTree)
+        mTree->EndUpdateBatch();
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgQuickSearchDBView::GetFirstMessageHdrToDisplayInThread(nsIMsgThread *threadHdr, nsIMsgDBHdr **result)
+{
+  uint32_t numChildren;
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  uint8_t minLevel = 0xff;
+  threadHdr->GetNumChildren(&numChildren);
+  nsMsgKey threadRootKey;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> rootParent;
+  int32_t rootIndex;
+  threadHdr->GetRootHdr(&rootIndex, getter_AddRefs(rootParent));
+  if (rootParent)
+    rootParent->GetMessageKey(&threadRootKey);
+  else
+    threadHdr->GetThreadKey(&threadRootKey);
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> retHdr;
+
+  // iterate over thread, finding mgsHdr in view with the lowest level.
+  for (uint32_t childIndex = 0; childIndex < numChildren; childIndex++)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> child;
+    rv = threadHdr->GetChildHdrAt(childIndex, getter_AddRefs(child));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && child)
+    {
+      nsMsgKey msgKey;
+      child->GetMessageKey(&msgKey);
+
+      // this works because we've already sorted m_keys by id.
+      nsMsgViewIndex keyIndex = m_origKeys.BinaryIndexOf(msgKey);
+      if (keyIndex != nsMsgViewIndex_None)
+      {
+        // this is the root, so it's the best we're going to do.
+        if (msgKey == threadRootKey)
+        {
+          retHdr = child;
+          break;
+        }
+        uint8_t level = 0;
+        nsMsgKey parentId;
+        child->GetThreadParent(&parentId);
+        nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> parent;
+        // count number of ancestors - that's our level
+        while (parentId != nsMsgKey_None)
+        {
+          rv = m_db->GetMsgHdrForKey(parentId, getter_AddRefs(parent));
+          if (parent)
+          {
+            nsMsgKey saveParentId = parentId;
+            parent->GetThreadParent(&parentId);
+            // message is it's own parent - bad, let's break out of here.
+            // Or we've got some circular ancestry.
+            if (parentId == saveParentId || level > numChildren)
+              break;
+            level++;
+          }
+          else // if we can't find the parent, don't loop forever.
+            break;
+        }
+        if (level < minLevel)
+        {
+          minLevel = level;
+          retHdr = child;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*result = retHdr);
+  return NS_OK; 
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgQuickSearchDBView::SortThreads(nsMsgViewSortTypeValue sortType, nsMsgViewSortOrderValue sortOrder)
+{
+  // don't need to sort by threads for group view.
+  if (m_viewFlags & nsMsgViewFlagsType::kGroupBySort)
+    return NS_OK;
+  // iterate over the messages in the view, getting the thread id's
+  // sort m_keys so we can quickly find if a key is in the view. 
+  m_keys.Sort();
+  // array of the threads' root hdr keys.
+  nsTArray<nsMsgKey> threadRootIds;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> rootHdr;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgThread> threadHdr;
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < m_keys.Length(); i++)
+  {
+    GetMsgHdrForViewIndex(i, getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+    m_db->GetThreadContainingMsgHdr(msgHdr, getter_AddRefs(threadHdr));
+    if (threadHdr)
+    {
+      nsMsgKey rootKey;
+      threadHdr->GetChildKeyAt(0, &rootKey);
+      nsMsgViewIndex threadRootIndex = threadRootIds.BinaryIndexOf(rootKey);
+      // if we already have that id in top level threads, ignore this msg.
+      if (threadRootIndex != nsMsgViewIndex_None)
+        continue;
+      // it would be nice if GetInsertIndexHelper always found the hdr, but it doesn't.
+      threadHdr->GetChildHdrAt(0, getter_AddRefs(rootHdr));
+      if (!rootHdr)
+        continue;
+      threadRootIndex = GetInsertIndexHelper(rootHdr, threadRootIds, nullptr,
+                                             nsMsgViewSortOrder::ascending,
+                                             nsMsgViewSortType::byId);
+      threadRootIds.InsertElementAt(threadRootIndex, rootKey);
+    }
+  }
+
+  m_sortType = nsMsgViewSortType::byNone; // sort from scratch
+  // need to sort the top level threads now by sort order, if it's not by id
+  // and ascending (which is the order per above).
+  if (!(sortType == nsMsgViewSortType::byId &&
+        sortOrder == nsMsgViewSortOrder::ascending))
+  {
+    m_keys.SwapElements(threadRootIds);
+    nsMsgDBView::Sort(sortType, sortOrder);
+    threadRootIds.SwapElements(m_keys);
+  }
+  m_keys.Clear();
+  m_levels.Clear();
+  m_flags.Clear();
+  // now we've build up the list of thread ids - need to build the view
+  // from that. So for each thread id, we need to list the messages in the thread.
+  uint32_t numThreads = threadRootIds.Length();
+  for (uint32_t threadIndex = 0; threadIndex < numThreads; threadIndex++)
+  {
+    m_db->GetMsgHdrForKey(threadRootIds[threadIndex], getter_AddRefs(rootHdr));
+    if (rootHdr)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> displayRootHdr;
+      m_db->GetThreadContainingMsgHdr(rootHdr, getter_AddRefs(threadHdr));
+      if (threadHdr)
+      {
+        nsMsgKey rootKey;
+        uint32_t rootFlags;
+        GetFirstMessageHdrToDisplayInThread(threadHdr, getter_AddRefs(displayRootHdr));
+        if (!displayRootHdr)
+          continue;
+        displayRootHdr->GetMessageKey(&rootKey);
+        displayRootHdr->GetFlags(&rootFlags);
+        rootFlags |= MSG_VIEW_FLAG_ISTHREAD;
+        m_keys.AppendElement(rootKey);
+        m_flags.AppendElement(rootFlags);
+        m_levels.AppendElement(0);
+
+        nsMsgViewIndex startOfThreadViewIndex = m_keys.Length();
+        nsMsgViewIndex rootIndex = startOfThreadViewIndex - 1;
+        uint32_t numListed = 0;
+        ListIdsInThreadOrder(threadHdr, rootKey, 1, &startOfThreadViewIndex, &numListed);
+        if (numListed > 0)
+          m_flags[rootIndex] = rootFlags | MSG_VIEW_FLAG_HASCHILDREN;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  // The thread state is left expanded (despite viewFlags) so at least reflect
+  // the correct state.
+  m_viewFlags |= nsMsgViewFlagsType::kExpandAll;
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgQuickSearchDBView::ListCollapsedChildren(nsMsgViewIndex viewIndex,
+                                              nsIMutableArray *messageArray)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgThread> threadHdr; 
+  nsresult rv = GetThreadContainingIndex(viewIndex, getter_AddRefs(threadHdr));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  uint32_t numChildren;
+  threadHdr->GetNumChildren(&numChildren);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> rootHdr;
+  nsMsgKey rootKey;
+  GetMsgHdrForViewIndex(viewIndex, getter_AddRefs(rootHdr));
+  rootHdr->GetMessageKey(&rootKey);
+  // group threads can have the root key twice, one for the dummy row.
+  bool rootKeySkipped = false;
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < numChildren; i++)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+    threadHdr->GetChildHdrAt(i, getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+    if (msgHdr)
+    {
+      nsMsgKey msgKey;
+      msgHdr->GetMessageKey(&msgKey);
+      if (msgKey != rootKey || (GroupViewUsesDummyRow() && rootKeySkipped))
+      {
+        // if this hdr is in the original view, add it to new view.
+        if (m_origKeys.BinaryIndexOf(msgKey) != m_origKeys.NoIndex)
+          messageArray->AppendElement(msgHdr, false);
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        rootKeySkipped = true;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgQuickSearchDBView::ListIdsInThread(nsIMsgThread *threadHdr, nsMsgViewIndex startOfThreadViewIndex, uint32_t *pNumListed)
+{
+
+  if (m_viewFlags & nsMsgViewFlagsType::kThreadedDisplay && ! (m_viewFlags & nsMsgViewFlagsType::kGroupBySort))
+  {
+    nsMsgKey parentKey = m_keys[startOfThreadViewIndex++];
+    return ListIdsInThreadOrder(threadHdr, parentKey, 1, &startOfThreadViewIndex, pNumListed);
+  }
+
+  uint32_t numChildren;
+  threadHdr->GetNumChildren(&numChildren);
+  uint32_t i;
+  uint32_t viewIndex = startOfThreadViewIndex + 1;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> rootHdr;
+  nsMsgKey rootKey;
+  uint32_t rootFlags = m_flags[startOfThreadViewIndex];
+  *pNumListed = 0;
+  GetMsgHdrForViewIndex(startOfThreadViewIndex, getter_AddRefs(rootHdr));
+  rootHdr->GetMessageKey(&rootKey);
+  // group threads can have the root key twice, one for the dummy row.
+  bool rootKeySkipped = false;
+  for (i = 0; i < numChildren; i++)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+    threadHdr->GetChildHdrAt(i, getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+    if (msgHdr != nullptr)
+    {
+      nsMsgKey msgKey;
+      msgHdr->GetMessageKey(&msgKey);
+      if (msgKey != rootKey || (GroupViewUsesDummyRow() && rootKeySkipped))
+      {
+        nsMsgViewIndex threadRootIndex = m_origKeys.BinaryIndexOf(msgKey);
+        // if this hdr is in the original view, add it to new view.
+        if (threadRootIndex != nsMsgViewIndex_None)
+        {
+          uint32_t childFlags;
+          msgHdr->GetFlags(&childFlags);
+          InsertMsgHdrAt(viewIndex, msgHdr, msgKey, childFlags, 
+                        FindLevelInThread(msgHdr, startOfThreadViewIndex, viewIndex));
+          if (! (rootFlags & MSG_VIEW_FLAG_HASCHILDREN))
+            m_flags[startOfThreadViewIndex] = rootFlags | MSG_VIEW_FLAG_HASCHILDREN;
+
+          viewIndex++;
+          (*pNumListed)++;
+        }
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        rootKeySkipped = true;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgQuickSearchDBView::ListIdsInThreadOrder(nsIMsgThread *threadHdr,
+                                             nsMsgKey parentKey, uint32_t level,
+                                             uint32_t callLevel,
+                                             nsMsgKey keyToSkip,
+                                             nsMsgViewIndex *viewIndex,
+                                             uint32_t *pNumListed)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr <nsISimpleEnumerator> msgEnumerator;
+  nsresult rv = threadHdr->EnumerateMessages(parentKey, getter_AddRefs(msgEnumerator));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  
+  // We use the numChildren as a sanity check on the thread structure.
+  uint32_t numChildren;
+  (void) threadHdr->GetNumChildren(&numChildren);
+  bool hasMore;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsISupports> supports;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+  while (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && NS_SUCCEEDED(rv = msgEnumerator->HasMoreElements(&hasMore)) &&
+         hasMore)
+  {
+    rv = msgEnumerator->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(supports));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && supports)
+    {
+      msgHdr = do_QueryInterface(supports);
+      nsMsgKey msgKey;
+      msgHdr->GetMessageKey(&msgKey);
+      if (msgKey == keyToSkip)
+        continue;
+
+      // If we discover depths of more than numChildren, it means we have
+      // some sort of circular thread relationship and we bail out of the
+      // while loop before overflowing the stack with recursive calls.
+      // Technically, this is an error, but forcing a database rebuild
+      // is too destructive so we just return.
+      if (*pNumListed > numChildren || callLevel > numChildren)
+      {
+        NS_ERROR("loop in message threading while listing children");
+        return NS_OK;
+      }
+
+      int32_t childLevel = level;
+      if (m_origKeys.BinaryIndexOf(msgKey) != m_origKeys.NoIndex)
+      {
+        uint32_t msgFlags;
+        msgHdr->GetFlags(&msgFlags);
+        InsertMsgHdrAt(*viewIndex, msgHdr, msgKey, msgFlags & ~MSG_VIEW_FLAGS, level);
+        (*pNumListed)++;
+        (*viewIndex)++;
+        childLevel++;
+      }
+      rv = ListIdsInThreadOrder(threadHdr, msgKey, childLevel, callLevel + 1,
+                                keyToSkip, viewIndex, pNumListed);
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgQuickSearchDBView::ListIdsInThreadOrder(nsIMsgThread *threadHdr,
+                                             nsMsgKey parentKey, uint32_t level,
+                                             nsMsgViewIndex *viewIndex,
+                                             uint32_t *pNumListed)
+{
+  nsresult rv = ListIdsInThreadOrder(threadHdr, parentKey, level, level,
+                                     nsMsgKey_None, viewIndex, pNumListed);
+  // Because a quick search view might not have the actual thread root
+  // as its root, and thus might have a message that potentially has siblings
+  // as its root, and the enumerator will miss the siblings, we might need to
+  // make a pass looking for the siblings of the non-root root. We'll put
+  // those after the potential children of the root. So we will list the children
+  // of the faux root's parent, ignoring the faux root.
+  if (level == 1)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> root;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> rootParent;
+    nsMsgKey rootKey;
+    int32_t rootIndex;
+    threadHdr->GetRootHdr(&rootIndex, getter_AddRefs(rootParent));
+    if (rootParent)
+    {
+      rootParent->GetMessageKey(&rootKey);
+      if (rootKey != parentKey)
+        rv = ListIdsInThreadOrder(threadHdr, rootKey, level, level, parentKey,
+                                  viewIndex, pNumListed);
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgQuickSearchDBView::ExpansionDelta(nsMsgViewIndex index, int32_t *expansionDelta)
+{
+  *expansionDelta = 0;
+  if (index >= ((nsMsgViewIndex) m_keys.Length()))
+    return NS_MSG_MESSAGE_NOT_FOUND;
+
+  char flags = m_flags[index];
+
+  if (!(m_viewFlags & nsMsgViewFlagsType::kThreadedDisplay))
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgThread> threadHdr; 
+  nsresult rv = GetThreadContainingIndex(index, getter_AddRefs(threadHdr));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  uint32_t numChildren;
+  threadHdr->GetNumChildren(&numChildren);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> rootHdr;
+  nsMsgKey rootKey;
+  GetMsgHdrForViewIndex(index, getter_AddRefs(rootHdr));
+  rootHdr->GetMessageKey(&rootKey);
+  // group threads can have the root key twice, one for the dummy row.
+  bool rootKeySkipped = false;
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < numChildren; i++)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+    threadHdr->GetChildHdrAt(i, getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+    if (msgHdr)
+    {
+      nsMsgKey msgKey;
+      msgHdr->GetMessageKey(&msgKey);
+      if (msgKey != rootKey || (GroupViewUsesDummyRow() && rootKeySkipped))
+      {
+        // if this hdr is in the original view, add it to new view.
+        if (m_origKeys.BinaryIndexOf(msgKey) != m_origKeys.NoIndex)
+          (*expansionDelta)++;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        rootKeySkipped = true;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  if (! (flags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Elided))
+    *expansionDelta = - (*expansionDelta);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP 
+nsMsgQuickSearchDBView::OpenWithHdrs(nsISimpleEnumerator *aHeaders, 
+                                     nsMsgViewSortTypeValue aSortType,
+                                     nsMsgViewSortOrderValue aSortOrder, 
+                                     nsMsgViewFlagsTypeValue aViewFlags,
+                                     int32_t *aCount)
+{
+  if (aViewFlags & nsMsgViewFlagsType::kGroupBySort)
+    return nsMsgGroupView::OpenWithHdrs(aHeaders, aSortType, aSortOrder, 
+                                        aViewFlags, aCount);
+
+  m_sortType = aSortType;
+  m_sortOrder = aSortOrder;
+  m_viewFlags = aViewFlags;
+
+  bool hasMore;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> supports;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  while (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv = aHeaders->HasMoreElements(&hasMore)) && hasMore)
+  {
+    rv = aHeaders->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(supports));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && supports)
+    {
+      msgHdr = do_QueryInterface(supports);
+      AddHdr(msgHdr); 
+    }
+    else
+      break;
+  }
+  *aCount = m_keys.Length();
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgQuickSearchDBView::SetViewFlags(nsMsgViewFlagsTypeValue aViewFlags)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  // if the grouping has changed, rebuild the view
+  if ((m_viewFlags & nsMsgViewFlagsType::kGroupBySort) ^
+      (aViewFlags & nsMsgViewFlagsType::kGroupBySort))
+    rv = RebuildView(aViewFlags);
+  nsMsgDBView::SetViewFlags(aViewFlags);
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult 
+nsMsgQuickSearchDBView::GetMessageEnumerator(nsISimpleEnumerator **enumerator)
+{
+  return GetViewEnumerator(enumerator);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgQuickSearchDBView::OnHdrDeleted(nsIMsgDBHdr *aHdrDeleted,
+                                     nsMsgKey aParentKey,
+                                     int32_t aFlags,
+                                     nsIDBChangeListener *aInstigator)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aHdrDeleted);
+  nsMsgKey msgKey;
+  aHdrDeleted->GetMessageKey(&msgKey);
+  size_t keyIndex = m_origKeys.BinaryIndexOf(msgKey);
+  if (keyIndex != m_origKeys.NoIndex)
+    m_origKeys.RemoveElementAt(keyIndex);
+  return nsMsgThreadedDBView::OnHdrDeleted(aHdrDeleted, aParentKey, aFlags,
+                                           aInstigator);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgQuickSearchDBView::GetNumMsgsInView(int32_t *aNumMsgs)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aNumMsgs);
+  *aNumMsgs = m_origKeys.Length();
+  return NS_OK;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgQuickSearchDBView.h b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgQuickSearchDBView.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1db04a627
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgQuickSearchDBView.h
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _nsMsgQuickSearchDBView_H_
+#define _nsMsgQuickSearchDBView_H_
+
+#include "mozilla/Attributes.h"
+#include "nsMsgThreadedDBView.h"
+#include "nsIMsgSearchNotify.h"
+#include "nsIMsgSearchSession.h"
+#include "nsCOMArray.h"
+#include "nsIMsgHdr.h"
+
+
+class nsMsgQuickSearchDBView : public nsMsgThreadedDBView, public nsIMsgSearchNotify
+{
+public:
+  nsMsgQuickSearchDBView();
+
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGSEARCHNOTIFY
+
+  virtual const char * GetViewName(void) override {return "QuickSearchView"; }
+  NS_IMETHOD Open(nsIMsgFolder *folder, nsMsgViewSortTypeValue sortType, 
+                  nsMsgViewSortOrderValue sortOrder, 
+                  nsMsgViewFlagsTypeValue viewFlags, int32_t *pCount) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD OpenWithHdrs(nsISimpleEnumerator *aHeaders, 
+                          nsMsgViewSortTypeValue aSortType, 
+                          nsMsgViewSortOrderValue aSortOrder, 
+                          nsMsgViewFlagsTypeValue aViewFlags, 
+                          int32_t *aCount) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD CloneDBView(nsIMessenger *aMessengerInstance,
+                         nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow,
+                         nsIMsgDBViewCommandUpdater *aCommandUpdater,
+                         nsIMsgDBView **_retval) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD CopyDBView(nsMsgDBView *aNewMsgDBView,
+                        nsIMessenger *aMessengerInstance,
+                        nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow,
+                        nsIMsgDBViewCommandUpdater *aCmdUpdater) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD DoCommand(nsMsgViewCommandTypeValue aCommand) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetViewType(nsMsgViewTypeValue *aViewType) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD SetViewFlags(nsMsgViewFlagsTypeValue aViewFlags) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD SetSearchSession(nsIMsgSearchSession *aSearchSession) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetSearchSession(nsIMsgSearchSession* *aSearchSession) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD OnHdrFlagsChanged(nsIMsgDBHdr *aHdrChanged, uint32_t aOldFlags, 
+                               uint32_t aNewFlags, nsIDBChangeListener *aInstigator) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD OnHdrPropertyChanged(nsIMsgDBHdr *aHdrToChange, bool aPreChange, uint32_t *aStatus, 
+                                  nsIDBChangeListener * aInstigator) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD OnHdrDeleted(nsIMsgDBHdr *aHdrDeleted, nsMsgKey aParentKey,
+                          int32_t aFlags, nsIDBChangeListener *aInstigator) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetNumMsgsInView(int32_t *aNumMsgs) override;
+
+protected:
+  virtual ~nsMsgQuickSearchDBView();
+  nsWeakPtr m_searchSession;
+  nsTArray<nsMsgKey> m_origKeys;
+  bool      m_usingCachedHits;
+  bool      m_cacheEmpty;
+  nsCOMArray <nsIMsgDBHdr> m_hdrHits;
+  virtual nsresult AddHdr(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr, nsMsgViewIndex *resultIndex = nullptr) override;
+  virtual nsresult OnNewHeader(nsIMsgDBHdr *newHdr, nsMsgKey aParentKey, bool ensureListed) override;
+  virtual nsresult DeleteMessages(nsIMsgWindow *window, nsMsgViewIndex *indices, int32_t numIndices, bool deleteStorage) override;
+  virtual nsresult SortThreads(nsMsgViewSortTypeValue sortType, nsMsgViewSortOrderValue sortOrder) override;
+  virtual nsresult GetFirstMessageHdrToDisplayInThread(nsIMsgThread *threadHdr, nsIMsgDBHdr **result) override;
+  virtual nsresult ExpansionDelta(nsMsgViewIndex index, int32_t *expansionDelta) override;
+  virtual nsresult ListCollapsedChildren(nsMsgViewIndex viewIndex,
+                                         nsIMutableArray *messageArray) override;
+  virtual nsresult ListIdsInThread(nsIMsgThread *threadHdr, nsMsgViewIndex startOfThreadViewIndex, uint32_t *pNumListed) override;
+  virtual nsresult ListIdsInThreadOrder(nsIMsgThread *threadHdr,
+                                        nsMsgKey parentKey, uint32_t level,
+                                        nsMsgViewIndex *viewIndex,
+                                        uint32_t *pNumListed) override;
+  virtual nsresult ListIdsInThreadOrder(nsIMsgThread *threadHdr,
+                                        nsMsgKey parentKey, uint32_t level,
+                                        uint32_t callLevel,
+                                        nsMsgKey keyToSkip,
+                                        nsMsgViewIndex *viewIndex,
+                                        uint32_t *pNumListed);
+  virtual nsresult GetMessageEnumerator(nsISimpleEnumerator **enumerator) override;
+  void      SavePreSearchInfo();
+  void      ClearPreSearchInfo();
+
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgRDFDataSource.cpp b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgRDFDataSource.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5cdbf5cc6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgRDFDataSource.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,371 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsMsgRDFDataSource.h"
+#include "nsRDFCID.h"
+#include "rdf.h"
+#include "plstr.h"
+#include "nsMsgRDFUtils.h"
+#include "nsEnumeratorUtils.h"
+#include "nsIObserverService.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "mozilla/Services.h"
+
+static NS_DEFINE_CID(kRDFServiceCID, NS_RDFSERVICE_CID);
+
+nsMsgRDFDataSource::nsMsgRDFDataSource():
+    m_shuttingDown(false),
+    mInitialized(false)
+{
+}
+
+nsMsgRDFDataSource::~nsMsgRDFDataSource()
+{
+  // final shutdown happens here
+  NS_ASSERTION(!mInitialized, "Object going away without cleanup, possibly dangerous!");
+  if (mInitialized) Cleanup();
+}
+
+/* initialization happens here - object is constructed,
+   but possibly partially shut down
+*/
+nsresult
+nsMsgRDFDataSource::Init()
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(!mInitialized, NS_ERROR_ALREADY_INITIALIZED);
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  /* Add an observer to XPCOM shutdown */
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIObserverService> obs =
+    mozilla::services::GetObserverService();
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(obs, NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED);
+  rv = obs->AddObserver(static_cast<nsIObserver*>(this), NS_XPCOM_SHUTDOWN_OBSERVER_ID, true);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  getRDFService();
+
+  mInitialized=true;
+  return rv;
+}
+
+void nsMsgRDFDataSource::Cleanup()
+{
+  mRDFService = nullptr;
+
+  // release the window
+  mWindow = nullptr;
+
+  mInitialized = false;
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_CLASS(nsMsgRDFDataSource)
+
+NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_UNLINK_BEGIN(nsMsgRDFDataSource)
+  NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_UNLINK(mObservers)
+  NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_UNLINK(mWindow)
+  NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_UNLINK(mRDFService)
+NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_UNLINK_END
+
+NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_TRAVERSE_BEGIN(nsMsgRDFDataSource)
+  NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_TRAVERSE(mObservers)
+  NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_TRAVERSE(mRDFService)
+NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_TRAVERSE_END
+
+NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTING_ADDREF(nsMsgRDFDataSource)
+NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTING_RELEASE(nsMsgRDFDataSource)
+
+NS_INTERFACE_MAP_BEGIN(nsMsgRDFDataSource)
+  NS_INTERFACE_MAP_ENTRY(nsIRDFDataSource)
+  NS_INTERFACE_MAP_ENTRY(nsIObserver)
+  NS_INTERFACE_MAP_ENTRY(nsIMsgRDFDataSource)
+  NS_INTERFACE_MAP_ENTRY(nsISupportsWeakReference)
+  NS_INTERFACE_MAP_ENTRY_AMBIGUOUS(nsISupports, nsIRDFDataSource)
+  NS_INTERFACE_MAP_ENTRIES_CYCLE_COLLECTION(nsMsgRDFDataSource)
+NS_INTERFACE_MAP_END
+
+/* readonly attribute string URI; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgRDFDataSource::GetURI(char * *aURI)
+{
+    NS_NOTREACHED("should be implemented by a subclass");
+    return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+}
+
+
+/* nsIRDFResource GetSource (in nsIRDFResource aProperty, in nsIRDFNode aTarget, in boolean aTruthValue); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgRDFDataSource::GetSource(nsIRDFResource *aProperty, nsIRDFNode *aTarget, bool aTruthValue, nsIRDFResource **_retval)
+{
+    return NS_RDF_NO_VALUE;
+}
+
+
+/* nsISimpleEnumerator GetSources (in nsIRDFResource aProperty, in nsIRDFNode aTarget, in boolean aTruthValue); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgRDFDataSource::GetSources(nsIRDFResource *aProperty, nsIRDFNode *aTarget, bool aTruthValue, nsISimpleEnumerator **_retval)
+{
+    return NS_RDF_NO_VALUE;
+}
+
+
+/* nsIRDFNode GetTarget (in nsIRDFResource aSource, in nsIRDFResource aProperty, in boolean aTruthValue); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgRDFDataSource::GetTarget(nsIRDFResource *aSource, nsIRDFResource *aProperty, bool aTruthValue, nsIRDFNode **_retval)
+{
+    return NS_RDF_NO_VALUE;
+}
+
+
+/* nsISimpleEnumerator GetTargets (in nsIRDFResource aSource, in nsIRDFResource aProperty, in boolean aTruthValue); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgRDFDataSource::GetTargets(nsIRDFResource *aSource, nsIRDFResource *aProperty, bool aTruthValue, nsISimpleEnumerator **_retval)
+{
+    return NS_RDF_NO_VALUE;
+}
+
+
+/* void Assert (in nsIRDFResource aSource, in nsIRDFResource aProperty, in nsIRDFNode aTarget, in boolean aTruthValue); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgRDFDataSource::Assert(nsIRDFResource *aSource, nsIRDFResource *aProperty, nsIRDFNode *aTarget, bool aTruthValue)
+{
+    return NS_RDF_NO_VALUE;
+}
+
+
+/* void Unassert (in nsIRDFResource aSource, in nsIRDFResource aProperty, in nsIRDFNode aTarget); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgRDFDataSource::Unassert(nsIRDFResource *aSource, nsIRDFResource *aProperty, nsIRDFNode *aTarget)
+{
+    return NS_RDF_NO_VALUE;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgRDFDataSource::Change(nsIRDFResource *aSource,
+                           nsIRDFResource *aProperty,
+                           nsIRDFNode *aOldTarget,
+                           nsIRDFNode *aNewTarget)
+{
+    return NS_RDF_NO_VALUE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgRDFDataSource::Move(nsIRDFResource *aOldSource,
+                         nsIRDFResource *aNewSource,
+                         nsIRDFResource *aProperty,
+                         nsIRDFNode *aTarget)
+{
+    return NS_RDF_NO_VALUE;
+}
+
+
+/* boolean HasAssertion (in nsIRDFResource aSource, in nsIRDFResource aProperty, in nsIRDFNode aTarget, in boolean aTruthValue); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgRDFDataSource::HasAssertion(nsIRDFResource *aSource, nsIRDFResource *aProperty, nsIRDFNode *aTarget, bool aTruthValue, bool *_retval)
+{
+    *_retval = false;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+/* void AddObserver (in nsIRDFObserver aObserver); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgRDFDataSource::AddObserver(nsIRDFObserver *aObserver)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aObserver);
+  if (!mInitialized)
+      Init();
+  mObservers.AppendObject(aObserver);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* void RemoveObserver (in nsIRDFObserver aObserver); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgRDFDataSource::RemoveObserver(nsIRDFObserver *aObserver)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aObserver);
+  mObservers.RemoveObject(aObserver);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgRDFDataSource::HasArcIn(nsIRDFNode *aNode, nsIRDFResource *aArc, bool *result)
+{
+  *result = false;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgRDFDataSource::HasArcOut(nsIRDFResource *aSource, nsIRDFResource *aArc, bool *result)
+{
+  *result = false;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* nsISimpleEnumerator ArcLabelsIn (in nsIRDFNode aNode); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgRDFDataSource::ArcLabelsIn(nsIRDFNode *aNode, nsISimpleEnumerator **_retval)
+{
+  return NS_NewEmptyEnumerator(_retval);
+}
+
+
+/* nsISimpleEnumerator ArcLabelsOut (in nsIRDFResource aSource); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgRDFDataSource::ArcLabelsOut(nsIRDFResource *aSource, nsISimpleEnumerator **_retval)
+{
+    return NS_RDF_NO_VALUE;
+}
+
+
+/* nsISimpleEnumerator GetAllResources (); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgRDFDataSource::GetAllResources(nsISimpleEnumerator **_retval)
+{
+    return NS_RDF_NO_VALUE;
+}
+
+
+/* nsISimpleEnumerator GetAllCmds (in nsIRDFResource aSource); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgRDFDataSource::GetAllCmds(nsIRDFResource *aSource, nsISimpleEnumerator **_retval)
+{
+    return NS_RDF_NO_VALUE;
+}
+
+
+/* boolean IsCommandEnabled (in nsISupports aSources, in nsIRDFResource aCommand, in nsISupports aArguments); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgRDFDataSource::IsCommandEnabled(nsISupports *aSources, nsIRDFResource *aCommand, nsISupports *aArguments, bool *_retval)
+{
+    return NS_RDF_NO_VALUE;
+}
+
+
+/* void DoCommand (in nsISupports aSources, in nsIRDFResource aCommand, in nsISupports aArguments); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgRDFDataSource::DoCommand(nsISupports *aSources, nsIRDFResource *aCommand, nsISupports *aArguments)
+{
+    return NS_RDF_NO_VALUE;
+}
+
+/* void BeginUpdateBatch (); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgRDFDataSource::BeginUpdateBatch()
+{
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* void EndUpdateBatch (); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgRDFDataSource::EndUpdateBatch()
+{
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+/* XPCOM Shutdown observer */
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgRDFDataSource::Observe(nsISupports *aSubject, const char *aTopic, const char16_t *someData )
+{
+  if (!strcmp(aTopic, NS_XPCOM_SHUTDOWN_OBSERVER_ID)) {
+    m_shuttingDown = true;
+    Cleanup();
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgRDFDataSource::GetWindow(nsIMsgWindow * *aWindow)
+{
+  if(!aWindow)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  *aWindow = mWindow;
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aWindow);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgRDFDataSource::SetWindow(nsIMsgWindow * aWindow)
+{
+  mWindow = aWindow;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+nsIRDFService *
+nsMsgRDFDataSource::getRDFService()
+{
+    if (!mRDFService && !m_shuttingDown) {
+        nsresult rv;
+        mRDFService = do_GetService(kRDFServiceCID, &rv);
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return nullptr;
+    }
+
+    return mRDFService;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgRDFDataSource::NotifyPropertyChanged(nsIRDFResource *resource,
+                                                   nsIRDFResource *propertyResource,
+                                                   nsIRDFNode *newNode,
+                                                   nsIRDFNode *oldNode /* = nullptr */)
+{
+
+  NotifyObservers(resource, propertyResource, newNode, oldNode, false, true);
+  return NS_OK;
+
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgRDFDataSource::NotifyObservers(nsIRDFResource *subject,
+                                                nsIRDFResource *property,
+                                                nsIRDFNode *newObject,
+                                                nsIRDFNode *oldObject,
+                                                bool assert, bool change)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(!(change && assert),
+               "Can't change and assert at the same time!\n");
+  nsMsgRDFNotification note = { this, subject, property, newObject, oldObject };
+  if(change)
+    mObservers.EnumerateForwards(changeEnumFunc, &note);
+  else if (assert)
+    mObservers.EnumerateForwards(assertEnumFunc, &note);
+  else
+    mObservers.EnumerateForwards(unassertEnumFunc, &note);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+bool
+nsMsgRDFDataSource::assertEnumFunc(nsIRDFObserver *aObserver, void *aData)
+{
+  nsMsgRDFNotification *note = (nsMsgRDFNotification *)aData;
+  aObserver->OnAssert(note->datasource,
+                     note->subject,
+                     note->property,
+                     note->newObject);
+  return true;
+}
+
+bool
+nsMsgRDFDataSource::unassertEnumFunc(nsIRDFObserver *aObserver, void *aData)
+{
+  nsMsgRDFNotification* note = (nsMsgRDFNotification *)aData;
+  aObserver->OnUnassert(note->datasource,
+                       note->subject,
+                       note->property,
+                       note->newObject);
+  return true;
+}
+
+bool
+nsMsgRDFDataSource::changeEnumFunc(nsIRDFObserver *aObserver, void *aData)
+{
+  nsMsgRDFNotification* note = (nsMsgRDFNotification *)aData;
+  aObserver->OnChange(note->datasource,
+                     note->subject,
+                     note->property,
+                     note->oldObject, note->newObject);
+  return true;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgRDFDataSource.h b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgRDFDataSource.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..636ebb60a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgRDFDataSource.h
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+
+#ifndef __nsMsgRDFDataSource_h
+#define __nsMsgRDFDataSource_h
+
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsIRDFDataSource.h"
+#include "nsIRDFService.h"
+#include "nsIServiceManager.h"
+#include "nsCOMArray.h"
+#include "nsIObserver.h"
+#include "nsITransactionManager.h"
+#include "nsIMsgWindow.h"
+#include "nsIMsgRDFDataSource.h"
+#include "nsWeakReference.h"
+#include "nsCycleCollectionParticipant.h"
+
+class nsMsgRDFDataSource : public nsIRDFDataSource,
+                           public nsIObserver,
+                           public nsSupportsWeakReference,
+                           public nsIMsgRDFDataSource
+{
+ public:
+  nsMsgRDFDataSource();
+  virtual nsresult Init();
+
+  NS_DECL_CYCLE_COLLECTING_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_CLASS_AMBIGUOUS(nsMsgRDFDataSource,
+                                           nsIRDFDataSource)
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGRDFDATASOURCE
+  NS_DECL_NSIRDFDATASOURCE
+  NS_DECL_NSIOBSERVER
+
+  // called to reset the datasource to an empty state
+  // if you need to release yourself as an observer/listener, do it here
+  virtual void Cleanup();
+
+ protected:
+  virtual ~nsMsgRDFDataSource();
+  nsIRDFService *getRDFService();
+  static bool assertEnumFunc(nsIRDFObserver *aObserver, void *aData);
+  static bool unassertEnumFunc(nsIRDFObserver *aObserver, void *aData);
+  static bool changeEnumFunc(nsIRDFObserver *aObserver, void *aData);
+  nsresult  NotifyObservers(nsIRDFResource *subject, nsIRDFResource *property,
+                            nsIRDFNode *newObject, nsIRDFNode *oldObject, 
+                            bool assert, bool change);
+
+  virtual nsresult NotifyPropertyChanged(nsIRDFResource *resource, 
+                    nsIRDFResource *propertyResource, nsIRDFNode *newNode, 
+                    nsIRDFNode *oldNode = nullptr);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgWindow> mWindow;
+
+  bool m_shuttingDown;
+  bool mInitialized;
+
+ private:
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFService> mRDFService;
+  nsCOMArray<nsIRDFObserver> mObservers;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgRDFUtils.cpp b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgRDFUtils.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3202c73c9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgRDFUtils.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+#include "nsMsgRDFUtils.h"
+#include "nsIServiceManager.h"
+#include "prprf.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsMemory.h"
+
+nsresult createNode(const char16_t *str, nsIRDFNode **node, nsIRDFService *rdfService)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFLiteral> value;
+
+  NS_ASSERTION(rdfService, "rdfService is null");
+  if (!rdfService) return NS_OK;
+
+  if (str) {
+    rv = rdfService->GetLiteral(str, getter_AddRefs(value));
+  } 
+  else {
+    rv = rdfService->GetLiteral(EmptyString().get(), getter_AddRefs(value));
+  }
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+    *node = value;
+    NS_IF_ADDREF(*node);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult createIntNode(int32_t value, nsIRDFNode **node, nsIRDFService *rdfService)
+{
+  *node = nullptr;
+  nsresult rv; 
+  if (!rdfService) return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;  
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFInt> num;
+  rv = rdfService->GetIntLiteral(value, getter_AddRefs(num));
+  if(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+    *node = num;
+    NS_IF_ADDREF(*node);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult createBlobNode(uint8_t *value, uint32_t &length, nsIRDFNode **node, nsIRDFService *rdfService)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(node);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(rdfService);
+  
+  *node = nullptr;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFBlob> blob;
+  nsresult rv = rdfService->GetBlobLiteral(value, length, getter_AddRefs(blob));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*node = blob);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult GetTargetHasAssertion(nsIRDFDataSource *dataSource, nsIRDFResource* folderResource,
+                               nsIRDFResource *property,bool tv, nsIRDFNode *target,bool* hasAssertion)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(hasAssertion);
+  
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFNode> currentTarget;
+  
+  nsresult rv = dataSource->GetTarget(folderResource, property,tv, getter_AddRefs(currentTarget));
+  if(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFLiteral> value1(do_QueryInterface(target));
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFLiteral> value2(do_QueryInterface(currentTarget));
+    if(value1 && value2)
+      //If the two values are equal then it has this assertion
+      *hasAssertion = (value1 == value2);
+  }
+  else
+    rv = NS_NOINTERFACE;
+  
+  return rv;
+  
+}
+
diff --git a/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgRDFUtils.h b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgRDFUtils.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3694ccc3b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgRDFUtils.h
@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+//This file holds some useful utility functions and declarations used by our datasources.
+
+#include "rdf.h"
+#include "nsIRDFResource.h"
+#include "nsIRDFNode.h"
+#include "nsIRDFDataSource.h"
+#include "nsIRDFService.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+
+// this is used for notification of observers using nsVoidArray
+typedef struct _nsMsgRDFNotification {
+  nsIRDFDataSource *datasource;
+  nsIRDFResource *subject;
+  nsIRDFResource *property;
+  nsIRDFNode *newObject;
+  nsIRDFNode *oldObject;
+} nsMsgRDFNotification;
+
+//Some property declarations
+
+#define NC_RDF_CHILD				NC_NAMESPACE_URI "child"
+#define NC_RDF_NAME					NC_NAMESPACE_URI "Name"
+#define NC_RDF_OPEN					NC_NAMESPACE_URI "open"
+#define NC_RDF_FOLDERTREENAME		NC_NAMESPACE_URI "FolderTreeName"
+#define NC_RDF_FOLDERTREESIMPLENAME		NC_NAMESPACE_URI "FolderTreeSimpleName"
+#define NC_RDF_FOLDER				NC_NAMESPACE_URI "Folder"
+#define NC_RDF_SPECIALFOLDER		NC_NAMESPACE_URI "SpecialFolder"
+#define NC_RDF_SERVERTYPE			NC_NAMESPACE_URI "ServerType"
+#define NC_RDF_CANCREATEFOLDERSONSERVER	NC_NAMESPACE_URI "CanCreateFoldersOnServer"
+#define NC_RDF_CANFILEMESSAGESONSERVER	NC_NAMESPACE_URI "CanFileMessagesOnServer"
+#define NC_RDF_ISSERVER				NC_NAMESPACE_URI "IsServer"
+#define NC_RDF_ISSECURE             NC_NAMESPACE_URI "IsSecure"
+#define NC_RDF_CANSUBSCRIBE			NC_NAMESPACE_URI "CanSubscribe"
+#define NC_RDF_SUPPORTSOFFLINE                  NC_NAMESPACE_URI "SupportsOffline"
+#define NC_RDF_CANFILEMESSAGES			NC_NAMESPACE_URI "CanFileMessages"
+#define NC_RDF_CANCREATESUBFOLDERS			NC_NAMESPACE_URI "CanCreateSubfolders"
+#define NC_RDF_CANRENAME			NC_NAMESPACE_URI "CanRename"
+#define NC_RDF_CANCOMPACT			NC_NAMESPACE_URI "CanCompact"
+#define NC_RDF_TOTALMESSAGES		NC_NAMESPACE_URI "TotalMessages"
+#define NC_RDF_TOTALUNREADMESSAGES	NC_NAMESPACE_URI "TotalUnreadMessages"
+#define NC_RDF_FOLDERSIZE               NC_NAMESPACE_URI "FolderSize"
+#define NC_RDF_CHARSET				NC_NAMESPACE_URI "Charset"
+#define NC_RDF_BIFFSTATE			NC_NAMESPACE_URI "BiffState"
+#define NC_RDF_HASUNREADMESSAGES	NC_NAMESPACE_URI "HasUnreadMessages"
+#define NC_RDF_SUBFOLDERSHAVEUNREADMESSAGES NC_NAMESPACE_URI "SubfoldersHaveUnreadMessages"
+#define NC_RDF_NOSELECT       NC_NAMESPACE_URI "NoSelect"
+#define NC_RDF_VIRTUALFOLDER   NC_NAMESPACE_URI "Virtual"
+#define NC_RDF_INVFEDITSEARCHSCOPE   NC_NAMESPACE_URI "InVFEditSearchScope"
+#define NC_RDF_IMAPSHARED     NC_NAMESPACE_URI "ImapShared"
+#define NC_RDF_NEWMESSAGES			NC_NAMESPACE_URI "NewMessages"
+#define NC_RDF_SYNCHRONIZE          NC_NAMESPACE_URI "Synchronize"
+#define NC_RDF_SYNCDISABLED         NC_NAMESPACE_URI "SyncDisabled"
+#define NC_RDF_KEY                      NC_NAMESPACE_URI "Key"
+#define NC_RDF_CANSEARCHMESSAGES			NC_NAMESPACE_URI "CanSearchMessages"
+#define NC_RDF_ISDEFERRED NC_NAMESPACE_URI "IsDeferred"
+
+//Sort Properties
+#define NC_RDF_SUBJECT_COLLATION_SORT	NC_NAMESPACE_URI "Subject?collation=true"
+#define NC_RDF_SENDER_COLLATION_SORT	NC_NAMESPACE_URI "Sender?collation=true"
+#define NC_RDF_RECIPIENT_COLLATION_SORT	NC_NAMESPACE_URI "Recipient?collation=true"
+#define NC_RDF_ORDERRECEIVED_SORT		NC_NAMESPACE_URI "OrderReceived?sort=true"
+#define NC_RDF_PRIORITY_SORT			NC_NAMESPACE_URI "Priority?sort=true"
+#define NC_RDF_DATE_SORT                NC_NAMESPACE_URI "Date?sort=true"
+#define NC_RDF_SIZE_SORT				NC_NAMESPACE_URI "Size?sort=true"
+#define NC_RDF_ISUNREAD_SORT			NC_NAMESPACE_URI "IsUnread?sort=true"
+#define NC_RDF_FLAGGED_SORT				NC_NAMESPACE_URI "Flagged?sort=true"
+
+#define NC_RDF_NAME_SORT				NC_NAMESPACE_URI "Name?sort=true"
+#define NC_RDF_FOLDERTREENAME_SORT		NC_NAMESPACE_URI "FolderTreeName?sort=true"
+
+//Folder Commands
+#define NC_RDF_DELETE				NC_NAMESPACE_URI "Delete"
+#define NC_RDF_REALLY_DELETE		NC_NAMESPACE_URI "ReallyDelete"
+#define NC_RDF_NEWFOLDER			NC_NAMESPACE_URI "NewFolder"
+#define NC_RDF_GETNEWMESSAGES		NC_NAMESPACE_URI "GetNewMessages"
+#define NC_RDF_COPY					NC_NAMESPACE_URI "Copy"
+#define NC_RDF_MOVE					NC_NAMESPACE_URI "Move"
+#define NC_RDF_COPYFOLDER			NC_NAMESPACE_URI "CopyFolder"
+#define NC_RDF_MOVEFOLDER			NC_NAMESPACE_URI "MoveFolder"
+#define NC_RDF_MARKALLMESSAGESREAD  NC_NAMESPACE_URI "MarkAllMessagesRead"
+#define NC_RDF_COMPACT				NC_NAMESPACE_URI "Compact"
+#define NC_RDF_COMPACTALL			NC_NAMESPACE_URI "CompactAll"
+#define NC_RDF_RENAME				NC_NAMESPACE_URI "Rename"
+#define NC_RDF_EMPTYTRASH   NC_NAMESPACE_URI "EmptyTrash"
+
+
+nsresult createNode(const char16_t *str, nsIRDFNode **, nsIRDFService *rdfService);
+
+//Given an int32_t creates an nsIRDFNode that is really an int literal.
+nsresult createIntNode(int32_t value, nsIRDFNode **node, nsIRDFService *rdfService);
+
+//Given an nsIRDFBlob creates an nsIRDFNode that is really an blob literal.
+nsresult createBlobNode(uint8_t *value, uint32_t &length,  nsIRDFNode **node, nsIRDFService *rdfService);
+
+//s Assertion for a datasource that will just call GetTarget on property.  When all of our 
+//datasource derive from our datasource baseclass, this should be moved there and the first
+//parameter will no longer be needed.
+nsresult GetTargetHasAssertion(nsIRDFDataSource *dataSource, nsIRDFResource* folderResource,
+							   nsIRDFResource *property,bool tv, nsIRDFNode *target,bool* hasAssertion);
diff --git a/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgSearchDBView.cpp b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgSearchDBView.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..02cdb6ff6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgSearchDBView.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1433 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "nsMsgSearchDBView.h"
+#include "nsIMsgHdr.h"
+#include "nsIMsgThread.h"
+#include "nsQuickSort.h"
+#include "nsIDBFolderInfo.h"
+#include "nsMsgBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsIMsgCopyService.h"
+#include "nsICopyMsgStreamListener.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "nsITreeColumns.h"
+#include "nsIMsgMessageService.h"
+#include "nsArrayUtils.h"
+#include "nsIMutableArray.h"
+#include "nsMsgGroupThread.h"
+#include "nsIPrefService.h"
+#include "nsIPrefBranch.h"
+#include "nsMsgMessageFlags.h"
+#include "nsIMsgSearchSession.h"
+#include "nsComponentManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+
+static bool gReferenceOnlyThreading;
+
+nsMsgSearchDBView::nsMsgSearchDBView()
+{
+  // don't try to display messages for the search pane.
+  mSuppressMsgDisplay = true;
+  m_totalMessagesInView = 0;
+  m_nextThreadId = 1;
+}
+
+nsMsgSearchDBView::~nsMsgSearchDBView()
+{	
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED(nsMsgSearchDBView, nsMsgDBView, nsIMsgDBView, 
+                             nsIMsgCopyServiceListener, nsIMsgSearchNotify)
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgSearchDBView::Open(nsIMsgFolder *folder, 
+                                      nsMsgViewSortTypeValue sortType, 
+                                      nsMsgViewSortOrderValue sortOrder, 
+                                      nsMsgViewFlagsTypeValue viewFlags, 
+                                      int32_t *pCount)
+{
+  // dbViewWrapper.js likes to create search views with a sort order
+  // of byNone, in order to have the order be the order the search results
+  // are returned. But this doesn't work with threaded view, so make the
+  // sort order be byDate if we're threaded.
+
+  if (viewFlags & nsMsgViewFlagsType::kThreadedDisplay &&
+      sortType == nsMsgViewSortType::byNone)
+    sortType = nsMsgViewSortType::byDate;
+
+  nsresult rv = nsMsgDBView::Open(folder, sortType, sortOrder, 
+                                    viewFlags, pCount);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefBranch(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  prefBranch->GetBoolPref("mail.strict_threading", &gReferenceOnlyThreading);
+
+  // our sort is automatically valid because we have no contents at this point!
+  m_sortValid = true;
+
+    if (pCount)
+      *pCount = 0;
+    m_folder = nullptr;
+    return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgSearchDBView::CloneDBView(nsIMessenger *aMessengerInstance, nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow, nsIMsgDBViewCommandUpdater *aCmdUpdater, nsIMsgDBView **_retval)
+{
+  nsMsgSearchDBView* newMsgDBView = new nsMsgSearchDBView();
+
+  if (!newMsgDBView)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+  nsresult rv = CopyDBView(newMsgDBView, aMessengerInstance, aMsgWindow, aCmdUpdater);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*_retval = newMsgDBView);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgSearchDBView::CopyDBView(nsMsgDBView *aNewMsgDBView, nsIMessenger *aMessengerInstance, 
+                                       nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow, nsIMsgDBViewCommandUpdater *aCmdUpdater)
+{
+  nsMsgGroupView::CopyDBView(aNewMsgDBView, aMessengerInstance, aMsgWindow, aCmdUpdater);
+  nsMsgSearchDBView* newMsgDBView = (nsMsgSearchDBView *) aNewMsgDBView;
+
+  // now copy all of our private member data
+  newMsgDBView->mDestFolder = mDestFolder;
+  newMsgDBView->mCommand = mCommand;
+  newMsgDBView->mTotalIndices = mTotalIndices;
+  newMsgDBView->mCurIndex = mCurIndex;
+  newMsgDBView->m_folders.InsertObjectsAt(m_folders, 0);
+  newMsgDBView->m_curCustomColumn = m_curCustomColumn;
+  newMsgDBView->m_hdrsForEachFolder.InsertObjectsAt(m_hdrsForEachFolder, 0);
+  newMsgDBView->m_uniqueFoldersSelected.InsertObjectsAt(m_uniqueFoldersSelected, 0);
+
+  int32_t count = m_dbToUseList.Count();
+  for(int32_t i = 0; i < count; i++)
+  {
+    newMsgDBView->m_dbToUseList.AppendObject(m_dbToUseList[i]);
+    // register the new view with the database so it gets notifications
+    m_dbToUseList[i]->AddListener(newMsgDBView);
+  }
+  if (m_viewFlags & nsMsgViewFlagsType::kThreadedDisplay)
+  {
+    // We need to clone the thread and msg hdr hash tables.
+    for (auto iter = m_threadsTable.Iter(); !iter.Done(); iter.Next()) {
+      newMsgDBView->m_threadsTable.Put(iter.Key(), iter.UserData());
+    }
+    for (auto iter = m_hdrsTable.Iter(); !iter.Done(); iter.Next()) {
+      newMsgDBView->m_hdrsTable.Put(iter.Key(), iter.UserData());
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgSearchDBView::Close()
+{
+  int32_t count = m_dbToUseList.Count();
+  
+  for(int32_t i = 0; i < count; i++)
+    m_dbToUseList[i]->RemoveListener(this);
+
+  m_dbToUseList.Clear();
+
+  return nsMsgGroupView::Close();
+}
+
+void nsMsgSearchDBView::InternalClose()
+{
+  m_threadsTable.Clear();
+  m_hdrsTable.Clear();
+  nsMsgGroupView::InternalClose();
+  m_folders.Clear();
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgSearchDBView::GetCellText(int32_t aRow, nsITreeColumn* aCol, nsAString& aValue)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(IsValidIndex(aRow), NS_MSG_INVALID_DBVIEW_INDEX);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aCol);
+
+  const char16_t* colID;
+  aCol->GetIdConst(&colID);
+  // the only thing we contribute is location; dummy rows have no location, so
+  //  bail in that case.  otherwise, check if we are dealing with 'location'.
+  // location, need to check for "lo" not just "l" to avoid "label" column
+  if (!(m_flags[aRow] & MSG_VIEW_FLAG_DUMMY) &&
+      colID[0] == 'l' && colID[1] == 'o')
+    return FetchLocation(aRow, aValue);
+  else
+    return nsMsgGroupView::GetCellText(aRow, aCol, aValue);
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgSearchDBView::HashHdr(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr, nsString& aHashKey)
+{
+  if (m_sortType == nsMsgViewSortType::byLocation)
+  {
+    aHashKey.Truncate();
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder;
+    msgHdr->GetFolder(getter_AddRefs(folder));
+    return folder->GetPrettiestName(aHashKey);
+  }
+  return nsMsgGroupView::HashHdr(msgHdr, aHashKey);
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgSearchDBView::FetchLocation(int32_t aRow, nsAString& aLocationString)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> folder;
+  nsresult rv = GetFolderForViewIndex(aRow, getter_AddRefs(folder));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  return folder->GetPrettiestName(aLocationString);
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgSearchDBView::OnNewHeader(nsIMsgDBHdr *newHdr, nsMsgKey aParentKey,
+                                        bool /*ensureListed*/)
+{
+   return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP 
+nsMsgSearchDBView::OnHdrDeleted(nsIMsgDBHdr *aHdrDeleted, nsMsgKey aParentKey, 
+                                int32_t aFlags, nsIDBChangeListener *aInstigator)
+{
+  if (m_viewFlags & nsMsgViewFlagsType::kGroupBySort)
+    return nsMsgGroupView::OnHdrDeleted(aHdrDeleted, aParentKey, 
+                                        aFlags, aInstigator);
+  if (m_viewFlags & nsMsgViewFlagsType::kThreadedDisplay)
+  {
+    nsMsgViewIndex deletedIndex = FindHdr(aHdrDeleted);
+    uint32_t savedFlags = 0;
+    if (deletedIndex != nsMsgViewIndex_None)
+    {
+      savedFlags = m_flags[deletedIndex];
+      RemoveByIndex(deletedIndex);
+    }
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgThread> thread;
+    GetXFThreadFromMsgHdr(aHdrDeleted, getter_AddRefs(thread));
+    if (thread)
+    {
+      nsMsgXFViewThread *viewThread = static_cast<nsMsgXFViewThread*>(thread.get());
+      viewThread->RemoveChildHdr(aHdrDeleted, nullptr);
+      if (deletedIndex == nsMsgViewIndex_None && viewThread->MsgCount() == 1)
+      {
+        // remove the last child of a collapsed thread. Need to find the root,
+        // and remove the thread flags on it.
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> rootHdr;
+        thread->GetRootHdr(nullptr, getter_AddRefs(rootHdr));
+        if (rootHdr)
+        {
+          nsMsgViewIndex threadIndex = GetThreadRootIndex(rootHdr);
+          if (threadIndex != nsMsgViewIndex_None)
+            AndExtraFlag(threadIndex, ~(MSG_VIEW_FLAG_ISTHREAD | 
+                                        nsMsgMessageFlags::Elided | 
+                                        MSG_VIEW_FLAG_HASCHILDREN));
+        }
+      }
+      else if (savedFlags & MSG_VIEW_FLAG_HASCHILDREN)
+{
+        if (savedFlags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Elided)
+        {
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> rootHdr;
+          nsresult rv = thread->GetRootHdr(nullptr, getter_AddRefs(rootHdr));
+          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+          nsMsgKey msgKey;
+          uint32_t msgFlags;
+          rootHdr->GetMessageKey(&msgKey);
+          rootHdr->GetFlags(&msgFlags);
+          // promote the new thread root
+          if (viewThread->MsgCount() > 1)
+            msgFlags |= MSG_VIEW_FLAG_ISTHREAD | nsMsgMessageFlags::Elided | 
+                        MSG_VIEW_FLAG_HASCHILDREN;
+          InsertMsgHdrAt(deletedIndex, rootHdr, msgKey, msgFlags, 0);
+          if (!m_deletingRows)
+            NoteChange(deletedIndex, 1, nsMsgViewNotificationCode::insertOrDelete);
+        }
+        else if (viewThread->MsgCount() > 1)
+        {
+          OrExtraFlag(deletedIndex, MSG_VIEW_FLAG_ISTHREAD |
+                                    MSG_VIEW_FLAG_HASCHILDREN);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return nsMsgDBView::OnHdrDeleted(aHdrDeleted, aParentKey, 
+                                        aFlags, aInstigator);
+  }
+   return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgSearchDBView::OnHdrFlagsChanged(nsIMsgDBHdr *aHdrChanged, uint32_t aOldFlags,
+                                      uint32_t aNewFlags, nsIDBChangeListener *aInstigator)
+{
+  // defer to base class if we're grouped or not threaded at all
+  if (m_viewFlags & nsMsgViewFlagsType::kGroupBySort ||
+      !(m_viewFlags && nsMsgViewFlagsType::kThreadedDisplay))
+    return nsMsgGroupView::OnHdrFlagsChanged(aHdrChanged, aOldFlags, 
+                                             aNewFlags, aInstigator);
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgThread> thread;
+  bool foundMessageId;
+  // check if the hdr that changed is in a xf thread, and if the read flag
+  // changed, update the thread unread count. GetXFThreadFromMsgHdr returns
+  // the thread the header does or would belong to, so we need to also
+  // check that the header is actually in the thread.
+  GetXFThreadFromMsgHdr(aHdrChanged, getter_AddRefs(thread), &foundMessageId);
+  if (foundMessageId)
+  {
+    nsMsgXFViewThread *viewThread = static_cast<nsMsgXFViewThread*>(thread.get());
+    if (viewThread->HdrIndex(aHdrChanged) != -1)
+    {
+      uint32_t deltaFlags = (aOldFlags ^ aNewFlags);
+      if (deltaFlags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Read)
+        thread->MarkChildRead(aNewFlags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Read);
+    }
+  }
+  return nsMsgDBView::OnHdrFlagsChanged(aHdrChanged, aOldFlags,
+                                        aNewFlags, aInstigator);
+}
+
+void nsMsgSearchDBView::InsertMsgHdrAt(nsMsgViewIndex index, nsIMsgDBHdr *hdr,
+                              nsMsgKey msgKey, uint32_t flags, uint32_t level)
+{
+  if ((int32_t) index < 0)
+  {
+    NS_ERROR("invalid insert index");
+    index = 0;
+    level = 0;
+  }
+  else if (index > m_keys.Length())
+  {
+    NS_ERROR("inserting past end of array");
+    index = m_keys.Length();
+  }
+  m_keys.InsertElementAt(index, msgKey);
+  m_flags.InsertElementAt(index, flags);
+  m_levels.InsertElementAt(index, level);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder;
+  hdr->GetFolder(getter_AddRefs(folder));
+  m_folders.InsertObjectAt(folder, index);
+}
+
+void nsMsgSearchDBView::SetMsgHdrAt(nsIMsgDBHdr *hdr, nsMsgViewIndex index, 
+                              nsMsgKey msgKey, uint32_t flags, uint32_t level)
+{
+  m_keys[index] = msgKey;
+  m_flags[index] = flags;
+  m_levels[index] = level;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder;
+  hdr->GetFolder(getter_AddRefs(folder));
+  m_folders.ReplaceObjectAt(folder, index);
+}
+
+bool nsMsgSearchDBView::InsertEmptyRows(nsMsgViewIndex viewIndex, int32_t numRows)
+{
+  for (int32_t i = 0; i < numRows; i++)
+    if (!m_folders.InsertObjectAt(nullptr, viewIndex + i))
+      return false;
+  return nsMsgDBView::InsertEmptyRows(viewIndex, numRows);
+}
+
+void nsMsgSearchDBView::RemoveRows(nsMsgViewIndex viewIndex, int32_t numRows)
+{
+  nsMsgDBView::RemoveRows(viewIndex, numRows);
+  for (int32_t i = 0; i < numRows; i++)
+    m_folders.RemoveObjectAt(viewIndex);
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgSearchDBView::GetMsgHdrForViewIndex(nsMsgViewIndex index, 
+                                                  nsIMsgDBHdr **msgHdr)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_MSG_INVALID_DBVIEW_INDEX;
+  if (index == nsMsgViewIndex_None || index >= (uint32_t) m_folders.Count())
+    return rv;
+  nsIMsgFolder *folder = m_folders[index];
+  if (folder)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDatabase> db;
+    rv = folder->GetMsgDatabase(getter_AddRefs(db));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    if (db)
+      rv = db->GetMsgHdrForKey(m_keys[index], msgHdr);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgSearchDBView::GetFolderForViewIndex(nsMsgViewIndex index, nsIMsgFolder **aFolder)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aFolder);
+
+  if (index == nsMsgViewIndex_None || index >= (uint32_t) m_folders.Count())
+    return NS_MSG_INVALID_DBVIEW_INDEX;
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aFolder = m_folders[index]);
+  return *aFolder ? NS_OK : NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgSearchDBView::GetDBForViewIndex(nsMsgViewIndex index, nsIMsgDatabase **db)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> aFolder;
+  nsresult rv = GetFolderForViewIndex(index, getter_AddRefs(aFolder));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  return aFolder->GetMsgDatabase(db);
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgSearchDBView::AddHdrFromFolder(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr, nsIMsgFolder *folder)
+{
+  if (m_viewFlags & nsMsgViewFlagsType::kGroupBySort)
+    return nsMsgGroupView::OnNewHeader(msgHdr, nsMsgKey_None, true);
+  nsMsgKey msgKey;
+  uint32_t msgFlags;
+  msgHdr->GetMessageKey(&msgKey);
+  msgHdr->GetFlags(&msgFlags);
+
+  if (m_viewFlags & nsMsgViewFlagsType::kThreadedDisplay)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgThread> thread;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> threadRoot;
+    // if we find an xf thread in the hash table corresponding to the new msg's
+    // message id, a previous header must be a reference child of the new 
+    // message, which means we need to reparent later.
+    bool msgIsReferredTo;
+    GetXFThreadFromMsgHdr(msgHdr, getter_AddRefs(thread), &msgIsReferredTo);
+    bool newThread = !thread;
+    nsMsgXFViewThread *viewThread;
+    if (!thread)
+    {
+      viewThread = new nsMsgXFViewThread(this, m_nextThreadId++);
+      if (!viewThread)
+        return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+      thread = do_QueryInterface(viewThread);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      viewThread = static_cast<nsMsgXFViewThread*>(thread.get());
+      thread->GetChildHdrAt(0, getter_AddRefs(threadRoot));
+    }
+
+    AddMsgToHashTables(msgHdr, thread);
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> parent;
+    uint32_t posInThread;
+    // We need to move threads in order to keep ourselves sorted
+    // correctly.  We want the index of the original thread...we can do this by
+    // getting the root header before we add the new header, and finding that.
+    if (newThread || !viewThread->MsgCount())
+    {
+      viewThread->AddHdr(msgHdr, false, posInThread,
+                         getter_AddRefs(parent));
+      nsMsgViewIndex insertIndex = GetIndexForThread(msgHdr);
+      NS_ASSERTION(insertIndex == m_levels.Length() || !m_levels[insertIndex],
+                    "inserting into middle of thread");
+      if (insertIndex == nsMsgViewIndex_None)
+        return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+      if (!(m_viewFlags & nsMsgViewFlagsType::kExpandAll))
+        msgFlags |= nsMsgMessageFlags::Elided;
+      InsertMsgHdrAt(insertIndex, msgHdr, msgKey, msgFlags, 0);
+      NoteChange(insertIndex, 1, nsMsgViewNotificationCode::insertOrDelete);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      // get the thread root index before we add the header, because adding
+      // the header can change the sort position.
+      nsMsgViewIndex threadIndex = GetThreadRootIndex(threadRoot);
+      viewThread->AddHdr(msgHdr, msgIsReferredTo, posInThread,
+                         getter_AddRefs(parent));
+      if (threadIndex == nsMsgViewIndex_None)
+      {
+        NS_ERROR("couldn't find thread index for newly inserted header");
+        return NS_OK; // not really OK, but not failure exactly.
+      }
+      NS_ASSERTION(!m_levels[threadIndex], "threadRoot incorrect, or level incorrect");
+
+      bool moveThread = false;
+      if (m_sortType == nsMsgViewSortType::byDate)
+      {
+        uint32_t newestMsgInThread = 0, msgDate = 0;
+        viewThread->GetNewestMsgDate(&newestMsgInThread);
+        msgHdr->GetDateInSeconds(&msgDate);
+        moveThread = (msgDate == newestMsgInThread);
+      }
+      OrExtraFlag(threadIndex, MSG_VIEW_FLAG_HASCHILDREN | MSG_VIEW_FLAG_ISTHREAD);
+      if (!(m_flags[threadIndex] & nsMsgMessageFlags::Elided))
+      {
+        if (parent)
+        {
+          // since we know posInThread, we just want to insert the new hdr
+          // at threadIndex + posInThread, and then rebuild the view until we
+          // get to a sibling of the new hdr.
+          uint8_t newMsgLevel = viewThread->ChildLevelAt(posInThread);
+          InsertMsgHdrAt(threadIndex + posInThread, msgHdr, msgKey, msgFlags,
+                         newMsgLevel);
+
+          NoteChange(threadIndex + posInThread, 1, nsMsgViewNotificationCode::insertOrDelete);
+          for (nsMsgViewIndex viewIndex = threadIndex + ++posInThread;
+               posInThread < viewThread->MsgCount() && 
+               viewThread->ChildLevelAt(posInThread) > newMsgLevel; viewIndex++)
+          {
+            m_levels[viewIndex] = viewThread->ChildLevelAt(posInThread++);
+          }
+
+        }
+        else // The new header is the root, so we need to adjust 
+             // all the children.
+        {
+          InsertMsgHdrAt(threadIndex, msgHdr, msgKey, msgFlags, 0);
+
+          NoteChange(threadIndex, 1, nsMsgViewNotificationCode::insertOrDelete);
+          nsMsgViewIndex i;
+          for (i = threadIndex + 1; 
+               i < m_keys.Length() && (i == threadIndex + 1 || m_levels[i]); i++)
+            m_levels[i] = m_levels[i] + 1;
+          // turn off thread flags on old root.
+          AndExtraFlag(threadIndex + 1, ~(MSG_VIEW_FLAG_ISTHREAD | 
+                                          nsMsgMessageFlags::Elided | 
+                                          MSG_VIEW_FLAG_HASCHILDREN));
+
+          NoteChange(threadIndex + 1, i - threadIndex + 1, 
+                     nsMsgViewNotificationCode::changed);
+        }
+      }
+      else if (!parent)
+      {
+        // new parent came into collapsed thread
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> msgFolder;
+        msgHdr->GetFolder(getter_AddRefs(msgFolder));
+        m_keys[threadIndex] = msgKey;
+        m_folders.ReplaceObjectAt(msgFolder, threadIndex);
+        m_flags[threadIndex] = msgFlags | MSG_VIEW_FLAG_ISTHREAD | 
+                                          nsMsgMessageFlags::Elided | 
+                                          MSG_VIEW_FLAG_HASCHILDREN;
+        NoteChange(threadIndex, 1, nsMsgViewNotificationCode::changed);
+
+      }
+      if (moveThread)
+        MoveThreadAt(threadIndex);
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    m_folders.AppendObject(folder);
+  // nsMsgKey_None means it's not a valid hdr.
+  if (msgKey != nsMsgKey_None)
+  {
+    msgHdr->GetFlags(&msgFlags);
+    m_keys.AppendElement(msgKey);
+    m_levels.AppendElement(0);
+    m_flags.AppendElement(msgFlags);
+      NoteChange(GetSize() - 1, 1, nsMsgViewNotificationCode::insertOrDelete);
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+// This method removes the thread at threadIndex from the view 
+// and puts it back in its new position, determined by the sort order.
+// And, if the selection is affected, save and restore the selection.
+void nsMsgSearchDBView::MoveThreadAt(nsMsgViewIndex threadIndex)
+{
+  bool updatesSuppressed = mSuppressChangeNotification;
+  // Turn off tree notifications so that we don't reload the current message.
+  if (!updatesSuppressed)
+    SetSuppressChangeNotifications(true);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> threadHdr;
+  GetMsgHdrForViewIndex(threadIndex, getter_AddRefs(threadHdr));
+
+  uint32_t saveFlags = m_flags[threadIndex];
+  bool threadIsExpanded = !(saveFlags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Elided);
+  int32_t childCount = 0;
+  nsMsgKey preservedKey;
+  AutoTArray<nsMsgKey, 1> preservedSelection;
+  int32_t selectionCount;
+  int32_t currentIndex;
+  bool hasSelection = mTree && mTreeSelection &&
+                        ((NS_SUCCEEDED(mTreeSelection->GetCurrentIndex(&currentIndex)) &&
+                         currentIndex >= 0 && (uint32_t)currentIndex < GetSize()) ||
+                         (NS_SUCCEEDED(mTreeSelection->GetRangeCount(&selectionCount)) &&
+                          selectionCount > 0));
+
+
+  if (hasSelection)
+    SaveAndClearSelection(&preservedKey, preservedSelection);
+
+  if (threadIsExpanded)
+  {
+    ExpansionDelta(threadIndex, &childCount);
+    childCount = -childCount;
+  }
+  nsTArray<nsMsgKey> threadKeys;
+  nsTArray<uint32_t> threadFlags;
+  nsTArray<uint8_t> threadLevels;
+  nsCOMArray<nsIMsgFolder> threadFolders;
+
+  if (threadIsExpanded)
+  {
+    threadKeys.SetCapacity(childCount);
+    threadFlags.SetCapacity(childCount);
+    threadLevels.SetCapacity(childCount);
+    threadFolders.SetCapacity(childCount);
+    for (nsMsgViewIndex index = threadIndex + 1; 
+        index < (nsMsgViewIndex) GetSize() && m_levels[index]; index++)
+    {
+      threadKeys.AppendElement(m_keys[index]);
+      threadFlags.AppendElement(m_flags[index]);
+      threadLevels.AppendElement(m_levels[index]);
+      threadFolders.AppendObject(m_folders[index]);
+    }
+    uint32_t collapseCount;
+    CollapseByIndex(threadIndex, &collapseCount);
+  }
+  nsMsgDBView::RemoveByIndex(threadIndex);
+  m_folders.RemoveObjectAt(threadIndex);
+  nsMsgViewIndex newIndex = GetIndexForThread(threadHdr);
+  NS_ASSERTION(newIndex == m_levels.Length() || !m_levels[newIndex],
+                "inserting into middle of thread");
+  if (newIndex == nsMsgViewIndex_None)
+    newIndex = 0;
+  nsMsgKey msgKey;
+  uint32_t msgFlags;
+  threadHdr->GetMessageKey(&msgKey);
+  threadHdr->GetFlags(&msgFlags);
+  InsertMsgHdrAt(newIndex, threadHdr, msgKey, msgFlags, 0);
+
+  if (threadIsExpanded)
+  {
+    m_keys.InsertElementsAt(newIndex + 1, threadKeys);
+    m_flags.InsertElementsAt(newIndex + 1, threadFlags);
+    m_levels.InsertElementsAt(newIndex + 1, threadLevels);
+    m_folders.InsertObjectsAt(threadFolders, newIndex + 1);
+  }
+  m_flags[newIndex] = saveFlags;
+  // unfreeze selection.
+  if (hasSelection)
+    RestoreSelection(preservedKey, preservedSelection);
+
+  if (!updatesSuppressed)
+    SetSuppressChangeNotifications(false);
+  nsMsgViewIndex lowIndex = threadIndex < newIndex ? threadIndex : newIndex;
+  nsMsgViewIndex highIndex = lowIndex == threadIndex ? newIndex : threadIndex;
+  NoteChange(lowIndex, highIndex - lowIndex + childCount + 1,
+             nsMsgViewNotificationCode::changed);
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgSearchDBView::GetMessageEnumerator(nsISimpleEnumerator **enumerator)
+{
+  // We do not have an m_db, so the default behavior (in nsMsgDBView) is not
+  //  what we want (it will crash).  We just want someone to enumerate the
+  //  headers that we already have.  Conveniently, nsMsgDBView already knows
+  //  how to do this with its view enumerator, so we just use that.
+  return nsMsgDBView::GetViewEnumerator(enumerator);
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgSearchDBView::InsertHdrFromFolder(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr, nsIMsgFolder *folder)
+{
+  nsMsgViewIndex insertIndex = nsMsgViewIndex_None;
+  // Threaded view always needs to go through AddHdrFromFolder since
+  // it handles the xf view thread object creation.
+  if (! (m_viewFlags & nsMsgViewFlagsType::kThreadedDisplay))
+    insertIndex = GetInsertIndex(msgHdr);
+
+  if (insertIndex == nsMsgViewIndex_None)
+    return AddHdrFromFolder(msgHdr, folder);
+
+  nsMsgKey msgKey;
+  uint32_t msgFlags;
+  msgHdr->GetMessageKey(&msgKey);
+  msgHdr->GetFlags(&msgFlags);
+  InsertMsgHdrAt(insertIndex, msgHdr, msgKey, msgFlags, 0);
+
+  // the call to NoteChange() has to happen after we add the key
+  // as NoteChange() will call RowCountChanged() which will call our GetRowCount()
+  NoteChange(insertIndex, 1, nsMsgViewNotificationCode::insertOrDelete);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgSearchDBView::OnSearchHit(nsIMsgDBHdr* aMsgHdr, nsIMsgFolder *folder)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(aMsgHdr);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(folder);
+
+  if (m_folders.IndexOf(folder) < 0 ) //do this just for new folder
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> dbToUse;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIDBFolderInfo> folderInfo;
+    folder->GetDBFolderInfoAndDB(getter_AddRefs(folderInfo), getter_AddRefs(dbToUse));
+    if (dbToUse)
+    {
+      dbToUse->AddListener(this);
+      m_dbToUseList.AppendObject(dbToUse);
+    }
+  }
+  m_totalMessagesInView++;
+  if (m_sortValid)
+    return InsertHdrFromFolder(aMsgHdr, folder);
+  else
+    return AddHdrFromFolder(aMsgHdr, folder);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgSearchDBView::OnSearchDone(nsresult status)
+{
+  //we want to set imap delete model once the search is over because setting next
+  //message after deletion will happen before deleting the message and search scope
+  //can change with every search.
+  mDeleteModel = nsMsgImapDeleteModels::MoveToTrash;  //set to default in case it is non-imap folder
+  nsIMsgFolder *curFolder = m_folders.SafeObjectAt(0);
+  if (curFolder)   
+    GetImapDeleteModel(curFolder);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// for now also acts as a way of resetting the search datasource
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgSearchDBView::OnNewSearch()
+{
+  int32_t oldSize = GetSize();
+
+  int32_t count = m_dbToUseList.Count();
+  for(int32_t j = 0; j < count; j++) 
+    m_dbToUseList[j]->RemoveListener(this);
+
+  m_dbToUseList.Clear();
+  m_folders.Clear();
+  m_keys.Clear();
+  m_levels.Clear();
+  m_flags.Clear();
+  m_totalMessagesInView = 0;
+
+  // needs to happen after we remove the keys, since RowCountChanged() will call our GetRowCount()
+  if (mTree) 
+    mTree->RowCountChanged(0, -oldSize);
+
+//    mSearchResults->Clear();
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgSearchDBView::GetViewType(nsMsgViewTypeValue *aViewType)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aViewType);
+    *aViewType = nsMsgViewType::eShowSearch;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgSearchDBView::SetSearchSession(nsIMsgSearchSession *aSession)
+{
+  m_searchSession = do_GetWeakReference(aSession);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgSearchDBView::OnAnnouncerGoingAway(nsIDBChangeAnnouncer *instigator)
+{
+  nsIMsgDatabase *db = static_cast<nsIMsgDatabase *>(instigator);
+  if (db)
+  {
+    db->RemoveListener(this);
+    m_dbToUseList.RemoveObject(db);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsCOMArray<nsIMsgFolder>* nsMsgSearchDBView::GetFolders()
+{
+  return &m_folders;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgSearchDBView::GetCommandStatus(nsMsgViewCommandTypeValue command, bool *selectable_p, nsMsgViewCommandCheckStateValue *selected_p)
+{
+  if (command != nsMsgViewCommandType::runJunkControls)
+    return nsMsgDBView::GetCommandStatus(command, selectable_p, selected_p);
+
+  *selectable_p = false;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP 
+nsMsgSearchDBView::DoCommandWithFolder(nsMsgViewCommandTypeValue command, nsIMsgFolder *destFolder)
+{
+    mCommand = command;
+    mDestFolder = destFolder;
+    return nsMsgDBView::DoCommandWithFolder(command, destFolder);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgSearchDBView::DoCommand(nsMsgViewCommandTypeValue command)
+{
+  mCommand = command;
+  if (command == nsMsgViewCommandType::deleteMsg ||
+      command == nsMsgViewCommandType::deleteNoTrash ||
+      command == nsMsgViewCommandType::selectAll ||
+      command == nsMsgViewCommandType::selectThread ||
+      command == nsMsgViewCommandType::selectFlagged ||
+      command == nsMsgViewCommandType::expandAll ||
+      command == nsMsgViewCommandType::collapseAll)
+    return nsMsgDBView::DoCommand(command);
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  nsMsgViewIndexArray selection;
+  GetSelectedIndices(selection);
+
+  nsMsgViewIndex *indices = selection.Elements();
+  int32_t numIndices = selection.Length();
+
+  // we need to break apart the selection by folders, and then call
+  // ApplyCommandToIndices with the command and the indices in the
+  // selection that are from that folder.
+
+  mozilla::UniquePtr<nsTArray<uint32_t>[]> indexArrays;
+  int32_t numArrays;
+  rv = PartitionSelectionByFolder(indices, numIndices, indexArrays, &numArrays);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  for (int32_t folderIndex = 0; folderIndex < numArrays; folderIndex++)
+  {
+    rv = ApplyCommandToIndices(command, (indexArrays.get())[folderIndex].Elements(), indexArrays[folderIndex].Length());
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+// This method removes the specified line from the view, and adjusts the
+// various flags and levels of affected messages.
+nsresult nsMsgSearchDBView::RemoveByIndex(nsMsgViewIndex index)
+{
+    if (!IsValidIndex(index))
+        return NS_MSG_INVALID_DBVIEW_INDEX;
+
+  if (m_viewFlags & nsMsgViewFlagsType::kThreadedDisplay)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgThread> thread;
+    nsresult rv = GetMsgHdrForViewIndex(index, getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    
+    GetXFThreadFromMsgHdr(msgHdr, getter_AddRefs(thread));
+    if (thread)
+    {
+      nsMsgXFViewThread *viewThread = static_cast<nsMsgXFViewThread*>(thread.get());
+      if (viewThread->MsgCount() == 2)
+      {
+        // if we removed the next to last message in the thread,
+        // we need to adjust the flags on the first message in the thread.
+        nsMsgViewIndex threadIndex = m_levels[index] ? index -1 : index;
+        if (threadIndex != nsMsgViewIndex_None)
+        {
+          AndExtraFlag(threadIndex, ~(MSG_VIEW_FLAG_ISTHREAD | nsMsgMessageFlags::Elided |
+                                      MSG_VIEW_FLAG_HASCHILDREN));
+          m_levels[threadIndex] = 0;
+          NoteChange(threadIndex, 1, nsMsgViewNotificationCode::changed);
+        }
+      }
+      // Bump up the level of all the descendents of the message
+      // that was removed, if the thread was expanded.
+      uint8_t removedLevel = m_levels[index];
+      nsMsgViewIndex i = index + 1;
+      if (i < m_levels.Length() && m_levels[i] > removedLevel)
+      {
+        // promote the child of the removed message.
+        uint8_t promotedLevel = m_levels[i];
+        m_levels[i] = promotedLevel - 1;
+        i++;
+        // now promote all the children of the promoted message.
+        for (; i < m_levels.Length() && 
+              m_levels[i] > promotedLevel; i++)
+          m_levels[i] = m_levels[i] - 1;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  m_folders.RemoveObjectAt(index);
+    return nsMsgDBView::RemoveByIndex(index);
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgSearchDBView::DeleteMessages(nsIMsgWindow *window, nsMsgViewIndex *indices, int32_t numIndices, bool deleteStorage)
+{
+   nsresult rv = GetFoldersAndHdrsForSelection(indices, numIndices);
+   NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+   if (mDeleteModel != nsMsgImapDeleteModels::MoveToTrash)
+     deleteStorage = true;
+  if (mDeleteModel != nsMsgImapDeleteModels::IMAPDelete)
+    m_deletingRows = true;
+
+  // remember the deleted messages in case the user undoes the delete,
+  // and we want to restore the hdr to the view, even if it no
+  // longer matches the search criteria.
+  for (nsMsgViewIndex i = 0; i < (nsMsgViewIndex) numIndices; i++) 
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr; 
+    (void) GetMsgHdrForViewIndex(indices[i], getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+    if (msgHdr)
+      RememberDeletedMsgHdr(msgHdr);
+    // if we are deleting rows, save off the view indices
+    if (m_deletingRows)
+      mIndicesToNoteChange.AppendElement(indices[i]);
+
+  }
+  rv = deleteStorage ? ProcessRequestsInAllFolders(window)
+                     : ProcessRequestsInOneFolder(window);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    m_deletingRows = false;
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult 
+nsMsgSearchDBView::CopyMessages(nsIMsgWindow *window, nsMsgViewIndex *indices, int32_t numIndices, bool isMove, nsIMsgFolder *destFolder)
+{
+    GetFoldersAndHdrsForSelection(indices, numIndices);
+    return ProcessRequestsInOneFolder(window);
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgSearchDBView::PartitionSelectionByFolder(nsMsgViewIndex *indices,
+                                              int32_t numIndices,
+                                              mozilla::UniquePtr<nsTArray<uint32_t>[]> &indexArrays,
+                                              int32_t *numArrays)
+{
+  nsMsgViewIndex i;
+  int32_t folderIndex;
+  nsCOMArray<nsIMsgFolder> uniqueFoldersSelected;
+  nsTArray<uint32_t> numIndicesSelected;
+  mCurIndex = 0;
+
+  //Build unique folder list based on headers selected by the user
+  for (i = 0; i < (nsMsgViewIndex) numIndices; i++)
+  {
+    nsIMsgFolder *curFolder = m_folders[indices[i]];
+    folderIndex = uniqueFoldersSelected.IndexOf(curFolder);
+    if (folderIndex < 0)
+    {
+      uniqueFoldersSelected.AppendObject(curFolder);
+      numIndicesSelected.AppendElement(1);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      numIndicesSelected[folderIndex]++;
+    }
+  }
+
+  int32_t numFolders = uniqueFoldersSelected.Count();
+  indexArrays = mozilla::MakeUnique<nsTArray<uint32_t>[]>(numFolders);
+  *numArrays = numFolders;
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(indexArrays, NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY);
+  for (folderIndex = 0; folderIndex < numFolders; folderIndex++)
+  {
+    (indexArrays.get())[folderIndex].SetCapacity(numIndicesSelected[folderIndex]);
+  }
+  for (i = 0; i < (nsMsgViewIndex) numIndices; i++) 
+  {
+    nsIMsgFolder *curFolder = m_folders[indices[i]];
+    int32_t folderIndex = uniqueFoldersSelected.IndexOf(curFolder);
+    (indexArrays.get())[folderIndex].AppendElement(indices[i]);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgSearchDBView::GetFoldersAndHdrsForSelection(nsMsgViewIndex *indices, int32_t numIndices)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK; 
+  mCurIndex = 0;
+  m_uniqueFoldersSelected.Clear();
+  m_hdrsForEachFolder.Clear();
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> messages(do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  rv = GetHeadersFromSelection(indices, numIndices, messages);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  uint32_t numMsgs;
+  messages->GetLength(&numMsgs);
+
+  uint32_t i;
+  // Build unique folder list based on headers selected by the user
+  for (i = 0; i < numMsgs; i++)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> hdr = do_QueryElementAt(messages, i, &rv);
+    if (hdr)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> curFolder;
+      hdr->GetFolder(getter_AddRefs(curFolder));
+      if (m_uniqueFoldersSelected.IndexOf(curFolder) < 0)
+        m_uniqueFoldersSelected.AppendObject(curFolder);
+    }
+  }
+
+  // Group the headers selected by each folder
+  uint32_t numFolders = m_uniqueFoldersSelected.Count();
+  for (uint32_t folderIndex = 0; folderIndex < numFolders; folderIndex++)
+  {
+    nsIMsgFolder *curFolder = m_uniqueFoldersSelected[folderIndex];
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> msgHdrsForOneFolder(do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    for (i = 0; i < numMsgs; i++) 
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> hdr = do_QueryElementAt(messages, i, &rv);
+      if (hdr)
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> msgFolder;
+        hdr->GetFolder(getter_AddRefs(msgFolder));
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && msgFolder && msgFolder == curFolder) 
+        {
+          nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> hdrSupports = do_QueryInterface(hdr);
+          msgHdrsForOneFolder->AppendElement(hdrSupports, false);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    m_hdrsForEachFolder.AppendElement(msgHdrsForOneFolder);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgSearchDBView::ApplyCommandToIndicesWithFolder(nsMsgViewCommandTypeValue command, nsMsgViewIndex* indices,
+                    int32_t numIndices, nsIMsgFolder *destFolder)
+{
+  mCommand = command;
+  mDestFolder = destFolder;
+  return nsMsgDBView::ApplyCommandToIndicesWithFolder(command, indices, numIndices, destFolder);
+}
+
+// nsIMsgCopyServiceListener methods
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgSearchDBView::OnStartCopy()
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgSearchDBView::OnProgress(uint32_t aProgress, uint32_t aProgressMax)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// believe it or not, these next two are msgcopyservice listener methods!
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgSearchDBView::SetMessageKey(nsMsgKey aMessageKey)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgSearchDBView::GetMessageId(nsACString& messageId)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgSearchDBView::OnStopCopy(nsresult aStatus)
+{
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(aStatus))
+  {
+    mCurIndex++;
+    if ((int32_t) mCurIndex < m_uniqueFoldersSelected.Count())
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgWindow> msgWindow(do_QueryReferent(mMsgWindowWeak));
+      ProcessRequestsInOneFolder(msgWindow);
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// end nsIMsgCopyServiceListener methods
+
+nsresult nsMsgSearchDBView::ProcessRequestsInOneFolder(nsIMsgWindow *window)
+{
+    nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+    // Folder operations like copy/move are not implemented for .eml files.
+    if (m_uniqueFoldersSelected.Count() == 0)
+      return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+
+    nsIMsgFolder *curFolder = m_uniqueFoldersSelected[mCurIndex];
+    NS_ASSERTION(curFolder, "curFolder is null");
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> messageArray = m_hdrsForEachFolder[mCurIndex];
+    NS_ASSERTION(messageArray, "messageArray is null");
+
+    // called for delete with trash, copy and move
+    if (mCommand == nsMsgViewCommandType::deleteMsg)
+        curFolder->DeleteMessages(messageArray, window, false /* delete storage */, false /* is move*/, this, true /*allowUndo*/);
+    else 
+    {
+      NS_ASSERTION(!(curFolder == mDestFolder), "The source folder and the destination folder are the same");
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && curFolder != mDestFolder)
+      {
+         nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgCopyService> copyService = do_GetService(NS_MSGCOPYSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+         if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+         {
+           if (mCommand == nsMsgViewCommandType::moveMessages)
+             copyService->CopyMessages(curFolder, messageArray, mDestFolder, true /* isMove */, this, window, true /*allowUndo*/);
+           else if (mCommand == nsMsgViewCommandType::copyMessages)
+             copyService->CopyMessages(curFolder, messageArray, mDestFolder, false /* isMove */, this, window, true /*allowUndo*/);
+         }
+      }
+    }
+    return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgSearchDBView::ProcessRequestsInAllFolders(nsIMsgWindow *window)
+{
+  uint32_t numFolders = m_uniqueFoldersSelected.Count();
+  for (uint32_t folderIndex = 0; folderIndex < numFolders; folderIndex++)
+  {
+    nsIMsgFolder *curFolder = m_uniqueFoldersSelected[folderIndex];
+    NS_ASSERTION (curFolder, "curFolder is null");
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> messageArray = m_hdrsForEachFolder[folderIndex];
+    NS_ASSERTION(messageArray, "messageArray is null");
+
+    curFolder->DeleteMessages(messageArray, window, true /* delete storage */, false /* is move*/, nullptr/*copyServListener*/, false /*allowUndo*/ );
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgSearchDBView::Sort(nsMsgViewSortTypeValue sortType, nsMsgViewSortOrderValue sortOrder)
+{
+    if (!m_checkedCustomColumns && CustomColumnsInSortAndNotRegistered())
+      return NS_OK;
+
+    int32_t rowCountBeforeSort = GetSize();
+
+    if (!rowCountBeforeSort)
+        return NS_OK;
+
+    if (m_viewFlags & (nsMsgViewFlagsType::kThreadedDisplay |
+                      nsMsgViewFlagsType::kGroupBySort))
+    {
+      // ### This forgets which threads were expanded, and is sub-optimal
+      // since it rebuilds the thread objects.  
+      m_sortType = sortType;
+      m_sortOrder = sortOrder;
+      return RebuildView(m_viewFlags);
+    }
+
+    nsMsgKey preservedKey;
+    AutoTArray<nsMsgKey, 1> preservedSelection;
+    SaveAndClearSelection(&preservedKey, preservedSelection);
+
+    nsresult rv = nsMsgDBView::Sort(sortType,sortOrder);
+    // the sort may have changed the number of rows
+    // before we restore the selection, tell the tree
+    // do this before we call restore selection
+    // this is safe when there is no selection. 
+    rv = AdjustRowCount(rowCountBeforeSort, GetSize());
+
+    RestoreSelection(preservedKey, preservedSelection);
+    if (mTree) mTree->Invalidate();
+
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+    return rv;
+}
+
+// if nothing selected, return an NS_ERROR
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgSearchDBView::GetHdrForFirstSelectedMessage(nsIMsgDBHdr **hdr)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(hdr);
+  int32_t index;
+
+  if (!mTreeSelection)
+  {
+    // We're in standalone mode, so use the message view index to get the header
+    // We can't use the key here because we don't have an m_db
+    index = m_currentlyDisplayedViewIndex;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    nsresult rv = mTreeSelection->GetCurrentIndex(&index);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+
+  return GetMsgHdrForViewIndex(index, hdr);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgSearchDBView::OpenWithHdrs(nsISimpleEnumerator *aHeaders,
+                                nsMsgViewSortTypeValue aSortType,
+                                nsMsgViewSortOrderValue aSortOrder,
+                                nsMsgViewFlagsTypeValue aViewFlags,
+                                int32_t *aCount)
+{
+  if (aViewFlags & nsMsgViewFlagsType::kGroupBySort)
+    return nsMsgGroupView::OpenWithHdrs(aHeaders, aSortType, aSortOrder, 
+                                        aViewFlags, aCount);
+
+  m_sortType = aSortType;
+  m_sortOrder = aSortOrder;
+  m_viewFlags = aViewFlags;
+  SaveSortInfo(m_sortType, m_sortOrder);
+
+  bool hasMore;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> supports;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder;
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  while (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && NS_SUCCEEDED(rv = aHeaders->HasMoreElements(&hasMore)) && hasMore)
+  {
+    rv = aHeaders->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(supports));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && supports)
+    {
+      msgHdr = do_QueryInterface(supports);
+      msgHdr->GetFolder(getter_AddRefs(folder));
+      AddHdrFromFolder(msgHdr, folder); 
+    }
+  }
+  *aCount = m_keys.Length();
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgSearchDBView::GetFolderFromMsgURI(const char *aMsgURI, nsIMsgFolder **aFolder)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgMessageService> msgMessageService;
+  nsresult rv = GetMessageServiceFromURI(nsDependentCString(aMsgURI), getter_AddRefs(msgMessageService));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+  rv = msgMessageService->MessageURIToMsgHdr(aMsgURI, getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  
+  return msgHdr->GetFolder(aFolder);
+}
+
+nsMsgViewIndex nsMsgSearchDBView::FindHdr(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr, nsMsgViewIndex startIndex,
+                                          bool allowDummy)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> curHdr;
+  uint32_t index;
+  // it would be nice to take advantage of sorted views when possible.
+  for (index = startIndex; index < GetSize(); index++)
+  {
+    GetMsgHdrForViewIndex(index, getter_AddRefs(curHdr));
+    if (curHdr == msgHdr &&
+        (allowDummy ||
+         !(m_flags[index] & MSG_VIEW_FLAG_DUMMY) ||
+         (m_flags[index] & nsMsgMessageFlags::Elided)))
+      break;
+  }
+  return index < GetSize() ? index : nsMsgViewIndex_None;
+}
+
+// This method looks for the XF thread that corresponds to this message hdr,
+// first by looking up the message id, then references, and finally, if subject
+// threading is turned on, the subject.
+nsresult nsMsgSearchDBView::GetXFThreadFromMsgHdr(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr, 
+                                                  nsIMsgThread **pThread,
+                                                  bool *foundByMessageId)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(pThread);
+
+  nsAutoCString messageId;
+  msgHdr->GetMessageId(getter_Copies(messageId));
+  *pThread = nullptr;
+  m_threadsTable.Get(messageId, pThread);
+  // The caller may want to know if we found the thread by the msgHdr's
+  // messageId
+  if (foundByMessageId)
+    *foundByMessageId = *pThread != nullptr;
+  if (!*pThread)
+  {
+    uint16_t numReferences = 0;
+    msgHdr->GetNumReferences(&numReferences);
+    for (int32_t i = numReferences - 1; i >= 0  && !*pThread; i--)
+    {
+      nsAutoCString reference;
+      
+      msgHdr->GetStringReference(i, reference);
+      if (reference.IsEmpty())
+        break;
+
+      m_threadsTable.Get(reference, pThread);
+    }
+  }
+  // if we're threading by subject, and we couldn't find the thread by ref,
+  // just treat subject as an other ref.
+  if (!*pThread && !gReferenceOnlyThreading)
+  {
+    nsCString subject;
+    msgHdr->GetSubject(getter_Copies(subject));
+    // this is the raw rfc822 subject header, so this is OK
+    m_threadsTable.Get(subject, pThread);
+  }
+  return (*pThread) ? NS_OK : NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+bool nsMsgSearchDBView::GetMsgHdrFromHash(nsCString &reference, nsIMsgDBHdr **hdr)
+{
+  return m_hdrsTable.Get(reference, hdr);
+}
+
+bool nsMsgSearchDBView::GetThreadFromHash(nsCString &reference,
+                                              nsIMsgThread **thread)
+{
+  return m_threadsTable.Get(reference, thread);
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgSearchDBView::AddRefToHash(nsCString &reference, 
+                                         nsIMsgThread *thread)
+{
+  // Check if this reference is already is associated with a thread;
+  // If so, don't overwrite that association.
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgThread> oldThread;
+  m_threadsTable.Get(reference, getter_AddRefs(oldThread));
+  if (oldThread)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  m_threadsTable.Put(reference, thread);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgSearchDBView::AddMsgToHashTables(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr,
+                                               nsIMsgThread *thread)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(msgHdr);
+
+  uint16_t numReferences = 0;
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  msgHdr->GetNumReferences(&numReferences);
+  for (int32_t i = 0; i < numReferences; i++)
+  {
+    nsAutoCString reference;
+
+    msgHdr->GetStringReference(i, reference);
+    if (reference.IsEmpty())
+      break;
+
+    rv = AddRefToHash(reference, thread);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+
+  nsCString messageId;
+  msgHdr->GetMessageId(getter_Copies(messageId));
+  m_hdrsTable.Put(messageId, msgHdr);
+  if (!gReferenceOnlyThreading)
+  {
+    nsCString subject;
+    msgHdr->GetSubject(getter_Copies(subject));
+    // if we're threading by subject, just treat subject as an other ref.
+    AddRefToHash(subject, thread);
+  }
+  return AddRefToHash(messageId, thread);
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgSearchDBView::RemoveRefFromHash(nsCString &reference)
+{
+  m_threadsTable.Remove(reference);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgSearchDBView::RemoveMsgFromHashTables(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(msgHdr);
+
+  uint16_t numReferences = 0;
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  msgHdr->GetNumReferences(&numReferences);
+
+  for (int32_t i = 0; i < numReferences; i++)
+  {
+    nsAutoCString reference;
+    msgHdr->GetStringReference(i, reference);
+    if (reference.IsEmpty())
+      break;
+
+    rv = RemoveRefFromHash(reference);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      break;
+  }
+  nsCString messageId;
+  msgHdr->GetMessageId(getter_Copies(messageId));
+  m_hdrsTable.Remove(messageId);
+  RemoveRefFromHash(messageId);
+  if (!gReferenceOnlyThreading)
+  {
+    nsCString subject;
+    msgHdr->GetSubject(getter_Copies(subject));
+    // if we're threading by subject, just treat subject as an other ref.
+    RemoveRefFromHash(subject);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsMsgGroupThread *nsMsgSearchDBView::CreateGroupThread(nsIMsgDatabase * /* db */)
+{
+  return new nsMsgXFGroupThread();
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgSearchDBView::GetThreadContainingMsgHdr(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr, 
+                                                      nsIMsgThread **pThread)
+{
+  if (m_viewFlags & nsMsgViewFlagsType::kGroupBySort)
+    return nsMsgGroupView::GetThreadContainingMsgHdr(msgHdr, pThread);
+  else if (m_viewFlags & nsMsgViewFlagsType::kThreadedDisplay)
+    return GetXFThreadFromMsgHdr(msgHdr, pThread);
+
+  // if not threaded, use the real thread. 
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> msgDB;
+  nsresult rv = GetDBForHeader(msgHdr, getter_AddRefs(msgDB));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  return msgDB->GetThreadContainingMsgHdr(msgHdr, pThread);
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgSearchDBView::ListIdsInThread(nsIMsgThread *threadHdr,
+                                   nsMsgViewIndex startOfThreadViewIndex,
+                                   uint32_t *pNumListed)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(threadHdr);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(pNumListed);
+
+  // these children ids should be in thread order.
+  uint32_t i;
+  nsMsgViewIndex viewIndex = startOfThreadViewIndex + 1;
+  *pNumListed = 0;
+
+  uint32_t numChildren;
+  threadHdr->GetNumChildren(&numChildren);
+  NS_ASSERTION(numChildren, "Empty thread in view/db");
+  if (!numChildren)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  numChildren--; // account for the existing thread root
+  if (!InsertEmptyRows(viewIndex, numChildren))
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+  bool threadedView = m_viewFlags & nsMsgViewFlagsType::kThreadedDisplay &&
+    !(m_viewFlags & nsMsgViewFlagsType::kGroupBySort);
+  nsMsgXFViewThread *viewThread;
+  if (threadedView)
+    viewThread = static_cast<nsMsgXFViewThread*>(threadHdr);
+
+  for (i = 1; i <= numChildren; i++)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+    threadHdr->GetChildHdrAt(i, getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+
+    if (msgHdr)
+    {
+      nsMsgKey msgKey;
+      uint32_t msgFlags;
+      msgHdr->GetMessageKey(&msgKey);
+      msgHdr->GetFlags(&msgFlags);
+      uint8_t level = (threadedView) ? viewThread->ChildLevelAt(i) : 1;
+      SetMsgHdrAt(msgHdr, viewIndex, msgKey, msgFlags & ~MSG_VIEW_FLAGS, 
+                  level);
+      (*pNumListed)++;
+      viewIndex++;
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgSearchDBView::GetNumMsgsInView(int32_t *aNumMsgs)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aNumMsgs);
+  *aNumMsgs = m_totalMessagesInView;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
diff --git a/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgSearchDBView.h b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgSearchDBView.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ff89f1d75
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgSearchDBView.h
@@ -0,0 +1,146 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _nsMsgSearchDBViews_H_
+#define _nsMsgSearchDBViews_H_
+
+#include "mozilla/Attributes.h"
+#include "nsMsgGroupView.h"
+#include "nsIMsgCopyServiceListener.h"
+#include "nsIMsgSearchNotify.h"
+#include "nsMsgXFViewThread.h"
+#include "nsCOMArray.h"
+#include "mozilla/UniquePtr.h"
+
+class nsMsgSearchDBView : public nsMsgGroupView, public nsIMsgCopyServiceListener, public nsIMsgSearchNotify
+{
+public:
+  nsMsgSearchDBView();
+
+  // these are tied together pretty intimately
+  friend class nsMsgXFViewThread;
+
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGSEARCHNOTIFY
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGCOPYSERVICELISTENER
+
+  NS_IMETHOD SetSearchSession(nsIMsgSearchSession *aSearchSession) override;
+
+  virtual const char *GetViewName(void) override { return "SearchView"; }
+  NS_IMETHOD Open(nsIMsgFolder *folder, nsMsgViewSortTypeValue sortType, nsMsgViewSortOrderValue sortOrder, 
+        nsMsgViewFlagsTypeValue viewFlags, int32_t *pCount) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD CloneDBView(nsIMessenger *aMessengerInstance, nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow,
+                         nsIMsgDBViewCommandUpdater *aCmdUpdater, nsIMsgDBView **_retval) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD CopyDBView(nsMsgDBView *aNewMsgDBView, nsIMessenger *aMessengerInstance, 
+                        nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow, nsIMsgDBViewCommandUpdater *aCmdUpdater) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD Close() override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetViewType(nsMsgViewTypeValue *aViewType) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD Sort(nsMsgViewSortTypeValue sortType,
+                  nsMsgViewSortOrderValue sortOrder) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetCommandStatus(nsMsgViewCommandTypeValue command,
+                              bool *selectable_p,
+                              nsMsgViewCommandCheckStateValue *selected_p) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD DoCommand(nsMsgViewCommandTypeValue command) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD DoCommandWithFolder(nsMsgViewCommandTypeValue command, nsIMsgFolder *destFolder) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetHdrForFirstSelectedMessage(nsIMsgDBHdr **hdr) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD OpenWithHdrs(nsISimpleEnumerator *aHeaders, 
+                          nsMsgViewSortTypeValue aSortType,
+                          nsMsgViewSortOrderValue aSortOrder, 
+                          nsMsgViewFlagsTypeValue aViewFlags,
+                          int32_t *aCount) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD OnHdrDeleted(nsIMsgDBHdr *aHdrDeleted, nsMsgKey aParentKey, 
+                          int32_t aFlags, nsIDBChangeListener *aInstigator) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD OnHdrFlagsChanged(nsIMsgDBHdr *aHdrChanged, uint32_t aOldFlags,
+                               uint32_t aNewFlags, nsIDBChangeListener *aInstigator) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetNumMsgsInView(int32_t *aNumMsgs) override;
+  // override to get location
+  NS_IMETHOD GetCellText(int32_t aRow, nsITreeColumn* aCol, nsAString& aValue) override;
+  virtual nsresult GetMsgHdrForViewIndex(nsMsgViewIndex index, nsIMsgDBHdr **msgHdr) override;
+  virtual nsresult OnNewHeader(nsIMsgDBHdr *newHdr, nsMsgKey parentKey, bool ensureListed) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetFolderForViewIndex(nsMsgViewIndex index, nsIMsgFolder **folder) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD OnAnnouncerGoingAway(nsIDBChangeAnnouncer *instigator) override;
+
+  virtual nsCOMArray<nsIMsgFolder>* GetFolders() override;
+  virtual nsresult GetFolderFromMsgURI(const char *aMsgURI, nsIMsgFolder **aFolder) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD GetThreadContainingMsgHdr(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr, nsIMsgThread **pThread) override;
+
+protected:
+  virtual ~nsMsgSearchDBView();
+  virtual void InternalClose() override;
+  virtual nsresult HashHdr(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr, nsString& aHashKey) override;
+  virtual nsresult ListIdsInThread(nsIMsgThread *threadHdr, 
+                                   nsMsgViewIndex startOfThreadViewIndex, 
+                                   uint32_t *pNumListed) override;
+  nsresult FetchLocation(int32_t aRow, nsAString& aLocationString);
+  virtual nsresult AddHdrFromFolder(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr, nsIMsgFolder *folder);
+  virtual nsresult GetDBForViewIndex(nsMsgViewIndex index, nsIMsgDatabase **db) override;
+  virtual nsresult RemoveByIndex(nsMsgViewIndex index) override;
+  virtual nsresult CopyMessages(nsIMsgWindow *window, nsMsgViewIndex *indices, int32_t numIndices, bool isMove, nsIMsgFolder *destFolder) override;
+  virtual nsresult DeleteMessages(nsIMsgWindow *window, nsMsgViewIndex *indices, int32_t numIndices, bool deleteStorage) override;
+  virtual void InsertMsgHdrAt(nsMsgViewIndex index, nsIMsgDBHdr *hdr,
+                              nsMsgKey msgKey, uint32_t flags, uint32_t level) override;
+  virtual void SetMsgHdrAt(nsIMsgDBHdr *hdr, nsMsgViewIndex index,
+                              nsMsgKey msgKey, uint32_t flags, uint32_t level) override;
+  virtual bool InsertEmptyRows(nsMsgViewIndex viewIndex, int32_t numRows) override;
+  virtual void RemoveRows(nsMsgViewIndex viewIndex, int32_t numRows) override;
+  virtual nsMsgViewIndex FindHdr(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr, nsMsgViewIndex startIndex = 0,
+                                 bool allowDummy=false) override;
+  nsresult GetFoldersAndHdrsForSelection(nsMsgViewIndex *indices, int32_t numIndices);
+  nsresult GroupSearchResultsByFolder();
+  nsresult PartitionSelectionByFolder(nsMsgViewIndex *indices,
+                                      int32_t numIndices,
+                                      mozilla::UniquePtr<nsTArray<uint32_t>[]> &indexArrays,
+                                      int32_t *numArrays);
+
+  virtual nsresult ApplyCommandToIndicesWithFolder(nsMsgViewCommandTypeValue command, nsMsgViewIndex* indices,
+                    int32_t numIndices, nsIMsgFolder *destFolder) override;
+  void MoveThreadAt(nsMsgViewIndex threadIndex);
+  
+  virtual nsresult GetMessageEnumerator(nsISimpleEnumerator **enumerator) override;
+  virtual nsresult InsertHdrFromFolder(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr, nsIMsgFolder *folder);
+
+  nsCOMArray<nsIMsgFolder> m_folders;
+  nsCOMArray<nsIMutableArray> m_hdrsForEachFolder;
+  nsCOMArray<nsIMsgFolder> m_uniqueFoldersSelected;
+  uint32_t mCurIndex;
+
+  nsMsgViewIndex* mIndicesForChainedDeleteAndFile;
+  int32_t mTotalIndices;
+  nsCOMArray<nsIMsgDatabase> m_dbToUseList;
+  nsMsgViewCommandTypeValue mCommand;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> mDestFolder;
+  nsWeakPtr m_searchSession;
+
+  nsresult ProcessRequestsInOneFolder(nsIMsgWindow *window);
+  nsresult ProcessRequestsInAllFolders(nsIMsgWindow *window);
+  // these are for doing threading of the search hits
+
+  // used for assigning thread id's to xfview threads.
+  nsMsgKey m_nextThreadId;
+  // this maps message-ids and reference message ids to
+  // the corresponding nsMsgXFViewThread object. If we're 
+  // doing subject threading, we would throw subjects
+  // into the same table.
+  nsInterfaceHashtable <nsCStringHashKey, nsIMsgThread> m_threadsTable;
+
+  // map message-ids to msg hdrs in the view, used for threading.
+  nsInterfaceHashtable <nsCStringHashKey, nsIMsgDBHdr> m_hdrsTable;
+  uint32_t m_totalMessagesInView;
+
+  virtual nsMsgGroupThread *CreateGroupThread(nsIMsgDatabase *db) override;
+  nsresult GetXFThreadFromMsgHdr(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr, nsIMsgThread **pThread,
+                                 bool *foundByMessageId = nullptr);
+  bool     GetThreadFromHash(nsCString &reference, nsIMsgThread **thread);
+  bool     GetMsgHdrFromHash(nsCString &reference, nsIMsgDBHdr **hdr);
+  nsresult AddRefToHash(nsCString &reference, nsIMsgThread *thread);
+  nsresult AddMsgToHashTables(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr, nsIMsgThread *thread);
+  nsresult RemoveRefFromHash(nsCString &reference);
+  nsresult RemoveMsgFromHashTables(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr);
+  nsresult InitRefHash();
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgServiceProvider.cpp b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgServiceProvider.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..224ae799d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgServiceProvider.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsMsgServiceProvider.h"
+#include "nsIServiceManager.h"
+
+#include "nsRDFCID.h"
+#include "nsIRDFService.h"
+#include "nsIRDFRemoteDataSource.h"
+
+#include "nsIFileChannel.h"
+#include "nsNetUtil.h"
+#include "nsMsgBaseCID.h"
+
+#include "nsMailDirServiceDefs.h"
+#include "nsDirectoryServiceUtils.h"
+#include "nsDirectoryServiceDefs.h"
+#include "nsISimpleEnumerator.h"
+#include "nsIDirectoryEnumerator.h"
+
+static NS_DEFINE_CID(kRDFServiceCID, NS_RDFSERVICE_CID);
+static NS_DEFINE_CID(kRDFCompositeDataSourceCID, NS_RDFCOMPOSITEDATASOURCE_CID);
+static NS_DEFINE_CID(kRDFXMLDataSourceCID, NS_RDFXMLDATASOURCE_CID);
+
+nsMsgServiceProviderService::nsMsgServiceProviderService()
+{}
+
+nsMsgServiceProviderService::~nsMsgServiceProviderService()
+{}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMsgServiceProviderService, nsIRDFDataSource)
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgServiceProviderService::Init()
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFService> rdf = do_GetService(kRDFServiceCID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  
+  mInnerDataSource = do_CreateInstance(kRDFCompositeDataSourceCID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  LoadISPFiles();
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Looks for ISP configuration files in <.exe>\isp and any sub directories called isp
+ * located in the user's extensions directory.
+ */
+void nsMsgServiceProviderService::LoadISPFiles()
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIProperties> dirSvc = do_GetService(NS_DIRECTORY_SERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return;
+
+  // Walk through the list of isp directories
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleEnumerator> ispDirectories;
+  rv = dirSvc->Get(ISP_DIRECTORY_LIST,
+                   NS_GET_IID(nsISimpleEnumerator), getter_AddRefs(ispDirectories));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return;
+
+  bool hasMore;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> ispDirectory;
+  while (NS_SUCCEEDED(ispDirectories->HasMoreElements(&hasMore)) && hasMore) 
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> elem;
+    ispDirectories->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(elem));
+
+    ispDirectory = do_QueryInterface(elem);
+    if (ispDirectory)
+      LoadISPFilesFromDir(ispDirectory);
+  }
+}
+
+void nsMsgServiceProviderService::LoadISPFilesFromDir(nsIFile* aDir)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  bool check = false;
+  rv = aDir->Exists(&check);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !check)
+    return;
+
+  rv = aDir->IsDirectory(&check);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !check)
+    return;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleEnumerator> e;
+  rv = aDir->GetDirectoryEntries(getter_AddRefs(e));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIDirectoryEnumerator> files(do_QueryInterface(e));
+  if (!files)
+    return;
+
+  // we only care about the .rdf files in this directory
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> file;
+  while (NS_SUCCEEDED(files->GetNextFile(getter_AddRefs(file))) && file) {
+    nsAutoString leafName;
+    file->GetLeafName(leafName);
+    if (!StringEndsWith(leafName, NS_LITERAL_STRING(".rdf")))
+      continue;
+
+    nsAutoCString urlSpec;
+    rv = NS_GetURLSpecFromFile(file, urlSpec);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      LoadDataSource(urlSpec.get());
+  }
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgServiceProviderService::LoadDataSource(const char *aURI)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFDataSource> ds =
+      do_CreateInstance(kRDFXMLDataSourceCID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFRemoteDataSource> remote =
+      do_QueryInterface(ds, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  
+  rv = remote->Init(aURI);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  // for now load synchronously (async seems to be busted)
+  rv = remote->Refresh(true);
+  NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "failed refresh?\n");
+
+  rv = mInnerDataSource->AddDataSource(ds);
+
+  return rv;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgServiceProvider.h b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgServiceProvider.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6697ebf83
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgServiceProvider.h
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef __nsMsgServiceProvider_h
+#define __nsMsgServiceProvider_h
+
+#include "nsIRDFDataSource.h"
+#include "nsIRDFRemoteDataSource.h"
+#include "nsIRDFCompositeDataSource.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+
+class nsMsgServiceProviderService : public nsIRDFDataSource
+{
+
+ public:
+  nsMsgServiceProviderService();
+
+  nsresult Init();
+  
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_FORWARD_NSIRDFDATASOURCE(mInnerDataSource->)
+  
+ private:
+  virtual ~nsMsgServiceProviderService();
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFCompositeDataSource> mInnerDataSource;
+  nsresult LoadDataSource(const char *aURL);
+
+  void LoadISPFilesFromDir(nsIFile* aDir);
+  void LoadISPFiles();
+};
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgSpecialViews.cpp b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgSpecialViews.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3943a5ca2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgSpecialViews.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,179 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "nsMsgSpecialViews.h"
+#include "nsIMsgThread.h"
+#include "nsMsgMessageFlags.h"
+
+nsMsgThreadsWithUnreadDBView::nsMsgThreadsWithUnreadDBView()
+: m_totalUnwantedMessagesInView(0)
+{
+  
+}
+
+nsMsgThreadsWithUnreadDBView::~nsMsgThreadsWithUnreadDBView()
+{
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgThreadsWithUnreadDBView::GetViewType(nsMsgViewTypeValue *aViewType)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aViewType);
+    *aViewType = nsMsgViewType::eShowThreadsWithUnread;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+bool nsMsgThreadsWithUnreadDBView::WantsThisThread(nsIMsgThread *threadHdr)
+{
+  if (threadHdr)
+  {
+    uint32_t numNewChildren;
+
+    threadHdr->GetNumUnreadChildren(&numNewChildren);
+    if (numNewChildren > 0)
+      return true;
+    uint32_t numChildren;
+    threadHdr->GetNumChildren(&numChildren);
+    m_totalUnwantedMessagesInView += numChildren;
+  }
+  return false;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgThreadsWithUnreadDBView::AddMsgToThreadNotInView(nsIMsgThread *threadHdr, nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr, bool ensureListed)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> parentHdr;
+  uint32_t msgFlags;
+  msgHdr->GetFlags(&msgFlags);
+  GetFirstMessageHdrToDisplayInThread(threadHdr, getter_AddRefs(parentHdr));
+  if (parentHdr && (ensureListed || !(msgFlags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Read)))
+  {
+    nsMsgKey key;
+    uint32_t numMsgsInThread;
+    rv = AddHdr(parentHdr);
+    threadHdr->GetNumChildren(&numMsgsInThread);
+    if (numMsgsInThread > 1)
+    {
+      parentHdr->GetMessageKey(&key);
+      nsMsgViewIndex viewIndex = FindViewIndex(key);
+      if (viewIndex != nsMsgViewIndex_None)
+        OrExtraFlag(viewIndex, nsMsgMessageFlags::Elided | MSG_VIEW_FLAG_HASCHILDREN);
+    }
+    m_totalUnwantedMessagesInView -= numMsgsInThread;
+  }
+  else
+    m_totalUnwantedMessagesInView++;
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgThreadsWithUnreadDBView::CloneDBView(nsIMessenger *aMessengerInstance, nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow, nsIMsgDBViewCommandUpdater *aCmdUpdater, nsIMsgDBView **_retval)
+{
+  nsMsgThreadsWithUnreadDBView* newMsgDBView = new nsMsgThreadsWithUnreadDBView();
+
+  if (!newMsgDBView)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+  nsresult rv = CopyDBView(newMsgDBView, aMessengerInstance, aMsgWindow, aCmdUpdater);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*_retval = newMsgDBView);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgThreadsWithUnreadDBView::GetNumMsgsInView(int32_t *aNumMsgs)
+{
+  nsresult rv = nsMsgDBView::GetNumMsgsInView(aNumMsgs);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  *aNumMsgs = *aNumMsgs - m_totalUnwantedMessagesInView;
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsMsgWatchedThreadsWithUnreadDBView::nsMsgWatchedThreadsWithUnreadDBView()
+: m_totalUnwantedMessagesInView(0)
+{
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgWatchedThreadsWithUnreadDBView::GetViewType(nsMsgViewTypeValue *aViewType)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aViewType);
+    *aViewType = nsMsgViewType::eShowWatchedThreadsWithUnread;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+bool nsMsgWatchedThreadsWithUnreadDBView::WantsThisThread(nsIMsgThread *threadHdr)
+{
+  if (threadHdr)
+  {
+    uint32_t numNewChildren;
+    uint32_t threadFlags;
+
+    threadHdr->GetNumUnreadChildren(&numNewChildren);
+    threadHdr->GetFlags(&threadFlags);
+    if (numNewChildren > 0 && (threadFlags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Watched) != 0)
+      return true;
+    uint32_t numChildren;
+    threadHdr->GetNumChildren(&numChildren);
+    m_totalUnwantedMessagesInView += numChildren;
+  }
+  return false;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgWatchedThreadsWithUnreadDBView::AddMsgToThreadNotInView(nsIMsgThread *threadHdr, nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr, bool ensureListed)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  uint32_t threadFlags;
+  uint32_t msgFlags;
+  msgHdr->GetFlags(&msgFlags);
+  threadHdr->GetFlags(&threadFlags);
+  if (threadFlags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Watched)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> parentHdr;
+    GetFirstMessageHdrToDisplayInThread(threadHdr, getter_AddRefs(parentHdr));
+    if (parentHdr && (ensureListed || !(msgFlags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Read)))
+    {
+      uint32_t numChildren;
+      threadHdr->GetNumChildren(&numChildren);
+      rv = AddHdr(parentHdr);
+      if (numChildren > 1)
+      {
+        nsMsgKey key;
+        parentHdr->GetMessageKey(&key);
+        nsMsgViewIndex viewIndex = FindViewIndex(key);
+        if (viewIndex != nsMsgViewIndex_None)
+          OrExtraFlag(viewIndex, nsMsgMessageFlags::Elided | MSG_VIEW_FLAG_ISTHREAD | MSG_VIEW_FLAG_HASCHILDREN | nsMsgMessageFlags::Watched);
+      }
+      m_totalUnwantedMessagesInView -= numChildren;
+      return rv;
+    }
+  }
+  m_totalUnwantedMessagesInView++;
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgWatchedThreadsWithUnreadDBView::CloneDBView(nsIMessenger *aMessengerInstance, nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow, nsIMsgDBViewCommandUpdater *aCmdUpdater, nsIMsgDBView **_retval)
+{
+  nsMsgWatchedThreadsWithUnreadDBView* newMsgDBView = new nsMsgWatchedThreadsWithUnreadDBView();
+
+  if (!newMsgDBView)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+  nsresult rv = CopyDBView(newMsgDBView, aMessengerInstance, aMsgWindow, aCmdUpdater);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*_retval = newMsgDBView);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgWatchedThreadsWithUnreadDBView::GetNumMsgsInView(int32_t *aNumMsgs)
+{
+  nsresult rv = nsMsgDBView::GetNumMsgsInView(aNumMsgs);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  *aNumMsgs = *aNumMsgs - m_totalUnwantedMessagesInView;
+  return rv;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgSpecialViews.h b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgSpecialViews.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8f3757a35
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgSpecialViews.h
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _nsMsgSpecialViews_H_
+#define _nsMsgSpecialViews_H_
+
+#include "mozilla/Attributes.h"
+#include "nsMsgThreadedDBView.h"
+
+class nsMsgThreadsWithUnreadDBView : public nsMsgThreadedDBView
+{
+public:
+  nsMsgThreadsWithUnreadDBView();
+  virtual ~nsMsgThreadsWithUnreadDBView();
+  virtual const char * GetViewName(void) override {return "ThreadsWithUnreadView"; }
+  NS_IMETHOD CloneDBView(nsIMessenger *aMessengerInstance, nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow, nsIMsgDBViewCommandUpdater *aCommandUpdater, nsIMsgDBView **_retval) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetViewType(nsMsgViewTypeValue *aViewType) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetNumMsgsInView(int32_t *aNumMsgs) override;
+
+virtual bool WantsThisThread(nsIMsgThread *threadHdr) override;
+protected:
+  virtual nsresult AddMsgToThreadNotInView(nsIMsgThread *threadHdr, nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr, bool ensureListed) override;
+  uint32_t m_totalUnwantedMessagesInView;
+};
+
+class nsMsgWatchedThreadsWithUnreadDBView : public nsMsgThreadedDBView
+{
+public:
+  nsMsgWatchedThreadsWithUnreadDBView ();
+  NS_IMETHOD GetViewType(nsMsgViewTypeValue *aViewType) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD CloneDBView(nsIMessenger *aMessengerInstance, nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow,
+                         nsIMsgDBViewCommandUpdater *aCommandUpdater,
+                         nsIMsgDBView **_retval) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetNumMsgsInView(int32_t *aNumMsgs) override;
+  virtual const char *GetViewName(void) override { return "WatchedThreadsWithUnreadView"; }
+  virtual bool WantsThisThread(nsIMsgThread *threadHdr) override;
+protected:
+  virtual nsresult AddMsgToThreadNotInView(nsIMsgThread *threadHdr, nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr, bool ensureListed) override;
+  uint32_t m_totalUnwantedMessagesInView;
+
+};
+#ifdef DOING_CACHELESS_VIEW
+// This view will initially be used for cacheless IMAP.
+class nsMsgCachelessView : public nsMsgDBView
+{
+public:
+						nsMsgCachelessView();
+    NS_IMETHOD GetViewType(nsMsgViewTypeValue *aViewType);
+	virtual 			~nsMsgCachelessView();
+	virtual const char * 		GetViewName(void) {return "nsMsgCachelessView"; }
+	NS_IMETHOD Open(nsIMsgFolder *folder, nsMsgViewSortTypeValue viewType, int32_t *count);
+	nsresult				SetViewSize(int32_t setSize); // Override
+	virtual nsresult		AddNewMessages() ;
+	virtual nsresult		AddHdr(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr);
+	// for news, xover line, potentially, for IMAP, imap line...
+	virtual nsresult		AddHdrFromServerLine(char *line, nsMsgKey *msgId) ;
+	virtual void		SetInitialSortState(void);
+	virtual	nsresult		Init(uint32_t *pCount);
+protected:
+	void				ClearPendingIds();
+
+	nsIMsgFolder		*m_folder;
+	nsMsgViewIndex		m_curStartSeq;
+	nsMsgViewIndex		m_curEndSeq;
+	bool				m_sizeInitialized;
+};
+
+#endif /* DOING_CACHELESS_VIEW */
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgStatusFeedback.cpp b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgStatusFeedback.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7843886ed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgStatusFeedback.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,303 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "msgCore.h"
+
+#include "nsIWebProgress.h"
+#include "nsIXULBrowserWindow.h"
+#include "nsMsgStatusFeedback.h"
+#include "nsIDocument.h"
+#include "nsIDOMElement.h"
+#include "nsIDocShell.h"
+#include "nsIDocShellTreeItem.h"
+#include "nsIChannel.h"
+#include "prinrval.h"
+#include "nsIMsgMailNewsUrl.h"
+#include "nsIMimeMiscStatus.h"
+#include "nsIMsgWindow.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "nsIMsgHdr.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolder.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+#include "mozilla/Services.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+
+#define MSGFEEDBACK_TIMER_INTERVAL 500
+
+nsMsgStatusFeedback::nsMsgStatusFeedback() :
+  m_lastPercent(0),
+  m_lastProgressTime(0)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundleService> bundleService =
+    mozilla::services::GetStringBundleService();
+
+  if (bundleService)
+    bundleService->CreateBundle("chrome://messenger/locale/messenger.properties",
+                                getter_AddRefs(mBundle));
+
+  m_msgLoadedAtom = MsgGetAtom("msgLoaded");
+}
+
+nsMsgStatusFeedback::~nsMsgStatusFeedback()
+{
+  mBundle = nullptr;
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMsgStatusFeedback, nsIMsgStatusFeedback,
+  nsIProgressEventSink, nsIWebProgressListener, nsISupportsWeakReference)
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// nsMsgStatusFeedback::nsIWebProgressListener
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgStatusFeedback::OnProgressChange(nsIWebProgress* aWebProgress,
+                                      nsIRequest* aRequest,
+                                      int32_t aCurSelfProgress,
+                                      int32_t aMaxSelfProgress, 
+                                      int32_t aCurTotalProgress,
+                                      int32_t aMaxTotalProgress)
+{
+  int32_t percentage = 0;
+  if (aMaxTotalProgress > 0)
+  {
+    percentage =  (aCurTotalProgress * 100) / aMaxTotalProgress;
+    if (percentage)
+      ShowProgress(percentage);
+  }
+
+   return NS_OK;
+}
+      
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgStatusFeedback::OnStateChange(nsIWebProgress* aWebProgress,
+                                   nsIRequest* aRequest,
+                                   uint32_t aProgressStateFlags,
+                                   nsresult aStatus)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(mBundle, NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER);
+  if (aProgressStateFlags & STATE_IS_NETWORK)
+  {
+    if (aProgressStateFlags & STATE_START)
+    {
+      m_lastPercent = 0;
+      StartMeteors();
+      nsString loadingDocument;
+      rv = mBundle->GetStringFromName(u"documentLoading",
+                                      getter_Copies(loadingDocument));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        ShowStatusString(loadingDocument);
+    }
+    else if (aProgressStateFlags & STATE_STOP)
+    {
+      // if we are loading message for display purposes, this STATE_STOP notification is 
+      // the only notification we get when layout is actually done rendering the message. We need
+      // to fire the appropriate msgHdrSink notification in this particular case.
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIChannel> channel = do_QueryInterface(aRequest);
+      if (channel) 
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> uri; 
+        channel->GetURI(getter_AddRefs(uri));
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailnewsUrl (do_QueryInterface(uri));
+        if (mailnewsUrl)
+        {
+          // get the url type
+          bool messageDisplayUrl;
+          mailnewsUrl->IsUrlType(nsIMsgMailNewsUrl::eDisplay, &messageDisplayUrl);
+
+          if (messageDisplayUrl)
+          {              
+            // get the header sink
+            nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgWindow> msgWindow;
+            mailnewsUrl->GetMsgWindow(getter_AddRefs(msgWindow));
+            if (msgWindow)
+            {
+              nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgHeaderSink> hdrSink;
+              msgWindow->GetMsgHeaderSink(getter_AddRefs(hdrSink));
+              if (hdrSink)
+                hdrSink->OnEndMsgDownload(mailnewsUrl);
+            }
+            // get the folder and notify that the msg has been loaded. We're 
+            // using NotifyPropertyFlagChanged. To be completely consistent,
+            // we'd send a similar notification that the old message was
+            // unloaded.
+            nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+            nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> msgFolder;
+            mailnewsUrl->GetFolder(getter_AddRefs(msgFolder));
+            nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgMessageUrl> msgUrl = do_QueryInterface(mailnewsUrl);
+            if (msgUrl)
+            {
+              // not sending this notification is not a fatal error...
+              (void) msgUrl->GetMessageHeader(getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+              if (msgFolder && msgHdr)
+                msgFolder->NotifyPropertyFlagChanged(msgHdr, m_msgLoadedAtom, 0, 1);
+            }
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      StopMeteors();
+      nsString documentDone;
+      rv = mBundle->GetStringFromName(u"documentDone",
+                                      getter_Copies(documentDone));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        ShowStatusString(documentDone);
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgStatusFeedback::OnLocationChange(nsIWebProgress* aWebProgress,
+                                                    nsIRequest* aRequest,
+                                                    nsIURI* aLocation,
+                                                    uint32_t aFlags)
+{
+   return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP 
+nsMsgStatusFeedback::OnStatusChange(nsIWebProgress* aWebProgress,
+                                    nsIRequest* aRequest,
+                                    nsresult aStatus,
+                                    const char16_t* aMessage)
+{
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP 
+nsMsgStatusFeedback::OnSecurityChange(nsIWebProgress *aWebProgress, 
+                                    nsIRequest *aRequest, 
+                                    uint32_t state)
+{
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgStatusFeedback::ShowStatusString(const nsAString& aStatus)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgStatusFeedback> jsStatusFeedback(do_QueryReferent(mJSStatusFeedbackWeak));
+  if (jsStatusFeedback)
+    jsStatusFeedback->ShowStatusString(aStatus);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgStatusFeedback::SetStatusString(const nsAString& aStatus)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgStatusFeedback> jsStatusFeedback(do_QueryReferent(mJSStatusFeedbackWeak));
+  if (jsStatusFeedback)
+    jsStatusFeedback->SetStatusString(aStatus);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgStatusFeedback::ShowProgress(int32_t aPercentage)
+{
+  // if the percentage hasn't changed...OR if we are going from 0 to 100% in one step
+  // then don't bother....just fall out....
+  if (aPercentage == m_lastPercent || (m_lastPercent == 0 && aPercentage >= 100))
+    return NS_OK;
+  
+  m_lastPercent = aPercentage;
+
+  int64_t nowMS = 0;
+  if (aPercentage < 100)	// always need to do 100%
+  {
+    nowMS = PR_IntervalToMilliseconds(PR_IntervalNow());
+    if (nowMS < m_lastProgressTime + 250)
+      return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  m_lastProgressTime = nowMS;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgStatusFeedback> jsStatusFeedback(do_QueryReferent(mJSStatusFeedbackWeak));
+  if (jsStatusFeedback)
+    jsStatusFeedback->ShowProgress(aPercentage);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgStatusFeedback::StartMeteors()
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgStatusFeedback> jsStatusFeedback(do_QueryReferent(mJSStatusFeedbackWeak));
+  if (jsStatusFeedback)
+    jsStatusFeedback->StartMeteors();
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgStatusFeedback::StopMeteors()
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgStatusFeedback> jsStatusFeedback(do_QueryReferent(mJSStatusFeedbackWeak));
+  if (jsStatusFeedback)
+    jsStatusFeedback->StopMeteors();
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgStatusFeedback::SetWrappedStatusFeedback(nsIMsgStatusFeedback * aJSStatusFeedback)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aJSStatusFeedback);
+  mJSStatusFeedbackWeak = do_GetWeakReference(aJSStatusFeedback);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgStatusFeedback::OnProgress(nsIRequest *request, nsISupports* ctxt, 
+                                              int64_t aProgress, int64_t aProgressMax)
+{
+  // XXX: What should the nsIWebProgress be?
+  // XXX: this truncates 64-bit to 32-bit
+  return OnProgressChange(nullptr, request, int32_t(aProgress), int32_t(aProgressMax), 
+                          int32_t(aProgress) /* current total progress */, int32_t(aProgressMax) /* max total progress */);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgStatusFeedback::OnStatus(nsIRequest *request, nsISupports* ctxt, 
+                                            nsresult aStatus, const char16_t* aStatusArg)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> uri;
+  nsString accountName;
+  // fetching account name from nsIRequest
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIChannel> aChannel = do_QueryInterface(request);
+  rv = aChannel->GetURI(getter_AddRefs(uri));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> url(do_QueryInterface(uri));
+  if (url)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+    url->GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+    if (server)
+      server->GetPrettyName(accountName);
+  }
+
+  // forming the status message
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundleService> sbs =
+    mozilla::services::GetStringBundleService();
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(sbs, NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED);
+  nsString str;
+  rv = sbs->FormatStatusMessage(aStatus, aStatusArg, getter_Copies(str));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // prefixing the account name to the status message if status message isn't blank
+  // and doesn't already contain the account name.
+  nsString statusMessage;
+  if (!str.IsEmpty() && str.Find(accountName) == kNotFound)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundle> bundle;
+    rv = sbs->CreateBundle(MSGS_URL, getter_AddRefs(bundle));
+    const char16_t *params[] = { accountName.get(),
+                                  str.get() };
+    rv = bundle->FormatStringFromName(
+      u"statusMessage",
+      params, 2, getter_Copies(statusMessage));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    statusMessage.Assign(str);
+  }
+  return ShowStatusString(statusMessage);
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgStatusFeedback.h b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgStatusFeedback.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b7565377a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgStatusFeedback.h
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _nsMsgStatusFeedback_h
+#define _nsMsgStatusFeedback_h
+
+#include "nsIWebProgressListener.h"
+#include "nsIObserver.h"
+#include "nsITimer.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsIMsgStatusFeedback.h"
+#include "nsIProgressEventSink.h"
+#include "nsIStringBundle.h"
+#include "nsWeakReference.h"
+#include "nsIAtom.h"
+
+class nsMsgStatusFeedback : public nsIMsgStatusFeedback,
+                            public nsIProgressEventSink,
+                            public nsIWebProgressListener,
+                            public nsSupportsWeakReference
+{
+public:
+  nsMsgStatusFeedback();
+
+  NS_DECL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGSTATUSFEEDBACK
+  NS_DECL_NSIWEBPROGRESSLISTENER
+  NS_DECL_NSIPROGRESSEVENTSINK
+
+protected:
+  virtual ~nsMsgStatusFeedback();
+
+  bool             m_meteorsSpinning;
+  int32_t          m_lastPercent;
+  int64_t          m_lastProgressTime;
+
+  void BeginObserving();
+  void EndObserving();
+
+  // the JS status feedback implementation object...eventually this object
+  // will replace this very C++ class you are looking at.
+  nsWeakPtr mJSStatusFeedbackWeak;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundle> mBundle;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIAtom> m_msgLoadedAtom;
+};
+
+#endif // _nsMsgStatusFeedback_h
diff --git a/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgTagService.cpp b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgTagService.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..75480c21a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgTagService.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,560 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "nsMsgTagService.h"
+#include "nsMsgBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsIPrefService.h"
+#include "nsISupportsPrimitives.h"
+#include "nsMsgI18N.h"
+#include "nsIPrefLocalizedString.h"
+#include "nsMsgDBView.h" // for labels migration
+#include "nsQuickSort.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "nsComponentManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsMemory.h"
+
+#define STRLEN(s) (sizeof(s) - 1)
+
+#define TAG_PREF_VERSION        "version"
+#define TAG_PREF_SUFFIX_TAG     ".tag"
+#define TAG_PREF_SUFFIX_COLOR   ".color"
+#define TAG_PREF_SUFFIX_ORDINAL ".ordinal"
+#define TAG_CMP_LESSER          -1
+#define TAG_CMP_EQUAL           0
+#define TAG_CMP_GREATER         1
+
+static bool gMigratingKeys = false;
+
+// comparison functions for nsQuickSort
+static int
+CompareMsgTagKeys(const void* aTagPref1, const void* aTagPref2, void* aData)
+{
+  return strcmp(*static_cast<const char* const*>(aTagPref1),
+                *static_cast<const char* const*>(aTagPref2));
+}
+
+static int
+CompareMsgTags(const void* aTagPref1, const void* aTagPref2, void* aData)
+{
+  // Sort nsMsgTag objects by ascending order, using their ordinal or key.
+  // The "smallest" value will be first in the sorted array,
+  // thus being the most important element.
+  nsMsgTag *element1 = *(nsMsgTag**) aTagPref1;
+  nsMsgTag *element2 = *(nsMsgTag**) aTagPref2;
+
+  // if we have only one element, it wins
+  if (!element1 && !element2)
+    return TAG_CMP_EQUAL;
+  if (!element2)
+    return TAG_CMP_LESSER;
+  if (!element1)
+    return TAG_CMP_GREATER;
+
+  // only use the key if the ordinal is not defined or empty
+  nsAutoCString value1, value2;
+  element1->GetOrdinal(value1);
+  if (value1.IsEmpty())
+    element1->GetKey(value1);
+  element2->GetOrdinal(value2);
+  if (value2.IsEmpty())
+    element2->GetKey(value2);
+
+  return strcmp(value1.get(), value2.get());
+}
+
+
+//
+//  nsMsgTag
+//
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMsgTag, nsIMsgTag)
+
+nsMsgTag::nsMsgTag(const nsACString &aKey,
+                   const nsAString  &aTag,
+                   const nsACString &aColor,
+                   const nsACString &aOrdinal)
+: mTag(aTag),
+  mKey(aKey),
+  mColor(aColor),
+  mOrdinal(aOrdinal)
+{
+}
+
+nsMsgTag::~nsMsgTag()
+{
+}
+
+/* readonly attribute ACString key; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgTag::GetKey(nsACString & aKey)
+{
+  aKey = mKey;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* readonly attribute AString tag; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgTag::GetTag(nsAString & aTag)
+{
+  aTag = mTag;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* readonly attribute ACString color; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgTag::GetColor(nsACString & aColor)
+{
+  aColor = mColor;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* readonly attribute ACString ordinal; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgTag::GetOrdinal(nsACString & aOrdinal)
+{
+  aOrdinal = mOrdinal;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+//
+//  nsMsgTagService
+//
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMsgTagService, nsIMsgTagService)
+
+nsMsgTagService::nsMsgTagService()
+{
+  m_tagPrefBranch = nullptr;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefService> prefService(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID));
+  if (prefService)
+    prefService->GetBranch("mailnews.tags.", getter_AddRefs(m_tagPrefBranch));
+  // need to figure out how to migrate the tags only once.
+  MigrateLabelsToTags();
+  RefreshKeyCache();
+}
+
+nsMsgTagService::~nsMsgTagService()
+{
+  /* destructor code */
+}
+
+/* wstring getTagForKey (in string key); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgTagService::GetTagForKey(const nsACString &key, nsAString &_retval)
+{
+  nsAutoCString prefName(key);
+  if (!gMigratingKeys)
+    ToLowerCase(prefName);
+  prefName.AppendLiteral(TAG_PREF_SUFFIX_TAG);
+  return GetUnicharPref(prefName.get(), _retval);
+}
+
+/* void setTagForKey (in string key); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgTagService::SetTagForKey(const nsACString &key, const nsAString &tag )
+{
+  nsAutoCString prefName(key);
+  ToLowerCase(prefName);
+  prefName.AppendLiteral(TAG_PREF_SUFFIX_TAG);
+  return SetUnicharPref(prefName.get(), tag);
+}
+
+/* void getKeyForTag (in wstring tag); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgTagService::GetKeyForTag(const nsAString &aTag, nsACString &aKey)
+{
+  uint32_t count;
+  char **prefList;
+  nsresult rv = m_tagPrefBranch->GetChildList("", &count, &prefList);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  // traverse the list, and look for a pref with the desired tag value.
+  for (uint32_t i = count; i--;)
+  {
+    // We are returned the tag prefs in the form "<key>.<tag_data_type>", but
+    // since we only want the tags, just check that the string ends with "tag".
+    nsDependentCString prefName(prefList[i]);
+    if (StringEndsWith(prefName, NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(TAG_PREF_SUFFIX_TAG)))
+    {
+      nsAutoString curTag;
+      GetUnicharPref(prefList[i], curTag);
+      if (aTag.Equals(curTag))
+      {
+        aKey = Substring(prefName, 0, prefName.Length() - STRLEN(TAG_PREF_SUFFIX_TAG));
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  NS_FREE_XPCOM_ALLOCATED_POINTER_ARRAY(count, prefList);
+  ToLowerCase(aKey);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* ACString getTopKey (in ACString keylist); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgTagService::GetTopKey(const nsACString & keyList, nsACString & _retval)
+{
+  _retval.Truncate();
+  // find the most important key
+  nsTArray<nsCString> keyArray;
+  ParseString(keyList, ' ', keyArray);
+  uint32_t keyCount = keyArray.Length();
+  nsCString *topKey = nullptr, *key, topOrdinal, ordinal;
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < keyCount; ++i)
+  {
+    key = &keyArray[i];
+    if (key->IsEmpty())
+      continue;
+
+    // ignore unknown keywords
+    nsAutoString tagValue;
+    nsresult rv = GetTagForKey(*key, tagValue);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv) || tagValue.IsEmpty())
+      continue;
+
+    // new top key, judged by ordinal order?
+    rv = GetOrdinalForKey(*key, ordinal);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv) || ordinal.IsEmpty())
+      ordinal = *key;
+    if ((ordinal < topOrdinal) || topOrdinal.IsEmpty())
+    {
+      topOrdinal = ordinal;
+      topKey = key; // copy actual result key only once - later
+    }
+  }
+  // return the most important key - if any
+  if (topKey)
+    _retval = *topKey;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* void addTagForKey (in string key, in wstring tag, in string color, in string ordinal); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgTagService::AddTagForKey(const nsACString &key,
+                                            const nsAString  &tag,
+                                            const nsACString &color,
+                                            const nsACString &ordinal)
+{
+  nsAutoCString prefName(key);
+  ToLowerCase(prefName);
+  prefName.AppendLiteral(TAG_PREF_SUFFIX_TAG);
+  nsresult rv = SetUnicharPref(prefName.get(), tag);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  rv = SetColorForKey(key, color);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  rv = RefreshKeyCache();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  return SetOrdinalForKey(key, ordinal);
+}
+
+/* void addTag (in wstring tag, in long color); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgTagService::AddTag(const nsAString  &tag,
+                                      const nsACString &color,
+                                      const nsACString &ordinal)
+{
+  // figure out key from tag. Apply transformation stripping out
+  // illegal characters like <SP> and then convert to imap mod utf7.
+  // Then, check if we have a tag with that key yet, and if so,
+  // make it unique by appending A, AA, etc.
+  // Should we use an iterator?
+  nsAutoString transformedTag(tag);
+  MsgReplaceChar(transformedTag, " ()/{%*<>\\\"", '_');
+  nsAutoCString key;
+  CopyUTF16toMUTF7(transformedTag, key);
+  // We have an imap server that converts keys to upper case so we're going
+  // to normalize all keys to lower case (upper case looks ugly in prefs.js)
+  ToLowerCase(key);
+  nsAutoCString prefName(key);
+  while (true)
+  {
+    nsAutoString tagValue;
+    nsresult rv = GetTagForKey(prefName, tagValue);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv) || tagValue.IsEmpty() || tagValue.Equals(tag))
+      return AddTagForKey(prefName, tag, color, ordinal);
+    prefName.Append('A');
+  }
+  NS_ASSERTION(false, "can't get here");
+  return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+/* long getColorForKey (in string key); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgTagService::GetColorForKey(const nsACString &key, nsACString  &_retval)
+{
+  nsAutoCString prefName(key);
+  if (!gMigratingKeys)
+    ToLowerCase(prefName);
+  prefName.AppendLiteral(TAG_PREF_SUFFIX_COLOR);
+  nsCString color;
+  nsresult rv = m_tagPrefBranch->GetCharPref(prefName.get(), getter_Copies(color));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    _retval = color;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* void setColorForKey (in ACString key, in ACString color); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgTagService::SetColorForKey(const nsACString & key, const nsACString & color)
+{
+  nsAutoCString prefName(key);
+  ToLowerCase(prefName);
+  prefName.AppendLiteral(TAG_PREF_SUFFIX_COLOR);
+  if (color.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    m_tagPrefBranch->ClearUserPref(prefName.get());
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  return m_tagPrefBranch->SetCharPref(prefName.get(), nsCString(color).get());
+}
+
+/* ACString getOrdinalForKey (in ACString key); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgTagService::GetOrdinalForKey(const nsACString & key, nsACString & _retval)
+{
+  nsAutoCString prefName(key);
+  if (!gMigratingKeys)
+    ToLowerCase(prefName);
+  prefName.AppendLiteral(TAG_PREF_SUFFIX_ORDINAL);
+  nsCString ordinal;
+  nsresult rv = m_tagPrefBranch->GetCharPref(prefName.get(), getter_Copies(ordinal));
+  _retval = ordinal;
+  return rv;
+}
+
+/* void setOrdinalForKey (in ACString key, in ACString ordinal); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgTagService::SetOrdinalForKey(const nsACString & key, const nsACString & ordinal)
+{
+  nsAutoCString prefName(key);
+  ToLowerCase(prefName);
+  prefName.AppendLiteral(TAG_PREF_SUFFIX_ORDINAL);
+  if (ordinal.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    m_tagPrefBranch->ClearUserPref(prefName.get());
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  return m_tagPrefBranch->SetCharPref(prefName.get(), nsCString(ordinal).get());
+}
+
+/* void deleteTag (in wstring tag); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgTagService::DeleteKey(const nsACString &key)
+{
+  // clear the associated prefs
+  nsAutoCString prefName(key);
+  if (!gMigratingKeys)
+    ToLowerCase(prefName);
+  nsresult rv = m_tagPrefBranch->DeleteBranch(prefName.get());
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  return RefreshKeyCache();
+}
+
+/* void getAllTags (out unsigned long count, [array, size_is (count), retval] out nsIMsgTag tagArray); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgTagService::GetAllTags(uint32_t *aCount, nsIMsgTag ***aTagArray)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aCount);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aTagArray);
+
+  // preset harmless default values
+  *aCount = 0;
+  *aTagArray = nullptr;
+
+  // get the actual tag definitions
+  nsresult rv;
+  uint32_t prefCount;
+  char **prefList;
+  rv = m_tagPrefBranch->GetChildList("", &prefCount, &prefList);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  // sort them by key for ease of processing
+  NS_QuickSort(prefList, prefCount, sizeof(char*), CompareMsgTagKeys, nullptr);
+
+  // build an array of nsIMsgTag elements from the orderered list
+  // it's at max the same size as the preflist, but usually only about half
+  nsIMsgTag** tagArray = (nsIMsgTag**) NS_Alloc(sizeof(nsIMsgTag*) * prefCount);
+
+  if (!tagArray)
+  {
+    NS_FREE_XPCOM_ALLOCATED_POINTER_ARRAY(prefCount, prefList);
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+  }
+  uint32_t currentTagIndex = 0;
+  nsMsgTag *newMsgTag;
+  nsString tag;
+  nsCString lastKey, color, ordinal;
+  for (uint32_t i = prefCount; i--;)
+  {
+    // extract just the key from <key>.<info=tag|color|ordinal>
+    char *info = strrchr(prefList[i], '.');
+    if (info)
+    {
+      nsAutoCString key(Substring(prefList[i], info));
+      if (key != lastKey)
+      {
+        if (!key.IsEmpty())
+        {
+          // .tag MUST exist (but may be empty)
+          rv = GetTagForKey(key, tag);
+          if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+          {
+            // .color MAY exist
+            color.Truncate();
+            GetColorForKey(key, color);
+            // .ordinal MAY exist
+            rv = GetOrdinalForKey(key, ordinal);
+            if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+              ordinal.Truncate();
+            // store the tag info in our array
+            newMsgTag = new nsMsgTag(key, tag, color, ordinal);
+            if (!newMsgTag)
+            {
+              NS_FREE_XPCOM_ISUPPORTS_POINTER_ARRAY(currentTagIndex, tagArray);
+              NS_FREE_XPCOM_ALLOCATED_POINTER_ARRAY(prefCount, prefList);
+              return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+            }
+            NS_ADDREF(tagArray[currentTagIndex++] = newMsgTag);
+          }
+        }
+        lastKey = key;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  NS_FREE_XPCOM_ALLOCATED_POINTER_ARRAY(prefCount, prefList);
+
+  // sort the non-null entries by ordinal
+  NS_QuickSort(tagArray, currentTagIndex, sizeof(nsMsgTag*), CompareMsgTags,
+               nullptr);
+
+  // All done, now return the values (the idl's size_is(count) parameter
+  // ensures that the array is cut accordingly).
+  *aCount = currentTagIndex;
+  *aTagArray = tagArray;
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgTagService::SetUnicharPref(const char *prefName,
+                              const nsAString &val)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  if (!val.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISupportsString> supportsString =
+      do_CreateInstance(NS_SUPPORTS_STRING_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    if (supportsString)
+    {
+      supportsString->SetData(val);
+      rv = m_tagPrefBranch->SetComplexValue(prefName,
+                                            NS_GET_IID(nsISupportsString),
+                                            supportsString);
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    m_tagPrefBranch->ClearUserPref(prefName);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgTagService::GetUnicharPref(const char *prefName,
+                              nsAString &prefValue)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupportsString> supportsString =
+    do_CreateInstance(NS_SUPPORTS_STRING_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  if (supportsString)
+  {
+    rv = m_tagPrefBranch->GetComplexValue(prefName,
+                                          NS_GET_IID(nsISupportsString),
+                                          getter_AddRefs(supportsString));
+    if (supportsString)
+      rv = supportsString->GetData(prefValue);
+    else
+      prefValue.Truncate();
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+
+nsresult nsMsgTagService::MigrateLabelsToTags()
+{
+  nsCString prefString;
+
+  int32_t prefVersion = 0;
+  nsresult rv = m_tagPrefBranch->GetIntPref(TAG_PREF_VERSION, &prefVersion);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && prefVersion > 1)
+    return rv;
+  else if (prefVersion == 1)
+  {
+    gMigratingKeys = true;
+  // need to convert the keys to lower case
+    nsIMsgTag **tagArray;
+    uint32_t numTags;
+    GetAllTags(&numTags, &tagArray);
+    for (uint32_t tagIndex = 0; tagIndex < numTags; tagIndex++)
+    {
+      nsAutoCString key, color, ordinal;
+      nsAutoString tagStr;
+      nsIMsgTag *tag = tagArray[tagIndex];
+      tag->GetKey(key);
+      tag->GetTag(tagStr);
+      tag->GetOrdinal(ordinal);
+      tag->GetColor(color);
+      DeleteKey(key);
+      ToLowerCase(key);
+      AddTagForKey(key, tagStr, color, ordinal);
+    }
+    NS_FREE_XPCOM_ISUPPORTS_POINTER_ARRAY(numTags, tagArray);
+    gMigratingKeys = false;
+  }
+  else 
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefRoot(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID));
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefLocalizedString> pls;
+    nsString ucsval;
+    nsAutoCString labelKey("$label1");
+    for(int32_t i = 0; i < PREF_LABELS_MAX; )
+    {
+      prefString.Assign(PREF_LABELS_DESCRIPTION);
+      prefString.AppendInt(i + 1);
+      rv = prefRoot->GetComplexValue(prefString.get(),
+                                     NS_GET_IID(nsIPrefLocalizedString),
+                                     getter_AddRefs(pls));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      pls->ToString(getter_Copies(ucsval));
+
+      prefString.Assign(PREF_LABELS_COLOR);
+      prefString.AppendInt(i + 1);
+      nsCString csval;
+      rv = prefRoot->GetCharPref(prefString.get(), getter_Copies(csval));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      rv = AddTagForKey(labelKey, ucsval, csval, EmptyCString());
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      labelKey.SetCharAt(++i + '1', 6);
+    }
+  }
+  m_tagPrefBranch->SetIntPref(TAG_PREF_VERSION, 2);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgTagService::IsValidKey(const nsACString &aKey, bool *aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+  *aResult = m_keys.Contains(aKey);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// refresh the local tag key array m_keys from preferences
+nsresult nsMsgTagService::RefreshKeyCache()
+{
+  nsIMsgTag **tagArray;
+  uint32_t numTags;
+  nsresult rv = GetAllTags(&numTags, &tagArray);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  m_keys.Clear();
+
+  for (uint32_t tagIndex = 0; tagIndex < numTags; tagIndex++)
+  {
+    nsIMsgTag *tag = tagArray[tagIndex];
+    if (!tag) {
+      rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+      break;
+    }
+    nsAutoCString key;
+    tag->GetKey(key);
+    if (!m_keys.InsertElementAt(tagIndex, key)) {
+      rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  NS_FREE_XPCOM_ISUPPORTS_POINTER_ARRAY(numTags, tagArray);
+  return rv;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgTagService.h b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgTagService.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d31a81478
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgTagService.h
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsMsgTagService_h__
+#define nsMsgTagService_h__
+
+#include "nsIMsgTagService.h"
+#include "nsIPrefBranch.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsTArray.h"
+
+class nsMsgTag final : public nsIMsgTag
+{
+public:
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGTAG
+
+  nsMsgTag(const nsACString &aKey,
+           const nsAString  &aTag,
+           const nsACString &aColor,
+           const nsACString &aOrdinal);
+
+protected:
+  ~nsMsgTag();
+
+  nsString  mTag;
+  nsCString mKey, mColor, mOrdinal;
+};
+
+
+class nsMsgTagService final : public nsIMsgTagService
+{
+public:
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGTAGSERVICE
+
+  nsMsgTagService();
+
+private:
+  ~nsMsgTagService();
+
+protected:
+  nsresult SetUnicharPref(const char *prefName,
+                          const nsAString &prefValue);
+  nsresult GetUnicharPref(const char *prefName,
+                          nsAString &prefValue);
+  nsresult MigrateLabelsToTags();
+  nsresult RefreshKeyCache();
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> m_tagPrefBranch;
+  nsTArray<nsCString> m_keys;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgThreadedDBView.cpp b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgThreadedDBView.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0a2a18fbc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgThreadedDBView.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,983 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "nsMsgThreadedDBView.h"
+#include "nsIMsgHdr.h"
+#include "nsIMsgThread.h"
+#include "nsIDBFolderInfo.h"
+#include "nsIMsgSearchSession.h"
+#include "nsMsgMessageFlags.h"
+
+#define MSGHDR_CACHE_LOOK_AHEAD_SIZE  25    // Allocate this more to avoid reallocation on new mail.
+#define MSGHDR_CACHE_MAX_SIZE         8192  // Max msghdr cache entries.
+#define MSGHDR_CACHE_DEFAULT_SIZE     100
+
+nsMsgThreadedDBView::nsMsgThreadedDBView()
+{
+  /* member initializers and constructor code */
+  m_havePrevView = false;
+}
+
+nsMsgThreadedDBView::~nsMsgThreadedDBView()
+{
+  /* destructor code */
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgThreadedDBView::Open(nsIMsgFolder *folder, nsMsgViewSortTypeValue sortType, nsMsgViewSortOrderValue sortOrder, nsMsgViewFlagsTypeValue viewFlags, int32_t *pCount)
+{
+  nsresult rv = nsMsgDBView::Open(folder, sortType, sortOrder, viewFlags, pCount);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  if (!m_db)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+  // Preset msg hdr cache size for performance reason.
+  int32_t totalMessages, unreadMessages;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIDBFolderInfo> dbFolderInfo;
+  PersistFolderInfo(getter_AddRefs(dbFolderInfo));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  // save off sort type and order, view type and flags
+  dbFolderInfo->GetNumUnreadMessages(&unreadMessages);
+  dbFolderInfo->GetNumMessages(&totalMessages);
+  if (m_viewFlags & nsMsgViewFlagsType::kUnreadOnly)
+  { 
+    // Set unread msg size + extra entries to avoid reallocation on new mail.
+    totalMessages = (uint32_t)unreadMessages+MSGHDR_CACHE_LOOK_AHEAD_SIZE;  
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    if (totalMessages > MSGHDR_CACHE_MAX_SIZE) 
+      totalMessages = MSGHDR_CACHE_MAX_SIZE;        // use max default
+    else if (totalMessages > 0)
+      totalMessages += MSGHDR_CACHE_LOOK_AHEAD_SIZE;// allocate extra entries to avoid reallocation on new mail.
+  }
+  // if total messages is 0, then we probably don't have any idea how many headers are in the db
+  // so we have no business setting the cache size.
+  if (totalMessages > 0)
+    m_db->SetMsgHdrCacheSize((uint32_t)totalMessages);
+  
+  if (pCount)
+    *pCount = 0;
+  rv = InitThreadedView(pCount);
+
+  // this is a hack, but we're trying to find a way to correct
+  // incorrect total and unread msg counts w/o paying a big
+  // performance penalty. So, if we're not threaded, just add
+  // up the total and unread messages in the view and see if that
+  // matches what the db totals say. Except ignored threads are
+  // going to throw us off...hmm. Unless we just look at the
+  // unread counts which is what mostly tweaks people anyway...
+  int32_t unreadMsgsInView = 0;
+  if (!(m_viewFlags & nsMsgViewFlagsType::kThreadedDisplay))
+  {
+    for (uint32_t i = m_flags.Length(); i > 0; )
+    {
+      if (!(m_flags[--i] & nsMsgMessageFlags::Read))
+        ++unreadMsgsInView;
+    }
+
+    if (unreadMessages != unreadMsgsInView)
+      m_db->SyncCounts();
+  }
+  m_db->SetMsgHdrCacheSize(MSGHDR_CACHE_DEFAULT_SIZE);
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgThreadedDBView::Close()
+{
+  return nsMsgDBView::Close();
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgThreadedDBView::InitThreadedView(int32_t *pCount)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  
+  m_keys.Clear();
+  m_flags.Clear();
+  m_levels.Clear(); 
+  m_prevKeys.Clear();
+  m_prevFlags.Clear();
+  m_prevLevels.Clear();
+  m_havePrevView = false;
+  nsresult getSortrv = NS_OK; // ### TODO m_db->GetSortInfo(&sortType, &sortOrder);
+  
+  // list all the ids into m_keys.
+  nsMsgKey startMsg = 0; 
+  do
+  {
+    const int32_t kIdChunkSize = 400;
+    int32_t  numListed = 0;
+    nsMsgKey idArray[kIdChunkSize];
+    int32_t  flagArray[kIdChunkSize];
+    char     levelArray[kIdChunkSize];
+
+    rv = ListThreadIds(&startMsg, (m_viewFlags & nsMsgViewFlagsType::kUnreadOnly) != 0, idArray, flagArray, 
+      levelArray, kIdChunkSize, &numListed, nullptr);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      int32_t numAdded = AddKeys(idArray, flagArray, levelArray, m_sortType, numListed);
+      if (pCount)
+        *pCount += numAdded;
+    }
+    
+  } while (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && startMsg != nsMsgKey_None);
+  
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(getSortrv))
+  {
+    rv = InitSort(m_sortType, m_sortOrder);
+    SaveSortInfo(m_sortType, m_sortOrder);
+
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgThreadedDBView::SortThreads(nsMsgViewSortTypeValue sortType, nsMsgViewSortOrderValue sortOrder)
+{
+  NS_PRECONDITION(m_viewFlags & nsMsgViewFlagsType::kThreadedDisplay, "trying to sort unthreaded threads");
+
+  uint32_t numThreads = 0;
+  // the idea here is that copy the current view,  then build up an m_keys and m_flags array of just the top level
+  // messages in the view, and then call nsMsgDBView::Sort(sortType, sortOrder).
+  // Then, we expand the threads in the result array that were expanded in the original view (perhaps by copying
+  // from the original view, but more likely just be calling expand).
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < m_keys.Length(); i++)
+  {
+    if (m_flags[i] & MSG_VIEW_FLAG_ISTHREAD)
+    {
+      if (numThreads < i)
+      {
+        m_keys[numThreads] = m_keys[i];
+        m_flags[numThreads] = m_flags[i];
+      }
+      m_levels[numThreads] = 0;
+      numThreads++;
+    }
+  }
+  m_keys.SetLength(numThreads);
+  m_flags.SetLength(numThreads);
+  m_levels.SetLength(numThreads);
+  //m_viewFlags &= ~nsMsgViewFlagsType::kThreadedDisplay;
+  m_sortType = nsMsgViewSortType::byNone; // sort from scratch
+  nsMsgDBView::Sort(sortType, sortOrder);
+  m_viewFlags |= nsMsgViewFlagsType::kThreadedDisplay;
+  SetSuppressChangeNotifications(true);
+  // Loop through the original array, for each thread that's expanded, find it in the new array
+  // and expand the thread. We have to update MSG_VIEW_FLAG_HAS_CHILDREN because
+  // we may be going from a flat sort, which doesn't maintain that flag,
+  // to a threaded sort, which requires that flag.
+  for (uint32_t j = 0; j < m_keys.Length(); j++)
+  {
+    uint32_t flags = m_flags[j];
+    if ((flags & (MSG_VIEW_FLAG_HASCHILDREN | nsMsgMessageFlags::Elided)) == MSG_VIEW_FLAG_HASCHILDREN)
+    {
+      uint32_t numExpanded;
+      m_flags[j] = flags | nsMsgMessageFlags::Elided;
+      ExpandByIndex(j, &numExpanded);
+      j += numExpanded;
+      if (numExpanded > 0)
+        m_flags[j - numExpanded] = flags | MSG_VIEW_FLAG_HASCHILDREN;
+    }
+    else if (flags & MSG_VIEW_FLAG_ISTHREAD && ! (flags & MSG_VIEW_FLAG_HASCHILDREN))
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgThread> pThread;
+      m_db->GetMsgHdrForKey(m_keys[j], getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+      if (msgHdr)
+      {
+        m_db->GetThreadContainingMsgHdr(msgHdr, getter_AddRefs(pThread));
+        if (pThread)
+        {
+          uint32_t numChildren;
+          pThread->GetNumChildren(&numChildren);
+          if (numChildren > 1)
+            m_flags[j] = flags | MSG_VIEW_FLAG_HASCHILDREN | nsMsgMessageFlags::Elided;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  SetSuppressChangeNotifications(false);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+int32_t nsMsgThreadedDBView::AddKeys(nsMsgKey *pKeys, int32_t *pFlags, const char *pLevels, nsMsgViewSortTypeValue sortType, int32_t numKeysToAdd)
+
+{
+  int32_t	numAdded = 0;
+  // Allocate enough space first to avoid memory allocation/deallocation.
+  m_keys.SetCapacity(m_keys.Length() + numKeysToAdd);
+  m_flags.SetCapacity(m_flags.Length() + numKeysToAdd);
+  m_levels.SetCapacity(m_levels.Length() + numKeysToAdd);
+  for (int32_t i = 0; i < numKeysToAdd; i++)
+  {
+    int32_t threadFlag = pFlags[i];
+    int32_t flag = threadFlag;
+    
+    // skip ignored threads.
+    if ((threadFlag & nsMsgMessageFlags::Ignored) && !(m_viewFlags & nsMsgViewFlagsType::kShowIgnored))
+      continue;
+    
+    // skip ignored subthreads
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+    m_db->GetMsgHdrForKey(pKeys[i], getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+    if (!(m_viewFlags & nsMsgViewFlagsType::kShowIgnored))
+    {
+      bool killed;
+      msgHdr->GetIsKilled(&killed);
+      if (killed)
+        continue;
+    }
+
+    // by default, make threads collapsed, unless we're in only viewing new msgs
+    
+    if (flag & MSG_VIEW_FLAG_HASCHILDREN)
+      flag |= nsMsgMessageFlags::Elided;
+    // should this be persistent? Doesn't seem to need to be.
+    flag |= MSG_VIEW_FLAG_ISTHREAD;
+    m_keys.AppendElement(pKeys[i]);
+    m_flags.AppendElement(flag);
+    m_levels.AppendElement(pLevels[i]);
+    numAdded++;
+    // we expand as we build the view, which allows us to insert at the end of the key array,
+    // instead of the middle, and is much faster.
+    if ((!(m_viewFlags & nsMsgViewFlagsType::kThreadedDisplay) || m_viewFlags & nsMsgViewFlagsType::kExpandAll) && flag & nsMsgMessageFlags::Elided)
+       ExpandByIndex(m_keys.Length() - 1, NULL);
+  }
+  return numAdded;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgThreadedDBView::Sort(nsMsgViewSortTypeValue sortType, nsMsgViewSortOrderValue sortOrder)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  int32_t rowCountBeforeSort = GetSize();
+
+  if (!rowCountBeforeSort) 
+  {
+    // still need to setup our flags even when no articles - bug 98183.
+    m_sortType = sortType;
+    if (sortType == nsMsgViewSortType::byThread && ! (m_viewFlags & nsMsgViewFlagsType::kThreadedDisplay))
+      SetViewFlags(m_viewFlags | nsMsgViewFlagsType::kThreadedDisplay);
+    SaveSortInfo(sortType, sortOrder);
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  if (!m_checkedCustomColumns && CustomColumnsInSortAndNotRegistered())
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  // sort threads by sort order
+  bool sortThreads = m_viewFlags & (nsMsgViewFlagsType::kThreadedDisplay | nsMsgViewFlagsType::kGroupBySort);
+  
+  // if sort type is by thread, and we're already threaded, change sort type to byId
+  if (sortType == nsMsgViewSortType::byThread && (m_viewFlags & nsMsgViewFlagsType::kThreadedDisplay) != 0)
+    sortType = nsMsgViewSortType::byId;
+
+  nsMsgKey preservedKey;
+  AutoTArray<nsMsgKey, 1> preservedSelection;
+  SaveAndClearSelection(&preservedKey, preservedSelection);
+  // if the client wants us to forget our cached id arrays, they
+  // should build a new view. If this isn't good enough, we
+  // need a method to do that.
+  if (sortType != m_sortType || !m_sortValid || sortThreads)
+  {
+    SaveSortInfo(sortType, sortOrder);
+    if (sortType == nsMsgViewSortType::byThread)  
+    {
+      m_sortType = sortType;
+      m_viewFlags |= nsMsgViewFlagsType::kThreadedDisplay;
+      m_viewFlags &= ~nsMsgViewFlagsType::kGroupBySort;
+      if ( m_havePrevView)
+      {
+        // restore saved id array and flags array
+        m_keys = m_prevKeys;
+        m_flags = m_prevFlags;
+        m_levels = m_prevLevels;
+        m_sortValid = true;
+        
+        // the sort may have changed the number of rows
+        // before we restore the selection, tell the tree
+        // do this before we call restore selection
+        // this is safe when there is no selection.
+        rv = AdjustRowCount(rowCountBeforeSort, GetSize());
+        
+        RestoreSelection(preservedKey, preservedSelection);
+        if (mTree) mTree->Invalidate();
+        return NS_OK;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        // set sort info in anticipation of what Init will do.
+        InitThreadedView(nullptr);	// build up thread list.
+        if (sortOrder != nsMsgViewSortOrder::ascending)
+          Sort(sortType, sortOrder);
+        
+        // the sort may have changed the number of rows
+        // before we update the selection, tell the tree
+        // do this before we call restore selection
+        // this is safe when there is no selection.
+        rv = AdjustRowCount(rowCountBeforeSort, GetSize());
+        
+        RestoreSelection(preservedKey, preservedSelection);
+        if (mTree) mTree->Invalidate();
+        return NS_OK;
+      }
+    }
+    else if (sortType  != nsMsgViewSortType::byThread && (m_sortType == nsMsgViewSortType::byThread  || sortThreads)/* && !m_havePrevView*/)
+    {
+      if (sortThreads)
+      {
+        SortThreads(sortType, sortOrder);
+        sortType = nsMsgViewSortType::byThread; // hack so base class won't do anything
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        // going from SortByThread to non-thread sort - must build new key, level,and flags arrays 
+        m_prevKeys = m_keys;
+        m_prevFlags = m_flags;
+        m_prevLevels = m_levels;
+        // do this before we sort, so that we'll use the cheap method
+        // of expanding.
+        m_viewFlags &= ~(nsMsgViewFlagsType::kThreadedDisplay | nsMsgViewFlagsType::kGroupBySort);
+        ExpandAll();
+        //			m_idArray.RemoveAll();
+        //			m_flags.Clear();
+        m_havePrevView = true;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  else if (m_sortOrder != sortOrder)// check for toggling the sort
+  {
+    nsMsgDBView::Sort(sortType, sortOrder);
+  }
+  if (!sortThreads)
+  {
+    // call the base class in case we're not sorting by thread
+    rv = nsMsgDBView::Sort(sortType, sortOrder);
+    SaveSortInfo(sortType, sortOrder);
+  }
+  // the sort may have changed the number of rows
+  // before we restore the selection, tell the tree
+  // do this before we call restore selection
+  // this is safe when there is no selection.
+  rv = AdjustRowCount(rowCountBeforeSort, GetSize());
+
+  RestoreSelection(preservedKey, preservedSelection);
+  if (mTree) mTree->Invalidate();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// list the ids of the top-level thread ids starting at id == startMsg. This actually returns
+// the ids of the first message in each thread.
+nsresult nsMsgThreadedDBView::ListThreadIds(nsMsgKey *startMsg, bool unreadOnly, nsMsgKey *pOutput, int32_t *pFlags, char *pLevels, 
+									 int32_t numToList, int32_t *pNumListed, int32_t *pTotalHeaders)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  // N.B..don't ret before assigning numListed to *pNumListed
+  int32_t	numListed = 0;
+  
+  if (*startMsg > 0)
+  {
+    NS_ASSERTION(m_threadEnumerator != nullptr, "where's our iterator?");	// for now, we'll just have to rely on the caller leaving
+    // the iterator in the right place.
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    NS_ASSERTION(m_db, "no db");
+    if (!m_db) return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+    rv = m_db->EnumerateThreads(getter_AddRefs(m_threadEnumerator));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+  
+  bool hasMore = false;
+  
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgThread> threadHdr ;
+  int32_t	threadsRemoved = 0;
+  while (numListed < numToList &&
+         NS_SUCCEEDED(rv = m_threadEnumerator->HasMoreElements(&hasMore)) &&
+         hasMore)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsISupports> supports;
+    rv = m_threadEnumerator->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(supports));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    {
+      threadHdr = nullptr;
+      break;
+    }
+    threadHdr = do_QueryInterface(supports);
+    if (!threadHdr)
+      break;
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+    uint32_t numChildren;
+    if (unreadOnly)
+      threadHdr->GetNumUnreadChildren(&numChildren);
+    else
+      threadHdr->GetNumChildren(&numChildren);
+    uint32_t threadFlags;
+    threadHdr->GetFlags(&threadFlags);
+    if (numChildren != 0)	// not empty thread
+    {
+      int32_t unusedRootIndex;
+      if (pTotalHeaders)
+        *pTotalHeaders += numChildren;
+      if (unreadOnly)
+        rv = threadHdr->GetFirstUnreadChild(getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+      else
+        rv = threadHdr->GetRootHdr(&unusedRootIndex, getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && msgHdr != nullptr && WantsThisThread(threadHdr))
+      {
+        uint32_t msgFlags;
+        uint32_t newMsgFlags;
+        nsMsgKey msgKey;
+        msgHdr->GetMessageKey(&msgKey);
+        msgHdr->GetFlags(&msgFlags);
+        // turn off high byte of msg flags - used for view flags.
+        msgFlags &= ~MSG_VIEW_FLAGS;
+        pOutput[numListed] = msgKey;
+        pLevels[numListed] = 0;
+        // turn off these flags on msg hdr - they belong in thread
+        msgHdr->AndFlags(~(nsMsgMessageFlags::Watched), &newMsgFlags);
+        AdjustReadFlag(msgHdr, &msgFlags);
+        // try adding in MSG_VIEW_FLAG_ISTHREAD flag for unreadonly view.
+        pFlags[numListed] = msgFlags | MSG_VIEW_FLAG_ISTHREAD | threadFlags;
+        if (numChildren > 1)
+          pFlags[numListed] |= MSG_VIEW_FLAG_HASCHILDREN;
+        
+        numListed++;
+      }
+      else
+        NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && msgHdr, "couldn't get header for some reason");
+    }
+    else if (threadsRemoved < 10 && !(threadFlags & (nsMsgMessageFlags::Watched | nsMsgMessageFlags::Ignored)))
+    {
+      // ### remove thread.
+      threadsRemoved++;	// don't want to remove all empty threads first time
+      // around as it will choke preformance for upgrade.
+#ifdef DEBUG_bienvenu
+      printf("removing empty non-ignored non-watched thread\n");
+#endif
+    }
+  }
+  
+  if (hasMore && threadHdr)
+  {
+    threadHdr->GetThreadKey(startMsg);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    *startMsg = nsMsgKey_None;
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIDBChangeListener> dbListener = do_QueryInterface(m_threadEnumerator);
+    // this is needed to make the thread enumerator release its reference to the db.
+    if (dbListener)
+      dbListener->OnAnnouncerGoingAway(nullptr);
+    m_threadEnumerator = nullptr;
+  }
+  *pNumListed = numListed;
+  return rv;
+}
+
+void	nsMsgThreadedDBView::OnExtraFlagChanged(nsMsgViewIndex index, uint32_t extraFlag)
+{
+  if (IsValidIndex(index))
+  {
+    if (m_havePrevView)
+    {
+      nsMsgKey keyChanged = m_keys[index];
+      nsMsgViewIndex prevViewIndex = m_prevKeys.IndexOf(keyChanged);
+      if (prevViewIndex != nsMsgViewIndex_None)
+      {
+        uint32_t prevFlag = m_prevFlags[prevViewIndex];
+        // don't want to change the elided bit, or has children or is thread
+        if (prevFlag & nsMsgMessageFlags::Elided)
+          extraFlag |= nsMsgMessageFlags::Elided;
+        else
+          extraFlag &= ~nsMsgMessageFlags::Elided;
+        if (prevFlag & MSG_VIEW_FLAG_ISTHREAD)
+          extraFlag |= MSG_VIEW_FLAG_ISTHREAD;
+        else
+          extraFlag &= ~MSG_VIEW_FLAG_ISTHREAD;
+        if (prevFlag & MSG_VIEW_FLAG_HASCHILDREN)
+          extraFlag |= MSG_VIEW_FLAG_HASCHILDREN;
+        else
+          extraFlag &= ~MSG_VIEW_FLAG_HASCHILDREN;
+        m_prevFlags[prevViewIndex] = extraFlag; // will this be right?
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  // we don't really know what's changed, but to be on the safe side, set the sort invalid
+  // so that reverse sort will pick it up.
+  if (m_sortType == nsMsgViewSortType::byStatus || m_sortType == nsMsgViewSortType::byFlagged || 
+    m_sortType == nsMsgViewSortType::byUnread || m_sortType == nsMsgViewSortType::byPriority)
+    m_sortValid = false;
+}
+
+void nsMsgThreadedDBView::OnHeaderAddedOrDeleted()
+{
+  ClearPrevIdArray();
+}
+
+void nsMsgThreadedDBView::ClearPrevIdArray()
+{
+  m_prevKeys.Clear();
+  m_prevLevels.Clear();
+  m_prevFlags.Clear();
+  m_havePrevView = false;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgThreadedDBView::InitSort(nsMsgViewSortTypeValue sortType, nsMsgViewSortOrderValue sortOrder)
+{
+  if (m_viewFlags & nsMsgViewFlagsType::kGroupBySort)
+    return NS_OK; // nothing to do.
+
+  if (sortType == nsMsgViewSortType::byThread)
+  {
+    nsMsgDBView::Sort(nsMsgViewSortType::byId, sortOrder); // sort top level threads by id.
+    m_sortType = nsMsgViewSortType::byThread;
+    m_viewFlags |= nsMsgViewFlagsType::kThreadedDisplay;
+    m_viewFlags &= ~nsMsgViewFlagsType::kGroupBySort;
+    SetViewFlags(m_viewFlags); // persist the view flags.
+    //		m_db->SetSortInfo(m_sortType, sortOrder);
+  }
+//  else
+//    m_viewFlags &= ~nsMsgViewFlagsType::kThreadedDisplay;
+  
+  // by default, the unread only view should have all threads expanded.
+  if ((m_viewFlags & (nsMsgViewFlagsType::kUnreadOnly|nsMsgViewFlagsType::kExpandAll)) 
+      && (m_viewFlags & nsMsgViewFlagsType::kThreadedDisplay))
+    ExpandAll();
+  if (! (m_viewFlags & nsMsgViewFlagsType::kThreadedDisplay))
+    ExpandAll(); // for now, expand all and do a flat sort.
+  
+  Sort(sortType, sortOrder);
+  if (sortType != nsMsgViewSortType::byThread)	// forget prev view, since it has everything expanded.
+    ClearPrevIdArray();
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgThreadedDBView::OnNewHeader(nsIMsgDBHdr *newHdr, nsMsgKey aParentKey, bool ensureListed)
+{
+  if (m_viewFlags & nsMsgViewFlagsType::kGroupBySort)
+    return nsMsgGroupView::OnNewHeader(newHdr, aParentKey, ensureListed);
+
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(newHdr, NS_MSG_MESSAGE_NOT_FOUND);
+
+  nsMsgKey newKey;
+  newHdr->GetMessageKey(&newKey);
+
+  // views can override this behaviour, which is to append to view.
+  // This is the mail behaviour, but threaded views want
+  // to insert in order...
+  uint32_t msgFlags;
+  newHdr->GetFlags(&msgFlags);
+  if ((m_viewFlags & nsMsgViewFlagsType::kUnreadOnly) && !ensureListed &&
+      (msgFlags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Read))
+    return NS_OK;
+  // Currently, we only add the header in a threaded view if it's a thread.
+  // We used to check if this was the first header in the thread, but that's
+  // a bit harder in the unreadOnly view. But we'll catch it below.
+
+  // if not threaded display just add it to the view.
+  if (!(m_viewFlags & nsMsgViewFlagsType::kThreadedDisplay))
+    return AddHdr(newHdr);
+
+  // need to find the thread we added this to so we can change the hasnew flag
+  // added message to existing thread, but not to view
+  // Fix flags on thread header.
+  int32_t threadCount;
+  uint32_t threadFlags;
+  bool moveThread = false;
+  nsMsgViewIndex threadIndex = ThreadIndexOfMsg(newKey, nsMsgViewIndex_None, &threadCount, &threadFlags);
+  bool threadRootIsDisplayed = false;
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgThread> threadHdr;
+  m_db->GetThreadContainingMsgHdr(newHdr, getter_AddRefs(threadHdr));
+  if (threadHdr && m_sortType == nsMsgViewSortType::byDate)
+  {
+    uint32_t newestMsgInThread = 0, msgDate = 0;
+    threadHdr->GetNewestMsgDate(&newestMsgInThread);
+    newHdr->GetDateInSeconds(&msgDate);
+    moveThread = (msgDate == newestMsgInThread);
+  }
+
+  if (threadIndex != nsMsgViewIndex_None)
+  {
+    threadRootIsDisplayed = (m_currentlyDisplayedViewIndex == threadIndex);
+    uint32_t flags = m_flags[threadIndex];
+    if (!(flags & MSG_VIEW_FLAG_HASCHILDREN))
+    {
+      flags |= MSG_VIEW_FLAG_HASCHILDREN | MSG_VIEW_FLAG_ISTHREAD;
+      if (!(m_viewFlags & nsMsgViewFlagsType::kUnreadOnly))
+        flags |= nsMsgMessageFlags::Elided;
+      m_flags[threadIndex] = flags;
+    }
+
+    if (!(flags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Elided))
+    { // thread is expanded
+      // insert child into thread
+      // levels of other hdrs may have changed!
+      uint32_t newFlags = msgFlags;
+      int32_t level = 0;
+      nsMsgViewIndex insertIndex = threadIndex;
+      if (aParentKey == nsMsgKey_None)
+      {
+        newFlags |= MSG_VIEW_FLAG_ISTHREAD | MSG_VIEW_FLAG_HASCHILDREN;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        nsMsgViewIndex parentIndex = FindParentInThread(aParentKey, threadIndex);
+        level = m_levels[parentIndex] + 1;
+        insertIndex = GetInsertInfoForNewHdr(newHdr, parentIndex, level);
+      }
+      InsertMsgHdrAt(insertIndex, newHdr, newKey, newFlags, level);
+      // the call to NoteChange() has to happen after we add the key
+      // as NoteChange() will call RowCountChanged() which will call our GetRowCount()
+      NoteChange(insertIndex, 1, nsMsgViewNotificationCode::insertOrDelete);
+
+      if (aParentKey == nsMsgKey_None)
+      {
+        // this header is the new king! try collapsing the existing thread,
+        // removing it, installing this header as king, and expanding it.
+        CollapseByIndex(threadIndex, nullptr);
+        // call base class, so child won't get promoted.
+        // nsMsgDBView::RemoveByIndex(threadIndex);
+        ExpandByIndex(threadIndex, nullptr);
+      }
+    }
+    else if (aParentKey == nsMsgKey_None)
+    {
+      // if we have a collapsed thread which just got a new
+      // top of thread, change the keys array.
+      m_keys[threadIndex] = newKey;
+    }
+
+    // If this message is new, the thread is collapsed, it is the
+    // root and it was displayed, expand it so that the user does
+    // not find that their message has magically turned into a summary.
+    if (msgFlags & nsMsgMessageFlags::New &&
+        m_flags[threadIndex] & nsMsgMessageFlags::Elided &&
+        threadRootIsDisplayed)
+      ExpandByIndex(threadIndex, nullptr);
+
+    if (moveThread)
+      MoveThreadAt(threadIndex);
+    else
+      // note change, to update the parent thread's unread and total counts
+      NoteChange(threadIndex, 1, nsMsgViewNotificationCode::changed);
+  }
+  else if (threadHdr)
+    // adding msg to thread that's not in view.
+    AddMsgToThreadNotInView(threadHdr, newHdr, ensureListed);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgThreadedDBView::OnParentChanged (nsMsgKey aKeyChanged, nsMsgKey oldParent, nsMsgKey newParent, nsIDBChangeListener *aInstigator)
+{
+  // we need to adjust the level of the hdr whose parent changed, and invalidate that row,
+  // iff we're in threaded mode.
+#if 0
+  // This code never runs due to the if (false) and Clang complains about it
+  // so it is ifdefed out for now.
+  if (false && m_viewFlags & nsMsgViewFlagsType::kThreadedDisplay)
+  {
+    nsMsgViewIndex childIndex = FindViewIndex(aKeyChanged);
+    if (childIndex != nsMsgViewIndex_None)
+    {
+      nsMsgViewIndex parentIndex = FindViewIndex(newParent);
+      int32_t newParentLevel = (parentIndex == nsMsgViewIndex_None) ? -1 : m_levels[parentIndex];
+      nsMsgViewIndex oldParentIndex = FindViewIndex(oldParent);
+      int32_t oldParentLevel = (oldParentIndex != nsMsgViewIndex_None || newParent == nsMsgKey_None) 
+        ? m_levels[oldParentIndex] : -1 ;
+      int32_t levelChanged = m_levels[childIndex];
+      int32_t parentDelta = oldParentLevel - newParentLevel;
+      m_levels[childIndex] = (newParent == nsMsgKey_None) ? 0 : newParentLevel + 1;
+      if (parentDelta > 0)
+      {
+        for (nsMsgViewIndex viewIndex = childIndex + 1; viewIndex < GetSize() && m_levels[viewIndex] > levelChanged;  viewIndex++)
+        {
+          m_levels[viewIndex] = m_levels[viewIndex] - parentDelta;
+          NoteChange(viewIndex, 1, nsMsgViewNotificationCode::changed);
+        }
+      }
+      NoteChange(childIndex, 1, nsMsgViewNotificationCode::changed);
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+nsMsgViewIndex nsMsgThreadedDBView::GetInsertInfoForNewHdr(nsIMsgDBHdr *newHdr, nsMsgViewIndex parentIndex, int32_t targetLevel)
+{
+  uint32_t viewSize = GetSize();
+  while (++parentIndex < viewSize)
+  {
+    // loop until we find a message at a level less than or equal to the parent level
+    if (m_levels[parentIndex] < targetLevel)
+      break;
+  }
+  return parentIndex;
+}
+
+// This method removes the thread at threadIndex from the view 
+// and puts it back in its new position, determined by the sort order.
+// And, if the selection is affected, save and restore the selection.
+void nsMsgThreadedDBView::MoveThreadAt(nsMsgViewIndex threadIndex)
+{
+  // we need to check if the thread is collapsed or not...
+  // We want to turn off tree notifications so that we don't
+  // reload the current message.
+  // We also need to invalidate the range between where the thread was
+  // and where it ended up.
+  bool changesDisabled = mSuppressChangeNotification;
+  if (!changesDisabled)
+    SetSuppressChangeNotifications(true);
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> threadHdr;
+
+  GetMsgHdrForViewIndex(threadIndex, getter_AddRefs(threadHdr));
+  int32_t childCount = 0;
+
+  nsMsgKey preservedKey;
+  AutoTArray<nsMsgKey, 1> preservedSelection;
+  int32_t selectionCount;
+  int32_t currentIndex;
+  bool hasSelection = mTree && mTreeSelection &&
+                        ((NS_SUCCEEDED(mTreeSelection->GetCurrentIndex(&currentIndex)) &&
+                         currentIndex >= 0 && (uint32_t)currentIndex < GetSize()) ||
+                         (NS_SUCCEEDED(mTreeSelection->GetRangeCount(&selectionCount)) &&
+                          selectionCount > 0));
+  if (hasSelection)
+    SaveAndClearSelection(&preservedKey, preservedSelection);
+  uint32_t saveFlags = m_flags[threadIndex];
+  bool threadIsExpanded = !(saveFlags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Elided);
+
+  if (threadIsExpanded)
+  {
+    ExpansionDelta(threadIndex, &childCount);
+    childCount = -childCount;
+  }
+  nsTArray<nsMsgKey> threadKeys;
+  nsTArray<uint32_t> threadFlags;
+  nsTArray<uint8_t> threadLevels;
+
+  if (threadIsExpanded)
+  {
+    threadKeys.SetCapacity(childCount);
+    threadFlags.SetCapacity(childCount);
+    threadLevels.SetCapacity(childCount);
+    for (nsMsgViewIndex index = threadIndex + 1; 
+        index < GetSize() && m_levels[index]; index++)
+    {
+      threadKeys.AppendElement(m_keys[index]);
+      threadFlags.AppendElement(m_flags[index]);
+      threadLevels.AppendElement(m_levels[index]);
+    }
+    uint32_t collapseCount;
+    CollapseByIndex(threadIndex, &collapseCount);
+  }
+  nsMsgDBView::RemoveByIndex(threadIndex);
+  nsMsgViewIndex newIndex = nsMsgViewIndex_None;
+  AddHdr(threadHdr, &newIndex);
+
+  // AddHdr doesn't always set newIndex, and getting it to do so
+  // is going to require some refactoring.
+  if (newIndex == nsMsgViewIndex_None)
+    newIndex = FindHdr(threadHdr);
+
+  if (threadIsExpanded)
+  {
+    m_keys.InsertElementsAt(newIndex + 1, threadKeys);
+    m_flags.InsertElementsAt(newIndex + 1, threadFlags);
+    m_levels.InsertElementsAt(newIndex + 1, threadLevels);
+  }
+  if (newIndex == nsMsgViewIndex_None)
+  {
+     NS_WARNING("newIndex=-1 in MoveThreadAt");
+     newIndex = 0;
+  }
+  m_flags[newIndex] = saveFlags;
+  // unfreeze selection.
+  if (hasSelection)
+    RestoreSelection(preservedKey, preservedSelection);
+
+  if (!changesDisabled)
+    SetSuppressChangeNotifications(false);
+  nsMsgViewIndex lowIndex = threadIndex < newIndex ? threadIndex : newIndex;
+  nsMsgViewIndex highIndex = lowIndex == threadIndex ? newIndex : threadIndex;
+  NoteChange(lowIndex, highIndex - lowIndex + childCount + 1,
+             nsMsgViewNotificationCode::changed);
+}
+nsresult nsMsgThreadedDBView::AddMsgToThreadNotInView(nsIMsgThread *threadHdr, nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr, bool ensureListed)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  uint32_t threadFlags;
+  threadHdr->GetFlags(&threadFlags);
+  if (!(threadFlags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Ignored))
+  {
+    bool msgKilled;
+    msgHdr->GetIsKilled(&msgKilled);
+    if (!msgKilled)
+      rv = nsMsgDBView::AddHdr(msgHdr);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+// This method just removes the specified line from the view. It does
+// NOT delete it from the database.
+nsresult nsMsgThreadedDBView::RemoveByIndex(nsMsgViewIndex index)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  int32_t flags;
+
+  if (!IsValidIndex(index))
+    return NS_MSG_INVALID_DBVIEW_INDEX;
+  
+  OnHeaderAddedOrDeleted();
+
+  flags = m_flags[index];
+
+  if (! (m_viewFlags & nsMsgViewFlagsType::kThreadedDisplay)) 
+    return nsMsgDBView::RemoveByIndex(index);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgThread> threadHdr; 
+  GetThreadContainingIndex(index, getter_AddRefs(threadHdr));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  uint32_t numThreadChildren = 0;
+  // If we can't get a thread, it's already deleted and thus has 0 children.
+  if (threadHdr)
+    threadHdr->GetNumChildren(&numThreadChildren);
+
+  // Check if we're the top level msg in the thread, and we're not collapsed.
+  if ((flags & MSG_VIEW_FLAG_ISTHREAD) &&
+      !(flags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Elided) &&
+      (flags & MSG_VIEW_FLAG_HASCHILDREN))
+  {
+    // Fix flags on thread header - newly promoted message should have
+    // flags set correctly.
+    if (threadHdr)
+    {
+      nsMsgDBView::RemoveByIndex(index);
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgThread> nextThreadHdr;
+      // Above RemoveByIndex may now make index out of bounds.
+      if (IsValidIndex(index) && numThreadChildren > 0)
+      {
+        // unreadOnly
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+        rv = threadHdr->GetChildHdrAt(0, getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+        if (msgHdr != nullptr)
+        {
+          uint32_t flag = 0;
+          msgHdr->GetFlags(&flag);
+          if (numThreadChildren > 1)
+            flag |= MSG_VIEW_FLAG_ISTHREAD | MSG_VIEW_FLAG_HASCHILDREN;
+
+          m_flags[index] = flag;
+          m_levels[index] = 0;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    return rv;
+  }
+  else if (!(flags & MSG_VIEW_FLAG_ISTHREAD))
+  {
+    // We're not deleting the top level msg, but top level msg might be the
+    // only msg in thread now.
+    if (threadHdr && numThreadChildren == 1) 
+    {
+      nsMsgKey msgKey;
+      rv = threadHdr->GetChildKeyAt(0, &msgKey);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      {
+        nsMsgViewIndex threadIndex = FindViewIndex(msgKey);
+        if (IsValidIndex(threadIndex))
+        {
+          uint32_t flags = m_flags[threadIndex];
+          flags &= ~(MSG_VIEW_FLAG_ISTHREAD |
+                     nsMsgMessageFlags::Elided |
+                     MSG_VIEW_FLAG_HASCHILDREN);
+          m_flags[threadIndex] = flags;
+          NoteChange(threadIndex, 1, nsMsgViewNotificationCode::changed);
+        }
+      }
+      
+    }
+    return nsMsgDBView::RemoveByIndex(index);
+  }
+  // Deleting collapsed thread header is special case. Child will be promoted,
+  // so just tell FE that line changed, not that it was deleted.
+  // Header has aleady been deleted from thread.
+  if (threadHdr && numThreadChildren > 0)
+  {
+    // change the id array and flags array to reflect the child header.
+    // If we're not deleting the header, we want the second header,
+    // Otherwise, the first one (which just got promoted).
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+    rv = threadHdr->GetChildHdrAt(0, getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+    if (msgHdr != nullptr)
+    {
+      msgHdr->GetMessageKey(&m_keys[index]);
+
+      uint32_t flag = 0;
+      msgHdr->GetFlags(&flag);
+      flag |= MSG_VIEW_FLAG_ISTHREAD;
+
+      // if only hdr in thread (with one about to be deleted)
+      if (numThreadChildren == 1)
+      {
+        // adjust flags.
+        flag &=  ~MSG_VIEW_FLAG_HASCHILDREN;
+        flag &= ~nsMsgMessageFlags::Elided;
+        // tell FE that thread header needs to be repainted.
+        NoteChange(index, 1, nsMsgViewNotificationCode::changed);
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        flag |= MSG_VIEW_FLAG_HASCHILDREN;
+        flag |= nsMsgMessageFlags::Elided;
+      }
+      m_flags[index] = flag;
+      mIndicesToNoteChange.RemoveElement(index);
+    }
+    else
+      NS_ASSERTION(false, "couldn't find thread child");	
+
+    NoteChange(index, 1, nsMsgViewNotificationCode::changed);	
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    // we may have deleted a whole, collapsed thread - if so,
+    // ensure that the current index will be noted as changed.
+    if (!mIndicesToNoteChange.Contains(index))
+      mIndicesToNoteChange.AppendElement(index);
+
+    rv = nsMsgDBView::RemoveByIndex(index);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgThreadedDBView::GetViewType(nsMsgViewTypeValue *aViewType)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aViewType);
+    *aViewType = nsMsgViewType::eShowAllThreads; 
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgThreadedDBView::CloneDBView(nsIMessenger *aMessengerInstance, nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow, nsIMsgDBViewCommandUpdater *aCmdUpdater, nsIMsgDBView **_retval)
+{
+  nsMsgThreadedDBView* newMsgDBView = new nsMsgThreadedDBView();
+
+  if (!newMsgDBView)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+  nsresult rv = CopyDBView(newMsgDBView, aMessengerInstance, aMsgWindow, aCmdUpdater);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*_retval = newMsgDBView);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgThreadedDBView.h b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgThreadedDBView.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..948260c12
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgThreadedDBView.h
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _nsMsgThreadedDBView_H_
+#define _nsMsgThreadedDBView_H_
+
+#include "mozilla/Attributes.h"
+#include "nsMsgGroupView.h"
+
+class nsMsgThreadedDBView : public nsMsgGroupView
+{
+public:
+  nsMsgThreadedDBView();
+  virtual ~nsMsgThreadedDBView();
+
+  NS_IMETHOD Open(nsIMsgFolder *folder, nsMsgViewSortTypeValue sortType, nsMsgViewSortOrderValue sortOrder, nsMsgViewFlagsTypeValue viewFlags, int32_t *pCount) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD CloneDBView(nsIMessenger *aMessengerInstance, nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow, nsIMsgDBViewCommandUpdater *aCommandUpdater, nsIMsgDBView **_retval) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD Close() override;
+  int32_t AddKeys(nsMsgKey *pKeys, int32_t *pFlags, const char *pLevels, nsMsgViewSortTypeValue sortType, int32_t numKeysToAdd);
+  NS_IMETHOD Sort(nsMsgViewSortTypeValue sortType, nsMsgViewSortOrderValue sortOrder) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetViewType(nsMsgViewTypeValue *aViewType) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD OnParentChanged (nsMsgKey aKeyChanged, nsMsgKey oldParent, nsMsgKey newParent, nsIDBChangeListener *aInstigator) override;
+
+protected:
+  virtual const char *GetViewName(void) override { return "ThreadedDBView"; }
+  nsresult InitThreadedView(int32_t *pCount);
+  virtual nsresult OnNewHeader(nsIMsgDBHdr *newHdr, nsMsgKey aParentKey, bool ensureListed) override;
+  virtual nsresult AddMsgToThreadNotInView(nsIMsgThread *threadHdr, nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr, bool ensureListed);
+  nsresult ListThreadIds(nsMsgKey *startMsg, bool unreadOnly, nsMsgKey *pOutput, int32_t *pFlags, char *pLevels, 
+                        int32_t numToList, int32_t *pNumListed, int32_t *pTotalHeaders);
+  nsresult InitSort(nsMsgViewSortTypeValue sortType, nsMsgViewSortOrderValue sortOrder);
+  virtual nsresult SortThreads(nsMsgViewSortTypeValue sortType, nsMsgViewSortOrderValue sortOrder);
+  virtual void  OnExtraFlagChanged(nsMsgViewIndex index, uint32_t extraFlag) override;
+  virtual void OnHeaderAddedOrDeleted() override;
+  void    ClearPrevIdArray();
+  virtual nsresult RemoveByIndex(nsMsgViewIndex index) override;
+  nsMsgViewIndex GetInsertInfoForNewHdr(nsIMsgDBHdr *newHdr, nsMsgViewIndex threadIndex, int32_t targetLevel);
+  void MoveThreadAt(nsMsgViewIndex threadIndex);
+
+  // these are used to save off the previous view so that bopping back and forth
+  // between two views is quick (e.g., threaded and flat sorted by date).
+  bool            m_havePrevView;
+  nsTArray<nsMsgKey> m_prevKeys;   //this is used for caching non-threaded view.
+  nsTArray<uint32_t> m_prevFlags;
+  nsTArray<uint8_t>  m_prevLevels;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsISimpleEnumerator> m_threadEnumerator;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgWindow.cpp b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgWindow.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b94cbc0e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgWindow.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,534 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsMsgWindow.h"
+#include "nsIURILoader.h"
+#include "nsCURILoader.h"
+#include "nsIDocShell.h"
+#include "nsIDocShellTreeItem.h"
+#include "nsIDOMElement.h"
+#include "mozIDOMWindow.h"
+#include "nsTransactionManagerCID.h"
+#include "nsIComponentManager.h"
+#include "nsILoadGroup.h"
+#include "nsIMsgMailNewsUrl.h"
+#include "nsIInterfaceRequestor.h"
+#include "nsIInterfaceRequestorUtils.h"
+#include "nsIWebProgress.h"
+#include "nsIWebProgressListener.h"
+#include "nsPIDOMWindow.h"
+#include "nsIPrompt.h"
+#include "nsICharsetConverterManager.h"
+#include "nsIChannel.h"
+#include "nsIRequestObserver.h"
+#include "netCore.h"
+#include "prmem.h"
+#include "plbase64.h"
+#include "nsMsgI18N.h"
+#include "nsIWebNavigation.h"
+#include "nsMsgContentPolicy.h"
+#include "nsComponentManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsIAuthPrompt.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+
+// used to dispatch urls to default protocol handlers
+#include "nsCExternalHandlerService.h"
+#include "nsIExternalProtocolService.h"
+
+static NS_DEFINE_CID(kTransactionManagerCID, NS_TRANSACTIONMANAGER_CID);
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMsgWindow,
+                              nsIMsgWindow,
+                              nsIURIContentListener,
+                              nsISupportsWeakReference,
+                              nsIMsgWindowTest)
+
+nsMsgWindow::nsMsgWindow()
+{
+  mCharsetOverride = false;
+  m_stopped = false;
+}
+
+nsMsgWindow::~nsMsgWindow()
+{
+  CloseWindow();
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgWindow::Init()
+{
+  // register ourselves as a content listener with the uri dispatcher service
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIURILoader> dispatcher =
+           do_GetService(NS_URI_LOADER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = dispatcher->RegisterContentListener(this);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  // create Undo/Redo Transaction Manager
+  mTransactionManager = do_CreateInstance(kTransactionManagerCID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  return mTransactionManager->SetMaxTransactionCount(-1);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgWindow::GetMessageWindowDocShell(nsIDocShell ** aDocShell)
+{
+  *aDocShell = nullptr;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIDocShell> docShell(do_QueryReferent(mMessageWindowDocShellWeak));
+  if (!docShell)
+  {
+    // if we don't have a docshell, then we need to look up the message pane docshell
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIDocShell> rootShell(do_QueryReferent(mRootDocShellWeak));
+    if (rootShell)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIDocShellTreeItem> msgDocShellItem;
+      if(rootShell)
+         rootShell->FindChildWithName(NS_LITERAL_STRING("messagepane"),
+                                      true, false, nullptr, nullptr,
+                                      getter_AddRefs(msgDocShellItem));
+      NS_ENSURE_TRUE(msgDocShellItem, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+      docShell = do_QueryInterface(msgDocShellItem);
+      // we don't own mMessageWindowDocShell so don't try to keep a reference to it!
+      mMessageWindowDocShellWeak = do_GetWeakReference(docShell);
+    }
+  }
+  docShell.swap(*aDocShell);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgWindow::CloseWindow()
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIURILoader> dispatcher = do_GetService(NS_URI_LOADER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  if (dispatcher) // on shut down it's possible dispatcher will be null.
+    rv = dispatcher->UnRegisterContentListener(this);
+
+  mMsgWindowCommands = nullptr;
+  mStatusFeedback = nullptr;
+
+  StopUrls();
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIDocShell> messagePaneDocShell(do_QueryReferent(mMessageWindowDocShellWeak));
+  if (messagePaneDocShell)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIURIContentListener> listener(do_GetInterface(messagePaneDocShell));
+    if (listener)
+      listener->SetParentContentListener(nullptr);
+    SetRootDocShell(nullptr);
+    mMessageWindowDocShellWeak = nullptr;
+  }
+
+  // in case nsMsgWindow leaks, make sure other stuff doesn't leak.
+  mTransactionManager = nullptr;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgWindow::GetStatusFeedback(nsIMsgStatusFeedback **aStatusFeedback)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aStatusFeedback);
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aStatusFeedback = mStatusFeedback);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgWindow::SetStatusFeedback(nsIMsgStatusFeedback * aStatusFeedback)
+{
+  mStatusFeedback = aStatusFeedback;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIDocShell> messageWindowDocShell;
+  GetMessageWindowDocShell(getter_AddRefs(messageWindowDocShell));
+
+  // register our status feedback object as a web progress listener
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIWebProgress> webProgress(do_GetInterface(messageWindowDocShell));
+  if (webProgress && mStatusFeedback && messageWindowDocShell)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIWebProgressListener> webProgressListener = do_QueryInterface(mStatusFeedback);
+    webProgress->AddProgressListener(webProgressListener, nsIWebProgress::NOTIFY_ALL);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgWindow::SetWindowCommands(nsIMsgWindowCommands * aMsgWindowCommands)
+{
+  mMsgWindowCommands = aMsgWindowCommands;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgWindow::GetWindowCommands(nsIMsgWindowCommands **aMsgWindowCommands)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMsgWindowCommands);
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aMsgWindowCommands = mMsgWindowCommands);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgWindow::GetMsgHeaderSink(nsIMsgHeaderSink * *aMsgHdrSink)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMsgHdrSink);
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aMsgHdrSink = mMsgHeaderSink);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgWindow::SetMsgHeaderSink(nsIMsgHeaderSink * aMsgHdrSink)
+{
+  mMsgHeaderSink = aMsgHdrSink;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgWindow::GetTransactionManager(nsITransactionManager * *aTransactionManager)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aTransactionManager);
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aTransactionManager = mTransactionManager);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgWindow::SetTransactionManager(nsITransactionManager * aTransactionManager)
+{
+  mTransactionManager = aTransactionManager;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgWindow::GetOpenFolder(nsIMsgFolder * *aOpenFolder)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aOpenFolder);
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aOpenFolder = mOpenFolder);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgWindow::SetOpenFolder(nsIMsgFolder * aOpenFolder)
+{
+  mOpenFolder = aOpenFolder;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgWindow::GetRootDocShell(nsIDocShell * *aDocShell)
+{
+  if (mRootDocShellWeak)
+    CallQueryReferent(mRootDocShellWeak.get(), aDocShell);
+  else
+    *aDocShell = nullptr;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgWindow::GetAuthPrompt(nsIAuthPrompt * *aAuthPrompt)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aAuthPrompt);
+
+  // testing only
+  if (mAuthPrompt)
+  {
+    NS_ADDREF(*aAuthPrompt = mAuthPrompt);
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  if (!mRootDocShellWeak)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIDocShell> docShell(do_QueryReferent(mRootDocShellWeak.get(), &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAuthPrompt> prompt = do_GetInterface(docShell, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  prompt.swap(*aAuthPrompt);
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgWindow::SetAuthPrompt(nsIAuthPrompt* aAuthPrompt)
+{
+  mAuthPrompt = aAuthPrompt;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgWindow::SetRootDocShell(nsIDocShell * aDocShell)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIWebProgressListener> contentPolicyListener =
+    do_GetService(NS_MSGCONTENTPOLICY_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  
+  // remove the content policy webProgressListener from the root doc shell
+  // we're currently holding, so we don't keep listening for loads that
+  // we don't care about
+  if (mRootDocShellWeak) {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIWebProgress> oldWebProgress = 
+      do_QueryReferent(mRootDocShellWeak, &rv);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+      rv = oldWebProgress->RemoveProgressListener(contentPolicyListener);
+      NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "failed to remove old progress listener");
+    } 
+  }
+  
+  // Query for the doc shell and release it
+  mRootDocShellWeak = nullptr;
+  if (aDocShell)
+  {
+    mRootDocShellWeak = do_GetWeakReference(aDocShell);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIDocShell> messagePaneDocShell;
+    GetMessageWindowDocShell(getter_AddRefs(messagePaneDocShell));
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIURIContentListener> listener(do_GetInterface(messagePaneDocShell));
+    if (listener)
+      listener->SetParentContentListener(this);
+  
+    // set the contentPolicy webProgressListener on the root docshell for this
+    // window so that it can allow JavaScript for non-message content
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIWebProgress> docShellProgress = 
+      do_QueryInterface(aDocShell, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    
+    rv = docShellProgress->AddProgressListener(contentPolicyListener,
+                                               nsIWebProgress::NOTIFY_LOCATION);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgWindow::GetMailCharacterSet(nsACString& aMailCharacterSet)
+{
+  aMailCharacterSet = mMailCharacterSet;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgWindow::SetMailCharacterSet(const nsACString& aMailCharacterSet)
+{
+  mMailCharacterSet.Assign(aMailCharacterSet);
+
+  // Convert to a canonical charset name instead of using the charset name from the message header as is.
+  // This is needed for charset menu item to have a check mark correctly.
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsICharsetConverterManager> ccm =
+    do_GetService(NS_CHARSETCONVERTERMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  return ccm->GetCharsetAlias(PromiseFlatCString(aMailCharacterSet).get(),
+                              mMailCharacterSet);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgWindow::GetCharsetOverride(bool *aCharsetOverride)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aCharsetOverride);
+  *aCharsetOverride = mCharsetOverride;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgWindow::SetCharsetOverride(bool aCharsetOverride)
+{
+  mCharsetOverride = aCharsetOverride;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgWindow::GetDomWindow(mozIDOMWindowProxy **aWindow)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aWindow);
+  if (mDomWindow)
+    CallQueryReferent(mDomWindow.get(), aWindow);
+  else
+    *aWindow = nullptr;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgWindow::SetDomWindow(mozIDOMWindowProxy * aWindow)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aWindow);
+  mDomWindow = do_GetWeakReference(aWindow);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsPIDOMWindowOuter> win = nsPIDOMWindowOuter::From(aWindow);
+  nsIDocShell *docShell = nullptr;
+  if (win)
+    docShell = win->GetDocShell();
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIDocShellTreeItem> docShellAsItem(do_QueryInterface(docShell));
+
+  if(docShellAsItem)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIDocShellTreeItem> rootAsItem;
+    docShellAsItem->GetSameTypeRootTreeItem(getter_AddRefs(rootAsItem));
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIDocShell> rootAsShell(do_QueryInterface(rootAsItem));
+    SetRootDocShell(rootAsShell);
+
+    // force ourselves to figure out the message pane
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIDocShell> messageWindowDocShell;
+    GetMessageWindowDocShell(getter_AddRefs(messageWindowDocShell));
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgWindow::SetNotificationCallbacks(nsIInterfaceRequestor * aNotificationCallbacks)
+{
+  mNotificationCallbacks = aNotificationCallbacks;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgWindow::GetNotificationCallbacks(nsIInterfaceRequestor **aNotificationCallbacks)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aNotificationCallbacks);
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aNotificationCallbacks = mNotificationCallbacks);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgWindow::StopUrls()
+{
+  m_stopped = true;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIWebNavigation> webnav(do_QueryReferent(mRootDocShellWeak));
+  return webnav ? webnav->Stop(nsIWebNavigation::STOP_NETWORK) : NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+// nsIURIContentListener support
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgWindow::OnStartURIOpen(nsIURI* aURI, bool* aAbortOpen)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgWindow::DoContent(const nsACString& aContentType, bool aIsContentPreferred,
+                                     nsIRequest *request, nsIStreamListener **aContentHandler, bool *aAbortProcess)
+{
+  if (!aContentType.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    // forward the DoContent call to our docshell
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIDocShell> messageWindowDocShell;
+    GetMessageWindowDocShell(getter_AddRefs(messageWindowDocShell));
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIURIContentListener> ctnListener = do_QueryInterface(messageWindowDocShell);
+    if (ctnListener)
+    {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIChannel> aChannel = do_QueryInterface(request);
+        if (!aChannel) return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+      // get the url for the channel...let's hope it is a mailnews url so we can set our msg hdr sink on it..
+      // right now, this is the only way I can think of to force the msg hdr sink into the mime converter so it can
+      // get too it later...
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> uri;
+      aChannel->GetURI(getter_AddRefs(uri));
+      if (uri)
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailnewsUrl(do_QueryInterface(uri));
+        if (mailnewsUrl)
+          mailnewsUrl->SetMsgWindow(this);
+      }
+      return ctnListener->DoContent(aContentType, aIsContentPreferred, request, aContentHandler, aAbortProcess);
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgWindow::IsPreferred(const char * aContentType,
+                         char ** aDesiredContentType,
+                         bool * aCanHandleContent)
+{
+  *aCanHandleContent = false;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgWindow::CanHandleContent(const char * aContentType,
+                                            bool aIsContentPreferred,
+                                            char ** aDesiredContentType,
+                                            bool * aCanHandleContent)
+
+{
+  // the mail window knows nothing about the default content types
+  // its docshell can handle...ask the content area if it can handle
+  // the content type...
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIDocShell> messageWindowDocShell;
+  GetMessageWindowDocShell(getter_AddRefs(messageWindowDocShell));
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIURIContentListener> ctnListener (do_GetInterface(messageWindowDocShell));
+  if (ctnListener)
+    return ctnListener->CanHandleContent(aContentType, aIsContentPreferred,
+                                         aDesiredContentType, aCanHandleContent);
+  else
+    *aCanHandleContent = false;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgWindow::GetParentContentListener(nsIURIContentListener** aParent)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aParent);
+  *aParent = nullptr;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgWindow::SetParentContentListener(nsIURIContentListener* aParent)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgWindow::GetLoadCookie(nsISupports ** aLoadCookie)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aLoadCookie);
+  *aLoadCookie = nullptr;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgWindow::SetLoadCookie(nsISupports * aLoadCookie)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgWindow::GetPromptDialog(nsIPrompt **aPrompt)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aPrompt);
+
+  // testing only
+  if (mPromptDialog)
+  {
+    NS_ADDREF(*aPrompt = mPromptDialog);
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIDocShell> rootShell(do_QueryReferent(mRootDocShellWeak, &rv));
+  if (rootShell)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIPrompt> dialog;
+    dialog = do_GetInterface(rootShell, &rv);
+    dialog.swap(*aPrompt);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgWindow::SetPromptDialog(nsIPrompt* aPromptDialog)
+{
+  mPromptDialog = aPromptDialog;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgWindow::DisplayHTMLInMessagePane(const nsAString& title, const nsAString& body, bool clearMsgHdr)
+{
+  if (clearMsgHdr && mMsgWindowCommands)
+    mMsgWindowCommands->ClearMsgPane();
+
+  nsString htmlStr;
+  htmlStr.Append(NS_LITERAL_STRING("<html><head><meta http-equiv=\"Content-Type\" content=\"text/html; charset=UTF-8\"></head><body>"));
+  htmlStr.Append(body);
+  htmlStr.Append(NS_LITERAL_STRING("</body></html>"));
+
+  char *encodedHtml = PL_Base64Encode(NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(htmlStr).get(), 0, nullptr);
+  if (!encodedHtml)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+  nsCString dataSpec;
+  dataSpec = "data:text/html;base64,";
+  dataSpec += encodedHtml;
+
+  PR_FREEIF(encodedHtml);
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIDocShell> docShell;
+  GetMessageWindowDocShell(getter_AddRefs(docShell));
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(docShell, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIWebNavigation> webNav(do_QueryInterface(docShell));
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(webNav, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+
+  return webNav->LoadURI(NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16(dataSpec).get(),
+                         nsIWebNavigation::LOAD_FLAGS_NONE,
+                         nullptr, nullptr, nullptr);
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_GETSET(nsMsgWindow, Stopped, bool, m_stopped)
diff --git a/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgWindow.h b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgWindow.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6dd061990
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgWindow.h
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _nsMsgWindow_h
+#define _nsMsgWindow_h
+
+#include "nsIMsgWindow.h"
+#include "nsIMsgStatusFeedback.h"
+#include "nsITransactionManager.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolder.h"
+#include "nsIDocShell.h"
+#include "nsIURIContentListener.h"
+#include "nsIMimeMiscStatus.h"
+#include "nsWeakReference.h"
+#include "nsIInterfaceRequestor.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+
+class nsMsgWindow : public nsIMsgWindow,
+                    public nsIURIContentListener,
+                    public nsIMsgWindowTest,
+                    public nsSupportsWeakReference
+{
+
+public:
+
+  NS_DECL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS
+
+  nsMsgWindow();
+  nsresult Init();
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGWINDOW
+  NS_DECL_NSIURICONTENTLISTENER
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGWINDOWTEST
+
+protected:
+  virtual ~nsMsgWindow();
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgHeaderSink> mMsgHeaderSink;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgStatusFeedback> mStatusFeedback;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsITransactionManager> mTransactionManager;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> mOpenFolder;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgWindowCommands> mMsgWindowCommands;
+  // These are used by the backend protocol code to attach
+  // notification callbacks to channels, e.g., nsIBadCertListner2.
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIInterfaceRequestor> mNotificationCallbacks;
+  // prompt dialog used during testing only
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrompt> mPromptDialog;
+  // authorization prompt used during testing only
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAuthPrompt> mAuthPrompt;
+
+  // let's not make this a strong ref - we don't own it.
+  nsWeakPtr mRootDocShellWeak;
+  nsWeakPtr mMessageWindowDocShellWeak;
+  nsWeakPtr mDomWindow; 
+
+  nsCString mMailCharacterSet;
+  bool      mCharsetOverride;
+  bool      m_stopped;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgXFViewThread.cpp b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgXFViewThread.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..113aeef6f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgXFViewThread.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,481 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "nsMsgXFViewThread.h"
+#include "nsMsgSearchDBView.h"
+#include "nsMsgMessageFlags.h"
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMsgXFViewThread, nsIMsgThread)
+
+nsMsgXFViewThread::nsMsgXFViewThread(nsMsgSearchDBView *view, nsMsgKey threadId)
+{
+  m_numUnreadChildren = 0;
+  m_numChildren = 0;
+  m_flags = 0;
+  m_newestMsgDate = 0;
+  m_view = view;
+  m_threadId = threadId;
+}
+
+nsMsgXFViewThread::~nsMsgXFViewThread()
+{
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgXFViewThread::SetThreadKey(nsMsgKey threadKey)
+{
+  m_threadId = threadKey;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgXFViewThread::GetThreadKey(nsMsgKey *aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+  *aResult = m_threadId;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgXFViewThread::GetFlags(uint32_t *aFlags)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aFlags);
+  *aFlags = m_flags;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgXFViewThread::SetFlags(uint32_t aFlags)
+{
+  m_flags = aFlags;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgXFViewThread::SetSubject(const nsACString& aSubject)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(false, "shouldn't call this");
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgXFViewThread::GetSubject(nsACString& result)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(false, "shouldn't call this");
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgXFViewThread::GetNumChildren(uint32_t *aNumChildren)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aNumChildren);
+  *aNumChildren = m_keys.Length();
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgXFViewThread::GetNumUnreadChildren (uint32_t *aNumUnreadChildren)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aNumUnreadChildren);
+  *aNumUnreadChildren = m_numUnreadChildren;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP 
+nsMsgXFViewThread::AddChild(nsIMsgDBHdr *aNewHdr, nsIMsgDBHdr *aInReplyTo, 
+                            bool aThreadInThread, nsIDBChangeAnnouncer *aAnnouncer)
+{
+  uint32_t whereInserted;
+  return AddHdr(aNewHdr, false, whereInserted, nullptr);
+}
+
+// Returns the parent of the newly added header. If reparentChildren
+// is true, we believe that the new header is a parent of an existing
+// header, and we should find it, and reparent it.
+nsresult nsMsgXFViewThread::AddHdr(nsIMsgDBHdr *newHdr,
+                                   bool reparentChildren,
+                                   uint32_t &whereInserted,
+                                   nsIMsgDBHdr **outParent)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> newHdrFolder;
+  newHdr->GetFolder(getter_AddRefs(newHdrFolder));
+
+  uint32_t newHdrFlags = 0;
+  uint32_t msgDate;
+  nsMsgKey newHdrKey = 0;
+
+  newHdr->GetMessageKey(&newHdrKey);
+  newHdr->GetDateInSeconds(&msgDate);
+  newHdr->GetFlags(&newHdrFlags);
+  if (msgDate > m_newestMsgDate)
+    SetNewestMsgDate(msgDate);
+
+  if (newHdrFlags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Watched)
+    SetFlags(m_flags | nsMsgMessageFlags::Watched);
+
+  ChangeChildCount(1);
+  if (! (newHdrFlags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Read))
+    ChangeUnreadChildCount(1);
+
+  if (m_numChildren == 1)
+  {
+    m_keys.InsertElementAt(0, newHdrKey);
+    m_levels.InsertElementAt(0, 0);
+    m_folders.InsertObjectAt(newHdrFolder, 0);
+    if (outParent)
+      *outParent = nullptr;
+    whereInserted = 0;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  // Find our parent, if any, in the thread. Starting at the newest
+  // reference, and working our way back, see if we've mapped that reference
+  // to this thread.
+  uint16_t numReferences;
+  newHdr->GetNumReferences(&numReferences);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> parent;
+  int32_t parentIndex = -1;
+
+  for (int32_t i = numReferences - 1; i >= 0;  i--)
+  {
+    nsAutoCString reference;
+    newHdr->GetStringReference(i, reference);
+    if (reference.IsEmpty())
+      break;
+
+    // I could look for the thread from the reference, but getting
+    // the header directly should be fine. If it's not, that means
+    // that the parent isn't in this thread, though it should be.
+    m_view->GetMsgHdrFromHash(reference, getter_AddRefs(parent));
+    if (parent)
+    {
+      parentIndex = HdrIndex(parent);
+      if (parentIndex == -1)
+      {
+        NS_ERROR("how did we get in the wrong thread?");
+        parent = nullptr;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  if (parent)
+  {
+    if (outParent)
+      NS_ADDREF(*outParent = parent);
+    uint32_t parentLevel = m_levels[parentIndex];
+    nsMsgKey parentKey;
+    parent->GetMessageKey(&parentKey);
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> parentFolder;
+    parent->GetFolder(getter_AddRefs(parentFolder));
+    // iterate over our parents' children until we find one we're older than,
+    // and insert ourselves before it, or as the last child. In other words,
+    // insert, sorted by date.
+    uint32_t msgDate, childDate;
+    newHdr->GetDateInSeconds(&msgDate);
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> child;
+    nsMsgViewIndex i;
+    nsMsgViewIndex insertIndex = m_keys.Length();
+    uint32_t insertLevel = parentLevel + 1;
+    for (i = parentIndex; 
+         i < m_keys.Length() && (i == (nsMsgViewIndex)parentIndex || m_levels[i] >= parentLevel);
+         i++)
+    {
+      GetChildHdrAt(i, getter_AddRefs(child));
+      if (child)
+      {
+        if (reparentChildren && IsHdrParentOf(newHdr, child))
+        {
+          insertIndex = i;
+          // bump all the children of the current child, and the child
+          nsMsgViewIndex j = insertIndex;
+          uint8_t childLevel = m_levels[insertIndex];
+          do
+          {
+            m_levels[j] = m_levels[j] + 1;
+            j++;
+          }
+          while (j < m_keys.Length() && m_levels[j] > childLevel);
+          break;
+        }
+        else if (m_levels[i] == parentLevel + 1) // possible sibling
+        {
+          child->GetDateInSeconds(&childDate);
+          if (msgDate < childDate)
+          {
+            // if we think we need to reparent, remember this
+            // insert index, but keep looking for children.
+            insertIndex = i;
+            insertLevel = m_levels[i];
+            // if the sibling we're inserting after has children, we need
+            // to go after the children.
+            while (insertIndex + 1 < m_keys.Length() && m_levels[insertIndex + 1] > insertLevel)
+              insertIndex++;
+            if (!reparentChildren)
+              break;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    m_keys.InsertElementAt(insertIndex, newHdrKey);
+    m_levels.InsertElementAt(insertIndex, insertLevel);
+    m_folders.InsertObjectAt(newHdrFolder, insertIndex);
+    whereInserted = insertIndex;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    if (outParent)
+      *outParent = nullptr;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> rootHdr;
+    GetChildHdrAt(0, getter_AddRefs(rootHdr));
+    // If the new header is a parent of the root then it should be promoted. 
+    if (rootHdr && IsHdrParentOf(newHdr, rootHdr))
+    {
+      m_keys.InsertElementAt(0, newHdrKey);
+      m_levels.InsertElementAt(0, 0);
+      m_folders.InsertObjectAt(newHdrFolder, 0);
+      whereInserted = 0;
+      // Adjust level of old root hdr and its children
+      for (nsMsgViewIndex i = 1; i < m_keys.Length(); i++)
+        m_levels[i] = m_levels[1] + 1;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      m_keys.AppendElement(newHdrKey);
+      m_levels.AppendElement(1);
+      m_folders.AppendObject(newHdrFolder);
+      if (outParent)
+        NS_IF_ADDREF(*outParent = rootHdr);
+      whereInserted = m_keys.Length() -1;
+    }
+  }
+
+  // ### TODO handle the case where the root header starts 
+  // with Re, and the new one doesn't, and is earlier. In that
+  // case, we want to promote the new header to root.
+
+//  PRTime newHdrDate;
+//  newHdr->GetDate(&newHdrDate);
+
+//  if (numChildren > 0 && !(newHdrFlags & nsMsgMessageFlags::HasRe))
+//  {
+//    PRTime topLevelHdrDate;
+
+//    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> topLevelHdr;
+//    rv = GetRootHdr(nullptr, getter_AddRefs(topLevelHdr));
+//    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && topLevelHdr)
+//    {
+//      topLevelHdr->GetDate(&topLevelHdrDate);
+//      if (newHdrDate < topLevelHdrDate)
+      
+//    }
+//  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgXFViewThread::GetChildHdrAt(uint32_t aIndex, nsIMsgDBHdr **aResult)
+{
+  if (aIndex >= m_keys.Length())
+    return NS_MSG_MESSAGE_NOT_FOUND;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> db;
+  nsresult rv = m_folders[aIndex]->GetMsgDatabase(getter_AddRefs(db));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  return db->GetMsgHdrForKey(m_keys[aIndex], aResult);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgXFViewThread::RemoveChildAt(uint32_t aIndex)
+{
+  m_keys.RemoveElementAt(aIndex);
+  m_levels.RemoveElementAt(aIndex);
+  m_folders.RemoveObjectAt(aIndex);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgXFViewThread::RemoveChildHdr(nsIMsgDBHdr *child, nsIDBChangeAnnouncer *announcer)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(child);
+  nsMsgKey msgKey;
+  uint32_t msgFlags;
+  child->GetMessageKey(&msgKey);
+  child->GetFlags(&msgFlags);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> msgFolder;
+  child->GetFolder(getter_AddRefs(msgFolder));
+  // if this was the newest msg, clear the newest msg date so we'll recalc.
+  uint32_t date;
+  child->GetDateInSeconds(&date);
+  if (date == m_newestMsgDate)
+    SetNewestMsgDate(0);
+
+  for (uint32_t childIndex = 0; childIndex < m_keys.Length(); childIndex++)
+  {
+    if (m_keys[childIndex] == msgKey && m_folders[childIndex] == msgFolder)
+    {
+      uint8_t levelRemoved = m_keys[childIndex];
+      // Adjust the levels of all the children of this header
+      nsMsgViewIndex i;
+      for (i = childIndex + 1; 
+               i < m_keys.Length() && m_levels[i] > levelRemoved; i++)
+            m_levels[i] = m_levels[i] - 1;
+
+      m_view->NoteChange(childIndex + 1, i - childIndex + 1,
+                         nsMsgViewNotificationCode::changed);
+      m_keys.RemoveElementAt(childIndex);
+      m_levels.RemoveElementAt(childIndex);
+      m_folders.RemoveObjectAt(childIndex);
+      if (!(msgFlags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Read))
+        ChangeUnreadChildCount(-1);
+      ChangeChildCount(-1);
+      return NS_OK;
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgXFViewThread::GetRootHdr(int32_t *aResultIndex, nsIMsgDBHdr **aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+  if (aResultIndex)
+    *aResultIndex = 0;
+  return GetChildHdrAt(0, aResult);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgXFViewThread::GetChildKeyAt(uint32_t aIndex, nsMsgKey *aResult)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(false, "shouldn't call this");
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgXFViewThread::GetChild(nsMsgKey msgKey, nsIMsgDBHdr **aResult)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(false, "shouldn't call this");
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+
+int32_t nsMsgXFViewThread::HdrIndex(nsIMsgDBHdr *hdr)
+{
+  nsMsgKey msgKey;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder;
+  hdr->GetMessageKey(&msgKey);
+  hdr->GetFolder(getter_AddRefs(folder));
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < m_keys.Length(); i++)
+  {
+    if (m_keys[i] == msgKey && m_folders[i] == folder)
+      return i;
+  }
+  return -1;
+}
+
+void nsMsgXFViewThread::ChangeUnreadChildCount(int32_t delta)
+{
+  m_numUnreadChildren += delta;
+}
+
+void nsMsgXFViewThread::ChangeChildCount(int32_t delta)
+{
+  m_numChildren += delta;
+}
+
+bool nsMsgXFViewThread::IsHdrParentOf(nsIMsgDBHdr *possibleParent, 
+                                        nsIMsgDBHdr *possibleChild)
+{
+  uint16_t referenceToCheck = 0;
+  possibleChild->GetNumReferences(&referenceToCheck);
+  nsAutoCString reference;
+
+  nsCString messageId;
+  possibleParent->GetMessageId(getter_Copies(messageId));
+
+  while (referenceToCheck > 0)
+  {
+    possibleChild->GetStringReference(referenceToCheck - 1, reference);
+
+    if (reference.Equals(messageId))
+      return true;
+    // if reference didn't match, check if this ref is for a non-existent
+    // header. If it is, continue looking at ancestors.
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> refHdr;
+    m_view->GetMsgHdrFromHash(reference, getter_AddRefs(refHdr));
+    if (refHdr)
+      break;
+    referenceToCheck--;
+  }
+  return false;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgXFViewThread::GetNewestMsgDate(uint32_t *aResult) 
+{
+  // if this hasn't been set, figure it out by enumerating the msgs in the thread.
+  if (!m_newestMsgDate)
+  {
+    uint32_t numChildren;
+    nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  
+    GetNumChildren(&numChildren);
+
+    if ((int32_t) numChildren < 0)
+      numChildren = 0;
+ 
+    for (uint32_t childIndex = 0; childIndex < numChildren; childIndex++)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> child;
+      rv = GetChildHdrAt(childIndex, getter_AddRefs(child));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && child)
+      {
+        uint32_t msgDate;
+        child->GetDateInSeconds(&msgDate);
+        if (msgDate > m_newestMsgDate)
+          m_newestMsgDate = msgDate;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  *aResult = m_newestMsgDate;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgXFViewThread::SetNewestMsgDate(uint32_t aNewestMsgDate) 
+{
+  m_newestMsgDate = aNewestMsgDate;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgXFViewThread::MarkChildRead(bool aRead)
+{
+  ChangeUnreadChildCount(aRead ? -1 : 1);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgXFViewThread::GetFirstUnreadChild(nsIMsgDBHdr **aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(aResult);
+  uint32_t numChildren;
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  
+  GetNumChildren(&numChildren);
+
+  if ((int32_t) numChildren < 0)
+    numChildren = 0;
+  
+  for (uint32_t childIndex = 0; childIndex < numChildren; childIndex++)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> child;
+    rv = GetChildHdrAt(childIndex, getter_AddRefs(child));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && child)
+    {
+      nsMsgKey msgKey;
+      child->GetMessageKey(&msgKey);
+      
+      bool isRead;
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> db;
+      nsresult rv = m_folders[childIndex]->GetMsgDatabase(getter_AddRefs(db));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        rv = db->IsRead(msgKey, &isRead);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !isRead)
+      {
+        NS_ADDREF(*aResult = child);
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgXFViewThread::EnumerateMessages(nsMsgKey aParentKey,
+                                                   nsISimpleEnumerator **aResult)
+{
+  NS_ERROR("shouldn't call this");
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgXFViewThread.h b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgXFViewThread.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5c404afa8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgXFViewThread.h
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+#ifndef nsMsgXFViewThread_h__
+#define nsMsgXFViewThread_h__
+
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "nsCOMArray.h"
+#include "nsIMsgThread.h"
+#include "MailNewsTypes.h"
+#include "nsTArray.h"
+#include "nsIMsgDatabase.h"
+#include "nsIMsgHdr.h"
+#include "nsMsgDBView.h"
+
+class nsMsgSearchDBView;
+
+class nsMsgXFViewThread : public nsIMsgThread
+{
+public:
+
+  nsMsgXFViewThread(nsMsgSearchDBView *view, nsMsgKey threadId);
+
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGTHREAD
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+
+  bool      IsHdrParentOf(nsIMsgDBHdr *possibleParent,
+                          nsIMsgDBHdr *possibleChild);
+
+  void      ChangeUnreadChildCount(int32_t delta);
+  void      ChangeChildCount(int32_t delta);
+
+  nsresult  AddHdr(nsIMsgDBHdr *newHdr, bool reparentChildren, 
+                   uint32_t &whereInserted, nsIMsgDBHdr **outParent);
+  int32_t   HdrIndex(nsIMsgDBHdr *hdr);
+  uint32_t  ChildLevelAt(uint32_t msgIndex) {return m_levels[msgIndex];}
+  uint32_t  MsgCount() {return m_numChildren;};
+
+protected:
+  virtual ~nsMsgXFViewThread();
+
+  nsMsgSearchDBView *m_view;
+  uint32_t        m_numUnreadChildren;
+  uint32_t        m_numChildren;
+  uint32_t        m_flags;
+  uint32_t        m_newestMsgDate;
+  nsMsgKey        m_threadId;
+  nsTArray<nsMsgKey> m_keys;
+  nsCOMArray<nsIMsgFolder> m_folders;
+  nsTArray<uint8_t> m_levels;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgXFVirtualFolderDBView.cpp b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgXFVirtualFolderDBView.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cdc4f0b5a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgXFVirtualFolderDBView.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,514 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "nsMsgXFVirtualFolderDBView.h"
+#include "nsIMsgHdr.h"
+#include "nsIMsgThread.h"
+#include "nsQuickSort.h"
+#include "nsIDBFolderInfo.h"
+#include "nsMsgBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsIMsgCopyService.h"
+#include "nsICopyMsgStreamListener.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "nsITreeColumns.h"
+#include "nsIMsgSearchSession.h"
+#include "nsMsgDBCID.h"
+#include "nsMsgMessageFlags.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+
+nsMsgXFVirtualFolderDBView::nsMsgXFVirtualFolderDBView()
+{
+  mSuppressMsgDisplay = false;
+  m_doingSearch = false;
+  m_doingQuickSearch = false;
+  m_totalMessagesInView = 0;
+}
+
+nsMsgXFVirtualFolderDBView::~nsMsgXFVirtualFolderDBView()
+{
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgXFVirtualFolderDBView::Open(nsIMsgFolder *folder, 
+                                               nsMsgViewSortTypeValue sortType, 
+                                               nsMsgViewSortOrderValue sortOrder, 
+                                               nsMsgViewFlagsTypeValue viewFlags, 
+                                               int32_t *pCount)
+{
+  m_viewFolder = folder;
+  return nsMsgSearchDBView::Open(folder, sortType, sortOrder, viewFlags, pCount);
+}
+
+void nsMsgXFVirtualFolderDBView::RemovePendingDBListeners()
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBService> msgDBService = do_GetService(NS_MSGDB_SERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  // UnregisterPendingListener will return an error when there are no more instances
+  // of this object registered as pending listeners.
+  while (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    rv = msgDBService->UnregisterPendingListener(this);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgXFVirtualFolderDBView::Close()
+{
+  RemovePendingDBListeners();
+  return nsMsgSearchDBView::Close();
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgXFVirtualFolderDBView::CloneDBView(nsIMessenger *aMessengerInstance, nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow,
+                                        nsIMsgDBViewCommandUpdater *aCmdUpdater, nsIMsgDBView **_retval)
+{
+  nsMsgXFVirtualFolderDBView* newMsgDBView = new nsMsgXFVirtualFolderDBView();
+
+  if (!newMsgDBView)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+  nsresult rv = CopyDBView(newMsgDBView, aMessengerInstance, aMsgWindow, aCmdUpdater);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*_retval = newMsgDBView);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgXFVirtualFolderDBView::CopyDBView(nsMsgDBView *aNewMsgDBView, nsIMessenger *aMessengerInstance,
+                                       nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow, nsIMsgDBViewCommandUpdater *aCmdUpdater)
+{
+  nsMsgSearchDBView::CopyDBView(aNewMsgDBView, aMessengerInstance, aMsgWindow, aCmdUpdater);
+
+  nsMsgXFVirtualFolderDBView* newMsgDBView = (nsMsgXFVirtualFolderDBView *) aNewMsgDBView;
+
+  newMsgDBView->m_viewFolder = m_viewFolder;
+  newMsgDBView->m_searchSession = m_searchSession;
+
+  int32_t scopeCount;
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgSearchSession> searchSession =
+    do_QueryReferent(m_searchSession, &rv);
+  // It's OK not to have a search session.
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, NS_OK);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBService> msgDBService =
+    do_GetService(NS_MSGDB_SERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  searchSession->CountSearchScopes(&scopeCount);
+  for (int32_t i = 0; i < scopeCount; i++)
+  {
+    nsMsgSearchScopeValue scopeId;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> searchFolder;
+    searchSession->GetNthSearchScope(i, &scopeId, getter_AddRefs(searchFolder));
+    if (searchFolder)
+      msgDBService->RegisterPendingListener(searchFolder, newMsgDBView);
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgXFVirtualFolderDBView::GetViewType(nsMsgViewTypeValue *aViewType)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aViewType);
+    *aViewType = nsMsgViewType::eShowVirtualFolderResults;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgXFVirtualFolderDBView::OnNewHeader(nsIMsgDBHdr *newHdr, nsMsgKey aParentKey, bool /*ensureListed*/)
+{
+  if (newHdr)
+  {
+    bool match = false;
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgSearchSession> searchSession = do_QueryReferent(m_searchSession);
+    if (searchSession)
+      searchSession->MatchHdr(newHdr, m_db, &match);
+    if (!match)
+      match = WasHdrRecentlyDeleted(newHdr);
+    if (match)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> folder;
+      newHdr->GetFolder(getter_AddRefs(folder));
+      bool saveDoingSearch = m_doingSearch;
+      m_doingSearch = false;
+      OnSearchHit(newHdr, folder);
+      m_doingSearch = saveDoingSearch;
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgXFVirtualFolderDBView::OnHdrPropertyChanged(nsIMsgDBHdr *aHdrChanged,
+                bool aPreChange, uint32_t *aStatus, nsIDBChangeListener *aInstigator)
+{
+  // If the junk mail plugin just activated on a message, then
+  // we'll allow filters to remove from view.
+  // Otherwise, just update the view line.
+  //
+  // Note this will not add newly matched headers to the view. This is
+  // probably a bug that needs fixing.
+
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aStatus);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aHdrChanged);
+
+  nsMsgViewIndex index = FindHdr(aHdrChanged);
+  if (index == nsMsgViewIndex_None) // message does not appear in view
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  nsCString originStr;
+  (void) aHdrChanged->GetStringProperty("junkscoreorigin", getter_Copies(originStr));
+  // check for "plugin" with only first character for performance
+  bool plugin = (originStr.get()[0] == 'p');
+
+  if (aPreChange)
+  {
+    // first call, done prior to the change
+    *aStatus = plugin;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  // second call, done after the change
+  bool wasPlugin = *aStatus;
+
+  bool match = true;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgSearchSession> searchSession(do_QueryReferent(m_searchSession));
+  if (searchSession)
+    searchSession->MatchHdr(aHdrChanged, m_db, &match);
+
+  if (!match && plugin && !wasPlugin)
+    RemoveByIndex(index); // remove hdr from view
+  else
+    NoteChange(index, 1, nsMsgViewNotificationCode::changed);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+void nsMsgXFVirtualFolderDBView::UpdateCacheAndViewForFolder(nsIMsgFolder *folder, nsMsgKey *newHits, uint32_t numNewHits)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDatabase> db;
+  nsresult rv = folder->GetMsgDatabase(getter_AddRefs(db));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && db)
+  {
+    nsCString searchUri;
+    m_viewFolder->GetURI(searchUri);
+    uint32_t numBadHits;
+    nsMsgKey *badHits;
+    rv = db->RefreshCache(searchUri.get(), numNewHits, newHits,
+                     &numBadHits, &badHits);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> badHdr;
+      for (uint32_t badHitIndex = 0; badHitIndex < numBadHits; badHitIndex++)
+      {
+        // ### of course, this isn't quite right, since we should be 
+        // using FindHdr, and we shouldn't be expanding the threads.
+        db->GetMsgHdrForKey(badHits[badHitIndex], getter_AddRefs(badHdr));
+        // let nsMsgSearchDBView decide what to do about this header
+        // getting removed.
+        if (badHdr)
+          OnHdrDeleted(badHdr, nsMsgKey_None, 0, this);
+      }
+      delete [] badHits;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+void nsMsgXFVirtualFolderDBView::UpdateCacheAndViewForPrevSearchedFolders(nsIMsgFolder *curSearchFolder)
+{
+  // Handle the most recent folder with hits, if any.
+  if (m_curFolderGettingHits)
+  {
+    uint32_t count = m_hdrHits.Count();
+    nsTArray<nsMsgKey> newHits;
+    newHits.SetLength(count);
+    for (uint32_t i = 0; i < count; i++)
+      m_hdrHits[i]->GetMessageKey(&newHits[i]);
+
+    newHits.Sort();
+    UpdateCacheAndViewForFolder(m_curFolderGettingHits, newHits.Elements(), newHits.Length());
+    m_foldersSearchingOver.RemoveObject(m_curFolderGettingHits);
+  }
+
+  while (m_foldersSearchingOver.Count() > 0)
+  {
+    // this new folder has cached hits.
+    if (m_foldersSearchingOver[0] == curSearchFolder)
+    {
+      m_curFolderHasCachedHits = true;
+      m_foldersSearchingOver.RemoveObjectAt(0);
+      break;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      // this must be a folder that had no hits with the current search.
+      // So all cached hits, if any, need to be removed.
+      UpdateCacheAndViewForFolder(m_foldersSearchingOver[0], nullptr, 0);
+      m_foldersSearchingOver.RemoveObjectAt(0);
+    }
+  }
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgXFVirtualFolderDBView::OnSearchHit(nsIMsgDBHdr* aMsgHdr, nsIMsgFolder *aFolder)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(aMsgHdr);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(aFolder);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> dbToUse;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIDBFolderInfo> folderInfo;
+  aFolder->GetDBFolderInfoAndDB(getter_AddRefs(folderInfo), getter_AddRefs(dbToUse));
+
+  if (m_curFolderGettingHits != aFolder && m_doingSearch && !m_doingQuickSearch)
+  {
+    m_curFolderHasCachedHits = false;
+    // since we've gotten a hit for a new folder, the searches for
+    // any previous folders are done, so deal with stale cached hits
+    // for those folders now.
+    UpdateCacheAndViewForPrevSearchedFolders(aFolder);
+    m_curFolderGettingHits = aFolder;
+    m_hdrHits.Clear();
+    m_curFolderStartKeyIndex = m_keys.Length();
+  }
+  bool hdrInCache = false;
+  nsCString searchUri;
+  if (!m_doingQuickSearch)
+  {
+    m_viewFolder->GetURI(searchUri);
+    dbToUse->HdrIsInCache(searchUri.get(), aMsgHdr, &hdrInCache);    
+  }
+  if (!m_doingSearch || !m_curFolderHasCachedHits || !hdrInCache)
+  {
+    if (m_viewFlags & nsMsgViewFlagsType::kGroupBySort)
+      nsMsgGroupView::OnNewHeader(aMsgHdr, nsMsgKey_None, true);
+    else if (m_sortValid)
+      InsertHdrFromFolder(aMsgHdr, aFolder);
+    else
+      AddHdrFromFolder(aMsgHdr, aFolder);
+  }
+  m_hdrHits.AppendObject(aMsgHdr);
+  m_totalMessagesInView++;
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgXFVirtualFolderDBView::OnSearchDone(nsresult status)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(m_viewFolder, NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED);
+
+  // handle any non verified hits we haven't handled yet.
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(status) && !m_doingQuickSearch && status != NS_MSG_SEARCH_INTERRUPTED)
+    UpdateCacheAndViewForPrevSearchedFolders(nullptr);
+
+  m_doingSearch = false;
+  //we want to set imap delete model once the search is over because setting next
+  //message after deletion will happen before deleting the message and search scope
+  //can change with every search.
+  mDeleteModel = nsMsgImapDeleteModels::MoveToTrash;  //set to default in case it is non-imap folder
+  nsIMsgFolder *curFolder = m_folders.SafeObjectAt(0);
+  if (curFolder)
+    GetImapDeleteModel(curFolder);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> virtDatabase;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIDBFolderInfo> dbFolderInfo;
+  nsresult rv = m_viewFolder->GetDBFolderInfoAndDB(getter_AddRefs(dbFolderInfo), getter_AddRefs(virtDatabase));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  // count up the number of unread and total messages from the view, and set those in the
+  // folder - easier than trying to keep the count up to date in the face of
+  // search hits coming in while the user is reading/deleting messages.
+  uint32_t numUnread = 0;
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < m_flags.Length(); i++)
+    if (m_flags[i] & nsMsgMessageFlags::Elided)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgThread> thread;
+      GetThreadContainingIndex(i, getter_AddRefs(thread));
+      if (thread)
+      {
+        uint32_t unreadInThread;
+        thread->GetNumUnreadChildren(&unreadInThread);
+        numUnread += unreadInThread;
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      if (!(m_flags[i] & nsMsgMessageFlags::Read))
+        numUnread++;
+    }
+  dbFolderInfo->SetNumUnreadMessages(numUnread);
+  dbFolderInfo->SetNumMessages(m_totalMessagesInView);
+  m_viewFolder->UpdateSummaryTotals(true); // force update from db.
+  virtDatabase->Commit(nsMsgDBCommitType::kLargeCommit);
+  if (!m_sortValid && m_sortType != nsMsgViewSortType::byThread && 
+      !(m_viewFlags & nsMsgViewFlagsType::kThreadedDisplay))
+  {
+    m_sortValid = false;       //sort the results
+    Sort(m_sortType, m_sortOrder);
+  }
+  m_foldersSearchingOver.Clear();
+  m_curFolderGettingHits = nullptr;
+  return rv;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgXFVirtualFolderDBView::OnNewSearch()
+{
+  int32_t oldSize = GetSize();
+
+  RemovePendingDBListeners();
+  m_doingSearch = true;
+  m_totalMessagesInView = 0;
+  m_folders.Clear();
+  m_keys.Clear();
+  m_levels.Clear();
+  m_flags.Clear();
+
+  // needs to happen after we remove the keys, since RowCountChanged() will call our GetRowCount()
+  if (mTree)
+    mTree->RowCountChanged(0, -oldSize);
+
+  // to use the search results cache, we'll need to iterate over the scopes in the
+  // search session, calling getNthSearchScope for i = 0; i < searchSession.countSearchScopes; i++
+  // and for each folder, then open the db and pull out the cached hits, add them to the view.
+  // For each hit in a new folder, we'll then clean up the stale hits from the previous folder(s).
+
+  int32_t scopeCount;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgSearchSession> searchSession = do_QueryReferent(m_searchSession);
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(searchSession, NS_OK); // just ignore
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBService> msgDBService = do_GetService(NS_MSGDB_SERVICE_CONTRACTID);
+  searchSession->CountSearchScopes(&scopeCount);
+
+  // Figure out how many search terms the virtual folder has.
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> virtDatabase;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIDBFolderInfo> dbFolderInfo;
+  nsresult rv = m_viewFolder->GetDBFolderInfoAndDB(getter_AddRefs(dbFolderInfo), getter_AddRefs(virtDatabase));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCString terms;
+  dbFolderInfo->GetCharProperty("searchStr", terms);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupportsArray> searchTerms;
+  rv = searchSession->GetSearchTerms(getter_AddRefs(searchTerms));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  nsCString curSearchAsString;
+
+  rv = MsgTermListToString(searchTerms, curSearchAsString);
+  // Trim off the initial AND/OR, which is irrelevant and inconsistent between
+  // what searchSpec.js generates, and what's in virtualFolders.dat.
+  curSearchAsString.Cut(0, StringBeginsWith(curSearchAsString, NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("AND")) ? 3 : 2);
+  terms.Cut(0, StringBeginsWith(terms, NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("AND")) ? 3 : 2);
+
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  // If the search session search string doesn't match the vf search str, then we're doing
+  // quick search, which means we don't want to invalidate cached results, or
+  // used cached results.
+  m_doingQuickSearch = !curSearchAsString.Equals(terms);
+
+  if (mTree && !m_doingQuickSearch)
+    mTree->BeginUpdateBatch();
+
+  for (int32_t i = 0; i < scopeCount; i++)
+  {
+    nsMsgSearchScopeValue scopeId;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> searchFolder;
+    searchSession->GetNthSearchScope(i, &scopeId, getter_AddRefs(searchFolder));
+    if (searchFolder)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleEnumerator> cachedHits;
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> searchDB;
+      nsCString searchUri;
+      m_viewFolder->GetURI(searchUri);
+      nsresult rv = searchFolder->GetMsgDatabase(getter_AddRefs(searchDB));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && searchDB)
+      {
+        if (msgDBService)
+          msgDBService->RegisterPendingListener(searchFolder, this);
+
+        m_foldersSearchingOver.AppendObject(searchFolder);
+        if (m_doingQuickSearch) // ignore cached hits in quick search case.
+          continue;
+        searchDB->GetCachedHits(searchUri.get(), getter_AddRefs(cachedHits));
+        bool hasMore;
+        if (cachedHits)
+        {
+          cachedHits->HasMoreElements(&hasMore);
+          if (hasMore)
+          {
+            mozilla::DebugOnly<nsMsgKey> prevKey = nsMsgKey_None;
+            while (hasMore)
+            {
+              nsCOMPtr <nsISupports> supports;
+              nsresult rv = cachedHits->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(supports));
+              NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "nsMsgDBEnumerator broken");
+              nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> pHeader = do_QueryInterface(supports);
+              if (pHeader && NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+              {
+                nsMsgKey msgKey;
+                pHeader->GetMessageKey(&msgKey);
+                NS_ASSERTION(prevKey == nsMsgKey_None || msgKey > prevKey,
+                             "cached Hits not sorted");
+#ifdef DEBUG
+                prevKey = msgKey;
+#endif
+                AddHdrFromFolder(pHeader, searchFolder);
+              }
+              else
+                break;
+              cachedHits->HasMoreElements(&hasMore);
+            }
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  if (mTree && !m_doingQuickSearch)
+    mTree->EndUpdateBatch();
+
+  m_curFolderStartKeyIndex = 0;
+  m_curFolderGettingHits = nullptr;
+  m_curFolderHasCachedHits = false;
+
+  // if we have cached hits, sort them.
+  if (GetSize() > 0)
+  {
+    // currently, we keep threaded views sorted while we build them.
+    if (m_sortType != nsMsgViewSortType::byThread &&
+      !(m_viewFlags & nsMsgViewFlagsType::kThreadedDisplay))
+    {
+      m_sortValid = false;       //sort the results
+      Sort(m_sortType, m_sortOrder);
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgXFVirtualFolderDBView::DoCommand(nsMsgViewCommandTypeValue command)
+{
+    return nsMsgSearchDBView::DoCommand(command);
+}
+
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgXFVirtualFolderDBView::GetMsgFolder(nsIMsgFolder **aMsgFolder)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMsgFolder);
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aMsgFolder = m_viewFolder);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgXFVirtualFolderDBView::SetViewFlags(nsMsgViewFlagsTypeValue aViewFlags)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  // if the grouping/threading has changed, rebuild the view
+  if ((m_viewFlags & (nsMsgViewFlagsType::kGroupBySort |
+                      nsMsgViewFlagsType::kThreadedDisplay)) !=
+      (aViewFlags & (nsMsgViewFlagsType::kGroupBySort |
+                     nsMsgViewFlagsType::kThreadedDisplay)))
+    rv = RebuildView(aViewFlags);
+  nsMsgDBView::SetViewFlags(aViewFlags);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+
+nsresult 
+nsMsgXFVirtualFolderDBView::GetMessageEnumerator(nsISimpleEnumerator **enumerator)
+{
+  return GetViewEnumerator(enumerator);
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgXFVirtualFolderDBView.h b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgXFVirtualFolderDBView.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..77a2623d4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgXFVirtualFolderDBView.h
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _nsMsgXFVirtualFolderDBView_H_
+#define _nsMsgXFVirtualFolderDBView_H_
+
+#include "mozilla/Attributes.h"
+#include "nsMsgSearchDBView.h"
+#include "nsIMsgCopyServiceListener.h"
+#include "nsIMsgSearchNotify.h"
+#include "nsCOMArray.h"
+
+class nsMsgGroupThread;
+
+class nsMsgXFVirtualFolderDBView : public nsMsgSearchDBView
+{
+public:
+  nsMsgXFVirtualFolderDBView();
+  virtual ~nsMsgXFVirtualFolderDBView();
+
+  // we override all the methods, currently. Might change...
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGSEARCHNOTIFY
+
+  virtual const char * GetViewName(void) override {return "XFVirtualFolderView"; }
+  NS_IMETHOD Open(nsIMsgFolder *folder, nsMsgViewSortTypeValue sortType, nsMsgViewSortOrderValue sortOrder, 
+        nsMsgViewFlagsTypeValue viewFlags, int32_t *pCount) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD CloneDBView(nsIMessenger *aMessengerInstance, nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow, 
+                         nsIMsgDBViewCommandUpdater *aCmdUpdater, nsIMsgDBView **_retval) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD CopyDBView(nsMsgDBView *aNewMsgDBView, nsIMessenger *aMessengerInstance, 
+                        nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow, nsIMsgDBViewCommandUpdater *aCmdUpdater) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD Close() override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetViewType(nsMsgViewTypeValue *aViewType) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD DoCommand(nsMsgViewCommandTypeValue command) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD SetViewFlags(nsMsgViewFlagsTypeValue aViewFlags) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD OnHdrPropertyChanged(nsIMsgDBHdr *aHdrToChange, bool aPreChange, uint32_t *aStatus, 
+                                 nsIDBChangeListener * aInstigator) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetMsgFolder(nsIMsgFolder **aMsgFolder) override;
+
+  virtual nsresult OnNewHeader(nsIMsgDBHdr *newHdr, nsMsgKey parentKey, bool ensureListed) override;
+  void UpdateCacheAndViewForPrevSearchedFolders(nsIMsgFolder *curSearchFolder);
+  void UpdateCacheAndViewForFolder(nsIMsgFolder *folder, nsMsgKey *newHits, uint32_t numNewHits);
+  void RemovePendingDBListeners();
+
+protected:
+
+  virtual nsresult GetMessageEnumerator(nsISimpleEnumerator **enumerator) override;
+
+  uint32_t m_cachedFolderArrayIndex; // array index of next folder with cached hits to deal with.
+  nsCOMArray<nsIMsgFolder> m_foldersSearchingOver;
+  nsCOMArray<nsIMsgDBHdr> m_hdrHits;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> m_curFolderGettingHits;
+  uint32_t m_curFolderStartKeyIndex; // keeps track of the index of the first hit from the cur folder
+  bool m_curFolderHasCachedHits;
+  bool m_doingSearch;
+  // Are we doing a quick search on top of the virtual folder search?
+  bool m_doingQuickSearch;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/base/src/nsSpamSettings.cpp b/mailnews/base/src/nsSpamSettings.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e8318b75a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/src/nsSpamSettings.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,892 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsSpamSettings.h"
+#include "nsIFile.h"
+#include "plstr.h"
+#include "prmem.h"
+#include "nsIMsgHdr.h"
+#include "nsNetUtil.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolder.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "nsMsgFolderFlags.h"
+#include "nsImapCore.h"
+#include "nsIImapIncomingServer.h"
+#include "nsIRDFService.h"
+#include "nsIRDFResource.h"
+#include "nsAppDirectoryServiceDefs.h"
+#include "nsIPrefService.h"
+#include "nsIPrefBranch.h"
+#include "nsIStringBundle.h"
+#include "nsDateTimeFormatCID.h"
+#include "mozilla/Services.h"
+#include "mozilla/mailnews/MimeHeaderParser.h"
+#include "nsIArray.h"
+#include "nsArrayUtils.h"
+#include "nsMailDirServiceDefs.h"
+#include "nsDirectoryServiceUtils.h"
+#include "nsDirectoryServiceDefs.h"
+#include "nsISimpleEnumerator.h"
+#include "nsIDirectoryEnumerator.h"
+#include "nsAbBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsIAbManager.h"
+#include "nsIMsgAccountManager.h"
+#include "nsMsgBaseCID.h"
+
+using namespace mozilla::mailnews;
+
+nsSpamSettings::nsSpamSettings()
+{
+  mLevel = 0;
+  mMoveOnSpam = false;
+  mMoveTargetMode = nsISpamSettings::MOVE_TARGET_MODE_ACCOUNT;
+  mPurge = false;
+  mPurgeInterval = 14; // 14 days
+
+  mServerFilterTrustFlags = 0;
+
+  mUseWhiteList = false;
+  mUseServerFilter = false;
+
+  nsresult rv = NS_GetSpecialDirectory(NS_APP_USER_PROFILE_50_DIR, getter_AddRefs(mLogFile));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    mLogFile->Append(NS_LITERAL_STRING("junklog.html"));
+}
+
+nsSpamSettings::~nsSpamSettings()
+{
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsSpamSettings, nsISpamSettings, nsIUrlListener)
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsSpamSettings::GetLevel(int32_t *aLevel)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aLevel);
+  *aLevel = mLevel;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsSpamSettings::SetLevel(int32_t aLevel)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION((aLevel >= 0 && aLevel <= 100), "bad level");
+  mLevel = aLevel;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsSpamSettings::GetMoveTargetMode(int32_t *aMoveTargetMode)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMoveTargetMode);
+  *aMoveTargetMode = mMoveTargetMode;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsSpamSettings::SetMoveTargetMode(int32_t aMoveTargetMode)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION((aMoveTargetMode == nsISpamSettings::MOVE_TARGET_MODE_FOLDER || aMoveTargetMode == nsISpamSettings::MOVE_TARGET_MODE_ACCOUNT), "bad move target mode");
+  mMoveTargetMode = aMoveTargetMode;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsSpamSettings::GetManualMark(bool *aManualMark)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aManualMark);
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefBranch(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  return prefBranch->GetBoolPref("mail.spam.manualMark", aManualMark);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsSpamSettings::GetManualMarkMode(int32_t *aManualMarkMode)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aManualMarkMode);
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefBranch(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  return prefBranch->GetIntPref("mail.spam.manualMarkMode", aManualMarkMode);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsSpamSettings::GetLoggingEnabled(bool *aLoggingEnabled)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aLoggingEnabled);
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefBranch(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  return prefBranch->GetBoolPref("mail.spam.logging.enabled", aLoggingEnabled);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsSpamSettings::GetMarkAsReadOnSpam(bool *aMarkAsReadOnSpam)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMarkAsReadOnSpam);
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefBranch(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  return prefBranch->GetBoolPref("mail.spam.markAsReadOnSpam", aMarkAsReadOnSpam);
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_GETSET(nsSpamSettings, MoveOnSpam, bool, mMoveOnSpam)
+NS_IMPL_GETSET(nsSpamSettings, Purge, bool, mPurge)
+NS_IMPL_GETSET(nsSpamSettings, UseWhiteList, bool, mUseWhiteList)
+NS_IMPL_GETSET(nsSpamSettings, UseServerFilter, bool, mUseServerFilter)
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsSpamSettings::GetWhiteListAbURI(char * *aWhiteListAbURI)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aWhiteListAbURI);
+  *aWhiteListAbURI = ToNewCString(mWhiteListAbURI);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsSpamSettings::SetWhiteListAbURI(const char * aWhiteListAbURI)
+{
+  mWhiteListAbURI = aWhiteListAbURI;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsSpamSettings::GetActionTargetAccount(char * *aActionTargetAccount)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aActionTargetAccount);
+  *aActionTargetAccount = ToNewCString(mActionTargetAccount);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsSpamSettings::SetActionTargetAccount(const char * aActionTargetAccount)
+{
+  mActionTargetAccount = aActionTargetAccount;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsSpamSettings::GetActionTargetFolder(char * *aActionTargetFolder)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aActionTargetFolder);
+  *aActionTargetFolder = ToNewCString(mActionTargetFolder);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsSpamSettings::SetActionTargetFolder(const char * aActionTargetFolder)
+{
+  mActionTargetFolder = aActionTargetFolder;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsSpamSettings::GetPurgeInterval(int32_t *aPurgeInterval)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aPurgeInterval);
+  *aPurgeInterval = mPurgeInterval;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsSpamSettings::SetPurgeInterval(int32_t aPurgeInterval)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(aPurgeInterval >= 0, "bad purge interval");
+  mPurgeInterval = aPurgeInterval;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsSpamSettings::SetLogStream(nsIOutputStream *aLogStream)
+{
+  // if there is a log stream already, close it
+  if (mLogStream) {
+    // will flush
+    nsresult rv = mLogStream->Close();
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  }
+
+  mLogStream = aLogStream;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+#define LOG_HEADER "<!DOCTYPE html>\n<html>\n<head>\n<meta charset=\"UTF-8\">\n<style type=\"text/css\">body{font-family:Consolas,\"Lucida Console\",Monaco,\"Courier New\",Courier,monospace;font-size:small}</style>\n</head>\n<body>\n"
+#define LOG_HEADER_LEN (strlen(LOG_HEADER))
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsSpamSettings::GetLogStream(nsIOutputStream **aLogStream)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aLogStream);
+
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  if (!mLogStream) {
+    // append to the end of the log file
+    rv = MsgNewBufferedFileOutputStream(getter_AddRefs(mLogStream),
+                                        mLogFile,
+                                        PR_CREATE_FILE | PR_WRONLY | PR_APPEND,
+                                        0600);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    int64_t fileSize;
+    rv = mLogFile->GetFileSize(&fileSize);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    // write the header at the start
+    if (fileSize == 0)
+    {
+      uint32_t writeCount;
+
+      rv = mLogStream->Write(LOG_HEADER, LOG_HEADER_LEN, &writeCount);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      NS_ASSERTION(writeCount == LOG_HEADER_LEN, "failed to write out log header");
+    }
+  }
+
+  NS_ADDREF(*aLogStream = mLogStream);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsSpamSettings::Initialize(nsIMsgIncomingServer *aServer)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aServer);
+  nsresult rv;
+  int32_t spamLevel;
+  rv = aServer->GetIntValue("spamLevel", &spamLevel);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  rv = SetLevel(spamLevel);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  bool moveOnSpam;
+  rv = aServer->GetBoolValue("moveOnSpam", &moveOnSpam);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  rv = SetMoveOnSpam(moveOnSpam);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  int32_t moveTargetMode;
+  rv = aServer->GetIntValue("moveTargetMode", &moveTargetMode);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  rv = SetMoveTargetMode(moveTargetMode);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCString spamActionTargetAccount;
+  rv = aServer->GetCharValue("spamActionTargetAccount", spamActionTargetAccount);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  rv = SetActionTargetAccount(spamActionTargetAccount.get());
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCString spamActionTargetFolder;
+  rv = aServer->GetCharValue("spamActionTargetFolder", spamActionTargetFolder);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  rv = SetActionTargetFolder(spamActionTargetFolder.get());
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  bool useWhiteList;
+  rv = aServer->GetBoolValue("useWhiteList", &useWhiteList);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  rv = SetUseWhiteList(useWhiteList);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCString whiteListAbURI;
+  rv = aServer->GetCharValue("whiteListAbURI", whiteListAbURI);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  rv = SetWhiteListAbURI(whiteListAbURI.get());
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  bool purgeSpam;
+  rv = aServer->GetBoolValue("purgeSpam", &purgeSpam);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  rv = SetPurge(purgeSpam);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  int32_t purgeSpamInterval;
+  rv = aServer->GetIntValue("purgeSpamInterval", &purgeSpamInterval);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  rv = SetPurgeInterval(purgeSpamInterval);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  bool useServerFilter;
+  rv = aServer->GetBoolValue("useServerFilter", &useServerFilter);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  rv = SetUseServerFilter(useServerFilter);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCString serverFilterName;
+  rv = aServer->GetCharValue("serverFilterName", serverFilterName);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    SetServerFilterName(serverFilterName);
+  int32_t serverFilterTrustFlags = 0;
+  rv = aServer->GetIntValue("serverFilterTrustFlags", &serverFilterTrustFlags);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  rv = SetServerFilterTrustFlags(serverFilterTrustFlags);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefBranch(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  if (prefBranch)
+    prefBranch->GetCharPref("mail.trusteddomains",
+                            getter_Copies(mTrustedMailDomains));
+
+  mWhiteListDirArray.Clear();
+  if (!mWhiteListAbURI.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAbManager> abManager(do_GetService(NS_ABMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    nsTArray<nsCString> whiteListArray;
+    ParseString(mWhiteListAbURI, ' ', whiteListArray);
+
+    for (uint32_t index = 0; index < whiteListArray.Length(); index++)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIAbDirectory> directory;
+      rv = abManager->GetDirectory(whiteListArray[index],
+                                   getter_AddRefs(directory));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      if (directory)
+        mWhiteListDirArray.AppendObject(directory);
+    }
+  }
+
+  // the next two preferences affect whether we try to whitelist our own
+  // address or domain. Spammers send emails with spoofed from address matching
+  // either the email address of the recipient, or the recipient's domain,
+  // hoping to get whitelisted.
+  //
+  // The terms to describe this get wrapped up in chains of negatives. A full
+  // definition of the boolean inhibitWhiteListingIdentityUser is "Suppress address
+  // book whitelisting if the sender matches an identity's email address"
+
+  rv = aServer->GetBoolValue("inhibitWhiteListingIdentityUser",
+                             &mInhibitWhiteListingIdentityUser);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  rv = aServer->GetBoolValue("inhibitWhiteListingIdentityDomain",
+                             &mInhibitWhiteListingIdentityDomain);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // collect lists of identity users if needed
+  if (mInhibitWhiteListingIdentityDomain || mInhibitWhiteListingIdentityUser)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccountManager>
+      accountManager(do_GetService(NS_MSGACCOUNTMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccount> account;
+    rv = accountManager->FindAccountForServer(aServer, getter_AddRefs(account));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    nsAutoCString accountKey;
+    if (account) 
+      account->GetKey(accountKey);
+
+    // Loop through all accounts, adding emails from this account, as well as
+    // from any accounts that defer to this account.
+    mEmails.Clear();
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIArray> accounts;
+    rv = accountManager->GetAccounts(getter_AddRefs(accounts));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    uint32_t accountCount = 0;
+    if (account && accounts) // no sense scanning accounts if we've nothing to match
+      accounts->GetLength(&accountCount);
+
+    for (uint32_t i = 0; i < accountCount; i++)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccount> loopAccount(do_QueryElementAt(accounts, i));
+      if (!loopAccount)
+        continue;
+      nsAutoCString loopAccountKey;
+      loopAccount->GetKey(loopAccountKey);
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> loopServer;
+      loopAccount->GetIncomingServer(getter_AddRefs(loopServer));
+      nsAutoCString deferredToAccountKey;
+      if (loopServer)
+        loopServer->GetCharValue("deferred_to_account", deferredToAccountKey);
+
+      // Add the emails for any account that defers to this one, or for the
+      // account itself.
+      if (accountKey.Equals(deferredToAccountKey) || accountKey.Equals(loopAccountKey))
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIArray> identities;
+        loopAccount->GetIdentities(getter_AddRefs(identities));
+        if (!identities)
+          continue;
+        uint32_t identityCount = 0;
+        identities->GetLength(&identityCount);
+        for (uint32_t j = 0; j < identityCount; ++j)
+        {
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIdentity> identity(do_QueryElementAt(identities, j, &rv));
+          if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !identity)
+            continue;
+          nsAutoCString email;
+          identity->GetEmail(email);
+          if (!email.IsEmpty())
+            mEmails.AppendElement(email);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return UpdateJunkFolderState();
+}
+
+nsresult nsSpamSettings::UpdateJunkFolderState()
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  // if the spam folder uri changed on us, we need to unset the junk flag
+  // on the old spam folder
+  nsCString newJunkFolderURI;
+  rv = GetSpamFolderURI(getter_Copies(newJunkFolderURI));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  if (!mCurrentJunkFolderURI.IsEmpty() && !mCurrentJunkFolderURI.Equals(newJunkFolderURI))
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> oldJunkFolder;
+    rv = GetExistingFolder(mCurrentJunkFolderURI, getter_AddRefs(oldJunkFolder));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && oldJunkFolder)
+    {
+      // remove the nsMsgFolderFlags::Junk on the old junk folder
+      // XXX TODO
+      // JUNK MAIL RELATED
+      // (in ClearFlag?) we need to make sure that this folder
+      // is not the junk folder for another account
+      // the same goes for set flag.  have fun with all that.
+      oldJunkFolder->ClearFlag(nsMsgFolderFlags::Junk);
+    }
+  }
+
+  mCurrentJunkFolderURI = newJunkFolderURI;
+
+  // only try to create the junk folder if we are moving junk
+  // and we have a non-empty uri
+  if (mMoveOnSpam && !mCurrentJunkFolderURI.IsEmpty()) {
+    // as the url listener, the spam settings will set the nsMsgFolderFlags::Junk folder flag
+    // on the junk mail folder, after it is created
+    rv = GetOrCreateFolder(mCurrentJunkFolderURI, this);
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsSpamSettings::Clone(nsISpamSettings *aSpamSettings)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aSpamSettings);
+
+  nsresult rv = aSpamSettings->GetUseWhiteList(&mUseWhiteList);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  (void)aSpamSettings->GetMoveOnSpam(&mMoveOnSpam);
+  (void)aSpamSettings->GetPurge(&mPurge);
+  (void)aSpamSettings->GetUseServerFilter(&mUseServerFilter);
+
+  rv = aSpamSettings->GetPurgeInterval(&mPurgeInterval);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  rv = aSpamSettings->GetLevel(&mLevel);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  rv = aSpamSettings->GetMoveTargetMode(&mMoveTargetMode);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  nsCString actionTargetAccount;
+  rv = aSpamSettings->GetActionTargetAccount(getter_Copies(actionTargetAccount));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  mActionTargetAccount = actionTargetAccount;
+
+  nsCString actionTargetFolder;
+  rv = aSpamSettings->GetActionTargetFolder(getter_Copies(actionTargetFolder));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  mActionTargetFolder = actionTargetFolder;
+
+  nsCString whiteListAbURI;
+  rv = aSpamSettings->GetWhiteListAbURI(getter_Copies(whiteListAbURI));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  mWhiteListAbURI = whiteListAbURI;
+
+  aSpamSettings->GetServerFilterName(mServerFilterName);
+  aSpamSettings->GetServerFilterTrustFlags(&mServerFilterTrustFlags);
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsSpamSettings::GetSpamFolderURI(char **aSpamFolderURI)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aSpamFolderURI);
+
+  if (mMoveTargetMode == nsISpamSettings::MOVE_TARGET_MODE_FOLDER)
+    return GetActionTargetFolder(aSpamFolderURI);
+
+  // if the mode is nsISpamSettings::MOVE_TARGET_MODE_ACCOUNT
+  // the spam folder URI = account uri + "/Junk"
+  nsCString folderURI;
+  nsresult rv = GetActionTargetAccount(getter_Copies(folderURI));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  // we might be trying to get the old spam folder uri
+  // in order to clear the flag
+  // if we didn't have one, bail out.
+  if (folderURI.IsEmpty())
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFService> rdf(do_GetService("@mozilla.org/rdf/rdf-service;1", &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFResource> folderResource;
+  rv = rdf->GetResource(folderURI, getter_AddRefs(folderResource));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> folder = do_QueryInterface(folderResource);
+  if (!folder)
+    return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+  rv = folder->GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  // see nsMsgFolder::SetPrettyName() for where the pretty name is set.
+
+  // Check for an existing junk folder - this will do a case-insensitive 
+  // search by URI - if we find a junk folder, use its URI.
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> junkFolder;
+  folderURI.Append("/Junk");
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(server->GetMsgFolderFromURI(nullptr, folderURI,
+                                               getter_AddRefs(junkFolder))) &&
+      junkFolder)
+    junkFolder->GetURI(folderURI);
+
+  // XXX todo
+  // better not to make base depend in imap
+  // but doing it here, like in nsMsgCopy.cpp
+  // one day, we'll fix this (and nsMsgCopy.cpp) to use GetMsgFolderFromURI()
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapIncomingServer> imapServer = do_QueryInterface(server);
+  if (imapServer) {
+    // Make sure an specific IMAP folder has correct personal namespace
+    // see bug #197043
+    nsCString folderUriWithNamespace;
+    (void)imapServer->GetUriWithNamespacePrefixIfNecessary(kPersonalNamespace, folderURI,
+                                                           folderUriWithNamespace);
+    if (!folderUriWithNamespace.IsEmpty())
+      folderURI = folderUriWithNamespace;
+  }
+
+  *aSpamFolderURI = ToNewCString(folderURI);
+  if (!*aSpamFolderURI)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+  else
+    return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsSpamSettings::GetServerFilterName(nsACString &aFilterName)
+{
+  aFilterName = mServerFilterName;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsSpamSettings::SetServerFilterName(const nsACString &aFilterName)
+{
+  mServerFilterName = aFilterName;
+  mServerFilterFile = nullptr; // clear out our stored location value
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsSpamSettings::GetServerFilterFile(nsIFile ** aFile)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aFile);
+  if (!mServerFilterFile)
+  {
+    nsresult rv;
+    nsAutoCString serverFilterFileName;
+    GetServerFilterName(serverFilterFileName);
+    serverFilterFileName.Append(".sfd");
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIProperties> dirSvc = do_GetService(NS_DIRECTORY_SERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    // Walk through the list of isp directories
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleEnumerator> ispDirectories;
+    rv = dirSvc->Get(ISP_DIRECTORY_LIST, NS_GET_IID(nsISimpleEnumerator), getter_AddRefs(ispDirectories));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    bool hasMore;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> file;
+    while (NS_SUCCEEDED(ispDirectories->HasMoreElements(&hasMore)) && hasMore)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> elem;
+      ispDirectories->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(elem));
+      file = do_QueryInterface(elem);
+
+      if (file)
+      {
+        // append our desired leaf name then test to see if the file exists. If it does, we've found
+        // mServerFilterFile.
+        file->AppendNative(serverFilterFileName);
+        bool exists;
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(file->Exists(&exists)) && exists)
+        {
+          file.swap(mServerFilterFile);
+          break;
+        }
+      } // if file
+    } // until we find the location of mServerFilterName
+  } // if we haven't already stored mServerFilterFile
+
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aFile = mServerFilterFile);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMPL_GETSET(nsSpamSettings, ServerFilterTrustFlags, int32_t, mServerFilterTrustFlags)
+
+#define LOG_ENTRY_START_TAG "<p>\n"
+#define LOG_ENTRY_START_TAG_LEN (strlen(LOG_ENTRY_START_TAG))
+#define LOG_ENTRY_END_TAG "</p>\n"
+#define LOG_ENTRY_END_TAG_LEN (strlen(LOG_ENTRY_END_TAG))
+// Does this need to be localizable?
+#define LOG_ENTRY_TIMESTAMP "[$S] "
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsSpamSettings::LogJunkHit(nsIMsgDBHdr *aMsgHdr, bool aMoveMessage)
+{
+  bool loggingEnabled;
+  nsresult rv = GetLoggingEnabled(&loggingEnabled);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  if (!loggingEnabled)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  PRTime date;
+
+  nsString authorValue;
+  nsString subjectValue;
+  nsString dateValue;
+
+  (void)aMsgHdr->GetDate(&date);
+  PRExplodedTime exploded;
+  PR_ExplodeTime(date, PR_LocalTimeParameters, &exploded);
+
+  if (!mDateFormatter)
+  {
+    mDateFormatter = do_CreateInstance(NS_DATETIMEFORMAT_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    if (!mDateFormatter)
+    {
+      return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    }
+  }
+  mDateFormatter->FormatPRExplodedTime(nullptr, kDateFormatShort,
+                                      kTimeFormatSeconds, &exploded,
+                                      dateValue);
+
+  (void)aMsgHdr->GetMime2DecodedAuthor(authorValue);
+  (void)aMsgHdr->GetMime2DecodedSubject(subjectValue);
+
+  nsCString buffer;
+  // this is big enough to hold a log entry.
+  // do this so we avoid growing and copying as we append to the log.
+#ifdef MOZILLA_INTERNAL_API
+  buffer.SetCapacity(512);
+#endif
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundleService> bundleService =
+    mozilla::services::GetStringBundleService();
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(bundleService, NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundle> bundle;
+  rv = bundleService->CreateBundle("chrome://messenger/locale/filter.properties",
+    getter_AddRefs(bundle));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  const char16_t *junkLogDetectFormatStrings[3] = { authorValue.get(), subjectValue.get(), dateValue.get() };
+  nsString junkLogDetectStr;
+  rv = bundle->FormatStringFromName(
+    u"junkLogDetectStr",
+    junkLogDetectFormatStrings, 3,
+    getter_Copies(junkLogDetectStr));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  buffer += NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(junkLogDetectStr);
+  buffer +=  "\n";
+
+  if (aMoveMessage) {
+    nsCString msgId;
+    aMsgHdr->GetMessageId(getter_Copies(msgId));
+
+    nsCString junkFolderURI;
+    rv = GetSpamFolderURI(getter_Copies(junkFolderURI));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16 msgIdValue(msgId);
+    NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16 junkFolderURIValue(junkFolderURI);
+
+    const char16_t *logMoveFormatStrings[2] = { msgIdValue.get(), junkFolderURIValue.get() };
+    nsString logMoveStr;
+    rv = bundle->FormatStringFromName(
+      u"logMoveStr",
+      logMoveFormatStrings, 2,
+      getter_Copies(logMoveStr));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    buffer += NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(logMoveStr);
+    buffer += "\n";
+  }
+
+  return LogJunkString(buffer.get());
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsSpamSettings::LogJunkString(const char *string)
+{
+  bool loggingEnabled;
+  nsresult rv = GetLoggingEnabled(&loggingEnabled);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  if (!loggingEnabled)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  nsString dateValue;
+  PRExplodedTime exploded;
+  PR_ExplodeTime(PR_Now(), PR_LocalTimeParameters, &exploded);
+
+  if (!mDateFormatter)
+  {
+    mDateFormatter = do_CreateInstance(NS_DATETIMEFORMAT_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    if (!mDateFormatter)
+    {
+      return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    }
+  }
+  mDateFormatter->FormatPRExplodedTime(nullptr, kDateFormatShort,
+                                       kTimeFormatSeconds, &exploded,
+                                       dateValue);
+
+  nsCString timestampString(LOG_ENTRY_TIMESTAMP);
+  MsgReplaceSubstring(timestampString, "$S", NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(dateValue).get());
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIOutputStream> logStream;
+  rv = GetLogStream(getter_AddRefs(logStream));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  uint32_t writeCount;
+
+  rv = logStream->Write(LOG_ENTRY_START_TAG, LOG_ENTRY_START_TAG_LEN, &writeCount);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  NS_ASSERTION(writeCount == LOG_ENTRY_START_TAG_LEN, "failed to write out start log tag");
+
+  rv = logStream->Write(timestampString.get(), timestampString.Length(), &writeCount);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  NS_ASSERTION(writeCount == timestampString.Length(), "failed to write out timestamp");
+
+  // HTML-escape the log for security reasons.
+  // We don't want someone to send us a message with a subject with
+  // HTML tags, especially <script>.
+  char *escapedBuffer = MsgEscapeHTML(string);
+  if (!escapedBuffer)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+  uint32_t escapedBufferLen = strlen(escapedBuffer);
+  rv = logStream->Write(escapedBuffer, escapedBufferLen, &writeCount);
+  PR_Free(escapedBuffer);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  NS_ASSERTION(writeCount == escapedBufferLen, "failed to write out log hit");
+
+  rv = logStream->Write(LOG_ENTRY_END_TAG, LOG_ENTRY_END_TAG_LEN, &writeCount);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  NS_ASSERTION(writeCount == LOG_ENTRY_END_TAG_LEN, "failed to write out end log tag");
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsSpamSettings::OnStartRunningUrl(nsIURI* aURL)
+{
+  // do nothing
+  // all the action happens in OnStopRunningUrl()
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsSpamSettings::OnStopRunningUrl(nsIURI* aURL, nsresult exitCode)
+{
+  nsCString junkFolderURI;
+  nsresult rv = GetSpamFolderURI(getter_Copies(junkFolderURI));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  if (junkFolderURI.IsEmpty())
+    return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+
+  // when we get here, the folder should exist.
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> junkFolder;
+  rv = GetExistingFolder(junkFolderURI, getter_AddRefs(junkFolder));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  if (!junkFolder)
+    return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+
+  rv = junkFolder->SetFlag(nsMsgFolderFlags::Junk);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsSpamSettings::CheckWhiteList(nsIMsgDBHdr *aMsgHdr, bool *aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMsgHdr);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+  *aResult = false;  // default in case of error or no whitelisting
+
+  if (!mUseWhiteList || (!mWhiteListDirArray.Count() &&
+                          mTrustedMailDomains.IsEmpty()))
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  // do per-message processing
+
+  nsCString author;
+  aMsgHdr->GetAuthor(getter_Copies(author));
+
+  nsAutoCString authorEmailAddress;
+  ExtractEmail(EncodedHeader(author), authorEmailAddress);
+
+  if (authorEmailAddress.IsEmpty())
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  // should we skip whitelisting for the identity email?
+  if (mInhibitWhiteListingIdentityUser)
+  {
+    for (uint32_t i = 0; i < mEmails.Length(); ++i)
+    {
+      if (mEmails[i].Equals(authorEmailAddress, nsCaseInsensitiveCStringComparator()))
+        return NS_OK;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (!mTrustedMailDomains.IsEmpty() || mInhibitWhiteListingIdentityDomain)
+  {
+    nsAutoCString domain;
+    int32_t atPos = authorEmailAddress.FindChar('@');
+    if (atPos >= 0)
+      domain = Substring(authorEmailAddress, atPos + 1);
+    if (!domain.IsEmpty())
+    {
+      if (!mTrustedMailDomains.IsEmpty() &&
+          MsgHostDomainIsTrusted(domain, mTrustedMailDomains))
+      {
+        *aResult = true;
+        return NS_OK;
+      }
+
+      if (mInhibitWhiteListingIdentityDomain)
+      {
+        for (uint32_t i = 0; i < mEmails.Length(); ++i)
+        {
+          nsAutoCString identityDomain;
+          int32_t atPos = mEmails[i].FindChar('@');
+          if (atPos >= 0)
+          {
+            identityDomain = Substring(mEmails[i], atPos + 1);
+            if (identityDomain.Equals(domain, nsCaseInsensitiveCStringComparator()))
+              return NS_OK; // don't whitelist
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (mWhiteListDirArray.Count())
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAbCard> cardForAddress;
+    for (int32_t index = 0;
+         index < mWhiteListDirArray.Count() && !cardForAddress;
+         index++)
+    {
+      mWhiteListDirArray[index]->CardForEmailAddress(authorEmailAddress,
+                                                     getter_AddRefs(cardForAddress));
+    }
+    if (cardForAddress)
+    {
+      *aResult = true;
+      return NS_OK;
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_OK; // default return is false
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/src/nsSpamSettings.h b/mailnews/base/src/nsSpamSettings.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9432a1835
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/src/nsSpamSettings.h
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsSpamSettings_h__
+#define nsSpamSettings_h__
+
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsISpamSettings.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsIOutputStream.h"
+#include "nsIMsgIncomingServer.h"
+#include "nsIUrlListener.h"
+#include "nsIDateTimeFormat.h"
+#include "nsCOMArray.h"
+#include "nsIAbDirectory.h"
+#include "nsTArray.h"
+
+class nsSpamSettings : public nsISpamSettings, public nsIUrlListener
+{
+public:
+  nsSpamSettings();
+
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSISPAMSETTINGS
+  NS_DECL_NSIURLLISTENER
+
+private:
+  virtual ~nsSpamSettings();
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIOutputStream> mLogStream;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> mLogFile;
+
+  int32_t mLevel; 
+  int32_t mPurgeInterval;
+  int32_t mMoveTargetMode;
+
+  bool mPurge;
+  bool mUseWhiteList;
+  bool mMoveOnSpam;
+  bool mUseServerFilter;
+  
+  nsCString mActionTargetAccount;
+  nsCString mActionTargetFolder;
+  nsCString mWhiteListAbURI;
+  nsCString mCurrentJunkFolderURI; // used to detect changes to the spam folder in ::initialize
+
+  nsCString mServerFilterName;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> mServerFilterFile;
+  int32_t  mServerFilterTrustFlags;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIDateTimeFormat> mDateFormatter;
+
+  // array of address directories to use in junk whitelisting
+  nsCOMArray<nsIAbDirectory> mWhiteListDirArray;
+  // mail domains to use in junk whitelisting
+  nsCString mTrustedMailDomains;
+  // should we inhibit whitelisting address of identity?
+  bool mInhibitWhiteListingIdentityUser;
+  // should we inhibit whitelisting domain of identity?
+  bool mInhibitWhiteListingIdentityDomain;
+  // email addresses associated with this server
+  nsTArray<nsCString> mEmails;
+
+  // helper routine used by Initialize which unsets the junk flag on the previous junk folder
+  // for this account, and sets it on the new junk folder.
+  nsresult UpdateJunkFolderState();
+};
+
+#endif /* nsSpamSettings_h__ */
diff --git a/mailnews/base/src/nsStatusBarBiffManager.cpp b/mailnews/base/src/nsStatusBarBiffManager.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..49d9bfb52
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/src/nsStatusBarBiffManager.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,251 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsStatusBarBiffManager.h"
+#include "nsMsgBiffManager.h"
+#include "nsIMsgMailSession.h"
+#include "nsIMsgAccountManager.h"
+#include "nsMsgBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsIObserverService.h"
+#include "nsIWindowMediator.h"
+#include "nsIMsgMailSession.h"
+#include "MailNewsTypes.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolder.h" // TO include biffState enum. Change to bool later...
+#include "nsIFileChannel.h"
+#include "nsIPrefService.h"
+#include "nsIPrefBranch.h"
+#include "nsIURL.h"
+#include "nsNetUtil.h"
+#include "nsIFileURL.h"
+#include "nsIFile.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "mozilla/Services.h"
+
+// QueryInterface, AddRef, and Release
+//
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsStatusBarBiffManager, nsIStatusBarBiffManager, nsIFolderListener, nsIObserver)
+
+nsIAtom * nsStatusBarBiffManager::kBiffStateAtom = nullptr;
+
+nsStatusBarBiffManager::nsStatusBarBiffManager()
+: mInitialized(false), mCurrentBiffState(nsIMsgFolder::nsMsgBiffState_Unknown)
+{
+}
+
+nsStatusBarBiffManager::~nsStatusBarBiffManager()
+{
+    NS_IF_RELEASE(kBiffStateAtom);
+}
+
+#define NEW_MAIL_PREF_BRANCH             "mail.biff."
+#define CHAT_PREF_BRANCH                 "mail.chat."
+#define FEED_PREF_BRANCH                 "mail.feed."
+#define PREF_PLAY_SOUND                  "play_sound"
+#define PREF_SOUND_URL                   "play_sound.url"
+#define PREF_SOUND_TYPE                  "play_sound.type"
+#define SYSTEM_SOUND_TYPE 0
+#define CUSTOM_SOUND_TYPE 1
+#define PREF_CHAT_ENABLED                "mail.chat.enabled"
+#define PLAY_CHAT_NOTIFICATION_SOUND     "play-chat-notification-sound"
+
+nsresult nsStatusBarBiffManager::Init()
+{
+  if (mInitialized)
+    return NS_ERROR_ALREADY_INITIALIZED;
+
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  kBiffStateAtom = MsgNewAtom("BiffState").take();
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailSession> mailSession = 
+    do_GetService(NS_MSGMAILSESSION_CONTRACTID, &rv); 
+  if(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    mailSession->AddFolderListener(this, nsIFolderListener::intPropertyChanged);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> pref(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  bool chatEnabled = false;
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    rv = pref->GetBoolPref(PREF_CHAT_ENABLED, &chatEnabled);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && chatEnabled) {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIObserverService> observerService =
+      mozilla::services::GetObserverService();
+    if (observerService)
+      observerService->AddObserver(this, PLAY_CHAT_NOTIFICATION_SOUND, false);
+  }
+
+  mInitialized = true;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsStatusBarBiffManager::PlayBiffSound(const char *aPrefBranch)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefService> prefSvc = (do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> pref;
+  rv = prefSvc->GetBranch(aPrefBranch, getter_AddRefs(pref));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  bool playSound;
+  if (mServerType.EqualsLiteral("rss")) {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefFeed;
+    rv = prefSvc->GetBranch(FEED_PREF_BRANCH, getter_AddRefs(prefFeed));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    rv = prefFeed->GetBoolPref(PREF_PLAY_SOUND, &playSound);
+  }
+  else {
+    rv = pref->GetBoolPref(PREF_PLAY_SOUND, &playSound);
+  }
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  if (!playSound)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  // lazily create the sound instance
+  if (!mSound)
+    mSound = do_CreateInstance("@mozilla.org/sound;1");
+
+  int32_t soundType = SYSTEM_SOUND_TYPE;
+  rv = pref->GetIntPref(PREF_SOUND_TYPE, &soundType);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  bool customSoundPlayed = false;
+
+  if (soundType == CUSTOM_SOUND_TYPE) {
+    nsCString soundURLSpec;
+    rv = pref->GetCharPref(PREF_SOUND_URL, getter_Copies(soundURLSpec));
+
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !soundURLSpec.IsEmpty()) {
+      if (!strncmp(soundURLSpec.get(), "file://", 7)) {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> fileURI;
+        rv = NS_NewURI(getter_AddRefs(fileURI), soundURLSpec);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIFileURL> soundURL = do_QueryInterface(fileURI,&rv);
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> soundFile;
+          rv = soundURL->GetFile(getter_AddRefs(soundFile));
+          if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+            bool soundFileExists = false;
+            rv = soundFile->Exists(&soundFileExists);
+            if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && soundFileExists) {
+              rv = mSound->Play(soundURL);
+              if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+                customSoundPlayed = true;
+            }
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      else {
+        // todo, see if we can create a nsIFile using the string as a native path.
+        // if that fails, try playing a system sound
+        NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16 utf16SoundURLSpec(soundURLSpec);
+        rv = mSound->PlaySystemSound(utf16SoundURLSpec);
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+          customSoundPlayed = true;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+#ifndef XP_MACOSX
+  // if nothing played, play the default system sound
+  if (!customSoundPlayed) {
+    rv = mSound->PlayEventSound(nsISound::EVENT_NEW_MAIL_RECEIVED);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+#endif
+  return rv;
+}
+
+// nsIFolderListener methods....
+NS_IMETHODIMP 
+nsStatusBarBiffManager::OnItemAdded(nsIMsgFolder *parentItem, nsISupports *item)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP 
+nsStatusBarBiffManager::OnItemRemoved(nsIMsgFolder *parentItem, nsISupports *item)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP 
+nsStatusBarBiffManager::OnItemPropertyChanged(nsIMsgFolder *item, nsIAtom *property, const char *oldValue, const char *newValue)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsStatusBarBiffManager::OnItemIntPropertyChanged(nsIMsgFolder *item, nsIAtom *property, int64_t oldValue, int64_t newValue)
+{
+  if (kBiffStateAtom == property && mCurrentBiffState != newValue) {
+    // if we got new mail, attempt to play a sound.
+    // if we fail along the way, don't return.
+    // we still need to update the UI.    
+    if (newValue == nsIMsgFolder::nsMsgBiffState_NewMail) {
+      // Get the folder's server type.
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+      nsresult rv = item->GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && server)
+        server->GetType(mServerType);
+
+      // if we fail to play the biff sound, keep going.
+      (void)PlayBiffSound(NEW_MAIL_PREF_BRANCH);
+    }
+    mCurrentBiffState = newValue;
+
+    // don't care if notification fails
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIObserverService> observerService =
+      mozilla::services::GetObserverService();
+      
+    if (observerService)
+      observerService->NotifyObservers(static_cast<nsIStatusBarBiffManager*>(this), "mail:biff-state-changed", nullptr);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP 
+nsStatusBarBiffManager::OnItemBoolPropertyChanged(nsIMsgFolder *item, nsIAtom *property, bool oldValue, bool newValue)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP 
+nsStatusBarBiffManager::OnItemUnicharPropertyChanged(nsIMsgFolder *item, nsIAtom *property, const char16_t *oldValue, const char16_t *newValue)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP 
+nsStatusBarBiffManager::OnItemPropertyFlagChanged(nsIMsgDBHdr *item, nsIAtom *property, uint32_t oldFlag, uint32_t newFlag)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP 
+nsStatusBarBiffManager::OnItemEvent(nsIMsgFolder *item, nsIAtom *event)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// nsIObserver implementation
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsStatusBarBiffManager::Observe(nsISupports *aSubject,
+                                const char *aTopic,
+                                const char16_t *aData)
+{
+  return PlayBiffSound(CHAT_PREF_BRANCH);
+}
+
+// nsIStatusBarBiffManager method....
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsStatusBarBiffManager::GetBiffState(int32_t *aBiffState)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aBiffState);
+  *aBiffState = mCurrentBiffState;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+ 
diff --git a/mailnews/base/src/nsStatusBarBiffManager.h b/mailnews/base/src/nsStatusBarBiffManager.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cb85742e3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/src/nsStatusBarBiffManager.h
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsStatusBarBiffManager_h__
+#define nsStatusBarBiffManager_h__
+
+#include "nsIStatusBarBiffManager.h"
+
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsISound.h"
+#include "nsIObserver.h"
+
+class nsStatusBarBiffManager : public nsIStatusBarBiffManager,
+                               public nsIObserver
+{
+public:
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIFOLDERLISTENER
+  NS_DECL_NSISTATUSBARBIFFMANAGER
+  NS_DECL_NSIOBSERVER
+
+  nsStatusBarBiffManager(); 
+  nsresult Init();
+
+private:
+  virtual ~nsStatusBarBiffManager();
+
+  bool     mInitialized;
+  int32_t  mCurrentBiffState;
+  nsCString mServerType;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISound> mSound;
+  nsresult PlayBiffSound(const char *aPrefBranch);
+
+protected:
+  static nsIAtom* kBiffStateAtom;
+};
+
+
+
+#endif // nsStatusBarBiffManager_h__
+
diff --git a/mailnews/base/src/nsSubscribableServer.cpp b/mailnews/base/src/nsSubscribableServer.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..80f9c9b64
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/src/nsSubscribableServer.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,805 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsSubscribableServer.h"
+#include "nsIMsgIncomingServer.h"
+#include "prmem.h"
+#include "rdf.h"
+#include "nsRDFCID.h"
+#include "nsIServiceManager.h"
+#include "nsMsgI18N.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "nsCOMArray.h"
+#include "nsArrayEnumerator.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+
+static NS_DEFINE_CID(kRDFServiceCID, NS_RDFSERVICE_CID);
+
+nsSubscribableServer::nsSubscribableServer(void)
+{
+    mDelimiter = '.';
+    mShowFullName = true;
+    mTreeRoot = nullptr;
+    mStopped = false;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsSubscribableServer::Init()
+{
+    nsresult rv;
+
+    rv = EnsureRDFService();
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+    rv = mRDFService->GetResource(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(NC_NAMESPACE_URI "child"),
+                                  getter_AddRefs(kNC_Child));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+    rv = mRDFService->GetResource(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(NC_NAMESPACE_URI "Subscribed"),
+                                  getter_AddRefs(kNC_Subscribed));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+    rv = mRDFService->GetLiteral(u"true", getter_AddRefs(kTrueLiteral));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+    rv = mRDFService->GetLiteral(u"false", getter_AddRefs(kFalseLiteral));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsSubscribableServer::~nsSubscribableServer(void)
+{
+  mozilla::DebugOnly<nsresult> rv = FreeSubtree(mTreeRoot);
+  NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv),"failed to free tree");
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsSubscribableServer, nsISubscribableServer)
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsSubscribableServer::SetIncomingServer(nsIMsgIncomingServer *aServer)
+{
+  if (!aServer) {
+    mIncomingServerUri.AssignLiteral("");
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  // We intentionally do not store a pointer to the aServer here
+  // as it would create reference loops, because nsIImapIncomingServer
+  // and nsINntpIncomingServer keep a reference to an internal
+  // nsISubscribableServer object.
+  // We only need the URI of the server anyway.
+  return aServer->GetServerURI(mIncomingServerUri);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsSubscribableServer::GetDelimiter(char *aDelimiter)
+{
+  if (!aDelimiter) return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+  *aDelimiter = mDelimiter;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsSubscribableServer::SetDelimiter(char aDelimiter)
+{
+  mDelimiter = aDelimiter;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsSubscribableServer::SetAsSubscribed(const nsACString &path)
+{
+    nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+    SubscribeTreeNode *node = nullptr;
+    rv = FindAndCreateNode(path, &node);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+    NS_ASSERTION(node,"didn't find the node");
+    if (!node) return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+    node->isSubscribable = true;
+    node->isSubscribed = true;
+
+    rv = NotifyChange(node, kNC_Subscribed, node->isSubscribed);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+    return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsSubscribableServer::AddTo(const nsACString& aName, bool aAddAsSubscribed,
+                            bool aSubscribable, bool aChangeIfExists)
+{
+    nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+    if (mStopped) {
+#ifdef DEBUG_seth
+        printf("stopped!\n");
+#endif
+        return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    }
+
+    SubscribeTreeNode *node = nullptr;
+
+    // todo, shouldn't we pass in aAddAsSubscribed, for the
+    // default value if we create it?
+    rv = FindAndCreateNode(aName, &node);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+    NS_ASSERTION(node,"didn't find the node");
+    if (!node) return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+    if (aChangeIfExists) {
+        node->isSubscribed = aAddAsSubscribed;
+        rv = NotifyChange(node, kNC_Subscribed, node->isSubscribed);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+    }
+
+    node->isSubscribable = aSubscribable;
+    return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsSubscribableServer::SetState(const nsACString &aPath, bool aState,
+                               bool *aStateChanged)
+{
+    nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+    NS_ASSERTION(!aPath.IsEmpty() && aStateChanged, "no path or stateChanged");
+    if (aPath.IsEmpty() || !aStateChanged) return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+    NS_ASSERTION(MsgIsUTF8(aPath), "aPath is not in UTF-8");
+
+    *aStateChanged = false;
+
+    SubscribeTreeNode *node = nullptr;
+    rv = FindAndCreateNode(aPath, &node);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+    NS_ASSERTION(node,"didn't find the node");
+    if (!node) return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+    NS_ASSERTION(node->isSubscribable, "fix this");
+    if (!node->isSubscribable) {
+        return NS_OK;
+    }
+
+    if (node->isSubscribed == aState) {
+        return NS_OK;
+    }
+    else {
+        node->isSubscribed = aState;
+        *aStateChanged = true;
+        rv = NotifyChange(node, kNC_Subscribed, node->isSubscribed);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+    }
+
+    return rv;
+}
+
+void
+nsSubscribableServer::BuildURIFromNode(SubscribeTreeNode *node, nsACString &uri)
+{
+    if (node->parent) {
+        BuildURIFromNode(node->parent, uri);
+        if (node->parent == mTreeRoot) {
+            uri += "/";
+        }
+        else {
+            uri += mDelimiter;
+        }
+    }
+
+    uri += node->name;
+    return;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsSubscribableServer::NotifyAssert(SubscribeTreeNode *subjectNode, nsIRDFResource *property, SubscribeTreeNode *objectNode)
+{
+    nsresult rv;
+
+    bool hasObservers = true;
+    rv = EnsureSubscribeDS();
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+    rv = mSubscribeDS->GetHasObservers(&hasObservers);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+    // no need to do all this work, there are no observers
+    if (!hasObservers) {
+        return NS_OK;
+    }
+
+    nsAutoCString subjectUri;
+    BuildURIFromNode(subjectNode, subjectUri);
+
+    // we could optimize this, since we know that objectUri == subjectUri + mDelimiter + object->name
+    // is it worth it?
+    nsAutoCString objectUri;
+    BuildURIFromNode(objectNode, objectUri);
+
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIRDFResource> subject;
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIRDFResource> object;
+
+    rv = EnsureRDFService();
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+    rv = mRDFService->GetResource(subjectUri, getter_AddRefs(subject));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+    rv = mRDFService->GetResource(objectUri, getter_AddRefs(object));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+    rv = Notify(subject, property, object, true, false);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsSubscribableServer::EnsureRDFService()
+{
+    nsresult rv;
+
+    if (!mRDFService) {
+        mRDFService = do_GetService(kRDFServiceCID, &rv);
+        NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && mRDFService, "failed to get rdf service");
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+        if (!mRDFService) return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    }
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsSubscribableServer::NotifyChange(SubscribeTreeNode *subjectNode, nsIRDFResource *property, bool value)
+{
+    nsresult rv;
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIRDFResource> subject;
+
+    bool hasObservers = true;
+    rv = EnsureSubscribeDS();
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+    rv = mSubscribeDS->GetHasObservers(&hasObservers);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+    // no need to do all this work, there are no observers
+    if (!hasObservers) {
+        return NS_OK;
+    }
+
+    nsAutoCString subjectUri;
+    BuildURIFromNode(subjectNode, subjectUri);
+
+    rv = EnsureRDFService();
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+    rv = mRDFService->GetResource(subjectUri, getter_AddRefs(subject));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+    if (value) {
+        rv = Notify(subject,property,kTrueLiteral,false,true);
+    }
+    else {
+        rv = Notify(subject,property,kFalseLiteral,false,true);
+    }
+
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsSubscribableServer::EnsureSubscribeDS()
+{
+    nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+    if (!mSubscribeDS) {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFDataSource> ds;
+
+        rv = EnsureRDFService();
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+        rv = mRDFService->GetDataSource("rdf:subscribe", getter_AddRefs(ds));
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+        if (!ds) return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+        mSubscribeDS = do_QueryInterface(ds, &rv);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+        if (!mSubscribeDS) return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    }
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsSubscribableServer::Notify(nsIRDFResource *subject, nsIRDFResource *property, nsIRDFNode *object, bool isAssert, bool isChange)
+{
+    nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+    rv = EnsureSubscribeDS();
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+    rv = mSubscribeDS->NotifyObservers(subject, property, object, isAssert, isChange);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+    return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsSubscribableServer::SetSubscribeListener(nsISubscribeListener *aListener)
+{
+	mSubscribeListener = aListener;
+	return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsSubscribableServer::GetSubscribeListener(nsISubscribeListener **aListener)
+{
+	if (!aListener) return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+	if (mSubscribeListener) {
+			*aListener = mSubscribeListener;
+			NS_ADDREF(*aListener);
+	}
+	return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsSubscribableServer::SubscribeCleanup()
+{
+	NS_ASSERTION(false,"override this.");
+	return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsSubscribableServer::StartPopulatingWithUri(nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow, bool aForceToServer, const char *uri)
+{
+    mStopped = false;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsSubscribableServer::StartPopulating(nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow, bool aForceToServer, bool aGetOnlyNew /*ignored*/)
+{
+    nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+    mStopped = false;
+
+    rv = FreeSubtree(mTreeRoot);
+    mTreeRoot = nullptr;
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsSubscribableServer::StopPopulating(nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow)
+{
+    mStopped = true;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsSubscribableServer::UpdateSubscribed()
+{
+	NS_ASSERTION(false,"override this.");
+	return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsSubscribableServer::Subscribe(const char16_t *aName)
+{
+	NS_ASSERTION(false,"override this.");
+	return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsSubscribableServer::Unsubscribe(const char16_t *aName)
+{
+	NS_ASSERTION(false,"override this.");
+	return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsSubscribableServer::SetShowFullName(bool showFullName)
+{
+	mShowFullName = showFullName;
+	return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsSubscribableServer::FreeSubtree(SubscribeTreeNode *node)
+{
+    nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+    if (node) {
+        // recursively free the children
+        if (node->firstChild) {
+            // will free node->firstChild
+            rv = FreeSubtree(node->firstChild);
+            NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+            node->firstChild = nullptr;
+        }
+
+        // recursively free the siblings
+        if (node->nextSibling) {
+            // will free node->nextSibling
+            rv = FreeSubtree(node->nextSibling);
+            NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+            node->nextSibling = nullptr;
+        }
+
+#ifdef HAVE_SUBSCRIBE_DESCRIPTION
+        NS_ASSERTION(node->description == nullptr, "you need to free the description");
+#endif
+        NS_Free(node->name);
+#if 0
+        node->name = nullptr;
+        node->parent = nullptr;
+        node->lastChild = nullptr;
+        node->cachedChild = nullptr;
+#endif
+
+        PR_Free(node);
+    }
+
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsSubscribableServer::CreateNode(SubscribeTreeNode *parent, const char *name, SubscribeTreeNode **result)
+{
+    NS_ASSERTION(result && name, "result or name is null");
+    if (!result || !name) return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+    *result = (SubscribeTreeNode *) PR_Malloc(sizeof(SubscribeTreeNode));
+    if (!*result) return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+    (*result)->name = strdup(name);
+    if (!(*result)->name) return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+    (*result)->parent = parent;
+    (*result)->prevSibling = nullptr;
+    (*result)->nextSibling = nullptr;
+    (*result)->firstChild = nullptr;
+    (*result)->lastChild = nullptr;
+    (*result)->isSubscribed = false;
+    (*result)->isSubscribable = false;
+#ifdef HAVE_SUBSCRIBE_DESCRIPTION
+    (*result)->description = nullptr;
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_SUBSCRIBE_MESSAGES
+    (*result)->messages = 0;
+#endif
+    (*result)->cachedChild = nullptr;
+
+    if (parent) {
+        parent->cachedChild = *result;
+    }
+
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsSubscribableServer::AddChildNode(SubscribeTreeNode *parent, const char *name, SubscribeTreeNode **child)
+{
+    nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+    NS_ASSERTION(parent && child && name, "parent, child or name is null");
+    if (!parent || !child || !name) return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+    if (!parent->firstChild) {
+        // CreateNode will set the parent->cachedChild
+        rv = CreateNode(parent, name, child);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+        parent->firstChild = *child;
+        parent->lastChild = *child;
+
+        rv = NotifyAssert(parent, kNC_Child, *child);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+        return NS_OK;
+    }
+    else {
+        if (parent->cachedChild) {
+            if (strcmp(parent->cachedChild->name,name) == 0) {
+                *child = parent->cachedChild;
+                return NS_OK;
+            }
+        }
+
+        SubscribeTreeNode *current = parent->firstChild;
+
+        /*
+         * insert in reverse alphabetical order
+         * this will reduce the # of strcmps
+         * since this is faster assuming:
+         *  1) the hostinfo.dat feeds us the groups in alphabetical order
+         *     since we control the hostinfo.dat file, we can guarantee this.
+         *  2) the server gives us the groups in alphabetical order
+         *     we can't guarantee this, but it seems to be a common thing
+         *
+         * because we have firstChild, lastChild, nextSibling, prevSibling
+         * we can efficiently reverse the order when dumping to hostinfo.dat
+         * or to GetTargets()
+         */
+        int32_t compare = strcmp(current->name, name);
+
+        while (current && (compare != 0)) {
+            if (compare < 0) {
+                // CreateNode will set the parent->cachedChild
+                rv = CreateNode(parent, name, child);
+                NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+                (*child)->nextSibling = current;
+                (*child)->prevSibling = current->prevSibling;
+                current->prevSibling = (*child);
+                if (!(*child)->prevSibling) {
+                    parent->firstChild = (*child);
+                }
+                else {
+                    (*child)->prevSibling->nextSibling = (*child);
+                }
+
+                rv = NotifyAssert(parent, kNC_Child, *child);
+                NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+                return NS_OK;
+            }
+            current = current->nextSibling;
+            if (current) {
+                NS_ASSERTION(current->name, "no name!");
+                compare = strcmp(current->name,name);
+            }
+            else {
+                compare = -1; // anything but 0, since that would be a match
+            }
+        }
+
+        if (compare == 0) {
+            // already exists;
+            *child = current;
+
+            // set the cachedChild
+            parent->cachedChild = *child;
+            return NS_OK;
+        }
+
+        // CreateNode will set the parent->cachedChild
+        rv = CreateNode(parent, name, child);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+        (*child)->prevSibling = parent->lastChild;
+        (*child)->nextSibling = nullptr;
+        parent->lastChild->nextSibling = *child;
+        parent->lastChild = *child;
+
+        rv = NotifyAssert(parent, kNC_Child, *child);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+        return NS_OK;
+    }
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsSubscribableServer::FindAndCreateNode(const nsACString &aPath,
+                                        SubscribeTreeNode **aResult)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  NS_ASSERTION(aResult, "no result");
+  if (!aResult) return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  if (!mTreeRoot) {
+      // the root has no parent, and its name is server uri
+      rv = CreateNode(nullptr, mIncomingServerUri.get(), &mTreeRoot);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  }
+
+  if (aPath.IsEmpty()) {
+      *aResult = mTreeRoot;
+      return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  char *token = nullptr;
+  nsCString pathStr(aPath);
+  char *rest = pathStr.BeginWriting();
+
+  // todo do this only once
+  char delimstr[2];
+  delimstr[0] = mDelimiter;
+  delimstr[1] = '\0';
+
+  *aResult = nullptr;
+
+  SubscribeTreeNode *parent = mTreeRoot;
+  SubscribeTreeNode *child = nullptr;
+
+  token = NS_strtok(delimstr, &rest); 
+  // special case paths that start with the hierarchy delimiter.
+  // We want to include that delimiter in the first token name.
+  if (token && pathStr[0] == mDelimiter)
+    --token;
+  while (token && *token) {
+    rv = AddChildNode(parent, token, &child);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      return rv;
+    token = NS_strtok(delimstr, &rest);
+    parent = child;
+  }
+
+  // the last child we add is the result
+  *aResult = child;
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsSubscribableServer::HasChildren(const nsACString &aPath, bool *aHasChildren)
+{
+    nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+    NS_ASSERTION(aHasChildren, "no hasChildren");
+    if (!aHasChildren) return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+    *aHasChildren = false;
+
+    SubscribeTreeNode *node = nullptr;
+    rv = FindAndCreateNode(aPath, &node);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+    NS_ASSERTION(node,"didn't find the node");
+    if (!node) return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+    *aHasChildren = (node->firstChild != nullptr);
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsSubscribableServer::IsSubscribed(const nsACString &aPath,
+                                   bool *aIsSubscribed)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aIsSubscribed);
+
+    *aIsSubscribed = false;
+
+    SubscribeTreeNode *node = nullptr;
+    nsresult rv = FindAndCreateNode(aPath, &node);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+    NS_ASSERTION(node,"didn't find the node");
+    if (!node) return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+    *aIsSubscribed = node->isSubscribed;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsSubscribableServer::IsSubscribable(const nsACString &aPath,
+                                     bool *aIsSubscribable)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aIsSubscribable);
+
+    *aIsSubscribable = false;
+
+    SubscribeTreeNode *node = nullptr;
+    nsresult rv = FindAndCreateNode(aPath, &node);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+    NS_ASSERTION(node,"didn't find the node");
+    if (!node) return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+    *aIsSubscribable = node->isSubscribable;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsSubscribableServer::GetLeafName(const nsACString &aPath, nsAString &aLeafName)
+{
+    SubscribeTreeNode *node = nullptr;
+    nsresult rv = FindAndCreateNode(aPath, &node);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+    NS_ASSERTION(node,"didn't find the node");
+    if (!node) return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+    // XXX TODO FIXME
+    // I'm assuming that mShowFullName is true for NNTP, false for IMAP.
+    // for imap, the node name is in modified UTF7
+    // for news, the path is escaped UTF8
+    //
+    // when we switch to using the tree, this hack will go away.
+    if (mShowFullName) {
+       return NS_MsgDecodeUnescapeURLPath(aPath, aLeafName);
+    }
+
+    return CopyMUTF7toUTF16(nsDependentCString(node->name), aLeafName);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsSubscribableServer::GetFirstChildURI(const nsACString &aPath,
+                                       nsACString &aResult)
+{
+    aResult.Truncate();
+
+    SubscribeTreeNode *node = nullptr;
+    nsresult rv = FindAndCreateNode(aPath, &node);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+    NS_ASSERTION(node,"didn't find the node");
+    if (!node) return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+    // no children
+    if (!node->firstChild) return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+    BuildURIFromNode(node->firstChild, aResult);
+
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsSubscribableServer::GetChildren(const nsACString &aPath,
+                                  nsISimpleEnumerator **aResult)
+{
+    SubscribeTreeNode *node = nullptr;
+    nsresult rv = FindAndCreateNode(aPath, &node);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    NS_ASSERTION(node,"didn't find the node");
+    if (!node)
+      return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+    nsAutoCString uriPrefix;
+    NS_ASSERTION(mTreeRoot, "no tree root!");
+    if (!mTreeRoot)
+      return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+
+    uriPrefix = mTreeRoot->name; // the root's name is the server uri
+    uriPrefix += "/";
+    if (!aPath.IsEmpty()) {
+        uriPrefix += aPath;
+        uriPrefix += mDelimiter;
+    }
+
+    // we inserted them in reverse alphabetical order.
+    // so pull them out in reverse to get the right order
+    // in the subscribe dialog
+    SubscribeTreeNode *current = node->lastChild;
+    // return failure if there are no children.
+    if (!current)
+      return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+    nsCOMArray<nsIRDFResource> result;
+
+    while (current) {
+        nsAutoCString uri;
+        uri = uriPrefix;
+        NS_ASSERTION(current->name, "no name");
+        if (!current->name)
+          return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+        uri += current->name;
+
+        nsCOMPtr <nsIRDFResource> res;
+        rv = EnsureRDFService();
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+        // todo, is this creating nsMsgFolders?
+        mRDFService->GetResource(uri, getter_AddRefs(res));
+        result.AppendObject(res);
+
+        current = current->prevSibling;
+    }
+
+    return NS_NewArrayEnumerator(aResult, result);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsSubscribableServer::CommitSubscribeChanges()
+{
+    NS_ASSERTION(false,"override this.");
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsSubscribableServer::SetSearchValue(const nsAString &aSearchValue)
+{
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsSubscribableServer::GetSupportsSubscribeSearch(bool *retVal)
+{
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/src/nsSubscribableServer.h b/mailnews/base/src/nsSubscribableServer.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cbbac78e5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/src/nsSubscribableServer.h
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsSubscribableServer_h__
+#define nsSubscribableServer_h__
+
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsISubscribableServer.h"
+#include "nsIRDFService.h"
+#include "nsSubscribeDataSource.h"
+#include "nsIRDFResource.h"
+
+typedef struct _subscribeTreeNode {
+  char *name;
+  bool isSubscribed;
+  struct _subscribeTreeNode *prevSibling;
+  struct _subscribeTreeNode *nextSibling;
+  struct _subscribeTreeNode *firstChild;
+  struct _subscribeTreeNode *lastChild;
+  struct _subscribeTreeNode *parent;
+  struct _subscribeTreeNode *cachedChild;
+#ifdef HAVE_SUBSCRIBE_DESCRIPTION
+  char16_t *description;
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_SUBSCRIBE_MESSAGES
+  uint32_t messages;
+#endif
+  bool isSubscribable;
+} SubscribeTreeNode;
+
+#if defined(DEBUG_sspitzer) || defined(DEBUG_seth)
+#define DEBUG_SUBSCRIBE 1
+#endif
+
+class nsSubscribableServer : public nsISubscribableServer
+{
+ public:
+  nsSubscribableServer();
+
+  nsresult Init();
+
+  NS_DECL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSISUBSCRIBABLESERVER
+  
+private:
+  virtual ~nsSubscribableServer();
+
+  nsresult ConvertNameToUnichar(const char *inStr, char16_t **outStr);
+  nsCOMPtr <nsISubscribeListener> mSubscribeListener;
+  nsCString mIncomingServerUri;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsISubscribeDataSource> mSubscribeDS;
+  char mDelimiter;
+  bool mShowFullName;
+  bool mStopped;
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIRDFResource>      kNC_Child;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIRDFResource>      kNC_Subscribed;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIRDFLiteral>       kTrueLiteral;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIRDFLiteral>       kFalseLiteral;
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIRDFService>       mRDFService;
+
+  SubscribeTreeNode *mTreeRoot;
+  nsresult FreeSubtree(SubscribeTreeNode *node);
+  nsresult CreateNode(SubscribeTreeNode *parent, const char *name, SubscribeTreeNode **result);
+  nsresult AddChildNode(SubscribeTreeNode *parent, const char *name, SubscribeTreeNode **child);
+  nsresult FindAndCreateNode(const nsACString &aPath,
+                             SubscribeTreeNode **aResult);
+  nsresult NotifyAssert(SubscribeTreeNode *subjectNode, nsIRDFResource *property, SubscribeTreeNode *objectNode);
+  nsresult NotifyChange(SubscribeTreeNode *subjectNode, nsIRDFResource *property, bool value);
+  nsresult Notify(nsIRDFResource *subject, nsIRDFResource *property, nsIRDFNode *object, bool isAssert, bool isChange);
+  void BuildURIFromNode(SubscribeTreeNode *node, nsACString &uri);
+  nsresult EnsureSubscribeDS();
+  nsresult EnsureRDFService();
+};
+
+#endif // nsSubscribableServer_h__
diff --git a/mailnews/base/src/nsSubscribeDataSource.cpp b/mailnews/base/src/nsSubscribeDataSource.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fe13cffca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/src/nsSubscribeDataSource.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,673 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsSubscribeDataSource.h"
+
+#include "nsIRDFService.h"
+#include "nsRDFCID.h"
+#include "nsIComponentManager.h"
+#include "rdf.h"
+#include "nsIServiceManager.h"
+#include "nsEnumeratorUtils.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolder.h"
+#include "nsIMsgIncomingServer.h"
+#include "nsCOMArray.h"
+#include "nsArrayEnumerator.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsComponentManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+
+static NS_DEFINE_CID(kRDFServiceCID, NS_RDFSERVICE_CID);
+
+nsSubscribeDataSource::nsSubscribeDataSource()
+{
+}
+
+nsSubscribeDataSource::~nsSubscribeDataSource()
+{
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsSubscribeDataSource, nsIRDFDataSource, nsISubscribeDataSource) 
+
+nsresult
+nsSubscribeDataSource::Init()
+{
+    nsresult rv;
+
+    mRDFService = do_GetService(kRDFServiceCID, &rv);
+    NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && mRDFService, "failed to get rdf service");
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+    if (!mRDFService) return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+    rv = mRDFService->GetResource(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(NC_NAMESPACE_URI "child"),
+                                  getter_AddRefs(kNC_Child));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+    rv = mRDFService->GetResource(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(NC_NAMESPACE_URI "Name"),
+                                  getter_AddRefs(kNC_Name));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+    rv = mRDFService->GetResource(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(NC_NAMESPACE_URI "LeafName"),
+                                  getter_AddRefs(kNC_LeafName));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+    rv = mRDFService->GetResource(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(NC_NAMESPACE_URI "Subscribed"),
+                                  getter_AddRefs(kNC_Subscribed));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+    rv = mRDFService->GetResource(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(NC_NAMESPACE_URI "Subscribable"),
+                                  getter_AddRefs(kNC_Subscribable));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+    rv = mRDFService->GetResource(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(NC_NAMESPACE_URI "ServerType"),
+                                  getter_AddRefs(kNC_ServerType));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+    rv = mRDFService->GetLiteral(u"true", getter_AddRefs(kTrueLiteral));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+    rv = mRDFService->GetLiteral(u"false", getter_AddRefs(kFalseLiteral));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+	return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP 
+nsSubscribeDataSource::GetURI(char * *aURI)
+{
+  if ((*aURI = strdup("rdf:subscribe")) == nullptr)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+  else
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP 
+nsSubscribeDataSource::GetSource(nsIRDFResource *property, nsIRDFNode *target, bool tv, nsIRDFResource **source)
+{
+    NS_PRECONDITION(property != nullptr, "null ptr");
+    if (! property)
+        return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+    NS_PRECONDITION(target != nullptr, "null ptr");
+    if (! target)
+        return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+    NS_PRECONDITION(source != nullptr, "null ptr");
+    if (! source)
+        return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+    *source = nullptr;
+    return NS_RDF_NO_VALUE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsSubscribeDataSource::GetTarget(nsIRDFResource *source,
+                                nsIRDFResource *property,
+                                bool tv,
+                                nsIRDFNode **target /* out */)
+{
+	nsresult rv = NS_RDF_NO_VALUE;
+
+	NS_PRECONDITION(source != nullptr, "null ptr");
+	if (! source)
+		return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+	NS_PRECONDITION(property != nullptr, "null ptr");
+	if (! property)
+		return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+	NS_PRECONDITION(target != nullptr, "null ptr");
+	if (! target)
+		return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+	*target = nullptr;
+
+	// we only have positive assertions in the subscribe data source.
+	if (! tv) return NS_RDF_NO_VALUE;
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISubscribableServer> server;
+    nsCString relativePath;
+    rv = GetServerAndRelativePathFromResource(source, getter_AddRefs(server), getter_Copies(relativePath));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !server)
+        return NS_RDF_NO_VALUE;
+
+    if (property == kNC_Name.get()) {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFLiteral> name;
+        rv = mRDFService->GetLiteral(NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16(relativePath).get(),
+                                     getter_AddRefs(name));
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+        if (!name) rv = NS_RDF_NO_VALUE;
+        if (rv == NS_RDF_NO_VALUE) return(rv);
+        return name->QueryInterface(NS_GET_IID(nsIRDFNode), (void**) target);
+    }
+    else if (property == kNC_Child.get()) {
+        nsCString childUri;
+        rv = server->GetFirstChildURI(relativePath, childUri);
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return NS_RDF_NO_VALUE;
+        if (childUri.IsEmpty()) return NS_RDF_NO_VALUE;
+
+        nsCOMPtr <nsIRDFResource> childResource;
+        rv = mRDFService->GetResource(childUri, getter_AddRefs(childResource));
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+        
+        return childResource->QueryInterface(NS_GET_IID(nsIRDFNode), (void**) target);
+    }
+    else if (property == kNC_Subscribed.get()) {
+        bool isSubscribed;
+        rv = server->IsSubscribed(relativePath, &isSubscribed);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+    
+        NS_IF_ADDREF(*target = (isSubscribed ? kTrueLiteral : kFalseLiteral));
+        return NS_OK;
+    }
+    else if (property == kNC_Subscribable.get()) {
+        bool isSubscribable;
+        rv = server->IsSubscribable(relativePath, &isSubscribable);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+        
+        NS_IF_ADDREF(*target = (isSubscribable ? kTrueLiteral : kFalseLiteral));
+        return NS_OK;
+    }
+    else if (property == kNC_ServerType.get()) {
+        nsCString serverTypeStr;
+        rv = GetServerType(server, serverTypeStr);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFLiteral> serverType;
+        rv = mRDFService->GetLiteral(NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16(serverTypeStr).get(),
+                                     getter_AddRefs(serverType));
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+        if (!serverType)
+          rv = NS_RDF_NO_VALUE;
+        if (rv == NS_RDF_NO_VALUE) 
+          return rv;
+        return serverType->QueryInterface(NS_GET_IID(nsIRDFNode), (void**) target);
+    }
+    else if (property == kNC_LeafName.get()) {
+        nsString leafNameStr;
+        rv = server->GetLeafName(relativePath, leafNameStr); 
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+   
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFLiteral> leafName;
+        rv = mRDFService->GetLiteral(leafNameStr.get(), getter_AddRefs(leafName));
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+        if (!leafName)
+          rv = NS_RDF_NO_VALUE;
+        if (rv == NS_RDF_NO_VALUE)
+          return rv;
+        return leafName->QueryInterface(NS_GET_IID(nsIRDFNode), (void**) target);
+    }
+    else {
+        // do nothing
+    }
+
+  return(NS_RDF_NO_VALUE);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsSubscribeDataSource::GetTargets(nsIRDFResource *source,
+				nsIRDFResource *property,
+				bool tv,
+				nsISimpleEnumerator **targets /* out */)
+{
+	nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+	NS_PRECONDITION(source != nullptr, "null ptr");
+	if (! source)
+		return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+	NS_PRECONDITION(property != nullptr, "null ptr");
+	if (! property)
+		return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+	NS_PRECONDITION(targets != nullptr, "null ptr");
+	if (! targets)
+		return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+    *targets = nullptr;
+
+	// we only have positive assertions in the subscribe data source.
+	if (!tv) return NS_RDF_NO_VALUE;
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISubscribableServer> server;
+    nsCString relativePath;  // UTF-8
+
+    rv = GetServerAndRelativePathFromResource(source, getter_AddRefs(server), getter_Copies(relativePath));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !server) {
+	    return NS_NewEmptyEnumerator(targets);
+    }
+
+    if (property == kNC_Child.get()) {
+        rv = server->GetChildren(relativePath, targets);
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+            return NS_NewEmptyEnumerator(targets);
+        }
+        return rv;
+    }
+    else if (property == kNC_LeafName.get()) {
+        nsString leafNameStr;
+        rv = server->GetLeafName(relativePath, leafNameStr);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+    
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFLiteral> leafName;
+        rv = mRDFService->GetLiteral(leafNameStr.get(), getter_AddRefs(leafName));
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+        return NS_NewSingletonEnumerator(targets, leafName);
+    }
+    else if (property == kNC_Subscribed.get()) {
+        bool isSubscribed;
+        rv = server->IsSubscribed(relativePath, &isSubscribed);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+        return NS_NewSingletonEnumerator(targets,
+                 isSubscribed ? kTrueLiteral : kFalseLiteral);
+    }
+    else if (property == kNC_Subscribable.get()) {
+        bool isSubscribable;
+        rv = server->IsSubscribable(relativePath, &isSubscribable);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+        return NS_NewSingletonEnumerator(targets,
+                 isSubscribable ? kTrueLiteral : kFalseLiteral);
+    }
+    else if (property == kNC_Name.get()) {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFLiteral> name;
+        rv = mRDFService->GetLiteral(NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16(relativePath).get(),
+                                     getter_AddRefs(name));
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+        return NS_NewSingletonEnumerator(targets, name);
+    }
+    else if (property == kNC_ServerType.get()) {
+        nsCString serverTypeStr;
+        rv = GetServerType(server, serverTypeStr);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFLiteral> serverType;
+        rv = mRDFService->GetLiteral(NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16(serverTypeStr).get(),
+                                     getter_AddRefs(serverType));
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+        return NS_NewSingletonEnumerator(targets, serverType);
+    }
+    else {
+        // do nothing
+    }
+
+	return NS_NewEmptyEnumerator(targets);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsSubscribeDataSource::Assert(nsIRDFResource *source,
+                       nsIRDFResource *property,
+                       nsIRDFNode *target,
+                       bool tv)
+{
+	return NS_RDF_ASSERTION_REJECTED;
+}
+
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsSubscribeDataSource::Unassert(nsIRDFResource *source,
+                         nsIRDFResource *property,
+                         nsIRDFNode *target)
+{
+  return NS_RDF_ASSERTION_REJECTED;
+}
+
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsSubscribeDataSource::Change(nsIRDFResource* aSource,
+                              nsIRDFResource* aProperty,
+                              nsIRDFNode* aOldTarget,
+                              nsIRDFNode* aNewTarget)
+{
+  return NS_RDF_ASSERTION_REJECTED;
+}
+
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsSubscribeDataSource::Move(nsIRDFResource* aOldSource,
+                            nsIRDFResource* aNewSource,
+                            nsIRDFResource* aProperty,
+                            nsIRDFNode* aTarget)
+{
+  return NS_RDF_ASSERTION_REJECTED;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsSubscribeDataSource::GetServerType(nsISubscribableServer *server, nsACString& serverType)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(server);
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> incomingServer(do_QueryInterface(server, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  return incomingServer->GetType(serverType);
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsSubscribeDataSource::GetServerAndRelativePathFromResource(nsIRDFResource *source, nsISubscribableServer **server, char **relativePath)
+{
+    nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+    const char *sourceURI = nullptr;
+    rv = source->GetValueConst(&sourceURI);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder(do_QueryInterface(source, &rv));
+    // we expect this to fail sometimes, so don't assert
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      return rv;
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> incomingServer;
+    rv = folder->GetServer(getter_AddRefs(incomingServer));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+    rv = incomingServer->QueryInterface(NS_GET_IID(nsISubscribableServer), (void**)server);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+    nsCString serverURI;
+    rv = incomingServer->GetServerURI(serverURI);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+ 
+    uint32_t serverURILen = serverURI.Length();
+    if (serverURILen == strlen(sourceURI))
+      *relativePath = nullptr;
+    else {
+      // XXX : perhaps, have to unescape before returning 
+      *relativePath = strdup(sourceURI + serverURILen + 1);
+      if (!*relativePath)
+        return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+    }
+
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsSubscribeDataSource::HasAssertion(nsIRDFResource *source,
+                             nsIRDFResource *property,
+                             nsIRDFNode *target,
+                             bool tv,
+                             bool *hasAssertion /* out */)
+{
+    nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+	NS_PRECONDITION(source != nullptr, "null ptr");
+	if (! source)
+		return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+	NS_PRECONDITION(property != nullptr, "null ptr");
+	if (! property)
+		return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+	NS_PRECONDITION(target != nullptr, "null ptr");
+	if (! target)
+		return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+	NS_PRECONDITION(hasAssertion != nullptr, "null ptr");
+	if (! hasAssertion)
+		return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+	*hasAssertion = false;
+
+  // we only have positive assertions in the subscribe data source.
+	if (!tv) return NS_OK;
+
+	if (property == kNC_Child.get()) {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISubscribableServer> server;
+    nsCString relativePath;
+
+    rv = GetServerAndRelativePathFromResource(source, getter_AddRefs(server), getter_Copies(relativePath));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !server) {
+        *hasAssertion = false;
+        return NS_OK;
+    }
+
+        // not everything has children
+        rv = server->HasChildren(relativePath, hasAssertion);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+    }
+    else if (property == kNC_Name.get()) {
+        // everything has a name
+        *hasAssertion = true;
+    }
+    else if (property == kNC_LeafName.get()) {
+        // everything has a leaf name
+        *hasAssertion = true;
+    }
+    else if (property == kNC_Subscribed.get()) {
+        // everything is subscribed or not
+        *hasAssertion = true;
+    }
+    else if (property == kNC_Subscribable.get()) {
+        // everything is subscribable or not
+        *hasAssertion = true;
+    }
+    else if (property == kNC_ServerType.get()) {
+        // everything has a server type
+        *hasAssertion = true;
+    }
+    else {
+        // do nothing
+    }
+
+	return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP 
+nsSubscribeDataSource::HasArcIn(nsIRDFNode *aNode, nsIRDFResource *aArc, bool *result)
+{
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP 
+nsSubscribeDataSource::HasArcOut(nsIRDFResource *source, nsIRDFResource *aArc, bool *result)
+{
+    nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISubscribableServer> server;
+    nsCString relativePath;
+
+    if (aArc == kNC_Child.get()) {
+    rv = GetServerAndRelativePathFromResource(source, getter_AddRefs(server), getter_Copies(relativePath));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !server) {
+	    *result = false;
+        return NS_OK;
+    }
+
+        bool hasChildren = false;
+        rv = server->HasChildren(relativePath, &hasChildren);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+        *result = hasChildren;
+        return NS_OK;
+    }
+    else if ((aArc == kNC_Subscribed.get()) ||
+             (aArc == kNC_Subscribable.get()) ||
+             (aArc == kNC_LeafName.get()) ||
+             (aArc == kNC_ServerType.get()) ||
+             (aArc == kNC_Name.get())) {
+        *result = true;
+        return NS_OK;
+    }
+
+    *result = false;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsSubscribeDataSource::ArcLabelsIn(nsIRDFNode *node,
+                            nsISimpleEnumerator ** labels /* out */)
+{
+	return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsSubscribeDataSource::ArcLabelsOut(nsIRDFResource *source,
+				   nsISimpleEnumerator **labels /* out */)
+{
+    nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+    NS_PRECONDITION(source != nullptr, "null ptr");
+    if (! source)
+	return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+    NS_PRECONDITION(labels != nullptr, "null ptr");
+    if (! labels)
+	return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISubscribableServer> server;
+    nsCString relativePath;
+
+    rv = GetServerAndRelativePathFromResource(source, getter_AddRefs(server), getter_Copies(relativePath));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !server) {
+        return NS_NewEmptyEnumerator(labels);
+    }
+
+    bool hasChildren = false;
+    rv = server->HasChildren(relativePath, &hasChildren);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+    // Initialise with the number of items below, to save reallocating on each
+    // addition.
+    nsCOMArray<nsIRDFResource> array(hasChildren ? 6 : 5);
+
+    array.AppendObject(kNC_Subscribed);
+    array.AppendObject(kNC_Subscribable);
+    array.AppendObject(kNC_Name);
+    array.AppendObject(kNC_ServerType);
+    array.AppendObject(kNC_LeafName);
+
+    if (hasChildren) {
+        array.AppendObject(kNC_Child);
+    }
+
+    return NS_NewArrayEnumerator(labels, array);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsSubscribeDataSource::GetAllResources(nsISimpleEnumerator** aCursor)
+{
+	NS_NOTYETIMPLEMENTED("sorry!");
+	return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsSubscribeDataSource::AddObserver(nsIRDFObserver *n)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(n);
+  mObservers.AppendElement(n);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsSubscribeDataSource::RemoveObserver(nsIRDFObserver *n)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(n);
+  mObservers.RemoveElement(n);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsSubscribeDataSource::GetHasObservers(bool *hasObservers)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(hasObservers);
+  *hasObservers = !mObservers.IsEmpty();
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsSubscribeDataSource::GetAllCmds(nsIRDFResource* source,
+                                     nsISimpleEnumerator/*<nsIRDFResource>*/** commands)
+{
+	return(NS_NewEmptyEnumerator(commands));
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsSubscribeDataSource::IsCommandEnabled(nsISupports/*nsISupportsArray<nsIRDFResource>*/* aSources,
+                                        nsIRDFResource*   aCommand,
+                                        nsISupports/*nsISupportsArray<nsIRDFResource>*/* aArguments,
+                                        bool* aResult)
+{
+	return(NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED);
+}
+
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsSubscribeDataSource::DoCommand(nsISupports/*nsISupportsArray<nsIRDFResource>*/* aSources,
+                                 nsIRDFResource*   aCommand,
+                                 nsISupports/*nsISupportsArray<nsIRDFResource>*/* aArguments)
+{
+	return(NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED);
+}
+
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsSubscribeDataSource::BeginUpdateBatch()
+{
+        return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsSubscribeDataSource::EndUpdateBatch()
+{
+        return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP 
+nsSubscribeDataSource::GetSources(nsIRDFResource *aProperty, nsIRDFNode *aTarget, bool aTruthValue, nsISimpleEnumerator **_retval)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(false, "Not implemented");
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+#define NOTIFY_SUBSCRIBE_LISTENERS(propertyfunc_, params_) \
+  PR_BEGIN_MACRO \
+  { \
+    nsTObserverArray<nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFObserver> >::ForwardIterator iter(mObservers); \
+    while (iter.HasMore()) \
+    { \
+      iter.GetNext()->propertyfunc_ params_; \
+    } \
+  } \
+  PR_END_MACRO
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsSubscribeDataSource::NotifyObservers(nsIRDFResource *subject,
+                                                nsIRDFResource *property,
+                                                nsIRDFNode *object,
+                                                bool assert, bool change)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(!(change && assert),
+               "Can't change and assert at the same time!\n");
+
+  if (change)
+    NOTIFY_SUBSCRIBE_LISTENERS(OnChange, (this, subject, property, nullptr, object));
+  else if (assert)
+    NOTIFY_SUBSCRIBE_LISTENERS(OnAssert, (this, subject, property, object));
+  else
+    NOTIFY_SUBSCRIBE_LISTENERS(OnUnassert, (this, subject, property, object));
+  return NS_OK;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/src/nsSubscribeDataSource.h b/mailnews/base/src/nsSubscribeDataSource.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..bfe72c4c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/src/nsSubscribeDataSource.h
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsSubscribeDataSource_h__
+#define nsSubscribeDataSource_h__
+
+#include "nsIRDFService.h"
+#include "nsIRDFDataSource.h"
+#include "nsIRDFResource.h"
+#include "nsIRDFLiteral.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsISubscribableServer.h"
+#include "nsTObserverArray.h"
+
+/**
+ * The subscribe data source.
+ */
+class nsSubscribeDataSource : public nsIRDFDataSource, public nsISubscribeDataSource
+{
+
+public:
+  nsSubscribeDataSource();
+
+  nsresult Init();
+
+  NS_DECL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIRDFDATASOURCE
+  NS_DECL_NSISUBSCRIBEDATASOURCE
+
+private:
+  virtual ~nsSubscribeDataSource();
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIRDFResource>      kNC_Child;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIRDFResource>      kNC_Name;    
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIRDFResource>      kNC_LeafName;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIRDFResource>      kNC_Subscribed;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIRDFResource>      kNC_Subscribable;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIRDFResource>      kNC_ServerType;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIRDFLiteral>       kTrueLiteral;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIRDFLiteral>       kFalseLiteral;
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIRDFService>       mRDFService;
+  nsTObserverArray<nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFObserver> >  mObservers;
+
+  nsresult GetServerAndRelativePathFromResource(nsIRDFResource *source, nsISubscribableServer **server, char **relativePath);
+  nsresult GetServerType(nsISubscribableServer *server, nsACString& serverType);
+};
+
+#endif /* nsSubscribedDataSource_h__ */
diff --git a/mailnews/base/src/virtualFolderWrapper.js b/mailnews/base/src/virtualFolderWrapper.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..efb4ed68a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/src/virtualFolderWrapper.js
@@ -0,0 +1,255 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/*
+ * Wrap everything about virtual folders.
+ */
+
+this.EXPORTED_SYMBOLS = ['VirtualFolderHelper'];
+
+var Cc = Components.classes;
+var Ci = Components.interfaces;
+var Cr = Components.results;
+var Cu = Components.utils;
+
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/mailServices.js");
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/iteratorUtils.jsm");
+
+var VirtualFolderHelper = {
+  /**
+   * Create a new virtual folder (an actual nsIMsgFolder that did not previously
+   *  exist), wrapping it in a VirtualFolderWrapper, and returning that wrapper.
+   *
+   * If the call to addSubfolder fails (and therefore throws), we will NOT catch
+   *  it.
+   *
+   * @param aFolderName The name of the new folder to create.
+   * @param aParentFolder The folder in which to create the search folder.
+   * @param aSearchFolders A list of nsIMsgFolders that you want to use as the
+   *     sources for the virtual folder OR a string that is the already '|'
+   *     delimited list of folder URIs to use.
+   * @param aSearchTerms The search terms to use for the virtual folder.  This
+   *     should be a JS list/nsIMutableArray/nsISupportsArray of
+   *     nsIMsgSearchTermbs.
+   * @param aOnlineSearch Should the search attempt to use the server's search
+   *     capabilities when possible and appropriate?
+   *
+   * @return The VirtualFolderWrapper wrapping the newly created folder.  You
+   *     would probably only want this for its virtualFolder attribute which has
+   *     the nsIMsgFolder we created.  Be careful about accessing any of the
+   *     other attributes, as they will bring its message database back to life.
+   */
+  createNewVirtualFolder: function (aFolderName, aParentFolder, aSearchFolders,
+                                    aSearchTerms, aOnlineSearch) {
+    let msgFolder = aParentFolder.addSubfolder(aFolderName);
+    msgFolder.prettyName = aFolderName;
+    msgFolder.setFlag(Ci.nsMsgFolderFlags.Virtual);
+
+    let wrappedVirt = new VirtualFolderWrapper(msgFolder);
+    wrappedVirt.searchTerms = aSearchTerms;
+    wrappedVirt.searchFolders = aSearchFolders;
+    wrappedVirt.onlineSearch = aOnlineSearch;
+
+    let msgDatabase = msgFolder.msgDatabase;
+    msgDatabase.summaryValid = true;
+    msgDatabase.Close(true);
+
+    aParentFolder.NotifyItemAdded(msgFolder);
+    MailServices.accounts.saveVirtualFolders();
+
+    return wrappedVirt;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Given an existing nsIMsgFolder that is a virtual folder, wrap it into a
+   *  VirtualFolderWrapper.
+   */
+  wrapVirtualFolder: function (aMsgFolder) {
+    return new VirtualFolderWrapper(aMsgFolder);
+  },
+};
+
+/**
+ * Abstracts dealing with the properties of a virtual folder that differentiate
+ *  it from a non-virtual folder.  A virtual folder is an odd duck.  When
+ *  holding an nsIMsgFolder that is a virtual folder, it is distinguished by
+ *  the virtual flag and a number of properties that tell us the string
+ *  representation of its search, the folders it searches over, and whether we
+ *  use online searching or not.
+ * Virtual folders and their defining attributes are loaded from
+ *  virtualFolders.dat (in the profile directory) by the account manager at
+ *  startup, (re-)creating them if need be.  It also saves them back to the
+ *  file at shutdown.  The most important thing the account manager does is to
+ *  create VirtualFolderChangeListener instances that are registered with the
+ *  message database service.  This means that if one of the databases for the
+ *  folders that the virtual folder includes is opened for some reason (for
+ *  example, new messages are added to the folder because of a filter or they
+ *  are delivered there), the virtual folder gets a chance to know about this
+ *  and update the virtual folder's "cache" of information, such as the message
+ *  counts or the presence of the message in the folder.
+ * The odd part is that a lot of the virtual folder logic also happens as a
+ *  result of the nsMsgDBView subclasses being told the search query and the
+ *  underlying folders.  This makes for an odd collaboration of UI and backend
+ *  logic.
+ *
+ * Justification for this class:  Virtual folders aren't all that complex, but
+ *  they are complex enough that we don't want to have the same code duplicated
+ *  all over the place.  We also don't want to have a loose assembly of global
+ *  functions for working with them.  So here we are.
+ *
+ * Important! Accessing any of our attributes results in the message database
+ *  being loaded so that we can access the dBFolderInfo associated with the
+ *  database.  The message database is not automatically forgotten by the
+ *  folder, which can lead to an (effective) memory leak.  Please make sure
+ *  that you are playing your part in not leaking memory by only using the
+ *  wrapper when you have a serious need to access the database, and by
+ *  forcing the folder to forget about the database when you are done by
+ *  setting the database to null (unless you know with confidence someone else
+ *  definitely wants the database around and will clean it up.)
+ */
+function VirtualFolderWrapper(aVirtualFolder) {
+  this.virtualFolder = aVirtualFolder;
+};
+VirtualFolderWrapper.prototype = {
+  /**
+   * @return the list of nsIMsgFolders that this virtual folder is a
+   *     search over.
+   */
+  get searchFolders() {
+    let rdfService = Cc['@mozilla.org/rdf/rdf-service;1']
+                       .getService(Ci.nsIRDFService);
+    let virtualFolderUris =
+      this.dbFolderInfo.getCharProperty("searchFolderUri").split("|");
+    let folders = [];
+    for (let folderURI of virtualFolderUris) {
+      if (folderURI)
+        folders.push(rdfService.GetResource(folderURI)
+                               .QueryInterface(Ci.nsIMsgFolder));
+    }
+    return folders;
+  },
+  /**
+   * Set the search folders that back this virtual folder.
+   *
+   * @param aFolders Either a "|"-delimited string of folder URIs or a list of
+   *     nsIMsgFolders that fixIterator can traverse (JS array/nsIMutableArray/
+   *     nsISupportsArray).
+   */
+  set searchFolders(aFolders) {
+    if (typeof(aFolders) == "string") {
+      this.dbFolderInfo.setCharProperty("searchFolderUri", aFolders);
+    }
+    else {
+      let uris = Array.from(fixIterator(aFolders, Ci.nsIMsgFolder))
+                      .map(folder => folder.URI);
+      this.dbFolderInfo.setCharProperty("searchFolderUri", uris.join("|"));
+    }
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * @return a "|"-delimited string containing the URIs of the folders that back
+   *     this virtual folder.
+   */
+  get searchFolderURIs() {
+    return this.dbFolderInfo.getCharProperty("searchFolderUri");
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * @return the list of search terms that define this virtual folder.
+   */
+  get searchTerms() {
+    return this.searchTermsSession.searchTerms;
+  },
+  /**
+   * @return a newly created filter with the search terms loaded into it that
+   *     define this virtual folder.  The filter is apparently useful as an
+   *     nsIMsgSearchSession stand-in to some code.
+   */
+  get searchTermsSession() {
+    // Temporary means it doesn't get exposed to the UI and doesn't get saved to
+    //  disk.  Which is good, because this is just a trick to parse the string
+    //  into search terms.
+    let filterList = MailServices.filters.getTempFilterList(this.virtualFolder);
+    let tempFilter = filterList.createFilter("temp");
+    filterList.parseCondition(tempFilter, this.searchString);
+    return tempFilter;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Set the search string for this virtual folder to the stringified version of
+   *  the provided list of nsIMsgSearchTerm search terms.  If you already have
+   *  a strinigified version of the search constraint, just set |searchString|
+   *  directly.
+   *
+   * @param aTerms Some collection that fixIterator can traverse.  A JS list or
+   *     XPCOM array (nsIMutableArray or nsISupportsArray) should work.
+   */
+  set searchTerms(aTerms) {
+    let condition = "";
+    for (let term in fixIterator(aTerms, Ci.nsIMsgSearchTerm)) {
+      if (condition.length)
+        condition += " ";
+      if (term.matchAll) {
+        condition = "ALL";
+        break;
+      }
+      condition += (term.booleanAnd) ? "AND (" : "OR (";
+      condition += term.termAsString + ")";
+    }
+    this.searchString = condition;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * @return the set of search terms that define this virtual folder as a
+   *     string.  You may prefer to use |searchTerms| which converts them
+   *     into a list of nsIMsgSearchTerms instead.
+   */
+  get searchString() {
+    return this.dbFolderInfo.getCharProperty("searchStr");
+  },
+  /**
+   * Set the search that defines this virtual folder from a string.  If you have
+   *  a list of nsIMsgSearchTerms, you should use |searchTerms| instead.
+   */
+  set searchString(aSearchString) {
+    this.dbFolderInfo.setCharProperty("searchStr", aSearchString);
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * @return whether the virtual folder is configured for online search.
+   */
+  get onlineSearch() {
+    return this.dbFolderInfo.getBooleanProperty("searchOnline", false);
+  },
+  /**
+   * Set whether the virtual folder is configured for online search.
+   */
+  set onlineSearch(aOnlineSearch) {
+    this.dbFolderInfo.setBooleanProperty("searchOnline", aOnlineSearch);
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * @return the dBFolderInfo associated with the virtual folder directly.  May
+   *     be null.  Will cause the message database to be opened, which may have
+   *     memory bloat/leak ramifications, so make sure the folder's database was
+   *     already going to be opened anyways or that you call
+   *     |cleanUpMessageDatabase|.
+   */
+  get dbFolderInfo() {
+    let msgDatabase = this.virtualFolder.msgDatabase;
+    return (msgDatabase && msgDatabase.dBFolderInfo);
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Avoid memory bloat by making the virtual folder forget about its database.
+   *  If the database is actually in use (read: someone is keeping it alive by
+   *  having references to it from places other than the nsIMsgFolder), the
+   *  folder will be able to re-establish the reference for minimal cost.
+   */
+  cleanUpMessageDatabase:
+      function VirtualFolderWrapper_cleanUpMessageDatabase() {
+    this.virtualFolder.msgDatabase.Close(true);
+    this.virtualFolder.msgDatabase = null;
+  }
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/base/util/ABQueryUtils.jsm b/mailnews/base/util/ABQueryUtils.jsm
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d4b694033
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/util/ABQueryUtils.jsm
@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/**
+ * This file contains helper methods for dealing with addressbook search URIs.
+ */
+
+this.EXPORTED_SYMBOLS = ["getSearchTokens", "getModelQuery",
+                         "modelQueryHasUserValue", "generateQueryURI",
+                         "encodeABTermValue"];
+Components.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/Services.jsm");
+
+/**
+ * Parse the multiword search string to extract individual search terms
+ * (separated on the basis of spaces) or quoted exact phrases to search
+ * against multiple fields of the addressbook cards.
+ *
+ * @param aSearchString The full search string entered by the user.
+ *
+ * @return an array of separated search terms from the full search string.
+ */
+function getSearchTokens(aSearchString) {
+  let searchString = aSearchString.trim();
+  if (searchString == "")
+    return [];
+
+  let quotedTerms = [];
+
+  // Split up multiple search words to create a *foo* and *bar* search against
+  // search fields, using the OR-search template from modelQuery for each word.
+  // If the search query has quoted terms as "foo bar", extract them as is.
+  let startIndex;
+  while ((startIndex = searchString.indexOf('"')) != -1) {
+    let endIndex = searchString.indexOf('"', startIndex + 1);
+    if (endIndex == -1)
+      endIndex = searchString.length;
+
+    quotedTerms.push(searchString.substring(startIndex + 1, endIndex));
+    let query = searchString.substring(0, startIndex);
+    if (endIndex < searchString.length)
+      query += searchString.substr(endIndex + 1);
+
+    searchString = query.trim();
+  }
+
+  let searchWords = [];
+  if (searchString.length != 0) {
+    searchWords = quotedTerms.concat(searchString.split(/\s+/));
+  } else {
+    searchWords = quotedTerms;
+  }
+
+  return searchWords;
+}
+
+/**
+ * For AB quicksearch or recipient autocomplete, get the normal or phonetic model
+ * query URL part from prefs, allowing users to customize these searches.
+ * @param aBasePrefName  the full pref name of default, non-phonetic model query,
+ *                       e.g. mail.addr_book.quicksearchquery.format
+ *                       If phonetic search is used, corresponding pref must exist:
+ *                       e.g. mail.addr_book.quicksearchquery.format.phonetic
+ * @return               depending on mail.addr_book.show_phonetic_fields pref,
+ *                       the value of aBasePrefName or aBasePrefName + ".phonetic"
+ */
+function getModelQuery(aBasePrefName) {
+  let modelQuery = "";
+  if (Services.prefs.getComplexValue("mail.addr_book.show_phonetic_fields",
+      Components.interfaces.nsIPrefLocalizedString).data == "true") {
+    modelQuery = Services.prefs.getCharPref(aBasePrefName + ".phonetic");
+  } else {
+    modelQuery = Services.prefs.getCharPref(aBasePrefName);
+  }
+  // remove leading "?" to migrate existing customized values for mail.addr_book.quicksearchquery.format
+  // todo: could this be done in a once-off migration at install time to avoid repetitive calls?
+  if (modelQuery.startsWith("?"))
+    modelQuery = modelQuery.slice(1);
+  return modelQuery;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Check if the currently used pref with the model query was customized by user.
+ * @param aBasePrefName  the full pref name of default, non-phonetic model query,
+ *                       e.g. mail.addr_book.quicksearchquery.format
+ *                       If phonetic search is used, corresponding pref must exist:
+ *                       e.g. mail.addr_book.quicksearchquery.format.phonetic
+ * @return               true or false
+ */
+function modelQueryHasUserValue(aBasePrefName) {
+  if (Services.prefs.getComplexValue("mail.addr_book.show_phonetic_fields",
+      Components.interfaces.nsIPrefLocalizedString).data == "true")
+    return Services.prefs.prefHasUserValue(aBasePrefName + ".phonetic");
+  return Services.prefs.prefHasUserValue(aBasePrefName);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Given a database model query and a list of search tokens,
+ * return query URI.
+ *
+ * @param aModelQuery database model query
+ * @param aSearchWords an array of search tokens.
+ *
+ * @return query URI.
+ */
+function generateQueryURI(aModelQuery, aSearchWords) {
+  // If there are no search tokens, we simply return an empty string.
+  if (!aSearchWords || aSearchWords.length == 0)
+    return "";
+
+  let queryURI = "";
+  aSearchWords.forEach(searchWord =>
+    queryURI += aModelQuery.replace(/@V/g, encodeABTermValue(searchWord)));
+
+  // queryURI has all the (or(...)) searches, link them up with (and(...)).
+  queryURI = "?(and" + queryURI + ")";
+
+  return queryURI;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Encode the string passed as value into an addressbook search term.
+ * The '(' and ')' characters are special for the addressbook
+ * search query language, but are not escaped in encodeURIComponent()
+ * so must be done manually on top of it.
+ */
+function encodeABTermValue(aString) {
+  return encodeURIComponent(aString).replace(/\(/g, "%28").replace(/\)/g, "%29");
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/util/IOUtils.js b/mailnews/base/util/IOUtils.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ff4eddcdf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/util/IOUtils.js
@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+this.EXPORTED_SYMBOLS = ["IOUtils"];
+
+Components.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/Services.jsm");
+
+var Cc = Components.classes;
+var Ci = Components.interfaces;
+var kStringBlockSize = 4096;
+var kStreamBlockSize = 8192;
+
+var IOUtils =
+{
+  /**
+   * Read a file containing ASCII text into a string.
+   *
+   * @param aFile  An nsIFile representing the file to read or a string containing
+   *               the file name of a file under user's profile.
+   * @returns A string containing the contents of the file, presumed to be ASCII
+   *          text. If the file didn't exist, returns null.
+   */
+  loadFileToString: function(aFile) {
+    let file;
+    if (!(aFile instanceof Ci.nsIFile)) {
+      file = Services.dirsvc.get("ProfD", Ci.nsIFile);
+      file.append(aFile);
+    } else {
+      file = aFile;
+    }
+
+    if (!file.exists())
+      return null;
+
+    let fstream = Cc["@mozilla.org/network/file-input-stream;1"]
+                    .createInstance(Ci.nsIFileInputStream);
+    // PR_RDONLY
+    fstream.init(file, 0x01, 0, 0);
+
+    let sstream = Cc["@mozilla.org/scriptableinputstream;1"]
+                    .createInstance(Ci.nsIScriptableInputStream);
+    sstream.init(fstream);
+
+    let data = "";
+    while (sstream.available()) {
+      data += sstream.read(kStringBlockSize);
+    }
+
+    sstream.close();
+    fstream.close();
+
+    return data;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Save a string containing ASCII text into a file. The file will be overwritten
+   * and contain only the given text.
+   *
+   * @param aFile   An nsIFile representing the file to write or a string containing
+   *                the file name of a file under user's profile.
+   * @param aData   The string to write.
+   * @param aPerms  The octal file permissions for the created file. If unset
+   *                the default of 0o600 is used.
+   */
+  saveStringToFile: function(aFile, aData, aPerms = 0o600) {
+    let file;
+    if (!(aFile instanceof Ci.nsIFile)) {
+      file = Services.dirsvc.get("ProfD", Ci.nsIFile);
+      file.append(aFile);
+    } else {
+      file = aFile;
+    }
+
+    let foStream = Cc["@mozilla.org/network/safe-file-output-stream;1"]
+                     .createInstance(Ci.nsIFileOutputStream);
+
+    // PR_WRONLY + PR_CREATE_FILE + PR_TRUNCATE
+    foStream.init(file, 0x02 | 0x08 | 0x20, aPerms, 0);
+    // safe-file-output-stream appears to throw an error if it doesn't write everything at once
+    // so we won't worry about looping to deal with partial writes.
+    // In case we try to use this function for big files where buffering
+    // is needed we could use the implementation in saveStreamToFile().
+    foStream.write(aData, aData.length);
+    foStream.QueryInterface(Ci.nsISafeOutputStream).finish();
+    foStream.close();
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Saves the given input stream to a file.
+   *
+   * @param aIStream The input stream to save.
+   * @param aFile    The file to which the stream is saved.
+   * @param aPerms   The octal file permissions for the created file. If unset
+   *                 the default of 0o600 is used.
+   */
+  saveStreamToFile: function(aIStream, aFile, aPerms = 0o600) {
+    if (!(aIStream instanceof Ci.nsIInputStream))
+      throw new Error("Invalid stream passed to saveStreamToFile");
+    if (!(aFile instanceof Ci.nsIFile))
+      throw new Error("Invalid file passed to saveStreamToFile");
+
+    let fstream = Cc["@mozilla.org/network/safe-file-output-stream;1"]
+                    .createInstance(Ci.nsIFileOutputStream);
+    let buffer  = Cc["@mozilla.org/network/buffered-output-stream;1"]
+                    .createInstance(Ci.nsIBufferedOutputStream);
+
+    // Write the input stream to the file.
+    // PR_WRITE + PR_CREATE + PR_TRUNCATE
+    fstream.init(aFile, 0x04 | 0x08 | 0x20, aPerms, 0);
+    buffer.init(fstream, kStreamBlockSize);
+
+    buffer.writeFrom(aIStream, aIStream.available());
+
+    // Close the output streams.
+    if (buffer instanceof Components.interfaces.nsISafeOutputStream)
+      buffer.finish();
+    else
+      buffer.close();
+    if (fstream instanceof Components.interfaces.nsISafeOutputStream)
+      fstream.finish();
+    else
+      fstream.close();
+
+    // Close the input stream.
+    aIStream.close();
+    return aFile;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Returns size of system memory.
+   */
+  getPhysicalMemorySize: function() {
+    return Services.sysinfo.getPropertyAsInt64("memsize");
+  },
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/base/util/JXON.js b/mailnews/base/util/JXON.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..509c9b5d8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/util/JXON.js
@@ -0,0 +1,180 @@
+/* -*- Mode: Java; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* Any copyright is dedicated to the Public Domain.
+ * http://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/ */
+
+// This is a modification of the JXON parsers found on the page
+// <https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/JXON>
+
+var EXPORTED_SYMBOLS = ["JXON"];
+
+var JXON = new (function() {
+  const sValueProp = "value"; /* you can customize these values */
+  const sAttributesProp = "attr";
+  const sAttrPref = "@";
+  const sElementListPrefix = "$";
+  const sConflictSuffix = "_"; // used when there's a name conflict with special JXON properties
+  const aCache = [];
+  const rIsNull = /^\s*$/;
+  const rIsBool = /^(?:true|false)$/i;
+
+  function parseText(sValue) {
+    //if (rIsNull.test(sValue))
+    //  return null;
+    if (rIsBool.test(sValue)) 
+      return sValue.toLowerCase() === "true";
+    if (isFinite(sValue))
+      return parseFloat(sValue);
+    if (isFinite(Date.parse(sValue)))
+      return new Date(sValue);
+    return sValue;
+  };
+
+  function EmptyTree() {
+  }
+  EmptyTree.prototype = {
+    toString : function () {
+      return "null";
+    },
+    valueOf : function () {
+      return null;
+    },
+  };
+
+  function objectify(vValue) {
+    if (vValue === null)
+      return new EmptyTree();
+    else if (vValue instanceof Object)
+      return vValue;
+    else
+      return new vValue.constructor(vValue); // What does this? copy?
+  };
+
+  function createObjTree(oParentNode, nVerb, bFreeze, bNesteAttr) {
+    const nLevelStart = aCache.length;
+    const bChildren = oParentNode.hasChildNodes();
+    const bAttributes = oParentNode.attributes &&
+                        oParentNode.attributes.length;
+    const bHighVerb = Boolean(nVerb & 2);
+
+    var sProp = 0;
+    var vContent = 0;
+    var nLength = 0;
+    var sCollectedTxt = "";
+    var vResult = bHighVerb ? {} : /* put here the default value for empty nodes: */ true;
+
+    if (bChildren) {
+      for (var oNode, nItem = 0; nItem < oParentNode.childNodes.length; nItem++) {
+        oNode = oParentNode.childNodes.item(nItem);
+        if (oNode.nodeType === 4) // CDATASection
+          sCollectedTxt += oNode.nodeValue; 
+        else if (oNode.nodeType === 3) // Text
+          sCollectedTxt += oNode.nodeValue;
+        else if (oNode.nodeType === 1) // Element
+          aCache.push(oNode);
+      }
+    }
+
+    const nLevelEnd = aCache.length;
+    const vBuiltVal = parseText(sCollectedTxt);
+
+    if (!bHighVerb && (bChildren || bAttributes))
+      vResult = nVerb === 0 ? objectify(vBuiltVal) : {};
+
+    for (var nElId = nLevelStart; nElId < nLevelEnd; nElId++) {
+      sProp = aCache[nElId].nodeName;
+      if (sProp == sValueProp || sProp == sAttributesProp)
+        sProp = sProp + sConflictSuffix;
+      vContent = createObjTree(aCache[nElId], nVerb, bFreeze, bNesteAttr);
+      if (!vResult.hasOwnProperty(sProp)) {
+        vResult[sProp] = vContent;
+        vResult[sElementListPrefix + sProp] = [];
+      }
+      vResult[sElementListPrefix + sProp].push(vContent);
+      nLength++;
+    }
+
+    if (bAttributes) {
+      const nAttrLen = oParentNode.attributes.length;
+      const sAPrefix = bNesteAttr ? "" : sAttrPref;
+      const oAttrParent = bNesteAttr ? {} : vResult;
+
+      for (var oAttrib, nAttrib = 0; nAttrib < nAttrLen; nLength++, nAttrib++) {
+        oAttrib = oParentNode.attributes.item(nAttrib);
+        oAttrParent[sAPrefix + oAttrib.name] = parseText(oAttrib.value);
+      }
+
+      if (bNesteAttr) {
+        if (bFreeze)
+          Object.freeze(oAttrParent);
+        vResult[sAttributesProp] = oAttrParent;
+        nLength -= nAttrLen - 1;
+      }
+    }
+
+    if (nVerb === 3 || (nVerb === 2 || nVerb === 1 && nLength > 0) && sCollectedTxt)
+      vResult[sValueProp] = vBuiltVal;
+    else if (!bHighVerb && nLength === 0 && sCollectedTxt)
+      vResult = vBuiltVal;
+
+    if (bFreeze && (bHighVerb || nLength > 0))
+      Object.freeze(vResult);
+
+    aCache.length = nLevelStart;
+
+    return vResult;
+  };
+
+  function loadObjTree(oXMLDoc, oParentEl, oParentObj) {
+    var vValue, oChild;
+
+    if (oParentObj instanceof String || oParentObj instanceof Number ||
+        oParentObj instanceof Boolean)
+      oParentEl.appendChild(oXMLDoc.createTextNode(oParentObj.toString())); /* verbosity level is 0 */
+    else if (oParentObj.constructor === Date)
+      oParentEl.appendChild(oXMLDoc.createTextNode(oParentObj.toGMTString()));
+
+    for (var sName in oParentObj) {
+      vValue = oParentObj[sName];
+      if (isFinite(sName) || vValue instanceof Function)
+        continue; /* verbosity level is 0 */
+      if (sName === sValueProp) {
+        if (vValue !== null && vValue !== true) {
+          oParentEl.appendChild(oXMLDoc.createTextNode(
+              vValue.constructor === Date ? vValue.toGMTString() : String(vValue)));
+        }
+      } else if (sName === sAttributesProp) { /* verbosity level is 3 */
+        for (var sAttrib in vValue)
+          oParentEl.setAttribute(sAttrib, vValue[sAttrib]);
+      } else if (sName.charAt(0) === sAttrPref) {
+        oParentEl.setAttribute(sName.slice(1), vValue);
+      } else if (vValue.constructor === Array) {
+        for (var nItem = 0; nItem < vValue.length; nItem++) {
+          oChild = oXMLDoc.createElement(sName);
+          loadObjTree(oXMLDoc, oChild, vValue[nItem]);
+          oParentEl.appendChild(oChild);
+        }
+      } else {
+        oChild = oXMLDoc.createElement(sName);
+        if (vValue instanceof Object)
+          loadObjTree(oXMLDoc, oChild, vValue);
+        else if (vValue !== null && vValue !== true)
+          oChild.appendChild(oXMLDoc.createTextNode(vValue.toString()));
+        oParentEl.appendChild(oChild);
+     }
+   }
+  };
+
+  this.build = function(oXMLParent, nVerbosity /* optional */, bFreeze /* optional */, bNesteAttributes /* optional */) {
+    const _nVerb = arguments.length > 1 &&
+        typeof nVerbosity === "number" ? nVerbosity & 3 :
+        /* put here the default verbosity level: */ 1;
+    return createObjTree(oXMLParent, _nVerb, bFreeze || false,
+        arguments.length > 3 ? bNesteAttributes : _nVerb === 3);
+  };
+
+  this.unbuild = function(oObjTree) {
+    const oNewDoc = document.implementation.createDocument("", "", null);
+    loadObjTree(oNewDoc, oNewDoc, oObjTree);
+    return oNewDoc;
+  };
+})();
diff --git a/mailnews/base/util/OAuth2.jsm b/mailnews/base/util/OAuth2.jsm
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8e6f9e713
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/util/OAuth2.jsm
@@ -0,0 +1,234 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this file,
+ * You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/**
+ * Provides OAuth 2.0 authentication
+ */
+var EXPORTED_SYMBOLS = ["OAuth2"];
+
+var {classes: Cc, interfaces: Ci, results: Cr, utils: Cu} = Components;
+
+Cu.import("resource://gre/modules/Http.jsm");
+Cu.import("resource://gre/modules/Services.jsm");
+Cu.import("resource://gre/modules/XPCOMUtils.jsm");
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/log4moz.js");
+
+function parseURLData(aData) {
+  let result = {};
+  aData.split(/[?#]/, 2)[1].split("&").forEach(function (aParam) {
+    let [key, value] = aParam.split("=");
+    result[key] = value;
+  });
+  return result;
+}
+
+// Only allow one connecting window per endpoint.
+var gConnecting = {};
+
+function OAuth2(aBaseURI, aScope, aAppKey, aAppSecret) {
+    this.authURI = aBaseURI + "oauth2/auth";
+    this.tokenURI = aBaseURI + "oauth2/token";
+    this.consumerKey = aAppKey;
+    this.consumerSecret = aAppSecret;
+    this.scope = aScope;
+    this.extraAuthParams = [];
+
+    this.log = Log4Moz.getConfiguredLogger("TBOAuth");
+}
+
+OAuth2.CODE_AUTHORIZATION = "authorization_code";
+OAuth2.CODE_REFRESH = "refresh_token";
+
+OAuth2.prototype = {
+
+    responseType: "code",
+    consumerKey: null,
+    consumerSecret: null,
+    completionURI: "http://localhost",
+    requestWindowURI: "chrome://messenger/content/browserRequest.xul",
+    requestWindowFeatures: "chrome,private,centerscreen,width=980,height=600",
+    requestWindowTitle: "",
+    scope: null,
+
+    accessToken: null,
+    refreshToken: null,
+    tokenExpires: 0,
+
+    connect: function connect(aSuccess, aFailure, aWithUI, aRefresh) {
+
+        this.connectSuccessCallback = aSuccess;
+        this.connectFailureCallback = aFailure;
+
+        if (!aRefresh && this.accessToken) {
+            aSuccess();
+        } else if (this.refreshToken) {
+            this.requestAccessToken(this.refreshToken, OAuth2.CODE_REFRESH);
+        } else {
+            if (!aWithUI) {
+                aFailure('{ "error": "auth_noui" }');
+                return;
+            }
+            if (gConnecting[this.authURI]) {
+                aFailure("Window already open");
+                return;
+            }
+            this.requestAuthorization();
+        }
+    },
+
+    requestAuthorization: function requestAuthorization() {
+        let params = [
+            ["response_type", this.responseType],
+            ["client_id", this.consumerKey],
+            ["redirect_uri", this.completionURI],
+        ];
+        // The scope can be optional.
+        if (this.scope) {
+            params.push(["scope", this.scope]);
+        }
+
+        // Add extra parameters
+        params.push(...this.extraAuthParams);
+
+        // Now map the parameters to a string
+        params = params.map(([k,v]) => k + "=" + encodeURIComponent(v)).join("&");
+
+        this._browserRequest = {
+            account: this,
+            url: this.authURI + "?" + params,
+            _active: true,
+            iconURI: "",
+            cancelled: function() {
+                if (!this._active) {
+                    return;
+                }
+
+                this.account.finishAuthorizationRequest();
+                this.account.onAuthorizationFailed(Components.results.NS_ERROR_ABORT, '{ "error": "cancelled"}');
+            },
+
+            loaded: function (aWindow, aWebProgress) {
+                if (!this._active) {
+                    return;
+                }
+
+                this._listener = {
+                    window: aWindow,
+                    webProgress: aWebProgress,
+                    _parent: this.account,
+
+                    QueryInterface: XPCOMUtils.generateQI([Ci.nsIWebProgressListener,
+                                                           Ci.nsISupportsWeakReference]),
+
+                    _cleanUp: function() {
+                      this.webProgress.removeProgressListener(this);
+                      this.window.close();
+                      delete this.window;
+                    },
+
+                    _checkForRedirect: function(aURL) {
+                      if (aURL.indexOf(this._parent.completionURI) != 0)
+                        return;
+
+                      this._parent.finishAuthorizationRequest();
+                      this._parent.onAuthorizationReceived(aURL);
+                    },
+
+                    onStateChange: function(aWebProgress, aRequest, aStateFlags, aStatus) {
+                      const wpl = Ci.nsIWebProgressListener;
+                      if (aStateFlags & (wpl.STATE_START | wpl.STATE_IS_NETWORK))
+                        this._checkForRedirect(aRequest.name);
+                    },
+                    onLocationChange: function(aWebProgress, aRequest, aLocation) {
+                      this._checkForRedirect(aLocation.spec);
+                    },
+                    onProgressChange: function() {},
+                    onStatusChange: function() {},
+                    onSecurityChange: function() {},
+                };
+                aWebProgress.addProgressListener(this._listener,
+                                                 Ci.nsIWebProgress.NOTIFY_ALL);
+                aWindow.document.title = this.account.requestWindowTitle;
+            }
+        };
+
+        this.wrappedJSObject = this._browserRequest;
+        gConnecting[this.authURI] = true;
+        Services.ww.openWindow(null, this.requestWindowURI, null, this.requestWindowFeatures, this);
+    },
+    finishAuthorizationRequest: function() {
+        gConnecting[this.authURI] = false;
+        if (!("_browserRequest" in this)) {
+            return;
+        }
+
+        this._browserRequest._active = false;
+        if ("_listener" in this._browserRequest) {
+            this._browserRequest._listener._cleanUp();
+        }
+        delete this._browserRequest;
+    },
+
+    onAuthorizationReceived: function(aData) {
+        this.log.info("authorization received" + aData);
+        let results = parseURLData(aData);
+        if (this.responseType == "code" && results.code) {
+            this.requestAccessToken(results.code, OAuth2.CODE_AUTHORIZATION);
+        } else if (this.responseType == "token") {
+            this.onAccessTokenReceived(JSON.stringify(results));
+        }
+        else
+          this.onAuthorizationFailed(null, aData);
+    },
+
+    onAuthorizationFailed: function(aError, aData) {
+        this.connectFailureCallback(aData);
+    },
+
+    requestAccessToken: function requestAccessToken(aCode, aType) {
+        let params = [
+            ["client_id", this.consumerKey],
+            ["client_secret", this.consumerSecret],
+            ["grant_type", aType],
+        ];
+
+        if (aType == OAuth2.CODE_AUTHORIZATION) {
+            params.push(["code", aCode]);
+            params.push(["redirect_uri", this.completionURI]);
+        } else if (aType == OAuth2.CODE_REFRESH) {
+            params.push(["refresh_token", aCode]);
+        }
+
+        let options = {
+          postData: params,
+          onLoad: this.onAccessTokenReceived.bind(this),
+          onError: this.onAccessTokenFailed.bind(this)
+        }
+        httpRequest(this.tokenURI, options);
+    },
+
+    onAccessTokenFailed: function onAccessTokenFailed(aError, aData) {
+        if (aError != "offline") {
+            this.refreshToken = null;
+        }
+        this.connectFailureCallback(aData);
+    },
+
+    onAccessTokenReceived: function onRequestTokenReceived(aData) {
+        let result = JSON.parse(aData);
+
+        this.accessToken = result.access_token;
+        if ("refresh_token" in result) {
+            this.refreshToken = result.refresh_token;
+        }
+        if ("expires_in" in result) {
+            this.tokenExpires = (new Date()).getTime() + (result.expires_in * 1000);
+        } else {
+            this.tokenExpires = Number.MAX_VALUE;
+        }
+        this.tokenType = result.token_type;
+
+        this.connectSuccessCallback();
+    }
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/base/util/OAuth2Providers.jsm b/mailnews/base/util/OAuth2Providers.jsm
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..37a750f46
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/util/OAuth2Providers.jsm
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this file,
+ * You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/**
+ * Details of supported OAuth2 Providers.
+ */
+var EXPORTED_SYMBOLS = ["OAuth2Providers"];
+
+var {classes: Cc, interfaces: Ci, results: Cr, utils: Cu} = Components;
+
+// map of hostnames to [issuer, scope]
+var kHostnames = new Map([
+  ["imap.googlemail.com", ["accounts.google.com", "https://mail.google.com/"]],
+  ["smtp.googlemail.com", ["accounts.google.com", "https://mail.google.com/"]],
+  ["imap.gmail.com", ["accounts.google.com", "https://mail.google.com/"]],
+  ["smtp.gmail.com", ["accounts.google.com", "https://mail.google.com/"]],
+
+  ["imap.mail.ru", ["o2.mail.ru", "mail.imap"]],
+  ["smtp.mail.ru", ["o2.mail.ru", "mail.imap"]],
+]);
+
+// map of issuers to appKey, appSecret, authURI, tokenURI
+
+// For the moment, these details are hard-coded, since Google does not
+// provide dynamic client registration. Don't copy these values for your
+// own application--register it yourself. This code (and possibly even the
+// registration itself) will disappear when this is switched to dynamic
+// client registration.
+var kIssuers = new Map ([
+  ["accounts.google.com", [
+    '406964657835-aq8lmia8j95dhl1a2bvharmfk3t1hgqj.apps.googleusercontent.com',
+    'kSmqreRr0qwBWJgbf5Y-PjSU',
+    'https://accounts.google.com/o/oauth2/auth',
+    'https://www.googleapis.com/oauth2/v3/token'
+  ]],
+  ["o2.mail.ru", [
+    'thunderbird',
+    'I0dCAXrcaNFujaaY',
+    'https://o2.mail.ru/login',
+    'https://o2.mail.ru/token'
+  ]],
+]);
+
+/**
+ *  OAuth2Providers: Methods to lookup OAuth2 parameters for supported
+ *                   email providers.
+ */
+var OAuth2Providers = {
+
+  /**
+   * Map a hostname to the relevant issuer and scope.
+   *
+   * @param aHostname  String representing the url for an imap or smtp
+   *                   server (example "imap.googlemail.com").
+   *
+   * @returns          Array with [issuer, scope] for the hostname if found,
+   *                   else undefined. issuer is a string representing the
+   *                   organization, scope is an oauth parameter describing\
+   *                   the required access level.
+   */
+  getHostnameDetails: function (aHostname) { return kHostnames.get(aHostname);},
+
+  /**
+   * Map an issuer to OAuth2 account details.
+   *
+   * @param aIssuer    The organization issuing oauth2 parameters, example
+   *                   "accounts.google.com".
+   *
+   * @return           Array containing [appKey, appSecret, authURI, tokenURI]
+   *                   where appKey and appDetails are strings representing the
+   *                   account registered for Thunderbird with the organization,
+   *                   authURI and tokenURI are url strings representing
+   *                   endpoints to access OAuth2 authentication.
+   */
+  getIssuerDetails: function (aIssuer) { return kIssuers.get(aIssuer);}
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/util/ServiceList.h b/mailnews/base/util/ServiceList.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cc98c13b5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/util/ServiceList.h
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+// IWYU pragma: private, include "mozilla/mailnews/Services.h"
+
+MOZ_SERVICE(AbManager,         nsIAbManager,
+            "@mozilla.org/abmanager;1")
+MOZ_SERVICE(AccountManager,    nsIMsgAccountManager,
+            "@mozilla.org/messenger/account-manager;1")
+MOZ_SERVICE(ComposeService,    nsIMsgComposeService,
+            "@mozilla.org/messengercompose;1")
+MOZ_SERVICE(CopyService,       nsIMsgCopyService,
+            "@mozilla.org/messenger/messagecopyservice;1")
+MOZ_SERVICE(DBService,         nsIMsgDBService,
+            "@mozilla.org/msgDatabase/msgDBService;1")
+MOZ_SERVICE(FilterService,     nsIMsgFilterService,
+            "@mozilla.org/messenger/services/filters;1")
+MOZ_SERVICE(HeaderParser,      nsIMsgHeaderParser,
+            "@mozilla.org/messenger/headerparser;1")
+MOZ_SERVICE(ImapService,       nsIImapService,
+            "@mozilla.org/messenger/imapservice;1")
+MOZ_SERVICE(ImportService,     nsIImportService,
+            "@mozilla.org/import/import-service;1")
+MOZ_SERVICE(MailNotifyService, mozINewMailNotificationService,
+            "@mozilla.org/newMailNotificationService;1")
+MOZ_SERVICE(MailSession,       nsIMsgMailSession,
+            "@mozilla.org/messenger/services/session;1")
+MOZ_SERVICE(MimeConverter,     nsIMimeConverter,
+            "@mozilla.org/messenger/mimeconverter;1")
+MOZ_SERVICE(MFNService,        nsIMsgFolderNotificationService,
+            "@mozilla.org/messenger/msgnotificationservice;1")
+MOZ_SERVICE(NntpService,       nsINntpService,
+            "@mozilla.org/messenger/nntpservice;1")
+MOZ_SERVICE(Pop3Service,       nsIPop3Service,
+            "@mozilla.org/messenger/popservice;1")
+MOZ_SERVICE(SmtpService,       nsISmtpService,
+            "@mozilla.org/messengercompose/smtp;1")
+MOZ_SERVICE(TagService,        nsIMsgTagService,
+            "@mozilla.org/messenger/tagservice;1")
diff --git a/mailnews/base/util/Services.cpp b/mailnews/base/util/Services.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a10d44aa3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/util/Services.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "mozilla/mailnews/Services.h"
+
+#include "nsIObserverService.h"
+#include "nsIObserver.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+
+// All of the includes for the services we initiate here
+#include "mozINewMailNotificationService.h"
+#include "nsIAbManager.h"
+#include "nsIImapService.h"
+#include "nsIImportService.h"
+#include "nsIMimeConverter.h"
+#include "nsIMsgAccountManager.h"
+#include "nsIMsgComposeService.h"
+#include "nsIMsgCopyService.h"
+#include "nsIMsgDatabase.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFilterService.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolderNotificationService.h"
+#include "nsIMsgHeaderParser.h"
+#include "nsIMsgMailSession.h"
+#include "nsIMsgTagService.h"
+#include "nsINntpService.h"
+#include "nsIPop3Service.h"
+#include "nsISmtpService.h"
+
+namespace mozilla {
+namespace services {
+
+namespace {
+class ShutdownObserver final : public nsIObserver
+{
+public:
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIOBSERVER
+
+  static void EnsureInitialized();
+private:
+  ~ShutdownObserver() {}
+
+  void ShutdownServices();
+  static ShutdownObserver *sShutdownObserver;
+  static bool sShuttingDown;
+};
+
+bool ShutdownObserver::sShuttingDown = false;
+ShutdownObserver *ShutdownObserver::sShutdownObserver = nullptr;
+}
+
+#define MOZ_SERVICE(NAME, TYPE, CONTRACT_ID) \
+  static TYPE *g##NAME = nullptr; \
+  already_AddRefed<TYPE> Get##NAME() \
+  { \
+    ShutdownObserver::EnsureInitialized(); \
+    if (!g##NAME) \
+    { \
+      nsCOMPtr<TYPE> os = do_GetService(CONTRACT_ID); \
+      os.forget(&g##NAME); \
+      MOZ_ASSERT(g##NAME, "This service is unexpectedly missing."); \
+    } \
+    nsCOMPtr<TYPE> ret = g##NAME; \
+    return ret.forget(); \
+  }
+#include "mozilla/mailnews/ServiceList.h"
+#undef MOZ_SERVICE
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(ShutdownObserver, nsIObserver)
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP ShutdownObserver::Observe(nsISupports *aSubject,
+    const char *aTopic, const char16_t *aData)
+{
+  if (!strcmp(aTopic, "xpcom-shutdown-threads"))
+    ShutdownServices();
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+void ShutdownObserver::EnsureInitialized()
+{
+  MOZ_ASSERT(!sShuttingDown, "It is illegal to use this code after shutdown!");
+  if (!sShutdownObserver)
+  {
+    sShutdownObserver = new ShutdownObserver;
+    sShutdownObserver->AddRef();
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIObserverService> obs(mozilla::services::GetObserverService());
+    MOZ_ASSERT(obs, "This should never be null");
+    obs->AddObserver(sShutdownObserver, "xpcom-shutdown-threads", false);
+  }
+}
+
+void ShutdownObserver::ShutdownServices()
+{
+  sShuttingDown = true;
+  MOZ_ASSERT(sShutdownObserver, "Shutting down twice?");
+  sShutdownObserver->Release();
+  sShutdownObserver = nullptr;
+#define MOZ_SERVICE(NAME, TYPE, CONTRACT_ID) NS_IF_RELEASE(g##NAME);
+#include "mozilla/mailnews/ServiceList.h"
+#undef MOZ_SERVICE
+}
+
+} // namespace services
+} // namespace mozilla
diff --git a/mailnews/base/util/Services.h b/mailnews/base/util/Services.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..217cecf32
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/util/Services.h
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef mozilla_mailnews_Services_h
+#define mozilla_mailnews_Services_h
+
+#include "mozilla/Services.h"
+
+#define MOZ_SERVICE(NAME, TYPE, SERVICE_CID) class TYPE;
+#include "mozilla/mailnews/ServiceList.h"
+#undef MOZ_SERVICE
+
+namespace mozilla {
+namespace services {
+
+#define MOZ_SERVICE(NAME, TYPE, SERVICE_CID) \
+  already_AddRefed<TYPE> Get##NAME();
+#include "ServiceList.h"
+#undef MOZ_SERVICE
+
+} // namespace services
+} // namespace mozilla
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/base/util/StringBundle.js b/mailnews/base/util/StringBundle.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a1e10ec62
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/util/StringBundle.js
@@ -0,0 +1,189 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+this.EXPORTED_SYMBOLS = ["StringBundle"];
+
+Components.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/Services.jsm");
+
+/**
+ * A string bundle.
+ *
+ * This object presents two APIs: a deprecated one that is equivalent to the API
+ * for the stringbundle XBL binding, to make it easy to switch from that binding
+ * to this module, and a new one that is simpler and easier to use.
+ *
+ * The benefit of this module over the XBL binding is that it can also be used
+ * in JavaScript modules and components, not only in chrome JS.
+ *
+ * To use this module, import it, create a new instance of StringBundle,
+ * and then use the instance's |get| and |getAll| methods to retrieve strings
+ * (you can get both plain and formatted strings with |get|):
+ *
+ *   let strings =
+ *     new StringBundle("chrome://example/locale/strings.properties");
+ *   let foo = strings.get("foo");
+ *   let barFormatted = strings.get("bar", [arg1, arg2]);
+ *   for (let string of strings.getAll())
+ *     dump (string.key + " = " + string.value + "\n");
+ *
+ * @param url {String}
+ *        the URL of the string bundle
+ */
+function StringBundle(url) {
+  this.url = url;
+}
+
+StringBundle.prototype = {
+  /**
+   * the locale associated with the application
+   * @type nsILocale
+   * @private
+   */
+  get _appLocale() {
+    try {
+      return Services.locale.getApplicationLocale();
+    }
+    catch(ex) {
+      return null;
+    }
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * the wrapped nsIStringBundle
+   * @type nsIStringBundle
+   * @private
+   */
+  get _stringBundle() {
+    let stringBundle = Services.strings.createBundle(this.url, this._appLocale);
+    this.__defineGetter__("_stringBundle", () => stringBundle);
+    return this._stringBundle;
+  },
+
+
+  // the new API
+
+  /**
+   * the URL of the string bundle
+   * @type String
+   */
+  _url: null,
+  get url() {
+    return this._url;
+  },
+  set url(newVal) {
+    this._url = newVal;
+    delete this._stringBundle;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Get a string from the bundle.
+   *
+   * @param key {String}
+   *        the identifier of the string to get
+   * @param args {array} [optional]
+   *        an array of arguments that replace occurrences of %S in the string
+   *
+   * @returns {String} the value of the string
+   */
+  get: function(key, args) {
+    if (args)
+      return this.stringBundle.formatStringFromName(key, args, args.length);
+    else
+      return this.stringBundle.GetStringFromName(key);
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Get all the strings in the bundle.
+   *
+   * @returns {Array}
+   *          an array of objects with key and value properties
+   */
+  getAll: function() {
+    let strings = [];
+
+    // FIXME: for performance, return an enumerable array that wraps the string
+    // bundle's nsISimpleEnumerator (does JavaScript already support this?).
+
+    let enumerator = this.stringBundle.getSimpleEnumeration();
+
+    while (enumerator.hasMoreElements()) {
+      // We could simply return the nsIPropertyElement objects, but I think
+      // it's better to return standard JS objects that behave as consumers
+      // expect JS objects to behave (f.e. you can modify them dynamically).
+      let string = enumerator.getNext()
+        .QueryInterface(Components.interfaces.nsIPropertyElement);
+      strings.push({ key: string.key, value: string.value });
+    }
+
+    return strings;
+  },
+
+
+  // the deprecated XBL binding-compatible API
+
+  /**
+   * the URL of the string bundle
+   * @deprecated because its name doesn't make sense outside of an XBL binding
+   * @type String
+   */
+  get src() {
+    return this.url;
+  },
+  set src(newVal) {
+    this.url = newVal;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * the locale associated with the application
+   * @deprecated because it has never been used outside the XBL binding itself,
+   * and consumers should obtain it directly from the locale service anyway.
+   * @type nsILocale
+   */
+  get appLocale() {
+    return this._appLocale;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * the wrapped nsIStringBundle
+   * @deprecated because this module should provide all necessary functionality
+   * @type nsIStringBundle
+   *
+   * If you do ever need to use this, let the authors of this module know why
+   * so they can surface functionality for your use case in the module itself
+   * and you don't have to access this underlying XPCOM component.
+   */
+  get stringBundle() {
+    return this._stringBundle;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Get a string from the bundle.
+   * @deprecated use |get| instead
+   *
+   * @param key {String}
+   *        the identifier of the string to get
+   *
+   * @returns {String}
+   *          the value of the string
+   */
+  getString: function(key) {
+    return this.get(key);
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Get a formatted string from the bundle.
+   * @deprecated use |get| instead
+   *
+   * @param key {string}
+   *        the identifier of the string to get
+   * @param args {array}
+   *        an array of arguments that replace occurrences of %S in the string
+   *
+   * @returns {String}
+   *          the formatted value of the string
+   */
+  getFormattedString: function(key, args) {
+    return this.get(key, args);
+  }
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/util/errUtils.js b/mailnews/base/util/errUtils.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..21b205b82
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/util/errUtils.js
@@ -0,0 +1,309 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/**
+ * This file contains helper methods for debugging -- things like logging
+ * exception objects, dumping DOM nodes, Events, and generic object dumps.
+ */
+
+this.EXPORTED_SYMBOLS = ["logObject", "logException", "logElement", "logEvent",
+                          "errorWithDebug"];
+
+/**
+ * Report on an object to stdout.
+ * @param aObj  the object to be dumped
+ * @param aName the name of the object, for informational purposes
+ */
+function logObject(aObj, aName) {
+  dump("Dumping Object: " + aName + "\n");
+  stringifier.dumpObj(aObj, aName);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Log an exception to stdout. This function should not be called in
+ * expected circumstances.
+ * @param aException  the exception to log
+ * @param [aRethrow]  set to true to rethrow the exception after logging
+ * @param [aMsg]      optional message to log
+ */
+function logException(aException, aRethrow, aMsg) {
+  stringifier.dumpException(aException, aMsg);
+
+  if (aMsg)
+    Components.utils.reportError(aMsg);
+  Components.utils.reportError(aException);
+
+  if (aRethrow)
+    throw aException;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Log an DOM element to stdout.
+ * @param aElement the DOM element to dump
+ */
+function logElement(aElement) {
+  stringifier.dumpDOM(aElement);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Log an DOM event to stdout.
+ * @param aEvent the DOM event object to dump
+ */
+function logEvent(aEvent) {
+  stringifier.dumpEvent(aEvent);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Dump the current stack and return an Error suitable for throwing.  We return
+ *  the new Error so that your code can use a "throw" statement which makes it
+ *  obvious to syntactic analysis that there is an exit occuring at that point.
+ *
+ * Example:
+ *   throw errorWithDebug("I did not expect this!");
+ *
+ * @param aString The message payload for the exception.
+ */
+function errorWithDebug(aString) {
+  dump("PROBLEM: " + aString + "\n");
+  dump("CURRENT STACK (and throwing):\n");
+  // skip this frame.
+  dump(stringifier.getStack(1));
+  return new Error(aString);
+}
+
+function Stringifier() {};
+
+Stringifier.prototype = {
+  dumpObj: function (o, name) {
+    this._reset();
+    this._append(this.objectTreeAsString(o, true, true, 0));
+    dump(this._asString());
+  },
+
+  dumpDOM: function(node, level, recursive) {
+    this._reset();
+    let s = this.DOMNodeAsString(node, level, recursive);
+    dump(s);
+  },
+
+  dumpEvent: function(event) {
+    dump(this.eventAsString(event));
+  },
+
+  dumpException: function(exc, message) {
+    dump(exc + "\n");
+    this._reset();
+    if (message)
+      this._append("Exception (" + message + ")\n");
+
+    this._append("-- Exception object --\n");
+    this._append(this.objectTreeAsString(exc));
+    if (exc.stack) {
+      this._append("-- Stack Trace --\n");
+      this._append(exc.stack); // skip dumpException and logException
+    }
+    dump(this._asString());
+  },
+
+  _reset: function() {
+    this._buffer = [];
+  },
+
+  _append: function(string) {
+    this._buffer.push(string);
+  },
+
+  _asString: function() {
+    let str = this._buffer.join('');
+    this._reset();
+    return str;
+  },
+
+  getStack: function(skipCount) {
+    if (!((typeof Components == "object") &&
+          (typeof Components.classes == "object")))
+      return "No stack trace available.";
+    if (typeof(skipCount) === undefined)
+      skipCount = 0;
+
+    let frame = Components.stack.caller;
+    let str = "<top>";
+
+    while (frame) {
+      if (skipCount > 0) {
+        // Skip this frame.
+        skipCount -= 1;
+      }
+      else {
+        // Include the data from this frame.
+        let name = frame.name ? frame.name : "[anonymous]";
+        str += "\n" + name + "@" + frame.filename + ':' + frame.lineNumber;
+      }
+      frame = frame.caller;
+    }
+    return str + "\n";
+  },
+
+  objectTreeAsString: function(o, recurse, compress, level) {
+    let s = "";
+    if (recurse === undefined)
+      recurse = 0;
+    if (level === undefined)
+      level = 0;
+    if (compress === undefined)
+      compress = true;
+    let pfx = "";
+
+    for (var junk = 0; junk < level; junk++)
+      pfx += (compress) ? "| " : "|  ";
+
+    let tee = (compress) ? "+ " : "+- ";
+
+    if (typeof(o) != "object") {
+      s += pfx + tee + " (" + typeof(o) + ") " + o + "\n";
+    }
+    else {
+      for (let i in o) {
+        try {
+          let t = typeof o[i];
+          switch (t) {
+            case "function":
+              let sfunc = String(o[i]).split("\n");
+              if (sfunc[2] == "    [native code]")
+                sfunc = "[native code]";
+              else
+                sfunc = sfunc.length + " lines";
+              s += pfx + tee + i + " (function) " + sfunc + "\n";
+              break;
+            case "object":
+              s += pfx + tee + i + " (object) " + o[i] + "\n";
+              if (!compress)
+                s += pfx + "|\n";
+              if ((i != "parent") && (recurse))
+                s += this.objectTreeAsString(o[i], recurse - 1,
+                                             compress, level + 1);
+              break;
+            case "string":
+              if (o[i].length > 200)
+                s += pfx + tee + i + " (" + t + ") " + o[i].length + " chars\n";
+              else
+                s += pfx + tee + i + " (" + t + ") '" + o[i] + "'\n";
+              break;
+            default:
+              s += pfx + tee + i + " (" + t + ") " + o[i] + "\n";
+          }
+        } catch (ex) {
+          s += pfx + tee + " (exception) " + ex + "\n";
+        }
+        if (!compress)
+          s += pfx + "|\n";
+      }
+    }
+    s += pfx + "*\n";
+    return s;
+  },
+
+  _repeatStr: function (str, aCount) {
+    let res = "";
+    while (--aCount >= 0)
+      res += str;
+    return res;
+  },
+
+  DOMNodeAsString: function(node, level, recursive) {
+    if (level === undefined)
+      level = 0
+    if (recursive === undefined)
+      recursive = true;
+    this._append(this._repeatStr(" ", 2*level) + "<" + node.nodeName + "\n");
+
+    if (node.nodeType == 3) {
+        this._append(this._repeatStr(" ", (2*level) + 4) + node.nodeValue + "'\n");
+    }
+    else {
+      if (node.attributes) {
+        for (let i = 0; i < node.attributes.length; i++) {
+          this._append(this._repeatStr(
+                         " ", (2*level) + 4) + node.attributes[i].nodeName +
+                         "='" + node.attributes[i].nodeValue + "'\n");
+        }
+      }
+      if (node.childNodes.length == 0) {
+        this._append(this._repeatStr(" ", (2*level)) + "/>\n");
+      }
+      else if (recursive) {
+        this._append(this._repeatStr(" ", (2*level)) + ">\n");
+        for (let i = 0; i < node.childNodes.length; i++) {
+          this._append(this.DOMNodeAsString(node.childNodes[i], level + 1));
+        }
+        this._append(this._repeatStr(" ", 2*level) + "</" + node.nodeName + ">\n");
+      }
+    }
+    return this._asString();
+  },
+
+  eventAsString: function (event) {
+    this._reset();
+    this._append("-EVENT --------------------------\n");
+    this._append("type:           " + event.type + "\n");
+    this._append("eventPhase:     " + event.eventPhase + "\n");
+    if ("charCode" in event) {
+      this._append("charCode: " + event.charCode + "\n");
+      if ("name" in event)
+        this._append("str(charCode):  '" + String.fromCharCode(event.charCode) + "'\n");
+    }
+    if (("target" in event) && event.target) {
+      this._append("target: " + event.target + "\n");
+      if ("nodeName" in event.target)
+        this._append("target.nodeName: " + event.target.nodeName + "\n");
+      if ("getAttribute" in event.target)
+        this._append("target.id: " + event.target.getAttribute("id") + "\n");
+    }
+    if (("currentTarget" in event) && event.currentTarget) {
+      this._append("currentTarget: " + event.currentTarget + "\n");
+      if ("nodeName" in event.currentTarget)
+        this._append("currentTarget.nodeName: "+ event.currentTarget.nodeName + "\n");
+      if ("getAttribute" in event.currentTarget)
+        this._append("currentTarget.id: "+ event.currentTarget.getAttribute("id") + "\n");
+    }
+    if (("originalTarget" in event) && event.originalTarget) {
+      this._append("originalTarget: " + event.originalTarget + "\n");
+      if ("nodeName" in event.originalTarget)
+        this._append("originalTarget.nodeName: "+ event.originalTarget.nodeName + "\n");
+      if ("getAttribute" in event.originalTarget)
+        this._append("originalTarget.id: "+ event.originalTarget.getAttribute("id") + "\n");
+    }
+    let names = [
+        "bubbles",
+        "cancelable",
+        "detail",
+        "button",
+        "keyCode",
+        "isChar",
+        "shiftKey",
+        "altKey",
+        "ctrlKey",
+        "metaKey",
+        "clientX",
+        "clientY",
+        "screenX",
+        "screenY",
+        "layerX",
+        "layerY",
+        "isTrusted",
+        "timeStamp",
+        "currentTargetXPath",
+        "targetXPath",
+        "originalTargetXPath"
+                ];
+    for (let i in names) {
+      if (names[i] in event)
+        this._append(names[i] + ": " + event[names[i]] + "\n");
+    }
+    this._append("-------------------------------------\n");
+    return this._asString();
+  }
+};
+
+var stringifier = new Stringifier();
diff --git a/mailnews/base/util/folderUtils.jsm b/mailnews/base/util/folderUtils.jsm
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..62fb7700b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/util/folderUtils.jsm
@@ -0,0 +1,234 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/**
+ * This file contains helper methods for dealing with nsIMsgFolders.
+ */
+
+this.EXPORTED_SYMBOLS = ["getFolderProperties", "getSpecialFolderString",
+                          "getFolderFromUri", "allAccountsSorted",
+                          "getMostRecentFolders", "folderNameCompare"];
+
+Components.utils.import("resource:///modules/mailServices.js");
+Components.utils.import("resource:///modules/iteratorUtils.jsm");
+
+/**
+ * Returns a string representation of a folder's "special" type.
+ *
+ * @param aFolder  the nsIMsgFolder whose special type should be returned
+ */
+function getSpecialFolderString(aFolder) {
+  const nsMsgFolderFlags = Components.interfaces.nsMsgFolderFlags;
+  let flags = aFolder.flags;
+  if (flags & nsMsgFolderFlags.Inbox)
+    return "Inbox";
+  if (flags & nsMsgFolderFlags.Trash)
+    return "Trash";
+  if (flags & nsMsgFolderFlags.Queue)
+    return "Outbox";
+  if (flags & nsMsgFolderFlags.SentMail)
+    return "Sent";
+  if (flags & nsMsgFolderFlags.Drafts)
+    return "Drafts";
+  if (flags & nsMsgFolderFlags.Templates)
+    return "Templates";
+  if (flags & nsMsgFolderFlags.Junk)
+    return "Junk";
+  if (flags & nsMsgFolderFlags.Archive)
+    return "Archive";
+  if (flags & nsMsgFolderFlags.Virtual)
+    return "Virtual";
+  return "none";
+}
+
+/**
+ * This function is meant to be used with trees. It returns the property list
+ * for all of the common properties that css styling is based off of.
+ *
+ * @param nsIMsgFolder aFolder  the folder whose properties should be returned
+ *                               as a string
+ * @param bool aOpen            true if the folder is open/expanded
+ *
+ * @return         A string of the property names, delimited by space.
+ */
+function getFolderProperties(aFolder, aOpen) {
+  const nsIMsgFolder = Components.interfaces.nsIMsgFolder;
+  let properties = [];
+
+  properties.push("folderNameCol");
+
+  properties.push("serverType-" + aFolder.server.type);
+
+  // set the SpecialFolder attribute
+  properties.push("specialFolder-" + getSpecialFolderString(aFolder));
+
+  // Now set the biffState
+  switch (aFolder.biffState) {
+    case nsIMsgFolder.nsMsgBiffState_NewMail:
+      properties.push("biffState-NewMail");
+      break;
+    case nsIMsgFolder.nsMsgBiffState_NoMail:
+      properties.push("biffState-NoMail");
+      break;
+    default:
+      properties.push("biffState-UnknownMail");
+  }
+
+  properties.push("isSecure-" + aFolder.server.isSecure);
+
+  // A folder has new messages, or a closed folder or any subfolder has new messages.
+  if (aFolder.hasNewMessages ||
+      (!aOpen && aFolder.hasSubFolders && aFolder.hasFolderOrSubfolderNewMessages))
+    properties.push("newMessages-true");
+
+  if (aFolder.isServer) {
+    properties.push("isServer-true");
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    // We only set this if we're not a server
+    let shallowUnread = aFolder.getNumUnread(false);
+    if (shallowUnread > 0) {
+      properties.push("hasUnreadMessages-true");
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      // Make sure that shallowUnread isn't negative
+      shallowUnread = 0;
+    }
+    let deepUnread = aFolder.getNumUnread(true);
+    if (deepUnread - shallowUnread > 0)
+      properties.push("subfoldersHaveUnreadMessages-true");
+  }
+
+  properties.push("noSelect-" + aFolder.noSelect);
+  properties.push("imapShared-" + aFolder.imapShared);
+
+  return properties.join(" ");
+}
+
+/**
+ * Returns a folder for a particular uri
+ *
+ * @param aUri  the rdf uri of the folder to return
+ */
+function getFolderFromUri(aUri) {
+  const Cc = Components.classes;
+  const Ci = Components.interfaces;
+  return Cc["@mozilla.org/mail/folder-lookup;1"].
+         getService(Ci.nsIFolderLookupService).getFolderById(aUri);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Returns the sort order value based on the server type to be used for sorting.
+ * The servers (accounts) go in the following order:
+ * (0) default account, (1) other mail accounts, (2) Local Folders,
+ * (3) IM accounts, (4) RSS, (5) News, (9) others (no server)
+ * This ordering is encoded in the .sortOrder property of each server type.
+ *
+ * @param aServer  the server object to be tested
+ */
+function getServerSortOrder(aServer) {
+  // If there is no server sort this object to the end.
+  if (!aServer)
+    return 999999999;
+
+  // Otherwise get the server sort order from the Account manager.
+  return MailServices.accounts.getSortOrder(aServer);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Compares the passed in accounts according to their precedence.
+ */
+function compareAccounts(aAccount1, aAccount2) {
+  return getServerSortOrder(aAccount1.incomingServer)
+           - getServerSortOrder(aAccount2.incomingServer);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Returns a list of accounts sorted by server type.
+ *
+ * @param aExcludeIMAccounts  Remove IM accounts from the list?
+ */
+function allAccountsSorted(aExcludeIMAccounts) {
+  // Get the account list, and add the proper items.
+  let accountList = toArray(fixIterator(MailServices.accounts.accounts,
+                                        Components.interfaces.nsIMsgAccount));
+
+  // This is a HACK to work around bug 41133. If we have one of the
+  // dummy "news" accounts there, that account won't have an
+  // incomingServer attached to it, and everything will blow up.
+  accountList = accountList.filter(function hasServer(a) {
+    return a.incomingServer;
+  });
+
+  // Remove IM servers.
+  if (aExcludeIMAccounts) {
+    accountList = accountList.filter(function(a) {
+      return a.incomingServer.type != "im";
+    });
+  }
+
+  return accountList.sort(compareAccounts);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Returns the most recently used/modified folders from the passed in list.
+ *
+ * @param aFolderList       The array of nsIMsgFolders to search for recent folders.
+ * @param aMaxHits          How many folders to return.
+ * @param aTimeProperty     Which folder time property to use.
+ *                          Use "MRMTime" for most recently modified time.
+ *                          Use "MRUTime" for most recently used time.
+ */
+function getMostRecentFolders(aFolderList, aMaxHits, aTimeProperty) {
+  let recentFolders = [];
+
+  /**
+   * This sub-function will add a folder to the recentFolders array if it
+   * is among the aMaxHits most recent. If we exceed aMaxHits folders,
+   * it will pop the oldest folder, ensuring that we end up with the
+   * right number.
+   *
+   * @param aFolder  The folder to check for recency.
+   */
+  let oldestTime = 0;
+  function addIfRecent(aFolder) {
+    let time = 0;
+    try {
+      time = Number(aFolder.getStringProperty(aTimeProperty)) || 0;
+    } catch(e) {}
+    if (time <= oldestTime)
+      return;
+
+    if (recentFolders.length == aMaxHits) {
+      recentFolders.sort(function sort_folders_by_time(a, b) {
+                         return a.time < b.time; });
+      recentFolders.pop();
+      oldestTime = recentFolders[recentFolders.length - 1].time;
+    }
+    recentFolders.push({ folder: aFolder, time: time });
+  }
+
+  for (let folder of aFolderList) {
+    addIfRecent(folder);
+  }
+
+  return recentFolders.map(function (f) { return f.folder; });
+}
+
+/**
+ * A locale dependent comparison function to produce a case-insensitive sort order
+ * used to sort folder names.
+ * Returns positive number if aString1 > aString2, negative number if aString1 > aString2,
+ *         otherwise 0.
+ *
+ * @param aString1  first string to compare
+ * @param aString2  second string to compare
+ */
+function folderNameCompare(aString1, aString2) {
+  // TODO: improve this as described in bug 992651.
+  return aString1.toLocaleLowerCase()
+                 .localeCompare(aString2.toLocaleLowerCase());
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/util/hostnameUtils.jsm b/mailnews/base/util/hostnameUtils.jsm
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e2d0ee4ff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/util/hostnameUtils.jsm
@@ -0,0 +1,341 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this file,
+ * You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/**
+ * Generic shared utility code for checking of IP and hostname validity.
+ */
+
+this.EXPORTED_SYMBOLS = [ "isLegalHostNameOrIP",
+                           "isLegalHostName",
+                           "isLegalIPv4Address",
+                           "isLegalIPv6Address",
+                           "isLegalIPAddress",
+                           "isLegalLocalIPAddress",
+                           "cleanUpHostName",
+                           "kMinPort",
+                           "kMaxPort" ];
+
+var kMinPort = 1;
+var kMaxPort = 65535;
+
+/**
+ * Check if aHostName is an IP address or a valid hostname.
+ *
+ * @param aHostName                The string to check for validity.
+ * @param aAllowExtendedIPFormats  Allow hex/octal formats in addition to decimal.
+ * @return  Unobscured host name if aHostName is valid.
+ *          Returns null if it's not.
+ */
+function isLegalHostNameOrIP(aHostName, aAllowExtendedIPFormats)
+{
+  /*
+   RFC 1123:
+   Whenever a user inputs the identity of an Internet host, it SHOULD
+   be possible to enter either (1) a host domain name or (2) an IP
+   address in dotted-decimal ("#.#.#.#") form.  The host SHOULD check
+   the string syntactically for a dotted-decimal number before
+   looking it up in the Domain Name System.
+  */
+
+  return isLegalIPAddress(aHostName, aAllowExtendedIPFormats) ||
+         isLegalHostName(aHostName);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Check if aHostName is a valid hostname.
+ *
+ * @return  The host name if it is valid.
+ *          Returns null if it's not.
+ */
+function isLegalHostName(aHostName)
+{
+  /*
+   RFC 952:
+   A "name" (Net, Host, Gateway, or Domain name) is a text string up
+   to 24 characters drawn from the alphabet (A-Z), digits (0-9), minus
+   sign (-), and period (.).  Note that periods are only allowed when
+   they serve to delimit components of "domain style names". (See
+   RFC-921, "Domain Name System Implementation Schedule", for
+   background).  No blank or space characters are permitted as part of a
+   name. No distinction is made between upper and lower case.  The first
+   character must be an alpha character.  The last character must not be
+   a minus sign or period.
+
+   RFC 1123:
+   The syntax of a legal Internet host name was specified in RFC-952
+   [DNS:4].  One aspect of host name syntax is hereby changed: the
+   restriction on the first character is relaxed to allow either a
+   letter or a digit.  Host software MUST support this more liberal
+   syntax.
+
+   Host software MUST handle host names of up to 63 characters and
+   SHOULD handle host names of up to 255 characters.
+
+   RFC 1034:
+   Relative names are either taken relative to a well known origin, or to a
+   list of domains used as a search list.  Relative names appear mostly at
+   the user interface, where their interpretation varies from
+   implementation to implementation, and in master files, where they are
+   relative to a single origin domain name.  The most common interpretation
+   uses the root "." as either the single origin or as one of the members
+   of the search list, so a multi-label relative name is often one where
+   the trailing dot has been omitted to save typing.
+
+   Since a complete domain name ends with the root label, this leads to
+   a printed form which ends in a dot.
+  */
+
+  const hostPattern = /^(([a-z0-9]|[a-z0-9][a-z0-9\-]{0,61}[a-z0-9])\.)*([a-z0-9]|[a-z0-9][a-z0-9\-]{0,61}[a-z0-9])\.?$/i;
+  return ((aHostName.length <= 255) && hostPattern.test(aHostName)) ? aHostName : null;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Check if aHostName is a valid IPv4 address.
+ *
+ * @param aHostName                The string to check for validity.
+ * @param aAllowExtendedIPFormats  If false, only IPv4 addresses in the common
+                                   decimal format (4 components, each up to 255)
+ *                                 will be accepted, no hex/octal formats.
+ * @return  Unobscured canonicalized address if aHostName is an IPv4 address.
+ *          Returns null if it's not.
+ */
+function isLegalIPv4Address(aHostName, aAllowExtendedIPFormats)
+{
+  // Scammers frequently obscure the IP address by encoding each component as
+  // decimal, octal, hex or in some cases a mix match of each. There can even
+  // be less than 4 components where the last number covers the missing components.
+  // See the test at mailnews/base/test/unit/test_hostnameUtils.js for possible
+  // combinations.
+
+  if (!aHostName)
+    return null;
+
+  // Break the IP address down into individual components.
+  let ipComponents = aHostName.split(".");
+  let componentCount = ipComponents.length;
+  if (componentCount > 4 || (componentCount < 4 && !aAllowExtendedIPFormats))
+    return null;
+
+  /**
+   * Checks validity of an IP address component.
+   *
+   * @param aValue  The component string.
+   * @param aWidth  How many components does this string cover.
+   * @return        The value of the component in decimal if it is valid.
+   *                Returns null if it's not.
+   */
+  const kPowersOf256 = [ 1, 256, 65536, 16777216, 4294967296 ];
+  function isLegalIPv4Component(aValue, aWidth) {
+    let component;
+    // Is the component decimal?
+    if (/^(0|([1-9][0-9]{0,9}))$/.test(aValue)) {
+      component = parseInt(aValue, 10);
+    } else if (aAllowExtendedIPFormats) {
+      // Is the component octal?
+      if (/^(0[0-7]{1,12})$/.test(aValue))
+        component = parseInt(aValue, 8);
+      // Is the component hex?
+      else if (/^(0x[0-9a-f]{1,8})$/i.test(aValue))
+        component = parseInt(aValue, 16);
+      else
+        return null;
+    } else {
+      return null;
+    }
+
+    // Make sure the component in not larger than the expected maximum.
+    if (component >= kPowersOf256[aWidth])
+      return null;
+
+    return component;
+  }
+
+  for (let i = 0; i < componentCount; i++) {
+    // If we are on the last supplied component but we do not have 4,
+    // the last one covers the remaining ones.
+    let componentWidth = (i == componentCount - 1 ? 4 - i : 1);
+    let componentValue = isLegalIPv4Component(ipComponents[i], componentWidth);
+    if (componentValue == null)
+      return null;
+
+    // If we have a component spanning multiple ones, split it.
+    for (let j = 0; j < componentWidth; j++) {
+      ipComponents[i + j] = (componentValue >> ((componentWidth - 1 - j) * 8)) & 255;
+    }
+  }
+
+  // First component of zero is not valid.
+  if (ipComponents[0] == 0)
+    return null;
+
+  return ipComponents.join(".");
+}
+
+/**
+ * Check if aHostName is a valid IPv6 address.
+ *
+ * @param aHostName  The string to check for validity.
+ * @return  Unobscured canonicalized address if aHostName is an IPv6 address.
+ *          Returns null if it's not.
+ */
+function isLegalIPv6Address(aHostName)
+{
+  if (!aHostName)
+    return null;
+
+  // Break the IP address down into individual components.
+  let ipComponents = aHostName.toLowerCase().split(":");
+
+  // Make sure there are at least 3 components.
+  if (ipComponents.length < 3)
+    return null;
+
+  let ipLength = ipComponents.length - 1;
+
+  // Take care if the last part is written in decimal using dots as separators.
+  let lastPart = isLegalIPv4Address(ipComponents[ipLength], false);
+  if (lastPart)
+  {
+    let lastPartComponents = lastPart.split(".");
+    // Convert it into standard IPv6 components.
+    ipComponents[ipLength] =
+      ((lastPartComponents[0] << 8) | lastPartComponents[1]).toString(16);
+    ipComponents[ipLength + 1] =
+      ((lastPartComponents[2] << 8) | lastPartComponents[3]).toString(16);
+  }
+
+  // Make sure that there is only one empty component.
+  let emptyIndex;
+  for (let i = 1; i < ipComponents.length - 1; i++)
+  {
+    if (ipComponents[i] == "")
+    {
+      // If we already found an empty component return null.
+      if (emptyIndex)
+        return null;
+
+      emptyIndex = i;
+    }
+  }
+
+  // If we found an empty component, extend it.
+  if (emptyIndex)
+  {
+    ipComponents[emptyIndex] = 0;
+
+    // Add components so we have a total of 8.
+    for (let count = ipComponents.length; count < 8; count++)
+      ipComponents.splice(emptyIndex, 0, 0);
+  }
+
+  // Make sure there are 8 components.
+  if (ipComponents.length != 8)
+    return null;
+
+  // Format all components to 4 character hex value.
+  for (let i = 0; i < ipComponents.length; i++)
+  {
+    if (ipComponents[i] == "")
+      ipComponents[i] = 0;
+
+    // Make sure the component is a number and it isn't larger than 0xffff.
+    if (/^[0-9a-f]{1,4}$/.test(ipComponents[i])) {
+      ipComponents[i] = parseInt(ipComponents[i], 16);
+      if (isNaN(ipComponents[i]) || ipComponents[i] > 0xffff)
+        return null;
+    }
+    else {
+      return null;
+    }
+
+    // Pad the component with 0:s.
+    ipComponents[i] = ("0000" + ipComponents[i].toString(16)).substr(-4);
+  }
+
+  // TODO: support Zone indices in Link-local addresses? Currently they are rejected.
+  // http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/IPv6_address#Link-local_addresses_and_zone_indices
+
+  let hostName = ipComponents.join(":");
+  // Treat 0000:0000:0000:0000:0000:0000:0000:0000 as an invalid IPv6 address.
+  return (hostName != "0000:0000:0000:0000:0000:0000:0000:0000") ?
+          hostName : null;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Check if aHostName is a valid IP address (IPv4 or IPv6).
+ *
+ * @param aHostName                The string to check for validity.
+ * @param aAllowExtendedIPFormats  Allow hex/octal formats in addition to decimal.
+ * @return  Unobscured canonicalized IPv4 or IPv6 address if it is valid,
+ *          otherwise null.
+ */
+function isLegalIPAddress(aHostName, aAllowExtendedIPFormats)
+{
+  return isLegalIPv4Address(aHostName, aAllowExtendedIPFormats) ||
+         isLegalIPv6Address(aHostName);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Check if aIPAddress is a local or private IP address.
+ *
+ * @param aIPAddress  A valid IP address literal in canonical (unobscured) form.
+ * @return            True if it is a local/private IPv4 or IPv6 address,
+ *                    otherwise false.
+ *
+ * Note: if the passed in address is not in canonical (unobscured form),
+ *       the result may be wrong.
+ */
+function isLegalLocalIPAddress(aIPAddress)
+{
+  // IPv4 address?
+  let ipComponents = aIPAddress.split(".");
+  if (ipComponents.length == 4)
+  {
+     // Check if it's a local or private IPv4 address.
+    return ipComponents[0] == 10 ||
+           ipComponents[0] == 127 || // loopback address
+          (ipComponents[0] == 192 && ipComponents[1] == 168) ||
+          (ipComponents[0] == 169 && ipComponents[1] == 254) ||
+          (ipComponents[0] == 172 && ipComponents[1] >= 16 && ipComponents[1] < 32);
+  }
+
+  // IPv6 address?
+  ipComponents = aIPAddress.split(":");
+  if (ipComponents.length == 8)
+  {
+    // ::1/128 - localhost
+    if (ipComponents[0] == "0000" && ipComponents[1] == "0000" &&
+        ipComponents[2] == "0000" && ipComponents[3] == "0000" &&
+        ipComponents[4] == "0000" && ipComponents[5] == "0000" &&
+        ipComponents[6] == "0000" && ipComponents[7] == "0001")
+      return true;
+
+    // fe80::/10 - link local addresses
+    if (ipComponents[0] == "fe80")
+      return true;
+
+    // fc00::/7 - unique local addresses
+    if (ipComponents[0].startsWith("fc") || // usage has not been defined yet
+        ipComponents[0].startsWith("fd"))
+      return true;
+
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  return false;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Clean up the hostname or IP. Usually used to sanitize a value input by the user.
+ * It is usually applied before we know if the hostname is even valid.
+ *
+ * @param aHostName  The hostname or IP string to clean up.
+ */
+function cleanUpHostName(aHostName)
+{
+  // TODO: Bug 235312: if UTF8 string was input, convert to punycode using convertUTF8toACE()
+  // but bug 563172 needs resolving first.
+  return aHostName.trim();
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/util/iteratorUtils.jsm b/mailnews/base/util/iteratorUtils.jsm
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..266c4d7b6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/util/iteratorUtils.jsm
@@ -0,0 +1,166 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/**
+ * This file contains helper methods for dealing with XPCOM iterators (arrays
+ * and enumerators) in JS-friendly ways.
+ */
+
+this.EXPORTED_SYMBOLS = ["fixIterator", "toXPCOMArray", "toArray"];
+
+Components.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/Deprecated.jsm");
+
+var Ci = Components.interfaces;
+
+var JS_HAS_SYMBOLS = typeof Symbol === "function";
+var ITERATOR_SYMBOL = JS_HAS_SYMBOLS ? Symbol.iterator : "@@iterator";
+
+/**
+ * This function will take a number of objects and convert them to an array.
+ *
+ * Currently, we support the following objects:
+ *   Anything you can for (let x of aObj) on
+ *                (e.g. toArray(fixIterator(enum))[4],
+ *                 also a NodeList from element.childNodes)
+ *
+ * @param aObj        The object to convert
+ */
+function toArray(aObj) {
+  if (ITERATOR_SYMBOL in aObj) {
+    return Array.from(aObj);
+  }
+
+  // We got something unexpected, notify the caller loudly.
+  throw new Error("An unsupported object sent to toArray: " +
+                  (("toString" in aObj) ? aObj.toString() : aObj));
+}
+
+/**
+ * Given a JS array, JS iterator, or one of a variety of XPCOM collections or
+ * iterators, return a JS iterator suitable for use in a for...of expression.
+ *
+ * Currently, we support the following types of XPCOM iterators:
+ *   nsIArray
+ *   nsISupportsArray
+ *   nsISimpleEnumerator
+ *
+ * This intentionally does not support nsIEnumerator as it is obsolete and
+ * no longer used in the base code.
+ *
+ * Note that old-style JS iterators are explicitly not supported in this
+ * method, as they are going away. For a limited time, the resulting iterator
+ * can be used in a for...in loop, but this is a legacy compatibility shim that
+ * will not work forever. See bug 1098412.
+ *
+ *   @param aEnum  the enumerator to convert
+ *   @param aIface (optional) an interface to QI each object to prior to
+ *                 returning
+ *
+ *   @note This returns an object that can be used in 'for...of' loops.
+ *         Do not use 'for each...in'. 'for...in' may be used, but only as a
+ *         legacy feature.
+ *         This does *not* return an Array object. To create such an array, use
+ *         let array = toArray(fixIterator(xpcomEnumerator));
+ */
+function fixIterator(aEnum, aIface) {
+  // Minor internal details: to support both for (let x of fixIterator()) and
+  // for (let x in fixIterator()), we need to add in a __iterator__ kludge
+  // property. __iterator__ is to go away in bug 1098412; we could theoretically
+  // make it work beyond that by using Proxies, but that's far to go for
+  // something we want to get rid of anyways.
+  // Note that the new-style iterator uses Symbol.iterator to work, and anything
+  // that has Symbol.iterator works with for-of.
+  function makeDualIterator(newStyle) {
+    newStyle.__iterator__ = function() {
+      for (let item of newStyle)
+        yield item;
+    };
+    return newStyle;
+  }
+
+  // If the input is an array or something that sports Symbol.iterator, then
+  // the original input is sufficient to directly return. However, if we want
+  // to support the aIface parameter, we need to do a lazy version of Array.map.
+  if (Array.isArray(aEnum) || ITERATOR_SYMBOL in aEnum) {
+    if (!aIface) {
+      return makeDualIterator(aEnum);
+    } else {
+      return makeDualIterator((function*() {
+        for (let o of aEnum)
+          yield o.QueryInterface(aIface);
+      })());
+    }
+  }
+
+  let face = aIface || Ci.nsISupports;
+  // Figure out which kind of array object we have.
+  // First try nsIArray (covers nsIMutableArray too).
+  if (aEnum instanceof Ci.nsIArray) {
+    return makeDualIterator((function*() {
+      let count = aEnum.length;
+      for (let i = 0; i < count; i++)
+        yield aEnum.queryElementAt(i, face);
+    })());
+  }
+
+  // Try an nsISupportsArray.
+  // This object is deprecated, but we need to keep supporting it
+  // while anything in the base code (including mozilla-central) produces it.
+  if (aEnum instanceof Ci.nsISupportsArray) {
+    return makeDualIterator((function*() {
+      let count = aEnum.Count();
+      for (let i = 0; i < count; i++)
+        yield aEnum.QueryElementAt(i, face);
+    })());
+  }
+
+  // How about nsISimpleEnumerator? This one is nice and simple.
+  if (aEnum instanceof Ci.nsISimpleEnumerator) {
+    return makeDualIterator((function*() {
+      while (aEnum.hasMoreElements())
+        yield aEnum.getNext().QueryInterface(face);
+    })());
+  }
+
+  // We got something unexpected, notify the caller loudly.
+  throw new Error("An unsupported object sent to fixIterator: " +
+                  (("toString" in aEnum) ? aEnum.toString() : aEnum));
+}
+
+/**
+ * This function takes an Array object and returns an XPCOM array
+ * of the desired type. It will *not* work if you extend Array.prototype.
+ *
+ * @param aArray      the array (anything fixIterator supports) to convert to an XPCOM array
+ * @param aInterface  the type of XPCOM array to convert
+ *
+ * @note The returned array is *not* dynamically updated.  Changes made to the
+ *       JS array after a call to this function will not be reflected in the
+ *       XPCOM array.
+ */
+function toXPCOMArray(aArray, aInterface) {
+  if (aInterface.equals(Ci.nsISupportsArray)) {
+    Deprecated.warning("nsISupportsArray object is deprecated, avoid creating new ones.",
+                       "https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/XPCOM_array_guide");
+    let supportsArray = Components.classes["@mozilla.org/supports-array;1"]
+                                  .createInstance(Ci.nsISupportsArray);
+    for (let item of fixIterator(aArray)) {
+      supportsArray.AppendElement(item);
+    }
+    return supportsArray;
+  }
+
+  if (aInterface.equals(Ci.nsIMutableArray)) {
+    let mutableArray = Components.classes["@mozilla.org/array;1"]
+                                 .createInstance(Ci.nsIMutableArray);
+    for (let item of fixIterator(aArray)) {
+      mutableArray.appendElement(item, false);
+    }
+    return mutableArray;
+  }
+
+  // We got something unexpected, notify the caller loudly.
+  throw new Error("An unsupported interface requested from toXPCOMArray: " +
+                  aInterface);
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/util/jsTreeSelection.js b/mailnews/base/util/jsTreeSelection.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0ba5ea42c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/util/jsTreeSelection.js
@@ -0,0 +1,654 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+this.EXPORTED_SYMBOLS = ['JSTreeSelection'];
+
+var Cc = Components.classes;
+var Ci = Components.interfaces;
+var Cr = Components.results;
+var Cu = Components.utils;
+
+Components.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/XPCOMUtils.jsm");
+
+/**
+ * Partial nsITreeSelection implementation so that we can have nsMsgDBViews that
+ *  exist only for message display but do not need to be backed by a full
+ *  tree view widget.  This could also hopefully be used for more xpcshell unit
+ *  testing of the FolderDisplayWidget.  It might also be useful for creating
+ *  transient selections when right-click selection happens.
+ *
+ * Our current limitations:
+ * - We do not support any single selection modes.  This is mainly because we
+ *   need to look at the box object for that and we don't want to do it.
+ * - Timed selection.  Our expected consumers don't use it.
+ *
+ * Our current laziness:
+ * - We aren't very precise about invalidation when it would be potentially
+ *   complicated.  The theory is that if there is a tree box object, it's
+ *   probably native and the XPConnect overhead is probably a lot more than
+ *   any potential savings, at least for now when the tree display is
+ *   generally C++ XPCOM backed rather than JS XPCOM backed.  Also, we
+ *   aren't intended to actually be used with a real tree display; you should
+ *   be using the C++ object in that case!
+ *
+ * If documentation is omitted for something, it is because we have little to
+ *  add to the documentation of nsITreeSelection and really hope that our
+ *  documentation tool will copy-down that documentation.
+ *
+ * This implementation attempts to mimic the behavior of nsTreeSelection.  In
+ *  a few cases, this leads to potentially confusing actions.  I attempt to note
+ *  when we are doing this and why we do it.
+ *
+ * Unit test is in mailnews/base/util/test_jsTreeSelection.js
+ */
+function JSTreeSelection(aTreeBoxObject) {
+  this._treeBoxObject = aTreeBoxObject;
+
+  this._currentIndex = null;
+  this._shiftSelectPivot = null;
+  this._ranges = [];
+  this._count = 0;
+
+  this._selectEventsSuppressed = false;
+}
+JSTreeSelection.prototype = {
+  /**
+   * The current nsITreeBoxObject, appropriately QueryInterfaced.  May be null.
+   */
+  _treeBoxObject: null,
+
+  /**
+   * Where the focus rectangle (that little dotted thing) shows up.  Just
+   *  because something is focused does not mean it is actually selected.
+   */
+  _currentIndex: null,
+  /**
+   * The view index where the shift is anchored when it is not (conceptually)
+   *  the same as _currentIndex.  This only happens when you perform a ranged
+   *  selection.  In that case, the start index of the ranged selection becomes
+   *  the shift pivot (and the _currentIndex becomes the end of the ranged
+   *  selection.)
+   * It gets cleared whenever the selection changes and it's not the result of
+   *  a call to rangedSelect.
+   */
+  _shiftSelectPivot: null,
+  /**
+   * A list of [lowIndexInclusive, highIndexInclusive] non-overlapping,
+   *  non-adjacent 'tuples' sort in ascending order.
+   */
+  _ranges: [],
+  /**
+   * The number of currently selected rows.
+   */
+  _count: 0,
+
+  // In the case of the stand-alone message window, there's no tree, but
+  // there's a view.
+  _view: null,
+
+  get tree() {
+    return this._treeBoxObject;
+  },
+  set tree(aTreeBoxObject) {
+    this._treeBoxObject = aTreeBoxObject;
+  },
+
+  set view(aView) {
+    this._view = aView;
+  },
+  /**
+   * Although the nsITreeSelection documentation doesn't say, what this method
+   *  is supposed to do is check if the seltype attribute on the XUL tree is any
+   *  of the following: "single" (only a single row may be selected at a time,
+   *  "cell" (a single cell may be selected), or "text" (the row gets selected
+   *  but only the primary column shows up as selected.)
+   *
+   * @return false because we don't support single-selection.
+   */
+  get single() {
+    return false;
+  },
+
+  _updateCount: function JSTreeSelection__updateCount() {
+    this._count = 0;
+    for (let [low, high] of this._ranges) {
+      this._count += high - low + 1;
+    }
+  },
+
+  get count() {
+    return this._count;
+  },
+
+  isSelected: function JSTreeSelection_isSelected(aViewIndex) {
+    for (let [low, high] of this._ranges) {
+      if (aViewIndex >= low && aViewIndex <= high)
+        return true;
+    }
+    return false;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Select the given row.  It does nothing if that row was already selected.
+   */
+  select: function JSTreeSelection_select(aViewIndex) {
+    // current index will provide our effective shift pivot
+    this._shiftSelectPivot = null;
+    this.currentIndex = aViewIndex;
+
+    if (this._count == 1 && this._ranges[0][0] == aViewIndex)
+      return;
+
+    this._count = 1;
+    this._ranges = [[aViewIndex, aViewIndex]];
+
+    if (this._treeBoxObject)
+      this._treeBoxObject.invalidate();
+
+    this._fireSelectionChanged();
+  },
+
+  timedSelect: function JSTreeSelection_timedSelect(aIndex, aDelay) {
+    throw new Error("We do not implement timed selection.");
+  },
+
+  toggleSelect: function JSTreeSelection_toggleSelect(aIndex) {
+    this.currentIndex = aIndex;
+    // If nothing's selected, select aIndex
+    if (this._count == 0) {
+      this._count = 1;
+      this._ranges = [[aIndex, aIndex]];
+    }
+    else for (let [iTupe, [low, high]] of this._ranges.entries()) {
+      // below the range? add it to the existing range or create a new one
+      if (aIndex < low) {
+        this._count++;
+        // is it just below an existing range? (range fusion only happens in the
+        //  high case, not here.)
+        if (aIndex == low - 1) {
+          this._ranges[iTupe][0] = aIndex;
+          break;
+        }
+        // then it gets its own range
+        this._ranges.splice(iTupe, 0, [aIndex, aIndex]);
+        break;
+      }
+      // in the range?  will need to either nuke, shrink, or split the range to
+      //  remove it
+      if (aIndex >= low && aIndex <= high) {
+        this._count--;
+        // nuke
+        if (aIndex == low && aIndex == high)
+          this._ranges.splice(iTupe, 1);
+        // lower shrink
+        else if (aIndex == low)
+          this._ranges[iTupe][0] = aIndex + 1;
+        // upper shrink
+        else if (aIndex == high)
+          this._ranges[iTupe][1] = aIndex - 1;
+        // split
+        else
+          this._ranges.splice(iTupe, 1, [low, aIndex - 1], [aIndex + 1, high]);
+        break;
+      }
+      // just above the range?  fuse into the range, and possibly the next
+      //  range up.
+      if (aIndex == high + 1) {
+        this._count++;
+        // see if there is another range and there was just a gap of one between
+        //  the two ranges.
+        if ((iTupe + 1 < this._ranges.length) &&
+            (this._ranges[iTupe+1][0] == aIndex + 1)) {
+          // yes, merge the ranges
+          this._ranges.splice(iTupe, 2, [low, this._ranges[iTupe+1][1]]);
+          break;
+        }
+        // nope, no merge required, just update the range
+        this._ranges[iTupe][1] = aIndex;
+        break;
+      }
+      // otherwise we need to keep going
+    }
+
+    if (this._treeBoxObject)
+      this._treeBoxObject.invalidateRow(aIndex);
+    this._fireSelectionChanged();
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * @param aRangeStart If omitted, it implies a shift-selection is happening,
+   *     in which case we use _shiftSelectPivot as the start if we have it,
+   *     _currentIndex if we don't, and if we somehow didn't have a
+   *     _currentIndex, we use the range end.
+   * @param aRangeEnd Just the inclusive end of the range.
+   * @param aAugment Does this set a new selection or should it be merged with
+   *     the existing selection?
+   */
+  rangedSelect: function JSTreeSelection_rangedSelect(aRangeStart, aRangeEnd,
+                                                      aAugment) {
+    if (aRangeStart == -1) {
+      if (this._shiftSelectPivot != null)
+        aRangeStart = this._shiftSelectPivot;
+      else if (this._currentIndex != null)
+        aRangeStart = this._currentIndex;
+      else
+        aRangeStart = aRangeEnd;
+    }
+
+    this._shiftSelectPivot = aRangeStart;
+    this.currentIndex = aRangeEnd;
+
+    // enforce our ordering constraint for our ranges
+    if (aRangeStart > aRangeEnd)
+      [aRangeStart, aRangeEnd] = [aRangeEnd, aRangeStart];
+
+    // if we're not augmenting, then this is really easy.
+    if (!aAugment) {
+      this._count = aRangeEnd - aRangeStart + 1;
+      this._ranges = [[aRangeStart, aRangeEnd]];
+      if (this._treeBoxObject)
+        this._treeBoxObject.invalidate();
+      this._fireSelectionChanged();
+      return;
+    }
+
+    // Iterate over our existing set of ranges, finding the 'range' of ranges
+    //  that our new range overlaps or simply obviates.
+    // Overlap variables track blocks we need to keep some part of, Nuke
+    //  variables are for blocks that get spliced out.  For our purposes, all
+    //  overlap blocks are also nuke blocks.
+    let lowOverlap, lowNuke, highNuke, highOverlap;
+    // in case there is no overlap, also figure an insertionPoint
+    let insertionPoint = this._ranges.length; // default to the end
+    for (let [iTupe, [low, high]] of this._ranges.entries()) {
+      // If it's completely include the range, it should be nuked
+      if (aRangeStart <= low && aRangeEnd >= high) {
+        if (lowNuke == null) // only the first one we see is the low one
+          lowNuke = iTupe;
+        highNuke = iTupe;
+      }
+      // If our new range start is inside a range or is adjacent, it's overlap
+      if (aRangeStart >= low - 1 && aRangeStart <= high + 1 &&
+          lowOverlap == null)
+        lowOverlap = lowNuke = highNuke = iTupe;
+      // If our new range ends inside a range or is adjacent, it's overlap
+      if (aRangeEnd >= low - 1 && aRangeEnd <= high + 1) {
+        highOverlap = highNuke = iTupe;
+        if (lowNuke == null)
+          lowNuke = iTupe;
+      }
+
+      // we're done when no more overlap is possible
+      if (aRangeEnd < low) {
+        insertionPoint = iTupe;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+
+    if (lowOverlap != null)
+      aRangeStart = Math.min(aRangeStart, this._ranges[lowOverlap][0]);
+    if (highOverlap != null)
+      aRangeEnd = Math.max(aRangeEnd, this._ranges[highOverlap][1]);
+    if (lowNuke != null)
+      this._ranges.splice(lowNuke, highNuke - lowNuke + 1,
+                          [aRangeStart, aRangeEnd]);
+    else
+      this._ranges.splice(insertionPoint, 0, [aRangeStart, aRangeEnd]);
+
+    this._updateCount();
+    if (this._treeBoxObject)
+      this._treeBoxObject.invalidate();
+    this._fireSelectionChanged();
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * This is basically RangedSelect but without insertion of a new range and we
+   *  don't need to worry about adjacency.
+   * Oddly, nsTreeSelection doesn't fire a selection changed event here...
+   */
+  clearRange: function JSTreeSelection_clearRange(aRangeStart, aRangeEnd) {
+    // Iterate over our existing set of ranges, finding the 'range' of ranges
+    //  that our clear range overlaps or simply obviates.
+    // Overlap variables track blocks we need to keep some part of, Nuke
+    //  variables are for blocks that get spliced out.  For our purposes, all
+    //  overlap blocks are also nuke blocks.
+    let lowOverlap, lowNuke, highNuke, highOverlap;
+    for (let [iTupe, [low, high]] of this._ranges.entries()) {
+      // If we completely include the range, it should be nuked
+      if (aRangeStart <= low && aRangeEnd >= high) {
+        if (lowNuke == null) // only the first one we see is the low one
+          lowNuke = iTupe;
+        highNuke = iTupe;
+      }
+      // If our new range start is inside a range, it's nuke and maybe overlap
+      if (aRangeStart >= low && aRangeStart <= high && lowNuke == null) {
+        lowNuke = highNuke = iTupe;
+        // it's only overlap if we don't match at the low end
+        if (aRangeStart > low)
+          lowOverlap = iTupe;
+      }
+      // If our new range ends inside a range, it's nuke and maybe overlap
+      if (aRangeEnd >= low && aRangeEnd <= high) {
+        highNuke = iTupe;
+        // it's only overlap if we don't match at the high end
+        if (aRangeEnd < high)
+          highOverlap = iTupe;
+        if (lowNuke == null)
+          lowNuke = iTupe;
+      }
+
+      // we're done when no more overlap is possible
+      if (aRangeEnd < low)
+        break;
+    }
+    // nothing to do since there's nothing to nuke
+    if (lowNuke == null)
+      return;
+    let args = [lowNuke, highNuke - lowNuke + 1];
+    if (lowOverlap != null)
+      args.push([this._ranges[lowOverlap][0], aRangeStart - 1]);
+    if (highOverlap != null)
+      args.push([aRangeEnd + 1, this._ranges[highOverlap][1]]);
+    this._ranges.splice.apply(this._ranges, args);
+
+    this._updateCount();
+    if (this._treeBoxObject)
+      this._treeBoxObject.invalidate();
+    // note! nsTreeSelection doesn't fire a selection changed event, so neither
+    //  do we, but it seems like we should
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * nsTreeSelection always fires a select notification when the range is
+   *  cleared, even if there is no effective chance in selection.
+   */
+  clearSelection: function JSTreeSelection_clearSelection() {
+    this._shiftSelectPivot = null;
+    this._count = 0;
+    this._ranges = [];
+    if (this._treeBoxObject)
+      this._treeBoxObject.invalidate();
+    this._fireSelectionChanged();
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Not even nsTreeSelection implements this.
+   */
+  invertSelection: function JSTreeSelection_invertSelection() {
+    throw new Error("Who really was going to use this?");
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Select all with no rows is a no-op, otherwise we select all and notify.
+   */
+  selectAll: function JSTreeSelection_selectAll() {
+    if (!this._view)
+      return;
+
+    let view = this._view;
+    let rowCount = view.rowCount;
+
+    // no-ops-ville
+    if (!rowCount)
+      return;
+
+    this._count = rowCount;
+    this._ranges = [[0, rowCount - 1]];
+
+    if (this._treeBoxObject)
+      this._treeBoxObject.invalidate();
+    this._fireSelectionChanged();
+  },
+
+  getRangeCount: function JSTreeSelection_getRangeCount() {
+    return this._ranges.length;
+  },
+  getRangeAt: function JSTreeSelection_getRangeAt(aRangeIndex, aMinObj,
+                                                  aMaxObj) {
+    if (aRangeIndex < 0 || aRangeIndex > this._ranges.length)
+      throw new Exception("Try a real range index next time.");
+    [aMinObj.value, aMaxObj.value] = this._ranges[aRangeIndex];
+  },
+
+  invalidateSelection: function JSTreeSelection_invalidateSelection() {
+    if (this._treeBoxObject)
+      this._treeBoxObject.invalidate();
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Helper method to adjust points in the face of row additions/removal.
+   * @param aPoint The point, null if there isn't one, or an index otherwise.
+   * @param aDeltaAt The row at which the change is happening.
+   * @param aDelta The number of rows added if positive, or the (negative)
+   *     number of rows removed.
+   */
+  _adjustPoint: function JSTreeSelection__adjustPoint(aPoint, aDeltaAt,
+                                                      aDelta) {
+    // if there is no point, no change
+    if (aPoint == null)
+      return aPoint;
+    // if the point is before the change, no change
+    if (aPoint < aDeltaAt)
+      return aPoint;
+    // if it's a deletion and it includes the point, clear it
+    if (aDelta < 0 && aPoint >= aDeltaAt && (aPoint + aDelta < aDeltaAt))
+      return null;
+    // (else) the point is at/after the change, compensate
+    return aPoint + aDelta;
+  },
+  /**
+   * Find the index of the range, if any, that contains the given index, and
+   *  the index at which to insert a range if one does not exist.
+   *
+   * @return A tuple containing: 1) the index if there is one, null otherwise,
+   *     2) the index at which to insert a range that would contain the point.
+   */
+  _findRangeContainingRow:
+      function JSTreeSelection__findRangeContainingRow(aIndex) {
+    for (let [iTupe, [low, high]] of this._ranges.entries()) {
+      if (aIndex >= low && aIndex <= high)
+        return [iTupe, iTupe];
+      if (aIndex < low)
+        return [null, iTupe];
+    }
+    return [null, this._ranges.length];
+  },
+
+
+  /**
+   * When present, a list of calls made to adjustSelection.  See
+   *  |logAdjustSelectionForReplay| and |replayAdjustSelectionLog|.
+   */
+  _adjustSelectionLog: null,
+  /**
+   * Start logging calls to adjustSelection made against this instance.  You
+   *  would do this because you are replacing an existing selection object
+   *  with this instance for the purposes of creating a transient selection.
+   *  Of course, you want the original selection object to be up-to-date when
+   *  you go to put it back, so then you can call replayAdjustSelectionLog
+   *  with that selection object and everything will be peachy.
+   */
+  logAdjustSelectionForReplay:
+      function JSTreeSelection_logAdjustSelectionForReplay() {
+    this._adjustSelectionLog = [];
+  },
+  /**
+   * Stop logging calls to adjustSelection and replay the existing log against
+   *  aSelection.
+   *
+   * @param aSelection {nsITreeSelection}.
+   */
+  replayAdjustSelectionLog:
+      function JSTreeSelection_replayAdjustSelectionLog(aSelection) {
+    if (this._adjustSelectionLog.length) {
+      // Temporarily disable selection events because adjustSelection is going
+      //  to generate an event each time otherwise, and better 1 event than
+      //  many.
+      aSelection.selectEventsSuppressed = true;
+      for (let [index, count] of this._adjustSelectionLog) {
+        aSelection.adjustSelection(index, count);
+      }
+      aSelection.selectEventsSuppressed = false;
+    }
+    this._adjustSelectionLog = null;
+  },
+
+  adjustSelection: function JSTreeSelection_adjustSelection(aIndex, aCount) {
+    // nothing to do if there is no actual change
+    if (!aCount)
+      return;
+
+    if (this._adjustSelectionLog)
+      this._adjustSelectionLog.push([aIndex, aCount]);
+
+    // adjust our points
+    this._shiftSelectPivot = this._adjustPoint(this._shiftSelectPivot,
+                                               aIndex, aCount);
+    this._currentIndex = this._adjustPoint(this._currentIndex, aIndex, aCount);
+
+    // If we are adding rows, we want to split any range at aIndex and then
+    //  translate all of the ranges above that point up.
+    if (aCount > 0) {
+      let [iContain, iInsert] = this._findRangeContainingRow(aIndex);
+      if (iContain != null) {
+        let [low, high] = this._ranges[iContain];
+        // if it is the low value, we just want to shift the range entirely, so
+        //  do nothing (and keep iInsert pointing at it for translation)
+        // if it is not the low value, then there must be at least two values so
+        //  we should split it and only translate the new/upper block
+        if (aIndex != low) {
+          this._ranges.splice(iContain, 1, [low, aIndex - 1], [aIndex, high]);
+          iInsert++;
+        }
+      }
+      // now translate everything from iInsert on up
+      for (let iTrans = iInsert; iTrans < this._ranges.length; iTrans++) {
+        let [low, high] = this._ranges[iTrans];
+        this._ranges[iTrans] = [low + aCount, high + aCount];
+      }
+      // invalidate and fire selection change notice
+      if (this._treeBoxObject)
+        this._treeBoxObject.invalidate();
+      this._fireSelectionChanged();
+      return;
+    }
+
+    // If we are removing rows, we are basically clearing the range that is
+    //  getting deleted and translating everyone above the remaining point
+    //  downwards.  The one trick is we may have to merge the lowest translated
+    //  block.
+    let saveSuppress = this.selectEventsSuppressed;
+    this.selectEventsSuppressed = true;
+    this.clearRange(aIndex, aIndex - aCount - 1);
+    // translate
+    let iTrans = this._findRangeContainingRow(aIndex)[1];
+    for (; iTrans < this._ranges.length; iTrans++) {
+      let [low, high] = this._ranges[iTrans];
+      // for the first range, low may be below the index, in which case it
+      //  should not get translated
+      this._ranges[iTrans] = [(low >= aIndex) ? low + aCount : low,
+                              high + aCount];
+    }
+    // we may have to merge the lowest translated block because it may now be
+    //  adjacent to the previous block
+    if (iTrans > 0 && iTrans < this._ranges.length &&
+        this._ranges[iTrans-1][1] == this_ranges[iTrans][0]) {
+      this._ranges[iTrans-1][1] = this._ranges[iTrans][1];
+      this._ranges.splice(iTrans, 1);
+    }
+
+    if (this._treeBoxObject)
+      this._treeBoxObject.invalidate();
+    this.selectEventsSuppressed = saveSuppress;
+  },
+
+  get selectEventsSuppressed() {
+    return this._selectEventsSuppressed;
+  },
+  /**
+   * Control whether selection events are suppressed.  For consistency with
+   *  nsTreeSelection, we always generate a selection event when a value of
+   *  false is assigned, even if the value was already false.
+   */
+  set selectEventsSuppressed(aSuppress) {
+    this._selectEventsSuppressed = aSuppress;
+    if (!aSuppress)
+      this._fireSelectionChanged();
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Note that we bypass any XUL "onselect" handler that may exist and go
+   *  straight to the view.  If you have a tree, you shouldn't be using us,
+   *  so this seems aboot right.
+   */
+  _fireSelectionChanged: function JSTreeSelection__fireSelectionChanged() {
+    // don't fire if we are suppressed; we will fire when un-suppressed
+    if (this.selectEventsSuppressed)
+      return;
+    let view;
+    if (this._treeBoxObject && this._treeBoxObject.view)
+      view = this._treeBoxObject.view;
+    else
+      view = this._view;
+
+    // We might not have a view if we're in the middle of setting up things
+    if (view) {
+      view = view.QueryInterface(Ci.nsITreeView);
+      view.selectionChanged();
+    }
+  },
+
+  get currentIndex() {
+    if (this._currentIndex == null)
+      return -1;
+    return this._currentIndex;
+  },
+  /**
+   * Sets the current index.  Other than updating the variable, this just
+   *  invalidates the tree row if we have a tree.
+   * The real selection object would send a DOM event we don't care about.
+   */
+  set currentIndex(aIndex) {
+    if (aIndex == this.currentIndex)
+      return;
+
+    this._currentIndex = (aIndex != -1) ? aIndex : null;
+    if (this._treeBoxObject)
+      this._treeBoxObject.invalidateRow(aIndex);
+  },
+
+  currentColumn: null,
+
+  get shiftSelectPivot() {
+    return this._shiftSelectPivot != null ? this._shiftSelectPivot : -1;
+  },
+
+  QueryInterface: XPCOMUtils.generateQI(
+    [Ci.nsITreeSelection]),
+
+  /*
+   * Functions after this aren't part of the nsITreeSelection interface.
+   */
+
+  /**
+   * Duplicate this selection on another nsITreeSelection. This is useful
+   * when you would like to discard this selection for a real tree selection.
+   * We assume that both selections are for the same tree.
+   *
+   * @note We don't transfer the correct shiftSelectPivot over.
+   * @note This will fire a selectionChanged event on the tree view.
+   *
+   * @param aSelection an nsITreeSelection to duplicate this selection onto
+   */
+  duplicateSelection: function JSTreeSelection_duplicateSelection(aSelection) {
+    aSelection.selectEventsSuppressed = true;
+    aSelection.clearSelection();
+    for (let [iTupe, [low, high]] of this._ranges.entries())
+      aSelection.rangedSelect(low, high, iTupe > 0);
+
+    aSelection.currentIndex = this.currentIndex;
+    // This will fire a selectionChanged event
+    aSelection.selectEventsSuppressed = false;
+  },
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/base/util/mailServices.js b/mailnews/base/util/mailServices.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f6bf9ca01
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/util/mailServices.js
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+var EXPORTED_SYMBOLS = ["MailServices"];
+
+Components.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/XPCOMUtils.jsm");
+
+var MailServices = {};
+
+XPCOMUtils.defineLazyServiceGetter(MailServices, "mailSession",
+                                   "@mozilla.org/messenger/services/session;1",
+                                   "nsIMsgMailSession");
+
+XPCOMUtils.defineLazyServiceGetter(MailServices, "accounts",
+                                   "@mozilla.org/messenger/account-manager;1",
+                                   "nsIMsgAccountManager");
+
+XPCOMUtils.defineLazyServiceGetter(MailServices, "pop3",
+                                   "@mozilla.org/messenger/popservice;1",
+                                   "nsIPop3Service");
+
+XPCOMUtils.defineLazyServiceGetter(MailServices, "imap",
+                                   "@mozilla.org/messenger/imapservice;1",
+                                   "nsIImapService");
+
+XPCOMUtils.defineLazyServiceGetter(MailServices, "nntp",
+                                   "@mozilla.org/messenger/nntpservice;1",
+                                   "nsINntpService");
+
+XPCOMUtils.defineLazyServiceGetter(MailServices, "smtp",
+                                   "@mozilla.org/messengercompose/smtp;1",
+                                   "nsISmtpService");
+
+XPCOMUtils.defineLazyServiceGetter(MailServices, "compose",
+                                   "@mozilla.org/messengercompose;1",
+                                   "nsIMsgComposeService");
+
+XPCOMUtils.defineLazyServiceGetter(MailServices, "ab",
+                                   "@mozilla.org/abmanager;1",
+                                   "nsIAbManager");
+
+XPCOMUtils.defineLazyServiceGetter(MailServices, "copy",
+                                   "@mozilla.org/messenger/messagecopyservice;1",
+                                   "nsIMsgCopyService");
+
+XPCOMUtils.defineLazyServiceGetter(MailServices, "mfn",
+                                   "@mozilla.org/messenger/msgnotificationservice;1",
+                                   "nsIMsgFolderNotificationService");
+
+XPCOMUtils.defineLazyServiceGetter(MailServices, "headerParser",
+                                   "@mozilla.org/messenger/headerparser;1",
+                                   "nsIMsgHeaderParser");
+
+XPCOMUtils.defineLazyServiceGetter(MailServices, "mimeConverter",
+                                   "@mozilla.org/messenger/mimeconverter;1",
+                                   "nsIMimeConverter");
+
+XPCOMUtils.defineLazyServiceGetter(MailServices, "tags",
+                                   "@mozilla.org/messenger/tagservice;1",
+                                   "nsIMsgTagService");
+
+XPCOMUtils.defineLazyServiceGetter(MailServices, "filters",
+                                   "@mozilla.org/messenger/services/filters;1",
+                                   "nsIMsgFilterService");
+
+XPCOMUtils.defineLazyServiceGetter(MailServices, "junk",
+                                   "@mozilla.org/messenger/filter-plugin;1?name=bayesianfilter",
+                                   "nsIJunkMailPlugin");
+
+XPCOMUtils.defineLazyServiceGetter(MailServices, "newMailNotification",
+                                   "@mozilla.org/newMailNotificationService;1",
+                                   "mozINewMailNotificationService");
diff --git a/mailnews/base/util/mailnewsMigrator.js b/mailnews/base/util/mailnewsMigrator.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2e3be6906
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/util/mailnewsMigrator.js
@@ -0,0 +1,203 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/**
+ * Migrate profile (prefs and other files) from older versions of Mailnews to
+ * current.
+ * This should be run at startup. It migrates as needed: each migration
+ * function should be written to be a no-op when the value is already migrated
+ * or was never used in the old version.
+ */
+
+this.EXPORTED_SYMBOLS = [ "migrateMailnews" ];
+
+Components.utils.import("resource:///modules/errUtils.js");
+Components.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/Services.jsm");
+Components.utils.import("resource:///modules/mailServices.js");
+var Ci = Components.interfaces;
+var kServerPrefVersion = 1;
+var kSmtpPrefVersion = 1;
+var kABRemoteContentPrefVersion = 1;
+var kDefaultCharsetsPrefVersion = 1;
+
+function migrateMailnews()
+{
+  try {
+    MigrateServerAuthPref();
+  } catch (e) { logException(e); }
+
+  try {
+    MigrateABRemoteContentSettings();
+  } catch (e) { logException(e); }
+
+  try {
+    MigrateDefaultCharsets();
+  } catch (e) { logException(e); }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Migrates from pref useSecAuth to pref authMethod
+ */
+function MigrateServerAuthPref()
+{
+  try {
+    // comma-separated list of all accounts.
+    var accounts = Services.prefs.getCharPref("mail.accountmanager.accounts")
+        .split(",");
+    for (let i = 0; i < accounts.length; i++)
+    {
+      let accountKey = accounts[i]; // e.g. "account1"
+      if (!accountKey)
+        continue;
+      let serverKey = Services.prefs.getCharPref("mail.account." + accountKey +
+         ".server");
+      let server = "mail.server." + serverKey + ".";
+      if (Services.prefs.prefHasUserValue(server + "authMethod"))
+        continue;
+      if (!Services.prefs.prefHasUserValue(server + "useSecAuth") &&
+          !Services.prefs.prefHasUserValue(server + "auth_login"))
+        continue;
+      if (Services.prefs.prefHasUserValue(server + "migrated"))
+        continue;
+      // auth_login = false => old-style auth
+      // else: useSecAuth = true => "secure auth"
+      // else: cleartext pw
+      let auth_login = true;
+      let useSecAuth = false; // old default, default pref now removed
+      try {
+        auth_login = Services.prefs.getBoolPref(server + "auth_login");
+      } catch (e) {}
+      try {
+        useSecAuth = Services.prefs.getBoolPref(server + "useSecAuth");
+      } catch (e) {}
+
+      Services.prefs.setIntPref(server + "authMethod",
+          auth_login ? (useSecAuth ?
+                           Ci.nsMsgAuthMethod.secure :
+                           Ci.nsMsgAuthMethod.passwordCleartext) :
+                       Ci.nsMsgAuthMethod.old);
+      Services.prefs.setIntPref(server + "migrated", kServerPrefVersion);
+    }
+
+    // same again for SMTP servers
+    var smtpservers = Services.prefs.getCharPref("mail.smtpservers").split(",");
+    for (let i = 0; i < smtpservers.length; i++)
+    {
+      if (!smtpservers[i])
+        continue;
+      let server = "mail.smtpserver." + smtpservers[i] + ".";
+      if (Services.prefs.prefHasUserValue(server + "authMethod"))
+        continue;
+      if (!Services.prefs.prefHasUserValue(server + "useSecAuth") &&
+          !Services.prefs.prefHasUserValue(server + "auth_method"))
+        continue;
+      if (Services.prefs.prefHasUserValue(server + "migrated"))
+        continue;
+      // auth_method = 0 => no auth
+      // else: useSecAuth = true => "secure auth"
+      // else: cleartext pw
+      let auth_method = 1;
+      let useSecAuth = false;
+      try {
+        auth_method = Services.prefs.getIntPref(server + "auth_method");
+      } catch (e) {}
+      try {
+        useSecAuth = Services.prefs.getBoolPref(server + "useSecAuth");
+      } catch (e) {}
+
+      Services.prefs.setIntPref(server + "authMethod",
+          auth_method ? (useSecAuth ?
+                            Ci.nsMsgAuthMethod.secure :
+                            Ci.nsMsgAuthMethod.passwordCleartext) :
+                        Ci.nsMsgAuthMethod.none);
+      Services.prefs.setIntPref(server + "migrated", kSmtpPrefVersion);
+    }
+  } catch(e) { logException(e); }
+}
+
+/**
+ * The address book used to contain information about wheather to allow remote
+ * content for a given contact. Now we use the permission manager for that.
+ * Do a one-time migration for it.
+ */
+function MigrateABRemoteContentSettings()
+{
+  if (Services.prefs.prefHasUserValue("mail.ab_remote_content.migrated"))
+    return;
+
+  // Search through all of our local address books looking for a match.
+  let enumerator = MailServices.ab.directories;
+  while (enumerator.hasMoreElements())
+  {
+    let migrateAddress = function(aEmail) {
+      let uri = Services.io.newURI(
+        "chrome://messenger/content/email=" + aEmail, null, null);
+      Services.perms.add(uri, "image", Services.perms.ALLOW_ACTION);
+    }
+
+    let addrbook = enumerator.getNext()
+      .QueryInterface(Components.interfaces.nsIAbDirectory);
+    try {
+      // If it's a read-only book, don't try to find a card as we we could never
+      // have set the AllowRemoteContent property.
+      if (addrbook.readOnly)
+        continue;
+
+      let childCards = addrbook.childCards;
+      while (childCards.hasMoreElements())
+      {
+        let card = childCards.getNext()
+                             .QueryInterface(Components.interfaces.nsIAbCard);
+
+        if (card.getProperty("AllowRemoteContent", false) == false)
+          continue; // not allowed for this contact
+
+        if (card.primaryEmail)
+          migrateAddress(card.primaryEmail);
+
+        if (card.getProperty("SecondEmail", ""))
+          migrateAddress(card.getProperty("SecondEmail", ""));
+      }
+    } catch (e) { logException(e); }
+  }
+
+  Services.prefs.setIntPref("mail.ab_remote_content.migrated",
+                            kABRemoteContentPrefVersion);
+}
+
+/**
+ * If the default sending or viewing charset is one that is no longer available,
+ * change it back to the default.
+ */
+function MigrateDefaultCharsets()
+{
+  if (Services.prefs.prefHasUserValue("mail.default_charsets.migrated"))
+    return;
+
+  let charsetConvertManager = Components.classes['@mozilla.org/charset-converter-manager;1']
+    .getService(Components.interfaces.nsICharsetConverterManager);
+
+  let sendCharsetStr = Services.prefs.getComplexValue(
+      "mailnews.send_default_charset",
+      Components.interfaces.nsIPrefLocalizedString).data;
+
+  try {
+    charsetConvertManager.getCharsetTitle(sendCharsetStr);
+  } catch (e) {
+    Services.prefs.clearUserPref("mailnews.send_default_charset");
+  }
+
+  let viewCharsetStr = Services.prefs.getComplexValue(
+      "mailnews.view_default_charset",
+      Components.interfaces.nsIPrefLocalizedString).data;
+
+  try {
+    charsetConvertManager.getCharsetTitle(viewCharsetStr);
+  } catch (e) {
+    Services.prefs.clearUserPref("mailnews.view_default_charset");
+  }
+
+  Services.prefs.setIntPref("mail.default_charsets.migrated",
+                            kDefaultCharsetsPrefVersion);
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/util/moz.build b/mailnews/base/util/moz.build
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a016cbcb9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/util/moz.build
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+# vim: set filetype=python:
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+EXPORTS += [
+    'nsImapMoveCoalescer.h',
+    'nsMsgCompressIStream.h',
+    'nsMsgCompressOStream.h',
+    'nsMsgDBFolder.h',
+    'nsMsgDBFolderAtomList.h',
+    'nsMsgI18N.h',
+    'nsMsgIdentity.h',
+    'nsMsgIncomingServer.h',
+    'nsMsgKeyArray.h',
+    'nsMsgKeySet.h',
+    'nsMsgLineBuffer.h',
+    'nsMsgMailNewsUrl.h',
+    'nsMsgProtocol.h',
+    'nsMsgReadStateTxn.h',
+    'nsMsgTxn.h',
+    'nsMsgUtils.h',
+]
+
+EXPORTS.mozilla.mailnews += [
+    'ServiceList.h',
+    'Services.h',
+]
+
+SOURCES += [
+    'nsImapMoveCoalescer.cpp',
+    'nsMsgCompressIStream.cpp',
+    'nsMsgCompressOStream.cpp',
+    'nsMsgDBFolder.cpp',
+    'nsMsgFileStream.cpp',
+    'nsMsgI18N.cpp',
+    'nsMsgIdentity.cpp',
+    'nsMsgIncomingServer.cpp',
+    'nsMsgKeyArray.cpp',
+    'nsMsgKeySet.cpp',
+    'nsMsgLineBuffer.cpp',
+    'nsMsgMailNewsUrl.cpp',
+    'nsMsgProtocol.cpp',
+    'nsMsgReadStateTxn.cpp',
+    'nsMsgTxn.cpp',
+    'nsMsgUtils.cpp',
+    'nsStopwatch.cpp',
+    'Services.cpp',
+]
+
+EXTRA_JS_MODULES += [
+    'ABQueryUtils.jsm',
+    'errUtils.js',
+    'folderUtils.jsm',
+    'hostnameUtils.jsm',
+    'IOUtils.js',
+    'iteratorUtils.jsm',
+    'jsTreeSelection.js',
+    'JXON.js',
+    'mailnewsMigrator.js',
+    'mailServices.js',
+    'msgDBCacheManager.js',
+    'OAuth2.jsm',
+    'OAuth2Providers.jsm',
+    'StringBundle.js',
+    'templateUtils.js',
+    'traceHelper.js',
+]
+
+LOCAL_INCLUDES += [
+  '/mozilla/netwerk/base'
+]
+
+FINAL_LIBRARY = 'mail'
+
+Library('msgbsutl_s')
+
+DEFINES['_IMPL_NS_MSG_BASE'] = True
diff --git a/mailnews/base/util/msgDBCacheManager.js b/mailnews/base/util/msgDBCacheManager.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..267962375
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/util/msgDBCacheManager.js
@@ -0,0 +1,175 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this file,
+ * You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/**
+ * Message DB Cache manager
+ */
+
+/* :::::::: Constants and Helpers ::::::::::::::: */
+
+this.EXPORTED_SYMBOLS = ["msgDBCacheManager"];
+
+var Cc = Components.classes;
+var Ci = Components.interfaces;
+var Cu = Components.utils;
+
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/mailServices.js");
+Cu.import("resource://gre/modules/Services.jsm");
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/log4moz.js");
+var log = Log4Moz.getConfiguredLogger("mailnews.database.dbcache");
+
+/**
+ */
+var DBCACHE_INTERVAL_DEFAULT_MS = 60000; // 1 minute
+
+/* :::::::: The Module ::::::::::::::: */
+
+var msgDBCacheManager =
+{
+  _initialized: false,
+
+  _msgDBCacheTimer: null,
+
+  _msgDBCacheTimerIntervalMS: DBCACHE_INTERVAL_DEFAULT_MS,
+
+  _dbService: null,
+
+  /**
+   * This is called on startup
+   */
+  init: function dbcachemgr_init()
+  {
+    if (this._initialized)
+      return;
+
+    this._dbService = Cc["@mozilla.org/msgDatabase/msgDBService;1"]
+                        .getService(Ci.nsIMsgDBService);
+
+    // we listen for "quit-application-granted" instead of
+    // "quit-application-requested" because other observers of the
+    // latter can cancel the shutdown.
+    Services.obs.addObserver(this, "quit-application-granted", false);
+
+    this.startPeriodicCheck();
+
+    this._initialized = true;
+  },
+
+/* ........ Timer Callback ................*/
+
+  _dbCacheCheckTimerCallback: function dbCache_CheckTimerCallback()
+  {
+    msgDBCacheManager.checkCachedDBs();
+  },
+
+/* ........ Observer Notification Handler ................*/
+
+  observe: function dbCache_observe(aSubject, aTopic, aData) {
+    switch (aTopic) {
+    // This is observed before any windows start unloading if something other
+    // than the last 3pane window closing requested the application be
+    // shutdown. For example, when the user quits via the file menu.
+    case "quit-application-granted":
+      Services.obs.removeObserver(this, "quit-application-granted");
+      this.stopPeriodicCheck();
+      break;
+    }
+  },
+
+/* ........ Public API ................*/
+
+  /**
+   * Stops db cache check
+   */
+  stopPeriodicCheck: function dbcache_stopPeriodicCheck()
+  {
+    if (this._dbCacheCheckTimer) {
+      this._dbCacheCheckTimer.cancel();
+
+      delete this._dbCacheCheckTimer;
+      this._dbCacheCheckTimer = null;
+    }
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Starts periodic db cache check
+   */
+  startPeriodicCheck: function dbcache_startPeriodicCheck()
+  {
+    if (!this._dbCacheCheckTimer) {
+      this._dbCacheCheckTimer = Cc["@mozilla.org/timer;1"]
+                                   .createInstance(Ci.nsITimer);
+
+      this._dbCacheCheckTimer.initWithCallback(
+                                   this._dbCacheCheckTimerCallback,
+                                   this._msgDBCacheTimerIntervalMS,
+                                   Ci.nsITimer.TYPE_REPEATING_SLACK);
+    }
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Checks if any DBs need to be closed due to inactivity or too many of them open.
+   */
+  checkCachedDBs: function()
+  {
+    let idleLimit = Services.prefs.getIntPref("mail.db.idle_limit");
+    let maxOpenDBs = Services.prefs.getIntPref("mail.db.max_open");
+
+    // db.lastUseTime below is in microseconds while Date.now and idleLimit pref
+    // is in milliseconds.
+    let closeThreshold = (Date.now() - idleLimit) * 1000;
+    let cachedDBs = this._dbService.openDBs;
+    log.info("Periodic check of cached folder databases (DBs), count=" + cachedDBs.length);
+    // Count databases that are already closed or get closed now due to inactivity.
+    let numClosing = 0;
+    // Count databases whose folder is open in a window.
+    let numOpenInWindow = 0;
+    let dbs = [];
+    for (let i = 0; i < cachedDBs.length; i++) {
+      let db = cachedDBs.queryElementAt(i, Ci.nsIMsgDatabase);
+      if (!db.folder.databaseOpen) {
+        // The DB isn't really open anymore.
+        log.debug("Skipping, DB not open for folder: " + db.folder.name);
+        numClosing++;
+        continue;
+      }
+
+      if (MailServices.mailSession.IsFolderOpenInWindow(db.folder)) {
+        // The folder is open in a window so this DB must not be closed.
+        log.debug("Skipping, DB open in window for folder: " + db.folder.name);
+        numOpenInWindow++;
+        continue;
+      }
+
+      if (db.lastUseTime < closeThreshold)
+      {
+        // DB open too log without activity.
+        log.debug("Closing expired DB for folder: " + db.folder.name);
+        db.folder.msgDatabase = null;
+        numClosing++;
+        continue;
+      }
+
+      // Database eligible for closing.
+      dbs.push(db);
+    }
+    log.info("DBs open in a window: " + numOpenInWindow + ", DBs open: " + dbs.length + ", DBs already closing: " + numClosing);
+    let dbsToClose = Math.max(dbs.length - Math.max(maxOpenDBs - numOpenInWindow, 0), 0);
+    if (dbsToClose > 0) {
+      // Close some DBs so that we do not have more than maxOpenDBs.
+      // However, we skipped DBs for folders that are open in a window
+      // so if there are so many windows open, it may be possible for
+      // more than maxOpenDBs folders to stay open after this loop.
+      log.info("Need to close " + dbsToClose + " more DBs");
+      // Order databases by lowest lastUseTime (oldest) at the end.
+      dbs.sort((a, b) => b.lastUseTime - a.lastUseTime);
+      while (dbsToClose > 0) {
+        let db = dbs.pop();
+        log.debug("Closing DB for folder: " + db.folder.name);
+        db.folder.msgDatabase = null;
+        dbsToClose--;
+      }
+    }
+  },
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/base/util/nsImapMoveCoalescer.cpp b/mailnews/base/util/nsImapMoveCoalescer.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..56958cdc9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/util/nsImapMoveCoalescer.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,233 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "nsMsgImapCID.h"
+#include "nsImapMoveCoalescer.h"
+#include "nsIImapService.h"
+#include "nsIMsgCopyService.h"
+#include "nsMsgBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolder.h" // TO include biffState enum. Change to bool later...
+#include "nsMsgFolderFlags.h"
+#include "nsIMsgHdr.h"
+#include "nsIMsgImapMailFolder.h"
+#include "nsThreadUtils.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsIMutableArray.h"
+#include "nsArrayUtils.h"
+#include "nsComponentManagerUtils.h"
+#include "mozilla/ArrayUtils.h"
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsImapMoveCoalescer, nsIUrlListener)
+
+nsImapMoveCoalescer::nsImapMoveCoalescer(nsIMsgFolder *sourceFolder, nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow)
+{
+  m_sourceFolder = sourceFolder; 
+  m_msgWindow = msgWindow;
+  m_hasPendingMoves = false;
+}
+
+nsImapMoveCoalescer::~nsImapMoveCoalescer()
+{
+}
+
+nsresult nsImapMoveCoalescer::AddMove(nsIMsgFolder *folder, nsMsgKey key)
+{
+  m_hasPendingMoves = true;
+  int32_t folderIndex = m_destFolders.IndexOf(folder);
+  nsTArray<nsMsgKey> *keysToAdd = nullptr;
+
+  if (folderIndex >= 0)
+    keysToAdd = &(m_sourceKeyArrays[folderIndex]);
+  else
+  {
+    m_destFolders.AppendObject(folder);
+    keysToAdd = m_sourceKeyArrays.AppendElement();
+    if (!keysToAdd)
+      return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+  }
+
+  if (!keysToAdd->Contains(key))
+    keysToAdd->AppendElement(key);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsImapMoveCoalescer::PlaybackMoves(bool doNewMailNotification /* = false */)
+{
+  int32_t numFolders = m_destFolders.Count();
+  // Nothing to do, so don't change the member variables.
+  if (numFolders == 0)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  m_hasPendingMoves = false;
+  m_doNewMailNotification = doNewMailNotification;
+  m_outstandingMoves = 0;
+
+  for (int32_t i = 0; i < numFolders; ++i)
+  {
+    // XXX TODO
+    // JUNK MAIL RELATED
+    // is this the right place to make sure dest folder exists
+    // (and has proper flags?), before we start copying?
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> destFolder(m_destFolders[i]);
+    nsTArray<nsMsgKey>& keysToAdd = m_sourceKeyArrays[i];
+    int32_t numNewMessages = 0;
+    int32_t numKeysToAdd = keysToAdd.Length();
+    if (numKeysToAdd == 0)
+      continue;
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> messages(do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID));
+    for (uint32_t keyIndex = 0; keyIndex < keysToAdd.Length(); keyIndex++)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> mailHdr = nullptr;
+      rv = m_sourceFolder->GetMessageHeader(keysToAdd.ElementAt(keyIndex), getter_AddRefs(mailHdr));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && mailHdr)
+      {
+        messages->AppendElement(mailHdr, false);
+        bool isRead = false;
+        mailHdr->GetIsRead(&isRead);
+        if (!isRead)
+          numNewMessages++;
+      }
+    }
+    uint32_t destFlags;
+    destFolder->GetFlags(&destFlags);
+    if (! (destFlags & nsMsgFolderFlags::Junk)) // don't set has new on junk folder
+    {
+      destFolder->SetNumNewMessages(numNewMessages);
+      if (numNewMessages > 0)
+        destFolder->SetHasNewMessages(true);
+    }
+    // adjust the new message count on the source folder
+    int32_t oldNewMessageCount = 0;
+    m_sourceFolder->GetNumNewMessages(false, &oldNewMessageCount);
+    if (oldNewMessageCount >= numKeysToAdd)
+      oldNewMessageCount -= numKeysToAdd;
+    else
+      oldNewMessageCount = 0;
+
+    m_sourceFolder->SetNumNewMessages(oldNewMessageCount);
+
+    nsCOMPtr <nsISupports> sourceSupports = do_QueryInterface(m_sourceFolder, &rv);
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIUrlListener> urlListener(do_QueryInterface(sourceSupports));
+
+    keysToAdd.Clear();
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgCopyService> copySvc = do_GetService(NS_MSGCOPYSERVICE_CONTRACTID);
+    if (copySvc)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgCopyServiceListener> listener;
+      if (m_doNewMailNotification)
+      {
+        nsMoveCoalescerCopyListener *copyListener = new nsMoveCoalescerCopyListener(this, destFolder);
+        if (copyListener)
+          listener = do_QueryInterface(copyListener);
+      }
+      rv = copySvc->CopyMessages(m_sourceFolder, messages, destFolder, true,
+                                 listener, m_msgWindow, false /*allowUndo*/);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        m_outstandingMoves++;
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapMoveCoalescer::OnStartRunningUrl(nsIURI *aUrl)
+{
+  NS_PRECONDITION(aUrl, "just a sanity check");
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapMoveCoalescer::OnStopRunningUrl(nsIURI *aUrl, nsresult aExitCode)
+{
+  m_outstandingMoves--;
+  if (m_doNewMailNotification && !m_outstandingMoves)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgImapMailFolder> imapFolder = do_QueryInterface(m_sourceFolder);
+    if (imapFolder)
+      imapFolder->NotifyIfNewMail();
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsTArray<nsMsgKey> *nsImapMoveCoalescer::GetKeyBucket(uint32_t keyArrayIndex)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(keyArrayIndex < MOZ_ARRAY_LENGTH(m_keyBuckets), "invalid index");
+
+  return keyArrayIndex < mozilla::ArrayLength(m_keyBuckets) ?
+           &(m_keyBuckets[keyArrayIndex]) : nullptr;
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMoveCoalescerCopyListener, nsIMsgCopyServiceListener)
+
+nsMoveCoalescerCopyListener::nsMoveCoalescerCopyListener(nsImapMoveCoalescer * coalescer, 
+                                                         nsIMsgFolder *destFolder)
+{
+  m_destFolder = destFolder;
+  m_coalescer = coalescer;
+}
+
+nsMoveCoalescerCopyListener::~nsMoveCoalescerCopyListener()
+{
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMoveCoalescerCopyListener::OnStartCopy()
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+/* void OnProgress (in uint32_t aProgress, in uint32_t aProgressMax); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMoveCoalescerCopyListener::OnProgress(uint32_t aProgress, uint32_t aProgressMax)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+/* void SetMessageKey (in uint32_t aKey); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMoveCoalescerCopyListener::SetMessageKey(uint32_t aKey)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+/* void GetMessageId (in nsACString aMessageId); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMoveCoalescerCopyListener::GetMessageId(nsACString& messageId)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+/* void OnStopCopy (in nsresult aStatus); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMoveCoalescerCopyListener::OnStopCopy(nsresult aStatus)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(aStatus))
+  {
+    // if the dest folder is imap, update it.
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgImapMailFolder> imapFolder = do_QueryInterface(m_destFolder);
+    if (imapFolder)
+    {
+      uint32_t folderFlags;
+      m_destFolder->GetFlags(&folderFlags);
+      if (!(folderFlags & (nsMsgFolderFlags::Junk | nsMsgFolderFlags::Trash)))
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIImapService> imapService = do_GetService(NS_IMAPSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv); 
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+        nsCOMPtr <nsIURI> url;
+        nsCOMPtr <nsIUrlListener> listener = do_QueryInterface(m_coalescer);
+        rv = imapService->SelectFolder(m_destFolder, listener, nullptr, getter_AddRefs(url));
+      }
+    }
+    else // give junk filters a chance to run on new msgs in destination local folder
+    {
+      bool filtersRun;
+      m_destFolder->CallFilterPlugins(nullptr, &filtersRun);
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+
+
diff --git a/mailnews/base/util/nsImapMoveCoalescer.h b/mailnews/base/util/nsImapMoveCoalescer.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2085408fb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/util/nsImapMoveCoalescer.h
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _nsImapMoveCoalescer_H
+#define _nsImapMoveCoalescer_H
+
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "nsCOMArray.h"
+#include "nsIMsgWindow.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "MailNewsTypes.h"
+#include "nsTArray.h"
+#include "nsIUrlListener.h"
+#include "nsIMsgCopyServiceListener.h"
+
+// imap move coalescer class - in order to keep nsImapMailFolder from growing like Topsy
+// Logically, we want to keep track of an nsTArray<nsMsgKey> per nsIMsgFolder, and then
+// be able to retrieve them one by one and play back the moves.
+// This utility class will be used by both the filter code and the offline playback code,
+// to avoid multiple moves to the same folder.
+
+class NS_MSG_BASE nsImapMoveCoalescer : public nsIUrlListener
+{
+public:
+  friend class nsMoveCoalescerCopyListener;
+
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIURLLISTENER
+
+  nsImapMoveCoalescer(nsIMsgFolder *sourceFolder, nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow);
+
+  nsresult AddMove(nsIMsgFolder *folder, nsMsgKey key);
+  nsresult PlaybackMoves(bool doNewMailNotification = false);
+  // this lets the caller store keys in an arbitrary number of buckets. If the bucket
+  // for the passed in index doesn't exist, it will get created.
+  nsTArray<nsMsgKey> *GetKeyBucket(uint32_t keyArrayIndex);
+  nsIMsgWindow *GetMsgWindow() {return m_msgWindow;}
+  bool HasPendingMoves() {return m_hasPendingMoves;}
+protected:
+  virtual ~nsImapMoveCoalescer();
+  // m_sourceKeyArrays and m_destFolders are parallel arrays.
+  nsTArray<nsTArray<nsMsgKey> > m_sourceKeyArrays;
+  nsCOMArray<nsIMsgFolder> m_destFolders;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgWindow> m_msgWindow;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> m_sourceFolder;
+  bool m_doNewMailNotification;
+  bool m_hasPendingMoves;
+  nsTArray<nsMsgKey> m_keyBuckets[2];
+  int32_t m_outstandingMoves;
+};
+
+class nsMoveCoalescerCopyListener final : public nsIMsgCopyServiceListener
+{
+public:
+    nsMoveCoalescerCopyListener(nsImapMoveCoalescer * coalescer, nsIMsgFolder *destFolder);
+    NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+    NS_DECL_NSIMSGCOPYSERVICELISTENER
+
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> m_destFolder;
+
+      nsImapMoveCoalescer *m_coalescer;
+    // when we get OnStopCopy, update the folder. When we've finished all the copies,
+    // send the biff notification.
+
+private:
+    ~nsMoveCoalescerCopyListener();
+};
+
+
+#endif // _nsImapMoveCoalescer_H
+
diff --git a/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgCompressIStream.cpp b/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgCompressIStream.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5b47422f2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgCompressIStream.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,228 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsMsgCompressIStream.h"
+#include "prio.h"
+#include "prmem.h"
+#include "nsAlgorithm.h"
+#include <algorithm>
+
+#define BUFFER_SIZE 16384
+
+nsMsgCompressIStream::nsMsgCompressIStream() :
+  m_dataptr(nullptr),
+  m_dataleft(0),
+  m_inflateAgain(false)
+{
+}
+
+nsMsgCompressIStream::~nsMsgCompressIStream()
+{
+  Close();
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMsgCompressIStream, nsIInputStream,
+                              nsIAsyncInputStream)
+
+nsresult nsMsgCompressIStream::InitInputStream(nsIInputStream *rawStream)
+{
+  // protect against repeat calls
+  if (m_iStream)
+    return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+
+  // allocate some memory for buffering
+  m_zbuf = mozilla::MakeUnique<char[]>(BUFFER_SIZE);
+  if (!m_zbuf)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+  // allocate some memory for buffering
+  m_databuf = mozilla::MakeUnique<char[]>(BUFFER_SIZE);
+  if (!m_databuf)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+  // set up zlib object
+  m_zstream.zalloc = Z_NULL;
+  m_zstream.zfree = Z_NULL;
+  m_zstream.opaque = Z_NULL;
+
+  // http://zlib.net/manual.html is rather silent on the topic, but 
+  // perl's Compress::Raw::Zlib manual says:
+  // -WindowBits
+  //  To compress an RFC 1951 data stream, set WindowBits to -MAX_WBITS.
+  if (inflateInit2(&m_zstream, -MAX_WBITS) != Z_OK)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  m_iStream = rawStream;
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgCompressIStream::DoInflation()
+{
+  // if there's something in the input buffer of the zstream, process it.
+  m_zstream.next_out = (Bytef *) m_databuf.get();
+  m_zstream.avail_out = BUFFER_SIZE;
+  int zr = inflate(&m_zstream, Z_SYNC_FLUSH);
+
+  // inflate() should normally be called until it returns 
+  // Z_STREAM_END or an error, and Z_BUF_ERROR just means
+  // unable to progress any further (possible if we filled
+  // an output buffer exactly)
+  if (zr == Z_BUF_ERROR || zr == Z_STREAM_END)
+    zr = Z_OK;
+
+  // otherwise it's an error
+  if (zr != Z_OK) 
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  // http://www.zlib.net/manual.html says:
+  // If inflate returns Z_OK and with zero avail_out, it must be called 
+  // again after making room in the output buffer because there might be
+  // more output pending. 
+  m_inflateAgain = m_zstream.avail_out ? false : true;
+
+  // set the pointer to the start of the buffer, and the count to how
+  // based on how many bytes are left unconsumed.
+  m_dataptr = m_databuf.get();
+  m_dataleft = BUFFER_SIZE - m_zstream.avail_out;
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* void close (); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompressIStream::Close()
+{
+  return CloseWithStatus(NS_OK);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompressIStream::CloseWithStatus(nsresult reason)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  if (m_iStream)
+  {
+    // pass the status through to our wrapped stream
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIAsyncInputStream> asyncInputStream = do_QueryInterface(m_iStream);
+    if (asyncInputStream)
+      rv = asyncInputStream->CloseWithStatus(reason);
+
+    // tidy up
+    m_iStream = nullptr;
+    inflateEnd(&m_zstream);
+  }
+
+  // clean up all the buffers
+  m_zbuf = nullptr;
+  m_databuf = nullptr;
+  m_dataptr = nullptr;
+  m_dataleft = 0;
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+/* unsigned long long available (); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompressIStream::Available(uint64_t *aResult)
+{
+  if (!m_iStream) 
+    return NS_BASE_STREAM_CLOSED;
+
+  // check if there's anything still in flight
+  if (!m_dataleft && m_inflateAgain)
+  {
+    nsresult rv = DoInflation();
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+
+  // we'll be returning this many to the next read, guaranteed
+  if (m_dataleft)
+  {
+    *aResult = m_dataleft;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  // this value isn't accurate, but will give a good true/false 
+  // indication for idle purposes, and next read will fill
+  // m_dataleft, so we'll have an accurate count for the next call.
+  return m_iStream->Available(aResult);
+}
+
+/* [noscript] unsigned long read (in charPtr aBuf, in unsigned long aCount); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompressIStream::Read(char * aBuf, uint32_t aCount, uint32_t *aResult)
+{
+  if (!m_iStream) 
+  {
+    *aResult = 0;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  
+  // There are two stages of buffering:
+  // * m_zbuf contains the compressed data from the remote server
+  // * m_databuf contains the uncompressed raw bytes for consumption
+  //   by the local client.
+  // 
+  // Each buffer will only be filled when the following buffers
+  // have been entirely consumed.
+  //
+  // m_dataptr and m_dataleft are respectively a pointer to the
+  // unconsumed portion of m_databuf and the number of bytes
+  // of uncompressed data remaining in m_databuf.
+  //
+  // both buffers have a maximum size of BUFFER_SIZE, so it is
+  // possible that multiple inflate passes will be required to
+  // consume all of m_zbuf.
+  while (!m_dataleft)
+  {
+    // get some more data if we don't already have any
+    if (!m_inflateAgain) 
+    {
+      uint32_t bytesRead;
+      nsresult rv = m_iStream->Read(m_zbuf.get(), (uint32_t)BUFFER_SIZE, &bytesRead);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      if (!bytesRead)
+        return NS_BASE_STREAM_CLOSED;
+      m_zstream.next_in = (Bytef *) m_zbuf.get();
+      m_zstream.avail_in = bytesRead;
+    }
+
+    nsresult rv = DoInflation();
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+
+  *aResult = std::min(m_dataleft, aCount);
+
+  if (*aResult)
+  {
+    memcpy(aBuf, m_dataptr, *aResult);
+    m_dataptr += *aResult;
+    m_dataleft -= *aResult;
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* [noscript] unsigned long readSegments (in nsWriteSegmentFun aWriter, in voidPtr aClosure, in unsigned long aCount); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompressIStream::ReadSegments(nsWriteSegmentFun aWriter, void * aClosure, uint32_t aCount, uint32_t *_retval)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompressIStream::AsyncWait(nsIInputStreamCallback *callback, uint32_t flags, uint32_t amount, nsIEventTarget *target)
+{
+  if (!m_iStream)
+    return NS_BASE_STREAM_CLOSED;
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIAsyncInputStream> asyncInputStream = do_QueryInterface(m_iStream);
+  if (asyncInputStream)
+    return asyncInputStream->AsyncWait(callback, flags, amount, target);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* boolean isNonBlocking (); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompressIStream::IsNonBlocking(bool *aNonBlocking)
+{
+  *aNonBlocking = false;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
diff --git a/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgCompressIStream.h b/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgCompressIStream.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6c91e084d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgCompressIStream.h
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "nsIAsyncInputStream.h"
+#include "nsIInputStream.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "mozilla/UniquePtr.h"
+#include "zlib.h"
+
+class NS_MSG_BASE nsMsgCompressIStream final : public nsIAsyncInputStream
+{
+public:
+  nsMsgCompressIStream();
+
+  NS_DECL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS
+    
+  NS_DECL_NSIINPUTSTREAM
+  NS_DECL_NSIASYNCINPUTSTREAM
+
+  nsresult InitInputStream(nsIInputStream *rawStream);
+
+protected:
+  ~nsMsgCompressIStream();
+  nsresult DoInflation();
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIInputStream> m_iStream;
+  mozilla::UniquePtr<char[]> m_zbuf;
+  mozilla::UniquePtr<char[]> m_databuf;
+  char *m_dataptr;
+  uint32_t m_dataleft;
+  bool m_inflateAgain;
+  z_stream m_zstream;
+};
+
diff --git a/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgCompressOStream.cpp b/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgCompressOStream.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0a0a69549
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgCompressOStream.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsMsgCompressOStream.h"
+#include "prio.h"
+#include "prmem.h"
+
+#define BUFFER_SIZE 16384
+
+nsMsgCompressOStream::nsMsgCompressOStream() :
+  m_zbuf(nullptr)
+{
+}
+
+nsMsgCompressOStream::~nsMsgCompressOStream()
+{
+  Close();
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMsgCompressOStream, nsIOutputStream)
+
+nsresult nsMsgCompressOStream::InitOutputStream(nsIOutputStream *rawStream)
+{
+  // protect against repeat calls
+  if (m_oStream)
+    return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+
+  // allocate some memory for a buffer
+  m_zbuf = mozilla::MakeUnique<char[]>(BUFFER_SIZE);
+  if (!m_zbuf)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+  // set up the zlib object
+  m_zstream.zalloc = Z_NULL;
+  m_zstream.zfree = Z_NULL;
+  m_zstream.opaque = Z_NULL;
+
+  // http://zlib.net/manual.html is rather silent on the topic, but
+  // perl's Compress::Raw::Zlib manual says:
+  // -WindowBits [...]
+  //  To compress an RFC 1951 data stream, set WindowBits to -MAX_WBITS.
+  if (deflateInit2(&m_zstream, Z_DEFAULT_COMPRESSION, Z_DEFLATED, 
+                   -MAX_WBITS, MAX_MEM_LEVEL, Z_DEFAULT_STRATEGY) != Z_OK)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  m_oStream = rawStream;
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* void close (); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompressOStream::Close()
+{
+  if (m_oStream)
+  {
+    m_oStream = nullptr;
+    deflateEnd(&m_zstream);
+  }
+  m_zbuf = nullptr;
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgCompressOStream::Write(const char *buf, uint32_t count, uint32_t *result)
+{
+  if (!m_oStream)
+    return NS_BASE_STREAM_CLOSED;
+
+  m_zstream.next_in = (Bytef *) buf;
+  m_zstream.avail_in = count;
+
+  // keep looping until the buffer doesn't get filled
+  do
+  {
+    m_zstream.next_out = (Bytef *) m_zbuf.get();
+    m_zstream.avail_out = BUFFER_SIZE;
+    // Using "Z_SYNC_FLUSH" may cause excess flushes if the calling
+    // code does a lot of small writes.  An option with the IMAP
+    // protocol is to check the buffer for "\n" at the end, but
+    // in the interests of keeping this generic, don't optimise
+    // yet.  An alternative is to require ->Flush always, but that
+    // is likely to break callers.
+    int zr = deflate(&m_zstream, Z_SYNC_FLUSH);
+    if (zr == Z_STREAM_END || zr == Z_BUF_ERROR)
+      zr = Z_OK; // not an error for our purposes
+    if (zr != Z_OK)
+      return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+    uint32_t out_size = BUFFER_SIZE - m_zstream.avail_out;
+    const char *out_buf = m_zbuf.get();
+
+    // push everything in the buffer before repeating
+    while (out_size)
+    {
+      uint32_t out_result;
+      nsresult rv = m_oStream->Write(out_buf, out_size, &out_result);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      if (!out_result)
+	return NS_BASE_STREAM_CLOSED;
+      out_size -= out_result;
+      out_buf += out_result;
+    }
+
+  // http://www.zlib.net/manual.html says:
+  // If deflate returns with avail_out == 0, this function must be 
+  // called again with the same value of the flush parameter and
+  // more output space (updated avail_out), until the flush is 
+  // complete (deflate returns with non-zero avail_out). 
+  } while (!m_zstream.avail_out);
+
+  *result = count;
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgCompressOStream::Flush(void)
+{
+  if (!m_oStream)
+    return NS_BASE_STREAM_CLOSED;
+  
+  return m_oStream->Flush();
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgCompressOStream::WriteFrom(nsIInputStream *inStr, uint32_t count, uint32_t *_retval)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgCompressOStream::WriteSegments(nsReadSegmentFun reader, void * closure, uint32_t count, uint32_t *_retval)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+/* boolean isNonBlocking (); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompressOStream::IsNonBlocking(bool *aNonBlocking)
+{
+  *aNonBlocking = false;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
diff --git a/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgCompressOStream.h b/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgCompressOStream.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c706a9617
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgCompressOStream.h
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "nsIOutputStream.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "mozilla/UniquePtr.h"
+#include "zlib.h"
+
+class NS_MSG_BASE nsMsgCompressOStream final : public nsIOutputStream
+{
+public:
+  nsMsgCompressOStream();
+
+  NS_DECL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS
+
+  NS_DECL_NSIOUTPUTSTREAM
+
+  nsresult InitOutputStream(nsIOutputStream *rawStream);
+
+protected:
+  ~nsMsgCompressOStream();
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIOutputStream> m_oStream;
+  mozilla::UniquePtr<char[]> m_zbuf;
+  z_stream m_zstream;
+};
+
diff --git a/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgDBFolder.cpp b/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgDBFolder.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3a1a571e2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgDBFolder.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,6040 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "nsUnicharUtils.h"
+#include "nsMsgDBFolder.h"
+#include "nsMsgFolderFlags.h"
+#include "nsIPrefBranch.h"
+#include "nsIPrefService.h"
+#include "nsRDFCID.h"
+#include "nsNetUtil.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolderCache.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolderCacheElement.h"
+#include "nsMsgBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsIMsgMailNewsUrl.h"
+#include "nsMsgDatabase.h"
+#include "nsIMsgAccountManager.h"
+#include "nsISeekableStream.h"
+#include "nsNativeCharsetUtils.h"
+#include "nsIChannel.h"
+#include "nsITransport.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolderCompactor.h"
+#include "nsIDocShell.h"
+#include "nsIMsgWindow.h"
+#include "nsIPrompt.h"
+#include "nsIInterfaceRequestor.h"
+#include "nsIInterfaceRequestorUtils.h"
+#include "nsILocale.h"
+#include "nsILocaleService.h"
+#include "nsCollationCID.h"
+#include "nsAbBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsIAbCard.h"
+#include "nsIAbDirectory.h"
+#include "nsISpamSettings.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFilterPlugin.h"
+#include "nsIMsgMailSession.h"
+#include "nsIRDFService.h"
+#include "nsTextFormatter.h"
+#include "nsMsgDBCID.h"
+#include "nsReadLine.h"
+#include "nsLayoutCID.h"
+#include "nsIParserUtils.h"
+#include "nsIDocumentEncoder.h"
+#include "nsMsgI18N.h"
+#include "nsIMIMEHeaderParam.h"
+#include "plbase64.h"
+#include "nsArrayEnumerator.h"
+#include <time.h>
+#include "nsIMsgFolderNotificationService.h"
+#include "nsIMutableArray.h"
+#include "nsArrayUtils.h"
+#include "nsIMimeHeaders.h"
+#include "nsDirectoryServiceDefs.h"
+#include "nsIMsgTraitService.h"
+#include "nsIMessenger.h"
+#include "nsThreadUtils.h"
+#include "nsITransactionManager.h"
+#include "nsMsgReadStateTxn.h"
+#include "nsAutoPtr.h"
+#include "prmem.h"
+#include "nsIPK11TokenDB.h"
+#include "nsIPK11Token.h"
+#include "nsMsgLocalFolderHdrs.h"
+#include <algorithm>
+#define oneHour 3600000000U
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFilterService.h"
+#include "nsDirectoryServiceUtils.h"
+#include "mozilla/Services.h"
+#include "nsMimeTypes.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFilter.h"
+
+static PRTime gtimeOfLastPurgeCheck;    //variable to know when to check for purge_threshhold
+
+#define PREF_MAIL_PROMPT_PURGE_THRESHOLD "mail.prompt_purge_threshhold"
+#define PREF_MAIL_PURGE_THRESHOLD "mail.purge_threshhold"
+#define PREF_MAIL_PURGE_THRESHOLD_MB "mail.purge_threshhold_mb"
+#define PREF_MAIL_PURGE_MIGRATED "mail.purge_threshold_migrated"
+#define PREF_MAIL_PURGE_ASK "mail.purge.ask"
+#define PREF_MAIL_WARN_FILTER_CHANGED "mail.warn_filter_changed"
+
+const char *kUseServerRetentionProp = "useServerRetention";
+
+static NS_DEFINE_CID(kRDFServiceCID, NS_RDFSERVICE_CID);
+
+nsICollation * nsMsgDBFolder::gCollationKeyGenerator = nullptr;
+
+char16_t *nsMsgDBFolder::kLocalizedInboxName;
+char16_t *nsMsgDBFolder::kLocalizedTrashName;
+char16_t *nsMsgDBFolder::kLocalizedSentName;
+char16_t *nsMsgDBFolder::kLocalizedDraftsName;
+char16_t *nsMsgDBFolder::kLocalizedTemplatesName;
+char16_t *nsMsgDBFolder::kLocalizedUnsentName;
+char16_t *nsMsgDBFolder::kLocalizedJunkName;
+char16_t *nsMsgDBFolder::kLocalizedArchivesName;
+
+char16_t *nsMsgDBFolder::kLocalizedBrandShortName;
+
+nsrefcnt nsMsgDBFolder::mInstanceCount=0;
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED(nsMsgDBFolder, nsRDFResource, 
+                             nsISupportsWeakReference, nsIMsgFolder,
+                             nsIDBChangeListener, nsIUrlListener,
+                             nsIJunkMailClassificationListener,
+                             nsIMsgTraitClassificationListener)
+
+#define MSGDBFOLDER_ATOM(name_, value_) nsIAtom* nsMsgDBFolder::name_ = nullptr;
+#include "nsMsgDBFolderAtomList.h"
+#undef MSGDBFOLDER_ATOM
+
+nsMsgDBFolder::nsMsgDBFolder(void)
+: mAddListener(true),
+  mNewMessages(false),
+  mGettingNewMessages(false),
+  mLastMessageLoaded(nsMsgKey_None),
+  mFlags(0),
+  mNumUnreadMessages(-1),
+  mNumTotalMessages(-1),
+  mNotifyCountChanges(true),
+  mExpungedBytes(0),
+  mInitializedFromCache(false),
+  mSemaphoreHolder(nullptr),
+  mNumPendingUnreadMessages(0),
+  mNumPendingTotalMessages(0),
+  mFolderSize(kSizeUnknown),
+  mNumNewBiffMessages(0),
+  mHaveParsedURI(false),
+  mIsServerIsValid(false),
+  mIsServer(false),
+  mInVFEditSearchScope (false)
+{
+  if (mInstanceCount++ <=0) {
+#define MSGDBFOLDER_ATOM(name_, value_) name_ = MsgNewAtom(value_).take();
+#include "nsMsgDBFolderAtomList.h"
+#undef MSGDBFOLDER_ATOM
+    initializeStrings();
+    createCollationKeyGenerator();
+    gtimeOfLastPurgeCheck = 0;
+  }
+
+  mProcessingFlag[0].bit = nsMsgProcessingFlags::ClassifyJunk;
+  mProcessingFlag[1].bit = nsMsgProcessingFlags::ClassifyTraits;
+  mProcessingFlag[2].bit = nsMsgProcessingFlags::TraitsDone;
+  mProcessingFlag[3].bit = nsMsgProcessingFlags::FiltersDone;
+  mProcessingFlag[4].bit = nsMsgProcessingFlags::FilterToMove;
+  mProcessingFlag[5].bit = nsMsgProcessingFlags::NotReportedClassified;
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < nsMsgProcessingFlags::NumberOfFlags; i++)
+    mProcessingFlag[i].keys = nsMsgKeySetU::Create();
+}
+
+nsMsgDBFolder::~nsMsgDBFolder(void)
+{
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < nsMsgProcessingFlags::NumberOfFlags; i++)
+    delete mProcessingFlag[i].keys;
+
+  if (--mInstanceCount == 0) {
+    NS_IF_RELEASE(gCollationKeyGenerator);
+    NS_Free(kLocalizedInboxName);
+    NS_Free(kLocalizedTrashName);
+    NS_Free(kLocalizedSentName);
+    NS_Free(kLocalizedDraftsName);
+    NS_Free(kLocalizedTemplatesName);
+    NS_Free(kLocalizedUnsentName);
+    NS_Free(kLocalizedJunkName);
+    NS_Free(kLocalizedArchivesName);
+    NS_Free(kLocalizedBrandShortName);
+
+#define MSGDBFOLDER_ATOM(name_, value_) NS_RELEASE(name_);
+#include "nsMsgDBFolderAtomList.h"
+#undef MSGDBFOLDER_ATOM
+  }
+  //shutdown but don't shutdown children.
+  Shutdown(false);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::Shutdown(bool shutdownChildren)
+{
+  if(mDatabase)
+  {
+    mDatabase->RemoveListener(this);
+    mDatabase->ForceClosed();
+    mDatabase = nullptr;
+    if (mBackupDatabase)
+    {
+      mBackupDatabase->ForceClosed();
+      mBackupDatabase = nullptr;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if(shutdownChildren)
+  {
+    int32_t count = mSubFolders.Count();
+
+    for (int32_t i = 0; i < count; i++)
+      mSubFolders[i]->Shutdown(true);
+
+    // Reset incoming server pointer and pathname.
+    mServer = nullptr;
+    mPath = nullptr;
+    mHaveParsedURI = false;
+    mName.Truncate();
+    mSubFolders.Clear();
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::ForceDBClosed()
+{
+  int32_t count = mSubFolders.Count();
+  for (int32_t i = 0; i < count; i++)
+    mSubFolders[i]->ForceDBClosed();
+
+  if (mDatabase)
+  {
+    mDatabase->ForceClosed();
+    mDatabase = nullptr;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBService> mailDBFactory(do_GetService(NS_MSGDB_SERVICE_CONTRACTID));
+    if (mailDBFactory)
+      mailDBFactory->ForceFolderDBClosed(this);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::CloseAndBackupFolderDB(const nsACString& newName)
+{
+  ForceDBClosed();
+
+  // We only support backup for mail at the moment
+  if ( !(mFlags & nsMsgFolderFlags::Mail))
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> folderPath;
+  nsresult rv = GetFilePath(getter_AddRefs(folderPath));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> dbFile;
+  rv = GetSummaryFileLocation(folderPath, getter_AddRefs(dbFile));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> backupDir;
+  rv = CreateBackupDirectory(getter_AddRefs(backupDir));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> backupDBFile;
+  rv = GetBackupSummaryFile(getter_AddRefs(backupDBFile), newName);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  if (mBackupDatabase)
+  {
+    mBackupDatabase->ForceClosed();
+    mBackupDatabase = nullptr;
+  }
+
+  backupDBFile->Remove(false);
+  bool backupExists;
+  backupDBFile->Exists(&backupExists);
+  NS_ASSERTION(!backupExists, "Couldn't delete database backup");
+  if (backupExists)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  if (!newName.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    nsAutoCString backupName;
+    rv = backupDBFile->GetNativeLeafName(backupName);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    return dbFile->CopyToNative(backupDir, backupName);
+  }
+  else
+    return dbFile->CopyToNative(backupDir, EmptyCString());
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::OpenBackupMsgDatabase()
+{
+  if (mBackupDatabase)
+    return NS_OK;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> folderPath;
+  nsresult rv = GetFilePath(getter_AddRefs(folderPath));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsAutoString folderName;
+  rv = folderPath->GetLeafName(folderName);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> backupDir;
+  rv = CreateBackupDirectory(getter_AddRefs(backupDir));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // We use a dummy message folder file so we can use
+  // GetSummaryFileLocation to get the db file name
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> backupDBDummyFolder;
+  rv = CreateBackupDirectory(getter_AddRefs(backupDBDummyFolder));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  rv = backupDBDummyFolder->Append(folderName);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBService> msgDBService =
+      do_GetService(NS_MSGDB_SERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  rv = msgDBService->OpenMailDBFromFile(
+      backupDBDummyFolder, this, false, true,
+      getter_AddRefs(mBackupDatabase));
+  // we add a listener so that we can close the db during OnAnnouncerGoingAway. There should
+  // not be any other calls to the listener with the backup database
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && mBackupDatabase)
+    mBackupDatabase->AddListener(this);
+
+  if (rv == NS_MSG_ERROR_FOLDER_SUMMARY_OUT_OF_DATE)
+    // this is normal in reparsing
+    rv = NS_OK;
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::RemoveBackupMsgDatabase()
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> folderPath;
+  nsresult rv = GetFilePath(getter_AddRefs(folderPath));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsAutoString folderName;
+  rv = folderPath->GetLeafName(folderName);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> backupDir;
+  rv = CreateBackupDirectory(getter_AddRefs(backupDir));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // We use a dummy message folder file so we can use
+  // GetSummaryFileLocation to get the db file name
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> backupDBDummyFolder;
+  rv = CreateBackupDirectory(getter_AddRefs(backupDBDummyFolder));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  rv = backupDBDummyFolder->Append(folderName);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> backupDBFile;
+  rv = GetSummaryFileLocation(backupDBDummyFolder, getter_AddRefs(backupDBFile));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  if (mBackupDatabase)
+  {
+    mBackupDatabase->ForceClosed();
+    mBackupDatabase = nullptr;
+  }
+
+  return backupDBFile->Remove(false);
+}  
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::StartFolderLoading(void)
+{
+  if(mDatabase)
+    mDatabase->RemoveListener(this);
+  mAddListener = false;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::EndFolderLoading(void)
+{
+  if(mDatabase)
+    mDatabase->AddListener(this);
+  mAddListener = true;
+  UpdateSummaryTotals(true);
+
+  //GGGG       check for new mail here and call SetNewMessages...?? -- ONE OF THE 2 PLACES
+  if(mDatabase)
+    m_newMsgs.Clear();
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDBFolder::GetExpungedBytes(int64_t *count)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(count);
+
+  if (mDatabase)
+  {
+    nsresult rv;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIDBFolderInfo> folderInfo;
+    rv = mDatabase->GetDBFolderInfo(getter_AddRefs(folderInfo));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+    rv = folderInfo->GetExpungedBytes(count);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      mExpungedBytes = *count; // sync up with the database
+    return rv;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    ReadDBFolderInfo(false);
+    *count = mExpungedBytes;
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::GetCharset(nsACString& aCharset)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIDBFolderInfo> folderInfo;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> db;
+  nsresult rv = GetDBFolderInfoAndDB(getter_AddRefs(folderInfo), getter_AddRefs(db));
+  if(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    rv = folderInfo->GetEffectiveCharacterSet(aCharset);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::SetCharset(const nsACString& aCharset)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIDBFolderInfo> folderInfo;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> db;
+  rv = GetDBFolderInfoAndDB(getter_AddRefs(folderInfo), getter_AddRefs(db));
+  if(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    rv = folderInfo->SetCharacterSet(aCharset);
+    db->Commit(nsMsgDBCommitType::kLargeCommit);
+    mCharset = aCharset;
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::GetCharsetOverride(bool *aCharsetOverride)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aCharsetOverride);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIDBFolderInfo> folderInfo;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> db;
+  nsresult rv = GetDBFolderInfoAndDB(getter_AddRefs(folderInfo), getter_AddRefs(db));
+  if(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    rv = folderInfo->GetCharacterSetOverride(aCharsetOverride);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::SetCharsetOverride(bool aCharsetOverride)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIDBFolderInfo> folderInfo;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> db;
+  rv = GetDBFolderInfoAndDB(getter_AddRefs(folderInfo), getter_AddRefs(db));
+  if(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    rv = folderInfo->SetCharacterSetOverride(aCharsetOverride);
+    db->Commit(nsMsgDBCommitType::kLargeCommit);
+    mCharsetOverride = aCharsetOverride;  // synchronize member variable
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::GetHasNewMessages(bool *hasNewMessages)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(hasNewMessages);
+  *hasNewMessages = mNewMessages;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::SetHasNewMessages(bool curNewMessages)
+{
+  if (curNewMessages != mNewMessages)
+  {
+    // Only change mru time if we're going from doesn't have new to has new.
+    // technically, we should probably update mru time for every new message
+    // but we would pay a performance penalty for that. If the user
+    // opens the folder, the mrutime will get updated anyway.
+    if (curNewMessages)
+      SetMRUTime();
+    bool oldNewMessages = mNewMessages;
+    mNewMessages = curNewMessages;
+    NotifyBoolPropertyChanged(kNewMessagesAtom, oldNewMessages, curNewMessages);
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::GetHasFolderOrSubfolderNewMessages(bool *aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+  bool hasNewMessages = mNewMessages;
+
+  if (!hasNewMessages)
+  {
+    int32_t count = mSubFolders.Count();
+    for (int32_t i = 0; i < count; i++)
+    {
+      bool hasNew = false;
+      mSubFolders[i]->GetHasFolderOrSubfolderNewMessages(&hasNew);
+      if (hasNew)
+      {
+        hasNewMessages = true;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  *aResult = hasNewMessages;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::GetGettingNewMessages(bool *gettingNewMessages)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(gettingNewMessages);
+  *gettingNewMessages = mGettingNewMessages;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::SetGettingNewMessages(bool gettingNewMessages)
+{
+  mGettingNewMessages = gettingNewMessages;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::GetFirstNewMessage(nsIMsgDBHdr **firstNewMessage)
+{
+  //If there's not a db then there can't be new messages.  Return failure since you
+  //should use HasNewMessages first.
+  if(!mDatabase)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsMsgKey key;
+  rv = mDatabase->GetFirstNew(&key);
+  if(NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> hdr;
+  rv = mDatabase->GetMsgHdrForKey(key, getter_AddRefs(hdr));
+  if(NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  return  mDatabase->GetMsgHdrForKey(key, firstNewMessage);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::ClearNewMessages()
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  bool dbWasCached = mDatabase != nullptr;
+  if (!dbWasCached)
+    GetDatabase();
+
+  if (mDatabase)
+  {
+    uint32_t numNewKeys;
+    nsMsgKey *newMessageKeys;
+    rv = mDatabase->GetNewList(&numNewKeys, &newMessageKeys);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && newMessageKeys)
+    {
+      m_saveNewMsgs.Clear();
+      m_saveNewMsgs.AppendElements(newMessageKeys, numNewKeys);
+      NS_Free(newMessageKeys);
+    }
+    mDatabase->ClearNewList(true);
+  }
+  if (!dbWasCached)
+    SetMsgDatabase(nullptr);
+
+  m_newMsgs.Clear();
+  mNumNewBiffMessages = 0;
+  return rv;
+}
+
+void nsMsgDBFolder::UpdateNewMessages()
+{
+  if (! (mFlags & nsMsgFolderFlags::Virtual))
+  {
+    bool hasNewMessages = false;
+    for (uint32_t keyIndex = 0; keyIndex < m_newMsgs.Length(); keyIndex++)
+    {
+      bool containsKey = false;
+      mDatabase->ContainsKey(m_newMsgs[keyIndex], &containsKey);
+      if (!containsKey)
+        continue;
+      bool isRead = false;
+      nsresult rv2 = mDatabase->IsRead(m_newMsgs[keyIndex], &isRead);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv2) && !isRead)
+      {
+        hasNewMessages = true;
+        mDatabase->AddToNewList(m_newMsgs[keyIndex]);
+      }
+    }
+    SetHasNewMessages(hasNewMessages);
+  }
+}
+
+// helper function that gets the cache element that corresponds to the passed in file spec.
+// This could be static, or could live in another class - it's not specific to the current
+// nsMsgDBFolder. If it lived at a higher level, we could cache the account manager and folder cache.
+nsresult nsMsgDBFolder::GetFolderCacheElemFromFile(nsIFile *file, nsIMsgFolderCacheElement **cacheElement)
+{
+  nsresult result;
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(file);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(cacheElement);
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolderCache> folderCache;
+#ifdef DEBUG_bienvenu1
+  bool exists;
+  NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(fileSpec->Exists(&exists)) && exists, "whoops, file doesn't exist, mac will break");
+#endif
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccountManager> accountMgr =
+    do_GetService(NS_MSGACCOUNTMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &result);
+  if(NS_SUCCEEDED(result))
+  {
+    result = accountMgr->GetFolderCache(getter_AddRefs(folderCache));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(result) && folderCache)
+    {
+      nsCString persistentPath;
+      result = file->GetPersistentDescriptor(persistentPath);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(result, result);
+      result = folderCache->GetCacheElement(persistentPath, false, cacheElement);
+    }
+  }
+  return result;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDBFolder::ReadDBFolderInfo(bool force)
+{
+  // Since it turns out to be pretty expensive to open and close
+  // the DBs all the time, if we have to open it once, get everything
+  // we might need while we're here
+  nsresult result = NS_OK;
+
+  // don't need to reload from cache if we've already read from cache,
+  // and, we might get stale info, so don't do it.
+  if (!mInitializedFromCache)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIFile> dbPath;
+    result = GetFolderCacheKey(getter_AddRefs(dbPath), true /* createDBIfMissing */);
+    if (dbPath)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolderCacheElement> cacheElement;
+      result = GetFolderCacheElemFromFile(dbPath, getter_AddRefs(cacheElement));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(result) && cacheElement)
+        result = ReadFromFolderCacheElem(cacheElement);
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (force || !mInitializedFromCache)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIDBFolderInfo> folderInfo;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> db;
+    result = GetDBFolderInfoAndDB(getter_AddRefs(folderInfo), getter_AddRefs(db));
+    if(NS_SUCCEEDED(result))
+    {
+      if (folderInfo)
+      {
+        if (!mInitializedFromCache)
+        {
+          folderInfo->GetFlags((int32_t *)&mFlags);
+#ifdef DEBUG_bienvenu1
+          nsString name;
+          GetName(name);
+          NS_ASSERTION(Compare(name, kLocalizedTrashName) || (mFlags & nsMsgFolderFlags::Trash), "lost trash flag");
+#endif
+          mInitializedFromCache = true;
+        }
+
+        folderInfo->GetNumMessages(&mNumTotalMessages);
+        folderInfo->GetNumUnreadMessages(&mNumUnreadMessages);
+        folderInfo->GetExpungedBytes(&mExpungedBytes);
+
+        nsCString utf8Name;
+        folderInfo->GetFolderName(utf8Name);
+        if (!utf8Name.IsEmpty())
+          CopyUTF8toUTF16(utf8Name, mName);
+
+        //These should be put in IMAP folder only.
+        //folderInfo->GetImapTotalPendingMessages(&mNumPendingTotalMessages);
+        //folderInfo->GetImapUnreadPendingMessages(&mNumPendingUnreadMessages);
+
+        folderInfo->GetCharacterSet(mCharset);
+        folderInfo->GetCharacterSetOverride(&mCharsetOverride);
+
+        if (db) {
+          bool hasnew;
+          nsresult rv;
+          rv = db->HasNew(&hasnew);
+          if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    else {
+      // we tried to open DB but failed - don't keep trying.
+      // If a DB is created, we will call this method with force == TRUE,
+      // and read from the db that way.
+      mInitializedFromCache = true;
+    }
+    if (db)
+      db->Close(false);
+  }
+  return result;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDBFolder::SendFlagNotifications(nsIMsgDBHdr *item, uint32_t oldFlags, uint32_t newFlags)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  uint32_t changedFlags = oldFlags ^ newFlags;
+  if((changedFlags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Read)  && (changedFlags & nsMsgMessageFlags::New))
+  {
+    //..so..if the msg is read in the folder and the folder has new msgs clear the account level and status bar biffs.
+    rv = NotifyPropertyFlagChanged(item, kStatusAtom, oldFlags, newFlags);
+    rv = SetBiffState(nsMsgBiffState_NoMail);
+  }
+  else if(changedFlags & (nsMsgMessageFlags::Read | nsMsgMessageFlags::Replied | nsMsgMessageFlags::Forwarded
+    | nsMsgMessageFlags::IMAPDeleted | nsMsgMessageFlags::New | nsMsgMessageFlags::Offline))
+    rv = NotifyPropertyFlagChanged(item, kStatusAtom, oldFlags, newFlags);
+  else if((changedFlags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Marked))
+    rv = NotifyPropertyFlagChanged(item, kFlaggedAtom, oldFlags, newFlags);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::DownloadMessagesForOffline(nsIArray *messages, nsIMsgWindow *)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(false, "imap and news need to override this");
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::DownloadAllForOffline(nsIUrlListener *listener, nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(false, "imap and news need to override this");
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::GetMsgStore(nsIMsgPluggableStore **aStore)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aStore);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+  nsresult rv = GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, NS_MSG_INVALID_OR_MISSING_SERVER);
+  return server->GetMsgStore(aStore);
+}
+
+bool nsMsgDBFolder::VerifyOfflineMessage(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr, nsIInputStream *fileStream)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr <nsISeekableStream> seekableStream = do_QueryInterface(fileStream);
+  if (seekableStream)
+  {
+    uint64_t offset;
+    msgHdr->GetMessageOffset(&offset);
+    nsresult rv = seekableStream->Seek(nsISeekableStream::NS_SEEK_CUR, offset);
+    char startOfMsg[100];
+    uint32_t bytesRead = 0;
+    uint32_t bytesToRead = sizeof(startOfMsg) - 1;
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      rv = fileStream->Read(startOfMsg, bytesToRead, &bytesRead);
+    startOfMsg[bytesRead] = '\0';
+    // check if message starts with From, or is a draft and starts with FCC
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv) || bytesRead != bytesToRead ||
+      (strncmp(startOfMsg, "From ", 5) && (! (mFlags & nsMsgFolderFlags::Drafts) || strncmp(startOfMsg, "FCC", 3))))
+      return false;
+  }
+  return true;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::GetOfflineFileStream(nsMsgKey msgKey, int64_t *offset, uint32_t *size, nsIInputStream **aFileStream)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(aFileStream);
+
+  *offset = *size = 0;
+
+  nsresult rv = GetDatabase();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, NS_OK);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> hdr;
+  rv = mDatabase->GetMsgHdrForKey(msgKey, getter_AddRefs(hdr));
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(hdr, NS_OK);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  if (hdr)
+    hdr->GetOfflineMessageSize(size);
+
+  bool reusable;
+  rv = GetMsgInputStream(hdr, &reusable, aFileStream);
+  // check if offline store really has the correct offset into the offline
+  // store by reading the first few bytes. If it doesn't, clear the offline
+  // flag on the msg and return false, which will fall back to reading the message
+  // from the server.
+  // We'll also advance the offset past the envelope header and
+  // X-Mozilla-Status lines.
+  nsCOMPtr <nsISeekableStream> seekableStream = do_QueryInterface(*aFileStream);
+  if (seekableStream)
+  {
+    seekableStream->Tell(offset);
+        char startOfMsg[200];
+        uint32_t bytesRead = 0;
+        uint32_t bytesToRead = sizeof(startOfMsg) - 1;
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+          rv = (*aFileStream)->Read(startOfMsg, bytesToRead, &bytesRead);
+        startOfMsg[bytesRead] = '\0';
+        // check if message starts with From, or is a draft and starts with FCC
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv) || bytesRead != bytesToRead ||
+          (strncmp(startOfMsg, "From ", 5) && (! (mFlags & nsMsgFolderFlags::Drafts) || strncmp(startOfMsg, "FCC", 3))))
+          rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+        else
+        {
+          uint32_t msgOffset = 0;
+          // skip "From "/FCC line
+          bool foundNextLine = MsgAdvanceToNextLine(startOfMsg, msgOffset, bytesRead - 1);
+          if (foundNextLine && !strncmp(startOfMsg + msgOffset,
+                                        X_MOZILLA_STATUS, X_MOZILLA_STATUS_LEN))
+          {
+            // skip X-Mozilla-Status line
+            if (MsgAdvanceToNextLine(startOfMsg, msgOffset, bytesRead - 1))
+            {
+              if (!strncmp(startOfMsg + msgOffset,
+                           X_MOZILLA_STATUS2, X_MOZILLA_STATUS2_LEN))
+                 MsgAdvanceToNextLine(startOfMsg, msgOffset, bytesRead - 1);
+            }
+          }
+          int32_t findPos = MsgFindCharInSet(nsDependentCString(startOfMsg),
+                                             ":\n\r", msgOffset);
+          // Check that the first line is a header line, i.e., with a ':' in it.
+          // Or, the line starts with "From " - I've seen IMAP servers return
+          // a bogus "From " line without a ':'.
+          if (findPos != -1 && (startOfMsg[findPos] == ':' ||
+                                !(strncmp(startOfMsg, "From ", 5))))
+          {
+            *offset += msgOffset;
+            *size -= msgOffset;
+          }
+          else
+          {
+            rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+          }
+        }
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      seekableStream->Seek(nsISeekableStream::NS_SEEK_SET, *offset);
+    else if (mDatabase)
+      mDatabase->MarkOffline(msgKey, false, nullptr);
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDBFolder::GetOfflineStoreOutputStream(nsIMsgDBHdr *aHdr,
+                                           nsIOutputStream **aOutputStream)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aOutputStream);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aHdr);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgPluggableStore> offlineStore;
+  nsresult rv = GetMsgStore(getter_AddRefs(offlineStore));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  bool reusable;
+  rv = offlineStore->GetNewMsgOutputStream(this, &aHdr, &reusable,
+                                           aOutputStream);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDBFolder::GetMsgInputStream(nsIMsgDBHdr *aMsgHdr, bool *aReusable,
+                              nsIInputStream **aInputStream)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMsgHdr);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aReusable);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aInputStream);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgPluggableStore> msgStore;
+  nsresult rv = GetMsgStore(getter_AddRefs(msgStore));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  nsCString storeToken;
+  rv = aMsgHdr->GetStringProperty("storeToken", getter_Copies(storeToken));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  int64_t offset;
+  rv = msgStore->GetMsgInputStream(this, storeToken, &offset, aMsgHdr, aReusable,
+                                   aInputStream);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISeekableStream> seekableStream(do_QueryInterface(*aInputStream));
+  if (seekableStream)
+    rv = seekableStream->Seek(PR_SEEK_SET, offset);
+  NS_WARNING_ASSERTION(seekableStream || !offset,
+                       "non-zero offset w/ non-seekable stream");
+  return rv;
+}
+
+// path coming in is the root path without the leaf name,
+// on the way out, it's the whole path.
+nsresult nsMsgDBFolder::CreateFileForDB(const nsAString& userLeafName, nsIFile *path, nsIFile **dbFile)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(dbFile);
+
+  nsAutoString proposedDBName(userLeafName);
+  NS_MsgHashIfNecessary(proposedDBName);
+
+  // (note, the caller of this will be using the dbFile to call db->Open()
+  // will turn the path into summary file path, and append the ".msf" extension)
+  //
+  // we want db->Open() to create a new summary file
+  // so we have to jump through some hoops to make sure the .msf it will
+  // create is unique.  now that we've got the "safe" proposedDBName,
+  // we append ".msf" to see if the file exists.  if so, we make the name
+  // unique and then string off the ".msf" so that we pass the right thing
+  // into Open().  this isn't ideal, since this is not atomic
+  // but it will make do.
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIFile> dbPath = do_CreateInstance(NS_LOCAL_FILE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  dbPath->InitWithFile(path);
+  proposedDBName.AppendLiteral(SUMMARY_SUFFIX);
+  dbPath->Append(proposedDBName);
+  bool exists;
+  dbPath->Exists(&exists);
+  if (exists)
+  {
+    rv = dbPath->CreateUnique(nsIFile::NORMAL_FILE_TYPE, 00600);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    dbPath->GetLeafName(proposedDBName);
+  }
+  // now, take the ".msf" off
+  proposedDBName.SetLength(proposedDBName.Length() - NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(SUMMARY_SUFFIX).Length());
+  dbPath->SetLeafName(proposedDBName);
+
+  dbPath.swap(*dbFile);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDBFolder::GetMsgDatabase(nsIMsgDatabase** aMsgDatabase)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMsgDatabase);
+  GetDatabase();
+  if (!mDatabase)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  NS_ADDREF(*aMsgDatabase = mDatabase);
+  mDatabase->SetLastUseTime(PR_Now());
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDBFolder::SetMsgDatabase(nsIMsgDatabase *aMsgDatabase)
+{
+  if (mDatabase)
+  {
+    // commit here - db might go away when all these refs are released.
+    mDatabase->Commit(nsMsgDBCommitType::kLargeCommit);
+    mDatabase->RemoveListener(this);
+    mDatabase->ClearCachedHdrs();
+    if (!aMsgDatabase)
+    {
+      uint32_t numNewKeys;
+      nsMsgKey *newMessageKeys;
+      nsresult rv = mDatabase->GetNewList(&numNewKeys, &newMessageKeys);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && newMessageKeys)
+      {
+        m_newMsgs.Clear();
+        m_newMsgs.AppendElements(newMessageKeys, numNewKeys);
+      }
+      NS_Free(newMessageKeys);
+    }
+  }
+  mDatabase = aMsgDatabase;
+
+  if (aMsgDatabase)
+    aMsgDatabase->AddListener(this);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDBFolder::GetDatabaseOpen(bool *aOpen)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aOpen);
+
+  *aOpen = (mDatabase != nullptr);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDBFolder::GetBackupMsgDatabase(nsIMsgDatabase** aMsgDatabase)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMsgDatabase);
+  nsresult rv = OpenBackupMsgDatabase();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  if (!mBackupDatabase)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  NS_ADDREF(*aMsgDatabase = mBackupDatabase);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDBFolder::GetDBFolderInfoAndDB(nsIDBFolderInfo **folderInfo, nsIMsgDatabase **database)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDBFolder::OnReadChanged(nsIDBChangeListener * aInstigator)
+{
+  /* do nothing.  if you care about this, override it.  see nsNewsFolder.cpp */
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDBFolder::OnJunkScoreChanged(nsIDBChangeListener * aInstigator)
+{
+  NotifyFolderEvent(mJunkStatusChangedAtom);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDBFolder::OnHdrPropertyChanged(nsIMsgDBHdr *aHdrToChange, bool aPreChange, uint32_t *aStatus, 
+                                   nsIDBChangeListener *aInstigator)
+{
+  /* do nothing.  if you care about this, override it.*/
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// 1.  When the status of a message changes.
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::OnHdrFlagsChanged(nsIMsgDBHdr *aHdrChanged, uint32_t aOldFlags, uint32_t aNewFlags,
+                                         nsIDBChangeListener * aInstigator)
+{
+  if(aHdrChanged)
+  {
+    SendFlagNotifications(aHdrChanged, aOldFlags, aNewFlags);
+    UpdateSummaryTotals(true);
+  }
+
+  // The old state was new message state
+  // We check and see if this state has changed
+  if(aOldFlags & nsMsgMessageFlags::New)
+  {
+    // state changing from new to something else
+    if (!(aNewFlags  & nsMsgMessageFlags::New))
+      CheckWithNewMessagesStatus(false);
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDBFolder::CheckWithNewMessagesStatus(bool messageAdded)
+{
+  bool hasNewMessages;
+  if (messageAdded)
+    SetHasNewMessages(true);
+  else // message modified or deleted
+  {
+    if(mDatabase)
+    {
+      nsresult rv = mDatabase->HasNew(&hasNewMessages);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      SetHasNewMessages(hasNewMessages);
+    }
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// 3.  When a message gets deleted, we need to see if it was new
+//     When we lose a new message we need to check if there are still new messages
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::OnHdrDeleted(nsIMsgDBHdr *aHdrChanged, nsMsgKey  aParentKey, int32_t aFlags,
+                          nsIDBChangeListener * aInstigator)
+{
+  // check to see if a new message is being deleted
+  // as in this case, if there is only one new message and it's being deleted
+  // the folder newness has to be cleared.
+  CheckWithNewMessagesStatus(false);
+  // Remove all processing flags.  This is generally a good thing although
+  // undo-ing a message back into position will not re-gain the flags.
+  nsMsgKey msgKey;
+  aHdrChanged->GetMessageKey(&msgKey);
+  AndProcessingFlags(msgKey, 0);
+  return OnHdrAddedOrDeleted(aHdrChanged, false);
+}
+
+// 2.  When a new messages gets added, we need to see if it's new.
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::OnHdrAdded(nsIMsgDBHdr *aHdrChanged, nsMsgKey  aParentKey , int32_t aFlags,
+                        nsIDBChangeListener * aInstigator)
+{
+  if(aFlags & nsMsgMessageFlags::New)
+    CheckWithNewMessagesStatus(true);
+  return OnHdrAddedOrDeleted(aHdrChanged, true);
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDBFolder::OnHdrAddedOrDeleted(nsIMsgDBHdr *aHdrChanged, bool added)
+{
+  if(added)
+    NotifyItemAdded(aHdrChanged);
+  else
+    NotifyItemRemoved(aHdrChanged);
+  UpdateSummaryTotals(true);
+  return NS_OK;
+
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::OnParentChanged(nsMsgKey aKeyChanged, nsMsgKey oldParent, nsMsgKey newParent,
+            nsIDBChangeListener * aInstigator)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> hdrChanged;
+  mDatabase->GetMsgHdrForKey(aKeyChanged, getter_AddRefs(hdrChanged));
+  //In reality we probably want to just change the parent because otherwise we will lose things like
+  //selection.
+  if (hdrChanged)
+  {
+    //First delete the child from the old threadParent
+    OnHdrAddedOrDeleted(hdrChanged, false);
+    //Then add it to the new threadParent
+    OnHdrAddedOrDeleted(hdrChanged, true);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::OnAnnouncerGoingAway(nsIDBChangeAnnouncer *instigator)
+{
+  if (mBackupDatabase && instigator == mBackupDatabase)
+  {
+    mBackupDatabase->RemoveListener(this);
+    mBackupDatabase = nullptr;
+  }
+  else if (mDatabase)
+  {
+    mDatabase->RemoveListener(this);
+    mDatabase = nullptr;
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::OnEvent(nsIMsgDatabase *aDB, const char *aEvent)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::GetManyHeadersToDownload(bool *retval)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(retval);
+  int32_t numTotalMessages;
+
+  // is there any reason to return false?
+  if (!mDatabase)
+    *retval = true;
+  else if (NS_SUCCEEDED(GetTotalMessages(false, &numTotalMessages)) && numTotalMessages <= 0)
+    *retval = true;
+  else
+    *retval = false;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDBFolder::MsgFitsDownloadCriteria(nsMsgKey msgKey, bool *result)
+{
+  if(!mDatabase)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> hdr;
+  rv = mDatabase->GetMsgHdrForKey(msgKey, getter_AddRefs(hdr));
+  if(NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  if (hdr)
+  {
+    uint32_t msgFlags = 0;
+    hdr->GetFlags(&msgFlags);
+    // check if we already have this message body offline
+    if (! (msgFlags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Offline))
+    {
+      *result = true;
+      // check against the server download size limit .
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgIncomingServer> incomingServer;
+      rv = GetServer(getter_AddRefs(incomingServer));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && incomingServer)
+      {
+        bool limitDownloadSize = false;
+        rv = incomingServer->GetLimitOfflineMessageSize(&limitDownloadSize);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+        if (limitDownloadSize)
+        {
+          int32_t maxDownloadMsgSize = 0;
+          uint32_t msgSize;
+          hdr->GetMessageSize(&msgSize);
+          rv = incomingServer->GetMaxMessageSize(&maxDownloadMsgSize);
+          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+          maxDownloadMsgSize *= 1024;
+          if (msgSize > (uint32_t) maxDownloadMsgSize)
+            *result = false;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::GetSupportsOffline(bool *aSupportsOffline)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aSupportsOffline);
+  if (mFlags & nsMsgFolderFlags::Virtual)
+  {
+    *aSupportsOffline = false;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+  nsresult rv = GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  if (!server)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  int32_t offlineSupportLevel;
+  rv = server->GetOfflineSupportLevel(&offlineSupportLevel);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  *aSupportsOffline = (offlineSupportLevel >= OFFLINE_SUPPORT_LEVEL_REGULAR);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::ShouldStoreMsgOffline(nsMsgKey msgKey, bool *result)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(result);
+  uint32_t flags = 0;
+  *result = false;
+  GetFlags(&flags);
+  return flags & nsMsgFolderFlags::Offline ? MsgFitsDownloadCriteria(msgKey, result) : NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::HasMsgOffline(nsMsgKey msgKey, bool *result)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(result);
+  *result = false;
+  GetDatabase();
+  if(!mDatabase)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> hdr;
+  rv = mDatabase->GetMsgHdrForKey(msgKey, getter_AddRefs(hdr));
+  if(NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  if (hdr)
+  {
+    uint32_t msgFlags = 0;
+    hdr->GetFlags(&msgFlags);
+    // check if we already have this message body offline
+    if ((msgFlags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Offline))
+      *result = true;
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::GetOfflineMsgFolder(nsMsgKey msgKey, nsIMsgFolder **aMsgFolder) {
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMsgFolder);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> subMsgFolder;
+  GetDatabase();
+  if (!mDatabase)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> hdr;
+  nsresult rv = mDatabase->GetMsgHdrForKey(msgKey, getter_AddRefs(hdr));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  if (hdr)
+  {
+    uint32_t msgFlags = 0;
+    hdr->GetFlags(&msgFlags);
+    // Check if we already have this message body offline
+    if ((msgFlags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Offline))
+    {
+      NS_IF_ADDREF(*aMsgFolder = this);
+      return NS_OK;
+    }
+  }
+  // it's okay to not get a folder. Folder is remain unchanged in that case.
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::GetFlags(uint32_t *_retval)
+{
+  ReadDBFolderInfo(false);
+  *_retval = mFlags;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::ReadFromFolderCacheElem(nsIMsgFolderCacheElement *element)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  nsCString charset;
+
+  element->GetInt32Property("flags", (int32_t *) &mFlags);
+  element->GetInt32Property("totalMsgs", &mNumTotalMessages);
+  element->GetInt32Property("totalUnreadMsgs", &mNumUnreadMessages);
+  element->GetInt32Property("pendingUnreadMsgs", &mNumPendingUnreadMessages);
+  element->GetInt32Property("pendingMsgs", &mNumPendingTotalMessages);
+  element->GetInt64Property("expungedBytes", &mExpungedBytes);
+  element->GetInt64Property("folderSize", &mFolderSize);
+  element->GetStringProperty("charset", mCharset);
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_bienvenu1
+  nsCString uri;
+  GetURI(uri);
+  printf("read total %ld for %s\n", mNumTotalMessages, uri.get());
+#endif
+  mInitializedFromCache = true;
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDBFolder::GetFolderCacheKey(nsIFile **aFile, bool createDBIfMissing /* = false */)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIFile> path;
+  rv = GetFilePath(getter_AddRefs(path));
+
+  // now we put a new file  in aFile, because we're going to change it.
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIFile> dbPath = do_CreateInstance(NS_LOCAL_FILE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  if (dbPath)
+  {
+    dbPath->InitWithFile(path);
+    // if not a server, we need to convert to a db Path with .msf on the end
+    bool isServer = false;
+    GetIsServer(&isServer);
+
+    // if it's a server, we don't need the .msf appended to the name
+    if (!isServer)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIFile> summaryName;
+      rv = GetSummaryFileLocation(dbPath, getter_AddRefs(summaryName));
+      dbPath->InitWithFile(summaryName);
+
+      // create the .msf file
+      // see bug #244217 for details
+      bool exists;
+      if (createDBIfMissing && NS_SUCCEEDED(dbPath->Exists(&exists)) && !exists) {
+        rv = dbPath->Create(nsIFile::NORMAL_FILE_TYPE, 0644);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aFile = dbPath);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDBFolder::FlushToFolderCache()
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccountManager> accountManager =
+           do_GetService(NS_MSGACCOUNTMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && accountManager)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolderCache> folderCache;
+    rv = accountManager->GetFolderCache(getter_AddRefs(folderCache));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && folderCache)
+      rv = WriteToFolderCache(folderCache, false);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::WriteToFolderCache(nsIMsgFolderCache *folderCache, bool deep)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  if (folderCache)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolderCacheElement> cacheElement;
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIFile> dbPath;
+    rv = GetFolderCacheKey(getter_AddRefs(dbPath));
+#ifdef DEBUG_bienvenu1
+    bool exists;
+    NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(dbPath->Exists(&exists)) && exists, "file spec we're adding to cache should exist");
+#endif
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && dbPath)
+    {
+      nsCString persistentPath;
+      rv = dbPath->GetPersistentDescriptor(persistentPath);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      rv = folderCache->GetCacheElement(persistentPath, true, getter_AddRefs(cacheElement));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && cacheElement)
+        rv = WriteToFolderCacheElem(cacheElement);
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (!deep)
+    return rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleEnumerator> enumerator;
+  rv = GetSubFolders(getter_AddRefs(enumerator));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  bool hasMore;
+  while (NS_SUCCEEDED(enumerator->HasMoreElements(&hasMore)) && hasMore)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> item;
+    enumerator->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(item));
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> msgFolder(do_QueryInterface(item));
+    if (!msgFolder)
+      continue;
+
+    if (folderCache)
+    {
+      rv = msgFolder->WriteToFolderCache(folderCache, true);
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        break;
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::WriteToFolderCacheElem(nsIMsgFolderCacheElement *element)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  element->SetInt32Property("flags", (int32_t) mFlags);
+  element->SetInt32Property("totalMsgs", mNumTotalMessages);
+  element->SetInt32Property("totalUnreadMsgs", mNumUnreadMessages);
+  element->SetInt32Property("pendingUnreadMsgs", mNumPendingUnreadMessages);
+  element->SetInt32Property("pendingMsgs", mNumPendingTotalMessages);
+  element->SetInt64Property("expungedBytes", mExpungedBytes);
+  element->SetInt64Property("folderSize", mFolderSize);
+  element->SetStringProperty("charset", mCharset);
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_bienvenu1
+  nsCString uri;
+  GetURI(uri);
+  printf("writing total %ld for %s\n", mNumTotalMessages, uri.get());
+#endif
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDBFolder::AddMessageDispositionState(nsIMsgDBHdr *aMessage, nsMsgDispositionState aDispositionFlag)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMessage);
+
+  nsresult rv = GetDatabase();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, NS_OK);
+
+  nsMsgKey msgKey;
+  aMessage->GetMessageKey(&msgKey);
+
+  if (aDispositionFlag == nsIMsgFolder::nsMsgDispositionState_Replied)
+    mDatabase->MarkReplied(msgKey, true, nullptr);
+  else if (aDispositionFlag == nsIMsgFolder::nsMsgDispositionState_Forwarded)
+    mDatabase->MarkForwarded(msgKey, true, nullptr);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDBFolder::AddMarkAllReadUndoAction(nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow,
+                                                 nsMsgKey *thoseMarked,
+                                                 uint32_t numMarked)
+{
+  RefPtr<nsMsgReadStateTxn> readStateTxn = new nsMsgReadStateTxn();
+  if (!readStateTxn)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+  nsresult rv = readStateTxn->Init(this, numMarked, thoseMarked);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = readStateTxn->SetTransactionType(nsIMessenger::eMarkAllMsg);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsITransactionManager> txnMgr;
+  rv = msgWindow->GetTransactionManager(getter_AddRefs(txnMgr));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = txnMgr->DoTransaction(readStateTxn);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDBFolder::MarkAllMessagesRead(nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow)
+{
+  nsresult rv = GetDatabase();
+  m_newMsgs.Clear();
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    EnableNotifications(allMessageCountNotifications, false, true /*dbBatching*/);
+    nsMsgKey *thoseMarked;
+    uint32_t numMarked;
+    rv = mDatabase->MarkAllRead(&numMarked, &thoseMarked);
+    EnableNotifications(allMessageCountNotifications, true, true /*dbBatching*/);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    // Setup a undo-state
+    if (aMsgWindow && numMarked)
+      rv = AddMarkAllReadUndoAction(aMsgWindow, thoseMarked, numMarked);
+    free(thoseMarked);
+  }
+
+  SetHasNewMessages(false);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::MarkThreadRead(nsIMsgThread *thread)
+{
+  nsresult rv = GetDatabase();
+  if(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    nsMsgKey *keys;
+    uint32_t numKeys;
+    rv = mDatabase->MarkThreadRead(thread, nullptr, &numKeys, &keys);
+    free(keys);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDBFolder::OnStartRunningUrl(nsIURI *aUrl)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDBFolder::OnStopRunningUrl(nsIURI *aUrl, nsresult aExitCode)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aUrl);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailUrl = do_QueryInterface(aUrl);
+  if (mailUrl)
+  {
+    bool updatingFolder = false;
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(mailUrl->GetUpdatingFolder(&updatingFolder)) && updatingFolder)
+      NotifyFolderEvent(mFolderLoadedAtom);
+
+    // be sure to remove ourselves as a url listener
+    mailUrl->UnRegisterListener(this);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDBFolder::GetRetentionSettings(nsIMsgRetentionSettings **settings)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(settings);
+  *settings = nullptr;
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  bool useServerDefaults = false;
+  if (!m_retentionSettings)
+  {
+    nsCString useServerRetention;
+    GetStringProperty(kUseServerRetentionProp, useServerRetention);
+    if (useServerRetention.EqualsLiteral("1"))
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgIncomingServer> incomingServer;
+      rv = GetServer(getter_AddRefs(incomingServer));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && incomingServer)
+      {
+        rv = incomingServer->GetRetentionSettings(settings);
+        useServerDefaults = true;
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      GetDatabase();
+      if (mDatabase)
+      {
+        // get the settings from the db - if the settings from the db say the folder
+        // is not overriding the incoming server settings, get the settings from the
+        // server.
+        rv = mDatabase->GetMsgRetentionSettings(settings);
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && *settings)
+        {
+          (*settings)->GetUseServerDefaults(&useServerDefaults);
+          if (useServerDefaults)
+          {
+            nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgIncomingServer> incomingServer;
+            rv = GetServer(getter_AddRefs(incomingServer));
+            NS_IF_RELEASE(*settings);
+            if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && incomingServer)
+              incomingServer->GetRetentionSettings(settings);
+          }
+          if (useServerRetention.EqualsLiteral("1") != useServerDefaults)
+          {
+            if (useServerDefaults)
+              useServerRetention.AssignLiteral("1");
+            else
+              useServerRetention.AssignLiteral("0");
+            SetStringProperty(kUseServerRetentionProp, useServerRetention);
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      else
+        return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    }
+    // Only cache the retention settings if we've overridden the server
+    // settings (otherwise, we won't notice changes to the server settings).
+    if (!useServerDefaults)
+      m_retentionSettings = *settings;
+  }
+  else
+    NS_IF_ADDREF(*settings = m_retentionSettings);
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::SetRetentionSettings(nsIMsgRetentionSettings *settings)
+{
+  bool useServerDefaults;
+  nsCString useServerRetention;
+
+  settings->GetUseServerDefaults(&useServerDefaults);
+  if (useServerDefaults)
+  {
+    useServerRetention.AssignLiteral("1");
+    m_retentionSettings = nullptr;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    useServerRetention.AssignLiteral("0");
+    m_retentionSettings = settings;
+  }
+  SetStringProperty(kUseServerRetentionProp, useServerRetention);
+  GetDatabase();
+  if (mDatabase)
+    mDatabase->SetMsgRetentionSettings(settings);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::GetDownloadSettings(nsIMsgDownloadSettings **settings)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(settings);
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  if (!m_downloadSettings)
+  {
+    GetDatabase();
+    if (mDatabase)
+    {
+      // get the settings from the db - if the settings from the db say the folder
+      // is not overriding the incoming server settings, get the settings from the
+      // server.
+      rv = mDatabase->GetMsgDownloadSettings(getter_AddRefs(m_downloadSettings));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && m_downloadSettings)
+      {
+        bool useServerDefaults;
+        m_downloadSettings->GetUseServerDefaults(&useServerDefaults);
+        if (useServerDefaults)
+        {
+          nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgIncomingServer> incomingServer;
+          rv = GetServer(getter_AddRefs(incomingServer));
+          if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && incomingServer)
+            incomingServer->GetDownloadSettings(getter_AddRefs(m_downloadSettings));
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*settings = m_downloadSettings);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::SetDownloadSettings(nsIMsgDownloadSettings *settings)
+{
+  m_downloadSettings = settings;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::IsCommandEnabled(const nsACString& command, bool *result)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(result);
+  *result = true;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDBFolder::WriteStartOfNewLocalMessage()
+{
+  nsAutoCString result;
+  uint32_t writeCount;
+  time_t now = time ((time_t*) 0);
+  char *ct = ctime(&now);
+  ct[24] = 0;
+  result = "From - ";
+  result += ct;
+  result += MSG_LINEBREAK;
+  m_bytesAddedToLocalMsg = result.Length();
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsISeekableStream> seekable;
+
+  if (m_offlineHeader)
+    seekable = do_QueryInterface(m_tempMessageStream);
+
+  m_tempMessageStream->Write(result.get(), result.Length(),
+                             &writeCount);
+
+  NS_NAMED_LITERAL_CSTRING(MozillaStatus, "X-Mozilla-Status: 0001" MSG_LINEBREAK);
+  m_tempMessageStream->Write(MozillaStatus.get(), MozillaStatus.Length(),
+                             &writeCount);
+  m_bytesAddedToLocalMsg += writeCount;
+  NS_NAMED_LITERAL_CSTRING(MozillaStatus2, "X-Mozilla-Status2: 00000000" MSG_LINEBREAK);
+  m_bytesAddedToLocalMsg += MozillaStatus2.Length();
+  return m_tempMessageStream->Write(MozillaStatus2.get(),
+                                    MozillaStatus2.Length(), &writeCount);
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDBFolder::StartNewOfflineMessage()
+{
+    bool isLocked;
+    GetLocked(&isLocked);
+    bool hasSemaphore = false;
+    if (isLocked)
+    {
+      // it's OK if we, the folder, have the semaphore.
+      TestSemaphore(static_cast<nsIMsgFolder*>(this), &hasSemaphore);
+      if (!hasSemaphore)
+      {
+        NS_WARNING("folder locked trying to download offline");
+        return NS_MSG_FOLDER_BUSY;
+      }
+    }
+  nsresult rv = GetOfflineStoreOutputStream(m_offlineHeader,
+                                     getter_AddRefs(m_tempMessageStream));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !hasSemaphore)
+      AcquireSemaphore(static_cast<nsIMsgFolder*>(this));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    WriteStartOfNewLocalMessage();
+  m_numOfflineMsgLines = 0;
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDBFolder::EndNewOfflineMessage()
+{
+  nsCOMPtr <nsISeekableStream> seekable;
+  int64_t curStorePos;
+  uint64_t messageOffset;
+  uint32_t messageSize;
+
+  nsMsgKey messageKey;
+
+  nsresult rv = GetDatabase();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  m_offlineHeader->GetMessageKey(&messageKey);
+  if (m_tempMessageStream)
+    seekable = do_QueryInterface(m_tempMessageStream);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgPluggableStore> msgStore;
+  GetMsgStore(getter_AddRefs(msgStore));
+
+  if (seekable)
+  {
+    mDatabase->MarkOffline(messageKey, true, nullptr);
+    m_tempMessageStream->Flush();
+    int64_t tellPos;
+    seekable->Tell(&tellPos);
+    curStorePos = tellPos;
+
+    // N.B. This only works if we've set the offline flag for the message,
+    // so be careful about moving the call to MarkOffline above.
+    m_offlineHeader->GetMessageOffset(&messageOffset);
+    curStorePos -= messageOffset;
+    m_offlineHeader->SetOfflineMessageSize(curStorePos);
+    m_offlineHeader->GetMessageSize(&messageSize);
+    messageSize += m_bytesAddedToLocalMsg;
+    // unix/mac has a one byte line ending, but the imap server returns
+    // crlf terminated lines.
+    if (MSG_LINEBREAK_LEN == 1)
+      messageSize -= m_numOfflineMsgLines;
+
+    // We clear the offline flag on the message if the size
+    // looks wrong. Check if we're off by more than one byte per line.
+    if (messageSize > (uint32_t) curStorePos &&
+       (messageSize - (uint32_t) curStorePos) > (uint32_t) m_numOfflineMsgLines)
+    {
+       mDatabase->MarkOffline(messageKey, false, nullptr);
+       // we should truncate the offline store at messageOffset
+       ReleaseSemaphore(static_cast<nsIMsgFolder*>(this));
+       if (msgStore)
+         // this closes the stream
+         msgStore->DiscardNewMessage(m_tempMessageStream, m_offlineHeader);
+       else
+         m_tempMessageStream->Close();
+       m_tempMessageStream = nullptr;
+#ifdef _DEBUG
+       nsAutoCString message("Offline message too small: messageSize=");
+       message.AppendInt(messageSize);
+       message.Append(" curStorePos=");
+       message.AppendInt(curStorePos);
+       message.Append(" numOfflineMsgLines=");
+       message.AppendInt(m_numOfflineMsgLines);
+       message.Append(" bytesAdded=");
+       message.AppendInt(m_bytesAddedToLocalMsg);
+       NS_ERROR(message.get());
+#endif
+       m_offlineHeader = nullptr;
+       return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    }
+    else
+      m_offlineHeader->SetLineCount(m_numOfflineMsgLines);
+  }
+  if (msgStore)
+    msgStore->FinishNewMessage(m_tempMessageStream, m_offlineHeader);
+
+  m_offlineHeader = nullptr;
+  if (m_tempMessageStream)
+  {
+    m_tempMessageStream->Close();
+    m_tempMessageStream = nullptr;
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDBFolder::CompactOfflineStore(nsIMsgWindow *inWindow, nsIUrlListener *aListener)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolderCompactor> folderCompactor =  do_CreateInstance(NS_MSGOFFLINESTORECOMPACTOR_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  return folderCompactor->Compact(this, true, aListener, inWindow);
+}
+
+class AutoCompactEvent : public mozilla::Runnable
+{
+public:
+  AutoCompactEvent(nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow, nsMsgDBFolder *aFolder)
+    : mMsgWindow(aMsgWindow), mFolder(aFolder)
+  {}
+
+  NS_IMETHOD Run()
+  {
+    if (mFolder)
+      mFolder->HandleAutoCompactEvent(mMsgWindow);
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+private:
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgWindow> mMsgWindow;
+  RefPtr<nsMsgDBFolder> mFolder;
+};
+
+nsresult nsMsgDBFolder::HandleAutoCompactEvent(nsIMsgWindow *aWindow)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccountManager> accountMgr = do_GetService(NS_MSGACCOUNTMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIArray> allServers;
+    rv = accountMgr->GetAllServers(getter_AddRefs(allServers));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    uint32_t numServers = 0, serverIndex = 0;
+    rv = allServers->GetLength(&numServers);
+    int32_t offlineSupportLevel;
+    if (numServers > 0)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> folderArray = do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> offlineFolderArray = do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      int64_t totalExpungedBytes = 0;
+      int64_t offlineExpungedBytes = 0;
+      int64_t localExpungedBytes = 0;
+      do
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server = do_QueryElementAt(allServers, serverIndex, &rv);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgPluggableStore> msgStore;
+        rv = server->GetMsgStore(getter_AddRefs(msgStore));
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+        if (!msgStore)
+          continue;
+        bool supportsCompaction;
+        msgStore->GetSupportsCompaction(&supportsCompaction);
+        if (!supportsCompaction)
+          continue;
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> rootFolder;
+        rv = server->GetRootFolder(getter_AddRefs(rootFolder));
+        if(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && rootFolder)
+        {
+          rv = server->GetOfflineSupportLevel(&offlineSupportLevel);
+          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIArray> allDescendents;
+          rootFolder->GetDescendants(getter_AddRefs(allDescendents));
+          uint32_t cnt = 0;
+          rv = allDescendents->GetLength(&cnt);
+          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+          int64_t expungedBytes = 0;
+          if (offlineSupportLevel > 0)
+          {
+            uint32_t flags;
+            for (uint32_t i = 0; i < cnt; i++)
+            {
+              nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder = do_QueryElementAt(allDescendents, i);
+              expungedBytes = 0;
+              folder->GetFlags(&flags);
+              if (flags & nsMsgFolderFlags::Offline)
+                folder->GetExpungedBytes(&expungedBytes);
+              if (expungedBytes > 0 )
+              {
+                offlineFolderArray->AppendElement(folder, false);
+                offlineExpungedBytes += expungedBytes;
+              }
+            }
+          }
+          else  //pop or local
+          {
+            for (uint32_t i = 0; i < cnt; i++)
+            {
+              nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder = do_QueryElementAt(allDescendents, i);
+              expungedBytes = 0;
+              folder->GetExpungedBytes(&expungedBytes);
+              if (expungedBytes > 0 )
+              {
+                folderArray->AppendElement(folder, false);
+                localExpungedBytes += expungedBytes;
+              }
+            }
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      while (++serverIndex < numServers);
+      totalExpungedBytes = localExpungedBytes + offlineExpungedBytes;
+      int32_t purgeThreshold;
+      rv = GetPurgeThreshold(&purgeThreshold);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      if (totalExpungedBytes > (purgeThreshold * 1024))
+      {
+        bool okToCompact = false;
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefService> pref = do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID);
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> branch;
+        pref->GetBranch("", getter_AddRefs(branch));
+
+        bool askBeforePurge;
+        branch->GetBoolPref(PREF_MAIL_PURGE_ASK, &askBeforePurge);
+        if (askBeforePurge && aWindow)
+        {
+          nsCOMPtr <nsIStringBundle> bundle;
+          rv = GetBaseStringBundle(getter_AddRefs(bundle));
+          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+          nsString dialogTitle;
+          nsString confirmString;
+          nsString checkboxText;
+          nsString buttonCompactNowText;
+          nsAutoString compactSize;
+          FormatFileSize(totalExpungedBytes, true, compactSize);
+          const char16_t* params[] = { compactSize.get() };
+          rv = bundle->GetStringFromName(u"autoCompactAllFoldersTitle", getter_Copies(dialogTitle));
+          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+          rv = bundle->FormatStringFromName(u"autoCompactAllFoldersText",
+                                            params, 1, getter_Copies(confirmString));
+          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+          rv = bundle->GetStringFromName(u"autoCompactAlwaysAskCheckbox",
+                                         getter_Copies(checkboxText));
+          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+          rv = bundle->GetStringFromName(u"compactNowButton",
+                                         getter_Copies(buttonCompactNowText));
+          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+          bool alwaysAsk = true; // "Always ask..." - checked by default.
+          int32_t buttonPressed = 0;
+
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIPrompt> dialog;
+          rv = aWindow->GetPromptDialog(getter_AddRefs(dialog));
+          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+          const uint32_t buttonFlags =
+            (nsIPrompt::BUTTON_TITLE_IS_STRING * nsIPrompt::BUTTON_POS_0) +
+            (nsIPrompt::BUTTON_TITLE_CANCEL * nsIPrompt::BUTTON_POS_1);
+          rv = dialog->ConfirmEx(dialogTitle.get(), confirmString.get(), buttonFlags,
+                                 buttonCompactNowText.get(), nullptr, nullptr,
+                                 checkboxText.get(), &alwaysAsk, &buttonPressed);
+          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+          if (!buttonPressed)
+          {
+            okToCompact = true;
+            if (!alwaysAsk) // [ ] Always ask me before compacting folders automatically
+              branch->SetBoolPref(PREF_MAIL_PURGE_ASK, false);
+          }
+        }
+        else
+          okToCompact = aWindow || !askBeforePurge;
+
+        if (okToCompact)
+        {
+          nsCOMPtr <nsIAtom> aboutToCompactAtom = MsgGetAtom("AboutToCompact");
+          NotifyFolderEvent(aboutToCompactAtom);
+
+         if (localExpungedBytes > 0)
+         {
+            nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolderCompactor> folderCompactor =
+              do_CreateInstance(NS_MSGLOCALFOLDERCOMPACTOR_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+            NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+            if (offlineExpungedBytes > 0)
+              folderCompactor->CompactFolders(folderArray, offlineFolderArray, nullptr, aWindow);
+            else
+              folderCompactor->CompactFolders(folderArray, nullptr, nullptr, aWindow);
+          }
+          else if (offlineExpungedBytes > 0)
+            CompactAllOfflineStores(nullptr, aWindow, offlineFolderArray);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgDBFolder::AutoCompact(nsIMsgWindow *aWindow)
+{
+  // we don't check for null aWindow, because this routine can get called
+  // in unit tests where we have no window. Just assume not OK if no window.
+  bool prompt;
+  nsresult rv = GetPromptPurgeThreshold(&prompt);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  PRTime timeNow = PR_Now();   //time in microseconds
+  PRTime timeAfterOneHourOfLastPurgeCheck = gtimeOfLastPurgeCheck + oneHour;
+  if (timeAfterOneHourOfLastPurgeCheck < timeNow && prompt)
+  {
+    gtimeOfLastPurgeCheck = timeNow;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIRunnable> event = new AutoCompactEvent(aWindow, this);
+    // Post this as an event because it can put up an alert, which
+    // might cause issues depending on the stack when we are called.
+    if (event)
+      NS_DispatchToCurrentThread(event);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDBFolder::CompactAllOfflineStores(nsIUrlListener *aUrlListener,
+                                       nsIMsgWindow *aWindow,
+                                       nsIArray *aOfflineFolderArray)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolderCompactor> folderCompactor
+    = do_CreateInstance(NS_MSGOFFLINESTORECOMPACTOR_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  return folderCompactor->CompactFolders(nullptr, aOfflineFolderArray, aUrlListener, aWindow);
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgDBFolder::GetPromptPurgeThreshold(bool *aPrompt)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(aPrompt);
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefBranch = do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && prefBranch)
+  {
+    rv = prefBranch->GetBoolPref(PREF_MAIL_PROMPT_PURGE_THRESHOLD, aPrompt);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    {
+      *aPrompt = false;
+      rv = NS_OK;
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgDBFolder::GetPurgeThreshold(int32_t *aThreshold)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(aThreshold);
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefBranch = do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && prefBranch)
+  {
+    int32_t thresholdMB = 20;
+    bool thresholdMigrated = false;
+    prefBranch->GetIntPref(PREF_MAIL_PURGE_THRESHOLD_MB, &thresholdMB);
+    prefBranch->GetBoolPref(PREF_MAIL_PURGE_MIGRATED, &thresholdMigrated);
+    if (!thresholdMigrated)
+    {
+      *aThreshold = 20480;
+      (void) prefBranch->GetIntPref(PREF_MAIL_PURGE_THRESHOLD, aThreshold);
+      if (*aThreshold/1024 != thresholdMB)
+      {
+        thresholdMB = std::max(1, *aThreshold/1024);
+        prefBranch->SetIntPref(PREF_MAIL_PURGE_THRESHOLD_MB, thresholdMB);
+      }
+      prefBranch->SetBoolPref(PREF_MAIL_PURGE_MIGRATED, true);
+    }
+    *aThreshold = thresholdMB * 1024;
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP //called on the folder that is renamed or about to be deleted
+nsMsgDBFolder::MatchOrChangeFilterDestination(nsIMsgFolder *newFolder, bool caseInsensitive, bool *found)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(found);
+  nsCString oldUri;
+  nsresult rv = GetURI(oldUri);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  nsCString newUri;
+  if (newFolder) //for matching uri's this will be null
+  {
+    rv = newFolder->GetURI(newUri);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFilterList> filterList;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccountManager> accountMgr = do_GetService(NS_MSGACCOUNTMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIArray> allServers;
+  rv = accountMgr->GetAllServers(getter_AddRefs(allServers));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  uint32_t numServers;
+  rv = allServers->GetLength(&numServers);
+  for (uint32_t serverIndex = 0; serverIndex < numServers; serverIndex++)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgIncomingServer> server = do_QueryElementAt(allServers, serverIndex);
+    if (server)
+    {
+      bool canHaveFilters;
+      rv = server->GetCanHaveFilters(&canHaveFilters);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && canHaveFilters)
+      {
+        // update the filterlist to match the new folder name
+        rv = server->GetFilterList(nullptr, getter_AddRefs(filterList));
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && filterList)
+        {
+          rv = filterList->MatchOrChangeFilterTarget(oldUri, newUri, caseInsensitive, found);
+          if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && *found && newFolder && !newUri.IsEmpty())
+            rv = filterList->SaveToDefaultFile();
+        }
+        // update the editable filterlist to match the new folder name
+        rv = server->GetEditableFilterList(nullptr, getter_AddRefs(filterList));
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && filterList)
+        {
+          rv = filterList->MatchOrChangeFilterTarget(oldUri, newUri, caseInsensitive, found);
+          if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && *found && newFolder && !newUri.IsEmpty())
+            rv = filterList->SaveToDefaultFile();
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDBFolder::GetDBTransferInfo(nsIDBFolderInfo **aTransferInfo)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIDBFolderInfo> dbFolderInfo;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDatabase> db;
+  GetDBFolderInfoAndDB(getter_AddRefs(dbFolderInfo), getter_AddRefs(db));
+  if (dbFolderInfo)
+    dbFolderInfo->GetTransferInfo(aTransferInfo);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDBFolder::SetDBTransferInfo(nsIDBFolderInfo *aTransferInfo)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(aTransferInfo);
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIDBFolderInfo> dbFolderInfo;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDatabase> db;
+  GetMsgDatabase(getter_AddRefs(db));
+  if (db)
+  {
+    db->GetDBFolderInfo(getter_AddRefs(dbFolderInfo));
+    if(dbFolderInfo)
+    {
+      dbFolderInfo->InitFromTransferInfo(aTransferInfo);
+      dbFolderInfo->SetBooleanProperty("forceReparse", false);
+    }
+    db->SetSummaryValid(true);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDBFolder::GetStringProperty(const char *propertyName, nsACString& propertyValue)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(propertyName);
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIFile> dbPath;
+  nsresult rv = GetFolderCacheKey(getter_AddRefs(dbPath));
+  if (dbPath)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolderCacheElement> cacheElement;
+    rv = GetFolderCacheElemFromFile(dbPath, getter_AddRefs(cacheElement));
+    if (cacheElement)  //try to get from cache
+      rv = cacheElement->GetStringProperty(propertyName, propertyValue);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))  //if failed, then try to get from db
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIDBFolderInfo> folderInfo;
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> db;
+      bool exists;
+      rv = dbPath->Exists(&exists);
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !exists)
+        return NS_MSG_ERROR_FOLDER_MISSING;
+      rv = GetDBFolderInfoAndDB(getter_AddRefs(folderInfo), getter_AddRefs(db));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        rv = folderInfo->GetCharProperty(propertyName, propertyValue);
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDBFolder::SetStringProperty(const char *propertyName, const nsACString& propertyValue)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(propertyName);
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIFile> dbPath;
+  GetFolderCacheKey(getter_AddRefs(dbPath));
+  if (dbPath)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolderCacheElement> cacheElement;
+    GetFolderCacheElemFromFile(dbPath, getter_AddRefs(cacheElement));
+    if (cacheElement)  //try to set in the cache
+      cacheElement->SetStringProperty(propertyName, propertyValue);
+  }
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIDBFolderInfo> folderInfo;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> db;
+  nsresult rv = GetDBFolderInfoAndDB(getter_AddRefs(folderInfo), getter_AddRefs(db));
+  if(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    folderInfo->SetCharProperty(propertyName, propertyValue);
+    db->Commit(nsMsgDBCommitType::kLargeCommit);  //commiting the db also commits the cache
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// Get/Set ForcePropertyEmpty is only used with inherited properties
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDBFolder::GetForcePropertyEmpty(const char *aPropertyName, bool *_retval)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(_retval);
+  nsAutoCString nameEmpty(aPropertyName);
+  nameEmpty.Append(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(".empty"));
+  nsCString value;
+  GetStringProperty(nameEmpty.get(), value);
+  *_retval = value.EqualsLiteral("true");
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDBFolder::SetForcePropertyEmpty(const char *aPropertyName, bool aValue)
+{
+ nsAutoCString nameEmpty(aPropertyName);
+ nameEmpty.Append(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(".empty"));
+ return SetStringProperty(nameEmpty.get(),
+   aValue ? NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("true") : NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(""));
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDBFolder::GetInheritedStringProperty(const char *aPropertyName, nsACString& aPropertyValue)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aPropertyName);
+  nsCString value;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+
+  bool forceEmpty = false;
+
+  if (!mIsServer)
+  {
+    GetForcePropertyEmpty(aPropertyName, &forceEmpty);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    // root folders must get their values from the server
+    GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+    if (server)
+      server->GetForcePropertyEmpty(aPropertyName, &forceEmpty);
+  }
+
+  if (forceEmpty)
+  {
+    aPropertyValue.Truncate();
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  // servers will automatically inherit from the preference mail.server.default.(propertyName)
+  if (server)
+    return server->GetCharValue(aPropertyName, aPropertyValue);
+
+  GetStringProperty(aPropertyName, value);
+  if (value.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    // inherit from the parent
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> parent;
+    GetParent(getter_AddRefs(parent));
+    if (parent)
+      return parent->GetInheritedStringProperty(aPropertyName, aPropertyValue);
+  }
+
+  aPropertyValue.Assign(value);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgDBFolder::SpamFilterClassifyMessage(const char *aURI, nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow, nsIJunkMailPlugin *aJunkMailPlugin)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgTraitService> traitService(do_GetService("@mozilla.org/msg-trait-service;1", &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  uint32_t count;
+  uint32_t *proIndices;
+  uint32_t *antiIndices;
+  rv = traitService->GetEnabledIndices(&count, &proIndices, &antiIndices);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = aJunkMailPlugin->ClassifyTraitsInMessage(aURI, count, proIndices, antiIndices, this, aMsgWindow, this);
+  NS_Free(proIndices);
+  NS_Free(antiIndices);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgDBFolder::SpamFilterClassifyMessages(const char **aURIArray, uint32_t aURICount, nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow, nsIJunkMailPlugin *aJunkMailPlugin)
+{
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgTraitService> traitService(do_GetService("@mozilla.org/msg-trait-service;1", &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  uint32_t count;
+  uint32_t *proIndices;
+  uint32_t *antiIndices;
+  rv = traitService->GetEnabledIndices(&count, &proIndices, &antiIndices);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = aJunkMailPlugin->ClassifyTraitsInMessages(aURICount, aURIArray, count,
+      proIndices, antiIndices, this, aMsgWindow, this);
+  NS_Free(proIndices);
+  NS_Free(antiIndices);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDBFolder::OnMessageClassified(const char *aMsgURI,
+                                   nsMsgJunkStatus aClassification,
+                                   uint32_t aJunkPercent)
+{
+  if (!aMsgURI) // This signifies end of batch.
+  {
+    nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+    // Apply filters if needed.
+    uint32_t length;
+    if (mPostBayesMessagesToFilter &&
+         NS_SUCCEEDED(mPostBayesMessagesToFilter->GetLength(&length)) &&
+         length)
+    {
+      // Apply post-bayes filtering.
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFilterService>
+        filterService(do_GetService(NS_MSGFILTERSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        // We use a null nsIMsgWindow because we don't want some sort of ui
+        // appearing in the middle of automatic filtering (plus I really don't
+        // want to propagate that value.)
+        rv = filterService->ApplyFilters(nsMsgFilterType::PostPlugin,
+                                         mPostBayesMessagesToFilter,
+                                         this, nullptr, nullptr);
+      mPostBayesMessagesToFilter->Clear();
+    }
+
+    // Bail if we didn't actually classify any messages.
+    if (mClassifiedMsgKeys.IsEmpty())
+      return rv;
+
+    // Notify that we classified some messages.
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolderNotificationService>
+      notifier(do_GetService(NS_MSGNOTIFICATIONSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMutableArray> classifiedMsgHdrs =
+      do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    uint32_t numKeys = mClassifiedMsgKeys.Length();
+    for (uint32_t i = 0 ; i < numKeys ; ++i)
+    {
+      nsMsgKey msgKey = mClassifiedMsgKeys[i];
+      bool hasKey;
+      // It is very possible for a message header to no longer be around because
+      // a filter moved it.
+      rv = mDatabase->ContainsKey(msgKey, &hasKey);
+      if (!NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) || !hasKey)
+        continue;
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+      rv = mDatabase->GetMsgHdrForKey(msgKey, getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+      if (!NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        continue;
+      classifiedMsgHdrs->AppendElement(msgHdr, false);
+    }
+
+    // only generate the notification if there are some classified messages
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(classifiedMsgHdrs->GetLength(&length)) && length)
+      notifier->NotifyMsgsClassified(classifiedMsgHdrs,
+                                     mBayesJunkClassifying,
+                                     mBayesTraitClassifying);
+    mClassifiedMsgKeys.Clear();
+
+    return rv;
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+  nsresult rv = GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISpamSettings> spamSettings;
+  rv = server->GetSpamSettings(getter_AddRefs(spamSettings));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+  rv = GetMsgDBHdrFromURI(aMsgURI, getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsMsgKey msgKey;
+  rv = msgHdr->GetMessageKey(&msgKey);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // check if this message needs junk classification
+  uint32_t processingFlags;
+  GetProcessingFlags(msgKey, &processingFlags);
+
+  if (processingFlags & nsMsgProcessingFlags::ClassifyJunk)
+  {
+    mClassifiedMsgKeys.AppendElement(msgKey);
+    AndProcessingFlags(msgKey, ~nsMsgProcessingFlags::ClassifyJunk);
+
+    nsAutoCString msgJunkScore;
+    msgJunkScore.AppendInt(aClassification == nsIJunkMailPlugin::JUNK ?
+          nsIJunkMailPlugin::IS_SPAM_SCORE:
+          nsIJunkMailPlugin::IS_HAM_SCORE);
+    mDatabase->SetStringProperty(msgKey, "junkscore", msgJunkScore.get());
+    mDatabase->SetStringProperty(msgKey, "junkscoreorigin", "plugin");
+
+    nsAutoCString strPercent;
+    strPercent.AppendInt(aJunkPercent);
+    mDatabase->SetStringProperty(msgKey, "junkpercent", strPercent.get());
+
+    if (aClassification == nsIJunkMailPlugin::JUNK)
+    {
+      // IMAP has its own way of marking read.
+      if (!(mFlags & nsMsgFolderFlags::ImapBox))
+      {
+        bool markAsReadOnSpam;
+        (void)spamSettings->GetMarkAsReadOnSpam(&markAsReadOnSpam);
+        if (markAsReadOnSpam)
+        {
+          rv = mDatabase->MarkRead(msgKey, true, this);
+          if (!NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+            NS_WARNING("failed marking spam message as read");
+        }
+      }
+      // mail folders will log junk hits with move info. Perhaps we should
+      // add a log here for non-mail folders as well, that don't override
+      // onMessageClassified
+      //rv = spamSettings->LogJunkHit(msgHdr, false);
+      //NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDBFolder::OnMessageTraitsClassified(const char *aMsgURI,
+                                         uint32_t aTraitCount,
+                                         uint32_t *aTraits,
+                                         uint32_t *aPercents)
+{
+  if (!aMsgURI) // This signifies end of batch
+    return NS_OK; // We are not handling batching
+  
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+  rv = GetMsgDBHdrFromURI(aMsgURI, getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsMsgKey msgKey;
+  rv = msgHdr->GetMessageKey(&msgKey);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  uint32_t processingFlags;
+  GetProcessingFlags(msgKey, &processingFlags);
+  if (!(processingFlags & nsMsgProcessingFlags::ClassifyTraits))
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  AndProcessingFlags(msgKey, ~nsMsgProcessingFlags::ClassifyTraits);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgTraitService> traitService;
+  traitService = do_GetService("@mozilla.org/msg-trait-service;1", &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < aTraitCount; i++)
+  {
+    if (aTraits[i] == nsIJunkMailPlugin::JUNK_TRAIT)
+      continue; // junk is processed by the junk listener
+    nsAutoCString traitId;
+    rv = traitService->GetId(aTraits[i], traitId);
+    traitId.Insert(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("bayespercent/"), 0);
+    nsAutoCString strPercent;
+    strPercent.AppendInt(aPercents[i]);
+    mDatabase->SetStringPropertyByHdr(msgHdr, traitId.get(), strPercent.get());
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Call the filter plugins (XXX currently just one)
+ */
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDBFolder::CallFilterPlugins(nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow, bool *aFiltersRun)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aFiltersRun);
+  *aFiltersRun = false;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISpamSettings> spamSettings;
+  int32_t spamLevel = 0;
+
+  nsresult rv = GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCString serverType;
+  server->GetType(serverType);
+
+  rv = server->GetSpamSettings(getter_AddRefs(spamSettings));
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFilterPlugin> filterPlugin;
+  server->GetSpamFilterPlugin(getter_AddRefs(filterPlugin));
+  if (!filterPlugin) // it's not an error not to have the filter plugin.
+    return NS_OK;
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIJunkMailPlugin> junkMailPlugin = do_QueryInterface(filterPlugin);
+  if (!junkMailPlugin) // we currently only support the junk mail plugin
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  // if it's a news folder, then we really don't support junk in the ui
+  // yet the legacy spamLevel seems to think we should analyze it.
+  // Maybe we should upgrade that, but for now let's not analyze. We'll
+  // let an extension set an inherited property if they really want us to
+  // analyze this. We need that anyway to allow extension-based overrides.
+  // When we finalize adding junk in news to core, we'll deal with the
+  // spamLevel issue
+
+  // if this is the junk folder, or the trash folder
+  // don't analyze for spam, because we don't care
+  //
+  // if it's the sent, unsent, templates, or drafts,
+  // don't analyze for spam, because the user
+  // created that message
+  //
+  // if it's a public imap folder, or another users
+  // imap folder, don't analyze for spam, because
+  // it's not ours to analyze
+  //
+
+  bool filterForJunk = true;
+  if (serverType.EqualsLiteral("rss") ||
+      (mFlags & (nsMsgFolderFlags::SpecialUse |
+                 nsMsgFolderFlags::ImapPublic | nsMsgFolderFlags::Newsgroup |
+                 nsMsgFolderFlags::ImapOtherUser) &&
+       !(mFlags & nsMsgFolderFlags::Inbox)))
+    filterForJunk = false;
+
+  spamSettings->GetLevel(&spamLevel);
+  if (!spamLevel)
+    filterForJunk = false;
+
+  /*
+   * We'll use inherited folder properties for the junk trait to override the
+   * standard server-based activation of junk processing. This provides a
+   * hook for extensions to customize the application of junk filtering.
+   * Set inherited property "dobayes.mailnews@mozilla.org#junk" to "true"
+   * to force junk processing, and "false" to skip junk processing.
+   */
+
+  nsAutoCString junkEnableOverride;
+  GetInheritedStringProperty("dobayes.mailnews@mozilla.org#junk", junkEnableOverride);
+  if (junkEnableOverride.EqualsLiteral("true"))
+    filterForJunk = true;
+  else if (junkEnableOverride.EqualsLiteral("false"))
+    filterForJunk = false;
+
+  bool userHasClassified = false;
+  // if the user has not classified any messages yet, then we shouldn't bother
+  // running the junk mail controls. This creates a better first use experience.
+  // See Bug #250084.
+  junkMailPlugin->GetUserHasClassified(&userHasClassified);
+  if (!userHasClassified)
+    filterForJunk = false;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> database(mDatabase);
+  rv = GetMsgDatabase(getter_AddRefs(database));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // check if trait processing needed
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgTraitService> traitService(
+      do_GetService("@mozilla.org/msg-trait-service;1", &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  uint32_t count = 0, *proIndices, *antiIndices;
+  rv = traitService->GetEnabledIndices(&count, &proIndices, &antiIndices);
+  bool filterForOther = false;
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) // We just skip this on failure, since it is rarely used
+  {
+    for (uint32_t i = 0; i < count; ++i)
+    {
+      // The trait service determines which traits are globally enabled or
+      // disabled. If a trait is enabled, it can still be made inactive
+      // on a particular folder using an inherited property. To do that,
+      // set "dobayes." + trait proID as an inherited folder property with
+      // the string value "false"
+      //
+      // If any non-junk traits are active on the folder, then the bayes
+      // processing will calculate probabilities for all enabled traits.
+
+      if (proIndices[i] != nsIJunkMailPlugin::JUNK_TRAIT)
+      {
+        filterForOther = true;
+        nsAutoCString traitId;
+        nsAutoCString property("dobayes.");
+        traitService->GetId(proIndices[i], traitId);
+        property.Append(traitId);
+        nsAutoCString isEnabledOnFolder;
+        GetInheritedStringProperty(property.get(), isEnabledOnFolder);
+        if (isEnabledOnFolder.EqualsLiteral("false"))
+          filterForOther = false;
+        // We might have to allow a "true" override in the future, but
+        // for now there is no way for that to affect the processing
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    NS_Free(proIndices);
+    NS_Free(antiIndices);
+  }
+
+  // Do we need to apply message filters?
+  bool filterPostPlugin = false; // Do we have a post-analysis filter?
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFilterList> filterList;
+  GetFilterList(aMsgWindow, getter_AddRefs(filterList));
+  if (filterList)
+  {
+    uint32_t filterCount = 0;
+    filterList->GetFilterCount(&filterCount);
+    for (uint32_t index = 0; index < filterCount && !filterPostPlugin; ++index)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFilter> filter;
+      filterList->GetFilterAt(index, getter_AddRefs(filter));
+      if (!filter)
+        continue;
+      nsMsgFilterTypeType filterType;
+      filter->GetFilterType(&filterType);
+      if (!(filterType & nsMsgFilterType::PostPlugin))
+        continue;
+      bool enabled = false;
+      filter->GetEnabled(&enabled);
+      if (!enabled)
+        continue;
+      filterPostPlugin = true;
+    }
+  }
+
+  // If there is nothing to do, leave now but let NotifyHdrsNotBeingClassified
+  // generate the msgsClassified notification for all newly added messages as
+  // tracked by the NotReportedClassified processing flag.
+  if (!filterForOther && !filterForJunk && !filterPostPlugin)
+  {
+    NotifyHdrsNotBeingClassified();
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  // get the list of new messages
+  //
+  uint32_t numNewKeys;
+  nsMsgKey *newKeys;
+  rv = database->GetNewList(&numNewKeys, &newKeys);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsTArray<nsMsgKey> newMessageKeys;
+  // Start from m_saveNewMsgs (and clear its current state).  m_saveNewMsgs is
+  // where we stash the list of new messages when we are told to clear the list
+  // of new messages by the UI (which purges the list from the nsMsgDatabase).
+  newMessageKeys.SwapElements(m_saveNewMsgs);
+  if (numNewKeys)
+    newMessageKeys.AppendElements(newKeys, numNewKeys);
+
+  NS_Free(newKeys);
+
+  // build up list of keys to classify
+  nsTArray<nsMsgKey> classifyMsgKeys;
+  nsCString uri;
+
+  uint32_t numNewMessages = newMessageKeys.Length();
+  for (uint32_t i = 0 ; i < numNewMessages ; ++i)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+    nsMsgKey msgKey = newMessageKeys[i];
+    rv = database->GetMsgHdrForKey(msgKey, getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+    if (!NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      continue;
+    // per-message junk tests.
+    bool filterMessageForJunk = false;
+    while (filterForJunk)  // we'll break from this at the end
+    {
+      nsCString junkScore;
+      msgHdr->GetStringProperty("junkscore", getter_Copies(junkScore));
+      if (!junkScore.IsEmpty()) // ignore already scored messages.
+        break;
+
+      bool whiteListMessage = false;
+      spamSettings->CheckWhiteList(msgHdr, &whiteListMessage);
+      if (whiteListMessage)
+      {
+        // mark this msg as non-junk, because we whitelisted it.
+
+        nsAutoCString msgJunkScore;
+        msgJunkScore.AppendInt(nsIJunkMailPlugin::IS_HAM_SCORE);
+        database->SetStringProperty(msgKey, "junkscore", msgJunkScore.get());
+        database->SetStringProperty(msgKey, "junkscoreorigin", "whitelist");
+        break; // skip this msg since it's in the white list
+      }
+      filterMessageForJunk = true;
+
+      OrProcessingFlags(msgKey, nsMsgProcessingFlags::ClassifyJunk);
+      // Since we are junk processing, we want to defer the msgsClassified
+      // notification until the junk classification has occurred.  The event
+      // is sufficiently reliable that we know this will be handled in
+      // OnMessageClassified at the end of the batch.  We clear the
+      // NotReportedClassified flag since we know the message is in good hands.
+      AndProcessingFlags(msgKey, ~nsMsgProcessingFlags::NotReportedClassified);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    uint32_t processingFlags;
+    GetProcessingFlags(msgKey, &processingFlags);
+
+    bool filterMessageForOther = false;
+    // trait processing
+    if (!(processingFlags & nsMsgProcessingFlags::TraitsDone))
+    {
+      // don't do trait processing on this message again
+      OrProcessingFlags(msgKey, nsMsgProcessingFlags::TraitsDone);
+      if (filterForOther)
+      {
+        filterMessageForOther = true;
+        OrProcessingFlags(msgKey, nsMsgProcessingFlags::ClassifyTraits);
+      }
+    }
+
+    if (filterMessageForJunk || filterMessageForOther)
+      classifyMsgKeys.AppendElement(newMessageKeys[i]);
+
+    // Set messages to filter post-bayes.
+    // Have we already filtered this message?
+    if (!(processingFlags & nsMsgProcessingFlags::FiltersDone))
+    {
+      if (filterPostPlugin)
+      {
+        // Don't do filters on this message again.
+        // (Only set this if we are actually filtering since this is
+        // tantamount to a memory leak.)
+        OrProcessingFlags(msgKey, nsMsgProcessingFlags::FiltersDone);
+        // Lazily create the array.
+        if (!mPostBayesMessagesToFilter)
+          mPostBayesMessagesToFilter = do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID);
+        mPostBayesMessagesToFilter->AppendElement(msgHdr, false);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  NotifyHdrsNotBeingClassified();
+  // If there weren't any new messages, just return.
+  if (newMessageKeys.IsEmpty())
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  // If we do not need to do any work, leave.
+  // (We needed to get the list of new messages so we could get their headers so
+  // we can send notifications about them here.)
+
+  if (!classifyMsgKeys.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    // Remember what classifications are the source of this decision for when
+    // we perform the notification in OnMessageClassified at the conclusion of
+    // classification.
+    mBayesJunkClassifying = filterForJunk;
+    mBayesTraitClassifying = filterForOther;
+
+    uint32_t numMessagesToClassify = classifyMsgKeys.Length();
+    char ** messageURIs = (char **) PR_MALLOC(sizeof(const char *) * numMessagesToClassify);
+    if (!messageURIs)
+      return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+    for (uint32_t msgIndex = 0; msgIndex < numMessagesToClassify ; ++msgIndex )
+    {
+      nsCString tmpStr;
+      rv = GenerateMessageURI(classifyMsgKeys[msgIndex], tmpStr);
+      messageURIs[msgIndex] = ToNewCString(tmpStr);
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+          NS_WARNING("nsMsgDBFolder::CallFilterPlugins(): could not"
+                     " generate URI for message");
+    }
+    // filterMsgs
+    *aFiltersRun = true;
+    rv = SpamFilterClassifyMessages((const char **) messageURIs, numMessagesToClassify, aMsgWindow, junkMailPlugin);
+    for ( uint32_t freeIndex=0 ; freeIndex < numMessagesToClassify ; ++freeIndex )
+      PR_Free(messageURIs[freeIndex]);
+    PR_Free(messageURIs);
+  }
+  else if (filterPostPlugin)
+  {
+    // Nothing to classify, so need to end batch ourselves. We do this so that
+    // post analysis filters will run consistently on a folder, even if
+    // disabled junk processing, which could be dynamic through whitelisting,
+    // makes the bayes analysis unnecessary.
+    OnMessageClassified(nullptr, nsIJunkMailPlugin::UNCLASSIFIED, 0);
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Adds the messages in the NotReportedClassified mProcessing set to the
+ * (possibly empty) array of msgHdrsNotBeingClassified, and send the
+ * nsIMsgFolderNotificationService notification.
+ */
+nsresult nsMsgDBFolder::NotifyHdrsNotBeingClassified()
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> msgHdrsNotBeingClassified;
+
+  if (mProcessingFlag[5].keys)
+  {
+    nsTArray<nsMsgKey> keys;
+    mProcessingFlag[5].keys->ToMsgKeyArray(keys);
+    if (keys.Length())
+    {
+      msgHdrsNotBeingClassified = do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID);
+      if (!msgHdrsNotBeingClassified)
+        return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+      nsresult rv = GetDatabase();
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      MsgGetHeadersFromKeys(mDatabase, keys, msgHdrsNotBeingClassified);
+
+      // Since we know we've handled all the NotReportedClassified messages,
+      // we clear the set by deleting and recreating it.
+      delete mProcessingFlag[5].keys;
+      mProcessingFlag[5].keys = nsMsgKeySetU::Create();
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolderNotificationService>
+        notifier(do_GetService(NS_MSGNOTIFICATIONSERVICE_CONTRACTID));
+      if (notifier)
+        notifier->NotifyMsgsClassified(msgHdrsNotBeingClassified,
+                                       // no classification is being performed
+                                       false, false);
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDBFolder::GetLastMessageLoaded(nsMsgKey *aMsgKey)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMsgKey);
+  *aMsgKey = mLastMessageLoaded;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDBFolder::SetLastMessageLoaded(nsMsgKey aMsgKey)
+{
+  mLastMessageLoaded = aMsgKey;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// Returns true if: a) there is no need to prompt or b) the user is already
+// logged in or c) the user logged in successfully.
+bool nsMsgDBFolder::PromptForMasterPasswordIfNecessary()
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccountManager> accountManager =
+    do_GetService(NS_MSGACCOUNTMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, false);
+
+  bool userNeedsToAuthenticate = false;
+  // if we're PasswordProtectLocalCache, then we need to find out if the server
+  // is authenticated.
+  (void) accountManager->GetUserNeedsToAuthenticate(&userNeedsToAuthenticate);
+  if (!userNeedsToAuthenticate)
+    return true;
+
+  // Do we have a master password?
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPK11TokenDB> tokenDB =
+    do_GetService(NS_PK11TOKENDB_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, false);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPK11Token> token;
+  rv = tokenDB->GetInternalKeyToken(getter_AddRefs(token));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, false);
+
+  bool result;
+  rv = token->CheckPassword(EmptyCString(), &result);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, false);
+
+  if (result)
+  {
+    // We don't have a master password, so this function isn't supported,
+    // therefore just tell account manager we've authenticated and return true.
+    accountManager->SetUserNeedsToAuthenticate(false);
+    return true;
+  }
+
+  // We have a master password, so try and login to the slot.
+  rv = token->Login(false);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    // Login failed, so we didn't get a password (e.g. prompt cancelled).
+    return false;
+
+  // Double-check that we are now logged in
+  rv = token->IsLoggedIn(&result);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, false);
+
+  accountManager->SetUserNeedsToAuthenticate(!result);
+  return result;
+}
+
+// this gets called after the last junk mail classification has run.
+nsresult nsMsgDBFolder::PerformBiffNotifications(void)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+  nsresult rv = GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  int32_t  numBiffMsgs = 0;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> root;
+  rv = GetRootFolder(getter_AddRefs(root));
+  root->GetNumNewMessages(true, &numBiffMsgs);
+  if (numBiffMsgs > 0)
+  {
+    server->SetPerformingBiff(true);
+    SetBiffState(nsIMsgFolder::nsMsgBiffState_NewMail);
+    server->SetPerformingBiff(false);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgDBFolder::initializeStrings()
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundleService> bundleService =
+    mozilla::services::GetStringBundleService();
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(bundleService, NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundle> bundle;
+  rv = bundleService->CreateBundle("chrome://messenger/locale/messenger.properties",
+                                   getter_AddRefs(bundle));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  bundle->GetStringFromName(u"inboxFolderName",
+                            &kLocalizedInboxName);
+  bundle->GetStringFromName(u"trashFolderName",
+                            &kLocalizedTrashName);
+  bundle->GetStringFromName(u"sentFolderName",
+                            &kLocalizedSentName);
+  bundle->GetStringFromName(u"draftsFolderName",
+                            &kLocalizedDraftsName);
+  bundle->GetStringFromName(u"templatesFolderName",
+                            &kLocalizedTemplatesName);
+  bundle->GetStringFromName(u"junkFolderName",
+                            &kLocalizedJunkName);
+  bundle->GetStringFromName(u"outboxFolderName",
+                            &kLocalizedUnsentName);
+  bundle->GetStringFromName(u"archivesFolderName",
+                            &kLocalizedArchivesName);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundle> brandBundle;
+  rv = bundleService->CreateBundle("chrome://branding/locale/brand.properties", getter_AddRefs(bundle));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  bundle->GetStringFromName(u"brandShortName",
+                            &kLocalizedBrandShortName);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgDBFolder::createCollationKeyGenerator()
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsILocaleService> localeSvc = do_GetService(NS_LOCALESERVICE_CONTRACTID,&rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsILocale> locale;
+  rv = localeSvc->GetApplicationLocale(getter_AddRefs(locale));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsICollationFactory> factory = do_CreateInstance(NS_COLLATIONFACTORY_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = factory->CreateCollation(locale, &gCollationKeyGenerator);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDBFolder::Init(const char* aURI)
+{
+  // for now, just initialize everything during Init()
+  nsresult rv;
+  rv = nsRDFResource::Init(aURI);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  return CreateBaseMessageURI(nsDependentCString(aURI));
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDBFolder::CreateBaseMessageURI(const nsACString& aURI)
+{
+  // Each folder needs to implement this.
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDBFolder::GetURI(nsACString& name)
+{
+  return nsRDFResource::GetValueUTF8(name);
+}
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+#if 0
+typedef bool
+(*nsArrayFilter)(nsISupports* element, void* data);
+#endif
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDBFolder::GetSubFolders(nsISimpleEnumerator **aResult)
+{
+  return aResult ? NS_NewArrayEnumerator(aResult, mSubFolders) : NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDBFolder::FindSubFolder(const nsACString& aEscapedSubFolderName, nsIMsgFolder **aFolder)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFService> rdf(do_GetService(kRDFServiceCID, &rv));
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  // XXX use necko here
+  nsAutoCString uri;
+  uri.Append(mURI);
+  uri.Append('/');
+  uri.Append(aEscapedSubFolderName);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFResource> res;
+  rv = rdf->GetResource(uri, getter_AddRefs(res));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder(do_QueryInterface(res, &rv));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  folder.swap(*aFolder);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDBFolder::GetHasSubFolders(bool *_retval)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(_retval);
+  *_retval = mSubFolders.Count() > 0;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDBFolder::GetNumSubFolders(uint32_t *aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+  *aResult = mSubFolders.Count();
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::AddFolderListener(nsIFolderListener * listener)
+{
+  return mListeners.AppendElement(listener) ? NS_OK : NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::RemoveFolderListener(nsIFolderListener * listener)
+{
+  mListeners.RemoveElement(listener);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::SetParent(nsIMsgFolder *aParent)
+{
+  mParent = do_GetWeakReference(aParent);
+  if (aParent)
+  {
+    nsresult rv;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> parentMsgFolder = do_QueryInterface(aParent, &rv);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      // servers do not have parents, so we must not be a server
+      mIsServer = false;
+      mIsServerIsValid = true;
+
+      // also set the server itself while we're here.
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+      rv = parentMsgFolder->GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && server)
+        mServer = do_GetWeakReference(server);
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::GetParent(nsIMsgFolder **aParent)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aParent);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> parent = do_QueryReferent(mParent);
+  parent.swap(*aParent);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDBFolder::GetMessages(nsISimpleEnumerator **result)
+{
+  // XXX should this return an empty enumeration?
+  return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDBFolder::UpdateFolder(nsIMsgWindow *)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::GetFolderURL(nsACString& url)
+{
+  url.Assign(EmptyCString());
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::GetServer(nsIMsgIncomingServer ** aServer)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aServer);
+  nsresult rv;
+  // short circut the server if we have it.
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server = do_QueryReferent(mServer, &rv);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+  {
+    // try again after parsing the URI
+    rv = parseURI(true);
+    server = do_QueryReferent(mServer);
+  }
+  server.swap(*aServer);
+  return *aServer ? NS_OK : NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgDBFolder::parseURI(bool needServer)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIURL> url;
+
+  url = do_CreateInstance(NS_STANDARDURL_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = url->SetSpec(mURI);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  // empty path tells us it's a server.
+  if (!mIsServerIsValid)
+  {
+    nsAutoCString path;
+    rv = url->GetPath(path);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      mIsServer = path.EqualsLiteral("/");
+    mIsServerIsValid = true;
+  }
+
+  // grab the name off the leaf of the server
+  if (mName.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    // mName:
+    // the name is the trailing directory in the path
+    nsAutoCString fileName;
+    nsAutoCString escapedFileName;
+    url->GetFileName(escapedFileName);
+    if (!escapedFileName.IsEmpty())
+    {
+      // XXX conversion to unicode here? is fileName in UTF8?
+      // yes, let's say it is in utf8
+      MsgUnescapeString(escapedFileName, 0, fileName);
+      NS_ASSERTION(MsgIsUTF8(fileName), "fileName is not in UTF-8");
+      CopyUTF8toUTF16(fileName, mName);
+    }
+  }
+
+  // grab the server by parsing the URI and looking it up
+  // in the account manager...
+  // But avoid this extra work by first asking the parent, if any
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server = do_QueryReferent(mServer, &rv);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+  {
+    // first try asking the parent instead of the URI
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> parentMsgFolder;
+    GetParent(getter_AddRefs(parentMsgFolder));
+
+    if (parentMsgFolder)
+      rv = parentMsgFolder->GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+
+    // no parent. do the extra work of asking
+    if (!server && needServer)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccountManager> accountManager =
+               do_GetService(NS_MSGACCOUNTMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      nsCString serverType;
+      GetIncomingServerType(serverType);
+      if (serverType.IsEmpty())
+      {
+        NS_WARNING("can't determine folder's server type");
+        return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+      }
+
+      url->SetScheme(serverType);
+      rv = accountManager->FindServerByURI(url, false,
+                                      getter_AddRefs(server));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    }
+    mServer = do_GetWeakReference(server);
+  } /* !mServer */
+
+  // now try to find the local path for this folder
+  if (server)
+  {
+    nsAutoCString newPath;
+    nsAutoCString escapedUrlPath;
+    nsAutoCString urlPath;
+    url->GetFilePath(escapedUrlPath);
+    if (!escapedUrlPath.IsEmpty())
+    {
+      MsgUnescapeString(escapedUrlPath, 0, urlPath);
+
+      // transform the filepath from the URI, such as
+      // "/folder1/folder2/foldern"
+      // to
+      // "folder1.sbd/folder2.sbd/foldern"
+      // (remove leading / and add .sbd to first n-1 folders)
+      // to be appended onto the server's path
+      bool isNewsFolder = false;
+      nsAutoCString scheme;
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(url->GetScheme(scheme)))
+      {
+        isNewsFolder = scheme.EqualsLiteral("news") ||
+                       scheme.EqualsLiteral("snews") ||
+                       scheme.EqualsLiteral("nntp");
+      }
+      NS_MsgCreatePathStringFromFolderURI(urlPath.get(), newPath, scheme,
+                                          isNewsFolder);
+    }
+
+    // now append munged path onto server path
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> serverPath;
+    rv = server->GetLocalPath(getter_AddRefs(serverPath));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+    if (!mPath && serverPath)
+    {
+      if (!newPath.IsEmpty())
+      {
+        // I hope this is temporary - Ultimately,
+        // NS_MsgCreatePathStringFromFolderURI will need to be fixed.
+#if defined(XP_WIN)
+        MsgReplaceChar(newPath, '/', '\\');
+#endif
+        rv = serverPath->AppendRelativeNativePath(newPath);
+        NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv),"failed to append to the serverPath");
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        {
+          mPath = nullptr;
+          return rv;
+        }
+      }
+      mPath = do_CreateInstance(NS_LOCAL_FILE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      mPath->InitWithFile(serverPath);
+    }
+    // URI is completely parsed when we've attempted to get the server
+    mHaveParsedURI=true;
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDBFolder::GetIsServer(bool *aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+  // make sure we've parsed the URI
+  if (!mIsServerIsValid)
+  {
+    nsresult rv = parseURI();
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !mIsServerIsValid)
+      return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+
+  *aResult = mIsServer;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDBFolder::GetNoSelect(bool *aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+  *aResult = false;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDBFolder::GetImapShared(bool *aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+  return GetFlag(nsMsgFolderFlags::PersonalShared, aResult);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDBFolder::GetCanSubscribe(bool *aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+  // by default, you can't subscribe.
+  // if otherwise, override it.
+  *aResult = false;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDBFolder::GetCanFileMessages(bool *aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+
+  //varada - checking folder flag to see if it is the "Unsent Messages"
+  //and if so return FALSE
+  if (mFlags & (nsMsgFolderFlags::Queue | nsMsgFolderFlags::Virtual))
+  {
+    *aResult = false;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  bool isServer = false;
+  nsresult rv = GetIsServer(&isServer);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  // by default, you can't file messages into servers, only to folders
+  // if otherwise, override it.
+  *aResult = !isServer;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDBFolder::GetCanDeleteMessages(bool *aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+  *aResult = true;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDBFolder::GetCanCreateSubfolders(bool *aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+
+  //Checking folder flag to see if it is the "Unsent Messages"
+  //or a virtual folder, and if so return FALSE
+  if (mFlags & (nsMsgFolderFlags::Queue | nsMsgFolderFlags::Virtual))
+  {
+    *aResult = false;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  // by default, you can create subfolders on server and folders
+  // if otherwise, override it.
+  *aResult = true;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDBFolder::GetCanRename(bool *aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+
+  bool isServer = false;
+  nsresult rv = GetIsServer(&isServer);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+  // by default, you can't rename servers, only folders
+  // if otherwise, override it.
+  //
+  // check if the folder is a special folder
+  // (Trash, Drafts, Unsent Messages, Inbox, Sent, Templates, Junk, Archives)
+  // if it is, don't allow the user to rename it
+  // (which includes dnd moving it with in the same server)
+  //
+  // this errors on the side of caution.  we'll return false a lot
+  // more often if we use flags,
+  // instead of checking if the folder really is being used as a
+  // special folder by looking at the "copies and folders" prefs on the
+  // identities.
+  *aResult = !(isServer || (mFlags & nsMsgFolderFlags::SpecialUse));
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDBFolder::GetCanCompact(bool *aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+  bool isServer = false;
+  nsresult rv = GetIsServer(&isServer);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  // servers cannot be compacted --> 4.x
+  // virtual search folders cannot be compacted
+  *aResult = !isServer && !(mFlags & nsMsgFolderFlags::Virtual);
+  // Check if the store supports compaction
+  if (*aResult)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgPluggableStore> msgStore;
+    GetMsgStore(getter_AddRefs(msgStore));
+    if (msgStore)
+      msgStore->GetSupportsCompaction(aResult);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::GetPrettyName(nsAString& name)
+{
+  return GetName(name);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::SetPrettyName(const nsAString& name)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  //Set pretty name only if special flag is set and if it the default folder name
+  if (mFlags & nsMsgFolderFlags::Inbox && name.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("inbox"))
+    rv = SetName(nsDependentString(kLocalizedInboxName));
+  else if (mFlags & nsMsgFolderFlags::SentMail && name.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("sent"))
+    rv = SetName(nsDependentString(kLocalizedSentName));
+  else if (mFlags & nsMsgFolderFlags::Drafts && name.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("drafts"))
+    rv = SetName(nsDependentString(kLocalizedDraftsName));
+  else if (mFlags & nsMsgFolderFlags::Templates && name.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("templates"))
+    rv = SetName(nsDependentString(kLocalizedTemplatesName));
+  else if (mFlags & nsMsgFolderFlags::Trash && name.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("trash"))
+    rv = SetName(nsDependentString(kLocalizedTrashName));
+  else if (mFlags & nsMsgFolderFlags::Queue && name.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("unsent messages"))
+    rv = SetName(nsDependentString(kLocalizedUnsentName));
+  else if (mFlags & nsMsgFolderFlags::Junk && name.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("junk"))
+    rv = SetName(nsDependentString(kLocalizedJunkName));
+  else if (mFlags & nsMsgFolderFlags::Archive && name.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("archives"))
+    rv = SetName(nsDependentString(kLocalizedArchivesName));
+  else
+    rv = SetName(name);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::GetName(nsAString& name)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  if (!mHaveParsedURI && mName.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    rv = parseURI();
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+  }
+
+  // if it's a server, just forward the call
+  if (mIsServer)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+    rv = GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && server)
+      return server->GetPrettyName(name);
+  }
+
+  name = mName;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::SetName(const nsAString& name)
+{
+  // override the URI-generated name
+  if (!mName.Equals(name))
+  {
+    mName = name;
+    // old/new value doesn't matter here
+    NotifyUnicharPropertyChanged(kNameAtom, name, name);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+//For default, just return name
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::GetAbbreviatedName(nsAString& aAbbreviatedName)
+{
+  return GetName(aAbbreviatedName);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDBFolder::GetChildNamed(const nsAString& aName, nsIMsgFolder **aChild)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aChild);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleEnumerator> dummy;
+  GetSubFolders(getter_AddRefs(dummy)); // initialize mSubFolders
+  *aChild = nullptr;
+  int32_t count = mSubFolders.Count();
+
+  for (int32_t i = 0; i < count; i++)
+  {
+    nsString folderName;
+    nsresult rv = mSubFolders[i]->GetName(folderName);
+    // case-insensitive compare is probably LCD across OS filesystems
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) &&
+        folderName.Equals(aName, nsCaseInsensitiveStringComparator()))
+    {
+      NS_ADDREF(*aChild = mSubFolders[i]);
+      return NS_OK;
+    }
+  }
+  // don't return NS_OK if we didn't find the folder
+  // see http://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=210089#c15
+  // and http://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=210089#c17
+  return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::GetChildWithURI(const nsACString& uri, bool deep, bool caseInsensitive, nsIMsgFolder ** child)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(child);
+  // will return nullptr if we can't find it
+  *child = nullptr;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleEnumerator> enumerator;
+  nsresult rv = GetSubFolders(getter_AddRefs(enumerator));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  bool hasMore;
+  while(NS_SUCCEEDED(enumerator->HasMoreElements(&hasMore)) && hasMore)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> item;
+    enumerator->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(item));
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFResource> folderResource(do_QueryInterface(item));
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder(do_QueryInterface(item));
+    if (folderResource && folder)
+    {
+      const char *folderURI;
+      rv = folderResource->GetValueConst(&folderURI);
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+      bool equal = folderURI && (caseInsensitive ? uri.Equals(folderURI, nsCaseInsensitiveCStringComparator())
+                                                   : uri.Equals(folderURI));
+      if (equal)
+      {
+        *child = folder;
+        NS_ADDREF(*child);
+        return NS_OK;
+      }
+      if (deep)
+      {
+        rv = folder->GetChildWithURI(uri, deep, caseInsensitive, child);
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+          return rv;
+
+        if (*child)
+          return NS_OK;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::GetPrettiestName(nsAString& name)
+{
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(GetPrettyName(name)))
+    return NS_OK;
+  return GetName(name);
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::GetShowDeletedMessages(bool *showDeletedMessages)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(showDeletedMessages);
+  *showDeletedMessages = false;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::Delete()
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::DeleteSubFolders(nsIArray *folders,
+                                              nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow)
+{
+  uint32_t count;
+  nsresult rv = folders->GetLength(&count);
+  for(uint32_t i = 0; i < count; i++)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder(do_QueryElementAt(folders, i, &rv));
+    if (folder)
+      PropagateDelete(folder, true, msgWindow);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::CreateStorageIfMissing(nsIUrlListener* /* urlListener */)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(false, "needs to be overridden");
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::PropagateDelete(nsIMsgFolder *folder, bool deleteStorage, nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow)
+{
+  // first, find the folder we're looking to delete
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  int32_t count = mSubFolders.Count();
+  for (int32_t i = 0; i < count; i++)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> child(mSubFolders[i]);
+    if (folder == child.get())
+    {
+      // Remove self as parent
+      child->SetParent(nullptr);
+      // maybe delete disk storage for it, and its subfolders
+      rv = child->RecursiveDelete(deleteStorage, msgWindow);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      {
+        // Remove from list of subfolders.
+        mSubFolders.RemoveObjectAt(i);
+        NotifyItemRemoved(child);
+        break;
+      }
+      else // setting parent back if we failed
+        child->SetParent(this);
+    }
+    else
+      rv = child->PropagateDelete(folder, deleteStorage, msgWindow);
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::RecursiveDelete(bool deleteStorage, nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow)
+{
+  // If deleteStorage is true, recursively deletes disk storage for this folder
+  // and all its subfolders.
+  // Regardless of deleteStorage, always unlinks them from the children lists and
+  // frees memory for the subfolders but NOT for _this_
+
+  nsresult status = NS_OK;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIFile> dbPath;
+
+  // first remove the deleted folder from the folder cache;
+  nsresult result = GetFolderCacheKey(getter_AddRefs(dbPath));
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccountManager> accountMgr =
+    do_GetService(NS_MSGACCOUNTMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &result);
+  if(NS_SUCCEEDED(result))
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolderCache> folderCache;
+    result = accountMgr->GetFolderCache(getter_AddRefs(folderCache));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(result) && folderCache)
+    {
+      nsCString persistentPath;
+      result = dbPath->GetPersistentDescriptor(persistentPath);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(result))
+        folderCache->RemoveElement(persistentPath);
+    }
+  }
+
+  int32_t count = mSubFolders.Count();
+  while (count > 0)
+  {
+    nsIMsgFolder *child = mSubFolders[0];
+
+    child->SetParent(nullptr);
+    status = child->RecursiveDelete(deleteStorage, msgWindow);  // recur
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(status))
+      // unlink it from this child's list
+      mSubFolders.RemoveObjectAt(0);
+    else
+    {
+      // setting parent back if we failed for some reason
+      child->SetParent(this);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    count--;
+  }
+
+  // now delete the disk storage for _this_
+  if (deleteStorage && NS_SUCCEEDED(status))
+  {
+    // All delete commands use deleteStorage = true, and local moves use false.
+    // IMAP moves use true, leaving this here in the hope that bug 439108
+    // works out.
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolderNotificationService> notifier(do_GetService(NS_MSGNOTIFICATIONSERVICE_CONTRACTID));
+    if (notifier)
+      notifier->NotifyFolderDeleted(this);
+    status = Delete();
+  }
+  return status;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::CreateSubfolder(const nsAString& folderName, nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::AddSubfolder(const nsAString& name,
+                                          nsIMsgFolder** child)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(child);
+
+  int32_t flags = 0;
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFService> rdf = do_GetService("@mozilla.org/rdf/rdf-service;1", &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  nsAutoCString uri(mURI);
+  uri.Append('/');
+
+  // URI should use UTF-8
+  // (see RFC2396 Uniform Resource Identifiers (URI): Generic Syntax)
+  nsAutoCString escapedName;
+  rv = NS_MsgEscapeEncodeURLPath(name, escapedName);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // fix for #192780
+  // if this is the root folder
+  // make sure the the special folders
+  // have the right uri.
+  // on disk, host\INBOX should be a folder with the uri mailbox://user@host/Inbox"
+  // as mailbox://user@host/Inbox != mailbox://user@host/INBOX
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> rootFolder;
+  rv = GetRootFolder(getter_AddRefs(rootFolder));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && rootFolder && (rootFolder.get() == (nsIMsgFolder *)this))
+  {
+    if (MsgLowerCaseEqualsLiteral(escapedName, "inbox"))
+      uri += "Inbox";
+    else if (MsgLowerCaseEqualsLiteral(escapedName, "unsent%20messages"))
+      uri += "Unsent%20Messages";
+    else if (MsgLowerCaseEqualsLiteral(escapedName, "drafts"))
+      uri += "Drafts";
+    else if (MsgLowerCaseEqualsLiteral(escapedName, "trash"))
+      uri += "Trash";
+    else if (MsgLowerCaseEqualsLiteral(escapedName, "sent"))
+      uri += "Sent";
+    else if (MsgLowerCaseEqualsLiteral(escapedName, "templates"))
+      uri +="Templates";
+    else if (MsgLowerCaseEqualsLiteral(escapedName, "archives"))
+      uri += "Archives";
+    else
+      uri += escapedName.get();
+  }
+  else
+    uri += escapedName.get();
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> msgFolder;
+  rv = GetChildWithURI(uri, false/*deep*/, true /*case Insensitive*/, getter_AddRefs(msgFolder));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && msgFolder)
+    return NS_MSG_FOLDER_EXISTS;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFResource> res;
+  rv = rdf->GetResource(uri, getter_AddRefs(res));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder(do_QueryInterface(res, &rv));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  folder->GetFlags((uint32_t *)&flags);
+  flags |= nsMsgFolderFlags::Mail;
+  folder->SetParent(this);
+
+  bool isServer;
+  rv = GetIsServer(&isServer);
+
+  //Only set these if these are top level children.
+  if(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && isServer)
+  {
+    if(name.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("inbox"))
+    {
+      flags |= nsMsgFolderFlags::Inbox;
+      SetBiffState(nsIMsgFolder::nsMsgBiffState_Unknown);
+    }
+    else if (name.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("trash"))
+      flags |= nsMsgFolderFlags::Trash;
+    else if (name.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("unsent messages") ||
+      name.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("outbox"))
+      flags |= nsMsgFolderFlags::Queue;
+  }
+
+  folder->SetFlags(flags);
+
+  if (folder)
+    mSubFolders.AppendObject(folder);
+
+  folder.swap(*child);
+  // at this point we must be ok and we don't want to return failure in case
+  // GetIsServer failed.
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::Compact(nsIUrlListener *aListener, nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::CompactAll(nsIUrlListener *aListener, nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow, bool aCompactOfflineAlso)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(false, "should be overridden by child class");
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::EmptyTrash(nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow, nsIUrlListener *aListener)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgDBFolder::CheckIfFolderExists(const nsAString& newFolderName, nsIMsgFolder *parentFolder, nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(parentFolder);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleEnumerator> subFolders;
+  nsresult rv = parentFolder->GetSubFolders(getter_AddRefs(subFolders));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  bool hasMore;
+  while (NS_SUCCEEDED(subFolders->HasMoreElements(&hasMore)) && hasMore)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> item;
+    rv = subFolders->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(item));
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> msgFolder(do_QueryInterface(item));
+    if (!msgFolder)
+      break;
+
+    nsString folderName;
+
+    msgFolder->GetName(folderName);
+    if (folderName.Equals(newFolderName, nsCaseInsensitiveStringComparator()))
+    {
+      ThrowAlertMsg("folderExists", msgWindow);
+      return NS_MSG_FOLDER_EXISTS;
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+bool
+nsMsgDBFolder::ConfirmAutoFolderRename(nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow,
+                                       const nsString& aOldName,
+                                       const nsString& aNewName)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundle> bundle;
+  nsresult rv = GetBaseStringBundle(getter_AddRefs(bundle));
+  if (NS_WARN_IF(NS_FAILED(rv))) {
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  nsString folderName;
+  GetName(folderName);
+  const char16_t *formatStrings[] =
+  {
+    aOldName.get(),
+    folderName.get(),
+    aNewName.get()
+  };
+
+  nsString confirmString;
+  rv = bundle->FormatStringFromName(u"confirmDuplicateFolderRename",
+                                    formatStrings, 3, getter_Copies(confirmString));
+  if (NS_WARN_IF(NS_FAILED(rv))) {
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  bool confirmed = false;
+  rv = ThrowConfirmationPrompt(msgWindow, confirmString, &confirmed);
+  if (NS_WARN_IF(NS_FAILED(rv))) {
+    return false;
+  }
+  return confirmed;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgDBFolder::AddDirectorySeparator(nsIFile *path)
+{
+  nsAutoString leafName;
+  path->GetLeafName(leafName);
+  leafName.AppendLiteral(FOLDER_SUFFIX);
+  return path->SetLeafName(leafName);
+}
+
+/* Finds the directory associated with this folder.  That is if the path is
+   c:\Inbox, it will return c:\Inbox.sbd if it succeeds.  If that path doesn't
+   currently exist then it will create it. Path is strictly an out parameter.
+  */
+nsresult nsMsgDBFolder::CreateDirectoryForFolder(nsIFile **resultFile)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> path;
+  rv = GetFilePath(getter_AddRefs(path));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  bool pathIsDirectory = false;
+  path->IsDirectory(&pathIsDirectory);
+
+  bool isServer;
+  GetIsServer(&isServer);
+
+  // Make sure this is REALLY the parent for subdirectories
+  if (pathIsDirectory && !isServer)
+  {
+    nsAutoString leafName;
+    path->GetLeafName(leafName);
+    nsAutoString ext;
+    int32_t idx = leafName.RFindChar('.');
+    if (idx != -1)
+      ext = Substring(leafName, idx);
+    if (!ext.EqualsLiteral(FOLDER_SUFFIX))
+      pathIsDirectory = false;
+  }
+
+  if(!pathIsDirectory)
+  {
+    //If the current path isn't a directory, add directory separator
+    //and test it out.
+    rv = AddDirectorySeparator(path);
+    if(NS_FAILED(rv))
+      return rv;
+
+    //If that doesn't exist, then we have to create this directory
+    pathIsDirectory = false;
+    path->IsDirectory(&pathIsDirectory);
+    if(!pathIsDirectory)
+    {
+      bool pathExists;
+      path->Exists(&pathExists);
+      //If for some reason there's a file with the directory separator
+      //then we are going to fail.
+      rv = pathExists ? NS_MSG_COULD_NOT_CREATE_DIRECTORY : path->Create(nsIFile::DIRECTORY_TYPE, 0700);
+    }
+  }
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    path.swap(*resultFile);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+/* Finds the backup directory associated with this folder, stored on the temp
+   drive. If that path doesn't currently exist then it will create it. Path is
+   strictly an out parameter.
+  */
+nsresult nsMsgDBFolder::CreateBackupDirectory(nsIFile **resultFile)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> path;
+  nsresult rv = NS_GetSpecialDirectory(NS_OS_TEMP_DIR,
+                                       getter_AddRefs(path));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = path->Append(NS_LITERAL_STRING("MozillaMailnews"));
+  bool pathIsDirectory;
+  path->IsDirectory(&pathIsDirectory);
+
+  // If that doesn't exist, then we have to create this directory
+  if (!pathIsDirectory)
+  {
+    bool pathExists;
+    path->Exists(&pathExists);
+    // If for some reason there's a file with the directory separator
+    // then we are going to fail.
+    rv = pathExists ? NS_MSG_COULD_NOT_CREATE_DIRECTORY :
+                      path->Create(nsIFile::DIRECTORY_TYPE, 0700);
+  }
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    path.swap(*resultFile);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDBFolder::GetBackupSummaryFile(nsIFile **aBackupFile, const nsACString& newName)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> backupDir;
+  nsresult rv = CreateBackupDirectory(getter_AddRefs(backupDir));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // We use a dummy message folder file so we can use
+  // GetSummaryFileLocation to get the db file name
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> backupDBDummyFolder;
+  rv = CreateBackupDirectory(getter_AddRefs(backupDBDummyFolder));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  if (!newName.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    rv = backupDBDummyFolder->AppendNative(newName);
+  }
+  else // if newName is null, use the folder name
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> folderPath;
+    rv = GetFilePath(getter_AddRefs(folderPath));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    nsAutoCString folderName;
+    rv = folderPath->GetNativeLeafName(folderName);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    rv = backupDBDummyFolder->AppendNative(folderName);
+  }
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> backupDBFile;
+  rv = GetSummaryFileLocation(backupDBDummyFolder, getter_AddRefs(backupDBFile));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  backupDBFile.swap(*aBackupFile);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::Rename(const nsAString& aNewName, nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> oldPathFile;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAtom> folderRenameAtom;
+  nsresult rv = GetFilePath(getter_AddRefs(oldPathFile));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> parentFolder;
+  rv = GetParent(getter_AddRefs(parentFolder));
+  if (!parentFolder)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> parentSupport = do_QueryInterface(parentFolder);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> oldSummaryFile;
+  rv = GetSummaryFileLocation(oldPathFile, getter_AddRefs(oldSummaryFile));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> dirFile;
+  int32_t count = mSubFolders.Count();
+
+  if (count > 0)
+    rv = CreateDirectoryForFolder(getter_AddRefs(dirFile));
+
+  nsAutoString newDiskName(aNewName);
+  NS_MsgHashIfNecessary(newDiskName);
+
+  if (mName.Equals(aNewName, nsCaseInsensitiveStringComparator()))
+  {
+    rv = ThrowAlertMsg("folderExists", msgWindow);
+    return NS_MSG_FOLDER_EXISTS;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIFile> parentPathFile;
+    parentFolder->GetFilePath(getter_AddRefs(parentPathFile));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+    bool isDirectory = false;
+    parentPathFile->IsDirectory(&isDirectory);
+    if (!isDirectory)
+      AddDirectorySeparator(parentPathFile);
+
+    rv = CheckIfFolderExists(aNewName, parentFolder, msgWindow);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      return rv;
+  }
+
+  ForceDBClosed();
+
+  // Save of dir name before appending .msf
+  nsAutoString newNameDirStr(newDiskName);
+
+  if (! (mFlags & nsMsgFolderFlags::Virtual))
+    rv = oldPathFile->MoveTo(nullptr, newDiskName);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    newDiskName.AppendLiteral(SUMMARY_SUFFIX);
+    oldSummaryFile->MoveTo(nullptr, newDiskName);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    ThrowAlertMsg("folderRenameFailed", msgWindow);
+    return rv;
+  }
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && count > 0)
+  {
+    // rename "*.sbd" directory
+    newNameDirStr.AppendLiteral(".sbd");
+    dirFile->MoveTo(nullptr, newNameDirStr);
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> newFolder;
+  if (parentSupport)
+  {
+    rv = parentFolder->AddSubfolder(aNewName, getter_AddRefs(newFolder));
+    if (newFolder)
+    {
+      newFolder->SetPrettyName(EmptyString());
+      newFolder->SetPrettyName(aNewName);
+      newFolder->SetFlags(mFlags);
+      bool changed = false;
+      MatchOrChangeFilterDestination(newFolder, true /*caseInsenstive*/, &changed);
+      if (changed)
+        AlertFilterChanged(msgWindow);
+
+      if (count > 0)
+        newFolder->RenameSubFolders(msgWindow, this);
+
+      if (parentFolder)
+      {
+        SetParent(nullptr);
+        parentFolder->PropagateDelete(this, false, msgWindow);
+        parentFolder->NotifyItemAdded(newFolder);
+      }
+      folderRenameAtom = MsgGetAtom("RenameCompleted");
+      newFolder->NotifyFolderEvent(folderRenameAtom);
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::RenameSubFolders(nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow, nsIMsgFolder *oldFolder)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::ContainsChildNamed(const nsAString& name, bool* containsChild)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(containsChild);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> child;
+  GetChildNamed(name, getter_AddRefs(child));
+  *containsChild = child != nullptr;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::IsAncestorOf(nsIMsgFolder *child, bool *isAncestor)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(isAncestor);
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  int32_t count = mSubFolders.Count();
+
+  for (int32_t i = 0; i < count; i++)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder(mSubFolders[i]);
+    if (folder.get() == child)
+      *isAncestor = true;
+    else
+      folder->IsAncestorOf(child, isAncestor);
+
+    if (*isAncestor)
+      return NS_OK;
+  }
+  *isAncestor = false;
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::GenerateUniqueSubfolderName(const nsAString& prefix,
+                                                         nsIMsgFolder *otherFolder,
+                                                         nsAString& name)
+{
+  /* only try 256 times */
+  for (int count = 0; count < 256; count++)
+  {
+    nsAutoString uniqueName;
+    uniqueName.Assign(prefix);
+    uniqueName.AppendInt(count);
+    bool containsChild;
+    bool otherContainsChild = false;
+    ContainsChildNamed(uniqueName, &containsChild);
+    if (otherFolder)
+      otherFolder->ContainsChildNamed(uniqueName, &otherContainsChild);
+
+    if (!containsChild && !otherContainsChild)
+    {
+      name = uniqueName;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::UpdateSummaryTotals(bool force)
+{
+  if (!mNotifyCountChanges)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  int32_t oldUnreadMessages = mNumUnreadMessages + mNumPendingUnreadMessages;
+  int32_t oldTotalMessages = mNumTotalMessages + mNumPendingTotalMessages;
+  //We need to read this info from the database
+  nsresult rv = ReadDBFolderInfo(force);
+  
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    int32_t newUnreadMessages = mNumUnreadMessages + mNumPendingUnreadMessages;
+    int32_t newTotalMessages = mNumTotalMessages + mNumPendingTotalMessages;
+
+    //Need to notify listeners that total count changed.
+    if(oldTotalMessages != newTotalMessages)
+      NotifyIntPropertyChanged(kTotalMessagesAtom, oldTotalMessages, newTotalMessages);
+
+    if(oldUnreadMessages != newUnreadMessages)
+      NotifyIntPropertyChanged(kTotalUnreadMessagesAtom, oldUnreadMessages, newUnreadMessages);
+
+    FlushToFolderCache();
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::SummaryChanged()
+{
+  UpdateSummaryTotals(false);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::GetNumUnread(bool deep, int32_t *numUnread)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(numUnread);
+
+  bool isServer = false;
+  nsresult rv = GetIsServer(&isServer);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  int32_t total = isServer ? 0 : mNumUnreadMessages + mNumPendingUnreadMessages;
+
+  if (deep)
+  {
+    if (total < 0) // deep search never returns negative counts
+      total = 0;
+    int32_t count = mSubFolders.Count();
+    for (int32_t i = 0; i < count; i++)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder(mSubFolders[i]);
+      int32_t num;
+      uint32_t folderFlags;
+      folder->GetFlags(&folderFlags);
+      if (!(folderFlags & nsMsgFolderFlags::Virtual))
+      {
+        folder->GetNumUnread(deep, &num);
+        total += num;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  *numUnread = total;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::GetTotalMessages(bool deep, int32_t *totalMessages)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(totalMessages);
+
+  bool isServer = false;
+  nsresult rv = GetIsServer(&isServer);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  int32_t total = isServer ? 0 : mNumTotalMessages + mNumPendingTotalMessages;
+
+  if (deep)
+  {
+    if (total < 0) // deep search never returns negative counts
+      total = 0;
+    int32_t count = mSubFolders.Count();
+    for (int32_t i = 0; i < count; i++)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder(mSubFolders[i]);
+      int32_t num;
+      uint32_t folderFlags;
+      folder->GetFlags(&folderFlags);
+      if (!(folderFlags & nsMsgFolderFlags::Virtual))
+      {
+        folder->GetTotalMessages(deep, &num);
+        total += num;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  *totalMessages = total;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::GetNumPendingUnread(int32_t *aPendingUnread)
+{
+  *aPendingUnread = mNumPendingUnreadMessages;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::GetNumPendingTotalMessages(int32_t *aPendingTotal)
+{
+  *aPendingTotal = mNumPendingTotalMessages;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::ChangeNumPendingUnread(int32_t delta)
+{
+  if (delta)
+  {
+    int32_t oldUnreadMessages = mNumUnreadMessages + mNumPendingUnreadMessages;
+    mNumPendingUnreadMessages += delta;
+    int32_t newUnreadMessages = mNumUnreadMessages + mNumPendingUnreadMessages;
+    NS_ASSERTION(newUnreadMessages >= 0, "shouldn't have negative unread message count");
+    if (newUnreadMessages >= 0)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> db;
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIDBFolderInfo> folderInfo;
+      nsresult rv = GetDBFolderInfoAndDB(getter_AddRefs(folderInfo), getter_AddRefs(db));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && folderInfo)
+        folderInfo->SetImapUnreadPendingMessages(mNumPendingUnreadMessages);
+      NotifyIntPropertyChanged(kTotalUnreadMessagesAtom, oldUnreadMessages, newUnreadMessages);
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::ChangeNumPendingTotalMessages(int32_t delta)
+{
+  if (delta)
+  {
+    int32_t oldTotalMessages = mNumTotalMessages + mNumPendingTotalMessages;
+    mNumPendingTotalMessages += delta;
+    int32_t newTotalMessages = mNumTotalMessages + mNumPendingTotalMessages;
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> db;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIDBFolderInfo> folderInfo;
+    nsresult rv = GetDBFolderInfoAndDB(getter_AddRefs(folderInfo), getter_AddRefs(db));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && folderInfo)
+      folderInfo->SetImapTotalPendingMessages(mNumPendingTotalMessages);
+    NotifyIntPropertyChanged(kTotalMessagesAtom, oldTotalMessages, newTotalMessages);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::SetFlag(uint32_t flag)
+{
+  // If calling this function causes us to open the db (i.e., it was not
+  // open before), we're going to close the db before returning.
+  bool dbWasOpen = mDatabase != nullptr;
+
+  ReadDBFolderInfo(false);
+  // OnFlagChange can be expensive, so don't call it if we don't need to
+  bool flagSet;
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv = GetFlag(flag, &flagSet)))
+    return rv;
+
+  if (!flagSet)
+  {
+    mFlags |= flag;
+    OnFlagChange(flag);
+  }
+  if (!dbWasOpen && mDatabase)
+    SetMsgDatabase(nullptr);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::ClearFlag(uint32_t flag)
+{
+  // OnFlagChange can be expensive, so don't call it if we don't need to
+  bool flagSet;
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv = GetFlag(flag, &flagSet)))
+    return rv;
+
+  if (flagSet)
+  {
+    mFlags &= ~flag;
+    OnFlagChange (flag);
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::GetFlag(uint32_t flag, bool *_retval)
+{
+  *_retval = ((mFlags & flag) != 0);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::ToggleFlag(uint32_t flag)
+{
+  mFlags ^= flag;
+  OnFlagChange (flag);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::OnFlagChange(uint32_t flag)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> db;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIDBFolderInfo> folderInfo;
+  rv = GetDBFolderInfoAndDB(getter_AddRefs(folderInfo), getter_AddRefs(db));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && folderInfo)
+  {
+#ifdef DEBUG_bienvenu1
+     nsString name;
+     rv = GetName(name);
+     NS_ASSERTION(Compare(name, kLocalizedTrashName) || (mFlags & nsMsgFolderFlags::Trash), "lost trash flag");
+#endif
+    folderInfo->SetFlags((int32_t) mFlags);
+    if (db)
+      db->Commit(nsMsgDBCommitType::kLargeCommit);
+
+    if (mFlags & flag)
+      NotifyIntPropertyChanged(mFolderFlagAtom, mFlags & ~flag, mFlags);
+    else
+      NotifyIntPropertyChanged(mFolderFlagAtom, mFlags | flag, mFlags);
+
+    if (flag & nsMsgFolderFlags::Offline)
+    {
+      bool newValue = mFlags & nsMsgFolderFlags::Offline;
+      rv = NotifyBoolPropertyChanged(kSynchronizeAtom, !newValue, !!newValue);
+    }
+    else if (flag & nsMsgFolderFlags::Elided)
+    {
+      bool newValue = mFlags & nsMsgFolderFlags::Elided;
+      rv = NotifyBoolPropertyChanged(kOpenAtom, !!newValue, !newValue);
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::SetFlags(uint32_t aFlags)
+{
+  if (mFlags != aFlags)
+  {
+    uint32_t changedFlags = aFlags ^ mFlags;
+    mFlags = aFlags;
+    OnFlagChange(changedFlags);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::GetFolderWithFlags(uint32_t aFlags, nsIMsgFolder** aResult)
+{
+  if ((mFlags & aFlags) == aFlags)
+  {
+    NS_ADDREF(*aResult = this);
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleEnumerator> dummy;
+  GetSubFolders(getter_AddRefs(dummy)); // initialize mSubFolders
+
+  int32_t count = mSubFolders.Count();
+  *aResult = nullptr;
+  for (int32_t i = 0; !*aResult && i < count; ++i)
+    mSubFolders[i]->GetFolderWithFlags(aFlags, aResult);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::GetFoldersWithFlags(uint32_t aFlags, nsIArray** aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> array(do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  ListFoldersWithFlags(aFlags, array);
+  NS_ADDREF(*aResult = array);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::ListFoldersWithFlags(uint32_t aFlags, nsIMutableArray* aFolders)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aFolders);
+  if ((mFlags & aFlags) == aFlags)
+    aFolders->AppendElement(static_cast<nsRDFResource*>(this), false);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleEnumerator> dummy;
+  GetSubFolders(getter_AddRefs(dummy)); // initialize mSubFolders
+
+  int32_t count = mSubFolders.Count();
+  for (int32_t i = 0; i < count; ++i)
+    mSubFolders[i]->ListFoldersWithFlags(aFlags, aFolders);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::IsSpecialFolder(uint32_t aFlags,
+                                             bool aCheckAncestors,
+                                             bool *aIsSpecial)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aIsSpecial);
+
+  if ((mFlags & aFlags) == 0)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> parentMsgFolder;
+    GetParent(getter_AddRefs(parentMsgFolder));
+
+    if (parentMsgFolder && aCheckAncestors)
+      parentMsgFolder->IsSpecialFolder(aFlags, aCheckAncestors, aIsSpecial);
+    else
+      *aIsSpecial = false;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    // The user can set their INBOX to be their SENT folder.
+    // in that case, we want this folder to act like an INBOX,
+    // and not a SENT folder
+    *aIsSpecial = !((aFlags & nsMsgFolderFlags::SentMail) &&
+                    (mFlags & nsMsgFolderFlags::Inbox));
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::GetDeletable(bool *deletable)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(deletable);
+  *deletable = false;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::GetDisplayRecipients(bool *displayRecipients)
+{
+  *displayRecipients = false;
+  if (mFlags & nsMsgFolderFlags::SentMail && !(mFlags & nsMsgFolderFlags::Inbox))
+    *displayRecipients = true;
+  else if (mFlags & nsMsgFolderFlags::Queue)
+    *displayRecipients = true;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::AcquireSemaphore(nsISupports *semHolder)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  if (mSemaphoreHolder == NULL)
+    mSemaphoreHolder = semHolder; //Don't AddRef due to ownership issues.
+  else
+    rv = NS_MSG_FOLDER_BUSY;
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::ReleaseSemaphore(nsISupports *semHolder)
+{
+  if (!mSemaphoreHolder || mSemaphoreHolder == semHolder)
+    mSemaphoreHolder = NULL;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::TestSemaphore(nsISupports *semHolder, bool *result)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(result);
+  *result = (mSemaphoreHolder == semHolder);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::GetLocked(bool *isLocked)
+{
+  *isLocked =  mSemaphoreHolder != NULL;
+  return  NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::GetRelativePathName(nsACString& pathName)
+{
+  pathName.Truncate();
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::GetSizeOnDisk(int64_t *size)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(size);
+  *size = kSizeUnknown;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::SetSizeOnDisk(int64_t aSizeOnDisk)
+{
+  NotifyIntPropertyChanged(kFolderSizeAtom, mFolderSize, aSizeOnDisk);
+  mFolderSize = aSizeOnDisk;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::GetUsername(nsACString& userName)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+  rv = GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  return server->GetUsername(userName);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::GetHostname(nsACString& hostName)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+  rv = GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  return server->GetHostName(hostName);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::GetNewMessages(nsIMsgWindow *, nsIUrlListener * /* aListener */)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::GetBiffState(uint32_t *aBiffState)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+  nsresult rv = GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  return server->GetBiffState(aBiffState);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::SetBiffState(uint32_t aBiffState)
+{
+  uint32_t oldBiffState = nsMsgBiffState_Unknown;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+  nsresult rv = GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && server)
+    rv = server->GetBiffState(&oldBiffState);
+
+  if (oldBiffState != aBiffState)
+  {
+    // Get the server and notify it and not inbox.
+    if (!mIsServer)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder;
+      rv = GetRootFolder(getter_AddRefs(folder));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && folder)
+        return folder->SetBiffState(aBiffState);
+    }
+    if (server)
+      server->SetBiffState(aBiffState);
+
+    NotifyIntPropertyChanged(kBiffStateAtom, oldBiffState, aBiffState);
+  }
+  else if (aBiffState == oldBiffState && aBiffState == nsMsgBiffState_NewMail)
+  {
+    // The folder has been updated, so update the MRUTime
+    SetMRUTime();
+    // biff is already set, but notify that there is additional new mail for the folder
+    NotifyIntPropertyChanged(kNewMailReceivedAtom, 0, mNumNewBiffMessages);
+  }
+  else if (aBiffState == nsMsgBiffState_NoMail)
+  {
+    // even if the old biff state equals the new biff state, it is still possible that we've never
+    // cleared the number of new messages for this particular folder. This happens when the new mail state
+    // got cleared by viewing a new message in folder that is different from this one. Biff state is stored per server
+    //  the num. of new messages is per folder.
+    SetNumNewMessages(0);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::GetNumNewMessages(bool deep, int32_t *aNumNewMessages)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aNumNewMessages);
+
+  int32_t numNewMessages = (!deep || ! (mFlags & nsMsgFolderFlags::Virtual))
+    ? mNumNewBiffMessages : 0;
+  if (deep)
+  { 
+    int32_t count = mSubFolders.Count();
+    for (int32_t i = 0; i < count; i++)
+    {
+      int32_t num;
+      mSubFolders[i]->GetNumNewMessages(deep, &num);
+      if (num > 0) // it's legal for counts to be negative if we don't know
+        numNewMessages += num;
+    }
+  }
+  *aNumNewMessages = numNewMessages;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::SetNumNewMessages(int32_t aNumNewMessages)
+{
+  if (aNumNewMessages != mNumNewBiffMessages)
+  {
+    int32_t oldNumMessages = mNumNewBiffMessages;
+    mNumNewBiffMessages = aNumNewMessages;
+
+    nsAutoCString oldNumMessagesStr;
+    oldNumMessagesStr.AppendInt(oldNumMessages);
+    nsAutoCString newNumMessagesStr;
+    newNumMessagesStr.AppendInt(aNumNewMessages);
+    NotifyPropertyChanged(kNumNewBiffMessagesAtom, oldNumMessagesStr, newNumMessagesStr);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::GetRootFolder(nsIMsgFolder * *aRootFolder)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aRootFolder);
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+  rv = GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  return server->GetRootMsgFolder(aRootFolder);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDBFolder::SetFilePath(nsIFile *aFile)
+{
+  mPath = aFile;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDBFolder::GetFilePath(nsIFile * *aFile)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aFile);
+  nsresult rv;
+  // make a new nsIFile object in case the caller
+  // alters the underlying file object.
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIFile> file = do_CreateInstance(NS_LOCAL_FILE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  if (!mPath)
+    parseURI(true);
+  rv = file->InitWithFile(mPath);
+  file.swap(*aFile);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::GetSummaryFile(nsIFile **aSummaryFile)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aSummaryFile);
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIFile> newSummaryLocation =
+    do_CreateInstance(NS_LOCAL_FILE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> pathFile;
+  rv = GetFilePath(getter_AddRefs(pathFile));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  newSummaryLocation->InitWithFile(pathFile);
+
+  nsString fileName;
+  rv = newSummaryLocation->GetLeafName(fileName);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  fileName.Append(NS_LITERAL_STRING(SUMMARY_SUFFIX));
+  rv = newSummaryLocation->SetLeafName(fileName);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  newSummaryLocation.forget(aSummaryFile);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDBFolder::MarkMessagesRead(nsIArray *messages, bool markRead)
+{
+  uint32_t count;
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  rv = messages->GetLength(&count);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  for(uint32_t i = 0; i < count; i++)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> message = do_QueryElementAt(messages, i, &rv);
+    if (message)
+      rv = message->MarkRead(markRead);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      return rv;
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDBFolder::MarkMessagesFlagged(nsIArray *messages, bool markFlagged)
+{
+  uint32_t count;
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  rv = messages->GetLength(&count);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  for(uint32_t i = 0; i < count; i++)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> message = do_QueryElementAt(messages, i, &rv);
+    if (message)
+      rv = message->MarkFlagged(markFlagged);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      return rv;
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDBFolder::SetLabelForMessages(nsIArray *aMessages, nsMsgLabelValue aLabel)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(aMessages);
+  GetDatabase();
+  if (mDatabase)
+  {
+    uint32_t count;
+    nsresult rv = aMessages->GetLength(&count);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    for(uint32_t i = 0; i < count; i++)
+    {
+      nsMsgKey msgKey;
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> message = do_QueryElementAt(aMessages, i, &rv);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      (void) message->GetMessageKey(&msgKey);
+      rv = mDatabase->SetLabel(msgKey, aLabel);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDBFolder::SetJunkScoreForMessages(nsIArray *aMessages, const nsACString& junkScore)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(aMessages);
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  GetDatabase();
+  if (mDatabase)
+  {
+    uint32_t count;
+    nsresult rv = aMessages->GetLength(&count);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    for(uint32_t i = 0; i < count; i++)
+    {
+      nsMsgKey msgKey;
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> message = do_QueryElementAt(aMessages, i, &rv);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      (void) message->GetMessageKey(&msgKey);
+      mDatabase->SetStringProperty(msgKey, "junkscore", nsCString(junkScore).get());
+      mDatabase->SetStringProperty(msgKey, "junkscoreorigin", "filter");
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDBFolder::ApplyRetentionSettings()
+{
+  return ApplyRetentionSettings(true);
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDBFolder::ApplyRetentionSettings(bool deleteViaFolder)
+{
+  if (mFlags & nsMsgFolderFlags::Virtual) // ignore virtual folders.
+    return NS_OK;
+  bool weOpenedDB = !mDatabase;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgRetentionSettings> retentionSettings;
+  nsresult rv = GetRetentionSettings(getter_AddRefs(retentionSettings));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    nsMsgRetainByPreference retainByPreference =
+      nsIMsgRetentionSettings::nsMsgRetainAll;
+
+    retentionSettings->GetRetainByPreference(&retainByPreference);
+    if (retainByPreference != nsIMsgRetentionSettings::nsMsgRetainAll)
+    {
+      rv = GetDatabase();
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      if (mDatabase)
+        rv = mDatabase->ApplyRetentionSettings(retentionSettings, deleteViaFolder);
+    }
+  }
+  // we don't want applying retention settings to keep the db open, because
+  // if we try to purge a bunch of folders, that will leave the dbs all open.
+  // So if we opened the db, close it.
+  if (weOpenedDB)
+    CloseDBIfFolderNotOpen();
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDBFolder::DeleteMessages(nsIArray *messages,
+                              nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow,
+                              bool deleteStorage,
+                              bool isMove,
+                              nsIMsgCopyServiceListener *listener,
+                              bool allowUndo)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDBFolder::CopyMessages(nsIMsgFolder* srcFolder,
+                          nsIArray *messages,
+                          bool isMove,
+                          nsIMsgWindow *window,
+                          nsIMsgCopyServiceListener* listener,
+                          bool isFolder,
+                          bool allowUndo)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDBFolder::CopyFolder(nsIMsgFolder* srcFolder,
+                        bool isMoveFolder,
+                        nsIMsgWindow *window,
+                        nsIMsgCopyServiceListener* listener)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(false, "should be overridden by child class");
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDBFolder::CopyFileMessage(nsIFile* aFile,
+                             nsIMsgDBHdr* messageToReplace,
+                             bool isDraftOrTemplate,
+                             uint32_t aNewMsgFlags,
+                             const nsACString &aNewMsgKeywords,
+                             nsIMsgWindow *window,
+                             nsIMsgCopyServiceListener* listener)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::CopyDataToOutputStreamForAppend(nsIInputStream *aInStream,
+                     int32_t aLength, nsIOutputStream *aOutputStream)
+{
+  if (!aInStream)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  uint32_t uiWritten;
+  return aOutputStream->WriteFrom(aInStream, aLength, &uiWritten);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::CopyDataDone()
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDBFolder::NotifyPropertyChanged(nsIAtom *aProperty,
+                                     const nsACString& aOldValue,
+                                     const nsACString& aNewValue)
+{
+  NS_OBSERVER_ARRAY_NOTIFY_OBSERVERS(mListeners, nsIFolderListener,
+                                     OnItemPropertyChanged,
+                                     (this, aProperty,
+                                      nsCString(aOldValue).get(),
+                                      nsCString(aNewValue).get()));
+
+  // Notify listeners who listen to every folder
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFolderListener> folderListenerManager =
+           do_GetService(NS_MSGMAILSESSION_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  return folderListenerManager->OnItemPropertyChanged(this, aProperty,
+                                                      nsCString(aOldValue).get(),
+                                                      nsCString(aNewValue).get());
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDBFolder::NotifyUnicharPropertyChanged(nsIAtom *aProperty,
+                                          const nsAString& aOldValue,
+                                          const nsAString& aNewValue)
+{
+  NS_OBSERVER_ARRAY_NOTIFY_OBSERVERS(mListeners, nsIFolderListener,
+                                     OnItemUnicharPropertyChanged,
+                                     (this, aProperty,
+                                      nsString(aOldValue).get(),
+                                      nsString(aNewValue).get()));
+
+  // Notify listeners who listen to every folder
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFolderListener> folderListenerManager =
+           do_GetService(NS_MSGMAILSESSION_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  return folderListenerManager->OnItemUnicharPropertyChanged(this,
+                                                 aProperty,
+                                                 nsString(aOldValue).get(),
+                                                 nsString(aNewValue).get());
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDBFolder::NotifyIntPropertyChanged(nsIAtom *aProperty, int64_t aOldValue,
+                                        int64_t aNewValue)
+{
+  // Don't send off count notifications if they are turned off.
+  if (!mNotifyCountChanges &&
+      ((aProperty == kTotalMessagesAtom) ||
+       (aProperty == kTotalUnreadMessagesAtom)))
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  NS_OBSERVER_ARRAY_NOTIFY_OBSERVERS(mListeners, nsIFolderListener,
+                                     OnItemIntPropertyChanged,
+                                     (this, aProperty, aOldValue, aNewValue));
+
+  // Notify listeners who listen to every folder
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFolderListener> folderListenerManager =
+           do_GetService(NS_MSGMAILSESSION_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  return folderListenerManager->OnItemIntPropertyChanged(this, aProperty,
+                                                         aOldValue, aNewValue);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDBFolder::NotifyBoolPropertyChanged(nsIAtom* aProperty,
+                                         bool aOldValue, bool aNewValue)
+{
+  NS_OBSERVER_ARRAY_NOTIFY_OBSERVERS(mListeners, nsIFolderListener,
+                                     OnItemBoolPropertyChanged,
+                                     (this, aProperty, aOldValue, aNewValue));
+
+  // Notify listeners who listen to every folder
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFolderListener> folderListenerManager =
+           do_GetService(NS_MSGMAILSESSION_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  return folderListenerManager->OnItemBoolPropertyChanged(this, aProperty,
+                                                          aOldValue, aNewValue);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDBFolder::NotifyPropertyFlagChanged(nsIMsgDBHdr *aItem, nsIAtom *aProperty,
+                                         uint32_t aOldValue, uint32_t aNewValue)
+{
+  NS_OBSERVER_ARRAY_NOTIFY_OBSERVERS(mListeners, nsIFolderListener,
+                                     OnItemPropertyFlagChanged,
+                                     (aItem, aProperty, aOldValue, aNewValue));
+
+  // Notify listeners who listen to every folder
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFolderListener> folderListenerManager =
+           do_GetService(NS_MSGMAILSESSION_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  return folderListenerManager->OnItemPropertyFlagChanged(aItem, aProperty,
+                                                          aOldValue, aNewValue);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::NotifyItemAdded(nsISupports *aItem)
+{
+  static bool notify = true;
+
+  if (!notify)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  NS_OBSERVER_ARRAY_NOTIFY_OBSERVERS(mListeners, nsIFolderListener,
+                                     OnItemAdded,
+                                     (this, aItem));
+
+  // Notify listeners who listen to every folder
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFolderListener> folderListenerManager =
+           do_GetService(NS_MSGMAILSESSION_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  return folderListenerManager->OnItemAdded(this, aItem);
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDBFolder::NotifyItemRemoved(nsISupports *aItem)
+{
+  NS_OBSERVER_ARRAY_NOTIFY_OBSERVERS(mListeners, nsIFolderListener,
+                                     OnItemRemoved,
+                                     (this, aItem));
+
+  // Notify listeners who listen to every folder
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFolderListener> folderListenerManager =
+           do_GetService(NS_MSGMAILSESSION_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  return folderListenerManager->OnItemRemoved(this, aItem);
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDBFolder::NotifyFolderEvent(nsIAtom* aEvent)
+{
+  NS_OBSERVER_ARRAY_NOTIFY_OBSERVERS(mListeners, nsIFolderListener,
+                                     OnItemEvent,
+                                     (this, aEvent));
+
+  //Notify listeners who listen to every folder
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFolderListener> folderListenerManager =
+           do_GetService(NS_MSGMAILSESSION_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  return folderListenerManager->OnItemEvent(this, aEvent);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDBFolder::GetFilterList(nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow, nsIMsgFilterList **aResult)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+  nsresult rv = GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  return server->GetFilterList(aMsgWindow, aResult);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDBFolder::SetFilterList(nsIMsgFilterList *aFilterList)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+  nsresult rv = GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  return server->SetFilterList(aFilterList);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDBFolder::GetEditableFilterList(nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow, nsIMsgFilterList **aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+  nsresult rv = GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  return server->GetEditableFilterList(aMsgWindow, aResult);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDBFolder::SetEditableFilterList(nsIMsgFilterList *aFilterList)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+  nsresult rv = GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  return server->SetEditableFilterList(aFilterList);
+}
+
+/* void enableNotifications (in long notificationType, in boolean enable); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::EnableNotifications(int32_t notificationType, bool enable, bool dbBatching)
+{
+  if (notificationType == nsIMsgFolder::allMessageCountNotifications)
+  {
+    mNotifyCountChanges = enable;
+    // start and stop db batching here. This is under the theory
+    // that any time we want to enable and disable notifications,
+    // we're probably doing something that should be batched.
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDatabase> database;
+
+    if (dbBatching)  //only if we do dbBatching we need to get db
+      GetMsgDatabase(getter_AddRefs(database));
+
+    if (enable)
+    {
+      if (database)
+        database->EndBatch();
+      UpdateSummaryTotals(true);
+    }
+    else if (database)
+      return database->StartBatch();
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::GetMessageHeader(nsMsgKey msgKey, nsIMsgDBHdr **aMsgHdr)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMsgHdr);
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDatabase> database;
+  nsresult rv = GetMsgDatabase(getter_AddRefs(database));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  return (database) ? database->GetMsgHdrForKey(msgKey, aMsgHdr) : NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::GetDescendants(nsIArray** aDescendants)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aDescendants);
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> allFolders(do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = ListDescendants(allFolders);
+  allFolders.forget(aDescendants);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// this gets the deep sub-folders too, e.g., the children of the children
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::ListDescendants(nsIMutableArray *aDescendants)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aDescendants);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleEnumerator> dummy;
+  GetSubFolders(getter_AddRefs(dummy)); // initialize mSubFolders
+  uint32_t count = mSubFolders.Count();
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < count; i++)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> child(mSubFolders[i]);
+    aDescendants->AppendElement(child, false);
+    child->ListDescendants(aDescendants);  // recurse
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::GetBaseMessageURI(nsACString& baseMessageURI)
+{
+  if (mBaseMessageURI.IsEmpty())
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  baseMessageURI = mBaseMessageURI;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::GetUriForMsg(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr, nsACString& aURI)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(msgHdr);
+  nsMsgKey msgKey;
+  msgHdr->GetMessageKey(&msgKey);
+  nsAutoCString uri;
+  uri.Assign(mBaseMessageURI);
+
+  // append a "#" followed by the message key.
+  uri.Append('#');
+  uri.AppendInt(msgKey);
+  aURI = uri;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::GenerateMessageURI(nsMsgKey msgKey, nsACString& aURI)
+{
+  nsCString uri;
+  nsresult rv = GetBaseMessageURI( uri);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  // append a "#" followed by the message key.
+  uri.Append('#');
+  uri.AppendInt(msgKey);
+  aURI = uri;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgDBFolder::GetBaseStringBundle(nsIStringBundle **aBundle)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aBundle);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundleService> bundleService =
+    mozilla::services::GetStringBundleService();
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(bundleService, NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundle> bundle;
+  bundleService->CreateBundle("chrome://messenger/locale/messenger.properties",
+                                 getter_AddRefs(bundle));
+  bundle.swap(*aBundle);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult //Do not use this routine if you have to call it very often because it creates a new bundle each time
+nsMsgDBFolder::GetStringFromBundle(const char *msgName, nsString& aResult)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIStringBundle> bundle;
+  rv = GetBaseStringBundle(getter_AddRefs(bundle));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && bundle)
+    rv = bundle->GetStringFromName(NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16(msgName).get(), getter_Copies(aResult));
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgDBFolder::ThrowConfirmationPrompt(nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow, const nsAString& confirmString, bool *confirmed)
+{
+  if (msgWindow)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIDocShell> docShell;
+    msgWindow->GetRootDocShell(getter_AddRefs(docShell));
+    if (docShell)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIPrompt> dialog(do_GetInterface(docShell));
+      if (dialog && !confirmString.IsEmpty())
+        dialog->Confirm(nullptr, nsString(confirmString).get(), confirmed);
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDBFolder::GetStringWithFolderNameFromBundle(const char * msgName, nsAString& aResult)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIStringBundle> bundle;
+  nsresult rv = GetBaseStringBundle(getter_AddRefs(bundle));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && bundle)
+  {
+    nsString folderName;
+    GetName(folderName);
+    const char16_t *formatStrings[] =
+    {
+      folderName.get(),
+      kLocalizedBrandShortName
+    };
+
+    nsString resultStr;
+    rv = bundle->FormatStringFromName(NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16(msgName).get(),
+                                      formatStrings, 2, getter_Copies(resultStr));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      aResult.Assign(resultStr);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::ConfirmFolderDeletionForFilter(nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow, bool *confirmed)
+{
+  nsString confirmString;
+  nsresult rv = GetStringWithFolderNameFromBundle("confirmFolderDeletionForFilter", confirmString);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  return ThrowConfirmationPrompt(msgWindow, confirmString, confirmed);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::ThrowAlertMsg(const char * msgName, nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow)
+{
+  nsString alertString;
+  nsresult rv = GetStringWithFolderNameFromBundle(msgName, alertString);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !alertString.IsEmpty() && msgWindow)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIPrompt> dialog;
+    msgWindow->GetPromptDialog(getter_AddRefs(dialog));
+    if (dialog)
+      dialog->Alert(nullptr, alertString.get());
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::AlertFilterChanged(nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(msgWindow);
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  bool checkBox=false;
+  GetWarnFilterChanged(&checkBox);
+  if (!checkBox)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIDocShell> docShell;
+    msgWindow->GetRootDocShell(getter_AddRefs(docShell));
+    nsString alertString;
+    rv = GetStringFromBundle("alertFilterChanged", alertString);
+    nsString alertCheckbox;
+    rv = GetStringFromBundle("alertFilterCheckbox", alertCheckbox);
+    if (!alertString.IsEmpty() && !alertCheckbox.IsEmpty() && docShell)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIPrompt> dialog(do_GetInterface(docShell));
+      if (dialog)
+      {
+        dialog->AlertCheck(nullptr, alertString.get(), alertCheckbox.get(), &checkBox);
+        SetWarnFilterChanged(checkBox);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgDBFolder::GetWarnFilterChanged(bool *aVal)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(aVal);
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefBranch = do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  rv = prefBranch->GetBoolPref(PREF_MAIL_WARN_FILTER_CHANGED, aVal);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    *aVal = false;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgDBFolder::SetWarnFilterChanged(bool aVal)
+{
+  nsresult rv=NS_OK;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefBranch = do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  return prefBranch->SetBoolPref(PREF_MAIL_WARN_FILTER_CHANGED, aVal);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::NotifyCompactCompleted()
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(false, "should be overridden by child class");
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDBFolder::CloseDBIfFolderNotOpen()
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailSession> session =
+           do_GetService(NS_MSGMAILSESSION_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  bool folderOpen;
+  session->IsFolderOpenInWindow(this, &folderOpen);
+  if (!folderOpen && ! (mFlags & (nsMsgFolderFlags::Trash | nsMsgFolderFlags::Inbox)))
+    SetMsgDatabase(nullptr);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::SetSortOrder(int32_t order)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(false, "not implemented");
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::GetSortOrder(int32_t *order)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(order);
+
+  uint32_t flags;
+  nsresult rv = GetFlags(&flags);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  if (flags & nsMsgFolderFlags::Inbox)
+    *order = 0;
+  else if (flags & nsMsgFolderFlags::Drafts)
+    *order = 1;
+  else if (flags & nsMsgFolderFlags::Templates)
+    *order = 2;
+  else if (flags & nsMsgFolderFlags::SentMail)
+    *order = 3;
+  else if (flags & nsMsgFolderFlags::Archive)
+    *order = 4;
+  else if (flags & nsMsgFolderFlags::Junk)
+    *order = 5;
+  else if (flags & nsMsgFolderFlags::Trash)
+    *order = 6;
+  else if (flags & nsMsgFolderFlags::Virtual)
+    *order = 7;
+  else if (flags & nsMsgFolderFlags::Queue)
+    *order = 8;
+  else
+    *order = 9;
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::GetSortKey(uint32_t *aLength, uint8_t **aKey)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(aKey);
+  int32_t order;
+  nsresult rv = GetSortOrder(&order);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  nsAutoString orderString;
+  orderString.AppendInt(order);
+  nsString folderName;
+  rv = GetName(folderName);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  orderString.Append(folderName);
+  return CreateCollationKey(orderString, aKey, aLength);
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgDBFolder::CreateCollationKey(const nsString &aSource,  uint8_t **aKey, uint32_t *aLength)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(gCollationKeyGenerator, NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER);
+  return gCollationKeyGenerator->AllocateRawSortKey(nsICollation::kCollationCaseInSensitive, aSource, 
+                                                    aKey, aLength);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::CompareSortKeys(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder, int32_t *sortOrder)
+{
+  uint8_t *sortKey1=nullptr;
+  uint8_t *sortKey2=nullptr;
+  uint32_t sortKey1Length;
+  uint32_t sortKey2Length;
+  nsresult rv = GetSortKey(&sortKey1Length, &sortKey1);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  aFolder->GetSortKey(&sortKey2Length, &sortKey2);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  rv = gCollationKeyGenerator->CompareRawSortKey(sortKey1, sortKey1Length, sortKey2, sortKey2Length, sortOrder);
+  PR_Free(sortKey1);
+  PR_Free(sortKey2);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::GetInVFEditSearchScope (bool *aInVFEditSearchScope)
+{
+  *aInVFEditSearchScope = mInVFEditSearchScope;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::SetInVFEditSearchScope (bool aInVFEditSearchScope, bool aSetOnSubFolders)
+{
+  bool oldInVFEditSearchScope = mInVFEditSearchScope;
+  mInVFEditSearchScope = aInVFEditSearchScope;
+  NotifyBoolPropertyChanged(kInVFEditSearchScopeAtom, oldInVFEditSearchScope, mInVFEditSearchScope);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::FetchMsgPreviewText(nsMsgKey *aKeysToFetch, uint32_t aNumKeys,
+                                                 bool aLocalOnly, nsIUrlListener *aUrlListener,
+                                                 bool *aAsyncResults)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aKeysToFetch);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aAsyncResults);
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::GetMsgTextFromStream(nsIInputStream *stream, const nsACString &aCharset,
+                                                  uint32_t bytesToRead, uint32_t aMaxOutputLen,
+                                                  bool aCompressQuotes, bool aStripHTMLTags,
+                                                  nsACString &aContentType, nsACString &aMsgText)
+{
+  /*
+   1. non mime message - the message body starts after the blank line following the headers.
+   2. mime message, multipart/alternative - we could simply scan for the boundary line,
+   advance past its headers, and treat the next few lines as the text.
+   3. mime message, text/plain - body follows headers
+   4. multipart/mixed - scan past boundary, treat next part as body.
+   */
+
+  nsAutoPtr<nsLineBuffer<char> > lineBuffer(new nsLineBuffer<char>);
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(lineBuffer, NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY);
+
+  nsAutoCString msgText;
+  nsAutoString contentType;
+  nsAutoString encoding;
+  nsAutoCString curLine;
+  nsAutoCString charset(aCharset);
+
+  // might want to use a state var instead of bools.
+  bool msgBodyIsHtml = false;
+  bool more = true;
+  bool reachedEndBody = false;
+  bool isBase64 = false;
+  bool inMsgBody = false;
+  bool justPassedEndBoundary = false;
+
+  uint32_t bytesRead = 0;
+
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  // Both are used to extract data from the headers
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMimeHeaders> mimeHeaders(do_CreateInstance(NS_IMIMEHEADERS_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMIMEHeaderParam> mimeHdrParam(do_GetService(NS_MIMEHEADERPARAM_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // Stack of boundaries, used to figure out where we are
+  nsTArray<nsCString> boundaryStack;
+
+  while (!inMsgBody && bytesRead <= bytesToRead)
+  {
+    nsAutoCString msgHeaders;
+    // We want to NS_ReadLine until we get to a blank line (the end of the headers)
+    while (more)
+    {
+      rv = NS_ReadLine(stream, lineBuffer.get(), curLine, &more);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      if (curLine.IsEmpty())
+        break;
+      msgHeaders.Append(curLine);
+      msgHeaders.Append(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("\r\n"));
+      bytesRead += curLine.Length();
+      if (bytesRead > bytesToRead)
+        break;
+    }
+
+    // There's no point in processing if we can't get the body
+    if (bytesRead > bytesToRead)
+      break;
+
+    // Process the headers, looking for things we need
+    rv = mimeHeaders->Initialize(msgHeaders);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    nsAutoCString contentTypeHdr;
+    mimeHeaders->ExtractHeader("Content-Type", false, contentTypeHdr);
+
+    // Get the content type
+    // If we don't have a content type, then we assign text/plain
+    // this is in violation of the RFC for multipart/digest, though
+    // Also, if we've just passed an end boundary, we're going to ignore this.
+    if (!justPassedEndBoundary && contentTypeHdr.IsEmpty())
+      contentType.Assign(NS_LITERAL_STRING("text/plain"));
+    else
+      mimeHdrParam->GetParameter(contentTypeHdr, nullptr, EmptyCString(), false, nullptr, contentType);
+
+    justPassedEndBoundary = false;
+
+    // If we are multipart, then we need to get the boundary
+    if (StringBeginsWith(contentType, NS_LITERAL_STRING("multipart/"), nsCaseInsensitiveStringComparator()))
+    {
+      nsAutoString boundaryParam;
+      mimeHdrParam->GetParameter(contentTypeHdr, "boundary", EmptyCString(), false, nullptr, boundaryParam);
+      if (!boundaryParam.IsEmpty())
+      {
+        nsAutoCString boundary(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("--"));
+        boundary.Append(NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(boundaryParam));
+        boundaryStack.AppendElement(boundary);
+      }
+    }
+
+    // If we are message/rfc822, then there's another header block coming up
+    else if (contentType.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("message/rfc822"))
+      continue;
+
+    // If we are a text part, then we want it
+    else if (StringBeginsWith(contentType, NS_LITERAL_STRING("text/"), nsCaseInsensitiveStringComparator()))
+    {
+      inMsgBody = true;
+
+      if (contentType.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("text/html"))
+        msgBodyIsHtml = true;
+
+      // Also get the charset if required
+      if (charset.IsEmpty())
+      {
+        nsAutoString charsetW;
+        mimeHdrParam->GetParameter(contentTypeHdr, "charset", EmptyCString(), false, nullptr, charsetW);
+        charset.Assign(NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(charsetW));
+      }
+
+      // Finally, get the encoding
+      nsAutoCString encodingHdr;
+      mimeHeaders->ExtractHeader("Content-Transfer-Encoding", false, encodingHdr);
+      if (!encodingHdr.IsEmpty())
+        mimeHdrParam->GetParameter(encodingHdr, nullptr, EmptyCString(), false, nullptr, encoding);
+
+      if (encoding.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral(ENCODING_BASE64))
+        isBase64 = true;
+    }
+
+    // We need to consume the rest, until the next headers
+    uint32_t count = boundaryStack.Length();
+    nsAutoCString boundary;
+    nsAutoCString endBoundary;
+    if (count)
+    {
+      boundary.Assign(boundaryStack.ElementAt(count - 1));
+      endBoundary.Assign(boundary);
+      endBoundary.Append(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("--"));
+    }
+    while (more)
+    {
+      rv = NS_ReadLine(stream, lineBuffer.get(), curLine, &more);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      if (count)
+      {
+        // If we've reached a MIME final delimiter, pop and break
+        if (StringBeginsWith(curLine, endBoundary))
+        {
+          if (inMsgBody)
+            reachedEndBody = true;
+          boundaryStack.RemoveElementAt(count - 1);
+          justPassedEndBoundary = true;
+          break;
+        }
+        // If we've reached the end of this MIME part, we can break
+        if (StringBeginsWith(curLine, boundary))
+        {
+          if (inMsgBody)
+            reachedEndBody = true;
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+
+      // Only append the text if we're actually in the message body
+      if (inMsgBody)
+      {
+        msgText.Append(curLine);
+        if (!isBase64)
+          msgText.Append(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("\r\n"));
+      }
+
+      bytesRead += curLine.Length();
+      if (bytesRead > bytesToRead)
+        break;
+    }
+  }
+  lineBuffer = nullptr;
+
+  // if the snippet is encoded, decode it
+  if (!encoding.IsEmpty())
+    decodeMsgSnippet(NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(encoding), !reachedEndBody, msgText);
+
+  // In order to turn our snippet into unicode, we need to convert it from the charset we
+  // detected earlier.
+  nsString unicodeMsgBodyStr;
+  ConvertToUnicode(charset.get(), msgText, unicodeMsgBodyStr);
+
+  // now we've got a msg body. If it's html, convert it to plain text.
+  if (msgBodyIsHtml && aStripHTMLTags)
+    ConvertMsgSnippetToPlainText(unicodeMsgBodyStr, unicodeMsgBodyStr);
+
+  // We want to remove any whitespace from the beginning and end of the string
+  unicodeMsgBodyStr.Trim(" \t\r\n", true, true);
+
+  // step 3, optionally remove quoted text from the snippet
+  nsString compressedQuotesMsgStr;
+  if (aCompressQuotes)
+    compressQuotesInMsgSnippet(unicodeMsgBodyStr, compressedQuotesMsgStr);
+
+  // now convert back to utf-8 which is more convenient for storage
+  CopyUTF16toUTF8(aCompressQuotes ? compressedQuotesMsgStr : unicodeMsgBodyStr, aMsgText);
+
+  // finally, truncate the string based on aMaxOutputLen
+  if (aMsgText.Length() > aMaxOutputLen) {
+    if (NS_IsAscii(aMsgText.BeginReading()))
+      aMsgText.SetLength(aMaxOutputLen);
+    else
+      nsMsgI18NShrinkUTF8Str(nsCString(aMsgText),
+                             aMaxOutputLen, aMsgText);
+  }
+
+  // Also assign the content type being returned
+  aContentType.Assign(NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(contentType));
+  return rv;
+}
+
+/**
+ * decodeMsgSnippet - helper function which applies the appropriate transfer decoding
+ *                    to the message snippet based on aEncodingType. Currently handles
+ *                    base64 and quoted-printable. If aEncodingType refers to an encoding we don't
+ *                    handle, the message data is passed back unmodified.
+ * @param aEncodingType the encoding type (base64, quoted-printable)
+ * @param aIsComplete the snippet is actually the entire message so the decoder
+ *                           doesn't have to worry about partial data
+ * @param aMsgSnippet in/out argument. The encoded msg snippet and then the decoded snippet
+ */
+void nsMsgDBFolder::decodeMsgSnippet(const nsACString& aEncodingType, bool aIsComplete, nsCString& aMsgSnippet)
+{
+  if (MsgLowerCaseEqualsLiteral(aEncodingType, ENCODING_BASE64))
+  {
+    int32_t base64Len = aMsgSnippet.Length();
+    if (aIsComplete)
+      base64Len -= base64Len % 4;
+    char *decodedBody = PL_Base64Decode(aMsgSnippet.get(), base64Len, nullptr);
+    if (decodedBody)
+      aMsgSnippet.Adopt(decodedBody);
+  }
+  else if (MsgLowerCaseEqualsLiteral(aEncodingType, ENCODING_QUOTED_PRINTABLE))
+  {
+    // giant hack - decode in place, and truncate string.
+    MsgStripQuotedPrintable((unsigned char *) aMsgSnippet.get());
+    aMsgSnippet.SetLength(strlen(aMsgSnippet.get()));
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+ * stripQuotesFromMsgSnippet - Reduces quoted reply text including the citation (Scott wrote:) from
+ *                             the message snippet to " ... ". Assumes the snippet has been decoded and converted to
+ *                             plain text.
+ * @param aMsgSnippet in/out argument. The string to strip quotes from.
+ */
+void nsMsgDBFolder::compressQuotesInMsgSnippet(const nsString& aMsgSnippet, nsAString& aCompressedQuotes)
+{
+  int32_t msgBodyStrLen = aMsgSnippet.Length();
+  bool lastLineWasAQuote = false;
+  int32_t offset = 0;
+  int32_t lineFeedPos = 0;
+  while (offset < msgBodyStrLen)
+  {
+    lineFeedPos = aMsgSnippet.FindChar('\n', offset);
+    if (lineFeedPos != -1)
+    {
+      const nsAString& currentLine = Substring(aMsgSnippet, offset, lineFeedPos - offset);
+      // this catches quoted text ("> "), nested quotes of any level (">> ", ">>> ", ...)
+      // it also catches empty line quoted text (">"). It might be over agressive and require
+      // tweaking later.
+      // Try to strip the citation. If the current line ends with a ':' and the next line
+      // looks like a quoted reply (starts with a ">") skip the current line
+      if (StringBeginsWith(currentLine, NS_LITERAL_STRING(">")) ||
+          (lineFeedPos + 1 < msgBodyStrLen  && lineFeedPos
+          && aMsgSnippet[lineFeedPos - 1] == char16_t(':')
+          && aMsgSnippet[lineFeedPos + 1] == char16_t('>')))
+      {
+        lastLineWasAQuote = true;
+      }
+      else if (!currentLine.IsEmpty())
+      {
+        if (lastLineWasAQuote)
+        {
+          aCompressedQuotes += NS_LITERAL_STRING(" ... ");
+          lastLineWasAQuote = false;
+        }
+
+        aCompressedQuotes += currentLine;
+        aCompressedQuotes += char16_t(' '); // don't forget to substitute a space for the line feed
+      }
+
+      offset = lineFeedPos + 1;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      aCompressedQuotes.Append(Substring(aMsgSnippet, offset, msgBodyStrLen - offset));
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::ConvertMsgSnippetToPlainText(
+    const nsAString& aMessageText, nsAString& aOutText)
+{
+  uint32_t flags = nsIDocumentEncoder::OutputLFLineBreak
+                   | nsIDocumentEncoder::OutputNoScriptContent
+                   | nsIDocumentEncoder::OutputNoFramesContent
+                   | nsIDocumentEncoder::OutputBodyOnly;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIParserUtils> utils =
+    do_GetService(NS_PARSERUTILS_CONTRACTID);
+  return utils->ConvertToPlainText(aMessageText, flags, 80, aOutText);
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDBFolder::GetMsgPreviewTextFromStream(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr, nsIInputStream *stream)
+{
+  nsCString msgBody;
+  nsAutoCString charset;
+  msgHdr->GetCharset(getter_Copies(charset));
+  nsAutoCString contentType;
+  nsresult rv = GetMsgTextFromStream(stream, charset, 4096, 255, true, true, contentType, msgBody);
+  // replaces all tabs and line returns with a space, 
+  // then trims off leading and trailing white space
+  MsgCompressWhitespace(msgBody);
+  msgHdr->SetStringProperty("preview", msgBody.get());
+  return rv;
+}
+
+void nsMsgDBFolder::UpdateTimestamps(bool allowUndo)
+{
+  if (!(mFlags & (nsMsgFolderFlags::Trash|nsMsgFolderFlags::Junk)))
+  {
+    SetMRUTime();
+    if (allowUndo) // This is a proxy for a user-initiated act.
+    {
+      bool isArchive;
+      IsSpecialFolder(nsMsgFolderFlags::Archive, true, &isArchive);
+      if (!isArchive)
+      {
+        SetMRMTime();
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIAtom> MRMTimeChangedAtom = MsgGetAtom("MRMTimeChanged");
+        NotifyFolderEvent(MRMTimeChangedAtom);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+void nsMsgDBFolder::SetMRUTime()
+{
+  uint32_t seconds;
+  PRTime2Seconds(PR_Now(), &seconds);
+  nsAutoCString nowStr;
+  nowStr.AppendInt(seconds);
+  SetStringProperty(MRU_TIME_PROPERTY, nowStr);
+}
+
+void nsMsgDBFolder::SetMRMTime()
+{
+  uint32_t seconds;
+  PRTime2Seconds(PR_Now(), &seconds);
+  nsAutoCString nowStr;
+  nowStr.AppendInt(seconds);
+  SetStringProperty(MRM_TIME_PROPERTY, nowStr);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::AddKeywordsToMessages(nsIArray *aMessages, const nsACString& aKeywords)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(aMessages);
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  GetDatabase();
+  if (mDatabase)
+  {
+    uint32_t count;
+    nsresult rv = aMessages->GetLength(&count);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    nsCString keywords;
+
+    for(uint32_t i = 0; i < count; i++)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> message = do_QueryElementAt(aMessages, i, &rv);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      message->GetStringProperty("keywords", getter_Copies(keywords));
+      nsTArray<nsCString> keywordArray;
+      ParseString(aKeywords, ' ', keywordArray);
+      uint32_t addCount = 0;
+      for (uint32_t j = 0; j < keywordArray.Length(); j++)
+      {
+        int32_t start, length;
+        if (!MsgFindKeyword(keywordArray[j], keywords, &start, &length))
+        {
+          if (!keywords.IsEmpty())
+            keywords.Append(' ');
+          keywords.Append(keywordArray[j]);
+          addCount++;
+        }
+      }
+      // avoid using the message key to set the string property, because
+      // in the case of filters running on incoming pop3 mail with quarantining
+      // turned on, the message key is wrong.
+      mDatabase->SetStringPropertyByHdr(message, "keywords", keywords.get());
+      
+      if (addCount)
+        NotifyPropertyFlagChanged(message, kKeywords, 0, addCount);
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::RemoveKeywordsFromMessages(nsIArray *aMessages, const nsACString& aKeywords)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(aMessages);
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  GetDatabase();
+  if (mDatabase)
+  {
+    uint32_t count;
+    nsresult rv = aMessages->GetLength(&count);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    nsTArray<nsCString> keywordArray;
+    ParseString(aKeywords, ' ', keywordArray);
+    nsCString keywords;
+    // If the tag is also a label, we should remove the label too...
+
+    for(uint32_t i = 0; i < count; i++)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> message = do_QueryElementAt(aMessages, i, &rv);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      rv = message->GetStringProperty("keywords", getter_Copies(keywords));
+      uint32_t removeCount = 0;
+      for (uint32_t j = 0; j < keywordArray.Length(); j++)
+      {
+        bool keywordIsLabel = (StringBeginsWith(keywordArray[j], NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("$label"))
+          && keywordArray[j].CharAt(6) >= '1' && keywordArray[j].CharAt(6) <= '5');
+        if (keywordIsLabel)
+        {
+          nsMsgLabelValue labelValue;
+          message->GetLabel(&labelValue);
+          // if we're removing the keyword that corresponds to a pre 2.0 label,
+          // we need to clear the old label attribute on the message.
+          if (labelValue == (nsMsgLabelValue) (keywordArray[j].CharAt(6) - '0'))
+            message->SetLabel((nsMsgLabelValue) 0);
+        }
+        int32_t startOffset, length;
+        if (MsgFindKeyword(keywordArray[j], keywords, &startOffset, &length))
+        {
+          // delete any leading space delimiters
+          while (startOffset && keywords.CharAt(startOffset - 1) == ' ')
+          {
+            startOffset--;
+            length++;
+          }
+          // but if the keyword is at the start then delete the following space
+          if (!startOffset && length < static_cast<int32_t>(keywords.Length()) &&
+              keywords.CharAt(length) == ' ')
+            length++;
+          keywords.Cut(startOffset, length);
+          removeCount++;
+        }
+      }
+
+      if (removeCount)
+      {
+        mDatabase->SetStringPropertyByHdr(message, "keywords", keywords.get());
+        NotifyPropertyFlagChanged(message, kKeywords, removeCount, 0);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::GetCustomIdentity(nsIMsgIdentity **aIdentity)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aIdentity);
+  *aIdentity = nullptr;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::GetProcessingFlags(nsMsgKey aKey, uint32_t *aFlags)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aFlags);
+  *aFlags = 0;
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < nsMsgProcessingFlags::NumberOfFlags; i++)
+    if (mProcessingFlag[i].keys && mProcessingFlag[i].keys->IsMember(aKey))
+      *aFlags |= mProcessingFlag[i].bit;
+  return NS_OK;
+}  
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::OrProcessingFlags(nsMsgKey aKey, uint32_t mask)
+{
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < nsMsgProcessingFlags::NumberOfFlags; i++)
+    if (mProcessingFlag[i].bit & mask && mProcessingFlag[i].keys)
+      mProcessingFlag[i].keys->Add(aKey);
+  return NS_OK;
+}  
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::AndProcessingFlags(nsMsgKey aKey, uint32_t mask)
+{
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < nsMsgProcessingFlags::NumberOfFlags; i++)
+    if (!(mProcessingFlag[i].bit & mask) && mProcessingFlag[i].keys)
+      mProcessingFlag[i].keys->Remove(aKey);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// Each implementation must provide an override of this, connecting the folder
+// type to the corresponding incoming server type.
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::GetIncomingServerType(nsACString& aIncomingServerType)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(false, "subclasses need to override this");
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+void nsMsgDBFolder::ClearProcessingFlags()
+{
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < nsMsgProcessingFlags::NumberOfFlags; i++)
+  {
+    // There is no clear method so we need to delete and re-create.
+    delete mProcessingFlag[i].keys;
+    mProcessingFlag[i].keys = nsMsgKeySetU::Create();
+  }
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDBFolder::MessagesInKeyOrder(nsTArray<nsMsgKey> &aKeyArray,
+  nsIMsgFolder *srcFolder, nsIMutableArray* messages)
+{
+  // XXX: the output messages - should really be and nsCOMArray<nsIMsgDBHdr>
+
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  uint32_t numMessages = aKeyArray.Length();
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIDBFolderInfo> folderInfo;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> db;
+  rv = srcFolder->GetDBFolderInfoAndDB(getter_AddRefs(folderInfo), getter_AddRefs(db));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && db)
+  {
+    for (uint32_t i = 0; i < numMessages; i++)
+    {
+      rv = db->GetMsgHdrForKey(aKeyArray[i], getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+      if (msgHdr)
+        messages->AppendElement(msgHdr, false);
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+/* static */ nsMsgKeySetU* nsMsgKeySetU::Create()
+{
+  nsMsgKeySetU* set = new nsMsgKeySetU;
+  if (set)
+  {
+    set->loKeySet = nsMsgKeySet::Create();
+    set->hiKeySet = nsMsgKeySet::Create();
+    if (!(set->loKeySet && set->hiKeySet))
+    {
+      delete set;
+      set = nullptr;
+    }
+  }
+  return set;
+}
+
+nsMsgKeySetU::nsMsgKeySetU()
+{ }
+
+nsMsgKeySetU::~nsMsgKeySetU()
+{
+  delete loKeySet;
+  delete hiKeySet;
+}
+
+const uint32_t kLowerBits = 0x7fffffff;
+
+int nsMsgKeySetU::Add(nsMsgKey aKey)
+{
+  int32_t intKey = static_cast<int32_t>(aKey);
+  if (intKey >= 0)
+    return loKeySet->Add(intKey);
+  return hiKeySet->Add(intKey & kLowerBits);
+}
+
+int nsMsgKeySetU::Remove(nsMsgKey aKey)
+{
+  int32_t intKey = static_cast<int32_t>(aKey);
+  if (intKey >= 0)
+    return loKeySet->Remove(intKey);
+  return hiKeySet->Remove(intKey & kLowerBits);
+}
+
+bool nsMsgKeySetU::IsMember(nsMsgKey aKey)
+{
+  int32_t intKey = static_cast<int32_t>(aKey);
+  if (intKey >= 0)
+    return loKeySet->IsMember(intKey);
+  return hiKeySet->IsMember(intKey & kLowerBits);
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgKeySetU::ToMsgKeyArray(nsTArray<nsMsgKey> &aArray)
+{
+  nsresult rv = loKeySet->ToMsgKeyArray(aArray);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  return hiKeySet->ToMsgKeyArray(aArray);
+}
+
diff --git a/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgDBFolder.h b/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgDBFolder.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6074b45f9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgDBFolder.h
@@ -0,0 +1,297 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsMsgDBFolder_h__
+#define nsMsgDBFolder_h__
+
+#include "mozilla/Attributes.h"
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolder.h" 
+#include "nsRDFResource.h"
+#include "nsIDBFolderInfo.h"
+#include "nsIMsgDatabase.h"
+#include "nsIMsgIncomingServer.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsStaticAtom.h"
+#include "nsIDBChangeListener.h"
+#include "nsIMsgPluggableStore.h"
+#include "nsIURL.h"
+#include "nsIFile.h"
+#include "nsWeakReference.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFilterList.h"
+#include "nsIUrlListener.h"
+#include "nsIMsgHdr.h"
+#include "nsIOutputStream.h"
+#include "nsITransport.h"
+#include "nsIStringBundle.h"
+#include "nsTObserverArray.h"
+#include "nsCOMArray.h"
+#include "nsMsgKeySet.h"
+#include "nsMsgMessageFlags.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFilterPlugin.h"
+class nsIMsgFolderCacheElement;
+class nsICollation;
+class nsMsgKeySetU;
+
+ /* 
+  * nsMsgDBFolder
+  * class derived from nsMsgFolder for those folders that use an nsIMsgDatabase
+  */ 
+
+#undef IMETHOD_VISIBILITY
+#define IMETHOD_VISIBILITY NS_VISIBILITY_DEFAULT
+
+class NS_MSG_BASE nsMsgDBFolder: public nsRDFResource,
+                                 public nsSupportsWeakReference,
+                                 public nsIMsgFolder,
+                                 public nsIDBChangeListener,
+                                 public nsIUrlListener,
+                                 public nsIJunkMailClassificationListener,
+                                 public nsIMsgTraitClassificationListener
+{
+public: 
+  nsMsgDBFolder(void);
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGFOLDER
+  NS_DECL_NSIDBCHANGELISTENER
+  NS_DECL_NSIURLLISTENER
+  NS_DECL_NSIJUNKMAILCLASSIFICATIONLISTENER
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGTRAITCLASSIFICATIONLISTENER
+  
+  NS_IMETHOD WriteToFolderCacheElem(nsIMsgFolderCacheElement *element);
+  NS_IMETHOD ReadFromFolderCacheElem(nsIMsgFolderCacheElement *element);
+
+  // nsRDFResource overrides
+  NS_IMETHOD Init(const char* aURI) override;
+
+  nsresult CreateDirectoryForFolder(nsIFile **result);
+  nsresult CreateBackupDirectory(nsIFile **result);
+  nsresult GetBackupSummaryFile(nsIFile **result, const nsACString& newName);
+  nsresult GetMsgPreviewTextFromStream(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr, nsIInputStream *stream);
+  nsresult HandleAutoCompactEvent(nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow);
+protected:
+  virtual ~nsMsgDBFolder();
+  
+  virtual nsresult CreateBaseMessageURI(const nsACString& aURI);
+
+  void compressQuotesInMsgSnippet(const nsString& aMessageText, nsAString& aCompressedQuotesStr);
+  void decodeMsgSnippet(const nsACString& aEncodingType, bool aIsComplete, nsCString& aMsgSnippet);
+
+  // helper routine to parse the URI and update member variables
+  nsresult parseURI(bool needServer=false);
+  nsresult GetBaseStringBundle(nsIStringBundle **aBundle);
+  nsresult GetStringFromBundle(const char* msgName, nsString& aResult);
+  nsresult ThrowConfirmationPrompt(nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow, const nsAString& confirmString, bool *confirmed);
+  nsresult GetWarnFilterChanged(bool *aVal);
+  nsresult SetWarnFilterChanged(bool aVal);
+  nsresult CreateCollationKey(const nsString &aSource,  uint8_t **aKey, uint32_t *aLength);
+
+protected:
+  // all children will override this to create the right class of object.
+  virtual nsresult CreateChildFromURI(const nsCString &uri, nsIMsgFolder **folder) = 0;
+  virtual nsresult ReadDBFolderInfo(bool force);
+  virtual nsresult FlushToFolderCache();
+  virtual nsresult GetDatabase() = 0;
+  virtual nsresult SendFlagNotifications(nsIMsgDBHdr *item, uint32_t oldFlags, uint32_t newFlags);
+  nsresult CheckWithNewMessagesStatus(bool messageAdded);
+  void     UpdateNewMessages();
+  nsresult OnHdrAddedOrDeleted(nsIMsgDBHdr *hdrChanged, bool added);
+  nsresult CreateFileForDB(const nsAString& userLeafName, nsIFile *baseDir,
+                           nsIFile **dbFile);
+
+  nsresult GetFolderCacheKey(nsIFile **aFile, bool createDBIfMissing = false);
+  nsresult GetFolderCacheElemFromFile(nsIFile *file, nsIMsgFolderCacheElement **cacheElement);
+  nsresult AddDirectorySeparator(nsIFile *path);
+  nsresult CheckIfFolderExists(const nsAString& newFolderName, nsIMsgFolder *parentFolder, nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow);
+  bool     ConfirmAutoFolderRename(nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow,
+                                   const nsString& aOldName,
+                                   const nsString& aNewName);
+
+  // Returns true if: a) there is no need to prompt or b) the user is already
+  // logged in or c) the user logged in successfully.
+  static bool PromptForMasterPasswordIfNecessary();
+
+  // offline support methods.
+  nsresult StartNewOfflineMessage();
+  nsresult WriteStartOfNewLocalMessage();
+  nsresult EndNewOfflineMessage();
+  nsresult CompactOfflineStore(nsIMsgWindow *inWindow, nsIUrlListener *aUrlListener);
+  nsresult AutoCompact(nsIMsgWindow *aWindow);
+  // this is a helper routine that ignores whether nsMsgMessageFlags::Offline is set for the folder
+  nsresult MsgFitsDownloadCriteria(nsMsgKey msgKey, bool *result);
+  nsresult GetPromptPurgeThreshold(bool *aPrompt);
+  nsresult GetPurgeThreshold(int32_t *aThreshold);
+  nsresult ApplyRetentionSettings(bool deleteViaFolder);
+  bool     VerifyOfflineMessage(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr, nsIInputStream *fileStream);
+  nsresult AddMarkAllReadUndoAction(nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow,
+                                    nsMsgKey *thoseMarked, uint32_t numMarked);
+
+  nsresult PerformBiffNotifications(void); // if there are new, non spam messages, do biff
+  nsresult CloseDBIfFolderNotOpen();
+
+  virtual nsresult SpamFilterClassifyMessage(const char *aURI, nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow, nsIJunkMailPlugin *aJunkMailPlugin);
+  virtual nsresult SpamFilterClassifyMessages(const char **aURIArray, uint32_t aURICount, nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow, nsIJunkMailPlugin *aJunkMailPlugin);
+  // Helper function for Move code to call to update the MRU and MRM time.
+  void    UpdateTimestamps(bool allowUndo);
+  void    SetMRUTime();
+  void    SetMRMTime();
+  /**
+   * Clear all processing flags, presumably because message keys are no longer
+   * valid.
+   */
+  void ClearProcessingFlags();
+
+  nsresult NotifyHdrsNotBeingClassified();
+
+  /**
+   * Produce an array of messages ordered like the input keys.
+   */
+  nsresult MessagesInKeyOrder(nsTArray<nsMsgKey> &aKeyArray,
+                              nsIMsgFolder *srcFolder,
+                              nsIMutableArray* messages);
+
+protected:
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> mDatabase;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> mBackupDatabase;
+  nsCString mCharset;
+  bool mCharsetOverride;
+  bool mAddListener;
+  bool mNewMessages;
+  bool mGettingNewMessages;
+  nsMsgKey mLastMessageLoaded;
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> m_offlineHeader;
+  int32_t m_numOfflineMsgLines;
+  int32_t m_bytesAddedToLocalMsg;
+  // this is currently used when we do a save as of an imap or news message..
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIOutputStream> m_tempMessageStream;
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgRetentionSettings> m_retentionSettings;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDownloadSettings> m_downloadSettings;
+  static NS_MSG_BASE_STATIC_MEMBER_(nsrefcnt) mInstanceCount;
+
+protected:
+  uint32_t mFlags;
+  nsWeakPtr mParent;     //This won't be refcounted for ownership reasons.
+  int32_t mNumUnreadMessages;        /* count of unread messages (-1 means unknown; -2 means unknown but we already tried to find out.) */
+  int32_t mNumTotalMessages;         /* count of existing messages. */
+  bool mNotifyCountChanges;
+  int64_t mExpungedBytes;
+  nsCOMArray<nsIMsgFolder> mSubFolders;
+  // This can't be refcounted due to ownsership issues
+  nsTObserverArray<nsIFolderListener*> mListeners;
+
+  bool mInitializedFromCache;
+  nsISupports *mSemaphoreHolder; // set when the folder is being written to
+                                 //Due to ownership issues, this won't be AddRef'd.
+
+  nsWeakPtr mServer;
+
+  // These values are used for tricking the front end into thinking that we have more 
+  // messages than are really in the DB.  This is usually after and IMAP message copy where
+  // we don't want to do an expensive select until the user actually opens that folder
+  int32_t mNumPendingUnreadMessages;
+  int32_t mNumPendingTotalMessages;
+  int64_t mFolderSize;
+
+  int32_t mNumNewBiffMessages;
+
+  // these are previous set of new msgs, which we might
+  // want to run junk controls on. This is in addition to "new" hdrs
+  // in the db, which might get cleared because the user clicked away
+  // from the folder.
+  nsTArray<nsMsgKey> m_saveNewMsgs;
+
+  // These are the set of new messages for a folder who has had
+  // its db closed, without the user reading the folder. This 
+  // happens with pop3 mail filtered to a different local folder.
+  nsTArray<nsMsgKey> m_newMsgs;
+
+  //
+  // stuff from the uri
+  //
+  bool mHaveParsedURI;        // is the URI completely parsed?
+  bool mIsServerIsValid;
+  bool mIsServer;
+  nsString mName;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> mPath;
+  nsCString mBaseMessageURI; //The uri with the message scheme
+
+  bool mInVFEditSearchScope ; // non persistant state used by the virtual folder UI
+
+  // static stuff for cross-instance objects like atoms
+  static NS_MSG_BASE_STATIC_MEMBER_(nsrefcnt) gInstanceCount;
+
+  static nsresult initializeStrings();
+  static nsresult createCollationKeyGenerator();
+
+  static NS_MSG_BASE_STATIC_MEMBER_(char16_t*) kLocalizedInboxName;
+  static NS_MSG_BASE_STATIC_MEMBER_(char16_t*) kLocalizedTrashName;
+  static NS_MSG_BASE_STATIC_MEMBER_(char16_t*) kLocalizedSentName;
+  static NS_MSG_BASE_STATIC_MEMBER_(char16_t*) kLocalizedDraftsName;
+  static NS_MSG_BASE_STATIC_MEMBER_(char16_t*) kLocalizedTemplatesName;
+  static NS_MSG_BASE_STATIC_MEMBER_(char16_t*) kLocalizedUnsentName;
+  static NS_MSG_BASE_STATIC_MEMBER_(char16_t*) kLocalizedJunkName;
+  static NS_MSG_BASE_STATIC_MEMBER_(char16_t*) kLocalizedArchivesName;
+
+  static NS_MSG_BASE_STATIC_MEMBER_(char16_t*) kLocalizedBrandShortName;
+  
+#define MSGDBFOLDER_ATOM(name_, value) static NS_MSG_BASE_STATIC_MEMBER_(nsIAtom*) name_;
+#include "nsMsgDBFolderAtomList.h"
+#undef MSGDBFOLDER_ATOM
+
+  static NS_MSG_BASE_STATIC_MEMBER_(nsICollation*) gCollationKeyGenerator;
+
+  // store of keys that have a processing flag set
+  struct
+  {
+    uint32_t bit;
+    nsMsgKeySetU* keys;
+  } mProcessingFlag[nsMsgProcessingFlags::NumberOfFlags];
+
+  // list of nsIMsgDBHdrs for messages to process post-bayes
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> mPostBayesMessagesToFilter;
+
+  /**
+   * The list of message keys that have been classified for msgsClassified
+   * batch notification purposes.  We add to this list in OnMessageClassified
+   * when we are told about a classified message (a URI is provided), and we
+   * notify for the list and clear it when we are told all the messages in
+   * the batch were classified (a URI is not provided).
+   */
+  nsTArray<nsMsgKey> mClassifiedMsgKeys;
+  // Is the current bayes filtering doing junk classification?
+  bool mBayesJunkClassifying;
+  // Is the current bayes filtering doing trait classification?
+  bool mBayesTraitClassifying;
+};
+
+// This class is a kludge to allow nsMsgKeySet to be used with uint32_t keys
+class nsMsgKeySetU
+{
+public:
+    // Creates an empty set.
+  static nsMsgKeySetU* Create();
+  ~nsMsgKeySetU();
+  // IsMember() returns whether the given key is a member of this set.
+  bool IsMember(nsMsgKey key);
+  // Add() adds the given key to the set.  (Returns 1 if a change was
+  // made, 0 if it was already there, and negative on error.)
+  int Add(nsMsgKey key);
+  // Remove() removes the given article from the set.
+  int Remove(nsMsgKey key);
+  // Add the keys in the set to aArray.
+  nsresult ToMsgKeyArray(nsTArray<nsMsgKey> &aArray);
+
+protected:
+  nsMsgKeySetU();
+  nsMsgKeySet* loKeySet;
+  nsMsgKeySet* hiKeySet;
+};
+
+#undef  IMETHOD_VISIBILITY
+#define IMETHOD_VISIBILITY NS_VISIBILITY_HIDDEN
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgDBFolderAtomList.h b/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgDBFolderAtomList.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6ec8c0691
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgDBFolderAtomList.h
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+MSGDBFOLDER_ATOM(kTotalUnreadMessagesAtom, "TotalUnreadMessages")
+MSGDBFOLDER_ATOM(kBiffStateAtom, "BiffState")
+MSGDBFOLDER_ATOM(kNewMailReceivedAtom, "NewMailReceived")
+MSGDBFOLDER_ATOM(kNewMessagesAtom, "NewMessages")
+MSGDBFOLDER_ATOM(kInVFEditSearchScopeAtom, "inVFEditSearchScope")
+MSGDBFOLDER_ATOM(kNumNewBiffMessagesAtom, "NumNewBiffMessages")
+MSGDBFOLDER_ATOM(kTotalMessagesAtom, "TotalMessages")
+MSGDBFOLDER_ATOM(kFolderSizeAtom, "FolderSize")
+MSGDBFOLDER_ATOM(kStatusAtom, "Status")
+MSGDBFOLDER_ATOM(kFlaggedAtom, "Flagged")
+MSGDBFOLDER_ATOM(kNameAtom, "Name")
+MSGDBFOLDER_ATOM(kSynchronizeAtom, "Synchronize")
+MSGDBFOLDER_ATOM(kOpenAtom, "open")
+MSGDBFOLDER_ATOM(kIsDeferred, "isDeferred")
+MSGDBFOLDER_ATOM(kKeywords, "Keywords")
+MSGDBFOLDER_ATOM(mFolderLoadedAtom, "FolderLoaded")
+MSGDBFOLDER_ATOM(mDeleteOrMoveMsgCompletedAtom, "DeleteOrMoveMsgCompleted")
+MSGDBFOLDER_ATOM(mDeleteOrMoveMsgFailedAtom, "DeleteOrMoveMsgFailed")
+MSGDBFOLDER_ATOM(mJunkStatusChangedAtom, "JunkStatusChanged")
+MSGDBFOLDER_ATOM(mFiltersAppliedAtom, "FiltersApplied")
+MSGDBFOLDER_ATOM(mFolderFlagAtom, "FolderFlag")
diff --git a/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgFileStream.cpp b/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgFileStream.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..87d11ab3d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgFileStream.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,196 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsIFile.h"
+#include "nsMsgFileStream.h"
+#include "prerr.h"
+#include "prerror.h"
+
+/* From nsDebugImpl.cpp: */
+static nsresult
+ErrorAccordingToNSPR()
+{
+    PRErrorCode err = PR_GetError();
+    switch (err) {
+      case PR_OUT_OF_MEMORY_ERROR:              return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+      case PR_WOULD_BLOCK_ERROR:                return NS_BASE_STREAM_WOULD_BLOCK;
+      case PR_FILE_NOT_FOUND_ERROR:             return NS_ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND;
+      case PR_READ_ONLY_FILESYSTEM_ERROR:       return NS_ERROR_FILE_READ_ONLY;
+      case PR_NOT_DIRECTORY_ERROR:              return NS_ERROR_FILE_NOT_DIRECTORY;
+      case PR_IS_DIRECTORY_ERROR:               return NS_ERROR_FILE_IS_DIRECTORY;
+      case PR_LOOP_ERROR:                       return NS_ERROR_FILE_UNRESOLVABLE_SYMLINK;
+      case PR_FILE_EXISTS_ERROR:                return NS_ERROR_FILE_ALREADY_EXISTS;
+      case PR_FILE_IS_LOCKED_ERROR:             return NS_ERROR_FILE_IS_LOCKED;
+      case PR_FILE_TOO_BIG_ERROR:               return NS_ERROR_FILE_TOO_BIG;
+      case PR_NO_DEVICE_SPACE_ERROR:            return NS_ERROR_FILE_NO_DEVICE_SPACE;
+      case PR_NAME_TOO_LONG_ERROR:              return NS_ERROR_FILE_NAME_TOO_LONG;
+      case PR_DIRECTORY_NOT_EMPTY_ERROR:        return NS_ERROR_FILE_DIR_NOT_EMPTY;
+      case PR_NO_ACCESS_RIGHTS_ERROR:           return NS_ERROR_FILE_ACCESS_DENIED;
+      default:                                  return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    }
+}
+
+nsMsgFileStream::nsMsgFileStream() 
+{
+  mFileDesc = nullptr;
+  mSeekedToEnd = false;
+}
+
+nsMsgFileStream::~nsMsgFileStream()
+{
+  if (mFileDesc)
+    PR_Close(mFileDesc);
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMsgFileStream, nsIInputStream, nsIOutputStream, nsISeekableStream)
+
+nsresult nsMsgFileStream::InitWithFile(nsIFile *file)
+{
+  return file->OpenNSPRFileDesc(PR_RDWR|PR_CREATE_FILE, 0664, &mFileDesc);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgFileStream::Seek(int32_t whence, int64_t offset)
+{
+  if (mFileDesc == nullptr)
+    return NS_BASE_STREAM_CLOSED;
+
+  bool seekingToEnd = whence == PR_SEEK_END && offset == 0;
+  if (seekingToEnd && mSeekedToEnd)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  int64_t cnt = PR_Seek64(mFileDesc, offset, (PRSeekWhence)whence);
+  if (cnt == int64_t(-1)) {
+    return ErrorAccordingToNSPR();
+  }
+
+  mSeekedToEnd = seekingToEnd;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgFileStream::Tell(int64_t *result)
+{
+  if (mFileDesc == nullptr)
+    return NS_BASE_STREAM_CLOSED;
+  
+  int64_t cnt = PR_Seek64(mFileDesc, 0, PR_SEEK_CUR);
+  if (cnt == int64_t(-1)) {
+    return ErrorAccordingToNSPR();
+  }
+  *result = cnt;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgFileStream::SetEOF()
+{
+  if (mFileDesc == nullptr)
+    return NS_BASE_STREAM_CLOSED;
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+/* void close (); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgFileStream::Close()
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  if (mFileDesc && (PR_Close(mFileDesc) == PR_FAILURE))
+        rv = NS_BASE_STREAM_OSERROR;
+    mFileDesc = nullptr;
+  return rv;
+}
+
+/* unsigned long long available (); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgFileStream::Available(uint64_t *aResult)
+{
+  if (!mFileDesc) 
+    return NS_BASE_STREAM_CLOSED;
+  
+  int64_t avail = PR_Available64(mFileDesc);
+  if (avail == -1)
+    return ErrorAccordingToNSPR();
+
+  *aResult = avail;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* [noscript] unsigned long read (in charPtr aBuf, in unsigned long aCount); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgFileStream::Read(char * aBuf, uint32_t aCount, uint32_t *aResult)
+{
+  if (!mFileDesc) 
+  {
+    *aResult = 0;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  
+  int32_t bytesRead = PR_Read(mFileDesc, aBuf, aCount);
+  if (bytesRead == -1)
+    return ErrorAccordingToNSPR();
+  
+  *aResult = bytesRead;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* [noscript] unsigned long readSegments (in nsWriteSegmentFun aWriter, in voidPtr aClosure, in unsigned long aCount); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgFileStream::ReadSegments(nsWriteSegmentFun aWriter, void * aClosure, uint32_t aCount, uint32_t *_retval)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+/* boolean isNonBlocking (); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgFileStream::IsNonBlocking(bool *aNonBlocking)
+{
+  *aNonBlocking = false;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgFileStream::Write(const char *buf, uint32_t count, uint32_t *result)
+{
+  if (mFileDesc == nullptr)
+    return NS_BASE_STREAM_CLOSED;
+  
+  int32_t cnt = PR_Write(mFileDesc, buf, count);
+  if (cnt == -1) {
+    return ErrorAccordingToNSPR();
+  }
+  *result = cnt;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgFileStream::Flush(void)
+{
+  if (mFileDesc == nullptr)
+    return NS_BASE_STREAM_CLOSED;
+  
+  int32_t cnt = PR_Sync(mFileDesc);
+  if (cnt == -1) 
+    return ErrorAccordingToNSPR();
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgFileStream::WriteFrom(nsIInputStream *inStr, uint32_t count, uint32_t *_retval)
+{
+  NS_NOTREACHED("WriteFrom (see source comment)");
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+  // File streams intentionally do not support this method.
+  // If you need something like this, then you should wrap
+  // the file stream using nsIBufferedOutputStream
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgFileStream::WriteSegments(nsReadSegmentFun reader, void * closure, uint32_t count, uint32_t *_retval)
+{
+  NS_NOTREACHED("WriteSegments (see source comment)");
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+  // File streams intentionally do not support this method.
+  // If you need something like this, then you should wrap
+  // the file stream using nsIBufferedOutputStream
+}
+
+
+
diff --git a/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgFileStream.h b/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgFileStream.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7c2b0cefb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgFileStream.h
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "mozilla/Attributes.h"
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "nsIInputStream.h"
+#include "nsIOutputStream.h"
+#include "nsISeekableStream.h"
+#include "prio.h"
+
+class nsMsgFileStream final : public nsIInputStream,
+                                  public nsIOutputStream,
+                                  public nsISeekableStream
+{
+public:
+  nsMsgFileStream();
+
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+
+  NS_IMETHOD Available(uint64_t *_retval) override; 
+  NS_IMETHOD Read(char * aBuf, uint32_t aCount, uint32_t *_retval) override; 
+  NS_IMETHOD ReadSegments(nsWriteSegmentFun aWriter, void * aClosure, uint32_t aCount, uint32_t *_retval) override;
+  NS_DECL_NSIOUTPUTSTREAM
+  NS_DECL_NSISEEKABLESTREAM
+
+  nsresult InitWithFile(nsIFile *localFile);
+protected:
+  ~nsMsgFileStream();
+
+  PRFileDesc *mFileDesc;
+  bool mSeekedToEnd;
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgI18N.cpp b/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgI18N.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b79a4c196
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgI18N.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,479 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+// as does this
+#include "nsICharsetConverterManager.h"
+#include "nsIPlatformCharset.h"
+#include "nsIServiceManager.h"
+
+#include "nsISupports.h"
+#include "nsIPrefBranch.h"
+#include "nsIPrefService.h"
+#include "nsIMimeConverter.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "nsMsgI18N.h"
+#include "nsMsgMimeCID.h"
+#include "nsILineInputStream.h"
+#include "nsMimeTypes.h"
+#include "nsISaveAsCharset.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "prmem.h"
+#include "plstr.h"
+#include "nsUTF8Utils.h"
+#include "nsNetUtil.h"
+#include "nsCRTGlue.h"
+#include "nsComponentManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsUnicharUtils.h"
+#include "nsIFileStreams.h"
+//
+// International functions necessary for composition
+//
+
+nsresult nsMsgI18NConvertFromUnicode(const char* aCharset,
+                                     const nsString& inString,
+                                     nsACString& outString,
+                                     bool aIsCharsetCanonical,
+                                     bool aReportUencNoMapping)
+{
+  if (inString.IsEmpty()) {
+    outString.Truncate();
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  // Note: This will hide a possible error if the Unicode contains more than one
+  // charset, e.g. Latin1 + Japanese.
+  else if (!aReportUencNoMapping && (!*aCharset ||
+             !PL_strcasecmp(aCharset, "us-ascii") ||
+             !PL_strcasecmp(aCharset, "ISO-8859-1"))) {
+    LossyCopyUTF16toASCII(inString, outString);
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  else if (!PL_strcasecmp(aCharset, "UTF-8")) {
+    CopyUTF16toUTF8(inString, outString);
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsICharsetConverterManager> ccm = do_GetService(NS_CHARSETCONVERTERMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIUnicodeEncoder> encoder;
+
+  // get an unicode converter
+  if (aIsCharsetCanonical)  // optimize for modified UTF-7 used by IMAP
+    rv = ccm->GetUnicodeEncoderRaw(aCharset, getter_AddRefs(encoder));
+  else
+    rv = ccm->GetUnicodeEncoder(aCharset, getter_AddRefs(encoder));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  // Must set behavior to kOnError_Signal if we want to receive the
+  // NS_ERROR_UENC_NOMAPPING signal, should it occur.
+  int32_t behavior = aReportUencNoMapping ? nsIUnicodeEncoder::kOnError_Signal:
+    nsIUnicodeEncoder::kOnError_Replace;
+  rv = encoder->SetOutputErrorBehavior(behavior, nullptr, '?');
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  const char16_t *originalSrcPtr = inString.get();
+  const char16_t *currentSrcPtr = originalSrcPtr;
+  int32_t originalUnicharLength = inString.Length();
+  int32_t srcLength;
+  int32_t dstLength;
+  char localbuf[512+10]; // We have seen cases were the buffer was overrun
+                         // by two (!!) bytes (Bug 1255863).
+                         // So give it ten bytes more for now to avoid a crash.
+  int32_t consumedLen = 0;
+
+  bool mappingFailure = false;
+  outString.Truncate();
+  // convert
+  while (consumedLen < originalUnicharLength) {
+    srcLength = originalUnicharLength - consumedLen;  
+    dstLength = 512;
+    rv = encoder->Convert(currentSrcPtr, &srcLength, localbuf, &dstLength);
+#ifdef DEBUG
+    if (dstLength > 512) {
+      char warning[100];
+      sprintf(warning, "encoder->Convert() returned %d bytes. Limit = 512", dstLength);
+      NS_WARNING(warning);
+    }
+#endif
+    if (rv == NS_ERROR_UENC_NOMAPPING) {
+      mappingFailure = true;
+    }
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv) || dstLength == 0)
+      break;
+    outString.Append(localbuf, dstLength);
+
+    currentSrcPtr += srcLength;
+    consumedLen = currentSrcPtr - originalSrcPtr; // src length used so far
+  }
+  dstLength = 512; // Reset available buffer size.
+  rv = encoder->Finish(localbuf, &dstLength);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+    if (dstLength)
+      outString.Append(localbuf, dstLength);
+    return !mappingFailure ? rv: NS_ERROR_UENC_NOMAPPING;
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgI18NConvertToUnicode(const char* aCharset,
+                                   const nsCString& inString, 
+                                   nsAString& outString,
+                                   bool aIsCharsetCanonical)
+{
+  if (inString.IsEmpty()) {
+    outString.Truncate();
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  else if (!*aCharset || !PL_strcasecmp(aCharset, "us-ascii") ||
+           !PL_strcasecmp(aCharset, "ISO-8859-1")) {
+    // Despite its name, it also works for Latin-1.
+    CopyASCIItoUTF16(inString, outString);
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  else if (!PL_strcasecmp(aCharset, "UTF-8")) {
+    if (MsgIsUTF8(inString)) {
+      nsAutoString tmp;
+      CopyUTF8toUTF16(inString, tmp);
+      if (!tmp.IsEmpty() && tmp.First() == char16_t(0xFEFF))
+        tmp.Cut(0, 1);
+      outString.Assign(tmp);
+      return NS_OK;
+    }
+    NS_WARNING("Invalid UTF-8 string");
+    return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+  }
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsICharsetConverterManager> ccm = do_GetService(NS_CHARSETCONVERTERMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIUnicodeDecoder> decoder;
+
+  // get an unicode converter
+  if (aIsCharsetCanonical)  // optimize for modified UTF-7 used by IMAP
+    rv = ccm->GetUnicodeDecoderRaw(aCharset, getter_AddRefs(decoder));
+  else
+    rv = ccm->GetUnicodeDecoderInternal(aCharset, getter_AddRefs(decoder));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  const char *originalSrcPtr = inString.get();
+  const char *currentSrcPtr = originalSrcPtr;
+  int32_t originalLength = inString.Length();
+  int32_t srcLength;
+  int32_t dstLength;
+  char16_t localbuf[512];
+  int32_t consumedLen = 0;
+
+  outString.Truncate();
+
+  // convert
+  while (consumedLen < originalLength) {
+    srcLength = originalLength - consumedLen;  
+    dstLength = 512;
+    rv = decoder->Convert(currentSrcPtr, &srcLength, localbuf, &dstLength);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv) || dstLength == 0)
+      break;
+    outString.Append(localbuf, dstLength);
+
+    currentSrcPtr += srcLength;
+    consumedLen = currentSrcPtr - originalSrcPtr; // src length used so far
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+// Charset used by the file system.
+const char * nsMsgI18NFileSystemCharset()
+{
+  /* Get a charset used for the file. */
+  static nsAutoCString fileSystemCharset;
+
+  if (fileSystemCharset.IsEmpty()) 
+  {
+    nsresult rv;
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIPlatformCharset> platformCharset = do_GetService(NS_PLATFORMCHARSET_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+          rv = platformCharset->GetCharset(kPlatformCharsetSel_FileName,
+                                           fileSystemCharset);
+        }
+
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) 
+      fileSystemCharset.Assign("ISO-8859-1");
+  }
+  return fileSystemCharset.get();
+}
+
+// Charset used by the text file.
+void nsMsgI18NTextFileCharset(nsACString& aCharset)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIPlatformCharset> platformCharset =
+    do_GetService(NS_PLATFORMCHARSET_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+    rv = platformCharset->GetCharset(kPlatformCharsetSel_PlainTextInFile,
+                                     aCharset);
+  }
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    aCharset.Assign("ISO-8859-1");
+}
+
+// MIME encoder, output string should be freed by PR_FREE
+// XXX : fix callers later to avoid allocation and copy
+char * nsMsgI18NEncodeMimePartIIStr(const char *header, bool structured, const char *charset, int32_t fieldnamelen, bool usemime) 
+{
+  // No MIME, convert to the outgoing mail charset.
+  if (false == usemime) {
+    nsAutoCString convertedStr;
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(ConvertFromUnicode(charset, NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16(header),
+                                        convertedStr)))
+      return PL_strdup(convertedStr.get());
+    else
+      return PL_strdup(header);
+  }
+
+  nsAutoCString encodedString;
+  nsresult res;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMimeConverter> converter = do_GetService(NS_MIME_CONVERTER_CONTRACTID, &res);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(res) && nullptr != converter)
+    res = converter->EncodeMimePartIIStr_UTF8(nsDependentCString(header),
+      structured, "UTF-8", fieldnamelen,
+      nsIMimeConverter::MIME_ENCODED_WORD_SIZE, encodedString);
+
+  return NS_SUCCEEDED(res) ? PL_strdup(encodedString.get()) : nullptr;
+}
+
+// Return True if a charset is stateful (e.g. JIS).
+bool nsMsgI18Nstateful_charset(const char *charset)
+{
+  //TODO: use charset manager's service
+  return (PL_strcasecmp(charset, "ISO-2022-JP") == 0);
+}
+
+bool nsMsgI18Nmultibyte_charset(const char *charset)
+{
+  nsresult res;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsICharsetConverterManager> ccm = do_GetService(NS_CHARSETCONVERTERMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &res);
+  bool result = false;
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(res)) {
+    nsAutoString charsetData;
+    res = ccm->GetCharsetData(charset, u".isMultibyte", charsetData);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(res)) {
+      result = charsetData.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("true");
+    }
+  }
+
+  return result;
+}
+
+bool nsMsgI18Ncheck_data_in_charset_range(const char *charset, const char16_t* inString, char **fallbackCharset)
+{
+  if (!charset || !*charset || !inString || !*inString)
+    return true;
+
+  nsresult res;
+  bool result = true;
+  
+  nsCOMPtr <nsICharsetConverterManager> ccm = do_GetService(NS_CHARSETCONVERTERMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &res);
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(res)) {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIUnicodeEncoder> encoder;
+
+    // get an unicode converter
+    res = ccm->GetUnicodeEncoderRaw(charset, getter_AddRefs(encoder));
+    if(NS_SUCCEEDED(res)) {
+      const char16_t *originalPtr = inString;
+      int32_t originalLen = NS_strlen(inString);
+      const char16_t *currentSrcPtr = originalPtr;
+      char localBuff[512];
+      int32_t consumedLen = 0;
+      int32_t srcLen;
+      int32_t dstLength;
+
+      // convert from unicode
+      while (consumedLen < originalLen) {
+        srcLen = originalLen - consumedLen;
+        dstLength = 512;
+        res = encoder->Convert(currentSrcPtr, &srcLen, localBuff, &dstLength);
+        if (NS_ERROR_UENC_NOMAPPING == res) {
+          result = false;
+          break;
+        }
+        else if (NS_FAILED(res) || (0 == dstLength))
+          break;
+
+        currentSrcPtr += srcLen;
+        consumedLen = currentSrcPtr - originalPtr; // src length used so far
+      }
+    }    
+  }
+
+  // if the conversion was not successful then try fallback to other charsets
+  if (!result && fallbackCharset) {
+    nsCString convertedString;
+    res = nsMsgI18NConvertFromUnicode(*fallbackCharset,
+      nsDependentString(inString), convertedString, false, true);
+    result = (NS_SUCCEEDED(res) && NS_ERROR_UENC_NOMAPPING != res);
+  }
+
+  return result;
+}
+
+// Simple parser to parse META charset. 
+// It only supports the case when the description is within one line. 
+const char * 
+nsMsgI18NParseMetaCharset(nsIFile* file) 
+{ 
+  static char charset[nsIMimeConverter::MAX_CHARSET_NAME_LENGTH+1];
+
+  *charset = '\0'; 
+
+  bool isDirectory = false;
+  file->IsDirectory(&isDirectory);
+  if (isDirectory) {
+    NS_ERROR("file is a directory");
+    return charset; 
+  }
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIFileInputStream> fileStream = do_CreateInstance(NS_LOCALFILEINPUTSTREAM_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, charset);
+  
+  rv = fileStream->Init(file, PR_RDONLY, 0664, false);
+  nsCOMPtr <nsILineInputStream> lineStream = do_QueryInterface(fileStream, &rv);
+
+  nsCString curLine;
+  bool more = true;
+  while (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && more) { 
+    rv = lineStream->ReadLine(curLine, &more); 
+    if (curLine.IsEmpty()) 
+      continue; 
+
+    ToUpperCase(curLine);
+
+    if (curLine.Find("/HEAD") != -1) 
+      break; 
+
+    if (curLine.Find("META") != -1 && 
+       curLine.Find("HTTP-EQUIV") != -1 && 
+        curLine.Find("CONTENT-TYPE") != -1 && 
+       curLine.Find("CHARSET") != -1) { 
+      char *cp = (char *) PL_strchr(PL_strstr(curLine.get(), "CHARSET"), '=');
+      char *token = nullptr;
+      if (cp)
+      {
+        char *newStr = cp + 1;
+        token = NS_strtok(" \"\'", &newStr);
+      }
+      if (token) { 
+        PL_strncpy(charset, token, sizeof(charset));
+        charset[sizeof(charset)-1] = '\0';
+
+        // this function cannot parse a file if it is really
+        // encoded by one of the following charsets
+        // so we can say that the charset label must be incorrect for
+        // the .html if we actually see those charsets parsed
+        // and we should ignore them
+        if (!PL_strncasecmp("UTF-16", charset, sizeof("UTF-16")-1) || 
+            !PL_strncasecmp("UTF-32", charset, sizeof("UTF-32")-1))
+          charset[0] = '\0';
+
+        break;
+      } 
+    } 
+  } 
+
+  return charset; 
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgI18NShrinkUTF8Str(const nsCString &inString,
+                                uint32_t aMaxLength,
+                                nsACString &outString)
+{
+  if (inString.IsEmpty()) {
+    outString.Truncate();
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  if (inString.Length() < aMaxLength) {
+    outString.Assign(inString);
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  NS_ASSERTION(MsgIsUTF8(inString), "Invalid UTF-8 string is inputted");
+  const char* start = inString.get();
+  const char* end = start + inString.Length();
+  const char* last = start + aMaxLength;
+  const char* cur = start;
+  const char* prev = nullptr;
+  bool err = false;
+  while (cur < last) {
+    prev = cur;
+    if (!UTF8CharEnumerator::NextChar(&cur, end, &err) || err)
+      break;
+  }
+  if (!prev || err) {
+    outString.Truncate();
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  uint32_t len = prev - start;
+  outString.Assign(Substring(inString, 0, len));
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+void nsMsgI18NConvertRawBytesToUTF16(const nsCString& inString, 
+                                     const char* charset,
+                                     nsAString& outString)
+{
+  if (MsgIsUTF8(inString))
+  {
+    CopyUTF8toUTF16(inString, outString);
+    return;
+  }
+
+  nsresult rv = ConvertToUnicode(charset, inString, outString);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    return;
+
+  const char* cur = inString.BeginReading();
+  const char* end = inString.EndReading();
+  outString.Truncate();
+  while (cur < end) {
+    char c = *cur++;
+    if (c & char(0x80))
+      outString.Append(UCS2_REPLACEMENT_CHAR);
+    else
+      outString.Append(c);
+  }
+}
+
+void nsMsgI18NConvertRawBytesToUTF8(const nsCString& inString, 
+                                    const char* charset,
+                                    nsACString& outString)
+{
+  if (MsgIsUTF8(inString))
+  {
+    outString.Assign(inString);
+    return;
+  }
+
+  nsAutoString utf16Text;
+  nsresult rv = ConvertToUnicode(charset, inString, utf16Text);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    CopyUTF16toUTF8(utf16Text, outString);
+    return;
+  }
+
+  // EF BF BD (UTF-8 encoding of U+FFFD)
+  NS_NAMED_LITERAL_CSTRING(utf8ReplacementChar, "\357\277\275");
+  const char* cur = inString.BeginReading();
+  const char* end = inString.EndReading();
+  outString.Truncate();
+  while (cur < end) {
+    char c = *cur++;
+    if (c & char(0x80))
+      outString.Append(utf8ReplacementChar);
+    else
+      outString.Append(c);
+  }
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgI18N.h b/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgI18N.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e58ae620a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgI18N.h
@@ -0,0 +1,198 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _nsMsgI18N_H_
+#define _nsMsgI18N_H_
+
+#include "nscore.h"
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+class nsIFile;
+
+/**
+ * Encode an input string into RFC 2047 form.
+ *
+ * @param header       [IN] A header to encode.
+ * @param structured   [IN] Specify the header is structured or non-structured field (See RFC-822).
+ * @param charset      [IN] Charset name to convert.
+ * @param fieldnamelen [IN] Header field name length. (e.g. "From: " -> 6)
+ * @param usemime      [IN] If false then apply charset conversion only no MIME encoding.
+ * @return             Encoded buffer (in C string) or NULL in case of error.
+ */
+NS_MSG_BASE char      *nsMsgI18NEncodeMimePartIIStr(const char *header, bool structured, const char *charset, int32_t fieldnamelen, bool usemime);
+
+/**
+ * Check if given charset is stateful (e.g. ISO-2022-JP).
+ *
+ * @param charset     [IN] Charset name.
+ * @return            True if stateful
+ */
+NS_MSG_BASE bool      nsMsgI18Nstateful_charset(const char *charset);
+
+/**
+ * Check if given charset is multibye (e.g. Shift_JIS, Big5).
+ *
+ * @param charset     [IN] Charset name.
+ * @return            True if multibyte
+ */
+NS_MSG_BASE bool nsMsgI18Nmultibyte_charset(const char *charset);
+
+/**
+ * Check the input (unicode) string is in a range of the given charset after the conversion.
+ * Note, do not use this for large string (e.g. message body) since this actually applies the conversion to the buffer.
+ *
+ * @param charset     [IN] Charset to be converted.
+ * @param inString    [IN] Input unicode string to be examined.
+ * @param fallbackCharset [OUT]
+ *                         null if fallback charset is not needed.
+ *                         Otherwise, a fallback charset name may be set if that was used for the conversion. 
+ *                         Caller is responsible for freeing the memory.
+ * @return            True if the string can be converted within the charset range.
+ *                    False if one or more characters cannot be converted to the target charset.
+ */
+NS_MSG_BASE bool      nsMsgI18Ncheck_data_in_charset_range(const char *charset, const char16_t* inString,
+                                                           char **fallbackCharset=nullptr);
+
+/**
+ * Return charset name of file system (OS dependent).
+ *
+ * @return            File system charset name.
+ */
+NS_MSG_BASE const char * nsMsgI18NFileSystemCharset(void);
+
+/**
+ * Return charset name of text file (OS dependent).
+ *
+ * @param aCharset    [OUT] Text file charset name.
+ */
+NS_MSG_BASE void nsMsgI18NTextFileCharset(nsACString& aCharset);
+
+/**
+ * Convert from unicode to target charset.
+ *
+ * @param charset     [IN] Charset name.
+ * @param inString    [IN] Unicode string to convert.
+ * @param outString   [OUT] Converted output string.
+ * @param aIsCharsetCanonical  [IN] Whether the charset is canonical or not.
+ * @param aReportUencNoMapping [IN] Set encoder to report (instead of using
+ *                                  replacement char on errors). Set to true
+ *                                  to receive NS_ERROR_UENC_NOMAPPING when
+ *                                  that happens. Note that
+ *                                  NS_ERROR_UENC_NOMAPPING is a success code!
+ * @return            nsresult.
+ */
+NS_MSG_BASE nsresult nsMsgI18NConvertFromUnicode(const char* aCharset,
+                                                 const nsString& inString,
+                                                 nsACString& outString,
+                                                 bool aIsCharsetCanonical =
+                                                        false,
+                                                 bool reportUencNoMapping =
+                                                        false);
+/**
+ * Convert from charset to unicode.
+ *
+ * @param charset     [IN] Charset name.
+ * @param inString    [IN] Input string to convert.
+ * @param outString   [OUT] Output unicode string.
+ * @return            nsresult.
+ */
+NS_MSG_BASE nsresult nsMsgI18NConvertToUnicode(const char* aCharset,
+                                               const nsCString& inString,
+                                               nsAString& outString,
+                                               bool aIsCharsetCanonical =
+                                                      false);
+/**
+ * Parse for META charset.
+ *
+ * @param file    [IN] A nsIFile.
+ * @return            A charset name or empty string if not found.
+ */
+NS_MSG_BASE const char *nsMsgI18NParseMetaCharset(nsIFile* file);
+
+/**
+ * Shrink the aStr to aMaxLength bytes. Note that this doesn't check whether
+ * the aUTF8Str is valid UTF-8 string.
+ *
+ * @param inString   [IN] Input UTF-8 string (it must be valid UTF-8 string)
+ * @param aMaxLength [IN] Shrink to this length (it means bytes)
+ * @param outString  [OUT] Shrunken UTF-8 string
+ * @return           nsresult
+ */
+NS_MSG_BASE nsresult nsMsgI18NShrinkUTF8Str(const nsCString &inString,
+                                            uint32_t aMaxLength,
+                                            nsACString &outString);
+
+/*
+ * Convert raw bytes in header to UTF-16
+ *
+ * @param inString   [IN] Input raw octets
+ * @param outString  [OUT] Output UTF-16 string
+ */
+NS_MSG_BASE void nsMsgI18NConvertRawBytesToUTF16(const nsCString& inString, 
+                                                 const char* charset,
+                                                 nsAString& outString);
+
+/*
+ * Convert raw bytes in header to UTF-8
+ *
+ * @param inString   [IN] Input raw octets
+ * @param outString  [OUT] Output UTF-8 string
+ */
+NS_MSG_BASE void nsMsgI18NConvertRawBytesToUTF8(const nsCString& inString, 
+                                                const char* charset,
+                                                nsACString& outString);
+
+// inline forwarders to avoid littering with 'x-imap4-.....'
+inline nsresult CopyUTF16toMUTF7(const nsString &aSrc, nsACString& aDest)
+{
+    return nsMsgI18NConvertFromUnicode("x-imap4-modified-utf7", aSrc,
+                                       aDest, true);
+}
+
+inline nsresult CopyMUTF7toUTF16(const nsCString& aSrc, nsAString& aDest)
+{
+    return nsMsgI18NConvertToUnicode("x-imap4-modified-utf7", aSrc,
+                                     aDest, true);
+}
+
+inline nsresult ConvertToUnicode(const char* charset,
+                                 const nsCString &aSrc, nsAString& aDest)
+{
+    return nsMsgI18NConvertToUnicode(charset, aSrc, aDest);
+}
+
+inline nsresult ConvertToUnicode(const char* charset,
+                                 const char* aSrc, nsAString& aDest)
+{
+    return nsMsgI18NConvertToUnicode(charset, nsDependentCString(aSrc), aDest);
+}
+
+inline nsresult ConvertFromUnicode(const char* charset,
+                                   const nsString &aSrc, nsACString& aDest)
+{
+    return nsMsgI18NConvertFromUnicode(charset, aSrc, aDest);
+}
+
+inline void ConvertRawBytesToUTF16(const nsCString& inString, 
+                                   const char* charset, nsAString& outString)
+{
+    return nsMsgI18NConvertRawBytesToUTF16(inString, charset, outString);
+}
+
+inline void ConvertRawBytesToUTF16(const char* inString, 
+                                   const char* charset, nsAString& outString)
+{
+    return nsMsgI18NConvertRawBytesToUTF16(nsDependentCString(inString),
+                                           charset,
+                                           outString);
+}
+
+inline void ConvertRawBytesToUTF8(const nsCString& inString, 
+                                  const char* charset, nsACString& outString)
+{
+    return nsMsgI18NConvertRawBytesToUTF8(inString, charset, outString);
+}
+
+#endif /* _nsMsgI18N_H_ */
diff --git a/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgIdentity.cpp b/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgIdentity.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..51fabdee1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgIdentity.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,669 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "msgCore.h" // for pre-compiled headers
+#include "nsMsgIdentity.h"
+#include "nsIPrefService.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsMsgCompCID.h"
+#include "nsIRDFService.h"
+#include "nsIRDFResource.h"
+#include "nsRDFCID.h"
+#include "nsMsgFolderFlags.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolder.h"
+#include "nsIMsgIncomingServer.h"
+#include "nsIMsgAccountManager.h"
+#include "mozilla/mailnews/MimeHeaderParser.h"
+#include "nsMsgBaseCID.h"
+#include "prprf.h"
+#include "nsISupportsPrimitives.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsComponentManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsArrayUtils.h"
+
+static NS_DEFINE_CID(kRDFServiceCID, NS_RDFSERVICE_CID);
+
+#define REL_FILE_PREF_SUFFIX "-rel"
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMsgIdentity,
+                   nsIMsgIdentity)
+
+/*
+ * accessors for pulling values directly out of preferences
+ * instead of member variables, etc
+ */
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIdentity::GetKey(nsACString& aKey)
+{
+  aKey = mKey;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIdentity::SetKey(const nsACString& identityKey)
+{
+  mKey = identityKey;
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefService> prefs(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  nsAutoCString branchName;
+  branchName.AssignLiteral("mail.identity.");
+  branchName += mKey;
+  branchName.Append('.');
+  rv = prefs->GetBranch(branchName.get(), getter_AddRefs(mPrefBranch));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  rv = prefs->GetBranch("mail.identity.default.", getter_AddRefs(mDefPrefBranch));
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgIdentity::GetIdentityName(nsAString& idName)
+{
+  idName.AssignLiteral("");
+  // Try to use "fullname <email>" as the name.
+  nsresult rv = GetFullAddress(idName);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // If a non-empty label exists, append it.
+  nsString label;
+  rv = GetLabel(label);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !label.IsEmpty())
+  { // TODO: this should be localizable
+    idName.AppendLiteral(" (");
+    idName.Append(label);
+    idName.AppendLiteral(")");
+  }
+
+  if (!idName.IsEmpty())
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  // If we still found nothing to use, use our key.
+  return ToString(idName);
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgIdentity::GetFullAddress(nsAString& fullAddress)
+{
+  nsAutoString fullName;
+  nsresult rv = GetFullName(fullName);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsAutoCString email;
+  rv = GetEmail(email);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  if (fullName.IsEmpty() && email.IsEmpty())
+    fullAddress.Truncate();
+  else
+    mozilla::mailnews::MakeMimeAddress(fullName, NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16(email), fullAddress);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIdentity::ToString(nsAString& aResult)
+{
+  aResult.AssignLiteral("[nsIMsgIdentity: ");
+  aResult.Append(NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16(mKey));
+  aResult.AppendLiteral("]");
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* Identity attribute accessors */
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIdentity::GetSignature(nsIFile **sig)
+{
+  bool gotRelPref;
+  nsresult rv = NS_GetPersistentFile("sig_file" REL_FILE_PREF_SUFFIX, "sig_file", nullptr, gotRelPref, sig, mPrefBranch);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !gotRelPref)
+  {
+    rv = NS_SetPersistentFile("sig_file" REL_FILE_PREF_SUFFIX, "sig_file", *sig, mPrefBranch);
+    NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "Failed to write signature file pref.");
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIdentity::SetSignature(nsIFile *sig)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  if (sig)
+    rv = NS_SetPersistentFile("sig_file" REL_FILE_PREF_SUFFIX, "sig_file", sig, mPrefBranch);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIdentity::ClearAllValues()
+{
+  if (!mPrefBranch)
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+  return mPrefBranch->DeleteBranch("");
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_IDPREF_STR(EscapedVCard, "escapedVCard")
+NS_IMPL_IDPREF_STR(SmtpServerKey, "smtpServer")
+NS_IMPL_IDPREF_WSTR(FullName, "fullName")
+NS_IMPL_IDPREF_STR(Email, "useremail")
+NS_IMPL_IDPREF_WSTR(Label, "label")
+NS_IMPL_IDPREF_STR(ReplyTo, "reply_to")
+NS_IMPL_IDPREF_WSTR(Organization, "organization")
+NS_IMPL_IDPREF_BOOL(ComposeHtml, "compose_html")
+NS_IMPL_IDPREF_BOOL(AttachVCard, "attach_vcard")
+NS_IMPL_IDPREF_BOOL(AttachSignature, "attach_signature")
+NS_IMPL_IDPREF_WSTR(HtmlSigText, "htmlSigText")
+NS_IMPL_IDPREF_BOOL(HtmlSigFormat, "htmlSigFormat")
+
+NS_IMPL_IDPREF_BOOL(AutoQuote, "auto_quote")
+NS_IMPL_IDPREF_INT(ReplyOnTop, "reply_on_top")
+NS_IMPL_IDPREF_BOOL(SigBottom, "sig_bottom")
+NS_IMPL_IDPREF_BOOL(SigOnForward, "sig_on_fwd")
+NS_IMPL_IDPREF_BOOL(SigOnReply, "sig_on_reply")
+
+NS_IMPL_IDPREF_INT(SignatureDate,"sig_date")
+
+NS_IMPL_IDPREF_BOOL(DoFcc, "fcc")
+
+NS_IMPL_FOLDERPREF_STR(FccFolder, "fcc_folder", "Sent", nsMsgFolderFlags::SentMail)
+NS_IMPL_IDPREF_STR(FccFolderPickerMode, "fcc_folder_picker_mode")
+NS_IMPL_IDPREF_BOOL(FccReplyFollowsParent, "fcc_reply_follows_parent")
+NS_IMPL_IDPREF_STR(DraftsFolderPickerMode, "drafts_folder_picker_mode")
+NS_IMPL_IDPREF_STR(ArchivesFolderPickerMode, "archives_folder_picker_mode")
+NS_IMPL_IDPREF_STR(TmplFolderPickerMode, "tmpl_folder_picker_mode")
+
+NS_IMPL_IDPREF_BOOL(BccSelf, "bcc_self")
+NS_IMPL_IDPREF_BOOL(BccOthers, "bcc_other")
+NS_IMPL_IDPREF_STR (BccList, "bcc_other_list")
+
+NS_IMPL_IDPREF_BOOL(SuppressSigSep, "suppress_signature_separator")
+
+NS_IMPL_IDPREF_BOOL(DoCc, "doCc")
+NS_IMPL_IDPREF_STR (DoCcList, "doCcList")
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIdentity::GetDoBcc(bool *aValue)
+{
+  if (!mPrefBranch)
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+  nsresult rv = mPrefBranch->GetBoolPref("doBcc", aValue);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  bool bccSelf = false;
+  GetBccSelf(&bccSelf);
+
+  bool bccOthers = false;
+  GetBccOthers(&bccOthers);
+
+  nsCString others;
+  GetBccList(others);
+
+  *aValue = bccSelf || (bccOthers && !others.IsEmpty());
+
+  return SetDoBcc(*aValue);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIdentity::SetDoBcc(bool aValue)
+{
+  return SetBoolAttribute("doBcc", aValue);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIdentity::GetDoBccList(nsACString& aValue)
+{
+  if (!mPrefBranch)
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+  nsCString val;
+  nsresult rv = mPrefBranch->GetCharPref("doBccList", getter_Copies(val));
+  aValue = val;
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  bool bccSelf = false;
+  rv = GetBccSelf(&bccSelf);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  if (bccSelf)
+    GetEmail(aValue);
+
+  bool bccOthers = false;
+  rv = GetBccOthers(&bccOthers);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  nsCString others;
+  rv = GetBccList(others);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  if (bccOthers && !others.IsEmpty()) {
+    if (bccSelf)
+      aValue.AppendLiteral(",");
+    aValue.Append(others);
+  }
+
+  return SetDoBccList(aValue);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIdentity::SetDoBccList(const nsACString& aValue)
+{
+  return SetCharAttribute("doBccList", aValue);
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_FOLDERPREF_STR(DraftFolder, "draft_folder", "Drafts", nsMsgFolderFlags::Drafts)
+NS_IMPL_FOLDERPREF_STR(ArchiveFolder, "archive_folder", "Archives", nsMsgFolderFlags::Archive)
+NS_IMPL_FOLDERPREF_STR(StationeryFolder, "stationery_folder", "Templates", nsMsgFolderFlags::Templates)
+
+NS_IMPL_IDPREF_BOOL(ArchiveEnabled, "archive_enabled")
+NS_IMPL_IDPREF_INT(ArchiveGranularity, "archive_granularity")
+NS_IMPL_IDPREF_BOOL(ArchiveKeepFolderStructure, "archive_keep_folder_structure")
+
+NS_IMPL_IDPREF_BOOL(ShowSaveMsgDlg, "showSaveMsgDlg")
+NS_IMPL_IDPREF_STR (DirectoryServer, "directoryServer")
+NS_IMPL_IDPREF_BOOL(OverrideGlobalPref, "overrideGlobal_Pref")
+NS_IMPL_IDPREF_BOOL(AutocompleteToMyDomain, "autocompleteToMyDomain")
+
+NS_IMPL_IDPREF_BOOL(Valid, "valid")
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgIdentity::getFolderPref(const char *prefname, nsCString& retval,
+                             const char *folderName, uint32_t folderflag)
+{
+  if (!mPrefBranch)
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+  nsresult rv = mPrefBranch->GetCharPref(prefname, getter_Copies(retval));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !retval.IsEmpty()) {
+    // get the corresponding RDF resource
+    // RDF will create the folder resource if it doesn't already exist
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFService> rdf(do_GetService(kRDFServiceCID, &rv));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFResource> resource;
+    rdf->GetResource(retval, getter_AddRefs(resource));
+
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> folderResource = do_QueryInterface(resource);
+    if (folderResource)
+    {
+      // don't check validity of folder - caller will handle creating it
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+      //make sure that folder hierarchy is built so that legitimate parent-child relationship is established
+      folderResource->GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+      if (server)
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> rootFolder;
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> deferredToRootFolder;
+        server->GetRootFolder(getter_AddRefs(rootFolder));
+        server->GetRootMsgFolder(getter_AddRefs(deferredToRootFolder));
+        // check if we're using a deferred account - if not, use the uri;
+        // otherwise, fall through to code that will fix this pref.
+        if (rootFolder == deferredToRootFolder)
+        {
+          nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> msgFolder;
+          rv = server->GetMsgFolderFromURI(folderResource, retval, getter_AddRefs(msgFolder));
+          return NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) ? msgFolder->GetURI(retval) : rv;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  // if the server doesn't exist, fall back to the default pref.
+  rv = mDefPrefBranch->GetCharPref(prefname, getter_Copies(retval));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !retval.IsEmpty())
+    return setFolderPref(prefname, retval, folderflag);
+
+  // here I think we need to create a uri for the folder on the
+  // default server for this identity.
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccountManager> accountManager =
+  do_GetService(NS_MSGACCOUNTMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIArray> servers;
+  rv = accountManager->GetServersForIdentity(this, getter_AddRefs(servers));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server(do_QueryElementAt(servers, 0, &rv));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    bool defaultToServer;
+    server->GetDefaultCopiesAndFoldersPrefsToServer(&defaultToServer);
+    // if we should default to special folders on the server,
+    // use the local folders server
+    if (!defaultToServer)
+    {
+      rv = accountManager->GetLocalFoldersServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    }
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> rootFolder;
+    // this will get the deferred to server's root folder, if "server"
+    // is deferred, e.g., using the pop3 global inbox.
+    rv = server->GetRootMsgFolder(getter_AddRefs(rootFolder));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    if (rootFolder)
+    {
+      rv = rootFolder->GetURI(retval);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      retval.Append('/');
+      retval.Append(folderName);
+      return setFolderPref(prefname, retval, folderflag);
+    }
+  }
+  // if there are no servers for this identity, return generic failure.
+  return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgIdentity::setFolderPref(const char *prefname, const nsACString& value, uint32_t folderflag)
+{
+  if (!mPrefBranch)
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+  nsCString oldpref;
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFResource> res;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFService> rdf(do_GetService(kRDFServiceCID, &rv));
+
+  if (folderflag == nsMsgFolderFlags::SentMail)
+  {
+    // Clear the temporary return receipt filter so that the new filter
+    // rule can be recreated (by ConfigureTemporaryFilters()).
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccountManager> accountManager =
+      do_GetService(NS_MSGACCOUNTMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIArray> servers;
+    rv = accountManager->GetServersForIdentity(this, getter_AddRefs(servers));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+    uint32_t cnt = 0;
+    servers->GetLength(&cnt);
+    if (cnt > 0)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server(do_QueryElementAt(servers, 0, &rv));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        server->ClearTemporaryReturnReceiptsFilter(); // okay to fail; no need to check for return code
+    }
+  }
+
+  // get the old folder, and clear the special folder flag on it
+  rv = mPrefBranch->GetCharPref(prefname, getter_Copies(oldpref));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !oldpref.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    rv = rdf->GetResource(oldpref, getter_AddRefs(res));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && res)
+    {
+      folder = do_QueryInterface(res, &rv);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        rv = folder->ClearFlag(folderflag);
+    }
+  }
+
+  // set the new folder, and set the special folder flags on it
+  rv = SetCharAttribute(prefname, value);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !value.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    rv = rdf->GetResource(value, getter_AddRefs(res));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && res)
+    {
+      folder = do_QueryInterface(res, &rv);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        rv = folder->SetFlag(folderflag);
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgIdentity::SetUnicharAttribute(const char *aName, const nsAString& val)
+{
+  if (!mPrefBranch)
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+  if (!val.IsEmpty()) {
+    nsresult rv;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISupportsString> supportsString(
+        do_CreateInstance(NS_SUPPORTS_STRING_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      rv = supportsString->SetData(val);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      rv = mPrefBranch->SetComplexValue(aName,
+                                        NS_GET_IID(nsISupportsString),
+                                        supportsString);
+    return rv;
+  }
+
+  mPrefBranch->ClearUserPref(aName);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgIdentity::GetUnicharAttribute(const char *aName, nsAString& val)
+{
+  if (!mPrefBranch)
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupportsString> supportsString;
+  if (NS_FAILED(mPrefBranch->GetComplexValue(aName,
+                                             NS_GET_IID(nsISupportsString),
+                                             getter_AddRefs(supportsString))))
+    mDefPrefBranch->GetComplexValue(aName,
+                                    NS_GET_IID(nsISupportsString),
+                                    getter_AddRefs(supportsString));
+
+  if (supportsString)
+    supportsString->GetData(val);
+  else
+    val.Truncate();
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgIdentity::SetCharAttribute(const char *aName, const nsACString& val)
+{
+  if (!mPrefBranch)
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+  if (!val.IsEmpty())
+    return mPrefBranch->SetCharPref(aName, nsCString(val).get());
+
+  mPrefBranch->ClearUserPref(aName);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgIdentity::GetCharAttribute(const char *aName, nsACString& val)
+{
+  if (!mPrefBranch)
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+  nsCString tmpVal;
+  if (NS_FAILED(mPrefBranch->GetCharPref(aName, getter_Copies(tmpVal))))
+    mDefPrefBranch->GetCharPref(aName, getter_Copies(tmpVal));
+  val = tmpVal;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgIdentity::SetBoolAttribute(const char *aName, bool val)
+{
+  if (!mPrefBranch)
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+  return mPrefBranch->SetBoolPref(aName, val);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgIdentity::GetBoolAttribute(const char *aName, bool *val)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(val);
+  if (!mPrefBranch)
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+  *val = false;
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(mPrefBranch->GetBoolPref(aName, val)))
+    mDefPrefBranch->GetBoolPref(aName, val);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgIdentity::SetIntAttribute(const char *aName, int32_t val)
+{
+  if (!mPrefBranch)
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+  return mPrefBranch->SetIntPref(aName, val);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgIdentity::GetIntAttribute(const char *aName, int32_t *val)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(val);
+
+  if (!mPrefBranch)
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+  *val = 0;
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(mPrefBranch->GetIntPref(aName, val)))
+    mDefPrefBranch->GetIntPref(aName, val);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+#define COPY_IDENTITY_FILE_VALUE(SRC_ID,MACRO_GETTER,MACRO_SETTER)   \
+  {  \
+    nsresult macro_rv;  \
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIFile>macro_spec;   \
+          macro_rv = SRC_ID->MACRO_GETTER(getter_AddRefs(macro_spec)); \
+          if (NS_SUCCEEDED(macro_rv)) \
+            this->MACRO_SETTER(macro_spec);     \
+  }
+
+#define COPY_IDENTITY_INT_VALUE(SRC_ID,MACRO_GETTER,MACRO_SETTER)   \
+  {  \
+        nsresult macro_rv;  \
+          int32_t macro_oldInt;  \
+          macro_rv = SRC_ID->MACRO_GETTER(&macro_oldInt);  \
+          if (NS_SUCCEEDED(macro_rv)) \
+            this->MACRO_SETTER(macro_oldInt);     \
+  }
+
+#define COPY_IDENTITY_BOOL_VALUE(SRC_ID,MACRO_GETTER,MACRO_SETTER)   \
+  {  \
+        nsresult macro_rv;  \
+          bool macro_oldBool;  \
+          macro_rv = SRC_ID->MACRO_GETTER(&macro_oldBool);  \
+          if (NS_SUCCEEDED(macro_rv)) \
+            this->MACRO_SETTER(macro_oldBool);     \
+  }
+
+#define COPY_IDENTITY_STR_VALUE(SRC_ID,MACRO_GETTER,MACRO_SETTER)   \
+  {  \
+          nsCString macro_oldStr;  \
+        nsresult macro_rv;  \
+          macro_rv = SRC_ID->MACRO_GETTER(macro_oldStr);  \
+            if (NS_SUCCEEDED(macro_rv)) { \
+                    this->MACRO_SETTER(macro_oldStr);  \
+            } \
+  }
+
+#define COPY_IDENTITY_WSTR_VALUE(SRC_ID,MACRO_GETTER,MACRO_SETTER)   \
+  {  \
+          nsString macro_oldStr;  \
+        nsresult macro_rv;  \
+          macro_rv = SRC_ID->MACRO_GETTER(macro_oldStr); \
+          if (NS_SUCCEEDED(macro_rv)) { \
+                  this->MACRO_SETTER(macro_oldStr);  \
+              }  \
+  }
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIdentity::Copy(nsIMsgIdentity *identity)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(identity);
+
+    COPY_IDENTITY_BOOL_VALUE(identity,GetComposeHtml,SetComposeHtml)
+    COPY_IDENTITY_STR_VALUE(identity,GetEmail,SetEmail)
+    COPY_IDENTITY_WSTR_VALUE(identity,GetLabel,SetLabel)
+    COPY_IDENTITY_STR_VALUE(identity,GetReplyTo,SetReplyTo)
+    COPY_IDENTITY_WSTR_VALUE(identity,GetFullName,SetFullName)
+    COPY_IDENTITY_WSTR_VALUE(identity,GetOrganization,SetOrganization)
+    COPY_IDENTITY_STR_VALUE(identity,GetDraftFolder,SetDraftFolder)
+    COPY_IDENTITY_STR_VALUE(identity,GetArchiveFolder,SetArchiveFolder)
+    COPY_IDENTITY_STR_VALUE(identity,GetFccFolder,SetFccFolder)
+    COPY_IDENTITY_BOOL_VALUE(identity,GetFccReplyFollowsParent,
+                             SetFccReplyFollowsParent)
+    COPY_IDENTITY_STR_VALUE(identity,GetStationeryFolder,SetStationeryFolder)
+    COPY_IDENTITY_BOOL_VALUE(identity,GetArchiveEnabled,SetArchiveEnabled)
+    COPY_IDENTITY_INT_VALUE(identity,GetArchiveGranularity,
+                            SetArchiveGranularity)
+    COPY_IDENTITY_BOOL_VALUE(identity,GetArchiveKeepFolderStructure,
+                             SetArchiveKeepFolderStructure)
+    COPY_IDENTITY_BOOL_VALUE(identity,GetAttachSignature,SetAttachSignature)
+    COPY_IDENTITY_FILE_VALUE(identity,GetSignature,SetSignature)
+    COPY_IDENTITY_WSTR_VALUE(identity,GetHtmlSigText,SetHtmlSigText)
+    COPY_IDENTITY_BOOL_VALUE(identity,GetHtmlSigFormat,SetHtmlSigFormat)
+    COPY_IDENTITY_BOOL_VALUE(identity,GetAutoQuote,SetAutoQuote)
+    COPY_IDENTITY_INT_VALUE(identity,GetReplyOnTop,SetReplyOnTop)
+    COPY_IDENTITY_BOOL_VALUE(identity,GetSigBottom,SetSigBottom)
+    COPY_IDENTITY_BOOL_VALUE(identity,GetSigOnForward,SetSigOnForward)
+    COPY_IDENTITY_BOOL_VALUE(identity,GetSigOnReply,SetSigOnReply)
+    COPY_IDENTITY_INT_VALUE(identity,GetSignatureDate,SetSignatureDate)
+    COPY_IDENTITY_BOOL_VALUE(identity,GetAttachVCard,SetAttachVCard)
+    COPY_IDENTITY_STR_VALUE(identity,GetEscapedVCard,SetEscapedVCard)
+    COPY_IDENTITY_STR_VALUE(identity,GetSmtpServerKey,SetSmtpServerKey)
+    COPY_IDENTITY_BOOL_VALUE(identity,GetSuppressSigSep,SetSuppressSigSep)
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIdentity::GetRequestReturnReceipt(bool *aVal)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aVal);
+
+  bool useCustomPrefs = false;
+  nsresult rv = GetBoolAttribute("use_custom_prefs", &useCustomPrefs);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  if (useCustomPrefs)
+    return GetBoolAttribute("request_return_receipt_on", aVal);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefs(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  return prefs->GetBoolPref("mail.receipt.request_return_receipt_on", aVal);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIdentity::GetReceiptHeaderType(int32_t *aType)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aType);
+
+  bool useCustomPrefs = false;
+  nsresult rv = GetBoolAttribute("use_custom_prefs", &useCustomPrefs);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  if (useCustomPrefs)
+    return GetIntAttribute("request_receipt_header_type", aType);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefs(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  return prefs->GetIntPref("mail.receipt.request_header_type", aType);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIdentity::GetRequestDSN(bool *aVal)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aVal);
+
+  bool useCustomPrefs = false;
+  nsresult rv = GetBoolAttribute("dsn_use_custom_prefs", &useCustomPrefs);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  if (useCustomPrefs)
+    return GetBoolAttribute("dsn_always_request_on", aVal);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefs(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  return prefs->GetBoolPref("mail.dsn.always_request_on", aVal);
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgIdentity.h b/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgIdentity.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7b17ae3f6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgIdentity.h
@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsMsgIdentity_h___
+#define nsMsgIdentity_h___
+
+#include "nsIMsgIdentity.h"
+#include "nsIPrefBranch.h"
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+
+class NS_MSG_BASE nsMsgIdentity final : public nsIMsgIdentity
+{
+public:
+  NS_DECL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGIDENTITY
+  
+private:
+  ~nsMsgIdentity() {}
+  nsCString mKey;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> mPrefBranch;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> mDefPrefBranch;
+
+protected:
+  nsresult getFolderPref(const char *pref, nsCString&, const char *, uint32_t);
+  nsresult setFolderPref(const char *pref, const nsACString&, uint32_t);
+};
+
+
+#define NS_IMPL_IDPREF_STR(_postfix, _prefname)       \
+NS_IMETHODIMP                                         \
+nsMsgIdentity::Get##_postfix(nsACString& retval)      \
+{                                                     \
+  return GetCharAttribute(_prefname, retval);         \
+}                                                     \
+NS_IMETHODIMP                                         \
+nsMsgIdentity::Set##_postfix(const nsACString& value) \
+{                                                     \
+  return SetCharAttribute(_prefname, value);          \
+}
+
+#define NS_IMPL_IDPREF_WSTR(_postfix, _prefname)     \
+NS_IMETHODIMP                                        \
+nsMsgIdentity::Get##_postfix(nsAString& retval)      \
+{                                                    \
+  return GetUnicharAttribute(_prefname, retval);     \
+}                                                    \
+NS_IMETHODIMP                                        \
+nsMsgIdentity::Set##_postfix(const nsAString& value) \
+{                                                    \
+  return SetUnicharAttribute(_prefname, value);      \
+}
+
+#define NS_IMPL_IDPREF_BOOL(_postfix, _prefname)     \
+NS_IMETHODIMP                                        \
+nsMsgIdentity::Get##_postfix(bool *retval)         \
+{                                                    \
+  return GetBoolAttribute(_prefname, retval);        \
+}                                                    \
+NS_IMETHODIMP                                        \
+nsMsgIdentity::Set##_postfix(bool value)           \
+{                                                    \
+  return mPrefBranch->SetBoolPref(_prefname, value); \
+}
+
+#define NS_IMPL_IDPREF_INT(_postfix, _prefname)     \
+NS_IMETHODIMP                                       \
+nsMsgIdentity::Get##_postfix(int32_t *retval)       \
+{                                                   \
+  return GetIntAttribute(_prefname, retval);        \
+}                                                   \
+NS_IMETHODIMP                                       \
+nsMsgIdentity::Set##_postfix(int32_t value)         \
+{                                                   \
+  return mPrefBranch->SetIntPref(_prefname, value); \
+}
+
+#define NS_IMPL_FOLDERPREF_STR(_postfix, _prefname, _foldername, _flag)  \
+NS_IMETHODIMP                                               \
+nsMsgIdentity::Get##_postfix(nsACString& retval)            \
+{                                                           \
+  nsresult rv;                                              \
+  nsCString folderPref;                                     \
+  rv = getFolderPref(_prefname, folderPref, _foldername, _flag); \
+  retval = folderPref;                                      \
+  return rv;                                                \
+}                                                           \
+NS_IMETHODIMP                                               \
+nsMsgIdentity::Set##_postfix(const nsACString& value)       \
+{                                                           \
+  return setFolderPref(_prefname, value, _flag); \
+}
+
+#endif /* nsMsgIdentity_h___ */
diff --git a/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgIncomingServer.cpp b/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgIncomingServer.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a1e897f12
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgIncomingServer.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,2292 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsMsgIncomingServer.h"
+#include "nscore.h"
+#include "plstr.h"
+#include "prmem.h"
+#include "prprf.h"
+
+#include "nsIServiceManager.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsISupportsPrimitives.h"
+
+#include "nsIMsgBiffManager.h"
+#include "nsMsgBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsMsgDBCID.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolder.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolderCache.h"
+#include "nsIMsgPluggableStore.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolderCacheElement.h"
+#include "nsIMsgWindow.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFilterService.h"
+#include "nsIMsgProtocolInfo.h"
+#include "nsIPrefService.h"
+#include "nsIRelativeFilePref.h"
+#include "nsIDocShell.h"
+#include "nsIAuthPrompt.h"
+#include "nsNetUtil.h"
+#include "nsIWindowWatcher.h"
+#include "nsIStringBundle.h"
+#include "nsIMsgHdr.h"
+#include "nsIRDFService.h"
+#include "nsRDFCID.h"
+#include "nsIInterfaceRequestor.h"
+#include "nsIInterfaceRequestorUtils.h"
+#include "nsILoginInfo.h"
+#include "nsILoginManager.h"
+#include "nsIMsgAccountManager.h"
+#include "nsIMsgMdnGenerator.h"
+#include "nsMsgFolderFlags.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "nsMsgMessageFlags.h"
+#include "nsIMsgSearchTerm.h"
+#include "nsAppDirectoryServiceDefs.h"
+#include "mozilla/Services.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFilter.h"
+#include "nsIArray.h"
+#include "nsArrayUtils.h"
+
+#define PORT_NOT_SET -1
+
+nsMsgIncomingServer::nsMsgIncomingServer():
+    m_rootFolder(nullptr),
+    m_downloadedHdrs(50),
+    m_numMsgsDownloaded(0),
+    m_biffState(nsIMsgFolder::nsMsgBiffState_Unknown),
+    m_serverBusy(false),
+    m_canHaveFilters(true),
+    m_displayStartupPage(true),
+    mPerformingBiff(false)
+{
+}
+
+nsMsgIncomingServer::~nsMsgIncomingServer()
+{
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMsgIncomingServer, nsIMsgIncomingServer,
+  nsISupportsWeakReference)
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIncomingServer::SetServerBusy(bool aServerBusy)
+{
+  m_serverBusy = aServerBusy;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIncomingServer::GetServerBusy(bool * aServerBusy)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aServerBusy);
+  *aServerBusy = m_serverBusy;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIncomingServer::GetKey(nsACString& serverKey)
+{
+  serverKey = m_serverKey;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIncomingServer::SetKey(const nsACString& serverKey)
+{
+  m_serverKey.Assign(serverKey);
+
+  // in order to actually make use of the key, we need the prefs
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefService> prefs(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsAutoCString branchName;
+  branchName.AssignLiteral("mail.server.");
+  branchName.Append(m_serverKey);
+  branchName.Append('.');
+  rv = prefs->GetBranch(branchName.get(), getter_AddRefs(mPrefBranch));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  return prefs->GetBranch("mail.server.default.", getter_AddRefs(mDefPrefBranch));
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIncomingServer::SetRootFolder(nsIMsgFolder * aRootFolder)
+{
+  m_rootFolder = aRootFolder;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// this will return the root folder of this account,
+// even if this server is deferred.
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIncomingServer::GetRootFolder(nsIMsgFolder * *aRootFolder)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aRootFolder);
+  if (!m_rootFolder)
+  {
+    nsresult rv = CreateRootFolder();
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aRootFolder = m_rootFolder);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// this will return the root folder of the deferred to account,
+// if this server is deferred.
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIncomingServer::GetRootMsgFolder(nsIMsgFolder **aRootMsgFolder)
+{
+  return GetRootFolder(aRootMsgFolder);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIncomingServer::PerformExpand(nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIncomingServer::VerifyLogon(nsIUrlListener *aUrlListener, nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow,
+                                 nsIURI **aURL)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIncomingServer::PerformBiff(nsIMsgWindow* aMsgWindow)
+{
+  //This has to be implemented in the derived class, but in case someone doesn't implement it
+  //just return not implemented.
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIncomingServer::GetNewMessages(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder, nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow,
+                      nsIUrlListener *aUrlListener)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aFolder);
+  return aFolder->GetNewMessages(aMsgWindow, aUrlListener);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgIncomingServer::GetPerformingBiff(bool *aPerformingBiff)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aPerformingBiff);
+  *aPerformingBiff = mPerformingBiff;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgIncomingServer::SetPerformingBiff(bool aPerformingBiff)
+{
+  mPerformingBiff = aPerformingBiff;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_GETSET(nsMsgIncomingServer, BiffState, uint32_t, m_biffState)
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgIncomingServer::WriteToFolderCache(nsIMsgFolderCache *folderCache)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  if (m_rootFolder)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> msgFolder = do_QueryInterface(m_rootFolder, &rv);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && msgFolder)
+      rv = msgFolder->WriteToFolderCache(folderCache, true /* deep */);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIncomingServer::Shutdown()
+{
+  nsresult rv = CloseCachedConnections();
+  mFilterPlugin = nullptr;
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  if (mFilterList)
+  {
+    // close the filter log stream
+    rv = mFilterList->SetLogStream(nullptr);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+    mFilterList = nullptr;
+  }
+
+  if (mSpamSettings)
+  {
+    // close the spam log stream
+    rv = mSpamSettings->SetLogStream(nullptr);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+    mSpamSettings = nullptr;
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIncomingServer::CloseCachedConnections()
+{
+  // derived class should override if they cache connections.
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIncomingServer::GetDownloadMessagesAtStartup(bool *getMessagesAtStartup)
+{
+  // derived class should override if they need to do this.
+  *getMessagesAtStartup = false;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIncomingServer::GetCanHaveFilters(bool *canHaveFilters)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(canHaveFilters);
+  *canHaveFilters = m_canHaveFilters;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIncomingServer::SetCanHaveFilters(bool aCanHaveFilters)
+{
+  m_canHaveFilters = aCanHaveFilters;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIncomingServer::GetCanBeDefaultServer(bool *canBeDefaultServer)
+{
+  // derived class should override if they need to do this.
+  *canBeDefaultServer = false;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIncomingServer::GetCanSearchMessages(bool *canSearchMessages)
+{
+  // derived class should override if they need to do this.
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(canSearchMessages);
+  *canSearchMessages = false;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIncomingServer::GetCanCompactFoldersOnServer(bool *canCompactFoldersOnServer)
+{
+  // derived class should override if they need to do this.
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(canCompactFoldersOnServer);
+  *canCompactFoldersOnServer = true;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIncomingServer::GetCanUndoDeleteOnServer(bool *canUndoDeleteOnServer)
+{
+  // derived class should override if they need to do this.
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(canUndoDeleteOnServer);
+  *canUndoDeleteOnServer = true;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIncomingServer::GetCanEmptyTrashOnExit(bool *canEmptyTrashOnExit)
+{
+  // derived class should override if they need to do this.
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(canEmptyTrashOnExit);
+  *canEmptyTrashOnExit = true;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// construct <localStoreType>://[<username>@]<hostname
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIncomingServer::GetServerURI(nsACString& aResult)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  rv = GetLocalStoreType(aResult);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  aResult.AppendLiteral("://");
+
+  nsCString username;
+  rv = GetUsername(username);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !username.IsEmpty()) {
+      nsCString escapedUsername;
+      MsgEscapeString(username, nsINetUtil::ESCAPE_XALPHAS, escapedUsername);
+      // not all servers have a username
+      aResult.Append(escapedUsername);
+      aResult.Append('@');
+  }
+
+  nsCString hostname;
+  rv = GetHostName(hostname);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !hostname.IsEmpty()) {
+      nsCString escapedHostname;
+      MsgEscapeString(hostname, nsINetUtil::ESCAPE_URL_PATH, escapedHostname);
+      // not all servers have a hostname
+      aResult.Append(escapedHostname);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// helper routine to create local folder on disk, if it doesn't exist.
+nsresult
+nsMsgIncomingServer::CreateLocalFolder(const nsAString& folderName)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> rootFolder;
+  nsresult rv = GetRootFolder(getter_AddRefs(rootFolder));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> child;
+  rv = rootFolder->GetChildNamed(folderName, getter_AddRefs(child));
+  if (child)
+    return NS_OK;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgPluggableStore> msgStore;
+  rv = GetMsgStore(getter_AddRefs(msgStore));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  return msgStore->CreateFolder(rootFolder, folderName, getter_AddRefs(child));
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgIncomingServer::CreateRootFolder()
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  // get the URI from the incoming server
+  nsCString serverUri;
+  rv = GetServerURI(serverUri);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFService> rdf = do_GetService("@mozilla.org/rdf/rdf-service;1", &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // get the corresponding RDF resource
+  // RDF will create the server resource if it doesn't already exist
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFResource> serverResource;
+  rv = rdf->GetResource(serverUri, getter_AddRefs(serverResource));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // make incoming server know about its root server folder so we
+  // can find sub-folders given an incoming server.
+  m_rootFolder = do_QueryInterface(serverResource, &rv);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIncomingServer::GetBoolValue(const char *prefname,
+                                 bool *val)
+{
+  if (!mPrefBranch)
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(val);
+  *val = false;
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(mPrefBranch->GetBoolPref(prefname, val)))
+    mDefPrefBranch->GetBoolPref(prefname, val);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIncomingServer::SetBoolValue(const char *prefname,
+                                 bool val)
+{
+  if (!mPrefBranch)
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+  bool defaultValue;
+  nsresult rv = mDefPrefBranch->GetBoolPref(prefname, &defaultValue);
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && val == defaultValue)
+    mPrefBranch->ClearUserPref(prefname);
+  else
+    rv = mPrefBranch->SetBoolPref(prefname, val);
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIncomingServer::GetIntValue(const char *prefname,
+                                int32_t *val)
+{
+  if (!mPrefBranch)
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(val);
+  *val = 0;
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(mPrefBranch->GetIntPref(prefname, val)))
+    mDefPrefBranch->GetIntPref(prefname, val);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIncomingServer::GetFileValue(const char* aRelPrefName,
+                                  const char* aAbsPrefName,
+                                  nsIFile** aLocalFile)
+{
+  if (!mPrefBranch)
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+  // Get the relative first
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIRelativeFilePref> relFilePref;
+  nsresult rv = mPrefBranch->GetComplexValue(aRelPrefName,
+                                             NS_GET_IID(nsIRelativeFilePref),
+                                             getter_AddRefs(relFilePref));
+  if (relFilePref) {
+    rv = relFilePref->GetFile(aLocalFile);
+    NS_ASSERTION(*aLocalFile, "An nsIRelativeFilePref has no file.");
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      (*aLocalFile)->Normalize();
+  } else {
+    rv = mPrefBranch->GetComplexValue(aAbsPrefName,
+                                      NS_GET_IID(nsIFile),
+                                      reinterpret_cast<void**>(aLocalFile));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      return rv;
+
+    rv = NS_NewRelativeFilePref(*aLocalFile,
+                                NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(NS_APP_USER_PROFILE_50_DIR),
+                                getter_AddRefs(relFilePref));
+    if (relFilePref)
+      rv = mPrefBranch->SetComplexValue(aRelPrefName,
+                                        NS_GET_IID(nsIRelativeFilePref),
+                                        relFilePref);
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIncomingServer::SetFileValue(const char* aRelPrefName,
+                                  const char* aAbsPrefName,
+                                  nsIFile* aLocalFile)
+{
+  if (!mPrefBranch)
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+  // Write the relative path.
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIRelativeFilePref> relFilePref;
+  NS_NewRelativeFilePref(aLocalFile,
+                         NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(NS_APP_USER_PROFILE_50_DIR),
+                         getter_AddRefs(relFilePref));
+  if (relFilePref) {
+    nsresult rv = mPrefBranch->SetComplexValue(aRelPrefName,
+                                               NS_GET_IID(nsIRelativeFilePref),
+                                               relFilePref);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      return rv;
+  }
+  return mPrefBranch->SetComplexValue(aAbsPrefName, NS_GET_IID(nsIFile), aLocalFile);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIncomingServer::SetIntValue(const char *prefname,
+                                 int32_t val)
+{
+  if (!mPrefBranch)
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+  int32_t defaultVal;
+  nsresult rv = mDefPrefBranch->GetIntPref(prefname, &defaultVal);
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && defaultVal == val)
+    mPrefBranch->ClearUserPref(prefname);
+  else
+    rv = mPrefBranch->SetIntPref(prefname, val);
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIncomingServer::GetCharValue(const char *prefname,
+                                  nsACString& val)
+{
+  if (!mPrefBranch)
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+  nsCString tmpVal;
+  if (NS_FAILED(mPrefBranch->GetCharPref(prefname, getter_Copies(tmpVal))))
+    mDefPrefBranch->GetCharPref(prefname, getter_Copies(tmpVal));
+  val = tmpVal;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIncomingServer::GetUnicharValue(const char *prefname,
+                                     nsAString& val)
+{
+  if (!mPrefBranch)
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupportsString> supportsString;
+  if (NS_FAILED(mPrefBranch->GetComplexValue(prefname,
+                                             NS_GET_IID(nsISupportsString),
+                                             getter_AddRefs(supportsString))))
+    mDefPrefBranch->GetComplexValue(prefname,
+                                    NS_GET_IID(nsISupportsString),
+                                    getter_AddRefs(supportsString));
+
+  if (supportsString)
+    return supportsString->GetData(val);
+  val.Truncate();
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIncomingServer::SetCharValue(const char *prefname,
+                                  const nsACString& val)
+{
+  if (!mPrefBranch)
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+  if (val.IsEmpty()) {
+    mPrefBranch->ClearUserPref(prefname);
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  nsCString defaultVal;
+  nsresult rv = mDefPrefBranch->GetCharPref(prefname, getter_Copies(defaultVal));
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && defaultVal.Equals(val))
+    mPrefBranch->ClearUserPref(prefname);
+  else
+    rv = mPrefBranch->SetCharPref(prefname, nsCString(val).get());
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIncomingServer::SetUnicharValue(const char *prefname,
+                                     const nsAString& val)
+{
+  if (!mPrefBranch)
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+  if (val.IsEmpty()) {
+    mPrefBranch->ClearUserPref(prefname);
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupportsString> supportsString;
+  nsresult rv = mDefPrefBranch->GetComplexValue(prefname,
+                                                NS_GET_IID(nsISupportsString),
+                                                getter_AddRefs(supportsString));
+  nsString defaultVal;
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) &&
+      NS_SUCCEEDED(supportsString->GetData(defaultVal)) &&
+      defaultVal.Equals(val))
+    mPrefBranch->ClearUserPref(prefname);
+  else {
+    supportsString = do_CreateInstance(NS_SUPPORTS_STRING_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    if (supportsString) {
+      supportsString->SetData(val);
+      rv = mPrefBranch->SetComplexValue(prefname,
+                                        NS_GET_IID(nsISupportsString),
+                                        supportsString);
+    }
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+// pretty name is the display name to show to the user
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIncomingServer::GetPrettyName(nsAString& retval)
+{
+  nsresult rv = GetUnicharValue("name", retval);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // if there's no name, then just return the hostname
+  return retval.IsEmpty() ? GetConstructedPrettyName(retval) : rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIncomingServer::SetPrettyName(const nsAString& value)
+{
+  SetUnicharValue("name", value);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> rootFolder;
+  GetRootFolder(getter_AddRefs(rootFolder));
+  if (rootFolder)
+    rootFolder->SetPrettyName(value);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+// construct the pretty name to show to the user if they haven't
+// specified one. This should be overridden for news and mail.
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIncomingServer::GetConstructedPrettyName(nsAString& retval)
+{
+  nsCString username;
+  nsresult rv = GetUsername(username);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  if (!username.IsEmpty()) {
+    CopyASCIItoUTF16(username, retval);
+    retval.AppendLiteral(" on ");
+  }
+
+  nsCString hostname;
+  rv = GetHostName(hostname);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  retval.Append(NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16(hostname));
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIncomingServer::ToString(nsAString& aResult)
+{
+  aResult.AssignLiteral("[nsIMsgIncomingServer: ");
+  aResult.Append(NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16(m_serverKey));
+  aResult.AppendLiteral("]");
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgIncomingServer::SetPassword(const nsACString& aPassword)
+{
+  m_password = aPassword;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgIncomingServer::GetPassword(nsACString& aPassword)
+{
+  aPassword = m_password;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgIncomingServer::GetServerRequiresPasswordForBiff(bool *aServerRequiresPasswordForBiff)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aServerRequiresPasswordForBiff);
+  *aServerRequiresPasswordForBiff = true;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// This sets m_password if we find a password in the pw mgr.
+nsresult nsMsgIncomingServer::GetPasswordWithoutUI()
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsILoginManager> loginMgr(do_GetService(NS_LOGINMANAGER_CONTRACTID,
+                                                   &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // Get the current server URI
+  nsCString currServerUri;
+  rv = GetLocalStoreType(currServerUri);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  currServerUri.AppendLiteral("://");
+
+  nsCString temp;
+  rv = GetHostName(temp);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  currServerUri.Append(temp);
+
+  NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16 currServer(currServerUri);
+
+  uint32_t numLogins = 0;
+  nsILoginInfo** logins = nullptr;
+  rv = loginMgr->FindLogins(&numLogins, currServer, EmptyString(),
+                            currServer, &logins);
+
+  // Login manager can produce valid fails, e.g. NS_ERROR_ABORT when a user
+  // cancels the master password dialog. Therefore handle that here, but don't
+  // warn about it.
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  // Don't abort here, if we didn't find any or failed, then we'll just have
+  // to prompt.
+  if (numLogins > 0)
+  {
+    nsCString serverCUsername;
+    rv = GetUsername(serverCUsername);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16 serverUsername(serverCUsername);
+
+    nsString username;
+    for (uint32_t i = 0; i < numLogins; ++i)
+    {
+      rv = logins[i]->GetUsername(username);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      if (username.Equals(serverUsername))
+      {
+        nsString password;
+        rv = logins[i]->GetPassword(password);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+        m_password = NS_LossyConvertUTF16toASCII(password);
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    NS_FREE_XPCOM_ISUPPORTS_POINTER_ARRAY(numLogins, logins);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIncomingServer::GetPasswordWithUI(const nsAString& aPromptMessage, const
+                                       nsAString& aPromptTitle,
+                                       nsIMsgWindow* aMsgWindow,
+                                       nsACString& aPassword)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  if (m_password.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    // let's see if we have the password in the password manager and
+    // can avoid this prompting thing. This makes it easier to get embedders
+    // to get up and running w/o a password prompting UI.
+    rv = GetPasswordWithoutUI();
+    // If GetPasswordWithoutUI returns NS_ERROR_ABORT, the most likely case
+    // is the user canceled getting the master password, so just return
+    // straight away, as they won't want to get prompted again.
+    if (rv == NS_ERROR_ABORT)
+      return NS_MSG_PASSWORD_PROMPT_CANCELLED;
+  }
+  if (m_password.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAuthPrompt> dialog;
+    // aMsgWindow is required if we need to prompt
+    if (aMsgWindow)
+    {
+      rv = aMsgWindow->GetAuthPrompt(getter_AddRefs(dialog));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    }
+    if (dialog)
+    {
+      // prompt the user for the password
+      nsCString serverUri;
+      rv = GetLocalStoreType(serverUri);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      serverUri.AppendLiteral("://");
+      nsCString temp;
+      rv = GetUsername(temp);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      if (!temp.IsEmpty())
+      {
+        nsCString escapedUsername;
+        MsgEscapeString(temp, nsINetUtil::ESCAPE_XALPHAS, escapedUsername);
+        serverUri.Append(escapedUsername);
+        serverUri.Append('@');
+      }
+
+      rv = GetHostName(temp);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      serverUri.Append(temp);
+
+      // we pass in the previously used password, if any, into PromptPassword
+      // so that it will appear as ******. This means we can't use an nsString
+      // and getter_Copies.
+      char16_t *uniPassword = nullptr;
+      if (!aPassword.IsEmpty())
+        uniPassword = ToNewUnicode(NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16(aPassword));
+
+      bool okayValue = true;
+      rv = dialog->PromptPassword(PromiseFlatString(aPromptTitle).get(),
+                                  PromiseFlatString(aPromptMessage).get(),
+                                  NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16(serverUri).get(),
+                                  nsIAuthPrompt::SAVE_PASSWORD_PERMANENTLY,
+                                  &uniPassword, &okayValue);
+      nsAutoString uniPasswordAdopted;
+      uniPasswordAdopted.Adopt(uniPassword);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      if (!okayValue) // if the user pressed cancel, just return an empty string;
+      {
+        aPassword.Truncate();
+        return NS_MSG_PASSWORD_PROMPT_CANCELLED;
+      }
+
+      // we got a password back...so remember it
+      rv = SetPassword(NS_LossyConvertUTF16toASCII(uniPasswordAdopted));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    } // if we got a prompt dialog
+    else
+      return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  } // if the password is empty
+  return GetPassword(aPassword);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIncomingServer::ForgetPassword()
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsILoginManager> loginMgr =
+    do_GetService(NS_LOGINMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // Get the current server URI
+  nsCString currServerUri;
+  rv = GetLocalStoreType(currServerUri);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  currServerUri.AppendLiteral("://");
+
+  nsCString temp;
+  rv = GetHostName(temp);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  currServerUri.Append(temp);
+
+  uint32_t count;
+  nsILoginInfo** logins;
+
+  NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16 currServer(currServerUri);
+
+  nsCString serverCUsername;
+  rv = GetUsername(serverCUsername);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16 serverUsername(serverCUsername);
+
+  rv = loginMgr->FindLogins(&count, currServer, EmptyString(),
+                            currServer, &logins);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // There should only be one-login stored for this url, however just in case
+  // there isn't.
+  nsString username;
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < count; ++i)
+  {
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(logins[i]->GetUsername(username)) &&
+        username.Equals(serverUsername))
+    {
+      // If this fails, just continue, we'll still want to remove the password
+      // from our local cache.
+      loginMgr->RemoveLogin(logins[i]);
+    }
+  }
+  NS_FREE_XPCOM_ISUPPORTS_POINTER_ARRAY(count, logins);
+
+  return SetPassword(EmptyCString());
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIncomingServer::ForgetSessionPassword()
+{
+  m_password.Truncate();
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIncomingServer::SetDefaultLocalPath(nsIFile *aDefaultLocalPath)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgProtocolInfo> protocolInfo;
+  rv = GetProtocolInfo(getter_AddRefs(protocolInfo));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  return protocolInfo->SetDefaultLocalPath(aDefaultLocalPath);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIncomingServer::GetLocalPath(nsIFile **aLocalPath)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  // if the local path has already been set, use it
+  rv = GetFileValue("directory-rel", "directory", aLocalPath);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && *aLocalPath)
+    return rv;
+
+  // otherwise, create the path using the protocol info.
+  // note we are using the
+  // hostname, unless that directory exists.
+// this should prevent all collisions.
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgProtocolInfo> protocolInfo;
+  rv = GetProtocolInfo(getter_AddRefs(protocolInfo));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> localPath;
+  rv = protocolInfo->GetDefaultLocalPath(getter_AddRefs(localPath));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  rv = localPath->Create(nsIFile::DIRECTORY_TYPE, 0755);
+  if (rv == NS_ERROR_FILE_ALREADY_EXISTS)
+    rv = NS_OK;
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCString hostname;
+  rv = GetHostName(hostname);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // set the leaf name to "dummy", and then call MakeUnique with a suggested leaf name
+  rv = localPath->AppendNative(hostname);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  rv = localPath->CreateUnique(nsIFile::DIRECTORY_TYPE, 0755);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = SetLocalPath(localPath);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  localPath.swap(*aLocalPath);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIncomingServer::GetMsgStore(nsIMsgPluggableStore **aMsgStore)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMsgStore);
+  if (!m_msgStore)
+  {
+    nsCString storeContractID;
+    nsresult rv;
+    // We don't want there to be a default pref, I think, since
+    // we can't change the default. We may want no pref to mean
+    // berkeley store, and then set the store pref off of some sort
+    // of default when creating a server. But we need to make sure
+    // that we do always write a store pref.
+    GetCharValue("storeContractID", storeContractID);
+    if (storeContractID.IsEmpty())
+    {
+      storeContractID.Assign("@mozilla.org/msgstore/berkeleystore;1");
+      SetCharValue("storeContractID", storeContractID);
+    }
+
+    // After someone starts using the pluggable store, we can no longer
+    // change the value.
+    SetBoolValue("canChangeStoreType", false);
+
+    // Right now, we just have one pluggable store per server. If we want
+    // to support multiple, this pref could be a list of pluggable store
+    // contract id's.
+    m_msgStore = do_CreateInstance(storeContractID.get(), &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aMsgStore = m_msgStore);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIncomingServer::SetLocalPath(nsIFile *aLocalPath)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aLocalPath);
+  nsresult rv = aLocalPath->Create(nsIFile::DIRECTORY_TYPE, 0755);
+  if (rv == NS_ERROR_FILE_ALREADY_EXISTS)
+    rv = NS_OK;
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  return SetFileValue("directory-rel", "directory", aLocalPath);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIncomingServer::GetLocalStoreType(nsACString& aResult)
+{
+  NS_NOTYETIMPLEMENTED("nsMsgIncomingServer superclass not implementing GetLocalStoreType!");
+  return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIncomingServer::GetLocalDatabaseType(nsACString& aResult)
+{
+  NS_NOTYETIMPLEMENTED("nsMsgIncomingServer superclass not implementing GetLocalDatabaseType!");
+  return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIncomingServer::GetAccountManagerChrome(nsAString& aResult)
+{
+  aResult.AssignLiteral("am-main.xul");
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIncomingServer::Equals(nsIMsgIncomingServer *server, bool *_retval)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(server);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(_retval);
+
+  nsCString key1;
+  nsCString key2;
+
+  rv = GetKey(key1);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = server->GetKey(key2);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // compare the server keys
+  *_retval = key1.Equals(key2, nsCaseInsensitiveCStringComparator());
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIncomingServer::ClearAllValues()
+{
+  if (!mPrefBranch)
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+  return mPrefBranch->DeleteBranch("");
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIncomingServer::RemoveFiles()
+{
+  // IMPORTANT, see bug #77652
+  // TODO: Decide what to do for deferred accounts.
+  nsCString deferredToAccount;
+  GetCharValue("deferred_to_account", deferredToAccount);
+  bool isDeferredTo = true;
+  GetIsDeferredTo(&isDeferredTo);
+  if (!deferredToAccount.IsEmpty() || isDeferredTo)
+  {
+    NS_ASSERTION(false, "shouldn't remove files for a deferred account");
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIFile> localPath;
+  nsresult rv = GetLocalPath(getter_AddRefs(localPath));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  return localPath->Remove(true);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIncomingServer::SetFilterList(nsIMsgFilterList *aFilterList)
+{
+  mFilterList = aFilterList;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIncomingServer::GetFilterList(nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow, nsIMsgFilterList **aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+  if (!mFilterList)
+  {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> msgFolder;
+      // use GetRootFolder so for deferred pop3 accounts, we'll get the filters
+      // file from the deferred account, not the deferred to account,
+      // so that filters will still be per-server.
+      nsresult rv = GetRootFolder(getter_AddRefs(msgFolder));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      nsCString filterType;
+      rv = GetCharValue("filter.type", filterType);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      if (!filterType.IsEmpty() && !filterType.EqualsLiteral("default"))
+      {
+        nsAutoCString contractID("@mozilla.org/filterlist;1?type=");
+        contractID += filterType;
+        ToLowerCase(contractID);
+        mFilterList = do_CreateInstance(contractID.get(), &rv);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+        rv = mFilterList->SetFolder(msgFolder);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+        NS_ADDREF(*aResult = mFilterList);
+        return NS_OK;
+      }
+
+      // The default case, a local folder, is a bit special. It requires
+      // more initialization.
+
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> thisFolder;
+      rv = msgFolder->GetFilePath(getter_AddRefs(thisFolder));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      mFilterFile = do_CreateInstance(NS_LOCAL_FILE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      rv = mFilterFile->InitWithFile(thisFolder);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      mFilterFile->AppendNative(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("msgFilterRules.dat"));
+
+      bool fileExists;
+      mFilterFile->Exists(&fileExists);
+      if (!fileExists)
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> oldFilterFile = do_CreateInstance(NS_LOCAL_FILE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+        rv = oldFilterFile->InitWithFile(thisFolder);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+        oldFilterFile->AppendNative(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("rules.dat"));
+
+        oldFilterFile->Exists(&fileExists);
+        if (fileExists)  //copy rules.dat --> msgFilterRules.dat
+        {
+          rv = oldFilterFile->CopyToNative(thisFolder, NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("msgFilterRules.dat"));
+          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+        }
+      }
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFilterService> filterService =
+          do_GetService(NS_MSGFILTERSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      rv = filterService->OpenFilterList(mFilterFile, msgFolder, aMsgWindow, getter_AddRefs(mFilterList));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aResult = mFilterList);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIncomingServer::SetEditableFilterList(nsIMsgFilterList *aEditableFilterList)
+{
+  mEditableFilterList = aEditableFilterList;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIncomingServer::GetEditableFilterList(nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow, nsIMsgFilterList **aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+  if (!mEditableFilterList)
+  {
+    bool editSeparate;
+    nsresult rv = GetBoolValue("filter.editable.separate", &editSeparate);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !editSeparate)
+      return GetFilterList(aMsgWindow, aResult);
+
+    nsCString filterType;
+    rv = GetCharValue("filter.editable.type", filterType);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    nsAutoCString contractID("@mozilla.org/filterlist;1?type=");
+    contractID += filterType;
+    ToLowerCase(contractID);
+    mEditableFilterList = do_CreateInstance(contractID.get(), &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> msgFolder;
+    // use GetRootFolder so for deferred pop3 accounts, we'll get the filters
+    // file from the deferred account, not the deferred to account,
+    // so that filters will still be per-server.
+    rv = GetRootFolder(getter_AddRefs(msgFolder));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    rv = mEditableFilterList->SetFolder(msgFolder);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    NS_ADDREF(*aResult = mEditableFilterList);
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aResult = mEditableFilterList);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// If the hostname contains ':' (like hostname:1431)
+// then parse and set the port number.
+nsresult
+nsMsgIncomingServer::InternalSetHostName(const nsACString& aHostname, const char * prefName)
+{
+  nsCString hostname;
+  hostname = aHostname;
+  if (MsgCountChar(hostname, ':') == 1)
+  {
+    int32_t colonPos = hostname.FindChar(':');
+    nsAutoCString portString(Substring(hostname, colonPos));
+    hostname.SetLength(colonPos);
+    nsresult err;
+    int32_t port = portString.ToInteger(&err);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err))
+      SetPort(port);
+  }
+  return SetCharValue(prefName, hostname);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIncomingServer::OnUserOrHostNameChanged(const nsACString& oldName,
+                                             const nsACString& newName,
+                                             bool hostnameChanged)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  // 1. Reset password so that users are prompted for new password for the new user/host.
+  ForgetPassword();
+
+  // 2. Let the derived class close all cached connection to the old host.
+  CloseCachedConnections();
+
+  // 3. Notify any listeners for account server changes.
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccountManager> accountManager = do_GetService(NS_MSGACCOUNTMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = accountManager->NotifyServerChanged(this);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // 4. Lastly, replace all occurrences of old name in the acct name with the new one.
+  nsString acctName;
+  rv = GetPrettyName(acctName);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  NS_ENSURE_FALSE(acctName.IsEmpty(), NS_OK);
+
+  // exit if new name contains @ then better do not update the account name
+  if (!hostnameChanged && (newName.FindChar('@') != kNotFound))
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  int32_t atPos = acctName.FindChar('@');
+
+  // get previous username and hostname
+  nsCString userName, hostName;
+  if (hostnameChanged)
+  {
+    rv = GetRealUsername(userName);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    hostName.Assign(oldName);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    userName.Assign(oldName);
+    rv = GetRealHostName(hostName);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+
+  // switch corresponding part of the account name to the new name...
+  if (!hostnameChanged && (atPos != kNotFound))
+  {
+    // ...if username changed and the previous username was equal to the part
+    // of the account name before @
+    if (StringHead(acctName, atPos).Equals(NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16(userName)))
+      acctName.Replace(0, userName.Length(), NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16(newName));
+  }
+  if (hostnameChanged)
+  {
+    // ...if hostname changed and the previous hostname was equal to the part
+    // of the account name after @, or to the whole account name
+    if (atPos == kNotFound)
+      atPos = 0;
+    else
+      atPos += 1;
+    if (Substring(acctName, atPos).Equals(NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16(hostName))) {
+      acctName.Replace(atPos, acctName.Length() - atPos,
+                       NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16(newName));
+    }
+  }
+
+  return SetPrettyName(acctName);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIncomingServer::SetHostName(const nsACString& aHostname)
+{
+  return (InternalSetHostName(aHostname, "hostname"));
+}
+
+// SetRealHostName() is called only when the server name is changed from the
+// UI (Account Settings page).  No one should call it in any circumstances.
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIncomingServer::SetRealHostName(const nsACString& aHostname)
+{
+  nsCString oldName;
+  nsresult rv = GetRealHostName(oldName);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  rv = InternalSetHostName(aHostname, "realhostname");
+
+  // A few things to take care of if we're changing the hostname.
+  if (!aHostname.Equals(oldName, nsCaseInsensitiveCStringComparator()))
+    rv = OnUserOrHostNameChanged(oldName, aHostname, true);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIncomingServer::GetHostName(nsACString& aResult)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  rv = GetCharValue("hostname", aResult);
+  if (MsgCountChar(aResult, ':') == 1)
+  {
+    // gack, we need to reformat the hostname - SetHostName will do that
+    SetHostName(aResult);
+    rv = GetCharValue("hostname", aResult);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIncomingServer::GetRealHostName(nsACString& aResult)
+{
+  // If 'realhostname' is set (was changed) then use it, otherwise use 'hostname'
+  nsresult rv;
+  rv = GetCharValue("realhostname", aResult);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  if (aResult.IsEmpty())
+    return GetHostName(aResult);
+
+  if (MsgCountChar(aResult, ':') == 1)
+  {
+    SetRealHostName(aResult);
+    rv = GetCharValue("realhostname", aResult);
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIncomingServer::GetRealUsername(nsACString& aResult)
+{
+  // If 'realuserName' is set (was changed) then use it, otherwise use 'userName'
+  nsresult rv;
+  rv = GetCharValue("realuserName", aResult);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  return aResult.IsEmpty() ? GetUsername(aResult) : rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIncomingServer::SetRealUsername(const nsACString& aUsername)
+{
+  // Need to take care of few things if we're changing the username.
+  nsCString oldName;
+  nsresult rv = GetRealUsername(oldName);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  rv = SetCharValue("realuserName", aUsername);
+  if (!oldName.Equals(aUsername))
+    rv = OnUserOrHostNameChanged(oldName, aUsername, false);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+#define BIFF_PREF_NAME "check_new_mail"
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIncomingServer::GetDoBiff(bool *aDoBiff)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aDoBiff);
+
+  if (!mPrefBranch)
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  rv = mPrefBranch->GetBoolPref(BIFF_PREF_NAME, aDoBiff);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  // if the pref isn't set, use the default
+  // value based on the protocol
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgProtocolInfo> protocolInfo;
+  rv = GetProtocolInfo(getter_AddRefs(protocolInfo));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = protocolInfo->GetDefaultDoBiff(aDoBiff);
+  // note, don't call SetDoBiff()
+  // since we keep changing our minds on
+  // if biff should be on or off, let's keep the ability
+  // to change the default in future builds.
+  // if we call SetDoBiff() here, it will be in the users prefs.
+  // and we can't do anything after that.
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIncomingServer::SetDoBiff(bool aDoBiff)
+{
+  if (!mPrefBranch)
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+  // Update biffManager immediately, no restart required. Adding/removing
+  // existing/non-existing server is handled without error checking.
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgBiffManager> biffService =
+    do_GetService(NS_MSGBIFFMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && biffService)
+  {
+    if (aDoBiff)
+      (void) biffService->AddServerBiff(this);
+    else
+      (void) biffService->RemoveServerBiff(this);
+  }
+
+  return mPrefBranch->SetBoolPref(BIFF_PREF_NAME, aDoBiff);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIncomingServer::GetPort(int32_t *aPort)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aPort);
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  rv = GetIntValue("port", aPort);
+  // We can't use a port of 0, because the URI parsing code fails.
+  if (*aPort != PORT_NOT_SET && *aPort)
+    return rv;
+
+  // if the port isn't set, use the default
+  // port based on the protocol
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgProtocolInfo> protocolInfo;
+  rv = GetProtocolInfo(getter_AddRefs(protocolInfo));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  int32_t socketType;
+  rv = GetSocketType(&socketType);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  bool useSSLPort = (socketType == nsMsgSocketType::SSL);
+  return protocolInfo->GetDefaultServerPort(useSSLPort, aPort);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIncomingServer::SetPort(int32_t aPort)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgProtocolInfo> protocolInfo;
+  rv = GetProtocolInfo(getter_AddRefs(protocolInfo));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  int32_t socketType;
+  rv = GetSocketType(&socketType);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  bool useSSLPort = (socketType == nsMsgSocketType::SSL);
+
+  int32_t defaultPort;
+  protocolInfo->GetDefaultServerPort(useSSLPort, &defaultPort);
+  return SetIntValue("port", aPort == defaultPort ? PORT_NOT_SET : aPort);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIncomingServer::GetProtocolInfo(nsIMsgProtocolInfo **aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+
+  nsCString type;
+  nsresult rv = GetType(type);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsAutoCString contractid(NS_MSGPROTOCOLINFO_CONTRACTID_PREFIX);
+  contractid.Append(type);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgProtocolInfo> protocolInfo = do_GetService(contractid.get(), &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  protocolInfo.forget(aResult);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgIncomingServer::GetRetentionSettings(nsIMsgRetentionSettings **settings)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(settings);
+  nsMsgRetainByPreference retainByPreference;
+  int32_t daysToKeepHdrs = 0;
+  int32_t numHeadersToKeep = 0;
+  int32_t daysToKeepBodies = 0;
+  bool cleanupBodiesByDays = false;
+  bool applyToFlaggedMessages = false;
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  // Create an empty retention settings object,
+  // get the settings from the server prefs, and init the object from the prefs.
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgRetentionSettings> retentionSettings =
+     do_CreateInstance(NS_MSG_RETENTIONSETTINGS_CONTRACTID);
+  if (retentionSettings)
+  {
+    rv = GetIntValue("retainBy", (int32_t*) &retainByPreference);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    rv = GetIntValue("numHdrsToKeep", &numHeadersToKeep);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    rv = GetIntValue("daysToKeepHdrs", &daysToKeepHdrs);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    rv = GetIntValue("daysToKeepBodies", &daysToKeepBodies);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    rv = GetBoolValue("cleanupBodies", &cleanupBodiesByDays);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    rv = GetBoolValue("applyToFlaggedMessages", &applyToFlaggedMessages);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    retentionSettings->SetRetainByPreference(retainByPreference);
+    retentionSettings->SetNumHeadersToKeep((uint32_t) numHeadersToKeep);
+    retentionSettings->SetDaysToKeepBodies(daysToKeepBodies);
+    retentionSettings->SetDaysToKeepHdrs(daysToKeepHdrs);
+    retentionSettings->SetCleanupBodiesByDays(cleanupBodiesByDays);
+    retentionSettings->SetApplyToFlaggedMessages(applyToFlaggedMessages);
+  }
+  else
+    rv = NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*settings = retentionSettings);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgIncomingServer::SetRetentionSettings(nsIMsgRetentionSettings *settings)
+{
+  nsMsgRetainByPreference retainByPreference;
+  uint32_t daysToKeepHdrs = 0;
+  uint32_t numHeadersToKeep = 0;
+  uint32_t daysToKeepBodies = 0;
+  bool cleanupBodiesByDays = false;
+  bool applyToFlaggedMessages = false;
+  settings->GetRetainByPreference(&retainByPreference);
+  settings->GetNumHeadersToKeep(&numHeadersToKeep);
+  settings->GetDaysToKeepBodies(&daysToKeepBodies);
+  settings->GetDaysToKeepHdrs(&daysToKeepHdrs);
+  settings->GetCleanupBodiesByDays(&cleanupBodiesByDays);
+  settings->GetApplyToFlaggedMessages(&applyToFlaggedMessages);
+  nsresult rv = SetIntValue("retainBy", retainByPreference);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  rv = SetIntValue("numHdrsToKeep", numHeadersToKeep);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  rv = SetIntValue("daysToKeepHdrs", daysToKeepHdrs);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  rv = SetIntValue("daysToKeepBodies", daysToKeepBodies);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  rv = SetBoolValue("cleanupBodies", cleanupBodiesByDays);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  rv = SetBoolValue("applyToFlaggedMessages", applyToFlaggedMessages);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIncomingServer::GetDisplayStartupPage(bool *displayStartupPage)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(displayStartupPage);
+  *displayStartupPage = m_displayStartupPage;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIncomingServer::SetDisplayStartupPage(bool displayStartupPage)
+{
+  m_displayStartupPage = displayStartupPage;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgIncomingServer::GetDownloadSettings(nsIMsgDownloadSettings **settings)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(settings);
+  bool downloadUnreadOnly = false;
+  bool downloadByDate = false;
+  uint32_t ageLimitOfMsgsToDownload = 0;
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  if (!m_downloadSettings)
+  {
+    m_downloadSettings = do_CreateInstance(NS_MSG_DOWNLOADSETTINGS_CONTRACTID);
+    if (m_downloadSettings)
+    {
+      rv = GetBoolValue("downloadUnreadOnly", &downloadUnreadOnly);
+      rv = GetBoolValue("downloadByDate", &downloadByDate);
+      rv = GetIntValue("ageLimit", (int32_t *) &ageLimitOfMsgsToDownload);
+      m_downloadSettings->SetDownloadUnreadOnly(downloadUnreadOnly);
+      m_downloadSettings->SetDownloadByDate(downloadByDate);
+      m_downloadSettings->SetAgeLimitOfMsgsToDownload(ageLimitOfMsgsToDownload);
+    }
+    else
+      rv = NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+    // Create an empty download settings object,
+    // get the settings from the server prefs, and init the object from the prefs.
+  }
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*settings = m_downloadSettings);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgIncomingServer::SetDownloadSettings(nsIMsgDownloadSettings *settings)
+{
+  m_downloadSettings = settings;
+  bool downloadUnreadOnly = false;
+  bool downloadByDate = false;
+  uint32_t ageLimitOfMsgsToDownload = 0;
+  m_downloadSettings->GetDownloadUnreadOnly(&downloadUnreadOnly);
+  m_downloadSettings->GetDownloadByDate(&downloadByDate);
+  m_downloadSettings->GetAgeLimitOfMsgsToDownload(&ageLimitOfMsgsToDownload);
+  nsresult rv = SetBoolValue("downloadUnreadOnly", downloadUnreadOnly);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  SetBoolValue("downloadByDate", downloadByDate);
+  return SetIntValue("ageLimit", ageLimitOfMsgsToDownload);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIncomingServer::GetSupportsDiskSpace(bool *aSupportsDiskSpace)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aSupportsDiskSpace);
+  *aSupportsDiskSpace = true;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIncomingServer::GetOfflineSupportLevel(int32_t *aSupportLevel)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aSupportLevel);
+
+  nsresult rv = GetIntValue("offline_support_level", aSupportLevel);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  if (*aSupportLevel == OFFLINE_SUPPORT_LEVEL_UNDEFINED)
+    *aSupportLevel = OFFLINE_SUPPORT_LEVEL_NONE;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIncomingServer::SetOfflineSupportLevel(int32_t aSupportLevel)
+{
+  SetIntValue("offline_support_level", aSupportLevel);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+#define BASE_MSGS_URL       "chrome://messenger/locale/messenger.properties"
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgIncomingServer::DisplayOfflineMsg(nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMsgWindow);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundleService> bundleService =
+    mozilla::services::GetStringBundleService();
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(bundleService, NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundle> bundle;
+  nsresult rv = bundleService->CreateBundle(BASE_MSGS_URL, getter_AddRefs(bundle));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  if (bundle)
+  {
+    nsString errorMsgTitle;
+    nsString errorMsgBody;
+    bundle->GetStringFromName(u"nocachedbodybody2", getter_Copies(errorMsgBody));
+    bundle->GetStringFromName(u"nocachedbodytitle", getter_Copies(errorMsgTitle));
+    aMsgWindow->DisplayHTMLInMessagePane(errorMsgTitle, errorMsgBody, true);
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// Called only during the migration process. A unique name is generated for the
+// migrated account.
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIncomingServer::GeneratePrettyNameForMigration(nsAString& aPrettyName)
+{
+/**
+   * 4.x had provisions for multiple imap servers to be maintained under
+   * single identity. So, when migrated each of those server accounts need
+   * to be represented by unique account name. nsImapIncomingServer will
+   * override the implementation for this to do the right thing.
+*/
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIncomingServer::GetFilterScope(nsMsgSearchScopeValue *filterScope)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(filterScope);
+  *filterScope = nsMsgSearchScope::offlineMailFilter;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIncomingServer::GetSearchScope(nsMsgSearchScopeValue *searchScope)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(searchScope);
+  *searchScope = nsMsgSearchScope::offlineMail;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIncomingServer::GetIsSecure(bool *aIsSecure)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aIsSecure);
+  int32_t socketType;
+  nsresult rv = GetSocketType(&socketType);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  *aIsSecure = (socketType == nsMsgSocketType::alwaysSTARTTLS ||
+                socketType == nsMsgSocketType::SSL);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// use the convenience macros to implement the accessors
+NS_IMPL_SERVERPREF_STR(nsMsgIncomingServer, Username, "userName")
+NS_IMPL_SERVERPREF_INT(nsMsgIncomingServer, AuthMethod, "authMethod")
+NS_IMPL_SERVERPREF_INT(nsMsgIncomingServer, BiffMinutes, "check_time")
+NS_IMPL_SERVERPREF_STR(nsMsgIncomingServer, Type, "type")
+NS_IMPL_SERVERPREF_BOOL(nsMsgIncomingServer, DownloadOnBiff, "download_on_biff")
+NS_IMPL_SERVERPREF_BOOL(nsMsgIncomingServer, Valid, "valid")
+NS_IMPL_SERVERPREF_BOOL(nsMsgIncomingServer, EmptyTrashOnExit,
+                        "empty_trash_on_exit")
+NS_IMPL_SERVERPREF_BOOL(nsMsgIncomingServer, CanDelete, "canDelete")
+NS_IMPL_SERVERPREF_BOOL(nsMsgIncomingServer, LoginAtStartUp, "login_at_startup")
+NS_IMPL_SERVERPREF_BOOL(nsMsgIncomingServer,
+                        DefaultCopiesAndFoldersPrefsToServer,
+                        "allows_specialfolders_usage")
+
+NS_IMPL_SERVERPREF_BOOL(nsMsgIncomingServer,
+                        CanCreateFoldersOnServer,
+                        "canCreateFolders")
+
+NS_IMPL_SERVERPREF_BOOL(nsMsgIncomingServer,
+                        CanFileMessagesOnServer,
+                        "canFileMessages")
+
+NS_IMPL_SERVERPREF_BOOL(nsMsgIncomingServer,
+      LimitOfflineMessageSize,
+      "limit_offline_message_size")
+
+NS_IMPL_SERVERPREF_INT(nsMsgIncomingServer, MaxMessageSize, "max_size")
+
+NS_IMPL_SERVERPREF_INT(nsMsgIncomingServer, IncomingDuplicateAction, "dup_action")
+
+NS_IMPL_SERVERPREF_BOOL(nsMsgIncomingServer, Hidden, "hidden")
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgIncomingServer::GetSocketType(int32_t *aSocketType)
+{
+  if (!mPrefBranch)
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+  nsresult rv = mPrefBranch->GetIntPref("socketType", aSocketType);
+
+  // socketType is set to default value. Look at isSecure setting
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+  {
+    bool isSecure;
+    rv = mPrefBranch->GetBoolPref("isSecure", &isSecure);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && isSecure)
+    {
+      *aSocketType = nsMsgSocketType::SSL;
+      // don't call virtual method in case overrides call GetSocketType
+      nsMsgIncomingServer::SetSocketType(*aSocketType);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      if (!mDefPrefBranch)
+        return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+      rv = mDefPrefBranch->GetIntPref("socketType", aSocketType);
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        *aSocketType = nsMsgSocketType::plain;
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgIncomingServer::SetSocketType(int32_t aSocketType)
+{
+  if (!mPrefBranch)
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+  int32_t socketType = nsMsgSocketType::plain;
+  mPrefBranch->GetIntPref("socketType", &socketType);
+
+  nsresult rv = mPrefBranch->SetIntPref("socketType", aSocketType);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  bool isSecureOld = (socketType == nsMsgSocketType::alwaysSTARTTLS ||
+                        socketType == nsMsgSocketType::SSL);
+  bool isSecureNew = (aSocketType == nsMsgSocketType::alwaysSTARTTLS ||
+                        aSocketType == nsMsgSocketType::SSL);
+  if ((isSecureOld != isSecureNew) && m_rootFolder) {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIAtom> isSecureAtom = MsgGetAtom("isSecure");
+    m_rootFolder->NotifyBoolPropertyChanged(isSecureAtom,
+                                            isSecureOld, isSecureNew);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// Check if the password is available and return a boolean indicating whether
+// it is being authenticated or not.
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIncomingServer::GetPasswordPromptRequired(bool *aPasswordIsRequired)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aPasswordIsRequired);
+  *aPasswordIsRequired = true;
+
+  // If the password is not even required for biff we don't need to check any further
+  nsresult rv = GetServerRequiresPasswordForBiff(aPasswordIsRequired);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  if (!*aPasswordIsRequired)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  // If the password is empty, check to see if it is stored and to be retrieved
+  if (m_password.IsEmpty())
+    (void)GetPasswordWithoutUI();
+
+  *aPasswordIsRequired = m_password.IsEmpty();
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgIncomingServer::ConfigureTemporaryFilters(nsIMsgFilterList *aFilterList)
+{
+  nsresult rv = ConfigureTemporaryReturnReceiptsFilter(aFilterList);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) // shut up warnings...
+    return rv;
+  return ConfigureTemporaryServerSpamFilters(aFilterList);
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgIncomingServer::ConfigureTemporaryServerSpamFilters(nsIMsgFilterList *filterList)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISpamSettings> spamSettings;
+  nsresult rv = GetSpamSettings(getter_AddRefs(spamSettings));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  bool useServerFilter;
+  rv = spamSettings->GetUseServerFilter(&useServerFilter);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // if we aren't configured to use server filters, then return early.
+  if (!useServerFilter)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  // For performance reasons, we'll handle clearing of filters if the user turns
+  // off the server-side filters from the junk mail controls, in the junk mail controls.
+  nsAutoCString serverFilterName;
+  spamSettings->GetServerFilterName(serverFilterName);
+  if (serverFilterName.IsEmpty())
+    return NS_OK;
+  int32_t serverFilterTrustFlags = 0;
+  (void) spamSettings->GetServerFilterTrustFlags(&serverFilterTrustFlags);
+  if (!serverFilterTrustFlags)
+    return NS_OK;
+  // check if filters have been setup already.
+  nsAutoString yesFilterName, noFilterName;
+  CopyASCIItoUTF16(serverFilterName, yesFilterName);
+  yesFilterName.AppendLiteral("Yes");
+
+  CopyASCIItoUTF16(serverFilterName, noFilterName);
+  noFilterName.AppendLiteral("No");
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFilter> newFilter;
+  (void) filterList->GetFilterNamed(yesFilterName,
+                                  getter_AddRefs(newFilter));
+
+  if (!newFilter)
+    (void) filterList->GetFilterNamed(noFilterName,
+                                  getter_AddRefs(newFilter));
+  if (newFilter)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> file;
+  spamSettings->GetServerFilterFile(getter_AddRefs(file));
+
+  // it's possible that we can no longer find the sfd file (i.e. the user disabled an extnsion that
+  // was supplying the .sfd file.
+  if (!file)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFilterService> filterService = do_GetService(NS_MSGFILTERSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFilterList> serverFilterList;
+
+  rv = filterService->OpenFilterList(file, NULL, NULL, getter_AddRefs(serverFilterList));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = serverFilterList->GetFilterNamed(yesFilterName,
+                                  getter_AddRefs(newFilter));
+  if (newFilter && serverFilterTrustFlags & nsISpamSettings::TRUST_POSITIVES)
+  {
+    newFilter->SetTemporary(true);
+    // check if we're supposed to move junk mail to junk folder; if so,
+    // add filter action to do so.
+
+    /*
+     * We don't want this filter to activate on messages that have
+     *  been marked by the user as not spam. This occurs when messages that
+     *  were marked as good are moved back into the inbox. But to
+     *  do this with a filter, we have to add a boolean term. That requires
+     *  that we rewrite the existing filter search terms to group them.
+     */
+
+    // get the list of search terms from the filter
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISupportsArray> searchTerms;
+    rv = newFilter->GetSearchTerms(getter_AddRefs(searchTerms));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    uint32_t count = 0;
+    searchTerms->Count(&count);
+    if (count > 1) // don't need to group a single term
+    {
+      // beginGrouping the first term, and endGrouping the last term
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgSearchTerm> firstTerm(do_QueryElementAt(searchTerms,
+                                                             0, &rv));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+      firstTerm->SetBeginsGrouping(true);
+
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgSearchTerm> lastTerm(do_QueryElementAt(searchTerms,
+                                                            count - 1, &rv));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+      lastTerm->SetEndsGrouping(true);
+    }
+
+    // Create a new term, checking if the user set junk status. The term will
+    // search for junkscoreorigin != "user"
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgSearchTerm> searchTerm;
+    rv = newFilter->CreateTerm(getter_AddRefs(searchTerm));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    searchTerm->SetAttrib(nsMsgSearchAttrib::JunkScoreOrigin);
+    searchTerm->SetOp(nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt);
+    searchTerm->SetBooleanAnd(true);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgSearchValue> searchValue;
+    searchTerm->GetValue(getter_AddRefs(searchValue));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    searchValue->SetAttrib(nsMsgSearchAttrib::JunkScoreOrigin);
+    searchValue->SetStr(NS_LITERAL_STRING("user"));
+    searchTerm->SetValue(searchValue);
+
+    searchTerms->InsertElementAt(searchTerm, count);
+
+    bool moveOnSpam, markAsReadOnSpam;
+    spamSettings->GetMoveOnSpam(&moveOnSpam);
+    if (moveOnSpam)
+    {
+      nsCString spamFolderURI;
+      rv = spamSettings->GetSpamFolderURI(getter_Copies(spamFolderURI));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && (!spamFolderURI.IsEmpty()))
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgRuleAction> moveAction;
+        rv = newFilter->CreateAction(getter_AddRefs(moveAction));
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        {
+          moveAction->SetType(nsMsgFilterAction::MoveToFolder);
+          moveAction->SetTargetFolderUri(spamFolderURI);
+          newFilter->AppendAction(moveAction);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    spamSettings->GetMarkAsReadOnSpam(&markAsReadOnSpam);
+    if (markAsReadOnSpam)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgRuleAction> markAsReadAction;
+      rv = newFilter->CreateAction(getter_AddRefs(markAsReadAction));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      {
+        markAsReadAction->SetType(nsMsgFilterAction::MarkRead);
+        newFilter->AppendAction(markAsReadAction);
+      }
+    }
+    filterList->InsertFilterAt(0, newFilter);
+  }
+
+  rv = serverFilterList->GetFilterNamed(noFilterName,
+                                  getter_AddRefs(newFilter));
+  if (newFilter && serverFilterTrustFlags & nsISpamSettings::TRUST_NEGATIVES)
+  {
+    newFilter->SetTemporary(true);
+    filterList->InsertFilterAt(0, newFilter);
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgIncomingServer::ConfigureTemporaryReturnReceiptsFilter(nsIMsgFilterList *filterList)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccountManager> accountMgr = do_GetService(NS_MSGACCOUNTMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIdentity> identity;
+  rv = accountMgr->GetFirstIdentityForServer(this, getter_AddRefs(identity));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  // this can return success and a null identity...
+
+  bool useCustomPrefs = false;
+  int32_t incorp = nsIMsgMdnGenerator::eIncorporateInbox;
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(identity, NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER);
+
+  identity->GetBoolAttribute("use_custom_prefs", &useCustomPrefs);
+  if (useCustomPrefs)
+    rv = GetIntValue("incorporate_return_receipt", &incorp);
+  else
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefs(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID));
+    if (prefs)
+      prefs->GetIntPref("mail.incorporate.return_receipt", &incorp);
+  }
+
+  bool enable = (incorp == nsIMsgMdnGenerator::eIncorporateSent);
+
+  // this is a temporary, internal mozilla filter
+  // it will not show up in the UI, it will not be written to disk
+  NS_NAMED_LITERAL_STRING(internalReturnReceiptFilterName, "mozilla-temporary-internal-MDN-receipt-filter");
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFilter> newFilter;
+  rv = filterList->GetFilterNamed(internalReturnReceiptFilterName,
+                                  getter_AddRefs(newFilter));
+  if (newFilter)
+    newFilter->SetEnabled(enable);
+  else if (enable)
+  {
+    nsCString actionTargetFolderUri;
+    rv = identity->GetFccFolder(actionTargetFolderUri);
+    if (!actionTargetFolderUri.IsEmpty())
+    {
+      filterList->CreateFilter(internalReturnReceiptFilterName,
+                               getter_AddRefs(newFilter));
+      if (newFilter)
+      {
+        newFilter->SetEnabled(true);
+        // this internal filter is temporary
+        // and should not show up in the UI or be written to disk
+        newFilter->SetTemporary(true);
+
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgSearchTerm> term;
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgSearchValue> value;
+
+        rv = newFilter->CreateTerm(getter_AddRefs(term));
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        {
+          rv = term->GetValue(getter_AddRefs(value));
+          if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+          {
+            // we need to use OtherHeader + 1 so nsMsgFilter::GetTerm will
+            // return our custom header.
+            value->SetAttrib(nsMsgSearchAttrib::OtherHeader + 1);
+            value->SetStr(NS_LITERAL_STRING("multipart/report"));
+            term->SetAttrib(nsMsgSearchAttrib::OtherHeader + 1);
+            term->SetOp(nsMsgSearchOp::Contains);
+            term->SetBooleanAnd(true);
+            term->SetArbitraryHeader(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("Content-Type"));
+            term->SetValue(value);
+            newFilter->AppendTerm(term);
+          }
+        }
+        rv = newFilter->CreateTerm(getter_AddRefs(term));
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        {
+          rv = term->GetValue(getter_AddRefs(value));
+          if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+          {
+            // XXX todo
+            // determine if ::OtherHeader is the best way to do this.
+            // see nsMsgSearchOfflineMail::MatchTerms()
+            value->SetAttrib(nsMsgSearchAttrib::OtherHeader + 1);
+            value->SetStr(NS_LITERAL_STRING("disposition-notification"));
+            term->SetAttrib(nsMsgSearchAttrib::OtherHeader + 1);
+            term->SetOp(nsMsgSearchOp::Contains);
+            term->SetBooleanAnd(true);
+            term->SetArbitraryHeader(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("Content-Type"));
+            term->SetValue(value);
+            newFilter->AppendTerm(term);
+          }
+        }
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgRuleAction> filterAction;
+        rv = newFilter->CreateAction(getter_AddRefs(filterAction));
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        {
+          filterAction->SetType(nsMsgFilterAction::MoveToFolder);
+          filterAction->SetTargetFolderUri(actionTargetFolderUri);
+          newFilter->AppendAction(filterAction);
+          filterList->InsertFilterAt(0, newFilter);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIncomingServer::ClearTemporaryReturnReceiptsFilter()
+{
+  if (mFilterList)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFilter> mdnFilter;
+    nsresult rv = mFilterList->GetFilterNamed(NS_LITERAL_STRING("mozilla-temporary-internal-MDN-receipt-filter"),
+                                              getter_AddRefs(mdnFilter));
+   if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && mdnFilter)
+     return mFilterList->RemoveFilter(mdnFilter);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIncomingServer::GetMsgFolderFromURI(nsIMsgFolder *aFolderResource, const nsACString& aURI, nsIMsgFolder **aFolder)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> rootMsgFolder;
+  nsresult rv = GetRootMsgFolder(getter_AddRefs(rootMsgFolder));
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(rootMsgFolder, NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED);
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> msgFolder;
+  rv = rootMsgFolder->GetChildWithURI(aURI, true, true /*caseInsensitive*/, getter_AddRefs(msgFolder));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !msgFolder)
+    msgFolder = aFolderResource;
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aFolder = msgFolder);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIncomingServer::GetSpamSettings(nsISpamSettings **aSpamSettings)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aSpamSettings);
+
+  nsAutoCString spamActionTargetAccount;
+  GetCharValue("spamActionTargetAccount", spamActionTargetAccount);
+  if (spamActionTargetAccount.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    GetServerURI(spamActionTargetAccount);
+    SetCharValue("spamActionTargetAccount", spamActionTargetAccount);
+  }
+
+  if (!mSpamSettings) {
+    nsresult rv;
+    mSpamSettings = do_CreateInstance(NS_SPAMSETTINGS_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+    mSpamSettings->Initialize(this);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  }
+
+  NS_ADDREF(*aSpamSettings = mSpamSettings);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIncomingServer::GetSpamFilterPlugin(nsIMsgFilterPlugin **aFilterPlugin)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aFilterPlugin);
+  if (!mFilterPlugin)
+  {
+    nsresult rv;
+    mFilterPlugin = do_GetService("@mozilla.org/messenger/filter-plugin;1?name=bayesianfilter", &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aFilterPlugin = mFilterPlugin);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// get all the servers that defer to the account for the passed in server. Note that
+// destServer may not be "this"
+nsresult nsMsgIncomingServer::GetDeferredServers(nsIMsgIncomingServer *destServer, nsCOMArray<nsIPop3IncomingServer>& aServers)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccountManager> accountManager
+    = do_GetService(NS_MSGACCOUNTMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgAccount> thisAccount;
+  accountManager->FindAccountForServer(destServer, getter_AddRefs(thisAccount));
+  if (thisAccount)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIArray> allServers;
+    nsCString accountKey;
+    thisAccount->GetKey(accountKey);
+    accountManager->GetAllServers(getter_AddRefs(allServers));
+    if (allServers)
+    {
+      uint32_t serverCount;
+      allServers->GetLength(&serverCount);
+      for (uint32_t i = 0; i < serverCount; i++)
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIPop3IncomingServer> server(do_QueryElementAt(allServers, i));
+        if (server)
+        {
+          nsCString deferredToAccount;
+          server->GetDeferredToAccount(deferredToAccount);
+          if (deferredToAccount.Equals(accountKey))
+            aServers.AppendElement(server);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgIncomingServer::GetIsDeferredTo(bool *aIsDeferredTo)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aIsDeferredTo);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccountManager> accountManager
+    = do_GetService(NS_MSGACCOUNTMANAGER_CONTRACTID);
+  if (accountManager)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgAccount> thisAccount;
+    accountManager->FindAccountForServer(this, getter_AddRefs(thisAccount));
+    if (thisAccount)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIArray> allServers;
+      nsCString accountKey;
+      thisAccount->GetKey(accountKey);
+      accountManager->GetAllServers(getter_AddRefs(allServers));
+      if (allServers)
+      {
+        uint32_t serverCount;
+        allServers->GetLength(&serverCount);
+        for (uint32_t i = 0; i < serverCount; i++)
+        {
+          nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgIncomingServer> server (do_QueryElementAt(allServers, i));
+          if (server)
+          {
+            nsCString deferredToAccount;
+            server->GetCharValue("deferred_to_account", deferredToAccount);
+            if (deferredToAccount.Equals(accountKey))
+            {
+              *aIsDeferredTo = true;
+              return NS_OK;
+            }
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  *aIsDeferredTo = false;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+const long kMaxDownloadTableSize = 500;
+
+// hash the concatenation of the message-id and subject as the hash table key,
+// and store the arrival index as the value. To limit the size of the hash table,
+// we just throw out ones with a lower ordinal value than the cut-off point.
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgIncomingServer::IsNewHdrDuplicate(nsIMsgDBHdr *aNewHdr, bool *aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aNewHdr);
+  *aResult = false;
+
+  // If the message has been partially downloaded, the message should not
+  // be considered a duplicated message. See bug 714090.
+  uint32_t flags;
+  aNewHdr->GetFlags(&flags);
+  if (flags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Partial)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  nsAutoCString strHashKey;
+  nsCString messageId, subject;
+  aNewHdr->GetMessageId(getter_Copies(messageId));
+  strHashKey.Append(messageId);
+  aNewHdr->GetSubject(getter_Copies(subject));
+  // err on the side of caution and ignore messages w/o subject or messageid.
+  if (subject.IsEmpty() || messageId.IsEmpty())
+    return NS_OK;
+  strHashKey.Append(subject);
+  int32_t hashValue = 0;
+  m_downloadedHdrs.Get(strHashKey, &hashValue);
+  if (hashValue)
+    *aResult = true;
+  else
+  {
+    // we store the current size of the hash table as the hash
+    // value - this allows us to delete older entries.
+    m_downloadedHdrs.Put(strHashKey, ++m_numMsgsDownloaded);
+    // Check if hash table is larger than some reasonable size
+    // and if is it, iterate over hash table deleting messages
+    // with an arrival index < number of msgs downloaded - half the reasonable size.
+    if (m_downloadedHdrs.Count() >= kMaxDownloadTableSize) {
+      for (auto iter = m_downloadedHdrs.Iter(); !iter.Done(); iter.Next()) {
+        if (iter.Data() < m_numMsgsDownloaded - kMaxDownloadTableSize/2) {
+          iter.Remove();
+        } else if (m_downloadedHdrs.Count() <= kMaxDownloadTableSize/2) {
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIncomingServer::GetForcePropertyEmpty(const char *aPropertyName, bool *_retval)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(_retval);
+  nsAutoCString nameEmpty(aPropertyName);
+  nameEmpty.Append(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(".empty"));
+  nsCString value;
+  GetCharValue(nameEmpty.get(), value);
+  *_retval = value.EqualsLiteral("true");
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIncomingServer::SetForcePropertyEmpty(const char *aPropertyName, bool aValue)
+{
+ nsAutoCString nameEmpty(aPropertyName);
+ nameEmpty.Append(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(".empty"));
+ return SetCharValue(nameEmpty.get(),
+   aValue ? NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("true") : NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(""));
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIncomingServer::GetSortOrder(int32_t* aSortOrder)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aSortOrder);
+  *aSortOrder = 100000000;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgIncomingServer.h b/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgIncomingServer.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0c4219cd2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgIncomingServer.h
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsMsgIncomingServer_h__
+#define nsMsgIncomingServer_h__
+
+#include "nsIMsgIncomingServer.h"
+#include "nsIPrefBranch.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFilterList.h"
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolder.h"
+#include "nsIFile.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsCOMArray.h"
+#include "nsIPop3IncomingServer.h"
+#include "nsWeakReference.h"
+#include "nsIMsgDatabase.h"
+#include "nsISpamSettings.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFilterPlugin.h"
+#include "nsDataHashtable.h"
+#include "nsIMsgPluggableStore.h"
+
+class nsIMsgFolderCache;
+class nsIMsgProtocolInfo;
+
+/*
+ * base class for nsIMsgIncomingServer - derive your class from here
+ * if you want to get some free implementation
+ *
+ * this particular implementation is not meant to be used directly.
+ */
+
+#undef  IMETHOD_VISIBILITY
+#define IMETHOD_VISIBILITY NS_VISIBILITY_DEFAULT
+
+class NS_MSG_BASE nsMsgIncomingServer : public nsIMsgIncomingServer,
+                                        public nsSupportsWeakReference
+{
+ public:
+  nsMsgIncomingServer();
+
+  NS_DECL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGINCOMINGSERVER
+
+protected:
+  virtual ~nsMsgIncomingServer();
+  nsCString m_serverKey;
+
+  // Sets m_password, if password found. Can return NS_ERROR_ABORT if the 
+  // user cancels the master password dialog.
+  nsresult GetPasswordWithoutUI();
+
+  nsresult ConfigureTemporaryReturnReceiptsFilter(nsIMsgFilterList *filterList);
+  nsresult ConfigureTemporaryServerSpamFilters(nsIMsgFilterList *filterList);
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> m_rootFolder;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDownloadSettings> m_downloadSettings;
+
+  // For local servers, where we put messages. For imap/pop3, where we store
+  // offline messages.
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgPluggableStore> m_msgStore;
+
+  /// Helper routine to create local folder on disk if it doesn't exist
+  /// under the account's rootFolder.
+  nsresult CreateLocalFolder(const nsAString& folderName);
+
+  static nsresult GetDeferredServers(nsIMsgIncomingServer *destServer, nsCOMArray<nsIPop3IncomingServer>& aServers);
+
+  nsresult CreateRootFolder();
+  virtual nsresult CreateRootFolderFromUri(const nsCString &serverUri,
+                                           nsIMsgFolder **rootFolder) = 0;
+
+  nsresult InternalSetHostName(const nsACString& aHostname, const char * prefName);
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIFile> mFilterFile;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFilterList> mFilterList;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFilterList> mEditableFilterList;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> mPrefBranch;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> mDefPrefBranch;
+
+  // these allow us to handle duplicate incoming messages, e.g. delete them.
+  nsDataHashtable<nsCStringHashKey,int32_t> m_downloadedHdrs;
+  int32_t  m_numMsgsDownloaded;
+
+private:
+  uint32_t m_biffState;
+  bool m_serverBusy;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsISpamSettings> mSpamSettings;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFilterPlugin> mFilterPlugin;  // XXX should be a list
+
+protected:
+  nsCString m_password;
+  bool m_canHaveFilters;
+  bool m_displayStartupPage;
+  bool mPerformingBiff;
+};
+
+#undef  IMETHOD_VISIBILITY
+#define IMETHOD_VISIBILITY NS_VISIBILITY_HIDDEN
+
+#endif // nsMsgIncomingServer_h__
diff --git a/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgKeyArray.cpp b/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgKeyArray.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e04dc948b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgKeyArray.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsMsgKeyArray.h"
+#include "nsMemory.h"
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMsgKeyArray, nsIMsgKeyArray)
+
+nsMsgKeyArray::nsMsgKeyArray()
+{
+#ifdef DEBUG
+  m_sorted = false;
+#endif
+}
+
+nsMsgKeyArray::~nsMsgKeyArray()
+{
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgKeyArray::Sort()
+{
+#ifdef DEBUG
+  m_sorted = true;
+#endif
+  m_keys.Sort();
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgKeyArray::GetKeyAt(int32_t aIndex, nsMsgKey *aKey)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aKey);
+  *aKey = m_keys[aIndex];
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgKeyArray::GetLength(uint32_t *aLength)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aLength);
+  *aLength = m_keys.Length();
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgKeyArray::SetCapacity(uint32_t aCapacity)
+{
+  m_keys.SetCapacity(aCapacity);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgKeyArray::AppendElement(nsMsgKey aKey)
+{
+#ifdef DEBUG
+  NS_ASSERTION(!m_sorted || m_keys.Length() == 0 ||
+               aKey > m_keys[m_keys.Length() - 1],
+               "Inserting a new key at wrong position in a sorted key list!");
+#endif
+  m_keys.AppendElement(aKey);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgKeyArray::InsertElementSorted(nsMsgKey aKey)
+{
+  // Ths function should be removed after interfaces are not frozen for TB38.
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgKeyArray::GetArray(uint32_t *aCount, nsMsgKey **aKeys)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aCount);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aKeys);
+  *aCount = m_keys.Length();
+  *aKeys =
+    (nsMsgKey *) nsMemory::Clone(m_keys.begin(),
+                                 m_keys.Length() * sizeof(nsMsgKey));
+  return (*aKeys) ? NS_OK : NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgKeyArray.h b/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgKeyArray.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..02c952b77
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgKeyArray.h
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsMsgKeyArray_h__
+#define nsMsgKeyArray_h__
+
+#include "nsIMsgKeyArray.h"
+#include "nsTArray.h"
+
+/*
+ * This class is a thin wrapper around an nsTArray<nsMsgKey>
+ */
+class nsMsgKeyArray : public nsIMsgKeyArray
+{
+public:
+  nsMsgKeyArray();
+
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGKEYARRAY
+
+  nsTArray<nsMsgKey> m_keys;
+
+private:
+  virtual ~nsMsgKeyArray();
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+  bool m_sorted;
+#endif
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgKeySet.cpp b/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgKeySet.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..427fb61af
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgKeySet.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1520 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "msgCore.h"    // precompiled header...
+#include "prlog.h"
+
+#include "MailNewsTypes.h"
+#include "nsMsgKeySet.h"
+#include "prprf.h"
+#include "prmem.h"
+#include "nsTArray.h"
+#include "nsMemory.h"
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+#if defined(DEBUG_seth_) || defined(DEBUG_sspitzer_)
+#define DEBUG_MSGKEYSET 1
+#endif
+
+/* A compressed encoding for sets of article.  This is usually for lines from
+   the newsrc, which have article lists like
+
+   1-29627,29635,29658,32861-32863
+
+   so the data has these properties:
+
+   - strictly increasing
+   - large subsequences of monotonically increasing ranges
+   - gaps in the set are usually small, but not always
+   - consecutive ranges tend to be large
+
+   The biggest win is to run-length encode the data, storing ranges as two
+   numbers (start+length or start,end). We could also store each number as a
+   delta from the previous number for further compression, but that gets kind
+   of tricky, since there are no guarentees about the sizes of the gaps, and
+   we'd have to store variable-length words.
+
+   Current data format:
+
+   DATA := SIZE [ CHUNK ]*
+   CHUNK := [ RANGE | VALUE ]
+   RANGE := -LENGTH START
+   START := VALUE
+   LENGTH := int32_t
+   VALUE := a literal positive integer, for now
+   it could also be an offset from the previous value.
+   LENGTH could also perhaps be a less-than-32-bit quantity,
+   at least most of the time.
+
+   Lengths of CHUNKs are stored negative to distinguish the beginning of
+   a chunk from a literal: negative means two-word sequence, positive
+   means one-word sequence.
+
+   0 represents a literal 0, but should not occur, and should never occur
+   except in the first position.
+
+   A length of -1 won't occur either, except temporarily - a sequence of
+   two elements is represented as two literals, since they take up the same
+   space.
+
+   Another optimization we make is to notice that we typically ask the
+   question ``is N a member of the set'' for increasing values of N. So the
+   set holds a cache of the last value asked for, and can simply resume the
+   search from there.  */
+
+nsMsgKeySet::nsMsgKeySet(/* MSG_NewsHost* host*/)
+{
+  MOZ_COUNT_CTOR(nsMsgKeySet);
+  m_cached_value = -1;
+  m_cached_value_index = 0;
+  m_length = 0;
+  m_data_size = 10;
+  m_data = (int32_t *) PR_Malloc (sizeof (int32_t) * m_data_size);
+#ifdef NEWSRC_DOES_HOST_STUFF
+  m_host = host;
+#endif
+}
+
+
+nsMsgKeySet::~nsMsgKeySet()
+{
+  MOZ_COUNT_DTOR(nsMsgKeySet);
+  PR_FREEIF(m_data);
+}
+
+
+bool nsMsgKeySet::Grow()
+{
+  int32_t new_size;
+  int32_t *new_data;
+  new_size = m_data_size * 2;
+  new_data = (int32_t *) PR_REALLOC (m_data, sizeof (int32_t) * new_size);
+  if (! new_data)
+    return false;
+  m_data_size = new_size;
+  m_data = new_data;
+  return true;
+}
+
+
+nsMsgKeySet::nsMsgKeySet(const char* numbers /* , MSG_NewsHost* host */)
+{
+  int32_t *head, *tail, *end;
+    MOZ_COUNT_CTOR(nsMsgKeySet);
+
+#ifdef NEWSRC_DOES_HOST_STUFF
+  m_host = host;
+#endif
+  m_cached_value = -1;
+  m_cached_value_index = 0;
+  m_length = 0;
+  m_data_size = 10;
+  m_data = (int32_t *) PR_Malloc (sizeof (int32_t) * m_data_size);
+  if (!m_data) return;
+
+  head = m_data;
+  tail = head;
+  end = head + m_data_size;
+
+  if(!numbers) {
+    return;
+  }
+
+  while (isspace (*numbers)) numbers++;
+  while (*numbers) {
+    int32_t from = 0;
+    int32_t to;
+
+    if (tail >= end - 4) {
+      /* out of room! */
+      int32_t tailo = tail - head;
+      if (!Grow()) {
+        PR_FREEIF(m_data);
+        return;
+      }
+      /* data may have been relocated */
+      head = m_data;
+      tail = head + tailo;
+      end = head + m_data_size;
+    }
+
+    while (isspace(*numbers)) numbers++;
+    if (*numbers && !isdigit(*numbers)) {
+      break;      /* illegal character */
+    }
+    while (isdigit (*numbers)) {
+      from = (from * 10) + (*numbers++ - '0');
+    }
+    while (isspace(*numbers)) numbers++;
+    if (*numbers != '-') {
+      to = from;
+    } else {
+      to = 0;
+      numbers++;
+      while (*numbers >= '0' && *numbers <= '9')
+        to = (to * 10) + (*numbers++ - '0');
+      while (isspace(*numbers)) numbers++;
+    }
+
+    if (to < from) to = from; /* illegal */
+
+    /* This is a hack - if the newsrc file specifies a range 1-x as
+       being read, we internally pretend that article 0 is read as well.
+       (But if only 2-x are read, then 0 is not read.)  This is needed
+       because some servers think that article 0 is an article (I think)
+       but some news readers (including Netscape 1.1) choke if the .newsrc
+       file has lines beginning with 0...   ### */
+    if (from == 1) from = 0;
+
+    if (to == from) {
+      /* Write it as a literal */
+      *tail = from;
+      tail++;
+    } else /* Write it as a range. */ {
+      *tail = -(to - from);
+      tail++;
+      *tail = from;
+      tail++;
+    }
+
+    while (*numbers == ',' || isspace(*numbers)) {
+      numbers++;
+    }
+  }
+
+  m_length = tail - head; /* size of data */
+}
+
+
+
+nsMsgKeySet*
+nsMsgKeySet::Create(/*MSG_NewsHost* host*/)
+{
+  nsMsgKeySet* set = new nsMsgKeySet(/* host */);
+  if (set && set->m_data == NULL) {
+    delete set;
+    set = NULL;
+  }
+  return set;
+}
+
+
+nsMsgKeySet*
+nsMsgKeySet::Create(const char* value /* , MSG_NewsHost* host */)
+{
+#ifdef DEBUG_MSGKEYSET
+    printf("create from %s\n",value);
+#endif
+
+  nsMsgKeySet* set = new nsMsgKeySet(value /* , host */);
+  if (set && set->m_data == NULL) {
+    delete set;
+    set = NULL;
+  }
+  return set;
+}
+
+
+
+/* Returns the lowest non-member of the set greater than 0.
+ */
+int32_t
+nsMsgKeySet::FirstNonMember ()
+{
+  if (m_length <= 0) {
+    return 1;
+  } else if(m_data[0] < 0 && m_data[1] != 1 && m_data[1] != 0) {
+    /* first range not equal to 0 or 1, always return 1 */
+    return 1;
+  } else if (m_data[0] < 0) {
+    /* it's a range */
+    /* If there is a range [N-M] we can presume that M+1 is not in the
+       set. */
+    return (m_data[1] - m_data[0] + 1);
+  } else {
+    /* it's a literal */
+    if (m_data[0] == 1) {
+      /* handle "1,..." */
+      if (m_length > 1 && m_data[1] == 2) {
+        /* This is "1,2,M-N,..." or "1,2,M,..."  where M >= 4.  Note
+           that M will never be 3, because in that case we would have
+           started with a range: "1-3,..." */
+        return 3;
+      } else {
+        return 2;              /* handle "1,M-N,.." or "1,M,..."
+                      where M >= 3; */
+      }
+    }
+    else if (m_data[0] == 0) {
+      /* handle "0,..." */
+      if (m_length > 1 && m_data[1] == 1) {
+        /* this is 0,1, (see above) */
+        return 2;
+      }
+      else {
+        return 1;
+      }
+
+    } else {
+      /* handle "M,..." where M >= 2. */
+      return 1;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+
+nsresult 
+nsMsgKeySet::Output(char **outputStr)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(outputStr);
+  int32_t size;
+  int32_t *head;
+  int32_t *tail;
+  int32_t *end;
+  int32_t s_size;
+  char *s_head;
+  char *s, *s_end;
+  int32_t last_art = -1;
+
+  *outputStr = nullptr;
+
+  size = m_length;
+  head = m_data;
+  tail = head;
+  end = head + size;
+
+  s_size = (size * 12) + 10;  // dmb - try to make this allocation get used at least once.
+  s_head = (char *) moz_xmalloc(s_size);
+  if (! s_head) return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+  s_head[0] = '\0';      // otherwise, s_head will contain garbage.
+  s = s_head;
+  s_end = s + s_size;
+
+  while (tail < end) {
+    int32_t from;
+    int32_t to;
+
+    if (s > (s_end - (12 * 2 + 10))) { /* 12 bytes for each number (enough
+                        for "2147483647" aka 2^31-1),
+                        plus 10 bytes of slop. */
+      int32_t so = s - s_head;
+      s_size += 200;
+      char* tmp = (char *) moz_xmalloc(s_size);
+      if (tmp) PL_strcpy(tmp, s_head);
+      free(s_head);
+      s_head = tmp;
+      if (!s_head) return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+      s = s_head + so;
+      s_end = s_head + s_size;
+    }
+
+    if (*tail < 0) {
+      /* it's a range */
+      from = tail[1];
+      to = from + (-(tail[0]));
+      tail += 2;
+    }
+    else /* it's a literal */
+      {
+        from = *tail;
+        to = from;
+        tail++;
+      }
+    if (from == 0) {
+      from = 1;        /* See 'hack' comment above  ### */
+    }
+    if (from <= last_art) from = last_art + 1;
+    if (from <= to) {
+      if (from < to) {
+        PR_snprintf(s, s_end - s, "%lu-%lu,", from, to);
+      } else {
+        PR_snprintf(s, s_end - s, "%lu,", from);
+      }
+      s += PL_strlen(s);
+      last_art = to;
+    }
+  }
+  if (last_art >= 0) {
+    s--;              /* Strip off the last ',' */
+  }
+
+  *s = 0;
+
+  *outputStr = s_head;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+int32_t 
+nsMsgKeySet::GetLastMember()
+{
+  if (m_length > 1)
+  {
+    int32_t nextToLast = m_data[m_length - 2];
+    if (nextToLast < 0)  // is range at end?
+    {
+      int32_t last = m_data[m_length - 1];
+      return (-nextToLast + last - 1);
+    }
+    else  // no, so last number must be last member
+    {
+      return m_data[m_length - 1];
+    }
+  }
+  else if (m_length == 1)
+    return m_data[0];  // must be only 1 read.
+  else
+    return 0;
+}
+
+void nsMsgKeySet::SetLastMember(int32_t newHighWaterMark)
+{
+  if (newHighWaterMark < GetLastMember())
+  {
+    while (true)
+    {
+      if (m_length > 1)
+      {
+        int32_t nextToLast = m_data[m_length - 2];
+        int32_t curHighWater;
+        if (nextToLast < 0)  // is range at end?
+        {
+          int32_t rangeStart = m_data[m_length - 1];
+          int32_t rangeLength = -nextToLast;
+          curHighWater = (rangeLength + rangeStart - 1);
+          if (curHighWater > newHighWaterMark)
+          {
+            if (rangeStart > newHighWaterMark)  
+            {
+              m_length -= 2;  // throw away whole range
+            }
+            else if (rangeStart == newHighWaterMark)
+            {
+              // turn range into single element.
+              m_data[m_length - 2] = newHighWaterMark;
+              m_length--;
+              break;
+            }
+            else  // just shorten range
+            {
+              m_data[m_length - 2] = -(newHighWaterMark - rangeStart);
+              break;
+            }
+          }
+          else {
+            // prevent the infinite loop
+            // see bug #13062
+            break;
+          }  
+        }
+        else if (m_data[m_length - 1] > newHighWaterMark)  // no, so last number must be last member
+        {
+          m_length--;
+        }
+        else
+          break;
+      }
+      else 
+        break;
+    }
+    // well, the whole range is probably invalid, because the server probably re-ordered ids, 
+    // but what can you do?
+#ifdef NEWSRC_DOES_HOST_STUFF
+    if (m_host) 
+      m_host->MarkDirty();
+#endif
+  }
+}
+
+int32_t 
+nsMsgKeySet::GetFirstMember()
+{
+  if (m_length > 1)
+  {
+    int32_t first = m_data[0];
+    if (first < 0)  // is range at start?
+    {
+      int32_t second = m_data[1];
+      return (second);
+    }
+    else  // no, so first number must be first member
+    {
+      return m_data[0];
+    }
+  }
+  else if (m_length == 1)
+    return m_data[0];  // must be only 1 read.
+  else
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/* Re-compresses a `nsMsgKeySet' object.
+
+   The assumption is made that the `nsMsgKeySet' is syntactically correct
+   (all ranges have a length of at least 1, and all values are non-
+   decreasing) but will optimize the compression, for example, merging
+   consecutive literals or ranges into one range.
+
+   Returns true if successful, false if there wasn't enough memory to
+   allocate scratch space.
+
+   #### This should be changed to modify the buffer in place.
+
+   Also note that we never call Optimize() unless we actually changed
+   something, so it's a great place to tell the MSG_NewsHost* that something
+   changed.
+   */
+bool
+nsMsgKeySet::Optimize()
+{
+  int32_t input_size;
+  int32_t output_size;
+  int32_t *input_tail;
+  int32_t *output_data;
+  int32_t *output_tail;
+  int32_t *input_end;
+  int32_t *output_end;
+
+  input_size = m_length;
+  output_size = input_size + 1;
+  input_tail = m_data;
+  output_data = (int32_t *) PR_Malloc (sizeof (int32_t) * output_size);
+  if (!output_data) return false;
+
+  output_tail = output_data;
+  input_end = input_tail + input_size;
+  output_end = output_data + output_size;
+
+  /* We're going to modify the set, so invalidate the cache. */
+  m_cached_value = -1;
+
+  while (input_tail < input_end) {
+    int32_t from, to;
+    bool range_p = (*input_tail < 0);
+
+    if (range_p) {
+      /* it's a range */
+      from = input_tail[1];
+      to = from + (-(input_tail[0]));
+
+      /* Copy it over */
+      *output_tail++ = *input_tail++;
+      *output_tail++ = *input_tail++;        
+    } else {
+      /* it's a literal */
+      from = *input_tail;
+      to = from;
+
+      /* Copy it over */
+      *output_tail++ = *input_tail++;
+    }
+    NS_ASSERTION(output_tail < output_end, "invalid end of output string");
+    if (output_tail >= output_end) {
+      PR_Free(output_data);
+      return false;
+    }
+
+    /* As long as this chunk is followed by consecutive chunks,
+       keep extending it. */
+    while (input_tail < input_end &&
+         ((*input_tail > 0 && /* literal... */
+         *input_tail == to + 1) || /* ...and consecutive, or */
+        (*input_tail <= 0 && /* range... */
+         input_tail[1] == to + 1)) /* ...and consecutive. */
+         ) {
+      if (! range_p) {
+        /* convert the literal to a range. */
+        output_tail++;
+        output_tail [-2] = 0;
+        output_tail [-1] = from;
+        range_p = true;
+      }
+
+      if (*input_tail > 0) { /* literal */
+        output_tail[-2]--; /* increase length by 1 */
+        to++;
+        input_tail++;
+      } else {
+        int32_t L2 = (- *input_tail) + 1;
+        output_tail[-2] -= L2; /* increase length by N */
+        to += L2;
+        input_tail += 2;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  PR_Free (m_data);
+  m_data = output_data;
+  m_data_size = output_size;
+  m_length = output_tail - output_data;
+
+  /* One last pass to turn [N - N+1] into [N, N+1]. */
+  output_tail = output_data;
+  output_end = output_tail + m_length;
+  while (output_tail < output_end) {
+    if (*output_tail < 0) {
+      /* it's a range */
+      if (output_tail[0] == -1) {
+        output_tail[0] = output_tail[1];
+        output_tail[1]++;
+      }
+      output_tail += 2;
+    } else {
+      /* it's a literal */
+      output_tail++;
+    }
+  }
+
+#ifdef NEWSRC_DOES_HOST_STUFF
+  if (m_host) m_host->MarkDirty();
+#endif
+  return true;
+}
+
+
+
+bool
+nsMsgKeySet::IsMember(int32_t number)
+{
+  bool value = false;
+  int32_t size;
+  int32_t *head;
+  int32_t *tail;
+  int32_t *end;
+
+  size = m_length;
+  head = m_data;
+  tail = head;
+  end = head + size;
+
+  /* If there is a value cached, and that value is smaller than the
+     value we're looking for, skip forward that far. */
+  if (m_cached_value > 0 &&
+    m_cached_value < number) {
+    tail += m_cached_value_index;
+  }
+
+  while (tail < end) {
+    if (*tail < 0) {
+      /* it's a range */
+      int32_t from = tail[1];
+      int32_t to = from + (-(tail[0]));
+      if (from > number) {
+        /* This range begins after the number - we've passed it. */
+        value = false;
+        goto DONE;
+      } else if (to >= number) {
+        /* In range. */
+        value = true;
+        goto DONE;
+      } else {
+        tail += 2;
+      }
+    }
+    else {
+      /* it's a literal */
+      if (*tail == number) {
+        /* bang */
+        value = true;
+        goto DONE;
+      } else if (*tail > number) {
+        /* This literal is after the number - we've passed it. */
+        value = false;
+        goto DONE;
+      } else {
+        tail++;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+DONE:
+  /* Store the position of this chunk for next time. */
+  m_cached_value = number;
+  m_cached_value_index = tail - head;
+
+  return value;
+}
+
+
+int
+nsMsgKeySet::Add(int32_t number)
+{
+  int32_t size;
+  int32_t *head;
+  int32_t *tail;
+  int32_t *end;
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_MSGKEYSET
+    printf("add %d\n",number);
+#endif
+    
+  size = m_length;
+  head = m_data;
+  tail = head;
+  end = head + size;
+
+  NS_ASSERTION (number >= 0, "can't have negative items");
+  if (number < 0)
+    return 0;
+
+  /* We're going to modify the set, so invalidate the cache. */
+  m_cached_value = -1;
+
+  while (tail < end) {
+    if (*tail < 0) {
+      /* it's a range */
+      int32_t from = tail[1];
+      int32_t to = from + (-(tail[0]));
+
+      if (from <= number && to >= number) {
+        /* This number is already present - we don't need to do
+           anything. */
+        return 0;
+      }
+
+      if (to > number) {
+        /* We have found the point before which the new number
+           should be inserted. */
+        break;
+      }
+
+      tail += 2;
+    } else {
+      /* it's a literal */
+      if (*tail == number) {
+        /* This number is already present - we don't need to do
+           anything. */
+        return 0;
+      }
+
+      if (*tail > number) {
+        /* We have found the point before which the new number
+           should be inserted. */
+        break;
+      }
+
+      tail++;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* At this point, `tail' points to a position in the set which represents
+     a value greater than `new'; or it is at `end'. In the interest of
+     avoiding massive duplication of code, simply insert a literal here and
+     then run the optimizer.
+     */
+  int mid = (tail - head); 
+
+  if (m_data_size <= m_length + 1) {
+    int endo = end - head;
+    if (!Grow()) {
+      // out of memory
+      return -1;
+    }
+    head = m_data;
+    end = head + endo;
+  }
+
+  if (tail == end) {
+    /* at the end */
+    /* Add a literal to the end. */
+    m_data[m_length++] = number;
+  } else {
+    /* need to insert (or edit) in the middle */
+    int32_t i;
+    for (i = size; i > mid; i--) {
+      m_data[i] = m_data[i-1];
+    }
+    m_data[i] = number;
+    m_length++;
+  }
+
+  Optimize();
+  return 1;
+}
+
+
+
+int
+nsMsgKeySet::Remove(int32_t number)
+{
+  int32_t size;
+  int32_t *head;
+  int32_t *tail;
+  int32_t *end;
+#ifdef DEBUG_MSGKEYSET
+    printf("remove %d\n",number);
+#endif
+
+  size = m_length;
+  head = m_data;
+  tail = head;
+  end = head + size;
+
+  // **** I am not sure this is a right thing to comment the following
+  // statements out. The reason for this is due to the implementation of
+  // offline save draft and template. We use faked UIDs (negative ids) for
+  // offline draft and template in order to distinguish them from real
+  // UID. David I need your help here. **** jt
+
+  // PR_ASSERT(number >= 0);
+  // if (number < 0) {
+  //  return -1;
+  /// }
+
+  /* We're going to modify the set, so invalidate the cache. */
+  m_cached_value = -1;
+
+  while (tail < end) {
+    int32_t mid = (tail - m_data);
+
+    if (*tail < 0) {
+      /* it's a range */
+      int32_t from = tail[1];
+      int32_t to = from + (-(tail[0]));
+
+      if (number < from || number > to) {
+        /* Not this range */
+        tail += 2;
+        continue;
+      }
+
+      if (to == from + 1) {
+        /* If this is a range [N - N+1] and we are removing M
+           (which must be either N or N+1) replace it with a
+           literal. This reduces the length by 1. */
+        m_data[mid] = (number == from ? to : from);
+        while (++mid < m_length) {
+          m_data[mid] = m_data[mid+1];
+        }
+        m_length--;
+        Optimize();
+        return 1;
+      } else if (to == from + 2) {
+        /* If this is a range [N - N+2] and we are removing M,
+           replace it with the literals L,M (that is, either
+           (N, N+1), (N, N+2), or (N+1, N+2). The overall
+           length remains the same. */
+        m_data[mid] = from;
+        m_data[mid+1] = to;
+        if (from == number) {
+          m_data[mid] = from+1;
+        } else if (to == number) {
+          m_data[mid+1] = to-1;
+        }
+        Optimize();
+        return 1;
+      } else if (from == number) {
+        /* This number is at the beginning of a long range (meaning a
+           range which will still be long enough to remain a range.)
+           Increase start and reduce length of the range. */
+        m_data[mid]++;
+        m_data[mid+1]++;
+        Optimize();
+        return 1;
+      } else if (to == number) {
+        /* This number is at the end of a long range (meaning a range
+           which will still be long enough to remain a range.)
+           Just decrease the length of the range. */
+        m_data[mid]++;
+        Optimize();
+        return 1;
+      } else {
+        /* The number being deleted is in the middle of a range which
+           must be split. This increases overall length by 2.
+           */
+        int32_t i;
+        int endo = end - head;
+        if (m_data_size - m_length <= 2) {
+          if (!Grow())
+            // out of memory
+            return -1;
+        }
+        head = m_data;
+        end = head + endo;
+
+        for (i = m_length + 2; i > mid + 2; i--) {
+          m_data[i] = m_data[i-2];
+        }
+
+        m_data[mid] = (- (number - from - 1));
+        m_data[mid+1] = from;
+        m_data[mid+2] = (- (to - number - 1));
+        m_data[mid+3] = number + 1;
+        m_length += 2;
+
+        /* Oops, if we've ended up with a range with a 0 length,
+           which is illegal, convert it to a literal, which reduces
+           the overall length by 1. */
+        if (m_data[mid] == 0) {
+          /* first range */
+          m_data[mid] = m_data[mid+1];
+          for (i = mid + 1; i < m_length; i++) {
+            m_data[i] = m_data[i+1];
+          }
+          m_length--;
+        }
+        if (m_data[mid+2] == 0) {
+          /* second range */
+          m_data[mid+2] = m_data[mid+3];
+          for (i = mid + 3; i < m_length; i++) {
+            m_data[i] = m_data[i+1];
+          }
+          m_length--;
+        }
+        Optimize();
+        return 1;
+      }
+    } else {
+      /* it's a literal */
+      if (*tail != number) {
+        /* Not this literal */
+        tail++;
+        continue;
+      }
+
+      /* Excise this literal. */
+      m_length--;
+      while (mid < m_length) {
+        m_data[mid] = m_data[mid+1];
+        mid++;
+      }
+      Optimize();
+      return 1;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* It wasn't here at all. */
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+static int32_t*
+msg_emit_range(int32_t* tmp, int32_t a, int32_t b)
+{
+  if (a == b) {
+    *tmp++ = a;
+  } else {
+    NS_ASSERTION(a < b && a >= 0, "range is out of order");
+    *tmp++ = -(b - a);
+    *tmp++ = a;
+  }
+  return tmp;
+}
+
+
+int
+nsMsgKeySet::AddRange(int32_t start, int32_t end)
+{
+  int32_t tmplength;
+  int32_t* tmp;
+  int32_t* in;
+  int32_t* out;
+  int32_t* tail;
+  int32_t a;
+  int32_t b;
+  bool didit = false;
+
+  /* We're going to modify the set, so invalidate the cache. */
+  m_cached_value = -1;
+
+  NS_ASSERTION(start <= end, "invalid range");
+  if (start > end) return -1;
+
+  if (start == end) {
+    return Add(start);
+  }
+
+  tmplength = m_length + 2;
+  tmp = (int32_t*) PR_Malloc(sizeof(int32_t) * tmplength);
+
+  if (!tmp)
+    // out of memory
+    return -1;
+
+  in = m_data;
+  out = tmp;
+  tail = in + m_length;
+
+#define EMIT(x, y) out = msg_emit_range(out, x, y)
+
+  while (in < tail) {
+    // Set [a,b] to be this range.
+    if (*in < 0) {
+      b = - *in++;
+      a = *in++;
+      b += a;
+    } else {
+      a = b = *in++;
+    }
+
+    if (a <= start && b >= end) {
+      // We already have the entire range marked.
+      PR_Free(tmp);
+      return 0;
+    }
+    if (start > b + 1) {
+      // No overlap yet.
+      EMIT(a, b);
+    } else if (end < a - 1) {
+      // No overlap, and we passed it.
+      EMIT(start, end);
+      EMIT(a, b);
+      didit = true;
+      break;
+    } else {
+      // The ranges overlap.  Suck this range into our new range, and
+      // keep looking for other ranges that might overlap.
+      start = start < a ? start : a;
+      end = end > b ? end : b;
+    }
+  }
+  if (!didit) EMIT(start, end);
+  while (in < tail) {
+    *out++ = *in++;
+  }
+
+#undef EMIT
+
+  PR_Free(m_data);
+  m_data = tmp;
+  m_length = out - tmp;
+  m_data_size = tmplength;
+#ifdef NEWSRC_DOES_HOST_STUFF
+  if (m_host) m_host->MarkDirty();
+#endif
+  return 1;
+}
+
+int32_t
+nsMsgKeySet::CountMissingInRange(int32_t range_start, int32_t range_end)
+{
+  int32_t count;
+  int32_t *head;
+  int32_t *tail;
+  int32_t *end;
+
+  NS_ASSERTION (range_start >= 0 && range_end >= 0 && range_end >= range_start, "invalid range");
+  if (range_start < 0 || range_end < 0 || range_end < range_start) return -1;
+
+  head = m_data;
+  tail = head;
+  end = head + m_length;
+
+  count = range_end - range_start + 1;
+
+  while (tail < end) {
+    if (*tail < 0) {
+      /* it's a range */
+      int32_t from = tail[1];
+      int32_t to = from + (-(tail[0]));
+      if (from < range_start) from = range_start;
+      if (to > range_end) to = range_end;
+
+      if (to >= from)
+        count -= (to - from + 1);
+
+      tail += 2;
+    } else {
+      /* it's a literal */
+      if (*tail >= range_start && *tail <= range_end) count--;
+      tail++;
+    }
+    NS_ASSERTION (count >= 0, "invalid count");
+  }
+  return count;
+}
+
+
+int 
+nsMsgKeySet::FirstMissingRange(int32_t min, int32_t max,
+                  int32_t* first, int32_t* last)
+{
+  int32_t size;
+  int32_t *head;
+  int32_t *tail;
+  int32_t *end;
+  int32_t from = 0;
+  int32_t to = 0;
+  int32_t a;
+  int32_t b;
+
+  NS_ASSERTION(first && last, "invalid parameter");
+  if (!first || !last) return -1;
+
+  *first = *last = 0;
+
+  NS_ASSERTION(min <= max && min > 0, "invalid min or max param");
+  if (min > max || min <= 0) return -1;
+
+  size = m_length;
+  head = m_data;
+  tail = head;
+  end = head + size;
+
+  while (tail < end) {
+    a = to + 1;
+    if (*tail < 0) {      /* We got a range. */
+      from = tail[1];
+      to = from + (-(tail[0]));
+      tail += 2;
+    } else {
+      from = to = tail[0];
+      tail++;
+    }
+    b = from - 1;
+    /* At this point, [a,b] is the range of unread articles just before
+       the current range of read articles [from,to].  See if this range
+       intersects the [min,max] range we were given. */
+    if (a > max) return 0;  /* It's hopeless; there are none. */
+    if (a <= b && b >= min) {
+      /* Ah-hah!  We found an intersection. */
+      *first = a > min ? a : min;
+      *last = b < max ? b : max;
+      return 0;
+    }
+  } 
+  /* We found no holes in the newsrc that overlaps the range, nor did we hit
+     something read beyond the end of the range.  So, the great infinite
+     range of unread articles at the end of any newsrc line intersects the
+     range we want, and we just need to return that. */
+  a = to + 1;
+  *first = a > min ? a : min;
+  *last = max;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+// I'm guessing we didn't include this because we didn't think we're going
+// to need it. I'm not so sure. I'm putting it in for now.
+int 
+nsMsgKeySet::LastMissingRange(int32_t min, int32_t max,
+                  int32_t* first, int32_t* last)
+{
+  int32_t size;
+  int32_t *head;
+  int32_t *tail;
+  int32_t *end;
+  int32_t from = 0;
+  int32_t to = 0;
+  int32_t a;
+  int32_t b;
+
+  NS_ASSERTION(first && last, "invalid null param");
+  if (!first || !last) return -1;
+
+  *first = *last = 0;
+
+
+  NS_ASSERTION(min <= max && min > 0, "invalid min or max");
+  if (min > max || min <= 0) return -1;
+
+  size = m_length;
+  head = m_data;
+  tail = head;
+  end = head + size;
+
+  while (tail < end) {
+  a = to + 1;
+  if (*tail < 0) {      /* We got a range. */
+    from = tail[1];
+    to = from + (-(tail[0]));
+    tail += 2;
+  } else {
+    from = to = tail[0];
+    tail++;
+  }
+  b = from - 1;
+  /* At this point, [a,b] is the range of unread articles just before
+     the current range of read articles [from,to].  See if this range
+     intersects the [min,max] range we were given. */
+  if (a > max) return 0;  /* We're done.  If we found something, it's already
+                 sitting in [*first,*last]. */
+  if (a <= b && b >= min) {
+    /* Ah-hah!  We found an intersection. */
+    *first = a > min ? a : min;
+    *last = b < max ? b : max;
+    /* Continue on, looking for a later range. */
+  }
+  }
+  if (to < max) {
+  /* The great infinite range of unread articles at the end of any newsrc
+     line intersects the range we want, and we just need to return that. */
+  a = to + 1;
+  *first = a > min ? a : min;
+  *last = max;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Fill the passed in aArray with the keys in the message key set.
+ */
+nsresult
+nsMsgKeySet::ToMsgKeyArray(nsTArray<nsMsgKey> &aArray)
+{
+    int32_t size;
+    int32_t *head;
+    int32_t *tail;
+    int32_t *end;
+    int32_t last_art = -1;
+
+    size = m_length;
+    head = m_data;
+    tail = head;
+    end = head + size;
+
+    while (tail < end) {
+        int32_t from;
+        int32_t to;
+
+        if (*tail < 0) {
+            /* it's a range */
+            from = tail[1];
+            to = from + (-(tail[0]));
+            tail += 2;
+        }
+        else /* it's a literal */
+            {
+                from = *tail;
+                to = from;
+                tail++;
+            }
+        // The horrible news-hack used to adjust from to 1 if it was zero right
+        // here, but there is no longer a consumer of this method with that
+        // broken use-case.
+        if (from <= last_art) from = last_art + 1;
+        if (from <= to) {
+            if (from < to) {
+                for (int32_t i = from; i <= to ; ++i ) {
+                    aArray.AppendElement(i);
+                }
+            } else {
+                aArray.AppendElement(from);
+            }
+            last_art = to;
+        }
+    }
+
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+#ifdef DEBUG /* A lot of test cases for the above */
+
+#define countof(x) (sizeof(x) / sizeof(*(x)))
+
+void
+nsMsgKeySet::test_decoder (const char *string)
+{
+  nsMsgKeySet set(string /* , NULL */);
+  char* tmp;
+  set.Output(&tmp);
+  printf ("\t\"%s\"\t--> \"%s\"\n", string, tmp);
+  free(tmp);
+}
+
+
+#define START(STRING) \
+  string = STRING;    \
+  if (!(set = nsMsgKeySet::Create(string))) abort ()
+
+#define FROB(N,PUSHP)                  \
+  i = N;                        \
+  if (!(NS_SUCCEEDED(set->Output(&s)))) abort ();          \
+  printf ("%3lu: %-58s %c %3lu =\n", (unsigned long)set->m_length, s,  \
+      (PUSHP ? '+' : '-'), (unsigned long)i);            \
+  free(s);                      \
+  if (PUSHP                        \
+    ? set->Add(i) < 0                  \
+    : set->Remove(i) < 0)                \
+  abort ();                      \
+  if (!(NS_SUCCEEDED(set->Output(&s)))) abort ();          \
+  printf ("%3lu: %-58s optimized =\n", (unsigned long)set->m_length, s);  \
+  free(s);                      \
+
+#define END()                 \
+  if (!(NS_SUCCEEDED(set->Output(&s)))) abort ();          \
+  printf ("%3lu: %s\n\n", (unsigned long)set->m_length, s); \
+  free(s);                      \
+  delete set;                 \
+
+
+
+void
+nsMsgKeySet::test_adder (void)
+{
+  const char *string;
+  nsMsgKeySet *set;
+  char *s;
+  int32_t i;
+
+  START("0-70,72-99,105,107,110-111,117-200");
+
+  FROB(205, true);
+  FROB(206, true);
+  FROB(207, true);
+  FROB(208, true);
+  FROB(208, true);
+  FROB(109, true);
+  FROB(72, true);
+
+  FROB(205, false);
+  FROB(206, false);
+  FROB(207, false);
+  FROB(208, false);
+  FROB(208, false);
+  FROB(109, false);
+  FROB(72, false);
+
+  FROB(72, true);
+  FROB(109, true);
+  FROB(208, true);
+  FROB(208, true);
+  FROB(207, true);
+  FROB(206, true);
+  FROB(205, true);
+
+  FROB(205, false);
+  FROB(206, false);
+  FROB(207, false);
+  FROB(208, false);
+  FROB(208, false);
+  FROB(109, false);
+  FROB(72, false);
+
+  FROB(100, true);
+  FROB(101, true);
+  FROB(102, true);
+  FROB(103, true);
+  FROB(106, true);
+  FROB(104, true);
+  FROB(109, true);
+  FROB(108, true);
+  END();
+
+  START("1-6"); FROB(7, false); END();
+  START("1-6"); FROB(6, false); END();
+  START("1-6"); FROB(5, false); END();
+  START("1-6"); FROB(4, false); END();
+  START("1-6"); FROB(3, false); END();
+  START("1-6"); FROB(2, false); END();
+  START("1-6"); FROB(1, false); END();
+  START("1-6"); FROB(0, false); END();
+
+  START("1-3"); FROB(1, false); END();
+  START("1-3"); FROB(2, false); END();
+  START("1-3"); FROB(3, false); END();
+
+  START("1,3,5-7,9,10"); FROB(5, false); END();
+  START("1,3,5-7,9,10"); FROB(6, false); END();
+  START("1,3,5-7,9,10"); FROB(7, false); FROB(7, true); FROB(8, true);
+  FROB (4, true); FROB (2, false); FROB (2, true);
+
+  FROB (4, false); FROB (5, false); FROB (6, false); FROB (7, false);
+  FROB (8, false); FROB (9, false); FROB (10, false); FROB (3, false);
+  FROB (2, false); FROB (1, false); FROB (1, false); FROB (0, false);
+  END();
+}
+
+#undef START
+#undef FROB
+#undef END
+
+
+
+#define START(STRING) \
+  string = STRING;    \
+  if (!(set = nsMsgKeySet::Create(string))) abort ()
+
+#define FROB(N,M)                        \
+  i = N;                            \
+  j = M;                            \
+  if (!(NS_SUCCEEDED(set->Output(&s)))) abort ();          \
+  printf ("%3lu: %-58s + %3lu-%3lu =\n", (unsigned long)set->m_length, s, (unsigned long)i, (unsigned long)j);  \
+  free(s);                      \
+  switch (set->AddRange(i, j)) {                \
+  case 0:                            \
+  printf("(no-op)\n");                    \
+  break;                            \
+  case 1:                            \
+  break;                            \
+  default:                            \
+  abort();                          \
+  }                                \
+  if (!(NS_SUCCEEDED(set->Output(&s)))) abort ();          \
+  printf ("%3lu: %-58s\n", (unsigned long)set->m_length, s);            \
+  free(s);                      \
+
+
+#define END()                 \
+  if (!(NS_SUCCEEDED(set->Output(&s)))) abort ();          \
+  printf ("%3lu: %s\n\n", (unsigned long)set->m_length, s); \
+  free(s);                      \
+  delete set;
+
+
+void
+nsMsgKeySet::test_ranges(void)
+{
+  const char *string;
+  nsMsgKeySet *set;
+  char *s;
+  int32_t i;
+  int32_t j;
+
+  START("20-40,72-99,105,107,110-111,117-200");
+
+  FROB(205, 208);
+  FROB(50, 70);
+  FROB(0, 10);
+  FROB(112, 113);
+  FROB(101, 101);
+  FROB(5, 75);
+  FROB(103, 109);
+  FROB(2, 20);
+  FROB(1, 9999);
+
+  END();
+
+
+#undef START
+#undef FROB
+#undef END
+}
+
+
+
+
+#define TEST(N)                    \
+  if (! with_cache) set->m_cached_value = -1;    \
+  if (!(NS_SUCCEEDED(set->Output(&s)))) abort ();          \
+  printf (" %3d = %s\n", N,              \
+      (set->IsMember(N) ? "true" : "false")); \
+  free(s);
+
+void
+nsMsgKeySet::test_member(bool with_cache)
+{
+  nsMsgKeySet *set;
+  char *s;
+
+  const char *st1 = "1-70,72-99,105,107,110-111,117-200";
+  printf ("\n\nTesting %s (with%s cache)\n", st1, with_cache ? "" : "out");
+  if (!(set = Create(st1))) {
+    abort();
+  }
+
+  TEST(-1);
+  TEST(0);
+  TEST(1);
+  TEST(20);
+
+  delete set;
+  const char *st2 = "0-70,72-99,105,107,110-111,117-200";
+  printf ("\n\nTesting %s (with%s cache)\n", st2, with_cache ? "" : "out");
+  if (!(set = Create(st2))) {
+    abort();
+  }
+
+  TEST(-1);
+  TEST(0);
+  TEST(1);
+  TEST(20);
+  TEST(69);
+  TEST(70);
+  TEST(71);
+  TEST(72);
+  TEST(73);
+  TEST(74);
+  TEST(104);
+  TEST(105);
+  TEST(106);
+  TEST(107);
+  TEST(108);
+  TEST(109);
+  TEST(110);
+  TEST(111);
+  TEST(112);
+  TEST(116);
+  TEST(117);
+  TEST(118);
+  TEST(119);
+  TEST(200);
+  TEST(201);
+  TEST(65535);
+
+  delete set;
+}
+
+#undef TEST
+
+
+// static void
+// test_newsrc (char *file)
+// {
+//   FILE *fp = fopen (file, "r");
+//   char buf [1024];
+//   if (! fp) abort ();
+//   while (fgets (buf, sizeof (buf), fp))
+//   {
+//     if (!strncmp (buf, "options ", 8))
+//     fwrite (buf, 1, strlen (buf), stdout);
+//     else
+//     {
+//       char *sep = buf;
+//       while (*sep != 0 && *sep != ':' && *sep != '!')
+//       sep++;
+//       if (*sep) sep++;
+//       while (isspace (*sep)) sep++;
+//       fwrite (buf, 1, sep - buf, stdout);
+//       if (*sep)
+//       {
+//         char *s;
+//         msg_NewsRCSet *set = msg_parse_newsrc_set (sep, &allocinfo);
+//         if (! set)
+//         abort ();
+//         if (! msg_OptimizeNewsRCSet (set))
+//         abort ();
+//         if (! ((s = msg_format_newsrc_set (set))))
+//         abort ();
+//         msg_free_newsrc_set (set, &allocinfo);
+//         fwrite (s, 1, strlen (s), stdout);
+//         free (s);
+//         fwrite ("\n", 1, 1, stdout);
+//       }
+//     }
+//   }
+//   fclose (fp);
+// }
+
+void
+nsMsgKeySet::RunTests ()
+{
+
+  test_decoder ("");
+  test_decoder (" ");
+  test_decoder ("0");
+  test_decoder ("1");
+  test_decoder ("123");
+  test_decoder (" 123 ");
+  test_decoder (" 123 4");
+  test_decoder (" 1,2, 3, 4");
+  test_decoder ("0-70,72-99,100,101");
+  test_decoder (" 0-70 , 72 - 99 ,100,101 ");
+  test_decoder ("0 - 268435455");
+  /* This one overflows - we can't help it.
+   test_decoder ("0 - 4294967295"); */
+
+  test_adder ();
+
+  test_ranges();
+
+  test_member (false);
+  test_member (true);
+
+  // test_newsrc ("/u/montulli/.newsrc");
+  /* test_newsrc ("/u/jwz/.newsrc");*/
+}
+
+#endif /* DEBUG */
diff --git a/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgKeySet.h b/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgKeySet.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c33306ad8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgKeySet.h
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _nsMsgKeySet_H_
+#define _nsMsgKeySet_H_
+
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "nsTArray.h"
+
+// nsMsgKeySet represents a set of articles.  Typically, it is the set of
+// read articles from a .newsrc file, but it can be used for other purposes
+// too.
+
+#if 0
+// If a MSG_NewsHost* is supplied to the creation routine, then that
+// MSG_NewsHost will be notified whenever a change is made to set.
+class MSG_NewsHost;
+#endif
+
+class NS_MSG_BASE nsMsgKeySet {
+public:
+  // Creates an empty set.
+  static nsMsgKeySet* Create(/* MSG_NewsHost* host = NULL*/);
+
+  // Creates a set from the list of numbers, as might be found in a
+  // newsrc file.
+  static nsMsgKeySet* Create(const char* str/* , MSG_NewsHost* host = NULL*/);
+  ~nsMsgKeySet();
+  
+  // FirstNonMember() returns the lowest non-member of the set that is
+  // greater than 0.
+  int32_t FirstNonMember();
+
+  // Output() converts to a string representation suitable for writing to a
+  // .newsrc file.  
+  nsresult Output(char **outputStr);    
+
+  // IsMember() returns whether the given article is a member of this set.
+  bool IsMember(int32_t art);
+  
+  // Add() adds the given article to the set.  (Returns 1 if a change was
+  // made, 0 if it was already there, and negative on error.)
+  int Add(int32_t art);
+  
+  // Remove() removes the given article from the set. 
+  int Remove(int32_t art);
+  
+  // AddRange() adds the (inclusive) given range of articles to the set.
+  int AddRange(int32_t first, int32_t last);
+  
+  // CountMissingInRange() takes an inclusive range of articles and returns
+  // the number of articles in that range which are not in the set.
+  int32_t CountMissingInRange(int32_t start, int32_t end);
+  
+  // FirstMissingRange() takes an inclusive range and finds the first range
+  // of articles that are not in the set.  If none, return zeros. 
+  int FirstMissingRange(int32_t min, int32_t max, int32_t* first, int32_t* last);
+  
+
+  // LastMissingRange() takes an inclusive range and finds the last range
+  // of articles that are not in the set.  If none, return zeros. 
+  int LastMissingRange(int32_t min, int32_t max, int32_t* first, int32_t* last);
+  
+  int32_t GetLastMember();
+  int32_t GetFirstMember();
+  void  SetLastMember(int32_t highWaterMark);
+  // For debugging only...
+  int32_t getLength() {return m_length;}
+
+/**
+ * Fill the passed in aArray with the keys in the message key set.
+ */
+  nsresult ToMsgKeyArray(nsTArray<nsMsgKey> &aArray);
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+  static void RunTests();
+#endif
+
+protected:
+  nsMsgKeySet(/* MSG_NewsHost* host */);
+  nsMsgKeySet(const char* /* , MSG_NewsHost* host */);
+  bool Grow();
+  bool Optimize();
+  
+#ifdef DEBUG
+  static void test_decoder(const char*);
+  static void test_adder();
+  static void test_ranges();
+  static void test_member(bool with_cache);
+#endif
+  
+  int32_t *m_data;          /* the numbers composing the `chunks' */
+  int32_t m_data_size;        /* size of that malloc'ed block */
+  int32_t m_length;        /* active area */
+  
+  int32_t m_cached_value;      /* a potential set member, or -1 if unset*/
+  int32_t m_cached_value_index;    /* the index into `data' at which a search
+                     to determine whether `cached_value' was
+                     a member of the set ended. */
+#ifdef NEWSRC_DOES_HOST_STUFF
+  MSG_NewsHost* m_host;
+#endif
+};
+
+
+#endif /* _nsMsgKeySet_H_ */
diff --git a/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgLineBuffer.cpp b/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgLineBuffer.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0a88cd840
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgLineBuffer.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,441 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "prlog.h"
+#include "prmem.h"
+#include "nsMsgLineBuffer.h"
+#include "nsAlgorithm.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "nsIInputStream.h" // used by nsMsgLineStreamBuffer
+#include <algorithm>
+
+nsByteArray::nsByteArray()
+{
+  MOZ_COUNT_CTOR(nsByteArray);
+  m_buffer = NULL;
+  m_bufferSize = 0;
+  m_bufferPos = 0;
+}
+
+nsByteArray::~nsByteArray()
+{
+  MOZ_COUNT_DTOR(nsByteArray);
+  PR_FREEIF(m_buffer);
+}
+
+nsresult nsByteArray::GrowBuffer(uint32_t desired_size, uint32_t quantum)
+{
+  if (m_bufferSize < desired_size)
+  {
+    char *new_buf;
+    uint32_t increment = desired_size - m_bufferSize;
+    if (increment < quantum) /* always grow by a minimum of N bytes */
+      increment = quantum;
+    
+    
+    new_buf = (m_buffer
+      ? (char *) PR_REALLOC (m_buffer, (m_bufferSize + increment))
+      : (char *) PR_MALLOC (m_bufferSize + increment));
+    if (! new_buf)
+      return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+    m_buffer = new_buf;
+    m_bufferSize += increment;
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsByteArray::AppendString(const char *string)
+{
+  uint32_t strLength = (string) ? PL_strlen(string) : 0;
+  return AppendBuffer(string, strLength);
+  
+}
+
+nsresult nsByteArray::AppendBuffer(const char *buffer, uint32_t length)
+{
+  nsresult ret = NS_OK;
+  if (m_bufferPos + length > m_bufferSize)
+    ret = GrowBuffer(m_bufferPos + length, 1024);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(ret))
+  {
+    memcpy(m_buffer + m_bufferPos, buffer, length);
+    m_bufferPos += length;
+  }
+  return ret;
+}
+
+nsMsgLineBuffer::nsMsgLineBuffer(nsMsgLineBufferHandler *handler, bool convertNewlinesP)
+{
+  MOZ_COUNT_CTOR(nsMsgLineBuffer);
+  m_handler = handler;
+  m_convertNewlinesP = convertNewlinesP;
+  m_lookingForCRLF = true;
+}
+
+nsMsgLineBuffer::~nsMsgLineBuffer()
+{
+  MOZ_COUNT_DTOR(nsMsgLineBuffer);
+}
+
+void
+nsMsgLineBuffer::SetLookingForCRLF(bool b)
+{
+  m_lookingForCRLF = b;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgLineBuffer::BufferInput(const char *net_buffer, int32_t net_buffer_size)
+{
+    nsresult status = NS_OK;
+    if (m_bufferPos > 0 && m_buffer && m_buffer[m_bufferPos - 1] == '\r' &&
+        net_buffer_size > 0 && net_buffer[0] != '\n') {
+        /* The last buffer ended with a CR.  The new buffer does not start
+           with a LF.  This old buffer should be shipped out and discarded. */
+        PR_ASSERT(m_bufferSize > m_bufferPos);
+        if (m_bufferSize <= m_bufferPos)
+          return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+        if (NS_FAILED(ConvertAndSendBuffer()))
+           return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+        m_bufferPos = 0;
+    }
+    while (net_buffer_size > 0)
+    {
+        const char *net_buffer_end = net_buffer + net_buffer_size;
+        const char *newline = 0;
+        const char *s;
+
+        for (s = net_buffer; s < net_buffer_end; s++)
+        {
+          if (m_lookingForCRLF) {
+            /* Move forward in the buffer until the first newline.
+               Stop when we see CRLF, CR, or LF, or the end of the buffer.
+               *But*, if we see a lone CR at the *very end* of the buffer,
+               treat this as if we had reached the end of the buffer without
+               seeing a line terminator.  This is to catch the case of the
+               buffers splitting a CRLF pair, as in "FOO\r\nBAR\r" "\nBAZ\r\n".
+            */
+            if (*s == '\r' || *s == '\n') {
+              newline = s;
+              if (newline[0] == '\r') {
+                if (s == net_buffer_end - 1) {
+                  /* CR at end - wait for the next character. */
+                  newline = 0;
+                  break;
+                }
+                else if (newline[1] == '\n') {
+                  /* CRLF seen; swallow both. */
+                  newline++;
+                }
+              }
+              newline++;
+              break;
+            }
+          }
+          else {
+            /* if not looking for a CRLF, stop at CR or LF.  (for example, when parsing the newsrc file).  this fixes #9896, where we'd lose the last line of anything we'd parse that used CR as the line break. */
+            if (*s == '\r' || *s == '\n') {
+              newline = s;
+              newline++;
+              break;
+            }
+          }
+        }
+        
+        /* Ensure room in the net_buffer and append some or all of the current
+           chunk of data to it. */
+        {
+            const char *end = (newline ? newline : net_buffer_end);
+            uint32_t desired_size = (end - net_buffer) + m_bufferPos + 1;
+            
+            if (desired_size >= m_bufferSize)
+            {
+                status = GrowBuffer (desired_size, 1024);
+                if (NS_FAILED(status))
+                    return status;
+            }
+            memcpy (m_buffer + m_bufferPos, net_buffer, (end - net_buffer));
+            m_bufferPos += (end - net_buffer);
+        }
+        
+        /* Now m_buffer contains either a complete line, or as complete
+           a line as we have read so far.
+           
+           If we have a line, process it, and then remove it from `m_buffer'.
+           Then go around the loop again, until we drain the incoming data.
+           */
+        if (!newline)
+            return NS_OK;
+
+        if (NS_FAILED(ConvertAndSendBuffer()))
+          return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+        
+        net_buffer_size -= (newline - net_buffer);
+        net_buffer = newline;
+        m_bufferPos = 0;
+    }
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgLineBuffer::HandleLine(const char *line, uint32_t line_length)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(false, "must override this method if you don't provide a handler");
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgLineBuffer::ConvertAndSendBuffer()
+{
+    /* Convert the line terminator to the native form.
+     */
+
+    char *buf = m_buffer;
+    int32_t length = m_bufferPos;
+
+    char* newline;
+    
+    PR_ASSERT(buf && length > 0);
+    if (!buf || length <= 0) 
+        return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    newline = buf + length;
+    
+    PR_ASSERT(newline[-1] == '\r' || newline[-1] == '\n');
+    if (newline[-1] != '\r' && newline[-1] != '\n')
+        return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    
+    if (m_convertNewlinesP)
+    {
+#if (MSG_LINEBREAK_LEN == 1)
+      if ((newline - buf) >= 2 &&
+           newline[-2] == '\r' &&
+           newline[-1] == '\n')
+      {
+        /* CRLF -> CR or LF */
+        buf [length - 2] = MSG_LINEBREAK[0];
+        length--;
+      }
+      else if (newline > buf + 1 &&
+             newline[-1] != MSG_LINEBREAK[0])
+      {
+        /* CR -> LF or LF -> CR */
+        buf [length - 1] = MSG_LINEBREAK[0];
+      }
+#else
+      if (((newline - buf) >= 2 && newline[-2] != '\r') ||
+               ((newline - buf) >= 1 && newline[-1] != '\n'))
+      {
+        /* LF -> CRLF or CR -> CRLF */
+        length++;
+        buf[length - 2] = MSG_LINEBREAK[0];
+        buf[length - 1] = MSG_LINEBREAK[1];
+      }
+#endif
+    }    
+    return (m_handler) ? m_handler->HandleLine(buf, length) : HandleLine(buf, length);
+}
+
+// If there's still some data (non CRLF terminated) flush it out
+nsresult nsMsgLineBuffer::FlushLastLine()
+{
+  char *buf = m_buffer + m_bufferPos;
+  int32_t length = m_bufferPos - 1;
+  if (length > 0)
+    return (m_handler) ? m_handler->HandleLine(buf, length) : HandleLine(buf, length);
+  else
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// This is a utility class used to efficiently extract lines from an input stream by buffering
+// read but unprocessed stream data in a buffer. 
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+nsMsgLineStreamBuffer::nsMsgLineStreamBuffer(uint32_t aBufferSize, bool aAllocateNewLines, bool aEatCRLFs, char aLineToken) 
+           : m_eatCRLFs(aEatCRLFs), m_allocateNewLines(aAllocateNewLines), m_lineToken(aLineToken)
+{
+  NS_PRECONDITION(aBufferSize > 0, "invalid buffer size!!!");
+  m_dataBuffer = nullptr;
+  m_startPos = 0;
+    m_numBytesInBuffer = 0;
+
+  // used to buffer incoming data by ReadNextLineFromInput
+  if (aBufferSize > 0)
+  {
+    m_dataBuffer = (char *) PR_CALLOC(sizeof(char) * aBufferSize);
+  }
+
+  m_dataBufferSize = aBufferSize;
+}
+
+nsMsgLineStreamBuffer::~nsMsgLineStreamBuffer()
+{
+  PR_FREEIF(m_dataBuffer); // release our buffer...
+}
+
+
+nsresult nsMsgLineStreamBuffer::GrowBuffer(int32_t desiredSize)
+{
+  char* newBuffer = (char *) PR_REALLOC(m_dataBuffer, desiredSize);
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(newBuffer, NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY);
+  m_dataBuffer = newBuffer;
+  m_dataBufferSize = desiredSize;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+void nsMsgLineStreamBuffer::ClearBuffer()
+{
+  m_startPos = 0;
+  m_numBytesInBuffer = 0;
+}
+
+// aInputStream - the input stream we want to read a line from
+// aPauseForMoreData is returned as true if the stream does not yet contain a line and we must wait for more
+// data to come into the stream.
+// Note to people wishing to modify this function: Be *VERY CAREFUL* this is a critical function used by all of
+// our mail protocols including imap, nntp, and pop. If you screw it up, you could break a lot of stuff.....
+
+char * nsMsgLineStreamBuffer::ReadNextLine(nsIInputStream * aInputStream, uint32_t &aNumBytesInLine, bool &aPauseForMoreData, nsresult *prv, bool addLineTerminator)
+{
+  // try to extract a line from m_inputBuffer. If we don't have an entire line, 
+  // then read more bytes out from the stream. If the stream is empty then wait
+  // on the monitor for more data to come in.
+  
+  NS_PRECONDITION(m_dataBuffer && m_dataBufferSize > 0, "invalid input arguments for read next line from input");
+
+  if (prv)
+    *prv = NS_OK;
+  // initialize out values
+  aPauseForMoreData = false;
+  aNumBytesInLine = 0;
+  char * endOfLine = nullptr;
+  char * startOfLine = m_dataBuffer+m_startPos;
+  
+  if (m_numBytesInBuffer > 0) // any data in our internal buffer?
+    endOfLine = PL_strchr(startOfLine, m_lineToken); // see if we already have a line ending...
+  
+  // it's possible that we got here before the first time we receive data from the server
+  // so aInputStream will be nullptr...
+  if (!endOfLine && aInputStream) // get some more data from the server
+  {
+    nsresult rv;
+    uint64_t numBytesInStream = 0;
+    uint32_t numBytesCopied = 0;
+    bool nonBlockingStream;
+    aInputStream->IsNonBlocking(&nonBlockingStream);
+    rv = aInputStream->Available(&numBytesInStream);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    {
+      if (prv)
+        *prv = rv;
+      aNumBytesInLine = -1;
+      return nullptr;
+    }
+    if (!nonBlockingStream && numBytesInStream == 0) // if no data available,
+      numBytesInStream = m_dataBufferSize / 2; // ask for half the data buffer size.
+
+    // if the number of bytes we want to read from the stream, is greater than the number
+    // of bytes left in our buffer, then we need to shift the start pos and its contents
+    // down to the beginning of m_dataBuffer...
+    uint32_t numFreeBytesInBuffer = m_dataBufferSize - m_startPos - m_numBytesInBuffer;
+    if (numBytesInStream >= numFreeBytesInBuffer)
+    {
+      if (m_startPos)
+      {
+        memmove(m_dataBuffer, startOfLine, m_numBytesInBuffer);
+        // make sure the end of the buffer is terminated
+        m_dataBuffer[m_numBytesInBuffer] = '\0';
+        m_startPos = 0;
+        startOfLine = m_dataBuffer;
+        numFreeBytesInBuffer = m_dataBufferSize - m_numBytesInBuffer;
+        //printf("moving data in read line around because buffer filling up\n");
+      }
+      // If we didn't make enough space (or any), grow the buffer
+      if (numBytesInStream >= numFreeBytesInBuffer)
+      {
+        int64_t growBy = (numBytesInStream - numFreeBytesInBuffer) * 2 + 1;
+        // GrowBuffer cannot handles over 4GB size
+        if (m_dataBufferSize + growBy > PR_UINT32_MAX)
+          return nullptr;
+        // try growing buffer by twice as much as we need.
+        nsresult rv = GrowBuffer(m_dataBufferSize + growBy);
+        // if we can't grow the buffer, we have to bail.
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+          return nullptr;
+        startOfLine = m_dataBuffer;
+        numFreeBytesInBuffer += growBy;
+      }
+      NS_ASSERTION(m_startPos == 0, "m_startPos should be 0 .....\n");
+    }
+    
+    uint32_t numBytesToCopy = std::min(uint64_t(numFreeBytesInBuffer - 1) /* leave one for a null terminator */, numBytesInStream);
+    if (numBytesToCopy > 0)
+    {
+      // read the data into the end of our data buffer
+      char *startOfNewData = startOfLine + m_numBytesInBuffer;
+      rv = aInputStream->Read(startOfNewData, numBytesToCopy, &numBytesCopied);
+      if (prv)
+        *prv = rv;
+      uint32_t i;
+      for (i = 0; i < numBytesCopied; i++)  // replace nulls with spaces
+      {
+        if (!startOfNewData[i])
+          startOfNewData[i] = ' ';
+      }
+      m_numBytesInBuffer += numBytesCopied;
+      m_dataBuffer[m_startPos + m_numBytesInBuffer] = '\0';
+
+      // okay, now that we've tried to read in more data from the stream,
+      // look for another end of line character in the new data
+      endOfLine = PL_strchr(startOfNewData, m_lineToken);
+    }
+  }
+  
+  // okay, now check again for endOfLine.
+  if (endOfLine)
+  {
+    if (!m_eatCRLFs)
+      endOfLine += 1; // count for LF or CR
+    
+    aNumBytesInLine = endOfLine - startOfLine;
+    
+    if (m_eatCRLFs && aNumBytesInLine > 0 && startOfLine[aNumBytesInLine-1] == '\r') // Remove the CR in a CRLF sequence
+      aNumBytesInLine--;
+    
+    // PR_CALLOC zeros out the allocated line
+    char* newLine = (char*) PR_CALLOC(aNumBytesInLine + (addLineTerminator ? MSG_LINEBREAK_LEN : 0) + 1);
+    if (!newLine)
+    {
+      aNumBytesInLine = 0;
+      aPauseForMoreData = true;
+      return nullptr;
+    }
+    
+    memcpy(newLine, startOfLine, aNumBytesInLine); // copy the string into the new line buffer
+    if (addLineTerminator)
+    {
+      memcpy(newLine + aNumBytesInLine, MSG_LINEBREAK, MSG_LINEBREAK_LEN);
+      aNumBytesInLine += MSG_LINEBREAK_LEN;
+    }
+    
+    if (m_eatCRLFs)
+      endOfLine += 1; // advance past LF or CR if we haven't already done so...
+    
+    // now we need to update the data buffer to go past the line we just read out. 
+    m_numBytesInBuffer -= (endOfLine - startOfLine);
+    if (m_numBytesInBuffer)
+      m_startPos = endOfLine - m_dataBuffer;
+    else
+      m_startPos = 0;
+    
+    return newLine;
+  }
+  
+  aPauseForMoreData = true;
+  return nullptr; // if we somehow got here. we don't have another line in the buffer yet...need to wait for more data...
+}
+
+bool nsMsgLineStreamBuffer::NextLineAvailable()
+{
+  return (m_numBytesInBuffer > 0 && PL_strchr(m_dataBuffer+m_startPos, m_lineToken));
+}
+
diff --git a/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgLineBuffer.h b/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgLineBuffer.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0383b2d43
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgLineBuffer.h
@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+#ifndef _nsMsgLineBuffer_H
+#define _nsMsgLineBuffer_H
+
+#include "msgCore.h"    // precompiled header...
+
+// I can't believe I have to have this stupid class, but I can't find
+// anything suitable (nsStrImpl might be, when it's done). nsIByteBuffer
+// would do, if I had a stream for input, which I don't.
+
+class NS_MSG_BASE nsByteArray 
+{
+public:
+  nsByteArray();
+  virtual ~nsByteArray();
+  uint32_t  GetSize() {return m_bufferSize;}
+  uint32_t  GetBufferPos() {return m_bufferPos;}
+  nsresult  GrowBuffer(uint32_t desired_size, uint32_t quantum = 1024);
+  nsresult  AppendString(const char *string);
+  nsresult  AppendBuffer(const char *buffer, uint32_t length);
+  void    ResetWritePos() {m_bufferPos = 0;}
+  char    *GetBuffer() {return m_buffer;}
+protected:
+  char    *m_buffer;
+  uint32_t  m_bufferSize;
+  uint32_t  m_bufferPos;  // write Pos in m_buffer - where the next byte should go.
+};
+
+
+class NS_MSG_BASE nsMsgLineBufferHandler : public nsByteArray
+{
+public:
+  virtual nsresult HandleLine(const char *line, uint32_t line_length) = 0;
+};
+
+class NS_MSG_BASE nsMsgLineBuffer : public nsMsgLineBufferHandler
+{
+public:
+  nsMsgLineBuffer(nsMsgLineBufferHandler *handler, bool convertNewlinesP);
+  
+  virtual    ~nsMsgLineBuffer();
+  nsresult    BufferInput(const char *net_buffer, int32_t net_buffer_size);
+  // Not sure why anyone cares, by NNTPHost seems to want to know the buf pos.
+  uint32_t    GetBufferPos() {return m_bufferPos;}
+  
+  virtual nsresult HandleLine(const char *line, uint32_t line_length);
+  // flush last line, though it won't be CRLF terminated.
+  virtual nsresult FlushLastLine();
+protected:
+  nsMsgLineBuffer(bool convertNewlinesP);
+  
+  nsresult ConvertAndSendBuffer();
+  void SetLookingForCRLF(bool b);
+  
+  nsMsgLineBufferHandler *m_handler;
+  bool        m_convertNewlinesP;
+  bool        m_lookingForCRLF; 
+};
+
+// I'm adding this utility class here for lack of a better place. This utility class is similar to nsMsgLineBuffer
+// except it works from an input stream. It is geared towards efficiently parsing new lines out of a stream by storing
+// read but unprocessed bytes in a buffer. I envision the primary use of this to be our mail protocols such as imap, news and
+// pop which need to process line by line data being returned in the form of a proxied stream from the server.
+
+class nsIInputStream;
+
+class NS_MSG_BASE nsMsgLineStreamBuffer
+{
+public:
+  // aBufferSize -- size of the buffer you want us to use for buffering stream data
+  // aEndOfLinetoken -- The delimiter string to be used for determining the end of line. This 
+  //              allows us to parse platform specific end of line endings by making it
+  //            a parameter.
+  // aAllocateNewLines -- true if you want calls to ReadNextLine to allocate new memory for the line. 
+  //            if false, the char * returned is just a ptr into the buffer. Subsequent calls to
+  //            ReadNextLine will alter the data so your ptr only has a life time of a per call.
+  // aEatCRLFs  -- true if you don't want to see the CRLFs on the lines returned by ReadNextLine. 
+  //         false if you do want to see them.
+  // aLineToken -- Specify the line token to look for, by default is LF ('\n') which cover as well CRLF. If
+  //            lines are terminated with a CR only, you need to set aLineToken to CR ('\r')
+  nsMsgLineStreamBuffer(uint32_t aBufferSize, bool aAllocateNewLines, 
+                        bool aEatCRLFs = true, char aLineToken = '\n'); // specify the size of the buffer you want the class to use....
+  virtual ~nsMsgLineStreamBuffer();
+  
+  // Caller must free the line returned using PR_Free
+  // aEndOfLinetoken -- delimiter used to denote the end of a line.
+  // aNumBytesInLine -- The number of bytes in the line returned
+  // aPauseForMoreData -- There is not enough data in the stream to make a line at this time...
+  char * ReadNextLine(nsIInputStream * aInputStream, uint32_t &anumBytesInLine, bool &aPauseForMoreData, nsresult *rv = nullptr, bool addLineTerminator = false);
+  nsresult GrowBuffer(int32_t desiredSize);
+  void ClearBuffer();
+  bool NextLineAvailable();
+protected:
+  bool m_eatCRLFs;
+  bool m_allocateNewLines;
+  char * m_dataBuffer;
+  uint32_t m_dataBufferSize;
+  uint32_t m_startPos;
+  uint32_t m_numBytesInBuffer;
+  char m_lineToken;
+};
+
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgMailNewsUrl.cpp b/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgMailNewsUrl.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e9dc52b33
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgMailNewsUrl.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1060 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "nsMsgMailNewsUrl.h"
+#include "nsMsgBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsIMsgAccountManager.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsILoadGroup.h"
+#include "nsIDocShell.h"
+#include "nsIWebProgress.h"
+#include "nsIWebProgressListener.h"
+#include "nsIInterfaceRequestor.h"
+#include "nsIInterfaceRequestorUtils.h"
+#include "nsIIOService.h"
+#include "nsNetCID.h"
+#include "nsIStreamListener.h"
+#include "nsIOutputStream.h"
+#include "nsIInputStream.h"
+#include "nsNetUtil.h"
+#include "nsIFile.h"
+#include "prmem.h"
+#include <time.h>
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "mozilla/Services.h"
+#include <algorithm>
+#include "nsProxyRelease.h"
+#include "mozilla/BasePrincipal.h"
+
+nsMsgMailNewsUrl::nsMsgMailNewsUrl()
+{
+  // nsIURI specific state
+  m_errorMessage = nullptr;
+  m_runningUrl = false;
+  m_updatingFolder = false;
+  m_msgIsInLocalCache = false;
+  m_suppressErrorMsgs = false;
+  m_isPrincipalURL = false;
+  mMaxProgress = -1;
+  m_baseURL = do_CreateInstance(NS_STANDARDURL_CONTRACTID);
+}
+
+#define NOTIFY_URL_LISTENERS(propertyfunc_, params_)                   \
+  PR_BEGIN_MACRO                                                       \
+  nsTObserverArray<nsCOMPtr<nsIUrlListener> >::ForwardIterator iter(mUrlListeners); \
+  while (iter.HasMore()) {                                             \
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIUrlListener> listener = iter.GetNext();                \
+    listener->propertyfunc_ params_;                                   \
+  }                                                                    \
+  PR_END_MACRO
+
+nsMsgMailNewsUrl::~nsMsgMailNewsUrl()
+{
+  PR_FREEIF(m_errorMessage);
+
+  // In IMAP this URL is created and destroyed on the imap thread,
+  // so we must ensure that releases of XPCOM objects (which might be
+  // implemented by non-threadsafe JS components) are released on the
+  // main thread.
+  NS_ReleaseOnMainThread(m_baseURL.forget());
+  NS_ReleaseOnMainThread(mMimeHeaders.forget());
+  NS_ReleaseOnMainThread(m_searchSession.forget());
+  NS_ReleaseOnMainThread(mMsgHeaderSink.forget());
+
+  nsTObserverArray<nsCOMPtr<nsIUrlListener>>::ForwardIterator iter(mUrlListeners);
+  while (iter.HasMore()) {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIUrlListener> listener = iter.GetNext();
+    if (listener)
+      NS_ReleaseOnMainThread(listener.forget());
+  }
+}
+  
+NS_IMPL_ADDREF(nsMsgMailNewsUrl)
+NS_IMPL_RELEASE(nsMsgMailNewsUrl)
+
+// We want part URLs to QI to nsIURIWithPrincipal so we can give
+// them a "normalised" origin. URLs that already have a "normalised"
+// origin should not QI to nsIURIWithPrincipal.
+NS_INTERFACE_MAP_BEGIN(nsMsgMailNewsUrl)
+  NS_INTERFACE_MAP_ENTRY_AMBIGUOUS(nsISupports, nsIMsgMailNewsUrl)
+  NS_INTERFACE_MAP_ENTRY(nsIMsgMailNewsUrl)
+  NS_INTERFACE_MAP_ENTRY(nsIURL)
+  NS_INTERFACE_MAP_ENTRY(nsIURIWithQuery)
+  NS_INTERFACE_MAP_ENTRY(nsIURI)
+  NS_INTERFACE_MAP_ENTRY_CONDITIONAL(nsIURIWithPrincipal, !m_isPrincipalURL)
+NS_INTERFACE_MAP_END
+
+// Support for nsIURIWithPrincipal.
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::GetPrincipal(nsIPrincipal **aPrincipal)
+{
+  MOZ_ASSERT(!m_isPrincipalURL,
+    "nsMsgMailNewsUrl::GetPrincipal() can only be called for non-principal URLs");
+
+  if (!m_principal) {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgMessageUrl> msgUrl;
+    QueryInterface(NS_GET_IID(nsIMsgMessageUrl), getter_AddRefs(msgUrl));
+
+    nsAutoCString spec;
+    if (!msgUrl || NS_FAILED(msgUrl->GetPrincipalSpec(spec))) {
+      MOZ_ASSERT(false, "Can't get principal spec");
+      // just use the normal spec.
+      GetSpec(spec);
+    }
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> uri;
+    nsresult rv = NS_NewURI(getter_AddRefs(uri), spec);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    mozilla::PrincipalOriginAttributes attrs;
+    m_principal = mozilla::BasePrincipal::CreateCodebasePrincipal(uri, attrs);
+  }
+
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aPrincipal = m_principal);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::GetPrincipalUri(nsIURI **aPrincipalURI)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aPrincipalURI);
+  if (!m_principal) {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIPrincipal> p;
+    GetPrincipal(getter_AddRefs(p));
+  }
+  if (!m_principal)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+  return m_principal->GetURI(aPrincipalURI);
+}
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Begin nsIMsgMailNewsUrl specific support
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+nsresult nsMsgMailNewsUrl::GetUrlState(bool * aRunningUrl)
+{
+  if (aRunningUrl)
+    *aRunningUrl = m_runningUrl;
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgMailNewsUrl::SetUrlState(bool aRunningUrl, nsresult aExitCode)
+{
+  // if we already knew this running state, return, unless the url was aborted
+  if (m_runningUrl == aRunningUrl && aExitCode != NS_MSG_ERROR_URL_ABORTED)
+    return NS_OK;
+  m_runningUrl = aRunningUrl;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgStatusFeedback> statusFeedback;
+  
+  // put this back - we need it for urls that don't run through the doc loader
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(GetStatusFeedback(getter_AddRefs(statusFeedback))) && statusFeedback)
+  {
+    if (m_runningUrl)
+      statusFeedback->StartMeteors();
+    else
+    {
+      statusFeedback->ShowProgress(0);
+      statusFeedback->StopMeteors();
+    }
+  }
+  
+  if (m_runningUrl)
+  {
+    NOTIFY_URL_LISTENERS(OnStartRunningUrl, (this));
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    NOTIFY_URL_LISTENERS(OnStopRunningUrl, (this, aExitCode));
+    mUrlListeners.Clear();
+  }
+  
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::RegisterListener(nsIUrlListener *aUrlListener)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aUrlListener);
+  mUrlListeners.AppendElement(aUrlListener);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgMailNewsUrl::UnRegisterListener(nsIUrlListener *aUrlListener)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aUrlListener);
+
+  // Due to the way mailnews is structured, some listeners attempt to remove
+  // themselves twice. This may in fact be an error in the coding, however
+  // if they didn't do it as they do currently, then they could fail to remove
+  // their listeners.
+  mUrlListeners.RemoveElement(aUrlListener);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::GetServer(nsIMsgIncomingServer ** aIncomingServer)
+{
+  // mscott --> we could cache a copy of the server here....but if we did, we run
+  // the risk of leaking the server if any single url gets leaked....of course that
+  // shouldn't happen...but it could. so i'm going to look it up every time and
+  // we can look at caching it later.
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsAutoCString urlstr;
+  nsAutoCString scheme;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIURL> url = do_CreateInstance(NS_STANDARDURL_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  rv = m_baseURL->GetSpec(urlstr);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  rv = url->SetSpec(urlstr);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+  rv = GetScheme(scheme);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+        if (scheme.EqualsLiteral("pop"))
+          scheme.Assign("pop3");
+        // we use "nntp" in the server list so translate it here.
+        if (scheme.EqualsLiteral("news"))
+          scheme.Assign("nntp");
+        url->SetScheme(scheme);
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccountManager> accountManager = 
+                 do_GetService(NS_MSGACCOUNTMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+        
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+        rv = accountManager->FindServerByURI(url, false,
+                                        aIncomingServer);
+        if (!*aIncomingServer && scheme.EqualsLiteral("imap"))
+        {
+          // look for any imap server with this host name so clicking on 
+          // other users folder urls will work. We could override this method
+          // for imap urls, or we could make caching of servers work and
+          // just set the server in the imap code for this case.
+          url->SetUserPass(EmptyCString());
+          rv = accountManager->FindServerByURI(url, false,
+                                          aIncomingServer);
+        }
+    }
+
+    return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::GetMsgWindow(nsIMsgWindow **aMsgWindow)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMsgWindow);
+  *aMsgWindow = nullptr;
+  
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgWindow> msgWindow(do_QueryReferent(m_msgWindowWeak));
+  msgWindow.swap(*aMsgWindow);
+  return *aMsgWindow ? NS_OK : NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::SetMsgWindow(nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow)
+{
+#ifdef DEBUG_David_Bienvenu
+  NS_ASSERTION(aMsgWindow || !m_msgWindowWeak, "someone crunching non-null msg window");
+#endif
+  m_msgWindowWeak = do_GetWeakReference(aMsgWindow);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::GetStatusFeedback(nsIMsgStatusFeedback **aMsgFeedback)
+{
+  // note: it is okay to return a null status feedback and not return an error
+  // it's possible the url really doesn't have status feedback
+  *aMsgFeedback = nullptr;
+  if (!m_statusFeedbackWeak)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgWindow> msgWindow(do_QueryReferent(m_msgWindowWeak));
+    if (msgWindow)
+      msgWindow->GetStatusFeedback(aMsgFeedback);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgStatusFeedback> statusFeedback(do_QueryReferent(m_statusFeedbackWeak));
+    statusFeedback.swap(*aMsgFeedback);
+  }
+  return *aMsgFeedback ? NS_OK : NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::SetStatusFeedback(nsIMsgStatusFeedback *aMsgFeedback)
+{
+  if (aMsgFeedback)
+    m_statusFeedbackWeak = do_GetWeakReference(aMsgFeedback);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::GetMaxProgress(int64_t *aMaxProgress)
+{
+  *aMaxProgress = mMaxProgress;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::SetMaxProgress(int64_t aMaxProgress)
+{
+  mMaxProgress = aMaxProgress;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::GetLoadGroup(nsILoadGroup **aLoadGroup)
+{
+  *aLoadGroup = nullptr;
+  // note: it is okay to return a null load group and not return an error
+  // it's possible the url really doesn't have load group
+  nsCOMPtr<nsILoadGroup> loadGroup (do_QueryReferent(m_loadGroupWeak));
+  if (!loadGroup)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgWindow> msgWindow(do_QueryReferent(m_msgWindowWeak));
+    if (msgWindow)
+    {
+      // XXXbz This is really weird... why are we getting some
+      // random loadgroup we're not really a part of?
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIDocShell> docShell;
+      msgWindow->GetRootDocShell(getter_AddRefs(docShell));
+      loadGroup = do_GetInterface(docShell);
+      m_loadGroupWeak = do_GetWeakReference(loadGroup);
+    }
+  }
+  loadGroup.swap(*aLoadGroup);
+  return *aLoadGroup ? NS_OK : NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::GetUpdatingFolder(bool *aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(aResult);
+  *aResult = m_updatingFolder;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::SetUpdatingFolder(bool updatingFolder)
+{
+  m_updatingFolder = updatingFolder;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::GetMsgIsInLocalCache(bool *aMsgIsInLocalCache)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(aMsgIsInLocalCache); 
+  *aMsgIsInLocalCache = m_msgIsInLocalCache;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::SetMsgIsInLocalCache(bool aMsgIsInLocalCache)
+{
+  m_msgIsInLocalCache = aMsgIsInLocalCache;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::GetSuppressErrorMsgs(bool *aSuppressErrorMsgs)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(aSuppressErrorMsgs); 
+  *aSuppressErrorMsgs = m_suppressErrorMsgs;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::SetSuppressErrorMsgs(bool aSuppressErrorMsgs)
+{
+  m_suppressErrorMsgs = aSuppressErrorMsgs;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::IsUrlType(uint32_t type, bool *isType)
+{
+  //base class doesn't know about any specific types
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(isType);
+  *isType = false;
+  return NS_OK;
+
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::SetSearchSession(nsIMsgSearchSession *aSearchSession)
+{
+  if (aSearchSession)
+    m_searchSession = do_QueryInterface(aSearchSession);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::GetSearchSession(nsIMsgSearchSession **aSearchSession)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(aSearchSession);
+  *aSearchSession = m_searchSession;
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aSearchSession);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// End nsIMsgMailNewsUrl specific support
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Begin nsIURI support
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::GetSpec(nsACString &aSpec)
+{
+  return m_baseURL->GetSpec(aSpec);
+}
+
+#define FILENAME_PART_LEN 10
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::SetSpec(const nsACString &aSpec)
+{
+  nsAutoCString spec(aSpec);
+  // Parse out "filename" attribute if present.
+  char *start, *end;
+  start = PL_strcasestr(spec.BeginWriting(),"?filename=");
+  if (!start)
+    start = PL_strcasestr(spec.BeginWriting(),"&filename=");
+  if (start)
+  { // Make sure we only get our own value.
+    end = PL_strcasestr((char*)(start+FILENAME_PART_LEN),"&");
+    if (end)
+    {
+      *end = 0;
+      mAttachmentFileName = start+FILENAME_PART_LEN;
+      *end = '&';
+    }
+    else
+      mAttachmentFileName = start+FILENAME_PART_LEN;
+  }
+
+  // Now, set the rest.
+  nsresult rv = m_baseURL->SetSpec(aSpec);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // Check whether the URL is in normalised form.
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgMessageUrl> msgUrl;
+  QueryInterface(NS_GET_IID(nsIMsgMessageUrl), getter_AddRefs(msgUrl));
+
+  nsAutoCString principalSpec;
+  if (!msgUrl || NS_FAILED(msgUrl->GetPrincipalSpec(principalSpec))) {
+    // If we can't get the principal spec, never QI this to nsIURIWithPrincipal.
+    m_isPrincipalURL = true;
+  } else {
+    m_isPrincipalURL = spec.Equals(principalSpec);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::GetPrePath(nsACString &aPrePath)
+{
+  return m_baseURL->GetPrePath(aPrePath);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::GetScheme(nsACString &aScheme)
+{
+  return m_baseURL->GetScheme(aScheme);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::SetScheme(const nsACString &aScheme)
+{
+  return m_baseURL->SetScheme(aScheme);
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::GetUserPass(nsACString &aUserPass)
+{
+  return m_baseURL->GetUserPass(aUserPass);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::SetUserPass(const nsACString &aUserPass)
+{
+  return m_baseURL->SetUserPass(aUserPass);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::GetUsername(nsACString &aUsername)
+{
+  /* note:  this will return an escaped string */
+  return m_baseURL->GetUsername(aUsername);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::SetUsername(const nsACString &aUsername)
+{
+  return m_baseURL->SetUsername(aUsername);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::GetPassword(nsACString &aPassword)
+{
+  return m_baseURL->GetPassword(aPassword);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::SetPassword(const nsACString &aPassword)
+{
+  return m_baseURL->SetPassword(aPassword);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::GetHostPort(nsACString &aHostPort)
+{
+  return m_baseURL->GetHostPort(aHostPort);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::SetHostPort(const nsACString &aHostPort)
+{
+  return m_baseURL->SetHostPort(aHostPort);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::SetHostAndPort(const nsACString &aHostPort)
+{
+  return m_baseURL->SetHostAndPort(aHostPort);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::GetHost(nsACString &aHost)
+{
+  return m_baseURL->GetHost(aHost);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::SetHost(const nsACString &aHost)
+{
+  return m_baseURL->SetHost(aHost);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::GetPort(int32_t *aPort)
+{
+  return m_baseURL->GetPort(aPort);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::SetPort(int32_t aPort)
+{
+  return m_baseURL->SetPort(aPort);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::GetPath(nsACString &aPath)
+{
+  return m_baseURL->GetPath(aPath);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::SetPath(const nsACString &aPath)
+{
+  return m_baseURL->SetPath(aPath);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::GetAsciiHost(nsACString &aHostA)
+{
+    return m_baseURL->GetAsciiHost(aHostA);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::GetAsciiHostPort(nsACString &aHostPortA)
+{
+  return m_baseURL->GetAsciiHostPort(aHostPortA);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::GetAsciiSpec(nsACString &aSpecA)
+{
+    return m_baseURL->GetAsciiSpec(aSpecA);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::GetOriginCharset(nsACString &aOriginCharset)
+{
+    return m_baseURL->GetOriginCharset(aOriginCharset);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::GetBaseURI(nsIURI **aBaseURI)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aBaseURI);
+  return m_baseURL->QueryInterface(NS_GET_IID(nsIURI), (void**) aBaseURI);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::Equals(nsIURI *other, bool *_retval)
+{
+  // The passed-in URI might be a mail news url. Pass our inner URL to its
+  // Equals method. The other mail news url will then pass its inner URL to
+  // to the Equals method of our inner URL. Other URIs will return false.
+  if (other)
+    return other->Equals(m_baseURL, _retval);
+
+  return m_baseURL->Equals(other, _retval);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::EqualsExceptRef(nsIURI *other, bool *result)
+{
+  // The passed-in URI might be a mail news url. Pass our inner URL to its
+  // Equals method. The other mail news url will then pass its inner URL to
+  // to the Equals method of our inner URL. Other URIs will return false.
+  if (other)
+    return other->EqualsExceptRef(m_baseURL, result);
+
+  return m_baseURL->EqualsExceptRef(other, result);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgMailNewsUrl::GetSpecIgnoringRef(nsACString &result)
+{
+  return m_baseURL->GetSpecIgnoringRef(result);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgMailNewsUrl::GetHasRef(bool *result)
+{
+  return m_baseURL->GetHasRef(result);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::SchemeIs(const char *aScheme, bool *_retval)
+{
+  return m_baseURL->SchemeIs(aScheme, _retval);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgMailNewsUrl::CloneInternal(uint32_t aRefHandlingMode,
+                                const nsACString& newRef, nsIURI** _retval)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsAutoCString urlSpec;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIIOService> ioService =
+    mozilla::services::GetIOService();
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(ioService, NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED);
+  rv = GetSpec(urlSpec);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  rv = ioService->NewURI(urlSpec, nullptr, nullptr, _retval);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // add the msg window to the cloned url
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgWindow> msgWindow(do_QueryReferent(m_msgWindowWeak));
+  if (msgWindow)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> msgMailNewsUrl = do_QueryInterface(*_retval, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    msgMailNewsUrl->SetMsgWindow(msgWindow);
+  }
+
+  if (aRefHandlingMode == nsIMsgMailNewsUrl::REPLACE_REF) {
+    rv = (*_retval)->SetRef(newRef);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  } else if (aRefHandlingMode == nsIMsgMailNewsUrl::IGNORE_REF) {
+    rv = (*_retval)->SetRef(EmptyCString());
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::Clone(nsIURI **_retval)
+{
+  return CloneInternal(nsIMsgMailNewsUrl::HONOR_REF, EmptyCString(), _retval);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgMailNewsUrl::CloneIgnoringRef(nsIURI** _retval)
+{
+  return CloneInternal(nsIMsgMailNewsUrl::IGNORE_REF, EmptyCString(), _retval);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgMailNewsUrl::CloneWithNewRef(const nsACString& newRef, nsIURI** _retval)
+{
+  return CloneInternal(nsIMsgMailNewsUrl::REPLACE_REF, newRef, _retval);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::Resolve(const nsACString &relativePath, nsACString &result) 
+{
+  // only resolve anchor urls....i.e. urls which start with '#' against the mailnews url...
+  // everything else shouldn't be resolved against mailnews urls.
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  if (!relativePath.IsEmpty() && relativePath.First() == '#') // an anchor
+    return m_baseURL->Resolve(relativePath, result);
+  else
+  {
+    // if relativePath is a complete url with it's own scheme then allow it...
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIIOService> ioService =
+      mozilla::services::GetIOService();
+    NS_ENSURE_TRUE(ioService, NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED);
+    nsAutoCString scheme;
+
+    rv = ioService->ExtractScheme(relativePath, scheme);
+    // if we have a fully qualified scheme then pass the relative path back as the result
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !scheme.IsEmpty())
+    {
+      result = relativePath;
+      rv = NS_OK;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      result.Truncate();
+      rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::GetDirectory(nsACString &aDirectory)
+{
+  return m_baseURL->GetDirectory(aDirectory);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::SetDirectory(const nsACString &aDirectory)
+{
+
+  return m_baseURL->SetDirectory(aDirectory);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::GetFileName(nsACString &aFileName)
+{
+  if (!mAttachmentFileName.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    aFileName = mAttachmentFileName;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  return m_baseURL->GetFileName(aFileName);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::GetFileBaseName(nsACString &aFileBaseName)
+{
+  return m_baseURL->GetFileBaseName(aFileBaseName);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::SetFileBaseName(const nsACString &aFileBaseName)
+{
+  return m_baseURL->SetFileBaseName(aFileBaseName);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::GetFileExtension(nsACString &aFileExtension)
+{
+  if (!mAttachmentFileName.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    int32_t pos = mAttachmentFileName.RFindChar(char16_t('.'));
+    if (pos > 0)
+      aFileExtension = Substring(mAttachmentFileName, pos + 1 /* skip the '.' */);
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  return m_baseURL->GetFileExtension(aFileExtension);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::SetFileExtension(const nsACString &aFileExtension)
+{
+  return m_baseURL->SetFileExtension(aFileExtension);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::SetFileName(const nsACString &aFileName)
+{
+  mAttachmentFileName = aFileName;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::GetQuery(nsACString &aQuery)
+{
+  return m_baseURL->GetQuery(aQuery);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::SetQuery(const nsACString &aQuery)
+{
+  return m_baseURL->SetQuery(aQuery);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::GetRef(nsACString &aRef)
+{
+  return m_baseURL->GetRef(aRef);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::SetRef(const nsACString &aRef)
+{
+  return m_baseURL->SetRef(aRef);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::GetFilePath(nsACString &o_DirFile)
+{
+  return m_baseURL->GetFilePath(o_DirFile);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::SetFilePath(const nsACString &i_DirFile)
+{
+  return m_baseURL->SetFilePath(i_DirFile);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::GetCommonBaseSpec(nsIURI *uri2, nsACString &result)
+{
+  return m_baseURL->GetCommonBaseSpec(uri2, result);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::GetRelativeSpec(nsIURI *uri2, nsACString &result)
+{
+  return m_baseURL->GetRelativeSpec(uri2, result);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::SetMemCacheEntry(nsICacheEntry *memCacheEntry)
+{
+  m_memCacheEntry = memCacheEntry;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::GetMemCacheEntry(nsICacheEntry **memCacheEntry)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(memCacheEntry);
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  if (m_memCacheEntry)
+  {
+    *memCacheEntry = m_memCacheEntry;
+    NS_ADDREF(*memCacheEntry);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    *memCacheEntry = nullptr;
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::GetMimeHeaders(nsIMimeHeaders * *mimeHeaders)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(mimeHeaders);
+    NS_IF_ADDREF(*mimeHeaders = mMimeHeaders);
+    return (mMimeHeaders) ? NS_OK : NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::SetMimeHeaders(nsIMimeHeaders *mimeHeaders)
+{
+    mMimeHeaders = mimeHeaders;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::LoadURI(nsIDocShell* docShell,
+                                        nsIDocShellLoadInfo* loadInfo,
+                                        uint32_t aLoadFlags)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(docShell);
+  return docShell->LoadURI(this, loadInfo, aLoadFlags, false);
+}
+
+#define SAVE_BUF_SIZE FILE_IO_BUFFER_SIZE
+class nsMsgSaveAsListener : public nsIStreamListener
+{
+public:
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIREQUESTOBSERVER
+  NS_DECL_NSISTREAMLISTENER
+
+  nsMsgSaveAsListener(nsIFile *aFile, bool addDummyEnvelope);
+  nsresult SetupMsgWriteStream(nsIFile *aFile, bool addDummyEnvelope);
+protected:
+  virtual ~nsMsgSaveAsListener();
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIOutputStream> m_outputStream;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> m_outputFile;
+  bool m_addDummyEnvelope;
+  bool m_writtenData;
+  uint32_t m_leftOver;
+  char m_dataBuffer[SAVE_BUF_SIZE+1]; // temporary buffer for this save operation
+
+};
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMsgSaveAsListener,
+                   nsIStreamListener,
+                   nsIRequestObserver)
+
+nsMsgSaveAsListener::nsMsgSaveAsListener(nsIFile *aFile, bool addDummyEnvelope)
+{
+  m_outputFile = aFile;
+  m_writtenData = false;
+  m_addDummyEnvelope = addDummyEnvelope;
+  m_leftOver = 0;
+}
+
+nsMsgSaveAsListener::~nsMsgSaveAsListener()
+{
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgSaveAsListener::OnStartRequest(nsIRequest *request, nsISupports *ctxt)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgSaveAsListener::OnStopRequest(nsIRequest *request, nsISupports * aCtxt, nsresult aStatus)
+{
+  if (m_outputStream)
+  {
+    m_outputStream->Flush();
+    m_outputStream->Close();
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+} 
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgSaveAsListener::OnDataAvailable(nsIRequest* request, 
+                                  nsISupports* aSupport,
+                                  nsIInputStream* inStream, 
+                                  uint64_t srcOffset,
+                                  uint32_t count)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  uint64_t available;
+  rv = inStream->Available(&available);
+  if (!m_writtenData)
+  {
+    m_writtenData = true;
+    rv = SetupMsgWriteStream(m_outputFile, m_addDummyEnvelope);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+
+  bool useCanonicalEnding = false;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgMessageUrl> msgUrl = do_QueryInterface(aSupport);
+  if (msgUrl)
+    msgUrl->GetCanonicalLineEnding(&useCanonicalEnding);
+  
+  const char *lineEnding = (useCanonicalEnding) ? CRLF : MSG_LINEBREAK;
+  uint32_t lineEndingLength = (useCanonicalEnding) ? 2 : MSG_LINEBREAK_LEN;
+  
+  uint32_t readCount, maxReadCount = SAVE_BUF_SIZE - m_leftOver;
+  uint32_t writeCount;
+  char *start, *end, lastCharInPrevBuf = '\0';
+  uint32_t linebreak_len = 0;
+
+  while (count > 0)
+  {
+      if (count < maxReadCount)
+          maxReadCount = count;
+      rv = inStream->Read(m_dataBuffer + m_leftOver,
+                          maxReadCount,
+                          &readCount);
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+      m_leftOver += readCount;
+      m_dataBuffer[m_leftOver] = '\0';
+
+      start = m_dataBuffer;
+      // make sure we don't insert another LF, accidentally, by ignoring
+      // second half of CRLF spanning blocks.
+      if (lastCharInPrevBuf == '\r' && *start == '\n')
+        start++;
+
+      end = PL_strchr(start, '\r');
+      if (!end)
+          end = PL_strchr(start, '\n');
+      else if (*(end+1) == '\n' && linebreak_len == 0)
+          linebreak_len = 2;
+
+      if (linebreak_len == 0) // not initialize yet
+          linebreak_len = 1;
+
+      count -= readCount;
+      maxReadCount = SAVE_BUF_SIZE - m_leftOver;
+
+      if (!end && count > maxReadCount)
+          // must be a very very long line; sorry cannot handle it
+          return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+      while (start && end)
+      {
+          if (m_outputStream &&
+              PL_strncasecmp(start, "X-Mozilla-Status:", 17) &&
+              PL_strncasecmp(start, "X-Mozilla-Status2:", 18) &&
+              PL_strncmp(start, "From - ", 7))
+          {
+              rv = m_outputStream->Write(start, end-start, &writeCount);
+              nsresult tmp = m_outputStream->Write(lineEnding, lineEndingLength, &writeCount);
+              if (NS_FAILED(tmp)) {
+                rv = tmp;
+              }
+          }
+          start = end+linebreak_len;
+          if (start >= m_dataBuffer + m_leftOver)
+          {
+              maxReadCount = SAVE_BUF_SIZE;
+              m_leftOver = 0;
+              break;
+          }
+          end = PL_strchr(start, '\r');
+          if (!end)
+              end = PL_strchr(start, '\n');
+          if (start && !end)
+          {
+              m_leftOver -= (start - m_dataBuffer);
+              memcpy(m_dataBuffer, start,
+                            m_leftOver+1); // including null
+              maxReadCount = SAVE_BUF_SIZE - m_leftOver;
+          }
+      }
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+      if (end)
+          lastCharInPrevBuf = *end;
+  }
+  return rv;
+  
+  //  rv = m_outputStream->WriteFrom(inStream, std::min(available, count), &bytesWritten);
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgSaveAsListener::SetupMsgWriteStream(nsIFile *aFile, bool addDummyEnvelope)
+{
+  // If the file already exists, delete it, but do this before
+  // getting the outputstream.
+  // Due to bug 328027, the nsSaveMsgListener created in
+  // nsMessenger::SaveAs now opens the stream on the nsIFile
+  // object, thus creating an empty file. Actual save operations for
+  // IMAP and NNTP use this nsMsgSaveAsListener here, though, so we
+  // have to close the stream before deleting the file, else data
+  // would still be written happily into a now non-existing file.
+  // (Windows doesn't care, btw, just unixoids do...)
+  aFile->Remove(false);
+
+  nsresult rv = MsgNewBufferedFileOutputStream(getter_AddRefs(m_outputStream),
+                                               aFile, -1, 0666);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  if (m_outputStream && addDummyEnvelope)
+  {
+    nsAutoCString result;
+    uint32_t writeCount;
+
+    time_t now = time((time_t*) 0);
+    char *ct = ctime(&now);
+    // Remove the ending new-line character.
+    ct[24] = '\0';
+    result = "From - ";
+    result += ct;
+    result += MSG_LINEBREAK;
+    m_outputStream->Write(result.get(), result.Length(), &writeCount);
+
+    result = "X-Mozilla-Status: 0001";
+    result += MSG_LINEBREAK;
+    result += "X-Mozilla-Status2: 00000000";
+    result += MSG_LINEBREAK;
+    m_outputStream->Write(result.get(), result.Length(), &writeCount);
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::GetSaveAsListener(bool addDummyEnvelope, 
+                                                  nsIFile *aFile, nsIStreamListener **aSaveListener)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aSaveListener);
+  nsMsgSaveAsListener *saveAsListener = new nsMsgSaveAsListener(aFile, addDummyEnvelope);
+  return saveAsListener->QueryInterface(NS_GET_IID(nsIStreamListener), (void **) aSaveListener);
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::SetFolder(nsIMsgFolder * /* aFolder */)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::GetFolder(nsIMsgFolder ** /* aFolder */)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::GetMsgHeaderSink(nsIMsgHeaderSink * *aMsgHdrSink)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMsgHdrSink);
+    NS_IF_ADDREF(*aMsgHdrSink = mMsgHeaderSink);
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::SetMsgHeaderSink(nsIMsgHeaderSink * aMsgHdrSink)
+{
+    mMsgHeaderSink = aMsgHdrSink;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::GetIsMessageUri(bool *aIsMessageUri)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(aIsMessageUri);
+  nsAutoCString scheme;
+  m_baseURL->GetScheme(scheme);
+  *aIsMessageUri = StringEndsWith(scheme, NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("-message"));
+  return NS_OK;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgMailNewsUrl.h b/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgMailNewsUrl.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5833dfef1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgMailNewsUrl.h
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsMsgMailNewsUrl_h___
+#define nsMsgMailNewsUrl_h___
+
+#include "nscore.h"
+#include "nsISupports.h"
+#include "nsIUrlListener.h"
+#include "nsTObserverArray.h"
+#include "nsIMsgWindow.h"
+#include "nsIMsgStatusFeedback.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsCOMArray.h"
+#include "nsIMimeHeaders.h"
+#include "nsIMsgMailNewsUrl.h"
+#include "nsIURL.h"
+#include "nsIURIWithPrincipal.h"
+#include "nsILoadGroup.h"
+#include "nsIMsgSearchSession.h"
+#include "nsICacheEntry.h"
+#include "nsICacheSession.h"
+#include "nsIMimeMiscStatus.h"
+#include "nsWeakReference.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Okay, I found that all of the mail and news url interfaces needed to support
+// several common interfaces (in addition to those provided through nsIURI). 
+// So I decided to group them all in this implementation so we don't have to
+// duplicate the code.
+//
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#undef  IMETHOD_VISIBILITY
+#define IMETHOD_VISIBILITY NS_VISIBILITY_DEFAULT
+
+class NS_MSG_BASE nsMsgMailNewsUrl : public nsIMsgMailNewsUrl,
+                                     public nsIURIWithPrincipal
+{
+public:
+    nsMsgMailNewsUrl();
+
+    NS_DECL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS
+    NS_DECL_NSIMSGMAILNEWSURL
+    NS_DECL_NSIURI
+    NS_DECL_NSIURIWITHQUERY
+    NS_DECL_NSIURL
+    NS_DECL_NSIURIWITHPRINCIPAL
+
+protected:
+  virtual ~nsMsgMailNewsUrl();
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIURL> m_baseURL;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrincipal> m_principal;
+  nsWeakPtr m_statusFeedbackWeak;
+  nsWeakPtr m_msgWindowWeak;
+  nsWeakPtr m_loadGroupWeak;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMimeHeaders> mMimeHeaders;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgSearchSession> m_searchSession;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsICacheEntry> m_memCacheEntry;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgHeaderSink> mMsgHeaderSink;
+  char *m_errorMessage;
+  int64_t mMaxProgress;
+  bool m_runningUrl;
+  bool m_updatingFolder;
+  bool m_msgIsInLocalCache;
+  bool m_suppressErrorMsgs;
+  bool m_isPrincipalURL;
+
+  // the following field is really a bit of a hack to make 
+  // open attachments work. The external applications code sometimes tries to figure out the right
+  // handler to use by looking at the file extension of the url we are trying to load. Unfortunately,
+  // the attachment file name really isn't part of the url string....so we'll store it here...and if 
+  // the url we are running is an attachment url, we'll set it here. Then when the helper apps code
+  // asks us for it, we'll return the right value.
+  nsCString mAttachmentFileName;
+
+  nsTObserverArray<nsCOMPtr<nsIUrlListener> > mUrlListeners;
+};
+
+#undef  IMETHOD_VISIBILITY
+#define IMETHOD_VISIBILITY NS_VISIBILITY_HIDDEN
+
+#endif /* nsMsgMailNewsUrl_h___ */
diff --git a/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgProtocol.cpp b/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgProtocol.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f2190cb45
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgProtocol.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1552 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsMsgProtocol.h"
+#include "nsIMsgMailNewsUrl.h"
+#include "nsIMsgMailSession.h"
+#include "nsMsgBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsIStreamTransportService.h"
+#include "nsISocketTransportService.h"
+#include "nsISocketTransport.h"
+#include "nsILoadGroup.h"
+#include "nsILoadInfo.h"
+#include "nsIIOService.h"
+#include "nsNetUtil.h"
+#include "nsIFileURL.h"
+#include "nsIMsgWindow.h"
+#include "nsIMsgStatusFeedback.h"
+#include "nsIWebProgressListener.h"
+#include "nsIPipe.h"
+#include "nsIPrompt.h"
+#include "prprf.h"
+#include "plbase64.h"
+#include "nsIStringBundle.h"
+#include "nsIProxyInfo.h"
+#include "nsThreadUtils.h"
+#include "nsIPrefBranch.h"
+#include "nsIPrefService.h"
+#include "nsDirectoryServiceDefs.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "nsILineInputStream.h"
+#include "nsIAsyncInputStream.h"
+#include "nsIMsgIncomingServer.h"
+#include "nsIInputStreamPump.h"
+#include "nsMimeTypes.h"
+#include "nsAlgorithm.h"
+#include "mozilla/Services.h"
+#include <algorithm>
+#include "nsContentSecurityManager.h"
+
+#undef PostMessage // avoid to collision with WinUser.h
+
+using namespace mozilla;
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMsgProtocol, nsIChannel, nsIStreamListener,
+  nsIRequestObserver, nsIRequest, nsITransportEventSink)
+
+static char16_t *FormatStringWithHostNameByName(const char16_t* stringName, nsIMsgMailNewsUrl *msgUri);
+
+
+nsMsgProtocol::nsMsgProtocol(nsIURI * aURL)
+{
+  m_flags = 0;
+  m_readCount = 0;
+  mLoadFlags = 0;
+  m_socketIsOpen = false;
+  mContentLength = -1;
+
+  GetSpecialDirectoryWithFileName(NS_OS_TEMP_DIR, "tempMessage.eml",
+                                  getter_AddRefs(m_tempMsgFile));
+
+  mSuppressListenerNotifications = false;
+  InitFromURI(aURL);
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgProtocol::InitFromURI(nsIURI *aUrl)
+{
+  m_url = aUrl;
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailUrl = do_QueryInterface(aUrl);
+  if (mailUrl)
+  {
+    mailUrl->GetLoadGroup(getter_AddRefs(m_loadGroup));
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgStatusFeedback> statusFeedback;
+    mailUrl->GetStatusFeedback(getter_AddRefs(statusFeedback));
+    mProgressEventSink = do_QueryInterface(statusFeedback);
+  }
+
+  // Reset channel data in case the object is reused and initialised again.
+  mCharset.Truncate();
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsMsgProtocol::~nsMsgProtocol()
+{}
+
+
+static bool gGotTimeoutPref;
+static int32_t gSocketTimeout = 60;
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgProtocol::GetQoSBits(uint8_t *aQoSBits)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aQoSBits);
+  const char* protocol = GetType();
+
+  if (!protocol)
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+
+  nsAutoCString prefName("mail.");
+  prefName.Append(protocol);
+  prefName.Append(".qos");
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefBranch = do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  int32_t val;
+  rv = prefBranch->GetIntPref(prefName.get(), &val);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  *aQoSBits = (uint8_t) clamped(val, 0, 0xff);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgProtocol::OpenNetworkSocketWithInfo(const char * aHostName,
+                                         int32_t aGetPort,
+                                         const char *connectionType,
+                                         nsIProxyInfo *aProxyInfo,
+                                         nsIInterfaceRequestor* callbacks)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(aHostName);
+
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISocketTransportService> socketService (do_GetService(NS_SOCKETTRANSPORTSERVICE_CONTRACTID));
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(socketService, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+
+  // with socket connections we want to read as much data as arrives
+  m_readCount = -1;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISocketTransport> strans;
+  rv = socketService->CreateTransport(&connectionType, connectionType != nullptr,
+                                      nsDependentCString(aHostName),
+                                      aGetPort, aProxyInfo,
+                                      getter_AddRefs(strans));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  strans->SetSecurityCallbacks(callbacks);
+
+  // creates cyclic reference!
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIThread> currentThread(do_GetCurrentThread());
+  strans->SetEventSink(this, currentThread);
+
+  m_socketIsOpen = false;
+  m_transport = strans;
+
+  if (!gGotTimeoutPref)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefBranch = do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    if (prefBranch)
+    {
+      prefBranch->GetIntPref("mailnews.tcptimeout", &gSocketTimeout);
+      gGotTimeoutPref = true;
+    }
+  }
+  strans->SetTimeout(nsISocketTransport::TIMEOUT_CONNECT, gSocketTimeout + 60);
+  strans->SetTimeout(nsISocketTransport::TIMEOUT_READ_WRITE, gSocketTimeout);
+
+  uint8_t qos;
+  rv = GetQoSBits(&qos);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    strans->SetQoSBits(qos);
+
+  return SetupTransportState();
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgProtocol::GetFileFromURL(nsIURI * aURL, nsIFile **aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aURL);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+  // extract the file path from the uri...
+  nsAutoCString urlSpec;
+  aURL->GetPath(urlSpec);
+  urlSpec.Insert(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("file://"), 0);
+  nsresult rv;
+
+// dougt - there should be an easier way!
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> uri;
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv = NS_NewURI(getter_AddRefs(uri), urlSpec.get())))
+      return rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFileURL>    fileURL = do_QueryInterface(uri);
+  if (!fileURL)   return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  return fileURL->GetFile(aResult);
+  // dougt
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgProtocol::OpenFileSocket(nsIURI * aURL, uint32_t aStartPosition, int32_t aReadCount)
+{
+  // mscott - file needs to be encoded directly into aURL. I should be able to get
+  // rid of this method completely.
+
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  m_readCount = aReadCount;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIFile> file;
+
+  rv = GetFileFromURL(aURL, getter_AddRefs(file));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIInputStream> stream;
+  rv = NS_NewLocalFileInputStream(getter_AddRefs(stream), file);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  // create input stream transport
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStreamTransportService> sts =
+      do_GetService(NS_STREAMTRANSPORTSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  rv = sts->CreateInputTransport(stream, int64_t(aStartPosition),
+                                 int64_t(aReadCount), true,
+                                 getter_AddRefs(m_transport));
+
+  m_socketIsOpen = false;
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgProtocol::GetTopmostMsgWindow(nsIMsgWindow **aWindow)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailSession> mailSession(do_GetService(NS_MSGMAILSESSION_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  return mailSession->GetTopmostMsgWindow(aWindow);
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgProtocol::SetupTransportState()
+{
+  if (!m_socketIsOpen && m_transport)
+  {
+    nsresult rv;
+
+    // open buffered, blocking output stream
+    rv = m_transport->OpenOutputStream(nsITransport::OPEN_BLOCKING, 0, 0, getter_AddRefs(m_outputStream));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+    // we want to open the stream
+  } // if m_transport
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgProtocol::CloseSocket()
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  // release all of our socket state
+  m_socketIsOpen = false;
+  m_inputStream = nullptr;
+  m_outputStream = nullptr;
+  if (m_transport) {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISocketTransport> strans = do_QueryInterface(m_transport);
+    if (strans) {
+      strans->SetEventSink(nullptr, nullptr); // break cyclic reference!
+    }
+  }
+  // we need to call Cancel so that we remove the socket transport from the mActiveTransportList.  see bug #30648
+  if (m_request) {
+    rv = m_request->Cancel(NS_BINDING_ABORTED);
+  }
+  m_request = nullptr;
+  if (m_transport) {
+    m_transport->Close(NS_BINDING_ABORTED);
+    m_transport = nullptr;
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+/*
+* Writes the data contained in dataBuffer into the current output stream. It also informs
+* the transport layer that this data is now available for transmission.
+* Returns a positive number for success, 0 for failure (not all the bytes were written to the
+* stream, etc). We need to make another pass through this file to install an error system (mscott)
+*
+* No logging is done in the base implementation, so aSuppressLogging is ignored.
+*/
+
+nsresult nsMsgProtocol::SendData(const char * dataBuffer, bool aSuppressLogging)
+{
+  uint32_t writeCount = 0;
+
+  if (dataBuffer && m_outputStream)
+    return m_outputStream->Write(dataBuffer, PL_strlen(dataBuffer), &writeCount);
+    // TODO make sure all the bytes in PL_strlen(dataBuffer) were written
+  else
+    return NS_ERROR_INVALID_ARG;
+}
+
+// Whenever data arrives from the connection, core netlib notifices the protocol by calling
+// OnDataAvailable. We then read and process the incoming data from the input stream.
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgProtocol::OnDataAvailable(nsIRequest *request, nsISupports *ctxt, nsIInputStream *inStr, uint64_t sourceOffset, uint32_t count)
+{
+  // right now, this really just means turn around and churn through the state machine
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> uri = do_QueryInterface(ctxt);
+  return ProcessProtocolState(uri, inStr, sourceOffset, count);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgProtocol::OnStartRequest(nsIRequest *request, nsISupports *ctxt)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> aMsgUrl = do_QueryInterface(ctxt, &rv);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && aMsgUrl)
+  {
+    rv = aMsgUrl->SetUrlState(true, NS_OK);
+    if (m_loadGroup)
+      m_loadGroup->AddRequest(static_cast<nsIRequest *>(this), nullptr /* context isupports */);
+  }
+
+  // if we are set up as a channel, we should notify our channel listener that we are starting...
+  // so pass in ourself as the channel and not the underlying socket or file channel the protocol
+  // happens to be using
+  if (!mSuppressListenerNotifications && m_channelListener)
+  {
+    if (!m_channelContext)
+      m_channelContext = do_QueryInterface(ctxt);
+    rv = m_channelListener->OnStartRequest(this, m_channelContext);
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISocketTransport> strans = do_QueryInterface(m_transport);
+
+  if (strans)
+    strans->SetTimeout(nsISocketTransport::TIMEOUT_READ_WRITE, gSocketTimeout);
+
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+void nsMsgProtocol::ShowAlertMessage(nsIMsgMailNewsUrl *aMsgUrl, nsresult aStatus)
+{
+  const char16_t* errorString = nullptr;
+  switch (aStatus)
+  {
+  case NS_ERROR_UNKNOWN_HOST:
+  case NS_ERROR_UNKNOWN_PROXY_HOST:
+     errorString = u"unknownHostError";
+     break;
+  case NS_ERROR_CONNECTION_REFUSED:
+  case NS_ERROR_PROXY_CONNECTION_REFUSED:
+     errorString = u"connectionRefusedError";
+     break;
+  case NS_ERROR_NET_TIMEOUT:
+     errorString = u"netTimeoutError";
+     break;
+  case NS_ERROR_NET_RESET:
+     errorString = u"unknownHostError"; // ESR HACK: Can't use new correct string "netResetError"
+     break;
+  case NS_ERROR_NET_INTERRUPT:
+     errorString = u"unknownHostError"; // ESR HACK: Can't use new correct string u"netInterruptError"
+     break;
+  default:
+     // Leave the string as nullptr.
+     break;
+  }
+
+  NS_ASSERTION(errorString, "unknown error, but don't alert user.");
+  if (errorString)
+  {
+    nsString errorMsg;
+    errorMsg.Adopt(FormatStringWithHostNameByName(errorString, aMsgUrl));
+    if (errorMsg.IsEmpty())
+    {
+      errorMsg.Assign(NS_LITERAL_STRING("[StringID "));
+      errorMsg.Append(errorString);
+      errorMsg.AppendLiteral("?]");
+    }
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailSession> mailSession =
+      do_GetService(NS_MSGMAILSESSION_CONTRACTID);
+    if (mailSession)
+      mailSession->AlertUser(errorMsg, aMsgUrl);
+  }
+}
+
+// stop binding is a "notification" informing us that the stream associated with aURL is going away.
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgProtocol::OnStopRequest(nsIRequest *request, nsISupports *ctxt, nsresult aStatus)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  // if we are set up as a channel, we should notify our channel listener that we are starting...
+  // so pass in ourself as the channel and not the underlying socket or file channel the protocol
+  // happens to be using
+  if (!mSuppressListenerNotifications && m_channelListener)
+    rv = m_channelListener->OnStopRequest(this, m_channelContext, aStatus);
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> msgUrl = do_QueryInterface(ctxt, &rv);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && msgUrl)
+  {
+    rv = msgUrl->SetUrlState(false, aStatus);  // Always returns NS_OK.
+    if (m_loadGroup)
+      m_loadGroup->RemoveRequest(static_cast<nsIRequest *>(this), nullptr, aStatus);
+
+    // !m_channelContext because if we're set up as a channel, then the remove
+    // request above will handle alerting the user, so we don't need to.
+    //
+    // !NS_BINDING_ABORTED because we don't want to see an alert if the user
+    // cancelled the operation.  also, we'll get here because we call Cancel()
+    // to force removal of the nsSocketTransport.  see CloseSocket()
+    // bugs #30775 and #30648 relate to this
+    if (!m_channelContext && NS_FAILED(aStatus) &&
+        (aStatus != NS_BINDING_ABORTED))
+      ShowAlertMessage(msgUrl, aStatus);
+  } // if we have a mailnews url.
+
+  // Drop notification callbacks to prevent cycles.
+  mCallbacks = nullptr;
+  mProgressEventSink = nullptr;
+  // Call CloseSocket(), in case we got here because the server dropped the
+  // connection while reading, and we never get a chance to get back into
+  // the protocol state machine via OnDataAvailable.
+  if (m_socketIsOpen)
+    CloseSocket();
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgProtocol::GetPromptDialogFromUrl(nsIMsgMailNewsUrl * aMsgUrl, nsIPrompt ** aPromptDialog)
+{
+  // get the nsIPrompt interface from the message window associated wit this url.
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgWindow> msgWindow;
+  aMsgUrl->GetMsgWindow(getter_AddRefs(msgWindow));
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(msgWindow, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+
+  msgWindow->GetPromptDialog(aPromptDialog);
+
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(*aPromptDialog, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgProtocol::LoadUrl(nsIURI * aURL, nsISupports * aConsumer)
+{
+  // okay now kick us off to the next state...
+  // our first state is a process state so drive the state machine...
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> aMsgUrl = do_QueryInterface(aURL, &rv);
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && aMsgUrl)
+  {
+    bool msgIsInLocalCache;
+    aMsgUrl->GetMsgIsInLocalCache(&msgIsInLocalCache);
+
+    rv = aMsgUrl->SetUrlState(true, NS_OK); // set the url as a url currently being run...
+
+    // if the url is given a stream consumer then we should use it to forward calls to...
+    if (!m_channelListener && aConsumer) // if we don't have a registered listener already
+    {
+      m_channelListener = do_QueryInterface(aConsumer);
+      if (!m_channelContext)
+        m_channelContext = do_QueryInterface(aURL);
+    }
+
+    if (!m_socketIsOpen)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> urlSupports = do_QueryInterface(aURL);
+      if (m_transport)
+      {
+        // don't open the input stream more than once
+        if (!m_inputStream)
+        {
+          // open buffered, asynchronous input stream
+          rv = m_transport->OpenInputStream(0, 0, 0, getter_AddRefs(m_inputStream));
+          if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+        }
+
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIInputStreamPump> pump;
+        rv = NS_NewInputStreamPump(getter_AddRefs(pump),
+          m_inputStream, -1, m_readCount);
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+        m_request = pump; // keep a reference to the pump so we can cancel it
+
+        // put us in a state where we are always notified of incoming data
+        rv = pump->AsyncRead(this, urlSupports);
+        NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "AsyncRead failed");
+        m_socketIsOpen = true; // mark the channel as open
+      }
+    } // if we got an event queue service
+    else if (!msgIsInLocalCache) // the connection is already open so we should begin processing our new url...
+      rv = ProcessProtocolState(aURL, nullptr, 0, 0);
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// The rest of this file is mostly nsIChannel mumbo jumbo stuff
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+nsresult nsMsgProtocol::SetUrl(nsIURI * aURL)
+{
+  m_url = aURL;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgProtocol::SetLoadGroup(nsILoadGroup * aLoadGroup)
+{
+  m_loadGroup = aLoadGroup;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgProtocol::GetOriginalURI(nsIURI* *aURI)
+{
+    *aURI = m_originalUrl ? m_originalUrl : m_url;
+    NS_IF_ADDREF(*aURI);
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgProtocol::SetOriginalURI(nsIURI* aURI)
+{
+    m_originalUrl = aURI;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgProtocol::GetURI(nsIURI* *aURI)
+{
+    *aURI = m_url;
+    NS_IF_ADDREF(*aURI);
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgProtocol::Open(nsIInputStream **_retval)
+{
+  return NS_ImplementChannelOpen(this, _retval);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgProtocol::Open2(nsIInputStream **_retval)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStreamListener> listener;
+  nsresult rv = nsContentSecurityManager::doContentSecurityCheck(this, listener);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  return Open(_retval);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgProtocol::AsyncOpen(nsIStreamListener *listener, nsISupports *ctxt)
+{
+    int32_t port;
+    nsresult rv = m_url->GetPort(&port);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        return rv;
+
+    nsAutoCString scheme;
+    rv = m_url->GetScheme(scheme);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        return rv;
+
+
+    rv = NS_CheckPortSafety(port, scheme.get());
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        return rv;
+
+    // set the stream listener and then load the url
+    m_channelContext = ctxt;
+    m_channelListener = listener;
+    return LoadUrl(m_url, nullptr);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgProtocol::AsyncOpen2(nsIStreamListener *aListener)
+{
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIStreamListener> listener = aListener;
+    nsresult rv = nsContentSecurityManager::doContentSecurityCheck(this, listener);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    return AsyncOpen(listener, nullptr);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgProtocol::GetLoadFlags(nsLoadFlags *aLoadFlags)
+{
+    *aLoadFlags = mLoadFlags;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgProtocol::SetLoadFlags(nsLoadFlags aLoadFlags)
+{
+  mLoadFlags = aLoadFlags;
+  return NS_OK;       // don't fail when trying to set this
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgProtocol::GetContentType(nsACString &aContentType)
+{
+  // as url dispatching matures, we'll be intelligent and actually start
+  // opening the url before specifying the content type. This will allow
+  // us to optimize the case where the message url actual refers to
+  // a part in the message that has a content type that is not message/rfc822
+
+  if (mContentType.IsEmpty())
+    aContentType.AssignLiteral("message/rfc822");
+  else
+    aContentType = mContentType;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgProtocol::SetContentType(const nsACString &aContentType)
+{
+  nsAutoCString charset;
+  nsresult rv = NS_ParseResponseContentType(aContentType, mContentType, charset);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || mContentType.IsEmpty())
+    mContentType.AssignLiteral(UNKNOWN_CONTENT_TYPE);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgProtocol::GetContentCharset(nsACString &aContentCharset)
+{
+  aContentCharset.Assign(mCharset);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgProtocol::SetContentCharset(const nsACString &aContentCharset)
+{
+  mCharset.Assign(aContentCharset);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgProtocol::GetContentDisposition(uint32_t *aContentDisposition)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_AVAILABLE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgProtocol::SetContentDisposition(uint32_t aContentDisposition)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_AVAILABLE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgProtocol::GetContentDispositionFilename(nsAString &aContentDispositionFilename)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_AVAILABLE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgProtocol::SetContentDispositionFilename(const nsAString &aContentDispositionFilename)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_AVAILABLE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgProtocol::GetContentDispositionHeader(nsACString &aContentDispositionHeader)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_AVAILABLE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgProtocol::GetContentLength(int64_t *aContentLength)
+{
+  *aContentLength = mContentLength;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgProtocol::SetContentLength(int64_t aContentLength)
+{
+  mContentLength = aContentLength;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgProtocol::GetSecurityInfo(nsISupports * *aSecurityInfo)
+{
+  *aSecurityInfo = nullptr;
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgProtocol::GetName(nsACString &result)
+{
+  if (m_url)
+    return m_url->GetSpec(result);
+  result.Truncate();
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgProtocol::GetOwner(nsISupports * *aPrincipal)
+{
+  *aPrincipal = mOwner;
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aPrincipal);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgProtocol::SetOwner(nsISupports * aPrincipal)
+{
+  mOwner = aPrincipal;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgProtocol::GetLoadGroup(nsILoadGroup * *aLoadGroup)
+{
+  *aLoadGroup = m_loadGroup;
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aLoadGroup);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgProtocol::GetLoadInfo(nsILoadInfo **aLoadInfo)
+{
+  *aLoadInfo = m_loadInfo;
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aLoadInfo);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgProtocol::SetLoadInfo(nsILoadInfo *aLoadInfo)
+{
+  m_loadInfo = aLoadInfo;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgProtocol::GetNotificationCallbacks(nsIInterfaceRequestor* *aNotificationCallbacks)
+{
+  *aNotificationCallbacks = mCallbacks.get();
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aNotificationCallbacks);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgProtocol::SetNotificationCallbacks(nsIInterfaceRequestor* aNotificationCallbacks)
+{
+  mCallbacks = aNotificationCallbacks;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgProtocol::OnTransportStatus(nsITransport *transport, nsresult status,
+                                 int64_t progress, int64_t progressMax)
+{
+  if ((mLoadFlags & LOAD_BACKGROUND) || !m_url)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  // these transport events should not generate any status messages
+  if (status == NS_NET_STATUS_RECEIVING_FROM ||
+      status == NS_NET_STATUS_SENDING_TO)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  if (!mProgressEventSink)
+  {
+    NS_QueryNotificationCallbacks(mCallbacks, m_loadGroup, mProgressEventSink);
+    if (!mProgressEventSink)
+      return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  nsAutoCString host;
+  m_url->GetHost(host);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailnewsUrl = do_QueryInterface(m_url);
+  if (mailnewsUrl)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+    mailnewsUrl->GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+    if (server)
+      server->GetRealHostName(host);
+  }
+  mProgressEventSink->OnStatus(this, nullptr, status,
+                               NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16(host).get());
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// From nsIRequest
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgProtocol::IsPending(bool *result)
+{
+    *result = m_channelListener != nullptr;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgProtocol::GetStatus(nsresult *status)
+{
+  if (m_request)
+    return m_request->GetStatus(status);
+
+  *status = NS_OK;
+  return *status;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgProtocol::Cancel(nsresult status)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(m_request,"no channel");
+  if (!m_request)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  return m_request->Cancel(status);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgProtocol::Suspend()
+{
+  if (m_request)
+    return m_request->Suspend();
+
+  NS_WARNING("no request to suspend");
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_AVAILABLE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgProtocol::Resume()
+{
+  if (m_request)
+    return m_request->Resume();
+
+  NS_WARNING("no request to resume");
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_AVAILABLE;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgProtocol::PostMessage(nsIURI* url, nsIFile *postFile)
+{
+  if (!url || !postFile) return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+#define POST_DATA_BUFFER_SIZE 2048
+
+  // mscott -- this function should be re-written to use the file url code
+  // so it can be asynch
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIInputStream> inputStream;
+  nsresult rv = NS_NewLocalFileInputStream(getter_AddRefs(inputStream), postFile);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsILineInputStream> lineInputStream(do_QueryInterface(inputStream, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  bool more = true;
+  nsCString line;
+  nsCString outputBuffer;
+
+  do
+  {
+    lineInputStream->ReadLine(line, &more);
+
+    /* escape starting periods
+     */
+    if (line.CharAt(0) == '.')
+      line.Insert('.', 0);
+    line.Append(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(CRLF));
+    outputBuffer.Append(line);
+    // test hack by mscott. If our buffer is almost full, then
+    // send it off & reset ourselves
+    // to make more room.
+    if (outputBuffer.Length() > POST_DATA_BUFFER_SIZE || !more)
+    {
+      rv = SendData(outputBuffer.get());
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      // does this keep the buffer around? That would be best.
+      // Maybe SetLength(0) instead?
+      outputBuffer.Truncate();
+    }
+  } while (more);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgProtocol::DoGSSAPIStep1(const char *service, const char *username, nsCString &response)
+{
+    nsresult rv;
+#ifdef DEBUG_BenB
+    printf("GSSAPI step 1 for service %s, username %s\n", service, username);
+#endif
+
+    // if this fails, then it means that we cannot do GSSAPI SASL.
+    m_authModule = do_CreateInstance(NS_AUTH_MODULE_CONTRACTID_PREFIX "sasl-gssapi", &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+    m_authModule->Init(service, nsIAuthModule::REQ_DEFAULT, nullptr, NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16(username).get(), nullptr);
+
+    void *outBuf;
+    uint32_t outBufLen;
+    rv = m_authModule->GetNextToken((void *)nullptr, 0, &outBuf, &outBufLen);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && outBuf)
+    {
+        char *base64Str = PL_Base64Encode((char *)outBuf, outBufLen, nullptr);
+        if (base64Str)
+            response.Adopt(base64Str);
+        else
+            rv = NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+        free(outBuf);
+    }
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_BenB
+    printf("GSSAPI step 1 succeeded\n");
+#endif
+    return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgProtocol::DoGSSAPIStep2(nsCString &commandResponse, nsCString &response)
+{
+#ifdef DEBUG_BenB
+    printf("GSSAPI step 2\n");
+#endif
+    nsresult rv;
+    void *inBuf, *outBuf;
+    uint32_t inBufLen, outBufLen;
+    uint32_t len = commandResponse.Length();
+
+    // Cyrus SASL may send us zero length tokens (grrrr)
+    if (len > 0) {
+        // decode into the input secbuffer
+        inBufLen = (len * 3)/4;      // sufficient size (see plbase64.h)
+        inBuf = moz_xmalloc(inBufLen);
+        if (!inBuf)
+            return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+        // strip off any padding (see bug 230351)
+        const char *challenge = commandResponse.get();
+        while (challenge[len - 1] == '=')
+            len--;
+
+        // We need to know the exact length of the decoded string to give to
+        // the GSSAPI libraries. But NSPR's base64 routine doesn't seem capable
+        // of telling us that. So, we figure it out for ourselves.
+
+        // For every 4 characters, add 3 to the destination
+        // If there are 3 remaining, add 2
+        // If there are 2 remaining, add 1
+        // 1 remaining is an error
+        inBufLen = (len / 4)*3 + ((len % 4 == 3)?2:0) + ((len % 4 == 2)?1:0);
+
+        rv = (PL_Base64Decode(challenge, len, (char *)inBuf))
+             ? m_authModule->GetNextToken(inBuf, inBufLen, &outBuf, &outBufLen)
+             : NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+        free(inBuf);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        rv = m_authModule->GetNextToken(NULL, 0, &outBuf, &outBufLen);
+    }
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+        // And in return, we may need to send Cyrus zero length tokens back
+        if (outBuf)
+        {
+            char *base64Str = PL_Base64Encode((char *)outBuf, outBufLen, nullptr);
+            if (base64Str)
+                response.Adopt(base64Str);
+            else
+                rv = NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+        }
+        else
+            response.Adopt((char *)nsMemory::Clone("",1));
+    }
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_BenB
+    printf(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) ? "GSSAPI step 2 succeeded\n" : "GSSAPI step 2 failed\n");
+#endif
+    return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgProtocol::DoNtlmStep1(const char *username, const char *password, nsCString &response)
+{
+    nsresult rv;
+
+    m_authModule = do_CreateInstance(NS_AUTH_MODULE_CONTRACTID_PREFIX "ntlm", &rv);
+    // if this fails, then it means that we cannot do NTLM auth.
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !m_authModule)
+        return rv;
+
+    m_authModule->Init(nullptr, 0, nullptr, NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16(username).get(),
+                       NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16(password).get());
+
+    void *outBuf;
+    uint32_t outBufLen;
+    rv = m_authModule->GetNextToken((void *)nullptr, 0, &outBuf, &outBufLen);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && outBuf)
+    {
+        char *base64Str = PL_Base64Encode((char *)outBuf, outBufLen, nullptr);
+        if (base64Str)
+          response.Adopt(base64Str);
+        else
+          rv = NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+        free(outBuf);
+    }
+
+    return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgProtocol::DoNtlmStep2(nsCString &commandResponse, nsCString &response)
+{
+    nsresult rv;
+    void *inBuf, *outBuf;
+    uint32_t inBufLen, outBufLen;
+    uint32_t len = commandResponse.Length();
+
+    // decode into the input secbuffer
+    inBufLen = (len * 3)/4;      // sufficient size (see plbase64.h)
+    inBuf = moz_xmalloc(inBufLen);
+    if (!inBuf)
+        return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+    // strip off any padding (see bug 230351)
+    const char *challenge = commandResponse.get();
+    while (challenge[len - 1] == '=')
+        len--;
+
+    rv = (PL_Base64Decode(challenge, len, (char *)inBuf))
+         ? m_authModule->GetNextToken(inBuf, inBufLen, &outBuf, &outBufLen)
+         : NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+    free(inBuf);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && outBuf)
+    {
+        char *base64Str = PL_Base64Encode((char *)outBuf, outBufLen, nullptr);
+        if (base64Str)
+          response.Adopt(base64Str);
+        else
+          rv = NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+    }
+
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        response = "*";
+
+    return rv;
+}
+
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// nsMsgAsyncWriteProtocol subclass and related helper classes
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+class nsMsgProtocolStreamProvider : public nsIOutputStreamCallback
+{
+public:
+    // XXX this probably doesn't need to be threadsafe
+    NS_DECL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS
+
+    nsMsgProtocolStreamProvider() { }
+
+    void Init(nsMsgAsyncWriteProtocol *aProtInstance, nsIInputStream *aInputStream)
+    {
+      mMsgProtocol = do_GetWeakReference(static_cast<nsIStreamListener*> (aProtInstance));
+      mInStream = aInputStream;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // nsIOutputStreamCallback implementation ...
+    //
+    NS_IMETHODIMP OnOutputStreamReady(nsIAsyncOutputStream *aOutStream) override
+    {
+        NS_ASSERTION(mInStream, "not initialized");
+
+        nsresult rv;
+        uint64_t avail;
+
+        // Write whatever is available in the pipe. If the pipe is empty, then
+        // return NS_BASE_STREAM_WOULD_BLOCK; we will resume the write when there
+        // is more data.
+
+        rv = mInStream->Available(&avail);
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+        nsMsgAsyncWriteProtocol *protInst = nullptr;
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIStreamListener> callback = do_QueryReferent(mMsgProtocol);
+        if (!callback)
+          return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+        protInst = static_cast<nsMsgAsyncWriteProtocol *>(callback.get());
+
+        if (avail == 0 && !protInst->mAsyncBuffer.Length())
+        {
+          // ok, stop writing...
+          protInst->mSuspendedWrite = true;
+          return NS_OK;
+        }
+        protInst->mSuspendedWrite = false;
+
+        uint32_t bytesWritten;
+
+        if (avail)
+        {
+          rv = aOutStream->WriteFrom(mInStream, std::min(avail, uint64_t(FILE_IO_BUFFER_SIZE)), &bytesWritten);
+          // if were full at the time, the input stream may be backed up and we need to read any remains from the last ODA call
+          // before we'll get more ODA calls
+          if (protInst->mSuspendedRead)
+            protInst->UnblockPostReader();
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          rv = aOutStream->Write(protInst->mAsyncBuffer.get(),
+                                 protInst->mAsyncBuffer.Length(),
+                                 &bytesWritten);
+          protInst->mAsyncBuffer.Cut(0, bytesWritten);
+        }
+
+        protInst->UpdateProgress(bytesWritten);
+
+        // try to write again...
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+          rv = aOutStream->AsyncWait(this, 0, 0, protInst->mProviderThread);
+
+        NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) || rv == NS_BINDING_ABORTED, "unexpected error writing stream");
+        return NS_OK;
+    }
+
+
+protected:
+  virtual ~nsMsgProtocolStreamProvider() {}
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIWeakReference> mMsgProtocol;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIInputStream>  mInStream;
+};
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMsgProtocolStreamProvider,
+                              nsIOutputStreamCallback)
+
+class nsMsgFilePostHelper : public nsIStreamListener
+{
+public:
+  NS_DECL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIREQUESTOBSERVER
+  NS_DECL_NSISTREAMLISTENER
+
+  nsMsgFilePostHelper() { mSuspendedPostFileRead = false;}
+  nsresult Init(nsIOutputStream * aOutStream, nsMsgAsyncWriteProtocol * aProtInstance, nsIFile *aFileToPost);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIRequest> mPostFileRequest;
+  bool mSuspendedPostFileRead;
+  void CloseSocket() { mProtInstance = nullptr; }
+protected:
+  virtual ~nsMsgFilePostHelper() {}
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIOutputStream> mOutStream;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIWeakReference> mProtInstance;
+};
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMsgFilePostHelper, nsIStreamListener, nsIRequestObserver)
+
+nsresult nsMsgFilePostHelper::Init(nsIOutputStream * aOutStream, nsMsgAsyncWriteProtocol * aProtInstance, nsIFile *aFileToPost)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  mOutStream = aOutStream;
+  mProtInstance = do_GetWeakReference(static_cast<nsIStreamListener*> (aProtInstance));
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIInputStream> stream;
+  rv = NS_NewLocalFileInputStream(getter_AddRefs(stream), aFileToPost);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIInputStreamPump> pump;
+  rv = NS_NewInputStreamPump(getter_AddRefs(pump), stream);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  rv = pump->AsyncRead(this, nullptr);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  mPostFileRequest = pump;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgFilePostHelper::OnStartRequest(nsIRequest * aChannel, nsISupports *ctxt)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgFilePostHelper::OnStopRequest(nsIRequest * aChannel, nsISupports *ctxt, nsresult aStatus)
+{
+  nsMsgAsyncWriteProtocol *protInst = nullptr;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStreamListener> callback = do_QueryReferent(mProtInstance);
+  if (!callback)
+    return NS_OK;
+  protInst = static_cast<nsMsgAsyncWriteProtocol *>(callback.get());
+
+  if (!mSuspendedPostFileRead)
+    protInst->PostDataFinished();
+
+  mSuspendedPostFileRead = false;
+  protInst->mFilePostHelper = nullptr;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgFilePostHelper::OnDataAvailable(nsIRequest * /* aChannel */, nsISupports *ctxt, nsIInputStream *inStr, uint64_t sourceOffset, uint32_t count)
+{
+  nsMsgAsyncWriteProtocol *protInst = nullptr;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStreamListener> callback = do_QueryReferent(mProtInstance);
+  if (!callback)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  protInst = static_cast<nsMsgAsyncWriteProtocol *>(callback.get());
+
+  if (mSuspendedPostFileRead)
+  {
+    protInst->UpdateSuspendedReadBytes(count, protInst->mInsertPeriodRequired);
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  protInst->ProcessIncomingPostData(inStr, count);
+
+  if (protInst->mSuspendedWrite)
+  {
+    // if we got here then we had suspended the write 'cause we didn't have anymore
+    // data to write (i.e. the pipe went empty). So resume the channel to kick
+    // things off again.
+    protInst->mSuspendedWrite = false;
+    protInst->mAsyncOutStream->AsyncWait(protInst->mProvider, 0, 0,
+                                         protInst->mProviderThread);
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ADDREF_INHERITED(nsMsgAsyncWriteProtocol, nsMsgProtocol)
+NS_IMPL_RELEASE_INHERITED(nsMsgAsyncWriteProtocol, nsMsgProtocol)
+
+NS_INTERFACE_MAP_BEGIN(nsMsgAsyncWriteProtocol)
+  NS_INTERFACE_MAP_ENTRY(nsISupportsWeakReference)
+NS_INTERFACE_MAP_END_INHERITING(nsMsgProtocol)
+
+nsMsgAsyncWriteProtocol::nsMsgAsyncWriteProtocol(nsIURI * aURL) : nsMsgProtocol(aURL)
+{
+  mSuspendedWrite = false;
+  mSuspendedReadBytes = 0;
+  mSuspendedRead = false;
+  mInsertPeriodRequired = false;
+  mGenerateProgressNotifications = false;
+  mSuspendedReadBytesPostPeriod = 0;
+  mFilePostHelper = nullptr;
+}
+
+nsMsgAsyncWriteProtocol::~nsMsgAsyncWriteProtocol()
+{}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgAsyncWriteProtocol::Cancel(nsresult status)
+{
+  mGenerateProgressNotifications = false;
+
+  if (m_request)
+    m_request->Cancel(status);
+
+  if (mAsyncOutStream)
+    mAsyncOutStream->CloseWithStatus(status);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgAsyncWriteProtocol::PostMessage(nsIURI* url, nsIFile *file)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStreamListener> listener = new nsMsgFilePostHelper();
+
+  if (!listener) return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+  // be sure to initialize some state before posting
+  mSuspendedReadBytes = 0;
+  mNumBytesPosted = 0;
+  file->GetFileSize(&mFilePostSize);
+  mSuspendedRead = false;
+  mInsertPeriodRequired = false;
+  mSuspendedReadBytesPostPeriod = 0;
+  mGenerateProgressNotifications = true;
+
+  mFilePostHelper = static_cast<nsMsgFilePostHelper*>(static_cast<nsIStreamListener*>(listener));
+
+  static_cast<nsMsgFilePostHelper*>(static_cast<nsIStreamListener*>(listener))->Init(m_outputStream, this, file);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgAsyncWriteProtocol::SuspendPostFileRead()
+{
+  if (mFilePostHelper && !mFilePostHelper->mSuspendedPostFileRead)
+  {
+    // uhoh we need to pause reading in the file until we get unblocked...
+    mFilePostHelper->mPostFileRequest->Suspend();
+    mFilePostHelper->mSuspendedPostFileRead = true;
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgAsyncWriteProtocol::ResumePostFileRead()
+{
+  if (mFilePostHelper)
+  {
+    if (mFilePostHelper->mSuspendedPostFileRead)
+    {
+      mFilePostHelper->mPostFileRequest->Resume();
+      mFilePostHelper->mSuspendedPostFileRead = false;
+    }
+  }
+  else // we must be done with the download so send the '.'
+  {
+    PostDataFinished();
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgAsyncWriteProtocol::UpdateSuspendedReadBytes(uint32_t aNewBytes, bool aAddToPostPeriodByteCount)
+{
+  // depending on our current state, we'll either add aNewBytes to mSuspendedReadBytes
+  // or mSuspendedReadBytesAfterPeriod.
+
+  mSuspendedRead = true;
+  if (aAddToPostPeriodByteCount)
+    mSuspendedReadBytesPostPeriod += aNewBytes;
+  else
+    mSuspendedReadBytes += aNewBytes;
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgAsyncWriteProtocol::PostDataFinished()
+{
+  nsresult rv = SendData("." CRLF);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+  mGenerateProgressNotifications = false;
+  mPostDataStream = nullptr;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgAsyncWriteProtocol::ProcessIncomingPostData(nsIInputStream *inStr, uint32_t count)
+{
+  if (!m_socketIsOpen) return NS_OK; // kick out if the socket was canceled
+
+  // We need to quote any '.' that occur at the beginning of a line.
+  // but I don't want to waste time reading out the data into a buffer and searching
+  // let's try to leverage nsIBufferedInputStream and see if we can "peek" into the
+  // current contents for this particular case.
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISearchableInputStream> bufferInputStr = do_QueryInterface(inStr);
+  NS_ASSERTION(bufferInputStr, "i made a wrong assumption about the type of stream we are getting");
+  NS_ASSERTION(mSuspendedReadBytes == 0, "oops, I missed something");
+
+  if (!mPostDataStream) mPostDataStream = inStr;
+
+  if (bufferInputStr)
+  {
+    uint32_t amountWritten;
+
+    while (count > 0)
+    {
+      bool found = false;
+      uint32_t offset = 0;
+      bufferInputStr->Search("\012.", true,  &found, &offset); // LF.
+
+      if (!found || offset > count)
+      {
+        // push this data into the output stream
+        m_outputStream->WriteFrom(inStr, count, &amountWritten);
+        // store any remains which need read out at a later date
+        if (count > amountWritten) // stream will block
+        {
+          UpdateSuspendedReadBytes(count - amountWritten, false);
+          SuspendPostFileRead();
+        }
+        break;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        // count points to the LF in a LF followed by a '.'
+        // go ahead and write up to offset..
+        m_outputStream->WriteFrom(inStr, offset + 1, &amountWritten);
+        count -= amountWritten;
+        if (offset+1 > amountWritten)
+        {
+          UpdateSuspendedReadBytes(offset+1 - amountWritten, false);
+          mInsertPeriodRequired = true;
+          UpdateSuspendedReadBytes(count, mInsertPeriodRequired);
+          SuspendPostFileRead();
+          break;
+        }
+
+        // write out the extra '.'
+        m_outputStream->Write(".", 1, &amountWritten);
+        if (amountWritten != 1)
+        {
+          mInsertPeriodRequired = true;
+          // once we do write out the '.',  if we are now blocked we need to remember the remaining count that comes
+          // after the '.' so we can perform processing on that once we become unblocked.
+          UpdateSuspendedReadBytes(count, mInsertPeriodRequired);
+          SuspendPostFileRead();
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+    } // while count > 0
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+nsresult nsMsgAsyncWriteProtocol::UnblockPostReader()
+{
+  uint32_t amountWritten = 0;
+
+  if (!m_socketIsOpen) return NS_OK; // kick out if the socket was canceled
+
+  if (mSuspendedRead)
+  {
+    // (1) attempt to write out any remaining read bytes we need in order to unblock the reader
+    if (mSuspendedReadBytes > 0 && mPostDataStream)
+    {
+      uint64_t avail = 0;
+      mPostDataStream->Available(&avail);
+
+      m_outputStream->WriteFrom(mPostDataStream, std::min(avail, uint64_t(mSuspendedReadBytes)), &amountWritten);
+      // hmm sometimes my mSuspendedReadBytes is getting out of whack...so for now, reset it
+      // if necessary.
+      if (mSuspendedReadBytes > avail)
+        mSuspendedReadBytes = avail;
+
+      if (mSuspendedReadBytes > amountWritten)
+        mSuspendedReadBytes -= amountWritten;
+      else
+        mSuspendedReadBytes = 0;
+    }
+
+    // (2) if we are now unblocked, and we need to insert a '.' then do so now...
+    if (mInsertPeriodRequired && mSuspendedReadBytes == 0)
+    {
+      amountWritten = 0;
+      m_outputStream->Write(".", 1, &amountWritten);
+      if (amountWritten == 1) // if we succeeded then clear pending '.' flag
+        mInsertPeriodRequired = false;
+    }
+
+    // (3) if we inserted a '.' and we still have bytes after the '.' which need processed before the stream is unblocked
+    // then fake an ODA call to handle this now...
+    if (!mInsertPeriodRequired && mSuspendedReadBytesPostPeriod > 0)
+    {
+      // these bytes actually need processed for extra '.''s.....
+      uint32_t postbytes = mSuspendedReadBytesPostPeriod;
+      mSuspendedReadBytesPostPeriod = 0;
+      ProcessIncomingPostData(mPostDataStream, postbytes);
+    }
+
+    // (4) determine if we are out of the suspended read state...
+    if (mSuspendedReadBytes == 0 && !mInsertPeriodRequired && mSuspendedReadBytesPostPeriod == 0)
+    {
+      mSuspendedRead = false;
+      ResumePostFileRead();
+    }
+
+  } // if we are in the suspended read state
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgAsyncWriteProtocol::SetupTransportState()
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  if (!m_outputStream && m_transport)
+  {
+    // first create a pipe which we'll use to write the data we want to send
+    // into.
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIPipe> pipe = do_CreateInstance("@mozilla.org/pipe;1");
+    rv = pipe->Init(true, true, 1024, 8);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    nsIAsyncInputStream *inputStream = nullptr;
+    // This always succeeds because the pipe is initialized above.
+    MOZ_ALWAYS_SUCCEEDS(pipe->GetInputStream(&inputStream));
+    mInStream = dont_AddRef(static_cast<nsIInputStream *>(inputStream));
+
+    nsIAsyncOutputStream *outputStream = nullptr;
+    // This always succeeds because the pipe is initialized above.
+    MOZ_ALWAYS_SUCCEEDS(pipe->GetOutputStream(&outputStream));
+    m_outputStream = dont_AddRef(static_cast<nsIOutputStream *>(outputStream));
+
+    mProviderThread = do_GetCurrentThread();
+
+    nsMsgProtocolStreamProvider *provider = new nsMsgProtocolStreamProvider();
+
+    if (!provider) return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+    provider->Init(this, mInStream);
+    mProvider = provider; // ADDREF
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIOutputStream> stream;
+    rv = m_transport->OpenOutputStream(0, 0, 0, getter_AddRefs(stream));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+    mAsyncOutStream = do_QueryInterface(stream, &rv);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+    // wait for the output stream to become writable
+    rv = mAsyncOutStream->AsyncWait(mProvider, 0, 0, mProviderThread);
+  } // if m_transport
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgAsyncWriteProtocol::CloseSocket()
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  if (mAsyncOutStream)
+    mAsyncOutStream->CloseWithStatus(NS_BINDING_ABORTED);
+
+  nsMsgProtocol::CloseSocket();
+
+  if (mFilePostHelper)
+  {
+    mFilePostHelper->CloseSocket();
+    mFilePostHelper = nullptr;
+  }
+
+  mAsyncOutStream = nullptr;
+  mProvider = nullptr;
+  mProviderThread = nullptr;
+  mAsyncBuffer.Truncate();
+  return rv;
+}
+
+void nsMsgAsyncWriteProtocol::UpdateProgress(uint32_t aNewBytes)
+{
+  if (!mGenerateProgressNotifications) return;
+
+  mNumBytesPosted += aNewBytes;
+  if (mFilePostSize > 0)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailUrl = do_QueryInterface(m_url);
+    if (!mailUrl) return;
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgStatusFeedback> statusFeedback;
+    mailUrl->GetStatusFeedback(getter_AddRefs(statusFeedback));
+    if (!statusFeedback) return;
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIWebProgressListener> webProgressListener (do_QueryInterface(statusFeedback));
+    if (!webProgressListener) return;
+
+    // XXX not sure if m_request is correct here
+    webProgressListener->OnProgressChange(nullptr, m_request, mNumBytesPosted, mFilePostSize, mNumBytesPosted, mFilePostSize);
+  }
+
+  return;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgAsyncWriteProtocol::SendData(const char * dataBuffer, bool aSuppressLogging)
+{
+  this->mAsyncBuffer.Append(dataBuffer);
+  if (!mAsyncOutStream)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  return mAsyncOutStream->AsyncWait(mProvider, 0, 0, mProviderThread);
+}
+
+char16_t *FormatStringWithHostNameByName(const char16_t* stringName, nsIMsgMailNewsUrl *msgUri)
+{
+  if (!msgUri)
+    return nullptr;
+
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundleService> sBundleService =
+    mozilla::services::GetStringBundleService();
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(sBundleService, nullptr);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundle> sBundle;
+  rv = sBundleService->CreateBundle(MSGS_URL, getter_AddRefs(sBundle));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, nullptr);
+
+  char16_t *ptrv = nullptr;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+  rv = msgUri->GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, nullptr);
+
+  nsCString hostName;
+  rv = server->GetRealHostName(hostName);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, nullptr);
+
+  NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16 hostStr(hostName);
+  const char16_t *params[] = { hostStr.get() };
+  rv = sBundle->FormatStringFromName(stringName, params, 1, &ptrv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, nullptr);
+
+  return ptrv;
+}
+
+// vim: ts=2 sw=2
diff --git a/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgProtocol.h b/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgProtocol.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..98aa67285
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgProtocol.h
@@ -0,0 +1,239 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsMsgProtocol_h__
+#define nsMsgProtocol_h__
+
+#include "mozilla/Attributes.h"
+#include "nsIStreamListener.h"
+#include "nsIInputStream.h"
+#include "nsIOutputStream.h"
+#include "nsIChannel.h"
+#include "nsIURL.h"
+#include "nsIThread.h"
+#include "nsILoadGroup.h"
+#include "nsIFile.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsIInterfaceRequestor.h"
+#include "nsIInterfaceRequestorUtils.h"
+#include "nsIProgressEventSink.h"
+#include "nsITransport.h"
+#include "nsIAsyncOutputStream.h"
+#include "nsIAuthModule.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsWeakReference.h"
+
+class nsIMsgWindow;
+class nsIPrompt;
+class nsIMsgMailNewsUrl;
+class nsMsgFilePostHelper;
+class nsIProxyInfo;
+
+#undef  IMETHOD_VISIBILITY
+#define IMETHOD_VISIBILITY NS_VISIBILITY_DEFAULT
+
+// This is a helper class used to encapsulate code shared between all of the
+// mailnews protocol objects (imap, news, pop, smtp, etc.) In particular,
+// it unifies the core networking code for the protocols. My hope is that
+// this will make unification with Necko easier as we'll only have to change
+// this class and not all of the mailnews protocols.
+class NS_MSG_BASE nsMsgProtocol : public nsIStreamListener
+                                , public nsIChannel
+                                , public nsITransportEventSink
+{
+public:
+  nsMsgProtocol(nsIURI * aURL);
+
+  NS_DECL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS
+  // nsIChannel support
+  NS_DECL_NSICHANNEL
+  NS_DECL_NSIREQUEST
+  
+  NS_DECL_NSISTREAMLISTENER
+  NS_DECL_NSIREQUESTOBSERVER
+  NS_DECL_NSITRANSPORTEVENTSINK
+
+  // LoadUrl -- A protocol typically overrides this function, sets up any local state for the url and
+  // then calls the base class which opens the socket if it needs opened. If the socket is 
+  // already opened then we just call ProcessProtocolState to start the churning process.
+  // aConsumer is the consumer for the url. It can be null if this argument is not appropriate
+  virtual nsresult LoadUrl(nsIURI * aURL, nsISupports * aConsumer = nullptr);
+
+  virtual nsresult SetUrl(nsIURI * aURL); // sometimes we want to set the url before we load it
+  void ShowAlertMessage(nsIMsgMailNewsUrl *aMsgUrl, nsresult aStatus);
+
+  // Flag manipulators
+  virtual bool TestFlag  (uint32_t flag) {return flag & m_flags;}
+  virtual void   SetFlag   (uint32_t flag) { m_flags |= flag; }
+  virtual void   ClearFlag (uint32_t flag) { m_flags &= ~flag; }
+
+protected:
+  virtual ~nsMsgProtocol();
+
+  // methods for opening and closing a socket with core netlib....
+  // mscott -okay this is lame. I should break this up into a file protocol and a socket based
+  // protocool class instead of cheating and putting both methods here...
+
+  // open a connection with a specific host and port
+  // aHostName must be UTF-8 encoded.
+  virtual nsresult OpenNetworkSocketWithInfo(const char * aHostName,
+                                             int32_t aGetPort,
+                                             const char *connectionType,
+                                             nsIProxyInfo *aProxyInfo,
+                                             nsIInterfaceRequestor* callbacks);
+  // helper routine
+  nsresult GetFileFromURL(nsIURI * aURL, nsIFile **aResult);
+  virtual nsresult OpenFileSocket(nsIURI * aURL, uint32_t aStartPosition, int32_t aReadCount); // used to open a file socket connection
+
+  nsresult GetTopmostMsgWindow(nsIMsgWindow **aWindow);
+
+  virtual const char* GetType() {return nullptr;}
+  nsresult GetQoSBits(uint8_t *aQoSBits);
+
+  // a Protocol typically overrides this method. They free any of their own connection state and then
+  // they call up into the base class to free the generic connection objects
+  virtual nsresult CloseSocket(); 
+
+  virtual nsresult SetupTransportState(); // private method used by OpenNetworkSocket and OpenFileSocket
+
+  // ProcessProtocolState - This is the function that gets churned by calls to OnDataAvailable. 
+  // As data arrives on the socket, OnDataAvailable calls ProcessProtocolState.
+  
+  virtual nsresult ProcessProtocolState(nsIURI * url, nsIInputStream * inputStream, 
+                                        uint64_t sourceOffset, uint32_t length) = 0;
+
+  // SendData -- Writes the data contained in dataBuffer into the current output stream. 
+  // It also informs the transport layer that this data is now available for transmission.
+  // Returns a positive number for success, 0 for failure (not all the bytes were written to the
+  // stream, etc). 
+    // aSuppressLogging is a hint that sensitive data is being sent and should not be logged
+  virtual nsresult SendData(const char * dataBuffer, bool aSuppressLogging = false);
+
+  virtual nsresult PostMessage(nsIURI* url, nsIFile* aPostFile);
+
+  virtual nsresult InitFromURI(nsIURI *aUrl);
+
+  nsresult DoNtlmStep1(const char *username, const char *password, nsCString &response);
+  nsresult DoNtlmStep2(nsCString &commandResponse, nsCString &response);
+
+  nsresult DoGSSAPIStep1(const char *service, const char *username, nsCString &response);
+  nsresult DoGSSAPIStep2(nsCString &commandResponse, nsCString &response);
+  // Ouput stream for writing commands to the socket  
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIOutputStream>   m_outputStream;   // this will be obtained from the transport interface
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIInputStream>    m_inputStream;
+
+  // Ouput stream for writing commands to the socket
+  nsCOMPtr<nsITransport>  m_transport; 
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIRequest>    m_request;
+
+  bool          m_socketIsOpen; // mscott: we should look into keeping this state in the nsSocketTransport...
+                                  // I'm using it to make sure I open the socket the first time a URL is loaded into the connection
+  uint32_t      m_flags; // used to store flag information
+  //uint32_t  m_startPosition;
+  int32_t       m_readCount;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> m_tempMsgFile;  // we currently have a hack where displaying a msg involves writing it to a temp file first
+
+  // auth module for access to NTLM functions
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAuthModule> m_authModule;
+
+  // the following is a catch all for nsIChannel related data
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIURI>            m_originalUrl;  // the original url
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIURI>            m_url;          // the running url
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStreamListener> m_channelListener;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupports>        m_channelContext;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsILoadGroup>      m_loadGroup;
+  nsLoadFlags                 mLoadFlags;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIProgressEventSink> mProgressEventSink;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIInterfaceRequestor> mCallbacks;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupports>       mOwner;
+  nsCString                   mContentType;
+  nsCString                   mCharset;
+  int64_t                     mContentLength;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsILoadInfo>       m_loadInfo;
+
+  nsCString m_lastPasswordSent; // used to prefill the password prompt
+
+  // private helper routine used by subclasses to quickly get a reference to the correct prompt dialog
+  // for a mailnews url. 
+  nsresult GetPromptDialogFromUrl(nsIMsgMailNewsUrl * aMsgUrl, nsIPrompt ** aPromptDialog);
+
+  // if a url isn't going to result in any content then we want to suppress calls to
+  // OnStartRequest, OnDataAvailable and OnStopRequest
+  bool mSuppressListenerNotifications;
+};
+
+
+// This is is a subclass of nsMsgProtocol extends the parent class with AsyncWrite support. Protocols like smtp
+// and news want to leverage aysnc write. We don't want everyone who inherits from nsMsgProtocol to have to
+// pick up the extra overhead.
+class NS_MSG_BASE nsMsgAsyncWriteProtocol : public nsMsgProtocol
+                                          , public nsSupportsWeakReference
+{
+public:
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED
+
+  NS_IMETHOD Cancel(nsresult status) override;
+
+  nsMsgAsyncWriteProtocol(nsIURI * aURL);
+  
+  // temporary over ride...
+  virtual nsresult PostMessage(nsIURI* url, nsIFile *postFile) override;
+  
+  // over ride the following methods from the base class
+  virtual nsresult SetupTransportState() override;
+  virtual nsresult SendData(const char * dataBuffer, bool aSuppressLogging = false) override;
+  nsCString mAsyncBuffer;
+
+  // if we suspended the asynch write while waiting for more data to write then this will be TRUE
+  bool mSuspendedWrite;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIRequest>     m_WriteRequest;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAsyncOutputStream>    mAsyncOutStream;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIOutputStreamCallback> mProvider;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIThread>               mProviderThread;
+
+  // because we are reading the post data in asychronously, it's possible that we aren't sending it 
+  // out fast enough and the reading gets blocked. The following set of state variables are used to 
+  // track this.
+  bool    mSuspendedRead;
+  bool    mInsertPeriodRequired; // do we need to insert a '.' as part of the unblocking process
+   
+  nsresult ProcessIncomingPostData(nsIInputStream *inStr, uint32_t count);
+  nsresult UnblockPostReader();
+  nsresult UpdateSuspendedReadBytes(uint32_t aNewBytes, bool aAddToPostPeriodByteCount);
+  nsresult PostDataFinished(); // this is so we'll send out a closing '.' and release any state related to the post
+
+
+  // these two routines are used to pause and resume our loading of the file containing the contents
+  // we are trying to post. We call these routines when we aren't sending the bits out fast enough
+  // to keep up with the file read. 
+  nsresult SuspendPostFileRead();
+  nsresult ResumePostFileRead(); 
+  nsresult UpdateSuspendedReadBytes(uint32_t aNewBytes); 
+  void UpdateProgress(uint32_t aNewBytes);
+  nsMsgFilePostHelper * mFilePostHelper; // needs to be a weak reference
+protected:
+  virtual ~nsMsgAsyncWriteProtocol();
+
+  // the streams for the pipe used to queue up data for the async write calls to the server.
+  // we actually re-use the same mOutStream variable in our parent class for the output
+  // stream to the socket channel. So no need for a new variable here.
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIInputStream>  mInStream;    
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIInputStream>  mPostDataStream;
+  uint32_t                  mSuspendedReadBytes;   // remaining # of bytes we need to read before   
+                                                   // the input stream becomes unblocked
+  uint32_t                  mSuspendedReadBytesPostPeriod; // # of bytes which need processed after we insert a '.' before 
+                                                           // the input stream becomes unblocked.
+  int64_t  mFilePostSize; // used for determining progress on posting files.
+  uint32_t  mNumBytesPosted; // used for deterimining progress on posting files 
+  bool      mGenerateProgressNotifications; // set during a post operation after we've started sending the post data...
+
+  virtual nsresult CloseSocket() override; 
+};
+
+#undef  IMETHOD_VISIBILITY
+#define IMETHOD_VISIBILITY NS_VISIBILITY_HIDDEN
+
+#endif /* nsMsgProtocol_h__ */
diff --git a/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgReadStateTxn.cpp b/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgReadStateTxn.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..68524e960
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgReadStateTxn.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsMsgReadStateTxn.h"
+
+#include "nsIMutableArray.h"
+#include "nsIMsgHdr.h"
+#include "nsComponentManagerUtils.h"
+
+
+nsMsgReadStateTxn::nsMsgReadStateTxn()
+{
+}
+
+nsMsgReadStateTxn::~nsMsgReadStateTxn()
+{
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgReadStateTxn::Init(nsIMsgFolder *aParentFolder,
+                        uint32_t aNumKeys,
+                        nsMsgKey *aMsgKeyArray)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aParentFolder);
+
+  mParentFolder = aParentFolder;
+  mMarkedMessages.AppendElements(aMsgKeyArray, aNumKeys);
+
+  return nsMsgTxn::Init();
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP 
+nsMsgReadStateTxn::UndoTransaction()
+{
+  return MarkMessages(false);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP 
+nsMsgReadStateTxn::RedoTransaction()
+{
+  return MarkMessages(true);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgReadStateTxn::MarkMessages(bool aAsRead)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> messageArray = 
+    do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  uint32_t length = mMarkedMessages.Length();
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < length; i++) {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> curMsgHdr;
+    rv = mParentFolder->GetMessageHeader(mMarkedMessages[i], 
+                                         getter_AddRefs(curMsgHdr));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && curMsgHdr) {
+      messageArray->AppendElement(curMsgHdr, false);
+    }
+  }
+
+  return mParentFolder->MarkMessagesRead(messageArray, aAsRead);
+}
+
diff --git a/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgReadStateTxn.h b/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgReadStateTxn.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..45a15e27c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgReadStateTxn.h
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsMsgBaseUndoTxn_h_
+#define nsMsgBaseUndoTxn_h_
+
+#include "mozilla/Attributes.h"
+#include "nsMsgTxn.h"
+#include "nsTArray.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "MailNewsTypes.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolder.h"
+
+
+#define NS_MSGREADSTATETXN_IID \
+{ /* 121FCE4A-3EA1-455C-8161-839E1557D0CF */ \
+  0x121FCE4A, 0x3EA1, 0x455C, \
+  { 0x81, 0x61, 0x83, 0x9E, 0x15, 0x57, 0xD0, 0xCF } \
+}
+
+
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// A mark-all transaction handler. Helper for redo/undo of message read states.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+class NS_MSG_BASE nsMsgReadStateTxn : public nsMsgTxn
+{
+public:
+  nsMsgReadStateTxn();
+  virtual ~nsMsgReadStateTxn();
+
+  nsresult Init(nsIMsgFolder *aParentFolder,
+                uint32_t aNumKeys,
+                nsMsgKey *aMsgKeyArray);
+  NS_IMETHOD UndoTransaction() override;
+  NS_IMETHOD RedoTransaction() override;
+
+protected:
+  NS_IMETHOD MarkMessages(bool aAsRead);
+
+private:
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> mParentFolder;
+  nsTArray<nsMsgKey>     mMarkedMessages;
+};
+
+#endif  // nsMsgBaseUndoTxn_h_
+
diff --git a/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgTxn.cpp b/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgTxn.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6d72360c2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgTxn.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,294 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsMsgTxn.h"
+#include "nsIMsgHdr.h"
+#include "nsIMsgDatabase.h"
+#include "nsCOMArray.h"
+#include "nsArrayEnumerator.h"
+#include "nsComponentManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsVariant.h"
+#include "nsIProperty.h"
+#include "nsMsgMessageFlags.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolder.h"
+
+NS_IMPL_ADDREF(nsMsgTxn)
+NS_IMPL_RELEASE(nsMsgTxn)
+NS_INTERFACE_MAP_BEGIN(nsMsgTxn)
+  NS_INTERFACE_MAP_ENTRY(nsIWritablePropertyBag)
+  NS_INTERFACE_MAP_ENTRY_AMBIGUOUS(nsIPropertyBag, nsIWritablePropertyBag)
+  NS_INTERFACE_MAP_ENTRY_AMBIGUOUS(nsISupports, nsIWritablePropertyBag)
+  NS_INTERFACE_MAP_ENTRY(nsITransaction)
+  NS_INTERFACE_MAP_ENTRY(nsIPropertyBag2)
+  NS_INTERFACE_MAP_ENTRY(nsIWritablePropertyBag2)
+NS_INTERFACE_MAP_END
+
+nsMsgTxn::nsMsgTxn() 
+{
+  m_txnType = 0;
+}
+
+nsMsgTxn::~nsMsgTxn()
+{
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgTxn::Init()
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgTxn::HasKey(const nsAString& name, bool *aResult)
+{
+  *aResult = mPropertyHash.Get(name, nullptr);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgTxn::Get(const nsAString& name, nsIVariant* *_retval)
+{
+  mPropertyHash.Get(name, _retval);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgTxn::GetProperty(const nsAString& name, nsIVariant* * _retval)
+{
+  return mPropertyHash.Get(name, _retval) ? NS_OK : NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgTxn::SetProperty(const nsAString& name, nsIVariant *value)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(value);
+  mPropertyHash.Put(name, value);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgTxn::DeleteProperty(const nsAString& name)
+{
+  if (!mPropertyHash.Get(name, nullptr))
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  mPropertyHash.Remove(name);
+  return mPropertyHash.Get(name, nullptr) ? NS_ERROR_FAILURE : NS_OK;
+}
+
+//
+// nsMailSimpleProperty class and impl; used for GetEnumerator
+// This is same as nsSimpleProperty but for external API use.
+//
+
+class nsMailSimpleProperty final : public nsIProperty 
+{
+public:
+  nsMailSimpleProperty(const nsAString& aName, nsIVariant* aValue)
+      : mName(aName), mValue(aValue)
+  {
+  }
+
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIPROPERTY
+protected:
+  ~nsMailSimpleProperty() {}
+
+  nsString mName;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIVariant> mValue;
+};
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMailSimpleProperty, nsIProperty)
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMailSimpleProperty::GetName(nsAString& aName)
+{
+  aName.Assign(mName);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMailSimpleProperty::GetValue(nsIVariant* *aValue)
+{
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aValue = mValue);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// end nsMailSimpleProperty
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgTxn::GetEnumerator(nsISimpleEnumerator* *_retval)
+{
+  nsCOMArray<nsIProperty> propertyArray;
+  for (auto iter = mPropertyHash.Iter(); !iter.Done(); iter.Next()) {
+    nsMailSimpleProperty *sprop = new nsMailSimpleProperty(iter.Key(),
+                                                           iter.Data());
+    propertyArray.AppendObject(sprop);
+  }
+  return NS_NewArrayEnumerator(_retval, propertyArray);
+}
+
+#define IMPL_GETSETPROPERTY_AS(Name, Type) \
+NS_IMETHODIMP \
+nsMsgTxn::GetPropertyAs ## Name (const nsAString & prop, Type *_retval) \
+{ \
+    nsIVariant* v = mPropertyHash.GetWeak(prop); \
+    if (!v) \
+        return NS_ERROR_NOT_AVAILABLE; \
+    return v->GetAs ## Name(_retval); \
+} \
+\
+NS_IMETHODIMP \
+nsMsgTxn::SetPropertyAs ## Name (const nsAString & prop, Type value) \
+{ \
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIWritableVariant> var = new nsVariant(); \
+    var->SetAs ## Name(value); \
+    return SetProperty(prop, var); \
+}
+
+IMPL_GETSETPROPERTY_AS(Int32, int32_t)
+IMPL_GETSETPROPERTY_AS(Uint32, uint32_t)
+IMPL_GETSETPROPERTY_AS(Int64, int64_t)
+IMPL_GETSETPROPERTY_AS(Uint64, uint64_t)
+IMPL_GETSETPROPERTY_AS(Double, double)
+IMPL_GETSETPROPERTY_AS(Bool, bool)
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgTxn::GetPropertyAsAString(const nsAString & prop, 
+                                             nsAString & _retval)
+{
+  nsIVariant* v = mPropertyHash.GetWeak(prop);
+  if (!v)
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_AVAILABLE;
+  return v->GetAsAString(_retval);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgTxn::GetPropertyAsACString(const nsAString & prop, 
+                                              nsACString & _retval)
+{
+  nsIVariant* v = mPropertyHash.GetWeak(prop);
+  if (!v)
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_AVAILABLE;
+  return v->GetAsACString(_retval);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgTxn::GetPropertyAsAUTF8String(const nsAString & prop, 
+                                                 nsACString & _retval)
+{
+  nsIVariant* v = mPropertyHash.GetWeak(prop);
+  if (!v)
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_AVAILABLE;
+  return v->GetAsAUTF8String(_retval);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgTxn::GetPropertyAsInterface(const nsAString & prop,
+                                               const nsIID & aIID,
+                                               void** _retval)
+{
+  nsIVariant* v = mPropertyHash.GetWeak(prop);
+  if (!v)
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_AVAILABLE;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> val;
+  nsresult rv = v->GetAsISupports(getter_AddRefs(val));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+  if (!val) {
+    // We have a value, but it's null
+    *_retval = nullptr;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  return val->QueryInterface(aIID, _retval);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgTxn::SetPropertyAsAString(const nsAString & prop, 
+                                             const nsAString & value)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIWritableVariant> var = new nsVariant();
+  var->SetAsAString(value);
+  return SetProperty(prop, var);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgTxn::SetPropertyAsACString(const nsAString & prop, 
+                                              const nsACString & value)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIWritableVariant> var = new nsVariant();
+  var->SetAsACString(value);
+  return SetProperty(prop, var);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgTxn::SetPropertyAsAUTF8String(const nsAString & prop, 
+                                                 const nsACString & value)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIWritableVariant> var = new nsVariant();
+  var->SetAsAUTF8String(value);
+  return SetProperty(prop, var);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgTxn::SetPropertyAsInterface(const nsAString & prop, 
+                                               nsISupports* value)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIWritableVariant> var = new nsVariant();
+  var->SetAsISupports(value);
+  return SetProperty(prop, var);
+}
+
+/////////////////////// Transaction Stuff //////////////////
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgTxn::DoTransaction(void)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgTxn::GetIsTransient(bool *aIsTransient)
+{
+  if (nullptr!=aIsTransient)
+    *aIsTransient = false;
+  else
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgTxn::Merge(nsITransaction *aTransaction, bool *aDidMerge)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+
+nsresult nsMsgTxn::GetMsgWindow(nsIMsgWindow **msgWindow)
+{
+    if (!msgWindow || !m_msgWindow)
+        return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+    *msgWindow = m_msgWindow;
+    NS_ADDREF (*msgWindow);
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgTxn::SetMsgWindow(nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow)
+{
+    m_msgWindow = msgWindow;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgTxn::SetTransactionType(uint32_t txnType)
+{
+  return SetPropertyAsUint32(NS_LITERAL_STRING("type"), txnType);
+}
+
+/*none of the callers pass null aFolder, 
+  we always initialize aResult (before we pass in) for the case where the key is not in the db*/
+nsresult 
+nsMsgTxn::CheckForToggleDelete(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder, const nsMsgKey &aMsgKey, bool *aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(aResult);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> message;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> db;
+  nsresult rv = aFolder->GetMsgDatabase(getter_AddRefs(db));
+  if (db)
+  {
+    bool containsKey;
+    rv = db->ContainsKey(aMsgKey, &containsKey);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !containsKey)   // the message has been deleted from db, so we cannot do toggle here
+      return NS_OK;
+    rv = db->GetMsgHdrForKey(aMsgKey, getter_AddRefs(message));
+    uint32_t flags;
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && message)
+    {
+      message->GetFlags(&flags);
+      *aResult = (flags & nsMsgMessageFlags::IMAPDeleted) != 0;
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgTxn.h b/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgTxn.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5c34de4d4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgTxn.h
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsMsgTxn_h__
+#define nsMsgTxn_h__
+
+#include "mozilla/Attributes.h"
+#include "nsITransaction.h"
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsIMsgWindow.h"
+#include "nsInterfaceHashtable.h"
+#include "MailNewsTypes2.h"
+#include "nsIVariant.h"
+#include "nsIWritablePropertyBag.h"
+#include "nsIWritablePropertyBag2.h"
+
+#define NS_MESSAGETRANSACTION_IID \
+{ /* da621b30-1efc-11d3-abe4-00805f8ac968 */ \
+    0xda621b30, 0x1efc, 0x11d3, \
+  { 0xab, 0xe4, 0x00, 0x80, 0x5f, 0x8a, 0xc9, 0x68 } }
+/**
+ * base class for all message undo/redo transactions.
+ */
+
+#undef  IMETHOD_VISIBILITY
+#define IMETHOD_VISIBILITY NS_VISIBILITY_DEFAULT
+
+class NS_MSG_BASE nsMsgTxn : public nsITransaction, 
+                             public nsIWritablePropertyBag,
+                             public nsIWritablePropertyBag2
+{
+public:
+    nsMsgTxn();
+
+    nsresult Init();
+
+    NS_IMETHOD DoTransaction(void) override;
+
+    NS_IMETHOD UndoTransaction(void) override = 0;
+
+    NS_IMETHOD RedoTransaction(void) override = 0;
+    
+    NS_IMETHOD GetIsTransient(bool *aIsTransient) override;
+
+    NS_IMETHOD Merge(nsITransaction *aTransaction, bool *aDidMerge) override;
+
+    nsresult GetMsgWindow(nsIMsgWindow **msgWindow);
+    nsresult SetMsgWindow(nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow);
+    nsresult SetTransactionType(uint32_t txnType);
+ 
+    NS_DECL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS
+    NS_DECL_NSIPROPERTYBAG
+    NS_DECL_NSIPROPERTYBAG2
+    NS_DECL_NSIWRITABLEPROPERTYBAG
+    NS_DECL_NSIWRITABLEPROPERTYBAG2
+
+protected:
+    virtual ~nsMsgTxn();
+
+    // a hash table of string -> nsIVariant
+    nsInterfaceHashtable<nsStringHashKey, nsIVariant> mPropertyHash;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgWindow> m_msgWindow;
+    uint32_t m_txnType;
+    nsresult CheckForToggleDelete(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder, const nsMsgKey &aMsgKey, bool *aResult);
+};
+
+#undef  IMETHOD_VISIBILITY
+#define IMETHOD_VISIBILITY NS_VISIBILITY_HIDDEN
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgUtils.cpp b/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgUtils.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0ed04cd47
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgUtils.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,2520 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "nsIMsgHdr.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "nsMsgFolderFlags.h"
+#include "nsMsgMessageFlags.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsIServiceManager.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsIFolderLookupService.h"
+#include "nsIImapUrl.h"
+#include "nsIMailboxUrl.h"
+#include "nsINntpUrl.h"
+#include "nsMsgNewsCID.h"
+#include "nsMsgLocalCID.h"
+#include "nsMsgBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsMsgImapCID.h"
+#include "nsMsgI18N.h"
+#include "nsNativeCharsetUtils.h"
+#include "nsCharTraits.h"
+#include "prprf.h"
+#include "prmem.h"
+#include "nsNetCID.h"
+#include "nsIIOService.h"
+#include "nsIRDFService.h"
+#include "nsIMimeConverter.h"
+#include "nsMsgMimeCID.h"
+#include "nsIPrefService.h"
+#include "nsIPrefBranch.h"
+#include "nsISupportsPrimitives.h"
+#include "nsIPrefLocalizedString.h"
+#include "nsIRelativeFilePref.h"
+#include "nsAppDirectoryServiceDefs.h"
+#include "nsISpamSettings.h"
+#include "nsICryptoHash.h"
+#include "nsNativeCharsetUtils.h"
+#include "nsDirectoryServiceUtils.h"
+#include "nsDirectoryServiceDefs.h"
+#include "nsIRssIncomingServer.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolder.h"
+#include "nsIMsgProtocolInfo.h"
+#include "nsIMsgMessageService.h"
+#include "nsIMsgAccountManager.h"
+#include "nsIOutputStream.h"
+#include "nsMsgFileStream.h"
+#include "nsIFileURL.h"
+#include "nsNetUtil.h"
+#include "nsProtocolProxyService.h"
+#include "nsIMsgDatabase.h"
+#include "nsIMutableArray.h"
+#include "nsIMsgMailNewsUrl.h"
+#include "nsArrayUtils.h"
+#include "nsIStringBundle.h"
+#include "nsIMsgWindow.h"
+#include "nsIWindowWatcher.h"
+#include "nsIPrompt.h"
+// Disable deprecation warnings generated by nsISupportsArray and associated
+// classes.
+#if defined(__GNUC__)
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wdeprecated-declarations"
+#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
+#pragma warning (disable : 4996)
+#endif
+#include "nsISupportsArray.h"
+#include "nsIMsgSearchTerm.h"
+#include "nsTextFormatter.h"
+#include "nsIAtomService.h"
+#include "nsIStreamListener.h"
+#include "nsReadLine.h"
+#include "nsICharsetDetectionObserver.h"
+#include "nsICharsetDetector.h"
+#include "nsILineInputStream.h"
+#include "nsIPlatformCharset.h"
+#include "nsIParserUtils.h"
+#include "nsICharsetConverterManager.h"
+#include "nsIDocumentEncoder.h"
+#include "mozilla/ArrayUtils.h"
+#include "mozilla/Services.h"
+#include "locale.h"
+#include "nsStringStream.h"
+#include "nsIInputStreamPump.h"
+#include "nsIChannel.h"
+
+/* for logging to Error Console */
+#include "nsIScriptError.h"
+#include "nsIConsoleService.h"
+
+// Log an error string to the error console
+// (adapted from nsContentUtils::LogSimpleConsoleError).
+// Flag can indicate error, warning or info.
+NS_MSG_BASE void MsgLogToConsole4(const nsAString &aErrorText,
+                                  const nsAString &aFilename,
+                                  uint32_t aLinenumber,
+                                  uint32_t aFlag)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIScriptError> scriptError =
+    do_CreateInstance(NS_SCRIPTERROR_CONTRACTID);
+  if (NS_WARN_IF(!scriptError))
+    return;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIConsoleService> console =
+    do_GetService(NS_CONSOLESERVICE_CONTRACTID);
+  if (NS_WARN_IF(!console))
+    return;
+  if (NS_FAILED(scriptError->Init(aErrorText,
+                                  aFilename,
+                                  EmptyString(),
+                                  aLinenumber,
+                                  0,
+                                  aFlag,
+                                  "mailnews")))
+    return;
+  console->LogMessage(scriptError);
+  return;
+}
+
+using namespace mozilla;
+using namespace mozilla::net;
+
+static NS_DEFINE_CID(kImapUrlCID, NS_IMAPURL_CID);
+static NS_DEFINE_CID(kCMailboxUrl, NS_MAILBOXURL_CID);
+static NS_DEFINE_CID(kCNntpUrlCID, NS_NNTPURL_CID);
+
+#define ILLEGAL_FOLDER_CHARS ";#"
+#define ILLEGAL_FOLDER_CHARS_AS_FIRST_LETTER "."
+#define ILLEGAL_FOLDER_CHARS_AS_LAST_LETTER  ".~ "
+
+nsresult GetMessageServiceContractIDForURI(const char *uri, nsCString &contractID)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  //Find protocol
+  nsAutoCString uriStr(uri);
+  int32_t pos = uriStr.FindChar(':');
+  if (pos == -1)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  nsAutoCString protocol(StringHead(uriStr, pos));
+
+  if (protocol.Equals("file") && uriStr.Find("application/x-message-display") != -1)
+    protocol.Assign("mailbox");
+  //Build message service contractid
+  contractID = "@mozilla.org/messenger/messageservice;1?type=";
+  contractID += protocol.get();
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult GetMessageServiceFromURI(const nsACString& uri, nsIMsgMessageService **aMessageService)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  nsAutoCString contractID;
+  rv = GetMessageServiceContractIDForURI(PromiseFlatCString(uri).get(), contractID);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgMessageService> msgService = do_GetService(contractID.get(), &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aMessageService = msgService);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult GetMsgDBHdrFromURI(const char *uri, nsIMsgDBHdr **msgHdr)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgMessageService> msgMessageService;
+  nsresult rv = GetMessageServiceFromURI(nsDependentCString(uri), getter_AddRefs(msgMessageService));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  if (!msgMessageService) return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  return msgMessageService->MessageURIToMsgHdr(uri, msgHdr);
+}
+
+nsresult CreateStartupUrl(const char *uri, nsIURI** aUrl)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+  if (!uri || !*uri || !aUrl) return rv;
+  *aUrl = nullptr;
+
+  // XXX fix this, so that base doesn't depend on imap, local or news.
+  // we can't do NS_NewURI(uri, aUrl), because these are imap-message://, mailbox-message://, news-message:// uris.
+  // I think we should do something like GetMessageServiceFromURI() to get the service, and then have the service create the
+  // appropriate nsI*Url, and then QI to nsIURI, and return it.
+  // see bug #110689
+  if (PL_strncasecmp(uri, "imap", 4) == 0)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIImapUrl> imapUrl = do_CreateInstance(kImapUrlCID, &rv);
+
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && imapUrl)
+      rv = imapUrl->QueryInterface(NS_GET_IID(nsIURI),
+      (void**) aUrl);
+  }
+  else if (PL_strncasecmp(uri, "mailbox", 7) == 0)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMailboxUrl> mailboxUrl = do_CreateInstance(kCMailboxUrl, &rv);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && mailboxUrl)
+      rv = mailboxUrl->QueryInterface(NS_GET_IID(nsIURI),
+      (void**) aUrl);
+  }
+  else if (PL_strncasecmp(uri, "news", 4) == 0)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsINntpUrl> nntpUrl = do_CreateInstance(kCNntpUrlCID, &rv);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && nntpUrl)
+      rv = nntpUrl->QueryInterface(NS_GET_IID(nsIURI),
+      (void**) aUrl);
+  }
+  if (*aUrl) // SetSpec can fail, for mailbox urls, but we still have a url.
+    (void) (*aUrl)->SetSpec(nsDependentCString(uri));
+  return rv;
+}
+
+
+// Where should this live? It's a utility used to convert a string priority,
+//  e.g., "High, Low, Normal" to an enum.
+// Perhaps we should have an interface that groups together all these
+//  utilities...
+nsresult NS_MsgGetPriorityFromString(
+           const char * const priority,
+           nsMsgPriorityValue & outPriority)
+{
+  if (!priority)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  // Note: Checking the values separately and _before_ the names,
+  //        hoping for a much faster match;
+  //       Only _drawback_, as "priority" handling is not truly specified:
+  //        some softwares may have the number meanings reversed (1=Lowest) !?
+  if (PL_strchr(priority, '1'))
+    outPriority = nsMsgPriority::highest;
+  else if (PL_strchr(priority, '2'))
+    outPriority = nsMsgPriority::high;
+  else if (PL_strchr(priority, '3'))
+    outPriority = nsMsgPriority::normal;
+  else if (PL_strchr(priority, '4'))
+    outPriority = nsMsgPriority::low;
+  else if (PL_strchr(priority, '5'))
+    outPriority = nsMsgPriority::lowest;
+  else if (PL_strcasestr(priority, "Highest"))
+    outPriority = nsMsgPriority::highest;
+       // Important: "High" must be tested after "Highest" !
+  else if (PL_strcasestr(priority, "High") ||
+           PL_strcasestr(priority, "Urgent"))
+    outPriority = nsMsgPriority::high;
+  else if (PL_strcasestr(priority, "Normal"))
+    outPriority = nsMsgPriority::normal;
+  else if (PL_strcasestr(priority, "Lowest"))
+    outPriority = nsMsgPriority::lowest;
+       // Important: "Low" must be tested after "Lowest" !
+  else if (PL_strcasestr(priority, "Low") ||
+           PL_strcasestr(priority, "Non-urgent"))
+    outPriority = nsMsgPriority::low;
+  else
+    // "Default" case gets default value.
+    outPriority = nsMsgPriority::Default;
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult NS_MsgGetPriorityValueString(
+           const nsMsgPriorityValue p,
+           nsACString & outValueString)
+{
+  switch (p)
+  {
+    case nsMsgPriority::highest:
+      outValueString.AssignLiteral("1");
+      break;
+    case nsMsgPriority::high:
+      outValueString.AssignLiteral("2");
+      break;
+    case nsMsgPriority::normal:
+      outValueString.AssignLiteral("3");
+      break;
+    case nsMsgPriority::low:
+      outValueString.AssignLiteral("4");
+      break;
+    case nsMsgPriority::lowest:
+      outValueString.AssignLiteral("5");
+      break;
+    case nsMsgPriority::none:
+    case nsMsgPriority::notSet:
+      // Note: '0' is a "fake" value; we expect to never be in this case.
+      outValueString.AssignLiteral("0");
+      break;
+    default:
+      NS_ASSERTION(false, "invalid priority value");
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult NS_MsgGetUntranslatedPriorityName(
+           const nsMsgPriorityValue p,
+           nsACString & outName)
+{
+  switch (p)
+  {
+    case nsMsgPriority::highest:
+      outName.AssignLiteral("Highest");
+      break;
+    case nsMsgPriority::high:
+      outName.AssignLiteral("High");
+      break;
+    case nsMsgPriority::normal:
+      outName.AssignLiteral("Normal");
+      break;
+    case nsMsgPriority::low:
+      outName.AssignLiteral("Low");
+      break;
+    case nsMsgPriority::lowest:
+      outName.AssignLiteral("Lowest");
+      break;
+    case nsMsgPriority::none:
+    case nsMsgPriority::notSet:
+      // Note: 'None' is a "fake" value; we expect to never be in this case.
+      outName.AssignLiteral("None");
+      break;
+    default:
+      NS_ASSERTION(false, "invalid priority value");
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+/* this used to be XP_StringHash2 from xp_hash.c */
+/* phong's linear congruential hash  */
+static uint32_t StringHash(const char *ubuf, int32_t len = -1)
+{
+  unsigned char * buf = (unsigned char*) ubuf;
+  uint32_t h=1;
+  unsigned char *end = buf + (len == -1 ? strlen(ubuf) : len);
+  while(buf < end) {
+    h = 0x63c63cd9*h + 0x9c39c33d + (int32_t)*buf;
+    buf++;
+  }
+  return h;
+}
+
+inline uint32_t StringHash(const nsAutoString& str)
+{
+    const char16_t *strbuf = str.get();
+    return StringHash(reinterpret_cast<const char*>(strbuf),
+                      str.Length() * 2);
+}
+
+#ifndef MOZILLA_INTERNAL_API
+static int GetFindInSetFilter(const char* aChars)
+{
+  uint8_t filter = 0;
+  while (*aChars)
+    filter |= *aChars++;
+  return ~filter;
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Utility functions used in a few places in mailnews */
+int32_t
+MsgFindCharInSet(const nsCString &aString,
+                 const char* aChars, uint32_t aOffset)
+{
+#ifdef MOZILLA_INTERNAL_API
+  return aString.FindCharInSet(aChars, aOffset);
+#else
+  const char *str;
+  uint32_t len = aString.BeginReading(&str);
+  int filter = GetFindInSetFilter(aChars);
+  for (uint32_t index = aOffset; index < len; index++) {
+    if (!(str[index] & filter) && strchr(aChars, str[index]))
+      return index;
+  }
+  return -1;
+#endif
+}
+
+int32_t
+MsgFindCharInSet(const nsString &aString,
+                 const char* aChars, uint32_t aOffset)
+{
+#ifdef MOZILLA_INTERNAL_API
+  return aString.FindCharInSet(aChars, aOffset);
+#else
+  const char16_t *str;
+  uint32_t len = aString.BeginReading(&str);
+  int filter = GetFindInSetFilter(aChars);
+  for (uint32_t index = aOffset; index < len; index++) {
+    if (!(str[index] & filter) && strchr(aChars, str[index]))
+      return index;
+  }
+  return -1;
+#endif
+}
+
+static bool ConvertibleToNative(const nsAutoString& str)
+{
+    nsAutoCString native;
+    nsAutoString roundTripped;
+#ifdef MOZILLA_INTERNAL_API
+    NS_CopyUnicodeToNative(str, native);
+    NS_CopyNativeToUnicode(native, roundTripped);
+#else
+    nsMsgI18NConvertFromUnicode(nsMsgI18NFileSystemCharset(), str, native);
+    nsMsgI18NConvertToUnicode(nsMsgI18NFileSystemCharset(), native, roundTripped);
+#endif
+    return str.Equals(roundTripped);
+}
+
+#if defined(XP_UNIX)
+  const static uint32_t MAX_LEN = 55;
+#elif defined(XP_WIN32)
+  const static uint32_t MAX_LEN = 55;
+#else
+  #error need_to_define_your_max_filename_length
+#endif
+
+nsresult NS_MsgHashIfNecessary(nsAutoCString &name)
+{
+  if (name.IsEmpty())
+    return NS_OK; // Nothing to do.
+  nsAutoCString str(name);
+
+  // Given a filename, make it safe for filesystem
+  // certain filenames require hashing because they
+  // are too long or contain illegal characters
+  int32_t illegalCharacterIndex = MsgFindCharInSet(str,
+                                                   FILE_PATH_SEPARATOR
+                                                   FILE_ILLEGAL_CHARACTERS
+                                                   ILLEGAL_FOLDER_CHARS, 0);
+
+  // Need to check the first ('.') and last ('.', '~' and ' ') char
+  if (illegalCharacterIndex == -1)
+  {
+    int32_t lastIndex = str.Length() - 1;
+    if (NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(ILLEGAL_FOLDER_CHARS_AS_FIRST_LETTER).FindChar(str[0]) != -1)
+      illegalCharacterIndex = 0;
+    else if (NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(ILLEGAL_FOLDER_CHARS_AS_LAST_LETTER).FindChar(str[lastIndex]) != -1)
+      illegalCharacterIndex = lastIndex;
+    else
+      illegalCharacterIndex = -1;
+  }
+
+  char hashedname[MAX_LEN + 1];
+  if (illegalCharacterIndex == -1)
+  {
+    // no illegal chars, it's just too long
+    // keep the initial part of the string, but hash to make it fit
+    if (str.Length() > MAX_LEN)
+    {
+      PL_strncpy(hashedname, str.get(), MAX_LEN + 1);
+      PR_snprintf(hashedname + MAX_LEN - 8, 9, "%08lx",
+                (unsigned long) StringHash(str.get()));
+      name = hashedname;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+      // found illegal chars, hash the whole thing
+      // if we do substitution, then hash, two strings
+      // could hash to the same value.
+      // for example, on mac:  "foo__bar", "foo:_bar", "foo::bar"
+      // would map to "foo_bar".  this way, all three will map to
+      // different values
+      PR_snprintf(hashedname, 9, "%08lx",
+                (unsigned long) StringHash(str.get()));
+      name = hashedname;
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// XXX : The number of UTF-16 2byte code units are half the number of
+// bytes in legacy encodings for CJK strings and non-Latin1 in UTF-8.
+// The ratio can be 1/3 for CJK strings in UTF-8. However, we can
+// get away with using the same MAX_LEN for nsCString and nsString
+// because MAX_LEN is defined rather conservatively in the first place.
+nsresult NS_MsgHashIfNecessary(nsAutoString &name)
+{
+  if (name.IsEmpty())
+    return NS_OK; // Nothing to do.
+  int32_t illegalCharacterIndex = MsgFindCharInSet(name,
+                                                   FILE_PATH_SEPARATOR
+                                                   FILE_ILLEGAL_CHARACTERS
+                                                   ILLEGAL_FOLDER_CHARS, 0);
+
+  // Need to check the first ('.') and last ('.', '~' and ' ') char
+  if (illegalCharacterIndex == -1)
+  {
+    int32_t lastIndex = name.Length() - 1;
+    if (NS_LITERAL_STRING(ILLEGAL_FOLDER_CHARS_AS_FIRST_LETTER).FindChar(name[0]) != -1)
+      illegalCharacterIndex = 0;
+    else if (NS_LITERAL_STRING(ILLEGAL_FOLDER_CHARS_AS_LAST_LETTER).FindChar(name[lastIndex]) != -1)
+      illegalCharacterIndex = lastIndex;
+    else
+      illegalCharacterIndex = -1;
+  }
+
+  char hashedname[9];
+  int32_t keptLength = -1;
+  if (illegalCharacterIndex != -1)
+    keptLength = illegalCharacterIndex;
+  else if (!ConvertibleToNative(name))
+    keptLength = 0;
+  else if (name.Length() > MAX_LEN) {
+    keptLength = MAX_LEN-8;
+    // To avoid keeping only the high surrogate of a surrogate pair
+    if (NS_IS_HIGH_SURROGATE(name.CharAt(keptLength-1)))
+        --keptLength;
+  }
+
+  if (keptLength >= 0) {
+    PR_snprintf(hashedname, 9, "%08lx", (unsigned long) StringHash(name));
+    name.SetLength(keptLength);
+    name.Append(NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16(hashedname));
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult FormatFileSize(int64_t size, bool useKB, nsAString &formattedSize)
+{
+  NS_NAMED_LITERAL_STRING(byteAbbr, "byteAbbreviation2");
+  NS_NAMED_LITERAL_STRING(kbAbbr,   "kiloByteAbbreviation2");
+  NS_NAMED_LITERAL_STRING(mbAbbr,   "megaByteAbbreviation2");
+  NS_NAMED_LITERAL_STRING(gbAbbr,   "gigaByteAbbreviation2");
+
+  const char16_t *sizeAbbrNames[] = {
+    byteAbbr.get(), kbAbbr.get(), mbAbbr.get(), gbAbbr.get()
+  };
+
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundleService> bundleSvc =
+    mozilla::services::GetStringBundleService();
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(bundleSvc, NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundle> bundle;
+  rv = bundleSvc->CreateBundle("chrome://messenger/locale/messenger.properties",
+                               getter_AddRefs(bundle));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  double unitSize = size < 0 ? 0.0 : size;
+  uint32_t unitIndex = 0;
+
+  if (useKB) {
+    // Start by formatting in kilobytes
+    unitSize /= 1024;
+    if (unitSize < 0.1 && unitSize != 0)
+      unitSize = 0.1;
+    unitIndex++;
+  }
+
+  // Convert to next unit if it needs 4 digits (after rounding), but only if
+  // we know the name of the next unit
+  while ((unitSize >= 999.5) && (unitIndex < ArrayLength(sizeAbbrNames) - 1))
+  {
+      unitSize /= 1024;
+      unitIndex++;
+  }
+
+  // Grab the string for the appropriate unit
+  nsString sizeAbbr;
+  rv = bundle->GetStringFromName(sizeAbbrNames[unitIndex],
+                                 getter_Copies(sizeAbbr));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // Get rid of insignificant bits by truncating to 1 or 0 decimal points
+  // 0.1 -> 0.1; 1.2 -> 1.2; 12.3 -> 12.3; 123.4 -> 123; 234.5 -> 235
+  nsTextFormatter::ssprintf(
+    formattedSize, sizeAbbr.get(),
+    (unitIndex != 0) && (unitSize < 99.95 && unitSize != 0) ? 1 : 0, unitSize);
+
+  int32_t separatorPos = formattedSize.FindChar('.');
+  if (separatorPos != kNotFound) {
+    // The ssprintf returned a decimal number using a dot (.) as the decimal
+    // separator. Now we try to localize the separator.
+    // Try to get the decimal separator from the system's locale.
+    char *decimalPoint;
+#ifdef HAVE_LOCALECONV
+    struct lconv *locale = localeconv();
+    decimalPoint = locale->decimal_point;
+#else
+    decimalPoint = getenv("LOCALE_DECIMAL_POINT");
+#endif
+    NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16 decimalSeparator(decimalPoint);
+    if (decimalSeparator.IsEmpty())
+      decimalSeparator.AssignLiteral(".");
+
+    formattedSize.Replace(separatorPos, 1, decimalSeparator);
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult NS_MsgCreatePathStringFromFolderURI(const char *aFolderURI,
+                                             nsCString& aPathCString,
+                                             const nsCString &aScheme,
+                                             bool aIsNewsFolder)
+{
+  // A file name has to be in native charset. Here we convert
+  // to UTF-16 and check for 'unsafe' characters before converting
+  // to native charset.
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(MsgIsUTF8(nsDependentCString(aFolderURI)), NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED);
+  NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16 oldPath(aFolderURI);
+
+  nsAutoString pathPiece, path;
+
+  int32_t startSlashPos = oldPath.FindChar('/');
+  int32_t endSlashPos = (startSlashPos >= 0)
+    ? oldPath.FindChar('/', startSlashPos + 1) - 1 : oldPath.Length() - 1;
+  if (endSlashPos < 0)
+    endSlashPos = oldPath.Length();
+#if defined(XP_UNIX) || defined(XP_MACOSX)
+  bool isLocalUri = aScheme.EqualsLiteral("none") ||
+                    aScheme.EqualsLiteral("pop3") ||
+                    aScheme.EqualsLiteral("rss");
+#endif
+  // trick to make sure we only add the path to the first n-1 folders
+  bool haveFirst=false;
+  while (startSlashPos != -1) {
+    pathPiece.Assign(Substring(oldPath, startSlashPos + 1, endSlashPos - startSlashPos));
+    // skip leading '/' (and other // style things)
+    if (!pathPiece.IsEmpty())
+    {
+
+      // add .sbd onto the previous path
+      if (haveFirst)
+      {
+        path.AppendLiteral(".sbd/");
+      }
+
+      if (aIsNewsFolder)
+      {
+          nsAutoCString tmp;
+          CopyUTF16toMUTF7(pathPiece, tmp);
+          CopyASCIItoUTF16(tmp, pathPiece);
+      }
+#if defined(XP_UNIX) || defined(XP_MACOSX)
+      // Don't hash path pieces because local mail folder uri's have already
+      // been hashed. We're only doing this on the mac to limit potential
+      // regressions.
+      if (!isLocalUri)
+#endif
+      NS_MsgHashIfNecessary(pathPiece);
+      path += pathPiece;
+      haveFirst=true;
+    }
+    // look for the next slash
+    startSlashPos = endSlashPos + 1;
+
+    endSlashPos = (startSlashPos >= 0)
+      ? oldPath.FindChar('/', startSlashPos + 1)  - 1: oldPath.Length() - 1;
+    if (endSlashPos < 0)
+      endSlashPos = oldPath.Length();
+
+    if (startSlashPos >= endSlashPos)
+      break;
+  }
+#ifdef MOZILLA_INTERNAL_API
+  return NS_CopyUnicodeToNative(path, aPathCString);
+#else
+  return nsMsgI18NConvertFromUnicode(nsMsgI18NFileSystemCharset(), path, aPathCString);
+#endif
+}
+
+bool NS_MsgStripRE(const nsCString& subject, nsCString& modifiedSubject)
+{
+  bool result = false;
+
+  // Get localizedRe pref.
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsString utf16LocalizedRe;
+  NS_GetLocalizedUnicharPreferenceWithDefault(nullptr,
+                                              "mailnews.localizedRe",
+                                              EmptyString(),
+                                              utf16LocalizedRe);
+  NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8 localizedRe(utf16LocalizedRe);
+
+  // Hardcoded "Re" so that no one can configure Mozilla standards incompatible.
+  nsAutoCString checkString("Re,RE,re,rE");
+  if (!localizedRe.IsEmpty()) {
+    checkString.Append(',');
+    checkString.Append(localizedRe);
+  }
+
+  // Decode the string.
+  nsCString decodedString;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMimeConverter> mimeConverter;
+  // We cannot strip "Re:" for RFC2047-encoded subject without modifying the original.
+  if (subject.Find("=?") != kNotFound)
+  {
+    mimeConverter = do_GetService(NS_MIME_CONVERTER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      rv = mimeConverter->DecodeMimeHeaderToUTF8(subject,
+        nullptr, false, true, decodedString);
+  }
+
+  const char *s, *s_end;
+  if (decodedString.IsEmpty()) {
+    s = subject.BeginReading();
+    s_end = s + subject.Length();
+  } else {
+    s = decodedString.BeginReading();
+    s_end = s + decodedString.Length();
+  }
+
+AGAIN:
+  while (s < s_end && IS_SPACE(*s))
+    s++;
+
+  const char *tokPtr = checkString.get();
+  while (*tokPtr)
+  {
+    // Tokenize the comma separated list.
+    size_t tokenLength = 0;
+    while (*tokPtr && *tokPtr != ',') {
+      tokenLength++;
+      tokPtr++;
+    }
+    // Check if the beginning of s is the actual token.
+    if (tokenLength && !strncmp(s, tokPtr - tokenLength, tokenLength))
+    {
+      if (s[tokenLength] == ':')
+      {
+        s = s + tokenLength + 1; /* Skip over "Re:" */
+        result = true;           /* Yes, we stripped it. */
+        goto AGAIN;              /* Skip whitespace and try again. */
+      }
+      else if (s[tokenLength] == '[' || s[tokenLength] == '(')
+      {
+        const char *s2 = s + tokenLength + 1; /* Skip over "Re[" */
+
+        // Skip forward over digits after the "[".
+        while (s2 < (s_end - 2) && isdigit((unsigned char)*s2))
+          s2++;
+
+        // Now ensure that the following thing is "]:".
+        // Only if it is do we alter `s`.
+        if ((s2[0] == ']' || s2[0] == ')') && s2[1] == ':')
+        {
+          s = s2 + 2;       /* Skip over "]:" */
+          result = true;    /* Yes, we stripped it. */
+          goto AGAIN;       /* Skip whitespace and try again. */
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    if (*tokPtr)
+      tokPtr++;
+  }
+
+  // If we didn't strip anything, we can return here.
+  if (!result)
+    return false;
+
+  if (decodedString.IsEmpty()) {
+    // We didn't decode anything, so just return a new string.
+    modifiedSubject.Assign(s);
+    return true;
+  }
+
+  // We decoded the string, so we need to encode it again. We always encode in UTF-8.
+  mimeConverter->EncodeMimePartIIStr_UTF8(nsDependentCString(s),
+    false, "UTF-8", sizeof("Subject:"),
+    nsIMimeConverter::MIME_ENCODED_WORD_SIZE, modifiedSubject);
+  return true;
+}
+
+/*  Very similar to strdup except it free's too
+ */
+char * NS_MsgSACopy (char **destination, const char *source)
+{
+  if(*destination)
+  {
+    PR_Free(*destination);
+    *destination = 0;
+  }
+  if (! source)
+    *destination = nullptr;
+  else
+  {
+    *destination = (char *) PR_Malloc (PL_strlen(source) + 1);
+    if (*destination == nullptr)
+      return(nullptr);
+
+    PL_strcpy (*destination, source);
+  }
+  return *destination;
+}
+
+/*  Again like strdup but it concatenates and free's and uses Realloc.
+*/
+char * NS_MsgSACat (char **destination, const char *source)
+{
+  if (source && *source)
+  {
+    int destLength = *destination ? PL_strlen(*destination) : 0;
+    char* newDestination = (char*) PR_Realloc(*destination, destLength + PL_strlen(source) + 1);
+    if (newDestination == nullptr)
+      return nullptr;
+
+    *destination = newDestination;
+    PL_strcpy(*destination + destLength, source);
+  }
+  return *destination;
+}
+
+nsresult NS_MsgEscapeEncodeURLPath(const nsAString& aStr, nsCString& aResult)
+{
+  return MsgEscapeString(NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(aStr), nsINetUtil::ESCAPE_URL_PATH, aResult);
+}
+
+nsresult NS_MsgDecodeUnescapeURLPath(const nsACString& aPath,
+                                     nsAString& aResult)
+{
+  nsAutoCString unescapedName;
+  MsgUnescapeString(aPath, nsINetUtil::ESCAPE_URL_FILE_BASENAME |
+                 nsINetUtil::ESCAPE_URL_FORCED, unescapedName);
+  CopyUTF8toUTF16(unescapedName, aResult);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+bool WeAreOffline()
+{
+  bool offline = false;
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIIOService> ioService =
+    mozilla::services::GetIOService();
+  if (ioService)
+    ioService->GetOffline(&offline);
+
+  return offline;
+}
+
+nsresult GetExistingFolder(const nsCString& aFolderURI, nsIMsgFolder **aFolder)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aFolder);
+
+  *aFolder = nullptr;
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFolderLookupService> fls(do_GetService(NSIFLS_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = fls->GetFolderForURL(aFolderURI, aFolder);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  return *aFolder ? NS_OK : NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+bool IsAFromSpaceLine(char *start, const char *end)
+{
+  bool rv = false;
+  while ((start < end) && (*start == '>'))
+    start++;
+  // If the leading '>'s are followed by an 'F' then we have a possible case here.
+  if ( (*start == 'F') && (end-start > 4) && !strncmp(start, "From ", 5) )
+    rv = true;
+  return rv;
+}
+
+//
+// This function finds all lines starting with "From " or "From " preceeding
+// with one or more '>' (ie, ">From", ">>From", etc) in the input buffer
+// (between 'start' and 'end') and prefix them with a ">" .
+//
+nsresult EscapeFromSpaceLine(nsIOutputStream *outputStream, char *start, const char *end)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  char *pChar;
+  uint32_t written;
+
+  pChar = start;
+  while (start < end)
+  {
+    while ((pChar < end) && (*pChar != '\r') && ((pChar + 1) < end) &&
+           (*(pChar + 1) != '\n'))
+      pChar++;
+    if ((pChar + 1) == end)
+      pChar++;
+
+    if (pChar < end)
+    {
+      // Found a line so check if it's a qualified "From " line.
+      if (IsAFromSpaceLine(start, pChar))
+        rv = outputStream->Write(">", 1, &written);
+      int32_t lineTerminatorCount = (*(pChar + 1) == '\n') ? 2 : 1;
+      rv = outputStream->Write(start, pChar - start + lineTerminatorCount, &written);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+      pChar += lineTerminatorCount;
+      start = pChar;
+    }
+    else if (start < end)
+    {
+      // Check and flush out the remaining data and we're done.
+      if (IsAFromSpaceLine(start, end))
+        rv = outputStream->Write(">", 1, &written);
+      rv = outputStream->Write(start, end-start, &written);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult IsRFC822HeaderFieldName(const char *aHdr, bool *aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aHdr);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+  uint32_t length = strlen(aHdr);
+  for(uint32_t i=0; i<length; i++)
+  {
+    char c = aHdr[i];
+    if ( c < '!' || c == ':' || c > '~')
+    {
+      *aResult = false;
+      return NS_OK;
+    }
+  }
+  *aResult = true;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// Warning, currently this routine only works for the Junk Folder
+nsresult
+GetOrCreateFolder(const nsACString &aURI, nsIUrlListener *aListener)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIRDFService> rdf = do_GetService("@mozilla.org/rdf/rdf-service;1", &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // get the corresponding RDF resource
+  // RDF will create the folder resource if it doesn't already exist
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFResource> resource;
+  rv = rdf->GetResource(aURI, getter_AddRefs(resource));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> folderResource;
+  folderResource = do_QueryInterface(resource, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // don't check validity of folder - caller will handle creating it
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+  // make sure that folder hierarchy is built so that legitimate parent-child relationship is established
+  rv = folderResource->GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  if (!server)
+    return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> msgFolder;
+  rv = server->GetMsgFolderFromURI(folderResource, aURI, getter_AddRefs(msgFolder));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> parent;
+  rv = msgFolder->GetParent(getter_AddRefs(parent));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !parent)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIFile> folderPath;
+    // for local folders, path is to the berkeley mailbox.
+    // for imap folders, path needs to have .msf appended to the name
+    msgFolder->GetFilePath(getter_AddRefs(folderPath));
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgProtocolInfo> protocolInfo;
+    rv = server->GetProtocolInfo(getter_AddRefs(protocolInfo));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    bool isAsyncFolder;
+    rv = protocolInfo->GetFoldersCreatedAsync(&isAsyncFolder);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    // if we can't get the path from the folder, then try to create the storage.
+    // for imap, it doesn't matter if the .msf file exists - it still might not
+    // exist on the server, so we should try to create it
+    bool exists = false;
+    if (!isAsyncFolder && folderPath)
+      folderPath->Exists(&exists);
+    if (!exists)
+    {
+      // Hack to work around a localization bug with the Junk Folder.
+      // Please see Bug #270261 for more information...
+      nsString localizedJunkName;
+      msgFolder->GetName(localizedJunkName);
+
+      // force the junk folder name to be Junk so it gets created on disk correctly...
+      msgFolder->SetName(NS_LITERAL_STRING("Junk"));
+      msgFolder->SetFlag(nsMsgFolderFlags::Junk);
+      rv = msgFolder->CreateStorageIfMissing(aListener);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+      // now restore the localized folder name...
+      msgFolder->SetName(localizedJunkName);
+
+      // XXX TODO
+      // JUNK MAIL RELATED
+      // ugh, I hate this hack
+      // we have to do this (for now)
+      // because imap and local are different (one creates folder asynch, the other synch)
+      // one will notify the listener, one will not.
+      // I blame nsMsgCopy.
+      // we should look into making it so no matter what the folder type
+      // we always call the listener
+      // this code should move into local folder's version of CreateStorageIfMissing()
+      if (!isAsyncFolder && aListener) {
+        rv = aListener->OnStartRunningUrl(nullptr);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+        rv = aListener->OnStopRunningUrl(nullptr, NS_OK);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  else {
+    // if the folder exists, we should set the junk flag on it
+    // which is what the listener will do
+    if (aListener) {
+      rv = aListener->OnStartRunningUrl(nullptr);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+      rv = aListener->OnStopRunningUrl(nullptr, NS_OK);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+    }
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult IsRSSArticle(nsIURI * aMsgURI, bool *aIsRSSArticle)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  *aIsRSSArticle = false;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMessageUrl> msgUrl = do_QueryInterface(aMsgURI, &rv);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  nsCString resourceURI;
+  msgUrl->GetUri(getter_Copies(resourceURI));
+
+  // get the msg service for this URI
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMessageService> msgService;
+  rv = GetMessageServiceFromURI(resourceURI, getter_AddRefs(msgService));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // Check if the message is a feed message, regardless of folder.
+  uint32_t flags;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+  rv = msgService->MessageURIToMsgHdr(resourceURI.get(), getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  msgHdr->GetFlags(&flags);
+  if (flags & nsMsgMessageFlags::FeedMsg)
+  {
+    *aIsRSSArticle = true;
+    return rv;
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailnewsUrl = do_QueryInterface(aMsgURI, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // get the folder and the server from the msghdr
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIRssIncomingServer> rssServer;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder;
+  rv = msgHdr->GetFolder(getter_AddRefs(folder));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && folder)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+    folder->GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+    rssServer = do_QueryInterface(server);
+
+    if (rssServer)
+      *aIsRSSArticle = true;
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+
+// digest needs to be a pointer to a DIGEST_LENGTH (16) byte buffer
+nsresult MSGCramMD5(const char *text, int32_t text_len, const char *key, int32_t key_len, unsigned char *digest)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  nsAutoCString hash;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsICryptoHash> hasher = do_CreateInstance("@mozilla.org/security/hash;1", &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+
+  // this code adapted from http://www.cis.ohio-state.edu/cgi-bin/rfc/rfc2104.html
+
+  char innerPad[65];    /* inner padding - key XORd with innerPad */
+  char outerPad[65];    /* outer padding - key XORd with outerPad */
+  int i;
+  /* if key is longer than 64 bytes reset it to key=MD5(key) */
+  if (key_len > 64)
+  {
+
+    rv = hasher->Init(nsICryptoHash::MD5);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    rv = hasher->Update((const uint8_t*) key, key_len);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    rv = hasher->Finish(false, hash);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    key = hash.get();
+    key_len = DIGEST_LENGTH;
+  }
+
+  /*
+   * the HMAC_MD5 transform looks like:
+   *
+   * MD5(K XOR outerPad, MD5(K XOR innerPad, text))
+   *
+   * where K is an n byte key
+   * innerPad is the byte 0x36 repeated 64 times
+   * outerPad is the byte 0x5c repeated 64 times
+   * and text is the data being protected
+   */
+
+  /* start out by storing key in pads */
+  memset(innerPad, 0, sizeof innerPad);
+  memset(outerPad, 0, sizeof outerPad);
+  memcpy(innerPad, key,  key_len);
+  memcpy(outerPad, key, key_len);
+
+  /* XOR key with innerPad and outerPad values */
+  for (i=0; i<64; i++)
+  {
+    innerPad[i] ^= 0x36;
+    outerPad[i] ^= 0x5c;
+  }
+  /*
+   * perform inner MD5
+   */
+  nsAutoCString result;
+  rv = hasher->Init(nsICryptoHash::MD5); /* init context for 1st pass */
+  rv = hasher->Update((const uint8_t*)innerPad, 64);       /* start with inner pad */
+  rv = hasher->Update((const uint8_t*)text, text_len);     /* then text of datagram */
+  rv = hasher->Finish(false, result);   /* finish up 1st pass */
+
+  /*
+   * perform outer MD5
+   */
+  hasher->Init(nsICryptoHash::MD5);       /* init context for 2nd pass */
+  rv = hasher->Update((const uint8_t*)outerPad, 64);    /* start with outer pad */
+  rv = hasher->Update((const uint8_t*)result.get(), 16);/* then results of 1st hash */
+  rv = hasher->Finish(false, result);    /* finish up 2nd pass */
+
+  if (result.Length() != DIGEST_LENGTH)
+    return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+
+  memcpy(digest, result.get(), DIGEST_LENGTH);
+
+  return rv;
+
+}
+
+
+// digest needs to be a pointer to a DIGEST_LENGTH (16) byte buffer
+nsresult MSGApopMD5(const char *text, int32_t text_len, const char *password, int32_t password_len, unsigned char *digest)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsAutoCString result;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsICryptoHash> hasher = do_CreateInstance("@mozilla.org/security/hash;1", &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = hasher->Init(nsICryptoHash::MD5);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = hasher->Update((const uint8_t*) text, text_len);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = hasher->Update((const uint8_t*) password, password_len);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = hasher->Finish(false, result);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  if (result.Length() != DIGEST_LENGTH)
+    return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+
+  memcpy(digest, result.get(), DIGEST_LENGTH);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_MSG_BASE nsresult NS_GetPersistentFile(const char *relPrefName,
+                                          const char *absPrefName,
+                                          const char *dirServiceProp,
+                                          bool& gotRelPref,
+                                          nsIFile **aFile,
+                                          nsIPrefBranch *prefBranch)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aFile);
+    *aFile = nullptr;
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG(relPrefName);
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG(absPrefName);
+    gotRelPref = false;
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> mainBranch;
+    if (!prefBranch) {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefService> prefService(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID));
+        if (!prefService) return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+        prefService->GetBranch(nullptr, getter_AddRefs(mainBranch));
+        if (!mainBranch) return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+        prefBranch = mainBranch;
+    }
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> localFile;
+
+    // Get the relative first
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIRelativeFilePref> relFilePref;
+    prefBranch->GetComplexValue(relPrefName,
+                                NS_GET_IID(nsIRelativeFilePref), getter_AddRefs(relFilePref));
+    if (relFilePref) {
+        relFilePref->GetFile(getter_AddRefs(localFile));
+        NS_ASSERTION(localFile, "An nsIRelativeFilePref has no file.");
+        if (localFile)
+          gotRelPref = true;
+    }
+
+    // If not, get the old absolute
+    if (!localFile) {
+        prefBranch->GetComplexValue(absPrefName,
+                                    NS_GET_IID(nsIFile), getter_AddRefs(localFile));
+
+        // If not, and given a dirServiceProp, use directory service.
+        if (!localFile && dirServiceProp) {
+            nsCOMPtr<nsIProperties> dirService(do_GetService("@mozilla.org/file/directory_service;1"));
+            if (!dirService) return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+            dirService->Get(dirServiceProp, NS_GET_IID(nsIFile), getter_AddRefs(localFile));
+            if (!localFile) return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+        }
+    }
+
+    if (localFile) {
+        localFile->Normalize();
+        *aFile = localFile;
+        NS_ADDREF(*aFile);
+        return NS_OK;
+    }
+
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+NS_MSG_BASE nsresult NS_SetPersistentFile(const char *relPrefName,
+                                          const char *absPrefName,
+                                          nsIFile *aFile,
+                                          nsIPrefBranch *prefBranch)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG(relPrefName);
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG(absPrefName);
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG(aFile);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> mainBranch;
+    if (!prefBranch) {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefService> prefService(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID));
+        if (!prefService) return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+        prefService->GetBranch(nullptr, getter_AddRefs(mainBranch));
+        if (!mainBranch) return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+        prefBranch = mainBranch;
+    }
+
+    // Write the absolute for backwards compatibilty's sake.
+    // Or, if aPath is on a different drive than the profile dir.
+    nsresult rv = prefBranch->SetComplexValue(absPrefName, NS_GET_IID(nsIFile), aFile);
+
+    // Write the relative path.
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIRelativeFilePref> relFilePref;
+    NS_NewRelativeFilePref(aFile, nsDependentCString(NS_APP_USER_PROFILE_50_DIR), getter_AddRefs(relFilePref));
+    if (relFilePref) {
+        nsresult rv2 = prefBranch->SetComplexValue(relPrefName, NS_GET_IID(nsIRelativeFilePref), relFilePref);
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv2) && NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+            prefBranch->ClearUserPref(relPrefName);
+    }
+
+    return rv;
+}
+
+NS_MSG_BASE nsresult NS_GetUnicharPreferenceWithDefault(nsIPrefBranch *prefBranch,  //can be null, if so uses the root branch
+                                                        const char *prefName,
+                                                        const nsAString& defValue,
+                                                        nsAString& prefValue)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG(prefName);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> pbr;
+    if(!prefBranch) {
+        pbr = do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID);
+        prefBranch = pbr;
+    }
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupportsString> str;
+    nsresult rv = prefBranch->GetComplexValue(prefName, NS_GET_IID(nsISupportsString), getter_AddRefs(str));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    str->GetData(prefValue);
+  else
+    prefValue = defValue;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_MSG_BASE nsresult NS_GetLocalizedUnicharPreferenceWithDefault(nsIPrefBranch *prefBranch,  //can be null, if so uses the root branch
+                                                                 const char *prefName,
+                                                                 const nsAString& defValue,
+                                                                 nsAString& prefValue)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG(prefName);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> pbr;
+    if(!prefBranch) {
+        pbr = do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID);
+        prefBranch = pbr;
+    }
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefLocalizedString> str;
+    nsresult rv = prefBranch->GetComplexValue(prefName, NS_GET_IID(nsIPrefLocalizedString), getter_AddRefs(str));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    nsString tmpValue;
+    str->ToString(getter_Copies(tmpValue));
+    prefValue.Assign(tmpValue);
+  }
+    else
+        prefValue = defValue;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_MSG_BASE nsresult NS_GetLocalizedUnicharPreference(nsIPrefBranch *prefBranch,  //can be null, if so uses the root branch
+                                                      const char *prefName,
+                                                      nsAString& prefValue)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(prefName);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> pbr;
+  if (!prefBranch) {
+    pbr = do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID);
+    prefBranch = pbr;
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefLocalizedString> str;
+  nsresult rv = prefBranch->GetComplexValue(prefName, NS_GET_IID(nsIPrefLocalizedString), getter_AddRefs(str));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsString tmpValue;
+  str->ToString(getter_Copies(tmpValue));
+  prefValue.Assign(tmpValue);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+void PRTime2Seconds(PRTime prTime, uint32_t *seconds)
+{
+  *seconds = (uint32_t)(prTime / PR_USEC_PER_SEC);
+}
+
+void PRTime2Seconds(PRTime prTime, int32_t *seconds)
+{
+  *seconds = (int32_t)(prTime / PR_USEC_PER_SEC);
+}
+
+void Seconds2PRTime(uint32_t seconds, PRTime *prTime)
+{
+  *prTime = (PRTime)seconds * PR_USEC_PER_SEC;
+}
+
+nsresult GetSummaryFileLocation(nsIFile* fileLocation, nsIFile** summaryLocation)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIFile> newSummaryLocation = do_CreateInstance(NS_LOCAL_FILE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  newSummaryLocation->InitWithFile(fileLocation);
+  nsString fileName;
+
+  rv = newSummaryLocation->GetLeafName(fileName);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  fileName.Append(NS_LITERAL_STRING(SUMMARY_SUFFIX));
+  rv = newSummaryLocation->SetLeafName(fileName);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*summaryLocation = newSummaryLocation);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+void MsgGenerateNowStr(nsACString &nowStr)
+{
+  char dateBuf[100];
+  dateBuf[0] = '\0';
+  PRExplodedTime exploded;
+  PR_ExplodeTime(PR_Now(), PR_LocalTimeParameters, &exploded);
+  PR_FormatTimeUSEnglish(dateBuf, sizeof(dateBuf), "%a %b %d %H:%M:%S %Y", &exploded);
+  nowStr.Assign(dateBuf);
+}
+
+
+// Gets a special directory and appends the supplied file name onto it.
+nsresult GetSpecialDirectoryWithFileName(const char* specialDirName,
+                                         const char* fileName,
+                                         nsIFile** result)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_GetSpecialDirectory(specialDirName, result);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  return (*result)->AppendNative(nsDependentCString(fileName));
+}
+
+// Cleans up temp files with matching names
+nsresult MsgCleanupTempFiles(const char *fileName, const char *extension)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> tmpFile;
+  nsCString rootName(fileName);
+  rootName.Append(".");
+  rootName.Append(extension);
+  nsresult rv = GetSpecialDirectoryWithFileName(NS_OS_TEMP_DIR,
+                                                rootName.get(),
+                                                getter_AddRefs(tmpFile));
+
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  int index = 1;
+  bool exists;
+  do
+  {
+    tmpFile->Exists(&exists);
+    if (exists)
+    {
+      tmpFile->Remove(false);
+      nsCString leafName(fileName);
+      leafName.Append("-");
+      leafName.AppendInt(index);
+      leafName.Append(".");
+      leafName.Append(extension);
+        // start with "Picture-1.jpg" after "Picture.jpg" exists
+      tmpFile->SetNativeLeafName(leafName);
+    }
+  }
+  while (exists && ++index < 10000);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult MsgGetFileStream(nsIFile *file, nsIOutputStream **fileStream)
+{
+  nsMsgFileStream *newFileStream = new nsMsgFileStream;
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(newFileStream, NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY);
+  nsresult rv = newFileStream->InitWithFile(file);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    rv = newFileStream->QueryInterface(NS_GET_IID(nsIOutputStream), (void **) fileStream);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult MsgReopenFileStream(nsIFile *file, nsIInputStream *fileStream)
+{
+  nsMsgFileStream *msgFileStream = static_cast<nsMsgFileStream *>(fileStream);
+  if (msgFileStream)
+    return msgFileStream->InitWithFile(file);
+  else
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+nsresult MsgNewBufferedFileOutputStream(nsIOutputStream **aResult,
+                                        nsIFile* aFile,
+                                        int32_t aIOFlags,
+                                        int32_t aPerm)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIOutputStream> stream;
+  nsresult rv = NS_NewLocalFileOutputStream(getter_AddRefs(stream), aFile, aIOFlags, aPerm);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    rv = NS_NewBufferedOutputStream(aResult, stream, FILE_IO_BUFFER_SIZE);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult MsgNewSafeBufferedFileOutputStream(nsIOutputStream **aResult,
+                                        nsIFile* aFile,
+                                        int32_t aIOFlags,
+                                        int32_t aPerm)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIOutputStream> stream;
+  nsresult rv = NS_NewSafeLocalFileOutputStream(getter_AddRefs(stream), aFile, aIOFlags, aPerm);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    rv = NS_NewBufferedOutputStream(aResult, stream, FILE_IO_BUFFER_SIZE);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+bool MsgFindKeyword(const nsCString &keyword, nsCString &keywords, int32_t *aStartOfKeyword, int32_t *aLength)
+{
+#ifdef MOZILLA_INTERNAL_API
+// nsTString_CharT::Find(const nsCString& aString,
+//                       bool aIgnoreCase=false,
+//                       int32_t aOffset=0,
+//                       int32_t aCount=-1 ) const;
+#define FIND_KEYWORD(keywords,keyword,offset) ((keywords).Find((keyword), false, (offset)))
+#else
+// nsAString::Find(const self_type& aStr,
+//                 uint32_t aOffset,
+//                 ComparatorFunc c = DefaultComparator) const;
+#define FIND_KEYWORD(keywords,keyword,offset) ((keywords).Find((keyword), static_cast<uint32_t>(offset)))
+#endif
+  // 'keyword' is the single keyword we're looking for
+  // 'keywords' is a space delimited list of keywords to be searched,
+  // which may be just a single keyword or even be empty
+  const int32_t kKeywordLen = keyword.Length();
+  const char* start = keywords.BeginReading();
+  const char* end = keywords.EndReading();
+  *aStartOfKeyword = FIND_KEYWORD(keywords, keyword, 0);
+  while (*aStartOfKeyword >= 0)
+  {
+    const char* matchStart = start + *aStartOfKeyword;
+    const char* matchEnd = matchStart + kKeywordLen;
+    // For a real match, matchStart must be the start of keywords or preceded
+    // by a space and matchEnd must be the end of keywords or point to a space.
+    if ((matchStart == start || *(matchStart - 1) == ' ') &&
+        (matchEnd == end || *matchEnd == ' '))
+    {
+      *aLength = kKeywordLen;
+      return true;
+    }
+    *aStartOfKeyword = FIND_KEYWORD(keywords, keyword, *aStartOfKeyword + kKeywordLen);
+  }
+
+  *aLength = 0;
+  return false;
+#undef FIND_KEYWORD
+}
+
+bool MsgHostDomainIsTrusted(nsCString &host, nsCString &trustedMailDomains)
+{
+  const char *end;
+  uint32_t hostLen, domainLen;
+  bool domainIsTrusted = false;
+
+  const char *domain = trustedMailDomains.BeginReading();
+  const char *domainEnd = trustedMailDomains.EndReading();
+  const char *hostStart = host.BeginReading();
+  hostLen = host.Length();
+
+  do {
+    // skip any whitespace
+    while (*domain == ' ' || *domain == '\t')
+      ++domain;
+
+    // find end of this domain in the string
+    end = strchr(domain, ',');
+    if (!end)
+      end = domainEnd;
+
+    // to see if the hostname is in the domain, check if the domain
+    // matches the end of the hostname.
+    domainLen = end - domain;
+    if (domainLen && hostLen >= domainLen) {
+      const char *hostTail = hostStart + hostLen - domainLen;
+      if (PL_strncasecmp(domain, hostTail, domainLen) == 0)
+      {
+        // now, make sure either that the hostname is a direct match or
+        // that the hostname begins with a dot.
+        if (hostLen == domainLen || *hostTail == '.' || *(hostTail - 1) == '.')
+        {
+          domainIsTrusted = true;
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    domain = end + 1;
+  } while (*end);
+  return domainIsTrusted;
+}
+
+nsresult MsgGetLocalFileFromURI(const nsACString &aUTF8Path, nsIFile **aFile)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> argURI;
+  rv = NS_NewURI(getter_AddRefs(argURI), aUTF8Path);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFileURL> argFileURL(do_QueryInterface(argURI, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> argFile;
+  rv = argFileURL->GetFile(getter_AddRefs(argFile));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  argFile.forget(aFile);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+#ifndef MOZILLA_INTERNAL_API
+/*
+ * Function copied from nsReadableUtils.
+ * Migrating to frozen linkage is the only change done
+ */
+NS_MSG_BASE bool MsgIsUTF8(const nsACString& aString)
+{
+  const char *done_reading = aString.EndReading();
+
+  int32_t state = 0;
+  bool overlong = false;
+  bool surrogate = false;
+  bool nonchar = false;
+  uint16_t olupper = 0; // overlong byte upper bound.
+  uint16_t slower = 0;  // surrogate byte lower bound.
+
+  const char *ptr = aString.BeginReading();
+
+  while (ptr < done_reading) {
+    uint8_t c;
+
+    if (0 == state) {
+
+      c = *ptr++;
+
+      if ((c & 0x80) == 0x00)
+        continue;
+
+      if ( c <= 0xC1 ) // [80-BF] where not expected, [C0-C1] for overlong.
+        return false;
+      else if ((c & 0xE0) == 0xC0)
+        state = 1;
+      else if ((c & 0xF0) == 0xE0) {
+        state = 2;
+        if ( c == 0xE0 ) { // to exclude E0[80-9F][80-BF]
+          overlong = true;
+          olupper = 0x9F;
+        } else if ( c == 0xED ) { // ED[A0-BF][80-BF] : surrogate codepoint
+          surrogate = true;
+          slower = 0xA0;
+        } else if ( c == 0xEF ) // EF BF [BE-BF] : non-character
+          nonchar = true;
+      } else if ( c <= 0xF4 ) { // XXX replace /w UTF8traits::is4byte when it's updated to exclude [F5-F7].(bug 199090)
+        state = 3;
+        nonchar = true;
+        if ( c == 0xF0 ) { // to exclude F0[80-8F][80-BF]{2}
+          overlong = true;
+          olupper = 0x8F;
+        }
+        else if ( c == 0xF4 ) { // to exclude F4[90-BF][80-BF]
+          // actually not surrogates but codepoints beyond 0x10FFFF
+          surrogate = true;
+          slower = 0x90;
+        }
+      } else
+        return false; // Not UTF-8 string
+    }
+
+    while (ptr < done_reading && state) {
+      c = *ptr++;
+      --state;
+
+      // non-character : EF BF [BE-BF] or F[0-7] [89AB]F BF [BE-BF]
+      if ( nonchar &&  ( !state &&  c < 0xBE ||
+           state == 1 && c != 0xBF  ||
+           state == 2 && 0x0F != (0x0F & c) ))
+        nonchar = false;
+
+      if ((c & 0xC0) != 0x80 || overlong && c <= olupper ||
+           surrogate && slower <= c || nonchar && !state )
+        return false; // Not UTF-8 string
+      overlong = surrogate = false;
+    }
+  }
+  return !state; // state != 0 at the end indicates an invalid UTF-8 seq.
+}
+
+#endif
+
+NS_MSG_BASE void MsgStripQuotedPrintable (unsigned char *src)
+{
+  // decode quoted printable text in place
+
+  if (!*src)
+    return;
+  unsigned char *dest = src;
+  int srcIdx = 0, destIdx = 0;
+
+  while (src[srcIdx] != 0)
+  {
+    // Decode sequence of '=XY' into a character with code XY.
+    if (src[srcIdx] == '=')
+    {
+      if (MsgIsHex((const char*)src + srcIdx + 1, 2)) {
+        // If we got here, we successfully decoded a quoted printable sequence,
+        // so bump each pointer past it and move on to the next char.
+        dest[destIdx++] = MsgUnhex((const char*)src + srcIdx + 1, 2);
+        srcIdx += 3;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        // If first char after '=' isn't hex check if it's a normal char
+        // or a soft line break. If it's a soft line break, eat the
+        // CR/LF/CRLF.
+        if (src[srcIdx + 1] == '\r' || src[srcIdx + 1] == '\n')
+        {
+          srcIdx++; // soft line break, ignore the '=';
+          if (src[srcIdx] == '\r' || src[srcIdx] == '\n')
+          {
+            srcIdx++;
+            if (src[srcIdx] == '\n')
+              srcIdx++;
+          }
+        }
+        else // The first or second char after '=' isn't hex, just copy the '='.
+        {
+          dest[destIdx++] = src[srcIdx++];
+        }
+        continue;
+      }
+    }
+    else
+      dest[destIdx++] = src[srcIdx++];
+  }
+
+  dest[destIdx] = src[srcIdx]; // null terminate
+}
+
+NS_MSG_BASE nsresult MsgEscapeString(const nsACString &aStr,
+                                     uint32_t aType, nsACString &aResult)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsINetUtil> nu = do_GetService(NS_NETUTIL_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  return nu->EscapeString(aStr, aType, aResult);
+}
+
+NS_MSG_BASE nsresult MsgUnescapeString(const nsACString &aStr, uint32_t aFlags,
+                                       nsACString &aResult)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsINetUtil> nu = do_GetService(NS_NETUTIL_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  return nu->UnescapeString(aStr, aFlags, aResult);
+}
+
+NS_MSG_BASE nsresult MsgEscapeURL(const nsACString &aStr, uint32_t aFlags,
+                                  nsACString &aResult)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsINetUtil> nu = do_GetService(NS_NETUTIL_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  return nu->EscapeURL(aStr, aFlags, aResult);
+}
+
+#ifndef MOZILLA_INTERNAL_API
+
+NS_MSG_BASE char *MsgEscapeHTML(const char *string)
+{
+  char *rv = nullptr;
+  /* XXX Hardcoded max entity len. The +1 is for the trailing null. */
+  uint32_t len = PL_strlen(string);
+  if (len >= (PR_UINT32_MAX / 6))
+    return nullptr;
+
+  rv = (char *)NS_Alloc( (6 * len) + 1 );
+  char *ptr = rv;
+
+  if (rv)
+  {
+    for(; *string != '\0'; string++)
+    {
+      if (*string == '<')
+      {
+        *ptr++ = '&';
+        *ptr++ = 'l';
+        *ptr++ = 't';
+        *ptr++ = ';';
+      }
+      else if (*string == '>')
+      {
+        *ptr++ = '&';
+        *ptr++ = 'g';
+        *ptr++ = 't';
+        *ptr++ = ';';
+      }
+      else if (*string == '&')
+      {
+        *ptr++ = '&';
+        *ptr++ = 'a';
+        *ptr++ = 'm';
+        *ptr++ = 'p';
+        *ptr++ = ';';
+      }
+      else if (*string == '"')
+      {
+        *ptr++ = '&';
+        *ptr++ = 'q';
+        *ptr++ = 'u';
+        *ptr++ = 'o';
+        *ptr++ = 't';
+        *ptr++ = ';';
+      }
+      else if (*string == '\'')
+      {
+        *ptr++ = '&';
+        *ptr++ = '#';
+        *ptr++ = '3';
+        *ptr++ = '9';
+        *ptr++ = ';';
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        *ptr++ = *string;
+      }
+    }
+    *ptr = '\0';
+  }
+  return(rv);
+}
+
+NS_MSG_BASE char16_t *MsgEscapeHTML2(const char16_t *aSourceBuffer,
+                                      int32_t aSourceBufferLen)
+{
+  // if the caller didn't calculate the length
+  if (aSourceBufferLen == -1) {
+    aSourceBufferLen = NS_strlen(aSourceBuffer); // ...then I will
+  }
+
+  /* XXX Hardcoded max entity len. */
+  if (aSourceBufferLen >=
+    ((PR_UINT32_MAX - sizeof(char16_t)) / (6 * sizeof(char16_t))) )
+      return nullptr;
+
+  char16_t *resultBuffer = (char16_t *)moz_xmalloc(aSourceBufferLen *
+                            6 * sizeof(char16_t) + sizeof(char16_t('\0')));
+
+  char16_t *ptr = resultBuffer;
+
+  if (resultBuffer) {
+    int32_t i;
+
+    for(i = 0; i < aSourceBufferLen; i++) {
+      if(aSourceBuffer[i] == '<') {
+        *ptr++ = '&';
+        *ptr++ = 'l';
+        *ptr++ = 't';
+        *ptr++ = ';';
+      } else if(aSourceBuffer[i] == '>') {
+        *ptr++ = '&';
+        *ptr++ = 'g';
+        *ptr++ = 't';
+        *ptr++ = ';';
+      } else if(aSourceBuffer[i] == '&') {
+        *ptr++ = '&';
+        *ptr++ = 'a';
+        *ptr++ = 'm';
+        *ptr++ = 'p';
+        *ptr++ = ';';
+      } else if (aSourceBuffer[i] == '"') {
+        *ptr++ = '&';
+        *ptr++ = 'q';
+        *ptr++ = 'u';
+        *ptr++ = 'o';
+        *ptr++ = 't';
+        *ptr++ = ';';
+      } else if (aSourceBuffer[i] == '\'') {
+        *ptr++ = '&';
+        *ptr++ = '#';
+        *ptr++ = '3';
+        *ptr++ = '9';
+        *ptr++ = ';';
+      } else {
+        *ptr++ = aSourceBuffer[i];
+      }
+    }
+    *ptr = 0;
+  }
+
+  return resultBuffer;
+}
+
+NS_MSG_BASE void MsgCompressWhitespace(nsCString& aString)
+{
+  // This code is frozen linkage specific
+  aString.Trim(" \f\n\r\t\v");
+
+  char *start, *end;
+  aString.BeginWriting(&start, &end);
+
+  for (char *cur = start; cur < end; ++cur) {
+    if (!IS_SPACE(*cur))
+      continue;
+
+    *cur = ' ';
+
+    if (!IS_SPACE(*(cur + 1)))
+      continue;
+
+    // Loop through the white space
+    char *wend = cur + 2;
+    while (IS_SPACE(*wend))
+      ++wend;
+
+    uint32_t wlen = wend - cur - 1;
+
+    // fix "end"
+    end -= wlen;
+
+    // move everything forwards a bit
+    for (char *m = cur + 1; m < end; ++m) {
+      *m = *(m + wlen);
+    }
+  }
+
+  // Set the new length.
+  aString.SetLength(end - start);
+}
+
+
+NS_MSG_BASE void MsgReplaceChar(nsString& str, const char *set, const char16_t replacement)
+{
+  char16_t *c_str = str.BeginWriting();
+  while (*set) {
+    int32_t pos = 0;
+    while ((pos = str.FindChar(*set, pos)) != -1) {
+      c_str[pos++] = replacement;
+    }
+    set++;
+  }
+}
+
+NS_MSG_BASE void MsgReplaceChar(nsCString& str, const char needle, const char replacement)
+{
+  char *c_str = str.BeginWriting();
+  while ((c_str = strchr(c_str, needle))) {
+    *c_str = replacement;
+    c_str++;
+  }
+}
+
+NS_MSG_BASE already_AddRefed<nsIAtom> MsgNewAtom(const char* aString)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAtomService> atomService(do_GetService("@mozilla.org/atom-service;1"));
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAtom> atom;
+
+  if (atomService)
+    atomService->GetAtomUTF8(aString, getter_AddRefs(atom));
+  return atom.forget();
+}
+
+NS_MSG_BASE void MsgReplaceSubstring(nsAString &str, const nsAString &what, const nsAString &replacement)
+{
+  const char16_t* replacement_str;
+  uint32_t replacementLength = replacement.BeginReading(&replacement_str);
+  uint32_t whatLength = what.Length();
+  int32_t i = 0;
+
+  while ((i = str.Find(what, i)) != kNotFound)
+  {
+    str.Replace(i, whatLength, replacement_str, replacementLength);
+    i += replacementLength;
+  }
+}
+
+NS_MSG_BASE void MsgReplaceSubstring(nsACString &str, const char *what, const char *replacement)
+{
+  uint32_t replacementLength = strlen(replacement);
+  uint32_t whatLength = strlen(what);
+  int32_t i = 0;
+
+  /* We have to create nsDependentCString from 'what' because there's no
+   * str.Find(char *what, int offset) but there is only
+   * str.Find(char *what, int length) */
+  nsDependentCString what_dependent(what);
+  while ((i = str.Find(what_dependent, i)) != kNotFound)
+  {
+    str.Replace(i, whatLength, replacement, replacementLength);
+    i += replacementLength;
+  }
+}
+
+/* This class is based on nsInterfaceRequestorAgg from nsInterfaceRequestorAgg.h */
+class MsgInterfaceRequestorAgg : public nsIInterfaceRequestor
+{
+public:
+  NS_DECL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIINTERFACEREQUESTOR
+
+  MsgInterfaceRequestorAgg(nsIInterfaceRequestor *aFirst,
+                           nsIInterfaceRequestor *aSecond)
+    : mFirst(aFirst)
+    , mSecond(aSecond) {}
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIInterfaceRequestor> mFirst, mSecond;
+};
+
+// XXX This needs to support threadsafe refcounting until we fix bug 243591.
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(MsgInterfaceRequestorAgg, nsIInterfaceRequestor)
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+MsgInterfaceRequestorAgg::GetInterface(const nsIID &aIID, void **aResult)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_ERROR_NO_INTERFACE;
+  if (mFirst)
+    rv = mFirst->GetInterface(aIID, aResult);
+  if (mSecond && NS_FAILED(rv))
+    rv = mSecond->GetInterface(aIID, aResult);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+/* This function is based on NS_NewInterfaceRequestorAggregation from
+ * nsInterfaceRequestorAgg.h */
+NS_MSG_BASE nsresult
+MsgNewInterfaceRequestorAggregation(nsIInterfaceRequestor *aFirst,
+                                    nsIInterfaceRequestor *aSecond,
+                                    nsIInterfaceRequestor **aResult)
+{
+  *aResult = new MsgInterfaceRequestorAgg(aFirst, aSecond);
+  if (!*aResult)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+  NS_ADDREF(*aResult);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult NS_FASTCALL MsgQueryElementAt::operator()( const nsIID& aIID, void** aResult ) const
+  {
+    nsresult status = mArray
+                        ? mArray->QueryElementAt(mIndex, aIID, aResult)
+                        : NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+    if ( mErrorPtr )
+      *mErrorPtr = status;
+
+    return status;
+  }
+
+#endif
+
+NS_MSG_BASE nsresult MsgGetHeadersFromKeys(nsIMsgDatabase *aDB, const nsTArray<nsMsgKey> &aMsgKeys,
+                                           nsIMutableArray *aHeaders)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aDB);
+
+  uint32_t count = aMsgKeys.Length();
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  for (uint32_t kindex = 0; kindex < count; kindex++)
+  {
+    nsMsgKey key = aMsgKeys.ElementAt(kindex);
+
+    bool hasKey;
+    rv = aDB->ContainsKey(key, &hasKey);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    // This function silently skips when the key is not found. This is an expected case.
+    if (hasKey)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+      rv = aDB->GetMsgHdrForKey(key, getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      aHeaders->AppendElement(msgHdr, false);
+    }
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_MSG_BASE nsresult MsgGetHdrsFromKeys(nsIMsgDatabase *aDB, nsMsgKey *aMsgKeys,
+                                        uint32_t aNumKeys, nsIMutableArray **aHeaders)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aDB);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMsgKeys);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aHeaders);
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> messages(do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  for (uint32_t kindex = 0; kindex < aNumKeys; kindex++) {
+    nsMsgKey key = aMsgKeys[kindex];
+    bool hasKey;
+    rv = aDB->ContainsKey(key, &hasKey);
+    // This function silently skips when the key is not found. This is an expected case.
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && hasKey)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+      rv = aDB->GetMsgHdrForKey(key, getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        messages->AppendElement(msgHdr, false);
+    }
+  }
+
+  messages.forget(aHeaders);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+bool MsgAdvanceToNextLine(const char *buffer, uint32_t &bufferOffset, uint32_t maxBufferOffset)
+{
+  bool result = false;
+  for (; bufferOffset < maxBufferOffset; bufferOffset++)
+  {
+    if (buffer[bufferOffset] == '\r' || buffer[bufferOffset] == '\n')
+    {
+      bufferOffset++;
+      if (buffer[bufferOffset- 1] == '\r' && buffer[bufferOffset] == '\n')
+        bufferOffset++;
+      result = true;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  return result;
+}
+
+NS_MSG_BASE nsresult
+MsgExamineForProxy(nsIChannel *channel, nsIProxyInfo **proxyInfo)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> uri;
+  rv = channel->GetURI(getter_AddRefs(uri));
+  NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && uri,
+    "The URI needs to be set before calling the proxy service");
+#endif
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIProtocolProxyService> proxyService =
+      do_GetService(NS_PROTOCOLPROXYSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // XXX: This "interface" ID is exposed, but it's not hooked up to the QI.
+  // Until it is, use a static_cast for now.
+#if 0
+  RefPtr<nsProtocolProxyService> rawProxyService = do_QueryObject(proxyService, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+#else
+  nsProtocolProxyService *rawProxyService = static_cast<nsProtocolProxyService*>(proxyService.get());
+#endif
+
+  return rawProxyService->DeprecatedBlockingResolve(channel, 0, proxyInfo);
+}
+
+NS_MSG_BASE nsresult MsgPromptLoginFailed(nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow,
+                                          const nsCString &aHostname,
+                                          int32_t *aResult)
+{
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrompt> dialog;
+  if (aMsgWindow)
+    aMsgWindow->GetPromptDialog(getter_AddRefs(dialog));
+
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  // If we haven't got one, use a default dialog.
+  if (!dialog)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIWindowWatcher> wwatch =
+      do_GetService(NS_WINDOWWATCHER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    rv = wwatch->GetNewPrompter(0, getter_AddRefs(dialog));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundleService> bundleSvc =
+    mozilla::services::GetStringBundleService();
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(bundleSvc, NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundle> bundle;
+  rv = bundleSvc->CreateBundle("chrome://messenger/locale/messenger.properties",
+                               getter_AddRefs(bundle));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsString message;
+  NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16 hostNameUTF16(aHostname);
+  const char16_t *formatStrings[] = { hostNameUTF16.get() };
+
+  rv = bundle->FormatStringFromName(u"mailServerLoginFailed",
+                                    formatStrings, 1,
+                                    getter_Copies(message));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsString title;
+  rv = bundle->GetStringFromName(
+    u"mailServerLoginFailedTitle", getter_Copies(title));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsString button0;
+  rv = bundle->GetStringFromName(
+    u"mailServerLoginFailedRetryButton",
+    getter_Copies(button0));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsString button2;
+  rv = bundle->GetStringFromName(
+    u"mailServerLoginFailedEnterNewPasswordButton",
+    getter_Copies(button2));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  bool dummyValue = false;
+  return dialog->ConfirmEx(
+    title.get(), message.get(),
+    (nsIPrompt::BUTTON_TITLE_IS_STRING * nsIPrompt::BUTTON_POS_0) +
+    (nsIPrompt::BUTTON_TITLE_CANCEL * nsIPrompt::BUTTON_POS_1) +
+    (nsIPrompt::BUTTON_TITLE_IS_STRING * nsIPrompt::BUTTON_POS_2),
+    button0.get(), nullptr, button2.get(), nullptr, &dummyValue, aResult);
+}
+
+NS_MSG_BASE PRTime MsgConvertAgeInDaysToCutoffDate(int32_t ageInDays)
+{
+  PRTime now = PR_Now();
+
+  return now - PR_USEC_PER_DAY * ageInDays;
+}
+
+NS_MSG_BASE nsresult MsgTermListToString(nsISupportsArray *aTermList, nsCString &aOutString)
+{
+  uint32_t count;
+  aTermList->Count(&count);
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  for (uint32_t searchIndex = 0; searchIndex < count;
+       searchIndex++)
+  {
+    nsAutoCString stream;
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgSearchTerm> term;
+    aTermList->QueryElementAt(searchIndex, NS_GET_IID(nsIMsgSearchTerm),
+                               (void **)getter_AddRefs(term));
+    if (!term)
+      continue;
+
+    if (aOutString.Length() > 1)
+      aOutString += ' ';
+
+    bool booleanAnd;
+    bool matchAll;
+    term->GetBooleanAnd(&booleanAnd);
+    term->GetMatchAll(&matchAll);
+    if (matchAll)
+    {
+      aOutString += "ALL";
+      continue;
+    }
+    else if (booleanAnd)
+      aOutString += "AND (";
+    else
+      aOutString += "OR (";
+
+    rv = term->GetTermAsString(stream);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    aOutString += stream;
+    aOutString += ')';
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_MSG_BASE uint64_t ParseUint64Str(const char *str)
+{
+#ifdef XP_WIN
+  {
+    char *endPtr;
+    return _strtoui64(str, &endPtr, 10);
+  }
+#else
+  return strtoull(str, nullptr, 10);
+#endif
+}
+
+NS_MSG_BASE uint64_t MsgUnhex(const char *aHexString, size_t aNumChars)
+{
+  // Large numbers will not fit into uint64_t.
+  NS_ASSERTION(aNumChars <= 16, "Hex literal too long to convert!");
+
+  uint64_t result = 0;
+  for (size_t i = 0; i < aNumChars; i++)
+  {
+    unsigned char c = aHexString[i];
+    uint8_t digit;
+    if ((c >= '0') && (c <= '9'))
+      digit = (c - '0');
+    else if ((c >= 'a') && (c <= 'f'))
+      digit = ((c - 'a') + 10);
+    else if ((c >= 'A') && (c <= 'F'))
+      digit = ((c - 'A') + 10);
+    else
+      break;
+
+    result = (result << 4) | digit;
+  }
+
+  return result;
+}
+
+NS_MSG_BASE bool MsgIsHex(const char *aHexString, size_t aNumChars)
+{
+  for (size_t i = 0; i < aNumChars; i++)
+  {
+    if (!isxdigit(aHexString[i]))
+      return false;
+  }
+  return true;
+}
+
+
+NS_MSG_BASE nsresult
+MsgStreamMsgHeaders(nsIInputStream *aInputStream, nsIStreamListener *aConsumer)
+{
+  nsAutoPtr<nsLineBuffer<char> > lineBuffer(new nsLineBuffer<char>);
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(lineBuffer, NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY);
+
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  nsAutoCString msgHeaders;
+  nsAutoCString curLine;
+
+  bool more = true;
+
+  // We want to NS_ReadLine until we get to a blank line (the end of the headers)
+  while (more)
+  {
+    rv = NS_ReadLine(aInputStream, lineBuffer.get(), curLine, &more);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    if (curLine.IsEmpty())
+      break;
+    msgHeaders.Append(curLine);
+    msgHeaders.Append(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("\r\n"));
+  }
+  lineBuffer = nullptr;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringInputStream> hdrsStream =
+        do_CreateInstance("@mozilla.org/io/string-input-stream;1", &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  hdrsStream->SetData(msgHeaders.get(), msgHeaders.Length());
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIInputStreamPump> pump;
+  rv = NS_NewInputStreamPump(getter_AddRefs(pump), hdrsStream);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  return pump->AsyncRead(aConsumer, nullptr);
+}
+
+class CharsetDetectionObserver : public nsICharsetDetectionObserver
+{
+public:
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  CharsetDetectionObserver() {};
+  NS_IMETHOD Notify(const char* aCharset, nsDetectionConfident aConf) override
+  {
+    mCharset = aCharset;
+    return NS_OK;
+  };
+  const char *GetDetectedCharset() { return mCharset.get(); }
+
+private:
+  virtual ~CharsetDetectionObserver() {}
+  nsCString mCharset;
+};
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(CharsetDetectionObserver, nsICharsetDetectionObserver)
+
+NS_MSG_BASE nsresult
+MsgDetectCharsetFromFile(nsIFile *aFile, nsACString &aCharset)
+{
+  // First try the universal charset detector
+  nsCOMPtr<nsICharsetDetector> detector
+    = do_CreateInstance(NS_CHARSET_DETECTOR_CONTRACTID_BASE
+                        "universal_charset_detector");
+  if (!detector) {
+    // No universal charset detector, try the default charset detector
+    nsString detectorName;
+    NS_GetLocalizedUnicharPreferenceWithDefault(nullptr, "intl.charset.detector",
+                                                EmptyString(), detectorName);
+    if (!detectorName.IsEmpty()) {
+      nsAutoCString detectorContractID;
+      detectorContractID.AssignLiteral(NS_CHARSET_DETECTOR_CONTRACTID_BASE);
+      AppendUTF16toUTF8(detectorName, detectorContractID);
+      detector = do_CreateInstance(detectorContractID.get());
+    }
+  }
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIInputStream> inputStream;
+  rv = NS_NewLocalFileInputStream(getter_AddRefs(inputStream), aFile);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  if (detector) {
+    nsAutoCString buffer;
+
+    RefPtr<CharsetDetectionObserver> observer = new CharsetDetectionObserver();
+
+    rv = detector->Init(observer);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsILineInputStream> lineInputStream;
+    lineInputStream = do_QueryInterface(inputStream, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    bool isMore = true;
+    bool dontFeed = false;
+    while (isMore &&
+           NS_SUCCEEDED(lineInputStream->ReadLine(buffer, &isMore)) &&
+           buffer.Length() > 0) {
+      detector->DoIt(buffer.get(), buffer.Length(), &dontFeed);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      if (dontFeed)
+        break;
+    }
+    rv = detector->Done();
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    aCharset = observer->GetDetectedCharset();
+  } else {
+    // no charset detector available, check the BOM
+    char sniffBuf[3];
+    uint32_t numRead;
+    rv = inputStream->Read(sniffBuf, sizeof(sniffBuf), &numRead);
+
+    if (numRead >= 2 &&
+               sniffBuf[0] == (char)0xfe &&
+               sniffBuf[1] == (char)0xff) {
+      aCharset = "UTF-16BE";
+    } else if (numRead >= 2 &&
+               sniffBuf[0] == (char)0xff &&
+               sniffBuf[1] == (char)0xfe) {
+      aCharset = "UTF-16LE";
+    } else if (numRead >= 3 &&
+               sniffBuf[0] == (char)0xef &&
+               sniffBuf[1] == (char)0xbb &&
+               sniffBuf[2] == (char)0xbf) {
+      aCharset = "UTF-8";
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (aCharset.IsEmpty()) { // No sniffed or charset.
+    nsAutoCString buffer;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsILineInputStream> lineInputStream =
+      do_QueryInterface(inputStream, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    bool isMore = true;
+    bool isUTF8Compat = true;
+    while (isMore && isUTF8Compat &&
+           NS_SUCCEEDED(lineInputStream->ReadLine(buffer, &isMore))) {
+      isUTF8Compat = MsgIsUTF8(buffer);
+    }
+
+    // If the file content is UTF-8 compatible, use that. Otherwise let's not
+    // make a bad guess.
+    if (isUTF8Compat)
+      aCharset.AssignLiteral("UTF-8");
+  }
+
+  if (aCharset.IsEmpty()) {
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Converts a buffer to plain text. Some conversions may
+ * or may not work with certain end charsets which is why we
+ * need that as an argument to the function. If charset is
+ * unknown or deemed of no importance NULL could be passed.
+ */
+NS_MSG_BASE nsresult
+ConvertBufToPlainText(nsString &aConBuf, bool formatFlowed, bool delsp,
+                                         bool formatOutput, bool disallowBreaks)
+{
+  if (aConBuf.IsEmpty())
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  int32_t wrapWidth = 72;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> pPrefBranch(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID));
+
+  if (pPrefBranch)
+  {
+    pPrefBranch->GetIntPref("mailnews.wraplength", &wrapWidth);
+    // Let sanity reign!
+    if (wrapWidth == 0 || wrapWidth > 990)
+      wrapWidth = 990;
+    else if (wrapWidth < 10)
+      wrapWidth = 10;
+  }
+
+  uint32_t converterFlags = nsIDocumentEncoder::OutputPersistNBSP;
+  if (formatFlowed)
+    converterFlags |= nsIDocumentEncoder::OutputFormatFlowed;
+  if (delsp)
+    converterFlags |= nsIDocumentEncoder::OutputFormatDelSp;
+  if (formatOutput)
+    converterFlags |= nsIDocumentEncoder::OutputFormatted;
+  if (disallowBreaks)
+    converterFlags |= nsIDocumentEncoder::OutputDisallowLineBreaking;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIParserUtils> utils =
+    do_GetService(NS_PARSERUTILS_CONTRACTID);
+  return utils->ConvertToPlainText(aConBuf,
+                                   converterFlags,
+                                   wrapWidth,
+                                   aConBuf);
+}
+
+NS_MSG_BASE nsMsgKey msgKeyFromInt(uint32_t aValue)
+{
+  return aValue;
+}
+
+NS_MSG_BASE nsMsgKey msgKeyFromInt(uint64_t aValue)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(aValue <= PR_UINT32_MAX, "Msg key value too big!");
+  return aValue;
+}
+
+// Helper function to extract a query qualifier.
+nsAutoCString MsgExtractQueryPart(nsAutoCString spec, const char* queryToExtract)
+{
+  nsAutoCString queryPart;
+  int32_t queryIndex = spec.Find(queryToExtract);
+  if (queryIndex == kNotFound)
+    return queryPart;
+
+  int32_t queryEnd = Substring(spec, queryIndex + 1).FindChar('&');
+  if (queryEnd == kNotFound)
+    queryEnd = Substring(spec, queryIndex + 1).FindChar('?');
+  if (queryEnd == kNotFound) {
+    // Nothing follows, so return from where the query qualifier started.
+    queryPart.Assign(Substring(spec, queryIndex));
+  } else {
+    // Return the substring that represents the query qualifier.
+    queryPart.Assign(Substring(spec, queryIndex, queryEnd + 1));
+  }
+  return queryPart;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgUtils.h b/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgUtils.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..97f5010ae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgUtils.h
@@ -0,0 +1,589 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _NSMSGUTILS_H
+#define _NSMSGUTILS_H
+
+#include "nsIURL.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "MailNewsTypes2.h"
+#include "nsTArray.h"
+#include "nsInterfaceRequestorAgg.h"
+#include "nsILoadGroup.h"
+// Disable deprecation warnings generated by nsISupportsArray and associated
+// classes.
+#if defined(__GNUC__)
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wdeprecated-declarations"
+#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
+#pragma warning (disable : 4996)
+#endif
+#include "nsISupportsArray.h"
+#include "nsIAtom.h"
+#include "nsINetUtil.h"
+#include "nsIRequest.h"
+#include "nsILoadInfo.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsUnicharUtils.h"
+#include "nsIFile.h"
+
+class nsIChannel;
+class nsIFile;
+class nsIPrefBranch;
+class nsIMsgFolder;
+class nsIMsgMessageService;
+class nsIUrlListener;
+class nsIOutputStream;
+class nsIInputStream;
+class nsIMsgDatabase;
+class nsIMutableArray;
+class nsIProxyInfo;
+class nsIMsgWindow;
+class nsISupportsArray;
+class nsIStreamListener;
+
+#define FILE_IO_BUFFER_SIZE (16*1024)
+#define MSGS_URL    "chrome://messenger/locale/messenger.properties"
+
+//These are utility functions that can used throughout the mailnews code
+
+NS_MSG_BASE nsresult GetMessageServiceContractIDForURI(const char *uri, nsCString &contractID);
+
+NS_MSG_BASE nsresult GetMessageServiceFromURI(const nsACString& uri, nsIMsgMessageService **aMessageService);
+
+NS_MSG_BASE nsresult GetMsgDBHdrFromURI(const char *uri, nsIMsgDBHdr **msgHdr);
+
+NS_MSG_BASE nsresult CreateStartupUrl(const char *uri, nsIURI** aUrl);
+
+NS_MSG_BASE nsresult NS_MsgGetPriorityFromString(
+                       const char * const priority,
+                       nsMsgPriorityValue & outPriority);
+
+NS_MSG_BASE nsresult NS_MsgGetPriorityValueString(
+                       const nsMsgPriorityValue p,
+                       nsACString & outValueString);
+
+NS_MSG_BASE nsresult NS_MsgGetUntranslatedPriorityName(
+                       const nsMsgPriorityValue p,
+                       nsACString & outName);
+
+NS_MSG_BASE nsresult NS_MsgHashIfNecessary(nsAutoString &name);
+NS_MSG_BASE nsresult NS_MsgHashIfNecessary(nsAutoCString &name);
+
+NS_MSG_BASE nsresult FormatFileSize(int64_t size, bool useKB, nsAString &formattedSize);
+
+
+/**
+ * given a folder uri, return the path to folder in the user profile directory.
+ *
+ * @param aFolderURI uri of folder we want the path to, without the scheme
+ * @param[out] aPathString result path string
+ * @param aScheme scheme of the uri
+ * @param[optional] aIsNewsFolder is this a news folder?
+ */
+NS_MSG_BASE nsresult 
+NS_MsgCreatePathStringFromFolderURI(const char *aFolderURI,
+                                    nsCString& aPathString,
+                                    const nsCString &aScheme,
+                                    bool aIsNewsFolder=false);
+
+/**
+ * Given a string and a length, removes any "Re:" strings from the front.
+ * It also deals with that dumbass "Re[2]:" thing that some losing mailers do.
+ *
+ * If mailnews.localizedRe is set, it will also remove localized "Re:" strings.
+ *
+ * @return true if it made a change (in which case the caller should look to
+ *         modifiedSubject for the result) and false otherwise (in which
+ *         case the caller should look at subject for the result)
+ */
+NS_MSG_BASE bool NS_MsgStripRE(const nsCString& subject, nsCString& modifiedSubject);
+
+NS_MSG_BASE char * NS_MsgSACopy(char **destination, const char *source);
+
+NS_MSG_BASE char * NS_MsgSACat(char **destination, const char *source);
+
+NS_MSG_BASE nsresult NS_MsgEscapeEncodeURLPath(const nsAString& aStr,
+                                               nsCString& aResult);
+
+NS_MSG_BASE nsresult NS_MsgDecodeUnescapeURLPath(const nsACString& aPath,
+                                                 nsAString& aResult);
+
+NS_MSG_BASE bool WeAreOffline();
+
+// Check if a folder with aFolderUri exists
+NS_MSG_BASE nsresult GetExistingFolder(const nsCString& aFolderURI, nsIMsgFolder **aFolder);
+
+// Escape lines starting with "From ", ">From ", etc. in a buffer.
+NS_MSG_BASE nsresult EscapeFromSpaceLine(nsIOutputStream *ouputStream, char *start, const char *end);
+NS_MSG_BASE bool IsAFromSpaceLine(char *start, const char *end);
+
+NS_MSG_BASE nsresult NS_GetPersistentFile(const char *relPrefName,
+                                          const char *absPrefName,
+                                          const char *dirServiceProp, // Can be NULL
+                                          bool& gotRelPref,
+                                          nsIFile **aFile,
+                                          nsIPrefBranch *prefBranch = nullptr);
+
+NS_MSG_BASE nsresult NS_SetPersistentFile(const char *relPrefName,
+                                          const char *absPrefName,
+                                          nsIFile *aFile,
+                                          nsIPrefBranch *prefBranch = nullptr);
+
+NS_MSG_BASE nsresult IsRFC822HeaderFieldName(const char *aHdr, bool *aResult);
+
+NS_MSG_BASE nsresult NS_GetUnicharPreferenceWithDefault(nsIPrefBranch *prefBranch,   //can be null, if so uses the root branch
+                                                        const char *prefName,
+                                                        const nsAString& defValue,
+                                                        nsAString& prefValue);
+
+NS_MSG_BASE nsresult NS_GetLocalizedUnicharPreferenceWithDefault(nsIPrefBranch *prefBranch,   //can be null, if so uses the root branch
+                                                                 const char *prefName,
+                                                                 const nsAString& defValue,
+                                                                 nsAString& prefValue);
+
+NS_MSG_BASE nsresult NS_GetLocalizedUnicharPreference(nsIPrefBranch *prefBranch,   //can be null, if so uses the root branch
+                                                      const char *prefName,
+                                                      nsAString& prefValue);
+
+  /**
+   * this needs a listener, because we might have to create the folder
+   * on the server, and that is asynchronous
+   */
+NS_MSG_BASE nsresult GetOrCreateFolder(const nsACString & aURI, nsIUrlListener *aListener);
+
+// Returns true if the nsIURI is a message under an RSS account
+NS_MSG_BASE nsresult IsRSSArticle(nsIURI * aMsgURI, bool *aIsRSSArticle);
+
+// digest needs to be a pointer to a 16 byte buffer
+#define DIGEST_LENGTH 16
+
+NS_MSG_BASE nsresult MSGCramMD5(const char *text, int32_t text_len, const char *key, int32_t key_len, unsigned char *digest);
+NS_MSG_BASE nsresult MSGApopMD5(const char *text, int32_t text_len, const char *password, int32_t password_len, unsigned char *digest);
+
+// helper functions to convert a 64bits PRTime into a 32bits value (compatible time_t) and vice versa.
+NS_MSG_BASE void PRTime2Seconds(PRTime prTime, uint32_t *seconds);
+NS_MSG_BASE void PRTime2Seconds(PRTime prTime, int32_t *seconds);
+NS_MSG_BASE void Seconds2PRTime(uint32_t seconds, PRTime *prTime);
+// helper function to generate current date+time as a string
+NS_MSG_BASE void MsgGenerateNowStr(nsACString &nowStr);
+
+// Appends the correct summary file extension onto the supplied fileLocation
+// and returns it in summaryLocation.
+NS_MSG_BASE nsresult GetSummaryFileLocation(nsIFile* fileLocation,
+                                            nsIFile** summaryLocation);
+
+// Gets a special directory and appends the supplied file name onto it.
+NS_MSG_BASE nsresult GetSpecialDirectoryWithFileName(const char* specialDirName,
+                                                     const char* fileName,
+                                                     nsIFile** result);
+
+// cleanup temp files with the given filename and extension, including
+// the consecutive -NNNN ones that we can find. If there are holes, e.g.,
+// <filename>-1-10,12.<extension> exist, but <filename>-11.<extension> does not
+// we'll clean up 1-10. If the leaks are common, I think the gaps will tend to
+// be filled.
+NS_MSG_BASE nsresult MsgCleanupTempFiles(const char *fileName, const char *extension);
+
+NS_MSG_BASE nsresult MsgGetFileStream(nsIFile *file, nsIOutputStream **fileStream);
+
+NS_MSG_BASE nsresult MsgReopenFileStream(nsIFile *file, nsIInputStream *fileStream);
+
+// Automatically creates an output stream with a suitable buffer
+NS_MSG_BASE nsresult MsgNewBufferedFileOutputStream(nsIOutputStream **aResult, nsIFile *aFile, int32_t aIOFlags = -1, int32_t aPerm = -1);
+
+// Automatically creates an output stream with a suitable buffer, but write to a temporary file first, then rename to aFile
+NS_MSG_BASE nsresult MsgNewSafeBufferedFileOutputStream(nsIOutputStream **aResult, nsIFile *aFile, int32_t aIOFlags = -1, int32_t aPerm = -1);
+
+// fills in the position of the passed in keyword in the passed in keyword list
+// and returns false if the keyword isn't present
+NS_MSG_BASE bool MsgFindKeyword(const nsCString &keyword, nsCString &keywords, int32_t *aStartOfKeyword, int32_t *aLength);
+
+NS_MSG_BASE bool MsgHostDomainIsTrusted(nsCString &host, nsCString &trustedMailDomains);
+
+// gets an nsIFile from a UTF-8 file:// path
+NS_MSG_BASE nsresult MsgGetLocalFileFromURI(const nsACString &aUTF8Path, nsIFile **aFile);
+
+NS_MSG_BASE void MsgStripQuotedPrintable (unsigned char *src);
+
+/*
+ * Utility function copied from nsReadableUtils
+ */
+NS_MSG_BASE bool MsgIsUTF8(const nsACString& aString);
+
+/*
+ * Utility functions that call functions from nsINetUtil
+ */
+
+NS_MSG_BASE nsresult MsgEscapeString(const nsACString &aStr,
+                                     uint32_t aType, nsACString &aResult);
+
+NS_MSG_BASE nsresult MsgUnescapeString(const nsACString &aStr, 
+                                       uint32_t aFlags, nsACString &aResult);
+
+NS_MSG_BASE nsresult MsgEscapeURL(const nsACString &aStr, uint32_t aFlags,
+                                  nsACString &aResult);
+
+// Converts an nsTArray of nsMsgKeys plus a database, to an array of nsIMsgDBHdrs.
+NS_MSG_BASE nsresult MsgGetHeadersFromKeys(nsIMsgDatabase *aDB,
+                                           const nsTArray<nsMsgKey> &aKeys,
+                                           nsIMutableArray *aHeaders);
+// Converts an array of nsMsgKeys plus a database, to an array of nsIMsgDBHdrs.
+NS_MSG_BASE nsresult MsgGetHdrsFromKeys(nsIMsgDatabase *aDB,
+                                        nsMsgKey *aKeys,
+                                        uint32_t aNumKeys,
+                                        nsIMutableArray **aHeaders);
+
+NS_MSG_BASE nsresult MsgExamineForProxy(nsIChannel *channel,
+                                        nsIProxyInfo **proxyInfo);
+
+NS_MSG_BASE int32_t MsgFindCharInSet(const nsCString &aString,
+                                     const char* aChars, uint32_t aOffset = 0);
+NS_MSG_BASE int32_t MsgFindCharInSet(const nsString &aString,
+                                     const char* aChars, uint32_t aOffset = 0);
+
+
+// advances bufferOffset to the beginning of the next line, if we don't
+// get to maxBufferOffset first. Returns false if we didn't get to the
+// next line.
+NS_MSG_BASE bool MsgAdvanceToNextLine(const char *buffer, uint32_t &bufferOffset,
+                                   uint32_t maxBufferOffset);
+
+/**
+ * Alerts the user that the login to the server failed. Asks whether the
+ * connection should: retry, cancel, or request a new password.
+ *
+ * @param aMsgWindow The message window associated with this action (cannot
+ *                   be null).
+ * @param aHostname  The hostname of the server for which the login failed.
+ * @param aResult    The button pressed. 0 for retry, 1 for cancel,
+ *                   2 for enter a new password.
+ * @return           NS_OK for success, NS_ERROR_* if there was a failure in
+ *                   creating the dialog.
+ */
+NS_MSG_BASE nsresult MsgPromptLoginFailed(nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow,
+                                          const nsCString &aHostname,
+                                          int32_t *aResult);
+
+/**
+ * Calculate a PRTime value used to determine if a date is XX
+ * days ago. This is used by various retention setting algorithms.
+ */
+NS_MSG_BASE PRTime MsgConvertAgeInDaysToCutoffDate(int32_t ageInDays);
+
+/**
+ * Converts the passed in term list to its string representation.
+ *
+ * @param      aTermList    Array of nsIMsgSearchTerms
+ * @param[out] aOutString   result representation of search terms.
+ *
+ */
+NS_MSG_BASE nsresult MsgTermListToString(nsISupportsArray *aTermList, nsCString &aOutString);
+
+NS_MSG_BASE nsresult
+MsgStreamMsgHeaders(nsIInputStream *aInputStream, nsIStreamListener *aConsumer);
+
+/**
+ * convert string to uint64_t
+ *
+ * @param str conveted string
+ * @returns   uint64_t vaule for success, 0 for parse failure
+ */
+NS_MSG_BASE uint64_t ParseUint64Str(const char *str);
+
+/**
+ * Detect charset of file
+ *
+ * @param      aFile    The target of nsIFile
+ * @param[out] aCharset The charset string
+ */
+NS_MSG_BASE nsresult MsgDetectCharsetFromFile(nsIFile *aFile, nsACString &aCharset);
+
+/*
+ * Converts a buffer to plain text. Some conversions may
+ * or may not work with certain end charsets which is why we
+ * need that as an argument to the function. If charset is
+ * unknown or deemed of no importance NULL could be passed.
+ * @param[in/out] aConBuf        Variable with the text to convert
+ * @param         formatFlowed   Use format flowed?
+ * @param         delsp          Use delsp=yes when flowed
+ * @param         formatOutput   Reformat the output?
+ & @param         disallowBreaks Disallow breaks when formatting
+ */
+NS_MSG_BASE nsresult
+ConvertBufToPlainText(nsString &aConBuf, bool formatFlowed, bool delsp,
+                                         bool formatOutput, bool disallowBreaks);
+
+/**
+ * The following definitons exist for compatibility between the internal and
+ * external APIs. Where possible they just forward to the existing API.
+ */
+
+#ifdef MOZILLA_INTERNAL_API
+#include "nsEscape.h"
+
+/**
+ * The internal API expects nsCaseInsensitiveC?StringComparator() and true.
+ * Redefine CaseInsensitiveCompare so that Find works.
+ */
+#define CaseInsensitiveCompare true
+/**
+ * The following methods are not exposed to the external API, but when we're
+ * using the internal API we can simply redirect the calls appropriately.
+ */
+#define MsgLowerCaseEqualsLiteral(str, l) \
+        (str).LowerCaseEqualsLiteral(l)
+#define MsgRFindChar(str, ch, len) \
+        (str).RFindChar(ch, len)
+#define MsgCompressWhitespace(str) \
+        (str).CompressWhitespace()
+#define MsgEscapeHTML(str) \
+        nsEscapeHTML(str)
+#define MsgEscapeHTML2(buffer, len) \
+        nsEscapeHTML2(buffer, len)
+#define MsgReplaceSubstring(str, what, replacement) \
+        (str).ReplaceSubstring(what, replacement)
+#define MsgIsUTF8(str) \
+        IsUTF8(str)
+#define MsgNewInterfaceRequestorAggregation(aFirst, aSecond, aResult) \
+        NS_NewInterfaceRequestorAggregation(aFirst, aSecond, aResult)
+#define MsgNewNotificationCallbacksAggregation(aCallbacks, aLoadGroup, aResult) \
+        NS_NewNotificationCallbacksAggregation(aCallbacks, aLoadGroup, aResult)
+#define MsgGetAtom(aString) \
+        NS_Atomize(aString)
+#define MsgNewAtom(aString) \
+        NS_Atomize(aString)
+#define MsgReplaceChar(aString, aNeedle, aReplacement) \
+        (aString).ReplaceChar(aNeedle, aReplacement)
+#define MsgFind(str, what, ignore_case, offset) \
+        (str).Find(what, ignore_case, offset)
+#define MsgCountChar(aString, aChar) \
+        (aString).CountChar(aChar)
+
+#else
+
+/**
+ * The external API expects CaseInsensitiveCompare. Redefine
+ * nsCaseInsensitiveC?StringComparator() so that Equals works.
+ */
+#define nsCaseInsensitiveCStringComparator() \
+        CaseInsensitiveCompare
+#define nsCaseInsensitiveStringComparator() \
+        CaseInsensitiveCompare
+/// The external API does not provide kNotFound.
+#define kNotFound -1
+/**
+ * The external API does not provide the following methods. While we can
+ * reasonably easily define them in terms of existing methods, we only want
+ * to do this when using the external API.
+ */
+#define AppendASCII \
+        AppendLiteral
+#define AppendUTF16toUTF8(source, dest) \
+        (dest).Append(NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(source))
+#define AppendUTF8toUTF16(source, dest) \
+        (dest).Append(NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16(source))
+#define AppendASCIItoUTF16(source, dest) \
+        (dest).Append(NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16(source))
+#define Compare(str1, str2, comp) \
+        (str1).Compare(str2, comp)
+#define CaseInsensitiveFindInReadable(what, str) \
+        ((str).Find(what, CaseInsensitiveCompare) != kNotFound)
+#define LossyAppendUTF16toASCII(source, dest) \
+        (dest).Append(NS_LossyConvertUTF16toASCII(source))
+#define Last() \
+        EndReading()[-1]
+#define SetCharAt(ch, index) \
+        Replace(index, 1, ch)
+#define NS_NewISupportsArray(result) \
+        CallCreateInstance(NS_SUPPORTSARRAY_CONTRACTID, static_cast<nsISupportsArray**>(result))
+/**
+ * The internal and external methods expect the parameters in a different order.
+ * The internal API also always expects a flag rather than a comparator.
+ */
+inline int32_t MsgFind(nsAString &str, const char *what, bool ignore_case, uint32_t offset)
+{
+  return str.Find(what, offset, ignore_case);
+}
+
+inline int32_t MsgFind(nsACString &str, const char *what, bool ignore_case, int32_t offset)
+{
+  /* See Find_ComputeSearchRange from nsStringObsolete.cpp */
+  if (offset < 0) {
+    offset = 0;
+  }
+  if (ignore_case)
+    return str.Find(nsDependentCString(what), offset, CaseInsensitiveCompare);
+  return str.Find(nsDependentCString(what), offset);
+}
+
+inline int32_t MsgFind(nsACString &str, const nsACString &what, bool ignore_case, int32_t offset)
+{
+  /* See Find_ComputeSearchRange from nsStringObsolete.cpp */
+  if (offset < 0) {
+    offset = 0;
+  }
+  if (ignore_case)
+    return str.Find(what, offset, CaseInsensitiveCompare);
+  return str.Find(what, offset);
+}
+
+/**
+ * The following methods are not exposed to the external API so we define
+ * equivalent versions here.
+ */
+/// Equivalent of LowerCaseEqualsLiteral(literal)
+#define MsgLowerCaseEqualsLiteral(str, literal) \
+        (str).Equals(literal, CaseInsensitiveCompare)
+/// Equivalent of RFindChar(ch, len)
+#define MsgRFindChar(str, ch, len) \
+        StringHead(str, len).RFindChar(ch)
+/// Equivalent of aString.CompressWhitespace()
+NS_MSG_BASE void MsgCompressWhitespace(nsCString& aString);
+/// Equivalent of nsEscapeHTML(aString)
+NS_MSG_BASE char *MsgEscapeHTML(const char *aString);
+/// Equivalent of nsEscapeHTML2(aBuffer, aLen)
+NS_MSG_BASE char16_t *MsgEscapeHTML2(const char16_t *aBuffer, int32_t aLen);
+// Existing replacement for IsUTF8
+NS_MSG_BASE bool MsgIsUTF8(const nsACString& aString);
+/// Equivalent of NS_Atomize(aUTF8String)
+NS_MSG_BASE already_AddRefed<nsIAtom> MsgNewAtom(const char* aString);
+/// Equivalent of NS_Atomize(aUTF8String)
+inline already_AddRefed<nsIAtom> MsgGetAtom(const char* aUTF8String)
+{
+  return MsgNewAtom(aUTF8String);
+}
+/// Equivalent of ns(C)String::ReplaceSubstring(what, replacement)
+NS_MSG_BASE void MsgReplaceSubstring(nsAString &str, const nsAString &what, const nsAString &replacement);
+NS_MSG_BASE void MsgReplaceSubstring(nsACString &str, const char *what, const char *replacement);
+/// Equivalent of ns(C)String::ReplaceChar(what, replacement)
+NS_MSG_BASE void MsgReplaceChar(nsString& str, const char *set, const char16_t replacement);
+NS_MSG_BASE void MsgReplaceChar(nsCString& str, const char needle, const char replacement);
+// Equivalent of NS_NewInterfaceRequestorAggregation(aFirst, aSecond, aResult)
+NS_MSG_BASE nsresult MsgNewInterfaceRequestorAggregation(nsIInterfaceRequestor *aFirst,
+                                                         nsIInterfaceRequestor *aSecond,
+                                                         nsIInterfaceRequestor **aResult);
+
+/**
+ * This function is based on NS_NewNotificationCallbacksAggregation from
+ * nsNetUtil.h
+ *
+ * This function returns a nsIInterfaceRequestor instance that returns the
+ * same result as NS_QueryNotificationCallbacks when queried.
+ */
+inline nsresult
+MsgNewNotificationCallbacksAggregation(nsIInterfaceRequestor  *callbacks,
+                                       nsILoadGroup           *loadGroup,
+                                       nsIInterfaceRequestor **result)
+{
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIInterfaceRequestor> cbs;
+    if (loadGroup)
+        loadGroup->GetNotificationCallbacks(getter_AddRefs(cbs));
+    return MsgNewInterfaceRequestorAggregation(callbacks, cbs, result);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Count occurences of specified character in string.
+ *
+ */
+inline
+uint32_t MsgCountChar(nsACString &aString, char16_t aChar) {
+  const char *begin, *end;
+  uint32_t num_chars = 0;
+  aString.BeginReading(&begin, &end);
+  for (const char *current = begin; current < end; ++current) {
+      if (*current == aChar)
+        ++num_chars;
+  }
+  return num_chars;
+}
+
+inline
+uint32_t MsgCountChar(nsAString &aString, char16_t aChar) {
+  const char16_t *begin, *end;
+  uint32_t num_chars = 0;
+  aString.BeginReading(&begin, &end);
+  for (const char16_t *current = begin; current < end; ++current) {
+      if (*current == aChar)
+        ++num_chars;
+  }
+  return num_chars;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Converts a hex string into an integer.
+ * Processes up to aNumChars characters or the first non-hex char.
+ * It is not an error if less than aNumChars valid hex digits are found.
+ */
+NS_MSG_BASE uint64_t MsgUnhex(const char *aHexString, size_t aNumChars);
+
+/**
+ * Checks if a string is a valid hex literal containing at least aNumChars digits.
+ */
+NS_MSG_BASE bool MsgIsHex(const char *aHexString, size_t aNumChars);
+
+/**
+ * Convert an uint32_t to a nsMsgKey.
+ * Currently they are mostly the same but we need to preserve the notion that
+ * nsMsgKey is an opaque value that can't be treated as a generic integer
+ * (except when storing it into the database). It enables type safety checks and
+ * may prevent coding errors.
+ */
+NS_MSG_BASE nsMsgKey msgKeyFromInt(uint32_t aValue);
+
+NS_MSG_BASE nsMsgKey msgKeyFromInt(uint64_t aValue);
+
+/**
+ * Helper function to extract query part from URL spec.
+ */
+nsAutoCString MsgExtractQueryPart(nsAutoCString spec, const char* queryToExtract);
+
+/**
+ * Helper macro for defining getter/setters. Ported from nsISupportsObsolete.h
+ */
+#define NS_IMPL_GETSET(clazz, attr, type, member) \
+  NS_IMETHODIMP clazz::Get##attr(type *result) \
+  { \
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(result); \
+    *result = member; \
+    return NS_OK; \
+  } \
+  NS_IMETHODIMP clazz::Set##attr(type aValue) \
+  { \
+    member = aValue; \
+    return NS_OK; \
+  }
+
+#endif
+
+ /**
+ * Macro and helper function for reporting an error, warning or
+ * informational message to the Error Console
+ *
+ * This will require the inclusion of the following files in the source file
+ * #include "nsIScriptError.h"
+ * #include "nsIConsoleService.h"
+ *
+ */
+
+NS_MSG_BASE
+void MsgLogToConsole4(const nsAString &aErrorText, const nsAString &aFilename,
+                      uint32_t aLine, uint32_t flags);
+
+// Macro with filename and line number
+#define MSG_LOG_TO_CONSOLE(_text, _flag) MsgLogToConsole4(NS_LITERAL_STRING(_text), NS_LITERAL_STRING(__FILE__), __LINE__, _flag)
+#define MSG_LOG_ERR_TO_CONSOLE(_text) MSG_LOG_TO_CONSOLE(_text, nsIScriptError::errorFlag)
+#define MSG_LOG_WARN_TO_CONSOLE(_text) MSG_LOG_TO_CONSOLE(_text, nsIScriptError::warningFlag)
+#define MSG_LOG_INFO_TO_CONSOLE(_text) MSG_LOG_TO_CONSOLE(_text, nsIScriptError::infoFlag)
+
+// Helper macros to cope with shoddy I/O error reporting (or lack thereof)
+#define MSG_NS_ERROR(_txt) do { NS_ERROR(_txt); MSG_LOG_ERR_TO_CONSOLE(_txt); } while(0)
+#define MSG_NS_WARNING(_txt) do { NS_WARNING(_txt); MSG_LOG_WARN_TO_CONSOLE(_txt); } while (0)
+#define MSG_NS_WARN_IF_FALSE(_val, _txt) do { if (!(_val)) { NS_WARNING(_txt); MSG_LOG_WARN_TO_CONSOLE(_txt); } } while (0)
+#define MSG_NS_INFO(_txt) do { MSG_LOCAL_INFO_TO_CONSOLE(_txt); \
+  fprintf(stderr,"(info) %s (%s:%d)\n", _txt, __FILE__, __LINE__); } while(0)
diff --git a/mailnews/base/util/nsStopwatch.cpp b/mailnews/base/util/nsStopwatch.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..137c456e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/util/nsStopwatch.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,183 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsStopwatch.h"
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <time.h>
+#if defined(XP_UNIX)
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <sys/times.h>
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#elif defined(XP_WIN)
+#include "windows.h"
+#endif // elif defined(XP_WIN)
+
+#include "nsMemory.h"
+/*
+ * This basis for the logic in this file comes from (will used to come from):
+ *  (mozilla/)modules/libutil/public/stopwatch.cpp.
+ *  
+ * It was no longer used in the mozilla tree, and is being migrated to
+ * comm-central where we actually have a need for it.  ("Being" in the sense
+ * that it will not be removed immediately from mozilla-central.)
+ * 
+ * Simplification and general clean-up has been performed and the fix for
+ * bug 96669 has been integrated.
+ */
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsStopwatch, nsIStopwatch)
+
+#if defined(XP_UNIX)
+/** the number of ticks per second */
+static double gTicks = 0;
+#define MICRO_SECONDS_TO_SECONDS_MULT static_cast<double>(1.0e-6)
+#elif defined(WIN32)
+#ifdef DEBUG
+#ifdef MOZILLA_INTERNAL_API
+#include "nsPrintfCString.h"
+#endif
+#endif
+// 1 tick per 100ns = 10 per us = 10 * 1,000 per ms = 10 * 1,000 * 1,000 per sec.
+#define WIN32_TICK_RESOLUTION static_cast<double>(1.0e-7)
+// subtract off to get to the unix epoch
+#define UNIX_EPOCH_IN_FILE_TIME 116444736000000000L
+#endif // elif defined(WIN32)
+
+nsStopwatch::nsStopwatch()
+ : fTotalRealTimeSecs(0.0)
+ , fTotalCpuTimeSecs(0.0)
+ , fRunning(false)
+{
+#if defined(XP_UNIX)
+  // idempotent in the event of a race under all coherency models
+  if (!gTicks)
+  {
+    // we need to clear errno because sysconf's spec says it leaves it the same
+    //  on success and only sets it on failure.
+    errno = 0;
+    gTicks = (clock_t)sysconf(_SC_CLK_TCK);
+    // in event of failure, pick an arbitrary value so we don't divide by zero.
+    if (errno)
+      gTicks = 1000000L;
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+nsStopwatch::~nsStopwatch()
+{
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsStopwatch::Start()
+{
+  fTotalRealTimeSecs = 0.0;
+  fTotalCpuTimeSecs = 0.0;
+  return Resume();
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsStopwatch::Stop()
+{
+  fStopRealTimeSecs = GetRealTime();
+  fStopCpuTimeSecs  = GetCPUTime();
+  if (fRunning)
+  {
+    fTotalCpuTimeSecs  += fStopCpuTimeSecs  - fStartCpuTimeSecs;
+    fTotalRealTimeSecs += fStopRealTimeSecs - fStartRealTimeSecs;
+  }
+  fRunning = false;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsStopwatch::Resume()
+{
+  if (!fRunning)
+  {
+    fStartRealTimeSecs = GetRealTime();
+    fStartCpuTimeSecs  = GetCPUTime();
+  }
+  fRunning = true;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsStopwatch::GetCpuTimeSeconds(double *result)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(result);
+  *result = fTotalCpuTimeSecs;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsStopwatch::GetRealTimeSeconds(double *result)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(result);
+  *result = fTotalRealTimeSecs;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+double nsStopwatch::GetRealTime()
+{
+#if defined(XP_UNIX)
+  struct timeval t;
+  gettimeofday(&t, NULL);
+  return t.tv_sec + t.tv_usec * MICRO_SECONDS_TO_SECONDS_MULT;
+#elif defined(WIN32)
+  union     {FILETIME ftFileTime;
+             __int64  ftInt64;
+            } ftRealTime; // time the process has spent in kernel mode
+  SYSTEMTIME st;
+  GetSystemTime(&st);
+  SystemTimeToFileTime(&st, &ftRealTime.ftFileTime);
+  return (ftRealTime.ftInt64 - UNIX_EPOCH_IN_FILE_TIME) * WIN32_TICK_RESOLUTION;
+#else
+#error "nsStopwatch not supported on this platform."
+#endif
+}
+
+double nsStopwatch::GetCPUTime()
+{
+#if defined(XP_UNIX)
+  struct tms cpt;
+  times(&cpt);
+  return (double)(cpt.tms_utime+cpt.tms_stime) / gTicks;
+#elif defined(WIN32)
+  FILETIME    ftCreate,       // when the process was created
+              ftExit;         // when the process exited
+
+  union     {FILETIME ftFileTime;
+             __int64  ftInt64;
+            } ftKernel; // time the process has spent in kernel mode
+
+  union     {FILETIME ftFileTime;
+             __int64  ftInt64;
+            } ftUser;   // time the process has spent in user mode
+
+  HANDLE hProcess = GetCurrentProcess();
+#ifdef DEBUG
+  BOOL ret =
+#endif
+    GetProcessTimes(hProcess, &ftCreate, &ftExit,
+                              &ftKernel.ftFileTime, &ftUser.ftFileTime);
+#ifdef DEBUG
+#ifdef MOZILLA_INTERNAL_API
+  if (!ret)
+    NS_ERROR(nsPrintfCString("GetProcessTimes() failed, error=0x%lx.", GetLastError()).get());
+#else
+  if (!ret) {
+    // nsPrintfCString() is unavailable to report GetLastError().
+    NS_ERROR("GetProcessTimes() failed.");
+  }
+#endif
+#endif
+
+  /*
+   * Process times are returned in a 64-bit structure, as the number of
+   * 100 nanosecond ticks since 1 January 1601.  User mode and kernel mode
+   * times for this process are in separate 64-bit structures.
+   * Add them and convert the result to seconds.
+   */
+  return (ftKernel.ftInt64 + ftUser.ftInt64) * WIN32_TICK_RESOLUTION;
+#else
+#error "nsStopwatch not supported on this platform."
+#endif
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/util/nsStopwatch.h b/mailnews/base/util/nsStopwatch.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..62b1c52b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/util/nsStopwatch.h
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _nsStopwatch_h_
+#define _nsStopwatch_h_
+
+#include "nsIStopwatch.h"
+
+#include "msgCore.h"
+
+#define NS_STOPWATCH_CID \
+{0x6ef7eafd, 0x72d0, 0x4c56, {0x94, 0x09, 0x67, 0xe1, 0x6d, 0x0f, 0x25, 0x5b}}
+
+#define NS_STOPWATCH_CONTRACTID "@mozilla.org/stopwatch;1"
+
+#undef  IMETHOD_VISIBILITY
+#define IMETHOD_VISIBILITY NS_VISIBILITY_DEFAULT
+
+class NS_MSG_BASE nsStopwatch : public nsIStopwatch
+{
+public:
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSISTOPWATCH
+
+  nsStopwatch();
+private:
+  virtual ~nsStopwatch();
+
+  /// Wall-clock start time in seconds since unix epoch.
+  double fStartRealTimeSecs;
+  /// Wall-clock stop time in seconds since unix epoch.
+  double fStopRealTimeSecs;
+  /// CPU-clock start time in seconds (of CPU time used since app start)
+  double fStartCpuTimeSecs;
+  /// CPU-clock stop time in seconds (of CPU time used since app start)
+  double fStopCpuTimeSecs;
+  /// Total wall-clock time elapsed in seconds. 
+  double fTotalRealTimeSecs;
+  /// Total CPU time elapsed in seconds.
+  double fTotalCpuTimeSecs;
+
+  /// Is the timer running?
+  bool fRunning;
+  
+  static double GetRealTime();
+  static double GetCPUTime();
+};
+
+#endif // _nsStopwatch_h_
diff --git a/mailnews/base/util/templateUtils.js b/mailnews/base/util/templateUtils.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d90f16abd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/util/templateUtils.js
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+var EXPORTED_SYMBOLS = ["PluralStringFormatter", "makeFriendlyDateAgo"];
+
+var Cc = Components.classes;
+var Ci = Components.interfaces;
+var Cr = Components.results;
+var Cu = Components.utils;
+
+Cu.import("resource://gre/modules/PluralForm.jsm");
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/StringBundle.js");
+
+function PluralStringFormatter(aBundleURI) {
+  this._bundle = new StringBundle(aBundleURI);
+}
+
+PluralStringFormatter.prototype = {
+  get: function(aStringName, aReplacements, aPluralCount) {
+    let str = this._bundle.get(aStringName);
+    if (aPluralCount !== undefined)
+      str = PluralForm.get(aPluralCount, str);
+    if (aReplacements !== undefined) {
+      for (let i = 0; i < aReplacements.length; i++)
+        str = str.replace("#" + (i+1), aReplacements[i]);
+    }
+    return str;
+  },
+};
+
+
+var gTemplateUtilsStrings = new PluralStringFormatter(
+  "chrome://messenger/locale/templateUtils.properties"
+);
+
+/**
+ * Helper function to generate a localized "friendly" representation of
+ * time relative to the present.  If the time input is "today", it returns
+ * a string corresponding to just the time.  If it's yesterday, it returns
+ * "yesterday" (localized).  If it's in the last week, it returns the day
+ * of the week. If it's before that, it returns the date.
+ *
+ * @param time
+ *        the time (better be in the past!)
+ * @return The string with a "human-friendly" representation of that time
+ *        relative to now.
+ */
+function makeFriendlyDateAgo(time)
+{
+  let dts = Cc["@mozilla.org/intl/scriptabledateformat;1"]
+              .getService(Ci.nsIScriptableDateFormat);
+
+  // Figure out when today begins
+  let now = new Date();
+  let today = new Date(now.getFullYear(), now.getMonth(),
+                       now.getDate());
+
+  // Get the end time to display
+  let end = time;
+
+  // Figure out if the end time is from today, yesterday,
+  // this week, etc.
+  let dateTime;
+  let kDayInMsecs = 24 * 60 * 60 * 1000;
+  let k6DaysInMsecs = 6 * kDayInMsecs;
+  if (end >= today) {
+    // activity finished after today started, show the time
+    dateTime = dts.FormatTime("", dts.timeFormatNoSeconds,
+                                  end.getHours(), end.getMinutes(),0);
+  } else if (today - end < kDayInMsecs) {
+    // activity finished after yesterday started, show yesterday
+    dateTime = gTemplateUtilsStrings.get("yesterday");
+  } else if (today - end < k6DaysInMsecs) {
+    // activity finished after last week started, show day of week
+    dateTime = end.toLocaleFormat("%A");
+  } else if (now.getFullYear() == end.getFullYear()) {
+    // activity must have been from some time ago.. show month/day
+    let month = end.toLocaleFormat("%B");
+    // Remove leading 0 by converting the date string to a number
+    let date = Number(end.toLocaleFormat("%d"));
+    dateTime = gTemplateUtilsStrings.get("monthDate", [month, date]);
+  } else {
+    // not this year, so show full date format
+    dateTime = dts.FormatDate("", dts.dateFormatShort,
+                              end.getFullYear(), end.getMonth() + 1,
+                              end.getDate());
+  }
+  return dateTime;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/base/util/traceHelper.js b/mailnews/base/util/traceHelper.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a69c7e83d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/base/util/traceHelper.js
@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+this.EXPORTED_SYMBOLS = ['DebugTraceHelper'];
+
+var Cc = Components.classes;
+var Ci = Components.interfaces;
+var Cr = Components.results;
+var Cu = Components.utils;
+
+Components.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/XPCOMUtils.jsm");
+
+var SPACES = "                                                   ";
+var BRIGHT_COLORS = {
+  red: "\x1b[1;31m",
+  green: "\x1b[1;32m",
+  yellow: "\x1b[1;33m",
+  blue: "\x1b[1;34m",
+  magenta: "\x1b[1;35m",
+  cyan: "\x1b[1;36m",
+  white: "\x1b[1;37m",
+};
+var DARK_COLORS = {
+  red: "\x1b[0;31m",
+  green: "\x1b[0;32m",
+  yellow: "\x1b[0;33m",
+  blue: "\x1b[0;34m",
+  magenta: "\x1b[0;35m",
+  cyan: "\x1b[0;36m",
+  white: "\x1b[0;37m",
+};
+var STOP_COLORS = "\x1b[0m";
+
+
+/**
+ * Example usages:
+ *
+ * Components.utils.import("resource:///modules/traceHelper.js");
+ * var debugContext = {color: "cyan"};
+ * DebugTraceHelper.tracify(FolderDisplayWidget.prototype,
+ *                          "FolderDisplayWidget", /.+/, debugContext);
+ * DebugTraceHelper.tracify(MessageDisplayWidget.prototype,
+ *                          "MessageDisplayWidget", /.+/, debugContext);
+ * DebugTraceHelper.tracify(StandaloneFolderDisplayWidget.prototype,
+ *                          "StandaloneFolderDisplayWidget", /.+/, debugContext);
+ * DebugTraceHelper.tracify(StandaloneMessageDisplayWidget.prototype,
+ *                          "StandaloneMessageDisplayWidget", /.+/, debugContext);
+ * DebugTraceHelper.tracify(DBViewWrapper.prototype,
+ *                          "DBViewWrapper", /.+/, {color: "green"});
+ * DebugTraceHelper.tracify(JSTreeSelection.prototype,
+ *                          "JSTreeSelection", /.+/, {color: "yellow"});
+ */
+var DebugTraceHelper = {
+  tracify: function(aObj, aDesc, aPat, aContext, aSettings) {
+    aContext.depth = 0;
+    let color = aSettings.color || "cyan";
+    aSettings.introCode = BRIGHT_COLORS[color];
+    aSettings.outroCode = DARK_COLORS[color];
+    for (let key in aObj) {
+      if (aPat.test(key)) {
+        // ignore properties!
+        if (aObj.__lookupGetter__(key) || aObj.__lookupSetter__(key))
+          continue;
+        // ignore non-functions!
+        if (typeof(aObj[key]) != "function")
+          continue;
+        let name = key;
+        let prev = aObj[name];
+        aObj[name] = function() {
+          let argstr = "";
+          for (let i = 0; i < arguments.length; i++) {
+            let arg = arguments[i];
+            if (arg == null)
+              argstr += " null";
+            else if (typeof(arg) == "function")
+              argstr += " function "+ arg.name;
+            else
+              argstr += " " + arguments[i].toString();
+          }
+
+          let indent = SPACES.substr(0, aContext.depth++ * 2);
+          dump(indent + "--> " + aSettings.introCode + aDesc + "::" + name +
+               ":" + argstr +
+               STOP_COLORS + "\n");
+          let ret;
+          try {
+            ret = prev.apply(this, arguments);
+          }
+          catch (ex) {
+            if (ex.stack) {
+              dump(BRIGHT_COLORS.red + "Exception: " + ex + "\n  " +
+                   ex.stack.replace("\n", "\n  ") + STOP_COLORS + "\n");
+            }
+            else {
+              dump(BRIGHT_COLORS.red + "Exception: " + ex.fileName + ":" +
+                   ex.lineNumber + ": " + ex + STOP_COLORS + "\n");
+            }
+            aContext.depth--;
+            dump(indent + "<-- " + aSettings.outroCode + aDesc + "::" + name +
+                 STOP_COLORS + "\n");
+            throw ex;
+          }
+          aContext.depth--;
+          dump(indent + "<-- " + aSettings.outroCode + aDesc + "::" + name +
+               ": " + (ret != null ? ret.toString() : "null") +
+               STOP_COLORS + "\n");
+          return ret;
+        };
+      }
+    }
+  }
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/build/moz.build b/mailnews/build/moz.build
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..375a6ca8f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/build/moz.build
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+# vim: set filetype=python:
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+SOURCES += [
+    'nsMailModule.cpp',
+]
+
+USE_LIBS += [
+    'nspr',
+]
+
+if CONFIG['MOZ_INCOMPLETE_EXTERNAL_LINKAGE']:
+    XPCOMBinaryComponent('mail')
+    USE_LIBS += [
+        'rdfutil_external_s',
+        'unicharutil_external_s',
+        'xpcomglue_s',
+        'xul',
+    ]
+else:
+    Library('mail')
+    FINAL_LIBRARY = 'xul'
+
+# js needs to come after xul for now, because it is an archive and its content
+# is discarded when it comes first.
+USE_LIBS += [
+    'js',
+]
+
+if CONFIG['OS_ARCH'] == 'WINNT':
+    OS_LIBS += [
+        'shell32',
+    ]
+else:
+    OS_LIBS += CONFIG['MOZ_ZLIB_LIBS']
+
+if CONFIG['MOZ_WIDGET_TOOLKIT'] == 'cocoa':
+    OS_LIBS += CONFIG['TK_LIBS']
+    OS_LIBS += ['-framework Cocoa']
+
+LOCAL_INCLUDES += [
+    '/mailnews/addrbook/src',
+    '/mailnews/base/search/src',
+    '/mailnews/base/src',
+    '/mailnews/base/util',
+    '/mailnews/compose/src',
+    '/mailnews/extensions/bayesian-spam-filter/src',
+    '/mailnews/extensions/fts3/src',
+    '/mailnews/extensions/mailviews/src',
+    '/mailnews/extensions/mdn/src',
+    '/mailnews/extensions/smime/src',
+    '/mailnews/imap/src',
+    '/mailnews/intl',
+    '/mailnews/local/src',
+    '/mailnews/mime/emitters',
+    '/mailnews/mime/src',
+    '/mailnews/news/src',
+]
+
+if CONFIG['MOZ_LDAP_XPCOM']:
+    DEFINES['MOZ_LDAP_XPCOM'] = True
diff --git a/mailnews/build/newmail.ico b/mailnews/build/newmail.ico
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..301c0853e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/build/newmail.ico
diff --git a/mailnews/build/nsMailModule.cpp b/mailnews/build/nsMailModule.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4f63a27bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/build/nsMailModule.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1394 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/* ****************************************************************************
+ * ATTENTION! ATTENTION! ATTENTION! ATTENTION! ATTENTION! ATTENTION! ATTENTION!
+ * ATTENTION! ATTENTION! ATTENTION! ATTENTION! ATTENTION! ATTENTION! ATTENTION!
+ * 
+ * ATTENTION! ATTENTION! ATTENTION! ATTENTION! ATTENTION! ATTENTION! ATTENTION!
+ * ATTENTION! ATTENTION! ATTENTION! ATTENTION! ATTENTION! ATTENTION! ATTENTION!
+ * 
+ * Dear Mortals,
+ * 
+ * Please be advised that if you are adding something here, you should also
+ * strongly consider adding it to the other place it goes too!  These can be
+ * found in paths like so: mailnews/.../build/WhateverFactory.cpp
+ * 
+ * If you do not, your (static) release builds will be quite pleasant, but
+ * (dynamic) debug builds will disappoint you by not having your component in
+ * them.
+ * 
+ * Yours truly,
+ * The ghost that haunts the MailNews codebase.
+ * 
+ * ATTENTION! ATTENTION! ATTENTION! ATTENTION! ATTENTION! ATTENTION! ATTENTION!
+ * ATTENTION! ATTENTION! ATTENTION! ATTENTION! ATTENTION! ATTENTION! ATTENTION!
+ * 
+ * ATTENTION! ATTENTION! ATTENTION! ATTENTION! ATTENTION! ATTENTION! ATTENTION!
+ * ATTENTION! ATTENTION! ATTENTION! ATTENTION! ATTENTION! ATTENTION! ATTENTION!
+ * ****************************************************************************/
+
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Core Module Include Files
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#include "mozilla/ModuleUtils.h"
+#include "nsIFactory.h"
+#include "nsISupports.h"
+#include "nsIModule.h"
+#include "nsICategoryManager.h"
+#include "nsIComponentManager.h"
+#include "nsIServiceManager.h"
+#include "nsCRT.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "msgCore.h"
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// mailnews base includes
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+#include "nsMsgBaseCID.h"
+#include "rdf.h"
+#include "nsMessengerBootstrap.h"
+#include "nsMessenger.h"
+#include "nsIContentViewer.h"
+#include "nsMsgMailSession.h"
+#include "nsMsgAccount.h"
+#include "nsMsgAccountManager.h"
+#include "nsMsgIdentity.h"
+#include "nsMsgIncomingServer.h"
+#include "nsMsgFolderDataSource.h"
+#include "nsMsgAccountManagerDS.h"
+#include "nsMsgBiffManager.h"
+#include "nsMsgPurgeService.h"
+#include "nsStatusBarBiffManager.h"
+#include "nsMsgKeyArray.h"
+#include "nsCopyMessageStreamListener.h"
+#include "nsMsgCopyService.h"
+#include "nsMsgFolderCache.h"
+#include "nsMsgStatusFeedback.h"
+#include "nsMsgFilterService.h"
+#include "nsMsgWindow.h"
+#include "nsMsgServiceProvider.h"
+#include "nsSubscribeDataSource.h"
+#include "nsSubscribableServer.h"
+#ifdef NS_PRINTING
+#include "nsMsgPrintEngine.h"
+#endif
+#include "nsMsgSearchSession.h"
+#include "nsMsgSearchTerm.h"
+#include "nsMsgSearchAdapter.h"
+#include "nsMsgFolderCompactor.h"
+#include "nsMsgThreadedDBView.h"
+#include "nsMsgSpecialViews.h"
+#include "nsMsgXFVirtualFolderDBView.h"
+#include "nsMsgQuickSearchDBView.h"
+#include "nsMsgGroupView.h"
+#include "nsMsgOfflineManager.h"
+#include "nsMsgProgress.h"
+#include "nsSpamSettings.h"
+#include "nsMsgContentPolicy.h"
+#include "nsCidProtocolHandler.h"
+#include "nsRssIncomingServer.h"
+#include "nsRssService.h"
+#include "nsMsgBrkMBoxStore.h"
+#include "nsMsgMaildirStore.h"
+#include "nsMsgTagService.h"
+#include "nsMsgFolderNotificationService.h"
+#include "nsMailDirProvider.h"
+
+#ifdef XP_WIN
+#include "nsMessengerWinIntegration.h"
+#endif
+#ifdef XP_MACOSX
+#include "nsMessengerOSXIntegration.h"
+#endif
+#if defined(MOZ_WIDGET_GTK) || defined(MOZ_WIDGET_GTK2)
+#include "nsMessengerUnixIntegration.h"
+#endif
+#include "nsCURILoader.h"
+#include "nsMessengerContentHandler.h"
+#include "nsStopwatch.h"
+#include "MailNewsDLF.h"
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// addrbook includes
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+#include "nsAbBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsAbBSDirectory.h"
+#include "nsAbMDBDirectory.h"
+#include "nsAbMDBCard.h"
+#include "nsAbDirFactoryService.h"
+#include "nsAbMDBDirFactory.h"
+#include "nsAddrDatabase.h"
+#include "nsAbManager.h"
+#include "nsAbContentHandler.h"
+#include "nsAbDirProperty.h"
+#include "nsAbAddressCollector.h"
+#include "nsAddbookProtocolHandler.h"
+#include "nsAddbookUrl.h"
+
+#include "nsAbDirectoryQuery.h"
+#include "nsAbBooleanExpression.h"
+#include "nsAbDirectoryQueryProxy.h"
+#include "nsAbView.h"
+#include "nsMsgVCardService.h"
+#include "nsAbLDIFService.h"
+
+#if defined(MOZ_LDAP_XPCOM)
+#include "nsAbLDAPDirectory.h"
+#include "nsAbLDAPDirectoryQuery.h"
+#include "nsAbLDAPCard.h"
+#include "nsAbLDAPDirFactory.h"
+#include "nsAbLDAPReplicationService.h"
+#include "nsAbLDAPReplicationQuery.h"
+#include "nsAbLDAPReplicationData.h"
+// XXX These files are not being built as they don't work. Bug 311632 should
+// fix them.
+//#include "nsAbLDAPChangeLogQuery.h"
+//#include "nsAbLDAPChangeLogData.h"
+#endif
+
+
+#if defined(MOZ_MAPI_SUPPORT)
+#include "nsAbOutlookDirFactory.h"
+#include "nsAbOutlookDirectory.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef XP_MACOSX
+#include "nsAbOSXDirectory.h"
+#include "nsAbOSXCard.h"
+#include "nsAbOSXDirFactory.h"
+#endif
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// bayesian spam filter includes
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+#include "nsBayesianFilterCID.h"
+#include "nsBayesianFilter.h"
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// compose includes
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+#include "nsMsgCompCID.h"
+
+#include "nsMsgSendLater.h"
+#include "nsSmtpUrl.h"
+#include "nsISmtpService.h"
+#include "nsSmtpService.h"
+#include "nsMsgComposeService.h"
+#include "nsMsgComposeContentHandler.h"
+#include "nsMsgCompose.h"
+#include "nsMsgComposeParams.h"
+#include "nsMsgComposeProgressParams.h"
+#include "nsMsgAttachment.h"
+#include "nsMsgSend.h"
+#include "nsMsgQuote.h"
+#include "nsURLFetcher.h"
+#include "nsSmtpServer.h"
+#include "nsMsgCompUtils.h"
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//  jsAccount includes
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+#include "msgJsAccountCID.h"
+#include "JaAbDirectory.h"
+#include "JaCompose.h"
+#include "JaIncomingServer.h"
+#include "JaMsgFolder.h"
+#include "JaSend.h"
+#include "JaUrl.h"
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// imap includes
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+#include "nsMsgImapCID.h"
+#include "nsIMAPHostSessionList.h"
+#include "nsImapIncomingServer.h"
+#include "nsImapService.h"
+#include "nsImapMailFolder.h"
+#include "nsImapUrl.h"
+#include "nsImapProtocol.h"
+#include "nsAutoSyncManager.h"
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// local includes
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+#include "nsMsgLocalCID.h"
+
+#include "nsMailboxUrl.h"
+#include "nsPop3URL.h"
+#include "nsMailboxService.h"
+#include "nsLocalMailFolder.h"
+#include "nsParseMailbox.h"
+#include "nsPop3Service.h"
+
+#ifdef HAVE_MOVEMAIL
+#include "nsMovemailService.h"
+#include "nsMovemailIncomingServer.h"
+#endif /* HAVE_MOVEMAIL */
+
+#include "nsNoneService.h"
+#include "nsPop3IncomingServer.h"
+#include "nsNoIncomingServer.h"
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// msgdb includes
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+#include "nsMsgDBCID.h"
+#include "nsMailDatabase.h"
+#include "nsNewsDatabase.h"
+#include "nsImapMailDatabase.h"
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// mime includes
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+#include "nsMsgMimeCID.h"
+#include "nsStreamConverter.h"
+#include "nsMimeObjectClassAccess.h"
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// mime emitter includes
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+#include "nsMimeEmitterCID.h"
+#include "nsIMimeEmitter.h"
+#include "nsMimeHtmlEmitter.h"
+#include "nsMimeRawEmitter.h"
+#include "nsMimeXmlEmitter.h"
+#include "nsMimePlainEmitter.h"
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// news includes
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+#include "nsMsgNewsCID.h"
+#include "nsNntpUrl.h"
+#include "nsNntpService.h"
+#include "nsNntpIncomingServer.h"
+#include "nsNNTPNewsgroupPost.h"
+#include "nsNNTPNewsgroupList.h"
+#include "nsNNTPArticleList.h"
+#include "nsNewsDownloadDialogArgs.h"
+#include "nsNewsFolder.h"
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// mail views includes
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+#include "nsMsgMailViewsCID.h"
+#include "nsMsgMailViewList.h"
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// mdn includes
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+#include "nsMsgMdnCID.h"
+#include "nsMsgMdnGenerator.h"
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// smime includes
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+#include "nsCMS.h"
+#include "nsCMSSecureMessage.h"
+#include "nsCertPicker.h"
+#include "nsMsgSMIMECID.h"
+#include "nsMsgComposeSecure.h"
+#include "nsSMimeJSHelper.h"
+#include "nsEncryptedSMIMEURIsService.h"
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// vcard includes
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+#include "nsMimeContentTypeHandler.h"
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// FTS3 Tokenizer
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+#include "nsFts3TokenizerCID.h"
+#include "nsFts3Tokenizer.h"
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// PGP/MIME includes
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+#include "nsPgpMimeProxy.h"
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// i18n includes
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+#include "nsEncoderDecoderUtils.h"
+#include "nsCommUConvCID.h"
+
+#include "nsCharsetConverterManager.h"
+
+#include "nsUTF7ToUnicode.h"
+#include "nsMUTF7ToUnicode.h"
+#include "nsUnicodeToUTF7.h"
+#include "nsUnicodeToMUTF7.h"
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// mailnews base factories
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+using namespace mozilla::mailnews;
+
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsMessengerBootstrap)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR_INIT(nsMsgMailSession, Init)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsMessenger)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR_INIT(nsMsgAccountManager, Init)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsMsgAccount)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsMsgIdentity)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR_INIT(nsMsgFolderDataSource, Init)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR_INIT(nsMsgUnreadFoldersDataSource, Init)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR_INIT(nsMsgFavoriteFoldersDataSource, Init)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR_INIT(nsMsgRecentFoldersDataSource, Init)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR_INIT(nsMsgAccountManagerDataSource, Init)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsMsgSearchSession)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsMsgSearchTerm)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsMsgSearchValidityManager)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsMsgFilterService)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR_INIT(nsMsgBiffManager, Init)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsMsgPurgeService)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR_INIT(nsStatusBarBiffManager, Init)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsCopyMessageStreamListener)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsMsgCopyService)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsMsgFolderCache)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsMsgStatusFeedback)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsMsgKeyArray)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR_INIT(nsMsgWindow,Init)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR_INIT(nsMsgServiceProviderService, Init)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR_INIT(nsSubscribeDataSource, Init)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR_INIT(nsSubscribableServer, Init)
+#ifdef NS_PRINTING
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsMsgPrintEngine)
+#endif
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsFolderCompactState)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsOfflineStoreCompactState)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsMsgThreadedDBView)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsMsgThreadsWithUnreadDBView)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsMsgWatchedThreadsWithUnreadDBView)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsMsgSearchDBView)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsMsgXFVirtualFolderDBView)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsMsgQuickSearchDBView)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsMsgGroupView)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsMsgOfflineManager)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsMsgProgress)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsSpamSettings)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsMsgTagService)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsMsgFolderNotificationService)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsCidProtocolHandler)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsMailDirProvider)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsMsgShutdownService)
+#ifdef XP_WIN
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR_INIT(nsMessengerWinIntegration, Init)
+#endif
+#ifdef XP_MACOSX
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR_INIT(nsMessengerOSXIntegration, Init)
+#endif
+#if defined(MOZ_WIDGET_GTK) || defined(MOZ_WIDGET_GTK2)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR_INIT(nsMessengerUnixIntegration, Init)
+#endif
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsMessengerContentHandler)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR_INIT(nsMsgContentPolicy, Init)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsStopwatch)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(MailNewsDLF)
+
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_MESSENGERBOOTSTRAP_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_MESSENGERWINDOWSERVICE_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_MSGMAILSESSION_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_MESSENGER_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_MSGACCOUNTMANAGER_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_MSGACCOUNT_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_MSGIDENTITY_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_MAILNEWSFOLDERDATASOURCE_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_MAILNEWSUNREADFOLDERDATASOURCE_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_MAILNEWSFAVORITEFOLDERDATASOURCE_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_MAILNEWSRECENTFOLDERDATASOURCE_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_MSGACCOUNTMANAGERDATASOURCE_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_MSGFILTERSERVICE_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_MSGSEARCHSESSION_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_MSGSEARCHTERM_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_MSGSEARCHVALIDITYMANAGER_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_MSGBIFFMANAGER_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_MSGPURGESERVICE_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_STATUSBARBIFFMANAGER_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_COPYMESSAGESTREAMLISTENER_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_MSGCOPYSERVICE_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_MSGFOLDERCACHE_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_MSGSTATUSFEEDBACK_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_MSGWINDOW_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_MSGKEYARRAY_CID);
+#ifdef NS_PRINTING
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_MSG_PRINTENGINE_CID);
+#endif
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_MSGSERVICEPROVIDERSERVICE_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_SUBSCRIBEDATASOURCE_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_SUBSCRIBABLESERVER_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_MSGLOCALFOLDERCOMPACTOR_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_MSG_OFFLINESTORECOMPACTOR_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_MSGTHREADEDDBVIEW_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_MSGTHREADSWITHUNREADDBVIEW_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_MSGWATCHEDTHREADSWITHUNREADDBVIEW_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_MSGSEARCHDBVIEW_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_MSGQUICKSEARCHDBVIEW_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_MSG_XFVFDBVIEW_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_MSG_GROUPDBVIEW_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_MSGOFFLINEMANAGER_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_MSGPROGRESS_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_SPAMSETTINGS_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_CIDPROTOCOL_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_MSGTAGSERVICE_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_MSGNOTIFICATIONSERVICE_CID);
+#ifdef XP_WIN
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_MESSENGERWININTEGRATION_CID);
+#endif
+#ifdef XP_MACOSX
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_MESSENGEROSXINTEGRATION_CID);
+#endif
+#if defined(MOZ_WIDGET_GTK) || defined(MOZ_WIDGET_GTK2)
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_MESSENGERUNIXINTEGRATION_CID);
+#endif
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_MESSENGERCONTENTHANDLER_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_MSGCONTENTPOLICY_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_MSGSHUTDOWNSERVICE_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(MAILDIRPROVIDER_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_STOPWATCH_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_MAILNEWSDLF_CID);
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// addrbook factories
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR_INIT(nsAbManager,Init)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsAbContentHandler)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsAbDirProperty)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsAbCardProperty)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsAbBSDirectory)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsAbMDBDirectory)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsAbMDBCard)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsAddrDatabase)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR_INIT(nsAbAddressCollector,Init)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsAddbookUrl)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsAbDirFactoryService)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsAbMDBDirFactory)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsAddbookProtocolHandler)
+
+#if defined(MOZ_MAPI_SUPPORT)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsAbOutlookDirectory)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsAbOutlookDirFactory)
+#endif
+
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsAbDirectoryQueryArguments)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsAbBooleanConditionString)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsAbBooleanExpression)
+
+
+#if defined(MOZ_LDAP_XPCOM)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsAbLDAPDirectory)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsAbLDAPDirectoryQuery)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsAbLDAPCard)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsAbLDAPDirFactory)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsAbLDAPReplicationService)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsAbLDAPReplicationQuery)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsAbLDAPProcessReplicationData)
+// XXX These files are not being built as they don't work. Bug 311632 should
+// fix them.
+//NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsAbLDAPChangeLogQuery)
+//NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsAbLDAPProcessChangeLogData)
+#endif
+
+
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsAbDirectoryQueryProxy)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsAbView)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsMsgVCardService)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsAbLDIFService)
+
+#ifdef XP_MACOSX
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsAbOSXDirectory)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsAbOSXCard)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsAbOSXDirFactory)
+#endif
+
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_ABMANAGER_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_ABDIRECTORY_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_ABMDBDIRECTORY_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_ABMDBCARD_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_ADDRDATABASE_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_ABCARDPROPERTY_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_ABDIRPROPERTY_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_ABADDRESSCOLLECTOR_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_ADDBOOKURL_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_ADDBOOK_HANDLER_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_ABCONTENTHANDLER_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_ABDIRFACTORYSERVICE_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_ABMDBDIRFACTORY_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_ABDIRECTORYQUERYARGUMENTS_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_BOOLEANCONDITIONSTRING_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_BOOLEANEXPRESSION_CID);
+#if defined(MOZ_MAPI_SUPPORT)
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_ABOUTLOOKDIRECTORY_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_ABOUTLOOKDIRFACTORY_CID);
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MOZ_LDAP_XPCOM)
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_ABLDAPDIRECTORY_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_ABLDAPDIRECTORYQUERY_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_ABLDAPCARD_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_ABLDAPDIRFACTORY_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_ABLDAP_REPLICATIONSERVICE_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_ABLDAP_REPLICATIONQUERY_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_ABLDAP_PROCESSREPLICATIONDATA_CID);
+#endif
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_ABDIRECTORYQUERYPROXY_CID);
+#ifdef XP_MACOSX
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_ABOSXDIRECTORY_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_ABOSXCARD_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_ABOSXDIRFACTORY_CID);
+#endif
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_ABVIEW_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_MSGVCARDSERVICE_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_ABLDIFSERVICE_CID);
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// bayesian spam filter factories
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR_INIT(nsBayesianFilter, Init)
+
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_BAYESIANFILTER_CID);
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// compose factories
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsSmtpService)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsSmtpServer)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsMsgCompose)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsMsgComposeParams)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsMsgComposeSendListener)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsMsgComposeProgressParams)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsMsgCompFields)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsMsgAttachment)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsMsgAttachmentData)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsMsgAttachedFile)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsMsgComposeAndSend)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR_INIT(nsMsgSendLater, Init)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR_INIT(nsMsgComposeService, Init)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsMsgComposeContentHandler)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsMsgQuote)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsMsgQuoteListener)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsSmtpUrl)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsMailtoUrl)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsURLFetcher)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsMsgCompUtils)
+
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_MSGCOMPOSE_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_MSGCOMPOSESERVICE_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_MSGCOMPOSECONTENTHANDLER_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_MSGCOMPOSEPARAMS_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_MSGCOMPOSESENDLISTENER_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_MSGCOMPOSEPROGRESSPARAMS_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_MSGCOMPFIELDS_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_MSGATTACHMENT_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_MSGATTACHMENTDATA_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_MSGATTACHEDFILE_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_MSGSEND_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_MSGSENDLATER_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_SMTPSERVICE_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_SMTPSERVER_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_SMTPURL_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_MAILTOURL_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_MSGQUOTE_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_MSGQUOTELISTENER_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_URLFETCHER_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_MSGCOMPUTILS_CID);
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// jsAccount factories
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(JaCppAbDirectoryDelegator)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(JaCppComposeDelegator)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(JaCppIncomingServerDelegator)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(JaCppMsgFolderDelegator)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(JaCppSendDelegator)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(JaCppUrlDelegator)
+
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(JACPPABDIRECTORYDELEGATOR_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(JACPPCOMPOSEDELEGATOR_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(JACPPINCOMINGSERVERDELEGATOR_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(JACPPMSGFOLDERDELEGATOR_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(JACPPSENDDELEGATOR_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(JACPPURLDELEGATOR_CID);
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// imap factories
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsImapUrl)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsImapProtocol)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR_INIT(nsIMAPHostSessionList, Init)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsImapIncomingServer)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsImapService)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsImapMailFolder)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsImapMockChannel)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsAutoSyncManager)
+
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_IMAPURL_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_IMAPPROTOCOL_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_IMAPMOCKCHANNEL_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_IIMAPHOSTSESSIONLIST_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_IMAPINCOMINGSERVER_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_IMAPRESOURCE_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_IMAPSERVICE_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_AUTOSYNCMANAGER_CID);
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// local factories
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsMailboxUrl)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsPop3URL)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsMsgMailboxParser)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsMailboxService)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsPop3Service)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsNoneService)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsMsgLocalMailFolder)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsParseMailMessageState)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsPop3IncomingServer)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsRssIncomingServer)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsRssService)
+#ifdef HAVE_MOVEMAIL
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsMovemailIncomingServer)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsMovemailService)
+#endif /* HAVE_MOVEMAIL */
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsNoIncomingServer)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsMsgBrkMBoxStore)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsMsgMaildirStore)
+
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_MAILBOXURL_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_MAILBOXSERVICE_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_MAILBOXPARSER_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_POP3URL_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_POP3SERVICE_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_NONESERVICE_CID);
+#ifdef HAVE_MOVEMAIL
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_MOVEMAILSERVICE_CID);
+#endif /* HAVE_MOVEMAIL */
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_LOCALMAILFOLDERRESOURCE_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_POP3INCOMINGSERVER_CID);
+#ifdef HAVE_MOVEMAIL
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_MOVEMAILINCOMINGSERVER_CID);
+#endif /* HAVE_MOVEMAIL */
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_NOINCOMINGSERVER_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_PARSEMAILMSGSTATE_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_RSSSERVICE_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_RSSINCOMINGSERVER_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_BRKMBOXSTORE_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_MAILDIRSTORE_CID);
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// msgdb factories
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsMsgDBService)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsMailDatabase)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsNewsDatabase)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsImapMailDatabase)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsMsgRetentionSettings)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsMsgDownloadSettings)
+
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_MAILDB_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_NEWSDB_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_IMAPDB_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_MSG_RETENTIONSETTINGS_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_MSG_DOWNLOADSETTINGS_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_MSGDB_SERVICE_CID);
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// mime factories
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsMimeObjectClassAccess)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsStreamConverter)
+
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_MIME_OBJECT_CLASS_ACCESS_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_MAILNEWS_MIME_STREAM_CONVERTER_CID);
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// mime emitter factories
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsMimeRawEmitter)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsMimeXmlEmitter)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsMimePlainEmitter)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR_INIT(nsMimeHtmlDisplayEmitter, Init)
+
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_HTML_MIME_EMITTER_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_XML_MIME_EMITTER_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_PLAIN_MIME_EMITTER_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_RAW_MIME_EMITTER_CID);
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsFts3Tokenizer)
+
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_FTS3TOKENIZER_CID);
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// news factories
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsNntpUrl)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsNntpService)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsNntpIncomingServer)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsNNTPArticleList)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsNNTPNewsgroupPost)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsNNTPNewsgroupList)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsMsgNewsFolder)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsNewsDownloadDialogArgs)
+
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_NNTPSERVICE_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_NNTPURL_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_NEWSFOLDERRESOURCE_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_NNTPINCOMINGSERVER_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_NNTPNEWSGROUPPOST_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_NNTPNEWSGROUPLIST_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_NNTPARTICLELIST_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_NEWSDOWNLOADDIALOGARGS_CID);
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// mail view factories
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsMsgMailViewList)
+
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_MSGMAILVIEWLIST_CID);
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// mdn factories
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsMsgMdnGenerator)
+
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_MSGMDNGENERATOR_CID);
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// smime factories
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsMsgComposeSecure)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsMsgSMIMEComposeFields)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsSMimeJSHelper)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsEncryptedSMIMEURIsService)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR_INIT(nsCMSDecoder, Init)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR_INIT(nsCMSEncoder, Init)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR_INIT(nsCMSMessage, Init)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR_INIT(nsCMSSecureMessage, Init)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR_INIT(nsCertPicker, Init)
+
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_MSGCOMPOSESECURE_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_MSGSMIMECOMPFIELDS_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_SMIMEJSJELPER_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_SMIMEENCRYPTURISERVICE_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_CMSDECODER_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_CMSENCODER_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_CMSMESSAGE_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_CMSSECUREMESSAGE_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_CERT_PICKER_CID);
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// vcard factories
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_VCARD_CONTENT_TYPE_HANDLER_CID);
+
+// XXX this vcard stuff needs cleaned up to use a generic factory constructor
+extern "C" MimeObjectClass *
+MIME_VCardCreateContentTypeHandlerClass(const char *content_type,
+                                        contentTypeHandlerInitStruct *initStruct);
+
+static nsresult nsVCardMimeContentTypeHandlerConstructor(nsISupports *aOuter,
+                                                        REFNSIID aIID,
+                                                        void **aResult)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsMimeContentTypeHandler *inst = nullptr;
+
+  if (NULL == aResult)
+  {
+    rv = NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+    return rv;
+  }
+  *aResult = NULL;
+  if (NULL != aOuter)
+  {
+    rv = NS_ERROR_NO_AGGREGATION;
+    return rv;
+  }
+  inst = new nsMimeContentTypeHandler("text/x-vcard", &MIME_VCardCreateContentTypeHandlerClass);
+  if (inst == NULL)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+  NS_ADDREF(inst);
+  rv = inst->QueryInterface(aIID,aResult);
+  NS_RELEASE(inst);
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// PGP/MIME factories
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR_INIT(nsPgpMimeProxy, Init)
+
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_PGPMIMEPROXY_CID);
+
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_PGPMIME_CONTENT_TYPE_HANDLER_CID);
+
+extern "C" MimeObjectClass *
+MIME_PgpMimeCreateContentTypeHandlerClass(const char *content_type,
+                                        contentTypeHandlerInitStruct *initStruct);
+
+static nsresult
+nsPgpMimeMimeContentTypeHandlerConstructor(nsISupports *aOuter,
+                                         REFNSIID aIID,
+                                         void **aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+  NS_ENSURE_FALSE(aOuter, NS_ERROR_NO_AGGREGATION);
+  *aResult = nullptr;
+
+  RefPtr<nsMimeContentTypeHandler> inst(
+    new nsMimeContentTypeHandler("mulitpart/encrypted",
+                                 &MIME_PgpMimeCreateContentTypeHandlerClass));
+
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(inst, NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY);
+
+  return inst->QueryInterface(aIID, aResult);
+}
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// i18n factories
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsCharsetConverterManager)
+
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsUTF7ToUnicode)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsMUTF7ToUnicode)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsUnicodeToUTF7)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsUnicodeToMUTF7)
+
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_ICHARSETCONVERTERMANAGER_CID);
+
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_UTF7TOUNICODE_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_MUTF7TOUNICODE_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_UNICODETOUTF7_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_UNICODETOMUTF7_CID);
+
+const mozilla::Module::CIDEntry kMailNewsCIDs[] = {
+  // MailNews Base Entries
+  { &kNS_MESSENGERBOOTSTRAP_CID, false, NULL, nsMessengerBootstrapConstructor },
+  { &kNS_MESSENGERWINDOWSERVICE_CID, false, NULL, nsMessengerBootstrapConstructor},
+  { &kNS_MSGMAILSESSION_CID, false, NULL, nsMsgMailSessionConstructor},
+  { &kNS_MESSENGER_CID, false, NULL,nsMessengerConstructor},
+  { &kNS_MSGACCOUNTMANAGER_CID, false, NULL, nsMsgAccountManagerConstructor},
+  { &kNS_MSGACCOUNT_CID, false, NULL, nsMsgAccountConstructor},
+  { &kNS_MSGIDENTITY_CID, false, NULL, nsMsgIdentityConstructor},
+  { &kNS_MAILNEWSFOLDERDATASOURCE_CID, false, NULL, nsMsgFolderDataSourceConstructor},
+  { &kNS_MAILNEWSUNREADFOLDERDATASOURCE_CID, false, NULL, nsMsgUnreadFoldersDataSourceConstructor},
+  { &kNS_MAILNEWSFAVORITEFOLDERDATASOURCE_CID, false, NULL, nsMsgFavoriteFoldersDataSourceConstructor},
+  { &kNS_MAILNEWSRECENTFOLDERDATASOURCE_CID, false, NULL, nsMsgRecentFoldersDataSourceConstructor},
+  { &kNS_MSGACCOUNTMANAGERDATASOURCE_CID, false, NULL, nsMsgAccountManagerDataSourceConstructor},
+  { &kNS_MSGFILTERSERVICE_CID, false, NULL, nsMsgFilterServiceConstructor},
+  { &kNS_MSGSEARCHSESSION_CID, false, NULL, nsMsgSearchSessionConstructor},
+  { &kNS_MSGSEARCHTERM_CID, false, NULL, nsMsgSearchTermConstructor},
+  { &kNS_MSGSEARCHVALIDITYMANAGER_CID, false, NULL, nsMsgSearchValidityManagerConstructor},
+  { &kNS_MSGBIFFMANAGER_CID, false, NULL, nsMsgBiffManagerConstructor},
+  { &kNS_MSGPURGESERVICE_CID, false, NULL, nsMsgPurgeServiceConstructor},
+  { &kNS_STATUSBARBIFFMANAGER_CID, false, NULL, nsStatusBarBiffManagerConstructor},
+  { &kNS_COPYMESSAGESTREAMLISTENER_CID, false, NULL, nsCopyMessageStreamListenerConstructor},
+  { &kNS_MSGCOPYSERVICE_CID, false, NULL, nsMsgCopyServiceConstructor},
+  { &kNS_MSGFOLDERCACHE_CID, false, NULL, nsMsgFolderCacheConstructor},
+  { &kNS_MSGSTATUSFEEDBACK_CID, false, NULL, nsMsgStatusFeedbackConstructor},
+  { &kNS_MSGKEYARRAY_CID, false, NULL, nsMsgKeyArrayConstructor},
+  { &kNS_MSGWINDOW_CID, false, NULL, nsMsgWindowConstructor},
+#ifdef NS_PRINTING
+  { &kNS_MSG_PRINTENGINE_CID, false, NULL, nsMsgPrintEngineConstructor},
+#endif
+  { &kNS_MSGSERVICEPROVIDERSERVICE_CID, false, NULL, nsMsgServiceProviderServiceConstructor},
+  { &kNS_SUBSCRIBEDATASOURCE_CID, false, NULL, nsSubscribeDataSourceConstructor},
+  { &kNS_SUBSCRIBABLESERVER_CID, false, NULL, nsSubscribableServerConstructor},
+  { &kNS_MSGLOCALFOLDERCOMPACTOR_CID, false, NULL, nsFolderCompactStateConstructor},
+  { &kNS_MSG_OFFLINESTORECOMPACTOR_CID, false, NULL, nsOfflineStoreCompactStateConstructor},
+  { &kNS_MSGTHREADEDDBVIEW_CID, false, NULL, nsMsgThreadedDBViewConstructor},
+  { &kNS_MSGTHREADSWITHUNREADDBVIEW_CID, false, NULL, nsMsgThreadsWithUnreadDBViewConstructor},
+  { &kNS_MSGWATCHEDTHREADSWITHUNREADDBVIEW_CID, false, NULL, nsMsgWatchedThreadsWithUnreadDBViewConstructor
+},
+  { &kNS_MSGSEARCHDBVIEW_CID, false, NULL, nsMsgSearchDBViewConstructor},
+  { &kNS_MSGQUICKSEARCHDBVIEW_CID, false, NULL, nsMsgQuickSearchDBViewConstructor},
+  { &kNS_MSG_XFVFDBVIEW_CID, false, NULL, nsMsgXFVirtualFolderDBViewConstructor},
+  { &kNS_MSG_GROUPDBVIEW_CID, false, NULL, nsMsgGroupViewConstructor},
+  { &kNS_MSGOFFLINEMANAGER_CID, false, NULL, nsMsgOfflineManagerConstructor},
+  { &kNS_MSGPROGRESS_CID, false, NULL, nsMsgProgressConstructor},
+  { &kNS_SPAMSETTINGS_CID, false, NULL, nsSpamSettingsConstructor},
+  { &kNS_CIDPROTOCOL_CID, false, NULL, nsCidProtocolHandlerConstructor},
+  { &kNS_MSGTAGSERVICE_CID, false, NULL, nsMsgTagServiceConstructor},
+  { &kNS_MSGNOTIFICATIONSERVICE_CID, false, NULL, nsMsgFolderNotificationServiceConstructor},
+#ifdef XP_WIN
+  { &kNS_MESSENGERWININTEGRATION_CID, false, NULL, nsMessengerWinIntegrationConstructor},
+#endif
+#ifdef XP_MACOSX
+  { &kNS_MESSENGEROSXINTEGRATION_CID, false, NULL, nsMessengerOSXIntegrationConstructor},
+#endif
+#if defined(MOZ_WIDGET_GTK) || defined(MOZ_WIDGET_GTK2)
+  { &kNS_MESSENGERUNIXINTEGRATION_CID, false, NULL, nsMessengerUnixIntegrationConstructor},
+#endif
+  { &kNS_MESSENGERCONTENTHANDLER_CID, false, NULL, nsMessengerContentHandlerConstructor},
+  { &kNS_MSGCONTENTPOLICY_CID, false, NULL, nsMsgContentPolicyConstructor},
+  { &kNS_MSGSHUTDOWNSERVICE_CID, false, NULL, nsMsgShutdownServiceConstructor},
+  { &kMAILDIRPROVIDER_CID, false, NULL, nsMailDirProviderConstructor},
+  { &kNS_STOPWATCH_CID, false, NULL, nsStopwatchConstructor},
+  { &kNS_MAILNEWSDLF_CID, false, NULL, MailNewsDLFConstructor},
+  // Address Book Entries
+  { &kNS_ABMANAGER_CID, false, NULL, nsAbManagerConstructor },
+  { &kNS_ABDIRECTORY_CID, false, NULL, nsAbBSDirectoryConstructor },
+  { &kNS_ABMDBDIRECTORY_CID, false, NULL, nsAbMDBDirectoryConstructor },
+  { &kNS_ABMDBCARD_CID, false, NULL, nsAbMDBCardConstructor },
+  { &kNS_ADDRDATABASE_CID, false, NULL, nsAddrDatabaseConstructor },
+  { &kNS_ABCARDPROPERTY_CID, false, NULL, nsAbCardPropertyConstructor },
+  { &kNS_ABDIRPROPERTY_CID, false, NULL, nsAbDirPropertyConstructor },
+  { &kNS_ABADDRESSCOLLECTOR_CID, false, NULL, nsAbAddressCollectorConstructor },
+  { &kNS_ADDBOOKURL_CID, false, NULL, nsAddbookUrlConstructor },
+  { &kNS_ADDBOOK_HANDLER_CID, false, NULL, nsAddbookProtocolHandlerConstructor }
+,
+  { &kNS_ABCONTENTHANDLER_CID, false, NULL, nsAbContentHandlerConstructor },
+  { &kNS_ABDIRFACTORYSERVICE_CID, false, NULL, nsAbDirFactoryServiceConstructor },
+  { &kNS_ABMDBDIRFACTORY_CID, false, NULL, nsAbMDBDirFactoryConstructor },
+#if defined(MOZ_MAPI_SUPPORT)
+  { &kNS_ABOUTLOOKDIRECTORY_CID, false, NULL, nsAbOutlookDirectoryConstructor },
+  { &kNS_ABOUTLOOKDIRFACTORY_CID, false, NULL, nsAbOutlookDirFactoryConstructor },
+#endif
+  { &kNS_ABDIRECTORYQUERYARGUMENTS_CID, false, NULL, nsAbDirectoryQueryArgumentsConstructor },
+  { &kNS_BOOLEANCONDITIONSTRING_CID, false, NULL, nsAbBooleanConditionStringConstructor },
+  { &kNS_BOOLEANEXPRESSION_CID, false, NULL, nsAbBooleanExpressionConstructor },
+
+#if defined(MOZ_LDAP_XPCOM)
+  { &kNS_ABLDAPDIRECTORY_CID, false, NULL, nsAbLDAPDirectoryConstructor },
+  { &kNS_ABLDAPDIRECTORYQUERY_CID, false, NULL, nsAbLDAPDirectoryQueryConstructor },
+  { &kNS_ABLDAPCARD_CID, false, NULL, nsAbLDAPCardConstructor },
+  { &kNS_ABLDAP_REPLICATIONSERVICE_CID, false, NULL, nsAbLDAPReplicationServiceConstructor },
+  { &kNS_ABLDAP_REPLICATIONQUERY_CID, false, NULL, nsAbLDAPReplicationQueryConstructor },
+  { &kNS_ABLDAP_PROCESSREPLICATIONDATA_CID, false, NULL, nsAbLDAPProcessReplicationDataConstructor },
+  { &kNS_ABLDAPDIRFACTORY_CID, false, NULL, nsAbLDAPDirFactoryConstructor },
+#endif
+  { &kNS_ABDIRECTORYQUERYPROXY_CID, false, NULL, nsAbDirectoryQueryProxyConstructor },
+#ifdef XP_MACOSX
+  { &kNS_ABOSXDIRECTORY_CID, false, NULL, nsAbOSXDirectoryConstructor },
+  { &kNS_ABOSXCARD_CID, false, NULL, nsAbOSXCardConstructor },
+  { &kNS_ABOSXDIRFACTORY_CID, false, NULL, nsAbOSXDirFactoryConstructor },
+#endif
+  { &kNS_ABVIEW_CID, false, NULL, nsAbViewConstructor },
+  { &kNS_MSGVCARDSERVICE_CID, false, NULL, nsMsgVCardServiceConstructor },
+  { &kNS_ABLDIFSERVICE_CID, false, NULL, nsAbLDIFServiceConstructor },
+  // Bayesian Filter Entries
+  { &kNS_BAYESIANFILTER_CID, false, NULL, nsBayesianFilterConstructor },
+  // Compose Entries
+  { &kNS_MSGCOMPOSE_CID, false, NULL, nsMsgComposeConstructor},
+  { &kNS_MSGCOMPOSESERVICE_CID, false, NULL, nsMsgComposeServiceConstructor},
+  { &kNS_MSGCOMPOSECONTENTHANDLER_CID, false, NULL, nsMsgComposeContentHandlerConstructor},
+  { &kNS_MSGCOMPOSEPARAMS_CID, false, NULL, nsMsgComposeParamsConstructor},
+  { &kNS_MSGCOMPOSESENDLISTENER_CID, false, NULL, nsMsgComposeSendListenerConstructor},
+  { &kNS_MSGCOMPOSEPROGRESSPARAMS_CID, false, NULL, nsMsgComposeProgressParamsConstructor},
+  { &kNS_MSGCOMPFIELDS_CID, false, NULL, nsMsgCompFieldsConstructor},
+  { &kNS_MSGATTACHMENT_CID, false, NULL, nsMsgAttachmentConstructor},
+  { &kNS_MSGATTACHMENTDATA_CID, false, NULL, nsMsgAttachmentDataConstructor},
+  { &kNS_MSGATTACHEDFILE_CID, false, NULL, nsMsgAttachedFileConstructor},
+  { &kNS_MSGSEND_CID, false, NULL, nsMsgComposeAndSendConstructor},
+  { &kNS_MSGSENDLATER_CID, false, NULL, nsMsgSendLaterConstructor},
+  { &kNS_SMTPSERVICE_CID, false, NULL, nsSmtpServiceConstructor},
+  { &kNS_SMTPSERVER_CID, false, NULL, nsSmtpServerConstructor},
+  { &kNS_SMTPURL_CID, false, NULL, nsSmtpUrlConstructor},
+  { &kNS_MAILTOURL_CID, false, NULL, nsMailtoUrlConstructor},
+  { &kNS_MSGQUOTE_CID, false, NULL, nsMsgQuoteConstructor},
+  { &kNS_MSGQUOTELISTENER_CID, false, NULL, nsMsgQuoteListenerConstructor},
+  { &kNS_URLFETCHER_CID, false, NULL, nsURLFetcherConstructor},
+  { &kNS_MSGCOMPUTILS_CID, false, NULL, nsMsgCompUtilsConstructor},
+  // JsAccount Entries
+  { &kJACPPABDIRECTORYDELEGATOR_CID, false, nullptr, JaCppAbDirectoryDelegatorConstructor },
+  { &kJACPPCOMPOSEDELEGATOR_CID, false, nullptr, JaCppComposeDelegatorConstructor },
+  { &kJACPPINCOMINGSERVERDELEGATOR_CID, false, nullptr, JaCppIncomingServerDelegatorConstructor },
+  { &kJACPPMSGFOLDERDELEGATOR_CID, false, nullptr, JaCppMsgFolderDelegatorConstructor },
+  { &kJACPPSENDDELEGATOR_CID, false, nullptr, JaCppSendDelegatorConstructor },
+  { &kJACPPURLDELEGATOR_CID, false, nullptr, JaCppUrlDelegatorConstructor },
+  // Imap Entries
+  { &kNS_IMAPURL_CID, false, NULL, nsImapUrlConstructor },
+  { &kNS_IMAPPROTOCOL_CID, false, nullptr, nsImapProtocolConstructor },
+  { &kNS_IMAPMOCKCHANNEL_CID, false, nullptr, nsImapMockChannelConstructor },
+  { &kNS_IIMAPHOSTSESSIONLIST_CID, false, nullptr, nsIMAPHostSessionListConstructor },
+  { &kNS_IMAPINCOMINGSERVER_CID, false, nullptr, nsImapIncomingServerConstructor },
+  { &kNS_IMAPRESOURCE_CID, false, nullptr, nsImapMailFolderConstructor },
+  { &kNS_IMAPSERVICE_CID, false, nullptr, nsImapServiceConstructor },
+  { &kNS_AUTOSYNCMANAGER_CID, false, nullptr, nsAutoSyncManagerConstructor },
+  // Local Entries
+  { &kNS_MAILBOXURL_CID, false, NULL, nsMailboxUrlConstructor },
+  { &kNS_MAILBOXSERVICE_CID, false, NULL, nsMailboxServiceConstructor },
+  { &kNS_MAILBOXPARSER_CID, false, NULL, nsMsgMailboxParserConstructor },
+  { &kNS_POP3URL_CID, false, NULL, nsPop3URLConstructor },
+  { &kNS_POP3SERVICE_CID, false, NULL, nsPop3ServiceConstructor },
+  { &kNS_NONESERVICE_CID, false, NULL, nsNoneServiceConstructor },
+#ifdef HAVE_MOVEMAIL
+  { &kNS_MOVEMAILSERVICE_CID, false, NULL, nsMovemailServiceConstructor },
+#endif /* HAVE_MOVEMAIL */
+  { &kNS_LOCALMAILFOLDERRESOURCE_CID, false, NULL, nsMsgLocalMailFolderConstructor },
+  { &kNS_POP3INCOMINGSERVER_CID, false, NULL, nsPop3IncomingServerConstructor },
+#ifdef HAVE_MOVEMAIL
+  { &kNS_MOVEMAILINCOMINGSERVER_CID, false, NULL, nsMovemailIncomingServerConstructor },
+#endif /* HAVE_MOVEMAIL */
+  { &kNS_NOINCOMINGSERVER_CID, false, NULL, nsNoIncomingServerConstructor },
+  { &kNS_PARSEMAILMSGSTATE_CID, false, NULL, nsParseMailMessageStateConstructor },
+  { &kNS_RSSSERVICE_CID, false, NULL, nsRssServiceConstructor },
+  { &kNS_RSSINCOMINGSERVER_CID, false, NULL, nsRssIncomingServerConstructor },
+  { &kNS_BRKMBOXSTORE_CID, false, NULL, nsMsgBrkMBoxStoreConstructor },
+  { &kNS_MAILDIRSTORE_CID, false, NULL, nsMsgMaildirStoreConstructor },
+  // msgdb Entries
+  { &kNS_MAILDB_CID, false, NULL, nsMailDatabaseConstructor },
+  { &kNS_NEWSDB_CID, false, NULL, nsNewsDatabaseConstructor },
+  { &kNS_IMAPDB_CID, false, NULL, nsImapMailDatabaseConstructor },
+  { &kNS_MSG_RETENTIONSETTINGS_CID, false, NULL, nsMsgRetentionSettingsConstructor },
+  { &kNS_MSG_DOWNLOADSETTINGS_CID, false, NULL, nsMsgDownloadSettingsConstructor },
+  { &kNS_MSGDB_SERVICE_CID, false, NULL, nsMsgDBServiceConstructor },
+  // Mime Entries
+  { &kNS_MIME_OBJECT_CLASS_ACCESS_CID, false, NULL, nsMimeObjectClassAccessConstructor },
+  { &kNS_MAILNEWS_MIME_STREAM_CONVERTER_CID, false, NULL, nsStreamConverterConstructor },
+  { &kNS_HTML_MIME_EMITTER_CID, false, NULL, nsMimeHtmlDisplayEmitterConstructor},
+  { &kNS_XML_MIME_EMITTER_CID, false, NULL, nsMimeXmlEmitterConstructor},
+  { &kNS_PLAIN_MIME_EMITTER_CID, false, NULL, nsMimePlainEmitterConstructor},
+  { &kNS_RAW_MIME_EMITTER_CID, false, NULL, nsMimeRawEmitterConstructor},
+  // Fts 3
+  { &kNS_FTS3TOKENIZER_CID, false, NULL, nsFts3TokenizerConstructor },
+  // News Entries
+  { &kNS_NNTPURL_CID, false, NULL, nsNntpUrlConstructor },
+  { &kNS_NNTPSERVICE_CID, false, NULL, nsNntpServiceConstructor },
+  { &kNS_NEWSFOLDERRESOURCE_CID, false, NULL, nsMsgNewsFolderConstructor },
+  { &kNS_NNTPINCOMINGSERVER_CID, false, NULL, nsNntpIncomingServerConstructor },
+  { &kNS_NNTPNEWSGROUPPOST_CID, false, NULL, nsNNTPNewsgroupPostConstructor },
+  { &kNS_NNTPNEWSGROUPLIST_CID, false, NULL, nsNNTPNewsgroupListConstructor },
+  { &kNS_NNTPARTICLELIST_CID, false, NULL, nsNNTPArticleListConstructor },
+  { &kNS_NEWSDOWNLOADDIALOGARGS_CID, false, NULL, nsNewsDownloadDialogArgsConstructor },
+  // Mail View Entries
+  { &kNS_MSGMAILVIEWLIST_CID, false, NULL, nsMsgMailViewListConstructor },
+  // mdn Entries
+  { &kNS_MSGMDNGENERATOR_CID, false, NULL, nsMsgMdnGeneratorConstructor },
+  // SMime Entries
+  { &kNS_MSGCOMPOSESECURE_CID, false, NULL, nsMsgComposeSecureConstructor },
+  { &kNS_MSGSMIMECOMPFIELDS_CID, false, NULL, nsMsgSMIMEComposeFieldsConstructor },
+  { &kNS_SMIMEJSJELPER_CID, false, NULL, nsSMimeJSHelperConstructor },
+  { &kNS_SMIMEENCRYPTURISERVICE_CID, false, NULL, nsEncryptedSMIMEURIsServiceConstructor },
+  { &kNS_CMSDECODER_CID, false, NULL, nsCMSDecoderConstructor },
+  { &kNS_CMSENCODER_CID, false, NULL, nsCMSEncoderConstructor },
+  { &kNS_CMSMESSAGE_CID, false, NULL, nsCMSMessageConstructor },
+  { &kNS_CMSSECUREMESSAGE_CID, false, NULL, nsCMSSecureMessageConstructor },
+  { &kNS_CERT_PICKER_CID, false, nullptr, nsCertPickerConstructor },
+  // Vcard Entries
+  { &kNS_VCARD_CONTENT_TYPE_HANDLER_CID, false, NULL, nsVCardMimeContentTypeHandlerConstructor},
+  // PGP/MIME Entries
+  { &kNS_PGPMIME_CONTENT_TYPE_HANDLER_CID, false, NULL, nsPgpMimeMimeContentTypeHandlerConstructor },
+  { &kNS_PGPMIMEPROXY_CID, false, NULL, nsPgpMimeProxyConstructor },
+  // i18n Entries
+  { &kNS_ICHARSETCONVERTERMANAGER_CID, false, nullptr, nsCharsetConverterManagerConstructor },
+  { &kNS_UTF7TOUNICODE_CID, false, nullptr, nsUTF7ToUnicodeConstructor },
+  { &kNS_MUTF7TOUNICODE_CID, false, nullptr, nsMUTF7ToUnicodeConstructor },
+  { &kNS_UNICODETOUTF7_CID, false, nullptr, nsUnicodeToUTF7Constructor },
+  { &kNS_UNICODETOMUTF7_CID, false, nullptr, nsUnicodeToMUTF7Constructor },
+  // Tokenizer Entries
+  { NULL }
+};
+
+const mozilla::Module::ContractIDEntry kMailNewsContracts[] = {
+  // MailNews Base Entries
+  { NS_MESSENGERBOOTSTRAP_CONTRACTID, &kNS_MESSENGERBOOTSTRAP_CID },
+  { NS_MESSENGERWINDOWSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &kNS_MESSENGERWINDOWSERVICE_CID },
+  { NS_MSGMAILSESSION_CONTRACTID, &kNS_MSGMAILSESSION_CID },
+  { NS_MESSENGER_CONTRACTID, &kNS_MESSENGER_CID },
+  { NS_MSGACCOUNTMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &kNS_MSGACCOUNTMANAGER_CID },
+  { NS_MSGACCOUNT_CONTRACTID, &kNS_MSGACCOUNT_CID },
+  { NS_MSGIDENTITY_CONTRACTID, &kNS_MSGIDENTITY_CID },
+  { NS_MAILNEWSFOLDERDATASOURCE_CONTRACTID, &kNS_MAILNEWSFOLDERDATASOURCE_CID },
+  { NS_MAILNEWSUNREADFOLDERDATASOURCE_CONTRACTID, &kNS_MAILNEWSUNREADFOLDERDATASOURCE_CID },
+  { NS_MAILNEWSFAVORITEFOLDERDATASOURCE_CONTRACTID, &kNS_MAILNEWSFAVORITEFOLDERDATASOURCE_CID },
+  { NS_MAILNEWSRECENTFOLDERDATASOURCE_CONTRACTID, &kNS_MAILNEWSRECENTFOLDERDATASOURCE_CID },
+  { NS_RDF_DATASOURCE_CONTRACTID_PREFIX "msgaccountmanager", &kNS_MSGACCOUNTMANAGERDATASOURCE_CID },
+  { NS_MSGFILTERSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &kNS_MSGFILTERSERVICE_CID },
+  { NS_MSGSEARCHSESSION_CONTRACTID, &kNS_MSGSEARCHSESSION_CID },
+  { NS_MSGSEARCHTERM_CONTRACTID, &kNS_MSGSEARCHTERM_CID },
+  { NS_MSGSEARCHVALIDITYMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &kNS_MSGSEARCHVALIDITYMANAGER_CID },
+  { NS_MSGBIFFMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &kNS_MSGBIFFMANAGER_CID },
+  { NS_MSGPURGESERVICE_CONTRACTID, &kNS_MSGPURGESERVICE_CID },
+  { NS_STATUSBARBIFFMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &kNS_STATUSBARBIFFMANAGER_CID },
+  { NS_COPYMESSAGESTREAMLISTENER_CONTRACTID, &kNS_COPYMESSAGESTREAMLISTENER_CID },
+  { NS_MSGCOPYSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &kNS_MSGCOPYSERVICE_CID },
+  { NS_MSGFOLDERCACHE_CONTRACTID, &kNS_MSGFOLDERCACHE_CID },
+  { NS_MSGSTATUSFEEDBACK_CONTRACTID, &kNS_MSGSTATUSFEEDBACK_CID },
+  { NS_MSGKEYARRAY_CONTRACTID, &kNS_MSGKEYARRAY_CID },
+  { NS_MSGWINDOW_CONTRACTID, &kNS_MSGWINDOW_CID },
+#ifdef NS_PRINTING
+  { NS_MSGPRINTENGINE_CONTRACTID, &kNS_MSG_PRINTENGINE_CID },
+#endif
+  { NS_MSGSERVICEPROVIDERSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &kNS_MSGSERVICEPROVIDERSERVICE_CID },
+  { NS_SUBSCRIBEDATASOURCE_CONTRACTID, &kNS_SUBSCRIBEDATASOURCE_CID },
+  { NS_SUBSCRIBABLESERVER_CONTRACTID, &kNS_SUBSCRIBABLESERVER_CID },
+  { NS_MSGLOCALFOLDERCOMPACTOR_CONTRACTID, &kNS_MSGLOCALFOLDERCOMPACTOR_CID },
+  { NS_MSGOFFLINESTORECOMPACTOR_CONTRACTID, &kNS_MSG_OFFLINESTORECOMPACTOR_CID },
+  { NS_MSGTHREADEDDBVIEW_CONTRACTID, &kNS_MSGTHREADEDDBVIEW_CID },
+  { NS_MSGTHREADSWITHUNREADDBVIEW_CONTRACTID, &kNS_MSGTHREADSWITHUNREADDBVIEW_CID },
+  { NS_MSGWATCHEDTHREADSWITHUNREADDBVIEW_CONTRACTID, &kNS_MSGWATCHEDTHREADSWITHUNREADDBVIEW_CID },
+  { NS_MSGSEARCHDBVIEW_CONTRACTID, &kNS_MSGSEARCHDBVIEW_CID },
+  { NS_MSGQUICKSEARCHDBVIEW_CONTRACTID, &kNS_MSGQUICKSEARCHDBVIEW_CID },
+  { NS_MSGXFVFDBVIEW_CONTRACTID, &kNS_MSG_XFVFDBVIEW_CID },
+  { NS_MSGGROUPDBVIEW_CONTRACTID, &kNS_MSG_GROUPDBVIEW_CID },
+  { NS_MSGOFFLINEMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &kNS_MSGOFFLINEMANAGER_CID },
+  { NS_MSGPROGRESS_CONTRACTID, &kNS_MSGPROGRESS_CID },
+  { NS_SPAMSETTINGS_CONTRACTID, &kNS_SPAMSETTINGS_CID },
+  { NS_CIDPROTOCOLHANDLER_CONTRACTID, &kNS_CIDPROTOCOL_CID },
+  { NS_MSGTAGSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &kNS_MSGTAGSERVICE_CID },
+  { NS_MSGNOTIFICATIONSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &kNS_MSGNOTIFICATIONSERVICE_CID },
+#ifdef XP_WIN
+  { NS_MESSENGEROSINTEGRATION_CONTRACTID, &kNS_MESSENGERWININTEGRATION_CID },
+#endif
+#ifdef XP_MACOSX
+  { NS_MESSENGEROSINTEGRATION_CONTRACTID, &kNS_MESSENGEROSXINTEGRATION_CID },
+#endif
+#if defined(MOZ_WIDGET_GTK) || defined(MOZ_WIDGET_GTK2)
+  { NS_MESSENGEROSINTEGRATION_CONTRACTID, &kNS_MESSENGERUNIXINTEGRATION_CID },
+#endif
+  { NS_MESSENGERCONTENTHANDLER_CONTRACTID, &kNS_MESSENGERCONTENTHANDLER_CID },
+  { NS_MSGCONTENTPOLICY_CONTRACTID, &kNS_MSGCONTENTPOLICY_CID },
+  { NS_MSGSHUTDOWNSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &kNS_MSGSHUTDOWNSERVICE_CID },
+  { NS_MAILDIRPROVIDER_CONTRACTID, &kMAILDIRPROVIDER_CID },
+  { NS_STOPWATCH_CONTRACTID, &kNS_STOPWATCH_CID },
+  { NS_MAILNEWSDLF_CONTRACTID, &kNS_MAILNEWSDLF_CID },
+  // Address Book Entries
+  { NS_ABMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &kNS_ABMANAGER_CID },
+  { NS_ABMANAGERSTARTUPHANDLER_CONTRACTID, &kNS_ABMANAGER_CID },
+  { NS_ABDIRECTORY_CONTRACTID, &kNS_ABDIRECTORY_CID },
+  { NS_ABMDBDIRECTORY_CONTRACTID, &kNS_ABMDBDIRECTORY_CID },
+  { NS_ABMDBCARD_CONTRACTID, &kNS_ABMDBCARD_CID },
+  { NS_ADDRDATABASE_CONTRACTID, &kNS_ADDRDATABASE_CID },
+  { NS_ABCARDPROPERTY_CONTRACTID, &kNS_ABCARDPROPERTY_CID },
+  { NS_ABDIRPROPERTY_CONTRACTID, &kNS_ABDIRPROPERTY_CID },
+  { NS_ABADDRESSCOLLECTOR_CONTRACTID, &kNS_ABADDRESSCOLLECTOR_CID },
+  { NS_ADDBOOKURL_CONTRACTID, &kNS_ADDBOOKURL_CID },
+  { NS_NETWORK_PROTOCOL_CONTRACTID_PREFIX "addbook", &kNS_ADDBOOK_HANDLER_CID },
+  { NS_CONTENT_HANDLER_CONTRACTID_PREFIX"application/x-addvcard", &kNS_ABCONTENTHANDLER_CID },
+  { NS_CONTENT_HANDLER_CONTRACTID_PREFIX"text/x-vcard", &kNS_ABCONTENTHANDLER_CID },
+  { NS_ABDIRFACTORYSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &kNS_ABDIRFACTORYSERVICE_CID },
+  { NS_ABMDBDIRFACTORY_CONTRACTID, &kNS_ABMDBDIRFACTORY_CID },
+#if defined(MOZ_MAPI_SUPPORT)
+  { NS_ABOUTLOOKDIRECTORY_CONTRACTID, &kNS_ABOUTLOOKDIRECTORY_CID },
+  { NS_ABOUTLOOKDIRFACTORY_CONTRACTID, &kNS_ABOUTLOOKDIRFACTORY_CID },
+#endif
+  { NS_ABDIRECTORYQUERYARGUMENTS_CONTRACTID, &kNS_ABDIRECTORYQUERYARGUMENTS_CID },
+  { NS_BOOLEANCONDITIONSTRING_CONTRACTID, &kNS_BOOLEANCONDITIONSTRING_CID },
+  { NS_BOOLEANEXPRESSION_CONTRACTID, &kNS_BOOLEANEXPRESSION_CID },
+
+#if defined(MOZ_LDAP_XPCOM)
+  { NS_ABLDAPDIRECTORY_CONTRACTID, &kNS_ABLDAPDIRECTORY_CID },
+  { NS_ABLDAPDIRECTORYQUERY_CONTRACTID, &kNS_ABLDAPDIRECTORYQUERY_CID },
+  { NS_ABLDAPCARD_CONTRACTID, &kNS_ABLDAPCARD_CID },
+  { NS_ABLDAPDIRFACTORY_CONTRACTID, &kNS_ABLDAPDIRFACTORY_CID },
+  { NS_ABLDAP_REPLICATIONSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &kNS_ABLDAP_REPLICATIONSERVICE_CID },
+  { NS_ABLDAP_REPLICATIONQUERY_CONTRACTID, &kNS_ABLDAP_REPLICATIONQUERY_CID },
+  { NS_ABLDAP_PROCESSREPLICATIONDATA_CONTRACTID, &kNS_ABLDAP_PROCESSREPLICATIONDATA_CID },
+  { NS_ABLDAPACDIRFACTORY_CONTRACTID, &kNS_ABLDAPDIRFACTORY_CID },
+  { NS_ABLDAPSACDIRFACTORY_CONTRACTID, &kNS_ABLDAPDIRFACTORY_CID },
+#endif
+
+  { NS_ABDIRECTORYQUERYPROXY_CONTRACTID, &kNS_ABDIRECTORYQUERYPROXY_CID },
+#ifdef XP_MACOSX
+  { NS_ABOSXDIRECTORY_CONTRACTID, &kNS_ABOSXDIRECTORY_CID },
+  { NS_ABOSXCARD_CONTRACTID, &kNS_ABOSXCARD_CID },
+  { NS_ABOSXDIRFACTORY_CONTRACTID, &kNS_ABOSXDIRFACTORY_CID },
+#endif
+  { NS_ABVIEW_CONTRACTID, &kNS_ABVIEW_CID },
+  { NS_MSGVCARDSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &kNS_MSGVCARDSERVICE_CID },
+  { NS_ABLDIFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &kNS_ABLDIFSERVICE_CID },
+  // Bayesian Filter Entries
+ { NS_BAYESIANFILTER_CONTRACTID, &kNS_BAYESIANFILTER_CID },
+  // Compose Entries
+  { NS_MSGCOMPOSE_CONTRACTID, &kNS_MSGCOMPOSE_CID },
+  { NS_MSGCOMPOSESERVICE_CONTRACTID, &kNS_MSGCOMPOSESERVICE_CID },
+  { NS_MSGCOMPOSESTARTUPHANDLER_CONTRACTID, &kNS_MSGCOMPOSESERVICE_CID },
+  { NS_MSGCOMPOSECONTENTHANDLER_CONTRACTID, &kNS_MSGCOMPOSECONTENTHANDLER_CID },
+  { NS_MSGCOMPOSEPARAMS_CONTRACTID, &kNS_MSGCOMPOSEPARAMS_CID },
+  { NS_MSGCOMPOSESENDLISTENER_CONTRACTID, &kNS_MSGCOMPOSESENDLISTENER_CID },
+  { NS_MSGCOMPOSEPROGRESSPARAMS_CONTRACTID, &kNS_MSGCOMPOSEPROGRESSPARAMS_CID },
+  { NS_MSGCOMPFIELDS_CONTRACTID, &kNS_MSGCOMPFIELDS_CID },
+  { NS_MSGATTACHMENT_CONTRACTID, &kNS_MSGATTACHMENT_CID },
+  { NS_MSGATTACHMENTDATA_CONTRACTID, &kNS_MSGATTACHMENTDATA_CID },
+  { NS_MSGATTACHEDFILE_CONTRACTID, &kNS_MSGATTACHEDFILE_CID },
+  { NS_MSGSEND_CONTRACTID, &kNS_MSGSEND_CID },
+  { NS_MSGSENDLATER_CONTRACTID, &kNS_MSGSENDLATER_CID },
+  { NS_SMTPSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &kNS_SMTPSERVICE_CID },
+  { NS_MAILTOHANDLER_CONTRACTID, &kNS_SMTPSERVICE_CID },
+  { NS_SMTPSERVER_CONTRACTID, &kNS_SMTPSERVER_CID },
+  { NS_SMTPURL_CONTRACTID, &kNS_SMTPURL_CID },
+  { NS_MAILTOURL_CONTRACTID, &kNS_MAILTOURL_CID },
+  { NS_MSGQUOTE_CONTRACTID, &kNS_MSGQUOTE_CID },
+  { NS_MSGQUOTELISTENER_CONTRACTID, &kNS_MSGQUOTELISTENER_CID },
+  { NS_URLFETCHER_CONTRACTID, &kNS_URLFETCHER_CID },
+  { NS_MSGCOMPUTILS_CONTRACTID, &kNS_MSGCOMPUTILS_CID },
+  // JsAccount Entries
+  { JACPPABDIRECTORYDELEGATOR_CONTRACTID, &kJACPPABDIRECTORYDELEGATOR_CID },
+  { JACPPCOMPOSEDELEGATOR_CONTRACTID, &kJACPPCOMPOSEDELEGATOR_CID },
+  { JACPPINCOMINGSERVERDELEGATOR_CONTRACTID, &kJACPPINCOMINGSERVERDELEGATOR_CID },
+  { JACPPMSGFOLDERDELEGATOR_CONTRACTID, &kJACPPMSGFOLDERDELEGATOR_CID },
+  { JACPPSENDDELEGATOR_CONTRACTID, &kJACPPSENDDELEGATOR_CID },
+  { JACPPURLDELEGATOR_CONTRACTID, &kJACPPURLDELEGATOR_CID },
+  // Imap Entries
+  { NS_IMAPINCOMINGSERVER_CONTRACTID, &kNS_IMAPINCOMINGSERVER_CID },
+  { NS_RDF_RESOURCE_FACTORY_CONTRACTID_PREFIX "imap", &kNS_IMAPRESOURCE_CID },
+  { "@mozilla.org/messenger/messageservice;1?type=imap-message", &kNS_IMAPSERVICE_CID },
+  { "@mozilla.org/messenger/messageservice;1?type=imap", &kNS_IMAPSERVICE_CID },
+  { NS_IMAPSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &kNS_IMAPSERVICE_CID },
+  { NS_NETWORK_PROTOCOL_CONTRACTID_PREFIX "imap", &kNS_IMAPSERVICE_CID },
+  { NS_IMAPPROTOCOLINFO_CONTRACTID, &kNS_IMAPSERVICE_CID },
+  { NS_CONTENT_HANDLER_CONTRACTID_PREFIX"x-application-imapfolder", &kNS_IMAPSERVICE_CID },
+  { NS_AUTOSYNCMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &kNS_AUTOSYNCMANAGER_CID },
+  // Local Entries
+  { NS_MAILBOXURL_CONTRACTID, &kNS_MAILBOXURL_CID },
+  { NS_MAILBOXSERVICE_CONTRACTID1, &kNS_MAILBOXSERVICE_CID },
+  { NS_MAILBOXSERVICE_CONTRACTID2, &kNS_MAILBOXSERVICE_CID },
+  { NS_MAILBOXSERVICE_CONTRACTID3, &kNS_MAILBOXSERVICE_CID },
+  { NS_MAILBOXSERVICE_CONTRACTID4, &kNS_MAILBOXSERVICE_CID },
+  { NS_MAILBOXPARSER_CONTRACTID, &kNS_MAILBOXPARSER_CID },
+  { NS_POP3URL_CONTRACTID, &kNS_POP3URL_CID },
+  { NS_POP3SERVICE_CONTRACTID1, &kNS_POP3SERVICE_CID },
+  { NS_POP3SERVICE_CONTRACTID2, &kNS_POP3SERVICE_CID },
+  { NS_POP3SERVICE_CONTRACTID3, &kNS_POP3SERVICE_CID },
+  { NS_NONESERVICE_CONTRACTID, &kNS_NONESERVICE_CID },
+#ifdef HAVE_MOVEMAIL
+  { NS_MOVEMAILSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &kNS_MOVEMAILSERVICE_CID },
+#endif /* HAVE_MOVEMAIL */
+  { NS_POP3PROTOCOLINFO_CONTRACTID, &kNS_POP3SERVICE_CID },
+  { NS_NONEPROTOCOLINFO_CONTRACTID, &kNS_NONESERVICE_CID },
+#ifdef HAVE_MOVEMAIL
+  { NS_MOVEMAILPROTOCOLINFO_CONTRACTID, &kNS_MOVEMAILSERVICE_CID },
+#endif /* HAVE_MOVEMAIL */
+  { NS_LOCALMAILFOLDERRESOURCE_CONTRACTID, &kNS_LOCALMAILFOLDERRESOURCE_CID },
+  { NS_POP3INCOMINGSERVER_CONTRACTID, &kNS_POP3INCOMINGSERVER_CID },
+#ifdef HAVE_MOVEMAIL
+  { NS_MOVEMAILINCOMINGSERVER_CONTRACTID, &kNS_MOVEMAILINCOMINGSERVER_CID },
+#endif /* HAVE_MOVEMAIL */
+  { NS_BRKMBOXSTORE_CONTRACTID, &kNS_BRKMBOXSTORE_CID },
+  { NS_MAILDIRSTORE_CONTRACTID, &kNS_MAILDIRSTORE_CID },
+  { NS_NOINCOMINGSERVER_CONTRACTID, &kNS_NOINCOMINGSERVER_CID },
+  { NS_PARSEMAILMSGSTATE_CONTRACTID, &kNS_PARSEMAILMSGSTATE_CID },
+  { NS_RSSSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &kNS_RSSSERVICE_CID },
+  { NS_RSSPROTOCOLINFO_CONTRACTID, &kNS_RSSSERVICE_CID },
+  { NS_RSSINCOMINGSERVER_CONTRACTID, &kNS_RSSINCOMINGSERVER_CID },
+  // msgdb Entries
+  { NS_MAILBOXDB_CONTRACTID, &kNS_MAILDB_CID },
+  { NS_NEWSDB_CONTRACTID, &kNS_NEWSDB_CID },
+  { NS_IMAPDB_CONTRACTID, &kNS_IMAPDB_CID },
+  { NS_MSG_RETENTIONSETTINGS_CONTRACTID, &kNS_MSG_RETENTIONSETTINGS_CID },
+  { NS_MSG_DOWNLOADSETTINGS_CONTRACTID, &kNS_MSG_DOWNLOADSETTINGS_CID },
+  { NS_MSGDB_SERVICE_CONTRACTID, &kNS_MSGDB_SERVICE_CID },
+  // Mime Entries
+  { NS_MIME_OBJECT_CONTRACTID, &kNS_MIME_OBJECT_CLASS_ACCESS_CID },
+  { NS_MAILNEWS_MIME_STREAM_CONVERTER_CONTRACTID, &kNS_MAILNEWS_MIME_STREAM_CONVERTER_CID },
+  { NS_MAILNEWS_MIME_STREAM_CONVERTER_CONTRACTID1, &kNS_MAILNEWS_MIME_STREAM_CONVERTER_CID },
+  { NS_MAILNEWS_MIME_STREAM_CONVERTER_CONTRACTID2, &kNS_MAILNEWS_MIME_STREAM_CONVERTER_CID },
+  { NS_HTML_MIME_EMITTER_CONTRACTID, &kNS_HTML_MIME_EMITTER_CID },
+  { NS_XML_MIME_EMITTER_CONTRACTID, &kNS_XML_MIME_EMITTER_CID },
+  { NS_PLAIN_MIME_EMITTER_CONTRACTID, &kNS_PLAIN_MIME_EMITTER_CID },
+  { NS_RAW_MIME_EMITTER_CONTRACTID, &kNS_RAW_MIME_EMITTER_CID },
+  // FTS3
+  { NS_FTS3TOKENIZER_CONTRACTID, &kNS_FTS3TOKENIZER_CID },
+  // News Entries
+  { NS_NNTPURL_CONTRACTID, &kNS_NNTPURL_CID },
+  { NS_NNTPSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &kNS_NNTPSERVICE_CID },
+  { NS_NEWSSTARTUPHANDLER_CONTRACTID, &kNS_NNTPSERVICE_CID },
+  { NS_NNTPPROTOCOLINFO_CONTRACTID, &kNS_NNTPSERVICE_CID },
+  { NS_NNTPMESSAGESERVICE_CONTRACTID, &kNS_NNTPSERVICE_CID },
+  { NS_NEWSMESSAGESERVICE_CONTRACTID, &kNS_NNTPSERVICE_CID },
+  { NS_NEWSPROTOCOLHANDLER_CONTRACTID, &kNS_NNTPSERVICE_CID },
+  { NS_SNEWSPROTOCOLHANDLER_CONTRACTID, &kNS_NNTPSERVICE_CID },
+  { NS_NNTPPROTOCOLHANDLER_CONTRACTID, &kNS_NNTPSERVICE_CID },
+  { NS_CONTENT_HANDLER_CONTRACTID_PREFIX"x-application-newsgroup", &kNS_NNTPSERVICE_CID },
+  { NS_CONTENT_HANDLER_CONTRACTID_PREFIX"x-application-newsgroup-listids", &kNS_NNTPSERVICE_CID },
+  { NS_NEWSFOLDERRESOURCE_CONTRACTID, &kNS_NEWSFOLDERRESOURCE_CID },
+  { NS_NNTPINCOMINGSERVER_CONTRACTID, &kNS_NNTPINCOMINGSERVER_CID },
+  { NS_NNTPNEWSGROUPPOST_CONTRACTID, &kNS_NNTPNEWSGROUPPOST_CID },
+  { NS_NNTPNEWSGROUPLIST_CONTRACTID, &kNS_NNTPNEWSGROUPLIST_CID },
+  { NS_NNTPARTICLELIST_CONTRACTID, &kNS_NNTPARTICLELIST_CID },
+  { NS_NEWSDOWNLOADDIALOGARGS_CONTRACTID, &kNS_NEWSDOWNLOADDIALOGARGS_CID },
+  // Mail View Entries
+  { NS_MSGMAILVIEWLIST_CONTRACTID, &kNS_MSGMAILVIEWLIST_CID },
+  // mdn Entries
+  { NS_MSGMDNGENERATOR_CONTRACTID, &kNS_MSGMDNGENERATOR_CID },
+  // SMime Entries
+  { NS_MSGCOMPOSESECURE_CONTRACTID, &kNS_MSGCOMPOSESECURE_CID },
+  { NS_MSGSMIMECOMPFIELDS_CONTRACTID, &kNS_MSGSMIMECOMPFIELDS_CID },
+  { NS_SMIMEJSHELPER_CONTRACTID, &kNS_SMIMEJSJELPER_CID },
+  { NS_SMIMEENCRYPTURISERVICE_CONTRACTID, &kNS_SMIMEENCRYPTURISERVICE_CID },
+  { NS_CMSSECUREMESSAGE_CONTRACTID, &kNS_CMSSECUREMESSAGE_CID },
+  { NS_CMSDECODER_CONTRACTID, &kNS_CMSDECODER_CID },
+  { NS_CMSENCODER_CONTRACTID, &kNS_CMSENCODER_CID },
+  { NS_CMSMESSAGE_CONTRACTID, &kNS_CMSMESSAGE_CID },
+  { NS_CERTPICKDIALOGS_CONTRACTID, &kNS_CERT_PICKER_CID },
+  { NS_CERT_PICKER_CONTRACTID, &kNS_CERT_PICKER_CID },
+  // Vcard Entries
+  { "@mozilla.org/mimecth;1?type=text/x-vcard", &kNS_VCARD_CONTENT_TYPE_HANDLER_CID },
+  // PGP/MIME Entries
+  { "@mozilla.org/mimecth;1?type=multipart/encrypted", &kNS_PGPMIME_CONTENT_TYPE_HANDLER_CID },
+  { NS_PGPMIMEPROXY_CONTRACTID, &kNS_PGPMIMEPROXY_CID },
+  // i18n Entries
+  { NS_CHARSETCONVERTERMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &kNS_ICHARSETCONVERTERMANAGER_CID },
+  { NS_UNICODEDECODER_CONTRACTID_BASE "UTF-7", &kNS_UTF7TOUNICODE_CID },
+  { NS_UNICODEDECODER_CONTRACTID_BASE "x-imap4-modified-utf7", &kNS_MUTF7TOUNICODE_CID },
+  { NS_UNICODEENCODER_CONTRACTID_BASE "UTF-7", &kNS_UNICODETOUTF7_CID },
+  { NS_UNICODEENCODER_CONTRACTID_BASE "x-imap4-modified-utf7", &kNS_UNICODETOMUTF7_CID },
+  // Tokenizer Entries
+  { NULL }
+};
+
+static const mozilla::Module::CategoryEntry kMailNewsCategories[] = {
+  // MailNews Base Entries
+  { XPCOM_DIRECTORY_PROVIDER_CATEGORY, "mail-directory-provider", NS_MAILDIRPROVIDER_CONTRACTID },
+  { "content-policy", NS_MSGCONTENTPOLICY_CONTRACTID, NS_MSGCONTENTPOLICY_CONTRACTID },
+  MAILNEWSDLF_CATEGORIES
+#ifdef XP_MACOSX
+  { "app-startup", NS_MESSENGEROSINTEGRATION_CONTRACTID, "service," NS_MESSENGEROSINTEGRATION_CONTRACTID}
+,
+#endif
+  // Address Book Entries
+  { "command-line-handler", "m-addressbook", NS_ABMANAGERSTARTUPHANDLER_CONTRACTID },
+  // Bayesian Filter Entries
+  // Compose Entries
+  { "command-line-handler", "m-compose", NS_MSGCOMPOSESTARTUPHANDLER_CONTRACTID },
+  // JsAccount Entries
+  // Imap Entries
+  // Local Entries
+  // msgdb Entries
+  // Mime Entries
+  { "mime-emitter", NS_HTML_MIME_EMITTER_CONTRACTID, NS_HTML_MIME_EMITTER_CONTRACTID },
+  { "mime-emitter", NS_XML_MIME_EMITTER_CONTRACTID, NS_XML_MIME_EMITTER_CONTRACTID },
+  { "mime-emitter", NS_PLAIN_MIME_EMITTER_CONTRACTID, NS_PLAIN_MIME_EMITTER_CONTRACTID },
+  { "mime-emitter", NS_RAW_MIME_EMITTER_CONTRACTID, NS_RAW_MIME_EMITTER_CONTRACTID },
+  // News Entries
+  { "command-line-handler", "m-news", NS_NEWSSTARTUPHANDLER_CONTRACTID },
+  // Mail View Entries
+  // mdn Entries
+  // i18n Entries
+  { NS_TITLE_BUNDLE_CATEGORY, "chrome://messenger/locale/charsetTitles.properties", "" },
+  { NS_DATA_BUNDLE_CATEGORY, "resource://gre-resources/charsetData.properties", "" },
+  NS_UCONV_REG_UNREG("UTF-7", NS_UTF7TOUNICODE_CID, NS_UNICODETOUTF7_CID)
+  NS_UCONV_REG_UNREG("x-imap4-modified-utf7", NS_MUTF7TOUNICODE_CID, NS_UNICODETOMUTF7_CID)
+  // Tokenizer Entries
+  { NULL }
+};
+
+static void
+msgMailNewsModuleDtor()
+{
+  nsAddrDatabase::CleanupCache();
+}
+
+static const mozilla::Module kMailNewsModule = {
+  mozilla::Module::kVersion,
+  kMailNewsCIDs,
+  kMailNewsContracts,
+  kMailNewsCategories,
+  NULL,
+  NULL,
+  msgMailNewsModuleDtor
+};
+
+NSMODULE_DEFN(nsMailModule) = &kMailNewsModule;
+
diff --git a/mailnews/compose/content/askSendFormat.js b/mailnews/compose/content/askSendFormat.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..17f4bafe4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/compose/content/askSendFormat.js
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+var gParam = null;
+
+/**
+ * This dialog should be opened with arguments like e.g.
+ * {action: nsIMsgCompSendFormat.AskUser, convertible: nsIMsgCompConvertible.Yes}
+ */
+function Startup()
+{
+  gParam = window.arguments[0];
+
+  const msgCompSendFormat = Components.interfaces.nsIMsgCompSendFormat;
+  const msgCompConvertible = Components.interfaces.nsIMsgCompConvertible;
+
+  var bundle = document.getElementById("askSendFormatStringBundle");
+
+  // If the user hits the close box, we will abort.
+  gParam.abort = true;
+
+  // Set the question label
+  var mailSendFormatExplanation = document.getElementById("mailSendFormatExplanation");
+  var icon = document.getElementById("convertDefault");
+
+  switch (gParam.convertible)
+  {
+    case msgCompConvertible.Altering:
+      mailSendFormatExplanation.textContent = bundle.getString("convertibleAltering");
+      icon.className = "question-icon";
+      break;
+    case msgCompConvertible.No:
+      mailSendFormatExplanation.textContent = bundle.getString("convertibleNo");
+      icon.className = "alert-icon";
+      break;
+    default: // msgCompConvertible.Yes
+      mailSendFormatExplanation.textContent = bundle.getString("convertibleYes");
+      // XXX change this to use class message-icon once bug 512173 is fixed
+      icon.className = "question-icon";
+      break;
+  }
+
+  // Set the default radio array value and recommendation.
+  var group = document.getElementById("mailDefaultHTMLAction");
+  if (gParam.action != msgCompSendFormat.AskUser)
+  {
+    group.value = gParam.action;
+    group.selectedItem.label += " " + bundle.getString("recommended");
+  }
+}
+
+function Send()
+{
+  // gParam.action should be an integer for when it is returned to MsgComposeCommands.js
+  gParam.action = parseInt(document.getElementById("mailDefaultHTMLAction").value);
+  gParam.abort = false;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/compose/content/askSendFormat.xul b/mailnews/compose/content/askSendFormat.xul
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..751378bd8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/compose/content/askSendFormat.xul
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+<?xml version="1.0"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<?xml-stylesheet href="chrome://global/skin/global.css" type="text/css"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE dialog SYSTEM "chrome://messenger/locale/messengercompose/askSendFormat.dtd">
+
+<dialog id="askSendFormat"
+        title="&windowTitle.label;"
+        xmlns="http://www.mozilla.org/keymaster/gatekeeper/there.is.only.xul"
+        buttonpack="center"
+        onload="Startup();"
+        ondialogaccept="Send();"
+        buttonlabelaccept="&send.label;"
+        buttonaccesskeyaccept="&send.accesskey;"
+        style="width: 75ch;">
+
+  <script type="application/javascript"
+          src="chrome://messenger/content/messengercompose/askSendFormat.js"/>
+
+  <stringbundle id="askSendFormatStringBundle"
+                src="chrome://messenger/locale/messengercompose/askSendFormat.properties"/>
+
+    <separator class="thin"/>
+    <hbox>
+      <separator orient="vertical"/>
+      <vbox id="askImageBox">
+        <image id="convertDefault"/>
+      </vbox>
+      <separator orient="vertical"/>
+      <vbox flex="1">
+        <description>&recipient.label;</description>
+        <description id="mailSendFormatExplanation"/>
+        <description>&question.label;</description>
+        <separator/>
+        <radiogroup id="mailDefaultHTMLAction">
+          <radio value="3" label="&plainTextAndHtml.label;" accesskey="&plainTextAndHtml.accesskey;"/>
+          <radio value="1" selected="true"
+                 label="&plainTextOnly.label;" accesskey="&plainTextOnly.accesskey;"/>
+          <radio value="2" label="&htmlOnly.label;" accesskey="&htmlOnly.accesskey;"/>
+        </radiogroup>
+      </vbox>
+    </hbox>
+</dialog>
diff --git a/mailnews/compose/content/mailComposeEditorOverlay.xul b/mailnews/compose/content/mailComposeEditorOverlay.xul
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4304935e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/compose/content/mailComposeEditorOverlay.xul
@@ -0,0 +1,157 @@
+<?xml version="1.0"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!DOCTYPE window SYSTEM "chrome://messenger/locale/messengercompose/mailComposeEditorOverlay.dtd" >
+
+<overlay id="mailComposeEditorOverlay"
+         xmlns="http://www.mozilla.org/keymaster/gatekeeper/there.is.only.xul">
+
+  <script type="application/javascript">
+  <![CDATA[
+    Components.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/Services.jsm");
+
+    var gMsgCompProcessLink = false;
+    var gMsgCompInputElement = null;
+    var gMsgCompPrevInputValue = null;
+    var gMsgCompPrevMozDoNotSendAttribute;
+    var gMsgCompAttachSourceElement = null;
+
+    function OnLoadOverlay()
+    {
+      gMsgCompAttachSourceElement = document.getElementById("AttachSourceToMail");
+      var editor = GetCurrentEditor();
+      if (gMsgCompAttachSourceElement && editor &&
+          (editor.flags & Components.interfaces.nsIPlaintextEditor.eEditorMailMask))
+      {
+        SetRelativeCheckbox = function() { SetAttachCheckbox();};
+        //initialize the AttachSourceToMail checkbox
+        gMsgCompAttachSourceElement.hidden = false;
+
+        switch (document.documentElement.id)
+        {
+          case "imageDlg":
+            gMsgCompInputElement = gDialog.srcInput;
+            gMsgCompProcessLink = false;
+            break;
+          case "linkDlg" :
+            gMsgCompInputElement =  gDialog.hrefInput;
+            gMsgCompProcessLink = true;
+            break;
+        }
+        if (gMsgCompInputElement)
+        {
+          SetAttachCheckbox();
+          gMsgCompPrevMozDoNotSendAttribute = globalElement.getAttribute("moz-do-not-send")
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    addEventListener("load", OnLoadOverlay, false);
+
+    function OnAcceptOverlay()
+    {
+      // Auto-convert file URLs to data URLs. If we're in the link properties
+      // dialog convert only when requested - for the image dialog do it always.
+      if (/^file:/i.test(gMsgCompInputElement.value.trim()) &&
+          (gMsgCompAttachSourceElement.checked || !gMsgCompProcessLink)) {
+        var dataURI = GenerateDataURL(gMsgCompInputElement.value.trim());
+        gMsgCompInputElement.value = dataURI;
+        gMsgCompAttachSourceElement.checked = true;
+      }
+      DoAttachSourceCheckbox();
+    }
+    addEventListener("dialogaccept", OnAcceptOverlay, false);
+
+    function SetAttachCheckbox()
+    {
+      var resetCheckbox = false;
+      var mozDoNotSend = globalElement.getAttribute("moz-do-not-send");
+
+      //In case somebody played with the advanced property and changed the moz-do-not-send attribute
+      if (mozDoNotSend != gMsgCompPrevMozDoNotSendAttribute)
+      {
+        gMsgCompPrevMozDoNotSendAttribute = mozDoNotSend;
+        resetCheckbox = true;
+      }
+
+      // Has the URL changed
+      if (gMsgCompInputElement && gMsgCompInputElement.value != gMsgCompPrevInputValue)
+      {
+        gMsgCompPrevInputValue = gMsgCompInputElement.value;
+        resetCheckbox = true;
+      }
+
+      if (gMsgCompInputElement && resetCheckbox)
+      {
+        // Here is the rule about how to set the checkbox Attach Source To Message:
+        // If the attribute "moz-do-not-send" has not been set, we look at the scheme of the URL
+        // and at some preference to decide what is the best for the user.
+        // If it is set to "false", the checkbox is checked, otherwise unchecked.
+        var attach = false;
+        if (mozDoNotSend == null)
+        {
+          // We haven't yet set the "moz-do-not-send" attribute.
+          var inputValue = gMsgCompInputElement.value.trim();
+          if (/^(file|data):/i.test(inputValue)) {
+            // For files or data URLs, default to attach them.
+            attach = true;
+          } else if (!gMsgCompProcessLink && // Implies image dialogue.
+                     /^https?:/i.test(inputValue)) {
+            // For images loaded via http(s) we default to the preference value.
+            attach = Services.prefs.getBoolPref("mail.compose.attach_http_images");
+          }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          attach = (mozDoNotSend == "false");
+        }
+
+        gMsgCompAttachSourceElement.checked = attach;
+      }
+    }
+
+    function DoAttachSourceCheckbox()
+    {
+      gMsgCompPrevMozDoNotSendAttribute = (!gMsgCompAttachSourceElement.checked).toString();
+      globalElement.setAttribute("moz-do-not-send", gMsgCompPrevMozDoNotSendAttribute);
+    }
+
+    function GenerateDataURL(url) {
+      var file = Services.io.newURI(url, null, null)
+        .QueryInterface(Components.interfaces.nsIFileURL).file;
+      var contentType = Components.classes["@mozilla.org/mime;1"]
+        .getService(Components.interfaces.nsIMIMEService)
+        .getTypeFromFile(file);
+      var inputStream = Components.classes["@mozilla.org/network/file-input-stream;1"]
+        .createInstance(Components.interfaces.nsIFileInputStream);
+      inputStream.init(file, 0x01, 0o600, 0);
+      var stream = Components.classes["@mozilla.org/binaryinputstream;1"]
+        .createInstance(Components.interfaces.nsIBinaryInputStream);
+      stream.setInputStream(inputStream);
+      let data = "";
+      while (stream.available() > 0) {
+        data += stream.readBytes(stream.available());
+      }
+      let encoded = btoa(data);
+      stream.close();
+      return "data:" + contentType +
+        ";filename=" + encodeURIComponent(file.leafName) +
+        ";base64," + encoded;
+    }
+  ]]>
+  </script>
+
+  <hbox id="MakeRelativeHbox">
+    <checkbox id="AttachSourceToMail" hidden="true"
+              label="&attachImageSource.label;" accesskey="&attachImageSource.accesskey;"
+              insertafter="MakeRelativeCheckbox" oncommand="DoAttachSourceCheckbox()"/>
+  </hbox>
+
+  <groupbox id="LinkURLBox">
+    <checkbox id="AttachSourceToMail" hidden="true"
+              label="&attachLinkSource.label;" accesskey="&attachLinkSource.accesskey;"
+              insertafter="LinkLocationBox" oncommand="DoAttachSourceCheckbox()"/>
+  </groupbox>
+
+</overlay>
diff --git a/mailnews/compose/content/menulistCompactBindings.xml b/mailnews/compose/content/menulistCompactBindings.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5ca277347
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/compose/content/menulistCompactBindings.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+<?xml version="1.0"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<bindings id="menulistCompactBindings"
+   xmlns="http://www.mozilla.org/xbl"
+   xmlns:xul="http://www.mozilla.org/keymaster/gatekeeper/there.is.only.xul"
+   xmlns:xbl="http://www.mozilla.org/xbl">
+
+  <binding id="menulist-compact" display="xul:menu"
+           extends="chrome://global/content/bindings/menulist.xml#menulist">
+    <content sizetopopup="false">
+      <xul:hbox class="menulist-label-box" flex="1">
+        <xul:image class="menulist-icon" xbl:inherits="src"/>
+        <xul:label class="menulist-label" xbl:inherits="value=label,crop,accesskey" crop="right" flex="1"/>
+      </xul:hbox>
+      <children includes="menupopup"/>
+    </content>
+  </binding>
+
+</bindings>
diff --git a/mailnews/compose/content/sendProgress.js b/mailnews/compose/content/sendProgress.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8354cf953
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/compose/content/sendProgress.js
@@ -0,0 +1,171 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+var nsIMsgCompDeliverMode = Components.interfaces.nsIMsgCompDeliverMode;
+
+// dialog is just an array we'll use to store various properties from the dialog document...
+var dialog;
+
+// the msgProgress is a nsIMsgProgress object
+var msgProgress = null;
+
+// random global variables...
+var itsASaveOperation = false;
+var gSendProgressStringBundle;
+
+// all progress notifications are done through the nsIWebProgressListener implementation...
+var progressListener = {
+    onStateChange: function(aWebProgress, aRequest, aStateFlags, aStatus)
+    {
+      if (aStateFlags & Components.interfaces.nsIWebProgressListener.STATE_START)
+      {
+        // Put progress meter in undetermined mode.
+        dialog.progress.setAttribute("mode", "undetermined");
+      }
+
+      if (aStateFlags & Components.interfaces.nsIWebProgressListener.STATE_STOP)
+      {
+        // we are done sending/saving the message...
+        // Indicate completion in status area.
+        var msg;
+        if (itsASaveOperation)
+          msg = gSendProgressStringBundle.getString("messageSaved");
+        else
+          msg = gSendProgressStringBundle.getString("messageSent");
+        dialog.status.setAttribute("value", msg);
+
+        // Put progress meter at 100%.
+        dialog.progress.setAttribute("value", 100);
+        dialog.progress.setAttribute("mode", "normal");
+        var percentMsg = gSendProgressStringBundle.getFormattedString("percentMsg", [100]);
+        dialog.progressText.setAttribute("value", percentMsg);
+
+        window.close();
+      }
+    },
+
+    onProgressChange: function(aWebProgress, aRequest, aCurSelfProgress, aMaxSelfProgress, aCurTotalProgress, aMaxTotalProgress)
+    {
+      // Calculate percentage.
+      var percent;
+      if (aMaxTotalProgress > 0)
+      {
+        percent = Math.round(aCurTotalProgress / aMaxTotalProgress * 100);
+        if (percent > 100)
+          percent = 100;
+
+        dialog.progress.removeAttribute("mode");
+
+        // Advance progress meter.
+        dialog.progress.setAttribute("value", percent);
+
+        // Update percentage label on progress meter.
+        var percentMsg = gSendProgressStringBundle.getFormattedString("percentMsg", [percent]);
+        dialog.progressText.setAttribute("value", percentMsg);
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        // Progress meter should be barber-pole in this case.
+        dialog.progress.setAttribute("mode", "undetermined");
+        // Update percentage label on progress meter.
+        dialog.progressText.setAttribute("value", "");
+      }
+    },
+
+    onLocationChange: function(aWebProgress, aRequest, aLocation, aFlags)
+    {
+      // we can ignore this notification
+    },
+
+    onStatusChange: function(aWebProgress, aRequest, aStatus, aMessage)
+    {
+      if (aMessage != "")
+        dialog.status.setAttribute("value", aMessage);
+    },
+
+    onSecurityChange: function(aWebProgress, aRequest, state)
+    {
+      // we can ignore this notification
+    },
+
+    QueryInterface : function(iid)
+    {
+      if (iid.equals(Components.interfaces.nsIWebProgressListener) ||
+          iid.equals(Components.interfaces.nsISupportsWeakReference) ||
+          iid.equals(Components.interfaces.nsISupports))
+        return this;
+
+      throw Components.results.NS_NOINTERFACE;
+    }
+};
+
+function onLoad()
+{
+    // Set global variables.
+    let subject = "";
+    gSendProgressStringBundle = document.getElementById("sendProgressStringBundle");
+
+    msgProgress = window.arguments[0];
+    if (!msgProgress)
+    {
+      Components.utils.reportError("Invalid argument to sendProgress.xul.");
+      window.close();
+      return;
+    }
+
+    if (window.arguments[1])
+    {
+      let progressParams = window.arguments[1].QueryInterface(Components.interfaces.nsIMsgComposeProgressParams);
+      if (progressParams)
+      {
+        itsASaveOperation = (progressParams.deliveryMode != nsIMsgCompDeliverMode.Now);
+        subject = progressParams.subject;
+      }
+    }
+
+    if (subject) {
+      let title = itsASaveOperation ? "titleSaveMsgSubject" : "titleSendMsgSubject";
+      document.title = gSendProgressStringBundle.getFormattedString(title, [subject]);
+    } else {
+      let title = itsASaveOperation ? "titleSaveMsg" : "titleSendMsg";
+      document.title = gSendProgressStringBundle.getString(title);
+    }
+
+    dialog = {};
+    dialog.status       = document.getElementById("dialog.status");
+    dialog.progress     = document.getElementById("dialog.progress");
+    dialog.progressText = document.getElementById("dialog.progressText");
+
+    // set our web progress listener on the helper app launcher
+    msgProgress.registerListener(progressListener);
+}
+
+function onUnload()
+{
+  if (msgProgress)
+  {
+    try
+    {
+      msgProgress.unregisterListener(progressListener);
+      msgProgress = null;
+    } catch (e) {}
+  }
+}
+
+// If the user presses cancel, tell the app launcher and close the dialog...
+function onCancel()
+{
+  // Cancel app launcher.
+  try
+  {
+    msgProgress.processCanceledByUser = true;
+  } catch (e)
+  {
+    return true;
+  }
+
+  // don't Close up dialog by returning false, the backend will close the dialog when everything will be aborted.
+  return false;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/compose/content/sendProgress.xul b/mailnews/compose/content/sendProgress.xul
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..45508387f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/compose/content/sendProgress.xul
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+<?xml version="1.0"?> 
+
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<?xml-stylesheet href="chrome://messenger/skin/dialogs.css" type="text/css"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE dialog SYSTEM "chrome://messenger/locale/messengercompose/sendProgress.dtd">
+
+<dialog id="sendProgress"
+        xmlns="http://www.mozilla.org/keymaster/gatekeeper/there.is.only.xul"
+        title="&sendDialog.title;"
+        style="width: 56ch;"
+        onload="onLoad();"
+        onunload="onUnload();"
+        buttons="cancel"
+        ondialogcancel="return onCancel();">
+
+  <script type="application/javascript"
+          src="chrome://messenger/content/messengercompose/sendProgress.js"/>
+  <stringbundle id="sendProgressStringBundle"
+                src="chrome://messenger/locale/messengercompose/sendProgress.properties"/>
+
+    <grid flex="1">
+      <columns>
+        <column/>
+        <column flex="1"/>
+      </columns>
+
+      <rows>
+        <row>
+          <hbox pack="end">
+            <label value="&status.label;"/>
+          </hbox>
+          <label id="dialog.status" crop="center"/>
+        </row>
+        <row class="thin-separator">
+          <hbox pack="end">
+            <label value="&progress.label;"/>
+          </hbox>
+          <progressmeter id="dialog.progress" mode="normal" value="0"/>
+          <hbox pack="end">
+            <label id="dialog.progressText"/>
+          </hbox>
+        </row>
+      </rows>
+    </grid>
+
+</dialog>
diff --git a/mailnews/compose/moz.build b/mailnews/compose/moz.build
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..023ca2fba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/compose/moz.build
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+# vim: set filetype=python:
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+DIRS += [
+    'public',
+    'src',
+]
+
diff --git a/mailnews/compose/public/moz.build b/mailnews/compose/public/moz.build
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..038ebfd60
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/compose/public/moz.build
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+# vim: set filetype=python:
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+XPIDL_SOURCES += [
+    'nsIMsgAttachment.idl',
+    'nsIMsgAttachmentHandler.idl',
+    'nsIMsgCompFields.idl',
+    'nsIMsgCompose.idl',
+    'nsIMsgComposeParams.idl',
+    'nsIMsgComposeProgressParams.idl',
+    'nsIMsgComposeSecure.idl',
+    'nsIMsgComposeService.idl',
+    'nsIMsgCompUtils.idl',
+    'nsIMsgQuote.idl',
+    'nsIMsgQuotingOutputStreamListener.idl',
+    'nsIMsgSend.idl',
+    'nsIMsgSendLater.idl',
+    'nsIMsgSendLaterListener.idl',
+    'nsIMsgSendListener.idl',
+    'nsIMsgSendReport.idl',
+    'nsISmtpServer.idl',
+    'nsISmtpService.idl',
+    'nsISmtpUrl.idl',
+    'nsIURLFetcher.idl',
+]
+
+XPIDL_MODULE = 'msgcompose'
+
+EXPORTS += [
+    'nsMsgAttachmentData.h',
+    'nsMsgCompCID.h',
+]
+
diff --git a/mailnews/compose/public/nsIMsgAttachment.idl b/mailnews/compose/public/nsIMsgAttachment.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9a9c74859
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/compose/public/nsIMsgAttachment.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
+/* -*- Mode: idl; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+[scriptable, uuid(d17d2d60-ec3a-46de-8bd1-24c77dd9b87b)]
+interface nsIMsgAttachment : nsISupports {
+
+  /**
+   * name attribute
+   *
+   * @Attachment real name, will be sent with the attachment's header.
+   * @If no name has been provided, a name will be generated using the url.
+   */
+  attribute AString   name;
+
+  /**
+   * url attribute
+   *
+   * @specify where the attachment live (localy or remotely)
+   */
+  attribute AUTF8String  url;
+
+  /**
+   * urlCharset attribute
+   *
+   * @specify the Charset of url  (used to convert url to Unicode after 
+   *  unescaping)
+   */
+  attribute ACString    urlCharset;
+
+
+  /**
+   * temporary attribute
+   *
+   * @If set to true, the file pointed by the url will be destroyed when this object is destroyed.
+   * @This is only for local attachment.
+   */
+  attribute boolean temporary;
+
+  /**
+   * Are we storing this attachment via a cloud provider and linking to it?
+   */
+  attribute boolean sendViaCloud;
+
+  /**
+   * Cloud provider account key for this attachment, if any.
+   */
+  attribute ACString cloudProviderKey;
+
+  /**
+   * This allows the compose front end code to put whatever html annotation
+   * it wants for the cloud part, e.g., with expiration time, etc.
+   */
+  attribute AString htmlAnnotation;
+
+  /**
+   * contentLocation attribute
+   *
+   * @Specify the origin url of the attachment, used normally when attaching
+   * a locally saved html document, but also used for cloud files.
+   */
+  attribute ACString contentLocation;
+  
+  /**
+   * contentType attribute
+   *
+   * @Specify the content-type of the attachment, this does not include extra content-type parameters. If
+   * @you need to specify extra information, use contentTypeParam, charset, macType or macCreator.
+   * @If ommitted, it will be determined base on either the name, the url or the content of the file.
+   */
+  attribute string    contentType;
+
+  /**
+   * contentTypeParam attribute
+   *
+   * @Specify the any content-type parameter (other than the content-type itself, charset, macType or macCreator).
+   * @It will be added to the content-type during the send/save operation.
+   */
+  attribute string    contentTypeParam;
+  
+  /**
+   * charset attribute
+   *
+   * @Specify the charset of the attachment. It will be added to the content-type during the
+   * @send/save operation
+   * @If omitted, will be determined automatically (if possible).
+   */
+  attribute string    charset;
+
+  /**
+   * size attribute
+   *
+   * @Specify the size of the attachment.
+   */
+  attribute int64_t   size;
+
+  /**
+   * macType attribute
+   *
+   * @Specify the Mac file type of the attachment. It will be added to the content-type during the
+   * @send/save operation
+   * @If omitted, will be determined automatically on Macintosh OS.
+   */
+  attribute string    macType;
+
+  /**
+   * macCreator attribute
+   *
+   * @Specify the Mac file creator of the attachment. It will be added to the content-type during the
+   * @send/save operation
+   * @If omitted, will be determined automatically on Macintosh OS.
+   */
+  attribute string    macCreator;
+
+  /**
+    * equalsUrl
+    *
+    * @ determines if both attachments have the same url.
+    */
+  boolean equalsUrl(in nsIMsgAttachment attachment);
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/compose/public/nsIMsgAttachmentHandler.idl b/mailnews/compose/public/nsIMsgAttachmentHandler.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ac7c4f825
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/compose/public/nsIMsgAttachmentHandler.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+interface nsIFile;
+
+// This interface provides minimal XPCONNECT access to objects of type
+// nsMsgAttachmentHandler. This is primarily for use with new account
+// types and JsAccount, so this is probably not the interface that you
+// want if you are working with standard account types.
+
+[scriptable, uuid(1731283c-60fe-4102-a804-622a84cc1a08)]
+interface nsIMsgAttachmentHandler : nsISupports
+{
+  /// The real type, once we know it.
+  readonly attribute ACString type;
+
+  /// URI with link to the attachment.
+  readonly attribute ACString uri;
+
+  /// The temp file to which we save it.
+  readonly attribute nsIFile tmpFile;
+
+  /// The name for the headers, if different from the URL.
+  readonly attribute AUTF8String name;
+
+  /// Size of the attachment, in bytes.
+  readonly attribute unsigned long size;
+
+  /// This is for multipart/related Content-ID's.
+  readonly attribute ACString contentId;
+
+  /// True if this should be sent as a link to a file.
+  readonly attribute boolean sendViaCloud;
+
+  /// Name of the character set for the attachment.
+  readonly attribute ACString charset;
+
+  /// The encoding, once we've decided.
+  readonly attribute ACString encoding;
+
+  /// Whether the attachment has been encoded, for example to base64.
+  readonly attribute boolean alreadyEncoded;
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/compose/public/nsIMsgCompFields.idl b/mailnews/compose/public/nsIMsgCompFields.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5562457d9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/compose/public/nsIMsgCompFields.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "msgIStructuredHeaders.idl"
+
+interface nsIMsgAttachment;
+interface nsISimpleEnumerator;
+
+/**
+ * A collection of headers and other attributes for building a mail message.
+ */
+[scriptable, uuid(10928477-4F24-4357-9397-FBD847F46F0A)]
+interface nsIMsgCompFields : msgIWritableStructuredHeaders {
+
+  attribute AString from;
+  attribute AString replyTo;
+  attribute AString to;
+  attribute AString cc;
+  attribute AString bcc;
+  readonly attribute bool hasRecipients;
+
+  attribute AString fcc;
+  attribute AString fcc2;
+
+  attribute AString newsgroups;
+  attribute string  newspostUrl;
+  attribute AString followupTo;
+
+  attribute AString subject;
+
+  attribute AString organization;
+  attribute string  references;
+  attribute string  priority;
+  attribute string  messageId;
+  attribute string  characterSet;
+  readonly attribute string defaultCharacterSet;
+
+  attribute AString templateName;
+  attribute string  draftId;
+
+  attribute boolean returnReceipt;
+  attribute long receiptHeaderType;
+  attribute boolean DSN;
+  attribute boolean attachVCard;
+  attribute boolean forcePlainText;
+  attribute boolean useMultipartAlternative;
+  attribute boolean bodyIsAsciiOnly;
+  attribute boolean forceMsgEncoding;
+  /// Status of manually-activated attachment reminder.
+  attribute boolean attachmentReminder;
+  /// Delivery format for the mail being composed
+  /// (auto = 4, text = 1, html = 2, text and html = 3).
+  attribute long deliveryFormat;
+  attribute string contentLanguage;
+  /// This is populated with the key of the identity which created the draft or template.
+  attribute string creatorIdentityKey;
+
+  /**
+   * Beware that when setting this property, your body must be properly wrapped,
+   * and the line endings must match MSG_LINEBREAK, namely "\r\n" on Windows
+   * and "\n" on Linux and OSX.
+   */
+  attribute AString body;
+
+  readonly attribute nsISimpleEnumerator attachments;
+  void addAttachment(in nsIMsgAttachment attachment);
+  void removeAttachment(in nsIMsgAttachment attachment);
+  void removeAttachments();
+
+  /**
+   * This function will split the recipients into an array.
+   *
+   * @param aRecipients       The recipients list to split.
+   * @param aEmailAddressOnly Set to true to drop display names from the results
+   *                          array.
+   * @param aLength           The length of the aResult array.
+   * @param aResult           An array of the recipients.
+   */
+  void splitRecipients(in AString aRecipients, in boolean aEmailAddressOnly,
+                       out unsigned long aLength,
+                       [array, size_is(aLength), retval] out wstring aResult);
+
+  void ConvertBodyToPlainText();
+
+  /**
+   * Indicates whether we need to check if the current |DocumentCharset|
+   * can represent all the characters in the message body. It should be
+   * initialized to true and set to false when 'Send Anyway' is selected
+   * by a user. (bug 249530)
+   */
+  attribute boolean needToCheckCharset;
+
+  attribute nsISupports securityInfo;
+};
+
diff --git a/mailnews/compose/public/nsIMsgCompUtils.idl b/mailnews/compose/public/nsIMsgCompUtils.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6d37a8474
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/compose/public/nsIMsgCompUtils.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+#include "nsIMsgIdentity.idl"
+
+[scriptable, uuid(00b4569a-077e-4236-b993-980fd82bb948)]
+interface nsIMsgCompUtils : nsISupports {
+  string mimeMakeSeparator(in string prefix);
+  string msgGenerateMessageId(in nsIMsgIdentity identity);
+  readonly attribute boolean msgMimeConformToStandard;
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/compose/public/nsIMsgCompose.idl b/mailnews/compose/public/nsIMsgCompose.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cc98d2460
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/compose/public/nsIMsgCompose.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,307 @@
+/* -*- Mode: idl; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+#include "nsIMsgCompFields.idl"
+#include "nsIMsgComposeParams.idl"
+#include "nsIMsgSendListener.idl"
+
+%{C++
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+%}
+
+interface nsIMsgSend;
+interface nsIMsgIdentity;
+interface nsIMsgProgress;
+interface nsIDocShell;
+interface mozIDOMWindowProxy;
+interface nsIEditor;
+interface nsIMsgWindow;
+
+typedef long MSG_ComposeSaveType;
+
+[scriptable, uuid(6953e50a-7531-11d3-85fe-006008948010)]
+interface nsIMsgCompSaveType {
+    const long File     = 0;
+    const long Template = 1;
+    const long Draft    = 2;
+};
+
+typedef long MSG_DeliverMode;
+
+[scriptable, uuid(a9f27dd7-8f89-4de3-8fbf-41b789c16ee5)]
+interface nsIMsgCompDeliverMode {
+    const long Now = 0;
+    const long Later = 1;
+    const long Save = 2;
+    const long SaveAs = 3;
+    const long SaveAsDraft = 4;
+    const long SaveAsTemplate = 5;
+    const long SendUnsent = 6;
+    const long AutoSaveAsDraft = 7;
+    const long Background = 8;
+};
+
+[scriptable, uuid(f38ea280-e090-11d3-a449-e3153319347c)]
+interface nsIMsgCompSendFormat {
+    const long AskUser = 4;     /* Hack: Bug 44512. If this is 0 and passed
+                                   as results.action to the askSendFormat
+                                   dialog, the args object gets destroyed.*/
+    const long PlainText = 1;
+    const long HTML = 2;
+    const long Both = 3;
+};
+
+[scriptable, uuid(9638af92-1dd1-11b2-bef1-ca5fee0abc62)]
+interface nsIMsgCompConvertible/*ToTXT*/ {
+    const long Plain = 1;  // Like 4.x: Only <html>, <p>, <br>, ...
+    const long Yes = 2;  // *Minor* alterations of the look: <ol>, <dd>, ...
+    const long Altering = 3;  /* Look altered: <strong>, <i>, <h1>, ...
+                                 Can be expressed in plaintext, but not in
+                                 the way it looked in the HTML composer. */
+    const long No = 4;  /* Will lose data: <font>, ...
+                           Really *requires* visual formatting or
+                           is not supported by our HTML->TXT converter. */
+    /* The values here have meaning, they are "levels":
+       convertible({a; b}) == max(convertible({a}), convertible({b}))
+       must be true, i.e. the higher value counts. */
+};
+
+[scriptable, uuid(6ce49b2a-07dc-4783-b307-9a355423163f)]
+interface nsIMsgComposeStateListener : nsISupports
+{
+	/* ... */
+	void        NotifyComposeFieldsReady();
+	void        ComposeProcessDone(in nsresult aResult);
+	void        SaveInFolderDone(in string folderName);
+	void        NotifyComposeBodyReady();
+};
+
+[scriptable, uuid(061aae23-7e0a-4818-9a15-1b5db3ceb7f4)]
+interface nsIMsgComposeNotificationType
+{
+    const long ComposeFieldsReady = 0;
+    const long ComposeProcessDone = 1;
+    const long SaveInFolderDone   = 2;
+    const long ComposeBodyReady   = 3;
+};
+
+native nsString(nsString);
+[ref] native nsStringRef(nsString);
+
+[scriptable, uuid(c6544b6b-06dd-43ac-89b5-949d7c81bb7b)]
+interface nsIMsgCompose : nsIMsgSendListener {
+
+  /**
+   * Initializes the msg compose object.
+   *
+   * @param aParams   An nsIMsgComposeParams object containing the initial
+   *                  details for the compose.
+   * @param aWindow   The optional window associated with this compose object.
+   * @param aDocShell The optional docShell of the editor element that is used
+   *                  for composing.
+   */
+  void initialize(in nsIMsgComposeParams aParams,
+                  [optional] in mozIDOMWindowProxy aWindow,
+                  [optional] in nsIDocShell aDocShell); 
+
+  /* ... */
+  void SetDocumentCharset(in string charset);
+  
+  /* ... */
+  void RegisterStateListener(in nsIMsgComposeStateListener stateListener);
+
+  /* ... */
+  void UnregisterStateListener(in nsIMsgComposeStateListener stateListener);
+
+  /* ... */
+  void SendMsg(in MSG_DeliverMode deliverMode, in nsIMsgIdentity identity, in string accountKey, in nsIMsgWindow aMsgWindow, in nsIMsgProgress progress);
+
+  /**
+   * After all Compose preparations are complete, send the prepared message to
+   * the server. This exists primarily to allow an override of the sending to
+   * use a non-SMTP method for send.
+   *
+   * @param deliverMode One of the nsIMsgCompDeliverMode values.
+   * @param identity The message identity.
+   * @param accountKey The message account key.
+   */
+  void sendMsgToServer(in MSG_DeliverMode deliverMode,
+                       in nsIMsgIdentity identity,
+                       in string accountKey);
+
+  /* ... */
+  void CloseWindow();
+
+  /* ... */
+  void abort();
+    
+  /* ... */
+  void quoteMessage(in string msgURI);
+
+  /*
+    AttachmentPrettyName will return only the leafName if the it's a file URL.
+    It will also convert the filename to Unicode assuming it's in  the file system 
+    charset. In case of URL, |charset| parameter will be used in the conversion.
+    This UI utility function should probably go into it's own class
+  */
+  AUTF8String AttachmentPrettyName(in AUTF8String url, in string charset);
+
+  /**
+   * Expand all mailing lists in the relevant compose fields to include the
+   * members of their output. This method will additionally update the
+   * popularity field of cards in the addressing header.
+   */
+  void expandMailingLists();
+
+  /**
+   * Returns how we should send this message in terms of HTML, plaintext, or
+   * both. Note that this method should not be called until after mailing lists
+   * have been expanded if correct results are desired.
+   *
+   * @param aConvertible The convertability of the body (from
+   *                     nsIMsgCompConvertible).
+   * @return             The HTML action to use (from nsIMsgCompSendFormat).
+   */
+  long determineHTMLAction(in long aConvertible);
+
+  /**
+   * The level of "convertibility" of the message body (whole HTML document)
+   * to plaintext.
+   *
+   * @return a value from nsIMsgCompConvertible.
+   */
+  long bodyConvertible();
+
+  /**
+   * The identity currently selected for the message compose object. When set
+   * this may change the signature on a message being composed. Note that
+   * typically SendMsg will be called with the same identity as is set here, but
+   * if it is different the SendMsg version will overwrite this identity.
+   */
+  attribute nsIMsgIdentity identity;
+
+  /* Check if the composing mail headers (and identity) can be converted to a mail charset.
+  */
+  boolean checkCharsetConversion(in nsIMsgIdentity identity, out string fallbackCharset);
+
+  /* The message send object. This is created by default to be the SMTP server
+   * in sendMsgToServer, but if that method is overridden, set the actual
+   * value used here.
+   */
+  attribute nsIMsgSend messageSend;
+
+  /*
+   * Clear the messageSend object to break any circular references
+   */
+   void clearMessageSend();
+
+  /* ... */
+  attribute nsIEditor editor;
+
+	/* ... */
+  readonly attribute mozIDOMWindowProxy domWindow;
+
+	/* ... */
+  readonly attribute nsIMsgCompFields compFields;
+    
+	/* ... */
+  readonly attribute boolean composeHTML;
+
+	/* ... */
+  attribute MSG_ComposeType type;
+
+	/* ... */
+  readonly attribute long wrapLength;
+
+  /* by reading this value, you can determine if yes or not the message has been mofified
+     by the user. When you set this value to false, you reset the modification count
+     of the body to 0 (clean).
+  */
+  attribute boolean bodyModified;
+
+  /* The body string is stored as a byte string in comp fields, but is converted to
+   * UTF16 when fetched by GetBody(). Fetch the body without conversion.
+   */
+  readonly attribute ACString bodyRaw;
+
+  /**
+   *  Init the editor THIS USED TO BE [noscript]
+   *  Now, this is called after editor is created,
+   *  which is triggered by loading startup url from JS.
+   *  The completion of document loading is detected by observing 
+   *  the "obs_documentCreated" command
+   */
+  void initEditor(in nsIEditor editor, in mozIDOMWindowProxy contentWindow);
+
+  /* The following functions are for internal use, essentially for the listener */
+
+  /* ... */
+  [noscript] void setCiteReference(in nsString citeReference);
+
+  /* Set the URI of the folder where the message has been saved */
+  attribute string savedFolderURI;
+
+  /* Append the signature defined in the identity to the msgBody */
+  [noscript] void processSignature(in nsIMsgIdentity identity,
+                                   in boolean aQuoted,
+                                   inout nsString aMsgBody);
+
+  /* set any reply flags on the original message's folder */
+  [noscript] void processReplyFlags();
+  [noscript] void rememberQueuedDisposition();
+
+  /* ... */
+  [noscript] void convertAndLoadComposeWindow(in nsStringRef aPrefix,
+                                              in nsStringRef aBuf, 
+                                              in nsStringRef aSignature,
+                                              in boolean aQuoted,
+                                              in boolean aHTMLEditor);
+
+  /* Tell the doc state listeners that the doc state has changed
+   * aNotificationType is from nsIMsgComposeNotificationType
+   */
+  [noscript] void notifyStateListeners(in long aNotificationType, in nsresult aResult);
+
+  /* Retreive the progress object */
+  readonly attribute nsIMsgProgress progress;
+  
+	/* ... */
+  [noscript] void buildBodyMessageAndSignature();
+  
+	/* ... */
+  [noscript] void buildQuotedMessageAndSignature();
+
+ 	/* ... */
+  [noscript] void getQuotingToFollow(out boolean quotingToFollow);
+
+  readonly attribute string originalMsgURI;
+
+  attribute boolean deleteDraft;
+
+  /* true when the compose window is in the process of inserting quoted content
+     (i.e. via reply, forward inline or a quoting operation) into the document 
+   */
+  attribute boolean insertingQuotedContent;
+
+  /* for easier use of nsIMsgSendListener */
+  void addMsgSendListener(in nsIMsgSendListener sendListener);
+
+  /* for easier use of nsIMsgSendListener */
+  void removeMsgSendListener(in nsIMsgSendListener sendListener);
+
+  /// Access during mail-set-sender observer if needed, see nsIMsgCompDeliverMode.
+  readonly attribute MSG_DeliverMode deliverMode;
+
+};
+
+/* send listener interface */
+[scriptable, uuid(ad6ee068-b225-47f9-a50e-8e48440282ca)]
+interface nsIMsgComposeSendListener : nsISupports {
+
+  void setMsgCompose(in nsIMsgCompose msgCompose);
+  void setDeliverMode(in MSG_DeliverMode deliverMode);
+ 
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/compose/public/nsIMsgComposeParams.idl b/mailnews/compose/public/nsIMsgComposeParams.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..87c15eac3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/compose/public/nsIMsgComposeParams.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+#include "nsIMsgIdentity.idl"
+#include "nsIMsgCompFields.idl"
+#include "nsIMsgSendListener.idl"
+
+interface nsIMsgDBHdr;
+typedef long MSG_ComposeType;
+
+[scriptable, uuid(c7035852-7531-11d3-9a73-006008948010)]
+interface nsIMsgCompType {
+    const long New                      = 0;
+    const long Reply                    = 1;
+    const long ReplyAll                 = 2;
+    const long ForwardAsAttachment      = 3;
+    const long ForwardInline            = 4;
+    const long NewsPost                 = 5;
+    const long ReplyToSender            = 6;
+    const long ReplyToGroup             = 7;
+    const long ReplyToSenderAndGroup    = 8;
+    const long Draft                    = 9;
+    const long Template                 = 10;
+    const long MailToUrl                = 11;
+    const long ReplyWithTemplate        = 12;
+    const long ReplyToList              = 13;
+
+    /** 
+     * Will resend the original message keeping the Subject and the body the
+     * same, and will set the Reply-To: header to the sender of the original
+     * message.  This gets the redirector "out of the loop" because replies
+     * to the message will go to the original sender.  This is not the same
+     * as the Resent mechanism described in section 3.6.6 of RFC 2822, and
+     * so therefore does not use Resent-* headers.
+     */
+    const long Redirect                 = 14;
+
+    /**
+     * Add this value to a reply type to suppress quoting the current selection
+     * which may not belong to the message being replied to.
+     */
+    const long ReplyIgnoreQuote         = 100;
+};
+
+
+typedef long MSG_ComposeFormat;
+
+[scriptable, uuid(a28325e8-7531-11d3-8f1c-006008948010)]
+interface nsIMsgCompFormat {
+    const long Default                  = 0;
+    const long HTML                     = 1;
+    const long PlainText                = 2;
+    const long OppositeOfDefault        = 3;
+};
+
+
+[scriptable, uuid(930895f2-d610-43f4-9e3c-25e1d1fe4143)]
+interface nsIMsgComposeParams : nsISupports {
+  attribute MSG_ComposeType       type;
+  attribute MSG_ComposeFormat     format;
+  attribute string                originalMsgURI;
+  attribute nsIMsgIdentity        identity;
+
+  attribute nsIMsgCompFields      composeFields;
+  attribute boolean               bodyIsLink;
+
+  attribute nsIMsgSendListener	  sendListener;
+  attribute string                smtpPassword;
+  attribute nsIMsgDBHdr           origMsgHdr;
+
+  /**
+   * HTML-formatted content to quote in the body of the message.
+   * Set this to get different content than what would normally
+   * appear in the body, e.g. the original message body in a reply.
+   */
+  attribute AUTF8String           htmlToQuote;
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/compose/public/nsIMsgComposeProgressParams.idl b/mailnews/compose/public/nsIMsgComposeProgressParams.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f3bb301bd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/compose/public/nsIMsgComposeProgressParams.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+#include "nsIMsgCompose.idl"
+
+[scriptable, uuid(1e0e7c00-3e4c-11d5-9daa-f88d288130fc)]
+interface nsIMsgComposeProgressParams: nsISupports {
+
+  /* message subject */
+  attribute wstring subject;
+  
+  /* delivery mode */
+  attribute MSG_DeliverMode deliveryMode;
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/compose/public/nsIMsgComposeSecure.idl b/mailnews/compose/public/nsIMsgComposeSecure.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..20981bea4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/compose/public/nsIMsgComposeSecure.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsIMsgSendReport.idl"
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+interface nsIMsgCompFields;
+interface nsIMsgIdentity;
+interface nsIOutputStream;
+
+/* Security interface */
+[scriptable, uuid(245f2adc-410e-4bdb-91e2-a7bb42d61787)]
+interface nsIMsgComposeSecure : nsISupports 
+{
+    // requiresCryptoEncapsulation --> returns true if the current message send requires us to go through
+	// some encryption work. In the case of false, you can disregard the compose secure object.
+    boolean requiresCryptoEncapsulation(in nsIMsgIdentity aIdentity, in nsIMsgCompFields aCompFields);
+
+    void beginCryptoEncapsulation(in nsIOutputStream aStream, in string aRecipients, in nsIMsgCompFields aCompFields, in nsIMsgIdentity aIdentity, in nsIMsgSendReport sendReport, in boolean aIsDraft);
+    void finishCryptoEncapsulation(in boolean aAbort, in nsIMsgSendReport sendReport);
+    void mimeCryptoWriteBlock(in string aBuf, in long aLen);
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/compose/public/nsIMsgComposeService.idl b/mailnews/compose/public/nsIMsgComposeService.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ce8cf4a1b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/compose/public/nsIMsgComposeService.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+#include "nsIMsgCompose.idl"
+#include "nsIMsgComposeParams.idl"
+
+interface nsIURI;
+interface nsIDocShell;
+interface nsIMsgWindow;
+interface nsIMsgIdentity;
+interface nsIMsgIncomingServer;
+interface nsIMsgDBHdr;
+
+[scriptable, uuid(041782bf-e523-444b-a268-d90868fd2b50)]
+interface nsIMsgComposeService : nsISupports {
+
+  /* we need a msg window because when we forward inline we may need progress */
+  void OpenComposeWindow(in string msgComposeWindowURL,
+                         in nsIMsgDBHdr msgHdr,
+                         in string originalMsgURI,
+                         in MSG_ComposeType type, 
+                         in MSG_ComposeFormat format,
+                         in nsIMsgIdentity identity, 
+                         in nsIMsgWindow aMsgWindow);
+
+  /**
+   * Open a compose window given a mailto url and (optionally) an identity.
+   *
+   * @param aMsgComposeWindowURL Can be null in most cases. If you have your
+   *                             own chrome url you want to use in bringing up a
+   *                             compose window, pass it in here.
+   * @param aURI                 The mailto url you want to use as the
+   *                             foundation for the data inside the compose
+   *                             window.
+   * @param aIdentity            An optional identity to send the message from.
+   */
+  void OpenComposeWindowWithURI(in string msgComposeWindowURL,
+                                in nsIURI aURI,
+                                [optional] in nsIMsgIdentity aIdentity);
+
+  /* ... */
+  void OpenComposeWindowWithParams(in string msgComposeWindowURL, in nsIMsgComposeParams params);
+
+  /**
+   * Creates an nsIMsgCompose instance and initalizes it.
+   *
+   * @param aParams   An nsIMsgComposeParams object containing the initial
+   *                  details for the compose.
+   * @param aWindow   The optional window associated with this compose object.
+   * @param aDocShell The optional docShell of the editor element that is used
+   *                  for composing.
+   */
+  nsIMsgCompose initCompose(in nsIMsgComposeParams aParams,
+                            [optional] in mozIDOMWindowProxy aWindow,
+                            [optional] in nsIDocShell aDocShell);
+
+  /**
+  * defaultIdentity
+  *
+  * @return the default identity, in case no identity has been setup yet, will return null
+  */
+  readonly attribute nsIMsgIdentity defaultIdentity;
+
+  /* This function is use for debugging purpose only and may go away at anytime without warning */
+  void TimeStamp(in string label, in boolean resetTime);  
+  
+  /* This attribute is use for debugging purposes for determining whether to PR_LOG or not */
+  readonly attribute boolean logComposePerformance;
+
+  [noscript] boolean determineComposeHTML(in nsIMsgIdentity aIdentity, in MSG_ComposeFormat aFormat);
+
+  /** 
+   * given a mailto url, parse the attributes and turn them into a nsIMsgComposeParams object
+   * @return nsIMsgComposeParams which corresponds to the passed in mailto url
+   */
+  nsIMsgComposeParams getParamsForMailto(in nsIURI aURI); 
+
+  /**
+   * @{
+   * These constants control how to forward messages in forwardMessage.
+   * kForwardAsDefault uses value of pref "mail.forward_message_mode".
+   */
+  const unsigned long kForwardAsDefault = 0;
+  const unsigned long kForwardAsAttachment = 1;
+  const unsigned long kForwardInline = 2;
+  /** @} */
+
+  /**
+   * Allow filters to automatically forward a message to the given address(es).
+   * @param forwardTo the address(es) to forward to
+   * @param msgHdr the header of the message being replied to
+   * @param msgWindow message window to use
+   * @param server server to use for determining which account to send from
+   * @param aForwardType - How to forward the message one of 3 values:
+   *                       kForwardAsDefault, kForwardInline, or
+   *                       kForwardAsAttachment.
+   */
+  void forwardMessage(in AString forwardTo, in nsIMsgDBHdr msgHdr,
+                      in nsIMsgWindow msgWindow, in nsIMsgIncomingServer server,
+                      in unsigned long aForwardType);
+
+  /**
+   * Allow filters to automatically reply to a message. The reply message is
+   * based on the given template.
+   * @param msgHdr the header of the message being replied to
+   * @param templateUri uri of the template to base ther reply on
+   * @param msgWindow message window to use
+   * @param server server to use for determining which account to send from
+   */
+  void replyWithTemplate(in nsIMsgDBHdr msgHdr, in string templateUri,
+                         in nsIMsgWindow msgWindow, in nsIMsgIncomingServer server);
+
+  /** 
+   * The docShell of each editor element used for composing should be registered
+   * with this service. docShells passed to initCompose get registered
+   * automatically. The registrations are typically used to get the msgCompose
+   * window when determining what remote content to allow to be displayed.
+   *
+   * @param aDocShell The nsIDocShell of the editor element. 
+   * @param aMsgCompose The compose object associated with the compose window
+   */
+  void registerComposeDocShell(in nsIDocShell aDocShell,
+                               in nsIMsgCompose aMsgCompose);
+
+  /** 
+   * When an editor docShell is being closed, you should
+   * unregister it from this service. nsIMsgCompose normally calls this
+   * automatically for items passed to initCompose.
+   *
+   * @param aDocShell The nsIDocShell of the editor element. 
+   */
+  void unregisterComposeDocShell(in nsIDocShell aDocShell);
+  
+  /**
+   * For a given docShell, returns the nsIMsgCompose object associated with it.
+   *
+   * @param aDocShell The nsIDocShell of the editor element. 
+   *
+   * @return NS_ERROR_FAILURE if we could not find a nsIMsgCompose for
+   *         the passed in docShell.
+   */
+  nsIMsgCompose getMsgComposeForDocShell(in nsIDocShell aDocShell);
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/compose/public/nsIMsgQuote.idl b/mailnews/compose/public/nsIMsgQuote.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9ec330d8e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/compose/public/nsIMsgQuote.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+#include "nsIMsgQuotingOutputStreamListener.idl"
+#include "nsIChannel.idl"
+#include "nsIMimeStreamConverter.idl"
+
+interface nsIMsgDBHdr;
+
+[scriptable, uuid(f79b1d55-f546-4ed5-9f75-9428e35c4eff)]
+interface nsIMsgQuote : nsISupports {
+
+ /**
+  * Quote a particular message specified by its URI.
+  *
+  * @param charset optional parameter - if set, force the message to be
+  *                quoted using this particular charset
+  */
+  void quoteMessage(in string msgURI, in boolean quoteHeaders,
+                    in nsIMsgQuotingOutputStreamListener streamListener,
+                    in string charset, in boolean headersOnly,
+                    in nsIMsgDBHdr aOrigHdr);
+
+  readonly attribute nsIMimeStreamConverterListener quoteListener;
+  readonly attribute nsIChannel quoteChannel;
+  readonly attribute nsIMsgQuotingOutputStreamListener streamListener;
+};
+
+[scriptable, uuid(1EC75AD9-88DE-11d3-989D-001083010E9B)]
+interface nsIMsgQuoteListener : nsIMimeStreamConverterListener
+{
+  attribute nsIMsgQuote msgQuote;
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/compose/public/nsIMsgQuotingOutputStreamListener.idl b/mailnews/compose/public/nsIMsgQuotingOutputStreamListener.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ac86361ab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/compose/public/nsIMsgQuotingOutputStreamListener.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsIStreamListener.idl"
+
+interface nsIMimeHeaders;
+
+[scriptable, uuid(1fe345e6-2428-4a43-a0c6-d2acea0d4da4)]
+interface nsIMsgQuotingOutputStreamListener : nsIStreamListener {
+
+    // The headers are used to fill in the reply's compose fields
+    void setMimeHeaders(in nsIMimeHeaders headers);
+
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/compose/public/nsIMsgSend.idl b/mailnews/compose/public/nsIMsgSend.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d1bda4abf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/compose/public/nsIMsgSend.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,405 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/*
+ * The nsIMsgSend method will create an RFC822 message and send it all in one operation 
+ * as well as providing the ability to save disk files for later use. The mode of delivery 
+ * can also be specified for the "Send Later", "Drafts" and "Templates" operations. (NOTE: 
+ * This method could easily be broken in to a few different calls. Currently, this method 
+ * does several functions depending on the arguments passed in, but this could easily lead 
+ * to confusion. This is something that very well may change as time allows). 
+ */
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+#include "nsrootidl.idl"
+#include "nsIMsgIdentity.idl"
+#include "nsIMsgCompFields.idl"
+#include "nsIMsgSendListener.idl"
+#include "nsIMsgSendReport.idl"
+#include "domstubs.idl"
+#include "nsIPrompt.idl"
+#include "MailNewsTypes2.idl"
+#include "nsIMsgComposeParams.idl"
+
+interface nsIMsgProgress;
+interface nsIURI;
+interface nsIRequest;
+interface nsIMsgDBHdr;
+interface nsIMsgHdr;
+interface nsIFile;
+interface nsIOutputStream;
+interface nsIMsgComposeSecure;
+interface nsIMsgStatusFeedback;
+interface nsIEditor;
+interface nsIArray;
+interface nsIMsgAttachmentHandler;
+interface mozIDOMWindowProxy;
+
+typedef long nsMsgDeliverMode;
+
+[scriptable, uuid(c658cd1f-dc4a-43c0-911c-c6d3e569ca7e)]
+interface nsIMsgAttachmentData : nsISupports
+{
+  /// The URL to attach.
+  attribute nsIURI url;
+
+  /**
+   * The type to which this document should be
+   * converted.  Legal values are NULL, TEXT_PLAIN
+   * and APPLICATION_POSTSCRIPT (which are macros
+   * defined in net.h); other values are ignored.
+   */
+  attribute ACString desiredType;
+
+  /**
+   * The type of the URL if known, otherwise empty. For example, if
+   * you were attaching a temp file which was known to contain HTML data,
+   * you would pass in TEXT_HTML as the realType, to override whatever type
+   * the name of the tmp file might otherwise indicate.
+   */
+  attribute ACString realType;
+
+  /// Goes along with real_type.
+  attribute ACString realEncoding; 
+
+  /**
+   * The original name of this document, which will eventually show up in the
+   * Content-Disposition header. For example, if you had copied a document to a
+   * tmp file, this would be the original, human-readable name of the document.
+   */
+  attribute ACString realName;
+  /**
+   * If you put a string here, it will show up as the Content-Description
+   * header. This can be any explanatory text; it's not a file name.
+   */
+  attribute ACString description;
+
+  /// mac-specific info
+  attribute ACString xMacType;
+
+  /// mac-specific info
+  attribute ACString xMacCreator;
+};
+
+/**
+ * When we have downloaded a URL to a tmp file for attaching, this
+ * represents everything we learned about it (and did to it) in the
+ * process.
+ */
+[scriptable, uuid(c552345d-c74b-40b0-a673-79bb461e920b)]
+interface nsIMsgAttachedFile : nsISupports
+{
+  /// Where it came from on the network (or even elsewhere on the local disk.)
+  attribute nsIURI origUrl;
+
+  /// The tmp file in which the (possibly converted) data now resides.
+  attribute nsIFile tmpFile;
+
+  /// The type of the data in file_name (not necessarily the same as the type of orig_url.)
+  attribute ACString type;
+
+  /**
+   * The encoding of the tmp file. This will be set only if the original
+   * document had an encoding already; we don't do base64 encoding and so forth
+   * until it's time to assemble a full MIME message of all parts.
+   */
+  attribute ACString encoding;
+  /// For Content-Description header.
+  attribute ACString description;
+
+  /// X-Mozilla-Cloud-Part, if any.
+  attribute ACString cloudPartInfo;
+
+  attribute ACString xMacType;    // mac-specific info 
+  attribute ACString xMacCreator; // mac-specific info 
+  attribute ACString realName;      // The real name of the file. 
+
+  /**
+   * Some statistics about the data that was written to the file, so that when
+   * it comes time to compose a MIME message, we can make an informed decision
+   * about what Content-Transfer-Encoding would be best for this attachment.
+   * (If it's encoded already, we ignore this information and ship it as-is.)
+   */
+  attribute unsigned long size;
+  attribute unsigned long unprintableCount;
+  attribute unsigned long highbitCount;
+  attribute unsigned long ctlCount;
+  attribute unsigned long nullCount;
+  attribute unsigned long maxLineLength;
+};
+
+/**
+ * This interface is used by Outlook import to shuttle embedded
+ * image information over to nsIMsgSend's createRFC822Message method via
+ * the aEmbbeddedObjects parameter.
+ */
+[scriptable, uuid(5d2c6554-b4c8-4d68-b864-50e0df929707)]
+interface nsIMsgEmbeddedImageData : nsISupports
+{
+  attribute nsIURI uri;
+  attribute ACString cid;
+  attribute ACString name;
+};
+
+%{ C++
+// Forward declaration
+class nsMsgAttachmentHandler;
+#include "nsAutoPtr.h"
+#include "nsTArray.h"
+%}
+
+[ptr] native nsMsgAttachedFile(nsMsgAttachedFile);
+[ptr] native nsMsgAttachmentHandlerArray(nsTArray<RefPtr<nsMsgAttachmentHandler>>);
+
+[scriptable, uuid(747fdfa2-1754-4282-ab26-1e55fd8de13c)]
+interface nsIMsgSend : nsISupports
+{
+  //
+  // This is the primary interface for creating and sending RFC822 messages
+  // in the new architecture. Currently, this method supports many arguments
+  // that change the behavior of the operation. This will change in time to 
+  // be separate calls that will be more singluar in nature.
+  //
+  // NOTE: when aEditor is non-null, a multipart related MHTML message will 
+  // be created
+  //
+
+  /// Send the message straight away.
+  const nsMsgDeliverMode nsMsgDeliverNow = 0;
+  /**
+   * Queue the message for sending later, but then wait for the user to
+   * request to send it.
+   */
+  const nsMsgDeliverMode nsMsgQueueForLater = 1;
+  const nsMsgDeliverMode nsMsgSave = 2;
+  const nsMsgDeliverMode nsMsgSaveAs = 3;
+  const nsMsgDeliverMode nsMsgSaveAsDraft = 4;
+  const nsMsgDeliverMode nsMsgSaveAsTemplate = 5;
+  const nsMsgDeliverMode nsMsgSendUnsent = 6;
+
+  /// Queue the message in the unsent folder and send it in the background.
+  const nsMsgDeliverMode nsMsgDeliverBackground = 8;
+
+  /**
+   * Create an rfc822 message and send it.
+   * @param aEditor nsIEditor instance that contains message. May be a dummy,
+   *                especially in the case of import.
+   * @param aUserIdentity identity to send from.
+   * @param aAccountKey account we're sending message from. May be null.
+   * @param aFields composition fields from addressing widget
+   * @param aIsDigest is this a digest message?
+   * @param aDontDeliver Set to false by the import code - used when we're
+   *                     trying to create a message from parts.
+   * @param aMode delivery mode
+   * @param aMsgToReplace e.g., when saving a draft over an old draft. May be 0
+   * @param aBodyType content type of message body
+   * @param aBody message body text (should have native line endings)
+   * @param aAttachments Array of nsIMsgAttachmentData
+   * @param aPreloadedAttachments Array of nsIMsgAttachedFile
+   * @param aParentWindow compose window; may be null.
+   * @param aProgress where to send progress info; may be null.
+   * @param aListener optional listener for send progress
+   * @param aPassword optional smtp server password
+   * @param aOriginalMsgURI may be null.
+   * @param aType see nsIMsgComposeParams.idl
+   */
+    void createAndSendMessage(in nsIEditor aEditor,
+                              in nsIMsgIdentity aUserIdentity,
+                              in string aAccountKey,
+                              in nsIMsgCompFields aFields,
+                              in boolean aIsDigest,
+                              in boolean aDontDeliver,
+                              in nsMsgDeliverMode aMode,
+                              in nsIMsgDBHdr aMsgToReplace,
+                              in string aBodyType,
+                              in ACString aBody,
+                              in nsIArray aAttachments,
+                              in nsIArray aPreloadedAttachments,
+                              in mozIDOMWindowProxy aParentWindow,
+                              in nsIMsgProgress aProgress,
+                              in nsIMsgSendListener aListener,
+                              in string aPassword,
+                              in AUTF8String aOriginalMsgURI,
+                              in MSG_ComposeType aType);
+
+  /**
+   * Creates a file containing an rfc822 message, using the passed information.
+   * aListener's OnStopSending method will get called with the file the message
+   * was stored in. OnStopSending may be called sync or async, depending on
+   * content, so you need to handle both cases.
+   *
+   * @param aUserIdentity    The user identity to use for sending this email.
+   * @param aFields          An nsIMsgCompFields object containing information
+   *                         on who to send the message to.
+   * @param aBodyType content type of message body
+   * @param aBody message body text (should have native line endings)
+   * @param aCreateAsDraft If true, this message will be put in a drafts folder
+   * @param aAttachments Array of nsIMsgAttachmentData
+   * @param aEmbeddedObjects Array of nsIDomNode objects for MHTML messages.
+   *                         Primarily used for embedded images.
+   *                         Almost all methods can be noops, but
+   *                         GetNodeValue should return the
+   *                         cid of the embedded object.
+   * @param aListener listener for msg creation progress and resulting file.
+   */
+  void createRFC822Message(in nsIMsgIdentity aUserIdentity,
+                           in nsIMsgCompFields aFields,
+                           in string aBodyType,
+                           in ACString aBody,
+                           in boolean aCreateAsDraft,
+                           in nsIArray aAttachments,
+                           in nsIArray aEmbeddedObjects,
+                           in nsIMsgSendListener aListener);
+
+  /**
+   * Sends a file to the specified composition fields, via the user identity
+   * provided.
+   *
+   * @param aUserIdentity    The user identity to use for sending this email.
+   * @param aAccountKey      The key of the account that this message relates
+   *                         to.
+   * @param aFields          An nsIMsgCompFields object containing information
+   *                         on who to send the message to.
+   * @param aSendIFile       A reference to the file to send.
+   * @param aDeleteSendFileOnCompletion
+   *                         Set to true if you want the send file deleted once
+   *                         the message has been sent.
+   * @param aDigest_p        If this is a multipart message, this param
+   *                         specifies whether the message is in digest or mixed
+   *                         format.
+   * @param aMode            The delivery mode for sending the message (see
+   *                         above for values).
+   * @param aMsgToReplace    A message header representing a message to be
+   *                         replaced by the one sent, this param may be null.
+   * @param aListener        An nsIMsgSendListener to receive feedback on the
+   *                         current send status. This parameter can also
+   *                         support the nsIMsgCopyServiceListener interface to
+   *                         receive notifications of copy finishing e.g. after
+   *                         saving a message to the sent mail folder.
+   *                         This param may be null.
+   * @param aStatusFeedback  A feedback listener for slightly different feedback
+   *                         on the message send status. This param may be null.
+   * @param aPassword        Pass this in to prevent a dialog if the password
+   *                         is needed for secure transmission.
+   */
+  void sendMessageFile(in nsIMsgIdentity       aUserIdentity,
+                       in string               aAccountKey,
+                       in nsIMsgCompFields     aFields,
+                       in nsIFile              aSendIFile,
+                       in boolean              aDeleteSendFileOnCompletion,
+                       in boolean              aDigest_p,
+                       in nsMsgDeliverMode     aMode,
+                       in nsIMsgDBHdr          aMsgToReplace,
+                       in nsIMsgSendListener   aListener,
+                       in nsIMsgStatusFeedback aStatusFeedback,
+                       in string               aPassword
+                       ); 
+
+    /* Abort current send/save operation */
+    void abort();
+
+    /**
+     * Report a send failure.
+     *
+     * @param aFailureCode     The failure code of the send operation. See
+     *                         nsComposeStrings.h for possible values. NS_OK is a possible
+     *                         value as well; if passed, the function won't prompt the user     *                         but will still about the session.
+     * @param aErrorMsg        The appropriate error string for the failure.
+     * @result                 A modified result value in the case a user action results in
+     *                         a different way to handle the failure.
+     */
+    nsresult fail(in nsresult aFailureCode, in wstring aErrorMsg);
+
+    /* Disable UI notification (alert message) */
+    void setGUINotificationState(in boolean aEnableFlag);
+
+    /* Crypto */
+    void BeginCryptoEncapsulation();
+
+    /* retreive the last send process report*/
+    readonly attribute nsIMsgSendReport sendReport; 
+
+    /* methods for send listener ... */
+    void notifyListenerOnStartSending(in string aMsgID, in unsigned long aMsgSize);
+    void notifyListenerOnProgress(in string aMsgID, in unsigned long aProgress, in unsigned long aProgressMax);
+    void notifyListenerOnStatus(in string aMsgID, in wstring aMsg);
+    void notifyListenerOnStopSending(in string aMsgID, in nsresult aStatus, in wstring aMsg, in nsIFile returnFile);
+    void deliverAsMailExit(in nsIURI aUrl, in nsresult aExitCode);
+    void deliverAsNewsExit(in nsIURI aUrl, in nsresult aExitCode);
+    
+    void sendDeliveryCallback(in nsIURI aUrl, in boolean inIsNewsDelivery, in nsresult aExitCode);
+
+    /* methods for copy listener ... */
+    void notifyListenerOnStartCopy(); 
+    void notifyListenerOnProgressCopy(in unsigned long aProgress, in unsigned long aProgressMax);
+    void notifyListenerOnStopCopy(in nsresult aStatus);
+    void getMessageId(out ACString messageID);
+    /// When saving as draft, the folder uri we saved to.
+    readonly attribute ACString folderUri;
+
+    /**
+     * After a draft is saved, use this to get the mime part number for the dom
+     * node in the editor embedded object list with the passed in index.
+     *
+     * @param aDomIndex - index in the editor dom embedded object list of
+     * the part we're interested in. These are generally images.
+     *
+     * @return the mime part number for that object.
+     */
+    ACString getPartForDomIndex(in long aDomIndex);
+
+    attribute nsMsgKey messageKey;
+
+    nsIPrompt getDefaultPrompt();
+
+    /* process attachment */
+    void gatherMimeAttachments();
+    readonly attribute boolean processAttachmentsSynchronously;
+    [noscript] nsMsgAttachmentHandlerArray getAttachmentHandlers();
+    readonly attribute unsigned long attachmentCount;
+    attribute unsigned long pendingAttachmentCount;
+    readonly attribute nsMsgDeliverMode deliveryMode;
+
+    nsIMsgProgress getProgress();
+
+    nsIOutputStream getOutputStream();
+
+    attribute nsIRequest runningRequest;
+
+    attribute nsresult status;
+
+    attribute nsIMsgComposeSecure cryptoclosure;
+
+    /// Access the local copy of the composition fields.
+    readonly attribute nsIMsgCompFields sendCompFields;
+
+    /// The message body.
+    readonly attribute AString sendBody;
+
+    /// The type of the message body (typically text/plain or text/html).
+    readonly attribute ACString sendBodyType;
+
+    /// The identity to use to send the message.
+    readonly attribute nsIMsgIdentity identity;
+
+    /**
+     * Get a handler for an attachment by its index.
+     * The lifetime of the attachment is dependent on the existence
+     * of the underlying send object, so do not hold onto these
+     * attachment handlers.
+     *
+     * @param index  Index used to specify a particular attachment.
+     *
+     * @return       Attachment handler with information about the attachment.
+     */
+    nsIMsgAttachmentHandler getAttachment(in unsigned long index);
+
+    /// The folder name to which the message will be saved,
+    /// used by error reporting.
+    attribute AString savedToFolderName;
+
+    /// Should we deliver this message (versus saving as a file)?
+    attribute boolean dontDeliver;
+
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/compose/public/nsIMsgSendLater.idl b/mailnews/compose/public/nsIMsgSendLater.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..524bb867f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/compose/public/nsIMsgSendLater.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsIStreamListener.idl"
+
+interface nsIMsgStatusFeedback;
+interface nsIMsgIdentity;
+interface nsIMsgSendLaterListener;
+interface nsIMsgFolder;
+
+/**
+ * nsIMsgSendLater is a service used for sending messages in the background.
+ * Messages should be saved to an identity's unsent messages folder, and then
+ * can be sent by calling sendUnsentMessages.
+ *
+ * Although the service supports passing identities as parameters, until bug
+ * 317803 is fixed, all identities use the same folder, and hence the option
+ * currently doesn't work.
+ */
+[scriptable, uuid(fa324a4b-4b87-4e9a-a3c0-af9071a358df)]
+interface nsIMsgSendLater : nsIStreamListener 
+{
+  /// Used to obtain status feedback for when messages are sent.
+  attribute nsIMsgStatusFeedback statusFeedback;
+
+  /**
+   * Sends any unsent messages in the identity's unsent messages folder.
+   *
+   * @param aIdentity   The identity to send messages for.
+   */
+  void sendUnsentMessages(in nsIMsgIdentity aIdentity);
+
+  /**
+   * Adds an listener to the service to receive notifications.
+   *
+   * @param aListener   The listener to add.
+   */
+  void addListener(in nsIMsgSendLaterListener aListener);
+
+  /**
+   * Removes a listener from the service.
+   *
+   * @param aListener                 The listener to remove.
+   * @exception NS_ERROR_INVALID_ARG  If the listener was not already added to
+   *                                  the service.
+   */
+  void removeListener(in nsIMsgSendLaterListener aListener);
+
+  /**
+   * Returns the unsent messages folder for the identity.
+   */
+  nsIMsgFolder getUnsentMessagesFolder(in nsIMsgIdentity userIdentity);
+
+  /**
+   * Returns true if there are any unsent messages to send.
+   *
+   * @param aIdentity  The identity whose folder to check for unsent messages.
+   *                   If not specified, all unsent message folders are checked.
+   */
+  boolean hasUnsentMessages([optional] in nsIMsgIdentity aIdentity);
+
+  /// Returns true if the service is currently sending messages.
+  readonly attribute boolean sendingMessages;
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/compose/public/nsIMsgSendLaterListener.idl b/mailnews/compose/public/nsIMsgSendLaterListener.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6e6e29a79
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/compose/public/nsIMsgSendLaterListener.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+interface nsIMsgDBHdr;
+interface nsIMsgIdentity;
+
+/**
+ * Implement this interface and add to nsIMsgSendLater to receive notifications
+ * of send later actions.
+ */
+[scriptable, uuid(a7bc603b-d0da-4959-a82f-4b99c138b9f4)]
+interface nsIMsgSendLaterListener : nsISupports {
+  /**
+   * Notify the observer that the operation of sending messages later has
+   * started.
+   *
+   * @param aTotalMessageCount  Number of messages to be sent. This will not
+   *                            change over the time we are doing this sequence.
+   */
+  void onStartSending(in unsigned long aTotalMessageCount);
+
+  /**
+   * Notify the observer that the next message send/copy is starting and
+   * provide details about the message.
+   *
+   * @param aCurrentMessage      The current message number that is being sent.
+   * @param aTotalMessageCount   The total number of messages that we are
+   *                             trying to send.
+   * @param aMessageHeader       The header information for the message that is
+   *                             being sent.
+   * @param aMessageIdentity     The identity being used to send the message.
+   */
+  void onMessageStartSending(in unsigned long aCurrentMessage,
+                             in unsigned long aTotalMessageCount,
+                             in nsIMsgDBHdr aMessageHeader,
+                             in nsIMsgIdentity aIdentity);
+
+  /**
+   * Notify the observer of the current progress of sending a message. The one
+   * function covers sending the message over the network and copying to the
+   * appropriate sent folder.
+   *
+   * @param aCurrentMessage      The current message number that is being sent.
+   * @param aTotalMessageCount   The total number of messages that we are
+   *                             trying to send.
+   * @param aMessageSendPercent  The percentage of the message sent (0 to 100)
+   * @param aMessageCopyPercent  The percentage of the copy completed (0 to
+   *                             100). If there is no copy for this message,
+   *                             this may be set to 100 at the same time as
+   *                             aMessageSendPercent.
+   */
+  void onMessageSendProgress(in unsigned long aCurrentMessage,
+                             in unsigned long aTotalMessageCount,
+                             in unsigned long aMessageSendPercent,
+                             in unsigned long aMessageCopyPercent);
+
+  /**
+   * Notify the observer of an error in the send message later function.
+   *
+   * @param aCurrentMessage      The current message number that is being sent.
+   * @param aMessageHeader       The header information for the message that is
+   *                             being sent.
+   * @param aStatus              The error status code.
+   * @param aMsg                 A text string describing the error.
+   */
+  void onMessageSendError(in unsigned long aCurrentMessage,
+                          in nsIMsgDBHdr aMessageHeader,
+                          in nsresult aStatus,
+                          in wstring aMsg);
+
+  /**
+   * Notify the observer that the send unsent messages operation has finished.
+   * This is called regardless of the success/failure of the operation.
+   *
+   * @param aStatus     Status code for the message send.
+   * @param aMsg        A text string describing the error.
+   * @param aTotalTried Total number of messages that were attempted to be sent.
+   * @param aSuccessful How many messages were successfully sent.
+   */
+  void onStopSending(in nsresult aStatus, in wstring aMsg,
+                     in unsigned long aTotalTried, in unsigned long aSuccessful);
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/compose/public/nsIMsgSendListener.idl b/mailnews/compose/public/nsIMsgSendListener.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4facebc05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/compose/public/nsIMsgSendListener.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+interface nsIFile;
+
+[scriptable, uuid(D34DC178-5E78-45E8-8658-A8F52D9CCF5F)]
+interface nsIMsgSendListener : nsISupports {
+
+    /**
+     * Notify the observer that the message has started to be delivered. This method is
+     * called only once, at the beginning of a message send operation.
+     *
+     * @return The return value is currently ignored.  In the future it may be
+     * used to cancel the URL load..
+     */
+    void onStartSending(in string aMsgID, in uint32_t aMsgSize);
+
+    /**
+     * Notify the observer that progress as occurred for the message send
+     */
+    void onProgress(in string aMsgID, in uint32_t aProgress, in uint32_t aProgressMax);
+
+    /**
+     * Notify the observer with a status message for the message send
+     */
+    void onStatus(in string aMsgID, in wstring aMsg);
+
+    /**
+     * Notify the observer that the message has been sent.  This method is 
+     * called once when the networking library has finished processing the 
+     * message.
+     * 
+     * This method is called regardless of whether the the operation was successful.
+     * aMsgID   The message id for the mail message
+     * status   Status code for the message send.
+     * msg      A text string describing the error.
+     * returnFileSpec The returned file spec for save to file operations.
+     */
+    void onStopSending(in string aMsgID, in nsresult aStatus, in wstring aMsg, 
+					             in nsIFile aReturnFile);
+
+    /**
+     * Notify the observer with the folder uri before the draft is copied.
+     */
+    void onGetDraftFolderURI(in string aFolderURI);
+
+    /**
+     * Notify the observer when the user aborts the send without actually doing the send
+     * eg : by closing the compose window without Send.
+     */
+    void onSendNotPerformed(in string aMsgID, in nsresult aStatus);
+
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/compose/public/nsIMsgSendReport.idl b/mailnews/compose/public/nsIMsgSendReport.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..65507a511
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/compose/public/nsIMsgSendReport.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+/* -*- Mode: idl; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+#include "nsIPrompt.idl"
+
+
+[scriptable, uuid(2ec81175-bc65-44b9-ba87-462bc3f938db)]
+interface nsIMsgProcessReport : nsISupports {
+
+  attribute boolean proceeded;
+  attribute nsresult error;
+  attribute wstring message;
+  
+  void reset();
+};
+
+[scriptable, uuid(428c5bde-29f5-4bfe-830a-ec795a1c2975)]
+interface nsIMsgSendReport : nsISupports {
+
+  const long process_Current = -1;
+  const long process_BuildMessage = 0;
+  const long process_NNTP = 1;
+  const long process_SMTP = 2;
+  const long process_Copy = 3;
+  const long process_Filter = 4;
+  const long process_FCC = 5;
+  
+  attribute long deliveryMode;      /* see nsMsgDeliverMode in nsIMsgSend.idl for valid value */
+  attribute long currentProcess;
+
+  void reset();
+  
+  void setProceeded(in long process, in boolean proceeded);
+  void setError(in long process, in nsresult error, in boolean overwriteError);
+  void setMessage(in long process, in wstring message, in boolean overwriteMessage);
+  
+  nsIMsgProcessReport getProcessReport(in long process);
+  
+  /* Display Report will ananlyze data collected during the send and will show the most appropriate error.
+     Also it will return the error code. In case of no error or if the error has been canceld, it will return
+     NS_OK.
+  */
+  nsresult displayReport(in nsIPrompt prompt, in boolean showErrorOnly, in boolean dontShowReportTwice);
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/compose/public/nsISmtpServer.idl b/mailnews/compose/public/nsISmtpServer.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8ff3d1aa9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/compose/public/nsISmtpServer.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+#include "MailNewsTypes2.idl"
+
+interface nsIAuthPrompt;
+interface nsIUrlListener;
+interface nsIURI;
+interface nsIMsgWindow;
+
+/**
+ * This interface represents a single SMTP Server. A SMTP server instance may be
+ * created/obtained from nsIMsgAccountManager.
+ *
+ * Most of the attributes will set/get preferences from the main preferences
+ * file.
+ */
+[scriptable, uuid(a53dce6c-cd81-495c-83bc-45a65df1f08e)]
+interface nsISmtpServer : nsISupports {
+
+  /// A unique identifier for the server.
+  attribute string key;
+
+  /// A user supplied description for the server.
+  attribute AUTF8String description;
+
+  /// The server's hostname.
+  attribute ACString hostname;
+
+  /// The server's port.
+  attribute int32_t port;
+
+  /// The username to access the server with (if required)
+  attribute ACString username;
+
+  /**
+   * The password to access the server with (if required).
+   *
+   * @note this is stored within the server instance but not within preferences.
+   * It can be specified/saved here to avoid prompting the user constantly for
+   * the sending password.
+   */
+  attribute ACString password;
+
+  /// Returns a displayname of the format hostname:port or just hostname
+  readonly attribute string displayname;
+
+  /**
+   * Authentication mechanism.
+   *
+   * @see nsMsgAuthMethod (in MailNewsTypes2.idl)
+   * Same as "mail.smtpserver...authMethod" pref
+   *
+   * Compatibility note: This attribute had a different meaning in TB < 3.1
+   */
+  attribute nsMsgAuthMethodValue authMethod;
+
+  /**
+   * Whether to SSL or STARTTLS or not
+   *
+   * @see nsMsgSocketType (in MailNewsTypes2.idl)
+   * Same as "mail.smtpserver...try_ssl" pref
+   */
+  attribute nsMsgSocketTypeValue socketType;
+
+  /**
+   * May contain an alternative argument to EHLO or HELO to provide to the
+   * server. Reflects the value of the mail.smtpserver.*.hello_argument pref.
+   * This is mainly useful where ISPs don't bother providing PTR records for
+   * their servers and therefore users get an error on sending. See bug 244030
+   * for more discussion.
+   */
+  readonly attribute string helloArgument;
+
+  /// Returns the URI of the server (smtp:///)
+  readonly attribute ACString serverURI;
+
+  /**
+   * Gets a password for this server, using a UI prompt if necessary.
+   *
+   * @param promptString  The string to prompt the user with when asking for
+   *                      the password.
+   * @param promptTitle   The title of the prompt.
+   * @param netPrompt     An nsIAuthPrompt instance to use for the password
+   *                      prompt.
+   * @return              The password to use (may be null if no password was
+   *                      obtained).
+   */  
+  ACString getPasswordWithUI(in wstring promptString, in wstring promptTitle,
+                           in nsIAuthPrompt netPrompt);
+
+  /**
+   * Gets a username and password for this server, using a UI prompt if
+   * necessary.
+   *
+   * @param promptString  The string to prompt the user with when asking for
+   *                      the password.
+   * @param promptTitle   The title of the prompt.
+   * @param netPrompt     An nsIAuthPrompt instance to use for the password
+   *                      prompt.
+   * @param userid        The username to use (may be null if no password was
+   *                      obtained).
+   * @param password      The password to use (may be empty if no password was
+   *                      obtained).
+   */  
+  void getUsernamePasswordWithUI(in wstring promptString, in wstring promptTitle,
+                                 in nsIAuthPrompt netPrompt, out ACString userid,
+                                 out ACString password);
+
+  /**
+   * Calling this will *remove* the saved password for this server from the
+   * password manager and from the stored value.
+   */
+  void forgetPassword();
+
+    /**
+   * Verify that we can logon 
+   * 
+   * @param  aPassword - password to use
+   * @param  aUrlListener - gets called back with success or failure.
+   * @return - the url that we run.
+   *
+   */
+  nsIURI verifyLogon(in nsIUrlListener aUrlListener, in nsIMsgWindow aMsgWindow);
+
+  /// Call this to clear all preference values for this server.
+  void clearAllValues();
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/compose/public/nsISmtpService.idl b/mailnews/compose/public/nsISmtpService.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fcd6602de
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/compose/public/nsISmtpService.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,134 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+interface nsISmtpServer;
+interface nsIURI;
+interface nsIUrlListener;
+interface nsIMsgIdentity;
+interface nsIInterfaceRequestor;
+interface nsIFile;
+interface nsIMsgStatusFeedback;
+interface nsIRequest;
+interface nsISimpleEnumerator;
+interface nsIMsgWindow;
+
+[scriptable, uuid(1b11b532-1527-4fc0-a00f-4ce7e6886419)]
+interface nsISmtpService : nsISupports {
+  /**
+   * Sends a mail message via the given parameters. This function builds an
+   * SMTP URL and makes an SMTP connection, and then runs the url.
+   * The SMTP server defined
+   * in the aSenderIdentity object (see nsIMsgIdentity) will be used to send
+   * the message. If there is no SMTP server defined in aSenderIdentity, the
+   * default SMTP server will be used.
+   *
+   * @note The file to send must be in the format specified by RFC 2822 for
+   *       sending data. This includes having the correct CRLF line endings
+   *       throughout the file, and the <CRLF>.<CRLF> at the end of the file.
+   *       sendMailMessage does no processing/additions on the file.
+   *
+   * @param aFilePath               The file to send.
+   * @param aRecipients             A comma delimited list of recipients.
+   * @param aSenderIdentity         The identity of the sender.
+   * @param aPassword               Pass this in to prevent a dialog if the
+   *                                password is needed for secure transmission.
+   * @param aUrlListener            A listener to listen to the URL being run,
+   *                                this parameter may be null.
+   * @param aStatusListener         A feedback listener for slightly different
+   *                                feedback on the message send status. This
+   *                                parameter may be null.
+   * @param aNotificationCallbacks  More notification callbacks
+   * @param aRequestDSN             Pass true to request Delivery Status
+   *                                Notification.
+   * @param aURL                    Provides a handle on the running url. You
+   *                                can later interrupt the action by asking the
+   *                                netlib service manager to interrupt the url
+   *                                you are given back. This parameter may be
+   *                                null.
+   * @param aRequest                Provides a handle to the running request.
+   *                                This parameter may be null.
+   */
+  void sendMailMessage(in nsIFile aFilePath, in string aRecipients, 
+                       in nsIMsgIdentity aSenderIdentity,
+                       in string aPassword,
+                       in nsIUrlListener aUrlListener, 
+                       in nsIMsgStatusFeedback aStatusListener, 
+                       in nsIInterfaceRequestor aNotificationCallbacks,
+                       in boolean aRequestDSN,
+                       out nsIURI aURL,
+                       out nsIRequest aRequest);
+
+  /**
+   * Verifies that we can logon to the server with given password
+   *
+   * @param  aSmtpServer       Server to try to logon to.
+   * @param  aUrlListener      Listener that will get notified whether logon
+   *                           was successful or not.
+   * @param aMsgWindow         nsIMsgWindow to use for notification callbacks.
+   * @return - the url that we run.
+   */
+  nsIURI verifyLogon(in nsISmtpServer aServer, in nsIUrlListener aListener,
+                     in nsIMsgWindow aMsgWindow);
+
+  /**
+   * Return the SMTP server that is associated with an identity.
+   * @param  aSenderIdentity   the identity
+   * @param  aServer           the SMTP server
+   */
+  void getServerByIdentity(in nsIMsgIdentity aSenderIdentity,
+                           out nsISmtpServer aServer);
+
+  /**
+   * A copy of the array of SMTP servers, as stored in the preferences
+   */
+  readonly attribute nsISimpleEnumerator servers;
+
+  /**
+   * The default server, across sessions of the app
+   * (eventually there will be a session default which does not
+   * persist past shutdown)
+   */
+  attribute nsISmtpServer defaultServer;
+
+  /**
+   * The "session default" server - this is never saved, and only used
+   * for the current session. Always falls back to the default server
+   * unless explicitly set.
+   */
+  attribute nsISmtpServer sessionDefaultServer;
+
+  /**
+   * Create a new SMTP server.
+   * Use this instead of createInstance(), so that the SMTP Service can
+   * be aware of this server
+   */
+  nsISmtpServer createServer();
+
+  /**
+   * Find the first server with the given hostname and/or username.
+   * Note: if either username or hostname is empty, then that parameter will
+   * not be used in the matching process.
+   * @param username  the username for the server
+   * @param hostname  the hostname of the server
+   * @returns         null if no server is found
+   */
+  nsISmtpServer findServer(in string username, in string hostname);
+
+  /**
+   * Look up the server with the given key
+   * If the server does not exist, create it and add it to our list
+   */
+  nsISmtpServer getServerByKey(in string key);
+  
+  /**
+   * Delete the given server from the server list - does nothing if the server
+   * does not exist
+   * @param server   the server to delete. Use findServer() if you only know
+   *                 the hostname
+   */
+  void deleteServer(in nsISmtpServer server);
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/compose/public/nsISmtpUrl.idl b/mailnews/compose/public/nsISmtpUrl.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..be2af7cb7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/compose/public/nsISmtpUrl.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+#include "nsIMsgComposeParams.idl"
+
+interface nsIMsgIdentity;
+interface nsIPrompt;
+interface nsIAuthPrompt;
+interface nsISmtpServer;
+interface nsIInterfaceRequestor;
+interface nsIFile;
+
+[scriptable, uuid(da22b8ac-059d-4f82-bf99-f5f3d3c8202d)]
+interface nsISmtpUrl : nsISupports {
+  /**
+   * SMTP Parse specific getters.
+   * These retrieve various parts from the url.
+   */
+
+  /**
+   * This list is a list of all recipients to send the email to.
+   * Each name is NULL terminated.
+   */
+  attribute string recipients;
+
+  attribute boolean PostMessage;
+
+  /**
+   * The message can be stored in a file, to allow accessors for getting and
+   * setting the file name to post.
+   */
+  attribute nsIFile postMessageFile;
+
+  attribute boolean requestDSN;
+
+  /**
+   * The envid which is used in the DSN.
+   */
+  attribute ACString dsnEnvid;
+
+  /**
+   * SMTP Url instance specific getters and setters
+   * Information the protocol needs to know in order to run the url.
+   * These are NOT event sinks which are things the caller needs to know.
+   */
+
+  /**
+   * By default the url is really a bring up the compose window mailto url.
+   * You need to call this function if you want to force the message to be
+   * posted to the mailserver.
+   */
+
+  /**
+   * The user's full name and user's email address are encapsulated in the
+   * senderIdentity.
+   * (the user's domain name can be glopped from the user's email address)
+   *
+   * NOTE:  the SMTP username and SMTP server are in the smtp url
+   * smtp://sspitzer@tintin/...
+   */
+  attribute nsIMsgIdentity senderIdentity;
+  attribute nsIPrompt prompt;
+  attribute nsIAuthPrompt authPrompt;
+  attribute nsIInterfaceRequestor notificationCallbacks;
+  attribute nsISmtpServer smtpServer;
+
+  attribute boolean verifyLogon; // we're just verifying the ability to logon
+
+  /// Constant for the default SMTP port number
+  const int32_t DEFAULT_SMTP_PORT = 25;
+
+  /// Constant for the default SMTP over ssl port number
+  const int32_t DEFAULT_SMTPS_PORT = 465;
+};
+
+[scriptable, uuid(87c36c23-4bc2-4992-b338-69f88f6ed0a1)]
+interface nsIMailtoUrl : nsISupports {
+  /**
+   * mailto: parse specific getters
+   *
+   * All of these fields are things we can effectively extract from a
+   * mailto url if it contains all of these values
+   *
+   * Note: Attachments aren't available because that would expose a potential
+   * security hole (see bug 99055).
+   *
+   * These items are in one function as we only ever get them from the one
+   * place and all at the same time.
+   */
+  void getMessageContents(out AUTF8String aToPart, out AUTF8String aCcPart,
+                          out AUTF8String aBccPart, out AUTF8String aSubjectPart,
+                          out AUTF8String aBodyPart, out AUTF8String aHtmlPart,
+                          out ACString aReferencePart,
+                          out AUTF8String aNewsgroupPart,
+                          out MSG_ComposeFormat aFormat);
+
+  /**
+   * These attributes are available should mailnews or extensions want them
+   * but aren't used by standard in mailnews.
+   */
+  readonly attribute AUTF8String fromPart;
+  readonly attribute AUTF8String followUpToPart;
+  readonly attribute AUTF8String organizationPart;
+  readonly attribute AUTF8String replyToPart;
+  readonly attribute AUTF8String priorityPart;
+  readonly attribute AUTF8String newsHostPart;
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/compose/public/nsIURLFetcher.idl b/mailnews/compose/public/nsIURLFetcher.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fadb3abbc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/compose/public/nsIURLFetcher.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+#include "nsIURI.idl"
+#include "nsIFileStreams.idl"
+#include "nsIFile.idl"
+
+%{ C++
+
+//
+// Callback declarations for URL completion
+//
+// For completion of send/message creation operations...
+typedef nsresult (*nsAttachSaveCompletionCallback) (nsresult aStatus,
+                                                    const nsACString &aContentType,
+                                                    const nsACString &aCharset,
+                                                    int32_t totalSize, const char16_t* aMsg, 
+                                                    void *tagData);
+
+class nsMsgAttachmentHandler;
+%}
+
+native nsAttachSaveCompletionCallback(nsAttachSaveCompletionCallback);
+[ptr] native nsMsgAttachmentHandler(nsMsgAttachmentHandler);
+
+
+[noscript, uuid(7316af6b-050d-4697-9d39-b0b358514f5c)]
+interface nsIURLFetcher : nsISupports
+{
+  boolean stillRunning();
+
+  void fireURLRequest(in nsIURI aURL, in nsIFile localFile, in nsIOutputStream fileStream, in nsAttachSaveCompletionCallback cb, in nsMsgAttachmentHandler tagData);
+
+  void initialize(in nsIFile localFile, in nsIOutputStream fileStream, in nsAttachSaveCompletionCallback cb, in nsMsgAttachmentHandler tagData);
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/compose/public/nsMsgAttachmentData.h b/mailnews/compose/public/nsMsgAttachmentData.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0f15d3764
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/compose/public/nsMsgAttachmentData.h
@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef __MSGATTACHMENTDATA_H__
+#define __MSGATTACHMENTDATA_H__
+
+#include "nsIURL.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsIMsgSend.h"
+
+// Attachment file/URL structures - we're letting libmime use this directly
+class nsMsgAttachmentData final : public nsIMsgAttachmentData
+{
+public:
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGATTACHMENTDATA
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+
+  nsMsgAttachmentData();
+  virtual ~nsMsgAttachmentData();
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> m_url;   // The URL to attach.
+
+  nsCString m_desiredType;  // The type to which this document should be
+                            // converted.  Legal values are NULL, TEXT_PLAIN
+                            // and APPLICATION_POSTSCRIPT (which are macros
+                            // defined in net.h); other values are ignored.
+
+  nsCString m_realType;     // The type of the URL if known, otherwise NULL. For example, if 
+                            // you were attaching a temp file which was known to contain HTML data, 
+                            // you would pass in TEXT_HTML as the real_type, to override whatever type 
+                            // the name of the tmp file might otherwise indicate.
+
+  nsCString m_realEncoding; // Goes along with real_type
+
+  nsCString m_realName;     // The original name of this document, which will eventually show up in the 
+                            // Content-Disposition header. For example, if you had copied a document to a 
+                            // tmp file, this would be the original, human-readable name of the document.
+
+  nsCString m_description;  // If you put a string here, it will show up as the Content-Description header.  
+                            // This can be any explanatory text; it's not a file name.             
+
+  nsCString m_disposition;  // The Content-Disposition header (if any). a
+                            // nsMsgAttachmentData can very well have
+                            // Content-Disposition: inline value, instead of
+                            // "attachment".
+  nsCString m_cloudPartInfo; // For X-Mozilla-Cloud-Part header, if any
+
+  // Mac-specific data that should show up as optional parameters
+  // to the content-type header.
+  nsCString m_xMacType;
+  nsCString m_xMacCreator;
+
+  int32_t m_size;                  // The size of the attachment. May be 0.
+  nsCString m_sizeExternalStr;     // The reported size of an external attachment. Originally set at "-1" to mean an unknown value.
+  bool    m_isExternalAttachment;  // Flag for determining if the attachment is external
+  bool    m_isExternalLinkAttachment;  // Flag for determining if the attachment is external and an http link.
+  bool    m_isDownloaded;          // Flag for determining if the attachment has already been downloaded
+  bool    m_hasFilename;           // Tells whether the name is provided by us or if it's a Part 1.2-like attachment
+  bool    m_displayableInline;     // Tells whether the attachment could be displayed inline
+};
+
+class nsMsgAttachedFile final : public nsIMsgAttachedFile
+{
+public:
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGATTACHEDFILE
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+
+  nsMsgAttachedFile();
+  virtual ~nsMsgAttachedFile();
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> m_origUrl; // Where it came from on the network (or even elsewhere on the local disk.)
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile>  m_tmpFile;    // The tmp file in which the (possibly converted) data now resides.
+
+  nsCString m_type;        // The type of the data in file_name (not necessarily the same as the type of orig_url.)
+
+  nsCString m_encoding;    // Likewise, the encoding of the tmp file. This will be set only if the original 
+                            // document had an encoding already; we don't do base64 encoding and so forth until 
+                            // it's time to assemble a full MIME message of all parts.
+
+
+  nsCString m_description;    // For Content-Description header
+  nsCString m_cloudPartInfo; // For X-Mozilla-Cloud-Part header, if any
+  nsCString m_xMacType;    // mac-specific info 
+  nsCString m_xMacCreator; // mac-specific info 
+  nsCString m_realName;      // The real name of the file. 
+
+  // Some statistics about the data that was written to the file, so that when
+  // it comes time to compose a MIME message, we can make an informed decision
+  // about what Content-Transfer-Encoding would be best for this attachment.
+  // (If it's encoded already, we ignore this information and ship it as-is.)
+  uint32_t    m_size;
+  uint32_t    m_unprintableCount;
+  uint32_t    m_highbitCount;
+  uint32_t    m_ctlCount;
+  uint32_t    m_nullCount;
+  uint32_t    m_maxLineLength;
+};
+
+#undef MOZ_ASSERT_TYPE_OK_FOR_REFCOUNTING
+#ifdef MOZ_IS_DESTRUCTIBLE
+#define MOZ_ASSERT_TYPE_OK_FOR_REFCOUNTING(X) \
+  static_assert(!MOZ_IS_DESTRUCTIBLE(X) || \
+                mozilla::IsSame<X, nsMsgAttachmentData>::value || \
+                mozilla::IsSame<X, nsMsgAttachedFile>::value, \
+                "Reference-counted class " #X " should not have a public destructor. " \
+                "Try to make this class's destructor non-public. If that is really " \
+                "not possible, you can whitelist this class by providing a " \
+                "HasDangerousPublicDestructor specialization for it.");
+#else
+#define MOZ_ASSERT_TYPE_OK_FOR_REFCOUNTING(X)
+#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/compose/public/nsMsgCompCID.h b/mailnews/compose/public/nsMsgCompCID.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9fad52638
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/compose/public/nsMsgCompCID.h
@@ -0,0 +1,247 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsMessageCompCID_h__
+#define nsMessageCompCID_h__
+
+#include "nsISupports.h"
+#include "nsIFactory.h"
+#include "nsIComponentManager.h"
+
+//
+// nsMsgComposeService
+//
+#define NS_MSGCOMPOSESERVICE_CID          \
+{ /* 588595FE-1ADA-11d3-A715-0060B0EB39B5 */      \
+ 0x588595fe, 0x1ada, 0x11d3,                      \
+ {0xa7, 0x15, 0x0, 0x60, 0xb0, 0xeb, 0x39, 0xb5}}
+
+#define NS_MSGCOMPOSESERVICE_CONTRACTID     \
+  "@mozilla.org/messengercompose;1"
+#define NS_MSGCOMPOSESTARTUPHANDLER_CONTRACTID \
+  "@mozilla.org/commandlinehandler/general-startup;1?type=compose"
+
+//
+// nsMsgComposeContentHandler
+//
+#define NS_MSGCOMPOSECONTENTHANDLER_CID         \
+{ /* 0B63FB80-BBBA-11D4-9DAA-91B657EB313C */    \
+0x0b63fb80, 0xbbba, 0x11d4,                     \
+ {0x9d, 0xaa, 0x91, 0xb6, 0x57, 0xeb, 0x31, 0x3c}}
+
+#define NS_MSGCOMPOSECONTENTHANDLER_CONTRACTID  \
+  NS_CONTENT_HANDLER_CONTRACTID_PREFIX"application/x-mailto"
+
+//
+// nsMsgCompose
+//
+#define NS_MSGCOMPOSE_CONTRACTID \
+  "@mozilla.org/messengercompose/compose;1"
+
+#define NS_MSGCOMPOSE_CID             \
+{ /* EB5BDAF8-BBC6-11d2-A6EC-0060B0EB39B5 */      \
+ 0xeb5bdaf8, 0xbbc6, 0x11d2,                      \
+ {0xa6, 0xec, 0x0, 0x60, 0xb0, 0xeb, 0x39, 0xb5}}
+
+//
+// nsMsgComposeSecure
+//
+#define NS_MSGCOMPOSESECURE_CONTRACTID \
+  "@mozilla.org/messengercompose/composesecure;1"
+
+//
+// nsMsgComposeParams
+//
+#define NS_MSGCOMPOSEPARAMS_CONTRACTID \
+  "@mozilla.org/messengercompose/composeparams;1"
+
+#define NS_MSGCOMPOSEPARAMS_CID             \
+{ /* CB998A00-C079-11D4-9DAA-8DF64BAB2EFC */      \
+ 0xcb998a00, 0xc079, 0x11d4,                      \
+ {0x9d, 0xaa, 0x8d, 0xf6, 0x4b, 0xab, 0x2e, 0xfc}}
+
+//
+// nsMsgComposeSendListener
+//
+#define NS_MSGCOMPOSESENDLISTENER_CONTRACTID \
+  "@mozilla.org/messengercompose/composesendlistener;1"
+
+#define NS_MSGCOMPOSESENDLISTENER_CID             \
+{ /* acc72781-2cea-11d5-9daa-bacdeac1eefc */      \
+ 0xacc72781, 0x2cea, 0x11d5,                      \
+ {0x9d, 0xaa, 0xba, 0xcd, 0xea, 0xc1, 0xee, 0xfc}}
+
+//
+// nsMsgComposeProgressParams
+//
+#define NS_MSGCOMPOSEPROGRESSPARAMS_CONTRACTID \
+  "@mozilla.org/messengercompose/composeprogressparameters;1"
+
+#define NS_MSGCOMPOSEPROGRESSPARAMS_CID             \
+{ /* 1e0e7c01-3e4c-11d5-9daa-f88d288130fc */      \
+ 0x1e0e7c01, 0x3e4c, 0x11d5,                      \
+ {0x9d, 0xaa, 0xf8, 0x8d, 0x28, 0x81, 0x30, 0xfc}}
+
+//
+// nsMsgCompFields
+//
+#define NS_MSGCOMPFIELDS_CONTRACTID \
+  "@mozilla.org/messengercompose/composefields;1"
+
+#define NS_MSGCOMPFIELDS_CID                    \
+{ /* 6D222BA0-BD46-11d2-8293-000000000000 */      \
+ 0x6d222ba0, 0xbd46, 0x11d2,                      \
+ {0x82, 0x93, 0x0, 0x0, 0x0, 0x0, 0x0, 0x0}}
+
+//
+// nsMsgAttachment
+//
+#define NS_MSGATTACHMENT_CONTRACTID \
+  "@mozilla.org/messengercompose/attachment;1"
+
+#define NS_MSGATTACHMENT_CID                    \
+{ /* 27B8D045-8D9F-4fa8-BFB6-8A0F8D09CE89 */    \
+ 0x27b8d045, 0x8d9f, 0x4fa8,                    \
+ {0xbf, 0xb6, 0x8a, 0xf, 0x8d, 0x9, 0xce, 0x89}}
+
+//
+// nsMsgAttachmentData
+//
+#define NS_MSGATTACHMENTDATA_CONTRACTID \
+  "@mozilla.org/messengercompose/attachmentdata;1"
+
+#define NS_MSGATTACHMENTDATA_CID                    \
+{ /* 9e16958d-d9e9-4cae-b723-a5bccf104998 */ \
+ 0x9e16958d, 0xd9e9, 0x4cae, \
+ {0xb7, 0x23, 0xa5, 0xbc, 0xcf, 0x10, 0x49, 0x98}}
+
+//
+// nsMsgAttachedFile
+//
+#define NS_MSGATTACHEDFILE_CONTRACTID \
+  "@mozilla.org/messengercompose/attachedfile;1"
+
+#define NS_MSGATTACHEDFILE_CID                    \
+{ /* ef173501-4e14-42b9-ae1f-7770de235c29 */ \
+ 0xef173501, 0x4e14, 0x42b9, \
+ {0xae, 0x1f, 0x77, 0x70, 0xde, 0x23, 0x5c, 0x29}}
+
+//
+// nsMsgSend
+//
+#define NS_MSGSEND_CONTRACTID \
+  "@mozilla.org/messengercompose/send;1"
+
+#define NS_MSGSEND_CID                \
+{ /* 935284E0-C5D8-11d2-8297-000000000000 */      \
+ 0x935284e0, 0xc5d8, 0x11d2,                      \
+ {0x82, 0x97, 0x0, 0x0, 0x0, 0x0, 0x0, 0x0}}
+
+//
+// nsMsgSendLater
+//
+#define NS_MSGSENDLATER_CONTRACTID                            \
+  "@mozilla.org/messengercompose/sendlater;1"
+
+#define NS_MSGSENDLATER_CID                           \
+{ /* E15C83F1-1CF4-11d3-8EF0-00A024A7D144 */      \
+ 0xe15c83f1, 0x1cf4, 0x11d3,                      \
+ {0x8e, 0xf0, 0x0, 0xa0, 0x24, 0xa7, 0xd1, 0x44 }}
+
+//
+// nsSmtpUrl
+//
+#define NS_SMTPURL_CONTRACTID \
+  "@mozilla.org/messengercompose/smtpurl;1"
+
+#define NS_SMTPURL_CID                            \
+{ /* BE59DBF0-2812-11d3-80A3-006008128C4E} */      \
+ 0xbe59dbf0, 0x2812, 0x11d3,                      \
+ {0x80, 0xa3, 0x0, 0x60, 0x8, 0x12, 0x8c, 0x4e}}
+
+//
+// nsMailtoUrl
+//
+#define NS_MAILTOURL_CONTRACTID \
+  "@mozilla.org/messengercompose/mailtourl;1"
+
+#define NS_MAILTOURL_CID                            \
+{ /* 05BAB5E7-9C7D-11d3-98A3-001083010E9B} */       \
+ 0x5bab5e7, 0x9c7d, 0x11d3,                         \
+ {0x98, 0xa3, 0x0, 0x10, 0x83, 0x1, 0xe, 0x9b}}
+
+//
+// nsSmtpServer
+//
+#define NS_SMTPSERVER_CONTRACTID \
+  "@mozilla.org/messenger/smtp/server;1"
+
+#define NS_SMTPSERVER_CID                      \
+{ /* 60dc861a-56ce-11d3-9118-00a0c900d445 */   \
+  0x60dc861a,0x56ce,0x11d3,                   \
+  {0x91,0x18, 0x0, 0xa0, 0xc9, 0x0, 0xd4, 0x45 }}
+
+//
+// nsSmtpService
+//
+#define NS_SMTPSERVICE_CONTRACTID \
+  "@mozilla.org/messengercompose/smtp;1"
+
+#define NS_MAILTOHANDLER_CONTRACTID \
+  NS_NETWORK_PROTOCOL_CONTRACTID_PREFIX "mailto"
+
+#define NS_SMTPSERVICE_CID              \
+{ /* 5B6419F1-CA9B-11d2-8063-006008128C4E */      \
+ 0x5b6419f1, 0xca9b, 0x11d2,                      \
+ {0x80, 0x63, 0x0, 0x60, 0x8, 0x12, 0x8c, 0x4e}}
+
+//
+// nsMsgQuote
+//
+#define NS_MSGQUOTE_CONTRACTID \
+  "@mozilla.org/messengercompose/quoting;1"
+#define NS_MSGQUOTE_CID \
+  {0x1C7ABF0C, 0x21E5, 0x11d3, \
+    { 0x8E, 0xF1, 0x00, 0xA0, 0x24, 0xA7, 0xD1, 0x44 }}
+
+#define NS_MSGQUOTELISTENER_CONTRACTID \
+  "@mozilla.org/messengercompose/quotinglistener;1"
+#define NS_MSGQUOTELISTENER_CID \
+  {0x683728ac, 0x88df, 0x11d3, \
+    { 0x98, 0x9d, 0x0, 0x10, 0x83, 0x1, 0xe, 0x9b }}
+
+//
+// nsMsgDraft
+//
+#define NS_MSGDRAFT_CONTRACTID \
+  "@mozilla.org/messengercompose/drafts;1"
+#define NS_MSGDRAFT_CID \
+  { 0xa623746c, 0x453b, 0x11d3, \
+  { 0x8f, 0xf, 0x0, 0xa0, 0x24, 0xa7, 0xd1, 0x44 } }
+
+//
+// nsURLFetcher
+//
+#define NS_URLFETCHER_CONTRACTID  \
+  "@mozilla.org/messengercompose/urlfetcher;1"
+
+// {01B8A701-2F52-11D5-9DAA-F78DA781A1FC}
+#define NS_URLFETCHER_CID \
+{ 0x01b8a701, 0x2f52, 0x11d5, \
+ { 0x9d, 0xaa, 0xf7, 0x8d, 0xa7, 0x81, 0xa1, 0xfc } }
+
+//
+// nsMsgCompUtils
+//
+#define NS_MSGCOMPUTILS_CONTRACTID  \
+  "@mozilla.org/messengercompose/computils;1"
+
+// {ceb0dca2-5e7d-4204-94d4-2ab925921fae}
+#define NS_MSGCOMPUTILS_CID \
+{ 0xceb0dca2, 0x5e7d, 0x4204, \
+  { 0x94, 0xd4, 0x2a, 0xb9, 0x25, 0x92, 0x1f, 0xae } }
+
+
+#endif // nsMessageCompCID_h__
diff --git a/mailnews/compose/src/moz.build b/mailnews/compose/src/moz.build
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..33b62c444
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/compose/src/moz.build
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+# vim: set filetype=python:
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+EXPORTS += [
+    'nsComposeStrings.h',
+    'nsMsgAttachmentHandler.h',
+    'nsMsgCompFields.h',
+    'nsMsgCompose.h',
+    'nsMsgSend.h',
+]
+
+SOURCES += [
+    'nsComposeStrings.cpp',
+    'nsMsgAttachment.cpp',
+    'nsMsgAttachmentHandler.cpp',
+    'nsMsgCompFields.cpp',
+    'nsMsgCompose.cpp',
+    'nsMsgComposeContentHandler.cpp',
+    'nsMsgComposeParams.cpp',
+    'nsMsgComposeProgressParams.cpp',
+    'nsMsgComposeService.cpp',
+    'nsMsgCompUtils.cpp',
+    'nsMsgCopy.cpp',
+    'nsMsgPrompts.cpp',
+    'nsMsgQuote.cpp',
+    'nsMsgSend.cpp',
+    'nsMsgSendLater.cpp',
+    'nsMsgSendPart.cpp',
+    'nsMsgSendReport.cpp',
+    'nsSmtpProtocol.cpp',
+    'nsSmtpServer.cpp',
+    'nsSmtpService.cpp',
+    'nsSmtpUrl.cpp',
+    'nsURLFetcher.cpp',
+]
+
+if CONFIG['MOZ_WIDGET_TOOLKIT'] == 'cocoa':
+    SOURCES += [
+        'nsMsgAppleDoubleEncode.cpp',
+        'nsMsgAppleEncode.cpp',
+    ]
+    EXPORTS += [
+        'nsMsgAppleCodes.h',
+        'nsMsgAppleDouble.h',
+    ]
+
+EXTRA_COMPONENTS += [
+    'nsSMTPProtocolHandler.js',
+    'nsSMTPProtocolHandler.manifest',
+]
+
+FINAL_LIBRARY = 'mail'
+
diff --git a/mailnews/compose/src/nsComposeStrings.cpp b/mailnews/compose/src/nsComposeStrings.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5c8565805
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/compose/src/nsComposeStrings.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsComposeStrings.h"
+
+const char16_t* errorStringNameForErrorCode(nsresult aCode)
+{
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+// Temporary workaroung until bug 783526 is fixed.
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wswitch"
+#endif
+  switch(aCode)
+  {
+    case NS_MSG_UNABLE_TO_OPEN_FILE:
+      return u"unableToOpenFile";
+    case NS_MSG_UNABLE_TO_OPEN_TMP_FILE:
+      return u"unableToOpenTmpFile";
+    case NS_MSG_UNABLE_TO_SAVE_TEMPLATE:
+      return u"unableToSaveTemplate";
+    case NS_MSG_UNABLE_TO_SAVE_DRAFT:
+      return u"unableToSaveDraft";
+    case NS_MSG_COULDNT_OPEN_FCC_FOLDER:
+      return u"couldntOpenFccFolder";
+    case NS_MSG_NO_SENDER:
+      return u"noSender";
+    case NS_MSG_NO_RECIPIENTS:
+      return u"noRecipients";
+    case NS_MSG_ERROR_WRITING_FILE:
+      return u"errorWritingFile";
+    case NS_ERROR_SENDING_FROM_COMMAND:
+      return u"errorSendingFromCommand";
+    case NS_ERROR_SENDING_DATA_COMMAND:
+      return u"errorSendingDataCommand";
+    case NS_ERROR_SENDING_MESSAGE:
+      return u"errorSendingMessage";
+    case NS_ERROR_POST_FAILED:
+      return u"postFailed";
+    case NS_ERROR_QUEUED_DELIVERY_FAILED:
+      return u"errorQueuedDeliveryFailed";
+    case NS_ERROR_SEND_FAILED:
+      return u"sendFailed";
+    case NS_ERROR_SMTP_SERVER_ERROR:
+      return u"smtpServerError";
+    case NS_MSG_UNABLE_TO_SEND_LATER:
+      return u"unableToSendLater";
+    case NS_ERROR_COMMUNICATIONS_ERROR:
+      return u"communicationsError";
+    case NS_ERROR_BUT_DONT_SHOW_ALERT:
+      return u"dontShowAlert";
+    case NS_ERROR_TCP_READ_ERROR:
+      return u"tcpReadError";
+    case NS_ERROR_COULD_NOT_GET_USERS_MAIL_ADDRESS:
+      return u"couldNotGetUsersMailAddress";
+    case NS_ERROR_MIME_MPART_ATTACHMENT_ERROR:
+      return u"mimeMpartAttachmentError";
+    case NS_MSG_FAILED_COPY_OPERATION:
+      return u"failedCopyOperation";
+    case NS_ERROR_NNTP_NO_CROSS_POSTING:
+      return u"nntpNoCrossPosting";
+    case NS_MSG_CANCELLING:
+      return u"msgCancelling";
+    case NS_ERROR_SEND_FAILED_BUT_NNTP_OK:
+      return u"sendFailedButNntpOk";
+    case NS_MSG_ERROR_READING_FILE:
+      return u"errorReadingFile";
+    case NS_MSG_ERROR_ATTACHING_FILE:
+      return u"errorAttachingFile";
+    case NS_ERROR_SMTP_GREETING:
+      return u"incorrectSmtpGreeting";
+    case NS_ERROR_SENDING_RCPT_COMMAND:
+      return u"errorSendingRcptCommand";
+    case NS_ERROR_STARTTLS_FAILED_EHLO_STARTTLS:
+      return u"startTlsFailed";
+    case NS_ERROR_SMTP_PASSWORD_UNDEFINED:
+      return u"smtpPasswordUndefined";
+    case NS_ERROR_SMTP_TEMP_SIZE_EXCEEDED:
+      return u"smtpTempSizeExceeded";
+    case NS_ERROR_SMTP_PERM_SIZE_EXCEEDED_1:
+      return u"smtpPermSizeExceeded1";
+    case NS_ERROR_SMTP_PERM_SIZE_EXCEEDED_2:
+      return u"smtpPermSizeExceeded2";
+    case NS_ERROR_SMTP_SEND_FAILED_UNKNOWN_SERVER:
+      return u"smtpSendFailedUnknownServer";
+    case NS_ERROR_SMTP_SEND_FAILED_REFUSED:
+      return u"smtpSendRequestRefused";
+    case NS_ERROR_SMTP_SEND_FAILED_INTERRUPTED:
+      return u"smtpSendInterrupted";
+    case NS_ERROR_SMTP_SEND_FAILED_TIMEOUT:
+      return u"smtpSendTimeout";
+    case NS_ERROR_SMTP_SEND_FAILED_UNKNOWN_REASON:
+      return u"smtpSendFailedUnknownReason";
+    case NS_ERROR_SMTP_AUTH_CHANGE_ENCRYPT_TO_PLAIN_NO_SSL:
+      return u"smtpHintAuthEncryptToPlainNoSsl";
+    case NS_ERROR_SMTP_AUTH_CHANGE_ENCRYPT_TO_PLAIN_SSL:
+      return u"smtpHintAuthEncryptToPlainSsl";
+    case NS_ERROR_SMTP_AUTH_CHANGE_PLAIN_TO_ENCRYPT:
+      return u"smtpHintAuthPlainToEncrypt";
+    case NS_ERROR_SMTP_AUTH_FAILURE:
+      return u"smtpAuthFailure";
+    case NS_ERROR_SMTP_AUTH_GSSAPI:
+      return u"smtpAuthGssapi";
+    case NS_ERROR_SMTP_AUTH_MECH_NOT_SUPPORTED:
+      return u"smtpAuthMechNotSupported";
+    case NS_ERROR_SMTP_AUTH_NOT_SUPPORTED:
+      return u"smtpAuthenticationNotSupported";
+    case NS_ERROR_ILLEGAL_LOCALPART:
+      return u"illegalLocalPart";
+    default:
+      return u"sendFailed";
+  }
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/compose/src/nsComposeStrings.h b/mailnews/compose/src/nsComposeStrings.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2a8754493
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/compose/src/nsComposeStrings.h
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/**
+  String Ids used by mailnews\compose
+  To Do: Convert the callers to use names instead of ids and then make this file obsolete.
+ */
+ 
+#ifndef _nsComposeStrings_H__
+#define _nsComposeStrings_H__
+
+#include "msgCore.h"
+
+#define NS_MSG_UNABLE_TO_OPEN_FILE                  NS_MSG_GENERATE_FAILURE(12500)
+#define NS_MSG_UNABLE_TO_OPEN_TMP_FILE              NS_MSG_GENERATE_FAILURE(12501)
+#define NS_MSG_UNABLE_TO_SAVE_TEMPLATE              NS_MSG_GENERATE_FAILURE(12502)
+#define NS_MSG_UNABLE_TO_SAVE_DRAFT                 NS_MSG_GENERATE_FAILURE(12503)
+#define NS_MSG_COULDNT_OPEN_FCC_FOLDER              NS_MSG_GENERATE_FAILURE(12506)
+#define NS_MSG_NO_SENDER                            NS_MSG_GENERATE_FAILURE(12510)
+#define NS_MSG_NO_RECIPIENTS                        NS_MSG_GENERATE_FAILURE(12511)
+#define NS_MSG_ERROR_WRITING_FILE                   NS_MSG_GENERATE_FAILURE(12512)
+#define NS_ERROR_SENDING_FROM_COMMAND               NS_MSG_GENERATE_FAILURE(12514)
+#define NS_ERROR_SENDING_DATA_COMMAND               NS_MSG_GENERATE_FAILURE(12516)
+#define NS_ERROR_SENDING_MESSAGE                    NS_MSG_GENERATE_FAILURE(12517)
+#define NS_ERROR_POST_FAILED                        NS_MSG_GENERATE_FAILURE(12518)
+#define NS_ERROR_QUEUED_DELIVERY_FAILED             NS_MSG_GENERATE_FAILURE(12519)
+#define NS_ERROR_SEND_FAILED                        NS_MSG_GENERATE_FAILURE(12520)
+#define NS_ERROR_SMTP_SERVER_ERROR                  NS_MSG_GENERATE_FAILURE(12524)
+#define NS_MSG_UNABLE_TO_SEND_LATER                 NS_MSG_GENERATE_FAILURE(12525)
+#define NS_ERROR_COMMUNICATIONS_ERROR               NS_MSG_GENERATE_FAILURE(12526)
+#define NS_ERROR_BUT_DONT_SHOW_ALERT                NS_MSG_GENERATE_FAILURE(12527)
+#define NS_ERROR_TCP_READ_ERROR                     NS_MSG_GENERATE_FAILURE(12528)
+#define NS_ERROR_COULD_NOT_GET_USERS_MAIL_ADDRESS   NS_MSG_GENERATE_FAILURE(12529)
+#define NS_ERROR_MIME_MPART_ATTACHMENT_ERROR        NS_MSG_GENERATE_FAILURE(12531)
+#define NS_MSG_FAILED_COPY_OPERATION                NS_MSG_GENERATE_FAILURE(12532)
+
+/* 12554 is taken by NS_ERROR_NNTP_NO_CROSS_POSTING.  use 12555 as the next one */
+
+#define NS_MSG_CANCELLING                           NS_MSG_GENERATE_SUCCESS(12555)
+
+// For message sending report
+#define NS_ERROR_SEND_FAILED_BUT_NNTP_OK            NS_MSG_GENERATE_FAILURE(12560)
+#define NS_MSG_ERROR_READING_FILE                   NS_MSG_GENERATE_FAILURE(12563)
+
+#define NS_MSG_ERROR_ATTACHING_FILE                 NS_MSG_GENERATE_FAILURE(12570)
+
+#define NS_ERROR_SMTP_GREETING                      NS_MSG_GENERATE_FAILURE(12572)
+
+#define NS_ERROR_SENDING_RCPT_COMMAND               NS_MSG_GENERATE_FAILURE(12575)
+
+#define NS_ERROR_STARTTLS_FAILED_EHLO_STARTTLS      NS_MSG_GENERATE_FAILURE(12582)
+
+#define NS_ERROR_SMTP_PASSWORD_UNDEFINED            NS_MSG_GENERATE_FAILURE(12584)
+#define NS_ERROR_SMTP_TEMP_SIZE_EXCEEDED            NS_MSG_GENERATE_FAILURE(12586)
+#define NS_ERROR_SMTP_PERM_SIZE_EXCEEDED_1          NS_MSG_GENERATE_FAILURE(12587)
+#define NS_ERROR_SMTP_PERM_SIZE_EXCEEDED_2          NS_MSG_GENERATE_FAILURE(12588)
+
+#define NS_ERROR_SMTP_SEND_FAILED_UNKNOWN_SERVER    NS_MSG_GENERATE_FAILURE(12589)
+#define NS_ERROR_SMTP_SEND_FAILED_REFUSED           NS_MSG_GENERATE_FAILURE(12590)
+#define NS_ERROR_SMTP_SEND_FAILED_INTERRUPTED       NS_MSG_GENERATE_FAILURE(12591)
+#define NS_ERROR_SMTP_SEND_FAILED_TIMEOUT           NS_MSG_GENERATE_FAILURE(12592)
+#define NS_ERROR_SMTP_SEND_FAILED_UNKNOWN_REASON    NS_MSG_GENERATE_FAILURE(12593)
+
+#define NS_ERROR_SMTP_AUTH_CHANGE_ENCRYPT_TO_PLAIN_NO_SSL  NS_MSG_GENERATE_FAILURE(12594)
+#define NS_ERROR_SMTP_AUTH_CHANGE_ENCRYPT_TO_PLAIN_SSL     NS_MSG_GENERATE_FAILURE(12595)
+#define NS_ERROR_SMTP_AUTH_CHANGE_PLAIN_TO_ENCRYPT         NS_MSG_GENERATE_FAILURE(12596)
+#define NS_ERROR_SMTP_AUTH_FAILURE                  NS_MSG_GENERATE_FAILURE(12597)
+#define NS_ERROR_SMTP_AUTH_GSSAPI                   NS_MSG_GENERATE_FAILURE(12598)
+#define NS_ERROR_SMTP_AUTH_MECH_NOT_SUPPORTED       NS_MSG_GENERATE_FAILURE(12599)
+#define NS_ERROR_SMTP_AUTH_NOT_SUPPORTED            NS_MSG_GENERATE_FAILURE(12600)
+
+#define NS_ERROR_ILLEGAL_LOCALPART                  NS_MSG_GENERATE_FAILURE(12601)
+
+const char16_t* errorStringNameForErrorCode(nsresult aCode);
+
+#endif /* _nsComposeStrings_H__ */
diff --git a/mailnews/compose/src/nsMsgAppleCodes.h b/mailnews/compose/src/nsMsgAppleCodes.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d8ca2f327
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/compose/src/nsMsgAppleCodes.h
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/*
+**	AD_Codes.h
+**
+**	---------------
+**
+**		Head file for Apple Decode/Encode essential codes.
+**
+**
+*/
+
+#ifndef ad_codes_h
+#define ad_codes_h
+
+/*
+** applefile definitions used 
+*/
+#if PRAGMA_STRUCT_ALIGN
+  #pragma options align=mac68k
+#endif
+
+#define APPLESINGLE_MAGIC	0x00051600L
+#define APPLEDOUBLE_MAGIC 	0x00051607L
+#define VERSION 			0x00020000
+
+#define NUM_ENTRIES 		6
+
+#define ENT_DFORK   		1L
+#define ENT_RFORK   		2L
+#define ENT_NAME    		3L
+#define ENT_COMMENT 		4L
+#define ENT_DATES   		8L
+#define ENT_FINFO   		9L
+#define CONVERT_TIME 		1265437696L
+
+/*
+** data type used in the encoder/decoder.
+*/
+typedef struct ap_header 
+{
+	int32_t 	magic;
+	int32_t	version;
+	char 	fill[16];
+	int16_t 	entries;
+
+} ap_header;
+
+typedef struct ap_entry 
+{
+	int32_t  id;
+	int32_t	offset;
+	int32_t	length;
+	
+} ap_entry;
+
+typedef struct ap_dates 
+{
+	int32_t create, modify, backup, access;
+
+} ap_dates;
+
+typedef struct myFInfo			/* the mac FInfo structure for the cross platform. */
+{	
+	int32_t	fdType, fdCreator;
+	int16_t	fdFlags;
+	int32_t	fdLocation;			/* it really should  be a pointer, but just a place-holder  */
+	int16_t	fdFldr;	
+
+}	myFInfo;
+
+PR_BEGIN_EXTERN_C
+/*
+**	string utils.
+*/
+int write_stream(appledouble_encode_object *p_ap_encode_obj, const char *s,int len);
+
+int fill_apple_mime_header(appledouble_encode_object *p_ap_encode_obj);
+int ap_encode_file_infor(appledouble_encode_object *p_ap_encode_obj);
+int ap_encode_header(appledouble_encode_object* p_ap_encode_obj, bool firstTime);
+int ap_encode_data(  appledouble_encode_object* p_ap_encode_obj, bool firstTime);
+
+/*
+**	the prototypes for the ap_decoder.
+*/
+int  fetch_a_line(appledouble_decode_object* p_ap_decode_obj, char *buff);
+int  ParseFileHeader(appledouble_decode_object* p_ap_decode_obj);
+int  ap_seek_part_start(appledouble_decode_object* p_ap_decode_obj);
+void parse_param(char *p, char **param, char**define, char **np);
+int  ap_seek_to_boundary(appledouble_decode_object* p_ap_decode_obj, bool firstime);
+int  ap_parse_header(appledouble_decode_object* p_ap_decode_obj,bool firstime);
+int  ap_decode_file_infor(appledouble_decode_object* p_ap_decode_obj);
+int  ap_decode_process_header(appledouble_decode_object* p_ap_decode_obj, bool firstime);
+int  ap_decode_process_data(  appledouble_decode_object* p_ap_decode_obj, bool firstime);
+
+PR_END_EXTERN_C
+ 
+#if PRAGMA_STRUCT_ALIGN
+  #pragma options align=reset
+#endif
+
+#endif /* ad_codes_h */
diff --git a/mailnews/compose/src/nsMsgAppleDouble.h b/mailnews/compose/src/nsMsgAppleDouble.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f4ae934ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/compose/src/nsMsgAppleDouble.h
@@ -0,0 +1,207 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/* 
+*   AppleDouble.h
+*	-------------
+*
+*  	  The header file for a stream based apple single/double encodor/decodor.
+*		
+*		2aug95	mym		
+*		
+*/
+
+
+#ifndef AppleDouble_h
+#define AppleDouble_h
+
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "nsComposeStrings.h"
+#include "nsIOutputStream.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+
+#include <CoreServices/CoreServices.h>
+
+#define NOERR			0
+#define errDone			1
+								/* Done with current operation.	*/
+#define errEOB			2
+								/* 	End of a buffer.			*/
+#define errEOP			3	
+								/* 	End of a Part.				*/
+
+					
+#define errFileOpen	NS_ERROR_GET_CODE(NS_MSG_UNABLE_TO_OPEN_TMP_FILE)
+#define errFileWrite	-202 /*Error writing temporary file.*/
+#define errUsrCancel	-2  /*MK_INTERRUPTED */
+#define errDecoding		-1
+
+/*
+** The envirment block data type. 
+*/
+enum 
+{ 
+	kInit, 
+	kDoingHeaderPortion, 
+	kDoneHeaderPortion, 
+	kDoingDataPortion, 
+	kDoneDataPortion 
+};
+
+typedef struct _appledouble_encode_object 
+{
+    char    fname[256];
+    FSIORefNum fileId;				/* the id for the open file (data/resource fork) */
+
+	int 	state;
+	int		text_file_type;		/* if the file has a text file type with it.	*/
+	char	*boundary;			/* the boundary string.							*/
+
+	int		status;				/* the error code if anyerror happens.			*/
+	char 	b_overflow[200];
+	int		s_overflow;
+	
+	int		state64;			/* the left over state of base64 enocding 		*/
+	int		ct;					/* the character count of base64 encoding		*/
+	int 	c1, c2;				/* the left of the last base64 encoding 		*/		
+
+	char 	*outbuff;			/* the outbuff by the caller.           		*/
+	int		s_outbuff;			/* the size of the buffer.						*/
+	int		pos_outbuff;		/* the offset in the current buffer.			*/ 
+
+} appledouble_encode_object;
+
+/* The possible content transfer encodings */
+
+enum 
+{ 
+	kEncodeNone,
+	kEncodeQP,
+	kEncodeBase64,
+	kEncodeUU
+};
+
+enum 
+{ 
+	kGeneralMine,
+	kAppleDouble,
+	kAppleSingle
+};
+
+enum 
+{ 
+	kInline,
+	kDontCare
+};
+
+enum 
+{ 
+	kHeaderPortion,
+	kDataPortion
+};
+
+/* the decode states.	*/
+enum 
+{ 
+	kBeginParseHeader = 3,
+	kParsingHeader,
+	kBeginSeekBoundary,
+	kSeekingBoundary,
+	kBeginHeaderPortion, 
+	kProcessingHeaderPortion, 
+	kBeginDataPortion, 
+	kProcessingDataPortion, 
+	kFinishing
+};
+
+/* uuencode states */
+enum
+{
+	kWaitingForBegin = (int) 0,
+	kBegin,
+	kMainBody,
+	kEnd
+};
+
+typedef struct _appledouble_decode_object 
+{
+	int		is_binary;
+	int		is_apple_single;	/* if the object encoded is in apple single		*/
+	int		write_as_binhex;
+	
+	int		messagetype;
+	char*	boundary0;			/* the boundary for the enclosure.				*/
+	int		deposition;			/* the deposition.								*/
+	int		encoding;			/* the encoding method.							*/
+	int		which_part;
+	
+	char	fname[256];
+	// nsIOFileStream *fileSpec;					/* the stream for data fork work.					 */
+
+	int 	state;
+	
+	int		rksize;				/* the resource fork size count.				*/
+	int		dksize;				/* the data fork size count.					*/
+	 
+	int		status;				/* the error code if anyerror happens.			*/
+	char 	b_leftover[256];
+	int		s_leftover;
+	
+	int		encode;				/* the encode type of the message.				*/
+	int		state64;			/* the left over state of base64 enocding 		*/
+	int		left;				/* the character count of base64 encoding		*/
+	int 	c[4];				/* the left of the last base64 encoding 		*/		
+	int		uu_starts_line;		/* is decoder at the start of a line? (uuencode)	*/
+	int		uu_state;			/* state w/r/t the uuencode body */
+	int		uu_bytes_written;	/* bytes written from the current tuple (uuencode) */
+	int		uu_line_bytes;		/* encoded bytes remaining in the current line (uuencode) */
+
+	char 	*inbuff;			/* the outbuff by the caller.           		*/
+	int		s_inbuff;			/* the size of the buffer.						*/
+	int		pos_inbuff;			/* the offset in the current buffer.			*/ 
+
+
+	nsCOMPtr <nsIFile> tmpFile;		/* the temp file to hold the decode data fork 	*/
+								                      /* when doing the binhex exporting.				*/
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIOutputStream> tmpFileStream; /* The output File Stream */
+	int32_t	            data_size;			/* the size of the data in the tmp file.		*/
+
+} appledouble_decode_object;
+
+
+/*
+**	The protypes.
+*/
+
+PR_BEGIN_EXTERN_C
+
+int ap_encode_init(appledouble_encode_object *p_ap_encode_obj, 
+					const char* fname,
+					char* separator);
+
+int ap_encode_next(appledouble_encode_object* p_ap_encode_obj, 
+					char 	*to_buff,
+					int32_t 	buff_size,
+					int32_t*	real_size);
+
+int ap_encode_end(appledouble_encode_object* p_ap_encode_obj,
+					bool	is_aborting);
+
+int ap_decode_init(appledouble_decode_object* p_ap_decode_obj,
+					bool	is_apple_single,
+					bool	write_as_bin_hex,
+					void  	*closure);
+
+int ap_decode_next(appledouble_decode_object* p_ap_decode_obj, 
+					char 	*in_buff, 
+					int32_t 	buff_size);
+
+int ap_decode_end(appledouble_decode_object* p_ap_decode_obj, 
+				 	bool is_aborting);
+
+PR_END_EXTERN_C
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/compose/src/nsMsgAppleDoubleEncode.cpp b/mailnews/compose/src/nsMsgAppleDoubleEncode.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4d7178123
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/compose/src/nsMsgAppleDoubleEncode.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,266 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/*
+*
+*   apple-double.c
+*	--------------
+*
+*  	  The codes to do apple double encoding/decoding.
+*		
+*		02aug95		mym		created.
+*		
+*/
+#include "nsID.h"
+#include "nscore.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsMsgAppleDouble.h"
+#include "nsMsgAppleCodes.h"
+#include "nsMsgCompUtils.h"
+#include "nsCExternalHandlerService.h"
+#include "nsIMIMEService.h"
+#include "nsMimeTypes.h"
+#include "prmem.h"
+#include "nsNetUtil.h"
+
+
+void	
+MacGetFileType(nsIFile   *fs, 
+               bool         *useDefault, 
+               char         **fileType, 
+               char         **encoding)
+{
+	if ((fs == NULL) || (fileType == NULL) || (encoding == NULL))
+		return;
+
+  bool exists = false;
+  fs->Exists(&exists);
+  if (!exists)
+    return;
+
+	*useDefault = TRUE;
+	*fileType = NULL;
+	*encoding = NULL;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsILocalFileMac> macFile = do_QueryInterface(fs);
+  FSRef fsRef;
+  FSCatalogInfo catalogInfo;
+  OSErr err = errFileOpen;
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(macFile->GetFSRef(&fsRef)))
+    err = ::FSGetCatalogInfo(&fsRef, kFSCatInfoFinderInfo, &catalogInfo, nullptr, nullptr, nullptr);
+
+  if ( (err != noErr) || (((FileInfo*)(&catalogInfo.finderInfo))->fileType == 'TEXT') )
+    *fileType = strdup(APPLICATION_OCTET_STREAM);
+  else
+  {
+    // At this point, we should call the mime service and
+    // see what we can find out?
+    nsresult      rv;
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIURI> tURI;
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(NS_NewFileURI(getter_AddRefs(tURI), fs)) && tURI)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMIMEService> mimeFinder (do_GetService(NS_MIMESERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && mimeFinder) 
+      {
+        nsAutoCString mimeType;
+        rv = mimeFinder->GetTypeFromURI(tURI, mimeType);
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) 
+        {
+          *fileType = ToNewCString(mimeType);
+          return;
+        }        
+      }
+    }
+
+    // If we hit here, return something...default to this...
+    *fileType = strdup(APPLICATION_OCTET_STREAM);
+  }
+}
+
+//#pragma cplusplus reset
+
+/*
+*	ap_encode_init
+*	--------------
+*	
+*	Setup the encode envirment
+*/
+
+int ap_encode_init( appledouble_encode_object *p_ap_encode_obj,
+                    const char                *fname,
+                    char                      *separator)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIFile> myFile;
+  NS_NewNativeLocalFile(nsDependentCString(fname), true, getter_AddRefs(myFile));
+  bool exists;
+  if (myFile && NS_SUCCEEDED(myFile->Exists(&exists)) && !exists)
+    return -1;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsILocalFileMac> macFile = do_QueryInterface(myFile);
+  nsAutoCString path;
+  macFile->GetNativePath(path);
+
+	memset(p_ap_encode_obj, 0, sizeof(appledouble_encode_object));
+	
+	/*
+	**	Fill out the source file inforamtion.
+	*/	
+  memcpy(p_ap_encode_obj->fname, path.get(), path.Length());
+  p_ap_encode_obj->fname[path.Length()] = '\0';
+	
+	p_ap_encode_obj->boundary = strdup(separator);
+	return noErr;
+}
+
+/*
+**	ap_encode_next
+**	--------------
+**		
+**		return :
+**			noErr	:	everything is ok
+**			errDone	:	when encoding is done.
+**			errors	:	otherwise.
+*/
+int ap_encode_next(
+	appledouble_encode_object* p_ap_encode_obj, 
+	char 	*to_buff, 
+	int32_t 	buff_size, 
+	int32_t* 	real_size)
+{
+	int status;
+	
+	/*
+	** 	install the out buff now.
+	*/
+	p_ap_encode_obj->outbuff     = to_buff;
+	p_ap_encode_obj->s_outbuff 	 = buff_size;
+	p_ap_encode_obj->pos_outbuff = 0;
+	
+	/*
+	**	first copy the outstandind data in the overflow buff to the out buffer. 
+	*/
+	if (p_ap_encode_obj->s_overflow)
+	{
+		status = write_stream(p_ap_encode_obj,
+		                      (const char*)(p_ap_encode_obj->b_overflow),
+		                      p_ap_encode_obj->s_overflow);
+		if (status != noErr)
+			return status;
+				
+		p_ap_encode_obj->s_overflow = 0;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** go the next processing stage based on the current state. 
+	*/
+	switch (p_ap_encode_obj->state)
+	{
+		case kInit:
+			/*
+			** We are in the  starting position, fill out the header.
+			*/
+			status = fill_apple_mime_header(p_ap_encode_obj); 
+			if (status != noErr)
+				break;					/* some error happens */
+				
+			p_ap_encode_obj->state = kDoingHeaderPortion;
+			status = ap_encode_header(p_ap_encode_obj, true); 
+										/* it is the first time to calling 		*/							
+			if (status == errDone)
+			{
+				p_ap_encode_obj->state = kDoneHeaderPortion;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				break;					/* we need more work on header portion.	*/
+			}			
+				
+			/*
+			** we are done with the header, so let's go to the data port.
+			*/
+			p_ap_encode_obj->state = kDoingDataPortion;
+			status = ap_encode_data(p_ap_encode_obj, true);		 	
+										/* it is first time call do data portion */
+							
+			if (status == errDone)
+			{
+				p_ap_encode_obj->state  = kDoneDataPortion;
+				status = noErr;
+			}
+			break;
+
+		case kDoingHeaderPortion:
+		
+			status = ap_encode_header(p_ap_encode_obj, false); 			
+										/* continue with the header portion.	*/
+			if (status == errDone)
+			{
+				p_ap_encode_obj->state = kDoneHeaderPortion;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				break;					/* we need more work on header portion.	*/				
+			}
+			
+			/*
+			** start the data portion.
+			*/
+			p_ap_encode_obj->state = kDoingDataPortion;
+			status = ap_encode_data(p_ap_encode_obj, true); 					
+										/* it is the first time calling 		*/
+			if (status == errDone)
+			{
+				p_ap_encode_obj->state  = kDoneDataPortion;
+				status = noErr;
+			}
+			break;
+
+		case kDoingDataPortion:
+		
+			status = ap_encode_data(p_ap_encode_obj, false); 				
+										/* it is not the first time				*/
+													
+			if (status == errDone)
+			{
+				p_ap_encode_obj->state = kDoneDataPortion;
+				status = noErr;
+			}
+			break;
+
+		case kDoneDataPortion:
+				status = errDone;		/* we are really done.					*/
+
+			break;
+	}
+	
+	*real_size = p_ap_encode_obj->pos_outbuff;
+	return status;
+}
+
+/*
+**	ap_encode_end
+**	-------------
+**
+**	clear the apple encoding.
+*/
+
+int ap_encode_end(
+	appledouble_encode_object *p_ap_encode_obj, 
+	bool is_aborting)
+{
+	/*
+	** clear up the apple doubler.
+	*/
+	if (p_ap_encode_obj == NULL)
+		return noErr;
+
+	if (p_ap_encode_obj->fileId)			/* close the file if it is open.	*/
+    ::FSCloseFork(p_ap_encode_obj->fileId);
+
+	PR_FREEIF(p_ap_encode_obj->boundary);		/* the boundary string.				*/
+	
+	return noErr;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/compose/src/nsMsgAppleEncode.cpp b/mailnews/compose/src/nsMsgAppleEncode.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..27e39a8cd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/compose/src/nsMsgAppleEncode.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,703 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/*
+ *
+ *   apple_double_encode.c
+ *	 ---------------------
+ *
+ *    The routines doing the Apple Double Encoding.
+ *		
+ *			2aug95	mym	Created.
+ *		
+ */
+
+#include "nscore.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsMimeTypes.h"
+#include "prprf.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsMsgAppleDouble.h"
+#include "nsMsgAppleCodes.h"
+#include "nsILocalFileMac.h"
+
+/*
+**	Local Functions prototypes.
+*/
+static int output64chunk( appledouble_encode_object* p_ap_encode_obj, 
+				int c1, int c2, int c3, int pads);
+				
+static int to64(appledouble_encode_object* p_ap_encode_obj, 
+				char	*p, 
+				int 	in_size);
+ 
+static int finish64(appledouble_encode_object* p_ap_encode_obj);
+
+
+#define BUFF_LEFT(p)	((p)->s_outbuff - (p)->pos_outbuff)	
+
+/*
+**	write_stream.
+*/
+int write_stream(
+	appledouble_encode_object *p_ap_encode_obj,
+	const char *out_string,
+	int len)
+{	
+	if (p_ap_encode_obj->pos_outbuff + len < p_ap_encode_obj->s_outbuff)
+	{
+		memcpy(p_ap_encode_obj->outbuff + p_ap_encode_obj->pos_outbuff, 
+		       out_string, 
+		       len);
+		p_ap_encode_obj->pos_outbuff += len;
+		return noErr;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		/*
+		**	If the buff doesn't have enough space, use the overflow buffer then.
+		*/
+		int s_len = p_ap_encode_obj->s_outbuff - p_ap_encode_obj->pos_outbuff;
+		
+		memcpy(p_ap_encode_obj->outbuff + p_ap_encode_obj->pos_outbuff, 
+		       out_string, 
+		       s_len);
+		memcpy(p_ap_encode_obj->b_overflow + p_ap_encode_obj->s_overflow,
+		       out_string + s_len,
+		       p_ap_encode_obj->s_overflow += (len - s_len));
+		p_ap_encode_obj->pos_outbuff += s_len;
+		return errEOB;
+	}
+}
+
+int fill_apple_mime_header(
+	appledouble_encode_object *p_ap_encode_obj)
+{
+	int  status;
+	
+	char tmpstr[266];
+	
+#if 0	
+//	strcpy(tmpstr, "Content-Type: multipart/mixed; boundary=\"-\"\n\n---\n");
+//	status = write_stream(p_ap_encode_env, 
+//						tmpstr,
+//						strlen(tmpstr));
+//	if (status != noErr)
+//		return status;
+
+	PR_snprintf(tmpstr, sizeof(tmpstr),
+			"Content-Type: multipart/appledouble; boundary=\"=\"; name=\"");
+	status = write_stream(p_ap_encode_obj, (const char*)tmpstr, strlen(tmpstr));
+	if (status != noErr)
+		return status;
+		
+	status = write_stream(p_ap_encode_obj,
+						p_ap_encode_obj->fname,
+						strlen(p_ap_encode_obj->fname));
+	if (status != noErr)
+		return status;
+		
+	PR_snprintf(tmpstr, sizeof(tmpstr),
+			"\"\r\nContent-Disposition: inline; filename=\"%s\"\r\n\r\n\r\n--=\r\n",
+			p_ap_encode_obj->fname);
+#endif /* 0 */
+	PR_snprintf(tmpstr, sizeof(tmpstr), "--%s" CRLF, p_ap_encode_obj->boundary);
+	status = write_stream(p_ap_encode_obj, (const char*)tmpstr, strlen(tmpstr));
+	return status;
+} 
+
+int ap_encode_file_infor(
+	appledouble_encode_object *p_ap_encode_obj)
+{
+	ap_header	head;
+	ap_entry 	entries[NUM_ENTRIES];
+	ap_dates 	dates;
+	short 		i;
+	long 		comlen;
+	char 		comment[256];
+	int	 		status;
+    
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIFile> resFile;
+    NS_NewNativeLocalFile(nsDependentCString(p_ap_encode_obj->fname), true,
+                          getter_AddRefs(resFile));
+    if (!resFile)
+        return errFileOpen;
+
+    FSRef ref;
+    nsCOMPtr <nsILocalFileMac> macFile = do_QueryInterface(resFile);
+    if (NS_FAILED(macFile->GetFSRef(&ref)))
+        return errFileOpen;
+
+    FSCatalogInfo catalogInfo;
+    if (::FSGetCatalogInfo(&ref, kFSCatInfoFinderInfo, &catalogInfo, nullptr, nullptr, nullptr) != noErr)
+	{
+		return errFileOpen;
+	}
+
+	/* get a file comment, if possible */
+#if 1
+    // Carbon doesn't support GetWDInfo(). (Bug 555684)
+
+    // not sure why working directories are needed here...
+    comlen = 0;
+#else
+	long 		procID;
+	procID = 0;
+	GetWDInfo(p_ap_encode_obj->vRefNum, &fpb->ioVRefNum, &fpb->ioDirID, &procID);
+	IOParam 	vinfo;
+	memset((void *) &vinfo, '\0', sizeof (vinfo));
+	GetVolParmsInfoBuffer vp;
+	vinfo.ioCompletion  = nil;
+	vinfo.ioVRefNum 	= fpb->ioVRefNum;
+	vinfo.ioBuffer 		= (Ptr) &vp;
+	vinfo.ioReqCount 	= sizeof (vp);
+	comlen = 0;
+	if (PBHGetVolParmsSync((HParmBlkPtr) &vinfo) == noErr &&
+		((vp.vMAttrib >> bHasDesktopMgr) & 1)) 
+	{
+		DTPBRec 	dtp;
+		memset((void *) &dtp, '\0', sizeof (dtp));
+		dtp.ioVRefNum = fpb->ioVRefNum;
+		if (PBDTGetPath(&dtp) == noErr) 
+		{
+			dtp.ioCompletion = nil;
+			dtp.ioDTBuffer = (Ptr) comment;
+			dtp.ioNamePtr  = fpb->ioNamePtr;
+			dtp.ioDirID    = fpb->ioFlParID;
+			if (PBDTGetCommentSync(&dtp) == noErr) 
+				comlen = dtp.ioDTActCount;
+		}
+	}
+#endif /* ! 1 */
+	
+	/* write header */
+//	head.magic = dfork ? APPLESINGLE_MAGIC : APPLEDOUBLE_MAGIC;
+	head.magic   = APPLEDOUBLE_MAGIC;		/* always do apple double */
+	head.version = VERSION;
+	memset(head.fill, '\0', sizeof (head.fill));
+	head.entries = NUM_ENTRIES - 1;
+	status = to64(p_ap_encode_obj,
+					(char *) &head,
+					sizeof (head));				
+	if (status != noErr)
+		return status;
+
+	/* write entry descriptors */
+    nsAutoCString leafname;
+    macFile->GetNativeLeafName(leafname);
+	entries[0].offset = sizeof (head) + sizeof (ap_entry) * head.entries;
+	entries[0].id 	= ENT_NAME;
+    entries[0].length = leafname.Length();
+	entries[1].id 	= ENT_FINFO;
+	entries[1].length = sizeof (FInfo) + sizeof (FXInfo);
+	entries[2].id 	= ENT_DATES;
+	entries[2].length = sizeof (ap_dates);
+	entries[3].id 	= ENT_COMMENT;
+	entries[3].length = comlen;
+	entries[4].id 	= ENT_RFORK;
+    entries[4].length = catalogInfo.rsrcLogicalSize;
+	entries[5].id 	= ENT_DFORK;
+    entries[5].length = catalogInfo.dataLogicalSize;
+
+	/* correct the link in the entries. */
+	for (i = 1; i < NUM_ENTRIES; ++i) 
+	{
+		entries[i].offset = entries[i-1].offset + entries[i-1].length;
+	}
+	status = to64(p_ap_encode_obj,
+					(char *) entries,
+					sizeof (ap_entry) * head.entries); 
+	if (status != noErr)
+		return status;
+
+	/* write name */
+	status = to64(p_ap_encode_obj,
+					(char *) leafname.get(),
+					leafname.Length()); 
+	if (status != noErr)
+		return status;
+	
+	/* write finder info */
+	status = to64(p_ap_encode_obj,
+					(char *) &catalogInfo.finderInfo,
+					sizeof (FInfo));
+	if (status != noErr)
+		return status;
+					  
+	status = to64(p_ap_encode_obj,
+					(char *) &catalogInfo.extFinderInfo,
+					sizeof (FXInfo));
+	if (status != noErr)
+		return status;
+
+	/* write dates */
+    dates.create = catalogInfo.createDate.lowSeconds + CONVERT_TIME;
+    dates.modify = catalogInfo.contentModDate.lowSeconds + CONVERT_TIME;
+    dates.backup = catalogInfo.backupDate.lowSeconds + CONVERT_TIME;
+    dates.access = catalogInfo.accessDate.lowSeconds + CONVERT_TIME;
+	status = to64(p_ap_encode_obj,
+					(char *) &dates,
+					sizeof (ap_dates)); 
+	if (status != noErr)
+		return status;
+	
+	/* write comment */
+	if (comlen)
+	{
+		status = to64(p_ap_encode_obj,
+					comment,
+					comlen * sizeof(char));
+	}
+	/*
+	**	Get some help information on deciding the file type.
+	*/
+    if (((FileInfo*)(&catalogInfo.finderInfo))->fileType == 'TEXT' ||
+        ((FileInfo*)(&catalogInfo.finderInfo))->fileType == 'text')
+	{
+		p_ap_encode_obj->text_file_type = true;
+	}
+	
+	return status;	
+}
+/*
+**	ap_encode_header
+**
+**		encode the file header and the resource fork.
+**
+*/
+int ap_encode_header(
+	appledouble_encode_object* p_ap_encode_obj, 
+	bool    firstime)
+{
+	char   	rd_buff[256];
+    FSIORefNum fileId;
+	OSErr	retval = noErr;
+	int    	status;
+    ByteCount inCount;
+	
+	if (firstime)
+	{
+    PL_strcpy(rd_buff, 
+			"Content-Type: application/applefile\r\nContent-Transfer-Encoding: base64\r\n\r\n");
+		status = write_stream(p_ap_encode_obj, (const char*)rd_buff, strlen(rd_buff));
+		if (status != noErr)
+			return status;
+			
+		status = ap_encode_file_infor(p_ap_encode_obj); 
+		if (status != noErr)
+			return status;
+		
+		/*
+		** preparing to encode the resource fork.
+		*/
+        nsCOMPtr <nsIFile> myFile;
+        NS_NewNativeLocalFile(nsDependentCString(p_ap_encode_obj->fname), true, getter_AddRefs(myFile));
+        if (!myFile)
+            return errFileOpen;
+
+        FSRef ref;
+        nsCOMPtr <nsILocalFileMac> macFile = do_QueryInterface(myFile);
+        if (NS_FAILED(macFile->GetFSRef(&ref)))
+            return errFileOpen;
+
+        HFSUniStr255 forkName;
+        ::FSGetResourceForkName(&forkName);
+        retval = ::FSOpenFork(&ref, forkName.length, forkName.unicode, fsRdPerm, &p_ap_encode_obj->fileId);
+        if (retval != noErr)
+            return retval;
+	}
+
+	fileId = p_ap_encode_obj->fileId;
+	while (retval == noErr)
+	{
+		if (BUFF_LEFT(p_ap_encode_obj) < 400)
+			break;
+			
+        inCount = 0;
+        retval = ::FSReadFork(fileId, fsAtMark, 0, 256, rd_buff, &inCount);
+		if (inCount)
+		{
+			status = to64(p_ap_encode_obj,
+							rd_buff,
+							inCount);
+			if (status != noErr)
+				return status;
+		}
+	}
+	
+	if (retval == eofErr)
+	{
+        ::FSCloseFork(fileId);
+        p_ap_encode_obj->fileId = 0;
+
+		status = finish64(p_ap_encode_obj);
+		if (status != noErr)
+			return status;
+		
+		/*
+		** write out the boundary 
+		*/
+		PR_snprintf(rd_buff, sizeof(rd_buff),
+						CRLF "--%s" CRLF, 
+						p_ap_encode_obj->boundary);
+					
+		status = write_stream(p_ap_encode_obj, (const char*)rd_buff, strlen(rd_buff));
+		if (status == noErr)
+			status = errDone;
+	}
+	return status;
+}
+
+#if 0
+// This is unused for now and Clang complains about that is it is ifdefed out
+static void replace(char *p, int len, char frm, char to)
+{
+	for (; len > 0; len--, p++)
+		if (*p == frm)	*p = to;
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Description of the various file formats and their magic numbers 		*/
+struct magic
+{
+    const char *name;			/* Name of the file format */
+    const char *num;			/* The magic number */
+    int        len;			/* Length (0 means strlen(magicnum)) */
+};
+
+/* The magic numbers of the file formats we know about */
+static struct magic magic[] =
+{
+    { "image/gif", 	"GIF", 			  0 },
+    { "image/jpeg", "\377\330\377",   0 },
+    { "video/mpeg", "\0\0\001\263",	  4 },
+    { "application/postscript", "%!", 0 },
+};
+static int num_magic = MOZ_ARRAY_LENGTH(magic);
+
+static const char *text_type    = TEXT_PLAIN;					/* the text file type. */
+static const char *default_type = APPLICATION_OCTET_STREAM;
+
+
+/*
+ * Determins the format of the file "inputf".  The name
+ * of the file format (or NULL on error) is returned.
+ */
+static const char *magic_look(char *inbuff, int numread)
+{
+    int i, j;
+
+	for (i=0; i<num_magic; i++) 
+	{
+	   	if (magic[i].len == 0) 
+	   		magic[i].len = strlen(magic[i].num);
+	}
+
+    for (i=0; i<num_magic; i++) 
+    {
+		if (numread >= magic[i].len) 
+		{
+	    	for (j=0; j<magic[i].len; j++) 
+	    	{
+				if (inbuff[j] != magic[i].num[j]) break;
+	    	}
+	    	
+	    	if (j == magic[i].len) 
+	    		return magic[i].name;
+		}
+    }
+
+    return default_type;
+}
+/*
+**	ap_encode_data
+**
+**	---------------
+**
+**		encode on the data fork.
+**
+*/
+int ap_encode_data(
+	appledouble_encode_object* p_ap_encode_obj, 
+	bool firstime)
+{
+	char   		rd_buff[256];
+    FSIORefNum fileId;
+	OSErr		retval = noErr;
+    ByteCount in_count;
+	int			status;
+	
+	if (firstime)
+	{	
+		const char* magic_type;
+			
+		/*
+		** preparing to encode the data fork.
+		*/
+        nsCOMPtr <nsIFile> resFile;
+        NS_NewNativeLocalFile(nsDependentCString(p_ap_encode_obj->fname), true,
+                              getter_AddRefs(resFile));
+        if (!resFile)
+            return errFileOpen;
+
+        FSRef ref;
+        nsCOMPtr <nsILocalFileMac> macFile = do_QueryInterface(resFile);
+        if (NS_FAILED(macFile->GetFSRef(&ref)))
+            return errFileOpen;
+
+        HFSUniStr255 forkName;
+        ::FSGetDataForkName(&forkName);
+        retval = ::FSOpenFork(&ref, forkName.length, forkName.unicode, fsRdPerm, &fileId);
+        if (retval != noErr)
+            return retval;
+
+		p_ap_encode_obj->fileId = fileId;
+			
+		
+		if (!p_ap_encode_obj->text_file_type)
+		{	
+      /*
+      **	do a smart check for the file type.
+      */
+      in_count = 0;
+      retval = ::FSReadFork(fileId, fsFromStart, 0, 256, rd_buff, &in_count);
+      magic_type = magic_look(rd_buff, in_count);
+      
+      /* don't forget to rewind the index to start point. */ 
+      ::FSSetForkPosition(fileId, fsFromStart, 0);
+      /* and reset retVal just in case... */
+      if (retval == eofErr)
+        retval = noErr;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			magic_type = text_type;		/* we already know it is a text type.	*/
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	the data portion header information.
+		*/
+        nsAutoCString leafName;
+        resFile->GetNativeLeafName(leafName);
+		PR_snprintf(rd_buff, sizeof(rd_buff),
+			"Content-Type: %s; name=\"%s\"" CRLF "Content-Transfer-Encoding: base64" CRLF "Content-Disposition: inline; filename=\"%s\"" CRLF CRLF,
+			magic_type,
+			leafName.get(),
+			leafName.get());
+			
+		status = write_stream(p_ap_encode_obj, (const char*)rd_buff, strlen(rd_buff));
+		if (status != noErr)
+			return status;
+	}
+	
+	while (retval == noErr)
+	{
+		if (BUFF_LEFT(p_ap_encode_obj) < 400)
+			break;
+			
+        in_count = 0;
+        retval = ::FSReadFork(p_ap_encode_obj->fileId, fsAtMark, 0, 256, rd_buff, &in_count);
+		if (in_count)
+		{
+#if 0
+/*			replace(rd_buff, in_count, '\r', '\n');	 						*/
+#endif
+/* ** may be need to do character set conversion here for localization.	**  */		
+			status = to64(p_ap_encode_obj,
+						rd_buff,
+						in_count);
+			if (status != noErr)
+				return status;
+		}
+	}
+	
+	if (retval == eofErr)
+	{
+        ::FSCloseFork(p_ap_encode_obj->fileId);
+        p_ap_encode_obj->fileId = 0;
+
+		status = finish64(p_ap_encode_obj);
+		if (status != noErr)
+			return status;
+		
+		/* write out the boundary 	*/
+		
+		PR_snprintf(rd_buff, sizeof(rd_buff),
+						CRLF "--%s--" CRLF CRLF, 
+						p_ap_encode_obj->boundary);
+	
+		status = write_stream(p_ap_encode_obj, (const char*)rd_buff, strlen(rd_buff));
+	
+		if (status == noErr)				
+			status = errDone;
+	}
+	return status;
+}
+
+static char basis_64[] =
+   "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz0123456789+/";
+
+/* 
+**	convert the stream in the inbuff to 64 format and put it in the out buff.
+**  To make the life easier, the caller will responcable of the cheking of the outbuff's bundary.
+*/
+static int 
+to64(appledouble_encode_object* p_ap_encode_obj, 
+	char	*p, 
+	int 	in_size) 
+{
+	int 	status;
+    int c1, c2, c3, ct;
+    unsigned char *inbuff = (unsigned char*)p;
+    
+	ct = p_ap_encode_obj->ct;			/* the char count left last time. */
+	
+	/*
+	**	 resume the left state of the last conversion.
+	*/
+	switch (p_ap_encode_obj->state64)
+	{
+		case 0:
+			p_ap_encode_obj->c1 = c1 = *inbuff ++;
+			if (--in_size <= 0)
+			{
+				p_ap_encode_obj->state64 = 1;
+				return noErr;
+			}
+			p_ap_encode_obj->c2 = c2 = *inbuff ++;
+			if (--in_size <= 0)
+			{
+				p_ap_encode_obj->state64 = 2;
+				return noErr;
+			}
+			c3 = *inbuff ++;		--in_size;
+			break;
+		case 1:
+			c1 = p_ap_encode_obj->c1;
+			p_ap_encode_obj->c2 = c2 = *inbuff ++;
+			if (--in_size <= 0)
+			{
+				p_ap_encode_obj->state64 = 2;
+				return noErr;
+			}
+			c3 = *inbuff ++;		--in_size;
+			break;
+		case 2:
+			c1 = p_ap_encode_obj->c1;
+			c2 = p_ap_encode_obj->c2;
+			c3 = *inbuff ++;		--in_size;
+			break;
+	}
+	
+    while (in_size >= 0) 
+    {
+    	status = output64chunk(p_ap_encode_obj, 
+    							c1, 
+    							c2, 
+    							c3, 
+    							0);
+    	if (status != noErr)
+    		return status;
+    		
+    	ct += 4;
+        if (ct > 71) 
+        { 
+        	status = write_stream(p_ap_encode_obj, 
+        						CRLF, 
+        						2);
+        	if (status != noErr)
+        		return status;
+        		
+            ct = 0;
+        }
+
+		if (in_size <= 0)
+		{
+			p_ap_encode_obj->state64 = 0;
+			break;
+		}
+		
+		c1 = (int)*inbuff++;
+		if (--in_size <= 0)
+		{
+			p_ap_encode_obj->c1 = c1;
+			p_ap_encode_obj->state64 = 1;
+			break;
+		}
+		c2 = *inbuff++;
+		if (--in_size <= 0)
+		{
+			p_ap_encode_obj->c1 	 = c1;
+			p_ap_encode_obj->c2 	 = c2;
+			p_ap_encode_obj->state64 = 2;
+			break;
+		}
+		c3 = *inbuff++;
+		in_size--;
+    }
+    p_ap_encode_obj->ct = ct;
+    return status;
+}
+
+/*
+** clear the left base64 encodes.
+*/
+static int 
+finish64(appledouble_encode_object* p_ap_encode_obj)
+{
+	int status;
+	
+	switch (p_ap_encode_obj->state64)
+	{
+		case 0:
+			break;
+		case 1:
+			status = output64chunk(p_ap_encode_obj, 
+									p_ap_encode_obj->c1, 
+									0, 
+									0, 
+									2);
+			break;
+		case 2:
+			status = output64chunk(p_ap_encode_obj, 
+									p_ap_encode_obj->c1, 
+									p_ap_encode_obj->c2, 
+									0, 
+									1);
+			break;
+	}
+	status = write_stream(p_ap_encode_obj, CRLF, 2);
+	p_ap_encode_obj->state64 = 0;
+	p_ap_encode_obj->ct	  	 = 0;
+	return status;
+}
+
+static int output64chunk(
+	appledouble_encode_object* p_ap_encode_obj, 
+	int c1, int c2, int c3, int pads)
+{
+	char tmpstr[32];
+	char *p = tmpstr;
+	
+    *p++ = basis_64[c1>>2];
+    *p++ = basis_64[((c1 & 0x3)<< 4) | ((c2 & 0xF0) >> 4)];
+    if (pads == 2) 
+    {
+        *p++ = '=';
+        *p++ = '=';
+    } 
+    else if (pads) 
+    {
+        *p++ = basis_64[((c2 & 0xF) << 2) | ((c3 & 0xC0) >>6)];
+        *p++ = '=';
+    } 
+    else 
+    {
+        *p++ = basis_64[((c2 & 0xF) << 2) | ((c3 & 0xC0) >>6)];
+        *p++ = basis_64[c3 & 0x3F];
+    }
+    return write_stream(p_ap_encode_obj, (const char*) tmpstr, p-tmpstr);
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/compose/src/nsMsgAttachment.cpp b/mailnews/compose/src/nsMsgAttachment.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3a828c3b0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/compose/src/nsMsgAttachment.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,262 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsMsgAttachment.h"
+#include "nsIFile.h"
+#include "nsNetUtil.h"
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMsgAttachment, nsIMsgAttachment)
+
+nsMsgAttachment::nsMsgAttachment()
+{
+  mTemporary = false;
+  mSendViaCloud = false;
+  mSize = -1;
+}
+
+nsMsgAttachment::~nsMsgAttachment()
+{
+  if (mTemporary && !mSendViaCloud)
+    (void)DeleteAttachment();
+}
+
+/* attribute wstring name; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgAttachment::GetName(nsAString & aName)
+{
+  aName = mName;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgAttachment::SetName(const nsAString & aName)
+{
+  mName = aName;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* attribute string url; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgAttachment::GetUrl(nsACString & aUrl)
+{
+  aUrl = mUrl;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgAttachment::SetUrl(const nsACString & aUrl)
+{
+  mUrl = aUrl;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* attribute string urlCharset; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgAttachment::GetUrlCharset(nsACString & aUrlCharset)
+{
+  aUrlCharset = mUrlCharset;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgAttachment::SetUrlCharset(const nsACString & aUrlCharset)
+{
+  mUrlCharset = aUrlCharset;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* attribute boolean temporary; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgAttachment::GetTemporary(bool *aTemporary)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aTemporary);
+
+  *aTemporary = mTemporary;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgAttachment::SetTemporary(bool aTemporary)
+{
+  mTemporary = aTemporary;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgAttachment::GetSendViaCloud(bool *aSendViaCloud)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aSendViaCloud);
+
+  *aSendViaCloud = mSendViaCloud;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgAttachment::SetSendViaCloud(bool aSendViaCloud)
+{
+  mSendViaCloud = aSendViaCloud;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgAttachment::SetHtmlAnnotation(const nsAString &aAnnotation)
+{
+  mHtmlAnnotation = aAnnotation;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgAttachment::GetHtmlAnnotation(nsAString &aAnnotation)
+{
+  aAnnotation = mHtmlAnnotation;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgAttachment::SetCloudProviderKey(const nsACString &aCloudProviderKey)
+{
+  mCloudProviderKey = aCloudProviderKey;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgAttachment::GetCloudProviderKey(nsACString &aCloudProviderKey)
+{
+  aCloudProviderKey = mCloudProviderKey;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgAttachment::GetContentLocation(nsACString &aContentLocation)
+{
+  aContentLocation = mContentLocation;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgAttachment::SetContentLocation(const nsACString &aContentLocation)
+{
+  mContentLocation = aContentLocation;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgAttachment::GetContentType(char * *aContentType)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aContentType);
+
+  *aContentType = ToNewCString(mContentType);
+  return (*aContentType ? NS_OK : NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgAttachment::SetContentType(const char * aContentType)
+{
+  mContentType = aContentType;
+  /* a full content type could also contains parameters but we need to
+     keep only the content type alone. Therefore we need to cleanup it.
+  */
+  int32_t offset = mContentType.FindChar(';');
+  if (offset >= 0)
+    mContentType.SetLength(offset);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgAttachment::GetContentTypeParam(char * *aContentTypeParam)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aContentTypeParam);
+
+  *aContentTypeParam = ToNewCString(mContentTypeParam);
+  return (*aContentTypeParam ? NS_OK : NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgAttachment::SetContentTypeParam(const char * aContentTypeParam)
+{
+  if (aContentTypeParam)
+    while (*aContentTypeParam == ';' || *aContentTypeParam == ' ')
+      aContentTypeParam ++;
+  mContentTypeParam = aContentTypeParam;
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* attribute string charset; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgAttachment::GetCharset(char * *aCharset)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aCharset);
+
+  *aCharset = ToNewCString(mCharset);
+  return (*aCharset ? NS_OK : NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY);
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgAttachment::SetCharset(const char * aCharset)
+{
+  mCharset = aCharset;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* attribute string macType; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgAttachment::GetMacType(char * *aMacType)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMacType);
+
+  *aMacType = ToNewCString(mMacType);
+  return (*aMacType ? NS_OK : NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY);
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgAttachment::SetMacType(const char * aMacType)
+{
+  mMacType = aMacType;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* attribute string macCreator; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgAttachment::GetMacCreator(char * *aMacCreator)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMacCreator);
+
+  *aMacCreator = ToNewCString(mMacCreator);
+  return (*aMacCreator ? NS_OK : NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY);
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgAttachment::SetMacCreator(const char * aMacCreator)
+{
+  mMacCreator = aMacCreator;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* attribute int64_t size; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgAttachment::GetSize(int64_t *aSize)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aSize);
+
+  *aSize = mSize;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgAttachment::SetSize(int64_t aSize)
+{
+  mSize = aSize;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* boolean equalsUrl (in nsIMsgAttachment attachment); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgAttachment::EqualsUrl(nsIMsgAttachment *attachment, bool *_retval)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(attachment);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(_retval);
+
+  nsAutoCString url;
+  attachment->GetUrl(url);
+
+  *_retval = mUrl.Equals(url);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+nsresult nsMsgAttachment::DeleteAttachment()
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  bool isAFile = false;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> urlFile;
+  rv = NS_GetFileFromURLSpec(mUrl, getter_AddRefs(urlFile));
+  NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "Can't nsIFile from URL string");
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    bool bExists = false;
+    rv = urlFile->Exists(&bExists);
+    NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "Exists() call failed!");
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && bExists)
+    {
+      rv = urlFile->IsFile(&isAFile);
+      NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "IsFile() call failed!");
+    }
+  }
+
+  // remove it if it's a valid file
+  if (isAFile)
+	  rv = urlFile->Remove(false); 
+
+  return rv;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/compose/src/nsMsgAttachment.h b/mailnews/compose/src/nsMsgAttachment.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9f0d0a3b0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/compose/src/nsMsgAttachment.h
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _nsMsgAttachment_H_
+#define _nsMsgAttachment_H_
+
+#include "nsIMsgAttachment.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+
+class nsMsgAttachment : public nsIMsgAttachment
+{
+public:
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGATTACHMENT
+
+  nsMsgAttachment();
+
+private:
+  virtual ~nsMsgAttachment();
+  nsresult DeleteAttachment();
+
+  nsString    mName;
+  nsCString   mUrl;
+  nsCString   mUrlCharset;
+  bool        mTemporary;
+  bool        mSendViaCloud;
+  nsCString   mCloudProviderKey;
+  nsCString   mContentLocation;
+  nsCString   mContentType;
+  nsCString   mContentTypeParam;
+  nsCString   mCharset;
+  nsCString   mMacType;
+  nsCString   mMacCreator;
+  nsString    mHtmlAnnotation;
+  int64_t     mSize;
+};
+
+
+#endif /* _nsMsgAttachment_H_ */
diff --git a/mailnews/compose/src/nsMsgAttachmentHandler.cpp b/mailnews/compose/src/nsMsgAttachmentHandler.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f36f2e29b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/compose/src/nsMsgAttachmentHandler.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1383 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsIPrefLocalizedString.h"
+#include "nsILineInputStream.h"
+#include "nsMsgAttachmentHandler.h"
+#include "prmem.h"
+#include "nsMsgCopy.h"
+#include "nsIPrefService.h"
+#include "nsIPrefBranch.h"
+#include "nsMsgSend.h"
+#include "nsMsgCompUtils.h"
+#include "nsMsgI18N.h"
+#include "nsURLFetcher.h"
+#include "nsMimeTypes.h"
+#include "nsMsgCompCID.h"
+#include "nsIMsgMessageService.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "nsMsgPrompts.h"
+#include "nsTextFormatter.h"
+#include "nsIPrompt.h"
+#include "nsITextToSubURI.h"
+#include "nsIURL.h"
+#include "nsIFileURL.h"
+#include "nsNetCID.h"
+#include "nsIMimeStreamConverter.h"
+#include "nsMsgMimeCID.h"
+#include "nsNetUtil.h"
+#include "nsNativeCharsetUtils.h"
+#include "nsComposeStrings.h"
+#include "nsIZipWriter.h"
+#include "nsIDirectoryEnumerator.h"
+#include "mozilla/Services.h"
+#include "mozilla/mailnews/MimeEncoder.h"
+#include "nsIPrincipal.h"
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Mac Specific Attachment Handling for AppleDouble Encoded Files
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+#ifdef XP_MACOSX
+
+#define AD_WORKING_BUFF_SIZE FILE_IO_BUFFER_SIZE
+
+extern void         MacGetFileType(nsIFile *fs, bool *useDefault, char **type, char **encoding);
+
+#include "nsILocalFileMac.h"
+
+/* static */
+nsresult nsSimpleZipper::Zip(nsIFile *aInputFile, nsIFile *aOutputFile)
+{
+  // create zipwriter object
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIZipWriter> zipWriter = do_CreateInstance("@mozilla.org/zipwriter;1", &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  
+  rv = zipWriter->Open(aOutputFile, PR_RDWR | PR_CREATE_FILE | PR_TRUNCATE);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv); 
+  
+  rv = AddToZip(zipWriter, aInputFile, EmptyCString());
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // we're done.
+  zipWriter->Close();
+  return rv;
+}
+
+/* static */
+nsresult nsSimpleZipper::AddToZip(nsIZipWriter *aZipWriter, 
+                                  nsIFile *aFile,
+                                  const nsACString &aPath)
+{
+  // find out the path this file/dir should have in the zip
+  nsCString leafName;
+  aFile->GetNativeLeafName(leafName);
+  nsCString currentPath(aPath);
+  currentPath += leafName;
+    
+  bool isDirectory;
+  aFile->IsDirectory(&isDirectory);
+  // append slash for a directory entry
+  if (isDirectory)
+    currentPath.Append('/');
+  
+  // add the file or directory entry to the zip
+  nsresult rv = aZipWriter->AddEntryFile(currentPath, nsIZipWriter::COMPRESSION_DEFAULT, aFile, false);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  
+  // if it's a directory, add all its contents too
+  if (isDirectory) {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleEnumerator> e;
+    nsresult rv = aFile->GetDirectoryEntries(getter_AddRefs(e));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIDirectoryEnumerator> dirEnumerator = do_QueryInterface(e, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> currentFile;
+    while (NS_SUCCEEDED(dirEnumerator->GetNextFile(getter_AddRefs(currentFile))) && currentFile) {
+      rv = AddToZip(aZipWriter, currentFile, currentPath);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    }
+  }
+  
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+#endif // XP_MACOSX
+
+//
+// Class implementation...
+//
+nsMsgAttachmentHandler::nsMsgAttachmentHandler() :
+  mRequest(nullptr),
+  mCompFields(nullptr),   // Message composition fields for the sender
+  m_bogus_attachment(false),
+  m_done(false),
+  m_already_encoded_p(false),
+  m_decrypted_p(false),
+  mDeleteFile(false),
+  mMHTMLPart(false),
+  mPartUserOmissionOverride(false),
+  mMainBody(false),
+  mSendViaCloud(false),
+  mNodeIndex(-1),
+  // For analyzing the attachment file...
+  m_size(0),
+  m_unprintable_count(0),
+  m_highbit_count(0),
+  m_ctl_count(0),
+  m_null_count(0),
+  m_have_cr(0), 
+  m_have_lf(0), 
+  m_have_crlf(0),
+  m_prev_char_was_cr(false),
+  m_current_column(0),
+  m_max_column(0),
+  m_lines(0),
+  m_file_analyzed(false),
+
+  // Mime
+  m_encoder(nullptr)
+{
+}
+
+nsMsgAttachmentHandler::~nsMsgAttachmentHandler()
+{
+  if (mTmpFile && mDeleteFile)
+    mTmpFile->Remove(false);
+
+  if (mOutFile)
+    mOutFile->Close();
+
+  CleanupTempFile();
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMsgAttachmentHandler, nsIMsgAttachmentHandler)
+
+// nsIMsgAttachmentHandler implementation.
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgAttachmentHandler::GetType(nsACString& aType)
+{
+  aType.Assign(m_type);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgAttachmentHandler::GetUri(nsACString& aUri)
+{
+  nsAutoCString turl;
+  if (!mURL)
+  {
+    if (!m_uri.IsEmpty())
+      turl = m_uri;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    nsresult rv = mURL->GetSpec(turl);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+  aUri.Assign(turl);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgAttachmentHandler::GetTmpFile(nsIFile **aTmpFile)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aTmpFile);
+  if (!mTmpFile)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  NS_ADDREF(*aTmpFile = mTmpFile);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgAttachmentHandler::GetName(nsACString& aName)
+{
+  aName.Assign(m_realName);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgAttachmentHandler::GetSize(uint32_t *aSize)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aSize);
+  *aSize = m_size;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgAttachmentHandler::GetContentId(nsACString& aContentId)
+{
+  aContentId.Assign(m_contentId);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgAttachmentHandler::GetSendViaCloud(bool* aSendViaCloud)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aSendViaCloud);
+  *aSendViaCloud = mSendViaCloud;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgAttachmentHandler::GetCharset(nsACString& aCharset)
+{
+  aCharset.Assign(m_charset);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgAttachmentHandler::GetEncoding(nsACString& aEncoding)
+{
+  aEncoding.Assign(m_encoding);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgAttachmentHandler::GetAlreadyEncoded(bool* aAlreadyEncoded)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aAlreadyEncoded);
+  *aAlreadyEncoded = m_already_encoded_p;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// Local methods.
+
+void
+nsMsgAttachmentHandler::CleanupTempFile()
+{
+#ifdef XP_MACOSX
+  if (mEncodedWorkingFile) {
+    mEncodedWorkingFile->Remove(false);
+    mEncodedWorkingFile = nullptr;
+  }
+#endif // XP_MACOSX
+}
+
+void
+nsMsgAttachmentHandler::AnalyzeDataChunk(const char *chunk, int32_t length)
+{
+  unsigned char *s = (unsigned char *) chunk;
+  unsigned char *end = s + length;
+  for (; s < end; s++)
+  {
+    if (*s > 126)
+    {
+      m_highbit_count++;
+      m_unprintable_count++;
+    }
+    else if (*s < ' ' && *s != '\t' && *s != '\r' && *s != '\n')
+    {
+      m_unprintable_count++;
+      m_ctl_count++;
+      if (*s == 0)
+        m_null_count++;
+    }
+
+    if (*s == '\r' || *s == '\n')
+    {
+      if (*s == '\r')
+      {
+        if (m_prev_char_was_cr)
+          m_have_cr = 1;
+        else
+          m_prev_char_was_cr = true;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        if (m_prev_char_was_cr)
+        {
+          if (m_current_column == 0)
+          {
+            m_have_crlf = 1;
+            m_lines--;
+          }
+          else
+            m_have_cr = m_have_lf = 1;
+          m_prev_char_was_cr = false;
+        }
+        else
+          m_have_lf = 1;
+      }
+      if (m_max_column < m_current_column)
+        m_max_column = m_current_column;
+      m_current_column = 0;
+      m_lines++;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      m_current_column++;
+    }
+  }
+  // Check one last time for the last line. This is also important if there
+  // is only one line that doesn't terminate in \n.
+  if (m_max_column < m_current_column)
+    m_max_column = m_current_column;
+}
+
+void
+nsMsgAttachmentHandler::AnalyzeSnarfedFile(void)
+{
+  char chunk[1024];
+  uint32_t numRead = 0;
+
+  if (m_file_analyzed)
+    return;
+
+  if (mTmpFile)
+  {
+    int64_t fileSize;
+    mTmpFile->GetFileSize(&fileSize);
+    m_size = (uint32_t) fileSize;
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIInputStream> inputFile;
+    nsresult rv = NS_NewLocalFileInputStream(getter_AddRefs(inputFile), mTmpFile);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      return;
+    {
+      do
+      {
+        rv = inputFile->Read(chunk, sizeof(chunk), &numRead);
+        if (numRead)
+          AnalyzeDataChunk(chunk, numRead);
+      }
+      while (numRead && NS_SUCCEEDED(rv));
+      if (m_prev_char_was_cr)
+        m_have_cr = 1;
+
+      inputFile->Close();
+      m_file_analyzed = true;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+//
+// Given a content-type and some info about the contents of the document,
+// decide what encoding it should have.
+//
+nsresult
+nsMsgAttachmentHandler::PickEncoding(const char *charset, nsIMsgSend *mime_delivery_state)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> pPrefBranch(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID));
+
+  bool needsB64 = false;
+  bool forceB64 = false;
+  bool isUsingQP = false;
+
+  if (mSendViaCloud)
+  {
+    m_encoding = ENCODING_7BIT;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  if (m_already_encoded_p)
+    goto DONE;
+
+  AnalyzeSnarfedFile();
+
+  // Allow users to override our percentage-wise guess on whether
+  // the file is text or binary.
+  if (pPrefBranch)
+    pPrefBranch->GetBoolPref ("mail.file_attach_binary", &forceB64);
+
+  // If the content-type is "image/" or something else known to be binary or
+  // several flavors of newlines are present, use base64 unless we're attaching
+  // a message (so that we don't get confused by newline conversions).
+  if (!mMainBody &&
+      (forceB64 || mime_type_requires_b64_p(m_type.get()) ||
+                   m_have_cr + m_have_lf + m_have_crlf != 1) &&
+      !m_type.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral(MESSAGE_RFC822))
+  {
+    needsB64 = true;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    // Otherwise, we need to pick an encoding based on the contents of the
+    // document.
+    bool encode_p;
+    bool force_p = false;
+
+    // Force quoted-printable if the sender does not allow conversion to 7bit.
+    if (mCompFields) {
+      if (mCompFields->GetForceMsgEncoding())
+        force_p = true;
+    } else if (mime_delivery_state) {
+      if (((nsMsgComposeAndSend *)mime_delivery_state)->mCompFields->GetForceMsgEncoding()) {
+        force_p = true;
+      }
+    }
+
+    if (force_p || (m_max_column > LINELENGTH_ENCODING_THRESHOLD)) {
+      encode_p = true;
+    } else if (UseQuotedPrintable() && m_unprintable_count) {
+      encode_p = true;
+    } else if (m_null_count) {
+      // If there are nulls, we must always encode, because sendmail will
+      // blow up.
+      encode_p = true;
+    } else {
+      encode_p = false;
+    }
+
+    // MIME requires a special case that these types never be encoded.
+    if (StringBeginsWith(m_type, NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("message"),
+                         nsCaseInsensitiveCStringComparator()) ||
+        StringBeginsWith(m_type, NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("multipart"),
+                         nsCaseInsensitiveCStringComparator()))
+    {
+      encode_p = false;
+      if (m_desiredType.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral(TEXT_PLAIN))
+        m_desiredType.Truncate();
+    }
+
+    // If the Mail charset is multibyte, we force it to use Base64 for attachments.
+    if ((!mMainBody && charset && nsMsgI18Nmultibyte_charset(charset)) &&
+        (m_type.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral(TEXT_HTML) ||
+         m_type.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral(TEXT_MDL) ||
+         m_type.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral(TEXT_PLAIN) ||
+         m_type.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral(TEXT_RICHTEXT) ||
+         m_type.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral(TEXT_ENRICHED) ||
+         m_type.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral(TEXT_VCARD) ||
+         m_type.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral(APPLICATION_DIRECTORY) || /* text/x-vcard synonym */
+         m_type.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral(TEXT_CSS) ||
+         m_type.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral(TEXT_JSSS))) {
+      needsB64 = true;
+    } else if (charset && nsMsgI18Nstateful_charset(charset)) {
+      m_encoding = ENCODING_7BIT;
+    } else if (encode_p &&
+      m_unprintable_count > (m_size / 10)) {
+      // If the document contains more than 10% unprintable characters,
+      // then that seems like a good candidate for base64 instead of
+      // quoted-printable.
+      needsB64 = true;
+    } else if (encode_p) {
+      m_encoding = ENCODING_QUOTED_PRINTABLE;
+      isUsingQP = true;
+    } else if (m_highbit_count > 0) {
+      m_encoding = ENCODING_8BIT;
+    } else {
+      m_encoding = ENCODING_7BIT;
+    }
+  }
+
+  // Always base64 binary data.
+  if (needsB64)
+    m_encoding = ENCODING_BASE64;
+
+  // According to RFC 821 we must always have lines shorter than 998 bytes.
+  // To encode "long lines" use a CTE that will transmit shorter lines.
+  // Switch to base64 if we are not already using "quoted printable".
+
+  // We don't do this for message/rfc822 attachments, since we can't
+  // change the original Content-Transfer-Encoding of the message we're
+  // attaching. We rely on the original message complying with RFC 821,
+  // if it doesn't we won't either. Not ideal.
+  if (!m_type.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral(MESSAGE_RFC822) &&
+      m_max_column > LINELENGTH_ENCODING_THRESHOLD && !isUsingQP)
+    m_encoding = ENCODING_BASE64;
+
+  // Now that we've picked an encoding, initialize the filter.
+  NS_ASSERTION(!m_encoder, "not-null m_encoder");
+  if (m_encoding.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral(ENCODING_BASE64))
+  {
+    m_encoder = MimeEncoder::GetBase64Encoder(mime_encoder_output_fn,
+      mime_delivery_state);
+  }
+  else if (m_encoding.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral(ENCODING_QUOTED_PRINTABLE))
+  {
+    m_encoder = MimeEncoder::GetQPEncoder(mime_encoder_output_fn,
+      mime_delivery_state);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    m_encoder = nullptr;
+  }
+
+  /* Do some cleanup for documents with unknown content type.
+    There are two issues: how they look to MIME users, and how they look to
+    non-MIME users.
+
+      If the user attaches a "README" file, which has unknown type because it
+      has no extension, we still need to send it with no encoding, so that it
+      is readable to non-MIME users.
+
+        But if the user attaches some random binary file, then base64 encoding
+        will have been chosen for it (above), and in this case, it won't be
+        immediately readable by non-MIME users.  However, if we type it as
+        text/plain instead of application/octet-stream, it will show up inline
+        in a MIME viewer, which will probably be ugly, and may possibly have
+        bad charset things happen as well.
+
+          So, the heuristic we use is, if the type is unknown, then the type is
+          set to application/octet-stream for data which needs base64 (binary data)
+          and is set to text/plain for data which didn't need base64 (unencoded or
+          lightly encoded data.)
+  */
+DONE:
+  if (m_type.IsEmpty() || m_type.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral(UNKNOWN_CONTENT_TYPE))
+  {
+    if (m_already_encoded_p)
+      m_type = APPLICATION_OCTET_STREAM;
+    else if (m_encoding.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral(ENCODING_BASE64) ||
+             m_encoding.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral(ENCODING_UUENCODE))
+      m_type = APPLICATION_OCTET_STREAM;
+    else
+      m_type = TEXT_PLAIN;
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgAttachmentHandler::PickCharset()
+{
+  if (!m_charset.IsEmpty() || !m_type.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral(TEXT_PLAIN))
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> tmpFile =
+    do_QueryInterface(mTmpFile);
+  if (!tmpFile)
+    return NS_OK;
+  
+  return MsgDetectCharsetFromFile(tmpFile, m_charset);
+}
+    
+static nsresult
+FetcherURLDoneCallback(nsresult aStatus,
+                       const nsACString &aContentType,
+                       const nsACString &aCharset,
+                       int32_t totalSize,
+                       const char16_t* aMsg, void *tagData)
+{
+  nsMsgAttachmentHandler *ma = (nsMsgAttachmentHandler *) tagData;
+  NS_ASSERTION(ma != nullptr, "not-null mime attachment");
+
+  if (ma != nullptr)
+  {
+    ma->m_size = totalSize;
+    if (!aContentType.IsEmpty())
+    {
+#ifdef XP_MACOSX
+      //Do not change the type if we are dealing with an encoded (e.g., appledouble or zip) file
+      if (!ma->mEncodedWorkingFile)
+#else
+        // can't send appledouble on non-macs
+      if (!aContentType.EqualsLiteral("multipart/appledouble"))
+#endif
+        ma->m_type = aContentType;
+    }
+
+    if (!aCharset.IsEmpty())
+      ma->m_charset = aCharset;
+
+    return ma->UrlExit(aStatus, aMsg);
+  }
+  else
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgAttachmentHandler::SnarfMsgAttachment(nsMsgCompFields *compFields)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_ERROR_INVALID_ARG;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgMessageService> messageService;
+
+  if (m_uri.Find("-message:", CaseInsensitiveCompare) != -1)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIFile> tmpFile;
+    rv = nsMsgCreateTempFile("nsmail.tmp", getter_AddRefs(tmpFile));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    mTmpFile = do_QueryInterface(tmpFile);
+    mDeleteFile = true;
+    mCompFields = compFields;
+    m_type = MESSAGE_RFC822;
+    m_overrideType = MESSAGE_RFC822;
+    if (!mTmpFile)
+    {
+      rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+      goto done;
+    }
+
+    rv = MsgNewBufferedFileOutputStream(getter_AddRefs(mOutFile), mTmpFile, -1, 00600);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !mOutFile)
+    {
+      if (m_mime_delivery_state)
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgSendReport> sendReport;
+        m_mime_delivery_state->GetSendReport(getter_AddRefs(sendReport));
+        if (sendReport)
+        {
+          nsAutoString error_msg;
+          nsMsgBuildMessageWithTmpFile(mTmpFile, error_msg);
+          sendReport->SetMessage(nsIMsgSendReport::process_Current, error_msg.get(), false);
+        }
+      }
+      rv =  NS_MSG_UNABLE_TO_OPEN_TMP_FILE;
+      goto done;
+    }
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIURLFetcher> fetcher = do_CreateInstance(NS_URLFETCHER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !fetcher)
+    {
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        rv =  NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+      goto done;
+    }
+
+    rv = fetcher->Initialize(mTmpFile, mOutFile, FetcherURLDoneCallback, this);
+    rv = GetMessageServiceFromURI(m_uri, getter_AddRefs(messageService));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && messageService)
+    {
+      nsAutoCString uri(m_uri);
+      uri += (uri.FindChar('?') == kNotFound) ? '?' : '&';
+      uri.Append("fetchCompleteMessage=true");
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIStreamListener> strListener;
+      fetcher->QueryInterface(NS_GET_IID(nsIStreamListener), getter_AddRefs(strListener));
+
+      // initialize a new stream converter, that uses the strListener as its input
+      // obtain the input stream listener from the new converter,
+      // and pass the converter's input stream listener to DisplayMessage
+
+      m_mime_parser = do_CreateInstance(NS_MAILNEWS_MIME_STREAM_CONVERTER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        goto done;
+
+      // Set us as the output stream for HTML data from libmime...
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMimeStreamConverter> mimeConverter = do_QueryInterface(m_mime_parser);
+      if (mimeConverter)
+      {
+        mimeConverter->SetMimeOutputType(nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageDecrypt);
+        mimeConverter->SetForwardInline(false);
+        mimeConverter->SetIdentity(nullptr);
+        mimeConverter->SetOriginalMsgURI(nullptr);
+      }
+
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIStreamListener> convertedListener = do_QueryInterface(m_mime_parser, &rv);
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        goto done;
+
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> aURL;
+      rv = messageService->GetUrlForUri(uri.get(), getter_AddRefs(aURL), nullptr);
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        goto done;
+
+
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIPrincipal> nullPrincipal =
+        do_CreateInstance("@mozilla.org/nullprincipal;1", &rv);
+      NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "CreateInstance of nullprincipal failed.");
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        goto done;
+
+      rv = NS_NewInputStreamChannel(getter_AddRefs(m_converter_channel),
+                                    aURL,
+                                    nullptr,
+                                    nullPrincipal,
+                                    nsILoadInfo::SEC_NORMAL,
+                                    nsIContentPolicy::TYPE_OTHER);
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        goto done;
+
+      rv = m_mime_parser->AsyncConvertData("message/rfc822", "message/rfc822",
+                                           strListener, m_converter_channel);
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        goto done;
+
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> dummyNull;
+      rv = messageService->DisplayMessage(uri.get(), convertedListener, nullptr, nullptr, nullptr,
+                                          getter_AddRefs(dummyNull));
+    }
+  }
+done:
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+  {
+      if (mOutFile)
+      {
+        mOutFile->Close();
+        mOutFile = nullptr;
+      }
+
+      if (mTmpFile)
+      {
+        mTmpFile->Remove(false);
+        mTmpFile = nullptr;
+      }
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+#ifdef XP_MACOSX
+bool nsMsgAttachmentHandler::HasResourceFork(FSRef *fsRef)
+{
+  FSCatalogInfo catalogInfo;
+  OSErr err = FSGetCatalogInfo(fsRef, kFSCatInfoDataSizes + kFSCatInfoRsrcSizes, &catalogInfo, nullptr, nullptr, nullptr);
+  return (err == noErr && catalogInfo.rsrcLogicalSize != 0);
+}
+#endif
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgAttachmentHandler::SnarfAttachment(nsMsgCompFields *compFields)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION (! m_done, "Already done");
+
+  if (!mURL)
+    return SnarfMsgAttachment(compFields);
+
+  mCompFields = compFields;
+
+  // First, get as file spec and create the stream for the
+  // temp file where we will save this data
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIFile> tmpFile;
+  nsresult rv = nsMsgCreateTempFile("nsmail.tmp", getter_AddRefs(tmpFile));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  mTmpFile = do_QueryInterface(tmpFile);
+  mDeleteFile = true;
+
+  rv = MsgNewBufferedFileOutputStream(getter_AddRefs(mOutFile), mTmpFile, -1, 00600);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !mOutFile)
+  {
+    if (m_mime_delivery_state)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgSendReport> sendReport;
+      m_mime_delivery_state->GetSendReport(getter_AddRefs(sendReport));
+      if (sendReport)
+      {
+        nsAutoString error_msg;
+        nsMsgBuildMessageWithTmpFile(mTmpFile, error_msg);
+        sendReport->SetMessage(nsIMsgSendReport::process_Current, error_msg.get(), false);
+      }
+    }
+    mTmpFile->Remove(false);
+    mTmpFile = nullptr;
+    return NS_MSG_UNABLE_TO_OPEN_TMP_FILE;
+  }
+
+  nsCString sourceURISpec;
+  rv = mURL->GetSpec(sourceURISpec);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+#ifdef XP_MACOSX
+  if (!m_bogus_attachment && StringBeginsWith(sourceURISpec, NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("file://")))
+  {
+    // Unescape the path (i.e. un-URLify it) before making a FSSpec
+    nsAutoCString filePath;
+    filePath.Adopt(nsMsgGetLocalFileFromURL(sourceURISpec.get()));
+    nsAutoCString unescapedFilePath;
+    MsgUnescapeString(filePath, 0, unescapedFilePath);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> sourceFile;
+    NS_NewNativeLocalFile(unescapedFilePath, true, getter_AddRefs(sourceFile));
+    if (!sourceFile)
+      return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+      
+    // check if it is a bundle. if it is, we'll zip it. 
+    // if not, we'll apple encode it (applesingle or appledouble)
+    nsCOMPtr<nsILocalFileMac> macFile(do_QueryInterface(sourceFile));
+    bool isPackage;
+    macFile->IsPackage(&isPackage);
+    if (isPackage)
+      rv = ConvertToZipFile(macFile);
+    else
+      rv = ConvertToAppleEncoding(sourceURISpec, unescapedFilePath, macFile);
+    
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+#endif /* XP_MACOSX */
+
+  //
+  // Ok, here we are, we need to fire the URL off and get the data
+  // in the temp file
+  //
+  // Create a fetcher for the URL attachment...
+  
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIURLFetcher> fetcher = do_CreateInstance(NS_URLFETCHER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !fetcher)
+  {
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+    else
+      return rv;
+  }
+
+  return fetcher->FireURLRequest(mURL, mTmpFile, mOutFile, FetcherURLDoneCallback, this);
+}
+
+#ifdef XP_MACOSX
+nsresult
+nsMsgAttachmentHandler::ConvertToZipFile(nsILocalFileMac *aSourceFile)
+{
+  // append ".zip" to the real file name
+  nsAutoCString zippedName;
+  nsresult rv = aSourceFile->GetNativeLeafName(zippedName);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  zippedName.AppendLiteral(".zip");
+
+  // create a temporary file that we'll work on
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIFile> tmpFile;
+  rv = nsMsgCreateTempFile(zippedName.get(), getter_AddRefs(tmpFile));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  mEncodedWorkingFile = do_QueryInterface(tmpFile);
+
+  // point our URL at the zipped temp file
+  NS_NewFileURI(getter_AddRefs(mURL), mEncodedWorkingFile);
+
+  // zip it!
+  rv = nsSimpleZipper::Zip(aSourceFile, mEncodedWorkingFile);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // set some metadata for this attachment, that will affect the MIME headers.
+  m_type = APPLICATION_ZIP;
+  m_realName = zippedName.get();
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgAttachmentHandler::ConvertToAppleEncoding(const nsCString &aFileURI, 
+                                               const nsCString &aFilePath, 
+                                               nsILocalFileMac *aSourceFile)
+{
+  // convert the apple file to AppleDouble first, and then patch the
+  // address in the url.
+  
+  //We need to retrieve the file type and creator...
+
+  char fileInfo[32];
+  OSType type, creator;
+
+  nsresult rv = aSourceFile->GetFileType(&type);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+  PR_snprintf(fileInfo, sizeof(fileInfo), "%X", type);
+  m_xMacType = fileInfo;
+
+  rv = aSourceFile->GetFileCreator(&creator);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+  PR_snprintf(fileInfo, sizeof(fileInfo), "%X", creator);
+  m_xMacCreator = fileInfo;
+
+  FSRef fsRef;
+  aSourceFile->GetFSRef(&fsRef);
+  bool sendResourceFork = HasResourceFork(&fsRef);
+
+  // if we have a resource fork, check the filename extension, maybe we don't need the resource fork!
+  if (sendResourceFork)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIURL> fileUrl(do_CreateInstance(NS_STANDARDURL_CONTRACTID));
+    if (fileUrl)
+    {
+      rv = fileUrl->SetSpec(aFileURI);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      {
+        nsAutoCString ext;
+        rv = fileUrl->GetFileExtension(ext);
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !ext.IsEmpty())
+        {
+          sendResourceFork =
+          PL_strcasecmp(ext.get(), "TXT") &&
+          PL_strcasecmp(ext.get(), "JPG") &&
+          PL_strcasecmp(ext.get(), "GIF") &&
+          PL_strcasecmp(ext.get(), "TIF") &&
+          PL_strcasecmp(ext.get(), "HTM") &&
+          PL_strcasecmp(ext.get(), "HTML") &&
+          PL_strcasecmp(ext.get(), "ART") &&
+          PL_strcasecmp(ext.get(), "XUL") &&
+          PL_strcasecmp(ext.get(), "XML") &&
+          PL_strcasecmp(ext.get(), "CSS") &&
+          PL_strcasecmp(ext.get(), "JS");
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  // Only use appledouble if we aren't uuencoding.
+  if( sendResourceFork )
+  {
+    char *separator;
+
+    separator = mime_make_separator("ad");
+    if (!separator)
+      return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIFile> tmpFile;
+    nsresult rv = nsMsgCreateTempFile("appledouble", getter_AddRefs(tmpFile));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      mEncodedWorkingFile = do_QueryInterface(tmpFile);
+    if (!mEncodedWorkingFile)
+    {
+      PR_FREEIF(separator);
+      return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // RICHIE_MAC - ok, here's the deal, we have a file that we need
+    // to encode in appledouble encoding for the resource fork and put that
+    // into the mEncodedWorkingFile location. Then, we need to patch the new file
+    // spec into the array and send this as part of the 2 part appledouble/mime
+    // encoded mime part.
+    //
+    AppleDoubleEncodeObject     *obj = new (AppleDoubleEncodeObject);
+    if (obj == NULL)
+    {
+      mEncodedWorkingFile = nullptr;
+      PR_FREEIF(separator);
+      return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+    }
+
+    rv = MsgGetFileStream(mEncodedWorkingFile, getter_AddRefs(obj->fileStream));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !obj->fileStream)
+    {
+      PR_FREEIF(separator);
+      delete obj;
+      return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+    }
+
+    char *working_buff = (char *) PR_Malloc(AD_WORKING_BUFF_SIZE);
+    if (!working_buff)
+    {
+      PR_FREEIF(separator);
+      delete obj;
+      return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+    }
+
+    obj->buff = working_buff;
+    obj->s_buff = AD_WORKING_BUFF_SIZE;
+
+    //
+    //  Setup all the need information on the apple double encoder.
+    //
+    ap_encode_init(&(obj->ap_encode_obj), aFilePath.get(), separator);
+
+    int32_t count;
+
+    OSErr status = noErr;
+    m_size = 0;
+    while (status == noErr)
+    {
+      status = ap_encode_next(&(obj->ap_encode_obj), obj->buff, obj->s_buff, &count);
+      if (status == noErr || status == errDone)
+      {
+        //
+        // we got the encode data, so call the next stream to write it to the disk.
+        //
+        uint32_t bytesWritten;
+        obj->fileStream->Write(obj->buff, count, &bytesWritten);
+        if (bytesWritten != (uint32_t) count)
+          status = errFileWrite;
+      }
+    }
+
+    ap_encode_end(&(obj->ap_encode_obj), (status >= 0)); // if this is true, ok, false abort
+    if (obj->fileStream)
+      obj->fileStream->Close();
+
+    PR_FREEIF(obj->buff);               /* free the working buff.   */
+    PR_FREEIF(obj);
+
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIURI> fileURI;
+    NS_NewFileURI(getter_AddRefs(fileURI), mEncodedWorkingFile);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIFileURL> theFileURL = do_QueryInterface(fileURI, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+    nsCString newURLSpec;
+    rv = fileURI->GetSpec(newURLSpec);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    if (newURLSpec.IsEmpty())
+    {
+      PR_FREEIF(separator);
+      return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+    }
+
+    if (NS_FAILED(nsMsgNewURL(getter_AddRefs(mURL), newURLSpec.get())))
+    {
+      PR_FREEIF(separator);
+      return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+    }
+
+    // Now after conversion, also patch the types.
+    char        tmp[128];
+    PR_snprintf(tmp, sizeof(tmp), MULTIPART_APPLEDOUBLE ";\r\n boundary=\"%s\"", separator);
+    PR_FREEIF(separator);
+    m_type = tmp;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    if ( sendResourceFork )
+    {
+      // For now, just do the encoding, but in the old world we would ask the
+      // user about doing this conversion
+      printf("...we could ask the user about this conversion, but for now, nahh..\n");
+    }
+
+    bool      useDefault;
+    char      *macType, *macEncoding;
+    if (m_type.IsEmpty() || m_type.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral(TEXT_PLAIN))
+    {
+# define TEXT_TYPE  0x54455854  /* the characters 'T' 'E' 'X' 'T' */
+# define text_TYPE  0x74657874  /* the characters 't' 'e' 'x' 't' */
+
+      if (type != TEXT_TYPE && type != text_TYPE)
+      {
+        MacGetFileType(aSourceFile, &useDefault, &macType, &macEncoding);
+        m_type = macType;
+      }
+    }
+    // don't bother to set the types if we failed in getting the file info.
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+#endif // XP_MACOSX
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgAttachmentHandler::LoadDataFromFile(nsIFile *file, nsString &sigData, bool charsetConversion)
+{
+  int32_t       readSize;
+  char          *readBuf;
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIInputStream> inputFile;
+  nsresult rv = NS_NewLocalFileInputStream(getter_AddRefs(inputFile), file);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return NS_MSG_ERROR_WRITING_FILE;
+
+  int64_t fileSize;
+  file->GetFileSize(&fileSize);
+  readSize = (uint32_t) fileSize;
+
+  readBuf = (char *)PR_Malloc(readSize + 1);
+  if (!readBuf)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+  memset(readBuf, 0, readSize + 1);
+
+  uint32_t bytesRead;
+  inputFile->Read(readBuf, readSize, &bytesRead);
+  inputFile->Close();
+
+  nsDependentCString cstringReadBuf(readBuf, bytesRead);
+  if (charsetConversion)
+  {
+    if (NS_FAILED(ConvertToUnicode(m_charset.get(), cstringReadBuf, sigData)))
+      CopyASCIItoUTF16(cstringReadBuf, sigData);
+  }
+  else
+    CopyASCIItoUTF16(cstringReadBuf, sigData);
+
+  PR_FREEIF(readBuf);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgAttachmentHandler::Abort()
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIRequest> saveRequest;
+  saveRequest.swap(mRequest);
+
+  if (mTmpFile)
+  {
+    if (mDeleteFile)
+      mTmpFile->Remove(false);
+    mTmpFile = nullptr;
+  }
+
+  NS_ASSERTION(m_mime_delivery_state != nullptr, "not-null m_mime_delivery_state");
+
+  if (m_done)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  if (saveRequest)
+    return saveRequest->Cancel(NS_ERROR_ABORT);
+  else
+    if (m_mime_delivery_state)
+    {
+      m_mime_delivery_state->SetStatus(NS_ERROR_ABORT);
+      m_mime_delivery_state->NotifyListenerOnStopSending(nullptr, NS_ERROR_ABORT, 0, nullptr);
+    }
+  return NS_OK;
+
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgAttachmentHandler::UrlExit(nsresult status, const char16_t* aMsg)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(m_mime_delivery_state != nullptr, "not-null m_mime_delivery_state");
+
+  // Close the file, but don't delete the disk file (or the file spec.)
+  if (mOutFile)
+  {
+    mOutFile->Close();
+    mOutFile = nullptr;
+  }
+  // this silliness is because Windows nsIFile caches its file size
+  // so if an output stream writes to it, it will still return the original
+  // cached size.
+  if (mTmpFile)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIFile> tmpFile;
+    mTmpFile->Clone(getter_AddRefs(tmpFile));
+    mTmpFile = do_QueryInterface(tmpFile);
+  }
+  mRequest = nullptr;
+
+  // First things first, we are now going to see if this is an HTML
+  // Doc and if it is, we need to see if we can determine the charset
+  // for this part by sniffing the HTML file.
+  // This is needed only when the charset is not set already.
+  // (e.g. a charset may be specified in HTTP header)
+  //
+  if (!m_type.IsEmpty() && m_charset.IsEmpty() &&
+      m_type.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral(TEXT_HTML))
+    m_charset = nsMsgI18NParseMetaCharset(mTmpFile);
+
+  nsresult mimeDeliveryStatus;
+  m_mime_delivery_state->GetStatus(&mimeDeliveryStatus);
+
+  if (mimeDeliveryStatus == NS_ERROR_ABORT)
+    status = NS_ERROR_ABORT;
+
+  // If the attachment is empty, let's call that a failure.
+  if (!m_size)
+    status = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(status) && status != NS_ERROR_ABORT && NS_SUCCEEDED(mimeDeliveryStatus))
+  {
+    // At this point, we should probably ask a question to the user
+    // if we should continue without this attachment.
+    //
+    bool              keepOnGoing = true;
+    nsCString    turl;
+    nsString     msg;
+    nsresult rv;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundleService> bundleService =
+      mozilla::services::GetStringBundleService();
+    NS_ENSURE_TRUE(bundleService, NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED);
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundle> bundle;
+    rv = bundleService->CreateBundle("chrome://messenger/locale/messengercompose/composeMsgs.properties", getter_AddRefs(bundle));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    nsMsgDeliverMode mode = nsIMsgSend::nsMsgDeliverNow;
+    m_mime_delivery_state->GetDeliveryMode(&mode);
+    nsCString params;
+    if (!m_realName.IsEmpty())
+      params = m_realName;
+    else if (NS_SUCCEEDED(mURL->GetSpec(turl)) && !turl.IsEmpty())
+    {
+      nsAutoCString unescapedUrl;
+      MsgUnescapeString(turl, 0, unescapedUrl);
+      if (unescapedUrl.IsEmpty())
+        params = turl;
+      else
+        params = unescapedUrl;
+    }
+    else
+      params.AssignLiteral("?");
+
+    NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16 UTF16params(params);
+    const char16_t* formatParams[] = { UTF16params.get() };
+    if (mode == nsIMsgSend::nsMsgSaveAsDraft || mode == nsIMsgSend::nsMsgSaveAsTemplate)
+      bundle->FormatStringFromName(u"failureOnObjectEmbeddingWhileSaving",
+                                   formatParams, 1, getter_Copies(msg));
+    else
+      bundle->FormatStringFromName(u"failureOnObjectEmbeddingWhileSending",
+                                   formatParams, 1, getter_Copies(msg));
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIPrompt> aPrompt;
+    if (m_mime_delivery_state)
+      m_mime_delivery_state->GetDefaultPrompt(getter_AddRefs(aPrompt));
+    nsMsgAskBooleanQuestionByString(aPrompt, msg.get(), &keepOnGoing);
+
+    if (keepOnGoing)
+    {
+      status = NS_OK;
+      m_bogus_attachment = true; //That will cause this attachment to be ignored.
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      status = NS_ERROR_ABORT;
+      m_mime_delivery_state->SetStatus(status);
+      nsresult ignoreMe;
+      m_mime_delivery_state->Fail(status, nullptr, &ignoreMe);
+      m_mime_delivery_state->NotifyListenerOnStopSending(nullptr, status, 0, nullptr);
+      SetMimeDeliveryState(nullptr);
+      return status;
+    }
+  }
+
+  m_done = true;
+
+  //
+  // Ok, now that we have the file here on disk, we need to see if there was
+  // a need to do conversion to plain text...if so, the magic happens here,
+  // otherwise, just move on to other attachments...
+  //
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(status) && !m_type.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral(TEXT_PLAIN) &&
+      m_desiredType.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral(TEXT_PLAIN))
+  {
+    //
+    // Conversion to plain text desired.
+    // Now use the converter service here to do the right
+    // thing and convert this data to plain text for us!
+    //
+    nsAutoString      conData;
+
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(LoadDataFromFile(mTmpFile, conData, true)))
+    {
+      bool flowed, delsp, formatted, disallowBreaks;
+      GetSerialiserFlags(m_charset.get(), &flowed, &delsp, &formatted, &disallowBreaks);
+
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(ConvertBufToPlainText(conData, flowed, delsp, formatted, disallowBreaks)))
+      {
+        if (mDeleteFile)
+          mTmpFile->Remove(false);
+
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIOutputStream> outputStream;
+        nsresult rv = MsgNewBufferedFileOutputStream(getter_AddRefs(outputStream), mTmpFile,
+                                                     PR_WRONLY | PR_CREATE_FILE, 00600);
+
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        {
+          nsAutoCString tData;
+          if (NS_FAILED(ConvertFromUnicode(m_charset.get(), conData, tData)))
+            LossyCopyUTF16toASCII(conData, tData);
+          if (!tData.IsEmpty())
+          {
+            uint32_t bytesWritten;
+            (void) outputStream->Write(tData.get(), tData.Length(), &bytesWritten);
+          }
+          outputStream->Close();
+          // this silliness is because Windows nsIFile caches its file size
+          // so if an output stream writes to it, it will still return the original
+          // cached size.
+          if (mTmpFile)
+          {
+            nsCOMPtr <nsIFile> tmpFile;
+            mTmpFile->Clone(getter_AddRefs(tmpFile));
+            mTmpFile = do_QueryInterface(tmpFile);
+          }
+
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    m_type = m_desiredType;
+    m_desiredType.Truncate();
+    m_encoding.Truncate();
+  }
+
+  uint32_t pendingAttachmentCount = 0;
+  m_mime_delivery_state->GetPendingAttachmentCount(&pendingAttachmentCount);
+  NS_ASSERTION (pendingAttachmentCount > 0, "no more pending attachment");
+
+  m_mime_delivery_state->SetPendingAttachmentCount(pendingAttachmentCount - 1);
+
+  bool processAttachmentsSynchronously = false;
+  m_mime_delivery_state->GetProcessAttachmentsSynchronously(&processAttachmentsSynchronously);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(status) && processAttachmentsSynchronously)
+  {
+    /* Find the next attachment which has not yet been loaded,
+     if any, and start it going.
+     */
+    uint32_t i;
+    nsMsgAttachmentHandler *next = 0;
+    nsTArray<RefPtr<nsMsgAttachmentHandler>> *attachments;
+
+    m_mime_delivery_state->GetAttachmentHandlers(&attachments);
+
+    for (i = 0; i < attachments->Length(); i++)
+    {
+      if (!(*attachments)[i]->m_done)
+      {
+        next = (*attachments)[i];
+        //
+        // rhp: We need to get a little more understanding to failed URL
+        // requests. So, at this point if most of next is NULL, then we
+        // should just mark it fetched and move on! We probably ignored
+        // this earlier on in the send process.
+        //
+        if ( (!next->mURL) && (next->m_uri.IsEmpty()) )
+        {
+          (*attachments)[i]->m_done = true;
+          (*attachments)[i]->SetMimeDeliveryState(nullptr);
+          m_mime_delivery_state->GetPendingAttachmentCount(&pendingAttachmentCount);
+          m_mime_delivery_state->SetPendingAttachmentCount(pendingAttachmentCount - 1);
+          next->mPartUserOmissionOverride = true;
+          next = nullptr;
+          continue;
+        }
+
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+
+    if (next)
+    {
+      nsresult status = next->SnarfAttachment(mCompFields);
+      if (NS_FAILED(status))
+      {
+        nsresult ignoreMe;
+        m_mime_delivery_state->Fail(status, nullptr, &ignoreMe);
+        m_mime_delivery_state->NotifyListenerOnStopSending(nullptr, status, 0, nullptr);
+        SetMimeDeliveryState(nullptr);
+        return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  m_mime_delivery_state->GetPendingAttachmentCount(&pendingAttachmentCount);
+  if (pendingAttachmentCount == 0)
+  {
+    // If this is the last attachment, then either complete the
+    // delivery (if successful) or report the error by calling
+    // the exit routine and terminating the delivery.
+    if (NS_FAILED(status))
+    {
+      nsresult ignoreMe;
+      m_mime_delivery_state->Fail(status, aMsg, &ignoreMe);
+      m_mime_delivery_state->NotifyListenerOnStopSending(nullptr, status, aMsg, nullptr);
+      SetMimeDeliveryState(nullptr);
+      return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      status = m_mime_delivery_state->GatherMimeAttachments ();
+      if (NS_FAILED(status))
+      {
+        nsresult ignoreMe;
+        m_mime_delivery_state->Fail(status, aMsg, &ignoreMe);
+        m_mime_delivery_state->NotifyListenerOnStopSending(nullptr, status, aMsg, nullptr);
+        SetMimeDeliveryState(nullptr);
+        return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    // If this is not the last attachment, but it got an error,
+    // then report that error and continue
+    if (NS_FAILED(status))
+    {
+      nsresult ignoreMe;
+      m_mime_delivery_state->Fail(status, aMsg, &ignoreMe);
+    }
+  }
+
+  SetMimeDeliveryState(nullptr);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgAttachmentHandler::GetMimeDeliveryState(nsIMsgSend** _retval)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(_retval);
+  *_retval = m_mime_delivery_state;
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*_retval);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgAttachmentHandler::SetMimeDeliveryState(nsIMsgSend* mime_delivery_state)
+{
+  /*
+    Because setting m_mime_delivery_state to null could destroy ourself as
+    m_mime_delivery_state it's our parent, we need to protect ourself against
+    that!
+
+    This extra comptr is necessary,
+    see bug http://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=78967
+  */
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgSend> temp = m_mime_delivery_state; /* Should lock our parent until the end of the function */
+  m_mime_delivery_state = mime_delivery_state;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/compose/src/nsMsgAttachmentHandler.h b/mailnews/compose/src/nsMsgAttachmentHandler.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..79e526627
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/compose/src/nsMsgAttachmentHandler.h
@@ -0,0 +1,194 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _nsMsgAttachmentHandler_H_
+#define _nsMsgAttachmentHandler_H_
+
+#include "nsIURL.h"
+#include "nsMsgCompFields.h"
+#include "nsIMsgStatusFeedback.h"
+#include "nsIChannel.h"
+#include "nsIMsgSend.h"
+#include "nsIFileStreams.h"
+#include "nsIStreamConverter.h"
+#include "nsAutoPtr.h"
+#include "nsIMsgAttachmentHandler.h"
+
+#ifdef XP_MACOSX
+
+#include "nsMsgAppleDouble.h"
+#include "nsILocalFileMac.h"
+
+class AppleDoubleEncodeObject
+{
+public:
+  appledouble_encode_object   ap_encode_obj;
+  char                        *buff;          // the working buff
+  int32_t                     s_buff;         // the working buff size
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIOutputStream>  fileStream;    // file to hold the encoding
+};
+
+class nsILocalFileMac;
+class nsIZipWriter;
+
+/* Simple utility class that will synchronously zip any file 
+   (or folder hierarchy) you give it. */
+class nsSimpleZipper
+{
+  public:
+    
+    // Synchronously zips the input file/folder and writes all
+    // data to the output file.
+    static nsresult Zip(nsIFile *aInputFile, nsIFile *aOutputFile);
+  
+  private:
+    
+    // Recursively adds the file or folder to aZipWriter.
+    static nsresult AddToZip(nsIZipWriter *aZipWriter,
+                             nsIFile *aFile,
+                             const nsACString &aPath);
+};
+#endif  // XP_MACOSX
+
+namespace mozilla {
+namespace mailnews {
+class MimeEncoder;
+}
+}
+
+//
+// This is a class that deals with processing remote attachments. It implements
+// an nsIStreamListener interface to deal with incoming data
+//
+class nsMsgAttachmentHandler : public nsIMsgAttachmentHandler
+{
+
+  typedef mozilla::mailnews::MimeEncoder MimeEncoder;
+public:
+  NS_DECL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGATTACHMENTHANDLER
+
+  nsMsgAttachmentHandler();
+public:
+  nsresult              SnarfAttachment(nsMsgCompFields *compFields);
+  nsresult              PickEncoding(const char *charset, nsIMsgSend* mime_delivery_state);
+  nsresult              PickCharset();
+  void                  AnalyzeSnarfedFile ();      // Analyze a previously-snarfed file.
+                                                    // (Currently only used for plaintext
+                                                    // converted from HTML.) 
+  nsresult              Abort();
+  nsresult              UrlExit(nsresult status, const char16_t* aMsg);
+  
+  // if there's an intermediate temp file left, takes care to remove it from disk.
+  //
+  // NOTE: this takes care of the mEncodedWorkingFile temp file, but not mTmpFile which seems
+  // to be used by lots of other classes at the moment.
+  void                  CleanupTempFile();
+
+private:
+  virtual ~nsMsgAttachmentHandler();
+
+  // use when a message (e.g. original message in a reply) is attached as a rfc822 attachment.
+  nsresult              SnarfMsgAttachment(nsMsgCompFields *compFields);
+  bool                  UseUUEncode_p(void);
+  void                  AnalyzeDataChunk (const char *chunk, int32_t chunkSize);
+  nsresult              LoadDataFromFile(nsIFile *file, nsString &sigData, bool charsetConversion); //A similar function already exist in nsMsgCompose!
+#ifdef XP_MACOSX
+  nsresult              ConvertToAppleEncoding(const nsCString &aFileSpecURI, 
+                                               const nsCString &aFilePath, 
+                                               nsILocalFileMac *aSourceFile);
+  // zips this attachment and does the work to make this attachment handler handle it properly.
+  nsresult ConvertToZipFile(nsILocalFileMac *aSourceFile);
+  bool HasResourceFork(FSRef *fsRef);
+#endif
+
+  //
+public:
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> mURL;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile>        mTmpFile;         // The temp file to which we save it 
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIOutputStream>  mOutFile;          
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIRequest> mRequest; // The live request used while fetching an attachment
+  nsMsgCompFields       *mCompFields;       // Message composition fields for the sender
+  bool                  m_bogus_attachment; // This is to catch problem children...
+  
+#ifdef XP_MACOSX
+  // if we need to encode this file into for example an appledouble, or zip file,
+  // this file is our working file. currently only needed on mac.
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> mEncodedWorkingFile;
+#endif
+
+  nsCString m_xMacType;      // Mac file type
+  nsCString m_xMacCreator;   // Mac file creator
+
+  bool m_done;
+  nsCString m_charset;         // charset name 
+  nsCString m_contentId;      // This is for mutipart/related Content-ID's
+  nsCString m_type;            // The real type, once we know it.
+  nsCString m_typeParam;      // Any addition parameters to add to the content-type (other than charset, macType and maccreator)
+  nsCString m_overrideType;   // The type we should assume it to be
+                                            // or 0, if we should get it from the
+                                            // server)
+  nsCString m_overrideEncoding; // Goes along with override_type 
+
+  nsCString m_desiredType;    // The type it should be converted to. 
+  nsCString m_description;     // For Content-Description header
+  nsCString m_realName;       // The name for the headers, if different
+                                            // from the URL. 
+  nsCString m_encoding;        // The encoding, once we've decided. */
+  bool                  m_already_encoded_p; // If we attach a document that is already
+                                             // encoded, we just pass it through.
+
+  bool                  m_decrypted_p;  /* S/MIME -- when attaching a message that was
+                                           encrypted, it's necessary to decrypt it first
+                                           (since nobody but the original recipient can
+                                           read it -- if you forward it to someone in the
+                                           raw, it will be useless to them.)  This flag
+                                           indicates whether decryption occurred, so that
+                                           libmsg can issue appropriate warnings about
+                                           doing a cleartext forward of a message that was
+                                           originally encrypted. */
+
+  bool                  mDeleteFile;      // If this is true, Delete the file...its 
+                                          // NOT the original file!
+
+  bool                  mMHTMLPart;           // This is true if its an MHTML part, otherwise, false
+  bool                  mPartUserOmissionOverride;  // This is true if the user send send the email without this part
+  bool                  mMainBody;            // True if this is a main body.
+   // true if this should be sent as a link to a file.
+  bool                  mSendViaCloud;
+  nsString              mHtmlAnnotation;
+  nsCString             mCloudProviderKey;
+  nsCString             mCloudUrl;
+  int32_t mNodeIndex; //If this is an embedded image, this is the index of the
+                      // corresponding domNode in the editor's
+                      //GetEmbeddedObjects. Otherwise, it will be -1.
+  //
+  // Vars for analyzing file data...
+  //
+  uint32_t              m_size;         /* Some state used while filtering it */
+  uint32_t              m_unprintable_count;
+  uint32_t              m_highbit_count;
+  uint32_t              m_ctl_count;
+  uint32_t              m_null_count;
+  uint8_t               m_have_cr, m_have_lf, m_have_crlf; 
+  bool                  m_prev_char_was_cr;
+  uint32_t              m_current_column;
+  uint32_t              m_max_column;
+  uint32_t              m_lines;
+  bool                  m_file_analyzed;
+
+  nsAutoPtr<MimeEncoder> m_encoder;
+  nsCString             m_uri; // original uri string
+
+  nsresult              GetMimeDeliveryState(nsIMsgSend** _retval);
+  nsresult              SetMimeDeliveryState(nsIMsgSend* mime_delivery_state);
+private:
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgSend>  m_mime_delivery_state;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStreamConverter> m_mime_parser;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIChannel>  m_converter_channel;
+};
+
+
+#endif /* _nsMsgAttachmentHandler_H_ */
diff --git a/mailnews/compose/src/nsMsgCompFields.cpp b/mailnews/compose/src/nsMsgCompFields.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c65e6ca17
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/compose/src/nsMsgCompFields.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,693 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsMsgCompose.h"
+#include "nsMsgCompFields.h"
+#include "nsMsgI18N.h"
+#include "nsMsgCompUtils.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "prmem.h"
+#include "nsIFileChannel.h"
+#include "nsIMsgAttachment.h"
+#include "nsIMsgMdnGenerator.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsMsgMimeCID.h"
+#include "nsArrayEnumerator.h"
+#include "nsMemory.h"
+#include "mozilla/ArrayUtils.h"
+#include "mozilla/mailnews/MimeHeaderParser.h"
+
+using namespace mozilla::mailnews;
+
+struct HeaderInfo {
+  /// Header name
+  const char *mName;
+  /// If true, nsMsgCompFields should reflect the raw header value instead of
+  /// the unstructured header value.
+  bool mStructured;
+};
+
+// This is a mapping of the m_headers local set to the actual header name we
+// store on the structured header object.
+static HeaderInfo kHeaders[] = {
+  { "From", true },
+  { "Reply-To", true },
+  { "To", true },
+  { "Cc", true },
+  { "Bcc", true },
+  { nullptr, false }, // FCC
+  { nullptr, false }, // FCC2
+  { "Newsgroups", true },
+  { "Followup-To", true },
+  { "Subject", false },
+  { "Organization", false },
+  { "References", true },
+  { "X-Mozilla-News-Host", false },
+  { "X-Priority", false },
+  { nullptr, false }, // CHARACTER_SET
+  { "Message-Id", true },
+  { "X-Template", true },
+  { nullptr, false }, // DRAFT_ID
+  { "Content-Language", true },
+  { nullptr, false } // CREATOR IDENTITY KEY
+};
+
+static_assert(MOZ_ARRAY_LENGTH(kHeaders) ==
+    nsMsgCompFields::MSG_MAX_HEADERS,
+  "These two arrays need to be kept in sync or bad things will happen!");
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMsgCompFields, nsIMsgCompFields, msgIStructuredHeaders,
+  msgIWritableStructuredHeaders)
+ 
+nsMsgCompFields::nsMsgCompFields()
+: mStructuredHeaders(do_CreateInstance(NS_ISTRUCTUREDHEADERS_CONTRACTID))
+{
+  m_body.Truncate();
+
+  m_attachVCard = false;
+  m_forcePlainText = false;
+  m_useMultipartAlternative = false;
+  m_returnReceipt = false;
+  m_receiptHeaderType = nsIMsgMdnGenerator::eDntType;
+  m_DSN = false;
+  m_bodyIsAsciiOnly = false;
+  m_forceMsgEncoding = false;
+  m_needToCheckCharset = true;
+  m_attachmentReminder = false;
+  m_deliveryFormat = nsIMsgCompSendFormat::AskUser;
+
+  // Get the default charset from pref, use this as a mail charset.
+  nsString charset;
+  NS_GetLocalizedUnicharPreferenceWithDefault(nullptr, "mailnews.send_default_charset",
+                                              NS_LITERAL_STRING("UTF-8"), charset);
+
+  LossyCopyUTF16toASCII(charset, m_DefaultCharacterSet); // Charsets better be ASCII
+  SetCharacterSet(m_DefaultCharacterSet.get());
+}
+
+nsMsgCompFields::~nsMsgCompFields()
+{
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgCompFields::SetAsciiHeader(MsgHeaderID header, const char *value)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(header >= 0 && header < MSG_MAX_HEADERS,
+               "Invalid message header index!");
+
+  // If we are storing this on the structured header object, we need to set the
+  // value on that object as well. Note that the value may be null, which we'll
+  // take as an attempt to delete the header.
+  const char *headerName = kHeaders[header].mName;
+  if (headerName)
+  {
+    if (!value || !*value)
+      return mStructuredHeaders->DeleteHeader(headerName);
+
+    return mStructuredHeaders->SetRawHeader(headerName,
+      nsDependentCString(value), "UTF-8");
+  }
+
+  // Not on the structurd header object, so save it locally.
+  m_headers[header] = value;
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+const char* nsMsgCompFields::GetAsciiHeader(MsgHeaderID header)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(header >= 0 && header < MSG_MAX_HEADERS,
+               "Invalid message header index!");
+
+  const char *headerName = kHeaders[header].mName;
+  if (headerName)
+  {
+    // We may be out of sync with the structured header object. Retrieve the
+    // header value.
+    if (kHeaders[header].mStructured)
+    {
+      mStructuredHeaders->GetRawHeader(headerName, m_headers[header]);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      nsString value;
+      mStructuredHeaders->GetUnstructuredHeader(headerName, value);
+      CopyUTF16toUTF8(value, m_headers[header]);
+    }
+  }
+
+  return m_headers[header].get();
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgCompFields::SetUnicodeHeader(MsgHeaderID header, const nsAString& value)
+{
+  return SetAsciiHeader(header, NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(value).get());
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgCompFields::GetUnicodeHeader(MsgHeaderID header, nsAString& aResult)
+{
+  CopyUTF8toUTF16(nsDependentCString(GetAsciiHeader(header)), aResult);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompFields::SetFrom(const nsAString &value)
+{
+  return SetUnicodeHeader(MSG_FROM_HEADER_ID, value);
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompFields::GetFrom(nsAString &_retval)
+{
+  return GetUnicodeHeader(MSG_FROM_HEADER_ID, _retval);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompFields::SetReplyTo(const nsAString &value)
+{
+  return SetUnicodeHeader(MSG_REPLY_TO_HEADER_ID, value);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompFields::GetReplyTo(nsAString &_retval)
+{
+  return GetUnicodeHeader(MSG_REPLY_TO_HEADER_ID, _retval);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompFields::SetTo(const nsAString &value)
+{
+  return SetUnicodeHeader(MSG_TO_HEADER_ID, value);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompFields::GetTo(nsAString &_retval)
+{
+  return GetUnicodeHeader(MSG_TO_HEADER_ID, _retval);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompFields::SetCc(const nsAString &value)
+{
+  return SetUnicodeHeader(MSG_CC_HEADER_ID, value);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompFields::GetCc(nsAString &_retval)
+{
+  return GetUnicodeHeader(MSG_CC_HEADER_ID, _retval);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompFields::SetBcc(const nsAString &value)
+{
+  return SetUnicodeHeader(MSG_BCC_HEADER_ID, value);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompFields::GetBcc(nsAString &_retval)
+{
+  return GetUnicodeHeader(MSG_BCC_HEADER_ID, _retval);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompFields::SetFcc(const nsAString &value)
+{
+  return SetUnicodeHeader(MSG_FCC_HEADER_ID, value);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompFields::GetFcc(nsAString &_retval)
+{
+  return GetUnicodeHeader(MSG_FCC_HEADER_ID, _retval);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompFields::SetFcc2(const nsAString &value)
+{
+  return SetUnicodeHeader(MSG_FCC2_HEADER_ID, value);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompFields::GetFcc2(nsAString &_retval)
+{
+  return GetUnicodeHeader(MSG_FCC2_HEADER_ID, _retval);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompFields::SetNewsgroups(const nsAString &aValue)
+{
+  return SetUnicodeHeader(MSG_NEWSGROUPS_HEADER_ID, aValue);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompFields::GetNewsgroups(nsAString &aGroup)
+{
+  return GetUnicodeHeader(MSG_NEWSGROUPS_HEADER_ID, aGroup);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompFields::SetFollowupTo(const nsAString &aValue)
+{
+  return SetUnicodeHeader(MSG_FOLLOWUP_TO_HEADER_ID, aValue);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompFields::GetFollowupTo(nsAString &_retval)
+{
+  return GetUnicodeHeader(MSG_FOLLOWUP_TO_HEADER_ID, _retval);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompFields::GetHasRecipients(bool *_retval)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(_retval);
+
+  *_retval = NS_SUCCEEDED(mime_sanity_check_fields_recipients(
+    GetTo(), GetCc(), GetBcc(), GetNewsgroups()));
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompFields::SetCreatorIdentityKey(const char *value)
+{
+  return SetAsciiHeader(MSG_CREATOR_IDENTITY_KEY_ID, value);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompFields::GetCreatorIdentityKey(char **_retval)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(_retval);
+  *_retval = strdup(GetAsciiHeader(MSG_CREATOR_IDENTITY_KEY_ID));
+  return *_retval ? NS_OK : NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompFields::SetSubject(const nsAString &value)
+{
+  return SetUnicodeHeader(MSG_SUBJECT_HEADER_ID, value);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompFields::GetSubject(nsAString &_retval)
+{
+  return GetUnicodeHeader(MSG_SUBJECT_HEADER_ID, _retval);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompFields::SetOrganization(const nsAString &value)
+{
+  return SetUnicodeHeader(MSG_ORGANIZATION_HEADER_ID, value);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompFields::GetOrganization(nsAString &_retval)
+{
+  return GetUnicodeHeader(MSG_ORGANIZATION_HEADER_ID, _retval);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompFields::SetReferences(const char *value)
+{
+  return SetAsciiHeader(MSG_REFERENCES_HEADER_ID, value);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompFields::GetReferences(char **_retval)
+{
+  *_retval = strdup(GetAsciiHeader(MSG_REFERENCES_HEADER_ID));
+  return *_retval ? NS_OK : NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompFields::SetNewspostUrl(const char *value)
+{
+  return SetAsciiHeader(MSG_NEWSPOSTURL_HEADER_ID, value);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompFields::GetNewspostUrl(char **_retval)
+{
+  *_retval = strdup(GetAsciiHeader(MSG_NEWSPOSTURL_HEADER_ID));
+  return *_retval ? NS_OK : NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompFields::SetPriority(const char *value)
+{
+  return SetAsciiHeader(MSG_PRIORITY_HEADER_ID, value);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompFields::GetPriority(char **_retval)
+{
+  *_retval = strdup(GetAsciiHeader(MSG_PRIORITY_HEADER_ID));
+  return *_retval ? NS_OK : NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompFields::SetCharacterSet(const char *value)
+{
+  return SetAsciiHeader(MSG_CHARACTER_SET_HEADER_ID, value);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompFields::GetCharacterSet(char **_retval)
+{
+  *_retval = strdup(GetAsciiHeader(MSG_CHARACTER_SET_HEADER_ID));
+  return *_retval ? NS_OK : NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompFields::SetMessageId(const char *value)
+{
+  return SetAsciiHeader(MSG_MESSAGE_ID_HEADER_ID, value);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompFields::GetMessageId(char **_retval)
+{
+  *_retval = strdup(GetAsciiHeader(MSG_MESSAGE_ID_HEADER_ID));
+  return *_retval ? NS_OK : NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompFields::SetTemplateName(const nsAString &value)
+{
+  return SetUnicodeHeader(MSG_X_TEMPLATE_HEADER_ID, value);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompFields::GetTemplateName(nsAString &_retval)
+{
+  return GetUnicodeHeader(MSG_X_TEMPLATE_HEADER_ID, _retval);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompFields::SetDraftId(const char *value)
+{
+  return SetAsciiHeader(MSG_DRAFT_ID_HEADER_ID, value);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompFields::GetDraftId(char **_retval)
+{
+  *_retval = strdup(GetAsciiHeader(MSG_DRAFT_ID_HEADER_ID));
+  return *_retval ? NS_OK : NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompFields::SetReturnReceipt(bool value)
+{
+  m_returnReceipt = value;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompFields::GetReturnReceipt(bool *_retval)
+{
+  *_retval = m_returnReceipt;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompFields::SetReceiptHeaderType(int32_t value)
+{
+    m_receiptHeaderType = value;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompFields::GetReceiptHeaderType(int32_t *_retval)
+{
+    *_retval = m_receiptHeaderType;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompFields::SetDSN(bool value)
+{
+  m_DSN = value;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompFields::GetDSN(bool *_retval)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(_retval);
+  *_retval = m_DSN;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompFields::SetAttachVCard(bool value)
+{
+  m_attachVCard = value;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompFields::GetAttachVCard(bool *_retval)
+{
+  *_retval = m_attachVCard;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompFields::GetAttachmentReminder(bool *_retval)
+{
+  *_retval = m_attachmentReminder;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompFields::SetAttachmentReminder(bool value)
+{
+  m_attachmentReminder = value;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompFields::SetDeliveryFormat(int32_t value)
+{
+  switch (value) {
+    case nsIMsgCompSendFormat::AskUser:
+    case nsIMsgCompSendFormat::PlainText:
+    case nsIMsgCompSendFormat::HTML:
+    case nsIMsgCompSendFormat::Both:
+      m_deliveryFormat = value;
+      break;
+    default:
+      m_deliveryFormat = nsIMsgCompSendFormat::AskUser;
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompFields::GetDeliveryFormat(int32_t *_retval)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(_retval);
+  *_retval = m_deliveryFormat;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompFields::SetContentLanguage(const char *value)
+{
+  return SetAsciiHeader(MSG_CONTENT_LANGUAGE_ID, value);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompFields::GetContentLanguage(char **_retval)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(_retval);
+  *_retval = strdup(GetAsciiHeader(MSG_CONTENT_LANGUAGE_ID));
+  return *_retval ? NS_OK : NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompFields::SetForcePlainText(bool value)
+{
+  m_forcePlainText = value;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompFields::GetForcePlainText(bool *_retval)
+{
+  *_retval = m_forcePlainText;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompFields::SetForceMsgEncoding(bool value)
+{
+  m_forceMsgEncoding = value;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompFields::GetForceMsgEncoding(bool *_retval)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(_retval);
+  *_retval = m_forceMsgEncoding;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompFields::SetUseMultipartAlternative(bool value)
+{
+  m_useMultipartAlternative = value;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompFields::GetUseMultipartAlternative(bool *_retval)
+{
+  *_retval = m_useMultipartAlternative;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompFields::SetBodyIsAsciiOnly(bool value)
+{
+  m_bodyIsAsciiOnly = value;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompFields::GetBodyIsAsciiOnly(bool *_retval)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(_retval);
+
+  *_retval = m_bodyIsAsciiOnly;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompFields::SetBody(const nsAString &value)
+{
+  CopyUTF16toUTF8(value, m_body);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompFields::GetBody(nsAString &_retval)
+{
+  CopyUTF8toUTF16(m_body, _retval);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgCompFields::SetBody(const char *value)
+{
+  if (value)
+    m_body = value;
+  else
+    m_body.Truncate();
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+const char* nsMsgCompFields::GetBody()
+{
+    return m_body.get();
+}
+
+/* readonly attribute nsISimpleEnumerator attachmentsArray; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompFields::GetAttachments(nsISimpleEnumerator * *aAttachmentsEnum)
+{
+  return aAttachmentsEnum ? NS_NewArrayEnumerator(aAttachmentsEnum, m_attachments) : NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+}
+
+/* void addAttachment (in nsIMsgAttachment attachment); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompFields::AddAttachment(nsIMsgAttachment *attachment)
+{
+  int32_t attachmentCount = m_attachments.Count();
+
+  //Don't add twice the same attachment.
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAttachment> element;
+  bool sameUrl;
+  for (int32_t i = 0; i < attachmentCount; i ++)
+  {
+    m_attachments[i]->EqualsUrl(attachment, &sameUrl);
+    if (sameUrl)
+      return NS_OK;
+  }
+  m_attachments.AppendObject(attachment);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* void removeAttachment (in nsIMsgAttachment attachment); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompFields::RemoveAttachment(nsIMsgAttachment *attachment)
+{
+  int32_t attachmentCount = m_attachments.Count();
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAttachment> element;
+  bool sameUrl;
+  for (int32_t i = 0; i < attachmentCount; i ++)
+  {
+    m_attachments[i]->EqualsUrl(attachment, &sameUrl);
+    if (sameUrl)
+    {
+      m_attachments.RemoveObjectAt(i);
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* void removeAttachments (); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompFields::RemoveAttachments()
+{
+  m_attachments.Clear();
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+// This method is called during the creation of a new window.
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgCompFields::SplitRecipients(const nsAString &aRecipients,
+                                 bool aEmailAddressOnly,
+                                 uint32_t *aLength,
+                                 char16_t*** aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aLength);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+
+  *aLength = 0;
+  *aResult = nullptr;
+
+  nsCOMArray<msgIAddressObject> header(EncodedHeader(NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(aRecipients)));
+  nsTArray<nsString> results;
+  if (aEmailAddressOnly)
+    ExtractEmails(header, results);
+  else
+    ExtractDisplayAddresses(header, results);
+
+  uint32_t count = results.Length();
+  char16_t **result = (char16_t **)NS_Alloc(sizeof(char16_t *) * count);
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < count; ++i)
+    result[i] = ToNewUnicode(results[i]);
+
+  *aResult = result;
+  *aLength = count;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+// This method is called during the sending of message from nsMsgCompose::CheckAndPopulateRecipients()
+nsresult nsMsgCompFields::SplitRecipientsEx(const nsAString &recipients,
+                                            nsTArray<nsMsgRecipient> &aResult)
+{
+  nsTArray<nsString> names, addresses;
+  ExtractAllAddresses(EncodedHeader(NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(recipients)), names,
+    addresses);
+
+  uint32_t numAddresses = names.Length();
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < numAddresses; ++i)
+  {
+    nsMsgRecipient msgRecipient;
+    msgRecipient.mEmail = addresses[i];
+    msgRecipient.mName = names[i];
+    aResult.AppendElement(msgRecipient);
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompFields::ConvertBodyToPlainText()
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  if (!m_body.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    nsAutoString body;
+    rv = GetBody(body);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      bool flowed, delsp, formatted, disallowBreaks;
+      GetSerialiserFlags(GetCharacterSet(), &flowed, &delsp, &formatted, &disallowBreaks);
+      rv = ConvertBufToPlainText(body, flowed, delsp, formatted, disallowBreaks);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        rv = SetBody(body);
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompFields::GetSecurityInfo(nsISupports ** aSecurityInfo)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aSecurityInfo);
+  *aSecurityInfo = mSecureCompFields;
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aSecurityInfo);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompFields::SetSecurityInfo(nsISupports * aSecurityInfo)
+{
+  mSecureCompFields = aSecurityInfo;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompFields::GetDefaultCharacterSet(char * *aDefaultCharacterSet)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aDefaultCharacterSet);
+  *aDefaultCharacterSet = ToNewCString(m_DefaultCharacterSet);
+  return *aDefaultCharacterSet ? NS_OK : NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompFields::GetNeedToCheckCharset(bool *_retval)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(_retval);
+  *_retval = m_needToCheckCharset;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompFields::SetNeedToCheckCharset(bool aCheck)
+{
+  m_needToCheckCharset = aCheck;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/compose/src/nsMsgCompFields.h b/mailnews/compose/src/nsMsgCompFields.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ecc562499
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/compose/src/nsMsgCompFields.h
@@ -0,0 +1,172 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _MsgCompFields_H_
+#define _MsgCompFields_H_
+
+#include "nsIMsgCompFields.h"
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "nsIAbCard.h"
+#include "nsIAbDirectory.h"
+#include "nsTArray.h"
+#include "nsCOMArray.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+
+struct nsMsgRecipient
+{
+  nsString mName;
+  nsString mEmail;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbCard> mCard;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbDirectory> mDirectory;
+};
+
+/* Note that all the "Get" methods never return NULL (except in case of serious
+   error, like an illegal parameter); rather, they return "" if things were set
+   to NULL.  This makes it real handy for the callers. */
+
+class nsMsgCompFields : public nsIMsgCompFields {
+public:
+  nsMsgCompFields();
+
+  /* this macro defines QueryInterface, AddRef and Release for this class */
+  NS_DECL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_FORWARD_MSGISTRUCTUREDHEADERS(mStructuredHeaders->)
+  NS_FORWARD_MSGIWRITABLESTRUCTUREDHEADERS(mStructuredHeaders->)
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGCOMPFIELDS
+
+  // Allow the C++ utility methods for people who use a concrete class instead
+  // of the interfaces.
+  using msgIStructuredHeaders::GetAddressingHeader;
+  using msgIWritableStructuredHeaders::SetAddressingHeader;
+
+  typedef enum MsgHeaderID
+  {
+    MSG_FROM_HEADER_ID        = 0,
+    MSG_REPLY_TO_HEADER_ID,
+    MSG_TO_HEADER_ID,
+    MSG_CC_HEADER_ID,
+    MSG_BCC_HEADER_ID,
+    MSG_FCC_HEADER_ID,
+    MSG_FCC2_HEADER_ID,
+    MSG_NEWSGROUPS_HEADER_ID,
+    MSG_FOLLOWUP_TO_HEADER_ID,
+    MSG_SUBJECT_HEADER_ID,
+    MSG_ORGANIZATION_HEADER_ID,
+    MSG_REFERENCES_HEADER_ID,
+    MSG_NEWSPOSTURL_HEADER_ID,
+    MSG_PRIORITY_HEADER_ID,
+    MSG_CHARACTER_SET_HEADER_ID,
+    MSG_MESSAGE_ID_HEADER_ID,
+    MSG_X_TEMPLATE_HEADER_ID,
+    MSG_DRAFT_ID_HEADER_ID,
+    MSG_CONTENT_LANGUAGE_ID,
+    MSG_CREATOR_IDENTITY_KEY_ID,
+
+    MSG_MAX_HEADERS   //Must be the last one.
+  } MsgHeaderID;
+
+  nsresult SetAsciiHeader(MsgHeaderID header, const char *value);
+  const char* GetAsciiHeader(MsgHeaderID header); //just return the address of the internal header variable, don't dispose it
+
+  nsresult SetUnicodeHeader(MsgHeaderID header, const nsAString &value);
+  nsresult GetUnicodeHeader(MsgHeaderID header, nsAString &_retval);
+
+  /* Convenience routines to get and set header's value...
+
+    IMPORTANT:
+    all routines const char* GetXxx(void) will return a pointer to the header, please don't free it.
+  */
+
+  nsresult SetFrom(const char *value) {return SetAsciiHeader(MSG_FROM_HEADER_ID, value);}
+  const char* GetFrom(void) {return GetAsciiHeader(MSG_FROM_HEADER_ID);}
+
+  nsresult SetReplyTo(const char *value) {return SetAsciiHeader(MSG_REPLY_TO_HEADER_ID, value);}
+  const char* GetReplyTo() {return GetAsciiHeader(MSG_REPLY_TO_HEADER_ID);}
+
+  nsresult SetTo(const char *value) {return SetAsciiHeader(MSG_TO_HEADER_ID, value);}
+  const char* GetTo() {return GetAsciiHeader(MSG_TO_HEADER_ID);}
+
+  nsresult SetCc(const char *value) {return SetAsciiHeader(MSG_CC_HEADER_ID, value);}
+  const char* GetCc() {return GetAsciiHeader(MSG_CC_HEADER_ID);}
+
+  nsresult SetBcc(const char *value) {return SetAsciiHeader(MSG_BCC_HEADER_ID, value);}
+  const char* GetBcc() {return GetAsciiHeader(MSG_BCC_HEADER_ID);}
+
+  nsresult SetFcc(const char *value) {return SetAsciiHeader(MSG_FCC_HEADER_ID, value);}
+  const char* GetFcc() {return GetAsciiHeader(MSG_FCC_HEADER_ID);}
+
+  nsresult SetFcc2(const char *value) {return SetAsciiHeader(MSG_FCC2_HEADER_ID, value);}
+  const char* GetFcc2() {return GetAsciiHeader(MSG_FCC2_HEADER_ID);}
+
+  nsresult SetNewsgroups(const char *aValue) {return SetAsciiHeader(MSG_NEWSGROUPS_HEADER_ID, aValue);}
+  const char* GetNewsgroups() {return GetAsciiHeader(MSG_NEWSGROUPS_HEADER_ID);}
+
+  nsresult SetFollowupTo(const char *aValue) {return SetAsciiHeader(MSG_FOLLOWUP_TO_HEADER_ID, aValue);}
+  const char* GetFollowupTo() {return GetAsciiHeader(MSG_FOLLOWUP_TO_HEADER_ID);}
+
+  nsresult SetSubject(const char *value) {return SetAsciiHeader(MSG_SUBJECT_HEADER_ID, value);}
+  const char* GetSubject() {return GetAsciiHeader(MSG_SUBJECT_HEADER_ID);}
+
+  nsresult SetOrganization(const char *value) {return SetAsciiHeader(MSG_ORGANIZATION_HEADER_ID, value);}
+  const char* GetOrganization() {return GetAsciiHeader(MSG_ORGANIZATION_HEADER_ID);}
+
+  const char* GetReferences() {return GetAsciiHeader(MSG_REFERENCES_HEADER_ID);}
+
+  const char* GetNewspostUrl() {return GetAsciiHeader(MSG_NEWSPOSTURL_HEADER_ID);}
+
+  const char* GetPriority() {return GetAsciiHeader(MSG_PRIORITY_HEADER_ID);}
+
+  const char* GetCharacterSet() {return GetAsciiHeader(MSG_CHARACTER_SET_HEADER_ID);}
+
+  const char* GetMessageId() {return GetAsciiHeader(MSG_MESSAGE_ID_HEADER_ID);}
+
+  nsresult SetTemplateName(const char *value) {return SetAsciiHeader(MSG_X_TEMPLATE_HEADER_ID, value);}
+  const char* GetTemplateName() {return GetAsciiHeader(MSG_X_TEMPLATE_HEADER_ID);}
+
+  const char* GetDraftId() {return GetAsciiHeader(MSG_DRAFT_ID_HEADER_ID);}
+
+  const char* GetContentLanguage() {return GetAsciiHeader(MSG_CONTENT_LANGUAGE_ID);}
+
+  bool GetReturnReceipt() {return m_returnReceipt;}
+  bool GetDSN() {return m_DSN;}
+  bool GetAttachVCard() {return m_attachVCard;}
+  bool GetAttachmentReminder() {return m_attachmentReminder;}
+  int32_t GetDeliveryFormat() {return m_deliveryFormat;}
+  bool GetForcePlainText() {return m_forcePlainText;}
+  bool GetUseMultipartAlternative() {return m_useMultipartAlternative;}
+  bool GetBodyIsAsciiOnly() {return m_bodyIsAsciiOnly;}
+  bool GetForceMsgEncoding() {return m_forceMsgEncoding;}
+
+  nsresult SetBody(const char *value);
+  const char* GetBody();
+
+  nsresult SplitRecipientsEx(const nsAString &recipients,
+                             nsTArray<nsMsgRecipient> &aResult);
+
+protected:
+  virtual ~nsMsgCompFields();
+  nsCString m_headers[MSG_MAX_HEADERS];
+  nsCString   m_body;
+  nsCOMArray<nsIMsgAttachment> m_attachments;
+  bool        m_attachVCard;
+  bool        m_attachmentReminder;
+  int32_t     m_deliveryFormat;
+  bool        m_forcePlainText;
+  bool        m_useMultipartAlternative;
+  bool        m_returnReceipt;
+  bool        m_DSN;
+  bool        m_bodyIsAsciiOnly;
+  bool        m_forceMsgEncoding;
+  int32_t     m_receiptHeaderType;        /* receipt header type */
+  nsCString   m_DefaultCharacterSet;
+  bool        m_needToCheckCharset;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> mSecureCompFields;
+  nsCOMPtr<msgIWritableStructuredHeaders> mStructuredHeaders;
+};
+
+
+#endif /* _MsgCompFields_H_ */
diff --git a/mailnews/compose/src/nsMsgCompUtils.cpp b/mailnews/compose/src/nsMsgCompUtils.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4615f0f36
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/compose/src/nsMsgCompUtils.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1803 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsMsgCompUtils.h"
+#include "nsIPrefService.h"
+#include "nsIPrefBranch.h"
+#include "prmem.h"
+#include "nsMsgSend.h"
+#include "nsIIOService.h"
+#include "nsIHttpProtocolHandler.h"
+#include "nsMailHeaders.h"
+#include "nsMsgI18N.h"
+#include "nsINntpService.h"
+#include "nsMimeTypes.h"
+#include "nsDirectoryServiceDefs.h"
+#include "nsIURI.h"
+#include "nsNetCID.h"
+#include "nsMsgPrompts.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "nsCExternalHandlerService.h"
+#include "nsIMIMEService.h"
+#include "nsComposeStrings.h"
+#include "nsIMsgCompUtils.h"
+#include "nsIMsgMdnGenerator.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsComponentManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsMemory.h"
+#include "nsCRTGlue.h"
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include "mozilla/mailnews/Services.h"
+#include "mozilla/Services.h"
+#include "nsIMIMEInfo.h"
+#include "nsIMsgHeaderParser.h"
+#include "nsIRandomGenerator.h"
+#include "nsID.h"
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMsgCompUtils, nsIMsgCompUtils)
+
+nsMsgCompUtils::nsMsgCompUtils()
+{
+}
+
+nsMsgCompUtils::~nsMsgCompUtils()
+{
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompUtils::MimeMakeSeparator(const char *prefix,
+                                                char **_retval)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(prefix);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(_retval);
+  *_retval = mime_make_separator(prefix);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompUtils::MsgGenerateMessageId(nsIMsgIdentity *identity,
+                                                    char **_retval)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(identity);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(_retval);
+  *_retval = msg_generate_message_id(identity);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompUtils::GetMsgMimeConformToStandard(bool *_retval)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(_retval);
+  *_retval = nsMsgMIMEGetConformToStandard();
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+//
+// Create a file for the a unique temp file
+// on the local machine. Caller must free memory
+//
+nsresult
+nsMsgCreateTempFile(const char *tFileName, nsIFile **tFile)
+{
+  if ((!tFileName) || (!*tFileName))
+    tFileName = "nsmail.tmp";
+
+  nsresult rv = GetSpecialDirectoryWithFileName(NS_OS_TEMP_DIR,
+                                                tFileName,
+                                                tFile);
+
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = (*tFile)->CreateUnique(nsIFile::NORMAL_FILE_TYPE, 00600);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    NS_RELEASE(*tFile);
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+//
+// Create a file spec for the a unique temp file
+// on the local machine. Caller must free memory
+// returned
+//
+char *
+nsMsgCreateTempFileName(const char *tFileName)
+{
+  if ((!tFileName) || (!*tFileName))
+    tFileName = "nsmail.tmp";
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> tmpFile;
+
+  nsresult rv = GetSpecialDirectoryWithFileName(NS_OS_TEMP_DIR,
+                                                tFileName,
+                                                getter_AddRefs(tmpFile));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return nullptr;
+
+  rv = tmpFile->CreateUnique(nsIFile::NORMAL_FILE_TYPE, 00600);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return nullptr;
+
+  nsCString tempString;
+  rv = tmpFile->GetNativePath(tempString);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return nullptr;
+
+  char *tString = ToNewCString(tempString);
+  if (!tString)
+    return PL_strdup("mozmail.tmp");  // No need to I18N
+
+  return tString;
+}
+
+// This is the value a caller will Get if they don't Set first (like MDN
+// sending a return receipt), so init to the default value of the
+// mail.strictly_mime_headers preference.
+static bool mime_headers_use_quoted_printable_p = true;
+
+bool
+nsMsgMIMEGetConformToStandard (void)
+{
+  return mime_headers_use_quoted_printable_p;
+}
+
+void
+nsMsgMIMESetConformToStandard (bool conform_p)
+{
+  /*
+  * If we are conforming to mime standard no matter what we set
+  * for the headers preference when generating mime headers we should
+  * also conform to the standard. Otherwise, depends the preference
+  * we set. For now, the headers preference is not accessible from UI.
+  */
+  if (conform_p)
+    mime_headers_use_quoted_printable_p = true;
+  else {
+    nsresult rv;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefs(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+      prefs->GetBoolPref("mail.strictly_mime_headers", &mime_headers_use_quoted_printable_p);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Checks if the recipient fields have sane values for message send.
+ */
+nsresult mime_sanity_check_fields_recipients (
+          const char *to,
+          const char *cc,
+          const char *bcc,
+          const char *newsgroups)
+{
+  if (to)
+    while (IS_SPACE(*to))
+      to++;
+  if (cc)
+    while (IS_SPACE(*cc))
+      cc++;
+  if (bcc)
+    while (IS_SPACE(*bcc))
+      bcc++;
+  if (newsgroups)
+    while (IS_SPACE(*newsgroups))
+      newsgroups++;
+
+  if ((!to || !*to) && (!cc || !*cc) &&
+      (!bcc || !*bcc) && (!newsgroups || !*newsgroups))
+    return NS_MSG_NO_RECIPIENTS;
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Checks if the compose fields have sane values for message send.
+ */
+nsresult mime_sanity_check_fields (
+          const char *from,
+          const char *reply_to,
+          const char *to,
+          const char *cc,
+          const char *bcc,
+          const char *fcc,
+          const char *newsgroups,
+          const char *followup_to,
+          const char * /*subject*/,
+          const char * /*references*/,
+          const char * /*organization*/,
+          const char * /*other_random_headers*/)
+{
+  if (from)
+    while (IS_SPACE(*from))
+      from++;
+  if (reply_to)
+    while (IS_SPACE(*reply_to))
+      reply_to++;
+  if (fcc)
+    while (IS_SPACE(*fcc))
+      fcc++;
+  if (followup_to)
+    while (IS_SPACE(*followup_to))
+      followup_to++;
+
+  // TODO: sanity check other_random_headers for newline conventions
+  if (!from || !*from)
+    return NS_MSG_NO_SENDER;
+
+  return mime_sanity_check_fields_recipients(to, cc, bcc, newsgroups);
+}
+
+//
+// Generate the message headers for the new RFC822 message
+//
+#define UA_PREF_PREFIX "general.useragent."
+
+// Helper macro for generating the X-Mozilla-Draft-Info header.
+#define APPEND_BOOL(method, param) \
+    do { \
+      bool val = false; \
+      fields->Get##method(&val); \
+      if (val) \
+        draftInfo.AppendLiteral(param "=1"); \
+      else \
+        draftInfo.AppendLiteral(param "=0"); \
+    } while (false)
+
+nsresult mime_generate_headers(nsIMsgCompFields *fields,
+                               nsMsgDeliverMode deliver_mode,
+                               msgIWritableStructuredHeaders *finalHeaders)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefs(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  bool isDraft =
+    deliver_mode == nsIMsgSend::nsMsgSaveAsDraft ||
+    deliver_mode == nsIMsgSend::nsMsgSaveAsTemplate ||
+    deliver_mode == nsIMsgSend::nsMsgQueueForLater ||
+    deliver_mode == nsIMsgSend::nsMsgDeliverBackground;
+
+  bool hasDisclosedRecipient = false;
+
+  MOZ_ASSERT(fields, "null fields");
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(fields);
+
+  nsCOMArray<msgIAddressObject> from;
+  fields->GetAddressingHeader("From", from, true);
+
+  // Copy all headers from the original compose field.
+  rv = finalHeaders->AddAllHeaders(fields);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  bool hasMessageId = false;
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(fields->HasHeader("Message-ID", &hasMessageId)) &&
+      hasMessageId)
+  {
+    /* MDN request header requires to have MessageID header presented
+    * in the message in order to
+    * coorelate the MDN reports to the original message. Here will be
+    * the right place
+    */
+
+    bool returnReceipt = false;
+    fields->GetReturnReceipt(&returnReceipt);
+    if (returnReceipt &&
+      (deliver_mode != nsIMsgSend::nsMsgSaveAsDraft &&
+      deliver_mode != nsIMsgSend::nsMsgSaveAsTemplate))
+    {
+      int32_t receipt_header_type = nsIMsgMdnGenerator::eDntType;
+      fields->GetReceiptHeaderType(&receipt_header_type);
+
+      // nsIMsgMdnGenerator::eDntType = MDN Disposition-Notification-To: ;
+      // nsIMsgMdnGenerator::eRrtType = Return-Receipt-To: ;
+      // nsIMsgMdnGenerator::eDntRrtType = both MDN DNT and RRT headers .
+      if (receipt_header_type != nsIMsgMdnGenerator::eRrtType)
+        finalHeaders->SetAddressingHeader("Disposition-Notification-To", from);
+      if (receipt_header_type != nsIMsgMdnGenerator::eDntType)
+        finalHeaders->SetAddressingHeader("Return-Receipt-To", from);
+    }
+  }
+
+  PRExplodedTime now;
+  PR_ExplodeTime(PR_Now(), PR_LocalTimeParameters, &now);
+  int gmtoffset = (now.tm_params.tp_gmt_offset + now.tm_params.tp_dst_offset) / 60;
+
+  /* Use PR_FormatTimeUSEnglish() to format the date in US English format,
+     then figure out what our local GMT offset is, and append it (since
+     PR_FormatTimeUSEnglish() can't do that.) Generate four digit years as
+     per RFC 1123 (superceding RFC 822.)
+   */
+  char dateString[130];
+  PR_FormatTimeUSEnglish(dateString, sizeof(dateString),
+               "%a, %d %b %Y %H:%M:%S ",
+               &now);
+
+  char *entryPoint = dateString + strlen(dateString);
+  PR_snprintf(entryPoint, sizeof(dateString) - (entryPoint - dateString),
+        "%c%02d%02d" CRLF,
+        (gmtoffset >= 0 ? '+' : '-'),
+        ((gmtoffset >= 0 ? gmtoffset : -gmtoffset) / 60),
+        ((gmtoffset >= 0 ? gmtoffset : -gmtoffset) % 60));
+  finalHeaders->SetRawHeader("Date", nsDependentCString(dateString), nullptr);
+
+  // X-Mozilla-Draft-Info
+  if (isDraft)
+  {
+    nsAutoCString draftInfo;
+    draftInfo.AppendLiteral("internal/draft; ");
+    APPEND_BOOL(AttachVCard, "vcard");
+    draftInfo.AppendLiteral("; ");
+    bool hasReturnReceipt = false;
+    fields->GetReturnReceipt(&hasReturnReceipt);
+    if (hasReturnReceipt)
+    {
+      // slight change compared to 4.x; we used to use receipt= to tell
+      // whether the draft/template has request for either MDN or DNS or both
+      // return receipt; since the DNS is out of the picture we now use the
+      // header type + 1 to tell whether user has requested the return receipt
+      int32_t headerType = 0;
+      fields->GetReceiptHeaderType(&headerType);
+      draftInfo.AppendLiteral("receipt=");
+      draftInfo.AppendInt(headerType + 1);
+    }
+    else
+      draftInfo.AppendLiteral("receipt=0");
+    draftInfo.AppendLiteral("; ");
+    APPEND_BOOL(DSN, "DSN");
+    draftInfo.AppendLiteral("; ");
+    draftInfo.AppendLiteral("uuencode=0");
+    draftInfo.AppendLiteral("; ");
+    APPEND_BOOL(AttachmentReminder, "attachmentreminder");
+    draftInfo.AppendLiteral("; ");
+    int32_t deliveryFormat;
+    fields->GetDeliveryFormat(&deliveryFormat);
+    draftInfo.AppendLiteral("deliveryformat=");
+    draftInfo.AppendInt(deliveryFormat);
+
+    finalHeaders->SetRawHeader(HEADER_X_MOZILLA_DRAFT_INFO, draftInfo, nullptr);
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIHttpProtocolHandler> pHTTPHandler = do_GetService(NS_NETWORK_PROTOCOL_CONTRACTID_PREFIX "http", &rv);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && pHTTPHandler)
+  {
+    nsAutoCString userAgentString;
+    pHTTPHandler->GetUserAgent(userAgentString);
+
+    if (!userAgentString.IsEmpty())
+      finalHeaders->SetUnstructuredHeader("User-Agent",
+        NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16(userAgentString));
+  }
+
+  finalHeaders->SetUnstructuredHeader("MIME-Version", NS_LITERAL_STRING("1.0"));
+
+  nsAutoCString newsgroups;
+  finalHeaders->GetRawHeader("Newsgroups", newsgroups);
+  if (!newsgroups.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    // Since the newsgroup header can contain data in the form of:
+    // "news://news.mozilla.org/netscape.test,news://news.mozilla.org/netscape.junk"
+    // we need to turn that into: "netscape.test,netscape.junk"
+    // (XXX: can it really?)
+    nsCOMPtr<nsINntpService> nntpService =
+      do_GetService("@mozilla.org/messenger/nntpservice;1", &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    nsCString newsgroupsHeaderVal;
+    nsCString newshostHeaderVal;
+    rv = nntpService->GenerateNewsHeaderValsForPosting(newsgroups,
+      getter_Copies(newsgroupsHeaderVal), getter_Copies(newshostHeaderVal));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    finalHeaders->SetRawHeader("Newsgroups", newsgroupsHeaderVal, nullptr);
+
+    // If we are here, we are NOT going to send this now. (i.e. it is a Draft,
+    // Send Later file, etc...). Because of that, we need to store what the user
+    // typed in on the original composition window for use later when rebuilding
+    // the headers
+    if (deliver_mode != nsIMsgSend::nsMsgDeliverNow &&
+        deliver_mode != nsIMsgSend::nsMsgSendUnsent)
+    {
+      // This is going to be saved for later, that means we should just store
+      // what the user typed into the "Newsgroup" line in the HEADER_X_MOZILLA_NEWSHOST
+      // header for later use by "Send Unsent Messages", "Drafts" or "Templates"
+      finalHeaders->SetRawHeader(HEADER_X_MOZILLA_NEWSHOST, newshostHeaderVal,
+        nullptr);
+    }
+
+    // Newsgroups are a recipient...
+    hasDisclosedRecipient = true;
+  }
+
+  nsCOMArray<msgIAddressObject> recipients;
+  finalHeaders->GetAddressingHeader("To", recipients);
+  hasDisclosedRecipient |= !recipients.IsEmpty();
+  finalHeaders->GetAddressingHeader("Cc", recipients);
+  hasDisclosedRecipient |= !recipients.IsEmpty();
+
+  // If we don't have disclosed recipient (only Bcc), address the message to
+  // undisclosed-recipients to prevent problem with some servers
+
+  // If we are saving the message as a draft, don't bother inserting the undisclosed recipients field. We'll take care of that when we
+  // really send the message.
+  if (!hasDisclosedRecipient && !isDraft)
+  {
+    bool bAddUndisclosedRecipients = true;
+    prefs->GetBoolPref("mail.compose.add_undisclosed_recipients", &bAddUndisclosedRecipients);
+    if (bAddUndisclosedRecipients)
+    {
+      bool hasBcc = false;
+      fields->HasHeader("Bcc", &hasBcc);
+      if (hasBcc)
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundleService> stringService =
+          mozilla::services::GetStringBundleService();
+        if (stringService)
+        {
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundle> composeStringBundle;
+          rv = stringService->CreateBundle("chrome://messenger/locale/messengercompose/composeMsgs.properties", getter_AddRefs(composeStringBundle));
+          if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+          {
+            nsString undisclosedRecipients;
+            rv = composeStringBundle->GetStringFromName(u"undisclosedRecipients",
+                                                        getter_Copies(undisclosedRecipients));
+            if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !undisclosedRecipients.IsEmpty())
+            {
+              nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgHeaderParser> headerParser(
+                mozilla::services::GetHeaderParser());
+              nsCOMPtr<msgIAddressObject> group;
+              headerParser->MakeGroupObject(undisclosedRecipients,
+                nullptr, 0, getter_AddRefs(group));
+              recipients.AppendElement(group);
+              finalHeaders->SetAddressingHeader("To", recipients);
+            }
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  // We don't want to emit a Bcc header to the output. If we are saving this to
+  // Drafts/Sent, this is readded later in nsMsgSend.cpp.
+  finalHeaders->DeleteHeader("bcc");
+
+  // Skip no or empty priority.
+  nsAutoCString priority;
+  rv = fields->GetRawHeader("X-Priority", priority);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !priority.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    nsMsgPriorityValue priorityValue;
+
+    NS_MsgGetPriorityFromString(priority.get(), priorityValue);
+
+    // Skip default priority.
+    if (priorityValue != nsMsgPriority::Default) {
+      nsAutoCString priorityName;
+      nsAutoCString priorityValueString;
+
+      NS_MsgGetPriorityValueString(priorityValue, priorityValueString);
+      NS_MsgGetUntranslatedPriorityName(priorityValue, priorityName);
+
+      // Output format: [X-Priority: <pValue> (<pName>)]
+      priorityValueString.AppendLiteral(" (");
+      priorityValueString += priorityName;
+      priorityValueString.AppendLiteral(")");
+      finalHeaders->SetRawHeader("X-Priority", priorityValueString, nullptr);
+    }
+  }
+
+  nsAutoCString references;
+  finalHeaders->GetRawHeader("References", references);
+  if (!references.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    // The References header should be kept under 998 characters: if it's too
+    // long, trim out the earliest references to make it smaller.
+    if (references.Length() > 986)
+    {
+      int32_t firstRef = references.FindChar('<');
+      int32_t secondRef = references.FindChar('<', firstRef + 1);
+      if (secondRef > 0)
+      {
+        nsAutoCString newReferences(StringHead(references, secondRef));
+        int32_t bracket = references.FindChar('<',
+          references.Length() + newReferences.Length() - 986);
+        if (bracket > 0)
+        {
+          newReferences.Append(Substring(references, bracket));
+          finalHeaders->SetRawHeader("References", newReferences, nullptr);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    // The In-Reply-To header is the last entry in the references header...
+    int32_t bracket = references.RFind("<");
+    if (bracket >= 0)
+      finalHeaders->SetRawHeader("In-Reply-To", Substring(references, bracket),
+        nullptr);
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+#undef APPEND_BOOL // X-Mozilla-Draft-Info helper macro
+
+static void
+GenerateGlobalRandomBytes(unsigned char *buf, int32_t len)
+{
+  // Attempt to generate bytes from system entropy-based RNG.
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIRandomGenerator> randomGenerator(do_GetService("@mozilla.org/security/random-generator;1"));
+  MOZ_ASSERT(randomGenerator, "nsIRandomGenerator service not retrievable");
+  uint8_t *tempBuffer;
+  nsresult rv = randomGenerator->GenerateRandomBytes(len, &tempBuffer);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    memcpy(buf, tempBuffer, len);
+    free(tempBuffer);
+    return;
+  }
+  // nsIRandomGenerator failed -- fall back to low entropy PRNG.
+  static bool firstTime = true;
+  if (firstTime)
+  {
+    // Seed the random-number generator with current time so that
+    // the numbers will be different every time we run.
+    srand( (unsigned)PR_Now() );
+    firstTime = false;
+  }
+
+  for( int32_t i = 0; i < len; i++ )
+    buf[i] = rand() % 256;
+}
+
+char
+*mime_make_separator(const char *prefix)
+{
+  unsigned char rand_buf[13];
+  GenerateGlobalRandomBytes(rand_buf, 12);
+
+  return PR_smprintf("------------%s"
+           "%02X%02X%02X%02X"
+           "%02X%02X%02X%02X"
+           "%02X%02X%02X%02X",
+           prefix,
+           rand_buf[0], rand_buf[1], rand_buf[2], rand_buf[3],
+           rand_buf[4], rand_buf[5], rand_buf[6], rand_buf[7],
+           rand_buf[8], rand_buf[9], rand_buf[10], rand_buf[11]);
+}
+
+static char *
+RFC2231ParmFolding(const char *parmName, const nsCString& charset,
+                   const char *language, const nsString& parmValue);
+
+static char *
+LegacyParmFolding(const nsCString& aCharset,
+                  const nsCString& aFileName, int32_t aParmFolding);
+
+char *
+mime_generate_attachment_headers (const char *type,
+                  const char *type_param,
+                  const char *encoding,
+                  const char *description,
+                  const char *x_mac_type,
+                  const char *x_mac_creator,
+                  const char *real_name,
+                  const char *base_url,
+                  bool /*digest_p*/,
+                  nsMsgAttachmentHandler * /*ma*/,
+                  const char *attachmentCharset,
+                  const char *bodyCharset,
+                  bool bodyIsAsciiOnly,
+                  const char *content_id,
+                  bool        aBodyDocument)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION (encoding, "null encoding");
+
+  int32_t parmFolding = 2; // RFC 2231-compliant
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefs(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID));
+  if (prefs)
+    prefs->GetIntPref("mail.strictly_mime.parm_folding", &parmFolding);
+
+  /* Let's encode the real name */
+  char *encodedRealName = nullptr;
+  nsCString charset;   // actual charset used for MIME encode
+  nsAutoString realName;
+  if (real_name)
+  {
+    // first try main body's charset to encode the file name,
+    // then try local file system charset if fails
+    CopyUTF8toUTF16(nsDependentCString(real_name), realName);
+    if (bodyCharset && *bodyCharset &&
+        nsMsgI18Ncheck_data_in_charset_range(bodyCharset, realName.get()))
+      charset.Assign(bodyCharset);
+    else
+    {
+      charset.Assign(nsMsgI18NFileSystemCharset());
+      if (!nsMsgI18Ncheck_data_in_charset_range(charset.get(), realName.get()))
+        charset.Assign("UTF-8"); // set to UTF-8 if fails again
+    }
+
+    encodedRealName = RFC2231ParmFolding("filename", charset, nullptr,
+                                         realName);
+    // somehow RFC2231ParamFolding failed. fall back to legacy method
+    if (!encodedRealName || !*encodedRealName) {
+      PR_FREEIF(encodedRealName);
+      parmFolding = 0;
+      // Not RFC 2231 style encoding (it's not standard-compliant)
+      encodedRealName =
+        LegacyParmFolding(charset, nsDependentCString(real_name), parmFolding);
+    }
+  }
+
+  nsCString buf;  // very likely to be longer than 64 characters
+  buf.Append("Content-Type: ");
+  buf.Append(type);
+  if (type_param && *type_param)
+  {
+    if (*type_param != ';')
+      buf.Append("; ");
+    buf.Append(type_param);
+  }
+
+  if (mime_type_needs_charset (type))
+  {
+
+    char charset_label[65] = "";   // Content-Type: charset
+    if (attachmentCharset)
+    {
+      PL_strncpy(charset_label, attachmentCharset, sizeof(charset_label)-1);
+      charset_label[sizeof(charset_label)-1] = '\0';
+    }
+
+    /* If the characters are all 7bit, arguably it's better to
+    claim the charset to be US-ASCII. However, it causes
+    a major 'interoperability problem' with MS OE, which makes it hard
+    to sell Mozilla/TB to people most of whose correspondents use
+    MS OE. MS OE turns all non-ASCII characters to question marks
+    in replies to messages labeled as US-ASCII if users select 'send as is'
+    with MIME turned on. (with MIME turned off, this happens without
+    any warning.) To avoid this, we use the label 'US-ASCII' only when
+    it's explicitly requested by setting the hidden pref.
+    'mail.label_ascii_only_mail_as_us_ascii'. (bug 247958) */
+    bool labelAsciiAsAscii = false;
+    if (prefs)
+      prefs->GetBoolPref("mail.label_ascii_only_mail_as_us_ascii",
+                         &labelAsciiAsAscii);
+    if (labelAsciiAsAscii && encoding &&
+        !PL_strcasecmp (encoding, "7bit") && bodyIsAsciiOnly)
+      PL_strcpy (charset_label, "us-ascii");
+
+    // If charset is multibyte then no charset to be specified (apply base64 instead).
+    // The list of file types match with PickEncoding() where we put base64 label.
+    if ( ((attachmentCharset && !nsMsgI18Nmultibyte_charset(attachmentCharset)) ||
+         ((PL_strcasecmp(type, TEXT_HTML) == 0) ||
+         (PL_strcasecmp(type, TEXT_MDL) == 0) ||
+         (PL_strcasecmp(type, TEXT_PLAIN) == 0) ||
+         (PL_strcasecmp(type, TEXT_RICHTEXT) == 0) ||
+         (PL_strcasecmp(type, TEXT_ENRICHED) == 0) ||
+         (PL_strcasecmp(type, TEXT_VCARD) == 0) ||
+         (PL_strcasecmp(type, APPLICATION_DIRECTORY) == 0) || /* text/x-vcard synonym */
+         (PL_strcasecmp(type, TEXT_CSS) == 0) ||
+         (PL_strcasecmp(type, TEXT_JSSS) == 0)) ||
+         (PL_strcasecmp(encoding, ENCODING_BASE64) != 0)) &&
+         (*charset_label))
+    {
+      buf.Append("; charset=");
+      buf.Append(charset_label);
+    }
+  }
+
+  // Only do this if we are in the body of a message
+  if (aBodyDocument)
+  {
+    // Add format=flowed as in RFC 2646 if we are using that
+    if(type && !PL_strcasecmp(type, "text/plain"))
+    {
+      bool flowed, delsp, formatted, disallowBreaks;
+      GetSerialiserFlags(bodyCharset, &flowed, &delsp, &formatted, &disallowBreaks);
+      if(flowed)
+        buf.Append("; format=flowed");
+      if (delsp)
+        buf.Append("; delsp=yes");
+      // else
+      // {
+      // Don't add a markup. Could use
+      //        PUSH_STRING ("; format=fixed");
+      // but it is equivalent to nothing at all and we do want
+      // to save bandwidth. Don't we?
+      // }
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (x_mac_type && *x_mac_type) {
+    buf.Append("; x-mac-type=\"");
+    buf.Append(x_mac_type);
+    buf.Append("\"");
+  }
+
+  if (x_mac_creator && *x_mac_creator) {
+    buf.Append("; x-mac-creator=\"");
+    buf.Append(x_mac_creator);
+    buf.Append("\"");
+  }
+
+#ifdef EMIT_NAME_IN_CONTENT_TYPE
+  if (encodedRealName && *encodedRealName) {
+    // Note that we don't need to output the name field if the name encoding is
+    // RFC 2231. If the MUA knows the RFC 2231, it should know the RFC 2183 too.
+    if (parmFolding != 2) {
+      // The underlying JS MIME code will only handle UTF-8 here.
+      char *nameValue = LegacyParmFolding(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("UTF-8"),
+                                          nsDependentCString(real_name),
+                                          parmFolding);
+      if (!nameValue || !*nameValue) {
+        PR_FREEIF(nameValue);
+        nameValue = encodedRealName;
+      }
+      buf.Append(";\r\n name=\"");
+      buf.Append(nameValue);
+      buf.Append("\"");
+      if (nameValue != encodedRealName)
+        PR_FREEIF(nameValue);
+    }
+  }
+#endif /* EMIT_NAME_IN_CONTENT_TYPE */
+  buf.Append(CRLF);
+
+  buf.Append("Content-Transfer-Encoding: ");
+  buf.Append(encoding);
+  buf.Append(CRLF);
+
+  if (description && *description) {
+    char *s = mime_fix_header (description);
+    if (s) {
+      buf.Append("Content-Description: ");
+      buf.Append(s);
+      buf.Append(CRLF);
+      PR_Free(s);
+    }
+  }
+
+  if ( (content_id) && (*content_id) )
+  {
+    buf.Append("Content-ID: <");
+    buf.Append(content_id);
+    buf.Append(">");
+    buf.Append(CRLF);
+  }
+
+  if (encodedRealName && *encodedRealName) {
+    char *period = PL_strrchr(encodedRealName, '.');
+    int32_t pref_content_disposition = 0;
+
+    if (prefs) {
+      mozilla::DebugOnly<nsresult> rv = prefs->GetIntPref("mail.content_disposition_type",
+                                                          &pref_content_disposition);
+      NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "failed to get mail.content_disposition_type");
+    }
+
+    buf.Append("Content-Disposition: ");
+
+    // If this is an attachment which is part of the message body and therefore has a
+    // Content-ID (e.g, image in HTML msg), then Content-Disposition has to be inline
+    if (content_id && *content_id)
+      buf.Append("inline");
+    else if (pref_content_disposition == 1)
+      buf.Append("attachment");
+    else
+      if (pref_content_disposition == 2 &&
+          (!PL_strcasecmp(type, TEXT_PLAIN) ||
+          (period && !PL_strcasecmp(period, ".txt"))))
+        buf.Append("attachment");
+
+      /* If this document is an anonymous binary file or a vcard,
+      then always show it as an attachment, never inline. */
+      else
+        if (!PL_strcasecmp(type, APPLICATION_OCTET_STREAM) ||
+            !PL_strcasecmp(type, TEXT_VCARD) ||
+            !PL_strcasecmp(type, APPLICATION_DIRECTORY)) /* text/x-vcard synonym */
+          buf.Append("attachment");
+        else
+          buf.Append("inline");
+
+    buf.Append(";\r\n ");
+    buf.Append(encodedRealName);
+    buf.Append(CRLF);
+  }
+  else
+    if (type &&
+        (!PL_strcasecmp (type, MESSAGE_RFC822) ||
+        !PL_strcasecmp (type, MESSAGE_NEWS)))
+      buf.Append("Content-Disposition: inline" CRLF);
+
+#ifdef GENERATE_CONTENT_BASE
+  /* If this is an HTML document, and we know the URL it originally
+     came from, write out a Content-Base header. */
+  if (type &&
+      (!PL_strcasecmp (type, TEXT_HTML) ||
+      !PL_strcasecmp (type, TEXT_MDL)) &&
+      base_url && *base_url)
+  {
+    int32_t col = 0;
+    const char *s = base_url;
+    const char *colon = PL_strchr (s, ':');
+    bool useContentLocation = false;   /* rhp - add this  */
+
+    if (!colon)
+      goto GIVE_UP_ON_CONTENT_BASE;  /* malformed URL? */
+
+    /* Don't emit a content-base that points to (or into) a news or
+       mail message. */
+    if (!PL_strncasecmp (s, "news:", 5) ||
+        !PL_strncasecmp (s, "snews:", 6) ||
+        !PL_strncasecmp (s, "IMAP:", 5) ||
+        !PL_strncasecmp (s, "file:", 5) ||    /* rhp: fix targets from included HTML files */
+        !PL_strncasecmp (s, "mailbox:", 8))
+      goto GIVE_UP_ON_CONTENT_BASE;
+
+    /* rhp - Put in a pref for using Content-Location instead of Content-Base.
+           This will get tweaked to default to true in 5.0
+    */
+    if (prefs)
+      prefs->GetBoolPref("mail.use_content_location_on_send", &useContentLocation);
+
+    if (useContentLocation)
+      buf.Append("Content-Location: \"");
+    else
+      buf.Append("Content-Base: \"");
+    /* rhp - Pref for Content-Location usage */
+
+/* rhp: this is to work with the Content-Location stuff */
+CONTENT_LOC_HACK:
+
+    while (*s != 0 && *s != '#')
+    {
+      uint32_t ot=buf.Length();
+      char tmp[]="\x00\x00";
+      /* URLs must be wrapped at 40 characters or less. */
+      if (col >= 38) {
+        buf.Append(CRLF "\t");
+        col = 0;
+      }
+
+      if (*s == ' ')
+        buf.Append("%20");
+      else if (*s == '\t')
+        buf.Append("%09");
+      else if (*s == '\n')
+        buf.Append("%0A");
+      else if (*s == '\r')
+        buf.Append("%0D");
+      else {
+	      tmp[0]=*s;
+	      buf.Append(tmp);
+      }
+      s++;
+      col += (buf.Length() - ot);
+    }
+    buf.Append("\"" CRLF);
+
+    /* rhp: this is to try to get around this fun problem with Content-Location */
+    if (!useContentLocation) {
+      buf.Append("Content-Location: \"");
+      s = base_url;
+      col = 0;
+      useContentLocation = true;
+      goto CONTENT_LOC_HACK;
+    }
+    /* rhp: this is to try to get around this fun problem with Content-Location */
+
+GIVE_UP_ON_CONTENT_BASE:
+    ;
+  }
+#endif /* GENERATE_CONTENT_BASE */
+
+  /* realloc it smaller... */
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_jungshik
+  printf ("header=%s\n", buf.get());
+#endif
+  PR_Free(encodedRealName);
+  return PL_strdup(buf.get());
+}
+
+static bool isValidHost( const char* host )
+{
+  if ( host )
+    for (const char *s = host; *s; ++s)
+      if  (  !isalpha(*s)
+         && !isdigit(*s)
+         && *s != '-'
+         && *s != '_'
+         && *s != '.'
+         )
+      {
+       host = nullptr;
+       break;
+      }
+
+  return nullptr != host;
+}
+
+char *
+msg_generate_message_id (nsIMsgIdentity *identity)
+{
+  const char *host = 0;
+
+  nsCString forcedFQDN;
+  nsCString from;
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  rv = identity->GetCharAttribute("FQDN", forcedFQDN);
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !forcedFQDN.IsEmpty())
+    host = forcedFQDN.get();
+
+  if (!isValidHost(host))
+  {
+    nsresult rv = identity->GetEmail(from);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !from.IsEmpty())
+      host = strchr(from.get(),'@');
+
+    // No '@'? Munged address, anti-spam?
+    // see bug #197203
+    if (host)
+      ++host;
+  }
+
+  if (!isValidHost(host))
+  /* If we couldn't find a valid host name to use, we can't generate a
+     valid message ID, so bail, and let NNTP and SMTP generate them. */
+    return 0;
+
+  // Generate 128-bit UUID for the local part. We use the high-entropy
+  // GenerateGlobalRandomBytes to make tracking more difficult.
+  nsID uuid;
+  GenerateGlobalRandomBytes((unsigned char*) &uuid, sizeof(nsID));
+  char uuidString[NSID_LENGTH];
+  uuid.ToProvidedString(uuidString);
+  // Drop first and last characters (curly braces).
+  uuidString[NSID_LENGTH - 2] = 0;
+  return PR_smprintf("<%s@%s>", uuidString + 1, host);
+}
+
+
+inline static bool is7bitCharset(const nsCString& charset)
+{
+  // charset name is canonical (no worry about case-sensitivity)
+  return Substring(charset, 0, 8).EqualsLiteral("ISO-2022-");
+}
+
+#define PR_MAX_FOLDING_LEN 75     // this is to gurantee the folded line will
+                                  // never be greater than 78 = 75 + CRLFLWSP
+/*static */ char *
+RFC2231ParmFolding(const char *parmName, const nsCString& charset,
+                   const char *language, const nsString& parmValue)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(parmName && *parmName && !parmValue.IsEmpty(), nullptr);
+
+  bool needEscape;
+  nsCString dupParm;
+
+  if (!NS_IsAscii(parmValue.get()) || is7bitCharset(charset)) {
+    needEscape = true;
+    nsAutoCString nativeParmValue;
+    ConvertFromUnicode(charset.get(), parmValue, nativeParmValue);
+    MsgEscapeString(nativeParmValue, nsINetUtil::ESCAPE_ALL, dupParm);
+  }
+  else {
+    needEscape = false;
+    dupParm.Adopt(
+      msg_make_filename_qtext(NS_LossyConvertUTF16toASCII(parmValue).get(),
+                              true));
+  }
+
+  if (dupParm.IsEmpty())
+    return nullptr;
+
+  int32_t parmNameLen = PL_strlen(parmName);
+  int32_t parmValueLen = dupParm.Length();
+
+  parmNameLen += 5;  // *=__'__'___ or *[0]*=__'__'__ or *[1]*=___ or *[0]="___"
+
+  int32_t languageLen = language ?  PL_strlen(language) : 0;
+  int32_t charsetLen = charset.Length();
+  char *foldedParm = nullptr;
+
+  if ((parmValueLen + parmNameLen + charsetLen + languageLen) <
+      PR_MAX_FOLDING_LEN)
+  {
+    foldedParm = PL_strdup(parmName);
+    if (needEscape)
+    {
+      NS_MsgSACat(&foldedParm, "*=");
+      if (charsetLen)
+        NS_MsgSACat(&foldedParm, charset.get());
+      NS_MsgSACat(&foldedParm, "'");
+      if (languageLen)
+        NS_MsgSACat(&foldedParm, language);
+      NS_MsgSACat(&foldedParm, "'");
+    }
+    else
+      NS_MsgSACat(&foldedParm, "=\"");
+    NS_MsgSACat(&foldedParm, dupParm.get());
+    if (!needEscape)
+      NS_MsgSACat(&foldedParm, "\"");
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    int curLineLen = 0;
+    int counter = 0;
+    char digits[32];
+    char *start = dupParm.BeginWriting();
+    char *end = NULL;
+    char tmp = 0;
+
+    while (parmValueLen > 0)
+    {
+      curLineLen = 0;
+      if (counter == 0) {
+        PR_FREEIF(foldedParm)
+        foldedParm = PL_strdup(parmName);
+      }
+      else {
+        NS_MsgSACat(&foldedParm, ";\r\n ");
+        NS_MsgSACat(&foldedParm, parmName);
+      }
+      PR_snprintf(digits, sizeof(digits), "*%d", counter);
+      NS_MsgSACat(&foldedParm, digits);
+      curLineLen += PL_strlen(digits);
+      if (needEscape)
+      {
+        NS_MsgSACat(&foldedParm, "*=");
+        if (counter == 0)
+        {
+          if (charsetLen)
+            NS_MsgSACat(&foldedParm, charset.get());
+          NS_MsgSACat(&foldedParm, "'");
+          if (languageLen)
+            NS_MsgSACat(&foldedParm, language);
+          NS_MsgSACat(&foldedParm, "'");
+          curLineLen += charsetLen;
+          curLineLen += languageLen;
+        }
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        NS_MsgSACat(&foldedParm, "=\"");
+      }
+      counter++;
+      curLineLen += parmNameLen;
+      if (parmValueLen <= PR_MAX_FOLDING_LEN - curLineLen)
+        end = start + parmValueLen;
+      else
+        end = start + (PR_MAX_FOLDING_LEN - curLineLen);
+
+      tmp = 0;
+      if (*end && needEscape)
+      {
+        // check to see if we are in the middle of escaped char
+        if (*end == '%')
+        {
+          tmp = '%'; *end = 0;
+        }
+        else if (end-1 > start && *(end-1) == '%')
+        {
+          end -= 1; tmp = '%'; *end = 0;
+        }
+        else if (end-2 > start && *(end-2) == '%')
+        {
+          end -= 2; tmp = '%'; *end = 0;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          tmp = *end; *end = 0;
+        }
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        // XXX should check if we are in the middle of escaped char (RFC 822)
+        tmp = *end; *end = 0;
+      }
+      NS_MsgSACat(&foldedParm, start);
+      if (!needEscape)
+        NS_MsgSACat(&foldedParm, "\"");
+
+      parmValueLen -= (end-start);
+      if (tmp)
+        *end = tmp;
+      start = end;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return foldedParm;
+}
+
+/*static */ char *
+LegacyParmFolding(const nsCString& aCharset,
+                  const nsCString& aFileName, int32_t aParmFolding)
+{
+  bool usemime = nsMsgMIMEGetConformToStandard();
+  char *encodedRealName =
+    nsMsgI18NEncodeMimePartIIStr(aFileName.get(), false, aCharset.get(),
+                                 0, usemime);
+
+  if (!encodedRealName || !*encodedRealName) {
+    PR_FREEIF(encodedRealName);
+    encodedRealName = (char *) PR_Malloc(aFileName.Length() + 1);
+    if (encodedRealName)
+      PL_strcpy(encodedRealName, aFileName.get());
+  }
+
+  // Now put backslashes before special characters per RFC 822
+  char *qtextName =
+    msg_make_filename_qtext(encodedRealName, aParmFolding == 0);
+  if (qtextName) {
+    PR_FREEIF(encodedRealName);
+    encodedRealName = qtextName;
+  }
+  return encodedRealName;
+}
+
+bool
+mime_7bit_data_p (const char *string, uint32_t size)
+{
+  if ((!string) || (!*string))
+    return true;
+
+  char *ptr = (char *)string;
+  for (uint32_t i=0; i<size; i++)
+  {
+    if ((unsigned char) ptr[i] > 0x7F)
+      return false;
+  }
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Strips whitespace, and expands newlines into newline-tab for use in
+   mail headers.  Returns a new string or 0 (if it would have been empty.)
+   If addr_p is true, the addresses will be parsed and reemitted as
+   rfc822 mailboxes.
+ */
+char *
+mime_fix_header_1 (const char *string, bool addr_p, bool news_p)
+{
+  char *new_string;
+  const char *in;
+  char *out;
+  int32_t i, old_size, new_size;
+
+  if (!string || !*string)
+    return 0;
+
+  if (addr_p) {
+    return strdup(string);
+  }
+
+  old_size = PL_strlen (string);
+  new_size = old_size;
+  for (i = 0; i < old_size; i++)
+    if (string[i] == '\r' || string[i] == '\n')
+      new_size += 2;
+
+  new_string = (char *) PR_Malloc (new_size + 1);
+  if (! new_string)
+    return 0;
+
+  in  = string;
+  out = new_string;
+
+  /* strip leading whitespace. */
+  while (IS_SPACE (*in))
+    in++;
+
+  /* replace CR, LF, or CRLF with CRLF-TAB. */
+  while (*in) {
+    if (*in == '\r' || *in == '\n') {
+      if (*in == '\r' && in[1] == '\n')
+        in++;
+      in++;
+      *out++ = '\r';
+      *out++ = '\n';
+      *out++ = '\t';
+    }
+    else
+      if (news_p && *in == ',') {
+        *out++ = *in++;
+        /* skip over all whitespace after a comma. */
+        while (IS_SPACE (*in))
+          in++;
+      }
+      else
+        *out++ = *in++;
+  }
+  *out = 0;
+
+  /* strip trailing whitespace. */
+  while (out > in && IS_SPACE (out[-1]))
+    *out-- = 0;
+
+  /* If we ended up throwing it all away, use 0 instead of "". */
+  if (!*new_string) {
+    PR_Free (new_string);
+    new_string = 0;
+  }
+
+  return new_string;
+}
+
+char *
+mime_fix_header (const char *string)
+{
+  return mime_fix_header_1 (string, false, false);
+}
+
+char *
+mime_fix_addr_header (const char *string)
+{
+  return mime_fix_header_1 (string, true, false);
+}
+
+char *
+mime_fix_news_header (const char *string)
+{
+  return mime_fix_header_1 (string, false, true);
+}
+
+bool
+mime_type_requires_b64_p (const char *type)
+{
+  if (!type || !PL_strcasecmp (type, UNKNOWN_CONTENT_TYPE))
+  /* Unknown types don't necessarily require encoding.  (Note that
+     "unknown" and "application/octet-stream" aren't the same.) */
+  return false;
+
+  else if (!PL_strncasecmp (type, "image/", 6) ||
+       !PL_strncasecmp (type, "audio/", 6) ||
+       !PL_strncasecmp (type, "video/", 6) ||
+       !PL_strncasecmp (type, "application/", 12))
+  {
+    /* The following types are application/ or image/ types that are actually
+     known to contain textual data (meaning line-based, not binary, where
+     CRLF conversion is desired rather than disasterous.)  So, if the type
+     is any of these, it does not *require* base64, and if we do need to
+     encode it for other reasons, we'll probably use quoted-printable.
+     But, if it's not one of these types, then we assume that any subtypes
+     of the non-"text/" types are binary data, where CRLF conversion would
+     corrupt it, so we use base64 right off the bat.
+
+     The reason it's desirable to ship these as text instead of just using
+     base64 all the time is mainly to preserve the readability of them for
+     non-MIME users: if I mail a /bin/sh script to someone, it might not
+     need to be encoded at all, so we should leave it readable if we can.
+
+     This list of types was derived from the comp.mail.mime FAQ, section
+     10.2.2, "List of known unregistered MIME types" on 2-Feb-96.
+     */
+    static const char *app_and_image_types_which_are_really_text[] = {
+    "application/mac-binhex40",   /* APPLICATION_BINHEX */
+    "application/pgp",        /* APPLICATION_PGP */
+    "application/pgp-keys",
+    "application/x-pgp-message",  /* APPLICATION_PGP2 */
+    "application/postscript",   /* APPLICATION_POSTSCRIPT */
+    "application/x-uuencode",   /* APPLICATION_UUENCODE */
+    "application/x-uue",      /* APPLICATION_UUENCODE2 */
+    "application/uue",        /* APPLICATION_UUENCODE4 */
+    "application/uuencode",     /* APPLICATION_UUENCODE3 */
+    "application/sgml",
+    "application/x-csh",
+    "application/javascript",
+    "application/ecmascript",
+    "application/x-javascript",
+    "application/x-latex",
+    "application/x-macbinhex40",
+    "application/x-ns-proxy-autoconfig",
+    "application/x-www-form-urlencoded",
+    "application/x-perl",
+    "application/x-sh",
+    "application/x-shar",
+    "application/x-tcl",
+    "application/x-tex",
+    "application/x-texinfo",
+    "application/x-troff",
+    "application/x-troff-man",
+    "application/x-troff-me",
+    "application/x-troff-ms",
+    "application/x-troff-ms",
+    "application/x-wais-source",
+    "image/x-bitmap",
+    "image/x-pbm",
+    "image/x-pgm",
+    "image/x-portable-anymap",
+    "image/x-portable-bitmap",
+    "image/x-portable-graymap",
+    "image/x-portable-pixmap",    /* IMAGE_PPM */
+    "image/x-ppm",
+    "image/x-xbitmap",        /* IMAGE_XBM */
+    "image/x-xbm",          /* IMAGE_XBM2 */
+    "image/xbm",          /* IMAGE_XBM3 */
+    "image/x-xpixmap",
+    "image/x-xpm",
+    0 };
+    const char **s;
+    for (s = app_and_image_types_which_are_really_text; *s; s++)
+    if (!PL_strcasecmp (type, *s))
+      return false;
+
+    /* All others must be assumed to be binary formats, and need Base64. */
+    return true;
+  }
+
+  else
+  return false;
+}
+
+//
+// Some types should have a "charset=" parameter, and some shouldn't.
+// This is what decides.
+//
+bool
+mime_type_needs_charset (const char *type)
+{
+  /* Only text types should have charset. */
+  if (!type || !*type)
+    return false;
+  else
+    if (!PL_strncasecmp (type, "text", 4))
+      return true;
+    else
+      return false;
+}
+
+/* Given a string, convert it to 'qtext' (quoted text) for RFC822 header purposes. */
+char *
+msg_make_filename_qtext(const char *srcText, bool stripCRLFs)
+{
+  /* newString can be at most twice the original string (every char quoted). */
+  char *newString = (char *) PR_Malloc(PL_strlen(srcText)*2 + 1);
+  if (!newString) return NULL;
+
+  const char *s = srcText;
+  const char *end = srcText + PL_strlen(srcText);
+  char *d = newString;
+
+  while(*s)
+  {
+    /*  Put backslashes in front of existing backslashes, or double quote
+      characters.
+      If stripCRLFs is true, don't write out CRs or LFs. Otherwise,
+      write out a backslash followed by the CR but not
+      linear-white-space.
+      We might already have quoted pair of "\ " or "\\t" skip it.
+      */
+    if (*s == '\\' || *s == '"' ||
+      (!stripCRLFs &&
+       (*s == '\r' && (s[1] != '\n' ||
+               (s[1] == '\n' && (s+2) < end && !IS_SPACE(s[2]))))))
+      *d++ = '\\';
+
+    if (stripCRLFs && *s == '\r' && s[1] == '\n' && (s+2) < end && IS_SPACE(s[2]))
+    {
+        s += 3;     // skip CRLFLWSP
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      *d++ = *s++;
+    }
+  }
+  *d = 0;
+
+  return newString;
+}
+
+/* Rip apart the URL and extract a reasonable value for the `real_name' slot.
+ */
+void
+msg_pick_real_name (nsMsgAttachmentHandler *attachment, const char16_t *proposedName, const char *charset)
+{
+  const char *s, *s2;
+
+  if (!attachment->m_realName.IsEmpty())
+    return;
+
+  if (proposedName && *proposedName)
+  {
+    attachment->m_realName.Adopt(ToNewUTF8String(nsAutoString(proposedName)));
+  }
+  else //Let's extract the name from the URL
+  {
+    nsCString url;
+    nsresult rv = attachment->mURL->GetSpec(url);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      return;
+
+    s = url.get();
+    s2 = PL_strchr (s, ':');
+    if (s2)
+      s = s2 + 1;
+    /* If we know the URL doesn't have a sensible file name in it,
+     don't bother emitting a content-disposition. */
+    if (StringBeginsWith (url, NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("news:"), nsCaseInsensitiveCStringComparator()) ||
+        StringBeginsWith (url, NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("snews:"), nsCaseInsensitiveCStringComparator()) ||
+        StringBeginsWith (url, NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("IMAP:"), nsCaseInsensitiveCStringComparator()) ||
+        StringBeginsWith (url, NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("mailbox:"), nsCaseInsensitiveCStringComparator()))
+      return;
+
+    if (StringBeginsWith(url, NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("data:"),
+                         nsCaseInsensitiveCStringComparator()))
+    {
+      int32_t endNonData = url.FindChar(',');
+      if (endNonData == -1)
+        return;
+      nsCString nonDataPart(Substring(url, 5, endNonData - 5));
+      int32_t filenamePos = nonDataPart.Find("filename=");
+      if (filenamePos != -1)
+      {
+        filenamePos += 9;
+        int32_t endFilename = nonDataPart.FindChar(';', filenamePos);
+        if (endFilename == -1)
+          endFilename = endNonData;
+        attachment->m_realName = Substring(nonDataPart, filenamePos,
+                                           endFilename - filenamePos);
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        // no filename; need to construct one based on the content type.
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMIMEService> mimeService(do_GetService(NS_MIMESERVICE_CONTRACTID));
+        if (!mimeService)
+          return;
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMIMEInfo> mimeInfo;
+        nsCString mediaType(Substring(nonDataPart, 0, nonDataPart.FindChar(';')));
+        mimeService->GetFromTypeAndExtension(mediaType, EmptyCString(), getter_AddRefs(mimeInfo));
+        if (!mimeInfo)
+          return;
+        nsCString filename;
+        nsCString extension;
+        mimeInfo->GetPrimaryExtension(extension);
+        unsigned char filePrefixBytes[8];
+        GenerateGlobalRandomBytes(filePrefixBytes, 8);
+        // Create a filename prefix with 16 lowercase letters,
+        // representing 8 bytes.
+        for (int32_t i = 0; i < 8; i++)
+        {
+          // A pair of letters, each any of (a-p).
+          filename.Append((filePrefixBytes[i] & 0xF) + 'a');
+          filename.Append((filePrefixBytes[i] >> 4) + 'a');
+        }
+        filename.Append('.');
+        filename.Append(extension);
+        attachment->m_realName = filename;
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Take the part of the file name after the last / or \ */
+      s2 = PL_strrchr (s, '/');
+      if (s2) s = s2+1;
+      s2 = PL_strrchr (s, '\\');
+
+      if (s2) s = s2+1;
+      /* Copy it into the attachment struct. */
+      attachment->m_realName = s;
+      int32_t charPos = attachment->m_realName.FindChar('?');
+      if (charPos != -1)
+        attachment->m_realName.SetLength(charPos);
+      /* Now trim off any named anchors or search data. */
+      charPos = attachment->m_realName.FindChar('#');
+      if (charPos != -1)
+        attachment->m_realName.SetLength(charPos);
+    }
+    /* Now lose the %XX crap. */
+    nsCString unescaped_real_name;
+    MsgUnescapeString(attachment->m_realName, 0, unescaped_real_name);
+    attachment->m_realName = unescaped_real_name;
+  }
+
+  /* Now a special case for attaching uuencoded files...
+
+   If we attach a file "foo.txt.uu", we will send it out with
+   Content-Type: text/plain; Content-Transfer-Encoding: x-uuencode.
+   When saving such a file, a mail reader will generally decode it first
+   (thus removing the uuencoding.)  So, let's make life a little easier by
+   removing the indication of uuencoding from the file name itself.  (This
+   will presumably make the file name in the Content-Disposition header be
+   the same as the file name in the "begin" line of the uuencoded data.)
+
+   However, since there are mailers out there (including earlier versions of
+   Mozilla) that will use "foo.txt.uu" as the file name, we still need to
+   cope with that; the code which copes with that is in the MIME parser, in
+   libmime/mimei.c.
+   */
+  if (attachment->m_already_encoded_p && !attachment->m_encoding.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    /* #### TOTAL KLUDGE.
+     I'd like to ask the mime.types file, "what extensions correspond
+     to obj->encoding (which happens to be "x-uuencode") but doing that
+     in a non-sphagetti way would require brain surgery.  So, since
+     currently uuencode is the only content-transfer-encoding which we
+     understand which traditionally has an extension, we just special-
+     case it here!
+
+     Note that it's special-cased in a similar way in libmime/mimei.c.
+     */
+    if (attachment->m_encoding.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral(ENCODING_UUENCODE) ||
+        attachment->m_encoding.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral(ENCODING_UUENCODE2) ||
+        attachment->m_encoding.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral(ENCODING_UUENCODE3) ||
+        attachment->m_encoding.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral(ENCODING_UUENCODE4))
+    {
+      if (StringEndsWith(attachment->m_realName, NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(".uu")))
+        attachment->m_realName.Cut(attachment->m_realName.Length() - 3, 3);
+      else if (StringEndsWith(attachment->m_realName, NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(".uue")))
+        attachment->m_realName.Cut(attachment->m_realName.Length() - 4, 4);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+// Utility to create a nsIURI object...
+nsresult
+nsMsgNewURL(nsIURI** aInstancePtrResult, const char * aSpec)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  if (nullptr == aInstancePtrResult)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIIOService> pNetService =
+    mozilla::services::GetIOService();
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(pNetService, NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED);
+  if (PL_strstr(aSpec, "://") == nullptr && strncmp(aSpec, "data:", 5))
+  {
+    //XXXjag Temporary fix for bug 139362 until the real problem(bug 70083) get fixed
+    nsAutoCString uri(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("http://"));
+    uri.Append(aSpec);
+    rv = pNetService->NewURI(uri, nullptr, nullptr, aInstancePtrResult);
+  }
+  else
+    rv = pNetService->NewURI(nsDependentCString(aSpec), nullptr, nullptr, aInstancePtrResult);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+bool
+nsMsgIsLocalFile(const char *url)
+{
+  /*
+    A url is considered as a local file if it's start with file://
+    But on Window, we need to filter UNC file url because there
+    are not really local file. Those start with file:////
+  */
+  if (PL_strncasecmp(url, "file://", 7) == 0)
+  {
+#ifdef XP_WIN
+    if (PL_strncasecmp(url, "file:////", 9) == 0)
+      return false;
+#endif
+    return true;
+  }
+  else
+    return false;
+}
+
+char
+*nsMsgGetLocalFileFromURL(const char *url)
+{
+  char * finalPath;
+  NS_ASSERTION(PL_strncasecmp(url, "file://", 7) == 0, "invalid url");
+  finalPath = (char*)PR_Malloc(strlen(url));
+  if (finalPath == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+  strcpy(finalPath, url+6+1);
+  return finalPath;
+}
+
+char *
+nsMsgParseURLHost(const char *url)
+{
+  nsIURI        *workURI = nullptr;
+  nsresult      rv;
+
+  rv = nsMsgNewURL(&workURI, url);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !workURI)
+    return nullptr;
+
+  nsAutoCString host;
+  rv = workURI->GetHost(host);
+  NS_IF_RELEASE(workURI);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return nullptr;
+
+  return ToNewCString(host);
+}
+
+char *
+GenerateFileNameFromURI(nsIURI *aURL)
+{
+  nsresult    rv;
+  nsCString file;
+  nsCString spec;
+  char        *returnString;
+  char        *cp = nullptr;
+  char        *cp1 = nullptr;
+
+  rv = aURL->GetPath(file);
+  if ( NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !file.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    char *newFile = ToNewCString(file);
+    if (!newFile)
+      return nullptr;
+
+    // strip '/'
+    cp = PL_strrchr(newFile, '/');
+    if (cp)
+      ++cp;
+    else
+      cp = newFile;
+
+    if (*cp)
+    {
+      if ((cp1 = PL_strchr(cp, '/'))) *cp1 = 0;
+      if ((cp1 = PL_strchr(cp, '?'))) *cp1 = 0;
+      if ((cp1 = PL_strchr(cp, '>'))) *cp1 = 0;
+      if (*cp != '\0')
+      {
+        returnString = PL_strdup(cp);
+        PR_FREEIF(newFile);
+        return returnString;
+      }
+    }
+    else
+      return nullptr;
+  }
+
+  cp = nullptr;
+  cp1 = nullptr;
+
+
+  rv = aURL->GetSpec(spec);
+  if ( NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !spec.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    char *newSpec = ToNewCString(spec);
+    if (!newSpec)
+      return nullptr;
+
+    char *cp2 = NULL, *cp3=NULL ;
+
+    // strip '"'
+    cp2 = newSpec;
+    while (*cp2 == '"')
+      cp2++;
+    if ((cp3 = PL_strchr(cp2, '"')))
+      *cp3 = 0;
+
+    char *hostStr = nsMsgParseURLHost(cp2);
+    if (!hostStr)
+      hostStr = PL_strdup(cp2);
+
+    bool isHTTP = false;
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(aURL->SchemeIs("http", &isHTTP)) && isHTTP)
+    {
+        returnString = PR_smprintf("%s.html", hostStr);
+        PR_FREEIF(hostStr);
+    }
+    else
+      returnString = hostStr;
+
+    PR_FREEIF(newSpec);
+    return returnString;
+  }
+
+  return nullptr;
+}
+
+//
+// This routine will generate a content id for use in a mail part.
+// It will take the part number passed in as well as the email
+// address. If the email address is null or invalid, we will simply
+// use netscape.com for the interesting part. The content ID's will
+// look like the following:
+//
+//      Content-ID: <part1.36DF1DCE.73B5A330@netscape.com>
+//
+char *
+mime_gen_content_id(uint32_t aPartNum, const char *aEmailAddress)
+{
+  int32_t           randLen = 5;
+  unsigned char     rand_buf1[5];
+  unsigned char     rand_buf2[5];
+  const char        *domain = nullptr;
+  const char        *defaultDomain = "@netscape.com";
+
+  memset(rand_buf1, 0, randLen-1);
+  memset(rand_buf2, 0, randLen-1);
+
+  GenerateGlobalRandomBytes(rand_buf1, randLen);
+  GenerateGlobalRandomBytes(rand_buf2, randLen);
+
+  // Find the @domain.com string...
+  if (aEmailAddress && *aEmailAddress)
+    domain = const_cast<const char*>(PL_strchr(aEmailAddress, '@'));
+
+  if (!domain)
+    domain = defaultDomain;
+
+  char *retVal = PR_smprintf("part%d."
+                              "%02X%02X%02X%02X"
+                              "."
+                              "%02X%02X%02X%02X"
+                              "%s",
+                              aPartNum,
+                              rand_buf1[0], rand_buf1[1], rand_buf1[2], rand_buf1[3],
+                              rand_buf2[0], rand_buf2[1], rand_buf2[2], rand_buf2[3],
+                              domain);
+
+  return retVal;
+}
+
+void
+GetFolderURIFromUserPrefs(nsMsgDeliverMode aMode, nsIMsgIdentity* identity, nsCString& uri)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  uri.Truncate();
+
+  // QueueForLater (Outbox)
+  if (aMode == nsIMsgSend::nsMsgQueueForLater ||
+      aMode == nsIMsgSend::nsMsgDeliverBackground)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefs(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      return;
+    rv = prefs->GetCharPref("mail.default_sendlater_uri", getter_Copies(uri));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv) || uri.IsEmpty())
+      uri.AssignLiteral(ANY_SERVER);
+    else
+    {
+      // check if uri is unescaped, and if so, escape it and reset the pef.
+      if (uri.FindChar(' ') != kNotFound)
+      {
+        MsgReplaceSubstring(uri, " ", "%20");
+        prefs->SetCharPref("mail.default_sendlater_uri", uri.get());
+      }
+    }
+    return;
+  }
+
+  if (!identity)
+    return;
+
+  if (aMode == nsIMsgSend::nsMsgSaveAsDraft)    // SaveAsDraft (Drafts)
+    rv = identity->GetDraftFolder(uri);
+  else if (aMode == nsIMsgSend::nsMsgSaveAsTemplate) // SaveAsTemplate (Templates)
+    rv = identity->GetStationeryFolder(uri);
+  else
+  {
+    bool doFcc = false;
+    rv = identity->GetDoFcc(&doFcc);
+    if (doFcc)
+      rv = identity->GetFccFolder(uri);
+  }
+  return;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Check if we should use format=flowed (RFC 2646) for a mail.
+ * We will use format=flowed unless the preference tells us not to do so.
+ * In this function we set all the serialiser flags.
+ * 'formatted' is always 'true'.
+ */
+void GetSerialiserFlags(const char* charset, bool* flowed, bool* delsp, bool* formatted, bool* disallowBreaks)
+{
+  *flowed = false;
+  *delsp = false;
+  *formatted = true;
+  *disallowBreaks = true;
+
+  // Set format=flowed as in RFC 2646 according to the preference.
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefs(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+    prefs->GetBoolPref("mailnews.send_plaintext_flowed", flowed);
+  }
+
+  // We could test statefulCharset(charset) here, but since ISO-2022-JP is the
+  // only one left we support, we might as well check for it directly.
+  if (PL_strcasecmp(charset, "ISO-2022-JP") == 0) {
+    // Make sure we honour RFC 1468. For encoding in ISO-2022-JP we need to
+    // send short lines to allow 7bit transfer encoding.
+    *disallowBreaks = false;
+    if (*flowed)
+      *delsp = true;
+  }
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/compose/src/nsMsgCompUtils.h b/mailnews/compose/src/nsMsgCompUtils.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..13d6ddd83
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/compose/src/nsMsgCompUtils.h
@@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _nsMsgCompUtils_H_
+#define _nsMsgCompUtils_H_
+
+#include "nscore.h"
+#include "nsMsgSend.h"
+#include "nsMsgCompFields.h"
+#include "nsIMsgSend.h"
+#include "nsIMsgCompUtils.h"
+
+class nsIPrompt; 
+
+#define ANY_SERVER "anyfolder://"
+
+// these are msg hdr property names for storing the original
+// msg uri's and disposition(replied/forwarded) when queuing
+// messages to send later.
+#define ORIG_URI_PROPERTY "origURIs"
+#define QUEUED_DISPOSITION_PROPERTY "queuedDisposition"
+
+class nsMsgCompUtils : public nsIMsgCompUtils
+{
+public:
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGCOMPUTILS
+
+  nsMsgCompUtils();
+
+private:
+  virtual ~nsMsgCompUtils();
+};
+
+PR_BEGIN_EXTERN_C
+
+//
+// Create a file spec or file name using the name passed
+// in as a template
+//
+nsresult    nsMsgCreateTempFile(const char *tFileName, nsIFile **tFile);
+char        *nsMsgCreateTempFileName(const char *tFileName);
+
+
+//
+// Various utilities for building parts of MIME encoded 
+// messages during message composition
+//
+
+nsresult    mime_sanity_check_fields_recipients (
+                            const char *to,
+                            const char *cc,
+                            const char *bcc,
+                            const char *newsgroups);
+
+nsresult    mime_sanity_check_fields (
+                            const char *from,
+                            const char *reply_to,
+                            const char *to,
+                            const char *cc,
+                            const char *bcc,
+                            const char *fcc,
+                            const char *newsgroups,
+                            const char *followup_to,
+                            const char * /*subject*/,
+                            const char * /*references*/,
+                            const char * /*organization*/,
+                            const char * /*other_random_headers*/);
+
+nsresult mime_generate_headers(nsIMsgCompFields *fields,
+                               nsMsgDeliverMode deliver_mode,
+                               msgIWritableStructuredHeaders *headers);
+
+char        *mime_make_separator(const char *prefix);
+char        *mime_gen_content_id(uint32_t aPartNum, const char *aEmailAddress);
+
+char        *mime_generate_attachment_headers (
+                           const char *type,
+                           const char *type_param,
+                           const char *encoding,
+                           const char *description,
+                           const char *x_mac_type,
+                           const char *x_mac_creator,
+                           const char *real_name,
+                           const char *base_url,
+                           bool digest_p,
+                           nsMsgAttachmentHandler *ma,
+                           const char *attachmentCharset, // charset of the attachment (can be null)
+                           const char *bodyCharset,       // charset of the main body
+                           bool bodyIsAsciiOnly,
+                           const char *content_id,
+                           bool       aBodyDocument);
+
+char        *msg_generate_message_id (nsIMsgIdentity*);
+
+bool        mime_7bit_data_p (const char *string, uint32_t size);
+
+char        *mime_fix_header_1 (const char *string, bool addr_p, bool news_p);
+char        *mime_fix_header (const char *string);
+char        *mime_fix_addr_header (const char *string);
+char        *mime_fix_news_header (const char *string);
+
+bool        mime_type_requires_b64_p (const char *type);
+bool        mime_type_needs_charset (const char *type);
+
+char        *msg_make_filename_qtext(const char *srcText, bool stripCRLFs);
+
+// Rip apart the URL and extract a reasonable value for the `real_name' slot.
+void        msg_pick_real_name (nsMsgAttachmentHandler *attachment, const char16_t *proposedName, const char *charset);
+
+//
+// Informational calls...
+//
+void        nsMsgMIMESetConformToStandard (bool conform_p);
+bool        nsMsgMIMEGetConformToStandard (void);
+
+//
+// network service type calls...
+//
+nsresult    nsMsgNewURL(nsIURI** aInstancePtrResult, const char * aSpec);
+bool        nsMsgIsLocalFile(const char *url);
+char        *nsMsgGetLocalFileFromURL(const char *url);
+
+char        *nsMsgParseURLHost(const char *url);
+
+char        *GenerateFileNameFromURI(nsIURI *aURL);
+
+//
+// Folder calls...
+//
+void GetFolderURIFromUserPrefs(nsMsgDeliverMode   aMode, nsIMsgIdentity *identity, nsCString& uri);
+
+// Check if we should use format=flowed
+void GetSerialiserFlags(const char *charset, bool *flowed, bool *delsp, bool *formatted, bool *disallowBreaks);
+
+
+PR_END_EXTERN_C
+
+
+#endif /* _nsMsgCompUtils_H_ */
+
diff --git a/mailnews/compose/src/nsMsgCompose.cpp b/mailnews/compose/src/nsMsgCompose.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..58340bffa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/compose/src/nsMsgCompose.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,6052 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsMsgCompose.h"
+#include "nsIDOMDocument.h"
+#include "nsIDOMNode.h"
+#include "nsIDOMNodeList.h"
+#include "nsIDOMText.h"
+#include "nsIDOMHTMLImageElement.h"
+#include "nsIDOMHTMLLinkElement.h"
+#include "nsIDOMHTMLAnchorElement.h"
+#include "nsPIDOMWindow.h"
+#include "mozIDOMWindow.h"
+#include "nsISelectionController.h"
+#include "nsMsgI18N.h"
+#include "nsMsgCompCID.h"
+#include "nsMsgQuote.h"
+#include "nsIPrefService.h"
+#include "nsIPrefBranch.h"
+#include "nsIDocumentEncoder.h"    // for editor output flags
+#include "nsMsgCompUtils.h"
+#include "nsComposeStrings.h"
+#include "nsIMsgSend.h"
+#include "nsMailHeaders.h"
+#include "nsMsgPrompts.h"
+#include "nsMimeTypes.h"
+#include "nsICharsetConverterManager.h"
+#include "nsTextFormatter.h"
+#include "nsIPlaintextEditor.h"
+#include "nsIHTMLEditor.h"
+#include "nsIEditorMailSupport.h"
+#include "plstr.h"
+#include "prmem.h"
+#include "nsIDocShell.h"
+#include "nsIRDFService.h"
+#include "nsRDFCID.h"
+#include "nsAbBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsIAbMDBDirectory.h"
+#include "nsCExternalHandlerService.h"
+#include "nsIMIMEService.h"
+#include "nsIDocShellTreeItem.h"
+#include "nsIDocShellTreeOwner.h"
+#include "nsIWindowMediator.h"
+#include "nsIURL.h"
+#include "nsIMsgMailSession.h"
+#include "nsMsgBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsMsgMimeCID.h"
+#include "nsDateTimeFormatCID.h"
+#include "nsIDateTimeFormat.h"
+#include "nsILocaleService.h"
+#include "nsILocale.h"
+#include "nsIMsgComposeService.h"
+#include "nsIMsgComposeProgressParams.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "nsIMsgImapMailFolder.h"
+#include "nsImapCore.h"
+#include "nsUnicharUtils.h"
+#include "nsNetUtil.h"
+#include "nsIContentViewer.h"
+#include "nsIMsgMdnGenerator.h"
+#include "plbase64.h"
+#include "nsUConvCID.h"
+#include "nsIUnicodeNormalizer.h"
+#include "nsIMsgAccountManager.h"
+#include "nsIMsgAttachment.h"
+#include "nsIMsgProgress.h"
+#include "nsMsgFolderFlags.h"
+#include "nsIMsgDatabase.h"
+#include "nsStringStream.h"
+#include "nsIMutableArray.h"
+#include "nsArrayUtils.h"
+#include "nsIMsgWindow.h"
+#include "nsITextToSubURI.h"
+#include "nsIAbManager.h"
+#include "nsCRT.h"
+#include "mozilla/Services.h"
+#include "mozilla/mailnews/MimeHeaderParser.h"
+#include "mozilla/Preferences.h"
+#include "nsStreamConverter.h"
+#include "nsISelection.h"
+#include "nsJSEnvironment.h"
+#include "nsIObserverService.h"
+#include "nsIProtocolHandler.h"
+#include "nsContentUtils.h"
+#include "nsIFileURL.h"
+
+using namespace mozilla;
+using namespace mozilla::mailnews;
+
+static nsresult GetReplyHeaderInfo(int32_t* reply_header_type,
+                                   nsString& reply_header_locale,
+                                   nsString& reply_header_authorwrote,
+                                   nsString& reply_header_ondateauthorwrote,
+                                   nsString& reply_header_authorwroteondate,
+                                   nsString& reply_header_originalmessage)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  *reply_header_type = 0;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefBranch(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // If fetching any of the preferences fails,
+  // we return early with header_type = 0 meaning "no header".
+  rv = NS_GetUnicharPreferenceWithDefault(prefBranch, "mailnews.reply_header_locale", EmptyString(), reply_header_locale);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = NS_GetLocalizedUnicharPreference(prefBranch, "mailnews.reply_header_authorwrotesingle",
+                                        reply_header_authorwrote);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = NS_GetLocalizedUnicharPreference(prefBranch, "mailnews.reply_header_ondateauthorwrote",
+                                        reply_header_ondateauthorwrote);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = NS_GetLocalizedUnicharPreference(prefBranch, "mailnews.reply_header_authorwroteondate",
+                                        reply_header_authorwroteondate);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = NS_GetLocalizedUnicharPreference(prefBranch, "mailnews.reply_header_originalmessage",
+                                        reply_header_originalmessage);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  return prefBranch->GetIntPref("mailnews.reply_header_type", reply_header_type);
+}
+
+static void TranslateLineEnding(nsString& data)
+{
+  char16_t* rPtr;   //Read pointer
+  char16_t* wPtr;   //Write pointer
+  char16_t* sPtr;   //Start data pointer
+  char16_t* ePtr;   //End data pointer
+
+  rPtr = wPtr = sPtr = data.BeginWriting();
+  ePtr = rPtr + data.Length();
+
+  while (rPtr < ePtr)
+  {
+    if (*rPtr == nsCRT::CR) {
+      *wPtr = nsCRT::LF;
+      if (rPtr + 1 < ePtr && *(rPtr + 1) == nsCRT::LF)
+        rPtr ++;
+    }
+    else
+      *wPtr = *rPtr;
+
+    rPtr ++;
+    wPtr ++;
+  }
+
+  data.SetLength(wPtr - sPtr);
+}
+
+static void GetTopmostMsgWindowCharacterSet(nsCString& charset, bool* charsetOverride)
+{
+  // HACK: if we are replying to a message and that message used a charset over ride
+  // (as specified in the top most window (assuming the reply originated from that window)
+  // then use that over ride charset instead of the charset specified in the message
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgMailSession> mailSession (do_GetService(NS_MSGMAILSESSION_CONTRACTID));
+  if (mailSession)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgWindow>    msgWindow;
+    mailSession->GetTopmostMsgWindow(getter_AddRefs(msgWindow));
+    if (msgWindow)
+    {
+      msgWindow->GetMailCharacterSet(charset);
+      msgWindow->GetCharsetOverride(charsetOverride);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+nsMsgCompose::nsMsgCompose()
+{
+
+  mQuotingToFollow = false;
+  mInsertingQuotedContent = false;
+  mWhatHolder = 1;
+  m_window = nullptr;
+  m_editor = nullptr;
+  mQuoteStreamListener=nullptr;
+  mCharsetOverride = false;
+  mAnswerDefaultCharset = false;
+  mDeleteDraft = false;
+  m_compFields = nullptr;    //m_compFields will be set during nsMsgCompose::Initialize
+  mType = nsIMsgCompType::New;
+
+  // For TagConvertible
+  // Read and cache pref
+  mConvertStructs = false;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefBranch (do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID));
+  if (prefBranch)
+    prefBranch->GetBoolPref("converter.html2txt.structs", &mConvertStructs);
+
+  m_composeHTML = false;
+}
+
+
+nsMsgCompose::~nsMsgCompose()
+{
+  NS_IF_RELEASE(m_compFields);
+  NS_IF_RELEASE(mQuoteStreamListener);
+}
+
+/* the following macro actually implement addref, release and query interface for our component. */
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMsgCompose, nsIMsgCompose, nsIMsgSendListener,
+  nsISupportsWeakReference)
+
+//
+// Once we are here, convert the data which we know to be UTF-8 to UTF-16
+// for insertion into the editor
+//
+nsresult
+GetChildOffset(nsIDOMNode *aChild, nsIDOMNode *aParent, int32_t &aOffset)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION((aChild && aParent), "bad args");
+  nsresult result = NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+  if (aChild && aParent)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMNodeList> childNodes;
+    result = aParent->GetChildNodes(getter_AddRefs(childNodes));
+    if ((NS_SUCCEEDED(result)) && (childNodes))
+    {
+      int32_t i=0;
+      for ( ; NS_SUCCEEDED(result); i++)
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMNode> childNode;
+        result = childNodes->Item(i, getter_AddRefs(childNode));
+        if ((NS_SUCCEEDED(result)) && (childNode))
+        {
+          if (childNode.get()==aChild)
+          {
+            aOffset = i;
+            break;
+          }
+        }
+        else if (!childNode)
+          result = NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+      }
+    }
+    else if (!childNodes)
+      result = NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+  }
+  return result;
+}
+
+nsresult
+GetNodeLocation(nsIDOMNode *inChild, nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMNode> *outParent, int32_t *outOffset)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION((outParent && outOffset), "bad args");
+  nsresult result = NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+  if (inChild && outParent && outOffset)
+  {
+    result = inChild->GetParentNode(getter_AddRefs(*outParent));
+    if ( (NS_SUCCEEDED(result)) && (*outParent) )
+    {
+      result = GetChildOffset(inChild, *outParent, *outOffset);
+    }
+  }
+
+  return result;
+}
+
+bool nsMsgCompose::IsEmbeddedObjectSafe(const char * originalScheme,
+                                          const char * originalHost,
+                                          const char * originalPath,
+                                          nsIDOMNode * object)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMHTMLImageElement> image;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMHTMLLinkElement> link;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMHTMLAnchorElement> anchor;
+  nsAutoString objURL;
+
+  if (!object || !originalScheme || !originalPath) //having a null host is ok...
+    return false;
+
+  if ((image = do_QueryInterface(object)))
+  {
+    if (NS_FAILED(image->GetSrc(objURL)))
+      return false;
+  }
+  else if ((link = do_QueryInterface(object)))
+  {
+    if (NS_FAILED(link->GetHref(objURL)))
+      return false;
+  }
+  else if ((anchor = do_QueryInterface(object)))
+  {
+    if (NS_FAILED(anchor->GetHref(objURL)))
+      return false;
+  }
+  else
+    return false;
+
+  if (!objURL.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> uri;
+    rv = NS_NewURI(getter_AddRefs(uri), objURL);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && uri)
+    {
+      nsAutoCString scheme;
+      rv = uri->GetScheme(scheme);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && scheme.Equals(originalScheme, nsCaseInsensitiveCStringComparator()))
+      {
+        nsAutoCString host;
+        rv = uri->GetAsciiHost(host);
+        // mailbox url don't have a host therefore don't be too strict.
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && (host.IsEmpty() || originalHost || host.Equals(originalHost, nsCaseInsensitiveCStringComparator())))
+        {
+          nsAutoCString path;
+          rv = uri->GetPath(path);
+          if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+          {
+            const char * query = strrchr(path.get(), '?');
+            if (query && PL_strncasecmp(path.get(), originalPath, query - path.get()) == 0)
+                return true; //This object is a part of the original message, we can send it safely.
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return false;
+}
+
+/* Reset the uri's of embedded objects because we've saved the draft message, and the
+   original message doesn't exist anymore.
+ */
+nsresult nsMsgCompose::ResetUrisForEmbeddedObjects()
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIArray> aNodeList;
+  uint32_t numNodes;
+  uint32_t i;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIEditorMailSupport> mailEditor (do_QueryInterface(m_editor));
+  if (!mailEditor)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  nsresult rv = mailEditor->GetEmbeddedObjects(getter_AddRefs(aNodeList));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !aNodeList)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(aNodeList->GetLength(&numNodes)))
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMNode> node;
+  nsCString curDraftIdURL;
+
+  rv = m_compFields->GetDraftId(getter_Copies(curDraftIdURL));
+
+  // Skip if no draft id (probably a new draft msg).
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && mMsgSend && !curDraftIdURL.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> msgDBHdr;
+    rv = GetMsgDBHdrFromURI(curDraftIdURL.get(), getter_AddRefs(msgDBHdr));
+    NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "RemoveCurrentDraftMessage can't get msg header DB interface pointer.");
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && msgDBHdr)
+    {
+      // build up the old and new ?number= parts. This code assumes it is
+      // called *before* RemoveCurrentDraftMessage, so that curDraftIdURL
+      // is the previous draft.
+      // This code works for both imap and local messages.
+      nsMsgKey newMsgKey;
+      nsCString folderUri;
+      nsCString baseMsgUri;
+      mMsgSend->GetMessageKey(&newMsgKey);
+      mMsgSend->GetFolderUri(folderUri);
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder;
+      rv = GetExistingFolder(folderUri, getter_AddRefs(folder));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      folder->GetBaseMessageURI(baseMsgUri);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMElement> domElement;
+      for (i = 0; i < numNodes; i ++)
+      {
+        domElement = do_QueryElementAt(aNodeList, i);
+        if (!domElement)
+          continue;
+
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMHTMLImageElement> image = do_QueryInterface(domElement);
+        if (!image)
+          continue;
+        nsCString partNum;
+        mMsgSend->GetPartForDomIndex(i, partNum);
+        // do we care about anything besides images?
+        nsAutoString objURL;
+        image->GetSrc(objURL);
+
+        // First we need to make sure that the URL is associated with a message
+        // protocol so we don't accidentally manipulate a URL like:
+        // http://www.site.com/retrieve.html?C=image.jpg.
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIIOService> ioService = do_GetService(NS_IOSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+        nsAutoCString scheme;
+        ioService->ExtractScheme(NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(objURL), scheme);
+
+        // Detect message protocols where attachments can occur.
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIProtocolHandler> handler;
+        ioService->GetProtocolHandler(scheme.get(), getter_AddRefs(handler));
+        if (!handler)
+          continue;
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMessageFetchPartService> mailHandler = do_QueryInterface(handler);
+        if (!mailHandler)
+          continue;
+
+        // the objURL is the full path to the embedded content. We need
+        // to update it with uri for the folder we just saved to, and the new
+        // msg key.
+        int32_t restOfUrlIndex = objURL.Find("?number=");
+        if (restOfUrlIndex == kNotFound)
+          restOfUrlIndex = objURL.FindChar('?');
+        else
+          restOfUrlIndex = objURL.FindChar('&', restOfUrlIndex);
+
+        if (restOfUrlIndex == kNotFound)
+          continue;
+
+        nsCString newURI(baseMsgUri);
+        newURI.Append('#');
+        newURI.AppendInt(newMsgKey);
+        nsString restOfUrl(Substring(objURL, restOfUrlIndex, objURL.Length() - restOfUrlIndex));
+        int32_t partIndex = restOfUrl.Find("part=");
+        if (partIndex != kNotFound)
+        {
+          partIndex += 5;
+          int32_t endPart = restOfUrl.FindChar('&', partIndex);
+          int32_t existingPartLen = (endPart == kNotFound) ? -1 : endPart - partIndex;
+          restOfUrl.Replace(partIndex, existingPartLen, NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16(partNum));
+        }
+
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMessageService> msgService;
+        rv = GetMessageServiceFromURI(newURI, getter_AddRefs(msgService));
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+          continue;
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> newUrl;
+        rv = msgService->GetUrlForUri(newURI.get(), getter_AddRefs(newUrl), nullptr);
+        if (!newUrl)
+          continue;
+        nsCString spec;
+        rv = newUrl->GetSpec(spec);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+        nsString newSrc;
+        // mailbox urls will have ?number=xxx; imap urls won't. We need to
+        // handle both cases because we may be going from a mailbox url to
+        // and imap url, or vice versa, depending on the original folder,
+        // and the destination drafts folder.
+        bool specHasQ = (spec.FindChar('?') != kNotFound);
+        if (specHasQ && restOfUrl.CharAt(0) == '?')
+          restOfUrl.SetCharAt('&', 0);
+        else if (!specHasQ && restOfUrl.CharAt(0) == '&')
+          restOfUrl.SetCharAt('?', 0);
+        AppendUTF8toUTF16(spec, newSrc);
+        newSrc.Append(restOfUrl);
+        image->SetSrc(newSrc);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+/* The purpose of this function is to mark any embedded object that wasn't a RFC822 part
+   of the original message as moz-do-not-send.
+   That will prevent us to attach data not specified by the user or not present in the
+   original message.
+*/
+nsresult nsMsgCompose::TagEmbeddedObjects(nsIEditorMailSupport *aEditor)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIArray> aNodeList;
+  uint32_t count;
+  uint32_t i;
+
+  if (!aEditor)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  rv = aEditor->GetEmbeddedObjects(getter_AddRefs(aNodeList));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !aNodeList)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(aNodeList->GetLength(&count)))
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> originalUrl;
+  nsCString originalScheme;
+  nsCString originalHost;
+  nsCString originalPath;
+
+  // first, convert the rdf original msg uri into a url that represents the message...
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgMessageService> msgService;
+  rv = GetMessageServiceFromURI(mOriginalMsgURI, getter_AddRefs(msgService));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    rv = msgService->GetUrlForUri(mOriginalMsgURI.get(), getter_AddRefs(originalUrl), nullptr);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && originalUrl)
+    {
+      originalUrl->GetScheme(originalScheme);
+      originalUrl->GetAsciiHost(originalHost);
+      originalUrl->GetPath(originalPath);
+    }
+  }
+
+  // Then compare the url of each embedded objects with the original message.
+  // If they a not coming from the original message, they should not be sent
+  // with the message.
+  for (i = 0; i < count; i ++)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMNode> node = do_QueryElementAt(aNodeList, i);
+    if (!node)
+      continue;
+    if (IsEmbeddedObjectSafe(originalScheme.get(), originalHost.get(),
+                             originalPath.get(), node))
+      continue; //Don't need to tag this object, it safe to send it.
+
+    //The source of this object should not be sent with the message
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMElement> domElement = do_QueryInterface(node);
+    if (domElement)
+      domElement->SetAttribute(NS_LITERAL_STRING("moz-do-not-send"), NS_LITERAL_STRING("true"));
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgCompose::GetInsertingQuotedContent(bool * aInsertingQuotedText)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aInsertingQuotedText);
+  *aInsertingQuotedText = mInsertingQuotedContent;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgCompose::SetInsertingQuotedContent(bool aInsertingQuotedText)
+{
+  mInsertingQuotedContent = aInsertingQuotedText;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+void
+nsMsgCompose::InsertDivWrappedTextAtSelection(const nsAString &aText,
+                                              const nsAString &classStr)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(m_editor, "InsertDivWrappedTextAtSelection called, but no editor exists\n");
+  if (!m_editor)
+    return;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMElement> divElem;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIHTMLEditor> htmlEditor(do_QueryInterface(m_editor));
+
+  nsresult rv = htmlEditor->CreateElementWithDefaults(NS_LITERAL_STRING("div"),
+                                                      getter_AddRefs(divElem));
+
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS_VOID(rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMNode> divNode (do_QueryInterface(divElem));
+
+  // We need the document
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMDocument> doc;
+  rv = m_editor->GetDocument(getter_AddRefs(doc));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS_VOID(rv);
+
+  // Break up the text by newlines, and then insert text nodes followed
+  // by <br> nodes.
+  int32_t start = 0;
+  int32_t end = aText.Length();
+
+  for (;;)
+  {
+    int32_t delimiter = aText.FindChar('\n', start);
+    if (delimiter == kNotFound)
+      delimiter = end;
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMText> textNode;
+    rv = doc->CreateTextNode(Substring(aText, start, delimiter - start), getter_AddRefs(textNode));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS_VOID(rv);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMNode> newTextNode = do_QueryInterface(textNode);
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMNode> resultNode;
+    rv = divElem->AppendChild(newTextNode, getter_AddRefs(resultNode));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS_VOID(rv);
+
+    // Now create and insert a BR
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMElement> brElem;
+    rv = htmlEditor->CreateElementWithDefaults(NS_LITERAL_STRING("br"),
+                                               getter_AddRefs(brElem));
+    rv = divElem->AppendChild(brElem, getter_AddRefs(resultNode));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS_VOID(rv);
+
+    if (delimiter == end)
+      break;
+    start = ++delimiter;
+    if (start == end)
+      break;
+  }
+
+  htmlEditor->InsertElementAtSelection(divElem, true);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMNode> parent;
+  int32_t offset;
+
+  rv = GetNodeLocation(divNode, address_of(parent), &offset);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISelection> selection;
+    m_editor->GetSelection(getter_AddRefs(selection));
+
+    if (selection)
+      selection->Collapse(parent, offset + 1);
+  }
+  if (divElem)
+    divElem->SetAttribute(NS_LITERAL_STRING("class"), classStr);
+}
+
+/*
+ * The following function replaces <plaintext> tags with <x-plaintext>.
+ * <plaintext> is a funny beast: It leads to everything following it
+ * being displayed verbatim, even a </plaintext> tag is ignored.
+ */
+static void
+remove_plaintext_tag(nsString &body)
+{
+  // Replace all <plaintext> and </plaintext> tags.
+  int32_t index = 0;
+  bool replaced = false;
+  while ((index = body.Find("<plaintext", /* ignoreCase = */ true, index)) != kNotFound) {
+    body.Insert(u"x-", index+1);
+    index += 12;
+    replaced = true;
+  }
+  if (replaced) {
+    index = 0;
+    while ((index = body.Find("</plaintext", /* ignoreCase = */ true, index)) != kNotFound) {
+      body.Insert(u"x-", index+2);
+      index += 13;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgCompose::ConvertAndLoadComposeWindow(nsString& aPrefix,
+                                          nsString& aBuf,
+                                          nsString& aSignature,
+                                          bool aQuoted,
+                                          bool aHTMLEditor)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(m_editor, "ConvertAndLoadComposeWindow but no editor\n");
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(m_editor && m_identity, NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED);
+
+  // First, get the nsIEditor interface for future use
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMNode> nodeInserted;
+
+  TranslateLineEnding(aPrefix);
+  TranslateLineEnding(aBuf);
+  TranslateLineEnding(aSignature);
+
+  m_editor->EnableUndo(false);
+
+  // Ok - now we need to figure out the charset of the aBuf we are going to send
+  // into the editor shell. There are I18N calls to sniff the data and then we need
+  // to call the new routine in the editor that will allow us to send in the charset
+  //
+
+  // Now, insert it into the editor...
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIHTMLEditor> htmlEditor (do_QueryInterface(m_editor));
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPlaintextEditor> textEditor (do_QueryInterface(m_editor));
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIEditorMailSupport> mailEditor (do_QueryInterface(m_editor));
+  int32_t reply_on_top = 0;
+  bool sig_bottom = true;
+  m_identity->GetReplyOnTop(&reply_on_top);
+  m_identity->GetSigBottom(&sig_bottom);
+  bool sigOnTop = (reply_on_top == 1 && !sig_bottom);
+  bool isForwarded = (mType == nsIMsgCompType::ForwardInline);
+
+  if (aQuoted)
+  {
+    mInsertingQuotedContent = true;
+    if (!aPrefix.IsEmpty())
+    {
+      if (!aHTMLEditor)
+        aPrefix.AppendLiteral("\n");
+
+      int32_t reply_on_top = 0;
+      m_identity->GetReplyOnTop(&reply_on_top);
+      if (reply_on_top == 1)
+      {
+        // HTML editor eats one line break
+        if (aHTMLEditor)
+          textEditor->InsertLineBreak();
+
+        // add one newline if a signature comes before the quote, two otherwise
+        bool includeSignature = true;
+        bool sig_bottom = true;
+        bool attachFile = false;
+        nsString prefSigText;
+
+        m_identity->GetSigOnReply(&includeSignature);
+        m_identity->GetSigBottom(&sig_bottom);
+        m_identity->GetHtmlSigText(prefSigText);
+        nsresult rv = m_identity->GetAttachSignature(&attachFile);
+        if (includeSignature && !sig_bottom &&
+            ((NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && attachFile) || !prefSigText.IsEmpty()))
+          textEditor->InsertLineBreak();
+        else {
+          textEditor->InsertLineBreak();
+          textEditor->InsertLineBreak();
+        }
+      }
+
+      InsertDivWrappedTextAtSelection(aPrefix,
+                                      NS_LITERAL_STRING("moz-cite-prefix"));
+    }
+
+    if (!aBuf.IsEmpty() && mailEditor)
+    {
+      // This leaves the caret at the right place to insert a bottom signature.
+      if (aHTMLEditor) {
+        nsAutoString body(aBuf);
+        remove_plaintext_tag(body);
+        mailEditor->InsertAsCitedQuotation(body,
+                                           mCiteReference,
+                                           true,
+                                           getter_AddRefs(nodeInserted));
+      } else {
+        mailEditor->InsertAsQuotation(aBuf,
+                                      getter_AddRefs(nodeInserted));
+      }
+    }
+
+    mInsertingQuotedContent = false;
+
+    (void)TagEmbeddedObjects(mailEditor);
+
+    if (!aSignature.IsEmpty())
+    {
+      //we cannot add it on top earlier, because TagEmbeddedObjects will mark all images in the signature as "moz-do-not-send"
+      if( sigOnTop )
+        m_editor->BeginningOfDocument();
+
+      if (aHTMLEditor && htmlEditor)
+        htmlEditor->InsertHTML(aSignature);
+      else if (htmlEditor)
+      {
+        textEditor->InsertLineBreak();
+        InsertDivWrappedTextAtSelection(aSignature,
+                                        NS_LITERAL_STRING("moz-signature"));
+      }
+
+      if( sigOnTop )
+        m_editor->EndOfDocument();
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    if (aHTMLEditor && htmlEditor)
+    {
+      mInsertingQuotedContent = true;
+      if (isForwarded && Substring(aBuf, 0, sizeof(MIME_FORWARD_HTML_PREFIX)-1)
+                         .EqualsLiteral(MIME_FORWARD_HTML_PREFIX)) {
+        // We assign the opening tag inside "<HTML><BODY><BR><BR>" before the
+        // two <br> elements.
+        // This is a bit hacky but we know that the MIME code prepares the
+        // forwarded content like this:
+        // <HTML><BODY><BR><BR> + forwarded header + header table.
+        // Note: We only do this when we prepare the message to be forwarded,
+        // a re-opened saved draft of a forwarded message does not repeat this.
+        nsString newBody(aBuf);
+        nsString divTag;
+        divTag.AssignLiteral("<div class=\"moz-forward-container\">");
+        newBody.Insert(divTag, sizeof(MIME_FORWARD_HTML_PREFIX)-1-8);
+        remove_plaintext_tag(newBody);
+        htmlEditor->RebuildDocumentFromSource(newBody);
+      } else {
+        htmlEditor->RebuildDocumentFromSource(aBuf);
+      }
+      mInsertingQuotedContent = false;
+
+      // when forwarding a message as inline, tag any embedded objects
+      // which refer to local images or files so we know not to include
+      // send them
+      if (isForwarded)
+        (void)TagEmbeddedObjects(mailEditor);
+
+      if (!aSignature.IsEmpty())
+      {
+        if (isForwarded && sigOnTop) {
+          // Use our own function, nsEditor::BeginningOfDocument() would position
+          // into the <div class="moz-forward-container"> we've just created.
+          MoveToBeginningOfDocument();
+        } else {
+          // Use our own function, nsEditor::EndOfDocument() would position
+          // into the <div class="moz-forward-container"> we've just created.
+          MoveToEndOfDocument();
+        }
+        htmlEditor->InsertHTML(aSignature);
+        if (isForwarded && sigOnTop)
+          m_editor->EndOfDocument();
+      }
+      else
+        m_editor->EndOfDocument();
+    }
+    else if (htmlEditor)
+    {
+      bool sigOnTopInserted = false;
+      if (isForwarded && sigOnTop && !aSignature.IsEmpty())
+      {
+        textEditor->InsertLineBreak();
+        InsertDivWrappedTextAtSelection(aSignature,
+                                        NS_LITERAL_STRING("moz-signature"));
+        m_editor->EndOfDocument();
+        sigOnTopInserted = true;
+      }
+
+      if (!aBuf.IsEmpty())
+      {
+        nsresult rv;
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMElement> divElem;
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMNode> extraBr;
+
+        if (isForwarded) {
+          // Special treatment for forwarded messages: Part 1.
+          // Create a <div> of the required class.
+          rv = htmlEditor->CreateElementWithDefaults(NS_LITERAL_STRING("div"),
+                                                     getter_AddRefs(divElem));
+          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+          nsAutoString attributeName;
+          nsAutoString attributeValue;
+          attributeName.AssignLiteral("class");
+          attributeValue.AssignLiteral("moz-forward-container");
+          divElem->SetAttribute(attributeName, attributeValue);
+
+          // We can't insert an empty <div>, so fill it with something.
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMElement> brElem;
+          rv = htmlEditor->CreateElementWithDefaults(NS_LITERAL_STRING("br"),
+                                                     getter_AddRefs(brElem));
+          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+          rv = divElem->AppendChild(brElem, getter_AddRefs(extraBr));
+          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+          // Insert the non-empty <div> into the DOM.
+          rv = htmlEditor->InsertElementAtSelection(divElem, false);
+          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+          // Position into the div, so out content goes there.
+          nsCOMPtr<nsISelection> selection;
+          m_editor->GetSelection(getter_AddRefs(selection));
+          rv = selection->Collapse(divElem, 0);
+          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+        }
+
+        if (mailEditor) {
+          rv = mailEditor->InsertTextWithQuotations(aBuf);
+        } else {
+          // Will we ever get here?
+          rv = textEditor->InsertText(aBuf);
+        }
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+        if (isForwarded) {
+          // Special treatment for forwarded messages: Part 2.
+          if (sigOnTopInserted) {
+            // Sadly the M-C editor inserts a <br> between the <div> for the signature
+            // and this <div>, so remove the <br> we don't want.
+            nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMNode> brBeforeDiv;
+            nsAutoString tagLocalName;
+            rv = divElem->GetPreviousSibling(getter_AddRefs(brBeforeDiv));
+            if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && brBeforeDiv) {
+              brBeforeDiv->GetLocalName(tagLocalName);
+              if (tagLocalName.EqualsLiteral("br")) {
+                rv = m_editor->DeleteNode(brBeforeDiv);
+                NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+              }
+            }
+          }
+
+          // Clean up the <br> we inserted.
+          rv = m_editor->DeleteNode(extraBr);
+          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+        }
+
+        // Use our own function instead of nsEditor::EndOfDocument() because
+        // we don't want to position at the end of the div we've just created.
+        // It's OK to use, even if we're not forwarding and didn't create a
+        // <div>.
+        rv = MoveToEndOfDocument();
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      }
+
+      if ((!isForwarded || !sigOnTop) && !aSignature.IsEmpty()) {
+        textEditor->InsertLineBreak();
+        InsertDivWrappedTextAtSelection(aSignature,
+                                        NS_LITERAL_STRING("moz-signature"));
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (aBuf.IsEmpty())
+    m_editor->BeginningOfDocument();
+  else
+  {
+    switch (reply_on_top)
+    {
+      // This should set the cursor after the body but before the sig
+      case 0:
+      {
+        if (!textEditor)
+        {
+          m_editor->BeginningOfDocument();
+          break;
+        }
+
+        nsCOMPtr<nsISelection> selection = nullptr;
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMNode>      parent = nullptr;
+        int32_t                   offset;
+        nsresult                  rv;
+
+        // get parent and offset of mailcite
+        rv = GetNodeLocation(nodeInserted, address_of(parent), &offset);
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv) || (!parent))
+        {
+          m_editor->BeginningOfDocument();
+          break;
+        }
+
+        // get selection
+        m_editor->GetSelection(getter_AddRefs(selection));
+        if (!selection)
+        {
+          m_editor->BeginningOfDocument();
+          break;
+        }
+
+        // place selection after mailcite
+        selection->Collapse(parent, offset+1);
+
+        // insert a break at current selection
+        textEditor->InsertLineBreak();
+
+        // i'm not sure if you need to move the selection back to before the
+        // break. expirement.
+        selection->Collapse(parent, offset+1);
+
+        break;
+      }
+
+      case 2:
+      {
+        m_editor->SelectAll();
+        break;
+      }
+
+      // This should set the cursor to the top!
+      default:
+      {
+        m_editor->BeginningOfDocument();
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISelectionController> selCon;
+  m_editor->GetSelectionController(getter_AddRefs(selCon));
+
+  if (selCon)
+    selCon->ScrollSelectionIntoView(nsISelectionController::SELECTION_NORMAL, nsISelectionController::SELECTION_ANCHOR_REGION, true);
+
+  m_editor->EnableUndo(true);
+  SetBodyModified(false);
+
+#ifdef MSGCOMP_TRACE_PERFORMANCE
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgComposeService> composeService (do_GetService(NS_MSGCOMPOSESERVICE_CONTRACTID));
+  composeService->TimeStamp("Finished inserting data into the editor. The window is finally ready!", false);
+#endif
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Check the identity pref to include signature on replies and forwards.
+ */
+bool nsMsgCompose::CheckIncludeSignaturePrefs(nsIMsgIdentity *identity)
+{
+  bool includeSignature = true;
+  switch (mType)
+  {
+    case nsIMsgCompType::ForwardInline:
+    case nsIMsgCompType::ForwardAsAttachment:
+      identity->GetSigOnForward(&includeSignature);
+      break;
+    case nsIMsgCompType::Reply:
+    case nsIMsgCompType::ReplyAll:
+    case nsIMsgCompType::ReplyToList:
+    case nsIMsgCompType::ReplyToGroup:
+    case nsIMsgCompType::ReplyToSender:
+    case nsIMsgCompType::ReplyToSenderAndGroup:
+      identity->GetSigOnReply(&includeSignature);
+      break;
+  }
+  return includeSignature;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgCompose::SetQuotingToFollow(bool aVal)
+{
+  mQuotingToFollow = aVal;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgCompose::GetQuotingToFollow(bool* quotingToFollow)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(quotingToFollow);
+  *quotingToFollow = mQuotingToFollow;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgCompose::Initialize(nsIMsgComposeParams *aParams,
+                         mozIDOMWindowProxy *aWindow,
+                         nsIDocShell *aDocShell)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aParams);
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  aParams->GetIdentity(getter_AddRefs(m_identity));
+
+  if (aWindow)
+  {
+    m_window = aWindow;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsPIDOMWindowOuter> window = nsPIDOMWindowOuter::From(aWindow);
+    NS_ENSURE_TRUE(window, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIDocShellTreeItem> treeItem =
+      do_QueryInterface(window->GetDocShell());
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIDocShellTreeOwner> treeOwner;
+    rv = treeItem->GetTreeOwner(getter_AddRefs(treeOwner));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+    m_baseWindow = do_QueryInterface(treeOwner);
+  }
+
+  MSG_ComposeFormat format;
+  aParams->GetFormat(&format);
+
+  MSG_ComposeType type;
+  aParams->GetType(&type);
+
+  nsCString originalMsgURI;
+  aParams->GetOriginalMsgURI(getter_Copies(originalMsgURI));
+  aParams->GetOrigMsgHdr(getter_AddRefs(mOrigMsgHdr));
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgCompFields> composeFields;
+  aParams->GetComposeFields(getter_AddRefs(composeFields));
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgComposeService> composeService = do_GetService(NS_MSGCOMPOSESERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  rv = composeService->DetermineComposeHTML(m_identity, format, &m_composeHTML);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  if (composeFields)
+  {
+    nsAutoCString draftId; // will get set for drafts and templates
+    rv = composeFields->GetDraftId(getter_Copies(draftId));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+    // Set return receipt flag and type, and if we should attach a vCard
+    // by checking the identity prefs - but don't clobber the values for
+    // drafts and templates as they were set up already by mime when
+    // initializing the message.
+    if (m_identity && draftId.IsEmpty() && type != nsIMsgCompType::Template)
+    {
+      bool requestReturnReceipt = false;
+      rv = m_identity->GetRequestReturnReceipt(&requestReturnReceipt);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      rv = composeFields->SetReturnReceipt(requestReturnReceipt);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      int32_t receiptType = nsIMsgMdnGenerator::eDntType;
+      rv = m_identity->GetReceiptHeaderType(&receiptType);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      rv = composeFields->SetReceiptHeaderType(receiptType);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      bool requestDSN = false;
+      rv = m_identity->GetRequestDSN(&requestDSN);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      rv = composeFields->SetDSN(requestDSN);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      bool attachVCard;
+      rv = m_identity->GetAttachVCard(&attachVCard);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      rv = composeFields->SetAttachVCard(attachVCard);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    }
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgSendListener> externalSendListener;
+  aParams->GetSendListener(getter_AddRefs(externalSendListener));
+  if(externalSendListener)
+    AddMsgSendListener( externalSendListener );
+
+  nsCString smtpPassword;
+  aParams->GetSmtpPassword(getter_Copies(smtpPassword));
+  mSmtpPassword = smtpPassword;
+
+  aParams->GetHtmlToQuote(mHtmlToQuote);
+
+  if (aDocShell)
+  {
+    mDocShell = aDocShell;
+    // register the compose object with the compose service
+    rv = composeService->RegisterComposeDocShell(aDocShell, this);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+  return CreateMessage(originalMsgURI.get(), type, composeFields);
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgCompose::SetDocumentCharset(const char *aCharset)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(m_compFields && m_editor, NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED);
+
+  // Set charset, this will be used for the MIME charset labeling.
+  m_compFields->SetCharacterSet(aCharset);
+
+  // notify the change to editor
+  nsCString charset;
+  if (aCharset)
+    charset = nsDependentCString(aCharset);
+  if (m_editor)
+    m_editor->SetDocumentCharacterSet(charset);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgCompose::RegisterStateListener(nsIMsgComposeStateListener *aStateListener)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aStateListener);
+
+  return mStateListeners.AppendElement(aStateListener) ? NS_OK : NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgCompose::UnregisterStateListener(nsIMsgComposeStateListener *aStateListener)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aStateListener);
+
+  return mStateListeners.RemoveElement(aStateListener) ? NS_OK : NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+// Added to allow easier use of the nsIMsgSendListener
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompose::AddMsgSendListener( nsIMsgSendListener *aMsgSendListener )
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMsgSendListener);
+  return mExternalSendListeners.AppendElement(aMsgSendListener) ? NS_OK : NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompose::RemoveMsgSendListener( nsIMsgSendListener *aMsgSendListener )
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMsgSendListener);
+  return mExternalSendListeners.RemoveElement(aMsgSendListener) ? NS_OK : NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgCompose::SendMsgToServer(MSG_DeliverMode deliverMode, nsIMsgIdentity *identity,
+                              const char *accountKey)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  // clear saved message id if sending, so we don't send out the same message-id.
+  if (deliverMode == nsIMsgCompDeliverMode::Now ||
+      deliverMode == nsIMsgCompDeliverMode::Later ||
+      deliverMode == nsIMsgCompDeliverMode::Background)
+    m_compFields->SetMessageId("");
+
+  if (m_compFields && identity)
+  {
+    // Pref values are supposed to be stored as UTF-8, so no conversion
+    nsCString email;
+    nsString fullName;
+    nsString organization;
+
+    identity->GetEmail(email);
+    identity->GetFullName(fullName);
+    identity->GetOrganization(organization);
+
+    const char* pFrom = m_compFields->GetFrom();
+    if (!pFrom || !*pFrom)
+    {
+      nsCString sender;
+      MakeMimeAddress(NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(fullName), email, sender);
+      m_compFields->SetFrom(sender.IsEmpty() ? email.get() : sender.get());
+    }
+
+    m_compFields->SetOrganization(organization);
+
+    // We need an nsIMsgSend instance to send the message. Allow extensions
+    // to override the default SMTP sender by observing mail-set-sender.
+    mMsgSend = nullptr;
+    mDeliverMode = deliverMode;  // save for possible access by observer.
+
+    // Allow extensions to specify an outgoing server.
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIObserverService> observerService =
+      mozilla::services::GetObserverService();
+    NS_ENSURE_STATE(observerService);
+
+    // Assemble a string with sending parameters.
+    nsAutoString sendParms;
+
+    // First parameter: account key. This may be null.
+    sendParms.AppendASCII(accountKey && *accountKey ? accountKey : "");
+    sendParms.AppendLiteral(",");
+
+    // Second parameter: deliverMode.
+    sendParms.AppendInt(deliverMode);
+    sendParms.AppendLiteral(",");
+
+    // Third parameter: identity (as identity key).
+    nsAutoCString identityKey;
+    identity->GetKey(identityKey);
+    sendParms.AppendASCII(identityKey.get());
+
+    observerService->NotifyObservers(
+      NS_ISUPPORTS_CAST(nsIMsgCompose*, this),
+      "mail-set-sender",
+      sendParms.get());
+
+    if (!mMsgSend)
+      mMsgSend = do_CreateInstance(NS_MSGSEND_CONTRACTID);
+
+    if (mMsgSend)
+    {
+      nsCString bodyString(m_compFields->GetBody());
+
+      // Create the listener for the send operation...
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgComposeSendListener> composeSendListener = do_CreateInstance(NS_MSGCOMPOSESENDLISTENER_CONTRACTID);
+      if (!composeSendListener)
+        return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+      // right now, AutoSaveAsDraft is identical to SaveAsDraft as
+      // far as the msg send code is concerned. This way, we don't have
+      // to add an nsMsgDeliverMode for autosaveasdraft, and add cases for
+      // it in the msg send code.
+      if (deliverMode == nsIMsgCompDeliverMode::AutoSaveAsDraft)
+        deliverMode = nsIMsgCompDeliverMode::SaveAsDraft;
+
+      RefPtr<nsIMsgCompose> msgCompose(this);
+      composeSendListener->SetMsgCompose(msgCompose);
+      composeSendListener->SetDeliverMode(deliverMode);
+
+      if (mProgress)
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIWebProgressListener> progressListener = do_QueryInterface(composeSendListener);
+        mProgress->RegisterListener(progressListener);
+      }
+
+      // If we are composing HTML, then this should be sent as
+      // multipart/related which means we pass the editor into the
+      // backend...if not, just pass nullptr
+      //
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgSendListener> sendListener = do_QueryInterface(composeSendListener);
+      rv = mMsgSend->CreateAndSendMessage(
+                    m_composeHTML ? m_editor.get() : nullptr,
+                    identity,
+                    accountKey,
+                    m_compFields,
+                    false,
+                    false,
+                    (nsMsgDeliverMode)deliverMode,
+                    nullptr,
+                    m_composeHTML ? TEXT_HTML : TEXT_PLAIN,
+                    bodyString,
+                    nullptr,
+                    nullptr,
+                    m_window,
+                    mProgress,
+                    sendListener,
+                    mSmtpPassword.get(),
+                    mOriginalMsgURI,
+                    mType);
+    }
+    else
+        rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+  else
+    rv = NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    NotifyStateListeners(nsIMsgComposeNotificationType::ComposeProcessDone, rv);
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompose::SendMsg(MSG_DeliverMode deliverMode, nsIMsgIdentity *identity, const char *accountKey, nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow, nsIMsgProgress *progress)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(m_compFields, NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED);
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrompt> prompt;
+
+  // i'm assuming the compose window is still up at this point...
+  if (m_window) {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsPIDOMWindowOuter> window = nsPIDOMWindowOuter::From(m_window);
+    window->GetPrompter(getter_AddRefs(prompt));
+  }
+
+  // Set content type based on which type of compose window we had.
+  nsString contentType = (m_composeHTML) ? NS_LITERAL_STRING("text/html"):
+                                           NS_LITERAL_STRING("text/plain");
+  nsString msgBody;
+  if (m_editor)
+  {
+    // Reset message body previously stored in the compose fields
+    // There is 2 nsIMsgCompFields::SetBody() functions using a pointer as argument,
+    // therefore a casting is required.
+    m_compFields->SetBody((const char *)nullptr);
+
+    const char *charset = m_compFields->GetCharacterSet();
+
+    uint32_t flags = nsIDocumentEncoder::OutputCRLineBreak |
+                     nsIDocumentEncoder::OutputLFLineBreak;
+
+    if (m_composeHTML) {
+      flags |= nsIDocumentEncoder::OutputFormatted |
+               nsIDocumentEncoder::OutputDisallowLineBreaking;
+    } else {
+      bool flowed, delsp, formatted, disallowBreaks;
+      GetSerialiserFlags(charset, &flowed, &delsp, &formatted, &disallowBreaks);
+      if (flowed)
+        flags |= nsIDocumentEncoder::OutputFormatFlowed;
+      if (delsp)
+        flags |= nsIDocumentEncoder::OutputFormatDelSp;
+      if (formatted)
+        flags |= nsIDocumentEncoder::OutputFormatted;
+      if (disallowBreaks)
+        flags |= nsIDocumentEncoder::OutputDisallowLineBreaking;
+      // Don't lose NBSP in the plain text encoder.
+      flags |= nsIDocumentEncoder::OutputPersistNBSP;
+    }
+    rv = m_editor->OutputToString(contentType, flags, msgBody);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    m_compFields->GetBody(msgBody);
+  }
+  if (!msgBody.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    // Convert body to mail charset
+    nsCString outCString;
+    rv = nsMsgI18NConvertFromUnicode(m_compFields->GetCharacterSet(),
+      msgBody, outCString, false, true);
+    bool isAsciiOnly = NS_IsAscii(outCString.get()) &&
+      !nsMsgI18Nstateful_charset(m_compFields->GetCharacterSet());
+    if (m_compFields->GetForceMsgEncoding())
+      isAsciiOnly = false;
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !outCString.IsEmpty())
+    {
+      // If the body contains characters outside the repertoire of the current
+      // charset, just convert to UTF-8 and be done with it
+      // unless disable_fallback_to_utf8 is set for this charset.
+      if (NS_ERROR_UENC_NOMAPPING == rv)
+      {
+        bool needToCheckCharset;
+        m_compFields->GetNeedToCheckCharset(&needToCheckCharset);
+        if (needToCheckCharset)
+        {
+          bool disableFallback = false;
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefBranch (do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+          if (prefBranch)
+          {
+            nsCString prefName("mailnews.disable_fallback_to_utf8.");
+            prefName.Append(m_compFields->GetCharacterSet());
+            prefBranch->GetBoolPref(prefName.get(), &disableFallback);
+          }
+          if (!disableFallback)
+          {
+            CopyUTF16toUTF8(msgBody, outCString);
+            m_compFields->SetCharacterSet("UTF-8");
+            SetDocumentCharset("UTF-8");
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      m_compFields->SetBodyIsAsciiOnly(isAsciiOnly);
+      m_compFields->SetBody(outCString.get());
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      m_compFields->SetBody(NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(msgBody).get());
+      m_compFields->SetCharacterSet("UTF-8");
+      SetDocumentCharset("UTF-8");
+    }
+  }
+
+  // Let's open the progress dialog
+  if (progress)
+  {
+    mProgress = progress;
+
+    if (deliverMode != nsIMsgCompDeliverMode::AutoSaveAsDraft)
+    {
+      nsAutoString msgSubject;
+      m_compFields->GetSubject(msgSubject);
+
+      bool showProgress = false;
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefBranch (do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID));
+      if (prefBranch)
+      {
+        prefBranch->GetBoolPref("mailnews.show_send_progress", &showProgress);
+        if (showProgress)
+        {
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgComposeProgressParams> params = do_CreateInstance(NS_MSGCOMPOSEPROGRESSPARAMS_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+          if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !params)
+            return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+          params->SetSubject(msgSubject.get());
+          params->SetDeliveryMode(deliverMode);
+
+          mProgress->OpenProgressDialog(m_window, aMsgWindow,
+                                        "chrome://messenger/content/messengercompose/sendProgress.xul",
+                                        false, params);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    mProgress->OnStateChange(nullptr, nullptr, nsIWebProgressListener::STATE_START, NS_OK);
+  }
+
+  bool attachVCard = false;
+  m_compFields->GetAttachVCard(&attachVCard);
+
+  if (attachVCard && identity &&
+      (deliverMode == nsIMsgCompDeliverMode::Now ||
+       deliverMode == nsIMsgCompDeliverMode::Later ||
+       deliverMode == nsIMsgCompDeliverMode::Background))
+  {
+      nsCString escapedVCard;
+      // make sure, if there is no card, this returns an empty string, or NS_ERROR_FAILURE
+      rv = identity->GetEscapedVCard(escapedVCard);
+
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !escapedVCard.IsEmpty())
+      {
+          nsCString vCardUrl;
+          vCardUrl = "data:text/x-vcard;charset=utf-8;base64,";
+          nsCString unescapedData;
+          MsgUnescapeString(escapedVCard, 0, unescapedData);
+          char *result = PL_Base64Encode(unescapedData.get(), 0, nullptr);
+          vCardUrl += result;
+          PR_Free(result);
+
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAttachment> attachment = do_CreateInstance(NS_MSGATTACHMENT_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+          if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && attachment)
+          {
+              // [comment from 4.x]
+              // Send the vCard out with a filename which distinguishes this user. e.g. jsmith.vcf
+              // The main reason to do this is for interop with Eudora, which saves off
+              // the attachments separately from the message body
+              nsCString userid;
+              (void)identity->GetEmail(userid);
+              int32_t index = userid.FindChar('@');
+              if (index != kNotFound)
+                  userid.SetLength(index);
+
+              if (userid.IsEmpty())
+                  attachment->SetName(NS_LITERAL_STRING("vcard.vcf"));
+              else
+              {
+                  // Replace any dot with underscore to stop vCards
+                  // generating false positives with some heuristic scanners
+                  MsgReplaceChar(userid, '.', '_');
+                  userid.AppendLiteral(".vcf");
+                  attachment->SetName(NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16(userid));
+              }
+
+              attachment->SetUrl(vCardUrl);
+              m_compFields->AddAttachment(attachment);
+          }
+      }
+  }
+
+  // Save the identity being sent for later use.
+  m_identity = identity;
+
+  rv = SendMsgToServer(deliverMode, identity, accountKey);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgSendReport> sendReport;
+    if (mMsgSend)
+      mMsgSend->GetSendReport(getter_AddRefs(sendReport));
+    if (sendReport)
+    {
+      nsresult theError;
+      sendReport->DisplayReport(prompt, true, true, &theError);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* If we come here it's because we got an error before we could intialize a
+         send report! Let's try our best...
+      */
+      switch (deliverMode)
+      {
+        case nsIMsgCompDeliverMode::Later:
+          nsMsgDisplayMessageByName(prompt, u"unableToSendLater");
+          break;
+        case nsIMsgCompDeliverMode::AutoSaveAsDraft:
+        case nsIMsgCompDeliverMode::SaveAsDraft:
+          nsMsgDisplayMessageByName(prompt, u"unableToSaveDraft");
+          break;
+        case nsIMsgCompDeliverMode::SaveAsTemplate:
+          nsMsgDisplayMessageByName(prompt, u"unableToSaveTemplate");
+          break;
+
+        default:
+          nsMsgDisplayMessageByName(prompt, u"sendFailed");
+          break;
+      }
+    }
+
+    if (progress)
+      progress->CloseProgressDialog(true);
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+/* attribute boolean deleteDraft */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompose::GetDeleteDraft(bool *aDeleteDraft)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aDeleteDraft);
+  *aDeleteDraft = mDeleteDraft;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompose::SetDeleteDraft(bool aDeleteDraft)
+{
+  mDeleteDraft = aDeleteDraft;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+bool nsMsgCompose::IsLastWindow()
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  bool more;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIWindowMediator> windowMediator =
+              do_GetService(NS_WINDOWMEDIATOR_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleEnumerator> windowEnumerator;
+    rv = windowMediator->GetEnumerator(nullptr,
+               getter_AddRefs(windowEnumerator));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> isupports;
+
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(windowEnumerator->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(isupports))))
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(windowEnumerator->HasMoreElements(&more)))
+          return !more;
+    }
+  }
+  return true;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompose::CloseWindow(void)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgComposeService> composeService = do_GetService(NS_MSGCOMPOSESERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  // unregister the compose object with the compose service
+  rv = composeService->UnregisterComposeDocShell(mDocShell);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  mDocShell = nullptr;
+
+  // ensure that the destructor of nsMsgSend is invoked to remove
+  // temporary files.
+  mMsgSend = nullptr;
+
+  //We are going away for real, we need to do some clean up first
+  if (m_baseWindow)
+  {
+    if (m_editor)
+    {
+      // The editor will be destroyed during the close window.
+      // Set it to null to be sure we won't use it anymore.
+      m_editor = nullptr;
+    }
+    nsIBaseWindow * window = m_baseWindow;
+    m_baseWindow = nullptr;
+    rv = window->Destroy();
+  }
+
+  m_window = nullptr;
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgCompose::Abort()
+{
+  if (mMsgSend)
+    mMsgSend->Abort();
+
+  if (mProgress)
+    mProgress->CloseProgressDialog(true);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompose::GetEditor(nsIEditor * *aEditor)
+{
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aEditor = m_editor);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompose::SetEditor(nsIEditor *aEditor)
+{
+  m_editor = aEditor;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+static nsresult fixCharset(nsCString &aCharset)
+{
+  // No matter what, we should block x-windows-949 (our internal name)
+  // from being used for outgoing emails (bug 234958).
+  if (aCharset.Equals("x-windows-949", nsCaseInsensitiveCStringComparator()))
+    aCharset = "EUC-KR";
+
+  // Convert to a canonical charset name.
+  // Bug 1297118 will revisit this call site.
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsICharsetConverterManager> ccm =
+    do_GetService(NS_CHARSETCONVERTERMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCString charset(aCharset);
+  rv = ccm->GetCharsetAlias(charset.get(), aCharset);
+
+  // Don't accept UTF-16 ever. UTF-16 should never be selected as an
+  // outgoing encoding for e-mail. MIME can't handle those messages
+  // encoded in ASCII-incompatible encodings.
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) ||
+      StringBeginsWith(aCharset, NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("UTF-16"))) {
+    aCharset.AssignLiteral("UTF-8");
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// This used to be called BEFORE editor was created
+//  (it did the loadUrl that triggered editor creation)
+// It is called from JS after editor creation
+//  (loadUrl is done in JS)
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompose::InitEditor(nsIEditor* aEditor, mozIDOMWindowProxy* aContentWindow)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aEditor);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aContentWindow);
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  m_editor = aEditor;
+
+  nsAutoCString msgCharSet(m_compFields->GetCharacterSet());
+  rv = fixCharset(msgCharSet);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  m_compFields->SetCharacterSet(msgCharSet.get());
+  m_editor->SetDocumentCharacterSet(msgCharSet);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsPIDOMWindowOuter> window = nsPIDOMWindowOuter::From(aContentWindow);
+
+  nsIDocShell *docShell = window->GetDocShell();
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(docShell, NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIContentViewer> childCV;
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(docShell->GetContentViewer(getter_AddRefs(childCV)), NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+  if (childCV)
+  {
+    // SetForceCharacterSet will complain about "UTF-7" or "x-mac-croatian"
+    // (see test-charset-edit.js), but we deal with this elsewhere.
+    rv = childCV->SetForceCharacterSet(msgCharSet);
+    NS_WARNING_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "SetForceCharacterSet() failed");
+  }
+
+  // This is what used to be done in mDocumentListener,
+  //   nsMsgDocumentStateListener::NotifyDocumentCreated()
+  bool quotingToFollow = false;
+  GetQuotingToFollow(&quotingToFollow);
+  if (quotingToFollow)
+    return BuildQuotedMessageAndSignature();
+  else
+  {
+    NotifyStateListeners(nsIMsgComposeNotificationType::ComposeFieldsReady, NS_OK);
+    rv = BuildBodyMessageAndSignature();
+    NotifyStateListeners(nsIMsgComposeNotificationType::ComposeBodyReady, NS_OK);
+    return rv;
+  }
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompose::GetBodyRaw(nsACString& aBodyRaw)
+{
+  aBodyRaw.Assign((char *)m_compFields->GetBody());
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgCompose::GetBodyModified(bool * modified)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  if (! modified)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  *modified = true;
+
+  if (m_editor)
+  {
+    rv = m_editor->GetDocumentModified(modified);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      *modified = true;
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgCompose::SetBodyModified(bool modified)
+{
+  nsresult  rv = NS_OK;
+
+  if (m_editor)
+  {
+    if (modified)
+    {
+      int32_t  modCount = 0;
+      m_editor->GetModificationCount(&modCount);
+      if (modCount == 0)
+        m_editor->IncrementModificationCount(1);
+    }
+    else
+      m_editor->ResetModificationCount();
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgCompose::GetDomWindow(mozIDOMWindowProxy * *aDomWindow)
+{
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aDomWindow = m_window);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgCompose::GetCompFields(nsIMsgCompFields * *aCompFields)
+{
+  *aCompFields = (nsIMsgCompFields*)m_compFields;
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aCompFields);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompose::GetComposeHTML(bool *aComposeHTML)
+{
+  *aComposeHTML = m_composeHTML;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgCompose::GetWrapLength(int32_t *aWrapLength)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefBranch (do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  return prefBranch->GetIntPref("mailnews.wraplength", aWrapLength);
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgCompose::CreateMessage(const char * originalMsgURI,
+                                     MSG_ComposeType type,
+                                     nsIMsgCompFields * compFields)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  mType = type;
+  mDraftDisposition = nsIMsgFolder::nsMsgDispositionState_None;
+
+  mDeleteDraft = (type == nsIMsgCompType::Draft);
+  nsAutoCString msgUri(originalMsgURI);
+  bool fileUrl = StringBeginsWith(msgUri, NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("file:"));
+  int32_t typeIndex = msgUri.Find("type=application/x-message-display");
+  if (typeIndex != kNotFound && typeIndex > 0)
+  {
+    // Strip out type=application/x-message-display because it confuses libmime.
+    msgUri.Cut(typeIndex, sizeof("type=application/x-message-display"));
+    if (fileUrl) // we're dealing with an .eml file msg
+    {
+      // We have now removed the type from the uri. Make sure we don't have
+      // an uri with "&&" now. If we do, remove the second '&'.
+      if (msgUri.CharAt(typeIndex) == '&')
+        msgUri.Cut(typeIndex, 1);
+      // Remove possible trailing '?'.
+      if (msgUri.CharAt(msgUri.Length() - 1) == '?')
+        msgUri.Cut(msgUri.Length() - 1, 1);
+    }
+    else // we're dealing with a message/rfc822 attachment
+    {
+      // nsURLFetcher will check for "realtype=message/rfc822" and will set the
+      // content type to message/rfc822 in the forwarded message.
+      msgUri.Append("&realtype=message/rfc822");
+    }
+    originalMsgURI = msgUri.get();
+  }
+
+  if (compFields)
+  {
+    NS_IF_RELEASE(m_compFields);
+    m_compFields = reinterpret_cast<nsMsgCompFields*>(compFields);
+    NS_ADDREF(m_compFields);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    m_compFields = new nsMsgCompFields();
+    if (m_compFields)
+      NS_ADDREF(m_compFields);
+    else
+      return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+  }
+
+  if (m_identity && mType != nsIMsgCompType::Draft)
+  {
+    // Setup reply-to field.
+    nsCString replyTo;
+    m_identity->GetReplyTo(replyTo);
+    if (!replyTo.IsEmpty())
+    {
+      nsCString resultStr;
+      RemoveDuplicateAddresses(nsDependentCString(m_compFields->GetReplyTo()),
+                               replyTo, resultStr);
+      if (!resultStr.IsEmpty())
+      {
+        replyTo.Append(',');
+        replyTo.Append(resultStr);
+      }
+      m_compFields->SetReplyTo(replyTo.get());
+    }
+
+    // Setup auto-Cc field.
+    bool doCc;
+    m_identity->GetDoCc(&doCc);
+    if (doCc)
+    {
+      nsCString ccList;
+      m_identity->GetDoCcList(ccList);
+
+      nsCString resultStr;
+      RemoveDuplicateAddresses(nsDependentCString(m_compFields->GetCc()),
+                               ccList, resultStr);
+      if (!resultStr.IsEmpty())
+      {
+        ccList.Append(',');
+        ccList.Append(resultStr);
+      }
+      m_compFields->SetCc(ccList.get());
+    }
+
+    // Setup auto-Bcc field.
+    bool doBcc;
+    m_identity->GetDoBcc(&doBcc);
+    if (doBcc)
+    {
+      nsCString bccList;
+      m_identity->GetDoBccList(bccList);
+
+      nsCString resultStr;
+      RemoveDuplicateAddresses(nsDependentCString(m_compFields->GetBcc()),
+                               bccList, resultStr);
+      if (!resultStr.IsEmpty())
+      {
+        bccList.Append(',');
+        bccList.Append(resultStr);
+      }
+      m_compFields->SetBcc(bccList.get());
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (mType == nsIMsgCompType::Draft)
+  {
+    nsCString curDraftIdURL;
+    rv = m_compFields->GetDraftId(getter_Copies(curDraftIdURL));
+    NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !curDraftIdURL.IsEmpty(), "CreateMessage can't get draft id");
+
+    // Skip if no draft id (probably a new draft msg).
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !curDraftIdURL.IsEmpty())
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> msgDBHdr;
+      rv = GetMsgDBHdrFromURI(curDraftIdURL.get(), getter_AddRefs(msgDBHdr));
+      NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "CreateMessage can't get msg header DB interface pointer.");
+      if (msgDBHdr)
+      {
+        nsCString queuedDisposition;
+        msgDBHdr->GetStringProperty(QUEUED_DISPOSITION_PROPERTY, getter_Copies(queuedDisposition));
+        // We need to retrieve the original URI from the database so we can
+        // set the disposition flags correctly if the draft is a reply or forwarded message.
+        nsCString originalMsgURIfromDB;
+        msgDBHdr->GetStringProperty(ORIG_URI_PROPERTY, getter_Copies(originalMsgURIfromDB));
+        mOriginalMsgURI = originalMsgURIfromDB;
+        if (!queuedDisposition.IsEmpty())
+        {
+          if (queuedDisposition.Equals("replied"))
+             mDraftDisposition = nsIMsgFolder::nsMsgDispositionState_Replied;
+          else if (queuedDisposition.Equals("forward"))
+             mDraftDisposition = nsIMsgFolder::nsMsgDispositionState_Forwarded;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  // If we don't have an original message URI, nothing else to do...
+  if (!originalMsgURI || *originalMsgURI == 0)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  // store the original message URI so we can extract it after we send the message to properly
+  // mark any disposition flags like replied or forwarded on the message.
+  if (mOriginalMsgURI.IsEmpty())
+    mOriginalMsgURI = originalMsgURI;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefs (do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // "Forward inline" and "Reply with template" processing.
+  // Note the early return at the end of the block.
+  if (type == nsIMsgCompType::ForwardInline ||
+      type == nsIMsgCompType::ReplyWithTemplate)
+  {
+    // Use charset set up in the compose fields by MIME unless we should
+    // use the default charset.
+    bool replyInDefault = false;
+    prefs->GetBoolPref("mailnews.reply_in_default_charset",
+                        &replyInDefault);
+    // Use send_default_charset if reply_in_default_charset is on.
+    if (replyInDefault)
+    {
+      nsString str;
+      nsCString charset;
+      NS_GetLocalizedUnicharPreferenceWithDefault(prefs, "mailnews.send_default_charset",
+                                                  EmptyString(), str);
+      if (!str.IsEmpty())
+      {
+        LossyCopyUTF16toASCII(str, charset);
+        m_compFields->SetCharacterSet(charset.get());
+        mAnswerDefaultCharset = true;
+      }
+    }
+
+    // We want to treat this message as a reference too
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+    rv = GetMsgDBHdrFromURI(originalMsgURI, getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      nsAutoCString messageId;
+      msgHdr->GetMessageId(getter_Copies(messageId));
+
+      nsAutoCString reference;
+      // When forwarding we only use the original message for "References:" -
+      // recipients don't have the other messages anyway.
+      // For reply with template we want to preserve all the references.
+      if (type == nsIMsgCompType::ReplyWithTemplate)
+      {
+        uint16_t numReferences = 0;
+        msgHdr->GetNumReferences(&numReferences);
+        for (int32_t i = 0; i < numReferences; i++)
+        {
+          nsAutoCString ref;
+          msgHdr->GetStringReference(i, ref);
+          if (!ref.IsEmpty())
+          {
+            reference.AppendLiteral("<");
+            reference.Append(ref);
+            reference.AppendLiteral("> ");
+          }
+        }
+        reference.Trim(" ", false, true);
+      }
+      msgHdr->GetMessageId(getter_Copies(messageId));
+      reference.AppendLiteral("<");
+      reference.Append(messageId);
+      reference.AppendLiteral(">");
+      m_compFields->SetReferences(reference.get());
+    }
+
+    // Early return for "Forward inline" and "Reply with template" processing.
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  // All other processing.
+  char *uriList = PL_strdup(originalMsgURI);
+  if (!uriList)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+  // Resulting charset for this message.
+  nsCString charset;
+
+  // Check for the charset of the last displayed message, it
+  // will be used for quoting and as override.
+  nsCString windowCharset;
+  mCharsetOverride = false;
+  mAnswerDefaultCharset = false;
+  GetTopmostMsgWindowCharacterSet(windowCharset, &mCharsetOverride);
+  if (!windowCharset.IsEmpty()) {
+    // Although the charset in which to send the message might change,
+    // the original message will be parsed for quoting using the charset it is
+    // now displayed with.
+    mQuoteCharset = windowCharset;
+
+    if (mCharsetOverride) {
+      // Use override charset.
+      charset = windowCharset;
+    }
+  }
+
+  // Note the following:
+  // LoadDraftOrTemplate() is run in nsMsgComposeService::OpenComposeWindow()
+  // for five compose types: ForwardInline, ReplyWithTemplate (both covered
+  // in the code block above) and Draft, Template and Redirect. For these
+  // compose types, the charset is already correct (incl. MIME-applied override)
+  // unless the default charset should be used.
+
+  bool isFirstPass = true;
+  char *uri = uriList;
+  char *nextUri;
+  do
+  {
+    nextUri = strstr(uri, "://");
+    if (nextUri)
+    {
+      // look for next ://, and then back up to previous ','
+      nextUri = strstr(nextUri + 1, "://");
+      if (nextUri)
+      {
+        *nextUri = '\0';
+        char *saveNextUri = nextUri;
+        nextUri = strrchr(uri, ',');
+        if (nextUri)
+          *nextUri = '\0';
+        *saveNextUri = ':';
+      }
+    }
+
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+    if (mOrigMsgHdr)
+      msgHdr = mOrigMsgHdr;
+    else
+    {
+      rv = GetMsgDBHdrFromURI(uri, getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+    }
+    if (msgHdr)
+    {
+      nsCString decodedCString;
+
+      bool replyInDefault = false;
+      prefs->GetBoolPref("mailnews.reply_in_default_charset",
+                          &replyInDefault);
+      // Use send_default_charset if reply_in_default_charset is on.
+      if (replyInDefault)
+      {
+        nsString str;
+        NS_GetLocalizedUnicharPreferenceWithDefault(prefs, "mailnews.send_default_charset",
+                                                    EmptyString(), str);
+        if (!str.IsEmpty()) {
+          LossyCopyUTF16toASCII(str, charset);
+          mAnswerDefaultCharset = true;
+        }
+      }
+
+      // Set the charset we determined, if any, in the comp fields.
+      // For replies, the charset will be set after processing the message
+      // through MIME in QuotingOutputStreamListener::OnStopRequest().
+      if (isFirstPass && !charset.IsEmpty())
+        m_compFields->SetCharacterSet(charset.get());
+
+      nsString subject;
+      rv = msgHdr->GetMime2DecodedSubject(subject);
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+      // Check if (was: is present in the subject
+      int32_t wasOffset = subject.RFind(NS_LITERAL_STRING(" (was:"));
+      bool strip = true;
+
+      if (wasOffset >= 0) {
+        // Check the number of references, to check if was: should be stripped
+        // First, assume that it should be stripped; the variable will be set to
+        // false later if stripping should not happen.
+        uint16_t numRef;
+        msgHdr->GetNumReferences(&numRef);
+        if (numRef) {
+          // If there are references, look for the first message in the thread
+          // firstly, get the database via the folder
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder;
+          msgHdr->GetFolder(getter_AddRefs(folder));
+          if (folder) {
+            nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> db;
+            folder->GetMsgDatabase(getter_AddRefs(db));
+
+            if (db) {
+              nsAutoCString reference;
+              msgHdr->GetStringReference(0, reference);
+
+              nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> refHdr;
+              db->GetMsgHdrForMessageID(reference.get(), getter_AddRefs(refHdr));
+
+              if (refHdr) {
+                nsCString refSubject;
+                rv = refHdr->GetSubject(getter_Copies(refSubject));
+                if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+                  if (refSubject.Find(" (was:") >= 0)
+                    strip = false;
+                }
+              }
+            }
+          }
+        }
+        else
+          strip = false;
+      }
+
+      if (strip && wasOffset >= 0) {
+        // Strip off the "(was: old subject)" part
+        subject.Assign(Substring(subject, 0, wasOffset));
+      }
+
+      switch (type)
+      {
+        default: break;
+        case nsIMsgCompType::Reply :
+        case nsIMsgCompType::ReplyAll:
+        case nsIMsgCompType::ReplyToList:
+        case nsIMsgCompType::ReplyToGroup:
+        case nsIMsgCompType::ReplyToSender:
+        case nsIMsgCompType::ReplyToSenderAndGroup:
+          {
+            if (!isFirstPass)       // safeguard, just in case...
+            {
+              PR_Free(uriList);
+              return rv;
+            }
+            mQuotingToFollow = true;
+
+            subject.Insert(NS_LITERAL_STRING("Re: "), 0);
+            m_compFields->SetSubject(subject);
+
+            // Setup quoting callbacks for later...
+            mWhatHolder = 1;
+            break;
+          }
+        case nsIMsgCompType::ForwardAsAttachment:
+          {
+            // Add the forwarded message in the references, first
+            nsAutoCString messageId;
+            msgHdr->GetMessageId(getter_Copies(messageId));
+            if (isFirstPass)
+            {
+              nsAutoCString reference;
+              reference.Append(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("<"));
+              reference.Append(messageId);
+              reference.Append(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(">"));
+              m_compFields->SetReferences(reference.get());
+            }
+            else
+            {
+              nsAutoCString references;
+              m_compFields->GetReferences(getter_Copies(references));
+              references.Append(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(" <"));
+              references.Append(messageId);
+              references.Append(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(">"));
+              m_compFields->SetReferences(references.get());
+            }
+
+            uint32_t flags;
+
+            msgHdr->GetFlags(&flags);
+            if (flags & nsMsgMessageFlags::HasRe)
+              subject.Insert(NS_LITERAL_STRING("Re: "), 0);
+
+            // Setup quoting callbacks for later...
+            mQuotingToFollow = false;  //We don't need to quote the original message.
+            nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAttachment> attachment = do_CreateInstance(NS_MSGATTACHMENT_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+            if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && attachment)
+            {
+              bool addExtension = true;
+              nsString sanitizedSubj;
+              prefs->GetBoolPref("mail.forward_add_extension", &addExtension);
+
+              // copy subject string to sanitizedSubj, use default if empty
+              if (subject.IsEmpty())
+              {
+                nsresult rv;
+                nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundleService> bundleService =
+                  mozilla::services::GetStringBundleService();
+                NS_ENSURE_TRUE(bundleService, NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED);
+                nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundle> composeBundle;
+                rv = bundleService->CreateBundle("chrome://messenger/locale/messengercompose/composeMsgs.properties",
+                                                 getter_AddRefs(composeBundle));
+                NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+                composeBundle->GetStringFromName(u"messageAttachmentSafeName",
+                                                 getter_Copies(sanitizedSubj));
+              }
+              else
+                sanitizedSubj.Assign(subject);
+
+              // set the file size
+              uint32_t messageSize;
+              msgHdr->GetMessageSize(&messageSize);
+              attachment->SetSize(messageSize);
+
+              // change all '.' to '_'  see bug #271211
+              MsgReplaceChar(sanitizedSubj, ".", '_');
+              if (addExtension)
+                sanitizedSubj.AppendLiteral(".eml");
+              attachment->SetName(sanitizedSubj);
+              attachment->SetUrl(nsDependentCString(uri));
+              m_compFields->AddAttachment(attachment);
+            }
+
+            if (isFirstPass)
+            {
+              nsCString fwdPrefix;
+              prefs->GetCharPref("mail.forward_subject_prefix", getter_Copies(fwdPrefix));
+              if (!fwdPrefix.IsEmpty())
+              {
+                nsString unicodeFwdPrefix;
+                CopyUTF8toUTF16(fwdPrefix, unicodeFwdPrefix);
+                unicodeFwdPrefix.AppendLiteral(": ");
+                subject.Insert(unicodeFwdPrefix, 0);
+              }
+              else
+              {
+                subject.Insert(NS_LITERAL_STRING("Fwd: "), 0);
+              }
+              m_compFields->SetSubject(subject);
+            }
+            break;
+          }
+        case nsIMsgCompType::Redirect:
+          {
+            // For a redirect, set the Reply-To: header to what was in the original From: header...
+            nsAutoCString author;
+            msgHdr->GetAuthor(getter_Copies(author));
+            m_compFields->SetReplyTo(author.get());
+
+            // ... and empty out the various recipient headers
+            nsAutoString empty;
+            m_compFields->SetTo(empty);
+            m_compFields->SetCc(empty);
+            m_compFields->SetBcc(empty);
+            m_compFields->SetNewsgroups(empty);
+            m_compFields->SetFollowupTo(empty);
+            break;
+          }
+      }
+    }
+    isFirstPass = false;
+    uri = nextUri + 1;
+  }
+  while (nextUri);
+  PR_Free(uriList);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompose::GetProgress(nsIMsgProgress **_retval)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(_retval);
+  *_retval = mProgress;
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*_retval);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompose::GetMessageSend(nsIMsgSend **_retval)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(_retval);
+  *_retval = mMsgSend;
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*_retval);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompose::SetMessageSend(nsIMsgSend* aMsgSend)
+{
+  mMsgSend = aMsgSend;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompose::ClearMessageSend()
+{
+  mMsgSend = nullptr;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompose::SetCiteReference(nsString citeReference)
+{
+  mCiteReference = citeReference;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompose::SetSavedFolderURI(const char *folderURI)
+{
+  m_folderName = folderURI;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompose::GetSavedFolderURI(char ** folderURI)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(folderURI);
+  *folderURI = ToNewCString(m_folderName);
+  return (*folderURI) ? NS_OK : NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompose::GetOriginalMsgURI(char ** originalMsgURI)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(originalMsgURI);
+  *originalMsgURI = ToNewCString(mOriginalMsgURI);
+  return (*originalMsgURI) ? NS_OK : NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+}
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// THIS IS THE CLASS THAT IS THE STREAM CONSUMER OF THE HTML OUPUT
+// FROM LIBMIME. THIS IS FOR QUOTING
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+QuotingOutputStreamListener::~QuotingOutputStreamListener()
+{
+  if (mUnicodeConversionBuffer)
+    free(mUnicodeConversionBuffer);
+}
+
+QuotingOutputStreamListener::QuotingOutputStreamListener(const char * originalMsgURI,
+                                                         nsIMsgDBHdr *originalMsgHdr,
+                                                         bool quoteHeaders,
+                                                         bool headersOnly,
+                                                         nsIMsgIdentity *identity,
+                                                         nsIMsgQuote* msgQuote,
+                                                         bool charsetFixed,
+                                                         bool quoteOriginal,
+                                                         const nsACString& htmlToQuote)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  mQuoteHeaders = quoteHeaders;
+  mHeadersOnly = headersOnly;
+  mIdentity = identity;
+  mOrigMsgHdr = originalMsgHdr;
+  mUnicodeBufferCharacterLength = 0;
+  mUnicodeConversionBuffer = nullptr;
+  mQuoteOriginal = quoteOriginal;
+  mHtmlToQuote = htmlToQuote;
+  mQuote = msgQuote;
+  mCharsetFixed = charsetFixed;
+
+  if (!mHeadersOnly || !mHtmlToQuote.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    // Get header type, locale and strings from pref.
+    int32_t replyHeaderType;
+    nsAutoString replyHeaderLocale;
+    nsString replyHeaderAuthorWrote;
+    nsString replyHeaderOnDateAuthorWrote;
+    nsString replyHeaderAuthorWroteOnDate;
+    nsString replyHeaderOriginalmessage;
+    GetReplyHeaderInfo(&replyHeaderType,
+                       replyHeaderLocale,
+                       replyHeaderAuthorWrote,
+                       replyHeaderOnDateAuthorWrote,
+                       replyHeaderAuthorWroteOnDate,
+                       replyHeaderOriginalmessage);
+
+    // For the built message body...
+    if (originalMsgHdr && !quoteHeaders)
+    {
+      // Setup the cite information....
+      nsCString myGetter;
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(originalMsgHdr->GetMessageId(getter_Copies(myGetter))))
+      {
+        if (!myGetter.IsEmpty())
+        {
+          nsAutoCString buf;
+          mCiteReference.AssignLiteral("mid:");
+          MsgEscapeURL(myGetter,
+                       nsINetUtil::ESCAPE_URL_FILE_BASENAME | nsINetUtil::ESCAPE_URL_FORCED,
+                       buf);
+          mCiteReference.Append(NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16(buf));
+        }
+      }
+
+      bool citingHeader; //Do we have a header needing to cite any info from original message?
+      bool headerDate;   //Do we have a header needing to cite date/time from original message?
+      switch (replyHeaderType)
+      {
+        case 0: // No reply header at all (actually the "---- original message ----" string,
+                // which is kinda misleading. TODO: Should there be a "really no header" option?
+          mCitePrefix.Assign(replyHeaderOriginalmessage);
+          citingHeader = false;
+          headerDate = false;
+          break;
+
+        case 2: // Insert both the original author and date in the reply header (date followed by author)
+          mCitePrefix.Assign(replyHeaderOnDateAuthorWrote);
+          citingHeader = true;
+          headerDate = true;
+          break;
+
+        case 3: // Insert both the original author and date in the reply header (author followed by date)
+          mCitePrefix.Assign(replyHeaderAuthorWroteOnDate);
+          citingHeader = true;
+          headerDate = true;
+          break;
+
+        case 4: // TODO bug 107884: implement a more featureful user specified header
+        case 1:
+        default: // Default is to only show the author.
+          mCitePrefix.Assign(replyHeaderAuthorWrote);
+          citingHeader = true;
+          headerDate = false;
+          break;
+      }
+
+      if (citingHeader)
+      {
+        int32_t placeholderIndex = kNotFound;
+
+        if (headerDate)
+        {
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIDateTimeFormat> dateFormatter = do_CreateInstance(NS_DATETIMEFORMAT_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+          if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+          {
+            PRTime originalMsgDate;
+            rv = originalMsgHdr->GetDate(&originalMsgDate);
+            if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+            {
+              nsCOMPtr<nsILocale> locale;
+              nsCOMPtr<nsILocaleService> localeService(do_GetService(NS_LOCALESERVICE_CONTRACTID));
+
+              // Format date using "mailnews.reply_header_locale", if empty then use application default locale.
+              if (!replyHeaderLocale.IsEmpty())
+                rv = localeService->NewLocale(replyHeaderLocale, getter_AddRefs(locale));
+              if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+              {
+                nsAutoString citeDatePart;
+                if ((placeholderIndex = mCitePrefix.Find("#2")) != kNotFound)
+                {
+                  rv = dateFormatter->FormatPRTime(locale,
+                                                   kDateFormatShort,
+                                                   kTimeFormatNone,
+                                                   originalMsgDate,
+                                                   citeDatePart);
+                  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+                    mCitePrefix.Replace(placeholderIndex, 2, citeDatePart);
+                }
+                if ((placeholderIndex = mCitePrefix.Find("#3")) != kNotFound)
+                {
+                  rv = dateFormatter->FormatPRTime(locale,
+                                                   kDateFormatNone,
+                                                   kTimeFormatNoSeconds,
+                                                   originalMsgDate,
+                                                   citeDatePart);
+                  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+                    mCitePrefix.Replace(placeholderIndex, 2, citeDatePart);
+                }
+              }
+            }
+          }
+        }
+
+        if ((placeholderIndex = mCitePrefix.Find("#1")) != kNotFound)
+        {
+          nsAutoCString author;
+          rv = originalMsgHdr->GetAuthor(getter_Copies(author));
+          if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+          {
+            nsAutoString citeAuthor;
+            ExtractName(EncodedHeader(author), citeAuthor);
+            mCitePrefix.Replace(placeholderIndex, 2, citeAuthor);
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    // This should not happen, but just in case.
+    if (mCitePrefix.IsEmpty())
+    {
+      mCitePrefix.AppendLiteral("\n\n");
+      mCitePrefix.Append(replyHeaderOriginalmessage);
+      mCitePrefix.AppendLiteral("\n");
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+ * The formatflowed parameter directs if formatflowed should be used in the conversion.
+ * format=flowed (RFC 2646) is a way to represent flow in a plain text mail, without
+ * disturbing the plain text.
+ */
+nsresult
+QuotingOutputStreamListener::ConvertToPlainText(bool formatflowed,
+                                                bool delsp,
+                                                bool formatted,
+                                                bool disallowBreaks)
+{
+  nsresult rv = ConvertBufToPlainText(mMsgBody, formatflowed,
+                                                delsp,
+                                                formatted,
+                                                disallowBreaks);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS (rv, rv);
+  return ConvertBufToPlainText(mSignature, formatflowed,
+                                           delsp,
+                                           formatted,
+                                           disallowBreaks);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP QuotingOutputStreamListener::OnStartRequest(nsIRequest *request, nsISupports * /* ctxt */)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP QuotingOutputStreamListener::OnStopRequest(nsIRequest *request, nsISupports *ctxt, nsresult status)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  if (!mHtmlToQuote.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    // If we had a selection in the original message to quote, we can add
+    // it now that we are done ignoring the original body of the message
+    mHeadersOnly = false;
+    rv = AppendToMsgBody(mHtmlToQuote);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgCompose> compose = do_QueryReferent(mWeakComposeObj);
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(compose, NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER);
+
+  MSG_ComposeType type;
+  compose->GetType(&type);
+
+  // Assign cite information if available...
+  if (!mCiteReference.IsEmpty())
+    compose->SetCiteReference(mCiteReference);
+
+  bool overrideReplyTo =
+    mozilla::Preferences::GetBool("mail.override_list_reply_to", true);
+
+  if (mHeaders && (type == nsIMsgCompType::Reply ||
+                   type == nsIMsgCompType::ReplyAll ||
+                   type == nsIMsgCompType::ReplyToList ||
+                   type == nsIMsgCompType::ReplyToSender ||
+                   type == nsIMsgCompType::ReplyToGroup ||
+                   type == nsIMsgCompType::ReplyToSenderAndGroup) &&
+      mQuoteOriginal)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgCompFields> compFields;
+    compose->GetCompFields(getter_AddRefs(compFields));
+    if (compFields)
+    {
+      nsAutoString from;
+      nsAutoString to;
+      nsAutoString cc;
+      nsAutoString bcc;
+      nsAutoString replyTo;
+      nsAutoString mailReplyTo;
+      nsAutoString mailFollowupTo;
+      nsAutoString newgroups;
+      nsAutoString followUpTo;
+      nsAutoString messageId;
+      nsAutoString references;
+      nsAutoString listPost;
+
+      nsCString outCString; // Temp helper string.
+
+      bool needToRemoveDup = false;
+      if (!mMimeConverter)
+      {
+        mMimeConverter = do_GetService(NS_MIME_CONVERTER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      }
+      nsCString charset;
+      compFields->GetCharacterSet(getter_Copies(charset));
+
+      if (!mCharsetFixed) {
+        // Get the charset from the channel where MIME left it.
+        if (mQuote) {
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIChannel> quoteChannel;
+          mQuote->GetQuoteChannel(getter_AddRefs(quoteChannel));
+          if (quoteChannel) {
+            quoteChannel->GetContentCharset(charset);
+            if (!charset.IsEmpty()) {
+              rv = fixCharset(charset);
+              NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+              compFields->SetCharacterSet(charset.get());
+            }
+          }
+        }
+      }
+
+      mHeaders->ExtractHeader(HEADER_FROM, true, outCString);
+      ConvertRawBytesToUTF16(outCString, charset.get(), from);
+
+      mHeaders->ExtractHeader(HEADER_TO, true, outCString);
+      ConvertRawBytesToUTF16(outCString, charset.get(), to);
+
+      mHeaders->ExtractHeader(HEADER_CC, true, outCString);
+      ConvertRawBytesToUTF16(outCString, charset.get(), cc);
+
+      mHeaders->ExtractHeader(HEADER_BCC, true, outCString);
+      ConvertRawBytesToUTF16(outCString, charset.get(), bcc);
+
+      mHeaders->ExtractHeader(HEADER_MAIL_FOLLOWUP_TO, true, outCString);
+      ConvertRawBytesToUTF16(outCString, charset.get(), mailFollowupTo);
+
+      mHeaders->ExtractHeader(HEADER_REPLY_TO, false, outCString);
+      ConvertRawBytesToUTF16(outCString, charset.get(), replyTo);
+
+      mHeaders->ExtractHeader(HEADER_MAIL_REPLY_TO, true, outCString);
+      ConvertRawBytesToUTF16(outCString, charset.get(), mailReplyTo);
+
+      mHeaders->ExtractHeader(HEADER_NEWSGROUPS, false, outCString);
+      if (!outCString.IsEmpty())
+        mMimeConverter->DecodeMimeHeader(outCString.get(), charset.get(),
+                                         false, true, newgroups);
+
+      mHeaders->ExtractHeader(HEADER_FOLLOWUP_TO, false, outCString);
+      if (!outCString.IsEmpty())
+        mMimeConverter->DecodeMimeHeader(outCString.get(), charset.get(),
+                                         false, true, followUpTo);
+
+      mHeaders->ExtractHeader(HEADER_MESSAGE_ID, false, outCString);
+      if (!outCString.IsEmpty())
+        mMimeConverter->DecodeMimeHeader(outCString.get(), charset.get(),
+                                         false, true, messageId);
+
+      mHeaders->ExtractHeader(HEADER_REFERENCES, false, outCString);
+      if (!outCString.IsEmpty())
+        mMimeConverter->DecodeMimeHeader(outCString.get(), charset.get(),
+                                         false, true, references);
+
+      mHeaders->ExtractHeader(HEADER_LIST_POST, true, outCString);
+      if (!outCString.IsEmpty())
+        mMimeConverter->DecodeMimeHeader(outCString.get(), charset.get(),
+                                         false, true, listPost);
+      if (!listPost.IsEmpty())
+      {
+        int32_t startPos = listPost.Find("<mailto:");
+        int32_t endPos = listPost.FindChar('>', startPos);
+        // Extract the e-mail address.
+        if (endPos > startPos)
+        {
+          const uint32_t mailtoLen = strlen("<mailto:");
+          listPost = Substring(listPost, startPos + mailtoLen, endPos - (startPos + mailtoLen));
+        }
+      }
+
+      nsCString fromEmailAddress;
+      ExtractEmail(EncodedHeader(NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(from)), fromEmailAddress);
+
+      nsTArray<nsCString> toEmailAddresses;
+      ExtractEmails(EncodedHeader(NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(to)),
+        UTF16ArrayAdapter<>(toEmailAddresses));
+
+      nsTArray<nsCString> ccEmailAddresses;
+      ExtractEmails(EncodedHeader(NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(cc)),
+        UTF16ArrayAdapter<>(ccEmailAddresses));
+
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefs (do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      bool replyToSelfCheckAll = false;
+      prefs->GetBoolPref("mailnews.reply_to_self_check_all_ident",
+                         &replyToSelfCheckAll);
+
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccountManager> accountManager =
+        do_GetService(NS_MSGACCOUNTMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIArray> identities;
+      nsCString accountKey;
+      mOrigMsgHdr->GetAccountKey(getter_Copies(accountKey));
+      if (replyToSelfCheckAll)
+      {
+        // Check all avaliable identities if the pref was set.
+        accountManager->GetAllIdentities(getter_AddRefs(identities));
+      }
+      else if (!accountKey.IsEmpty())
+      {
+         // Check headers to see which account the message came in from
+         // (only works for pop3).
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccount> account;
+        accountManager->GetAccount(accountKey, getter_AddRefs(account));
+
+        if (account)
+          account->GetIdentities(getter_AddRefs(identities));
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        // Check identities only for the server of the folder that the message
+        // is in.
+        nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> msgFolder;
+        rv = mOrigMsgHdr->GetFolder(getter_AddRefs(msgFolder));
+
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && msgFolder){
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> nsIMsgIncomingServer;
+          rv = msgFolder->GetServer(getter_AddRefs(nsIMsgIncomingServer));
+
+          if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && nsIMsgIncomingServer)
+            accountManager->GetIdentitiesForServer(nsIMsgIncomingServer, getter_AddRefs(identities));
+        }
+      }
+
+      bool isReplyToSelf = false;
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIdentity> selfIdentity;
+      if (identities)
+      {
+        // Go through the identities to see if any of them is the author of
+        // the email.
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIdentity> lookupIdentity;
+
+        uint32_t count = 0;
+        identities->GetLength(&count);
+
+        for (uint32_t i = 0; i < count; i++)
+        {
+          lookupIdentity = do_QueryElementAt(identities, i, &rv);
+          if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+            continue;
+
+          selfIdentity = lookupIdentity;
+
+          nsCString curIdentityEmail;
+          lookupIdentity->GetEmail(curIdentityEmail);
+
+          // See if it's a reply to own message, but not a reply between identities.
+          if (curIdentityEmail.Equals(fromEmailAddress))
+          {
+            isReplyToSelf = true;
+            // For a true reply-to-self, none of your identities are normally in
+            // To or Cc. We need to avoid doing a reply-to-self for people that
+            // have multiple identities set and sometimes *uses* the other
+            // identity and sometimes *mails* the other identity.
+            // E.g. husband+wife or own-email+company-role-mail.
+            for (uint32_t j = 0; j < count; j++)
+            {
+              nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIdentity> lookupIdentity2;
+              rv = identities->QueryElementAt(j, NS_GET_IID(nsIMsgIdentity),
+                                              getter_AddRefs(lookupIdentity2));
+              if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+                continue;
+
+              nsCString curIdentityEmail2;
+              lookupIdentity2->GetEmail(curIdentityEmail2);
+              if (toEmailAddresses.Contains(curIdentityEmail2))
+              {
+                // However, "From:me To:me" should be treated as
+                // reply-to-self if we have a Bcc. If we don't have a Bcc we
+                // might have the case of a generated mail of the style
+                // "From:me To:me Reply-To:customer". Then we need to to do a
+                // normal reply to the customer.
+                isReplyToSelf = !bcc.IsEmpty(); // true if bcc is set
+                break;
+              }
+              else if (ccEmailAddresses.Contains(curIdentityEmail2))
+              {
+                // If you auto-Cc yourself your email would be in Cc - but we
+                // can't detect why it is in Cc so lets just treat it like a
+                // normal reply.
+                isReplyToSelf = false;
+                break;
+              }
+            }
+            break;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      if (type == nsIMsgCompType::ReplyToSender || type == nsIMsgCompType::Reply)
+      {
+        if (isReplyToSelf)
+        {
+          // Cast to concrete class. We *only* what to change m_identity, not
+          // all the things compose->SetIdentity would do.
+          nsMsgCompose* _compose = static_cast<nsMsgCompose*>(compose.get());
+          _compose->m_identity = selfIdentity;
+          compFields->SetFrom(from);
+          compFields->SetTo(to);
+          compFields->SetReplyTo(replyTo);
+        }
+        else if (!mailReplyTo.IsEmpty())
+        {
+          // handle Mail-Reply-To (http://cr.yp.to/proto/replyto.html)
+          compFields->SetTo(mailReplyTo);
+          needToRemoveDup = true;
+        }
+        else if (!replyTo.IsEmpty())
+        {
+          // default reply behaviour then
+
+          if (overrideReplyTo &&
+              !listPost.IsEmpty() && replyTo.Find(listPost) != kNotFound)
+          {
+            // Reply-To munging in this list post. Reply to From instead,
+            // as the user can choose Reply List if that's what he wants.
+            compFields->SetTo(from);
+          }
+          else
+          {
+            compFields->SetTo(replyTo);
+          }
+          needToRemoveDup = true;
+        }
+        else {
+          compFields->SetTo(from);
+        }
+      }
+      else if (type == nsIMsgCompType::ReplyAll)
+      {
+        if (isReplyToSelf)
+        {
+          // Cast to concrete class. We *only* what to change m_identity, not
+          // all the things compose->SetIdentity would do.
+          nsMsgCompose* _compose = static_cast<nsMsgCompose*>(compose.get());
+          _compose->m_identity = selfIdentity;
+          compFields->SetFrom(from);
+          compFields->SetTo(to);
+          compFields->SetCc(cc);
+          // In case it's a reply to self, but it's not the actual source of the
+          // sent message, then we won't know the Bcc header. So set it only if
+          // it's not empty. If you have auto-bcc and removed the auto-bcc for
+          // the original mail, you will have to do it manually for this reply
+          // too.
+          if (!bcc.IsEmpty())
+            compFields->SetBcc(bcc);
+          compFields->SetReplyTo(replyTo);
+          needToRemoveDup = true;
+        }
+        else if (mailFollowupTo.IsEmpty()) {
+          // default reply-all behaviour then
+
+          nsAutoString allTo;
+          if (!replyTo.IsEmpty())
+          {
+            allTo.Assign(replyTo);
+            needToRemoveDup = true;
+            if (overrideReplyTo &&
+                !listPost.IsEmpty() && replyTo.Find(listPost) != kNotFound)
+            {
+              // Reply-To munging in this list. Add From to recipients, it's the
+              // lesser evil...
+              allTo.AppendLiteral(", ");
+              allTo.Append(from);
+            }
+          }
+          else
+          {
+            allTo.Assign(from);
+          }
+
+          allTo.AppendLiteral(", ");
+          allTo.Append(to);
+          compFields->SetTo(allTo);
+
+          nsAutoString allCc;
+          compFields->GetCc(allCc); // auto-cc
+          if (!allCc.IsEmpty())
+            allCc.AppendLiteral(", ");
+          allCc.Append(cc);
+          compFields->SetCc(allCc);
+
+          needToRemoveDup = true;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          // Handle Mail-Followup-To (http://cr.yp.to/proto/replyto.html)
+          compFields->SetTo(mailFollowupTo);
+          needToRemoveDup = true; // To remove possible self from To.
+
+          // If Cc is set a this point it's auto-Ccs, so we'll just keep those.
+        }
+      }
+      else if (type == nsIMsgCompType::ReplyToList)
+      {
+        compFields->SetTo(listPost);
+      }
+
+      if (!newgroups.IsEmpty())
+      {
+        if ((type != nsIMsgCompType::Reply) && (type != nsIMsgCompType::ReplyToSender))
+          compFields->SetNewsgroups(newgroups);
+        if (type == nsIMsgCompType::ReplyToGroup)
+          compFields->SetTo(EmptyString());
+      }
+
+      if (!followUpTo.IsEmpty())
+      {
+        // Handle "followup-to: poster" magic keyword here
+        if (followUpTo.EqualsLiteral("poster"))
+        {
+          nsCOMPtr<mozIDOMWindowProxy> domWindow;
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIPrompt> prompt;
+          compose->GetDomWindow(getter_AddRefs(domWindow));
+          NS_ENSURE_TRUE(domWindow, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+          nsCOMPtr<nsPIDOMWindowOuter> composeWindow = nsPIDOMWindowOuter::From(domWindow);
+          if (composeWindow)
+            composeWindow->GetPrompter(getter_AddRefs(prompt));
+          nsMsgDisplayMessageByName(prompt, u"followupToSenderMessage");
+
+          if (!replyTo.IsEmpty())
+          {
+            compFields->SetTo(replyTo);
+          }
+          else
+          {
+            // If reply-to is empty, use the From header to fetch the original
+            // sender's email.
+            compFields->SetTo(from);
+          }
+
+          // Clear the newsgroup: header field, because followup-to: poster
+          // only follows up to the original sender
+          if (!newgroups.IsEmpty())
+            compFields->SetNewsgroups(EmptyString());
+        }
+        else // Process "followup-to: newsgroup-content" here
+        {
+          if (type != nsIMsgCompType::ReplyToSender)
+            compFields->SetNewsgroups(followUpTo);
+          if (type == nsIMsgCompType::Reply)
+          {
+            compFields->SetTo(EmptyString());
+          }
+        }
+      }
+
+      if (!references.IsEmpty())
+        references.Append(char16_t(' '));
+      references += messageId;
+      compFields->SetReferences(NS_LossyConvertUTF16toASCII(references).get());
+
+      nsAutoCString resultStr;
+
+      // Cast interface to concrete class that has direct field getters etc.
+      nsMsgCompFields* _compFields = static_cast<nsMsgCompFields*>(compFields.get());
+
+      // Remove duplicate addresses between To && Cc.
+      if (needToRemoveDup)
+      {
+        nsCString addressesToRemoveFromCc;
+        if (mIdentity)
+        {
+          bool removeMyEmailInCc = true;
+          nsCString myEmail;
+          mIdentity->GetEmail(myEmail);
+
+          // Remove my own address from To, unless it's a reply to self.
+          if (!isReplyToSelf) {
+            RemoveDuplicateAddresses(nsDependentCString(_compFields->GetTo()),
+                                     myEmail, resultStr);
+            _compFields->SetTo(resultStr.get());
+          }
+          addressesToRemoveFromCc.Assign(_compFields->GetTo());
+
+          // Remove own address from CC unless we want it in there
+          // through the automatic-CC-to-self (see bug 584962). There are
+          // three cases:
+          // - user has no automatic CC
+          // - user has automatic CC but own email is not in it
+          // - user has automatic CC and own email in it
+          // Only in the last case do we want our own email address to stay
+          // in the CC list.
+          bool automaticCc;
+          mIdentity->GetDoCc(&automaticCc);
+          if (automaticCc)
+          {
+            nsCString autoCcList;
+            mIdentity->GetDoCcList(autoCcList);
+            nsTArray<nsCString> autoCcEmailAddresses;
+            ExtractEmails(EncodedHeader(autoCcList),
+              UTF16ArrayAdapter<>(autoCcEmailAddresses));
+            if (autoCcEmailAddresses.Contains(myEmail))
+            {
+              removeMyEmailInCc = false;
+            }
+          }
+
+          if (removeMyEmailInCc)
+          {
+            addressesToRemoveFromCc.AppendLiteral(", ");
+            addressesToRemoveFromCc.Append(myEmail);
+          }
+        }
+        RemoveDuplicateAddresses(nsDependentCString(_compFields->GetCc()),
+                                 addressesToRemoveFromCc, resultStr);
+        _compFields->SetCc(resultStr.get());
+        if (_compFields->GetBcc())
+        {
+          // Remove addresses already in Cc from Bcc.
+          RemoveDuplicateAddresses(nsDependentCString(_compFields->GetBcc()),
+                                   nsDependentCString(_compFields->GetCc()),
+                                   resultStr);
+          if (!resultStr.IsEmpty())
+          {
+            // Remove addresses already in To from Bcc.
+            RemoveDuplicateAddresses(resultStr,
+                                     nsDependentCString(_compFields->GetTo()),
+                                     resultStr);
+          }
+          _compFields->SetBcc(resultStr.get());
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+#ifdef MSGCOMP_TRACE_PERFORMANCE
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgComposeService> composeService (do_GetService(NS_MSGCOMPOSESERVICE_CONTRACTID));
+  composeService->TimeStamp("Done with MIME. Now we're updating the UI elements", false);
+#endif
+
+  if (mQuoteOriginal)
+    compose->NotifyStateListeners(nsIMsgComposeNotificationType::ComposeFieldsReady, NS_OK);
+
+#ifdef MSGCOMP_TRACE_PERFORMANCE
+  composeService->TimeStamp("Addressing widget, window title and focus are now set, time to insert the body", false);
+#endif
+
+  if (! mHeadersOnly)
+    mMsgBody.AppendLiteral("</html>");
+
+  // Now we have an HTML representation of the quoted message.
+  // If we are in plain text mode, we need to convert this to plain
+  // text before we try to insert it into the editor. If we don't, we
+  // just get lots of HTML text in the message...not good.
+  //
+  // XXX not m_composeHTML? /BenB
+  bool composeHTML = true;
+  compose->GetComposeHTML(&composeHTML);
+  if (!composeHTML)
+  {
+    // Downsampling.
+
+    // In plain text quotes we always allow line breaking to not end up with
+    // long lines. The quote is inserted into a span with style
+    // "white-space: pre;" which isn't be wrapped.
+    // Update: Bug 387687 changed this to "white-space: pre-wrap;".
+    // Note that the body of the plain text message is wrapped since it uses
+    // "white-space: pre-wrap; width: 72ch;".
+    // Look at it in the DOM Inspector to see it.
+    //
+    // If we're using format flowed, we need to pass it so the encoder
+    // can add a space at the end.
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> pPrefBranch(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID));
+    bool flowed = false;
+    if (pPrefBranch) {
+      pPrefBranch->GetBoolPref("mailnews.send_plaintext_flowed", &flowed);
+    }
+
+    rv = ConvertToPlainText(flowed,
+                            false,  // delsp makes no sense in this context
+                            true,   // formatted
+                            false); // allow line breaks
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+
+  compose->ProcessSignature(mIdentity, true, &mSignature);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIEditor> editor;
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(compose->GetEditor(getter_AddRefs(editor))) && editor)
+  {
+    if (mQuoteOriginal)
+      compose->ConvertAndLoadComposeWindow(mCitePrefix,
+                                           mMsgBody, mSignature,
+                                           true, composeHTML);
+    else
+      InsertToCompose(editor, composeHTML);
+  }
+
+  if (mQuoteOriginal)
+    compose->NotifyStateListeners(nsIMsgComposeNotificationType::ComposeBodyReady, NS_OK);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP QuotingOutputStreamListener::OnDataAvailable(nsIRequest *request,
+                              nsISupports *ctxt, nsIInputStream *inStr,
+                              uint64_t sourceOffset, uint32_t count)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(inStr);
+
+  if (mHeadersOnly)
+    return rv;
+
+  char *newBuf = (char *)PR_Malloc(count + 1);
+  if (!newBuf)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  uint32_t numWritten = 0;
+  rv = inStr->Read(newBuf, count, &numWritten);
+  if (rv == NS_BASE_STREAM_WOULD_BLOCK)
+    rv = NS_OK;
+  newBuf[numWritten] = '\0';
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && numWritten > 0)
+  {
+    rv = AppendToMsgBody(nsDependentCString(newBuf, numWritten));
+  }
+
+  PR_FREEIF(newBuf);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP QuotingOutputStreamListener::AppendToMsgBody(const nsCString &inStr)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  if (!inStr.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    // Create unicode decoder.
+    if (!mUnicodeDecoder)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsICharsetConverterManager> ccm =
+               do_GetService(NS_CHARSETCONVERTERMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      {
+        rv = ccm->GetUnicodeDecoderRaw("UTF-8",
+                                       getter_AddRefs(mUnicodeDecoder));
+      }
+    }
+
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      int32_t unicharLength;
+      int32_t inputLength = inStr.Length();
+      rv = mUnicodeDecoder->GetMaxLength(inStr.get(), inStr.Length(), &unicharLength);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      {
+        // Use this local buffer if possible.
+        const int32_t kLocalBufSize = 4096;
+        char16_t localBuf[kLocalBufSize];
+        char16_t *unichars = localBuf;
+
+        if (unicharLength > kLocalBufSize)
+        {
+          // Otherwise, use the buffer of the class.
+          if (!mUnicodeConversionBuffer ||
+              unicharLength > mUnicodeBufferCharacterLength)
+          {
+            if (mUnicodeConversionBuffer)
+              free(mUnicodeConversionBuffer);
+            mUnicodeConversionBuffer = (char16_t *) moz_xmalloc(unicharLength * sizeof(char16_t));
+            if (!mUnicodeConversionBuffer)
+            {
+              mUnicodeBufferCharacterLength = 0;
+              return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+            }
+            mUnicodeBufferCharacterLength = unicharLength;
+          }
+          unichars = mUnicodeConversionBuffer;
+        }
+
+        int32_t consumedInputLength = 0;
+        int32_t originalInputLength = inputLength;
+        const char *inputBuffer = inStr.get();
+        int32_t convertedOutputLength = 0;
+        int32_t outputBufferLength = unicharLength;
+        char16_t *originalOutputBuffer = unichars;
+        do
+        {
+          rv = mUnicodeDecoder->Convert(inputBuffer, &inputLength, unichars, &unicharLength);
+          if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+          {
+            convertedOutputLength += unicharLength;
+            break;
+          }
+
+          // if we failed, we consume one byte, replace it with a question mark
+          // and try the conversion again.
+          unichars += unicharLength;
+          *unichars = (char16_t)'?';
+          unichars++;
+          unicharLength++;
+
+          mUnicodeDecoder->Reset();
+
+          inputBuffer += ++inputLength;
+          consumedInputLength += inputLength;
+          inputLength = originalInputLength - consumedInputLength;  // update input length to convert
+          convertedOutputLength += unicharLength;
+          unicharLength = outputBufferLength - unicharLength;       // update output length
+
+        } while (NS_FAILED(rv) &&
+                 (originalInputLength > consumedInputLength) &&
+                 (outputBufferLength > convertedOutputLength));
+
+        if (convertedOutputLength > 0)
+          mMsgBody.Append(originalOutputBuffer, convertedOutputLength);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult
+QuotingOutputStreamListener::SetComposeObj(nsIMsgCompose *obj)
+{
+  mWeakComposeObj = do_GetWeakReference(obj);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+QuotingOutputStreamListener::SetMimeHeaders(nsIMimeHeaders * headers)
+{
+  mHeaders = headers;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+QuotingOutputStreamListener::InsertToCompose(nsIEditor *aEditor,
+                                             bool aHTMLEditor)
+{
+  // First, get the nsIEditor interface for future use
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMNode> nodeInserted;
+
+  TranslateLineEnding(mMsgBody);
+
+  // Now, insert it into the editor...
+  if (aEditor)
+    aEditor->EnableUndo(true);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgCompose> compose = do_QueryReferent(mWeakComposeObj);
+  if (!mMsgBody.IsEmpty() && compose)
+  {
+    compose->SetInsertingQuotedContent(true);
+    if (!mCitePrefix.IsEmpty())
+    {
+      if (!aHTMLEditor)
+        mCitePrefix.AppendLiteral("\n");
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIPlaintextEditor> textEditor (do_QueryInterface(aEditor));
+      if (textEditor)
+        textEditor->InsertText(mCitePrefix);
+    }
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIEditorMailSupport> mailEditor (do_QueryInterface(aEditor));
+    if (mailEditor)
+    {
+      if (aHTMLEditor) {
+        nsAutoString body(mMsgBody);
+        remove_plaintext_tag(body);
+        mailEditor->InsertAsCitedQuotation(body, EmptyString(), true,
+                                           getter_AddRefs(nodeInserted));
+      } else {
+        mailEditor->InsertAsQuotation(mMsgBody, getter_AddRefs(nodeInserted));
+      }
+    }
+    compose->SetInsertingQuotedContent(false);
+  }
+
+  if (aEditor)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIPlaintextEditor> textEditor = do_QueryInterface(aEditor);
+    if (textEditor)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsISelection> selection;
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMNode>   parent;
+      int32_t                offset;
+      nsresult               rv;
+
+      // get parent and offset of mailcite
+      rv = GetNodeLocation(nodeInserted, address_of(parent), &offset);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      // get selection
+      aEditor->GetSelection(getter_AddRefs(selection));
+      if (selection)
+      {
+        // place selection after mailcite
+        selection->Collapse(parent, offset+1);
+        // insert a break at current selection
+        textEditor->InsertLineBreak();
+        selection->Collapse(parent, offset+1);
+      }
+      nsCOMPtr<nsISelectionController> selCon;
+      aEditor->GetSelectionController(getter_AddRefs(selCon));
+
+      if (selCon)
+        // After ScrollSelectionIntoView(), the pending notifications might be
+        // flushed and PresShell/PresContext/Frames may be dead. See bug 418470.
+        selCon->ScrollSelectionIntoView(
+                  nsISelectionController::SELECTION_NORMAL,
+                  nsISelectionController::SELECTION_ANCHOR_REGION,
+                  true);
+    }
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Returns true if the domain is a match for the given the domain list.
+ * Subdomains are also considered to match.
+ * @param aDomain - the domain name to check
+ * @param aDomainList - a comman separated string of domain names
+ */
+bool IsInDomainList(const nsAString &aDomain, const nsAString &aDomainList)
+{
+  if (aDomain.IsEmpty() || aDomainList.IsEmpty())
+    return false;
+
+  // Check plain text domains.
+  int32_t left = 0;
+  int32_t right = 0;
+  while (right != (int32_t)aDomainList.Length())
+  {
+    right = aDomainList.FindChar(',', left);
+    if (right == kNotFound)
+      right = aDomainList.Length();
+    nsDependentSubstring domain = Substring(aDomainList, left, right);
+
+    if (aDomain.Equals(domain, nsCaseInsensitiveStringComparator()))
+      return true;
+
+    nsAutoString dotDomain;
+    dotDomain.Assign(NS_LITERAL_STRING("."));
+    dotDomain.Append(domain);
+    if (StringEndsWith(aDomain, dotDomain, nsCaseInsensitiveStringComparator()))
+      return true;
+
+    left = right + 1;
+  }
+  return false;
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(QuotingOutputStreamListener,
+                   nsIMsgQuotingOutputStreamListener,
+                   nsIRequestObserver,
+                   nsIStreamListener)
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// END OF QUOTING LISTENER
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+/* attribute MSG_ComposeType type; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompose::SetType(MSG_ComposeType aType)
+{
+
+  mType = aType;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompose::GetType(MSG_ComposeType *aType)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aType);
+
+  *aType = mType;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgCompose::QuoteMessage(const char *msgURI)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(msgURI);
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  mQuotingToFollow = false;
+
+  // Create a mime parser (nsIStreamConverter)!
+  mQuote = do_CreateInstance(NS_MSGQUOTE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+  rv = GetMsgDBHdrFromURI(msgURI, getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+
+  // Create the consumer output stream.. this will receive all the HTML from libmime
+  mQuoteStreamListener =
+    new QuotingOutputStreamListener(msgURI,
+                                    msgHdr,
+                                    false,
+                                    !mHtmlToQuote.IsEmpty(),
+                                    m_identity,
+                                    mQuote,
+                                    mCharsetOverride || mAnswerDefaultCharset,
+                                    false,
+                                    mHtmlToQuote);
+
+  if (!mQuoteStreamListener)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  NS_ADDREF(mQuoteStreamListener);
+
+  mQuoteStreamListener->SetComposeObj(this);
+
+  rv = mQuote->QuoteMessage(msgURI, false, mQuoteStreamListener,
+                            mCharsetOverride ? m_compFields->GetCharacterSet() : "",
+                            false, msgHdr);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgCompose::QuoteOriginalMessage() // New template
+{
+  nsresult    rv;
+
+  mQuotingToFollow = false;
+
+  // Create a mime parser (nsIStreamConverter)!
+  mQuote = do_CreateInstance(NS_MSGQUOTE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !mQuote)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  bool bAutoQuote = true;
+  m_identity->GetAutoQuote(&bAutoQuote);
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> originalMsgHdr = mOrigMsgHdr;
+  if (!originalMsgHdr)
+  {
+    rv = GetMsgDBHdrFromURI(mOriginalMsgURI.get(), getter_AddRefs(originalMsgHdr));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+
+  bool fileUrl = StringBeginsWith(mOriginalMsgURI, NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("file:"));
+  if (fileUrl)
+  {
+    mOriginalMsgURI.Replace(0, 5, NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("mailbox:"));
+    mOriginalMsgURI.AppendLiteral("?number=0");
+  }
+
+  // Create the consumer output stream.. this will receive all the HTML from libmime
+  mQuoteStreamListener =
+    new QuotingOutputStreamListener(mOriginalMsgURI.get(),
+                                    originalMsgHdr,
+                                    mWhatHolder != 1,
+                                    !bAutoQuote || !mHtmlToQuote.IsEmpty(),
+                                    m_identity,
+                                    mQuote,
+                                    mCharsetOverride || mAnswerDefaultCharset,
+                                    true,
+                                    mHtmlToQuote);
+
+  if (!mQuoteStreamListener)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  NS_ADDREF(mQuoteStreamListener);
+
+  mQuoteStreamListener->SetComposeObj(this);
+
+  rv = mQuote->QuoteMessage(mOriginalMsgURI.get(), mWhatHolder != 1, mQuoteStreamListener,
+                            mCharsetOverride ? mQuoteCharset.get() : "",
+                            !bAutoQuote, originalMsgHdr);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+//CleanUpRecipient will remove un-necessary "<>" when a recipient as an address without name
+void nsMsgCompose::CleanUpRecipients(nsString& recipients)
+{
+  uint16_t i;
+  bool startANewRecipient = true;
+  bool removeBracket = false;
+  nsAutoString newRecipient;
+  char16_t aChar;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < recipients.Length(); i ++)
+  {
+    aChar = recipients[i];
+    switch (aChar)
+    {
+      case '<'  :
+        if (startANewRecipient)
+          removeBracket = true;
+        else
+          newRecipient += aChar;
+        startANewRecipient = false;
+        break;
+
+      case '>'  :
+        if (removeBracket)
+          removeBracket = false;
+        else
+          newRecipient += aChar;
+        break;
+
+      case ' '  :
+        newRecipient += aChar;
+        break;
+
+      case ','  :
+        newRecipient += aChar;
+        startANewRecipient = true;
+        removeBracket = false;
+        break;
+
+      default   :
+        newRecipient += aChar;
+        startANewRecipient = false;
+        break;
+    }
+  }
+  recipients = newRecipient;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompose::RememberQueuedDisposition()
+{
+  // need to find the msg hdr in the saved folder and then set a property on
+  // the header that we then look at when we actually send the message.
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsAutoCString dispositionSetting;
+
+  if (mType == nsIMsgCompType::Reply ||
+      mType == nsIMsgCompType::ReplyAll ||
+      mType == nsIMsgCompType::ReplyToList ||
+      mType == nsIMsgCompType::ReplyToGroup ||
+      mType == nsIMsgCompType::ReplyToSender ||
+      mType == nsIMsgCompType::ReplyToSenderAndGroup)
+  {
+    dispositionSetting.AssignLiteral("replied");
+  }
+  else if (mType == nsIMsgCompType::ForwardAsAttachment ||
+           mType == nsIMsgCompType::ForwardInline)
+  {
+    dispositionSetting.AssignLiteral("forwarded");
+  }
+  else if (mType == nsIMsgCompType::Draft)
+  {
+    nsAutoCString curDraftIdURL;
+    rv = m_compFields->GetDraftId(getter_Copies(curDraftIdURL));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    if (!curDraftIdURL.IsEmpty()) {
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> draftHdr;
+      rv = GetMsgDBHdrFromURI(curDraftIdURL.get(), getter_AddRefs(draftHdr));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      draftHdr->GetStringProperty(QUEUED_DISPOSITION_PROPERTY, getter_Copies(dispositionSetting));
+    }
+  }
+
+  nsMsgKey msgKey;
+  if (mMsgSend)
+  {
+    mMsgSend->GetMessageKey(&msgKey);
+    nsAutoCString msgUri(m_folderName);
+    nsCString identityKey;
+
+    m_identity->GetKey(identityKey);
+
+    int32_t insertIndex = StringBeginsWith(msgUri, NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("mailbox")) ? 7 : 4;
+    msgUri.Insert("-message", insertIndex); // "mailbox/imap: -> "mailbox/imap-message:"
+    msgUri.Append('#');
+    msgUri.AppendInt(msgKey);
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+    rv = GetMsgDBHdrFromURI(msgUri.get(), getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    uint32_t pseudoHdrProp = 0;
+    msgHdr->GetUint32Property("pseudoHdr", &pseudoHdrProp);
+    if (pseudoHdrProp)
+    {
+      // Use SetAttributeOnPendingHdr for IMAP pseudo headers, as those
+      // will get deleted (and properties set using SetStringProperty lost.)
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder;
+      rv = msgHdr->GetFolder(getter_AddRefs(folder));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> msgDB;
+      rv = folder->GetMsgDatabase(getter_AddRefs(msgDB));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+      nsCString messageId;
+      mMsgSend->GetMessageId(messageId);
+      msgHdr->SetMessageId(messageId.get());
+      if (!mOriginalMsgURI.IsEmpty())
+      {
+        msgDB->SetAttributeOnPendingHdr(msgHdr, ORIG_URI_PROPERTY, mOriginalMsgURI.get());
+        if (!dispositionSetting.IsEmpty())
+          msgDB->SetAttributeOnPendingHdr(msgHdr, QUEUED_DISPOSITION_PROPERTY,
+                                          dispositionSetting.get());
+      }
+      msgDB->SetAttributeOnPendingHdr(msgHdr, HEADER_X_MOZILLA_IDENTITY_KEY, identityKey.get());
+    }
+    else if (msgHdr)
+    {
+      if (!mOriginalMsgURI.IsEmpty())
+      {
+        msgHdr->SetStringProperty(ORIG_URI_PROPERTY, mOriginalMsgURI.get());
+        if (!dispositionSetting.IsEmpty())
+          msgHdr->SetStringProperty(QUEUED_DISPOSITION_PROPERTY, dispositionSetting.get());
+      }
+      msgHdr->SetStringProperty(HEADER_X_MOZILLA_IDENTITY_KEY, identityKey.get());
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgCompose::ProcessReplyFlags()
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  // check to see if we were doing a reply or a forward, if we were, set the answered field flag on the message folder
+  // for this URI.
+  if (mType == nsIMsgCompType::Reply ||
+      mType == nsIMsgCompType::ReplyAll ||
+      mType == nsIMsgCompType::ReplyToList ||
+      mType == nsIMsgCompType::ReplyToGroup ||
+      mType == nsIMsgCompType::ReplyToSender ||
+      mType == nsIMsgCompType::ReplyToSenderAndGroup ||
+      mType == nsIMsgCompType::ForwardAsAttachment ||
+      mType == nsIMsgCompType::ForwardInline ||
+      mDraftDisposition != nsIMsgFolder::nsMsgDispositionState_None)
+  {
+    if (!mOriginalMsgURI.IsEmpty())
+    {
+      nsCString msgUri (mOriginalMsgURI);
+      char *newStr = msgUri.BeginWriting();
+      char *uri;
+      while (nullptr != (uri = NS_strtok(",", &newStr)))
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+        rv = GetMsgDBHdrFromURI(uri, getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+        if (msgHdr)
+        {
+          // get the folder for the message resource
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> msgFolder;
+          msgHdr->GetFolder(getter_AddRefs(msgFolder));
+          if (msgFolder)
+          {
+            // If it's a draft with disposition, default to replied, otherwise,
+            // check if it's a forward.
+            nsMsgDispositionState dispositionSetting = nsIMsgFolder::nsMsgDispositionState_Replied;
+            if (mDraftDisposition != nsIMsgFolder::nsMsgDispositionState_None)
+              dispositionSetting = mDraftDisposition;
+            else if (mType == nsIMsgCompType::ForwardAsAttachment ||
+                mType == nsIMsgCompType::ForwardInline)
+              dispositionSetting = nsIMsgFolder::nsMsgDispositionState_Forwarded;
+
+            msgFolder->AddMessageDispositionState(msgHdr, dispositionSetting);
+            if (mType != nsIMsgCompType::ForwardAsAttachment)
+              break;         // just safeguard
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompose::OnStartSending(const char *aMsgID, uint32_t aMsgSize)
+{
+  nsTObserverArray<nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgSendListener> >::ForwardIterator iter(mExternalSendListeners);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgSendListener> externalSendListener;
+
+  while (iter.HasMore())
+  {
+    externalSendListener = iter.GetNext();
+    externalSendListener->OnStartSending(aMsgID, aMsgSize);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompose::OnProgress(const char *aMsgID, uint32_t aProgress, uint32_t aProgressMax)
+{
+  nsTObserverArray<nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgSendListener> >::ForwardIterator iter(mExternalSendListeners);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgSendListener> externalSendListener;
+
+  while (iter.HasMore())
+  {
+    externalSendListener = iter.GetNext();
+    externalSendListener->OnProgress(aMsgID, aProgress, aProgressMax);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompose::OnStatus(const char *aMsgID, const char16_t *aMsg)
+{
+  nsTObserverArray<nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgSendListener> >::ForwardIterator iter(mExternalSendListeners);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgSendListener> externalSendListener;
+
+  while (iter.HasMore())
+  {
+    externalSendListener = iter.GetNext();
+    externalSendListener->OnStatus(aMsgID, aMsg);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompose::OnStopSending(const char *aMsgID, nsresult aStatus, const char16_t *aMsg,
+                                      nsIFile *returnFile)
+{
+  nsTObserverArray<nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgSendListener> >::ForwardIterator iter(mExternalSendListeners);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgSendListener> externalSendListener;
+
+  while (iter.HasMore())
+  {
+    externalSendListener = iter.GetNext();
+    externalSendListener->OnStopSending(aMsgID, aStatus, aMsg, returnFile);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompose::OnSendNotPerformed(const char *aMsgID, nsresult aStatus)
+{
+  nsTObserverArray<nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgSendListener> >::ForwardIterator iter(mExternalSendListeners);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgSendListener> externalSendListener;
+
+  while (iter.HasMore())
+  {
+    externalSendListener = iter.GetNext();
+    externalSendListener->OnSendNotPerformed(aMsgID, aStatus);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompose::OnGetDraftFolderURI(const char *aFolderURI)
+{
+  m_folderName = aFolderURI;
+  nsTObserverArray<nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgSendListener> >::ForwardIterator iter(mExternalSendListeners);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgSendListener> externalSendListener;
+
+  while (iter.HasMore())
+  {
+    externalSendListener = iter.GetNext();
+    externalSendListener->OnGetDraftFolderURI(aFolderURI);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// This is the listener class for both the send operation and the copy operation.
+// We have to create this class to listen for message send completion and deal with
+// failures in both send and copy operations
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+NS_IMPL_ADDREF(nsMsgComposeSendListener)
+NS_IMPL_RELEASE(nsMsgComposeSendListener)
+
+/*
+NS_IMPL_QUERY_INTERFACE(nsMsgComposeSendListener,
+                         nsIMsgComposeSendListener,
+                         nsIMsgSendListener,
+                         nsIMsgCopyServiceListener,
+                         nsIWebProgressListener)
+*/
+NS_INTERFACE_MAP_BEGIN(nsMsgComposeSendListener)
+  NS_INTERFACE_MAP_ENTRY_AMBIGUOUS(nsISupports, nsIMsgComposeSendListener)
+  NS_INTERFACE_MAP_ENTRY(nsIMsgComposeSendListener)
+  NS_INTERFACE_MAP_ENTRY(nsIMsgSendListener)
+  NS_INTERFACE_MAP_ENTRY(nsIMsgCopyServiceListener)
+  NS_INTERFACE_MAP_ENTRY(nsIWebProgressListener)
+NS_INTERFACE_MAP_END
+
+
+nsMsgComposeSendListener::nsMsgComposeSendListener(void)
+{
+  mDeliverMode = 0;
+}
+
+nsMsgComposeSendListener::~nsMsgComposeSendListener(void)
+{
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgComposeSendListener::SetMsgCompose(nsIMsgCompose *obj)
+{
+  mWeakComposeObj = do_GetWeakReference(obj);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgComposeSendListener::SetDeliverMode(MSG_DeliverMode deliverMode)
+{
+  mDeliverMode = deliverMode;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgComposeSendListener::OnStartSending(const char *aMsgID, uint32_t aMsgSize)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgSendListener> composeSendListener = do_QueryReferent(mWeakComposeObj, &rv);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && composeSendListener)
+    composeSendListener->OnStartSending(aMsgID, aMsgSize);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgComposeSendListener::OnProgress(const char *aMsgID, uint32_t aProgress, uint32_t aProgressMax)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgSendListener> composeSendListener = do_QueryReferent(mWeakComposeObj, &rv);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && composeSendListener)
+    composeSendListener->OnProgress(aMsgID, aProgress, aProgressMax);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgComposeSendListener::OnStatus(const char *aMsgID, const char16_t *aMsg)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgSendListener> composeSendListener = do_QueryReferent(mWeakComposeObj, &rv);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && composeSendListener)
+    composeSendListener->OnStatus(aMsgID, aMsg);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgComposeSendListener::OnSendNotPerformed(const char *aMsgID, nsresult aStatus)
+{
+ // since OnSendNotPerformed is called in the case where the user aborts the operation
+ // by closing the compose window, we need not do the stuff required
+ // for closing the windows. However we would need to do the other operations as below.
+
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgCompose> msgCompose = do_QueryReferent(mWeakComposeObj, &rv);
+  if (msgCompose)
+    msgCompose->NotifyStateListeners(nsIMsgComposeNotificationType::ComposeProcessDone, aStatus);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgSendListener> composeSendListener = do_QueryReferent(mWeakComposeObj, &rv);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && composeSendListener)
+    composeSendListener->OnSendNotPerformed(aMsgID, aStatus);
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgComposeSendListener::OnStopSending(const char *aMsgID, nsresult aStatus,
+                                                 const char16_t *aMsg, nsIFile *returnFile)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgCompose> msgCompose = do_QueryReferent(mWeakComposeObj, &rv);
+  if (msgCompose)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgProgress> progress;
+    msgCompose->GetProgress(getter_AddRefs(progress));
+
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(aStatus))
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgCompFields> compFields;
+      msgCompose->GetCompFields(getter_AddRefs(compFields));
+
+      // only process the reply flags if we successfully sent the message
+      msgCompose->ProcessReplyFlags();
+
+      // See if there is a composer window
+      bool hasDomWindow = true;
+      nsCOMPtr<mozIDOMWindowProxy> domWindow;
+      rv = msgCompose->GetDomWindow(getter_AddRefs(domWindow));
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !domWindow)
+        hasDomWindow = false;
+
+      // Close the window ONLY if we are not going to do a save operation
+      nsAutoString fieldsFCC;
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(compFields->GetFcc(fieldsFCC)))
+      {
+        if (!fieldsFCC.IsEmpty())
+        {
+          if (fieldsFCC.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("nocopy://"))
+          {
+            msgCompose->NotifyStateListeners(nsIMsgComposeNotificationType::ComposeProcessDone, NS_OK);
+            if (progress)
+            {
+              progress->UnregisterListener(this);
+              progress->CloseProgressDialog(false);
+            }
+            if (hasDomWindow)
+              msgCompose->CloseWindow();
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        msgCompose->NotifyStateListeners(nsIMsgComposeNotificationType::ComposeProcessDone, NS_OK);
+        if (progress)
+        {
+          progress->UnregisterListener(this);
+          progress->CloseProgressDialog(false);
+        }
+        if (hasDomWindow)
+          msgCompose->CloseWindow();  // if we fail on the simple GetFcc call, close the window to be safe and avoid
+                                      // windows hanging around to prevent the app from exiting.
+      }
+
+      // Remove the current draft msg when sending draft is done.
+      bool deleteDraft;
+      msgCompose->GetDeleteDraft(&deleteDraft);
+      if (deleteDraft)
+        RemoveCurrentDraftMessage(msgCompose, false);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      msgCompose->NotifyStateListeners(nsIMsgComposeNotificationType::ComposeProcessDone, aStatus);
+      if (progress)
+      {
+        progress->CloseProgressDialog(true);
+        progress->UnregisterListener(this);
+      }
+    }
+
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgSendListener> composeSendListener = do_QueryReferent(mWeakComposeObj, &rv);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && composeSendListener)
+    composeSendListener->OnStopSending(aMsgID, aStatus, aMsg, returnFile);
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgComposeSendListener::OnGetDraftFolderURI(const char *aFolderURI)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgSendListener> composeSendListener = do_QueryReferent(mWeakComposeObj, &rv);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && composeSendListener)
+    composeSendListener->OnGetDraftFolderURI(aFolderURI);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgComposeSendListener::OnStartCopy()
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgComposeSendListener::OnProgress(uint32_t aProgress, uint32_t aProgressMax)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgComposeSendListener::OnStopCopy(nsresult aStatus)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgCompose> msgCompose = do_QueryReferent(mWeakComposeObj, &rv);
+  if (msgCompose)
+  {
+    if (mDeliverMode == nsIMsgSend::nsMsgQueueForLater ||
+        mDeliverMode == nsIMsgSend::nsMsgDeliverBackground ||
+        mDeliverMode == nsIMsgSend::nsMsgSaveAsDraft)
+    {
+      msgCompose->RememberQueuedDisposition();
+    }
+
+    // Ok, if we are here, we are done with the send/copy operation so
+    // we have to do something with the window....SHOW if failed, Close
+    // if succeeded
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgProgress> progress;
+    msgCompose->GetProgress(getter_AddRefs(progress));
+    if (progress)
+    {
+      // Unregister ourself from msg compose progress
+      progress->UnregisterListener(this);
+      progress->CloseProgressDialog(NS_FAILED(aStatus));
+    }
+
+    msgCompose->NotifyStateListeners(nsIMsgComposeNotificationType::ComposeProcessDone, aStatus);
+
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(aStatus))
+    {
+      // We should only close the window if we are done. Things like templates
+      // and drafts aren't done so their windows should stay open
+      if (mDeliverMode == nsIMsgSend::nsMsgSaveAsDraft ||
+          mDeliverMode == nsIMsgSend::nsMsgSaveAsTemplate)
+      {
+        msgCompose->NotifyStateListeners(nsIMsgComposeNotificationType::SaveInFolderDone, aStatus);
+        // Remove the current draft msg when saving as draft/template is done.
+        msgCompose->SetDeleteDraft(true);
+        RemoveCurrentDraftMessage(msgCompose, true);
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        // Remove (possible) draft if we're in send later mode
+        if (mDeliverMode == nsIMsgSend::nsMsgQueueForLater ||
+            mDeliverMode == nsIMsgSend::nsMsgDeliverBackground)
+        {
+          msgCompose->SetDeleteDraft(true);
+          RemoveCurrentDraftMessage(msgCompose, true);
+        }
+        msgCompose->CloseWindow();
+      }
+    }
+    msgCompose->ClearMessageSend();
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgComposeSendListener::GetMsgFolder(nsIMsgCompose *compObj, nsIMsgFolder **msgFolder)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> aMsgFolder;
+  nsCString folderUri;
+
+  rv = compObj->GetSavedFolderURI(getter_Copies(folderUri));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFService> rdfService (do_GetService("@mozilla.org/rdf/rdf-service;1", &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIRDFResource> resource;
+  rv = rdfService->GetResource(folderUri, getter_AddRefs(resource));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  aMsgFolder = do_QueryInterface(resource, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*msgFolder = aMsgFolder);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgComposeSendListener::RemoveCurrentDraftMessage(nsIMsgCompose *compObj, bool calledByCopy)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgCompFields> compFields = nullptr;
+
+  rv = compObj->GetCompFields(getter_AddRefs(compFields));
+  NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "RemoveCurrentDraftMessage can't get compose fields");
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !compFields)
+    return rv;
+
+  nsCString curDraftIdURL;
+  nsMsgKey newUid = 0;
+  nsCString newDraftIdURL;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> msgFolder;
+
+  rv = compFields->GetDraftId(getter_Copies(curDraftIdURL));
+  NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "RemoveCurrentDraftMessage can't get draft id");
+
+  // Skip if no draft id (probably a new draft msg).
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !curDraftIdURL.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> msgDBHdr;
+    rv = GetMsgDBHdrFromURI(curDraftIdURL.get(), getter_AddRefs(msgDBHdr));
+    NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "RemoveCurrentDraftMessage can't get msg header DB interface pointer.");
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && msgDBHdr)
+    {
+      do { // Break on failure or removal not needed.
+        // Get the folder for the message resource.
+        rv = msgDBHdr->GetFolder(getter_AddRefs(msgFolder));
+        NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "RemoveCurrentDraftMessage can't get msg folder interface pointer.");
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !msgFolder)
+          break;
+
+        // Only do this if it's a drafts folder.
+        bool isDraft;
+        msgFolder->GetFlag(nsMsgFolderFlags::Drafts, &isDraft);
+        if (!isDraft)
+          break;
+
+        // Only remove if the message is actually in the db. It might have only
+        // been in the use cache.
+        nsMsgKey key;
+        rv = msgDBHdr->GetMessageKey(&key);
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+          break;
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> db;
+        msgFolder->GetMsgDatabase(getter_AddRefs(db));
+        if (!db)
+          break;
+        bool containsKey = false;
+        db->ContainsKey(key, &containsKey);
+        if (!containsKey)
+          break;
+
+        // Build the msg array.
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> messageArray(do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+        NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "RemoveCurrentDraftMessage can't allocate array.");
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !messageArray)
+          break;
+        rv = messageArray->AppendElement(msgDBHdr, false);
+        NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "RemoveCurrentDraftMessage can't append msg header to array.");
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+          break;
+
+        // Ready to delete the msg.
+        rv = msgFolder->DeleteMessages(messageArray, nullptr, true, false, nullptr, false /*allowUndo*/);
+        NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "RemoveCurrentDraftMessage can't delete message.");
+      } while(false);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      // If we get here we have the case where the draft folder
+      // is on the server and
+      // it's not currently open (in thread pane), so draft
+      // msgs are saved to the server
+      // but they're not in our local DB. In this case,
+      // GetMsgDBHdrFromURI() will never
+      // find the msg. If the draft folder is a local one
+      // then we'll not get here because
+      // the draft msgs are saved to the local folder and
+      // are in local DB. Make sure the
+      // msg folder is imap.  Even if we get here due to
+      // DB errors (worst case), we should
+      // still try to delete msg on the server because
+      // that's where the master copy of the
+      // msgs are stored, if draft folder is on the server.
+      // For local case, since DB is bad
+      // we can't do anything with it anyway so it'll be
+      // noop in this case.
+      rv = GetMsgFolder(compObj, getter_AddRefs(msgFolder));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && msgFolder)
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgImapMailFolder> imapFolder = do_QueryInterface(msgFolder);
+        NS_ASSERTION(imapFolder, "The draft folder MUST be an imap folder in order to mark the msg delete!");
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && imapFolder)
+        {
+          const char * str = PL_strchr(curDraftIdURL.get(), '#');
+          NS_ASSERTION(str, "Failed to get current draft id url");
+          if (str)
+          {
+            nsAutoCString srcStr(str+1);
+            nsresult err;
+            nsMsgKey messageID = srcStr.ToInteger(&err);
+            if (messageID != nsMsgKey_None)
+            {
+              rv = imapFolder->StoreImapFlags(kImapMsgDeletedFlag, true,
+                                              &messageID, 1, nullptr);
+            }
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  // Now get the new uid so that next save will remove the right msg
+  // regardless whether or not the exiting msg can be deleted.
+  if (calledByCopy)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> savedToFolder;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgSend> msgSend;
+    rv = compObj->GetMessageSend(getter_AddRefs(msgSend));
+    NS_ASSERTION(msgSend, "RemoveCurrentDraftMessage msgSend is null.");
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !msgSend)
+      return rv;
+
+    rv = msgSend->GetMessageKey(&newUid);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    // Make sure we have a folder interface pointer
+    rv = GetMsgFolder(compObj, getter_AddRefs(savedToFolder));
+
+    // Reset draft (uid) url with the new uid.
+    if (savedToFolder && newUid != nsMsgKey_None)
+    {
+      uint32_t folderFlags;
+      savedToFolder->GetFlags(&folderFlags);
+      if (folderFlags & nsMsgFolderFlags::Drafts)
+      {
+        rv = savedToFolder->GenerateMessageURI(newUid, newDraftIdURL);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+        compFields->SetDraftId(newDraftIdURL.get());
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgComposeSendListener::SetMessageKey(nsMsgKey aMessageKey)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgComposeSendListener::GetMessageId(nsACString& messageId)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* void onStateChange (in nsIWebProgress aWebProgress, in nsIRequest aRequest, in unsigned long aStateFlags, in nsresult aStatus); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgComposeSendListener::OnStateChange(nsIWebProgress *aWebProgress, nsIRequest *aRequest, uint32_t aStateFlags, nsresult aStatus)
+{
+  if (aStateFlags == nsIWebProgressListener::STATE_STOP)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgCompose> msgCompose = do_QueryReferent(mWeakComposeObj);
+    if (msgCompose)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgProgress> progress;
+      msgCompose->GetProgress(getter_AddRefs(progress));
+
+      // Time to stop any pending operation...
+      if (progress)
+      {
+        // Unregister ourself from msg compose progress
+        progress->UnregisterListener(this);
+
+        bool bCanceled = false;
+        progress->GetProcessCanceledByUser(&bCanceled);
+        if (bCanceled)
+        {
+          nsresult rv;
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundleService> bundleService =
+            mozilla::services::GetStringBundleService();
+          NS_ENSURE_TRUE(bundleService, NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED);
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundle> bundle;
+          rv = bundleService->CreateBundle(
+            "chrome://messenger/locale/messengercompose/composeMsgs.properties",
+            getter_AddRefs(bundle));
+          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+          nsString msg;
+          bundle->GetStringFromName(u"msgCancelling", getter_Copies(msg));
+          progress->OnStatusChange(nullptr, nullptr, NS_OK, msg.get());
+        }
+      }
+
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgSend> msgSend;
+      msgCompose->GetMessageSend(getter_AddRefs(msgSend));
+      if (msgSend)
+        msgSend->Abort();
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* void onProgressChange (in nsIWebProgress aWebProgress, in nsIRequest aRequest, in long aCurSelfProgress, in long aMaxSelfProgress, in long aCurTotalProgress, in long aMaxTotalProgress); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgComposeSendListener::OnProgressChange(nsIWebProgress *aWebProgress, nsIRequest *aRequest, int32_t aCurSelfProgress, int32_t aMaxSelfProgress, int32_t aCurTotalProgress, int32_t aMaxTotalProgress)
+{
+  /* Ignore this call */
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* void onLocationChange (in nsIWebProgress aWebProgress, in nsIRequest aRequest, in nsIURI location, in unsigned long aFlags); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgComposeSendListener::OnLocationChange(nsIWebProgress *aWebProgress, nsIRequest *aRequest, nsIURI *location, uint32_t aFlags)
+{
+  /* Ignore this call */
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* void onStatusChange (in nsIWebProgress aWebProgress, in nsIRequest aRequest, in nsresult aStatus, in wstring aMessage); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgComposeSendListener::OnStatusChange(nsIWebProgress *aWebProgress, nsIRequest *aRequest, nsresult aStatus, const char16_t *aMessage)
+{
+  /* Ignore this call */
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* void onSecurityChange (in nsIWebProgress aWebProgress, in nsIRequest aRequest, in unsigned long state); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgComposeSendListener::OnSecurityChange(nsIWebProgress *aWebProgress, nsIRequest *aRequest, uint32_t state)
+{
+  /* Ignore this call */
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgCompose::ConvertHTMLToText(nsIFile *aSigFile, nsString &aSigData)
+{
+  nsAutoString origBuf;
+
+  nsresult rv = LoadDataFromFile(aSigFile, origBuf);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS (rv, rv);
+
+  ConvertBufToPlainText(origBuf, false, false, true, true);
+  aSigData = origBuf;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgCompose::ConvertTextToHTML(nsIFile *aSigFile, nsString &aSigData)
+{
+  nsresult    rv;
+  nsAutoString    origBuf;
+
+  rv = LoadDataFromFile(aSigFile, origBuf);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  // Ok, once we are here, we need to escape the data to make sure that
+  // we don't do HTML stuff with plain text sigs.
+  //
+  char16_t *escaped = MsgEscapeHTML2(origBuf.get(), origBuf.Length());
+  if (escaped)
+  {
+    aSigData.Append(escaped);
+    NS_Free(escaped);
+  }
+  else
+    aSigData.Append(origBuf);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgCompose::LoadDataFromFile(nsIFile *file, nsString &sigData,
+                               bool aAllowUTF8, bool aAllowUTF16)
+{
+  int32_t       readSize;
+  uint32_t       nGot;
+  char          *readBuf;
+  char          *ptr;
+
+  bool isDirectory = false;
+  file->IsDirectory(&isDirectory);
+  if (isDirectory) {
+    NS_ERROR("file is a directory");
+    return NS_MSG_ERROR_READING_FILE;
+  }
+
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIInputStream> inputFile;
+  nsresult rv = NS_NewLocalFileInputStream(getter_AddRefs(inputFile), file);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return NS_MSG_ERROR_READING_FILE;
+
+  int64_t fileSize;
+  file->GetFileSize(&fileSize);
+  readSize = (uint32_t) fileSize;
+
+
+  ptr = readBuf = (char *)PR_Malloc(readSize + 1);  if (!readBuf)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+  memset(readBuf, 0, readSize + 1);
+
+  while (readSize) {
+    inputFile->Read(ptr, readSize, &nGot);
+    if (nGot) {
+      readSize -= nGot;
+      ptr += nGot;
+    }
+    else {
+      readSize = 0;
+    }
+  }
+  inputFile->Close();
+
+  readSize = (uint32_t) fileSize;
+
+  nsAutoCString sigEncoding(nsMsgI18NParseMetaCharset(file));
+  bool removeSigCharset = !sigEncoding.IsEmpty() && m_composeHTML;
+
+  if (sigEncoding.IsEmpty()) {
+    if (aAllowUTF8 && MsgIsUTF8(nsDependentCString(readBuf))) {
+      sigEncoding.Assign("UTF-8");
+    }
+    else if (sigEncoding.IsEmpty() && aAllowUTF16 &&
+             readSize % 2 == 0 && readSize >= 2 &&
+             ((readBuf[0] == char(0xFE) && readBuf[1] == char(0xFF)) ||
+              (readBuf[0] == char(0xFF) && readBuf[1] == char(0xFE)))) {
+      sigEncoding.Assign("UTF-16");
+    }
+    else {
+      //default to platform encoding for plain text files w/o meta charset
+      nsAutoCString textFileCharset;
+      nsMsgI18NTextFileCharset(textFileCharset);
+      sigEncoding.Assign(textFileCharset);
+    }
+  }
+
+  nsAutoCString readStr(readBuf, (int32_t) fileSize);
+  PR_FREEIF(readBuf);
+
+  // XXX: ^^^ could really use nsContentUtils::SlurpFileToString instead!
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(ConvertToUnicode(sigEncoding.get(), readStr, sigData)))
+    CopyASCIItoUTF16(readStr, sigData);
+
+  //remove sig meta charset to allow user charset override during composition
+  if (removeSigCharset)
+  {
+    nsAutoCString metaCharset("charset=");
+    metaCharset.Append(sigEncoding);
+    int32_t pos = sigData.Find(metaCharset.BeginReading(), true);
+    if (pos != kNotFound)
+      sigData.Cut(pos, metaCharset.Length());
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * If the data contains file URLs, convert them to data URLs instead.
+ * This is intended to be used in for signature files, so that we can make sure
+ * images loaded into the editor are available on send.
+ */
+nsresult
+nsMsgCompose::ReplaceFileURLs(nsAutoString &aData)
+{
+  int32_t fPos;
+  int32_t offset = -1;
+  while ((fPos = aData.RFind("file://", true, offset)) != kNotFound) {
+    if (fPos != kNotFound && fPos > 0) {
+      char16_t q = aData.CharAt(fPos - 1);
+      bool quoted = (q == '"' || q == '\'');
+      int32_t end = kNotFound;
+      if (quoted) {
+        end = aData.FindChar(q, fPos);
+      }
+      else {
+        int32_t spacePos = aData.FindChar(' ', fPos);
+        int32_t gtPos = aData.FindChar('>', fPos);
+        if (gtPos != kNotFound && spacePos != kNotFound) {
+          end = (spacePos < gtPos) ? spacePos : gtPos;
+        }
+        else if (gtPos == kNotFound && spacePos != kNotFound) {
+          end = spacePos;
+        }
+        else if (gtPos != kNotFound && spacePos == kNotFound) {
+          end = gtPos;
+        }
+      }
+      if (end == kNotFound) {
+        break;
+      }
+      nsString fileURL;
+      fileURL = Substring(aData, fPos, end - fPos);
+      nsString dataURL;
+      nsresult rv = DataURLForFileURL(fileURL, dataURL);
+      // If this one failed, maybe because the file wasn't found,
+      // continue to process the next one.
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+        aData.Replace(fPos, end - fPos, dataURL);
+      }
+      offset = fPos - 1;
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgCompose::DataURLForFileURL(const nsAString &aFileURL, nsAString &aDataURL)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMIMEService> mime = do_GetService("@mozilla.org/mime;1", &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> fileUri;
+  rv = NS_NewURI(getter_AddRefs(fileUri), NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(aFileURL).get());
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFileURL> fileUrl(do_QueryInterface(fileUri, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> file;
+  rv = fileUrl->GetFile(getter_AddRefs(file));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCString type;
+  rv = mime->GetTypeFromFile(file, type);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCString data;
+  rv = nsContentUtils::SlurpFileToString(file, data);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  aDataURL.AssignLiteral("data:");
+  AppendUTF8toUTF16(type, aDataURL);
+
+  nsAutoString filename;
+  rv = file->GetLeafName(filename);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+    nsAutoCString fn;
+    MsgEscapeURL(NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(filename),
+      nsINetUtil::ESCAPE_URL_FILE_BASENAME | nsINetUtil::ESCAPE_URL_FORCED, fn);
+    if (!fn.IsEmpty()) {
+      aDataURL.AppendLiteral(";filename=");
+      aDataURL.Append(NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16(fn));
+    }
+  }
+
+  aDataURL.AppendLiteral(";base64,");
+  char *result = PL_Base64Encode(data.get(), data.Length(), nullptr);
+  nsDependentCString base64data(result);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  AppendUTF8toUTF16(base64data, aDataURL);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgCompose::BuildQuotedMessageAndSignature(void)
+{
+  //
+  // This should never happen...if it does, just bail out...
+  //
+  NS_ASSERTION(m_editor, "BuildQuotedMessageAndSignature but no editor!\n");
+  if (!m_editor)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  // We will fire off the quote operation and wait for it to
+  // finish before we actually do anything with Ender...
+  return QuoteOriginalMessage();
+}
+
+//
+// This will process the signature file for the user. This method
+// will always append the results to the mMsgBody member variable.
+//
+nsresult
+nsMsgCompose::ProcessSignature(nsIMsgIdentity *identity, bool aQuoted, nsString *aMsgBody)
+{
+  nsresult    rv = NS_OK;
+
+  // Now, we can get sort of fancy. This is the time we need to check
+  // for all sorts of user defined stuff, like signatures and editor
+  // types and the like!
+  //
+  //    user_pref(".....sig_file", "y:\\sig.html");
+  //    user_pref(".....attach_signature", true);
+  //    user_pref(".....htmlSigText", "unicode sig");
+  //
+  // Note: We will have intelligent signature behavior in that we
+  // look at the signature file first...if the extension is .htm or
+  // .html, we assume its HTML, otherwise, we assume it is plain text
+  //
+  // ...and that's not all! What we will also do now is look and see if
+  // the file is an image file. If it is an image file, then we should
+  // insert the correct HTML into the composer to have it work, but if we
+  // are doing plain text compose, we should insert some sort of message
+  // saying "Image Signature Omitted" or something (not done yet).
+  //
+  // If there's a sig pref, it will only be used if there is no sig file defined,
+  // thus if attach_signature is checked, htmlSigText is ignored (bug 324495).
+  // Plain-text signatures may or may not have a trailing line break (bug 428040).
+
+  nsAutoCString sigNativePath;
+  bool          attachFile = false;
+  bool          useSigFile = false;
+  bool          htmlSig = false;
+  bool          imageSig = false;
+  nsAutoString  sigData;
+  nsAutoString sigOutput;
+  int32_t      reply_on_top = 0;
+  bool         sig_bottom = true;
+  bool          suppressSigSep = false;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> sigFile;
+  if (identity)
+  {
+    if (!CheckIncludeSignaturePrefs(identity))
+      return NS_OK;
+
+    identity->GetReplyOnTop(&reply_on_top);
+    identity->GetSigBottom(&sig_bottom);
+    identity->GetSuppressSigSep(&suppressSigSep);
+
+    rv = identity->GetAttachSignature(&attachFile);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && attachFile)
+    {
+      rv = identity->GetSignature(getter_AddRefs(sigFile));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && sigFile) {
+        rv = sigFile->GetNativePath(sigNativePath);
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !sigNativePath.IsEmpty()) {
+          bool exists = false;
+          sigFile->Exists(&exists);
+          if (exists) {
+            useSigFile = true; // ok, there's a signature file
+
+            // Now, most importantly, we need to figure out what the content type is for
+            // this signature...if we can't, we assume text
+            nsAutoCString sigContentType;
+            nsresult rv2; // don't want to clobber the other rv
+            nsCOMPtr<nsIMIMEService> mimeFinder (do_GetService(NS_MIMESERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv2));
+            if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv2)) {
+              rv2 = mimeFinder->GetTypeFromFile(sigFile, sigContentType);
+              if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv2)) {
+                if (StringBeginsWith(sigContentType, NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("image/"), nsCaseInsensitiveCStringComparator()))
+                  imageSig = true;
+                else if (sigContentType.Equals(TEXT_HTML, nsCaseInsensitiveCStringComparator()))
+                  htmlSig = true;
+              }
+            }
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  // Unless signature to be attached from file, use preference value;
+  // the htmlSigText value is always going to be treated as html if
+  // the htmlSigFormat pref is true, otherwise it is considered text
+  nsAutoString prefSigText;
+  if (identity && !attachFile)
+    identity->GetHtmlSigText(prefSigText);
+  // Now, if they didn't even want to use a signature, we should
+  // just return nicely.
+  //
+  if ((!useSigFile  && prefSigText.IsEmpty()) || NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  static const char      htmlBreak[] = "<br>";
+  static const char      dashes[] = "-- ";
+  static const char      htmlsigopen[] = "<div class=\"moz-signature\">";
+  static const char      htmlsigclose[] = "</div>";    /* XXX: Due to a bug in
+                             4.x' HTML editor, it will not be able to
+                             break this HTML sig, if quoted (for the user to
+                             interleave a comment). */
+  static const char      _preopen[] = "<pre class=\"moz-signature\" cols=%d>";
+  char*                  preopen;
+  static const char      preclose[] = "</pre>";
+
+  int32_t wrapLength = 72; // setup default value in case GetWrapLength failed
+  GetWrapLength(&wrapLength);
+  preopen = PR_smprintf(_preopen, wrapLength);
+  if (!preopen)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+  bool paragraphMode =
+    mozilla::Preferences::GetBool("mail.compose.default_to_paragraph", false);
+
+  if (imageSig)
+  {
+    // We have an image signature. If we're using the in HTML composer, we
+    // should put in the appropriate HTML for inclusion, otherwise, do nothing.
+    if (m_composeHTML)
+    {
+      if (!paragraphMode)
+        sigOutput.AppendLiteral(htmlBreak);
+      sigOutput.AppendLiteral(htmlsigopen);
+      if ((mType == nsIMsgCompType::NewsPost || !suppressSigSep) &&
+          (reply_on_top != 1 || sig_bottom || !aQuoted)) {
+        sigOutput.AppendLiteral(dashes);
+      }
+
+      sigOutput.AppendLiteral(htmlBreak);
+      sigOutput.AppendLiteral("<img src='");
+
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> fileURI;
+      nsresult rv = NS_NewFileURI(getter_AddRefs(fileURI), sigFile);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      nsCString fileURL;
+      fileURI->GetSpec(fileURL);
+
+      nsString dataURL;
+      rv = DataURLForFileURL(NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16(fileURL), dataURL);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+        sigOutput.Append(dataURL);
+      }
+      sigOutput.AppendLiteral("' border=0>");
+      sigOutput.AppendLiteral(htmlsigclose);
+    }
+  }
+  else if (useSigFile)
+  {
+    // is this a text sig with an HTML editor?
+    if ( (m_composeHTML) && (!htmlSig) ) {
+      ConvertTextToHTML(sigFile, sigData);
+    }
+    // is this a HTML sig with a text window?
+    else if ( (!m_composeHTML) && (htmlSig) ) {
+      ConvertHTMLToText(sigFile, sigData);
+    }
+    else { // We have a match...
+      LoadDataFromFile(sigFile, sigData);  // Get the data!
+      ReplaceFileURLs(sigData);
+    }
+  }
+
+  // if we have a prefSigText, append it to sigData.
+  if (!prefSigText.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    // set htmlSig if the pref is supposed to contain HTML code, defaults to false
+    rv = identity->GetHtmlSigFormat(&htmlSig);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      htmlSig = false;
+
+    if (!m_composeHTML)
+    {
+      if (htmlSig)
+        ConvertBufToPlainText(prefSigText, false, false, true, true);
+      sigData.Append(prefSigText);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      if (!htmlSig)
+      {
+        char16_t* escaped = MsgEscapeHTML2(prefSigText.get(), prefSigText.Length());
+        if (escaped)
+        {
+          sigData.Append(escaped);
+          NS_Free(escaped);
+        }
+        else
+          sigData.Append(prefSigText);
+      }
+      else {
+        ReplaceFileURLs(prefSigText);
+        sigData.Append(prefSigText);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  // post-processing for plain-text signatures to ensure we end in CR, LF, or CRLF
+  if (!htmlSig && !m_composeHTML)
+  {
+    int32_t sigLength = sigData.Length();
+    if (sigLength > 0 && !(sigData.CharAt(sigLength - 1) == '\r')
+                      && !(sigData.CharAt(sigLength - 1) == '\n'))
+      sigData.AppendLiteral(CRLF);
+  }
+
+  // Now that sigData holds data...if any, append it to the body in a nice
+  // looking manner
+  if (!sigData.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    if (m_composeHTML)
+    {
+      if (!paragraphMode)
+        sigOutput.AppendLiteral(htmlBreak);
+
+      if (htmlSig)
+        sigOutput.AppendLiteral(htmlsigopen);
+      else
+        sigOutput.Append(NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16(preopen));
+    }
+
+    if ((reply_on_top != 1 || sig_bottom || !aQuoted) &&
+        sigData.Find("\r-- \r", true) < 0 &&
+        sigData.Find("\n-- \n", true) < 0 &&
+        sigData.Find("\n-- \r", true) < 0)
+    {
+      nsDependentSubstring firstFourChars(sigData, 0, 4);
+
+      if ((mType == nsIMsgCompType::NewsPost || !suppressSigSep) &&
+         !(firstFourChars.EqualsLiteral("-- \n") ||
+           firstFourChars.EqualsLiteral("-- \r")))
+      {
+        sigOutput.AppendLiteral(dashes);
+
+        if (!m_composeHTML || !htmlSig)
+          sigOutput.AppendLiteral(CRLF);
+        else if (m_composeHTML)
+          sigOutput.AppendLiteral(htmlBreak);
+      }
+    }
+
+    // add CRLF before signature for plain-text mode if signature comes before quote
+    if (!m_composeHTML && reply_on_top == 1 && !sig_bottom && aQuoted)
+      sigOutput.AppendLiteral(CRLF);
+
+    sigOutput.Append(sigData);
+
+    if (m_composeHTML)
+    {
+      if (htmlSig)
+        sigOutput.AppendLiteral(htmlsigclose);
+      else
+        sigOutput.AppendLiteral(preclose);
+    }
+  }
+
+  aMsgBody->Append(sigOutput);
+  PR_Free(preopen);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgCompose::BuildBodyMessageAndSignature()
+{
+  nsresult    rv = NS_OK;
+
+  //
+  // This should never happen...if it does, just bail out...
+  //
+  if (!m_editor)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  //
+  // Now, we have the body so we can just blast it into the
+  // composition editor window.
+  //
+  nsAutoString   body;
+  m_compFields->GetBody(body);
+
+  /* Some time we want to add a signature and sometime we wont. Let's figure that now...*/
+  bool addSignature;
+  bool isQuoted = false;
+  switch (mType)
+  {
+    case nsIMsgCompType::ForwardInline :
+      addSignature = true;
+      isQuoted = true;
+      break;
+    case nsIMsgCompType::New :
+    case nsIMsgCompType::MailToUrl :    /* same as New */
+    case nsIMsgCompType::Reply :        /* should not happen! but just in case */
+    case nsIMsgCompType::ReplyAll :       /* should not happen! but just in case */
+    case nsIMsgCompType::ReplyToList :    /* should not happen! but just in case */
+    case nsIMsgCompType::ForwardAsAttachment :  /* should not happen! but just in case */
+    case nsIMsgCompType::NewsPost :
+    case nsIMsgCompType::ReplyToGroup :
+    case nsIMsgCompType::ReplyToSender :
+    case nsIMsgCompType::ReplyToSenderAndGroup :
+      addSignature = true;
+      break;
+
+    case nsIMsgCompType::Draft :
+    case nsIMsgCompType::Template :
+    case nsIMsgCompType::Redirect :
+      addSignature = false;
+      break;
+
+    default :
+      addSignature = false;
+      break;
+  }
+
+  nsAutoString tSignature;
+  if (addSignature)
+    ProcessSignature(m_identity, isQuoted, &tSignature);
+
+  // if type is new, but we have body, this is probably a mapi send, so we need to
+  // replace '\n' with <br> so that the line breaks won't be lost by html.
+  // if mailtourl, do the same.
+  if (m_composeHTML && (mType == nsIMsgCompType::New || mType == nsIMsgCompType::MailToUrl))
+    MsgReplaceSubstring(body, NS_LITERAL_STRING("\n"), NS_LITERAL_STRING("<br>"));
+
+  // Restore flowed text wrapping for Drafts/Templates.
+  // Look for unquoted lines - if we have an unquoted line
+  // that ends in a space, join this line with the next one
+  // by removing the end of line char(s).
+  int32_t wrapping_enabled = 0;
+  GetWrapLength(&wrapping_enabled);
+  if (!m_composeHTML && wrapping_enabled)
+  {
+    bool quote = false;
+    for (uint32_t i = 0; i < body.Length(); i ++)
+    {
+      if (i == 0 || body[i - 1] == '\n')  // newline
+      {
+        if (body[i] == '>')
+        {
+          quote = true;
+          continue;
+        }
+        nsString s(Substring(body, i, 10));
+        if (StringBeginsWith(s, NS_LITERAL_STRING("-- \r")) ||
+            StringBeginsWith(s, NS_LITERAL_STRING("-- \n")))
+        {
+          i += 4;
+          continue;
+        }
+        if (StringBeginsWith(s, NS_LITERAL_STRING("- -- \r")) ||
+            StringBeginsWith(s, NS_LITERAL_STRING("- -- \n")))
+        {
+          i += 6;
+          continue;
+        }
+      }
+      if (body[i] == '\n' && i > 1)
+      {
+        if (quote)
+        {
+          quote = false;
+          continue;   // skip quoted lines
+        }
+        uint32_t j = i - 1;  // look backward for space
+        if (body[j] == '\r')
+          j --;
+        if (body[j] == ' ')  // join this line with next one
+          body.Cut(j + 1, i - j);  // remove CRLF
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  nsString empty;
+  rv = ConvertAndLoadComposeWindow(empty, body, tSignature,
+                                   false, m_composeHTML);
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgCompose::NotifyStateListeners(int32_t aNotificationType, nsresult aResult)
+{
+
+  if (aNotificationType == nsIMsgComposeNotificationType::SaveInFolderDone)
+    ResetUrisForEmbeddedObjects();
+
+  nsTObserverArray<nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgComposeStateListener> >::ForwardIterator iter(mStateListeners);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgComposeStateListener> thisListener;
+
+  while (iter.HasMore())
+  {
+    thisListener = iter.GetNext();
+
+    switch (aNotificationType)
+    {
+    case nsIMsgComposeNotificationType::ComposeFieldsReady:
+      thisListener->NotifyComposeFieldsReady();
+      break;
+
+    case nsIMsgComposeNotificationType::ComposeProcessDone:
+      thisListener->ComposeProcessDone(aResult);
+      break;
+
+    case nsIMsgComposeNotificationType::SaveInFolderDone:
+      thisListener->SaveInFolderDone(m_folderName.get());
+      break;
+
+    case nsIMsgComposeNotificationType::ComposeBodyReady:
+      thisListener->NotifyComposeBodyReady();
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      NS_NOTREACHED("Unknown notification");
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgCompose::AttachmentPrettyName(const nsACString & scheme, const char* charset, nsACString& _retval)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  if (MsgLowerCaseEqualsLiteral(StringHead(scheme, 5), "file:"))
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> file;
+    rv = NS_GetFileFromURLSpec(scheme,
+                               getter_AddRefs(file));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    nsAutoString leafName;
+    rv = file->GetLeafName(leafName);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    CopyUTF16toUTF8(leafName, _retval);
+    return rv;
+  }
+
+  // To work around a mysterious bug in VC++ 6.
+  const char* cset = (!charset || !*charset) ? "UTF-8" : charset;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsITextToSubURI> textToSubURI = do_GetService(NS_ITEXTTOSUBURI_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsAutoString retUrl;
+  rv = textToSubURI->UnEscapeURIForUI(nsDependentCString(cset), scheme, retUrl);
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+    CopyUTF16toUTF8(retUrl, _retval);
+  } else {
+    _retval.Assign(scheme);
+  }
+  if (MsgLowerCaseEqualsLiteral(StringHead(scheme, 5), "http:"))
+    _retval.Cut(0, 7);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Retrieve address book directories and mailing lists.
+ *
+ * @param aDirUri               directory URI
+ * @param allDirectoriesArray   retrieved directories and sub-directories
+ * @param allMailListArray      retrieved maillists
+ */
+nsresult
+nsMsgCompose::GetABDirAndMailLists(const nsACString& aDirUri,
+                                   nsCOMArray<nsIAbDirectory> &aDirArray,
+                                   nsTArray<nsMsgMailList> &aMailListArray)
+{
+  static bool collectedAddressbookFound;
+  if (aDirUri.EqualsLiteral(kMDBDirectoryRoot))
+    collectedAddressbookFound = false;
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbManager> abManager = do_GetService(NS_ABMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbDirectory> directory;
+  rv = abManager->GetDirectory(aDirUri, getter_AddRefs(directory));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleEnumerator> subDirectories;
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(directory->GetChildNodes(getter_AddRefs(subDirectories))) && subDirectories)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> item;
+    bool hasMore;
+    while (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv = subDirectories->HasMoreElements(&hasMore)) && hasMore)
+    {
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(subDirectories->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(item))))
+      {
+        directory = do_QueryInterface(item, &rv);
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        {
+          bool bIsMailList;
+
+          if (NS_SUCCEEDED(directory->GetIsMailList(&bIsMailList)) && bIsMailList)
+          {
+            aMailListArray.AppendElement(directory);
+            continue;
+          }
+
+          nsCString uri;
+          rv = directory->GetURI(uri);
+          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+          int32_t pos;
+          if (uri.EqualsLiteral(kPersonalAddressbookUri))
+            pos = 0;
+          else
+          {
+            uint32_t count = aDirArray.Count();
+
+            if (uri.EqualsLiteral(kCollectedAddressbookUri))
+            {
+              collectedAddressbookFound = true;
+              pos = count;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+              if (collectedAddressbookFound && count > 1)
+                pos = count - 1;
+              else
+                pos = count;
+            }
+          }
+
+          aDirArray.InsertObjectAt(directory, pos);
+          rv = GetABDirAndMailLists(uri, aDirArray, aMailListArray);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Comparator for use with nsTArray::IndexOf to find a recipient.
+ * This comparator will check if an "address" is a mail list or not.
+ */
+struct nsMsgMailListComparator
+{
+  // A mail list will have one of the formats
+  //  1) "mName <mDescription>" when the list has a description
+  //  2) "mName <mName>" when the list lacks description
+  // A recipient is of the form "mName <mEmail>" - for equality the list
+  // name must be the same. The recipient "email" must match the list name for
+  // case 1, and the list description for case 2.
+  bool Equals(const nsMsgMailList &mailList,
+              const nsMsgRecipient &recipient) const {
+    if (!mailList.mName.Equals(recipient.mName,
+                               nsCaseInsensitiveStringComparator()))
+      return false;
+    return mailList.mDescription.IsEmpty() ?
+      mailList.mName.Equals(recipient.mEmail, nsCaseInsensitiveStringComparator()) :
+      mailList.mDescription.Equals(recipient.mEmail, nsCaseInsensitiveStringComparator());
+  }
+};
+
+/**
+ * Comparator for use with nsTArray::IndexOf to find a recipient.
+ */
+struct nsMsgRecipientComparator
+{
+  bool Equals(const nsMsgRecipient &recipient,
+              const nsMsgRecipient &recipientToFind) const {
+    if (!recipient.mEmail.Equals(recipientToFind.mEmail,
+                                 nsCaseInsensitiveStringComparator()))
+      return false;
+
+    if (!recipient.mName.Equals(recipientToFind.mName,
+                                nsCaseInsensitiveStringComparator()))
+      return false;
+
+    return true;
+  }
+};
+
+/**
+ * This function recursively resolves a mailing list and returns individual
+ * email addresses. Nested lists are supported. It maintains an array of
+ * already visited mailing lists to avoid endless recursion.
+ *
+ * @param aMailList             the list
+ * @param allDirectoriesArray   all directories
+ * @param allMailListArray      all maillists
+ * @param mailListProcessed     maillists processed (to avoid recursive lists)
+ * @param aListMembers          list members
+ */
+nsresult
+nsMsgCompose::ResolveMailList(nsIAbDirectory* aMailList,
+                              nsCOMArray<nsIAbDirectory> &allDirectoriesArray,
+                              nsTArray<nsMsgMailList> &allMailListArray,
+                              nsTArray<nsMsgMailList> &mailListProcessed,
+                              nsTArray<nsMsgRecipient> &aListMembers)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> mailListAddresses;
+  rv = aMailList->GetAddressLists(getter_AddRefs(mailListAddresses));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  uint32_t nbrAddresses = 0;
+  mailListAddresses->GetLength(&nbrAddresses);
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < nbrAddresses; i++)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAbCard> existingCard(do_QueryElementAt(mailListAddresses, i, &rv));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    nsMsgRecipient newRecipient;
+
+    rv = existingCard->GetDisplayName(newRecipient.mName);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    rv = existingCard->GetPrimaryEmail(newRecipient.mEmail);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    if (newRecipient.mName.IsEmpty() && newRecipient.mEmail.IsEmpty()) {
+      continue;
+    }
+
+    // First check if it's a mailing list.
+    size_t index = allMailListArray.IndexOf(newRecipient, 0, nsMsgMailListComparator());
+    if (index != allMailListArray.NoIndex && allMailListArray[index].mDirectory)
+    {
+      // Check if maillist processed.
+      if (mailListProcessed.Contains(newRecipient, nsMsgMailListComparator())) {
+        continue;
+      }
+
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIAbDirectory> directory2(allMailListArray[index].mDirectory);
+
+      // Add mailList to mailListProcessed.
+      mailListProcessed.AppendElement(directory2);
+
+      // Resolve mailList members.
+      rv = ResolveMailList(directory2,
+                           allDirectoriesArray,
+                           allMailListArray,
+                           mailListProcessed,
+                           aListMembers);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      continue;
+    }
+
+    // Check if recipient is in aListMembers.
+    if (aListMembers.Contains(newRecipient, nsMsgRecipientComparator())) {
+      continue;
+    }
+
+    // Now we need to insert the new address into the list of recipients.
+    newRecipient.mCard = existingCard;
+    newRecipient.mDirectory = aMailList;
+
+    aListMembers.AppendElement(newRecipient);
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Lookup the recipients as specified in the compose fields (To, Cc, Bcc)
+ * in the address books and return an array of individual recipients.
+ * Mailing lists are replaced by the cards they contain, nested and recursive
+ * lists are taken care of, recipients contained in multiple lists are only
+ * added once.
+ *
+ * @param recipientsList        (out) recipient array
+ */
+nsresult
+nsMsgCompose::LookupAddressBook(RecipientsArray &recipientsList)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  // First, build some arrays with the original recipients.
+
+  nsAutoString originalRecipients[MAX_OF_RECIPIENT_ARRAY];
+  m_compFields->GetTo(originalRecipients[0]);
+  m_compFields->GetCc(originalRecipients[1]);
+  m_compFields->GetBcc(originalRecipients[2]);
+
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < MAX_OF_RECIPIENT_ARRAY; ++i)
+  {
+    if (originalRecipients[i].IsEmpty())
+      continue;
+
+    rv = m_compFields->SplitRecipientsEx(originalRecipients[i],
+                                         recipientsList[i]);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+
+  // Then look them up in the Addressbooks
+  bool stillNeedToSearch = true;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbDirectory> abDirectory;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbCard> existingCard;
+  nsTArray<nsMsgMailList> mailListArray;
+  nsTArray<nsMsgMailList> mailListProcessed;
+
+  nsCOMArray<nsIAbDirectory> addrbookDirArray;
+  rv = GetABDirAndMailLists(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(kAllDirectoryRoot),
+                            addrbookDirArray, mailListArray);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  nsString dirPath;
+  uint32_t nbrAddressbook = addrbookDirArray.Count();
+
+  for (uint32_t k = 0; k < nbrAddressbook && stillNeedToSearch; ++k)
+  {
+    // Avoid recursive mailing lists.
+    if (abDirectory && (addrbookDirArray[k] == abDirectory))
+    {
+      stillNeedToSearch = false;
+      break;
+    }
+
+    abDirectory = addrbookDirArray[k];
+    if (!abDirectory)
+      continue;
+
+    stillNeedToSearch = false;
+    for (uint32_t i = 0; i < MAX_OF_RECIPIENT_ARRAY; i ++)
+    {
+      mailListProcessed.Clear();
+
+      // Note: We check this each time to allow for length changes.
+      for (uint32_t j = 0; j < recipientsList[i].Length(); j++)
+      {
+        nsMsgRecipient &recipient = recipientsList[i][j];
+        if (!recipient.mDirectory)
+        {
+          // First check if it's a mailing list.
+          size_t index = mailListArray.IndexOf(recipient, 0, nsMsgMailListComparator());
+          if (index != mailListArray.NoIndex && mailListArray[index].mDirectory)
+          {
+            // Check mailList Processed.
+            if (mailListProcessed.Contains(recipient, nsMsgMailListComparator())) {
+              // Remove from recipientsList.
+              recipientsList[i].RemoveElementAt(j--);
+              continue;
+            }
+
+            nsCOMPtr<nsIAbDirectory> directory(mailListArray[index].mDirectory);
+
+            // Add mailList to mailListProcessed.
+            mailListProcessed.AppendElement(directory);
+
+            // Resolve mailList members.
+            nsTArray<nsMsgRecipient> members;
+            rv = ResolveMailList(directory,
+                                 addrbookDirArray,
+                                 mailListArray,
+                                 mailListProcessed,
+                                 members);
+            NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+            // Remove mailList from recipientsList.
+            recipientsList[i].RemoveElementAt(j);
+
+            // Merge members into recipientsList[i].
+            uint32_t pos = 0;
+            for (uint32_t c = 0; c < members.Length(); c++)
+            {
+              nsMsgRecipient &member = members[c];
+              if (!recipientsList[i].Contains(member, nsMsgRecipientComparator())) {
+                recipientsList[i].InsertElementAt(j + pos, member);
+                pos++;
+              }
+            }
+          }
+          else
+          {
+            // Find a card that contains this e-mail address.
+            rv = abDirectory->CardForEmailAddress(NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(recipient.mEmail),
+                                                  getter_AddRefs(existingCard));
+            if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && existingCard)
+            {
+              recipient.mCard = existingCard;
+              recipient.mDirectory = abDirectory;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+              stillNeedToSearch = true;
+            }
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgCompose::ExpandMailingLists()
+{
+  RecipientsArray recipientsList;
+  nsresult rv = LookupAddressBook(recipientsList);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // Reset the final headers with the expanded mailing lists.
+  nsAutoString recipientsStr;
+
+  for (int i = 0; i < MAX_OF_RECIPIENT_ARRAY; ++i)
+  {
+    uint32_t nbrRecipients = recipientsList[i].Length();
+    if (nbrRecipients == 0)
+      continue;
+    recipientsStr.Truncate();
+
+    // Note: We check this each time to allow for length changes.
+    for (uint32_t j = 0; j < recipientsList[i].Length(); ++j)
+    {
+      nsMsgRecipient &recipient = recipientsList[i][j];
+
+      if (!recipientsStr.IsEmpty())
+        recipientsStr.Append(char16_t(','));
+      nsAutoString address;
+      MakeMimeAddress(recipient.mName, recipient.mEmail, address);
+      recipientsStr.Append(address);
+
+      if (recipient.mCard)
+      {
+        bool readOnly;
+        rv = recipient.mDirectory->GetReadOnly(&readOnly);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+        // Bump the popularity index for this card since we are about to send
+        // e-mail to it.
+        if (!readOnly)
+        {
+          uint32_t popularityIndex = 0;
+          if (NS_FAILED(recipient.mCard->GetPropertyAsUint32(
+                kPopularityIndexProperty, &popularityIndex)))
+          {
+            // TB 2 wrote the popularity value as hex, so if we get here,
+            // then we've probably got a hex value. We'll convert it back
+            // to decimal, as that's the best we can do.
+
+            nsCString hexPopularity;
+            if (NS_SUCCEEDED(recipient.mCard->GetPropertyAsAUTF8String(
+                kPopularityIndexProperty, hexPopularity)))
+            {
+              nsresult errorCode = NS_OK;
+              popularityIndex = hexPopularity.ToInteger(&errorCode, 16);
+              if (NS_FAILED(errorCode))
+                // We failed, just set it to zero.
+                popularityIndex = 0;
+            }
+            else
+              // We couldn't get it as a string either, so just reset to zero.
+              popularityIndex = 0;
+          }
+
+          recipient.mCard->SetPropertyAsUint32(kPopularityIndexProperty,
+                                               ++popularityIndex);
+          recipient.mDirectory->ModifyCard(recipient.mCard);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    switch (i)
+    {
+    case 0: m_compFields->SetTo(recipientsStr);  break;
+    case 1: m_compFields->SetCc(recipientsStr);  break;
+    case 2: m_compFields->SetBcc(recipientsStr); break;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * This function implements the decision logic for delivery format 'Auto-Detect',
+ * including optional 'Auto-Downgrade' behaviour for HTML messages considered
+ * convertible (silent, "lossless" conversion to plain text).
+ * @param aConvertible  the result of analysing message body convertibility:
+ *                      nsIMsgCompConvertible::Plain | Yes | Altering | No
+ * @return              nsIMsgCompSendFormat::AskUser | PlainText | HTML | Both
+ */
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgCompose::DetermineHTMLAction(int32_t aConvertible, int32_t *result)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(result);
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefBranch(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // *** Message-centric Auto-Downgrade ***
+  // If the message has practically no HTML formatting,
+  // AND if user accepts auto-downgrading (send options pref),
+  // bypass auto-detection of recipients' preferences and just
+  // send the message as plain text (silent, "lossless" conversion);
+  // which will also avoid asking for newsgroups for this typical scenario.
+  bool autoDowngrade = true;
+  rv = prefBranch->GetBoolPref("mailnews.sendformat.auto_downgrade", &autoDowngrade);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  if (autoDowngrade && (aConvertible == nsIMsgCompConvertible::Plain))
+  {
+    *result = nsIMsgCompSendFormat::PlainText;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  // *** Newsgroups ***
+  // Right now, we don't have logic for newsgroups for intelligent send
+  // preferences. Therefore, bail out early and save us a lot of work if there
+  // are newsgroups.
+
+  nsAutoString newsgroups;
+  m_compFields->GetNewsgroups(newsgroups);
+
+  if (!newsgroups.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    *result = nsIMsgCompSendFormat::AskUser;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  // *** Recipient-Centric Auto-Detect ***
+
+  RecipientsArray recipientsList;
+  rv = LookupAddressBook(recipientsList);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // Finally return the list of non-HTML recipients if requested and/or rebuilt
+  // the recipient field. Also, check for domain preference when preferFormat
+  // is unknown.
+  nsString plaintextDomains;
+  nsString htmlDomains;
+
+  if (prefBranch)
+  {
+    NS_GetUnicharPreferenceWithDefault(prefBranch, "mailnews.plaintext_domains",
+                                       EmptyString(), plaintextDomains);
+    NS_GetUnicharPreferenceWithDefault(prefBranch, "mailnews.html_domains",
+                                       EmptyString(), htmlDomains);
+  }
+
+  // allHTML and allPlain are summary recipient scopes of format preference
+  // according to address book and send options for recipient-centric Auto-Detect,
+  // used by Auto-Detect to determine the appropriate message delivery format.
+
+  // allHtml: All recipients prefer HTML.
+  bool allHtml = true;
+
+  // allPlain: All recipients prefer Plain Text.
+  bool allPlain = true;
+
+  // Exit the loop early if allHtml and allPlain both decay to false to save us
+  // some work.
+  for (int i = 0; i < MAX_OF_RECIPIENT_ARRAY && (allHtml || allPlain); ++i)
+  {
+    uint32_t nbrRecipients = recipientsList[i].Length();
+    for (uint32_t j = 0; j < nbrRecipients && (allHtml || allPlain); ++j)
+    {
+      nsMsgRecipient &recipient = recipientsList[i][j];
+      uint32_t preferFormat = nsIAbPreferMailFormat::unknown;
+      if (recipient.mCard)
+      {
+        recipient.mCard->GetPropertyAsUint32(kPreferMailFormatProperty,
+          &preferFormat);
+      }
+
+      // if we don't have a prefer format for a recipient, check the domain in
+      // case we have a format defined for it
+      if (preferFormat == nsIAbPreferMailFormat::unknown &&
+          (!plaintextDomains.IsEmpty() || !htmlDomains.IsEmpty()))
+      {
+        int32_t atPos = recipient.mEmail.FindChar('@');
+        if (atPos < 0)
+          continue;
+
+        nsDependentSubstring emailDomain = Substring(recipient.mEmail,
+                                                     atPos + 1);
+        if (IsInDomainList(emailDomain, plaintextDomains))
+          preferFormat = nsIAbPreferMailFormat::plaintext;
+        else if (IsInDomainList(emailDomain, htmlDomains))
+          preferFormat = nsIAbPreferMailFormat::html;
+      }
+
+      // Determine the delivery format preference of this recipient and adjust
+      // the summary recipient scopes of the message accordingly.
+      switch (preferFormat)
+      {
+      case nsIAbPreferMailFormat::html:
+        allPlain = false;
+        break;
+
+      case nsIAbPreferMailFormat::plaintext:
+        allHtml = false;
+        break;
+
+      default: // nsIAbPreferMailFormat::unknown
+        allHtml = false;
+        allPlain = false;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  // Here's the final part of recipient-centric Auto-Detect logic where we set
+  // the actual send format (aka delivery format) after analysing recipients'
+  // format preferences above.
+
+  // If all recipients prefer HTML, then return HTML.
+  if (allHtml)
+  {
+    *result = nsIMsgCompSendFormat::HTML;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  // If all recipients prefer plaintext, silently strip *all* HTML formatting,
+  // regardless of (non-)convertibility, and send the message as plaintext.
+  // **ToDo: UX-error-prevention, UX-wysiwyg: warn against dataloss potential.**
+  if (allPlain)
+  {
+    *result = nsIMsgCompSendFormat::PlainText;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  // Otherwise, check the preference to see what action we should default to.
+  // This pref covers all recipient scopes involving prefers-plain (except allplain)
+  // and prefers-unknown. So we are mixing format conflict resolution options for
+  // prefers-plain with default format setting for prefers-unknown; not ideal.
+  int32_t action = nsIMsgCompSendFormat::AskUser;
+  rv = prefBranch->GetIntPref("mail.default_html_action", &action);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // If the action is a known send format, return the value to send in that format.
+  // Otherwise, ask the user.
+  // Note that the preference may default to 0 (Ask), which is not a valid value
+  // for the following enum.
+  if (action == nsIMsgCompSendFormat::PlainText ||
+      action == nsIMsgCompSendFormat::HTML ||
+      action == nsIMsgCompSendFormat::Both)
+  {
+    *result = action;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  // At this point, ask the user.
+  *result = nsIMsgCompSendFormat::AskUser;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* Decides which tags trigger which convertible mode, i.e. here is the logic
+   for BodyConvertible */
+// Helper function. Parameters are not checked.
+nsresult nsMsgCompose::TagConvertible(nsIDOMElement *node,  int32_t *_retval)
+{
+    nsresult rv;
+
+    *_retval = nsIMsgCompConvertible::No;
+
+    uint16_t nodeType;
+    rv = node->GetNodeType(&nodeType);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      return rv;
+
+    nsAutoString element;
+    rv = node->GetNodeName(element);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      return rv;
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMNode> pItem;
+
+    // style attribute on any element can change layout in any way, so that is not convertible.
+    nsAutoString attribValue;
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(node->GetAttribute(NS_LITERAL_STRING("style"), attribValue)) &&
+        !attribValue.IsEmpty())
+    {
+      *_retval = nsIMsgCompConvertible::No;
+      return NS_OK;
+    }
+
+    // moz-* classes are used internally by the editor and mail composition
+    // (like moz-cite or moz-signature). Those can be discarded.
+    // But any other ones are unconvertible. Style can be attached to them or any
+    // other context (e.g. in microformats).
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(node->GetAttribute(NS_LITERAL_STRING("class"), attribValue)) &&
+        !attribValue.IsEmpty() &&
+        !StringBeginsWith(attribValue, NS_LITERAL_STRING("moz-"), nsCaseInsensitiveStringComparator()))
+    {
+      *_retval = nsIMsgCompConvertible::No;
+      return NS_OK;
+    }
+    // ID attributes can contain attached style/context or be target of links
+    // so we should preserve them.
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(node->GetAttribute(NS_LITERAL_STRING("id"), attribValue)) &&
+        !attribValue.IsEmpty())
+    {
+      *_retval = nsIMsgCompConvertible::No;
+      return NS_OK;
+    }
+    if      ( // some "simple" elements without "style" attribute
+              element.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("br") ||
+              element.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("p") ||
+              element.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("pre") ||
+              element.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("tt") ||
+              element.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("html") ||
+              element.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("head") ||
+              element.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("meta") ||
+              element.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("title")
+            )
+    {
+      *_retval = nsIMsgCompConvertible::Plain;
+    }
+    else if (
+              //element.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("blockquote") || // see below
+              element.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("ul") ||
+              element.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("ol") ||
+              element.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("li") ||
+              element.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("dl") ||
+              element.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("dt") ||
+              element.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("dd")
+            )
+    {
+      *_retval = nsIMsgCompConvertible::Yes;
+    }
+    else if (
+              //element.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("a") || // see below
+              element.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("h1") ||
+              element.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("h2") ||
+              element.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("h3") ||
+              element.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("h4") ||
+              element.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("h5") ||
+              element.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("h6") ||
+              element.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("hr") ||
+              (
+                mConvertStructs
+                &&
+                (
+                  element.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("em") ||
+                  element.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("strong") ||
+                  element.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("code") ||
+                  element.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("b") ||
+                  element.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("i") ||
+                  element.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("u")
+                )
+              )
+            )
+    {
+      *_retval = nsIMsgCompConvertible::Altering;
+    }
+    else if (element.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("body"))
+    {
+      *_retval = nsIMsgCompConvertible::Plain;
+
+        bool hasAttribute;
+        nsAutoString color;
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(node->HasAttribute(NS_LITERAL_STRING("background"), &hasAttribute))
+            && hasAttribute)  // There is a background image
+          *_retval = nsIMsgCompConvertible::No;
+        else if (NS_SUCCEEDED(node->HasAttribute(NS_LITERAL_STRING("text"), &hasAttribute)) &&
+                 hasAttribute &&
+                 NS_SUCCEEDED(node->GetAttribute(NS_LITERAL_STRING("text"), color)) &&
+                 !color.EqualsLiteral("#000000")) {
+          *_retval = nsIMsgCompConvertible::Altering;
+        }
+        else if (NS_SUCCEEDED(node->HasAttribute(NS_LITERAL_STRING("bgcolor"), &hasAttribute)) &&
+                 hasAttribute &&
+                 NS_SUCCEEDED(node->GetAttribute(NS_LITERAL_STRING("bgcolor"), color)) &&
+                 !color.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("#ffffff")) {
+          *_retval = nsIMsgCompConvertible::Altering;
+        }
+        else if (NS_SUCCEEDED(node->HasAttribute(NS_LITERAL_STRING("dir"), &hasAttribute))
+            && hasAttribute)  // dir=rtl attributes should not downconvert
+          *_retval = nsIMsgCompConvertible::No;
+
+        //ignore special color setting for link, vlink and alink at this point.
+    }
+    else if (element.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("blockquote"))
+    {
+      // Skip <blockquote type="cite">
+      *_retval = nsIMsgCompConvertible::Yes;
+
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(node->GetAttribute(NS_LITERAL_STRING("type"), attribValue)) &&
+          attribValue.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("cite"))
+      {
+        *_retval = nsIMsgCompConvertible::Plain;
+      }
+    }
+    else if (
+              element.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("div") ||
+              element.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("span") ||
+              element.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("a")
+            )
+    {
+      /* Do some special checks for these tags. They are inside this |else if|
+         for performance reasons */
+
+      // Maybe, it's an <a> element inserted by another recognizer (e.g. 4.x')
+      if (element.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("a"))
+      {
+        /* Ignore anchor tag, if the URI is the same as the text
+           (as inserted by recognizers) */
+        *_retval = nsIMsgCompConvertible::Altering;
+
+          nsAutoString hrefValue;
+          bool hasChild;
+          if (NS_SUCCEEDED(node->GetAttribute(NS_LITERAL_STRING("href"), hrefValue)) &&
+              NS_SUCCEEDED(node->HasChildNodes(&hasChild)) && hasChild)
+          {
+            nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMNodeList> children;
+            if (NS_SUCCEEDED(node->GetChildNodes(getter_AddRefs(children))) &&
+                children &&
+                NS_SUCCEEDED(children->Item(0, getter_AddRefs(pItem))) &&
+                pItem)
+            {
+              nsAutoString textValue;
+              if (NS_SUCCEEDED(pItem->GetNodeValue(textValue)) &&
+                  textValue == hrefValue)
+                *_retval = nsIMsgCompConvertible::Plain;
+            }
+          }
+      }
+
+      // Lastly, test, if it is just a "simple" <div> or <span>
+      else if (
+                element.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("div") ||
+                element.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("span")
+              )
+      {
+        *_retval = nsIMsgCompConvertible::Plain;
+      }
+    }
+
+    return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgCompose::_NodeTreeConvertible(nsIDOMElement *node, int32_t *_retval)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_TRUE(node && _retval, NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER);
+
+    nsresult rv;
+    int32_t result;
+
+    // Check this node
+    rv = TagConvertible(node, &result);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        return rv;
+
+    // Walk tree recursively to check the children
+    bool hasChild;
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(node->HasChildNodes(&hasChild)) && hasChild)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMNodeList> children;
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(node->GetChildNodes(getter_AddRefs(children)))
+          && children)
+      {
+        uint32_t nbrOfElements;
+        rv = children->GetLength(&nbrOfElements);
+        for (uint32_t i = 0; NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && i < nbrOfElements; i++)
+        {
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMNode> pItem;
+          if (NS_SUCCEEDED(children->Item(i, getter_AddRefs(pItem)))
+              && pItem)
+          {
+            // We assume all nodes that are not elements are convertible,
+            // so only test elements.
+            nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMElement> domElement = do_QueryInterface(pItem);
+            if (domElement) {
+              int32_t curresult;
+              rv = _NodeTreeConvertible(domElement, &curresult);
+
+              if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && curresult > result)
+                result = curresult;
+            }
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    *_retval = result;
+    return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgCompose::BodyConvertible(int32_t *_retval)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(_retval);
+    NS_ENSURE_STATE(m_editor);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMDocument> rootDocument;
+    nsresult rv = m_editor->GetDocument(getter_AddRefs(rootDocument));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !rootDocument)
+      return rv;
+
+    // get the top level element, which contains <html>
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMElement> rootElement;
+    rv = rootDocument->GetDocumentElement(getter_AddRefs(rootElement));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !rootElement)
+      return rv;
+
+    return _NodeTreeConvertible(rootElement, _retval);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgCompose::GetIdentity(nsIMsgIdentity **aIdentity)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aIdentity);
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aIdentity = m_identity);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Position above the quote, that is either <blockquote> or
+ * <div class="moz-cite-prefix"> or <div class="moz-forward-container">
+ * in an inline-forwarded message.
+ */
+nsresult
+nsMsgCompose::MoveToAboveQuote(void)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMElement> rootElement;
+  nsresult rv = m_editor->GetRootElement(getter_AddRefs(rootElement));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !rootElement) {
+    return rv;
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMNode> node;
+  nsAutoString attributeName;
+  nsAutoString attributeValue;
+  nsAutoString tagLocalName;
+  attributeName.AssignLiteral("class");
+
+  rv = rootElement->GetFirstChild(getter_AddRefs(node));
+  while (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && node) {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMElement> element = do_QueryInterface(node);
+    if (element) {
+      // First check for <blockquote>. This will most likely not trigger
+      // since well-behaved quotes are preceded by a cite prefix.
+      node->GetLocalName(tagLocalName);
+      if (tagLocalName.EqualsLiteral("blockquote")) {
+        break;
+      }
+
+      // Get the class value.
+      element->GetAttribute(attributeName, attributeValue);
+
+      // Now check for the cite prefix, so an element with
+      // class="moz-cite-prefix".
+      if (attributeValue.Find("moz-cite-prefix", true) != kNotFound) {
+        break;
+      }
+
+      // Next check for forwarded content.
+      // The forwarded part is inside an element with
+      // class="moz-forward-container".
+      if (attributeValue.Find("moz-forward-container", true) != kNotFound) {
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+
+    rv = node->GetNextSibling(getter_AddRefs(node));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !node) {
+      // No further siblings found, so we didn't find what we were looking for.
+      rv = NS_OK;
+      node = nullptr;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+
+  // Now position. If no quote was found, we position to the very front.
+  int32_t offset = 0;
+  if (node) {
+    rv = GetChildOffset(node, rootElement, offset);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+      return rv;
+    }
+  }
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISelection> selection;
+  m_editor->GetSelection(getter_AddRefs(selection));
+  if (selection)
+    rv = selection->Collapse(rootElement, offset);
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+/**
+ * nsEditor::BeginningOfDocument() will position to the beginning of the document
+ * before the first editable element. It will position into a container.
+ * We need to be at the very front.
+ */
+nsresult
+nsMsgCompose::MoveToBeginningOfDocument(void)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMElement> rootElement;
+  nsresult rv = m_editor->GetRootElement(getter_AddRefs(rootElement));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !rootElement) {
+    return rv;
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISelection> selection;
+  m_editor->GetSelection(getter_AddRefs(selection));
+  if (selection)
+    rv = selection->Collapse(rootElement, 0);
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+/**
+ * M-C's nsEditor::EndOfDocument() will position to the end of the document
+ * but it will position into a container. We really need to position
+ * after the last container so we don't accidentally position into a
+ * <blockquote>. That's why we use our own function.
+ */
+nsresult
+nsMsgCompose::MoveToEndOfDocument(void)
+{
+  int32_t offset;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMElement> rootElement;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMNode> lastNode;
+  nsresult rv = m_editor->GetRootElement(getter_AddRefs(rootElement));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !rootElement) {
+    return rv;
+  }
+
+  rv = rootElement->GetLastChild(getter_AddRefs(lastNode));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !lastNode) {
+    return rv;
+  }
+
+  rv = GetChildOffset(lastNode, rootElement, offset);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+    return rv;
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISelection> selection;
+  m_editor->GetSelection(getter_AddRefs(selection));
+  if (selection)
+    rv = selection->Collapse(rootElement, offset + 1);
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgCompose::SetIdentity(nsIMsgIdentity *aIdentity)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aIdentity);
+
+  m_identity = aIdentity;
+
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  if (! m_editor)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMElement> rootElement;
+  rv = m_editor->GetRootElement(getter_AddRefs(rootElement));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !rootElement)
+    return rv;
+
+  //First look for the current signature, if we have one
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMNode> lastNode;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMNode> node;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMNode> tempNode;
+  nsAutoString tagLocalName;
+
+  rv = rootElement->GetLastChild(getter_AddRefs(lastNode));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && lastNode)
+  {
+    node = lastNode;
+    // In html, the signature is inside an element with
+    // class="moz-signature"
+    bool signatureFound = false;
+    nsAutoString attributeName;
+    attributeName.AssignLiteral("class");
+
+    do
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMElement> element = do_QueryInterface(node);
+      if (element)
+      {
+        nsAutoString attributeValue;
+
+        rv = element->GetAttribute(attributeName, attributeValue);
+
+        if (attributeValue.Find("moz-signature", true) != kNotFound) {
+          signatureFound = true;
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+    } while (!signatureFound &&
+             node &&
+             NS_SUCCEEDED(node->GetPreviousSibling(getter_AddRefs(node))));
+
+    if (signatureFound)
+    {
+      m_editor->BeginTransaction();
+      node->GetPreviousSibling(getter_AddRefs(tempNode));
+      rv = m_editor->DeleteNode(node);
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      {
+        m_editor->EndTransaction();
+        return rv;
+      }
+
+      // Also, remove the <br> right before the signature.
+      if (tempNode)
+      {
+        tempNode->GetLocalName(tagLocalName);
+        if (tagLocalName.EqualsLiteral("br"))
+          m_editor->DeleteNode(tempNode);
+      }
+      m_editor->EndTransaction();
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (!CheckIncludeSignaturePrefs(aIdentity))
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  // Then add the new one if needed
+  nsAutoString aSignature;
+
+  // No delimiter needed if not a compose window
+  bool isQuoted;
+  switch (mType)
+  {
+    case nsIMsgCompType::New :
+    case nsIMsgCompType::NewsPost :
+    case nsIMsgCompType::MailToUrl :
+    case nsIMsgCompType::ForwardAsAttachment :
+      isQuoted = false;
+      break;
+    default :
+      isQuoted = true;
+      break;
+  }
+
+  ProcessSignature(aIdentity, isQuoted, &aSignature);
+
+  if (!aSignature.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    TranslateLineEnding(aSignature);
+
+    m_editor->BeginTransaction();
+    int32_t reply_on_top = 0;
+    bool sig_bottom = true;
+    aIdentity->GetReplyOnTop(&reply_on_top);
+    aIdentity->GetSigBottom(&sig_bottom);
+    bool sigOnTop = (reply_on_top == 1 && !sig_bottom);
+    if (sigOnTop && isQuoted) {
+      rv = MoveToAboveQuote();
+    } else {
+      // Note: New messages aren't quoted so we always move to the end.
+      rv = MoveToEndOfDocument();
+    }
+
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+      if (m_composeHTML) {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIHTMLEditor> htmlEditor (do_QueryInterface(m_editor));
+        rv = htmlEditor->InsertHTML(aSignature);
+      } else {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIPlaintextEditor> textEditor (do_QueryInterface(m_editor));
+        rv = textEditor->InsertLineBreak();
+        InsertDivWrappedTextAtSelection(aSignature, NS_LITERAL_STRING("moz-signature"));
+      }
+    }
+    m_editor->EndTransaction();
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompose::CheckCharsetConversion(nsIMsgIdentity *identity, char **fallbackCharset, bool *_retval)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(identity);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(_retval);
+
+  // Kept around for legacy reasons. This method is supposed to check that the
+  // headers can be converted to the appropriate charset, but we don't support
+  // encoding headers to non-UTF-8, so this is now moot.
+  if (fallbackCharset)
+    *fallbackCharset = nullptr;
+  *_retval = true;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgCompose::GetDeliverMode(MSG_DeliverMode* aDeliverMode)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aDeliverMode);
+  *aDeliverMode = mDeliverMode;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsMsgMailList::nsMsgMailList(nsIAbDirectory* directory) :
+  mDirectory(directory)
+{
+  mDirectory->GetDirName(mName);
+  mDirectory->GetDescription(mDescription);
+
+  if (mDescription.IsEmpty())
+    mDescription = mName;
+
+  mDirectory = directory;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/compose/src/nsMsgCompose.h b/mailnews/compose/src/nsMsgCompose.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..19609228f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/compose/src/nsMsgCompose.h
@@ -0,0 +1,246 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _nsMsgCompose_H_
+#define _nsMsgCompose_H_
+
+#include "nsIMsgCompose.h"
+#include "nsCOMArray.h"
+#include "nsTObserverArray.h"
+#include "nsWeakReference.h"
+#include "nsMsgCompFields.h"
+#include "nsIOutputStream.h"
+#include "nsIMsgQuote.h"
+#include "nsIMsgCopyServiceListener.h"
+#include "nsIBaseWindow.h"
+#include "nsIAbDirectory.h"
+#include "nsIWebProgressListener.h"
+#include "nsIMimeConverter.h"
+#include "nsIUnicodeDecoder.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolder.h"
+#include "nsIDOMNode.h"
+#include "mozIDOMWindow.h"
+
+// Forward declares
+class QuotingOutputStreamListener;
+class nsMsgComposeSendListener;
+class nsIEditorMailSupport;
+class nsIRDFService;
+class nsIArray;
+struct nsMsgMailList;
+
+class nsMsgCompose : public nsIMsgCompose, public nsSupportsWeakReference
+{
+ public: 
+
+  nsMsgCompose();
+
+  /* this macro defines QueryInterface, AddRef and Release for this class */
+  NS_DECL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS
+
+  /*** nsIMsgCompose pure virtual functions */
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGCOMPOSE
+
+  /* nsIMsgSendListener interface */
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGSENDLISTENER
+
+protected:
+  virtual ~nsMsgCompose();
+
+ // Deal with quoting issues...
+  nsresult                      QuoteOriginalMessage(); // New template
+  nsresult                      SetQuotingToFollow(bool aVal);
+  nsresult                      ConvertHTMLToText(nsIFile *aSigFile, nsString &aSigData);
+  nsresult                      ConvertTextToHTML(nsIFile *aSigFile, nsString &aSigData);
+  bool                          IsEmbeddedObjectSafe(const char * originalScheme,
+                                                     const char * originalHost,
+                                                     const char * originalPath,
+                                                     nsIDOMNode * object);
+  nsresult                      ResetUrisForEmbeddedObjects();
+  nsresult                      TagEmbeddedObjects(nsIEditorMailSupport *aMailEditor);
+
+  nsCString                     mQuoteCharset;
+  nsCString                     mOriginalMsgURI; // used so we can mark message disposition flags after we send the message
+
+  int32_t                       mWhatHolder;
+
+  nsresult                      LoadDataFromFile(nsIFile *file,
+                                                 nsString &sigData,
+                                                 bool aAllowUTF8 = true,
+                                                 bool aAllowUTF16 = true);
+
+  bool                          CheckIncludeSignaturePrefs(nsIMsgIdentity *identity);
+  //m_folderName to store the value of the saved drafts folder.
+  nsCString                     m_folderName;
+  void InsertDivWrappedTextAtSelection(const nsAString &aText,
+                                       const nsAString &classStr);
+
+ protected:
+  nsresult CreateMessage(const char * originalMsgURI, MSG_ComposeType type, nsIMsgCompFields* compFields);
+  void CleanUpRecipients(nsString& recipients);
+  nsresult GetABDirAndMailLists(const nsACString& aDirUri,
+                                nsCOMArray<nsIAbDirectory>& aDirArray,
+                                nsTArray<nsMsgMailList>& aMailListArray);
+  nsresult ResolveMailList(nsIAbDirectory* aMailList,
+                           nsCOMArray<nsIAbDirectory>& allDirectoriesArray,
+                           nsTArray<nsMsgMailList>& allMailListArray,
+                           nsTArray<nsMsgMailList>& mailListResolved,
+                           nsTArray<nsMsgRecipient>& aListMembers);
+  nsresult TagConvertible(nsIDOMElement *node,  int32_t *_retval);
+  nsresult _NodeTreeConvertible(nsIDOMElement *node, int32_t *_retval);
+  nsresult MoveToAboveQuote(void);
+  nsresult MoveToBeginningOfDocument(void);
+  nsresult MoveToEndOfDocument(void);
+  nsresult ReplaceFileURLs(nsAutoString &sigData);
+  nsresult DataURLForFileURL(const nsAString &aFileURL, nsAString &aDataURL);
+
+// 3 = To, Cc, Bcc
+#define MAX_OF_RECIPIENT_ARRAY 3
+  typedef nsTArray<nsMsgRecipient> RecipientsArray[MAX_OF_RECIPIENT_ARRAY];
+  /**
+   * This method parses the compose fields and associates email addresses with
+   * the relevant cards from the address books.
+   */
+  nsresult LookupAddressBook(RecipientsArray &recipientList);
+  bool IsLastWindow();
+ 
+       // Helper function. Parameters are not checked.
+  bool                                      mConvertStructs;    // for TagConvertible
+  
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIEditor>                       m_editor;
+  mozIDOMWindowProxy                        *m_window;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIDocShell>                     mDocShell;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIBaseWindow>                   m_baseWindow;
+  nsMsgCompFields                           *m_compFields;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIdentity>                  m_identity;
+  bool                                      m_composeHTML;
+  QuotingOutputStreamListener               *mQuoteStreamListener;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIOutputStream>                 mBaseStream;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgSend>                      mMsgSend;           // for composition back end
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgProgress>                  mProgress;          // use by the back end to report progress to the front end
+
+  // Deal with quoting issues...
+  nsString                                  mCiteReference;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgQuote>                     mQuote;
+  bool                                      mQuotingToFollow;   // Quoting indicator
+  MSG_ComposeType                           mType;              // Message type
+  bool                                      mCharsetOverride;
+  bool                                      mAnswerDefaultCharset;
+  bool                                      mDeleteDraft;
+  nsMsgDispositionState                     mDraftDisposition;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr>                    mOrigMsgHdr;
+
+  nsCString                                 mSmtpPassword;
+  nsCString                                 mHtmlToQuote;
+
+  nsTObserverArray<nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgComposeStateListener> > mStateListeners;
+  nsTObserverArray<nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgSendListener> > mExternalSendListeners;
+
+  bool                                      mInsertingQuotedContent;
+  MSG_DeliverMode                           mDeliverMode;  // nsIMsgCompDeliverMode long.
+
+  friend class QuotingOutputStreamListener;
+  friend class nsMsgComposeSendListener;
+};
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// THIS IS THE CLASS THAT IS THE STREAM Listener OF THE HTML OUPUT
+// FROM LIBMIME. THIS IS FOR QUOTING
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+class QuotingOutputStreamListener : public nsIMsgQuotingOutputStreamListener
+{
+public:
+    QuotingOutputStreamListener(const char *originalMsgURI,
+                                nsIMsgDBHdr *origMsgHdr,
+                                bool quoteHeaders,
+                                bool headersOnly,
+                                nsIMsgIdentity *identity,
+                                nsIMsgQuote* msgQuote,
+                                bool charsetFixed,
+                                bool quoteOriginal,
+                                const nsACString& htmlToQuote);
+
+    NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+    NS_DECL_NSIREQUESTOBSERVER
+    NS_DECL_NSISTREAMLISTENER
+    NS_DECL_NSIMSGQUOTINGOUTPUTSTREAMLISTENER
+
+    NS_IMETHOD SetComposeObj(nsIMsgCompose *obj);
+    NS_IMETHOD ConvertToPlainText(bool formatflowed,
+                                  bool delsp,
+                                  bool formatted,
+                                  bool disallowBreaks);
+    NS_IMETHOD InsertToCompose(nsIEditor *aEditor, bool aHTMLEditor);
+    NS_IMETHOD AppendToMsgBody(const nsCString &inStr);
+
+private:
+    virtual ~QuotingOutputStreamListener();
+    nsWeakPtr                   mWeakComposeObj;
+    nsString                    mMsgBody;
+    nsString                    mCitePrefix;
+    nsString                    mSignature;
+    bool                        mQuoteHeaders;
+    bool                        mHeadersOnly;
+    bool                        mCharsetFixed;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgQuote>       mQuote;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMimeHeaders>    mHeaders;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIdentity>    mIdentity;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr>       mOrigMsgHdr;
+    nsString                    mCiteReference;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMimeConverter>  mMimeConverter;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIUnicodeDecoder> mUnicodeDecoder;
+    int32_t                     mUnicodeBufferCharacterLength;
+    char16_t*                   mUnicodeConversionBuffer;
+    bool                        mQuoteOriginal;
+    nsCString                   mHtmlToQuote;
+};
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// This is the listener class for the send operation. We have to create this class 
+// to listen for message send completion and eventually notify the caller
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+class nsMsgComposeSendListener : public nsIMsgComposeSendListener, public nsIMsgSendListener, public nsIMsgCopyServiceListener, public nsIWebProgressListener
+{
+public:
+  nsMsgComposeSendListener(void);
+
+  // nsISupports interface
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+
+  // nsIMsgComposeSendListener interface
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGCOMPOSESENDLISTENER
+
+  // nsIMsgSendListener interface
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGSENDLISTENER
+  
+  // nsIMsgCopyServiceListener interface
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGCOPYSERVICELISTENER
+  
+  // nsIWebProgressListener interface
+  NS_DECL_NSIWEBPROGRESSLISTENER
+
+  nsresult    RemoveCurrentDraftMessage(nsIMsgCompose *compObj, bool calledByCopy);
+  nsresult    GetMsgFolder(nsIMsgCompose *compObj, nsIMsgFolder **msgFolder);
+
+private:
+  virtual ~nsMsgComposeSendListener();
+  nsWeakPtr               mWeakComposeObj;
+  MSG_DeliverMode         mDeliverMode;
+};
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * nsMsgMailList
+ ******************************************************************************/
+struct nsMsgMailList
+{
+  explicit nsMsgMailList(nsIAbDirectory* directory);
+
+  nsString mName;
+  nsString mDescription;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbDirectory> mDirectory;
+};
+
+#endif /* _nsMsgCompose_H_ */
diff --git a/mailnews/compose/src/nsMsgComposeContentHandler.cpp b/mailnews/compose/src/nsMsgComposeContentHandler.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cc52bcb67
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/compose/src/nsMsgComposeContentHandler.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsMsgComposeContentHandler.h"
+#include "nsMsgComposeService.h"
+#include "nsMsgBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsMsgCompCID.h"
+#include "nsIChannel.h"
+#include "nsIURI.h"
+#include "plstr.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsPIDOMWindow.h"
+#include "mozIDOMWindow.h"
+#include "nsIDocument.h"
+#include "nsIDOMDocument.h"
+#include "nsIInterfaceRequestor.h"
+#include "nsIInterfaceRequestorUtils.h"
+#include "nsIMsgMailNewsUrl.h"
+#include "nsNetUtil.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolder.h"
+#include "nsIMsgIncomingServer.h"
+#include "nsIMsgAccountManager.h"
+
+static NS_DEFINE_CID(kMsgComposeServiceCID, NS_MSGCOMPOSESERVICE_CID);
+
+nsMsgComposeContentHandler::nsMsgComposeContentHandler()
+{
+}
+
+// The following macro actually implement addref, release and query interface
+// for our component.
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMsgComposeContentHandler, nsIContentHandler)
+
+nsMsgComposeContentHandler::~nsMsgComposeContentHandler()
+{
+}
+
+// Try to get an appropriate nsIMsgIdentity by going through the window, getting
+// the document's URI, then the corresponding nsIMsgDBHdr. Then find the server
+// associated with that header and get the first identity for it.
+nsresult nsMsgComposeContentHandler::GetBestIdentity(
+  nsIInterfaceRequestor* aWindowContext, nsIMsgIdentity **aIdentity)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<mozIDOMWindowProxy> domWindow = do_GetInterface(aWindowContext);
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(domWindow, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsPIDOMWindowOuter> window = nsPIDOMWindowOuter::From(domWindow);
+
+  nsAutoString documentURIString;
+  rv = window->GetDoc()->GetDocumentURI(documentURIString);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> documentURI;
+  rv = NS_NewURI(getter_AddRefs(documentURI), documentURIString);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMessageUrl> msgURI = do_QueryInterface(documentURI);
+  if (!msgURI)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+  rv = msgURI->GetMessageHeader(getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder;
+  rv = msgHdr->GetFolder(getter_AddRefs(folder));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // nsIMsgDBHdrs from .eml messages have a null folder, so bail out if that's
+  // the case.
+  if (!folder)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+  rv = folder->GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccountManager> accountManager = do_GetService(
+    NS_MSGACCOUNTMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = accountManager->GetFirstIdentityForServer(server, aIdentity);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgComposeContentHandler::HandleContent(const char * aContentType,
+                                                nsIInterfaceRequestor* aWindowContext, nsIRequest *request)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  if (!request)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  // First of all, get the content type and make sure it is a content type we
+  // know how to handle!
+  if (PL_strcasecmp(aContentType, "application/x-mailto") == 0) {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIdentity> identity;
+
+    if (aWindowContext)
+      GetBestIdentity(aWindowContext, getter_AddRefs(identity));
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> aUri;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIChannel> aChannel = do_QueryInterface(request);
+    if(!aChannel) return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+    rv = aChannel->GetURI(getter_AddRefs(aUri));
+    if (aUri)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgComposeService> composeService = 
+               do_GetService(kMsgComposeServiceCID, &rv);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        rv = composeService->OpenComposeWindowWithURI(nullptr, aUri, identity);
+    }
+  } else {
+    // The content-type was not application/x-mailto...
+    return NS_ERROR_WONT_HANDLE_CONTENT;
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/compose/src/nsMsgComposeContentHandler.h b/mailnews/compose/src/nsMsgComposeContentHandler.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..360a83608
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/compose/src/nsMsgComposeContentHandler.h
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsIContentHandler.h"
+#include "nsIMsgIdentity.h"
+
+class nsMsgComposeContentHandler : public nsIContentHandler
+{
+public: 
+	nsMsgComposeContentHandler();
+
+	NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSICONTENTHANDLER
+private:
+	virtual ~nsMsgComposeContentHandler();
+  nsresult GetBestIdentity(nsIInterfaceRequestor* aWindowContext,
+                           nsIMsgIdentity **identity);
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/compose/src/nsMsgComposeParams.cpp b/mailnews/compose/src/nsMsgComposeParams.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..46f964cee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/compose/src/nsMsgComposeParams.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,170 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsMsgComposeParams.h"
+
+nsMsgComposeParams::nsMsgComposeParams() :
+  mType(nsIMsgCompType::New),
+  mFormat(nsIMsgCompFormat::Default),
+  mBodyIsLink(false)
+{
+}
+
+/* the following macro actually implement addref, release and query interface for our component. */
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMsgComposeParams, nsIMsgComposeParams)
+
+nsMsgComposeParams::~nsMsgComposeParams()
+{
+}
+
+/* attribute MSG_ComposeType type; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgComposeParams::GetType(MSG_ComposeType *aType)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aType);
+  
+  *aType = mType;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgComposeParams::SetType(MSG_ComposeType aType)
+{
+  mType = aType;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* attribute MSG_ComposeFormat format; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgComposeParams::GetFormat(MSG_ComposeFormat *aFormat)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aFormat);
+  
+  *aFormat = mFormat;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgComposeParams::SetFormat(MSG_ComposeFormat aFormat)
+{
+  mFormat = aFormat;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* attribute string originalMsgURI; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgComposeParams::GetOriginalMsgURI(char * *aOriginalMsgURI)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aOriginalMsgURI);
+  
+  *aOriginalMsgURI = ToNewCString(mOriginalMsgUri);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgComposeParams::SetOriginalMsgURI(const char * aOriginalMsgURI)
+{
+  mOriginalMsgUri = aOriginalMsgURI;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* attribute nsIMsgIdentity identity; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgComposeParams::GetIdentity(nsIMsgIdentity * *aIdentity)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aIdentity);
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aIdentity = mIdentity);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgComposeParams::SetIdentity(nsIMsgIdentity * aIdentity)
+{
+  mIdentity = aIdentity;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgComposeParams::SetOrigMsgHdr(nsIMsgDBHdr *aMsgHdr)
+{
+  mOrigMsgHdr = aMsgHdr;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgComposeParams::GetOrigMsgHdr(nsIMsgDBHdr * *aMsgHdr)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMsgHdr);
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aMsgHdr = mOrigMsgHdr);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* attribute ACString htmlToQuote; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgComposeParams::GetHtmlToQuote(nsACString& aHtmlToQuote)
+{
+  aHtmlToQuote = mHtmlToQuote;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgComposeParams::SetHtmlToQuote(const nsACString& aHtmlToQuote)
+{
+  mHtmlToQuote = aHtmlToQuote;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* attribute nsIMsgCompFields composeFields; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgComposeParams::GetComposeFields(nsIMsgCompFields * *aComposeFields)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aComposeFields);
+  
+  if (mComposeFields)
+  {
+     *aComposeFields = mComposeFields;
+     NS_ADDREF(*aComposeFields);
+  }
+  else
+    *aComposeFields = nullptr;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgComposeParams::SetComposeFields(nsIMsgCompFields * aComposeFields)
+{
+  mComposeFields = aComposeFields;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* attribute boolean bodyIsLink; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgComposeParams::GetBodyIsLink(bool *aBodyIsLink)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aBodyIsLink);
+  
+  *aBodyIsLink = mBodyIsLink;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgComposeParams::SetBodyIsLink(bool aBodyIsLink)
+{
+  mBodyIsLink = aBodyIsLink;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* attribute nsIMsgSendLisneter sendListener; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgComposeParams::GetSendListener(nsIMsgSendListener * *aSendListener)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aSendListener);
+  
+  if (mSendListener)
+  {
+     *aSendListener = mSendListener;
+     NS_ADDREF(*aSendListener);
+  }
+  else
+    *aSendListener = nullptr;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgComposeParams::SetSendListener(nsIMsgSendListener * aSendListener)
+{
+  mSendListener = aSendListener;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* attribute string smtpPassword; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgComposeParams::GetSmtpPassword(char * *aSmtpPassword)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aSmtpPassword);
+  
+  *aSmtpPassword = ToNewCString(mSMTPPassword);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgComposeParams::SetSmtpPassword(const char * aSmtpPassword)
+{
+  mSMTPPassword = aSmtpPassword;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
diff --git a/mailnews/compose/src/nsMsgComposeParams.h b/mailnews/compose/src/nsMsgComposeParams.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..00eaaa335
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/compose/src/nsMsgComposeParams.h
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsIMsgComposeParams.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsIMsgHdr.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+class nsMsgComposeParams : public nsIMsgComposeParams
+{
+public: 
+  nsMsgComposeParams();
+
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGCOMPOSEPARAMS
+  
+private:
+  virtual ~nsMsgComposeParams();
+  MSG_ComposeType               mType;
+  MSG_ComposeFormat             mFormat;
+  nsCString                     mOriginalMsgUri;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIdentity>      mIdentity;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgCompFields>    mComposeFields;
+  bool                          mBodyIsLink;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgSendListener>  mSendListener;
+  nsCString                     mSMTPPassword;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr>         mOrigMsgHdr;
+  nsCString                     mHtmlToQuote;
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/compose/src/nsMsgComposeProgressParams.cpp b/mailnews/compose/src/nsMsgComposeProgressParams.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..23c5507c5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/compose/src/nsMsgComposeProgressParams.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsMsgComposeProgressParams.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMsgComposeProgressParams, nsIMsgComposeProgressParams)
+
+nsMsgComposeProgressParams::nsMsgComposeProgressParams() :
+  m_deliveryMode(nsIMsgCompDeliverMode::Now)
+{
+}
+
+nsMsgComposeProgressParams::~nsMsgComposeProgressParams()
+{
+}
+
+/* attribute wstring subject; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgComposeProgressParams::GetSubject(char16_t * *aSubject)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(aSubject);
+  
+  *aSubject = ToNewUnicode(m_subject);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgComposeProgressParams::SetSubject(const char16_t * aSubject)
+{
+  m_subject = aSubject;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* attribute MSG_DeliverMode deliveryMode; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgComposeProgressParams::GetDeliveryMode(MSG_DeliverMode *aDeliveryMode)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(aDeliveryMode);
+  
+  *aDeliveryMode = m_deliveryMode;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgComposeProgressParams::SetDeliveryMode(MSG_DeliverMode aDeliveryMode)
+{
+  m_deliveryMode = aDeliveryMode;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/compose/src/nsMsgComposeProgressParams.h b/mailnews/compose/src/nsMsgComposeProgressParams.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6d9598f16
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/compose/src/nsMsgComposeProgressParams.h
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsIMsgComposeProgressParams.h"
+
+class nsMsgComposeProgressParams : public nsIMsgComposeProgressParams
+{
+public: 
+	NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGCOMPOSEPROGRESSPARAMS
+
+	nsMsgComposeProgressParams();
+
+private:
+	virtual ~nsMsgComposeProgressParams();
+  nsString                          m_subject;
+  MSG_DeliverMode                   m_deliveryMode;
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/compose/src/nsMsgComposeService.cpp b/mailnews/compose/src/nsMsgComposeService.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..944f7dbe3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/compose/src/nsMsgComposeService.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1479 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsMsgComposeService.h"
+#include "nsMsgCompCID.h"
+#include "nsIMsgSend.h"
+#include "nsIServiceManager.h"
+#include "nsIObserverService.h"
+#include "nsIMsgIdentity.h"
+#include "nsISmtpUrl.h"
+#include "nsIURI.h"
+#include "nsMsgI18N.h"
+#include "nsIMsgComposeParams.h"
+#include "nsXPCOM.h"
+#include "nsISupportsPrimitives.h"
+#include "nsIWindowWatcher.h"
+#include "mozIDOMWindow.h"
+#include "nsIContentViewer.h"
+#include "nsIMsgWindow.h"
+#include "nsIDocShell.h"
+#include "nsPIDOMWindow.h"
+#include "nsIDOMDocument.h"
+#include "nsIDOMHTMLDocument.h"
+#include "nsIDOMElement.h"
+#include "nsIXULWindow.h"
+#include "nsIWindowMediator.h"
+#include "nsIDocShellTreeItem.h"
+#include "nsIDocShellTreeOwner.h"
+#include "nsIBaseWindow.h"
+#include "nsIPrefService.h"
+#include "nsIPrefBranch.h"
+#include "nsMsgBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsIMsgAccountManager.h"
+#include "nsIMimeMiscStatus.h"
+#include "nsIStreamConverter.h"
+#include "nsMsgMimeCID.h"
+#include "nsToolkitCompsCID.h"
+#include "nsNetUtil.h"
+#include "nsIMsgMailNewsUrl.h"
+#include "nsIInterfaceRequestorUtils.h"
+#include "nsIMsgDatabase.h"
+#include "nsIDocumentEncoder.h"
+#include "nsContentCID.h"
+#include "nsISelection.h"
+#include "nsUTF8Utils.h"
+#include "nsILineBreaker.h"
+#include "nsLWBrkCIID.h"
+#include "mozilla/Services.h"
+#include "mimemoz2.h"
+#include "nsIArray.h"
+#include "nsArrayUtils.h"
+
+#ifdef MSGCOMP_TRACE_PERFORMANCE
+#include "mozilla/Logging.h"
+#include "nsIMsgHdr.h"
+#include "nsIMsgMessageService.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "nsICommandLine.h"
+#include "nsIAppStartup.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "nsIPrincipal.h"
+
+#ifdef XP_WIN32
+#include <windows.h>
+#include <shellapi.h>
+#include "nsIWidget.h"
+#endif
+
+#define DEFAULT_CHROME  "chrome://messenger/content/messengercompose/messengercompose.xul"
+
+#define PREF_MAILNEWS_REPLY_QUOTING_SELECTION            "mailnews.reply_quoting_selection"
+#define PREF_MAILNEWS_REPLY_QUOTING_SELECTION_MULTI_WORD "mailnews.reply_quoting_selection.multi_word"
+#define PREF_MAILNEWS_REPLY_QUOTING_SELECTION_ONLY_IF    "mailnews.reply_quoting_selection.only_if_chars"
+
+#define MAIL_ROOT_PREF                             "mail."
+#define MAILNEWS_ROOT_PREF                         "mailnews."
+#define HTMLDOMAINUPDATE_VERSION_PREF_NAME         "global_html_domains.version"
+#define HTMLDOMAINUPDATE_DOMAINLIST_PREF_NAME      "global_html_domains"
+#define USER_CURRENT_HTMLDOMAINLIST_PREF_NAME      "html_domains"
+#define USER_CURRENT_PLAINTEXTDOMAINLIST_PREF_NAME "plaintext_domains"
+#define DOMAIN_DELIMITER                           ','
+
+#ifdef MSGCOMP_TRACE_PERFORMANCE
+static PRLogModuleInfo *MsgComposeLogModule = nullptr;
+
+static uint32_t GetMessageSizeFromURI(const char * originalMsgURI)
+{
+  uint32_t msgSize = 0;
+
+  if (originalMsgURI && *originalMsgURI)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> originalMsgHdr;
+    GetMsgDBHdrFromURI(originalMsgURI, getter_AddRefs(originalMsgHdr));
+    if (originalMsgHdr)
+    originalMsgHdr->GetMessageSize(&msgSize);
+  }
+
+  return msgSize;
+}
+#endif
+
+nsMsgComposeService::nsMsgComposeService()
+{
+
+// Defaulting the value of mLogComposePerformance to FALSE to prevent logging.
+  mLogComposePerformance = false;
+#ifdef MSGCOMP_TRACE_PERFORMANCE
+  if (!MsgComposeLogModule)
+      MsgComposeLogModule = PR_NewLogModule("msgcompose");
+
+  mStartTime = PR_IntervalNow();
+  mPreviousTime = mStartTime;
+#endif
+
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMsgComposeService,
+                   nsIMsgComposeService,
+                   ICOMMANDLINEHANDLER,
+                   nsISupportsWeakReference)
+
+nsMsgComposeService::~nsMsgComposeService()
+{
+  mOpenComposeWindows.Clear();
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgComposeService::Init()
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  Reset();
+
+  AddGlobalHtmlDomains();
+  // Since the compose service should only be initialized once, we can
+  // be pretty sure there aren't any existing compose windows open.
+  MsgCleanupTempFiles("nsmail", "tmp");
+  MsgCleanupTempFiles("nsemail", "html");
+  MsgCleanupTempFiles("nscopy", "tmp");
+  return rv;
+}
+
+void nsMsgComposeService::Reset()
+{
+  mOpenComposeWindows.Clear();
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefs(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID));
+  if (prefs)
+    prefs->GetBoolPref("mailnews.logComposePerformance", &mLogComposePerformance);
+}
+
+// Function to open a message compose window and pass an nsIMsgComposeParams
+// parameter to it.
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgComposeService::OpenComposeWindowWithParams(const char *chrome,
+                                                 nsIMsgComposeParams *params)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(params);
+#ifdef MSGCOMP_TRACE_PERFORMANCE
+  if(mLogComposePerformance)
+  {
+    TimeStamp("Start opening the window", true);
+  }
+#endif
+
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(params);
+
+  //Use default identity if no identity has been specified
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIdentity> identity;
+  params->GetIdentity(getter_AddRefs(identity));
+  if (!identity)
+  {
+    GetDefaultIdentity(getter_AddRefs(identity));
+    params->SetIdentity(identity);
+  }
+
+  // Create a new window.
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIWindowWatcher> wwatch(do_GetService(NS_WINDOWWATCHER_CONTRACTID));
+  if (!wwatch)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupportsInterfacePointer> msgParamsWrapper =
+    do_CreateInstance(NS_SUPPORTS_INTERFACE_POINTER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  msgParamsWrapper->SetData(params);
+  msgParamsWrapper->SetDataIID(&NS_GET_IID(nsIMsgComposeParams));
+
+  nsCOMPtr<mozIDOMWindowProxy> newWindow;
+  rv = wwatch->OpenWindow(0, chrome && *chrome ? chrome : DEFAULT_CHROME,
+                 "_blank", "all,chrome,dialog=no,status,toolbar", msgParamsWrapper,
+                 getter_AddRefs(newWindow));
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgComposeService::DetermineComposeHTML(nsIMsgIdentity *aIdentity, MSG_ComposeFormat aFormat, bool *aComposeHTML)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aComposeHTML);
+
+  *aComposeHTML = true;
+  switch (aFormat)
+  {
+    case nsIMsgCompFormat::HTML:
+      *aComposeHTML = true;
+      break;
+    case nsIMsgCompFormat::PlainText:
+      *aComposeHTML = false;
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIdentity> identity = aIdentity;
+      if (!identity)
+        GetDefaultIdentity(getter_AddRefs(identity));
+
+      if (identity)
+      {
+        identity->GetComposeHtml(aComposeHTML);
+        if (aFormat == nsIMsgCompFormat::OppositeOfDefault)
+          *aComposeHTML = !*aComposeHTML;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        // default identity not found.  Use the mail.html_compose pref to determine
+        // message compose type (HTML or PlainText).
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefs(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID));
+        if (prefs)
+        {
+          nsresult rv;
+          bool useHTMLCompose;
+          rv = prefs->GetBoolPref(MAIL_ROOT_PREF "html_compose", &useHTMLCompose);
+          if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+            *aComposeHTML = useHTMLCompose;
+        }
+      }
+      break;
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgComposeService::GetOrigWindowSelection(MSG_ComposeType type, nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow, nsACString& aSelHTML)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  // Good hygiene
+  aSelHTML.Truncate();
+
+  // Get the pref to see if we even should do reply quoting selection
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefs(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  bool replyQuotingSelection;
+  rv = prefs->GetBoolPref(PREF_MAILNEWS_REPLY_QUOTING_SELECTION, &replyQuotingSelection);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  if (!replyQuotingSelection)
+    return NS_ERROR_ABORT;
+
+  // Now delve down in to the message to get the HTML representation of the selection
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIDocShell> rootDocShell;
+  rv = aMsgWindow->GetRootDocShell(getter_AddRefs(rootDocShell));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIDocShellTreeItem> childAsItem;
+  rv = rootDocShell->FindChildWithName(NS_LITERAL_STRING("messagepane"),
+                                       true, false, nullptr, nullptr, getter_AddRefs(childAsItem));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIDocShell> docShell(do_QueryInterface(childAsItem, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<mozIDOMWindowProxy> domWindow(do_GetInterface(childAsItem));
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(domWindow, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsPIDOMWindowOuter> privateWindow = nsPIDOMWindowOuter::From(domWindow);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISelection> sel = privateWindow->GetSelection();
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(sel, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+
+  bool requireMultipleWords = true;
+  nsAutoCString charsOnlyIf;
+  prefs->GetBoolPref(PREF_MAILNEWS_REPLY_QUOTING_SELECTION_MULTI_WORD, &requireMultipleWords);
+  prefs->GetCharPref(PREF_MAILNEWS_REPLY_QUOTING_SELECTION_ONLY_IF, getter_Copies(charsOnlyIf));
+  if (sel && (requireMultipleWords || !charsOnlyIf.IsEmpty()))
+  {
+    nsAutoString selPlain;
+    rv = sel->ToString(selPlain);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    // If "mailnews.reply_quoting_selection.multi_word" is on, then there must be at least
+    // two words selected in order to quote just the selected text
+    if (requireMultipleWords)
+    {
+      if (selPlain.IsEmpty())
+        return NS_ERROR_ABORT;
+
+      nsCOMPtr<nsILineBreaker> lineBreaker = do_GetService(NS_LBRK_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      {
+        const uint32_t length = selPlain.Length();
+        const char16_t* unicodeStr = selPlain.get();
+        int32_t endWordPos = lineBreaker->Next(unicodeStr, length, 0);
+
+        // If there's not even one word, then there's not multiple words
+        if (endWordPos == NS_LINEBREAKER_NEED_MORE_TEXT)
+          return NS_ERROR_ABORT;
+
+        // If after the first word is only space, then there's not multiple words
+        const char16_t* end;
+        for (end = unicodeStr + endWordPos; NS_IsSpace(*end); end++)
+          ;
+        if (!*end)
+          return NS_ERROR_ABORT;
+      }
+    }
+
+    if (!charsOnlyIf.IsEmpty())
+    {
+      if (MsgFindCharInSet(selPlain, charsOnlyIf.get()) < 0)
+        return NS_ERROR_ABORT;
+    }
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIContentViewer> contentViewer;
+  rv = docShell->GetContentViewer(getter_AddRefs(contentViewer));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMDocument> domDocument;
+  rv = contentViewer->GetDOMDocument(getter_AddRefs(domDocument));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIDocumentEncoder> docEncoder(do_CreateInstance(NS_HTMLCOPY_ENCODER_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = docEncoder->Init(domDocument, NS_LITERAL_STRING("text/html"), 0);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = docEncoder->SetSelection(sel);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsAutoString selHTML;
+  rv = docEncoder->EncodeToString(selHTML);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // Now remove <span class="moz-txt-citetags">&gt; </span>.
+  nsAutoCString html(NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(selHTML).get());
+  int32_t spanInd = html.Find("<span class=\"moz-txt-citetags\">");
+  while (spanInd != kNotFound) {
+    nsAutoCString right0(Substring(html, spanInd));
+    int32_t endInd = right0.Find("</span>");
+    if (endInd == kNotFound)
+      break;  // oops, where is the closing tag gone?
+    nsAutoCString right1(Substring(html, spanInd + endInd + 7));
+    html.SetLength(spanInd);
+    html.Append(right1);
+    spanInd = html.Find("<span class=\"moz-txt-citetags\">");
+  }
+
+  aSelHTML.Assign(html);
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgComposeService::OpenComposeWindow(const char *msgComposeWindowURL, nsIMsgDBHdr *origMsgHdr, const char *originalMsgURI,
+  MSG_ComposeType type, MSG_ComposeFormat format, nsIMsgIdentity * aIdentity, nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  // Check for any reply type that wants to ignore the quote.
+  bool ignoreQuote = false;
+  if (type >= nsIMsgCompType::ReplyIgnoreQuote) {
+    type -= nsIMsgCompType::ReplyIgnoreQuote;
+    ignoreQuote = true;
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIdentity> identity = aIdentity;
+  if (!identity)
+    GetDefaultIdentity(getter_AddRefs(identity));
+
+  /* Actually, the only way to implement forward inline is to simulate a template message.
+     Maybe one day when we will have more time we can change that
+  */
+  if (type == nsIMsgCompType::ForwardInline || type == nsIMsgCompType::Draft || type == nsIMsgCompType::Template
+    || type == nsIMsgCompType::ReplyWithTemplate || type == nsIMsgCompType::Redirect)
+  {
+    nsAutoCString uriToOpen(originalMsgURI);
+    uriToOpen += (uriToOpen.FindChar('?') == kNotFound) ? '?' : '&';
+    uriToOpen.Append("fetchCompleteMessage=true");
+    if (type == nsIMsgCompType::Redirect)
+      uriToOpen.Append("&redirect=true");
+
+    return LoadDraftOrTemplate(uriToOpen, type == nsIMsgCompType::ForwardInline || type == nsIMsgCompType::Draft ?
+                               nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageDraftOrTemplate : nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageEditorTemplate,
+                               identity, originalMsgURI, origMsgHdr, type == nsIMsgCompType::ForwardInline,
+                               format == nsIMsgCompFormat::OppositeOfDefault, aMsgWindow);
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgComposeParams> pMsgComposeParams (do_CreateInstance(NS_MSGCOMPOSEPARAMS_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && pMsgComposeParams)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgCompFields> pMsgCompFields (do_CreateInstance(NS_MSGCOMPFIELDS_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && pMsgCompFields)
+    {
+      pMsgComposeParams->SetType(type);
+      pMsgComposeParams->SetFormat(format);
+      pMsgComposeParams->SetIdentity(identity);
+
+      // When doing a reply (except with a template) see if there's a selection that we should quote
+      if (!ignoreQuote &&
+          (type == nsIMsgCompType::Reply ||
+           type == nsIMsgCompType::ReplyAll ||
+           type == nsIMsgCompType::ReplyToSender ||
+           type == nsIMsgCompType::ReplyToGroup ||
+           type == nsIMsgCompType::ReplyToSenderAndGroup ||
+           type == nsIMsgCompType::ReplyToList))
+      {
+        nsAutoCString selHTML;
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(GetOrigWindowSelection(type, aMsgWindow, selHTML)))
+          pMsgComposeParams->SetHtmlToQuote(selHTML);
+      }
+
+      if (originalMsgURI && *originalMsgURI)
+      {
+        if (type == nsIMsgCompType::NewsPost)
+        {
+          nsAutoCString newsURI(originalMsgURI);
+          nsAutoCString group;
+          nsAutoCString host;
+
+          int32_t slashpos = newsURI.RFindChar('/');
+          if (slashpos > 0 )
+          {
+            // uri is "[s]news://host[:port]/group"
+            host = StringHead(newsURI, slashpos);
+            group = Substring(newsURI, slashpos + 1);
+
+          }
+          else
+            group = originalMsgURI;
+
+          nsAutoCString unescapedName;
+          MsgUnescapeString(group,
+                            nsINetUtil::ESCAPE_URL_FILE_BASENAME | nsINetUtil::ESCAPE_URL_FORCED,
+                            unescapedName);
+          pMsgCompFields->SetNewsgroups(NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16(unescapedName));
+          pMsgCompFields->SetNewspostUrl(host.get());
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          pMsgComposeParams->SetOriginalMsgURI(originalMsgURI);
+          pMsgComposeParams->SetOrigMsgHdr(origMsgHdr);
+        }
+      }
+
+      pMsgComposeParams->SetComposeFields(pMsgCompFields);
+
+      if(mLogComposePerformance)
+      {
+#ifdef MSGCOMP_TRACE_PERFORMANCE
+        // ducarroz, properly fix this in the case of new message (not a reply)
+        if (type != nsIMsgCompType::NewsPost) {
+          char buff[256];
+          sprintf(buff, "Start opening the window, message size = %d", GetMessageSizeFromURI(originalMsgURI));
+          TimeStamp(buff, true);
+        }
+#endif
+      }//end if(mLogComposePerformance)
+
+      rv = OpenComposeWindowWithParams(msgComposeWindowURL, pMsgComposeParams);
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgComposeService::GetParamsForMailto(nsIURI * aURI, nsIMsgComposeParams ** aParams)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  if (aURI)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMailtoUrl> aMailtoUrl;
+    rv = aURI->QueryInterface(NS_GET_IID(nsIMailtoUrl), getter_AddRefs(aMailtoUrl));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+       MSG_ComposeFormat requestedComposeFormat = nsIMsgCompFormat::Default;
+       nsCString toPart;
+       nsCString ccPart;
+       nsCString bccPart;
+       nsCString subjectPart;
+       nsCString bodyPart;
+       nsCString newsgroup;
+       nsCString refPart;
+       nsCString HTMLBodyPart;
+
+       aMailtoUrl->GetMessageContents(toPart, ccPart, bccPart, subjectPart,
+                                      bodyPart, HTMLBodyPart, refPart,
+                                      newsgroup, &requestedComposeFormat);
+
+      nsAutoString sanitizedBody;
+
+      bool composeHTMLFormat;
+      DetermineComposeHTML(NULL, requestedComposeFormat, &composeHTMLFormat);
+
+      // If there was an 'html-body' param, finding it will have requested
+      // HTML format in GetMessageContents, so we try to use it first. If it's
+      // empty, but we are composing in HTML because of the user's prefs, the
+      // 'body' param needs to be escaped, since it's supposed to be plain
+      // text, but it then doesn't need to sanitized.
+      nsString rawBody;
+      if (HTMLBodyPart.IsEmpty())
+      {
+        if (composeHTMLFormat)
+        {
+          char *escaped = MsgEscapeHTML(bodyPart.get());
+          if (!escaped)
+            return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+          CopyUTF8toUTF16(nsDependentCString(escaped), sanitizedBody);
+          free(escaped);
+        }
+        else
+          CopyUTF8toUTF16(bodyPart, rawBody);
+      }
+      else
+        CopyUTF8toUTF16(HTMLBodyPart, rawBody);
+
+      if (!rawBody.IsEmpty() && composeHTMLFormat)
+      {
+        //For security reason, we must sanitize the message body before accepting any html...
+
+        rv = HTMLSanitize(rawBody, sanitizedBody); // from mimemoz2.h
+
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        {
+          // Something went horribly wrong with parsing for html format
+          // in the body.  Set composeHTMLFormat to false so we show the
+          // plain text mail compose.
+          composeHTMLFormat = false;
+        }
+      }
+
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgComposeParams> pMsgComposeParams (do_CreateInstance(NS_MSGCOMPOSEPARAMS_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && pMsgComposeParams)
+      {
+        pMsgComposeParams->SetType(nsIMsgCompType::MailToUrl);
+        pMsgComposeParams->SetFormat(composeHTMLFormat ? nsIMsgCompFormat::HTML : nsIMsgCompFormat::PlainText);
+
+
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgCompFields> pMsgCompFields (do_CreateInstance(NS_MSGCOMPFIELDS_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+        if (pMsgCompFields)
+        {
+          //ugghh more conversion work!!!!
+          pMsgCompFields->SetTo(NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16(toPart));
+          pMsgCompFields->SetCc(NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16(ccPart));
+          pMsgCompFields->SetBcc(NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16(bccPart));
+          pMsgCompFields->SetNewsgroups(NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16(newsgroup));
+          pMsgCompFields->SetReferences(refPart.get());
+          pMsgCompFields->SetSubject(NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16(subjectPart));
+          pMsgCompFields->SetBody(composeHTMLFormat ? sanitizedBody : rawBody);
+          pMsgComposeParams->SetComposeFields(pMsgCompFields);
+
+          NS_ADDREF(*aParams = pMsgComposeParams);
+          return NS_OK;
+        }
+      } // if we created msg compose params....
+    } // if we had a mailto url
+  } // if we had a url...
+
+  // if we got here we must have encountered an error
+  *aParams = nullptr;
+  return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgComposeService::OpenComposeWindowWithURI(const char * aMsgComposeWindowURL, nsIURI * aURI, nsIMsgIdentity *identity)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgComposeParams> pMsgComposeParams;
+  nsresult rv = GetParamsForMailto(aURI, getter_AddRefs(pMsgComposeParams));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+    pMsgComposeParams->SetIdentity(identity);
+    rv = OpenComposeWindowWithParams(aMsgComposeWindowURL, pMsgComposeParams);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgComposeService::InitCompose(nsIMsgComposeParams *aParams,
+                                               mozIDOMWindowProxy *aWindow,
+                                               nsIDocShell *aDocShell,
+                                               nsIMsgCompose **_retval)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgCompose> msgCompose =
+    do_CreateInstance(NS_MSGCOMPOSE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  rv = msgCompose->Initialize(aParams, aWindow, aDocShell);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*_retval = msgCompose);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgComposeService::GetDefaultIdentity(nsIMsgIdentity **_retval)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(_retval);
+  *_retval = nullptr;
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccountManager> accountManager = do_GetService(NS_MSGACCOUNTMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccount> defaultAccount;
+  rv = accountManager->GetDefaultAccount(getter_AddRefs(defaultAccount));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  return defaultAccount->GetDefaultIdentity(_retval);
+}
+
+/* readonly attribute boolean logComposePerformance; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgComposeService::GetLogComposePerformance(bool *aLogComposePerformance)
+{
+  *aLogComposePerformance = mLogComposePerformance;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgComposeService::TimeStamp(const char * label, bool resetTime)
+{
+  if (!mLogComposePerformance)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+#ifdef MSGCOMP_TRACE_PERFORMANCE
+
+  PRIntervalTime now;
+
+  if (resetTime)
+  {
+    MOZ_LOG(MsgComposeLogModule, mozilla::LogLevel::Info, ("\n[process]: [totalTime][deltaTime]\n--------------------\n"));
+
+    mStartTime = PR_IntervalNow();
+    mPreviousTime = mStartTime;
+    now = mStartTime;
+  }
+  else
+    now = PR_IntervalNow();
+
+  PRIntervalTime totalTime = PR_IntervalToMilliseconds(now - mStartTime);
+  PRIntervalTime deltaTime = PR_IntervalToMilliseconds(now - mPreviousTime);
+
+  MOZ_LOG(MsgComposeLogModule, mozilla::LogLevel::Info, ("[%3.2f][%3.2f] - %s\n",
+((double)totalTime/1000.0) + 0.005, ((double)deltaTime/1000.0) + 0.005, label));
+
+  mPreviousTime = now;
+#endif
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+class nsMsgTemplateReplyHelper final: public nsIStreamListener,
+                                      public nsIUrlListener
+{
+public:
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIURLLISTENER
+  NS_DECL_NSISTREAMLISTENER
+  NS_DECL_NSIREQUESTOBSERVER
+
+  nsMsgTemplateReplyHelper();
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> mHdrToReplyTo;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> mTemplateHdr;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgWindow> mMsgWindow;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIdentity> mIdentity;
+  nsCString mTemplateBody;
+  bool mInMsgBody;
+  char mLastBlockChars[3];
+
+private:
+  ~nsMsgTemplateReplyHelper();
+};
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMsgTemplateReplyHelper,
+                   nsIStreamListener,
+                   nsIRequestObserver,
+                   nsIUrlListener)
+
+nsMsgTemplateReplyHelper::nsMsgTemplateReplyHelper()
+{
+  mInMsgBody = false;
+  memset(mLastBlockChars, 0, sizeof(mLastBlockChars));
+}
+
+nsMsgTemplateReplyHelper::~nsMsgTemplateReplyHelper()
+{
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgTemplateReplyHelper::OnStartRunningUrl(nsIURI *aUrl)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgTemplateReplyHelper::OnStopRunningUrl(nsIURI *aUrl, nsresult aExitCode)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(aExitCode, aExitCode);
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsPIDOMWindowOuter> parentWindow;
+  if (mMsgWindow)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIDocShell> docShell;
+    rv = mMsgWindow->GetRootDocShell(getter_AddRefs(docShell));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    parentWindow = do_GetInterface(docShell);
+    NS_ENSURE_TRUE(parentWindow, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+  }
+
+  // create the compose params object
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgComposeParams> pMsgComposeParams (do_CreateInstance(NS_MSGCOMPOSEPARAMS_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || (!pMsgComposeParams) ) return rv ;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgCompFields> compFields = do_CreateInstance(NS_MSGCOMPFIELDS_CONTRACTID, &rv) ;
+
+  nsCString replyTo;
+  mHdrToReplyTo->GetStringProperty("replyTo", getter_Copies(replyTo));
+  if (replyTo.IsEmpty())
+    mHdrToReplyTo->GetAuthor(getter_Copies(replyTo));
+  compFields->SetTo(NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16(replyTo));
+
+  nsString body;
+  nsString templateSubject, replySubject;
+
+  mHdrToReplyTo->GetMime2DecodedSubject(replySubject);
+  mTemplateHdr->GetMime2DecodedSubject(templateSubject);
+  nsString subject(NS_LITERAL_STRING("Auto: ")); // RFC 3834 3.1.5.
+  subject.Append(templateSubject);
+  if (!replySubject.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    subject.Append(NS_LITERAL_STRING(" (was: "));
+    subject.Append(replySubject);
+    subject.Append(NS_LITERAL_STRING(")"));
+  }
+
+  compFields->SetSubject(subject);
+  compFields->SetRawHeader("Auto-Submitted", NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("auto-replied"), nullptr);
+
+  nsCString charset;
+  rv = mTemplateHdr->GetCharset(getter_Copies(charset));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  compFields->SetCharacterSet(charset.get());
+  rv = nsMsgI18NConvertToUnicode(charset.get(), mTemplateBody, body);
+  NS_WARNING_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "couldn't convert templ body to unicode");
+  compFields->SetBody(body);
+
+  nsCString msgUri;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> folder;
+  mHdrToReplyTo->GetFolder(getter_AddRefs(folder));
+  folder->GetUriForMsg(mHdrToReplyTo, msgUri);
+  // populate the compose params
+  pMsgComposeParams->SetType(nsIMsgCompType::ReplyWithTemplate);
+  pMsgComposeParams->SetFormat(nsIMsgCompFormat::Default);
+  pMsgComposeParams->SetIdentity(mIdentity);
+  pMsgComposeParams->SetComposeFields(compFields);
+  pMsgComposeParams->SetOriginalMsgURI(msgUri.get());
+
+  // create the nsIMsgCompose object to send the object
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgCompose> pMsgCompose (do_CreateInstance(NS_MSGCOMPOSE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  /** initialize nsIMsgCompose, Send the message, wait for send completion response **/
+
+  rv = pMsgCompose->Initialize(pMsgComposeParams, parentWindow, nullptr);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  return pMsgCompose->SendMsg(nsIMsgSend::nsMsgDeliverNow, mIdentity, nullptr, nullptr, nullptr) ;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgTemplateReplyHelper::OnStartRequest(nsIRequest* request, nsISupports* aSupport)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgTemplateReplyHelper::OnStopRequest(nsIRequest* request, nsISupports* aSupport,
+                                nsresult status)
+{
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(status))
+  {
+    // now we've got the message body in mTemplateBody -
+    // need to set body in compose params and send the reply.
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgTemplateReplyHelper::OnDataAvailable(nsIRequest* request,
+                                  nsISupports* aSupport,
+                                  nsIInputStream* inStream,
+                                  uint64_t srcOffset,
+                                  uint32_t count)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  char readBuf[1024];
+
+  uint64_t available;
+  uint32_t readCount;
+  uint32_t maxReadCount = sizeof(readBuf) - 1;
+
+  rv = inStream->Available(&available);
+  while (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && available > 0)
+  {
+    uint32_t bodyOffset = 0, readOffset = 0;
+    if (!mInMsgBody && mLastBlockChars[0])
+    {
+      memcpy(readBuf, mLastBlockChars, 3);
+      readOffset = 3;
+      maxReadCount -= 3;
+    }
+    if (maxReadCount > available)
+      maxReadCount = (uint32_t)available;
+    memset(readBuf, 0, sizeof(readBuf));
+    rv = inStream->Read(readBuf + readOffset, maxReadCount, &readCount);
+    available -= readCount;
+    readCount += readOffset;
+    // we're mainly interested in the msg body, so we need to
+    // find the header/body delimiter of a blank line. A blank line
+    // looks like <CR><CR>, <LF><LF>, or <CRLF><CRLF>
+    if (!mInMsgBody)
+    {
+      for (uint32_t charIndex = 0; charIndex < readCount && !bodyOffset; charIndex++)
+      {
+        if (readBuf[charIndex] == '\r' || readBuf[charIndex] == '\n')
+        {
+          if (charIndex + 1 < readCount)
+          {
+            if (readBuf[charIndex] == readBuf[charIndex + 1])
+            {
+            // got header+body separator
+              bodyOffset = charIndex + 2;
+              break;
+            }
+            else if ((charIndex + 3 < readCount) && !strncmp(readBuf + charIndex, "\r\n\r\n", 4))
+            {
+              bodyOffset = charIndex + 4;
+              break;
+            }
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      mInMsgBody = bodyOffset != 0;
+      if (!mInMsgBody && readCount > 3) // still in msg hdrs
+        strncpy(mLastBlockChars, readBuf + readCount - 3, 3);
+    }
+    mTemplateBody.Append(readBuf + bodyOffset);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgComposeService::ReplyWithTemplate(nsIMsgDBHdr *aMsgHdr, const char *templateUri,
+                                             nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow, nsIMsgIncomingServer *aServer)
+{
+  // To reply with template, we need the message body of the template.
+  // I think we're going to need to stream the template message to ourselves,
+  // and construct the body, and call setBody on the compFields.
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgAccountManager> accountManager =
+    do_GetService(NS_MSGACCOUNTMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccount> account;
+  rv = accountManager->FindAccountForServer(aServer, getter_AddRefs(account));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIArray> identities;
+  rv = account->GetIdentities(getter_AddRefs(identities));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsAutoCString recipients;
+  aMsgHdr->GetRecipients(getter_Copies(recipients));
+
+  nsAutoCString ccList;
+  aMsgHdr->GetCcList(getter_Copies(ccList));
+
+  // Go through the identities to see to whom this was addressed.
+  // In case we get no match, this is likely a list/bulk/bcc/spam mail and we
+  // shouldn't reply. RFC 3834 2.
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIdentity> identity; // identity to reply from
+  uint32_t count = 0;
+  identities->GetLength(&count);
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < count; i++)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIdentity> anIdentity(do_QueryElementAt(identities, i, &rv));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    nsAutoCString identityEmail;
+    anIdentity->GetEmail(identityEmail);
+
+    if (recipients.Find(identityEmail, CaseInsensitiveCompare) != kNotFound ||
+        ccList.Find(identityEmail, CaseInsensitiveCompare) != kNotFound)
+    {
+      identity = anIdentity;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  if (!identity) // Found no match -> don't reply.
+    return NS_ERROR_ABORT;
+
+  RefPtr<nsMsgTemplateReplyHelper> helper = new nsMsgTemplateReplyHelper;
+
+  helper->mHdrToReplyTo = aMsgHdr;
+  helper->mMsgWindow = aMsgWindow;
+  helper->mIdentity = identity;
+
+  nsAutoCString replyTo;
+  aMsgHdr->GetStringProperty("replyTo", getter_Copies(replyTo));
+  if (replyTo.IsEmpty())
+    aMsgHdr->GetAuthor(getter_Copies(replyTo));
+  if (replyTo.IsEmpty())
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE; // nowhere to send the reply
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> templateFolder;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDatabase> templateDB;
+  nsCString templateMsgHdrUri;
+  const char * query = PL_strstr(templateUri, "?messageId=");
+  if (!query)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  nsAutoCString folderUri(Substring(templateUri, query));
+  rv = GetExistingFolder(folderUri, getter_AddRefs(templateFolder));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  rv = templateFolder->GetMsgDatabase(getter_AddRefs(templateDB));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  const char *subject = PL_strstr(templateUri, "&subject=");
+  if (subject)
+  {
+    const char *subjectEnd = subject + strlen(subject);
+    nsAutoCString messageId(Substring(query + 11, subject));
+    nsAutoCString subjectString(Substring(subject + 9, subjectEnd));
+    templateDB->GetMsgHdrForMessageID(messageId.get(), getter_AddRefs(helper->mTemplateHdr));
+    if (helper->mTemplateHdr)
+      templateFolder->GetUriForMsg(helper->mTemplateHdr, templateMsgHdrUri);
+    // to use the subject, we'd need to expose a method to find a message by subject,
+    // or painfully iterate through messages...We'll try to make the message-id
+    // not change when saving a template first.
+  }
+  if (templateMsgHdrUri.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    // ### probably want to return a specific error and
+    // have the calling code disable the filter.
+    NS_ASSERTION(false, "failed to get msg hdr");
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+  // we need to convert the template uri, which is of the form
+  // <folder uri>?messageId=<messageId>&subject=<subject>
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgMessageService> msgService;
+  rv = GetMessageServiceFromURI(templateMsgHdrUri, getter_AddRefs(msgService));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> listenerSupports;
+  helper->QueryInterface(NS_GET_IID(nsISupports), getter_AddRefs(listenerSupports));
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> dummyNull;
+  rv = msgService->StreamMessage(templateMsgHdrUri.get(), listenerSupports,
+                                 aMsgWindow, helper,
+                                 false, // convert data
+                                 EmptyCString(), false, getter_AddRefs(dummyNull));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder;
+  aMsgHdr->GetFolder(getter_AddRefs(folder));
+  if (!folder)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  // We're sending a new message. Conceptually it's a reply though, so mark the
+  // original message as replied.
+  return folder->AddMessageDispositionState(aMsgHdr, nsIMsgFolder::nsMsgDispositionState_Replied);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgComposeService::ForwardMessage(const nsAString &forwardTo,
+                                    nsIMsgDBHdr *aMsgHdr,
+                                    nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow,
+                                    nsIMsgIncomingServer *aServer,
+                                    uint32_t aForwardType)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMsgHdr);
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  if (aForwardType == nsIMsgComposeService::kForwardAsDefault)
+  {
+    int32_t forwardPref = 0;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefBranch(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    prefBranch->GetIntPref("mail.forward_message_mode", &forwardPref);
+    // 0=default as attachment 2=forward as inline with attachments,
+    // (obsolete 4.x value)1=forward as quoted (mapped to 2 in mozilla)
+    aForwardType = forwardPref == 0 ? nsIMsgComposeService::kForwardAsAttachment :
+                                      nsIMsgComposeService::kForwardInline;
+  }
+  nsCString msgUri;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder;
+  aMsgHdr->GetFolder(getter_AddRefs(folder));
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(folder, NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER);
+
+  folder->GetUriForMsg(aMsgHdr, msgUri);
+
+  nsAutoCString uriToOpen(msgUri);
+  uriToOpen += (uriToOpen.FindChar('?') == kNotFound) ? '?' : '&';
+  uriToOpen.Append("fetchCompleteMessage=true");
+
+  // get the MsgIdentity for the above key using AccountManager
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccountManager> accountManager =
+    do_GetService (NS_MSGACCOUNTMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccount> account;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIdentity> identity;
+
+  rv = accountManager->FindAccountForServer(aServer, getter_AddRefs(account));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  rv = account->GetDefaultIdentity(getter_AddRefs(identity));
+  // Use default identity if no identity has been found on this account
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !identity)
+  {
+    rv = GetDefaultIdentity(getter_AddRefs(identity));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+
+  if (aForwardType == nsIMsgComposeService::kForwardInline)
+    return RunMessageThroughMimeDraft(uriToOpen,
+                                      nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageDraftOrTemplate,
+                                      identity,
+                                      uriToOpen.get(), aMsgHdr,
+                                      true, forwardTo,
+                                      false, aMsgWindow);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<mozIDOMWindowProxy> parentWindow;
+  if (aMsgWindow)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIDocShell> docShell;
+    rv = aMsgWindow->GetRootDocShell(getter_AddRefs(docShell));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    parentWindow = do_GetInterface(docShell);
+    NS_ENSURE_TRUE(parentWindow, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+  }
+  // create the compose params object
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgComposeParams> pMsgComposeParams (do_CreateInstance(NS_MSGCOMPOSEPARAMS_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgCompFields> compFields = do_CreateInstance(NS_MSGCOMPFIELDS_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+
+  compFields->SetTo(forwardTo);
+  // populate the compose params
+  pMsgComposeParams->SetType(nsIMsgCompType::ForwardAsAttachment);
+  pMsgComposeParams->SetFormat(nsIMsgCompFormat::Default);
+  pMsgComposeParams->SetIdentity(identity);
+  pMsgComposeParams->SetComposeFields(compFields);
+  pMsgComposeParams->SetOriginalMsgURI(uriToOpen.get());
+  // create the nsIMsgCompose object to send the object
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgCompose> pMsgCompose (do_CreateInstance(NS_MSGCOMPOSE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  /** initialize nsIMsgCompose, Send the message, wait for send completion response **/
+  rv = pMsgCompose->Initialize(pMsgComposeParams, parentWindow, nullptr);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = pMsgCompose->SendMsg(nsIMsgSend::nsMsgDeliverNow, identity, nullptr, nullptr, nullptr);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // nsMsgCompose::ProcessReplyFlags usually takes care of marking messages
+  // as forwarded. ProcessReplyFlags is normally called from
+  // nsMsgComposeSendListener::OnStopSending but for this case the msgCompose
+  // object is not set so ProcessReplyFlags won't get called.
+  // Therefore, let's just mark it here instead.
+  return folder->AddMessageDispositionState(aMsgHdr, nsIMsgFolder::nsMsgDispositionState_Forwarded);
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgComposeService::AddGlobalHtmlDomains()
+{
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefService> prefs = do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefBranch;
+  rv = prefs->GetBranch(MAILNEWS_ROOT_PREF, getter_AddRefs(prefBranch));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> defaultsPrefBranch;
+  rv = prefs->GetDefaultBranch(MAILNEWS_ROOT_PREF, getter_AddRefs(defaultsPrefBranch));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  /**
+   * Check to see if we need to add any global domains.
+   * If so, make sure the following prefs are added to mailnews.js
+   *
+   * 1. pref("mailnews.global_html_domains.version", version number);
+   * This pref registers the current version in the user prefs file. A default value is stored
+   * in mailnews file. Depending the changes we plan to make we can move the default version number.
+   * Comparing version number from user's prefs file and the default one from mailnews.js, we
+   * can effect ppropriate changes.
+   *
+   * 2. pref("mailnews.global_html_domains", <comma separated domain list>);
+   * This pref contains the list of html domains that ISP can add to make that user's contain all
+   * of these under the HTML domains in the Mail&NewsGrpus|Send Format under global preferences.
+   */
+  int32_t htmlDomainListCurrentVersion, htmlDomainListDefaultVersion;
+  rv = prefBranch->GetIntPref(HTMLDOMAINUPDATE_VERSION_PREF_NAME, &htmlDomainListCurrentVersion);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  rv = defaultsPrefBranch->GetIntPref(HTMLDOMAINUPDATE_VERSION_PREF_NAME, &htmlDomainListDefaultVersion);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  // Update the list as needed
+  if (htmlDomainListCurrentVersion <= htmlDomainListDefaultVersion) {
+    // Get list of global domains need to be added
+    nsCString globalHtmlDomainList;
+    rv = prefBranch->GetCharPref(HTMLDOMAINUPDATE_DOMAINLIST_PREF_NAME, getter_Copies(globalHtmlDomainList));
+
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !globalHtmlDomainList.IsEmpty()) {
+      nsTArray<nsCString> domainArray;
+
+      // Get user's current HTML domain set for send format
+      nsCString currentHtmlDomainList;
+      rv = prefBranch->GetCharPref(USER_CURRENT_HTMLDOMAINLIST_PREF_NAME, getter_Copies(currentHtmlDomainList));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+      nsAutoCString newHtmlDomainList(currentHtmlDomainList);
+      // Get the current html domain list into new list var
+      ParseString(currentHtmlDomainList, DOMAIN_DELIMITER, domainArray);
+
+      // Get user's current Plaintext domain set for send format
+      nsCString currentPlaintextDomainList;
+      rv = prefBranch->GetCharPref(USER_CURRENT_PLAINTEXTDOMAINLIST_PREF_NAME, getter_Copies(currentPlaintextDomainList));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+      // Get the current plaintext domain list into new list var
+      ParseString(currentPlaintextDomainList, DOMAIN_DELIMITER, domainArray);
+
+      size_t i = domainArray.Length();
+      if (i > 0) {
+        // Append each domain in the preconfigured html domain list
+        globalHtmlDomainList.StripWhitespace();
+        ParseString(globalHtmlDomainList, DOMAIN_DELIMITER, domainArray);
+
+        // Now add each domain that does not already appear in
+        // the user's current html or plaintext domain lists
+        for (; i < domainArray.Length(); i++) {
+          if (domainArray.IndexOf(domainArray[i]) == i) {
+            if (!newHtmlDomainList.IsEmpty())
+              newHtmlDomainList += DOMAIN_DELIMITER;
+            newHtmlDomainList += domainArray[i];
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        // User has no domains listed either in html or plain text category.
+        // Assign the global list to be the user's current html domain list
+        newHtmlDomainList = globalHtmlDomainList;
+      }
+
+      // Set user's html domain pref with the updated list
+      rv = prefBranch->SetCharPref(USER_CURRENT_HTMLDOMAINLIST_PREF_NAME, newHtmlDomainList.get());
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+      // Increase the version to avoid running the update code unless needed (based on default version)
+      rv = prefBranch->SetIntPref(HTMLDOMAINUPDATE_VERSION_PREF_NAME, htmlDomainListCurrentVersion + 1);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgComposeService::RegisterComposeDocShell(nsIDocShell *aDocShell,
+                                             nsIMsgCompose *aComposeObject)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aDocShell);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aComposeObject);
+
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  // add the msg compose / dom window mapping to our hash table
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIWeakReference> weakDocShell = do_GetWeakReference(aDocShell, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIWeakReference> weakMsgComposePtr = do_GetWeakReference(aComposeObject);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  mOpenComposeWindows.Put(weakDocShell, weakMsgComposePtr);
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgComposeService::UnregisterComposeDocShell(nsIDocShell *aDocShell)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aDocShell);
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIWeakReference> weakDocShell = do_GetWeakReference(aDocShell, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  mOpenComposeWindows.Remove(weakDocShell);
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgComposeService::GetMsgComposeForDocShell(nsIDocShell *aDocShell,
+                                              nsIMsgCompose **aComposeObject)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aDocShell);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aComposeObject);
+
+  if (!mOpenComposeWindows.Count())
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  // get the weak reference for our dom window
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIWeakReference> weakDocShell = do_GetWeakReference(aDocShell, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIWeakReference> weakMsgComposePtr;
+
+  if (!mOpenComposeWindows.Get(weakDocShell,
+                               getter_AddRefs(weakMsgComposePtr)))
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgCompose> msgCompose = do_QueryReferent(weakMsgComposePtr, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aComposeObject = msgCompose);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+/**
+ * LoadDraftOrTemplate
+ *   Helper routine used to run msgURI through libmime in order to fetch the contents for a
+ *   draft or template.
+ */
+nsresult
+nsMsgComposeService::LoadDraftOrTemplate(const nsACString& aMsgURI, nsMimeOutputType aOutType,
+                                         nsIMsgIdentity * aIdentity, const char * aOriginalMsgURI,
+                                         nsIMsgDBHdr * aOrigMsgHdr,
+                                         bool aForwardInline,
+                                         bool overrideComposeFormat,
+                                         nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow)
+{
+  return RunMessageThroughMimeDraft(aMsgURI, aOutType, aIdentity,
+                                    aOriginalMsgURI, aOrigMsgHdr,
+                                    aForwardInline, EmptyString(),
+                                    overrideComposeFormat, aMsgWindow);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Run the aMsgURI message through libmime. We set various attributes of the
+ * nsIMimeStreamConverter so mimedrft.cpp will know what to do with the message
+ * when its done streaming. Usually that will be opening a compose window
+ * with the contents of the message, but if forwardTo is non-empty, mimedrft.cpp
+ * will forward the contents directly.
+ *
+ * @param aMsgURI URI to stream, which is the msgUri + any extra terms, e.g.,
+ *                "redirect=true".
+ * @param aOutType  nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageDraftOrTemplate or
+ *                  nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageEditorTemplate
+ * @param aIdentity identity to use for the new message
+ * @param aOriginalMsgURI msgURI w/o any extra terms
+ * @param aOrigMsgHdr nsIMsgDBHdr corresponding to aOriginalMsgURI
+ * @param aForwardInline true if doing a forward inline
+ * @param aForwardTo  e-mail address to forward msg to. This is used for
+ *                     forward inline message filter actions.
+ * @param aOverrideComposeFormat True if the user had shift key down when
+                                 doing a command that opens the compose window,
+ *                               which means we switch the compose window used
+ *                               from the default.
+ * @param aMsgWindow msgWindow to pass into DisplayMessage.
+ */
+nsresult
+nsMsgComposeService::RunMessageThroughMimeDraft(
+            const nsACString& aMsgURI, nsMimeOutputType aOutType,
+            nsIMsgIdentity * aIdentity, const char * aOriginalMsgURI,
+            nsIMsgDBHdr * aOrigMsgHdr,
+            bool aForwardInline,
+            const nsAString &aForwardTo,
+            bool aOverrideComposeFormat,
+            nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgMessageService> messageService;
+  nsresult rv = GetMessageServiceFromURI(aMsgURI, getter_AddRefs(messageService));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // Create a mime parser (nsIMimeStreamConverter)to do the conversion.
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMimeStreamConverter> mimeConverter =
+    do_CreateInstance(NS_MAILNEWS_MIME_STREAM_CONVERTER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  mimeConverter->SetMimeOutputType(aOutType); // Set the type of output for libmime
+  mimeConverter->SetForwardInline(aForwardInline);
+  if (!aForwardTo.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    mimeConverter->SetForwardInlineFilter(true);
+    mimeConverter->SetForwardToAddress(aForwardTo);
+  }
+  mimeConverter->SetOverrideComposeFormat(aOverrideComposeFormat);
+  mimeConverter->SetIdentity(aIdentity);
+  mimeConverter->SetOriginalMsgURI(aOriginalMsgURI);
+  mimeConverter->SetOrigMsgHdr(aOrigMsgHdr);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> url;
+  bool fileUrl = StringBeginsWith(aMsgURI, NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("file:"));
+  nsCString mailboxUri(aMsgURI);
+  if (fileUrl)
+  {
+    // We loaded a .eml file from a file: url. Construct equivalent mailbox url.
+    mailboxUri.Replace(0, 5, NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("mailbox:"));
+    mailboxUri.Append(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("&number=0"));
+    // Need this to prevent nsMsgCompose::TagEmbeddedObjects from setting
+    // inline images as moz-do-not-send.
+    mimeConverter->SetOriginalMsgURI(mailboxUri.get());
+  }
+  if (fileUrl || PromiseFlatCString(aMsgURI).Find("&type=application/x-message-display") >= 0)
+    rv = NS_NewURI(getter_AddRefs(url), mailboxUri);
+  else
+    rv = messageService->GetUrlForUri(PromiseFlatCString(aMsgURI).get(), getter_AddRefs(url), aMsgWindow);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // ignore errors here - it's not fatal, and in the case of mailbox messages,
+  // we're always passing in an invalid spec...
+  (void )url->SetSpec(mailboxUri);
+
+  // if we are forwarding a message and that message used a charset over ride
+  // then use that over ride charset instead of the charset specified in the message
+  nsCString mailCharset;
+  if (aMsgWindow)
+  {
+    bool charsetOverride;
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(aMsgWindow->GetCharsetOverride(&charsetOverride)) && charsetOverride)
+    {
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(aMsgWindow->GetMailCharacterSet(mailCharset)))
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgI18NUrl> i18nUrl(do_QueryInterface(url));
+        if (i18nUrl)
+          (void) i18nUrl->SetCharsetOverRide(mailCharset.get());
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrincipal> nullPrincipal =
+    do_CreateInstance("@mozilla.org/nullprincipal;1", &rv);
+  NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "CreateInstance of nullprincipal failed");
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIChannel> channel;
+  rv = NS_NewInputStreamChannel(getter_AddRefs(channel),
+                     url,
+                     nullptr,
+                     nullPrincipal,
+                     nsILoadInfo::SEC_NORMAL,
+                     nsIContentPolicy::TYPE_OTHER);
+  NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "NS_NewChannel failed.");
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStreamConverter> converter = do_QueryInterface(mimeConverter);
+  rv = converter->AsyncConvertData(nullptr, nullptr, nullptr, channel);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // Now, just plug the two together and get the hell out of the way!
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStreamListener> streamListener = do_QueryInterface(mimeConverter);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> dummyNull;
+  return messageService->DisplayMessage(PromiseFlatCString(aMsgURI).get(), streamListener,
+                                        aMsgWindow, nullptr, mailCharset.get(),
+                                        getter_AddRefs(dummyNull));
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgComposeService::Handle(nsICommandLine* aCmdLine)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aCmdLine);
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  int32_t found, end, count;
+  nsAutoString uristr;
+  bool composeShouldHandle = true;
+
+  rv = aCmdLine->FindFlag(NS_LITERAL_STRING("compose"), false, &found);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+#ifndef MOZ_SUITE
+  // MAC OS X passes in -url mailto:mscott@mozilla.org into the command line
+  // instead of -compose.
+  if (found == -1)
+  {
+    rv = aCmdLine->FindFlag(NS_LITERAL_STRING("url"), false, &found);
+    // we don't want to consume the argument for -url unless we're sure it is a mailto url and we'll
+    // figure that out shortly.
+    composeShouldHandle = false;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  if (found == -1)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  end = found;
+
+  rv = aCmdLine->GetLength(&count);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  if (count > found + 1) {
+    aCmdLine->GetArgument(found + 1, uristr);
+    if (StringBeginsWith(uristr, NS_LITERAL_STRING("mailto:"))  ||
+        StringBeginsWith(uristr, NS_LITERAL_STRING("preselectid=")) ||
+        StringBeginsWith(uristr, NS_LITERAL_STRING("to="))  ||
+        StringBeginsWith(uristr, NS_LITERAL_STRING("cc="))  ||
+        StringBeginsWith(uristr, NS_LITERAL_STRING("bcc=")) ||
+        StringBeginsWith(uristr, NS_LITERAL_STRING("newsgroups=")) ||
+        StringBeginsWith(uristr, NS_LITERAL_STRING("subject=")) ||
+        StringBeginsWith(uristr, NS_LITERAL_STRING("format=")) ||
+        StringBeginsWith(uristr, NS_LITERAL_STRING("body="))  ||
+        StringBeginsWith(uristr, NS_LITERAL_STRING("attachment=")) ||
+        StringBeginsWith(uristr, NS_LITERAL_STRING("message=")) ||
+        StringBeginsWith(uristr, NS_LITERAL_STRING("from="))) {
+      composeShouldHandle = true; // the -url argument looks like mailto
+      end++;
+      // mailto: URIs are frequently passed with spaces in them. They should be
+      // escaped with %20, but we hack around broken clients. See bug 231032.
+      while (end + 1 < count) {
+        nsAutoString curarg;
+        aCmdLine->GetArgument(end + 1, curarg);
+        if (curarg.First() == '-')
+          break;
+
+        uristr.Append(' ');
+        uristr.Append(curarg);
+        ++end;
+      }
+    }
+    else {
+      uristr.Truncate();
+    }
+  }
+  if (composeShouldHandle)
+  {
+    aCmdLine->RemoveArguments(found, end);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIWindowWatcher> wwatch (do_GetService(NS_WINDOWWATCHER_CONTRACTID));
+    NS_ENSURE_TRUE(wwatch, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISupportsString> arg(do_CreateInstance(NS_SUPPORTS_STRING_CONTRACTID));
+    if (arg)
+      arg->SetData(uristr);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<mozIDOMWindowProxy> opened;
+    wwatch->OpenWindow(nullptr, DEFAULT_CHROME, "_blank",
+                       "chrome,dialog=no,all", arg, getter_AddRefs(opened));
+
+    aCmdLine->SetPreventDefault(true);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgComposeService::GetHelpInfo(nsACString& aResult)
+{
+  aResult.AssignLiteral(
+    "  -compose [ <options> ] Compose a mail or news message. Options are specified\n"
+    "                     as string \"option='value,...',option=value,...\" and\n"
+    "                     include: from, to, cc, bcc, newsgroups, subject, body,\n"
+    "                     message (file), attachment (file), format (html | text).\n"
+    "                     Example: \"to=john@example.com,subject='Dinner tonight?'\"\n");
+  return NS_OK;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/compose/src/nsMsgComposeService.h b/mailnews/compose/src/nsMsgComposeService.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6ba029050
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/compose/src/nsMsgComposeService.h
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#define MSGCOMP_TRACE_PERFORMANCE 1
+
+#include "nsIMsgComposeService.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "mozIDOMWindow.h"
+#include "nsIXULWindow.h"
+#include "nsIObserver.h"
+#include "nsWeakReference.h"
+#include "nsIMimeStreamConverter.h"
+#include "nsInterfaceHashtable.h"
+
+#include "nsICommandLineHandler.h"
+#define ICOMMANDLINEHANDLER nsICommandLineHandler
+
+class nsMsgComposeService : 
+  public nsIMsgComposeService,
+  public ICOMMANDLINEHANDLER,
+  public nsSupportsWeakReference
+{
+public: 
+	nsMsgComposeService();
+
+	NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGCOMPOSESERVICE
+  NS_DECL_NSICOMMANDLINEHANDLER
+
+  nsresult Init();
+  void Reset();
+  void DeleteCachedWindows();
+  nsresult AddGlobalHtmlDomains();
+
+private:
+	virtual ~nsMsgComposeService();
+  bool mLogComposePerformance;
+
+  nsresult LoadDraftOrTemplate(const nsACString& aMsgURI, nsMimeOutputType aOutType, 
+                               nsIMsgIdentity * aIdentity, const char * aOriginalMsgURI, 
+                               nsIMsgDBHdr * aOrigMsgHdr, bool aForwardInline,
+                               bool overrideComposeFormat,
+                               nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow);
+
+  nsresult RunMessageThroughMimeDraft(const nsACString& aMsgURI,
+                                      nsMimeOutputType aOutType,
+                                      nsIMsgIdentity * aIdentity,
+                                      const char * aOriginalMsgURI,
+                                      nsIMsgDBHdr * aOrigMsgHdr,
+                                      bool aForwardInline,
+                                      const nsAString &forwardTo,
+                                      bool overrideComposeFormat,
+                                      nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow);
+
+  // hash table mapping dom windows to nsIMsgCompose objects
+  nsInterfaceHashtable<nsISupportsHashKey, nsIWeakReference> mOpenComposeWindows;
+
+  // When doing a reply and the settings are enabled, get the HTML of the selected text
+  // in the original message window so that it can be quoted instead of the entire message.
+  nsresult GetOrigWindowSelection(MSG_ComposeType type, nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow, nsACString& aSelHTML);
+
+#ifdef MSGCOMP_TRACE_PERFORMANCE
+  PRIntervalTime            mStartTime;
+  PRIntervalTime            mPreviousTime;
+#endif
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/compose/src/nsMsgCopy.cpp b/mailnews/compose/src/nsMsgCopy.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5c441b0c1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/compose/src/nsMsgCopy.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,553 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+#include "nsMsgCopy.h"
+
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsMsgBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsMsgFolderFlags.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolder.h"
+#include "nsIMsgAccountManager.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolder.h"
+#include "nsIMsgIncomingServer.h"
+#include "nsIMsgProtocolInfo.h"
+#include "nsISupports.h"
+#include "nsIRDFService.h"
+#include "nsIRDFResource.h"
+#include "nsRDFCID.h"
+#include "nsIURL.h"
+#include "nsNetCID.h"
+#include "nsMsgCompUtils.h"
+#include "prcmon.h"
+#include "nsIMsgImapMailFolder.h"
+#include "nsThreadUtils.h"
+#include "nsIMsgWindow.h"
+#include "nsIMsgProgress.h"
+#include "nsComposeStrings.h"
+#include "prmem.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsComponentManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "nsArrayUtils.h"
+
+static NS_DEFINE_CID(kRDFServiceCID, NS_RDFSERVICE_CID);
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// This is the listener class for the copy operation. We have to create this class
+// to listen for message copy completion and eventually notify the caller
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(CopyListener, nsIMsgCopyServiceListener)
+
+CopyListener::CopyListener(void)
+{
+  mCopyInProgress = false;
+}
+
+CopyListener::~CopyListener(void)
+{
+}
+
+nsresult
+CopyListener::OnStartCopy()
+{
+#ifdef NS_DEBUG
+  printf("CopyListener::OnStartCopy()\n");
+#endif
+
+  if (mComposeAndSend)
+    mComposeAndSend->NotifyListenerOnStartCopy();
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+CopyListener::OnProgress(uint32_t aProgress, uint32_t aProgressMax)
+{
+#ifdef NS_DEBUG
+  printf("CopyListener::OnProgress() %d of %d\n", aProgress, aProgressMax);
+#endif
+
+  if (mComposeAndSend)
+    mComposeAndSend->NotifyListenerOnProgressCopy(aProgress, aProgressMax);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+CopyListener::SetMessageKey(nsMsgKey aMessageKey)
+{
+  if (mComposeAndSend)
+      mComposeAndSend->SetMessageKey(aMessageKey);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+CopyListener::GetMessageId(nsACString& aMessageId)
+{
+  if (mComposeAndSend)
+    mComposeAndSend->GetMessageId(aMessageId);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+CopyListener::OnStopCopy(nsresult aStatus)
+{
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(aStatus))
+  {
+#ifdef NS_DEBUG
+    printf("CopyListener: SUCCESSFUL ON THE COPY OPERATION!\n");
+#endif
+  }
+  else
+  {
+#ifdef NS_DEBUG
+    printf("CopyListener: COPY OPERATION FAILED!\n");
+#endif
+  }
+
+  if (mCopyInProgress)
+  {
+      PR_CEnterMonitor(this);
+      PR_CNotifyAll(this);
+      mCopyInProgress = false;
+      PR_CExitMonitor(this);
+  }
+  if (mComposeAndSend)
+    mComposeAndSend->NotifyListenerOnStopCopy(aStatus);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+CopyListener::SetMsgComposeAndSendObject(nsIMsgSend *obj)
+{
+  if (obj)
+    mComposeAndSend = obj;
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// END  END  END  END  END  END  END  END  END  END  END  END  END  END  END
+// This is the listener class for the copy operation. We have to create this class
+// to listen for message copy completion and eventually notify the caller
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMsgCopy, nsIUrlListener)
+
+nsMsgCopy::nsMsgCopy()
+{
+  mFile = nullptr;
+  mMode = nsIMsgSend::nsMsgDeliverNow;
+  mSavePref = nullptr;
+}
+
+nsMsgCopy::~nsMsgCopy()
+{
+  PR_Free(mSavePref);
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgCopy::StartCopyOperation(nsIMsgIdentity       *aUserIdentity,
+                              nsIFile          *aFile,
+                              nsMsgDeliverMode     aMode,
+                              nsIMsgSend           *aMsgSendObj,
+                              const char           *aSavePref,
+                              nsIMsgDBHdr            *aMsgToReplace)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder>  dstFolder;
+  bool                    isDraft = false;
+  bool                    waitForUrl = false;
+  nsresult                rv;
+
+  if (!aMsgSendObj)
+    return NS_ERROR_INVALID_ARG;
+
+  // Store away the server location...
+  if (aSavePref)
+    mSavePref = PL_strdup(aSavePref);
+
+  //
+  // Vars for implementation...
+  //
+
+  // QueueForLater (Outbox)
+  if (aMode == nsIMsgSend::nsMsgQueueForLater ||
+      aMode == nsIMsgSend::nsMsgDeliverBackground)
+  {
+    rv = GetUnsentMessagesFolder(aUserIdentity, getter_AddRefs(dstFolder), &waitForUrl);
+    isDraft = false;
+    if (!dstFolder || NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+      return NS_MSG_UNABLE_TO_SEND_LATER;
+    }
+  }
+  else if (aMode == nsIMsgSend::nsMsgSaveAsDraft)    // SaveAsDraft (Drafts)
+  {
+    rv = GetDraftsFolder(aUserIdentity, getter_AddRefs(dstFolder), &waitForUrl);
+    isDraft = true;
+    if (!dstFolder || NS_FAILED(rv))
+      return NS_MSG_UNABLE_TO_SAVE_DRAFT;
+  }
+  else if (aMode == nsIMsgSend::nsMsgSaveAsTemplate) // SaveAsTemplate (Templates)
+  {
+    rv = GetTemplatesFolder(aUserIdentity, getter_AddRefs(dstFolder), &waitForUrl);
+    isDraft = false;
+    if (!dstFolder || NS_FAILED(rv))
+	    return NS_MSG_UNABLE_TO_SAVE_TEMPLATE;
+  }
+  else // SaveInSentFolder (Sent) -  nsMsgDeliverNow or nsMsgSendUnsent
+  {
+    rv = GetSentFolder(aUserIdentity, getter_AddRefs(dstFolder), &waitForUrl);
+    isDraft = false;
+    if (!dstFolder || NS_FAILED(rv))
+      return NS_MSG_COULDNT_OPEN_FCC_FOLDER;
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgWindow> msgWindow;
+
+  if (aMsgSendObj)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgProgress> progress;
+    aMsgSendObj->GetProgress(getter_AddRefs(progress));
+    if (progress)
+      progress->GetMsgWindow(getter_AddRefs(msgWindow));
+  }
+
+  mMode = aMode;
+  mFile = aFile;
+  mDstFolder = dstFolder;
+  mMsgToReplace = aMsgToReplace;
+  mIsDraft = isDraft;
+  mMsgSendObj = aMsgSendObj;
+  if (!waitForUrl)
+  {
+    // cache info needed for DoCopy and call DoCopy when OnStopUrl is called.
+    rv = DoCopy(aFile, dstFolder, aMsgToReplace, isDraft, msgWindow, aMsgSendObj);
+    // N.B. "this" may be deleted when this call returns.
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgCopy::DoCopy(nsIFile *aDiskFile, nsIMsgFolder *dstFolder,
+                  nsIMsgDBHdr *aMsgToReplace, bool aIsDraft,
+                  nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow,
+                  nsIMsgSend   *aMsgSendObj)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  // Check sanity
+  if ((!aDiskFile) || (!dstFolder))
+    return NS_ERROR_INVALID_ARG;
+
+  //Call copyservice with dstFolder, disk file, and txnManager
+  if(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    RefPtr<CopyListener> copyListener = new CopyListener();
+    if (!copyListener)
+      return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+    copyListener->SetMsgComposeAndSendObject(aMsgSendObj);
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIThread> thread;
+
+    if (aIsDraft)
+    {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgImapMailFolder> imapFolder =
+            do_QueryInterface(dstFolder);
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccountManager> accountManager =
+                 do_GetService(NS_MSGACCOUNTMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+        bool shutdownInProgress = false;
+        rv = accountManager->GetShutdownInProgress(&shutdownInProgress);
+
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && shutdownInProgress && imapFolder)
+        {
+          // set the following only when we were in the middle of shutdown
+          // process
+            copyListener->mCopyInProgress = true;
+            thread = do_GetCurrentThread();
+        }
+    }
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgCopyService> copyService = do_GetService(NS_MSGCOPYSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    rv = copyService->CopyFileMessage(aDiskFile, dstFolder, aMsgToReplace,
+                                      aIsDraft,
+                                      aIsDraft ? 0 : nsMsgMessageFlags::Read,
+                                      EmptyCString(), copyListener, msgWindow);
+    // copyListener->mCopyInProgress can only be set when we are in the
+    // middle of the shutdown process
+    while (copyListener->mCopyInProgress)
+    {
+        PR_CEnterMonitor(copyListener);
+        PR_CWait(copyListener, PR_MicrosecondsToInterval(1000UL));
+        PR_CExitMonitor(copyListener);
+        if (thread)
+            NS_ProcessPendingEvents(thread);
+    }
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+// nsIUrlListener methods
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgCopy::OnStartRunningUrl(nsIURI * aUrl)
+{
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgCopy::OnStopRunningUrl(nsIURI * aUrl, nsresult aExitCode)
+{
+  nsresult rv = aExitCode;
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(aExitCode))
+  {
+    rv = DoCopy(mFile, mDstFolder, mMsgToReplace, mIsDraft, nullptr, mMsgSendObj);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgCopy::GetUnsentMessagesFolder(nsIMsgIdentity   *userIdentity, nsIMsgFolder **folder, bool *waitForUrl)
+{
+  nsresult ret = LocateMessageFolder(userIdentity, nsIMsgSend::nsMsgQueueForLater, mSavePref, folder);
+  if (*folder)
+    (*folder)->SetFlag(nsMsgFolderFlags::Queue);
+  CreateIfMissing(folder, waitForUrl);
+  return ret;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgCopy::GetDraftsFolder(nsIMsgIdentity *userIdentity, nsIMsgFolder **folder, bool *waitForUrl)
+{
+  nsresult ret = LocateMessageFolder(userIdentity, nsIMsgSend::nsMsgSaveAsDraft, mSavePref, folder);
+  if (*folder)
+    (*folder)->SetFlag(nsMsgFolderFlags::Drafts);
+  CreateIfMissing(folder, waitForUrl);
+  return ret;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgCopy::GetTemplatesFolder(nsIMsgIdentity *userIdentity, nsIMsgFolder **folder, bool *waitForUrl)
+{
+  nsresult ret = LocateMessageFolder(userIdentity, nsIMsgSend::nsMsgSaveAsTemplate, mSavePref, folder);
+  if (*folder)
+    (*folder)->SetFlag(nsMsgFolderFlags::Templates);
+  CreateIfMissing(folder, waitForUrl);
+  return ret;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgCopy::GetSentFolder(nsIMsgIdentity *userIdentity, nsIMsgFolder **folder, bool *waitForUrl)
+{
+  nsresult ret = LocateMessageFolder(userIdentity, nsIMsgSend::nsMsgDeliverNow, mSavePref, folder);
+  if (*folder)
+  {
+    // If mSavePref is the same as the identity's fcc folder, set the sent flag.
+    nsCString identityFccUri;
+    userIdentity->GetFccFolder(identityFccUri);
+    if (identityFccUri.Equals(mSavePref))
+      (*folder)->SetFlag(nsMsgFolderFlags::SentMail);
+  }
+  CreateIfMissing(folder, waitForUrl);
+  return ret;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgCopy::CreateIfMissing(nsIMsgFolder **folder, bool *waitForUrl)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  if (folder && *folder)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> parent;
+    (*folder)->GetParent(getter_AddRefs(parent));
+    if (!parent)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> folderPath;
+      // for local folders, path is to the berkeley mailbox.
+      // for imap folders, path needs to have .msf appended to the name
+      (*folder)->GetFilePath(getter_AddRefs(folderPath));
+
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+      rv = (*folder)->GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgProtocolInfo> protocolInfo;
+      rv = server->GetProtocolInfo(getter_AddRefs(protocolInfo));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      bool isAsyncFolder;
+      rv = protocolInfo->GetFoldersCreatedAsync(&isAsyncFolder);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      // if we can't get the path from the folder, then try to create the storage.
+      // for imap, it doesn't matter if the .msf file exists - it still might not
+      // exist on the server, so we should try to create it
+      bool exists = false;
+      if (!isAsyncFolder && folderPath)
+        folderPath->Exists(&exists);
+      if (!exists)
+      {
+        (*folder)->CreateStorageIfMissing(this);
+        if (isAsyncFolder)
+          *waitForUrl = true;
+
+        rv = NS_OK;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Utility Functions for MsgFolders
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+nsresult
+LocateMessageFolder(nsIMsgIdentity   *userIdentity,
+                    nsMsgDeliverMode aFolderType,
+                    const char       *aFolderURI,
+                    nsIMsgFolder     **msgFolder)
+{
+  nsresult                  rv = NS_OK;
+
+  if (!msgFolder) return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+  *msgFolder = nullptr;
+
+  if (!aFolderURI || !*aFolderURI)
+    return NS_ERROR_INVALID_ARG;
+
+  // as long as it doesn't start with anyfolder://
+  if (PL_strncasecmp(ANY_SERVER, aFolderURI, strlen(aFolderURI)) != 0)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFService> rdf(do_GetService(kRDFServiceCID, &rv));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+    // get the corresponding RDF resource
+    // RDF will create the folder resource if it doesn't already exist
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFResource> resource;
+    rv = rdf->GetResource(nsDependentCString(aFolderURI), getter_AddRefs(resource));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> folderResource;
+    folderResource = do_QueryInterface(resource, &rv);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && folderResource)
+    {
+      // don't check validity of folder - caller will handle creating it
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+      //make sure that folder hierarchy is built so that legitimate parent-child relationship is established
+      rv = folderResource->GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+      return server->GetMsgFolderFromURI(folderResource, nsDependentCString(aFolderURI), msgFolder);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    uint32_t                  cnt = 0;
+    uint32_t                  i;
+
+    if (!userIdentity)
+      return NS_ERROR_INVALID_ARG;
+
+    // get the account manager
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccountManager> accountManager =
+             do_GetService(NS_MSGACCOUNTMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+    // If any folder will do, go look for one.
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIArray> retval;
+    accountManager->GetServersForIdentity(userIdentity, getter_AddRefs(retval));
+    if (!retval) return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+    // Ok, we have to look through the servers and try to find the server that
+    // has a valid folder of the type that interests us...
+    rv = retval->GetLength(&cnt);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+    for (i=0; i<cnt; i++) {
+      // Now that we have the server...we need to get the named message folder
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> inServer;
+
+      inServer = do_QueryElementAt(retval, i, &rv);
+      if(NS_FAILED(rv) || (!inServer))
+        continue;
+
+      //
+      // If aFolderURI is passed in, then the user has chosen a specific
+      // mail folder to save the message, but if it is null, just find the
+      // first one and make that work. The folder is specified as a URI, like
+      // the following:
+      //
+      //   mailbox://nobody@Local Folders/Sent
+      //                  imap://rhp@nsmail-2/Drafts
+      //                  newsgroup://news.mozilla.org/netscape.test
+      //
+      nsCString serverURI;
+      rv = inServer->GetServerURI(serverURI);
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv) || serverURI.IsEmpty())
+        continue;
+
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> rootFolder;
+      rv = inServer->GetRootFolder(getter_AddRefs(rootFolder));
+
+      if(NS_FAILED(rv) || (!rootFolder))
+        continue;
+
+      // use the defaults by getting the folder by flags
+      if (aFolderType == nsIMsgSend::nsMsgQueueForLater ||
+          aFolderType == nsIMsgSend::nsMsgDeliverBackground)
+      {
+        // QueueForLater (Outbox)
+        rootFolder->GetFolderWithFlags(nsMsgFolderFlags::Queue, msgFolder);
+      }
+      else if (aFolderType == nsIMsgSend::nsMsgSaveAsDraft)    // SaveAsDraft (Drafts)
+      {
+        rootFolder->GetFolderWithFlags(nsMsgFolderFlags::Drafts, msgFolder);
+      }
+      else if (aFolderType == nsIMsgSend::nsMsgSaveAsTemplate) // SaveAsTemplate (Templates)
+      {
+        rootFolder->GetFolderWithFlags(nsMsgFolderFlags::Templates, msgFolder);
+      }
+      else // SaveInSentFolder (Sent) -  nsMsgDeliverNow or nsMsgSendUnsent
+      {
+        rootFolder->GetFolderWithFlags(nsMsgFolderFlags::SentMail, msgFolder);
+      }
+
+      if (*msgFolder)
+      {
+        return NS_OK;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+//
+// Figure out if a folder is local or not and return a boolean to
+// say so.
+//
+nsresult
+MessageFolderIsLocal(nsIMsgIdentity   *userIdentity,
+                     nsMsgDeliverMode aFolderType,
+                     const char       *aFolderURI,
+		     bool 	      *aResult)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  if (!aFolderURI) return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIURL> url = do_CreateInstance(NS_STANDARDURL_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  rv = url->SetSpec(nsDependentCString(aFolderURI));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  /* mailbox:/ means its local (on disk) */
+  rv = url->SchemeIs("mailbox", aResult);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
diff --git a/mailnews/compose/src/nsMsgCopy.h b/mailnews/compose/src/nsMsgCopy.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7b559d754
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/compose/src/nsMsgCopy.h
@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _nsMsgCopy_H_
+#define _nsMsgCopy_H_
+
+#include "mozilla/Attributes.h"
+#include "nscore.h"
+#include "nsIFile.h"
+#include "nsMsgSend.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolder.h"
+#include "nsITransactionManager.h"
+#include "nsIMsgCopyServiceListener.h"
+#include "nsIMsgCopyService.h"
+
+// {0874C3B5-317D-11d3-8EFB-00A024A7D144}
+#define NS_IMSGCOPY_IID           \
+{ 0x874c3b5, 0x317d, 0x11d3,      \
+{ 0x8e, 0xfb, 0x0, 0xa0, 0x24, 0xa7, 0xd1, 0x44 } };
+
+// Forward declarations...
+class   nsMsgCopy;
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// This is the listener class for the copy operation. We have to create this class 
+// to listen for message copy completion and eventually notify the caller
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+class CopyListener : public nsIMsgCopyServiceListener
+{
+public:
+  CopyListener(void);
+
+  // nsISupports interface
+  NS_DECL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS
+
+  NS_IMETHOD OnStartCopy() override;
+  
+  NS_IMETHOD OnProgress(uint32_t aProgress, uint32_t aProgressMax) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD SetMessageKey(nsMsgKey aMessageKey) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD GetMessageId(nsACString& aMessageId) override;
+  
+  NS_IMETHOD OnStopCopy(nsresult aStatus) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD SetMsgComposeAndSendObject(nsIMsgSend *obj);
+  
+  bool                            mCopyInProgress;
+
+private:
+  virtual ~CopyListener();
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgSend>       mComposeAndSend;
+};
+
+//
+// This is a class that deals with processing remote attachments. It implements
+// an nsIStreamListener interface to deal with incoming data
+//
+class nsMsgCopy : public nsIUrlListener
+{
+public:
+  nsMsgCopy();
+
+  // nsISupports interface
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIURLLISTENER
+
+
+  //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+  // Object methods...
+  //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+  //
+  nsresult              StartCopyOperation(nsIMsgIdentity       *aUserIdentity,
+                                           nsIFile          *aFile, 
+                                           nsMsgDeliverMode     aMode,
+                                           nsIMsgSend           *aMsgSendObj,
+                                           const char           *aSavePref,
+                                           nsIMsgDBHdr          *aMsgToReplace);
+
+  nsresult              DoCopy(nsIFile *aDiskFile, nsIMsgFolder *dstFolder,
+                               nsIMsgDBHdr *aMsgToReplace, bool aIsDraft,
+                               nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow,
+                               nsIMsgSend   *aMsgSendObj);
+
+  nsresult	GetUnsentMessagesFolder(nsIMsgIdentity *userIdentity, nsIMsgFolder **msgFolder, bool *waitForUrl);
+  nsresult	GetDraftsFolder(nsIMsgIdentity *userIdentity, nsIMsgFolder **msgFolder, bool *waitForUrl);
+  nsresult	GetTemplatesFolder(nsIMsgIdentity *userIdentity, nsIMsgFolder **msgFolder, bool *waitForUrl);
+  nsresult	GetSentFolder(nsIMsgIdentity *userIdentity,  nsIMsgFolder **msgFolder, bool *waitForUrl);
+  nsresult   CreateIfMissing(nsIMsgFolder **folder, bool *waitForUrl);
+
+  
+  //
+  // Vars for implementation...
+  //
+  nsIFile                     *mFile;     // the file we are sending...
+  nsMsgDeliverMode                mMode;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder>          mDstFolder;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr>           mMsgToReplace;
+  bool                            mIsDraft;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgSend>            mMsgSendObj;
+  char                            *mSavePref;
+
+private:
+  virtual ~nsMsgCopy();
+};
+
+// Useful function for the back end...
+nsresult	LocateMessageFolder(nsIMsgIdentity   *userIdentity, 
+                                       nsMsgDeliverMode aFolderType,
+                                       const char       *aSaveURI,
+				       nsIMsgFolder **msgFolder);
+
+nsresult	MessageFolderIsLocal(nsIMsgIdentity   *userIdentity, 
+                                       nsMsgDeliverMode aFolderType,
+                                       const char       *aSaveURI,
+				       bool		*aResult);
+
+#endif /* _nsMsgCopy_H_ */
diff --git a/mailnews/compose/src/nsMsgPrompts.cpp b/mailnews/compose/src/nsMsgPrompts.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..473469f16
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/compose/src/nsMsgPrompts.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+#include "nsMsgPrompts.h"
+
+#include "nsMsgCopy.h"
+#include "nsIPrompt.h"
+#include "nsIWindowWatcher.h"
+#include "nsMsgCompCID.h"
+#include "nsComposeStrings.h"
+#include "nsIStringBundle.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "mozilla/Services.h"
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgGetMessageByName(const char16_t* aName, nsString& aResult)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundleService> bundleService =
+    mozilla::services::GetStringBundleService();
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(bundleService, NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundle> bundle;
+  rv = bundleService->CreateBundle(
+    "chrome://messenger/locale/messengercompose/composeMsgs.properties",
+    getter_AddRefs(bundle));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  return bundle->GetStringFromName(aName, getter_Copies(aResult));
+}
+
+static nsresult
+nsMsgBuildMessageByName(const char16_t *aName, nsIFile *aFile, nsString& aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aFile);
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundleService> bundleService =
+    mozilla::services::GetStringBundleService();
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(bundleService, NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundle> bundle;
+  rv = bundleService->CreateBundle("chrome://messenger/locale/messengercompose/composeMsgs.properties", getter_AddRefs(bundle));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsString path;
+  aFile->GetPath(path);
+
+  const char16_t *params[1] = {path.get()};
+  return bundle->FormatStringFromName(aName, params, 1, getter_Copies(aResult));
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgBuildMessageWithFile(nsIFile *aFile, nsString& aResult)
+{
+  return nsMsgBuildMessageByName(u"unableToOpenFile", aFile, aResult);
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgBuildMessageWithTmpFile(nsIFile *aFile, nsString& aResult)
+{
+  return nsMsgBuildMessageByName(u"unableToOpenTmpFile", aFile, aResult);
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgDisplayMessageByName(nsIPrompt *aPrompt, const char16_t* aName, const char16_t *windowTitle)
+{
+  nsString msg;
+  nsMsgGetMessageByName(aName, msg);
+  return nsMsgDisplayMessageByString(aPrompt, msg.get(), windowTitle);
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgDisplayMessageByString(nsIPrompt * aPrompt, const char16_t * msg, const char16_t * windowTitle)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(msg);
+
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrompt> prompt = aPrompt;
+
+  if (!prompt)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIWindowWatcher> wwatch(do_GetService(NS_WINDOWWATCHER_CONTRACTID));
+    if (wwatch)
+      wwatch->GetNewPrompter(0, getter_AddRefs(prompt));
+  }
+
+  if (prompt)
+    rv = prompt->Alert(windowTitle, msg);
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgAskBooleanQuestionByString(nsIPrompt * aPrompt, const char16_t * msg, bool *answer, const char16_t * windowTitle)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(msg && *msg, NS_ERROR_INVALID_ARG);
+
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrompt> dialog = aPrompt;
+
+  if (!dialog)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIWindowWatcher> wwatch(do_GetService(NS_WINDOWWATCHER_CONTRACTID));
+    if (wwatch)
+      wwatch->GetNewPrompter(0, getter_AddRefs(dialog));
+  }
+
+  if (dialog) {
+    rv = dialog->Confirm(windowTitle, msg, answer);
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/compose/src/nsMsgPrompts.h b/mailnews/compose/src/nsMsgPrompts.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9aed5252e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/compose/src/nsMsgPrompts.h
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _nsMsgPrompts_H_
+#define _nsMsgPrompts_H_
+
+#include "nscore.h"
+#include "nsError.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+
+class nsIPrompt;
+
+nsresult      nsMsgGetMessageByName(const char16_t* aName, nsString& aResult);
+nsresult      nsMsgBuildMessageWithFile(nsIFile * aFile, nsString& aResult);
+nsresult      nsMsgBuildMessageWithTmpFile(nsIFile * aFile, nsString& aResult);
+nsresult      nsMsgDisplayMessageByName(nsIPrompt *aPrompt, const char16_t *aName, const char16_t *windowTitle = nullptr);
+nsresult      nsMsgDisplayMessageByString(nsIPrompt * aPrompt, const char16_t * msg, const char16_t * windowTitle = nullptr);
+nsresult      nsMsgAskBooleanQuestionByString(nsIPrompt * aPrompt, const char16_t * msg, bool *answer, const char16_t * windowTitle = nullptr);
+
+#endif /* _nsMsgPrompts_H_ */
diff --git a/mailnews/compose/src/nsMsgQuote.cpp b/mailnews/compose/src/nsMsgQuote.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ce8e1b5d0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/compose/src/nsMsgQuote.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,233 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsIURL.h"
+#include "nsIInputStream.h"
+#include "nsIOutputStream.h"
+#include "nsIServiceManager.h"
+#include "nsIStreamListener.h"
+#include "nsIStreamConverter.h"
+#include "nsIStreamConverterService.h"
+#include "nsIMimeStreamConverter.h"
+#include "nsMimeTypes.h"
+#include "nsICharsetConverterManager.h"
+#include "prprf.h"
+#include "nsMsgQuote.h" 
+#include "nsMsgCompUtils.h"
+#include "nsIMsgMessageService.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "nsNetUtil.h"
+#include "nsMsgMimeCID.h"
+#include "nsMsgCompCID.h"
+#include "nsMsgCompose.h"
+#include "nsMsgMailNewsUrl.h"
+#include "mozilla/Services.h"
+#include "nsIScriptSecurityManager.h"
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMsgQuoteListener, nsIMsgQuoteListener,
+  nsIMimeStreamConverterListener)
+
+nsMsgQuoteListener::nsMsgQuoteListener()
+{
+}
+
+nsMsgQuoteListener::~nsMsgQuoteListener()
+{
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgQuoteListener::SetMsgQuote(nsIMsgQuote * msgQuote)
+{
+	mMsgQuote = do_GetWeakReference(msgQuote);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgQuoteListener::GetMsgQuote(nsIMsgQuote ** aMsgQuote)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  if (aMsgQuote)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgQuote> msgQuote = do_QueryReferent(mMsgQuote);
+    *aMsgQuote = msgQuote;
+    NS_IF_ADDREF(*aMsgQuote);
+  }
+  else
+    rv = NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgQuoteListener::OnHeadersReady(nsIMimeHeaders * headers)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgQuotingOutputStreamListener> quotingOutputStreamListener;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgQuote> msgQuote = do_QueryReferent(mMsgQuote);
+
+  if (msgQuote)
+    msgQuote->GetStreamListener(getter_AddRefs(quotingOutputStreamListener));
+
+  if (quotingOutputStreamListener)
+    quotingOutputStreamListener->SetMimeHeaders(headers);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+//
+// Implementation...
+//
+nsMsgQuote::nsMsgQuote()
+{
+  mQuoteHeaders = false;
+  mQuoteListener = nullptr;
+}
+
+nsMsgQuote::~nsMsgQuote()
+{
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMsgQuote, nsIMsgQuote, nsISupportsWeakReference)
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgQuote::GetStreamListener(nsIMsgQuotingOutputStreamListener ** aStreamListener)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  if (aStreamListener)
+  {
+    *aStreamListener = mStreamListener;
+    NS_IF_ADDREF(*aStreamListener);
+  }
+  else
+    rv = NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgQuote::QuoteMessage(const char *msgURI, bool quoteHeaders,
+                         nsIMsgQuotingOutputStreamListener * aQuoteMsgStreamListener,
+                         const char * aMsgCharSet, bool headersOnly,
+                         nsIMsgDBHdr *aMsgHdr)
+{
+  nsresult  rv;
+  if (!msgURI)
+    return NS_ERROR_INVALID_ARG;
+
+  mQuoteHeaders = quoteHeaders;
+  mStreamListener = aQuoteMsgStreamListener;
+
+  nsAutoCString msgUri(msgURI);
+  bool fileUrl = !strncmp(msgURI, "file:", 5);
+  bool forwardedMessage = PL_strstr(msgURI, "&realtype=message/rfc822") != nullptr;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> aURL;
+  if (fileUrl)
+  {
+    msgUri.Replace(0, 5, NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("mailbox:"));
+    msgUri.AppendLiteral("?number=0");
+    rv = NS_NewURI(getter_AddRefs(aURL), msgUri);
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMessageUrl> mailUrl(do_QueryInterface(aURL));
+    if (mailUrl)
+      mailUrl->SetMessageHeader(aMsgHdr);
+  }
+  else if (forwardedMessage)
+    rv = NS_NewURI(getter_AddRefs(aURL), msgURI);
+  else
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgMessageService> msgService;
+    rv = GetMessageServiceFromURI(nsDependentCString(msgURI), getter_AddRefs(msgService));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+    rv = msgService->GetUrlForUri(msgURI, getter_AddRefs(aURL), nullptr);
+  }
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIURL> mailNewsUrl = do_QueryInterface(aURL, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  nsAutoCString queryPart;
+  rv = mailNewsUrl->GetQuery(queryPart);
+  if (!queryPart.IsEmpty())
+    queryPart.Append('&');
+
+  if (headersOnly) /* We don't need to quote the message body but we still need to extract the headers */
+    queryPart.Append("header=only");
+  else if (quoteHeaders)
+    queryPart.Append("header=quote");
+  else
+    queryPart.Append("header=quotebody");
+  rv = mailNewsUrl->SetQuery(queryPart);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  // if we were given a non empty charset, then use it
+  if (aMsgCharSet && *aMsgCharSet)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgI18NUrl> i18nUrl (do_QueryInterface(aURL));
+    if (i18nUrl)
+      i18nUrl->SetCharsetOverRide(aMsgCharSet);
+  }
+
+  mQuoteListener = do_CreateInstance(NS_MSGQUOTELISTENER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+  mQuoteListener->SetMsgQuote(this);
+
+  // funky magic go get the isupports for this class which inherits from multiple interfaces.
+  nsISupports * supports;
+  QueryInterface(NS_GET_IID(nsISupports), (void **) &supports);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> quoteSupport = supports;
+  NS_IF_RELEASE(supports);
+
+  // now we want to create a necko channel for this url and we want to open it
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIScriptSecurityManager> secMan(
+      do_GetService(NS_SCRIPTSECURITYMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrincipal> systemPrincipal;
+  rv = secMan->GetSystemPrincipal(getter_AddRefs(systemPrincipal));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  mQuoteChannel = nullptr;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIIOService> netService = mozilla::services::GetIOService();
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(netService, NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED);
+  rv = netService->NewChannelFromURI2(aURL,
+                                      nullptr,
+                                      systemPrincipal,
+                                      nullptr,
+                                      nsILoadInfo::SEC_NORMAL,
+                                      nsIContentPolicy::TYPE_OTHER,
+                                      getter_AddRefs(mQuoteChannel));
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> ctxt = do_QueryInterface(aURL);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStreamConverterService> streamConverterService = 
+           do_GetService("@mozilla.org/streamConverters;1", &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStreamListener> convertedListener;
+  rv = streamConverterService->AsyncConvertData("message/rfc822",
+                                                "application/vnd.mozilla.xul+xml",
+                                                mStreamListener,
+                                                quoteSupport,
+                                                getter_AddRefs(convertedListener));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  //  now try to open the channel passing in our display consumer as the listener 
+  rv = mQuoteChannel->AsyncOpen(convertedListener, ctxt);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgQuote::GetQuoteListener(nsIMimeStreamConverterListener** aQuoteListener)
+{
+    if (!aQuoteListener || !mQuoteListener)
+        return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+    *aQuoteListener = mQuoteListener;
+    NS_ADDREF(*aQuoteListener);
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgQuote::GetQuoteChannel(nsIChannel** aQuoteChannel)
+{
+    if (!aQuoteChannel || !mQuoteChannel)
+        return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+    *aQuoteChannel = mQuoteChannel;
+    NS_ADDREF(*aQuoteChannel);
+    return NS_OK;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/compose/src/nsMsgQuote.h b/mailnews/compose/src/nsMsgQuote.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2151828ef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/compose/src/nsMsgQuote.h
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+#ifndef __nsMsgQuote_h__
+#define __nsMsgQuote_h__
+
+#include "nsIMsgQuote.h" 
+#include "nsIMsgMessageService.h"
+#include "nsIStreamListener.h"
+#include "nsIMimeStreamConverter.h"
+#include "nsIChannel.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsWeakReference.h"
+
+class nsMsgQuote;
+
+class nsMsgQuoteListener: public nsIMsgQuoteListener
+{
+public:
+	nsMsgQuoteListener();
+
+	NS_DECL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS
+
+	// nsIMimeStreamConverterListener support
+	NS_DECL_NSIMIMESTREAMCONVERTERLISTENER
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGQUOTELISTENER
+
+private:
+	virtual ~nsMsgQuoteListener();
+  nsWeakPtr mMsgQuote;
+};
+
+class nsMsgQuote: public nsIMsgQuote, public nsSupportsWeakReference {
+public: 
+  nsMsgQuote();
+
+  NS_DECL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGQUOTE
+
+private:
+  virtual ~nsMsgQuote();
+  // 
+  // Implementation data...
+  //
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgQuotingOutputStreamListener> mStreamListener;
+  bool			mQuoteHeaders;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgQuoteListener> mQuoteListener;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIChannel> mQuoteChannel;
+};
+
+#endif /* __nsMsgQuote_h__ */
diff --git a/mailnews/compose/src/nsMsgSend.cpp b/mailnews/compose/src/nsMsgSend.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c0f74e11c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/compose/src/nsMsgSend.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,5218 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+#include "nsMsgSend.h"
+#include "prmem.h"
+#include "nsMsgLocalFolderHdrs.h"
+#include "nsMsgSendPart.h"
+#include "nsMsgBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsMsgNewsCID.h"
+#include "nsISmtpService.h"  // for actually sending the message...
+#include "nsINntpService.h"  // for actually posting the message...
+#include "nsIMsgMailSession.h"
+#include "nsIMsgIdentity.h"
+#include "nsIPrefService.h"
+#include "nsIPrefBranch.h"
+#include "nsIMsgMailNewsUrl.h"
+#include "nsMsgCompUtils.h"
+#include "nsMsgI18N.h"
+#include "nsICharsetConverterManager.h"
+#include "nsIMsgSendListener.h"
+#include "nsIMsgCopyServiceListener.h"
+#include "nsIFile.h"
+#include "nsIURL.h"
+#include "nsNetUtil.h"
+#include "nsIFileURL.h"
+#include "nsMsgCopy.h"
+#include "nsUnicharUtils.h"
+#include "nsMsgPrompts.h"
+#include "nsIDOMHTMLBodyElement.h"
+#include "nsIDOMHTMLImageElement.h"
+#include "nsIDOMHTMLLinkElement.h"
+#include "nsIDOMHTMLAnchorElement.h"
+#include "nsCExternalHandlerService.h"
+#include "nsIMIMEService.h"
+#include "nsIDocument.h"
+#include "nsIDOMDocument.h"
+#include "nsMsgCompCID.h"
+#include "nsIAbAddressCollector.h"
+#include "nsAbBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "mozITXTToHTMLConv.h"
+#include "nsIMsgStatusFeedback.h"
+#include "nsIMsgWindow.h"
+#include "nsTextFormatter.h"
+#include "nsIPrompt.h"
+#include "nsMailHeaders.h"
+#include "nsIDocShell.h"
+#include "nsMimeTypes.h"
+#include "nsISmtpUrl.h"
+#include "nsIInterfaceRequestor.h"
+#include "nsIInterfaceRequestorUtils.h"
+#include "nsIEditorMailSupport.h"
+#include "nsIDocumentEncoder.h"    // for editor output flags
+#include "nsILoadGroup.h"
+#include "nsMsgSendReport.h"
+#include "nsNetCID.h"
+#include "nsError.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "nsIMsgMdnGenerator.h"
+#include "nsISmtpServer.h"
+#include "nsIRDFService.h"
+#include "nsRDFCID.h"
+#include "nsIMsgAccountManager.h"
+#include "nsNativeCharsetUtils.h"
+#include "nsIAbCard.h"
+#include "nsIMsgAttachment.h"
+#include "nsIMsgProgress.h"
+#include "nsIMsgMessageService.h"
+#include "nsIMsgHdr.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolder.h"
+#include "nsComposeStrings.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "nsIArray.h"
+#include "nsArrayUtils.h"
+#include "mozilla/Services.h"
+#include "mozilla/Attributes.h"
+#include "mozilla/mailnews/MimeEncoder.h"
+#include "mozilla/mailnews/MimeHeaderParser.h"
+#include "nsIMutableArray.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFilterService.h"
+#include "nsIMsgProtocolInfo.h"
+#include "mozIDOMWindow.h"
+#include "mozilla/Preferences.h"
+
+using namespace mozilla;
+using namespace mozilla::mailnews;
+
+static NS_DEFINE_CID(kRDFServiceCID, NS_RDFSERVICE_CID);
+
+#define PREF_MAIL_SEND_STRUCT "mail.send_struct"
+#define PREF_MAIL_STRICTLY_MIME "mail.strictly_mime"
+#define PREF_MAIL_MESSAGE_WARNING_SIZE "mailnews.message_warning_size"
+#define PREF_MAIL_COLLECT_EMAIL_ADDRESS_OUTGOING "mail.collect_email_address_outgoing"
+
+#define ATTR_MOZ_DO_NOT_SEND "moz-do-not-send"
+
+enum  { kDefaultMode = (PR_WRONLY | PR_CREATE_FILE | PR_TRUNCATE) };
+
+static bool mime_use_quoted_printable_p = false;
+
+//
+// Ugh, we need to do this currently to access this boolean.
+//
+bool
+UseQuotedPrintable(void)
+{
+  return mime_use_quoted_printable_p;
+}
+
+/* This function will parse a list of email addresses and groups and just
+ * return a list of email addresses (recipient)
+ *
+ * The input could be:
+ *    [recipient | group] *[,recipient | group]
+ *
+ * The group syntax is:
+ *    group-name:[recipient *[,recipient]];
+ *
+ * the output will be:
+ *    recipient *[, recipient]
+ *
+ * As the result will always be equal or smaller than the input string,
+ * the extraction will be made in place. Don't need to create a new buffer.
+ */
+static nsresult StripOutGroupNames(char * addresses)
+{
+  char aChar;
+  char * readPtr = addresses;           // current read position
+  char * writePtr = addresses;          // current write position
+  char * previousSeparator = addresses; // remember last time we wrote a recipient separator
+  char * endPtr = addresses + PL_strlen(addresses);
+
+  bool quoted = false;   // indicate if we are between double quote
+  bool group = false;   // indicate if we found a group prefix
+  bool atFound = false;  // indicate if we found an @ in the current recipient. group name should not have an @
+
+  while (readPtr < endPtr)
+  {
+    aChar = *readPtr;
+    readPtr ++;
+    switch(aChar)
+    {
+      case '\\':
+        if (*readPtr == '"') //ignore escaped quote
+          readPtr ++;
+        continue;
+
+      case '"':
+        quoted = !quoted;
+        break;
+
+      case '@':
+        if (!quoted)
+          atFound = true;
+        break;
+
+      case ':':
+        if (!quoted && !atFound)
+        {
+          // ok, we found a group name
+          // let's backup the write cursor to remove the group name
+          writePtr = previousSeparator + 1;
+          group = true;
+          continue;
+        }
+        break;
+
+      case ';':
+        if (quoted || !group)
+          break;
+        else
+          group = false;
+          //end of the group, act like a recipient separator now...
+        /* NO BREAK */
+        MOZ_FALLTHROUGH;
+      case ',':
+        if (!quoted)
+        {
+          atFound = false;
+          //let check if we already have a comma separator in the output string
+          if (writePtr > addresses && *(writePtr - 1) == ',')
+            writePtr --;
+          *writePtr = ',';
+          previousSeparator = writePtr;
+          writePtr ++;
+          continue;
+        }
+        break;
+    }
+    *writePtr = aChar;
+    writePtr ++;
+  }
+
+  if (writePtr > addresses && *(writePtr - 1) == ',')
+    writePtr --;
+  *writePtr = '\0';
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+// This private class just provides us an external URL listener, with callback functionality.
+
+class MsgDeliveryListener : public nsIUrlListener
+{
+public:
+  MsgDeliveryListener(nsIMsgSend *aMsgSend, bool inIsNewsDelivery);
+
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIURLLISTENER
+
+private:
+  virtual ~MsgDeliveryListener();
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgSend> mMsgSend;
+  bool                 mIsNewsDelivery;
+};
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(MsgDeliveryListener, nsIUrlListener)
+
+MsgDeliveryListener::MsgDeliveryListener(nsIMsgSend *aMsgSend, bool inIsNewsDelivery)
+{
+  mMsgSend = aMsgSend;
+  mIsNewsDelivery = inIsNewsDelivery;
+}
+
+MsgDeliveryListener::~MsgDeliveryListener()
+{
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP MsgDeliveryListener::OnStartRunningUrl(nsIURI *url)
+{
+  if (mMsgSend)
+    mMsgSend->NotifyListenerOnStartSending(nullptr, 0);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP MsgDeliveryListener::OnStopRunningUrl(nsIURI *url, nsresult aExitCode)
+{
+  if (url)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailUrl = do_QueryInterface(url);
+    if (mailUrl)
+      mailUrl->UnRegisterListener(this);
+  }
+
+  // Let mMsgSend sort out the OnStopSending notification - it knows more about
+  // the messages than we do.
+  if (mMsgSend)
+    mMsgSend->SendDeliveryCallback(url, mIsNewsDelivery, aExitCode);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+/* the following macro actually implement addref, release and query interface for our component. */
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMsgComposeAndSend, nsIMsgSend, nsIMsgOperationListener,
+                  nsISupportsWeakReference)
+
+nsMsgComposeAndSend::nsMsgComposeAndSend() :
+    m_messageKey(nsMsgKey_None)
+{
+  mGUINotificationEnabled = true;
+  mAbortInProcess = false;
+  mMultipartRelatedAttachmentCount = -1;
+  mSendMailAlso = false;
+
+  m_dont_deliver_p = false;
+  m_deliver_mode = nsMsgDeliverNow;
+
+  m_pre_snarfed_attachments_p = false;
+  m_digest_p = false;
+  m_be_synchronous_p = false;
+  m_attachment1_type = 0;
+  m_attachment1_encoding = 0;
+  m_attachment1_body = 0;
+  m_attachment1_body_length = 0;
+  m_attachment_count = 0;
+  m_attachment_pending_count = 0;
+  m_status = NS_OK;
+  m_plaintext = nullptr;
+  m_related_part = nullptr;
+  m_related_body_part = nullptr;
+  mOriginalHTMLBody = nullptr;
+
+  mNeedToPerformSecondFCC = false;
+  mPerformingSecondFCC = false;
+
+  mPreloadedAttachmentCount = 0;
+  mRemoteAttachmentCount = 0;
+  mCompFieldLocalAttachments = 0;
+  mCompFieldRemoteAttachments = 0;
+  mMessageWarningSize = 0;
+
+  mSendReport = new nsMsgSendReport();
+}
+
+nsMsgComposeAndSend::~nsMsgComposeAndSend()
+{
+  PR_Free(m_attachment1_type);
+  PR_Free(m_attachment1_encoding);
+  PR_Free(m_attachment1_body);
+  PR_Free(mOriginalHTMLBody);
+
+  if (m_plaintext)
+  {
+    if (m_plaintext->mTmpFile)
+      m_plaintext->mTmpFile->Remove(false);
+
+    m_plaintext = nullptr;
+  }
+
+  if (mHTMLFile)
+    mHTMLFile->Remove(false);
+
+  if (mCopyFile)
+    mCopyFile->Remove(false);
+
+  if (mCopyFile2)
+    mCopyFile2->Remove(false);
+
+  if (mTempFile && !mReturnFile)
+    mTempFile->Remove(false);
+
+  m_attachments.Clear();
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgComposeAndSend::GetDefaultPrompt(nsIPrompt ** aPrompt)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(aPrompt);
+  *aPrompt = nullptr;
+
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  if (mParentWindow)
+  {
+    rv = mParentWindow->GetPrompter(aPrompt);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && *aPrompt)
+      return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  /* If we cannot find a prompter, try the mail3Pane window */
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgWindow> msgWindow;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgMailSession> mailSession (do_GetService(NS_MSGMAILSESSION_CONTRACTID));
+  if (mailSession)
+  {
+    mailSession->GetTopmostMsgWindow(getter_AddRefs(msgWindow));
+    if (msgWindow)
+      rv = msgWindow->GetPromptDialog(aPrompt);
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgComposeAndSend::GetNotificationCallbacks(nsIInterfaceRequestor** aCallbacks)
+{
+// TODO: stop using mail3pane window!
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgWindow> msgWindow;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailSession> mailSession(do_GetService(NS_MSGMAILSESSION_CONTRACTID));
+  mailSession->GetTopmostMsgWindow(getter_AddRefs(msgWindow));
+  if (msgWindow) {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIDocShell> docShell;
+    msgWindow->GetRootDocShell(getter_AddRefs(docShell));
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIInterfaceRequestor> ir(do_QueryInterface(docShell));
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIInterfaceRequestor> notificationCallbacks;
+    msgWindow->GetNotificationCallbacks(getter_AddRefs(notificationCallbacks));
+    if (notificationCallbacks) {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIInterfaceRequestor> aggregrateIR;
+      MsgNewInterfaceRequestorAggregation(notificationCallbacks, ir, getter_AddRefs(aggregrateIR));
+      ir = aggregrateIR;
+    }
+    if (ir) {
+      NS_ADDREF(*aCallbacks = ir);
+      return NS_OK;
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+
+static char *mime_mailto_stream_read_buffer = 0;
+static char *mime_mailto_stream_write_buffer = 0;
+
+
+char * mime_get_stream_write_buffer(void)
+{
+  if (!mime_mailto_stream_write_buffer)
+    mime_mailto_stream_write_buffer = (char *) PR_Malloc(MIME_BUFFER_SIZE);
+  return mime_mailto_stream_write_buffer;
+}
+
+static bool isEmpty(const char* aString)
+{
+  return (!aString) || (!*aString);
+}
+
+void nsMsgComposeAndSend::GenerateMessageId()
+{
+  if (isEmpty(mCompFields->GetMessageId()))
+  {
+    if (isEmpty(mCompFields->GetTo()) &&
+        isEmpty(mCompFields->GetCc()) &&
+        isEmpty(mCompFields->GetBcc()) &&
+        !isEmpty(mCompFields->GetNewsgroups()))
+    {
+      bool generateNewsMessageId = false;
+      mUserIdentity->GetBoolAttribute("generate_news_message_id", &generateNewsMessageId);
+      if (!generateNewsMessageId)
+        return;
+    }
+
+    char* msgID = msg_generate_message_id(mUserIdentity);
+    mCompFields->SetMessageId(msgID);
+    PR_Free(msgID);
+  }
+}
+
+// Don't I18N this line...this is per the spec!
+#define   MIME_MULTIPART_BLURB     "This is a multi-part message in MIME format."
+
+/* All of the desired attachments have been written to individual temp files,
+   and we know what's in them.  Now we need to make a final temp file of the
+   actual mail message, containing all of the other files after having been
+   encoded as appropriate.
+ */
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgComposeAndSend::GatherMimeAttachments()
+{
+  bool shouldDeleteDeliveryState = true;
+  nsresult status;
+  uint32_t    i;
+  PRFileDesc  *in_file = 0;
+  char *buffer = 0;
+  nsString msg;
+  bool body_is_us_ascii = true;
+  bool isUsingQP = false;
+
+  nsMsgSendPart* toppart = nullptr;      // The very top most container of the message
+                      // that we are going to send.
+
+  nsMsgSendPart* mainbody = nullptr;     // The leaf node that contains the text of the
+                      // message we're going to contain.
+
+  nsMsgSendPart* maincontainer = nullptr;  // The direct child of toppart that will
+                      // contain the mainbody.  If mainbody is
+                      // the same as toppart, then this is
+                      // also the same.  But if mainbody is
+                      // to end up somewhere inside of a
+                      // multipart/alternative or a
+                      // multipart/related, then this is that
+                      // multipart object.
+
+  nsMsgSendPart* plainpart = nullptr;    // If we converted HTML into plaintext,
+                      // the message or child containing the plaintext
+                      // goes here. (Need to use this to determine
+                      // what headers to append/set to the main
+                      // message body.)
+
+  uint32_t multipartRelatedCount = GetMultipartRelatedCount(); // The number of related part we will have to generate
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrompt> promptObject; // only used if we have to show an alert here....
+  GetDefaultPrompt(getter_AddRefs(promptObject));
+
+  char *hdrs = 0;
+  bool maincontainerISrelatedpart = false;
+  const char * toppart_type = nullptr;
+
+  status = m_status;
+  if (NS_FAILED(status))
+    goto FAIL;
+
+  if (!m_attachment1_type) {
+    m_attachment1_type = PL_strdup(TEXT_PLAIN);
+    if (!m_attachment1_type)
+      goto FAILMEM;
+  }
+
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  // If we have a text/html main part, and we need a plaintext attachment, then
+  // we'll do so now.  This is an asynchronous thing, so we'll kick it off and
+  // count on getting back here when it finishes.
+
+  if (m_plaintext == nullptr &&
+      (mCompFields->GetForcePlainText() ||
+       mCompFields->GetUseMultipartAlternative()) &&
+       m_attachment1_body && PL_strcmp(m_attachment1_type, TEXT_HTML) == 0)
+  {
+    //
+    // If we get here, we have an HTML body, but we really need to send
+    // a text/plain message, so we will write the HTML out to a disk file,
+    // fire off another URL request for this local disk file and that will
+    // take care of the conversion...
+    //
+    rv = nsMsgCreateTempFile("nsemail.html", getter_AddRefs(mHTMLFile));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIOutputStream> tempfile;
+    rv = MsgNewBufferedFileOutputStream(getter_AddRefs(tempfile), mHTMLFile, -1, 00600);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    {
+      if (mSendReport)
+      {
+        nsAutoString error_msg;
+        nsMsgBuildMessageWithTmpFile(mHTMLFile, error_msg);
+        mSendReport->SetMessage(nsIMsgSendReport::process_Current, error_msg.get(), false);
+      }
+      status = NS_MSG_UNABLE_TO_OPEN_TMP_FILE;
+      goto FAIL;
+    }
+
+    if (mOriginalHTMLBody)
+    {
+      uint32_t origLen = strlen(mOriginalHTMLBody);
+      uint32_t n;
+      nsresult rv = tempfile->Write(mOriginalHTMLBody, origLen, &n);
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv) || n != origLen)
+      {
+        status = NS_MSG_ERROR_WRITING_FILE;
+        goto FAIL;
+      }
+    }
+
+    if (NS_FAILED(tempfile->Flush()))
+    {
+      status = NS_MSG_ERROR_WRITING_FILE;
+      goto FAIL;
+    }
+
+    tempfile->Close();
+
+    m_plaintext = new nsMsgAttachmentHandler;
+    if (!m_plaintext)
+      goto FAILMEM;
+    m_plaintext->SetMimeDeliveryState(this);
+    m_plaintext->m_bogus_attachment = true;
+
+    nsAutoCString tempURL;
+    rv = NS_GetURLSpecFromFile(mHTMLFile, tempURL);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv) || NS_FAILED(nsMsgNewURL(getter_AddRefs(m_plaintext->mURL), tempURL.get())))
+    {
+      m_plaintext = nullptr;
+      goto FAILMEM;
+    }
+
+    m_plaintext->m_type = TEXT_HTML;
+    m_plaintext->m_charset = mCompFields->GetCharacterSet();
+    m_plaintext->m_desiredType = TEXT_PLAIN;
+    m_attachment_pending_count ++;
+    status = m_plaintext->SnarfAttachment(mCompFields);
+    if (NS_FAILED(status))
+      goto FAIL;
+    if (m_attachment_pending_count > 0)
+      return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  /* Kludge to avoid having to allocate memory on the toy computers... */
+  buffer = mime_get_stream_write_buffer();
+  if (! buffer)
+    goto FAILMEM;
+
+  NS_ASSERTION (m_attachment_pending_count == 0, "m_attachment_pending_count != 0");
+
+  mComposeBundle->GetStringFromName(u"assemblingMessage",
+                                    getter_Copies(msg));
+  SetStatusMessage( msg );
+
+  /* First, open the message file.
+  */
+  rv = nsMsgCreateTempFile("nsemail.eml", getter_AddRefs(mTempFile));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = MsgNewBufferedFileOutputStream(getter_AddRefs(mOutputFile), mTempFile, -1, 00600);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+  {
+    status = NS_MSG_UNABLE_TO_OPEN_TMP_FILE;
+    if (mSendReport)
+    {
+      nsAutoString error_msg;
+      nsMsgBuildMessageWithTmpFile(mTempFile, error_msg);
+      mSendReport->SetMessage(nsIMsgSendReport::process_Current, error_msg.get(), false);
+    }
+    goto FAIL;
+  }
+
+  // generate a message id, if necessary
+  GenerateMessageId( );
+
+  mainbody = new nsMsgSendPart(this, mCompFields->GetCharacterSet());
+  if (!mainbody)
+    goto FAILMEM;
+
+  mainbody->SetMainPart(true);
+  mainbody->SetType(m_attachment1_type ? m_attachment1_type : TEXT_PLAIN);
+
+  NS_ASSERTION(mainbody->GetBuffer() == nullptr, "not-null buffer");
+  status = mainbody->SetBuffer(m_attachment1_body ? m_attachment1_body : "");
+  if (NS_FAILED(status))
+    goto FAIL;
+
+  // Determine the encoding of the main message body before we free it.
+  PR_FREEIF(m_attachment1_encoding);
+  if (m_attachment1_body)
+    mCompFields->GetBodyIsAsciiOnly(&body_is_us_ascii);
+
+  if (!mCompFields->GetForceMsgEncoding() && (body_is_us_ascii ||
+      nsMsgI18Nstateful_charset(mCompFields->GetCharacterSet()))) {
+    m_attachment1_encoding = PL_strdup (ENCODING_7BIT);
+  } else if (mime_use_quoted_printable_p) {
+    m_attachment1_encoding = PL_strdup (ENCODING_QUOTED_PRINTABLE);
+    isUsingQP = true;
+  } else {
+    m_attachment1_encoding = PL_strdup (ENCODING_8BIT);
+  }
+
+  // Make sure the lines don't get to long.
+  if (m_attachment1_body) {
+    uint32_t max_column = 0;
+    uint32_t cur_column = 0;
+    for (char* c = m_attachment1_body; *c; c++) {
+      if (*c == '\n') {
+        if (cur_column > max_column)
+          max_column = cur_column;
+        cur_column = 0;
+      } else if (*c != '\r') {
+        cur_column++;
+      }
+    }
+    // Check one last time for the last line.
+    if (cur_column > max_column)
+      max_column = cur_column;
+    if (max_column > LINELENGTH_ENCODING_THRESHOLD && !isUsingQP) {
+      // To encode "long lines" use a CTE that will transmit shorter lines.
+      // Switch to base64 if we are not already using "quoted printable".
+      PR_FREEIF(m_attachment1_encoding);
+      m_attachment1_encoding = PL_strdup (ENCODING_BASE64);
+    }
+  }
+  PR_FREEIF (m_attachment1_body);
+
+  maincontainer = mainbody;
+
+  // If we were given a pre-saved collection of HTML and contained images,
+  // then we want mainbody to point to the HTML lump therein.
+  if (m_related_part)
+  {
+    // If m_related_part is of type text/html, set both maincontainer
+    // and mainbody to point to it. If m_related_part is multipart/related,
+    // however, set mainbody to be the first child within m_related_part.
+    delete mainbody;
+
+    // No matter what, maincontainer points to the outermost related part.
+    maincontainer = m_related_part;
+    maincontainerISrelatedpart = true;
+
+    mainbody = m_related_part->GetChild(0);
+    mainbody->SetMainPart(true);
+  }
+  if (m_plaintext)
+  {
+    //
+    // OK.  We have a plaintext version of the main body that we want to
+    // send instead of or with the text/html.  Shove it in.
+    //
+    plainpart = new nsMsgSendPart(this, mCompFields->GetCharacterSet());
+    if (!plainpart)
+      goto FAILMEM;
+    status = plainpart->SetType(TEXT_PLAIN);
+    if (NS_FAILED(status))
+      goto FAIL;
+    status = plainpart->SetFile(m_plaintext->mTmpFile);
+    if (NS_FAILED(status))
+      goto FAIL;
+
+    m_plaintext->mMainBody = true;
+
+    // Determine Content-Transfer-Encoding for the attachments.
+    m_plaintext->PickEncoding(mCompFields->GetCharacterSet(), this);
+    const char *charset = mCompFields->GetCharacterSet();
+    hdrs = mime_generate_attachment_headers(m_plaintext->m_type.get(),
+                        nullptr,
+                        m_plaintext->m_encoding.get(),
+                        m_plaintext->m_description.get(),
+                        m_plaintext->m_xMacType.get(),
+                        m_plaintext->m_xMacCreator.get(),
+                        nullptr, 0,
+                        m_digest_p,
+                        m_plaintext,
+                        charset,
+                        charset,
+                        body_is_us_ascii,
+                        nullptr,
+                        true);
+    if (!hdrs)
+      goto FAILMEM;
+    status = plainpart->SetOtherHeaders(hdrs);
+    PR_Free(hdrs);
+    hdrs = nullptr;
+    if (NS_FAILED(status))
+      goto FAIL;
+
+    if (mCompFields->GetUseMultipartAlternative())
+    {
+      nsMsgSendPart* htmlpart = maincontainer;
+      maincontainer = new nsMsgSendPart(this);
+      if (!maincontainer)
+        goto FAILMEM;
+
+      // Setup the maincontainer stuff...
+      status = maincontainer->SetType(MULTIPART_ALTERNATIVE);
+      if (NS_FAILED(status))
+        goto FAIL;
+
+      status = maincontainer->AddChild(plainpart);
+      if (NS_FAILED(status))
+        goto FAIL;
+
+      status = maincontainer->AddChild(htmlpart);
+      if (NS_FAILED(status))
+        goto FAIL;
+
+      // Create the encoder for the plaintext part here,
+      // because we aren't the main part (attachment1).
+      // (This, along with the rest of the routine, should really
+      // be restructured so that no special treatment is given to
+      // the main body text that came in. Best to put attachment1_text
+      // etc. into a nsMsgSendPart, then reshuffle the parts. Sigh.)
+      if (m_plaintext->m_encoding.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral(ENCODING_QUOTED_PRINTABLE))
+      {
+        plainpart->SetEncoder(MimeEncoder::GetQPEncoder(
+          mime_encoder_output_fn, this));
+      }
+      else if (m_plaintext->m_encoding.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral(ENCODING_BASE64))
+      {
+        plainpart->SetEncoder(MimeEncoder::GetBase64Encoder(
+          mime_encoder_output_fn, this));
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      delete maincontainer;
+      if (maincontainerISrelatedpart)
+        m_related_part = nullptr; // in that case, m_related_part == maincontainer which we have just deleted!
+      maincontainer = plainpart;
+      mainbody = maincontainer;
+      PR_FREEIF(m_attachment1_type);
+      m_attachment1_type = PL_strdup(TEXT_PLAIN);
+      if (!m_attachment1_type)
+        goto FAILMEM;
+
+      // Override attachment1_encoding here. We do this blindly since we are
+      // sending plaintext only at this point.
+      PR_FREEIF(m_attachment1_encoding);
+      m_attachment1_encoding = ToNewCString(m_plaintext->m_encoding);
+    }
+  }
+
+  // check if we need to encapsulate the message in a multipart/mixed or multipart/digest
+  if (m_attachment_count > multipartRelatedCount)
+  {
+    toppart = new nsMsgSendPart(this);
+    if (!toppart)
+      goto FAILMEM;
+
+    status = toppart->SetType(m_digest_p ? MULTIPART_DIGEST : MULTIPART_MIXED);
+    if (NS_FAILED(status))
+      goto FAIL;
+
+    status = toppart->AddChild(maincontainer);
+    if (NS_FAILED(status))
+      goto FAIL;
+  }
+  else
+    toppart = maincontainer;
+
+  // Is the top part a multipart container?
+  // can't use m_attachment_count because it's not reliable for that
+  // instead use type of main part. See bug #174396
+  toppart_type = toppart->GetType(); // GetType return directly the member variable, don't free it!
+  if (!m_crypto_closure && toppart_type && !PL_strncasecmp(toppart_type, "multipart/", 10))
+  {
+    status = toppart->SetBuffer(MIME_MULTIPART_BLURB);
+    if (NS_FAILED(status))
+      goto FAIL;
+  }
+
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<msgIWritableStructuredHeaders> outputHeaders =
+      do_CreateInstance(NS_ISTRUCTUREDHEADERS_CONTRACTID);
+    status = mime_generate_headers(mCompFields, m_deliver_mode, outputHeaders);
+    if (NS_FAILED(status))
+      goto FAIL;
+
+    // Convert the blocks of headers into a single string for emission.
+    nsAutoCString headers;
+    outputHeaders->BuildMimeText(headers);
+
+    // If we converted HTML into plaintext, the plaintext part (plainpart)
+    // already has its content-type and content-transfer-encoding ("other")
+    // headers set.
+    //
+    // In the specific case where such a plaintext part is the top-level message
+    // part (iff an HTML message is being sent as text only and no other
+    // attachments exist) we want to preserve the original plainpart headers,
+    // since they contain accurate transfer encoding and Mac type/creator
+    // information.
+    //
+    // So, in the above case we append the main message headers, otherwise we
+    // overwrite whatever headers may have existed.
+    if (plainpart && plainpart == toppart)
+      status = toppart->AppendOtherHeaders(headers.get());
+    else
+      status = toppart->SetOtherHeaders(headers.get());
+  }
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(status))
+    goto FAIL;
+
+  // Set up the first part (user-typed.)  For now, do it even if the first
+  // part is empty; we need to add things to skip it if this part is empty.
+
+  // Set up encoder for the first part (message body.)
+  //
+  NS_ASSERTION(!m_attachment1_encoder, "not-null m_attachment1_encoder");
+  if (!PL_strcasecmp(m_attachment1_encoding, ENCODING_BASE64))
+  {
+    m_attachment1_encoder = MimeEncoder::GetBase64Encoder(
+      mime_encoder_output_fn, this);
+  }
+  else if (!PL_strcasecmp(m_attachment1_encoding, ENCODING_QUOTED_PRINTABLE))
+  {
+    m_attachment1_encoder = MimeEncoder::GetQPEncoder(mime_encoder_output_fn,
+      this);
+  }
+
+  // If we converted HTML into plaintext, the plaintext part
+  // already has its type/encoding headers set. So, in the specific
+  // case where such a plaintext part is the main message body
+  // (iff an HTML message is being sent as text only)
+  // we want to avoid generating type/encoding/digest headers;
+  // in all other cases, generate such headers here.
+  //
+  // We really want to set up headers as a dictionary of some sort
+  // so that we need not worry about duplicate header lines.
+  //
+  if ((!plainpart) || (plainpart != mainbody))
+  {
+    const char *charset = mCompFields->GetCharacterSet();
+    hdrs = mime_generate_attachment_headers (m_attachment1_type,
+                         nullptr,
+                         m_attachment1_encoding,
+                         0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+                         m_digest_p,
+                         nullptr, /* no "ma"! */
+                         charset,
+                         charset,
+                         mCompFields->GetBodyIsAsciiOnly(),
+                         nullptr,
+                         true);
+    if (!hdrs)
+      goto FAILMEM;
+    status = mainbody->AppendOtherHeaders(hdrs);
+    if (NS_FAILED(status))
+      goto FAIL;
+  }
+
+  PR_FREEIF(hdrs);
+
+  mainbody->SetEncoder(m_attachment1_encoder.forget());
+
+  //
+  // Now we need to process attachments and slot them in the
+  // correct hierarchy.
+  //
+  if (m_attachment_count > 0)
+  {
+    // Kludge to avoid having to allocate memory on the toy computers...
+    if (! mime_mailto_stream_read_buffer)
+      mime_mailto_stream_read_buffer = (char *) PR_Malloc (MIME_BUFFER_SIZE);
+    buffer = mime_mailto_stream_read_buffer;
+    if (! buffer)
+      goto FAILMEM;
+
+    // Gather all of the attachments for this message that are NOT
+    // part of an enclosed MHTML message!
+    for (i = 0; i < m_attachment_count; i++)
+    {
+      nsMsgAttachmentHandler *ma = m_attachments[i];
+      if (!ma->mMHTMLPart)
+        PreProcessPart(ma, toppart);
+    }
+
+    //
+    // If we have a m_related_part as a container for children, then we have to
+    // tack on these children for the part
+    //
+    if (m_related_part)
+    {
+      for (i = 0; i < m_attachment_count; i++)
+      {
+        //
+        // look for earlier part with the same content id. If we find it,
+        // need to remember the mapping between our node index and the
+        // part num of the earlier part.
+        int32_t nodeIndex = m_attachments[i]->mNodeIndex;
+        if (nodeIndex != -1)
+        {
+          for (uint32_t j = 0; j < i; j++)
+          {
+            if (m_attachments[j]->mNodeIndex != -1 &&
+                m_attachments[j]->m_contentId.Equals(m_attachments[i]->m_contentId))
+              m_partNumbers[nodeIndex] = m_partNumbers[m_attachments[j]->mNodeIndex];
+          }
+        }
+        // rhp: This is here because we could get here after saying OK
+        // to a lot of prompts about not being able to fetch this part!
+        //
+        if (m_attachments[i]->mPartUserOmissionOverride)
+          continue;
+
+        // Now, we need to add this part to the m_related_part member so the
+        // message will be generated correctly.
+        if (m_attachments[i]->mMHTMLPart)
+          PreProcessPart(m_attachments[i], m_related_part);
+      }
+    }
+
+  }
+
+  // Tell the user we are creating the message...
+  mComposeBundle->GetStringFromName(u"creatingMailMessage",
+                                    getter_Copies(msg));
+  SetStatusMessage( msg );
+
+  // OK, now actually write the structure we've carefully built up.
+  status = toppart->Write();
+  if (NS_FAILED(status))
+    goto FAIL;
+
+  /* Close down encryption stream */
+  if (m_crypto_closure)
+  {
+    status = m_crypto_closure->FinishCryptoEncapsulation(false, mSendReport);
+    m_crypto_closure = nullptr;
+    if (NS_FAILED(status)) goto FAIL;
+  }
+
+  if (mOutputFile)
+  {
+    if (NS_FAILED(mOutputFile->Flush()))
+    {
+      status = NS_MSG_ERROR_WRITING_FILE;
+      goto FAIL;
+    }
+
+    mOutputFile->Close();
+    mOutputFile = nullptr;
+
+    // mTempFile is stale because we wrote to it.  Get another copy to refresh.
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> tempFileCopy;
+    mTempFile->Clone(getter_AddRefs(tempFileCopy));
+    mTempFile = tempFileCopy;
+    tempFileCopy = nullptr;
+    /* If we don't do this check...ZERO length files can be sent */
+    int64_t fileSize;
+    rv = mTempFile->GetFileSize(&fileSize);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv) || fileSize == 0)
+    {
+      status = NS_MSG_ERROR_WRITING_FILE;
+      goto FAIL;
+    }
+  }
+
+  mComposeBundle->GetStringFromName(u"assemblingMessageDone",
+                                    getter_Copies(msg));
+  SetStatusMessage(msg);
+
+  if (m_dont_deliver_p && mListener)
+  {
+    //
+    // Need to ditch the file spec here so that we don't delete the
+    // file, since in this case, the caller wants the file
+    //
+    mReturnFile = mTempFile;
+    mTempFile = nullptr;
+    if (!mReturnFile)
+      NotifyListenerOnStopSending(nullptr, NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY, nullptr, nullptr);
+    else
+    {
+      NotifyListenerOnStopSending(nullptr, NS_OK, nullptr, mReturnFile);
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    status = DeliverMessage();
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(status))
+      shouldDeleteDeliveryState = false;
+  }
+  goto FAIL;
+
+FAILMEM:
+  status = NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+FAIL:
+  if (toppart)
+    delete toppart;
+  toppart = nullptr;
+  mainbody = nullptr;
+  maincontainer = nullptr;
+
+  if (in_file)
+  {
+    PR_Close (in_file);
+    in_file = nullptr;
+  }
+
+  if (shouldDeleteDeliveryState)
+  {
+    if (NS_FAILED(status))
+    {
+      m_status = status;
+      nsresult ignoreMe;
+      Fail(status, nullptr, &ignoreMe);
+    }
+  }
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+int32_t
+nsMsgComposeAndSend::PreProcessPart(nsMsgAttachmentHandler  *ma,
+                                    nsMsgSendPart           *toppart) // The very top most container of the message
+{
+  nsresult        status;
+  char            *hdrs = 0;
+  nsMsgSendPart   *part = nullptr;
+
+  // If this was one of those dead parts from a quoted web page,
+  // then just return safely.
+  //
+  if (ma->m_bogus_attachment)
+    return 0;
+
+  // If at this point we *still* don't have a content-type, then
+  // we're never going to get one.
+  if (ma->m_type.IsEmpty())
+    ma->m_type = UNKNOWN_CONTENT_TYPE;
+
+  ma->PickEncoding(mCompFields->GetCharacterSet(), this);
+  ma->PickCharset();
+
+  part = new nsMsgSendPart(this);
+  if (!part)
+    return 0;
+  status = toppart->AddChild(part);
+  // Remember the part number if it has a node index.
+  if (ma->mNodeIndex != -1)
+    m_partNumbers[ma->mNodeIndex] = part->m_partNum;
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(status))
+    return 0;
+  status = part->SetType(ma->m_type.get());
+  if (NS_FAILED(status))
+    return 0;
+
+  if (ma->mSendViaCloud)
+    ma->m_encoding = ENCODING_7BIT;
+
+  nsCString turl;
+  if (!ma->mURL)
+  {
+    if (!ma->m_uri.IsEmpty())
+      turl = ma->m_uri;
+  }
+  else {
+    status = ma->mURL->GetSpec(turl);
+    if (NS_FAILED(status))
+      return 0;
+  }
+
+  nsCString type(ma->m_type);
+  nsCString realName(ma->m_realName);
+
+  // for cloud attachments, make the part an html part with no name,
+  // so we don't show it as an attachment.
+  if (ma->mSendViaCloud)
+  {
+    type.Assign("application/octet-stream");
+    realName.Truncate();
+  }
+  hdrs = mime_generate_attachment_headers (type.get(),
+                                           ma->m_typeParam.get(),
+                                           ma->m_encoding.get(),
+                                           ma->m_description.get(),
+                                           ma->m_xMacType.get(),
+                                           ma->m_xMacCreator.get(),
+                                           realName.get(),
+                                           turl.get(),
+                                           m_digest_p,
+                                           ma,
+                                           ma->m_charset.get(), // rhp - this needs
+                                                          // to be the charset
+                                                          // we determine from
+                                                          // the file or none
+                                                          // at all!
+                                           mCompFields->GetCharacterSet(),
+                                           false,      // bodyIsAsciiOnly to false
+                                                          // for attachments
+                                           ma->m_contentId.get(),
+                                           false);
+  if (!hdrs)
+    return 0;
+
+  status = part->SetOtherHeaders(hdrs);
+  PR_FREEIF(hdrs);
+  if (ma->mSendViaCloud)
+  {
+    nsCString urlSpec;
+    status = ma->mURL->GetSpec(urlSpec);
+    if (NS_FAILED(status))
+      return 0;
+
+    // Need to add some headers so that libmime can restore the cloud info
+    // when loading a draft message.
+    nsCString draftInfo(HEADER_X_MOZILLA_CLOUD_PART": cloudFile; url=");
+    draftInfo.Append(ma->mCloudUrl.get());
+    // don't leak user file paths or account keys to recipients.
+    if (m_deliver_mode == nsMsgSaveAsDraft)
+    {
+      draftInfo.Append("; provider=");
+      draftInfo.Append(ma->mCloudProviderKey.get());
+      draftInfo.Append("; file=");
+      draftInfo.Append(urlSpec.get());
+    }
+    draftInfo.Append("; name=");
+    draftInfo.Append(ma->m_realName.get());
+    draftInfo.Append(CRLF);
+    part->AppendOtherHeaders(draftInfo.get());
+    part->SetType("application/octet-stream");
+    part->SetBuffer("");
+  }
+  if (NS_FAILED(status))
+    return 0;
+  status = part->SetFile(ma->mTmpFile);
+  if (NS_FAILED(status))
+    return 0;
+  if (ma->m_encoder)
+  {
+    part->SetEncoder(ma->m_encoder.forget());
+  }
+
+  ma->m_current_column = 0;
+
+  if (ma->m_type.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral(MESSAGE_RFC822) ||
+      ma->m_type.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral(MESSAGE_NEWS)) {
+    part->SetStripSensitiveHeaders(true);
+  }
+
+  return 1;
+}
+
+# define FROB(X) \
+    if (X && *X) \
+    { \
+      if (*recipients) PL_strcat(recipients, ","); \
+      PL_strcat(recipients, X); \
+    }
+
+nsresult nsMsgComposeAndSend::BeginCryptoEncapsulation ()
+{
+  // Try to create a secure compose object. If we can create it, then query to see
+  // if we need to use it for this send transaction.
+
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgComposeSecure> secureCompose;
+  secureCompose = do_CreateInstance(NS_MSGCOMPOSESECURE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  // it's not an error scenario of there is secure compose
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  if (secureCompose)
+  {
+    bool requiresEncryptionWork = false;
+    secureCompose->RequiresCryptoEncapsulation(mUserIdentity, mCompFields, &requiresEncryptionWork);
+    if (requiresEncryptionWork)
+    {
+      m_crypto_closure = secureCompose;
+      // bah i'd like to move the following blurb into the implementation of BeginCryptoEncapsulation; however
+      // the apis for nsIMsgComposeField just aren't rich enough. It requires the implementor to jump through way
+      // too many string conversions....
+      char * recipients = (char *)
+      PR_MALLOC((mCompFields->GetTo()  ? strlen(mCompFields->GetTo())  : 0) +
+         (mCompFields->GetCc()  ? strlen(mCompFields->GetCc())  : 0) +
+         (mCompFields->GetBcc() ? strlen(mCompFields->GetBcc()) : 0) +
+         (mCompFields->GetNewsgroups() ? strlen(mCompFields->GetNewsgroups()) : 0) + 20);
+      if (!recipients) return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+      *recipients = 0;
+
+      FROB(mCompFields->GetTo())
+      FROB(mCompFields->GetCc())
+      FROB(mCompFields->GetBcc())
+      FROB(mCompFields->GetNewsgroups())
+
+      // end section of code I'd like to move to the implementor.....
+      rv = m_crypto_closure->BeginCryptoEncapsulation(mOutputFile,
+                                                      recipients,
+                                                      mCompFields,
+                                                      mUserIdentity,
+                                                      mSendReport,
+                                                      (m_deliver_mode == nsMsgSaveAsDraft));
+
+      PR_FREEIF(recipients);
+    }
+
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult
+mime_write_message_body(nsIMsgSend *state, const char *buf, uint32_t size)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(state);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIOutputStream> output;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgComposeSecure> crypto_closure;
+
+  state->GetOutputStream(getter_AddRefs(output));
+  if (!output)
+    return NS_MSG_ERROR_WRITING_FILE;
+
+  state->GetCryptoclosure(getter_AddRefs(crypto_closure));
+  if (crypto_closure)
+  {
+    // Copy to new null-terminated string so JS glue doesn't crash when
+    // MimeCryptoWriteBlock() is implemented in JS.
+    nsCString bufWithNull;
+    bufWithNull.Assign(buf, size);
+    return crypto_closure->MimeCryptoWriteBlock(bufWithNull.get(), size);
+  }
+
+  uint32_t n;
+  nsresult rv = output->Write(buf, size, &n);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || n != size)
+  {
+    return NS_MSG_ERROR_WRITING_FILE;
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+mime_encoder_output_fn(const char *buf, int32_t size, void *closure)
+{
+  nsMsgComposeAndSend *state = (nsMsgComposeAndSend *) closure;
+  return mime_write_message_body (state, (char *) buf, (uint32_t)size);
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgComposeAndSend::GetEmbeddedObjectInfo(nsIDOMNode *node, nsMsgAttachmentData *attachment, bool *acceptObject)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(node);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(attachment);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(acceptObject);
+
+  // GetEmbeddedObjectInfo will determine if we need to attach the source of the
+  // embedded object with the message. The decision is made automatically unless
+  // the attribute moz-do-not-send has been set to true or false.
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  // Reset this structure to null!
+  *acceptObject = false;
+
+  // We're only interested in body, image, link and anchors which are all
+  // elements.
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMElement> domElement = do_QueryInterface(node);
+  if (!domElement)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  bool isImage = false;
+  nsAutoString mozDoNotSendAttr;
+  domElement->GetAttribute(NS_LITERAL_STRING(ATTR_MOZ_DO_NOT_SEND), mozDoNotSendAttr);
+
+  // Only empty or moz-do-not-send="false" may be accepted later.
+  if (!(mozDoNotSendAttr.IsEmpty() || mozDoNotSendAttr.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("false")))
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  // Now, we know the types of objects this node can be, so we will do
+  // our query interface here and see what we come up with
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMHTMLBodyElement>     body = (do_QueryInterface(node));
+  // XXX convert to use nsIImageLoadingContent?
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMHTMLImageElement>    image = (do_QueryInterface(node));
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMHTMLLinkElement>     link = (do_QueryInterface(node));
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMHTMLAnchorElement>   anchor = (do_QueryInterface(node));
+
+  // First, try to see if the body as a background image
+  if (body)
+  {
+    nsAutoString    tUrl;
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(body->GetBackground(tUrl)))
+    {
+      nsAutoCString turlC;
+      CopyUTF16toUTF8(tUrl, turlC);
+      if (NS_FAILED(nsMsgNewURL(getter_AddRefs(attachment->m_url), turlC.get())))
+        return NS_OK;
+    }
+    isImage = true;
+  }
+  else if (image)        // Is this an image?
+  {
+    nsString    tUrl;
+    nsString    tName;
+    nsString    tDesc;
+
+    // Create the URI
+    if (NS_FAILED(image->GetSrc(tUrl)))
+      return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    if (tUrl.IsEmpty())
+      return NS_OK;
+
+    nsAutoCString turlC;
+    CopyUTF16toUTF8(tUrl, turlC);
+    if (NS_FAILED(nsMsgNewURL(getter_AddRefs(attachment->m_url), turlC.get())))
+    {
+      // Well, the first time failed...which means we probably didn't get
+      // the full path name...
+      //
+      nsIDOMDocument    *ownerDocument = nullptr;
+      node->GetOwnerDocument(&ownerDocument);
+      if (ownerDocument)
+      {
+        nsIDocument     *doc = nullptr;
+        if (NS_FAILED(ownerDocument->QueryInterface(NS_GET_IID(nsIDocument),(void**)&doc)) || !doc)
+          return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+        nsAutoCString spec;
+        nsIURI *uri = doc->GetDocumentURI();
+
+        if (!uri)
+          return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+        rv = uri->GetSpec(spec);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+        // Ok, now get the path to the root doc and tack on the name we
+        // got from the GetSrc() call....
+        NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16 workURL(spec);
+
+        int32_t loc = workURL.RFindChar('/');
+        if (loc >= 0)
+          workURL.SetLength(loc+1);
+        workURL.Append(tUrl);
+        NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8 workurlC(workURL);
+        if (NS_FAILED(nsMsgNewURL(getter_AddRefs(attachment->m_url), workurlC.get())))
+          return NS_OK; // Continue and send it without this image.
+      }
+    }
+    isImage = true;
+
+    rv = image->GetName(tName);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    LossyCopyUTF16toASCII(tName, attachment->m_realName);
+    rv = image->GetLongDesc(tDesc);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    attachment->m_description = NS_LossyConvertUTF16toASCII(tDesc); // XXX i18n
+  }
+  else if (link)        // Is this a link?
+  {
+    nsString    tUrl;
+
+    // Create the URI
+    rv = link->GetHref(tUrl);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    if (tUrl.IsEmpty())
+      return NS_OK;
+    nsAutoCString turlC;
+    CopyUTF16toUTF8(tUrl, turlC);
+    if (NS_FAILED(nsMsgNewURL(getter_AddRefs(attachment->m_url), turlC.get())))
+      return NS_OK;
+  }
+  else if (anchor)
+  {
+    nsString    tUrl;
+    nsString    tName;
+
+    // Create the URI
+    rv = anchor->GetHref(tUrl);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    if (tUrl.IsEmpty())
+      return NS_OK;
+    nsAutoCString turlC;
+    CopyUTF16toUTF8(tUrl, turlC);
+    // This can fail since the URL might not be recognised, for example:
+    // <a href="skype:some-name?call" title="Skype">Some Name</a>
+    if (NS_FAILED(nsMsgNewURL(getter_AddRefs(attachment->m_url), turlC.get())))
+      return NS_OK;
+    rv = anchor->GetName(tName);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    LossyCopyUTF16toASCII(tName, attachment->m_realName);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    // If we get here, we got something we didn't expect!
+    // Just try to continue and send it without this thing.
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  // Before going further, check what scheme we're dealing with. Files need to
+  // be converted to data URLs during composition. "Attaching" means
+  // sending as a cid: part instead of original URL.
+  bool isHttp =
+    (NS_SUCCEEDED(attachment->m_url->SchemeIs("http", &isHttp)) && isHttp) ||
+    (NS_SUCCEEDED(attachment->m_url->SchemeIs("https", &isHttp)) && isHttp);
+  // Attach (= create cid: part) http resources if moz-do-not-send is set to
+  // "false". Special processing for images: We attach if the preference says so.
+  // Note that moz-do-not-send="true" is already processed above so the preference
+  // doesn't override this.
+  if (isHttp)
+  {
+    *acceptObject =
+      (isImage && Preferences::GetBool("mail.compose.attach_http_images", false)) ||
+      mozDoNotSendAttr.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("false");
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  bool isData =
+    (NS_SUCCEEDED(attachment->m_url->SchemeIs("data", &isData)) && isData);
+  bool isNews =
+    (NS_SUCCEEDED(attachment->m_url->SchemeIs("news", &isNews)) && isNews) ||
+    (NS_SUCCEEDED(attachment->m_url->SchemeIs("snews", &isNews)) && isNews) ||
+    (NS_SUCCEEDED(attachment->m_url->SchemeIs("nntp", &isNews)) && isNews);
+  // Attach (= create cid: part) data resources if moz-do-not-send is not
+  // specified or set to "false".
+  if (isData || isNews)
+  {
+    *acceptObject = mozDoNotSendAttr.IsEmpty() ||
+      mozDoNotSendAttr.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("false");
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+uint32_t
+nsMsgComposeAndSend::GetMultipartRelatedCount(bool forceToBeCalculated /*=false*/)
+{
+  nsresult                  rv = NS_OK;
+  uint32_t                  count;
+
+  if (mMultipartRelatedAttachmentCount != -1 && !forceToBeCalculated)
+    return (uint32_t)mMultipartRelatedAttachmentCount;
+
+  //First time here, let's calculate the correct number of related part we need to generate
+  mMultipartRelatedAttachmentCount = 0;
+  if (mEditor)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIEditorMailSupport> mailEditor (do_QueryInterface(mEditor));
+    if (!mailEditor)
+      return 0;
+
+    rv = mailEditor->GetEmbeddedObjects(getter_AddRefs(mEmbeddedObjectList));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      return 0;
+  }
+  if (!mEmbeddedObjectList)
+    return 0;
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(mEmbeddedObjectList->GetLength(&count)))
+  {
+    if (count > 0)
+    {
+      // preallocate space for part numbers
+      m_partNumbers.SetLength(count);
+      // Let parse the list to count the number of valid objects. BTW, we can remove the others from the list
+      RefPtr<nsMsgAttachmentData> attachment(new nsMsgAttachmentData);
+
+      int32_t i;
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMNode> node;
+
+      for (i = count - 1, count = 0; i >= 0; i --)
+      {
+        // Reset this structure to null!
+
+        // now we need to get the element in the array and do the magic
+        // to process this element.
+        //
+        node = do_QueryElementAt(mEmbeddedObjectList, i, &rv);
+        bool acceptObject = false;
+        if (node)
+        {
+          rv = GetEmbeddedObjectInfo(node, attachment, &acceptObject);
+        }
+        else // outlook import case
+        {
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgEmbeddedImageData> imageData =
+            do_QueryElementAt(mEmbeddedObjectList, i, &rv);
+          if (!imageData)
+            continue;
+          acceptObject = true;
+        }
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && acceptObject)
+          count ++;
+      }
+    }
+    mMultipartRelatedAttachmentCount = (int32_t)count;
+    return count;
+  }
+  else
+    return 0;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgComposeAndSend::GetBodyFromEditor()
+{
+  //
+  // Now we have to fix up and get the HTML from the editor. After we
+  // get the HTML data, we need to store it in the m_attachment_1_body
+  // member variable after doing the necessary charset conversion.
+  //
+
+  //
+  // Query the editor, get the body of HTML!
+  //
+  uint32_t flags = nsIDocumentEncoder::OutputFormatted |
+                   nsIDocumentEncoder::OutputNoFormattingInPre |
+                   nsIDocumentEncoder::OutputDisallowLineBreaking;
+  nsAutoString bodyStr;
+  char16_t* bodyText = nullptr;
+  nsresult rv;
+  char16_t *origHTMLBody = nullptr;
+
+  // Ok, get the body...the DOM should have been whacked with
+  // Content ID's already
+  if (mEditor)
+    mEditor->OutputToString(NS_LITERAL_STRING(TEXT_HTML), flags, bodyStr);
+  else
+    bodyStr = NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16(m_attachment1_body);
+
+  // If we really didn't get a body, just return NS_OK
+  if (bodyStr.IsEmpty())
+    return NS_OK;
+  bodyText = ToNewUnicode(bodyStr);
+  if (!bodyText)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+  // If we are forcing this to be plain text, we should not be
+  // doing this conversion.
+  bool doConversion = true;
+
+  if ( (mCompFields) && mCompFields->GetForcePlainText() )
+    doConversion = false;
+
+  if (doConversion)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<mozITXTToHTMLConv> conv = do_CreateInstance(MOZ_TXTTOHTMLCONV_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      uint32_t whattodo = mozITXTToHTMLConv::kURLs;
+      bool enable_structs = false;
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> pPrefBranch(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID));
+      if (pPrefBranch)
+      {
+        rv = pPrefBranch->GetBoolPref(PREF_MAIL_SEND_STRUCT, &enable_structs);
+        if (enable_structs)
+          whattodo = whattodo | mozITXTToHTMLConv::kStructPhrase;
+      }
+
+      char16_t* wresult;
+      rv = conv->ScanHTML(bodyText, whattodo, &wresult);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      {
+        // Save the original body for possible attachment as plain text
+        // We should have what the user typed in stored in mOriginalHTMLBody
+        origHTMLBody = bodyText;
+        bodyText = wresult;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  nsCString attachment1_body;
+
+  // Convert body to mail charset
+  nsCString    outCString;
+  const char  *aCharset = mCompFields->GetCharacterSet();
+
+  if (aCharset && *aCharset)
+  {
+    rv = nsMsgI18NConvertFromUnicode(aCharset, nsDependentString(bodyText), outCString, false, true);
+    bool isAsciiOnly = NS_IsAscii(outCString.get()) &&
+      !nsMsgI18Nstateful_charset(mCompFields->GetCharacterSet());
+    if (mCompFields->GetForceMsgEncoding())
+      isAsciiOnly = false;
+    mCompFields->SetBodyIsAsciiOnly(isAsciiOnly);
+
+    // If the body contains characters outside the current mail charset,
+    // convert to UTF-8.
+    if (NS_ERROR_UENC_NOMAPPING == rv)
+    {
+      bool needToCheckCharset;
+      mCompFields->GetNeedToCheckCharset(&needToCheckCharset);
+      if (needToCheckCharset)
+      {
+        // Just use UTF-8 and be done with it
+        // unless disable_fallback_to_utf8 is set for this charset.
+        bool disableFallback = false;
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefBranch (do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+        if (prefBranch)
+        {
+          nsCString prefName("mailnews.disable_fallback_to_utf8.");
+          prefName.Append(aCharset);
+          prefBranch->GetBoolPref(prefName.get(), &disableFallback);
+        }
+        if (!disableFallback)
+        {
+          CopyUTF16toUTF8(nsDependentString(bodyText), outCString);
+          mCompFields->SetCharacterSet("UTF-8");
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      attachment1_body = outCString;
+
+    // If we have an origHTMLBody that is not null, this means that it is
+    // different than the bodyText because of formatting conversions. Because of
+    // this we need to do the charset conversion on this part separately
+    if (origHTMLBody)
+    {
+      nsCString newBody;
+      rv = nsMsgI18NConvertFromUnicode(aCharset,
+        nsDependentString(origHTMLBody), newBody, false, true);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      {
+        mOriginalHTMLBody = ToNewCString(newBody);
+      }
+    }
+    else {
+      mOriginalHTMLBody = ToNewCString(attachment1_body);
+    }
+
+    NS_Free(bodyText);    //Don't need it anymore
+  }
+  else
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  rv = SnarfAndCopyBody(attachment1_body, TEXT_HTML);
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+//
+// This is the routine that does the magic of generating the body and the
+// attachments for the multipart/related email message.
+//
+typedef struct
+{
+  nsIDOMNode    *node;
+  char          *url;
+} domSaveStruct;
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgComposeAndSend::ProcessMultipartRelated(int32_t *aMailboxCount, int32_t *aNewsCount)
+{
+  uint32_t                  multipartCount = GetMultipartRelatedCount();
+  nsresult                  rv = NS_OK;
+  uint32_t                  i;
+  int32_t                   j = -1;
+  uint32_t                  k;
+  int32_t                   duplicateOf;
+  domSaveStruct             *domSaveArray = nullptr;
+
+   if (!mEmbeddedObjectList)
+    return NS_ERROR_MIME_MPART_ATTACHMENT_ERROR;
+
+  RefPtr<nsMsgAttachmentData> attachment(new nsMsgAttachmentData);
+  int32_t               locCount = -1;
+
+  if (multipartCount > 0)
+  {
+    domSaveArray = (domSaveStruct *)PR_MALLOC(sizeof(domSaveStruct) * multipartCount);
+    if (!domSaveArray)
+      return NS_ERROR_MIME_MPART_ATTACHMENT_ERROR;
+    memset(domSaveArray, 0, sizeof(domSaveStruct) * multipartCount);
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMNode> node;
+  for (i = mPreloadedAttachmentCount; i < (mPreloadedAttachmentCount + multipartCount);)
+  {
+    // Ok, now we need to get the element in the array and do the magic
+    // to process this element.
+    //
+
+    locCount++;
+    mEmbeddedObjectList->QueryElementAt(locCount, NS_GET_IID(nsIDOMNode), getter_AddRefs(node));
+    if (node)
+    {
+      bool acceptObject = false;
+      rv = GetEmbeddedObjectInfo(node, attachment, &acceptObject);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, NS_ERROR_MIME_MPART_ATTACHMENT_ERROR);
+      if (!acceptObject)
+        continue;
+      nsString nodeValue;
+      node->GetNodeValue(nodeValue);
+      LossyCopyUTF16toASCII(nodeValue, m_attachments[i]->m_contentId);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgEmbeddedImageData> imageData = do_QueryElementAt(mEmbeddedObjectList, locCount, &rv);
+      if (!imageData)
+        return NS_ERROR_MIME_MPART_ATTACHMENT_ERROR;
+      imageData->GetUri(getter_AddRefs(attachment->m_url));
+      if (!attachment->m_url)
+        return NS_ERROR_MIME_MPART_ATTACHMENT_ERROR;
+      imageData->GetCid(m_attachments[i]->m_contentId);
+      imageData->GetName(attachment->m_realName);
+    }
+
+
+    // MUST set this to get placed in the correct part of the message
+    m_attachments[i]->mMHTMLPart = true;
+
+    m_attachments[i]->mDeleteFile = true;
+    m_attachments[i]->m_done = false;
+    m_attachments[i]->SetMimeDeliveryState(this);
+    m_attachments[i]->mNodeIndex = locCount;
+
+    j++;
+    domSaveArray[j].node = node;
+
+    // check if we have alreay attached this object, don't need to attach it twice
+    duplicateOf = -1;
+    for (k = mPreloadedAttachmentCount; k < i; k++)
+    {
+      bool isEqual = false;
+      NS_ASSERTION(attachment->m_url, "null attachment url!");
+      if (attachment->m_url)
+        (void)attachment->m_url->Equals(m_attachments[k]->mURL, &isEqual);
+      if (isEqual)
+      {
+        duplicateOf = k;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+
+    if (duplicateOf == -1)
+    {
+      //
+      // Now we have to get all of the interesting information from
+      // the nsIDOMNode we have in hand...
+      m_attachments[i]->mURL = attachment->m_url;
+
+      m_attachments[i]->m_overrideType = attachment->m_realType;
+      m_attachments[i]->m_overrideEncoding = attachment->m_realEncoding;
+      m_attachments[i]->m_desiredType = attachment->m_desiredType;
+      m_attachments[i]->m_description = attachment->m_description;
+      m_attachments[i]->m_realName = attachment->m_realName;
+      m_attachments[i]->m_xMacType = attachment->m_xMacType;
+      m_attachments[i]->m_xMacCreator = attachment->m_xMacCreator;
+
+      m_attachments[i]->m_charset = mCompFields->GetCharacterSet();
+      m_attachments[i]->m_encoding = ENCODING_7BIT;
+
+      if (m_attachments[i]->mURL)
+        msg_pick_real_name(m_attachments[i], nullptr, mCompFields->GetCharacterSet());
+
+      if (m_attachments[i]->m_contentId.IsEmpty())
+      {
+        //
+        // Next, generate a content id for use with this part
+        //
+        nsCString email;
+        mUserIdentity->GetEmail(email);
+        m_attachments[i]->m_contentId = mime_gen_content_id(locCount+1, email.get());
+      }
+
+      //
+      // Start counting the attachments which are going to come from mail folders
+      // and from NNTP servers.
+      //
+      if (m_attachments[i]->mURL)
+      {
+        nsIURI *uri = m_attachments[i]->mURL;
+        bool match = false;
+        if ((NS_SUCCEEDED(uri->SchemeIs("mailbox", &match)) && match) ||
+            (NS_SUCCEEDED(uri->SchemeIs("imap", &match)) && match))
+          (*aMailboxCount)++;
+        else if ((NS_SUCCEEDED(uri->SchemeIs("news", &match)) && match) ||
+                 (NS_SUCCEEDED(uri->SchemeIs("snews", &match)) && match))
+          (*aNewsCount)++;
+        else
+        {
+          // Additional account types need a mechanism to report that they are
+          // message protocols. If there is an nsIMsgProtocolInfo component
+          // registered for this scheme, we'll consider it a mailbox
+          // attachment.
+          nsAutoCString contractID;
+          contractID.Assign(
+            NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("@mozilla.org/messenger/protocol/info;1"));
+          nsAutoCString scheme;
+          uri->GetScheme(scheme);
+          contractID.Append(scheme);
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgProtocolInfo> msgProtocolInfo =
+            do_CreateInstance(contractID.get());
+          if (msgProtocolInfo)
+            (*aMailboxCount)++;
+        }
+
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      m_attachments[i]->m_contentId = m_attachments[duplicateOf]->m_contentId;
+      m_attachments[i]->SetMimeDeliveryState(nullptr);
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Ok, while we are here, we should whack the DOM with the generated
+    // Content-ID for this object. This will be necessary for generating
+    // the HTML we need.
+    //
+    nsString domURL;
+    if (!m_attachments[duplicateOf == -1 ? i : duplicateOf]->m_contentId.IsEmpty())
+    {
+      nsString   newSpec(NS_LITERAL_STRING("cid:"));
+      newSpec.AppendASCII(m_attachments[duplicateOf == -1 ? i : duplicateOf]->m_contentId.get());
+
+      // Now, we know the types of objects this node can be, so we will do
+      // our query interface here and see what we come up with
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMHTMLBodyElement>     body = (do_QueryInterface(domSaveArray[j].node));
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMHTMLImageElement>    image = (do_QueryInterface(domSaveArray[j].node));
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMHTMLLinkElement>     link = (do_QueryInterface(domSaveArray[j].node));
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMHTMLAnchorElement>   anchor = (do_QueryInterface(domSaveArray[j].node));
+
+      if (anchor)
+      {
+        anchor->GetHref(domURL);
+        anchor->SetHref(newSpec);
+      }
+      else if (link)
+      {
+        link->GetHref(domURL);
+        link->SetHref(newSpec);
+      }
+      else if (image)
+      {
+        image->GetSrc(domURL);
+        image->SetSrc(newSpec);
+      }
+      else if (body)
+      {
+        body->GetBackground(domURL);
+        body->SetBackground(newSpec);
+      }
+
+      if (!domURL.IsEmpty())
+        domSaveArray[j].url = ToNewCString(NS_LossyConvertUTF16toASCII(domURL));
+    }
+    i++;
+  }
+
+  rv = GetBodyFromEditor();
+
+  //
+  // Ok, now we need to un-whack the DOM or we have a screwed up document on
+  // Send failure.
+  //
+  for (i = 0; i < multipartCount; i++)
+  {
+    if ( (!domSaveArray[i].node) || (!domSaveArray[i].url) )
+      continue;
+
+    // Now, we know the types of objects this node can be, so we will do
+    // our query interface here and see what we come up with
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMHTMLBodyElement>     body = (do_QueryInterface(domSaveArray[i].node));
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMHTMLImageElement>    image = (do_QueryInterface(domSaveArray[i].node));
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMHTMLLinkElement>     link = (do_QueryInterface(domSaveArray[i].node));
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMHTMLAnchorElement>   anchor = (do_QueryInterface(domSaveArray[i].node));
+
+      // STRING USE WARNING: hoisting the following conversion might save code-space, since it happens along every path
+
+    if (anchor)
+      anchor->SetHref(NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16(domSaveArray[i].url));
+    else if (link)
+      link->SetHref(NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16(domSaveArray[i].url));
+    else if (image)
+      image->SetSrc(NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16(domSaveArray[i].url));
+    else if (body)
+      body->SetBackground(NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16(domSaveArray[i].url));
+
+    free(domSaveArray[i].url);
+  }
+
+  PR_FREEIF(domSaveArray);
+
+  //
+  // Now, we have to create that first child node for the multipart
+  // message that holds the body as well as the attachment handler
+  // for this body part.
+  //
+  // If we ONLY have multipart objects, then we don't need the container
+  // for the multipart section...
+  //
+  m_related_part = new nsMsgSendPart(this);
+  if (!m_related_part)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+  m_related_part->SetMimeDeliveryState(this);
+  m_related_part->SetType(MULTIPART_RELATED);
+  // We are now going to use the m_related_part as a way to store the
+  // MHTML message for this email.
+  //
+  m_related_body_part = new nsMsgSendPart(this);
+  if (!m_related_body_part)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+  // Set the body contents...
+  m_related_body_part->SetBuffer(m_attachment1_body);
+  m_related_body_part->SetType(m_attachment1_type);
+
+  m_related_part->AddChild(m_related_body_part);
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgComposeAndSend::CountCompFieldAttachments()
+{
+  //Reset the counters
+  mCompFieldLocalAttachments = 0;
+  mCompFieldRemoteAttachments = 0;
+
+  //Get the attachments array
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleEnumerator> attachments;
+  mCompFields->GetAttachments(getter_AddRefs(attachments));
+  if (!attachments)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  // Parse the attachments array
+  bool moreAttachments;
+  nsCString url;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> element;
+  while (NS_SUCCEEDED(attachments->HasMoreElements(&moreAttachments)) && moreAttachments) {
+    rv = attachments->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(element));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAttachment> attachment = do_QueryInterface(element, &rv);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && attachment)
+    {
+      attachment->GetUrl(url);
+      if (!url.IsEmpty())
+      {
+        // Check to see if this is a file URL, if so, don't retrieve
+        // like a remote URL...
+        if (nsMsgIsLocalFile(url.get()))
+          mCompFieldLocalAttachments++;
+        else    // This is a remote URL...
+          mCompFieldRemoteAttachments++;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+//
+// Since we are at the head of the list, we start from ZERO.
+//
+nsresult
+nsMsgComposeAndSend::AddCompFieldLocalAttachments()
+{
+  // If none, just return...
+  if (mCompFieldLocalAttachments <= 0)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  //Get the attachments array
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleEnumerator> attachments;
+  mCompFields->GetAttachments(getter_AddRefs(attachments));
+  if (!attachments)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  uint32_t  newLoc = 0;
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCString url;
+
+  //Parse the attachments array
+  bool moreAttachments;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> element;
+  while (NS_SUCCEEDED(attachments->HasMoreElements(&moreAttachments)) && moreAttachments) {
+    rv = attachments->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(element));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAttachment> attachment = do_QueryInterface(element, &rv);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && attachment)
+    {
+      bool sendViaCloud = false;
+      attachment->GetSendViaCloud(&sendViaCloud);
+      m_attachments[newLoc]->mSendViaCloud = sendViaCloud;
+      attachment->GetUrl(url);
+      if (!url.IsEmpty())
+      {
+        bool sendViaCloud;
+        attachment->GetSendViaCloud(&sendViaCloud);
+        if (sendViaCloud)
+        {
+          nsCString cloudProviderKey;
+          // We'd like to output a part for the attachment, just an html part
+          // with information about how to download the attachment.
+          // m_attachments[newLoc]->m_done = true;
+          attachment->GetHtmlAnnotation(m_attachments[newLoc]->mHtmlAnnotation);
+          m_attachments[newLoc]->m_type.AssignLiteral("text/html");
+          attachment->GetCloudProviderKey(m_attachments[newLoc]->mCloudProviderKey);
+          attachment->GetContentLocation(m_attachments[newLoc]->mCloudUrl);
+        }
+        // Just look for local file:// attachments and do the right thing.
+        if (nsMsgIsLocalFile(url.get()))
+        {
+          //
+          // Now we have to setup the m_attachments entry for the file://
+          // URL that is passed in...
+          //
+          m_attachments[newLoc]->mDeleteFile = false;
+
+          nsMsgNewURL(getter_AddRefs(m_attachments[newLoc]->mURL), url.get());
+
+          if (m_attachments[newLoc]->mTmpFile)
+          {
+            if (m_attachments[newLoc]->mDeleteFile)
+              m_attachments[newLoc]->mTmpFile->Remove(false);
+            m_attachments[newLoc]->mTmpFile =nullptr;
+          }
+          nsresult rv;
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIIOService> ioService =
+            mozilla::services::GetIOService();
+          NS_ENSURE_TRUE(ioService, NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED);
+          nsCOMPtr <nsIURI> uri;
+          rv = ioService->NewURI(url, nullptr, nullptr, getter_AddRefs(uri));
+          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+          nsCOMPtr <nsIFileURL> fileURL = do_QueryInterface(uri);
+          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+          nsCOMPtr <nsIFile> fileURLFile;
+          fileURL->GetFile(getter_AddRefs(fileURLFile));
+          m_attachments[newLoc]->mTmpFile = do_QueryInterface(fileURLFile);
+          m_attachments[newLoc]->mDeleteFile = false;
+          if (m_attachments[newLoc]->mURL)
+          {
+            nsAutoString proposedName;
+            attachment->GetName(proposedName);
+            msg_pick_real_name(m_attachments[newLoc], proposedName.get(), mCompFields->GetCharacterSet());
+          }
+
+          // Now, most importantly, we need to figure out what the content type is for
+          // this attachment...If we can't, then just make it application/octet-stream
+
+  #ifdef MAC_OSX
+          //Mac always need to snarf the file to figure out how to send it, maybe we need to use apple double...
+          //  unless caller has already set the content type, in which case, trust them.
+          bool mustSnarfAttachment = true;
+  #else
+          bool mustSnarfAttachment = false;
+  #endif
+          if (sendViaCloud)
+            mustSnarfAttachment = false;
+
+          attachment->GetContentType(getter_Copies(m_attachments[newLoc]->m_type));
+          if (m_attachments[newLoc]->m_type.IsEmpty())
+          {
+            nsresult  rv = NS_OK;
+            nsCOMPtr<nsIMIMEService> mimeFinder (do_GetService(NS_MIMESERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+            if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && mimeFinder)
+            {
+              nsCOMPtr<nsIURL> fileUrl(do_CreateInstance(NS_STANDARDURL_CONTRACTID));
+              if (fileUrl)
+              {
+                nsAutoCString fileExt;
+                //First try using the real file name
+                rv = fileUrl->SetFileName(m_attachments[newLoc]->m_realName);
+                if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+                {
+                  rv = fileUrl->GetFileExtension(fileExt);
+                  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !fileExt.IsEmpty()) {
+                    nsAutoCString type;
+                    mimeFinder->GetTypeFromExtension(fileExt, type);
+  #ifndef XP_MACOSX
+                    if (!type.Equals("multipart/appledouble"))  // can't do apple double on non-macs
+  #endif
+                    m_attachments[newLoc]->m_type = type;
+                  }
+                }
+
+                //Then try using the url if we still haven't figured out the content type
+                if (m_attachments[newLoc]->m_type.IsEmpty())
+                {
+                  rv = fileUrl->SetSpec(url);
+                  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+                  {
+                    rv = fileUrl->GetFileExtension(fileExt);
+                    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !fileExt.IsEmpty()) {
+                      nsAutoCString type;
+                      mimeFinder->GetTypeFromExtension(fileExt, type);
+  #ifndef XP_MACOSX
+                    if (!type.Equals("multipart/appledouble"))  // can't do apple double on non-macs
+  #endif
+                      m_attachments[newLoc]->m_type = type;
+                    // rtf and vcs files may look like text to sniffers,
+                    // but they're not human readable.
+                    if (type.IsEmpty() && !fileExt.IsEmpty() &&
+                         (MsgLowerCaseEqualsLiteral(fileExt, "rtf") ||
+                          MsgLowerCaseEqualsLiteral(fileExt, "vcs")))
+                      m_attachments[newLoc]->m_type = APPLICATION_OCTET_STREAM;
+                    }
+                  }
+                }
+              }
+            }
+          }
+          else
+          {
+            attachment->GetContentTypeParam(getter_Copies(m_attachments[newLoc]->m_typeParam));
+            mustSnarfAttachment = false;
+          }
+
+          //We need to snarf the file to figure out how to send it only if we don't have a content type...
+          if (mustSnarfAttachment || m_attachments[newLoc]->m_type.IsEmpty())
+          {
+            m_attachments[newLoc]->m_done = false;
+            m_attachments[newLoc]->SetMimeDeliveryState(this);
+          }
+          else
+          {
+            m_attachments[newLoc]->m_done = true;
+            m_attachments[newLoc]->SetMimeDeliveryState(nullptr);
+          }
+          // For local files, if they are HTML docs and we don't have a charset, we should
+          // sniff the file and see if we can figure it out.
+          if (!m_attachments[newLoc]->m_type.IsEmpty())
+          {
+            if (m_attachments[newLoc]->m_type.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral(TEXT_HTML))
+            {
+              char *tmpCharset = (char *)nsMsgI18NParseMetaCharset(m_attachments[newLoc]->mTmpFile);
+              if (tmpCharset[0] != '\0')
+                m_attachments[newLoc]->m_charset = tmpCharset;
+            }
+          }
+
+          attachment->GetMacType(getter_Copies(m_attachments[newLoc]->m_xMacType));
+          attachment->GetMacCreator(getter_Copies(m_attachments[newLoc]->m_xMacCreator));
+
+          ++newLoc;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgComposeAndSend::AddCompFieldRemoteAttachments(uint32_t   aStartLocation,
+                                                   int32_t    *aMailboxCount,
+                                                   int32_t    *aNewsCount)
+{
+  // If none, just return...
+  if (mCompFieldRemoteAttachments <= 0)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  //Get the attachments array
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleEnumerator> attachments;
+  mCompFields->GetAttachments(getter_AddRefs(attachments));
+  if (!attachments)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  uint32_t  newLoc = aStartLocation;
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  bool moreAttachments;
+  nsCString url;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> element;
+  while (NS_SUCCEEDED(attachments->HasMoreElements(&moreAttachments)) && moreAttachments) {
+    rv = attachments->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(element));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAttachment> attachment = do_QueryInterface(element, &rv);
+     if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && attachment)
+    {
+      attachment->GetUrl(url);
+      if (!url.IsEmpty())
+      {
+        // Just look for files that are NOT local file attachments and do
+        // the right thing.
+        if (! nsMsgIsLocalFile(url.get()))
+        {
+          // Check for message attachment, see nsMsgMailNewsUrl::GetIsMessageUri.
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> nsiuri = do_CreateInstance(NS_STANDARDURL_CONTRACTID);
+          NS_ENSURE_STATE(nsiuri);
+          nsiuri->SetSpec(url);
+          nsAutoCString scheme;
+          nsiuri->GetScheme(scheme);
+          bool isAMessageAttachment =
+            StringEndsWith(scheme, NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("-message"));
+
+          m_attachments[newLoc]->mDeleteFile = true;
+          m_attachments[newLoc]->m_done = false;
+          m_attachments[newLoc]->SetMimeDeliveryState(this);
+
+          if (!isAMessageAttachment)
+            nsMsgNewURL(getter_AddRefs(m_attachments[newLoc]->mURL), url.get());
+
+          m_attachments[newLoc]->m_encoding = ENCODING_7BIT;
+
+          attachment->GetMacType(getter_Copies(m_attachments[newLoc]->m_xMacType));
+          attachment->GetMacCreator(getter_Copies(m_attachments[newLoc]->m_xMacCreator));
+
+          /* Count up attachments which are going to come from mail folders
+             and from NNTP servers. */
+          bool do_add_attachment = false;
+          if (isAMessageAttachment)
+          {
+            do_add_attachment = true;
+            if (!PL_strncasecmp(url.get(), "news-message://", 15))
+              (*aNewsCount)++;
+            else
+              (*aMailboxCount)++;
+
+            m_attachments[newLoc]->m_uri = url;
+            m_attachments[newLoc]->mURL = nullptr;
+          }
+          else
+            do_add_attachment = (nullptr != m_attachments[newLoc]->mURL);
+          m_attachments[newLoc]->mSendViaCloud = false;
+          if (do_add_attachment)
+          {
+            nsAutoString proposedName;
+            attachment->GetName(proposedName);
+            msg_pick_real_name(m_attachments[newLoc], proposedName.get(), mCompFields->GetCharacterSet());
+            ++newLoc;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgComposeAndSend::HackAttachments(nsIArray *attachments,
+                                     nsIArray *preloadedAttachments)
+{
+  //
+  // First, count the total number of attachments we are going to process
+  // for this operation! This is a little more complicated than you might
+  // think because we have a few ways to specify attachments. Via the nsMsgAttachmentData
+  // as well as the composition fields.
+  //
+  CountCompFieldAttachments();
+
+  // Count the preloaded attachments!
+  mPreloadedAttachmentCount = 0;
+
+  // For now, manually add the local attachments in the comp field!
+  mPreloadedAttachmentCount += mCompFieldLocalAttachments;
+  uint32_t numAttachments = 0, numPreloadedAttachments = 0;
+  if (attachments)
+    attachments->GetLength(&numAttachments);
+  if (preloadedAttachments)
+    preloadedAttachments->GetLength(&numPreloadedAttachments);
+  mPreloadedAttachmentCount += numPreloadedAttachments;
+
+  // Count the attachments we have to go retrieve! Keep in mind, that these
+  // will be APPENDED to the current list of URL's that we have gathered if
+  // this is a multpart/related send operation
+  mRemoteAttachmentCount = GetMultipartRelatedCount();
+
+  // For now, manually add the remote attachments in the comp field!
+  mRemoteAttachmentCount += mCompFieldRemoteAttachments;
+
+  mRemoteAttachmentCount += numAttachments;
+
+  m_attachment_count = mPreloadedAttachmentCount + mRemoteAttachmentCount;
+
+  uint32_t i; // counter for location in attachment array...
+  // Now create the array of attachment handlers...
+  for (i = 0; i < m_attachment_count; i++) {
+    RefPtr<nsMsgAttachmentHandler> handler = new nsMsgAttachmentHandler;
+    m_attachments.AppendElement(handler);
+  }
+
+  //
+  // First, we need to attach the files that are defined in the comp fields...
+  if (NS_FAILED(AddCompFieldLocalAttachments()))
+    return NS_ERROR_INVALID_ARG;
+
+  // Now handle the preloaded attachments...
+  if (numPreloadedAttachments > 0)
+  {
+    // These are attachments which have already been downloaded to tmp files.
+    // We merely need to point the internal attachment data at those tmp
+    // files.
+    m_pre_snarfed_attachments_p = true;
+
+    for (i = mCompFieldLocalAttachments; i < mPreloadedAttachmentCount; i++)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAttachedFile> attachedFile = do_QueryElementAt(preloadedAttachments, i);
+      if (!attachedFile)
+        continue;
+
+      /* These attachments are already "snarfed". */
+      m_attachments[i]->mDeleteFile = false;
+      m_attachments[i]->SetMimeDeliveryState(nullptr);
+      m_attachments[i]->m_done = true;
+
+      attachedFile->GetOrigUrl(getter_AddRefs(m_attachments[i]->mURL));
+
+      attachedFile->GetType(m_attachments[i]->m_type);
+
+      // Set it to the compose fields for a default...
+      m_attachments[i]->m_charset = mCompFields->GetCharacterSet();
+
+      // If we still don't have a content type, we should really try sniff one out!
+      if (m_attachments[i]->m_type.IsEmpty())
+        m_attachments[i]->PickEncoding(mCompFields->GetCharacterSet(), this);
+
+      // For local files, if they are HTML docs and we don't have a charset, we should
+      // sniff the file and see if we can figure it out.
+      if (!m_attachments[i]->m_type.IsEmpty())
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> tmpFile;
+        attachedFile->GetTmpFile(getter_AddRefs(tmpFile));
+        if (m_attachments[i]->m_type.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral(TEXT_HTML) && tmpFile)
+        {
+          char *tmpCharset = (char *)nsMsgI18NParseMetaCharset(tmpFile);
+          if (tmpCharset[0] != '\0')
+            m_attachments[i]->m_charset = tmpCharset;
+        }
+      }
+
+      attachedFile->GetDescription(m_attachments[i]->m_description);
+      attachedFile->GetRealName(m_attachments[i]->m_realName);
+      attachedFile->GetXMacType(m_attachments[i]->m_xMacType);
+      attachedFile->GetXMacCreator(m_attachments[i]->m_xMacCreator);
+      attachedFile->GetEncoding(m_attachments[i]->m_encoding);
+
+      if (m_attachments[i]->mTmpFile)
+      {
+        if (m_attachments[i]->mDeleteFile)
+          m_attachments[i]->mTmpFile->Remove(false);
+        m_attachments[i]->mTmpFile = nullptr;
+      }
+      attachedFile->GetTmpFile(getter_AddRefs(m_attachments[i]->mTmpFile));
+
+      attachedFile->GetSize(&m_attachments[i]->m_size);
+      attachedFile->GetUnprintableCount(&m_attachments[i]->m_unprintable_count);
+      attachedFile->GetHighbitCount(&m_attachments[i]->m_highbit_count);
+      attachedFile->GetCtlCount(&m_attachments[i]->m_ctl_count);
+      attachedFile->GetNullCount(&m_attachments[i]->m_null_count);
+      attachedFile->GetMaxLineLength(&m_attachments[i]->m_max_column);
+
+      /* If the attachment has an encoding, and it's not one of
+      the "null" encodings, then keep it. */
+      if (!m_attachments[i]->m_encoding.IsEmpty() &&
+          !m_attachments[i]->m_encoding.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral(ENCODING_7BIT) &&
+          !m_attachments[i]->m_encoding.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral(ENCODING_8BIT) &&
+          !m_attachments[i]->m_encoding.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral(ENCODING_BINARY))
+        m_attachments[i]->m_already_encoded_p = true;
+
+      if (m_attachments[i]->mURL)
+        msg_pick_real_name(m_attachments[i], nullptr, mCompFields->GetCharacterSet());
+    }
+  }
+
+  // First, handle the multipart related attachments if any...
+  //
+  int32_t mailbox_count = 0, news_count = 0;
+  int32_t multipartRelatedCount = GetMultipartRelatedCount();
+
+  if (multipartRelatedCount > 0)
+  {
+    nsresult rv = ProcessMultipartRelated(&mailbox_count, &news_count);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    {
+      // The destructor will take care of the m_attachment array
+      return rv;
+    }
+  }
+
+  //
+  // Now add the comp field remote attachments...
+  //
+  if (NS_FAILED( AddCompFieldRemoteAttachments( (mPreloadedAttachmentCount + multipartRelatedCount),
+                                                 &mailbox_count, &news_count) ))
+    return NS_ERROR_INVALID_ARG;
+
+  //
+  // Now deal remote attachments and attach multipart/related attachments (url's and such..)
+  // first!
+  //
+  if (attachments)
+  {
+    int32_t     locCount = -1;
+
+    for (i = (mPreloadedAttachmentCount + GetMultipartRelatedCount() + mCompFieldRemoteAttachments); i < m_attachment_count; i++)
+    {
+      locCount++;
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAttachmentData> attachment(do_QueryElementAt(attachments, i));
+      if (!attachment)
+        continue;
+      m_attachments[i]->mDeleteFile = true;
+      m_attachments[i]->m_done = false;
+      m_attachments[i]->SetMimeDeliveryState(this);
+
+      attachment->GetUrl(getter_AddRefs(m_attachments[i]->mURL));
+
+      attachment->GetRealType(m_attachments[i]->m_overrideType);
+      m_attachments[i]->m_charset = mCompFields->GetCharacterSet();
+      attachment->GetRealEncoding(m_attachments[i]->m_overrideEncoding);
+      attachment->GetDesiredType(m_attachments[i]->m_desiredType);
+      attachment->GetDescription(m_attachments[i]->m_description);
+      attachment->GetRealName(m_attachments[i]->m_realName);
+      attachment->GetXMacType(m_attachments[i]->m_xMacType);
+      attachment->GetXMacCreator(m_attachments[i]->m_xMacCreator);
+      m_attachments[i]->m_encoding = ENCODING_7BIT;
+
+      // real name is set in the case of vcard so don't change it.  XXX STILL NEEDED?
+      // m_attachments[i]->m_real_name = 0;
+
+      /* Count up attachments which are going to come from mail folders
+      and from NNTP servers. */
+      if (m_attachments[i]->mURL)
+      {
+        nsIURI *uri = m_attachments[i]->mURL;
+        bool match = false;
+        if ((NS_SUCCEEDED(uri->SchemeIs("mailbox", &match)) && match) ||
+            (NS_SUCCEEDED(uri->SchemeIs("imap", &match)) && match))
+          mailbox_count++;
+        else if ((NS_SUCCEEDED(uri->SchemeIs("news", &match)) && match) ||
+                 (NS_SUCCEEDED(uri->SchemeIs("snews", &match)) && match))
+            news_count++;
+        else
+        {
+          // Additional account types need a mechanism to report that they are
+          // message protocols. If there is an nsIMsgProtocolInfo component
+          // registered for this scheme, we'll consider it a mailbox
+          // attachment.
+          nsAutoCString contractID;
+          contractID.Assign(
+            NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("@mozilla.org/messenger/protocol/info;1"));
+          nsAutoCString scheme;
+          uri->GetScheme(scheme);
+          contractID.Append(scheme);
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgProtocolInfo> msgProtocolInfo =
+            do_CreateInstance(contractID.get());
+          if (msgProtocolInfo)
+            mailbox_count++;
+        }
+        if (uri)
+          msg_pick_real_name(m_attachments[i], nullptr, mCompFields->GetCharacterSet());
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  bool needToCallGatherMimeAttachments = true;
+
+  if (m_attachment_count > 0)
+  {
+    // If there is more than one mailbox URL, or more than one NNTP url,
+    // do the load in serial rather than parallel, for efficiency.
+    if (mailbox_count > 1 || news_count > 1)
+      m_be_synchronous_p = true;
+
+    m_attachment_pending_count = m_attachment_count;
+
+    // Start the URL attachments loading (eventually, an exit routine will
+    // call the done_callback).
+
+    for (i = 0; i < m_attachment_count; i++)
+    {
+      if (m_attachments[i]->m_done || m_attachments[i]->mSendViaCloud)
+      {
+        m_attachment_pending_count--;
+        continue;
+      }
+
+      //
+      //  IF we get here and the URL is NULL, just dec the pending count and move on!!!
+      //
+      if ( (!m_attachments[i]->mURL) && (!m_attachments[i]->m_uri.Length()) )
+      {
+        m_attachments[i]->m_bogus_attachment = true;
+        m_attachments[i]->m_done = true;
+        m_attachments[i]->SetMimeDeliveryState(nullptr);
+        m_attachment_pending_count--;
+        continue;
+      }
+
+      //
+      // This only returns a failure code if NET_GetURL was not called
+      // (and thus no exit routine was or will be called.)
+      //
+
+      // Display some feedback to user...
+      nsString msg;
+      nsAutoString attachmentFileName;
+      NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16 params(m_attachments[i]->m_realName);
+      const char16_t *formatParams[1];
+      if (!params.IsEmpty()) {
+        formatParams[0] = params.get();
+      } else if (m_attachments[i]->mURL) {
+        nsCString asciiSpec;
+        m_attachments[i]->mURL->GetAsciiSpec(asciiSpec);
+        attachmentFileName.AssignASCII(asciiSpec.get());
+        formatParams[0] = attachmentFileName.get();
+      }
+      mComposeBundle->FormatStringFromName(u"gatheringAttachment",
+                                           formatParams, 1, getter_Copies(msg));
+
+      if (!msg.IsEmpty())
+      {
+        SetStatusMessage(msg);
+      }
+
+      /* As SnarfAttachment will call GatherMimeAttachments when it will be done (this is an async process),
+         we need to avoid to call it ourself.
+      */
+      needToCallGatherMimeAttachments = false;
+
+      nsresult status = m_attachments[i]->SnarfAttachment(mCompFields);
+      if (NS_FAILED(status))
+      {
+        nsString errorMsg;
+        nsresult rv = ConvertToUnicode(nsMsgI18NFileSystemCharset(), m_attachments[i]->m_realName, attachmentFileName);
+        if (attachmentFileName.IsEmpty() && m_attachments[i]->mURL) {
+          nsCString asciiSpec;
+          m_attachments[i]->mURL->GetAsciiSpec(asciiSpec);
+          attachmentFileName.AssignASCII(asciiSpec.get());
+          rv = NS_OK;
+        }
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        {
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundle> bundle;
+          const char16_t *params[] = { attachmentFileName.get() };
+          mComposeBundle->FormatStringFromName(u"errorAttachingFile",
+                                               params, 1,
+                                               getter_Copies(errorMsg));
+          mSendReport->SetMessage(nsIMsgSendReport::process_Current, errorMsg.get(), false);
+          mSendReport->SetError(nsIMsgSendReport::process_Current,
+                                NS_MSG_ERROR_ATTACHING_FILE,
+                                false);
+        }
+        return NS_MSG_ERROR_ATTACHING_FILE;
+      }
+      if (m_be_synchronous_p)
+        break;
+    }
+  }
+
+  // If no attachments - finish now (this will call the done_callback).
+  if (needToCallGatherMimeAttachments)
+    return GatherMimeAttachments();
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgComposeAndSend::InitCompositionFields(nsMsgCompFields *fields,
+                                           const nsACString &aOriginalMsgURI,
+                                           MSG_ComposeType aType)
+{
+  nsresult        rv = NS_OK;
+  const char      *pStr = nullptr;
+
+  mCompFields = new nsMsgCompFields();
+  if (!mCompFields)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+  const char *cset = fields->GetCharacterSet();
+  // Make sure charset is sane...
+  if (!cset || !*cset)
+  {
+    mCompFields->SetCharacterSet("UTF-8");
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    mCompFields->SetCharacterSet(fields->GetCharacterSet());
+  }
+
+  // Now, we will look for a URI defined as the default FCC pref. If this is set,
+  // then SetFcc will use this value. The FCC field is a URI for the server that
+  // will hold the "Sent" folder...the
+  //
+  // First, look at what was passed in via the "fields" structure...if that was
+  // set then use it, otherwise, fall back to what is set in the prefs...
+  //
+  // But even before that, pay attention to the new OVERRIDE pref that will cancel
+  // any and all copy operations!
+  //
+  bool      doFcc = true;
+  rv = mUserIdentity->GetDoFcc(&doFcc);
+  if (!doFcc)
+  {
+    // If the identity pref "fcc" is set to false, then we will not do
+    // any FCC operation!
+    mCompFields->SetFcc("");
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    bool useDefaultFCC = true;
+    const char *fieldsFCC = fields->GetFcc();
+    if (fieldsFCC && *fieldsFCC)
+    {
+      if (PL_strcasecmp(fieldsFCC, "nocopy://") == 0)
+      {
+        useDefaultFCC = false;
+        mCompFields->SetFcc("");
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder;
+        GetExistingFolder(nsDependentCString(fieldsFCC), getter_AddRefs(folder));
+        if (folder)
+        {
+          useDefaultFCC = false;
+          mCompFields->SetFcc(mime_fix_header(fieldsFCC));
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    // We use default FCC setting if it's not set or was set to an invalid folder.
+    if (useDefaultFCC)
+    {
+      // Only check whether the user wants the message in the original message
+      // folder if the msgcomptype is some kind of a reply.
+      if (!aOriginalMsgURI.IsEmpty() && (
+            aType == nsIMsgCompType::Reply ||
+            aType == nsIMsgCompType::ReplyAll ||
+            aType == nsIMsgCompType::ReplyToGroup ||
+            aType == nsIMsgCompType::ReplyToSender ||
+            aType == nsIMsgCompType::ReplyToSenderAndGroup ||
+            aType == nsIMsgCompType::ReplyWithTemplate )
+         )
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgAccountManager> accountManager =
+            do_GetService(NS_MSGACCOUNTMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        {
+          nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+          rv = GetMsgDBHdrFromURI(PromiseFlatCString(aOriginalMsgURI).get(),
+                                  getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+          if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+          {
+            nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> folder;
+            msgHdr->GetFolder(getter_AddRefs(folder));
+            if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+            {
+              bool canFileMessages;
+              rv = folder->GetCanFileMessages(&canFileMessages);
+              if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && canFileMessages)
+              {
+                nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgIncomingServer> incomingServer;
+                rv = folder->GetServer(getter_AddRefs(incomingServer));
+                if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+                {
+                  nsCString incomingServerType;
+                  rv = incomingServer->GetCharValue("type", incomingServerType);
+                  // Exclude RSS accounts, as they falsely report
+                  // 'canFileMessages' = true
+                  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !incomingServerType.Equals("rss"))
+                  {
+                    bool fccReplyFollowsParent;
+                    rv = mUserIdentity->GetFccReplyFollowsParent(
+                             &fccReplyFollowsParent);
+                    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && fccReplyFollowsParent)
+                    {
+                      nsCString folderURI;
+                      rv = folder->GetURI(folderURI);
+                      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+                      {
+                        mCompFields->SetFcc(folderURI.get());
+                        useDefaultFCC = false;
+                      }
+                    }
+                  }
+                }
+              }
+            }
+          }
+        }
+      }
+
+      if (useDefaultFCC)
+      {
+        nsCString uri;
+        GetFolderURIFromUserPrefs(nsMsgDeliverNow, mUserIdentity, uri);
+        mCompFields->SetFcc(MsgLowerCaseEqualsLiteral(uri, "nocopy://") ? "" : uri.get());
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  //
+  // Deal with an additional FCC operation for this email.
+  //
+  const char *fieldsFCC2 = fields->GetFcc2();
+  if ( (fieldsFCC2) && (*fieldsFCC2) )
+  {
+    if (PL_strcasecmp(fieldsFCC2, "nocopy://") == 0)
+    {
+      mCompFields->SetFcc2("");
+      mNeedToPerformSecondFCC = false;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      mCompFields->SetFcc2(fieldsFCC2);
+      mNeedToPerformSecondFCC = true;
+    }
+  }
+
+  // Copy the main bodies of headers over.
+  rv = mCompFields->AddAllHeaders(fields);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleEnumerator> srcAttachments;
+  fields->GetAttachments(getter_AddRefs(srcAttachments));
+  if (srcAttachments)
+  {
+    bool moreAttachments;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> element;
+    while (NS_SUCCEEDED(srcAttachments->HasMoreElements(&moreAttachments)) && moreAttachments) {
+      rv = srcAttachments->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(element));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAttachment> attachment = do_QueryInterface(element, &rv);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      mCompFields->AddAttachment(attachment);
+    }
+  }
+
+  AddDefaultCustomHeaders();
+
+  AddMailFollowupToHeader();
+  AddMailReplyToHeader();
+
+  if (aType == nsIMsgCompType::ForwardInline ||
+      aType == nsIMsgCompType::ForwardAsAttachment)
+    AddXForwardedMessageIdHeader();
+
+  pStr = fields->GetPriority();
+  if (pStr)
+    mCompFields->SetPriority((char *) pStr);
+
+  mCompFields->SetAttachVCard(fields->GetAttachVCard());
+  mCompFields->SetForcePlainText(fields->GetForcePlainText());
+  mCompFields->SetUseMultipartAlternative(fields->GetUseMultipartAlternative());
+  int32_t receiptType = nsIMsgMdnGenerator::eDntType;
+  fields->GetReceiptHeaderType(&receiptType);
+
+  mCompFields->SetReturnReceipt(fields->GetReturnReceipt());
+  mCompFields->SetAttachmentReminder(fields->GetAttachmentReminder());
+  mCompFields->SetDeliveryFormat(fields->GetDeliveryFormat());
+  mCompFields->SetContentLanguage(fields->GetContentLanguage());
+  mCompFields->SetReceiptHeaderType(receiptType);
+
+  mCompFields->SetDSN(fields->GetDSN());
+
+  mCompFields->SetBodyIsAsciiOnly(fields->GetBodyIsAsciiOnly());
+  mCompFields->SetForceMsgEncoding(fields->GetForceMsgEncoding());
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> secInfo;
+  fields->GetSecurityInfo(getter_AddRefs(secInfo));
+
+  mCompFields->SetSecurityInfo(secInfo);
+
+  bool needToCheckCharset;
+  fields->GetNeedToCheckCharset(&needToCheckCharset);
+  mCompFields->SetNeedToCheckCharset(needToCheckCharset);
+
+  if ( m_deliver_mode != nsMsgSaveAsDraft && m_deliver_mode != nsMsgSaveAsTemplate )
+  {
+    // Check the fields for legitimacy...
+    return mime_sanity_check_fields (
+                    mCompFields->GetFrom(), mCompFields->GetReplyTo(),
+                    mCompFields->GetTo(), mCompFields->GetCc(),
+                    mCompFields->GetBcc(), mCompFields->GetFcc(),
+                    mCompFields->GetNewsgroups(), mCompFields->GetFollowupTo(),
+                    mCompFields->GetSubject(), mCompFields->GetReferences(),
+                    mCompFields->GetOrganization(), "");
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// Add default headers to outgoing messages see Bug #61520
+// mail.identity.<id#>.headers pref is a comma separated value of pref names
+// containging headers to add headers are stored in
+// mail.identity.<id#>.header.<header name> grab all the headers, mime encode
+// them and add them to the other custom headers.
+nsresult
+nsMsgComposeAndSend::AddDefaultCustomHeaders() {
+  nsCString headersList;
+  // get names of prefs containing headers to add
+  nsresult rv = mUserIdentity->GetCharAttribute("headers", headersList);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !headersList.IsEmpty()) {
+    int32_t start = 0;
+    int32_t end = 0;
+    int32_t len = 0;
+    while (end != -1) {
+      end = headersList.FindChar(',', start);
+      if (end == -1) {
+        len = headersList.Length() - start;
+      } else {
+        len = end - start;
+      }
+      // grab the name of the current header pref
+      nsAutoCString headerName("header.");
+      headerName.Append(Substring(headersList, start, len));
+      start = end + 1;
+
+      nsCString headerVal;
+      rv = mUserIdentity->GetCharAttribute(headerName.get(), headerVal);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+        int32_t colonIdx = headerVal.FindChar(':');
+        if (colonIdx > 0) { // check that the header is *most likely* valid.
+          nsCString name(Substring(headerVal, 0, colonIdx));
+          mCompFields->SetRawHeader(name.get(),
+            Substring(headerVal, colonIdx + 1), nullptr);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+// Add Mail-Followup-To header
+// See bug #204339 and http://cr.yp.to/proto/replyto.html for details
+nsresult
+nsMsgComposeAndSend::AddMailFollowupToHeader() {
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  // If there's already a Mail-Followup-To header, don't need to do anything.
+  nsAutoCString mftHeader;
+  mCompFields->GetRawHeader(HEADER_MAIL_FOLLOWUP_TO, mftHeader);
+  if (!mftHeader.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  // Get list of subscribed mailing lists
+  nsAutoCString mailing_lists;
+  rv = mUserIdentity->GetCharAttribute("subscribed_mailing_lists", mailing_lists);
+  // Stop here if this list is missing or empty
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || mailing_lists.IsEmpty())
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  // Get a list of all recipients excluding bcc
+  nsDependentCString to(mCompFields->GetTo());
+  nsDependentCString cc(mCompFields->GetCc());
+  nsAutoCString recipients;
+
+  if (to.IsEmpty() && cc.IsEmpty())
+    // We have bcc recipients only, so we don't add the Mail-Followup-To header
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  if (!to.IsEmpty() && cc.IsEmpty())
+    recipients = to;
+  else if (to.IsEmpty() && !cc.IsEmpty())
+    recipients = cc;
+  else
+  {
+    recipients.Assign(to);
+    recipients.AppendLiteral(", ");
+    recipients.Append(cc);
+  }
+
+  // Remove duplicate addresses in recipients
+  nsAutoCString recipients_no_dups;
+  RemoveDuplicateAddresses(recipients, EmptyCString(), recipients_no_dups);
+
+  // Remove subscribed mailing lists from recipients...
+  nsAutoCString recipients_without_mailing_lists;
+  RemoveDuplicateAddresses(recipients_no_dups, mailing_lists,
+                           recipients_without_mailing_lists);
+
+  // ... If the result is equal to the input, we don't write to a subscribed
+  // mailing list and therefore we don't add Mail-Followup-To
+  if (recipients_no_dups == recipients_without_mailing_lists)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  // Set Mail-Followup-To
+  return mCompFields->SetRawHeader(HEADER_MAIL_FOLLOWUP_TO, recipients,
+    mCompFields->GetCharacterSet());
+}
+
+// Add Mail-Reply-To header
+// See bug #204339 and http://cr.yp.to/proto/replyto.html for details
+nsresult
+nsMsgComposeAndSend::AddMailReplyToHeader() {
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  // If there's already a Mail-Reply-To header, don't need to do anything.
+  nsAutoCString mrtHeader;
+  mCompFields->GetRawHeader(HEADER_MAIL_REPLY_TO, mrtHeader);
+  if (!mrtHeader.IsEmpty())
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  // Get list of reply-to mangling mailing lists
+  nsAutoCString mailing_lists;
+  rv = mUserIdentity->GetCharAttribute("replyto_mangling_mailing_lists", mailing_lists);
+  // Stop here if this list is missing or empty
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || mailing_lists.IsEmpty())
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  // MRT will be set if the recipients of the message contains at least one
+  // of the addresses in mailing_lists or if mailing_lists has '*' as first
+  // character.  The latter case gives the user an easy way to always set
+  // the MRT header.  Notice that this behaviour wouldn't make sense for MFT
+  // in AddMailFollowupToHeader() above.
+
+  if (mailing_lists[0] != '*') {
+    // Get a list of all recipients excluding bcc
+    nsDependentCString to(mCompFields->GetTo());
+    nsDependentCString cc(mCompFields->GetCc());
+    nsAutoCString recipients;
+
+    if (to.IsEmpty() && cc.IsEmpty())
+      // We have bcc recipients only, so we don't add the Mail-Reply-To header
+      return NS_OK;
+
+    if (!to.IsEmpty() && cc.IsEmpty())
+      recipients = to;
+    else if (to.IsEmpty() && !cc.IsEmpty())
+      recipients = cc;
+    else
+    {
+      recipients.Assign(to);
+      recipients.AppendLiteral(", ");
+      recipients.Append(cc);
+    }
+
+    // Remove duplicate addresses in recipients
+    nsAutoCString recipients_no_dups;
+    RemoveDuplicateAddresses(recipients, EmptyCString(), recipients_no_dups);
+
+    // Remove reply-to mangling mailing lists from recipients...
+    nsAutoCString recipients_without_mailing_lists;
+    RemoveDuplicateAddresses(recipients_no_dups, mailing_lists,
+                             recipients_without_mailing_lists);
+
+    // ... If the result is equal to the input, none of the recipients
+    // occure in the MRT addresses and therefore we stop here.
+    if (recipients_no_dups == recipients_without_mailing_lists)
+      return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  // Set Mail-Reply-To
+  nsAutoCString replyTo, mailReplyTo;
+  replyTo = mCompFields->GetReplyTo();
+  if (replyTo.IsEmpty())
+    mailReplyTo = mCompFields->GetFrom();
+  else
+    mailReplyTo = replyTo;
+
+  mCompFields->SetRawHeader(HEADER_MAIL_REPLY_TO, mailReplyTo,
+    mCompFields->GetCharacterSet());
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgComposeAndSend::AddXForwardedMessageIdHeader() {
+  return mCompFields->SetRawHeader("X-Forwarded-Message-Id",
+    nsDependentCString(mCompFields->GetReferences()), nullptr);
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgComposeAndSend::SnarfAndCopyBody(const nsACString &attachment1_body,
+                                      const char  *attachment1_type)
+{
+  //
+  // If we are here, then just process the body from what was
+  // passed in the attachment1_body field.
+  //
+  // strip out whitespaces from the end of body ONLY.
+  nsAutoCString body(attachment1_body);
+  body.Trim(" ", false, true);
+
+  if (body.Length() > 0)
+  {
+    m_attachment1_body = ToNewCString(body);
+    if (!m_attachment1_body) {
+      return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+    }
+    m_attachment1_body_length = body.Length();
+  }
+
+  PR_FREEIF(m_attachment1_type);
+  m_attachment1_type = PL_strdup (attachment1_type);
+  PR_FREEIF(m_attachment1_encoding);
+  m_attachment1_encoding = PL_strdup (ENCODING_8BIT);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgComposeAndSend::Init(
+              nsIMsgIdentity  *aUserIdentity,
+              const char *aAccountKey,
+              nsMsgCompFields *fields,
+              nsIFile      *sendFile,
+              bool digest_p,
+              bool dont_deliver_p,
+              nsMsgDeliverMode mode,
+              nsIMsgDBHdr *msgToReplace,
+              const char *attachment1_type,
+              const nsACString &attachment1_body,
+              nsIArray *attachments,
+              nsIArray *preloaded_attachments,
+              const char *password,
+              const nsACString &aOriginalMsgURI,
+              MSG_ComposeType aType)
+{
+  nsresult      rv = NS_OK;
+
+  //Let make sure we retreive the correct number of related parts. It may have changed since last time
+  GetMultipartRelatedCount(true);
+
+  nsString msg;
+  if (!mComposeBundle)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundleService> bundleService =
+      mozilla::services::GetStringBundleService();
+    NS_ENSURE_TRUE(bundleService, NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED);
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundle> bundle;
+    rv = bundleService->CreateBundle("chrome://messenger/locale/messengercompose/composeMsgs.properties", getter_AddRefs(mComposeBundle));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+
+  // Tell the user we are assembling the message...
+  mComposeBundle->GetStringFromName(u"assemblingMailInformation", getter_Copies(msg));
+  SetStatusMessage(msg);
+  if (mSendReport)
+    mSendReport->SetCurrentProcess(nsIMsgSendReport::process_BuildMessage);
+
+  //
+  // The Init() method should initialize a send operation for full
+  // blown create and send operations as well as just the "send a file"
+  // operations.
+  //
+  m_dont_deliver_p = dont_deliver_p;
+  m_deliver_mode = mode;
+  mMsgToReplace = msgToReplace;
+
+  mUserIdentity = aUserIdentity;
+  mAccountKey = aAccountKey;
+  NS_ASSERTION(mUserIdentity, "Got null identity!\n");
+  if (!mUserIdentity) return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+
+  //
+  // First sanity check the composition fields parameter and
+  // see if we should continue
+  //
+  if (!fields)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+  m_digest_p = digest_p;
+
+  //
+  // Needed for mime encoding!
+  //
+  bool strictly_mime = true;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> pPrefBranch(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID));
+  if (pPrefBranch)
+  {
+    rv = pPrefBranch->GetBoolPref(PREF_MAIL_STRICTLY_MIME, &strictly_mime);
+    rv = pPrefBranch->GetIntPref(PREF_MAIL_MESSAGE_WARNING_SIZE, (int32_t *) &mMessageWarningSize);
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgComposeSecure> secureCompose
+    = do_CreateInstance(NS_MSGCOMPOSESECURE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  // It's not an error scenario if there is no secure compose.
+  // The S/MIME extension may be unavailable.
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && secureCompose)
+  {
+    bool requiresEncryptionWork = false;
+    rv = secureCompose->RequiresCryptoEncapsulation(aUserIdentity, fields,
+                                                    &requiresEncryptionWork);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    if (requiresEncryptionWork)
+    {
+      strictly_mime = true;
+      // RFC2633 3.1.3 doesn't require multipart/signed entities to have
+      // transfer encoding applied for ascii, but do it anyway to make sure
+      // the content (e.g. line endings) isn't mangled along the way.
+      fields->SetForceMsgEncoding(true);
+    }
+  }
+
+  nsMsgMIMESetConformToStandard(strictly_mime);
+  mime_use_quoted_printable_p = strictly_mime;
+
+  rv = InitCompositionFields(fields, aOriginalMsgURI, aType);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  //
+  // At this point, if we are only creating this object to do
+  // send operations on externally created RFC822 disk files,
+  // make sure we have setup the appropriate nsIFile and
+  // move on with life.
+  //
+  //
+  // First check to see if we are doing a send operation on an external file
+  // or creating the file itself.
+  //
+  if (sendFile)
+  {
+    mTempFile = sendFile;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  // Ok, now watch me pull a rabbit out of my hat....what we need
+  // to do here is figure out what the body will be. If this is a
+  // MHTML request, then we need to do some processing of the document
+  // and figure out what we need to package along with this message
+  // to send. See ProcessMultipartRelated() for further details.
+  //
+
+  //
+  // If we don't have an editor, then we won't be doing multipart related processing
+  // for the body, so make a copy of the one passed in.
+  //
+  if (!mEditor)
+  {
+    SnarfAndCopyBody(attachment1_body, attachment1_type);
+    mOriginalHTMLBody = ToNewCString(attachment1_body);
+  }
+  else if (GetMultipartRelatedCount() == 0) // Only do this if there are not embedded objects
+  {
+    rv = GetBodyFromEditor();
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      return rv;
+  }
+
+  mSmtpPassword = password;
+
+  return HackAttachments(attachments, preloaded_attachments);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgComposeAndSend::SendDeliveryCallback(nsIURI *aUrl, bool inIsNewsDelivery, nsresult aExitCode)
+{
+  if (inIsNewsDelivery)
+  {
+    if (NS_FAILED(aExitCode))
+      if (aExitCode != NS_ERROR_ABORT && !NS_IS_MSG_ERROR(aExitCode))
+        aExitCode = NS_ERROR_POST_FAILED;
+
+    DeliverAsNewsExit(aUrl, aExitCode);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    if (NS_FAILED(aExitCode))
+    {
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+// Temporary workaroung until bug 783526 is fixed.
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wswitch"
+#endif
+      switch (aExitCode)
+      {
+        case NS_ERROR_UNKNOWN_HOST:
+        case NS_ERROR_UNKNOWN_PROXY_HOST:
+          aExitCode = NS_ERROR_SMTP_SEND_FAILED_UNKNOWN_SERVER;
+          break;
+        case NS_ERROR_CONNECTION_REFUSED:
+        case NS_ERROR_PROXY_CONNECTION_REFUSED:
+          aExitCode = NS_ERROR_SMTP_SEND_FAILED_REFUSED;
+          break;
+        case NS_ERROR_NET_INTERRUPT:
+          aExitCode = NS_ERROR_SMTP_SEND_FAILED_INTERRUPTED;
+          break;
+        case NS_ERROR_NET_TIMEOUT:
+        case NS_ERROR_NET_RESET:
+          aExitCode = NS_ERROR_SMTP_SEND_FAILED_TIMEOUT;
+          break;
+        case NS_ERROR_SMTP_PASSWORD_UNDEFINED:
+            // nothing to do, just keep the code
+          break;
+        default:
+          if (aExitCode != NS_ERROR_ABORT && !NS_IS_MSG_ERROR(aExitCode))
+            aExitCode = NS_ERROR_SMTP_SEND_FAILED_UNKNOWN_REASON;
+          break;
+      }
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif
+    }
+    DeliverAsMailExit(aUrl, aExitCode);
+  }
+
+  return aExitCode;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgComposeAndSend::DeliverMessage()
+{
+  if (mSendProgress)
+  {
+    bool canceled = false;
+    mSendProgress->GetProcessCanceledByUser(&canceled);
+    if (canceled)
+      return NS_ERROR_ABORT;
+  }
+
+  bool mail_p = ((mCompFields->GetTo() && *mCompFields->GetTo()) ||
+          (mCompFields->GetCc() && *mCompFields->GetCc()) ||
+          (mCompFields->GetBcc() && *mCompFields->GetBcc()));
+  bool news_p = mCompFields->GetNewsgroups() && *(mCompFields->GetNewsgroups());
+  NS_ASSERTION(!( m_deliver_mode != nsMsgSaveAsDraft && m_deliver_mode != nsMsgSaveAsTemplate)  || (mail_p || news_p), "message without destination");
+  if (m_deliver_mode == nsMsgQueueForLater ||
+      m_deliver_mode == nsMsgDeliverBackground ||
+      m_deliver_mode == nsMsgSaveAsDraft ||
+      m_deliver_mode == nsMsgSaveAsTemplate)
+    return SendToMagicFolder(m_deliver_mode);
+
+  //
+  // Ok, we are about to send the file that we have built up...but what
+  // if this is a mongo email...we should have a way to warn the user that
+  // they are about to do something they may not want to do.
+  //
+  int64_t fileSize;
+  nsresult rv = mTempFile->GetFileSize(&fileSize);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  if ((mMessageWarningSize > 0) && (fileSize > mMessageWarningSize) && (mGUINotificationEnabled))
+  {
+    bool abortTheSend = false;
+    nsString msg;
+    nsAutoString formattedFileSize;
+    FormatFileSize(fileSize, true, formattedFileSize);
+    const char16_t* params[] = { formattedFileSize.get() };
+    mComposeBundle->FormatStringFromName(u"largeMessageSendWarning",
+                                         params, 1, getter_Copies(msg));
+
+    if (!msg.IsEmpty())
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIPrompt> prompt;
+      GetDefaultPrompt(getter_AddRefs(prompt));
+      nsMsgAskBooleanQuestionByString(prompt, msg.get(), &abortTheSend);
+      if (!abortTheSend)
+      {
+        nsresult ignoreMe;
+        Fail(NS_ERROR_BUT_DONT_SHOW_ALERT, msg.get(), &ignoreMe);
+        return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (news_p)
+  {
+    if (mail_p)
+      mSendMailAlso = true;
+
+    return DeliverFileAsNews();   /* will call DeliverFileAsMail if it needs to */
+  }
+  else if (mail_p)
+    return DeliverFileAsMail();
+  else
+    return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgComposeAndSend::DeliverFileAsMail()
+{
+  char *buf, *buf2;
+  buf = (char *) PR_Malloc ((mCompFields->GetTo() ? PL_strlen (mCompFields->GetTo())  + 10 : 0) +
+               (mCompFields->GetCc() ? PL_strlen (mCompFields->GetCc())  + 10 : 0) +
+               (mCompFields->GetBcc() ? PL_strlen (mCompFields->GetBcc()) + 10 : 0) +
+               10);
+
+  if (mSendReport)
+    mSendReport->SetCurrentProcess(nsIMsgSendReport::process_SMTP);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrompt> promptObject;
+  GetDefaultPrompt(getter_AddRefs(promptObject));
+
+  if (!buf)
+  {
+    nsresult ignoreMe;
+    Fail(NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY, nullptr, &ignoreMe);
+    NotifyListenerOnStopSending(nullptr, NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY, nullptr, nullptr);
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+  }
+
+  bool collectOutgoingAddresses = true;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> pPrefBranch(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID));
+  if (pPrefBranch)
+    pPrefBranch->GetBoolPref(PREF_MAIL_COLLECT_EMAIL_ADDRESS_OUTGOING, &collectOutgoingAddresses);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbAddressCollector> addressCollector =
+           do_GetService(NS_ABADDRESSCOLLECTOR_CONTRACTID);
+
+  bool collectAddresses = (collectOutgoingAddresses && addressCollector);
+  uint32_t sendFormat = nsIAbPreferMailFormat::unknown;
+
+  // this code is not ready yet
+  // see bug #44494 for more details
+  // so for now, just pass in nsIAbPreferMailFormat::unknown
+  // which will have no effect on the "prefers" attribute in the ab
+#if 0
+  bool forcePlainText = mCompFields->GetForcePlainText();
+  bool useMultipartAlternative = mCompFields->GetUseMultipartAlternative();
+  // see GenericSendMessage() in MsgComposeCommands.js for the reverse logic
+  // if we choose to send both (html and plain) remember html.
+  if (forcePlainText && !useMultipartAlternative)
+  {
+    // for now, don't remember the "plaintext" decision.
+    // we could get in here because while sending html mail
+    // the body was "convertible", but that doesn't mean
+    // we intended to force plain text here.
+    // so for now, use "unknown" which will have no effect on the
+    // "prefers" attribute in the ab.
+    // see bug #245520 for more details
+    // sendFormat = nsIAbPreferMailFormat::plaintext;
+    sendFormat = nsIAbPreferMailFormat::unknown;
+  }
+  else if (!forcePlainText)
+    sendFormat = nsIAbPreferMailFormat::html;
+  else
+    NS_ERROR("unknown send format, should not happen");
+#endif
+
+  PL_strcpy (buf, "");
+  buf2 = buf + PL_strlen (buf);
+  if (mCompFields->GetTo() && *mCompFields->GetTo())
+  {
+    PL_strcat (buf2, mCompFields->GetTo());
+    if (addressCollector)
+      addressCollector->CollectAddress(nsCString(mCompFields->GetTo()),
+            collectAddresses /* create card if one doesn't exist */, sendFormat);
+  }
+  if (mCompFields->GetCc() && *mCompFields->GetCc()) {
+    if (*buf2) PL_strcat (buf2, ",");
+      PL_strcat (buf2, mCompFields->GetCc());
+    if (addressCollector)
+      addressCollector->CollectAddress(nsCString(mCompFields->GetCc()),
+            collectAddresses /* create card if one doesn't exist */, sendFormat);
+  }
+  if (mCompFields->GetBcc() && *mCompFields->GetBcc()) {
+    if (*buf2) PL_strcat (buf2, ",");
+      PL_strcat (buf2, mCompFields->GetBcc());
+    if (addressCollector)
+      addressCollector->CollectAddress(nsCString(mCompFields->GetBcc()),
+            collectAddresses /* create card if one doesn't exist */, sendFormat);
+  }
+
+  // We need undo groups to keep only the addresses
+  nsresult rv = StripOutGroupNames(buf);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // Ok, now MIME II encode this to prevent 8bit problems...
+  char *convbuf = nsMsgI18NEncodeMimePartIIStr(buf, true,
+            mCompFields->GetCharacterSet(), 0, nsMsgMIMEGetConformToStandard());
+  if (convbuf)
+  {
+    // MIME-PartII conversion
+    PR_FREEIF(buf);
+    buf = convbuf;
+  }
+
+  nsCString escaped_buf;
+  MsgEscapeString(nsDependentCString(buf), nsINetUtil::ESCAPE_URL_PATH, escaped_buf);
+
+  if (!escaped_buf.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    NS_Free(buf);
+    buf = ToNewCString(escaped_buf);
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISmtpService> smtpService(do_GetService(NS_SMTPSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && smtpService)
+  {
+    MsgDeliveryListener *deliveryListener = new MsgDeliveryListener(this, false);
+    if (!deliveryListener)
+      return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+    // we used to get the prompt from the compose window and we'd pass that in
+    // to the smtp protocol as the prompt to use. But when you send a message,
+    // we dismiss the compose window.....so you are parenting off of a window that
+    // isn't there. To have it work correctly I think we want the alert dialogs to be modal
+    // to the top most mail window...after all, that's where we are going to be sending status
+    // update information too....
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIInterfaceRequestor> callbacks;
+    GetNotificationCallbacks(getter_AddRefs(callbacks));
+
+    // Tell the user we are sending the message!
+    nsString msg;
+    mComposeBundle->GetStringFromName(u"sendingMessage", getter_Copies(msg));
+    SetStatusMessage(msg);
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgStatusFeedback> msgStatus (do_QueryInterface(mSendProgress));
+    // if the sendProgress isn't set, let's use the member variable.
+    if (!msgStatus)
+      msgStatus = do_QueryInterface(mStatusFeedback);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> runningUrl;
+    rv = smtpService->SendMailMessage(mTempFile, buf, mUserIdentity,
+                                      mSmtpPassword.get(), deliveryListener, msgStatus,
+                                      callbacks, mCompFields->GetDSN(),
+                                      getter_AddRefs(runningUrl),
+                                      getter_AddRefs(mRunningRequest));
+    // set envid on the returned URL
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsISmtpUrl> smtpUrl(do_QueryInterface(runningUrl, &rv));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        smtpUrl->SetDsnEnvid(nsDependentCString(mCompFields->GetMessageId()));
+    }
+  }
+
+  PR_FREEIF(buf); // free the buf because we are done with it....
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgComposeAndSend::DeliverFileAsNews()
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  if (!(mCompFields->GetNewsgroups()))
+    return rv;
+
+  if (mSendReport)
+    mSendReport->SetCurrentProcess(nsIMsgSendReport::process_NNTP);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrompt> promptObject;
+  GetDefaultPrompt(getter_AddRefs(promptObject));
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsINntpService> nntpService(do_GetService(NS_NNTPSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && nntpService)
+  {
+    MsgDeliveryListener *deliveryListener = new MsgDeliveryListener(this, true);
+    if (!deliveryListener)
+      return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+    // Tell the user we are posting the message!
+    nsString msg;
+    mComposeBundle->GetStringFromName(u"postingMessage",
+                                      getter_Copies(msg));
+    SetStatusMessage(msg);
+
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgMailSession> mailSession = do_GetService(NS_MSGMAILSESSION_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    // JFD TODO: we should use GetDefaultPrompt instead
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgWindow> msgWindow;
+    rv = mailSession->GetTopmostMsgWindow(getter_AddRefs(msgWindow));
+    // see bug #163139
+    // we might not have a msg window if only the compose window is open.
+    if(NS_FAILED(rv))
+      msgWindow = nullptr;
+
+    rv = nntpService->PostMessage(mTempFile, mCompFields->GetNewsgroups(), mAccountKey.get(),
+                                  deliveryListener, msgWindow, nullptr);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgComposeAndSend::Fail(nsresult aFailureCode, const char16_t *aErrorMsg,
+                          nsresult *aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+  *aResult = aFailureCode;
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(aFailureCode))
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIPrompt> prompt;
+    GetDefaultPrompt(getter_AddRefs(prompt));
+
+    if (mSendReport)
+    {
+      int32_t process;
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(mSendReport->GetCurrentProcess(&process)) && process == nsIMsgSendReport::process_Current)
+      {
+        // currentProcess isn't set yet, so we need another value.
+        mSendReport->SetCurrentProcess(nsIMsgSendReport::process_BuildMessage);
+      }
+      mSendReport->SetError(nsIMsgSendReport::process_Current, aFailureCode, false);
+      mSendReport->SetMessage(nsIMsgSendReport::process_Current, aErrorMsg, false);
+      mSendReport->DisplayReport(prompt, true, true, aResult);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      if (aFailureCode != NS_ERROR_BUT_DONT_SHOW_ALERT)
+        nsMsgDisplayMessageByName(prompt, u"sendFailed");
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(m_status))
+    m_status = NS_ERROR_BUT_DONT_SHOW_ALERT;
+
+  //Stop any pending process...
+  Abort();
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgComposeAndSend::FormatStringWithSMTPHostNameByName(const char16_t* aMsgName, char16_t **aString)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(aString);
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISmtpService> smtpService(do_GetService(NS_SMTPSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  // Get the smtp hostname and format the string.
+  nsCString smtpHostName;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISmtpServer> smtpServer;
+  rv = smtpService->GetServerByIdentity(mUserIdentity, getter_AddRefs(smtpServer));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    smtpServer->GetHostname(smtpHostName);
+
+  nsAutoString hostStr;
+  CopyASCIItoUTF16(smtpHostName, hostStr);
+  const char16_t *params[] = { hostStr.get() };
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    mComposeBundle->FormatStringFromName(aMsgName, params, 1, aString);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+void
+nsMsgComposeAndSend::DoDeliveryExitProcessing(nsIURI * aUri, nsresult aExitCode, bool aCheckForMail)
+{
+  // If we fail on the news delivery, no sense in going on so just notify
+  // the user and exit.
+  if (NS_FAILED(aExitCode))
+  {
+    const char16_t* exitString = errorStringNameForErrorCode(aExitCode);
+    nsString eMsg;
+    if (aExitCode == NS_ERROR_SMTP_SEND_FAILED_UNKNOWN_SERVER ||
+        aExitCode == NS_ERROR_SMTP_SEND_FAILED_UNKNOWN_REASON ||
+        aExitCode == NS_ERROR_SMTP_SEND_FAILED_REFUSED ||
+        aExitCode == NS_ERROR_SMTP_SEND_FAILED_INTERRUPTED ||
+        aExitCode == NS_ERROR_SMTP_SEND_FAILED_TIMEOUT ||
+        aExitCode == NS_ERROR_SMTP_PASSWORD_UNDEFINED ||
+        aExitCode == NS_ERROR_SMTP_AUTH_FAILURE ||
+        aExitCode == NS_ERROR_SMTP_AUTH_GSSAPI ||
+        aExitCode == NS_ERROR_SMTP_AUTH_MECH_NOT_SUPPORTED ||
+        aExitCode == NS_ERROR_SMTP_AUTH_NOT_SUPPORTED ||
+        aExitCode == NS_ERROR_SMTP_AUTH_CHANGE_ENCRYPT_TO_PLAIN_NO_SSL ||
+        aExitCode == NS_ERROR_SMTP_AUTH_CHANGE_ENCRYPT_TO_PLAIN_SSL ||
+        aExitCode == NS_ERROR_SMTP_AUTH_CHANGE_PLAIN_TO_ENCRYPT ||
+        aExitCode == NS_ERROR_STARTTLS_FAILED_EHLO_STARTTLS) {
+      FormatStringWithSMTPHostNameByName(exitString, getter_Copies(eMsg));
+    } else {
+      mComposeBundle->GetStringFromName(exitString, getter_Copies(eMsg));
+    }
+
+    Fail(aExitCode, eMsg.get(), &aExitCode);
+    NotifyListenerOnStopSending(nullptr, aExitCode, nullptr, nullptr);
+    return;
+  }
+
+  if (aCheckForMail)
+  {
+    if ((mCompFields->GetTo() && *mCompFields->GetTo()) ||
+        (mCompFields->GetCc() && *mCompFields->GetCc()) ||
+        (mCompFields->GetBcc() && *mCompFields->GetBcc()))
+    {
+      // If we're sending this news message to mail as well, start it now.
+      // Completion and further errors will be handled there.
+      DeliverFileAsMail();
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+
+  //
+  // Tell the listeners that we are done with the sending operation...
+  //
+  NotifyListenerOnStopSending(mCompFields->GetMessageId(),
+                              aExitCode,
+                              nullptr,
+                              nullptr);
+
+  // If we hit here, we are done with delivery!
+  //
+  // Just call the DoFCC() method and if that fails, then we should just
+  // cleanup and get out. If DoFCC "succeeds", then all that means is the
+  // async copy operation has been started and we will be notified later
+  // when it is done. DON'T cleanup until the copy is complete and don't
+  // notify the listeners with OnStop() until we are done.
+  //
+  // For now, we don't need to do anything here, but the code will stay this
+  // way until later...
+  //
+
+  DoFcc();
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgComposeAndSend::DeliverAsMailExit(nsIURI *aUrl, nsresult aExitCode)
+{
+  DoDeliveryExitProcessing(aUrl, aExitCode, false);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgComposeAndSend::DeliverAsNewsExit(nsIURI *aUrl, nsresult aExitCode)
+{
+  DoDeliveryExitProcessing(aUrl, aExitCode, mSendMailAlso);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+bool nsMsgComposeAndSend::CanSaveMessagesToFolder(const char *folderURL)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFService> rdf(do_GetService("@mozilla.org/rdf/rdf-service;1", &rv));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return false;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFResource> resource;
+  rv = rdf->GetResource(nsDependentCString(folderURL), getter_AddRefs(resource));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return false;
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> thisFolder;
+  thisFolder = do_QueryInterface(resource, &rv);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !thisFolder)
+    return false;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+  rv = thisFolder->GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !server)
+    return false;
+
+  // See if we are allowed to save/file msgs to this folder.
+  bool canSave;
+  rv = server->GetCanFileMessagesOnServer(&canSave);
+  return canSave;
+}
+
+//
+// Now, start the appropriate copy operation.
+//
+nsresult
+nsMsgComposeAndSend::DoFcc()
+{
+  //
+  // Just cleanup and return success if we're not allowed to save msgs to FCC folder.
+  //
+  const char* fcc = mCompFields->GetFcc();
+  if (!fcc || !*fcc || !CanSaveMessagesToFolder(fcc))
+  {
+
+    // It is the caller's responsibility to say we've stopped sending, so just
+    // let the listeners know we're not doing a copy.
+    NotifyListenerOnStopCopy(NS_OK);  // For closure of compose window...
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  if (mSendReport)
+    mSendReport->SetCurrentProcess(nsIMsgSendReport::process_Copy);
+
+  //
+  // If we are here, then we need to save off the FCC file to save and
+  // start the copy operation. MimeDoFCC() will take care of all of this
+  // for us.
+  //
+  nsresult rv = MimeDoFCC(mTempFile,
+                          nsMsgDeliverNow,
+                          mCompFields->GetBcc(),
+                          mCompFields->GetFcc(),
+                          mCompFields->GetNewspostUrl());
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+  {
+    //
+    // If we hit here, the copy operation FAILED and we should at least tell the
+    // user that it did fail but the send operation has already succeeded.
+    //
+    NotifyListenerOnStopCopy(rv);
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgComposeAndSend::NotifyListenerOnStartSending(const char *aMsgID, uint32_t aMsgSize)
+{
+  if (mListener)
+    mListener->OnStartSending(aMsgID, aMsgSize);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgComposeAndSend::NotifyListenerOnProgress(const char *aMsgID, uint32_t aProgress, uint32_t aProgressMax)
+{
+  if (mListener)
+    mListener->OnProgress(aMsgID, aProgress, aProgressMax);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgComposeAndSend::NotifyListenerOnStatus(const char *aMsgID, const char16_t *aMsg)
+{
+  if (mListener)
+    mListener->OnStatus(aMsgID, aMsg);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgComposeAndSend::NotifyListenerOnStopSending(const char *aMsgID, nsresult aStatus, const char16_t *aMsg,
+                                                  nsIFile *returnFile)
+{
+  if (mListener != nullptr)
+    mListener->OnStopSending(aMsgID, aStatus, aMsg, returnFile);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgComposeAndSend::NotifyListenerOnStartCopy()
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgCopyServiceListener> copyListener;
+
+  if (mListener)
+  {
+    copyListener = do_QueryInterface(mListener);
+    if (copyListener)
+      copyListener->OnStartCopy();
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgComposeAndSend::NotifyListenerOnProgressCopy(uint32_t aProgress,
+                                                   uint32_t aProgressMax)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgCopyServiceListener> copyListener;
+
+  if (mListener)
+  {
+    copyListener = do_QueryInterface(mListener);
+    if (copyListener)
+      copyListener->OnProgress(aProgress, aProgressMax);
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgComposeAndSend::SetMessageKey(nsMsgKey aMessageKey)
+{
+    m_messageKey = aMessageKey;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgComposeAndSend::GetMessageKey(nsMsgKey *aMessageKey)
+{
+    *aMessageKey = m_messageKey;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgComposeAndSend::GetFolderUri(nsACString &aFolderUri)
+{
+  aFolderUri = m_folderName;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgComposeAndSend::GetPartForDomIndex(int32_t aDomIndex, nsACString &aPartNum)
+{
+  aPartNum = m_partNumbers.SafeElementAt(aDomIndex, EmptyCString());
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgComposeAndSend::GetMessageId(nsACString& aMessageId)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  if (mCompFields)
+    aMessageId = mCompFields->GetMessageId();
+  else
+    rv = NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgComposeAndSend::NotifyListenerOnStopCopy(nsresult aStatus)
+{
+  // This is one per copy so make sure we clean this up first.
+  mCopyObj = nullptr;
+
+  // Set a status message...
+  nsString msg;
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(aStatus))
+    mComposeBundle->GetStringFromName(u"copyMessageComplete", getter_Copies(msg));
+  else
+    mComposeBundle->GetStringFromName(u"copyMessageFailed", getter_Copies(msg));
+
+  SetStatusMessage(msg);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrompt> prompt;
+  GetDefaultPrompt(getter_AddRefs(prompt));
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(aStatus))
+  {
+    nsresult rv;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundleService> bundleService =
+      mozilla::services::GetStringBundleService();
+    NS_ENSURE_TRUE(bundleService, NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED);
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundle> bundle;
+    rv = bundleService->CreateBundle("chrome://messenger/locale/messengercompose/composeMsgs.properties", getter_AddRefs(bundle));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    nsString msg;
+    const char16_t *formatStrings[] = { mSavedToFolderName.get() };
+
+    rv = bundle->FormatStringFromName(u"errorSavingMsg",
+                                      formatStrings, 1,
+                                      getter_Copies(msg));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      bool retry = false;
+      nsMsgAskBooleanQuestionByString(prompt, msg.get(), &retry, nullptr);
+      if (retry)
+      {
+        mSendProgress = nullptr; // this was cancelled, so we need to clear it.
+        return SendToMagicFolder(m_deliver_mode);
+      }
+    }
+
+    // We failed, and the user decided not to retry. So we're just going to
+    // fail out. However, give Fail a success code so that it doesn't prompt
+    // the user a second time as they already know about the failure.
+    Fail(NS_OK, nullptr, &aStatus);
+  }
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(aStatus) &&
+      !mPerformingSecondFCC && m_messageKey != nsMsgKey_None &&
+      (m_deliver_mode == nsMsgDeliverNow || m_deliver_mode == nsMsgSendUnsent))
+  {
+    nsresult rv = FilterSentMessage();
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      OnStopOperation(rv);
+    return rv;
+  }
+
+  return MaybePerformSecondFCC(aStatus);
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgComposeAndSend::FilterSentMessage()
+{
+  if (mSendReport)
+    mSendReport->SetCurrentProcess(nsIMsgSendReport::process_Filter);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder;
+  nsresult rv = GetExistingFolder(m_folderName, getter_AddRefs(folder));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+  rv = folder->GetMessageHeader(m_messageKey, getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> msgArray(do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFilterService> filterSvc = do_GetService(NS_MSGFILTERSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  rv = msgArray->AppendElement(msgHdr, false);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgWindow> msgWindow;
+  if (mSendProgress)
+    mSendProgress->GetMsgWindow(getter_AddRefs(msgWindow));
+
+  return filterSvc->ApplyFilters(nsMsgFilterType::PostOutgoing, msgArray, folder, msgWindow, this);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgComposeAndSend::OnStopOperation(nsresult aStatus)
+{
+  // Set a status message...
+  nsString msg;
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(aStatus))
+    mComposeBundle->GetStringFromName(u"filterMessageComplete", getter_Copies(msg));
+  else
+    mComposeBundle->GetStringFromName(u"filterMessageFailed", getter_Copies(msg));
+
+  SetStatusMessage(msg);
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(aStatus))
+  {
+    nsresult rv = mComposeBundle->GetStringFromName(u"errorFilteringMsg", getter_Copies(msg));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIPrompt> prompt;
+      GetDefaultPrompt(getter_AddRefs(prompt));
+      nsMsgDisplayMessageByString(prompt, msg.get(), nullptr);
+    }
+
+    // We failed, however, give Fail a success code so that it doesn't prompt
+    // the user a second time as they already know about the failure.
+    Fail(NS_OK, nullptr, &aStatus);
+  }
+
+  return MaybePerformSecondFCC(aStatus);
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgComposeAndSend::MaybePerformSecondFCC(nsresult aStatus)
+{
+  // Ok, now to support a second copy operation, we need to figure
+  // out which copy request just finished. If the user has requested
+  // a second copy operation, then we need to fire that off, but if they
+  // just wanted a single copy operation, we can tell everyone we are done
+  // and move on with life. Only do the second copy if the first one worked.
+  //
+  if ( NS_SUCCEEDED(aStatus) && (mNeedToPerformSecondFCC) )
+  {
+    if (mSendReport)
+      mSendReport->SetCurrentProcess(nsIMsgSendReport::process_FCC);
+
+    mNeedToPerformSecondFCC = false;
+    mPerformingSecondFCC = true;
+
+    const char *fcc2 = mCompFields->GetFcc2();
+    if (fcc2 && *fcc2)
+    {
+      nsresult rv = MimeDoFCC(mTempFile,
+                              nsMsgDeliverNow,
+                              mCompFields->GetBcc(),
+                              fcc2,
+                              mCompFields->GetNewspostUrl());
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        Fail(rv, nullptr, &aStatus);
+      else
+        return NS_OK;
+    }
+  }
+
+  // If we are here, its real cleanup time!
+  if (mListener)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgCopyServiceListener> copyListener =
+      do_QueryInterface(mListener);
+    if (copyListener)
+      copyListener->OnStopCopy(aStatus);
+  }
+
+  return aStatus;
+}
+
+/* This is the main driving function of this module.  It generates a
+   document of type message/rfc822, which contains the stuff provided.
+   The first few arguments are the standard header fields that the
+   generated document should have.
+
+   `other_random_headers' is a string of additional headers that should
+   be inserted beyond the standard ones.  If provided, it is just tacked
+   on to the end of the header block, so it should have newlines at the
+   end of each line, shouldn't have blank lines, multi-line headers
+   should be properly continued, etc.
+
+   `digest_p' says that most of the documents we are attaching are
+   themselves messages, and so we should generate a multipart/digest
+   container instead of multipart/mixed.  (It's a minor difference.)
+
+   The full text of the first attachment is provided via `attachment1_type'
+   and `attachment1_body'. These may all be 0 if all attachments are
+   provided externally.
+
+   Subsequent attachments are provided as URLs to load, described in the
+   nsMsgAttachmentData structures.
+
+   If `dont_deliver_p' is false, then we actually deliver the message to the
+   SMTP and/or NNTP server, and the message_delivery_done_callback will be
+   invoked with the status.
+
+   If `dont_deliver_p' is true, then we just generate the message, we don't
+   actually deliver it, and the message_delivery_done_callback will be called
+   with the name of the generated file.  The callback is responsible for both
+   freeing the file name string, and deleting the file when it is done with
+   it.  If an error occurred, then `status' will be negative and
+   `error_message' may be an error message to display.  If status is non-
+   negative, then `error_message' contains the file name (this is kind of
+   a kludge...)
+ */
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgComposeAndSend::CreateAndSendMessage(
+              nsIEditor                         *aEditor,
+              nsIMsgIdentity                    *aUserIdentity,
+              const char                        *aAccountKey,
+              nsIMsgCompFields                  *fields,
+              bool                              digest_p,
+              bool                              dont_deliver_p,
+              nsMsgDeliverMode                  mode,
+              nsIMsgDBHdr                       *msgToReplace,
+              const char                        *attachment1_type,
+              const nsACString                  &attachment1_body,
+              nsIArray *attachments,
+              nsIArray *preloaded_attachments,
+              mozIDOMWindowProxy                *parentWindow,
+              nsIMsgProgress                    *progress,
+              nsIMsgSendListener                *aListener,
+              const char                        *password,
+              const nsACString                  &aOriginalMsgURI,
+              MSG_ComposeType                   aType
+              )
+{
+  nsresult      rv;
+  /* First thing to do is to reset the send errors report */
+  mSendReport->Reset();
+  mSendReport->SetDeliveryMode(mode);
+
+  mParentWindow = do_QueryInterface(parentWindow);
+  mSendProgress = progress;
+  mListener = aListener;
+
+  // Set the editor for MHTML operations if necessary
+  if (aEditor)
+    mEditor = aEditor;
+
+  rv = Init(aUserIdentity, aAccountKey, (nsMsgCompFields *)fields, nullptr,
+          digest_p, dont_deliver_p, mode, msgToReplace,
+          attachment1_type, attachment1_body,
+          attachments, preloaded_attachments,
+          password, aOriginalMsgURI, aType);
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) && mSendReport)
+    mSendReport->SetError(nsIMsgSendReport::process_Current, rv, false);
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgComposeAndSend::CreateRFC822Message(
+              nsIMsgIdentity *aUserIdentity,
+              nsIMsgCompFields *aFields,
+              const char *aMsgType,
+              const nsACString &aMsgBody,
+              bool aIsDraft,
+              nsIArray *aAttachments,
+              nsIArray *aEmbeddedObjects,
+              nsIMsgSendListener *aListener
+              )
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsMsgDeliverMode mode = aIsDraft ? nsIMsgSend::nsMsgSaveAsDraft :
+                                     nsIMsgSend::nsMsgDeliverNow;
+
+  /* First thing to do is to reset the send errors report */
+  mSendReport->Reset();
+  mSendReport->SetDeliveryMode(mode);
+
+  mParentWindow = nullptr;
+  mSendProgress = nullptr;
+  mListener = aListener;
+  mEmbeddedObjectList = aEmbeddedObjects;
+
+  rv = Init(aUserIdentity, nullptr, (nsMsgCompFields *)aFields, nullptr,
+            false, true, mode, nullptr,
+            aMsgType,
+            aMsgBody,
+            nullptr, aAttachments,
+            nullptr, EmptyCString(), nsIMsgCompType::New);
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) && mSendReport)
+    mSendReport->SetError(nsIMsgSendReport::process_Current, rv, false);
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgComposeAndSend::SendMessageFile(
+              nsIMsgIdentity                    *aUserIndentity,
+              const char                        *aAccountKey,
+              nsIMsgCompFields                  *fields,
+              nsIFile                           *sendIFile,
+              bool                              deleteSendFileOnCompletion,
+              bool                              digest_p,
+              nsMsgDeliverMode                  mode,
+              nsIMsgDBHdr                       *msgToReplace,
+              nsIMsgSendListener                *aListener,
+              nsIMsgStatusFeedback              *aStatusFeedback,
+              const char                        *password
+              )
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(fields);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(sendIFile);
+
+  nsresult      rv;
+
+  /* First thing to do is to reset the send errors report */
+  mSendReport->Reset();
+  mSendReport->SetDeliveryMode(mode);
+
+  mStatusFeedback = aStatusFeedback;
+  //
+  // First check to see if the external file we are sending is a valid file.
+  //
+  bool exists;
+  if (NS_FAILED(sendIFile->Exists(&exists)))
+    return NS_ERROR_INVALID_ARG;
+
+  if (!exists)
+    return NS_ERROR_INVALID_ARG;
+
+  // Setup the listener...
+  mListener = aListener;
+
+  // Should we delete the temp file when done?
+  if (!deleteSendFileOnCompletion)
+    mReturnFile = sendIFile;
+
+  rv = Init(aUserIndentity, aAccountKey, (nsMsgCompFields *)fields, sendIFile,
+            digest_p, false, mode, msgToReplace,
+            nullptr, EmptyCString(),
+            nullptr, nullptr,
+            password, EmptyCString(), nsIMsgCompType::New);
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    rv = DeliverMessage();
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) && mSendReport)
+    mSendReport->SetError(nsIMsgSendReport::process_Current, rv, false);
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+//
+// Send the message to the magic folder, and runs the completion/failure
+// callback.
+//
+nsresult
+nsMsgComposeAndSend::SendToMagicFolder(nsMsgDeliverMode mode)
+{
+    nsresult rv = MimeDoFCC(mTempFile,
+                            mode,
+                            mCompFields->GetBcc(),
+                            mCompFields->GetFcc(),
+                            mCompFields->GetNewspostUrl());
+    //
+    // The caller of MimeDoFCC needs to deal with failure.
+    //
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      rv = NotifyListenerOnStopCopy(rv);
+
+    return rv;
+}
+
+char*
+nsMsgGetEnvelopeLine(void)
+{
+  static char       result[75] = "";
+  PRExplodedTime    now;
+  char              buffer[128] = "";
+
+  // Generate envelope line in format of:  From - Sat Apr 18 20:01:49 1998
+  //
+  // Use PR_FormatTimeUSEnglish() to format the date in US English format,
+  // then figure out what our local GMT offset is, and append it (since
+  // PR_FormatTimeUSEnglish() can't do that.) Generate four digit years as
+  // per RFC 1123 (superceding RFC 822.)
+  //
+  PR_ExplodeTime(PR_Now(), PR_LocalTimeParameters, &now);
+  PR_FormatTimeUSEnglish(buffer, sizeof(buffer),
+               "%a %b %d %H:%M:%S %Y",
+               &now);
+
+  // This value must be in ctime() format, with English abbreviations.
+  // PL_strftime("... %c ...") is no good, because it is localized.
+  //
+  PL_strcpy(result, "From - ");
+  PL_strcpy(result + 7, buffer);
+  PL_strcpy(result + 7 + 24, CRLF);
+  return result;
+}
+
+#define ibuffer_size FILE_IO_BUFFER_SIZE
+nsresult
+nsMsgComposeAndSend::MimeDoFCC(nsIFile          *input_file,
+                               nsMsgDeliverMode mode,
+                               const char       *bcc_header,
+                               const char       *fcc_header,
+                               const char       *news_url)
+{
+  nsresult      status = NS_OK;
+  char          *ibuffer = nullptr;
+  uint32_t      n;
+  bool          folderIsLocal = true;
+  nsCString     turi;
+  char16_t     *printfString = nullptr;
+  nsString msg;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder;
+
+  // Before continuing, just check the user has not cancel the operation
+  if (mSendProgress)
+  {
+    bool canceled = false;
+    mSendProgress->GetProcessCanceledByUser(&canceled);
+    if (canceled)
+      return NS_ERROR_ABORT;
+    else
+      mSendProgress->OnProgressChange(nullptr, nullptr, 0, 0, 0, -1);
+  }
+
+  //
+  // Ok, this is here to keep track of this for 2 copy operations...
+  //
+  if (mCopyFile)
+  {
+    mCopyFile2 = mCopyFile;
+    mCopyFile = nullptr;
+  }
+
+  //
+  // Create the file that will be used for the copy service!
+  //
+  nsresult rv = nsMsgCreateTempFile("nscopy.tmp", getter_AddRefs(mCopyFile));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIOutputStream> tempOutfile;
+  rv = MsgNewBufferedFileOutputStream(getter_AddRefs(tempOutfile), mCopyFile, -1, 00600);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+  {
+    if (mSendReport)
+    {
+      nsAutoString error_msg;
+      nsMsgBuildMessageWithTmpFile(mCopyFile, error_msg);
+      mSendReport->SetMessage(nsIMsgSendReport::process_Current, error_msg.get(), false);
+    }
+    status = NS_MSG_UNABLE_TO_OPEN_TMP_FILE;
+
+    mCopyFile = nullptr;
+    return status;
+  }
+
+  //
+  // Get our files ready...
+  //
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIInputStream> inputFile;
+  rv = NS_NewLocalFileInputStream(getter_AddRefs(inputFile), input_file);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+  {
+    if (mSendReport)
+    {
+      nsAutoString error_msg;
+      nsMsgBuildMessageWithFile(input_file, error_msg);
+      mSendReport->SetMessage(nsIMsgSendReport::process_Current, error_msg.get(), false);
+    }
+    status = NS_MSG_UNABLE_TO_OPEN_FILE;
+    goto FAIL;
+  }
+
+  // now the buffers...
+  ibuffer = (char *) PR_Malloc(ibuffer_size);
+  if (!ibuffer)
+  {
+    status = NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+    goto FAIL;
+  }
+
+  //
+  // First, we we need to put a Berkeley "From - " delimiter at the head of
+  // the file for parsing...
+  //
+
+  if (fcc_header && *fcc_header)
+    GetExistingFolder(nsDependentCString(fcc_header), getter_AddRefs(folder));
+
+  if ((mode == nsMsgDeliverNow || mode == nsMsgSendUnsent) && folder)
+    turi = fcc_header;
+  else
+    GetFolderURIFromUserPrefs(mode, mUserIdentity, turi);
+  status = MessageFolderIsLocal(mUserIdentity, mode, turi.get(), &folderIsLocal);
+  if (NS_FAILED(status))
+    goto FAIL;
+
+  // Tell the user we are copying the message...
+  mComposeBundle->GetStringFromName(u"copyMessageStart",
+                                    getter_Copies(msg));
+  if (!msg.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFService> rdfService = do_GetService(kRDFServiceCID);
+    if (rdfService)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFResource> res;
+      rdfService->GetResource(turi, getter_AddRefs(res));
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder = do_QueryInterface(res);
+      if (folder)
+        folder->GetName(mSavedToFolderName);
+    }
+    if (!mSavedToFolderName.IsEmpty())
+      printfString = nsTextFormatter::smprintf(msg.get(), mSavedToFolderName.get());
+    else
+      printfString = nsTextFormatter::smprintf(msg.get(), "?");
+    if (printfString)
+    {
+      SetStatusMessage(nsDependentString(printfString));
+      PR_Free(printfString);
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (folderIsLocal)
+  {
+    char *envelopeLine = nsMsgGetEnvelopeLine();
+    uint32_t   len = PL_strlen(envelopeLine);
+
+    rv = tempOutfile->Write(envelopeLine, len, &n);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv) || n != len)
+    {
+      status = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+      goto FAIL;
+    }
+  }
+
+  //
+  // Write out an X-Mozilla-Status header.
+  //
+  // This is required for the queue file, so that we can overwrite it once
+  // the messages have been delivered, and so that the nsMsgMessageFlags::Queued bit
+  // is set.
+  //
+  // For FCC files, we don't necessarily need one, but we might as well put
+  // one in so that it's marked as read already.
+  //
+  //
+  // Need to add these lines for POP3 ONLY! IMAP servers will handle
+  // this status information for summary file regeneration for us.
+  if ((mode == nsMsgQueueForLater || mode == nsMsgSaveAsDraft ||
+       mode == nsMsgSaveAsTemplate || mode == nsMsgDeliverNow ||
+       mode == nsMsgSendUnsent || mode == nsMsgDeliverBackground) &&
+      folderIsLocal)
+  {
+    char       *buf = 0;
+    uint16_t   flags = 0;
+
+    // for save as draft and send later, we want to leave the message as unread.
+    // See Bug #198087
+    // Messages sent with mode nsMsgDeliverBackground must not have the Queued
+    // flag sent so that they get picked up by the background send function.
+    if (mode == nsMsgQueueForLater)
+      flags |= nsMsgMessageFlags::Queued;
+    else if (mode != nsMsgSaveAsDraft && mode != nsMsgDeliverBackground)
+      flags |= nsMsgMessageFlags::Read;
+    buf = PR_smprintf(X_MOZILLA_STATUS_FORMAT CRLF, flags);
+    if (buf)
+    {
+      uint32_t   len = PL_strlen(buf);
+      rv = tempOutfile->Write(buf, len, &n);
+      PR_Free(buf);
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv) || n != len)
+      {
+        status = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+        goto FAIL;
+      }
+    }
+
+    uint32_t flags2 = 0;
+    if (mode == nsMsgSaveAsTemplate)
+      flags2 |= nsMsgMessageFlags::Template;
+    if (mode == nsMsgDeliverNow || mode == nsMsgSendUnsent)
+    {
+      flags2 &= ~nsMsgMessageFlags::MDNReportNeeded;
+      flags2 |= nsMsgMessageFlags::MDNReportSent;
+    }
+    buf = PR_smprintf(X_MOZILLA_STATUS2_FORMAT CRLF, flags2);
+    if (buf)
+    {
+      uint32_t   len = PL_strlen(buf);
+      rv = tempOutfile->Write(buf, len, &n);
+      PR_Free(buf);
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv) || n != len)
+      {
+        status = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+        goto FAIL;
+      }
+    }
+    tempOutfile->Write(X_MOZILLA_KEYWORDS, sizeof(X_MOZILLA_KEYWORDS) - 1, &n);
+  }
+
+  // Write out the FCC and BCC headers.
+  // When writing to the Queue file, we *must* write the FCC and BCC
+  // headers, or else that information would be lost.  Because, when actually
+  // delivering the message (with "deliver now") we do FCC/BCC right away;
+  // but when queueing for later delivery, we do FCC/BCC at delivery-time.
+  //
+  // The question remains of whether FCC and BCC should be written into normal
+  // BCC folders (like the Sent Mail folder.)
+  //
+  // For FCC, there seems no point to do that; it's not information that one
+  // would want to refer back to.
+  //
+  // For BCC, the question isn't as clear.  On the one hand, if I send someone
+  // a BCC'ed copy of the message, and save a copy of it for myself (with FCC)
+  // I might want to be able to look at that message later and see the list of
+  // people to whom I had BCC'ed it.
+  //
+  // On the other hand, the contents of the BCC header is sensitive
+  // information, and should perhaps not be stored at all.
+  //
+  // Thus the consultation of the #define SAVE_BCC_IN_FCC_FILE.
+  //
+  // (Note that, if there is a BCC header present in a message in some random
+  // folder, and that message is forwarded to someone, then the attachment
+  // code will strip out the BCC header before forwarding it.)
+  //
+  if ((mode == nsMsgQueueForLater || mode == nsMsgDeliverBackground ||
+       mode == nsMsgSaveAsDraft || mode == nsMsgSaveAsTemplate) &&
+      fcc_header && *fcc_header)
+  {
+    int32_t L = PL_strlen(fcc_header) + 20;
+    char  *buf = (char *) PR_Malloc (L);
+    if (!buf)
+    {
+      status = NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+      goto FAIL;
+    }
+
+    PR_snprintf(buf, L-1, "FCC: %s" CRLF, fcc_header);
+
+    uint32_t   len = PL_strlen(buf);
+    rv = tempOutfile->Write(buf, len, &n);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv) || n != len)
+    {
+      status = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+      goto FAIL;
+    }
+  }
+
+  //
+  // Ok, now I want to get the identity key and write it out if this is for a
+  // nsMsgQueueForLater operation!
+  //
+  if ((nsMsgQueueForLater == mode || nsMsgSaveAsDraft == mode ||
+       nsMsgDeliverBackground == mode || nsMsgSaveAsTemplate == mode) &&
+      mUserIdentity)
+  {
+    char *buf = nullptr;
+    nsCString key;
+
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(mUserIdentity->GetKey(key)) && !key.IsEmpty())
+    {
+      buf = PR_smprintf(HEADER_X_MOZILLA_IDENTITY_KEY ": %s" CRLF, key.get());
+      if (buf)
+      {
+        uint32_t len = strlen(buf);
+        rv = tempOutfile->Write(buf, len, &n);
+        PR_Free(buf);
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv) || n != len)
+        {
+          status = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+          goto FAIL;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    if (!mAccountKey.IsEmpty())
+    {
+      buf = PR_smprintf(HEADER_X_MOZILLA_ACCOUNT_KEY ": %s" CRLF, mAccountKey.get());
+      if (buf)
+      {
+        uint32_t len = strlen(buf);
+        rv = tempOutfile->Write(buf, len, &n);
+        PR_Free(buf);
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv) || n != len)
+        {
+          status = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+          goto FAIL;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (bcc_header && *bcc_header
+#ifndef SAVE_BCC_IN_FCC_FILE
+      && (mode == MSG_QueueForLater || mode == MSG_SaveAsDraft ||
+          mode == MSG_SaveAsTemplate)
+#endif
+    )
+  {
+    char *convBcc;
+    convBcc = nsMsgI18NEncodeMimePartIIStr(bcc_header, true,
+                    mCompFields->GetCharacterSet(), sizeof("BCC: "),
+                    nsMsgMIMEGetConformToStandard());
+
+    int32_t L = strlen(convBcc ? convBcc : bcc_header) + 20;
+    char *buf = (char *) PR_Malloc (L);
+    if (!buf)
+    {
+      status = NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+      goto FAIL;
+    }
+
+    PR_snprintf(buf, L-1, "BCC: %s" CRLF, convBcc ? convBcc : bcc_header);
+    uint32_t   len = strlen(buf);
+    rv = tempOutfile->Write(buf, len, &n);
+    PR_Free(buf);
+    PR_Free(convBcc);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv) || n != len)
+    {
+      status = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+      goto FAIL;
+    }
+  }
+
+  //
+  // Write out the X-Mozilla-News-Host header.
+  // This is done only when writing to the queue file, not the FCC file.
+  // We need this to complement the "Newsgroups" header for the case of
+  // queueing a message for a non-default news host.
+  //
+  // Convert a URL like "snews://host:123/" to the form "host:123/secure"
+  // or "news://user@host:222" to simply "host:222".
+  //
+  if ((mode == nsMsgQueueForLater || mode == nsMsgSaveAsDraft ||
+       mode == nsMsgSaveAsTemplate || mode == nsMsgDeliverBackground) &&
+      news_url && *news_url)
+  {
+    bool secure_p = (news_url[0] == 's' || news_url[0] == 'S');
+    char *orig_hap = nsMsgParseURLHost (news_url);
+    char *host_and_port = orig_hap;
+    if (host_and_port)
+    {
+      // There may be authinfo at the front of the host - it could be of
+      // the form "user:password@host:port", so take off everything before
+      // the first at-sign.  We don't want to store authinfo in the queue
+      // folder, I guess, but would want it to be re-prompted-for at
+      // delivery-time.
+      //
+      char *at = PL_strchr (host_and_port, '@');
+      if (at)
+        host_and_port = at + 1;
+    }
+
+    if ((host_and_port && *host_and_port) || !secure_p)
+    {
+      char *line = PR_smprintf(X_MOZILLA_NEWSHOST ": %s%s" CRLF,
+                   host_and_port ? host_and_port : "",
+                   secure_p ? "/secure" : "");
+      PR_FREEIF(orig_hap);
+      if (!line)
+      {
+        status = NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+        goto FAIL;
+      }
+
+      uint32_t   len = PL_strlen(line);
+      rv = tempOutfile->Write(line, len, &n);
+      PR_Free(line);
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv) || n != len)
+      {
+        status = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+        goto FAIL;
+      }
+    }
+
+    PR_Free(orig_hap);
+  }
+
+  //
+  // Read from the message file, and write to the FCC or Queue file.
+  // There are two tricky parts: the first is that the message file
+  // uses CRLF, and the FCC file should use LINEBREAK.  The second
+  // is that the message file may have lines beginning with "From "
+  // but the FCC file must have those lines mangled.
+  //
+  // It's unfortunate that we end up writing the FCC file a line
+  // at a time, but it's the easiest way...
+  //
+  uint64_t available;
+  rv = inputFile->Available(&available);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  while (available > 0)
+  {
+    // check *ibuffer in case that ibuffer isn't big enough
+    uint32_t readCount;
+    rv = inputFile->Read(ibuffer, ibuffer_size, &readCount);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv) || readCount == 0 || *ibuffer == 0)
+    {
+      status = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+      goto FAIL;
+    }
+
+    rv = tempOutfile->Write(ibuffer, readCount, &n);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv) || n != readCount) // write failed
+    {
+      status = NS_MSG_ERROR_WRITING_FILE;
+      goto FAIL;
+    }
+
+    rv = inputFile->Available(&available);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+
+FAIL:
+  PR_Free(ibuffer);
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(tempOutfile->Flush()))
+    status = NS_MSG_ERROR_WRITING_FILE;
+
+  tempOutfile->Close();
+
+  if (inputFile)
+    inputFile->Close();
+
+
+  // here we should clone mCopyFile, since it has changed on disk.
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIFile> clonedFile;
+  mCopyFile->Clone(getter_AddRefs(clonedFile));
+  mCopyFile = clonedFile;
+
+  // When we get here, we have to see if we have been successful so far.
+  // If we have, then we should start up the async copy service operation.
+  // If we weren't successful, then we should just return the error and
+  // bail out.
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(status))
+  {
+    // If we are here, time to start the async copy service operation!
+    status = StartMessageCopyOperation(mCopyFile, mode, turi);
+  }
+  return status;
+}
+
+//
+// This is pretty much a wrapper to the functionality that lives in the
+// nsMsgCopy class
+//
+nsresult
+nsMsgComposeAndSend::StartMessageCopyOperation(nsIFile          *aFile,
+                                               nsMsgDeliverMode mode,
+                                               const nsCString& dest_uri)
+{
+  mCopyObj = new nsMsgCopy();
+  if (!mCopyObj)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+  //
+  // Actually, we need to pick up the proper folder from the prefs and not
+  // default to the default "Flagged" folder choices
+  //
+  nsresult    rv;
+  if (!dest_uri.IsEmpty())
+    m_folderName = dest_uri;
+  else
+    GetFolderURIFromUserPrefs(mode, mUserIdentity, m_folderName);
+
+  if (mListener)
+    mListener->OnGetDraftFolderURI(m_folderName.get());
+
+  rv = mCopyObj->StartCopyOperation(mUserIdentity, aFile, mode,
+                                    this, m_folderName.get(), mMsgToReplace);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+//I'm getting this each time without holding onto the feedback so that 3 pane windows can be closed
+//without any chance of crashing due to holding onto a deleted feedback.
+nsresult
+nsMsgComposeAndSend::SetStatusMessage(const nsString &aMsgString)
+{
+  if (mSendProgress)
+    mSendProgress->OnStatusChange(nullptr, nullptr, NS_OK, aMsgString.get());
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// For GUI notification...
+nsresult
+nsMsgComposeAndSend::SetGUINotificationState(bool aEnableFlag)
+{
+  mGUINotificationEnabled = aEnableFlag;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* readonly attribute nsIMsgSendReport sendReport; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgComposeAndSend::GetSendReport(nsIMsgSendReport * *aSendReport)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aSendReport);
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aSendReport = mSendReport);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgComposeAndSend::Abort()
+{
+  uint32_t i;
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  if (mAbortInProcess)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  mAbortInProcess = true;
+
+  if (m_plaintext)
+    rv = m_plaintext->Abort();
+
+  for (i = 0; i < m_attachment_count; i ++)
+  {
+    nsMsgAttachmentHandler *ma = m_attachments[i];
+    if (ma)
+      rv = ma->Abort();
+  }
+
+  /* stop the current running url */
+  if (mRunningRequest)
+  {
+    mRunningRequest->Cancel(NS_ERROR_ABORT);
+    mRunningRequest = nullptr;
+  }
+
+  if (mCopyObj)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgCopyService> copyService = do_GetService(NS_MSGCOPYSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    copyService->NotifyCompletion(mCopyFile, mCopyObj->mDstFolder, NS_ERROR_ABORT);
+  }
+  mAbortInProcess = false;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgComposeAndSend::GetProcessAttachmentsSynchronously(bool *_retval)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(_retval);
+  *_retval = m_be_synchronous_p;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgComposeAndSend::GetAttachmentHandlers(nsTArray<RefPtr<nsMsgAttachmentHandler>> **_retval)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(_retval);
+  *_retval = &m_attachments;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgComposeAndSend::GetAttachmentCount(uint32_t *aAttachmentCount)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(aAttachmentCount);
+  *aAttachmentCount = m_attachment_count;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgComposeAndSend::GetPendingAttachmentCount(uint32_t *aPendingAttachmentCount)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(aPendingAttachmentCount);
+  *aPendingAttachmentCount = m_attachment_pending_count;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgComposeAndSend::SetPendingAttachmentCount(uint32_t aPendingAttachmentCount)
+{
+  m_attachment_pending_count = aPendingAttachmentCount;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgComposeAndSend::GetDeliveryMode(nsMsgDeliverMode *aDeliveryMode)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(aDeliveryMode);
+  *aDeliveryMode = m_deliver_mode;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgComposeAndSend::GetProgress(nsIMsgProgress **_retval)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(_retval);
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*_retval = mSendProgress);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgComposeAndSend::GetOutputStream(nsIOutputStream **_retval)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(_retval);
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*_retval = mOutputFile);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+/* [noscript] attribute nsIURI runningURL; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgComposeAndSend::GetRunningRequest(nsIRequest **request)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(request);
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*request = mRunningRequest);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgComposeAndSend::SetRunningRequest(nsIRequest *request)
+{
+  mRunningRequest = request;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgComposeAndSend::GetStatus(nsresult *aStatus)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(aStatus);
+  *aStatus = m_status;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgComposeAndSend::SetStatus(nsresult aStatus)
+{
+  m_status = aStatus;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgComposeAndSend::GetCryptoclosure(nsIMsgComposeSecure ** aCryptoclosure)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(aCryptoclosure);
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aCryptoclosure = m_crypto_closure);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgComposeAndSend::SetCryptoclosure(nsIMsgComposeSecure * aCryptoclosure)
+{
+  m_crypto_closure = aCryptoclosure;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgComposeAndSend::GetSendCompFields(nsIMsgCompFields** aCompFields)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aCompFields);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgCompFields> qiCompFields(mCompFields);
+  NS_ENSURE_STATE(qiCompFields);
+  qiCompFields.forget(aCompFields);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgComposeAndSend::GetSendBody(nsAString& aBody)
+{
+  nsCString charSet;
+  if (mCompFields)
+    mCompFields->GetCharacterSet(getter_Copies(charSet));
+  if (!m_attachment1_body) {
+    aBody.Truncate();
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  return ConvertToUnicode(charSet.get(), m_attachment1_body, aBody);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgComposeAndSend::GetSendBodyType(nsACString& aBodyType)
+{
+  if (m_attachment1_type && *m_attachment1_type)
+    aBodyType.Assign(nsDependentCString(m_attachment1_type));
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgComposeAndSend::GetIdentity(nsIMsgIdentity **aIdentity)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aIdentity);
+  *aIdentity = mUserIdentity;
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aIdentity);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgComposeAndSend::GetAttachment(uint32_t aIndex,
+                                   nsIMsgAttachmentHandler **aAttachment)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aAttachment);
+  if (aIndex >= m_attachment_count)
+    return NS_ERROR_ILLEGAL_VALUE;
+  *aAttachment = m_attachments[aIndex];
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aAttachment);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgComposeAndSend::SetSavedToFolderName(const nsAString& aName)
+{
+  mSavedToFolderName.Assign(aName);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgComposeAndSend::GetSavedToFolderName(nsAString& aName)
+{
+  aName.Assign(mSavedToFolderName);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgComposeAndSend::SetDontDeliver(bool aDontDeliver)
+{
+  m_dont_deliver_p = aDontDeliver;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgComposeAndSend::GetDontDeliver(bool *aDontDeliver)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aDontDeliver);
+  *aDontDeliver = m_dont_deliver_p;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMsgAttachmentData, nsIMsgAttachmentData)
+
+nsMsgAttachmentData::nsMsgAttachmentData() :  m_size(0), m_sizeExternalStr("-1"),
+  m_isExternalAttachment(false), m_isExternalLinkAttachment(false),
+  m_isDownloaded(false), m_hasFilename(false), m_displayableInline(false)
+{
+}
+
+nsMsgAttachmentData::~nsMsgAttachmentData()
+{
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgAttachmentData::GetUrl(nsIURI **aUrl)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aUrl);
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aUrl = m_url);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgAttachmentData::SetUrl(nsIURI *aUrl)
+{
+  m_url = aUrl;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgAttachmentData::GetDesiredType(nsACString &aDesiredType)
+{
+  aDesiredType = m_desiredType;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgAttachmentData::SetDesiredType(const nsACString &aDesiredType)
+{
+  m_desiredType = aDesiredType;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgAttachmentData::GetRealType(nsACString &aRealType)
+{
+  aRealType = m_realType;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgAttachmentData::SetRealType(const nsACString &aRealType)
+{
+  m_realType = aRealType;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgAttachmentData::GetRealEncoding(nsACString &aRealEncoding)
+{
+  aRealEncoding = m_realEncoding;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgAttachmentData::SetRealEncoding(const nsACString &aRealEncoding)
+{
+  m_realEncoding = aRealEncoding;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgAttachmentData::GetRealName(nsACString &aRealName)
+{
+  aRealName = m_realName;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgAttachmentData::SetRealName(const nsACString &aRealName)
+{
+  m_realName = aRealName;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgAttachmentData::GetDescription(nsACString &aDescription)
+{
+  aDescription = m_description;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgAttachmentData::SetDescription(const nsACString &aDescription)
+{
+  m_description = aDescription;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgAttachmentData::GetXMacType(nsACString & aXMacType)
+{
+  aXMacType = m_xMacType;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgAttachmentData::SetXMacType(const nsACString & aXMacType)
+{
+  m_xMacType = aXMacType;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgAttachmentData::GetXMacCreator(nsACString & aXMacCreator)
+{
+  aXMacCreator = m_xMacCreator;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgAttachmentData::SetXMacCreator(const nsACString & aXMacCreator)
+{
+  m_xMacCreator = aXMacCreator;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMsgAttachedFile, nsIMsgAttachedFile)
+
+nsMsgAttachedFile::nsMsgAttachedFile() :  m_size(0), m_unprintableCount(0),
+  m_highbitCount(0), m_ctlCount(0), m_nullCount(0), m_maxLineLength(0)
+{
+}
+
+nsMsgAttachedFile::~nsMsgAttachedFile()
+{
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgAttachedFile::GetOrigUrl(nsIURI **aOrigUrl)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aOrigUrl);
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aOrigUrl = m_origUrl);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgAttachedFile::SetOrigUrl(nsIURI *aOrigUrl)
+{
+  m_origUrl = aOrigUrl;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgAttachedFile::GetTmpFile(nsIFile **aTmpFile)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aTmpFile);
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aTmpFile = m_tmpFile);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgAttachedFile::SetTmpFile(nsIFile *aTmpFile)
+{
+  m_tmpFile = aTmpFile;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgAttachedFile::GetType(nsACString &aType)
+{
+  aType = m_type;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgAttachedFile::SetType(const nsACString &aType)
+{
+  m_type = aType;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgAttachedFile::GetEncoding(nsACString &aEncoding)
+{
+  aEncoding = m_encoding;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgAttachedFile::SetEncoding(const nsACString &aEncoding)
+{
+  m_encoding = aEncoding;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgAttachedFile::GetDescription(nsACString &aDescription)
+{
+  aDescription = m_description;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgAttachedFile::SetDescription(const nsACString &aDescription)
+{
+  m_description = aDescription;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgAttachedFile::GetCloudPartInfo(nsACString &aCloudPartInfo)
+{
+  aCloudPartInfo = m_cloudPartInfo;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgAttachedFile::SetCloudPartInfo(const nsACString &aCloudPartInfo)
+{
+  m_cloudPartInfo = aCloudPartInfo;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgAttachedFile::GetXMacType(nsACString & aXMacType)
+{
+  aXMacType = m_xMacType;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgAttachedFile::SetXMacType(const nsACString & aXMacType)
+{
+  m_xMacType = aXMacType;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgAttachedFile::GetXMacCreator(nsACString & aXMacCreator)
+{
+  aXMacCreator = m_xMacCreator;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgAttachedFile::SetXMacCreator(const nsACString & aXMacCreator)
+{
+  m_xMacCreator = aXMacCreator;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgAttachedFile::GetRealName(nsACString & aRealName)
+{
+  aRealName = m_realName;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgAttachedFile::SetRealName(const nsACString & aRealName)
+{
+  m_realName = aRealName;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgAttachedFile::GetSize(uint32_t *aSize)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aSize);
+  *aSize = m_size;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgAttachedFile::SetSize(uint32_t aSize)
+{
+  m_size = aSize;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgAttachedFile::GetUnprintableCount(uint32_t *aUnprintableCount)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aUnprintableCount);
+  *aUnprintableCount = m_unprintableCount;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgAttachedFile::SetUnprintableCount(uint32_t aUnprintableCount)
+{
+  m_unprintableCount = aUnprintableCount;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgAttachedFile::GetHighbitCount(uint32_t *aHighbitCount)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aHighbitCount);
+  *aHighbitCount = m_highbitCount;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgAttachedFile::SetHighbitCount(uint32_t aHighbitCount)
+{
+  m_highbitCount = aHighbitCount;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgAttachedFile::GetCtlCount(uint32_t *aCtlCount)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aCtlCount);
+  *aCtlCount = m_ctlCount;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgAttachedFile::SetCtlCount(uint32_t aCtlCount)
+{
+  m_ctlCount = aCtlCount;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgAttachedFile::GetNullCount(uint32_t *aNullCount)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aNullCount);
+  *aNullCount = m_nullCount;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgAttachedFile::SetNullCount(uint32_t aNullCount)
+{
+  m_nullCount = aNullCount;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgAttachedFile::GetMaxLineLength(uint32_t *aMaxLineLength)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMaxLineLength);
+  *aMaxLineLength = m_maxLineLength;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgAttachedFile::SetMaxLineLength(uint32_t aMaxLineLength)
+{
+  m_maxLineLength = aMaxLineLength;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/compose/src/nsMsgSend.h b/mailnews/compose/src/nsMsgSend.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..558c8e53e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/compose/src/nsMsgSend.h
@@ -0,0 +1,405 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef __MSGSEND_H__
+#define __MSGSEND_H__
+
+/* Asynchronous mailing of messages with attached URLs.
+
+   - If there are any attachments, start their URLs going, and write each
+     of them to a temp file.
+
+   - While writing to their files, examine the data going by and decide
+     what kind of encoding, if any, they need.  Also remember their content
+     types.
+
+   - Once that URLs has been saved to a temp file (or, if there were no
+     attachments) generate a final temp file, of the actual message:
+
+   -  Generate a string of the headers.
+   -  Open the final temp file.
+   -  Write the headers.
+     -  Examine the first part, and decide whether to encode it.
+   -  Write the first part to the file, possibly encoded.
+   -  Write the second and subsequent parts to the file, possibly encoded.
+        (Open the first temp file and copy it to the final temp file, and so
+         on, through an encoding filter.)
+
+   - Delete the attachment temp file(s) as we finish with them.
+   - Close the final temp file.
+   - Open the news: url.
+   - Send the final temp file to NNTP.
+     If there's an error, run the callback with "failure" status.
+   - If mail succeeded, open the mailto: url.
+   - Send the final temp file to SMTP.
+     If there's an error, run the callback with "failure" status.
+   - Otherwise, run the callback with "success" status.
+   - Free everything, delete the final temp file.
+
+  The theory behind the encoding logic:
+  =====================================
+
+  If the document is of type text/html, and the user has asked to attach it
+  as source or postscript, it will be run through the appropriate converter
+  (which will result in a document of type text/plain.)
+
+  An attachment will be encoded if:
+
+   - it is of a non-text type (in which case we will use base64); or
+   - The "use QP" option has been selected and high-bit characters exist; or
+   - any NULLs exist in the document; or
+   - any line is longer than 990 bytes (see LINELENGTH_ENCODING_THRESHOLD below)
+     and it is not of type message/rfc822.
+
+   - If we are encoding, and more than 10% of the document consists of
+     non-ASCII characters, then we always use base64 instead of QP.
+
+  We eschew quoted-printable in favor of base64 for documents which are likely
+  to always be binary (images, sound) because, on the off chance that a GIF
+  file (for example) might contain primarily bytes in the ASCII range, using
+  the quoted-printable representation might cause corruption due to the
+  translation of CR or LF to CRLF.  So, when we don't know that the document
+  has "lines", we don't use quoted-printable.
+ */
+
+/* For maximal compatibility, it helps to emit both
+      Content-Type: <type>; name="<original-file-name>"
+   as well as
+      Content-Disposition: inline; filename="<original-file-name>"
+
+  The lossage here is, RFC1341 defined the "name" parameter to Content-Type,
+  but then RFC1521 deprecated it in anticipation of RFC1806, which defines
+  Content-Type and the "filename" parameter.  But, RFC1521 is "Standards Track"
+  while RFC1806 is still "Experimental."  So, it's probably best to just
+  implement both.
+ */
+#define EMIT_NAME_IN_CONTENT_TYPE
+
+/* Whether the contents of the BCC header should be preserved in the FCC'ed
+   copy of a message.  See comments below, in mime_do_fcc_1().
+ */
+#define SAVE_BCC_IN_FCC_FILE
+
+/* When attaching an HTML document, one must indicate the original URL of
+   that document, if the receiver is to have any chance of being able to
+   retreive and display the inline images, or to click on any links in the
+   HTML.
+
+   The way we have done this in the past is by inserting a <BASE> tag as the
+   first line of all HTML documents we attach.  (This is kind of bad in that
+   we're actually modifying the document, and it really isn't our place to
+   do that.)
+
+   The sanctioned *new* way of doing this is to insert a Content-Base header
+   field on the attachment.  This is (will be) a part of the forthcoming MHTML
+   spec.
+
+   If GENERATE_CONTENT_BASE, we generate a Content-Base header.
+
+   We used to have a MANGLE_HTML_ATTACHMENTS_WITH_BASE_TAG symbol that we
+   defined, which added a BASE tag to the bodies.  We stopped doing this in
+   4.0.  */
+#define GENERATE_CONTENT_BASE
+
+
+//
+// Necessary includes
+//
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsIMsgSend.h"
+#include "nsIStringBundle.h"
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "prprf.h"
+#include "nsIOutputStream.h"
+#include "nsMsgMessageFlags.h"
+#include "nsIURL.h"
+#include "nsMsgAttachmentHandler.h"
+#include "nsMsgCompFields.h"
+#include "nsIMsgSendListener.h"
+#include "nsIDOMNode.h"
+#include "nsIEditor.h"
+#include "nsIUrlListener.h"
+#include "nsIMsgStatusFeedback.h"
+#include "nsIMsgIdentity.h"
+#include "nsIMsgHdr.h"
+#include "nsIMsgIdentity.h"
+#include "nsWeakReference.h"
+#include "nsPIDOMWindow.h"
+#include "nsIDOMWindow.h"
+#include "nsIMsgComposeSecure.h"
+#include "nsAutoPtr.h"
+#include "nsMsgAttachmentData.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFilterService.h"
+#include "nsIMsgOperationListener.h"
+
+//
+// Some necessary defines...
+//
+#define MIME_BUFFER_SIZE      4096 // must be greater than 1000
+                                   // SMTP (RFC821) limit
+// Maximum number of bytes we allow in a line before we force
+// encoding to base64 if not already QR-encoded or of type message/rfc822.
+#define LINELENGTH_ENCODING_THRESHOLD 990
+
+//
+// Utilities for string handling
+//
+#define PUSH_STRING(S) \
+ do { PL_strcpy (buffer_tail, S); buffer_tail += PL_strlen (S); } while(0)
+#define PUSH_STRINGN(S,N) \
+ do { memcpy(buffer_tail, (S), (N)); buffer_tail += (N); } while(0)
+#define PUSH_NEWLINE() \
+ do { *buffer_tail++ = '\r'; *buffer_tail++ = '\n'; *buffer_tail = '\0'; } while(0)
+
+//
+// Forward declarations...
+//
+class nsMsgSendPart;
+class nsMsgCopy;
+class nsIPrompt;
+class nsIInterfaceRequestor;
+
+namespace mozilla {
+namespace mailnews {
+class MimeEncoder;
+}
+}
+
+class nsMsgComposeAndSend : public nsIMsgSend,
+                            public nsIMsgOperationListener,
+                            public nsSupportsWeakReference
+{
+  typedef mozilla::mailnews::MimeEncoder MimeEncoder;
+public:
+  //
+  // Define QueryInterface, AddRef and Release for this class
+  //
+  NS_DECL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGSEND
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGOPERATIONLISTENER
+
+  nsMsgComposeAndSend();
+
+
+  // Delivery and completion callback routines...
+  NS_IMETHOD  DeliverMessage();
+  NS_IMETHOD  DeliverFileAsMail();
+  NS_IMETHOD  DeliverFileAsNews();
+  void        DoDeliveryExitProcessing(nsIURI * aUrl, nsresult aExitCode, bool aCheckForMail);
+  nsresult    FormatStringWithSMTPHostNameByName(const char16_t* aMsgName, char16_t **aString);
+
+  nsresult    DoFcc();
+  nsresult    StartMessageCopyOperation(nsIFile          *aFileSpec,
+                                        nsMsgDeliverMode mode,
+                                        const nsCString& dest_uri);
+
+
+  nsresult SendToMagicFolder(nsMsgDeliverMode flag);
+
+  // Check to see if it's ok to save msgs to the configured folder.
+  bool CanSaveMessagesToFolder(const char *folderURL);
+
+  //
+  // FCC operations...
+  //
+  nsresult    MimeDoFCC (nsIFile *input_file,
+    nsMsgDeliverMode mode,
+    const char *bcc_header,
+    const char *fcc_header,
+    const char *news_url);
+
+  // Init() will allow for either message creation without delivery or full
+  // message creation and send operations
+  //
+  nsresult    Init(
+                   nsIMsgIdentity   *aUserIdentity,
+                   const char       *aAccountKey,
+                   nsMsgCompFields  *fields,
+                   nsIFile          *sendFile,
+                   bool             digest_p,
+                   bool             dont_deliver_p,
+                   nsMsgDeliverMode mode,
+                   nsIMsgDBHdr      *msgToReplace,
+                   const char       *attachment1_type,
+                   const nsACString &attachment1_body,
+                   nsIArray   *attachments,
+                   nsIArray     *preloaded_attachments,
+                   const char       *password,
+                   const nsACString &aOriginalMsgURI,
+                   MSG_ComposeType  aType);
+
+  //
+  // Setup the composition fields
+  //
+  nsresult    InitCompositionFields(nsMsgCompFields *fields,
+                                    const nsACString &aOriginalMsgURI,
+                                    MSG_ComposeType aType);
+
+  NS_IMETHOD  GetBodyFromEditor();
+
+
+  //
+  // Attachment processing...
+  //
+  nsresult    HackAttachments(nsIArray *attachments,
+                              nsIArray *preloaded_attachments);
+  nsresult    CountCompFieldAttachments();
+  nsresult    AddCompFieldLocalAttachments();
+  nsresult    AddCompFieldRemoteAttachments(uint32_t  aStartLocation, int32_t *aMailboxCount, int32_t *aNewsCount);
+
+  // Deal with multipart related data
+  nsresult    ProcessMultipartRelated(int32_t *aMailboxCount, int32_t *aNewsCount);
+  nsresult    GetEmbeddedObjectInfo(nsIDOMNode *node, nsMsgAttachmentData *attachment, bool *acceptObject);
+  uint32_t    GetMultipartRelatedCount(bool forceToBeCalculated = false);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIArray> mEmbeddedObjectList; // it's initialized when calling GetMultipartRelatedCount
+
+  // Body processing
+  nsresult    SnarfAndCopyBody(const nsACString &attachment1_body,
+                               const char  *attachment1_type);
+
+  int32_t     PreProcessPart(nsMsgAttachmentHandler  *ma,
+                             nsMsgSendPart           *toppart); // The very top most container of the message
+                                                                // For part processing
+
+  nsresult    SetStatusMessage(const nsString &aMsgString);     // Status message method
+
+  //
+  // All vars necessary for this implementation
+  //
+  nsMsgKey                  m_messageKey;        // jt -- Draft/Template support; newly created key
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIdentity>  mUserIdentity;
+  nsCString                 mAccountKey;
+  RefPtr<nsMsgCompFields> mCompFields;         // All needed composition fields (header, etc...)
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile>         mTempFile;           // our temporary file
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIOutputStream> mOutputFile;         // the actual output file stream
+  uint32_t                  mMessageWarningSize; // Warn if a message is over this size!
+
+  bool                      m_dont_deliver_p;    // If set, we just return the nsIFile of the file
+                                                 // created, instead of actually delivering message.
+  nsMsgDeliverMode          m_deliver_mode;      // nsMsgDeliverNow, nsMsgQueueForLater, nsMsgSaveAsDraft,
+                                                 // nsMsgSaveAsTemplate and nsMsgSendUnsent
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr>     mMsgToReplace;       // If the mode is nsMsgSaveAsDraft, this is the message it will
+                                                 // replace
+  nsString mSavedToFolderName; // Name of folder we're saving to, used when
+                               // displaying error on save.
+  // These are needed for callbacks to the FE...
+  nsCOMPtr<nsPIDOMWindowOuter>    mParentWindow;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgProgress>        mSendProgress;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgSendListener>    mListener;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgStatusFeedback>  mStatusFeedback;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIRequest>      mRunningRequest;
+  bool                      mSendMailAlso;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile>         mReturnFile;     // a holder for file spec's to be returned to caller
+
+  // File where we stored our HTML so that we could make the plaintext form.
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile>         mHTMLFile;
+
+  // Variable for storing the draft name;
+  nsCString                  m_folderName;
+
+  // mapping between editor dom node indexes and saved mime part numbers.
+  nsTArray<nsCString> m_partNumbers;
+  //
+  // These variables are needed for message Copy operations!
+  //
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile>         mCopyFile;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile>         mCopyFile2;
+  RefPtr<nsMsgCopy>       mCopyObj;
+  bool                      mNeedToPerformSecondFCC;
+  bool                      mPerformingSecondFCC;
+
+  // For MHTML message creation
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIEditor>       mEditor;
+
+  //
+  // The first attachment, if any (typed in by the user.)
+  //
+  char                    *m_attachment1_type;
+  char                    *m_attachment1_encoding;
+  nsAutoPtr<MimeEncoder>  m_attachment1_encoder;
+  char                    *m_attachment1_body;
+  uint32_t                m_attachment1_body_length;
+  char                    *mOriginalHTMLBody;
+
+  // The plaintext form of the first attachment, if needed.
+  RefPtr<nsMsgAttachmentHandler>  m_plaintext;
+
+  // The multipart/related save object for HTML text.
+  nsMsgSendPart           *m_related_part;
+  nsMsgSendPart           *m_related_body_part;
+
+  //
+  // Subsequent attachments, if any.
+  //
+  uint32_t                m_attachment_count;
+  uint32_t                m_attachment_pending_count;
+  nsTArray< RefPtr<nsMsgAttachmentHandler> >  m_attachments;
+  nsresult                m_status; // in case some attachments fail but not all
+
+  uint32_t                mPreloadedAttachmentCount;
+  uint32_t                mRemoteAttachmentCount;
+  int32_t                 mMultipartRelatedAttachmentCount; // the number of mpart related attachments, -1 means it has not been yet initialized
+
+  uint32_t                mCompFieldLocalAttachments;     // the number of file:// attachments in the comp fields
+  uint32_t                mCompFieldRemoteAttachments;    // the number of remote attachments in the comp fields
+
+  //
+  // attachment states and other info...
+  //
+  bool                    m_pre_snarfed_attachments_p;  // If true, then the attachments were
+                                                        // loaded by in the background and therefore
+                                                        // we shouldn't delete the tmp files (but should
+                                                        // leave that to the caller.)
+
+  bool                    m_digest_p;                   // Whether to be multipart/digest instead of
+                                                        // multipart/mixed.
+
+  bool                    m_be_synchronous_p;            // If true, we will load one URL after another,
+                                                        // rather than starting all URLs going at once
+                                                        // and letting them load in parallel.  This is
+                                                        // more efficient if (for example) all URLs are
+                                                        // known to be coming from the same news server
+                                                        // or mailbox: loading them in parallel would
+                                                        // cause multiple connections to the news
+                                                        // server to be opened, or would cause much seek()ing.
+
+  bool                    mGUINotificationEnabled;      // Should we throw up the GUI alerts on errors?
+  bool                    mAbortInProcess;              // Used by Abort to avoid reentrance.
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgComposeSecure> m_crypto_closure;
+
+protected:
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundle> mComposeBundle;
+  nsresult GetNotificationCallbacks(nsIInterfaceRequestor** aCallbacks);
+
+  virtual ~nsMsgComposeAndSend();
+  nsresult FilterSentMessage();
+  nsresult MaybePerformSecondFCC(nsresult aStatus);
+
+  // generates a message id for our message, if necessary
+  void GenerateMessageId( );
+
+  // add default custom headers to the message
+  nsresult AddDefaultCustomHeaders();
+
+  // add Mail-Followup-To and Mail-Reply-To header
+  nsresult AddMailFollowupToHeader();
+  nsresult AddMailReplyToHeader();
+  nsresult AddXForwardedMessageIdHeader();
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgSendReport>  mSendReport;
+  nsCString                   mSmtpPassword;            // store the smtp Password use during a send
+};
+
+//
+// These C routines should only be used by the nsMsgSendPart class.
+//
+extern nsresult mime_write_message_body(nsIMsgSend *state, const char *buf, uint32_t size);
+extern char   *mime_get_stream_write_buffer(void);
+extern nsresult mime_encoder_output_fn (const char *buf, int32_t size, void *closure);
+extern bool UseQuotedPrintable(void);
+
+#endif /*  __MSGSEND_H__ */
diff --git a/mailnews/compose/src/nsMsgSendLater.cpp b/mailnews/compose/src/nsMsgSendLater.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..97206f12b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/compose/src/nsMsgSendLater.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1552 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+#include "nsMsgSendLater.h"
+#include "nsMsgCopy.h"
+#include "nsIMsgSend.h"
+#include "nsIPrefService.h"
+#include "nsIPrefBranch.h"
+#include "nsIMsgMessageService.h"
+#include "nsIMsgAccountManager.h"
+#include "nsMsgBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsMsgCompCID.h"
+#include "nsMsgCompUtils.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "nsMailHeaders.h"
+#include "nsMsgPrompts.h"
+#include "nsISmtpUrl.h"
+#include "nsIChannel.h"
+#include "nsNetUtil.h"
+#include "prlog.h"
+#include "prmem.h"
+#include "nsIMimeConverter.h"
+#include "nsMsgMimeCID.h"
+#include "nsComposeStrings.h"
+#include "nsIMutableArray.h"
+#include "nsArrayEnumerator.h"
+#include "nsIObserverService.h"
+#include "nsIMsgLocalMailFolder.h"
+#include "nsIMsgDatabase.h"
+#include "mozilla/Services.h"
+#include "nsArrayUtils.h"
+
+// Consts for checking and sending mail in milliseconds
+
+// 1 second from mail into the unsent messages folder to initially trying to
+// send it.
+const uint32_t kInitialMessageSendTime = 1000;
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMsgSendLater,
+                   nsIMsgSendLater,
+                   nsIFolderListener,
+                   nsIRequestObserver,
+                   nsIStreamListener,
+                   nsIObserver,
+                   nsIUrlListener,
+                   nsIMsgShutdownTask)
+
+nsMsgSendLater::nsMsgSendLater()
+{
+  mSendingMessages = false;
+  mTimerSet = false;
+  mTotalSentSuccessfully = 0;
+  mTotalSendCount = 0;
+  mLeftoverBuffer = nullptr;
+
+  m_to = nullptr;
+  m_bcc = nullptr;
+  m_fcc = nullptr;
+  m_newsgroups = nullptr;
+  m_newshost = nullptr;
+  m_headers = nullptr;
+  m_flags = 0;
+  m_headersFP = 0;
+  m_inhead = true;
+  m_headersPosition = 0;
+
+  m_bytesRead = 0;
+  m_position = 0;
+  m_flagsPosition = 0;
+  m_headersSize = 0;
+
+  mIdentityKey = nullptr;
+  mAccountKey = nullptr;
+}
+
+nsMsgSendLater::~nsMsgSendLater()
+{
+  PR_Free(m_to);
+  PR_Free(m_fcc);
+  PR_Free(m_bcc);
+  PR_Free(m_newsgroups);
+  PR_Free(m_newshost);
+  PR_Free(m_headers);
+  PR_Free(mLeftoverBuffer);
+  PR_Free(mIdentityKey);
+  PR_Free(mAccountKey);
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgSendLater::Init()
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefs = do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  bool sendInBackground;
+  rv = prefs->GetBoolPref("mailnews.sendInBackground", &sendInBackground);
+  // If we're not sending in the background, don't do anything else
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !sendInBackground)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  // We need to know when we're shutting down.
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIObserverService> observerService =
+    mozilla::services::GetObserverService();
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(observerService, NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED);
+
+  rv = observerService->AddObserver(this, "xpcom-shutdown", false);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = observerService->AddObserver(this, "quit-application", false);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = observerService->AddObserver(this, "msg-shutdown", false);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // Subscribe to the unsent messages folder
+  // XXX This code should be set up for multiple unsent folders, however we
+  // don't support that at the moment, so for now just assume one folder.
+  rv = GetUnsentMessagesFolder(nullptr, getter_AddRefs(mMessageFolder));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = mMessageFolder->AddFolderListener(this);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // XXX may want to send messages X seconds after startup if there are any.
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgSendLater::Observe(nsISupports *aSubject, const char* aTopic,
+                        const char16_t *aData)
+{
+  if (aSubject == mTimer && !strcmp(aTopic, "timer-callback"))
+  {
+    if (mTimer)
+      mTimer->Cancel();
+    else
+      NS_ERROR("mTimer was null in nsMsgSendLater::Observe");
+
+    mTimerSet = false;
+    // If we've already started a send since the timer fired, don't start
+    // another
+    if (!mSendingMessages)
+      InternalSendMessages(false, nullptr);
+  }
+  else if (!strcmp(aTopic, "quit-application"))
+  {
+    // If the timer is set, cancel it - we're quitting, the shutdown service
+    // interfaces will sort out sending etc.
+    if (mTimer)
+      mTimer->Cancel();
+
+    mTimerSet = false;
+  }
+  else if (!strcmp(aTopic, "xpcom-shutdown"))
+  {
+    // We're shutting down. Unsubscribe from the unsentFolder notifications
+    // they aren't any use to us now, we don't want to start sending more
+    // messages.
+    nsresult rv;
+    if (mMessageFolder)
+    {
+      rv = mMessageFolder->RemoveFolderListener(this);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    }
+
+    // Now remove ourselves from the observer service as well.
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIObserverService> observerService =
+      mozilla::services::GetObserverService();
+    NS_ENSURE_TRUE(observerService, NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED);
+
+    rv = observerService->RemoveObserver(this, "xpcom-shutdown");
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    rv = observerService->RemoveObserver(this, "quit-application");
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    rv = observerService->RemoveObserver(this, "msg-shutdown");
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgSendLater::SetStatusFeedback(nsIMsgStatusFeedback *aFeedback)
+{
+  mFeedback = aFeedback;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgSendLater::GetStatusFeedback(nsIMsgStatusFeedback **aFeedback)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aFeedback);
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aFeedback = mFeedback);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// Stream is done...drive on!
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgSendLater::OnStopRequest(nsIRequest *request, nsISupports *ctxt, nsresult status)
+{
+  nsresult    rv;
+
+  // First, this shouldn't happen, but if
+  // it does, flush the buffer and move on.
+  if (mLeftoverBuffer)
+  {
+    DeliverQueuedLine(mLeftoverBuffer, PL_strlen(mLeftoverBuffer));
+  }
+
+  if (mOutFile)
+    mOutFile->Close();
+
+  // See if we succeeded on reading the message from the message store?
+  //
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(status))
+  {
+    // Message is done...send it!
+    rv = CompleteMailFileSend();
+
+#ifdef NS_DEBUG
+    printf("nsMsgSendLater: Success on getting message...\n");
+#endif
+    
+    // If the send operation failed..try the next one...
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    {
+      rv = StartNextMailFileSend(rv);
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        EndSendMessages(rv, nullptr, mTotalSendCount, mTotalSentSuccessfully);
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIChannel> channel = do_QueryInterface(request);
+    if(!channel) return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+    // extract the prompt object to use for the alert from the url....
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> uri; 
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIPrompt> promptObject;
+    if (channel)
+    {
+      channel->GetURI(getter_AddRefs(uri));
+      nsCOMPtr<nsISmtpUrl> smtpUrl (do_QueryInterface(uri));
+      if (smtpUrl)
+        smtpUrl->GetPrompt(getter_AddRefs(promptObject));
+    }
+    nsMsgDisplayMessageByName(promptObject, u"errorQueuedDeliveryFailed");
+
+    // Getting the data failed, but we will still keep trying to send the rest...
+    rv = StartNextMailFileSend(status);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      EndSendMessages(rv, nullptr, mTotalSendCount, mTotalSentSuccessfully);
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+char *
+FindEOL(char *inBuf, char *buf_end)
+{
+  char *buf = inBuf;
+  char *findLoc = nullptr;
+
+  while (buf <= buf_end)
+    if (*buf == 0) 
+      return buf;
+    else if ( (*buf == '\n') || (*buf == '\r') )
+    {
+      findLoc = buf;
+      break;
+    }
+    else
+      ++buf;
+
+  if (!findLoc)
+    return nullptr;
+  else if ((findLoc + 1) > buf_end)
+    return buf;
+
+  if ( (*findLoc == '\n' && *(findLoc+1) == '\r') || 
+       (*findLoc == '\r' && *(findLoc+1) == '\n'))
+    findLoc++; // possibly a pair.       
+  return findLoc;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgSendLater::RebufferLeftovers(char *startBuf, uint32_t aLen)
+{
+  PR_FREEIF(mLeftoverBuffer);
+  mLeftoverBuffer = (char *)PR_Malloc(aLen + 1);
+  if (!mLeftoverBuffer)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+  memcpy(mLeftoverBuffer, startBuf, aLen);
+  mLeftoverBuffer[aLen] = '\0';
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgSendLater::BuildNewBuffer(const char* aBuf, uint32_t aCount, uint32_t *totalBufSize)
+{
+  // Only build a buffer when there are leftovers...
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(mLeftoverBuffer, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+
+  int32_t leftoverSize = PL_strlen(mLeftoverBuffer);
+  char* newBuffer = (char *) PR_Realloc(mLeftoverBuffer, aCount + leftoverSize);
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(newBuffer, NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY);
+  mLeftoverBuffer = newBuffer;
+
+  memcpy(mLeftoverBuffer + leftoverSize, aBuf, aCount);
+  *totalBufSize = aCount + leftoverSize;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// Got data?
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgSendLater::OnDataAvailable(nsIRequest *request, nsISupports *ctxt, nsIInputStream *inStr, uint64_t sourceOffset, uint32_t count)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(inStr);
+
+  // This is a little bit tricky since we have to chop random 
+  // buffers into lines and deliver the lines...plus keeping the
+  // leftovers for next time...some fun, eh?
+  //
+  nsresult    rv = NS_OK;
+  char        *startBuf;
+  char        *endBuf;
+  char        *lineEnd;
+  char        *newbuf = nullptr;
+  uint32_t    size;
+
+  uint32_t    aCount = count;
+  char        *aBuf = (char *)PR_Malloc(aCount + 1);
+
+  inStr->Read(aBuf, count, &aCount);
+
+  // First, create a new work buffer that will
+  if (NS_FAILED(BuildNewBuffer(aBuf, aCount, &size))) // no leftovers...
+  {
+    startBuf = (char *)aBuf;
+    endBuf = (char *)(aBuf + aCount - 1);
+  }
+  else  // yum, leftovers...new buffer created...sitting in mLeftoverBuffer
+  {
+    newbuf = mLeftoverBuffer;
+    startBuf = newbuf;
+    endBuf = startBuf + size - 1;
+    mLeftoverBuffer = nullptr; // null out this
+  }
+
+  while (startBuf <= endBuf)
+  {
+    lineEnd = FindEOL(startBuf, endBuf);
+    if (!lineEnd)
+    {
+      rv = RebufferLeftovers(startBuf, (endBuf - startBuf) + 1);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    rv = DeliverQueuedLine(startBuf, (lineEnd - startBuf) + 1);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      break;
+
+    startBuf = lineEnd+1;
+  }
+
+  PR_Free(newbuf);
+  PR_Free(aBuf);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgSendLater::OnStartRunningUrl(nsIURI *url)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgSendLater::OnStopRunningUrl(nsIURI *url, nsresult aExitCode)
+{
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(aExitCode))
+    InternalSendMessages(mUserInitiated, mIdentity);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgSendLater::OnStartRequest(nsIRequest *request, nsISupports *ctxt)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// This is the listener class for the send operation. We have to create this class 
+// to listen for message send completion and eventually notify the caller
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(SendOperationListener, nsIMsgSendListener,
+                   nsIMsgCopyServiceListener)
+
+SendOperationListener::SendOperationListener(nsMsgSendLater *aSendLater)
+: mSendLater(aSendLater)
+{
+}
+
+SendOperationListener::~SendOperationListener(void) 
+{
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+SendOperationListener::OnGetDraftFolderURI(const char *aFolderURI)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+  
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+SendOperationListener::OnStartSending(const char *aMsgID, uint32_t aMsgSize)
+{
+#ifdef NS_DEBUG
+  printf("SendOperationListener::OnStartSending()\n");
+#endif
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+  
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+SendOperationListener::OnProgress(const char *aMsgID, uint32_t aProgress, uint32_t aProgressMax)
+{
+#ifdef NS_DEBUG
+  printf("SendOperationListener::OnProgress()\n");
+#endif
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+SendOperationListener::OnStatus(const char *aMsgID, const char16_t *aMsg)
+{
+#ifdef NS_DEBUG
+  printf("SendOperationListener::OnStatus()\n");
+#endif
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+SendOperationListener::OnSendNotPerformed(const char *aMsgID, nsresult aStatus)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+  
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+SendOperationListener::OnStopSending(const char *aMsgID, nsresult aStatus, const char16_t *aMsg, 
+                                     nsIFile *returnFile)
+{
+  if (mSendLater && !mSendLater->OnSendStepFinished(aStatus))
+      NS_RELEASE(mSendLater);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// nsIMsgCopyServiceListener
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+SendOperationListener::OnStartCopy(void)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+SendOperationListener::OnProgress(uint32_t aProgress, uint32_t aProgressMax)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+SendOperationListener::SetMessageKey(nsMsgKey aKey)
+{
+  NS_NOTREACHED("SendOperationListener::SetMessageKey()");
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+SendOperationListener::GetMessageId(nsACString& messageId)
+{
+  NS_NOTREACHED("SendOperationListener::GetMessageId()\n");
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+SendOperationListener::OnStopCopy(nsresult aStatus)
+{
+  if (mSendLater)
+  {
+    mSendLater->OnCopyStepFinished(aStatus);
+    NS_RELEASE(mSendLater);
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgSendLater::CompleteMailFileSend()
+{
+  // get the identity from the key
+  // if no key, or we fail to find the identity
+  // use the default identity on the default account
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIdentity> identity;
+  nsresult rv = GetIdentityFromKey(mIdentityKey, getter_AddRefs(identity));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  // If for some reason the tmp file didn't get created, we've failed here
+  bool created;
+  mTempFile->Exists(&created);
+  if (!created)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgCompFields> compFields = do_CreateInstance(NS_MSGCOMPFIELDS_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgSend> pMsgSend = do_CreateInstance(NS_MSGSEND_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  // Since we have already parsed all of the headers, we are simply going to
+  // set the composition fields and move on.
+  nsCString author;
+  mMessage->GetAuthor(getter_Copies(author));
+
+  nsMsgCompFields * fields = (nsMsgCompFields *)compFields.get();
+
+  fields->SetFrom(author.get());
+
+  if (m_to)
+  {
+    fields->SetTo(m_to);
+  }
+
+  if (m_bcc)
+  {
+    fields->SetBcc(m_bcc);
+  }
+
+  if (m_fcc)
+  {
+    fields->SetFcc(m_fcc);
+  }
+
+  if (m_newsgroups)
+    fields->SetNewsgroups(m_newsgroups);
+
+#if 0
+  // needs cleanup. Is this needed?
+  if (m_newshost)
+    fields->SetNewspostUrl(m_newshost);
+#endif
+
+  // Create the listener for the send operation...
+  SendOperationListener *sendListener = new SendOperationListener(this);
+  if (!sendListener)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+  
+  NS_ADDREF(sendListener);
+
+  NS_ADDREF(this);  //TODO: We should remove this!!!
+  rv = pMsgSend->SendMessageFile(identity,
+                                 mAccountKey,
+                                 compFields, // nsIMsgCompFields *fields,
+                                 mTempFile, // nsIFile *sendFile,
+                                 true, // bool deleteSendFileOnCompletion,
+                                 false, // bool digest_p,
+                                 nsIMsgSend::nsMsgSendUnsent, // nsMsgDeliverMode mode,
+                                 nullptr, // nsIMsgDBHdr *msgToReplace, 
+                                 sendListener,
+                                 mFeedback,
+                                 nullptr); 
+  NS_RELEASE(sendListener);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgSendLater::StartNextMailFileSend(nsresult prevStatus)
+{
+  bool hasMoreElements = false;
+  if ((!mEnumerator) ||
+      NS_FAILED(mEnumerator->HasMoreElements(&hasMoreElements)) ||
+      !hasMoreElements)
+  {
+    // Notify that this message has finished being sent.
+    NotifyListenersOnProgress(mTotalSendCount, mMessagesToSend.Count(), 100, 100);
+
+    // EndSendMessages resets everything for us
+    EndSendMessages(prevStatus, nullptr, mTotalSendCount, mTotalSentSuccessfully);
+
+    // XXX Should we be releasing references so that we don't hold onto items
+    // unnecessarily.
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  // If we've already sent a message, and are sending more, send out a progress
+  // update with 100% for both send and copy as we must have finished by now.
+  if (mTotalSendCount)
+    NotifyListenersOnProgress(mTotalSendCount, mMessagesToSend.Count(), 100, 100);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> currentItem;
+  nsresult rv = mEnumerator->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(currentItem));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  mMessage = do_QueryInterface(currentItem); 
+  if (!mMessage)
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_AVAILABLE;
+
+  if (!mMessageFolder)
+    return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+
+  nsCString messageURI;
+  mMessageFolder->GetUriForMsg(mMessage, messageURI);
+
+  rv = nsMsgCreateTempFile("nsqmail.tmp", getter_AddRefs(mTempFile)); 
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMessageService> messageService;
+  rv = GetMessageServiceFromURI(messageURI, getter_AddRefs(messageService));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) && !messageService)
+    return NS_ERROR_FACTORY_NOT_LOADED;
+
+  ++mTotalSendCount;
+
+  nsCString identityKey;
+  rv = mMessage->GetStringProperty(HEADER_X_MOZILLA_IDENTITY_KEY,
+                                   getter_Copies(identityKey));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIdentity> identity;
+  rv = GetIdentityFromKey(identityKey.get(), getter_AddRefs(identity));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // Notify that we're just about to start sending this message
+  NotifyListenersOnMessageStartSending(mTotalSendCount, mMessagesToSend.Count(),
+                                       identity);
+
+  // Setup what we need to parse the data stream correctly
+  m_inhead = true;
+  m_headersFP = 0;
+  m_headersPosition = 0;
+  m_bytesRead = 0;
+  m_position = 0;
+  m_flagsPosition = 0;
+  m_headersSize = 0;
+  PR_FREEIF(mLeftoverBuffer);
+
+  // Now, get our stream listener interface and plug it into the DisplayMessage
+  // operation
+  AddRef();
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> dummyNull;
+  rv = messageService->DisplayMessage(messageURI.get(),
+                                      static_cast<nsIStreamListener*>(this),
+                                      nullptr, nullptr, nullptr,
+                                      getter_AddRefs(dummyNull));
+
+  Release();
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP 
+nsMsgSendLater::GetUnsentMessagesFolder(nsIMsgIdentity *aIdentity, nsIMsgFolder **folder)
+{
+  nsCString uri;
+  GetFolderURIFromUserPrefs(nsIMsgSend::nsMsgQueueForLater, aIdentity, uri);
+  return LocateMessageFolder(aIdentity, nsIMsgSend::nsMsgQueueForLater,
+                             uri.get(), folder);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgSendLater::HasUnsentMessages(nsIMsgIdentity *aIdentity, bool *aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccountManager> accountManager =
+    do_GetService(NS_MSGACCOUNTMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIArray> accounts;
+  accountManager->GetAccounts(getter_AddRefs(accounts));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  uint32_t cnt = 0;
+  rv = accounts->GetLength(&cnt);
+  if (cnt == 0) {
+    *aResult = false;
+    return NS_OK; // no account set up -> no unsent messages
+  }
+
+  // XXX This code should be set up for multiple unsent folders, however we
+  // don't support that at the moment, so for now just assume one folder.
+  if (!mMessageFolder)
+  {
+    rv = GetUnsentMessagesFolder(nullptr,
+                                 getter_AddRefs(mMessageFolder));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+  rv = ReparseDBIfNeeded(nullptr);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  int32_t totalMessages;
+  rv = mMessageFolder->GetTotalMessages(false, &totalMessages);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  *aResult = totalMessages > 0;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+//
+// To really finalize this capability, we need to have the ability to get
+// the message from the mail store in a stream for processing. The flow 
+// would be something like this:
+//
+//      foreach (message in Outbox folder)
+//         get stream of Nth message
+//         if (not done with headers)
+//            Tack on to current buffer of headers
+//         when done with headers
+//            BuildHeaders()
+//            Write Headers to Temp File
+//         after done with headers
+//            write rest of message body to temp file
+//
+//          when done with the message
+//            do send operation
+//
+//          when send is complete
+//            Copy from Outbox to FCC folder
+//            Delete from Outbox folder
+//
+//
+NS_IMETHODIMP 
+nsMsgSendLater::SendUnsentMessages(nsIMsgIdentity *aIdentity)
+{
+  return InternalSendMessages(true, aIdentity);
+}
+
+// Returns NS_OK if the db is OK, an error otherwise, e.g., we had to reparse.
+nsresult nsMsgSendLater::ReparseDBIfNeeded(nsIUrlListener *aListener)
+{
+  // This will kick off a reparse, if needed. So the next time we check if
+  // there are unsent messages, the db will be up to date.
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> unsentDB;
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgLocalMailFolder> locFolder(do_QueryInterface(mMessageFolder, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  return locFolder->GetDatabaseWithReparse(aListener, nullptr,
+                                           getter_AddRefs(unsentDB));
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgSendLater::InternalSendMessages(bool aUserInitiated,
+                                     nsIMsgIdentity *aIdentity)
+{
+  if (WeAreOffline())
+    return NS_MSG_ERROR_OFFLINE;
+
+  // Protect against being called whilst we're already sending.
+  if (mSendingMessages)
+  {
+    NS_ERROR("nsMsgSendLater is already sending messages\n");
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  // XXX This code should be set up for multiple unsent folders, however we
+  // don't support that at the moment, so for now just assume one folder.
+  if (!mMessageFolder)
+  {
+    rv = GetUnsentMessagesFolder(nullptr,
+                                 getter_AddRefs(mMessageFolder));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> unsentDB;
+  // Remember these in case we need to reparse the db.
+  mUserInitiated = aUserInitiated;
+  mIdentity = aIdentity;
+  rv = ReparseDBIfNeeded(this);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  mIdentity = nullptr; // don't hold onto the identity since we're a service.
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleEnumerator> enumerator;
+  rv = mMessageFolder->GetMessages(getter_AddRefs(enumerator));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // copy all the elements in the enumerator into our isupports array....
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> currentItem;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> messageHeader;
+  bool hasMoreElements = false;
+  while (NS_SUCCEEDED(enumerator->HasMoreElements(&hasMoreElements)) && hasMoreElements)
+  {
+    rv = enumerator->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(currentItem));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      messageHeader = do_QueryInterface(currentItem, &rv);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      {
+        if (aUserInitiated)
+          // If the user initiated the send, add all messages
+          mMessagesToSend.AppendObject(messageHeader);
+        else
+        {
+          // Else just send those that are NOT marked as Queued.
+          uint32_t flags;
+          rv = messageHeader->GetFlags(&flags);
+          if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !(flags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Queued))
+            mMessagesToSend.AppendObject(messageHeader);
+        }  
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  // Now get an enumerator for our array.
+  rv = NS_NewArrayEnumerator(getter_AddRefs(mEnumerator), mMessagesToSend);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // We're now sending messages so its time to signal that and reset our counts.
+  mSendingMessages = true;
+  mTotalSentSuccessfully = 0;
+  mTotalSendCount = 0;
+
+  // Notify the listeners that we are starting a send.
+  NotifyListenersOnStartSending(mMessagesToSend.Count());
+
+  return StartNextMailFileSend(NS_OK);
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgSendLater::SetOrigMsgDisposition()
+{
+  if (!mMessage)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  // We're finished sending a queued message. We need to look at mMessage 
+  // and see if we need to set replied/forwarded
+  // flags for the original message that this message might be a reply to
+  // or forward of.
+  nsCString originalMsgURIs;
+  nsCString queuedDisposition;
+  mMessage->GetStringProperty(ORIG_URI_PROPERTY, getter_Copies(originalMsgURIs));
+  mMessage->GetStringProperty(QUEUED_DISPOSITION_PROPERTY, getter_Copies(queuedDisposition));
+  if (!queuedDisposition.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    nsTArray<nsCString> uriArray;
+    ParseString(originalMsgURIs, ',', uriArray);
+    for (uint32_t i = 0; i < uriArray.Length(); i++)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+      nsresult rv = GetMsgDBHdrFromURI(uriArray[i].get(), getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+      if (msgHdr)
+      {
+        // get the folder for the message resource
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> msgFolder;
+        msgHdr->GetFolder(getter_AddRefs(msgFolder));
+        if (msgFolder)
+        {
+          nsMsgDispositionState dispositionSetting = nsIMsgFolder::nsMsgDispositionState_Replied;
+          if (queuedDisposition.Equals("forwarded"))
+            dispositionSetting = nsIMsgFolder::nsMsgDispositionState_Forwarded;
+          
+          msgFolder->AddMessageDispositionState(msgHdr, dispositionSetting);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgSendLater::DeleteCurrentMessage()
+{
+  if (!mMessage)
+  {
+    NS_ERROR("nsMsgSendLater: Attempt to delete an already deleted message");
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  // Get the composition fields interface
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> msgArray(do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID));
+  if (!msgArray)
+    return NS_ERROR_FACTORY_NOT_LOADED;
+
+  if (!mMessageFolder)
+    return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+
+  msgArray->InsertElementAt(mMessage, 0, false);
+
+  nsresult res = mMessageFolder->DeleteMessages(msgArray, nullptr, true, false, nullptr, false /*allowUndo*/);
+  if (NS_FAILED(res))
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  // Null out the message so we don't try and delete it again.
+  mMessage = nullptr;
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+//
+// This function parses the headers, and also deletes from the header block
+// any headers which should not be delivered in mail, regardless of whether
+// they were present in the queue file.  Such headers include: BCC, FCC,
+// Sender, X-Mozilla-Status, X-Mozilla-News-Host, and Content-Length.
+// (Content-Length is for the disk file only, and must not be allowed to
+// escape onto the network, since it depends on the local linebreak
+// representation.  Arguably, we could allow Lines to escape, but it's not
+// required by NNTP.)
+//
+nsresult
+nsMsgSendLater::BuildHeaders()
+{
+  char *buf = m_headers;
+  char *buf_end = buf + m_headersFP;
+
+  PR_FREEIF(m_to);
+  PR_FREEIF(m_bcc);
+  PR_FREEIF(m_newsgroups);
+  PR_FREEIF(m_newshost);
+  PR_FREEIF(m_fcc);
+  PR_FREEIF(mIdentityKey);
+  PR_FREEIF(mAccountKey);
+  m_flags = 0;
+
+  while (buf < buf_end)
+  {
+    bool prune_p = false;
+    bool do_flags_p = false;
+    char *colon = PL_strchr(buf, ':');
+    char *end;
+    char *value = 0;
+    char **header = 0;
+    char *header_start = buf;
+
+    if (! colon)
+      break;
+
+    end = colon;
+    while (end > buf && (*end == ' ' || *end == '\t'))
+      end--;
+
+    switch (buf [0])
+    {
+    case 'B': case 'b':
+      if (!PL_strncasecmp ("BCC", buf, end - buf))
+      {
+        header = &m_bcc;
+        prune_p = true;
+      }
+      break;
+    case 'C': case 'c':
+      if (!PL_strncasecmp ("CC", buf, end - buf))
+      header = &m_to;
+      else if (!PL_strncasecmp (HEADER_CONTENT_LENGTH, buf, end - buf))
+      prune_p = true;
+      break;
+    case 'F': case 'f':
+      if (!PL_strncasecmp ("FCC", buf, end - buf))
+      {
+        header = &m_fcc;
+        prune_p = true;
+      }
+      break;
+    case 'L': case 'l':
+      if (!PL_strncasecmp ("Lines", buf, end - buf))
+      prune_p = true;
+      break;
+    case 'N': case 'n':
+      if (!PL_strncasecmp ("Newsgroups", buf, end - buf))
+        header = &m_newsgroups;
+      break;
+    case 'S': case 's':
+      if (!PL_strncasecmp ("Sender", buf, end - buf))
+      prune_p = true;
+      break;
+    case 'T': case 't':
+      if (!PL_strncasecmp ("To", buf, end - buf))
+      header = &m_to;
+      break;
+    case 'X': case 'x':
+      {
+        if (buf + strlen(HEADER_X_MOZILLA_STATUS2) == end &&
+          !PL_strncasecmp(HEADER_X_MOZILLA_STATUS2, buf, end - buf))
+          prune_p = true;
+        else if (buf + strlen(HEADER_X_MOZILLA_STATUS) == end &&
+          !PL_strncasecmp(HEADER_X_MOZILLA_STATUS, buf, end - buf))
+          prune_p = do_flags_p = true;
+        else if (!PL_strncasecmp(HEADER_X_MOZILLA_DRAFT_INFO, buf, end - buf))
+          prune_p = true;
+        else if (!PL_strncasecmp(HEADER_X_MOZILLA_KEYWORDS, buf, end - buf))
+          prune_p = true;
+        else if (!PL_strncasecmp(HEADER_X_MOZILLA_NEWSHOST, buf, end - buf))
+        {
+          prune_p = true;
+          header = &m_newshost;
+        }
+        else if (!PL_strncasecmp(HEADER_X_MOZILLA_IDENTITY_KEY, buf, end - buf))
+        {
+          prune_p = true;
+          header = &mIdentityKey;
+        }
+        else if (!PL_strncasecmp(HEADER_X_MOZILLA_ACCOUNT_KEY, buf, end - buf))
+        {
+          prune_p = true;
+          header = &mAccountKey;
+        }
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+
+    buf = colon + 1;
+    while (*buf == ' ' || *buf == '\t')
+    buf++;
+
+    value = buf;
+
+SEARCH_NEWLINE:
+    while (*buf != 0 && *buf != '\r' && *buf != '\n')
+      buf++;
+
+    if (buf+1 >= buf_end)
+      ;
+    // If "\r\n " or "\r\n\t" is next, that doesn't terminate the header.
+    else if (buf+2 < buf_end &&
+         (buf[0] == '\r'  && buf[1] == '\n') &&
+         (buf[2] == ' ' || buf[2] == '\t'))
+    {
+      buf += 3;
+      goto SEARCH_NEWLINE;
+    }
+    // If "\r " or "\r\t" or "\n " or "\n\t" is next, that doesn't terminate
+    // the header either. 
+    else if ((buf[0] == '\r'  || buf[0] == '\n') &&
+         (buf[1] == ' ' || buf[1] == '\t'))
+    {
+      buf += 2;
+      goto SEARCH_NEWLINE;
+    }
+
+    if (header)
+    {
+      int L = buf - value;
+      if (*header)
+      {
+        char *newh = (char*) PR_Realloc ((*header),
+                         PL_strlen(*header) + L + 10);
+        if (!newh) return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+        *header = newh;
+        newh = (*header) + PL_strlen (*header);
+        *newh++ = ',';
+        *newh++ = ' ';
+        memcpy(newh, value, L);
+        newh [L] = 0;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        *header = (char *) PR_Malloc(L+1);
+        if (!*header) return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+        memcpy((*header), value, L);
+        (*header)[L] = 0;
+      }
+    }
+    else if (do_flags_p)
+    {
+      char *s = value;
+      PR_ASSERT(*s != ' ' && *s != '\t');
+      NS_ASSERTION(MsgIsHex(s, 4), "Expected 4 hex digits for flags.");
+      m_flags = MsgUnhex(s, 4);
+    }
+
+    if (*buf == '\r' || *buf == '\n')
+    {
+      if (*buf == '\r' && buf[1] == '\n')
+      buf++;
+      buf++;
+    }
+
+    if (prune_p)
+    {
+      char *to = header_start;
+      char *from = buf;
+      while (from < buf_end)
+      *to++ = *from++;
+      buf = header_start;
+      buf_end = to;
+      m_headersFP = buf_end - m_headers;
+    }
+  }
+
+  m_headers[m_headersFP++] = '\r';
+  m_headers[m_headersFP++] = '\n';
+
+  // Now we have parsed out all of the headers we need and we 
+  // can proceed.
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+DoGrowBuffer(int32_t desired_size, int32_t element_size, int32_t quantum,
+            char **buffer, int32_t *size)
+{
+  if (*size <= desired_size)
+  {
+    char *new_buf;
+    int32_t increment = desired_size - *size;
+    if (increment < quantum) // always grow by a minimum of N bytes 
+      increment = quantum;
+    
+    new_buf = (*buffer
+                ? (char *) PR_Realloc (*buffer, (*size + increment)
+                * (element_size / sizeof(char)))
+                : (char *) PR_Malloc ((*size + increment)
+                * (element_size / sizeof(char))));
+    if (! new_buf)
+      return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+    *buffer = new_buf;
+    *size += increment;
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+#define do_grow_headers(desired_size) \
+  (((desired_size) >= m_headersSize) ? \
+   DoGrowBuffer ((desired_size), sizeof(char), 1024, \
+           &m_headers, &m_headersSize) \
+   : NS_OK)
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgSendLater::DeliverQueuedLine(char *line, int32_t length)
+{
+  int32_t flength = length;
+  
+  m_bytesRead += length;
+  
+// convert existing newline to CRLF 
+// Don't need this because the calling routine is taking care of it.
+//  if (length > 0 && (line[length-1] == '\r' || 
+//     (line[length-1] == '\n' && (length < 2 || line[length-2] != '\r'))))
+//  {
+//    line[length-1] = '\r';
+//    line[length++] = '\n';
+//  }
+//
+  //
+  // We are going to check if we are looking at a "From - " line. If so, 
+  // then just eat it and return NS_OK
+  //
+  if (!PL_strncasecmp(line, "From - ", 7))
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  if (m_inhead)
+  {
+    if (m_headersPosition == 0)
+    {
+      // This line is the first line in a header block.
+      // Remember its position.
+      m_headersPosition = m_position;
+      
+      // Also, since we're now processing the headers, clear out the
+      // slots which we will parse data into, so that the values that
+      // were used the last time around do not persist.
+      
+      // We must do that here, and not in the previous clause of this
+      // `else' (the "I've just seen a `From ' line clause") because
+      // that clause happens before delivery of the previous message is
+      // complete, whereas this clause happens after the previous msg
+      // has been delivered.  If we did this up there, then only the
+      // last message in the folder would ever be able to be both
+      // mailed and posted (or fcc'ed.)
+      PR_FREEIF(m_to);
+      PR_FREEIF(m_bcc);
+      PR_FREEIF(m_newsgroups);
+      PR_FREEIF(m_newshost);
+      PR_FREEIF(m_fcc);
+      PR_FREEIF(mIdentityKey);
+    }
+    
+    if (line[0] == '\r' || line[0] == '\n' || line[0] == 0)
+    {
+      // End of headers.  Now parse them; open the temp file;
+      // and write the appropriate subset of the headers out. 
+      m_inhead = false;
+
+      nsresult rv = MsgNewBufferedFileOutputStream(getter_AddRefs(mOutFile), mTempFile, -1, 00600);
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        return NS_MSG_ERROR_WRITING_FILE;
+
+      nsresult status = BuildHeaders();
+      if (NS_FAILED(status))
+        return status;
+
+      uint32_t n;
+      rv = mOutFile->Write(m_headers, m_headersFP, &n);
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv) || n != (uint32_t)m_headersFP)
+        return NS_MSG_ERROR_WRITING_FILE;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      // Otherwise, this line belongs to a header.  So append it to the
+      // header data.
+      
+      if (!PL_strncasecmp (line, HEADER_X_MOZILLA_STATUS, PL_strlen(HEADER_X_MOZILLA_STATUS)))
+        // Notice the position of the flags.
+        m_flagsPosition = m_position;
+      else if (m_headersFP == 0)
+        m_flagsPosition = 0;
+      
+      nsresult status = do_grow_headers (length + m_headersFP + 10);
+      if (NS_FAILED(status)) 
+        return status;
+      
+      memcpy(m_headers + m_headersFP, line, length);
+      m_headersFP += length;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    // This is a body line.  Write it to the file.
+    PR_ASSERT(mOutFile);
+    if (mOutFile)
+    {
+      uint32_t wrote;
+      nsresult rv = mOutFile->Write(line, length, &wrote);
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv) || wrote < (uint32_t) length) 
+        return NS_MSG_ERROR_WRITING_FILE;
+    }
+  }
+  
+  m_position += flength;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgSendLater::AddListener(nsIMsgSendLaterListener *aListener)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aListener);
+  mListenerArray.AppendElement(aListener);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgSendLater::RemoveListener(nsIMsgSendLaterListener *aListener)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aListener);
+  return mListenerArray.RemoveElement(aListener) ? NS_OK : NS_ERROR_INVALID_ARG;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgSendLater::GetSendingMessages(bool *aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+  *aResult = mSendingMessages;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+#define NOTIFY_LISTENERS(propertyfunc_, params_) \
+  PR_BEGIN_MACRO                                 \
+  nsTObserverArray<nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgSendLaterListener> >::ForwardIterator iter(mListenerArray); \
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgSendLaterListener> listener;    \
+  while (iter.HasMore()) {                       \
+    listener = iter.GetNext();                   \
+    listener->propertyfunc_ params_;             \
+  }                                              \
+  PR_END_MACRO
+
+void
+nsMsgSendLater::NotifyListenersOnStartSending(uint32_t aTotalMessageCount)
+{
+  NOTIFY_LISTENERS(OnStartSending, (aTotalMessageCount));
+}
+
+void
+nsMsgSendLater::NotifyListenersOnMessageStartSending(uint32_t aCurrentMessage,
+                                                     uint32_t aTotalMessage,
+                                                     nsIMsgIdentity *aIdentity)
+{
+  NOTIFY_LISTENERS(OnMessageStartSending, (aCurrentMessage, aTotalMessage,
+                                           mMessage, aIdentity));
+}
+
+void
+nsMsgSendLater::NotifyListenersOnProgress(uint32_t aCurrentMessage,
+                                          uint32_t aTotalMessage,
+                                          uint32_t aSendPercent,
+                                          uint32_t aCopyPercent)
+{
+  NOTIFY_LISTENERS(OnMessageSendProgress, (aCurrentMessage, aTotalMessage,
+                                           aSendPercent, aCopyPercent));
+}
+
+void
+nsMsgSendLater::NotifyListenersOnMessageSendError(uint32_t aCurrentMessage,
+                                                  nsresult aStatus,
+                                                  const char16_t *aMsg)
+{
+  NOTIFY_LISTENERS(OnMessageSendError, (aCurrentMessage, mMessage,
+                                        aStatus, aMsg));
+}
+
+/**
+ * This function is called to end sending of messages, it resets the send later
+ * system and notifies the relevant parties that we have finished.
+ */
+void
+nsMsgSendLater::EndSendMessages(nsresult aStatus, const char16_t *aMsg,
+                                uint32_t aTotalTried, uint32_t aSuccessful)
+{
+  // Catch-all, we may have had an issue sending, so we may not be calling
+  // StartNextMailFileSend to fully finish the sending. Therefore set
+  // mSendingMessages to false here so that we don't think we're still trying
+  // to send messages
+  mSendingMessages = false;
+
+  // Clear out our array of messages.
+  mMessagesToSend.Clear();
+
+  // We don't need to keep hold of the database now we've finished sending.
+  (void)mMessageFolder->SetMsgDatabase(nullptr);
+
+  // or the enumerator, temp file or output stream
+  mEnumerator = nullptr;
+  mTempFile = nullptr;
+  mOutFile = nullptr;  
+
+  NOTIFY_LISTENERS(OnStopSending, (aStatus, aMsg, aTotalTried, aSuccessful));
+
+  // If we've got a shutdown listener, notify it that we've finished.
+  if (mShutdownListener)
+  {
+    mShutdownListener->OnStopRunningUrl(nullptr, NS_OK);
+    mShutdownListener = nullptr;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Called when the send part of sending a message is finished. This will set up
+ * for the next step or "end" depending on the status.
+ *
+ * @param aStatus  The success or fail result of the send step.
+ * @return         True if the copy process will continue, false otherwise.
+ */
+bool
+nsMsgSendLater::OnSendStepFinished(nsresult aStatus)
+{
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(aStatus))
+  {
+    SetOrigMsgDisposition();
+    DeleteCurrentMessage();
+
+    // Send finished, so that is now 100%, copy to proceed...
+    NotifyListenersOnProgress(mTotalSendCount, mMessagesToSend.Count(), 100, 0);
+
+    ++mTotalSentSuccessfully;
+    return true;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    // XXX we don't currently get a message string from the send service.
+    NotifyListenersOnMessageSendError(mTotalSendCount, aStatus, nullptr);
+    nsresult rv = StartNextMailFileSend(aStatus);
+    // if this is the last message we're sending, we should report
+    // the status failure.
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      EndSendMessages(rv, nullptr, mTotalSendCount, mTotalSentSuccessfully);
+  }
+  return false;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Called when the copy part of sending a message is finished. This will send
+ * the next message or handle failure as appropriate.
+ *
+ * @param aStatus  The success or fail result of the copy step.
+ */
+void
+nsMsgSendLater::OnCopyStepFinished(nsresult aStatus)
+{
+  // Regardless of the success of the copy we will still keep trying
+  // to send the rest...
+  nsresult rv = StartNextMailFileSend(aStatus);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    EndSendMessages(rv, nullptr, mTotalSendCount, mTotalSentSuccessfully);
+}
+
+// XXX todo
+// maybe this should just live in the account manager?
+nsresult
+nsMsgSendLater::GetIdentityFromKey(const char *aKey, nsIMsgIdentity  **aIdentity)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aIdentity);
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccountManager> accountManager = 
+    do_GetService(NS_MSGACCOUNTMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  if (aKey)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIArray> identities;
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(accountManager->GetAllIdentities(getter_AddRefs(identities))))
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIdentity> lookupIdentity;
+      uint32_t count = 0;
+
+      identities->GetLength(&count);
+      for (uint32_t i = 0; i < count; i++)
+      {
+        lookupIdentity = do_QueryElementAt(identities, i, &rv);
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+          continue;
+
+        nsCString key;
+        lookupIdentity->GetKey(key);
+        if (key.Equals(aKey))
+        {
+          NS_IF_ADDREF(*aIdentity = lookupIdentity);
+          return NS_OK;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  // if no aKey, or we failed to find the identity from the key
+  // use the identity from the default account.
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccount> defaultAccount;
+  rv = accountManager->GetDefaultAccount(getter_AddRefs(defaultAccount));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  
+  rv = defaultAccount->GetDefaultIdentity(aIdentity);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgSendLater::OnItemAdded(nsIMsgFolder *aParentItem, nsISupports *aItem)
+{
+  // No need to trigger if timer is already set
+  if (mTimerSet)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  // XXX only trigger for non-queued headers
+
+  // Items from this function return NS_OK because the callee won't care about
+  // the result anyway.
+  nsresult rv;
+  if (!mTimer)
+  {
+    mTimer = do_CreateInstance("@mozilla.org/timer;1", &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, NS_OK);
+  }
+
+  rv = mTimer->Init(static_cast<nsIObserver*>(this), kInitialMessageSendTime,
+                    nsITimer::TYPE_ONE_SHOT);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, NS_OK);
+
+  mTimerSet = true;
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgSendLater::OnItemRemoved(nsIMsgFolder *aParentItem, nsISupports *aItem)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgSendLater::OnItemPropertyChanged(nsIMsgFolder *aItem, nsIAtom *aProperty,
+                                      const char* aOldValue,
+                                      const char* aNewValue)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgSendLater::OnItemIntPropertyChanged(nsIMsgFolder *aItem, nsIAtom *aProperty,
+                                         int64_t aOldValue, int64_t aNewValue)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgSendLater::OnItemBoolPropertyChanged(nsIMsgFolder *aItem, nsIAtom *aProperty,
+                                          bool aOldValue, bool aNewValue)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgSendLater::OnItemUnicharPropertyChanged(nsIMsgFolder *aItem,
+                                             nsIAtom *aProperty,
+                                             const char16_t* aOldValue,
+                                             const char16_t* aNewValue)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgSendLater::OnItemPropertyFlagChanged(nsIMsgDBHdr *aItem, nsIAtom *aProperty,
+                                          uint32_t aOldValue, uint32_t aNewValue)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgSendLater::OnItemEvent(nsIMsgFolder* aItem, nsIAtom *aEvent)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgSendLater::GetNeedsToRunTask(bool *aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+  *aResult = mSendingMessages;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgSendLater::DoShutdownTask(nsIUrlListener *aListener, nsIMsgWindow *aWindow,
+                               bool *aResult)
+{
+  if (mTimer)
+    mTimer->Cancel();
+  // If we're already sending messages, nothing to do, but save the shutdown
+  // listener until we've finished.
+  if (mSendingMessages)
+  {
+    mShutdownListener = aListener;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  // Else we have pending messages, we need to throw up a dialog to find out
+  // if to send them or not.
+
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgSendLater::GetCurrentTaskName(nsAString &aResult)
+{
+  // XXX Bug 440794 will localize this, left as non-localized whilst we decide
+  // on the actual strings and try out the UI.
+  aResult = NS_LITERAL_STRING("Sending Messages");
+  return NS_OK;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/compose/src/nsMsgSendLater.h b/mailnews/compose/src/nsMsgSendLater.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..734396acc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/compose/src/nsMsgSendLater.h
@@ -0,0 +1,144 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _nsMsgSendLater_H_
+#define _nsMsgSendLater_H_
+
+#include "nsCOMArray.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolder.h"
+#include "nsIMsgSendListener.h"
+#include "nsIMsgSendLaterListener.h"
+#include "nsIMsgSendLater.h"
+#include "nsIMsgStatusFeedback.h"
+#include "nsTObserverArray.h"
+#include "nsIObserver.h"
+#include "nsITimer.h"
+#include "nsIMsgShutdown.h"
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// This is the listener class for the send operation. We have to create this class 
+// to listen for message send completion and eventually notify the caller
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+class nsMsgSendLater;
+
+class SendOperationListener : public nsIMsgSendListener,
+                              public nsIMsgCopyServiceListener
+{
+public:
+  SendOperationListener(nsMsgSendLater *aSendLater);
+
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGSENDLISTENER
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGCOPYSERVICELISTENER
+
+private:
+  virtual ~SendOperationListener();
+  nsMsgSendLater *mSendLater;
+};
+
+class nsMsgSendLater: public nsIMsgSendLater,
+                      public nsIFolderListener,
+                      public nsIObserver,
+                      public nsIUrlListener,
+                      public nsIMsgShutdownTask
+
+{
+public:
+  nsMsgSendLater();
+  nsresult Init();
+
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGSENDLATER
+  NS_DECL_NSIFOLDERLISTENER
+  NS_DECL_NSISTREAMLISTENER
+  NS_DECL_NSIREQUESTOBSERVER
+  NS_DECL_NSIOBSERVER
+  NS_DECL_NSIURLLISTENER
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGSHUTDOWNTASK
+
+  // Methods needed for implementing interface...
+  nsresult                  StartNextMailFileSend(nsresult prevStatus);
+  nsresult                  CompleteMailFileSend();
+
+  nsresult                  DeleteCurrentMessage();
+  nsresult                  SetOrigMsgDisposition();
+  // Necessary for creating a valid list of recipients
+  nsresult                  BuildHeaders();
+  nsresult                  DeliverQueuedLine(char *line, int32_t length);
+  nsresult                  RebufferLeftovers(char *startBuf,  uint32_t aLen);
+  nsresult                  BuildNewBuffer(const char* aBuf, uint32_t aCount, uint32_t *totalBufSize);
+
+  // methods for listener array processing...
+  void NotifyListenersOnStartSending(uint32_t aTotalMessageCount);
+  void NotifyListenersOnMessageStartSending(uint32_t aCurrentMessage,
+                                            uint32_t aTotalMessage,
+                                            nsIMsgIdentity *aIdentity);
+  void NotifyListenersOnProgress(uint32_t aCurrentMessage,
+                                 uint32_t aTotalMessage,
+                                 uint32_t aSendPercent,
+                                 uint32_t aCopyPercent);
+  void NotifyListenersOnMessageSendError(uint32_t aCurrentMessage,
+                                         nsresult aStatus,
+                                         const char16_t *aMsg);
+  void EndSendMessages(nsresult aStatus, const char16_t *aMsg, 
+                       uint32_t aTotalTried, uint32_t aSuccessful);
+
+  bool OnSendStepFinished(nsresult aStatus);
+  void OnCopyStepFinished(nsresult aStatus);
+
+  // counters and things for enumeration 
+  uint32_t                  mTotalSentSuccessfully;
+  uint32_t                  mTotalSendCount;
+  nsCOMArray<nsIMsgDBHdr> mMessagesToSend;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleEnumerator> mEnumerator;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder>    mMessageFolder;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgStatusFeedback> mFeedback;
+ 
+  // Private Information
+private:
+  virtual ~nsMsgSendLater();
+  nsresult GetIdentityFromKey(const char *aKey, nsIMsgIdentity **aIdentity);
+  nsresult ReparseDBIfNeeded(nsIUrlListener *aListener);
+  nsresult InternalSendMessages(bool aUserInitiated,
+                                nsIMsgIdentity *aIdentity);
+
+  nsTObserverArray<nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgSendLaterListener> > mListenerArray;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> mMessage;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsITimer> mTimer;
+  bool mTimerSet;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIUrlListener> mShutdownListener;
+
+  //
+  // File output stuff...
+  //
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile>         mTempFile;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIOutputStream> mOutFile;
+
+  // For building headers and stream parsing...
+  char                      *m_to;
+  char                      *m_bcc;
+  char                      *m_fcc;
+  char                      *m_newsgroups;
+  char                      *m_newshost;
+  char                      *m_headers;
+  int32_t                   m_flags;
+  int32_t                   m_headersFP;
+  bool                      m_inhead;
+  int32_t                   m_headersPosition;
+  int32_t                   m_bytesRead;
+  int32_t                   m_position;
+  int32_t                   m_flagsPosition;
+  int32_t                   m_headersSize;
+  char                      *mLeftoverBuffer;
+  char                      *mIdentityKey;
+  char                      *mAccountKey;
+
+  bool mSendingMessages;
+  bool mUserInitiated;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIdentity> mIdentity;
+};
+
+
+#endif /* _nsMsgSendLater_H_ */
diff --git a/mailnews/compose/src/nsMsgSendPart.cpp b/mailnews/compose/src/nsMsgSendPart.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a33dabf33
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/compose/src/nsMsgSendPart.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,779 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+#include "nsMsgLocalFolderHdrs.h"
+#include "nsMsgSend.h"
+#include "nsMsgSendPart.h"
+#include "nsIMimeConverter.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsIComponentManager.h"
+#include "nsMsgI18N.h"
+#include "nsMsgCompUtils.h"
+#include "nsMsgMimeCID.h"
+#include "nsMimeTypes.h"
+#include "prmem.h"
+#include "nsMsgPrompts.h"
+#include "nsNativeCharsetUtils.h"
+#include "nsNetUtil.h"
+#include "nsISeekableStream.h"
+#include "nsReadLine.h"
+#include "nsILineInputStream.h"
+#include "nsComposeStrings.h"
+#include "mozilla/mailnews/MimeEncoder.h"
+
+static char *mime_mailto_stream_read_buffer = 0;
+
+int32_t nsMsgSendPart::M_counter = 0;
+
+nsMsgSendPart::nsMsgSendPart(nsIMsgSend* state, const char *part_charset)
+{
+  PL_strncpy(m_charset_name, (part_charset ? part_charset : "UTF-8"), sizeof(m_charset_name)-1);
+  m_charset_name[sizeof(m_charset_name)-1] = '\0';
+  m_children = nullptr;
+  m_numchildren = 0;
+  // if we're not added as a child, the default part number will be "1".
+  m_partNum = "1";
+  SetMimeDeliveryState(state);
+
+  m_parent = nullptr;
+  m_buffer = nullptr;
+  m_type = nullptr;
+  m_other = nullptr;
+  m_strip_sensitive_headers = false;
+  
+  m_firstBlock = false;
+  m_needIntlConversion = false;
+  
+  m_mainpart = false;
+  m_just_hit_CR = false;
+}
+
+
+nsMsgSendPart::~nsMsgSendPart()
+{
+  for (int i=0 ; i < m_numchildren; i++)
+    delete m_children[i];
+
+  delete [] m_children;
+    PR_FREEIF(m_buffer);
+  PR_FREEIF(m_other);
+  PR_FREEIF(m_type);
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgSendPart::CopyString(char** dest, const char* src)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(src, "src null");
+  
+  PR_FREEIF(*dest);
+  if (!src)
+    *dest = PL_strdup("");
+  else
+    *dest = PL_strdup(src);
+  
+  return *dest? NS_OK : NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+}
+
+
+nsresult nsMsgSendPart::SetFile(nsIFile *file)
+{
+  m_file = file;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+nsresult nsMsgSendPart::SetBuffer(const char* buffer)
+{
+  PR_FREEIF(m_buffer);
+  return CopyString(&m_buffer, buffer);
+}
+
+
+nsresult nsMsgSendPart::SetType(const char* type)
+{
+  PR_FREEIF(m_type);
+  m_type = PL_strdup(type);
+  return m_type ? NS_OK : NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+}
+
+
+nsresult nsMsgSendPart::SetOtherHeaders(const char* other)
+{
+  return CopyString(&m_other, other);
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgSendPart::SetMimeDeliveryState(nsIMsgSend *state)
+{
+  m_state = state;
+  if (GetNumChildren() > 0)
+  {
+    for (int i = 0; i < GetNumChildren(); i++)
+    {
+      nsMsgSendPart *part = GetChild(i);
+      if (part) 
+        part->SetMimeDeliveryState(state);
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgSendPart::AppendOtherHeaders(const char* more)
+{
+  if (!m_other)
+    return SetOtherHeaders(more);
+
+  if (!more || !*more)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  char* tmp = (char *) PR_Malloc(sizeof(char) * (PL_strlen(m_other) + PL_strlen(more) + 2));
+  if (!tmp)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+  PL_strcpy(tmp, m_other);
+  PL_strcat(tmp, more);
+  PR_FREEIF(m_other);
+  m_other = tmp;
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+nsresult nsMsgSendPart::SetMainPart(bool value)
+{
+  m_mainpart = value;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgSendPart::AddChild(nsMsgSendPart* child)
+{
+  m_numchildren++;
+  nsMsgSendPart** tmp = new nsMsgSendPart* [m_numchildren];
+  if (tmp == nullptr) return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+  for (int i=0 ; i<m_numchildren-1 ; i++) {
+    tmp[i] = m_children[i];
+  }
+  delete [] m_children;
+  m_children = tmp;
+  m_children[m_numchildren - 1] = child;
+  child->m_parent = this;
+  nsCString partNum(m_partNum);
+  partNum.Append(".");
+  partNum.AppendInt(m_numchildren);
+  child->m_partNum = partNum;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsMsgSendPart * nsMsgSendPart::DetachChild(int32_t whichOne)
+{
+  nsMsgSendPart *returnValue = nullptr;
+  
+  NS_ASSERTION(whichOne >= 0 && whichOne < m_numchildren, "parameter out of range");
+  if (whichOne >= 0 && whichOne < m_numchildren) 
+  {
+    returnValue = m_children[whichOne];
+    
+    if (m_numchildren > 1)
+    {
+      nsMsgSendPart** tmp = new nsMsgSendPart* [m_numchildren-1];
+      if (tmp != nullptr) 
+      {
+        // move all the other kids over
+        for (int i=0 ; i<m_numchildren-1 ; i++) 
+        {
+          if (i >= whichOne)
+            tmp[i] = m_children[i+1];
+          else
+            tmp[i] = m_children[i];
+        }
+        delete [] m_children;
+        m_children = tmp;
+        m_numchildren--;
+      }
+    }
+    else 
+    {
+      delete [] m_children;
+      m_children = nullptr;
+      m_numchildren = 0;
+    }
+  }
+  
+  if (returnValue)
+    returnValue->m_parent = nullptr;
+  
+  return returnValue;
+}
+
+nsMsgSendPart* nsMsgSendPart::GetChild(int32_t which)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(which >= 0 && which < m_numchildren, "parameter out of range");
+  if (which >= 0 && which < m_numchildren) {
+    return m_children[which];
+  }
+  return nullptr;
+}
+
+
+
+nsresult nsMsgSendPart::PushBody(const char* buffer, int32_t length)
+{
+  nsresult status = NS_OK;
+  const char* encoded_data = buffer;
+
+  if (m_encoder)
+  {
+    status = m_encoder->Write(encoded_data, length);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    // Merely translate all linebreaks to CRLF.
+    const char *in = encoded_data;
+    const char *end = in + length;
+    char *buffer, *out;
+
+
+    buffer = mime_get_stream_write_buffer();
+    // XXX -1 is not a valid nsresult
+    NS_ENSURE_TRUE(buffer, static_cast<nsresult>(-1));
+
+    NS_ASSERTION(encoded_data != buffer, "encoded_data == buffer");
+    out = buffer;
+
+    for (; in < end; in++) {
+      if (m_just_hit_CR) {
+        m_just_hit_CR = false;
+        if (*in == '\n') {
+          // The last thing we wrote was a CRLF from hitting a CR.
+          // So, we don't want to do anything from a following LF;
+          // we want to ignore it.
+          continue;
+        }
+      }
+      if (*in == '\r' || *in == '\n') {
+        /* Write out the newline. */
+        *out++ = '\r';
+        *out++ = '\n';
+        
+        status = mime_write_message_body(m_state, buffer,
+          out - buffer);
+        if (NS_FAILED(status)) return status;
+        out = buffer;
+        
+        if (*in == '\r') {
+          m_just_hit_CR = true;
+        }
+        
+        out = buffer;
+      } else {
+        
+      /*  Fix for bug #95985. We can't assume that all lines are shorter
+      than 4096 chars (MIME_BUFFER_SIZE), so we need to test
+      for this here. sfraser.
+        */
+        if (out - buffer >= MIME_BUFFER_SIZE)
+        {
+          status = mime_write_message_body(m_state, buffer, out - buffer);
+          if (NS_FAILED(status)) return status;
+          
+          out = buffer;
+        }
+        
+        *out++ = *in;
+      }
+    }
+    
+    /* Flush the last line. */
+    if (out > buffer) {
+      status = mime_write_message_body(m_state, buffer, out - buffer);
+      if (NS_FAILED(status)) return status;
+      out = buffer;
+    }
+  }
+  
+  if (encoded_data && encoded_data != buffer) {
+    PR_Free((char *) encoded_data);
+  }
+  
+  return status;
+}
+
+
+/* Partition the headers into those which apply to the message as a whole;
+those which apply to the message's contents; and the Content-Type header
+itself.  (This relies on the fact that all body-related headers begin with
+"Content-".)
+
+  (How many header parsers are in this program now?)
+  */
+static nsresult
+divide_content_headers(const char *headers,
+                        char **message_headers,
+                        char **content_headers,
+                        char **content_type_header)
+{
+    const char *tail;
+    char *message_tail, *content_tail, *type_tail;
+    int L = 0;
+    if (headers)
+      L = PL_strlen(headers);
+    
+    if (L == 0)
+      return NS_OK;
+    
+    *message_headers = (char *)PR_Malloc(L+1);
+    if (!*message_headers)
+      return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+    
+    *content_headers = (char *)PR_Malloc(L+1);
+    if (!*content_headers) {
+      PR_Free(*message_headers);
+      return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+    }
+    
+    *content_type_header = (char *)PR_Malloc(L+1);
+    if (!*content_type_header) {
+      PR_Free(*message_headers);
+      PR_Free(*content_headers);
+      return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+    }
+    
+    message_tail = *message_headers;
+    content_tail = *content_headers;
+    type_tail    = *content_type_header;
+    tail = headers;
+    
+    while (*tail)
+    {
+      const char *head = tail;
+      char **out;
+      while(true) {
+      /* Loop until we reach a newline that is not followed by whitespace.
+        */
+        if (tail[0] == 0 ||
+          ((tail[0] == '\r' || tail[0] == '\n') &&
+          !(tail[1] == ' ' || tail[1] == '\t' || tail[1] == '\n')))
+        {
+          /* Swallow the whole newline. */
+          if (tail[0] == '\r' && tail[1] == '\n')
+            tail++;
+          if (*tail)
+            tail++;
+          break;
+        }
+        tail++;
+      }
+      
+      /* Decide which block this header goes into.
+      */
+      if (!PL_strncasecmp(head, "Content-Type:", 13))
+        out = &type_tail;
+      else
+        if (!PL_strncasecmp(head, "Content-", 8))
+          out = &content_tail;
+        else
+          out = &message_tail;
+        
+        memcpy(*out, head, (tail-head));
+        *out += (tail-head);
+    }
+    
+    *message_tail = 0;
+    *content_tail = 0;
+    *type_tail = 0;
+    
+    if (!**message_headers) {
+      PR_Free(*message_headers);
+      *message_headers = 0;
+    }
+    
+    if (!**content_headers) {
+      PR_Free(*content_headers);
+      *content_headers = 0;
+    }
+    
+    if (!**content_type_header) {
+      PR_Free(*content_type_header);
+      *content_type_header = 0;
+    }
+    
+#ifdef DEBUG
+    // ### mwelch Because of the extreme difficulty we've had with
+    //      duplicate part headers, I'm going to put in an
+    //      ASSERT here which makes sure that no duplicate
+    //      Content-Type or Content-Transfer-Encoding headers
+    //      leave here undetected.
+    const char* tmp;
+    if (*content_type_header) {
+      tmp = PL_strstr(*content_type_header, "Content-Type");
+      if (tmp) {
+        tmp++; // get past the first occurrence
+        NS_ASSERTION(!PL_strstr(tmp, "Content-Type"), "Content-part already present");
+      }
+    }
+    
+    if (*content_headers) {
+      tmp = PL_strstr(*content_headers, "Content-Transfer-Encoding");
+      if (tmp) {
+        tmp++; // get past the first occurrence
+        NS_ASSERTION(!PL_strstr(tmp, "Content-Transfer-Encoding"), "Content-Transfert already present");
+      }
+    }
+#endif // DEBUG
+    
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+#define     SKIP_EMPTY_PART   1966
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgSendPart::Write()
+{
+  nsresult status = NS_OK;
+  char    *separator = nullptr;
+  bool    needToWriteCRLFAfterEncodedBody  = false;
+
+#define PUSHLEN(str, length)                  \
+  do {                            \
+    status = mime_write_message_body(m_state, str, length); \
+    if (NS_FAILED(status)) goto FAIL;                \
+  } while (0)                         \
+
+#define PUSH(str) PUSHLEN(str, PL_strlen(str))
+
+  // rhp: Suppress the output of parts that are empty!
+  if ( (m_parent) &&
+       (m_numchildren == 0) &&
+       ( (!m_buffer) || (!*m_buffer) ) &&
+       (!m_file) &&
+       (!m_mainpart) )
+    // XXX SKIP_EMPTY_PART (= 1966) is not a valid nsresult
+    return static_cast<nsresult>(SKIP_EMPTY_PART);
+
+  if (m_mainpart && m_type && PL_strcmp(m_type, TEXT_HTML) == 0) 
+  {     
+    if (m_file) 
+    {
+      // The "insert HTML links" code requires a memory buffer,
+      // so read the file into memory.
+      NS_ASSERTION(m_buffer == nullptr, "not-null buffer");
+      int32_t           length = 0;
+      int64_t fileSize;
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(m_file->GetFileSize(&fileSize)))
+          length = fileSize;
+      
+      m_buffer = (char *) PR_Malloc(sizeof(char) * (length + 1));
+      if (m_buffer) 
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIInputStream> inputFile;
+        nsresult rv = NS_NewLocalFileInputStream(getter_AddRefs(inputFile), m_file);
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) 
+        {
+          uint32_t bytesRead;
+          rv = inputFile->Read(m_buffer, length, &bytesRead);
+          inputFile->Close();
+          m_buffer[length] = '\0';
+        }
+        else 
+          PR_Free(m_buffer);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  
+  if (m_parent && m_parent->m_type &&
+        !PL_strcasecmp(m_parent->m_type, MULTIPART_DIGEST) &&
+        m_type &&
+        (!PL_strcasecmp(m_type, MESSAGE_RFC822) ||
+        !PL_strcasecmp(m_type, MESSAGE_NEWS))) 
+  {
+    // If we're in a multipart/digest, and this document is of type
+    // message/rfc822, then it's appropriate to emit no headers.
+    //
+  }
+  else 
+  {
+    char *message_headers = 0;
+    char *content_headers = 0;
+    char *content_type_header = 0;
+    status = divide_content_headers(m_other,
+                                    &message_headers,
+                                    &content_headers,
+                                    &content_type_header);
+    if (NS_FAILED(status))
+      goto FAIL;
+    
+      /* First, write out all of the headers that refer to the message
+      itself (From, Subject, MIME-Version, etc.)
+    */
+    if (message_headers) 
+    {
+      PUSH(message_headers);
+      PR_Free(message_headers);
+      message_headers = 0;
+    }
+
+    /* Now allow the crypto library to (potentially) insert some text
+       (it may want to wrap the body in an envelope.)           */
+    if (!m_parent) {
+      status = m_state->BeginCryptoEncapsulation();
+      if (NS_FAILED(status)) goto FAIL;
+    }
+          
+    /* Now make sure there's a Content-Type header.
+    */
+    if (!content_type_header) 
+    {
+      NS_ASSERTION(m_type && *m_type, "null ptr");
+      bool needsCharset = mime_type_needs_charset(m_type ? m_type : TEXT_PLAIN);
+      if (needsCharset) 
+      {
+        content_type_header = PR_smprintf("Content-Type: %s; charset=%s" CRLF,
+                                          (m_type ? m_type : TEXT_PLAIN), m_charset_name);
+      }
+      else
+        content_type_header = PR_smprintf("Content-Type: %s" CRLF,
+                                          (m_type ? m_type : TEXT_PLAIN));
+      if (!content_type_header) 
+      {
+        if (content_headers)
+          PR_Free(content_headers);
+        status = NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+        goto FAIL;
+      }
+    }
+    
+    /* If this is a compound object, tack a boundary string onto the
+    Content-Type header. this
+    */
+    if (m_numchildren > 0)
+    {
+      int L;
+      char *ct2;
+      NS_ASSERTION(m_type, "null ptr");
+
+      if (!separator)
+      {
+        separator = mime_make_separator("");
+        if (!separator)
+        {
+          status = NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+          goto FAIL;
+        }
+      }
+
+      L = PL_strlen(content_type_header);
+      
+      if (content_type_header[L-1] == '\n')
+        content_type_header[--L] = 0;
+      if (content_type_header[L-1] == '\r')
+        content_type_header[--L] = 0;
+      
+      ct2 = PR_smprintf("%s;\r\n boundary=\"%s\"" CRLF, content_type_header, separator);
+      PR_Free(content_type_header);
+      if (!ct2) 
+      {
+        if (content_headers)
+          PR_Free(content_headers);
+        status = NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+        goto FAIL;
+      }
+      
+      content_type_header = ct2;
+    }
+    
+    // Now write out the Content-Type header...
+    NS_ASSERTION(content_type_header && *content_type_header, "null ptr");
+    PUSH(content_type_header);
+    PR_Free(content_type_header);
+    content_type_header = 0;
+    
+    /* ...followed by all of the other headers that refer to the body of
+    the message (Content-Transfer-Encoding, Content-Dispositon, etc.)
+    */
+    if (content_headers) 
+    {
+      PUSH(content_headers);
+      PR_Free(content_headers);
+      content_headers = 0;
+    }
+  }
+
+  PUSH(CRLF);         // A blank line, to mark the end of headers.
+
+  m_firstBlock = true;
+  /* only convert if we need to tag charset */
+  m_needIntlConversion = mime_type_needs_charset(m_type);
+  
+  if (m_buffer) 
+  {
+    status = PushBody(m_buffer, PL_strlen(m_buffer));
+    if (NS_FAILED(status))
+      goto FAIL;
+  }
+  else if (m_file) 
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIInputStream> inputStream;
+    nsresult rv = NS_NewLocalFileInputStream(getter_AddRefs(inputStream), m_file);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    {
+      // mysteriously disappearing?
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgSendReport> sendReport;
+      m_state->GetSendReport(getter_AddRefs(sendReport));
+      if (sendReport)
+      {
+        nsAutoString error_msg;
+        nsMsgBuildMessageWithTmpFile(m_file, error_msg);
+        sendReport->SetMessage(nsIMsgSendReport::process_Current, error_msg.get(), false);
+      }
+      status = NS_MSG_UNABLE_TO_OPEN_TMP_FILE;
+      goto FAIL;
+    }
+
+    nsCString curLine;
+    bool more = true;
+
+    /* Kludge to avoid having to allocate memory on the toy computers... */
+    if (!mime_mailto_stream_read_buffer) 
+    {
+      mime_mailto_stream_read_buffer = (char *) PR_Malloc(MIME_BUFFER_SIZE);
+      if (!mime_mailto_stream_read_buffer) 
+      {
+        status = NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+        goto FAIL;
+      }
+    }
+
+    char    *buffer = mime_mailto_stream_read_buffer;
+    if (m_strip_sensitive_headers) 
+    {
+      // We are attaching a message, so we should be careful to
+      // strip out certain sensitive internal header fields.
+      bool skipping = false;
+      nsAutoPtr<nsLineBuffer<char> > lineBuffer(new nsLineBuffer<char>);
+      NS_ENSURE_TRUE(lineBuffer, NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY);
+
+      while (more)
+      {
+        // NS_ReadLine doesn't return line termination chars.
+        rv = NS_ReadLine(inputStream.get(), lineBuffer.get(), curLine, &more);
+
+        curLine.Append(CRLF);
+
+        char *line = (char *) curLine.get();
+        if (skipping) {
+          if (*line == ' ' || *line == '\t')
+            continue;
+          else
+            skipping = false;
+        }
+                
+        if (!PL_strncasecmp(line, "From -", 6) ||
+            !PL_strncasecmp(line, "BCC:", 4) ||
+            !PL_strncasecmp(line, "FCC:", 4) ||
+            !PL_strncasecmp(line, CONTENT_LENGTH ":", CONTENT_LENGTH_LEN+1) ||
+            !PL_strncasecmp(line, "Lines:", 6) ||
+            !PL_strncasecmp(line, "Status:", 7) ||
+            !PL_strncasecmp(line, X_MOZILLA_STATUS ":", X_MOZILLA_STATUS_LEN+1) ||
+            !PL_strncasecmp(line, X_MOZILLA_STATUS2 ":", X_MOZILLA_STATUS2_LEN+1) ||
+            !PL_strncasecmp(line, X_MOZILLA_DRAFT_INFO ":", X_MOZILLA_DRAFT_INFO_LEN+1) ||
+            !PL_strncasecmp(line, X_MOZILLA_NEWSHOST ":", X_MOZILLA_NEWSHOST_LEN+1) ||
+            !PL_strncasecmp(line, X_UIDL ":", X_UIDL_LEN+1) ||
+            !PL_strncasecmp(line, "X-VM-", 5)) /* hi Kyle */
+        {
+          skipping = true;
+          continue;
+        }
+        
+        PUSH(line);
+        
+        if (curLine.Length() == 2) {
+          nsCOMPtr <nsISeekableStream> seekableStream = do_QueryInterface(inputStream);
+          // seek back the amount of data left in the line buffer...
+          seekableStream->Seek(nsISeekableStream::NS_SEEK_CUR, lineBuffer->start - lineBuffer->end);
+          break;  // Now can do normal reads for the body.
+        }
+      }
+      lineBuffer = nullptr;
+    }
+
+    while (NS_SUCCEEDED(status))
+    {
+      uint32_t bytesRead;
+      nsresult rv = inputStream->Read(buffer, MIME_BUFFER_SIZE, &bytesRead);
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      {  
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgSendReport> sendReport;
+        m_state->GetSendReport(getter_AddRefs(sendReport));
+        if (sendReport)
+        {
+          nsAutoString error_msg;
+          nsMsgBuildMessageWithFile(m_file, error_msg);
+          sendReport->SetMessage(nsIMsgSendReport::process_Current, error_msg.get(), false);
+          status = NS_MSG_UNABLE_TO_OPEN_FILE;
+          goto FAIL;
+        }
+      }
+      status = PushBody(buffer, bytesRead);
+      if (NS_FAILED(status))
+        goto FAIL;
+      if (bytesRead < MIME_BUFFER_SIZE)
+        break;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (m_encoder)
+  {
+    nsresult rv = m_encoder->Flush();
+    m_encoder = nullptr;
+    needToWriteCRLFAfterEncodedBody = !m_parent;
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    {
+      // XXX -1 is not a valid nsresult
+      status = static_cast<nsresult>(-1);
+      goto FAIL;
+    }
+  }
+
+  //
+  // Ok, from here we loop and drive the the output of all children 
+  // for this message.
+  //
+  if (m_numchildren > 0) 
+  {
+    bool    writeSeparator = true;
+
+    for (int i = 0 ; i < m_numchildren ; i ++) 
+    {
+      if (writeSeparator)
+      {
+        PUSH(CRLF);
+        PUSH("--");
+
+        PUSH(separator);
+        PUSH(CRLF);
+      }
+
+      status = m_children[i]->Write();
+      if (NS_FAILED(status))
+        goto FAIL;
+
+      // XXX SKIP_EMPTY_PART (= 1966) is not a valid nsresult
+      if (status == static_cast<nsresult>(SKIP_EMPTY_PART))
+        writeSeparator = false;
+      else
+        writeSeparator = true;
+    }
+
+    PUSH(CRLF);
+    PUSH("--");
+    PUSH(separator);
+    PUSH("--");
+    PUSH(CRLF);
+  }
+  else if (needToWriteCRLFAfterEncodedBody)
+    PUSH(CRLF);
+
+FAIL:
+  PR_FREEIF(separator);
+  return status;
+}
+
diff --git a/mailnews/compose/src/nsMsgSendPart.h b/mailnews/compose/src/nsMsgSendPart.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..edb5422ea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/compose/src/nsMsgSendPart.h
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _MsgSendPart_H_
+#define _MsgSendPart_H_
+
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "prprf.h" /* should be defined into msgCore.h? */
+#include "nsMsgSend.h"
+
+namespace mozilla {
+namespace mailnews {
+class MimeEncoder;
+}
+}
+
+typedef int (*MSG_SendPartWriteFunc)(const char* line, int32_t size,
+									                   bool isheader, void* closure);
+
+class nsMsgSendPart {
+  typedef mozilla::mailnews::MimeEncoder MimeEncoder;
+public:
+    nsMsgSendPart(nsIMsgSend* state, const char *part_charset = NULL);
+    virtual ~nsMsgSendPart();	  // Note that the destructor also destroys
+								                // any children that were added.
+
+    virtual nsresult  Write();
+
+    virtual nsresult    SetFile(nsIFile *filename);
+    const nsIFile  *GetFile() {return m_file;}
+
+    virtual nsresult  SetBuffer(const char* buffer);
+    const char        *GetBuffer() {return m_buffer;}
+
+    virtual nsresult  SetType(const char* type);
+    const char        *GetType() {return m_type;}
+    
+    const char        *GetCharsetName() {return m_charset_name;}
+
+    virtual nsresult  SetOtherHeaders(const char* other);
+    const char        *SetOtherHeaders() {return m_other;}
+	  virtual nsresult  AppendOtherHeaders(const char* moreother);
+
+	  virtual nsresult  SetMimeDeliveryState(nsIMsgSend* state);
+
+  // Note that the nsMsgSendPart class will take over ownership of the
+  // MimeEncoderData* object, deleting it when it chooses.  (This is
+  // necessary because deleting these objects is the only current way to
+  // flush out the data in them.)
+  void                SetEncoder(MimeEncoder* encoder) {m_encoder = encoder;}
+  MimeEncoder         *GetEncoder() {return m_encoder;}
+
+	void                SetStripSensitiveHeaders(bool value)
+                      {
+		                    m_strip_sensitive_headers = value;
+	                    }
+	bool                GetStripSensitiveHeaders() {return m_strip_sensitive_headers;}
+
+  virtual nsresult    AddChild(nsMsgSendPart* child);
+
+	int32_t             GetNumChildren() {return m_numchildren;}
+	nsMsgSendPart       *GetChild(int32_t which);
+	nsMsgSendPart       *DetachChild(int32_t which);
+
+	virtual nsresult    SetMainPart(bool value);
+	bool                IsMainPart() 
+                      {
+                        return m_mainpart;
+                      }
+  nsCString           m_partNum;
+protected:
+	nsresult            CopyString(char** dest, const char* src);
+	nsresult            PushBody(const char* buffer, int32_t length);
+
+	nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgSend> m_state;
+	nsMsgSendPart       *m_parent;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIFile>   m_file;
+	char                *m_buffer;
+  char                *m_type;
+  char                *m_other;
+  char                m_charset_name[64+1];        // charset name associated with this part
+	bool                m_strip_sensitive_headers;
+  nsAutoPtr<MimeEncoder> m_encoder;
+
+	nsMsgSendPart       **m_children;
+	int32_t             m_numchildren;
+
+	// Data used while actually writing.
+  bool                m_firstBlock;
+  bool                m_needIntlConversion;
+
+	bool                m_mainpart;
+
+	bool                m_just_hit_CR;
+
+	static int32_t      M_counter;
+};
+
+#endif /* _MsgSendPart_H_ */
diff --git a/mailnews/compose/src/nsMsgSendReport.cpp b/mailnews/compose/src/nsMsgSendReport.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1bc26ca8a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/compose/src/nsMsgSendReport.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,437 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsMsgSendReport.h"
+
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "nsIMsgCompose.h"
+#include "nsMsgCompCID.h"
+#include "nsMsgPrompts.h"
+#include "nsError.h"
+#include "nsComposeStrings.h"
+#include "nsIStringBundle.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+#include "mozilla/Services.h"
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMsgProcessReport, nsIMsgProcessReport)
+
+nsMsgProcessReport::nsMsgProcessReport()
+{
+  Reset();
+}
+
+nsMsgProcessReport::~nsMsgProcessReport()
+{
+}
+
+/* attribute boolean proceeded; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgProcessReport::GetProceeded(bool *aProceeded)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aProceeded);
+  *aProceeded = mProceeded;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgProcessReport::SetProceeded(bool aProceeded)
+{
+  mProceeded = aProceeded;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* attribute nsresult error; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgProcessReport::GetError(nsresult *aError)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aError);
+  *aError = mError;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgProcessReport::SetError(nsresult aError)
+{
+  mError = aError;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* attribute wstring message; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgProcessReport::GetMessage(char16_t * *aMessage)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMessage);
+  *aMessage = ToNewUnicode(mMessage);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgProcessReport::SetMessage(const char16_t * aMessage)
+{
+  mMessage = aMessage;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* void Reset (); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgProcessReport::Reset()
+{
+  mProceeded = false;
+  mError = NS_OK;
+  mMessage.Truncate();
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMsgSendReport, nsIMsgSendReport)
+
+nsMsgSendReport::nsMsgSendReport()
+{
+  uint32_t i;
+  for (i = 0; i <= SEND_LAST_PROCESS; i ++)
+    mProcessReport[i] = new nsMsgProcessReport();
+
+  Reset(); 
+}
+
+nsMsgSendReport::~nsMsgSendReport()
+{
+  uint32_t i;
+  for (i = 0; i <= SEND_LAST_PROCESS; i ++)
+    mProcessReport[i] = nullptr;
+}
+
+/* attribute long currentProcess; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgSendReport::GetCurrentProcess(int32_t *aCurrentProcess)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aCurrentProcess);
+  *aCurrentProcess = mCurrentProcess;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgSendReport::SetCurrentProcess(int32_t aCurrentProcess)
+{
+  if (aCurrentProcess < 0 || aCurrentProcess > SEND_LAST_PROCESS)
+    return NS_ERROR_ILLEGAL_VALUE;
+
+  mCurrentProcess = aCurrentProcess;
+  if (mProcessReport[mCurrentProcess])
+    mProcessReport[mCurrentProcess]->SetProceeded(true);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* attribute long deliveryMode; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgSendReport::GetDeliveryMode(int32_t *aDeliveryMode)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aDeliveryMode);
+  *aDeliveryMode = mDeliveryMode;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgSendReport::SetDeliveryMode(int32_t aDeliveryMode)
+{
+  mDeliveryMode = aDeliveryMode;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* void Reset (); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgSendReport::Reset()
+{
+  uint32_t i;
+  for (i = 0; i <= SEND_LAST_PROCESS; i ++)
+    if (mProcessReport[i])
+      mProcessReport[i]->Reset();
+
+  mCurrentProcess = 0;
+  mDeliveryMode = 0;
+  mAlreadyDisplayReport = false;
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* void setProceeded (in long process, in boolean proceeded); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgSendReport::SetProceeded(int32_t process, bool proceeded)
+{
+  if (process < process_Current || process > SEND_LAST_PROCESS)
+    return NS_ERROR_ILLEGAL_VALUE;
+
+  if (process == process_Current)
+    process = mCurrentProcess;
+
+  if (!mProcessReport[process])
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+  return mProcessReport[process]->SetProceeded(proceeded);
+}
+
+/* void setError (in long process, in nsresult error, in boolean overwriteError); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgSendReport::SetError(int32_t process, nsresult newError, bool overwriteError)
+{
+  if (process < process_Current || process > SEND_LAST_PROCESS)
+    return NS_ERROR_ILLEGAL_VALUE;
+
+  if (process == process_Current)
+  {
+    if (mCurrentProcess == process_Current)
+      // We don't know what we're currently trying to do
+      return NS_ERROR_ILLEGAL_VALUE;
+
+    process = mCurrentProcess;
+  }
+
+  if (!mProcessReport[process])
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+  nsresult currError = NS_OK;
+  mProcessReport[process]->GetError(&currError);
+  if (overwriteError || NS_SUCCEEDED(currError))
+    return mProcessReport[process]->SetError(newError);
+  else
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* void setMessage (in long process, in wstring message, in boolean overwriteMessage); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgSendReport::SetMessage(int32_t process, const char16_t *message, bool overwriteMessage)
+{
+  if (process < process_Current || process > SEND_LAST_PROCESS)
+    return NS_ERROR_ILLEGAL_VALUE;
+
+  if (process == process_Current)
+  {
+    if (mCurrentProcess == process_Current)
+      // We don't know what we're currently trying to do
+      return NS_ERROR_ILLEGAL_VALUE;
+
+    process = mCurrentProcess;
+  }
+
+  if (!mProcessReport[process])
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+  nsString currMessage;
+  mProcessReport[process]->GetMessage(getter_Copies(currMessage));
+  if (overwriteMessage || currMessage.IsEmpty())
+    return mProcessReport[process]->SetMessage(message);
+  else
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* nsIMsgProcessReport getProcessReport (in long process); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgSendReport::GetProcessReport(int32_t process, nsIMsgProcessReport **_retval)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(_retval);
+  if (process < process_Current || process > SEND_LAST_PROCESS)
+    return NS_ERROR_ILLEGAL_VALUE;
+
+  if (process == process_Current)
+  {
+    if (mCurrentProcess == process_Current)
+      // We don't know what we're currently trying to do
+      return NS_ERROR_ILLEGAL_VALUE;
+
+    process = mCurrentProcess;
+  }
+
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*_retval = mProcessReport[process]);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* nsresult displayReport (in nsIPrompt prompt, in boolean showErrorOnly, in boolean dontShowReportTwice); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgSendReport::DisplayReport(nsIPrompt *prompt, bool showErrorOnly, bool dontShowReportTwice, nsresult *_retval)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(_retval);
+
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(mCurrentProcess >= 0 && mCurrentProcess <= SEND_LAST_PROCESS,
+                 NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED);
+
+  nsresult currError = NS_OK;
+  mProcessReport[mCurrentProcess]->GetError(&currError);
+  *_retval = currError;
+
+  if (dontShowReportTwice && mAlreadyDisplayReport)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  if (showErrorOnly && NS_SUCCEEDED(currError))
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  nsString currMessage;
+  mProcessReport[mCurrentProcess]->GetMessage(getter_Copies(currMessage));
+
+  nsresult rv; // don't step on currError.
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundleService> bundleService =
+    mozilla::services::GetStringBundleService();
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(bundleService, NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundle> bundle;
+  rv = bundleService->CreateBundle("chrome://messenger/locale/messengercompose/composeMsgs.properties", getter_AddRefs(bundle));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+  {
+    //TODO need to display a generic hardcoded message
+    mAlreadyDisplayReport = true;
+    return NS_OK;  
+  }
+
+  nsString dialogTitle;
+  nsString dialogMessage;
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(currError))
+  {
+    //TODO display a success error message
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  //Do we have an explanation of the error? if no, try to build one...
+  if (currMessage.IsEmpty())
+  {
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+// Temporary workaroung until bug 783526 is fixed.
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wswitch"
+#endif
+    switch (currError)
+    {
+      case NS_BINDING_ABORTED:
+      case NS_ERROR_SEND_FAILED:
+      case NS_ERROR_SEND_FAILED_BUT_NNTP_OK:
+      case NS_MSG_FAILED_COPY_OPERATION:
+      case NS_MSG_UNABLE_TO_SEND_LATER:
+      case NS_MSG_UNABLE_TO_SAVE_DRAFT:
+      case NS_MSG_UNABLE_TO_SAVE_TEMPLATE:
+        //Ignore, don't need to repeat ourself.
+        break;
+      default:
+        const char16_t* errorString = errorStringNameForErrorCode(currError);
+        nsMsgGetMessageByName(errorString, currMessage);
+        break;
+    }
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif
+  }
+
+  if (mDeliveryMode == nsIMsgCompDeliverMode::Now || mDeliveryMode == nsIMsgCompDeliverMode::SendUnsent)
+  {
+    // SMTP is taking care of it's own error message and will return NS_ERROR_BUT_DONT_SHOW_ALERT as error code.
+    // In that case, we must not show an alert ourself.
+    if (currError == NS_ERROR_BUT_DONT_SHOW_ALERT)
+    {
+      mAlreadyDisplayReport = true;
+      return NS_OK;
+    }
+
+    bundle->GetStringFromName(u"sendMessageErrorTitle",
+                              getter_Copies(dialogTitle));
+
+    const char16_t* preStrName = u"sendFailed";
+    bool askToGoBackToCompose = false;
+    switch (mCurrentProcess)
+    {
+      case process_BuildMessage :
+        preStrName = u"sendFailed";
+        askToGoBackToCompose = false;
+        break;
+      case process_NNTP :
+        preStrName = u"sendFailed";
+        askToGoBackToCompose = false;
+        break;
+      case process_SMTP :
+        bool nntpProceeded;
+        mProcessReport[process_NNTP]->GetProceeded(&nntpProceeded);
+        if (nntpProceeded)
+          preStrName = u"sendFailedButNntpOk";
+        else
+          preStrName = u"sendFailed";
+        askToGoBackToCompose = false;
+        break;
+      case process_Copy:
+        preStrName = u"failedCopyOperation";
+        askToGoBackToCompose = (mDeliveryMode == nsIMsgCompDeliverMode::Now);
+        break;
+      case process_FCC:
+        preStrName = u"failedCopyOperation";
+        askToGoBackToCompose = (mDeliveryMode == nsIMsgCompDeliverMode::Now);
+        break;
+    }
+    bundle->GetStringFromName(preStrName, getter_Copies(dialogMessage));
+
+    //Do we already have an error message?
+    if (!askToGoBackToCompose && currMessage.IsEmpty())
+    {
+      //we don't have an error description but we can put a generic explanation
+      bundle->GetStringFromName(u"genericFailureExplanation",
+                                getter_Copies(currMessage));
+    }
+
+    if (!currMessage.IsEmpty())
+    {
+      //Don't need to repeat ourself!
+      if (!currMessage.Equals(dialogMessage))
+      {
+        if (!dialogMessage.IsEmpty())
+          dialogMessage.Append(char16_t('\n'));
+        dialogMessage.Append(currMessage);
+      }
+    }
+
+    if (askToGoBackToCompose)
+    {
+      bool oopsGiveMeBackTheComposeWindow = true;
+      nsString text1;
+      bundle->GetStringFromName(u"returnToComposeWindowQuestion",
+                                getter_Copies(text1));
+      if (!dialogMessage.IsEmpty())
+        dialogMessage.AppendLiteral("\n");
+      dialogMessage.Append(text1);
+      nsMsgAskBooleanQuestionByString(prompt, dialogMessage.get(), &oopsGiveMeBackTheComposeWindow, dialogTitle.get());
+      if (!oopsGiveMeBackTheComposeWindow)
+        *_retval = NS_OK;
+    }
+    else
+      nsMsgDisplayMessageByString(prompt, dialogMessage.get(), dialogTitle.get());
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    const char16_t* title;
+    const char16_t* messageName;
+
+    switch (mDeliveryMode)
+    {
+      case nsIMsgCompDeliverMode::Later:
+        title = u"sendLaterErrorTitle";
+        messageName = u"unableToSendLater";
+        break;
+
+      case nsIMsgCompDeliverMode::AutoSaveAsDraft:
+      case nsIMsgCompDeliverMode::SaveAsDraft:
+        title = u"saveDraftErrorTitle";
+        messageName = u"unableToSaveDraft";
+        break;
+
+      case nsIMsgCompDeliverMode::SaveAsTemplate:
+        title = u"saveTemplateErrorTitle";
+        messageName = u"unableToSaveTemplate";
+        break;
+
+      default:
+        /* This should never happen! */
+        title = u"sendMessageErrorTitle";
+        messageName = u"sendFailed";
+        break;
+    }
+
+    bundle->GetStringFromName(title, getter_Copies(dialogTitle));
+    bundle->GetStringFromName(messageName,
+                              getter_Copies(dialogMessage));
+
+    //Do we have an error message...
+    if (currMessage.IsEmpty())
+    {
+      //we don't have an error description but we can put a generic explanation
+      bundle->GetStringFromName(u"genericFailureExplanation",
+                                getter_Copies(currMessage));
+    }
+
+    if (!currMessage.IsEmpty())
+    {
+      if (!dialogMessage.IsEmpty())
+        dialogMessage.Append(char16_t('\n'));
+      dialogMessage.Append(currMessage);
+    }
+    nsMsgDisplayMessageByString(prompt, dialogMessage.get(), dialogTitle.get());
+  }
+
+  mAlreadyDisplayReport = true;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
diff --git a/mailnews/compose/src/nsMsgSendReport.h b/mailnews/compose/src/nsMsgSendReport.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3e344f628
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/compose/src/nsMsgSendReport.h
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef __nsMsgSendReport_h__
+#define __nsMsgSendReport_h__
+
+#include "nsIMsgSendReport.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+
+class nsMsgProcessReport : public nsIMsgProcessReport
+{
+public:
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGPROCESSREPORT
+
+  nsMsgProcessReport();
+
+private:
+  virtual ~nsMsgProcessReport();
+  bool      mProceeded;
+  nsresult  mError;
+  nsString  mMessage;
+};
+
+
+class nsMsgSendReport : public nsIMsgSendReport
+{
+public:
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGSENDREPORT
+
+  nsMsgSendReport();
+
+private:
+  virtual ~nsMsgSendReport();
+  #define SEND_LAST_PROCESS  process_FCC
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgProcessReport> mProcessReport[SEND_LAST_PROCESS + 1];
+  int32_t mDeliveryMode;
+  int32_t mCurrentProcess;
+  bool mAlreadyDisplayReport;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/compose/src/nsSMTPProtocolHandler.js b/mailnews/compose/src/nsSMTPProtocolHandler.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9b9e3ead0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/compose/src/nsSMTPProtocolHandler.js
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+Components.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/XPCOMUtils.jsm");
+
+var kNetworkProtocolCIDPrefix = "@mozilla.org/network/protocol;1?name=";
+var nsIProtocolHandler = Components.interfaces.nsIProtocolHandler;
+
+function makeProtocolHandler(aProtocol, aDefaultPort, aClassID) {
+  return {
+    classID: Components.ID(aClassID),
+    QueryInterface: XPCOMUtils.generateQI([nsIProtocolHandler]),
+
+    scheme: aProtocol,
+    defaultPort: aDefaultPort,
+    protocolFlags: nsIProtocolHandler.URI_NORELATIVE |
+                   nsIProtocolHandler.URI_DANGEROUS_TO_LOAD |
+      nsIProtocolHandler.URI_NON_PERSISTABLE |
+      nsIProtocolHandler.ALLOWS_PROXY |
+      nsIProtocolHandler.URI_FORBIDS_AUTOMATIC_DOCUMENT_REPLACEMENT,
+
+    newURI: function (aSpec, aOriginCharset, aBaseURI) {
+      var url = Components.classes["@mozilla.org/messengercompose/smtpurl;1"]
+                          .createInstance(Components.interfaces.nsIURI);
+
+      url.spec = aSpec;
+
+      return url;
+    },
+
+    newChannel: function (aURI) {
+      throw Components.results.NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+    },
+
+    newChannel2: function(aURI, aLoadInfo)
+    {
+      throw Components.results.NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+    },
+
+    allowPort: function (port, scheme) {
+      return port == aDefaultPort;
+    }
+  };
+}
+
+function nsSMTPProtocolHandler() {}
+
+nsSMTPProtocolHandler.prototype =
+  makeProtocolHandler("smtp",
+                      Components.interfaces.nsISmtpUrl.DEFAULT_SMTP_PORT,
+                      "b14c2b67-8680-4c11-8d63-9403c7d4f757");
+
+function nsSMTPSProtocolHandler() {}
+
+nsSMTPSProtocolHandler.prototype =
+  makeProtocolHandler("smtps",
+                      Components.interfaces.nsISmtpUrl.DEFAULT_SMTPS_PORT,
+                      "057d0997-9e3a-411e-b4ee-2602f53fe05f");
+
+var components = [nsSMTPProtocolHandler, nsSMTPSProtocolHandler];
+var NSGetFactory = XPCOMUtils.generateNSGetFactory(components);
diff --git a/mailnews/compose/src/nsSMTPProtocolHandler.manifest b/mailnews/compose/src/nsSMTPProtocolHandler.manifest
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4d371163f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/compose/src/nsSMTPProtocolHandler.manifest
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+component {b14c2b67-8680-4c11-8d63-9403c7d4f757} nsSMTPProtocolHandler.js
+contract @mozilla.org/network/protocol;1?name=smtp {b14c2b67-8680-4c11-8d63-9403c7d4f757}
+component {057d0997-9e3a-411e-b4ee-2602f53fe05f} nsSMTPProtocolHandler.js
+contract @mozilla.org/network/protocol;1?name=smtps {057d0997-9e3a-411e-b4ee-2602f53fe05f}
diff --git a/mailnews/compose/src/nsSmtpProtocol.cpp b/mailnews/compose/src/nsSmtpProtocol.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d525d3f7f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/compose/src/nsSmtpProtocol.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,2249 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "nsSmtpProtocol.h"
+#include "nscore.h"
+#include "nsIStreamListener.h"
+#include "nsIInputStream.h"
+#include "nsIOutputStream.h"
+#include "nsISocketTransport.h"
+#include "nsIMsgMailNewsUrl.h"
+#include "nsMsgBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsMsgCompCID.h"
+#include "nsIPrompt.h"
+#include "nsIAuthPrompt.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsTextFormatter.h"
+#include "nsIMsgIdentity.h"
+#include "nsISmtpServer.h"
+#include "prtime.h"
+#include "mozilla/Logging.h"
+#include "prerror.h"
+#include "prprf.h"
+#include "prmem.h"
+#include "plbase64.h"
+#include "prnetdb.h"
+#include "prsystem.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "nsIPipe.h"
+#include "nsNetUtil.h"
+#include "nsIPrefService.h"
+#include "nsISSLSocketControl.h"
+#include "nsComposeStrings.h"
+#include "nsIStringBundle.h"
+#include "nsMsgCompUtils.h"
+#include "nsIMsgWindow.h"
+#include "MailNewsTypes2.h" // for nsMsgSocketType and nsMsgAuthMethod
+#include "nsIIDNService.h"
+#include "mozilla/mailnews/MimeHeaderParser.h"
+#include "mozilla/Services.h"
+#include "mozilla/Attributes.h"
+#include "nsINetAddr.h"
+#include "nsIProxyInfo.h"
+
+#ifndef XP_UNIX
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#endif /* !XP_UNIX */
+
+#undef PostMessage // avoid to collision with WinUser.h
+
+static PRLogModuleInfo *SMTPLogModule = nullptr;
+
+using namespace mozilla::mailnews;
+
+/* the output_buffer_size must be larger than the largest possible line
+ * 2000 seems good for news
+ *
+ * jwz: I increased this to 4k since it must be big enough to hold the
+ * entire button-bar HTML, and with the new "mailto" format, that can
+ * contain arbitrarily long header fields like "references".
+ *
+ * fortezza: proxy auth is huge, buffer increased to 8k (sigh).
+ */
+#define OUTPUT_BUFFER_SIZE (4096*2)
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// TEMPORARY HARD CODED FUNCTIONS
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+/* based on in NET_ExplainErrorDetails in mkmessag.c */
+nsresult nsExplainErrorDetails(nsISmtpUrl * aSmtpUrl, nsresult aCode, ...)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(aSmtpUrl);
+
+  va_list args;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrompt> dialog;
+  aSmtpUrl->GetPrompt(getter_AddRefs(dialog));
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(dialog, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+
+  char16_t *  msg;
+  nsString eMsg;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundleService> bundleService =
+    mozilla::services::GetStringBundleService();
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(bundleService, NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundle> bundle;
+  nsresult rv = bundleService->CreateBundle(
+    "chrome://messenger/locale/messengercompose/composeMsgs.properties",
+    getter_AddRefs(bundle));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  va_start (args, aCode);
+
+  const char16_t* exitString;
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+// Temporary workaroung until bug 783526 is fixed.
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wswitch"
+#endif
+  switch (aCode)
+  {
+    case NS_ERROR_ILLEGAL_LOCALPART:
+      bundle->GetStringFromName(u"errorIllegalLocalPart",
+                                getter_Copies(eMsg));
+      msg = nsTextFormatter::vsmprintf(eMsg.get(), args);
+      break;
+    case NS_ERROR_SMTP_SERVER_ERROR:
+    case NS_ERROR_TCP_READ_ERROR:
+    case NS_ERROR_SMTP_TEMP_SIZE_EXCEEDED:
+    case NS_ERROR_SMTP_PERM_SIZE_EXCEEDED_1:
+    case NS_ERROR_SMTP_PERM_SIZE_EXCEEDED_2:
+    case NS_ERROR_SENDING_FROM_COMMAND:
+    case NS_ERROR_SENDING_RCPT_COMMAND:
+    case NS_ERROR_SENDING_DATA_COMMAND:
+    case NS_ERROR_SENDING_MESSAGE:
+    case NS_ERROR_SMTP_GREETING:
+      exitString = errorStringNameForErrorCode(aCode);
+      bundle->GetStringFromName(exitString, getter_Copies(eMsg));
+      msg = nsTextFormatter::vsmprintf(eMsg.get(), args);
+      break;
+    default:
+      NS_WARNING("falling to default error code");
+      bundle->GetStringFromName(u"communicationsError", getter_Copies(eMsg));
+      msg = nsTextFormatter::smprintf(eMsg.get(), aCode);
+      break;
+  }
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif
+
+  if (msg)
+  {
+    rv = dialog->Alert(nullptr, msg);
+    nsTextFormatter::smprintf_free(msg);
+  }
+
+  va_end (args);
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+/* RFC 1891 -- extended smtp value encoding scheme
+
+  5. Additional parameters for RCPT and MAIL commands
+
+     The extended RCPT and MAIL commands are issued by a client when it wishes to request a DSN from the
+     server, under certain conditions, for a particular recipient. The extended RCPT and MAIL commands are
+     identical to the RCPT and MAIL commands defined in [1], except that one or more of the following parameters
+     appear after the sender or recipient address, respectively. The general syntax for extended SMTP commands is
+     defined in [4].
+
+     NOTE: Although RFC 822 ABNF is used to describe the syntax of these parameters, they are not, in the
+     language of that document, "structured field bodies". Therefore, while parentheses MAY appear within an
+     emstp-value, they are not recognized as comment delimiters.
+
+     The syntax for "esmtp-value" in [4] does not allow SP, "=", control characters, or characters outside the
+     traditional ASCII range of 1- 127 decimal to be transmitted in an esmtp-value. Because the ENVID and
+     ORCPT parameters may need to convey values outside this range, the esmtp-values for these parameters are
+     encoded as "xtext". "xtext" is formally defined as follows:
+
+     xtext = *( xchar / hexchar )
+
+     xchar = any ASCII CHAR between "!" (33) and "~" (126) inclusive, except for "+" and "=".
+
+	; "hexchar"s are intended to encode octets that cannot appear
+	; as ASCII characters within an esmtp-value.
+
+		 hexchar = ASCII "+" immediately followed by two upper case hexadecimal digits
+
+	When encoding an octet sequence as xtext:
+
+	+ Any ASCII CHAR between "!" and "~" inclusive, except for "+" and "=",
+		 MAY be encoded as itself. (A CHAR in this range MAY instead be encoded as a "hexchar", at the
+		 implementor's discretion.)
+
+	+ ASCII CHARs that fall outside the range above must be encoded as
+		 "hexchar".
+
+ */
+/* caller must free the return buffer */
+static char *
+esmtp_value_encode(const char *addr)
+{
+  char *buffer = (char *) PR_Malloc(512); /* esmtp ORCPT allow up to 500 chars encoded addresses */
+  char *bp = buffer, *bpEnd = buffer+500;
+  int len, i;
+
+  if (!buffer) return NULL;
+
+  *bp=0;
+  if (! addr || *addr == 0) /* this will never happen */
+    return buffer;
+
+  for (i=0, len=PL_strlen(addr); i < len && bp < bpEnd; i++)
+  {
+    if (*addr >= 0x21 &&
+      *addr <= 0x7E &&
+      *addr != '+' &&
+      *addr != '=')
+    {
+      *bp++ = *addr++;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      PR_snprintf(bp, bpEnd-bp, "+%.2X", ((int)*addr++));
+      bp += PL_strlen(bp);
+    }
+  }
+  *bp=0;
+  return buffer;
+}
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// END OF TEMPORARY HARD CODED FUNCTIONS
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED(nsSmtpProtocol, nsMsgAsyncWriteProtocol,
+                            msgIOAuth2ModuleListener)
+
+nsSmtpProtocol::nsSmtpProtocol(nsIURI * aURL)
+    : nsMsgAsyncWriteProtocol(aURL)
+{
+}
+
+nsSmtpProtocol::~nsSmtpProtocol()
+{
+  // free our local state
+  PR_Free(m_dataBuf);
+  delete m_lineStreamBuffer;
+}
+
+void nsSmtpProtocol::Initialize(nsIURI * aURL)
+{
+    NS_PRECONDITION(aURL, "invalid URL passed into Smtp Protocol");
+    nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+    m_flags = 0;
+    m_prefAuthMethods = 0;
+    m_failedAuthMethods = 0;
+    m_currentAuthMethod = 0;
+    m_usernamePrompted = false;
+    m_prefSocketType = nsMsgSocketType::trySTARTTLS;
+    m_tlsInitiated = false;
+
+    m_urlErrorState = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+    if (!SMTPLogModule)
+        SMTPLogModule = PR_NewLogModule("SMTP");
+
+    if (aURL)
+        m_runningURL = do_QueryInterface(aURL);
+
+    // extract out message feedback if there is any.
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailnewsUrl = do_QueryInterface(aURL);
+    if (mailnewsUrl)
+        mailnewsUrl->GetStatusFeedback(getter_AddRefs(m_statusFeedback));
+
+    m_dataBuf = (char *) PR_Malloc(sizeof(char) * OUTPUT_BUFFER_SIZE);
+    m_dataBufSize = OUTPUT_BUFFER_SIZE;
+
+    m_nextState = SMTP_START_CONNECT;
+    m_nextStateAfterResponse = SMTP_START_CONNECT;
+    m_responseCode = 0;
+    m_previousResponseCode = 0;
+    m_continuationResponse = -1;
+    m_tlsEnabled = false;
+    m_addressesLeft = 0;
+
+    m_sendDone = false;
+
+    m_sizelimit = 0;
+    m_totalMessageSize = 0;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> file;
+    m_runningURL->GetPostMessageFile(getter_AddRefs(file));
+    if (file)
+        file->GetFileSize(&m_totalMessageSize);
+
+    m_originalContentLength = 0;
+    m_totalAmountRead = 0;
+
+    m_lineStreamBuffer = new nsMsgLineStreamBuffer(OUTPUT_BUFFER_SIZE, true);
+    // ** may want to consider caching the server capability to save lots of
+    // round trip communication between the client and server
+    int32_t authMethod = 0;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISmtpServer> smtpServer;
+    m_runningURL->GetSmtpServer(getter_AddRefs(smtpServer));
+    if (smtpServer) {
+        smtpServer->GetAuthMethod(&authMethod);
+        smtpServer->GetSocketType(&m_prefSocketType);
+        smtpServer->GetHelloArgument(getter_Copies(m_helloArgument));
+
+        // Query for OAuth2 support. If the SMTP server preferences don't allow
+        // for OAuth2, then don't carry around the OAuth2 module any longer
+        // since we won't need it.
+        mOAuth2Support = do_CreateInstance(MSGIOAUTH2MODULE_CONTRACTID);
+        if (mOAuth2Support)
+        {
+          bool supportsOAuth = false;
+          mOAuth2Support->InitFromSmtp(smtpServer, &supportsOAuth);
+          if (!supportsOAuth)
+            mOAuth2Support = nullptr;
+        }
+    }
+    InitPrefAuthMethods(authMethod);
+
+    nsAutoCString hostName;
+    int32_t port = 0;
+
+    aURL->GetPort(&port);
+    aURL->GetAsciiHost(hostName);
+
+    MOZ_LOG(SMTPLogModule, mozilla::LogLevel::Info, ("SMTP Connecting to: %s", hostName.get()));
+
+    // When we are making a secure connection, we need to make sure that we
+    // pass an interface requestor down to the socket transport so that PSM can
+    // retrieve a nsIPrompt instance if needed.
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIInterfaceRequestor> callbacks;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISmtpUrl> smtpUrl(do_QueryInterface(aURL));
+    if (smtpUrl)
+        smtpUrl->GetNotificationCallbacks(getter_AddRefs(callbacks));
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIProxyInfo> proxyInfo;
+    rv = MsgExamineForProxy(this, getter_AddRefs(proxyInfo));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) proxyInfo = nullptr;
+
+    if (m_prefSocketType == nsMsgSocketType::SSL)
+        rv = OpenNetworkSocketWithInfo(hostName.get(), port, "ssl", proxyInfo,
+            callbacks);
+    else if (m_prefSocketType != nsMsgSocketType::plain)
+    {
+        rv = OpenNetworkSocketWithInfo(hostName.get(), port, "starttls",
+            proxyInfo, callbacks);
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv) && m_prefSocketType == nsMsgSocketType::trySTARTTLS)
+        {
+            m_prefSocketType = nsMsgSocketType::plain;
+            rv = OpenNetworkSocketWithInfo(hostName.get(), port, nullptr,
+                proxyInfo, callbacks);
+        }
+    }
+    else
+        rv = OpenNetworkSocketWithInfo(hostName.get(), port, nullptr, proxyInfo,
+            callbacks);
+}
+
+void nsSmtpProtocol::AppendHelloArgument(nsACString& aResult)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  // is a custom EHLO/HELO argument configured for the transport to be used?
+  if (!m_helloArgument.IsEmpty())
+  {
+      aResult += m_helloArgument;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+      // is a FQDN known for this system?
+      char hostName[256];
+      PR_GetSystemInfo(PR_SI_HOSTNAME_UNTRUNCATED, hostName, sizeof hostName);
+      if ((hostName[0] != '\0') && (strchr(hostName, '.') != NULL))
+      {
+          nsDependentCString cleanedHostName(hostName);
+          // avoid problems with hostnames containing newlines/whitespace
+          cleanedHostName.StripWhitespace();
+          aResult += cleanedHostName;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+          nsCOMPtr<nsINetAddr> iaddr; // IP address for this connection
+          // our transport is always a nsISocketTransport
+          nsCOMPtr<nsISocketTransport> socketTransport = do_QueryInterface(m_transport);
+          // should return the interface ip of the SMTP connection
+          // minimum case - see bug 68877 and RFC 2821, chapter 4.1.1.1
+          rv = socketTransport->GetScriptableSelfAddr(getter_AddRefs(iaddr));
+
+          if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+          {
+              // turn it into a string
+              nsCString ipAddressString;
+              rv = iaddr->GetAddress(ipAddressString);
+              if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+              {
+#ifdef DEBUG
+                  bool v4mapped = false;
+                  iaddr->GetIsV4Mapped(&v4mapped);
+                  NS_ASSERTION(!v4mapped,
+                               "unexpected IPv4-mapped IPv6 address");
+#endif
+
+                  uint16_t family = nsINetAddr::FAMILY_INET;
+                  iaddr->GetFamily(&family);
+
+                  if (family == nsINetAddr::FAMILY_INET6) // IPv6 style address?
+                      aResult.AppendLiteral("[IPv6:");
+                  else
+                      aResult.AppendLiteral("[");
+
+                  aResult.Append(ipAddressString);
+                  aResult.Append(']');
+              }
+          }
+      }
+  }
+}
+
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// we suppport the nsIStreamListener interface
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+// stop binding is a "notification" informing us that the stream
+// associated with aURL is going away.
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsSmtpProtocol::OnStopRequest(nsIRequest *request, nsISupports *ctxt,
+                                            nsresult aStatus)
+{
+  bool connDroppedDuringAuth = NS_SUCCEEDED(aStatus) && !m_sendDone &&
+      (m_nextStateAfterResponse == SMTP_AUTH_LOGIN_STEP0_RESPONSE ||
+       m_nextStateAfterResponse == SMTP_AUTH_LOGIN_RESPONSE);
+  // ignore errors handling the QUIT command so fcc can continue.
+  if (m_sendDone && NS_FAILED(aStatus))
+  {
+    MOZ_LOG(SMTPLogModule, mozilla::LogLevel::Info,
+     ("SMTP connection error quitting %lx, ignoring ", aStatus));
+    aStatus = NS_OK;
+  }
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(aStatus) && !m_sendDone) {
+    // if we are getting OnStopRequest() with NS_OK,
+    // but we haven't finished clean, that's spells trouble.
+    // it means that the server has dropped us before we could send the whole mail
+    // for example, see bug #200647
+    MOZ_LOG(SMTPLogModule, mozilla::LogLevel::Info,
+ ("SMTP connection dropped after %ld total bytes read", m_totalAmountRead));
+    if (!connDroppedDuringAuth)
+      nsMsgAsyncWriteProtocol::OnStopRequest(nullptr, ctxt, NS_ERROR_NET_INTERRUPT);
+  }
+  else
+    nsMsgAsyncWriteProtocol::OnStopRequest(nullptr, ctxt, aStatus);
+
+  // okay, we've been told that the send is done and the connection is going away. So
+  // we need to release all of our state
+  nsresult rv = nsMsgAsyncWriteProtocol::CloseSocket();
+  // If the server dropped the connection when we were expecting
+  // a login response, reprompt for password, and if the user asks,
+  // retry the url.
+  if (connDroppedDuringAuth)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> runningURI = do_QueryInterface(m_runningURL);
+    nsresult rv = AuthLoginResponse(nullptr, 0);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      return rv;
+    return LoadUrl(runningURI, ctxt);
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// End of nsIStreamListenerSupport
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+void nsSmtpProtocol::UpdateStatus(const char16_t* aStatusName)
+{
+  if (m_statusFeedback)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundleService> bundleService =
+      mozilla::services::GetStringBundleService();
+    if (!bundleService) return;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundle> bundle;
+    nsresult rv = bundleService->CreateBundle("chrome://messenger/locale/messengercompose/composeMsgs.properties", getter_AddRefs(bundle));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return;
+    nsString msg;
+    bundle->GetStringFromName(aStatusName, getter_Copies(msg));
+    UpdateStatusWithString(msg.get());
+  }
+}
+
+void nsSmtpProtocol::UpdateStatusWithString(const char16_t * aStatusString)
+{
+  if (m_statusFeedback && aStatusString)
+    m_statusFeedback->ShowStatusString(nsDependentString(aStatusString));
+}
+
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Begin protocol state machine functions...
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+/*
+ * gets the response code from the SMTP server and the
+ * response line
+ */
+nsresult nsSmtpProtocol::SmtpResponse(nsIInputStream * inputStream, uint32_t length)
+{
+  char * line = nullptr;
+  char cont_char;
+  uint32_t ln = 0;
+  bool pauseForMoreData = false;
+
+  if (!m_lineStreamBuffer)
+    // this will force an error and at least we won't crash
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  line = m_lineStreamBuffer->ReadNextLine(inputStream, ln, pauseForMoreData);
+
+  if (pauseForMoreData || !line)
+  {
+    SetFlag(SMTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ); /* pause */
+    PR_Free(line);
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  m_totalAmountRead += ln;
+
+  MOZ_LOG(SMTPLogModule, mozilla::LogLevel::Info, ("SMTP Response: %s", line));
+  cont_char = ' '; /* default */
+  // sscanf() doesn't update m_responseCode if line doesn't start
+  // with a number. That can be dangerous. So be sure to set
+  // m_responseCode to 0 if no items read.
+  if (PR_sscanf(line, "%d%c", &m_responseCode, &cont_char) <= 0)
+    m_responseCode = 0;
+
+  if (m_continuationResponse == -1)
+  {
+    if (cont_char == '-')  /* begin continuation */
+      m_continuationResponse = m_responseCode;
+
+    // display the whole message if no valid response code or
+    // message shorter than 4 chars
+    m_responseText = (m_responseCode >= 100 && PL_strlen(line) > 3) ? line + 4 : line;
+  }
+  else
+  { /* have to continue */
+    if (m_continuationResponse == m_responseCode && cont_char == ' ')
+      m_continuationResponse = -1;    /* ended */
+
+    if (m_responseText.IsEmpty() || m_responseText.Last() != '\n')
+      m_responseText += "\n";
+
+    m_responseText += (PL_strlen(line) > 3) ? line + 4 : line;
+  }
+
+  if (m_responseCode == 220 && m_responseText.Length() && !m_tlsInitiated &&
+     !m_sendDone)
+    m_nextStateAfterResponse = SMTP_EXTN_LOGIN_RESPONSE;
+
+  if (m_continuationResponse == -1)  /* all done with this response? */
+  {
+    m_nextState = m_nextStateAfterResponse;
+    ClearFlag(SMTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ); /* don't pause */
+  }
+
+  PR_Free(line);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsSmtpProtocol::ExtensionLoginResponse(nsIInputStream * inputStream, uint32_t length)
+{
+  nsresult status = NS_OK;
+
+  if (m_responseCode != 220)
+  {
+#ifdef DEBUG
+    nsresult rv =
+#endif
+    nsExplainErrorDetails(m_runningURL, NS_ERROR_SMTP_GREETING,
+                          m_responseText.get());
+    NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "failed to explain SMTP error");
+
+    m_urlErrorState = NS_ERROR_BUT_DONT_SHOW_ALERT;
+    return NS_ERROR_SMTP_AUTH_FAILURE;
+  }
+
+  nsAutoCString buffer("EHLO ");
+  AppendHelloArgument(buffer);
+  buffer += CRLF;
+
+  status = SendData(buffer.get());
+
+  m_nextState = SMTP_RESPONSE;
+  m_nextStateAfterResponse = SMTP_SEND_EHLO_RESPONSE;
+  SetFlag(SMTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+
+  return(status);
+}
+
+nsresult nsSmtpProtocol::SendHeloResponse(nsIInputStream * inputStream, uint32_t length)
+{
+  nsresult status = NS_OK;
+  nsAutoCString buffer;
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  if (m_responseCode != 250)
+  {
+#ifdef DEBUG
+    rv =
+#endif
+    nsExplainErrorDetails(m_runningURL, NS_ERROR_SMTP_SERVER_ERROR,
+                          m_responseText.get());
+    NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "failed to explain SMTP error");
+
+    m_urlErrorState = NS_ERROR_BUT_DONT_SHOW_ALERT;
+    return NS_ERROR_SMTP_AUTH_FAILURE;
+  }
+
+  // check if we're just verifying the ability to logon
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISmtpUrl> smtpUrl = do_QueryInterface(m_runningURL, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  bool verifyingLogon = false;
+  smtpUrl->GetVerifyLogon(&verifyingLogon);
+  if (verifyingLogon)
+    return SendQuit();
+
+  // extract the email address from the identity
+  nsCString emailAddress;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgIdentity> senderIdentity;
+  rv = m_runningURL->GetSenderIdentity(getter_AddRefs(senderIdentity));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !senderIdentity)
+  {
+    m_urlErrorState = NS_ERROR_COULD_NOT_GET_USERS_MAIL_ADDRESS;
+    return(NS_ERROR_COULD_NOT_GET_USERS_MAIL_ADDRESS);
+  }
+  senderIdentity->GetEmail(emailAddress);
+
+  if (emailAddress.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    m_urlErrorState = NS_ERROR_COULD_NOT_GET_USERS_MAIL_ADDRESS;
+    return(NS_ERROR_COULD_NOT_GET_USERS_MAIL_ADDRESS);
+  }
+
+  nsCString fullAddress;
+  // Quote the email address before passing it to the SMTP server.
+  MakeMimeAddress(EmptyCString(), emailAddress, fullAddress);
+
+  buffer = "MAIL FROM:<";
+  buffer += fullAddress;
+  buffer += ">";
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefService> prefs = do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefBranch;
+  rv = prefs->GetBranch(nullptr, getter_AddRefs(prefBranch));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  if (TestFlag(SMTP_EHLO_DSN_ENABLED))
+  {
+    bool requestDSN = false;
+    rv = m_runningURL->GetRequestDSN(&requestDSN);
+
+    if (requestDSN)
+    {
+      bool requestRetFull = false;
+      rv = prefBranch->GetBoolPref("mail.dsn.ret_full_on", &requestRetFull);
+
+      buffer += requestRetFull ? " RET=FULL" : " RET=HDRS";
+
+      nsCString dsnEnvid;
+
+      // get the envid from the smtpUrl
+      rv = m_runningURL->GetDsnEnvid(dsnEnvid);
+
+      if (dsnEnvid.IsEmpty())
+          dsnEnvid.Adopt(msg_generate_message_id(senderIdentity));
+
+      buffer += " ENVID=";
+      buffer += dsnEnvid;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (TestFlag(SMTP_EHLO_8BIT_ENABLED))
+  {
+    bool strictlyMime = false;
+    rv = prefBranch->GetBoolPref("mail.strictly_mime", &strictlyMime);
+
+    if (!strictlyMime)
+      buffer.Append(" BODY=8BITMIME");
+  }
+
+  if (TestFlag(SMTP_EHLO_SIZE_ENABLED))
+  {
+    buffer.Append(" SIZE=");
+    buffer.AppendInt(m_totalMessageSize);
+  }
+  buffer += CRLF;
+
+  status = SendData(buffer.get());
+
+  m_nextState = SMTP_RESPONSE;
+
+
+  m_nextStateAfterResponse = SMTP_SEND_MAIL_RESPONSE;
+  SetFlag(SMTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+
+  return(status);
+}
+
+nsresult nsSmtpProtocol::SendEhloResponse(nsIInputStream * inputStream, uint32_t length)
+{
+    nsresult status = NS_OK;
+
+    if (m_responseCode != 250)
+    {
+        /* EHLO must not be implemented by the server, so fall back to the HELO case
+         * if command is unrecognized or unimplemented.
+         */
+        if (m_responseCode == 500 || m_responseCode == 502)
+        {
+            /* If STARTTLS is requested by the user, EHLO is required to advertise it.
+             * But only if TLS handshake is not already accomplished.
+             */
+            if (m_prefSocketType == nsMsgSocketType::alwaysSTARTTLS &&
+                !m_tlsEnabled)
+            {
+                m_nextState = SMTP_ERROR_DONE;
+                m_urlErrorState = NS_ERROR_STARTTLS_FAILED_EHLO_STARTTLS;
+                return(NS_ERROR_STARTTLS_FAILED_EHLO_STARTTLS);
+            }
+
+            nsAutoCString buffer("HELO ");
+            AppendHelloArgument(buffer);
+            buffer += CRLF;
+
+            status = SendData(buffer.get());
+
+            m_nextState = SMTP_RESPONSE;
+            m_nextStateAfterResponse = SMTP_SEND_HELO_RESPONSE;
+            SetFlag(SMTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+            return (status);
+        }
+        /* e.g. getting 421 "Server says unauthorized, bye" or
+         * 501 "Syntax error in EHLOs parameters or arguments"
+         */
+        else
+        {
+#ifdef DEBUG
+            nsresult rv =
+#endif
+            nsExplainErrorDetails(m_runningURL, NS_ERROR_SMTP_SERVER_ERROR,
+                                  m_responseText.get());
+            NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "failed to explain SMTP error");
+
+            m_urlErrorState = NS_ERROR_BUT_DONT_SHOW_ALERT;
+            return NS_ERROR_SMTP_AUTH_FAILURE;
+        }
+    }
+
+    int32_t responseLength = m_responseText.Length();
+    int32_t startPos = 0;
+    int32_t endPos;
+    do
+    {
+        endPos = m_responseText.FindChar('\n', startPos + 1);
+        nsAutoCString responseLine;
+        responseLine.Assign(Substring(m_responseText, startPos,
+            (endPos >= 0 ? endPos : responseLength) - startPos));
+
+        MsgCompressWhitespace(responseLine);
+        if (responseLine.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("starttls"))
+        {
+            SetFlag(SMTP_EHLO_STARTTLS_ENABLED);
+        }
+        else if (responseLine.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("dsn"))
+        {
+            SetFlag(SMTP_EHLO_DSN_ENABLED);
+        }
+        else if (StringBeginsWith(responseLine, NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("AUTH"), nsCaseInsensitiveCStringComparator()))
+        {
+          SetFlag(SMTP_AUTH);
+
+          if (responseLine.Find(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("GSSAPI"),
+                                CaseInsensitiveCompare) >= 0)
+            SetFlag(SMTP_AUTH_GSSAPI_ENABLED);
+
+          if (responseLine.Find(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("CRAM-MD5"),
+                                CaseInsensitiveCompare) >= 0)
+            SetFlag(SMTP_AUTH_CRAM_MD5_ENABLED);
+
+          if (responseLine.Find(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("NTLM"),
+                                CaseInsensitiveCompare) >= 0)
+            SetFlag(SMTP_AUTH_NTLM_ENABLED);
+
+          if (responseLine.Find(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("MSN"),
+                                CaseInsensitiveCompare) >= 0)
+            SetFlag(SMTP_AUTH_MSN_ENABLED);
+
+          if (responseLine.Find(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("PLAIN"),
+                                CaseInsensitiveCompare) >= 0)
+            SetFlag(SMTP_AUTH_PLAIN_ENABLED);
+
+          if (responseLine.Find(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("LOGIN"),
+                                CaseInsensitiveCompare) >= 0)
+            SetFlag(SMTP_AUTH_LOGIN_ENABLED);
+
+          if (responseLine.Find(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("EXTERNAL"),
+                                CaseInsensitiveCompare) >= 0)
+            SetFlag(SMTP_AUTH_EXTERNAL_ENABLED);
+
+          if (responseLine.Find(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("XOAUTH2"),
+                                CaseInsensitiveCompare) >= 0)
+            SetFlag(SMTP_AUTH_OAUTH2_ENABLED);
+        }
+        else if (StringBeginsWith(responseLine, NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("SIZE"), nsCaseInsensitiveCStringComparator()))
+        {
+            SetFlag(SMTP_EHLO_SIZE_ENABLED);
+
+            m_sizelimit = atol((responseLine.get()) + 4);
+        }
+        else if (StringBeginsWith(responseLine, NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("8BITMIME"), nsCaseInsensitiveCStringComparator()))
+        {
+            SetFlag(SMTP_EHLO_8BIT_ENABLED);
+        }
+
+        startPos = endPos + 1;
+    } while (endPos >= 0);
+
+    if (TestFlag(SMTP_EHLO_SIZE_ENABLED) &&
+       m_sizelimit > 0 && (int32_t)m_totalMessageSize > m_sizelimit)
+    {
+#ifdef DEBUG
+        nsresult rv =
+#endif
+        nsExplainErrorDetails(m_runningURL,
+                              NS_ERROR_SMTP_PERM_SIZE_EXCEEDED_1, m_sizelimit);
+        NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "failed to explain SMTP error");
+
+        m_urlErrorState = NS_ERROR_BUT_DONT_SHOW_ALERT;
+        return(NS_ERROR_SENDING_FROM_COMMAND);
+    }
+
+    m_nextState = SMTP_AUTH_PROCESS_STATE;
+    return status;
+}
+
+
+nsresult nsSmtpProtocol::SendTLSResponse()
+{
+  // only tear down our existing connection and open a new one if we received a 220 response
+  // from the smtp server after we issued the STARTTLS
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  if (m_responseCode == 220)
+  {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> secInfo;
+      nsCOMPtr<nsISocketTransport> strans = do_QueryInterface(m_transport, &rv);
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+      rv = strans->GetSecurityInfo(getter_AddRefs(secInfo));
+
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && secInfo) {
+          nsCOMPtr<nsISSLSocketControl> sslControl = do_QueryInterface(secInfo, &rv);
+
+          if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && sslControl)
+              rv = sslControl->StartTLS();
+      }
+
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      {
+          m_nextState = SMTP_EXTN_LOGIN_RESPONSE;
+          m_nextStateAfterResponse = SMTP_EXTN_LOGIN_RESPONSE;
+          m_tlsEnabled = true;
+          m_flags = 0; // resetting the flags
+          return rv;
+      }
+  }
+
+  ClearFlag(SMTP_EHLO_STARTTLS_ENABLED);
+  m_tlsInitiated = false;
+  m_nextState = SMTP_AUTH_PROCESS_STATE;
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+void nsSmtpProtocol::InitPrefAuthMethods(int32_t authMethodPrefValue)
+{
+  // for m_prefAuthMethods, using the same flags as server capablities.
+  switch (authMethodPrefValue)
+  {
+    case nsMsgAuthMethod::none:
+      m_prefAuthMethods = SMTP_AUTH_NONE_ENABLED;
+      break;
+    //case nsMsgAuthMethod::old -- no such thing for SMTP
+    case nsMsgAuthMethod::passwordCleartext:
+      m_prefAuthMethods = SMTP_AUTH_LOGIN_ENABLED |
+        SMTP_AUTH_PLAIN_ENABLED;
+      break;
+    case nsMsgAuthMethod::passwordEncrypted:
+      m_prefAuthMethods = SMTP_AUTH_CRAM_MD5_ENABLED;
+      break;
+    case nsMsgAuthMethod::NTLM:
+      m_prefAuthMethods = SMTP_AUTH_NTLM_ENABLED |
+          SMTP_AUTH_MSN_ENABLED;
+      break;
+    case nsMsgAuthMethod::GSSAPI:
+      m_prefAuthMethods = SMTP_AUTH_GSSAPI_ENABLED;
+      break;
+    case nsMsgAuthMethod::OAuth2:
+      m_prefAuthMethods = SMTP_AUTH_OAUTH2_ENABLED;
+      break;
+    case nsMsgAuthMethod::secure:
+      m_prefAuthMethods = SMTP_AUTH_CRAM_MD5_ENABLED |
+          SMTP_AUTH_GSSAPI_ENABLED |
+          SMTP_AUTH_NTLM_ENABLED | SMTP_AUTH_MSN_ENABLED |
+          SMTP_AUTH_EXTERNAL_ENABLED; // TODO: Expose EXTERNAL? How?
+      break;
+    default:
+      NS_ASSERTION(false, "SMTP: authMethod pref invalid");
+      // TODO log to error console
+      MOZ_LOG(SMTPLogModule, mozilla::LogLevel::Error,
+          ("SMTP: bad pref authMethod = %d\n", authMethodPrefValue));
+      // fall to any
+      MOZ_FALLTHROUGH;
+    case nsMsgAuthMethod::anything:
+      m_prefAuthMethods =
+          SMTP_AUTH_LOGIN_ENABLED | SMTP_AUTH_PLAIN_ENABLED |
+          SMTP_AUTH_CRAM_MD5_ENABLED | SMTP_AUTH_GSSAPI_ENABLED |
+          SMTP_AUTH_NTLM_ENABLED | SMTP_AUTH_MSN_ENABLED |
+          SMTP_AUTH_OAUTH2_ENABLED |
+          SMTP_AUTH_EXTERNAL_ENABLED;
+      break;
+  }
+
+  // Only enable OAuth2 support if we can do the lookup.
+  if ((m_prefAuthMethods & SMTP_AUTH_OAUTH2_ENABLED) && !mOAuth2Support)
+    m_prefAuthMethods &= ~SMTP_AUTH_OAUTH2_ENABLED;
+
+  NS_ASSERTION(m_prefAuthMethods != 0, "SMTP:InitPrefAuthMethods() failed");
+}
+
+/**
+ * Changes m_currentAuthMethod to pick the next-best one
+ * which is allowed by server and prefs and not marked failed.
+ * The order of preference and trying of auth methods is encoded here.
+ */
+nsresult nsSmtpProtocol::ChooseAuthMethod()
+{
+  int32_t serverCaps = m_flags; // from nsMsgProtocol::TestFlag()
+  int32_t availCaps = serverCaps & m_prefAuthMethods & ~m_failedAuthMethods;
+
+  MOZ_LOG(SMTPLogModule, mozilla::LogLevel::Debug,
+        ("SMTP auth: server caps 0x%X, pref 0x%X, failed 0x%X, avail caps 0x%X",
+        serverCaps, m_prefAuthMethods, m_failedAuthMethods, availCaps));
+  MOZ_LOG(SMTPLogModule, mozilla::LogLevel:: Debug,
+        ("(GSSAPI = 0x%X, CRAM = 0x%X, NTLM = 0x%X, "
+        "MSN =  0x%X, PLAIN = 0x%X, LOGIN = 0x%X, EXTERNAL = 0x%X)",
+        SMTP_AUTH_GSSAPI_ENABLED, SMTP_AUTH_CRAM_MD5_ENABLED,
+        SMTP_AUTH_NTLM_ENABLED, SMTP_AUTH_MSN_ENABLED, SMTP_AUTH_PLAIN_ENABLED,
+        SMTP_AUTH_LOGIN_ENABLED, SMTP_AUTH_EXTERNAL_ENABLED));
+
+  if (SMTP_AUTH_GSSAPI_ENABLED & availCaps)
+    m_currentAuthMethod = SMTP_AUTH_GSSAPI_ENABLED;
+  else if (SMTP_AUTH_CRAM_MD5_ENABLED & availCaps)
+    m_currentAuthMethod = SMTP_AUTH_CRAM_MD5_ENABLED;
+  else if (SMTP_AUTH_NTLM_ENABLED & availCaps)
+    m_currentAuthMethod = SMTP_AUTH_NTLM_ENABLED;
+  else if (SMTP_AUTH_MSN_ENABLED & availCaps)
+    m_currentAuthMethod = SMTP_AUTH_MSN_ENABLED;
+  else if (SMTP_AUTH_OAUTH2_ENABLED & availCaps)
+    m_currentAuthMethod = SMTP_AUTH_OAUTH2_ENABLED;
+  else if (SMTP_AUTH_PLAIN_ENABLED & availCaps)
+    m_currentAuthMethod = SMTP_AUTH_PLAIN_ENABLED;
+  else if (SMTP_AUTH_LOGIN_ENABLED & availCaps)
+    m_currentAuthMethod = SMTP_AUTH_LOGIN_ENABLED;
+  else if (SMTP_AUTH_EXTERNAL_ENABLED & availCaps)
+    m_currentAuthMethod = SMTP_AUTH_EXTERNAL_ENABLED;
+  else
+  {
+    MOZ_LOG(SMTPLogModule, mozilla::LogLevel::Error, ("no auth method remaining"));
+    m_currentAuthMethod = 0;
+    return NS_ERROR_SMTP_AUTH_FAILURE;
+  }
+  MOZ_LOG(SMTPLogModule, mozilla::LogLevel::Debug, ("trying auth method 0x%X", m_currentAuthMethod));
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+void nsSmtpProtocol::MarkAuthMethodAsFailed(int32_t failedAuthMethod)
+{
+  MOZ_LOG(SMTPLogModule, mozilla::LogLevel::Debug,
+      ("marking auth method 0x%X failed", failedAuthMethod));
+  m_failedAuthMethods |= failedAuthMethod;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Start over, trying all auth methods again
+ */
+void nsSmtpProtocol::ResetAuthMethods()
+{
+  m_currentAuthMethod = 0;
+  m_failedAuthMethods = 0;
+}
+
+nsresult nsSmtpProtocol::ProcessAuth()
+{
+    nsresult status = NS_OK;
+    nsAutoCString buffer;
+
+    if (!m_tlsEnabled)
+    {
+        if (TestFlag(SMTP_EHLO_STARTTLS_ENABLED))
+        {
+            // Do not try to combine SMTPS with STARTTLS.
+            // If nsMsgSocketType::SSL is set,
+            // we are alrady using a secure connection.
+            // Do not attempt to do STARTTLS,
+            // even if server offers it.
+            if (m_prefSocketType == nsMsgSocketType::trySTARTTLS ||
+                m_prefSocketType == nsMsgSocketType::alwaysSTARTTLS)
+            {
+                buffer = "STARTTLS";
+                buffer += CRLF;
+
+                status = SendData(buffer.get());
+
+                m_tlsInitiated = true;
+
+                m_nextState = SMTP_RESPONSE;
+                m_nextStateAfterResponse = SMTP_TLS_RESPONSE;
+                SetFlag(SMTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+                return status;
+            }
+        }
+        else if (m_prefSocketType == nsMsgSocketType::alwaysSTARTTLS)
+        {
+            m_nextState = SMTP_ERROR_DONE;
+            m_urlErrorState = NS_ERROR_STARTTLS_FAILED_EHLO_STARTTLS;
+            return NS_ERROR_STARTTLS_FAILED_EHLO_STARTTLS;
+        }
+    }
+  // (wrong indention until here)
+
+  (void) ChooseAuthMethod(); // advance m_currentAuthMethod
+
+   // We don't need to auth, per pref, or the server doesn't advertise AUTH,
+  // so skip auth and try to send message.
+  if (m_prefAuthMethods == SMTP_AUTH_NONE_ENABLED || !TestFlag(SMTP_AUTH))
+  {
+    m_nextState = SMTP_SEND_HELO_RESPONSE;
+    // fake to 250 because SendHeloResponse() tests for this
+    m_responseCode = 250;
+  }
+  else if (m_currentAuthMethod == SMTP_AUTH_EXTERNAL_ENABLED)
+  {
+    buffer = "AUTH EXTERNAL =";
+    buffer += CRLF;
+    SendData(buffer.get());
+    m_nextState = SMTP_RESPONSE;
+    m_nextStateAfterResponse = SMTP_AUTH_EXTERNAL_RESPONSE;
+    SetFlag(SMTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  else if (m_currentAuthMethod == SMTP_AUTH_GSSAPI_ENABLED)
+  {
+    m_nextState = SMTP_SEND_AUTH_GSSAPI_FIRST;
+  }
+  else if (m_currentAuthMethod == SMTP_AUTH_CRAM_MD5_ENABLED ||
+           m_currentAuthMethod == SMTP_AUTH_PLAIN_ENABLED ||
+           m_currentAuthMethod == SMTP_AUTH_NTLM_ENABLED)
+  {
+    m_nextState = SMTP_SEND_AUTH_LOGIN_STEP1;
+  }
+  else if (m_currentAuthMethod == SMTP_AUTH_LOGIN_ENABLED ||
+           m_currentAuthMethod == SMTP_AUTH_MSN_ENABLED)
+  {
+    m_nextState = SMTP_SEND_AUTH_LOGIN_STEP0;
+  }
+  else if (m_currentAuthMethod == SMTP_AUTH_OAUTH2_ENABLED)
+  {
+    m_nextState = SMTP_AUTH_OAUTH2_STEP;
+  }
+  else // All auth methods failed
+  {
+    // show an appropriate error msg
+    if (m_failedAuthMethods == 0)
+    {
+      // we didn't even try anything, so we had a non-working config:
+      // pref doesn't match server
+      MOZ_LOG(SMTPLogModule, mozilla::LogLevel::Error,
+          ("no working auth mech - pref doesn't match server capas"));
+
+      // pref has encrypted pw & server claims to support plaintext pw
+      if (m_prefAuthMethods == SMTP_AUTH_CRAM_MD5_ENABLED &&
+          m_flags & (SMTP_AUTH_LOGIN_ENABLED | SMTP_AUTH_PLAIN_ENABLED))
+      {
+        // have SSL
+        if (m_prefSocketType == nsMsgSocketType::SSL ||
+            m_prefSocketType == nsMsgSocketType::alwaysSTARTTLS)
+          // tell user to change to plaintext pw
+          m_urlErrorState = NS_ERROR_SMTP_AUTH_CHANGE_ENCRYPT_TO_PLAIN_SSL;
+        else
+          // tell user to change to plaintext pw, with big warning
+          m_urlErrorState = NS_ERROR_SMTP_AUTH_CHANGE_ENCRYPT_TO_PLAIN_NO_SSL;
+      }
+      // pref has plaintext pw & server claims to support encrypted pw
+      else if (m_prefAuthMethods == (SMTP_AUTH_LOGIN_ENABLED |
+                   SMTP_AUTH_PLAIN_ENABLED) &&
+               m_flags & SMTP_AUTH_CRAM_MD5_ENABLED)
+        // tell user to change to encrypted pw
+        m_urlErrorState = NS_ERROR_SMTP_AUTH_CHANGE_PLAIN_TO_ENCRYPT;
+      else
+      {
+        // just "change auth method"
+        m_urlErrorState = NS_ERROR_SMTP_AUTH_MECH_NOT_SUPPORTED;
+      }
+    }
+    else if (m_failedAuthMethods == SMTP_AUTH_GSSAPI_ENABLED)
+    {
+      // We have only GSSAPI, and it failed, so nothing left to do.
+      MOZ_LOG(SMTPLogModule, mozilla::LogLevel::Error, ("GSSAPI only and it failed"));
+      m_urlErrorState = NS_ERROR_SMTP_AUTH_GSSAPI;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      // we tried to login, but it all failed
+      MOZ_LOG(SMTPLogModule, mozilla::LogLevel::Error, ("All auth attempts failed"));
+      m_urlErrorState = NS_ERROR_SMTP_AUTH_FAILURE;
+    }
+    m_nextState = SMTP_ERROR_DONE;
+    return NS_ERROR_SMTP_AUTH_FAILURE;
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+
+nsresult nsSmtpProtocol::AuthLoginResponse(nsIInputStream * stream, uint32_t length)
+{
+  MOZ_LOG(SMTPLogModule, mozilla::LogLevel::Debug, ("SMTP Login response, code %d", m_responseCode));
+  nsresult status = NS_OK;
+
+  switch (m_responseCode/100)
+  {
+    case 2:
+      m_nextState = SMTP_SEND_HELO_RESPONSE;
+      // fake to 250 because SendHeloResponse() tests for this
+      m_responseCode = 250;
+      break;
+    case 3:
+      m_nextState = SMTP_SEND_AUTH_LOGIN_STEP2;
+      break;
+    case 5:
+    default:
+      nsCOMPtr<nsISmtpServer> smtpServer;
+      m_runningURL->GetSmtpServer(getter_AddRefs(smtpServer));
+      if (smtpServer)
+      {
+        // If one authentication failed, mark it failed, so that we're going to
+        // fall back on a less secure login method.
+        MarkAuthMethodAsFailed(m_currentAuthMethod);
+
+        bool allFailed = NS_FAILED(ChooseAuthMethod());
+        if (allFailed && m_failedAuthMethods > 0 &&
+            m_failedAuthMethods != SMTP_AUTH_GSSAPI_ENABLED &&
+            m_failedAuthMethods != SMTP_AUTH_EXTERNAL_ENABLED)
+        {
+          // We've tried all avail. methods, and they all failed, and we have no mechanism left.
+          // Ask user to try with a new password.
+          MOZ_LOG(SMTPLogModule, mozilla::LogLevel::Warning,
+              ("SMTP: ask user what to do (after login failed): new password, retry or cancel"));
+
+          nsCOMPtr<nsISmtpServer> smtpServer;
+          nsresult rv = m_runningURL->GetSmtpServer(getter_AddRefs(smtpServer));
+          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+          nsCString hostname;
+          rv = smtpServer->GetHostname(hostname);
+          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+          int32_t buttonPressed = 1;
+          if (NS_SUCCEEDED(MsgPromptLoginFailed(nullptr, hostname,
+                                                &buttonPressed)))
+          {
+            if (buttonPressed == 1) // Cancel button
+            {
+              MOZ_LOG(SMTPLogModule, mozilla::LogLevel::Warning, ("cancel button pressed"));
+              // abort and get out of here
+              status = NS_ERROR_ABORT;
+              break;
+            }
+            else if (buttonPressed == 2) // 'New password' button
+            {
+              MOZ_LOG(SMTPLogModule, mozilla::LogLevel::Warning, ("new password button pressed"));
+              // Change password was pressed. For now, forget the stored
+              // password and we'll prompt for a new one next time around.
+              smtpServer->ForgetPassword();
+              if (m_usernamePrompted)
+                smtpServer->SetUsername(EmptyCString());
+
+              // Let's restore the original auth flags from SendEhloResponse
+              // so we can try them again with new password and username
+              ResetAuthMethods();
+              // except for GSSAPI and EXTERNAL, which don't care about passwords.
+              MarkAuthMethodAsFailed(SMTP_AUTH_GSSAPI_ENABLED);
+              MarkAuthMethodAsFailed(SMTP_AUTH_EXTERNAL_ENABLED);
+            }
+            else if (buttonPressed == 0) // Retry button
+            {
+              MOZ_LOG(SMTPLogModule, mozilla::LogLevel::Warning, ("retry button pressed"));
+              // try all again, including GSSAPI
+              ResetAuthMethods();
+            }
+          }
+        }
+        MOZ_LOG(SMTPLogModule, mozilla::LogLevel::Error,
+            ("SMTP: login failed: failed %X, current %X", m_failedAuthMethods, m_currentAuthMethod));
+
+        m_nextState = SMTP_AUTH_PROCESS_STATE; // try auth (ProcessAuth()) again, with other method
+      }
+      else
+          status = NS_ERROR_SMTP_PASSWORD_UNDEFINED;
+      break;
+  }
+
+  return (status);
+}
+
+nsresult nsSmtpProtocol::AuthGSSAPIFirst()
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(m_currentAuthMethod == SMTP_AUTH_GSSAPI_ENABLED, "called in invalid state");
+  nsAutoCString command("AUTH GSSAPI ");
+  nsAutoCString resp;
+  nsAutoCString service("smtp@");
+  nsCString hostName;
+  nsCString userName;
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISmtpServer> smtpServer;
+  rv = m_runningURL->GetSmtpServer(getter_AddRefs(smtpServer));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  rv = smtpServer->GetUsername(userName);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  rv = smtpServer->GetHostname(hostName);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  service.Append(hostName);
+  MOZ_LOG(SMTPLogModule, mozilla::LogLevel::Debug, ("SMTP: GSSAPI step 1 for user %s at server %s, service %s",
+      userName.get(), hostName.get(), service.get()));
+
+  rv = DoGSSAPIStep1(service.get(), userName.get(), resp);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+  {
+    MOZ_LOG(SMTPLogModule, mozilla::LogLevel::Error, ("SMTP: GSSAPI step 1 failed early"));
+    MarkAuthMethodAsFailed(SMTP_AUTH_GSSAPI_ENABLED);
+    m_nextState = SMTP_AUTH_PROCESS_STATE;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  else
+    command.Append(resp);
+  command.Append(CRLF);
+  m_nextState = SMTP_RESPONSE;
+  m_nextStateAfterResponse = SMTP_SEND_AUTH_GSSAPI_STEP;
+  SetFlag(SMTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+  return SendData(command.get());
+}
+
+// GSSAPI may consist of multiple round trips
+
+nsresult nsSmtpProtocol::AuthGSSAPIStep()
+{
+  MOZ_LOG(SMTPLogModule, mozilla::LogLevel::Debug, ("SMTP: GSSAPI auth step 2"));
+  NS_ASSERTION(m_currentAuthMethod == SMTP_AUTH_GSSAPI_ENABLED, "called in invalid state");
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsAutoCString cmd;
+
+  // Check to see what the server said
+  if (m_responseCode / 100 != 3) {
+    m_nextState = SMTP_AUTH_LOGIN_RESPONSE;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  rv = DoGSSAPIStep2(m_responseText, cmd);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    cmd = "*";
+  cmd += CRLF;
+
+  m_nextStateAfterResponse = (rv == NS_SUCCESS_AUTH_FINISHED)?SMTP_AUTH_LOGIN_RESPONSE:SMTP_SEND_AUTH_GSSAPI_STEP;
+  m_nextState = SMTP_RESPONSE;
+  SetFlag(SMTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+
+  return SendData(cmd.get());
+}
+
+
+// LOGIN and MSN consist of three steps (MSN not through the mechanism
+// but by non-RFC2821 compliant implementation in MS servers) not two as
+// PLAIN or CRAM-MD5, so we've to start here and continue with AuthStep1
+// if the server responds with with a 3xx code to "AUTH LOGIN" or "AUTH MSN"
+nsresult nsSmtpProtocol::AuthLoginStep0()
+{
+    NS_ASSERTION(m_currentAuthMethod == SMTP_AUTH_MSN_ENABLED ||
+        m_currentAuthMethod == SMTP_AUTH_LOGIN_ENABLED,
+        "called in invalid state");
+    MOZ_LOG(SMTPLogModule, mozilla::LogLevel::Debug, ("SMTP: MSN or LOGIN auth, step 0"));
+    nsAutoCString command(m_currentAuthMethod == SMTP_AUTH_MSN_ENABLED
+        ? "AUTH MSN" CRLF : "AUTH LOGIN" CRLF);
+    m_nextState = SMTP_RESPONSE;
+    m_nextStateAfterResponse = SMTP_AUTH_LOGIN_STEP0_RESPONSE;
+    SetFlag(SMTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+
+    return SendData(command.get());
+}
+
+void nsSmtpProtocol::AuthLoginStep0Response()
+{
+    NS_ASSERTION(m_currentAuthMethod == SMTP_AUTH_MSN_ENABLED ||
+        m_currentAuthMethod == SMTP_AUTH_LOGIN_ENABLED,
+        "called in invalid state");
+    // need the test to be here instead in AuthLoginResponse() to
+    // continue with step 1 instead of 2 in case of a code 3xx
+    m_nextState = (m_responseCode/100 == 3) ?
+                  SMTP_SEND_AUTH_LOGIN_STEP1 : SMTP_AUTH_LOGIN_RESPONSE;
+}
+
+nsresult nsSmtpProtocol::AuthLoginStep1()
+{
+  char buffer[512]; // TODO nsAutoCString
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsresult status = NS_OK;
+  nsCString username;
+  char *base64Str = nullptr;
+  nsAutoCString password;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISmtpServer> smtpServer;
+  rv = m_runningURL->GetSmtpServer(getter_AddRefs(smtpServer));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  rv = smtpServer->GetUsername(username);
+  if (username.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    rv = GetUsernamePassword(username, password);
+    m_usernamePrompted = true;
+    if (username.IsEmpty() || password.IsEmpty())
+      return NS_ERROR_SMTP_PASSWORD_UNDEFINED;
+  }
+
+  nsCString hostname;
+  smtpServer->GetHostname(hostname);
+
+  MOZ_LOG(SMTPLogModule, mozilla::LogLevel::Debug, ("SMTP AuthLoginStep1() for %s@%s",
+      username.get(), hostname.get()));
+
+  GetPassword(password);
+  if (password.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    MOZ_LOG(SMTPLogModule, mozilla::LogLevel::Error, ("SMTP: password undefined"));
+    m_urlErrorState = NS_ERROR_SMTP_PASSWORD_UNDEFINED;
+    return NS_ERROR_SMTP_PASSWORD_UNDEFINED;
+  }
+
+  if (m_currentAuthMethod == SMTP_AUTH_CRAM_MD5_ENABLED)
+  {
+    MOZ_LOG(SMTPLogModule, mozilla::LogLevel::Error, ("CRAM auth, step 1"));
+    PR_snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer), "AUTH CRAM-MD5" CRLF);
+  }
+  else if (m_currentAuthMethod == SMTP_AUTH_NTLM_ENABLED ||
+           m_currentAuthMethod == SMTP_AUTH_MSN_ENABLED)
+  {
+    MOZ_LOG(SMTPLogModule, mozilla::LogLevel::Debug, ("NTLM/MSN auth, step 1"));
+    nsAutoCString response;
+    rv = DoNtlmStep1(username.get(), password.get(), response);
+    PR_snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer), TestFlag(SMTP_AUTH_NTLM_ENABLED) ?
+                                        "AUTH NTLM %.256s" CRLF :
+                                        "%.256s" CRLF, response.get());
+  }
+  else if (m_currentAuthMethod == SMTP_AUTH_PLAIN_ENABLED)
+  {
+    MOZ_LOG(SMTPLogModule, mozilla::LogLevel::Debug, ("PLAIN auth"));
+    char plain_string[512];
+    int len = 1; /* first <NUL> char */
+
+    memset(plain_string, 0, 512);
+    PR_snprintf(&plain_string[1], 510, "%s", username.get());
+    len += username.Length();
+    len++; /* second <NUL> char */
+    PR_snprintf(&plain_string[len], 511-len, "%s", password.get());
+    len += password.Length();
+
+    base64Str = PL_Base64Encode(plain_string, len, nullptr);
+    PR_snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer), "AUTH PLAIN %.256s" CRLF, base64Str);
+  }
+  else if (m_currentAuthMethod == SMTP_AUTH_LOGIN_ENABLED)
+  {
+    MOZ_LOG(SMTPLogModule, mozilla::LogLevel::Debug, ("LOGIN auth"));
+    base64Str = PL_Base64Encode(username.get(),
+        username.Length(), nullptr);
+    PR_snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer), "%.256s" CRLF, base64Str);
+  }
+  else
+    return (NS_ERROR_COMMUNICATIONS_ERROR);
+
+  status = SendData(buffer, true);
+  m_nextState = SMTP_RESPONSE;
+  m_nextStateAfterResponse = SMTP_AUTH_LOGIN_RESPONSE;
+  SetFlag(SMTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+  NS_Free(base64Str);
+
+  return (status);
+}
+
+nsresult nsSmtpProtocol::AuthLoginStep2()
+{
+  /* use cached smtp password first
+  * if not then use cached pop password
+  * if pop password undefined
+  * sync with smtp password
+  */
+  nsresult status = NS_OK;
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsAutoCString password;
+
+  GetPassword(password);
+  if (password.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    m_urlErrorState = NS_ERROR_SMTP_PASSWORD_UNDEFINED;
+    return NS_ERROR_SMTP_PASSWORD_UNDEFINED;
+  }
+  MOZ_LOG(SMTPLogModule, mozilla::LogLevel::Debug, ("SMTP AuthLoginStep2"));
+
+  if (!password.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    char buffer[512];
+    if (m_currentAuthMethod == SMTP_AUTH_CRAM_MD5_ENABLED)
+    {
+      MOZ_LOG(SMTPLogModule, mozilla::LogLevel::Debug, ("CRAM auth, step 2"));
+      unsigned char digest[DIGEST_LENGTH];
+      char * decodedChallenge = PL_Base64Decode(m_responseText.get(),
+        m_responseText.Length(), nullptr);
+
+      if (decodedChallenge)
+        rv = MSGCramMD5(decodedChallenge, strlen(decodedChallenge), password.get(), password.Length(), digest);
+      else
+        rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+      PR_Free(decodedChallenge);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      {
+        nsAutoCString encodedDigest;
+        char hexVal[8];
+
+        for (uint32_t j=0; j<16; j++)
+        {
+          PR_snprintf (hexVal,8, "%.2x", 0x0ff & (unsigned short)digest[j]);
+          encodedDigest.Append(hexVal);
+        }
+
+        nsCOMPtr<nsISmtpServer> smtpServer;
+        rv = m_runningURL->GetSmtpServer(getter_AddRefs(smtpServer));
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+        nsCString userName;
+        rv = smtpServer->GetUsername(userName);
+
+        PR_snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer), "%s %s", userName.get(), encodedDigest.get());
+        char *base64Str = PL_Base64Encode(buffer, strlen(buffer), nullptr);
+        PR_snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer), "%s" CRLF, base64Str);
+        NS_Free(base64Str);
+      }
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        PR_snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer), "*" CRLF);
+    }
+    else if (m_currentAuthMethod == SMTP_AUTH_NTLM_ENABLED ||
+             m_currentAuthMethod == SMTP_AUTH_MSN_ENABLED)
+    {
+      MOZ_LOG(SMTPLogModule, mozilla::LogLevel::Debug, ("NTLM/MSN auth, step 2"));
+      nsAutoCString response;
+      rv = DoNtlmStep2(m_responseText, response);
+      PR_snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer), "%.509s" CRLF, response.get());
+    }
+    else if (m_currentAuthMethod == SMTP_AUTH_PLAIN_ENABLED ||
+             m_currentAuthMethod == SMTP_AUTH_LOGIN_ENABLED)
+    {
+      MOZ_LOG(SMTPLogModule, mozilla::LogLevel::Debug, ("PLAIN/LOGIN auth, step 2"));
+      char *base64Str = PL_Base64Encode(password.get(), password.Length(), nullptr);
+      PR_snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer), "%.256s" CRLF, base64Str);
+      NS_Free(base64Str);
+    }
+    else
+      return NS_ERROR_COMMUNICATIONS_ERROR;
+
+    status = SendData(buffer, true);
+    m_nextState = SMTP_RESPONSE;
+    m_nextStateAfterResponse = SMTP_AUTH_LOGIN_RESPONSE;
+    SetFlag(SMTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+    return (status);
+  }
+
+  // XXX -1 is not a valid nsresult
+  return static_cast<nsresult>(-1);
+}
+
+nsresult nsSmtpProtocol::AuthOAuth2Step1()
+{
+  MOZ_ASSERT(mOAuth2Support, "Can't do anything without OAuth2 support");
+
+  nsresult rv = mOAuth2Support->Connect(true, this);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  m_nextState = SMTP_SUSPENDED;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsSmtpProtocol::OnSuccess(const nsACString &aAccessToken)
+{
+  MOZ_ASSERT(mOAuth2Support, "Can't do anything without OAuth2 support");
+
+  nsCString base64Str;
+  mOAuth2Support->BuildXOAuth2String(base64Str);
+
+  // Send the AUTH XOAUTH2 command, and then siphon us back to the regular
+  // authentication login stream.
+  nsAutoCString buffer;
+  buffer.AppendLiteral("AUTH XOAUTH2 ");
+  buffer += base64Str;
+  buffer += CRLF;
+  nsresult rv = SendData(buffer.get(), true);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+  {
+    m_nextState = SMTP_ERROR_DONE;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    m_nextState = SMTP_RESPONSE;
+    m_nextStateAfterResponse = SMTP_AUTH_LOGIN_RESPONSE;
+  }
+
+  SetFlag(SMTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+
+  ProcessProtocolState(nullptr, nullptr, 0, 0);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsSmtpProtocol::OnFailure(nsresult aError)
+{
+  MOZ_LOG(SMTPLogModule, mozilla::LogLevel::Debug, ("OAuth2 login error %08x",
+    (uint32_t)aError));
+  m_urlErrorState = aError;
+  m_nextState = SMTP_ERROR_DONE;
+  return ProcessProtocolState(nullptr, nullptr, 0, 0);
+}
+
+
+nsresult nsSmtpProtocol::SendMailResponse()
+{
+  nsresult status = NS_OK;
+  nsAutoCString buffer;
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  if (m_responseCode/10 != 25)
+  {
+    nsresult errorcode;
+    if (TestFlag(SMTP_EHLO_SIZE_ENABLED))
+      errorcode = (m_responseCode == 452) ? NS_ERROR_SMTP_TEMP_SIZE_EXCEEDED :
+                  (m_responseCode == 552) ? NS_ERROR_SMTP_PERM_SIZE_EXCEEDED_2 :
+                  NS_ERROR_SENDING_FROM_COMMAND;
+    else
+      errorcode = NS_ERROR_SENDING_FROM_COMMAND;
+
+    rv = nsExplainErrorDetails(m_runningURL, errorcode, m_responseText.get());
+    NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "failed to explain SMTP error");
+
+    m_urlErrorState = NS_ERROR_BUT_DONT_SHOW_ALERT;
+    return(NS_ERROR_SENDING_FROM_COMMAND);
+  }
+
+  /* Send the RCPT TO: command */
+  bool requestDSN = false;
+  rv = m_runningURL->GetRequestDSN(&requestDSN);
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIPrefService> prefs = do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefBranch;
+  rv = prefs->GetBranch(nullptr, getter_AddRefs(prefBranch));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  bool requestOnSuccess = false;
+  rv = prefBranch->GetBoolPref("mail.dsn.request_on_success_on", &requestOnSuccess);
+
+  bool requestOnFailure = false;
+  rv = prefBranch->GetBoolPref("mail.dsn.request_on_failure_on", &requestOnFailure);
+
+  bool requestOnDelay = false;
+  rv = prefBranch->GetBoolPref("mail.dsn.request_on_delay_on", &requestOnDelay);
+
+  bool requestOnNever = false;
+  rv = prefBranch->GetBoolPref("mail.dsn.request_never_on", &requestOnNever);
+
+  nsCString &address = m_addresses[m_addressesLeft - 1];
+  if (TestFlag(SMTP_EHLO_DSN_ENABLED) && requestDSN && (requestOnSuccess || requestOnFailure || requestOnDelay || requestOnNever))
+    {
+      char *encodedAddress = esmtp_value_encode(address.get());
+      nsAutoCString dsnBuffer;
+
+      if (encodedAddress)
+      {
+        buffer = "RCPT TO:<";
+        buffer += address;
+        buffer += "> NOTIFY=";
+
+        if (requestOnNever)
+          dsnBuffer += "NEVER";
+        else
+        {
+          if (requestOnSuccess)
+            dsnBuffer += "SUCCESS";
+
+          if (requestOnFailure)
+            dsnBuffer += dsnBuffer.IsEmpty() ? "FAILURE" : ",FAILURE";
+
+          if (requestOnDelay)
+            dsnBuffer += dsnBuffer.IsEmpty() ? "DELAY" : ",DELAY";
+        }
+
+        buffer += dsnBuffer;
+        buffer += " ORCPT=rfc822;";
+        buffer += encodedAddress;
+        buffer += CRLF;
+        PR_FREEIF(encodedAddress);
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        m_urlErrorState = NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+        return (NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY);
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      buffer = "RCPT TO:<";
+      buffer += address;
+      buffer += ">";
+      buffer += CRLF;
+    }
+    status = SendData(buffer.get());
+
+    m_nextState = SMTP_RESPONSE;
+    m_nextStateAfterResponse = SMTP_SEND_RCPT_RESPONSE;
+    SetFlag(SMTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+
+    return(status);
+}
+
+nsresult nsSmtpProtocol::SendRecipientResponse()
+{
+  nsresult status = NS_OK;
+  nsAutoCString buffer;
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  if (m_responseCode / 10 != 25)
+  {
+    nsresult errorcode;
+    if (TestFlag(SMTP_EHLO_SIZE_ENABLED))
+      errorcode = (m_responseCode == 452) ? NS_ERROR_SMTP_TEMP_SIZE_EXCEEDED :
+                  (m_responseCode == 552) ? NS_ERROR_SMTP_PERM_SIZE_EXCEEDED_2 :
+                  NS_ERROR_SENDING_RCPT_COMMAND;
+    else
+      errorcode = NS_ERROR_SENDING_RCPT_COMMAND;
+
+    if (errorcode == NS_ERROR_SENDING_RCPT_COMMAND) {
+      rv = nsExplainErrorDetails(
+        m_runningURL, errorcode, NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16(m_responseText).get(),
+        NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16(m_addresses[m_addressesLeft - 1]).get());
+    } else {
+      rv = nsExplainErrorDetails(m_runningURL, errorcode,
+                                 m_responseText.get(),
+                                 m_addresses[m_addressesLeft - 1].get());
+    }
+
+    if (!NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      NS_ASSERTION(false, "failed to explain SMTP error");
+
+    m_urlErrorState = NS_ERROR_BUT_DONT_SHOW_ALERT;
+    return(NS_ERROR_SENDING_RCPT_COMMAND);
+  }
+
+  if (--m_addressesLeft > 0)
+  {
+    // more senders to RCPT to
+    // fake to 250 because SendMailResponse() can't handle 251
+    m_responseCode = 250;
+    m_nextState = SMTP_SEND_MAIL_RESPONSE;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  /* else send the DATA command */
+  buffer = "DATA";
+  buffer += CRLF;
+  status = SendData(buffer.get());
+
+  m_nextState = SMTP_RESPONSE;
+  m_nextStateAfterResponse = SMTP_SEND_DATA_RESPONSE;
+  SetFlag(SMTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+
+  return(status);
+}
+
+
+nsresult nsSmtpProtocol::SendData(const char *dataBuffer, bool aSuppressLogging)
+{
+  // XXX -1 is not a valid nsresult
+  if (!dataBuffer) return static_cast<nsresult>(-1);
+
+  if (!aSuppressLogging) {
+      MOZ_LOG(SMTPLogModule, mozilla::LogLevel::Info, ("SMTP Send: %s", dataBuffer));
+  } else {
+      MOZ_LOG(SMTPLogModule, mozilla::LogLevel::Info, ("Logging suppressed for this command (it probably contained authentication information)"));
+  }
+  return nsMsgAsyncWriteProtocol::SendData(dataBuffer);
+}
+
+
+nsresult nsSmtpProtocol::SendDataResponse()
+{
+  nsresult status = NS_OK;
+
+  if (m_responseCode != 354)
+  {
+    mozilla::DebugOnly<nsresult> rv = nsExplainErrorDetails(m_runningURL,
+                                                            NS_ERROR_SENDING_DATA_COMMAND,
+                                                            m_responseText.get());
+    NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "failed to explain SMTP error");
+
+    m_urlErrorState = NS_ERROR_BUT_DONT_SHOW_ALERT;
+    return(NS_ERROR_SENDING_DATA_COMMAND);
+  }
+
+  m_nextState = SMTP_SEND_POST_DATA;
+  ClearFlag(SMTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);   /* send data directly */
+
+  UpdateStatus(u"smtpDeliveringMail");
+
+  {
+//      m_runningURL->GetBodySize(&m_totalMessageSize);
+  }
+  return(status);
+}
+
+void nsSmtpProtocol::SendMessageInFile()
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> file;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> url = do_QueryInterface(m_runningURL);
+  m_runningURL->GetPostMessageFile(getter_AddRefs(file));
+  if (url && file)
+    // need to fully qualify to avoid getting overwritten by a #define
+    // in some windows header file
+    nsMsgAsyncWriteProtocol::PostMessage(url, file);
+
+  SetFlag(SMTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+
+  // for now, we are always done at this point..we aren't making multiple calls
+  // to post data...
+
+  UpdateStatus(u"smtpDeliveringMail");
+  m_nextState = SMTP_RESPONSE;
+  m_nextStateAfterResponse = SMTP_SEND_MESSAGE_RESPONSE;
+}
+
+void nsSmtpProtocol::SendPostData()
+{
+	// mscott: as a first pass, I'm writing everything at once and am not
+	// doing it in chunks...
+
+	/* returns 0 on done and negative on error
+	 * positive if it needs to continue.
+	 */
+
+	// check to see if url is a file..if it is...call our file handler...
+	bool postMessageInFile = true;
+	m_runningURL->GetPostMessage(&postMessageInFile);
+	if (postMessageInFile)
+	{
+		SendMessageInFile();
+	}
+
+	/* Update the thermo and the status bar.  This is done by hand, rather
+	   than using the FE_GraphProgress* functions, because there seems to be
+	   no way to make FE_GraphProgress shut up and not display anything more
+	   when all the data has arrived.  At the end, we want to show the
+	   "message sent; waiting for reply" status; FE_GraphProgress gets in
+	   the way of that.  See bug #23414. */
+}
+
+
+
+nsresult nsSmtpProtocol::SendMessageResponse()
+{
+  if((m_responseCode/10 != 25))
+  {
+    mozilla::DebugOnly<nsresult> rv = nsExplainErrorDetails(m_runningURL,
+                                                            NS_ERROR_SENDING_MESSAGE,
+                                                            m_responseText.get());
+    NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "failed to explain SMTP error");
+
+    m_urlErrorState = NS_ERROR_BUT_DONT_SHOW_ALERT;
+    return(NS_ERROR_SENDING_MESSAGE);
+  }
+
+  UpdateStatus(u"smtpMailSent");
+
+  /* else */
+  return SendQuit();
+}
+
+nsresult nsSmtpProtocol::SendQuit(SmtpState aNextStateAfterResponse)
+{
+  m_sendDone = true;
+  m_nextState = SMTP_RESPONSE;
+  m_nextStateAfterResponse = aNextStateAfterResponse;
+
+  return SendData("QUIT" CRLF); // send a quit command to close the connection with the server.
+}
+
+nsresult nsSmtpProtocol::LoadUrl(nsIURI * aURL, nsISupports * aConsumer )
+{
+  if (!aURL)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  Initialize(aURL);
+
+  m_continuationResponse = -1;  /* init */
+  m_runningURL = do_QueryInterface(aURL);
+  if (!m_runningURL)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  // we had a bug where we failed to bring up an alert if the host
+  // name was empty....so throw up an alert saying we don't have
+  // a host name and inform the caller that we are not going to
+  // run the url...
+  nsAutoCString hostName;
+  aURL->GetHost(hostName);
+  if (hostName.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> aMsgUrl = do_QueryInterface(aURL);
+    if (aMsgUrl)
+    {
+      aMsgUrl->SetUrlState(true, NS_OK);
+      // set the url as a url currently being run...
+      aMsgUrl->SetUrlState(false /* we aren't running the url */,
+                           NS_ERROR_SMTP_AUTH_FAILURE);
+    }
+    return NS_ERROR_BUT_DONT_SHOW_ALERT;
+  }
+
+  bool postMessage = false;
+  m_runningURL->GetPostMessage(&postMessage);
+
+  if (postMessage)
+  {
+    m_nextState = SMTP_RESPONSE;
+    m_nextStateAfterResponse = SMTP_EXTN_LOGIN_RESPONSE;
+
+    // compile a minimal list of valid target addresses by
+    // - looking only at mailboxes
+    // - dropping addresses with invalid localparts (until we implement RFC 6532)
+    // - using ACE for IDN domainparts
+    // - stripping duplicates
+    nsCString addresses;
+    m_runningURL->GetRecipients(getter_Copies(addresses));
+
+    ExtractEmails(EncodedHeader(addresses), UTF16ArrayAdapter<>(m_addresses));
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIIDNService> converter = do_GetService(NS_IDNSERVICE_CONTRACTID);
+    addresses.Truncate();
+    uint32_t count = m_addresses.Length();
+    for (uint32_t i = 0; i < count; i++)
+    {
+      const char *start = m_addresses[i].get();
+      // Location of the @ character
+      const char *lastAt = nullptr;
+      const char *ch = start;
+      for (; *ch; ch++)
+      {
+        if (*ch == '@')
+          lastAt = ch;
+        // Check for first illegal character (outside 0x09,0x20-0x7e)
+        else if ((*ch < ' ' || *ch > '~') && (*ch != '\t'))
+        {
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+      // validate the just parsed address
+      if (*ch || m_addresses[i].IsEmpty())
+      {
+        // Fortunately, we will always have an @ in each mailbox address.
+        // We try to fix illegal character in the domain part by converting
+        // that to ACE. Illegal characters in the local part are not fixable
+        // (which charset would it be anyway?), hence we error out in that
+        // case as well.
+        nsresult rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE; // anything but NS_OK
+        if (lastAt)
+        {
+          // Illegal char in the domain part, hence use ACE
+          nsAutoCString domain;
+          domain.Assign(lastAt + 1);
+          rv = converter->ConvertUTF8toACE(domain, domain);
+          if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+          {
+            m_addresses[i].SetLength(lastAt - start + 1);
+            m_addresses[i] += domain;
+          }
+        }
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        {
+          // Throw an error, including the broken address
+          m_nextState = SMTP_ERROR_DONE;
+          ClearFlag(SMTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+          // Unfortunately, nsExplainErrorDetails will show the error above
+          // the mailnews main window, because we don't necessarily get
+          // passed down a compose window - we might be sending in the
+          // background!
+          rv = nsExplainErrorDetails(m_runningURL,
+                                     NS_ERROR_ILLEGAL_LOCALPART, start);
+          NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "failed to explain illegal localpart");
+          m_urlErrorState = NS_ERROR_BUT_DONT_SHOW_ALERT;
+          return NS_ERROR_BUT_DONT_SHOW_ALERT;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    // final cleanup
+    m_addressesLeft = m_addresses.Length();
+
+    // hmm no addresses to send message to...
+    if (m_addressesLeft == 0)
+    {
+      m_nextState = SMTP_ERROR_DONE;
+      ClearFlag(SMTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+      m_urlErrorState = NS_MSG_NO_RECIPIENTS;
+      return NS_MSG_NO_RECIPIENTS;
+    }
+  } // if post message
+
+  return nsMsgProtocol::LoadUrl(aURL, aConsumer);
+}
+
+/*
+ * returns negative if the transfer is finished or error'd out
+ *
+ * returns zero or more if the transfer needs to be continued.
+ */
+nsresult nsSmtpProtocol::ProcessProtocolState(nsIURI * url, nsIInputStream * inputStream,
+                                              uint64_t sourceOffset, uint32_t length)
+ {
+   nsresult status = NS_OK;
+   ClearFlag(SMTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ); /* already paused; reset */
+
+   while(!TestFlag(SMTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ))
+   {
+     MOZ_LOG(SMTPLogModule, mozilla::LogLevel::Info, ("SMTP entering state: %d",
+       m_nextState));
+     switch(m_nextState)
+     {
+     case SMTP_RESPONSE:
+       if (inputStream == nullptr)
+         SetFlag(SMTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+       else
+         status = SmtpResponse(inputStream, length);
+       break;
+
+     case SMTP_START_CONNECT:
+       SetFlag(SMTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+       m_nextState = SMTP_RESPONSE;
+       m_nextStateAfterResponse = SMTP_EXTN_LOGIN_RESPONSE;
+       break;
+     case SMTP_FINISH_CONNECT:
+       SetFlag(SMTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+       break;
+     case SMTP_TLS_RESPONSE:
+       if (inputStream == nullptr)
+         SetFlag(SMTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+       else
+         status = SendTLSResponse();
+       break;
+     case SMTP_EXTN_LOGIN_RESPONSE:
+       if (inputStream == nullptr)
+         SetFlag(SMTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+       else
+         status = ExtensionLoginResponse(inputStream, length);
+       break;
+
+     case SMTP_SEND_HELO_RESPONSE:
+       if (inputStream == nullptr)
+         SetFlag(SMTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+       else
+         status = SendHeloResponse(inputStream, length);
+       break;
+     case SMTP_SEND_EHLO_RESPONSE:
+       if (inputStream == nullptr)
+         SetFlag(SMTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+       else
+         status = SendEhloResponse(inputStream, length);
+       break;
+     case SMTP_AUTH_PROCESS_STATE:
+       status = ProcessAuth();
+       break;
+
+      case SMTP_SEND_AUTH_GSSAPI_FIRST:
+        status = AuthGSSAPIFirst();
+        break;
+
+      case SMTP_SEND_AUTH_GSSAPI_STEP:
+        status = AuthGSSAPIStep();
+        break;
+
+      case SMTP_SEND_AUTH_LOGIN_STEP0:
+        status = AuthLoginStep0();
+        break;
+
+      case SMTP_AUTH_LOGIN_STEP0_RESPONSE:
+        AuthLoginStep0Response();
+        status = NS_OK;
+        break;
+
+      case SMTP_AUTH_EXTERNAL_RESPONSE:
+      case SMTP_AUTH_LOGIN_RESPONSE:
+        if (inputStream == nullptr)
+          SetFlag(SMTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+        else
+          status = AuthLoginResponse(inputStream, length);
+        break;
+
+      case SMTP_SEND_AUTH_LOGIN_STEP1:
+        status = AuthLoginStep1();
+        break;
+
+      case SMTP_SEND_AUTH_LOGIN_STEP2:
+        status = AuthLoginStep2();
+        break;
+
+      case SMTP_AUTH_OAUTH2_STEP:
+        status = AuthOAuth2Step1();
+        break;
+
+
+      case SMTP_SEND_MAIL_RESPONSE:
+        if (inputStream == nullptr)
+          SetFlag(SMTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+        else
+          status = SendMailResponse();
+        break;
+
+      case SMTP_SEND_RCPT_RESPONSE:
+        if (inputStream == nullptr)
+          SetFlag(SMTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+        else
+          status = SendRecipientResponse();
+        break;
+
+      case SMTP_SEND_DATA_RESPONSE:
+        if (inputStream == nullptr)
+          SetFlag(SMTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+        else
+          status = SendDataResponse();
+        break;
+
+      case SMTP_SEND_POST_DATA:
+        SendPostData();
+        status = NS_OK;
+        break;
+
+      case SMTP_SEND_MESSAGE_RESPONSE:
+        if (inputStream == nullptr)
+          SetFlag(SMTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+        else
+          status = SendMessageResponse();
+        break;
+      case SMTP_DONE:
+        {
+          nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailNewsUrl = do_QueryInterface(m_runningURL);
+          mailNewsUrl->SetUrlState(false, NS_OK);
+        }
+
+        m_nextState = SMTP_FREE;
+        break;
+
+      case SMTP_ERROR_DONE:
+        {
+          nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailNewsUrl = do_QueryInterface(m_runningURL);
+          // propagate the right error code
+          mailNewsUrl->SetUrlState(false, m_urlErrorState);
+        }
+
+        m_nextState = SMTP_FREE;
+        break;
+
+      case SMTP_FREE:
+        // smtp is a one time use connection so kill it if we get here...
+        nsMsgAsyncWriteProtocol::CloseSocket();
+        return NS_OK; /* final end */
+
+      // This state means we're going into an async loop and waiting for
+      // something (say auth) to happen. ProcessProtocolState will be
+      // retriggered when necessary.
+      case SMTP_SUSPENDED:
+        return NS_OK;
+
+      default: /* should never happen !!! */
+        m_nextState = SMTP_ERROR_DONE;
+        break;
+    }
+
+    /* check for errors during load and call error
+    * state if found
+    */
+    if (NS_FAILED(status) && m_nextState != SMTP_FREE) {
+      // send a quit command to close the connection with the server.
+      if (NS_FAILED(SendQuit(SMTP_ERROR_DONE)))
+      {
+        m_nextState = SMTP_ERROR_DONE;
+        // Don't exit - loop around again and do the free case
+        ClearFlag(SMTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+      }
+    }
+  } /* while(!SMTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ) */
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsSmtpProtocol::GetPassword(nsCString &aPassword)
+{
+    nsresult rv;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISmtpUrl> smtpUrl = do_QueryInterface(m_runningURL, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISmtpServer> smtpServer;
+    rv = smtpUrl->GetSmtpServer(getter_AddRefs(smtpServer));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+    rv = smtpServer->GetPassword(aPassword);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+    if (!aPassword.IsEmpty())
+        return rv;
+    // empty password
+
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIPrefService> prefs = do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefBranch;
+    rv = prefs->GetBranch(nullptr, getter_AddRefs(prefBranch));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+    nsCString username;
+    rv = smtpServer->GetUsername(username);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16 usernameUTF16(username);
+
+    nsCString hostname;
+    rv = smtpServer->GetHostname(hostname);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    nsAutoString hostnameUTF16;
+    CopyASCIItoUTF16(hostname, hostnameUTF16);
+
+    const char16_t *formatStrings[] =
+    {
+      hostnameUTF16.get(),
+      usernameUTF16.get()
+    };
+
+    rv = PromptForPassword(smtpServer, smtpUrl, formatStrings, aPassword);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+    return rv;
+}
+
+/**
+ * formatStrings is an array for the prompts, item 0 is the hostname, item 1
+ * is the username.
+ */
+nsresult
+nsSmtpProtocol::PromptForPassword(nsISmtpServer *aSmtpServer, nsISmtpUrl *aSmtpUrl, const char16_t **formatStrings, nsACString &aPassword)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundleService> stringService =
+    mozilla::services::GetStringBundleService();
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(stringService, NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundle> composeStringBundle;
+  nsresult rv = stringService->CreateBundle("chrome://messenger/locale/messengercompose/composeMsgs.properties", getter_AddRefs(composeStringBundle));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  nsString passwordPromptString;
+  if(formatStrings[1])
+    rv = composeStringBundle->FormatStringFromName(
+      u"smtpEnterPasswordPromptWithUsername",
+      formatStrings, 2, getter_Copies(passwordPromptString));
+  else
+    rv = composeStringBundle->FormatStringFromName(
+      u"smtpEnterPasswordPrompt",
+      formatStrings, 1, getter_Copies(passwordPromptString));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAuthPrompt> netPrompt;
+  rv = aSmtpUrl->GetAuthPrompt(getter_AddRefs(netPrompt));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsString passwordTitle;
+  rv = composeStringBundle->GetStringFromName(
+    u"smtpEnterPasswordPromptTitle",
+    getter_Copies(passwordTitle));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  rv = aSmtpServer->GetPasswordWithUI(passwordPromptString.get(), passwordTitle.get(),
+    netPrompt, aPassword);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsSmtpProtocol::GetUsernamePassword(nsACString &aUsername,
+                                    nsACString &aPassword)
+{
+    nsresult rv;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISmtpUrl> smtpUrl = do_QueryInterface(m_runningURL, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISmtpServer> smtpServer;
+    rv = smtpUrl->GetSmtpServer(getter_AddRefs(smtpServer));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+    rv = smtpServer->GetPassword(aPassword);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+    if (!aPassword.IsEmpty())
+    {
+        rv = smtpServer->GetUsername(aUsername);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+        if (!aUsername.IsEmpty())
+          return rv;
+    }
+    // empty password
+
+    aPassword.Truncate();
+
+    nsCString hostname;
+    rv = smtpServer->GetHostname(hostname);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    const char16_t *formatStrings[] =
+    {
+      NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16(hostname).get(),
+      nullptr
+    };
+
+    rv = PromptForPassword(smtpServer, smtpUrl, formatStrings, aPassword);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+    return rv;
+}
+
diff --git a/mailnews/compose/src/nsSmtpProtocol.h b/mailnews/compose/src/nsSmtpProtocol.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c23b35dda
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/compose/src/nsSmtpProtocol.h
@@ -0,0 +1,225 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsSmtpProtocol_h___
+#define nsSmtpProtocol_h___
+
+#include "mozilla/Attributes.h"
+#include "msgIOAuth2Module.h"
+#include "nsMsgProtocol.h"
+#include "nsIStreamListener.h"
+#include "nsISmtpUrl.h"
+#include "nsIMsgStatusFeedback.h"
+#include "nsMsgLineBuffer.h"
+#include "nsIAuthModule.h"
+#include "MailNewsTypes2.h" // for nsMsgSocketType
+
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsTArray.h"
+
+class nsIVariant;
+class nsIWritableVariant;
+
+ /* states of the machine
+ */
+typedef enum _SmtpState {
+SMTP_RESPONSE = 0,                                  // 0
+SMTP_START_CONNECT,                                 // 1
+SMTP_FINISH_CONNECT,                                // 2
+SMTP_SEND_HELO_RESPONSE,                            // 3
+SMTP_SEND_EHLO_RESPONSE,                            // 4
+SMTP_SEND_MAIL_RESPONSE,                            // 5
+SMTP_SEND_RCPT_RESPONSE,                            // 6
+SMTP_SEND_DATA_RESPONSE,                            // 7
+SMTP_SEND_POST_DATA,                                // 8
+SMTP_SEND_MESSAGE_RESPONSE,                         // 9
+SMTP_DONE,                                          // 10
+SMTP_ERROR_DONE,                                    // 11
+SMTP_FREE,                                          // 12
+SMTP_AUTH_LOGIN_STEP0_RESPONSE,                     // 13
+SMTP_EXTN_LOGIN_RESPONSE,                           // 14
+SMTP_SEND_AUTH_LOGIN_STEP0,                         // 15
+SMTP_SEND_AUTH_LOGIN_STEP1,                         // 16
+SMTP_SEND_AUTH_LOGIN_STEP2,                         // 17
+SMTP_AUTH_LOGIN_RESPONSE,                           // 18
+SMTP_TLS_RESPONSE,                                  // 19
+SMTP_AUTH_EXTERNAL_RESPONSE,                        // 20
+SMTP_AUTH_PROCESS_STATE,                            // 21
+SMTP_AUTH_CRAM_MD5_CHALLENGE_RESPONSE,              // 22
+SMTP_SEND_AUTH_GSSAPI_FIRST,                        // 23
+SMTP_SEND_AUTH_GSSAPI_STEP,                         // 24
+SMTP_SUSPENDED,                                     // 25
+SMTP_AUTH_OAUTH2_STEP,                              // 26
+SMTP_AUTH_OAUTH2_RESPONSE,                          // 27
+} SmtpState;
+
+// State Flags (Note, I use the word state in terms of storing 
+// state information about the connection (authentication, have we sent
+// commands, etc. I do not intend it to refer to protocol state)
+#define SMTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ             0x00000001  /* should we pause for the next read */
+#define SMTP_ESMTP_SERVER               0x00000002
+#define SMTP_EHLO_DSN_ENABLED           0x00000004
+#define SMTP_EHLO_STARTTLS_ENABLED      0x00000008
+#define SMTP_EHLO_SIZE_ENABLED          0x00000010
+#define SMTP_EHLO_8BIT_ENABLED          0x00000020
+
+// insecure mechanisms follow
+#define SMTP_AUTH_LOGIN_ENABLED         0x00000100
+#define SMTP_AUTH_PLAIN_ENABLED         0x00000200
+#define SMTP_AUTH_EXTERNAL_ENABLED      0x00000400
+// secure mechanisms follow
+#define SMTP_AUTH_GSSAPI_ENABLED        0x00000800
+#define SMTP_AUTH_DIGEST_MD5_ENABLED    0x00001000
+#define SMTP_AUTH_CRAM_MD5_ENABLED      0x00002000
+#define SMTP_AUTH_NTLM_ENABLED          0x00004000
+#define SMTP_AUTH_MSN_ENABLED           0x00008000
+#define SMTP_AUTH_OAUTH2_ENABLED        0x00010000
+// sum of all above auth mechanisms
+#define SMTP_AUTH_ANY                   0x0001FF00
+// indicates that AUTH has been advertised
+#define SMTP_AUTH                       0x00020000
+// No login necessary (pref)
+#define SMTP_AUTH_NONE_ENABLED          0x00040000
+
+class nsSmtpProtocol : public nsMsgAsyncWriteProtocol,
+                       public msgIOAuth2ModuleListener
+{
+public:
+    NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED
+    NS_DECL_MSGIOAUTH2MODULELISTENER
+
+    // Creating a protocol instance requires the URL which needs to be run.
+    nsSmtpProtocol(nsIURI * aURL);
+
+    virtual nsresult LoadUrl(nsIURI * aURL, nsISupports * aConsumer = nullptr) override;
+    virtual nsresult SendData(const char * dataBuffer, bool aSuppressLogging = false) override;
+
+    ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+    // we suppport the nsIStreamListener interface 
+    ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+    // stop binding is a "notification" informing us that the stream associated with aURL is going away. 
+    NS_IMETHOD OnStopRequest(nsIRequest *request, nsISupports *ctxt, nsresult status) override;
+
+private:
+    virtual ~nsSmtpProtocol();
+    // if we are asked to load a url while we are blocked waiting for redirection information,
+    // then we'll store the url consumer in mPendingConsumer until we can actually load
+    // the url.
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> mPendingConsumer;
+
+    // the nsISmtpURL that is currently running
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISmtpUrl> m_runningURL;
+
+    // the error state we want to set on the url
+    nsresult m_urlErrorState;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgStatusFeedback> m_statusFeedback;
+
+    // Generic state information -- What state are we in? What state do we want to go to
+    // after the next response? What was the last response code? etc. 
+    SmtpState m_nextState;
+    SmtpState m_nextStateAfterResponse;
+    int32_t m_responseCode;    /* code returned from Smtp server */
+    int32_t m_previousResponseCode; 
+    int32_t m_continuationResponse;
+    nsCString m_responseText;   /* text returned from Smtp server */
+    nsMsgLineStreamBuffer *m_lineStreamBuffer; // used to efficiently extract lines from the incoming data stream
+
+    nsTArray<nsCString> m_addresses;
+    uint32_t       m_addressesLeft;
+    nsCString m_mailAddr;
+    nsCString m_helloArgument;
+    int32_t        m_sizelimit;
+
+    // *** the following should move to the smtp server when we support
+    // multiple smtp servers
+    bool m_usernamePrompted;
+    int32_t m_prefSocketType;
+    bool m_tlsEnabled;
+
+    bool m_tlsInitiated;
+
+    bool m_sendDone;
+
+    int32_t m_totalAmountRead;
+    int64_t m_totalMessageSize;
+
+    char *m_dataBuf;
+    uint32_t m_dataBufSize;
+
+    int32_t   m_originalContentLength; /* the content length at the time of calling graph progress */
+
+    // initialization function given a new url and transport layer
+    void Initialize(nsIURI * aURL);
+    virtual nsresult ProcessProtocolState(nsIURI * url, nsIInputStream * inputStream, 
+                                          uint64_t sourceOffset, uint32_t length) override;
+
+    ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+    // Communication methods --> Reading and writing protocol
+    ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+    void UpdateStatus(const char16_t* aStatusName);
+    void UpdateStatusWithString(const char16_t * aStatusString);
+
+    ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+    // Protocol Methods --> This protocol is state driven so each protocol method is 
+    //						designed to re-act to the current "state". I've attempted to 
+    //						group them together based on functionality. 
+    ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+    nsresult SmtpResponse(nsIInputStream * inputStream, uint32_t length); 
+    nsresult ExtensionLoginResponse(nsIInputStream * inputStream, uint32_t length);
+    nsresult SendHeloResponse(nsIInputStream * inputStream, uint32_t length);
+    nsresult SendEhloResponse(nsIInputStream * inputStream, uint32_t length);	
+    nsresult SendQuit(SmtpState aNextStateAfterResponse = SMTP_DONE);
+
+    nsresult AuthGSSAPIFirst();
+    nsresult AuthGSSAPIStep();
+    nsresult AuthLoginStep0();
+    void     AuthLoginStep0Response();
+    nsresult AuthLoginStep1();
+    nsresult AuthLoginStep2();
+    nsresult AuthLoginResponse(nsIInputStream * stream, uint32_t length);
+    nsresult AuthOAuth2Step1();
+
+    nsresult SendTLSResponse();
+    nsresult SendMailResponse();
+    nsresult SendRecipientResponse();
+    nsresult SendDataResponse();
+    void     SendPostData();
+    nsresult SendMessageResponse();
+    nsresult ProcessAuth();
+
+
+    ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+    // End of Protocol Methods
+    ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+    void SendMessageInFile();
+
+    void AppendHelloArgument(nsACString& aResult);
+    nsresult GetPassword(nsCString &aPassword);
+    nsresult GetUsernamePassword(nsACString &aUsername, nsACString &aPassword);
+    nsresult PromptForPassword(nsISmtpServer *aSmtpServer, nsISmtpUrl *aSmtpUrl, 
+                               const char16_t **formatStrings, 
+                               nsACString &aPassword);
+
+    void    InitPrefAuthMethods(int32_t authMethodPrefValue);
+    nsresult ChooseAuthMethod();
+    void    MarkAuthMethodAsFailed(int32_t failedAuthMethod);
+    void    ResetAuthMethods();
+
+    virtual const char* GetType() override {return "smtp";}
+
+    int32_t m_prefAuthMethods; // set of capability flags for auth methods
+    int32_t m_failedAuthMethods; // ditto
+    int32_t m_currentAuthMethod; // exactly one capability flag, or 0
+
+    // The support module for OAuth2 logon, only present if OAuth2 is enabled
+    // and working.
+    nsCOMPtr<msgIOAuth2Module> mOAuth2Support;
+};
+
+#endif  // nsSmtpProtocol_h___
diff --git a/mailnews/compose/src/nsSmtpServer.cpp b/mailnews/compose/src/nsSmtpServer.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4dc3e1f64
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/compose/src/nsSmtpServer.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,629 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsIPrefService.h"
+#include "nsIPrefBranch.h"
+#include "nsSmtpServer.h"
+#include "nsNetUtil.h"
+#include "nsIAuthPrompt.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "nsIMsgAccountManager.h"
+#include "nsMsgBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsISmtpService.h"
+#include "nsMsgCompCID.h"
+#include "nsILoginInfo.h"
+#include "nsILoginManager.h"
+#include "nsIArray.h"
+#include "nsArrayUtils.h"
+
+NS_IMPL_ADDREF(nsSmtpServer)
+NS_IMPL_RELEASE(nsSmtpServer)
+NS_INTERFACE_MAP_BEGIN(nsSmtpServer)
+    NS_INTERFACE_MAP_ENTRY(nsISmtpServer)
+    NS_INTERFACE_MAP_ENTRY(nsISupportsWeakReference)
+    NS_INTERFACE_MAP_ENTRY_AMBIGUOUS(nsISupports, nsISmtpServer)
+NS_INTERFACE_MAP_END
+
+nsSmtpServer::nsSmtpServer():
+    mKey("")
+{
+    m_logonFailed = false;
+    getPrefs();
+}
+
+nsSmtpServer::~nsSmtpServer()
+{
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsSmtpServer::GetKey(char * *aKey)
+{
+    if (!aKey) return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+    if (mKey.IsEmpty())
+        *aKey = nullptr;
+    else
+        *aKey = ToNewCString(mKey);
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsSmtpServer::SetKey(const char * aKey)
+{
+    NS_ASSERTION(aKey, "Bad key pointer");
+    mKey = aKey;
+    return getPrefs();
+}
+
+nsresult nsSmtpServer::getPrefs()
+{
+    nsresult rv;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefService> prefs(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        return rv;
+
+    nsAutoCString branchName;
+    branchName.AssignLiteral("mail.smtpserver.");
+    branchName += mKey;
+    branchName.Append('.');
+    rv = prefs->GetBranch(branchName.get(), getter_AddRefs(mPrefBranch));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        return rv;
+
+    if(!mDefPrefBranch) {
+        branchName.AssignLiteral("mail.smtpserver.default.");
+        rv = prefs->GetBranch(branchName.get(), getter_AddRefs(mDefPrefBranch));
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+            return rv;
+    }
+
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsSmtpServer::GetHostname(nsACString &aHostname)
+{
+  nsCString result;
+  nsresult rv = mPrefBranch->GetCharPref("hostname", getter_Copies(result));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    aHostname.Truncate();
+  else
+    aHostname = result;
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsSmtpServer::SetHostname(const nsACString &aHostname)
+{
+  if (!aHostname.IsEmpty())
+    return mPrefBranch->SetCharPref("hostname", PromiseFlatCString(aHostname).get());
+
+  // If the pref value is already empty, ClearUserPref will return
+  // NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED, so don't check the rv here.
+  mPrefBranch->ClearUserPref("hostname");
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsSmtpServer::GetDescription(nsACString &aDescription)
+{
+    nsCString temp;
+    mPrefBranch->GetCharPref("description", getter_Copies(temp));
+    aDescription.Assign(temp);
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsSmtpServer::SetDescription(const nsACString &aDescription)
+{
+    if (!aDescription.IsEmpty())
+        return mPrefBranch->SetCharPref("description", PromiseFlatCString(aDescription).get());
+    else
+        mPrefBranch->ClearUserPref("description");
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// if GetPort returns 0, it means default port
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsSmtpServer::GetPort(int32_t *aPort)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aPort);
+  if (NS_FAILED(mPrefBranch->GetIntPref("port", aPort)))
+    *aPort = 0;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsSmtpServer::SetPort(int32_t aPort)
+{
+  if (aPort)
+    return mPrefBranch->SetIntPref("port", aPort);
+
+  mPrefBranch->ClearUserPref("port");
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsSmtpServer::GetDisplayname(char * *aDisplayname)
+{
+    nsresult rv;
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aDisplayname);
+
+    nsCString hostname;
+    rv = mPrefBranch->GetCharPref("hostname", getter_Copies(hostname));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+        *aDisplayname=nullptr;
+        return NS_OK;
+    }
+    int32_t port;
+    rv = mPrefBranch->GetIntPref("port", &port);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        port = 0;
+
+    if (port) {
+        hostname.Append(':');
+        hostname.AppendInt(port);
+    }
+
+    *aDisplayname = ToNewCString(hostname);
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsSmtpServer::GetSocketType(int32_t *socketType)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(socketType);
+  getIntPrefWithDefault("try_ssl", socketType, 0);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsSmtpServer::SetSocketType(int32_t socketType)
+{
+    return mPrefBranch->SetIntPref("try_ssl", socketType);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsSmtpServer::GetHelloArgument(char * *aHelloArgument)
+{
+    nsresult rv;
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aHelloArgument);
+    rv = mPrefBranch->GetCharPref("hello_argument", aHelloArgument);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    {
+        rv = mDefPrefBranch->GetCharPref("hello_argument", aHelloArgument);
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+            *aHelloArgument = nullptr;
+    }
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsSmtpServer::GetAuthMethod(int32_t *authMethod)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(authMethod);
+  getIntPrefWithDefault("authMethod", authMethod, 3);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+void
+nsSmtpServer::getIntPrefWithDefault(const char *prefName,
+                                    int32_t *val,
+                                    int32_t defVal)
+{
+  nsresult rv = mPrefBranch->GetIntPref(prefName, val);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    return;
+
+  rv = mDefPrefBranch->GetIntPref(prefName, val);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    // last resort
+    *val = defVal;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsSmtpServer::SetAuthMethod(int32_t authMethod)
+{
+    return mPrefBranch->SetIntPref("authMethod", authMethod);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsSmtpServer::GetUsername(nsACString &aUsername)
+{
+  nsCString result;
+  nsresult rv = mPrefBranch->GetCharPref("username", getter_Copies(result));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    aUsername.Truncate();
+  else
+    aUsername = result;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsSmtpServer::SetUsername(const nsACString &aUsername)
+{
+  if (!aUsername.IsEmpty())
+    return mPrefBranch->SetCharPref("username", PromiseFlatCString(aUsername).get());
+
+  // If the pref value is already empty, ClearUserPref will return
+  // NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED, so don't check the rv here.
+  mPrefBranch->ClearUserPref("username");
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsSmtpServer::GetPassword(nsACString& aPassword)
+{
+    if (m_password.IsEmpty() && !m_logonFailed)
+    {
+      // try to avoid prompting the user for another password. If the user has set
+      // the appropriate pref, we'll use the password from an incoming server, if
+      // the user has already logged onto that server.
+
+      // if this is set, we'll only use this, and not the other prefs
+      // user_pref("mail.smtpserver.smtp1.incomingAccount", "server1");
+
+      // if this is set, we'll accept an exact match of user name and server
+      // user_pref("mail.smtp.useMatchingHostNameServer", true);
+
+      // if this is set, and we don't find an exact match of user and host name,
+      // we'll accept a match of username and domain, where domain
+      // is everything after the first '.'
+      // user_pref("mail.smtp.useMatchingDomainServer", true);
+
+      nsCString accountKey;
+      bool useMatchingHostNameServer = false;
+      bool useMatchingDomainServer = false;
+      mPrefBranch->GetCharPref("incomingAccount", getter_Copies(accountKey));
+
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccountManager> accountManager = do_GetService(NS_MSGACCOUNTMANAGER_CONTRACTID);
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> incomingServerToUse;
+      if (accountManager)
+      {
+        if (!accountKey.IsEmpty())
+          accountManager->GetIncomingServer(accountKey, getter_AddRefs(incomingServerToUse));
+        else
+        {
+          nsresult rv;
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefBranch(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+          prefBranch->GetBoolPref("mail.smtp.useMatchingHostNameServer", &useMatchingHostNameServer);
+          prefBranch->GetBoolPref("mail.smtp.useMatchingDomainServer", &useMatchingDomainServer);
+          if (useMatchingHostNameServer || useMatchingDomainServer)
+          {
+            nsCString userName;
+            nsCString hostName;
+            GetHostname(hostName);
+            GetUsername(userName);
+            if (useMatchingHostNameServer)
+              // pass in empty type and port=0, to match imap and pop3.
+              accountManager->FindRealServer(userName, hostName, EmptyCString(), 0, getter_AddRefs(incomingServerToUse));
+            int32_t dotPos = -1;
+            if (!incomingServerToUse && useMatchingDomainServer
+              && (dotPos = hostName.FindChar('.')) != kNotFound)
+            {
+              hostName.Cut(0, dotPos);
+              nsCOMPtr<nsIArray> allServers;
+              accountManager->GetAllServers(getter_AddRefs(allServers));
+              if (allServers)
+              {
+                uint32_t count = 0;
+                allServers->GetLength(&count);
+                uint32_t i;
+                for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
+                {
+                  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server = do_QueryElementAt(allServers, i);
+                  if (server)
+                  {
+                    nsCString serverUserName;
+                    nsCString serverHostName;
+                    server->GetRealUsername(serverUserName);
+                    server->GetRealHostName(serverHostName);
+                    if (serverUserName.Equals(userName))
+                    {
+                      int32_t serverDotPos = serverHostName.FindChar('.');
+                      if (serverDotPos != kNotFound)
+                      {
+                        serverHostName.Cut(0, serverDotPos);
+                        if (serverHostName.Equals(hostName))
+                        {
+                          incomingServerToUse = server;
+                          break;
+                        }
+                      }
+                    }
+                  }
+                }
+              }
+            }
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      if (incomingServerToUse)
+        return incomingServerToUse->GetPassword(aPassword);
+    }
+    aPassword = m_password;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsSmtpServer::VerifyLogon(nsIUrlListener *aUrlListener, nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow,
+                          nsIURI **aURL)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISmtpService> smtpService(do_GetService(NS_SMTPSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  return smtpService->VerifyLogon(this, aUrlListener, aMsgWindow, aURL);
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsSmtpServer::SetPassword(const nsACString& aPassword)
+{
+  m_password = aPassword;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsSmtpServer::GetPasswordWithoutUI()
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsILoginManager> loginMgr(do_GetService(NS_LOGINMANAGER_CONTRACTID,
+                                                   &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16 serverUri(GetServerURIInternal(false));
+
+  uint32_t numLogins = 0;
+  nsILoginInfo** logins = nullptr;
+  rv = loginMgr->FindLogins(&numLogins, serverUri, EmptyString(),
+                            serverUri, &logins);
+  // Login manager can produce valid fails, e.g. NS_ERROR_ABORT when a user
+  // cancels the master password dialog. Therefore handle that here, but don't
+  // warn about it.
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  // Don't abort here, if we didn't find any or failed, then we'll just have
+  // to prompt.
+  if (numLogins > 0)
+  {
+    nsCString serverCUsername;
+    rv = GetUsername(serverCUsername);
+    NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16 serverUsername(serverCUsername);
+
+    nsString username;
+    for (uint32_t i = 0; i < numLogins; ++i)
+    {
+      rv = logins[i]->GetUsername(username);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      if (username.Equals(serverUsername))
+      {
+        nsString password;
+        rv = logins[i]->GetPassword(password);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+        LossyCopyUTF16toASCII(password, m_password);
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  NS_FREE_XPCOM_ISUPPORTS_POINTER_ARRAY(numLogins, logins);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsSmtpServer::GetPasswordWithUI(const char16_t *aPromptMessage,
+                                const char16_t *aPromptTitle,
+                                nsIAuthPrompt* aDialog,
+                                nsACString &aPassword)
+{
+  if (!m_password.IsEmpty())
+    return GetPassword(aPassword);
+
+  // We need to get a password, but see if we can get it from the password
+  // manager without requiring a prompt.
+  nsresult rv = GetPasswordWithoutUI();
+  if (rv == NS_ERROR_ABORT)
+    return NS_MSG_PASSWORD_PROMPT_CANCELLED;
+
+  // Now re-check if we've got a password or not, if we have, then we
+  // don't need to prompt the user.
+  if (!m_password.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    aPassword = m_password;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aDialog);
+
+  // PromptPassword needs the username as well.
+  nsCString serverUri(GetServerURIInternal(true));
+
+  bool okayValue = true;
+  nsString uniPassword;
+
+  rv = aDialog->PromptPassword(aPromptTitle, aPromptMessage,
+                               NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16(serverUri).get(),
+                               nsIAuthPrompt::SAVE_PASSWORD_PERMANENTLY,
+                               getter_Copies(uniPassword), &okayValue);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // If the user pressed cancel, just return an empty string.
+  if (!okayValue)
+  {
+    aPassword.Truncate();
+    return NS_MSG_PASSWORD_PROMPT_CANCELLED;
+  }
+
+  NS_LossyConvertUTF16toASCII password(uniPassword);
+
+  rv = SetPassword(password);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  aPassword = password;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsSmtpServer::GetUsernamePasswordWithUI(const char16_t * aPromptMessage, const
+                                char16_t *aPromptTitle,
+                                nsIAuthPrompt* aDialog,
+                                nsACString &aUsername,
+                                nsACString &aPassword)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  if (!m_password.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    rv = GetUsername(aUsername);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    return GetPassword(aPassword);
+  }
+
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aDialog);
+
+  nsCString serverUri;
+  rv = GetServerURI(serverUri);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsString uniUsername;
+  nsString uniPassword;
+  bool okayValue = true;
+
+  rv = aDialog->PromptUsernameAndPassword(aPromptTitle, aPromptMessage,
+                                          NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16(serverUri).get(),
+                                          nsIAuthPrompt::SAVE_PASSWORD_PERMANENTLY,
+                                          getter_Copies(uniUsername),
+                                          getter_Copies(uniPassword),
+                                          &okayValue);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // If the user pressed cancel, just return emtpy strings.
+  if (!okayValue)
+  {
+    aUsername.Truncate();
+    aPassword.Truncate();
+    return rv;
+  }
+
+  // We got a username and password back...so remember them.
+  NS_LossyConvertUTF16toASCII username(uniUsername);
+
+  rv = SetUsername(username);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  NS_LossyConvertUTF16toASCII password(uniPassword);
+
+  rv = SetPassword(password);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  aUsername = username;
+  aPassword = password;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsSmtpServer::ForgetPassword()
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsILoginManager> loginMgr =
+    do_GetService(NS_LOGINMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // Get the current server URI without the username
+  nsAutoCString serverUri(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("smtp://"));
+
+  nsCString hostname;
+  rv = GetHostname(hostname);
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !hostname.IsEmpty()) {
+    nsCString escapedHostname;
+    MsgEscapeString(hostname, nsINetUtil::ESCAPE_URL_PATH, escapedHostname);
+    // not all servers have a hostname
+    serverUri.Append(escapedHostname);
+  }
+
+  uint32_t count;
+  nsILoginInfo** logins;
+
+  NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16 currServer(serverUri);
+
+  nsCString serverCUsername;
+  rv = GetUsername(serverCUsername);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16 serverUsername(serverCUsername);
+
+  rv = loginMgr->FindLogins(&count, currServer, EmptyString(),
+                            currServer, &logins);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // There should only be one-login stored for this url, however just in case
+  // there isn't.
+  nsString username;
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < count; ++i)
+  {
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(logins[i]->GetUsername(username)) &&
+        username.Equals(serverUsername))
+    {
+      // If this fails, just continue, we'll still want to remove the password
+      // from our local cache.
+      loginMgr->RemoveLogin(logins[i]);
+    }
+  }
+  NS_FREE_XPCOM_ISUPPORTS_POINTER_ARRAY(count, logins);
+
+  rv = SetPassword(EmptyCString());
+  m_logonFailed = true;
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsSmtpServer::GetServerURI(nsACString &aResult)
+{
+  aResult = GetServerURIInternal(true);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsCString
+nsSmtpServer::GetServerURIInternal(const bool aIncludeUsername)
+{
+  nsCString uri(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("smtp://"));
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  if (aIncludeUsername)
+  {
+    nsCString username;
+    rv = GetUsername(username);
+
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !username.IsEmpty()) {
+      nsCString escapedUsername;
+      MsgEscapeString(username, nsINetUtil::ESCAPE_XALPHAS, escapedUsername);
+      // not all servers have a username
+      uri.Append(escapedUsername);
+      uri.AppendLiteral("@");
+    }
+  }
+
+  nsCString hostname;
+  rv = GetHostname(hostname);
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !hostname.IsEmpty()) {
+    nsCString escapedHostname;
+    MsgEscapeString(hostname, nsINetUtil::ESCAPE_URL_PATH, escapedHostname);
+    // not all servers have a hostname
+    uri.Append(escapedHostname);
+  }
+
+  return uri;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsSmtpServer::ClearAllValues()
+{
+  return mPrefBranch->DeleteBranch("");
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/compose/src/nsSmtpServer.h b/mailnews/compose/src/nsSmtpServer.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cbd7dba67
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/compose/src/nsSmtpServer.h
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef __nsSmtpServer_h_
+#define __nsSmtpServer_h_
+
+
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsISmtpServer.h"
+#include "nsIPrefBranch.h"
+#include "nsWeakReference.h"
+
+class nsSmtpServer : public nsISmtpServer,
+                     public nsSupportsWeakReference
+{
+public:
+    nsSmtpServer();
+    
+    NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+    NS_DECL_NSISMTPSERVER
+
+private:
+    virtual ~nsSmtpServer();
+    nsCString mKey;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> mPrefBranch;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> mDefPrefBranch;
+                                                                                                                                               
+    nsresult getPrefs();
+    void getIntPrefWithDefault(const char *prefName, int32_t *val,
+                               int32_t defval);
+    nsresult GetPasswordWithoutUI();
+    nsCString GetServerURIInternal(const bool aIncludeUsername);
+
+    nsCString m_password;
+    bool m_logonFailed;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/compose/src/nsSmtpService.cpp b/mailnews/compose/src/nsSmtpService.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9f9295934
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/compose/src/nsSmtpService.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,772 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "msgCore.h"    // precompiled header...
+#include "nsIPrefService.h"
+#include "nsIPrefBranch.h"
+#include "nsIIOService.h"
+#include "nsIPipe.h"
+#include "nsNetCID.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "nsNetUtil.h"
+#include "nsSmtpService.h"
+#include "nsMsgBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsMsgCompCID.h"
+#include "nsArrayEnumerator.h"
+#include "nsSmtpUrl.h"
+#include "nsSmtpProtocol.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsIMsgIdentity.h"
+#include "nsIPrompt.h"
+#include "nsIWindowWatcher.h"
+#include "nsIUTF8ConverterService.h"
+#include "nsUConvCID.h"
+#include "nsAutoPtr.h"
+#include "nsComposeStrings.h"
+#include "nsIAsyncInputStream.h"
+#include "nsIPrincipal.h"
+
+#define SERVER_DELIMITER ','
+#define APPEND_SERVERS_VERSION_PREF_NAME "append_preconfig_smtpservers.version"
+#define MAIL_ROOT_PREF "mail."
+#define PREF_MAIL_SMTPSERVERS "mail.smtpservers"
+#define PREF_MAIL_SMTPSERVERS_APPEND_SERVERS "mail.smtpservers.appendsmtpservers"
+#define PREF_MAIL_SMTP_DEFAULTSERVER "mail.smtp.defaultserver"
+
+typedef struct _findServerByKeyEntry {
+    const char *key;
+    nsISmtpServer *server;
+} findServerByKeyEntry;
+
+typedef struct _findServerByHostnameEntry {
+    nsCString hostname;
+    nsCString username;
+    nsISmtpServer *server;
+} findServerByHostnameEntry;
+
+static NS_DEFINE_CID(kCSmtpUrlCID, NS_SMTPURL_CID);
+static NS_DEFINE_CID(kCMailtoUrlCID, NS_MAILTOURL_CID);
+
+// foward declarations...
+nsresult
+NS_MsgBuildSmtpUrl(nsIFile * aFilePath,
+                   nsISmtpServer *aServer,
+                   const char* aRecipients, 
+                   nsIMsgIdentity * aSenderIdentity,
+                   nsIUrlListener * aUrlListener,
+                   nsIMsgStatusFeedback *aStatusFeedback,
+                   nsIInterfaceRequestor* aNotificationCallbacks,
+                   nsIURI ** aUrl,
+                   bool aRequestDSN);
+
+nsresult NS_MsgLoadSmtpUrl(nsIURI * aUrl, nsISupports * aConsumer, nsIRequest ** aRequest);
+
+nsSmtpService::nsSmtpService() :
+    mSmtpServersLoaded(false)
+{
+}
+
+nsSmtpService::~nsSmtpService()
+{
+    // save the SMTP servers to disk
+
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsSmtpService, nsISmtpService, nsIProtocolHandler)
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsSmtpService::SendMailMessage(nsIFile * aFilePath,
+                                        const char * aRecipients, 
+                                        nsIMsgIdentity * aSenderIdentity,
+                                        const char * aPassword,
+                                        nsIUrlListener * aUrlListener, 
+                                        nsIMsgStatusFeedback *aStatusFeedback,
+                                        nsIInterfaceRequestor* aNotificationCallbacks,
+                                        bool aRequestDSN,
+                                        nsIURI ** aURL,
+                                        nsIRequest ** aRequest)
+{
+  nsIURI * urlToRun = nullptr;
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISmtpServer> smtpServer;
+  rv = GetServerByIdentity(aSenderIdentity, getter_AddRefs(smtpServer));
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && smtpServer)
+  {
+    if (aPassword && *aPassword)
+      smtpServer->SetPassword(nsDependentCString(aPassword));
+
+    // this ref counts urlToRun
+    rv = NS_MsgBuildSmtpUrl(aFilePath, smtpServer, aRecipients, aSenderIdentity,
+                            aUrlListener, aStatusFeedback, 
+                            aNotificationCallbacks, &urlToRun, aRequestDSN);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && urlToRun)	
+      rv = NS_MsgLoadSmtpUrl(urlToRun, nullptr, aRequest);
+
+    if (aURL) // does the caller want a handle on the url?
+      *aURL = urlToRun; // transfer our ref count to the caller....
+    else
+      NS_IF_RELEASE(urlToRun);
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+
+// The following are two convience functions I'm using to help expedite building and running a mail to url...
+
+// short cut function for creating a mailto url...
+nsresult NS_MsgBuildSmtpUrl(nsIFile * aFilePath,
+                            nsISmtpServer *aSmtpServer,
+                            const char * aRecipients, 
+                            nsIMsgIdentity * aSenderIdentity,
+                            nsIUrlListener * aUrlListener, 
+                            nsIMsgStatusFeedback *aStatusFeedback,
+                            nsIInterfaceRequestor* aNotificationCallbacks,
+                            nsIURI ** aUrl,
+                            bool aRequestDSN)
+{
+  // mscott: this function is a convience hack until netlib actually dispatches
+  // smtp urls. in addition until we have a session to get a password, host and
+  // other stuff from, we need to use default values....
+  // ..for testing purposes....
+
+    nsCString smtpHostName;
+    nsCString smtpUserName;
+    int32_t smtpPort;
+    int32_t socketType;
+
+    aSmtpServer->GetHostname(smtpHostName);
+    aSmtpServer->GetUsername(smtpUserName);
+    aSmtpServer->GetPort(&smtpPort);
+    aSmtpServer->GetSocketType(&socketType);
+
+    if (!smtpPort)
+      smtpPort = (socketType == nsMsgSocketType::SSL) ?
+        nsISmtpUrl::DEFAULT_SMTPS_PORT :  nsISmtpUrl::DEFAULT_SMTP_PORT;
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISmtpUrl> smtpUrl(do_CreateInstance(kCSmtpUrlCID, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsAutoCString urlSpec("smtp://");
+
+  if (!smtpUserName.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    nsCString escapedUsername;
+    MsgEscapeString(smtpUserName, nsINetUtil::ESCAPE_XALPHAS,
+                    escapedUsername);
+    urlSpec.Append(escapedUsername);
+    urlSpec.Append('@');
+  }
+
+  urlSpec.Append(smtpHostName);
+  if (smtpHostName.FindChar(':') == -1)
+  {
+    urlSpec.Append(':');
+    urlSpec.AppendInt(smtpPort);
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> url(do_QueryInterface(smtpUrl, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = url->SetSpec(urlSpec);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  smtpUrl->SetRecipients(aRecipients);
+  smtpUrl->SetRequestDSN(aRequestDSN);
+  smtpUrl->SetPostMessageFile(aFilePath);
+  smtpUrl->SetSenderIdentity(aSenderIdentity);
+  if (aNotificationCallbacks)
+    smtpUrl->SetNotificationCallbacks(aNotificationCallbacks);
+  smtpUrl->SetSmtpServer(aSmtpServer);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrompt> smtpPrompt(do_GetInterface(aNotificationCallbacks));
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAuthPrompt> smtpAuthPrompt(do_GetInterface(aNotificationCallbacks));
+  if (!smtpPrompt || !smtpAuthPrompt)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIWindowWatcher> wwatch(do_GetService(NS_WINDOWWATCHER_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    if (!smtpPrompt)
+      wwatch->GetNewPrompter(0, getter_AddRefs(smtpPrompt));
+    if (!smtpAuthPrompt)
+      wwatch->GetNewAuthPrompter(0, getter_AddRefs(smtpAuthPrompt));
+  }
+
+  smtpUrl->SetPrompt(smtpPrompt);            
+  smtpUrl->SetAuthPrompt(smtpAuthPrompt);
+
+  if (aUrlListener)
+    url->RegisterListener(aUrlListener);
+  if (aStatusFeedback)
+    url->SetStatusFeedback(aStatusFeedback);
+
+  return CallQueryInterface(smtpUrl, aUrl);
+}
+
+nsresult NS_MsgLoadSmtpUrl(nsIURI * aUrl, nsISupports * aConsumer, nsIRequest ** aRequest)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aUrl);
+
+  // For now, assume the url is an smtp url and load it.
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISmtpUrl> smtpUrl(do_QueryInterface(aUrl, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // Create a smtp protocol instance to run the url in.
+  RefPtr<nsSmtpProtocol> smtpProtocol = new nsSmtpProtocol(aUrl);
+  if (!smtpProtocol)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+  // Protocol will get destroyed when url is completed.
+  rv = smtpProtocol->LoadUrl(aUrl, aConsumer);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  return CallQueryInterface(smtpProtocol.get(), aRequest);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsSmtpService::VerifyLogon(nsISmtpServer *aServer,
+                                         nsIUrlListener *aUrlListener,
+                                         nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow,
+                                         nsIURI **aURL)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aServer);
+  nsCString popHost;
+  nsCString popUser;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIURI> urlToRun;
+
+  nsresult rv = NS_MsgBuildSmtpUrl(nullptr, aServer,
+                          nullptr, nullptr, aUrlListener, nullptr,
+                          nullptr , getter_AddRefs(urlToRun), false);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && urlToRun)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> url(do_QueryInterface(urlToRun, &rv));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    url->SetMsgWindow(aMsgWindow);
+    rv = NS_MsgLoadSmtpUrl(urlToRun, nullptr, nullptr /* aRequest */);
+    if (aURL)
+      urlToRun.forget(aURL);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsSmtpService::GetScheme(nsACString &aScheme)
+{
+    aScheme = "mailto";
+    return NS_OK; 
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsSmtpService::GetDefaultPort(int32_t *aDefaultPort)
+{
+    nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+    if (aDefaultPort)
+        *aDefaultPort = nsISmtpUrl::DEFAULT_SMTP_PORT;
+    else
+        rv = NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+    return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP 
+nsSmtpService::AllowPort(int32_t port, const char *scheme, bool *_retval)
+{
+    // allow smtp to run on any port
+    *_retval = true;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsSmtpService::GetProtocolFlags(uint32_t *result)
+{
+    *result = URI_NORELATIVE | ALLOWS_PROXY | URI_LOADABLE_BY_ANYONE |
+      URI_NON_PERSISTABLE | URI_DOES_NOT_RETURN_DATA |
+      URI_FORBIDS_COOKIE_ACCESS;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// the smtp service is also the protocol handler for mailto urls....
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsSmtpService::NewURI(const nsACString &aSpec,
+                                    const char *aOriginCharset,
+                                    nsIURI *aBaseURI,
+                                    nsIURI **_retval)
+{
+  // get a new smtp url
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> mailtoUrl = do_CreateInstance(kCMailtoUrlCID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsAutoCString utf8Spec;
+  if (aOriginCharset)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIUTF8ConverterService>
+      utf8Converter(do_GetService(NS_UTF8CONVERTERSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      rv = utf8Converter->ConvertURISpecToUTF8(aSpec, aOriginCharset, utf8Spec);
+  }
+
+  // utf8Spec is filled up only when aOriginCharset is specified and
+  // the conversion is successful. Otherwise, fall back to aSpec.
+  if (aOriginCharset && NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    rv = mailtoUrl->SetSpec(utf8Spec);
+  else
+    rv = mailtoUrl->SetSpec(aSpec);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  mailtoUrl.forget(_retval);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsSmtpService::NewChannel(nsIURI *aURI, nsIChannel **_retval)
+{
+  return NewChannel2(aURI, nullptr, _retval);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsSmtpService::NewChannel2(nsIURI *aURI,
+                                         nsILoadInfo* aLoadInfo,
+                                         nsIChannel **_retval)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aURI);
+  // create an empty pipe for use with the input stream channel.
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAsyncInputStream> pipeIn;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAsyncOutputStream> pipeOut;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPipe> pipe = do_CreateInstance("@mozilla.org/pipe;1");
+  nsresult rv = pipe->Init(false, false, 0, 0);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // These always succeed because the pipe is initialized above.
+  MOZ_ALWAYS_SUCCEEDS(pipe->GetInputStream(getter_AddRefs(pipeIn)));
+  MOZ_ALWAYS_SUCCEEDS(pipe->GetOutputStream(getter_AddRefs(pipeOut)));
+
+  pipeOut->Close();
+
+  if (aLoadInfo) {
+    return NS_NewInputStreamChannelInternal(_retval,
+                                            aURI,
+                                            pipeIn,
+                                            NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("application/x-mailto"),
+                                            EmptyCString(),
+                                            aLoadInfo);
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrincipal> nullPrincipal =
+    do_CreateInstance("@mozilla.org/nullprincipal;1", &rv);
+  NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "CreateInstance of nullprincipal failed.");
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  return NS_NewInputStreamChannel(_retval, aURI, pipeIn,
+                                  nullPrincipal, nsILoadInfo::SEC_NORMAL,
+                                  nsIContentPolicy::TYPE_OTHER,
+                                  NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("application/x-mailto"));
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsSmtpService::GetServers(nsISimpleEnumerator **aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+
+  // now read in the servers from prefs if necessary
+  uint32_t serverCount = mSmtpServers.Count();
+
+  if (serverCount <= 0)
+    loadSmtpServers();
+
+  return NS_NewArrayEnumerator(aResult, mSmtpServers);
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsSmtpService::loadSmtpServers()
+{
+  if (mSmtpServersLoaded)
+    return NS_OK;
+    
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefService> prefService(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefRootBranch;
+  prefService->GetBranch(nullptr, getter_AddRefs(prefRootBranch));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  nsCString serverList;
+  rv = prefRootBranch->GetCharPref(PREF_MAIL_SMTPSERVERS, getter_Copies(serverList));
+  serverList.StripWhitespace();
+
+  nsTArray<nsCString> servers;
+  ParseString(serverList, SERVER_DELIMITER, servers);
+
+  /**
+   * Check to see if we need to add pre-configured smtp servers.
+   * Following prefs are important to note in understanding the procedure here.
+   *
+   * 1. pref("mailnews.append_preconfig_smtpservers.version", version number);
+   * This pref registers the current version in the user prefs file. A default value
+   * is stored in mailnews.js file. If a given vendor needs to add more preconfigured
+   * smtp servers, the default version number can be increased. Comparing version
+   * number from user's prefs file and the default one from mailnews.js, we
+   * can add new smtp servers and any other version level changes that need to be done.
+   *
+   * 2. pref("mail.smtpservers.appendsmtpservers", <comma separated servers list>);
+   * This pref contains the list of pre-configured smp servers that ISP/Vendor wants to
+   * to add to the existing servers list.
+   */
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> defaultsPrefBranch;
+  rv = prefService->GetDefaultBranch(MAIL_ROOT_PREF, getter_AddRefs(defaultsPrefBranch));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefBranch;
+  rv = prefService->GetBranch(MAIL_ROOT_PREF, getter_AddRefs(prefBranch));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  int32_t appendSmtpServersCurrentVersion = 0;
+  int32_t appendSmtpServersDefaultVersion = 0;
+  rv = prefBranch->GetIntPref(APPEND_SERVERS_VERSION_PREF_NAME, &appendSmtpServersCurrentVersion);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  rv = defaultsPrefBranch->GetIntPref(APPEND_SERVERS_VERSION_PREF_NAME, &appendSmtpServersDefaultVersion);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  // Update the smtp server list if needed
+  if (appendSmtpServersCurrentVersion <= appendSmtpServersDefaultVersion) {
+    // If there are pre-configured servers, add them to the existing server list
+    nsCString appendServerList;
+    rv = prefRootBranch->GetCharPref(PREF_MAIL_SMTPSERVERS_APPEND_SERVERS, getter_Copies(appendServerList));
+    appendServerList.StripWhitespace();
+    ParseString(appendServerList, SERVER_DELIMITER, servers);
+
+    // Increase the version number so that updates will happen as and when needed
+    prefBranch->SetIntPref(APPEND_SERVERS_VERSION_PREF_NAME, appendSmtpServersCurrentVersion + 1);
+  }
+
+  // use GetServerByKey to check if the key (pref) is already in
+  // in the list. If not it calls createKeyedServer directly.
+
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < servers.Length(); i++) {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISmtpServer> server;
+    GetServerByKey(servers[i].get(), getter_AddRefs(server));
+  }
+
+  saveKeyList();
+
+  mSmtpServersLoaded = true;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// save the list of keys
+nsresult
+nsSmtpService::saveKeyList()
+{
+    nsresult rv;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefBranch(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+    
+    return prefBranch->SetCharPref(PREF_MAIL_SMTPSERVERS, mServerKeyList.get());
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsSmtpService::createKeyedServer(const char *key, nsISmtpServer** aResult)
+{
+    if (!key) return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+    
+    nsresult rv;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISmtpServer> server = do_CreateInstance(NS_SMTPSERVER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+    
+    server->SetKey(key);
+    mSmtpServers.AppendObject(server);
+
+    if (mServerKeyList.IsEmpty())
+        mServerKeyList = key;
+    else {
+        mServerKeyList.Append(',');
+        mServerKeyList += key;
+    }
+
+    if (aResult) 
+       server.swap(*aResult);
+    
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsSmtpService::GetSessionDefaultServer(nsISmtpServer **aServer)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aServer);
+    
+    if (!mSessionDefaultServer)
+        return GetDefaultServer(aServer);
+
+    NS_ADDREF(*aServer = mSessionDefaultServer);
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsSmtpService::SetSessionDefaultServer(nsISmtpServer *aServer)
+{
+    mSessionDefaultServer = aServer;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsSmtpService::GetDefaultServer(nsISmtpServer **aServer)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aServer);
+
+  loadSmtpServers();
+  
+  *aServer = nullptr;
+  // always returns NS_OK, just leaving *aServer at nullptr
+  if (!mDefaultSmtpServer) {
+      nsresult rv;
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefBranch(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+      // try to get it from the prefs
+      nsCString defaultServerKey;
+      rv = prefBranch->GetCharPref(PREF_MAIL_SMTP_DEFAULTSERVER, getter_Copies(defaultServerKey));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) &&
+          !defaultServerKey.IsEmpty()) {
+
+          nsCOMPtr<nsISmtpServer> server;
+          rv = GetServerByKey(defaultServerKey.get(),
+                              getter_AddRefs(mDefaultSmtpServer));
+      } else {
+        // no pref set, so just return the first one, and set the pref
+
+        // Ensure the list of servers is loaded
+        loadSmtpServers();
+
+        // nothing in the array, we had better create a new server
+        // (which will add it to the array & prefs anyway)
+        if (mSmtpServers.Count() == 0)
+          // if there are no smtp servers then don't create one for the default.
+          return NS_OK;
+
+        mDefaultSmtpServer = mSmtpServers[0];
+        NS_ENSURE_TRUE(mDefaultSmtpServer, NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER);
+          
+        // now we have a default server, set the prefs correctly
+        nsCString serverKey;
+        mDefaultSmtpServer->GetKey(getter_Copies(serverKey));
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+          prefBranch->SetCharPref(PREF_MAIL_SMTP_DEFAULTSERVER, serverKey.get());
+      }
+  }
+
+  // at this point:
+  // * mDefaultSmtpServer has a valid server
+  // * the key has been set in the prefs
+    
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aServer = mDefaultSmtpServer);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsSmtpService::SetDefaultServer(nsISmtpServer *aServer)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aServer);
+
+    mDefaultSmtpServer = aServer;
+
+    nsCString serverKey;
+    nsresult rv = aServer->GetKey(getter_Copies(serverKey));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+    
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefBranch(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+    prefBranch->SetCharPref(PREF_MAIL_SMTP_DEFAULTSERVER, serverKey.get());
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+bool
+nsSmtpService::findServerByKey(nsISmtpServer *aServer, void *aData)
+{
+  findServerByKeyEntry *entry = (findServerByKeyEntry*) aData;
+
+  nsCString key;
+  nsresult rv = aServer->GetKey(getter_Copies(key));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return true;
+
+  if (key.Equals(entry->key)) 
+  {
+    entry->server = aServer;
+    return false;
+  }
+    
+  return true;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsSmtpService::CreateServer(nsISmtpServer **aResult)
+{
+    if (!aResult) return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+    loadSmtpServers();
+    nsresult rv;
+    int32_t i = 0;
+    bool unique = false;
+
+    findServerByKeyEntry entry;
+    nsAutoCString key;
+
+    do {
+        key = "smtp";
+        key.AppendInt(++i);
+        entry.key = key.get();
+        entry.server = nullptr;
+
+        mSmtpServers.EnumerateForwards(findServerByKey, (void *)&entry);
+        if (!entry.server) unique=true;
+
+    } while (!unique);
+
+    rv = createKeyedServer(key.get(), aResult);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    return saveKeyList();
+}
+
+
+nsresult
+nsSmtpService::GetServerByKey(const char* aKey, nsISmtpServer **aResult)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+
+    if (!aKey || !*aKey)
+    {
+      NS_ASSERTION(false, "bad key");
+      return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    }
+    findServerByKeyEntry entry;
+    entry.key = aKey;
+    entry.server = nullptr;
+    mSmtpServers.EnumerateForwards(findServerByKey, (void *)&entry);
+
+    if (entry.server) {
+        NS_ADDREF(*aResult = entry.server);
+        return NS_OK;
+    }
+
+    // not found in array, I guess we load it
+    return createKeyedServer(aKey, aResult);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsSmtpService::DeleteServer(nsISmtpServer *aServer)
+{
+    if (!aServer) return NS_OK;
+
+    int32_t idx = mSmtpServers.IndexOf(aServer);
+    if (idx == -1)
+      return NS_OK;
+
+    nsCString serverKey;
+    aServer->GetKey(getter_Copies(serverKey));
+    
+    mSmtpServers.RemoveObjectAt(idx);
+
+    if (mDefaultSmtpServer.get() == aServer)
+        mDefaultSmtpServer = nullptr;
+    if (mSessionDefaultServer.get() == aServer)
+        mSessionDefaultServer = nullptr;
+    
+    nsAutoCString newServerList;
+    nsCString tmpStr = mServerKeyList;
+    char *newStr = tmpStr.BeginWriting();
+    char *token = NS_strtok(",", &newStr);
+    while (token) {
+      // only re-add the string if it's not the key
+      if (strcmp(token, serverKey.get()) != 0) {
+          if (newServerList.IsEmpty())
+              newServerList = token;
+          else {
+            newServerList += ',';
+            newServerList += token;
+          }
+      }
+      token = NS_strtok(",", &newStr);
+    }
+
+    // make sure the server clears out it's values....
+    aServer->ClearAllValues();
+
+    mServerKeyList = newServerList;
+    saveKeyList();
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+bool
+nsSmtpService::findServerByHostname(nsISmtpServer *aServer, void *aData)
+{
+  findServerByHostnameEntry *entry = (findServerByHostnameEntry*)aData;
+
+  nsCString hostname;
+  nsresult rv = aServer->GetHostname(hostname);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return true;
+
+  nsCString username;
+  rv = aServer->GetUsername(username);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return true;
+
+  bool checkHostname = !entry->hostname.IsEmpty();
+  bool checkUsername = !entry->username.IsEmpty();
+    
+  if ((!checkHostname ||
+       (entry->hostname.Equals(hostname, nsCaseInsensitiveCStringComparator()))) &&
+       (!checkUsername ||
+        entry->username.Equals(username, nsCaseInsensitiveCStringComparator())))
+  {
+    entry->server = aServer;
+    return false;        // stop when found
+  }
+  return true;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsSmtpService::FindServer(const char *aUsername,
+                          const char *aHostname, nsISmtpServer ** aResult)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+
+    findServerByHostnameEntry entry;
+    entry.server = nullptr;
+    entry.hostname = aHostname;
+    entry.username = aUsername;
+
+    mSmtpServers.EnumerateForwards(findServerByHostname, (void *)&entry);
+
+    // entry.server may be null, but that's ok.
+    // just return null if no server is found
+    NS_IF_ADDREF(*aResult = entry.server);
+    
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsSmtpService::GetServerByIdentity(nsIMsgIdentity *aSenderIdentity,
+                                   nsISmtpServer **aSmtpServer)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aSmtpServer);
+  nsresult rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  // First try the identity's preferred server
+  if (aSenderIdentity) 
+  {
+      nsCString smtpServerKey;
+      rv = aSenderIdentity->GetSmtpServerKey(smtpServerKey);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !(smtpServerKey.IsEmpty()))
+          rv = GetServerByKey(smtpServerKey.get(), aSmtpServer);
+  }
+
+  // Fallback to the default
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !(*aSmtpServer))
+      rv = GetDefaultServer(aSmtpServer);
+  return rv;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/compose/src/nsSmtpService.h b/mailnews/compose/src/nsSmtpService.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8aca6e7ef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/compose/src/nsSmtpService.h
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsSmtpService_h___
+#define nsSmtpService_h___
+
+#include "nscore.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsCOMArray.h"
+#include "nsISmtpService.h"
+#include "nsISmtpServer.h"
+#include "nsIProtocolHandler.h"
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// The Smtp Service is an interfaced designed to make building and running mail to urls
+// easier. I'm not sure if this service will go away when the new networking model comes
+// on line (as part of the N2 project). So I reserve the right to change my mind and take
+// this service away =).
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+class nsSmtpService : public nsISmtpService, public nsIProtocolHandler
+{
+public:
+
+	nsSmtpService();
+	
+	NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+
+	////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+	// we suppport the nsISmtpService interface 
+	////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////    
+	NS_DECL_NSISMTPSERVICE
+
+	//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+	// we suppport the nsIProtocolHandler interface 
+	//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+  NS_DECL_NSIPROTOCOLHANDLER
+
+protected:
+    nsresult loadSmtpServers();
+
+    
+private:
+	virtual ~nsSmtpService();
+    static bool findServerByKey(nsISmtpServer *aServer, void *aData);
+    static bool findServerByHostname(nsISmtpServer *aServer, void *aData);
+    
+    nsresult createKeyedServer(const char* key,
+                               nsISmtpServer **aResult = nullptr);
+    nsresult saveKeyList();
+    
+    nsCOMArray<nsISmtpServer> mSmtpServers;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISmtpServer> mDefaultSmtpServer;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISmtpServer> mSessionDefaultServer;
+
+    nsCString mServerKeyList;
+
+    bool mSmtpServersLoaded;
+};
+
+#endif /* nsSmtpService_h___ */
diff --git a/mailnews/compose/src/nsSmtpUrl.cpp b/mailnews/compose/src/nsSmtpUrl.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cd40bd6cc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/compose/src/nsSmtpUrl.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,778 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "msgCore.h"
+
+#include "nsIURI.h"
+#include "nsNetCID.h"
+#include "nsSmtpUrl.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "nsIMimeConverter.h"
+#include "nsMsgMimeCID.h"
+#include "nsComponentManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsCRT.h"
+#include "nsAutoPtr.h"
+
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// mailto url definition
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+nsMailtoUrl::nsMailtoUrl()
+{
+  mFormat = nsIMsgCompFormat::Default;
+  m_baseURL = do_CreateInstance(NS_SIMPLEURI_CONTRACTID);
+}
+
+nsMailtoUrl::~nsMailtoUrl()
+{
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMailtoUrl, nsIMailtoUrl, nsIURI)
+
+static void UnescapeAndConvert(nsIMimeConverter *mimeConverter,
+                               const nsACString &escaped, nsACString &out)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(mimeConverter, "Set mimeConverter before calling!");
+  // If the string is empty, do absolutely nothing.
+  if (escaped.IsEmpty())
+    return;
+
+  MsgUnescapeString(escaped, 0, out);
+  nsAutoCString decodedString;
+  nsresult rv = mimeConverter->DecodeMimeHeaderToUTF8(out, "UTF_8", false,
+    true, decodedString);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !decodedString.IsEmpty())
+    out = decodedString;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMailtoUrl::ParseMailtoUrl(char * searchPart)
+{
+  char *rest = searchPart;
+  nsCString escapedInReplyToPart;
+  nsCString escapedToPart;
+  nsCString escapedCcPart;
+  nsCString escapedSubjectPart;
+  nsCString escapedNewsgroupPart;
+  nsCString escapedNewsHostPart;
+  nsCString escapedReferencePart;
+  nsCString escapedBodyPart;
+  nsCString escapedBccPart;
+  nsCString escapedFollowUpToPart;
+  nsCString escapedFromPart;
+  nsCString escapedHtmlPart;
+  nsCString escapedOrganizationPart;
+  nsCString escapedReplyToPart;
+  nsCString escapedPriorityPart;
+
+  // okay, first, free up all of our old search part state.....
+  CleanupMailtoState();
+  // m_toPart has the escaped address from before the query string, copy it
+  // over so we can add on any additional to= addresses and unescape them all.
+  escapedToPart = m_toPart;
+
+  if (rest && *rest == '?')
+  {
+    /* start past the '?' */
+    rest++;
+  }
+
+  if (rest)
+  {
+    char *token = NS_strtok("&", &rest);
+    while (token && *token)
+    {
+      char *value = 0;
+      char *eq = PL_strchr(token, '=');
+      if (eq)
+      {
+        value = eq+1;
+        *eq = 0;
+      }
+
+      nsCString decodedName;
+      MsgUnescapeString(nsDependentCString(token), 0, decodedName);
+
+      if (decodedName.Length() == 0)
+        break;
+
+      switch (NS_ToUpper(decodedName.First()))
+      {
+        /* DO NOT support attachment= in mailto urls. This poses a security fire hole!!! 
+                          case 'A':
+                          if (!PL_strcasecmp (token, "attachment"))
+                          m_attachmentPart = value;
+                          break;
+                     */
+      case 'B':
+        if (decodedName.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("bcc"))
+        {
+          if (!escapedBccPart.IsEmpty())
+          {
+            escapedBccPart += ", ";
+            escapedBccPart += value;
+          }
+          else
+            escapedBccPart = value; 
+        }
+        else if (decodedName.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("body"))
+        {
+          if (!escapedBodyPart.IsEmpty())
+          {
+            escapedBodyPart +="\n";
+            escapedBodyPart += value;
+          }
+          else
+            escapedBodyPart = value;
+        }
+        break;
+      case 'C': 
+        if (decodedName.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("cc"))
+        {
+          if (!escapedCcPart.IsEmpty())
+          {
+            escapedCcPart += ", ";
+            escapedCcPart += value;
+          }
+          else
+            escapedCcPart = value;
+        }
+        break;
+      case 'F': 
+        if (decodedName.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("followup-to"))
+          escapedFollowUpToPart = value;
+        else if (decodedName.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("from"))
+          escapedFromPart = value;
+        break;
+      case 'H':
+        if (decodedName.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("html-part") ||
+            decodedName.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("html-body"))
+        {
+          // escapedHtmlPart holds the body for both html-part and html-body.
+          escapedHtmlPart = value;
+          mFormat = nsIMsgCompFormat::HTML;
+        }
+        break;
+      case 'I':
+        if (decodedName.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("in-reply-to"))
+          escapedInReplyToPart = value;
+        break;
+
+      case 'N':
+        if (decodedName.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("newsgroups"))
+          escapedNewsgroupPart = value;
+        else if (decodedName.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("newshost"))
+          escapedNewsHostPart = value;
+        break;
+      case 'O':
+        if (decodedName.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("organization"))
+          escapedOrganizationPart = value;
+        break;
+      case 'R':
+        if (decodedName.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("references"))
+          escapedReferencePart = value;
+        else if (decodedName.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("reply-to"))
+          escapedReplyToPart = value;
+        break;
+      case 'S':
+        if(decodedName.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("subject"))
+          escapedSubjectPart = value;
+        break;
+      case 'P':
+        if (decodedName.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("priority"))
+          escapedPriorityPart = PL_strdup(value);
+        break;
+      case 'T':
+        if (decodedName.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("to"))
+        {
+          if (!escapedToPart.IsEmpty())
+          {
+            escapedToPart += ", ";
+            escapedToPart += value;
+          }
+          else
+            escapedToPart = value;
+        }
+        break;
+      default:
+        break;
+      } // end of switch statement...
+
+      if (eq)
+        *eq = '='; /* put it back */
+      token = NS_strtok("&", &rest);
+    } // while we still have part of the url to parse...
+  } // if rest && *rest
+
+  // Get a global converter
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMimeConverter> mimeConverter =
+    do_GetService(NS_MIME_CONVERTER_CONTRACTID);
+
+  // Now unescape everything, and mime-decode the things that can be encoded.
+  UnescapeAndConvert(mimeConverter, escapedToPart, m_toPart);
+  UnescapeAndConvert(mimeConverter, escapedCcPart, m_ccPart);
+  UnescapeAndConvert(mimeConverter, escapedBccPart, m_bccPart);
+  UnescapeAndConvert(mimeConverter, escapedSubjectPart, m_subjectPart);
+  UnescapeAndConvert(mimeConverter, escapedNewsgroupPart, m_newsgroupPart);
+  UnescapeAndConvert(mimeConverter, escapedReferencePart, m_referencePart);
+  if (!escapedBodyPart.IsEmpty())
+    MsgUnescapeString(escapedBodyPart, 0, m_bodyPart);
+  if (!escapedHtmlPart.IsEmpty())
+    MsgUnescapeString(escapedHtmlPart, 0, m_htmlPart);
+  UnescapeAndConvert(mimeConverter, escapedNewsHostPart, m_newsHostPart);
+  UnescapeAndConvert(mimeConverter, escapedFollowUpToPart, m_followUpToPart);
+  UnescapeAndConvert(mimeConverter, escapedFromPart, m_fromPart);
+  UnescapeAndConvert(mimeConverter, escapedOrganizationPart, m_organizationPart);
+  UnescapeAndConvert(mimeConverter, escapedReplyToPart, m_replyToPart);
+  UnescapeAndConvert(mimeConverter, escapedPriorityPart, m_priorityPart);
+
+  nsCString inReplyToPart; // Not a member like the others...
+  UnescapeAndConvert(mimeConverter, escapedInReplyToPart, inReplyToPart);
+
+  if (!inReplyToPart.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    // Ensure that References and In-Reply-To are consistent... The last
+    // reference will be used as In-Reply-To header.
+    if (m_referencePart.IsEmpty())
+    {
+      // If References is not set, set it to be the In-Reply-To.
+      m_referencePart = inReplyToPart;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      // References is set. Add the In-Reply-To as last header unless it's
+      // set as last reference already.
+      int32_t lastRefStart = m_referencePart.RFindChar('<');
+      nsAutoCString lastReference;
+      if (lastRefStart != -1)
+        lastReference = StringTail(m_referencePart, lastRefStart);
+      else
+        lastReference = m_referencePart;
+
+      if (lastReference != inReplyToPart)
+      {
+        m_referencePart += " ";
+        m_referencePart += inReplyToPart;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMailtoUrl::SetSpec(const nsACString &aSpec)
+{
+  nsresult rv = m_baseURL->SetSpec(aSpec);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  return ParseUrl();
+}
+
+nsresult nsMailtoUrl::CleanupMailtoState()
+{
+    m_ccPart = "";
+    m_subjectPart = "";
+    m_newsgroupPart = "";
+    m_newsHostPart = ""; 
+    m_referencePart = "";
+    m_bodyPart = "";
+    m_bccPart = "";
+    m_followUpToPart = "";
+    m_fromPart = "";
+    m_htmlPart = "";
+    m_organizationPart = "";
+    m_replyToPart = "";
+    m_priorityPart = "";
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMailtoUrl::ParseUrl()
+{
+  // we can get the path from the simple url.....
+  nsCString escapedPath;
+  m_baseURL->GetPath(escapedPath);
+
+  int32_t startOfSearchPart = escapedPath.FindChar('?');
+  if (startOfSearchPart >= 0)
+  {
+    // now parse out the search field...
+    nsAutoCString searchPart(Substring(escapedPath, startOfSearchPart));
+
+    if (!searchPart.IsEmpty())
+    {
+      // now we need to strip off the search part from the
+      // to part....
+      escapedPath.SetLength(startOfSearchPart);
+      MsgUnescapeString(escapedPath, 0, m_toPart);
+      ParseMailtoUrl(searchPart.BeginWriting());
+    }
+  }
+  else if (!escapedPath.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    MsgUnescapeString(escapedPath, 0, m_toPart);
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMailtoUrl::GetMessageContents(nsACString &aToPart, nsACString &aCcPart,
+                                nsACString &aBccPart, nsACString &aSubjectPart,
+                                nsACString &aBodyPart, nsACString &aHtmlPart,
+                                nsACString &aReferencePart,
+                                nsACString &aNewsgroupPart,
+                                MSG_ComposeFormat *aFormat)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aFormat);
+
+  aToPart = m_toPart;
+  aCcPart = m_ccPart;
+  aBccPart = m_bccPart;
+  aSubjectPart = m_subjectPart;
+  aBodyPart = m_bodyPart;
+  aHtmlPart = m_htmlPart;
+  aReferencePart = m_referencePart;
+  aNewsgroupPart = m_newsgroupPart;
+  *aFormat = mFormat;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMailtoUrl::GetFromPart(nsACString &aResult)
+{
+  aResult = m_fromPart;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMailtoUrl::GetFollowUpToPart(nsACString &aResult)
+{
+  aResult = m_followUpToPart;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMailtoUrl::GetOrganizationPart(nsACString &aResult)
+{
+  aResult = m_organizationPart;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMailtoUrl::GetReplyToPart(nsACString &aResult)
+{
+  aResult = m_replyToPart;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMailtoUrl::GetPriorityPart(nsACString &aResult)
+{
+  aResult = m_priorityPart;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMailtoUrl::GetNewsHostPart(nsACString &aResult)
+{
+  aResult = m_newsHostPart;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Begin nsIURI support
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMailtoUrl::GetSpec(nsACString &aSpec)
+{
+	return m_baseURL->GetSpec(aSpec);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMailtoUrl::GetPrePath(nsACString &aPrePath)
+{
+	return m_baseURL->GetPrePath(aPrePath);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMailtoUrl::GetScheme(nsACString &aScheme)
+{
+	return m_baseURL->GetScheme(aScheme);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMailtoUrl::SetScheme(const nsACString &aScheme)
+{
+	m_baseURL->SetScheme(aScheme);
+	return ParseUrl();
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMailtoUrl::GetUserPass(nsACString &aUserPass)
+{
+	return m_baseURL->GetUserPass(aUserPass);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMailtoUrl::SetUserPass(const nsACString &aUserPass)
+{
+	m_baseURL->SetUserPass(aUserPass);
+	return ParseUrl();
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMailtoUrl::GetUsername(nsACString &aUsername)
+{
+	return m_baseURL->GetUsername(aUsername);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMailtoUrl::SetUsername(const nsACString &aUsername)
+{
+	m_baseURL->SetUsername(aUsername);
+	return ParseUrl();
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMailtoUrl::GetPassword(nsACString &aPassword)
+{
+	return m_baseURL->GetPassword(aPassword);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMailtoUrl::SetPassword(const nsACString &aPassword)
+{
+	m_baseURL->SetPassword(aPassword);
+	return ParseUrl();
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMailtoUrl::GetHostPort(nsACString &aHostPort)
+{
+	return m_baseURL->GetHost(aHostPort);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMailtoUrl::SetHostPort(const nsACString &aHostPort)
+{
+	m_baseURL->SetHost(aHostPort);
+	return ParseUrl();
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMailtoUrl::SetHostAndPort(const nsACString &aHostPort)
+{
+	m_baseURL->SetHostAndPort(aHostPort);
+	return ParseUrl();
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMailtoUrl::GetHost(nsACString &aHost)
+{
+	return m_baseURL->GetHost(aHost);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMailtoUrl::SetHost(const nsACString &aHost)
+{
+	m_baseURL->SetHost(aHost);
+	return ParseUrl();
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMailtoUrl::GetPort(int32_t *aPort)
+{
+	return m_baseURL->GetPort(aPort);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMailtoUrl::SetPort(int32_t aPort)
+{
+	m_baseURL->SetPort(aPort);
+	return ParseUrl();
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMailtoUrl::GetPath(nsACString &aPath)
+{
+	return m_baseURL->GetPath(aPath);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMailtoUrl::SetPath(const nsACString &aPath)
+{
+	m_baseURL->SetPath(aPath);
+	return ParseUrl();
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMailtoUrl::GetAsciiHost(nsACString &aHostA)
+{
+	return m_baseURL->GetAsciiHost(aHostA);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMailtoUrl::GetAsciiHostPort(nsACString &aHostPortA)
+{
+	return m_baseURL->GetAsciiHostPort(aHostPortA);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMailtoUrl::GetAsciiSpec(nsACString &aSpecA)
+{
+	return m_baseURL->GetAsciiSpec(aSpecA);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMailtoUrl::GetOriginCharset(nsACString &aOriginCharset)
+{
+    return m_baseURL->GetOriginCharset(aOriginCharset);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMailtoUrl::SchemeIs(const char *aScheme, bool *_retval)
+{
+	return m_baseURL->SchemeIs(aScheme, _retval);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMailtoUrl::Equals(nsIURI *other, bool *_retval)
+{
+  // The passed-in URI might be an nsMailtoUrl. Pass our inner URL to its
+  // Equals method. The other nsMailtoUrl will then pass its inner URL to
+  // to the Equals method of our inner URL. Other URIs will return false.
+  if (other)
+    return other->Equals(m_baseURL, _retval);
+
+  return m_baseURL->Equals(other, _retval);
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMailtoUrl::CloneInternal(RefHandlingEnum aRefHandlingMode,
+                           const nsACString& newRef, nsIURI** _retval)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(_retval);
+
+  RefPtr<nsMailtoUrl> clone = new nsMailtoUrl();
+
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(clone, NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY);
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  if (aRefHandlingMode == eHonorRef) {
+    rv = m_baseURL->Clone(getter_AddRefs(clone->m_baseURL));
+  } else if (aRefHandlingMode == eReplaceRef) {
+    rv = m_baseURL->CloneWithNewRef(newRef, getter_AddRefs(clone->m_baseURL));
+  } else {
+    rv = m_baseURL->CloneIgnoringRef(getter_AddRefs(clone->m_baseURL));
+  }
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  clone->ParseUrl();
+  clone.forget(_retval);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMailtoUrl::Clone(nsIURI **_retval)
+{
+  return CloneInternal(eHonorRef, EmptyCString(), _retval);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMailtoUrl::CloneIgnoringRef(nsIURI** _retval)
+{
+  return CloneInternal(eIgnoreRef, EmptyCString(), _retval);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMailtoUrl::CloneWithNewRef(const nsACString& newRef, nsIURI** _retval)
+{
+  return CloneInternal(eReplaceRef, newRef, _retval);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMailtoUrl::Resolve(const nsACString &relativePath, nsACString &result)
+{
+  return m_baseURL->Resolve(relativePath, result);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMailtoUrl::SetRef(const nsACString &aRef)
+{
+  return m_baseURL->SetRef(aRef);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMailtoUrl::GetRef(nsACString &result)
+{
+  return m_baseURL->GetRef(result);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMailtoUrl::EqualsExceptRef(nsIURI *other, bool *result)
+{
+  // The passed-in URI might be an nsMailtoUrl. Pass our inner URL to its
+  // Equals method. The other nsMailtoUrl will then pass its inner URL to
+  // to the Equals method of our inner URL. Other URIs will return false.
+  if (other)
+    return other->EqualsExceptRef(m_baseURL, result);
+
+  return m_baseURL->EqualsExceptRef(other, result);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMailtoUrl::GetSpecIgnoringRef(nsACString &result)
+{
+  return m_baseURL->GetSpecIgnoringRef(result);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMailtoUrl::GetHasRef(bool *result)
+{
+  return m_baseURL->GetHasRef(result);
+}
+
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// smtp url definition
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+nsSmtpUrl::nsSmtpUrl() : nsMsgMailNewsUrl()
+{
+  // nsISmtpUrl specific state...
+
+  m_isPostMessage = true;
+  m_requestDSN = false;
+  m_verifyLogon = false;
+}
+ 
+nsSmtpUrl::~nsSmtpUrl()
+{
+}
+  
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED(nsSmtpUrl, nsMsgMailNewsUrl, nsISmtpUrl)  
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Begin nsISmtpUrl specific support
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsSmtpUrl::SetRecipients(const char * aRecipientsList)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(aRecipientsList);
+  MsgUnescapeString(nsDependentCString(aRecipientsList), 0, m_toPart);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsSmtpUrl::GetRecipients(char ** aRecipientsList)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aRecipientsList);
+  if (aRecipientsList)
+    *aRecipientsList = ToNewCString(m_toPart);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_GETSET(nsSmtpUrl, PostMessage, bool, m_isPostMessage)
+
+NS_IMPL_GETSET(nsSmtpUrl, VerifyLogon, bool, m_verifyLogon)
+
+// the message can be stored in a file....allow accessors for getting and setting
+// the file name to post...
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsSmtpUrl::SetPostMessageFile(nsIFile * aFile)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aFile);
+  m_fileName = aFile;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsSmtpUrl::GetPostMessageFile(nsIFile ** aFile)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aFile);
+  if (m_fileName)
+  {
+    // Clone the file so nsLocalFile stat caching doesn't make the caller get
+    // the wrong file size.
+    m_fileName->Clone(aFile);
+    return *aFile ? NS_OK : NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+  }
+  return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_GETSET(nsSmtpUrl, RequestDSN, bool, m_requestDSN)
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP 
+nsSmtpUrl::SetDsnEnvid(const nsACString &aDsnEnvid)
+{
+    m_dsnEnvid = aDsnEnvid;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsSmtpUrl::GetDsnEnvid(nsACString &aDsnEnvid)
+{
+    aDsnEnvid = m_dsnEnvid;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsSmtpUrl::GetSenderIdentity(nsIMsgIdentity **aSenderIdentity)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aSenderIdentity);
+  *aSenderIdentity = m_senderIdentity;
+  NS_ADDREF(*aSenderIdentity);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsSmtpUrl::SetSenderIdentity(nsIMsgIdentity *aSenderIdentity)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aSenderIdentity);
+  m_senderIdentity = aSenderIdentity;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsSmtpUrl::SetPrompt(nsIPrompt *aNetPrompt)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aNetPrompt);
+    m_netPrompt = aNetPrompt;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsSmtpUrl::GetPrompt(nsIPrompt **aNetPrompt)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aNetPrompt);
+    NS_ENSURE_TRUE(m_netPrompt, NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER);
+    *aNetPrompt = m_netPrompt;
+    NS_ADDREF(*aNetPrompt);
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsSmtpUrl::SetAuthPrompt(nsIAuthPrompt *aNetAuthPrompt)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aNetAuthPrompt);
+    m_netAuthPrompt = aNetAuthPrompt;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsSmtpUrl::GetAuthPrompt(nsIAuthPrompt **aNetAuthPrompt)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aNetAuthPrompt);
+    NS_ENSURE_TRUE(m_netAuthPrompt, NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER);
+    *aNetAuthPrompt = m_netAuthPrompt;
+    NS_ADDREF(*aNetAuthPrompt);
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsSmtpUrl::SetNotificationCallbacks(nsIInterfaceRequestor* aCallbacks)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aCallbacks);
+    m_callbacks = aCallbacks;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsSmtpUrl::GetNotificationCallbacks(nsIInterfaceRequestor** aCallbacks)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aCallbacks);
+    NS_ENSURE_TRUE(m_callbacks, NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER);
+    *aCallbacks = m_callbacks;
+    NS_ADDREF(*aCallbacks);
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsSmtpUrl::SetSmtpServer(nsISmtpServer * aSmtpServer)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aSmtpServer);
+    m_smtpServer = aSmtpServer;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsSmtpUrl::GetSmtpServer(nsISmtpServer ** aSmtpServer)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aSmtpServer);
+    NS_ENSURE_TRUE(m_smtpServer, NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER);
+    *aSmtpServer = m_smtpServer;
+    NS_ADDREF(*aSmtpServer);
+    return NS_OK;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/compose/src/nsSmtpUrl.h b/mailnews/compose/src/nsSmtpUrl.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d603fa365
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/compose/src/nsSmtpUrl.h
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsSmtpUrl_h__
+#define nsSmtpUrl_h__
+
+#include "nsISmtpUrl.h"
+#include "nsIURI.h"
+#include "nsMsgMailNewsUrl.h"
+#include "nsIMsgIdentity.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsIPrompt.h"
+#include "nsIAuthPrompt.h"
+#include "nsISmtpServer.h"
+#include "nsIInterfaceRequestor.h"
+#include "nsIInterfaceRequestorUtils.h"
+
+class nsMailtoUrl : public nsIMailtoUrl, public nsIURI
+{
+public:
+    NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+    NS_DECL_NSIURI
+    NS_DECL_NSIMAILTOURL
+
+    nsMailtoUrl();
+
+protected:
+  enum RefHandlingEnum {
+    eIgnoreRef,
+    eHonorRef,
+    eReplaceRef
+  };
+  virtual ~nsMailtoUrl();
+  nsresult ParseUrl();
+  nsresult CleanupMailtoState();
+  nsresult ParseMailtoUrl(char * searchPart);
+  nsresult CloneInternal(RefHandlingEnum aRefHandlingMode,
+                         const nsACString& newRef, nsIURI** _retval);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> m_baseURL;
+    
+  // data retrieved from parsing the url: (Note the url could be a post from file or it could be in the url)
+  nsCString m_toPart;
+  nsCString m_ccPart;
+  nsCString m_subjectPart;
+  nsCString m_newsgroupPart;
+  nsCString m_newsHostPart;
+  nsCString m_referencePart;
+  nsCString m_bodyPart;
+  nsCString m_bccPart;
+  nsCString m_followUpToPart;
+  nsCString m_fromPart;
+  nsCString m_htmlPart;
+  nsCString m_organizationPart;
+  nsCString m_replyToPart;
+  nsCString m_priorityPart;
+
+  MSG_ComposeFormat mFormat;
+};
+
+class nsSmtpUrl : public nsISmtpUrl, public nsMsgMailNewsUrl
+{
+public:
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED
+
+  // From nsISmtpUrl
+  NS_DECL_NSISMTPURL
+
+  // nsSmtpUrl
+  nsSmtpUrl();
+
+protected:
+  virtual ~nsSmtpUrl();
+
+  // data retrieved from parsing the url: (Note the url could be a post from
+  // file or it could be in the url)
+  nsCString m_toPart;
+
+  bool m_isPostMessage;
+  bool m_requestDSN;
+  nsCString m_dsnEnvid;
+  bool m_verifyLogon;
+
+  // Smtp specific event sinks
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> m_fileName;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIdentity> m_senderIdentity;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrompt> m_netPrompt;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAuthPrompt> m_netAuthPrompt;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIInterfaceRequestor> m_callbacks;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISmtpServer> m_smtpServer;
+
+  // it is possible to encode the message to parse in the form of a url.
+  // This function is used to decompose the search and path part into the bare
+  // message components (to, fcc, bcc, etc.)
+  nsresult ParseMessageToPost(char * searchPart);
+};
+
+#endif // nsSmtpUrl_h__
diff --git a/mailnews/compose/src/nsURLFetcher.cpp b/mailnews/compose/src/nsURLFetcher.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b564ab9a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/compose/src/nsURLFetcher.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,526 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsURLFetcher.h"
+
+#include "msgCore.h" // for pre-compiled headers
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsNullPrincipal.h"
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include "nscore.h"
+#include "nsIFactory.h"
+#include "nsISupports.h"
+#include "prmem.h"
+#include "plstr.h"
+#include "nsIComponentManager.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsIIOService.h"
+#include "nsIChannel.h"
+#include "nsNetUtil.h"
+#include "nsMimeTypes.h"
+#include "nsIHttpChannel.h"
+#include "nsIWebProgress.h"
+#include "nsMsgAttachmentHandler.h"
+#include "nsMsgSend.h"
+#include "nsISeekableStream.h"
+#include "nsIStreamConverterService.h"
+#include "nsIMsgProgress.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsURLFetcher,
+                   nsIURLFetcher,
+                   nsIStreamListener,
+                   nsIRequestObserver,
+                   nsIURIContentListener,
+                   nsIInterfaceRequestor,
+                   nsIWebProgressListener,
+                   nsISupportsWeakReference)
+
+
+/* 
+ * Inherited methods for nsMimeConverter
+ */
+nsURLFetcher::nsURLFetcher()
+{
+  // Init member variables...
+  mTotalWritten = 0;
+  mBuffer = nullptr;
+  mBufferSize = 0;
+  mStillRunning = true;
+  mCallback = nullptr;
+  mOnStopRequestProcessed = false;
+  mIsFile=false;
+  nsURLFetcherStreamConsumer *consumer = new nsURLFetcherStreamConsumer(this);
+  mConverter = do_QueryInterface(consumer);
+}
+
+nsURLFetcher::~nsURLFetcher()
+{
+  mStillRunning = false;
+  
+  PR_FREEIF(mBuffer);
+  // Remove the DocShell as a listener of the old WebProgress...
+  if (mLoadCookie) 
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIWebProgress> webProgress(do_QueryInterface(mLoadCookie));
+
+    if (webProgress)
+      webProgress->RemoveProgressListener(this);
+  }
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsURLFetcher::GetInterface(const nsIID & aIID, void * *aInstancePtr)
+{
+   NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aInstancePtr);
+   return QueryInterface(aIID, aInstancePtr);
+}
+
+// nsIURIContentListener support
+NS_IMETHODIMP 
+nsURLFetcher::OnStartURIOpen(nsIURI* aURI, bool* aAbortOpen)
+{
+   return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP 
+nsURLFetcher::IsPreferred(const char * aContentType,
+                                char ** aDesiredContentType,
+                                bool * aCanHandleContent)
+
+{
+  return CanHandleContent(aContentType, true, aDesiredContentType,
+                          aCanHandleContent);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP 
+nsURLFetcher::CanHandleContent(const char * aContentType,
+                                bool aIsContentPreferred,
+                                char ** aDesiredContentType,
+                                bool * aCanHandleContent)
+
+{
+    if (!mIsFile && PL_strcasecmp(aContentType, MESSAGE_RFC822) == 0)
+      *aDesiredContentType = strdup("text/html");
+
+    // since we explicilty loaded the url, we always want to handle it!
+    *aCanHandleContent = true;
+  return NS_OK;
+} 
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP 
+nsURLFetcher::DoContent(const nsACString& aContentType,
+                      bool aIsContentPreferred,
+                      nsIRequest *request,
+                      nsIStreamListener ** aContentHandler,
+                      bool * aAbortProcess)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  if (aAbortProcess)
+    *aAbortProcess = false;
+  QueryInterface(NS_GET_IID(nsIStreamListener), (void **) aContentHandler);
+
+  /*
+    Check the content-type to see if we need to insert a converter
+  */
+  if (PL_strcasecmp(PromiseFlatCString(aContentType).get(), UNKNOWN_CONTENT_TYPE) == 0 ||
+      PL_strcasecmp(PromiseFlatCString(aContentType).get(), MULTIPART_MIXED_REPLACE) == 0 ||
+      PL_strcasecmp(PromiseFlatCString(aContentType).get(), MULTIPART_MIXED) == 0 ||
+      PL_strcasecmp(PromiseFlatCString(aContentType).get(), MULTIPART_BYTERANGES) == 0)
+  {
+    rv = InsertConverter(PromiseFlatCString(aContentType).get());
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      mConverterContentType = PromiseFlatCString(aContentType).get();
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP 
+nsURLFetcher::GetParentContentListener(nsIURIContentListener** aParent)
+{
+  *aParent = nullptr;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP 
+nsURLFetcher::SetParentContentListener(nsIURIContentListener* aParent)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP 
+nsURLFetcher::GetLoadCookie(nsISupports ** aLoadCookie)
+{
+  *aLoadCookie = mLoadCookie;
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aLoadCookie);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP 
+nsURLFetcher::SetLoadCookie(nsISupports * aLoadCookie)
+{
+  // Remove the DocShell as a listener of the old WebProgress...
+  if (mLoadCookie) 
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIWebProgress> webProgress(do_QueryInterface(mLoadCookie));
+
+    if (webProgress)
+      webProgress->RemoveProgressListener(this);
+  }
+
+  mLoadCookie = aLoadCookie;
+
+  // Add the DocShell as a listener to the new WebProgress...
+  if (mLoadCookie) 
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIWebProgress> webProgress(do_QueryInterface(mLoadCookie));
+
+    if (webProgress) 
+      webProgress->AddProgressListener(this, nsIWebProgress::NOTIFY_STATE_ALL);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsURLFetcher::StillRunning(bool *running)
+{
+  *running = mStillRunning;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+// Methods for nsIStreamListener...
+nsresult
+nsURLFetcher::OnDataAvailable(nsIRequest *request, nsISupports * ctxt, nsIInputStream *aIStream, 
+                              uint64_t sourceOffset, uint32_t aLength)
+{
+  /* let our converter or consumer process the data */
+  if (!mConverter)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  return mConverter->OnDataAvailable(request, ctxt, aIStream, sourceOffset, aLength);
+}
+
+
+// Methods for nsIStreamObserver 
+nsresult
+nsURLFetcher::OnStartRequest(nsIRequest *request, nsISupports *ctxt)
+{
+  /* check if the user has canceld the operation */
+  if (mTagData)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgSend> sendPtr;
+    mTagData->GetMimeDeliveryState(getter_AddRefs(sendPtr));
+    if (sendPtr)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgProgress> progress;
+      sendPtr->GetProgress(getter_AddRefs(progress));
+      if (progress)
+      {
+        bool cancel = false;
+        progress->GetProcessCanceledByUser(&cancel);
+        if (cancel)
+          return request->Cancel(NS_ERROR_ABORT);
+      }
+    }
+    mTagData->mRequest = request;
+  }
+
+  /* call our converter or consumer */
+  if (mConverter)
+    return mConverter->OnStartRequest(request, ctxt);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsURLFetcher::OnStopRequest(nsIRequest *request, nsISupports * ctxt, nsresult aStatus)
+{
+  // it's possible we could get in here from the channel calling us with an OnStopRequest and from our
+  // onStatusChange method (in the case of an error). So we should protect against this to make sure we
+  // don't process the on stop request twice...
+
+  if (mOnStopRequestProcessed)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  mOnStopRequestProcessed = true;
+
+  /* first, call our converter or consumer */
+  if (mConverter)
+    (void) mConverter->OnStopRequest(request, ctxt, aStatus);
+
+  if (mTagData)
+    mTagData->mRequest = nullptr;
+
+  //
+  // Now complete the stream!
+  //
+  mStillRunning = false;
+
+  // time to close the output stream...
+  if (mOutStream)
+  {
+    mOutStream->Close();
+    mOutStream = nullptr;
+  
+    /* In case of multipart/x-mixed-replace, we need to truncate the file to the current part size */
+    if (MsgLowerCaseEqualsLiteral(mConverterContentType, MULTIPART_MIXED_REPLACE))
+    {
+      mLocalFile->SetFileSize(mTotalWritten);
+    }
+  }
+
+  // Now if there is a callback, we need to call it...
+  if (mCallback)
+    mCallback (aStatus, mContentType, mCharset, mTotalWritten, nullptr, mTagData);
+
+  // Time to return...
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult 
+nsURLFetcher::Initialize(nsIFile *localFile, 
+                         nsIOutputStream *outputStream,
+                         nsAttachSaveCompletionCallback cb, 
+                         nsMsgAttachmentHandler *tagData)
+{
+  if (!outputStream || !localFile)
+    return NS_ERROR_INVALID_ARG;
+
+  mOutStream = outputStream;
+  mLocalFile = localFile;
+  mCallback = cb;     //JFD: Please, no more callback, use a listener...
+  mTagData = tagData;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsURLFetcher::FireURLRequest(nsIURI *aURL, nsIFile *localFile, nsIOutputStream *outputStream, 
+                             nsAttachSaveCompletionCallback cb, nsMsgAttachmentHandler *tagData)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  rv = Initialize(localFile, outputStream, cb, tagData);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  //check to see if aURL is a local file or not
+  aURL->SchemeIs("file", &mIsFile);
+  
+  // we're about to fire a new url request so make sure the on stop request flag is cleared...
+  mOnStopRequestProcessed = false;
+
+  // let's try uri dispatching...
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIURILoader> pURILoader (do_GetService(NS_URI_LOADER_CONTRACTID));
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(pURILoader, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrincipal> nullPrincipal =
+    do_CreateInstance("@mozilla.org/nullprincipal;1", &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIChannel> channel;
+  rv = NS_NewChannel(getter_AddRefs(channel),
+                     aURL,
+                     nullPrincipal,
+                     nsILoadInfo::SEC_NORMAL,
+                     nsIContentPolicy::TYPE_OTHER,
+                     nullptr, // aLoadGroup
+                     this); // aCallbacks
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  return pURILoader->OpenURI(channel, false, this);
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsURLFetcher::InsertConverter(const char * aContentType)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStreamConverterService> convServ(do_GetService("@mozilla.org/streamConverters;1", &rv));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIStreamListener> toListener(mConverter);
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIStreamListener> fromListener;
+
+    rv = convServ->AsyncConvertData(aContentType,
+                                    "*/*",
+                                    toListener,
+                                    nullptr,
+                                    getter_AddRefs(fromListener));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      mConverter = fromListener;
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+// web progress listener implementation
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsURLFetcher::OnProgressChange(nsIWebProgress *aProgress, nsIRequest *aRequest,
+                             int32_t aCurSelfProgress, int32_t aMaxSelfProgress,
+                             int32_t aCurTotalProgress, int32_t aMaxTotalProgress)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsURLFetcher::OnStateChange(nsIWebProgress *aProgress, nsIRequest *aRequest,
+                          uint32_t aStateFlags, nsresult aStatus)
+{
+  // all we care about is the case where an error occurred (as in we were unable to locate the
+  // the url....
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(aStatus))
+    OnStopRequest(aRequest, nullptr, aStatus);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsURLFetcher::OnLocationChange(nsIWebProgress* aWebProgress,
+                               nsIRequest* aRequest,
+                               nsIURI *aURI,
+                               uint32_t aFlags)
+{
+  NS_NOTREACHED("notification excluded in AddProgressListener(...)");
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP 
+nsURLFetcher::OnStatusChange(nsIWebProgress* aWebProgress,
+                             nsIRequest* aRequest,
+                             nsresult aStatus,
+                             const char16_t* aMessage)
+{
+  NS_NOTREACHED("notification excluded in AddProgressListener(...)");
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP 
+nsURLFetcher::OnSecurityChange(nsIWebProgress *aWebProgress, 
+                               nsIRequest *aRequest, 
+                               uint32_t state)
+{
+  NS_NOTREACHED("notification excluded in AddProgressListener(...)");
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Stream consumer used for handling special content type like multipart/x-mixed-replace
+ */
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsURLFetcherStreamConsumer, nsIStreamListener, nsIRequestObserver)
+
+nsURLFetcherStreamConsumer::nsURLFetcherStreamConsumer(nsURLFetcher* urlFetcher) :
+  mURLFetcher(urlFetcher)
+{
+}
+
+nsURLFetcherStreamConsumer::~nsURLFetcherStreamConsumer()
+{
+}
+
+/** nsIRequestObserver methods **/
+
+/* void onStartRequest (in nsIRequest request, in nsISupports ctxt); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsURLFetcherStreamConsumer::OnStartRequest(nsIRequest *aRequest, nsISupports *ctxt)
+{
+  if (!mURLFetcher || !mURLFetcher->mOutStream)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  /* In case of multipart/x-mixed-replace, we need to erase the output file content */
+  if (MsgLowerCaseEqualsLiteral(mURLFetcher->mConverterContentType, MULTIPART_MIXED_REPLACE))
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISeekableStream> seekStream = do_QueryInterface(mURLFetcher->mOutStream);
+    if (seekStream)
+      seekStream->Seek(nsISeekableStream::NS_SEEK_SET, 0);
+    mURLFetcher->mTotalWritten = 0;
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* void onStopRequest (in nsIRequest request, in nsISupports ctxt, in nsresult status); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsURLFetcherStreamConsumer::OnStopRequest(nsIRequest *aRequest, nsISupports *ctxt, nsresult status)
+{
+  if (!mURLFetcher)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  // Check the content type!
+  nsAutoCString contentType;
+  nsAutoCString charset;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIChannel> channel = do_QueryInterface(aRequest);
+  if(!channel) return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(channel->GetContentType(contentType)) &&
+      !contentType.EqualsLiteral(UNKNOWN_CONTENT_TYPE))
+  {
+    nsAutoCString uriSpec;
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIURI> channelURI;
+    channel->GetURI(getter_AddRefs(channelURI));
+    nsresult rv = channelURI->GetSpec(uriSpec);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    if (uriSpec.Find("&realtype=message/rfc822") >= 0)
+      mURLFetcher->mContentType = MESSAGE_RFC822;
+    else
+      mURLFetcher->mContentType = contentType;
+  }
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(channel->GetContentCharset(charset)) && !charset.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    mURLFetcher->mCharset = charset;
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/** nsIStreamListener methods **/
+
+/* void onDataAvailable (in nsIRequest request, in nsISupports ctxt, in nsIInputStream inStr, in unsigned long long sourceOffset, in unsigned long count); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsURLFetcherStreamConsumer::OnDataAvailable(nsIRequest *aRequest, nsISupports *ctxt, nsIInputStream *inStr, uint64_t sourceOffset, uint32_t count)
+{
+  uint32_t        readLen = count;
+  uint32_t        wroteIt;
+
+  if (!mURLFetcher)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  if (!mURLFetcher->mOutStream)
+    return NS_ERROR_INVALID_ARG;
+
+  if (mURLFetcher->mBufferSize < count)
+  {
+    PR_FREEIF(mURLFetcher->mBuffer);
+
+    if (count > 0x1000)
+      mURLFetcher->mBufferSize = count;
+    else
+      mURLFetcher->mBufferSize = 0x1000;
+
+    mURLFetcher->mBuffer = (char *)PR_Malloc(mURLFetcher->mBufferSize);
+    if (!mURLFetcher->mBuffer)
+      return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY; /* we couldn't allocate the object */
+  }
+
+  // read the data from the input stram...
+  nsresult rv = inStr->Read(mURLFetcher->mBuffer, count, &readLen);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  // write to the output file...
+  mURLFetcher->mOutStream->Write(mURLFetcher->mBuffer, readLen, &wroteIt);
+
+  if (wroteIt != readLen)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  else
+  {
+    mURLFetcher->mTotalWritten += wroteIt;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/compose/src/nsURLFetcher.h b/mailnews/compose/src/nsURLFetcher.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d252b014b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/compose/src/nsURLFetcher.h
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+#ifndef nsURLFetcher_h_
+#define nsURLFetcher_h_
+
+#include "nsIURLFetcher.h"
+
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsAutoPtr.h"
+#include "nsIInputStream.h"
+#include "nsIStreamListener.h"
+
+#include "nsIInterfaceRequestor.h"
+#include "nsIInterfaceRequestorUtils.h"
+#include "nsCURILoader.h"
+#include "nsIURIContentListener.h"
+#include "nsIWebProgressListener.h"
+#include "nsWeakReference.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+
+class nsMsgAttachmentHandler;
+
+class nsURLFetcher : public nsIURLFetcher,
+                     public nsIStreamListener,
+                     public nsIURIContentListener, 
+                     public nsIInterfaceRequestor,
+                     public nsIWebProgressListener,
+                     public nsSupportsWeakReference
+{ 
+public: 
+  nsURLFetcher();
+
+  /* this macro defines QueryInterface, AddRef and Release for this class */
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+
+  // Methods for nsIURLFetcher
+  NS_DECL_NSIURLFETCHER
+
+  // Methods for nsIStreamListener
+  NS_DECL_NSISTREAMLISTENER
+
+  // Methods for nsIRequestObserver
+  NS_DECL_NSIREQUESTOBSERVER
+  
+  // Methods for nsIURICOntentListener
+  NS_DECL_NSIURICONTENTLISTENER
+
+  // Methods for nsIInterfaceRequestor
+  NS_DECL_NSIINTERFACEREQUESTOR
+
+  // Methods for nsIWebProgressListener
+  NS_DECL_NSIWEBPROGRESSLISTENER
+
+protected:
+  nsresult InsertConverter(const char * aContentType);
+
+private:
+  virtual ~nsURLFetcher();
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIOutputStream>       mOutStream;               // the output file stream
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile>          mLocalFile;               // the output file itself
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStreamListener>     mConverter;               // the stream converter, if needed
+  nsCString                  mConverterContentType;    // The content type of the converter
+  bool                            mStillRunning;  // Are we still running?
+  int32_t                         mTotalWritten;  // Size counter variable
+  char                            *mBuffer;                 // Buffer used for reading the data
+  uint32_t                        mBufferSize;              // Buffer size;
+  nsCString                  mContentType;             // The content type retrieved from the server
+  nsCString                  mCharset;                 // The charset retrieved from the server
+  RefPtr<nsMsgAttachmentHandler> mTagData;      // Tag data for callback...
+  nsAttachSaveCompletionCallback  mCallback;      // Callback to call once the file is saved...
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupports>           mLoadCookie;    // load cookie used by the uri loader when we fetch the url
+  bool                            mOnStopRequestProcessed; // used to prevent calling OnStopRequest multiple times
+  bool                            mIsFile;        // This is used to check whether the URI is a local file.
+
+  friend class nsURLFetcherStreamConsumer;
+}; 
+
+
+/**
+ * Stream consumer used for handling special content type like multipart/x-mixed-replace
+ */
+
+class nsURLFetcherStreamConsumer : public nsIStreamListener
+{
+public:
+  nsURLFetcherStreamConsumer(nsURLFetcher* urlFetcher);
+
+  /* additional members */
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSISTREAMLISTENER
+  NS_DECL_NSIREQUESTOBSERVER
+
+private:
+  virtual ~nsURLFetcherStreamConsumer();
+  nsURLFetcher* mURLFetcher;
+}; 
+
+
+#endif /* nsURLFetcher_h_ */
diff --git a/mailnews/db/gloda/components/glautocomp.js b/mailnews/db/gloda/components/glautocomp.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..67c245a93
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/gloda/components/glautocomp.js
@@ -0,0 +1,544 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+var Cc = Components.classes;
+var Ci = Components.interfaces;
+var Cr = Components.results;
+var Cu = Components.utils;
+
+Cu.import("resource://gre/modules/XPCOMUtils.jsm");
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/errUtils.js");
+
+var Gloda = null;
+var GlodaUtils = null;
+var MultiSuffixTree = null;
+var TagNoun = null;
+var FreeTagNoun = null;
+
+function ResultRowFullText(aItem, words, typeForStyle) {
+  this.item = aItem;
+  this.words = words;
+  this.typeForStyle = "gloda-fulltext-" + typeForStyle;
+}
+ResultRowFullText.prototype = {
+  multi: false,
+  fullText: true
+};
+
+function ResultRowSingle(aItem, aCriteriaType, aCriteria, aExplicitNounID) {
+  this.nounID = aExplicitNounID || aItem.NOUN_ID;
+  this.nounDef = Gloda._nounIDToDef[this.nounID];
+  this.criteriaType = aCriteriaType;
+  this.criteria = aCriteria;
+  this.item = aItem;
+  this.typeForStyle = "gloda-single-" + this.nounDef.name;
+}
+ResultRowSingle.prototype = {
+  multi: false,
+  fullText: false
+};
+
+function ResultRowMulti(aNounID, aCriteriaType, aCriteria, aQuery) {
+  this.nounID = aNounID;
+  this.nounDef = Gloda._nounIDToDef[aNounID];
+  this.criteriaType = aCriteriaType;
+  this.criteria = aCriteria;
+  this.collection = aQuery.getCollection(this);
+  this.collection.becomeExplicit();
+  this.renderer = null;
+}
+ResultRowMulti.prototype = {
+  multi: true,
+  typeForStyle: "gloda-multi",
+  fullText: false,
+  onItemsAdded: function(aItems) {
+    if (this.renderer) {
+      for (let [iItem, item] of aItems.entries()) {
+        this.renderer.renderItem(item);
+      }
+    }
+  },
+  onItemsModified: function(aItems) {
+  },
+  onItemsRemoved: function(aItems) {
+  },
+  onQueryCompleted: function() {
+  }
+};
+
+function nsAutoCompleteGlodaResult(aListener, aCompleter, aString) {
+  this.listener = aListener;
+  this.completer = aCompleter;
+  this.searchString = aString;
+  this._results = [];
+  this._pendingCount = 0;
+  this._problem = false;
+  // Track whether we have reported anything to the complete controller so
+  //  that we know not to send notifications to it during calls to addRows
+  //  prior to that point.
+  this._initiallyReported = false;
+
+  this.wrappedJSObject = this;
+}
+nsAutoCompleteGlodaResult.prototype = {
+  getObjectAt: function(aIndex) {
+    return this._results[aIndex] || null;
+  },
+  markPending: function ACGR_markPending(aCompleter) {
+    this._pendingCount++;
+  },
+  markCompleted: function ACGR_markCompleted(aCompleter) {
+    if (--this._pendingCount == 0 && this.active) {
+      this.listener.onSearchResult(this.completer, this);
+    }
+  },
+  announceYourself: function ACGR_announceYourself() {
+    this._initiallyReported = true;
+    this.listener.onSearchResult(this.completer, this);
+  },
+  addRows: function ACGR_addRows(aRows) {
+    if (!aRows.length)
+      return;
+    this._results.push.apply(this._results, aRows);
+    if (this._initiallyReported && this.active) {
+      this.listener.onSearchResult(this.completer, this);
+    }
+  },
+  // ==== nsIAutoCompleteResult
+  searchString: null,
+  get searchResult() {
+    if (this._problem)
+      return Ci.nsIAutoCompleteResult.RESULT_FAILURE;
+    if (this._results.length)
+      return (!this._pendingCount) ? Ci.nsIAutoCompleteResult.RESULT_SUCCESS
+                          : Ci.nsIAutoCompleteResult.RESULT_SUCCESS_ONGOING;
+    else
+      return (!this._pendingCount) ? Ci.nsIAutoCompleteResult.RESULT_NOMATCH
+                          : Ci.nsIAutoCompleteResult.RESULT_NOMATCH_ONGOING;
+  },
+  active: false,
+  defaultIndex: -1,
+  errorDescription: null,
+  get matchCount() {
+    return (this._results === null) ? 0 : this._results.length;
+  },
+  // this is the lower text, (shows the url in firefox)
+  // we try and show the contact's name here.
+  getValueAt: function(aIndex) {
+    let thing = this._results[aIndex];
+    return thing.name || thing.value || thing.subject || null;
+  },
+  getLabelAt: function(aIndex) {
+    return this.getValueAt(aIndex);
+  },
+  // rich uses this to be the "title".  it is the upper text
+  // we try and show the identity here.
+  getCommentAt: function(aIndex) {
+    let thing = this._results[aIndex];
+    if (thing.value) // identity
+      return thing.contact.name;
+    else
+      return thing.name || thing.subject;
+  },
+  // rich uses this to be the "type"
+  getStyleAt: function(aIndex) {
+    let row = this._results[aIndex];
+    return row.typeForStyle;
+  },
+  // rich uses this to be the icon
+  getImageAt: function(aIndex) {
+    let thing = this._results[aIndex];
+    if (!thing.value)
+      return null;
+
+    return ""; // we don't want to use gravatars as is.
+    /*
+    let md5hash = GlodaUtils.md5HashString(thing.value);
+    let gravURL = "http://www.gravatar.com/avatar/" + md5hash +
+                                "?d=identicon&s=32&r=g";
+    return gravURL;
+    */
+  },
+  getFinalCompleteValueAt: function(aIndex) {
+    return this.getValueAt(aIndex);
+  },
+  removeValueAt: function() {},
+
+  _stop: function() {
+  }
+};
+
+var MAX_POPULAR_CONTACTS = 200;
+
+/**
+ * Complete contacts/identities based on name/email.  Instant phase is based on
+ *  a suffix-tree built of popular contacts/identities.  Delayed phase relies
+ *  on a LIKE search of all known contacts.
+ */
+function ContactIdentityCompleter() {
+  // get all the contacts
+  let contactQuery = Gloda.newQuery(Gloda.NOUN_CONTACT);
+  contactQuery.orderBy("-popularity").limit(MAX_POPULAR_CONTACTS);
+  this.contactCollection = contactQuery.getCollection(this, null);
+  this.contactCollection.becomeExplicit();
+}
+ContactIdentityCompleter.prototype = {
+  _popularitySorter: function(a, b){ return b.popularity - a.popularity; },
+  complete: function ContactIdentityCompleter_complete(aResult, aString) {
+    if (aString.length < 3) {
+      // In CJK, first name or last name is sometime used as 1 character only.
+      // So we allow autocompleted search even if 1 character.
+      //
+      // [U+3041 - U+9FFF ... Full-width Katakana, Hiragana
+      //                      and CJK Ideograph
+      // [U+AC00 - U+D7FF ... Hangul
+      // [U+F900 - U+FFDC ... CJK compatibility ideograph
+      if (!aString.match(/[\u3041-\u9fff\uac00-\ud7ff\uf900-\uffdc]/))
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    let matches;
+    if (this.suffixTree) {
+      matches = this.suffixTree.findMatches(aString.toLowerCase());
+    }
+    else
+      matches = [];
+
+    // let's filter out duplicates due to identity/contact double-hits by
+    //  establishing a map based on the contact id for these guys.
+    // let's also favor identities as we do it, because that gets us the
+    //  most accurate gravat, potentially
+    let contactToThing = {};
+    for (let iMatch = 0; iMatch < matches.length; iMatch++) {
+      let thing = matches[iMatch];
+      if (thing.NOUN_ID == Gloda.NOUN_CONTACT && !(thing.id in contactToThing))
+        contactToThing[thing.id] = thing;
+      else if (thing.NOUN_ID == Gloda.NOUN_IDENTITY)
+        contactToThing[thing.contactID] = thing;
+    }
+    // and since we can now map from contacts down to identities, map contacts
+    //  to the first identity for them that we find...
+    matches = Object.keys(contactToThing).map(id => contactToThing[id]).
+      map(val => val.NOUN_ID == Gloda.NOUN_IDENTITY ? val : val.identities[0]);
+
+    let rows = matches.
+      map(match => new ResultRowSingle(match, "text", aResult.searchString));
+    aResult.addRows(rows);
+
+    // - match against database contacts / identities
+    let pending = {contactToThing: contactToThing, pendingCount: 2};
+
+    let contactQuery = Gloda.newQuery(Gloda.NOUN_CONTACT);
+    contactQuery.nameLike(contactQuery.WILDCARD, aString,
+	contactQuery.WILDCARD);
+    pending.contactColl = contactQuery.getCollection(this, aResult);
+    pending.contactColl.becomeExplicit();
+
+    let identityQuery = Gloda.newQuery(Gloda.NOUN_IDENTITY);
+    identityQuery.kind("email").valueLike(identityQuery.WILDCARD, aString,
+        identityQuery.WILDCARD);
+    pending.identityColl = identityQuery.getCollection(this, aResult);
+    pending.identityColl.becomeExplicit();
+
+    aResult._contactCompleterPending = pending;
+
+    return true;
+  },
+  onItemsAdded: function(aItems, aCollection) {
+  },
+  onItemsModified: function(aItems, aCollection) {
+  },
+  onItemsRemoved: function(aItems, aCollection) {
+  },
+  onQueryCompleted: function(aCollection) {
+    // handle the initial setup case...
+    if (aCollection.data == null) {
+      // cheat and explicitly add our own contact...
+      if (Gloda.myContact &&
+          !(Gloda.myContact.id in this.contactCollection._idMap))
+        this.contactCollection._onItemsAdded([Gloda.myContact]);
+
+      // the set of identities owned by the contacts is automatically loaded as part
+      //  of the contact loading...
+      // (but only if we actually have any contacts)
+      this.identityCollection =
+        this.contactCollection.subCollections[Gloda.NOUN_IDENTITY];
+
+      let contactNames = this.contactCollection.items.
+        map(c => c.name.replace(" ", "").toLowerCase() || "x");
+      // if we had no contacts, we will have no identity collection!
+      let identityMails;
+      if (this.identityCollection)
+        identityMails = this.identityCollection.items.
+          map(i => i.value.toLowerCase());
+
+      // The suffix tree takes two parallel lists; the first contains strings
+      //  while the second contains objects that correspond to those strings.
+      // In the degenerate case where identityCollection does not exist, it will
+      //  be undefined.  Calling concat with an argument of undefined simply
+      //  duplicates the list we called concat on, and is thus harmless.  Our
+      //  use of && on identityCollection allows its undefined value to be
+      //  passed through to concat.  identityMails will likewise be undefined.
+      this.suffixTree = new MultiSuffixTree(contactNames.concat(identityMails),
+        this.contactCollection.items.concat(this.identityCollection &&
+          this.identityCollection.items));
+
+      return;
+    }
+
+    // handle the completion case
+    let result = aCollection.data;
+    let pending = result._contactCompleterPending;
+
+    if (--pending.pendingCount == 0) {
+      let possibleDudes = [];
+
+      let contactToThing = pending.contactToThing;
+
+      let items;
+
+      // check identities first because they are better than contacts in terms
+      //  of display
+      items = pending.identityColl.items;
+      for (let iIdentity = 0; iIdentity < items.length; iIdentity++){
+        let identity = items[iIdentity];
+        if (!(identity.contactID in contactToThing)) {
+          contactToThing[identity.contactID] = identity;
+          possibleDudes.push(identity);
+          // augment the identity with its contact's popularity
+          identity.popularity = identity.contact.popularity;
+        }
+      }
+      items = pending.contactColl.items;
+      for (let iContact = 0; iContact < items.length; iContact++) {
+        let contact = items[iContact];
+        if (!(contact.id in contactToThing)) {
+          contactToThing[contact.id] = contact;
+          possibleDudes.push(contact.identities[0]);
+        }
+      }
+
+      // sort in order of descending popularity
+      possibleDudes.sort(this._popularitySorter);
+      let rows = possibleDudes.
+        map(dude => new ResultRowSingle(dude, "text", result.searchString));
+      result.addRows(rows);
+      result.markCompleted(this);
+
+      // the collections no longer care about the result, make it clear.
+      delete pending.identityColl.data;
+      delete pending.contactColl.data;
+      // the result object no longer needs us or our data
+      delete result._contactCompleterPending;
+    }
+  }
+};
+
+/**
+ * Complete tags that are used on contacts.
+ */
+function ContactTagCompleter() {
+  FreeTagNoun.populateKnownFreeTags();
+  this._buildSuffixTree();
+  FreeTagNoun.addListener(this);
+}
+ContactTagCompleter.prototype = {
+  _buildSuffixTree: function() {
+    let tagNames = [], tags = [];
+    for (let [tagName, tag] in Iterator(FreeTagNoun.knownFreeTags)) {
+      tagNames.push(tagName.toLowerCase());
+      tags.push(tag);
+    }
+    this._suffixTree = new MultiSuffixTree(tagNames, tags);
+    this._suffixTreeDirty = false;
+  },
+  onFreeTagAdded: function(aTag) {
+    this._suffixTreeDirty = true;
+  },
+  complete: function ContactTagCompleter_complete(aResult, aString) {
+    // now is not the best time to do this; have onFreeTagAdded use a timer.
+    if (this._suffixTreeDirty)
+      this._buildSuffixTree();
+
+    if (aString.length < 2)
+      return false; // no async mechanism that will add new rows
+
+    let tags = this._suffixTree.findMatches(aString.toLowerCase());
+    let rows = [];
+    for (let tag of tags) {
+      let query = Gloda.newQuery(Gloda.NOUN_CONTACT);
+      query.freeTags(tag);
+      let resRow = new ResultRowMulti(Gloda.NOUN_CONTACT, "tag", tag.name,
+                                      query);
+      rows.push(resRow);
+    }
+    aResult.addRows(rows);
+
+    return false; // no async mechanism that will add new rows
+  }
+};
+
+/**
+ * Complete tags that are used on messages
+ */
+function MessageTagCompleter() {
+  this._buildSuffixTree();
+}
+MessageTagCompleter.prototype = {
+  _buildSuffixTree: function MessageTagCompleter__buildSufficeTree() {
+    let tagNames = [], tags = [];
+    let tagArray = TagNoun.getAllTags();
+    for (let iTag = 0; iTag < tagArray.length; iTag++) {
+      let tag = tagArray[iTag];
+      tagNames.push(tag.tag.toLowerCase());
+      tags.push(tag);
+    }
+    this._suffixTree = new MultiSuffixTree(tagNames, tags);
+    this._suffixTreeDirty = false;
+  },
+  complete: function MessageTagCompleter_complete(aResult, aString) {
+    if (aString.length < 2)
+      return false;
+
+    let tags = this._suffixTree.findMatches(aString.toLowerCase());
+    let rows = [];
+    for (let tag of tags) {
+      let resRow = new ResultRowSingle(tag, "tag", tag.tag, TagNoun.id);
+      rows.push(resRow);
+    }
+    aResult.addRows(rows);
+
+    return false; // no async mechanism that will add new rows
+  }
+};
+
+/**
+ * Complete with helpful hints about full-text search
+ */
+function FullTextCompleter() {
+}
+FullTextCompleter.prototype = {
+  complete: function FullTextCompleter_complete(aResult, aSearchString) {
+    if (aSearchString.length < 4)
+      return false;
+    // We use code very similar to that in msg_search.js, except that we
+    // need to detect when we found phrases, as well as strip commas.
+    aSearchString = aSearchString.trim();
+    let terms = [];
+    let phraseFound = false;
+    while (aSearchString) {
+      let term = "";
+      if (aSearchString.startsWith('"')) {
+        let endIndex = aSearchString.indexOf(aSearchString[0], 1);
+        // eat the quote if it has no friend
+        if (endIndex == -1) {
+          aSearchString = aSearchString.substring(1);
+          continue;
+        }
+        phraseFound = true;
+        term = aSearchString.substring(1, endIndex).trim();
+        if (term)
+          terms.push(term);
+        aSearchString = aSearchString.substring(endIndex + 1);
+        continue;
+      }
+
+      let spaceIndex = aSearchString.indexOf(" ");
+      if (spaceIndex == -1) {
+        terms.push(aSearchString.replace(/,/g, ""));
+        break;
+      }
+
+      term = aSearchString.substring(0, spaceIndex).replace(/,/g, "");
+      if (term)
+        terms.push(term);
+      aSearchString = aSearchString.substring(spaceIndex+1);
+    }
+
+    if (terms.length == 1 && !phraseFound)
+      aResult.addRows([new ResultRowFullText(aSearchString, terms, "single")]);
+    else
+      aResult.addRows([new ResultRowFullText(aSearchString, terms, "all")]);
+
+    return false; // no async mechanism that will add new rows
+  }
+};
+
+var LOG;
+
+function nsAutoCompleteGloda() {
+  this.wrappedJSObject = this;
+  try {
+    // set up our awesome globals!
+    if (Gloda === null) {
+      let loadNS = {};
+      Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/public.js", loadNS);
+      Gloda = loadNS.Gloda;
+
+      Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/utils.js", loadNS);
+      GlodaUtils = loadNS.GlodaUtils;
+      Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/suffixtree.js", loadNS);
+      MultiSuffixTree = loadNS.MultiSuffixTree;
+      Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/noun_tag.js", loadNS);
+      TagNoun = loadNS.TagNoun;
+      Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/noun_freetag.js", loadNS);
+      FreeTagNoun = loadNS.FreeTagNoun;
+
+      Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/log4moz.js", loadNS);
+      LOG = loadNS["Log4Moz"].repository.getLogger("gloda.autocomp");
+    }
+
+    this.completers = [];
+    this.curResult = null;
+
+    this.completers.push(new FullTextCompleter());        // not async.
+    this.completers.push(new ContactIdentityCompleter()); // potentially async.
+    this.completers.push(new ContactTagCompleter());      // not async.
+    this.completers.push(new MessageTagCompleter());      // not async.
+  } catch (e) {
+    logException(e);
+  }
+}
+
+nsAutoCompleteGloda.prototype = {
+  classID: Components.ID("{3bbe4d77-3f70-4252-9500-bc00c26f476d}"),
+  QueryInterface: XPCOMUtils.generateQI([
+      Components.interfaces.nsIAutoCompleteSearch]),
+
+  startSearch: function(aString, aParam, aResult, aListener) {
+    try {
+      let result = new nsAutoCompleteGlodaResult(aListener, this, aString);
+      // save this for hacky access to the search.  I somewhat suspect we simply
+      //  should not be using the formal autocomplete mechanism at all.
+      // Used in glodacomplete.xml.
+      this.curResult = result;
+
+      // Guard against late async results being sent.
+      this.curResult.active = true;
+
+      if (aParam == "global") {
+        for (let completer of this.completers) {
+          // they will return true if they have something pending.
+          if (completer.complete(result, aString))
+            result.markPending(completer);
+        }
+      //} else {
+      //   It'd be nice to do autocomplete in the quicksearch modes based
+      //   on the specific values for that mode in the current view.
+      //   But we don't do that yet.
+      }
+
+      result.announceYourself();
+    } catch (e) {
+      logException(e);
+    }
+  },
+
+  stopSearch: function() {
+    this.curResult.active = false;
+  }
+};
+
+var components = [nsAutoCompleteGloda];
+var NSGetFactory = XPCOMUtils.generateNSGetFactory(components);
diff --git a/mailnews/db/gloda/components/gloda.manifest b/mailnews/db/gloda/components/gloda.manifest
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0156e94f4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/gloda/components/gloda.manifest
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+component {3bbe4d77-3f70-4252-9500-bc00c26f476d} glautocomp.js
+contract @mozilla.org/autocomplete/search;1?name=gloda {3bbe4d77-3f70-4252-9500-bc00c26f476d}
+component {8cddbbbc-7ced-46b0-a936-8cddd1928c24} jsmimeemitter.js
+contract @mozilla.org/gloda/jsmimeemitter;1 {8cddbbbc-7ced-46b0-a936-8cddd1928c24}
+category mime-emitter @mozilla.org/messenger/mimeemitter;1?type=application/x-js-mime-message @mozilla.org/gloda/jsmimeemitter;1
diff --git a/mailnews/db/gloda/components/jsmimeemitter.js b/mailnews/db/gloda/components/jsmimeemitter.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ed86415dd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/gloda/components/jsmimeemitter.js
@@ -0,0 +1,493 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+var Cc = Components.classes;
+var Ci = Components.interfaces;
+var Cr = Components.results;
+var Cu = Components.utils;
+
+Cu.import("resource://gre/modules/XPCOMUtils.jsm");
+
+var kStateUnknown = 0;
+var kStateInHeaders = 1;
+var kStateInBody = 2;
+var kStateInAttachment = 3;
+
+/**
+ * When the saneBodySize flag is active, limit body parts to at most this many
+ *  bytes.  See |MsgHdrToMimeMessage| for more information on the flag.
+ *
+ * The choice of 20k was made on the very scientific basis of running a query
+ *  against my indexed e-mail and finding the point where these things taper
+ *  off.  I chose 20 because things had tapered off pretty firmly by 16, so
+ *  20 gave it some space and it was also the end of a mini-plateau.
+ */
+var MAX_SANE_BODY_PART_SIZE = 20 * 1024;
+
+/**
+ * Custom nsIMimeEmitter to build a sub-optimal javascript representation of a
+ *  MIME message.  The intent is that a better mechanism than is evolved to
+ *  provide a javascript-accessible representation of the message.
+ *
+ * Processing occurs in two passes.  During the first pass, libmime is parsing
+ *  the stream it is receiving, and generating header and body events for all
+ *  MimeMessage instances it encounters.  This provides us with the knowledge
+ *  of each nested message in addition to the top level message, their headers
+ *  and sort-of their bodies.  The sort-of is that we may get more than
+ *  would normally be displayed in cases involving multipart/alternatives.
+ * We have augmented libmime to have a notify_nested_options parameter which
+ *  is enabled when we are the consumer.  This option causes MimeMultipart to
+ *  always emit a content-type header (via addHeaderField), defaulting to
+ *  text/plain when an explicit value is not present.  Additionally,
+ *  addHeaderField is called with a custom "x-jsemitter-part-path" header with
+ *  the value being the part path (ex: 1.2.2).  Having the part path greatly
+ *  simplifies our life for building the part hierarchy.
+ * During the second pass, the libmime object model is traversed, generating
+ *  attachment notifications for all leaf nodes.  From our perspective, this
+ *  means file attachments and embedded messages (message/rfc822).  We use this
+ *  pass to create the attachment objects proper, which we then substitute into
+ *  the part tree we have already built.
+ */
+function MimeMessageEmitter() {
+  this._mimeMsg = {};
+  Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/mimemsg.js", this._mimeMsg);
+  this._utils = {};
+  Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/utils.js", this._utils);
+
+  this._url = null;
+  this._partRE = this._utils.GlodaUtils.PART_RE;
+
+  this._outputListener = null;
+
+  this._curPart = null;
+  this._curAttachment = null;
+  this._partMap = {};
+  this._bogusPartTranslation = {};
+
+  this._state = kStateUnknown;
+
+  this._writeBody = false;
+}
+
+var deathToNewlines = /\n/g;
+
+MimeMessageEmitter.prototype = {
+  classID: Components.ID("{8cddbbbc-7ced-46b0-a936-8cddd1928c24}"),
+
+  QueryInterface: XPCOMUtils.generateQI([Ci.nsIMimeEmitter]),
+
+  initialize: function mime_emitter_initialize(aUrl, aChannel, aFormat) {
+    this._url = aUrl;
+    this._curPart = new this._mimeMsg.MimeMessage();
+    // the partName is intentionally ""!  not a place-holder!
+    this._curPart.partName = "";
+    this._curAttachment = "";
+    this._partMap[""] = this._curPart;
+
+    // pull options across...
+    let options = this._mimeMsg.MsgHdrToMimeMessage.OPTION_TUNNEL;
+    this._saneBodySize = (options && ("saneBodySize" in options)) ?
+                           options.saneBodySize : false;
+
+    this._mimeMsg.MsgHdrToMimeMessage.RESULT_RENDEVOUZ[aUrl.spec] =
+      this._curPart;
+  },
+
+  complete: function mime_emitter_complete() {
+    this._url = null;
+
+    this._outputListener = null;
+
+    this._curPart = null;
+    this._curAttachment = null;
+    this._partMap = null;
+    this._bogusPartTranslation = null;
+  },
+
+  setPipe: function mime_emitter_setPipe(aInputStream, aOutputStream) {
+    // we do not care about these
+  },
+  set outputListener(aListener) {
+    this._outputListener = aListener;
+  },
+  get outputListener() {
+    return this._outputListener;
+  },
+
+  _stripParams: function mime_emitter__stripParams(aValue) {
+    let indexSemi = aValue.indexOf(";");
+    if (indexSemi >= 0)
+        aValue = aValue.substring(0, indexSemi);
+    return aValue;
+  },
+
+  _beginPayload: function mime_emitter__beginPayload(aContentType) {
+    let contentTypeNoParams = this._stripParams(aContentType).toLowerCase();
+    if (contentTypeNoParams == "text/plain" ||
+        contentTypeNoParams == "text/html" ||
+        contentTypeNoParams == "text/enriched") {
+      this._curPart = new this._mimeMsg.MimeBody(contentTypeNoParams);
+      this._writeBody = true;
+    }
+    else if (contentTypeNoParams == "message/rfc822") {
+      // startHeader will take care of this
+      this._curPart = new this._mimeMsg.MimeMessage();
+      // do not fall through into the content-type setting case; this
+      //  content-type needs to get clobbered by the actual content-type of
+      //  the enclosed message.
+      this._writeBody = false;
+      return;
+    }
+    // this is going to fall-down with TNEF encapsulation and such, we really
+    //  need to just be consuming the object model.
+    else if (contentTypeNoParams.startsWith("multipart/")) {
+      this._curPart = new this._mimeMsg.MimeContainer(contentTypeNoParams);
+      this._writeBody = false;
+    }
+    else {
+      this._curPart = new this._mimeMsg.MimeUnknown(contentTypeNoParams);
+      this._writeBody = false;
+    }
+    // put the full content-type in the headers and normalize out any newlines
+    this._curPart.headers["content-type"] =
+      [aContentType.replace(deathToNewlines, "")];
+  },
+
+  // ----- Header Routines
+  /**
+   * StartHeader provides the base case for our processing.  It is the first
+   *  notification we receive when processing begins on the outer rfc822
+   *  message.  We do not receive an x-jsemitter-part-path notification for the
+   *  message, but the aIsRootMailHeader tells us everything we need to know.
+   *  (Or it would if we hadn't already set everything up in initialize.)
+   *
+   * When dealing with nested RFC822 messages, we will receive the
+   *  addHeaderFields for the content-type and the x-jsemitter-part-path
+   *  prior to the startHeader call.  This is because the MIME multipart
+   *  container that holds the message is the one generating the notification.
+   *  For that reason, we do not process them here, but instead in
+   *  addHeaderField and _beginPayload.
+   *
+   * We do need to track our state for addHeaderField's benefit though.
+   */
+  startHeader: function mime_emitter_startHeader(aIsRootMailHeader,
+      aIsHeaderOnly, aMsgID, aOutputCharset) {
+    this._state = kStateInHeaders;
+  },
+  /**
+   * Receives a header field name and value for the current MIME part, which
+   *  can be an rfc822/message or one of its sub-parts.
+   *
+   * The emitter architecture treats rfc822/messages as special because it was
+   *  architected around presentation.  In that case, the organizing concept
+   *  is the single top-level rfc822/message.  (It did not 'look into' nested
+   *  messages in most cases.)
+   * As a result the interface is biased towards being 'in the headers' or
+   *  'in the body', corresponding to calls to startHeader and startBody,
+   *  respectively.
+   * This information is interesting to us because the message itself is an
+   *  odd pseudo-mime-part.  Because it has only one child, its headers are,
+   *  in a way, its payload, but they also serve as the description of its
+   *  MIME child part.  This introduces a complication in that we see the
+   *  content-type for the message's "body" part before we actually see any
+   *  of the headers.  To deal with this, we punt on the construction of the
+   *  body part to the call to startBody() and predicate our logic on the
+   *  _state field.
+   */
+  addHeaderField: function mime_emitter_addHeaderField(aField, aValue) {
+    if (this._state == kStateInBody) {
+      aField = aField.toLowerCase();
+      if (aField == "content-type")
+        this._beginPayload(aValue, true);
+      else if (aField == "x-jsemitter-part-path") {
+        // This is either naming the current part, or referring to an already
+        //  existing part (in the case of multipart/related on its second pass).
+        // As such, check if the name already exists in our part map.
+        let partName = this._stripParams(aValue);
+        // if it does, then make the already-existing part at that path current
+        if (partName in this._partMap) {
+          this._curPart = this._partMap[partName];
+          this._writeBody = "body" in this._curPart;
+        }
+        // otherwise, name the part we are holding onto and place it.
+        else {
+          this._curPart.partName = partName;
+          this._placePart(this._curPart);
+        }
+      }
+      else if (aField == "x-jsemitter-encrypted" && aValue == "1") {
+        this._curPart.isEncrypted = true;
+      }
+      // There is no other field to be emitted in the body case other than the
+      //  ones we just handled.  (They were explicitly added for the js
+      //  emitter.)
+    }
+    else if (this._state == kStateInHeaders) {
+      let lowerField = aField.toLowerCase();
+      if (lowerField in this._curPart.headers)
+        this._curPart.headers[lowerField].push(aValue);
+      else
+        this._curPart.headers[lowerField] = [aValue];
+    }
+  },
+  addAllHeaders: function mime_emitter_addAllHeaders(aAllHeaders, aHeaderSize) {
+    // This is called by the parsing code after the calls to AddHeaderField (or
+    //  AddAttachmentField if the part is an attachment), and seems to serve
+    //  a specialized, quasi-redundant purpose.  (nsMimeBaseEmitter creates a
+    //  nsIMimeHeaders instance and hands it to the nsIMsgMailNewsUrl.)
+    // nop
+  },
+  writeHTMLHeaders: function mime_emitter_writeHTMLHeaders(aName) {
+    // It doesn't look like this should even be part of the interface; I think
+    //  only the nsMimeHtmlDisplayEmitter::EndHeader call calls this signature.
+    // nop
+  },
+  endHeader: function mime_emitter_endHeader(aName) {
+  },
+  updateCharacterSet: function mime_emitter_updateCharacterSet(aCharset) {
+    // we do not need to worry about this.  it turns out this notification is
+    //  exclusively for the benefit of the UI.  libmime, believe it or not,
+    //  is actually doing the right thing under the hood and handles all the
+    //  encoding issues for us.
+    // so, get ready for the only time you will ever hear this:
+    //  three cheers for libmime!
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Place a part in its proper location; requires the parent to be present.
+   * However, we no longer require in-order addition of children.  (This is
+   *  currently a hedge against extension code doing wacky things.  Our
+   *  motivating use-case is multipart/related which actually does generate
+   *  everything in order on its first pass, but has a wacky second pass. It
+   *  does not actually trigger the out-of-order code because we have
+   *  augmented the libmime code to generate its x-jsemitter-part-path info
+   *  a second time, in which case we reuse the part we already created.)
+   *
+   * @param aPart Part to place.
+   */
+  _placePart: function(aPart) {
+    let partName = aPart.partName;
+    this._partMap[partName] = aPart;
+
+    let [storagePartName, parentName, parentPart] = this._findOrCreateParent(partName);
+    let lastDotIndex = storagePartName.lastIndexOf(".");
+    if (parentPart !== undefined) {
+      let indexInParent = parseInt(storagePartName.substring(lastDotIndex+1)) - 1;
+      // handle out-of-order notification...
+      if (indexInParent < parentPart.parts.length)
+        parentPart.parts[indexInParent] = aPart;
+      else {
+        while (indexInParent > parentPart.parts.length)
+          parentPart.parts.push(null);
+        parentPart.parts.push(aPart);
+      }
+    }
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * In case the MIME structure is wrong, (i.e. we have no parent to add the
+   *  current part to), this function recursively makes sure we create the
+   *  missing bits in the hierarchy.
+   * What happens in the case of encrypted emails (mimecryp.cpp):
+   *  1. is the message
+   *  1.1 doesn't exist
+   *  1.1.1 is the multipart/alternative that holds the text/plain and text/html
+   *  1.1.1.1 is text/plain
+   *  1.1.1.2 is text/html
+   * This function fills the missing bits.
+   */
+  _findOrCreateParent: function (aPartName) {
+    let partName = aPartName + "";
+    let parentName = partName.substring(0, partName.lastIndexOf("."));
+    let parentPart;
+    if (parentName in this._partMap) {
+      parentPart = this._partMap[parentName]
+      let lastDotIndex = partName.lastIndexOf(".");
+      let indexInParent = parseInt(partName.substring(lastDotIndex+1)) - 1;
+      if ("parts" in parentPart && indexInParent == parentPart.parts.length - 1)
+        return [partName, parentName, parentPart];
+      else
+        return this._findAnotherContainer(aPartName);
+    } else {
+      // Find the grandparent
+      let [, grandParentName, grandParentPart] = this._findOrCreateParent(parentName);
+      // Create the missing part.
+      let parentPart = new this._mimeMsg.MimeContainer("multipart/fake-container");
+      // Add it to the grandparent, remember we added it in the hierarchy.
+      grandParentPart.parts.push(parentPart);
+      this._partMap[parentName] = parentPart;
+      return [partName, parentName, parentPart];
+    }
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * In the case of UUEncoded attachments, libmime tells us about the attachment
+   *  as a child of a MimeBody. This obviously doesn't make us happy, so in case
+   *  libmime wants us to attach an attachment to something that's not a
+   *  container, we walk up the mime tree to find a suitable container to hold
+   *  the attachment.
+   * The results are cached so that they're consistent accross calls — this
+   *  ensures the call to _replacePart works fine.
+   */
+  _findAnotherContainer: function(aPartName) {
+    if (aPartName in this._bogusPartTranslation)
+      return this._bogusPartTranslation[aPartName];
+
+    let parentName = aPartName + "";
+    let parentPart;
+    while (!(parentPart && "parts" in parentPart) && parentName.length) {
+      parentName = parentName.substring(0, parentName.lastIndexOf("."));
+      parentPart = this._partMap[parentName];
+    }
+    let childIndex = parentPart.parts.length;
+    let fallbackPartName = (parentName ? parentName +"." : "")+(childIndex+1);
+    return (this._bogusPartTranslation[aPartName] = [fallbackPartName, parentName, parentPart]);
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * In the case of attachments, we need to replace an existing part with a
+   *  more representative part...
+   *
+   * @param aPart Part to place.
+   */
+  _replacePart: function(aPart) {
+    // _partMap always maps the libmime names to parts
+    let partName = aPart.partName;
+    this._partMap[partName] = aPart;
+
+    let [storagePartName, parentName, parentPart] = this._findOrCreateParent(partName);
+
+    let childNamePart = storagePartName.substring(storagePartName.lastIndexOf(".")+1);
+    let childIndex = parseInt(childNamePart) - 1;
+
+    // The attachment has been encapsulated properly in a MIME part (most of
+    // the cases). This does not hold for UUencoded-parts for instance (see
+    // test_mime_attachments_size.js for instance).
+    if (childIndex < parentPart.parts.length) {
+      let oldPart = parentPart.parts[childIndex];
+      parentPart.parts[childIndex] = aPart;
+      // copy over information from the original part
+      aPart.parts = oldPart.parts;
+      aPart.headers = oldPart.headers;
+      aPart.isEncrypted = oldPart.isEncrypted;
+    } else {
+      parentPart.parts[childIndex] = aPart;
+    }
+  },
+
+  // ----- Attachment Routines
+  // The attachment processing happens after the initial streaming phase (during
+  //  which time we receive the messages, both bodies and headers).  Our caller
+  //  traverses the libmime child object hierarchy, emitting an attachment for
+  //  each leaf object or sub-message.
+  startAttachment: function mime_emitter_startAttachment(aName, aContentType,
+      aUrl, aIsExternalAttachment) {
+    this._state = kStateInAttachment;
+
+    // we need to strip our magic flags from the URL; this regexp matches all
+    // the specific flags that the jsmimeemitter understands (we abuse the URL
+    // parameters to pass information all the way to here)
+    aUrl = aUrl.replace(/((header=filter|emitter=js|fetchCompleteMessage=(true|false)|examineEncryptedParts=(true|false)))&?/g, "");
+    // the url should contain a part= piece that tells us the part name, which
+    // we then use to figure out where to place that part if it's a real
+    // attachment.
+    let partMatch, partName;
+    if (aUrl.startsWith("http") || aUrl.startsWith("file")) {
+      // if we have a remote url, unlike non external mail part urls, it may also
+      // contain query strings starting with ?; PART_RE does not handle this.
+      partMatch = aUrl.match(/[?&]part=[^&]+$/);
+      partMatch = partMatch && partMatch[0];
+      partName = partMatch && partMatch.split("part=")[1];
+    }
+    else {
+      partMatch = this._partRE.exec(aUrl);
+      partName = partMatch && partMatch[1];
+    }
+    this._curAttachment = partName;
+
+    if (aContentType == "message/rfc822") {
+      // we want to offer extension authors a way to see attachments as the
+      // message readers sees them, which means attaching an extra url property
+      // to the part that was already created before
+      if (partName) {
+        // we disguise this MimeMessage into something that can be used as a
+        // MimeAttachment so that it is transparent for the user code
+        this._partMap[partName].url = aUrl;
+        this._partMap[partName].isExternal = aIsExternalAttachment;
+        this._partMap[partName].name = aName;
+        this._partMap[partName].isRealAttachment = true;
+      }
+    }
+    else if (partName) {
+      let part = new this._mimeMsg.MimeMessageAttachment(partName,
+          aName, aContentType, aUrl, aIsExternalAttachment);
+      // replace the existing part with the attachment...
+      this._replacePart(part);
+    }
+  },
+  addAttachmentField: function mime_emitter_addAttachmentField(aField, aValue) {
+    // What gets passed in here is X-Mozilla-PartURL with a value that
+    //  is completely identical to aUrl from the call to startAttachment.
+    //  (it's the same variable they use in each case).  As such, there is
+    //  no reason to handle that here.
+    // However, we also pass information about the size of the attachment, and
+    //  that we want to handle
+    if (aField == "X-Mozilla-PartSize" && (this._curAttachment in this._partMap))
+      this._partMap[this._curAttachment].size = parseInt(aValue);
+  },
+  endAttachment: function mime_emitter_endAttachment() {
+    // don't need to do anything here, since we don't care about the headers.
+  },
+  endAllAttachments: function mime_emitter_endAllAttachments() {
+    // nop
+  },
+
+  // ----- Body Routines
+  /**
+   * We don't get an x-jsemitter-part-path for the message body, and we ignored
+   *  our body part's content-type in addHeaderField, so this serves as our
+   *  notice to set up the part (giving it a name).
+   */
+  startBody: function mime_emitter_startBody(aIsBodyOnly, aMsgID, aOutCharset) {
+    this._state = kStateInBody;
+
+    let subPartName = (this._curPart.partName == "") ?
+                        "1" :
+                        this._curPart.partName + ".1";
+    this._beginPayload(this._curPart.get("content-type", "text/plain"));
+    this._curPart.partName = subPartName;
+    this._placePart(this._curPart);
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Write to the body.  When saneBodySize is active, we stop adding if we are
+   *  already at the limit for this body part.
+   */
+  writeBody: function mime_emitter_writeBody(aBuf, aSize, aOutAmountWritten) {
+    if (this._writeBody &&
+        (!this._saneBodySize ||
+         this._curPart.size < MAX_SANE_BODY_PART_SIZE))
+      this._curPart.appendBody(aBuf);
+  },
+
+  endBody: function mime_emitter_endBody() {
+  },
+
+  // ----- Generic Write (confusing)
+  // (binary data writing...)
+  write: function mime_emitter_write(aBuf, aSize, aOutAmountWritten) {
+    // we don't actually ever get called because we don't have the attachment
+    //  binary payloads pass through us, but we do the following just in case
+    //  we did get called (otherwise the caller gets mad and throws exceptions).
+    aOutAmountWritten.value = aSize;
+  },
+
+  // (string writing)
+  utilityWrite: function mime_emitter_utilityWrite(aBuf) {
+    this.write(aBuf, aBuf.length, {});
+  },
+};
+
+var components = [MimeMessageEmitter];
+var NSGetFactory = XPCOMUtils.generateNSGetFactory(components);
diff --git a/mailnews/db/gloda/components/moz.build b/mailnews/db/gloda/components/moz.build
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0252cce7d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/gloda/components/moz.build
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+# vim: set filetype=python:
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+EXTRA_COMPONENTS += [
+    'glautocomp.js',
+    'gloda.manifest',
+    'jsmimeemitter.js',
+]
+
diff --git a/mailnews/db/gloda/content/glodacomplete.css b/mailnews/db/gloda/content/glodacomplete.css
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4e52bff21
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/gloda/content/glodacomplete.css
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+textbox[type="glodacomplete"] {
+  -moz-binding: url("chrome://global/content/bindings/autocomplete.xml#autocomplete");
+}
+
+panel[type="glodacomplete-richlistbox"] {
+  -moz-binding: url("chrome://gloda/content/glodacomplete.xml#glodacomplete-rich-result-popup");
+}
+
+.autocomplete-richlistbox {
+  -moz-binding: url("chrome://global/content/bindings/autocomplete.xml#autocomplete-richlistbox");
+  -moz-user-focus: ignore;
+  -moz-appearance: none;
+}
+
+.autocomplete-richlistbox > scrollbox {
+  overflow-x: hidden !important;
+}
+
+.explanation, .gloda-single-identity {
+  margin-inline-start: 1em;
+  margin-top: 2px;
+  margin-bottom: 2px;
+}
+
+.ac-comment {
+  font-size: 1.1em;
+  margin-inline-start: 0;
+}
+
+.ac-url-text {
+  color: -moz-nativehyperlinktext;
+  font-size: 0.95em;
+}
+
+span.ac-emphasize-text {
+  font-weight: bold;
+}
+
+.ac-url-text[selected="true"] {
+  color: inherit !important;
+}
+
+.gloda-single-identity[selected="true"] .ac-url{
+  color: white;
+}
+
+.parameters {
+  font-style: italic;
+  margin-inline-start: 1em;
+}
+
+.autocomplete-richlistitem[type="gloda-single-tag"] {
+  -moz-binding: url("chrome://gloda/content/glodacomplete.xml#gloda-single-tag-item");
+  overflow: -moz-hidden-unscrollable;
+}
+
+.autocomplete-richlistitem[type="gloda-single-identity"] {
+  -moz-binding: url("chrome://gloda/content/glodacomplete.xml#gloda-single-identity-item");
+  -moz-box-orient: vertical;
+  overflow: -moz-hidden-unscrollable;
+}
+
+.autocomplete-richlistitem[type="gloda-fulltext-single"] {
+  -moz-binding: url("chrome://gloda/content/glodacomplete.xml#gloda-fulltext-single-item");
+  overflow: -moz-hidden-unscrollable;
+}
+
+.autocomplete-richlistitem[type="gloda-fulltext-any"] {
+  -moz-binding: url("chrome://gloda/content/glodacomplete.xml#gloda-fulltext-any-item");
+  overflow: -moz-hidden-unscrollable;
+}
+
+.autocomplete-richlistitem[type="gloda-fulltext-all"] {
+  -moz-binding: url("chrome://gloda/content/glodacomplete.xml#gloda-fulltext-all-item");
+  overflow: -moz-hidden-unscrollable;
+}
+
+richlistitem[type="gloda-contact-chunk"] {
+  -moz-binding: url("chrome://gloda/content/glodacomplete.xml#gloda-contact-chunk");
+  -moz-box-orient: vertical;
+  overflow: -moz-hidden-unscrollable;
+}
+
+.autocomplete-richlistitem[type="gloda-multi"] {
+  -moz-binding: url("chrome://gloda/content/glodacomplete.xml#gloda-multi-item");
+  -moz-box-orient: vertical;
+  overflow: -moz-hidden-unscrollable;
+}
+
+/* .autocomplete-history-dropmarker wants to be optional, but we don't care */
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/mailnews/db/gloda/content/glodacomplete.xml b/mailnews/db/gloda/content/glodacomplete.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6c6b2f59d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/gloda/content/glodacomplete.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,644 @@
+<?xml version="1.0"?>
+
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<bindings id="autocompleteBindings"
+          xmlns="http://www.mozilla.org/xbl"
+          xmlns:html="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+          xmlns:xul="http://www.mozilla.org/keymaster/gatekeeper/there.is.only.xul"
+          xmlns:xbl="http://www.mozilla.org/xbl">
+
+  <binding id="glodacomplete-rich-result-popup" extends="chrome://global/content/bindings/autocomplete.xml#autocomplete-rich-result-popup">
+    <implementation implements="nsIAutoCompletePopup">
+      <method name="_appendCurrentResult">
+        <body>
+          <![CDATA[
+          var controller = this.mInput.controller;
+
+          // Process maxRows per chunk to improve performance and user experience
+          for (let i = 0; i < this.maxRows; i++) {
+            if (this._currentIndex >= this._matchCount)
+              return;
+
+            var existingItemsCount = this.richlistbox.childNodes.length;
+            var item;
+
+            // trim the leading/trailing whitespace
+            var trimmedSearchString = controller.searchString.trim();
+
+            // Unescape the URI spec for showing as an entry in the popup
+            let url = Components.classes["@mozilla.org/intl/texttosuburi;1"].
+              getService(Components.interfaces.nsITextToSubURI).
+              unEscapeURIForUI("UTF-8", controller.getValueAt(this._currentIndex));
+
+            // Unlike our superclass, we create nodes every time because we have
+            //  heterogeneous results and we cannot rely on the XBL bindings to
+            //  to change fast enough.
+            item = document.createElementNS("http://www.mozilla.org/keymaster/gatekeeper/there.is.only.xul", "richlistitem");
+
+            var glodaCompleter =  Components.
+              classes["@mozilla.org/autocomplete/search;1?name=gloda"].
+              getService(). //Components.interfaces.nsIAutoCompleteSearch)
+              wrappedJSObject;
+            var result = glodaCompleter.curResult;
+
+            // set these attributes before we set the class
+            // so that we can use them from the contructor
+            var row = result.getObjectAt(this._currentIndex);
+            var obj = row.item;
+            item.setAttribute("text", trimmedSearchString);
+            item.setAttribute("type", result.getStyleAt(this._currentIndex));
+
+            item.row = row;
+
+            // set the class at the end so we can use the attributes
+            // in the xbl constructor
+            item.className = "autocomplete-richlistitem";
+            this.richlistbox.appendChild(item);
+
+            this._currentIndex++;
+          }
+
+          // yield after each batch of items so that typing the url bar is responsive
+          setTimeout(() => this._appendCurrentResult(), 0);
+        ]]>
+        </body>
+      </method>
+      <method name="_invalidate">
+        <body>
+          <![CDATA[
+          setTimeout(() => this.adjustHeight(), 0);
+
+          // remove all child nodes because we never want to reuse them.
+          while (this.richlistbox.hasChildNodes())
+            this.richlistbox.lastChild.remove();
+
+          this._currentIndex = 0;
+          this._appendCurrentResult();
+        ]]>
+        </body>
+      </method>
+    </implementation>
+  </binding>
+
+  <!-- This is autocomplete.xml's autocomplete-richlistitem duplicated and
+       modified to include its useful helper functions, but eliminating anything
+       that assumes specific content sub-items.  Namely, url/title/etc.  -->
+  <binding id="glodacomplete-base-richlistitem" extends="chrome://global/content/bindings/richlistbox.xml#richlistitem">
+    <implementation implements="nsIDOMXULSelectControlItemElement">
+      <field name="_boundaryCutoff">null</field>
+
+      <property name="boundaryCutoff" readonly="true">
+        <getter>
+          <![CDATA[
+          if (!this._boundaryCutoff) {
+            this._boundaryCutoff =
+              Services.prefs
+                      .getIntPref("toolkit.autocomplete.richBoundaryCutoff");
+          }
+          return this._boundaryCutoff;
+          ]]>
+        </getter>
+      </property>
+
+      <method name="_getBoundaryIndices">
+        <parameter name="aText"/>
+        <parameter name="aSearchTokens"/>
+        <body>
+          <![CDATA[
+          // Short circuit for empty search ([""] == "")
+          if (aSearchTokens == "")
+            return [0, aText.length];
+
+          // Find which regions of text match the search terms
+          let regions = [];
+          for (let search of aSearchTokens) {
+            let matchIndex;
+            let startIndex = 0;
+            let searchLen = search.length;
+
+            // Find all matches of the search terms, but stop early for perf
+            let lowerText = aText.toLowerCase().substr(0, this.boundaryCutoff);
+            while ((matchIndex = lowerText.indexOf(search, startIndex)) >= 0) {
+              // Start the next search from where this one finished
+              startIndex = matchIndex + searchLen;
+              regions.push([matchIndex, startIndex]);
+            }
+          }
+
+          // Sort the regions by start position then end position
+          regions = regions.sort(function(a, b) {
+            let start = a[0] - b[0];
+            return (start == 0) ? a[1] - b[1] : start;
+          });
+
+          // Generate the boundary indices from each region
+          let start = 0;
+          let end = 0;
+          let boundaries = [];
+          let len = regions.length;
+          for (let i = 0; i < len; i++) {
+            // We have a new boundary if the start of the next is past the end
+            let region = regions[i];
+            if (region[0] > end) {
+              // First index is the beginning of match
+              boundaries.push(start);
+              // Second index is the beginning of non-match
+              boundaries.push(end);
+
+              // Track the new region now that we've stored the previous one
+              start = region[0];
+            }
+
+            // Push back the end index for the current or new region
+            end = Math.max(end, region[1]);
+          }
+
+          // Add the last region
+          boundaries.push(start);
+          boundaries.push(end);
+
+          // Put on the end boundary if necessary
+          if (end < aText.length)
+            boundaries.push(aText.length);
+
+          // Skip the first item because it's always 0
+          return boundaries.slice(1);
+          ]]>
+        </body>
+      </method>
+
+      <method name="_getSearchTokens">
+        <parameter name="aSearch"/>
+        <body>
+          <![CDATA[
+          let search = aSearch.toLowerCase();
+          return search.split(/\s+/);
+          ]]>
+        </body>
+      </method>
+
+      <method name="_needsAlternateEmphasis">
+        <parameter name="aText"/>
+        <body>
+          <![CDATA[
+          for (let i = aText.length; --i >= 0; ) {
+            let charCode = aText.charCodeAt(i);
+            // Arabic, Syriac, Indic languages are likely to have ligatures
+            // that are broken when using the main emphasis styling
+            if (0x0600 <= charCode && charCode <= 0x109F)
+              return true;
+          }
+
+          return false;
+          ]]>
+        </body>
+      </method>
+
+      <method name="_setUpDescription">
+        <parameter name="aDescriptionElement"/>
+        <parameter name="aText"/>
+        <body>
+          <![CDATA[
+          // Get rid of all previous text
+          while (aDescriptionElement.hasChildNodes())
+            aDescriptionElement.lastChild.remove();
+
+          // Get the indices that separate match and non-match text
+          let search = this.getAttribute("text");
+          let tokens = this._getSearchTokens(search);
+          let indices = this._getBoundaryIndices(aText, tokens);
+
+          // If we're searching for something that needs alternate emphasis,
+          // we'll need to check the text that we match
+          let checkAlt = this._needsAlternateEmphasis(search);
+
+          let next;
+          let start = 0;
+          let len = indices.length;
+          // Even indexed boundaries are matches, so skip the 0th if it's empty
+          for (let i = indices[0] == 0 ? 1 : 0; i < len; i++) {
+            next = indices[i];
+            let text = aText.substr(start, next - start);
+            start = next;
+
+            if (i % 2 == 0) {
+              // Emphasize the text for even indices
+              let span = aDescriptionElement.appendChild(
+                document.createElementNS("http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml", "span"));
+              span.className = checkAlt && this._needsAlternateEmphasis(text) ?
+                "ac-emphasize-alt" : "ac-emphasize-text";
+              span.textContent = text;
+            } else {
+              // Otherwise, it's plain text
+              aDescriptionElement.appendChild(document.createTextNode(text));
+            }
+          }
+          ]]>
+        </body>
+      </method>
+
+      <method name="_setUpOverflow">
+        <parameter name="aParentBox"/>
+        <parameter name="aEllipsis"/>
+        <body>
+          <![CDATA[
+          // Hide the ellipsis incase there's just enough to not underflow
+          aEllipsis.hidden = true;
+
+          // Start with the parent's width and subtract off its children
+          let tooltip = [];
+          let children = aParentBox.childNodes;
+          let widthDiff = aParentBox.boxObject.width;
+
+          for (let i = 0; i < children.length; i++) {
+            // Only consider a child if it actually takes up space
+            let childWidth = children[i].boxObject.width;
+            if (childWidth > 0) {
+              // Subtract a little less to account for subpixel rounding
+              widthDiff -= childWidth - .5;
+
+              // Add to the tooltip if it's not hidden and has text
+              let childText = children[i].textContent;
+              if (childText)
+                tooltip.push(childText);
+            }
+          }
+
+          // If the children take up more space than the parent.. overflow!
+          if (widthDiff < 0) {
+            // Re-show the ellipsis now that we know it's needed
+            aEllipsis.hidden = false;
+
+            // Separate text components with a ndash --
+            aParentBox.tooltipText = tooltip.join(" \u2013 ");
+          }
+          ]]>
+        </body>
+      </method>
+
+      <method name="_doUnderflow">
+        <parameter name="aName"/>
+        <body>
+          <![CDATA[
+          // Hide the ellipsis right when we know we're underflowing instead of
+          // waiting for the timeout to trigger the _setUpOverflow calculations
+          this[aName + "Box"].tooltipText = "";
+          this[aName + "OverflowEllipsis"].hidden = true;
+          ]]>
+        </body>
+      </method>
+
+    </implementation>
+  </binding>
+
+  <binding id="gloda-single-tag-item" extends="chrome://gloda/content/glodacomplete.xml#glodacomplete-base-richlistitem">
+    <content orient="vertical">
+      <xul:description anonid="explanation" class="explanation gloda-single"/>
+    </content>
+    <implementation implements="nsIDOMXULSelectControlItemElement">
+      <constructor>
+        <![CDATA[
+            this._explanation = document.getAnonymousElementByAttribute(this, "anonid", "explanation");
+
+            this._adjustAcItem();
+          ]]>
+      </constructor>
+      
+      <property name="label" readonly="true">
+        <getter>
+          <![CDATA[
+            return "tag " + this.row.item.tag;
+          ]]>
+        </getter>
+      </property>
+      
+      <method name="_adjustAcItem">
+        <body>
+          <![CDATA[
+            let label = gGlodaCompleteStrings.get("glodaComplete.messagesTagged.label");
+            this._explanation.value = label.replace("#1", this.row.item.tag);
+          ]]>
+        </body>
+      </method>
+    </implementation>
+  </binding>
+
+
+  <binding id="gloda-fulltext-single-item" extends="chrome://gloda/content/glodacomplete.xml#glodacomplete-base-richlistitem">
+    <content orient="vertical">
+      <xul:description anonid="explanation" class="explanation gloda-fulltext-single"/>
+      <xul:description anonid="parameters"/>
+    </content>
+    <implementation implements="nsIDOMXULSelectControlItemElement">
+      <constructor>
+        <![CDATA[
+            this._explanation = document.getAnonymousElementByAttribute(this, "anonid", "explanation");
+
+            this._adjustAcItem();
+          ]]>
+      </constructor>
+      
+      <property name="label" readonly="true">
+        <getter>
+          <![CDATA[
+            return "full text search: " + this.row.item;
+          ]]>
+        </getter>
+      </property>
+      
+      <method name="_adjustAcItem">
+        <body>
+          <![CDATA[
+            let label = gGlodaCompleteStrings.get("glodaComplete.messagesMentioning.label");
+            this._explanation.value = label.replace("#1", this.row.item);
+          ]]>
+        </body>
+      </method>
+    </implementation>
+  </binding>
+
+  <binding id="gloda-fulltext-all-item" extends="chrome://gloda/content/glodacomplete.xml#glodacomplete-base-richlistitem">
+    <content orient="vertical">
+      <xul:description anonid="explanation" class="explanation"/>
+    </content>
+    <implementation implements="nsIDOMXULSelectControlItemElement">
+      <constructor>
+        <![CDATA[
+            this._explanation = document.getAnonymousElementByAttribute(this, "anonid", "explanation");
+            this._adjustAcItem();
+          ]]>
+      </constructor>
+      
+      <property name="label" readonly="true">
+        <getter>
+          <![CDATA[
+            return "full text search: " + this.row.item; // what is this for? l10n?
+          ]]>
+        </getter>
+      </property>
+      
+      <method name="_adjustAcItem">
+        <body>
+          <![CDATA[
+          let label = gGlodaCompleteStrings.get("glodaComplete.messagesMentioningMany.label");
+          this._explanation.value = label.replace("#1", this.row.words.join(", "));
+          ]]>
+        </body>
+      </method>
+    </implementation>
+  </binding>
+
+  <binding id="gloda-single-identity-item" extends="chrome://gloda/content/glodacomplete.xml#glodacomplete-base-richlistitem">
+    <content>
+      <xul:hbox class="gloda-single-identity">
+        <xul:image anonid="picture" class="picture"/>
+        <xul:vbox>
+          <xul:hbox>
+            <xul:hbox anonid="name-box" class="ac-title" flex="1"
+                      onunderflow="_doUnderflow('_name');">
+              <xul:description anonid="name" class="ac-normal-text ac-comment"
+                               xbl:inherits="selected"/>
+            </xul:hbox>
+            <xul:label anonid="name-overflow-ellipsis" xbl:inherits="selected"
+                       class="ac-ellipsis-after ac-comment" hidden="true"/>
+          </xul:hbox>
+          <xul:hbox>
+            <xul:hbox anonid="identity-box" class="ac-url" flex="1"
+                      onunderflow="_doUnderflow('_identity');">
+              <xul:description anonid="identity" class="ac-normal-text ac-url-text"
+                               xbl:inherits="selected"/>
+            </xul:hbox>
+            <xul:label anonid="identity-overflow-ellipsis" xbl:inherits="selected"
+                       class="ac-ellipsis-after ac-url-text" hidden="true"/>
+            <xul:image anonid="type-image" class="ac-type-icon"/>
+          </xul:hbox>
+        </xul:vbox>
+      </xul:hbox>
+    </content>
+    <implementation implements="nsIDOMXULSelectControlItemElement">
+      <constructor>
+        <![CDATA[
+            let ellipsis = "\u2026";
+            try {
+              ellipsis = Services.prefs.getComplexValue("intl.ellipsis",
+                  Components.interfaces.nsIPrefLocalizedString).data;
+            } catch (ex) {
+              // Do nothing.. we already have a default
+            }
+
+            this._identityOverflowEllipsis = document.getAnonymousElementByAttribute(this, "anonid", "identity-overflow-ellipsis");
+            this._nameOverflowEllipsis = document.getAnonymousElementByAttribute(this, "anonid", "name-overflow-ellipsis");
+
+            this._identityOverflowEllipsis.value = ellipsis;
+            this._nameOverflowEllipsis.value = ellipsis;
+
+            this._typeImage = document.getAnonymousElementByAttribute(this, "anonid", "type-image");
+
+            this._identityBox = document.getAnonymousElementByAttribute(this, "anonid", "identity-box");
+            this._identity = document.getAnonymousElementByAttribute(this, "anonid", "identity");
+
+            this._nameBox = document.getAnonymousElementByAttribute(this, "anonid", "name-box");
+            this._name = document.getAnonymousElementByAttribute(this, "anonid", "name");
+            
+            this._picture = document.getAnonymousElementByAttribute(this, "anonid", "picture");
+
+            this._adjustAcItem();
+          ]]>
+      </constructor>
+      
+      <property name="label" readonly="true">
+        <getter>
+          <![CDATA[
+            var identity = this.row.item;
+            return identity.accessibleLabel;
+          ]]>
+        </getter>
+      </property>
+      
+      <method name="_adjustAcItem">
+        <body>
+          <![CDATA[
+          var identity = this.row.item;
+          
+          if (identity == null)
+            return;
+          
+          // I guess we should get the picture size from CSS or something?
+          this._picture.src = identity.pictureURL(32);
+          
+          // Emphasize the matching search terms for the description
+          this._setUpDescription(this._name, identity.contact.name);
+          this._setUpDescription(this._identity, identity.value);
+
+          // Set up overflow on a timeout because the contents of the box
+          // might not have a width yet even though we just changed them
+          setTimeout(this._setUpOverflow, 0, this._nameBox, this._nameOverflowEllipsis);
+          setTimeout(this._setUpOverflow, 0, this._identityBox, this._identityOverflowEllipsis);
+          ]]>
+        </body>
+      </method>
+    </implementation>
+  </binding>
+
+  <binding id="gloda-contact-chunk" extends="chrome://gloda/content/glodacomplete.xml#glodacomplete-base-richlistitem">
+    <content orient="horizontal">
+      <xul:image anonid="picture"/>
+      <xul:vbox>
+        <xul:hbox>
+          <xul:hbox anonid="name-box" class="ac-title" flex="1"
+                    onunderflow="_doUnderflow('_name');">
+            <xul:description anonid="name" class="ac-normal-text ac-comment"
+                             xbl:inherits="selected"/>
+          </xul:hbox>
+          <xul:label anonid="name-overflow-ellipsis" xbl:inherits="selected"
+                     class="ac-ellipsis-after ac-comment" hidden="true"/>
+        </xul:hbox>
+        <xul:hbox>
+          <xul:hbox anonid="identity-box" class="ac-url" flex="1"
+                    onunderflow="_doUnderflow('_identity');">
+            <xul:description anonid="identity" class="ac-normal-text ac-url-text"
+                             xbl:inherits="selected"/>
+          </xul:hbox>
+          <xul:label anonid="identity-overflow-ellipsis" xbl:inherits="selected"
+                     class="ac-ellipsis-after ac-url-text" hidden="true"/>
+          <xul:image anonid="type-image" class="ac-type-icon"/>
+        </xul:hbox>
+      </xul:vbox>
+    </content>
+    <implementation>
+      <constructor>
+        <![CDATA[
+            let ellipsis = "\u2026";
+            try {
+              ellipsis = Services.prefs.getComplexValue("intl.ellipsis",
+                  Components.interfaces.nsIPrefLocalizedString).data;
+            } catch (ex) {
+              // Do nothing.. we already have a default
+            }
+
+            this._identityOverflowEllipsis = document.getAnonymousElementByAttribute(this, "anonid", "identity-overflow-ellipsis");
+            this._nameOverflowEllipsis = document.getAnonymousElementByAttribute(this, "anonid", "name-overflow-ellipsis");
+
+            this._identityOverflowEllipsis.value = ellipsis;
+            this._nameOverflowEllipsis.value = ellipsis;
+
+            this._typeImage = document.getAnonymousElementByAttribute(this, "anonid", "type-image");
+
+            this._identityBox = document.getAnonymousElementByAttribute(this, "anonid", "identity-box");
+            this._identity = document.getAnonymousElementByAttribute(this, "anonid", "identity");
+
+            this._nameBox = document.getAnonymousElementByAttribute(this, "anonid", "name-box");
+            this._name = document.getAnonymousElementByAttribute(this, "anonid", "name");
+            
+            this._picture = document.getAnonymousElementByAttribute(this, "anonid", "picture");
+
+            this._adjustAcItem();
+          ]]>
+      </constructor>
+      
+      <property name="label" readonly="true">
+        <getter>
+          <![CDATA[
+            var identity = this.obj;
+            return identity.accessibleLabel;
+          ]]>
+        </getter>
+      </property>
+      
+      <method name="_adjustAcItem">
+        <body>
+          <![CDATA[
+          var contact = this.obj;
+          
+          if (contact == null)
+            return;
+          
+          var identity = contact.identities[0];
+          
+          // I guess we should get the picture size from CSS or something?
+          this._picture.src = identity.pictureURL(32);
+          
+          // Emphasize the matching search terms for the description
+          this._setUpDescription(this._name, contact.name);
+          this._setUpDescription(this._identity, identity.value);
+
+          // Set up overflow on a timeout because the contents of the box
+          // might not have a width yet even though we just changed them
+          setTimeout(this._setUpOverflow, 0, this._nameBox, this._nameOverflowEllipsis);
+          setTimeout(this._setUpOverflow, 0, this._identityBox, this._identityOverflowEllipsis);
+          ]]>
+        </body>
+      </method>
+    </implementation>
+  </binding>
+
+  <binding id="gloda-multi-item" extends="chrome://gloda/content/glodacomplete.xml#glodacomplete-base-richlistitem">
+    <content orient="vertical">
+      <xul:description anonid="explanation"/>
+      <xul:hbox anonid="identity-holder" flex="1">
+      </xul:hbox>
+    </content>
+    <implementation implements="nsIDOMXULSelectControlItemElement">
+      <constructor>
+        <![CDATA[
+            this._explanation = document.getAnonymousElementByAttribute(this, "anonid", "explanation");
+            this._identityHolder = document.getAnonymousElementByAttribute(this, "anonid", "identity-holder");
+
+            this._adjustAcItem();
+          ]]>
+      </constructor>
+      
+      <property name="label" readonly="true">
+        <getter>
+          <![CDATA[
+            return this._explanation.value;
+          ]]>
+        </getter>
+      </property>
+      
+      <method name="renderItem">
+        <parameter name="aObj"/>
+        <body>
+          var node = document.createElementNS(
+            "http://www.mozilla.org/keymaster/gatekeeper/there.is.only.xul",
+            "richlistitem");
+          
+          node.obj = aObj;
+          node.setAttribute("type",
+                            "gloda-" + this.row.nounDef.name + "-chunk");
+          
+          this._identityHolder.appendChild(node);
+        </body>
+      </method>
+      
+      <method name="_adjustAcItem">
+        <body>
+          <![CDATA[
+          // clear out any lingering children
+          while (this._identityHolder.hasChildNodes())
+            this._identityHolder.lastChild.remove();
+          
+          var row = this.row;
+          if (row == null)
+            return;
+          
+          this._explanation.value = row.nounDef.name + "s " +
+            row.criteriaType + "ed " + row.criteria;
+          
+          // render anyone already in there
+          for (let item of row.collection.items) {
+            this.renderItem(item);
+          }
+          // listen up, yo.
+          row.renderer = this;
+          ]]>
+        </body>
+      </method>
+    </implementation>
+  </binding>
+
+
+</bindings>
diff --git a/mailnews/db/gloda/content/overlay.js b/mailnews/db/gloda/content/overlay.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a4220be90
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/gloda/content/overlay.js
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+// get the core
+Components.utils.import("resource:///modules/gloda/public.js");
diff --git a/mailnews/db/gloda/content/thunderbirdOverlay.xul b/mailnews/db/gloda/content/thunderbirdOverlay.xul
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1f2d65a30
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/gloda/content/thunderbirdOverlay.xul
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+  - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+  - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<overlay id="gloda-overlay"
+         xmlns="http://www.mozilla.org/keymaster/gatekeeper/there.is.only.xul">
+  <script type="application/javascript" src="chrome://gloda/content/overlay.js"/>
+</overlay>
diff --git a/mailnews/db/gloda/jar.mn b/mailnews/db/gloda/jar.mn
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8e5cfe127
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/gloda/jar.mn
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+gloda.jar:
+% content gloda   %content/
+% overlay chrome://messenger/content/messenger.xul    chrome://gloda/content/thunderbirdOverlay.xul application={3550f703-e582-4d05-9a08-453d09bdfdc6}
+  content/overlay.js               (content/overlay.js)
+  content/thunderbirdOverlay.xul   (content/thunderbirdOverlay.xul)
+  content/glodacomplete.css        (content/glodacomplete.css)
+  content/glodacomplete.xml        (content/glodacomplete.xml)
diff --git a/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/collection.js b/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/collection.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..466d7df1a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/collection.js
@@ -0,0 +1,772 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+this.EXPORTED_SYMBOLS = ['GlodaCollection', 'GlodaCollectionManager'];
+
+var Cc = Components.classes;
+var Ci = Components.interfaces;
+var Cr = Components.results;
+var Cu = Components.utils;
+
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/log4moz.js");
+
+var LOG = Log4Moz.repository.getLogger("gloda.collection");
+
+/**
+ * @namespace Central registry and logic for all collections.
+ *
+ * The collection manager is a singleton that has the following tasks:
+ * - Let views of objects (nouns) know when their objects have changed.  For
+ *   example, an attribute has changed due to user action.
+ * - Let views of objects based on queries know when new objects match their
+ *   query, or when their existing objects no longer match due to changes.
+ * - Caching/object-identity maintenance.  It is ideal if we only ever have
+ *   one instance of an object at a time.  (More specifically, only one instance
+ *   per database row 'id'.)  The collection mechanism lets us find existing
+ *   instances to this end.  Caching can be directly integrated by being treated
+ *   as a special collection.
+ */
+var GlodaCollectionManager = {
+  _collectionsByNoun: {},
+  _cachesByNoun: {},
+
+  /**
+   * Registers the existence of a collection with the collection manager.  This
+   *  is done using a weak reference so that the collection can go away if it
+   *  wants to.
+   */
+  registerCollection: function gloda_colm_registerCollection(aCollection) {
+    let collections;
+    let nounID = aCollection.query._nounDef.id;
+    if (!(nounID in this._collectionsByNoun))
+      collections = this._collectionsByNoun[nounID] = [];
+    else {
+      // purge dead weak references while we're at it
+      collections = this._collectionsByNoun[nounID].filter(function (aRef) {
+        return aRef.get(); });
+      this._collectionsByNoun[nounID] = collections;
+    }
+    collections.push(Cu.getWeakReference(aCollection));
+  },
+
+  getCollectionsForNounID: function gloda_colm_getCollectionsForNounID(aNounID){
+    if (!(aNounID in this._collectionsByNoun))
+      return [];
+
+    // generator would be nice, but I suspect get() is too expensive to use
+    //  twice (guard/predicate and value)
+    let weakCollections = this._collectionsByNoun[aNounID];
+    let collections = [];
+    for (let iColl = 0; iColl < weakCollections.length; iColl++) {
+      let collection = weakCollections[iColl].get();
+      if (collection)
+        collections.push(collection);
+    }
+    return collections;
+  },
+
+  defineCache: function gloda_colm_defineCache(aNounDef, aCacheSize) {
+    this._cachesByNoun[aNounDef.id] = new GlodaLRUCacheCollection(aNounDef,
+                                                                   aCacheSize);
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Attempt to locate an instance of the object of the given noun type with the
+   *  given id.  Counts as a cache hit if found.  (And if it was't in a cache,
+   *  but rather a collection, it is added to the cache.)
+   */
+  cacheLookupOne: function gloda_colm_cacheLookupOne(aNounID, aID, aDoCache) {
+    let cache = this._cachesByNoun[aNounID];
+
+    if (cache) {
+      if (aID in cache._idMap) {
+        let item = cache._idMap[aID];
+        return cache.hit(item);
+      }
+    }
+
+    if (aDoCache === false)
+      cache = null;
+
+    for (let collection of this.getCollectionsForNounID(aNounID)) {
+      if (aID in collection._idMap) {
+        let item = collection._idMap[aID];
+        if (cache)
+          cache.add([item]);
+        return item;
+      }
+    }
+
+    return null;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Lookup multiple nouns by ID from the cache/existing collections.
+   *
+   * @param aNounID The kind of noun identified by its ID.
+   * @param aIDMap A dictionary/map whose keys must be gloda noun ids for the
+   *     given noun type and whose values are ignored.
+   * @param aTargetMap An object to hold the noun id's (key) and noun instances
+   *     (value) for the noun instances that were found available in memory
+   *     because they were cached or in existing query collections.
+   * @param [aDoCache=true] Should we add any items to the cache that we found
+   *     in collections that were in memory but not in the cache?  You would
+   *     likely want to pass false if you are only updating in-memory
+   *     representations rather than performing a new query.
+   *
+   * @return [The number that were found, the number that were not found,
+   *          a dictionary whose keys are the ids of noun instances that
+   *          were not found.]
+   */
+  cacheLookupMany: function gloda_colm_cacheLookupMany(aNounID, aIDMap,
+      aTargetMap, aDoCache) {
+    let foundCount = 0, notFoundCount = 0, notFound = {};
+
+    let cache = this._cachesByNoun[aNounID];
+
+    if (cache) {
+      for (let key in aIDMap) {
+        let cacheValue = cache._idMap[key];
+        if (cacheValue === undefined) {
+          notFoundCount++;
+          notFound[key] = null;
+        }
+        else {
+          foundCount++;
+          aTargetMap[key] = cacheValue;
+          cache.hit(cacheValue);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    if (aDoCache === false)
+      cache = null;
+
+    for (let collection of this.getCollectionsForNounID(aNounID)) {
+      for (let key in notFound) {
+        let collValue = collection._idMap[key];
+        if (collValue !== undefined) {
+          aTargetMap[key] = collValue;
+          delete notFound[key];
+          foundCount++;
+          notFoundCount--;
+          if (cache)
+            cache.add([collValue]);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    return [foundCount, notFoundCount, notFound];
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Friendlier version of |cacheLookupMany|; takes a list of ids and returns
+   *  an object whose keys and values are the gloda id's and instances of the
+   *  instances that were found.  We don't tell you who we didn't find.  The
+   *  assumption is this is being used for in-memory updates where we only need
+   *  to tweak what is in memory.
+   */
+  cacheLookupManyList: function gloda_colm_cacheLookupManyList(aNounID, aIds) {
+    let checkMap = {}, targetMap = {};
+    for (let id of aIds) {
+      checkMap[id] = null;
+    }
+    // do not promote found items into the cache
+    this.cacheLookupMany(aNounID, checkMap, targetMap, false);
+    return targetMap;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Attempt to locate an instance of the object of the given noun type with the
+   *  given id.  Counts as a cache hit if found.  (And if it was't in a cache,
+   *  but rather a collection, it is added to the cache.)
+   */
+  cacheLookupOneByUniqueValue:
+      function gloda_colm_cacheLookupOneByUniqueValue(aNounID, aUniqueValue,
+                                                      aDoCache) {
+    let cache = this._cachesByNoun[aNounID];
+
+    if (cache) {
+      if (aUniqueValue in cache._uniqueValueMap) {
+        let item = cache._uniqueValueMap[aUniqueValue];
+        return cache.hit(item);
+      }
+    }
+
+    if (aDoCache === false)
+      cache = null;
+
+    for (let collection of this.getCollectionsForNounID(aNounID)) {
+      if (aUniqueValue in collection._uniqueValueMap) {
+        let item = collection._uniqueValueMap[aUniqueValue];
+        if (cache)
+          cache.add([item]);
+        return item;
+      }
+    }
+
+    return null;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Checks whether the provided item with the given id is actually a duplicate
+   *  of an instance that already exists in the cache/a collection.  If it is,
+   *  the pre-existing instance is returned and counts as a cache hit.  If it
+   *  is not, the passed-in instance is added to the cache and returned.
+   */
+  cacheLoadUnifyOne: function gloda_colm_cacheLoadUnifyOne(aItem) {
+    let items = [aItem];
+    this.cacheLoadUnify(aItem.NOUN_ID, items);
+    return items[0];
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Given a list of items, check if any of them already have duplicate,
+   *  canonical, instances in the cache or collections.  Items with pre-existing
+   *  instances are replaced by those instances in the provided list, and each
+   *  counts as a cache hit.  Items without pre-existing instances are added
+   *  to the cache and left intact.
+   */
+  cacheLoadUnify: function gloda_colm_cacheLoadUnify(aNounID, aItems,
+      aCacheIfMissing) {
+    let cache = this._cachesByNoun[aNounID];
+    if (aCacheIfMissing === undefined)
+      aCacheIfMissing = true;
+
+    // track the items we haven't yet found in a cache/collection (value) and
+    //  their index in aItems (key).  We're somewhat abusing the dictionary
+    //  metaphor with the intent of storing tuples here.  We also do it because
+    //  it allows random-access deletion theoretically without cost.  (Since
+    //  we delete during iteration, that may be wrong, but it sounds like the
+    //  semantics still work?)
+    let unresolvedIndexToItem = {};
+    let numUnresolved = 0;
+
+    if (cache) {
+      for (let iItem = 0; iItem < aItems.length; iItem++) {
+        let item = aItems[iItem];
+
+        if (item.id in cache._idMap) {
+          let realItem = cache._idMap[item.id];
+          // update the caller's array with the reference to the 'real' item
+          aItems[iItem] = realItem;
+          cache.hit(realItem);
+        }
+        else {
+          unresolvedIndexToItem[iItem] = item;
+          numUnresolved++;
+        }
+      }
+
+      // we're done if everyone was a hit.
+      if (numUnresolved == 0)
+        return;
+    }
+    else {
+      for (let iItem = 0; iItem < aItems.length; iItem++) {
+        unresolvedIndexToItem[iItem] = aItems[iItem];
+      }
+      numUnresolved = aItems.length;
+    }
+
+    let needToCache = [];
+    // next, let's fall back to our collections
+    for (let collection of this.getCollectionsForNounID(aNounID)) {
+      for (let [iItem, item] in Iterator(unresolvedIndexToItem)) {
+        if (item.id in collection._idMap) {
+          let realItem = collection._idMap[item.id];
+          // update the caller's array to now have the 'real' object
+          aItems[iItem] = realItem;
+          // flag that we need to cache this guy (we use an inclusive cache)
+          needToCache.push(realItem);
+          // we no longer need to resolve this item...
+          delete unresolvedIndexToItem[iItem];
+          // stop checking collections if we got everybody
+          if (--numUnresolved == 0)
+            break;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    // anything left in unresolvedIndexToItem should be added to the cache
+    //  unless !aCacheIfMissing.  plus, we already have 'needToCache'
+    if (cache && aCacheIfMissing) {
+      cache.add(needToCache.concat(Object.keys(unresolvedIndexToItem).
+                                   map(key => unresolvedIndexToItem[key])));
+    }
+
+    return aItems;
+  },
+
+  cacheCommitDirty: function glod_colm_cacheCommitDirty() {
+    for (let id in this._cachesByNoun) {
+      let cache = this._cachesByNoun[id];
+      cache.commitDirty();
+    }
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Notifies the collection manager that an item has been loaded and should
+   *  be cached, assuming caching is active.
+   */
+  itemLoaded: function gloda_colm_itemsLoaded(aItem) {
+    let cache = this._cachesByNoun[aItem.NOUN_ID];
+    if (cache) {
+      cache.add([aItem]);
+    }
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Notifies the collection manager that multiple items has been loaded and
+   *  should be cached, assuming caching is active.
+   */
+  itemsLoaded: function gloda_colm_itemsLoaded(aNounID, aItems) {
+    let cache = this._cachesByNoun[aNounID];
+    if (cache) {
+      cache.add(aItems);
+    }
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * This should be called when items are added to the global database.  This
+   *  should generally mean during indexing by indexers or an attribute
+   *  provider.
+   * We walk all existing collections for the given noun type and add the items
+   *  to the collection if the item meets the query that defines the collection.
+   */
+  itemsAdded: function gloda_colm_itemsAdded(aNounID, aItems) {
+    let cache = this._cachesByNoun[aNounID];
+    if (cache) {
+      cache.add(aItems);
+    }
+
+    for (let collection of this.getCollectionsForNounID(aNounID)) {
+      let addItems = aItems.filter(item => collection.query.test(item));
+      if (addItems.length)
+        collection._onItemsAdded(addItems);
+    }
+  },
+  /**
+   * This should be called when items in the global database are modified.  For
+   *  example, as a result of indexing.  This should generally only be called
+   *  by indexers or by attribute providers.
+   * We walk all existing collections for the given noun type.  For items
+   *  currently included in each collection but should no longer be (per the
+   *  collection's defining query) we generate onItemsRemoved events.  For items
+   *  not currently included in the collection but should now be, we generate
+   *  onItemsAdded events.  For items included that still match the query, we
+   *  generate onItemsModified events.
+   */
+  itemsModified: function gloda_colm_itemsModified(aNounID, aItems) {
+    for (let collection of this.getCollectionsForNounID(aNounID)) {
+      let added = [], modified = [], removed = [];
+      for (let item of aItems) {
+        if (item.id in collection._idMap) {
+          // currently in... but should it still be there?
+          if (collection.query.test(item))
+            modified.push(item); // yes, keep it
+          // oy, so null queries really don't want any notifications, and they
+          //  sorta fit into our existing model, except for the removal bit.
+          //  so we need a specialized check for them, and we're using the
+          //  frozen attribute to this end.
+          else if (!collection.query.frozen)
+            removed.push(item); // no, bin it
+        }
+        else if (collection.query.test(item)) // not in, should it be?
+          added.push(item); // yep, add it
+      }
+      if (added.length)
+        collection._onItemsAdded(added);
+      if (modified.length)
+        collection._onItemsModified(modified);
+      if (removed.length)
+        collection._onItemsRemoved(removed);
+    }
+  },
+  /**
+   * This should be called when items in the global database are permanently-ish
+   *  deleted.  (This is distinct from concepts like message deletion which may
+   *  involved trash folders or other modified forms of existence.  Deleted
+   *  means the data is gone and if it were to come back, it would come back
+   *  via an itemsAdded event.)
+   * We walk all existing collections for the given noun type.  For items
+   *  currently in the collection, we generate onItemsRemoved events.
+   * 
+   * @param aItemIds A list of item ids that are being deleted.
+   */
+  itemsDeleted: function gloda_colm_itemsDeleted(aNounID, aItemIds) {
+    // cache
+    let cache = this._cachesByNoun[aNounID];
+    if (cache) {
+      for (let itemId of aItemIds) {
+        if (itemId in cache._idMap)
+          cache.deleted(cache._idMap[itemId]);
+      }
+    }
+
+    // collections
+    for (let collection of this.getCollectionsForNounID(aNounID)) {
+      let removeItems = aItemIds.filter(itemId => itemId in collection._idMap).
+        map(itemId => collection._idMap[itemId]);
+      if (removeItems.length)
+        collection._onItemsRemoved(removeItems);
+    }
+  },
+  /**
+   * Like |itemsDeleted| but for the case where the deletion is based on an
+   *  attribute that SQLite can more efficiently check than we can and where the
+   *  cost of scanning the in-memory items is presumably much cheaper than
+   *  trying to figure out what actually got deleted.
+   * 
+   * Since we are doing an in-memory walk, this is obviously O(n) where n is the
+   *  number of noun instances of a given type in-memory.  We are assuming this
+   *  is a reasonable number of things and that this type of deletion call is
+   *  not going to happen all that frequently.  If these assumptions are wrong,
+   *  callers are advised to re-think the whole situation.
+   * 
+   * @param aNounID Type of noun we are talking about here.
+   * @param aFilter A filter function that returns true when the item should be
+   *     thought of as deleted, or false if the item is still good.  Screw this
+   *     up and you will get some seriously wacky bugs, yo.
+   */
+  itemsDeletedByAttribute: function gloda_colm_itemsDeletedByAttribute(
+      aNounID, aFilter) {
+    // cache
+    let cache = this._cachesByNoun[aNounID];
+    if (cache) {
+      for (let id in cache._idMap) {
+        let item = cache._idMap[id];
+        if (aFilter(item))
+          cache.deleted(item);
+      }
+    }
+
+    // collections
+    for (let collection of this.getCollectionsForNounID(aNounID)) {
+      let removeItems = collection.items.filter(aFilter);
+      if (removeItems.length)
+        collection._onItemsRemoved(removeItems);
+    }
+  },
+};
+
+/**
+ * @class A current view of the set of first-class nouns meeting a given query.
+ *  Assuming a listener is present, events are
+ *  generated when new objects meet the query, existing objects no longer meet
+ *  the query, or existing objects have experienced a change in attributes that
+ *  does not affect their ability to be present (but the listener may care about
+ *  because it is exposing those attributes).
+ * @constructor
+ */
+function GlodaCollection(aNounDef, aItems, aQuery, aListener,
+      aMasterCollection) {
+  // if aNounDef is null, we are just being invoked for subclassing
+  if (aNounDef === undefined)
+    return;
+
+  this._nounDef = aNounDef;
+  // should we also maintain a unique value mapping...
+  if (this._nounDef.usesUniqueValue)
+    this._uniqueValueMap = {};
+
+  this.pendingItems = [];
+  this._pendingIdMap = {};
+  this.items = [];
+  this._idMap = {};
+
+  // force the listener to null for our call to _onItemsAdded; no events for
+  //  the initial load-out.
+  this._listener = null;
+  if (aItems && aItems.length)
+    this._onItemsAdded(aItems);
+
+  this.query = aQuery || null;
+  if (this.query) {
+    this.query.collection = this;
+    if (this.query.options.stashColumns)
+      this.stashedColumns = {};
+  }
+  this._listener = aListener || null;
+
+  this.deferredCount = 0;
+  this.resolvedCount = 0;
+
+  if (aMasterCollection) {
+    this.masterCollection = aMasterCollection.masterCollection;
+  }
+  else {
+    this.masterCollection = this;
+    /** a dictionary of dictionaries. at the top level, the keys are noun IDs.
+     * each of these sub-dictionaries maps the IDs of desired noun instances to
+     * the actual instance, or null if it has not yet been loaded.
+     */
+    this.referencesByNounID = {};
+    /**
+     * a dictionary of dictionaries. at the top level, the keys are noun IDs.
+     * each of the sub-dictionaries maps the IDs of the _recognized parent
+     * noun_ to the list of children, or null if the list has not yet been
+     * populated.
+     *
+     * So if we have a noun definition A with ID 1 who is the recognized parent
+     *  noun of noun definition B with ID 2, AND we have an instance A(1) with
+     *  two children B(10), B(11), then an example might be: {2: {1: [10, 11]}}.
+     */
+    this.inverseReferencesByNounID = {};
+    this.subCollections = {};
+  }
+}
+
+GlodaCollection.prototype = {
+  get listener() { return this._listener; },
+  set listener(aListener) { this._listener = aListener; },
+
+  /**
+   * If this collection still has a query associated with it, drop the query
+   *  and replace it with an 'explicit query'.  This means that the Collection
+   *  Manager will not attempt to match new items indexed to the system against
+   *  our query criteria.
+   * Once you call this method, your collection's listener will no longer
+   *  receive onItemsAdded notifications that are not the result of your
+   *  initial database query.  It will, however, receive onItemsModified
+   *  notifications if items in the collection are re-indexed.
+   */
+  becomeExplicit: function gloda_coll_becomeExplicit() {
+    if (!(this.query instanceof this._nounDef.explicitQueryClass)) {
+      this.query = new this._nounDef.explicitQueryClass(this);
+    }
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Clear the contents of this collection.  This only makes sense for explicit
+   *  collections or wildcard collections.  (Actual query-based collections
+   *  should represent the state of the query, so unless we're going to delete
+   *  all the items, clearing the collection would violate that constraint.)
+   */
+  clear: function gloda_coll_clear() {
+    this._idMap = {};
+    if (this._uniqueValueMap)
+      this._uniqueValueMap = {};
+    this.items = [];
+  },
+
+  _onItemsAdded: function gloda_coll_onItemsAdded(aItems) {
+    this.items.push.apply(this.items, aItems);
+    if (this._uniqueValueMap) {
+      for (let item of this.items) {
+        this._idMap[item.id] = item;
+        this._uniqueValueMap[item.uniqueValue] = item;
+      }
+    }
+    else {
+      for (let item of this.items) {
+        this._idMap[item.id] = item;
+      }
+    }
+    if (this._listener) {
+      try {
+        this._listener.onItemsAdded(aItems, this);
+      }
+      catch (ex) {
+        LOG.error("caught exception from listener in onItemsAdded: " +
+            ex.fileName + ":" + ex.lineNumber + ": " + ex);
+      }
+    }
+  },
+
+  _onItemsModified: function gloda_coll_onItemsModified(aItems) {
+    if (this._listener) {
+      try {
+        this._listener.onItemsModified(aItems, this);
+      }
+      catch (ex) {
+        LOG.error("caught exception from listener in onItemsModified: " +
+            ex.fileName + ":" + ex.lineNumber + ": " + ex);
+      }
+    }
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Given a list of items that definitely no longer belong in this collection,
+   *  remove them from the collection and notify the listener.  The 'tricky'
+   *  part is that we need to remove the deleted items from our list of items.
+   */
+  _onItemsRemoved: function gloda_coll_onItemsRemoved(aItems) {
+    // we want to avoid the O(n^2) deletion performance case, and deletion
+    //  should be rare enough that the extra cost of building the deletion map
+    //  should never be a real problem.
+    let deleteMap = {};
+    // build the delete map while also nuking from our id map/unique value map
+    for (let item of aItems) {
+      deleteMap[item.id] = true;
+      delete this._idMap[item.id];
+      if (this._uniqueValueMap)
+        delete this._uniqueValueMap[item.uniqueValue];
+    }
+    let items = this.items;
+    // in-place filter.  probably needless optimization.
+    let iWrite=0;
+    for (let iRead = 0; iRead < items.length; iRead++) {
+      let item = items[iRead];
+      if (!(item.id in deleteMap))
+        items[iWrite++] = item;
+    }
+    items.splice(iWrite);
+
+    if (this._listener) {
+      try {
+        this._listener.onItemsRemoved(aItems, this);
+      }
+      catch (ex) {
+        LOG.error("caught exception from listener in onItemsRemoved: " +
+            ex.fileName + ":" + ex.lineNumber + ": " + ex);
+      }
+    }
+  },
+
+  _onQueryCompleted: function gloda_coll_onQueryCompleted() {
+    this.query.completed = true;
+    if (this._listener && this._listener.onQueryCompleted)
+      this._listener.onQueryCompleted(this);
+  }
+};
+
+/**
+ * Create an LRU cache collection for the given noun with the given size.
+ * @constructor
+ */
+function GlodaLRUCacheCollection(aNounDef, aCacheSize) {
+  GlodaCollection.call(this, aNounDef, null, null, null);
+
+  this._head = null; // aka oldest!
+  this._tail = null; // aka newest!
+  this._size = 0;
+  // let's keep things sane, and simplify our logic a little...
+  if (aCacheSize < 32)
+    aCacheSize = 32;
+  this._maxCacheSize = aCacheSize;
+}
+/**
+ * @class A LRU-discard cache.  We use a doubly linked-list for the eviction
+ *  tracking.  Since we require that there is at most one LRU-discard cache per
+ *  noun class, we simplify our lives by adding our own attributes to the
+ *  cached objects.
+ * @augments GlodaCollection
+ */
+GlodaLRUCacheCollection.prototype = new GlodaCollection;
+GlodaLRUCacheCollection.prototype.add = function cache_add(aItems) {
+  for (let item of aItems) {
+    if (item.id in this._idMap) {
+      // DEBUGME so, we're dealing with this, but it shouldn't happen.  need
+      //  trace-debuggage.
+      continue;
+    }
+    this._idMap[item.id] = item;
+    if (this._uniqueValueMap)
+      this._uniqueValueMap[item.uniqueValue] = item;
+
+    item._lruPrev = this._tail;
+    // we do have to make sure that we will set _head the first time we insert
+    //  something
+    if (this._tail !== null)
+      this._tail._lruNext = item;
+    else
+      this._head = item;
+    item._lruNext = null;
+    this._tail = item;
+
+    this._size++;
+  }
+
+  while (this._size > this._maxCacheSize) {
+    let item = this._head;
+
+    // we never have to deal with the possibility of needing to make _head/_tail
+    //  null.
+    this._head = item._lruNext;
+    this._head._lruPrev = null;
+    // (because we are nice, we will delete the properties...)
+    delete item._lruNext;
+    delete item._lruPrev;
+
+    // nuke from our id map
+    delete this._idMap[item.id];
+    if (this._uniqueValueMap)
+      delete this._uniqueValueMap[item.uniqueValue];
+
+    // flush dirty items to disk (they may not have this attribute, in which
+    //  case, this returns false, which is fine.)
+    if (item.dirty) {
+      this._nounDef.objUpdate.call(this._nounDef.datastore, item);
+      delete item.dirty;
+    }
+
+    this._size--;
+  }
+};
+
+GlodaLRUCacheCollection.prototype.hit = function cache_hit(aItem) {
+  // don't do anything in the 0 or 1 items case, or if we're already
+  //  the last item
+  if ((this._head === this._tail) || (this._tail === aItem))
+    return aItem;
+
+  // - unlink the item
+  if (aItem._lruPrev !== null)
+    aItem._lruPrev._lruNext = aItem._lruNext;
+  else
+    this._head = aItem._lruNext;
+  // (_lruNext cannot be null)
+  aItem._lruNext._lruPrev = aItem._lruPrev;
+  // - link it in to the end
+  this._tail._lruNext = aItem;
+  aItem._lruPrev = this._tail;
+  aItem._lruNext = null;
+  // update tail tracking
+  this._tail = aItem;
+
+  return aItem;
+};
+
+GlodaLRUCacheCollection.prototype.deleted = function cache_deleted(aItem) {
+  // unlink the item
+  if (aItem._lruPrev !== null)
+    aItem._lruPrev._lruNext = aItem._lruNext;
+  else
+    this._head = aItem._lruNext;
+  if (aItem._lruNext !== null)
+    aItem._lruNext._lruPrev = aItem._lruPrev;
+  else
+    this._tail = aItem._lruPrev;
+
+  // (because we are nice, we will delete the properties...)
+  delete aItem._lruNext;
+  delete aItem._lruPrev;
+
+  // nuke from our id map
+  delete this._idMap[aItem.id];
+  if (this._uniqueValueMap)
+    delete this._uniqueValueMap[aItem.uniqueValue];
+
+  this._size--;
+};
+
+/**
+ * If any of the cached items are dirty, commit them, and make them no longer
+ *  dirty.
+ */
+GlodaLRUCacheCollection.prototype.commitDirty = function cache_commitDirty() {
+  // we can only do this if there is an update method available...
+  if (!this._nounDef.objUpdate)
+    return;
+
+  for (let iItem in this._idMap) {
+    let item = this._idMap[iItem];
+    if (item.dirty) {
+      LOG.debug("flushing dirty: " + item);
+      this._nounDef.objUpdate.call(this._nounDef.datastore, item);
+      delete item.dirty;
+    }
+  }
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/connotent.js b/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/connotent.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4ef424d43
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/connotent.js
@@ -0,0 +1,273 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+this.EXPORTED_SYMBOLS = ['GlodaContent', 'whittlerRegistry',
+                          'mimeMsgToContentAndMeta', 'mimeMsgToContentSnippetAndMeta'];
+
+var Cc = Components.classes;
+var Ci = Components.interfaces;
+var Cr = Components.results;
+var Cu = Components.utils;
+
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/log4moz.js");
+
+var LOG = Log4Moz.repository.getLogger("gloda.connotent");
+
+
+
+/**
+ * Given a MimeMsg and the corresponding folder, return the GlodaContent object.
+ *
+ * @param aMimeMsg: the MimeMessage instance
+ * @param folder: the nsIMsgDBFolder
+ * @return an array containing the GlodaContent instance, and the meta dictionary
+ * that the Gloda content providers may have filled with useful data.
+ */
+
+function mimeMsgToContentAndMeta(aMimeMsg, folder) {
+  let content = new GlodaContent();
+  let meta = {subject: aMimeMsg.get("subject")};
+  let bodyLines = aMimeMsg.coerceBodyToPlaintext(folder).split(/\r?\n/);
+
+  for (let whittler of whittlerRegistry.getWhittlers())
+    whittler.contentWhittle(meta, bodyLines, content);
+
+  return [content, meta];
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Given a MimeMsg, return the whittled content string, suitable for summarizing
+ * a message.
+ *
+ * @param aMimeMsg: the MimeMessage instance
+ * @param folder: the nsIMsgDBFolder
+ * @param length: optional number of characters to trim the whittled content.
+ * If the actual length of the message is greater than |length|, then the return
+ * value is the first (length-1) characters with an ellipsis appended.
+ * @return an array containing the text of the snippet, and the meta dictionary
+ * that the Gloda content providers may have filled with useful data.
+ */
+
+function mimeMsgToContentSnippetAndMeta(aMimeMsg, folder, length) {
+  let [content, meta] = mimeMsgToContentAndMeta(aMimeMsg, folder);
+
+  let text = content.getContentSnippet(length + 1);
+  if (length && text.length > length)
+    text = text.substring(0, length-1) + "\u2026"; // ellipsis
+
+  return [text, meta];
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * A registry of gloda providers that have contentWhittle() functions.
+ * used by mimeMsgToContentSnippet, but populated by the Gloda object as it's
+ * processing providers.
+ */
+function WhittlerRegistry() {
+  this._whittlers = [];
+}
+
+WhittlerRegistry.prototype = {
+  /**
+   * Add a provider as a content whittler.
+   */
+  registerWhittler: function whittler_registry_registerWhittler(provider) {
+    this._whittlers.push(provider);
+  },
+  /**
+   * get the list of content whittlers, sorted from the most specific to
+   * the most generic
+   */
+  getWhittlers: function whittler_registry_getWhittlers() {
+    // Use the concat() trick to avoid mutating the internal object and
+    // leaking an internal representation.
+    return this._whittlers.concat().reverse();
+  }
+}
+
+this.whittlerRegistry = new WhittlerRegistry();
+
+function GlodaContent() {
+  this._contentPriority = null;
+  this._producing = false;
+  this._hunks = [];
+}
+
+GlodaContent.prototype = {
+  kPriorityBase: 0,
+  kPriorityPerfect: 100,
+
+  kHunkMeta: 1,
+  kHunkQuoted: 2,
+  kHunkContent: 3,
+
+  _resetContent: function gloda_content__resetContent() {
+    this._keysAndValues = [];
+    this._keysAndDeltaValues = [];
+    this._hunks = [];
+    this._curHunk = null;
+  },
+
+  /* ===== Consumer API ===== */
+  hasContent: function gloda_content_hasContent() {
+    return (this._contentPriority != null);
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Return content suitable for snippet display.  This means that no quoting
+   *  or meta-data should be returned.
+   *
+   * @param aMaxLength The maximum snippet length desired.
+   */
+  getContentSnippet: function gloda_content_getContentSnippet(aMaxLength) {
+    let content = this.getContentString();
+    if (aMaxLength)
+      content = content.substring(0, aMaxLength);
+    return content;
+  },
+
+  getContentString: function gloda_content_getContent(aIndexingPurposes) {
+    let data = "";
+    for (let hunk of this._hunks) {
+      if (hunk.hunkType == this.kHunkContent) {
+        if (data)
+          data += "\n" + hunk.data;
+        else
+          data = hunk.data;
+      }
+    }
+
+    if (aIndexingPurposes) {
+      // append the values for indexing.  we assume the keywords are cruft.
+      // this may be crazy, but things that aren't a science aren't an exact
+      // science.
+      for (let kv of this._keysAndValues) {
+        data += "\n" + kv[1];
+      }
+      for (let kon of this._keysAndValues) {
+        data += "\n" + kon[1] + "\n" + kon[2];
+      }
+    }
+
+    return data;
+  },
+
+  /* ===== Producer API ===== */
+  /**
+   * Called by a producer with the priority they believe their interpretation
+   *  of the content comes in at.
+   *
+   * @returns true if we believe the producer's interpretation will be
+   *     interesting and they should go ahead and generate events.  We return
+   *     false if we don't think they are interesting, in which case they should
+   *     probably not issue calls to us, although we don't care.  (We will
+   *     ignore their calls if we return false, this allows the simplification
+   *     of code that needs to run anyways.)
+   */
+  volunteerContent: function gloda_content_volunteerContent(aPriority) {
+    if (this._contentPriority === null || this._contentPriority < aPriority) {
+      this._contentPriority = aPriority;
+      this._resetContent();
+      this._producing = true;
+      return true;
+    }
+    this._producing = false;
+    return false;
+  },
+
+  keyValue: function gloda_content_keyValue(aKey, aValue) {
+    if (!this._producing)
+      return;
+
+    this._keysAndValues.push([aKey, aValue]);
+  },
+  keyValueDelta: function gloda_content_keyValueDelta (aKey, aOldValue,
+      aNewValue) {
+    if (!this._producing)
+      return;
+
+    this._keysAndDeltaValues.push([aKey, aOldValue, aNewValue]);
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Meta lines are lines that have to do with the content but are not the
+   *  content and can generally be related to an attribute that has been derived
+   *  and stored on the item.
+   * For example, a bugzilla bug may note that an attachment was created; this
+   *  is not content and wouldn't be desired in a snippet, but is still
+   *  potentially interesting meta-data.
+   *
+   * @param aLineOrLines The line or list of lines that are meta-data.
+   * @param aAttr The attribute this meta-data is associated with.
+   * @param aIndex If the attribute is non-singular, indicate the specific
+   *     index of the item in the attribute's bound list that the meta-data
+   *     is associated with.
+   */
+  meta: function gloda_content_meta(aLineOrLines, aAttr, aIndex) {
+    if (!this._producing)
+      return;
+
+    let data;
+    if (typeof(aLineOrLines) == "string")
+      data = aLineOrLines;
+    else
+      data = aLineOrLines.join("\n");
+
+    this._curHunk = {hunkType: this.kHunkMeta, attr: aAttr, index: aIndex,
+                     data: data};
+    this._hunks.push(this._curHunk);
+  },
+  /**
+   * Quoted lines reference previous messages or what not.
+   *
+   * @param aLineOrLiens The line or list of lines that are quoted.
+   * @param aDepth The depth of the quoting.
+   * @param aOrigin The item that originated the original content, if known.
+   *     For example, perhaps a GlodaMessage?
+   * @param aTarget A reference to the location in the original content, if
+   *     known.  For example, the index of a line in a message or something?
+   */
+  quoted: function gloda_content_quoted(aLineOrLines, aDepth, aOrigin,
+      aTarget) {
+    if (!this._producing)
+      return;
+
+    let data;
+    if (typeof(aLineOrLines) == "string")
+      data = aLineOrLines;
+    else
+      data = aLineOrLines.join("\n");
+
+    if (!this._curHunk ||
+        this._curHunk.hunkType != this.kHunkQuoted ||
+        this._curHunk.depth != aDepth ||
+        this._curHunk.origin != aOrigin || this._curHunk.target != aTarget) {
+      this._curHunk = {hunkType: this.kHunkQuoted, data: data,
+                       depth: aDepth, origin: aOrigin, target: aTarget};
+      this._hunks.push(this._curHunk);
+    }
+    else
+      this._curHunk.data += "\n" + data;
+  },
+
+  content: function gloda_content_content(aLineOrLines) {
+    if (!this._producing)
+      return;
+
+    let data;
+    if (typeof(aLineOrLines) == "string")
+      data = aLineOrLines;
+    else
+      data = aLineOrLines.join("\n");
+
+    if (!this._curHunk || this._curHunk.hunkType != this.kHunkContent) {
+      this._curHunk = {hunkType: this.kHunkContent, data: data};
+      this._hunks.push(this._curHunk);
+    }
+    else
+      this._curHunk.data += "\n" + data;
+  },
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/databind.js b/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/databind.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a2ecf1773
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/databind.js
@@ -0,0 +1,194 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+this.EXPORTED_SYMBOLS = ["GlodaDatabind"];
+
+var Cc = Components.classes;
+var Ci = Components.interfaces;
+var Cr = Components.results;
+var Cu = Components.utils;
+
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/log4moz.js");
+
+var DBC_LOG = Log4Moz.repository.getLogger("gloda.ds.dbc");
+
+function GlodaDatabind(aNounDef, aDatastore) {
+  this._nounDef = aNounDef;
+  this._tableName = aNounDef.tableName;
+  this._tableDef = aNounDef.schema;
+  this._datastore = aDatastore;
+  this._log = Log4Moz.repository.getLogger("gloda.databind." + this._tableName);
+
+  // process the column definitions and make sure they have an attribute mapping
+  for (let [iColDef, coldef] of this._tableDef.columns.entries()) {
+    // default to the other dude's thing.
+    if (coldef.length < 3)
+      coldef[2] = coldef[0];
+    if (coldef[0] == "id")
+      this._idAttr = coldef[2];
+    // colDef[3] is the index of us in our SQL bindings, storage-numbering
+    coldef[3] = iColDef;
+  }
+
+  // XXX This is obviously synchronous and not perfectly async.  Since we are
+  //  doing this, we don't actually need to move to ordinal binding below
+  //  since we could just as well compel creation of the name map and thereby
+  //  avoid ever acquiring the mutex after bootstrap.
+  // However, this specific check can be cleverly avoided with future work.
+  // Namely, at startup we can scan for extension-defined tables and get their
+  //  maximum id so that we don't need to do it here.  The table will either
+  //  be brand new and thus have a maximum id of 1 or we will already know it
+  //  because of that scan.
+  this._nextId = 1;
+  let stmt = this._datastore._createSyncStatement(
+    "SELECT MAX(id) FROM " + this._tableName, true);
+  if (stmt.executeStep()) {  // no chance of this SQLITE_BUSY on this call
+    this._nextId = stmt.getInt64(0) + 1;
+  }
+  stmt.finalize();
+
+  let insertColumns = [];
+  let insertValues = [];
+  let updateItems = [];
+  for (let [iColDef, coldef] of this._tableDef.columns.entries()) {
+    let column = coldef[0];
+    let placeholder = "?" + (iColDef + 1);
+    insertColumns.push(column);
+    insertValues.push(placeholder);
+    if (column != "id") {
+      updateItems.push(column + " = " + placeholder);
+    }
+  }
+
+  let insertSql = "INSERT INTO " + this._tableName + " (" +
+    insertColumns.join(", ") + ") VALUES (" + insertValues.join(", ") + ")";
+
+  // For the update, we want the 'id' to be a constraint and not a value
+  //  that gets set...
+  let updateSql = "UPDATE " + this._tableName + " SET " +
+    updateItems.join(", ") + " WHERE id = ?1";
+  this._insertStmt = aDatastore._createAsyncStatement(insertSql);
+  this._updateStmt = aDatastore._createAsyncStatement(updateSql);
+
+  if (this._tableDef.fulltextColumns) {
+    for (let [iColDef, coldef] of this._tableDef.fulltextColumns.entries()) {
+      if (coldef.length < 3)
+        coldef[2] = coldef[0];
+      // colDef[3] is the index of us in our SQL bindings, storage-numbering
+      coldef[3] = iColDef + 1;
+    }
+
+    let insertColumns = [];
+    let insertValues = [];
+    let updateItems = [];
+    for (var [iColDef, coldef] of this._tableDef.fulltextColumns.entries()) {
+      let column = coldef[0];
+      // +2 instead of +1 because docid is implied
+      let placeholder = "?" + (iColDef + 2);
+      insertColumns.push(column);
+      insertValues.push(placeholder);
+      if (column != "id") {
+        updateItems.push(column + " = " + placeholder);
+      }
+    }
+
+    let insertFulltextSql = "INSERT INTO " + this._tableName + "Text (docid," +
+      insertColumns.join(", ") + ") VALUES (?1," + insertValues.join(", ") +
+      ")";
+
+    // For the update, we want the 'id' to be a constraint and not a value
+    //  that gets set...
+    let updateFulltextSql = "UPDATE " + this._tableName + "Text SET " +
+      updateItems.join(", ") + " WHERE docid = ?1";
+
+    this._insertFulltextStmt =
+      aDatastore._createAsyncStatement(insertFulltextSql);
+    this._updateFulltextStmt =
+      aDatastore._createAsyncStatement(updateFulltextSql);
+  }
+}
+
+GlodaDatabind.prototype = {
+  /**
+   * Perform appropriate binding coercion based on the schema provided to us.
+   * Although we end up effectively coercing JS Date objects to numeric values,
+   *  we should not be provided with JS Date objects!  There is no way for us
+   *  to know to turn them back into JS Date objects on the way out.
+   *  Additionally, there is the small matter of storage's bias towards
+   *  PRTime representations which may not always be desirable.
+   */
+  bindByType: function(aStmt, aColDef, aValue) {
+    if (aValue == null)
+      aStmt.bindNullParameter(aColDef[3]);
+    else if (aColDef[1] == "STRING" || aColDef[1] == "TEXT")
+      aStmt.bindStringParameter(aColDef[3], aValue);
+    else
+      aStmt.bindInt64Parameter(aColDef[3], aValue);
+  },
+
+  objFromRow: function(aRow) {
+    let getVariant = this._datastore._getVariant;
+    let obj = new this._nounDef.class();
+    for (let [iCol, colDef] of this._tableDef.columns.entries()) {
+      obj[colDef[2]] = getVariant(aRow, iCol);
+    }
+    return obj;
+  },
+
+  objInsert: function(aThing) {
+    let bindByType = this.bindByType;
+    if (!aThing[this._idAttr])
+      aThing[this._idAttr] = this._nextId++;
+
+    let stmt = this._insertStmt;
+    for (let colDef of this._tableDef.columns) {
+      bindByType(stmt, colDef, aThing[colDef[2]]);
+    }
+
+    stmt.executeAsync(this._datastore.trackAsync());
+
+    if (this._insertFulltextStmt) {
+      stmt = this._insertFulltextStmt;
+      stmt.bindInt64Parameter(0, aThing[this._idAttr]);
+      for (let colDef of this._tableDef.fulltextColumns) {
+        bindByType(stmt, colDef, aThing[colDef[2]]);
+      }
+      stmt.executeAsync(this._datastore.trackAsync());
+    }
+  },
+
+  objUpdate: function(aThing) {
+    let bindByType = this.bindByType;
+    let stmt = this._updateStmt;
+    // note, we specially bound the location of 'id' for the insert, but since
+    //  we're using named bindings, there is nothing special about setting it
+    for (let colDef of this._tableDef.columns) {
+      bindByType(stmt, colDef, aThing[colDef[2]]);
+    }
+    stmt.executeAsync(this._datastore.trackAsync());
+
+    if (this._updateFulltextStmt) {
+      stmt = this._updateFulltextStmt;
+      // fulltextColumns doesn't include id/docid, need to explicitly set it
+      stmt.bindInt64Parameter(0, aThing[this._idAttr]);
+      for (let colDef of this._tableDef.fulltextColumns) {
+        bindByType(stmt, colDef, aThing[colDef[2]]);
+      }
+      stmt.executeAsync(this._datastore.trackAsync());
+    }
+  },
+
+  adjustAttributes: function() {
+    // just proxy the call over to the datastore... we have to do this for
+    //  'this' reasons.  we don't refactor things to avoid this because it does
+    //  make some sense to have all the methods exposed from a single object,
+    //  even if the implementation does live elsewhere.
+    return this._datastore.adjustAttributes.apply(this._datastore, arguments);
+  },
+
+  // also proxied...
+  queryFromQuery: function() {
+    return this._datastore.queryFromQuery.apply(this._datastore, arguments);
+  }
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/datamodel.js b/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/datamodel.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1bdd6d01d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/datamodel.js
@@ -0,0 +1,907 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+this.EXPORTED_SYMBOLS = ["GlodaAttributeDBDef", "GlodaAccount",
+                    "GlodaConversation", "GlodaFolder", "GlodaMessage",
+                    "GlodaContact", "GlodaIdentity", "GlodaAttachment"];
+
+var Cc = Components.classes;
+var Ci = Components.interfaces;
+var Cr = Components.results;
+var Cu = Components.utils;
+
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/mailServices.js");
+
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/log4moz.js");
+var LOG = Log4Moz.repository.getLogger("gloda.datamodel");
+
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/utils.js");
+
+// Make it lazy.
+var gMessenger;
+function getMessenger () {
+  if (!gMessenger)
+    gMessenger = Cc["@mozilla.org/messenger;1"].createInstance(Ci.nsIMessenger);
+  return gMessenger;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @class Represents a gloda attribute definition's DB form.  This class
+ *  stores the information in the database relating to this attribute
+ *  definition.  Access its attrDef attribute to get at the realy juicy data.
+ *  This main interesting thing this class does is serve as the keeper of the
+ *  mapping from parameters to attribute ids in the database if this is a
+ *  parameterized attribute.
+ */
+function GlodaAttributeDBDef(aDatastore, aID, aCompoundName, aAttrType,
+                           aPluginName, aAttrName) {
+  // _datastore is now set on the prototype by GlodaDatastore
+  this._id = aID;
+  this._compoundName = aCompoundName;
+  this._attrType = aAttrType;
+  this._pluginName = aPluginName;
+  this._attrName = aAttrName;
+
+  this.attrDef = null;
+
+  /** Map parameter values to the underlying database id. */
+  this._parameterBindings = {};
+}
+
+GlodaAttributeDBDef.prototype = {
+  // set by GlodaDatastore
+  _datastore: null,
+  get id() { return this._id; },
+  get attributeName() { return this._attrName; },
+
+  get parameterBindings() { return this._parameterBindings; },
+
+  /**
+   * Bind a parameter value to the attribute definition, allowing use of the
+   *  attribute-parameter as an attribute.
+   *
+   * @return
+   */
+  bindParameter: function gloda_attr_bindParameter(aValue) {
+    // people probably shouldn't call us with null, but handle it
+    if (aValue == null) {
+      return this._id;
+    }
+    if (aValue in this._parameterBindings) {
+      return this._parameterBindings[aValue];
+    }
+    // no database entry exists if we are here, so we must create it...
+    let id = this._datastore._createAttributeDef(this._attrType,
+                 this._pluginName, this._attrName, aValue);
+    this._parameterBindings[aValue] = id;
+    this._datastore.reportBinding(id, this, aValue);
+    return id;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Given a list of values, return a list (regardless of plurality) of
+   *  database-ready [attribute id,  value] tuples.  This is intended to be used
+   *  to directly convert the value of a property on an object that corresponds
+   *  to a bound attribute.
+   *
+   * @param {Array} aInstanceValues An array of instance values regardless of
+   *     whether or not the attribute is singular.
+   */
+  convertValuesToDBAttributes:
+      function gloda_attr_convertValuesToDBAttributes(aInstanceValues) {
+    let nounDef = this.attrDef.objectNounDef;
+    let dbAttributes = [];
+    if (nounDef.usesParameter) {
+      for (let instanceValue of aInstanceValues) {
+        let [param, dbValue] = nounDef.toParamAndValue(instanceValue);
+        dbAttributes.push([this.bindParameter(param), dbValue]);
+      }
+    }
+    else {
+      // Not generating any attributes is ok. This basically means the noun is
+      // just an informative property on the Gloda Message and has no real
+      // indexing purposes.
+      if ("toParamAndValue" in nounDef) {
+        for (let instanceValue of aInstanceValues) {
+          dbAttributes.push([this._id,
+                             nounDef.toParamAndValue(instanceValue)[1]]);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    return dbAttributes;
+  },
+
+  toString: function() {
+    return this._compoundName;
+  }
+};
+
+var GlodaHasAttributesMixIn = {
+  enumerateAttributes: function* gloda_attrix_enumerateAttributes() {
+    let nounDef = this.NOUN_DEF;
+    for (let key in this) {
+      let value = this[key];
+      let attrDef = nounDef.attribsByBoundName[key];
+      // we expect to not have attributes for underscore prefixed values (those
+      //  are managed by the instance's logic.  we also want to not explode
+      //  should someone crap other values in there, we get both birds with this
+      //  one stone.
+      if (attrDef === undefined)
+        continue;
+      if (attrDef.singular) {
+        // ignore attributes with null values
+        if (value != null)
+          yield [attrDef, [value]];
+      }
+      else {
+        // ignore attributes with no values
+        if (value.length)
+          yield [attrDef, value];
+      }
+    }
+  },
+
+  domContribute: function gloda_attrix_domContribute(aDomNode) {
+    let nounDef = this.NOUN_DEF;
+    for (let attrName in nounDef.domExposeAttribsByBoundName) {
+      let attr = nounDef.domExposeAttribsByBoundName[attrName];
+      if (this[attrName])
+        aDomNode.setAttribute(attr.domExpose, this[attrName]);
+    }
+  },
+};
+
+function MixIn(aConstructor, aMixIn) {
+  let proto = aConstructor.prototype;
+  for (let [name, func] in Iterator(aMixIn)) {
+    if (name.startsWith("get_"))
+      proto.__defineGetter__(name.substring(4), func);
+    else
+      proto[name] = func;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @class A gloda wrapper around nsIMsgIncomingServer.
+ */
+function GlodaAccount(aIncomingServer) {
+  this._incomingServer = aIncomingServer;
+}
+
+GlodaAccount.prototype = {
+  NOUN_ID: 106,
+  get id() { return this._incomingServer.key; },
+  get name() { return this._incomingServer.prettyName; },
+  get incomingServer() { return this._incomingServer; },
+  toString: function gloda_account_toString() {
+    return "Account: " + this.id;
+  },
+
+  toLocaleString: function gloda_account_toLocaleString() {
+    return this.name;
+  }
+};
+
+/**
+ * @class A gloda conversation (thread) exists so that messages can belong.
+ */
+function GlodaConversation(aDatastore, aID, aSubject, aOldestMessageDate,
+                           aNewestMessageDate) {
+  // _datastore is now set on the prototype by GlodaDatastore
+  this._id = aID;
+  this._subject = aSubject;
+  this._oldestMessageDate = aOldestMessageDate;
+  this._newestMessageDate = aNewestMessageDate;
+}
+
+GlodaConversation.prototype = {
+  NOUN_ID: 101,
+  // set by GlodaDatastore
+  _datastore: null,
+  get id() { return this._id; },
+  get subject() { return this._subject; },
+  get oldestMessageDate() { return this._oldestMessageDate; },
+  get newestMessageDate() { return this._newestMessageDate; },
+
+  getMessagesCollection: function gloda_conversation_getMessagesCollection(
+    aListener, aData) {
+    let query = new GlodaMessage.prototype.NOUN_DEF.queryClass();
+    query.conversation(this._id).orderBy("date");
+    return query.getCollection(aListener, aData);
+  },
+
+  toString: function gloda_conversation_toString() {
+    return "Conversation:" + this._id;
+  },
+
+  toLocaleString: function gloda_conversation_toLocaleString() {
+    return this._subject;
+  }
+};
+
+function GlodaFolder(aDatastore, aID, aURI, aDirtyStatus, aPrettyName,
+                     aIndexingPriority) {
+  // _datastore is now set by GlodaDatastore
+  this._id = aID;
+  this._uri = aURI;
+  this._dirtyStatus = aDirtyStatus;
+  this._prettyName = aPrettyName;
+  this._xpcomFolder = null;
+  this._account = null;
+  this._activeIndexing = false;
+  this._activeHeaderRetrievalLastStamp = 0;
+  this._indexingPriority = aIndexingPriority;
+  this._deleted = false;
+  this._compacting = false;
+}
+
+GlodaFolder.prototype = {
+  NOUN_ID: 100,
+  // set by GlodaDatastore
+  _datastore: null,
+
+  /** The folder is believed to be up-to-date */
+  kFolderClean: 0,
+  /** The folder has some un-indexed or dirty messages */
+  kFolderDirty: 1,
+  /** The folder needs to be entirely re-indexed, regardless of the flags on
+   * the messages in the folder. This state will be downgraded to dirty */
+  kFolderFilthy: 2,
+
+  _kFolderDirtyStatusMask: 0x7,
+  /**
+   * The (local) folder has been compacted and all of its message keys are
+   *  potentially incorrect.  This is not a possible state for IMAP folders
+   *  because their message keys are based on UIDs rather than offsets into
+   *  the mbox file.
+   */
+  _kFolderCompactedFlag: 0x8,
+
+  /** The folder should never be indexed. */
+  kIndexingNeverPriority: -1,
+  /** The lowest priority assigned to a folder. */
+  kIndexingLowestPriority: 0,
+  /** The highest priority assigned to a folder. */
+  kIndexingHighestPriority: 100,
+
+  /** The indexing priority for a folder if no other priority is assigned. */
+  kIndexingDefaultPriority: 20,
+  /** Folders marked check new are slightly more important I guess. */
+  kIndexingCheckNewPriority: 30,
+  /** Favorite folders are more interesting to the user, presumably. */
+  kIndexingFavoritePriority: 40,
+  /** The indexing priority for inboxes. */
+  kIndexingInboxPriority: 50,
+  /** The indexing priority for sent mail folders. */
+  kIndexingSentMailPriority: 60,
+
+  get id() { return this._id; },
+  get uri() { return this._uri; },
+  get dirtyStatus() {
+    return this._dirtyStatus & this._kFolderDirtyStatusMask;
+  },
+  /**
+   * Mark a folder as dirty if it was clean.  Do nothing if it was already dirty
+   *  or filthy.  For use by GlodaMsgIndexer only.  And maybe rkent and his
+   *  marvelous extensions.
+   */
+  _ensureFolderDirty: function gloda_folder__markFolderDirty() {
+    if (this.dirtyStatus == this.kFolderClean) {
+      this._dirtyStatus = (this.kFolderDirty & this._kFolderDirtyStatusMask) |
+                          (this._dirtyStatus & ~this._kFolderDirtyStatusMask);
+      this._datastore.updateFolderDirtyStatus(this);
+    }
+  },
+  /**
+   * Definitely for use only by GlodaMsgIndexer to downgrade the dirty status of
+   *  a folder.
+   */
+  _downgradeDirtyStatus: function gloda_folder__downgradeDirtyStatus(
+                           aNewStatus) {
+    if (this.dirtyStatus != aNewStatus) {
+      this._dirtyStatus = (aNewStatus & this._kFolderDirtyStatusMask) |
+                          (this._dirtyStatus & ~this._kFolderDirtyStatusMask);
+      this._datastore.updateFolderDirtyStatus(this);
+    }
+  },
+  /**
+   * Indicate whether this folder is currently being compacted.  The
+   *  |GlodaMsgIndexer| keeps this in-memory-only value up-to-date.
+   */
+  get compacting() {
+    return this._compacting;
+  },
+  /**
+   * Set whether this folder is currently being compacted.  This is really only
+   *  for the |GlodaMsgIndexer| to set.
+   */
+  set compacting(aCompacting) {
+    this._compacting = aCompacting;
+  },
+  /**
+   * Indicate whether this folder was compacted and has not yet been
+   *  compaction processed.
+   */
+  get compacted() {
+    return Boolean(this._dirtyStatus & this._kFolderCompactedFlag);
+  },
+  /**
+   * For use only by GlodaMsgIndexer to set/clear the compaction state of this
+   *  folder.
+   */
+  _setCompactedState: function gloda_folder__clearCompactedState(aCompacted) {
+    if (this.compacted != aCompacted) {
+      if (aCompacted)
+        this._dirtyStatus |= this._kFolderCompactedFlag;
+      else
+        this._dirtyStatus &= ~this._kFolderCompactedFlag;
+      this._datastore.updateFolderDirtyStatus(this);
+    }
+  },
+
+  get name() { return this._prettyName; },
+  toString: function gloda_folder_toString() {
+    return "Folder:" + this._id;
+  },
+
+  toLocaleString: function gloda_folder_toLocaleString() {
+    let xpcomFolder = this.getXPCOMFolder(this.kActivityFolderOnlyNoData);
+    if (!xpcomFolder)
+      return this._prettyName;
+    return xpcomFolder.prettiestName +
+      " (" + xpcomFolder.rootFolder.prettiestName + ")";
+  },
+
+  get indexingPriority() {
+    return this._indexingPriority;
+  },
+
+  /** We are going to index this folder. */
+  kActivityIndexing: 0,
+  /** Asking for the folder to perform header retrievals. */
+  kActivityHeaderRetrieval: 1,
+  /** We only want the folder for its metadata but are not going to open it. */
+  kActivityFolderOnlyNoData: 2,
+
+
+  /** Is this folder known to be actively used for indexing? */
+  _activeIndexing: false,
+  /** Get our indexing status. */
+  get indexing() {
+    return this._activeIndexing;
+  },
+  /**
+   * Set our indexing status.  Normally, this will be enabled through passing
+   *  an activity type of kActivityIndexing (which will set us), but we will
+   *  still need to be explicitly disabled by the indexing code.
+   * When disabling indexing, we will call forgetFolderIfUnused to take care of
+   *  shutting things down.
+   * We are not responsible for committing changes to the message database!
+   *  That is on you!
+   */
+  set indexing(aIndexing) {
+    this._activeIndexing = aIndexing;
+    if (!aIndexing)
+      this.forgetFolderIfUnused();
+  },
+  /** When was this folder last used for header retrieval purposes? */
+  _activeHeaderRetrievalLastStamp: 0,
+
+  /**
+   * Retrieve the nsIMsgFolder instance corresponding to this folder, providing
+   *  an explanation of why you are requesting it for tracking/cleanup purposes.
+   *
+   * @param aActivity One of the kActivity* constants.  If you pass
+   *     kActivityIndexing, we will set indexing for you, but you will need to
+   *     clear it when you are done.
+   * @return The nsIMsgFolder if available, null on failure.
+   */
+  getXPCOMFolder: function gloda_folder_getXPCOMFolder(aActivity) {
+    if (!this._xpcomFolder) {
+      let rdfService = Cc['@mozilla.org/rdf/rdf-service;1']
+                         .getService(Ci.nsIRDFService);
+      this._xpcomFolder = rdfService.GetResource(this.uri)
+                                    .QueryInterface(Ci.nsIMsgFolder);
+    }
+    switch (aActivity) {
+      case this.kActivityIndexing:
+        // mark us as indexing, but don't bother with live tracking.  we do
+        //  that independently and only for header retrieval.
+        this.indexing = true;
+        break;
+      case this.kActivityHeaderRetrieval:
+        if (this._activeHeaderRetrievalLastStamp === 0)
+          this._datastore.markFolderLive(this);
+        this._activeHeaderRetrievalLastStamp = Date.now();
+        break;
+      case this.kActivityFolderOnlyNoData:
+        // we don't have to do anything here.
+        break;
+    }
+
+    return this._xpcomFolder;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Retrieve a GlodaAccount instance corresponding to this folder.
+   *
+   * @return The GlodaAccount instance.
+   */
+  getAccount: function gloda_folder_getAccount() {
+    if (!this._account) {
+      let msgFolder = this.getXPCOMFolder(this.kActivityFolderOnlyNoData);
+      this._account = new GlodaAccount(msgFolder.server);
+    }
+    return this._account;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * How many milliseconds must a folder have not had any header retrieval
+   *  activity before it's okay to lose the database reference?
+   */
+  ACCEPTABLY_OLD_THRESHOLD: 10000,
+
+  /**
+   * Cleans up our nsIMsgFolder reference if we have one and it's not "in use".
+   * In use, from our perspective, means that it is not being used for indexing
+   *  and some arbitrary interval of time has elapsed since it was last
+   *  retrieved for header retrieval reasons.  The time interval is because if
+   *  we have one GlodaMessage requesting a header, there's a high probability
+   *  that another message will request a header in the near future.
+   * Because setting indexing to false disables us, we are written in an
+   *  idempotent fashion.  (It is possible for disabling indexing's call to us
+   *  to cause us to return true but for the datastore's timer call to have not
+   *  yet triggered.)
+   *
+   * @returns true if we are cleaned up and can be considered 'dead', false if
+   *     we should still be considered alive and this method should be called
+   *     again in the future.
+   */
+  forgetFolderIfUnused: function gloda_folder_forgetFolderIfUnused() {
+    // we are not cleaning/cleaned up if we are indexing
+    if (this._activeIndexing)
+      return false;
+
+    // set a point in the past as the threshold.  the timestamp must be older
+    //  than this to be eligible for cleanup.
+    let acceptablyOld = Date.now() - this.ACCEPTABLY_OLD_THRESHOLD;
+    // we are not cleaning/cleaned up if we have retrieved a header more
+    //  recently than the acceptably old threshold.
+    if (this._activeHeaderRetrievalLastStamp > acceptablyOld)
+      return false;
+
+    if (this._xpcomFolder) {
+      // This is the key action we take; the nsIMsgFolder will continue to
+      //  exist, but we want it to forget about its database so that it can
+      //  be closed and its memory can be reclaimed.
+      this._xpcomFolder.msgDatabase = null;
+      this._xpcomFolder = null;
+      // since the last retrieval time tracks whether we have marked live or
+      //  not, this needs to be reset to 0 too.
+      this._activeHeaderRetrievalLastStamp = 0;
+    }
+
+    return true;
+  }
+};
+
+/**
+ * @class A message representation.
+ */
+function GlodaMessage(aDatastore, aID, aFolderID, aMessageKey,
+                      aConversationID, aConversation, aDate,
+                      aHeaderMessageID, aDeleted, aJsonText,
+                      aNotability,
+                      aSubject, aIndexedBodyText, aAttachmentNames) {
+  // _datastore is now set on the prototype by GlodaDatastore
+  this._id = aID;
+  this._folderID = aFolderID;
+  this._messageKey = aMessageKey;
+  this._conversationID = aConversationID;
+  this._conversation = aConversation;
+  this._date = aDate;
+  this._headerMessageID = aHeaderMessageID;
+  this._jsonText = aJsonText;
+  this._notability = aNotability;
+  this._subject = aSubject;
+  this._indexedBodyText = aIndexedBodyText;
+  this._attachmentNames = aAttachmentNames;
+
+  // only set _deleted if we're deleted, otherwise the undefined does our
+  //  speaking for us.
+  if (aDeleted)
+    this._deleted = aDeleted;
+}
+
+GlodaMessage.prototype = {
+  NOUN_ID: 102,
+  // set by GlodaDatastore
+  _datastore: null,
+  get id() { return this._id; },
+  get folderID() { return this._folderID; },
+  get messageKey() { return this._messageKey; },
+  get conversationID() { return this._conversationID; },
+  // conversation is special
+  get headerMessageID() { return this._headerMessageID; },
+  get notability() { return this._notability; },
+  set notability(aNotability) { this._notability = aNotability; },
+
+  get subject() { return this._subject; },
+  get indexedBodyText() { return this._indexedBodyText; },
+  get attachmentNames() { return this._attachmentNames; },
+
+  get date() { return this._date; },
+  set date(aNewDate) { this._date = aNewDate; },
+
+  get folder() {
+    // XXX due to a deletion bug it is currently possible to get in a state
+    //  where we have an illegal folderID value.  This will result in an
+    //  exception.  As a workaround, let's just return null in that case.
+    try {
+      if (this._folderID != null)
+        return this._datastore._mapFolderID(this._folderID);
+    }
+    catch (ex) {
+    }
+    return null;
+  },
+  get folderURI() {
+    // XXX just like for folder, handle mapping failures and return null
+    try {
+      if (this._folderID != null)
+        return this._datastore._mapFolderID(this._folderID).uri;
+    }
+    catch (ex) {
+    }
+    return null;
+  },
+  get account() {
+    // XXX due to a deletion bug it is currently possible to get in a state
+    //  where we have an illegal folderID value.  This will result in an
+    //  exception.  As a workaround, let's just return null in that case.
+    try {
+      if (this._folderID == null)
+        return null;
+      let folder = this._datastore._mapFolderID(this._folderID);
+      return folder.getAccount();
+    }
+    catch (ex) { }
+    return null;
+  },
+  get conversation() {
+    return this._conversation;
+  },
+
+  toString: function gloda_message_toString() {
+    // uh, this is a tough one...
+    return "Message:" + this._id;
+  },
+
+  _clone: function gloda_message_clone() {
+    return new GlodaMessage(/* datastore */ null, this._id, this._folderID,
+      this._messageKey, this._conversationID, this._conversation, this._date,
+      this._headerMessageID, "_deleted" in this ? this._deleted : undefined,
+      "_jsonText" in this ? this._jsonText : undefined, this._notability,
+      this._subject, this._indexedBodyText, this._attachmentNames);
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Provide a means of propagating changed values on our clone back to
+   *  ourselves.  This is required because of an object identity trick gloda
+   *  does; when indexing an already existing object, all mutations happen on
+   *  a clone of the existing object so that
+   */
+  _declone: function gloda_message_declone(aOther) {
+    if ("_content" in aOther)
+      this._content = aOther._content;
+
+    // The _indexedAuthor/_indexedRecipients fields don't get updated on
+    //  fulltext update so we don't need to propagate.
+    this._indexedBodyText = aOther._indexedBodyText;
+    this._attachmentNames = aOther._attachmentNames;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Mark this message as a ghost.  Ghosts are characterized by having no folder
+   *  id and no message key.  They also are not deleted or they would be of
+   *  absolutely no use to us.
+   *
+   * These changes are suitable for persistence.
+   */
+  _ghost: function gloda_message_ghost() {
+    this._folderID = null;
+    this._messageKey = null;
+    if ("_deleted" in this)
+      delete this._deleted;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Are we a ghost (which implies not deleted)?  We are not a ghost if we have
+   *  a definite folder location (we may not know our message key in the case
+   *  of IMAP moves not fully completed) and are not deleted.
+   */
+  get _isGhost() {
+    return this._folderID == null && !this._isDeleted;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * If we were dead, un-dead us.
+   */
+  _ensureNotDeleted: function gloda_message__ensureNotDeleted() {
+    if ("_deleted" in this)
+      delete this._deleted;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Are we deleted?  This is private because deleted gloda messages are not
+   *  visible to non-core-gloda code.
+   */
+  get _isDeleted() {
+    return ("_deleted" in this) && this._deleted;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Trash this message's in-memory representation because it should no longer
+   *  be reachable by any code.  The database record is gone, it's not coming
+   *  back.
+   */
+  _objectPurgedMakeYourselfUnpleasant: function gloda_message_nuke() {
+    this._id = null;
+    this._folderID = null;
+    this._messageKey = null;
+    this._conversationID = null;
+    this._conversation = null;
+    this.date = null;
+    this._headerMessageID = null;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Return the underlying nsIMsgDBHdr from the folder storage for this, or
+   *  null if the message does not exist for one reason or another.  We may log
+   *  to our logger in the failure cases.
+   *
+   * This method no longer caches the result, so if you need to hold onto it,
+   *  hold onto it.
+   *
+   * In the process of retrieving the underlying message header, we may have to
+   *  open the message header database associated with the folder.  This may
+   *  result in blocking while the load happens, so you may want to try and find
+   *  an alternate way to initiate the load before calling us.
+   * We provide hinting to the GlodaDatastore via the GlodaFolder so that it
+   *  knows when it's a good time for it to go and detach from the database.
+   *
+   * @returns The nsIMsgDBHdr associated with this message if available, null on
+   *     failure.
+   */
+  get folderMessage() {
+    if (this._folderID === null || this._messageKey === null)
+      return null;
+
+    // XXX like for folder and folderURI, return null if we can't map the folder
+    let glodaFolder;
+    try {
+      glodaFolder = this._datastore._mapFolderID(this._folderID);
+    }
+    catch (ex) {
+      return null;
+    }
+    let folder = glodaFolder.getXPCOMFolder(
+                   glodaFolder.kActivityHeaderRetrieval);
+    if (folder) {
+      let folderMessage;
+      try {
+        folderMessage = folder.GetMessageHeader(this._messageKey);
+      }
+      catch (ex) {
+        folderMessage = null;
+      }
+      if (folderMessage !== null) {
+        // verify the message-id header matches what we expect...
+        if (folderMessage.messageId != this._headerMessageID) {
+          LOG.info("Message with message key " + this._messageKey +
+                   " in folder '" + folder.URI + "' does not match expected " +
+                   "header! (" + this._headerMessageID + " expected, got " +
+                   folderMessage.messageId + ")");
+          folderMessage = null;
+        }
+      }
+      return folderMessage;
+    }
+
+    // this only gets logged if things have gone very wrong.  we used to throw
+    //  here, but it's unlikely our caller can do anything more meaningful than
+    //  treating this as a disappeared message.
+    LOG.info("Unable to locate folder message for: " + this._folderID + ":" +
+             this._messageKey);
+    return null;
+  },
+  get folderMessageURI() {
+    let folderMessage = this.folderMessage;
+    if (folderMessage)
+      return folderMessage.folder.getUriForMsg(folderMessage);
+    else
+      return null;
+  }
+};
+MixIn(GlodaMessage, GlodaHasAttributesMixIn);
+
+/**
+ * @class Contacts correspond to people (one per person), and may own multiple
+ *  identities (e-mail address, IM account, etc.)
+ */
+function GlodaContact(aDatastore, aID, aDirectoryUUID, aContactUUID, aName,
+                      aPopularity, aFrecency, aJsonText) {
+  // _datastore set on the prototype by GlodaDatastore
+  this._id = aID;
+  this._directoryUUID = aDirectoryUUID;
+  this._contactUUID = aContactUUID;
+  this._name = aName;
+  this._popularity = aPopularity;
+  this._frecency = aFrecency;
+  if (aJsonText)
+    this._jsonText = aJsonText;
+
+  this._identities = null;
+}
+
+GlodaContact.prototype = {
+  NOUN_ID: 103,
+  // set by GlodaDatastore
+  _datastore: null,
+
+  get id() { return this._id; },
+  get directoryUUID() { return this._directoryUUID; },
+  get contactUUID() { return this._contactUUID; },
+  get name() { return this._name; },
+  set name(aName) { this._name = aName; },
+
+  get popularity() { return this._popularity; },
+  set popularity(aPopularity) {
+    this._popularity = aPopularity;
+    this.dirty = true;
+  },
+
+  get frecency() { return this._frecency; },
+  set frecency(aFrecency) {
+    this._frecency = aFrecency;
+    this.dirty = true;
+  },
+
+  get identities() {
+    return this._identities;
+  },
+
+  toString: function gloda_contact_toString() {
+    return "Contact:" + this._id;
+  },
+
+  get accessibleLabel() {
+    return "Contact: " + this._name;
+  },
+
+  _clone: function gloda_contact_clone() {
+    return new GlodaContact(/* datastore */ null, this._id, this._directoryUUID,
+      this._contactUUID, this._name, this._popularity, this._frecency);
+  },
+};
+MixIn(GlodaContact, GlodaHasAttributesMixIn);
+
+
+/**
+ * @class A specific means of communication for a contact.
+ */
+function GlodaIdentity(aDatastore, aID, aContactID, aContact, aKind, aValue,
+                       aDescription, aIsRelay) {
+  // _datastore set on the prototype by GlodaDatastore
+  this._id = aID;
+  this._contactID = aContactID;
+  this._contact = aContact;
+  this._kind = aKind;
+  this._value = aValue;
+  this._description = aDescription;
+  this._isRelay = aIsRelay;
+  /// Cached indication of whether there is an address book card for this
+  ///  identity.  We keep this up-to-date via address book listener
+  ///  notifications in |GlodaABIndexer|.
+  this._hasAddressBookCard = undefined;
+}
+
+GlodaIdentity.prototype = {
+  NOUN_ID: 104,
+  // set by GlodaDatastore
+  _datastore: null,
+  get id() { return this._id; },
+  get contactID() { return this._contactID; },
+  get contact() { return this._contact; },
+  get kind() { return this._kind; },
+  get value() { return this._value; },
+  get description() { return this._description; },
+  get isRelay() { return this._isRelay; },
+
+  get uniqueValue() {
+    return this._kind + "@" + this._value;
+  },
+
+  toString: function gloda_identity_toString() {
+    return "Identity:" + this._kind + ":" + this._value;
+  },
+
+  toLocaleString: function gloda_identity_toLocaleString() {
+    if (this.contact.name == this.value)
+      return this.value;
+    return this.contact.name + " : " + this.value;
+  },
+
+  get abCard() {
+    // for our purposes, the address book only speaks email
+    if (this._kind != "email")
+      return false;
+    let card = GlodaUtils.getCardForEmail(this._value);
+    this._hasAddressBookCard = (card != null);
+    return card;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Indicates whether we have an address book card for this identity.  This
+   *  value is cached once looked-up and kept up-to-date by |GlodaABIndexer|
+   *  and its notifications.
+   */
+  get inAddressBook() {
+    if (this._hasAddressBookCard !== undefined)
+      return this._hasAddressBookCard;
+    return (this.abCard && true) || false;
+  },
+
+  pictureURL: function(aSize) {
+    if (this.inAddressBook) {
+      // XXX should get the photo if we have it.
+    }
+    return "";
+  }
+};
+
+
+/**
+ * An attachment, with as much information as we can gather on it
+ */
+function GlodaAttachment(aGlodaMessage, aName, aContentType, aSize, aPart, aExternalUrl, aIsExternal) {
+  // _datastore set on the prototype by GlodaDatastore
+  this._glodaMessage = aGlodaMessage;
+  this._name = aName;
+  this._contentType = aContentType;
+  this._size = aSize;
+  this._part = aPart;
+  this._externalUrl = aExternalUrl;
+  this._isExternal = aIsExternal;
+}
+
+GlodaAttachment.prototype = {
+  NOUN_ID: 105,
+  // set by GlodaDatastore
+  get name() { return this._name; },
+  get contentType() { return this._contentType; },
+  get size() { return this._size; },
+  get url() {
+    if (this.isExternal)
+      return this._externalUrl;
+    else {
+      let uri = this._glodaMessage.folderMessageURI;
+      if (!uri)
+        throw new Error("The message doesn't exist anymore, unable to rebuild attachment URL");
+      let neckoURL = {};
+      let msgService = getMessenger().messageServiceFromURI(uri);
+      msgService.GetUrlForUri(uri, neckoURL, null);
+      let url = neckoURL.value.spec;
+      let hasParamAlready = url.match(/\?[a-z]+=[^\/]+$/);
+      let sep = hasParamAlready ? "&" : "?";
+      return url+sep+"part="+this._part+"&filename="+encodeURIComponent(this._name);
+    }
+  },
+  get isExternal() { return this._isExternal; },
+
+  toString: function gloda_attachment_toString() {
+    return "attachment: " + this._name + ":" + this._contentType;
+  },
+
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/datastore.js b/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/datastore.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..70bbdc6a7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/datastore.js
@@ -0,0 +1,3989 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/* This file looks to Myk Melez <myk@mozilla.org>'s Mozilla Labs snowl
+ * project's (http://hg.mozilla.org/labs/snowl/) modules/datastore.js
+ * for inspiration and idioms (and also a name :).
+ */
+
+this.EXPORTED_SYMBOLS = ["GlodaDatastore"];
+
+var Cc = Components.classes;
+var Ci = Components.interfaces;
+var Cr = Components.results;
+var Cu = Components.utils;
+
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/IOUtils.js");
+Cu.import("resource://gre/modules/Services.jsm");
+
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/log4moz.js");
+
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/datamodel.js");
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/databind.js");
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/collection.js");
+
+var MIN_CACHE_SIZE = 8 * 1048576;
+var MAX_CACHE_SIZE = 64 * 1048576;
+var MEMSIZE_FALLBACK_BYTES = 256 * 1048576;
+
+var PCH_LOG = Log4Moz.repository.getLogger("gloda.ds.pch");
+
+/**
+ * Commit async handler; hands off the notification to
+ *  |GlodaDatastore._asyncCompleted|.
+ */
+function PostCommitHandler(aCallbacks) {
+  this.callbacks = aCallbacks;
+  GlodaDatastore._pendingAsyncStatements++;
+}
+
+PostCommitHandler.prototype = {
+  handleResult: function gloda_ds_pch_handleResult(aResultSet) {
+  },
+
+  handleError: function gloda_ds_pch_handleError(aError) {
+    PCH_LOG.error("database error:" + aError);
+  },
+
+  handleCompletion: function gloda_ds_pch_handleCompletion(aReason) {
+    // just outright bail if we are shutdown
+    if (GlodaDatastore.datastoreIsShutdown)
+      return;
+
+    if (aReason == Ci.mozIStorageStatementCallback.REASON_FINISHED) {
+      for (let callback of this.callbacks) {
+        try {
+          callback();
+        }
+        catch (ex) {
+          PCH_LOG.error("PostCommitHandler callback (" + ex.fileName + ":" +
+               ex.lineNumber + ") threw: " + ex);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    try {
+      GlodaDatastore._asyncCompleted();
+    }
+    catch (e) {
+      PCH_LOG.error("Exception in handleCompletion:", e);
+    }
+
+  }
+};
+
+var QFQ_LOG = Log4Moz.repository.getLogger("gloda.ds.qfq");
+
+/**
+ * Singleton collection listener used by |QueryFromQueryCallback| to assist in
+ *  the loading of referenced noun instances.  Which is to say, messages have
+ *  identities (specific e-mail addresses) associated with them via attributes.
+ *  And these identities in turn reference / are referenced by contacts (the
+ *  notion of a person).
+ *
+ * This listener is primarily concerned with fixing up the references in each
+ *  noun instance to its referenced instances once they have been loaded.  It
+ *  also deals with caching so that our identity invariant is maintained: user
+ *  code should only ever see one distinct instance of a thing at a time.
+ */
+var QueryFromQueryResolver = {
+  onItemsAdded: function(aIgnoredItems, aCollection, aFake) {
+    let originColl = aCollection.dataStack ? aCollection.dataStack.pop()
+                                           : aCollection.data;
+    //QFQ_LOG.debug("QFQR: originColl: " + originColl);
+    if (aCollection.completionShifter)
+      aCollection.completionShifter.push(originColl);
+    else
+      aCollection.completionShifter = [originColl];
+
+    if (!aFake) {
+      originColl.deferredCount--;
+      originColl.resolvedCount++;
+    }
+
+    // bail if we are still pending on some other load completion
+    if (originColl.deferredCount > 0) {
+      //QFQ_LOG.debug("QFQR: bailing " + originColl._nounDef.name);
+      return;
+    }
+
+    let referencesByNounID = originColl.masterCollection.referencesByNounID;
+    let inverseReferencesByNounID =
+      originColl.masterCollection.inverseReferencesByNounID;
+
+    if (originColl.pendingItems) {
+      for (let [, item] in Iterator(originColl.pendingItems)) {
+        //QFQ_LOG.debug("QFQR: loading deferred " + item.NOUN_ID + ":" + item.id);
+        GlodaDatastore.loadNounDeferredDeps(item, referencesByNounID,
+            inverseReferencesByNounID);
+      }
+
+      // we need to consider the possibility that we are racing a collection very
+      //  much like our own.  as such, this means we need to perform cache
+      //  unification as our last step.
+      GlodaCollectionManager.cacheLoadUnify(originColl._nounDef.id,
+        originColl.pendingItems, false);
+
+      // just directly tell the collection about the items.  we know the query
+      //  matches (at least until we introduce predicates that we cannot express
+      //  in SQL.)
+      //QFQ_LOG.debug(" QFQR: about to trigger listener: " + originColl._listener +
+      //    "with collection: " + originColl._nounDef.name);
+      originColl._onItemsAdded(originColl.pendingItems);
+      delete originColl.pendingItems;
+      delete originColl._pendingIdMap;
+    }
+  },
+  onItemsModified: function() {
+  },
+  onItemsRemoved: function() {
+  },
+  onQueryCompleted: function(aCollection) {
+    let originColl = aCollection.completionShifter ?
+      aCollection.completionShifter.shift() : aCollection.data;
+    //QFQ_LOG.debug(" QFQR about to trigger completion with collection: " +
+    //  originColl._nounDef.name);
+    if (originColl.deferredCount <= 0) {
+      originColl._onQueryCompleted();
+    }
+  },
+};
+
+/**
+ * Handles the results from a GlodaDatastore.queryFromQuery call in cooperation
+ *  with the |QueryFromQueryResolver| collection listener.  We do a lot of
+ *  legwork related to satisfying references to other noun instances on the
+ *  noun instances the user directy queried.  Messages reference identities
+ *  reference contacts which in turn (implicitly) reference identities again.
+ *  We have to spin up those other queries and stitch things together.
+ *
+ * While the code is generally up to the existing set of tasks it is called to
+ *  handle, I would not be surprised for it to fall down if things get more
+ *  complex.  Some of the logic here 'evolved' a bit and could benefit from
+ *  additional documentation and a fresh go-through.
+ */
+function QueryFromQueryCallback(aStatement, aNounDef, aCollection) {
+  this.statement = aStatement;
+  this.nounDef = aNounDef;
+  this.collection = aCollection;
+
+  //QFQ_LOG.debug("Creating QFQCallback for noun: " + aNounDef.name);
+
+  // the master collection holds the referencesByNounID
+  this.referencesByNounID = {};
+  this.masterReferencesByNounID =
+    this.collection.masterCollection.referencesByNounID;
+  this.inverseReferencesByNounID = {};
+  this.masterInverseReferencesByNounID =
+    this.collection.masterCollection.inverseReferencesByNounID;
+  // we need to contribute our references as we load things; we need this
+  //  because of the potential for circular dependencies and our inability to
+  //  put things into the caching layer (or collection's _idMap) until we have
+  //  fully resolved things.
+  if (this.nounDef.id in this.masterReferencesByNounID)
+    this.selfReferences = this.masterReferencesByNounID[this.nounDef.id];
+  else
+    this.selfReferences = this.masterReferencesByNounID[this.nounDef.id] = {};
+  if (this.nounDef.parentColumnAttr) {
+    if (this.nounDef.id in this.masterInverseReferencesByNounID)
+      this.selfInverseReferences =
+        this.masterInverseReferencesByNounID[this.nounDef.id];
+    else
+      this.selfInverseReferences =
+        this.masterInverseReferencesByNounID[this.nounDef.id] = {};
+  }
+
+  this.needsLoads = false;
+
+  GlodaDatastore._pendingAsyncStatements++;
+}
+
+QueryFromQueryCallback.prototype = {
+  handleResult: function gloda_ds_qfq_handleResult(aResultSet) {
+    try {
+      // just outright bail if we are shutdown
+      if (GlodaDatastore.datastoreIsShutdown)
+        return;
+
+      let pendingItems = this.collection.pendingItems;
+      let pendingIdMap = this.collection._pendingIdMap;
+      let row;
+      let nounDef = this.nounDef;
+      let nounID = nounDef.id;
+      while ((row = aResultSet.getNextRow())) {
+        let item = nounDef.objFromRow.call(nounDef.datastore, row);
+        if (this.collection.stashedColumns) {
+          let stashed = this.collection.stashedColumns[item.id] = [];
+          for (let [,iCol] in
+               Iterator(this.collection.query.options.stashColumns)) {
+            stashed.push(GlodaDatastore._getVariant(row, iCol));
+          }
+        }
+        // try and replace the item with one from the cache, if we can
+        let cachedItem = GlodaCollectionManager.cacheLookupOne(nounID, item.id,
+                                                               false);
+
+        // if we already have a copy in the pending id map, skip it
+        if (item.id in pendingIdMap)
+          continue;
+
+        //QFQ_LOG.debug("loading item " + nounDef.id + ":" + item.id + " existing: " +
+        //    this.selfReferences[item.id] + " cached: " + cachedItem);
+        if (cachedItem)
+          item = cachedItem;
+        // we may already have been loaded by this process
+        else if (this.selfReferences[item.id] != null)
+          item = this.selfReferences[item.id];
+        // perform loading logic which may produce reference dependencies
+        else
+          this.needsLoads =
+            GlodaDatastore.loadNounItem(item, this.referencesByNounID,
+                                        this.inverseReferencesByNounID) ||
+            this.needsLoads;
+
+        // add ourself to the references by our id
+        // QFQ_LOG.debug("saving item " + nounDef.id + ":" + item.id + " to self-refs");
+        this.selfReferences[item.id] = item;
+
+        // if we're tracking it, add ourselves to our parent's list of children
+        //  too
+        if (this.selfInverseReferences) {
+          let parentID = item[nounDef.parentColumnAttr.idStorageAttributeName];
+          let childrenList = this.selfInverseReferences[parentID];
+          if (childrenList === undefined)
+            childrenList = this.selfInverseReferences[parentID] = [];
+          childrenList.push(item);
+        }
+
+        pendingItems.push(item);
+        pendingIdMap[item.id] = item;
+      }
+    }
+    catch (e) {
+      GlodaDatastore._log.error("Exception in handleResult:", e);
+    }
+  },
+
+  handleError: function gloda_ds_qfq_handleError(aError) {
+    GlodaDatastore._log.error("Async queryFromQuery error: " +
+      aError.result + ": " + aError.message);
+  },
+
+  handleCompletion: function gloda_ds_qfq_handleCompletion(aReason) {
+    try {
+      try {
+        this.statement.finalize();
+        this.statement = null;
+
+        // just outright bail if we are shutdown
+        if (GlodaDatastore.datastoreIsShutdown)
+          return;
+
+        //QFQ_LOG.debug("handleCompletion: " + this.collection._nounDef.name);
+
+        if (this.needsLoads) {
+          for (let nounID in this.referencesByNounID) {
+            let references = this.referencesByNounID[nounID];
+            if (nounID == this.nounDef.id)
+              continue;
+            let nounDef = GlodaDatastore._nounIDToDef[nounID];
+            //QFQ_LOG.debug("  have references for noun: " + nounDef.name);
+            // try and load them out of the cache/existing collections.  items in the
+            //  cache will be fully formed, which is nice for us.
+            // XXX this mechanism will get dubious when we have multiple paths to a
+            //  single noun-type.  For example, a -> b -> c, a-> c; two paths to c
+            //  and we're looking at issuing two requests to c, the latter of which
+            //  will be a superset of the first one.  This does not currently pose
+            //  a problem because we only have a -> b -> c -> b, and sequential
+            //  processing means no alarms and no surprises.
+            let masterReferences = this.masterReferencesByNounID[nounID];
+            if (masterReferences === undefined)
+              masterReferences = this.masterReferencesByNounID[nounID] = {};
+            let outReferences;
+            if (nounDef.parentColumnAttr)
+              outReferences = {};
+            else
+              outReferences = masterReferences;
+            let [foundCount, notFoundCount, notFound] =
+              GlodaCollectionManager.cacheLookupMany(nounDef.id, references,
+                  outReferences);
+
+            if (nounDef.parentColumnAttr) {
+              let inverseReferences;
+              if (nounDef.id in this.masterInverseReferencesByNounID)
+                inverseReferences =
+                  this.masterInverseReferencesByNounID[nounDef.id];
+              else
+                inverseReferences =
+                  this.masterInverseReferencesByNounID[nounDef.id] = {};
+
+              for (let key in outReferences) {
+                let item = outReferences[key];
+                masterReferences[item.id] = item;
+                let parentID = item[nounDef.parentColumnAttr.idStorageAttributeName];
+                let childrenList = inverseReferences[parentID];
+                if (childrenList === undefined)
+                  childrenList = inverseReferences[parentID] = [];
+                childrenList.push(item);
+              }
+            }
+
+            //QFQ_LOG.debug("  found: " + foundCount + " not found: " + notFoundCount);
+            if (notFoundCount === 0) {
+              this.collection.resolvedCount++;
+            }
+            else {
+              this.collection.deferredCount++;
+              let query = new nounDef.queryClass();
+              query.id.apply(query, Object.keys(notFound));
+
+              this.collection.masterCollection.subCollections[nounDef.id] =
+                GlodaDatastore.queryFromQuery(query, QueryFromQueryResolver,
+                  this.collection,
+                  // we fully expect/allow for there being no such subcollection yet.
+                  this.collection.masterCollection.subCollections[nounDef.id],
+                  this.collection.masterCollection,
+                  {becomeExplicit: true});
+            }
+          }
+
+          for (let nounID in this.inverseReferencesByNounID) {
+            let inverseReferences = this.inverseReferencesByNounID[nounID];
+            this.collection.deferredCount++;
+            let nounDef = GlodaDatastore._nounIDToDef[nounID];
+
+            //QFQ_LOG.debug("Want to load inverse via " + nounDef.parentColumnAttr.boundName);
+
+            let query = new nounDef.queryClass();
+            // we want to constrain using the parent column
+            let queryConstrainer = query[nounDef.parentColumnAttr.boundName];
+            queryConstrainer.apply(query, Object.keys(inverseReferences));
+            this.collection.masterCollection.subCollections[nounDef.id] =
+              GlodaDatastore.queryFromQuery(query, QueryFromQueryResolver,
+                this.collection,
+                // we fully expect/allow for there being no such subcollection yet.
+                this.collection.masterCollection.subCollections[nounDef.id],
+                this.collection.masterCollection,
+                {becomeExplicit: true});
+          }
+        }
+        else {
+          this.collection.deferredCount--;
+          this.collection.resolvedCount++;
+        }
+
+        //QFQ_LOG.debug("  defer: " + this.collection.deferredCount +
+        //              " resolved: " + this.collection.resolvedCount);
+
+        // process immediately and kick-up to the master collection...
+        if (this.collection.deferredCount <= 0) {
+          // this guy will resolve everyone using referencesByNounID and issue the
+          //  call to this.collection._onItemsAdded to propagate things to the
+          //  next concerned subCollection or the actual listener if this is the
+          //  master collection.  (Also, call _onQueryCompleted).
+          QueryFromQueryResolver.onItemsAdded(null, {data: this.collection}, true);
+          QueryFromQueryResolver.onQueryCompleted({data: this.collection});
+        }
+      }
+      catch (e) {
+        Components.utils.reportError(e);
+        QFQ_LOG.error("Exception:", e);
+      }
+    }
+    finally {
+      GlodaDatastore._asyncCompleted();
+    }
+  }
+};
+
+/**
+ * Used by |GlodaDatastore.folderCompactionPassBlockFetch| to accumulate the
+ *  results and pass them back in to the compaction process in
+ *  |GlodaMsgIndexer._worker_folderCompactionPass|.
+ */
+function CompactionBlockFetcherHandler(aCallback) {
+  this.callback = aCallback;
+  this.idsAndMessageKeys = [];
+  GlodaDatastore._pendingAsyncStatements++;
+}
+CompactionBlockFetcherHandler.prototype = {
+  handleResult: function gloda_ds_cbfh_handleResult(aResultSet) {
+    let row;
+    while ((row = aResultSet.getNextRow())) {
+      this.idsAndMessageKeys.push([
+        row.getInt64(0), // id
+        row.getInt64(1), // messageKey
+        row.getString(2), // headerMessageID
+        ]);
+    }
+  },
+  handleError: function gloda_ds_cbfh_handleError(aError) {
+    GlodaDatastore._log.error("CompactionBlockFetcherHandler error: " +
+      aError.result + ": " + aError.message);
+  },
+  handleCompletion: function gloda_ds_cbfh_handleCompletion(aReason) {
+    GlodaDatastore._asyncCompleted();
+    this.callback(this.idsAndMessageKeys);
+  }
+};
+
+/**
+ * Use this as the callback handler when you have a SQL query that returns a
+ *  single row with a single integer column value, like a COUNT() query.
+ */
+function SingletonResultValueHandler(aCallback) {
+  this.callback = aCallback;
+  this.result = null;
+  GlodaDatastore._pendingAsyncStatements++;
+}
+SingletonResultValueHandler.prototype = {
+  handleResult: function gloda_ds_cbfh_handleResult(aResultSet) {
+    let row;
+    while ((row = aResultSet.getNextRow())) {
+      this.result = row.getInt64(0);
+    }
+  },
+  handleError: function gloda_ds_cbfh_handleError(aError) {
+    GlodaDatastore._log.error("SingletonResultValueHandler error: " +
+      aError.result + ": " + aError.message);
+  },
+  handleCompletion: function gloda_ds_cbfh_handleCompletion(aReason) {
+    GlodaDatastore._asyncCompleted();
+    this.callback(this.result);
+  }
+};
+
+/**
+ * Wrapper that duplicates actions taken on a real statement to an explain
+ *  statement.  Currently only fires an explain statement once.
+ */
+function ExplainedStatementWrapper(aRealStatement, aExplainStatement,
+                                   aSQLString, aExplainHandler) {
+  this.real = aRealStatement;
+  this.explain = aExplainStatement;
+  this.sqlString = aSQLString;
+  this.explainHandler = aExplainHandler;
+  this.done = false;
+}
+ExplainedStatementWrapper.prototype = {
+  bindNullParameter: function(aColIndex) {
+    this.real.bindNullParameter(aColIndex);
+    if (!this.done)
+      this.explain.bindNullParameter(aColIndex);
+  },
+  bindStringParameter: function(aColIndex, aValue) {
+    this.real.bindStringParameter(aColIndex, aValue);
+    if (!this.done)
+      this.explain.bindStringParameter(aColIndex, aValue);
+  },
+  bindInt64Parameter: function(aColIndex, aValue) {
+    this.real.bindInt64Parameter(aColIndex, aValue);
+    if (!this.done)
+      this.explain.bindInt64Parameter(aColIndex, aValue);
+  },
+  bindDoubleParameter: function(aColIndex, aValue) {
+    this.real.bindDoubleParameter(aColIndex, aValue);
+    if (!this.done)
+      this.explain.bindDoubleParameter(aColIndex, aValue);
+  },
+  executeAsync: function wrapped_executeAsync(aCallback) {
+    if (!this.done) {
+      this.explainHandler.sqlEnRoute(this.sqlString);
+      this.explain.executeAsync(this.explainHandler);
+      this.explain.finalize();
+      this.done = true;
+    }
+    return this.real.executeAsync(aCallback);
+  },
+  finalize: function wrapped_finalize() {
+    if (!this.done)
+      this.explain.finalize();
+    this.real.finalize();
+  },
+};
+
+/**
+ * Writes a single JSON document to the provide file path in a streaming
+ *  fashion.  At startup we open an array to place the queries in and at
+ *  shutdown we close it.
+ */
+function ExplainedStatementProcessor(aDumpPath) {
+  Services.obs.addObserver(this, "quit-application", false);
+
+  this._sqlStack = [];
+  this._curOps = [];
+  this._objsWritten = 0;
+
+  let filePath = Cc["@mozilla.org/file/local;1"]
+                   .createInstance(Ci.nsILocalFile);
+  filePath.initWithPath(aDumpPath);
+
+  this._ostream = Cc["@mozilla.org/network/file-output-stream;1"]
+                 .createInstance(Ci.nsIFileOutputStream);
+  this._ostream.init(filePath, -1, -1, 0);
+
+  let s = '{"queries": [';
+  this._ostream.write(s, s.length);
+}
+ExplainedStatementProcessor.prototype = {
+  sqlEnRoute: function esp_sqlEnRoute(aSQLString) {
+    this._sqlStack.push(aSQLString);
+  },
+  handleResult: function esp_handleResult(aResultSet) {
+    let row;
+    // addr  opcode (s)      p1    p2    p3    p4 (s)   p5   comment (s)
+    while ((row = aResultSet.getNextRow())) {
+      this._curOps.push([
+        row.getInt64(0),  // addr
+        row.getString(1), // opcode
+        row.getInt64(2),  // p1
+        row.getInt64(3),  // p2
+        row.getInt64(4),  // p3
+        row.getString(5), // p4
+        row.getString(6), // p5
+        row.getString(7)  // comment
+      ]);
+    }
+  },
+  handleError: function esp_handleError(aError) {
+    Cu.reportError("Unexpected error in EXPLAIN handler: " + aError);
+  },
+  handleCompletion: function esp_handleCompletion(aReason) {
+    let obj = {
+      sql: this._sqlStack.shift(),
+      operations: this._curOps,
+    };
+    let s = (this._objsWritten++ ? ", " : "") + JSON.stringify(obj, null, 2);
+    this._ostream.write(s, s.length);
+
+    this._curOps = [];
+  },
+
+  observe: function esp_observe(aSubject, aTopic, aData) {
+    if (aTopic == "quit-application")
+      this.shutdown();
+  },
+
+  shutdown: function esp_shutdown() {
+    let s = "]}";
+    this._ostream.write(s, s.length);
+    this._ostream.close();
+
+    Services.obs.removeObserver(this, "quit-application");
+  }
+};
+
+// See the documentation on GlodaDatastore._schemaVersion to understand these:
+var DB_SCHEMA_ACCEPT_LEAVE_LOW = 31,
+      DB_SCHEMA_ACCEPT_LEAVE_HIGH = 34,
+      DB_SCHEMA_ACCEPT_DOWNGRADE_LOW = 35,
+      DB_SCHEMA_ACCEPT_DOWNGRADE_HIGH = 39,
+      DB_SCHEMA_DOWNGRADE_DELTA = 5;
+
+/**
+ * Database abstraction layer.  Contains explicit SQL schemas for our
+ *  fundamental representations (core 'nouns', if you will) as well as
+ *  specialized functions for then dealing with each type of object.  At the
+ *  same time, we are beginning to support extension-provided tables, which
+ *  call into question whether we really need our hand-rolled code, or could
+ *  simply improve the extension-provided table case to work for most of our
+ *  hand-rolled cases.
+ * For now, the argument can probably be made that our explicit schemas and code
+ *  is readable/intuitive (not magic) and efficient (although generic stuff
+ *  could also be made efficient, if slightly evil through use of eval or some
+ *  other code generation mechanism.)
+ *
+ * === Data Model Interaction / Dependencies
+ *
+ * Dependent on and assumes limited knowledge of the datamodel.js
+ *  implementations.  datamodel.js actually has an implicit dependency on
+ *  our implementation, reaching back into the datastore via the _datastore
+ *  attribute which we pass into every instance we create.
+ * We pass a reference to ourself as we create the datamodel.js instances (and
+ *  they store it as _datastore) because of a half-implemented attempt to make
+ *  it possible to live in a world where we have multiple datastores.  This
+ *  would be desirable in the cases where we are dealing with multiple SQLite
+ *  databases.  This could be because of per-account global databases or
+ *  some other segmentation.  This was abandoned when the importance of
+ *  per-account databases was diminished following public discussion, at least
+ *  for the short-term, but no attempted was made to excise the feature or
+ *  preclude it.  (Merely a recognition that it's too much to try and implement
+ *  correct right now, especially because our solution might just be another
+ *  (aggregating) layer on top of things, rather than complicating the lower
+ *  levels.)
+ *
+ * === Object Identity / Caching
+ *
+ * The issue of object identity is handled by integration with the collection.js
+ *  provided GlodaCollectionManager.  By "Object Identity", I mean that we only
+ *  should ever have one object instance alive at a time that corresponds to
+ *  an underlying database row in the database.  Where possible we avoid
+ *  performing database look-ups when we can check if the object is already
+ *  present in memory; in practice, this means when we are asking for an object
+ *  by ID.  When we cannot avoid a database query, we attempt to make sure that
+ *  we do not return a duplicate object instance, instead replacing it with the
+ *  'live' copy of the object.  (Ideally, we would avoid any redundant
+ *  construction costs, but that is not currently the case.)
+ * Although you should consult the GlodaCollectionManager for details, the
+ *  general idea is that we have 'collections' which represent views of the
+ *  database (based on a query) which use a single mechanism for double duty.
+ *  The collections are registered with the collection manager via weak
+ *  reference.  The first 'duty' is that since the collections may be desired
+ *  to be 'live views' of the data, we want them to update as changes occur.
+ *  The weak reference allows the collection manager to track the 'live'
+ *  collections and update them.  The second 'duty' is the caching/object
+ *  identity duty.  In theory, every live item should be referenced by at least
+ *  one collection, making it reachable for object identity/caching purposes.
+ * There is also an explicit (inclusive) caching layer present to both try and
+ *  avoid poor performance from some of the costs of this strategy, as well as
+ *  to try and keep track of objects that are being worked with that are not
+ *  (yet) tracked by a collection.  Using a size-bounded cache is clearly not
+ *  a guarantee of correctness for this, but is suspected will work quite well.
+ *  (Well enough to be dangerous because the inevitable failure case will not be
+ *  expected.)
+ *
+ * The current strategy may not be the optimal one, feel free to propose and/or
+ *  implement better ones, especially if you have numbers.
+ * The current strategy is not fully implemented in this file, but the common
+ *  cases are believed to be covered.  (Namely, we fail to purge items from the
+ *  cache as they are purged from the database.)
+ *
+ * === Things That May Not Be Obvious (Gotchas)
+ *
+ * Although the schema includes "triggers", they are currently not used
+ *  and were added when thinking about implementing the feature.  We will
+ *  probably implement this feature at some point, which is why they are still
+ *  in there.
+ *
+ * We, and the layers above us, are not sufficiently thorough at cleaning out
+ *  data from the database, and may potentially orphan it _as new functionality
+ *  is added in the future at layers above us_.  That is, currently we should
+ *  not be leaking database rows, but we may in the future.  This is because
+ *  we/the layers above us lack a mechanism to track dependencies based on
+ *  attributes.  Say a plugin exists that extracts recipes from messages and
+ *  relates them via an attribute.  To do so, it must create new recipe rows
+ *  in its own table as new recipes are discovered.  No automatic mechanism
+ *  will purge recipes as their source messages are purged, nor does any
+ *  event-driven mechanism explicitly inform the plugin.  (It could infer
+ *  such an event from the indexing/attribute-providing process, or poll the
+ *  states of attributes to accomplish this, but that is not desirable.)  This
+ *  needs to be addressed, and may be best addressed at layers above
+ *  datastore.js.
+ * @namespace
+ */
+var GlodaDatastore = {
+  _log: null,
+
+  /* see Gloda's documentation for these constants */
+  kSpecialNotAtAll: 0,
+  kSpecialColumn: 16,
+  kSpecialColumnChildren: 16|1,
+  kSpecialColumnParent: 16|2,
+  kSpecialString: 32,
+  kSpecialFulltext: 64,
+  IGNORE_FACET: {},
+
+  kConstraintIdIn: 0,
+  kConstraintIn: 1,
+  kConstraintRanges: 2,
+  kConstraintEquals: 3,
+  kConstraintStringLike: 4,
+  kConstraintFulltext: 5,
+
+  /* ******************* SCHEMA ******************* */
+
+  /**
+   * Schema version policy. IMPORTANT!  We expect the following potential things
+   *  to happen in the life of gloda that can impact our schema and the ability
+   *  to move between different versions of Thunderbird:
+   *
+   * - Fundamental changes to the schema so that two versions of Thunderbird
+   *    cannot use the same global database.  To wit, Thunderbird N+1 needs to
+   *    blow away the database of Thunderbird N and reindex from scratch.
+   *    Likewise, Thunderbird N will need to blow away Thunderbird N+1's
+   *    database because it can't understand it.  And we can't simply use a
+   *    different file because there would be fatal bookkeeping losses.
+   *
+   * - Bidirectional minor schema changes (rare).
+   *    Thunderbird N+1 does something that does not affect Thunderbird N's use
+   *    of the database, and a user switching back to Thunderbird N will not be
+   *    negatively impacted.  It will also be fine when they go back to N+1 and
+   *    N+1 will not be missing any vital data.  The historic example of this is
+   *    when we added a missing index that was important for performance.  In
+   *    that case, Thunderbird N could have potentially left the schema revision
+   *    intact (if there was a safe revision), rather than swapping it on the
+   *    downgrade, compelling N+1 to redo the transform on upgrade.
+   *
+   * - Backwards compatible, upgrade-transition minor schema changes.
+   *    Thunderbird N+1 does something that does not require nuking the
+   *    database / a full re-index, but does require processing on upgrade from
+   *    a version of the database previously used by Thunderbird.  These changes
+   *    do not impact N's ability to use the database.  For example, adding a
+   *    new indexed attribute that affects a small number of messages could be
+   *    handled by issuing a query on upgrade to dirty/index those messages.
+   *    However, if the user goes back to N from N+1, when they upgrade to N+1
+   *    again, we need to re-index.  In this case N would need to have downgrade
+   *    the schema revision.
+   *
+   * - Backwards incompatible, minor schema changes.
+   *    Thunderbird N+1 does something that does not require nuking the database
+   *    but will break Thunderbird N's ability to use the database.
+   *
+   * - Regression fixes.  Sometimes we may land something that screws up
+   *    databases, or the platform changes in a way that breaks our code and we
+   *    had insufficient unit test coverage and so don't detect it until some
+   *    databases have gotten messed up.
+   *
+   * Accordingly, every version of Thunderbird has a concept of potential schema
+   *  versions with associated semantics to prepare for the minor schema upgrade
+   *  cases were inter-op is possible.  These ranges and their semantics are:
+   * - accepts and leaves intact.  Covers:
+   *    - regression fixes that no longer exist with the landing of the upgrade
+   *       code as long as users never go back a build in the given channel.
+   *    - bidirectional minor schema changes.
+   * - accepts but downgrades version to self.  Covers:
+   *    - backwards compatible, upgrade-transition minor schema changes.
+   * - nuke range (anything beyond a specific revision needs to be nuked):
+   *    - backwards incompatible, minor scheme changes
+   *    - fundamental changes
+   *
+   *
+   * SO, YOU WANT TO CHANGE THE SCHEMA?
+   *
+   * Use the ranges below for Thunderbird 11 as a guide, bumping things as little
+   *  as possible.  If we start to use up the "accepts and leaves intact" range
+   *  without majorly changing things up, re-do the numbering acceptance range
+   *  to give us additional runway.
+   *
+   * Also, if we keep needing non-nuking upgrades, consider adding an additional
+   *  table to the database that can tell older versions of Thunderbird what to
+   *  do when confronted with a newer database and where it can set flags to tell
+   *  the newer Thunderbird what the older Thunderbird got up to.  For example,
+   *  it would be much easier if we just tell Thunderbird N what to do when it's
+   *  confronted with the database.
+   *
+   *
+   * CURRENT STATE OF THE MIGRATION LOGIC:
+   *
+   * Thunderbird 11: uses 30 (regression fix from 26)
+   * - accepts and leaves intact: 31-34
+   * - accepts and downgrades by 5: 35-39
+   * - nukes: 40+
+   */
+  _schemaVersion: 30,
+  // what is the schema in the database right now?
+  _actualSchemaVersion: 0,
+  _schema: {
+    tables: {
+
+      // ----- Messages
+      folderLocations: {
+        columns: [
+          ["id", "INTEGER PRIMARY KEY"],
+          ["folderURI", "TEXT NOT NULL"],
+          ["dirtyStatus", "INTEGER NOT NULL"],
+          ["name", "TEXT NOT NULL"],
+          ["indexingPriority", "INTEGER NOT NULL"],
+        ],
+
+        triggers: {
+          delete: "DELETE from messages WHERE folderID = OLD.id",
+        },
+      },
+
+      conversations: {
+        columns: [
+          ["id", "INTEGER PRIMARY KEY"],
+          ["subject", "TEXT NOT NULL"],
+          ["oldestMessageDate", "INTEGER"],
+          ["newestMessageDate", "INTEGER"],
+        ],
+
+        indices: {
+          subject: ['subject'],
+          oldestMessageDate: ['oldestMessageDate'],
+          newestMessageDate: ['newestMessageDate'],
+        },
+
+        fulltextColumns: [
+          ["subject", "TEXT"],
+        ],
+
+        triggers: {
+          delete: "DELETE from messages WHERE conversationID = OLD.id",
+        },
+      },
+
+      /**
+       * A message record correspond to an actual message stored in a folder
+       *  somewhere, or is a ghost record indicating a message that we know
+       *  should exist, but which we have not seen (and which we may never see).
+       *  We represent these ghost messages by storing NULL values in the
+       *  folderID and messageKey fields; this may need to change to other
+       *  sentinel values if this somehow impacts performance.
+       */
+      messages: {
+        columns: [
+          ["id", "INTEGER PRIMARY KEY"],
+          ["folderID", "INTEGER"],
+          ["messageKey", "INTEGER"],
+          // conversationID used to have a REFERENCES but I'm losing it for
+          //  presumed performance reasons and it doesn't do anything for us.
+          ["conversationID", "INTEGER NOT NULL"],
+          ["date", "INTEGER"],
+          // we used to have the parentID, but because of the very real
+          //  possibility of multiple copies of a message with a given
+          //  message-id, the parentID concept is unreliable.
+          ["headerMessageID", "TEXT"],
+          ["deleted", "INTEGER NOT NULL default 0"],
+          ["jsonAttributes", "TEXT"],
+          // Notability attempts to capture the static 'interestingness' of a
+          //  message as a result of being starred/flagged, labeled, read
+          //  multiple times, authored by someone in your address book or that
+          //  you converse with a lot, etc.
+          ["notability", "INTEGER NOT NULL default 0"],
+        ],
+
+        indices: {
+          messageLocation: ['folderID', 'messageKey'],
+          headerMessageID: ['headerMessageID'],
+          conversationID: ['conversationID'],
+          date: ['date'],
+          deleted: ['deleted'],
+        },
+
+        // note: if reordering the columns, you need to change this file's
+        //  row-loading logic, msg_search.js's ranking usages and also the
+        //  column saturations in nsGlodaRankerFunction
+        fulltextColumns: [
+          ["body", "TEXT"],
+          ["subject", "TEXT"],
+          ["attachmentNames", "TEXT"],
+          ["author", "TEXT"],
+          ["recipients", "TEXT"],
+        ],
+
+        triggers: {
+          delete: "DELETE FROM messageAttributes WHERE messageID = OLD.id",
+        },
+      },
+
+      // ----- Attributes
+      attributeDefinitions: {
+        columns: [
+          ["id", "INTEGER PRIMARY KEY"],
+          ["attributeType", "INTEGER NOT NULL"],
+          ["extensionName", "TEXT NOT NULL"],
+          ["name", "TEXT NOT NULL"],
+          ["parameter", "BLOB"],
+        ],
+
+        triggers: {
+          delete: "DELETE FROM messageAttributes WHERE attributeID = OLD.id",
+        },
+      },
+
+      messageAttributes: {
+        columns: [
+          // conversationID and messageID used to have REFERENCES back to their
+          //  appropriate types.  I removed it when removing attributeID for
+          //  better reasons and because the code is not capable of violating
+          //  this constraint, so the check is just added cost.  (And we have
+          //  unit tests that sanity check my assertions.)
+          ["conversationID", "INTEGER NOT NULL"],
+          ["messageID", "INTEGER NOT NULL"],
+          // This used to be REFERENCES attributeDefinitions(id) but then we
+          //  introduced sentinel values and it's hard to justify the effort
+          //  to compel injection of the record or the overhead to do the
+          //  references checking.
+          ["attributeID", "INTEGER NOT NULL"],
+          ["value", "NUMERIC"],
+        ],
+
+        indices: {
+          attribQuery: [
+            "attributeID", "value",
+            /* covering: */ "conversationID", "messageID"],
+          // This is required for deletion of a message's attributes to be
+          // performant.  We could optimize this index away if we changed our
+          // deletion logic to issue specific attribute deletions based on the
+          // information it already has available in the message's JSON blob.
+          // The rub there is that if we screwed up we could end up leaking
+          // attributes and there is a non-trivial performance overhead to
+          // the many requests it would cause (which can also be reduced in
+          // the future by changing our SQL dispatch code.)
+          messageAttribFastDeletion: [
+            "messageID"],
+        },
+      },
+
+      // ----- Contacts / Identities
+
+      /**
+       * Corresponds to a human being and roughly to an address book entry.
+       *  Constrast with an identity, which is a specific e-mail address, IRC
+       *  nick, etc.  Identities belong to contacts, and this relationship is
+       *  expressed on the identityAttributes table.
+       */
+      contacts: {
+        columns: [
+          ["id", "INTEGER PRIMARY KEY"],
+          ["directoryUUID", "TEXT"],
+          ["contactUUID", "TEXT"],
+          ["popularity", "INTEGER"],
+          ["frecency", "INTEGER"],
+          ["name", "TEXT"],
+          ["jsonAttributes", "TEXT"],
+        ],
+        indices: {
+          popularity: ["popularity"],
+          frecency: ["frecency"],
+        },
+      },
+
+      contactAttributes: {
+        columns: [
+          ["contactID", "INTEGER NOT NULL"],
+          ["attributeID",
+           "INTEGER NOT NULL"],
+          ["value", "NUMERIC"]
+        ],
+        indices: {
+          contactAttribQuery: [
+            "attributeID", "value",
+            /* covering: */ "contactID"],
+        }
+      },
+
+      /**
+       * Identities correspond to specific e-mail addresses, IRC nicks, etc.
+       */
+      identities: {
+        columns: [
+          ["id", "INTEGER PRIMARY KEY"],
+          ["contactID", "INTEGER NOT NULL"],
+          ["kind", "TEXT NOT NULL"], // ex: email, irc, etc.
+          ["value", "TEXT NOT NULL"], // ex: e-mail address, irc nick/handle...
+          ["description", "NOT NULL"], // what makes this identity different
+          // from the others? (ex: home, work, etc.)
+          ["relay", "INTEGER NOT NULL"], // is the identity just a relay
+          // mechanism? (ex: mailing list, twitter 'bouncer', IRC gateway, etc.)
+        ],
+
+        indices: {
+          contactQuery: ["contactID"],
+          valueQuery: ["kind", "value"]
+        }
+      },
+    },
+  },
+
+
+  /* ******************* LOGIC ******************* */
+  /**
+   * We only have one connection; this name exists for legacy reasons but helps
+   *  track when we are intentionally doing synchronous things during startup.
+   *  We do nothing synchronous once our setup has completed.
+   */
+  syncConnection: null,
+  /**
+   * We only have one connection and we only do asynchronous things after setup;
+   *  this name still exists mainly for legacy reasons.
+   */
+  asyncConnection: null,
+
+  /**
+   * Our "mailnews.database.global.datastore." preferences branch for debug
+   * notification handling.  We register as an observer against this.
+   */
+  _prefBranch: null,
+
+  /**
+   * The unique ID assigned to an index when it has been built. This value
+   * changes once the index has been rebuilt.
+   */
+  _datastoreID: null,
+
+  /**
+   * Initialize logging, create the database if it doesn't exist, "upgrade" it
+   *  if it does and it's not up-to-date, fill our authoritative folder uri/id
+   *  mapping.
+   */
+  _init: function gloda_ds_init(aNounIDToDef) {
+    this._log = Log4Moz.repository.getLogger("gloda.datastore");
+    this._log.debug("Beginning datastore initialization.");
+
+    this._nounIDToDef = aNounIDToDef;
+
+    let branch = Services.prefs.getBranch("mailnews.database.global.datastore.");
+    this._prefBranch = branch;
+
+    // Not sure the weak reference really makes a difference given that we are a
+    // GC root.
+    branch.addObserver("", this, false);
+    // claim the pref changed so we can centralize our logic there.
+    this.observe(null, "nsPref:changed", "explainToPath");
+
+    // Get the path to our global database
+    var dbFile = Services.dirsvc.get("ProfD", Ci.nsIFile);
+    dbFile.append("global-messages-db.sqlite");
+
+    var dbConnection;
+
+    // Report about the size of the database through telemetry (if there's a
+    // database, naturally).
+    if (dbFile.exists()) {
+      try {
+        let h = Services.telemetry.getHistogramById("THUNDERBIRD_GLODA_SIZE_MB");
+        h.add(dbFile.fileSize/1048576);
+      } catch (e) {
+        this._log.warn("Couldn't report telemetry", e);
+      }
+    }
+
+    // Create the file if it does not exist
+    if (!dbFile.exists()) {
+      this._log.debug("Creating database because it doesn't exist.");
+      dbConnection = this._createDB(dbFile);
+    }
+    // It does exist, but we (someday) might need to upgrade the schema
+    else {
+      // (Exceptions may be thrown if the database is corrupt)
+      try {
+        dbConnection = Services.storage.openUnsharedDatabase(dbFile);
+        let cacheSize = this._determineCachePages(dbConnection);
+        // see _createDB...
+        dbConnection.executeSimpleSQL("PRAGMA cache_size = "+cacheSize);
+        dbConnection.executeSimpleSQL("PRAGMA synchronous = FULL");
+
+        // Register custom tokenizer to index all language text
+        var tokenizer = Cc["@mozilla.org/messenger/fts3tokenizer;1"].
+                          getService(Ci.nsIFts3Tokenizer);
+        tokenizer.registerTokenizer(dbConnection);
+
+        // -- database schema changes
+        let dbSchemaVersion = this._actualSchemaVersion =
+          dbConnection.schemaVersion;
+        // - database from the future!
+        if (dbSchemaVersion > this._schemaVersion) {
+          if (dbSchemaVersion >= DB_SCHEMA_ACCEPT_LEAVE_LOW &&
+              dbSchemaVersion <= DB_SCHEMA_ACCEPT_LEAVE_HIGH) {
+            this._log.debug("db from the future in acceptable range; leaving " +
+                            "version at: " + dbSchemaVersion);
+          }
+          else if (dbSchemaVersion >= DB_SCHEMA_ACCEPT_DOWNGRADE_LOW &&
+                   dbSchemaVersion <= DB_SCHEMA_ACCEPT_DOWNGRADE_HIGH) {
+            let newVersion = dbSchemaVersion - DB_SCHEMA_DOWNGRADE_DELTA;
+            this._log.debug("db from the future in downgrade range; setting " +
+                            "version to " + newVersion + " down from " +
+                            dbSchemaVersion);
+            dbConnection.schemaVersion = this._actualSchemaVersion = newVersion;
+          }
+          // too far from the future, nuke it.
+          else {
+            dbConnection = this._nukeMigration(dbFile, dbConnection);
+          }
+        }
+        // - database from the past!  migrate it, possibly.
+        else if (dbSchemaVersion < this._schemaVersion) {
+          this._log.debug("Need to migrate database.  (DB version: " +
+            this._actualSchemaVersion + " desired version: " +
+            this._schemaVersion);
+          dbConnection = this._migrate(dbFile,
+                                       dbConnection,
+                                       this._actualSchemaVersion,
+                                       this._schemaVersion);
+          this._log.debug("Migration call completed.");
+        }
+        // else: this database is juuust right.
+
+        // If we never had a datastore ID, make sure to create one now.
+        if (!this._prefBranch.prefHasUserValue("id")) {
+          this._datastoreID = this._generateDatastoreID();
+          this._prefBranch.setCharPref("id", this._datastoreID);
+        } else {
+          this._datastoreID = this._prefBranch.getCharPref("id");
+        }
+      }
+      // Handle corrupt databases, other oddities
+      catch (ex) {
+        if (ex.result == Cr.NS_ERROR_FILE_CORRUPTED) {
+          this._log.warn("Database was corrupt, removing the old one.");
+          dbFile.remove(false);
+          this._log.warn("Removed old database, creating a new one.");
+          dbConnection = this._createDB(dbFile);
+        }
+        else {
+          this._log.error("Unexpected error when trying to open the database:",
+                          ex);
+          throw ex;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    this.syncConnection = dbConnection;
+    this.asyncConnection = dbConnection;
+
+    this._log.debug("Initializing folder mappings.");
+    this._getAllFolderMappings();
+    // we need to figure out the next id's for all of the tables where we
+    //  manage that.
+    this._log.debug("Populating managed id counters.");
+    this._populateAttributeDefManagedId();
+    this._populateConversationManagedId();
+    this._populateMessageManagedId();
+    this._populateContactManagedId();
+    this._populateIdentityManagedId();
+
+    // create the timer we use to periodically drop our references to folders
+    //  we no longer need XPCOM references to (or more significantly, their
+    //  message databases.)
+    this._folderCleanupTimer =
+      Cc["@mozilla.org/timer;1"].createInstance(Ci.nsITimer);
+
+    this._log.debug("Completed datastore initialization.");
+  },
+
+  observe: function gloda_ds_observe(aSubject, aTopic, aData) {
+    if(aTopic != "nsPref:changed")
+      return;
+
+    if (aData == "explainToPath") {
+      let explainToPath = null;
+      try {
+        explainToPath = this._prefBranch.getCharPref("explainToPath");
+        if (explainToPath.trim() == "")
+          explainToPath = null;
+      }
+      catch (ex) {
+        // don't care if the pref is not there.
+      }
+
+      // It is conceivable that the name is changing and this isn't a boolean
+      // toggle, so always clean out the explain processor.
+      if (this._explainProcessor) {
+        this._explainProcessor.shutdown();
+        this._explainProcessor = null;
+      }
+
+      if (explainToPath) {
+        this._createAsyncStatement = this._createExplainedAsyncStatement;
+        this._explainProcessor = new ExplainedStatementProcessor(
+                                       explainToPath);
+      }
+      else {
+        this._createAsyncStatement = this._realCreateAsyncStatement;
+      }
+    }
+  },
+
+  datastoreIsShutdown: false,
+
+  /**
+   * Perform datastore shutdown.
+   */
+  shutdown: function gloda_ds_shutdown() {
+    // Clear out any pending transaction by committing it.
+    // The indexer has been shutdown by this point; it no longer has any active
+    //  indexing logic and it no longer has active event listeners capable of
+    //  generating new activity.
+    // Semantic consistency of the database is guaranteed by the indexer's
+    //  strategy of only yielding control at coherent times.  Although it takes
+    //  multiple calls and multiple SQL operations to update the state of our
+    //  database representations, the generator does not yield until it has
+    //  issued all the database statements required for said update.  As such,
+    //  this commit will leave us in a good way (and the commit will happen
+    //  because closing the connection will drain the async execution queue.)
+    while (this._transactionDepth) {
+      this._log.info("Closing pending transaction out for shutdown.");
+      // just schedule this function to be run again once the transaction has
+      //  been closed out.
+      this._commitTransaction();
+    }
+
+    this.datastoreIsShutdown = true;
+
+    // shutdown our folder cleanup timer, if active and null it out.
+    if (this._folderCleanupActive)
+      this._folderCleanupTimer.cancel();
+    this._folderCleanupTimer = null;
+
+    this._log.info("Closing db connection");
+
+    // we do not expect exceptions, but it's a good idea to avoid having our
+    //  shutdown process explode.
+    try {
+      this._cleanupAsyncStatements();
+      this._cleanupSyncStatements();
+    }
+    catch (ex) {
+      this._log.debug("Unexpected exception during statement cleanup: " + ex);
+    }
+
+    // it's conceivable we might get a spurious exception here, but we really
+    //  shouldn't get one.  again, we want to ensure shutdown runs to completion
+    //  and doesn't break our caller.
+    try {
+      // This currently causes all pending asynchronous operations to be run to
+      //  completion.  this simplifies things from a correctness perspective,
+      //  and, honestly, is a lot easier than us tracking all of the async
+      //  event tasks so that we can explicitly cancel them.
+      // This is a reasonable thing to do because we don't actually ever have
+      //  a huge number of statements outstanding.  The indexing process needs
+      //  to issue async requests periodically, so the most we have in-flight
+      //  from a write perspective is strictly less than the work required to
+      //  update the database state for a single message.
+      // However, the potential for multiple pending expensive queries does
+      //  exist, and it may be advisable to attempt to track and cancel those.
+      //  For simplicity we don't currently do this, and I expect this should
+      //  not pose a major problem, but those are famous last words.
+      // Note: asyncClose does not spin a nested event loop, but the thread
+      //  manager shutdown code will spin the async thread's event loop, so it
+      //  nets out to be the same.
+      this.asyncConnection.asyncClose();
+    }
+    catch (ex) {
+      this._log.debug("Potentially expected exception during connection " +
+                      "closure: " + ex);
+    }
+
+    this.asyncConnection = null;
+    this.syncConnection = null;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Generates and returns a UUID.
+   *
+   * @return a UUID as a string, ex: "c4dd0159-9287-480f-a648-a4613e147fdb"
+   */
+  _generateDatastoreID: function gloda_ds_generateDatastoreID() {
+    let uuidGen = Cc["@mozilla.org/uuid-generator;1"]
+                    .getService(Ci.nsIUUIDGenerator);
+    let uuid = uuidGen.generateUUID().toString();
+    // We snip off the { and } from each end of the UUID.
+    return uuid.substring(1, uuid.length - 2);
+  },
+
+  _determineCachePages: function gloda_ds_determineCachePages(aDBConn) {
+    try {
+      // For the details of the computations, one should read
+      //  nsNavHistory::InitDB. We're slightly diverging from them in the sense
+      //  that we won't allow gloda to use insane amounts of memory cache, and
+      //  we start with 1% instead of 6% like them.
+      let pageStmt = aDBConn.createStatement("PRAGMA page_size");
+      pageStmt.executeStep();
+      let pageSize = pageStmt.row.page_size;
+      pageStmt.finalize();
+      let cachePermillage = this._prefBranch
+                            .getIntPref("cache_to_memory_permillage");
+      cachePermillage = Math.min(cachePermillage, 50);
+      cachePermillage = Math.max(cachePermillage, 0);
+      let physMem = IOUtils.getPhysicalMemorySize();
+      if (physMem == 0)
+        physMem = MEMSIZE_FALLBACK_BYTES;
+      let cacheSize = Math.round(physMem * cachePermillage / 1000);
+      cacheSize = Math.max(cacheSize, MIN_CACHE_SIZE);
+      cacheSize = Math.min(cacheSize, MAX_CACHE_SIZE);
+      let cachePages = Math.round(cacheSize / pageSize);
+      return cachePages;
+    } catch (ex) {
+      this._log.warn("Error determining cache size: " + ex);
+      // A little bit lower than on my personal machine, will result in ~40M.
+      return 1000;
+    }
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Create our database; basically a wrapper around _createSchema.
+   */
+  _createDB: function gloda_ds_createDB(aDBFile) {
+    var dbConnection = Services.storage.openUnsharedDatabase(aDBFile);
+    // We now follow the Firefox strategy for places, which mainly consists in
+    //  picking a default 32k page size, and then figuring out the amount of
+    //  cache accordingly. The default 32k come from mozilla/toolkit/storage,
+    //  but let's get it directly from sqlite in case they change it.
+    let cachePages = this._determineCachePages(dbConnection);
+    // This is a maximum number of pages to be used.  If the database does not
+    //  get this large, then the memory does not get used.
+    // Do not forget to update the code in _init if you change this value.
+    dbConnection.executeSimpleSQL("PRAGMA cache_size = "+cachePages);
+    // The mozStorage default is NORMAL which shaves off some fsyncs in the
+    //  interest of performance.  Since everything we do after bootstrap is
+    //  async, we do not care about the performance, but we really want the
+    //  correctness.  Bug reports and support avenues indicate a non-zero number
+    //  of corrupt databases.  Note that this may not fix everything; OS X
+    //  also supports an F_FULLSYNC flag enabled by PRAGMA fullfsync that we are
+    //  not enabling that is much more comprehensive.  We can think about
+    //  turning that on after we've seen how this reduces our corruption count.
+    dbConnection.executeSimpleSQL("PRAGMA synchronous = FULL");
+    // Register custom tokenizer to index all language text
+    var tokenizer = Cc["@mozilla.org/messenger/fts3tokenizer;1"].
+                      getService(Ci.nsIFts3Tokenizer);
+    tokenizer.registerTokenizer(dbConnection);
+
+    // We're creating a new database, so let's generate a new ID for this
+    // version of the datastore. This way, indexers can know when the index
+    // has been rebuilt in the event that they need to rebuild dependent data.
+    this._datastoreID = this._generateDatastoreID();
+    this._prefBranch.setCharPref("id", this._datastoreID);
+
+    dbConnection.beginTransaction();
+    try {
+      this._createSchema(dbConnection);
+      dbConnection.commitTransaction();
+    }
+    catch(ex) {
+      dbConnection.rollbackTransaction();
+      throw ex;
+    }
+
+    return dbConnection;
+  },
+
+  _createTableSchema: function gloda_ds_createTableSchema(aDBConnection,
+      aTableName, aTableDef) {
+    // - Create the table
+    this._log.info("Creating table: " + aTableName);
+    let columnDefs = [];
+    for (let [column, type] of aTableDef.columns) {
+      columnDefs.push(column + " " + type);
+    }
+    aDBConnection.createTable(aTableName, columnDefs.join(", "));
+
+    // - Create the fulltext table if applicable
+    if (aTableDef.fulltextColumns) {
+      let columnDefs = [];
+      for (let [column, type] of aTableDef.fulltextColumns) {
+        columnDefs.push(column + " " + type);
+      }
+      let createFulltextSQL = "CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE " + aTableName + "Text" +
+        " USING fts3(tokenize mozporter, " + columnDefs.join(", ") + ")";
+      this._log.info("Creating fulltext table: " + createFulltextSQL);
+      aDBConnection.executeSimpleSQL(createFulltextSQL);
+    }
+
+    // - Create its indices
+    if (aTableDef.indices) {
+      for (let indexName in aTableDef.indices) {
+        let indexColumns = aTableDef.indices[indexName];
+        aDBConnection.executeSimpleSQL(
+          "CREATE INDEX " + indexName + " ON " + aTableName +
+          "(" + indexColumns.join(", ") + ")");
+      }
+    }
+
+    // - Create the attributes table if applicable
+    if (aTableDef.genericAttributes) {
+      aTableDef.genericAttributes = {
+        columns: [
+          ["nounID", "INTEGER NOT NULL"],
+          ["attributeID", "INTEGER NOT NULL"],
+          ["value", "NUMERIC"]
+        ],
+        indices: {}
+      };
+      aTableDef.genericAttributes.indices[aTableName + "AttribQuery"] =
+        ["attributeID", "value", /* covering: */ "nounID"];
+      // let's use this very function!  (since we created genericAttributes,
+      //  explodey recursion is avoided.)
+      this._createTableSchema(aDBConnection, aTableName + "Attributes",
+                              aTableDef.genericAttributes);
+    }
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Create our database schema assuming a newly created database.  This
+   *  comes down to creating normal tables, their full-text variants (if
+   *  applicable), and their indices.
+   */
+  _createSchema: function gloda_ds_createSchema(aDBConnection) {
+    // -- For each table...
+    for (let tableName in this._schema.tables) {
+      let tableDef = this._schema.tables[tableName];
+      this._createTableSchema(aDBConnection, tableName, tableDef);
+    }
+
+    aDBConnection.schemaVersion = this._actualSchemaVersion =
+      this._schemaVersion;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Create a table for a noun, replete with data binding.
+   */
+  createNounTable: function gloda_ds_createTableIfNotExists(aNounDef) {
+    // give it a _jsonText attribute if appropriate...
+    if (aNounDef.allowsArbitraryAttrs)
+      aNounDef.schema.columns.push(['jsonAttributes', 'STRING', '_jsonText']);
+    // check if the table exists
+    if (!this.asyncConnection.tableExists(aNounDef.tableName)) {
+      // it doesn't! create it (and its potentially many variants)
+      try {
+        this._createTableSchema(this.asyncConnection, aNounDef.tableName,
+                                aNounDef.schema);
+      }
+      catch (ex) {
+         this._log.error("Problem creating table " + aNounDef.tableName + " " +
+           "because: " + ex + " at " + ex.fileName + ":" + ex.lineNumber);
+         return;
+      }
+    }
+
+    aNounDef._dataBinder = new GlodaDatabind(aNounDef, this);
+    aNounDef.datastore = aNounDef._dataBinder;
+    aNounDef.objFromRow = aNounDef._dataBinder.objFromRow;
+    aNounDef.objInsert = aNounDef._dataBinder.objInsert;
+    aNounDef.objUpdate = aNounDef._dataBinder.objUpdate;
+    aNounDef.dbAttribAdjuster = aNounDef._dataBinder.adjustAttributes;
+
+    if (aNounDef.schema.genericAttributes) {
+      aNounDef.attrTableName = aNounDef.tableName + "Attributes";
+      aNounDef.attrIDColumnName = "nounID";
+    }
+  },
+
+  _nukeMigration: function gloda_ds_nukeMigration(aDBFile, aDBConnection) {
+    aDBConnection.close();
+    aDBFile.remove(false);
+    this._log.warn("Global database has been purged due to schema change.  " +
+                   "old version was " + this._actualSchemaVersion +
+                   ", new version is: " + this._schemaVersion);
+    return this._createDB(aDBFile);
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Migrate the database _to the latest version_ from an older version.  We
+   *  only keep enough logic around to get us to the recent version.  This code
+   *  is not a time machine!  If we need to blow away the database to get to the
+   *  most recent version, then that's the sum total of the migration!
+   */
+  _migrate: function gloda_ds_migrate(aDBFile, aDBConnection,
+                                      aCurVersion, aNewVersion) {
+
+    // version 12:
+    // - notability column added
+    // version 13:
+    // - we are adding a new fulltext index column. blow away!
+    // - note that I screwed up and failed to mark the schema change; apparently
+    //   no database will claim to be version 13...
+    // version 14ish, still labeled 13?:
+    // - new attributes: forwarded, repliedTo, bcc, recipients
+    // - altered fromMeTo and fromMeCc to fromMe
+    // - altered toMe and ccMe to just be toMe
+    // - exposes bcc to cc-related attributes
+    // - MIME type DB schema overhaul
+    // version 15ish, still labeled 13:
+    // - change tokenizer to mozporter to support CJK
+    // (We are slip-streaming this so that only people who want to test CJK
+    //  have to test it.  We will properly bump the schema revision when the
+    //  gloda correctness patch lands.)
+    // version 16ish, labeled 14 and now 16
+    // - gloda message id's start from 32 now
+    // - all kinds of correctness changes (blow away)
+    // version 17
+    // - more correctness fixes. (blow away)
+    // version 18
+    // - significant empty set support (blow away)
+    // version 19
+    // - there was a typo that was resulting in deleted getting set to the
+    //  numeric value of the javascript undefined value.  (migrate-able)
+    // version 20
+    // - tokenizer changes to provide for case/accent-folding. (blow away)
+    // version 21
+    // - add the messagesAttribFastDeletion index we thought was already covered
+    //  by an index we removed a while ago (migrate-able)
+    // version 26
+    // - bump page size and also cache size (blow away)
+    // version 30
+    // - recover from bug 732372 that affected TB 11 beta / TB 12 alpha / TB 13
+    //    trunk.  The fix is bug 734507.  The revision bump happens
+    //    asynchronously. (migrate-able)
+
+    // nuke if prior to 26
+    if (aCurVersion < 26)
+      return this._nukeMigration(aDBFile, aDBConnection);
+
+    // They must be desiring our "a.contact is undefined" fix!
+    // This fix runs asynchronously as the first indexing job the indexer ever
+    //  performs.  It is scheduled by the enabling of the message indexer and
+    //  it is the one that updates the schema version when done.
+
+    // return the same DB connection since we didn't create a new one or do
+    //  anything.
+    return aDBConnection;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Asynchronously update the schema version; only for use by in-tree callers
+   *  who asynchronously perform migration work triggered by their initial
+   *  indexing sweep and who have properly updated the schema version in all
+   *  the appropriate locations in this file.
+   *
+   * This is done without doing anything about the current transaction state,
+   *  which is desired.
+   */
+  _updateSchemaVersion: function(newSchemaVersion) {
+    this._actualSchemaVersion = newSchemaVersion;
+    let stmt = this._createAsyncStatement(
+      // we need to concat; pragmas don't like "?1" binds
+      "PRAGMA user_version = " + newSchemaVersion, true);
+    stmt.executeAsync(this.trackAsync());
+    stmt.finalize();
+  },
+
+  _outstandingAsyncStatements: [],
+
+  /**
+   * Unless debugging, this is just _realCreateAsyncStatement, but in some
+   *  debugging modes this is instead the helpful wrapper
+   *  _createExplainedAsyncStatement.
+   */
+  _createAsyncStatement: null,
+
+  _realCreateAsyncStatement: function gloda_ds_createAsyncStatement(aSQLString,
+                                                                aWillFinalize) {
+    let statement = null;
+    try {
+      statement = this.asyncConnection.createAsyncStatement(aSQLString);
+    }
+    catch(ex) {
+       throw new Error("error creating async statement " + aSQLString + " - " +
+             this.asyncConnection.lastError + ": " +
+             this.asyncConnection.lastErrorString + " - " + ex);
+    }
+
+    if (!aWillFinalize)
+      this._outstandingAsyncStatements.push(statement);
+
+    return statement;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * The ExplainedStatementProcessor instance used by
+   *  _createExplainedAsyncStatement.  This will be null if
+   *  _createExplainedAsyncStatement is not being used as _createAsyncStatement.
+   */
+  _explainProcessor: null,
+
+  /**
+   * Wrapped version of _createAsyncStatement that EXPLAINs the statement.  When
+   *  used this decorates _createAsyncStatement, in which case we are found at
+   *  that name and the original is at _orig_createAsyncStatement.  This is
+   *  controlled by the explainToPath preference (see |_init|).
+   */
+  _createExplainedAsyncStatement:
+      function gloda_ds__createExplainedAsyncStatement(aSQLString,
+                                                       aWillFinalize) {
+    let realStatement = this._realCreateAsyncStatement(aSQLString,
+                                                       aWillFinalize);
+    // don't wrap transaction control statements.
+    if (aSQLString == "COMMIT" ||
+        aSQLString == "BEGIN TRANSACTION" ||
+        aSQLString == "ROLLBACK")
+      return realStatement;
+
+    let explainSQL = "EXPLAIN " + aSQLString;
+    let explainStatement = this._realCreateAsyncStatement(explainSQL);
+
+    return new ExplainedStatementWrapper(realStatement, explainStatement,
+                                         aSQLString, this._explainProcessor);
+  },
+
+  _cleanupAsyncStatements: function gloda_ds_cleanupAsyncStatements() {
+    this._outstandingAsyncStatements.forEach(stmt => stmt.finalize());
+  },
+
+  _outstandingSyncStatements: [],
+
+  _createSyncStatement: function gloda_ds_createSyncStatement(aSQLString,
+                                                              aWillFinalize) {
+    let statement = null;
+    try {
+      statement = this.syncConnection.createStatement(aSQLString);
+    }
+    catch(ex) {
+       throw new Error("error creating sync statement " + aSQLString + " - " +
+             this.syncConnection.lastError + ": " +
+             this.syncConnection.lastErrorString + " - " + ex);
+    }
+
+    if (!aWillFinalize)
+      this._outstandingSyncStatements.push(statement);
+
+    return statement;
+  },
+
+  _cleanupSyncStatements: function gloda_ds_cleanupSyncStatements() {
+    this._outstandingSyncStatements.forEach(stmt => stmt.finalize());
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Perform a synchronous executeStep on the statement, handling any
+   *  SQLITE_BUSY fallout that could conceivably happen from a collision on our
+   *  read with the async writes.
+   * Basically we keep trying until we succeed or run out of tries.
+   * We believe this to be a reasonable course of action because we don't
+   *  expect this to happen much.
+   */
+  _syncStep: function gloda_ds_syncStep(aStatement) {
+    let tries = 0;
+    while (tries < 32000) {
+      try {
+        return aStatement.executeStep();
+      }
+      catch (e) {
+        // SQLITE_BUSY becomes NS_ERROR_FAILURE
+        if (e.result == 0x80004005) {
+          tries++;
+          // we really need to delay here, somehow.  unfortunately, we can't
+          //  allow event processing to happen, and most of the things we could
+          //  do to delay ourselves result in event processing happening.  (Use
+          //  of a timer, a synchronous dispatch, etc.)
+          // in theory, nsIThreadEventFilter could allow us to stop other events
+          //  that aren't our timer from happening, but it seems slightly
+          //  dangerous and 'notxpcom' suggests it ain't happening anyways...
+          // so, let's just be dumb and hope that the underlying file I/O going
+          //  on makes us more likely to yield to the other thread so it can
+          //  finish what it is doing...
+        } else {
+          throw e;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    this._log.error("Synchronous step gave up after " + tries + " tries.");
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Helper to bind based on the actual type of the javascript value.  Note
+   *  that we always use int64 because under the hood sqlite just promotes the
+   *  normal 'int' call to 'int64' anyways.
+   */
+  _bindVariant: function gloda_ds_bindBlob(aStatement, aIndex, aVariant) {
+    if (aVariant == null) // catch both null and undefined
+      aStatement.bindNullParameter(aIndex);
+    else if (typeof aVariant == "string")
+      aStatement.bindStringParameter(aIndex, aVariant);
+    else if (typeof aVariant == "number") {
+      // we differentiate for storage representation reasons only.
+      if (Math.floor(aVariant) === aVariant)
+        aStatement.bindInt64Parameter(aIndex, aVariant);
+      else
+        aStatement.bindDoubleParameter(aIndex, aVariant);
+    }
+    else
+      throw new Error("Attempt to bind variant with unsupported type: " +
+            (typeof aVariant));
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Helper that uses the appropriate getter given the data type; should be
+   *  mooted once we move to 1.9.2 and can use built-in variant support.
+   */
+  _getVariant: function gloda_ds_getBlob(aRow, aIndex) {
+    let typeOfIndex = aRow.getTypeOfIndex(aIndex);
+    if (typeOfIndex == Ci.mozIStorageValueArray.VALUE_TYPE_NULL)
+      return null;
+    // XPConnect would just end up going through an intermediary double stage
+    //  for the int64 case anyways...
+    else if (typeOfIndex == Ci.mozIStorageValueArray.VALUE_TYPE_INTEGER ||
+             typeOfIndex == Ci.mozIStorageValueArray.VALUE_TYPE_DOUBLE)
+      return aRow.getDouble(aIndex);
+    else // typeOfIndex == Ci.mozIStorageValueArray.VALUE_TYPE_TEXT
+      return aRow.getString(aIndex);
+  },
+
+  /** Simple nested transaction support as a performance optimization. */
+  _transactionDepth: 0,
+  _transactionGood: false,
+
+  /**
+   * Self-memoizing BEGIN TRANSACTION statement.
+   */
+  get _beginTransactionStatement() {
+    let statement = this._createAsyncStatement("BEGIN TRANSACTION");
+    this.__defineGetter__("_beginTransactionStatement", () => statement);
+    return this._beginTransactionStatement;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Self-memoizing COMMIT statement.
+   */
+  get _commitTransactionStatement() {
+    let statement = this._createAsyncStatement("COMMIT");
+    this.__defineGetter__("_commitTransactionStatement", () => statement);
+    return this._commitTransactionStatement;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Self-memoizing ROLLBACK statement.
+   */
+  get _rollbackTransactionStatement() {
+    let statement = this._createAsyncStatement("ROLLBACK");
+    this.__defineGetter__("_rollbackTransactionStatement", () => statement);
+    return this._rollbackTransactionStatement;
+  },
+
+  _pendingPostCommitCallbacks: null,
+  /**
+   * Register a callback to be invoked when the current transaction's commit
+   *  completes.
+   */
+  runPostCommit: function gloda_ds_runPostCommit(aCallback) {
+    this._pendingPostCommitCallbacks.push(aCallback);
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Begin a potentially nested transaction; only the outermost transaction gets
+   *  to be an actual transaction, and the failure of any nested transaction
+   *  results in a rollback of the entire outer transaction.  If you really
+   *  need an atomic transaction
+   */
+  _beginTransaction: function gloda_ds_beginTransaction() {
+    if (this._transactionDepth == 0) {
+      this._pendingPostCommitCallbacks = [];
+      this._beginTransactionStatement.executeAsync(this.trackAsync());
+      this._transactionGood = true;
+    }
+    this._transactionDepth++;
+  },
+  /**
+   * Commit a potentially nested transaction; if we are the outer-most
+   *  transaction and no sub-transaction issues a rollback
+   *  (via _rollbackTransaction) then we commit, otherwise we rollback.
+   */
+  _commitTransaction: function gloda_ds_commitTransaction() {
+    this._transactionDepth--;
+    if (this._transactionDepth == 0) {
+      try {
+        if (this._transactionGood)
+          this._commitTransactionStatement.executeAsync(
+            new PostCommitHandler(this._pendingPostCommitCallbacks));
+        else
+          this._rollbackTransactionStatement.executeAsync(this.trackAsync());
+      }
+      catch (ex) {
+        this._log.error("Commit problem:", ex);
+      }
+      this._pendingPostCommitCallbacks = [];
+    }
+  },
+  /**
+   * Abort the commit of the potentially nested transaction.  If we are not the
+   *  outermost transaction, we set a flag that tells the outermost transaction
+   *  that it must roll back.
+   */
+  _rollbackTransaction: function gloda_ds_rollbackTransaction() {
+    this._transactionDepth--;
+    this._transactionGood = false;
+    if (this._transactionDepth == 0) {
+      try {
+        this._rollbackTransactionStatement.executeAsync(this.trackAsync());
+      }
+      catch (ex) {
+        this._log.error("Rollback problem:", ex);
+      }
+    }
+  },
+
+  _pendingAsyncStatements: 0,
+  /**
+   * The function to call, if any, when we hit 0 pending async statements.
+   */
+  _pendingAsyncCompletedListener: null,
+  _asyncCompleted: function () {
+    if (--this._pendingAsyncStatements == 0) {
+      if (this._pendingAsyncCompletedListener !== null) {
+        this._pendingAsyncCompletedListener();
+        this._pendingAsyncCompletedListener = null;
+      }
+    }
+  },
+  _asyncTrackerListener: {
+    handleResult: function () {},
+    handleError: function(aError) {
+        GlodaDatastore._log.error("got error in _asyncTrackerListener.handleError(): " +
+                        aError.result + ": " + aError.message);
+    },
+    handleCompletion: function () {
+      try {
+        // the helper method exists because the other classes need to call it too
+        GlodaDatastore._asyncCompleted();
+      }
+      catch (e) {
+        this._log.error("Exception in handleCompletion:", e);
+      }
+    }
+  },
+  /**
+   * Increments _pendingAsyncStatements and returns a listener that will
+   *  decrement the value when the statement completes.
+   */
+  trackAsync: function() {
+    this._pendingAsyncStatements++;
+    return this._asyncTrackerListener;
+  },
+
+  /* ********** Attribute Definitions ********** */
+  /** Maps (attribute def) compound names to the GlodaAttributeDBDef objects. */
+  _attributeDBDefs: {},
+  /** Map attribute ID to the definition and parameter value that produce it. */
+  _attributeIDToDBDefAndParam: {},
+
+  /**
+   * This attribute id indicates that we are encoding that a non-singular
+   *  attribute has an empty set.  The value payload that goes with this should
+   *  the attribute id of the attribute we are talking about.
+   */
+  kEmptySetAttrId: 1,
+
+  /**
+   * We maintain the attributeDefinitions next id counter mainly because we can.
+   *  Since we mediate the access, there's no real risk to doing so, and it
+   *  allows us to keep the writes on the async connection without having to
+   *  wait for a completion notification.
+   *
+   * Start from 32 so we can have a number of sentinel values.
+   */
+  _nextAttributeId: 32,
+
+  _populateAttributeDefManagedId: function () {
+    let stmt = this._createSyncStatement(
+      "SELECT MAX(id) FROM attributeDefinitions", true);
+    if (stmt.executeStep()) { // no chance of this SQLITE_BUSY on this call
+      // 0 gets returned even if there are no messages...
+      let highestSeen = stmt.getInt64(0);
+      if (highestSeen != 0)
+        this._nextAttributeId = highestSeen + 1;
+    }
+    stmt.finalize();
+  },
+
+  get _insertAttributeDefStatement() {
+    let statement = this._createAsyncStatement(
+      "INSERT INTO attributeDefinitions (id, attributeType, extensionName, \
+                                  name, parameter) \
+              VALUES (?1, ?2, ?3, ?4, ?5)");
+    this.__defineGetter__("_insertAttributeDefStatement", () => statement);
+    return this._insertAttributeDefStatement;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Create an attribute definition and return the row ID.  Special/atypical
+   *  in that it doesn't directly return a GlodaAttributeDBDef; we leave that up
+   *  to the caller since they know much more than actually needs to go in the
+   *  database.
+   *
+   * @return The attribute id allocated to this attribute.
+   */
+  _createAttributeDef: function gloda_ds_createAttributeDef(aAttrType,
+                                    aExtensionName, aAttrName, aParameter) {
+    let attributeId = this._nextAttributeId++;
+
+    let iads = this._insertAttributeDefStatement;
+    iads.bindInt64Parameter(0, attributeId);
+    iads.bindInt64Parameter(1, aAttrType);
+    iads.bindStringParameter(2, aExtensionName);
+    iads.bindStringParameter(3, aAttrName);
+    this._bindVariant(iads, 4, aParameter);
+
+    iads.executeAsync(this.trackAsync());
+
+    return attributeId;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Sync-ly look-up all the attribute definitions, populating our authoritative
+   *  _attributeDBDefss and _attributeIDToDBDefAndParam maps.  (In other words,
+   *  once this method is called, those maps should always be in sync with the
+   *  underlying database.)
+   */
+  getAllAttributes: function gloda_ds_getAllAttributes() {
+    let stmt = this._createSyncStatement(
+      "SELECT id, attributeType, extensionName, name, parameter \
+         FROM attributeDefinitions", true);
+
+    // map compound name to the attribute
+    let attribs = {};
+    // map the attribute id to [attribute, parameter] where parameter is null
+    //  in cases where parameter is unused.
+    let idToAttribAndParam = {};
+
+    this._log.info("loading all attribute defs");
+
+    while (stmt.executeStep()) {  // no chance of this SQLITE_BUSY on this call
+      let rowId = stmt.getInt64(0);
+      let rowAttributeType = stmt.getInt64(1);
+      let rowExtensionName = stmt.getString(2);
+      let rowName = stmt.getString(3);
+      let rowParameter = this._getVariant(stmt, 4);
+
+      let compoundName = rowExtensionName + ":" + rowName;
+
+      let attrib;
+      if (compoundName in attribs) {
+        attrib = attribs[compoundName];
+      } else {
+        attrib = new GlodaAttributeDBDef(this, /* aID */ null,
+          compoundName, rowAttributeType, rowExtensionName, rowName);
+        attribs[compoundName] = attrib;
+      }
+      // if the parameter is null, the id goes on the attribute def, otherwise
+      //  it is a parameter binding and goes in the binding map.
+      if (rowParameter == null) {
+        this._log.debug(compoundName + " primary: " + rowId);
+        attrib._id = rowId;
+        idToAttribAndParam[rowId] = [attrib, null];
+      } else {
+        this._log.debug(compoundName + " binding: " + rowParameter +
+            " = " + rowId);
+        attrib._parameterBindings[rowParameter] = rowId;
+        idToAttribAndParam[rowId] = [attrib, rowParameter];
+      }
+    }
+    stmt.finalize();
+
+    this._log.info("done loading all attribute defs");
+
+    this._attributeDBDefs = attribs;
+    this._attributeIDToDBDefAndParam = idToAttribAndParam;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Helper method for GlodaAttributeDBDef to tell us when their bindParameter
+   *  method is called and they have created a new binding (using
+   *  GlodaDatastore._createAttributeDef).  In theory, that method could take
+   *  an additional argument and obviate the need for this method.
+   */
+  reportBinding: function gloda_ds_reportBinding(aID, aAttrDef, aParamValue) {
+    this._attributeIDToDBDefAndParam[aID] = [aAttrDef, aParamValue];
+  },
+
+  /* ********** Folders ********** */
+  /** next folder (row) id to issue, populated by _getAllFolderMappings. */
+  _nextFolderId: 1,
+
+  get _insertFolderLocationStatement() {
+    let statement = this._createAsyncStatement(
+      "INSERT INTO folderLocations (id, folderURI, dirtyStatus, name, \
+                                    indexingPriority) VALUES \
+        (?1, ?2, ?3, ?4, ?5)");
+    this.__defineGetter__("_insertFolderLocationStatement",
+      () => statement);
+    return this._insertFolderLocationStatement;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Authoritative map from folder URI to folder ID.  (Authoritative in the
+   *  sense that this map exactly represents the state of the underlying
+   *  database.  If it does not, it's a bug in updating the database.)
+   */
+  _folderByURI: {},
+  /** Authoritative map from folder ID to folder URI */
+  _folderByID: {},
+
+  /** Intialize our _folderByURI/_folderByID mappings, called by _init(). */
+  _getAllFolderMappings: function gloda_ds_getAllFolderMappings() {
+    let stmt = this._createSyncStatement(
+      "SELECT id, folderURI, dirtyStatus, name, indexingPriority \
+        FROM folderLocations", true);
+
+    while (stmt.executeStep()) {  // no chance of this SQLITE_BUSY on this call
+      let folderID = stmt.getInt64(0);
+      let folderURI = stmt.getString(1);
+      let dirtyStatus = stmt.getInt32(2);
+      let folderName = stmt.getString(3);
+      let indexingPriority = stmt.getInt32(4);
+
+      let folder = new GlodaFolder(this, folderID, folderURI, dirtyStatus,
+                                   folderName, indexingPriority);
+
+      this._folderByURI[folderURI] = folder;
+      this._folderByID[folderID] = folder;
+
+      if (folderID >= this._nextFolderId)
+        this._nextFolderId = folderID + 1;
+    }
+    stmt.finalize();
+  },
+
+  _folderKnown: function gloda_ds_folderKnown(aFolder) {
+    let folderURI = aFolder.URI;
+    return folderURI in this._folderByURI;
+  },
+
+  _folderIdKnown: function gloda_ds_folderIdKnown(aFolderID) {
+    return (aFolderID in this._folderByID);
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Return the default messaging priority for a folder of this type, based
+   * on the folder's flags. If aAllowSpecialFolderIndexing is true, then
+   * folders suchs as Trash and Junk will be indexed.
+   *
+   * @param {nsIMsgFolder} aFolder
+   * @param {boolean} aAllowSpecialFolderIndexing
+   * @returns {Number}
+   */
+  getDefaultIndexingPriority: function gloda_ds_getDefaultIndexingPriority(aFolder, aAllowSpecialFolderIndexing) {
+
+    let indexingPriority = GlodaFolder.prototype.kIndexingDefaultPriority;
+    // Do not walk into trash/junk folders, unless the user is explicitly
+    //  telling us to do so.
+    let specialFolderFlags = Ci.nsMsgFolderFlags.Trash | Ci.nsMsgFolderFlags.Junk;
+    if (aFolder.isSpecialFolder(specialFolderFlags, true))
+      indexingPriority = aAllowSpecialFolderIndexing ?
+                           GlodaFolder.prototype.kIndexingDefaultPriority :
+                           GlodaFolder.prototype.kIndexingNeverPriority;
+    // Queue folders should always be ignored just because messages should not
+    //  spend much time in there.
+    // We hate newsgroups, and public IMAP folders are similar.
+    // Other user IMAP folders should be ignored because it's not this user's
+    //  mail.
+    else if (aFolder.flags & (Ci.nsMsgFolderFlags.Queue
+                              | Ci.nsMsgFolderFlags.Newsgroup
+                              // In unit testing at least folders can be
+                              // confusingly labeled ImapPublic when they
+                              // should not be.  Or at least I don't think they
+                              // should be.  So they're legit for now.
+                              //| Ci.nsMsgFolderFlags.ImapPublic
+                              //| Ci.nsMsgFolderFlags.ImapOtherUser
+                             ))
+      indexingPriority = GlodaFolder.prototype.kIndexingNeverPriority;
+    else if (aFolder.flags & Ci.nsMsgFolderFlags.Inbox)
+      indexingPriority = GlodaFolder.prototype.kIndexingInboxPriority;
+    else if (aFolder.flags & Ci.nsMsgFolderFlags.SentMail)
+      indexingPriority = GlodaFolder.prototype.kIndexingSentMailPriority;
+    else if (aFolder.flags & Ci.nsMsgFolderFlags.Favorite)
+      indexingPriority = GlodaFolder.prototype.kIndexingFavoritePriority;
+    else if (aFolder.flags & Ci.nsMsgFolderFlags.CheckNew)
+      indexingPriority = GlodaFolder.prototype.kIndexingCheckNewPriority;
+
+    return indexingPriority;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Map a folder URI to a GlodaFolder instance, creating the mapping if it does
+   *  not yet exist.
+   *
+   * @param aFolder The nsIMsgFolder instance you would like the GlodaFolder
+   *     instance for.
+   * @returns The existing or newly created GlodaFolder instance.
+   */
+  _mapFolder: function gloda_ds_mapFolderURI(aFolder) {
+    let folderURI = aFolder.URI;
+    if (folderURI in this._folderByURI) {
+      return this._folderByURI[folderURI];
+    }
+
+    let folderID = this._nextFolderId++;
+
+    // if there's an indexingPriority stored on the folder, just use that
+    let indexingPriority;
+    let stringPrio = aFolder.getStringProperty("indexingPriority");
+    if (stringPrio.length)
+      indexingPriority = parseInt(stringPrio);
+    else
+      // otherwise, fall back to the default for folders of this type
+      indexingPriority = this.getDefaultIndexingPriority(aFolder);
+
+    // If there are messages in the folder, it is filthy.  If there are no
+    //  messages, it can be clean.
+    let dirtyStatus = aFolder.getTotalMessages(false) ?
+                        GlodaFolder.prototype.kFolderFilthy :
+                        GlodaFolder.prototype.kFolderClean;
+    let folder = new GlodaFolder(this, folderID, folderURI, dirtyStatus,
+                                 aFolder.prettiestName, indexingPriority);
+
+    this._insertFolderLocationStatement.bindInt64Parameter(0, folder.id);
+    this._insertFolderLocationStatement.bindStringParameter(1, folder.uri);
+    this._insertFolderLocationStatement.bindInt64Parameter(2,
+                                                           folder.dirtyStatus);
+    this._insertFolderLocationStatement.bindStringParameter(3, folder.name);
+    this._insertFolderLocationStatement.bindInt64Parameter(
+      4, folder.indexingPriority);
+    this._insertFolderLocationStatement.executeAsync(this.trackAsync());
+
+    this._folderByURI[folderURI] = folder;
+    this._folderByID[folderID] = folder;
+    this._log.debug("!! mapped " + folder.id + " from " + folderURI);
+    return folder;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Map an integer gloda folder ID to the corresponding GlodaFolder instance.
+   *
+   * @param aFolderID The known valid gloda folder ID for which you would like
+   *     a GlodaFolder instance.
+   * @return The GlodaFolder instance with the given id.  If no such instance
+   *     exists, we will throw an exception.
+   */
+  _mapFolderID: function gloda_ds_mapFolderID(aFolderID) {
+    if (aFolderID === null)
+      return null;
+    if (aFolderID in this._folderByID)
+      return this._folderByID[aFolderID];
+    throw new Error("Got impossible folder ID: " + aFolderID);
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Mark the gloda folder as deleted for any outstanding references to it and
+   *  remove it from our tables so we don't hand out any new references.  The
+   *  latter is especially important in the case a folder with the same name
+   *  is created afterwards; we don't want to confuse the new one with the old
+   *  one!
+   */
+  _killGlodaFolderIntoTombstone:
+      function gloda_ds__killGlodaFolderIntoTombstone(aGlodaFolder) {
+    aGlodaFolder._deleted = true;
+    delete this._folderByURI[aGlodaFolder.uri];
+    delete this._folderByID[aGlodaFolder.id];
+  },
+
+  get _updateFolderDirtyStatusStatement() {
+    let statement = this._createAsyncStatement(
+      "UPDATE folderLocations SET dirtyStatus = ?1 \
+              WHERE id = ?2");
+    this.__defineGetter__("_updateFolderDirtyStatusStatement",
+      () => statement);
+    return this._updateFolderDirtyStatusStatement;
+  },
+
+  updateFolderDirtyStatus: function gloda_ds_updateFolderDirtyStatus(aFolder) {
+    let ufds = this._updateFolderDirtyStatusStatement;
+    ufds.bindInt64Parameter(1, aFolder.id);
+    ufds.bindInt64Parameter(0, aFolder.dirtyStatus);
+    ufds.executeAsync(this.trackAsync());
+  },
+
+  get _updateFolderIndexingPriorityStatement() {
+    let statement = this._createAsyncStatement(
+      "UPDATE folderLocations SET indexingPriority = ?1 \
+              WHERE id = ?2");
+    this.__defineGetter__("_updateFolderIndexingPriorityStatement",
+      () => statement);
+    return this._updateFolderIndexingPriorityStatement;
+  },
+
+  updateFolderIndexingPriority: function gloda_ds_updateFolderIndexingPriority(aFolder) {
+    let ufip = this._updateFolderIndexingPriorityStatement;
+    ufip.bindInt64Parameter(1, aFolder.id);
+    ufip.bindInt64Parameter(0, aFolder.indexingPriority);
+    ufip.executeAsync(this.trackAsync());
+  },
+
+  get _updateFolderLocationStatement() {
+    let statement = this._createAsyncStatement(
+      "UPDATE folderLocations SET folderURI = ?1 \
+              WHERE id = ?2");
+    this.__defineGetter__("_updateFolderLocationStatement",
+      () => statement);
+    return this._updateFolderLocationStatement;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Non-recursive asynchronous folder renaming based on the URI.
+   *
+   * @TODO provide a mechanism for recursive folder renames or have a higher
+   *     layer deal with it and remove this note.
+   */
+  renameFolder: function gloda_ds_renameFolder(aOldFolder, aNewURI) {
+    if (!(aOldFolder.URI in this._folderByURI))
+      return;
+    let folder = this._mapFolder(aOldFolder); // ensure the folder is mapped
+    let oldURI = folder.uri;
+    this._folderByURI[aNewURI] = folder;
+    folder._uri = aNewURI;
+    this._log.info("renaming folder URI " + oldURI + " to " + aNewURI);
+    this._updateFolderLocationStatement.bindStringParameter(1, folder.id);
+    this._updateFolderLocationStatement.bindStringParameter(0, aNewURI);
+    this._updateFolderLocationStatement.executeAsync(this.trackAsync());
+
+    delete this._folderByURI[oldURI];
+  },
+
+  get _deleteFolderByIDStatement() {
+    let statement = this._createAsyncStatement(
+      "DELETE FROM folderLocations WHERE id = ?1");
+    this.__defineGetter__("_deleteFolderByIDStatement",
+      () => statement);
+    return this._deleteFolderByIDStatement;
+  },
+
+  deleteFolderByID: function gloda_ds_deleteFolder(aFolderID) {
+    let dfbis = this._deleteFolderByIDStatement;
+    dfbis.bindInt64Parameter(0, aFolderID);
+    dfbis.executeAsync(this.trackAsync());
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * This timer drives our folder cleanup logic that is in charge of dropping
+   *  our folder references and more importantly the folder's msgDatabase
+   *  reference, but only if they are no longer in use.
+   * This timer is only active when we have one or more live gloda folders (as
+   *  tracked by _liveGlodaFolders).  Although we choose our timer interval to
+   *  be power-friendly, it doesn't really matter because unless the user or the
+   *  indexing process is actively doing things, all of the folders will 'die'
+   *  and so we will stop scheduling the timer.
+   */
+  _folderCleanupTimer: null,
+
+  /**
+   * When true, we have a folder cleanup timer event active.
+   */
+  _folderCleanupActive: false,
+
+  /**
+   * Interval at which we call the folder cleanup code, in milliseconds.
+   */
+  _folderCleanupTimerInterval: 2000,
+
+  /**
+   * Maps the id of 'live' GlodaFolders to the instances.  If a GlodaFolder is
+   *  in here, it means that it has a reference to its nsIMsgDBFolder which
+   *  should have an open nsIMsgDatabase that we will need to close.  This does
+   *  not count folders that are being indexed unless they have also been used
+   *  for header retrieval.
+   */
+  _liveGlodaFolders: {},
+
+  /**
+   * Mark a GlodaFolder as having a live reference to its nsIMsgFolder with an
+   *  implied opened associated message database.  GlodaFolder calls this when
+   *  it first acquires its reference.  It is removed from the list of live
+   *  folders only when our timer check calls the GlodaFolder's
+   *  forgetFolderIfUnused method and that method returns true.
+   */
+  markFolderLive: function gloda_ds_markFolderLive(aGlodaFolder) {
+    this._liveGlodaFolders[aGlodaFolder.id] = aGlodaFolder;
+    if (!this._folderCleanupActive) {
+      this._folderCleanupTimer.initWithCallback(this._performFolderCleanup,
+        this._folderCleanupTimerInterval, Ci.nsITimer.TYPE_REPEATING_SLACK);
+      this._folderCleanupActive = true;
+    }
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Timer-driven folder cleanup logic.  For every live folder tracked in
+   *  _liveGlodaFolders, we call their forgetFolderIfUnused method each time
+   *  until they return true indicating they have cleaned themselves up.
+   * This method is called without a 'this' context!
+   */
+  _performFolderCleanup: function gloda_ds_performFolderCleanup() {
+    // we only need to keep going if there is at least one folder in the table
+    //  that is still alive after this pass.
+    let keepGoing = false;
+    for (let id in GlodaDatastore._liveGlodaFolders) {
+      let glodaFolder = GlodaDatastore._liveGlodaFolders[id];
+      // returns true if it is now 'dead' and doesn't need this heartbeat check
+      if (glodaFolder.forgetFolderIfUnused())
+        delete GlodaDatastore._liveGlodaFolders[glodaFolder.id];
+      else
+        keepGoing = true;
+    }
+
+    if (!keepGoing) {
+      GlodaDatastore._folderCleanupTimer.cancel();
+      GlodaDatastore._folderCleanupActive = false;
+    }
+  },
+
+  /* ********** Conversation ********** */
+  /** The next conversation id to allocate.  Initialize at startup. */
+  _nextConversationId: 1,
+
+  _populateConversationManagedId: function () {
+    let stmt = this._createSyncStatement(
+      "SELECT MAX(id) FROM conversations", true);
+    if (stmt.executeStep()) { // no chance of this SQLITE_BUSY on this call
+      this._nextConversationId = stmt.getInt64(0) + 1;
+    }
+    stmt.finalize();
+  },
+
+  get _insertConversationStatement() {
+    let statement = this._createAsyncStatement(
+      "INSERT INTO conversations (id, subject, oldestMessageDate, \
+                                  newestMessageDate) \
+              VALUES (?1, ?2, ?3, ?4)");
+    this.__defineGetter__("_insertConversationStatement", () => statement);
+    return this._insertConversationStatement;
+  },
+
+  get _insertConversationTextStatement() {
+    let statement = this._createAsyncStatement(
+      "INSERT INTO conversationsText (docid, subject) \
+              VALUES (?1, ?2)");
+    this.__defineGetter__("_insertConversationTextStatement",
+      () => statement);
+    return this._insertConversationTextStatement;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Asynchronously create a conversation.
+   */
+  createConversation: function gloda_ds_createConversation(aSubject,
+        aOldestMessageDate, aNewestMessageDate) {
+
+    // create the data row
+    let conversationID = this._nextConversationId++;
+    let ics = this._insertConversationStatement;
+    ics.bindInt64Parameter(0, conversationID);
+    ics.bindStringParameter(1, aSubject);
+    if (aOldestMessageDate == null)
+      ics.bindNullParameter(2);
+    else
+      ics.bindInt64Parameter(2, aOldestMessageDate);
+    if (aNewestMessageDate == null)
+      ics.bindNullParameter(3);
+    else
+      ics.bindInt64Parameter(3, aNewestMessageDate);
+    ics.executeAsync(this.trackAsync());
+
+    // create the fulltext row, using the same rowid/docid
+    let icts = this._insertConversationTextStatement;
+    icts.bindInt64Parameter(0, conversationID);
+    icts.bindStringParameter(1, aSubject);
+    icts.executeAsync(this.trackAsync());
+
+    // create it
+    let conversation = new GlodaConversation(this, conversationID,
+                                 aSubject, aOldestMessageDate,
+                                 aNewestMessageDate);
+    // it's new! let the collection manager know about it.
+    GlodaCollectionManager.itemsAdded(conversation.NOUN_ID, [conversation]);
+    // return it
+    return conversation;
+  },
+
+  get _deleteConversationByIDStatement() {
+    let statement = this._createAsyncStatement(
+      "DELETE FROM conversations WHERE id = ?1");
+    this.__defineGetter__("_deleteConversationByIDStatement",
+                          () => statement);
+    return this._deleteConversationByIDStatement;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Asynchronously delete a conversation given its ID.
+   */
+  deleteConversationByID: function gloda_ds_deleteConversationByID(
+                                      aConversationID) {
+    let dcbids = this._deleteConversationByIDStatement;
+    dcbids.bindInt64Parameter(0, aConversationID);
+    dcbids.executeAsync(this.trackAsync());
+
+    GlodaCollectionManager.itemsDeleted(GlodaConversation.prototype.NOUN_ID,
+                                        [aConversationID]);
+  },
+
+  _conversationFromRow: function gloda_ds_conversationFromRow(aStmt) {
+      let oldestMessageDate, newestMessageDate;
+      if (aStmt.getTypeOfIndex(2) == Ci.mozIStorageValueArray.VALUE_TYPE_NULL)
+        oldestMessageDate = null;
+      else
+        oldestMessageDate = aStmt.getInt64(2);
+      if (aStmt.getTypeOfIndex(3) == Ci.mozIStorageValueArray.VALUE_TYPE_NULL)
+        newestMessageDate = null;
+      else
+        newestMessageDate = aStmt.getInt64(3);
+      return new GlodaConversation(this, aStmt.getInt64(0),
+        aStmt.getString(1), oldestMessageDate, newestMessageDate);
+  },
+
+  /* ********** Message ********** */
+  /**
+   * Next message id, managed because of our use of asynchronous inserts.
+   * Initialized by _populateMessageManagedId called by _init.
+   *
+   * Start from 32 to leave us all kinds of magical sentinel values at the
+   *  bottom.
+   */
+  _nextMessageId: 32,
+
+  _populateMessageManagedId: function () {
+    let stmt = this._createSyncStatement(
+      "SELECT MAX(id) FROM messages", true);
+    if (stmt.executeStep()) { // no chance of this SQLITE_BUSY on this call
+      // 0 gets returned even if there are no messages...
+      let highestSeen = stmt.getInt64(0);
+      if (highestSeen != 0)
+        this._nextMessageId = highestSeen + 1;
+    }
+    stmt.finalize();
+  },
+
+  get _insertMessageStatement() {
+    let statement = this._createAsyncStatement(
+      "INSERT INTO messages (id, folderID, messageKey, conversationID, date, \
+                             headerMessageID, jsonAttributes, notability) \
+              VALUES (?1, ?2, ?3, ?4, ?5, ?6, ?7, ?8)");
+    this.__defineGetter__("_insertMessageStatement", () => statement);
+    return this._insertMessageStatement;
+  },
+
+  get _insertMessageTextStatement() {
+    let statement = this._createAsyncStatement(
+      "INSERT INTO messagesText (docid, subject, body, attachmentNames, \
+                                 author, recipients) \
+              VALUES (?1, ?2, ?3, ?4, ?5, ?6)");
+    this.__defineGetter__("_insertMessageTextStatement", () => statement);
+    return this._insertMessageTextStatement;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Create a GlodaMessage with the given properties.  Because this is only half
+   *  of the process of creating a message (the attributes still need to be
+   *  completed), it's on the caller's head to call GlodaCollectionManager's
+   *  itemAdded method once the message is fully created.
+   *
+   * This method uses the async connection, any downstream logic that depends on
+   *  this message actually existing in the database must be done using an
+   *  async query.
+   */
+  createMessage: function gloda_ds_createMessage(aFolder, aMessageKey,
+                              aConversationID, aDatePRTime, aHeaderMessageID) {
+    let folderID;
+    if (aFolder != null) {
+      folderID = this._mapFolder(aFolder).id;
+    }
+    else {
+      folderID = null;
+    }
+
+    let messageID = this._nextMessageId++;
+
+    let message = new GlodaMessage(
+      this, messageID, folderID,
+      aMessageKey,
+      aConversationID, /* conversation */ null,
+      aDatePRTime ? new Date(aDatePRTime / 1000) : null,
+      aHeaderMessageID,
+      /* deleted */ false, /* jsonText */ undefined, /* notability*/ 0);
+
+    // We would love to notify the collection manager about the message at this
+    //  point (at least if it's not a ghost), but we can't yet.  We need to wait
+    //  until the attributes have been indexed, which means it's out of our
+    //  hands.  (Gloda.processMessage does it.)
+
+    return message;
+  },
+
+  insertMessage: function gloda_ds_insertMessage(aMessage) {
+    let ims = this._insertMessageStatement;
+    ims.bindInt64Parameter(0, aMessage.id);
+    if (aMessage.folderID == null)
+      ims.bindNullParameter(1);
+    else
+      ims.bindInt64Parameter(1, aMessage.folderID);
+    if (aMessage.messageKey == null)
+      ims.bindNullParameter(2);
+    else
+      ims.bindInt64Parameter(2, aMessage.messageKey);
+    ims.bindInt64Parameter(3, aMessage.conversationID);
+    if (aMessage.date == null)
+      ims.bindNullParameter(4);
+    else
+      ims.bindInt64Parameter(4, aMessage.date * 1000);
+    ims.bindStringParameter(5, aMessage.headerMessageID);
+    if (aMessage._jsonText)
+      ims.bindStringParameter(6, aMessage._jsonText);
+    else
+      ims.bindNullParameter(6);
+    ims.bindInt64Parameter(7, aMessage.notability);
+
+    try {
+       ims.executeAsync(this.trackAsync());
+    }
+    catch(ex) {
+       throw new Error("error executing statement... " +
+             this.asyncConnection.lastError + ": " +
+             this.asyncConnection.lastErrorString + " - " + ex);
+    }
+
+    // we create the full-text row for any message that isn't a ghost,
+    // whether we have the body or not
+    if (aMessage.folderID !== null)
+      this._insertMessageText(aMessage);
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Inserts a full-text row. This should only be called if you're sure you want
+   * to insert a row into the table.
+   */
+  _insertMessageText: function gloda_ds__insertMessageText(aMessage) {
+    if (aMessage._content && aMessage._content.hasContent())
+      aMessage._indexedBodyText = aMessage._content.getContentString(true);
+    else if (aMessage._bodyLines)
+      aMessage._indexedBodyText = aMessage._bodyLines.join("\n");
+    else
+      aMessage._indexedBodyText = null;
+
+    let imts = this._insertMessageTextStatement;
+    imts.bindInt64Parameter(0, aMessage.id);
+    imts.bindStringParameter(1, aMessage._subject);
+    if (aMessage._indexedBodyText == null)
+      imts.bindNullParameter(2);
+    else
+      imts.bindStringParameter(2, aMessage._indexedBodyText);
+    if (aMessage._attachmentNames === null)
+      imts.bindNullParameter(3);
+    else
+      imts.bindStringParameter(3, aMessage._attachmentNames.join("\n"));
+
+    imts.bindStringParameter(4, aMessage._indexAuthor);
+    imts.bindStringParameter(5, aMessage._indexRecipients);
+
+    try {
+      imts.executeAsync(this.trackAsync());
+    }
+    catch(ex) {
+      throw new Error("error executing fulltext statement... " +
+            this.asyncConnection.lastError + ": " +
+            this.asyncConnection.lastErrorString + " - " + ex);
+    }
+  },
+
+  get _updateMessageStatement() {
+    let statement = this._createAsyncStatement(
+      "UPDATE messages SET folderID = ?1, \
+                           messageKey = ?2, \
+                           conversationID = ?3, \
+                           date = ?4, \
+                           headerMessageID = ?5, \
+                           jsonAttributes = ?6, \
+                           notability = ?7, \
+                           deleted = ?8 \
+              WHERE id = ?9");
+    this.__defineGetter__("_updateMessageStatement", () => statement);
+    return this._updateMessageStatement;
+  },
+
+  get _updateMessageTextStatement() {
+    let statement = this._createAsyncStatement(
+      "UPDATE messagesText SET body = ?1, \
+                               attachmentNames = ?2 \
+              WHERE docid = ?3");
+
+    this.__defineGetter__("_updateMessageTextStatement", () => statement);
+    return this._updateMessageTextStatement;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Update the database row associated with the message. If the message is
+   * not a ghost and has _isNew defined, messagesText is affected.
+   *
+   * aMessage._isNew is currently equivalent to the fact that there is no
+   * full-text row associated with this message, and we work with this
+   * assumption here. Note that if aMessage._isNew is not defined, then
+   * we don't do anything.
+   */
+  updateMessage: function gloda_ds_updateMessage(aMessage) {
+    let ums = this._updateMessageStatement;
+    ums.bindInt64Parameter(8, aMessage.id);
+    if (aMessage.folderID === null)
+      ums.bindNullParameter(0);
+    else
+      ums.bindInt64Parameter(0, aMessage.folderID);
+    if (aMessage.messageKey === null)
+      ums.bindNullParameter(1);
+    else
+      ums.bindInt64Parameter(1, aMessage.messageKey);
+    ums.bindInt64Parameter(2, aMessage.conversationID);
+    if (aMessage.date === null)
+      ums.bindNullParameter(3);
+    else
+      ums.bindInt64Parameter(3, aMessage.date * 1000);
+    ums.bindStringParameter(4, aMessage.headerMessageID);
+    if (aMessage._jsonText)
+      ums.bindStringParameter(5, aMessage._jsonText);
+    else
+      ums.bindNullParameter(5);
+    ums.bindInt64Parameter(6, aMessage.notability);
+    ums.bindInt64Parameter(7, aMessage._isDeleted ? 1 : 0);
+
+    ums.executeAsync(this.trackAsync());
+
+    if (aMessage.folderID !== null) {
+      if (aMessage._isNew === true)
+        this._insertMessageText(aMessage);
+      else
+        this._updateMessageText(aMessage);
+    }
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Updates the full-text row associated with this message. This only performs
+   * the UPDATE query if the indexed body text has changed, which means that if
+   * the body hasn't changed but the attachments have, we don't update.
+   */
+  _updateMessageText: function gloda_ds__updateMessageText(aMessage) {
+    let newIndexedBodyText;
+    if (aMessage._content && aMessage._content.hasContent())
+      newIndexedBodyText = aMessage._content.getContentString(true);
+    else if (aMessage._bodyLines)
+      newIndexedBodyText = aMessage._bodyLines.join("\n");
+    else
+      newIndexedBodyText = null;
+
+    // If the body text matches, don't perform an update
+    if (newIndexedBodyText == aMessage._indexedBodyText) {
+      this._log.debug("in _updateMessageText, skipping update because body matches");
+      return;
+    }
+
+    aMessage._indexedBodyText = newIndexedBodyText;
+    let umts = this._updateMessageTextStatement;
+    umts.bindInt64Parameter(2, aMessage.id);
+
+    if (aMessage._indexedBodyText == null)
+      umts.bindNullParameter(0);
+    else
+      umts.bindStringParameter(0, aMessage._indexedBodyText);
+
+    if (aMessage._attachmentNames == null)
+      umts.bindNullParameter(1);
+    else
+      umts.bindStringParameter(1, aMessage._attachmentNames.join("\n"));
+
+    try {
+      umts.executeAsync(this.trackAsync());
+    }
+    catch(ex) {
+      throw new Error("error executing fulltext statement... " +
+            this.asyncConnection.lastError + ": " +
+            this.asyncConnection.lastErrorString + " - " + ex);
+    }
+  },
+
+  get _updateMessageLocationStatement() {
+    let statement = this._createAsyncStatement(
+      "UPDATE messages SET folderID = ?1, messageKey = ?2 WHERE id = ?3");
+    this.__defineGetter__("_updateMessageLocationStatement",
+                          () => statement);
+    return this._updateMessageLocationStatement;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Given a list of gloda message ids, and a list of their new message keys in
+   *  the given new folder location, asynchronously update the message's
+   *  database locations.  Also, update the in-memory representations.
+   */
+  updateMessageLocations: function gloda_ds_updateMessageLocations(aMessageIds,
+      aNewMessageKeys, aDestFolder, aDoNotNotify) {
+    let statement = this._updateMessageLocationStatement;
+    let destFolderID = (typeof(aDestFolder) == "number") ? aDestFolder :
+                         this._mapFolder(aDestFolder).id;
+
+    // map gloda id to the new message key for in-memory rep transform below
+    let cacheLookupMap = {};
+
+    for (let iMsg = 0; iMsg < aMessageIds.length; iMsg++) {
+      let id = aMessageIds[iMsg], msgKey = aNewMessageKeys[iMsg];
+      statement.bindInt64Parameter(0, destFolderID);
+      statement.bindInt64Parameter(1, msgKey);
+      statement.bindInt64Parameter(2, id);
+      statement.executeAsync(this.trackAsync());
+
+      cacheLookupMap[id] = msgKey;
+    }
+
+    // - perform the cache lookup so we can update in-memory representations
+    // found in memory items, and converted to list form for notification
+    let inMemoryItems = {}, modifiedItems = [];
+    GlodaCollectionManager.cacheLookupMany(GlodaMessage.prototype.NOUN_ID,
+                                           cacheLookupMap,
+                                           inMemoryItems,
+                                           /* do not cache */ false);
+    for (let glodaId in inMemoryItems) {
+      let glodaMsg = inMemoryItems[glodaId];
+      glodaMsg._folderID = destFolderID;
+      glodaMsg._messageKey = cacheLookupMap[glodaId];
+      modifiedItems.push(glodaMsg);
+    }
+
+    // tell the collection manager about the modified messages so it can update
+    //  any existing views...
+    if (!aDoNotNotify && modifiedItems.length) {
+      GlodaCollectionManager.itemsModified(GlodaMessage.prototype.NOUN_ID,
+                                           modifiedItems);
+    }
+  },
+
+  get _updateMessageKeyStatement() {
+    let statement = this._createAsyncStatement(
+      "UPDATE messages SET messageKey = ?1 WHERE id = ?2");
+    this.__defineGetter__("_updateMessageKeyStatement",
+                          () => statement);
+    return this._updateMessageKeyStatement;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Update the message keys for the gloda messages with the given id's.  This
+   *  is to be used in response to msgKeyChanged notifications and is similar to
+   *  `updateMessageLocations` except that we do not update the folder and we
+   *  do not perform itemsModified notifications (because message keys are not
+   *  intended to be relevant to the gloda message abstraction).
+   */
+  updateMessageKeys: function(aMessageIds, aNewMessageKeys) {
+    let statement = this._updateMessageKeyStatement;
+
+    // map gloda id to the new message key for in-memory rep transform below
+    let cacheLookupMap = {};
+
+    for (let iMsg = 0; iMsg < aMessageIds.length; iMsg++) {
+      let id = aMessageIds[iMsg], msgKey = aNewMessageKeys[iMsg];
+      statement.bindInt64Parameter(0, msgKey);
+      statement.bindInt64Parameter(1, id);
+      statement.executeAsync(this.trackAsync());
+
+      cacheLookupMap[id] = msgKey;
+    }
+
+    // - perform the cache lookup so we can update in-memory representations
+    let inMemoryItems = {};
+    GlodaCollectionManager.cacheLookupMany(GlodaMessage.prototype.NOUN_ID,
+                                           cacheLookupMap,
+                                           inMemoryItems,
+                                           /* do not cache */ false);
+    for (let glodaId in inMemoryItems) {
+      let glodaMsg = inMemoryItems[glodaId];
+      glodaMsg._messageKey = cacheLookupMap[glodaId];
+    }
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Asynchronously mutate message folder id/message keys for the given
+   *  messages, indicating that we are moving them to the target folder, but
+   *  don't yet know their target message keys.
+   *
+   * Updates in-memory representations too.
+   */
+  updateMessageFoldersByKeyPurging:
+      function gloda_ds_updateMessageFoldersByKeyPurging(aGlodaIds,
+                                                         aDestFolder) {
+    let destFolderID = this._mapFolder(aDestFolder).id;
+
+    let sqlStr = "UPDATE messages SET folderID = ?1, \
+                                      messageKey = ?2 \
+                   WHERE id IN (" + aGlodaIds.join(", ") + ")";
+    let statement = this._createAsyncStatement(sqlStr, true);
+    statement.bindInt64Parameter(0, destFolderID);
+    statement.bindNullParameter(1);
+    statement.executeAsync(this.trackAsync());
+    statement.finalize();
+
+    let cached =
+      GlodaCollectionManager.cacheLookupManyList(GlodaMessage.prototype.NOUN_ID,
+                                                 aGlodaIds);
+    for (let id in cached) {
+      let glodaMsg = cached[id];
+      glodaMsg._folderID = destFolderID;
+      glodaMsg._messageKey = null;
+    }
+  },
+
+  _messageFromRow: function gloda_ds_messageFromRow(aRow) {
+    let folderId, messageKey, date, jsonText, subject, indexedBodyText,
+        attachmentNames;
+    if (aRow.getTypeOfIndex(1) == Ci.mozIStorageValueArray.VALUE_TYPE_NULL)
+      folderId = null;
+    else
+      folderId = aRow.getInt64(1);
+    if (aRow.getTypeOfIndex(2) == Ci.mozIStorageValueArray.VALUE_TYPE_NULL)
+      messageKey = null;
+    else
+      messageKey = aRow.getInt64(2);
+    if (aRow.getTypeOfIndex(4) == Ci.mozIStorageValueArray.VALUE_TYPE_NULL)
+      date = null;
+    else
+      date = new Date(aRow.getInt64(4) / 1000);
+    if (aRow.getTypeOfIndex(7) == Ci.mozIStorageValueArray.VALUE_TYPE_NULL)
+      jsonText = undefined;
+    else
+      jsonText = aRow.getString(7);
+    // only queryFromQuery queries will have these columns
+    if (aRow.numEntries >= 14) {
+      if (aRow.getTypeOfIndex(10) == Ci.mozIStorageValueArray.VALUE_TYPE_NULL)
+        subject = undefined;
+      else
+        subject = aRow.getString(10);
+      if (aRow.getTypeOfIndex(9) == Ci.mozIStorageValueArray.VALUE_TYPE_NULL)
+        indexedBodyText = undefined;
+      else
+        indexedBodyText = aRow.getString(9);
+      if (aRow.getTypeOfIndex(11) == Ci.mozIStorageValueArray.VALUE_TYPE_NULL)
+        attachmentNames = null;
+      else {
+        attachmentNames = aRow.getString(11);
+        if (attachmentNames)
+          attachmentNames = attachmentNames.split("\n");
+        else
+          attachmentNames = null;
+      }
+      // we ignore 12, author
+      // we ignore 13, recipients
+    }
+    return new GlodaMessage(this, aRow.getInt64(0), folderId, messageKey,
+                            aRow.getInt64(3), null, date, aRow.getString(5),
+                            aRow.getInt64(6), jsonText, aRow.getInt64(8),
+                            subject, indexedBodyText, attachmentNames);
+  },
+
+  get _updateMessagesMarkDeletedByFolderID() {
+    // When marking deleted clear the folderID and messageKey so that the
+    //  indexing process can reuse it without any location constraints.
+    let statement = this._createAsyncStatement(
+      "UPDATE messages SET folderID = NULL, messageKey = NULL, \
+              deleted = 1 WHERE folderID = ?1");
+    this.__defineGetter__("_updateMessagesMarkDeletedByFolderID",
+      () => statement);
+    return this._updateMessagesMarkDeletedByFolderID;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Efficiently mark all the messages in a folder as deleted.  Unfortunately,
+   *  we obviously do not know the id's of the messages affected by this which
+   *  complicates in-memory updates.  The options are sending out to the SQL
+   *  database for a list of the message id's or some form of in-memory
+   *  traversal.  I/O costs being what they are, users having a propensity to
+   *  have folders with tens of thousands of messages, and the unlikeliness
+   *  of all of those messages being gloda-memory-resident, we go with the
+   *  in-memory traversal.
+   */
+  markMessagesDeletedByFolderID:
+      function gloda_ds_markMessagesDeletedByFolderID(aFolderID) {
+    let statement = this._updateMessagesMarkDeletedByFolderID;
+    statement.bindInt64Parameter(0, aFolderID);
+    statement.executeAsync(this.trackAsync());
+
+    // Have the collection manager generate itemsRemoved events for any
+    //  in-memory messages in that folder.
+    GlodaCollectionManager.itemsDeletedByAttribute(
+      GlodaMessage.prototype.NOUN_ID,
+      aMsg => aMsg._folderID == aFolderID);
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Mark all the gloda messages as deleted blind-fire.  Check if any of the
+   *  messages are known to the collection manager and update them to be deleted
+   *  along with the requisite collection notifications.
+   */
+  markMessagesDeletedByIDs: function gloda_ds_markMessagesDeletedByIDs(
+      aMessageIDs) {
+    // When marking deleted clear the folderID and messageKey so that the
+    //  indexing process can reuse it without any location constraints.
+    let sqlString = "UPDATE messages SET folderID = NULL, messageKey = NULL, " +
+                     "deleted = 1 WHERE id IN (" +
+                     aMessageIDs.join(",") + ")";
+
+    let statement = this._createAsyncStatement(sqlString, true);
+    statement.executeAsync(this.trackAsync());
+    statement.finalize();
+
+    GlodaCollectionManager.itemsDeleted(GlodaMessage.prototype.NOUN_ID,
+                                        aMessageIDs);
+  },
+
+  get _countDeletedMessagesStatement() {
+    let statement = this._createAsyncStatement(
+      "SELECT COUNT(*) FROM messages WHERE deleted = 1");
+    this.__defineGetter__("_countDeletedMessagesStatement",
+                          () => statement);
+    return this._countDeletedMessagesStatement;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Count how many messages are currently marked as deleted in the database.
+   */
+  countDeletedMessages: function gloda_ds_countDeletedMessages(aCallback) {
+    let cms = this._countDeletedMessagesStatement;
+    cms.executeAsync(new SingletonResultValueHandler(aCallback));
+  },
+
+  get _deleteMessageByIDStatement() {
+    let statement = this._createAsyncStatement(
+      "DELETE FROM messages WHERE id = ?1");
+    this.__defineGetter__("_deleteMessageByIDStatement",
+                          () => statement);
+    return this._deleteMessageByIDStatement;
+  },
+
+  get _deleteMessageTextByIDStatement() {
+    let statement = this._createAsyncStatement(
+      "DELETE FROM messagesText WHERE docid = ?1");
+    this.__defineGetter__("_deleteMessageTextByIDStatement",
+                          () => statement);
+    return this._deleteMessageTextByIDStatement;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Delete a message and its fulltext from the database.  It is assumed that
+   *  the message was already marked as deleted and so is not visible to the
+   *  collection manager and so nothing needs to be done about that.
+   */
+  deleteMessageByID: function gloda_ds_deleteMessageByID(aMessageID) {
+    let dmbids = this._deleteMessageByIDStatement;
+    dmbids.bindInt64Parameter(0, aMessageID);
+    dmbids.executeAsync(this.trackAsync());
+
+    this.deleteMessageTextByID(aMessageID);
+  },
+
+  deleteMessageTextByID: function gloda_ds_deleteMessageTextByID(aMessageID) {
+    let dmt = this._deleteMessageTextByIDStatement;
+    dmt.bindInt64Parameter(0, aMessageID);
+    dmt.executeAsync(this.trackAsync());
+  },
+
+  get _folderCompactionStatement() {
+    let statement = this._createAsyncStatement(
+      "SELECT id, messageKey, headerMessageID FROM messages \
+        WHERE folderID = ?1 AND \
+          messageKey >= ?2 AND +deleted = 0 ORDER BY messageKey LIMIT ?3");
+    this.__defineGetter__("_folderCompactionStatement",
+                          () => statement);
+    return this._folderCompactionStatement;
+  },
+
+  folderCompactionPassBlockFetch:
+      function gloda_ds_folderCompactionPassBlockFetch(
+        aFolderID, aStartingMessageKey, aLimit, aCallback) {
+    let fcs = this._folderCompactionStatement;
+    fcs.bindInt64Parameter(0, aFolderID);
+    fcs.bindInt64Parameter(1, aStartingMessageKey);
+    fcs.bindInt64Parameter(2, aLimit);
+    fcs.executeAsync(new CompactionBlockFetcherHandler(aCallback));
+  },
+
+  /* ********** Message Attributes ********** */
+  get _insertMessageAttributeStatement() {
+    let statement = this._createAsyncStatement(
+      "INSERT INTO messageAttributes (conversationID, messageID, attributeID, \
+                             value) \
+              VALUES (?1, ?2, ?3, ?4)");
+    this.__defineGetter__("_insertMessageAttributeStatement",
+      () => statement);
+    return this._insertMessageAttributeStatement;
+  },
+
+  get _deleteMessageAttributeStatement() {
+    let statement = this._createAsyncStatement(
+      "DELETE FROM messageAttributes WHERE attributeID = ?1 AND value = ?2 \
+         AND conversationID = ?3 AND messageID = ?4");
+    this.__defineGetter__("_deleteMessageAttributeStatement",
+      () => statement);
+    return this._deleteMessageAttributeStatement;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Insert and remove attributes relating to a GlodaMessage.  This is performed
+   *  inside a pseudo-transaction (we create one if we aren't in one, using
+   *  our _beginTransaction wrapper, but if we are in one, no additional
+   *  meaningful semantics are added).
+   * No attempt is made to verify uniqueness of inserted attributes, either
+   *  against the current database or within the provided list of attributes.
+   *  The caller is responsible for ensuring that unwanted duplicates are
+   *  avoided.
+   *
+   * @param aMessage The GlodaMessage the attributes belong to.  This is used
+   *     to provide the message id and conversation id.
+   * @param aAddDBAttributes A list of attribute tuples to add, where each tuple
+   *     contains an attribute ID and a value.  Lest you forget, an attribute ID
+   *     corresponds to a row in the attribute definition table.  The attribute
+   *     definition table stores the 'parameter' for the attribute, if any.
+   *     (Which is to say, our frequent Attribute-Parameter-Value triple has
+   *     the Attribute-Parameter part distilled to a single attribute id.)
+   * @param aRemoveDBAttributes A list of attribute tuples to remove.
+   */
+  adjustMessageAttributes: function gloda_ds_adjustMessageAttributes(aMessage,
+                                        aAddDBAttributes, aRemoveDBAttributes) {
+    let imas = this._insertMessageAttributeStatement;
+    let dmas = this._deleteMessageAttributeStatement;
+    this._beginTransaction();
+    try {
+      for (let iAttrib = 0; iAttrib < aAddDBAttributes.length; iAttrib++) {
+        let attribValueTuple = aAddDBAttributes[iAttrib];
+
+        imas.bindInt64Parameter(0, aMessage.conversationID);
+        imas.bindInt64Parameter(1, aMessage.id);
+        imas.bindInt64Parameter(2, attribValueTuple[0]);
+        // use 0 instead of null, otherwise the db gets upset.  (and we don't
+        //  really care anyways.)
+        if (attribValueTuple[1] == null)
+          imas.bindInt64Parameter(3, 0);
+        else if (Math.floor(attribValueTuple[1]) == attribValueTuple[1])
+          imas.bindInt64Parameter(3, attribValueTuple[1]);
+        else
+          imas.bindDoubleParameter(3, attribValueTuple[1]);
+        imas.executeAsync(this.trackAsync());
+      }
+
+      for (let iAttrib = 0; iAttrib < aRemoveDBAttributes.length; iAttrib++) {
+        let attribValueTuple = aRemoveDBAttributes[iAttrib];
+
+        dmas.bindInt64Parameter(0, attribValueTuple[0]);
+        // use 0 instead of null, otherwise the db gets upset.  (and we don't
+        //  really care anyways.)
+        if (attribValueTuple[1] == null)
+          dmas.bindInt64Parameter(1, 0);
+        else if (Math.floor(attribValueTuple[1]) == attribValueTuple[1])
+          dmas.bindInt64Parameter(1, attribValueTuple[1]);
+        else
+          dmas.bindDoubleParameter(1, attribValueTuple[1]);
+        dmas.bindInt64Parameter(2, aMessage.conversationID);
+        dmas.bindInt64Parameter(3, aMessage.id);
+        dmas.executeAsync(this.trackAsync());
+      }
+
+      this._commitTransaction();
+    }
+    catch (ex) {
+      this._log.error("adjustMessageAttributes:", ex);
+      this._rollbackTransaction();
+      throw ex;
+    }
+  },
+
+  get _deleteMessageAttributesByMessageIDStatement() {
+    let statement = this._createAsyncStatement(
+      "DELETE FROM messageAttributes WHERE messageID = ?1");
+    this.__defineGetter__("_deleteMessageAttributesByMessageIDStatement",
+      () => statement);
+    return this._deleteMessageAttributesByMessageIDStatement;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Clear all the message attributes for a given GlodaMessage.  No changes
+   *  are made to the in-memory representation of the message; it is up to the
+   *  caller to ensure that it handles things correctly.
+   *
+   * @param aMessage The GlodaMessage whose database attributes should be
+   *     purged.
+   */
+  clearMessageAttributes: function gloda_ds_clearMessageAttributes(aMessage) {
+    if (aMessage.id != null) {
+      this._deleteMessageAttributesByMessageIDStatement.bindInt64Parameter(0,
+        aMessage.id);
+      this._deleteMessageAttributesByMessageIDStatement.executeAsync(
+        this.trackAsync());
+    }
+  },
+
+  _stringSQLQuoter: function(aString) {
+    return "'" + aString.replace(/\'/g, "''") + "'";
+  },
+  _numberQuoter: function(aNum) {
+    return aNum;
+  },
+
+  /* ===== Generic Attribute Support ===== */
+  adjustAttributes: function gloda_ds_adjustAttributes(aItem, aAddDBAttributes,
+      aRemoveDBAttributes) {
+    let nounDef = aItem.NOUN_DEF;
+    let dbMeta = nounDef._dbMeta;
+    if (dbMeta.insertAttrStatement === undefined) {
+      dbMeta.insertAttrStatement = this._createAsyncStatement(
+        "INSERT INTO " + nounDef.attrTableName +
+        " (" + nounDef.attrIDColumnName + ", attributeID, value) " +
+        " VALUES (?1, ?2, ?3)");
+      // we always create this at the same time (right here), no need to check
+      dbMeta.deleteAttrStatement = this._createAsyncStatement(
+        "DELETE FROM " + nounDef.attrTableName + " WHERE " +
+        " attributeID = ?1 AND value = ?2 AND " +
+        nounDef.attrIDColumnName + " = ?3");
+    }
+
+    let ias = dbMeta.insertAttrStatement;
+    let das = dbMeta.deleteAttrStatement;
+    this._beginTransaction();
+    try {
+      for (let iAttr = 0; iAttr < aAddDBAttributes.length; iAttr++) {
+        let attribValueTuple = aAddDBAttributes[iAttr];
+
+        ias.bindInt64Parameter(0, aItem.id);
+        ias.bindInt64Parameter(1, attribValueTuple[0]);
+        // use 0 instead of null, otherwise the db gets upset.  (and we don't
+        //  really care anyways.)
+        if (attribValueTuple[1] == null)
+          ias.bindInt64Parameter(2, 0);
+        else if (Math.floor(attribValueTuple[1]) == attribValueTuple[1])
+          ias.bindInt64Parameter(2, attribValueTuple[1]);
+        else
+          ias.bindDoubleParameter(2, attribValueTuple[1]);
+        ias.executeAsync(this.trackAsync());
+      }
+
+      for (let iAttr = 0; iAttr < aRemoveDBAttributes.length; iAttr++) {
+        let attribValueTuple = aRemoveDBAttributes[iAttr];
+
+        das.bindInt64Parameter(0, attribValueTuple[0]);
+        // use 0 instead of null, otherwise the db gets upset.  (and we don't
+        //  really care anyways.)
+        if (attribValueTuple[1] == null)
+          das.bindInt64Parameter(1, 0);
+        else if (Math.floor(attribValueTuple[1]) == attribValueTuple[1])
+          das.bindInt64Parameter(1, attribValueTuple[1]);
+        else
+          das.bindDoubleParameter(1, attribValueTuple[1]);
+        das.bindInt64Parameter(2, aItem.id);
+        das.executeAsync(this.trackAsync());
+      }
+
+      this._commitTransaction();
+    }
+    catch (ex) {
+      this._log.error("adjustAttributes:", ex);
+      this._rollbackTransaction();
+      throw ex;
+    }
+  },
+
+  clearAttributes: function gloda_ds_clearAttributes(aItem) {
+    let nounDef = aItem.NOUN_DEF;
+    let dbMeta = nounMeta._dbMeta;
+    if (dbMeta.clearAttrStatement === undefined) {
+      dbMeta.clearAttrStatement = this._createAsyncStatement(
+        "DELETE FROM " + nounDef.attrTableName + " WHERE " +
+        nounDef.attrIDColumnName + " = ?1");
+    }
+
+    if (aItem.id != null) {
+      dbMeta.clearAttrStatement.bindInt64Parameter(0, aItem.id);
+      dbMeta.clearAttrStatement.executeAsync(this.trackAsync());
+    }
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * escapeStringForLIKE is only available on statements, and sometimes we want
+   *  to use it before we create our statement, so we create a statement just
+   *  for this reason.
+   */
+  get _escapeLikeStatement() {
+    let statement = this._createAsyncStatement("SELECT 0");
+    this.__defineGetter__("_escapeLikeStatement", () => statement);
+    return this._escapeLikeStatement;
+  },
+
+  _convertToDBValuesAndGroupByAttributeID:
+    function* gloda_ds__convertToDBValuesAndGroupByAttributeID(aAttrDef,
+                                                               aValues) {
+    let objectNounDef = aAttrDef.objectNounDef;
+    if (!objectNounDef.usesParameter) {
+      let dbValues = [];
+      for (let iValue = 0; iValue < aValues.length; iValue++) {
+        let value = aValues[iValue];
+        // If the empty set is significant and it's an empty signifier, emit
+        //  the appropriate dbvalue.
+        if (value == null && aAttrDef.emptySetIsSignificant) {
+          yield [this.kEmptySetAttrId, [aAttrDef.id]];
+          // Bail if the only value was us; we don't want to add a
+          //  value-posessing wildcard into the mix.
+          if (aValues.length == 1)
+            return;
+          continue;
+        }
+        let dbValue = objectNounDef.toParamAndValue(value)[1];
+        if (dbValue != null)
+          dbValues.push(dbValue);
+      }
+      yield [aAttrDef.special ? undefined : aAttrDef.id, dbValues];
+      return;
+    }
+
+    let curParam, attrID, dbValues;
+    let attrDBDef = aAttrDef.dbDef;
+    for (let iValue = 0; iValue < aValues.length; iValue++) {
+      let value = aValues[iValue];
+      // If the empty set is significant and it's an empty signifier, emit
+      //  the appropriate dbvalue.
+      if (value == null && aAttrDef.emptySetIsSignificant) {
+        yield [this.kEmptySetAttrId, [aAttrDef.id]];
+        // Bail if the only value was us; we don't want to add a
+        //  value-posessing wildcard into the mix.
+        if (aValues.length == 1)
+          return;
+        continue;
+      }
+      let [dbParam, dbValue] = objectNounDef.toParamAndValue(value);
+      if (curParam === undefined) {
+        curParam = dbParam;
+        attrID = attrDBDef.bindParameter(curParam);
+        if (dbValue != null)
+          dbValues = [dbValue];
+        else
+          dbValues = [];
+      }
+      else if (curParam == dbParam) {
+        if (dbValue != null)
+          dbValues.push(dbValue);
+      }
+      else {
+        yield [attrID, dbValues];
+        curParam = dbParam;
+        attrID = attrDBDef.bindParameter(curParam);
+        if (dbValue != null)
+          dbValues = [dbValue];
+        else
+          dbValues = [];
+      }
+    }
+    if (dbValues !== undefined)
+      yield [attrID, dbValues];
+  },
+
+  _convertRangesToDBStringsAndGroupByAttributeID:
+    function* gloda_ds__convertRangesToDBStringsAndGroupByAttributeID(aAttrDef,
+      aValues, aValueColumnName) {
+    let objectNounDef = aAttrDef.objectNounDef;
+    if (!objectNounDef.usesParameter) {
+      let dbStrings = [];
+      for (let iValue = 0; iValue < aValues.length; iValue++) {
+        let [lowerVal, upperVal] = aValues[iValue];
+        // they both can't be null.  that is the law.
+        if (lowerVal == null)
+          dbStrings.push(aValueColumnName + " <= " +
+                         objectNounDef.toParamAndValue(upperVal)[1]);
+        else if (upperVal == null)
+          dbStrings.push(aValueColumnName + " >= " +
+                         objectNounDef.toParamAndValue(lowerVal)[1]);
+        else // no one is null!
+          dbStrings.push(aValueColumnName + " BETWEEN " +
+                         objectNounDef.toParamAndValue(lowerVal)[1] + " AND " +
+                         objectNounDef.toParamAndValue(upperVal)[1]);
+      }
+      yield [aAttrDef.special ? undefined : aAttrDef.id, dbStrings];
+      return;
+    }
+
+    let curParam, attrID, dbStrings;
+    let attrDBDef = aAttrDef.dbDef;
+    for (let iValue = 0; iValue < aValues.length; iValue++) {
+      let [lowerVal, upperVal] = aValues[iValue];
+
+      let dbString, dbParam, lowerDBVal, upperDBVal;
+      // they both can't be null.  that is the law.
+      if (lowerVal == null) {
+        [dbParam, upperDBVal] = objectNounDef.toParamAndValue(upperVal);
+        dbString = aValueColumnName + " <= " + upperDBVal;
+      }
+      else if (upperVal == null) {
+        [dbParam, lowerDBVal] = objectNounDef.toParamAndValue(lowerVal);
+        dbString = aValueColumnName + " >= " + lowerDBVal;
+      }
+      else { // no one is null!
+        [dbParam, lowerDBVal] = objectNounDef.toParamAndValue(lowerVal);
+        dbString = aValueColumnName + " BETWEEN " + lowerDBVal + " AND " +
+                   objectNounDef.toParamAndValue(upperVal)[1];
+      }
+
+      if (curParam === undefined) {
+        curParam = dbParam;
+        attrID = attrDBDef.bindParameter(curParam);
+        dbStrings = [dbString];
+      }
+      else if (curParam === dbParam) {
+        dbStrings.push(dbString);
+      }
+      else {
+        yield [attrID, dbStrings];
+        curParam = dbParam;
+        attrID = attrDBDef.bindParameter(curParam);
+        dbStrings = [dbString];
+      }
+    }
+    if (dbStrings !== undefined)
+      yield [attrID, dbStrings];
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Perform a database query given a GlodaQueryClass instance that specifies
+   *  a set of constraints relating to the noun type associated with the query.
+   *  A GlodaCollection is returned containing the results of the look-up.
+   *  By default the collection is "live", and will mutate (generating events to
+   *  its listener) as the state of the database changes.
+   * This functionality is made user/extension visible by the Query's
+   *  getCollection (asynchronous).
+   *
+   * @param [aArgs] See |GlodaQuery.getCollection| for info.
+   */
+  queryFromQuery: function gloda_ds_queryFromQuery(aQuery, aListener,
+      aListenerData, aExistingCollection, aMasterCollection, aArgs) {
+    // when changing this method, be sure that GlodaQuery's testMatch function
+    //  likewise has its changes made.
+    let nounDef = aQuery._nounDef;
+
+    let whereClauses = [];
+    let unionQueries = [aQuery].concat(aQuery._unions);
+    let boundArgs = [];
+
+    // Use the dbQueryValidityConstraintSuffix to provide constraints that
+    //  filter items down to those that are valid for the query mechanism to
+    //  return.  For example, in the case of messages, deleted or ghost
+    //  messages should not be returned by this query layer.  We require
+    //  hand-rolled SQL to do that for now.
+    let validityConstraintSuffix;
+    if (nounDef.dbQueryValidityConstraintSuffix &&
+        !aQuery.options.noDbQueryValidityConstraints)
+      validityConstraintSuffix = nounDef.dbQueryValidityConstraintSuffix;
+    else
+      validityConstraintSuffix = "";
+
+    for (let iUnion = 0; iUnion < unionQueries.length; iUnion++) {
+      let curQuery = unionQueries[iUnion];
+      let selects = [];
+
+      let lastConstraintWasSpecial = false;
+      let curConstraintIsSpecial;
+
+      for (let iConstraint = 0; iConstraint < curQuery._constraints.length;
+           iConstraint++) {
+        let constraint = curQuery._constraints[iConstraint];
+        let [constraintType, attrDef] = constraint;
+        let constraintValues = constraint.slice(2);
+
+        let tableName, idColumnName, tableColumnName, valueColumnName;
+        if (constraintType == this.kConstraintIdIn) {
+          // we don't need any of the next cases' setup code, and we especially
+          //  would prefer that attrDef isn't accessed since it's null for us.
+        }
+        else if (attrDef.special) {
+          tableName = nounDef.tableName;
+          idColumnName = "id"; // canonical id for a table is "id".
+          valueColumnName = attrDef.specialColumnName;
+          curConstraintIsSpecial = true;
+        }
+        else {
+          tableName = nounDef.attrTableName;
+          idColumnName = nounDef.attrIDColumnName;
+          valueColumnName = "value";
+          curConstraintIsSpecial = false;
+        }
+
+        let select = null, test = null, bindArgs = null;
+        if (constraintType === this.kConstraintIdIn) {
+          // this is somewhat of a trick.  this does mean that this can be the
+          //  only constraint.  Namely, our idiom is:
+          // SELECT * FROM blah WHERE id IN (a INTERSECT b INTERSECT c)
+          //  but if we only have 'a', then that becomes "...IN (a)", and if
+          //  'a' is not a select but a list of id's... tricky, no?
+          select = constraintValues.join(",");
+        }
+        // @testpoint gloda.datastore.sqlgen.kConstraintIn
+        else if (constraintType === this.kConstraintIn) {
+          let clauses = [];
+          for (let [attrID, values] of
+              this._convertToDBValuesAndGroupByAttributeID(attrDef,
+                                                           constraintValues)) {
+            let clausePart;
+            if (attrID !== undefined)
+              clausePart = "(attributeID = " + attrID +
+                (values.length ? " AND " : "");
+            else
+              clausePart = "(";
+            if (values.length) {
+              // strings need to be escaped, we would use ? binding, except
+              //  that gets mad if we have too many strings... so we use our
+              //  own escaping logic.  correctly escaping is easy, but it still
+              //  feels wrong to do it. (just double the quote character...)
+              if (attrDef.special == this.kSpecialString)
+                clausePart += valueColumnName + " IN (" +
+                  values.map(v => "'" + v.replace(/\'/g, "''") + "'").
+                  join(",") + "))";
+              else
+                clausePart += valueColumnName + " IN (" + values.join(",") +
+                              "))";
+            }
+            else
+              clausePart += ")";
+            clauses.push(clausePart);
+          }
+          test = clauses.join(" OR ");
+        }
+        // @testpoint gloda.datastore.sqlgen.kConstraintRanges
+        else if (constraintType === this.kConstraintRanges) {
+          let clauses = [];
+          for (let [attrID, dbStrings] of
+              this._convertRangesToDBStringsAndGroupByAttributeID(attrDef,
+                              constraintValues, valueColumnName)) {
+            if (attrID !== undefined)
+              clauses.push("(attributeID = " + attrID +
+                           " AND (" + dbStrings.join(" OR ") + "))");
+            else
+              clauses.push("(" + dbStrings.join(" OR ") + ")");
+          }
+          test = clauses.join(" OR ");
+        }
+        // @testpoint gloda.datastore.sqlgen.kConstraintEquals
+        else if (constraintType === this.kConstraintEquals) {
+          let clauses = [];
+          for (let [attrID, values] of
+              this._convertToDBValuesAndGroupByAttributeID(attrDef,
+                                                           constraintValues)) {
+            if (attrID !== undefined)
+              clauses.push("(attributeID = " + attrID +
+                  " AND (" + values.map(_ => valueColumnName + " = ?").
+                  join(" OR ") + "))");
+            else
+              clauses.push("(" + values.map(_ => valueColumnName + " = ?").
+                           join(" OR ") + ")");
+            boundArgs.push.apply(boundArgs, values);
+          }
+          test = clauses.join(" OR ");
+        }
+        // @testpoint gloda.datastore.sqlgen.kConstraintStringLike
+        else if (constraintType === this.kConstraintStringLike) {
+          let likePayload = '';
+          for (let valuePart of constraintValues) {
+            if (typeof valuePart == "string")
+              likePayload += this._escapeLikeStatement.escapeStringForLIKE(
+                valuePart, "/");
+            else
+              likePayload += "%";
+          }
+          test = valueColumnName + " LIKE ? ESCAPE '/'";
+          boundArgs.push(likePayload);
+        }
+        // @testpoint gloda.datastore.sqlgen.kConstraintFulltext
+        else if (constraintType === this.kConstraintFulltext) {
+          let matchStr = constraintValues[0];
+          select = "SELECT docid FROM " + nounDef.tableName + "Text" +
+            " WHERE " + attrDef.specialColumnName + " MATCH ?";
+          boundArgs.push(matchStr);
+        }
+
+        if (curConstraintIsSpecial && lastConstraintWasSpecial && test) {
+          selects[selects.length-1] += " AND " + test;
+        }
+        else if (select)
+          selects.push(select);
+        else if (test) {
+          select = "SELECT " + idColumnName + " FROM " + tableName + " WHERE " +
+              test;
+          selects.push(select);
+        }
+        else
+          this._log.warn("Unable to translate constraint of type " +
+            constraintType + " on attribute bound as " + nounDef.name);
+
+        lastConstraintWasSpecial = curConstraintIsSpecial;
+      }
+
+      if (selects.length)
+        whereClauses.push("id IN (" + selects.join(" INTERSECT ") + ")" +
+                          validityConstraintSuffix);
+    }
+
+    let sqlString = "SELECT * FROM " + nounDef.tableName;
+    if (!aQuery.options.noMagic) {
+      if (aQuery.options.noDbQueryValidityConstraints &&
+          nounDef.dbQueryJoinMagicWithNoValidityConstraints)
+        sqlString += nounDef.dbQueryJoinMagicWithNoValidityConstraints;
+      else if (nounDef.dbQueryJoinMagic)
+        sqlString += nounDef.dbQueryJoinMagic;
+    }
+
+    if (whereClauses.length)
+      sqlString += " WHERE (" + whereClauses.join(") OR (") + ")";
+
+    if (aQuery.options.explicitSQL)
+      sqlString = aQuery.options.explicitSQL;
+
+    if (aQuery.options.outerWrapColumns)
+      sqlString = "SELECT *, " + aQuery.options.outerWrapColumns.join(", ") +
+                  " FROM (" + sqlString + ")";
+
+    if (aQuery._order.length) {
+      let orderClauses = [];
+      for (let [, colName] in Iterator(aQuery._order)) {
+         if (colName.startsWith("-"))
+           orderClauses.push(colName.substring(1) + " DESC");
+         else
+           orderClauses.push(colName + " ASC");
+      }
+      sqlString += " ORDER BY " + orderClauses.join(", ");
+    }
+
+    if (aQuery._limit) {
+      if (!("limitClauseAlreadyIncluded" in aQuery.options))
+        sqlString += " LIMIT ?";
+      boundArgs.push(aQuery._limit);
+    }
+
+    this._log.debug("QUERY FROM QUERY: " + sqlString + " ARGS: " + boundArgs);
+
+    // if we want to become explicit, replace the query (which has already
+    //  provided our actual SQL query) with an explicit query.  This will be
+    //  what gets attached to the collection in the event we create a new
+    //  collection.  If we are reusing one, we assume that the explicitness,
+    //  if desired, already happened.
+    // (we do not need to pass an argument to the explicitQueryClass constructor
+    //  because it will be passed in to the collection's constructor, which will
+    //  ensure that the collection attribute gets set.)
+    if (aArgs && ("becomeExplicit" in aArgs) && aArgs.becomeExplicit)
+      aQuery = new nounDef.explicitQueryClass();
+    else if (aArgs && ("becomeNull" in aArgs) && aArgs.becomeNull)
+      aQuery = new nounDef.nullQueryClass();
+
+    return this._queryFromSQLString(sqlString, boundArgs, nounDef, aQuery,
+        aListener, aListenerData, aExistingCollection, aMasterCollection);
+  },
+
+  _queryFromSQLString: function gloda_ds__queryFromSQLString(aSqlString,
+      aBoundArgs, aNounDef, aQuery, aListener, aListenerData,
+      aExistingCollection, aMasterCollection) {
+    let statement = this._createAsyncStatement(aSqlString, true);
+    for (let [iBinding, bindingValue] in Iterator(aBoundArgs)) {
+      this._bindVariant(statement, iBinding, bindingValue);
+    }
+
+    let collection;
+    if (aExistingCollection)
+      collection = aExistingCollection;
+    else {
+      collection = new GlodaCollection(aNounDef, [], aQuery, aListener,
+                                       aMasterCollection);
+      GlodaCollectionManager.registerCollection(collection);
+      // we don't want to overwrite the existing listener or its data, but this
+      //  does raise the question about what should happen if we get passed in
+      //  a different listener and/or data.
+      if (aListenerData !== undefined)
+        collection.data = aListenerData;
+    }
+    if (aListenerData) {
+      if (collection.dataStack)
+        collection.dataStack.push(aListenerData);
+      else
+        collection.dataStack = [aListenerData];
+    }
+
+    statement.executeAsync(new QueryFromQueryCallback(statement, aNounDef,
+      collection));
+    statement.finalize();
+    return collection;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   *
+   *
+   */
+  loadNounItem: function gloda_ds_loadNounItem(aItem, aReferencesByNounID,
+      aInverseReferencesByNounID) {
+    let attribIDToDBDefAndParam = this._attributeIDToDBDefAndParam;
+
+    let hadDeps = aItem._deps != null;
+    let deps = aItem._deps || {};
+    let hasDeps = false;
+
+    //this._log.debug("  hadDeps: " + hadDeps + " deps: " +
+    //    Log4Moz.enumerateProperties(deps).join(","));
+
+    for (let attrib of aItem.NOUN_DEF.specialLoadAttribs) {
+      let objectNounDef = attrib.objectNounDef;
+
+      if (attrib.special === this.kSpecialColumnChildren) {
+        let invReferences = aInverseReferencesByNounID[objectNounDef.id];
+        if (invReferences === undefined)
+          invReferences = aInverseReferencesByNounID[objectNounDef.id] = {};
+        // only contribute if it's not already pending or there
+        if (!(attrib.id in deps) && aItem[attrib.storageAttributeName] == null){
+          //this._log.debug("   Adding inv ref for: " + aItem.id);
+          if (!(aItem.id in invReferences))
+            invReferences[aItem.id] = null;
+          deps[attrib.id] = null;
+          hasDeps = true;
+        }
+      }
+      else if (attrib.special === this.kSpecialColumnParent) {
+        let references = aReferencesByNounID[objectNounDef.id];
+        if (references === undefined)
+          references = aReferencesByNounID[objectNounDef.id] = {};
+        // nothing to contribute if it's already there
+        if (!(attrib.id in deps) &&
+            aItem[attrib.valueStorageAttributeName] == null) {
+          let parentID = aItem[attrib.idStorageAttributeName];
+          if (!(parentID in references))
+            references[parentID] = null;
+          //this._log.debug("   Adding parent ref for: " +
+          //  aItem[attrib.idStorageAttributeName]);
+          deps[attrib.id] = null;
+          hasDeps = true;
+        }
+        else {
+          this._log.debug("  paranoia value storage: " + aItem[attrib.valueStorageAttributeName]);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    // bail here if arbitrary values are not allowed, there just is no
+    //  encoded json, or we already had dependencies for this guy, implying
+    //  the json pass has already been performed
+    if (!aItem.NOUN_DEF.allowsArbitraryAttrs || !aItem._jsonText || hadDeps) {
+      if (hasDeps)
+        aItem._deps = deps;
+      return hasDeps;
+    }
+
+    //this._log.debug(" load json: " + aItem._jsonText);
+    let jsonDict = JSON.parse(aItem._jsonText);
+    delete aItem._jsonText;
+
+    // Iterate over the attributes on the item
+    for (let attribId in jsonDict) {
+      let jsonValue = jsonDict[attribId];
+      // It is technically impossible for attribute ids to go away at this
+      //  point in time.  This would require someone to monkey around with
+      //  our schema.  But we will introduce this functionality one day, so
+      //  prepare for it now.
+      if (!(attribId in attribIDToDBDefAndParam))
+        continue;
+      // find the attribute definition that corresponds to this key
+      let dbAttrib = attribIDToDBDefAndParam[attribId][0];
+
+      let attrib = dbAttrib.attrDef;
+      // The attribute definition will fail to exist if no one defines the
+      //  attribute anymore.  This can happen for many reasons: an extension
+      //  was uninstalled, an extension was changed and no longer defines the
+      //  attribute, or patches are being applied/unapplied.  Ignore this
+      //  attribute if missing.
+      if (attrib == null)
+        continue;
+      let objectNounDef = attrib.objectNounDef;
+
+      // If it has a tableName member but no fromJSON, then it's a persistent
+      //  object that needs to be loaded, which also means we need to hold it in
+      //  a collection owned by our collection.
+      // (If it has a fromJSON method, then it's a special case like
+      //  MimeTypeNoun where it is authoritatively backed by a table but caches
+      //  everything into memory.  There is no case where fromJSON would be
+      //  implemented but we should still be doing database lookups.)
+      if (objectNounDef.tableName && !objectNounDef.fromJSON) {
+        let references = aReferencesByNounID[objectNounDef.id];
+        if (references === undefined)
+          references = aReferencesByNounID[objectNounDef.id] = {};
+
+        if (attrib.singular) {
+          if (!(jsonValue in references))
+            references[jsonValue] = null;
+        }
+        else {
+          for (let key in jsonValue) {
+            let anID = jsonValue[key];
+            if (!(anID in references))
+            references[anID] = null;
+          }
+        }
+
+        deps[attribId] = jsonValue;
+        hasDeps = true;
+      }
+      /* if it has custom contribution logic, use it */
+      else if (objectNounDef.contributeObjDependencies) {
+        if (objectNounDef.contributeObjDependencies(jsonValue,
+                             aReferencesByNounID, aInverseReferencesByNounID)) {
+          deps[attribId] = jsonValue;
+          hasDeps = true;
+        }
+        else // just propagate the value, it's some form of simple sentinel
+          aItem[attrib.boundName] = jsonValue;
+      }
+      // otherwise, the value just needs to be de-persisted, or...
+      else if (objectNounDef.fromJSON) {
+        if (attrib.singular) {
+          // For consistency with the non-singular case, we don't assign the
+          //  attribute if undefined is returned.
+          let deserialized = objectNounDef.fromJSON(jsonValue, aItem);
+          if (deserialized !== undefined)
+            aItem[attrib.boundName] = deserialized;
+        }
+        else {
+          // Convert all the entries in the list filtering out any undefined
+          //  values. (TagNoun will do this if the tag is now dead.)
+          let outList = [];
+          for (let key in jsonValue) {
+            let val = jsonValue[key];
+            let deserialized = objectNounDef.fromJSON(val, aItem);
+            if (deserialized !== undefined)
+              outList.push(deserialized);
+          }
+          // Note: It's possible if we filtered things out that this is an empty
+          //  list.  This is acceptable because this is somewhat of an unusual
+          //  case and I don't think we want to further complicate our
+          //  semantics.
+          aItem[attrib.boundName] = outList;
+        }
+      }
+      // it's fine as is
+      else
+        aItem[attrib.boundName] = jsonValue;
+    }
+
+    if (hasDeps)
+      aItem._deps = deps;
+    return hasDeps;
+  },
+
+  loadNounDeferredDeps: function gloda_ds_loadNounDeferredDeps(aItem,
+      aReferencesByNounID, aInverseReferencesByNounID) {
+    if (aItem._deps === undefined)
+      return;
+
+    //this._log.debug("  loading deferred, deps: " +
+    //    Log4Moz.enumerateProperties(aItem._deps).join(","));
+
+
+    let attribIDToDBDefAndParam = this._attributeIDToDBDefAndParam;
+
+    for (let [attribId, jsonValue] in Iterator(aItem._deps)) {
+      let dbAttrib = attribIDToDBDefAndParam[attribId][0];
+      let attrib = dbAttrib.attrDef;
+
+      let objectNounDef = attrib.objectNounDef;
+      let references = aReferencesByNounID[objectNounDef.id];
+      if (attrib.special) {
+        if (attrib.special === this.kSpecialColumnChildren) {
+          let inverseReferences = aInverseReferencesByNounID[objectNounDef.id];
+          //this._log.info("inverse assignment: " + objectNounDef.id +
+          //    " of " + aItem.id)
+          aItem[attrib.storageAttributeName] = inverseReferences[aItem.id];
+        }
+        else if (attrib.special === this.kSpecialColumnParent) {
+          //this._log.info("parent column load: " + objectNounDef.id +
+          //    " storage value: " + aItem[attrib.idStorageAttributeName]);
+          aItem[attrib.valueStorageAttributeName] =
+            references[aItem[attrib.idStorageAttributeName]];
+        }
+      }
+      else if (objectNounDef.tableName) {
+        //this._log.info("trying to load: " + objectNounDef.id + " refs: " +
+        //    jsonValue + ": " + Log4Moz.enumerateProperties(jsonValue).join(","));
+        if (attrib.singular)
+          aItem[attrib.boundName] = references[jsonValue];
+        else
+          aItem[attrib.boundName] = Object.keys(jsonValue).
+            map(key => references[jsonValue[key]]);
+      }
+      else if (objectNounDef.contributeObjDependencies) {
+        aItem[attrib.boundName] =
+          objectNounDef.resolveObjDependencies(jsonValue, aReferencesByNounID,
+            aInverseReferencesByNounID);
+      }
+      // there is no other case
+    }
+
+    delete aItem._deps;
+  },
+
+  /* ********** Contact ********** */
+  _nextContactId: 1,
+
+  _populateContactManagedId: function () {
+    let stmt = this._createSyncStatement("SELECT MAX(id) FROM contacts", true);
+    if (stmt.executeStep()) {  // no chance of this SQLITE_BUSY on this call
+      this._nextContactId = stmt.getInt64(0) + 1;
+    }
+    stmt.finalize();
+  },
+
+  get _insertContactStatement() {
+    let statement = this._createAsyncStatement(
+      "INSERT INTO contacts (id, directoryUUID, contactUUID, name, popularity,\
+                             frecency, jsonAttributes) \
+              VALUES (?1, ?2, ?3, ?4, ?5, ?6, ?7)");
+    this.__defineGetter__("_insertContactStatement", () => statement);
+    return this._insertContactStatement;
+  },
+
+  createContact: function gloda_ds_createContact(aDirectoryUUID, aContactUUID,
+      aName, aPopularity, aFrecency) {
+    let contactID = this._nextContactId++;
+    let contact = new GlodaContact(this, contactID,
+                                   aDirectoryUUID, aContactUUID, aName,
+                                   aPopularity, aFrecency);
+    return contact;
+  },
+
+  insertContact: function gloda_ds_insertContact(aContact) {
+    let ics = this._insertContactStatement;
+    ics.bindInt64Parameter(0, aContact.id);
+    if (aContact.directoryUUID == null)
+      ics.bindNullParameter(1);
+    else
+      ics.bindStringParameter(1, aContact.directoryUUID);
+    if (aContact.contactUUID == null)
+      ics.bindNullParameter(2);
+    else
+      ics.bindStringParameter(2, aContact.contactUUID);
+    ics.bindStringParameter(3, aContact.name);
+    ics.bindInt64Parameter(4, aContact.popularity);
+    ics.bindInt64Parameter(5, aContact.frecency);
+    if (aContact._jsonText)
+      ics.bindStringParameter(6, aContact._jsonText);
+    else
+      ics.bindNullParameter(6);
+
+    ics.executeAsync(this.trackAsync());
+
+    return aContact;
+  },
+
+  get _updateContactStatement() {
+    let statement = this._createAsyncStatement(
+      "UPDATE contacts SET directoryUUID = ?1, \
+                           contactUUID = ?2, \
+                           name = ?3, \
+                           popularity = ?4, \
+                           frecency = ?5, \
+                           jsonAttributes = ?6 \
+                       WHERE id = ?7");
+    this.__defineGetter__("_updateContactStatement", () => statement);
+    return this._updateContactStatement;
+  },
+
+  updateContact: function gloda_ds_updateContact(aContact) {
+    let ucs = this._updateContactStatement;
+    ucs.bindInt64Parameter(6, aContact.id);
+    ucs.bindStringParameter(0, aContact.directoryUUID);
+    ucs.bindStringParameter(1, aContact.contactUUID);
+    ucs.bindStringParameter(2, aContact.name);
+    ucs.bindInt64Parameter(3, aContact.popularity);
+    ucs.bindInt64Parameter(4, aContact.frecency);
+    if (aContact._jsonText)
+      ucs.bindStringParameter(5, aContact._jsonText);
+    else
+      ucs.bindNullParameter(5);
+
+    ucs.executeAsync(this.trackAsync());
+  },
+
+  _contactFromRow: function gloda_ds_contactFromRow(aRow) {
+    let directoryUUID, contactUUID, jsonText;
+    if (aRow.getTypeOfIndex(1) == Ci.mozIStorageValueArray.VALUE_TYPE_NULL)
+      directoryUUID = null;
+    else
+      directoryUUID = aRow.getString(1);
+    if (aRow.getTypeOfIndex(2) == Ci.mozIStorageValueArray.VALUE_TYPE_NULL)
+      contactUUID = null;
+    else
+      contactUUID = aRow.getString(2);
+    if (aRow.getTypeOfIndex(6) == Ci.mozIStorageValueArray.VALUE_TYPE_NULL)
+      jsonText = undefined;
+    else
+      jsonText = aRow.getString(6);
+
+    return new GlodaContact(this, aRow.getInt64(0), directoryUUID,
+                            contactUUID, aRow.getString(5),
+                            aRow.getInt64(3), aRow.getInt64(4), jsonText);
+  },
+
+  get _selectContactByIDStatement() {
+    let statement = this._createSyncStatement(
+      "SELECT * FROM contacts WHERE id = ?1");
+    this.__defineGetter__("_selectContactByIDStatement",
+      () => statement);
+    return this._selectContactByIDStatement;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Synchronous contact lookup currently only for use by gloda's creation
+   *  of the concept of "me".  It is okay for it to be doing synchronous work
+   *  because it is part of the startup process before any user code could
+   *  have gotten a reference to Gloda, but no one else should do this.
+   */
+  getContactByID: function gloda_ds_getContactByID(aContactID) {
+    let contact = GlodaCollectionManager.cacheLookupOne(
+      GlodaContact.prototype.NOUN_ID, aContactID);
+
+    if (contact === null) {
+      let scbi = this._selectContactByIDStatement;
+      scbi.bindInt64Parameter(0, aContactID);
+      if (this._syncStep(scbi)) {
+        contact = this._contactFromRow(scbi);
+        GlodaCollectionManager.itemLoaded(contact);
+      }
+      scbi.reset();
+    }
+
+    return contact;
+  },
+
+  /* ********** Identity ********** */
+  /** next identity id, managed for async use reasons. */
+  _nextIdentityId: 1,
+  _populateIdentityManagedId: function () {
+    let stmt = this._createSyncStatement(
+      "SELECT MAX(id) FROM identities", true);
+    if (stmt.executeStep()) { // no chance of this SQLITE_BUSY on this call
+      this._nextIdentityId = stmt.getInt64(0) + 1;
+    }
+    stmt.finalize();
+  },
+
+  get _insertIdentityStatement() {
+    let statement = this._createAsyncStatement(
+      "INSERT INTO identities (id, contactID, kind, value, description, relay) \
+              VALUES (?1, ?2, ?3, ?4, ?5, ?6)");
+    this.__defineGetter__("_insertIdentityStatement", () => statement);
+    return this._insertIdentityStatement;
+  },
+
+  createIdentity: function gloda_ds_createIdentity(aContactID, aContact, aKind,
+                                                   aValue, aDescription,
+                                                   aIsRelay) {
+    let identityID = this._nextIdentityId++;
+    let iis = this._insertIdentityStatement;
+    iis.bindInt64Parameter(0, identityID);
+    iis.bindInt64Parameter(1, aContactID);
+    iis.bindStringParameter(2, aKind);
+    iis.bindStringParameter(3, aValue);
+    iis.bindStringParameter(4, aDescription);
+    iis.bindInt64Parameter(5, aIsRelay ? 1 : 0);
+    iis.executeAsync(this.trackAsync());
+
+    let identity = new GlodaIdentity(this, identityID,
+                                     aContactID, aContact, aKind, aValue,
+                                     aDescription, aIsRelay);
+    GlodaCollectionManager.itemsAdded(identity.NOUN_ID, [identity]);
+    return identity;
+  },
+
+  _identityFromRow: function gloda_ds_identityFromRow(aRow) {
+    return new GlodaIdentity(this, aRow.getInt64(0), aRow.getInt64(1), null,
+                             aRow.getString(2), aRow.getString(3),
+                             aRow.getString(4),
+                             aRow.getInt32(5) ? true : false);
+  },
+
+  get _selectIdentityByKindValueStatement() {
+    let statement = this._createSyncStatement(
+      "SELECT * FROM identities WHERE kind = ?1 AND value = ?2");
+    this.__defineGetter__("_selectIdentityByKindValueStatement",
+      () => statement);
+    return this._selectIdentityByKindValueStatement;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Synchronous lookup of an identity by kind and value, only for use by
+   *  the legacy gloda core code that creates a concept of "me".
+   *  Ex: (email, foo@example.com)
+   */
+  getIdentity: function gloda_ds_getIdentity(aKind, aValue) {
+    let identity = GlodaCollectionManager.cacheLookupOneByUniqueValue(
+      GlodaIdentity.prototype.NOUN_ID, aKind + "@" + aValue);
+
+    let ibkv = this._selectIdentityByKindValueStatement;
+    ibkv.bindStringParameter(0, aKind);
+    ibkv.bindStringParameter(1, aValue);
+    if (this._syncStep(ibkv)) {
+      identity = this._identityFromRow(ibkv);
+      GlodaCollectionManager.itemLoaded(identity);
+    }
+    ibkv.reset();
+
+    return identity;
+  },
+};
+GlodaAttributeDBDef.prototype._datastore = GlodaDatastore;
+GlodaConversation.prototype._datastore = GlodaDatastore;
+GlodaFolder.prototype._datastore = GlodaDatastore;
+GlodaMessage.prototype._datastore = GlodaDatastore;
+GlodaContact.prototype._datastore = GlodaDatastore;
+GlodaIdentity.prototype._datastore = GlodaDatastore;
diff --git a/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/dbview.js b/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/dbview.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4d34cf3af
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/dbview.js
@@ -0,0 +1,178 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/*
+ * This file is charged with providing you a way to have a pretty gloda-backed
+ *  nsIMsgDBView.
+ */
+
+this.EXPORTED_SYMBOLS = ["GlodaSyntheticView"];
+
+var Cc = Components.classes;
+var Ci = Components.interfaces;
+var Cr = Components.results;
+var Cu = Components.utils;
+
+Cu.import("resource://gre/modules/Services.jsm");
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/log4moz.js");
+
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/public.js");
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/msg_search.js");
+
+/**
+ * Create a synthetic view suitable for passing to |FolderDisplayWidget.show|.
+ * You must pass a query, collection, or conversation in.
+ *
+ * @param {GlodaQuery} [aArgs.query] A gloda query to run.
+ * @param {GlodaCollection} [aArgs.collection] An already-populated collection
+ *     to display.  Do not call getCollection on a query and hand us that.  We
+ *     will not register ourselves as a listener and things will not work.
+ * @param {GlodaConversation} [aArgs.conversation] A conversation whose messages
+ *     you want to display.
+ */
+function GlodaSyntheticView(aArgs) {
+  if ("query" in aArgs) {
+    this.query = aArgs.query;
+    this.collection = this.query.getCollection(this);
+    this.completed = false;
+    this.viewType = "global";
+  }
+  else if ("collection" in aArgs) {
+    this.query = null;
+    this.collection = aArgs.collection;
+    this.completed = true;
+    this.viewType = "global";
+  }
+  else if ("conversation" in aArgs) {
+    this.collection = aArgs.conversation.getMessagesCollection(this);
+    this.query = this.collection.query;
+    this.completed = false;
+    this.viewType = "conversation";
+  }
+  else {
+    throw new Error("You need to pass a query or collection");
+  }
+
+  this.customColumns = [];
+}
+GlodaSyntheticView.prototype = {
+  defaultSort: [[Ci.nsMsgViewSortType.byDate, Ci.nsMsgViewSortOrder.descending]],
+
+  /**
+   * Request the search be performed and notification provided to
+   *  aSearchListener.  If results are already available, they should
+   *  be provided to aSearchListener without re-performing the search.
+   */
+  search: function(aSearchListener, aCompletionCallback) {
+    this.searchListener = aSearchListener;
+    this.completionCallback = aCompletionCallback;
+
+    this.searchListener.onNewSearch();
+    if (this.completed) {
+      this.reportResults(this.collection.items);
+      // we're not really aborting, but it closes things out nicely
+      this.abortSearch();
+      return;
+    }
+  },
+
+  abortSearch: function() {
+    if (this.searchListener)
+      this.searchListener.onSearchDone(Cr.NS_OK);
+    if (this.completionCallback)
+      this.completionCallback();
+    this.searchListener = null;
+    this.completionCallback = null;
+  },
+
+  reportResults: function(aItems) {
+    for (let item of aItems) {
+      let hdr = item.folderMessage;
+      if (hdr)
+        this.searchListener.onSearchHit(hdr, hdr.folder);
+    }
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Helper function used by |DBViewWrapper.getMsgHdrForMessageID| since there
+   *  are no actual backing folders for it to check.
+   */
+  getMsgHdrForMessageID: function(aMessageId) {
+    for (let item of this.collection.items) {
+      if (item.headerMessageID == aMessageId) {
+        let hdr = item.folderMessage;
+        if (hdr)
+          return hdr;
+      }
+    }
+    return null;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * The default set of columns to show.
+   */
+  DEFAULT_COLUMN_STATES: {
+    threadCol: {
+      visible: true,
+    },
+    flaggedCol: {
+      visible: true,
+    },
+    subjectCol: {
+      visible: true,
+    },
+    correspondentCol: {
+      visible: Services.prefs.getBoolPref("mail.threadpane.use_correspondents"),
+    },
+    senderCol: {
+      visible: !Services.prefs.getBoolPref("mail.threadpane.use_correspondents"),
+    },
+    dateCol: {
+      visible: true,
+    },
+    locationCol: {
+      visible: true,
+    },
+  },
+
+  // --- settings persistence
+  getPersistedSetting: function(aSetting) {
+    try {
+      return JSON.parse(Services.prefs.getCharPref(
+        "mailnews.database.global.views." + this.viewType + "." + aSetting
+      ));
+    }
+    catch (e) {
+      return this.getDefaultSetting(aSetting);
+    }
+  },
+  setPersistedSetting: function(aSetting, aValue) {
+    Services.prefs.setCharPref(
+      "mailnews.database.global.views." + this.viewType + "." + aSetting,
+      JSON.stringify(aValue)
+    );
+  },
+  getDefaultSetting: function(aSetting) {
+    if (aSetting == "columns")
+      return this.DEFAULT_COLUMN_STATES;
+    else
+      return undefined;
+  },
+
+  // --- collection listener
+  onItemsAdded: function(aItems, aCollection) {
+    if (this.searchListener)
+      this.reportResults(aItems);
+  },
+  onItemsModified: function(aItems, aCollection) {
+  },
+  onItemsRemoved: function(aItems, aCollection) {
+  },
+  onQueryCompleted: function(aCollection) {
+    this.completed = true;
+    this.searchListener.onSearchDone(Cr.NS_OK);
+    if (this.completionCallback)
+      this.completionCallback();
+  },
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/everybody.js b/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/everybody.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b3332f473
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/everybody.js
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+this.EXPORTED_SYMBOLS = [];
+
+var Cc = Components.classes;
+var Ci = Components.interfaces;
+var Cr = Components.results;
+var Cu = Components.utils;
+
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/log4moz.js");
+var LOG = Log4Moz.repository.getLogger("gloda.everybody");
+
+var importNS = {};
+
+function loadModule(aModuleURI, aNSContrib) {
+  try {
+    LOG.info("... loading " + aModuleURI);
+    Cu.import(aModuleURI, importNS);
+  }
+  catch (ex) {
+    LOG.error("!!! error loading " + aModuleURI);
+    LOG.error("(" + ex.fileName + ":" + ex.lineNumber + ") " + ex);
+    return false;
+  }
+  LOG.info("+++ loaded " + aModuleURI);
+
+  if (aNSContrib) {
+    try {
+      importNS[aNSContrib].init();
+    }
+    catch (ex) {
+      LOG.error("!!! error initializing " + aModuleURI);
+      LOG.error("(" + ex.fileName + ":" + ex.lineNumber + ") " + ex);
+      return false;
+    }
+    LOG.info("+++ inited " + aModuleURI);
+  }
+  return true;
+}
+
+loadModule("resource:///modules/gloda/fundattr.js", "GlodaFundAttr");
+loadModule("resource:///modules/gloda/explattr.js", "GlodaExplicitAttr");
+
+loadModule("resource:///modules/gloda/noun_tag.js");
+loadModule("resource:///modules/gloda/noun_freetag.js");
+loadModule("resource:///modules/gloda/noun_mimetype.js");
+loadModule("resource:///modules/gloda/index_msg.js");
+loadModule("resource:///modules/gloda/index_ab.js", "GlodaABAttrs");
diff --git a/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/explattr.js b/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/explattr.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..08fc160f6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/explattr.js
@@ -0,0 +1,191 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/*
+ * This file provides the "explicit attribute" provider for messages.  It is
+ *  concerned with attributes that are the result of user actions.  For example,
+ *  whether a message is starred (flagged), message tags, whether it is
+ *  read/unread, etc.
+ */
+
+this.EXPORTED_SYMBOLS = ['GlodaExplicitAttr'];
+
+var Cc = Components.classes;
+var Ci = Components.interfaces;
+var Cr = Components.results;
+var Cu = Components.utils;
+
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/log4moz.js");
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/StringBundle.js");
+
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/utils.js");
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/gloda.js");
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/noun_tag.js");
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/mailServices.js");
+
+
+var nsMsgMessageFlags_Replied = Ci.nsMsgMessageFlags.Replied;
+var nsMsgMessageFlags_Forwarded = Ci.nsMsgMessageFlags.Forwarded;
+
+var EXT_BUILTIN = "built-in";
+
+/**
+ * @namespace Explicit attribute provider.  Indexes/defines attributes that are
+ *  explicitly a result of user action.  This dubiously includes marking a
+ *  message as read.
+ */
+var GlodaExplicitAttr = {
+  providerName: "gloda.explattr",
+  strings: new StringBundle("chrome://messenger/locale/gloda.properties"),
+  _log: null,
+  _msgTagService: null,
+
+  init: function gloda_explattr_init() {
+    this._log =  Log4Moz.repository.getLogger("gloda.explattr");
+
+    this._msgTagService = MailServices.tags;
+
+    try {
+      this.defineAttributes();
+    }
+    catch (ex) {
+      this._log.error("Error in init: " + ex);
+      throw ex;
+    }
+  },
+
+  /** Boost for starred messages. */
+  NOTABILITY_STARRED: 16,
+  /** Boost for tagged messages, first tag. */
+  NOTABILITY_TAGGED_FIRST: 8,
+  /** Boost for tagged messages, each additional tag. */
+  NOTABILITY_TAGGED_ADDL: 1,
+
+  defineAttributes: function() {
+    // Tag
+    this._attrTag = Gloda.defineAttribute({
+                        provider: this,
+                        extensionName: Gloda.BUILT_IN,
+                        attributeType: Gloda.kAttrExplicit,
+                        attributeName: "tag",
+                        bindName: "tags",
+                        singular: false,
+                        emptySetIsSignificant: true,
+                        facet: true,
+                        subjectNouns: [Gloda.NOUN_MESSAGE],
+                        objectNoun: Gloda.NOUN_TAG,
+                        parameterNoun: null,
+                        // Property change notifications that we care about:
+                        propertyChanges: ["keywords"],
+                        }); // not-tested
+
+    // Star
+    this._attrStar = Gloda.defineAttribute({
+                        provider: this,
+                        extensionName: Gloda.BUILT_IN,
+                        attributeType: Gloda.kAttrExplicit,
+                        attributeName: "star",
+                        bindName: "starred",
+                        singular: true,
+                        facet: true,
+                        subjectNouns: [Gloda.NOUN_MESSAGE],
+                        objectNoun: Gloda.NOUN_BOOLEAN,
+                        parameterNoun: null,
+                        }); // tested-by: test_attributes_explicit
+    // Read/Unread
+    this._attrRead = Gloda.defineAttribute({
+                        provider: this,
+                        extensionName: Gloda.BUILT_IN,
+                        attributeType: Gloda.kAttrExplicit,
+                        attributeName: "read",
+                        singular: true,
+                        subjectNouns: [Gloda.NOUN_MESSAGE],
+                        objectNoun: Gloda.NOUN_BOOLEAN,
+                        parameterNoun: null,
+                        }); // tested-by: test_attributes_explicit
+
+    /**
+     * Has this message been replied to by the user.
+     */
+    this._attrRepliedTo = Gloda.defineAttribute({
+      provider: this,
+      extensionName: Gloda.BUILT_IN,
+      attributeType: Gloda.kAttrExplicit,
+      attributeName: "repliedTo",
+      singular: true,
+      subjectNouns: [Gloda.NOUN_MESSAGE],
+      objectNoun: Gloda.NOUN_BOOLEAN,
+      parameterNoun: null,
+    }); // tested-by: test_attributes_explicit
+
+    /**
+     * Has this user forwarded this message to someone.
+     */
+    this._attrForwarded = Gloda.defineAttribute({
+      provider: this,
+      extensionName: Gloda.BUILT_IN,
+      attributeType: Gloda.kAttrExplicit,
+      attributeName: "forwarded",
+      singular: true,
+      subjectNouns: [Gloda.NOUN_MESSAGE],
+      objectNoun: Gloda.NOUN_BOOLEAN,
+      parameterNoun: null,
+    }); // tested-by: test_attributes_explicit
+  },
+
+  process: function* Gloda_explattr_process(aGlodaMessage, aRawReps, aIsNew,
+                                            aCallbackHandle) {
+    let aMsgHdr = aRawReps.header;
+
+    aGlodaMessage.starred = aMsgHdr.isFlagged;
+    if (aGlodaMessage.starred)
+      aGlodaMessage.notability += this.NOTABILITY_STARRED;
+
+    aGlodaMessage.read = aMsgHdr.isRead;
+
+    let flags = aMsgHdr.flags;
+    aGlodaMessage.repliedTo = Boolean(flags & nsMsgMessageFlags_Replied);
+    aGlodaMessage.forwarded = Boolean(flags & nsMsgMessageFlags_Forwarded);
+
+    let tags = aGlodaMessage.tags = [];
+
+    // -- Tag
+    // build a map of the keywords
+    let keywords = aMsgHdr.getStringProperty("keywords");
+    let keywordList = keywords.split(' ');
+    let keywordMap = {};
+    for (let iKeyword = 0; iKeyword < keywordList.length; iKeyword++) {
+      let keyword = keywordList[iKeyword];
+      keywordMap[keyword] = true;
+    }
+
+    let tagArray = TagNoun.getAllTags();
+    for (let iTag = 0; iTag < tagArray.length; iTag++) {
+      let tag = tagArray[iTag];
+      if (tag.key in keywordMap)
+        tags.push(tag);
+    }
+
+    if (tags.length)
+      aGlodaMessage.notability += this.NOTABILITY_TAGGED_FIRST +
+        (tags.length - 1) * this.NOTABILITY_TAGGED_ADDL;
+
+    yield Gloda.kWorkDone;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Duplicates the notability logic from process().  Arguably process should
+   *  be factored to call us, grokNounItem should be factored to call us, or we
+   *  should get sufficiently fancy that our code wildly diverges.
+   */
+  score: function Gloda_explattr_score(aMessage, aContext) {
+    let score = 0;
+    if (aMessage.starred)
+      score += this.NOTABILITY_STARRED;
+    if (aMessage.tags.length)
+      score += this.NOTABILITY_TAGGED_FIRST +
+        (aMessage.tags.length - 1) * this.NOTABILITY_TAGGED_ADDL;
+    return score;
+  },
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/facet.js b/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/facet.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0f73d3d5b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/facet.js
@@ -0,0 +1,582 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/*
+ * This file provides faceting logic.
+ */
+
+var EXPORTED_SYMBOLS = ["FacetDriver", "FacetUtils"];
+
+var Cc = Components.classes;
+var Ci = Components.interfaces;
+var Cr = Components.results;
+var Cu = Components.utils;
+
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/public.js");
+
+/**
+ * Decides the appropriate faceters for the noun type and drives the faceting
+ *  process.  This class and the faceters are intended to be reusable so that
+ *  you only need one instance per faceting session.  (Although each faceting
+ *  pass is accordingly destructive to previous results.)
+ *
+ * Our strategy for faceting is to process one attribute at a time across all
+ *  the items in the provided set.  The alternative would be to iterate over
+ *  the items and then iterate over the attributes on each item.  While both
+ *  approaches have caching downsides
+ */
+function FacetDriver(aNounDef, aWindow) {
+  this.nounDef = aNounDef;
+  this._window = aWindow;
+
+  this._makeFaceters();
+}
+FacetDriver.prototype = {
+  /**
+   * Populate |this.faceters| with a set of faceters appropriate to the noun
+   *  definition associated with this instance.
+   */
+  _makeFaceters: function() {
+    let faceters = this.faceters = [];
+
+    function makeFaceter(aAttrDef, aFacetDef) {
+      let facetType = aFacetDef.type;
+
+      if (aAttrDef.singular) {
+        if (facetType == "date")
+          faceters.push(new DateFaceter(aAttrDef, aFacetDef));
+        else
+          faceters.push(new DiscreteFaceter(aAttrDef, aFacetDef));
+      }
+      else {
+        if (facetType == "nonempty?")
+          faceters.push(new NonEmptySetFaceter(aAttrDef, aFacetDef));
+        else
+          faceters.push(new DiscreteSetFaceter(aAttrDef, aFacetDef));
+      }
+    }
+
+    for (let key in this.nounDef.attribsByBoundName) {
+      let attrDef = this.nounDef.attribsByBoundName[key];
+      // ignore attributes that do not want to be faceted
+      if (!attrDef.facet)
+        continue;
+
+      makeFaceter(attrDef, attrDef.facet);
+
+      if ("extraFacets" in attrDef) {
+        for (let facetDef of attrDef.extraFacets) {
+          makeFaceter(attrDef, facetDef);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  },
+  /**
+   * Asynchronously facet the provided items, calling the provided callback when
+   *  completed.
+   */
+  go: function FacetDriver_go(aItems, aCallback, aCallbackThis) {
+    this.items = aItems;
+    this.callback = aCallback;
+    this.callbackThis = aCallbackThis;
+
+    this._nextFaceter = 0;
+    this._drive();
+  },
+
+  _MAX_FACETING_TIMESLICE_MS: 100,
+  _FACETING_YIELD_DURATION_MS: 0,
+  _driveWrapper: function(aThis) {
+    aThis._drive();
+  },
+  _drive: function() {
+    let start = Date.now();
+
+    while (this._nextFaceter < this.faceters.length) {
+      let faceter = this.faceters[this._nextFaceter++];
+      // for now we facet in one go, but the long-term plan allows for them to
+      //  be generators.
+      faceter.facetItems(this.items);
+
+      let delta = Date.now() - start;
+      if (delta > this._MAX_FACETING_TIMESLICE_MS) {
+        this._window.setTimeout(this._driveWrapper,
+                                this._FACETING_YIELD_DURATION_MS,
+                                this);
+        return;
+      }
+    }
+
+    // we only get here once we are done with the faceters
+    this.callback.call(this.callbackThis);
+  }
+};
+
+var FacetUtils = {
+  _groupSizeComparator: function(a, b) {
+    return b[1].length - a[1].length;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Given a list where each entry is a tuple of [group object, list of items
+   *  belonging to that group], produce a new list of the top grouped items.  We
+   *  used to also produce an "other" aggregation, but that turned out to be
+   *  conceptually difficult to deal with, so that's gone, leaving this method
+   *  with much less to do.
+   *
+   * @param aAttrDef The attribute for the facet we are working with.
+   * @param aGroups The list of groups built for the facet.
+   * @param aMaxCount The number of result rows you want back.
+   */
+  makeTopGroups: function FacetUtils_makeTopGroups(aAttrDef, aGroups,
+                                                   aMaxCount) {
+    let nounDef = aAttrDef.objectNounDef;
+    let realGroupsToUse = aMaxCount;
+
+    let orderedBySize = aGroups.concat();
+    orderedBySize.sort(this._groupSizeComparator);
+
+    // - get the real groups to use and order them by the attribute comparator
+    let outGroups = orderedBySize.slice(0, realGroupsToUse);
+    let comparator = nounDef.comparator;
+    function comparatorHelper(a, b) {
+      return comparator(a[0], b[0]);
+    }
+    outGroups.sort(comparatorHelper);
+
+    return outGroups;
+  }
+};
+
+/**
+ * Facet discrete things like message authors, boolean values, etc.  Only
+ *  appropriate for use on singular values.  Use |DiscreteSetFaceter| for
+ *  non-singular values.
+ */
+function DiscreteFaceter(aAttrDef, aFacetDef) {
+  this.attrDef = aAttrDef;
+  this.facetDef = aFacetDef;
+}
+DiscreteFaceter.prototype = {
+  type: "discrete",
+  /**
+   * Facet the given set of items, deferring to the appropriate helper method
+   */
+  facetItems: function(aItems) {
+    if (this.attrDef.objectNounDef.isPrimitive)
+      return this.facetPrimitiveItems(aItems);
+    else
+      return this.facetComplexItems(aItems);
+  },
+  /**
+   * Facet an attribute whose value is primitive, meaning that it is a raw
+   *  numeric value or string, rather than a complex object.
+   */
+  facetPrimitiveItems: function(aItems) {
+    let attrKey = this.attrDef.boundName;
+    let nounDef = this.attrDef.objectNounDef;
+    let filter = this.facetDef.filter;
+
+    let valStrToVal = {};
+    let groups = this.groups = {};
+    this.groupCount = 0;
+
+    for (let item of aItems) {
+      let val = (attrKey in item) ? item[attrKey] : null;
+      if (val === Gloda.IGNORE_FACET)
+        continue;
+
+      // skip items the filter tells us to ignore
+      if (filter && !filter(val))
+        continue;
+
+      // We need to use hasOwnProperty because we cannot guarantee that the
+      //  contents of val won't collide with the attributes in Object.prototype.
+      if (groups.hasOwnProperty(val))
+        groups[val].push(item);
+      else {
+        groups[val] = [item];
+        valStrToVal[val] = val;
+        this.groupCount++;
+      }
+    }
+
+    let orderedGroups = Object.keys(groups).
+      map(key => [valStrToVal[key], groups[key]]);
+    let comparator = this.facetDef.groupComparator;
+    function comparatorHelper(a, b) {
+      return comparator(a[0], b[0]);
+    }
+    orderedGroups.sort(comparatorHelper);
+    this.orderedGroups = orderedGroups;
+  },
+  /**
+   * Facet an attribute whose value is a complex object that can be identified
+   *  by its 'id' attribute.  This is the case where the value is itself a noun
+   *  instance.
+   */
+  facetComplexItems: function(aItems) {
+    let attrKey = this.attrDef.boundName;
+    let nounDef = this.attrDef.objectNounDef;
+    let filter = this.facetDef.filter;
+    let idAttr = this.facetDef.groupIdAttr;
+
+    let groups = this.groups = {};
+    let groupMap = this.groupMap = {};
+    this.groupCount = 0;
+
+    for (let item of aItems) {
+      let val = (attrKey in item) ? item[attrKey] : null;
+      if (val === Gloda.IGNORE_FACET)
+        continue;
+
+      // skip items the filter tells us to ignore
+      if (filter && !filter(val))
+        continue;
+
+      let valId = (val == null) ? null : val[idAttr];
+      // We need to use hasOwnProperty because tag nouns are complex objects
+      //  with id's that are non-numeric and so can collide with the contents
+      //  of Object.prototype.  (Note: the "tags" attribute is actually handled
+      //  by the DiscreteSetFaceter.)
+      if (groupMap.hasOwnProperty(valId)) {
+        groups[valId].push(item);
+      }
+      else {
+        groupMap[valId] = val;
+        groups[valId] = [item];
+        this.groupCount++;
+      }
+    }
+
+    let orderedGroups = Object.keys(groups).
+      map(key => [groupMap[key], groups[key]]);
+    let comparator = this.facetDef.groupComparator;
+    function comparatorHelper(a, b) {
+      return comparator(a[0], b[0]);
+    }
+    orderedGroups.sort(comparatorHelper);
+    this.orderedGroups = orderedGroups;
+  },
+};
+
+/**
+ * Facet sets of discrete items.  For example, tags applied to messages.
+ *
+ * The main differences between us and |DiscreteFaceter| are:
+ * - The empty set is notable.
+ * - Specific set configurations could be interesting, but are not low-hanging
+ *    fruit.
+ */
+function DiscreteSetFaceter(aAttrDef, aFacetDef) {
+  this.attrDef = aAttrDef;
+  this.facetDef = aFacetDef;
+}
+DiscreteSetFaceter.prototype = {
+  type: "discrete",
+  /**
+   * Facet the given set of items, deferring to the appropriate helper method
+   */
+  facetItems: function(aItems) {
+    if (this.attrDef.objectNounDef.isPrimitive)
+      return this.facetPrimitiveItems(aItems);
+    else
+      return this.facetComplexItems(aItems);
+  },
+  /**
+   * Facet an attribute whose value is primitive, meaning that it is a raw
+   *  numeric value or string, rather than a complex object.
+   */
+  facetPrimitiveItems: function(aItems) {
+    let attrKey = this.attrDef.boundName;
+    let nounDef = this.attrDef.objectNounDef;
+    let filter = this.facetDef.filter;
+
+    let groups = this.groups = {};
+    let valStrToVal = {};
+    this.groupCount = 0;
+
+    for (let item of aItems) {
+      let vals = (attrKey in item) ? item[attrKey] : null;
+      if (vals === Gloda.IGNORE_FACET)
+        continue;
+
+      if (vals == null || vals.length == 0) {
+        vals = [null];
+      }
+      for (let val of vals) {
+        // skip items the filter tells us to ignore
+        if (filter && !filter(val))
+          continue;
+
+        // We need to use hasOwnProperty because we cannot guarantee that the
+        //  contents of val won't collide with the attributes in
+        //  Object.prototype.
+        if (groups.hasOwnProperty(val))
+          groups[val].push(item);
+        else {
+          groups[val] = [item];
+          valStrToVal[val] = val;
+          this.groupCount++;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    let orderedGroups = Object.keys(groups).
+      map(key => [valStrToVal[key], groups[key]]);
+    let comparator = this.facetDef.groupComparator;
+    function comparatorHelper(a, b) {
+      return comparator(a[0], b[0]);
+    }
+    orderedGroups.sort(comparatorHelper);
+    this.orderedGroups = orderedGroups;
+  },
+  /**
+   * Facet an attribute whose value is a complex object that can be identified
+   *  by its 'id' attribute.  This is the case where the value is itself a noun
+   *  instance.
+   */
+  facetComplexItems: function(aItems) {
+    let attrKey = this.attrDef.boundName;
+    let nounDef = this.attrDef.objectNounDef;
+    let filter = this.facetDef.filter;
+    let idAttr = this.facetDef.groupIdAttr;
+
+    let groups = this.groups = {};
+    let groupMap = this.groupMap = {};
+    this.groupCount = 0;
+
+    for (let item of aItems) {
+      let vals = (attrKey in item) ? item[attrKey] : null;
+      if (vals === Gloda.IGNORE_FACET)
+        continue;
+
+      if (vals == null || vals.length == 0) {
+        vals = [null];
+      }
+      for (let val of vals) {
+        // skip items the filter tells us to ignore
+        if (filter && !filter(val))
+          continue;
+
+        let valId = (val == null) ? null : val[idAttr];
+        // We need to use hasOwnProperty because tag nouns are complex objects
+        //  with id's that are non-numeric and so can collide with the contents
+        //  of Object.prototype.
+        if (groupMap.hasOwnProperty(valId)) {
+          groups[valId].push(item);
+        }
+        else {
+          groupMap[valId] = val;
+          groups[valId] = [item];
+          this.groupCount++;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    let orderedGroups = Object.keys(groups).
+      map(key => [groupMap[key], groups[key]]);
+    let comparator = this.facetDef.groupComparator;
+    function comparatorHelper(a, b) {
+      return comparator(a[0], b[0]);
+    }
+    orderedGroups.sort(comparatorHelper);
+    this.orderedGroups = orderedGroups;
+  },
+};
+
+/**
+ * Given a non-singular attribute, facet it as if it were a boolean based on
+ *  whether there is anything in the list (set).
+ */
+function NonEmptySetFaceter(aAttrDef, aFacetDef) {
+  this.attrDef = aAttrDef;
+  this.facetDef = aFacetDef;
+}
+NonEmptySetFaceter.prototype = {
+  type: "boolean",
+  /**
+   * Facet the given set of items, deferring to the appropriate helper method
+   */
+  facetItems: function(aItems) {
+    let attrKey = this.attrDef.boundName;
+    let nounDef = this.attrDef.objectNounDef;
+
+    let trueValues = [];
+    let falseValues = [];
+
+    let groups = this.groups = {};
+    this.groupCount = 0;
+
+    for (let item of aItems) {
+      let vals = (attrKey in item) ? item[attrKey] : null;
+      if (vals == null || vals.length == 0)
+        falseValues.push(item);
+      else
+        trueValues.push(item);
+    }
+
+    this.orderedGroups = [];
+    if (trueValues.length)
+      this.orderedGroups.push([true, trueValues]);
+    if (falseValues.length)
+      this.orderedGroups.push([false, falseValues]);
+    this.groupCount = this.orderedGroups.length;
+  },
+  makeQuery: function(aGroupValues, aInclusive) {
+    let query = this.query = Gloda.newQuery(Gloda.NOUN_MESSAGE);
+
+    let constraintFunc = query[this.attrDef.boundName];
+    constraintFunc.call(query);
+
+    // Our query is always for non-empty lists (at this time), so we want to
+    //  invert if they're excluding 'true' or including 'false', which means !=.
+    let invert = aGroupValues[0] != aInclusive;
+
+    return [query, invert];
+  }
+};
+
+
+/**
+ * Facet dates.  We build a hierarchical nested structure of year, month, and
+ *  day nesting levels.  This decision was made speculatively in the hopes that
+ *  it would allow us to do clustered analysis and that there might be a benefit
+ *  for that.  For example, if you search for "Christmas", we might notice
+ *  clusters of messages around December of each year.  We could then present
+ *  these in a list as likely candidates, rather than a graphical timeline.
+ *  Alternately, it could be used to inform a non-linear visualization.  As it
+ *  stands (as of this writing), it's just a complicating factor.
+ */
+function DateFaceter(aAttrDef, aFacetDef) {
+  this.attrDef = aAttrDef;
+  this.facetDef = aFacetDef;
+}
+DateFaceter.prototype = {
+  type: "date",
+  /**
+   *
+   */
+  facetItems: function(aItems) {
+    let attrKey = this.attrDef.boundName;
+    let nounDef = this.attrDef.objectNounDef;
+
+    let years = this.years = {_subCount: 0};
+    // generally track the time range
+    let oldest = null, newest = null;
+
+    let validItems = this.validItems = [];
+
+    // just cheat and put us at the front...
+    this.groupCount = aItems.length ? 1000 : 0;
+    this.orderedGroups = null;
+
+    /** The number of items with a null/missing attribute. */
+    this.missing = 0;
+
+    /**
+     * The number of items with a date that is unreasonably far in the past or
+     *  in the future.  Old-wise, we are concerned about incorrectly formatted
+     *  messages (spam) that end up placed around the UNIX epoch.  New-wise,
+     *  we are concerned about messages that can't be explained by users who
+     *  don't know how to set their clocks (both the current user and people
+     *  sending them mail), mainly meaning spam.
+     * We want to avoid having our clever time-scale logic being made useless by
+     *  these unreasonable messages.
+     */
+    this.unreasonable = 0;
+    // feb 1, 1970
+    let tooOld = new Date(1970, 1, 1);
+    // 3 days from now
+    let tooNew = new Date(Date.now() + 3 * 24 * 60 * 60 * 1000);
+
+    for (let item of aItems) {
+      let val = (attrKey in item) ? item[attrKey] : null;
+      // -- missing
+      if (val == null) {
+        this.missing++;
+        continue;
+      }
+
+      // -- unreasonable
+      if (val < tooOld || val > tooNew) {
+        this.unreasonable++;
+        continue;
+      }
+
+      this.validItems.push(item);
+
+      // -- time range
+      if (oldest == null)
+        oldest = newest = val;
+      else if (val < oldest)
+        oldest = val;
+      else if (val > newest)
+        newest = val;
+
+      // -- bucket
+      // - year
+      let year, valYear = val.getYear();
+      if (valYear in years) {
+        year = years[valYear];
+        year._dateCount++;
+      }
+      else {
+        year = years[valYear] = {
+          _dateCount: 1,
+          _subCount: 0
+        };
+        years._subCount++;
+      }
+
+      // - month
+      let month, valMonth = val.getMonth();
+      if (valMonth in year) {
+        month = year[valMonth];
+        month._dateCount++;
+      }
+      else {
+        month = year[valMonth] = {
+          _dateCount: 1,
+          _subCount: 0
+        };
+        year._subCount++;
+      }
+
+      // - day
+      let valDate = val.getDate();
+      if (valDate in month) {
+        month[valDate].push(item);
+      }
+      else {
+        month[valDate] = [item];
+      }
+    }
+
+    this.oldest = oldest;
+    this.newest = newest;
+  },
+
+  _unionMonth: function(aMonthObj) {
+    let dayItemLists = [];
+    for (let key in aMonthObj) {
+      let dayItemList = aMonthObj[key];
+      if (typeof(key) == "string" && key.startsWith('_'))
+        continue;
+      dayItemLists.push(dayItemList);
+    }
+    return Array.concat.apply([], dayItemLists);
+  },
+
+  _unionYear: function(aYearObj) {
+    let monthItemLists = [];
+    for (let key in aYearObj) {
+      let monthObj = aYearObj[key];
+      if (typeof(key) == "string" && key.startsWith('_'))
+        continue;
+      monthItemLists.push(this._unionMonth(monthObj));
+    }
+    return Array.concat.apply([], monthItemLists);
+  }
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/fundattr.js b/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/fundattr.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..75a424adb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/fundattr.js
@@ -0,0 +1,907 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+this.EXPORTED_SYMBOLS = ['GlodaFundAttr'];
+
+var Cc = Components.classes;
+var Ci = Components.interfaces;
+var Cr = Components.results;
+var Cu = Components.utils;
+
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/log4moz.js");
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/StringBundle.js");
+
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/utils.js");
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/gloda.js");
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/datastore.js");
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/datamodel.js"); // for GlodaAttachment
+
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/noun_mimetype.js");
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/connotent.js");
+
+/**
+ * @namespace The Gloda Fundamental Attribute provider is a special attribute
+ *  provider; it provides attributes that the rest of the providers should be
+ *  able to assume exist.  Also, it may end up accessing things at a lower level
+ *  than most extension providers should do.  In summary, don't mimic this code
+ *  unless you won't complain when your code breaks.
+ */
+var GlodaFundAttr = {
+  providerName: "gloda.fundattr",
+  strings: new StringBundle("chrome://messenger/locale/gloda.properties"),
+  _log: null,
+
+  init: function gloda_explattr_init() {
+    this._log =  Log4Moz.repository.getLogger("gloda.fundattr");
+
+    try {
+      this.defineAttributes();
+    }
+    catch (ex) {
+      this._log.error("Error in init: " + ex);
+      throw ex;
+    }
+  },
+
+  POPULARITY_FROM_ME_TO: 10,
+  POPULARITY_FROM_ME_CC: 4,
+  POPULARITY_FROM_ME_BCC: 3,
+  POPULARITY_TO_ME: 5,
+  POPULARITY_CC_ME: 1,
+  POPULARITY_BCC_ME: 1,
+
+  /** Boost for messages 'I' sent */
+  NOTABILITY_FROM_ME: 10,
+  /** Boost for messages involving 'me'. */
+  NOTABILITY_INVOLVING_ME: 1,
+  /** Boost for message from someone in 'my' address book. */
+  NOTABILITY_FROM_IN_ADDR_BOOK: 10,
+  /** Boost for the first person involved in my address book. */
+  NOTABILITY_INVOLVING_ADDR_BOOK_FIRST: 8,
+  /** Boost for each additional person involved in my address book. */
+  NOTABILITY_INVOLVING_ADDR_BOOK_ADDL: 2,
+
+  defineAttributes: function gloda_fundattr_defineAttributes() {
+    /* ***** Conversations ***** */
+    // conversation: subjectMatches
+    this._attrConvSubject = Gloda.defineAttribute({
+      provider: this,
+      extensionName: Gloda.BUILT_IN,
+      attributeType: Gloda.kAttrDerived,
+      attributeName: "subjectMatches",
+      singular: true,
+      special: Gloda.kSpecialFulltext,
+      specialColumnName: "subject",
+      subjectNouns: [Gloda.NOUN_CONVERSATION],
+      objectNoun: Gloda.NOUN_FULLTEXT,
+      });
+
+    /* ***** Messages ***** */
+    // folder
+    this._attrFolder = Gloda.defineAttribute({
+      provider: this,
+      extensionName: Gloda.BUILT_IN,
+      attributeType: Gloda.kAttrFundamental,
+      attributeName: "folder",
+      singular: true,
+      facet: true,
+      special: Gloda.kSpecialColumn,
+      specialColumnName: "folderID",
+      subjectNouns: [Gloda.NOUN_MESSAGE],
+      objectNoun: Gloda.NOUN_FOLDER,
+      }); // tested-by: test_attributes_fundamental
+    this._attrAccount = Gloda.defineAttribute({
+      provider: this,
+      extensionName: Gloda.BUILT_IN,
+      attributeType: Gloda.kAttrDerived,
+      attributeName: "account",
+      canQuery: "memory",
+      singular: true,
+      facet: true,
+      subjectNouns: [Gloda.NOUN_MESSAGE],
+      objectNoun: Gloda.NOUN_ACCOUNT
+      });
+    this._attrMessageKey = Gloda.defineAttribute({
+      provider: this,
+      extensionName: Gloda.BUILT_IN,
+      attributeType: Gloda.kAttrFundamental,
+      attributeName: "messageKey",
+      singular: true,
+      special: Gloda.kSpecialColumn,
+      specialColumnName: "messageKey",
+      subjectNouns: [Gloda.NOUN_MESSAGE],
+      objectNoun: Gloda.NOUN_NUMBER,
+      canQuery: true,
+      }); // tested-by: test_attributes_fundamental
+
+    // We need to surface the deleted attribute for querying, but there is no
+    //  reason for user code, so let's call it "_deleted" rather than deleted.
+    // (In fact, our validity constraints require a special query formulation
+    //  that user code should have no clue exists.  That's right user code,
+    //  that's a dare.)
+    Gloda.defineAttribute({
+      provider: this,
+      extensionName: Gloda.BUILT_IN,
+      attributeType: Gloda.kAttrFundamental,
+      attributeName: "_deleted",
+      singular: true,
+      special: Gloda.kSpecialColumn,
+      specialColumnName: "deleted",
+      subjectNouns: [Gloda.NOUN_MESSAGE],
+      objectNoun: Gloda.NOUN_NUMBER,
+      });
+
+
+    // -- fulltext search helpers
+    // fulltextMatches.  Match over message subject, body, and attachments
+    // @testpoint gloda.noun.message.attr.fulltextMatches
+    this._attrFulltext = Gloda.defineAttribute({
+      provider: this,
+      extensionName: Gloda.BUILT_IN,
+      attributeType: Gloda.kAttrDerived,
+      attributeName: "fulltextMatches",
+      singular: true,
+      special: Gloda.kSpecialFulltext,
+      specialColumnName: "messagesText",
+      subjectNouns: [Gloda.NOUN_MESSAGE],
+      objectNoun: Gloda.NOUN_FULLTEXT,
+      });
+
+    // subjectMatches.  Fulltext match on subject
+    // @testpoint gloda.noun.message.attr.subjectMatches
+    this._attrSubjectText = Gloda.defineAttribute({
+      provider: this,
+      extensionName: Gloda.BUILT_IN,
+      attributeType: Gloda.kAttrDerived,
+      attributeName: "subjectMatches",
+      singular: true,
+      special: Gloda.kSpecialFulltext,
+      specialColumnName: "subject",
+      subjectNouns: [Gloda.NOUN_MESSAGE],
+      objectNoun: Gloda.NOUN_FULLTEXT,
+      });
+
+    // bodyMatches. super-synthetic full-text matching...
+    // @testpoint gloda.noun.message.attr.bodyMatches
+    this._attrBody = Gloda.defineAttribute({
+      provider: this,
+      extensionName: Gloda.BUILT_IN,
+      attributeType: Gloda.kAttrDerived,
+      attributeName: "bodyMatches",
+      singular: true,
+      special: Gloda.kSpecialFulltext,
+      specialColumnName: "body",
+      subjectNouns: [Gloda.NOUN_MESSAGE],
+      objectNoun: Gloda.NOUN_FULLTEXT,
+      });
+
+    // attachmentNamesMatch
+    // @testpoint gloda.noun.message.attr.attachmentNamesMatch
+    this._attrAttachmentNames = Gloda.defineAttribute({
+      provider: this,
+      extensionName: Gloda.BUILT_IN,
+      attributeType: Gloda.kAttrDerived,
+      attributeName: "attachmentNamesMatch",
+      singular: true,
+      special: Gloda.kSpecialFulltext,
+      specialColumnName: "attachmentNames",
+      subjectNouns: [Gloda.NOUN_MESSAGE],
+      objectNoun: Gloda.NOUN_FULLTEXT,
+      });
+
+    // @testpoint gloda.noun.message.attr.authorMatches
+    this._attrAuthorFulltext = Gloda.defineAttribute({
+      provider: this,
+      extensionName: Gloda.BUILT_IN,
+      attributeType: Gloda.kAttrDerived,
+      attributeName: "authorMatches",
+      singular: true,
+      special: Gloda.kSpecialFulltext,
+      specialColumnName: "author",
+      subjectNouns: [Gloda.NOUN_MESSAGE],
+      objectNoun: Gloda.NOUN_FULLTEXT,
+      });
+
+    // @testpoint gloda.noun.message.attr.recipientsMatch
+    this._attrRecipientsFulltext = Gloda.defineAttribute({
+      provider: this,
+      extensionName: Gloda.BUILT_IN,
+      attributeType: Gloda.kAttrDerived,
+      attributeName: "recipientsMatch",
+      singular: true,
+      special: Gloda.kSpecialFulltext,
+      specialColumnName: "recipients",
+      subjectNouns: [Gloda.NOUN_MESSAGE],
+      objectNoun: Gloda.NOUN_FULLTEXT,
+      });
+
+    // --- synthetic stuff for some reason
+    // conversation
+    // @testpoint gloda.noun.message.attr.conversation
+    this._attrConversation = Gloda.defineAttribute({
+      provider: this,
+      extensionName: Gloda.BUILT_IN,
+      attributeType: Gloda.kAttrFundamental,
+      attributeName: "conversation",
+      singular: true,
+      special: Gloda.kSpecialColumnParent,
+      specialColumnName: "conversationID",
+      idStorageAttributeName: "_conversationID",
+      valueStorageAttributeName: "_conversation",
+      subjectNouns: [Gloda.NOUN_MESSAGE],
+      objectNoun: Gloda.NOUN_CONVERSATION,
+      canQuery: true,
+      });
+
+    // --- Fundamental
+    // From
+    this._attrFrom = Gloda.defineAttribute({
+                        provider: this,
+                        extensionName: Gloda.BUILT_IN,
+                        attributeType: Gloda.kAttrFundamental,
+                        attributeName: "from",
+                        singular: true,
+                        subjectNouns: [Gloda.NOUN_MESSAGE],
+                        objectNoun: Gloda.NOUN_IDENTITY,
+                        }); // tested-by: test_attributes_fundamental
+    // To
+    this._attrTo = Gloda.defineAttribute({
+                        provider: this,
+                        extensionName: Gloda.BUILT_IN,
+                        attributeType: Gloda.kAttrFundamental,
+                        attributeName: "to",
+                        singular: false,
+                        subjectNouns: [Gloda.NOUN_MESSAGE],
+                        objectNoun: Gloda.NOUN_IDENTITY,
+                        }); // tested-by: test_attributes_fundamental
+    // Cc
+    this._attrCc = Gloda.defineAttribute({
+                        provider: this,
+                        extensionName: Gloda.BUILT_IN,
+                        attributeType: Gloda.kAttrFundamental,
+                        attributeName: "cc",
+                        singular: false,
+                        subjectNouns: [Gloda.NOUN_MESSAGE],
+                        objectNoun: Gloda.NOUN_IDENTITY,
+                        }); // not-tested
+    /**
+     * Bcc'ed recipients; only makes sense for sent messages.
+     */
+    this._attrBcc = Gloda.defineAttribute({
+      provider: this,
+      extensionName: Gloda.BUILT_IN,
+      attributeType: Gloda.kAttrFundamental,
+      attributeName: "bcc",
+      singular: false,
+      subjectNouns: [Gloda.NOUN_MESSAGE],
+      objectNoun: Gloda.NOUN_IDENTITY,
+    }); // not-tested
+
+    // Date.  now lives on the row.
+    this._attrDate = Gloda.defineAttribute({
+                        provider: this,
+                        extensionName: Gloda.BUILT_IN,
+                        attributeType: Gloda.kAttrFundamental,
+                        attributeName: "date",
+                        singular: true,
+                        facet: {
+                          type: "date",
+                        },
+                        special: Gloda.kSpecialColumn,
+                        specialColumnName: "date",
+                        subjectNouns: [Gloda.NOUN_MESSAGE],
+                        objectNoun: Gloda.NOUN_DATE,
+                        }); // tested-by: test_attributes_fundamental
+
+    // Header message ID.
+    this._attrHeaderMessageID = Gloda.defineAttribute({
+                        provider: this,
+                        extensionName: Gloda.BUILT_IN,
+                        attributeType: Gloda.kAttrFundamental,
+                        attributeName: "headerMessageID",
+                        singular: true,
+                        special: Gloda.kSpecialString,
+                        specialColumnName: "headerMessageID",
+                        subjectNouns: [Gloda.NOUN_MESSAGE],
+                        objectNoun: Gloda.NOUN_STRING,
+                        canQuery: true,
+                        }); // tested-by: test_attributes_fundamental
+
+    // Attachment MIME Types
+    this._attrAttachmentTypes = Gloda.defineAttribute({
+      provider: this,
+      extensionName: Gloda.BUILT_IN,
+      attributeType: Gloda.kAttrFundamental,
+      attributeName: "attachmentTypes",
+      singular: false,
+      emptySetIsSignificant: true,
+      facet: {
+        type: "default",
+        // This will group the MIME types by their category.
+        groupIdAttr: "category",
+        queryHelper: "Category",
+      },
+      subjectNouns: [Gloda.NOUN_MESSAGE],
+      objectNoun: Gloda.NOUN_MIME_TYPE,
+      });
+
+    // Attachment infos
+    this._attrIsEncrypted = Gloda.defineAttribute({
+      provider: this,
+      extensionName: Gloda.BUILT_IN,
+      attributeType: Gloda.kAttrFundamental,
+      attributeName: "isEncrypted",
+      singular: true,
+      emptySetIsSignificant: false,
+      subjectNouns: [Gloda.NOUN_MESSAGE],
+      objectNoun: Gloda.NOUN_NUMBER,
+      });
+
+    // Attachment infos
+    this._attrAttachmentInfos = Gloda.defineAttribute({
+      provider: this,
+      extensionName: Gloda.BUILT_IN,
+      attributeType: Gloda.kAttrFundamental,
+      attributeName: "attachmentInfos",
+      singular: false,
+      emptySetIsSignificant: false,
+      subjectNouns: [Gloda.NOUN_MESSAGE],
+      objectNoun: Gloda.NOUN_ATTACHMENT,
+      });
+
+    // --- Optimization
+    /**
+     * Involves means any of from/to/cc/bcc.  The queries get ugly enough
+     *  without this that it seems to justify the cost, especially given the
+     *  frequent use case.  (In fact, post-filtering for the specific from/to/cc
+     *  is probably justifiable rather than losing this attribute...)
+     */
+    this._attrInvolves = Gloda.defineAttribute({
+      provider: this,
+      extensionName: Gloda.BUILT_IN,
+      attributeType: Gloda.kAttrOptimization,
+      attributeName: "involves",
+      singular: false,
+      facet: {
+        type: "default",
+        /**
+         * Filter out 'me', as we have other facets that deal with that, and the
+         *  'me' identities are so likely that they distort things.
+         *
+         * @return true if the identity is not one of my identities, false if it
+         *   is.
+         */
+        filter: function gloda_explattr_involves_filter(aItem) {
+          return (!(aItem.id in Gloda.myIdentities));
+        }
+      },
+      subjectNouns: [Gloda.NOUN_MESSAGE],
+      objectNoun: Gloda.NOUN_IDENTITY,
+      }); // not-tested
+
+    /**
+     * Any of to/cc/bcc.
+     */
+    this._attrRecipients = Gloda.defineAttribute({
+      provider: this,
+      extensionName: Gloda.BUILT_IN,
+      attributeType: Gloda.kAttrOptimization,
+      attributeName: "recipients",
+      singular: false,
+      subjectNouns: [Gloda.NOUN_MESSAGE],
+      objectNoun: Gloda.NOUN_IDENTITY,
+      }); // not-tested
+
+    // From Me (To/Cc/Bcc)
+    this._attrFromMe = Gloda.defineAttribute({
+      provider: this,
+      extensionName: Gloda.BUILT_IN,
+      attributeType: Gloda.kAttrOptimization,
+      attributeName: "fromMe",
+      singular: false,
+      // The interesting thing to a facet is whether the message is from me.
+      facet: {
+        type: "nonempty?"
+      },
+      subjectNouns: [Gloda.NOUN_MESSAGE],
+      objectNoun: Gloda.NOUN_PARAM_IDENTITY,
+      }); // not-tested
+    // To/Cc/Bcc Me
+    this._attrToMe = Gloda.defineAttribute({
+      provider: this,
+      extensionName: Gloda.BUILT_IN,
+      attributeType: Gloda.kAttrFundamental,
+      attributeName: "toMe",
+      // The interesting thing to a facet is whether the message is to me.
+      facet: {
+        type: "nonempty?"
+      },
+      singular: false,
+      subjectNouns: [Gloda.NOUN_MESSAGE],
+      objectNoun: Gloda.NOUN_PARAM_IDENTITY,
+      }); // not-tested
+
+
+    // -- Mailing List
+    // Non-singular, but a hard call.  Namely, it is obvious that a message can
+    //  be addressed to multiple mailing lists.  However, I don't see how you
+    //  could receive a message with more than one set of List-* headers,
+    //  since each list-serve would each send you a copy.  Based on our current
+    //  decision to treat each physical message as separate, it almost seems
+    //  right to limit the list attribute to the copy that originated at the
+    //  list.  That may sound entirely wrong, but keep in mind that until we
+    //  have seen a message from the list with the List headers, we can't
+    //  definitely know it's a mailing list (although heuristics could take us
+    //  pretty far).  As such, the quasi-singular thing is appealing.
+    // Of course, the reality is that we really want to know if a message was
+    //  sent to multiple mailing lists and be able to query on that.
+    //  Additionally, our implicit-to logic needs to work on messages that
+    //  weren't relayed by the list-serve, especially messages sent to the list
+    //  by the user.
+    this._attrList = Gloda.defineAttribute({
+                        provider: this,
+                        extensionName: Gloda.BUILT_IN,
+                        attributeType: Gloda.kAttrFundamental,
+                        attributeName: "mailing-list",
+                        bindName: "mailingLists",
+                        singular: false,
+                        emptySetIsSignificant: true,
+                        facet: true,
+                        subjectNouns: [Gloda.NOUN_MESSAGE],
+                        objectNoun: Gloda.NOUN_IDENTITY,
+                        }); // not-tested, not-implemented
+  },
+
+  RE_LIST_POST: /<mailto:([^>]+)>/,
+
+  /**
+   *
+   * Specializations:
+   * - Mailing Lists.  Replies to a message on a mailing list frequently only
+   *   have the list-serve as the 'to', so we try to generate a synthetic 'to'
+   *   based on the author of the parent message when possible.  (The 'possible'
+   *   part is that we may not have a copy of the parent message at the time of
+   *   processing.)
+   * - Newsgroups.  Same deal as mailing lists.
+   */
+  process: function* gloda_fundattr_process(aGlodaMessage, aRawReps,
+                                            aIsNew, aCallbackHandle) {
+    let aMsgHdr = aRawReps.header;
+    let aMimeMsg = aRawReps.mime;
+
+    // -- From
+    // Let's use replyTo if available.
+    // er, since we are just dealing with mailing lists for now, forget the
+    //  reply-to...
+    // TODO: deal with default charset issues
+    let author = null;
+    /*
+    try {
+      author = aMsgHdr.getStringProperty("replyTo");
+    }
+    catch (ex) {
+    }
+    */
+    if (author == null || author == "")
+      author = aMsgHdr.author;
+
+    let normalizedListPost = "";
+    if (aMimeMsg && aMimeMsg.has("list-post")) {
+      let match = this.RE_LIST_POST.exec(aMimeMsg.get("list-post"));
+      if (match)
+        normalizedListPost = "<" + match[1] + ">";
+    }
+
+    // Do not use the MIME decoded variants of any of the email addresses
+    //  because if name is encoded and has a comma in it, it will break the
+    //  address parser (which already knows how to do the decoding anyways).
+    let [authorIdentities, toIdentities, ccIdentities, bccIdentities,
+         listIdentities] =
+      yield aCallbackHandle.pushAndGo(
+        Gloda.getOrCreateMailIdentities(aCallbackHandle,
+                                        author, aMsgHdr.recipients,
+                                        aMsgHdr.ccList, aMsgHdr.bccList,
+                                        normalizedListPost));
+
+    if (authorIdentities.length != 1) {
+      throw new Gloda.BadItemContentsError(
+        "Message with subject '" + aMsgHdr.mime2DecodedSubject +
+          "' somehow lacks a valid author.  Bailing.");
+    }
+    let authorIdentity = authorIdentities[0];
+    aGlodaMessage.from = authorIdentity;
+
+    // -- To, Cc, Bcc
+    aGlodaMessage.to = toIdentities;
+    aGlodaMessage.cc = ccIdentities;
+    aGlodaMessage.bcc = bccIdentities;
+
+    // -- Mailing List
+    if (listIdentities.length)
+      aGlodaMessage.mailingLists = listIdentities;
+
+    let findIsEncrypted = x =>
+      x.isEncrypted || (x.parts ? x.parts.some(findIsEncrypted) : false);
+
+    // -- Encryption
+    aGlodaMessage.isEncrypted = false;
+    if (aMimeMsg) {
+      aGlodaMessage.isEncrypted = findIsEncrypted(aMimeMsg);
+    }
+
+    // -- Attachments
+    if (aMimeMsg) {
+      // nsParseMailbox.cpp puts the attachment flag on msgHdrs as soon as it
+      // finds a multipart/mixed part. This is a good heuristic, but if it turns
+      // out the part has no filename, then we don't treat it as an attachment.
+      // We just streamed the message, and we have all the information to figure
+      // that out, so now is a good place to clear the flag if needed.
+      let foundRealAttachment = false;
+      let attachmentTypes = [];
+      for (let attachment of aMimeMsg.allAttachments) {
+        // We don't care about would-be attachments that are not user-intended
+        //  attachments but rather artifacts of the message content.
+        // We also want to avoid dealing with obviously bogus mime types.
+        //  (If you don't have a "/", you are probably bogus.)
+        if (attachment.isRealAttachment &&
+            attachment.contentType.includes("/")) {
+          attachmentTypes.push(MimeTypeNoun.getMimeType(attachment.contentType));
+        }
+        if (attachment.isRealAttachment)
+          foundRealAttachment = true;
+      }
+      if (attachmentTypes.length) {
+        aGlodaMessage.attachmentTypes = attachmentTypes;
+      }
+
+      let aMsgHdr = aRawReps.header;
+      let wasStreamed = aMsgHdr &&
+        !aGlodaMessage.isEncrypted &&
+        ((aMsgHdr.flags & Ci.nsMsgMessageFlags.Offline) ||
+        (aMsgHdr.folder instanceof Ci.nsIMsgLocalMailFolder));
+
+      // Clear the flag if it turns out there's no attachment after all and we
+      // streamed completely the message (if we didn't, then we have no
+      // knowledge of attachments, unless bug 673370 is fixed).
+      if (!foundRealAttachment && wasStreamed)
+        aMsgHdr.markHasAttachments(false);
+
+      // This is not the same kind of attachments as above. Now, we want to
+      // provide convenience attributes to Gloda consumers, so that they can run
+      // through the list of attachments of a given message, to possibly build a
+      // visualization on top of it. We still reject bogus mime types, which
+      // means yencode won't be supported. Oh, I feel really bad.
+      let attachmentInfos = [];
+      for (let att of aMimeMsg.allUserAttachments) {
+        attachmentInfos.push(this.glodaAttFromMimeAtt(aRawReps.trueGlodaRep,
+                                                      att));
+      }
+      aGlodaMessage.attachmentInfos = attachmentInfos;
+    }
+
+    // TODO: deal with mailing lists, including implicit-to.  this will require
+    //  convincing the indexer to pass us in the previous message if it is
+    //  available.  (which we'll simply pass to everyone... it can help body
+    //  logic for quoting purposes, etc. too.)
+
+    yield Gloda.kWorkDone;
+  },
+
+  glodaAttFromMimeAtt:
+      function gloda_fundattr_glodaAttFromMimeAtt(aGlodaMessage, aAtt) {
+    // So we don't want to store the URL because it can change over time if
+    // the message is moved. What we do is store the full URL if it's a
+    // detached attachment, otherwise just keep the part information, and
+    // rebuild the URL according to where the message is sitting.
+    let part, externalUrl;
+    if (aAtt.isExternal) {
+      externalUrl = aAtt.url;
+    } else {
+      let matches = aAtt.url.match(GlodaUtils.PART_RE);
+      if (matches && matches.length)
+        part = matches[1];
+      else
+        this._log.error("Error processing attachment: " + aAtt.url);
+    }
+    return new GlodaAttachment(aGlodaMessage,
+                               aAtt.name,
+                               aAtt.contentType,
+                               aAtt.size,
+                               part,
+                               externalUrl,
+                               aAtt.isExternal);
+  },
+
+  optimize: function* gloda_fundattr_optimize(aGlodaMessage, aRawReps,
+                                              aIsNew, aCallbackHandle) {
+
+    let aMsgHdr = aRawReps.header;
+
+    // for simplicity this is used for both involves and recipients
+    let involvesIdentities = {};
+    let involves = aGlodaMessage.involves || [];
+    let recipients = aGlodaMessage.recipients || [];
+
+    // 'me' specialization optimizations
+    let toMe = aGlodaMessage.toMe || [];
+    let fromMe = aGlodaMessage.fromMe || [];
+
+    let myIdentities = Gloda.myIdentities; // needless optimization?
+    let authorIdentity = aGlodaMessage.from;
+    let isFromMe = authorIdentity.id in myIdentities;
+
+    // The fulltext search column for the author.  We want to have in here:
+    // - The e-mail address and display name as enclosed on the message.
+    // - The name per the address book card for this e-mail address, if we have
+    //   one.
+    aGlodaMessage._indexAuthor = aMsgHdr.mime2DecodedAuthor;
+    // The fulltext search column for the recipients. (same deal)
+    aGlodaMessage._indexRecipients = aMsgHdr.mime2DecodedRecipients;
+
+    if (isFromMe)
+      aGlodaMessage.notability += this.NOTABILITY_FROM_ME;
+    else {
+      let authorCard = authorIdentity.abCard;
+      if (authorCard) {
+        aGlodaMessage.notability += this.NOTABILITY_FROM_IN_ADDR_BOOK;
+        // @testpoint gloda.noun.message.attr.authorMatches
+        aGlodaMessage._indexAuthor += ' ' + authorCard.displayName;
+      }
+    }
+
+    involves.push(authorIdentity);
+    involvesIdentities[authorIdentity.id] = true;
+
+    let involvedAddrBookCount = 0;
+
+    for (let toIdentity of aGlodaMessage.to) {
+      if (!(toIdentity.id in involvesIdentities)) {
+        involves.push(toIdentity);
+        recipients.push(toIdentity);
+        involvesIdentities[toIdentity.id] = true;
+        let toCard = toIdentity.abCard;
+        if (toCard) {
+          involvedAddrBookCount++;
+          // @testpoint gloda.noun.message.attr.recipientsMatch
+          aGlodaMessage._indexRecipients += ' ' + toCard.displayName;
+        }
+      }
+
+      // optimization attribute to-me ('I' am the parameter)
+      if (toIdentity.id in myIdentities) {
+        toMe.push([toIdentity, authorIdentity]);
+        if (aIsNew)
+          authorIdentity.contact.popularity += this.POPULARITY_TO_ME;
+      }
+      // optimization attribute from-me-to ('I' am the parameter)
+      if (isFromMe) {
+        fromMe.push([authorIdentity, toIdentity]);
+        // also, popularity
+        if (aIsNew)
+          toIdentity.contact.popularity += this.POPULARITY_FROM_ME_TO;
+      }
+    }
+    for (let ccIdentity of aGlodaMessage.cc) {
+      if (!(ccIdentity.id in involvesIdentities)) {
+        involves.push(ccIdentity);
+        recipients.push(ccIdentity);
+        involvesIdentities[ccIdentity.id] = true;
+        let ccCard = ccIdentity.abCard;
+        if (ccCard) {
+          involvedAddrBookCount++;
+          // @testpoint gloda.noun.message.attr.recipientsMatch
+          aGlodaMessage._indexRecipients += ' ' + ccCard.displayName;
+        }
+      }
+      // optimization attribute cc-me ('I' am the parameter)
+      if (ccIdentity.id in myIdentities) {
+        toMe.push([ccIdentity, authorIdentity]);
+        if (aIsNew)
+          authorIdentity.contact.popularity += this.POPULARITY_CC_ME;
+      }
+      // optimization attribute from-me-to ('I' am the parameter)
+      if (isFromMe) {
+        fromMe.push([authorIdentity, ccIdentity]);
+        // also, popularity
+        if (aIsNew)
+          ccIdentity.contact.popularity += this.POPULARITY_FROM_ME_CC;
+      }
+    }
+    // just treat bcc like cc; the intent is the same although the exact
+    //  semantics differ.
+    for (let bccIdentity of aGlodaMessage.bcc) {
+      if (!(bccIdentity.id in involvesIdentities)) {
+        involves.push(bccIdentity);
+        recipients.push(bccIdentity);
+        involvesIdentities[bccIdentity.id] = true;
+        let bccCard = bccIdentity.abCard;
+        if (bccCard) {
+          involvedAddrBookCount++;
+          // @testpoint gloda.noun.message.attr.recipientsMatch
+          aGlodaMessage._indexRecipients += ' ' + bccCard.displayName;
+        }
+      }
+      // optimization attribute cc-me ('I' am the parameter)
+      if (bccIdentity.id in myIdentities) {
+        toMe.push([bccIdentity, authorIdentity]);
+        if (aIsNew)
+          authorIdentity.contact.popularity += this.POPULARITY_BCC_ME;
+      }
+      // optimization attribute from-me-to ('I' am the parameter)
+      if (isFromMe) {
+        fromMe.push([authorIdentity, bccIdentity]);
+        // also, popularity
+        if (aIsNew)
+          bccIdentity.contact.popularity += this.POPULARITY_FROM_ME_BCC;
+      }
+    }
+
+    if (involvedAddrBookCount)
+      aGlodaMessage.notability += this.NOTABILITY_INVOLVING_ADDR_BOOK_FIRST +
+        (involvedAddrBookCount - 1) * this.NOTABILITY_INVOLVING_ADDR_BOOK_ADDL;
+
+    aGlodaMessage.involves = involves;
+    aGlodaMessage.recipients = recipients;
+    if (toMe.length) {
+      aGlodaMessage.toMe = toMe;
+      aGlodaMessage.notability += this.NOTABILITY_INVOLVING_ME;
+    }
+    if (fromMe.length)
+      aGlodaMessage.fromMe = fromMe;
+
+    // Content
+    if (aRawReps.bodyLines) {
+      aGlodaMessage._content = aRawReps.content = new GlodaContent();
+      if (this.contentWhittle({}, aRawReps.bodyLines, aGlodaMessage._content)) {
+        // we were going to do something here?
+      }
+    }
+    else {
+      aRawReps.content = null;
+    }
+
+    yield Gloda.kWorkDone;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Duplicates the notability logic from optimize().  Arguably optimize should
+   *  be factored to call us, grokNounItem should be factored to call us, or we
+   *  should get sufficiently fancy that our code wildly diverges.
+   */
+  score: function gloda_fundattr_score(aMessage, aContext) {
+    let score = 0;
+
+    let authorIdentity = aMessage.from;
+    if (authorIdentity.id in Gloda.myIdentities)
+      score += this.NOTABILITY_FROM_ME;
+    else if (authorIdentity.inAddressBook)
+      score += this.NOTABILITY_FROM_IN_ADDR_BOOK;
+    if (aMessage.toMe)
+      score += this.NOTABILITY_INVOLVING_ME;
+
+    let involvedAddrBookCount = 0;
+    for (let [, identity] in Iterator(aMessage.to))
+      if (identity.inAddressBook)
+        involvedAddrBookCount++;
+    for (let [, identity] in Iterator(aMessage.cc))
+      if (identity.inAddressBook)
+        involvedAddrBookCount++;
+    if (involvedAddrBookCount)
+      score += this.NOTABILITY_INVOLVING_ADDR_BOOK_FIRST +
+        (involvedAddrBookCount - 1) * this.NOTABILITY_INVOLVING_ADDR_BOOK_ADDL;
+    return score;
+  },
+
+  _countQuoteDepthAndNormalize:
+    function gloda_fundattr__countQuoteDepthAndNormalize(aLine) {
+    let count = 0;
+    let lastStartOffset = 0;
+
+    for (let i = 0; i < aLine.length; i++) {
+      let c = aLine[i];
+      if (c == ">") {
+        count++;
+        lastStartOffset = i+1;
+      }
+      else if (c == " ") {
+      }
+      else {
+        return [count,
+                lastStartOffset ? aLine.substring(lastStartOffset) : aLine];
+      }
+    }
+
+    return [count, lastStartOffset ? aLine.substring(lastStartOffset) : aLine];
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Attempt to understand simple quoting constructs that use ">" with
+   * obvious phrases to enter the quoting block.  No support for other types
+   * of quoting at this time.  Also no support for piercing the wrapper of
+   * forwarded messages to actually be the content of the forwarded message.
+   */
+  contentWhittle: function gloda_fundattr_contentWhittle(aMeta,
+      aBodyLines, aContent) {
+    if (!aContent.volunteerContent(aContent.kPriorityBase))
+      return false;
+
+    // duplicate the list; we mutate somewhat...
+    let bodyLines = aBodyLines.concat();
+
+    // lastNonBlankLine originally was just for detecting quoting idioms where
+    //  the "wrote" line was separated from the quoted block by a blank line.
+    // Now we also use it for whitespace suppression at the boundaries of
+    //  quoted and un-quoted text.  (We keep blank lines within the same
+    //  'block' of quoted or non-quoted text.)
+    // Because we now have two goals for it, and we still want to suppress blank
+    //  lines when there is a 'wrote' line involved, we introduce...
+    //  prevLastNonBlankLine!  This arguably suggests refactoring should be the
+    //  next step, but things work for now.
+    let rangeStart = 0, lastNonBlankLine = null, prevLastNonBlankLine = null;
+    let inQuoteDepth = 0;
+    for (let [iLine, line] of bodyLines.entries()) {
+      if (!line || (line == "\xa0")) /* unicode non breaking space */
+        continue;
+
+      if (line.startsWith(">")) {
+        if (!inQuoteDepth) {
+          let rangeEnd = iLine - 1;
+          let quoteRangeStart = iLine;
+          // see if the last non-blank-line was a lead-in...
+          if (lastNonBlankLine != null) {
+            // TODO: localize quote range start detection
+            if (aBodyLines[lastNonBlankLine].includes("wrote")) {
+              quoteRangeStart = lastNonBlankLine;
+              rangeEnd = lastNonBlankLine - 1;
+              // we 'used up' lastNonBlankLine, let's promote the prev guy to
+              //  be the new lastNonBlankLine for the next logic block
+              lastNonBlankLine = prevLastNonBlankLine;
+            }
+            // eat the trailing whitespace...
+            if (lastNonBlankLine != null)
+              rangeEnd = Math.min(rangeEnd, lastNonBlankLine);
+          }
+          if (rangeEnd >= rangeStart)
+            aContent.content(aBodyLines.slice(rangeStart, rangeEnd+1));
+
+          [inQuoteDepth, line] = this._countQuoteDepthAndNormalize(line);
+          bodyLines[iLine] = line;
+          rangeStart = quoteRangeStart;
+        }
+        else {
+          let curQuoteDepth;
+          [curQuoteDepth, line] = this._countQuoteDepthAndNormalize(line);
+          bodyLines[iLine] = line;
+
+          if (curQuoteDepth != inQuoteDepth) {
+            // we could do some "wrote" compensation here, but it's not really
+            //  as important.  let's wait for a more clever algorithm.
+            aContent.quoted(aBodyLines.slice(rangeStart, iLine), inQuoteDepth);
+            inQuoteDepth = curQuoteDepth;
+            rangeStart = iLine;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      else {
+        if (inQuoteDepth) {
+          aContent.quoted(aBodyLines.slice(rangeStart, iLine), inQuoteDepth);
+          inQuoteDepth = 0;
+          rangeStart = iLine;
+        }
+      }
+
+      prevLastNonBlankLine = lastNonBlankLine;
+      lastNonBlankLine = iLine;
+    }
+
+    if (inQuoteDepth) {
+      aContent.quoted(aBodyLines.slice(rangeStart), inQuoteDepth);
+    }
+    else {
+      aContent.content(aBodyLines.slice(rangeStart, lastNonBlankLine+1));
+    }
+
+    return true;
+  },
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/gloda.js b/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/gloda.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3a32e6041
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/gloda.js
@@ -0,0 +1,2283 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+this.EXPORTED_SYMBOLS = ['Gloda'];
+
+var Cc = Components.classes;
+var Ci = Components.interfaces;
+var Cr = Components.results;
+var Cu = Components.utils;
+
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/log4moz.js");
+
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/datastore.js");
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/datamodel.js");
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/databind.js");
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/collection.js");
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/connotent.js");
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/query.js");
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/utils.js");
+
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/iteratorUtils.jsm");
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/IOUtils.js");
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/mailServices.js");
+Cu.import("resource://gre/modules/Services.jsm");
+
+/**
+ * @see |Gloda.BadItemContentsError|
+ */
+function BadItemContentsError(aMessage) {
+  this.message = aMessage;
+}
+BadItemContentsError.prototype = {
+  toString: function BadItemContentsError_toString() {
+    return this.message;
+  }
+};
+
+
+/**
+ * Provides the user-visible (and extension visible) global database
+ *  functionality.  There is currently a dependency/ordering
+ *  problem in that the concept of 'gloda' also includes some logic that is
+ *  contributed by built-in extensions, if you will.  Those built-in extensions
+ *  (fundattr.js, explattr.js) also import this file.  To avoid a circular
+ *  dependency, those built-in extensions are loaded by everybody.js.  The
+ *  simplest/best solution is probably to move everybody.js to be gloda.js and
+ *  have it re-export only 'Gloda'.  gloda.js (this file) can then move to be
+ *  gloda_int.js (or whatever our eventual naming scheme is), which built-in
+ *  extensions can explicitly rely upon.
+ *
+ * === Concepts
+ *
+ * == Nouns
+ *
+ * Inspired by reasonable uses of triple-stores, I have tried to leverage
+ *  existing model and terminology rather than rolling out own for everything.
+ *  The idea with triple-stores is that you have a subject, a predicate, and an
+ *  object.  For example, if we are talking about a message, that is the
+ *  subject, the predicate could roughly be sent-by, and the object a person.
+ *  We can generalize this idea to say that the subject and objects are nouns.
+ * Since we want to be more flexible than only dealing with messages, we
+ *  therefore introduce the concept of nouns as an organizing principle.
+ *
+ * == Attributes
+ *
+ * Our attributes definitions are basically our predicates.  When we define
+ *  an attribute, it's a label with a bunch of meta-data.  Our attribute
+ *  instances are basically a 'triple' in a triple-store.  The attributes
+ *  are stored in database rows that imply a specific noun-type (ex: the
+ *  messageAttributes table), with an ID identifying the message which is our
+ *  subject, an attribute ID which identifies the attribute definition in use
+ *  (and therefore the predicate), plus an object ID (given context aka the
+ *  noun type by the attribute's meta-data) which identifies the 'object'.
+ *
+ * == But...
+ *
+ * Things aren't entirely as clear as they could be right now, terminology/
+ *  concept/implementation-wise.  Some work is probably still in order.
+ *
+ * === Implementation
+ *
+ * == Nouns
+ *
+ * So, we go and define the nouns that are roughly the classes in our data
+ *  model.  Every 'class' we define in datamodel.js is a noun that gets defined
+ *  here in the Gloda core.  We provide sufficient meta-data about the noun to
+ *  serialize/deserialize its representation from our database representation.
+ *  Nouns do not have to be defined in this class, but can also be contributed
+ *  by external code.
+ * We have a concept of 'first class' nouns versus non-first class nouns.  The
+ *  distinction is meant to be whether we can store meta-information about those
+ *  nouns using attributes.  Right now, only message are real first-class nouns,
+ *  but we want to expand that to include contacts and eventually events and
+ *  tasks as lightning-integration occurs.  In practice, we are stretching the
+ *  definition of first-class nouns slightly to include things we can't store
+ *  meta-data about, but want to be able to query about.  We do want to resolve
+ *  this.
+ *
+ * == Attributes
+ *
+ * Attributes are defined by "attribute providers" who are responsible for
+ *  taking an instance of a first-class noun (for which they are registered)
+ *  plus perhaps some other meta-data, and returning a list of attributes
+ *  extracted from that noun.  For now, this means messages.  Attribute
+ *  providers may create new data records as a side-effect of the indexing
+ *  process, although we have not yet fully dealt with the problem of deleting
+ *  these records should they become orphaned in the database due to the
+ *  purging of a message and its attributes.
+ * All of the 'core' gloda attributes are provided by the fundattr.js and
+ *  explattr.js providers.
+ *
+ * === (Notable) Future Work
+ *
+ * == Attributes
+ *
+ * Attribute mechanisms currently lack any support for 'overriding' attributes
+ *  provided by other attribute providers.  For example, the fundattr provider
+ *  tells us who a message is 'from' based on the e-mail address present.
+ *  However, other plugins may actually know better.  For example, the bugzilla
+ *  daemon e-mails based on bug activity although the daemon gets the credit
+ *  as the official sender.  A bugzilla plugin can easily extract the actual
+ *  person/e-mail addressed who did something on the bug to cause the
+ *  notification to be sent.  In practice, we would like that person to be
+ *  the 'sender' of the bugmail.  But we can't really do that right, yet.
+ *
+ * @namespace
+ */
+var Gloda = {
+  /**
+   * Initialize logging, the datastore (SQLite database), the core nouns and
+   *  attributes, and the contact and identities that belong to the presumed
+   *  current user (based on accounts).
+   *
+   * Additional nouns and the core attribute providers are initialized by the
+   *  everybody.js module which ensures all of those dependencies are loaded
+   *  (and initialized).
+   */
+  _init: function gloda_ns_init() {
+    this._initLogging();
+    GlodaDatastore._init(this._nounIDToDef);
+    this._initAttributes();
+    this._initMyIdentities();
+  },
+
+  _log: null,
+  /**
+   * Initialize logging; the error console window gets Warning/Error, and stdout
+   *  (via dump) gets everything.
+   */
+  _initLogging: function gloda_ns_initLogging() {
+    let formatter = new Log4Moz.BasicFormatter();
+    Log4Moz.repository.rootLogger.level = Log4Moz.Level.Debug;
+
+    let enableConsoleLogging = false;
+    let enableDumpLogging = false;
+    // should we assume there is someone else consuming our log4moz stream?
+    let enableUpstreamLogging = false;
+    let considerNetLogging = false;
+
+    let glodaLog = Log4Moz.repository.getLogger("gloda");
+    glodaLog.level = Log4Moz.Level.Warn;
+
+    try {
+      // figure out if event-driven indexing should be enabled...
+      let branch = Services.prefs.getBranch("mailnews.database.global.logging.");
+      enableConsoleLogging = branch.getBoolPref("console");
+      enableDumpLogging = branch.getBoolPref("dump");
+      enableUpstreamLogging = branch.getBoolPref("upstream");
+      considerNetLogging = branch.getBoolPref("net");
+    } catch (ex) {}
+
+    if (enableConsoleLogging) {
+      let capp = new Log4Moz.ConsoleAppender(formatter);
+      capp.level = Log4Moz.Level.Warn;
+      glodaLog.addAppender(capp);
+    }
+
+    if (enableDumpLogging) {
+      let dapp = new Log4Moz.DumpAppender(formatter);
+      dapp.level = Log4Moz.Level.All;
+      glodaLog.level = Log4Moz.Level.All;
+      glodaLog.addAppender(dapp);
+    }
+
+    if (enableUpstreamLogging) {
+      glodaLog.level = Log4Moz.Level.All;
+    }
+
+    if (considerNetLogging) {
+      let file = Services.dirsvc.get("TmpD", Ci.nsIFile);
+      file.append("chainsaw.ptr");
+      if (file.exists()) {
+        let data = IOUtils.loadFileToString(file);
+        data = data.trim();
+        let [host, port] = data.split(":");
+        let xf = new Log4Moz.XMLFormatter();
+        let sapp = new Log4Moz.SocketAppender(host, Number(port), xf);
+        sapp.level = Log4Moz.Level.All;
+        glodaLog.level = Log4Moz.Level.All;
+        glodaLog.addAppender(sapp);
+      }
+    }
+
+    this._log = Log4Moz.repository.getLogger("gloda.NS");
+    this._log.info("Logging Initialized");
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * The indexer is idle.
+   */
+  kIndexerIdle: 0,
+  /**
+   * The indexer is doing something.  We used to have other specific states, but
+   *  they have been rendered irrelevant and wiped from existence.
+   */
+  kIndexerIndexing: 1,
+
+  /**
+   * Synchronous activities performed that can be thought of as one processing
+   *  token.  Potentially yield the event-loop and re-schedule for later based
+   *  on how long we've actually taken/etc.  The goal here is that code that
+   *  is doing stuff synchronously yields with kWorkSync periodically to make
+   *  sure that it doesn't dominate the event-loop.  Unless the processing
+   *  in question is particularly intensive, it should be reasonable to apply
+   *  some decimation factor (ex: 32 or 64) with the general goal of yielding
+   *  every 3-10 milliseconds.
+   */
+  kWorkSync: 0,
+  /**
+   * Asynchronous activity performed, you need to relinquish flow control and
+   *  trust us to call callbackDriver later.
+   */
+  kWorkAsync: 1,
+  /**
+   * We are all done with our task, close us and figure out something else to do.
+   */
+  kWorkDone: 2,
+  /**
+   * We are not done with our task, but we think it's a good idea to take a
+   *  breather because we believe we have tied up the event loop for a
+   *  non-trivial amount of time.  So please re-schedule us in the future.
+   *
+   * This is currently only used internally by the indexer's batching logic;
+   *  minor changes may be required if used by actual indexers.
+   */
+  kWorkPause: 3,
+  /**
+   * We are done with our task, and have a result that we are returning.  This
+   *  should only be used by your callback handler's doneWithResult method.
+   *  Ex: you are passed aCallbackHandle, and you do
+   *  "yield aCallbackHandle.doneWithResult(myResult);".
+   */
+  kWorkDoneWithResult: 4,
+
+  /**
+   * Callers should access the unique ID for the GlodaDatastore
+   * with this getter. If the GlodaDatastore has not been
+   * initialized, this value is null.
+   *
+   * @return a UUID as a string, ex: "c4dd0159-9287-480f-a648-a4613e147fdb"
+   */
+  get datastoreID() {
+    return GlodaDatastore._datastoreID;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Lookup a gloda message from an nsIMsgDBHdr, with the result returned as a
+   *  collection.  Keep in mind that the message may not be indexed, so you
+   *  may end up with an empty collection.  (Also keep in mind that this query
+   *  is asynchronous, so you will want your action-taking logic to be found
+   *  in your listener's onQueryCompleted method; the result will not be in
+   *  the collection when this method returns.)
+   *
+   * @param aMsgHdr The header of the message you want the gloda message for.
+   * @param aListener The listener that should be registered with the collection
+   * @param aData The (optional) value to set as the data attribute on the
+   *     collection.
+   *
+   * @return The collection that will receive the results.
+   *
+   * @testpoint gloda.ns.getMessageCollectionForHeader()
+   */
+  getMessageCollectionForHeader: function gloda_ns_getMessageForHeader(aMsgHdr,
+      aListener, aData) {
+    let query = Gloda.newQuery(Gloda.NOUN_MESSAGE);
+    query.folder(aMsgHdr.folder).messageKey(aMsgHdr.messageKey);
+    return query.getCollection(aListener, aData);
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Given a list of message headers, return a collection containing the gloda
+   *  messages that correspond to those headers.  Keep in mind that gloda may
+   *  not have indexed all the messages, so the returned collection may not have
+   *  a message for each header you provide. (Also keep in mind that this query
+   *  is asynchronous, so you will want your action-taking logic to be found
+   *  in your listener's onQueryCompleted method; no results will be present in
+   *  the collection when this method returns.)
+   *
+   * @param aHeaders A javascript Array or and XPCOM list that fixIterator can
+   *     can handle.
+   * @param aListener The listener that should be registered with the collection
+   * @param aData The (optional) value to set as the data attribute on the
+   *     collection.
+   *
+   * @return The collection that will receive the results.
+   *
+   * @testpoint gloda.ns.getMessageCollectionForHeaders()
+   */
+  getMessageCollectionForHeaders: function gloda_ns_getMessagesForHeaders(
+      aHeaders, aListener, aData) {
+    // group the headers by the folder they are found in
+    let headersByFolder = {};
+    let iter;
+    for (let header in fixIterator(aHeaders)) {
+      let folderURI = header.folder.URI;
+      let headersForFolder = headersByFolder[folderURI];
+      if (headersForFolder === undefined)
+        headersByFolder[folderURI] = [header];
+      else
+        headersForFolder.push(header);
+    }
+
+    let query = Gloda.newQuery(Gloda.NOUN_MESSAGE);
+    let clause;
+    // build a query, using a separate union clause for each folder.
+    for (let folderURI in headersByFolder) {
+      let headersForFolder = headersByFolder[folderURI];
+      let folder = this.getFolderForFolder(headersForFolder[0].folder);
+      // if this is the first or clause, just use the query itself
+      if (!clause)
+        clause = query;
+      else // create a new query clause via the 'or' command
+        clause = query.or();
+
+      clause.folder(folder);
+      let messageKeys = headersForFolder.map(hdr => hdr.messageKey);
+      clause.messageKey.apply(clause, messageKeys);
+    }
+
+    return query.getCollection(aListener, aData);
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * @testpoint gloda.ns.getMessageContent
+   */
+  getMessageContent: function gloda_ns_getMessageContent(aGlodaMessage, aMimeMsg) {
+    return mimeMsgToContentAndMeta(aMimeMsg, aGlodaMessage.folderMessage.folder)[0];
+  },
+
+  getFolderForFolder: function gloda_ns_getFolderForFolder(aMsgFolder) {
+    return GlodaDatastore._mapFolder(aMsgFolder);
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Takes one or more strings containing lists of comma-delimited e-mail
+   *  addresses with optional display names, and returns a list of sub-lists of
+   *  identities, where each sub-list corresponds to each of the strings passed
+   *  as arguments.  These identities are loaded from the database if they
+   *  already exist, or created if they do not yet exist.
+   * If the identities need to be created, they will also result in the
+   *  creation of a gloda contact.  If a display name was provided with the
+   *  e-mail address, it will become the name of the gloda contact.  If a
+   *  display name was not provided, the e-mail address will also serve as the
+   *  contact name.
+   * This method uses the indexer's callback handle mechanism, and does not
+   *  obey traditional return semantics.
+   *
+   * We normalize all e-mail addresses to be lowercase as a normative measure.
+   *
+   * @param aCallbackHandle The GlodaIndexer callback handle (or equivalent)
+   *   that you are operating under.
+   * @param ... One or more strings.  Each string can contain zero or more
+   *   e-mail addresses with display name.  If more than one address is given,
+   *   they should be comma-delimited.  For example
+   *   '"Bob Smith" <bob@example.com>' is an address with display name.  Mime
+   *   header decoding is performed, but is ignorant of any folder-level
+   *   character set overrides.
+   * @returns via the callback handle mechanism, a list containing one sub-list
+   *   for each string argument passed.  Each sub-list containts zero or more
+   *   GlodaIdentity instances corresponding to the addresses provided.
+   */
+  getOrCreateMailIdentities:
+      function* gloda_ns_getOrCreateMailIdentities(aCallbackHandle) {
+    let addresses = {};
+    let resultLists = [];
+
+    // parse the strings
+    for (let iArg = 1; iArg < arguments.length; iArg++) {
+      let aMailAddresses = arguments[iArg];
+      let parsed = GlodaUtils.parseMailAddresses(aMailAddresses);
+
+      let resultList = [];
+      resultLists.push(resultList);
+
+      let identities = [];
+      for (let iAddress = 0; iAddress < parsed.count; iAddress++) {
+        let address = parsed.addresses[iAddress].toLowerCase();
+        if (address in addresses)
+          addresses[address].push(resultList);
+        else
+          addresses[address] = [parsed.names[iAddress], resultList];
+      }
+    }
+
+    let addressList = Object.keys(addresses);
+    if (addressList.length == 0) {
+      yield aCallbackHandle.doneWithResult(resultLists);
+      // we should be stopped before we reach this point, but safety first.
+      return;
+    }
+
+    let query = this.newQuery(this.NOUN_IDENTITY);
+    query.kind("email");
+    query.value.apply(query, addressList);
+    let collection = query.getCollection(aCallbackHandle);
+    yield this.kWorkAsync;
+
+    // put the identities in the appropriate result lists
+    for (let identity of collection.items) {
+      let nameAndResultLists = addresses[identity.value];
+      this._log.debug(" found identity for '" + nameAndResultLists[0] + "' (" +
+                      identity.value + ")");
+      // index 0 is the name, skip it
+      for (let iResList = 1; iResList < nameAndResultLists.length; iResList++) {
+        nameAndResultLists[iResList].push(identity);
+      }
+      delete addresses[identity.value];
+    }
+
+    // create the identities that did not exist yet
+    for (let address in addresses) {
+      let nameAndResultLists = addresses[address];
+      let name = nameAndResultLists[0];
+
+      this._log.debug(" creating contact for '" + name + "' (" + address + ")");
+
+      // try and find an existing address book contact.
+      let card = GlodaUtils.getCardForEmail(address);
+      // XXX when we have the address book GUID stuff, we need to use that to
+      //  find existing contacts... (this will introduce a new query phase
+      //  where we batch all the GUIDs for an async query)
+      // XXX when the address book supports multiple e-mail addresses, we
+      //  should also just create identities for any that don't yet exist
+
+      // if there is no name, just use the e-mail (the ab indexer actually
+      //  processes the card's displayName for synchronization, so we don't
+      //  need to do that.)
+      if (!name)
+        name = address;
+
+      let contact = GlodaDatastore.createContact(null, null, name, 0, 0);
+
+      // we must create the identity.  use a blank description because there's
+      //  nothing to differentiate it from other identities, as this contact
+      //  only has one initially (us).
+      // XXX when we have multiple e-mails and there is a meaning associated
+      //  with each e-mail, try and use that to populate the description.
+      // XXX we are creating the identity here before we insert the contact.
+      //  conceptually it is good for us to be creating the identity before
+      //  exposing it to the address-book indexer, but we could get our id's
+      //  in a bad way from not deferring the identity insertion until after
+      //  the contact insertion.
+      let identity = GlodaDatastore.createIdentity(contact.id, contact,
+        "email", address, /* description */ "", /* relay? */ false);
+      contact._identities = [identity];
+
+      // give the address book indexer a chance if we have a card.
+      // (it will fix-up the name based on the card as appropriate)
+      if (card)
+        yield aCallbackHandle.pushAndGo(
+          Gloda.grokNounItem(contact, {card: card}, true, true,
+                             aCallbackHandle));
+      else // grokNounItem will issue the insert for us...
+        GlodaDatastore.insertContact(contact);
+
+      for (let iResList = 1; iResList < nameAndResultLists.length; iResList++) {
+        nameAndResultLists[iResList].push(identity);
+      }
+    }
+
+    yield aCallbackHandle.doneWithResult(resultLists);
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Dictionary of the user's known identities; key is the identity id, value
+   *  is the actual identity.  This is populated by _initMyIdentities based on
+   *  the accounts defined.
+   */
+  myIdentities: {},
+  /**
+   * The contact corresponding to the current user.  We are assuming that only
+   *  a single user/human being uses the current profile.  This is known to be
+   *  a flawed assumption, but is the best first approximation available.
+   *
+   * @TODO attempt to deal with multile people using the same profile
+   */
+  myContact: null,
+  /**
+   * Populate myIdentities with all of our identities.  Currently we do this
+   *  by assuming that there is one human/user per profile, and that all of the
+   *  accounts defined in the profile belong to them.  The single contact is
+   *  stored on myContact.
+   *
+   * @TODO deal with account addition/modification/removal
+   * @TODO attempt to deal with multiple people using the same profile
+   */
+  _initMyIdentities: function gloda_ns_initMyIdentities() {
+    let myContact = null;
+    let myIdentities = {};
+    let myEmailAddresses = {}; // process each email at most once; stored here
+
+    let fullName, fallbackName;
+    let existingIdentities = [];
+    let identitiesToCreate = [];
+
+    let numIdentities = MailServices.accounts.allIdentities.length;
+
+    // nothing to do if there are no accounts/identities.
+    if (!numIdentities)
+      return;
+
+    for (let iIdentity = 0; iIdentity < numIdentities; iIdentity++) {
+      let msgIdentity =
+        MailServices.accounts.allIdentities.queryElementAt(iIdentity,
+                                                           Ci.nsIMsgIdentity);
+
+      if (!fullName)
+        fullName = msgIdentity.fullName;
+      if (!fallbackName)
+        fallbackName = msgIdentity.email;
+
+      let emailAddress = msgIdentity.email;
+      let replyTo = msgIdentity.replyTo;
+
+      // find the identities if they exist, flag to create them if they don't
+      if (emailAddress) {
+        let parsed = GlodaUtils.parseMailAddresses(emailAddress);
+        if (!(parsed.addresses[0] in myEmailAddresses)) {
+          let identity = GlodaDatastore.getIdentity("email",
+                                                    parsed.addresses[0]);
+          if (identity)
+            existingIdentities.push(identity);
+          else
+            identitiesToCreate.push(parsed.addresses[0]);
+          myEmailAddresses[parsed.addresses[0]] = true;
+        }
+      }
+      if (replyTo) {
+        let parsed = GlodaUtils.parseMailAddresses(replyTo);
+        if (!(parsed.addresses[0] in myEmailAddresses)) {
+          let identity = GlodaDatastore.getIdentity("email",
+                                                    parsed.addresses[0]);
+          if (identity)
+            existingIdentities.push(identity);
+          else
+            identitiesToCreate.push(parsed.addresses[0]);
+          myEmailAddresses[parsed.addresses[0]] = true;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    // we need to establish the identity.contact portions of the relationship
+    for (let identity of existingIdentities) {
+      identity._contact = GlodaDatastore.getContactByID(identity.contactID);
+    }
+
+    if (existingIdentities.length) {
+      // just use the first guy's contact
+      myContact = existingIdentities[0].contact;
+    }
+    else {
+      // create a new contact
+      myContact = GlodaDatastore.createContact(null, null,
+                                               fullName || fallbackName,
+                                               0, 0);
+      GlodaDatastore.insertContact(myContact);
+    }
+
+    if (identitiesToCreate.length) {
+      for (let iIdentity = 0; iIdentity < identitiesToCreate.length;
+          iIdentity++) {
+        let emailAddress = identitiesToCreate[iIdentity];
+        // XXX this won't always be of type "email" as we add new account types
+        // XXX the blank string could be trying to differentiate; we do have
+        //  enough info to do it.
+        let identity = GlodaDatastore.createIdentity(myContact.id, myContact,
+                                                     "email",
+                                                     emailAddress,
+                                                     "", false);
+        existingIdentities.push(identity);
+      }
+    }
+
+    for (let iIdentity = 0; iIdentity < existingIdentities.length;
+        iIdentity++) {
+      let identity = existingIdentities[iIdentity];
+      myIdentities[identity.id] = identity;
+    }
+
+    this.myContact = myContact;
+    this.myIdentities = myIdentities;
+    myContact._identities = Object.keys(myIdentities).
+      map(id => myIdentities[id]);
+
+    // we need contacts to make these objects reachable via the collection
+    //  manager.
+    this._myContactCollection = this.explicitCollection(this.NOUN_CONTACT,
+                                                        [this.myContact]);
+    this._myIdentitiesCollection =
+      this.explicitCollection(this.NOUN_IDENTITY, this.myContact._identities);
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * An attribute that is a defining characteristic of the subject.
+   */
+  kAttrFundamental: 0,
+  /**
+   * An attribute that is an optimization derived from two or more fundamental
+   *  attributes and exists solely to improve database query performance.
+   */
+  kAttrOptimization: 1,
+  /**
+   * An attribute that is derived from the content of the subject.  For example,
+   *  a message that references a bugzilla bug could have a "derived" attribute
+   *  that captures the bugzilla reference.  This is not
+   */
+  kAttrDerived: 2,
+  /**
+   * An attribute that is the result of an explicit and intentional user action
+   *  upon the subject.  For example, a tag placed on a message by a user (or
+   *  at the user's request by a filter) is explicit.
+   */
+  kAttrExplicit: 3,
+  /**
+   * An attribute that is indirectly the result of a user's behaviour.  For
+   *  example, if a user consults a message multiple times, we may conclude that
+   *  the user finds the message interesting.  It is "implied", if you will,
+   *  that the message is interesting.
+   */
+  kAttrImplicit: 4,
+
+  /**
+   * This attribute is not 'special'; it is stored as a (thing id, attribute id,
+   *  attribute id) tuple in the database rather than on thing's row or on
+   *  thing's fulltext row.  (Where "thing" could be a message or any other
+   *  first class noun.)
+   */
+  kSpecialNotAtAll: GlodaDatastore.kSpecialNotAtAll,
+  /**
+   * This attribute is stored as a numeric column on the row for the noun.  The
+   *  attribute definition should include this value as 'special' and the
+   *  column name that stores the attribute as 'specialColumnName'.
+   */
+  kSpecialColumn: GlodaDatastore.kSpecialColumn,
+  kSpecialColumnChildren: GlodaDatastore.kSpecialColumnChildren,
+  kSpecialColumnParent: GlodaDatastore.kSpecialColumnParent,
+  /**
+   * This attribute is stored as a string column on the row for the noun.  It
+   *  differs from kSpecialColumn in that it is a string, which once had
+   *  query ramifications and one day may have them again.
+   */
+  kSpecialString: GlodaDatastore.kSpecialString,
+  /**
+   * This attribute is stored as a fulltext column on the fulltext table for
+   *  the noun.  The attribute defintion should include this value as 'special'
+   *  and the column name that stores the table as 'specialColumnName'.
+   */
+  kSpecialFulltext: GlodaDatastore.kSpecialFulltext,
+
+  /**
+   * The extensionName used for the attributes defined by core gloda plugins
+   *  such as fundattr.js and explattr.js.
+   */
+  BUILT_IN: "built-in",
+
+  /**
+   * Special sentinel value that will cause facets to skip a noun instance
+   * when an attribute has this value.
+   */
+  IGNORE_FACET: GlodaDatastore.IGNORE_FACET,
+
+  /*
+   * The following are explicit noun IDs.  While most extension-provided nouns
+   *  will have dynamically allocated id's that are looked up by name, these
+   *  id's can be relied upon to exist and be accessible via these
+   *  pseudo-constants.  It's not really clear that we need these, although it
+   *  does potentially simplify code to not have to look up all of their nouns
+   *  at initialization time.
+   */
+  /**
+   * Boolean values, expressed as 0/1 in the database and non-continuous for
+   *  constraint purposes.  Like numbers, such nouns require their attributes
+   *  to provide them with context, lacking any of their own.
+   * Having this as a noun type may be a bad idea; a change of nomenclature
+   *  (so that we are not claiming a boolean value is a noun, but still using
+   *  it in the same way) or implementation to require each boolean noun
+   *  actually be its own noun may be in order.
+   */
+  NOUN_BOOLEAN: 1,
+  /**
+   * A number, which could mean an integer or floating point values.  We treat
+   *  these as continuous, meaning that queries on them can have ranged
+   *  constraints expressed on them.  Lacking any inherent context, numbers
+   *  depend on their attributes to parameterize them as required.
+   * Same deal as with NOUN_BOOLEAN, we may need to change this up conceptually.
+   */
+  NOUN_NUMBER: 2,
+  /**
+   * A (non-fulltext) string.
+   * Same deal as with NOUN_BOOLEAN, we may need to change this up conceptually.
+   */
+  NOUN_STRING: 3,
+  /** A date, encoded as a PRTime, represented as a js Date object. */
+  NOUN_DATE: 10,
+  /**
+   * Fulltext search support, somewhat magical.  This is only intended to be
+   *  used for kSpecialFulltext attributes, and exclusively as a constraint
+   *  mechanism.  The values are always represented as strings.  It is presumed
+   *  that the user of this functionality knows how to generate SQLite FTS3
+   *  style MATCH queries, or is okay with us just gluing them together with
+   *  " OR " when used in an or-constraint case.  Gloda's query mechanism
+   *  currently lacks the ability to to compile Gloda-style and-constraints
+   *  into a single MATCH query, but it will turn out okay, just less
+   *  efficiently than it could.
+   */
+  NOUN_FULLTEXT: 20,
+  /**
+   * Represents a MIME Type.  We currently lack any human-intelligible
+   *  descriptions of mime types.
+   */
+  NOUN_MIME_TYPE: 40,
+  /**
+   * Captures a message tag as well as when the tag's presence was observed,
+   *  hoping to approximate when the tag was applied.  It's a somewhat dubious
+   *  attempt to not waste our opporunity to store a value along with the tag.
+   *  (The tag is actually stored as an attribute parameter on the attribute
+   *  definition, rather than a value in the attribute 'instance' for the
+   *  message.)
+   */
+  NOUN_TAG: 50,
+  /**
+   * Doesn't actually work owing to a lack of an object to represent a folder.
+   *  We do expose the folderURI and folderID of a message, but need to map that
+   *  to a good abstraction.  Probably something thin around a SteelFolder or
+   *  the like; we would contribute the functionality to easily move from a
+   *  folder to the list of gloda messages in that folder, as well as the
+   *  indexing preferences for that folder.
+   * @TODO folder noun and related abstraction
+   */
+  NOUN_FOLDER: GlodaFolder.prototype.NOUN_ID, // 100
+  /**
+   * All messages belong to a conversation.  See datamodel.js for the
+   *  definition of the GlodaConversation class.
+   */
+  NOUN_CONVERSATION: GlodaConversation.prototype.NOUN_ID, // 101
+  /**
+   * A one-to-one correspondence with underlying (indexed) nsIMsgDBHdr
+   *  instances.  See datamodel.js for the definition of the GlodaMessage class.
+   */
+  NOUN_MESSAGE: GlodaMessage.prototype.NOUN_ID, // 102
+  /**
+   * Corresponds to a human being, who may have multiple electronic identities
+   *  (a la NOUN_IDENTITY).  There is no requirement for association with an
+   *  address book contact, although when the address book contact exists,
+   *  we want to be associated with it.  See datamodel.js for the definition
+   *  of the GlodaContact class.
+   */
+  NOUN_CONTACT: GlodaContact.prototype.NOUN_ID, // 103
+  /**
+   * A single identity of a contact, who may have one or more.  E-mail accounts,
+   *  instant messaging accounts, social network site accounts, etc. are each
+   *  identities.  See datamodel.js for the definition of the GlodaIdentity
+   *  class.
+   */
+  NOUN_IDENTITY: GlodaIdentity.prototype.NOUN_ID, // 104
+  /**
+   * An attachment to a message. A message may have many different attachments.
+   */
+  NOUN_ATTACHMENT: GlodaAttachment.prototype.NOUN_ID, // 105
+  /**
+   * An account related to a message. A message can have only one account.
+   */
+  NOUN_ACCOUNT: GlodaAccount.prototype.NOUN_ID, // 106
+
+  /**
+   * Parameterized identities, for use in the from-me, to-me, cc-me optimization
+   *  cases.  Not for reuse without some thought.  These nouns use the parameter
+   *  to store the 'me' identity that we are talking about, and the value to
+   *  store the identity of the other party.  So in both the from-me and to-me
+   *  cases involving 'me' and 'foo@bar', the 'me' identity is always stored via
+   *  the attribute parameter, and the 'foo@bar' identity is always stored as
+   *  the attribute value.  See fundattr.js for more information on this, but
+   *  you probably shouldn't be touching this unless you are fundattr.
+   */
+  NOUN_PARAM_IDENTITY: 200,
+
+  /** Next Noun ID to hand out, these don't need to be persisted (for now). */
+  _nextNounID: 1000,
+
+  /**
+   * Maps noun names to noun IDs.
+   */
+  _nounNameToNounID: {},
+  /**
+   * Maps noun IDs to noun definition dictionaries.  (Noun definition
+   *  dictionaries provided to us at the time a noun was defined, plus some
+   *  additional stuff we put in there.)
+   */
+  _nounIDToDef: {},
+
+  _managedToJSON: function gloda_ns_managedToJSON(aItem) {
+    return aItem.id;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Define a noun.  Takes a dictionary with the following keys/values:
+   *
+   * @param aNounDef.name The name of the noun.  This is not a display name
+   *     (anything being displayed needs to be localized, after all), but simply
+   *     the canonical name for debugging purposes and for people to pass to
+   *     lookupNoun.  The suggested convention is lower-case-dash-delimited,
+   *     with names being singular (since it's a single noun we are referring
+   *     to.)
+   * @param aNounDef.class The 'class' to which an instance of the noun will
+   *     belong (aka will pass an instanceof test).  You may also provide this
+   *     as 'clazz' if the keyword makes your IDE angry.
+   * @param aNounDef.allowsArbitraryAttrs Is this a 'first class noun'/can it be
+   *     a subject, AKA can this noun have attributes stored on it that relate
+   *     it to other things?  For example, a message is first-class; we store
+   *     attributes of messages.  A date is not first-class now, nor is it
+   *     likely to be; we will not store attributes about a date, although dates
+   *     will be the objects of other subjects.  (For example: we might
+   *     associate a date with a calendar event, but the date is an attribute of
+   *     the calendar event and not vice versa.)
+   * @param aNounDef.usesParameter A boolean indicating whether this noun
+   *     requires use of the 'parameter' BLOB storage field on the attribute
+   *     bindings in the database to persist itself.  Use of parameters should
+   *     be limited to a reasonable number of values (16-32 is okay, more than
+   *     that is pushing it and 256 should be considered an absolute upper
+   *     bound) because of the database organization.  When false, your
+   *     toParamAndValue function is expected to return null for the parameter
+   *     and likewise your fromParamAndValue should expect ignore and generally
+   *     ignore the argument.
+   * @param aNounDef.toParamAndValue A function that takes an instantiated noun
+   *     instance and returns a 2-element list of [parameter, value] where
+   *     parameter may only be non-null if you passed a usesParameter of true.
+   *     Parameter may be of any type (BLOB), and value must be numeric (pass
+   *     0 if you don't need the value).
+   *
+   * @param aNounDef.isPrimitive True when the noun instance is a raw numeric
+   *     value/string/boolean.  False when the instance is an object.  When
+   *     false, it is assumed the attribute that serves as a unique identifier
+   *     for the value is "id" unless 'idAttr' is provided.
+   * @param [aNounDef.idAttr="id"] For non-primitive nouns, this is the
+   *     attribute on the object that uniquely identifies it.
+   *
+   * @param aNounDef.schema Unsupported mechanism by which you can define a
+   *     table that corresponds to this noun.  The table will be created if it
+   *     does not exist.
+   *     - name The table name; don't conflict with other things!
+   *     - columns A list of [column name, sqlite type] tuples.  You should
+   *       always include a definition like ["id", "INTEGER PRIMARY KEY"] for
+   *       now (and it should be the first column name too.)  If you care about
+   *       how the attributes are poked into your object (for example, you want
+   *       underscores used for some of them because the attributes should be
+   *       immutable), then you can include a third string that is the name of
+   *       the attribute to use.
+   *     - indices A dictionary of lists of column names, where the key name
+   *       becomes the index name.  Ex: {foo: ["bar"]} results in an index on
+   *       the column "bar" where the index is named "foo".
+  */
+  defineNoun: function gloda_ns_defineNoun(aNounDef, aNounID) {
+    this._log.info("Defining noun: " + aNounDef.name);
+    if (aNounID === undefined)
+      aNounID = this._nextNounID++;
+    aNounDef.id = aNounID;
+
+    // Let people whose editors get angry about illegal attribute names use
+    //  clazz instead of class.
+    if (aNounDef.clazz)
+      aNounDef.class = aNounDef.clazz;
+
+    if (!("idAttr" in aNounDef))
+      aNounDef.idAttr = "id";
+    if (!("comparator" in aNounDef)) {
+      aNounDef.comparator = function() {
+        throw new Error("Noun type '" + aNounDef.name +
+                        "' lacks a real comparator.");
+      };
+    }
+
+    // We allow nouns to have data tables associated with them where we do all
+    //  the legwork.  The schema attribute is the gateway to this magical world
+    //  of functionality.  Said door is officially unsupported.
+    if (aNounDef.schema) {
+      if (!aNounDef.tableName) {
+        if (aNounDef.schema.name)
+          aNounDef.tableName = "ext_" + aNounDef.schema.name;
+        else
+          aNounDef.tableName = "ext_" + aNounDef.name;
+      }
+      // this creates the data table and binder and hooks everything up
+      GlodaDatastore.createNounTable(aNounDef);
+
+      if (!aNounDef.toParamAndValue)
+        aNounDef.toParamAndValue = function (aThing) {
+          if (aThing instanceof aNounDef.class)
+            return [null, aThing.id];
+          else // assume they're just passing the id directly
+            return [null, aThing];
+        };
+    }
+
+    // if it has a table, you can query on it.  seems straight-forward.
+    if (aNounDef.tableName) {
+      [aNounDef.queryClass, aNounDef.nullQueryClass,
+       aNounDef.explicitQueryClass, aNounDef.wildcardQueryClass] =
+          GlodaQueryClassFactory(aNounDef);
+      aNounDef._dbMeta = {};
+      aNounDef.class.prototype.NOUN_ID = aNounDef.id;
+      aNounDef.class.prototype.NOUN_DEF = aNounDef;
+      aNounDef.toJSON = this._managedToJSON;
+
+      aNounDef.specialLoadAttribs = [];
+
+      // - define the 'id' constrainer
+      let idConstrainer = function() {
+        let constraint = [GlodaDatastore.kConstraintIdIn, null];
+        for (let iArg = 0; iArg < arguments.length; iArg++) {
+          constraint.push(arguments[iArg]);
+        }
+        this._constraints.push(constraint);
+        return this;
+      };
+      aNounDef.queryClass.prototype.id = idConstrainer;
+    }
+    if (aNounDef.cache) {
+      let cacheCost = aNounDef.cacheCost || 1024;
+      let cacheBudget = aNounDef.cacheBudget || 128 * 1024;
+      let cacheSize = Math.floor(cacheBudget / cacheCost);
+      if (cacheSize)
+        GlodaCollectionManager.defineCache(aNounDef, cacheSize);
+    }
+    aNounDef.attribsByBoundName = {};
+    aNounDef.domExposeAttribsByBoundName = {};
+
+    aNounDef.objectNounOfAttributes = [];
+
+    this._nounNameToNounID[aNounDef.name] = aNounID;
+    this._nounIDToDef[aNounID] = aNounDef;
+    aNounDef.actions = [];
+
+    this._attrProviderOrderByNoun[aNounDef.id] = [];
+    this._attrOptimizerOrderByNoun[aNounDef.id] = [];
+    this._attrProvidersByNoun[aNounDef.id] = {};
+
+    return aNounDef;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Lookup a noun (ID) suitable for passing to defineAttribute's various
+   *  noun arguments.  Throws an exception if the noun with the given name
+   *  cannot be found; the assumption is that you can't live without the noun.
+   */
+  lookupNoun: function gloda_ns_lookupNoun(aNounName) {
+    if (aNounName in this._nounNameToNounID)
+      return this._nounNameToNounID[aNounName];
+
+    throw Error("Unable to locate noun with name '" + aNounName + "', but I " +
+                "do know about: " +
+                Object.keys(this._nounNameToNounID).join(", "));
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Lookup a noun def given a name.
+   */
+  lookupNounDef: function gloda_ns_lookupNoun(aNounName) {
+    return this._nounIDToDef[this.lookupNoun(aNounName)];
+  },
+
+
+  /**
+   * Define an action on a noun.  During the prototype stage, this was conceived
+   *  of as a way to expose all the constraints possible given a noun.  For
+   *  example, if you have an identity or a contact, you could use this to
+   *  see all the messages sent from/to a given contact.  It was likewise
+   *  thought potentially usable for future expansion.  For example, you could
+   *  also decide to send an e-mail to a contact when you have the contact
+   *  instance available.
+   * Outside of the 'expmess' checkbox-happy prototype, this functionality is
+   *  not used.  As such, this functionality should be considered in flux and
+   *  subject to changes.  Also, very open to specific suggestsions motivated
+   *  by use cases.
+   * One conceptual issue raised by this mechanism is the interaction of actions
+   *  with facts like "this message is read".  We currently implement the 'fact'
+   *  by defining an attribute with a 'boolean' noun type.  To deal with this,
+   *  in various places we pass-in the attribute as well as the noun value.
+   *  Since the relationships for booleans and integers in these cases is
+   *  standard and well-defined, this works out pretty well, but suggests we
+   *  need to think things through.
+   *
+   * @param aNounID The ID of the noun you want to define an action on.
+   * @param aActionMeta The dictionary describing the noun.  The dictionary
+   *     should have the following fields:
+   * - actionType: a string indicating the type of action.  Currently, only
+   *   "filter" is a legal value.
+   * - actionTarget: the noun ID of the noun type on which this action is
+   *   applicable.  For example,
+   *
+   * The following should be present for actionType=="filter";
+   * - shortName: The name that should be used to display this constraint.  For
+   *   example, a checkbox-heavy UI might display a checkbox for each constraint
+   *   using shortName as the label.
+   * - makeConstraint: A function that takes the attribute that is the source
+   *   of the noun and the noun instance as arguments, and returns APV-style
+   *   constraints.  Since the APV-style query mechanism is now deprecated,
+   *   this signature is deprecated.  Probably the way to update this would be
+   *   to pass in the query instance that constraints should be contributed to.
+   */
+  defineNounAction: function gloda_ns_defineNounAction(aNounID, aActionMeta) {
+    let nounDef = this._nounIDToDef[aNounID];
+    nounDef.actions.push(aActionMeta);
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Retrieve all of the actions (as defined using defineNounAction) for the
+   *  given noun type (via noun ID) with the given action type (ex: filter).
+   */
+  getNounActions: function gloda_ns_getNounActions(aNounID, aActionType) {
+    let nounDef = this._nounIDToDef[aNounID];
+    if (!nounDef)
+      return [];
+    return nounDef.actions.
+      filter(action => !aActionType || (action.actionType == aActionType));
+  },
+
+  /** Attribute providers in the sequence to process them. */
+  _attrProviderOrderByNoun: {},
+  /** Attribute providers that provide optimizers, in the sequence to proc. */
+  _attrOptimizerOrderByNoun: {},
+  /** Maps attribute providers to the list of attributes they provide */
+  _attrProviders: {},
+  /**
+   * Maps nouns to their attribute providers to a list of the attributes they
+   *  provide for the noun.
+   */
+  _attrProvidersByNoun: {},
+
+  /**
+   * Define the core nouns (that are not defined elsewhere) and a few noun
+   *  actions.  Core nouns could be defined in other files, assuming dependency
+   *  issues are resolved via the everybody.js mechanism or something else.
+   *  Right now, noun_tag defines the tag noun.  If we broke more of these out,
+   *  we would probably want to move the 'class' code from datamodel.js, the
+   *  SQL table def and helper code from datastore.js (and this code) to their
+   *  own noun_*.js files.  There are some trade-offs to be made, and I think
+   *  we can deal with those once we start to integrate lightning/calendar and
+   *  our noun space gets large and more heterogeneous.
+   */
+  _initAttributes: function gloda_ns_initAttributes() {
+    this.defineNoun({
+      name: "bool",
+      clazz: Boolean, allowsArbitraryAttrs: false,
+      isPrimitive: true,
+      // favor true before false
+      comparator: function gloda_bool_comparator(a, b) {
+        if (a == null) {
+          if (b == null)
+            return 0;
+          else
+            return 1;
+        }
+        else if (b == null) {
+          return -1;
+        }
+        return b - a;
+      },
+      toParamAndValue: function(aBool) {
+        return [null, aBool ? 1 : 0];
+      }}, this.NOUN_BOOLEAN);
+    this.defineNoun({
+      name: "number",
+      clazz: Number, allowsArbitraryAttrs: false, continuous: true,
+      isPrimitive: true,
+      comparator: function gloda_number_comparator(a, b) {
+        if (a == null) {
+          if (b == null)
+            return 0;
+          else
+            return 1;
+        }
+        else if (b == null) {
+          return -1;
+        }
+        return a - b;
+      },
+      toParamAndValue: function(aNum) {
+        return [null, aNum];
+      }}, this.NOUN_NUMBER);
+    this.defineNoun({
+      name: "string",
+      clazz: String, allowsArbitraryAttrs: false,
+      isPrimitive: true,
+      comparator: function gloda_string_comparator(a, b) {
+        if (a == null) {
+          if (b == null)
+            return 0;
+          else
+            return 1;
+        }
+        else if (b == null) {
+          return -1;
+        }
+        return a.localeCompare(b);
+      },
+      toParamAndValue: function(aString) {
+        return [null, aString];
+      }}, this.NOUN_STRING);
+    this.defineNoun({
+      name: "date",
+      clazz: Date, allowsArbitraryAttrs: false, continuous: true,
+      isPrimitive: true,
+      comparator: function gloda_data_comparator(a, b) {
+        if (a == null) {
+          if (b == null)
+            return 0;
+          else
+            return 1;
+        }
+        else if (b == null) {
+          return -1;
+        }
+        return a - b;
+      },
+      toParamAndValue: function(aDate) {
+        return [null, aDate.valueOf() * 1000];
+      }}, this.NOUN_DATE);
+    this.defineNoun({
+      name: "fulltext",
+      clazz: String, allowsArbitraryAttrs: false, continuous: false,
+      isPrimitive: true,
+      comparator: function gloda_fulltext_comparator(a, b) {
+        throw new Error("Fulltext nouns are not comparable!");
+      },
+      // as noted on NOUN_FULLTEXT, we just pass the string around.  it never
+      //  hits the database, so it's okay.
+      toParamAndValue: function(aString) {
+        return [null, aString];
+      }}, this.NOUN_FULLTEXT);
+
+    this.defineNoun({
+      name: "folder",
+      clazz: GlodaFolder,
+      allowsArbitraryAttrs: false,
+      isPrimitive: false,
+      queryHelpers: {
+        /**
+         * Query for accounts based on the account associated with folders.  We
+         *  walk all of the folders associated with an account and put them in
+         *  the list of folders that match if gloda would index them.  This is
+         *  unsuitable for producing a persistable constraint since it does not
+         *  adapt for added/deleted folders.  However, it is sufficient for
+         *  faceting.  Also, we don't persist constraints yet.
+         *
+         * @TODO The long-term solution is to move towards using arithmetic
+         *     encoding on folder-id's like we use for MIME types and friends.
+         */
+        Account: function(aAttrDef, aArguments) {
+          let folderValues = [];
+          let seenRootFolders = {};
+          for (let iArg = 0; iArg < aArguments.length; iArg++) {
+            let givenFolder = aArguments[iArg];
+            let givenMsgFolder = givenFolder.getXPCOMFolder(
+                                   givenFolder.kActivityFolderOnlyNoData);
+            let rootFolder = givenMsgFolder.rootFolder;
+
+            // skip processing this folder if we have already processed its
+            //  root folder.
+            if (rootFolder.URI in seenRootFolders)
+              continue;
+            seenRootFolders[rootFolder.URI] = true;
+
+            let allFolders = rootFolder.descendants;
+            for (let folder in fixIterator(allFolders, Ci.nsIMsgFolder)) {
+              let folderFlags = folder.flags;
+
+              // Ignore virtual folders, non-mail folders.
+              // XXX this is derived from GlodaIndexer's shouldIndexFolder.
+              //  This should probably just use centralized code or the like.
+              if (!(folderFlags & Ci.nsMsgFolderFlags.Mail) ||
+                  (folderFlags & Ci.nsMsgFolderFlags.Virtual))
+                continue;
+              // we only index local or IMAP folders
+              if (!(folder instanceof Ci.nsIMsgLocalMailFolder) &&
+                !(folder instanceof Ci.nsIMsgImapMailFolder))
+                continue;
+
+              let glodaFolder = Gloda.getFolderForFolder(folder);
+              folderValues.push(glodaFolder);
+            }
+          }
+          return this._inConstraintHelper(aAttrDef, folderValues);
+        }
+      },
+      comparator: function gloda_folder_comparator(a, b) {
+        if (a == null) {
+          if (b == null)
+            return 0;
+          else
+            return 1;
+        }
+        else if (b == null) {
+          return -1;
+        }
+        return a.name.localeCompare(b.name);
+      },
+      toParamAndValue: function(aFolderOrGlodaFolder) {
+        if (aFolderOrGlodaFolder instanceof GlodaFolder)
+          return [null, aFolderOrGlodaFolder.id];
+        else
+          return [null, GlodaDatastore._mapFolder(aFolderOrGlodaFolder).id];
+      }}, this.NOUN_FOLDER);
+    this.defineNoun({
+      name: "account",
+      clazz: GlodaAccount,
+      allowsArbitraryAttrs: false,
+      isPrimitive: false,
+      equals: function(a, b) {
+        if (a && !b || !a && b)
+          return false;
+        if (!a && !b)
+          return true;
+        return a.id == b.id;
+      },
+      comparator: function gloda_account_comparator(a, b) {
+        if (a == null) {
+          if (b == null)
+            return 0;
+          else
+            return 1;
+        }
+        else if (b == null) {
+          return -1;
+        }
+        return a.name.localeCompare(b.name);
+      }}, this.NOUN_ACCOUNT);
+    this.defineNoun({
+      name: "conversation",
+      clazz: GlodaConversation,
+      allowsArbitraryAttrs: false,
+      isPrimitive: false,
+      cache: true, cacheCost: 512,
+      tableName: "conversations",
+      attrTableName: "messageAttributes", attrIDColumnName: "conversationID",
+      datastore: GlodaDatastore,
+      objFromRow: GlodaDatastore._conversationFromRow,
+      comparator: function gloda_conversation_comparator(a, b) {
+        if (a == null) {
+          if (b == null)
+            return 0;
+          else
+            return 1;
+        }
+        else if (b == null) {
+          return -1;
+        }
+        return a.subject.localeCompare(b.subject);
+      },
+      toParamAndValue: function(aConversation) {
+        if (aConversation instanceof GlodaConversation)
+          return [null, aConversation.id];
+        else // assume they're just passing the id directly
+          return [null, aConversation];
+      }}, this.NOUN_CONVERSATION);
+    this.defineNoun({
+      name: "message",
+      clazz: GlodaMessage,
+      allowsArbitraryAttrs: true,
+      isPrimitive: false,
+      cache: true, cacheCost: 2048,
+      tableName: "messages",
+      // we will always have a fulltext row, even for messages where we don't
+      //  have the body available.  this is because we want the subject indexed.
+      dbQueryJoinMagic:
+        " INNER JOIN messagesText ON messages.id = messagesText.rowid",
+      attrTableName: "messageAttributes", attrIDColumnName: "messageID",
+      datastore: GlodaDatastore, objFromRow: GlodaDatastore._messageFromRow,
+      dbAttribAdjuster: GlodaDatastore.adjustMessageAttributes,
+      dbQueryValidityConstraintSuffix:
+        " AND +deleted = 0 AND +folderID IS NOT NULL AND +messageKey IS NOT NULL",
+      // This is what's used when we have no validity constraints, i.e. we allow
+      // for ghost messages, which do not have a row in the messagesText table.
+      dbQueryJoinMagicWithNoValidityConstraints:
+        " LEFT JOIN messagesText ON messages.id = messagesText.rowid",
+      objInsert: GlodaDatastore.insertMessage,
+      objUpdate: GlodaDatastore.updateMessage,
+      toParamAndValue: function(aMessage) {
+        if (aMessage instanceof GlodaMessage)
+          return [null, aMessage.id];
+        else // assume they're just passing the id directly
+          return [null, aMessage];
+      }}, this.NOUN_MESSAGE);
+    this.defineNoun({
+      name: "contact",
+      clazz: GlodaContact,
+      allowsArbitraryAttrs: true,
+      isPrimitive: false,
+      cache: true, cacheCost: 128,
+      tableName: "contacts",
+      attrTableName: "contactAttributes", attrIDColumnName: "contactID",
+      datastore: GlodaDatastore, objFromRow: GlodaDatastore._contactFromRow,
+      dbAttribAdjuster: GlodaDatastore.adjustAttributes,
+      objInsert: GlodaDatastore.insertContact,
+      objUpdate: GlodaDatastore.updateContact,
+      comparator: function gloda_contact_comparator(a, b) {
+        if (a == null) {
+          if (b == null)
+            return 0;
+          else
+            return 1;
+        }
+        else if (b == null) {
+          return -1;
+        }
+        return a.name.localeCompare(b.name);
+      },
+      toParamAndValue: function(aContact) {
+        if (aContact instanceof GlodaContact)
+          return [null, aContact.id];
+        else // assume they're just passing the id directly
+          return [null, aContact];
+      }}, this.NOUN_CONTACT);
+    this.defineNoun({
+      name: "identity",
+      clazz: GlodaIdentity,
+      allowsArbitraryAttrs: false,
+      isPrimitive: false,
+      cache: true, cacheCost: 128,
+      usesUniqueValue: true,
+      tableName: "identities",
+      datastore: GlodaDatastore, objFromRow: GlodaDatastore._identityFromRow,
+      /**
+       * Short string is the contact name, long string includes the identity
+       *  value too, delimited by a colon.  Not tremendously localizable.
+       */
+      userVisibleString: function(aIdentity, aLong) {
+        if (!aLong)
+          return aIdentity.contact.name;
+        if (aIdentity.contact.name == aIdentity.value)
+          return aIdentity.value;
+        return aIdentity.contact.name + " (" + aIdentity.value + ")";
+      },
+      comparator: function gloda_identity_comparator(a, b) {
+        if (a == null) {
+          if (b == null)
+            return 0;
+          else
+            return 1;
+        }
+        else if (b == null) {
+          return -1;
+        }
+        return a.contact.name.localeCompare(b.contact.name);
+      },
+      toParamAndValue: function(aIdentity) {
+        if (aIdentity instanceof GlodaIdentity)
+          return [null, aIdentity.id];
+        else // assume they're just passing the id directly
+          return [null, aIdentity];
+      }}, this.NOUN_IDENTITY);
+    this.defineNoun({
+      name: "attachment-infos",
+      clazz: GlodaAttachment,
+      allowsArbitraryAttrs: false,
+      isPrimitive: false,
+      toJSON: function (x) {
+          return [
+            x._name,
+            x._contentType,
+            x._size,
+            x._part,
+            x._externalUrl,
+            x._isExternal
+          ]
+        },
+      fromJSON: function (x, aGlodaMessage) {
+          let [name, contentType, size, _part, _externalUrl, isExternal] = x;
+          return new GlodaAttachment(aGlodaMessage, name, contentType, size, _part, _externalUrl, isExternal);
+        },
+      }, this.NOUN_ATTACHMENT);
+
+    // parameterized identity is just two identities; we store the first one
+    //  (whose value set must be very constrainted, like the 'me' identities)
+    //  as the parameter, the second (which does not need to be constrained)
+    //  as the value.
+    this.defineNoun({
+      name: "parameterized-identity",
+      clazz: null,
+      allowsArbitraryAttrs: false,
+      comparator: function gloda_fulltext_comparator(a, b) {
+        if (a == null) {
+          if (b == null)
+            return 0;
+          else
+            return 1;
+        }
+        else if (b == null) {
+          return -1;
+        }
+        // First sort by the first identity in the tuple
+        // Since our general use-case is for the first guy to be "me", we only
+        //  compare the identity value, not the name.
+        let fic = a[0].value.localeCompare(b[0].value);
+        if (fic)
+          return fic;
+        // Next compare the second identity in the tuple, but use the contact
+        //  this time to be consistent with our identity comparator.
+        return a[1].contact.name.localeCompare(b[1].contact.name);
+      },
+      computeDelta: function(aCurValues, aOldValues) {
+        let oldMap = {};
+        for (let tupe of aOldValues) {
+          let [originIdentity, targetIdentity] = tupe;
+          let targets = oldMap[originIdentity];
+          if (targets === undefined)
+            targets = oldMap[originIdentity] = {};
+          targets[targetIdentity] = true;
+        }
+
+        let added = [], removed = [];
+        for (let tupe of aCurValues) {
+          let [originIdentity, targetIdentity] = tupe;
+          let targets = oldMap[originIdentity];
+          if ((targets === undefined) || !(targetIdentity in targets))
+            added.push(tupe);
+          else
+            delete targets[targetIdentity];
+        }
+
+        for (let originIdentity in oldMap) {
+          let targets = oldMap[originIdentity];
+          for (let targetIdentity in targets) {
+            removed.push([originIdentity, targetIdentity]);
+          }
+        }
+
+        return [added, removed];
+      },
+      contributeObjDependencies: function(aJsonValues, aReferencesByNounID,
+          aInverseReferencesByNounID) {
+        // nothing to do with a zero-length list
+        if (aJsonValues.length == 0)
+          return false;
+
+        let nounIdentityDef = Gloda._nounIDToDef[Gloda.NOUN_IDENTITY];
+        let references = aReferencesByNounID[nounIdentityDef.id];
+        if (references === undefined)
+          references = aReferencesByNounID[nounIdentityDef.id] = {};
+
+        for (let tupe of aJsonValues) {
+          let [originIdentityID, targetIdentityID] = tupe;
+          if (!(originIdentityID in references))
+            references[originIdentityID] = null;
+          if (!(targetIdentityID in references))
+            references[targetIdentityID] = null;
+        }
+
+        return true;
+      },
+      resolveObjDependencies: function(aJsonValues, aReferencesByNounID,
+          aInverseReferencesByNounID) {
+        let references =
+          aReferencesByNounID[Gloda.NOUN_IDENTITY];
+
+        let results = [];
+        for (let tupe of aJsonValues) {
+          let [originIdentityID, targetIdentityID] = tupe;
+          results.push([references[originIdentityID],
+                        references[targetIdentityID]]);
+        }
+
+        return results;
+      },
+      toJSON: function (aIdentityTuple) {
+        return [aIdentityTuple[0].id, aIdentityTuple[1].id];
+      },
+      toParamAndValue: function(aIdentityTuple) {
+        return [aIdentityTuple[0].id, aIdentityTuple[1].id];
+      }}, this.NOUN_PARAM_IDENTITY);
+
+    GlodaDatastore.getAllAttributes();
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Create accessor functions to 'bind' an attribute to underlying normalized
+   *  attribute storage, as well as creating the appropriate query object
+   *  constraint helper functions.  This name is somewhat of a misnomer because
+   *  special attributes are not 'bound' (because specific/non-generic per-class
+   *  code provides the properties) but still depend on this method to
+   *  establish their constraint helper methods.
+   *
+   * @XXX potentially rename to not suggest binding is required.
+   */
+  _bindAttribute: function gloda_ns_bindAttr(aAttrDef, aSubjectNounDef) {
+    let objectNounDef = aAttrDef.objectNounDef;
+
+    // -- the query constraint helpers
+    if (aSubjectNounDef.queryClass !== undefined) {
+      let constrainer;
+      let canQuery = true;
+      if (aAttrDef.special == this.kSpecialFulltext) {
+        constrainer = function() {
+          let constraint = [GlodaDatastore.kConstraintFulltext, aAttrDef];
+          for (let iArg = 0; iArg < arguments.length; iArg++) {
+            constraint.push(arguments[iArg]);
+          }
+          this._constraints.push(constraint);
+          return this;
+        };
+      }
+      else if (aAttrDef.canQuery || aAttrDef.attributeName.startsWith("_")) {
+        constrainer = function() {
+          let constraint = [GlodaDatastore.kConstraintIn, aAttrDef];
+          for (let iArg = 0; iArg < arguments.length; iArg++) {
+            constraint.push(arguments[iArg]);
+          }
+          this._constraints.push(constraint);
+          return this;
+        };
+      } else {
+        constrainer = function() {
+          throw new Error(
+              "Cannot query on attribute "+aAttrDef.attributeName
+            + " because its canQuery parameter hasn't been set to true."
+            + " Reading the comments about Gloda.defineAttribute may be a"
+            + " sensible thing to do now.");
+        }
+        canQuery = false;
+      }
+
+      aSubjectNounDef.queryClass.prototype[aAttrDef.boundName] = constrainer;
+
+      // Don't bind extra query-able attributes if we're unable to perform a
+      // search on the attribute.
+      if (!canQuery)
+        return;
+
+      // - ranged value helper: fooRange
+      if (objectNounDef.continuous) {
+        // takes one or more tuples of [lower bound, upper bound]
+        let rangedConstrainer = function() {
+          let constraint = [GlodaDatastore.kConstraintRanges, aAttrDef];
+          for (let iArg = 0; iArg < arguments.length; iArg++ ) {
+            constraint.push(arguments[iArg]);
+          }
+          this._constraints.push(constraint);
+          return this;
+        };
+
+        aSubjectNounDef.queryClass.prototype[aAttrDef.boundName + "Range"] =
+          rangedConstrainer;
+      }
+
+      // - string LIKE helper for special on-row attributes: fooLike
+      // (it is impossible to store a string as an indexed attribute, which is
+      //  why we do this for on-row only.)
+      if (aAttrDef.special == this.kSpecialString) {
+        let likeConstrainer = function() {
+          let constraint = [GlodaDatastore.kConstraintStringLike, aAttrDef];
+          for (let iArg = 0; iArg < arguments.length; iArg++) {
+            constraint.push(arguments[iArg]);
+          }
+          this._constraints.push(constraint);
+          return this;
+        };
+
+        aSubjectNounDef.queryClass.prototype[aAttrDef.boundName + "Like"] =
+          likeConstrainer;
+      }
+
+      // - Custom helpers provided by the noun type...
+      if ("queryHelpers" in objectNounDef) {
+        for (let name in objectNounDef.queryHelpers) {
+          let helper = objectNounDef.queryHelpers[name];
+          // we need a new closure...
+          let helperFunc = helper;
+          aSubjectNounDef.queryClass.prototype[aAttrDef.boundName + name] =
+            function() {
+              return helperFunc.call(this, aAttrDef, arguments);
+            };
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Names of attribute-specific localized strings and the JS attribute they are
+   *  exposed as in the attribute's "strings" attribute (if the provider has a
+   *  string bundle exposed on its "strings" attribute).  They are rooted at
+   *  "gloda.SUBJECT-NOUN-NAME.attr.ATTR-NAME.*".
+   *
+   * Please consult the localization notes in gloda.properties to understand
+   *  what these are used for.
+   */
+  _ATTR_LOCALIZED_STRINGS: {
+    /* - Faceting */
+    facetNameLabel: "facetNameLabel",
+    includeLabel: "includeLabel",
+    excludeLabel: "excludeLabel",
+    remainderLabel: "remainderLabel",
+    mustMatchLabel: "mustMatchLabel",
+    cantMatchLabel: "cantMatchLabel",
+    mayMatchLabel: "mayMatchLabel",
+    mustMatchNoneLabel: "mustMatchNoneLabel",
+    mustMatchSomeLabel: "mustMatchSomeLabel",
+    mayMatchAnyLabel: "mayMatchAnyLabel",
+  },
+  /**
+   * Define an attribute and all its meta-data.  Takes a single dictionary as
+   *  its argument, with the following required properties:
+   *
+   * @param aAttrDef.provider The object instance providing a 'process' method.
+   * @param aAttrDef.extensionName The name of the extension providing these
+   *     attributes.
+   * @param aAttrDef.attributeType The type of attribute, one of the values from
+   *     the kAttr* enumeration.
+   * @param aAttrDef.attributeName The name of the attribute, which also doubles
+   *     as the bound property name if you pass 'bind' a value of true.  You are
+   *     responsible for avoiding collisions, which presumably will mean
+   *     checking/updating a wiki page in the future, or just prefixing your
+   *     attribute name with your extension name or something like that.
+   * @param aAttrDef.bind Should this attribute be 'bound' as a convenience
+   *     attribute on the subject's object (true/false)?  For example, with an
+   *     attributeName of "foo" and passing true for 'bind' with a subject noun
+   *     of NOUN_MESSAGE, GlodaMessage instances will expose a "foo" getter that
+   *     returns the value of the attribute.  If 'singular' is true, this means
+   *     an instance of the object class corresponding to the noun type or null
+   *     if the attribute does not exist.  If 'singular' is false, this means a
+   *     list of instances of the object class corresponding to the noun type,
+   *     where the list may be empty if no instances of the attribute are
+   *     present.
+   * @param aAttrDef.bindName Optional override of attributeName for purposes of
+   *     the binding property's name.
+   * @param aAttrDef.singular Is the attribute going to happen at most once
+   *     (true), or potentially multiple times (false).  This affects whether
+   *     the binding returns a list or just a single item (which is null when
+   *     the attribute is not present).
+   * @param [aAttrDef.emptySetIsSignificant=false] Should we
+   * @param aAttrDef.subjectNouns A list of object types (NOUNs) that this
+   *     attribute can be set on.  Each element in the list should be one of the
+   *     NOUN_* constants or a dynamically registered noun type.
+   * @param aAttrDef.objectNoun The object type (one of the NOUN_* constants or
+   *     a dynamically registered noun types) that is the 'object' in the
+   *     traditional RDF triple.  More pragmatically, in the database row used
+   *     to represent an attribute, we store the subject (ex: message ID),
+   *     attribute ID, and an integer which is the integer representation of the
+   *     'object' whose type you are defining right here.
+   */
+  defineAttribute: function gloda_ns_defineAttribute(aAttrDef) {
+    // ensure required properties exist on aAttrDef
+    if (!("provider" in aAttrDef) ||
+        !("extensionName" in aAttrDef) ||
+        !("attributeType" in aAttrDef) ||
+        !("attributeName" in aAttrDef) ||
+        !("singular" in aAttrDef) ||
+        !("subjectNouns" in aAttrDef) ||
+        !("objectNoun" in aAttrDef))
+      // perhaps we should have a list of required attributes, perchance with
+      //  and explanation of what it holds, and use that to be friendlier?
+      throw Error("You omitted a required attribute defining property, please" +
+                  " consult the documentation as penance.");
+
+    // -- Fill in defaults
+    if (!("emptySetIsSignificant" in aAttrDef))
+      aAttrDef.emptySetIsSignificant = false;
+
+    if (!("canQuery" in aAttrDef))
+      aAttrDef.canQuery = aAttrDef.facet ? true : false;
+
+    // return if the attribute has already been defined
+    if (aAttrDef.dbDef)
+      return aAttrDef;
+
+    // - first time we've seen a provider init logic
+    if (!(aAttrDef.provider.providerName in this._attrProviders)) {
+      this._attrProviders[aAttrDef.provider.providerName] = [];
+      if (aAttrDef.provider.contentWhittle)
+        whittlerRegistry.registerWhittler(aAttrDef.provider);
+    }
+
+    let compoundName = aAttrDef.extensionName + ":" + aAttrDef.attributeName;
+    // -- Database Definition
+    let attrDBDef;
+    if (compoundName in GlodaDatastore._attributeDBDefs) {
+      // the existence of the GlodaAttributeDBDef means that either it has
+      //  already been fully defined, or has been loaded from the database but
+      //  not yet 'bound' to a provider (and had important meta-info that
+      //  doesn't go in the db copied over)
+      attrDBDef = GlodaDatastore._attributeDBDefs[compoundName];
+    }
+    // we need to create the attribute definition in the database
+    else {
+      let attrID = null;
+      attrID = GlodaDatastore._createAttributeDef(aAttrDef.attributeType,
+                                                  aAttrDef.extensionName,
+                                                  aAttrDef.attributeName,
+                                                  null);
+
+      attrDBDef = new GlodaAttributeDBDef(GlodaDatastore, attrID, compoundName,
+        aAttrDef.attributeType, aAttrDef.extensionName, aAttrDef.attributeName);
+      GlodaDatastore._attributeDBDefs[compoundName] = attrDBDef;
+      GlodaDatastore._attributeIDToDBDefAndParam[attrID] = [attrDBDef, null];
+    }
+
+    aAttrDef.dbDef = attrDBDef;
+    attrDBDef.attrDef = aAttrDef;
+
+    aAttrDef.id = aAttrDef.dbDef.id;
+
+    if ("bindName" in aAttrDef)
+      aAttrDef.boundName = aAttrDef.bindName;
+    else
+      aAttrDef.boundName = aAttrDef.attributeName;
+
+    aAttrDef.objectNounDef = this._nounIDToDef[aAttrDef.objectNoun];
+    aAttrDef.objectNounDef.objectNounOfAttributes.push(aAttrDef);
+
+    // -- Facets
+    function normalizeFacetDef(aFacetDef) {
+      if (!("groupIdAttr" in aFacetDef))
+        aFacetDef.groupIdAttr = aAttrDef.objectNounDef.idAttr;
+      if (!("groupComparator" in aFacetDef))
+        aFacetDef.groupComparator = aAttrDef.objectNounDef.comparator;
+      if (!("filter" in aFacetDef))
+        aFacetDef.filter = null;
+    }
+    // No facet attribute means no facet desired; set an explicit null so that
+    //  code can check without doing an "in" check.
+    if (!("facet" in aAttrDef))
+      aAttrDef.facet = null;
+    // Promote "true" facet values to the defaults.  Where attributes have
+    //  specified values, make sure we fill in any missing defaults.
+    else {
+      if (aAttrDef.facet == true) {
+        aAttrDef.facet = {
+          type: "default",
+          groupIdAttr: aAttrDef.objectNounDef.idAttr,
+          groupComparator: aAttrDef.objectNounDef.comparator,
+          filter: null,
+        };
+      }
+      else {
+        normalizeFacetDef(aAttrDef.facet);
+      }
+    }
+    if ("extraFacets" in aAttrDef) {
+      for (let facetDef of aAttrDef.extraFacets) {
+        normalizeFacetDef(facetDef);
+      }
+    }
+
+    function gatherLocalizedStrings(aBundle, aPropRoot, aStickIn) {
+      for (let propName in Gloda._ATTR_LOCALIZED_STRINGS) {
+        let attrName = Gloda._ATTR_LOCALIZED_STRINGS[propName];
+        try {
+          aStickIn[attrName] = aBundle.get(aPropRoot + propName);
+        }
+        catch (ex) {
+          // do nothing.  nsIStringBundle throws exceptions because it is a
+          //  standard nsresult type of API and our helper buddy does nothing
+          //  to help us.  (StringBundle.js, that is.)
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    // -- L10n.
+    // If the provider has a string bundle, populate a "strings" attribute with
+    //  our standard attribute strings that can be UI exposed.
+    if (("strings" in aAttrDef.provider) && (aAttrDef.facet)) {
+      let bundle = aAttrDef.provider.strings;
+
+      // -- attribute strings
+      let attrStrings = aAttrDef.facet.strings = {};
+      // we use the first subject the attribute applies to as the basis of
+      //  where to get the string from.  Mainly because we currently don't have
+      //  any attributes with multiple subjects nor a use-case where we expose
+      //  multiple noun types via the UI.  (Just messages right now.)
+      let canonicalSubject = this._nounIDToDef[aAttrDef.subjectNouns[0]];
+      let propRoot = "gloda." + canonicalSubject.name + ".attr." +
+                       aAttrDef.attributeName + ".";
+      gatherLocalizedStrings(bundle, propRoot, attrStrings);
+
+      // -- alias strings for synthetic facets
+      if ("extraFacets" in aAttrDef) {
+        for (let facetDef of aAttrDef.extraFacets) {
+          facetDef.strings = {};
+          let aliasPropRoot = "gloda." + canonicalSubject.name + ".attr." +
+                                facetDef.alias + ".";
+          gatherLocalizedStrings(bundle, aliasPropRoot, facetDef.strings);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    // -- Subject Noun Binding
+    for (let iSubject = 0; iSubject < aAttrDef.subjectNouns.length;
+           iSubject++) {
+      let subjectType = aAttrDef.subjectNouns[iSubject];
+      let subjectNounDef = this._nounIDToDef[subjectType];
+      this._bindAttribute(aAttrDef, subjectNounDef);
+
+      // update the provider maps...
+      if (this._attrProviderOrderByNoun[subjectType]
+              .indexOf(aAttrDef.provider) == -1) {
+        this._attrProviderOrderByNoun[subjectType].push(aAttrDef.provider);
+        if (aAttrDef.provider.optimize)
+          this._attrOptimizerOrderByNoun[subjectType].push(aAttrDef.provider);
+        this._attrProvidersByNoun[subjectType][aAttrDef.provider] = [];
+      }
+      this._attrProvidersByNoun[subjectType][aAttrDef.provider].push(aAttrDef);
+
+      subjectNounDef.attribsByBoundName[aAttrDef.boundName] = aAttrDef;
+      if (aAttrDef.domExpose)
+        subjectNounDef.domExposeAttribsByBoundName[aAttrDef.boundName] =
+          aAttrDef;
+
+      if (aAttrDef.special & this.kSpecialColumn)
+        subjectNounDef.specialLoadAttribs.push(aAttrDef);
+
+      // if this is a parent column attribute, make note of it so that if we
+      //  need to do an inverse references lookup, we know what column we are
+      //  issuing against.
+      if (aAttrDef.special === this.kSpecialColumnParent) {
+        subjectNounDef.parentColumnAttr = aAttrDef;
+      }
+
+      if (aAttrDef.objectNounDef.tableName ||
+          aAttrDef.objectNounDef.contributeObjDependencies) {
+        subjectNounDef.hasObjDependencies = true;
+      }
+    }
+
+    this._attrProviders[aAttrDef.provider.providerName].push(aAttrDef);
+    return aAttrDef;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Retrieve the attribute provided by the given extension with the given
+   *  attribute name.  The original idea was that plugins would effectively
+   *  name-space attributes, helping avoid collisions.  Since we are leaning
+   *  towards using binding heavily, this doesn't really help, as the collisions
+   *  will just occur on the attribute name instead.  Also, this can turn
+   *  extensions into liars as name changes/moves to core/etc. happen.
+   * @TODO consider removing the extension name argument parameter requirement
+   */
+  getAttrDef: function gloda_ns_getAttrDef(aPluginName, aAttrName) {
+    let compoundName = aPluginName + ":" + aAttrName;
+    return GlodaDatastore._attributeDBDefs[compoundName];
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Create a new query instance for the given noun-type.  This provides
+   *  a generic way to provide constraint-based queries of any first-class
+   *  nouns supported by the system.
+   *
+   * The idea is that every attribute on an object can be used to express
+   *  a constraint on the query object.  Constraints implicitly 'AND' together,
+   *  but providing multiple arguments to a constraint function results in an
+   *  'OR'ing of those values.  Additionally, you can call or() on the returned
+   *  query to create an alternate query that is effectively a giant OR against
+   *  all the constraints you create on the main query object (or any other
+   *  alternate queries returned by or()).  (Note: there is no nesting of these
+   *  alternate queries. query.or().or() is equivalent to query.or())
+   * For each attribute, there is a constraint with the same name that takes
+   *  one or more arguments.  The arguments represent a set of OR values that
+   *  objects matching the query can have.  (If you want the constraint
+   *  effectively ANDed together, just invoke the constraint function
+   *  multiple times.)  For example, newQuery(NOUN_PERSON).age(25) would
+   *  constraint to all the people aged 25, while age(25, 26) would constrain
+   *  to all the people age 25 or 26.
+   * For each attribute with a 'continuous' noun, there is a constraint with the
+   *  attribute name with "Range" appended.  It takes two arguments which are an
+   *  inclusive lower bound and an inclusive lower bound for values in the
+   *  range.  If you would like an open-ended range on either side, pass null
+   *  for that argument.  If you would like to specify multiple ranges that
+   *  should be ORed together, simply pass additional (pairs of) arguments.
+   *  For example, newQuery(NOUN_PERSON).age(25,100) would constraint to all
+   *  the people who are >= 25 and <= 100.  Likewise age(25, null) would just
+   *  return all the people who are 25 or older.  And age(25,30,35,40) would
+   *  return people who are either 25-30 or 35-30.
+   * There are also full-text constraint columns.  In a nutshell, their
+   *  arguments are the strings that should be passed to the SQLite FTS3
+   *  MATCH clause.
+   *
+   * @param aNounID The (integer) noun-id of the noun you want to query on.
+   * @param aOptions an optional dictionary of query options, see the GlodaQuery
+   *     class documentation.
+   */
+  newQuery: function gloda_ns_newQuery(aNounID, aOptions) {
+    let nounDef = this._nounIDToDef[aNounID];
+    return new nounDef.queryClass(aOptions);
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Create a collection/query for the given noun-type that only matches the
+   *  provided items.  This is to be used when you have an explicit set of items
+   *  that you would still like to receive updates for.
+   */
+  explicitCollection: function gloda_ns_explicitCollection(aNounID, aItems) {
+    let nounDef = this._nounIDToDef[aNounID];
+    let collection = new GlodaCollection(nounDef, aItems, null, null);
+    let query = new nounDef.explicitQueryClass(collection);
+    collection.query = query;
+    GlodaCollectionManager.registerCollection(collection);
+    return collection;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Debugging 'wildcard' collection creation support.  A wildcard collection
+   *  will 'accept' any new item instances presented to the collection manager
+   *  as new.  The result is that it allows you to be notified as new items
+   *  as they are indexed, existing items as they are loaded from the database,
+   *  etc.
+   * Because the items are added to the collection without limit, this will
+   *  result in a leak if you don't do something to clean up after the
+   *  collection.  (Forgetting about the collection will suffice, as it is still
+   *  weakly held.)
+   */
+  _wildcardCollection: function gloda_ns_wildcardCollection(aNounID, aItems) {
+    let nounDef = this._nounIDToDef[aNounID];
+    let collection = new GlodaCollection(nounDef, aItems, null, null);
+    let query = new nounDef.wildcardQueryClass(collection);
+    collection.query = query;
+    GlodaCollectionManager.registerCollection(collection);
+    return collection;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Attribute providers attempting to index something that experience a fatal
+   *  problem should throw one of these.  For example:
+   *  "throw new Gloda.BadItemContentsError('Message lacks an author.');".
+   *
+   * We're not really taking advantage of this yet, but it's a good idea.
+   */
+  BadItemContentsError: BadItemContentsError,
+
+  /**
+   * Populate a gloda representation of an item given the thus-far built
+   *  representation, the previous representation, and one or more raw
+   *  representations.  The attribute providers/optimizers for the given noun
+   *  type are invoked, allowing them to contribute/alter things.  Following
+   *  that, we build and persist our attribute representations.
+   *
+   * The result of the processing ends up with attributes in 3 different forms:
+   * - Database attribute rows (to be added and removed).
+   * - In-memory representation.
+   * - JSON-able representation.
+   *
+   * @param aItem The noun instance you want processed.
+   * @param aRawReps A dictionary that we pass to the attribute providers.
+   *     There is a(n implied) contract between the caller of grokNounItem for a
+   *     given noun type and the attribute providers for that noun type, and we
+   *     have nothing to do with it OTHER THAN inserting a 'trueGlodaRep'
+   *     value into it.  In the event of reindexing an existing object, the
+   *     gloda representation we pass to the indexers is actually a clone that
+   *     allows the asynchronous indexers to mutate the object without
+   *     causing visible changes in the existing representation of the gloda
+   *     object.  We patch the changes back onto the original item atomically
+   *     once indexing completes.  The 'trueGlodaRep' is then useful for
+   *     objects that hang off of the gloda instance that need a reference
+   *     back to their containing object for API convenience purposes.
+   * @param aIsConceptuallyNew Is the item "new" in the sense that it would
+   *     never have been visible from within user code?  This translates into
+   *     whether this should trigger an itemAdded notification or an
+   *     itemModified notification.
+   * @param aIsRecordNew Is the item "new" in the sense that we should INSERT
+   *     a record rather than UPDATE-ing a record.  For example, when dealing
+   *     with messages where we may have a ghost, the ghost message is not a
+   *     new record, but is conceptually new.
+   * @param aCallbackHandle The GlodaIndexer-style callback handle that is being
+   *     used to drive this processing in an async fashion.  (See
+   *     GlodaIndexer._callbackHandle).
+   * @param aDoCache Should we allow this item to be contributed to its noun
+   *     cache?
+   */
+  grokNounItem: function* gloda_ns_grokNounItem(aItem, aRawReps,
+      aIsConceptuallyNew, aIsRecordNew, aCallbackHandle, aDoCache) {
+    let itemNounDef = aItem.NOUN_DEF;
+    let attribsByBoundName = itemNounDef.attribsByBoundName;
+
+    this._log.info(" ** grokNounItem: " + itemNounDef.name);
+
+    let addDBAttribs = [];
+    let removeDBAttribs = [];
+
+    let jsonDict = {};
+
+    let aOldItem;
+    aRawReps.trueGlodaRep = aItem;
+    if (aIsConceptuallyNew) // there is no old item if we are new.
+      aOldItem = {};
+    else {
+      aOldItem = aItem;
+      // we want to create a clone of the existing item so that we can know the
+      //  deltas that happened for indexing purposes
+      aItem = aItem._clone();
+    }
+
+    // Have the attribute providers directly set properties on the aItem
+    let attrProviders = this._attrProviderOrderByNoun[itemNounDef.id];
+    for (let iProvider = 0; iProvider < attrProviders.length; iProvider++) {
+      this._log.info("  * provider: " + attrProviders[iProvider].providerName);
+      yield aCallbackHandle.pushAndGo(
+        attrProviders[iProvider].process(aItem, aRawReps, aIsConceptuallyNew,
+                                         aCallbackHandle));
+    }
+
+    let attrOptimizers = this._attrOptimizerOrderByNoun[itemNounDef.id];
+    for (let iProvider = 0; iProvider < attrOptimizers.length; iProvider++) {
+      this._log.info("  * optimizer: " + attrOptimizers[iProvider].providerName);
+      yield aCallbackHandle.pushAndGo(
+        attrOptimizers[iProvider].optimize(aItem, aRawReps, aIsConceptuallyNew,
+                                           aCallbackHandle));
+    }
+    this._log.info(" ** done with providers.");
+
+    // Iterate over the attributes on the item
+    for (let key of Object.keys(aItem)) {
+      let value = aItem[key];
+      // ignore keys that start with underscores, they are private and not
+      //  persisted by our attribute mechanism.  (they are directly handled by
+      //  the object implementation.)
+      if (key.startsWith("_"))
+        continue;
+      // find the attribute definition that corresponds to this key
+      let attrib = attribsByBoundName[key];
+      // if there's no attribute, that's not good, but not horrible.
+      if (attrib === undefined) {
+        this._log.warn("new proc ignoring attrib: " + key);
+        continue;
+      }
+
+      let attribDB = attrib.dbDef;
+      let objectNounDef = attrib.objectNounDef;
+
+      // - translate for our JSON rep
+      if (attrib.singular) {
+        if (objectNounDef.toJSON)
+          jsonDict[attrib.id] = objectNounDef.toJSON(value);
+        else
+          jsonDict[attrib.id] = value;
+      }
+      else {
+        if (objectNounDef.toJSON) {
+          let toJSON = objectNounDef.toJSON;
+          jsonDict[attrib.id] = [];
+          for (let [, subValue] in Iterator(value)) {
+            jsonDict[attrib.id].push(toJSON(subValue));
+          }
+        }
+        else
+          jsonDict[attrib.id] = value;
+      }
+
+      let oldValue = aOldItem[key];
+
+      // the 'old' item is still the canonical one; update it
+      // do the update now, because we may skip operations on addDBAttribs and
+      //  removeDBattribs, if the attribute is not to generate entries in
+      //  messageAttributes
+      if (oldValue !== undefined || !aIsConceptuallyNew)
+        aOldItem[key] = value;
+
+      // the new canQuery property has to be set to true to generate entries
+      // in the messageAttributes table. Any other truthy value (like a non
+      // empty string), will still make the message query-able but without
+      // using the database.
+      if (attrib.canQuery !== true) {
+        continue;
+      }
+
+      // - database index attributes
+
+      // perform a delta analysis against the old value, if we have one
+      if (oldValue !== undefined) {
+        // in the singular case if they don't match, it's one add and one remove
+        if (attrib.singular) {
+          // test for identicality, failing that, see if they have explicit
+          //  equals support.
+          if ((value !== oldValue) &&
+              (!value.equals || !value.equals(oldValue))) {
+            addDBAttribs.push(attribDB.convertValuesToDBAttributes([value])[0]);
+            removeDBAttribs.push(
+              attribDB.convertValuesToDBAttributes([oldValue])[0]);
+          }
+        }
+        // in the plural case, we have to figure the deltas accounting for
+        //  possible changes in ordering (which is insignificant from an
+        //  indexing perspective)
+        // some nouns may not meet === equivalence needs, so must provide a
+        //  custom computeDelta method to help us out
+        else if (objectNounDef.computeDelta) {
+          let [valuesAdded, valuesRemoved] =
+            objectNounDef.computeDelta(value, oldValue);
+          // convert the values to database-style attribute rows
+          addDBAttribs.push.apply(addDBAttribs,
+            attribDB.convertValuesToDBAttributes(valuesAdded));
+          removeDBAttribs.push.apply(removeDBAttribs,
+            attribDB.convertValuesToDBAttributes(valuesRemoved));
+        }
+        else {
+          // build a map of the previous values; we will delete the values as
+          //  we see them so that we will know what old values are no longer
+          //  present in the current set of values.
+          let oldValueMap = {};
+          for (let anOldValue of oldValue) {
+            // remember, the key is just the toString'ed value, so we need to
+            //  store and use the actual value as the value!
+            oldValueMap[anOldValue] = anOldValue;
+          }
+          // traverse the current values...
+          let valuesAdded = [];
+          for (let curValue of value) {
+            if (curValue in oldValueMap)
+              delete oldValueMap[curValue];
+            else
+              valuesAdded.push(curValue);
+          }
+          // anything still on oldValueMap was removed.
+          let valuesRemoved = Object.keys(oldValueMap).
+            map(key => oldValueMap[key]);
+          // convert the values to database-style attribute rows
+          addDBAttribs.push.apply(addDBAttribs,
+            attribDB.convertValuesToDBAttributes(valuesAdded));
+          removeDBAttribs.push.apply(removeDBAttribs,
+            attribDB.convertValuesToDBAttributes(valuesRemoved));
+        }
+
+        // Add/remove the empty set indicator as appropriate.
+        if (attrib.emptySetIsSignificant) {
+          // if we are now non-zero but previously were zero, remove.
+          if (value.length && !oldValue.length)
+            removeDBAttribs.push([GlodaDatastore.kEmptySetAttrId, attribDB.id]);
+          // if we are now zero length but previously were not, add
+          else if (!value.length && oldValue.length)
+            addDBAttribs.push([GlodaDatastore.kEmptySetAttrId, attribDB.id]);
+        }
+      }
+      // no old value, all values are new
+      else {
+        // add the db reps on the new values
+        if (attrib.singular)
+          value = [value];
+        addDBAttribs.push.apply(addDBAttribs,
+                                attribDB.convertValuesToDBAttributes(value));
+        // Add the empty set indicator for the attribute id if appropriate.
+        if (!value.length && attrib.emptySetIsSignificant)
+          addDBAttribs.push([GlodaDatastore.kEmptySetAttrId, attribDB.id]);
+      }
+    }
+
+    // Iterate over any remaining values in old items for purge purposes.
+    for (let key of Object.keys(aOldItem)) {
+      let value = aOldItem[key];
+      // ignore keys that start with underscores, they are private and not
+      //  persisted by our attribute mechanism.  (they are directly handled by
+      //  the object implementation.)
+      if (key.startsWith("_"))
+        continue;
+      // ignore things we saw in the new guy
+      if (key in aItem)
+        continue;
+
+      // find the attribute definition that corresponds to this key
+      let attrib = attribsByBoundName[key];
+      // if there's no attribute, that's not good, but not horrible.
+      if (attrib === undefined) {
+        continue;
+      }
+
+      // delete these from the old item, as the old item is canonical, and
+      //  should no longer have these values
+      delete aOldItem[key];
+
+      if (attrib.canQuery !== true) {
+        this._log.debug("Not inserting attribute "+attrib.attributeName
+            +" into the db, since we don't plan on querying on it");
+        continue;
+      }
+
+      if (attrib.singular)
+        value = [value];
+      let attribDB = attrib.dbDef;
+      removeDBAttribs.push.apply(removeDBAttribs,
+                                 attribDB.convertValuesToDBAttributes(value));
+      // remove the empty set marker if there should have been one
+      if (!value.length && attrib.emptySetIsSignificant)
+        removeDBAttribs.push([GlodaDatastore.kEmptySetAttrId, attribDB.id]);
+    }
+
+    aItem._jsonText = JSON.stringify(jsonDict);
+    this._log.debug("  json text: " + aItem._jsonText);
+
+    if (aIsRecordNew) {
+      this._log.debug(" inserting item");
+      itemNounDef.objInsert.call(itemNounDef.datastore, aItem);
+    }
+    else {
+      this._log.debug(" updating item");
+      itemNounDef.objUpdate.call(itemNounDef.datastore, aItem);
+    }
+
+    this._log.debug(" adjusting attributes, add: " + addDBAttribs + " rem: " +
+        removeDBAttribs);
+    itemNounDef.dbAttribAdjuster.call(itemNounDef.datastore, aItem,
+      addDBAttribs, removeDBAttribs);
+
+    if (!aIsConceptuallyNew && ("_declone" in aOldItem))
+      aOldItem._declone(aItem);
+
+    // Cache ramifications...
+    if (aDoCache === undefined || aDoCache) {
+      if (aIsConceptuallyNew)
+        GlodaCollectionManager.itemsAdded(aItem.NOUN_ID, [aItem]);
+      else
+        GlodaCollectionManager.itemsModified(aOldItem.NOUN_ID, [aOldItem]);
+    }
+
+    this._log.debug(" done grokking.");
+
+    yield this.kWorkDone;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Processes a list of noun instances for their score within a given context.
+   *  This is primarily intended for use by search ranking mechanisms, but could
+   *  be used elsewhere too.  (It does, however, depend on the complicity of the
+   *  score method implementations to not get confused.)
+   *
+   * @param aItems The non-empty list of items to score.
+   * @param aContext A noun-specific dictionary that we just pass to the funcs.
+   * @param aExtraScoreFuncs A list of extra scoring functions to apply.
+   * @returns A list of integer scores equal in length to aItems.
+   */
+  scoreNounItems: function gloda_ns_grokNounItem(aItems, aContext,
+                                                 aExtraScoreFuncs) {
+    let scores = [];
+    // bail if there is nothing to score
+    if (!aItems.length)
+      return scores;
+
+    let itemNounDef = aItems[0].NOUN_DEF;
+    if (aExtraScoreFuncs == null)
+      aExtraScoreFuncs = [];
+
+    for (let item of aItems) {
+      let score = 0;
+      let attrProviders = this._attrProviderOrderByNoun[itemNounDef.id];
+      for (let iProvider = 0; iProvider < attrProviders.length; iProvider++) {
+        let provider = attrProviders[iProvider];
+        if (provider.score)
+          score += provider.score(item);
+      }
+      for (let [, extraScoreFunc] in Iterator(aExtraScoreFuncs))
+        score += extraScoreFunc(item, aContext);
+      scores.push(score);
+    }
+
+    return scores;
+  }
+};
+
+/* and initialize the Gloda object/NS before we return... */
+try {
+  Gloda._init();
+}
+catch (ex) {
+  Gloda._log.debug("Exception during Gloda init (" + ex.fileName + ":" +
+                   ex.lineNumber + "): " + ex);
+};
+/* but don't forget that we effectively depend on everybody.js too, and
+   currently on our importer to be importing that if they need us fully armed
+   and operational. */
diff --git a/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/index_ab.js b/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/index_ab.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..299733275
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/index_ab.js
@@ -0,0 +1,287 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+this.EXPORTED_SYMBOLS = ['GlodaABIndexer', 'GlodaABAttrs'];
+
+var Cc = Components.classes;
+var Ci = Components.interfaces;
+var Cr = Components.results;
+var Cu = Components.utils;
+
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/collection.js");
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/datastore.js");
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/gloda.js");
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/indexer.js");
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/log4moz.js");
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/noun_freetag.js");
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/utils.js");
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/mailServices.js");
+
+
+var GlodaABIndexer = {
+  _log: null,
+
+  name: "index_ab",
+  enable: function() {
+    if (this._log == null)
+      this._log =  Log4Moz.repository.getLogger("gloda.index_ab");
+
+    MailServices.ab.addAddressBookListener(this,
+                                           Ci.nsIAbListener.itemAdded |
+                                           Ci.nsIAbListener.itemChanged |
+                                           Ci.nsIAbListener.directoryItemRemoved);
+  },
+
+  disable: function() {
+    MailServices.ab.removeAddressBookListener(this);
+  },
+
+  // it's a getter so we can reference 'this'
+  get workers() {
+    return [
+      ["ab-card", {
+         worker: this._worker_index_card,
+       }],
+    ];
+  },
+
+  _worker_index_card: function*(aJob, aCallbackHandle) {
+    let card = aJob.id;
+
+    if (card.primaryEmail) {
+      // load the identity
+      let query = Gloda.newQuery(Gloda.NOUN_IDENTITY);
+      query.kind("email");
+      // we currently normalize all e-mail addresses to be lowercase
+      query.value(card.primaryEmail.toLowerCase());
+      let identityCollection = query.getCollection(aCallbackHandle);
+      yield Gloda.kWorkAsync;
+
+      if (identityCollection.items.length) {
+        let identity = identityCollection.items[0];
+        // force the identity to know it has an associated ab card.
+        identity._hasAddressBookCard = true;
+
+        this._log.debug("Found identity, processing card.");
+        yield aCallbackHandle.pushAndGo(
+            Gloda.grokNounItem(identity.contact, {card: card}, false, false,
+                               aCallbackHandle));
+        this._log.debug("Done processing card.");
+      }
+    }
+
+    yield GlodaIndexer.kWorkDone;
+  },
+
+  initialSweep: function() {
+  },
+
+  /* ------ nsIAbListener ------ */
+  /**
+   * When an address book card is added, update the cached GlodaIdentity
+   *  object's cached idea of whether the identity has an ab card.
+   */
+  onItemAdded: function ab_indexer_onItemAdded(aParentDir, aItem) {
+    if (!(aItem instanceof Ci.nsIAbCard))
+      return;
+
+    this._log.debug("Received Card Add Notification");
+    let identity = GlodaCollectionManager.cacheLookupOneByUniqueValue(
+      Gloda.NOUN_IDENTITY, "email@" + aItem.primaryEmail.toLowerCase());
+    if (identity)
+      identity._hasAddressBookCard = true;
+  },
+  /**
+   * When an address book card is added, update the cached GlodaIdentity
+   *  object's cached idea of whether the identity has an ab card.
+   */
+  onItemRemoved: function ab_indexer_onItemRemoved(aParentDir, aItem) {
+    if (!(aItem instanceof Ci.nsIAbCard))
+      return;
+
+    this._log.debug("Received Card Removal Notification");
+    let identity = GlodaCollectionManager.cacheLookupOneByUniqueValue(
+      Gloda.NOUN_IDENTITY, "email@" + aItem.primaryEmail.toLowerCase());
+    if (identity)
+      identity._hasAddressBookCard = false;
+
+  },
+  onItemPropertyChanged: function ab_indexer_onItemPropertyChanged(aItem,
+      aProperty, aOldValue, aNewValue) {
+    if (aProperty == null && aItem instanceof Ci.nsIAbCard) {
+      this._log.debug("Received Card Change Notification");
+
+      let card = aItem; // instanceof already QueryInterface'd for us.
+      let job = new IndexingJob("ab-card", card);
+      GlodaIndexer.indexJob(job);
+    }
+  }
+};
+GlodaIndexer.registerIndexer(GlodaABIndexer);
+
+var GlodaABAttrs = {
+  providerName: "gloda.ab_attr",
+  _log: null,
+
+  init: function() {
+    this._log =  Log4Moz.repository.getLogger("gloda.abattrs");
+
+    try {
+      this.defineAttributes();
+    }
+    catch (ex) {
+      this._log.error("Error in init: " + ex);
+      throw ex;
+    }
+  },
+
+  defineAttributes: function() {
+    /* ***** Contacts ***** */
+    this._attrIdentityContact = Gloda.defineAttribute({
+      provider: this,
+      extensionName: Gloda.BUILT_IN,
+      attributeType: Gloda.kAttrDerived,
+      attributeName: "identities",
+      singular: false,
+      special: Gloda.kSpecialColumnChildren,
+      //specialColumnName: "contactID",
+      storageAttributeName: "_identities",
+      subjectNouns: [Gloda.NOUN_CONTACT],
+      objectNoun: Gloda.NOUN_IDENTITY,
+      }); // tested-by: test_attributes_fundamental
+    this._attrContactName = Gloda.defineAttribute({
+      provider: this,
+      extensionName: Gloda.BUILT_IN,
+      attributeType: Gloda.kAttrFundamental,
+      attributeName: "name",
+      singular: true,
+      special: Gloda.kSpecialString,
+      specialColumnName: "name",
+      subjectNouns: [Gloda.NOUN_CONTACT],
+      objectNoun: Gloda.NOUN_STRING,
+      canQuery: true,
+      }); // tested-by: test_attributes_fundamental
+    this._attrContactPopularity = Gloda.defineAttribute({
+      provider: this,
+      extensionName: Gloda.BUILT_IN,
+      attributeType: Gloda.kAttrDerived,
+      attributeName: "popularity",
+      singular: true,
+      special: Gloda.kSpecialColumn,
+      specialColumnName: "popularity",
+      subjectNouns: [Gloda.NOUN_CONTACT],
+      objectNoun: Gloda.NOUN_NUMBER,
+      canQuery: true,
+      }); // not-tested
+    this._attrContactFrecency = Gloda.defineAttribute({
+      provider: this,
+      extensionName: Gloda.BUILT_IN,
+      attributeType: Gloda.kAttrDerived,
+      attributeName: "frecency",
+      singular: true,
+      special: Gloda.kSpecialColumn,
+      specialColumnName: "frecency",
+      subjectNouns: [Gloda.NOUN_CONTACT],
+      objectNoun: Gloda.NOUN_NUMBER,
+      canQuery: true,
+      }); // not-tested
+
+    /* ***** Identities ***** */
+    this._attrIdentityContact = Gloda.defineAttribute({
+      provider: this,
+      extensionName: Gloda.BUILT_IN,
+      attributeType: Gloda.kAttrDerived,
+      attributeName: "contact",
+      singular: true,
+      special: Gloda.kSpecialColumnParent,
+      specialColumnName: "contactID", // the column in the db
+      idStorageAttributeName: "_contactID",
+      valueStorageAttributeName: "_contact",
+      subjectNouns: [Gloda.NOUN_IDENTITY],
+      objectNoun: Gloda.NOUN_CONTACT,
+      canQuery: true,
+      }); // tested-by: test_attributes_fundamental
+    this._attrIdentityKind = Gloda.defineAttribute({
+      provider: this,
+      extensionName: Gloda.BUILT_IN,
+      attributeType: Gloda.kAttrFundamental,
+      attributeName: "kind",
+      singular: true,
+      special: Gloda.kSpecialString,
+      specialColumnName: "kind",
+      subjectNouns: [Gloda.NOUN_IDENTITY],
+      objectNoun: Gloda.NOUN_STRING,
+      canQuery: true,
+      }); // tested-by: test_attributes_fundamental
+    this._attrIdentityValue = Gloda.defineAttribute({
+      provider: this,
+      extensionName: Gloda.BUILT_IN,
+      attributeType: Gloda.kAttrFundamental,
+      attributeName: "value",
+      singular: true,
+      special: Gloda.kSpecialString,
+      specialColumnName: "value",
+      subjectNouns: [Gloda.NOUN_IDENTITY],
+      objectNoun: Gloda.NOUN_STRING,
+      canQuery: true,
+      }); // tested-by: test_attributes_fundamental
+
+    /* ***** Contact Meta ***** */
+    // Freeform tags; not explicit like thunderbird's fundamental tags.
+    //  we differentiate for now because of fundamental implementation
+    //  differences.
+    this._attrFreeTag = Gloda.defineAttribute({
+      provider: this,
+      extensionName: Gloda.BUILT_IN,
+      attributeType: Gloda.kAttrExplicit,
+      attributeName: "freetag",
+      bind: true,
+      bindName: "freeTags",
+      singular: false,
+      subjectNouns: [Gloda.NOUN_CONTACT],
+      objectNoun: Gloda.lookupNoun("freetag"),
+      parameterNoun: null,
+      canQuery: true,
+      }); // not-tested
+    // we need to find any existing bound freetag attributes, and use them to
+    //  populate to FreeTagNoun's understanding
+    if ("parameterBindings" in this._attrFreeTag) {
+      for (let freeTagName in this._attrFreeTag.parameterBindings) {
+        this._log.debug("Telling FreeTagNoun about: " + freeTagName);
+        FreeTagNoun.getFreeTag(freeTagName);
+      }
+    }
+  },
+
+  process: function*(aContact, aRawReps, aIsNew, aCallbackHandle) {
+    let card = aRawReps.card;
+    if (aContact.NOUN_ID != Gloda.NOUN_CONTACT) {
+      this._log.warn("Somehow got a non-contact: " + aContact);
+      return; // this will produce an exception; we like.
+    }
+
+    // update the name
+    if (card.displayName && card.displayName != aContact.name)
+      aContact.name = card.displayName;
+
+    aContact.freeTags = [];
+
+    let tags = null;
+    try {
+      tags = card.getProperty("Categories", null);
+    } catch (ex) {
+      this._log.error("Problem accessing property: " + ex);
+    }
+    if (tags) {
+      for (let tagName of tags.split(",")) {
+        tagName = tagName.trim();
+        if (tagName) {
+          aContact.freeTags.push(FreeTagNoun.getFreeTag(tagName));
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    yield Gloda.kWorkDone;
+  }
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/index_msg.js b/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/index_msg.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d4d7a8ceb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/index_msg.js
@@ -0,0 +1,3334 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+"use strict";
+
+/*
+ * This file currently contains a fairly general implementation of asynchronous
+ *  indexing with a very explicit message indexing implementation.  As gloda
+ *  will eventually want to index more than just messages, the message-specific
+ *  things should ideally lose their special hold on this file.  This will
+ *  benefit readability/size as well.
+ */
+
+this.EXPORTED_SYMBOLS = ['GlodaMsgIndexer'];
+
+var Cc = Components.classes;
+var Ci = Components.interfaces;
+var Cr = Components.results;
+var Cu = Components.utils;
+
+Cu.import("resource://gre/modules/XPCOMUtils.jsm");
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/iteratorUtils.jsm");
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/mailServices.js");
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/MailUtils.js");
+
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/log4moz.js");
+
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/utils.js");
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/datastore.js");
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/datamodel.js");
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/gloda.js");
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/collection.js");
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/connotent.js");
+
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/indexer.js");
+
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/mimemsg.js");
+
+XPCOMUtils.defineLazyServiceGetter(this, "atomService",
+                                   "@mozilla.org/atom-service;1",
+                                   "nsIAtomService");
+
+// Components.results does not have mailnews error codes!
+var NS_MSG_ERROR_FOLDER_SUMMARY_OUT_OF_DATE = 0x80550005;
+
+var GLODA_MESSAGE_ID_PROPERTY = "gloda-id";
+/**
+ * Message header property to track dirty status; one of
+ *  |GlodaIndexer.kMessageClean|, |GlodaIndexer.kMessageDirty|,
+ *  |GlodaIndexer.kMessageFilthy|.
+ */
+var GLODA_DIRTY_PROPERTY = "gloda-dirty";
+
+/**
+ * The sentinel GLODA_MESSAGE_ID_PROPERTY value indicating that a message fails
+ *  to index and we should not bother trying again, at least not until a new
+ *  release is made.
+ *
+ * This should ideally just flip between 1 and 2, with GLODA_OLD_BAD_MESSAGE_ID
+ *  flipping in the other direction.  If we start having more trailing badness,
+ *  _indexerGetEnumerator and GLODA_OLD_BAD_MESSAGE_ID will need to be altered.
+ *
+ * When flipping this, be sure to update glodaTestHelper.js's copy.
+ */
+var GLODA_BAD_MESSAGE_ID = 2;
+/**
+ * The gloda id we used to use to mark messages as bad, but now should be
+ *  treated as eligible for indexing.  This is only ever used for consideration
+ *  when creating msg header enumerators with `_indexerGetEnumerator` which
+ *  means we only will re-index such messages in an indexing sweep.  Accordingly
+ *  event-driven indexing will still treat such messages as unindexed (and
+ *  unindexable) until an indexing sweep picks them up.
+ */
+var GLODA_OLD_BAD_MESSAGE_ID = 1;
+var GLODA_FIRST_VALID_MESSAGE_ID = 32;
+
+var JUNK_SCORE_PROPERTY = "junkscore";
+var JUNK_SPAM_SCORE_STR = Ci.nsIJunkMailPlugin.IS_SPAM_SCORE.toString();
+var JUNK_HAM_SCORE_STR = Ci.nsIJunkMailPlugin.IS_HAM_SCORE.toString();
+
+var nsIArray = Ci.nsIArray;
+var nsIMsgFolder = Ci.nsIMsgFolder;
+var nsIMsgLocalMailFolder = Ci.nsIMsgLocalMailFolder;
+var nsIMsgImapMailFolder = Ci.nsIMsgImapMailFolder;
+var nsIMsgDBHdr = Ci.nsIMsgDBHdr;
+var nsMsgFolderFlags = Ci.nsMsgFolderFlags;
+var nsMsgMessageFlags = Ci.nsMsgMessageFlags;
+var nsMsgProcessingFlags = Ci.nsMsgProcessingFlags;
+
+/**
+ * The processing flags that tell us that a message header has not yet been
+ *  reported to us via msgsClassified.  If it has one of these flags, it is
+ *  still being processed.
+ */
+var NOT_YET_REPORTED_PROCESSING_FLAGS =
+  nsMsgProcessingFlags.NotReportedClassified |
+  nsMsgProcessingFlags.ClassifyJunk;
+
+// for list comprehension fun
+function* range(begin, end) {
+  for (let i = begin; i < end; ++i) {
+    yield i;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+ * We do not set properties on the messages until we perform a DB commit; this
+ *  helper class tracks messages that we have indexed but are not yet marked
+ *  as such on their header.
+ */
+var PendingCommitTracker = {
+  /**
+   * Maps message URIs to their gloda ids.
+   *
+   * I am not entirely sure why I chose the URI for the key rather than
+   *  gloda folder ID + message key.  Most likely it was to simplify debugging
+   *  since the gloda folder ID is opaque while the URI is very informative.  It
+   *  is also possible I was afraid of IMAP folder renaming triggering a UID
+   *  renumbering?
+   */
+  _indexedMessagesPendingCommitByKey: {},
+  /**
+   * Map from the pending commit gloda id to a tuple of [the corresponding
+   *  message header, dirtyState].
+   */
+  _indexedMessagesPendingCommitByGlodaId: {},
+  /**
+   * Do we have a post-commit handler registered with this transaction yet?
+   */
+  _pendingCommit: false,
+
+  /**
+   * The function gets called when the commit actually happens to flush our
+   *  message id's.
+   *
+   * It is very possible that by the time this call happens we have left the
+   *  folder and nulled out msgDatabase on the folder.  Since nulling it out
+   *  is what causes the commit, if we set the headers here without somehow
+   *  forcing a commit, we will lose.  Badly.
+   * Accordingly, we make a list of all the folders that the headers belong to
+   *  as we iterate, make sure to re-attach their msgDatabase before forgetting
+   *  the headers, then make sure to zero the msgDatabase again, triggering a
+   *  commit.  If there were a way to directly get the nsIMsgDatabase from the
+   *  header we could do that and call commit directly.  We don't track
+   *  databases along with the headers since the headers can change because of
+   *  moves and that would increase the number of moving parts.
+   */
+  _commitCallback: function PendingCommitTracker_commitCallback() {
+    let foldersByURI = {};
+    let lastFolder = null;
+
+    for (let glodaId in
+         PendingCommitTracker._indexedMessagesPendingCommitByGlodaId) {
+     let [msgHdr, dirtyState] =
+       PendingCommitTracker._indexedMessagesPendingCommitByGlodaId[glodaId];
+      // Mark this message as indexed.
+      // It's conceivable the database could have gotten blown away, in which
+      //  case the message headers are going to throw exceptions when we try
+      //  and touch them.  So we wrap this in a try block that complains about
+      //  this unforeseen circumstance.  (noteFolderDatabaseGettingBlownAway
+      //  should have been called and avoided this situation in all known
+      //  situations.)
+      try {
+        let curGlodaId = msgHdr.getUint32Property(GLODA_MESSAGE_ID_PROPERTY);
+        if (curGlodaId != glodaId)
+          msgHdr.setUint32Property(GLODA_MESSAGE_ID_PROPERTY, glodaId);
+        let headerDirty = msgHdr.getUint32Property(GLODA_DIRTY_PROPERTY);
+        if (headerDirty != dirtyState)
+          msgHdr.setUint32Property(GLODA_DIRTY_PROPERTY, dirtyState);
+
+        // Make sure this folder is in our foldersByURI map.
+        if (lastFolder == msgHdr.folder)
+          continue;
+        lastFolder = msgHdr.folder;
+        let folderURI = lastFolder.URI;
+        if (!(folderURI in foldersByURI))
+          foldersByURI[folderURI] = lastFolder;
+      }
+      catch (ex) {
+        GlodaMsgIndexer._log.error(
+          "Exception while attempting to mark message with gloda state after" +
+          "db commit", ex);
+      }
+    }
+
+    // it is vitally important to do this before we forget about the headers!
+    for (let uri in foldersByURI) {
+      let folder = foldersByURI[uri];
+      // This will not cause a parse.  The database is in-memory since we have
+      //  a header that belongs to it.  This just causes the folder to
+      //  re-acquire a reference from the database manager.
+      let ignoredDb = folder.msgDatabase;
+      // And this will cause a commit.  (And must be done since we don't want
+      //  to cause a leak.)
+      folder.msgDatabase = null;
+    }
+
+    PendingCommitTracker._indexedMessagesPendingCommitByGlodaId = {};
+    PendingCommitTracker._indexedMessagesPendingCommitByKey = {};
+
+    PendingCommitTracker._pendingCommit = false;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Track a message header that should be marked with the given gloda id when
+   *  the database commits.
+   */
+  track: function PendingCommitTracker_track(aMsgHdr, aGlodaId) {
+    let pendingKey = aMsgHdr.folder.URI + "#" + aMsgHdr.messageKey;
+    this._indexedMessagesPendingCommitByKey[pendingKey] = aGlodaId;
+    this._indexedMessagesPendingCommitByGlodaId[aGlodaId] =
+      [aMsgHdr, GlodaMsgIndexer.kMessageClean];
+
+    if (!this._pendingCommit) {
+      GlodaDatastore.runPostCommit(this._commitCallback);
+      this._pendingCommit = true;
+    }
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Get the current state of a message header given that we cannot rely on just
+   *  looking at the header's properties because we defer setting those
+   *  until the SQLite commit happens.
+   *
+   * @return Tuple of [gloda id, dirty status].
+   */
+  getGlodaState:
+      function PendingCommitTracker_getGlodaState(aMsgHdr) {
+    // If it's in the pending commit table, then the message is basically
+    //  clean.  Return that info.
+    let pendingKey = aMsgHdr.folder.URI + "#" + aMsgHdr.messageKey;
+    if (pendingKey in this._indexedMessagesPendingCommitByKey) {
+      let glodaId =
+        PendingCommitTracker._indexedMessagesPendingCommitByKey[pendingKey];
+      return [glodaId, this._indexedMessagesPendingCommitByGlodaId[glodaId][1]];
+    }
+    else {
+      // Otherwise the header's concept of state is correct.
+      let glodaId = aMsgHdr.getUint32Property(GLODA_MESSAGE_ID_PROPERTY);
+      let glodaDirty = aMsgHdr.getUint32Property(GLODA_DIRTY_PROPERTY);
+      return [glodaId, glodaDirty];
+    }
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Update our structure to reflect moved headers.  Moves are currently
+   *  treated as weakly interesting and do not require a reindexing
+   *  although collections will get notified.  So our job is to to fix-up
+   *  the pending commit information if the message has a pending commit.
+   */
+  noteMove: function PendingCommitTracker_noteMove(aOldHdr, aNewHdr) {
+    let oldKey = aOldHdr.folder.URI + "#" + aOldHdr.messageKey;
+    if (!(oldKey in this._indexedMessagesPendingCommitByKey))
+      return;
+
+    let glodaId = this._indexedMessagesPendingCommitByKey[oldKey];
+    delete this._indexedMessagesPendingCommitByKey[oldKey];
+
+    let newKey = aNewHdr.folder.URI + "#" + aNewHdr.messageKey;
+    this._indexedMessagesPendingCommitByKey[newKey] = glodaId;
+
+    // only clobber the header, not the dirty state
+    this._indexedMessagesPendingCommitByGlodaId[glodaId][0] = aNewHdr;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * A blind move is one where we have the source header but not the destination
+   *  header.  This happens for IMAP messages that do not involve offline fake
+   *  headers.
+   * XXX Since IMAP moves will propagate the gloda-id/gloda-dirty bits for us,
+   *  we could detect the other side of the move when it shows up as a
+   *  msgsClassified event and restore the mapping information.  Since the
+   *  offline fake header case should now cover the bulk of IMAP move
+   *  operations, we probably do not need to pursue this.
+   *
+   * We just re-dispatch to noteDirtyHeader because we can't do anything more
+   *  clever.
+   */
+  noteBlindMove: function PendingCommitTracker_noteBlindMove(aOldHdr) {
+    this.noteDirtyHeader(aOldHdr);
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * If a message is dirty we should stop tracking it for post-commit
+   *  purposes.  This is not because we don't want to write to its header
+   *  when we commit as much as that we want to avoid |getHeaderGlodaState|
+   *  reporting that the message is clean.  We could complicate our state
+   *  by storing that information, but this is easier and ends up the same
+   *  in the end.
+   */
+  noteDirtyHeader: function PendingCommitTracker_noteDirtyHeader(aMsgHdr) {
+    let pendingKey = aMsgHdr.folder.URI + "#" + aMsgHdr.messageKey;
+    if (!(pendingKey in this._indexedMessagesPendingCommitByKey))
+      return;
+
+    // (It is important that we get the gloda id from our own structure!)
+    let glodaId = this._indexedMessagesPendingCommitByKey[pendingKey];
+    this._indexedMessagesPendingCommitByGlodaId[glodaId][1] =
+      GlodaMsgIndexer.kMessageDirty;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Sometimes a folder database gets blown away.  This happens for one of two
+   *  expected reasons right now:
+   * - Folder compaction.
+   * - Explicit reindexing of a folder via the folder properties "rebuild index"
+   *    button.
+   *
+   * When this happens, we are basically out of luck and need to discard
+   *  everything about the folder.  The good news is that the folder compaction
+   *  pass is clever enough to re-establish the linkages that are being lost
+   *  when we drop these things on the floor.  Reindexing of a folder is not
+   *  clever enough to deal with this but is an exceptional case of last resort
+   *  (the user should not normally be performing a reindex as part of daily
+   *  operation), so we accept that messages may be redundantly indexed.
+   */
+  noteFolderDatabaseGettingBlownAway:
+      function PendingCommitTracker_noteFolderDatabaseGettingBlownAway(
+                 aMsgFolder) {
+    let uri = aMsgFolder.URI + "#";
+    for (let key in Iterator(this._indexedMessagesPendingCommitByKey, true)) {
+      // this is not as efficient as it could be, but compaction is relatively
+      //  rare and the number of pending headers is generally going to be
+      //  small.
+      if (key.indexOf(uri) == 0) {
+        delete this._indexedMessagesPendingCommitByKey[key];
+      }
+    }
+  },
+};
+
+/**
+ * This callback handles processing the asynchronous query results of
+ *  |GlodaMsgIndexer.getMessagesByMessageID|.
+ */
+function MessagesByMessageIdCallback(aMsgIDToIndex, aResults,
+                                     aCallback, aCallbackThis) {
+  this.msgIDToIndex = aMsgIDToIndex;
+  this.results = aResults;
+  this.callback = aCallback;
+  this.callbackThis = aCallbackThis;
+}
+
+MessagesByMessageIdCallback.prototype = {
+  _log: Log4Moz.repository.getLogger("gloda.index_msg.mbm"),
+
+  onItemsAdded: function gloda_ds_mbmi_onItemsAdded(aItems, aCollection) {
+    // just outright bail if we are shutdown
+    if (GlodaDatastore.datastoreIsShutdown)
+      return;
+
+    this._log.debug("getting results...");
+    for (let message of aItems) {
+      this.results[this.msgIDToIndex[message.headerMessageID]].push(message);
+    }
+  },
+  onItemsModified: function () {},
+  onItemsRemoved: function () {},
+  onQueryCompleted: function gloda_ds_mbmi_onQueryCompleted(aCollection) {
+    // just outright bail if we are shutdown
+    if (GlodaDatastore.datastoreIsShutdown)
+      return;
+
+    if (this._log.level <= Log4Moz.Level.Debug)
+      this._log.debug("query completed, notifying... " + this.results);
+
+    this.callback.call(this.callbackThis, this.results);
+  }
+};
+
+
+/**
+ * The message indexer!
+ *
+ * === Message Indexing Strategy
+ * To these ends, we implement things like so:
+ *
+ * Mesage State Tracking
+ * - We store a property on all indexed headers indicating their gloda message
+ *   id.  This allows us to tell whether a message is indexed from the header,
+ *   without having to consult the SQL database.
+ * - When we receive an event that indicates that a message's meta-data has
+ *   changed and gloda needs to re-index the message, we set a property on the
+ *   header that indicates the message is dirty.  This property can indicate
+ *   that the message needs to be re-indexed but the gloda-id is valid (dirty)
+ *   or that the message's gloda-id is invalid (filthy) because the gloda
+ *   database has been blown away.
+ * - We track whether a folder is up-to-date on our GlodaFolder representation
+ *   using a concept of dirtiness, just like messages.  Like messages, a folder
+ *   can be dirty or filthy.  A dirty folder has at least one dirty message in
+ *   it which means we should scan the folder.  A filthy folder means that
+ *   every message in the folder should be considered filthy.  Folders start
+ *   out filthy when Gloda is first told about them indicating we cannot
+ *   trust any of the gloda-id's in the folders.  Filthy folders are downgraded
+ *   to dirty folders after we mark all of the headers with gloda-id's filthy.
+ *
+ * Indexing Message Control
+ * - We index the headers of all IMAP messages. We index the bodies of all IMAP
+ *   messages that are offline.  We index all local messages.  We plan to avoid
+ *   indexing news messages.
+ * - We would like a way to express desires about indexing that either don't
+ *   confound offline storage with indexing, or actually allow some choice.
+ *
+ * Indexing Messages
+ * - We have two major modes of indexing: sweep and event-driven.  When we
+ *   start up we kick off an indexing sweep.  We use event-driven indexing
+ *   as we receive events for eligible messages, but if we get too many
+ *   events we start dropping them on the floor and just flag that an indexing
+ *   sweep is required.
+ * - The sweep initiates folder indexing jobs based on the priorities assigned
+ *   to folders.  Folder indexing uses a filtered message enumerator to find
+ *   messages that need to be indexed, minimizing wasteful exposure of message
+ *   headers to XPConnect that we would not end up indexing.
+ * - For local folders, we use GetDatabaseWithReparse to ensure that the .msf
+ *   file exists.  For IMAP folders, we simply use GetDatabase because we know
+ *   the auto-sync logic will make sure that the folder is up-to-date and we
+ *   want to avoid creating problems through use of updateFolder.
+ *
+ * Junk Mail
+ * - We do not index junk.  We do not index messages until the junk/non-junk
+ *   determination has been made.  If a message gets marked as junk, we act like
+ *   it was deleted.
+ * - We know when a message is actively queued for junk processing thanks to
+ *   folder processing flags.  nsMsgDBFolder::CallFilterPlugins does this
+ *   prior to initiating spam processing.  Unfortunately, this method does not
+ *   get called until after we receive the notification about the existence of
+ *   the header.  How long after can vary on different factors.  The longest
+ *   delay is in the IMAP case where there is a filter that requires the
+ *   message body to be present; the method does not get called until all the
+ *   bodies are downloaded.
+ *
+ */
+var GlodaMsgIndexer = {
+  /**
+   * A partial attempt to generalize to support multiple databases.  Each
+   *  database would have its own datastore would have its own indexer.  But
+   *  we rather inter-mingle our use of this field with the singleton global
+   *  GlodaDatastore.
+   */
+  _datastore: GlodaDatastore,
+  _log: Log4Moz.repository.getLogger("gloda.index_msg"),
+
+  _junkService: MailServices.junk,
+
+  name: "index_msg",
+  /**
+   * Are we enabled, read: are we processing change events?
+   */
+  _enabled: false,
+  get enabled() { return this._enabled; },
+
+  enable: function msg_indexer_enable() {
+    // initialize our listeners' this pointers
+    this._databaseAnnouncerListener.indexer = this;
+    this._msgFolderListener.indexer = this;
+
+    // register for:
+    // - folder loaded events, so we know when getDatabaseWithReparse has
+    //   finished updating the index/what not (if it was't immediately
+    //   available)
+    // - property changes (so we know when a message's read/starred state have
+    //   changed.)
+    this._folderListener._init(this);
+    MailServices.mailSession.AddFolderListener(this._folderListener,
+                                               Ci.nsIFolderListener.intPropertyChanged |
+                                               Ci.nsIFolderListener.propertyFlagChanged |
+                                               Ci.nsIFolderListener.event);
+
+    MailServices.mfn.addListener(this._msgFolderListener,
+      // note: intentionally no msgAdded notification is requested.
+      Ci.nsIMsgFolderNotificationService.msgsClassified |
+        Ci.nsIMsgFolderNotificationService.msgsDeleted |
+        Ci.nsIMsgFolderNotificationService.msgsMoveCopyCompleted |
+        Ci.nsIMsgFolderNotificationService.msgKeyChanged |
+        Ci.nsIMsgFolderNotificationService.folderAdded |
+        Ci.nsIMsgFolderNotificationService.folderDeleted |
+        Ci.nsIMsgFolderNotificationService.folderMoveCopyCompleted |
+        Ci.nsIMsgFolderNotificationService.folderRenamed |
+        Ci.nsIMsgFolderNotificationService.itemEvent);
+
+    this._enabled = true;
+
+    this._considerSchemaMigration();
+
+    this._log.info("Event-Driven Indexing is now " + this._enabled);
+  },
+  disable: function msg_indexer_disable() {
+    // remove FolderLoaded notification listener
+    MailServices.mailSession.RemoveFolderListener(this._folderListener);
+
+    MailServices.mfn.removeListener(this._msgFolderListener);
+
+    this._indexerLeaveFolder(); // nop if we aren't "in" a folder
+
+    this._enabled = false;
+
+    this._log.info("Event-Driven Indexing is now " + this._enabled);
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Indicates that we have pending deletions to process, meaning that there
+   *  are gloda message rows flagged for deletion.  If this value is a boolean,
+   *  it means the value is known reliably.  If this value is null, it means
+   *  that we don't know, likely because we have started up and have not checked
+   *  the database.
+   */
+  pendingDeletions: null,
+
+  /**
+   * The message (or folder state) is believed up-to-date.
+   */
+  kMessageClean: 0,
+  /**
+   * The message (or folder) is known to not be up-to-date. In the case of
+   *  folders, this means that some of the messages in the folder may be dirty.
+   *  However, because of the way our indexing works, it is possible there may
+   *  actually be no dirty messages in a folder.  (We attempt to process
+   *  messages in an event-driven fashion for a finite number of messages, but
+   *  because we can quit without completing processing of the queue, we need to
+   *  mark the folder dirty, just-in-case.)  (We could do some extra leg-work
+   *  and do a better job of marking the folder clean again.)
+   */
+  kMessageDirty: 1,
+  /**
+   * We have not indexed the folder at all, but messages in the folder think
+   *  they are indexed.  We downgrade the folder to just kMessageDirty after
+   *  marking all the messages in the folder as dirty.  We do this so that if we
+   *  have to stop indexing the folder we can still build on our progress next
+   *  time we enter the folder.
+   * We mark all folders filthy when (re-)creating the database because there
+   *  may be previous state left over from an earlier database.
+   */
+  kMessageFilthy: 2,
+
+  /**
+   * A message addition job yet to be (completely) processed.  Since message
+   *  addition events come to us one-by-one, in order to aggregate them into a
+   *  job, we need something like this.  It's up to the indexing loop to
+   *  decide when to null this out; it can either do it when it first starts
+   *  processing it, or when it has processed the last thing.  It's really a
+   *  question of whether we want retrograde motion in the folder progress bar
+   *  or the message progress bar.
+   */
+  _pendingAddJob: null,
+
+  /**
+   * The number of messages that we should queue for processing before letting
+   *  them fall on the floor and relying on our folder-walking logic to ensure
+   *  that the messages are indexed.
+   * The reason we allow for queueing messages in an event-driven fashion is
+   *  that once we have reached a steady-state, it is preferable to be able to
+   *  deal with new messages and modified meta-data in a prompt fasion rather
+   *  than having to (potentially) walk every folder in the system just to find
+   *  the message that the user changed the tag on.
+   */
+  _indexMaxEventQueueMessages: 20,
+
+  /**
+   * Unit testing hook to get us to emit additional logging that verges on
+   *  inane for general usage but is helpful in unit test output to get a lay
+   *  of the land and for paranoia reasons.
+   */
+  _unitTestSuperVerbose: false,
+
+  /** The GlodaFolder corresponding to the folder we are indexing. */
+  _indexingGlodaFolder: null,
+  /** The nsIMsgFolder we are currently indexing. */
+  _indexingFolder: null,
+  /** The nsIMsgDatabase we are currently indexing. */
+  _indexingDatabase: null,
+  /**
+   * The iterator we are using to iterate over the headers in
+   *  this._indexingDatabase.
+   */
+  _indexingIterator: null,
+
+  /** folder whose entry we are pending on */
+  _pendingFolderEntry: null,
+
+  // copy-down the work constants from Gloda
+  kWorkSync: Gloda.kWorkSync,
+  kWorkAsync: Gloda.kWorkAsync,
+  kWorkDone: Gloda.kWorkDone,
+  kWorkPause: Gloda.kWorkPause,
+  kWorkDoneWithResult: Gloda.kWorkDoneWithResult,
+
+  /**
+   * Async common logic that we want to deal with the given folder ID.  Besides
+   *  cutting down on duplicate code, this ensures that we are listening on
+   *  the folder in case it tries to go away when we are using it.
+   *
+   * @return true when the folder was successfully entered, false when we need
+   *     to pend on notification of updating of the folder (due to re-parsing
+   *     or what have you).  In the event of an actual problem, an exception
+   *     will escape.
+   */
+  _indexerEnterFolder: function gloda_index_indexerEnterFolder(aFolderID) {
+    // leave the folder if we haven't explicitly left it.
+    if (this._indexingFolder !== null) {
+      this._indexerLeaveFolder();
+    }
+
+    this._indexingGlodaFolder = GlodaDatastore._mapFolderID(aFolderID);
+    this._indexingFolder = this._indexingGlodaFolder.getXPCOMFolder(
+                             this._indexingGlodaFolder.kActivityIndexing);
+
+    if (this._indexingFolder)
+      this._log.debug("Entering folder: " + this._indexingFolder.URI);
+
+    try {
+      // The msf may need to be created or otherwise updated for local folders.
+      // This may require yielding until such time as the msf has been created.
+      try {
+        if (this._indexingFolder instanceof nsIMsgLocalMailFolder) {
+          this._indexingDatabase =
+            this._indexingFolder.getDatabaseWithReparse(null,
+                                                        null);
+        }
+        // we need do nothing special for IMAP, news, or other
+      }
+      // getDatabaseWithReparse can return either NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED or
+      //  NS_MSG_ERROR_FOLDER_SUMMARY_OUT_OF_DATE if the net result is that it
+      //  is going to send us a notification when the reparse has completed.
+      // (note that although internally NS_MSG_ERROR_FOLDER_SUMMARY_MISSING
+      //  might get flung around, it won't make it out to us, and will instead
+      //  be permuted into an NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED.)
+      catch (e) {
+        if ((e.result == Cr.NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED) ||
+            (e.result == NS_MSG_ERROR_FOLDER_SUMMARY_OUT_OF_DATE)) {
+          // this means that we need to pend on the update; the listener for
+          //  FolderLoaded events will call _indexerCompletePendingFolderEntry.
+          this._log.debug("Pending on folder load...");
+          this._pendingFolderEntry = this._indexingFolder;
+          return this.kWorkAsync;
+        } else {
+          throw e;
+        }
+      }
+      // we get an nsIMsgDatabase out of this (unsurprisingly) which
+      //  explicitly inherits from nsIDBChangeAnnouncer, which has the
+      //  AddListener call we want.
+      if (this._indexingDatabase == null)
+        this._indexingDatabase = this._indexingFolder.msgDatabase;
+      this._indexingDatabase.AddListener(this._databaseAnnouncerListener);
+    }
+    catch (ex) {
+      this._log.error("Problem entering folder: " +
+                      (this._indexingFolder ?
+                         this._indexingFolder.prettiestName : "unknown") +
+                      ", skipping. Error was: " + ex.fileName + ":" +
+                      ex.lineNumber + ": " + ex);
+      this._indexingGlodaFolder.indexing = false;
+      this._indexingFolder = null;
+      this._indexingGlodaFolder = null;
+      this._indexingDatabase = null;
+      this._indexingEnumerator = null;
+
+      // re-throw, we just wanted to make sure this junk is cleaned up and
+      //  get localized error logging...
+      throw ex;
+    }
+
+    return this.kWorkSync;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * If the folder was still parsing/updating when we tried to enter, then this
+   *  handler will get called by the listener who got the FolderLoaded message.
+   * All we need to do is get the database reference, register a listener on
+   *  the db, and retrieve an iterator if desired.
+   */
+  _indexerCompletePendingFolderEntry:
+      function gloda_indexer_indexerCompletePendingFolderEntry() {
+    this._indexingDatabase = this._indexingFolder.msgDatabase;
+    this._indexingDatabase.AddListener(this._databaseAnnouncerListener);
+    this._log.debug("...Folder Loaded!");
+
+    // the load is no longer pending; we certainly don't want more notifications
+    this._pendingFolderEntry = null;
+    // indexerEnterFolder returned kWorkAsync, which means we need to notify
+    //  the callback driver to get things going again.
+    GlodaIndexer.callbackDriver();
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Enumerate all messages in the folder.
+   */
+  kEnumAllMsgs: 0,
+  /**
+   * Enumerate messages that look like they need to be indexed.
+   */
+  kEnumMsgsToIndex: 1,
+  /**
+   * Enumerate messages that are already indexed.
+   */
+  kEnumIndexedMsgs: 2,
+
+  /**
+   * Synchronous helper to get an enumerator for the current folder (as found
+   *  in |_indexingFolder|.
+   *
+   * @param aEnumKind One of |kEnumAllMsgs|, |kEnumMsgsToIndex|, or
+   *     |kEnumIndexedMsgs|.
+   * @param [aAllowPreBadIds=false] Only valid for |kEnumIndexedMsgs|, tells us
+   *     that we should treat message with any gloda-id as dirty, not just
+   *     messages that have non-bad message id's.
+   */
+  _indexerGetEnumerator: function gloda_indexer_indexerGetEnumerator(
+      aEnumKind, aAllowPreBadIds) {
+    if (aEnumKind == this.kEnumMsgsToIndex) {
+      // We need to create search terms for messages to index. Messages should
+      //  be indexed if they're indexable (local or offline and not expunged)
+      //  and either: haven't been indexed, are dirty, or are marked with with
+      //  a former GLODA_BAD_MESSAGE_ID that is no longer our bad marker.  (Our
+      //  bad marker can change on minor schema revs so that we can try and
+      //  reindex those messages exactly once and without needing to go through
+      //  a pass to mark them as needing one more try.)
+      // The basic search expression is:
+      //  ((GLODA_MESSAGE_ID_PROPERTY Is 0) ||
+      //   (GLODA_MESSAGE_ID_PROPERTY Is GLODA_OLD_BAD_MESSAGE_ID) ||
+      //   (GLODA_DIRTY_PROPERTY Isnt 0)) &&
+      //  (JUNK_SCORE_PROPERTY Isnt 100)
+      // If the folder !isLocal we add the terms:
+      //  - if the folder is offline -- && (Status Is nsMsgMessageFlags.Offline)
+      //  - && (Status Isnt nsMsgMessageFlags.Expunged)
+
+      let searchSession = Cc["@mozilla.org/messenger/searchSession;1"]
+                            .createInstance(Ci.nsIMsgSearchSession);
+      let searchTerms = Cc["@mozilla.org/array;1"]
+                         .createInstance(Ci.nsIMutableArray);
+      let isLocal = this._indexingFolder instanceof nsIMsgLocalMailFolder;
+
+      searchSession.addScopeTerm(Ci.nsMsgSearchScope.offlineMail,
+                                 this._indexingFolder);
+      let nsMsgSearchAttrib = Ci.nsMsgSearchAttrib;
+      let nsMsgSearchOp = Ci.nsMsgSearchOp;
+
+      // first term: (GLODA_MESSAGE_ID_PROPERTY Is 0
+      let searchTerm = searchSession.createTerm();
+      searchTerm.booleanAnd = false; // actually don't care here
+      searchTerm.beginsGrouping = true;
+      searchTerm.attrib = nsMsgSearchAttrib.Uint32HdrProperty;
+      searchTerm.op = nsMsgSearchOp.Is;
+      let value = searchTerm.value;
+      value.attrib = searchTerm.attrib;
+      value.status = 0;
+      searchTerm.value = value;
+      searchTerm.hdrProperty = GLODA_MESSAGE_ID_PROPERTY;
+      searchTerms.appendElement(searchTerm, false);
+
+      // second term: || GLODA_MESSAGE_ID_PROPERTY Is GLODA_OLD_BAD_MESSAGE_ID
+      searchTerm = searchSession.createTerm();
+      searchTerm.booleanAnd = false; // OR
+      searchTerm.attrib = nsMsgSearchAttrib.Uint32HdrProperty;
+      searchTerm.op = nsMsgSearchOp.Is;
+      value = searchTerm.value;
+      value.attrib = searchTerm.attrib;
+      value.status = GLODA_OLD_BAD_MESSAGE_ID;
+      searchTerm.value = value;
+      searchTerm.hdrProperty = GLODA_MESSAGE_ID_PROPERTY;
+      searchTerms.appendElement(searchTerm, false);
+
+      //  third term: || GLODA_DIRTY_PROPERTY Isnt 0 )
+      searchTerm = searchSession.createTerm();
+      searchTerm.booleanAnd = false;
+      searchTerm.endsGrouping = true;
+      searchTerm.attrib = nsMsgSearchAttrib.Uint32HdrProperty;
+      searchTerm.op = nsMsgSearchOp.Isnt;
+      value = searchTerm.value;
+      value.attrib = searchTerm.attrib;
+      value.status = 0;
+      searchTerm.value = value;
+      searchTerm.hdrProperty = GLODA_DIRTY_PROPERTY;
+      searchTerms.appendElement(searchTerm, false);
+
+      // JUNK_SCORE_PROPERTY Isnt 100
+      // For symmetry with our event-driven stuff, we just directly deal with
+      //  the header property.
+      searchTerm = searchSession.createTerm();
+      searchTerm.booleanAnd = true;
+      searchTerm.attrib = nsMsgSearchAttrib.HdrProperty;
+      searchTerm.op = nsMsgSearchOp.Isnt;
+      value = searchTerm.value;
+      value.attrib = searchTerm.attrib;
+      value.str = JUNK_SPAM_SCORE_STR;
+      searchTerm.value = value;
+      searchTerm.hdrProperty = JUNK_SCORE_PROPERTY;
+      searchTerms.appendElement(searchTerm, false);
+
+      if (!isLocal)
+      {
+        // If the folder is offline, then the message should be too
+        if (this._indexingFolder.flags & Ci.nsMsgFolderFlags.Offline) {
+          // third term: && Status Is nsMsgMessageFlags.Offline
+          searchTerm = searchSession.createTerm();
+          searchTerm.booleanAnd = true;
+          searchTerm.attrib = nsMsgSearchAttrib.MsgStatus;
+          searchTerm.op = nsMsgSearchOp.Is;
+          value = searchTerm.value;
+          value.attrib = searchTerm.attrib;
+          value.status = nsMsgMessageFlags.Offline;
+          searchTerm.value = value;
+          searchTerms.appendElement(searchTerm, false);
+        }
+
+        // fourth term: && Status Isnt nsMsgMessageFlags.Expunged
+        searchTerm = searchSession.createTerm();
+        searchTerm.booleanAnd = true;
+        searchTerm.attrib = nsMsgSearchAttrib.MsgStatus;
+        searchTerm.op = nsMsgSearchOp.Isnt;
+        value = searchTerm.value;
+        value.attrib = searchTerm.attrib;
+        value.status = nsMsgMessageFlags.Expunged;
+        searchTerm.value = value;
+        searchTerms.appendElement(searchTerm, false);
+      }
+
+      this._indexingEnumerator =
+        this._indexingDatabase.getFilterEnumerator(searchTerms, true);
+    }
+    else if (aEnumKind == this.kEnumIndexedMsgs) {
+      // Enumerate only messages that are already indexed.  This comes out to:
+      //  ((GLODA_MESSAGE_ID_PROPERTY > GLODA_FIRST_VALID_MESSAGE_ID-1) &&
+      //   (GLODA_DIRTY_PROPERTY Isnt kMessageFilthy))
+      // In English, a message is indexed if (by clause):
+      // 1) The message has a gloda-id and that gloda-id is in the valid range
+      //    (and not in the bad message marker range).
+      // 2) The message has not been marked filthy (which invalidates the
+      //    gloda-id.)  We also assume that the folder would not have been
+      //    entered at all if it was marked filthy.
+      let searchSession = Cc["@mozilla.org/messenger/searchSession;1"]
+                            .createInstance(Ci.nsIMsgSearchSession);
+      let searchTerms = Cc["@mozilla.org/array;1"]
+                         .createInstance(Ci.nsIMutableArray);
+
+      searchSession.addScopeTerm(Ci.nsMsgSearchScope.offlineMail,
+                                 this._indexingFolder);
+      let nsMsgSearchAttrib = Ci.nsMsgSearchAttrib;
+      let nsMsgSearchOp = Ci.nsMsgSearchOp;
+
+      // first term: (GLODA_MESSAGE_ID_PROPERTY > GLODA_FIRST_VALID_MESSAGE_ID-1
+      let searchTerm = searchSession.createTerm();
+      searchTerm.booleanAnd = false; // actually don't care here
+      searchTerm.beginsGrouping = true;
+      searchTerm.attrib = nsMsgSearchAttrib.Uint32HdrProperty;
+      // use != 0 if we're allow pre-bad ids.
+      searchTerm.op = aAllowPreBadIds ? nsMsgSearchOp.Isnt
+                                      : nsMsgSearchOp.IsGreaterThan;
+      let value = searchTerm.value;
+      value.attrib = searchTerm.attrib;
+      value.status = aAllowPreBadIds ? 0 : (GLODA_FIRST_VALID_MESSAGE_ID - 1);
+      searchTerm.value = value;
+      searchTerm.hdrProperty = GLODA_MESSAGE_ID_PROPERTY;
+      searchTerms.appendElement(searchTerm, false);
+
+      //  second term: && GLODA_DIRTY_PROPERTY Isnt kMessageFilthy)
+      searchTerm = searchSession.createTerm();
+      searchTerm.booleanAnd = true;
+      searchTerm.endsGrouping = true;
+      searchTerm.attrib = nsMsgSearchAttrib.Uint32HdrProperty;
+      searchTerm.op = nsMsgSearchOp.Isnt;
+      value = searchTerm.value;
+      value.attrib = searchTerm.attrib;
+      value.status = this.kMessageFilthy;
+      searchTerm.value = value;
+      searchTerm.hdrProperty = GLODA_DIRTY_PROPERTY;
+      searchTerms.appendElement(searchTerm, false);
+
+      // The use-case of already indexed messages does not want them reversed;
+      //  we care about seeing the message keys in order.
+      this._indexingEnumerator =
+        this._indexingDatabase.getFilterEnumerator(searchTerms, false);
+    }
+    else if (aEnumKind == this.kEnumAllMsgs) {
+      this._indexingEnumerator =
+        this._indexingDatabase.ReverseEnumerateMessages();
+    }
+    else {
+      throw new Error("Unknown enumerator type requested:" + aEnumKind);
+    }
+  },
+
+  _indexerLeaveFolder: function gloda_index_indexerLeaveFolder() {
+    if (this._indexingFolder !== null) {
+      if (this._indexingDatabase) {
+        this._indexingDatabase.Commit(Ci.nsMsgDBCommitType.kLargeCommit);
+        // remove our listener!
+        this._indexingDatabase.RemoveListener(this._databaseAnnouncerListener);
+      }
+      // let the gloda folder know we are done indexing
+      this._indexingGlodaFolder.indexing = false;
+      // null everyone out
+      this._indexingFolder = null;
+      this._indexingGlodaFolder = null;
+      this._indexingDatabase = null;
+      this._indexingEnumerator = null;
+    }
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Event fed to us by our nsIFolderListener when a folder is loaded.  We use
+   *  this event to know when a folder we were trying to open to index is
+   *  actually ready to be indexed.  (The summary may have not existed, may have
+   *  been out of date, or otherwise.)
+   *
+   * @param aFolder An nsIMsgFolder, already QI'd.
+   */
+  _onFolderLoaded: function gloda_index_onFolderLoaded(aFolder) {
+    if ((this._pendingFolderEntry !== null) &&
+        (aFolder.URI == this._pendingFolderEntry.URI))
+      this._indexerCompletePendingFolderEntry();
+  },
+
+  // it's a getter so we can reference 'this'.  we could memoize.
+  get workers() {
+    return [
+      ["folderSweep", {
+         worker: this._worker_indexingSweep,
+         jobCanceled: this._cleanup_indexingSweep,
+         cleanup: this._cleanup_indexingSweep,
+       }],
+      ["folder", {
+         worker: this._worker_folderIndex,
+         recover: this._recover_indexMessage,
+         cleanup: this._cleanup_indexing,
+       }],
+      ["folderCompact", {
+         worker: this._worker_folderCompactionPass,
+         // compaction enters the folder so needs to know how to leave
+         cleanup: this._cleanup_indexing,
+       }],
+      ["message", {
+         worker: this._worker_messageIndex,
+         onSchedule: this._schedule_messageIndex,
+         jobCanceled: this._canceled_messageIndex,
+         recover: this._recover_indexMessage,
+         cleanup: this._cleanup_indexing,
+       }],
+      ["delete", {
+         worker: this._worker_processDeletes,
+       }],
+
+      ["fixMissingContacts", {
+        worker: this._worker_fixMissingContacts,
+       }],
+    ];
+  },
+
+  _schemaMigrationInitiated: false,
+  _considerSchemaMigration: function() {
+    if (!this._schemaMigrationInitiated &&
+        GlodaDatastore._actualSchemaVersion === 26) {
+      let job = new IndexingJob("fixMissingContacts", null);
+      GlodaIndexer.indexJob(job);
+      this._schemaMigrationInitiated = true;
+    }
+  },
+
+  initialSweep: function() {
+    this.indexingSweepNeeded = true;
+  },
+
+  _indexingSweepActive: false,
+  /**
+   * Indicate that an indexing sweep is desired.  We kick-off an indexing
+   *  sweep at start-up and whenever we receive an event-based notification
+   *  that we either can't process as an event or that we normally handle
+   *  during the sweep pass anyways.
+   */
+  set indexingSweepNeeded(aNeeded) {
+    if (!this._indexingSweepActive && aNeeded) {
+      let job = new IndexingJob("folderSweep", null);
+      job.mappedFolders = false;
+      GlodaIndexer.indexJob(job);
+      this._indexingSweepActive = true;
+    }
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Performs the folder sweep, locating folders that should be indexed, and
+   *  creating a folder indexing job for them, and rescheduling itself for
+   *  execution after that job is completed.  Once it indexes all the folders,
+   *  if we believe we have deletions to process (or just don't know), it kicks
+   *  off a deletion processing job.
+   *
+   * Folder traversal logic is based off the spotlight/vista indexer code; we
+   *  retrieve the list of servers and folders each time want to find a new
+   *  folder to index.  This avoids needing to maintain a perfect model of the
+   *  folder hierarchy at all times.  (We may eventually want to do that, but
+   *  this is sufficient and safe for now.)  Although our use of dirty flags on
+   *  the folders allows us to avoid tracking the 'last folder' we processed,
+   *  we do so to avoid getting 'trapped' in a folder with a high rate of
+   *  changes.
+   */
+  _worker_indexingSweep: function* gloda_worker_indexingSweep(aJob) {
+    if (!aJob.mappedFolders) {
+      // Walk the folders and make sure all the folders we would want to index
+      //  are mapped.  Build up a list of GlodaFolders as we go, so that we can
+      //  sort them by their indexing priority.
+      let foldersToProcess = aJob.foldersToProcess = [];
+
+      let allFolders = MailServices.accounts.allFolders;
+      for (let folder in fixIterator(allFolders, Ci.nsIMsgFolder)) {
+        if (this.shouldIndexFolder(folder))
+          foldersToProcess.push(Gloda.getFolderForFolder(folder));
+      }
+
+      // sort the folders by priority (descending)
+      foldersToProcess.sort(function (a, b) {
+        return b.indexingPriority - a.indexingPriority;
+      });
+
+      aJob.mappedFolders = true;
+    }
+
+    // -- process the folders (in sorted order)
+    while (aJob.foldersToProcess.length) {
+      let glodaFolder = aJob.foldersToProcess.shift();
+      // ignore folders that:
+      // - have been deleted out of existence!
+      // - are not dirty/have not been compacted
+      // - are actively being compacted
+      if (glodaFolder._deleted ||
+          (!glodaFolder.dirtyStatus && !glodaFolder.compacted) ||
+          glodaFolder.compacting)
+        continue;
+
+      // If the folder is marked as compacted, give it a compaction job.
+      if (glodaFolder.compacted)
+        GlodaIndexer.indexJob(new IndexingJob("folderCompact", glodaFolder.id));
+
+      // add a job for the folder indexing if it was dirty
+      if (glodaFolder.dirtyStatus)
+        GlodaIndexer.indexJob(new IndexingJob("folder", glodaFolder.id));
+
+      // re-schedule this job (although this worker will die)
+      GlodaIndexer.indexJob(aJob);
+      yield this.kWorkDone;
+    }
+
+    // consider deletion
+    if (this.pendingDeletions || this.pendingDeletions === null)
+      GlodaIndexer.indexJob(new IndexingJob("delete", null));
+
+    // we don't have any more work to do...
+    this._indexingSweepActive = false;
+    yield this.kWorkDone;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * The only state we need to cleanup is that there is no longer an active
+   *  indexing sweep.
+   */
+  _cleanup_indexingSweep: function gloda_canceled_indexingSweep(aJob) {
+    this._indexingSweepActive = false;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * The number of headers to look at before yielding with kWorkSync.  This
+   *  is for time-slicing purposes so we still yield to the UI periodically.
+   */
+  HEADER_CHECK_SYNC_BLOCK_SIZE: 25,
+
+  /**
+   * The number of headers to look at before calling
+   */
+  HEADER_CHECK_GC_BLOCK_SIZE: 256,
+
+  FOLDER_COMPACTION_PASS_BATCH_SIZE: 512,
+  /**
+   * Special indexing pass for (local) folders than have been compacted.  The
+   *  compaction can cause message keys to change because message keys in local
+   *  folders are simply offsets into the mbox file.  Accordingly, we need to
+   *  update the gloda records/objects to point them at the new message key.
+   *
+   * Our general algorithm is to perform two traversals in parallel.  The first
+   *  is a straightforward enumeration of the message headers in the folder that
+   *  apparently have been already indexed.  These provide us with the message
+   *  key and the "gloda-id" property.
+   * The second is a list of tuples containing a gloda message id, its current
+   *  message key per the gloda database, and the message-id header.  We re-fill
+   *  the list with batches on-demand.  This allows us to both avoid dispatching
+   *  needless UPDATEs as well as deal with messages that were tracked by the
+   *  PendingCommitTracker but were discarded by the compaction notification.
+   *
+   * We end up processing two streams of gloda-id's and some extra info.  In
+   *  the normal case we expect these two streams to line up exactly and all
+   *  we need to do is update the message key if it has changed.
+   *
+   * There are a few exceptional cases where things do not line up:
+   * 1) The gloda database knows about a message that the enumerator does not
+   *    know about...
+   *   a) This message exists in the folder (identified using its message-id
+   *      header).  This means the message got indexed but PendingCommitTracker
+   *      had to forget about the info when the compaction happened.  We
+   *      re-establish the link and track the message in PendingCommitTracker
+   *      again.
+   *   b) The message does not exist in the folder.  This means the message got
+   *      indexed, PendingCommitTracker had to forget about the info, and
+   *      then the message either got moved or deleted before now.  We mark
+   *      the message as deleted; this allows the gloda message to be reused
+   *      if the move target has not yet been indexed or purged if it already
+   *      has been and the gloda message is a duplicate.  And obviously, if the
+   *      event that happened was actually a delete, then the delete is the
+   *      right thing to do.
+   * 2) The enumerator knows about a message that the gloda database does not
+   *    know about.  This is unexpected and should not happen.  We log a
+   *    warning.  We are able to differentiate this case from case #1a by
+   *    retrieving the message header associated with the next gloda message
+   *    (using the message-id header per 1a again).  If the gloda message's
+   *    message key is after the enumerator's message key then we know this is
+   *    case #2.  (It implies an insertion in the enumerator stream which is how
+   *    we define the unexpected case.)
+   *
+   * Besides updating the database rows, we also need to make sure that
+   *  in-memory representations are updated.  Immediately after dispatching
+   *  UPDATE changes to the database we use the same set of data to walk the
+   *  live collections and update any affected messages.  We are then able to
+   *  discard the information.  Although this means that we will have to
+   *  potentially walk the live collections multiple times, unless something
+   *  has gone horribly wrong, the number of collections should be reasonable
+   *  and the lookups are cheap.  We bias batch sizes accordingly.
+   *
+   * Because we operate based on chunks we need to make sure that when we
+   *  actually deal with multiple chunks that we don't step on our own feet with
+   *  our database updates.  Since compaction of message key K results in a new
+   *  message key K' such that K' <= K, we can reliably issue database
+   *  updates for all values <= K.  Which means our feet are safe no matter
+   *  when we issue the update command.  For maximum cache benefit, we issue
+   *  our updates prior to our new query since they should still be maximally
+   *  hot at that point.
+   */
+  _worker_folderCompactionPass:
+      function* gloda_worker_folderCompactionPass(aJob, aCallbackHandle) {
+    yield this._indexerEnterFolder(aJob.id);
+
+    // It's conceivable that with a folder sweep we might end up trying to
+    //  compact a folder twice.  Bail early in this case.
+    if (!this._indexingGlodaFolder.compacted)
+      yield this.kWorkDone;
+
+    // this is a forward enumeration (sometimes we reverse enumerate; not here)
+    this._indexerGetEnumerator(this.kEnumIndexedMsgs);
+
+    const HEADER_CHECK_SYNC_BLOCK_SIZE = this.HEADER_CHECK_SYNC_BLOCK_SIZE;
+    const HEADER_CHECK_GC_BLOCK_SIZE = this.HEADER_CHECK_GC_BLOCK_SIZE;
+    const FOLDER_COMPACTION_PASS_BATCH_SIZE =
+      this.FOLDER_COMPACTION_PASS_BATCH_SIZE;
+
+    // Tuples of [gloda id, message key, message-id header] from
+    //  folderCompactionPassBlockFetch
+    let glodaIdsMsgKeysHeaderIds = [];
+    // Unpack each tuple from glodaIdsMsgKeysHeaderIds into these guys.
+    // (Initialize oldMessageKey because we use it to kickstart our query.)
+    let oldGlodaId, oldMessageKey = -1, oldHeaderMessageId;
+    // parallel lists of gloda ids and message keys to pass to
+    //  GlodaDatastore.updateMessageLocations
+    let updateGlodaIds = [];
+    let updateMessageKeys = [];
+    // list of gloda id's to mark deleted
+    let deleteGlodaIds = [];
+    let exceptionalMessages = {};
+
+    // for GC reasons we need to track the number of headers seen
+    let numHeadersSeen = 0;
+
+    // We are consuming two lists; our loop structure has to reflect that.
+    let headerIter = Iterator(fixIterator(this._indexingEnumerator,
+                                          nsIMsgDBHdr));
+    let mayHaveMoreGlodaMessages = true;
+    let keepIterHeader = false;
+    let keepGlodaTuple = false;
+    let msgHdr = null;
+    while (headerIter || mayHaveMoreGlodaMessages) {
+      let glodaId;
+      if (headerIter) {
+        try {
+          if (!keepIterHeader)
+            msgHdr = headerIter.next();
+          else
+            keepIterHeader = false;
+        }
+        catch (ex) {
+          if (ex instanceof StopIteration) {
+            headerIter = null;
+            msgHdr = null;
+            // do the loop check again
+            continue;
+          } else {
+            throw ex;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+
+      if (msgHdr) {
+        numHeadersSeen++;
+        if (numHeadersSeen % HEADER_CHECK_SYNC_BLOCK_SIZE == 0)
+          yield this.kWorkSync;
+
+        if (numHeadersSeen % HEADER_CHECK_GC_BLOCK_SIZE == 0)
+          GlodaUtils.considerHeaderBasedGC(HEADER_CHECK_GC_BLOCK_SIZE);
+
+        // There is no need to check with PendingCommitTracker.  If a message
+        //  somehow got indexed between the time the compaction killed
+        //  everything and the time we run, that is a bug.
+        glodaId = msgHdr.getUint32Property(GLODA_MESSAGE_ID_PROPERTY);
+        // (there is also no need to check for gloda dirty since the enumerator
+        //  filtered that for us.)
+      }
+
+      // get more [gloda id, message key, message-id header] tuples if out
+      if (!glodaIdsMsgKeysHeaderIds.length && mayHaveMoreGlodaMessages) {
+        // Since we operate on blocks, getting a new block implies we should
+        //  flush the last block if applicable.
+        if (updateGlodaIds.length) {
+          GlodaDatastore.updateMessageLocations(updateGlodaIds,
+                                                updateMessageKeys,
+                                                aJob.id, true);
+          updateGlodaIds = [];
+          updateMessageKeys = [];
+        }
+
+        if (deleteGlodaIds.length) {
+          GlodaDatastore.markMessagesDeletedByIDs(deleteGlodaIds);
+          deleteGlodaIds = [];
+        }
+
+        GlodaDatastore.folderCompactionPassBlockFetch(
+          aJob.id, oldMessageKey + 1, FOLDER_COMPACTION_PASS_BATCH_SIZE,
+          aCallbackHandle.wrappedCallback);
+        glodaIdsMsgKeysHeaderIds = yield this.kWorkAsync;
+        // Reverse so we can use pop instead of shift and I don't need to be
+        //  paranoid about performance.
+        glodaIdsMsgKeysHeaderIds.reverse();
+
+        if (!glodaIdsMsgKeysHeaderIds.length) {
+          mayHaveMoreGlodaMessages = false;
+
+          // We shouldn't be in the loop anymore if headerIter is dead now.
+          if (!headerIter)
+            break;
+        }
+      }
+
+      if (!keepGlodaTuple) {
+        if (mayHaveMoreGlodaMessages)
+          [oldGlodaId, oldMessageKey, oldHeaderMessageId] =
+            glodaIdsMsgKeysHeaderIds.pop();
+        else
+          oldGlodaId = oldMessageKey = oldHeaderMessageId = null;
+      }
+      else {
+        keepGlodaTuple = false;
+      }
+
+      // -- normal expected case
+      if (glodaId == oldGlodaId) {
+        // only need to do something if the key is not right
+        if (msgHdr.messageKey != oldMessageKey) {
+          updateGlodaIds.push(glodaId);
+          updateMessageKeys.push(msgHdr.messageKey);
+        }
+      }
+      // -- exceptional cases
+      else {
+        // This should always return a value unless something is very wrong.
+        //  We do not want to catch the exception if one happens.
+        let idBasedHeader = oldHeaderMessageId ?
+          this._indexingDatabase.getMsgHdrForMessageID(oldHeaderMessageId) :
+          false;
+        // - Case 1b.
+        // We want to mark the message as deleted.
+        if (idBasedHeader == null) {
+          deleteGlodaIds.push(oldGlodaId);
+        }
+        // - Case 1a
+        // The expected case is that the message referenced by the gloda
+        //  database precedes the header the enumerator told us about.  This
+        //  is expected because if PendingCommitTracker did not mark the
+        //  message as indexed/clean then the enumerator would not tell us
+        //  about it.
+        // Also, if we ran out of headers from the enumerator, this is a dead
+        //  giveaway that this is the expected case.
+        else if (idBasedHeader &&
+             ((msgHdr &&
+               idBasedHeader.messageKey < msgHdr.messageKey) ||
+              !msgHdr)) {
+          // tell the pending commit tracker about the gloda database one
+          PendingCommitTracker.track(idBasedHeader, oldGlodaId);
+          // and we might need to update the message key too
+          if (idBasedHeader.messageKey != oldMessageKey) {
+            updateGlodaIds.push(oldGlodaId);
+            updateMessageKeys.push(idBasedHeader.messageKey);
+          }
+          // Take another pass through the loop so that we check the
+          //  enumerator header against the next message in the gloda
+          //  database.
+          keepIterHeader = true;
+        }
+        // - Case 2
+        // Whereas if the message referenced by gloda has a message key
+        //  greater than the one returned by the enumerator, then we have a
+        //  header claiming to be indexed by gloda that gloda does not
+        //  actually know about.  This is exceptional and gets a warning.
+        else if (msgHdr) {
+          this._log.warn("Observed header that claims to be gloda indexed " +
+                         "but that gloda has never heard of during " +
+                         "compaction." +
+                         " In folder: " + msgHdr.folder.URI +
+                         " sketchy key: " + msgHdr.messageKey +
+                         " subject: " + msgHdr.mime2DecodedSubject);
+          // Keep this tuple around for the next enumerator provided header
+          keepGlodaTuple = true;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    // If we don't flush the update, no one will!
+    if (updateGlodaIds.length)
+      GlodaDatastore.updateMessageLocations(updateGlodaIds,
+                                            updateMessageKeys,
+                                            aJob.id, true);
+    if (deleteGlodaIds.length)
+      GlodaDatastore.markMessagesDeletedByIDs(deleteGlodaIds);
+
+    this._indexingGlodaFolder._setCompactedState(false);
+
+    this._indexerLeaveFolder();
+    yield this.kWorkDone;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Index the contents of a folder.
+   */
+  _worker_folderIndex:
+      function* gloda_worker_folderIndex(aJob, aCallbackHandle) {
+    let logDebug = this._log.level <= Log4Moz.Level.Debug;
+    yield this._indexerEnterFolder(aJob.id);
+
+    if (!this.shouldIndexFolder(this._indexingFolder)) {
+      aJob.safelyInvokeCallback(true);
+      yield this.kWorkDone;
+    }
+
+    // Make sure listeners get notified about this job.
+    GlodaIndexer._notifyListeners();
+
+    // there is of course a cost to all this header investigation even if we
+    //  don't do something.  so we will yield with kWorkSync for every block.
+    const HEADER_CHECK_SYNC_BLOCK_SIZE = this.HEADER_CHECK_SYNC_BLOCK_SIZE;
+    const HEADER_CHECK_GC_BLOCK_SIZE = this.HEADER_CHECK_GC_BLOCK_SIZE;
+
+    // we can safely presume if we are here that this folder has been selected
+    //  for offline processing...
+
+    // -- Filthy Folder
+    // A filthy folder may have misleading properties on the message that claim
+    //  the message is indexed.  They are misleading because the database, for
+    //  whatever reason, does not have the messages (accurately) indexed.
+    // We need to walk all the messages and mark them filthy if they have a
+    //  dirty property.  Once we have done this, we can downgrade the folder's
+    //  dirty status to plain dirty.  We do this rather than trying to process
+    //  everyone in one go in a filthy context because if we have to terminate
+    //  indexing before we quit, we don't want to have to re-index messages next
+    //  time.  (This could even lead to never completing indexing in a
+    //  pathological situation.)
+    let glodaFolder = GlodaDatastore._mapFolder(this._indexingFolder);
+    if (glodaFolder.dirtyStatus == glodaFolder.kFolderFilthy) {
+      this._indexerGetEnumerator(this.kEnumIndexedMsgs, true);
+      let count = 0;
+      for (let msgHdr in fixIterator(this._indexingEnumerator, nsIMsgDBHdr)) {
+        // we still need to avoid locking up the UI, pause periodically...
+        if (++count % HEADER_CHECK_SYNC_BLOCK_SIZE == 0)
+          yield this.kWorkSync;
+
+        if (count % HEADER_CHECK_GC_BLOCK_SIZE == 0)
+          GlodaUtils.considerHeaderBasedGC(HEADER_CHECK_GC_BLOCK_SIZE);
+
+        let glodaMessageId = msgHdr.getUint32Property(
+          GLODA_MESSAGE_ID_PROPERTY);
+        // if it has a gloda message id, we need to mark it filthy
+        if (glodaMessageId != 0)
+          msgHdr.setUint32Property(GLODA_DIRTY_PROPERTY, this.kMessageFilthy);
+        // if it doesn't have a gloda message id, we will definitely index it,
+        //  so no action is required.
+      }
+      // Commit the filthy status changes to the message database.
+      this._indexingDatabase.Commit(Ci.nsMsgDBCommitType.kLargeCommit);
+
+      // this will automatically persist to the database
+      glodaFolder._downgradeDirtyStatus(glodaFolder.kFolderDirty);
+    }
+
+    // Figure out whether we're supposed to index _everything_ or just what
+    //  has not yet been indexed.
+    let force = ("force" in aJob) && aJob.force;
+    let enumeratorType = force ? this.kEnumAllMsgs : this.kEnumMsgsToIndex;
+
+    // Pass 1: count the number of messages to index.
+    //  We do this in order to be able to report to the user what we're doing.
+    // TODO: give up after reaching a certain number of messages in folders
+    //  with ridiculous numbers of messages and make the interface just say
+    //  something like "over N messages to go."
+
+    this._indexerGetEnumerator(enumeratorType);
+
+    let numMessagesToIndex = 0;
+    let numMessagesOut = {};
+    // Keep going until we run out of headers.
+    while (this._indexingFolder.msgDatabase.nextMatchingHdrs(
+             this._indexingEnumerator,
+             HEADER_CHECK_SYNC_BLOCK_SIZE * 8, // this way is faster, do more
+             0, // moot, we don't return headers
+             null, // don't return headers, we just want the count
+             numMessagesOut)) {
+      numMessagesToIndex += numMessagesOut.value;
+      yield this.kWorkSync;
+    }
+    numMessagesToIndex += numMessagesOut.value;
+
+    aJob.goal = numMessagesToIndex;
+
+    if (numMessagesToIndex > 0) {
+      // We used up the iterator, get a new one.
+      this._indexerGetEnumerator(enumeratorType);
+
+      // Pass 2: index the messages.
+      let count = 0;
+      for (let msgHdr in fixIterator(this._indexingEnumerator, nsIMsgDBHdr)) {
+        // per above, we want to periodically release control while doing all
+        // this header traversal/investigation.
+        if (++count % HEADER_CHECK_SYNC_BLOCK_SIZE == 0)
+          yield this.kWorkSync;
+
+        if (count % HEADER_CHECK_GC_BLOCK_SIZE == 0)
+          GlodaUtils.considerHeaderBasedGC(HEADER_CHECK_GC_BLOCK_SIZE);
+
+        // To keep our counts more accurate, increment the offset before
+        //  potentially skipping any messages.
+        ++aJob.offset;
+
+        // Skip messages that have not yet been reported to us as existing via
+        //  msgsClassified.
+        if (this._indexingFolder.getProcessingFlags(msgHdr.messageKey) &
+            NOT_YET_REPORTED_PROCESSING_FLAGS)
+          continue;
+
+        // Because the gloda id could be in-flight, we need to double-check the
+        //  enumerator here since it can't know about our in-memory stuff.
+        let [glodaId, glodaDirty] = PendingCommitTracker.getGlodaState(msgHdr);
+        // if the message seems valid and we are not forcing indexing, skip it.
+        //  (that means good gloda id and not dirty)
+        if (!force &&
+            glodaId >= GLODA_FIRST_VALID_MESSAGE_ID &&
+            glodaDirty == this.kMessageClean)
+          continue;
+
+        if (logDebug)
+          this._log.debug(">>>  calling _indexMessage");
+        yield aCallbackHandle.pushAndGo(
+          this._indexMessage(msgHdr, aCallbackHandle),
+          {what: "indexMessage", msgHdr: msgHdr});
+        GlodaIndexer._indexedMessageCount++;
+        if (logDebug)
+          this._log.debug("<<<  back from _indexMessage");
+      }
+    }
+
+    // This will trigger an (async) db update which cannot hit the disk prior to
+    //  the actual database records that constitute the clean state.
+    // XXX There is the slight possibility that, in the event of a crash, this
+    //  will hit the disk but the gloda-id properties on the headers will not
+    //  get set.  This should ideally be resolved by detecting a non-clean
+    //  shutdown and marking all folders as dirty.
+    glodaFolder._downgradeDirtyStatus(glodaFolder.kFolderClean);
+
+    // by definition, it's not likely we'll visit this folder again anytime soon
+    this._indexerLeaveFolder();
+
+    aJob.safelyInvokeCallback(true);
+
+    yield this.kWorkDone;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Invoked when a "message" job is scheduled so that we can clear
+   *  _pendingAddJob if that is the job.  We do this so that work items are not
+   *  added to _pendingAddJob while it is being processed.
+   */
+  _schedule_messageIndex: function(aJob, aCallbackHandle) {
+    // we do not want new work items to be added as we are processing, so
+    //  clear _pendingAddJob.  A new job will be created as needed.
+    if (aJob === this._pendingAddJob)
+      this._pendingAddJob = null;
+    // update our goal from the items length
+    aJob.goal = aJob.items.length;
+  },
+  /**
+   * If the job gets canceled, we need to make sure that we clear out pending
+   *  add job or our state will get wonky.
+   */
+  _canceled_messageIndex: function gloda_index_msg_canceled_messageIndex(aJob) {
+    if (aJob === this._pendingAddJob)
+      this._pendingAddJob = null;
+  },
+
+
+  /**
+   * Index a specific list of messages that we know to index from
+   *  event-notification hints.
+   */
+  _worker_messageIndex:
+      function* gloda_worker_messageIndex(aJob, aCallbackHandle) {
+    // if we are already in the correct folder, our "get in the folder" clause
+    //  will not execute, so we need to make sure this value is accurate in
+    //  that case.  (and we want to avoid multiple checks...)
+    for (; aJob.offset < aJob.items.length; aJob.offset++) {
+      let item = aJob.items[aJob.offset];
+      // item is either [folder ID, message key] or
+      //                [folder ID, message ID]
+
+      let glodaFolderId = item[0];
+      // If the folder has been deleted since we queued, skip this message
+      if (!GlodaDatastore._folderIdKnown(glodaFolderId))
+        continue;
+      let glodaFolder = GlodaDatastore._mapFolderID(glodaFolderId);
+
+      // Stay out of folders that:
+      // - are compacting / compacted and not yet processed
+      // - got deleted (this would be redundant if we had a stance on id nukage)
+      // (these things could have changed since we queued the event)
+      if (glodaFolder.compacting || glodaFolder.compacted ||
+          glodaFolder._deleted)
+        continue;
+
+      // get in the folder
+      if (this._indexingGlodaFolder != glodaFolder) {
+        yield this._indexerEnterFolder(glodaFolderId);
+
+        // Now that we have the real nsIMsgFolder, sanity-check that we should
+        //  be indexing it.  (There are some checks that require the
+        //  nsIMsgFolder.)
+        if (!this.shouldIndexFolder(this._indexingFolder))
+          continue;
+      }
+
+      let msgHdr;
+      // GetMessageHeader can be affected by the use cache, so we need to check
+      //  ContainsKey first to see if the header is really actually there.
+      if (typeof item[1] == "number")
+        msgHdr = this._indexingDatabase.ContainsKey(item[1]) &&
+                 this._indexingFolder.GetMessageHeader(item[1]);
+      else
+        // same deal as in move processing.
+        // TODO fixme to not assume singular message-id's.
+        msgHdr = this._indexingDatabase.getMsgHdrForMessageID(item[1]);
+
+      if (msgHdr)
+        yield aCallbackHandle.pushAndGo(
+          this._indexMessage(msgHdr, aCallbackHandle),
+          {what: "indexMessage", msgHdr: msgHdr});
+      else
+        yield this.kWorkSync;
+    }
+
+    // There is no real reason to stay 'in' the folder.  If we are going to get
+    //  more events from the folder, its database would have to be open for us
+    //  to get the events, so it's not like we're creating an efficiency
+    //  problem where we unload a folder just to load it again in 2 seconds.
+    // (Well, at least assuming the views are good about holding onto the
+    //  database references even though they go out of their way to avoid
+    //  holding onto message header references.)
+    this._indexerLeaveFolder();
+
+    yield this.kWorkDone;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Recover from a "folder" or "message" job failing inside a call to
+   *  |_indexMessage|, marking the message bad.  If we were not in an
+   *  |_indexMessage| call, then fail to recover.
+   *
+   * @param aJob The job that was being worked.  We ignore this for now.
+   * @param aContextStack The callbackHandle mechanism's context stack.  When we
+   *     invoke pushAndGo for _indexMessage we put something in so we can
+   *     detect when it is on the async stack.
+   * @param aException The exception that is necessitating we attempt to
+   *     recover.
+   *
+   * @return 1 if we were able to recover (because we want the call stack
+   *     popped down to our worker), false if we can't.
+   */
+  _recover_indexMessage:
+      function gloda_index_recover_indexMessage(aJob, aContextStack,
+                                                aException) {
+    // See if indexMessage is on the stack...
+    if (aContextStack.length >= 2 &&
+        aContextStack[1] &&
+        ("what" in aContextStack[1]) &&
+        aContextStack[1].what == "indexMessage") {
+      // it is, so this is probably recoverable.
+
+      this._log.debug(
+        "Exception while indexing message, marking it bad (gloda id of 1).");
+
+      // -- Mark the message as bad
+      let msgHdr = aContextStack[1].msgHdr;
+      // (In the worst case, the header is no longer valid, which will result in
+      //  exceptions.  We need to be prepared for that.)
+      try {
+        msgHdr.setUint32Property(GLODA_MESSAGE_ID_PROPERTY,
+                                 GLODA_BAD_MESSAGE_ID);
+        // clear the dirty bit if it has one
+        if (msgHdr.getUint32Property(GLODA_DIRTY_PROPERTY))
+          msgHdr.setUint32Property(GLODA_DIRTY_PROPERTY, 0);
+      }
+      catch (ex) {
+        // If we are indexing a folder and the message header is no longer
+        //  valid, then it's quite likely the whole folder is no longer valid.
+        //  But since in the event-driven message indexing case we could have
+        //  other valid things to look at, let's try and recover.  The folder
+        //  indexing case will come back to us shortly and we will indicate
+        //  recovery is not possible at that point.
+        // So do nothing here since by popping the indexing of the specific
+        //  message out of existence we are recovering.
+      }
+      return 1;
+    }
+    return false;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Cleanup after an aborted "folder" or "message" job.
+   */
+  _cleanup_indexing: function gloda_index_cleanup_indexing(aJob) {
+    this._indexerLeaveFolder();
+    aJob.safelyInvokeCallback(false);
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Maximum number of deleted messages to process at a time.  Arbitrary; there
+   *  are no real known performance constraints at this point.
+   */
+  DELETED_MESSAGE_BLOCK_SIZE: 32,
+
+  /**
+   * Process pending deletes...
+   */
+  _worker_processDeletes: function* gloda_worker_processDeletes(aJob,
+      aCallbackHandle) {
+
+    // Count the number of messages we will eventually process.  People freak
+    //  out when the number is constantly increasing because they think gloda
+    //  has gone rogue.  (Note: new deletions can still accumulate during
+    //  our execution, so we may 'expand' our count a little still.)
+    this._datastore.countDeletedMessages(aCallbackHandle.wrappedCallback);
+    aJob.goal = yield this.kWorkAsync;
+    this._log.debug("There are currently " + aJob.goal + " messages awaiting" +
+                    " deletion processing.");
+
+    // get a block of messages to delete.
+    let query = Gloda.newQuery(Gloda.NOUN_MESSAGE, {
+                                 noDbQueryValidityConstraints: true,
+                               });
+    query._deleted(1);
+    query.limit(this.DELETED_MESSAGE_BLOCK_SIZE);
+    let deletedCollection = query.getCollection(aCallbackHandle);
+    yield this.kWorkAsync;
+
+    while (deletedCollection.items.length) {
+      for (let message of deletedCollection.items) {
+        // If it turns out our count is wrong (because some new deletions
+        //  happened since we entered this worker), let's issue a new count
+        //  and use that to accurately update our goal.
+        if (aJob.offset >= aJob.goal) {
+          this._datastore.countDeletedMessages(aCallbackHandle.wrappedCallback);
+          aJob.goal += yield this.kWorkAsync;
+        }
+
+        yield aCallbackHandle.pushAndGo(this._deleteMessage(message,
+                                                            aCallbackHandle));
+        aJob.offset++;
+        yield this.kWorkSync;
+      }
+
+      deletedCollection = query.getCollection(aCallbackHandle);
+      yield this.kWorkAsync;
+    }
+    this.pendingDeletions = false;
+
+    yield this.kWorkDone;
+  },
+
+  _worker_fixMissingContacts: function*(aJob, aCallbackHandle) {
+    let identityContactInfos = [], fixedContacts = {};
+
+    // -- asynchronously get a list of all identities without contacts
+    // The upper bound on the number of messed up contacts is the number of
+    //  contacts in the user's address book.  This should be small enough
+    //  (and the data size small enough) that this won't explode thunderbird.
+    let queryStmt = GlodaDatastore._createAsyncStatement(
+      "SELECT identities.id, identities.contactID, identities.value " +
+        "FROM identities " +
+        "LEFT JOIN contacts ON identities.contactID = contacts.id " +
+        "WHERE identities.kind = 'email' AND contacts.id IS NULL",
+      true);
+    queryStmt.executeAsync({
+      handleResult: function(aResultSet) {
+        let row;
+        while ((row = aResultSet.getNextRow())) {
+          identityContactInfos.push({
+            identityId: row.getInt64(0),
+            contactId: row.getInt64(1),
+            email: row.getString(2)
+          });
+        }
+      },
+      handleError: function(aError) {
+      },
+      handleCompletion: function(aReason) {
+        GlodaDatastore._asyncCompleted();
+        aCallbackHandle.wrappedCallback();
+      },
+    });
+    queryStmt.finalize();
+    GlodaDatastore._pendingAsyncStatements++;
+    yield this.kWorkAsync;
+
+    // -- perform fixes only if there were missing contacts
+    if (identityContactInfos.length) {
+      const yieldEvery = 64;
+      // - create the missing contacts
+      for (let i = 0; i < identityContactInfos.length; i++) {
+        if ((i % yieldEvery) === 0)
+          yield this.kWorkSync;
+
+        let info = identityContactInfos[i],
+            card = GlodaUtils.getCardForEmail(info.email),
+            contact = new GlodaContact(
+              GlodaDatastore, info.contactId,
+              null, null,
+              card ? (card.displayName || info.email) : info.email,
+              0, 0);
+        GlodaDatastore.insertContact(contact);
+
+        // update the in-memory rep of the identity to know about the contact
+        //  if there is one.
+        let identity = GlodaCollectionManager.cacheLookupOne(
+                         Gloda.NOUN_IDENTITY, info.identityId, false);
+        if (identity) {
+          // Unfortunately, although this fixes the (reachable) Identity and
+          //  exposes the Contact, it does not make the Contact reachable from
+          //  the collection manager.  This will make explicit queries that look
+          //  up the contact potentially see the case where
+          //  contact.identities[0].contact !== contact.  Alternately, that
+          //  may not happen and instead the "contact" object we created above
+          //  may become unlinked.  (I'd have to trace some logic I don't feel
+          //  like tracing.)  Either way, The potential fallout is minimal
+          //  since the object identity invariant will just lapse and popularity
+          //  on the contact may become stale, and neither of those meaningfully
+          //  affect the operation of anything in Thunderbird.
+          // If we really cared, we could find all the dominant collections
+          //  that reference the identity and update their corresponding
+          //  contact collection to make it reachable.  That use-case does not
+          //  exist outside of here, which is why we're punting.
+          identity._contact = contact;
+          contact._identities = [identity];
+        }
+
+        // NOTE: If the addressbook indexer did anything useful other than
+        //  adapting to name changes, we could schedule indexing of the cards at
+        //  this time.  However, as of this writing, it doesn't, and this task
+        //  is a one-off relevant only to the time of this writing.
+      }
+
+      // - mark all folders as dirty, initiate indexing sweep
+      this.dirtyAllKnownFolders();
+      this.indexingSweepNeeded = true;
+    }
+
+    // -- mark the schema upgrade, be done
+    GlodaDatastore._updateSchemaVersion(GlodaDatastore._schemaVersion);
+    yield this.kWorkDone;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Determine whether a folder is suitable for indexing.
+   *
+   * @param aMsgFolder An nsIMsgFolder you want to see if we should index.
+   *
+   * @returns true if we want to index messages in this type of folder, false if
+   *     we do not.
+   */
+  shouldIndexFolder: function(aMsgFolder) {
+    let folderFlags = aMsgFolder.flags;
+    // Completely ignore non-mail and virtual folders.  They should never even
+    //  get to be GlodaFolder instances.
+    if (!(folderFlags & Ci.nsMsgFolderFlags.Mail) ||
+        (folderFlags & Ci.nsMsgFolderFlags.Virtual))
+      return false;
+
+    // Some folders do not really exist; we can detect this by getStringProperty
+    //  exploding when we call it.  This is primarily a concern because
+    //  _mapFolder calls said exploding method, but we also don't want to
+    //  even think about indexing folders that don't exist.  (Such folders are
+    //  likely the result of a messed up profile.)
+    try {
+      // flags is used because it should always be in the cache avoiding a miss
+      //  which would compel an msf open.
+      aMsgFolder.getStringProperty("flags");
+    } catch (ex) {
+      return false;
+    }
+
+    // Now see what our gloda folder information has to say about the folder.
+    let glodaFolder = GlodaDatastore._mapFolder(aMsgFolder);
+    return glodaFolder.indexingPriority != glodaFolder.kIndexingNeverPriority;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Sets the indexing priority for this folder and persists it both to Gloda,
+   * and, for backup purposes, to the nsIMsgFolder via string property as well.
+   *
+   * Setting this priority may cause the indexer to either reindex this folder,
+   * or remove this folder from the existing index.
+   *
+   * @param {nsIMsgFolder} aFolder
+   * @param {Number} aPriority (one of the priority constants from GlodaFolder)
+   */
+  setFolderIndexingPriority: function glodaSetFolderIndexingPriority(aFolder, aPriority) {
+
+    let glodaFolder = GlodaDatastore._mapFolder(aFolder);
+
+    // if there's been no change, we're done
+    if (aPriority == glodaFolder.indexingPriority) {
+      return;
+    }
+
+    // save off the old priority, and set the new one
+    let previousPrio = glodaFolder.indexingPriority;
+    glodaFolder._indexingPriority = aPriority;
+
+    // persist the new priority
+    GlodaDatastore.updateFolderIndexingPriority(glodaFolder);
+    aFolder.setStringProperty("indexingPriority", Number(aPriority).toString());
+
+    // if we've been told never to index this folder...
+    if (aPriority == glodaFolder.kIndexingNeverPriority) {
+
+      // stop doing so
+      if (this._indexingFolder == aFolder)
+          GlodaIndexer.killActiveJob();
+
+      // mark all existing messages as deleted
+      GlodaDatastore.markMessagesDeletedByFolderID(glodaFolder.id);
+
+      // re-index
+      GlodaMsgIndexer.indexingSweepNeeded = true;
+
+    } else if (previousPrio == glodaFolder.kIndexingNeverPriority) {
+
+      // there's no existing index, but the user now wants one
+      glodaFolder._dirtyStatus = glodaFolder.kFolderFilthy;
+      GlodaDatastore.updateFolderDirtyStatus(glodaFolder)
+      GlodaMsgIndexer.indexingSweepNeeded = true;
+    }
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Resets the indexing priority on the given folder to whatever the default
+   * is for folders of that type.
+   *
+   * @note Calls setFolderIndexingPriority under the hood, so has identical
+   *       potential reindexing side-effects
+   *
+   * @param {nsIMsgFolder} aFolder
+   * @param {boolean} aAllowSpecialFolderIndexing
+   */
+  resetFolderIndexingPriority: function glodaResetFolderIndexingPriority(aFolder, aAllowSpecialFolderIndexing) {
+    this.setFolderIndexingPriority(aFolder,
+      GlodaDatastore.getDefaultIndexingPriority(aFolder,
+                                                aAllowSpecialFolderIndexing));
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Queue all of the folders of all of the accounts of the current profile
+   *  for indexing.  We traverse all folders and queue them immediately to try
+   *  and have an accurate estimate of the number of folders that need to be
+   *  indexed.  (We previously queued accounts rather than immediately
+   *  walking their list of folders.)
+   */
+  indexEverything: function glodaIndexEverything() {
+    this._log.info("Queueing all accounts for indexing.");
+
+    GlodaDatastore._beginTransaction();
+    for (let account in fixIterator(MailServices.accounts.accounts,
+                                    Ci.nsIMsgAccount)) {
+      this.indexAccount(account);
+    }
+    GlodaDatastore._commitTransaction();
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Queue all of the folders belonging to an account for indexing.
+   */
+  indexAccount: function glodaIndexAccount(aAccount) {
+    let rootFolder = aAccount.incomingServer.rootFolder;
+    if (rootFolder instanceof Ci.nsIMsgFolder) {
+      this._log.info("Queueing account folders for indexing: " + aAccount.key);
+
+      let allFolders = rootFolder.descendants;
+      let folderJobs = [];
+      for (let folder in fixIterator(allFolders, Ci.nsIMsgFolder)) {
+        if (this.shouldIndexFolder(folder))
+          GlodaIndexer.indexJob(
+            new IndexingJob("folder", GlodaDatastore._mapFolder(folder).id));
+      }
+    }
+    else {
+      this._log.info("Skipping Account, root folder not nsIMsgFolder");
+    }
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Queue a single folder for indexing given an nsIMsgFolder.
+   *
+   * @param [aOptions.callback] A callback to invoke when the folder finishes
+   *     indexing.  First argument is true if the task ran to completion
+   *     successfully, false if we had to abort for some reason.
+   * @param [aOptions.force=false] Should we force the indexing of all messages
+   *     in the folder (true) or just index what hasn't been indexed (false).
+   * @return true if we are going to index the folder, false if not.
+   */
+  indexFolder: function glodaIndexFolder(aMsgFolder, aOptions) {
+    if (!this.shouldIndexFolder(aMsgFolder))
+      return false;
+    let glodaFolder = GlodaDatastore._mapFolder(aMsgFolder);
+    // stay out of compacting/compacted folders
+    if (glodaFolder.compacting || glodaFolder.compacted)
+      return false;
+
+    this._log.info("Queue-ing folder for indexing: " +
+                   aMsgFolder.prettiestName);
+    let job = new IndexingJob("folder", glodaFolder.id);
+    if (aOptions) {
+      if ("callback" in aOptions)
+        job.callback = aOptions.callback;
+      if ("force" in aOptions)
+        job.force = true;
+    }
+    GlodaIndexer.indexJob(job);
+    return true;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Queue a list of messages for indexing.
+   *
+   * @param aFoldersAndMessages List of [nsIMsgFolder, message key] tuples.
+   */
+  indexMessages: function gloda_index_indexMessages(aFoldersAndMessages) {
+    let job = new IndexingJob("message", null);
+    job.items = aFoldersAndMessages.
+      map(fm => [GlodaDatastore._mapFolder(fm[0]).id, fm[1]]);
+    GlodaIndexer.indexJob(job);
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Mark all known folders as dirty so that the next indexing sweep goes
+   *  into all folders and checks their contents to see if they need to be
+   *  indexed.
+   *
+   * This is being added for the migration case where we want to try and reindex
+   *  all of the messages that had been marked with GLODA_BAD_MESSAGE_ID but
+   *  which is now GLODA_OLD_BAD_MESSAGE_ID and so we should attempt to reindex
+   *  them.
+   */
+  dirtyAllKnownFolders: function gloda_index_msg_dirtyAllKnownFolders() {
+    // Just iterate over the datastore's folder map and tell each folder to
+    //  be dirty if its priority is not disabled.
+    for (let folderID in GlodaDatastore._folderByID) {
+      let glodaFolder = GlodaDatastore._folderByID[folderID];
+      if (glodaFolder.indexingPriority !== glodaFolder.kIndexingNeverPriority)
+        glodaFolder._ensureFolderDirty();
+    }
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Given a message header, return whether this message is likely to have
+   * been indexed or not.
+   *
+   * This means the message must:
+   * - Be in a folder eligible for gloda indexing. (Not News, etc.)
+   * - Be in a non-filthy folder.
+   * - Be gloda-indexed and non-filthy.
+   *
+   * @param aMsgHdr A message header.
+   * @returns true if the message is likely to have been indexed.
+   */
+  isMessageIndexed: function gloda_index_isMessageIndexed(aMsgHdr) {
+    // If it's in a folder that we flat out do not index, say no.
+    if (!this.shouldIndexFolder(aMsgHdr.folder))
+      return false;
+    let glodaFolder = GlodaDatastore._mapFolder(aMsgHdr.folder);
+    let [glodaId, glodaDirty] = PendingCommitTracker.getGlodaState(aMsgHdr);
+    return glodaId >= GLODA_FIRST_VALID_MESSAGE_ID &&
+           glodaDirty != GlodaMsgIndexer.kMessageFilthy &&
+           glodaFolder &&
+           glodaFolder.dirtyStatus != glodaFolder.kFolderFilthy;
+  },
+
+  /* *********** Event Processing *********** */
+
+  /**
+   * Tracks messages we have received msgKeyChanged notifications for in order
+   *  to provide batching and to suppress needless reindexing when we receive
+   *  the expected follow-up msgsClassified notification.
+   *
+   * The entries in this dictionary should be extremely short-lived as we
+   *  receive the msgKeyChanged notification as the offline fake header is
+   *  converted into a real header (which is accompanied by a msgAdded
+   *  notification we don't pay attention to).  Once the headers finish
+   *  updating, the message classifier will get its at-bat and should likely
+   *  find that the messages have already been classified and so fast-path
+   *  them.
+   *
+   * The keys in this dictionary are chosen to be consistent with those of
+   *  PendingCommitTracker: the folder.URI + "#" + the (new) message key.
+   * The values in the dictionary are either an object with "id" (the gloda
+   *  id), "key" (the new message key), and "dirty" (is it dirty and so
+   *  should still be queued for indexing) attributes, or null indicating that
+   *  no change in message key occurred and so no database changes are required.
+   */
+  _keyChangedBatchInfo: {},
+
+  /**
+   * Common logic for things that want to feed event-driven indexing.  This gets
+   *  called by both |_msgFolderListener.msgsClassified| when we are first
+   *  seeing a message as well as by |_folderListener| when things happen to
+   *  existing messages.  Although we could slightly specialize for the
+   *  new-to-us case, it works out to be cleaner to just treat them the same
+   *  and take a very small performance hit.
+   *
+   * @param aMsgHdrs Something fixIterator will work on to return an iterator
+   *     on the set of messages that we should treat as potentially changed.
+   * @param aDirtyingEvent Is this event inherently dirtying?  Receiving a
+   *     msgsClassified notification is not inherently dirtying because it is
+   *     just telling us that a message exists.  We use this knowledge to
+   *     ignore the msgsClassified notifications for messages we have received
+   *     msgKeyChanged notifications for and fast-pathed.  Since it is possible
+   *     for user action to do something that dirties the message between the
+   *     time we get the msgKeyChanged notification and when we receive the
+   *     msgsClassified notification, we want to make sure we don't get
+   *     confused.  (Although since we remove the message from our ignore-set
+   *     after the first notification, we would likely just mistakenly treat
+   *     the msgsClassified notification as something dirtying, so it would
+   *     still work out...)
+   */
+  _reindexChangedMessages: function gloda_indexer_reindexChangedMessage(
+                                      aMsgHdrs, aDirtyingEvent) {
+    let glodaIdsNeedingDeletion = null;
+    let messageKeyChangedIds = null, messageKeyChangedNewKeys = null;
+    for (let msgHdr in fixIterator(aMsgHdrs, nsIMsgDBHdr)) {
+      // -- Index this folder?
+      let msgFolder = msgHdr.folder;
+      if (!this.shouldIndexFolder(msgFolder)) {
+        continue;
+      }
+      // -- Ignore messages in filthy folders!
+      // A filthy folder can only be processed by an indexing sweep, and at
+      //  that point the message will get indexed.
+      let glodaFolder = GlodaDatastore._mapFolder(msgHdr.folder);
+      if (glodaFolder.dirtyStatus == glodaFolder.kFolderFilthy)
+        continue;
+
+      // -- msgKeyChanged event follow-up
+      if (!aDirtyingEvent) {
+        let keyChangedKey = msgHdr.folder.URI + "#" + msgHdr.messageKey;
+        if (keyChangedKey in this._keyChangedBatchInfo) {
+          var keyChangedInfo = this._keyChangedBatchInfo[keyChangedKey];
+          delete this._keyChangedBatchInfo[keyChangedKey];
+
+          // Null means to ignore this message because the key did not change
+          //  (and the message was not dirty so it is safe to ignore.)
+          if (keyChangedInfo == null)
+            continue;
+          // (the key may be null if we only generated the entry because the
+          //  message was dirty)
+          if (keyChangedInfo.key !== null) {
+            if (messageKeyChangedIds == null) {
+              messageKeyChangedIds = [];
+              messageKeyChangedNewKeys = [];
+            }
+            messageKeyChangedIds.push(keyChangedInfo.id);
+            messageKeyChangedNewKeys.push(keyChangedInfo.key);
+          }
+          // ignore the message because it was not dirty
+          if (!keyChangedInfo.isDirty)
+            continue;
+        }
+      }
+
+      // -- Index this message?
+      // We index local messages, IMAP messages that are offline, and IMAP
+      // messages that aren't offline but whose folders aren't offline either
+      let isFolderLocal = msgFolder instanceof nsIMsgLocalMailFolder;
+      if (!isFolderLocal) {
+        if (!(msgHdr.flags & nsMsgMessageFlags.Offline) &&
+            (msgFolder.flags & nsMsgFolderFlags.Offline)) {
+          continue;
+        }
+      }
+      // Ignore messages whose processing flags indicate it has not yet been
+      //  classified.  In the IMAP case if the Offline flag is going to get set
+      //  we are going to see it before the msgsClassified event so this is
+      //  very important.
+      if (msgFolder.getProcessingFlags(msgHdr.messageKey) &
+          NOT_YET_REPORTED_PROCESSING_FLAGS)
+        continue;
+
+      let [glodaId, glodaDirty] = PendingCommitTracker.getGlodaState(msgHdr);
+
+      let isSpam = msgHdr.getStringProperty(JUNK_SCORE_PROPERTY) ==
+                     JUNK_SPAM_SCORE_STR;
+
+      // -- Is the message currently gloda indexed?
+      if (glodaId >= GLODA_FIRST_VALID_MESSAGE_ID &&
+          glodaDirty != this.kMessageFilthy) {
+        // - Is the message spam?
+        if (isSpam) {
+          // Treat this as a deletion...
+          if (!glodaIdsNeedingDeletion)
+            glodaIdsNeedingDeletion = [];
+          glodaIdsNeedingDeletion.push(glodaId);
+          // and skip to the next message
+          continue;
+        }
+
+        // - Mark the message dirty if it is clean.
+        // (This is the only case in which we need to mark dirty so that the
+        //  indexing sweep takes care of things if we don't process this in
+        //  an event-driven fashion.  If the message has no gloda-id or does
+        //  and it's already dirty or filthy, it is already marked for
+        //  indexing.)
+        if (glodaDirty == this.kMessageClean)
+          msgHdr.setUint32Property(GLODA_DIRTY_PROPERTY, this.kMessageDirty);
+        // if the message is pending clean, this change invalidates that.
+        PendingCommitTracker.noteDirtyHeader(msgHdr);
+      }
+      // If it's not indexed but is spam, ignore it.
+      else if (isSpam) {
+        continue;
+      }
+      // (we want to index the message if we are here)
+
+      // mark the folder dirty too, so we know to look inside
+      glodaFolder._ensureFolderDirty();
+
+      if (this._pendingAddJob == null) {
+        this._pendingAddJob = new IndexingJob("message", null);
+        GlodaIndexer.indexJob(this._pendingAddJob);
+      }
+      // only queue the message if we haven't overflowed our event-driven budget
+      if (this._pendingAddJob.items.length <
+          this._indexMaxEventQueueMessages) {
+        this._pendingAddJob.items.push(
+          [GlodaDatastore._mapFolder(msgFolder).id, msgHdr.messageKey]);
+      }
+      else {
+        this.indexingSweepNeeded = true;
+      }
+    }
+
+    // Process any message key changes (from earlier msgKeyChanged events)
+    if (messageKeyChangedIds != null)
+      GlodaDatastore.updateMessageKeys(messageKeyChangedIds,
+                                       messageKeyChangedNewKeys);
+
+    // If we accumulated any deletions in there, batch them off now.
+    if (glodaIdsNeedingDeletion) {
+      GlodaDatastore.markMessagesDeletedByIDs(glodaIdsNeedingDeletion);
+      this.pendingDeletions = true;
+    }
+  },
+
+
+  /* ***** Folder Changes ***** */
+  /**
+   * All additions and removals are queued for processing.  Indexing messages
+   *  is potentially phenomenally expensive, and deletion can still be
+   *  relatively expensive due to our need to delete the message, its
+   *  attributes, and all attributes that reference it.  Additionally,
+   *  attribute deletion costs are higher than attribute look-up because
+   *  there is the actual row plus its 3 indices, and our covering indices are
+   *  no help there.
+   *
+   */
+  _msgFolderListener: {
+    indexer: null,
+
+    /**
+     * We no longer use the msgAdded notification, instead opting to wait until
+     *  junk/trait classification has run (or decided not to run) and all
+     *  filters have run.  The msgsClassified notification provides that for us.
+     */
+    msgAdded: function gloda_indexer_msgAdded(aMsgHdr) {
+      // we are never called! we do not enable this bit!
+    },
+
+    /**
+     * Process (apparently newly added) messages that have been looked at by
+     *  the message classifier.  This ensures that if the message was going
+     *  to get marked as spam, this will have already happened.
+     *
+     * Besides truly new (to us) messages, We will also receive this event for
+     *  messages that are the result of IMAP message move/copy operations,
+     *  including both moves that generated offline fake headers and those that
+     *  did not.  In the offline fake header case, however, we are able to
+     *  ignore their msgsClassified events because we will have received a
+     *  msgKeyChanged notification sometime in the recent past.
+     */
+    msgsClassified: function gloda_indexer_msgsClassified(
+                      aMsgHdrs, aJunkClassified, aTraitClassified) {
+      this.indexer._log.debug("msgsClassified notification");
+      try {
+        GlodaMsgIndexer._reindexChangedMessages(aMsgHdrs.enumerate(), false);
+      }
+      catch (ex) {
+        this.indexer._log.error("Explosion in msgsClassified handling:", ex);
+      }
+    },
+
+    /**
+     * Handle real, actual deletion (move to trash and IMAP deletion model
+     *  don't count); we only see the deletion here when it becomes forever,
+     *  or rather _just before_ it becomes forever.  Because the header is
+     *  going away, we need to either process things immediately or extract the
+     *  information required to purge it later without the header.
+     * To this end, we mark all messages that were indexed in the gloda message
+     *  database as deleted.  We set our pending deletions flag to let our
+     *  indexing logic know that after its next wave of folder traversal, it
+     *  should perform a deletion pass.  If it turns out the messages are coming
+     *  back, the fact that deletion is thus deferred can be handy, as we can
+     *  reuse the existing gloda message.
+     */
+    msgsDeleted: function gloda_indexer_msgsDeleted(aMsgHdrs) {
+      this.indexer._log.debug("msgsDeleted notification");
+      let glodaMessageIds = [];
+
+      for (let iMsgHdr = 0; iMsgHdr < aMsgHdrs.length; iMsgHdr++) {
+        let msgHdr = aMsgHdrs.queryElementAt(iMsgHdr, nsIMsgDBHdr);
+        let [glodaId, glodaDirty] = PendingCommitTracker.getGlodaState(msgHdr);
+        if (glodaId >= GLODA_FIRST_VALID_MESSAGE_ID &&
+            glodaDirty != GlodaMsgIndexer.kMessageFilthy)
+          glodaMessageIds.push(glodaId);
+      }
+
+      if (glodaMessageIds.length) {
+        GlodaMsgIndexer._datastore.markMessagesDeletedByIDs(glodaMessageIds);
+        GlodaMsgIndexer.pendingDeletions = true;
+      }
+    },
+
+    /**
+     * Process a move or copy.
+     *
+     * Moves to a local folder or an IMAP folder where we are generating offline
+     *  fake headers are dealt with efficiently because we get both the source
+     *  and destination headers.  The main ingredient to having offline fake
+     *  headers is that allowUndo was true when the operation was performance.
+     *  The only non-obvious thing is that we need to make sure that we deal
+     *  with the impact of filthy folders and messages on gloda-id's (they
+     *  invalidate the gloda-id).
+     *
+     * Moves to an IMAP folder that do not generate offline fake headers do not
+     *  provide us with the target header, but the IMAP SetPendingAttributes
+     *  logic will still attempt to propagate the properties on the message
+     *  header so when we eventually see it in the msgsClassified notification,
+     *  it should have the properties of the source message copied over.
+     * We make sure that gloda-id's do not get propagated when messages are
+     *  moved from IMAP folders that are marked filthy or are marked as not
+     *  supposed to be indexed by clearing the pending attributes for the header
+     *  being tracked by the destination IMAP folder.
+     * We could fast-path the IMAP move case in msgsClassified by noticing that
+     *  a message is showing up with a gloda-id header already and just
+     *  performing an async location update.
+     *
+     * Moves that occur involving 'compacted' folders are fine and do not
+     *  require special handling here.  The one tricky super-edge-case that
+     *  can happen (and gets handled by the compaction pass) is the move of a
+     *  message that got gloda indexed that did not already have a gloda-id and
+     *  PendingCommitTracker did not get to flush the gloda-id before the
+     *  compaction happened.  In that case our move logic cannot know to do
+     *  anything and the gloda database still thinks the message lives in our
+     *  folder.  The compaction pass will deal with this by marking the message
+     *  as deleted.  The rationale being that marking it deleted allows the
+     *  message to be re-used if it gets indexed in the target location, or if
+     *  the target location has already been indexed, we no longer need the
+     *  duplicate and it should be deleted.  (Also, it is unable to distinguish
+     *  between a case where the message got deleted versus moved.)
+     *
+     * Because copied messages are, by their nature, duplicate messages, we
+     *  do not particularly care about them.  As such, we defer their processing
+     *  to the automatic sync logic that will happen much later on.  This is
+     *  potentially desirable in case the user deletes some of the original
+     *  messages, allowing us to reuse the gloda message representations when
+     *  we finally get around to indexing the messages.  We do need to mark the
+     *  folder as dirty, though, to clue in the sync logic.
+     */
+    msgsMoveCopyCompleted: function gloda_indexer_msgsMoveCopyCompleted(aMove,
+                             aSrcMsgHdrs, aDestFolder, aDestMsgHdrs) {
+      this.indexer._log.debug("MoveCopy notification.  Move: " + aMove);
+      try {
+        // ---- Move
+        if (aMove) {
+          // -- Effectively a deletion?
+          // If the destination folder is not indexed, it's like these messages
+          //  are being deleted.
+          if (!GlodaMsgIndexer.shouldIndexFolder(aDestFolder)) {
+            this.msgsDeleted(aSrcMsgHdrs);
+            return;
+          }
+
+          // -- Avoid propagation of filthy gloda-id's.
+          // If the source folder is filthy or should not be indexed (and so
+          //  any gloda-id's found in there are gibberish), our only job is to
+          //  strip the gloda-id's off of all the destination headers because
+          //  none of the gloda-id's are valid (and so we certainly don't want
+          //  to try and use them as a basis for updating message keys.)
+          let srcMsgFolder = aSrcMsgHdrs.queryElementAt(0, nsIMsgDBHdr).folder;
+          if (!this.indexer.shouldIndexFolder(srcMsgFolder) ||
+              (GlodaDatastore._mapFolder(srcMsgFolder).dirtyStatus ==
+                 GlodaFolder.prototype.kFolderFilthy)) {
+            // Local case, just modify the destination headers directly.
+            if (aDestMsgHdrs) {
+              for (let destMsgHdr in fixIterator(aDestMsgHdrs, nsIMsgDBHdr)) {
+                // zero it out if it exists
+                // (no need to deal with pending commit issues here; a filthy
+                //  folder by definition has nothing indexed in it.)
+                let glodaId = destMsgHdr.getUint32Property(
+                                GLODA_MESSAGE_ID_PROPERTY);
+                if (glodaId)
+                  destMsgHdr.setUint32Property(GLODA_MESSAGE_ID_PROPERTY,
+                                               0);
+              }
+
+              // Since we are moving messages from a folder where they were
+              //  effectively not indexed, it is up to us to make sure the
+              //  messages now get indexed.
+              this.indexer._reindexChangedMessages(aDestMsgHdrs.enumerate());
+              return;
+            }
+            // IMAP move case, we need to operate on the pending headers using
+            //  the source header to get the pending header and as the
+            //  indication of what has been already set on the pending header.
+            else {
+              let destDb;
+              // so, this can fail, and there's not much we can do about it.
+              try {
+                destDb = aDestFolder.msgDatabase;
+              } catch (ex) {
+                this.indexer._log.warn("Destination database for " +
+                                       aDestFolder.prettiestName +
+                                       " not ready on IMAP move." +
+                                       " Gloda corruption possible.");
+                return;
+              }
+              for (let srcMsgHdr in fixIterator(aSrcMsgHdrs, nsIMsgDBHdr)) {
+                // zero it out if it exists
+                // (no need to deal with pending commit issues here; a filthy
+                //  folder by definition has nothing indexed in it.)
+                let glodaId = srcMsgHdr.getUint32Property(
+                                GLODA_MESSAGE_ID_PROPERTY);
+                if (glodaId)
+                  destDb.setUint32AttributeOnPendingHdr(
+                    srcMsgHdr, GLODA_MESSAGE_ID_PROPERTY, 0);
+              }
+
+              // Nothing remains to be done.  The msgClassified event will take
+              //  care of making sure the message gets indexed.
+              return;
+            }
+          }
+
+
+          // --- Have destination headers (local case):
+          if (aDestMsgHdrs) {
+            // -- Update message keys for valid gloda-id's.
+            // (Which means ignore filthy gloda-id's.)
+            let glodaIds = [];
+            let newMessageKeys = [];
+            aSrcMsgHdrs.QueryInterface(nsIArray);
+            aDestMsgHdrs.QueryInterface(nsIArray);
+            // Track whether we see any messages that are not gloda indexed so
+            //  we know if we have to mark the destination folder dirty.
+            let sawNonGlodaMessage = false;
+            for (let iMsg = 0; iMsg < aSrcMsgHdrs.length; iMsg++) {
+              let srcMsgHdr = aSrcMsgHdrs.queryElementAt(iMsg, nsIMsgDBHdr);
+              let destMsgHdr = aDestMsgHdrs.queryElementAt(iMsg, nsIMsgDBHdr);
+
+              let [glodaId, dirtyStatus] =
+                PendingCommitTracker.getGlodaState(srcMsgHdr);
+              if (glodaId >= GLODA_FIRST_VALID_MESSAGE_ID &&
+                  dirtyStatus != GlodaMsgIndexer.kMessageFilthy) {
+                // we may need to update the pending commit map (it checks)
+                PendingCommitTracker.noteMove(srcMsgHdr, destMsgHdr);
+                // but we always need to update our database
+                glodaIds.push(glodaId);
+                newMessageKeys.push(destMsgHdr.messageKey);
+              }
+              else {
+                sawNonGlodaMessage = true;
+              }
+            }
+
+            // this method takes care to update the in-memory representations
+            //  too; we don't need to do anything
+            if (glodaIds.length)
+              GlodaDatastore.updateMessageLocations(glodaIds, newMessageKeys,
+                                                    aDestFolder);
+
+            // Mark the destination folder dirty if we saw any messages that
+            //  were not already gloda indexed.
+            if (sawNonGlodaMessage) {
+              let destGlodaFolder = GlodaDatastore._mapFolder(aDestFolder);
+              destGlodaFolder._ensureFolderDirty();
+              this.indexer.indexingSweepNeeded = true;
+            }
+          }
+          // --- No dest headers (IMAP case):
+          // Update any valid gloda indexed messages into their new folder to
+          //  make the indexer's life easier when it sees the messages in their
+          //  new folder.
+          else {
+            let glodaIds = [];
+
+            let srcFolderIsLocal =
+              (srcMsgFolder instanceof nsIMsgLocalMailFolder);
+            for (let iMsgHdr = 0; iMsgHdr < aSrcMsgHdrs.length; iMsgHdr++) {
+              let msgHdr = aSrcMsgHdrs.queryElementAt(iMsgHdr, nsIMsgDBHdr);
+
+              let [glodaId, dirtyStatus] =
+                PendingCommitTracker.getGlodaState(msgHdr);
+              if (glodaId >= GLODA_FIRST_VALID_MESSAGE_ID &&
+                  dirtyStatus != GlodaMsgIndexer.kMessageFilthy) {
+                // we may need to update the pending commit map (it checks)
+                PendingCommitTracker.noteBlindMove(msgHdr);
+                // but we always need to update our database
+                glodaIds.push(glodaId);
+
+                // XXX UNDO WORKAROUND
+                // This constitutes a move from a local folder to an IMAP
+                //  folder.  Undo does not currently do the right thing for us,
+                //  but we have a chance of not orphaning the message if we
+                //  mark the source header as dirty so that when the message
+                //  gets re-added we see it.  (This does require that we enter
+                //  the folder; we set the folder dirty after the loop to
+                //  increase the probability of this but it's not foolproof
+                //  depending on when the next indexing sweep happens and when
+                //  the user performs an undo.)
+                msgHdr.setUint32Property(GLODA_DIRTY_PROPERTY,
+                                         GlodaMsgIndexer.kMessageDirty);
+              }
+            }
+            // XXX ALSO UNDO WORKAROUND
+            if (srcFolderIsLocal) {
+              let srcGlodaFolder = GlodaDatastore._mapFolder(srcMsgFolder);
+              srcGlodaFolder._ensureFolderDirty();
+            }
+
+            // quickly move them to the right folder, zeroing their message keys
+            GlodaDatastore.updateMessageFoldersByKeyPurging(glodaIds,
+                                                            aDestFolder);
+            // we _do not_ need to mark the folder as dirty, because the
+            //  message added events will cause that to happen.
+          }
+        }
+        // ---- Copy case
+        else {
+          // -- Do not propagate gloda-id's for copies
+          // (Only applies if we have the destination header, which means local)
+          if (aDestMsgHdrs) {
+            for (let destMsgHdr in fixIterator(aDestMsgHdrs, nsIMsgDBHdr)) {
+              let glodaId = destMsgHdr.getUint32Property(
+                GLODA_MESSAGE_ID_PROPERTY);
+              if (glodaId)
+                destMsgHdr.setUint32Property(GLODA_MESSAGE_ID_PROPERTY, 0);
+            }
+          }
+
+          // mark the folder as dirty; we'll get to it later.
+          let destGlodaFolder = GlodaDatastore._mapFolder(aDestFolder);
+          destGlodaFolder._ensureFolderDirty();
+          this.indexer.indexingSweepNeeded = true;
+        }
+      } catch (ex) {
+        this.indexer._log.error("Problem encountered during message move/copy:",
+                                ex.stack);
+      }
+    },
+
+    /**
+     * Queue up message key changes that are a result of offline fake headers
+     *  being made real for the actual update during the msgsClassified
+     *  notification that is expected after this.  We defer the
+     *  actual work (if there is any to be done; the fake header might have
+     *  guessed the right UID correctly) so that we can batch our work.
+     *
+     * The expectation is that there will be no meaningful time window between
+     *  this notification and the msgsClassified notification since the message
+     *  classifier should not actually need to classify the messages (they
+     *  should already have been classified) and so can fast-path them.
+     */
+    msgKeyChanged: function gloda_indexer_msgKeyChangeded(aOldMsgKey,
+                             aNewMsgHdr) {
+      try {
+        let val = null, newKey = aNewMsgHdr.messageKey;
+        let [glodaId, glodaDirty] =
+          PendingCommitTracker.getGlodaState(aNewMsgHdr);
+        // If we haven't indexed this message yet, take no action, and leave it
+        // up to msgsClassified to take proper action.
+        if (glodaId < GLODA_FIRST_VALID_MESSAGE_ID)
+          return;
+        // take no action on filthy messages,
+        // generate an entry if dirty or the keys don't match.
+        if ((glodaDirty !== GlodaMsgIndexer.kMessageFilthy) &&
+            ((glodaDirty === GlodaMsgIndexer.kMessageDirty) ||
+             (aOldMsgKey !== newKey))) {
+          val = {
+            id: glodaId,
+            key: (aOldMsgKey !== newKey) ? newKey : null,
+            isDirty: glodaDirty === GlodaMsgIndexer.kMessageDirty,
+          };
+        }
+
+        let key = aNewMsgHdr.folder.URI + "#" + aNewMsgHdr.messageKey;
+        this.indexer._keyChangedBatchInfo[key] = val;
+      }
+      // this is more for the unit test to fail rather than user error reporting
+      catch (ex) {
+        this.indexer._log.error("Problem encountered during msgKeyChanged" +
+                                " notification handling: " + ex + "\n\n" +
+                                ex.stack + " \n\n");
+      }
+    },
+
+    /**
+     * Detect newly added folders before they get messages so we map them before
+     * they get any messages added to them.  If we only hear about them after
+     * they get their 1st message, then we will mark them filthy, but if we mark
+     * them before that, they get marked clean.
+     */
+    folderAdded: function gloda_indexer_folderAdded(aMsgFolder) {
+      // This is invoked for its side-effect of invoking _mapFolder and doing so
+      // only after filtering out folders we don't care about.
+      GlodaMsgIndexer.shouldIndexFolder(aMsgFolder);
+    },
+
+    /**
+     * Handles folder no-longer-exists-ence.  We mark all messages as deleted
+     *  and remove the folder from our URI table.  Currently, if a folder that
+     *  contains other folders is deleted, we may either receive one
+     *  notification for the folder that is deleted, or a notification for the
+     *  folder and one for each of its descendents.  This depends upon the
+     *  underlying account implementation, so we explicitly handle each case.
+     *  Namely, we treat it as if we're only planning on getting one, but we
+     *  handle if the children are already gone for some reason.
+     */
+    folderDeleted: function gloda_indexer_folderDeleted(aFolder) {
+      this.indexer._log.debug("folderDeleted notification");
+      try {
+        let delFunc = function(aFolder, indexer) {
+          if (indexer._datastore._folderKnown(aFolder)) {
+            indexer._log.info("Processing deletion of folder " +
+                              aFolder.prettiestName + ".");
+            let glodaFolder = GlodaDatastore._mapFolder(aFolder);
+            indexer._datastore.markMessagesDeletedByFolderID(glodaFolder.id);
+            indexer._datastore.deleteFolderByID(glodaFolder.id);
+            GlodaDatastore._killGlodaFolderIntoTombstone(glodaFolder);
+          }
+          else {
+            indexer._log.info("Ignoring deletion of folder " +
+                              aFolder.prettiestName +
+                              " because it is unknown to gloda.");
+          }
+        };
+
+        let descendentFolders = aFolder.descendants;
+        // (the order of operations does not matter; child, non-child, whatever.)
+        // delete the parent
+        delFunc(aFolder, this.indexer);
+        // delete all its descendents
+        for (let folder in fixIterator(descendentFolders, Ci.nsIMsgFolder)) {
+          delFunc(folder, this.indexer);
+        }
+
+        this.indexer.pendingDeletions = true;
+      } catch (ex) {
+        this.indexer._log.error("Problem encountered during folder deletion" +
+          ": " + ex + "\n\n" + ex.stack + "\n\n");
+      }
+    },
+
+    /**
+     * Handle a folder being copied or moved.
+     * Moves are handled by a helper function shared with _folderRenameHelper
+     *  (which takes care of any nesting involved).
+     * Copies are actually ignored, because our periodic indexing traversal
+     *  should discover these automatically.  We could hint ourselves into
+     *  action, but arguably a set of completely duplicate messages is not
+     *  a high priority for indexing.
+     */
+    folderMoveCopyCompleted: function gloda_indexer_folderMoveCopyCompleted(
+                               aMove, aSrcFolder, aDestFolder) {
+      this.indexer._log.debug("folderMoveCopy notification (Move: " + aMove
+                              + ")");
+      if (aMove) {
+        let srcURI = aSrcFolder.URI;
+        let targetURI = aDestFolder.URI +
+                        srcURI.substring(srcURI.lastIndexOf("/"));
+        this._folderRenameHelper(aSrcFolder, targetURI);
+      }
+      else {
+        this.indexer.indexingSweepNeeded = true;
+      }
+    },
+
+    /**
+     * We just need to update the URI <-> ID maps and the row in the database,
+     *  all of which is actually done by the datastore for us.
+     * This method needs to deal with the complexity where local folders will
+     *  generate a rename notification for each sub-folder, but IMAP folders
+     *  will generate only a single notification.  Our logic primarily handles
+     *  this by not exploding if the original folder no longer exists.
+     */
+    _folderRenameHelper: function gloda_indexer_folderRenameHelper(aOrigFolder,
+                                                                   aNewURI) {
+      let newFolder = MailUtils.getFolderForURI(aNewURI);
+      let specialFolderFlags = Ci.nsMsgFolderFlags.Trash | Ci.nsMsgFolderFlags.Junk;
+      if (newFolder.isSpecialFolder(specialFolderFlags, true)) {
+        let descendentFolders = newFolder.descendants;
+
+        // First thing to do: make sure we don't index the resulting folder and
+        //  its descendents.
+        GlodaMsgIndexer.resetFolderIndexingPriority(newFolder);
+        for (let folder in fixIterator(descendentFolders, Ci.nsIMsgFolder)) {
+          GlodaMsgIndexer.resetFolderIndexingPriority(folder);
+        }
+
+        // Remove from the index messages from the original folder
+        this.folderDeleted(aOrigFolder);
+      } else {
+        let descendentFolders = aOrigFolder.descendants;
+
+        let origURI = aOrigFolder.URI;
+        // this rename is straightforward.
+        GlodaDatastore.renameFolder(aOrigFolder, aNewURI);
+
+        for (let folder in fixIterator(descendentFolders, Ci.nsIMsgFolder)) {
+          let oldSubURI = folder.URI;
+          // mangle a new URI from the old URI.  we could also try and do a
+          //  parallel traversal of the new folder hierarchy, but that seems like
+          //  more work.
+          let newSubURI = aNewURI + oldSubURI.substring(origURI.length);
+          this.indexer._datastore.renameFolder(oldSubURI, newSubURI);
+        }
+
+        this.indexer._log.debug("folder renamed: " + origURI + " to " + aNewURI);
+      }
+    },
+
+    /**
+     * Handle folder renames, dispatching to our rename helper (which also
+     *  takes care of any nested folder issues.)
+     */
+    folderRenamed: function gloda_indexer_folderRenamed(aOrigFolder,
+                                                        aNewFolder) {
+      this._folderRenameHelper(aOrigFolder, aNewFolder.URI);
+    },
+
+    /**
+     * This tells us about many exciting things.  What they are and what we do:
+     *
+     * - FolderCompactStart: Mark the folder as compacting in our in-memory
+     *    representation.  This should keep any new indexing out of the folder
+     *    until it is done compacting.  Also, kill any active or existing jobs
+     *    to index the folder.
+     * - FolderCompactFinish: Mark the folder as done compacting in our
+     *    in-memory representation.  Assuming the folder was known to us and
+     *    not marked filthy, queue a compaction job.
+     *
+     * - FolderReindexTriggered: We do the same thing as FolderCompactStart
+     *    but don't mark the folder as compacting.
+     *
+     * - JunkStatusChanged: We mark the messages that have had their junk
+     *    state change to be reindexed.
+     */
+    itemEvent: function gloda_indexer_itemEvent(aItem, aEvent, aData) {
+      // Compact and Reindex are close enough that we can reuse the same code
+      //  with one minor difference.
+      if (aEvent == "FolderCompactStart" ||
+          aEvent == "FolderReindexTriggered") {
+        let aMsgFolder = aItem.QueryInterface(nsIMsgFolder);
+        // ignore folders we ignore...
+        if (!GlodaMsgIndexer.shouldIndexFolder(aMsgFolder))
+          return;
+
+        let glodaFolder = GlodaDatastore._mapFolder(aMsgFolder);
+        if (aEvent == "FolderCompactStart")
+          glodaFolder.compacting = true;
+
+        // Purge any explicit indexing of said folder.
+        GlodaIndexer.purgeJobsUsingFilter(function (aJob) {
+          return (aJob.jobType == "folder" &&
+                  aJob.id == aMsgFolder.id);
+        });
+
+        // Abort the active job if it's in the folder (this covers both
+        //  event-driven indexing that happens to be in the folder as well
+        //  explicit folder indexing of the folder).
+        if (GlodaMsgIndexer._indexingFolder == aMsgFolder)
+          GlodaIndexer.killActiveJob();
+
+        // Tell the PendingCommitTracker to throw away anything it is tracking
+        //  about the folder.  We will pick up the pieces in the compaction
+        //  pass.
+        PendingCommitTracker.noteFolderDatabaseGettingBlownAway(aMsgFolder);
+
+        // (We do not need to mark the folder dirty because if we were indexing
+        //  it, it already must have been marked dirty.)
+      }
+      else if (aEvent == "FolderCompactFinish") {
+        let aMsgFolder = aItem.QueryInterface(nsIMsgFolder);
+        // ignore folders we ignore...
+        if (!GlodaMsgIndexer.shouldIndexFolder(aMsgFolder))
+          return;
+
+        let glodaFolder = GlodaDatastore._mapFolder(aMsgFolder);
+        glodaFolder.compacting = false;
+        glodaFolder._setCompactedState(true);
+
+        // Queue compaction unless the folder was filthy (in which case there
+        //  are no valid gloda-id's to update.)
+        if (glodaFolder.dirtyStatus != glodaFolder.kFolderFilthy)
+          GlodaIndexer.indexJob(
+            new IndexingJob("folderCompact", glodaFolder.id));
+
+        // Queue indexing of the folder if it is dirty.  We are doing this
+        //  mainly in case we were indexing it before the compaction started.
+        //  It should be reasonably harmless if we weren't.
+        // (It would probably be better to just make sure that there is an
+        //  indexing sweep queued or active, and if it's already active that
+        //  this folder is in the queue to be processed.)
+        if (glodaFolder.dirtyStatus == glodaFolder.kFolderDirty)
+          GlodaIndexer.indexJob(new IndexingJob("folder", glodaFolder.id));
+      }
+      else if (aEvent == "JunkStatusChanged") {
+        this.indexer._log.debug("JunkStatusChanged notification");
+        aItem.QueryInterface(Ci.nsIArray);
+        GlodaMsgIndexer._reindexChangedMessages(aItem.enumerate(), true);
+      }
+    },
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * A nsIFolderListener (listening on nsIMsgMailSession so we get all of
+   *  these events) PRIMARILY to get folder loaded notifications.  Because of
+   *  deficiencies in the nsIMsgFolderListener's events at this time, we also
+   *  get our folder-added and newsgroup notifications from here for now.  (This
+   *  will be rectified.)
+   */
+  _folderListener: {
+    indexer: null,
+
+    _init: function gloda_indexer_fl_init(aIndexer) {
+      this.indexer = aIndexer;
+    },
+
+    // We explicitly know about these things rather than bothering with some
+    // form of registration scheme because these aren't going to change much.
+    get _kFolderLoadedAtom() {
+      delete this._kFolderLoadedAtom;
+      return this._kFolderLoadedAtom = atomService.getAtom("FolderLoaded");
+    },
+    get _kKeywordsAtom() {
+      delete this._kKeywordsAtom;
+      return this._kKeywordsAtom = atomService.getAtom("Keywords");
+    },
+    get _kStatusAtom() {
+      delete this._kStatusAtom;
+      return this._kStatusAtom = atomService.getAtom("Status");
+    },
+    get _kFlaggedAtom() {
+      delete this._kFlaggedAtom;
+      return this._kFlaggedAtom = atomService.getAtom("Flagged");
+    },
+    get _kFolderFlagAtom() {
+      delete this._kFolderFlagAtom;
+      return this._kFolderFlagAtom = atomService.getAtom("FolderFlag");
+    },
+
+    OnItemAdded: function gloda_indexer_OnItemAdded(aParentItem, aItem) {
+    },
+    OnItemRemoved: function gloda_indexer_OnItemRemoved(aParentItem, aItem) {
+    },
+    OnItemPropertyChanged: function gloda_indexer_OnItemPropertyChanged(
+                             aItem, aProperty, aOldValue, aNewValue) {
+    },
+    /**
+     * Detect changes to folder flags and reset our indexing priority.  This
+     * is important because (all?) folders start out without any flags and
+     * then get their flags added to them.
+     */
+    OnItemIntPropertyChanged: function gloda_indexer_OnItemIntPropertyChanged(
+                                aFolderItem, aProperty, aOldValue, aNewValue) {
+      if (aProperty !== this._kFolderFlagAtom)
+        return;
+      if (!GlodaMsgIndexer.shouldIndexFolder(aFolderItem))
+        return;
+      // Only reset priority if folder Special Use changes.
+      if ((aOldValue & Ci.nsMsgFolderFlags.SpecialUse) ==
+          (aNewValue & Ci.nsMsgFolderFlags.SpecialUse))
+        return;
+      GlodaMsgIndexer.resetFolderIndexingPriority(aFolderItem);
+    },
+    OnItemBoolPropertyChanged: function gloda_indexer_OnItemBoolPropertyChanged(
+                                aItem, aProperty, aOldValue, aNewValue) {
+    },
+    OnItemUnicharPropertyChanged:
+        function gloda_indexer_OnItemUnicharPropertyChanged(
+          aItem, aProperty, aOldValue, aNewValue) {
+
+    },
+    /**
+     * Notice when user activity adds/removes tags or changes a message's
+     *  status.
+     */
+    OnItemPropertyFlagChanged: function gloda_indexer_OnItemPropertyFlagChanged(
+                                aMsgHdr, aProperty, aOldValue, aNewValue) {
+      if (aProperty == this._kKeywordsAtom ||
+          // We could care less about the new flag changing.
+          (aProperty == this._kStatusAtom &&
+           (aOldValue ^ aNewValue) != nsMsgMessageFlags.New &&
+           // We do care about IMAP deletion, but msgsDeleted tells us that, so
+           //  ignore IMAPDeleted too...
+           (aOldValue ^ aNewValue) != nsMsgMessageFlags.IMAPDeleted) ||
+          aProperty == this._kFlaggedAtom) {
+        GlodaMsgIndexer._reindexChangedMessages([aMsgHdr], true);
+      }
+    },
+
+    /**
+     * Get folder loaded notifications for folders that had to do some
+     *  (asynchronous) processing before they could be opened.
+     */
+    OnItemEvent: function gloda_indexer_OnItemEvent(aFolder, aEvent) {
+      if (aEvent == this._kFolderLoadedAtom)
+        this.indexer._onFolderLoaded(aFolder);
+    },
+  },
+
+  /* ***** Rebuilding / Reindexing ***** */
+  /**
+   * Allow us to invalidate an outstanding folder traversal because the
+   *  underlying database is going away.  We use other means for detecting
+   *  modifications of the message (labeling, marked (un)read, starred, etc.)
+   *
+   * This is an nsIDBChangeListener listening to an nsIDBChangeAnnouncer.  To
+   *  add ourselves, we get us a nice nsMsgDatabase, query it to the announcer,
+   *  then call AddListener.
+   */
+  _databaseAnnouncerListener: {
+    indexer: null,
+    /**
+     * XXX We really should define the operations under which we expect this to
+     *  occur.  While we know this must be happening as the result of a
+     *  ForceClosed call, we don't have a comprehensive list of when this is
+     *  expected to occur.  Some reasons:
+     * - Compaction (although we should already have killed the job thanks to
+     *    our compaction notification)
+     * - UID validity rolls.
+     * - Folder Rename
+     * - Folder Delete
+     * The fact that we already have the database open when getting this means
+     *  that it had to be valid before we opened it, which hopefully rules out
+     *  modification of the mbox file by an external process (since that is
+     *  forbidden when we are running) and many other exotic things.
+     *
+     * So this really ends up just being a correctness / safety protection
+     *  mechanism.  At least now that we have better compaction support.
+     */
+    onAnnouncerGoingAway: function gloda_indexer_dbGoingAway(
+                                         aDBChangeAnnouncer) {
+      // The fact that we are getting called means we have an active folder and
+      //  that we therefore are the active job.  As such, we must kill the
+      //  active job.
+      // XXX In the future, when we support interleaved event-driven indexing
+      //  that bumps long-running indexing tasks, the semantics of this will
+      //  have to change a bit since we will want to maintain being active in a
+      //  folder even when bumped.  However, we will probably have a more
+      //  complex notion of indexing contexts on a per-job basis.
+      GlodaIndexer.killActiveJob();
+    },
+
+    onHdrFlagsChanged: function(aHdrChanged, aOldFlags, aNewFlags, aInstigator) {},
+    onHdrDeleted: function(aHdrChanged, aParentKey, aFlags, aInstigator) {},
+    onHdrAdded: function(aHdrChanged, aParentKey, aFlags, aInstigator) {},
+    onParentChanged: function(aKeyChanged, aOldParent, aNewParent,
+                              aInstigator) {},
+    onReadChanged: function(aInstigator) {},
+    onJunkScoreChanged: function(aInstigator) {},
+    onHdrPropertyChanged: function (aHdrToChange, aPreChange, aStatus,
+                                    aInstigator) {},
+    onEvent: function (aDB, aEvent) {},
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Given a list of Message-ID's, return a matching list of lists of messages
+   *  matching those Message-ID's.  So if you pass an array with three
+   *  Message-ID's ["a", "b", "c"], you would get back an array containing
+   *  3 lists, where the first list contains all the messages with a message-id
+   *  of "a", and so forth.  The reason a list is returned rather than null/a
+   *  message is that we accept the reality that we have multiple copies of
+   *  messages with the same ID.
+   * This call is asynchronous because it depends on previously created messages
+   *  to be reflected in our results, which requires us to execute on the async
+   *  thread where all our writes happen.  This also turns out to be a
+   *  reasonable thing because we could imagine pathological cases where there
+   *  could be a lot of message-id's and/or a lot of messages with those
+   *  message-id's.
+   *
+   * The returned collection will include both 'ghost' messages (messages
+   *  that exist for conversation-threading purposes only) as well as deleted
+   *  messages in addition to the normal 'live' messages that non-privileged
+   *  queries might return.
+   */
+  getMessagesByMessageID: function gloda_ns_getMessagesByMessageID(aMessageIDs,
+      aCallback, aCallbackThis) {
+    let msgIDToIndex = {};
+    let results = [];
+    for (let iID = 0; iID < aMessageIDs.length; ++iID) {
+      let msgID = aMessageIDs[iID];
+      results.push([]);
+      msgIDToIndex[msgID] = iID;
+    }
+
+    // (Note: although we are performing a lookup with no validity constraints
+    //  and using the same object-relational-mapper-ish layer used by things
+    //  that do have constraints, we are not at risk of exposing deleted
+    //  messages to other code and getting it confused.  The only way code
+    //  can find a message is if it shows up in their queries or gets announced
+    //  via GlodaCollectionManager.itemsAdded, neither of which will happen.)
+    let query = Gloda.newQuery(Gloda.NOUN_MESSAGE, {
+      noDbQueryValidityConstraints: true,
+    });
+    query.headerMessageID.apply(query, aMessageIDs);
+    query.frozen = true;
+
+    let listener = new MessagesByMessageIdCallback(msgIDToIndex, results,
+                                                   aCallback, aCallbackThis);
+    return query.getCollection(listener, null, {becomeNull: true});
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * A reference to MsgHdrToMimeMessage that unit testing can clobber when it
+   *  wants to cause us to hang or inject a fault.  If you are not
+   *  glodaTestHelper.js then _do not touch this_.
+   */
+  _MsgHdrToMimeMessageFunc: MsgHdrToMimeMessage,
+  /**
+   * Primary message indexing logic.  This method is mainly concerned with
+   *  getting all the information about the message required for threading /
+   *  conversation building and subsequent processing.  It is responsible for
+   *  determining whether to reuse existing gloda messages or whether a new one
+   *  should be created.  Most attribute stuff happens in fund_attr.js or
+   *  expl_attr.js.
+   *
+   * Prior to calling this method, the caller must have invoked
+   *  |_indexerEnterFolder|, leaving us with the following true invariants
+   *  below.
+   *
+   * @pre aMsgHdr.folder == this._indexingFolder
+   * @pre aMsgHdr.folder.msgDatabase == this._indexingDatabase
+   */
+  _indexMessage: function* gloda_indexMessage(aMsgHdr, aCallbackHandle) {
+    let logDebug = this._log.level <= Log4Moz.Level.Debug;
+    if (logDebug)
+      this._log.debug("*** Indexing message: " + aMsgHdr.messageKey + " : " +
+                      aMsgHdr.subject);
+
+    // If the message is offline, then get the message body as well
+    let isMsgOffline = false;
+    let aMimeMsg;
+    if ((aMsgHdr.flags & nsMsgMessageFlags.Offline) ||
+        (aMsgHdr.folder instanceof nsIMsgLocalMailFolder)) {
+      isMsgOffline = true;
+      this._MsgHdrToMimeMessageFunc(aMsgHdr, aCallbackHandle.callbackThis,
+          aCallbackHandle.callback, false, {saneBodySize: true});
+      aMimeMsg = (yield this.kWorkAsync)[1];
+    }
+    else {
+      if (logDebug)
+        this._log.debug("  * Message is not offline -- only headers indexed");
+    }
+
+    if (logDebug)
+      this._log.debug("  * Got message, subject " + aMsgHdr.subject);
+
+    if (this._unitTestSuperVerbose) {
+      if (aMimeMsg)
+        this._log.debug("  * Got Mime " + aMimeMsg.prettyString());
+      else
+        this._log.debug("  * NO MIME MESSAGE!!!\n");
+    }
+
+    // -- Find/create the conversation the message belongs to.
+    // Our invariant is that all messages that exist in the database belong to
+    //  a conversation.
+
+    // - See if any of the ancestors exist and have a conversationID...
+    // (references are ordered from old [0] to new [n-1])
+    let references = Array.from(range(0, aMsgHdr.numReferences)).
+      map(i => aMsgHdr.getStringReference(i));
+    // also see if we already know about the message...
+    references.push(aMsgHdr.messageId);
+
+    this.getMessagesByMessageID(references, aCallbackHandle.callback,
+                                aCallbackHandle.callbackThis);
+    // (ancestorLists has a direct correspondence to the message ids)
+    let ancestorLists = yield this.kWorkAsync;
+
+    if (logDebug) {
+      this._log.debug("ancestors raw: " + ancestorLists);
+      this._log.debug("ref len: " + references.length +
+                      " anc len: " + ancestorLists.length);
+      this._log.debug("references: " +
+                      Log4Moz.enumerateProperties(references).join(","));
+      this._log.debug("ancestors: " +
+                      Log4Moz.enumerateProperties(ancestorLists).join(","));
+    }
+
+    // pull our current message lookup results off
+    references.pop();
+    let candidateCurMsgs = ancestorLists.pop();
+
+    let conversationID = null;
+    let conversation = null;
+    // -- figure out the conversation ID
+    // if we have a clone/already exist, just use his conversation ID
+    if (candidateCurMsgs.length > 0) {
+      conversationID = candidateCurMsgs[0].conversationID;
+      conversation = candidateCurMsgs[0].conversation;
+    }
+    // otherwise check out our ancestors
+    else {
+      // (walk from closest to furthest ancestor)
+      for (let iAncestor = ancestorLists.length-1; iAncestor >= 0;
+          --iAncestor) {
+        let ancestorList = ancestorLists[iAncestor];
+
+        if (ancestorList.length > 0) {
+          // we only care about the first instance of the message because we are
+          //  able to guarantee the invariant that all messages with the same
+          //  message id belong to the same conversation.
+          let ancestor = ancestorList[0];
+          if (conversationID === null) {
+            conversationID = ancestor.conversationID;
+            conversation = ancestor.conversation;
+          }
+          else if (conversationID != ancestor.conversationID) {
+            // XXX this inconsistency is known and understood and tracked by
+            //  bug 478162 https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=478162
+            //this._log.error("Inconsistency in conversations invariant on " +
+            //                ancestor.headerMessageID + ".  It has conv id " +
+            //                ancestor.conversationID + " but expected " +
+            //                conversationID + ". ID: " + ancestor.id);
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    // nobody had one?  create a new conversation
+    if (conversationID === null) {
+      // (the create method could issue the id, making the call return
+      //  without waiting for the database...)
+      conversation = this._datastore.createConversation(
+          aMsgHdr.mime2DecodedSubject, null, null);
+      conversationID = conversation.id;
+    }
+
+    // Walk from furthest to closest ancestor, creating the ancestors that don't
+    //  exist. (This is possible if previous messages that were consumed in this
+    //  thread only had an in-reply-to or for some reason did not otherwise
+    //  provide the full references chain.)
+    for (let iAncestor = 0; iAncestor < ancestorLists.length; ++iAncestor) {
+      let ancestorList = ancestorLists[iAncestor];
+
+      if (ancestorList.length == 0) {
+        if (logDebug)
+          this._log.debug("creating message with: null, " + conversationID +
+                          ", " + references[iAncestor] +
+                          ", null.");
+        let ancestor = this._datastore.createMessage(null, null, // ghost
+                                                     conversationID, null,
+                                                     references[iAncestor],
+                                                     null, // no subject
+                                                     null, // no body
+                                                     null); // no attachments
+        this._datastore.insertMessage(ancestor);
+        ancestorLists[iAncestor].push(ancestor);
+      }
+    }
+    // now all our ancestors exist, though they may be ghost-like...
+
+    // find if there's a ghost version of our message or we already have indexed
+    //  this message.
+    let curMsg = null;
+    if (logDebug)
+      this._log.debug(candidateCurMsgs.length + " candidate messages");
+    for (let iCurCand = 0; iCurCand < candidateCurMsgs.length; iCurCand++) {
+      let candMsg = candidateCurMsgs[iCurCand];
+
+      if (logDebug)
+        this._log.debug("candidate folderID: " + candMsg.folderID +
+                        " messageKey: " + candMsg.messageKey);
+
+      if (candMsg.folderURI == this._indexingFolder.URI) {
+        // if we are in the same folder and we have the same message key, we
+        //  are definitely the same, stop looking.
+        if (candMsg.messageKey == aMsgHdr.messageKey) {
+          curMsg = candMsg;
+          break;
+        }
+        // if (we are in the same folder and) the candidate message has a null
+        //  message key, we treat it as our best option unless we find an exact
+        //  key match. (this would happen because the 'move' notification case
+        //  has to deal with not knowing the target message key.  this case
+        //  will hopefully be somewhat improved in the future to not go through
+        //  this path which mandates re-indexing of the message in its entirety)
+        if (candMsg.messageKey === null)
+          curMsg = candMsg;
+        // if (we are in the same folder and) the candidate message's underlying
+        //  message no longer exists/matches, we'll assume we are the same but
+        //  were betrayed by a re-indexing or something, but we have to make
+        //  sure a perfect match doesn't turn up.
+        else if ((curMsg === null) &&
+                 !this._indexingDatabase.ContainsKey(candMsg.messageKey))
+          curMsg = candMsg;
+      }
+      // a ghost/deleted message is fine
+      else if ((curMsg === null) && (candMsg.folderID === null)) {
+        curMsg = candMsg;
+      }
+    }
+
+    let attachmentNames = null;
+    if (aMimeMsg) {
+      attachmentNames = aMimeMsg.allAttachments.
+        filter(att => att.isRealAttachment).map(att => att.name);
+    }
+
+    let isConceptuallyNew, isRecordNew, insertFulltext;
+    if (curMsg === null) {
+      curMsg = this._datastore.createMessage(aMsgHdr.folder,
+                                             aMsgHdr.messageKey,
+                                             conversationID,
+                                             aMsgHdr.date,
+                                             aMsgHdr.messageId);
+      curMsg._conversation = conversation;
+      isConceptuallyNew = isRecordNew = insertFulltext = true;
+    }
+    else {
+      isRecordNew = false;
+      // the message is conceptually new if it was a ghost or dead.
+      isConceptuallyNew = curMsg._isGhost || curMsg._isDeleted;
+      // insert fulltext if it was a ghost
+      insertFulltext = curMsg._isGhost;
+      curMsg._folderID = this._datastore._mapFolder(aMsgHdr.folder).id;
+      curMsg._messageKey = aMsgHdr.messageKey;
+      curMsg.date = new Date(aMsgHdr.date / 1000);
+      // the message may have been deleted; tell it to make sure it's not.
+      curMsg._ensureNotDeleted();
+      // note: we are assuming that our matching logic is flawless in that
+      //  if this message was not a ghost, we are assuming the 'body'
+      //  associated with the id is still exactly the same.  It is conceivable
+      //  that there are cases where this is not true.
+    }
+
+    if (aMimeMsg) {
+      let bodyPlain = aMimeMsg.coerceBodyToPlaintext(aMsgHdr.folder);
+      if (bodyPlain) {
+        curMsg._bodyLines = bodyPlain.split(/\r?\n/);
+        // curMsg._content gets set by fundattr.js
+      }
+    }
+
+    // Mark the message as new (for the purposes of fulltext insertion)
+    if (insertFulltext)
+      curMsg._isNew = true;
+
+    curMsg._subject = aMsgHdr.mime2DecodedSubject;
+    curMsg._attachmentNames = attachmentNames;
+
+    // curMsg._indexAuthor gets set by fundattr.js
+    // curMsg._indexRecipients gets set by fundattr.js
+
+    // zero the notability so everything in grokNounItem can just increment
+    curMsg.notability = 0;
+
+    yield aCallbackHandle.pushAndGo(
+        Gloda.grokNounItem(curMsg,
+            {header: aMsgHdr, mime: aMimeMsg, bodyLines: curMsg._bodyLines},
+            isConceptuallyNew, isRecordNew,
+            aCallbackHandle));
+
+    delete curMsg._bodyLines;
+    delete curMsg._content;
+    delete curMsg._isNew;
+    delete curMsg._indexAuthor;
+    delete curMsg._indexRecipients;
+
+    // we want to update the header for messages only after the transaction
+    //  irrevocably hits the disk.  otherwise we could get confused if the
+    //  transaction rolls back or what not.
+    PendingCommitTracker.track(aMsgHdr, curMsg.id);
+
+    yield this.kWorkDone;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Wipe a message out of existence from our index.  This is slightly more
+   *  tricky than one would first expect because there are potentially
+   *  attributes not immediately associated with this message that reference
+   *  the message.  Not only that, but deletion of messages may leave a
+   *  conversation posessing only ghost messages, which we don't want, so we
+   *  need to nuke the moot conversation and its moot ghost messages.
+   * For now, we are actually punting on that trickiness, and the exact
+   *  nuances aren't defined yet because we have not decided whether to store
+   *  such attributes redundantly.  For example, if we have subject-pred-object,
+   *  we could actually store this as attributes (subject, id, object) and
+   *  (object, id, subject).  In such a case, we could query on (subject, *)
+   *  and use the results to delete the (object, id, subject) case.  If we
+   *  don't redundantly store attributes, we can deal with the problem by
+   *  collecting up all the attributes that accept a message as their object
+   *  type and issuing a delete against that.  For example, delete (*, [1,2,3],
+   *  message id).
+   * (We are punting because we haven't implemented support for generating
+   *  attributes like that yet.)
+   *
+   * @TODO: implement deletion of attributes that reference (deleted) messages
+   */
+  _deleteMessage: function* gloda_index_deleteMessage(aMessage,
+                                                      aCallbackHandle) {
+    let logDebug = this._log.level <= Log4Moz.Level.Debug;
+    if (logDebug)
+      this._log.debug("*** Deleting message: " + aMessage);
+
+    // -- delete our attributes
+    // delete the message's attributes (if we implement the cascade delete, that
+    //  could do the honors for us... right now we define the trigger in our
+    //  schema but the back-end ignores it)
+    GlodaDatastore.clearMessageAttributes(aMessage);
+
+    // -- delete our message or ghost us, and maybe nuke the whole conversation
+    // Look at the other messages in the conversation.
+    // (Note: although we are performing a lookup with no validity constraints
+    //  and using the same object-relational-mapper-ish layer used by things
+    //  that do have constraints, we are not at risk of exposing deleted
+    //  messages to other code and getting it confused.  The only way code
+    //  can find a message is if it shows up in their queries or gets announced
+    //  via GlodaCollectionManager.itemsAdded, neither of which will happen.)
+    let convPrivQuery = Gloda.newQuery(Gloda.NOUN_MESSAGE, {
+                                         noDbQueryValidityConstraints: true,
+                                       });
+    convPrivQuery.conversation(aMessage.conversation);
+    let conversationCollection = convPrivQuery.getCollection(aCallbackHandle);
+    yield this.kWorkAsync;
+
+    let conversationMsgs = conversationCollection.items;
+
+    // Count the number of ghosts messages we see to determine if we are
+    //  the last message alive.
+    let ghostCount = 0;
+    let twinMessageExists = false;
+    for (let convMsg of conversationMsgs) {
+      // ignore our own message
+      if (convMsg.id == aMessage.id)
+        continue;
+
+      if (convMsg._isGhost)
+        ghostCount++;
+      // This message is our (living) twin if it is not a ghost, not deleted,
+      //  and has the same message-id header.
+      else if (!convMsg._isDeleted &&
+               convMsg.headerMessageID == aMessage.headerMessageID)
+        twinMessageExists = true;
+    }
+
+    // -- If everyone else is a ghost, blow away the conversation.
+    // If there are messages still alive or deleted but we have not yet gotten
+    //  to them yet _deleteMessage, then do not do this.  (We will eventually
+    //  hit this case if they are all deleted.)
+    if ((conversationMsgs.length - 1) == ghostCount) {
+      // - Obliterate each message
+      for (let msg of conversationMsgs) {
+        GlodaDatastore.deleteMessageByID(msg.id);
+      }
+      // - Obliterate the conversation
+      GlodaDatastore.deleteConversationByID(aMessage.conversationID);
+      // *no one* should hold a reference or use aMessage after this point,
+      //  trash it so such ne'er do'wells are made plain.
+      aMessage._objectPurgedMakeYourselfUnpleasant();
+    }
+    // -- Ghost or purge us as appropriate
+    else {
+      // Purge us if we have a (living) twin; no ghost required.
+      if (twinMessageExists) {
+        GlodaDatastore.deleteMessageByID(aMessage.id);
+        // *no one* should hold a reference or use aMessage after this point,
+        //  trash it so such ne'er do'wells are made plain.
+        aMessage._objectPurgedMakeYourselfUnpleasant();
+      }
+      // No twin, a ghost is required, we become the ghost.
+      else {
+        aMessage._ghost();
+        GlodaDatastore.updateMessage(aMessage);
+        // ghosts don't have fulltext. purge it.
+        GlodaDatastore.deleteMessageTextByID(aMessage.id);
+      }
+    }
+
+    yield this.kWorkDone;
+  },
+};
+GlodaIndexer.registerIndexer(GlodaMsgIndexer);
diff --git a/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/indexer.js b/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/indexer.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f6c939530
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/indexer.js
@@ -0,0 +1,1409 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/*
+ * This file currently contains a fairly general implementation of asynchronous
+ *  indexing with a very explicit message indexing implementation.  As gloda
+ *  will eventually want to index more than just messages, the message-specific
+ *  things should ideally lose their special hold on this file.  This will
+ *  benefit readability/size as well.
+ */
+
+this.EXPORTED_SYMBOLS = ['GlodaIndexer', 'IndexingJob'];
+
+var Cc = Components.classes;
+var Ci = Components.interfaces;
+var Cr = Components.results;
+var Cu = Components.utils;
+
+Cu.import("resource://gre/modules/XPCOMUtils.jsm");
+Cu.import("resource://gre/modules/Services.jsm");
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/iteratorUtils.jsm");
+
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/log4moz.js");
+
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/utils.js");
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/datastore.js");
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/gloda.js");
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/collection.js");
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/connotent.js");
+
+/**
+ * @class Capture the indexing batch concept explicitly.
+ *
+ * @param aJobType The type of thing we are indexing.  Current choices are:
+ *   "folder" and "message".  Previous choices included "account".  The indexer
+ *   currently knows too much about these; they should be de-coupled.
+ * @param aID Specific to the job type, but for now only used to hold folder
+ *     IDs.
+ *
+ * @ivar items The list of items to process during this job/batch.  (For
+ *     example, if this is a "messages" job, this would be the list of messages
+ *     to process, although the specific representation is determined by the
+ *     job.)  The list will only be mutated through the addition of extra items.
+ * @ivar offset The current offset into the 'items' list (if used), updated as
+ *     processing occurs.  If 'items' is not used, the processing code can also
+ *     update this in a similar fashion.  This is used by the status
+ *     notification code in conjunction with goal.
+ * @ivar goal The total number of items to index/actions to perform in this job.
+ *     This number may increase during the life of the job, but should not
+ *     decrease.  This is used by the status notification code in conjunction
+ *     with the goal.
+ */
+function IndexingJob(aJobType, aID, aItems) {
+  this.jobType = aJobType;
+  this.id = aID;
+  this.items = (aItems != null) ? aItems : [];
+  this.offset = 0;
+  this.goal = null;
+  this.callback = null;
+  this.callbackThis = null;
+}
+IndexingJob.prototype = {
+  /**
+   * Invoke the callback associated with this job, passing through all arguments
+   *  received by this function to the callback function.
+   */
+  safelyInvokeCallback: function() {
+    if (!this.callback)
+      return;
+    try {
+      this.callback.apply(this.callbackThis, arguments);
+    }
+    catch(ex) {
+      GlodaIndexer._log.warn("job callback invocation problem:", ex);
+    }
+  },
+  toString: function IndexingJob_toString() {
+    return "[job:" + this.jobType +
+      " id:" + this.id + " items:" + (this.items ? this.items.length : "no") +
+      " offset:" + this.offset + " goal:" + this.goal + "]";
+  }
+};
+
+/**
+ * @namespace Core indexing logic, plus message-specific indexing logic.
+ *
+ * === Indexing Goals
+ * We have the following goals:
+ *
+ * Responsiveness
+ * - When the user wants to quit, we should be able to stop and quit in a timely
+ *   fasion.
+ * - We should not interfere with the user's thunderbird usage.
+ *
+ * Correctness
+ * - Quitting should not result in any information loss; we should (eventually)
+ *   end up at the same indexed state regardless of whether a user lets
+ *   indexing run to completion or restarts thunderbird in the middle of the
+ *   process.  (It is okay to take slightly longer in the latter case.)
+ *
+ * Worst Case Scenario Avoidance
+ * - We should try to be O(1) memory-wise regardless of what notifications
+ *   are thrown at us.
+ *
+ * ===  Indexing Throttling
+ *
+ * Adaptive Indexing
+ * - The indexer tries to stay out of the way of other running code in
+ *   Thunderbird (autosync) and other code on the system.  We try and target
+ *   some number of milliseconds of activity between intentional inactive
+ *   periods.  The number of milliseconds of activity varies based on whether we
+ *   believe the user to be actively using the computer or idle.  We use our
+ *   inactive periods as a way to measure system load; if we receive our
+ *   notification promptly at the end of our inactive period, we believe the
+ *   system is not heavily loaded.  If we do not get notified promptly, we
+ *   assume there is other stuff going on and back off.
+ *
+ */
+var GlodaIndexer = {
+  /**
+   * A partial attempt to generalize to support multiple databases.  Each
+   *  database would have its own datastore would have its own indexer.  But
+   *  we rather inter-mingle our use of this field with the singleton global
+   *  GlodaDatastore.
+   */
+  _datastore: GlodaDatastore,
+  _log: Log4Moz.repository.getLogger("gloda.indexer"),
+  /**
+   * Our nsITimer that we use to schedule ourselves on the main thread
+   *  intermittently.  The timer always exists but may not always be active.
+   */
+  _timer: null,
+  /**
+   * Our nsITimer that we use to schedule events in the "far" future.  For now,
+   *  this means not compelling an initial indexing sweep until some number of
+   *  seconds after startup.
+   */
+  _longTimer: null,
+
+  /**
+   * Periodic performance adjustment parameters:  The overall goal is to adjust
+   *  our rate of work so that we don't interfere with the user's activities
+   *  when they are around (non-idle), and the system in general (when idle).
+   *  Being nice when idle isn't quite as important, but is a good idea so that
+   *  when the user un-idles we are able to back off nicely.  Also, we give
+   *  other processes on the system a chance to do something.
+   *
+   * We do this by organizing our work into discrete "tokens" of activity,
+   *  then processing the number of tokens that we have determined will
+   *  not impact the UI. Then we pause to give other activities a chance to get
+   *  some work done, and we measure whether anything happened during our pause.
+   *  If something else is going on in our application during that pause, we
+   *  give it priority (up to a point) by delaying further indexing.
+   *
+   * Keep in mind that many of our operations are actually asynchronous, so we
+   *  aren't entirely starving the event queue.  However, a lot of the async
+   *  stuff can end up not having any actual delay between events. For
+   *  example, we only index offline message bodies, so there's no network
+   *  latency involved, just disk IO; the only meaningful latency will be the
+   *  initial disk seek (if there is one... pre-fetching may seriously be our
+   *  friend).
+   *
+   * In order to maintain responsiveness, I assert that we want to minimize the
+   *  length of the time we are dominating the event queue.  This suggests
+   *  that we want break up our blocks of work frequently.  But not so
+   *  frequently that there is a lot of waste.  Accordingly our algorithm is
+   *  basically:
+   *
+   * - Estimate the time that it takes to process a token, and schedule the
+   *   number of tokens that should fit into that time.
+   * - Detect user activity, and back off immediately if found.
+   * - Try to delay commits and garbage collection until the user is inactive,
+   *   as these tend to cause a brief pause in the UI.
+   */
+
+  /**
+   * The number of milliseconds before we declare the user idle and step up our
+   *  indexing.
+   */
+  _INDEX_IDLE_ADJUSTMENT_TIME: 5000,
+
+  /**
+   * The time delay in milliseconds before we should schedule our initial sweep.
+   */
+  _INITIAL_SWEEP_DELAY: 10000,
+
+  /**
+   * How many milliseconds in the future should we schedule indexing to start
+   *  when turning on indexing (and it was not previously active).
+   */
+  _INDEX_KICKOFF_DELAY: 200,
+
+  /**
+   * The time interval, in milliseconds, of pause between indexing batches.  The
+   *  maximum processor consumption is determined by this constant and the
+   *  active |_cpuTargetIndexTime|.
+   *
+   * For current constants, that puts us at 50% while the user is active and 83%
+   *  when idle.
+   */
+  _INDEX_INTERVAL: 32,
+
+  /**
+   * Number of indexing 'tokens' we are allowed to consume before yielding for
+   *  each incremental pass.  Consider a single token equal to indexing a single
+   *  medium-sized message.  This may be altered by user session (in)activity.
+   * Because we fetch message bodies, which is potentially asynchronous, this
+   *  is not a precise knob to twiddle.
+   */
+  _indexTokens: 2,
+
+  /**
+   * Stopwatches used to measure performance during indexing, and during
+   * pauses between indexing. These help us adapt our indexing constants so
+   *  as to not explode your computer.  Kind of us, no?
+   */
+  _perfIndexStopwatch: null,
+  _perfPauseStopwatch: null,
+  /**
+   * Do we have an uncommitted indexer transaction that idle callback should commit?
+   */
+  _idleToCommit: false,
+  /**
+   * Target CPU time per batch of tokens, current value (milliseconds).
+   */
+  _cpuTargetIndexTime: 32,
+  /**
+   * Target CPU time per batch of tokens, during non-idle (milliseconds).
+   */
+  _CPU_TARGET_INDEX_TIME_ACTIVE: 32,
+  /**
+   * Target CPU time per batch of tokens, during idle (milliseconds).
+   */
+  _CPU_TARGET_INDEX_TIME_IDLE: 160,
+  /**
+   * Average CPU time per processed token (milliseconds).
+   */
+  _cpuAverageTimePerToken: 16,
+  /**
+   * Damping factor for _cpuAverageTimePerToken, as an approximate
+   * number of tokens to include in the average time.
+   */
+  _CPU_AVERAGE_TIME_DAMPING: 200,
+  /**
+   * Maximum tokens per batch. This is normally just a sanity check.
+   */
+  _CPU_MAX_TOKENS_PER_BATCH: 100,
+  /**
+   * CPU usage during a pause to declare that system was busy (milliseconds).
+   * This is typically set as 1.5 times the minimum resolution of the cpu
+   * usage clock, which is 16 milliseconds on Windows systems, and (I think)
+   * smaller on other systems, so we take the worst case.
+   */
+  _CPU_IS_BUSY_TIME: 24,
+  /**
+   * Time that return from pause may be late before the system is declared
+   * busy, in milliseconds. (Same issues as _CPU_IS_BUSY_TIME).
+   */
+  _PAUSE_LATE_IS_BUSY_TIME: 24,
+  /**
+   * Number of times that we will repeat a pause while waiting for a
+   * free CPU.
+   */
+  _PAUSE_REPEAT_LIMIT: 10,
+  /**
+   * Minimum time delay between commits, in milliseconds.
+   */
+  _MINIMUM_COMMIT_TIME: 5000,
+  /**
+   * Maximum time delay between commits, in milliseconds.
+   */
+  _MAXIMUM_COMMIT_TIME: 20000,
+
+  /**
+   * Unit testing hook to get us to emit additional logging that verges on
+   *  inane for general usage but is helpful in unit test output to get a lay
+   *  of the land and for paranoia reasons.
+   */
+  _unitTestSuperVerbose: false,
+  /**
+   * Unit test vector to get notified when a worker has a problem and it has
+   *  a recover helper associated.  This gets called with an argument
+   *  indicating whether the recovery helper indicates recovery was possible.
+   */
+  _unitTestHookRecover: null,
+  /**
+   * Unit test vector to get notified when a worker runs into an exceptional
+   *  situation (an exception propagates or gets explicitly killed) and needs
+   *  to be cleaned up.  This gets called with an argument indicating if there
+   *  was a helper that was used or if we just did the default cleanup thing.
+   */
+  _unitTestHookCleanup: null,
+
+  /**
+   * Last commit time.  Tracked to try and only commit at reasonable intervals.
+   */
+  _lastCommitTime: Date.now(),
+
+  _inited: false,
+  /**
+   * Initialize the indexer.
+   */
+  _init: function gloda_index_init() {
+    if (this._inited)
+      return;
+
+    this._inited = true;
+
+    this._callbackHandle.init();
+
+    if (Services.io.offline)
+      this._suppressIndexing = true;
+
+    // create the timer that drives our intermittent indexing
+    this._timer = Cc["@mozilla.org/timer;1"].createInstance(Ci.nsITimer);
+    // create the timer for larger offsets independent of indexing
+    this._longTimer = Cc["@mozilla.org/timer;1"].createInstance(Ci.nsITimer);
+
+    this._idleService = Cc["@mozilla.org/widget/idleservice;1"]
+                          .getService(Ci.nsIIdleService);
+
+    // create our performance stopwatches
+    try {
+      this._perfIndexStopwatch = Cc["@mozilla.org/stopwatch;1"]
+                                   .createInstance(Ci.nsIStopwatch);
+      this._perfPauseStopwatch = Cc["@mozilla.org/stopwatch;1"]
+                                   .createInstance(Ci.nsIStopwatch);
+
+    } catch (ex) {
+      this._log.error("problem creating stopwatch!: " + ex);
+    }
+
+    // register for shutdown notifications
+    Services.obs.addObserver(this, "quit-application", false);
+
+    // figure out if event-driven indexing should be enabled...
+    let branch = Services.prefs.getBranch("mailnews.database.global.indexer.");
+    let eventDrivenEnabled = false; // default
+    let performInitialSweep = true; // default
+    try {
+      eventDrivenEnabled = branch.getBoolPref("enabled");
+    } catch (ex) {
+      dump("%%% annoying exception on pref access: " + ex);
+    }
+    // this is a secret preference mainly intended for testing purposes.
+    try {
+      performInitialSweep = branch.getBoolPref("perform_initial_sweep");
+    } catch (ex) {}
+    // pretend we have already performed an initial sweep...
+    if (!performInitialSweep)
+      this._initialSweepPerformed = true;
+
+    this.enabled = eventDrivenEnabled;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * When shutdown, indexing immediately ceases and no further progress should
+   *  be made.  This flag goes true once, and never returns to false.  Being
+   *  in this state is a destructive thing from whence we cannot recover.
+   */
+  _indexerIsShutdown: false,
+
+  /**
+   * Shutdown the indexing process and datastore as quickly as possible in
+   *  a synchronous fashion.
+   */
+  _shutdown: function gloda_index_shutdown() {
+    // no more timer events, please
+    try {
+      this._timer.cancel();
+    } catch (ex) {}
+    this._timer = null;
+    try {
+      this._longTimer.cancel();
+    } catch (ex) {}
+    this._longTimer = null;
+
+    this._perfIndexStopwatch = null;
+    this._perfPauseStopwatch = null;
+
+    // Remove listeners to avoid reference cycles on the off chance one of them
+    // holds a reference to the indexer object.
+    this._indexListeners = [];
+
+    this._indexerIsShutdown = true;
+
+    if (this.enabled)
+      this._log.info("Shutting Down");
+
+    // don't let anything try and convince us to start indexing again
+    this.suppressIndexing = true;
+
+    // If there is an active job and it has a cleanup handler, run it.
+    if (this._curIndexingJob) {
+      let workerDef = this._curIndexingJob._workerDef;
+      try {
+        if (workerDef.cleanup)
+          workerDef.cleanup.call(workerDef.indexer, this._curIndexingJob);
+      }
+      catch (ex) {
+        this._log.error("problem during worker cleanup during shutdown.");
+      }
+    }
+    // Definitely clean out the async call stack and any associated data
+    this._callbackHandle.cleanup();
+    this._workBatchData = undefined;
+
+    // disable ourselves and all of the specific indexers
+    this.enabled = false;
+
+    GlodaDatastore.shutdown();
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * The list of indexers registered with us.  If you are a core gloda indexer
+   *  (you ship with gloda), then you can import this file directly and should
+   *  make sure your indexer is imported in 'everybody.js' in the right order.
+   *  If you are not core gloda, then you should import 'public.js' and only
+   *  then should you import 'indexer.js' to get at GlodaIndexer.
+   */
+  _indexers: [],
+  /**
+   * Register an indexer with the Gloda indexing mechanism.
+   *
+   * @param aIndexer.name The name of your indexer.
+   * @param aIndexer.enable Your enable function.  This will be called during
+   *     the call to registerIndexer if Gloda indexing is already enabled.  If
+   *     indexing is not yet enabled, you will be called
+   * @param aIndexer.disable Your disable function.  This will be called when
+   *     indexing is disabled or we are shutting down.  This will only be called
+   *     if enable has already been called.
+   * @param aIndexer.workers A list of tuples of the form [worker type code,
+   *     worker generator function, optional scheduling trigger function].  The
+   *     type code is the string used to uniquely identify the job type.  If you
+   *     are not core gloda, your job type must start with your extension's name
+   *     and a colon; you can collow that with anything you want.  The worker
+   *     generator is not easily explained in here.  The trigger function is
+   *     invoked immediately prior to calling the generator to create it.  The
+   *     trigger function takes the job as an argument and should perform any
+   *     finalization required on the job.  Most workers should not need to use
+   *     the trigger function.
+   * @param aIndexer.initialSweep We call this to tell each indexer when it is
+   *     its turn to run its indexing sweep.  The idea of the indexing sweep is
+   *     that this is when you traverse things eligible for indexing to make
+   *     sure they are indexed.  Right now we just call everyone at the same
+   *     time and hope that their jobs don't fight too much.
+   */
+  registerIndexer: function gloda_index_registerIndexer(aIndexer) {
+    this._log.info("Registering indexer: " + aIndexer.name);
+    this._indexers.push(aIndexer);
+
+    try {
+      for (let workerInfo of aIndexer.workers) {
+        let workerCode = workerInfo[0];
+        let workerDef = workerInfo[1];
+        workerDef.name = workerCode;
+        workerDef.indexer = aIndexer;
+        this._indexerWorkerDefs[workerCode] = workerDef;
+        if (!("recover" in workerDef))
+          workerDef.recover = null;
+        if (!("cleanup" in workerDef))
+          workerDef.cleanup = null;
+        if (!("onSchedule" in workerDef))
+          workerDef.onSchedule = null;
+        if (!("jobCanceled" in workerDef))
+          workerDef.jobCanceled = null;
+      }
+    }
+    catch (ex) {
+      this._log.warn("Helper indexer threw exception on worker enum.");
+    }
+
+    if (this._enabled) {
+      try {
+        aIndexer.enable();
+      } catch (ex) {
+        this._log.warn("Helper indexer threw exception on enable: " + ex);
+      }
+    }
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Are we enabled, read: are we processing change events?
+   */
+  _enabled: false,
+  get enabled() { return this._enabled; },
+  set enabled(aEnable) {
+    if (!this._enabled && aEnable) {
+      // register for offline notifications
+      Services.obs.addObserver(this, "network:offline-status-changed", false);
+
+      // register for idle notification
+      this._idleService.addIdleObserver(this, this._indexIdleThresholdSecs);
+
+      this._enabled = true;
+
+      for (let indexer of this._indexers) {
+        try {
+          indexer.enable();
+        } catch (ex) {
+          this._log.warn("Helper indexer threw exception on enable: " + ex);
+        }
+      }
+
+      // if we have an accumulated desire to index things, kick it off again.
+      if (this._indexingDesired) {
+        this._indexingDesired = false; // it's edge-triggered for now
+        this.indexing = true;
+      }
+
+      // if we have not done an initial sweep, schedule scheduling one.
+      if (!this._initialSweepPerformed) {
+        this._longTimer.initWithCallback(this._scheduleInitialSweep,
+          this._INITIAL_SWEEP_DELAY, Ci.nsITimer.TYPE_ONE_SHOT);
+      }
+    }
+    else if (this._enabled && !aEnable) {
+      for (let indexer of this._indexers) {
+        try {
+          indexer.disable();
+        } catch (ex) {
+          this._log.warn("Helper indexer threw exception on disable: " + ex);
+        }
+      }
+
+      // remove offline observer
+      Services.obs.removeObserver(this, "network:offline-status-changed");
+
+      // remove idle
+      this._idleService.removeIdleObserver(this, this._indexIdleThresholdSecs);
+
+      this._enabled = false;
+    }
+
+  },
+
+  /** Track whether indexing is desired (we have jobs to prosecute). */
+  _indexingDesired: false,
+  /**
+   * Track whether we have an actively pending callback or timer event.  We do
+   *  this so we don't experience a transient suppression and accidentally
+   *  get multiple event-chains driving indexing at the same time (which the
+   *  code will not handle correctly).
+   */
+  _indexingActive: false,
+  /**
+   * Indicates whether indexing is currently ongoing.  This may return false
+   *  while indexing activities are still active, but they will quiesce shortly.
+   */
+  get indexing() {
+    return this._indexingDesired && !this._suppressIndexing;
+  },
+  /** Indicates whether indexing is desired. */
+  get indexingDesired() {
+    return this._indexingDesired;
+  },
+  /**
+   * Set this to true to indicate there is indexing work to perform.  This does
+   *  not mean indexing will begin immediately (if it wasn't active), however.
+   *  If suppressIndexing has been set, we won't do anything until indexing is
+   *  no longer suppressed.
+   */
+  set indexing(aShouldIndex) {
+    if (!this._indexingDesired && aShouldIndex) {
+      this._indexingDesired = true;
+      if (this.enabled && !this._indexingActive && !this._suppressIndexing) {
+        this._log.info("+++ Indexing Queue Processing Commencing");
+        this._indexingActive = true;
+        this._timer.initWithCallback(this._timerCallbackDriver,
+                                     this._INDEX_KICKOFF_DELAY,
+                                     Ci.nsITimer.TYPE_ONE_SHOT);
+      }
+    }
+  },
+
+  _suppressIndexing: false,
+  /**
+   * Set whether or not indexing should be suppressed.  This is to allow us to
+   *  avoid running down a laptop's battery when it is not on AC.  Only code
+   *  in charge of regulating that tracking should be setting this variable; if
+   *  other factors want to contribute to such a decision, this logic needs to
+   *  be changed to track that, since last-write currently wins.
+   */
+  set suppressIndexing(aShouldSuppress) {
+    this._suppressIndexing = aShouldSuppress;
+
+    // re-start processing if we are no longer suppressing, there is work yet
+    //  to do, and the indexing process had actually stopped.
+    if (!this._suppressIndexing && this._indexingDesired &&
+        !this._indexingActive) {
+        this._log.info("+++ Indexing Queue Processing Resuming");
+        this._indexingActive = true;
+        this._timer.initWithCallback(this._timerCallbackDriver,
+                                     this._INDEX_KICKOFF_DELAY,
+                                     Ci.nsITimer.TYPE_ONE_SHOT);
+    }
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Track whether an initial sweep has been performed.  This mainly exists so
+   *  that unit testing can stop us from performing an initial sweep.
+   */
+  _initialSweepPerformed: false,
+  /**
+   * Our timer-driven callback to schedule our first initial indexing sweep.
+   *  Because it is invoked by an nsITimer it operates without the benefit of
+   *  a 'this' context and must use GlodaIndexer instead of this.
+   * Since an initial sweep could have been performed before we get invoked,
+   *  we need to check whether an initial sweep is still desired before trying
+   *  to schedule one.  We don't need to worry about whether one is active
+   *  because the indexingSweepNeeded takes care of that.
+   */
+  _scheduleInitialSweep: function gloda_index_scheduleInitialSweep() {
+    if (GlodaIndexer._initialSweepPerformed)
+      return;
+    GlodaIndexer._initialSweepPerformed = true;
+    for (let indexer of GlodaIndexer._indexers) {
+      indexer.initialSweep();
+    }
+  },
+
+  kWorkSync: Gloda.kWorkSync,
+  kWorkAsync: Gloda.kWorkAsync,
+  kWorkDone: Gloda.kWorkDone,
+  kWorkPause: Gloda.kWorkPause,
+  kWorkDoneWithResult: Gloda.kWorkDoneWithResult,
+
+  /**
+   * Our current job number.  Meaningless value that increments with every job
+   *  we process that resets to 0 when we run out of jobs.  Currently used by
+   *  the activity manager's gloda listener to tell when we have changed jobs.
+   * We really need a better listener mechanism.
+   */
+  _indexingJobCount: 0,
+
+  /**
+   * A list of IndexingJob instances to process.
+   */
+  _indexQueue: [],
+
+  /**
+   * The current indexing job.
+   */
+  _curIndexingJob: null,
+
+  /**
+   * The number of seconds before we declare the user idle and commit if
+   *  needed.
+   */
+  _indexIdleThresholdSecs: 3,
+
+  _indexListeners: [],
+  /**
+   * Add an indexing progress listener.  The listener will be notified of at
+   *  least all major status changes (idle -> indexing, indexing -> idle), plus
+   *  arbitrary progress updates during the indexing process.
+   * If indexing is not active when the listener is added, a synthetic idle
+   *  notification will be generated.
+   *
+   * @param aListener A listener function, taking arguments: status (Gloda.
+   *     kIndexer*), the folder name if a folder is involved (string or null),
+   *     current zero-based job number (int),
+   *     current item number being indexed in this job (int), total number
+   *     of items in this job to be indexed (int).
+   *
+   * @TODO should probably allow for a 'this' value to be provided
+   * @TODO generalize to not be folder/message specific.  use nouns!
+   */
+  addListener: function gloda_index_addListener(aListener) {
+    // should we weakify?
+    if (this._indexListeners.indexOf(aListener) == -1)
+      this._indexListeners.push(aListener);
+    // if we aren't indexing, give them an idle indicator, otherwise they can
+    //  just be happy when we hit the next actual status point.
+    if (!this.indexing)
+      aListener(Gloda.kIndexerIdle, null, 0, 0, 1);
+    return aListener;
+  },
+  /**
+   * Remove the given listener so that it no longer receives indexing progress
+   *  updates.
+   */
+  removeListener: function gloda_index_removeListener(aListener) {
+    let index = this._indexListeners.indexOf(aListener);
+    if (index != -1)
+      this._indexListeners.splice(index, 1);
+  },
+  /**
+   * Helper method to tell listeners what we're up to.  For code simplicity,
+   *  the caller is just deciding when to send this update (preferably at
+   *  reasonable intervals), and doesn't need to provide any indication of
+   *  state... we figure that out ourselves.
+   *
+   * This was not pretty but got ugly once we moved the message indexing out
+   *  to its own indexer.  Some generalization is required but will likely
+   *  require string hooks.
+   */
+  _notifyListeners: function gloda_index_notifyListeners() {
+    let status, prettyName, jobIndex, jobItemIndex, jobItemGoal, jobType;
+
+    if (this.indexing && this._curIndexingJob) {
+      let job = this._curIndexingJob;
+      status = Gloda.kIndexerIndexing;
+
+      let indexer = this._indexerWorkerDefs[job.jobType].indexer;
+      if ("_indexingFolder" in indexer)
+        prettyName = (indexer._indexingFolder != null) ?
+                     indexer._indexingFolder.prettiestName : null;
+      else
+        prettyName = null;
+
+      jobIndex = this._indexingJobCount-1;
+      jobItemIndex = job.offset;
+      jobItemGoal  = job.goal;
+      jobType = job.jobType;
+    }
+    else {
+      status = Gloda.kIndexerIdle;
+      prettyName = null;
+      jobIndex = 0;
+      jobItemIndex = 0;
+      jobItemGoal = 1;
+      jobType = null;
+    }
+
+    // Some people ascribe to the belief that the most you can give is 100%.
+    // We know better, but let's humor them.
+    if (jobItemIndex > jobItemGoal)
+      jobItemGoal = jobItemIndex;
+
+    for (let iListener = this._indexListeners.length-1; iListener >= 0;
+         iListener--) {
+      let listener = this._indexListeners[iListener];
+      try {
+        listener(status, prettyName, jobIndex, jobItemIndex, jobItemGoal,
+                 jobType);
+      }
+      catch(ex) {
+        this._log.error(ex);
+      }
+    }
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * A wrapped callback driver intended to be used by timers that provide
+   *  arguments we really do not care about.
+   */
+  _timerCallbackDriver: function gloda_index_timerCallbackDriver() {
+    GlodaIndexer.callbackDriver();
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * A simple callback driver wrapper to provide 'this'.
+   */
+  _wrapCallbackDriver: function gloda_index_wrapCallbackDriver() {
+    GlodaIndexer.callbackDriver.apply(GlodaIndexer, arguments);
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * The current processing 'batch' generator, produced by a call to workBatch()
+   *  and used by callbackDriver to drive execution.
+   */
+  _batch: null,
+  _inCallback: false,
+  _savedCallbackArgs: null,
+  /**
+   * The root work-driver.  callbackDriver creates workBatch generator instances
+   *  (stored in _batch) which run until they are done (kWorkDone) or they
+   *  (really the embedded activeIterator) encounter something asynchronous.
+   *  The convention is that all the callback handlers end up calling us,
+   *  ensuring that control-flow properly resumes.  If the batch completes,
+   *  we re-schedule ourselves after a time delay (controlled by _INDEX_INTERVAL)
+   *  and return.  (We use one-shot timers because repeating-slack does not
+   *  know enough to deal with our (current) asynchronous nature.)
+   */
+  callbackDriver: function gloda_index_callbackDriver() {
+    // just bail if we are shutdown
+    if (this._indexerIsShutdown)
+      return;
+
+    // it is conceivable that someone we call will call something that in some
+    //  cases might be asynchronous, and in other cases immediately generate
+    //  events without returning.  In the interest of (stack-depth) sanity,
+    //  let's handle this by performing a minimal time-delay callback.
+    // this is also now a good thing sequencing-wise.  if we get our callback
+    //  with data before the underlying function has yielded, we obviously can't
+    //  cram the data in yet.  Our options in this case are to either mark the
+    //  fact that the callback has already happened and immediately return to
+    //  the iterator when it does bubble up the kWorkAsync, or we can do as we
+    //  have been doing, but save the
+    if (this._inCallback) {
+      this._savedCallbackArgs = arguments;
+      this._timer.initWithCallback(this._timerCallbackDriver,
+                                   0,
+                                   Ci.nsITimer.TYPE_ONE_SHOT);
+      return;
+    }
+    this._inCallback = true;
+
+    try {
+      if (this._batch === null)
+        this._batch = this.workBatch();
+
+      // kWorkAsync, kWorkDone, kWorkPause are allowed out; kWorkSync is not
+      // On kWorkDone, we want to schedule another timer to fire on us if we are
+      //  not done indexing.  (On kWorkAsync, we don't care what happens, because
+      //  someone else will be receiving the callback, and they will call us when
+      //  they are done doing their thing.
+      let args;
+      if (this._savedCallbackArgs != null) {
+        args = this._savedCallbackArgs;
+        this._savedCallbackArgs = null;
+      }
+      else
+        args = arguments; //Array.slice.call(arguments);
+
+      let result;
+      if (args.length == 0)
+        result = this._batch.next().value;
+      else if (args.length == 1)
+        result = this._batch.next(args[0]).value;
+      else // arguments works with destructuring assignment
+        result = this._batch.next(args).value;
+      switch (result) {
+        // job's done, close the batch and re-schedule ourselves if there's more
+        //  to do.
+        case this.kWorkDone:
+          this._batch.return();
+          this._batch = null;
+          // (intentional fall-through to re-scheduling logic)
+        // the batch wants to get re-scheduled, do so.
+        case this.kWorkPause:
+          if (this.indexing)
+            this._timer.initWithCallback(this._timerCallbackDriver,
+                                         this._INDEX_INTERVAL,
+                                         Ci.nsITimer.TYPE_ONE_SHOT);
+          else { // it's important to indicate no more callbacks are in flight
+            this._indexingActive = false;
+          }
+          break;
+        case this.kWorkAsync:
+          // there is nothing to do.  some other code is now responsible for
+          //  calling us.
+          break;
+      }
+    }
+    finally {
+      this._inCallback = false;
+    }
+  },
+
+  _callbackHandle: {
+    init: function gloda_index_callbackhandle_init() {
+      this.wrappedCallback = GlodaIndexer._wrapCallbackDriver;
+      this.callbackThis = GlodaIndexer;
+      this.callback = GlodaIndexer.callbackDriver;
+    },
+    /**
+     * The stack of generators we are processing.  The (numerically) last one is
+     *  also the |activeIterator|.
+     */
+    activeStack: [],
+    /**
+     * The generator at the top of the |activeStack| and that we will call next
+     *  or send on next if nothing changes.
+     */
+    activeIterator: null,
+    /**
+     * Meta-information about the generators at each level of the stack.
+     */
+    contextStack: [],
+    /**
+     * Push a new generator onto the stack.  It becomes the active generator.
+     */
+    push: function gloda_index_callbackhandle_push(aIterator, aContext) {
+      this.activeStack.push(aIterator);
+      this.contextStack.push(aContext);
+      this.activeIterator = aIterator;
+    },
+    /**
+     * For use by generators that want to call another asynchronous process
+     *  implemented as a generator.  They should do
+     *  "yield aCallbackHandle.pushAndGo(someGenerator(arg1, arg2));".
+     *
+     * @public
+     */
+    pushAndGo: function gloda_index_callbackhandle_pushAndGo(aIterator,
+                                                             aContext) {
+      this.push(aIterator, aContext);
+      return GlodaIndexer.kWorkSync;
+    },
+    /**
+     * Pop the active generator off the stack.
+     */
+    pop: function gloda_index_callbackhandle_pop() {
+      this.activeIterator.return();
+      this.activeStack.pop();
+      this.contextStack.pop();
+      if (this.activeStack.length)
+        this.activeIterator = this.activeStack[this.activeStack.length - 1];
+      else
+        this.activeIterator = null;
+    },
+    /**
+     * Someone propagated an exception and we need to clean-up all the active
+     *  logic as best we can.  Which is not really all that well.
+     *
+     * @param [aOptionalStopAtDepth=0] The length the stack should be when this
+     *     method completes.  Pass 0 or omit for us to clear everything out.
+     *     Pass 1 to leave just the top-level generator intact.
+     */
+    cleanup: function gloda_index_callbackhandle_cleanup(aOptionalStopAtDepth) {
+      if (aOptionalStopAtDepth === undefined)
+        aOptionalStopAtDepth = 0;
+      while (this.activeStack.length > aOptionalStopAtDepth) {
+        this.pop();
+      }
+    },
+    /**
+     * For use when a generator finishes up by calling |doneWithResult| on us;
+     *  the async driver calls this to pop that generator off the stack
+     *  and get the result it passed in to its call to |doneWithResult|.
+     *
+     * @protected
+     */
+    popWithResult: function gloda_index_callbackhandle_popWithResult() {
+      this.pop();
+      let result = this._result;
+      this._result = null;
+      return result;
+    },
+    _result: null,
+    /**
+     * For use by generators that want to return a result to the calling
+     *  asynchronous generator.  Specifically, they should do
+     *  "yield aCallbackHandle.doneWithResult(RESULT);".
+     *
+     * @public
+     */
+    doneWithResult: function gloda_index_callbackhandle_doneWithResult(aResult){
+      this._result = aResult;
+      return Gloda.kWorkDoneWithResult;
+    },
+
+    /* be able to serve as a collection listener, resuming the active iterator's
+       last yield kWorkAsync */
+    onItemsAdded: function() {},
+    onItemsModified: function() {},
+    onItemsRemoved: function() {},
+    onQueryCompleted: function(aCollection) {
+      GlodaIndexer.callbackDriver();
+    }
+  },
+  _workBatchData: undefined,
+  /**
+   * The workBatch generator handles a single 'batch' of processing, managing
+   *  the database transaction and keeping track of "tokens".  It drives the
+   *  activeIterator generator which is doing the work.
+   * workBatch will only produce kWorkAsync, kWorkPause, and kWorkDone
+   *  notifications.  If activeIterator returns kWorkSync and there are still
+   *  tokens available, workBatch will keep driving the activeIterator until it
+   *  encounters a kWorkAsync (which workBatch will yield to callbackDriver), or
+   *  it runs out of tokens and yields a kWorkPause or kWorkDone.
+   */
+  workBatch: function* gloda_index_workBatch() {
+
+    // Do we still have an open transaction? If not, start a new one.
+    if (!this._idleToCommit)
+      GlodaDatastore._beginTransaction();
+    else
+      // We'll manage commit ourself while this routine is active.
+      this._idleToCommit = false;
+
+    this._perfIndexStopwatch.start();
+    let batchCount;
+    let haveMoreWork = true;
+    let transactionToCommit = true;
+    let inIdle;
+
+    let notifyDecimator = 0;
+
+    while (haveMoreWork) {
+      // Both explicit work activity points (sync + async) and transfer of
+      //  control return (via kWorkDone*) results in a token being eaten.  The
+      //  idea now is to make tokens less precious so that the adaptive logic
+      //  can adjust them with less impact.  (Before this change, doing 1
+      //  token's work per cycle ended up being an entire non-idle time-slice's
+      //  work.)
+      // During this loop we track the clock real-time used even though we
+      //  frequently yield to asynchronous operations.  These asynchronous
+      //  operations are either database queries or message streaming requests.
+      //  Both may involve disk I/O but no network I/O (since we only stream
+      //  messages that are already available offline), but in an ideal
+      //  situation will come from cache and so the work this function kicks off
+      //  will dominate.
+      // We do not use the CPU time to this end because...
+      //  1) Our timer granularity on linux is worse for CPU than for wall time.
+      //  2) That can fail to account for our I/O cost.
+      //  3) If something with a high priority / low latency need (like playing
+      //     a video) is fighting us, although using CPU time will accurately
+      //     express how much time we are actually spending to index, our goal
+      //     is to control the duration of our time slices, not be "right" about
+      //     the actual CPU cost.  In that case, if we attempted to take on more
+      //     work, we would likely interfere with the higher priority process or
+      //     make ourselves less responsive by drawing out the period of time we
+      //     are dominating the main thread.
+      this._perfIndexStopwatch.start();
+      // For telemetry purposes, we want to know how many messages we've been
+      //  processing during that batch, and how long it took, pauses included.
+      let t0 = Date.now();
+      this._indexedMessageCount = 0;
+      batchCount = 0;
+      while (batchCount < this._indexTokens) {
+        if ((this._callbackHandle.activeIterator === null) &&
+            !this._hireJobWorker()) {
+          haveMoreWork = false;
+          break;
+        }
+        batchCount++;
+
+        // XXX for performance, we may want to move the try outside the for loop
+        //  with a quasi-redundant outer loop that shunts control back inside
+        //  if we left the loop due to an exception (without consuming all the
+        //  tokens.)
+        try {
+          switch (this._callbackHandle
+                      .activeIterator.next(this._workBatchData).value) {
+            case this.kWorkSync:
+              this._workBatchData = undefined;
+              break;
+            case this.kWorkAsync:
+              this._workBatchData = yield this.kWorkAsync;
+              break;
+            case this.kWorkDone:
+              this._callbackHandle.pop();
+              this._workBatchData = undefined;
+              break;
+            case this.kWorkDoneWithResult:
+              this._workBatchData = this._callbackHandle.popWithResult();
+              break;
+            default:
+              break;
+          }
+        }
+        catch (ex) {
+          this._log.debug("Exception in batch processing:", ex);
+          let workerDef = this._curIndexingJob._workerDef;
+          if (workerDef.recover) {
+            let recoverToDepth;
+            try {
+              recoverToDepth =
+              workerDef.recover.call(workerDef.indexer,
+                                     this._curIndexingJob,
+                                       this._callbackHandle.contextStack,
+                                       ex);
+            }
+            catch (ex2) {
+              this._log.error("Worker '" + workerDef.name +
+                              "' recovery function itself failed:", ex2);
+            }
+            if (this._unitTestHookRecover)
+              this._unitTestHookRecover(recoverToDepth, ex,
+                                        this._curIndexingJob,
+                                        this._callbackHandle);
+
+            if (recoverToDepth) {
+              this._callbackHandle.cleanup(recoverToDepth);
+              continue;
+            }
+          }
+          // (we either did not have a recover handler or it couldn't recover)
+          // call the cleanup helper if there is one
+          if (workerDef.cleanup) {
+            try {
+            workerDef.cleanup.call(workerDef.indexer, this._curIndexingJob);
+            }
+            catch (ex2) {
+              this._log.error("Worker '" + workerDef.name +
+                              "' cleanup function itself failed:", ex2);
+            }
+            if (this._unitTestHookCleanup)
+              this._unitTestHookCleanup(true, ex, this._curIndexingJob,
+                                        this._callbackHandle);
+          }
+          else {
+            if (this._unitTestHookCleanup)
+              this._unitTestHookCleanup(false, ex, this._curIndexingJob,
+                                        this._callbackHandle);
+          }
+
+          // Clean out everything on the async stack, warn about the job, kill.
+          // We do not log this warning lightly; it will break unit tests and
+          //  be visible to users.  Anything expected should likely have a
+          //  recovery function or the cleanup logic should be extended to
+          //  indicate that the failure is acceptable.
+          this._callbackHandle.cleanup();
+          this._log.warn("Problem during " + this._curIndexingJob +
+            ", bailing:", ex);
+          this._curIndexingJob = null;
+          // the data must now be invalid
+          this._workBatchData = undefined;
+        }
+      }
+      this._perfIndexStopwatch.stop();
+
+      // idleTime can throw if there is no idle-provider available, such as an
+      //  X session without the relevant extensions available.  In this case
+      //  we assume that the user is never idle.
+      try {
+        // We want to stop ASAP when leaving idle, so we can't rely on the
+        // standard polled callback. We do the polling ourselves.
+        if (this._idleService.idleTime < this._INDEX_IDLE_ADJUSTMENT_TIME) {
+          inIdle = false;
+          this._cpuTargetIndexTime = this._CPU_TARGET_INDEX_TIME_ACTIVE;
+        }
+        else {
+          inIdle = true;
+          this._cpuTargetIndexTime = this._CPU_TARGET_INDEX_TIME_IDLE;
+        }
+      }
+      catch (ex) {
+        inIdle = false;
+      }
+
+      // take a breather by having the caller re-schedule us sometime in the
+      //  future, but only if we're going to perform another loop iteration.
+      if (haveMoreWork) {
+        notifyDecimator = (notifyDecimator + 1) % 32;
+        if (!notifyDecimator)
+          this._notifyListeners();
+
+        for (let pauseCount = 0;
+             pauseCount < this._PAUSE_REPEAT_LIMIT;
+             pauseCount++) {
+          this._perfPauseStopwatch.start();
+
+          yield this.kWorkPause;
+
+          this._perfPauseStopwatch.stop();
+          // We repeat the pause if the pause was longer than
+          //  we expected, or if it used a significant amount
+          //  of cpu, either of which indicate significant other
+          //  activity.
+          if ((this._perfPauseStopwatch.cpuTimeSeconds * 1000 <
+               this._CPU_IS_BUSY_TIME) &&
+              (this._perfPauseStopwatch.realTimeSeconds * 1000 -
+               this._INDEX_INTERVAL < this._PAUSE_LATE_IS_BUSY_TIME))
+            break;
+        }
+      }
+
+      // All pauses have been taken, how effective were we? Report!
+      // XXX: there's possibly a lot of fluctuation since we go through here
+      // every 5 messages or even less
+      if (this._indexedMessageCount > 0) {
+        let delta = (Date.now() - t0)/1000; // in seconds
+        let v = Math.round(this._indexedMessageCount/delta);
+        try {
+          let h = Services.telemetry
+            .getHistogramById("THUNDERBIRD_INDEXING_RATE_MSG_PER_S");
+          h.add(v);
+        } catch (e) {
+          this._log.warn("Couldn't report telemetry", e, v);
+        }
+      }
+
+      if (batchCount > 0) {
+        let totalTime = this._perfIndexStopwatch.realTimeSeconds * 1000;
+        let timePerToken = totalTime / batchCount;
+        // Damp the average time since it is a rough estimate only.
+        this._cpuAverageTimePerToken =
+          (totalTime +
+           this._CPU_AVERAGE_TIME_DAMPING * this._cpuAverageTimePerToken) /
+          (batchCount + this._CPU_AVERAGE_TIME_DAMPING);
+        // We use the larger of the recent or the average time per token, so
+        //  that we can respond quickly to slow down indexing if there
+        //  is a sudden increase in time per token.
+        let bestTimePerToken =
+            Math.max(timePerToken, this._cpuAverageTimePerToken);
+        // Always index at least one token!
+        this._indexTokens =
+            Math.max(1, this._cpuTargetIndexTime / bestTimePerToken);
+        // But no more than the a maximum limit, just for sanity's sake.
+        this._indexTokens = Math.min(this._CPU_MAX_TOKENS_PER_BATCH,
+                                     this._indexTokens);
+        this._indexTokens = Math.ceil(this._indexTokens);
+      }
+
+      // Should we try to commit now?
+      let elapsed = Date.now() - this._lastCommitTime;
+      // Commit tends to cause a brief UI pause, so we try to delay it (but not
+      //  forever) if the user is active. If we're done and idling, we'll also
+      //  commit, otherwise we'll let the idle callback do it.
+      let doCommit = transactionToCommit &&
+                     ((elapsed > this._MAXIMUM_COMMIT_TIME) ||
+                      (inIdle &&
+                       (elapsed > this._MINIMUM_COMMIT_TIME || !haveMoreWork)));
+      if (doCommit) {
+        GlodaCollectionManager.cacheCommitDirty();
+        // Set up an async notification to happen after the commit completes so
+        //  that we can avoid the indexer doing something with the database that
+        //  causes the main thread to block against the completion of the commit
+        //  (which can be a while) on 1.9.1.
+        GlodaDatastore.runPostCommit(this._callbackHandle.wrappedCallback);
+        // kick off the commit
+        GlodaDatastore._commitTransaction();
+        yield this.kWorkAsync;
+        // Let's do the GC after the commit completes just so we can avoid
+        //  having any ugly interactions.
+        GlodaUtils.forceGarbageCollection(false);
+        this._lastCommitTime = Date.now();
+        // Restart the transaction if we still have work.
+        if (haveMoreWork)
+          GlodaDatastore._beginTransaction();
+        else
+          transactionToCommit = false;
+      }
+    }
+
+    this._notifyListeners();
+
+    // If we still have a transaction to commit, tell idle to do the commit
+    //  when it gets around to it.
+    if (transactionToCommit)
+      this._idleToCommit = true;
+
+    yield this.kWorkDone;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Maps indexing job type names to a worker definition.
+   * The worker definition is an object with the following attributes where
+   *  only worker is required:
+   * - worker:
+   * - onSchedule: A function to be invoked when the worker is scheduled.  The
+   *    job is passed as an argument.
+   * - recover:
+   * - cleanup:
+   */
+  _indexerWorkerDefs: {},
+  /**
+   * Perform the initialization step and return a generator if there is any
+   *  steady-state processing to be had.
+   */
+  _hireJobWorker: function gloda_index_hireJobWorker() {
+    // In no circumstances should there be data bouncing around from previous
+    //  calls if we are here.  |killActiveJob| depends on this.
+    this._workBatchData = undefined;
+
+    if (this._indexQueue.length == 0) {
+      this._log.info("--- Done indexing, disabling timer renewal.");
+
+      this._curIndexingJob = null;
+      this._indexingDesired = false;
+      this._indexingJobCount = 0;
+      return false;
+    }
+
+    let job = this._curIndexingJob = this._indexQueue.shift();
+    this._indexingJobCount++;
+
+    let generator = null;
+
+    if (job.jobType in this._indexerWorkerDefs) {
+      let workerDef = this._indexerWorkerDefs[job.jobType];
+      job._workerDef = workerDef;
+
+      // Prior to creating the worker, call the scheduling trigger function
+      //  if there is one.  This is so that jobs can be finalized.  The
+      //  initial use case is event-driven message indexing that accumulates
+      //  a list of messages to index but wants it locked down once we start
+      //  processing the list.
+      if (workerDef.onSchedule)
+        workerDef.onSchedule.call(workerDef.indexer, job);
+
+      generator = workerDef.worker.call(workerDef.indexer, job,
+                                        this._callbackHandle);
+    }
+    else {
+      // Nothing we can do about this.  Be loud about it and try to schedule
+      //  something else.
+      this._log.error("Unknown job type: " + job.jobType);
+      return this._hireJobWorker();
+    }
+
+    if (this._unitTestSuperVerbose)
+      this._log.debug("Hired job of type: " + job.jobType);
+
+    this._notifyListeners();
+
+    if (generator) {
+      this._callbackHandle.push(generator);
+      return true;
+    }
+    else
+      return false;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Schedule a job for indexing.
+   */
+  indexJob: function glodaIndexJob(aJob) {
+    this._log.info("Queue-ing job for indexing: " + aJob.jobType);
+
+    this._indexQueue.push(aJob);
+    this.indexing = true;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Kill the active job.  This means a few things:
+   * - Kill all the generators in the callbackHandle stack.
+   * - If we are currently waiting on an async return, we need to make sure it
+   *    does not screw us up.
+   * - Make sure the job's cleanup function gets called if appropriate.
+   *
+   * The async return case is actually not too troublesome.  Since there is an
+   *  active indexing job and we are not (by fiat) in that call stack, we know
+   *  that the callback driver is guaranteed to get triggered again somehow.
+   *  The only issue is to make sure that _workBatchData does not end up with
+   *  the data.  We compel |_hireJobWorker| to erase it to this end.
+   *
+   * @note You MUST NOT call this function from inside a job or an async funtion
+   *    on the callbackHandle's stack of generators.  If you are in that
+   *    situation, you should just throw an exception.  At the very least,
+   *    use a timeout to trigger us.
+   */
+  killActiveJob: function() {
+    // There is nothing to do if we have no job
+    if (!this._curIndexingJob)
+      return;
+
+    // -- Blow away the stack with cleanup.
+    let workerDef = this._curIndexingJob._workerDef;
+    if (this._unitTestSuperVerbose)
+      this._log.debug("Killing job of type: " + this._curIndexingJob.jobType);
+    if (this._unitTestHookCleanup)
+      this._unitTestHookCleanup(workerDef.cleanup ? true : false,
+                                "no exception, this was killActiveJob",
+                                this._curIndexingJob,
+                                this._callbackHandle);
+    this._callbackHandle.cleanup();
+    if (workerDef.cleanup)
+      workerDef.cleanup.call(workerDef.indexer, this._curIndexingJob);
+
+    // Eliminate the job.
+    this._curIndexingJob = null;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Purge all jobs that the filter function returns true for.  This does not
+   *  kill the active job, use |killActiveJob| to do that.
+   *
+   * Make sure to call this function before killActiveJob
+   *
+   * @param aFilterElimFunc A filter function that takes an |IndexingJob| and
+   *     returns true if the job should be purged, false if it should not be.
+   *     The filter sees the jobs in the order they are scheduled.
+   */
+  purgeJobsUsingFilter: function(aFilterElimFunc) {
+    for (let iJob = 0; iJob < this._indexQueue.length; iJob++) {
+      let job = this._indexQueue[iJob];
+
+      // If the filter says to, splice the job out of existence (and make sure
+      //  to fixup iJob to compensate.)
+      if (aFilterElimFunc(job)) {
+        if (this._unitTestSuperVerbose)
+          this._log.debug("Purging job of type: " + job.jobType);
+        this._indexQueue.splice(iJob--, 1);
+        let workerDef = this._indexerWorkerDefs[job.jobType];
+        if (workerDef.jobCanceled)
+          workerDef.jobCanceled.call(workerDef.indexer, job);
+      }
+    }
+  },
+
+  /* *********** Event Processing *********** */
+  observe: function gloda_indexer_observe(aSubject, aTopic, aData) {
+    // idle
+    if (aTopic == "idle") {
+      // Do we need to commit an indexer transaction?
+      if (this._idleToCommit) {
+        this._idleToCommit = false;
+        GlodaCollectionManager.cacheCommitDirty();
+        GlodaDatastore._commitTransaction();
+        this._lastCommitTime = Date.now();
+        this._notifyListeners();
+      }
+    }
+    // offline status
+    else if (aTopic == "network:offline-status-changed") {
+      if (aData == "offline") {
+        this.suppressIndexing = true;
+      }
+      else { // online
+        this.suppressIndexing = false;
+      }
+    }
+    // shutdown fallback
+    else if (aTopic == "quit-application") {
+      this._shutdown();
+    }
+  },
+
+
+};
+// we used to initialize here; now we have public.js do it for us after the
+//  indexers register themselves so we know about all our built-in indexers
+//  at init-time.
diff --git a/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/log4moz.js b/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/log4moz.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..379c669e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/log4moz.js
@@ -0,0 +1,932 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+this.EXPORTED_SYMBOLS = ['Log4Moz'];
+
+Components.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/Services.jsm");
+
+var Cc = Components.classes;
+var Ci = Components.interfaces;
+var Cr = Components.results;
+var Cu = Components.utils;
+
+var MODE_RDONLY   = 0x01;
+var MODE_WRONLY   = 0x02;
+var MODE_CREATE   = 0x08;
+var MODE_APPEND   = 0x10;
+var MODE_TRUNCATE = 0x20;
+
+var PERMS_FILE      = parseInt("0644", 8);
+var PERMS_DIRECTORY = parseInt("0755", 8);
+
+var ONE_BYTE = 1;
+var ONE_KILOBYTE = 1024 * ONE_BYTE;
+var ONE_MEGABYTE = 1024 * ONE_KILOBYTE;
+
+var DEFAULT_NETWORK_TIMEOUT_DELAY = 5;
+
+var CDATA_START = "<![CDATA[";
+var CDATA_END = "]]>";
+var CDATA_ESCAPED_END = CDATA_END + "]]&gt;" + CDATA_START;
+
+var Log4Moz = {
+  Level: {
+    Fatal:  70,
+    Error:  60,
+    Warn:   50,
+    Info:   40,
+    Config: 30,
+    Debug:  20,
+    Trace:  10,
+    All:    0,
+    Desc: {
+      70: "FATAL",
+      60: "ERROR",
+      50: "WARN",
+      40: "INFO",
+      30: "CONFIG",
+      20: "DEBUG",
+      10: "TRACE",
+      0:  "ALL"
+    }
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Create a logger and configure it with dump and console appenders as
+   * specified by prefs based on the logger name.
+   *
+   * E.g., if the loggername is foo, then look for prefs
+   *   foo.logging.console
+   *   foo.logging.dump
+   *
+   * whose values can be empty: no logging of that type; or any of
+   * 'Fatal', 'Error', 'Warn', 'Info', 'Config', 'Debug', 'Trace', 'All',
+   * in which case the logging level for each appender will be set accordingly
+   *
+   * Parameters:
+   *
+   * @param loggername The name of the logger
+   * @param level (optional) the level of the logger itself
+   * @param consoleLevel (optional) the level of the console appender
+   * @param dumpLevel (optional) the level of the dump appender
+   *
+   * As described above, well-named prefs override the last two parameters
+   **/
+
+  getConfiguredLogger: function(loggername, level, consoleLevel, dumpLevel) {
+    let log = Log4Moz.repository.getLogger(loggername);
+    if (log._configured)
+      return log
+
+    let formatter = new Log4Moz.BasicFormatter();
+
+    level = level || Log4Moz.Level.Error;
+
+    consoleLevel = consoleLevel || -1;
+    dumpLevel = dumpLevel || -1;
+    let branch = Services.prefs.getBranch(loggername + ".logging.");
+    if (branch)
+    {
+      try {
+        // figure out if event-driven indexing should be enabled...
+        let consoleLevelString = branch.getCharPref("console");
+        if (consoleLevelString) {
+          // capitalize to fit with Log4Moz.Level expectations
+          consoleLevelString = consoleLevelString.charAt(0).toUpperCase() +
+             consoleLevelString.substr(1).toLowerCase();
+          consoleLevel = (consoleLevelString == 'None') ?
+                          100 : Log4Moz.Level[consoleLevelString];
+        }
+      } catch (ex) {
+        // Ignore if preference is not found
+      }
+      try {
+        let dumpLevelString = branch.getCharPref("dump");
+        if (dumpLevelString) {
+          // capitalize to fit with Log4Moz.Level expectations
+          dumpLevelString = dumpLevelString.charAt(0).toUpperCase() +
+             dumpLevelString.substr(1).toLowerCase();
+          dumpLevel = (dumpLevelString == 'None') ?
+                       100 : Log4Moz.Level[dumpLevelString];
+        }
+      } catch (ex) {
+        // Ignore if preference is not found
+      }
+    }
+
+    if (consoleLevel != 100) {
+      if (consoleLevel == -1)
+        consoleLevel = Log4Moz.Level.Error;
+      let capp = new Log4Moz.ConsoleAppender(formatter);
+      capp.level = consoleLevel;
+      log.addAppender(capp);
+    }
+
+    if (dumpLevel != 100) {
+      if (dumpLevel == -1)
+        dumpLevel = Log4Moz.Level.Error;
+      let dapp = new Log4Moz.DumpAppender(formatter);
+      dapp.level = dumpLevel;
+      log.addAppender(dapp);
+    }
+
+    log.level = Math.min(level, Math.min(consoleLevel, dumpLevel));
+
+    log._configured = true;
+
+    return log;
+  },
+
+  get repository() {
+    delete Log4Moz.repository;
+    Log4Moz.repository = new LoggerRepository();
+    return Log4Moz.repository;
+  },
+  set repository(value) {
+    delete Log4Moz.repository;
+    Log4Moz.repository = value;
+  },
+
+  get LogMessage() { return LogMessage; },
+  get Logger() { return Logger; },
+  get LoggerRepository() { return LoggerRepository; },
+
+  get Formatter() { return Formatter; },
+  get BasicFormatter() { return BasicFormatter; },
+  get XMLFormatter() { return XMLFormatter; },
+  get JSONFormatter() { return JSONFormatter; },
+  get Appender() { return Appender; },
+  get DumpAppender() { return DumpAppender; },
+  get ConsoleAppender() { return ConsoleAppender; },
+  get TimeAwareMemoryBucketAppender() { return TimeAwareMemoryBucketAppender; },
+  get FileAppender() { return FileAppender; },
+  get SocketAppender() { return SocketAppender; },
+  get RotatingFileAppender() { return RotatingFileAppender; },
+  get ThrowingAppender() { return ThrowingAppender; },
+
+  // Logging helper:
+  // let logger = Log4Moz.repository.getLogger("foo");
+  // logger.info(Log4Moz.enumerateInterfaces(someObject).join(","));
+  enumerateInterfaces: function Log4Moz_enumerateInterfaces(aObject) {
+    let interfaces = [];
+
+    for (i in Ci) {
+      try {
+        aObject.QueryInterface(Ci[i]);
+        interfaces.push(i);
+      }
+      catch(ex) {}
+    }
+
+    return interfaces;
+  },
+
+  // Logging helper:
+  // let logger = Log4Moz.repository.getLogger("foo");
+  // logger.info(Log4Moz.enumerateProperties(someObject).join(","));
+  enumerateProperties: function Log4Moz_enumerateProps(aObject,
+                                                       aExcludeComplexTypes) {
+    let properties = [];
+
+    for (var p in aObject) {
+      try {
+        if (aExcludeComplexTypes &&
+            (typeof aObject[p] == "object" || typeof aObject[p] == "function"))
+          continue;
+        properties.push(p + " = " + aObject[p]);
+      }
+      catch(ex) {
+        properties.push(p + " = " + ex);
+      }
+    }
+
+    return properties;
+  }
+};
+
+function LoggerContext() {
+  this._started = this._lastStateChange = Date.now();
+  this._state = "started";
+}
+LoggerContext.prototype = {
+  _jsonMe: true,
+  _id: "unknown",
+  setState: function LoggerContext_state(aState) {
+    this._state = aState;
+    this._lastStateChange = Date.now();
+    return this;
+  },
+  finish: function LoggerContext_finish() {
+    this._finished = Date.now();
+    this._state = "finished";
+    return this;
+  },
+  toString: function LoggerContext_toString() {
+    return "[Context: " + this._id + " state: " + this._state + "]";
+  }
+};
+
+
+/*
+ * LogMessage
+ * Encapsulates a single log event's data
+ */
+function LogMessage(loggerName, level, messageObjects){
+  this.loggerName = loggerName;
+  this.messageObjects = messageObjects;
+  this.level = level;
+  this.time = Date.now();
+}
+LogMessage.prototype = {
+  get levelDesc() {
+    if (this.level in Log4Moz.Level.Desc)
+      return Log4Moz.Level.Desc[this.level];
+    return "UNKNOWN";
+  },
+
+  toString: function LogMsg_toString(){
+    return "LogMessage [" + this.time + " " + this.level + " " +
+      this.messageObjects + "]";
+  }
+};
+
+/*
+ * Logger
+ * Hierarchical version.  Logs to all appenders, assigned or inherited
+ */
+
+function Logger(name, repository) {
+  this._init(name, repository);
+}
+Logger.prototype = {
+  _init: function Logger__init(name, repository) {
+    if (!repository)
+      repository = Log4Moz.repository;
+    this._name = name;
+    this.children = [];
+    this.ownAppenders = [];
+    this.appenders = [];
+    this._repository = repository;
+  },
+
+  get name() {
+    return this._name;
+  },
+
+  _level: null,
+  get level() {
+    if (this._level != null)
+      return this._level;
+    if (this.parent)
+      return this.parent.level;
+    dump("log4moz warning: root logger configuration error: no level defined\n");
+    return Log4Moz.Level.All;
+  },
+  set level(level) {
+    this._level = level;
+  },
+
+  _parent: null,
+  get parent() { return this._parent; },
+  set parent(parent) {
+    if (this._parent == parent) {
+      return;
+    }
+    // Remove ourselves from parent's children
+    if (this._parent) {
+      let index = this._parent.children.indexOf(this);
+      if (index != -1) {
+        this._parent.children.splice(index, 1);
+      }
+    }
+    this._parent = parent;
+    parent.children.push(this);
+    this.updateAppenders();
+  },
+
+  updateAppenders: function updateAppenders() {
+    if (this._parent) {
+      let notOwnAppenders = this._parent.appenders.filter(function(appender) {
+        return this.ownAppenders.indexOf(appender) == -1;
+      }, this);
+      this.appenders = notOwnAppenders.concat(this.ownAppenders);
+    } else {
+      this.appenders = this.ownAppenders.slice();
+    }
+
+    // Update children's appenders.
+    for (let i = 0; i < this.children.length; i++) {
+      this.children[i].updateAppenders();
+    }
+  },
+
+  addAppender: function Logger_addAppender(appender) {
+    if (this.ownAppenders.indexOf(appender) != -1) {
+      return;
+    }
+    this.ownAppenders.push(appender);
+    this.updateAppenders();
+  },
+
+  _nextContextId: 0,
+  newContext: function Logger_newContext(objWithProps) {
+    if (!("_id" in objWithProps))
+      objWithProps._id = this._name + ":" + (++this._nextContextId);
+
+    let c = new LoggerContext();
+    c._isContext = true;
+    for (let key in objWithProps) {
+      c[key] = objWithProps[key];
+    }
+    return c;
+  },
+
+  log: function Logger_log(message) {
+    if (this.level > message.level)
+      return;
+    let appenders = this.appenders;
+    for (let i = 0; i < appenders.length; i++){
+      appenders[i].append(message);
+    }
+  },
+
+  removeAppender: function Logger_removeAppender(appender) {
+    let index = this.ownAppenders.indexOf(appender);
+    if (index == -1) {
+      return;
+    }
+    this.ownAppenders.splice(index, 1);
+    this.updateAppenders();
+  },
+
+  log: function Logger_log(level, args) {
+    if (this.level > level)
+      return;
+
+    // Hold off on creating the message object until we actually have
+    // an appender that's responsible.
+    let message;
+    let appenders = this.appenders;
+    for (let i = 0; i < appenders.length; i++){
+      let appender = appenders[i];
+      if (appender.level > level)
+        continue;
+
+      if (!message)
+        message = new LogMessage(this._name, level,
+                                 Array.prototype.slice.call(args));
+
+      appender.append(message);
+    }
+  },
+
+  fatal: function Logger_fatal() {
+    this.log(Log4Moz.Level.Fatal, arguments);
+  },
+  error: function Logger_error() {
+    this.log(Log4Moz.Level.Error, arguments);
+  },
+  warn: function Logger_warn() {
+    this.log(Log4Moz.Level.Warn, arguments);
+  },
+  info: function Logger_info(string) {
+    this.log(Log4Moz.Level.Info, arguments);
+  },
+  config: function Logger_config(string) {
+    this.log(Log4Moz.Level.Config, arguments);
+  },
+  debug: function Logger_debug(string) {
+    this.log(Log4Moz.Level.Debug, arguments);
+  },
+  trace: function Logger_trace(string) {
+    this.log(Log4Moz.Level.Trace, arguments);
+  }
+};
+
+/*
+ * LoggerRepository
+ * Implements a hierarchy of Loggers
+ */
+
+function LoggerRepository() {}
+LoggerRepository.prototype = {
+  _loggers: {},
+
+  _rootLogger: null,
+  get rootLogger() {
+    if (!this._rootLogger) {
+      this._rootLogger = new Logger("root", this);
+      this._rootLogger.level = Log4Moz.Level.All;
+    }
+    return this._rootLogger;
+  },
+  set rootLogger(logger) {
+    throw "Cannot change the root logger";
+  },
+
+  _updateParents: function LogRep__updateParents(name) {
+    let pieces = name.split('.');
+    let cur, parent;
+
+    // find the closest parent
+    // don't test for the logger name itself, as there's a chance it's already
+    // there in this._loggers
+    for (let i = 0; i < pieces.length - 1; i++) {
+      if (cur)
+        cur += '.' + pieces[i];
+      else
+        cur = pieces[i];
+      if (cur in this._loggers)
+        parent = cur;
+    }
+
+    // if we didn't assign a parent above, there is no parent
+    if (!parent)
+      this._loggers[name].parent = this.rootLogger;
+    else
+      this._loggers[name].parent = this._loggers[parent];
+
+    // trigger updates for any possible descendants of this logger
+    for (let logger in this._loggers) {
+      if (logger != name && logger.indexOf(name) == 0)
+        this._updateParents(logger);
+    }
+  },
+
+  getLogger: function LogRep_getLogger(name) {
+    if (name in this._loggers)
+      return this._loggers[name];
+    this._loggers[name] = new Logger(name, this);
+    this._updateParents(name);
+    return this._loggers[name];
+  }
+};
+
+/*
+ * Formatters
+ * These massage a LogMessage into whatever output is desired
+ * Only the BasicFormatter is currently implemented
+ */
+
+// Abstract formatter
+function Formatter() {}
+Formatter.prototype = {
+  format: function Formatter_format(message) {}
+};
+
+// services' log4moz lost the date formatting default...
+function BasicFormatter(dateFormat) {
+  if (dateFormat)
+    this.dateFormat = dateFormat;
+}
+BasicFormatter.prototype = {
+  __proto__: Formatter.prototype,
+
+  _dateFormat: null,
+
+  get dateFormat() {
+    if (!this._dateFormat)
+      this._dateFormat = "%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S";
+    return this._dateFormat;
+  },
+
+  set dateFormat(format) {
+    this._dateFormat = format;
+  },
+
+  format: function BF_format(message) {
+    let date = new Date(message.time);
+    // The trick below prevents errors further down because mo is null or
+    //  undefined.
+    let messageString = message.messageObjects.map(mo => "" + mo).join(" ");
+    return date.toLocaleFormat(this.dateFormat) + "\t" +
+      message.loggerName + "\t" + message.levelDesc + "\t" +
+      messageString + "\n";
+  }
+};
+
+/*
+ * XMLFormatter
+ * Format like log4j's XMLLayout.  The intent is that you can hook this up to
+ * a SocketAppender and point them at a Chainsaw GUI running with an
+ * XMLSocketReceiver running.  Then your output comes out in Chainsaw.
+ * (Chainsaw is log4j's GUI that displays log output with niceties such as
+ * filtering and conditional coloring.)
+ */
+
+function XMLFormatter() {}
+XMLFormatter.prototype = {
+  __proto__: Formatter.prototype,
+
+  format: function XF_format(message) {
+    let cdataEscapedMessage =
+      message.messageObjects
+        .map(mo => (typeof(mo) == "object") ? mo.toString() : mo)
+        .join(" ")
+        .split(CDATA_END).join(CDATA_ESCAPED_END);
+    return "<log4j:event logger='" + message.loggerName + "' " +
+                        "level='" + message.levelDesc + "' thread='unknown' " +
+                        "timestamp='" + message.time + "'>" +
+      "<log4j:message><![CDATA[" + cdataEscapedMessage + "]]></log4j:message>" +
+      "</log4j:event>";
+  }
+};
+
+function JSONFormatter() {
+}
+JSONFormatter.prototype = {
+  __proto__: Formatter.prototype,
+
+  format: function JF_format(message) {
+    // XXX I did all kinds of questionable things in here; they should be
+    //  resolved...
+    // 1) JSON does not walk the __proto__ chain; there is no need to clobber
+    //   it.
+    // 2) Our net mutation is sorta redundant messageObjects alongside
+    //   msgObjects, although we only serialize one.
+    let origMessageObjects = message.messageObjects;
+    message.messageObjects = [];
+    let reProto = [];
+    for (let messageObject of origMessageObjects) {
+      if (messageObject)
+        if (messageObject._jsonMe) {
+          message.messageObjects.push(messageObject);
+// FIXME: the commented out code should be fixed in a better way.
+// See bug 984539: find a good way to avoid JSONing the impl in log4moz
+//          // temporarily strip the prototype to avoid JSONing the impl.
+//          reProto.push([messageObject, messageObject.__proto__]);
+//          messageObject.__proto__ = undefined;
+        }
+        else
+          message.messageObjects.push(messageObject.toString());
+      else
+        message.messageObjects.push(messageObject);
+    }
+    let encoded = JSON.stringify(message) + "\r\n";
+    message.msgObjects = origMessageObjects;
+//    for (let objectAndProtoPair of reProto) {
+//      objectAndProtoPair[0].__proto__ = objectAndProtoPair[1];
+//    }
+    return encoded;
+  }
+};
+
+
+/*
+ * Appenders
+ * These can be attached to Loggers to log to different places
+ * Simply subclass and override doAppend to implement a new one
+ */
+
+function Appender(formatter) {
+  this._name = "Appender";
+  this._formatter = formatter? formatter : new BasicFormatter();
+}
+Appender.prototype = {
+  _level: Log4Moz.Level.All,
+
+  append: function App_append(message) {
+    this.doAppend(this._formatter.format(message));
+  },
+  toString: function App_toString() {
+    return this._name + " [level=" + this._level +
+      ", formatter=" + this._formatter + "]";
+  },
+  doAppend: function App_doAppend(message) {}
+};
+
+/*
+ * DumpAppender
+ * Logs to standard out
+ */
+
+function DumpAppender(formatter) {
+  this._name = "DumpAppender";
+  this._formatter = formatter? formatter : new BasicFormatter();
+}
+DumpAppender.prototype = {
+  __proto__: Appender.prototype,
+
+  doAppend: function DApp_doAppend(message) {
+    dump(message);
+  }
+};
+
+/**
+ * An in-memory appender that always logs to its in-memory bucket and associates
+ * each message with a timestamp.  Whoever creates us is responsible for causing
+ * us to switch to a new bucket using whatever criteria is appropriate.
+ *
+ * This is intended to be used roughly like an in-memory circular buffer.  The
+ * expectation is that we are being used for unit tests and that each unit test
+ * function will get its own bucket.  In the event that a test fails we would
+ * be asked for the contents of the current bucket and some portion of the
+ * previous bucket using up to some duration.
+ */
+function TimeAwareMemoryBucketAppender() {
+  this._name = "TimeAwareMemoryBucketAppender";
+  this._level = Log4Moz.Level.All;
+
+  this._lastBucket = null;
+  // to minimize object construction, even indices are timestamps, odd indices
+  //  are the message objects.
+  this._curBucket = [];
+  this._curBucketStartedAt = Date.now();
+}
+TimeAwareMemoryBucketAppender.prototype = {
+  get level() { return this._level; },
+  set level(level) { this._level = level; },
+
+  append: function TAMBA_append(message) {
+    if (this._level <= message.level)
+      this._curBucket.push(message);
+  },
+
+  newBucket: function() {
+    this._lastBucket = this._curBucket;
+    this._curBucketStartedAt = Date.now();
+    this._curBucket = [];
+  },
+
+  getPreviousBucketEvents: function(aNumMS) {
+    let lastBucket = this._lastBucket;
+    if (lastBucket == null || !lastBucket.length)
+      return [];
+    let timeBound = this._curBucketStartedAt - aNumMS;
+    // seek backwards through the list...
+    let i;
+    for (i = lastBucket.length - 1; i >= 0; i --) {
+      if (lastBucket[i].time < timeBound)
+        break;
+    }
+    return lastBucket.slice(i+1);
+  },
+
+  getBucketEvents: function() {
+    return this._curBucket.concat();
+  },
+
+  toString: function() {
+    return "[TimeAwareMemoryBucketAppender]";
+  },
+};
+
+/*
+ * ConsoleAppender
+ * Logs to the javascript console
+ */
+
+function ConsoleAppender(formatter) {
+  this._name = "ConsoleAppender";
+  this._formatter = formatter;
+}
+ConsoleAppender.prototype = {
+  __proto__: Appender.prototype,
+
+  // override to send Error and higher level messages to Components.utils.reportError()
+  append: function CApp_append(message) {
+    let stringMessage = this._formatter.format(message);
+    if (message.level > Log4Moz.Level.Warn) {
+      Cu.reportError(stringMessage);
+    }
+    this.doAppend(stringMessage);
+  },
+
+  doAppend: function CApp_doAppend(message) {
+    Services.console.logStringMessage(message);
+  }
+};
+
+/*
+ * FileAppender
+ * Logs to a file
+ */
+
+function FileAppender(file, formatter) {
+  this._name = "FileAppender";
+  this._file = file; // nsIFile
+  this._formatter = formatter? formatter : new BasicFormatter();
+}
+FileAppender.prototype = {
+  __proto__: Appender.prototype,
+
+  __fos: null,
+  get _fos() {
+    if (!this.__fos)
+      this.openStream();
+    return this.__fos;
+  },
+
+  openStream: function FApp_openStream() {
+    this.__fos = Cc["@mozilla.org/network/file-output-stream;1"].
+      createInstance(Ci.nsIFileOutputStream);
+    let flags = MODE_WRONLY | MODE_CREATE | MODE_APPEND;
+    this.__fos.init(this._file, flags, PERMS_FILE, 0);
+  },
+
+  closeStream: function FApp_closeStream() {
+    if (!this.__fos)
+      return;
+    try {
+      this.__fos.close();
+      this.__fos = null;
+    } catch(e) {
+      dump("Failed to close file output stream\n" + e);
+    }
+  },
+
+  doAppend: function FApp_doAppend(message) {
+    if (message === null || message.length <= 0)
+      return;
+    try {
+      this._fos.write(message, message.length);
+    } catch(e) {
+      dump("Error writing file:\n" + e);
+    }
+  },
+
+  clear: function FApp_clear() {
+    this.closeStream();
+    this._file.remove(false);
+  }
+};
+
+/*
+ * RotatingFileAppender
+ * Similar to FileAppender, but rotates logs when they become too large
+ */
+
+function RotatingFileAppender(file, formatter, maxSize, maxBackups) {
+  if (maxSize === undefined)
+    maxSize = ONE_MEGABYTE * 2;
+
+  if (maxBackups === undefined)
+    maxBackups = 0;
+
+  this._name = "RotatingFileAppender";
+  this._file = file; // nsIFile
+  this._formatter = formatter? formatter : new BasicFormatter();
+  this._maxSize = maxSize;
+  this._maxBackups = maxBackups;
+}
+RotatingFileAppender.prototype = {
+  __proto__: FileAppender.prototype,
+
+  doAppend: function RFApp_doAppend(message) {
+    if (message === null || message.length <= 0)
+      return;
+    try {
+      this.rotateLogs();
+      this._fos.write(message, message.length);
+    } catch(e) {
+      dump("Error writing file:\n" + e);
+    }
+  },
+  rotateLogs: function RFApp_rotateLogs() {
+    if(this._file.exists() &&
+       this._file.fileSize < this._maxSize)
+      return;
+
+    this.closeStream();
+
+    for (let i = this.maxBackups - 1; i > 0; i--){
+      let backup = this._file.parent.clone();
+      backup.append(this._file.leafName + "." + i);
+      if (backup.exists())
+        backup.moveTo(this._file.parent, this._file.leafName + "." + (i + 1));
+    }
+
+    let cur = this._file.clone();
+    if (cur.exists())
+      cur.moveTo(cur.parent, cur.leafName + ".1");
+
+    // Note: this._file still points to the same file
+  }
+};
+
+/*
+ * SocketAppender
+ * Logs via TCP to a given host and port.  Attempts to automatically reconnect
+ * when the connection drops or cannot be initially re-established.  Connection
+ * attempts will happen at most every timeoutDelay seconds (has a sane default
+ * if left blank).  Messages are dropped when there is no connection.
+ */
+
+function SocketAppender(host, port, formatter, timeoutDelay) {
+  this._name = "SocketAppender";
+  this._host = host;
+  this._port = port;
+  this._formatter = formatter? formatter : new BasicFormatter();
+  this._timeout_delay = timeoutDelay || DEFAULT_NETWORK_TIMEOUT_DELAY;
+
+  this._socketService = Cc["@mozilla.org/network/socket-transport-service;1"]
+                          .getService(Ci.nsISocketTransportService);
+  this._mainThread = Services.tm.mainThread;
+}
+SocketAppender.prototype = {
+  __proto__: Appender.prototype,
+
+  __nos: null,
+  get _nos() {
+    if (!this.__nos)
+      this.openStream();
+    return this.__nos;
+  },
+  _nextCheck: 0,
+  openStream: function SApp_openStream() {
+    let now = Date.now();
+    if (now <= this._nextCheck) {
+      return;
+    }
+    this._nextCheck = now + this._timeout_delay * 1000;
+    try {
+      this._transport = this._socketService.createTransport(
+        null, 0, // default socket type
+        this._host, this._port,
+        null); // no proxy
+      this._transport.setTimeout(Ci.nsISocketTransport.TIMEOUT_CONNECT,
+                                 this._timeout_delay);
+      // do not set a timeout for TIMEOUT_READ_WRITE. The timeout is not
+      //  entirely intuitive; your socket will time out if no one reads or
+      //  writes to the socket within the timeout.  That, as you can imagine,
+      //  is not what we want.
+      this._transport.setEventSink(this, this._mainThread);
+
+      let outputStream = this._transport.openOutputStream(
+        0, // neither blocking nor unbuffered operation is desired
+        0, // default buffer size is fine
+        0 // default buffer count is fine
+        );
+
+      let uniOutputStream = Cc["@mozilla.org/intl/converter-output-stream;1"]
+                              .createInstance(Ci.nsIConverterOutputStream);
+      uniOutputStream.init(outputStream, "utf-8", 0, 0x0000);
+
+      this.__nos = uniOutputStream;
+    } catch (ex) {
+      dump("Unexpected SocketAppender connection problem: " +
+           ex.fileName + ":" + ex.lineNumber + ": " + ex + "\n");
+    }
+  },
+
+  closeStream: function SApp_closeStream() {
+    if (!this._transport)
+      return;
+    try {
+      this._connected = false;
+      this._transport = null;
+      let nos = this.__nos;
+      this.__nos = null;
+      nos.close();
+    } catch(e) {
+      // this shouldn't happen, but no one cares
+    }
+  },
+
+  doAppend: function SApp_doAppend(message) {
+    if (message === null || message.length <= 0)
+      return;
+    try {
+      let nos = this._nos;
+      if (nos)
+        nos.writeString(message);
+    } catch(e) {
+      if (this._transport && !this._transport.isAlive()) {
+        this.closeStream();
+      }
+    }
+  },
+
+  clear: function SApp_clear() {
+    this.closeStream();
+  },
+
+  /* nsITransportEventSink */
+  onTransportStatus: function SApp_onTransportStatus(aTransport, aStatus,
+      aProgress, aProgressMax) {
+    if (aStatus == 0x804b0004) // STATUS_CONNECTED_TO is not a constant.
+      this._connected = true;
+  },
+};
+
+/**
+ * Throws an exception whenever it gets a message.  Intended to be used in
+ * automated testing situations where the code would normally log an error but
+ * not die in a fatal manner.
+ */
+function ThrowingAppender(thrower, formatter) {
+  this._name = "ThrowingAppender";
+  this._formatter = formatter? formatter : new BasicFormatter();
+  this._thrower = thrower;
+}
+ThrowingAppender.prototype = {
+  __proto__: Appender.prototype,
+
+  doAppend: function TApp_doAppend(message) {
+    if (this._thrower)
+      this._thrower(message);
+    else
+      throw message;
+  }
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/mimeTypeCategories.js b/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/mimeTypeCategories.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..463443044
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/mimeTypeCategories.js
@@ -0,0 +1,204 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/*
+ * This file wants to be a data file of some sort.  It might do better as a real
+ *  raw JSON file.  It is trying to be one right now, but it obviously is not.
+ */
+
+var EXPORTED_SYMBOLS = ['MimeCategoryMapping'];
+
+/**
+ * Input data structure to allow us to build a fast mapping from mime type to
+ *  category name.  The keys in MimeCategoryMapping are the top-level
+ *  categories.  Each value can either be a list of MIME types or a nested
+ *  object which recursively defines sub-categories.  We currently do not use
+ *  the sub-categories.  They are just there to try and organize the MIME types
+ *  a little and open the door to future enhancements.
+ *
+ * Do _not_ add additional top-level categories unless you have added
+ *  corresponding entries to gloda.properties under the
+ *  "gloda.mimetype.category" branch and are making sure localizers are aware
+ *  of the change and have time to localize it.
+ *
+ * Entries with wildcards in them are part of a fallback strategy by the
+ *  |mimeTypeNoun| and do not actually use regular expressions or anything like
+ *  that.  Everything is a straight string lookup.  Given "foo/bar" we look for
+ *  "foo/bar", then "foo/*", and finally "*".
+ */
+var MimeCategoryMapping = {
+  archives: [
+    "application/java-archive",
+    "application/x-java-archive",
+    "application/x-jar",
+    "application/x-java-jnlp-file",
+
+    "application/mac-binhex40",
+    "application/vnd.ms-cab-compressed",
+
+    "application/x-arc",
+    "application/x-arj",
+    "application/x-compress",
+    "application/x-compressed-tar",
+    "application/x-cpio",
+    "application/x-cpio-compressed",
+    "application/x-deb",
+
+    "application/x-bittorrent",
+
+    "application/x-rar",
+    "application/x-rar-compressed",
+    "application/x-7z-compressed",
+    "application/zip",
+    "application/x-zip-compressed",
+    "application/x-zip",
+
+    "application/x-bzip",
+    "application/x-bzip-compressed-tar",
+    "application/x-bzip2",
+    "application/x-gzip",
+    "application/x-tar",
+    "application/x-tar-gz",
+    "application/x-tarz",
+  ],
+  documents: {
+    database: [
+      "application/vnd.ms-access",
+      "application/x-msaccess",
+      "application/msaccess",
+      "application/vnd.msaccess",
+      "application/x-msaccess",
+      "application/mdb",
+      "application/x-mdb",
+
+      "application/vnd.oasis.opendocument.database",
+
+    ],
+    graphics: [
+      "application/postscript",
+      "application/x-bzpostscript",
+      "application/x-dvi",
+      "application/x-gzdvi",
+
+      "application/illustrator",
+
+      "application/vnd.corel-draw",
+      "application/cdr",
+      "application/coreldraw",
+      "application/x-cdr",
+      "application/x-coreldraw",
+      "image/cdr",
+      "image/x-cdr",
+      "zz-application/zz-winassoc-cdr",
+
+      "application/vnd.oasis.opendocument.graphics",
+      "application/vnd.oasis.opendocument.graphics-template",
+      "application/vnd.oasis.opendocument.image",
+
+      "application/x-dia-diagram",
+    ],
+    presentation: [
+      "application/vnd.ms-powerpoint.presentation.macroenabled.12",
+      "application/vnd.ms-powerpoint.template.macroenabled.12",
+      "application/vnd.ms-powerpoint",
+      "application/powerpoint",
+      "application/mspowerpoint",
+      "application/x-mspowerpoint",
+      "application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation",
+      "application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.template",
+
+      "application/vnd.oasis.opendocument.presentation",
+      "application/vnd.oasis.opendocument.presentation-template"
+    ],
+    spreadsheet: [
+      "application/vnd.lotus-1-2-3",
+      "application/x-lotus123",
+      "application/x-123",
+      "application/lotus123",
+      "application/wk1",
+
+      "application/x-quattropro",
+
+      "application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.binary.macroenabled.12",
+      "application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12",
+      "application/vnd.ms-excel.template.macroenabled.12",
+      "application/vnd.ms-excel",
+      "application/msexcel",
+      "application/x-msexcel",
+      "application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet",
+      "application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.template",
+
+      "application/vnd.oasis.opendocument.formula",
+      "application/vnd.oasis.opendocument.formula-template",
+      "application/vnd.oasis.opendocument.chart",
+      "application/vnd.oasis.opendocument.chart-template",
+      "application/vnd.oasis.opendocument.spreadsheet",
+      "application/vnd.oasis.opendocument.spreadsheet-template",
+
+      "application/x-gnumeric",
+    ],
+    wordProcessor: [
+      "application/msword",
+      "application/vnd.ms-word",
+      "application/x-msword",
+      "application/msword-template",
+      "application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document",
+      "application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.template",
+      "application/vnd.ms-word.document.macroenabled.12",
+      "application/vnd.ms-word.template.macroenabled.12",
+      "application/x-mswrite",
+      "application/x-pocket-word",
+
+      "application/rtf",
+      "text/rtf",
+
+
+      "application/vnd.oasis.opendocument.text",
+      "application/vnd.oasis.opendocument.text-master",
+      "application/vnd.oasis.opendocument.text-template",
+      "application/vnd.oasis.opendocument.text-web",
+
+      "application/vnd.wordperfect",
+
+      "application/x-abiword",
+      "application/x-amipro",
+    ],
+    suite: [
+      "application/vnd.ms-works"
+    ],
+  },
+  images: [
+    "image/*"
+  ],
+  media: {
+    audio: [
+      "audio/*",
+    ],
+    video: [
+      "video/*",
+    ],
+    container: [
+      "application/ogg",
+
+      "application/smil",
+      "application/vnd.ms-asf",
+      "application/vnd.rn-realmedia",
+      "application/x-matroska",
+      "application/x-quicktime-media-link",
+      "application/x-quicktimeplayer",
+    ]
+  },
+  other: [
+    "*"
+  ],
+  pdf: [
+    "application/pdf",
+    "application/x-pdf",
+    "image/pdf",
+    "file/pdf",
+
+    "application/x-bzpdf",
+    "application/x-gzpdf",
+  ],
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/mimemsg.js b/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/mimemsg.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ff984c178
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/mimemsg.js
@@ -0,0 +1,719 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+this.EXPORTED_SYMBOLS = ['MsgHdrToMimeMessage',
+                          'MimeMessage', 'MimeContainer',
+                          'MimeBody', 'MimeUnknown',
+                          'MimeMessageAttachment'];
+
+var Cc = Components.classes;
+var Ci = Components.interfaces;
+var Cr = Components.results;
+var Cu = Components.utils;
+
+Components.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/Services.jsm");
+Components.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/XPCOMUtils.jsm");
+
+var EMITTER_MIME_CODE = "application/x-js-mime-message";
+
+/**
+ * The URL listener is surplus because the CallbackStreamListener ends up
+ *  getting the same set of events, effectively.
+ */
+var dumbUrlListener = {
+  OnStartRunningUrl: function (aUrl) {
+  },
+  OnStopRunningUrl: function (aUrl, aExitCode) {
+  },
+};
+
+/**
+ * Maintain a list of all active stream listeners so that we can cancel them all
+ *  during shutdown.  If we don't cancel them, we risk calls into javascript
+ *  from C++ after the various XPConnect contexts have already begun their
+ *  teardown process.
+ */
+var activeStreamListeners = {};
+
+var shutdownCleanupObserver = {
+  _initialized: false,
+  ensureInitialized: function mimemsg_shutdownCleanupObserver_init() {
+    if (this._initialized)
+      return;
+
+    Services.obs.addObserver(this, "quit-application", false);
+
+    this._initialized = true;
+  },
+
+  observe: function mimemsg_shutdownCleanupObserver_observe(
+      aSubject, aTopic, aData) {
+    if (aTopic == "quit-application") {
+      Services.obs.removeObserver(this, "quit-application");
+
+      for (let uri in activeStreamListeners) {
+        let streamListener = activeStreamListeners[uri];
+        if (streamListener._request)
+          streamListener._request.cancel(Cr.NS_BINDING_ABORTED);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+};
+
+function CallbackStreamListener(aMsgHdr, aCallbackThis, aCallback) {
+  this._msgHdr = aMsgHdr;
+  let hdrURI = aMsgHdr.folder.getUriForMsg(aMsgHdr);
+  this._request = null;
+  this._stream = null;
+  if (aCallback === undefined) {
+    this._callbacksThis = [null];
+    this._callbacks = [aCallbackThis];
+  }
+  else {
+    this._callbacksThis = [aCallbackThis];
+    this._callbacks =[aCallback];
+  }
+  activeStreamListeners[hdrURI] = this;
+}
+
+CallbackStreamListener.prototype = {
+  QueryInterface: XPCOMUtils.generateQI([Ci.nsIStreamListener]),
+
+  // nsIRequestObserver part
+  onStartRequest: function (aRequest, aContext) {
+    this._request = aRequest;
+  },
+  onStopRequest: function (aRequest, aContext, aStatusCode) {
+    let msgURI = this._msgHdr.folder.getUriForMsg(this._msgHdr);
+    delete activeStreamListeners[msgURI];
+
+    aContext.QueryInterface(Ci.nsIURI);
+    let message = MsgHdrToMimeMessage.RESULT_RENDEVOUZ[aContext.spec];
+    if (message === undefined)
+      message = null;
+
+    delete MsgHdrToMimeMessage.RESULT_RENDEVOUZ[aContext.spec];
+
+    for (let i = 0; i < this._callbacksThis.length; i++) {
+      try {
+        this._callbacks[i].call(this._callbacksThis[i], this._msgHdr, message);
+      } catch (e) {
+        // Most of the time, exceptions will silently disappear into the endless
+        // deeps of XPConnect, and never reach the surface ever again. At least
+        // warn the user if he has dump enabled.
+        dump("The MsgHdrToMimeMessage callback threw an exception: "+e+"\n");
+        // That one will probably never make it to the original caller.
+        throw(e);
+      }
+    }
+
+    this._msgHdr = null;
+    this._request = null;
+    this._stream = null;
+    this._callbacksThis = null;
+    this._callbacks = null;
+  },
+
+  /* okay, our onDataAvailable should actually never be called.  the stream
+     converter is actually eating everything except the start and stop
+     notification. */
+  // nsIStreamListener part
+  onDataAvailable: function (aRequest,aContext,aInputStream,aOffset,aCount) {
+    dump("this should not be happening! arrgggggh!\n");
+    if (this._stream === null) {
+      this._stream = Cc["@mozilla.org/scriptableinputstream;1"].
+                    createInstance(Ci.nsIScriptableInputStream);
+      this._stream.init(aInputStream);
+    }
+    this._stream.read(aCount);
+
+  },
+};
+
+var gMessenger = Cc["@mozilla.org/messenger;1"].
+                   createInstance(Ci.nsIMessenger);
+
+function stripEncryptedParts(aPart) {
+  if (aPart.parts && aPart.isEncrypted) {
+    aPart.parts = []; // Show an empty container.
+  } else if (aPart.parts) {
+    aPart.parts = aPart.parts.map(stripEncryptedParts);
+  }
+  return aPart;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Starts retrieval of a MimeMessage instance for the given message header.
+ *  Your callback will be called with the message header you provide and the
+ *
+ * @param aMsgHdr The message header to retrieve the body for and build a MIME
+ *     representation of the message.
+ * @param aCallbackThis The (optional) 'this' to use for your callback function.
+ * @param aCallback The callback function to invoke on completion of message
+ *     parsing or failure.  The first argument passed will be the nsIMsgDBHdr
+ *     you passed to this function.  The second argument will be the MimeMessage
+ *     instance resulting from the processing on success, and null on failure.
+ * @param [aAllowDownload=false] Should we allow the message to be downloaded
+ *     for this streaming request?  The default is false, which means that we
+ *     require that the message be available offline.  If false is passed and
+ *     the message is not available offline, we will propagate an exception
+ *     thrown by the underlying code.
+ * @param [aOptions] Optional options.
+ * @param [aOptions.saneBodySize] Limit body sizes to a 'reasonable' size in
+ *     order to combat corrupt offline/message stores creating pathological
+ *     situtations where we have erroneously multi-megabyte messages.  This
+ *     also likely reduces the impact of legitimately ridiculously large
+ *     messages.
+ * @param [aOptions.partsOnDemand] If this is a message stored on an IMAP
+ *     server, and for whatever reason, it isn't available locally, then setting
+ *     this option to true will make sure that attachments aren't downloaded.
+ *     This makes sure the message is available quickly.
+ * @param [aOptions.examineEncryptedParts] By default, we won't reveal the
+ *     contents of multipart/encrypted parts to the consumers, unless explicitly
+ *     requested. In the case of MIME/PGP messages, for instance, the message
+ *     will appear as an empty multipart/encrypted container, unless this option
+ *     is used.
+ */
+function MsgHdrToMimeMessage(aMsgHdr, aCallbackThis, aCallback,
+                             aAllowDownload, aOptions) {
+  shutdownCleanupObserver.ensureInitialized();
+
+  let requireOffline = !aAllowDownload;
+
+  let msgURI = aMsgHdr.folder.getUriForMsg(aMsgHdr);
+  let msgService = gMessenger.messageServiceFromURI(msgURI);
+
+  MsgHdrToMimeMessage.OPTION_TUNNEL = aOptions;
+  let partsOnDemandStr = (aOptions && aOptions.partsOnDemand)
+    ? "&fetchCompleteMessage=false"
+    : "";
+  // By default, Enigmail only decrypts a message streamed via libmime if it's
+  // the one currently on display in the message reader. With this option, we're
+  // letting Enigmail know that it should decrypt the message since the client
+  // explicitly asked for it.
+  let encryptedStr = (aOptions && aOptions.examineEncryptedParts)
+    ? "&examineEncryptedParts=true"
+    : "";
+
+  // S/MIME, our other encryption backend, is not that smart, and always
+  // decrypts data. In order to protect sensitive data (e.g. not index it in
+  // Gloda), unless the client asked for encrypted data, we pass to the client
+  // callback a stripped-down version of the MIME structure where encrypted
+  // parts have been removed.
+  let wrapCallback = function (aCallback, aCallbackThis) {
+    if (aOptions && aOptions.examineEncryptedParts)
+      return aCallback;
+    else
+      return ((aMsgHdr, aMimeMsg) =>
+        aCallback.call(aCallbackThis, aMsgHdr, stripEncryptedParts(aMimeMsg))
+      );
+  };
+
+  // Apparently there used to be an old syntax where the callback was the second
+  // argument...
+  let callback = aCallback ? aCallback : aCallbackThis;
+  let callbackThis = aCallback ? aCallbackThis : null;
+
+  // if we're already streaming this msg, just add the callback
+  // to the listener.
+  let listenerForURI = activeStreamListeners[msgURI];
+  if (listenerForURI != undefined) {
+    listenerForURI._callbacks.push(wrapCallback(callback, callbackThis));
+    listenerForURI._callbacksThis.push(callbackThis);
+    return;
+  }
+  let streamListener = new CallbackStreamListener(
+    aMsgHdr,
+    callbackThis,
+    wrapCallback(callback, callbackThis)
+  );
+
+  try {
+    let streamURI = msgService.streamMessage(
+      msgURI,
+      streamListener, // consumer
+      null, // nsIMsgWindow
+      dumbUrlListener, // nsIUrlListener
+      true, // have them create the converter
+      // additional uri payload, note that "header=" is prepended automatically
+      "filter&emitter=js"+partsOnDemandStr+encryptedStr,
+      requireOffline);
+  } catch (ex) {
+    // If streamMessage throws an exception, we should make sure to clear the
+    // activeStreamListener, or any subsequent attempt at sreaming this URI
+    // will silently fail
+    if (activeStreamListeners[msgURI]) {
+      delete activeStreamListeners[msgURI];
+    }
+    MsgHdrToMimeMessage.OPTION_TUNNEL = null;
+    throw(ex);
+  }
+
+  MsgHdrToMimeMessage.OPTION_TUNNEL = null;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Let the jsmimeemitter provide us with results.  The poor emitter (if I am
+ *  understanding things correctly) is evaluated outside of the C.u.import
+ *  world, so if we were to import him, we would not see him, but rather a new
+ *  copy of him.  This goes for his globals, etc.  (and is why we live in this
+ *  file right here).  Also, it appears that the XPCOM JS wrappers aren't
+ *  magically unified so that we can try and pass data as expando properties
+ *  on things like the nsIUri instances either.  So we have the jsmimeemitter
+ *  import us and poke things into RESULT_RENDEVOUZ.  We put it here on this
+ *  function to try and be stealthy and avoid polluting the namespaces (or
+ *  encouraging bad behaviour) of our importers.
+ *
+ * If you can come up with a prettier way to shuttle this data, please do.
+ */
+MsgHdrToMimeMessage.RESULT_RENDEVOUZ = {};
+/**
+ * Cram rich options here for the MimeMessageEmitter to grab from.  We
+ *  leverage the known control-flow to avoid needing a whole dictionary here.
+ *  We set this immediately before constructing the emitter and clear it
+ *  afterwards.  Control flow is never yielded during the process and reentrancy
+ *  cannot happen via any other means.
+ */
+MsgHdrToMimeMessage.OPTION_TUNNEL = null;
+
+var HeaderHandlerBase = {
+  /**
+   * Look-up a header that should be present at most once.
+   *
+   * @param aHeaderName The header name to retrieve, case does not matter.
+   * @param aDefaultValue The value to return if the header was not found, null
+   *     if left unspecified.
+   * @return the value of the header if present, and the default value if not
+   *  (defaults to null).  If the header was present multiple times, the first
+   *  instance of the header is returned.  Use getAll if you want all of the
+   *  values for the multiply-defined header.
+   */
+  get: function MimeMessage_get(aHeaderName, aDefaultValue) {
+    if (aDefaultValue === undefined) {
+      aDefaultValue = null;
+    }
+    let lowerHeader = aHeaderName.toLowerCase();
+    if (lowerHeader in this.headers)
+      // we require that the list cannot be empty if present
+      return this.headers[lowerHeader][0];
+    else
+      return aDefaultValue;
+  },
+  /**
+   * Look-up a header that can be present multiple times.  Use get for headers
+   *  that you only expect to be present at most once.
+   *
+   * @param aHeaderName The header name to retrieve, case does not matter.
+   * @return An array containing the values observed, which may mean a zero
+   *     length array.
+   */
+  getAll: function MimeMessage_getAll(aHeaderName) {
+    let lowerHeader = aHeaderName.toLowerCase();
+    if (lowerHeader in this.headers)
+      return this.headers[lowerHeader];
+    else
+      return [];
+  },
+  /**
+   * @param aHeaderName Header name to test for its presence.
+   * @return true if the message has (at least one value for) the given header
+   *     name.
+   */
+  has: function MimeMessage_has(aHeaderName) {
+    let lowerHeader = aHeaderName.toLowerCase();
+    return lowerHeader in this.headers;
+  },
+  _prettyHeaderString: function MimeMessage__prettyHeaderString(aIndent) {
+    if (aIndent === undefined)
+      aIndent = "";
+    let s = "";
+    for (let header in this.headers) {
+      let values = this.headers[header];
+      s += "\n        " + aIndent + header + ": " + values;
+    }
+    return s;
+  }
+};
+
+/**
+ * @ivar partName The MIME part, ex "1.2.2.1".  The partName of a (top-level)
+ *     message is "1", its first child is "1.1", its second child is "1.2",
+ *     its first child's first child is "1.1.1", etc.
+ * @ivar headers Maps lower-cased header field names to a list of the values
+ *     seen for the given header.  Use get or getAll as convenience helpers.
+ * @ivar parts The list of the MIME part children of this message.  Children
+ *     will be either MimeMessage instances, MimeMessageAttachment instances,
+ *     MimeContainer instances, or MimeUnknown instances.  The latter two are
+ *     the result of limitations in the Javascript representation generation
+ *     at this time, combined with the need to most accurately represent the
+ *     MIME structure.
+ */
+function MimeMessage() {
+  this.partName = null;
+  this.headers = {};
+  this.parts = [];
+  this.isEncrypted = false;
+}
+
+MimeMessage.prototype = {
+  __proto__: HeaderHandlerBase,
+  contentType: "message/rfc822",
+
+  /**
+   * @return a list of all attachments contained in this message and all its
+   *     sub-messages.  Only MimeMessageAttachment instances will be present in
+   *     the list (no sub-messages).
+   */
+  get allAttachments() {
+    let results = []; // messages are not attachments, don't include self
+    for (let iChild = 0; iChild < this.parts.length; iChild++) {
+      let child = this.parts[iChild];
+      results = results.concat(child.allAttachments);
+    }
+    return results;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * @return a list of all attachments contained in this message, with
+   *    included/forwarded messages treated as real attachments. Attachments
+   *    contained in inner messages won't be shown.
+   */
+  get allUserAttachments() {
+    if (this.url)
+      // The jsmimeemitter camouflaged us as a MimeAttachment
+      return [this];
+    else
+      // Why is there no flatten method for arrays?
+      return this.parts.map(child => child.allUserAttachments)
+        .reduce((a, b) => a.concat(b), []);
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * @return the total size of this message, that is, the size of all subparts
+   */
+  get size () {
+    return this.parts.map(child => child.size)
+      .reduce((a, b) => a + Math.max(b, 0), 0);
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * In the case of attached messages, libmime considers them as attachments,
+   * and if the body is, say, quoted-printable encoded, then libmime will start
+   * counting bytes and notify the js mime emitter about it. The JS mime emitter
+   * being a nice guy, it will try to set a size on us. While this is the
+   * expected behavior for MimeMsgAttachments, we must make sure we can handle
+   * that (failing to write a setter results in exceptions being thrown).
+   */
+  set size (whatever) {
+    // nop
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * @param aMsgFolder A message folder, any message folder.  Because this is
+   *    a hack.
+   * @return The concatenation of all of the body parts where parts
+   *    available as text/plain are pulled as-is, and parts only available
+   *    as text/html are converted to plaintext form first.  In other words,
+   *    if we see a multipart/alternative with a text/plain, we take the
+   *    text/plain.  If we see a text/html without an alternative, we convert
+   *    that to text.
+   */
+  coerceBodyToPlaintext:
+      function MimeMessage_coerceBodyToPlaintext(aMsgFolder) {
+    let bodies = [];
+    for (let part of this.parts) {
+      // an undefined value for something not having the method is fine
+      let body = part.coerceBodyToPlaintext &&
+                 part.coerceBodyToPlaintext(aMsgFolder);
+      if (body)
+        bodies.push(body);
+    }
+    if (bodies)
+      return bodies.join("");
+    else
+      return "";
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Convert the message and its hierarchy into a "pretty string".  The message
+   *  and each MIME part get their own line.  The string never ends with a
+   *  newline.  For a non-multi-part message, only a single line will be
+   *  returned.
+   * Messages have their subject displayed, attachments have their filename and
+   *  content-type (ex: image/jpeg) displayed.  "Filler" classes simply have
+   *  their class displayed.
+   */
+  prettyString: function MimeMessage_prettyString(aVerbose, aIndent,
+                                                  aDumpBody) {
+    if (aIndent === undefined)
+      aIndent = "";
+    let nextIndent = aIndent + "  ";
+
+    let s = "Message "+(this.isEncrypted ? "[encrypted] " : "") +
+      "(" + this.size + " bytes): " +
+      "subject" in this.headers ? this.headers.subject : "";
+    if (aVerbose)
+      s += this._prettyHeaderString(nextIndent);
+
+    for (let iPart = 0; iPart < this.parts.length; iPart++) {
+      let part = this.parts[iPart];
+      s += "\n" + nextIndent + (iPart+1) + " " +
+        part.prettyString(aVerbose, nextIndent, aDumpBody);
+    }
+
+    return s;
+  },
+};
+
+
+/**
+ * @ivar contentType The content-type of this container.
+ * @ivar parts The parts held by this container.  These can be instances of any
+ *      of the classes found in this file.
+ */
+function MimeContainer(aContentType) {
+  this.partName = null;
+  this.contentType = aContentType;
+  this.headers = {};
+  this.parts = [];
+  this.isEncrypted = false;
+}
+
+MimeContainer.prototype = {
+  __proto__: HeaderHandlerBase,
+  get allAttachments() {
+    let results = [];
+    for (let iChild = 0; iChild < this.parts.length; iChild++) {
+      let child = this.parts[iChild];
+      results = results.concat(child.allAttachments);
+    }
+    return results;
+  },
+  get allUserAttachments () {
+    return this.parts.map(child => child.allUserAttachments)
+      .reduce((a, b) => a.concat(b), []);
+  },
+  get size () {
+    return this.parts.map(child => child.size)
+      .reduce((a, b) => a + Math.max(b, 0), 0);
+  },
+  set size (whatever) {
+    // nop
+  },
+  coerceBodyToPlaintext:
+      function MimeContainer_coerceBodyToPlaintext(aMsgFolder) {
+    if (this.contentType == "multipart/alternative") {
+      let htmlPart;
+      // pick the text/plain if we can find one, otherwise remember the HTML one
+      for (let part of this.parts) {
+        if (part.contentType == "text/plain")
+          return part.body;
+        if (part.contentType == "text/html")
+          htmlPart = part;
+        // text/enriched gets transformed into HTML, use it if we don't already
+        //  have an HTML part.
+        else if (!htmlPart && part.contentType == "text/enriched")
+	  htmlPart = part;
+      }
+      // convert the HTML part if we have one
+      if (htmlPart)
+        return aMsgFolder.convertMsgSnippetToPlainText(htmlPart.body);
+    }
+    // if it's not alternative, recurse/aggregate using MimeMessage logic
+    return MimeMessage.prototype.coerceBodyToPlaintext.call(this, aMsgFolder);
+  },
+  prettyString: function MimeContainer_prettyString(aVerbose, aIndent,
+                                                    aDumpBody) {
+    let nextIndent = aIndent + "  ";
+
+    let s = "Container "+(this.isEncrypted ? "[encrypted] " : "")+
+      "(" + this.size + " bytes): " + this.contentType;
+    if (aVerbose)
+      s += this._prettyHeaderString(nextIndent);
+
+    for (let iPart = 0; iPart < this.parts.length; iPart++) {
+      let part = this.parts[iPart];
+      s += "\n" + nextIndent + (iPart+1) + " " +
+        part.prettyString(aVerbose, nextIndent, aDumpBody);
+    }
+
+    return s;
+  },
+  toString: function MimeContainer_toString() {
+    return "Container: " + this.contentType;
+  }
+};
+
+/**
+ * @class Represents a body portion that we understand and do not believe to be
+ *  a proper attachment.  This means text/plain or text/html and it has no
+ *  filename.  (A filename suggests an attachment.)
+ *
+ * @ivar contentType The content type of this body materal; text/plain or
+ *     text/html.
+ * @ivar body The actual body content.
+ */
+function MimeBody(aContentType) {
+  this.partName = null;
+  this.contentType = aContentType;
+  this.headers = {};
+  this.body = "";
+  this.isEncrypted = false;
+}
+
+MimeBody.prototype = {
+  __proto__: HeaderHandlerBase,
+  get allAttachments() {
+    return []; // we are a leaf
+  },
+  get allUserAttachments() {
+    return []; // we are a leaf
+  },
+  get size() {
+    return this.body.length;
+  },
+  set size (whatever) {
+    // nop
+  },
+  appendBody: function MimeBody_append(aBuf) {
+    this.body += aBuf;
+  },
+  coerceBodyToPlaintext:
+      function MimeBody_coerceBodyToPlaintext(aMsgFolder) {
+    if (this.contentType == "text/plain")
+      return this.body;
+    // text/enriched gets transformed into HTML by libmime
+    if (this.contentType == "text/html" ||
+        this.contentType == "text/enriched")
+      return aMsgFolder.convertMsgSnippetToPlainText(this.body);
+    return "";
+  },
+  prettyString: function MimeBody_prettyString(aVerbose, aIndent, aDumpBody) {
+    let s = "Body: "+(this.isEncrypted ? "[encrypted] " : "")+
+      "" + this.contentType + " (" + this.body.length + " bytes" +
+      (aDumpBody ? (": '" + this.body + "'") : "") + ")";
+    if (aVerbose)
+      s += this._prettyHeaderString(aIndent + "  ");
+    return s;
+  },
+  toString: function MimeBody_toString() {
+    return "Body: " + this.contentType + " (" + this.body.length + " bytes)";
+  }
+};
+
+/**
+ * @class A MIME Leaf node that doesn't have a filename so we assume it's not
+ *  intended to be an attachment proper.  This is probably meant for inline
+ *  display or is the result of someone amusing themselves by composing messages
+ *  by hand or a bad client.  This class should probably be renamed or we should
+ *  introduce a better named class that we try and use in preference to this
+ *  class.
+ *
+ * @ivar contentType The content type of this part.
+ */
+function MimeUnknown(aContentType) {
+  this.partName = null;
+  this.contentType = aContentType;
+  this.headers = {};
+  // Looks like libmime does not always intepret us as an attachment, which
+  //  means we'll have to have a default size. Returning undefined would cause
+  //  the recursive size computations to fail.
+  this._size = 0;
+  this.isEncrypted = false;
+  // We want to make sure MimeUnknown has a part property: S/MIME encrypted
+  // messages have a topmost MimeUnknown part, with the encrypted bit set to 1,
+  // and we need to ensure all other encrypted parts are children of this
+  // topmost part.
+  this.parts = [];
+}
+
+MimeUnknown.prototype = {
+  __proto__: HeaderHandlerBase,
+  get allAttachments() {
+    return this.parts.map(child => child.allAttachments)
+      .reduce((a, b) => a.concat(b), []);
+  },
+  get allUserAttachments() {
+    return this.parts.map(child => child.allUserAttachments)
+      .reduce((a, b) => a.concat(b), []);
+  },
+  get size() {
+    return this._size + this.parts.map(child => child.size)
+      .reduce((a, b) => a + Math.max(b, 0), 0);
+  },
+  set size(aSize) {
+    this._size = aSize;
+  },
+  prettyString: function MimeUnknown_prettyString(aVerbose, aIndent,
+                                                  aDumpBody) {
+    let nextIndent = aIndent + "  ";
+
+    let s = "Unknown: "+(this.isEncrypted ? "[encrypted] " : "")+
+      "" + this.contentType + " (" + this.size + " bytes)";
+    if (aVerbose)
+      s += this._prettyHeaderString(aIndent + "  ");
+
+    for (let iPart = 0; iPart < this.parts.length; iPart++) {
+      let part = this.parts[iPart];
+      s += "\n" + nextIndent + (iPart+1) + " " +
+        (part ? part.prettyString(aVerbose, nextIndent, aDumpBody) : "NULL");
+    }
+    return s;
+  },
+  toString: function MimeUnknown_toString() {
+    return "Unknown: " + this.contentType;
+  }
+};
+
+/**
+ * @class An attachment proper.  We think it's an attachment because it has a
+ *  filename that libmime was able to figure out.
+ *
+ * @ivar partName @see{MimeMessage.partName}
+ * @ivar name The filename of this attachment.
+ * @ivar contentType The MIME content type of this part.
+ * @ivar url The URL to stream if you want the contents of this part.
+ * @ivar isExternal Is the attachment stored someplace else than in the message?
+ * @ivar size The size of the attachment if available, -1 otherwise (size is set
+ *  after initialization by jsmimeemitter.js)
+ */
+function MimeMessageAttachment(aPartName, aName, aContentType, aUrl,
+                               aIsExternal) {
+  this.partName = aPartName;
+  this.name = aName;
+  this.contentType = aContentType;
+  this.url = aUrl;
+  this.isExternal = aIsExternal;
+  this.headers = {};
+  this.isEncrypted = false;
+  // parts is copied over from the part instance that preceded us
+  // headers is copied over from the part instance that preceded us
+  // isEncrypted is copied over from the part instance that preceded us
+}
+
+MimeMessageAttachment.prototype = {
+  __proto__: HeaderHandlerBase,
+  // This is a legacy property.
+  get isRealAttachment() {
+    return true;
+  },
+  get allAttachments() {
+    return [this]; // we are a leaf, so just us.
+  },
+  get allUserAttachments() {
+    return [this];
+  },
+  prettyString: function MimeMessageAttachment_prettyString(aVerbose, aIndent,
+                                                            aDumpBody) {
+    let s = "Attachment "+(this.isEncrypted ? "[encrypted] " : "")+
+      "(" + this.size+" bytes): "
+      + this.name + ", " + this.contentType;
+    if (aVerbose)
+      s += this._prettyHeaderString(aIndent + "  ");
+    return s;
+  },
+  toString: function MimeMessageAttachment_toString() {
+    return this.prettyString(false, "");
+  },
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/moz.build b/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/moz.build
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7ad34e2a6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/moz.build
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+# vim: set filetype=python:
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+EXTRA_JS_MODULES.gloda += [
+    'collection.js',
+    'connotent.js',
+    'databind.js',
+    'datamodel.js',
+    'datastore.js',
+    'dbview.js',
+    'everybody.js',
+    'explattr.js',
+    'facet.js',
+    'fundattr.js',
+    'gloda.js',
+    'index_ab.js',
+    'index_msg.js',
+    'indexer.js',
+    'log4moz.js',
+    'mimemsg.js',
+    'mimeTypeCategories.js',
+    'msg_search.js',
+    'noun_freetag.js',
+    'noun_mimetype.js',
+    'noun_tag.js',
+    'public.js',
+    'query.js',
+    'suffixtree.js',
+    'utils.js',
+]
diff --git a/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/msg_search.js b/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/msg_search.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8ba854406
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/msg_search.js
@@ -0,0 +1,346 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+this.EXPORTED_SYMBOLS = ["GlodaMsgSearcher"];
+
+var Cc = Components.classes;
+var Ci = Components.interfaces;
+var Cr = Components.results;
+var Cu = Components.utils;
+
+Cu.import("resource://gre/modules/Services.jsm");
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/public.js");
+
+/**
+ * How much time boost should a 'score point' amount to?  The authoritative,
+ *  incontrivertible answer, across all time and space, is a week.
+ *  Note that gloda stores timestamps as PRTimes for no exceedingly good
+ *  reason.
+ */
+var FUZZSCORE_TIMESTAMP_FACTOR = 1000 * 1000 * 60 * 60 * 24 * 7;
+
+var RANK_USAGE =
+  "glodaRank(matchinfo(messagesText), 1.0, 2.0, 2.0, 1.5, 1.5)";
+
+var DASCORE =
+  "(((" + RANK_USAGE + " + messages.notability) * " +
+    FUZZSCORE_TIMESTAMP_FACTOR +
+   ") + messages.date)";
+
+/**
+ * A new optimization decision we are making is that we do not want to carry
+ *  around any data in our ephemeral tables that is not used for whittling the
+ *  result set.  The idea is that the btree page cache or OS cache is going to
+ *  save us from the disk seeks and carrying around the extra data is just going
+ *  to be CPU/memory churn that slows us down.
+ *
+ * Additionally, we try and avoid row lookups that would have their results
+ *  discarded by the LIMIT.  Because of limitations in FTS3 (which might
+ *  be addressed in FTS4 by a feature request), we can't avoid the 'messages'
+ *  lookup since that has the message's date and static notability but we can
+ *  defer the 'messagesText' lookup.
+ *
+ * This is the access pattern we are after here:
+ * 1) Order the matches with minimized lookup and result storage costs.
+ * - The innermost MATCH does the doclist magic and provides us with
+ *    matchinfo() support which does not require content row retrieval
+ *    from messagesText.  Unfortunately, this is not enough to whittle anything
+ *    because we still need static interestingness, so...
+ * - Based on the match we retrieve the date and notability for that row from
+ *    'messages' using this in conjunction with matchinfo() to provide a score
+ *    that we can then use to LIMIT our results.
+ * 2) We reissue the MATCH query so that we will be able to use offsets(), but
+ *    we intersect the results of this MATCH against our LIMITed results from
+ *    step 1.
+ * - We use 'docid IN (phase 1 query)' to accomplish this because it results in
+ *    efficient lookup.  If we just use a join, we get O(mn) performance because
+ *    a cartesian join ends up being performed where either we end up performing
+ *    the fulltext query M times and table scan intersect with the results from
+ *    phase 1 or we do the fulltext once but traverse the entire result set from
+ *    phase 1 N times.
+ * - We believe that the re-execution of the MATCH query should have no disk
+ *    costs because it should still be cached by SQLite or the OS.  In the case
+ *    where memory is so constrained this is not true our behavior is still
+ *    probably preferable than the old way because that would have caused lots
+ *    of swapping.
+ * - This part of the query otherwise resembles the basic gloda query but with
+ *    the inclusion of the offsets() invocation.  The messages table lookup
+ *    should not involve any disk traffic because the pages should still be
+ *    cached (SQLite or OS) from phase 1.  The messagesText lookup is new, and
+ *    this is the major disk-seek reduction optimization we are making.  (Since
+ *    we avoid this lookup for all of the documents that were excluded by the
+ *    LIMIT.)  Since offsets() also needs to retrieve the row from messagesText
+ *    there is a nice synergy there.
+ */
+var NUEVO_FULLTEXT_SQL =
+  "SELECT messages.*, messagesText.*, offsets(messagesText) AS osets " +
+  "FROM messagesText, messages " +
+  "WHERE" +
+    " messagesText MATCH ?1 " +
+    " AND messagesText.docid IN (" +
+       "SELECT docid " +
+       "FROM messagesText JOIN messages ON messagesText.docid = messages.id " +
+       "WHERE messagesText MATCH ?1 " +
+       "ORDER BY " + DASCORE + " DESC " +
+       "LIMIT ?2" +
+    " )" +
+    " AND messages.id = messagesText.docid " +
+    " AND +messages.deleted = 0" +
+    " AND +messages.folderID IS NOT NULL" +
+    " AND +messages.messageKey IS NOT NULL";
+
+function identityFunc(x) {
+  return x;
+}
+
+function oneLessMaxZero(x) {
+  if (x <= 1)
+    return 0;
+  else
+    return x - 1;
+}
+
+function reduceSum(accum, curValue) {
+  return accum + curValue;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Columns are: body, subject, attachment names, author, recipients
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Scores if all search terms match in a column.  We bias against author
+ *  slightly and recipient a bit more in this case because a search that
+ *  entirely matches just on a person should give a mention of that person
+ *  in the subject or attachment a fighting chance.
+ * Keep in mind that because of our indexing in the face of address book
+ *  contacts (namely, we index the name used in the e-mail as well as the
+ *  display name on the address book card associated with the e-mail adress)
+ *  a contact is going to bias towards matching multiple times.
+ */
+var COLUMN_ALL_MATCH_SCORES = [4, 20, 20, 16, 12];
+/**
+ * Score for each distinct term that matches in the column.  This is capped
+ *  by COLUMN_ALL_SCORES.
+ */
+var COLUMN_PARTIAL_PER_MATCH_SCORES = [1, 4, 4, 4, 3];
+/**
+ * If a term matches multiple times, what is the marginal score for each
+ *  additional match.  We count the total number of matches beyond the
+ *  first match for each term.  In other words, if we have 3 terms which
+ *  matched 5, 3, and 0 times, then the total from our perspective is
+ *  (5 - 1) + (3 - 1) + 0 = 4 + 2 + 0 = 6.  We take the minimum of that value
+ *  and the value in COLUMN_MULTIPLE_MATCH_LIMIT and multiply by the value in
+ *  COLUMN_MULTIPLE_MATCH_SCORES.
+ */
+var COLUMN_MULTIPLE_MATCH_SCORES = [1, 0, 0, 0, 0];
+var COLUMN_MULTIPLE_MATCH_LIMIT = [10, 0, 0, 0, 0];
+
+/**
+ * Score the message on its offsets (from stashedColumns).
+ */
+function scoreOffsets(aMessage, aContext) {
+  let score = 0;
+
+  let termTemplate = aContext.terms.map(_ => 0);
+  // for each column, a list of the incidence of each term
+  let columnTermIncidence = [termTemplate.concat(),
+                             termTemplate.concat(),
+                             termTemplate.concat(),
+                             termTemplate.concat(),
+                             termTemplate.concat()];
+
+  // we need a friendlyParseInt because otherwise the radix stuff happens
+  //  because of the extra arguments map parses.  curse you, map!
+  let offsetNums =
+    aContext.stashedColumns[aMessage.id][0].split(" ").map(x => parseInt(x));
+  for (let i=0; i < offsetNums.length; i += 4) {
+    let columnIndex = offsetNums[i];
+    let termIndex = offsetNums[i+1];
+    columnTermIncidence[columnIndex][termIndex]++;
+  }
+
+  for (let iColumn = 0; iColumn < COLUMN_ALL_MATCH_SCORES.length; iColumn++) {
+    let termIncidence = columnTermIncidence[iColumn];
+    // bestow all match credit
+    if (termIncidence.every(identityFunc))
+      score += COLUMN_ALL_MATCH_SCORES[iColumn];
+    // bestow partial match credit
+    else if (termIncidence.some(identityFunc))
+      score += Math.min(COLUMN_ALL_MATCH_SCORES[iColumn],
+                        COLUMN_PARTIAL_PER_MATCH_SCORES[iColumn] *
+                          termIncidence.filter(identityFunc).length);
+    // bestow multiple match credit
+    score += Math.min(termIncidence.map(oneLessMaxZero).reduce(reduceSum, 0),
+                      COLUMN_MULTIPLE_MATCH_LIMIT[iColumn]) *
+             COLUMN_MULTIPLE_MATCH_SCORES[iColumn];
+  }
+
+  return score;
+}
+
+/**
+ * The searcher basically looks like a query, but is specialized for fulltext
+ *  search against messages.  Most of the explicit specialization involves
+ *  crafting a SQL query that attempts to order the matches by likelihood that
+ *  the user was looking for it.  This is based on full-text matches combined
+ *  with an explicit (generic) interest score value placed on the message at
+ *  indexing time.  This is followed by using the more generic gloda scoring
+ *  mechanism to explicitly score the messages given the search context in
+ *  addition to the more generic score adjusting rules.
+ */
+function GlodaMsgSearcher(aListener, aSearchString, aAndTerms) {
+  this.listener = aListener;
+
+  this.searchString = aSearchString;
+  this.fulltextTerms = this.parseSearchString(aSearchString);
+  this.andTerms = (aAndTerms != null) ? aAndTerms : true;
+
+  this.query = null;
+  this.collection = null;
+
+  this.scores = null;
+}
+GlodaMsgSearcher.prototype = {
+  /**
+   * Number of messages to retrieve initially.
+   */
+  get retrievalLimit() {
+    return Services.prefs.getIntPref(
+      "mailnews.database.global.search.msg.limit"
+    );
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Parse the string into terms/phrases by finding matching double-quotes.
+   */
+  parseSearchString: function GlodaMsgSearcher_parseSearchString(aSearchString) {
+    aSearchString = aSearchString.trim();
+    let terms = [];
+
+    /*
+     * Add the term as long as the trim on the way in didn't obliterate it.
+     *
+     * In the future this might have other helper logic; it did once before.
+     */
+    function addTerm(aTerm) {
+      if (aTerm)
+        terms.push(aTerm);
+    }
+
+    while (aSearchString) {
+      if (aSearchString.startsWith('"')) {
+        let endIndex = aSearchString.indexOf(aSearchString[0], 1);
+        // eat the quote if it has no friend
+        if (endIndex == -1) {
+          aSearchString = aSearchString.substring(1);
+          continue;
+        }
+
+        addTerm(aSearchString.substring(1, endIndex).trim());
+        aSearchString = aSearchString.substring(endIndex + 1);
+        continue;
+      }
+
+      let spaceIndex = aSearchString.indexOf(" ");
+      if (spaceIndex == -1) {
+        addTerm(aSearchString);
+        break;
+      }
+
+      addTerm(aSearchString.substring(0, spaceIndex));
+      aSearchString = aSearchString.substring(spaceIndex+1);
+    }
+
+    return terms;
+  },
+
+  buildFulltextQuery: function GlodaMsgSearcher_buildFulltextQuery() {
+    let query = Gloda.newQuery(Gloda.NOUN_MESSAGE, {
+      noMagic: true,
+      explicitSQL: NUEVO_FULLTEXT_SQL,
+      limitClauseAlreadyIncluded: true,
+      // osets is 0-based column number 14 (volatile to column changes)
+      // save the offset column for extra analysis
+      stashColumns: [14]
+    });
+
+    let fulltextQueryString = "";
+
+    for (let [iTerm, term] of this.fulltextTerms.entries()) {
+      if (iTerm)
+        fulltextQueryString += this.andTerms ? " " : " OR ";
+
+      // Put our term in quotes.  This is needed for the tokenizer to be able
+      //  to do useful things.  The exception is people clever enough to use
+      //  NEAR.
+      if (/^NEAR(\/\d+)?$/.test(term))
+        fulltextQueryString += term;
+      // Check if this is a single-character CJK search query.  If so, we want
+      //  to add a wildcard.
+      // Our tokenizer treats anything at/above 0x2000 as CJK for now.
+      else if (term.length == 1 && term.charCodeAt(0) >= 0x2000)
+        fulltextQueryString += term + "*";
+      else if (
+          term.length == 2 &&
+            term.charCodeAt(0) >= 0x2000 &&
+            term.charCodeAt(1) >= 0x2000
+          || term.length >= 3
+      )
+        fulltextQueryString += '"' + term + '"';
+
+    }
+
+    query.fulltextMatches(fulltextQueryString);
+    query.limit(this.retrievalLimit);
+
+    return query;
+  },
+
+  getCollection: function GlodaMsgSearcher_getCollection(
+      aListenerOverride, aData) {
+    if (aListenerOverride)
+      this.listener = aListenerOverride;
+
+    this.query = this.buildFulltextQuery();
+    this.collection = this.query.getCollection(this, aData);
+    this.completed = false;
+
+    return this.collection;
+  },
+
+  sortBy: '-dascore',
+
+  onItemsAdded: function GlodaMsgSearcher_onItemsAdded(aItems, aCollection) {
+    let newScores = Gloda.scoreNounItems(
+      aItems,
+      {
+        terms: this.fulltextTerms,
+        stashedColumns: aCollection.stashedColumns
+      },
+      [scoreOffsets]);
+    if (this.scores)
+      this.scores = this.scores.concat(newScores);
+    else
+      this.scores = newScores;
+
+    if (this.listener)
+      this.listener.onItemsAdded(aItems, aCollection);
+  },
+  onItemsModified: function GlodaMsgSearcher_onItemsModified(aItems,
+                                                             aCollection) {
+    if (this.listener)
+      this.listener.onItemsModified(aItems, aCollection);
+  },
+  onItemsRemoved: function GlodaMsgSearcher_onItemsRemoved(aItems,
+                                                           aCollection) {
+    if (this.listener)
+      this.listener.onItemsRemoved(aItems, aCollection);
+  },
+  onQueryCompleted: function GlodaMsgSearcher_onQueryCompleted(aCollection) {
+    this.completed = true;
+    if (this.listener)
+      this.listener.onQueryCompleted(aCollection);
+  },
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/noun_freetag.js b/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/noun_freetag.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8c92d53ae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/noun_freetag.js
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+this.EXPORTED_SYMBOLS = ['FreeTag', 'FreeTagNoun'];
+
+var Cc = Components.classes;
+var Ci = Components.interfaces;
+var Cr = Components.results;
+var Cu = Components.utils;
+
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/log4moz.js");
+
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/gloda.js");
+
+function FreeTag(aTagName) {
+  this.name = aTagName;
+}
+
+FreeTag.prototype = {
+  toString: function () {
+    return this.name;
+  }
+};
+
+/**
+ * @namespace Tag noun provider.  Since the tag unique value is stored as a
+ *  parameter, we are an odd case and semantically confused.
+ */
+var FreeTagNoun = {
+  _log: Log4Moz.repository.getLogger("gloda.noun.freetag"),
+
+  name: "freetag",
+  clazz: FreeTag,
+  allowsArbitraryAttrs: false,
+  usesParameter: true,
+
+  _listeners: [],
+  addListener: function(aListener) {
+    this._listeners.push(aListener);
+  },
+  removeListener: function(aListener) {
+    let index = this._listeners.indexOf(aListener);
+    if (index >=0)
+      this._listeners.splice(index, 1);
+  },
+
+  populateKnownFreeTags: function() {
+    for (let attr of this.objectNounOfAttributes) {
+      let attrDB = attr.dbDef;
+      for (let param in attrDB.parameterBindings) {
+        this.getFreeTag(param);
+      }
+    }
+  },
+
+  knownFreeTags: {},
+  getFreeTag: function(aTagName) {
+    let tag = this.knownFreeTags[aTagName];
+    if (!tag) {
+      tag = this.knownFreeTags[aTagName] = new FreeTag(aTagName);
+      for (let listener of this._listeners)
+        listener.onFreeTagAdded(tag);
+    }
+    return tag;
+  },
+
+  comparator: function gloda_noun_freetag_comparator(a, b) {
+    if (a == null) {
+      if (b == null)
+        return 0;
+      else
+        return 1;
+    }
+    else if (b == null) {
+      return -1;
+    }
+    return a.name.localeCompare(b.name);
+  },
+
+  toParamAndValue: function gloda_noun_freetag_toParamAndValue(aTag) {
+    return [aTag.name, null];
+  },
+
+  toJSON: function gloda_noun_freetag_toJSON(aTag) {
+    return aTag.name;
+  },
+  fromJSON: function gloda_noun_freetag_fromJSON(aTagName) {
+    return this.getFreeTag(aTagName);
+  },
+};
+
+Gloda.defineNoun(FreeTagNoun);
diff --git a/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/noun_mimetype.js b/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/noun_mimetype.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..066031c4a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/noun_mimetype.js
@@ -0,0 +1,365 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+this.EXPORTED_SYMBOLS = ['MimeType', 'MimeTypeNoun'];
+
+var Cc = Components.classes;
+var Ci = Components.interfaces;
+var Cr = Components.results;
+var Cu = Components.utils;
+
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/log4moz.js");
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/StringBundle.js");
+
+var LOG = Log4Moz.repository.getLogger("gloda.noun.mimetype");
+
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/gloda.js");
+
+var CategoryStringMap = {};
+
+/**
+ * Mime type abstraction that exists primarily so we can map mime types to
+ *  integer id's.
+ *
+ * Instances of this class should only be retrieved via |MimeTypeNoun|; no one
+ *  should ever create an instance directly.
+ */
+function MimeType(aID, aType, aSubType, aFullType, aCategory) {
+  this._id = aID;
+  this._type = aType;
+  this._subType = aSubType;
+  this._fullType = aFullType;
+  this._category = aCategory;
+}
+
+MimeType.prototype = {
+  /**
+   * The integer id we have associated with the mime type.  This is stable for
+   *  the lifetime of the database, which means that anything in the Gloda
+   *  database can use this without fear.  Things not persisted in the database
+   *  should use the actual string mime type, retrieval via |fullType|.
+   */
+  get id() { return this._id; },
+  /**
+   * The first part of the MIME type; "text/plain" gets you "text".
+   */
+  get type() { return this._type; },
+  set fullType(aFullType) {
+    if (!this._fullType) {
+      this._fullType = aFullType;
+      [this._type, this._subType] = this._fullType.split("/");
+      this._category =
+        MimeTypeNoun._getCategoryForMimeType(aFullType, this._type);
+    }
+  },
+  /**
+   * If the |fullType| is "text/plain", subType is "plain".
+   */
+  get subType() { return this._subType; },
+  /**
+   * The full MIME type; "text/plain" returns "text/plain".
+   */
+  get fullType() { return this._fullType; },
+  toString: function () {
+    return this.fullType;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * @return the category we believe this mime type belongs to.  This category
+   *     name should never be shown directly to the user.  Instead, use
+   *     |categoryLabel| to get the localized name for the category.  The
+   *     category mapping comes from mimeTypesCategories.js.
+   */
+  get category() {
+    return this._category;
+  },
+  /**
+   * @return The localized label for the category from gloda.properties in the
+   *     "gloda.mimetype.category.CATEGORY.label" definition using the value
+   *     from |category|.
+   */
+  get categoryLabel() {
+    return CategoryStringMap[this._category];
+  }
+};
+
+/**
+ * Mime type noun provider.
+ *
+ * The set of MIME Types is sufficiently limited that we can keep them all in
+ *  memory.  In theory it is also sufficiently limited that we could use the
+ *  parameter mechanism in the database.  However, it is more efficient, for
+ *  both space and performance reasons, to store the specific mime type as a
+ *  value.  For future-proofing reasons, we opt to use a database table to
+ *  persist the mapping rather than a hard-coded list.  A preferences file or
+ *  other text file would arguably suffice, but for consistency reasons, the
+ *  database is not a bad thing.
+ */
+var MimeTypeNoun = {
+  name: "mime-type",
+  clazz: MimeType, // gloda supports clazz as well as class
+  allowsArbitraryAttrs: false,
+
+  _strings: new StringBundle("chrome://messenger/locale/gloda.properties"),
+
+  // note! update test_noun_mimetype if you change our internals!
+  _mimeTypes: {},
+  _mimeTypesByID: {},
+  TYPE_BLOCK_SIZE: 16384,
+  _mimeTypeHighID: {},
+  _mimeTypeRangeDummyObjects: {},
+  _highID: 0,
+
+  // we now use the exciting 'schema' mechanism of defineNoun to get our table
+  //  created for us, plus some helper methods that we simply don't use.
+  schema: {
+    name: 'mimeTypes',
+    columns: [['id', 'INTEGER PRIMARY KEY', '_id'],
+              ['mimeType', 'TEXT', 'fullType']],
+  },
+
+  _init: function() {
+    LOG.debug("loading MIME types");
+    this._loadCategoryMapping();
+    this._loadMimeTypes();
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * A map from MIME type to category name.
+   */
+  _mimeTypeToCategory: {},
+  /**
+   * Load the contents of mimeTypeCategories.js and populate
+   */
+  _loadCategoryMapping: function MimeTypeNoun__loadCategoryMapping() {
+    let mimecatNS = {};
+    Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/mimeTypeCategories.js",
+              mimecatNS);
+    let mcm = mimecatNS.MimeCategoryMapping;
+
+    let mimeTypeToCategory = this._mimeTypeToCategory;
+
+    function procMapObj(aSubTree, aCategories) {
+      for (let key in aSubTree) {
+        let value = aSubTree[key];
+        // Add this category to our nested categories list.  Use concat since
+        //  the list will be long-lived and each list needs to be distinct.
+        let categories = aCategories.concat();
+        categories.push(key);
+
+        if (categories.length == 1) {
+          CategoryStringMap[key] =
+            MimeTypeNoun._strings.get(
+              "gloda.mimetype.category." + key + ".label");
+        }
+
+        // Is it an array? If so, just process this depth
+        if (Array.isArray(value)) {
+          for (let mimeTypeStr of value) {
+            mimeTypeToCategory[mimeTypeStr] = categories;
+          }
+        }
+        // it's yet another sub-tree branch
+        else {
+          procMapObj(value, categories);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    procMapObj(mimecatNS.MimeCategoryMapping, []);
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Lookup the category associated with a MIME type given its full type and
+   *  type.  (So, "foo/bar" and "foo" for "foo/bar".)
+   */
+  _getCategoryForMimeType:
+      function MimeTypeNoun__getCategoryForMimeType(aFullType, aType) {
+    if (aFullType in this._mimeTypeToCategory)
+      return this._mimeTypeToCategory[aFullType][0];
+    let wildType = aType + "/*";
+    if (wildType in this._mimeTypeToCategory)
+      return this._mimeTypeToCategory[wildType][0];
+    return this._mimeTypeToCategory["*"][0];
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * In order to allow the gloda query mechanism to avoid hitting the database,
+   *  we need to either define the noun type as cachable and have a super-large
+   *  cache or simply have a collection with every MIME type in it that stays
+   *  alive forever.
+   * This is that collection.  It is initialized by |_loadMimeTypes|.  As new
+   *  MIME types are created, we add them to the collection.
+   */
+  _universalCollection: null,
+
+  /**
+   * Kick off a query of all the mime types in our database, leaving
+   *  |_processMimeTypes| to actually do the legwork.
+   */
+  _loadMimeTypes: function MimeTypeNoun__loadMimeTypes() {
+    // get all the existing mime types!
+    let query = Gloda.newQuery(this.id);
+    let nullFunc = function() {};
+    this._universalCollection = query.getCollection({
+      onItemsAdded: nullFunc, onItemsModified: nullFunc,
+      onItemsRemoved: nullFunc,
+      onQueryCompleted: function (aCollection) {
+        MimeTypeNoun._processMimeTypes(aCollection.items);
+      }
+    }, null);
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * For the benefit of our Category queryHelper, we need dummy ranged objects
+   *  that cover the numerical address space allocated to the category.  We
+   *  can't use a real object for the upper-bound because the upper-bound is
+   *  constantly growing and there is the chance the query might get persisted,
+   *  which means these values need to be long-lived.  Unfortunately, our
+   *  solution to this problem (dummy objects) complicates the second case,
+   *  should it ever occur.  (Because the dummy objects cannot be persisted
+   *  on their own... but there are other issues that will come up that we will
+   *  just have to deal with then.)
+   */
+  _createCategoryDummies: function (aId, aCategory) {
+    let blockBottom = aId - (aId % this.TYPE_BLOCK_SIZE);
+    let blockTop = blockBottom + this.TYPE_BLOCK_SIZE - 1;
+    this._mimeTypeRangeDummyObjects[aCategory] = [
+      new MimeType(blockBottom, "!category-dummy!", aCategory,
+                   "!category-dummy!/" + aCategory, aCategory),
+      new MimeType(blockTop, "!category-dummy!", aCategory,
+                   "!category-dummy!/" + aCategory, aCategory)
+    ];
+  },
+
+  _processMimeTypes: function MimeTypeNoun__processMimeTypes(aMimeTypes) {
+    for (let mimeType of aMimeTypes) {
+      if (mimeType.id > this._highID)
+        this._highID = mimeType.id;
+      this._mimeTypes[mimeType] = mimeType;
+      this._mimeTypesByID[mimeType.id] = mimeType;
+
+      let typeBlock = mimeType.id - (mimeType.id % this.TYPE_BLOCK_SIZE);
+      let blockHighID = (mimeType.category in this._mimeTypeHighID) ?
+                          this._mimeTypeHighID[mimeType.category] : undefined;
+      // create the dummy range objects
+      if (blockHighID === undefined)
+        this._createCategoryDummies(mimeType.id, mimeType.category);
+      if ((blockHighID === undefined) || mimeType.id > blockHighID)
+        this._mimeTypeHighID[mimeType.category] = mimeType.id;
+    }
+  },
+
+  _addNewMimeType: function MimeTypeNoun__addNewMimeType(aMimeTypeName) {
+    let [typeName, subTypeName] = aMimeTypeName.split("/");
+    let category = this._getCategoryForMimeType(aMimeTypeName, typeName);
+
+    if (!(category in this._mimeTypeHighID)) {
+      let nextID = this._highID - (this._highID % this.TYPE_BLOCK_SIZE) +
+        this.TYPE_BLOCK_SIZE;
+      this._mimeTypeHighID[category] = nextID;
+      this._createCategoryDummies(nextID, category);
+    }
+
+    let nextID = ++this._mimeTypeHighID[category];
+
+    let mimeType = new MimeType(nextID, typeName, subTypeName, aMimeTypeName,
+                                category);
+    if (mimeType.id > this._highID)
+      this._highID = mimeType.id;
+
+    this._mimeTypes[aMimeTypeName] = mimeType;
+    this._mimeTypesByID[nextID] = mimeType;
+
+    // As great as the gloda extension mechanisms are, we don't think it makes
+    //  a lot of sense to use them in this case.  So we directly trigger object
+    //  insertion without any of the grokNounItem stuff.
+    this.objInsert.call(this.datastore, mimeType);
+    // Since we bypass grokNounItem and its fun, we need to explicitly add the
+    //  new MIME-type to _universalCollection ourselves.  Don't try this at
+    //  home, kids.
+    this._universalCollection._onItemsAdded([mimeType]);
+
+    return mimeType;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Map a mime type to a |MimeType| instance, creating it if necessary.
+   *
+   * @param aMimeTypeName The mime type.  It may optionally include parameters
+   *     (which will be ignored).  A mime type is of the form "type/subtype".
+   *     A type with parameters would look like 'type/subtype; param="value"'.
+   */
+  getMimeType: function MimeTypeNoun_getMimeType(aMimeTypeName) {
+    // first, lose any parameters
+    let semiIndex = aMimeTypeName.indexOf(";");
+    if (semiIndex >= 0)
+      aMimeTypeName = aMimeTypeName.substring(0, semiIndex);
+    aMimeTypeName = aMimeTypeName.trim().toLowerCase();
+
+    if (aMimeTypeName in this._mimeTypes)
+      return this._mimeTypes[aMimeTypeName];
+    else
+      return this._addNewMimeType(aMimeTypeName);
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Query helpers contribute additional functions to the query object for the
+   *  attributes that use the noun type.  For example, we define Category, so
+   *  for the "attachmentTypes" attribute, "attachmentTypesCategory" would be
+   *  exposed.
+   */
+  queryHelpers: {
+    /**
+     * Query for MIME type categories based on one or more MIME type objects
+     *  passed in.  We want the range to span the entire block allocated to the
+     *  category.
+     *
+     * @param aAttrDef The attribute that is using us.
+     * @param aArguments The actual arguments object that
+     */
+    Category: function(aAttrDef, aArguments) {
+      let rangePairs = [];
+      // If there are no arguments then we want to fall back to the 'in'
+      //  constraint which matches on any attachment.
+      if (aArguments.length == 0)
+        return this._inConstraintHelper(aAttrDef, []);
+
+      for (let iArg = 0; iArg < aArguments.length; iArg++) {
+        let arg = aArguments[iArg];
+        rangePairs.push(MimeTypeNoun._mimeTypeRangeDummyObjects[arg.category]);
+      }
+      return this._rangedConstraintHelper(aAttrDef, rangePairs);
+    }
+  },
+
+  comparator: function gloda_noun_mimeType_comparator(a, b) {
+    if (a == null) {
+      if (b == null)
+        return 0;
+      else
+        return 1;
+    }
+    else if (b == null) {
+      return -1;
+    }
+    return a.fullType.localeCompare(b.fullType);
+  },
+
+  toParamAndValue: function gloda_noun_mimeType_toParamAndValue(aMimeType) {
+    return [null, aMimeType.id];
+  },
+  toJSON: function gloda_noun_mimeType_toJSON(aMimeType) {
+    return aMimeType.id;
+  },
+  fromJSON: function gloda_noun_mimeType_fromJSON(aMimeTypeID) {
+    return this._mimeTypesByID[aMimeTypeID];
+  },
+};
+Gloda.defineNoun(MimeTypeNoun, Gloda.NOUN_MIME_TYPE);
+try {
+MimeTypeNoun._init();
+} catch (ex) {
+  LOG.error("problem init-ing: " + ex.fileName + ":" + ex.lineNumber + ": " + ex);
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/noun_tag.js b/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/noun_tag.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..292bdad9b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/noun_tag.js
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+this.EXPORTED_SYMBOLS = ['TagNoun'];
+
+Components.utils.import("resource:///modules/mailServices.js");
+
+var Cc = Components.classes;
+var Ci = Components.interfaces;
+var Cr = Components.results;
+var Cu = Components.utils;
+
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/gloda.js");
+
+/**
+ * @namespace Tag noun provider.
+ */
+var TagNoun = {
+  name: "tag",
+  clazz: Ci.nsIMsgTag,
+  usesParameter: true,
+  allowsArbitraryAttrs: false,
+  idAttr: "key",
+  _msgTagService: null,
+  _tagMap: null,
+  _tagList: null,
+
+  _init: function () {
+    this._msgTagService = MailServices.tags;
+    this._updateTagMap();
+  },
+
+  getAllTags: function gloda_noun_tag_getAllTags() {
+    if (this._tagList == null)
+      this._updateTagMap();
+    return this._tagList;
+  },
+
+  _updateTagMap: function gloda_noun_tag_updateTagMap() {
+    this._tagMap = {};
+    let tagArray = this._tagList = this._msgTagService.getAllTags({});
+    for (let iTag = 0; iTag < tagArray.length; iTag++) {
+      let tag = tagArray[iTag];
+      this._tagMap[tag.key] = tag;
+    }
+  },
+
+  comparator: function gloda_noun_tag_comparator(a, b) {
+    if (a == null) {
+      if (b == null)
+        return 0;
+      else
+        return 1;
+    }
+    else if (b == null) {
+      return -1;
+    }
+    return a.tag.localeCompare(b.tag);
+  },
+  userVisibleString: function gloda_noun_tag_userVisibleString(aTag) {
+    return aTag.tag;
+  },
+
+  // we cannot be an attribute value
+
+  toParamAndValue: function gloda_noun_tag_toParamAndValue(aTag) {
+    return [aTag.key, null];
+  },
+  toJSON: function gloda_noun_tag_toJSON(aTag) {
+    return aTag.key;
+  },
+  fromJSON: function gloda_noun_tag_fromJSON(aTagKey, aIgnored) {
+    let tag = this._tagMap.hasOwnProperty(aTagKey) ? this._tagMap[aTagKey]
+                : undefined;
+    // you will note that if a tag is removed, we are unable to aggressively
+    //  deal with this.  we are okay with this, but it would be nice to be able
+    //  to listen to the message tag service to know when we should rebuild.
+    if ((tag === undefined) && this._msgTagService.isValidKey(aTagKey)) {
+      this._updateTagMap();
+      tag = this._tagMap[aTagKey];
+    }
+    // we intentionally are returning undefined if the tag doesn't exist
+    return tag;
+  },
+  /**
+   * Convenience helper to turn a tag key into a tag name.
+   */
+  getTag: function gloda_noun_tag_getTag(aTagKey) {
+    return this.fromJSON(aTagKey);
+  }
+};
+
+TagNoun._init();
+Gloda.defineNoun(TagNoun, Gloda.NOUN_TAG);
diff --git a/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/public.js b/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/public.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..63c7d87a9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/public.js
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+this.EXPORTED_SYMBOLS = ["Gloda"];
+
+var Cc = Components.classes;
+var Ci = Components.interfaces;
+var Cr = Components.results;
+var Cu = Components.utils;
+
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/gloda.js");
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/everybody.js");
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/indexer.js");
+// initialize the indexer! (who was actually imported as a nested dep by the
+//  things everybody.js imported.)  We waited until now so it could know about
+//  its indexers.
+GlodaIndexer._init();
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/index_msg.js");
+
+/**
+ * Expose some junk
+ */
+function proxy(aSourceObj, aSourceAttr, aDestObj, aDestAttr) {
+  aDestObj[aDestAttr] = function() {
+    return aSourceObj[aSourceAttr].apply(aSourceObj, arguments);
+  };
+}
+
+proxy(GlodaIndexer, "addListener", Gloda, "addIndexerListener");
+proxy(GlodaIndexer, "removeListener", Gloda, "removeIndexerListener");
+proxy(GlodaMsgIndexer, "isMessageIndexed", Gloda, "isMessageIndexed");
+proxy(GlodaMsgIndexer, "setFolderIndexingPriority", Gloda,
+      "setFolderIndexingPriority");
+proxy(GlodaMsgIndexer, "resetFolderIndexingPriority", Gloda,
+      "resetFolderIndexingPriority");
diff --git a/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/query.js b/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/query.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2c2139498
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/query.js
@@ -0,0 +1,618 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+this.EXPORTED_SYMBOLS = ["GlodaQueryClassFactory"];
+
+var Cc = Components.classes;
+var Ci = Components.interfaces;
+var Cr = Components.results;
+var Cu = Components.utils;
+
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/log4moz.js");
+
+// GlodaDatastore has some constants we need, and oddly enough, there was no
+//  load dependency preventing us from doing this.
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/datastore.js");
+
+/**
+ * @class Query class core; each noun gets its own sub-class where attributes
+ *  have helper methods bound.
+ *
+ * @param aOptions A dictionary of options.  Current legal options are:
+ *     - noMagic: Indicates that the noun's dbQueryJoinMagic should be ignored.
+ *                Currently, this means that messages will not have their
+ *                full-text indexed values re-attached.  This is planned to be
+ *                offset by having queries/cache lookups that do not request
+ *                noMagic to ensure that their data does get loaded.
+ *     - explicitSQL: A hand-rolled alternate representation for the core
+ *           SELECT portion of the SQL query.  The queryFromQuery logic still
+ *           generates its normal query, we just ignore its result in favor of
+ *           your provided value.  This means that the positional parameter
+ *           list is still built and you should/must rely on those bound
+ *           parameters (using '?').  The replacement occurs prior to the
+ *           outerWrapColumns, ORDER BY, and LIMIT contributions to the query.
+ *     - outerWrapColumns: If provided, wraps the query in a "SELECT *,blah
+ *           FROM (actual query)" where blah is your list of outerWrapColumns
+ *           made comma-delimited.  The idea is that this allows you to
+ *           reference the result of expressions inside the query using their
+ *           names rather than having to duplicate the logic.  In practice,
+ *           this makes things more readable but is unlikely to improve
+ *           performance.  (Namely, my use of 'offsets' for full-text stuff
+ *           ends up in the EXPLAIN plan twice despite this.)
+ *     - noDbQueryValidityConstraints: Indicates that any validity constraints
+ *           should be ignored. This should be used when you need to get every
+ *           match regardless of whether it's valid.
+ *
+ * @property _owner The query instance that holds the list of unions...
+ * @property _constraints A list of (lists of OR constraints) that are ANDed
+ *     together.  For example [[FROM bob, FROM jim], [DATE last week]] would
+ *     be requesting us to find all the messages from either bob or jim, and
+ *     sent in the last week.
+ * @property _unions A list of other queries whose results are unioned with our
+ *     own.  There is no concept of nesting or sub-queries apart from this
+ *     mechanism.
+ */
+function GlodaQueryClass(aOptions) {
+  this.options = (aOptions != null) ? aOptions : {};
+
+  // if we are an 'or' clause, who is our parent whom other 'or' clauses should
+  //  spawn from...
+  this._owner = null;
+  // our personal chain of and-ing.
+  this._constraints = [];
+  // the other instances we union with
+  this._unions = [];
+
+  this._order = [];
+  this._limit = 0;
+}
+
+GlodaQueryClass.prototype = {
+  WILDCARD: {},
+
+  get constraintCount() {
+    return this._constraints.length;
+  },
+
+  or: function gloda_query_or() {
+    let owner = this._owner || this;
+    let orQuery = new this._queryClass();
+    orQuery._owner = owner;
+    owner._unions.push(orQuery);
+    return orQuery;
+  },
+
+  orderBy: function gloda_query_orderBy() {
+    for (let iArg = 0; iArg < arguments.length; iArg++) {
+      let arg = arguments[iArg];
+      this._order.push(arg);
+    }
+    return this;
+  },
+
+  limit: function gloda_query_limit(aLimit) {
+    this._limit = aLimit;
+    return this;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Return a collection asynchronously populated by this collection.  You must
+   *  provide a listener to receive notifications from the collection as it
+   *  receives updates.  The listener object should implement onItemsAdded,
+   *  onItemsModified, and onItemsRemoved methods, all of which take a single
+   *  argument which is the list of items which have been added, modified, or
+   *  removed respectively.
+   *
+   * @param aListener The collection listener.
+   * @param [aData] The data attribute to set on the collection.
+   * @param [aArgs.becomeExplicit] Make the collection explicit so that the
+   *     collection will only ever contain results found from the database
+   *     query and the query will not be updated as new items are indexed that
+   *     also match the query.
+   * @param [aArgs.becomeNull] Change the collection's query to a null query so
+   *     that it will never receive any additional added/modified/removed events
+   *     apart from the underlying database query.  This is really only intended
+   *     for gloda internal use but may be acceptable for non-gloda use.  Please
+   *     ask on mozilla.dev.apps.thunderbird first to make sure there isn't a
+   *     better solution for your use-case.  (Note: removals will still happen
+   *     when things get fully deleted.)
+   */
+  getCollection: function gloda_query_getCollection(aListener, aData, aArgs) {
+    this.completed = false;
+    return this._nounDef.datastore.queryFromQuery(this, aListener, aData,
+             /* aExistingCollection */ null, /* aMasterCollection */ null,
+             aArgs);
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Test whether the given first-class noun instance satisfies this query.
+   *
+   * @testpoint gloda.query.test
+   */
+  test: function gloda_query_test(aObj) {
+    // when changing this method, be sure that GlodaDatastore's queryFromQuery
+    //  method likewise has any required changes made.
+    let unionQueries = [this].concat(this._unions);
+
+    for (let iUnion = 0; iUnion < unionQueries.length; iUnion++) {
+      let curQuery = unionQueries[iUnion];
+
+      // assume success until a specific (or) constraint proves us wrong
+      let querySatisfied = true;
+      for (let iConstraint = 0; iConstraint < curQuery._constraints.length;
+           iConstraint++) {
+        let constraint = curQuery._constraints[iConstraint];
+        let [constraintType, attrDef] = constraint;
+        let boundName = attrDef ? attrDef.boundName : "id";
+        if ((boundName in aObj) &&
+            aObj[boundName] === GlodaDatastore.IGNORE_FACET) {
+          querySatisfied = false;
+          break;
+        }
+
+        let constraintValues = constraint.slice(2);
+
+        if (constraintType === GlodaDatastore.kConstraintIdIn) {
+          if (constraintValues.indexOf(aObj.id) == -1) {
+            querySatisfied = false;
+            break;
+          }
+        }
+        // @testpoint gloda.query.test.kConstraintIn
+        else if ((constraintType === GlodaDatastore.kConstraintIn) ||
+                 (constraintType === GlodaDatastore.kConstraintEquals)) {
+          let objectNounDef = attrDef.objectNounDef;
+
+          // if they provide an equals comparator, use that.
+          // (note: the next case has better optimization possibilities than
+          //  this mechanism, but of course has higher initialization costs or
+          //  code complexity costs...)
+          if (objectNounDef.equals) {
+            let testValues;
+            if (!(boundName in aObj))
+              testValues = [];
+            else if (attrDef.singular)
+              testValues = [aObj[boundName]];
+            else
+              testValues = aObj[boundName];
+
+            // If there are no constraints, then we are just testing for there
+            //  being a value.  Succeed (continue) in that case.
+            if (constraintValues.length == 0 && testValues.length &&
+                testValues[0] != null)
+              continue;
+
+            // If there are no test values and the empty set is significant,
+            //  then check if any of the constraint values are null (our
+            //  empty indicator.)
+            if (testValues.length == 0 && attrDef.emptySetIsSignificant) {
+              let foundEmptySetSignifier = false;
+              for (let constraintValue of constraintValues) {
+                if (constraintValue == null) {
+                  foundEmptySetSignifier = true;
+                  break;
+                }
+              }
+              if (foundEmptySetSignifier)
+                continue;
+            }
+
+            let foundMatch = false;
+            for (let testValue of testValues) {
+              for (let value of constraintValues) {
+                if (objectNounDef.equals(testValue, value)) {
+                  foundMatch = true;
+                  break;
+                }
+              }
+              if (foundMatch)
+                break;
+            }
+            if (!foundMatch) {
+              querySatisfied = false;
+              break;
+            }
+          }
+          // otherwise, we need to convert everyone to their param/value form
+          //  in order to test for equality
+          else {
+            // let's just do the simple, obvious thing for now.  which is
+            //  what we did in the prior case but exploding values using
+            //  toParamAndValue, and then comparing.
+            let testValues;
+            if (!(boundName in aObj))
+              testValues = [];
+            else if (attrDef.singular)
+              testValues = [aObj[boundName]];
+            else
+              testValues = aObj[boundName];
+
+            // If there are no constraints, then we are just testing for there
+            //  being a value.  Succeed (continue) in that case.
+            if (constraintValues.length == 0 && testValues.length &&
+                testValues[0] != null)
+              continue;
+            // If there are no test values and the empty set is significant,
+            //  then check if any of the constraint values are null (our
+            //  empty indicator.)
+            if (testValues.length == 0 && attrDef.emptySetIsSignificant) {
+              let foundEmptySetSignifier = false;
+              for (let constraintValue of constraintValues) {
+                if (constraintValue == null) {
+                  foundEmptySetSignifier = true;
+                  break;
+                }
+              }
+              if (foundEmptySetSignifier)
+                continue;
+            }
+
+            let foundMatch = false;
+            for (let testValue of testValues) {
+              let [aParam, aValue] = objectNounDef.toParamAndValue(testValue);
+              for (let value of constraintValues) {
+                // skip empty set check sentinel values
+                if (value == null && attrDef.emptySetIsSignificant)
+                  continue;
+                let [bParam, bValue] = objectNounDef.toParamAndValue(value);
+                if (aParam == bParam && aValue == bValue) {
+                  foundMatch = true;
+                  break;
+                }
+              }
+              if (foundMatch)
+                break;
+            }
+            if (!foundMatch) {
+              querySatisfied = false;
+              break;
+            }
+          }
+        }
+        // @testpoint gloda.query.test.kConstraintRanges
+        else if (constraintType === GlodaDatastore.kConstraintRanges) {
+          let objectNounDef = attrDef.objectNounDef;
+
+          let testValues;
+          if (!(boundName in aObj))
+              testValues = [];
+          else if (attrDef.singular)
+            testValues = [aObj[boundName]];
+          else
+            testValues = aObj[boundName];
+
+          let foundMatch = false;
+          for (let testValue of testValues) {
+            let [tParam, tValue] = objectNounDef.toParamAndValue(testValue);
+            for (let rangeTuple of constraintValues) {
+              let [lowerRValue, upperRValue] = rangeTuple;
+              if (lowerRValue == null) {
+                let [upperParam, upperValue] =
+                  objectNounDef.toParamAndValue(upperRValue);
+                if (tParam == upperParam && tValue <= upperValue) {
+                  foundMatch = true;
+                  break;
+                }
+              }
+              else if (upperRValue == null) {
+                let [lowerParam, lowerValue] =
+                  objectNounDef.toParamAndValue(lowerRValue);
+                if (tParam == lowerParam && tValue >= lowerValue) {
+                  foundMatch = true;
+                  break;
+                }
+              }
+              else { // no one is null
+                let [upperParam, upperValue] =
+                  objectNounDef.toParamAndValue(upperRValue);
+                let [lowerParam, lowerValue] =
+                  objectNounDef.toParamAndValue(lowerRValue);
+                if ((tParam == lowerParam) && (tValue >= lowerValue) &&
+                    (tParam == upperParam) && (tValue <= upperValue)) {
+                  foundMatch = true;
+                  break;
+                }
+              }
+            }
+            if (foundMatch)
+              break;
+          }
+          if (!foundMatch) {
+            querySatisfied = false;
+            break;
+          }
+        }
+        // @testpoint gloda.query.test.kConstraintStringLike
+        else if (constraintType === GlodaDatastore.kConstraintStringLike) {
+          let curIndex = 0;
+          let value = (boundName in aObj) ? aObj[boundName] : "";
+          // the attribute must be singular, we don't support arrays of strings.
+          for (let valuePart of constraintValues) {
+            if (typeof valuePart == "string") {
+              let index = value.indexOf(valuePart);
+              // if curIndex is null, we just need any match
+              // if it's not null, it must match the offset of our found match
+              if (curIndex === null) {
+                if (index == -1)
+                  querySatisfied = false;
+                else
+                  curIndex = index + valuePart.length;
+              }
+              else {
+                if (index != curIndex)
+                  querySatisfied = false;
+                else
+                  curIndex = index + valuePart.length;
+              }
+              if (!querySatisfied)
+                break;
+            }
+            else // wild!
+              curIndex = null;
+          }
+          // curIndex must be null or equal to the length of the string
+          if (querySatisfied && curIndex !== null && curIndex != value.length)
+            querySatisfied = false;
+        }
+        // @testpoint gloda.query.test.kConstraintFulltext
+        else if (constraintType === GlodaDatastore.kConstraintFulltext) {
+          // this is beyond our powers. Even if we have the fulltext content in
+          //  memory, which we may not, the tokenization and such to perform
+          //  the testing gets very complicated in the face of i18n, etc.
+          // so, let's fail if the item is not already in the collection, and
+          //  let the testing continue if it is.  (some other constraint may no
+          //  longer apply...)
+          if (!(aObj.id in this.collection._idMap))
+            querySatisfied = false;
+        }
+
+        if (!querySatisfied)
+          break;
+      }
+
+      if (querySatisfied)
+        return true;
+    }
+    return false;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Helper code for noun definitions of queryHelpers that want to build a
+   *  traditional in/equals constraint.  The goal is to let them build a range
+   *  without having to know how we structure |_constraints|.
+   *
+   * @protected
+   */
+  _inConstraintHelper:
+      function gloda_query__discreteConstraintHelper(aAttrDef, aValues) {
+    let constraint =
+      [GlodaDatastore.kConstraintIn, aAttrDef].concat(aValues);
+    this._constraints.push(constraint);
+    return this;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Helper code for noun definitions of queryHelpers that want to build a
+   *  range.  The goal is to let them build a range without having to know how
+   *  we structure |_constraints| or requiring them to mark themselves as
+   *  continuous to get a "Range".
+   *
+   * @protected
+   */
+  _rangedConstraintHelper:
+      function gloda_query__rangedConstraintHelper(aAttrDef, aRanges) {
+    let constraint =
+      [GlodaDatastore.kConstraintRanges, aAttrDef].concat(aRanges);
+    this._constraints.push(constraint);
+    return this;
+  }
+};
+
+/**
+ * @class A query that never matches anything.
+ *
+ * Collections corresponding to this query are intentionally frozen in time and
+ *  do not want to be notified of any updates.  We need the collection to be
+ *  registered with the collection manager so that the noun instances in the
+ *  collection are always 'reachable' via the collection for as long as we might
+ *  be handing out references to the instances.  (The other way to avoid updates
+ *  would be to not register the collection, but then items might not be
+ *  reachable.)
+ * This is intended to be used in implementation details behind the gloda
+ *  abstraction barrier.  For example, the message indexer likes to be able
+ *  to represent 'ghost' and deleted messages, but these should never be exposed
+ *  to the user.  For code simplicity, it wants to be able to use the query
+ *  mechanism.  But it doesn't want updates that are effectively
+ *  nonsensical.  For example, a ghost message that is reused by message
+ *  indexing may already be present in a collection; when the collection manager
+ *  receives an itemsAdded event, a GlodaExplicitQueryClass would result in
+ *  an item added notification in that case, which would wildly not be desired.
+ */
+function GlodaNullQueryClass() {
+}
+
+GlodaNullQueryClass.prototype = {
+  /**
+   * No options; they are currently only needed for SQL query generation, which
+   *  does not happen for null queries.
+   */
+  options: {},
+
+  /**
+   * Provide a duck-typing way of indicating to GlodaCollectionManager that our
+   *  associated collection just doesn't want anything to change.  Our test
+   *  function is able to convey most of it, but special-casing has to happen
+   *  somewhere, so it happens here.
+   */
+  frozen: true,
+
+  /**
+   * Since our query never matches anything, it doesn't make sense to let
+   *  someone attempt to construct a boolean OR involving us.
+   *
+   * @returns null
+   */
+  or: function() {
+    return null;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Return nothing (null) because it does not make sense to create a collection
+   *  based on a null query.  This method is normally used (on a normal query)
+   *  to return a collection populated by the constraints of the query.  We
+   *  match nothing, so we should return nothing.  More importantly, you are
+   *  currently doing something wrong if you try and do this, so null is
+   *  appropriate.  It may turn out that it makes sense for us to return an
+   *  empty collection in the future for sentinel value purposes, but we'll
+   *  cross that bridge when we come to it.
+   *
+   * @returns null
+   */
+  getCollection: function() {
+    return null;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Never matches anything.
+   *
+   * @param aObj The object someone wants us to test for relevance to our
+   *     associated collection.  But we don't care!  Not a fig!
+   * @returns false
+   */
+  test: function gloda_query_null_test(aObj) {
+    return false;
+  }
+};
+
+/**
+ * @class A query that only 'tests' for already belonging to the collection.
+ *
+ * This type of collection is useful for when you (or rather your listener)
+ *  are interested in hearing about modifications to your collection or removals
+ *  from your collection because of deletion, but do not want to be notified
+ *  about newly indexed items matching your normal query constraints.
+ *
+ * @param aCollection The collection this query belongs to.  This needs to be
+ *     passed-in here or the collection should set the attribute directly when
+ *     the query is passed in to a collection's constructor.
+ */
+function GlodaExplicitQueryClass(aCollection) {
+  this.collection = aCollection;
+}
+
+GlodaExplicitQueryClass.prototype = {
+  /**
+   * No options; they are currently only needed for SQL query generation, which
+   *  does not happen for explicit queries.
+   */
+  options: {},
+
+  /**
+   * Since our query is intended to only match the contents of our collection,
+   *  it doesn't make sense to let someone attempt to construct a boolean OR
+   *  involving us.
+   *
+   * @returns null
+   */
+  or: function() {
+    return null;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Return nothing (null) because it does not make sense to create a collection
+   *  based on an explicit query.  This method is normally used (on a normal
+   *  query) to return a collection populated by the constraints of the query.
+   *  In the case of an explicit query, we expect it will be associated with
+   *  either a hand-created collection or the results of a normal query that is
+   *  immediately converted into an explicit query.  In all likelihood, calling
+   *  this method on an instance of this type is an error, so it is helpful to
+   *  return null because people will error hard.
+   *
+   * @returns null
+   */
+  getCollection: function() {
+    return null;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Matches only items that are already in the collection associated with this
+   *  query (by id).
+   *
+   * @param aObj The object/item to test for already being in the associated
+   *     collection.
+   * @returns true when the object is in the associated collection, otherwise
+   *     false.
+   */
+  test: function gloda_query_explicit_test(aObj) {
+    return (aObj.id in this.collection._idMap);
+  }
+};
+
+/**
+ * @class A query that 'tests' true for everything.  Intended for debugging purposes
+ *  only.
+ */
+function GlodaWildcardQueryClass() {
+}
+
+GlodaWildcardQueryClass.prototype = {
+  /**
+   * No options; they are currently only needed for SQL query generation.
+   */
+  options: {},
+
+  // don't let people try and mess with us
+  or: function() { return null; },
+  // don't let people try and query on us (until we have a real use case for
+  //  that...)
+  getCollection: function() { return null; },
+  /**
+   * Everybody wins!
+   */
+  test: function gloda_query_explicit_test(aObj) {
+    return true;
+  }
+};
+
+/**
+ * Factory method to effectively create per-noun subclasses of GlodaQueryClass,
+ *  GlodaNullQueryClass, GlodaExplicitQueryClass, and GlodaWildcardQueryClass.
+ *  For GlodaQueryClass this allows us to add per-noun helpers.  For the others,
+ *  this is merely a means of allowing us to attach the (per-noun) nounDef to
+ *  the 'class'.
+ */
+function GlodaQueryClassFactory(aNounDef) {
+  let newQueryClass = function(aOptions) {
+    GlodaQueryClass.call(this, aOptions);
+  };
+  newQueryClass.prototype = new GlodaQueryClass();
+  newQueryClass.prototype._queryClass = newQueryClass;
+  newQueryClass.prototype._nounDef = aNounDef;
+
+  let newNullClass = function(aCollection) {
+    GlodaNullQueryClass.call(this);
+    this.collection = aCollection;
+  };
+  newNullClass.prototype = new GlodaNullQueryClass();
+  newNullClass.prototype._queryClass = newNullClass;
+  newNullClass.prototype._nounDef = aNounDef;
+
+  let newExplicitClass = function(aCollection) {
+    GlodaExplicitQueryClass.call(this);
+    this.collection = aCollection;
+  };
+  newExplicitClass.prototype = new GlodaExplicitQueryClass();
+  newExplicitClass.prototype._queryClass = newExplicitClass;
+  newExplicitClass.prototype._nounDef = aNounDef;
+
+  let newWildcardClass = function(aCollection) {
+    GlodaWildcardQueryClass.call(this);
+    this.collection = aCollection;
+  };
+  newWildcardClass.prototype = new GlodaWildcardQueryClass();
+  newWildcardClass.prototype._queryClass = newWildcardClass;
+  newWildcardClass.prototype._nounDef = aNounDef;
+
+  return [newQueryClass, newNullClass, newExplicitClass, newWildcardClass];
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/suffixtree.js b/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/suffixtree.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..009ad5f9d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/suffixtree.js
@@ -0,0 +1,340 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+this.EXPORTED_SYMBOLS = ["SuffixTree", "MultiSuffixTree"];
+
+/**
+ * Given a list of strings and a corresponding map of items that those strings
+ *  correspond to, build a suffix tree.
+ */
+function MultiSuffixTree(aStrings, aItems) {
+  if (aStrings.length != aItems.length)
+    throw new Error("Array lengths need to be the same.");
+
+  let s = '';
+  let offsetsToItems = [];
+  let lastLength = 0;
+  for (let i = 0; i < aStrings.length; i++) {
+    s += aStrings[i];
+    offsetsToItems.push(lastLength, s.length, aItems[i]);
+    lastLength = s.length;
+  }
+  
+  this._construct(s);
+  this._offsetsToItems = offsetsToItems;
+  this._numItems = aItems.length;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @constructor
+ */
+function State(aStartIndex, aEndIndex, aSuffix) {
+  this.start = aStartIndex;
+  this.end = aEndIndex;
+  this.suffix = aSuffix;
+}
+
+var dump;
+if (dump === undefined) {
+  dump = function(a) {
+    print(a.slice(0, -1));
+  };
+}
+
+/**
+ * Since objects are basically hash-tables anyways, we simply create an
+ *  attribute whose name is the first letter of the edge string.  (So, the
+ *  edge string can conceptually be a multi-letter string, but since we would
+ *  split it were there any ambiguity, it's okay to just use the single letter.)
+ *  This avoids having to update the attribute name or worry about tripping our
+ *  implementation up.
+ */
+State.prototype = {
+  get isExplicit() {
+    // our end is not inclusive...
+    return (this.end <= this.start);
+  },
+  get isImplicit() {
+    // our end is not inclusive...
+    return (this.end > this.start);
+  },
+  
+  get length() {
+    return this.end - this.start;
+  },
+  
+  toString: function State_toString() {
+    return "[Start: " + this.start + " End: " + this.end +
+           (this.suffix ? " non-null suffix]" : " null suffix]"); 
+  }
+};
+
+/**
+ * Suffix tree implemented using Ukkonen's algorithm.
+ * @constructor
+ */
+function SuffixTree(aStr) {
+  this._construct(aStr);
+}
+
+/**
+ * States are 
+ */
+SuffixTree.prototype = {
+  /**
+   * Find all items matching the provided substring.
+   */
+  findMatches: function findMatches(aSubstring) {
+    let results = [];
+    let state = this._root;
+    let index=0;
+    let end = aSubstring.length;
+    while(index < end) {
+      state = state[aSubstring[index]];
+      // bail if there was no edge
+      if (state === undefined)
+        return results;
+      // bail if the portion of the edge we traversed is not equal to that
+      //  portion of our pattern
+      let actualTraverseLength = Math.min(state.length,
+                                          end - index);
+      if (this._str.substring(state.start,
+                              state.start + actualTraverseLength) !=
+          aSubstring.substring(index, index + actualTraverseLength))
+        return results;
+      index += state.length;
+    }
+    
+    // state should now be the node which itself and all its children match...
+    // The delta is to adjust us to the offset of the last letter of our match;
+    //  the edge we traversed to get here may have found us traversing more
+    //  than we wanted.
+    // index - end captures the over-shoot of the edge traversal,
+    // index - end + 1 captures the fact that we want to find the last letter
+    //  that matched, not just the first letter beyond it
+    // However, if this state is a leaf node (end == 'infinity'), then 'end'
+    //  isn't describing an edge at all and we want to avoid accounting for it.
+    let delta;
+    /*
+    if (state.end != this._infinity)
+      //delta = index - end + 1;
+      delta = end - (index - state.length); 
+    else */
+    delta = index - state.length - end + 1;
+ 
+    this._resultGather(state, results, {}, end, delta, true);
+    return results;
+  },
+  
+  _resultGather: function resultGather(aState, aResults, aPresence,
+                                       aPatLength, aDelta, alreadyAdjusted) {
+    // find the item that this state originated from based on the state's
+    //  start character.  offsetToItem holds [string start index, string end
+    //  index (exclusive), item reference].  So we want to binary search to
+    //  find the string whose start/end index contains the state's start index.
+    let low = 0;
+    let high = this._numItems-1;
+    let mid, stringStart, stringEnd;
+    
+    let patternLast = aState.start - aDelta;
+    while (low <= high) {
+      mid = low + Math.floor((high - low) / 2); // excessive, especially with js nums
+      stringStart = this._offsetsToItems[mid*3];
+      let startDelta = stringStart - patternLast;
+      stringEnd = this._offsetsToItems[mid*3+1];
+      let endDelta = stringEnd - patternLast;
+      if (startDelta > 0)
+        high = mid - 1;
+      else if (endDelta <= 0)
+        low = mid + 1;
+      else {
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    
+    // - The match occurred completely inside a source string.  Success.
+    // - The match spans more than one source strings, and is therefore not
+    //   a match.
+    
+    // at this point, we have located the origin string that corresponds to the
+    //  start index of this state.
+    // - The match terminated with the end of the preceding string, and does
+    //   not match us at all.  We, and potentially our children, are merely
+    //   serving as a unique terminal.
+    // - The 
+
+  let patternFirst = patternLast - (aPatLength - 1);
+
+  if (patternFirst >= stringStart) {
+    if (!(stringStart in aPresence)) {
+      aPresence[stringStart] = true;
+      aResults.push(this._offsetsToItems[mid*3+2]);
+    }
+  }
+    
+    // bail if we had it coming OR
+    // if the result terminates at/part-way through this state, meaning any
+    //  of its children are not going to be actual results, just hangers
+    //  on.
+/*
+    if (bail || (end <= aState.end)) {
+dump("  bailing! (bail was: " + bail + ")\n");
+      return;
+    }
+*/    
+    // process our children...
+    for (let key in aState) {
+      // edges have attributes of length 1...
+      if (key.length == 1) {
+        let statePrime = aState[key];
+        this._resultGather(statePrime, aResults, aPresence, aPatLength,
+                           aDelta + aState.length, //(alreadyAdjusted ? 0 : aState.length),
+                           false);
+      }
+    }
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Given a reference 'pair' of a state and a string (may be 'empty'=explicit,
+   *  which means no work to do and we return immediately) follow that state
+   *  (and then the successive states)'s transitions until we run out of
+   *  transitions.  This happens either when we find an explicit state, or 
+   *  find ourselves partially along an edge (conceptually speaking).  In
+   *  the partial case, we return the state prior to the edge traversal.
+   * (The information about the 'edge' is contained on its target State;
+   *  we can do this because a state is only referenced by one other state.) 
+   */
+  _canonize: function canonize(aState, aStart, aEnd) {
+    if (aEnd <= aStart) {
+      return [aState, aStart];
+    }
+  
+    let statePrime;
+    // we treat an aState of null as 'bottom', which has transitions for every
+    //  letter in the alphabet to 'root'.  rather than create all those
+    //  transitions, we special-case here.
+    if (aState === null)
+      statePrime = this._root;
+    else
+      statePrime = aState[this._str[aStart]];
+    while (statePrime.length <= aEnd - aStart) { // (no 1 adjustment required)
+      aStart += statePrime.length;
+      aState = statePrime;
+      if (aStart < aEnd) {
+        statePrime = aState[this._str[aStart]];
+      }
+    }
+    return [aState, aStart]; 
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Given a reference 'pair' whose state may or may not be explicit (and for
+   *  which we will perform the required splitting to make it explicit), test
+   *  whether it already possesses a transition corresponding to the provided
+   *  character.
+   * @return A list of: whether we had to make it explicit, the (potentially)
+   *    new explicit state.
+   */
+  _testAndSplit: function testAndSplit(aState, aStart, aEnd, aChar) {
+    if (aStart < aEnd) { // it's not explicit
+      let statePrime = aState[this._str[aStart]];
+      let length = aEnd - aStart;
+      if (aChar == this._str[statePrime.start + length]) {
+        return [true, aState];
+      }
+      else {
+        // do splitting... aState -> rState -> statePrime
+        let rState = new State(statePrime.start, statePrime.start + length);
+        aState[this._str[statePrime.start]] = rState;
+        statePrime.start += length;
+        rState[this._str[statePrime.start]] = statePrime;
+        return [false, rState];
+      }
+    }
+    else { // it's already explicit
+      if (aState === null) { // bottom case... shouldn't happen, but hey. 
+        return [true, aState];
+      }
+      return [(aChar in aState), aState];
+    }
+      
+  },
+
+  _update: function update(aState, aStart, aIndex) {
+    let oldR = this._root;
+    let textAtIndex = this._str[aIndex]; // T sub i (0-based corrected...)
+    // because of the way we store the 'end' value as a one-past form, we do
+    //  not need to subtract 1 off of aIndex.
+    let [endPoint, rState] = this._testAndSplit(aState, aStart, aIndex, //no -1
+                                                textAtIndex);
+    while (!endPoint) {
+      let rPrime = new State(aIndex, this._infinity);
+      rState[textAtIndex] = rPrime;
+      if (oldR !== this._root)
+        oldR.suffix = rState;
+      oldR = rState;
+      [aState, aStart] = this._canonize(aState.suffix, aStart, aIndex); // no -1
+      [endPoint, rState] = this._testAndSplit(aState, aStart, aIndex, // no -1
+                                              textAtIndex);
+    }
+    if (oldR !== this._root)
+      oldR.suffix = aState;
+    
+    return [aState, aStart];
+  },
+  
+  _construct: function construct(aStr) {
+    this._str = aStr;
+    // just needs to be longer than the string.
+    this._infinity = aStr.length + 1;
+    
+    //this._bottom = new State(0, -1, null);
+    this._root = new State(-1, 0, null); // null === bottom
+    let state = this._root;
+    let start = 0;
+  
+    for (let i = 0; i < aStr.length; i++) {
+      [state, start] = this._update(state, start, i); // treat as flowing -1...
+      [state, start] = this._canonize(state, start, i+1); // 1-length string
+    }
+  },
+  
+  dump: function SuffixTree_show(aState, aIndent, aKey) {
+    if (aState === undefined)
+      aState = this._root;
+    if (aIndent === undefined) {
+      aIndent = "";
+      aKey = ".";
+    }
+    
+    if (aState.isImplicit) {
+      let snip;
+      if (aState.length > 10)
+        snip = this._str.slice(aState.start,
+                           Math.min(aState.start+10, this._str.length)) + "...";
+      else
+        snip =  this._str.slice(aState.start,
+                                Math.min(aState.end, this._str.length)); 
+      dump(aIndent + aKey + ":" + snip + "(" +
+           aState.start + ":" + aState.end + ")\n");
+    }
+    else
+      dump(aIndent + aKey + ": (explicit:" + aState.start + ":" + aState.end +")\n");
+    let nextIndent = aIndent + "  ";
+    let keys = Object.keys(aState).filter(c => c.length == 1);
+    for (let key of keys) {
+      this.dump(aState[key], nextIndent, key);
+    }
+  }
+};
+MultiSuffixTree.prototype = SuffixTree.prototype;
+
+function examplar() {
+  let names = ["AndrewSmith", "AndrewJones", "MarkSmith", "BryanClark",
+               "MarthaJones", "DavidAscher", "DanMosedale", "DavidBienvenu",
+               "JanetDavis", "JosephBryant"];
+  let b = new MultiSuffixTree(names, names);
+  b.dump();
+  dump(b.findMatches("rya") + "\n");
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/utils.js b/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/utils.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2a095c427
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/utils.js
@@ -0,0 +1,155 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+this.EXPORTED_SYMBOLS = ['GlodaUtils'];
+
+var Cc = Components.classes;
+var Ci = Components.interfaces;
+var Cr = Components.results;
+var Cu = Components.utils;
+
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/mailServices.js");
+
+/**
+ * @namespace A holding place for logic that is not gloda-specific and should
+ *  reside elsewhere.
+ */
+var GlodaUtils = {
+
+  /**
+   * This Regexp is super-complicated and used at least in two different parts of
+   * the code, so let's expose it from one single location.
+   */
+  PART_RE: new RegExp("^[^?]+\\?(?:/;section=\\d+\\?)?(?:[^&]+&)*part=([^&]+)(?:&[^&]+)*$"),
+
+  deMime: function gloda_utils_deMime(aString) {
+    return MailServices.mimeConverter.decodeMimeHeader(aString, null, false, true);
+  },
+
+  _headerParser: MailServices.headerParser,
+
+  /**
+   * Parses an RFC 2822 list of e-mail addresses and returns an object with
+   *  4 attributes, as described below.  We will use the example of the user
+   *  passing an argument of '"Bob Smith" <bob@example.com>'.
+   *
+   * This method (by way of nsIMsgHeaderParser) takes care of decoding mime
+   *  headers, but is not aware of folder-level character set overrides.
+   *
+   * count: the number of addresses parsed. (ex: 1)
+   * addresses: a list of e-mail addresses (ex: ["bob@example.com"])
+   * names: a list of names (ex: ["Bob Smith"])
+   * fullAddresses: aka the list of name and e-mail together (ex: ['"Bob Smith"
+   *  <bob@example.com>']).
+   *
+   * This method is a convenience wrapper around nsIMsgHeaderParser.
+   */
+  parseMailAddresses: function gloda_utils_parseMailAddresses(aMailAddresses) {
+    let addresses = {}, names = {}, fullAddresses = {};
+    this._headerParser.parseHeadersWithArray(aMailAddresses, addresses,
+                                             names, fullAddresses);
+    return {names: names.value, addresses: addresses.value,
+            fullAddresses: fullAddresses.value,
+            count: names.value.length};
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * MD5 hash a string and return the hex-string result. Impl from nsICryptoHash
+   *  docs.
+   */
+  md5HashString: function gloda_utils_md5hash(aString) {
+    let converter = Cc["@mozilla.org/intl/scriptableunicodeconverter"].
+                    createInstance(Ci.nsIScriptableUnicodeConverter);
+    let trash = {};
+    converter.charset = "UTF-8";
+    let data = converter.convertToByteArray(aString, trash);
+
+    let hasher = Cc['@mozilla.org/security/hash;1'].
+                 createInstance(Ci.nsICryptoHash);
+    hasher.init(Ci.nsICryptoHash.MD5);
+    hasher.update(data, data.length);
+    let hash = hasher.finish(false);
+
+     // return the two-digit hexadecimal code for a byte
+    function toHexString(charCode) {
+      return ("0" + charCode.toString(16)).slice(-2);
+    }
+
+    // convert the binary hash data to a hex string.
+    let hex = Object.keys(hash).map(i => toHexString(hash.charCodeAt(i)));
+    return hex.join("");
+  },
+
+  getCardForEmail: function gloda_utils_getCardForEmail(aAddress) {
+    // search through all of our local address books looking for a match.
+    let enumerator = MailServices.ab.directories;
+    let cardForEmailAddress;
+    let addrbook;
+    while (!cardForEmailAddress && enumerator.hasMoreElements())
+    {
+      addrbook = enumerator.getNext().QueryInterface(Ci.nsIAbDirectory);
+      try
+      {
+        cardForEmailAddress = addrbook.cardForEmailAddress(aAddress);
+        if (cardForEmailAddress)
+          return cardForEmailAddress;
+      } catch (ex) {}
+    }
+
+    return null;
+  },
+
+  _FORCE_GC_AFTER_NUM_HEADERS: 4096,
+  _headersSeen: 0,
+  /**
+   * As |forceGarbageCollection| says, once XPConnect sees a header, it likes
+   *  to hold onto that reference.  This method is used to track the number of
+   *  headers we have seen and force a GC when we have to.
+   *
+   * Ideally the indexer's idle-biased GC mechanism would take care of all the
+   *  GC; we are just a failsafe to make sure that our memory usage is bounded
+   *  based on the number of headers we have seen rather than just time.
+   *  Since holding onto headers can keep databases around too, this also
+   *  helps avoid keeping file handles open, etc.
+   *
+   * |forceGarbageCollection| will zero our tracking variable when a GC happens
+   *  so we are informed by the indexer's GC triggering.
+   *
+   * And of course, we don't want to trigger collections willy nilly because
+   *  they have a cost even if there is no garbage.
+   *
+   * @param aNumHeadersSeen The number of headers code has seen.  A granularity
+   *     of hundreds of messages should be fine.
+   */
+  considerHeaderBasedGC: function(aNumHeadersSeen) {
+    this._headersSeen += aNumHeadersSeen;
+    if (this._headersSeen >= this._FORCE_GC_AFTER_NUM_HEADERS)
+      this.forceGarbageCollection();
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Force a garbage-collection sweep.  Gloda has to force garbage collection
+   *  periodically because XPConnect's XPCJSRuntime::DeferredRelease mechanism
+   *  can end up holding onto a ridiculously high number of XPConnect objects in
+   *  between normal garbage collections.  This has mainly posed a problem
+   *  because nsAutolock is a jerk in DEBUG builds in 1.9.1, but in theory this
+   *  also helps us even out our memory usage.
+   * We also are starting to do this more to try and keep the garbage collection
+   *  durations acceptable.  We intentionally avoid triggering the cycle
+   *  collector in those cases, as we do presume a non-trivial fixed cost for
+   *  cycle collection.  (And really all we want is XPConnect to not be a jerk.)
+   * This method exists mainly to centralize our GC activities and because if
+   *  we do start involving the cycle collector, that is a non-trivial block of
+   *  code to copy-and-paste all over the place (at least in a module).
+   *
+   * @param aCycleCollecting Do we need the cycle collector to run?  Currently
+   *     unused / unimplemented, but we would use
+   *     nsIDOMWindowUtils.garbageCollect() to do so.
+   */
+  forceGarbageCollection:
+      function gloda_utils_garbageCollection(aCycleCollecting) {
+    Cu.forceGC();
+    this._headersSeen = 0;
+  }
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/db/gloda/moz.build b/mailnews/db/gloda/moz.build
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7cbae7782
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/gloda/moz.build
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+# vim: set filetype=python:
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+DIRS += [
+    'modules',
+    'components',
+]
+
+JAR_MANIFESTS += ['jar.mn']
diff --git a/mailnews/db/moz.build b/mailnews/db/moz.build
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..27ab5338d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/moz.build
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+# vim: set filetype=python:
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+DIRS += [
+    'msgdb',
+    'gloda',
+]
+
diff --git a/mailnews/db/msgdb/moz.build b/mailnews/db/msgdb/moz.build
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..27dcb8746
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/msgdb/moz.build
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+# vim: set filetype=python:
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+DIRS += [
+    'public',
+    'src',
+]
diff --git a/mailnews/db/msgdb/public/moz.build b/mailnews/db/msgdb/public/moz.build
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9bf74e1d6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/msgdb/public/moz.build
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+# vim: set filetype=python:
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+XPIDL_SOURCES += [
+    'nsIDBChangeAnnouncer.idl',
+    'nsIDBChangeListener.idl',
+    'nsIDBFolderInfo.idl',
+    'nsIMsgDatabase.idl',
+    'nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation.idl',
+    'nsINewsDatabase.idl',
+]
+
+XPIDL_MODULE = 'msgdb'
+
+EXPORTS += [
+    'nsDBFolderInfo.h',
+    'nsImapMailDatabase.h',
+    'nsMailDatabase.h',
+    'nsMsgDatabase.h',
+    'nsMsgDBCID.h',
+    'nsMsgHdr.h',
+    'nsMsgThread.h',
+    'nsNewsDatabase.h',
+]
+
diff --git a/mailnews/db/msgdb/public/nsDBFolderInfo.h b/mailnews/db/msgdb/public/nsDBFolderInfo.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9b3a51348
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/msgdb/public/nsDBFolderInfo.h
@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/* This class encapsulates the global information about a folder stored in the
+	summary file.
+*/
+#ifndef _nsDBFolderInfo_H
+#define _nsDBFolderInfo_H
+
+#include "mozilla/MemoryReporting.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "MailNewsTypes.h"
+#include "mdb.h"
+#include "nsTArray.h"
+#include "nsIDBFolderInfo.h"
+#include <time.h>
+
+class nsMsgDatabase;
+
+// again, this could inherit from nsISupports, but I don't see the need as of yet.
+// I'm not sure it needs to be ref-counted (but I think it does).
+
+// I think these getters and setters really need to go through mdb and not rely on the object
+// caching the values. If this somehow turns out to be prohibitively expensive, we can invent
+// some sort of dirty mechanism, but I think it turns out that these values will be cached by 
+// the MSG_FolderInfo's anyway.
+class nsDBFolderInfo : public nsIDBFolderInfo
+{
+public:
+  friend class nsMsgDatabase;
+  
+  nsDBFolderInfo(nsMsgDatabase *mdb);
+  
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+    // interface methods.
+    NS_DECL_NSIDBFOLDERINFO
+    // create the appropriate table and row in a new db.
+    nsresult			AddToNewMDB();
+  // accessor methods.
+  
+  bool      TestFlag(int32_t flags);
+  int16_t   GetIMAPHierarchySeparator() ;
+  void      SetIMAPHierarchySeparator(int16_t hierarchyDelimiter) ;
+  void      ChangeImapTotalPendingMessages(int32_t delta);
+  void      ChangeImapUnreadPendingMessages(int32_t delta) ;
+  
+  nsresult      InitFromExistingDB();
+  // get and set arbitrary property, aka row cell value.
+  nsresult SetPropertyWithToken(mdb_token aProperty, const nsAString &propertyStr);
+  nsresult SetUint32PropertyWithToken(mdb_token aProperty, uint32_t propertyValue);
+  nsresult SetInt64PropertyWithToken(mdb_token aProperty, int64_t propertyValue);
+  nsresult SetInt32PropertyWithToken(mdb_token aProperty, int32_t propertyValue);
+  nsresult GetPropertyWithToken(mdb_token aProperty, nsAString &propertyValue);
+  nsresult GetUint32PropertyWithToken(mdb_token aProperty, uint32_t &propertyValue, uint32_t defaultValue = 0);
+  nsresult GetInt32PropertyWithToken(mdb_token aProperty, int32_t &propertyValue, int32_t defaultValue = 0);
+  nsresult GetInt64PropertyWithToken(mdb_token aProperty,
+                                     int64_t &propertyValue, int64_t defaultValue = 0);
+
+  nsTArray<nsMsgKey> m_lateredKeys; // list of latered messages
+
+  virtual size_t SizeOfExcludingThis(mozilla::MallocSizeOf aMallocSizeOf) const
+  {
+    return m_lateredKeys.ShallowSizeOfExcludingThis(aMallocSizeOf);
+  }
+  virtual size_t SizeOfIncludingThis(mozilla::MallocSizeOf aMallocSizeOf) const
+  {
+    return aMallocSizeOf(this) + SizeOfExcludingThis(aMallocSizeOf);
+  }
+protected:
+  virtual ~nsDBFolderInfo();
+
+  // initialize from appropriate table and row in existing db.
+  nsresult InitMDBInfo();
+  nsresult LoadMemberVariables();
+
+  nsresult AdjustHighWater(nsMsgKey highWater, bool force);
+
+  void ReleaseExternalReferences(); // let go of any references to other objects.
+
+  int64_t   m_folderSize;
+  int64_t   m_expungedBytes; // sum of size of deleted messages in folder
+  uint32_t  m_folderDate;
+  nsMsgKey  m_highWaterMessageKey; // largest news article number or imap uid whose header we've seen
+
+  //  m_numUnreadMessages and m_numMessages can never be negative. 0 means 'no msgs'.
+  int32_t   m_numUnreadMessages;
+  int32_t   m_numMessages;    // includes expunged and ignored messages
+
+  int32_t   m_flags;  // folder specific flags. This holds things like re-use thread pane,
+  // configured for off-line use, use default retrieval, purge article/header options
+
+  uint16_t    m_version;                // for upgrading...
+  int16_t     m_IMAPHierarchySeparator;	// imap path separator
+  
+  // mail only (for now)
+  
+  // IMAP only
+  int32_t     m_ImapUidValidity;
+  int32_t     m_totalPendingMessages;
+  int32_t     m_unreadPendingMessages;
+  
+  // news only (for now)
+  nsMsgKey    m_expiredMark;		// Highest invalid article number in group - for expiring
+  // the db folder info will have to know what db and row it belongs to, since it is really
+  // just a wrapper around the singleton folder info row in the mdb. 
+  nsMsgDatabase *m_mdb;
+  nsIMdbTable   *m_mdbTable;	// singleton table in db
+  nsIMdbRow     *m_mdbRow;	// singleton row in table;
+
+  nsCString     m_charSet;
+  bool          m_charSetOverride;
+  bool          m_mdbTokensInitialized;
+  
+  mdb_token     m_rowScopeToken;
+  mdb_token     m_tableKindToken;
+  // tokens for the pre-set columns - we cache these for speed, which may be silly
+  mdb_token     m_mailboxNameColumnToken;
+  mdb_token     m_numMessagesColumnToken;
+  mdb_token     m_numUnreadMessagesColumnToken;
+  mdb_token     m_flagsColumnToken;
+  mdb_token     m_folderSizeColumnToken;
+  mdb_token     m_expungedBytesColumnToken;
+  mdb_token     m_folderDateColumnToken;
+  mdb_token     m_highWaterMessageKeyColumnToken;
+  
+  mdb_token     m_imapUidValidityColumnToken;
+  mdb_token     m_totalPendingMessagesColumnToken;
+  mdb_token     m_unreadPendingMessagesColumnToken;
+  mdb_token     m_expiredMarkColumnToken;
+  mdb_token     m_versionColumnToken;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/db/msgdb/public/nsIDBChangeAnnouncer.idl b/mailnews/db/msgdb/public/nsIDBChangeAnnouncer.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..28551ea60
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/msgdb/public/nsIDBChangeAnnouncer.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+#include "MailNewsTypes2.idl"
+
+interface nsIDBChangeListener;
+interface nsIMsgDBHdr;
+
+[scriptable, uuid(22baf00b-939d-42c3-ac51-21d99dfa1f05)]
+
+interface nsIDBChangeAnnouncer  : nsISupports {
+ /* these 2 calls return NS_OK on success, NS_COMFALSE on failure */
+  void AddListener(in nsIDBChangeListener listener);
+  void RemoveListener(in nsIDBChangeListener listener);
+
+  void NotifyHdrChangeAll(in nsIMsgDBHdr aHdrChanged, in unsigned long aOldFlags, in unsigned long aNewFlags, 
+                                in nsIDBChangeListener instigator);
+  void NotifyHdrAddedAll(in nsIMsgDBHdr aHdrAdded, in nsMsgKey parentKey, in long flags, 
+                               in nsIDBChangeListener instigator);
+  void NotifyHdrDeletedAll(in nsIMsgDBHdr aHdrDeleted, in nsMsgKey parentKey, in long flags, 
+                                 in nsIDBChangeListener instigator);
+  void NotifyParentChangedAll(in nsMsgKey keyReparented, in nsMsgKey oldParent, in nsMsgKey newParent, in nsIDBChangeListener instigator); 
+
+  void NotifyReadChanged(in nsIDBChangeListener instigator);
+
+  void NotifyJunkScoreChanged(in nsIDBChangeListener aInstigator);
+
+  void NotifyAnnouncerGoingAway();
+};
+
diff --git a/mailnews/db/msgdb/public/nsIDBChangeListener.idl b/mailnews/db/msgdb/public/nsIDBChangeListener.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3acda8ad8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/msgdb/public/nsIDBChangeListener.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+#include "MailNewsTypes2.idl"
+
+interface nsIDBChangeAnnouncer;
+interface nsIMsgDBHdr;
+interface nsIMsgDatabase;
+
+/**
+ * These callbacks are provided to allow listeners to the message database
+ * to update their status when changes occur.
+ */
+[scriptable, uuid(21c56d34-71b9-42bb-9606-331a6a5f8210)]
+
+interface  nsIDBChangeListener : nsISupports {
+  /**
+   * Callback when message flags are changed.
+   *
+   * @param aHdrChanged The changed header.
+   * @param aOldFlags   Message flags prior to change.
+   * @param aNewFlags   Message flags after change.
+   * @param aInstigator Object that initiated the change.
+   */
+  void onHdrFlagsChanged(in nsIMsgDBHdr aHdrChanged, in unsigned long aOldFlags,
+                   in unsigned long aNewFlags, in nsIDBChangeListener aInstigator);
+
+  /**
+   * Callback when message is marked as deleted.
+   *
+   * @param aHdrChanged The message header that is going to be deleted.
+   * @param aParentKey  Key of parent.
+   * @param aFlags      Flags that message has before delete.
+   * @param aInstigator Object that initiated the change. Can be null.
+   */
+  void onHdrDeleted(in nsIMsgDBHdr aHdrChanged, in nsMsgKey aParentKey, in long aFlags,
+                    in nsIDBChangeListener aInstigator);
+
+  /**
+   * Callback when message is added.
+   *
+   * @param aHdrChanged The message header that is added.
+   * @param aParentKey  Parent key of message.
+   * @param aFlags      Flags that new message will have.
+   * @param aInstigator Object that initiated the change. Can be null.
+   */
+  void onHdrAdded(in nsIMsgDBHdr aHdrChanged, in nsMsgKey aParentKey, in long aFlags,
+                  in nsIDBChangeListener aInstigator);
+
+  /**
+   * Callback when message parrent is changed. Parent is changed when message is deleted or moved.
+   *
+   * @param aKeyChanged The message key that parent key was changed.
+   * @param oldParent   Old parent key.
+   * @param newParent   New parent key.
+   * @param aInstigator Object that initiated the change. Can be null.
+   */
+  void onParentChanged(in nsMsgKey aKeyChanged, in nsMsgKey oldParent, in nsMsgKey newParent,
+                       in nsIDBChangeListener aInstigator);
+
+  /**
+   * Callback when announcer is going away. This is good place to release strong pointers to announcer.
+   *
+   * @param instigator Object that initiated the change. Can be null.
+   */
+  void onAnnouncerGoingAway(in nsIDBChangeAnnouncer instigator);
+
+  /**
+   * Callback when read flag is changed.
+   *
+   * @param aInstigator Object that initiated the change. Can be null.
+   */
+  void onReadChanged(in nsIDBChangeListener aInstigator);
+
+  /**
+   * Callback used in case when "junkscore" property is changed.
+   *
+   * @param aInstigator Object that initiated the change. Can be null.
+   */
+  void onJunkScoreChanged(in nsIDBChangeListener aInstigator);
+
+  /**
+   * Callback used in the general case where any field may have changed.
+   * OnHdrPropertyChanged is called twice per change. On the first call, aPreChange
+   * is true, and aStatus is undefined. OnHdrPropertyChanged saves any required status in aStatus
+   * (such as a filter match). The calling function stores the value of aStatus, changes the
+   * header aHdrToChange, then calls OnHdrPropertyChanged again with aPreChange false. On this
+   * second call, the stored value of aStatus is provided, so that any changes may be noted.
+   *
+   * @param aHdrToChange the message header that is changing.
+   * @param aPreChange   true on first call before change, false on second call after change
+   * @param aStatus      storage location provided by calling routine for status
+   * @param aInstigator  object that initiated the change
+   */   
+  void onHdrPropertyChanged(in nsIMsgDBHdr aHdrToChange, in boolean aPreChange, inout uint32_t aStatus,
+                       in nsIDBChangeListener aInstigator);
+
+  /**
+   * Generic notification for extensibility. Common events should be documented
+   * here so we have a hope of keeping the documentation up to date.
+   * Current events are:
+   * "DBOpened" - When a pending listener becomes real. This can happen when
+   *              the existing db is force closed and a new one opened. Only
+   *              registered pending listeners are notified.
+   *
+   * @param aDB      the db for this event.
+   * @param aEvent   type of event. 
+   *
+   */
+  void onEvent(in nsIMsgDatabase aDB, in string aEvent);
+};
+
diff --git a/mailnews/db/msgdb/public/nsIDBFolderInfo.idl b/mailnews/db/msgdb/public/nsIDBFolderInfo.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..59b294d3b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/msgdb/public/nsIDBFolderInfo.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+#include "MailNewsTypes2.idl"
+
+[scriptable, uuid(a72dab4b-b3bd-471e-9a38-1b242b385459)]
+interface  nsIDBFolderInfo : nsISupports {
+  attribute long flags;
+
+  /**
+   * Or's aFlags into flags.
+   *
+   * @param - the flags(s) to set
+   *
+   * @return - the resulting flags.
+   */
+  long  orFlags(in long aFlags);
+  /**
+   * And's aFlags with flags, set flags to the result
+   *
+   * @param             the flags(s) to AND
+   *
+   * @return            the resulting flags.
+   */
+  long  andFlags(in long aFlags);
+
+  /**
+   * Allows us to keep track of the highwater mark
+   *
+   * @param aNewKey     If larger than the current highwater
+   *                    mark, sets the highwater mark to aNewKey.
+   */
+  void  onKeyAdded(in nsMsgKey aNewKey);
+
+  attribute nsMsgKey highWater;
+  attribute nsMsgKey expiredMark;
+  attribute long long folderSize;
+  attribute unsigned long folderDate;
+  void changeNumUnreadMessages(in long aDelta);
+  void changeNumMessages(in long aDelta);
+
+  // numUnreadMessages and numMessages will never return negative numbers. 0 means 'no msgs'.
+  attribute long numUnreadMessages;
+  attribute long numMessages;
+
+  attribute long long expungedBytes;
+  attribute long imapUidValidity;
+  attribute unsigned long version;
+  attribute long imapTotalPendingMessages;
+  attribute long imapUnreadPendingMessages;
+
+  attribute nsMsgViewTypeValue viewType;
+  attribute nsMsgViewFlagsTypeValue viewFlags;
+  attribute nsMsgViewSortTypeValue sortType;
+  attribute nsMsgViewSortOrderValue sortOrder;
+
+  void changeExpungedBytes(in long aDelta);
+
+  /**
+   * Gets a string property from the folder.
+   *
+   * @param propertyName The name of the property for the value to retrieve.
+   */
+  ACString getCharProperty(in string propertyName);
+
+  /**
+   * Sets a string property from the folder.
+   *
+   * @param propertyName   The name of the property for which to set a value
+   * @param propertyValue  The new value of the property.
+   */
+  void setCharProperty(in string aPropertyName, in ACString aPropertyValue);
+  void setUint32Property(in string propertyName, in unsigned long propertyValue);
+  void setInt64Property(in string propertyName, in long long propertyValue);
+  unsigned long getUint32Property(in string propertyName, in unsigned long defaultValue);
+  long long     getInt64Property(in string propertyName, in long long defaultValue);
+  boolean getBooleanProperty(in string propertyName, in boolean defaultValue);
+  void setBooleanProperty(in string propertyName, in boolean aPropertyValue);
+  nsIDBFolderInfo	GetTransferInfo();
+  void	initFromTransferInfo(in nsIDBFolderInfo transferInfo);
+
+  /**
+   * Gets/Sets the current character set for the folder. If there is no
+   * specific character set for the folder, it will return an empty string.
+   */
+  attribute ACString characterSet;
+
+  /**
+   * Returns the effective character set on the folder. If there is no specific
+   * set defined for the folder, it will return the default character set.
+   */
+  readonly attribute ACString effectiveCharacterSet;
+
+  attribute boolean characterSetOverride;
+
+  attribute AString locale;
+  attribute AString mailboxName;
+
+
+  AString getProperty(in string propertyName);
+  void setProperty(in string propertyName, in AString propertyStr);
+
+  attribute string knownArtsSet;
+  attribute ACString folderName;
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/db/msgdb/public/nsIMsgDatabase.idl b/mailnews/db/msgdb/public/nsIMsgDatabase.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6b79fc940
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/msgdb/public/nsIMsgDatabase.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,570 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup msgdb Mailnews message database
+ * This module is the access point to locally-stored databases.
+ *
+ * These databases are stored in .msf files. Each file contains useful cached
+ * information, like the message id or references, as well as the cc header or
+ * tag information. This cached information is encapsulated in nsIMsgDBHdr.
+ *
+ * Also included is threading information, mostly encapsulated in nsIMsgThread.
+ * The final component is the database folder info, which contains information
+ * on the view and basic information also stored in the folder cache such as the
+ * name or most recent update.
+ *
+ * What this module does not do is access individual messages. Access is
+ * strictly controlled by the nsIMsgFolder objects and their backends.
+ * @{
+ */
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+#include "nsIDBChangeAnnouncer.idl"
+
+%{C++
+#include "nsTArray.h"
+%}
+
+interface nsIMutableArray;
+interface nsIMsgDatabase;
+interface nsIMsgDBView;
+interface nsIDBChangeListener;
+interface nsIMsgDBHdr;
+interface nsISimpleEnumerator;
+interface nsIMsgThread;
+interface nsIDBFolderInfo;
+interface nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation;
+interface nsIMsgFolder;
+interface nsIMsgKeyArray;
+interface nsIFile;
+interface nsIArray;
+
+typedef unsigned long nsMsgRetainByPreference;
+
+
+[scriptable, uuid(fe8b7cec-eec8-4bcd-82ff-d8bb23cef3da)]
+
+interface nsIMsgRetentionSettings : nsISupports
+{
+  const unsigned long nsMsgRetainAll = 1;
+  const unsigned long nsMsgRetainByAge = 2;
+  const unsigned long nsMsgRetainByNumHeaders = 3;
+
+  attribute boolean useServerDefaults;
+  attribute nsMsgRetainByPreference retainByPreference;
+  attribute unsigned long daysToKeepHdrs;
+  attribute unsigned long numHeadersToKeep;
+
+  // this is for keeping offline bodies.
+  attribute boolean cleanupBodiesByDays;
+  attribute unsigned long daysToKeepBodies;
+
+  /**
+   * Should retention settings be applied to flagged/starred messages?
+   * If false, flagged messages are never automatically deleted.
+   */
+  attribute boolean applyToFlaggedMessages;
+};
+
+[scriptable, uuid(86a9da90-14f1-11d5-a5c0-0060b0fc04b7)]
+interface nsIMsgDownloadSettings : nsISupports
+{
+  attribute boolean useServerDefaults;
+  attribute boolean downloadByDate;
+  attribute boolean downloadUnreadOnly;
+  attribute unsigned long ageLimitOfMsgsToDownload;
+};
+
+typedef long nsMsgDBCommit;
+
+[scriptable, uuid(15431853-e448-45dc-8978-9958bf74d9b7)]
+
+interface nsMsgDBCommitType 
+{
+  const long kLargeCommit = 1;
+  const long kSessionCommit = 2;
+  const long kCompressCommit = 3;
+};
+
+[ref] native nsMsgKeyArrayRef(nsTArray<nsMsgKey>);
+[ptr] native nsMsgKeyArrayPtr(nsTArray<nsMsgKey>);
+
+/**
+ * A service to open mail databases and manipulate listeners automatically.
+ *
+ * The contract ID for this component is
+ * <tt>\@mozilla.org/msgDatabase/msgDBService;1</tt>.
+ */
+[scriptable, uuid(4cbbf024-3760-402d-89f3-6ababafeb07d)]
+interface nsIMsgDBService : nsISupports
+{
+  /**
+   * Opens a database for a given folder.
+   *
+   * This method is preferred over nsIMsgDBService::openMailDBFromFile if the
+   * caller has an actual nsIMsgFolder around. If the database detects that it
+   * is unreadable or out of date (using nsIMsgDatabase::outOfDate) it will
+   * destroy itself and prepare to be rebuilt, unless aLeaveInvalidDB is true.
+   *
+   * If one gets a NS_MSG_ERROR_FOLDER_SUMMARY_MISSING message, then one
+   * should call nsIMsgDBService::createNewDB to create the new database.
+   *
+   * @param aFolder         The folder whose database should be returned.
+   * @param aLeaveInvalidDB Whether or not the database should be deleted if it
+   *                        is invalid.
+   * @return                A new nsIMsgDatabase object representing the folder
+   *                        database that was opened.
+   * @exception NS_ERROR_FILE_TARGET_DOES_NOT_EXIST
+   *                        The file could not be created.
+   * @exception NS_MSG_ERROR_FOLDER_SUMMARY_OUT_OF_DATE
+   *                        The database is present (and was opened), but the
+   *                        summary file is out of date.
+   * @exception NS_MSG_ERROR_FOLDER_SUMMARY_MISSING
+   *                        The database is present, but the summary file is
+   *                        missing.
+   * @see nsIMsgDatabase::Open
+   * @see nsIMsgDBService::createNewDB
+   */
+  nsIMsgDatabase openFolderDB(in nsIMsgFolder aFolder,
+                              in boolean aLeaveInvalidDB);
+
+  /**
+   * This is the same as a synchronous open in terms of params and errors.
+   * But to finish opening the db, the caller must call
+   * nsIMsgDBService::OpenMore repeatedly until the open is finished.
+   * @see nsIMsgDBService::openFolderDB
+   * @see nsIMsgDBService::openMore
+   */
+  nsIMsgDatabase asyncOpenFolderDB(in nsIMsgFolder aFolder,
+                                   in boolean aLeaveInvalidDB);
+
+  /**
+   * Continues the open process for a db opened with
+   * nsIMsgDBService::asyncOpenFolderDB. Returns true if the db is ready
+   * to use, false if openMore needs to be called again.
+   * This will throw the same kinds of exceptions as openFolderDB.
+   * @param aTimeHint approximate number of milliseconds to spend
+   *                  before returning. This is more of a floor than
+                      a ceiling, since we can't guarantee that there
+                      won't be one big chunk that we can't interrupt.
+   * @return true if db is ready to use, false if openMore needs to
+   *         be called again.
+   * @see nsIMsgDBService::openFolderDB
+   */
+  boolean openMore(in nsIMsgDatabase aDB, in unsigned long aTimeHint);
+
+  /**
+   * Creates a new database for the given folder.
+   *
+   * If the database already exists, it will return the database, emit a
+   * warning, but not fully initialize it. For this reason, it should only be
+   * used when it is known that the database does not exist, such as when
+   * nsIMsgDBService::openFolderDB throws an error.
+   *
+   * @see nsIMsgDBService::openFolderDB
+   */
+  nsIMsgDatabase createNewDB(in nsIMsgFolder aFolder);
+
+  /**
+   * Opens or creates a database for a given file.
+   *
+   * This method should only be used if the caller does not have a folder
+   * instance, because the resulting db and message headers retrieved from the
+   * database would not know their owning folder, which limits their usefulness.
+   * For this reason, one should use nsIMsgDBService::openFolderDB instead
+   * except under special circumstances.
+   *
+   * Unlike nsIMsgDBService::openFolderDB, there is no corresponding method to
+   * create a new database if opening the database failed. However, this method
+   * will never throw NS_MSG_ERROR_FOLDER_SUMMARY_MISSING, so no corresponding
+   * method is needed.
+   *
+   * @param aFile           The file for which the database should be returned.
+   * @param aFolder         Folder the db corresponds to (may be null)
+   * @param aCreate         Whether or not the file should be created.
+   * @param aLeaveInvalidDB Whether or not the database should be deleted if it
+   *                        is invalid.
+   * @return                A new nsIMsgDatabase object encapsulating the file
+   *                        passed in.
+   * @exception NS_ERROR_FILE_TARGET_DOES_NOT_EXIST
+   *                        The file could not be created.
+   * @see nsIMsgDBService::openFolderDB
+   * @see nsIMsgDatabase::Open
+   */
+  nsIMsgDatabase openMailDBFromFile(in nsIFile aFile,
+                                    in nsIMsgFolder aFolder,
+                                    in boolean aCreate,
+                                    in boolean aLeaveInvalidDB);
+  /**
+   * Adds the given listener to the listener set for the folder.
+   *
+   * Since the message database will likely be opened and closed many times, by
+   * registering using this method, one will be guaranteed to see all subsequent
+   * modifications. This will also add the listener to the database if it is
+   * already opened.
+   *
+   * @param aFolder         The folder to add a listener to.
+   * @param aListener       The listener to add the folder to.
+   */
+  void registerPendingListener(in nsIMsgFolder aFolder,
+                               in nsIDBChangeListener aListener);
+  /**
+   * Removes the listener from all folder listener sets.
+   *
+   * @param aListener       The listener to remove.
+   * @exception NS_ERROR_FAILURE
+   *                        The listener is not registered.
+   */
+  void unregisterPendingListener(in nsIDBChangeListener aListener);
+
+  /**
+   * Get the db for a folder, if already open.
+   *
+   * @param aFolder   The folder to get the cached (open) db for.
+   *
+   * @returns         null if the db isn't open, otherwise the db.
+   */
+  nsIMsgDatabase cachedDBForFolder(in nsIMsgFolder aFolder);
+
+  /**
+   * Close the db for a folder, if already open.
+   *
+   * @param aFolder   The folder to close the cached (open) db for.
+   */
+  void forceFolderDBClosed(in nsIMsgFolder aFolder);
+
+  /// an enumerator to iterate over the open dbs.
+  readonly attribute nsIArray openDBs;
+};
+
+[scriptable, uuid(b64e66f8-4717-423a-be42-482658fb2199)]
+interface nsIMsgDatabase : nsIDBChangeAnnouncer {
+  void Close(in boolean aForceCommit);
+
+  void Commit(in nsMsgDBCommit commitType);
+  // Force closed is evil, and we should see if we can do without it.
+  // In 4.x, it was mainly used to remove corrupted databases.
+  void ForceClosed();
+  void clearCachedHdrs();
+  void resetHdrCacheSize(in unsigned long size);
+
+  readonly attribute nsIDBFolderInfo  dBFolderInfo;
+
+  /// Size of the database file in bytes.
+  readonly attribute long long databaseSize;
+
+  /// Folder this db was opened on.
+  readonly attribute nsIMsgFolder folder;
+
+  /**
+   * This is used when deciding which db's to close to free up memory
+   * and other resources in an LRU manner. It doesn't track every operation
+   * on every object from the db, but high level things like open, commit,
+   * and perhaps some of the list methods. Commit should be a proxy for all
+   * the mutation methods.
+   *
+   * I'm allowing clients to set the last use time as well, so that
+   * nsIMsgFolder.msgDatabase can set the last use time.
+   */
+  attribute PRTime lastUseTime;
+
+  // get a message header for the given key. Caller must release()!
+
+  nsIMsgDBHdr GetMsgHdrForKey(in nsMsgKey key);
+  nsIMsgDBHdr getMsgHdrForMessageID(in string messageID);
+
+  /**
+   * get a message header for a Gmail message with the given X-GM-MSGID.
+   */
+  nsIMsgDBHdr GetMsgHdrForGMMsgID(in string aGmailMessageID);
+  //Returns whether or not this database contains the given key
+  boolean ContainsKey(in nsMsgKey key);
+
+/**
+ * Must call AddNewHdrToDB after creating. The idea is that you create
+ * a new header, fill in its properties, and then call AddNewHdrToDB.
+ * AddNewHdrToDB will send notifications to any listeners.
+ *
+ * @param aKey msgKey for the new header. If aKey is nsMsgKey_None,
+ *             we will auto-assign a new key.
+ */
+  nsIMsgDBHdr CreateNewHdr(in nsMsgKey aKey);
+
+  void AddNewHdrToDB(in nsIMsgDBHdr newHdr, in boolean notify);
+
+  nsIMsgDBHdr CopyHdrFromExistingHdr(in nsMsgKey key, in nsIMsgDBHdr existingHdr, in boolean addHdrToDB);
+
+  /**
+   * Returns all message keys stored in the database.
+   * Keys are returned in the order as stored in the database.
+   * The caller should sort them if it needs to.
+   */
+  void ListAllKeys(in nsIMsgKeyArray array);
+
+  nsISimpleEnumerator EnumerateMessages();
+  nsISimpleEnumerator ReverseEnumerateMessages();
+  nsISimpleEnumerator EnumerateThreads();
+
+  /**
+   * Get an enumerator for use with nextMatchingHdrs. The enumerator
+   * will only return messages that match the passed-in search terms.
+   *
+   * @param     searchTerms       array of search terms to evaluate.
+   * @param     reverse           start at the end, defaults to false.
+   *
+   * @returns   an enumerator for passing into nextMatchingHdrs
+   */
+  nsISimpleEnumerator getFilterEnumerator(in nsIArray searchTerms,
+                                          [optional] in boolean reverse);
+
+  /**
+   * Get the next N matching headers using a filter enumerator
+   * obtained by calling getFilterEnumerator.
+   *
+   * @param     enumerator -      This *must* be a filter enumerator
+   * @param     numHdrsToLookAt   if non 0, the number of hdrs to advance the
+   *                              enumerator before returning.
+   * @param     maxResults        if non 0, the max results to return.
+   * @param     matchingHdrs      if non null, array of matching hdrs.
+   * @param     numMatches        if non null, the number of matching hdrs.
+   *
+   * @returns   false, if done, true if more hdrs to look at.
+   */
+  boolean nextMatchingHdrs(in nsISimpleEnumerator enumerator,
+                           in long numHdrsToLookAt,
+                           in long maxResults,
+                           in nsIMutableArray matchingHdrs,
+                           out long numMatches);
+
+
+  // count the total and unread msgs, and adjust global count if needed
+  void syncCounts();
+
+  nsIMsgThread GetThreadContainingMsgHdr(in nsIMsgDBHdr msgHdr) ;
+
+  // helpers for user command functions like delete, mark read, etc.
+
+  void MarkHdrRead(in nsIMsgDBHdr msgHdr, in boolean bRead,
+                         in nsIDBChangeListener instigator);
+
+  void MarkHdrReplied(in nsIMsgDBHdr msgHdr, in boolean bReplied,
+                         in nsIDBChangeListener instigator);
+
+  void MarkHdrMarked(in nsIMsgDBHdr msgHdr, in boolean mark,
+                         in nsIDBChangeListener instigator);
+  /**
+   * Remove the new status from a message.
+   *
+   * @param aMsgHdr        The database reference header for the message
+   * @param aInstigator    Reference to original calling object
+   */
+  void MarkHdrNotNew(in nsIMsgDBHdr aMsgHdr,
+                     in nsIDBChangeListener aInstigator);
+
+  // MDN support
+  void MarkMDNNeeded(in nsMsgKey key, in boolean bNeeded,
+                           in nsIDBChangeListener instigator);
+
+  // MarkMDNneeded only used when mail server is a POP3 server
+  // or when the IMAP server does not support user defined
+  // PERMANENTFLAGS
+  boolean IsMDNNeeded(in nsMsgKey key);
+
+  void MarkMDNSent(in nsMsgKey key, in boolean bNeeded,
+                         in nsIDBChangeListener instigator);
+  boolean IsMDNSent(in nsMsgKey key);
+
+// methods to get and set docsets for ids.
+  void MarkRead(in nsMsgKey key, in boolean bRead, 
+                      in nsIDBChangeListener instigator);
+
+  void MarkReplied(in nsMsgKey key, in boolean bReplied, 
+                         in nsIDBChangeListener instigator);
+
+  void MarkForwarded(in nsMsgKey key, in boolean bForwarded, 
+                           in nsIDBChangeListener instigator);
+
+  void MarkHasAttachments(in nsMsgKey key, in boolean bHasAttachments, 
+                                in nsIDBChangeListener instigator);
+
+  void MarkThreadRead(in nsIMsgThread thread, in nsIDBChangeListener instigator,
+                      out unsigned long aCount,
+                      [array, size_is(aCount)] out nsMsgKey aKeys);
+
+  /// Mark the specified thread ignored.
+  void MarkThreadIgnored(in nsIMsgThread thread, in nsMsgKey threadKey,
+                         in boolean bIgnored,
+                         in nsIDBChangeListener instigator);
+
+  /// Mark the specified thread watched.
+  void MarkThreadWatched(in nsIMsgThread thread, in nsMsgKey threadKey,
+                         in boolean bWatched,
+                         in nsIDBChangeListener instigator);
+
+  /// Mark the specified subthread ignored.
+  void MarkHeaderKilled(in nsIMsgDBHdr msg, in boolean bIgnored,
+                        in nsIDBChangeListener instigator);
+
+  /// Is the message read.
+  boolean IsRead(in nsMsgKey key);
+  /// Is the message part of an ignored thread.
+  boolean IsIgnored(in nsMsgKey key);
+  /// Is the message part of a watched thread.
+  boolean IsWatched(in nsMsgKey key);
+  /// Is the message flagged/starred.
+  boolean IsMarked(in nsMsgKey key);
+  /// Does the message have attachments.
+  boolean HasAttachments(in nsMsgKey key);
+
+  void MarkAllRead(out unsigned long aCount,
+                   [array, size_is(aCount)] out nsMsgKey aKeys);
+
+  void deleteMessages(in unsigned long aNumKeys,
+                      [array, size_is(aNumKeys)] in nsMsgKey nsMsgKeys,
+                      in nsIDBChangeListener instigator);
+  void DeleteMessage(in nsMsgKey key, 
+                           in nsIDBChangeListener instigator,
+                           in boolean commit);
+  void DeleteHeader(in nsIMsgDBHdr msgHdr, in nsIDBChangeListener instigator,
+                          in boolean commit, in boolean notify);
+
+  // lower level routine that doesn't remove hdr from thread or adjust counts
+  void RemoveHeaderMdbRow(in nsIMsgDBHdr msgHdr);
+
+  void UndoDelete(in nsIMsgDBHdr msgHdr);
+
+  void MarkMarked(in nsMsgKey key, in boolean mark,
+                        in nsIDBChangeListener instigator);
+  void MarkOffline(in nsMsgKey key, in boolean offline,
+                         in nsIDBChangeListener instigator);
+  void SetLabel(in nsMsgKey key, in nsMsgLabelValue label);
+  void setStringProperty(in nsMsgKey aKey, in string aProperty, in string aValue);
+  /**
+   * Set the value of a string property in a message header
+   *
+   * @param msgHdr    Header of the message whose property will be changed
+   * @param aProperty the property to change
+   * @param aValue    new value for the property
+   */
+  void setStringPropertyByHdr(in nsIMsgDBHdr msgHdr, in string aProperty, in string aValue);
+
+  /**
+   * Set the value of a uint32 property in a message header.
+   *
+   * @param aMsgHdr   header of the message whose property will be changed
+   * @param aProperty the property to change
+   * @param aValue    new value for the property
+   */
+  void setUint32PropertyByHdr(in nsIMsgDBHdr aMsgHdr,
+                              in string aProperty, in unsigned long aValue);
+
+  void MarkImapDeleted(in nsMsgKey key, in boolean deleted,
+                             in nsIDBChangeListener instigator);
+
+  readonly attribute nsMsgKey FirstNew;
+
+  attribute nsIMsgRetentionSettings msgRetentionSettings;
+  // purge unwanted message headers and/or bodies. If deleteViaFolder is
+  // true, we'll call nsIMsgFolder::DeleteMessages to delete the messages.
+  // Otherwise, we'll just delete them from the db.
+  void applyRetentionSettings(in nsIMsgRetentionSettings aMsgRetentionSettings, 
+                              in boolean aDeleteViaFolder);
+
+  attribute nsIMsgDownloadSettings msgDownloadSettings;
+
+  boolean HasNew();
+  void ClearNewList(in boolean notify);
+  void AddToNewList(in nsMsgKey key);
+
+  // used mainly to force the timestamp of a local mail folder db to
+  // match the time stamp of the corresponding berkeley mail folder,
+  // but also useful to tell the summary to mark itself invalid
+  // Also, if a local folder is being reparsed, summary will be invalid
+  // until the reparsing is done.
+  attribute boolean summaryValid;
+
+  // batching - can be used to cache file stream for local mail,
+  // and perhaps to use the mdb batching mechanism as well.
+  void StartBatch();
+  void EndBatch();
+  // offline operations - we could move these into an offline operation interface
+  // but it would have to be in nsMailDatabase, since local folders can be move destinations
+  nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation GetOfflineOpForKey(in nsMsgKey messageKey, in boolean create);
+  void  RemoveOfflineOp(in nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation op);
+  nsISimpleEnumerator EnumerateOfflineOps();
+  [noscript] void ListAllOfflineOpIds(in nsMsgKeyArrayPtr offlineOpIds);
+  [noscript] void ListAllOfflineDeletes(in nsMsgKeyArrayPtr offlineDeletes);
+  void ListAllOfflineMsgs(in nsIMsgKeyArray aKeys);
+
+  void setAttributeOnPendingHdr(in nsIMsgDBHdr pendingHdr, in string property,
+                                  in string propertyVal);
+
+  void setUint32AttributeOnPendingHdr(in nsIMsgDBHdr pendingHdr, in string property,
+                                  in unsigned long propertyVal);
+
+  /**
+   * Sets a pending 64 bit attribute, which tells the DB that when a message
+   * which looks like the pendingHdr (e.g., same message-id) is added to the
+   * db, set the passed in property and value on the new header. This is
+   * usually because we've copied an imap message to a different folder, and
+   * want to carry forward attributes from the original message to the copy,
+   * but don't have the message hdr for the copy yet so we can't set
+   * attributes directly.
+   *
+   * @param aPendingHdr usually the source of the copy.
+   * @param aProperty name of property to set.
+   * @param aPropertyVal 64 bit value of property to set.
+   */
+  void setUint64AttributeOnPendingHdr(in nsIMsgDBHdr aPendingHdr,
+                                      in string aProperty,
+                                      in unsigned long long aPropertyVal);
+
+  /**
+   * Given a message header with its message-id set, update any pending
+   *  attributes on the header.
+   *
+   * @param aNewHdr a new header that may have pending attributes.
+   */
+  void updatePendingAttributes(in nsIMsgDBHdr aNewHdr);
+
+  readonly attribute nsMsgKey lowWaterArticleNum;
+  readonly attribute nsMsgKey highWaterArticleNum;
+  attribute nsMsgKey nextPseudoMsgKey;   //for undo-redo of move pop->imap
+  readonly attribute nsMsgKey nextFakeOfflineMsgKey; // for saving "fake" offline msg hdrs
+  // for sorting
+  void createCollationKey(in AString sourceString, out unsigned long aCount,
+                          [array, size_is(aCount)] out octet aKey);
+  long compareCollationKeys(in unsigned long aLen1,
+                            [array, size_is(aLen1)] in octet key1,
+                            in unsigned long aLen2,
+                            [array, size_is(aLen2)] in octet key2);
+
+  // when creating a view, the default sort order and view flags 
+  // use these for the default.  (this allows news to override, so that
+  // news can be threaded by default)
+  readonly attribute nsMsgViewFlagsTypeValue defaultViewFlags;
+  readonly attribute nsMsgViewSortTypeValue  defaultSortType;
+  readonly attribute nsMsgViewSortOrderValue defaultSortOrder;
+
+  // for msg hdr hash table allocation. controllable by caller to improve folder loading preformance.
+  attribute unsigned long msgHdrCacheSize;
+
+  /**
+   * The list of messages currently in the NEW state.
+   * 
+   * If there are no such messages, a null pointer may be returned.
+   * the caller should free when done using free.
+   */
+  void getNewList(out unsigned long count, [array, size_is(count)] out nsMsgKey newKeys);
+  
+  // These are used for caching search hits in a db, to speed up saved search folders.
+  nsISimpleEnumerator getCachedHits(in string aSearchFolderUri);
+  void refreshCache(in string aSearchFolderUri, in unsigned long aNumKeys, [array, size_is (aNumKeys)] in nsMsgKey aNewHits,
+     out unsigned long aNumBadHits, [array, size_is(aNumBadHits)] out nsMsgKey aStaleHits);
+  void updateHdrInCache(in string aSearchFolderUri, in nsIMsgDBHdr aHdr, in boolean aAdd);
+  boolean hdrIsInCache(in string aSearchFolderUri, in nsIMsgDBHdr aHdr);
+
+};
+/** @} */
diff --git a/mailnews/db/msgdb/public/nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation.idl b/mailnews/db/msgdb/public/nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b07beef63
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/msgdb/public/nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+/* -*- Mode: IDL; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+#include "MailNewsTypes2.idl"
+// #include "nsIImapUrl.idl" // for imapMessageFlagsType
+
+typedef unsigned short imapMessageFlagsType;
+
+typedef long nsOfflineImapOperationType;
+
+[scriptable, uuid(b5229a55-22bb-444b-be92-13d719353828)]
+
+interface nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation : nsISupports
+{
+// type of stored imap operations
+  const long kFlagsChanged      = 0x1;
+  const long kMsgMoved          = 0x2;
+  const long kMsgCopy           = 0x4;
+  const long kMoveResult        = 0x8;
+  const long kAppendDraft       = 0x10;
+  const long kAddedHeader       = 0x20;
+  const long kDeletedMsg        = 0x40;
+  const long kMsgMarkedDeleted	= 0x80;
+  const long kAppendTemplate    = 0x100;
+  const long kDeleteAllMsgs     = 0x200;
+  const long kAddKeywords       = 0x400;
+  const long kRemoveKeywords    = 0x800;
+
+  attribute nsOfflineImapOperationType operation;
+  void clearOperation(in nsOfflineImapOperationType operation);
+  attribute nsMsgKey messageKey;
+
+  // for move/copy operations, the msg key of the source msg.
+  attribute nsMsgKey srcMessageKey;
+
+  attribute imapMessageFlagsType flagOperation;
+  attribute imapMessageFlagsType newFlags; // for kFlagsChanged
+  attribute string destinationFolderURI; // for move or copy
+  attribute string sourceFolderURI;
+  void addKeywordToAdd(in string aKeyword);
+  void addKeywordToRemove(in string aKeyword);
+  readonly attribute string keywordsToAdd; 
+  readonly attribute string keywordsToRemove;
+  readonly attribute long numberOfCopies;
+  void addMessageCopyOperation(in string destinationBox);
+  string getCopyDestination(in long copyIndex);
+  attribute unsigned long msgSize;
+  attribute boolean playingBack;
+};
+
diff --git a/mailnews/db/msgdb/public/nsINewsDatabase.idl b/mailnews/db/msgdb/public/nsINewsDatabase.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..151a42f01
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/msgdb/public/nsINewsDatabase.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+%{C++
+#include "nsMsgKeySet.h"
+%}
+
+[ptr] native nsMsgKeySetPtr(nsMsgKeySet);
+
+[scriptable, uuid(f700208a-1dd1-11b2-b947-e4e1e4fdf278)]
+
+interface nsINewsDatabase : nsISupports {
+  [noscript] attribute nsMsgKeySetPtr readSet;
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/db/msgdb/public/nsImapMailDatabase.h b/mailnews/db/msgdb/public/nsImapMailDatabase.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b6092c284
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/msgdb/public/nsImapMailDatabase.h
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+#ifndef _nsImapMailDatabase_H_
+#define _nsImapMailDatabase_H_
+
+#include "mozilla/Attributes.h"
+#include "nsMailDatabase.h"
+
+class nsImapMailDatabase : public nsMailDatabase
+{
+public:
+  // OK, it's dumb that this should require a fileSpec, since there is no file
+  // for the folder. This is mainly because we're deriving from nsMailDatabase;
+  // Perhaps we shouldn't...
+  nsImapMailDatabase();
+  virtual ~nsImapMailDatabase();
+  
+  NS_IMETHOD    StartBatch() override;
+  NS_IMETHOD    EndBatch() override;
+  NS_IMETHOD    GetSummaryValid(bool *aResult) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD    SetSummaryValid(bool valid = true) override;
+  virtual nsresult AdjustExpungedBytesOnDelete(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD    ForceClosed() override;
+  NS_IMETHOD    AddNewHdrToDB(nsIMsgDBHdr *newHdr, bool notify) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD    SetAttributeOnPendingHdr(nsIMsgDBHdr *pendingHdr, const char *property,
+                                         const char *propertyVal) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD    SetUint32AttributeOnPendingHdr(nsIMsgDBHdr *pendingHdr, const char *property,
+                                               uint32_t propertyVal) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD    SetUint64AttributeOnPendingHdr(nsIMsgDBHdr *aPendingHdr,
+                                               const char *aProperty,
+                                               uint64_t aPropertyVal) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD    DeleteMessages(uint32_t aNumKeys, nsMsgKey* nsMsgKeys,
+                               nsIDBChangeListener *instigator) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD    UpdatePendingAttributes(nsIMsgDBHdr* aNewHdr) override;
+
+protected:
+  // IMAP does not set local file flags, override does nothing
+  virtual void UpdateFolderFlag(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr, bool bSet,
+                                nsMsgMessageFlagType flag, nsIOutputStream **ppFileStream);
+
+  nsresult      GetRowForPendingHdr(nsIMsgDBHdr *pendingHdr, nsIMdbRow **row);
+  nsresult     GetAllPendingHdrsTable();
+  mdb_token    m_pendingHdrsRowScopeToken;
+  mdb_token    m_pendingHdrsTableKindToken;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMdbTable> m_mdbAllPendingHdrsTable;
+};
+
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/db/msgdb/public/nsMailDatabase.h b/mailnews/db/msgdb/public/nsMailDatabase.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6a5c6b5c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/msgdb/public/nsMailDatabase.h
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _nsMailDatabase_H_
+#define _nsMailDatabase_H_
+
+#include "mozilla/Attributes.h"
+#include "nsMsgDatabase.h"
+#include "nsMsgMessageFlags.h"
+#include "nsIFile.h"
+#include "nsTArray.h"
+
+// This is the subclass of nsMsgDatabase that handles local mail messages.
+class nsIOFileStream;
+class nsIFile;
+class nsOfflineImapOperation;
+
+class nsMailDatabase : public nsMsgDatabase
+{
+public:
+  nsMailDatabase();
+  virtual ~nsMailDatabase();
+  NS_IMETHOD  ForceClosed() override;
+  NS_IMETHOD DeleteMessages(uint32_t aNumKeys, nsMsgKey* nsMsgKeys,
+                            nsIDBChangeListener *instigator) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD StartBatch() override;
+  NS_IMETHOD EndBatch() override;
+
+  nsresult  Open(nsMsgDBService* aDBService, nsIFile *aSummaryFile, bool create, bool upgrading) override;
+  virtual nsMailDatabase  *GetMailDB() {return this;}
+
+  virtual uint32_t  GetCurVersion() override {return kMsgDBVersion;}
+  
+  NS_IMETHOD  GetOfflineOpForKey(nsMsgKey opKey, bool create,
+                                 nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation **op) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD  RemoveOfflineOp(nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation *op) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD  SetSummaryValid(bool valid) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD  GetSummaryValid(bool *valid) override;
+	
+  NS_IMETHOD    EnumerateOfflineOps(nsISimpleEnumerator **enumerator) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD    ListAllOfflineOpIds(nsTArray<nsMsgKey> *offlineOpIds) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD    ListAllOfflineDeletes(nsTArray<nsMsgKey> *offlineDeletes) override;
+
+  friend class nsMsgOfflineOpEnumerator;
+protected:
+
+  nsresult        GetAllOfflineOpsTable(); // get this on demand
+
+  // get the time and date of the mailbox file
+  void            GetMailboxModProperties(int64_t *aSize, uint32_t *aDate); 
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMdbTable>  m_mdbAllOfflineOpsTable;
+  mdb_token       m_offlineOpsRowScopeToken;
+  mdb_token       m_offlineOpsTableKindToken;
+
+  virtual void    SetReparse(bool reparse);
+  
+protected:
+  
+  bool            m_reparse;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/db/msgdb/public/nsMsgDBCID.h b/mailnews/db/msgdb/public/nsMsgDBCID.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..557cc24c0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/msgdb/public/nsMsgDBCID.h
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsMsgDBCID_h__
+#define nsMsgDBCID_h__
+
+#include "nsISupports.h"
+#include "nsIFactory.h"
+#include "nsIComponentManager.h"
+
+// 03223c50-1e88-45e8-ba1a-7ce792dc3fc3
+#define NS_MSGDB_SERVICE_CID \
+{  0x03223c50, 0x1e88, 0x45e8, \
+    { 0xba, 0x1a, 0x7c, 0xe7, 0x92, 0xdc, 0x3f, 0xc3 } }
+
+#define NS_MSGDB_SERVICE_CONTRACTID \
+  "@mozilla.org/msgDatabase/msgDBService;1"
+
+#define NS_MSGDB_CONTRACTID \
+  "@mozilla.org/nsMsgDatabase/msgDB-"
+
+#define NS_MAILBOXDB_CONTRACTID \
+  NS_MSGDB_CONTRACTID"mailbox"
+
+//	a86c86ae-e97f-11d2-a506-0060b0fc04b7
+#define NS_MAILDB_CID                      \
+{ 0xa86c86ae, 0xe97f, 0x11d2,                   \
+    { 0xa5, 0x06, 0x00, 0x60, 0xb0, 0xfc, 0x04, 0xb7 } }
+
+#define NS_NEWSDB_CONTRACTID \
+  NS_MSGDB_CONTRACTID"news"
+
+// 36414aa0-e980-11d2-a506-0060b0fc04b7
+#define NS_NEWSDB_CID                      \
+{ 0x36414aa0, 0xe980, 0x11d2,                  \
+    { 0xa5, 0x06, 0x00, 0x60, 0xb0, 0xfc, 0x04, 0xb7 } }
+
+#define NS_IMAPDB_CONTRACTID \
+  NS_MSGDB_CONTRACTID"imap"
+
+// 9e4b07ee-e980-11d2-a506-0060b0fc04b7
+#define NS_IMAPDB_CID                      \
+{ 0x9e4b07ee, 0xe980, 0x11d2,                  \
+    { 0xa5, 0x06, 0x00, 0x60, 0xb0, 0xfc, 0x04, 0xb7 } }
+
+#define NS_MSG_RETENTIONSETTINGS_CID \
+{ 0x1bd976d6, 0xdf44, 0x11d4,       \
+  {0xa5, 0xb6, 0x00, 0x60, 0xb0, 0xfc, 0x04, 0xb7} }
+
+#define NS_MSG_RETENTIONSETTINGS_CONTRACTID \
+  "@mozilla.org/msgDatabase/retentionSettings;1"
+
+// 4e3dae5a-157a-11d5-a5c0-0060b0fc04b7
+#define NS_MSG_DOWNLOADSETTINGS_CID \
+{ 0x4e3dae5a, 0x157a, 0x11d5,       \
+  {0xa5, 0xc0, 0x00, 0x60, 0xb0, 0xfc, 0x04, 0xb7} }
+
+#define NS_MSG_DOWNLOADSETTINGS_CONTRACTID \
+  "@mozilla.org/msgDatabase/downloadSettings;1"
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/db/msgdb/public/nsMsgDatabase.h b/mailnews/db/msgdb/public/nsMsgDatabase.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..bb011e85c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/msgdb/public/nsMsgDatabase.h
@@ -0,0 +1,462 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _nsMsgDatabase_H_
+#define _nsMsgDatabase_H_
+
+#include "mozilla/Attributes.h"
+#include "mozilla/MemoryReporting.h"
+#include "nsIMsgDatabase.h"
+#include "nsMsgHdr.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsAutoPtr.h"
+#include "nsIDBChangeListener.h"
+#include "nsIDBChangeAnnouncer.h"
+#include "nsMsgMessageFlags.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolder.h"
+#include "nsIMutableArray.h"
+#include "nsDBFolderInfo.h"
+#include "nsICollation.h"
+#include "nsIMsgSearchSession.h"
+#include "nsIMimeConverter.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsCOMArray.h"
+#include "PLDHashTable.h"
+#include "nsTArray.h"
+#include "nsTObserverArray.h"
+class ListContext;
+class nsMsgKeySet;
+class nsMsgThread;
+class nsMsgDatabase;
+class nsIMsgThread;
+class nsIDBFolderInfo;
+
+const int32_t kMsgDBVersion = 1;
+
+// Hopefully we're not opening up lots of databases at the same time, however
+// this will give us a buffer before we need to start reallocating the cache
+// array.
+const uint32_t kInitialMsgDBCacheSize = 20;
+
+class nsMsgDBService final : public nsIMsgDBService
+{
+public:
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGDBSERVICE
+
+  nsMsgDBService();
+
+  void AddToCache(nsMsgDatabase* pMessageDB);
+  void DumpCache();
+  void EnsureCached(nsMsgDatabase* pMessageDB)
+  {
+    if (!m_dbCache.Contains(pMessageDB))
+      m_dbCache.AppendElement(pMessageDB);
+  }
+  void RemoveFromCache(nsMsgDatabase* pMessageDB)
+  {
+    m_dbCache.RemoveElement(pMessageDB);
+  }
+
+protected:
+  ~nsMsgDBService();
+  void HookupPendingListeners(nsIMsgDatabase *db, nsIMsgFolder *folder);
+  void FinishDBOpen(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder, nsMsgDatabase *aMsgDB);
+  nsMsgDatabase* FindInCache(nsIFile *dbName);
+
+  nsCOMArray <nsIMsgFolder> m_foldersPendingListeners;
+  nsCOMArray <nsIDBChangeListener> m_pendingListeners;
+  AutoTArray<nsMsgDatabase*, kInitialMsgDBCacheSize> m_dbCache;
+};
+
+class nsMsgDBEnumerator : public nsISimpleEnumerator {
+public:
+    NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+
+    // nsISimpleEnumerator methods:
+    NS_DECL_NSISIMPLEENUMERATOR
+
+    // nsMsgDBEnumerator methods:
+    typedef nsresult (*nsMsgDBEnumeratorFilter)(nsIMsgDBHdr* hdr, void* closure);
+
+    nsMsgDBEnumerator(nsMsgDatabase* db, nsIMdbTable *table,
+                      nsMsgDBEnumeratorFilter filter, void* closure,
+                      bool iterateForwards = true);
+    void Clear();
+
+    nsresult                        GetRowCursor();
+    virtual nsresult                PrefetchNext();
+    RefPtr<nsMsgDatabase>         mDB;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMdbTableRowCursor>  mRowCursor;
+    mdb_pos                         mRowPos;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr>           mResultHdr;
+    bool                            mDone;
+    bool                            mNextPrefetched;
+    bool                            mIterateForwards;
+    nsMsgDBEnumeratorFilter         mFilter;
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMdbTable>          mTable;
+    void*                           mClosure;
+    // This is used when the caller wants to limit how many headers the
+    // enumerator looks at in any given time slice.
+    mdb_pos                         mStopPos;
+
+protected:
+    virtual ~nsMsgDBEnumerator();
+};
+
+class nsMsgFilteredDBEnumerator : public nsMsgDBEnumerator
+{
+public:
+  nsMsgFilteredDBEnumerator(nsMsgDatabase* db, nsIMdbTable *table,
+                            bool reverse, nsIArray *searchTerms);
+  virtual ~nsMsgFilteredDBEnumerator();
+  nsresult InitSearchSession(nsIArray *searchTerms, nsIMsgFolder *folder);
+
+protected:
+  virtual nsresult               PrefetchNext() override;
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgSearchSession> m_searchSession;
+
+};
+
+namespace mozilla {
+namespace mailnews {
+class MsgDBReporter;
+}
+}
+
+class nsMsgDatabase : public nsIMsgDatabase
+{
+public:
+  friend class nsMsgDBService;
+  friend class nsMsgPropertyEnumerator; // accesses m_mdbEnv and m_mdbStore
+
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIDBCHANGEANNOUNCER
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGDATABASE
+
+  /**
+   * Opens a database folder.
+   *
+   * @param aFolderName     The name of the folder to create.
+   * @param aCreate         Whether or not the file should be created.
+   * @param aLeaveInvalidDB Set to true if you do not want the database to be
+   *                        deleted if it is invalid.
+   * @exception NS_ERROR_FILE_TARGET_DOES_NOT_EXIST
+   *                        The file could not be created.
+   * @exception NS_MSG_ERROR_FOLDER_SUMMARY_OUT_OF_DATE
+   *                        The database is present (and was opened), but the
+   *                        summary file is out of date.
+   * @exception NS_MSG_ERROR_FOLDER_SUMMARY_MISSING
+   *                        The database is present (and was opened), but the
+   *                        summary file is missing.
+   */
+  virtual nsresult Open(nsMsgDBService *aDBService, nsIFile *aFolderName,
+                        bool aCreate, bool aLeaveInvalidDB);
+  virtual nsresult IsHeaderRead(nsIMsgDBHdr *hdr, bool *pRead);
+  virtual nsresult MarkHdrReadInDB(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr, bool bRead,
+                               nsIDBChangeListener *instigator);
+  nsresult OpenInternal(nsMsgDBService *aDBService, nsIFile *aFolderName,
+                        bool aCreate, bool aLeaveInvalidDB, bool sync);
+  nsresult CheckForErrors(nsresult err, bool sync, nsMsgDBService *aDBService, nsIFile *summaryFile);
+  virtual nsresult OpenMDB(const char *dbName, bool create, bool sync);
+  virtual nsresult CloseMDB(bool commit);
+  virtual nsresult CreateMsgHdr(nsIMdbRow* hdrRow, nsMsgKey key, nsIMsgDBHdr **result);
+  virtual nsresult GetThreadForMsgKey(nsMsgKey msgKey, nsIMsgThread **result);
+  virtual nsresult EnumerateMessagesWithFlag(nsISimpleEnumerator* *result, uint32_t *pFlag);
+  nsresult         GetSearchResultsTable(const char *searchFolderUri, bool createIfMissing, nsIMdbTable **table);
+
+  // this might just be for debugging - we'll see.
+  nsresult ListAllThreads(nsTArray<nsMsgKey> *threadIds);
+  //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+  // nsMsgDatabase methods:
+  nsMsgDatabase();
+
+  void GetMDBFactory(nsIMdbFactory ** aMdbFactory);
+  nsIMdbEnv             *GetEnv() {return m_mdbEnv;}
+  nsIMdbStore           *GetStore() {return m_mdbStore;}
+  virtual uint32_t      GetCurVersion();
+  nsresult              GetCollationKeyGenerator();
+  nsIMimeConverter *    GetMimeConverter();
+
+  nsresult GetTableCreateIfMissing(const char *scope, const char *kind, nsIMdbTable **table,
+                                   mdb_token &scopeToken, mdb_token &kindToken);
+
+  //helper function to fill in nsStrings from hdr row cell contents.
+  nsresult RowCellColumnTonsString(nsIMdbRow *row, mdb_token columnToken, nsAString &resultStr);
+  nsresult RowCellColumnToUInt32(nsIMdbRow *row, mdb_token columnToken, uint32_t *uint32Result, uint32_t defaultValue = 0);
+  nsresult RowCellColumnToUInt32(nsIMdbRow *row, mdb_token columnToken, uint32_t &uint32Result, uint32_t defaultValue = 0);
+  nsresult RowCellColumnToUInt64(nsIMdbRow *row, mdb_token columnToken, uint64_t *uint64Result, uint64_t defaultValue = 0);
+  nsresult RowCellColumnToMime2DecodedString(nsIMdbRow *row, mdb_token columnToken, nsAString &resultStr);
+  nsresult RowCellColumnToCollationKey(nsIMdbRow *row, mdb_token columnToken, uint8_t **result, uint32_t *len);
+  nsresult RowCellColumnToConstCharPtr(nsIMdbRow *row, mdb_token columnToken, const char **ptr);
+  nsresult RowCellColumnToAddressCollationKey(nsIMdbRow *row, mdb_token colToken, uint8_t **result, uint32_t *len);
+
+  nsresult GetEffectiveCharset(nsIMdbRow *row, nsACString &resultCharset);
+
+  // these methods take the property name as a string, not a token.
+  // they should be used when the properties aren't accessed a lot
+  nsresult        GetProperty(nsIMdbRow *row, const char *propertyName, char **result);
+  nsresult        SetProperty(nsIMdbRow *row, const char *propertyName, const char *propertyVal);
+  nsresult        GetPropertyAsNSString(nsIMdbRow *row, const char *propertyName, nsAString &result);
+  nsresult        SetPropertyFromNSString(nsIMdbRow *row, const char *propertyName, const nsAString &propertyVal);
+  nsresult        GetUint32Property(nsIMdbRow *row, const char *propertyName, uint32_t *result, uint32_t defaultValue = 0);
+  nsresult        GetUint64Property(nsIMdbRow *row, const char *propertyName, uint64_t *result, uint64_t defaultValue = 0);
+  nsresult        SetUint32Property(nsIMdbRow *row, const char *propertyName, uint32_t propertyVal);
+  nsresult        SetUint64Property(nsIMdbRow *row, const char *propertyName, uint64_t propertyVal);
+  nsresult        GetBooleanProperty(nsIMdbRow *row, const char *propertyName,
+                                     bool *result, bool defaultValue = false);
+  nsresult        SetBooleanProperty(nsIMdbRow *row, const char *propertyName,
+                                    bool propertyVal);
+  // helper function for once we have the token.
+  nsresult        SetNSStringPropertyWithToken(nsIMdbRow *row, mdb_token aProperty, const nsAString &propertyStr);
+
+  // helper functions to put values in cells for the passed-in row
+  nsresult        UInt32ToRowCellColumn(nsIMdbRow *row, mdb_token columnToken, uint32_t value);
+  nsresult        CharPtrToRowCellColumn(nsIMdbRow *row, mdb_token columnToken, const char *charPtr);
+  nsresult        RowCellColumnToCharPtr(nsIMdbRow *row, mdb_token columnToken, char **result);
+  nsresult        UInt64ToRowCellColumn(nsIMdbRow *row, mdb_token columnToken, uint64_t value);
+
+  // helper functions to copy an nsString to a yarn, int32 to yarn, and vice versa.
+  static struct mdbYarn *nsStringToYarn(struct mdbYarn *yarn, const nsAString &str);
+  static struct mdbYarn *UInt32ToYarn(struct mdbYarn *yarn, uint32_t i);
+  static struct mdbYarn *UInt64ToYarn(struct mdbYarn *yarn, uint64_t i);
+  static void YarnTonsString(struct mdbYarn *yarn, nsAString &str);
+  static void YarnTonsCString(struct mdbYarn *yarn, nsACString &str);
+  static void YarnToUInt32(struct mdbYarn *yarn, uint32_t *i);
+  static void YarnToUInt64(struct mdbYarn *yarn, uint64_t *i);
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+  virtual nsresult DumpContents();
+  nsresult DumpThread(nsMsgKey threadId);
+  nsresult DumpMsgChildren(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr);
+#endif
+
+  friend class nsMsgHdr;  // use this to get access to cached tokens for hdr fields
+  friend class nsMsgThread;  // use this to get access to cached tokens for hdr fields
+  friend class nsMsgDBEnumerator;
+  friend class nsMsgDBThreadEnumerator;
+protected:
+  virtual ~nsMsgDatabase();
+
+  // prefs stuff - in future, we might want to cache the prefs interface
+  nsresult        GetBoolPref(const char *prefName, bool *result);
+  nsresult        GetIntPref(const char *prefName, int32_t *result);
+  virtual void    GetGlobalPrefs();
+    // retrieval methods
+  nsIMsgThread *  GetThreadForReference(nsCString &msgID, nsIMsgDBHdr **pMsgHdr);
+  nsIMsgThread *  GetThreadForSubject(nsCString &subject);
+  nsIMsgThread *  GetThreadForMessageId(nsCString &msgId);
+  nsIMsgThread *  GetThreadForThreadId(nsMsgKey threadId);
+  nsMsgHdr     *  GetMsgHdrForReference(nsCString &reference);
+  nsIMsgDBHdr  *  GetMsgHdrForSubject(nsCString &subject);
+  // threading interfaces
+  virtual nsresult CreateNewThread(nsMsgKey key, const char *subject, nsMsgThread **newThread);
+  virtual bool    ThreadBySubjectWithoutRe();
+  virtual bool    UseStrictThreading();
+  virtual bool    UseCorrectThreading();
+  virtual nsresult ThreadNewHdr(nsMsgHdr* hdr, bool &newThread);
+  virtual nsresult AddNewThread(nsMsgHdr *msgHdr);
+  virtual nsresult AddToThread(nsMsgHdr *newHdr, nsIMsgThread *thread, nsIMsgDBHdr *pMsgHdr, bool threadInThread);
+
+  static PRTime gLastUseTime; // global last use time
+  PRTime m_lastUseTime;       // last use time for this db
+  // inline to make instrumentation as cheap as possible
+  inline void RememberLastUseTime() {gLastUseTime = m_lastUseTime = PR_Now();}
+
+  bool    MatchDbName(nsIFile *dbName);  // returns TRUE if they match
+
+  // Flag handling routines
+  virtual nsresult SetKeyFlag(nsMsgKey key, bool set, uint32_t flag,
+                              nsIDBChangeListener *instigator = NULL);
+  virtual nsresult SetMsgHdrFlag(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr, bool set, uint32_t flag,
+                                 nsIDBChangeListener *instigator);
+
+  virtual bool    SetHdrFlag(nsIMsgDBHdr *, bool bSet, nsMsgMessageFlagType flag);
+  virtual bool    SetHdrReadFlag(nsIMsgDBHdr *, bool pRead);
+  virtual uint32_t GetStatusFlags(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr, uint32_t origFlags);
+  // helper function which doesn't involve thread object
+
+  virtual nsresult RemoveHeaderFromDB(nsMsgHdr *msgHdr);
+  virtual nsresult RemoveHeaderFromThread(nsMsgHdr *msgHdr);
+  virtual nsresult AdjustExpungedBytesOnDelete(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr);
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsICollation> m_collationKeyGenerator;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMimeConverter> m_mimeConverter;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgRetentionSettings> m_retentionSettings;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDownloadSettings> m_downloadSettings;
+
+  nsresult PurgeMessagesOlderThan(uint32_t daysToKeepHdrs,
+                                  bool applyToFlaggedMessages,
+                                  nsIMutableArray *hdrsToDelete);
+  nsresult PurgeExcessMessages(uint32_t numHeadersToKeep,
+                               bool applyToFlaggedMessages,
+                               nsIMutableArray *hdrsToDelete);
+
+  // mdb bookkeeping stuff
+  virtual nsresult      InitExistingDB();
+  virtual nsresult      InitNewDB();
+  virtual nsresult      InitMDBInfo();
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> m_folder;
+  nsDBFolderInfo      *m_dbFolderInfo;
+  nsMsgKey      m_nextPseudoMsgKey;
+  nsIMdbEnv     *m_mdbEnv;  // to be used in all the db calls.
+  nsIMdbStore   *m_mdbStore;
+  nsIMdbTable   *m_mdbAllMsgHeadersTable;
+  nsIMdbTable   *m_mdbAllThreadsTable;
+
+  // Used for asynchronous db opens. If non-null, we're still opening
+  // the underlying mork database. If null, the db has been completely opened.
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMdbThumb> m_thumb;
+  // used to remember the args to Open for async open.
+  bool m_create;
+  bool m_leaveInvalidDB;
+
+  nsCString     m_dbName;
+  nsTArray<nsMsgKey> m_newSet;  // new messages since last open.
+  bool          m_mdbTokensInitialized;
+  nsTObserverArray<nsCOMPtr<nsIDBChangeListener> > m_ChangeListeners;
+  mdb_token     m_hdrRowScopeToken;
+  mdb_token     m_threadRowScopeToken;
+  mdb_token     m_hdrTableKindToken;
+  mdb_token     m_threadTableKindToken;
+  mdb_token     m_allThreadsTableKindToken;
+  mdb_token     m_subjectColumnToken;
+  mdb_token     m_senderColumnToken;
+  mdb_token     m_messageIdColumnToken;
+  mdb_token     m_referencesColumnToken;
+  mdb_token     m_recipientsColumnToken;
+  mdb_token     m_dateColumnToken;
+  mdb_token     m_messageSizeColumnToken;
+  mdb_token     m_flagsColumnToken;
+  mdb_token     m_priorityColumnToken;
+  mdb_token     m_labelColumnToken;
+  mdb_token     m_statusOffsetColumnToken;
+  mdb_token     m_numLinesColumnToken;
+  mdb_token     m_ccListColumnToken;
+  mdb_token     m_bccListColumnToken;
+  mdb_token     m_threadFlagsColumnToken;
+  mdb_token     m_threadIdColumnToken;
+  mdb_token     m_threadChildrenColumnToken;
+  mdb_token     m_threadUnreadChildrenColumnToken;
+  mdb_token     m_messageThreadIdColumnToken;
+  mdb_token     m_threadSubjectColumnToken;
+  mdb_token     m_messageCharSetColumnToken;
+  mdb_token     m_threadParentColumnToken;
+  mdb_token     m_threadRootKeyColumnToken;
+  mdb_token     m_threadNewestMsgDateColumnToken;
+  mdb_token     m_offlineMsgOffsetColumnToken;
+  mdb_token     m_offlineMessageSizeColumnToken;
+
+  // header caching stuff - MRU headers, keeps them around in memory
+  nsresult      AddHdrToCache(nsIMsgDBHdr *hdr, nsMsgKey key);
+  nsresult      ClearHdrCache(bool reInit);
+  nsresult      RemoveHdrFromCache(nsIMsgDBHdr *hdr, nsMsgKey key);
+  // all headers currently instantiated, doesn't hold refs
+  // these get added when msg hdrs get constructed, and removed when they get destroyed.
+  nsresult      GetHdrFromUseCache(nsMsgKey key, nsIMsgDBHdr* *result);
+  nsresult      AddHdrToUseCache(nsIMsgDBHdr *hdr, nsMsgKey key);
+  nsresult      ClearUseHdrCache();
+  nsresult      RemoveHdrFromUseCache(nsIMsgDBHdr *hdr, nsMsgKey key);
+
+  // not-reference holding array of threads we've handed out.
+  // If a db goes away, it will clean up the outstanding threads.
+  // We use an nsTArray because we don't expect to ever have very many
+  // of these, rarely more than 5.
+  nsTArray<nsMsgThread *> m_threads;
+  // Clear outstanding thread objects
+  void ClearThreads();
+  nsMsgThread *FindExistingThread(nsMsgKey threadId);
+
+  mdb_pos       FindInsertIndexInSortedTable(nsIMdbTable *table, mdb_id idToInsert);
+
+  void          ClearCachedObjects(bool dbGoingAway);
+  void          ClearEnumerators();
+  // all instantiated headers, but doesn't hold refs.
+  PLDHashTable  *m_headersInUse;
+  static PLDHashNumber HashKey(const void* aKey);
+  static bool MatchEntry(const PLDHashEntryHdr* aEntry, const void* aKey);
+  static void MoveEntry(PLDHashTable* aTable, const PLDHashEntryHdr* aFrom, PLDHashEntryHdr* aTo);
+  static void ClearEntry(PLDHashTable* aTable, PLDHashEntryHdr* aEntry);
+  static PLDHashTableOps gMsgDBHashTableOps;
+  struct MsgHdrHashElement : public PLDHashEntryHdr {
+    nsMsgKey       mKey;
+    nsIMsgDBHdr     *mHdr;
+  };
+  PLDHashTable  *m_cachedHeaders;
+  bool          m_bCacheHeaders;
+  nsMsgKey  m_cachedThreadId;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgThread> m_cachedThread;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMdbFactory> mMdbFactory;
+
+  // Message reference hash table
+  static PLDHashTableOps gRefHashTableOps;
+  struct RefHashElement : public PLDHashEntryHdr {
+    const char     *mRef;       // Hash entry key, must come first
+    nsMsgKey        mThreadId;
+    uint32_t        mCount;
+  };
+  PLDHashTable *m_msgReferences;
+  nsresult GetRefFromHash(nsCString &reference, nsMsgKey *threadId);
+  nsresult AddRefToHash(nsCString &reference, nsMsgKey threadId);
+  nsresult AddMsgRefsToHash(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr);
+  nsresult RemoveRefFromHash(nsCString &reference);
+  nsresult RemoveMsgRefsFromHash(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr);
+  nsresult InitRefHash();
+
+  // not-reference holding array of enumerators we've handed out.
+  // If a db goes away, it will clean up the outstanding enumerators.
+  nsTArray<nsMsgDBEnumerator *> m_enumerators;
+
+  // Memory reporter details
+public:
+  static size_t HeaderHashSizeOf(PLDHashEntryHdr *hdr,
+                                 mozilla::MallocSizeOf aMallocSizeOf,
+                                 void *arg);
+  virtual size_t SizeOfExcludingThis(mozilla::MallocSizeOf aMallocSizeOf) const;
+  virtual size_t SizeOfIncludingThis(mozilla::MallocSizeOf aMallocSizeOf) const
+  {
+    return aMallocSizeOf(this) + SizeOfExcludingThis(aMallocSizeOf);
+  }
+private:
+  uint32_t m_cacheSize;
+  RefPtr<mozilla::mailnews::MsgDBReporter> mMemReporter;
+};
+
+class nsMsgRetentionSettings : public nsIMsgRetentionSettings
+{
+public:
+  nsMsgRetentionSettings();
+
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGRETENTIONSETTINGS
+protected:
+  virtual ~nsMsgRetentionSettings();
+  nsMsgRetainByPreference m_retainByPreference;
+  uint32_t                m_daysToKeepHdrs;
+  uint32_t                m_numHeadersToKeep;
+  bool                    m_useServerDefaults;
+  bool                    m_cleanupBodiesByDays;
+  uint32_t                m_daysToKeepBodies;
+  bool                    m_applyToFlaggedMessages;
+};
+
+class nsMsgDownloadSettings : public nsIMsgDownloadSettings
+{
+public:
+  nsMsgDownloadSettings();
+
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGDOWNLOADSETTINGS
+protected:
+  virtual ~nsMsgDownloadSettings();
+  bool m_useServerDefaults;
+  bool m_downloadUnreadOnly;
+  bool m_downloadByDate;
+  int32_t m_ageLimitOfMsgsToDownload;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/db/msgdb/public/nsMsgHdr.h b/mailnews/db/msgdb/public/nsMsgHdr.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6d23e7b49
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/msgdb/public/nsMsgHdr.h
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _nsMsgHdr_H
+#define _nsMsgHdr_H
+
+#include "mozilla/MemoryReporting.h"
+#include "nsIMsgHdr.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "MailNewsTypes.h"
+#include "mdb.h"
+#include "nsTArray.h"
+
+class nsMsgDatabase;
+class nsCString;
+class nsIMsgThread;
+
+class nsMsgHdr : public nsIMsgDBHdr {
+public:
+    NS_DECL_NSIMSGDBHDR
+	friend class nsMsgDatabase;
+    friend class nsMsgPropertyEnumerator; // accesses m_mdb
+    ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+    ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+    // nsMsgHdr methods:
+    nsMsgHdr(nsMsgDatabase *db, nsIMdbRow *dbRow);
+
+    virtual nsresult    GetRawFlags(uint32_t *result);
+    void                Init();
+    virtual nsresult    InitCachedValues();
+    virtual nsresult    InitFlags();
+    void                ClearCachedValues() {m_initedValues = 0;}
+
+    NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+
+    nsIMdbRow   *GetMDBRow() {return m_mdbRow;}
+    bool        IsParentOf(nsIMsgDBHdr *possibleChild);
+    bool        IsAncestorOf(nsIMsgDBHdr *possibleChild);
+    bool        IsAncestorKilled(uint32_t ancestorsToCheck);
+    void        ReparentInThread(nsIMsgThread *thread);
+
+    size_t SizeOfExcludingThis(mozilla::MallocSizeOf aMallocSizeOfFun) const
+    {
+      return m_references.ShallowSizeOfExcludingThis(aMallocSizeOfFun);
+    }
+    size_t SizeOfIncludingThis(mozilla::MallocSizeOf aMallocSizeOfFun) const
+    {
+      return aMallocSizeOfFun(this) + SizeOfExcludingThis(aMallocSizeOfFun);
+    }
+
+protected:
+  virtual ~nsMsgHdr();
+    nsresult SetStringColumn(const char *str, mdb_token token);
+    nsresult SetUInt32Column(uint32_t value, mdb_token token);
+    nsresult GetUInt32Column(mdb_token token, uint32_t *pvalue, uint32_t defaultValue = 0);
+    nsresult SetUInt64Column(uint64_t value, mdb_token token);
+    nsresult GetUInt64Column(mdb_token token, uint64_t *pvalue, uint64_t defaultValue = 0);
+
+    // reference and threading stuff.
+    nsresult	ParseReferences(const char *references);
+    const char* GetNextReference(const char *startNextRef, nsCString &reference,
+                                 bool acceptNonDelimitedReferences);
+
+    nsMsgKey	m_threadId; 
+    nsMsgKey	m_messageKey; 	//news: article number, mail mbox offset, imap uid...
+    nsMsgKey	m_threadParent;	// message this is a reply to, in thread.
+    PRTime      m_date;                         
+    uint32_t    m_messageSize;	// lines for news articles, bytes for mail messages
+    uint32_t    m_statusOffset;	// offset in a local mail message of the mozilla status hdr
+    uint32_t    m_flags;
+    // avoid parsing references every time we want one
+    nsTArray<nsCString> m_references;
+    nsMsgPriorityValue  m_priority;
+
+    // nsMsgHdrs will have to know what db and row they belong to, since they are really
+    // just a wrapper around the msg row in the mdb. This could cause problems,
+    // though I hope not.
+    nsMsgDatabase *m_mdb;
+    nsIMdbRow     *m_mdbRow;
+    uint32_t      m_initedValues;
+};
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/mailnews/db/msgdb/public/nsMsgThread.h b/mailnews/db/msgdb/public/nsMsgThread.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..62d303bc8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/msgdb/public/nsMsgThread.h
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _nsMsgThread_H
+#define _nsMsgThread_H
+
+#include "nsAutoPtr.h"
+#include "nsIMsgThread.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "MailNewsTypes.h"
+#include "mdb.h"
+
+class nsIMdbTable;
+class nsIMsgDBHdr;
+class nsMsgDatabase;
+
+class nsMsgThread : public nsIMsgThread {
+public:
+  nsMsgThread();
+  nsMsgThread(nsMsgDatabase *db, nsIMdbTable *table);
+
+  friend class nsMsgThreadEnumerator;
+  friend class nsMsgDatabase;
+
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGTHREAD
+
+  RefPtr<nsMsgDatabase> m_mdbDB;
+
+protected:
+  virtual ~nsMsgThread();
+
+  void                  Init();
+  void                  Clear();
+  virtual nsresult      InitCachedValues();
+  nsresult              ChangeChildCount(int32_t delta);
+  nsresult              ChangeUnreadChildCount(int32_t delta);
+  nsresult              RemoveChild(nsMsgKey msgKey);
+  nsresult              SetThreadRootKey(nsMsgKey threadRootKey);
+  nsresult              GetChildHdrForKey(nsMsgKey desiredKey, 
+                                          nsIMsgDBHdr **result, int32_t *resultIndex); 
+  nsresult              RerootThread(nsIMsgDBHdr *newParentOfOldRoot, nsIMsgDBHdr *oldRoot, nsIDBChangeAnnouncer *announcer);
+  nsresult              ReparentChildrenOf(nsMsgKey oldParent, nsMsgKey newParent, nsIDBChangeAnnouncer *announcer);
+  
+  nsresult              ReparentNonReferenceChildrenOf(nsIMsgDBHdr *topLevelHdr, nsMsgKey newParentKey,
+                                                       nsIDBChangeAnnouncer *announcer);
+  nsresult              ReparentMsgsWithInvalidParent(uint32_t numChildren, nsMsgKey threadParentKey);
+
+  nsMsgKey              m_threadKey; 
+  uint32_t              m_numChildren;
+  uint32_t              m_numUnreadChildren;
+  uint32_t              m_flags;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMdbTable> m_mdbTable;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMdbRow>   m_metaRow;
+  bool                  m_cachedValuesInitialized;
+  nsMsgKey              m_threadRootKey;
+  uint32_t              m_newestMsgDate;
+};
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/mailnews/db/msgdb/public/nsNewsDatabase.h b/mailnews/db/msgdb/public/nsNewsDatabase.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..33e225913
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/msgdb/public/nsNewsDatabase.h
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+#ifndef _nsNewsDatabase_H_
+#define _nsNewsDatabase_H_
+
+#include "mozilla/Attributes.h"
+#include "nsMsgDatabase.h"
+#include "nsINewsDatabase.h"
+#include "nsTArray.h"
+
+class nsIDBChangeListener;
+class MSG_RetrieveArtInfo;
+class MSG_PurgeInfo;
+// news group database
+
+class nsNewsDatabase : public nsMsgDatabase , public nsINewsDatabase
+{
+public:
+  nsNewsDatabase();
+
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED 
+  NS_DECL_NSINEWSDATABASE
+
+  NS_IMETHOD Close(bool forceCommit) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD ForceClosed() override;
+  NS_IMETHOD Commit(nsMsgDBCommit commitType) override;
+  virtual uint32_t GetCurVersion() override;
+
+  // methods to get and set docsets for ids.
+  NS_IMETHOD  IsRead(nsMsgKey key, bool *pRead) override;
+  virtual nsresult  IsHeaderRead(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr, bool *pRead) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD         GetHighWaterArticleNum(nsMsgKey *key) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD         GetLowWaterArticleNum(nsMsgKey *key) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD         MarkAllRead(uint32_t *aNumMarked, nsMsgKey **thoseMarked) override;
+
+  virtual nsresult    ExpireUpTo(nsMsgKey expireKey);
+  virtual nsresult    ExpireRange(nsMsgKey startRange, nsMsgKey endRange);
+ 
+  virtual bool        SetHdrReadFlag(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr, bool bRead) override;
+ 
+  virtual nsresult  AdjustExpungedBytesOnDelete(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr) override;
+  nsresult          SyncWithReadSet();
+  
+  NS_IMETHOD GetDefaultViewFlags(nsMsgViewFlagsTypeValue *aDefaultViewFlags) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetDefaultSortType(nsMsgViewSortTypeValue *aDefaultSortType) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetDefaultSortOrder(nsMsgViewSortOrderValue *aDefaultSortOrder) override;
+
+protected:
+  virtual ~nsNewsDatabase();
+  // this is owned by the nsNewsFolder, which lives longer than the db.
+  nsMsgKeySet           *m_readSet;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/db/msgdb/src/moz.build b/mailnews/db/msgdb/src/moz.build
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..07f537462
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/msgdb/src/moz.build
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+# vim: set filetype=python:
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+SOURCES += [
+    'nsDBFolderInfo.cpp',
+    'nsImapMailDatabase.cpp',
+    'nsMailDatabase.cpp',
+    'nsMsgDatabase.cpp',
+    'nsMsgHdr.cpp',
+    'nsMsgOfflineImapOperation.cpp',
+    'nsMsgThread.cpp',
+    'nsNewsDatabase.cpp',
+]
+
+FINAL_LIBRARY = 'mail'
+
diff --git a/mailnews/db/msgdb/src/nsDBFolderInfo.cpp b/mailnews/db/msgdb/src/nsDBFolderInfo.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0260738d0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/msgdb/src/nsDBFolderInfo.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,977 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "nsDBFolderInfo.h"
+#include "nsMsgDatabase.h"
+#include "nsMsgFolderFlags.h"
+#include "nsIPrefService.h"
+#include "nsIPrefBranch.h"
+#include "nsIPrefLocalizedString.h"
+#include "nsIObserver.h"
+#include "nsIObserverService.h"
+#include "nsIMsgDBView.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsImapCore.h"
+#include "mozilla/Services.h"
+
+static const char *kDBFolderInfoScope = "ns:msg:db:row:scope:dbfolderinfo:all";
+static const char *kDBFolderInfoTableKind = "ns:msg:db:table:kind:dbfolderinfo";
+
+struct mdbOid gDBFolderInfoOID;
+
+static const char * kNumMessagesColumnName ="numMsgs";
+// have to leave this as numNewMsgs even though it's numUnread Msgs
+static const char * kNumUnreadMessagesColumnName = "numNewMsgs";
+static const char * kFlagsColumnName = "flags";
+static const char * kFolderSizeColumnName = "folderSize";
+static const char * kExpungedBytesColumnName = "expungedBytes";
+static const char * kFolderDateColumnName = "folderDate";
+static const char * kHighWaterMessageKeyColumnName = "highWaterKey";
+
+static const char * kImapUidValidityColumnName = "UIDValidity";
+static const char * kTotalPendingMessagesColumnName = "totPendingMsgs";
+static const char * kUnreadPendingMessagesColumnName = "unreadPendingMsgs";
+static const char * kMailboxNameColumnName = "mailboxName";
+static const char * kKnownArtsSetColumnName = "knownArts";
+static const char * kExpiredMarkColumnName = "expiredMark";
+static const char * kVersionColumnName = "version";
+static const char * kCharacterSetColumnName = "charSet";
+static const char * kCharacterSetOverrideColumnName = "charSetOverride";
+static const char * kLocaleColumnName = "locale";
+
+
+#define kMAILNEWS_VIEW_DEFAULT_CHARSET        "mailnews.view_default_charset"
+#define kMAILNEWS_DEFAULT_CHARSET_OVERRIDE    "mailnews.force_charset_override"
+static nsCString* gDefaultCharacterSet = nullptr;
+static bool       gDefaultCharacterOverride;
+static nsIObserver *gFolderCharsetObserver = nullptr;
+
+// observer for charset related preference notification
+class nsFolderCharsetObserver : public nsIObserver {
+
+public:
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIOBSERVER
+
+  nsFolderCharsetObserver() { }
+private:
+  virtual ~nsFolderCharsetObserver() {}
+};
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsFolderCharsetObserver, nsIObserver)
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsFolderCharsetObserver::Observe(nsISupports *aSubject, const char *aTopic, const char16_t *someData)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefService> prefs = do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefBranch;
+  rv = prefs->GetBranch(nullptr, getter_AddRefs(prefBranch));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  if (!strcmp(aTopic, NS_PREFBRANCH_PREFCHANGE_TOPIC_ID))
+  {
+    nsDependentString prefName(someData);
+
+    if (prefName.EqualsLiteral(kMAILNEWS_VIEW_DEFAULT_CHARSET))
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefLocalizedString> pls;
+      rv = prefBranch->GetComplexValue(kMAILNEWS_VIEW_DEFAULT_CHARSET,
+                      NS_GET_IID(nsIPrefLocalizedString), getter_AddRefs(pls));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      {
+        nsString ucsval;
+        pls->ToString(getter_Copies(ucsval));
+        if (!ucsval.IsEmpty())
+        {
+          if (gDefaultCharacterSet)
+            CopyUTF16toUTF8(ucsval, *gDefaultCharacterSet);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    else if (prefName.EqualsLiteral(kMAILNEWS_DEFAULT_CHARSET_OVERRIDE))
+    {
+      rv = prefBranch->GetBoolPref(kMAILNEWS_DEFAULT_CHARSET_OVERRIDE, &gDefaultCharacterOverride);
+    }
+  }
+  else if (!strcmp(aTopic, NS_XPCOM_SHUTDOWN_OBSERVER_ID))
+  {
+    rv = prefBranch->RemoveObserver(kMAILNEWS_VIEW_DEFAULT_CHARSET, this);
+    rv = prefBranch->RemoveObserver(kMAILNEWS_DEFAULT_CHARSET_OVERRIDE, this);
+    NS_IF_RELEASE(gFolderCharsetObserver);
+    delete gDefaultCharacterSet;
+    gDefaultCharacterSet = nullptr;
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMPL_ADDREF(nsDBFolderInfo)
+NS_IMPL_RELEASE(nsDBFolderInfo)
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsDBFolderInfo::QueryInterface(REFNSIID iid, void** result)
+{
+  if (! result)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  *result = nullptr;
+  if(iid.Equals(NS_GET_IID(nsIDBFolderInfo)) ||
+    iid.Equals(NS_GET_IID(nsISupports)))
+  {
+    *result = static_cast<nsIDBFolderInfo*>(this);
+    AddRef();
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  return NS_NOINTERFACE;
+}
+
+
+nsDBFolderInfo::nsDBFolderInfo(nsMsgDatabase *mdb)
+                  : m_flags(0),
+                    m_expiredMark(0),
+                    m_expiredMarkColumnToken(0)
+{
+  m_mdbTable = NULL;
+  m_mdbRow = NULL;
+  m_version = 1; // for upgrading...
+  m_IMAPHierarchySeparator = 0; // imap path separator
+  // mail only (for now)
+  m_folderSize = 0;
+  m_folderDate = 0;
+  m_expungedBytes = 0; // sum of size of deleted messages in folder
+  m_highWaterMessageKey = 0;
+
+  m_numUnreadMessages = 0;
+  m_numMessages = 0;
+  // IMAP only
+  m_ImapUidValidity = kUidUnknown;
+  m_totalPendingMessages =0;
+  m_unreadPendingMessages = 0;
+
+  m_mdbTokensInitialized = false;
+  m_charSetOverride = false;
+
+  if (!gFolderCharsetObserver)
+  {
+    nsresult rv;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefService> prefs = do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefBranch;
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      rv = prefs->GetBranch(nullptr, getter_AddRefs(prefBranch));
+    }
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefLocalizedString> pls;
+      rv = prefBranch->GetComplexValue(kMAILNEWS_VIEW_DEFAULT_CHARSET,
+        NS_GET_IID(nsIPrefLocalizedString), getter_AddRefs(pls));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      {
+        nsString ucsval;
+        pls->ToString(getter_Copies(ucsval));
+        if (!ucsval.IsEmpty())
+        {
+          if (!gDefaultCharacterSet)
+            gDefaultCharacterSet = new nsCString;
+
+          if (gDefaultCharacterSet)
+            CopyUTF16toUTF8(ucsval, *gDefaultCharacterSet);
+        }
+      }
+      rv = prefBranch->GetBoolPref(kMAILNEWS_DEFAULT_CHARSET_OVERRIDE, &gDefaultCharacterOverride);
+
+      gFolderCharsetObserver = new nsFolderCharsetObserver();
+      NS_ASSERTION(gFolderCharsetObserver, "failed to create observer");
+
+      // register prefs callbacks
+      if (gFolderCharsetObserver)
+      {
+        NS_ADDREF(gFolderCharsetObserver);
+        rv = prefBranch->AddObserver(kMAILNEWS_VIEW_DEFAULT_CHARSET, gFolderCharsetObserver, false);
+        rv = prefBranch->AddObserver(kMAILNEWS_DEFAULT_CHARSET_OVERRIDE, gFolderCharsetObserver, false);
+
+        // also register for shutdown
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIObserverService> observerService =
+          mozilla::services::GetObserverService();
+        if (observerService)
+        {
+          rv = observerService->AddObserver(gFolderCharsetObserver, NS_XPCOM_SHUTDOWN_OBSERVER_ID, false);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  m_mdb = mdb;
+  if (mdb)
+  {
+    nsresult err;
+
+    //		mdb->AddRef();
+    err = m_mdb->GetStore()->StringToToken(mdb->GetEnv(), kDBFolderInfoScope, &m_rowScopeToken);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err))
+    {
+      err = m_mdb->GetStore()->StringToToken(mdb->GetEnv(), kDBFolderInfoTableKind, &m_tableKindToken);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err))
+      {
+        gDBFolderInfoOID.mOid_Scope = m_rowScopeToken;
+        gDBFolderInfoOID.mOid_Id = 1;
+      }
+    }
+    InitMDBInfo();
+  }
+}
+
+nsDBFolderInfo::~nsDBFolderInfo()
+{
+  // nsMsgDatabase strictly owns nsDBFolderInfo, so don't ref-count db.
+  ReleaseExternalReferences();
+}
+
+// Release any objects we're holding onto. This needs to be safe
+// to call multiple times.
+void nsDBFolderInfo::ReleaseExternalReferences()
+{
+  if (m_mdb)
+  {
+    if (m_mdbTable)
+    {
+      NS_RELEASE(m_mdbTable);
+      m_mdbTable = nullptr;
+    }
+    if (m_mdbRow)
+    {
+      NS_RELEASE(m_mdbRow);
+      m_mdbRow = nullptr;
+    }
+    m_mdb = nullptr;
+  }
+}
+
+// this routine sets up a new db to know about the dbFolderInfo stuff...
+nsresult nsDBFolderInfo::AddToNewMDB()
+{
+  nsresult ret = NS_OK;
+  if (m_mdb && m_mdb->GetStore())
+  {
+    nsIMdbStore *store = m_mdb->GetStore();
+    // create the unique table for the dbFolderInfo.
+    nsresult err = store->NewTable(m_mdb->GetEnv(), m_rowScopeToken,
+      m_tableKindToken, true, nullptr, &m_mdbTable);
+
+    // create the singleton row for the dbFolderInfo.
+    err  = store->NewRowWithOid(m_mdb->GetEnv(),
+      &gDBFolderInfoOID, &m_mdbRow);
+
+    // add the row to the singleton table.
+    if (m_mdbRow && NS_SUCCEEDED(err))
+      err = m_mdbTable->AddRow(m_mdb->GetEnv(), m_mdbRow);
+
+    ret = err;	// what are we going to do about nsresult's?
+  }
+  return ret;
+}
+
+nsresult nsDBFolderInfo::InitFromExistingDB()
+{
+  nsresult ret = NS_OK;
+  if (m_mdb && m_mdb->GetStore())
+  {
+    nsIMdbStore *store = m_mdb->GetStore();
+    if (store)
+    {
+      mdb_pos		rowPos;
+      mdb_count outTableCount; // current number of such tables
+      mdb_bool mustBeUnique; // whether port can hold only one of these
+      mdb_bool hasOid;
+      ret = store->GetTableKind(m_mdb->GetEnv(), m_rowScopeToken, m_tableKindToken, &outTableCount,
+        &mustBeUnique, &m_mdbTable);
+      //			NS_ASSERTION(mustBeUnique && outTableCount == 1, "only one global db info allowed");
+
+      if (m_mdbTable)
+      {
+        // find singleton row for global info.
+        ret = m_mdbTable->HasOid(m_mdb->GetEnv(), &gDBFolderInfoOID, &hasOid);
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(ret))
+        {
+          nsIMdbTableRowCursor *rowCursor;
+          rowPos = -1;
+          ret= m_mdbTable->GetTableRowCursor(m_mdb->GetEnv(), rowPos, &rowCursor);
+          if (NS_SUCCEEDED(ret))
+          {
+            ret = rowCursor->NextRow(m_mdb->GetEnv(), &m_mdbRow, &rowPos);
+            NS_RELEASE(rowCursor);
+            if (!m_mdbRow)
+              ret = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+            if (NS_SUCCEEDED(ret))
+              LoadMemberVariables();
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      else
+        ret = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    }
+  }
+  return ret;
+}
+
+nsresult nsDBFolderInfo::InitMDBInfo()
+{
+  nsresult ret = NS_OK;
+  if (!m_mdbTokensInitialized && m_mdb && m_mdb->GetStore())
+  {
+    nsIMdbStore *store = m_mdb->GetStore();
+    nsIMdbEnv	*env = m_mdb->GetEnv();
+
+    store->StringToToken(env,  kNumMessagesColumnName, &m_numMessagesColumnToken);
+    store->StringToToken(env,  kNumUnreadMessagesColumnName, &m_numUnreadMessagesColumnToken);
+    store->StringToToken(env,  kFlagsColumnName, &m_flagsColumnToken);
+    store->StringToToken(env,  kFolderSizeColumnName, &m_folderSizeColumnToken);
+    store->StringToToken(env,  kExpungedBytesColumnName, &m_expungedBytesColumnToken);
+    store->StringToToken(env,  kFolderDateColumnName, &m_folderDateColumnToken);
+
+    store->StringToToken(env,  kHighWaterMessageKeyColumnName, &m_highWaterMessageKeyColumnToken);
+    store->StringToToken(env,  kMailboxNameColumnName, &m_mailboxNameColumnToken);
+
+    store->StringToToken(env,  kImapUidValidityColumnName, &m_imapUidValidityColumnToken);
+    store->StringToToken(env,  kTotalPendingMessagesColumnName, &m_totalPendingMessagesColumnToken);
+    store->StringToToken(env,  kUnreadPendingMessagesColumnName, &m_unreadPendingMessagesColumnToken);
+    store->StringToToken(env,  kExpiredMarkColumnName, &m_expiredMarkColumnToken);
+    store->StringToToken(env,  kVersionColumnName, &m_versionColumnToken);
+    m_mdbTokensInitialized  = true;
+  }
+
+  return ret;
+}
+
+nsresult nsDBFolderInfo::LoadMemberVariables()
+{
+  // it's really not an error for these properties to not exist...
+  GetInt32PropertyWithToken(m_numMessagesColumnToken, m_numMessages);
+  GetInt32PropertyWithToken(m_numUnreadMessagesColumnToken, m_numUnreadMessages);
+  GetInt32PropertyWithToken(m_flagsColumnToken, m_flags);
+  GetInt64PropertyWithToken(m_folderSizeColumnToken, m_folderSize);
+  GetUint32PropertyWithToken(m_folderDateColumnToken, m_folderDate);
+  GetInt32PropertyWithToken(m_imapUidValidityColumnToken, m_ImapUidValidity, kUidUnknown);
+  GetUint32PropertyWithToken(m_expiredMarkColumnToken, m_expiredMark);
+  GetInt64PropertyWithToken(m_expungedBytesColumnToken, m_expungedBytes);
+  GetUint32PropertyWithToken(m_highWaterMessageKeyColumnToken, m_highWaterMessageKey);
+  int32_t version;
+
+  GetInt32PropertyWithToken(m_versionColumnToken, version);
+  m_version = (uint16_t) version;
+  m_charSetOverride = gDefaultCharacterOverride;
+  uint32_t propertyValue;
+  nsresult rv = GetUint32Property(kCharacterSetOverrideColumnName, gDefaultCharacterOverride, &propertyValue);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    m_charSetOverride = propertyValue;
+
+  m_mdb->GetProperty(m_mdbRow, kCharacterSetColumnName, getter_Copies(m_charSet));
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsDBFolderInfo::SetVersion(uint32_t version)
+{
+  m_version = version;
+  return SetUint32PropertyWithToken(m_versionColumnToken, (uint32_t) m_version);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsDBFolderInfo::GetVersion(uint32_t *version)
+{
+  *version = m_version;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+nsresult nsDBFolderInfo::AdjustHighWater(nsMsgKey highWater, bool force)
+{
+  if (force || m_highWaterMessageKey < highWater)
+  {
+    m_highWaterMessageKey = highWater;
+    SetUint32PropertyWithToken(m_highWaterMessageKeyColumnToken, highWater);
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsDBFolderInfo::SetHighWater(nsMsgKey highWater)
+{
+  return AdjustHighWater(highWater, true);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsDBFolderInfo::OnKeyAdded(nsMsgKey aNewKey)
+{
+  return AdjustHighWater(aNewKey, false);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsDBFolderInfo::GetFolderSize(int64_t *size)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(size);
+  *size = m_folderSize;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsDBFolderInfo::SetFolderSize(int64_t size)
+{
+  m_folderSize = size;
+  return SetInt64Property(kFolderSizeColumnName, m_folderSize);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsDBFolderInfo::GetFolderDate(uint32_t *folderDate)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(folderDate);
+  *folderDate = m_folderDate;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsDBFolderInfo::SetFolderDate(uint32_t folderDate)
+{
+  m_folderDate = folderDate;
+  return SetUint32PropertyWithToken(m_folderDateColumnToken, folderDate);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsDBFolderInfo::GetHighWater(nsMsgKey *result)
+{
+  // Sanity check highwater - if it gets too big, other code
+  // can fail. Look through last 100 messages to recalculate
+  // the highwater mark.
+  *result = m_highWaterMessageKey;
+  if (m_highWaterMessageKey > 0xFFFFFF00 && m_mdb)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsISimpleEnumerator> hdrs;
+    nsresult rv = m_mdb->ReverseEnumerateMessages(getter_AddRefs(hdrs));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      return rv;
+    bool hasMore = false;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> pHeader;
+    nsMsgKey recalculatedHighWater = 1;
+    int32_t i = 0;
+    while(i++ < 100 && NS_SUCCEEDED(rv = hdrs->HasMoreElements(&hasMore))
+              && hasMore)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> supports;
+      (void) hdrs->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(supports));
+      pHeader = do_QueryInterface(supports);
+      if (pHeader)
+      {
+        nsMsgKey msgKey;
+        pHeader->GetMessageKey(&msgKey);
+        if (msgKey > recalculatedHighWater)
+          recalculatedHighWater = msgKey;
+      }
+    }
+    NS_ASSERTION(m_highWaterMessageKey >= recalculatedHighWater,
+                 "highwater incorrect");
+    m_highWaterMessageKey = recalculatedHighWater;
+  }
+  *result = m_highWaterMessageKey;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsDBFolderInfo::SetExpiredMark(nsMsgKey expiredKey)
+{
+  m_expiredMark = expiredKey;
+  return SetUint32PropertyWithToken(m_expiredMarkColumnToken, expiredKey);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsDBFolderInfo::GetExpiredMark(nsMsgKey *result)
+{
+  *result = m_expiredMark;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// The size of the argument depends on the maximum size of a single message
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsDBFolderInfo::ChangeExpungedBytes(int32_t delta)
+{
+  return SetExpungedBytes(m_expungedBytes + delta);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsDBFolderInfo::SetMailboxName(const nsAString &newBoxName)
+{
+  return SetPropertyWithToken(m_mailboxNameColumnToken, newBoxName);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsDBFolderInfo::GetMailboxName(nsAString &boxName)
+{
+  return GetPropertyWithToken(m_mailboxNameColumnToken, boxName);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsDBFolderInfo::ChangeNumUnreadMessages(int32_t delta)
+{
+  m_numUnreadMessages += delta;
+  // m_numUnreadMessages can never be set to negative.
+  if (m_numUnreadMessages < 0)
+  {
+#ifdef DEBUG_bienvenu1
+     NS_ASSERTION(false, "Hardcoded assertion");
+#endif
+      m_numUnreadMessages = 0;
+  }
+  return SetUint32PropertyWithToken(m_numUnreadMessagesColumnToken, m_numUnreadMessages);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsDBFolderInfo::ChangeNumMessages(int32_t delta)
+{
+  m_numMessages += delta;
+  // m_numMessages can never be set to negative.
+  if (m_numMessages < 0)
+  {
+#ifdef DEBUG_bienvenu
+    NS_ASSERTION(false, "num messages can't be < 0");
+#endif
+    m_numMessages = 0;
+  }
+  return SetUint32PropertyWithToken(m_numMessagesColumnToken, m_numMessages);
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsDBFolderInfo::GetNumUnreadMessages(int32_t *result)
+{
+  *result = m_numUnreadMessages;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsDBFolderInfo::SetNumUnreadMessages(int32_t numUnreadMessages)
+{
+  m_numUnreadMessages = numUnreadMessages;
+  return SetUint32PropertyWithToken(m_numUnreadMessagesColumnToken, m_numUnreadMessages);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsDBFolderInfo::GetNumMessages(int32_t *result)
+{
+  *result = m_numMessages;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsDBFolderInfo::SetNumMessages(int32_t numMessages)
+{
+  m_numMessages = numMessages;
+  return SetUint32PropertyWithToken(m_numMessagesColumnToken, m_numMessages);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsDBFolderInfo::GetExpungedBytes(int64_t *result)
+{
+  *result = m_expungedBytes;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsDBFolderInfo::SetExpungedBytes(int64_t expungedBytes)
+{
+  m_expungedBytes = expungedBytes;
+  return SetInt64PropertyWithToken(m_expungedBytesColumnToken, m_expungedBytes);
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsDBFolderInfo::GetFlags(int32_t *result)
+{
+  *result = m_flags;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsDBFolderInfo::SetFlags(int32_t flags)
+{
+  nsresult ret = NS_OK;
+
+  if (m_flags != flags)
+  {
+    NS_ASSERTION((m_flags & nsMsgFolderFlags::Inbox) == 0 || (flags & nsMsgFolderFlags::Inbox) != 0, "lost inbox flag");
+    m_flags = flags;
+    ret = SetInt32PropertyWithToken(m_flagsColumnToken, m_flags);
+  }
+  return ret;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsDBFolderInfo::OrFlags(int32_t flags, int32_t *result)
+{
+  m_flags |= flags;
+  *result = m_flags;
+  return SetInt32PropertyWithToken(m_flagsColumnToken, m_flags);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsDBFolderInfo::AndFlags(int32_t flags, int32_t *result)
+{
+  m_flags &= flags;
+  *result = m_flags;
+  return SetInt32PropertyWithToken(m_flagsColumnToken, m_flags);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP	nsDBFolderInfo::GetImapUidValidity(int32_t *result)
+{
+  *result = m_ImapUidValidity;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsDBFolderInfo::SetImapUidValidity(int32_t uidValidity)
+{
+  m_ImapUidValidity = uidValidity;
+  return SetUint32PropertyWithToken(m_imapUidValidityColumnToken, m_ImapUidValidity);
+}
+
+bool nsDBFolderInfo::TestFlag(int32_t flags)
+{
+  return (m_flags & flags) != 0;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsDBFolderInfo::GetCharacterSet(nsACString &result)
+{
+  if (!m_charSet.IsEmpty())
+    result.Assign(m_charSet);
+  else if (gDefaultCharacterSet)
+    result.Assign(*gDefaultCharacterSet);
+  else
+    result.Truncate();
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsDBFolderInfo::GetEffectiveCharacterSet(nsACString &result)
+{
+  result.Truncate();
+  if (NS_FAILED(GetCharProperty(kCharacterSetColumnName, result)) ||
+      (result.IsEmpty() && gDefaultCharacterSet))
+    result = *gDefaultCharacterSet;
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsDBFolderInfo::SetCharacterSet(const nsACString &charSet)
+{
+  m_charSet.Assign(charSet);
+  return SetCharProperty(kCharacterSetColumnName, charSet);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsDBFolderInfo::GetCharacterSetOverride(bool *characterSetOverride)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(characterSetOverride);
+  *characterSetOverride = m_charSetOverride;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsDBFolderInfo::SetCharacterSetOverride(bool characterSetOverride)
+{
+  m_charSetOverride = characterSetOverride;
+  return SetUint32Property(kCharacterSetOverrideColumnName, characterSetOverride);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsDBFolderInfo::GetLocale(nsAString &result)
+{
+  GetProperty(kLocaleColumnName, result);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsDBFolderInfo::SetLocale(const nsAString &locale)
+{
+  return SetProperty(kLocaleColumnName, locale);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsDBFolderInfo::GetImapTotalPendingMessages(int32_t *result)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(result);
+  *result = m_totalPendingMessages;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+void nsDBFolderInfo::ChangeImapTotalPendingMessages(int32_t delta)
+{
+  m_totalPendingMessages+=delta;
+  SetInt32PropertyWithToken(m_totalPendingMessagesColumnToken, m_totalPendingMessages);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsDBFolderInfo::GetImapUnreadPendingMessages(int32_t *result)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(result);
+  *result = m_unreadPendingMessages;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsDBFolderInfo::SetImapUnreadPendingMessages(int32_t numUnreadPendingMessages)
+{
+  m_unreadPendingMessages = numUnreadPendingMessages;
+  return SetUint32PropertyWithToken(m_unreadPendingMessagesColumnToken, m_unreadPendingMessages);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsDBFolderInfo::SetImapTotalPendingMessages(int32_t numTotalPendingMessages)
+{
+  m_totalPendingMessages = numTotalPendingMessages;
+  return SetUint32PropertyWithToken(m_totalPendingMessagesColumnToken, m_totalPendingMessages);
+}
+
+void nsDBFolderInfo::ChangeImapUnreadPendingMessages(int32_t delta)
+{
+  m_unreadPendingMessages+=delta;
+  SetInt32PropertyWithToken(m_unreadPendingMessagesColumnToken, m_unreadPendingMessages);
+}
+
+/* attribute nsMsgViewTypeValue viewType; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsDBFolderInfo::GetViewType(nsMsgViewTypeValue *aViewType)
+{
+  uint32_t viewTypeValue;
+  nsresult rv = GetUint32Property("viewType", nsMsgViewType::eShowAllThreads, &viewTypeValue);
+  *aViewType = viewTypeValue;
+  return rv;
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsDBFolderInfo::SetViewType(nsMsgViewTypeValue aViewType)
+{
+  return SetUint32Property("viewType", aViewType);
+}
+
+/* attribute nsMsgViewFlagsTypeValue viewFlags; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsDBFolderInfo::GetViewFlags(nsMsgViewFlagsTypeValue *aViewFlags)
+{
+  nsMsgViewFlagsTypeValue defaultViewFlags;
+  nsresult rv = m_mdb->GetDefaultViewFlags(&defaultViewFlags);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  uint32_t viewFlagsValue;
+  rv = GetUint32Property("viewFlags", defaultViewFlags, &viewFlagsValue);
+  *aViewFlags = viewFlagsValue;
+  return rv;
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsDBFolderInfo::SetViewFlags(nsMsgViewFlagsTypeValue aViewFlags)
+{
+  return SetUint32Property("viewFlags", aViewFlags);
+}
+
+/* attribute nsMsgViewSortTypeValue sortType; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsDBFolderInfo::GetSortType(nsMsgViewSortTypeValue *aSortType)
+{
+  nsMsgViewSortTypeValue defaultSortType;
+  nsresult rv = m_mdb->GetDefaultSortType(&defaultSortType);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  uint32_t sortTypeValue;
+  rv = GetUint32Property("sortType", defaultSortType, &sortTypeValue);
+  *aSortType = sortTypeValue;
+  return rv;
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsDBFolderInfo::SetSortType(nsMsgViewSortTypeValue aSortType)
+{
+  return SetUint32Property("sortType", aSortType);
+}
+
+/* attribute nsMsgViewSortOrderValue sortOrder; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsDBFolderInfo::GetSortOrder(nsMsgViewSortOrderValue *aSortOrder)
+{
+  nsMsgViewSortOrderValue defaultSortOrder;
+  nsresult rv = m_mdb->GetDefaultSortOrder(&defaultSortOrder);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  uint32_t sortOrderValue;
+  rv = GetUint32Property("sortOrder", defaultSortOrder, &sortOrderValue);
+  *aSortOrder = sortOrderValue;
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsDBFolderInfo::SetSortOrder(nsMsgViewSortOrderValue aSortOrder)
+{
+  return SetUint32Property("sortOrder", aSortOrder);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsDBFolderInfo::SetKnownArtsSet(const char *newsArtSet)
+{
+  return m_mdb->SetProperty(m_mdbRow, kKnownArtsSetColumnName, newsArtSet);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsDBFolderInfo::GetKnownArtsSet(char **newsArtSet)
+{
+  return m_mdb->GetProperty(m_mdbRow, kKnownArtsSetColumnName, newsArtSet);
+}
+
+// get arbitrary property, aka row cell value.
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsDBFolderInfo::GetProperty(const char *propertyName, nsAString &resultProperty)
+{
+  return m_mdb->GetPropertyAsNSString(m_mdbRow, propertyName, resultProperty);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsDBFolderInfo::SetCharProperty(const char *aPropertyName,
+                                              const nsACString &aPropertyValue)
+{
+  return m_mdb->SetProperty(m_mdbRow, aPropertyName,
+                            nsCString(aPropertyValue).get());
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsDBFolderInfo::GetCharProperty(const char *propertyName,
+                                              nsACString &resultProperty)
+{
+  nsCString result;
+  nsresult rv = m_mdb->GetProperty(m_mdbRow, propertyName, getter_Copies(result));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    resultProperty.Assign(result);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsDBFolderInfo::SetUint32Property(const char *propertyName, uint32_t propertyValue)
+{
+  return m_mdb->SetUint32Property(m_mdbRow, propertyName, propertyValue);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsDBFolderInfo::SetInt64Property(const char *propertyName, int64_t propertyValue)
+{
+  return m_mdb->SetUint64Property(m_mdbRow, propertyName, (uint64_t) propertyValue);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsDBFolderInfo::SetProperty(const char *propertyName, const nsAString &propertyStr)
+{
+  return m_mdb->SetPropertyFromNSString(m_mdbRow, propertyName, propertyStr);
+}
+
+nsresult nsDBFolderInfo::SetPropertyWithToken(mdb_token aProperty, const nsAString &propertyStr)
+{
+  return m_mdb->SetNSStringPropertyWithToken(m_mdbRow, aProperty, propertyStr);
+}
+
+nsresult nsDBFolderInfo::SetUint32PropertyWithToken(mdb_token aProperty, uint32_t propertyValue)
+{
+  return m_mdb->UInt32ToRowCellColumn(m_mdbRow, aProperty, propertyValue);
+}
+
+nsresult nsDBFolderInfo::SetInt64PropertyWithToken(mdb_token aProperty, int64_t propertyValue)
+{
+  return m_mdb->UInt64ToRowCellColumn(m_mdbRow, aProperty, (uint64_t) propertyValue);
+}
+
+nsresult nsDBFolderInfo::SetInt32PropertyWithToken(mdb_token aProperty, int32_t propertyValue)
+{
+  nsAutoString propertyStr;
+  propertyStr.AppendInt(propertyValue, 16);
+  return SetPropertyWithToken(aProperty, propertyStr);
+}
+
+nsresult nsDBFolderInfo::GetPropertyWithToken(mdb_token aProperty, nsAString &resultProperty)
+{
+  return m_mdb->RowCellColumnTonsString(m_mdbRow, aProperty, resultProperty);
+}
+
+nsresult nsDBFolderInfo::GetUint32PropertyWithToken(mdb_token aProperty, uint32_t &propertyValue, uint32_t defaultValue)
+{
+  return m_mdb->RowCellColumnToUInt32(m_mdbRow, aProperty, propertyValue, defaultValue);
+}
+
+nsresult nsDBFolderInfo::GetInt32PropertyWithToken(mdb_token aProperty, int32_t &propertyValue, int32_t defaultValue)
+{
+  return m_mdb->RowCellColumnToUInt32(m_mdbRow, aProperty, (uint32_t &) propertyValue, defaultValue);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsDBFolderInfo::GetUint32Property(const char *propertyName, uint32_t defaultValue, uint32_t *propertyValue)
+{
+  return m_mdb->GetUint32Property(m_mdbRow, propertyName, propertyValue, defaultValue);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsDBFolderInfo::GetInt64Property(const char *propertyName, int64_t defaultValue, int64_t *propertyValue)
+{
+  return m_mdb->GetUint64Property(m_mdbRow, propertyName, (uint64_t *) &propertyValue, defaultValue);
+}
+
+nsresult nsDBFolderInfo::GetInt64PropertyWithToken(mdb_token aProperty,
+                                                   int64_t &propertyValue,
+                                                   int64_t defaultValue)
+{
+  return m_mdb->RowCellColumnToUInt64(m_mdbRow, aProperty, (uint64_t *) &propertyValue, defaultValue);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsDBFolderInfo::GetBooleanProperty(const char *propertyName, bool defaultValue, bool *propertyValue)
+{
+  uint32_t defaultUint32Value = (defaultValue) ? 1 : 0;
+  uint32_t returnValue;
+  nsresult rv = m_mdb->GetUint32Property(m_mdbRow, propertyName, &returnValue, defaultUint32Value);
+  *propertyValue = (returnValue != 0);
+  return rv;
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP	nsDBFolderInfo::SetBooleanProperty(const char *propertyName, bool propertyValue)
+{
+  return m_mdb->SetUint32Property(m_mdbRow, propertyName, propertyValue ? 1 : 0);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsDBFolderInfo::GetFolderName(nsACString &folderName)
+{
+  return GetCharProperty("folderName", folderName);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsDBFolderInfo::SetFolderName(const nsACString &folderName)
+{
+  return SetCharProperty("folderName", folderName);
+}
+
+class nsTransferDBFolderInfo : public nsDBFolderInfo
+{
+public:
+  nsTransferDBFolderInfo();
+  virtual ~nsTransferDBFolderInfo();
+  // parallel arrays of properties and values
+  nsTArray<nsCString> m_properties;
+  nsTArray<nsCString> m_values;
+};
+
+nsTransferDBFolderInfo::nsTransferDBFolderInfo() : nsDBFolderInfo(nullptr)
+{
+}
+
+nsTransferDBFolderInfo::~nsTransferDBFolderInfo()
+{
+}
+
+/* void GetTransferInfo (out nsIDBFolderInfo transferInfo); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsDBFolderInfo::GetTransferInfo(nsIDBFolderInfo **transferInfo)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(transferInfo);
+
+  nsTransferDBFolderInfo *newInfo = new nsTransferDBFolderInfo;
+  *transferInfo = newInfo;
+  NS_ADDREF(newInfo);
+
+  mdb_count numCells;
+  mdbYarn cellYarn;
+  mdb_column cellColumn;
+  char columnName[100];
+  mdbYarn cellName = { columnName, 0, sizeof(columnName), 0, 0, nullptr };
+
+  NS_ASSERTION(m_mdbRow, "null row in getTransferInfo");
+  m_mdbRow->GetCount(m_mdb->GetEnv(), &numCells);
+  // iterate over the cells in the dbfolderinfo remembering attribute names and values.
+  for (mdb_count cellIndex = 0; cellIndex < numCells; cellIndex++)
+  {
+    nsresult err = m_mdbRow->SeekCellYarn(m_mdb->GetEnv(), cellIndex, &cellColumn, nullptr);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err))
+    {
+      err = m_mdbRow->AliasCellYarn(m_mdb->GetEnv(), cellColumn, &cellYarn);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err))
+      {
+        m_mdb->GetStore()->TokenToString(m_mdb->GetEnv(), cellColumn, &cellName);
+        newInfo->m_values.AppendElement(Substring((const char *)cellYarn.mYarn_Buf,
+                                        (const char *) cellYarn.mYarn_Buf + cellYarn.mYarn_Fill));
+        newInfo->m_properties.AppendElement(Substring((const char *) cellName.mYarn_Buf,
+                                            (const char *) cellName.mYarn_Buf + cellName.mYarn_Fill));
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+/* void InitFromTransferInfo (in nsIDBFolderInfo transferInfo); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsDBFolderInfo::InitFromTransferInfo(nsIDBFolderInfo *aTransferInfo)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(aTransferInfo);
+
+  nsTransferDBFolderInfo *transferInfo = static_cast<nsTransferDBFolderInfo *>(aTransferInfo);
+
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < transferInfo->m_values.Length(); i++)
+    SetCharProperty(transferInfo->m_properties[i].get(), transferInfo->m_values[i]);
+
+  LoadMemberVariables();
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
diff --git a/mailnews/db/msgdb/src/nsImapMailDatabase.cpp b/mailnews/db/msgdb/src/nsImapMailDatabase.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..84865eb80
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/msgdb/src/nsImapMailDatabase.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,249 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "nsImapMailDatabase.h"
+#include "nsDBFolderInfo.h"
+
+const char *kPendingHdrsScope = "ns:msg:db:row:scope:pending:all";	// scope for all offine ops table
+const char *kPendingHdrsTableKind = "ns:msg:db:table:kind:pending";
+struct mdbOid gAllPendingHdrsTableOID;
+
+nsImapMailDatabase::nsImapMailDatabase()
+{
+  m_mdbAllPendingHdrsTable = nullptr;
+}
+
+nsImapMailDatabase::~nsImapMailDatabase()
+{
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP	nsImapMailDatabase::GetSummaryValid(bool *aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+  if (m_dbFolderInfo)
+  {
+    uint32_t version;
+    m_dbFolderInfo->GetVersion(&version);
+    *aResult = (GetCurVersion() == version);
+  }
+  else
+      *aResult = false;
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP	nsImapMailDatabase::SetSummaryValid(bool valid)
+{
+  if (m_dbFolderInfo)
+  {
+    m_dbFolderInfo->SetVersion(valid ? GetCurVersion() : 0);
+    Commit(nsMsgDBCommitType::kLargeCommit);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// IMAP does not set local file flags, override does nothing
+void nsImapMailDatabase::UpdateFolderFlag(nsIMsgDBHdr * /* msgHdr */, bool /* bSet */,
+                                          nsMsgMessageFlagType /* flag */, nsIOutputStream ** /* ppFileStream */)
+{
+}
+
+// We override this to avoid our parent class (nsMailDatabase)'s 
+// grabbing of the folder semaphore, and bailing on failure.
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailDatabase::DeleteMessages(uint32_t aNumKeys, nsMsgKey* nsMsgKeys, nsIDBChangeListener *instigator)
+{
+  return nsMsgDatabase::DeleteMessages(aNumKeys, nsMsgKeys, instigator);
+}
+
+// override so nsMailDatabase methods that deal with m_folderStream are *not* called
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailDatabase::StartBatch()
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailDatabase::EndBatch()
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsImapMailDatabase::AdjustExpungedBytesOnDelete(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr)
+{
+  uint32_t msgFlags;
+  msgHdr->GetFlags(&msgFlags);
+  if (msgFlags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Offline && m_dbFolderInfo)
+  {
+    uint32_t size = 0;
+    (void)msgHdr->GetOfflineMessageSize(&size);
+    return m_dbFolderInfo->ChangeExpungedBytes (size);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailDatabase::ForceClosed()
+{
+  m_mdbAllPendingHdrsTable = nullptr;
+  return nsMailDatabase::ForceClosed();
+}
+
+nsresult nsImapMailDatabase::GetAllPendingHdrsTable()
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  if (!m_mdbAllPendingHdrsTable)
+    rv = GetTableCreateIfMissing(kPendingHdrsScope, kPendingHdrsTableKind, getter_AddRefs(m_mdbAllPendingHdrsTable),
+                                                m_pendingHdrsRowScopeToken, m_pendingHdrsTableKindToken) ;
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailDatabase::AddNewHdrToDB(nsIMsgDBHdr *newHdr, bool notify)
+{
+  nsresult rv = nsMsgDatabase::AddNewHdrToDB(newHdr, notify);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    rv = UpdatePendingAttributes(newHdr);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailDatabase::UpdatePendingAttributes(nsIMsgDBHdr* aNewHdr)
+{
+  nsresult rv = GetAllPendingHdrsTable();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  mdb_count numPendingHdrs = 0;
+  m_mdbAllPendingHdrsTable->GetCount(GetEnv(), &numPendingHdrs);
+  if (numPendingHdrs > 0)
+  {
+    mdbYarn messageIdYarn;
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMdbRow> pendingRow;
+    mdbOid  outRowId;
+
+    nsCString messageId;
+    aNewHdr->GetMessageId(getter_Copies(messageId));
+    messageIdYarn.mYarn_Buf = (void*)messageId.get();
+    messageIdYarn.mYarn_Fill = messageId.Length();
+    messageIdYarn.mYarn_Form = 0;
+    messageIdYarn.mYarn_Size = messageIdYarn.mYarn_Fill;
+
+    m_mdbStore->FindRow(GetEnv(), m_pendingHdrsRowScopeToken,
+              m_messageIdColumnToken, &messageIdYarn, &outRowId, getter_AddRefs(pendingRow));
+    if (pendingRow)
+    {
+      mdb_count numCells;
+      mdbYarn cellYarn;
+      mdb_column cellColumn;
+      uint32_t existingFlags;
+
+      pendingRow->GetCount(GetEnv(), &numCells);
+      aNewHdr->GetFlags(&existingFlags);
+      // iterate over the cells in the pending hdr setting properties on the aNewHdr.
+      // we skip cell 0, which is the messageId;
+      nsMsgHdr* msgHdr = static_cast<nsMsgHdr*>(aNewHdr);      // closed system, cast ok
+      nsIMdbRow *row = msgHdr->GetMDBRow();
+      for (mdb_count cellIndex = 1; cellIndex < numCells; cellIndex++)
+      {
+        nsresult err = pendingRow->SeekCellYarn(GetEnv(), cellIndex, &cellColumn, nullptr);
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err))
+        {
+          err = pendingRow->AliasCellYarn(GetEnv(), cellColumn, &cellYarn);
+          if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err))
+          {
+            if (row)
+              row->AddColumn(GetEnv(), cellColumn, &cellYarn);
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      // We might have changed some cached values, so force a refresh.
+      msgHdr->ClearCachedValues();
+      uint32_t resultFlags;
+      msgHdr->OrFlags(existingFlags, &resultFlags);
+      m_mdbAllPendingHdrsTable->CutRow(GetEnv(), pendingRow);
+      pendingRow->CutAllColumns(GetEnv());
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsImapMailDatabase::GetRowForPendingHdr(nsIMsgDBHdr *pendingHdr,
+                                                 nsIMdbRow **row)
+{
+  nsresult rv = GetAllPendingHdrsTable();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  mdbYarn messageIdYarn;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMdbRow> pendingRow;
+  mdbOid  outRowId;
+  nsCString messageId;
+  pendingHdr->GetMessageId(getter_Copies(messageId));
+  messageIdYarn.mYarn_Buf = (void*)messageId.get();
+  messageIdYarn.mYarn_Fill = messageId.Length();
+  messageIdYarn.mYarn_Form = 0;
+  messageIdYarn.mYarn_Size = messageIdYarn.mYarn_Fill;
+
+  rv = m_mdbStore->FindRow(GetEnv(), m_pendingHdrsRowScopeToken,
+            m_messageIdColumnToken, &messageIdYarn, &outRowId, getter_AddRefs(pendingRow));
+
+  if (!pendingRow)
+    rv  = m_mdbStore->NewRow(GetEnv(), m_pendingHdrsRowScopeToken, getter_AddRefs(pendingRow));
+
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  if (pendingRow)
+  {
+    // now we need to add cells to the row to remember the messageid, property and property value, and flags.
+    // Then, when hdrs are added to the db, we'll check if they have a matching message-id, and if so,
+    // set the property and flags
+    // XXX we already fetched messageId from the pending hdr, could it have changed by the time we get here? 
+    nsCString messageId;
+    pendingHdr->GetMessageId(getter_Copies(messageId));
+    // we're just going to ignore messages without a message-id. They should be rare. If SPAM messages often
+    // didn't have message-id's, they'd be filtered on the server, most likely, and spammers would then
+    // start putting in message-id's.
+    if (!messageId.IsEmpty())
+    {
+       extern const char *kMessageIdColumnName;
+       m_mdbAllPendingHdrsTable->AddRow(GetEnv(), pendingRow);
+       // make sure this is the first cell so that when we ignore the first
+       // cell in nsImapMailDatabase::AddNewHdrToDB, we're ignoring the right one
+      (void) SetProperty(pendingRow, kMessageIdColumnName, messageId.get());
+      pendingRow.forget(row);
+    }
+    else
+      return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailDatabase::SetAttributeOnPendingHdr(nsIMsgDBHdr *pendingHdr, const char *property,
+                                  const char *propertyVal)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(pendingHdr);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMdbRow> pendingRow;
+  nsresult rv = GetRowForPendingHdr(pendingHdr, getter_AddRefs(pendingRow));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  return SetProperty(pendingRow, property, propertyVal);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapMailDatabase::SetUint32AttributeOnPendingHdr(nsIMsgDBHdr *pendingHdr,
+                                                   const char *property,
+                                                   uint32_t propertyVal)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(pendingHdr);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMdbRow> pendingRow;
+  nsresult rv = GetRowForPendingHdr(pendingHdr, getter_AddRefs(pendingRow));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  return SetUint32Property(pendingRow, property, propertyVal);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapMailDatabase::SetUint64AttributeOnPendingHdr(nsIMsgDBHdr *aPendingHdr,
+                                                   const char *aProperty,
+                                                   uint64_t aPropertyVal)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aPendingHdr);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMdbRow> pendingRow;
+  nsresult rv = GetRowForPendingHdr(aPendingHdr, getter_AddRefs(pendingRow));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  return SetUint64Property(pendingRow, aProperty, aPropertyVal);
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/db/msgdb/src/nsMailDatabase.cpp b/mailnews/db/msgdb/src/nsMailDatabase.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..13a53485f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/msgdb/src/nsMailDatabase.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,444 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "nsMailDatabase.h"
+#include "nsDBFolderInfo.h"
+#include "nsMsgLocalFolderHdrs.h"
+#include "nsNetUtil.h"
+#include "nsISeekableStream.h"
+#include "nsMsgOfflineImapOperation.h"
+#include "nsMsgFolderFlags.h"
+#include "mozilla/Logging.h"
+#include "prprf.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "nsIMsgPluggableStore.h"
+
+extern PRLogModuleInfo *IMAPOffline;
+
+using namespace mozilla;
+
+// scope for all offine ops table
+const char *kOfflineOpsScope = "ns:msg:db:row:scope:ops:all";
+const char *kOfflineOpsTableKind = "ns:msg:db:table:kind:ops";
+struct mdbOid gAllOfflineOpsTableOID;
+
+nsMailDatabase::nsMailDatabase() : m_reparse(false)
+{
+  m_mdbAllOfflineOpsTable = nullptr;
+  m_offlineOpsRowScopeToken = 0;
+  m_offlineOpsTableKindToken = 0;
+}
+
+nsMailDatabase::~nsMailDatabase()
+{
+}
+
+// caller passes in upgrading==true if they want back a db even if the db is out of date.
+// If so, they'll extract out the interesting info from the db, close it, delete it, and
+// then try to open the db again, prior to reparsing.
+nsresult nsMailDatabase::Open(nsMsgDBService* aDBService, nsIFile *aSummaryFile,
+                              bool aCreate, bool aUpgrading)
+{
+#ifdef DEBUG
+  nsString leafName;
+  aSummaryFile->GetLeafName(leafName);
+  if (!StringEndsWith(leafName, NS_LITERAL_STRING(".msf"),
+                     nsCaseInsensitiveStringComparator()))
+    NS_ERROR("non summary file passed into open\n");
+#endif
+  return nsMsgDatabase::Open(aDBService, aSummaryFile, aCreate, aUpgrading);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMailDatabase::ForceClosed()
+{
+  m_mdbAllOfflineOpsTable = nullptr;
+  return nsMsgDatabase::ForceClosed();
+}
+
+// get this on demand so that only db's that have offline ops will
+// create the table.
+nsresult nsMailDatabase::GetAllOfflineOpsTable()
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  if (!m_mdbAllOfflineOpsTable)
+    rv = GetTableCreateIfMissing(kOfflineOpsScope, kOfflineOpsTableKind, getter_AddRefs(m_mdbAllOfflineOpsTable), 
+                                                m_offlineOpsRowScopeToken, m_offlineOpsTableKindToken) ;
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMailDatabase::StartBatch()
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMailDatabase::EndBatch()
+{
+  SetSummaryValid(true);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMailDatabase::DeleteMessages(uint32_t aNumKeys, nsMsgKey* nsMsgKeys, nsIDBChangeListener *instigator)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  if (m_folder)
+  {
+    bool isLocked;
+    m_folder->GetLocked(&isLocked);
+    if (isLocked)
+    {
+      NS_ASSERTION(false, "Some other operation is in progress");
+      return NS_MSG_FOLDER_BUSY;
+    }
+  }
+
+  rv = nsMsgDatabase::DeleteMessages(aNumKeys, nsMsgKeys, instigator);
+  SetSummaryValid(true);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMailDatabase::GetSummaryValid(bool *aResult)
+{
+  uint32_t version;
+  m_dbFolderInfo->GetVersion(&version);
+  if (GetCurVersion() != version)
+  {
+    *aResult = false;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgPluggableStore> msgStore;
+  if (!m_folder) {
+    // If the folder is not set, we just return without checking the validity
+    // of the summary file. For now, this is an expected condition when the
+    // message database is being opened from a URL in 
+    // nsMailboxUrl::GetMsgHdrForKey() which calls
+    // nsMsgDBService::OpenMailDBFromFile() without a folder.
+    // Returning an error here would lead to the deletion of the MSF in the
+    // caller nsMsgDatabase::CheckForErrors().
+    *aResult = true;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  nsresult rv = m_folder->GetMsgStore(getter_AddRefs(msgStore));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  return msgStore->IsSummaryFileValid(m_folder, this, aResult);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMailDatabase::SetSummaryValid(bool aValid)
+{
+  nsMsgDatabase::SetSummaryValid(aValid);
+
+  if (!m_folder)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  // If this is a virtual folder, there is no storage.
+  bool flag;
+  m_folder->GetFlag(nsMsgFolderFlags::Virtual, &flag);
+  if (flag)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgPluggableStore> msgStore;
+  nsresult rv = m_folder->GetMsgStore(getter_AddRefs(msgStore));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  return msgStore->SetSummaryFileValid(m_folder, this, aValid);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP  nsMailDatabase::RemoveOfflineOp(nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation *op)
+{
+  
+  nsresult rv = GetAllOfflineOpsTable();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  
+  if (!op || !m_mdbAllOfflineOpsTable)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+  nsMsgOfflineImapOperation* offlineOp = static_cast<nsMsgOfflineImapOperation*>(op);  // closed system, so this is ok
+  nsIMdbRow* row = offlineOp->GetMDBRow();
+  rv = m_mdbAllOfflineOpsTable->CutRow(GetEnv(), row);
+  row->CutAllColumns(GetEnv());
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMailDatabase::GetOfflineOpForKey(nsMsgKey msgKey, bool create, nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation **offlineOp)
+{
+  mdb_bool	hasOid;
+  mdbOid		rowObjectId;
+  nsresult err;
+
+  if (!IMAPOffline)
+    IMAPOffline = PR_NewLogModule("IMAPOFFLINE");
+  nsresult rv = GetAllOfflineOpsTable();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  
+  if (!offlineOp || !m_mdbAllOfflineOpsTable)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+  
+  *offlineOp = NULL;
+  
+  rowObjectId.mOid_Id = msgKey;
+  rowObjectId.mOid_Scope = m_offlineOpsRowScopeToken;
+  err = m_mdbAllOfflineOpsTable->HasOid(GetEnv(), &rowObjectId, &hasOid);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err) && m_mdbStore && (hasOid  || create))
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMdbRow> offlineOpRow;
+    err = m_mdbStore->GetRow(GetEnv(), &rowObjectId, getter_AddRefs(offlineOpRow));
+    
+    if (create)
+    {
+      if (!offlineOpRow)
+      {
+        err  = m_mdbStore->NewRowWithOid(GetEnv(), &rowObjectId, getter_AddRefs(offlineOpRow));
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(err, err);
+      }
+      if (offlineOpRow && !hasOid)
+        m_mdbAllOfflineOpsTable->AddRow(GetEnv(), offlineOpRow);
+    }
+    
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err) && offlineOpRow)
+    {
+      *offlineOp = new nsMsgOfflineImapOperation(this, offlineOpRow);
+      if (*offlineOp)
+        (*offlineOp)->SetMessageKey(msgKey);
+      NS_IF_ADDREF(*offlineOp);
+    }
+    if (!hasOid && m_dbFolderInfo)
+    {
+      // set initial value for flags so we don't lose them.
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+      GetMsgHdrForKey(msgKey, getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+      if (msgHdr)
+      {
+        uint32_t flags;
+        msgHdr->GetFlags(&flags);
+        (*offlineOp)->SetNewFlags(flags);
+      }
+      int32_t newFlags;
+      m_dbFolderInfo->OrFlags(nsMsgFolderFlags::OfflineEvents, &newFlags);
+    }
+  }
+  
+  return err;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMailDatabase::EnumerateOfflineOps(nsISimpleEnumerator **enumerator)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(false, "not impl yet");
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMailDatabase::ListAllOfflineOpIds(nsTArray<nsMsgKey> *offlineOpIds)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(offlineOpIds);
+  nsresult rv = GetAllOfflineOpsTable();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  nsIMdbTableRowCursor *rowCursor;
+  if (!IMAPOffline)
+    IMAPOffline = PR_NewLogModule("IMAPOFFLINE");
+
+  if (m_mdbAllOfflineOpsTable)
+  {
+    nsresult err = m_mdbAllOfflineOpsTable->GetTableRowCursor(GetEnv(), -1, &rowCursor);
+    while (NS_SUCCEEDED(err) && rowCursor)
+    {
+      mdbOid outOid;
+      mdb_pos	outPos;
+      
+      err = rowCursor->NextRowOid(GetEnv(), &outOid, &outPos);
+      // is this right? Mork is returning a 0 id, but that should valid.
+      if (outPos < 0 || outOid.mOid_Id == (mdb_id) -1)
+        break;
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err))
+      {
+        offlineOpIds->AppendElement(outOid.mOid_Id);
+        if (MOZ_LOG_TEST(IMAPOffline, LogLevel::Info))
+        {
+          nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation> offlineOp;
+          GetOfflineOpForKey(outOid.mOid_Id, false, getter_AddRefs(offlineOp));
+          if (offlineOp)
+          {
+            nsMsgOfflineImapOperation *logOp = static_cast<nsMsgOfflineImapOperation *>(static_cast<nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation *>(offlineOp.get()));
+            if (logOp)
+              logOp->Log(IMAPOffline);
+
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    // TODO: would it cause a problem to replace this with "rv = err;" ?
+    rv = (NS_SUCCEEDED(err)) ? NS_OK : NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    rowCursor->Release();
+  }
+
+  offlineOpIds->Sort();
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMailDatabase::ListAllOfflineDeletes(nsTArray<nsMsgKey> *offlineDeletes)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(offlineDeletes);
+
+  nsresult rv = GetAllOfflineOpsTable();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  nsIMdbTableRowCursor *rowCursor;
+  if (m_mdbAllOfflineOpsTable)
+  {
+    nsresult err = m_mdbAllOfflineOpsTable->GetTableRowCursor(GetEnv(), -1, &rowCursor);
+    while (NS_SUCCEEDED(err) && rowCursor)
+    {
+      mdbOid outOid;
+      mdb_pos outPos;
+      nsIMdbRow* offlineOpRow;
+
+      err = rowCursor->NextRow(GetEnv(), &offlineOpRow, &outPos);
+      // is this right? Mork is returning a 0 id, but that should valid.
+      if (outPos < 0 || offlineOpRow == nullptr)
+        break;
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err))
+      {
+        offlineOpRow->GetOid(GetEnv(), &outOid);
+        nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation *offlineOp = new nsMsgOfflineImapOperation(this, offlineOpRow);
+        if (offlineOp)
+        {
+          NS_ADDREF(offlineOp);
+          imapMessageFlagsType newFlags;
+          nsOfflineImapOperationType opType;
+          
+          offlineOp->GetOperation(&opType);
+          offlineOp->GetNewFlags(&newFlags);
+          if (opType & nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation::kMsgMoved || 
+            ((opType & nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation::kFlagsChanged) 
+            && (newFlags & nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation::kMsgMarkedDeleted)))
+            offlineDeletes->AppendElement(outOid.mOid_Id);
+          NS_RELEASE(offlineOp);
+        }
+        offlineOpRow->Release();
+      }
+    }
+    // TODO: would it cause a problem to replace this with "rv = err;" ?
+    rv = (NS_SUCCEEDED(err)) ? NS_OK : NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    rowCursor->Release();
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+// This is used to remember that the db is out of sync with the mail folder
+// and needs to be regenerated.
+void nsMailDatabase::SetReparse(bool reparse)
+{
+  m_reparse = reparse;
+}
+
+class nsMsgOfflineOpEnumerator : public nsISimpleEnumerator {
+public:
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+
+  // nsISimpleEnumerator methods:
+  NS_DECL_NSISIMPLEENUMERATOR
+
+  nsMsgOfflineOpEnumerator(nsMailDatabase* db);
+
+protected:
+  virtual ~nsMsgOfflineOpEnumerator();
+  nsresult					GetRowCursor();
+  nsresult					PrefetchNext();
+  nsMailDatabase*              mDB;
+  nsIMdbTableRowCursor*       mRowCursor;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation> mResultOp;
+  bool              mDone;
+  bool						mNextPrefetched;
+};
+
+nsMsgOfflineOpEnumerator::nsMsgOfflineOpEnumerator(nsMailDatabase* db)
+    : mDB(db), mRowCursor(nullptr), mDone(false)
+{
+  NS_ADDREF(mDB);
+  mNextPrefetched = false;
+}
+
+nsMsgOfflineOpEnumerator::~nsMsgOfflineOpEnumerator()
+{
+  NS_IF_RELEASE(mRowCursor);
+  NS_RELEASE(mDB);
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMsgOfflineOpEnumerator, nsISimpleEnumerator)
+
+nsresult nsMsgOfflineOpEnumerator::GetRowCursor()
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  mDone = false;
+
+  if (!mDB || !mDB->m_mdbAllOfflineOpsTable)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  rv = mDB->m_mdbAllOfflineOpsTable->GetTableRowCursor(mDB->GetEnv(), -1, &mRowCursor);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgOfflineOpEnumerator::GetNext(nsISupports **aItem)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aItem);
+
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  if (!mNextPrefetched)
+    rv = PrefetchNext();
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    if (mResultOp) 
+    {
+      *aItem = mResultOp;
+      NS_ADDREF(*aItem);
+      mNextPrefetched = false;
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgOfflineOpEnumerator::PrefetchNext()
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  nsIMdbRow* offlineOpRow;
+  mdb_pos rowPos;
+
+  if (!mRowCursor)
+  {
+    rv = GetRowCursor();
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      return rv;
+  }
+
+  rv = mRowCursor->NextRow(mDB->GetEnv(), &offlineOpRow, &rowPos);
+  if (!offlineOpRow) 
+  {
+    mDone = true;
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) 
+  {
+    mDone = true;
+    return rv;
+  }
+
+  nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation *op = new nsMsgOfflineImapOperation(mDB, offlineOpRow);
+  mResultOp = op;
+  if (!op)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+  if (mResultOp) 
+  {
+    mNextPrefetched = true;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgOfflineOpEnumerator::HasMoreElements(bool *aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+
+  if (!mNextPrefetched)
+    PrefetchNext();
+  *aResult = !mDone;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/db/msgdb/src/nsMsgDatabase.cpp b/mailnews/db/msgdb/src/nsMsgDatabase.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8b366ab5c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/msgdb/src/nsMsgDatabase.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,5915 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+// this file implements the nsMsgDatabase interface using the MDB Interface.
+
+#include "nscore.h"
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "nsMailDatabase.h"
+#include "nsDBFolderInfo.h"
+#include "nsMsgKeySet.h"
+#include "nsMsgThread.h"
+#include "nsIMsgSearchTerm.h"
+#include "nsMsgBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsMorkCID.h"
+#include "nsIMdbFactoryFactory.h"
+#include "mozilla/Logging.h"
+#include "prprf.h"
+#include "nsMsgDBCID.h"
+#include "nsILocale.h"
+#include "nsMsgMimeCID.h"
+#include "nsILocaleService.h"
+#include "nsMsgFolderFlags.h"
+#include "nsIMsgAccountManager.h"
+#include "nsIMsgDBView.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolderCache.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolderCacheElement.h"
+#include "MailNewsTypes2.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "nsMsgKeyArray.h"
+#include "nsIMutableArray.h"
+#include "nsComponentManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsMemory.h"
+#include "nsICollation.h"
+#include "nsCollationCID.h"
+#include "nsIPrefService.h"
+#include "nsIPrefBranch.h"
+#include "nsIMsgPluggableStore.h"
+#include "nsAlgorithm.h"
+#include "nsArrayEnumerator.h"
+#include "nsIMemoryReporter.h"
+#include "mozilla/mailnews/MimeHeaderParser.h"
+#include "mozilla/mailnews/Services.h"
+#include <algorithm>
+
+using namespace mozilla::mailnews;
+using namespace mozilla;
+
+#if defined(DEBUG_sspitzer_) || defined(DEBUG_seth_)
+#define DEBUG_MSGKEYSET 1
+#endif
+
+#define MSG_HASH_SIZE 512
+
+// This will be used on discovery, since we don't know total.
+const int32_t kMaxHdrsInCache = 512;
+
+// special keys
+static const nsMsgKey kAllMsgHdrsTableKey = 1;
+static const nsMsgKey kTableKeyForThreadOne = 0xfffffffe;
+static const nsMsgKey kAllThreadsTableKey = 0xfffffffd;
+static const nsMsgKey kFirstPseudoKey = 0xfffffff0;
+static const nsMsgKey kIdStartOfFake = 0xffffff80;
+static const nsMsgKey kForceReparseKey = 0xfffffff0;
+
+static PRLogModuleInfo* DBLog;
+
+PRTime nsMsgDatabase::gLastUseTime;
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMsgDBService, nsIMsgDBService)
+
+nsMsgDBService::nsMsgDBService()
+{
+  DBLog = PR_NewLogModule("MSGDB");
+}
+
+
+nsMsgDBService::~nsMsgDBService()
+{
+#ifdef DEBUG
+  // If you hit this warning, it means that some code is holding onto
+  // a db at shutdown.
+  NS_WARNING_ASSERTION(!m_dbCache.Length(), "some msg dbs left open");
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < m_dbCache.Length(); i++)
+  {
+    nsMsgDatabase* pMessageDB = m_dbCache.ElementAt(i);
+    if (pMessageDB)
+      printf("db left open %s\n", (const char *) pMessageDB->m_dbName.get());
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBService::OpenFolderDB(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder,
+                                           bool aLeaveInvalidDB,
+                                           nsIMsgDatabase **_retval)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(aFolder);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> incomingServer;
+  nsresult rv = aFolder->GetServer(getter_AddRefs(incomingServer));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> summaryFilePath;
+  rv = aFolder->GetSummaryFile(getter_AddRefs(summaryFilePath));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsMsgDatabase *cacheDB = FindInCache(summaryFilePath);
+  if (cacheDB)
+  {
+    // this db could have ended up in the folder cache w/o an m_folder pointer via
+    // OpenMailDBFromFile. If so, take this chance to fix the folder.
+    if (!cacheDB->m_folder)
+      cacheDB->m_folder = aFolder;
+    cacheDB->RememberLastUseTime();
+    *_retval = cacheDB; // FindInCache already addRefed.
+    // if m_thumb is set, someone is asynchronously opening the db. But our
+    // caller wants to synchronously open it, so just do it.
+    if (cacheDB->m_thumb)
+      return cacheDB->Open(this, summaryFilePath, false, aLeaveInvalidDB);
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  nsCString localDatabaseType;
+  incomingServer->GetLocalDatabaseType(localDatabaseType);
+  nsAutoCString dbContractID(NS_MSGDB_CONTRACTID);
+  dbContractID.Append(localDatabaseType.get());
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDatabase> msgDB = do_CreateInstance(dbContractID.get(), &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // Don't try to create the database yet--let the createNewDB call do that.
+  nsMsgDatabase *msgDatabase = static_cast<nsMsgDatabase *>(msgDB.get());
+  msgDatabase->m_folder = aFolder;
+  rv = msgDatabase->Open(this, summaryFilePath, false, aLeaveInvalidDB);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) && rv != NS_MSG_ERROR_FOLDER_SUMMARY_OUT_OF_DATE)
+    return rv;
+
+  NS_ADDREF(*_retval = msgDB);
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+  {
+#ifdef DEBUG
+    // Doing these checks for debug only as we don't want to report certain
+    // errors in debug mode, but in release mode we wouldn't report them either
+
+    // These errors are expected.
+    if (rv == NS_MSG_ERROR_FOLDER_SUMMARY_MISSING ||
+        rv == NS_MSG_ERROR_FOLDER_SUMMARY_OUT_OF_DATE)
+      return rv;
+
+    // If it isn't one of the expected errors, throw a warning.
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+#endif
+    return rv;
+  }
+
+  FinishDBOpen(aFolder, msgDatabase);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBService::AsyncOpenFolderDB(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder,
+                                                bool aLeaveInvalidDB,
+                                                nsIMsgDatabase **_retval)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(aFolder);
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIFile> summaryFilePath;
+  nsresult rv = aFolder->GetSummaryFile(getter_AddRefs(summaryFilePath));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsMsgDatabase *cacheDB = FindInCache(summaryFilePath);
+  if (cacheDB)
+  {
+    // this db could have ended up in the folder cache w/o an m_folder pointer via
+    // OpenMailDBFromFile. If so, take this chance to fix the folder.
+    if (!cacheDB->m_folder)
+      cacheDB->m_folder = aFolder;
+    *_retval = cacheDB; // FindInCache already addRefed.
+    // We don't care if an other consumer is thumbing the store. In that
+    // case, they'll both thumb the store.
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgIncomingServer> incomingServer;
+  rv = aFolder->GetServer(getter_AddRefs(incomingServer));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  nsCString localDatabaseType;
+  incomingServer->GetLocalDatabaseType(localDatabaseType);
+  nsAutoCString dbContractID(NS_MSGDB_CONTRACTID);
+  dbContractID.Append(localDatabaseType.get());
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDatabase> msgDB = do_CreateInstance(dbContractID.get(), &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsMsgDatabase *msgDatabase = static_cast<nsMsgDatabase *>(msgDB.get());
+  rv = msgDatabase->OpenInternal(this, summaryFilePath, false, aLeaveInvalidDB,
+                                 false /* open asynchronously */);
+
+  NS_ADDREF(*_retval = msgDB);
+  msgDatabase->m_folder = aFolder;
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+  {
+#ifdef DEBUG
+    // Doing these checks for debug only as we don't want to report certain
+    // errors in debug mode, but in release mode we wouldn't report them either
+
+    // These errors are expected.
+    if (rv == NS_MSG_ERROR_FOLDER_SUMMARY_MISSING ||
+        rv == NS_MSG_ERROR_FOLDER_SUMMARY_OUT_OF_DATE)
+      return rv;
+
+    // If it isn't one of the expected errors, throw a warning.
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+#endif
+    return rv;
+  }
+
+  FinishDBOpen(aFolder, msgDatabase);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBService::OpenMore(nsIMsgDatabase *aDB,
+                                       uint32_t aTimeHint,
+                                       bool *_retval)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(_retval);
+  nsMsgDatabase *msgDatabase = static_cast<nsMsgDatabase *>(aDB);
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(msgDatabase, NS_ERROR_INVALID_ARG);
+  // Check if this db has been opened.
+  if (!msgDatabase->m_thumb)
+  {
+    *_retval = true;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  nsresult rv;
+  *_retval = false;
+  PRIntervalTime startTime = PR_IntervalNow();
+  do
+  {
+    mdb_count outTotal;    // total somethings to do in operation
+    mdb_count outCurrent;  // subportion of total completed so far
+    mdb_bool outDone = false;      // is operation finished?
+    mdb_bool outBroken;     // is operation irreparably dead and broken?
+    rv = msgDatabase->m_thumb->DoMore(msgDatabase->m_mdbEnv,
+                                       &outTotal, &outCurrent, &outDone,
+                                       &outBroken);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      break;
+    if (outDone)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMdbFactory> mdbFactory;
+      msgDatabase->GetMDBFactory(getter_AddRefs(mdbFactory));
+      NS_ENSURE_TRUE(mdbFactory, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+      rv = mdbFactory->ThumbToOpenStore(msgDatabase->m_mdbEnv, msgDatabase->m_thumb, &msgDatabase->m_mdbStore);
+      msgDatabase->m_thumb = nullptr;
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> folderPath;
+      (void) msgDatabase->m_folder->GetFilePath(getter_AddRefs(folderPath));
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIFile> summaryFile;
+      (void) GetSummaryFileLocation(folderPath, getter_AddRefs(summaryFile));
+
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        rv = (msgDatabase->m_mdbStore) ? msgDatabase->InitExistingDB() : NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        rv = msgDatabase->CheckForErrors(rv, false, this, summaryFile);
+
+      FinishDBOpen(msgDatabase->m_folder, msgDatabase);
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  while (PR_IntervalToMilliseconds(PR_IntervalNow() - startTime) <= aTimeHint);
+  *_retval = !msgDatabase->m_thumb;
+  return rv;
+}
+
+/**
+ * When a db is opened, we need to hook up any pending listeners for 
+ * that db, and notify them.
+ */
+void nsMsgDBService::HookupPendingListeners(nsIMsgDatabase *db,
+                                            nsIMsgFolder *folder)
+{
+  for (int32_t listenerIndex = 0;
+       listenerIndex < m_foldersPendingListeners.Count(); listenerIndex++)
+  {
+  //  check if we have a pending listener on this db, and if so, add it.
+    if (m_foldersPendingListeners[listenerIndex] == folder)
+    {
+      db->AddListener(m_pendingListeners.ObjectAt(listenerIndex));
+      m_pendingListeners.ObjectAt(listenerIndex)->OnEvent(db, "DBOpened");
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+void nsMsgDBService::FinishDBOpen(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder, nsMsgDatabase *aMsgDB)
+{
+  uint32_t folderFlags;
+  aFolder->GetFlags(&folderFlags);
+
+  if (! (folderFlags & nsMsgFolderFlags::Virtual) &&
+      aMsgDB->m_mdbAllMsgHeadersTable)
+  {
+    mdb_count numHdrsInTable = 0;
+    int32_t numMessages;
+    aMsgDB->m_mdbAllMsgHeadersTable->GetCount(aMsgDB->GetEnv(),
+                                              &numHdrsInTable);
+    aMsgDB->m_dbFolderInfo->GetNumMessages(&numMessages);
+    if (numMessages != (int32_t) numHdrsInTable)
+      aMsgDB->SyncCounts();
+  }
+  HookupPendingListeners(aMsgDB, aFolder);
+  aMsgDB->RememberLastUseTime();
+}
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------
+// FindInCache - this addrefs the db it finds.
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------
+nsMsgDatabase* nsMsgDBService::FindInCache(nsIFile *dbName)
+{
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < m_dbCache.Length(); i++)
+  {
+    nsMsgDatabase* pMessageDB = m_dbCache[i];
+    if (pMessageDB->MatchDbName(dbName))
+    {
+      if (pMessageDB->m_mdbStore)  // don't return db without store
+      {
+        NS_ADDREF(pMessageDB);
+        return pMessageDB;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return nullptr;
+}
+
+// This method is called when the caller is trying to create a db without
+// having a corresponding nsIMsgFolder object.  This happens in a few
+// situations, including imap folder discovery, compacting local folders,
+// and copying local folders.
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBService::OpenMailDBFromFile(nsIFile *aFolderName,
+                                                 nsIMsgFolder *aFolder,
+                                                 bool aCreate,
+                                                 bool aLeaveInvalidDB,
+                                                 nsIMsgDatabase** pMessageDB)
+{
+  if (!aFolderName)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIFile>  dbPath;
+  nsresult rv = GetSummaryFileLocation(aFolderName, getter_AddRefs(dbPath));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  *pMessageDB = FindInCache(dbPath);
+  if (*pMessageDB)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  RefPtr<nsMailDatabase> msgDB = new nsMailDatabase;
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(msgDB, NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY);
+  rv = msgDB->Open(this, dbPath, aCreate, aLeaveInvalidDB);
+  if (rv == NS_ERROR_FILE_TARGET_DOES_NOT_EXIST)
+    return rv;
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*pMessageDB = msgDB);
+  if (aCreate && msgDB && rv == NS_MSG_ERROR_FOLDER_SUMMARY_MISSING)
+    rv = NS_OK;
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    msgDB->m_folder = aFolder;
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBService::CreateNewDB(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder,
+                                          nsIMsgDatabase **_retval)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(aFolder);
+  
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgIncomingServer> incomingServer;
+  nsresult rv = aFolder->GetServer(getter_AddRefs(incomingServer));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> summaryFilePath;
+  rv = aFolder->GetSummaryFile(getter_AddRefs(summaryFilePath));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCString localDatabaseType;
+  incomingServer->GetLocalDatabaseType(localDatabaseType);
+  nsAutoCString dbContractID(NS_MSGDB_CONTRACTID);
+  dbContractID.Append(localDatabaseType.get());
+  
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDatabase> msgDB = do_CreateInstance(dbContractID.get(), &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsMsgDatabase *msgDatabase = static_cast<nsMsgDatabase *>(msgDB.get());
+
+  msgDatabase->m_folder = aFolder;
+  rv = msgDatabase->Open(this, summaryFilePath, true, true);
+
+  // We are trying to create a new database, but that implies that it did not
+  // already exist. Open returns NS_MSG_ERROR_FOLDER_SUMMARY_MISSING for the
+  // successful creation of a new database. But if it existed for some
+  // reason, then we would get rv = NS_OK instead. That is a "failure"
+  // from our perspective, so we want to return a failure since we are not
+  // returning a valid database object.
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(rv == NS_MSG_ERROR_FOLDER_SUMMARY_MISSING,
+                 NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) ? NS_ERROR_FILE_ALREADY_EXISTS : rv);
+
+  NS_ADDREF(*_retval = msgDB);
+
+  HookupPendingListeners(msgDB, aFolder);
+
+  msgDatabase->RememberLastUseTime();
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* void registerPendingListener (in nsIMsgFolder aFolder, in nsIDBChangeListener aListener); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBService::RegisterPendingListener(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder, nsIDBChangeListener *aListener)
+{
+  // need to make sure we don't hold onto these forever. Maybe a shutdown listener?
+  // if there is a db open on this folder already, we should register the listener.
+  m_foldersPendingListeners.AppendObject(aFolder);
+  m_pendingListeners.AppendObject(aListener);
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDatabase> openDB;
+  CachedDBForFolder(aFolder, getter_AddRefs(openDB));
+  if (openDB)
+    openDB->AddListener(aListener);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* void unregisterPendingListener (in nsIDBChangeListener aListener); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBService::UnregisterPendingListener(nsIDBChangeListener *aListener)
+{
+  int32_t listenerIndex = m_pendingListeners.IndexOfObject(aListener);
+  if (listenerIndex != -1)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> msgDB;
+    CachedDBForFolder(m_foldersPendingListeners[listenerIndex], getter_AddRefs(msgDB));
+    if (msgDB)
+      msgDB->RemoveListener(aListener);
+    m_foldersPendingListeners.RemoveObjectAt(listenerIndex);
+    m_pendingListeners.RemoveObjectAt(listenerIndex);
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBService::CachedDBForFolder(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder, nsIMsgDatabase **aRetDB)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aFolder);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aRetDB);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> summaryFilePath;
+  nsresult rv = aFolder->GetSummaryFile(getter_AddRefs(summaryFilePath));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  *aRetDB = FindInCache(summaryFilePath);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBService::ForceFolderDBClosed(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> mailDB;
+  nsresult rv = CachedDBForFolder(aFolder, getter_AddRefs(mailDB));
+  if (mailDB)
+  {
+    mailDB->ForceClosed();
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBService::GetOpenDBs(nsIArray **aOpenDBs)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aOpenDBs);
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> openDBs(do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < m_dbCache.Length(); i++)
+    openDBs->AppendElement(m_dbCache[i], false);
+
+  openDBs.forget(aOpenDBs);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+static bool gGotGlobalPrefs = false;
+static bool gThreadWithoutRe = true;
+static bool gStrictThreading = false;
+static bool gCorrectThreading = false;
+
+void nsMsgDatabase::GetGlobalPrefs()
+{
+  if (!gGotGlobalPrefs)
+  {
+    GetBoolPref("mail.thread_without_re", &gThreadWithoutRe);
+    GetBoolPref("mail.strict_threading", &gStrictThreading);
+    GetBoolPref("mail.correct_threading", &gCorrectThreading);
+    gGotGlobalPrefs = true;
+  }
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::AddHdrToCache(nsIMsgDBHdr *hdr, nsMsgKey key) // do we want key? We could get it from hdr
+{
+  if (m_bCacheHeaders)
+  {
+    if (!m_cachedHeaders)
+      m_cachedHeaders = new PLDHashTable(&gMsgDBHashTableOps, sizeof(struct MsgHdrHashElement), m_cacheSize);
+    if (m_cachedHeaders)
+    {
+      if (key == nsMsgKey_None)
+        hdr->GetMessageKey(&key);
+      if (m_cachedHeaders->EntryCount() > m_cacheSize)
+        ClearHdrCache(true);
+      PLDHashEntryHdr *entry = m_cachedHeaders->Add((void *)(uintptr_t) key, mozilla::fallible);
+      if (!entry)
+        return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY; // XXX out of memory
+
+      MsgHdrHashElement* element = static_cast<MsgHdrHashElement*>(entry);
+      element->mHdr = hdr;
+      element->mKey = key;
+      NS_ADDREF(hdr);     // make the cache hold onto the header
+      return NS_OK;
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::SetMsgHdrCacheSize(uint32_t aSize)
+{
+  m_cacheSize = aSize;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::GetMsgHdrCacheSize(uint32_t *aSize)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aSize);
+  *aSize = m_cacheSize;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::GetLastUseTime(PRTime *aTime)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aTime);
+  *aTime = m_lastUseTime;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::SetLastUseTime(PRTime aTime)
+{
+  gLastUseTime = m_lastUseTime = aTime;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::GetDatabaseSize(int64_t *_retval)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(_retval);
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> summaryFilePath = do_CreateInstance(NS_LOCAL_FILE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  rv = summaryFilePath->InitWithNativePath(m_dbName);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  bool exists;
+  rv = summaryFilePath->Exists(&exists);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    if (exists)
+      rv = summaryFilePath->GetFileSize(_retval);
+    else
+      *_retval = 0;
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::ClearCachedHdrs()
+{
+  ClearCachedObjects(false);
+#ifdef DEBUG_bienvenu1
+  if (mRefCnt > 1)
+  {
+    NS_ASSERTION(false, "");
+    printf("someone's holding onto db - refs = %ld\n", mRefCnt);
+  }
+#endif
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+void nsMsgDatabase::ClearEnumerators()
+{
+  // clear out existing enumerators
+  nsTArray<nsMsgDBEnumerator *> copyEnumerators;
+  copyEnumerators.SwapElements(m_enumerators);
+
+  uint32_t numEnums = copyEnumerators.Length();
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < numEnums; i++)
+    copyEnumerators[i]->Clear();
+}
+
+nsMsgThread *nsMsgDatabase::FindExistingThread(nsMsgKey threadId)
+{
+  uint32_t numThreads = m_threads.Length();
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < numThreads; i++)
+    if (m_threads[i]->m_threadKey == threadId)
+      return m_threads[i];
+
+  return nullptr;
+}
+
+void nsMsgDatabase::ClearThreads()
+{
+  // clear out existing threads
+  nsTArray<nsMsgThread *> copyThreads;
+  copyThreads.SwapElements(m_threads);
+
+  uint32_t numThreads = copyThreads.Length();
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < numThreads; i++)
+    copyThreads[i]->Clear();
+}
+
+void nsMsgDatabase::ClearCachedObjects(bool dbGoingAway)
+{
+  ClearHdrCache(false);
+#ifdef DEBUG_DavidBienvenu
+  if (m_headersInUse && m_headersInUse->EntryCount() > 0)
+  {
+    NS_ASSERTION(false, "leaking headers");
+    printf("leaking %d headers in %s\n", m_headersInUse->EntryCount(), (const char *) m_dbName);
+  }
+#endif
+  m_cachedThread = nullptr;
+  m_cachedThreadId = nsMsgKey_None;
+  // We should only clear the use hdr cache when the db is going away, or we could
+  // end up with multiple copies of the same logical msg hdr, which will lead to
+  // ref-counting problems.
+  if (dbGoingAway)
+  {
+    ClearUseHdrCache();
+    ClearThreads();
+  }
+  m_thumb = nullptr;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::ClearHdrCache(bool reInit)
+{
+  if (m_cachedHeaders)
+  {
+    // save this away in case we renter this code.
+    PLDHashTable  *saveCachedHeaders = m_cachedHeaders;
+    m_cachedHeaders = nullptr;
+    for (auto iter = saveCachedHeaders->Iter(); !iter.Done(); iter.Next()) {
+      auto element = static_cast<MsgHdrHashElement*>(iter.Get());
+      if (element)
+        NS_IF_RELEASE(element->mHdr);
+    }
+
+    if (reInit)
+    {
+      saveCachedHeaders->ClearAndPrepareForLength(m_cacheSize);
+      m_cachedHeaders = saveCachedHeaders;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      delete saveCachedHeaders;
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::RemoveHdrFromCache(nsIMsgDBHdr *hdr, nsMsgKey key)
+{
+  if (m_cachedHeaders)
+  {
+    if (key == nsMsgKey_None)
+      hdr->GetMessageKey(&key);
+
+    PLDHashEntryHdr *entry =
+      m_cachedHeaders->Search((const void *)(uintptr_t) key);
+    if (entry)
+    {
+      m_cachedHeaders->Remove((void *)(uintptr_t) key);
+      NS_RELEASE(hdr); // get rid of extra ref the cache was holding.
+    }
+
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::GetHdrFromUseCache(nsMsgKey key, nsIMsgDBHdr* *result)
+{
+  if (!result)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  nsresult rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  *result = nullptr;
+
+  if (m_headersInUse)
+  {
+    PLDHashEntryHdr *entry =
+      m_headersInUse->Search((const void *)(uintptr_t) key);
+    if (entry)
+    {
+      MsgHdrHashElement* element = static_cast<MsgHdrHashElement*>(entry);
+      *result = element->mHdr;
+    }
+    if (*result)
+    {
+      NS_ADDREF(*result);
+      rv = NS_OK;
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+PLDHashTableOps nsMsgDatabase::gMsgDBHashTableOps =
+{
+  HashKey,
+  MatchEntry,
+  MoveEntry,
+  ClearEntry,
+  nullptr
+};
+
+// HashKey is supposed to maximize entropy in the low order bits, and the key
+// as is, should do that.
+PLDHashNumber
+nsMsgDatabase::HashKey(const void* aKey)
+{
+  return PLDHashNumber(NS_PTR_TO_INT32(aKey));
+}
+
+bool
+nsMsgDatabase::MatchEntry(const PLDHashEntryHdr* aEntry, const void* aKey)
+{
+  const MsgHdrHashElement* hdr = static_cast<const MsgHdrHashElement*>(aEntry);
+  return aKey == (const void *)(uintptr_t) hdr->mKey; // ### or get the key from the hdr...
+}
+
+void
+nsMsgDatabase::MoveEntry(PLDHashTable* aTable, const PLDHashEntryHdr* aFrom, PLDHashEntryHdr* aTo)
+{
+  const MsgHdrHashElement* from = static_cast<const MsgHdrHashElement*>(aFrom);
+  MsgHdrHashElement* to = static_cast<MsgHdrHashElement*>(aTo);
+  // ### eh? Why is this needed? I don't think we have a copy operator?
+  *to = *from;
+}
+
+void
+nsMsgDatabase::ClearEntry(PLDHashTable* aTable, PLDHashEntryHdr* aEntry)
+{
+  MsgHdrHashElement* element = static_cast<MsgHdrHashElement*>(aEntry);
+  element->mHdr = nullptr; // eh? Need to release this or not?
+  element->mKey = nsMsgKey_None; // eh?
+}
+
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::AddHdrToUseCache(nsIMsgDBHdr *hdr, nsMsgKey key)
+{
+  if (!m_headersInUse)
+  {
+    mdb_count numHdrs = MSG_HASH_SIZE;
+    if (m_mdbAllMsgHeadersTable)
+      m_mdbAllMsgHeadersTable->GetCount(GetEnv(), &numHdrs);
+    m_headersInUse = new PLDHashTable(&gMsgDBHashTableOps, sizeof(struct MsgHdrHashElement), std::max((mdb_count)MSG_HASH_SIZE, numHdrs));
+  }
+  if (m_headersInUse)
+  {
+    if (key == nsMsgKey_None)
+      hdr->GetMessageKey(&key);
+    PLDHashEntryHdr *entry = m_headersInUse->Add((void *)(uintptr_t) key, mozilla::fallible);
+    if (!entry)
+      return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY; // XXX out of memory
+
+    MsgHdrHashElement* element = static_cast<MsgHdrHashElement*>(entry);
+    element->mHdr = hdr;
+    element->mKey = key;
+    // the hash table won't add ref, we'll do it ourselves
+    // stand for the addref that CreateMsgHdr normally does.
+    NS_ADDREF(hdr);
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::ClearUseHdrCache()
+{
+  if (m_headersInUse)
+  {
+    // clear mdb row pointers of any headers still in use, because the
+    // underlying db is going away.
+    for (auto iter = m_headersInUse->Iter(); !iter.Done(); iter.Next()) {
+      auto element = static_cast<const MsgHdrHashElement*>(iter.Get());
+      if (element && element->mHdr) {
+        nsMsgHdr* msgHdr = static_cast<nsMsgHdr*>(element->mHdr);  // closed system, so this is ok
+        // clear out m_mdbRow member variable - the db is going away, which means that this member
+        // variable might very well point to a mork db that is gone.
+        NS_IF_RELEASE(msgHdr->m_mdbRow);
+    //    NS_IF_RELEASE(msgHdr->m_mdb);
+      }
+    }
+    delete m_headersInUse;
+    m_headersInUse = nullptr;
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::RemoveHdrFromUseCache(nsIMsgDBHdr *hdr, nsMsgKey key)
+{
+  if (m_headersInUse)
+  {
+    if (key == nsMsgKey_None)
+      hdr->GetMessageKey(&key);
+
+    m_headersInUse->Remove((void *)(uintptr_t) key);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgDatabase::CreateMsgHdr(nsIMdbRow* hdrRow, nsMsgKey key, nsIMsgDBHdr* *result)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(hdrRow);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(result);
+
+  nsresult rv = GetHdrFromUseCache(key, result);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && *result)
+  {
+    hdrRow->Release();
+    return rv;
+  }
+
+  nsMsgHdr *msgHdr = new nsMsgHdr(this, hdrRow);
+  if(!msgHdr)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+  msgHdr->SetMessageKey(key);
+  // don't need to addref here; GetHdrFromUseCache addrefs.
+  *result = msgHdr;
+
+  AddHdrToCache(msgHdr, key);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::AddListener(nsIDBChangeListener *aListener)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aListener);
+  m_ChangeListeners.AppendElementUnlessExists(aListener);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::RemoveListener(nsIDBChangeListener *aListener)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aListener);
+  m_ChangeListeners.RemoveElement(aListener);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// XXX should we return rv for listener->propertyfunc_?
+#define NOTIFY_LISTENERS(propertyfunc_, params_) \
+  PR_BEGIN_MACRO \
+  nsTObserverArray<nsCOMPtr<nsIDBChangeListener> >::ForwardIterator iter(m_ChangeListeners); \
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIDBChangeListener> listener; \
+  while (iter.HasMore()) { \
+    listener = iter.GetNext(); \
+    listener->propertyfunc_ params_; \
+  } \
+  PR_END_MACRO
+
+// change announcer methods - just broadcast to all listeners.
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::NotifyHdrChangeAll(nsIMsgDBHdr *aHdrChanged,
+                                                uint32_t aOldFlags,
+                                                uint32_t aNewFlags,
+                                                nsIDBChangeListener *aInstigator)
+{
+  // We will only notify the change if the header exists in the database.
+  // This allows database functions to be usable in both the case where the
+  // header is in the db, or the header is not so no notifications should be
+  // given.
+  nsMsgKey key;
+  bool inDb = false;
+  if (aHdrChanged)
+  {
+    aHdrChanged->GetMessageKey(&key);
+    ContainsKey(key, &inDb);
+  }
+  if (inDb)
+    NOTIFY_LISTENERS(OnHdrFlagsChanged,
+                     (aHdrChanged, aOldFlags, aNewFlags, aInstigator));
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::NotifyReadChanged(nsIDBChangeListener *aInstigator)
+{
+  NOTIFY_LISTENERS(OnReadChanged, (aInstigator));
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::NotifyJunkScoreChanged(nsIDBChangeListener *aInstigator)
+{
+  NOTIFY_LISTENERS(OnJunkScoreChanged, (aInstigator));
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::NotifyHdrDeletedAll(nsIMsgDBHdr *aHdrDeleted,
+                                                 nsMsgKey aParentKey,
+                                                 int32_t aFlags,
+                                                 nsIDBChangeListener *aInstigator)
+{
+  NOTIFY_LISTENERS(OnHdrDeleted, (aHdrDeleted, aParentKey, aFlags, aInstigator));
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::NotifyHdrAddedAll(nsIMsgDBHdr *aHdrAdded,
+                                               nsMsgKey aParentKey,
+                                               int32_t aFlags,
+                                               nsIDBChangeListener *aInstigator)
+{
+#ifdef DEBUG_bienvenu1
+  printf("notifying add of %ld parent %ld\n", keyAdded, parentKey);
+#endif
+  NOTIFY_LISTENERS(OnHdrAdded, (aHdrAdded, aParentKey, aFlags, aInstigator));
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::NotifyParentChangedAll(nsMsgKey aKeyReparented,
+                                                    nsMsgKey aOldParent,
+                                                    nsMsgKey aNewParent,
+                                                    nsIDBChangeListener *aInstigator)
+{
+  NOTIFY_LISTENERS(OnParentChanged,
+                   (aKeyReparented, aOldParent, aNewParent, aInstigator));
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::NotifyAnnouncerGoingAway(void)
+{
+  NOTIFY_LISTENERS(OnAnnouncerGoingAway, (this));
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+bool nsMsgDatabase::MatchDbName(nsIFile *dbName)  // returns true if they match
+{
+  nsCString dbPath;
+  dbName->GetNativePath(dbPath);
+  return dbPath.Equals(m_dbName);
+}
+
+void nsMsgDBService::AddToCache(nsMsgDatabase* pMessageDB)
+{
+#ifdef DEBUG_David_Bienvenu
+  NS_ASSERTION(m_dbCache.Length() < 50, "50 or more open db's");
+#endif
+#ifdef DEBUG
+  if (pMessageDB->m_folder)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> msgDB;
+    CachedDBForFolder(pMessageDB->m_folder, getter_AddRefs(msgDB));
+    NS_ASSERTION(!msgDB, "shouldn't have db in cache");
+  }
+#endif
+  m_dbCache.AppendElement(pMessageDB);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Log the open db's, and how many headers are in memory.
+ */
+void nsMsgDBService::DumpCache()
+{
+  nsMsgDatabase* db = nullptr;
+  MOZ_LOG(DBLog, LogLevel::Info, ("%d open DB's\n", m_dbCache.Length()));
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < m_dbCache.Length(); i++)
+  {
+    db = m_dbCache.ElementAt(i);
+    MOZ_LOG(DBLog, LogLevel::Info, ("%s - %ld hdrs in use\n",
+      (const char*)db->m_dbName.get(),
+      db->m_headersInUse ? db->m_headersInUse->EntryCount() : 0));
+  }
+}
+
+// Memory Reporting implementations
+
+size_t nsMsgDatabase::SizeOfExcludingThis(mozilla::MallocSizeOf aMallocSizeOf) const
+{
+  size_t totalSize = 0;
+  if (m_dbFolderInfo)
+    totalSize += m_dbFolderInfo->SizeOfExcludingThis(aMallocSizeOf);
+  if (m_mdbEnv)
+  {
+    nsIMdbHeap *morkHeap = nullptr;
+    m_mdbEnv->GetHeap(&morkHeap);
+    if (morkHeap)
+      totalSize += morkHeap->GetUsedSize();
+  }
+  totalSize += m_newSet.ShallowSizeOfExcludingThis(aMallocSizeOf);
+  totalSize += m_ChangeListeners.ShallowSizeOfExcludingThis(aMallocSizeOf);
+  totalSize += m_threads.ShallowSizeOfExcludingThis(aMallocSizeOf);
+  // We have two tables of header objects, but every header in m_cachedHeaders
+  // should be in m_headersInUse.
+  // double-counting...
+  size_t headerSize = 0;
+  if (m_headersInUse)
+  {
+    headerSize = m_headersInUse->ShallowSizeOfIncludingThis(aMallocSizeOf);
+    for (auto iter = m_headersInUse->Iter(); !iter.Done(); iter.Next()) {
+      auto entry = static_cast<MsgHdrHashElement*>(iter.Get());
+      // Sigh, this is dangerous, but so long as this is a closed system, this
+      // is safe.
+      headerSize += static_cast<nsMsgHdr*>(entry->mHdr)->SizeOfIncludingThis(aMallocSizeOf);
+    }
+  }
+  totalSize += headerSize;
+  if (m_msgReferences)
+    totalSize += m_msgReferences->ShallowSizeOfIncludingThis(aMallocSizeOf);
+  return totalSize;
+}
+
+namespace mozilla {
+namespace mailnews {
+
+MOZ_DEFINE_MALLOC_SIZE_OF(GetMallocSize)
+
+class MsgDBReporter final : public nsIMemoryReporter
+{
+  nsMsgDatabase *mDatabase;
+public:
+  MsgDBReporter(nsMsgDatabase *db) : mDatabase(db) {}
+
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_IMETHOD GetName(nsACString &aName)
+  {
+    aName.AssignLiteral("msg-database-objects");
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  NS_IMETHOD CollectReports(nsIMemoryReporterCallback*aCb,
+                            nsISupports* aClosure,
+                            bool aAnonymize) override
+  {
+    nsCString path;
+    GetPath(path, aAnonymize);
+    return aCb->Callback(EmptyCString(), path,
+                         nsIMemoryReporter::KIND_HEAP,
+                         nsIMemoryReporter::UNITS_BYTES,
+                         mDatabase->SizeOfIncludingThis(GetMallocSize),           
+                         NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("Memory used for the folder database."),
+                         aClosure);
+  }
+
+  void GetPath(nsACString &memoryPath, bool aAnonymize)
+  {
+    memoryPath.AssignLiteral("explicit/maildb/database(");
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder;
+    mDatabase->GetFolder(getter_AddRefs(folder));
+    if (folder)
+    {
+      if (aAnonymize)
+        memoryPath.AppendLiteral("<anonymized>");
+      else
+      {
+        nsAutoCString folderURL;
+        folder->GetFolderURL(folderURL);
+        MsgReplaceChar(folderURL, '/', '\\');
+        memoryPath += folderURL;
+      }
+    } else {
+      memoryPath.AppendLiteral("UNKNOWN-FOLDER");
+    }
+    memoryPath.Append(')');
+  }
+
+private:
+  ~MsgDBReporter() {}
+};
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(MsgDBReporter, nsIMemoryReporter)
+}
+}
+
+nsMsgDatabase::nsMsgDatabase()
+        : m_dbFolderInfo(nullptr),
+        m_nextPseudoMsgKey(kFirstPseudoKey),
+        m_mdbEnv(nullptr), m_mdbStore(nullptr),
+        m_mdbAllMsgHeadersTable(nullptr), m_mdbAllThreadsTable(nullptr),
+        m_create(false),
+        m_leaveInvalidDB(false),
+        m_dbName(""),
+        m_mdbTokensInitialized(false),
+        m_hdrRowScopeToken(0),
+        m_hdrTableKindToken(0),
+        m_threadTableKindToken(0),
+        m_subjectColumnToken(0),
+        m_senderColumnToken(0),
+        m_messageIdColumnToken(0),
+        m_referencesColumnToken(0),
+        m_recipientsColumnToken(0),
+        m_dateColumnToken(0),
+        m_messageSizeColumnToken(0),
+        m_flagsColumnToken(0),
+        m_priorityColumnToken(0),
+        m_labelColumnToken(0),
+        m_statusOffsetColumnToken(0),
+        m_numLinesColumnToken(0),
+        m_ccListColumnToken(0),
+        m_bccListColumnToken(0),
+        m_threadFlagsColumnToken(0),
+        m_threadIdColumnToken(0),
+        m_threadChildrenColumnToken(0),
+        m_threadUnreadChildrenColumnToken(0),
+        m_messageThreadIdColumnToken(0),
+        m_threadSubjectColumnToken(0),
+        m_messageCharSetColumnToken(0),
+        m_threadParentColumnToken(0),
+        m_threadRootKeyColumnToken(0),
+        m_threadNewestMsgDateColumnToken(0),
+        m_offlineMsgOffsetColumnToken(0),
+        m_offlineMessageSizeColumnToken(0),
+        m_headersInUse(nullptr),
+        m_cachedHeaders(nullptr),
+        m_bCacheHeaders(true),
+        m_cachedThreadId(nsMsgKey_None),
+        m_msgReferences(nullptr),
+        m_cacheSize(kMaxHdrsInCache)
+{
+  mMemReporter = new mozilla::mailnews::MsgDBReporter(this);
+  mozilla::RegisterWeakMemoryReporter(mMemReporter);
+}
+
+nsMsgDatabase::~nsMsgDatabase()
+{
+  mozilla::UnregisterWeakMemoryReporter(mMemReporter);
+  //  Close(FALSE);  // better have already been closed.
+  ClearCachedObjects(true);
+  ClearEnumerators();
+  delete m_cachedHeaders;
+  delete m_headersInUse;
+
+  if (m_msgReferences)
+  {
+    delete m_msgReferences;
+    m_msgReferences = nullptr;
+  }
+
+  MOZ_LOG(DBLog, LogLevel::Info, ("closing database    %s\n",
+    (const char*)m_dbName.get()));
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBService> serv(do_GetService(NS_MSGDB_SERVICE_CONTRACTID));
+  if (serv)
+    static_cast<nsMsgDBService*>(serv.get())->RemoveFromCache(this);
+
+  // if the db folder info refers to the mdb db, we must clear it because
+  // the reference will be a dangling one soon.
+  if (m_dbFolderInfo)
+    m_dbFolderInfo->ReleaseExternalReferences();
+
+  NS_IF_RELEASE(m_dbFolderInfo);
+  if (m_mdbAllMsgHeadersTable)
+    m_mdbAllMsgHeadersTable->Release();
+
+  if (m_mdbAllThreadsTable)
+    m_mdbAllThreadsTable->Release();
+
+  if (m_mdbStore)
+    m_mdbStore->Release();
+
+  if (m_mdbEnv)
+  {
+    m_mdbEnv->Release(); //??? is this right?
+    m_mdbEnv = nullptr;
+  }
+  m_ChangeListeners.Clear();
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMsgDatabase, nsIMsgDatabase, nsIDBChangeAnnouncer)
+
+void nsMsgDatabase::GetMDBFactory(nsIMdbFactory ** aMdbFactory)
+{
+  if (!mMdbFactory)
+  {
+    nsresult rv;
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMdbFactoryService> mdbFactoryService = do_GetService(NS_MORK_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && mdbFactoryService)
+      mdbFactoryService->GetMdbFactory(getter_AddRefs(mMdbFactory));
+  }
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aMdbFactory = mMdbFactory);
+}
+
+// aLeaveInvalidDB: true if caller wants back a db even out of date.
+// If so, they'll extract out the interesting info from the db, close it,
+// delete it, and then try to open the db again, prior to reparsing.
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::Open(nsMsgDBService *aDBService, nsIFile *aFolderName,
+                             bool aCreate, bool aLeaveInvalidDB)
+{
+  return nsMsgDatabase::OpenInternal(aDBService, aFolderName, aCreate, aLeaveInvalidDB,
+                                     true /* open synchronously */);
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::OpenInternal(nsMsgDBService *aDBService,
+                                     nsIFile *summaryFile, bool aCreate,
+                                     bool aLeaveInvalidDB, bool sync)
+{
+  nsAutoCString summaryFilePath;
+  summaryFile->GetNativePath(summaryFilePath);
+
+  MOZ_LOG(DBLog, LogLevel::Info, ("nsMsgDatabase::Open(%s, %s, %p, %s)\n",
+    (const char*)summaryFilePath.get(), aCreate ? "TRUE":"FALSE",
+    this, aLeaveInvalidDB ? "TRUE":"FALSE"));
+
+
+  nsresult rv = OpenMDB(summaryFilePath.get(), aCreate, sync);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    MOZ_LOG(DBLog, LogLevel::Info, ("error opening db %lx", rv));
+
+  if (MOZ_LOG_TEST(DBLog, LogLevel::Debug))
+    aDBService->DumpCache();
+
+  if (rv == NS_ERROR_FILE_TARGET_DOES_NOT_EXIST)
+    return rv;
+
+  m_create = aCreate;
+  m_leaveInvalidDB = aLeaveInvalidDB;
+  if (!sync && NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    aDBService->AddToCache(this);
+    // remember open options for when the parsing is complete.
+    return rv;
+  }
+  return CheckForErrors(rv, true, aDBService, summaryFile);
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::CheckForErrors(nsresult err, bool sync,
+                                       nsMsgDBService *aDBService,
+                                       nsIFile *summaryFile)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIDBFolderInfo> folderInfo;
+  bool summaryFileExists;
+  bool newFile = false;
+  bool deleteInvalidDB = false;
+
+  bool exists;
+  int64_t fileSize;
+  summaryFile->Exists(&exists);
+  summaryFile->GetFileSize(&fileSize);
+  // if the old summary doesn't exist, we're creating a new one.
+  if ((!exists || !fileSize) && m_create)
+    newFile = true;
+
+  summaryFileExists = exists && fileSize > 0;
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err))
+  {
+    if (!m_dbFolderInfo)
+    {
+      err = NS_MSG_ERROR_FOLDER_SUMMARY_OUT_OF_DATE;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      if (!newFile && summaryFileExists)
+      {
+        bool valid = false;
+        nsresult rv = GetSummaryValid(&valid);
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !valid)
+          err = NS_MSG_ERROR_FOLDER_SUMMARY_OUT_OF_DATE;
+      }
+      // compare current version of db versus filed out version info.
+      uint32_t version;
+      m_dbFolderInfo->GetVersion(&version);
+      if (GetCurVersion() != version)
+        err = NS_MSG_ERROR_FOLDER_SUMMARY_OUT_OF_DATE;
+
+      // Check if we should force a reparse because, for example, we have
+      // reached the key limit.
+      bool forceReparse;
+      m_dbFolderInfo->GetBooleanProperty("forceReparse", false, &forceReparse);
+      if (forceReparse)
+      {
+        NS_WARNING("Forcing a reparse presumably because key limit reached");
+        err = NS_MSG_ERROR_FOLDER_SUMMARY_OUT_OF_DATE;
+      }
+
+    }
+    if (NS_FAILED(err) && !m_leaveInvalidDB)
+      deleteInvalidDB = true;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    err = NS_MSG_ERROR_FOLDER_SUMMARY_OUT_OF_DATE;
+    deleteInvalidDB = true;
+  }
+
+  if (deleteInvalidDB)
+  {
+    // this will make the db folder info release its ref to the mail db...
+    NS_IF_RELEASE(m_dbFolderInfo);
+    ForceClosed();
+    if (err == NS_MSG_ERROR_FOLDER_SUMMARY_OUT_OF_DATE)
+      summaryFile->Remove(false);
+  }
+  if (NS_FAILED(err) || newFile)
+  {
+    // if we couldn't open file, or we have a blank one, and we're supposed
+    // to upgrade, updgrade it.
+    if (newFile && !m_leaveInvalidDB)  // caller is upgrading, and we have empty summary file,
+    {          // leave db around and open so caller can upgrade it.
+      err = NS_MSG_ERROR_FOLDER_SUMMARY_MISSING;
+    }
+    else if (NS_FAILED(err) && err != NS_MSG_ERROR_FOLDER_SUMMARY_OUT_OF_DATE)
+    {
+      Close(false);
+      summaryFile->Remove(false);  // blow away the db if it's corrupt.
+    }
+  }
+  if (sync && (NS_SUCCEEDED(err) || err == NS_MSG_ERROR_FOLDER_SUMMARY_MISSING))
+    aDBService->AddToCache(this);
+  return (summaryFileExists) ? err : NS_MSG_ERROR_FOLDER_SUMMARY_MISSING;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Open the MDB database synchronously or async based on sync argument.
+ * If successful, this routine will set up the m_mdbStore and m_mdbEnv of
+ * the database object so other database calls can work.
+ */
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::OpenMDB(const char *dbName, bool create, bool sync)
+{
+  nsresult ret = NS_OK;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMdbFactory> mdbFactory;
+  GetMDBFactory(getter_AddRefs(mdbFactory));
+  if (mdbFactory)
+  {
+    ret = mdbFactory->MakeEnv(NULL, &m_mdbEnv);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(ret))
+    {
+      nsIMdbHeap* dbHeap = nullptr;
+
+      if (m_mdbEnv)
+        m_mdbEnv->SetAutoClear(true);
+      m_dbName = dbName;
+      bool exists = false;
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> dbFile = do_CreateInstance(NS_LOCAL_FILE_CONTRACTID, &ret);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(ret) && dbFile) {
+        ret = dbFile->InitWithNativePath(m_dbName);
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(ret))
+          ret = dbFile->Exists(&exists);
+      }
+      if (!exists)
+      {
+        ret = NS_MSG_ERROR_FOLDER_SUMMARY_MISSING;
+      }
+      // If m_thumb is set, we're asynchronously opening the db already.
+      else if (!m_thumb) 
+      {
+        mdbOpenPolicy inOpenPolicy;
+        mdb_bool  canOpen;
+        mdbYarn    outFormatVersion;
+
+        nsIMdbFile* oldFile = nullptr;
+        ret = mdbFactory->OpenOldFile(m_mdbEnv, dbHeap, dbName,
+                                      mdbBool_kFalse, // not readonly, we want modifiable
+                                      &oldFile);
+        if (oldFile)
+        {
+          if (NS_SUCCEEDED(ret))
+          {
+            ret = mdbFactory->CanOpenFilePort(m_mdbEnv, oldFile, // the file to investigate
+              &canOpen, &outFormatVersion);
+            if (NS_SUCCEEDED(ret) && canOpen)
+            {
+              inOpenPolicy.mOpenPolicy_ScopePlan.mScopeStringSet_Count = 0;
+              inOpenPolicy.mOpenPolicy_MinMemory = 0;
+              inOpenPolicy.mOpenPolicy_MaxLazy = 0;
+
+              ret = mdbFactory->OpenFileStore(m_mdbEnv, dbHeap,
+                oldFile, &inOpenPolicy, getter_AddRefs(m_thumb));
+            }
+            else
+              ret = NS_MSG_ERROR_FOLDER_SUMMARY_OUT_OF_DATE;
+          }
+          NS_RELEASE(oldFile); // always release our file ref, store has own
+        }
+      }
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(ret) && m_thumb && sync)
+      {
+        mdb_count outTotal;    // total somethings to do in operation
+        mdb_count outCurrent;  // subportion of total completed so far
+        mdb_bool outDone = false;      // is operation finished?
+        mdb_bool outBroken;     // is operation irreparably dead and broken?
+        do
+        {
+          ret = m_thumb->DoMore(m_mdbEnv, &outTotal, &outCurrent, &outDone, &outBroken);
+          if (NS_FAILED(ret))
+          {// mork isn't really doing NS errors yet.
+            outDone = true;
+            break;
+          }
+        }
+        while (NS_SUCCEEDED(ret) && !outBroken && !outDone);
+        //        m_mdbEnv->ClearErrors(); // ### temporary...
+        // only 0 is a non-error return.
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(ret) && outDone)
+        {
+          ret = mdbFactory->ThumbToOpenStore(m_mdbEnv, m_thumb, &m_mdbStore);
+          if (NS_SUCCEEDED(ret))
+            ret = (m_mdbStore) ? InitExistingDB() : NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+        }
+#ifdef DEBUG_bienvenu1
+        DumpContents();
+#endif
+        m_thumb = nullptr;
+      }
+      else if (create)  // ### need error code saying why open file store failed
+      {
+        nsIMdbFile* newFile = 0;
+        ret = mdbFactory->CreateNewFile(m_mdbEnv, dbHeap, dbName, &newFile);
+        if (NS_FAILED(ret))
+          ret = NS_ERROR_FILE_TARGET_DOES_NOT_EXIST;
+        if ( newFile )
+        {
+          if (NS_SUCCEEDED(ret))
+          {
+            mdbOpenPolicy inOpenPolicy;
+
+            inOpenPolicy.mOpenPolicy_ScopePlan.mScopeStringSet_Count = 0;
+            inOpenPolicy.mOpenPolicy_MinMemory = 0;
+            inOpenPolicy.mOpenPolicy_MaxLazy = 0;
+
+            ret = mdbFactory->CreateNewFileStore(m_mdbEnv, dbHeap,
+              newFile, &inOpenPolicy, &m_mdbStore);
+            if (NS_SUCCEEDED(ret))
+              ret = (m_mdbStore) ? InitNewDB() : NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+          }
+          NS_RELEASE(newFile); // always release our file ref, store has own
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+#ifdef DEBUG_David_Bienvenu
+//  NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(ret), "failed opening mdb");
+#endif
+  return ret;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::CloseMDB(bool commit)
+{
+  if (commit)
+    Commit(nsMsgDBCommitType::kSessionCommit);
+  return(NS_OK);
+}
+
+
+// force the database to close - this'll flush out anybody holding onto
+// a database without having a listener!
+// This is evil in the com world, but there are times we need to delete the file.
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::ForceClosed()
+{
+  nsresult  err = NS_OK;
+
+  // make sure someone has a reference so object won't get deleted out from under us.
+  AddRef();
+  NotifyAnnouncerGoingAway();
+  // make sure dbFolderInfo isn't holding onto mork stuff because mork db is going away
+  if (m_dbFolderInfo)
+    m_dbFolderInfo->ReleaseExternalReferences();
+  NS_IF_RELEASE(m_dbFolderInfo);
+
+  err = CloseMDB(true);  // Backup DB will try to recover info, so commit
+  ClearCachedObjects(true);
+  ClearEnumerators();
+if (m_mdbAllMsgHeadersTable)
+  {
+    m_mdbAllMsgHeadersTable->Release();
+    m_mdbAllMsgHeadersTable = nullptr;
+  }
+  if (m_mdbAllThreadsTable)
+  {
+    m_mdbAllThreadsTable->Release();
+    m_mdbAllThreadsTable = nullptr;
+  }
+  if (m_mdbStore)
+  {
+    m_mdbStore->Release();
+    m_mdbStore = nullptr;
+  }
+
+  // better not be any listeners, because we're going away.
+  NS_ASSERTION(m_ChangeListeners.IsEmpty(), "shouldn't have any listeners left");
+
+  Release();
+  return err;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::GetDBFolderInfo(nsIDBFolderInfo  **result)
+{
+  if (!m_dbFolderInfo)
+  {
+    NS_ERROR("db must be corrupt");
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+  }
+  NS_ADDREF(*result = m_dbFolderInfo);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::GetFolder(nsIMsgFolder **aFolder)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aFolder);
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aFolder = m_folder);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::Commit(nsMsgDBCommit commitType)
+{
+  nsresult  err = NS_OK;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMdbThumb> commitThumb;
+
+  RememberLastUseTime();
+  if (commitType == nsMsgDBCommitType::kLargeCommit || commitType == nsMsgDBCommitType::kSessionCommit)
+  {
+    mdb_percent outActualWaste = 0;
+    mdb_bool outShould;
+    if (m_mdbStore) {
+      err = m_mdbStore->ShouldCompress(GetEnv(), 30, &outActualWaste, &outShould);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err) && outShould)
+        commitType = nsMsgDBCommitType::kCompressCommit;
+    }
+  }
+  //  commitType = nsMsgDBCommitType::kCompressCommit;  // ### until incremental writing works.
+
+  if (m_mdbStore)
+  {
+    switch (commitType)
+    {
+    case nsMsgDBCommitType::kLargeCommit:
+      err = m_mdbStore->LargeCommit(GetEnv(), getter_AddRefs(commitThumb));
+      break;
+    case nsMsgDBCommitType::kSessionCommit:
+      err = m_mdbStore->SessionCommit(GetEnv(), getter_AddRefs(commitThumb));
+      break;
+    case nsMsgDBCommitType::kCompressCommit:
+      err = m_mdbStore->CompressCommit(GetEnv(), getter_AddRefs(commitThumb));
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  if (commitThumb)
+  {
+    mdb_count outTotal = 0;    // total somethings to do in operation
+    mdb_count outCurrent = 0;  // subportion of total completed so far
+    mdb_bool outDone = false;      // is operation finished?
+    mdb_bool outBroken = false;     // is operation irreparably dead and broken?
+    while (!outDone && !outBroken && NS_SUCCEEDED(err))
+    {
+      err = commitThumb->DoMore(GetEnv(), &outTotal, &outCurrent, &outDone, &outBroken);
+    }
+
+  }
+  // ### do something with error, but clear it now because mork errors out on commits.
+  if (GetEnv())
+    GetEnv()->ClearErrors();
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccountManager> accountManager =
+    do_GetService(NS_MSGACCOUNTMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && accountManager)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolderCache> folderCache;
+
+    rv = accountManager->GetFolderCache(getter_AddRefs(folderCache));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && folderCache)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolderCacheElement> cacheElement;
+      rv = folderCache->GetCacheElement(m_dbName, false, getter_AddRefs(cacheElement));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && cacheElement && m_dbFolderInfo)
+      {
+        int32_t totalMessages, unreadMessages, pendingMessages, pendingUnreadMessages;
+
+        m_dbFolderInfo->GetNumMessages(&totalMessages);
+        m_dbFolderInfo->GetNumUnreadMessages(&unreadMessages);
+        m_dbFolderInfo->GetImapUnreadPendingMessages(&pendingUnreadMessages);
+        m_dbFolderInfo->GetImapTotalPendingMessages(&pendingMessages);
+        cacheElement->SetInt32Property("totalMsgs", totalMessages);
+        cacheElement->SetInt32Property("totalUnreadMsgs", unreadMessages);
+        cacheElement->SetInt32Property("pendingMsgs", pendingMessages);
+        cacheElement->SetInt32Property("pendingUnreadMsgs", pendingUnreadMessages);
+        folderCache->Commit(false);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return err;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::Close(bool forceCommit /* = TRUE */)
+{
+  return CloseMDB(forceCommit);
+}
+
+const char *kMsgHdrsScope = "ns:msg:db:row:scope:msgs:all";  // scope for all headers table
+const char *kMsgHdrsTableKind = "ns:msg:db:table:kind:msgs";
+const char *kThreadTableKind = "ns:msg:db:table:kind:thread";
+const char *kThreadHdrsScope = "ns:msg:db:row:scope:threads:all"; // scope for all threads table
+const char *kAllThreadsTableKind = "ns:msg:db:table:kind:allthreads"; // kind for table of all threads
+const char *kSubjectColumnName = "subject";
+const char *kSenderColumnName = "sender";
+const char *kMessageIdColumnName = "message-id";
+const char *kReferencesColumnName = "references";
+const char *kRecipientsColumnName = "recipients";
+const char *kDateColumnName = "date";
+const char *kMessageSizeColumnName = "size";
+const char *kFlagsColumnName = "flags";
+const char *kPriorityColumnName = "priority";
+const char *kLabelColumnName = "label";
+const char *kStatusOffsetColumnName = "statusOfset";
+const char *kNumLinesColumnName = "numLines";
+const char *kCCListColumnName = "ccList";
+const char *kBCCListColumnName = "bccList";
+const char *kMessageThreadIdColumnName = "msgThreadId";
+const char *kThreadFlagsColumnName = "threadFlags";
+const char *kThreadIdColumnName = "threadId";
+const char *kThreadChildrenColumnName = "children";
+const char *kThreadUnreadChildrenColumnName = "unreadChildren";
+const char *kThreadSubjectColumnName = "threadSubject";
+const char *kMessageCharSetColumnName = "msgCharSet";
+const char *kThreadParentColumnName = "threadParent";
+const char *kThreadRootColumnName = "threadRoot";
+const char *kThreadNewestMsgDateColumnName = "threadNewestMsgDate";
+const char *kOfflineMsgOffsetColumnName = "msgOffset";
+const char *kOfflineMsgSizeColumnName = "offlineMsgSize";
+struct mdbOid gAllMsgHdrsTableOID;
+struct mdbOid gAllThreadsTableOID;
+const char *kFixedBadRefThreadingProp = "fixedBadRefThreading";
+
+// set up empty tables, dbFolderInfo, etc.
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::InitNewDB()
+{
+  nsresult err = NS_OK;
+
+  err = InitMDBInfo();
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err))
+  {
+    nsDBFolderInfo *dbFolderInfo = new nsDBFolderInfo(this);
+    if (dbFolderInfo)
+    {
+      NS_ADDREF(dbFolderInfo);
+      err = dbFolderInfo->AddToNewMDB();
+      dbFolderInfo->SetVersion(GetCurVersion());
+      dbFolderInfo->SetBooleanProperty("forceReparse", false);
+      dbFolderInfo->SetBooleanProperty(kFixedBadRefThreadingProp, true);
+      nsIMdbStore *store = GetStore();
+      // create the unique table for the dbFolderInfo.
+      struct mdbOid allMsgHdrsTableOID;
+      struct mdbOid allThreadsTableOID;
+      if (!store)
+        return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+      allMsgHdrsTableOID.mOid_Scope = m_hdrRowScopeToken;
+      allMsgHdrsTableOID.mOid_Id = kAllMsgHdrsTableKey;
+      allThreadsTableOID.mOid_Scope = m_threadRowScopeToken;
+      allThreadsTableOID.mOid_Id = kAllThreadsTableKey;
+
+      // TODO: check this error value?
+      (void) store->NewTableWithOid(GetEnv(), &allMsgHdrsTableOID, m_hdrTableKindToken,
+        false, nullptr, &m_mdbAllMsgHeadersTable);
+
+      // error here is not fatal.
+      (void) store->NewTableWithOid(GetEnv(), &allThreadsTableOID, m_allThreadsTableKindToken,
+        false, nullptr, &m_mdbAllThreadsTable);
+
+      m_dbFolderInfo = dbFolderInfo;
+
+    }
+    else
+      err = NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+  }
+  return err;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::GetTableCreateIfMissing(const char *scope, const char *kind, nsIMdbTable **table,
+                                                mdb_token &scopeToken, mdb_token &kindToken)
+{
+  struct mdbOid tableOID;
+
+  if (!m_mdbStore)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  (void) m_mdbStore->StringToToken(GetEnv(), scope, &scopeToken);
+  (void) m_mdbStore->StringToToken(GetEnv(), kind, &kindToken);
+  tableOID.mOid_Scope = scopeToken;
+  tableOID.mOid_Id = 1;
+
+  nsresult rv = m_mdbStore->GetTable(GetEnv(), &tableOID, table);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+
+  // create new all all offline ops table, if it doesn't exist.
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !*table)
+  {
+    rv = m_mdbStore->NewTable(GetEnv(), scopeToken,kindToken,
+                              false, nullptr, table);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !*table)
+      rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+  NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "couldn't create offline ops table");
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::InitExistingDB()
+{
+  nsresult err = NS_OK;
+
+  err = InitMDBInfo();
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err))
+  {
+    err = GetStore()->GetTable(GetEnv(), &gAllMsgHdrsTableOID, &m_mdbAllMsgHeadersTable);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err))
+    {
+      m_dbFolderInfo = new nsDBFolderInfo(this);
+      if (m_dbFolderInfo)
+      {
+        NS_ADDREF(m_dbFolderInfo);
+        err = m_dbFolderInfo->InitFromExistingDB();
+      }
+    }
+    else
+      err = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+    NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(err), "failed initing existing db");
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(err, err);
+    // create new all msg hdrs table, if it doesn't exist.
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err) && !m_mdbAllMsgHeadersTable)
+    {
+      struct mdbOid allMsgHdrsTableOID;
+      allMsgHdrsTableOID.mOid_Scope = m_hdrRowScopeToken;
+      allMsgHdrsTableOID.mOid_Id = kAllMsgHdrsTableKey;
+
+      nsresult mdberr = GetStore()->NewTableWithOid(GetEnv(), &allMsgHdrsTableOID, m_hdrTableKindToken,
+        false, nullptr, &m_mdbAllMsgHeadersTable);
+      if (NS_FAILED(mdberr) || !m_mdbAllMsgHeadersTable)
+        err = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    }
+    struct mdbOid allThreadsTableOID;
+    allThreadsTableOID.mOid_Scope = m_threadRowScopeToken;
+    allThreadsTableOID.mOid_Id = kAllThreadsTableKey;
+    err = GetStore()->GetTable(GetEnv(), &gAllThreadsTableOID, &m_mdbAllThreadsTable);
+    if (!m_mdbAllThreadsTable)
+    {
+
+      nsresult mdberr = GetStore()->NewTableWithOid(GetEnv(), &allThreadsTableOID, m_allThreadsTableKindToken,
+        false, nullptr, &m_mdbAllThreadsTable);
+      if (NS_FAILED(mdberr) || !m_mdbAllThreadsTable)
+        err = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    }
+  }
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err) && m_dbFolderInfo)
+  {
+    bool fixedBadRefThreading;
+    m_dbFolderInfo->GetBooleanProperty(kFixedBadRefThreadingProp, false, &fixedBadRefThreading);
+    if (!fixedBadRefThreading)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr <nsISimpleEnumerator> enumerator;
+      err = EnumerateMessages(getter_AddRefs(enumerator));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err) && enumerator)
+      {
+        bool hasMore;
+
+        while (NS_SUCCEEDED(err = enumerator->HasMoreElements(&hasMore)) &&
+               hasMore)
+        {
+          nsCOMPtr <nsISupports> supports;
+          err = enumerator->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(supports));
+          NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(err), "nsMsgDBEnumerator broken");
+          nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr = do_QueryInterface(supports);
+          if (msgHdr && NS_SUCCEEDED(err))
+          {
+            nsCString messageId;
+            nsAutoCString firstReference;
+            msgHdr->GetMessageId(getter_Copies(messageId));
+            msgHdr->GetStringReference(0, firstReference);
+            if (messageId.Equals(firstReference))
+            {
+              err = NS_MSG_ERROR_FOLDER_SUMMARY_OUT_OF_DATE;
+              break;
+            }
+          }
+        }
+      }
+
+      m_dbFolderInfo->SetBooleanProperty(kFixedBadRefThreadingProp, true);
+    }
+
+  }
+  return err;
+}
+
+// initialize the various tokens and tables in our db's env
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::InitMDBInfo()
+{
+  nsresult err = NS_OK;
+
+  if (!m_mdbTokensInitialized && GetStore())
+  {
+    m_mdbTokensInitialized = true;
+    err  = GetStore()->StringToToken(GetEnv(), kMsgHdrsScope, &m_hdrRowScopeToken);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err))
+    {
+      GetStore()->StringToToken(GetEnv(),  kSubjectColumnName, &m_subjectColumnToken);
+      GetStore()->StringToToken(GetEnv(),  kSenderColumnName, &m_senderColumnToken);
+      GetStore()->StringToToken(GetEnv(),  kMessageIdColumnName, &m_messageIdColumnToken);
+      // if we just store references as a string, we won't get any savings from the
+      // fact there's a lot of duplication. So we may want to break them up into
+      // multiple columns, r1, r2, etc.
+      GetStore()->StringToToken(GetEnv(),  kReferencesColumnName, &m_referencesColumnToken);
+      // similarly, recipients could be tokenized properties
+      GetStore()->StringToToken(GetEnv(),  kRecipientsColumnName, &m_recipientsColumnToken);
+      GetStore()->StringToToken(GetEnv(),  kDateColumnName, &m_dateColumnToken);
+      GetStore()->StringToToken(GetEnv(),  kMessageSizeColumnName, &m_messageSizeColumnToken);
+      GetStore()->StringToToken(GetEnv(),  kFlagsColumnName, &m_flagsColumnToken);
+      GetStore()->StringToToken(GetEnv(),  kPriorityColumnName, &m_priorityColumnToken);
+      GetStore()->StringToToken(GetEnv(),  kLabelColumnName, &m_labelColumnToken);
+      GetStore()->StringToToken(GetEnv(),  kStatusOffsetColumnName, &m_statusOffsetColumnToken);
+      GetStore()->StringToToken(GetEnv(),  kNumLinesColumnName, &m_numLinesColumnToken);
+      GetStore()->StringToToken(GetEnv(),  kCCListColumnName, &m_ccListColumnToken);
+      GetStore()->StringToToken(GetEnv(),  kBCCListColumnName, &m_bccListColumnToken);
+      GetStore()->StringToToken(GetEnv(),  kMessageThreadIdColumnName, &m_messageThreadIdColumnToken);
+      GetStore()->StringToToken(GetEnv(),  kThreadIdColumnName, &m_threadIdColumnToken);
+      GetStore()->StringToToken(GetEnv(),  kThreadFlagsColumnName, &m_threadFlagsColumnToken);
+      GetStore()->StringToToken(GetEnv(),  kThreadNewestMsgDateColumnName, &m_threadNewestMsgDateColumnToken);
+      GetStore()->StringToToken(GetEnv(),  kThreadChildrenColumnName, &m_threadChildrenColumnToken);
+      GetStore()->StringToToken(GetEnv(),  kThreadUnreadChildrenColumnName, &m_threadUnreadChildrenColumnToken);
+      GetStore()->StringToToken(GetEnv(),  kThreadSubjectColumnName, &m_threadSubjectColumnToken);
+      GetStore()->StringToToken(GetEnv(),  kMessageCharSetColumnName, &m_messageCharSetColumnToken);
+      err = GetStore()->StringToToken(GetEnv(), kMsgHdrsTableKind, &m_hdrTableKindToken);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err))
+        err = GetStore()->StringToToken(GetEnv(), kThreadTableKind, &m_threadTableKindToken);
+      err = GetStore()->StringToToken(GetEnv(), kAllThreadsTableKind, &m_allThreadsTableKindToken);
+      err  = GetStore()->StringToToken(GetEnv(), kThreadHdrsScope, &m_threadRowScopeToken);
+      err  = GetStore()->StringToToken(GetEnv(), kThreadParentColumnName, &m_threadParentColumnToken);
+      err  = GetStore()->StringToToken(GetEnv(), kThreadRootColumnName, &m_threadRootKeyColumnToken);
+      err = GetStore()->StringToToken(GetEnv(), kOfflineMsgOffsetColumnName, &m_offlineMsgOffsetColumnToken);
+      err = GetStore()->StringToToken(GetEnv(), kOfflineMsgSizeColumnName, &m_offlineMessageSizeColumnToken);
+
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err))
+      {
+        // The table of all message hdrs will have table id 1.
+        gAllMsgHdrsTableOID.mOid_Scope = m_hdrRowScopeToken;
+        gAllMsgHdrsTableOID.mOid_Id = kAllMsgHdrsTableKey;
+        gAllThreadsTableOID.mOid_Scope = m_threadRowScopeToken;
+        gAllThreadsTableOID.mOid_Id = kAllThreadsTableKey;
+
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return err;
+}
+
+// Returns if the db contains this key
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::ContainsKey(nsMsgKey key, bool *containsKey)
+{
+
+  nsresult  err = NS_OK;
+  mdb_bool  hasOid;
+  mdbOid    rowObjectId;
+
+  if (!containsKey || !m_mdbAllMsgHeadersTable)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+  *containsKey = false;
+
+  rowObjectId.mOid_Id = key;
+  rowObjectId.mOid_Scope = m_hdrRowScopeToken;
+  err = m_mdbAllMsgHeadersTable->HasOid(GetEnv(), &rowObjectId, &hasOid);
+  if(NS_SUCCEEDED(err))
+    *containsKey = hasOid;
+
+  return err;
+}
+
+// get a message header for the given key. Caller must release()!
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::GetMsgHdrForKey(nsMsgKey key, nsIMsgDBHdr **pmsgHdr)
+{
+  nsresult  err = NS_OK;
+  mdb_bool  hasOid;
+  mdbOid    rowObjectId;
+
+  // Because this may be called a lot, and we don't want gettimeofday() to show
+  // up in trace logs, we just remember the most recent time any db was used,
+  // which should be close enough for our purposes.
+  m_lastUseTime = gLastUseTime;
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_bienvenu1
+  NS_ASSERTION(m_folder, "folder should be set");
+#endif
+
+  if (!pmsgHdr || !m_mdbAllMsgHeadersTable || !m_mdbStore)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  *pmsgHdr = NULL;
+  err = GetHdrFromUseCache(key, pmsgHdr);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err) && *pmsgHdr)
+    return err;
+
+  rowObjectId.mOid_Id = key;
+  rowObjectId.mOid_Scope = m_hdrRowScopeToken;
+  err = m_mdbAllMsgHeadersTable->HasOid(GetEnv(), &rowObjectId, &hasOid);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err) /* && hasOid */)
+  {
+    nsIMdbRow *hdrRow;
+    err = m_mdbStore->GetRow(GetEnv(), &rowObjectId, &hdrRow);
+
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err))
+    {
+      if (!hdrRow)
+      {
+        err = NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        //        NS_ASSERTION(hasOid, "we had oid, right?");
+        err = CreateMsgHdr(hdrRow,  key, pmsgHdr);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return err;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::StartBatch()
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::EndBatch()
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::DeleteMessage(nsMsgKey key, nsIDBChangeListener *instigator, bool commit)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+
+  nsresult rv = GetMsgHdrForKey(key, getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+  if (!msgHdr)
+    return NS_MSG_MESSAGE_NOT_FOUND;
+
+  rv = DeleteHeader(msgHdr, instigator, commit, true);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::DeleteMessages(uint32_t aNumKeys, nsMsgKey* nsMsgKeys, nsIDBChangeListener *instigator)
+{
+  nsresult  err = NS_OK;
+
+  uint32_t kindex;
+  for (kindex = 0; kindex < aNumKeys; kindex++)
+  {
+    nsMsgKey key = nsMsgKeys[kindex];
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+
+    bool hasKey;
+
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(ContainsKey(key, &hasKey)) && hasKey)
+    {
+      err = GetMsgHdrForKey(key, getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+      if (NS_FAILED(err))
+      {
+        err = NS_MSG_MESSAGE_NOT_FOUND;
+        break;
+      }
+      if (msgHdr)
+        err = DeleteHeader(msgHdr, instigator, kindex % 300 == 0, true);
+      if (NS_FAILED(err))
+        break;
+    }
+  }
+  return err;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::AdjustExpungedBytesOnDelete(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr)
+{
+  uint32_t size = 0;
+  (void)msgHdr->GetMessageSize(&size);
+  return m_dbFolderInfo->ChangeExpungedBytes (size);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::DeleteHeader(nsIMsgDBHdr *msg, nsIDBChangeListener *instigator, bool commit, bool notify)
+{
+  if (!msg)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  nsMsgHdr* msgHdr = static_cast<nsMsgHdr*>(msg);  // closed system, so this is ok
+  nsMsgKey key;
+  (void)msg->GetMessageKey(&key);
+  // only need to do this for mail - will this speed up news expiration?
+  SetHdrFlag(msg, true, nsMsgMessageFlags::Expunged);  // tell mailbox (mail)
+
+  bool hdrWasNew = m_newSet.BinaryIndexOf(key) != m_newSet.NoIndex;
+  m_newSet.RemoveElement(key);
+
+  if (m_dbFolderInfo != NULL)
+  {
+    bool isRead;
+    m_dbFolderInfo->ChangeNumMessages(-1);
+    IsRead(key, &isRead);
+    if (!isRead)
+      m_dbFolderInfo->ChangeNumUnreadMessages(-1);
+    AdjustExpungedBytesOnDelete(msg);
+  }
+
+  uint32_t flags;
+  nsMsgKey threadParent;
+
+  //Save off flags and threadparent since they will no longer exist after we remove the header from the db.
+  if (notify)
+  {
+    (void)msg->GetFlags(&flags);
+    msg->GetThreadParent(&threadParent);
+  }
+
+  RemoveHeaderFromThread(msgHdr);
+  if (notify)
+  {
+    // If deleted hdr was new, restore the new flag on flags 
+    // so saved searches will know to reduce their new msg count.
+    if (hdrWasNew)
+      flags |= nsMsgMessageFlags::New;
+    NotifyHdrDeletedAll(msg, threadParent, flags, instigator); // tell listeners
+  }
+  //  if (!onlyRemoveFromThread)  // to speed up expiration, try this. But really need to do this in RemoveHeaderFromDB
+  nsresult ret = RemoveHeaderFromDB(msgHdr);
+
+
+  if (commit)
+    Commit(nsMsgDBCommitType::kLargeCommit);      // ### dmb is this a good time to commit?
+  return ret;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDatabase::UndoDelete(nsIMsgDBHdr *aMsgHdr)
+{
+    if (aMsgHdr)
+    {
+        nsMsgHdr* msgHdr = static_cast<nsMsgHdr*>(aMsgHdr);  // closed system, so this is ok
+        // force deleted flag, so SetHdrFlag won't bail out because  deleted flag isn't set
+        msgHdr->m_flags |= nsMsgMessageFlags::Expunged;
+        SetHdrFlag(msgHdr, false, nsMsgMessageFlags::Expunged); // clear deleted flag in db
+    }
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::RemoveHeaderFromThread(nsMsgHdr *msgHdr)
+{
+  if (!msgHdr)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+  nsresult ret = NS_OK;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgThread> thread ;
+  ret = GetThreadContainingMsgHdr(msgHdr, getter_AddRefs(thread));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(ret) && thread)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIDBChangeAnnouncer> announcer = do_QueryInterface(this);
+    ret = thread->RemoveChildHdr(msgHdr, announcer);
+  }
+  return ret;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::RemoveHeaderMdbRow(nsIMsgDBHdr *msg)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(msg);
+  nsMsgHdr* msgHdr = static_cast<nsMsgHdr*>(msg);  // closed system, so this is ok
+  return RemoveHeaderFromDB(msgHdr);
+}
+
+// This is a lower level routine which doesn't send notifcations or
+// update folder info. One use is when a rule fires moving a header
+// from one db to another, to remove it from the first db.
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::RemoveHeaderFromDB(nsMsgHdr *msgHdr)
+{
+  if (!msgHdr)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+  nsresult ret = NS_OK;
+
+  RemoveHdrFromCache(msgHdr, nsMsgKey_None);
+  if (UseCorrectThreading())
+    RemoveMsgRefsFromHash(msgHdr);
+  nsIMdbRow* row = msgHdr->GetMDBRow();
+  if (row)
+  {
+    ret = m_mdbAllMsgHeadersTable->CutRow(GetEnv(), row);
+    row->CutAllColumns(GetEnv());
+  }
+  msgHdr->m_initedValues = 0; // invalidate cached values.
+  return ret;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::IsRead(nsMsgKey key, bool *pRead)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+
+  nsresult rv = GetMsgHdrForKey(key, getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !msgHdr)
+    return NS_MSG_MESSAGE_NOT_FOUND; // XXX return rv?
+  rv = IsHeaderRead(msgHdr, pRead);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+uint32_t  nsMsgDatabase::GetStatusFlags(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr, uint32_t origFlags)
+{
+  uint32_t  statusFlags = origFlags;
+  bool    isRead = true;
+
+  nsMsgKey key;
+  (void)msgHdr->GetMessageKey(&key);
+  if ((!m_newSet.IsEmpty() && m_newSet[m_newSet.Length() - 1] == key) ||
+      (m_newSet.BinaryIndexOf(key) != m_newSet.NoIndex))
+    statusFlags |= nsMsgMessageFlags::New;
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(IsHeaderRead(msgHdr, &isRead)) && isRead)
+    statusFlags |= nsMsgMessageFlags::Read;
+  return statusFlags;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::IsHeaderRead(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr, bool *pRead)
+{
+  if (!msgHdr)
+    return NS_MSG_MESSAGE_NOT_FOUND;
+
+  nsMsgHdr* hdr = static_cast<nsMsgHdr*>(msgHdr);          // closed system, cast ok
+  // can't call GetFlags, because it will be recursive.
+  uint32_t flags;
+  hdr->GetRawFlags(&flags);
+  *pRead = !!(flags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Read);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::IsMarked(nsMsgKey key, bool *pMarked)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+
+  nsresult rv = GetMsgHdrForKey(key, getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return NS_MSG_MESSAGE_NOT_FOUND; // XXX return rv?
+
+  uint32_t flags;
+  (void)msgHdr->GetFlags(&flags);
+  *pMarked = !!(flags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Marked);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::IsIgnored(nsMsgKey key, bool *pIgnored)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(pIgnored);
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgThread> threadHdr;
+
+  nsresult rv = GetThreadForMsgKey(key, getter_AddRefs(threadHdr));
+  // This should be very surprising, but we leave that up to the caller
+  // to determine for now.
+  if (!threadHdr)
+    return NS_MSG_MESSAGE_NOT_FOUND;
+
+  uint32_t threadFlags;
+  threadHdr->GetFlags(&threadFlags);
+  *pIgnored = !!(threadFlags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Ignored);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::IsWatched(nsMsgKey key, bool *pWatched)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(pWatched);
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgThread> threadHdr;
+
+  nsresult rv = GetThreadForMsgKey(key, getter_AddRefs(threadHdr));
+  // This should be very surprising, but we leave that up to the caller
+  // to determine for now.
+  if (!threadHdr)
+    return NS_MSG_MESSAGE_NOT_FOUND;
+
+  uint32_t threadFlags;
+  threadHdr->GetFlags(&threadFlags);
+  *pWatched = !!(threadFlags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Watched);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::HasAttachments(nsMsgKey key, bool *pHasThem)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(pHasThem);
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+
+  nsresult rv = GetMsgHdrForKey(key, getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  uint32_t flags;
+  (void)msgHdr->GetFlags(&flags);
+  *pHasThem = !!(flags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Attachment);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+bool nsMsgDatabase::SetHdrReadFlag(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr, bool bRead)
+{
+  return SetHdrFlag(msgHdr, bRead, nsMsgMessageFlags::Read);
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::MarkHdrReadInDB(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr, bool bRead,
+                                             nsIDBChangeListener *instigator)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsMsgKey key;
+  uint32_t oldFlags;
+  bool     hdrInDB;
+  (void)msgHdr->GetMessageKey(&key);
+  msgHdr->GetFlags(&oldFlags);
+
+  m_newSet.RemoveElement(key);
+  (void) ContainsKey(key, &hdrInDB);
+  if (hdrInDB && m_dbFolderInfo)
+  {
+    if (bRead)
+      m_dbFolderInfo->ChangeNumUnreadMessages(-1);
+    else
+      m_dbFolderInfo->ChangeNumUnreadMessages(1);
+  }
+
+  SetHdrReadFlag(msgHdr, bRead); // this will cause a commit, at least for local mail, so do it after we change
+  // the folder counts above, so they will get committed too.
+  uint32_t flags;
+  rv = msgHdr->GetFlags(&flags);
+  flags &= ~nsMsgMessageFlags::New;
+  msgHdr->SetFlags(flags);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  if (oldFlags == flags)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  return NotifyHdrChangeAll(msgHdr, oldFlags, flags, instigator);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::MarkRead(nsMsgKey key, bool bRead,
+                                      nsIDBChangeListener *instigator)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+
+  rv = GetMsgHdrForKey(key, getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !msgHdr)
+    return NS_MSG_MESSAGE_NOT_FOUND; // XXX return rv?
+
+  rv = MarkHdrRead(msgHdr, bRead, instigator);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::MarkReplied(nsMsgKey key, bool bReplied,
+                                         nsIDBChangeListener *instigator /* = NULL */)
+{
+  return SetKeyFlag(key, bReplied, nsMsgMessageFlags::Replied, instigator);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::MarkForwarded(nsMsgKey key, bool bForwarded,
+                                           nsIDBChangeListener *instigator /* = NULL */)
+{
+  return SetKeyFlag(key, bForwarded, nsMsgMessageFlags::Forwarded, instigator);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::MarkHasAttachments(nsMsgKey key, bool bHasAttachments,
+                                                nsIDBChangeListener *instigator)
+{
+  return SetKeyFlag(key, bHasAttachments, nsMsgMessageFlags::Attachment, instigator);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDatabase::MarkThreadRead(nsIMsgThread *thread, nsIDBChangeListener *instigator,
+                              uint32_t *aNumMarked, nsMsgKey **aThoseMarked)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(thread);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aNumMarked);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aThoseMarked);
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  uint32_t numChildren;
+  nsTArray<nsMsgKey> thoseMarked;
+  thread->GetNumChildren(&numChildren);
+  for (uint32_t curChildIndex = 0; curChildIndex < numChildren; curChildIndex++)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> child;
+
+    rv = thread->GetChildHdrAt(curChildIndex, getter_AddRefs(child));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && child)
+    {
+      bool isRead = true;
+      IsHeaderRead(child, &isRead);
+      if (!isRead)
+      {
+        nsMsgKey key;
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(child->GetMessageKey(&key)))
+          thoseMarked.AppendElement(key);
+        MarkHdrRead(child, true, instigator);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  *aNumMarked = thoseMarked.Length();
+
+  if (thoseMarked.Length())
+  {
+    *aThoseMarked =
+      (nsMsgKey *) nsMemory::Clone(&thoseMarked[0],
+                                   thoseMarked.Length() * sizeof(nsMsgKey));
+    if (!*aThoseMarked)
+      return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+  }
+  else
+    *aThoseMarked = nullptr;
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDatabase::MarkThreadIgnored(nsIMsgThread *thread, nsMsgKey threadKey, bool bIgnored,
+                                 nsIDBChangeListener *instigator)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(thread);
+  uint32_t threadFlags;
+  thread->GetFlags(&threadFlags);
+  uint32_t oldThreadFlags = threadFlags; // not quite right, since we probably want msg hdr flags.
+  if (bIgnored)
+  {
+    threadFlags |= nsMsgMessageFlags::Ignored;
+    threadFlags &= ~nsMsgMessageFlags::Watched;  // ignore is implicit un-watch
+  }
+  else
+    threadFlags &= ~nsMsgMessageFlags::Ignored;
+  thread->SetFlags(threadFlags);
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> msg;
+  nsresult rv = GetMsgHdrForKey(threadKey, getter_AddRefs(msg));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  return NotifyHdrChangeAll(msg, oldThreadFlags, threadFlags, instigator);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDatabase::MarkHeaderKilled(nsIMsgDBHdr *msg, bool bIgnored,
+                           nsIDBChangeListener *instigator)
+{
+  uint32_t msgFlags;
+  msg->GetFlags(&msgFlags);
+  uint32_t oldFlags = msgFlags;
+  if (bIgnored)
+    msgFlags |= nsMsgMessageFlags::Ignored;
+  else
+    msgFlags &= ~nsMsgMessageFlags::Ignored;
+  msg->SetFlags(msgFlags);
+
+  return NotifyHdrChangeAll(msg, oldFlags, msgFlags, instigator);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDatabase::MarkThreadWatched(nsIMsgThread *thread, nsMsgKey threadKey, bool bWatched,
+                                 nsIDBChangeListener *instigator)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(thread);
+  uint32_t threadFlags;
+  thread->GetFlags(&threadFlags);
+  uint32_t oldThreadFlags = threadFlags; // not quite right, since we probably want msg hdr flags.
+  if (bWatched)
+  {
+    threadFlags |= nsMsgMessageFlags::Watched;
+    threadFlags &= ~nsMsgMessageFlags::Ignored;  // watch is implicit un-ignore
+  }
+  else
+    threadFlags &= ~nsMsgMessageFlags::Watched;
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> msg;
+  GetMsgHdrForKey(threadKey, getter_AddRefs(msg));
+
+  nsresult rv  = NotifyHdrChangeAll(msg, oldThreadFlags, threadFlags, instigator);
+  thread->SetFlags(threadFlags);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::MarkMarked(nsMsgKey key, bool mark,
+                                        nsIDBChangeListener *instigator)
+{
+  return SetKeyFlag(key, mark, nsMsgMessageFlags::Marked, instigator);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::MarkOffline(nsMsgKey key, bool offline,
+                                         nsIDBChangeListener *instigator)
+{
+  return SetKeyFlag(key, offline, nsMsgMessageFlags::Offline, instigator);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::SetStringProperty(nsMsgKey aKey, const char *aProperty, const char *aValue)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+  nsresult rv = GetMsgHdrForKey(aKey, getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !msgHdr)
+    return NS_MSG_MESSAGE_NOT_FOUND; // XXX return rv?
+  return SetStringPropertyByHdr(msgHdr, aProperty, aValue);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::SetStringPropertyByHdr(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr, const char *aProperty, const char *aValue)
+{
+  // don't do notifications if message not yet added to database.
+  // Ignore errors (consequences of failure are minor).
+  bool notify = true;
+  nsMsgKey key = nsMsgKey_None;
+  msgHdr->GetMessageKey(&key);
+  ContainsKey(key, &notify);
+
+  nsCString oldValue;
+  nsresult rv = msgHdr->GetStringProperty(aProperty, getter_Copies(oldValue));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  // if no change to this string property, bail out
+  if (oldValue.Equals(aValue))
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  // Precall OnHdrPropertyChanged to store prechange status
+  nsTArray<uint32_t> statusArray(m_ChangeListeners.Length());
+  uint32_t status;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIDBChangeListener> listener;
+  if (notify)
+  {
+    nsTObserverArray<nsCOMPtr<nsIDBChangeListener> >::ForwardIterator listeners(m_ChangeListeners);
+    while (listeners.HasMore())
+    {
+      listener = listeners.GetNext();
+      listener->OnHdrPropertyChanged(msgHdr, true, &status, nullptr);
+      // ignore errors, but append element to keep arrays in sync
+      statusArray.AppendElement(status);
+    }
+  }
+
+  rv = msgHdr->SetStringProperty(aProperty, aValue);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  //Postcall OnHdrPropertyChanged to process the change
+  if (notify)
+  {
+    // if this is the junk score property notify, as long as we're not going
+    // from no value to non junk
+    if (!strcmp(aProperty, "junkscore") && !(oldValue.IsEmpty() && !strcmp(aValue, "0")))
+      NotifyJunkScoreChanged(nullptr);
+
+    nsTObserverArray<nsCOMPtr<nsIDBChangeListener> >::ForwardIterator listeners(m_ChangeListeners);
+    for (uint32_t i = 0; listeners.HasMore(); i++)
+    {
+      listener = listeners.GetNext();
+      status = statusArray[i];
+      listener->OnHdrPropertyChanged(msgHdr, false, &status, nullptr);
+      // ignore errors
+    }
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDatabase::SetUint32PropertyByHdr(nsIMsgDBHdr *aMsgHdr,
+                                      const char *aProperty,
+                                      uint32_t aValue)
+{
+  // If no change to this property, bail out.
+  uint32_t oldValue;
+  nsresult rv = aMsgHdr->GetUint32Property(aProperty, &oldValue);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  if (oldValue == aValue)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  // Don't do notifications if message not yet added to database.
+  bool notify = true;  
+  nsMsgKey key = nsMsgKey_None;
+  aMsgHdr->GetMessageKey(&key);
+  ContainsKey(key, &notify);
+
+  // Precall OnHdrPropertyChanged to store prechange status.
+  nsTArray<uint32_t> statusArray(m_ChangeListeners.Length());
+  uint32_t status;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIDBChangeListener> listener;
+  if (notify)
+  {
+    nsTObserverArray<nsCOMPtr<nsIDBChangeListener> >::ForwardIterator listeners(m_ChangeListeners);
+    while (listeners.HasMore())
+    {
+      listener = listeners.GetNext();
+      listener->OnHdrPropertyChanged(aMsgHdr, true, &status, nullptr);
+      // Ignore errors, but append element to keep arrays in sync.
+      statusArray.AppendElement(status);
+    }
+  }
+
+  rv = aMsgHdr->SetUint32Property(aProperty, aValue);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // Postcall OnHdrPropertyChanged to process the change.
+  if (notify)
+  {
+    nsTObserverArray<nsCOMPtr<nsIDBChangeListener> >::ForwardIterator listeners(m_ChangeListeners);
+    for (uint32_t i = 0; listeners.HasMore(); i++)
+    {
+      listener = listeners.GetNext();
+      status = statusArray[i];
+      listener->OnHdrPropertyChanged(aMsgHdr, false, &status, nullptr);
+      // Ignore errors.
+    }
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::SetLabel(nsMsgKey key, nsMsgLabelValue label)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+
+  rv = GetMsgHdrForKey(key, getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !msgHdr)
+    return NS_MSG_MESSAGE_NOT_FOUND;
+  nsMsgLabelValue oldLabel;
+  msgHdr->GetLabel(&oldLabel);
+
+  msgHdr->SetLabel(label);
+  // clear old label
+  if (oldLabel != label)
+  {
+    if (oldLabel != 0)
+      rv = SetKeyFlag(key, false, oldLabel << 25, nullptr);
+    // set the flag in the x-mozilla-status2 line.
+    rv = SetKeyFlag(key, true, label << 25, nullptr);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::MarkImapDeleted(nsMsgKey key, bool deleted,
+                                             nsIDBChangeListener *instigator)
+{
+  return SetKeyFlag(key, deleted, nsMsgMessageFlags::IMAPDeleted, instigator);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::MarkMDNNeeded(nsMsgKey key, bool bNeeded,
+                                           nsIDBChangeListener *instigator /* = NULL */)
+{
+  return SetKeyFlag(key, bNeeded, nsMsgMessageFlags::MDNReportNeeded, instigator);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::IsMDNNeeded(nsMsgKey key, bool *pNeeded)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+
+  nsresult rv = GetMsgHdrForKey(key, getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !msgHdr)
+    return NS_MSG_MESSAGE_NOT_FOUND; // XXX return rv?
+
+  uint32_t flags;
+  (void)msgHdr->GetFlags(&flags);
+  *pNeeded = !!(flags & nsMsgMessageFlags::MDNReportNeeded);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::MarkMDNSent(nsMsgKey key, bool bSent,
+                                    nsIDBChangeListener *instigator /* = NULL */)
+{
+  return SetKeyFlag(key, bSent, nsMsgMessageFlags::MDNReportSent, instigator);
+}
+
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::IsMDNSent(nsMsgKey key, bool *pSent)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+
+  nsresult rv = GetMsgHdrForKey(key, getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !msgHdr)
+    return NS_MSG_MESSAGE_NOT_FOUND; // XXX return rv?
+
+  uint32_t flags;
+  (void)msgHdr->GetFlags(&flags);
+  *pSent = !!(flags & nsMsgMessageFlags::MDNReportSent);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+
+nsresult  nsMsgDatabase::SetKeyFlag(nsMsgKey key, bool set, uint32_t flag,
+                                     nsIDBChangeListener *instigator)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+
+  rv = GetMsgHdrForKey(key, getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !msgHdr)
+    return NS_MSG_MESSAGE_NOT_FOUND; // XXX return rv?
+
+  uint32_t oldFlags;
+  msgHdr->GetFlags(&oldFlags);
+
+  SetHdrFlag(msgHdr, set, flag);
+
+  uint32_t flags;
+  (void)msgHdr->GetFlags(&flags);
+
+  if (oldFlags == flags)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  return NotifyHdrChangeAll(msgHdr, oldFlags, flags, instigator);
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::SetMsgHdrFlag(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr, bool set, uint32_t flag, nsIDBChangeListener *instigator)
+{
+  uint32_t oldFlags;
+  msgHdr->GetFlags(&oldFlags);
+
+  SetHdrFlag(msgHdr, set, flag);
+
+  uint32_t flags;
+  (void)msgHdr->GetFlags(&flags);
+
+  if (oldFlags == flags)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  return NotifyHdrChangeAll(msgHdr, oldFlags, flags, instigator);
+}
+
+// Helper routine - lowest level of flag setting - returns true if flags change,
+// false otherwise.
+bool nsMsgDatabase::SetHdrFlag(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr, bool bSet, nsMsgMessageFlagType flag)
+{
+  uint32_t statusFlags;
+  (void)msgHdr->GetFlags(&statusFlags);
+  uint32_t currentStatusFlags = GetStatusFlags(msgHdr, statusFlags);
+  bool flagAlreadySet = (currentStatusFlags & flag) != 0;
+
+  if ((flagAlreadySet && !bSet) || (!flagAlreadySet && bSet))
+  {
+    uint32_t resultFlags;
+    if (bSet)
+      msgHdr->OrFlags(flag, &resultFlags);
+    else
+      msgHdr->AndFlags(~flag, &resultFlags);
+    return true;
+  }
+  return false;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::MarkHdrRead(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr, bool bRead,
+                                         nsIDBChangeListener *instigator)
+{
+  bool isReadInDB = true;
+  nsresult rv = nsMsgDatabase::IsHeaderRead(msgHdr, &isReadInDB);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  bool isRead = true;
+  rv = IsHeaderRead(msgHdr, &isRead);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // if the flag is already correct in the db, don't change it.
+  // Check msg flags as well as IsHeaderRead in case it's a newsgroup
+  // and the msghdr flags are out of sync with the newsrc settings.
+  // (we could override this method for news db's, but it's a trivial fix here.
+  if (bRead != isRead || isRead != isReadInDB)
+  {
+    nsMsgKey msgKey;
+    msgHdr->GetMessageKey(&msgKey);
+    
+    bool inDB = false;
+    (void)ContainsKey(msgKey, &inDB);
+
+    if (inDB)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgThread> threadHdr;
+      rv = GetThreadForMsgKey(msgKey, getter_AddRefs(threadHdr));
+      if (threadHdr)
+        threadHdr->MarkChildRead(bRead);
+    }
+    return MarkHdrReadInDB(msgHdr, bRead, instigator);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::MarkHdrReplied(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr, bool bReplied,
+                         nsIDBChangeListener *instigator)
+{
+  return SetMsgHdrFlag(msgHdr, bReplied, nsMsgMessageFlags::Replied, instigator);
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::MarkHdrMarked(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr, bool mark,
+                         nsIDBChangeListener *instigator)
+{
+  return SetMsgHdrFlag(msgHdr, mark, nsMsgMessageFlags::Marked, instigator);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDatabase::MarkHdrNotNew(nsIMsgDBHdr *aMsgHdr,
+                             nsIDBChangeListener *aInstigator)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMsgHdr);
+  nsMsgKey msgKey;
+  aMsgHdr->GetMessageKey(&msgKey);
+  m_newSet.RemoveElement(msgKey);
+  return SetMsgHdrFlag(aMsgHdr, false, nsMsgMessageFlags::New, aInstigator);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::MarkAllRead(uint32_t *aNumKeys, nsMsgKey **aThoseMarked)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aNumKeys);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aThoseMarked);
+  nsMsgHdr  *pHeader;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleEnumerator> hdrs;
+  nsTArray<nsMsgKey> thoseMarked;
+  nsresult rv = EnumerateMessages(getter_AddRefs(hdrs));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+  bool hasMore = false;
+
+  while (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv = hdrs->HasMoreElements(&hasMore)) && hasMore)
+  {
+    rv = hdrs->GetNext((nsISupports**)&pHeader);
+    NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "nsMsgDBEnumerator broken");
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      break;
+
+    bool isRead;
+    IsHeaderRead(pHeader, &isRead);
+
+    if (!isRead)
+    {
+      nsMsgKey key;
+      (void)pHeader->GetMessageKey(&key);
+      thoseMarked.AppendElement(key);
+      rv = MarkHdrRead(pHeader, true, nullptr);   // ### dmb - blow off error?
+    }
+    NS_RELEASE(pHeader);
+  }
+
+  *aNumKeys = thoseMarked.Length();
+
+  if (thoseMarked.Length())
+  {
+    *aThoseMarked = (nsMsgKey *) nsMemory::Clone(&thoseMarked[0],
+                                                 thoseMarked.Length() * sizeof(nsMsgKey));
+    if (!*aThoseMarked)
+      return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+  }
+  else
+    *aThoseMarked = nullptr;
+
+  // force num new to 0.
+  int32_t numUnreadMessages;
+
+  rv = m_dbFolderInfo->GetNumUnreadMessages(&numUnreadMessages);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    m_dbFolderInfo->ChangeNumUnreadMessages(-numUnreadMessages);
+  // caller will Commit the db, so no need to do it here.
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::AddToNewList(nsMsgKey key)
+{
+  // we add new keys in increasing order...
+  if (m_newSet.IsEmpty() || (m_newSet[m_newSet.Length() - 1] < key))
+    m_newSet.AppendElement(key);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::ClearNewList(bool notify /* = FALSE */)
+{
+  nsresult err = NS_OK;
+  if (notify && !m_newSet.IsEmpty())  // need to update view
+  {
+    nsTArray<nsMsgKey> saveNewSet;
+    // clear m_newSet so that the code that's listening to the key change
+    // doesn't think we have new messages and send notifications all over
+    // that we have new messages.
+    saveNewSet.SwapElements(m_newSet);
+    for (uint32_t elementIndex = saveNewSet.Length() - 1; ; elementIndex--)
+    {
+      nsMsgKey lastNewKey = saveNewSet.ElementAt(elementIndex);
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+      err = GetMsgHdrForKey(lastNewKey, getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err))
+      {
+        uint32_t flags;
+        (void)msgHdr->GetFlags(&flags);
+
+        if ((flags | nsMsgMessageFlags::New) != flags)
+        {
+          msgHdr->AndFlags(~nsMsgMessageFlags::New, &flags);
+          NotifyHdrChangeAll(msgHdr, flags | nsMsgMessageFlags::New, flags, nullptr);
+        }
+      }
+      if (elementIndex == 0)
+        break;
+    }
+  }
+  return err;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::HasNew(bool *_retval)
+{
+  if (!_retval) return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  *_retval = (m_newSet.Length() > 0);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::GetFirstNew(nsMsgKey *result)
+{
+  bool hasnew;
+  nsresult rv = HasNew(&hasnew);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+  *result = (hasnew) ? m_newSet.ElementAt(0) : nsMsgKey_None;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+nsMsgDBEnumerator::nsMsgDBEnumerator(nsMsgDatabase* db,
+                                     nsIMdbTable *table,
+                                     nsMsgDBEnumeratorFilter filter,
+                                     void* closure,
+                                     bool iterateForwards)
+    : mDB(db),
+      mDone(false),
+      mIterateForwards(iterateForwards),
+      mFilter(filter),
+      mClosure(closure),
+      mStopPos(-1)
+{
+  mNextPrefetched = false;
+  mTable = table;
+  mRowPos = 0;
+  mDB->m_enumerators.AppendElement(this);
+}
+
+nsMsgDBEnumerator::~nsMsgDBEnumerator()
+{
+  Clear();
+}
+
+void nsMsgDBEnumerator::Clear()
+{
+  mRowCursor = nullptr;
+  mTable = nullptr;
+  mResultHdr = nullptr;
+  if (mDB)
+    mDB->m_enumerators.RemoveElement(this);
+  mDB = nullptr;
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMsgDBEnumerator, nsISimpleEnumerator)
+
+nsresult nsMsgDBEnumerator::GetRowCursor()
+{
+  mDone = false;
+
+  if (!mDB || !mTable)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  if (mIterateForwards)
+  {
+    mRowPos = -1;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    mdb_count numRows;
+    mTable->GetCount(mDB->GetEnv(), &numRows);
+    mRowPos = numRows; // startPos is 0 relative.
+  }
+  return mTable->GetTableRowCursor(mDB->GetEnv(), mRowPos, getter_AddRefs(mRowCursor));
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBEnumerator::GetNext(nsISupports **aItem)
+{
+  if (!aItem)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  if (!mNextPrefetched)
+    rv = PrefetchNext();
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    if (mResultHdr)
+    {
+      *aItem = mResultHdr;
+      NS_ADDREF(*aItem);
+      mNextPrefetched = false;
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDBEnumerator::PrefetchNext()
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  nsIMdbRow* hdrRow;
+  uint32_t flags;
+
+  if (!mRowCursor)
+  {
+    rv = GetRowCursor();
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      return rv;
+  }
+
+  do
+  {
+    mResultHdr = nullptr;
+    if (mIterateForwards)
+      rv = mRowCursor->NextRow(mDB->GetEnv(), &hdrRow, &mRowPos);
+    else
+      rv = mRowCursor->PrevRow(mDB->GetEnv(), &hdrRow, &mRowPos);
+    if (!hdrRow)
+    {
+      mDone = true;
+      return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    }
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    {
+      mDone = true;
+      return rv;
+    }
+    //Get key from row
+    mdbOid outOid;
+    nsMsgKey key = nsMsgKey_None;
+    rv = hdrRow->GetOid(mDB->GetEnv(), &outOid);
+    if (NS_WARN_IF(NS_FAILED(rv)))
+      return rv;
+    key = outOid.mOid_Id;
+
+    rv = mDB->GetHdrFromUseCache(key, getter_AddRefs(mResultHdr));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && mResultHdr)
+      hdrRow->Release();
+    else {
+      rv = mDB->CreateMsgHdr(hdrRow, key, getter_AddRefs(mResultHdr));
+      if (NS_WARN_IF(NS_FAILED(rv)))
+        return rv;
+    }
+
+    if (mResultHdr)
+      mResultHdr->GetFlags(&flags);
+    else
+      flags = 0;
+  }
+  while (mFilter && NS_FAILED(mFilter(mResultHdr, mClosure)) && !(flags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Expunged));
+
+  if (mResultHdr)
+  {
+    mNextPrefetched = true;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  else
+    mNextPrefetched = false;
+  return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBEnumerator::HasMoreElements(bool *aResult)
+{
+  if (!aResult)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  if (!mNextPrefetched && (NS_FAILED(PrefetchNext())))
+    mDone = true;
+  *aResult = !mDone;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsMsgFilteredDBEnumerator::nsMsgFilteredDBEnumerator(nsMsgDatabase* db,
+                                                     nsIMdbTable *table,
+                                                     bool reverse,
+                                                     nsIArray *searchTerms)
+   : nsMsgDBEnumerator(db, table, nullptr, nullptr, !reverse)
+{
+}
+
+nsMsgFilteredDBEnumerator::~nsMsgFilteredDBEnumerator()
+{
+}
+
+/**
+ * Create the search session for the enumerator,
+ * add the scope term for "folder" to the search session, and add the search
+ * terms in the array to the search session.
+ */
+nsresult nsMsgFilteredDBEnumerator::InitSearchSession(nsIArray *searchTerms, nsIMsgFolder *folder)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  m_searchSession = do_CreateInstance(NS_MSGSEARCHSESSION_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  m_searchSession->AddScopeTerm(nsMsgSearchScope::offlineMail, folder);
+  // add each item in termsArray to the search session
+  uint32_t numTerms;
+  rv = searchTerms->GetLength(&numTerms);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < numTerms; i++)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgSearchTerm> searchTerm;
+    searchTerms->QueryElementAt(i, NS_GET_IID(nsIMsgSearchTerm), getter_AddRefs(searchTerm));
+    m_searchSession->AppendTerm(searchTerm);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgFilteredDBEnumerator::PrefetchNext()
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  do
+  {
+    rv = nsMsgDBEnumerator::PrefetchNext();
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && mResultHdr)
+    {
+      bool matches;
+      rv  = m_searchSession->MatchHdr(mResultHdr, mDB, &matches);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && matches)
+        break;
+      mResultHdr = nullptr;
+    }
+    else
+      break;
+  } while (mStopPos == -1 || mRowPos != mStopPos);
+
+  if (!mResultHdr)
+    mNextPrefetched = false;
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDatabase::EnumerateMessages(nsISimpleEnumerator* *result)
+{
+  RememberLastUseTime();
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(result);
+  nsMsgDBEnumerator* e = new nsMsgDBEnumerator(this, m_mdbAllMsgHeadersTable,
+                                               nullptr, nullptr);
+  if (!e)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+  NS_ADDREF(*result = e);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDatabase::ReverseEnumerateMessages(nsISimpleEnumerator* *result)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(result);
+  nsMsgDBEnumerator* e = new nsMsgDBEnumerator(this, m_mdbAllMsgHeadersTable,
+                                               nullptr, nullptr, false);
+  if (!e)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+  NS_ADDREF(*result = e);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDatabase::GetFilterEnumerator(nsIArray *searchTerms, bool aReverse,
+                                   nsISimpleEnumerator **aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+  RefPtr<nsMsgFilteredDBEnumerator> e = 
+    new nsMsgFilteredDBEnumerator(this, m_mdbAllMsgHeadersTable, aReverse,
+                                  searchTerms);
+
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(e, NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY);
+  nsresult rv = e->InitSearchSession(searchTerms, m_folder);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  return CallQueryInterface(e.get(), aResult);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDatabase::NextMatchingHdrs(nsISimpleEnumerator *aEnumerator,
+                                int32_t aNumHdrsToLookAt, int32_t aMaxResults,
+                                nsIMutableArray *aMatchingHdrs,
+                                int32_t *aNumMatches, bool *aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aEnumerator);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+  nsMsgFilteredDBEnumerator *enumerator =
+    static_cast<nsMsgFilteredDBEnumerator *> (aEnumerator);
+
+  // Force mRowPos to be initialized.
+  if (!enumerator->mRowCursor)
+    enumerator->GetRowCursor();
+
+  if (aNumHdrsToLookAt)
+  {
+    enumerator->mStopPos = enumerator->mIterateForwards ?
+      enumerator->mRowPos + aNumHdrsToLookAt :
+      enumerator->mRowPos - aNumHdrsToLookAt;
+    if (enumerator->mStopPos < 0)
+      enumerator->mStopPos = 0;
+  }
+  int32_t numMatches = 0;
+  nsresult rv;
+  do
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsISupports> supports;
+    rv = enumerator->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(supports));
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> nextMessage = do_QueryInterface(supports);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && nextMessage)
+    {
+      if (aMatchingHdrs)
+        aMatchingHdrs->AppendElement(nextMessage, false);
+      ++numMatches;
+      if (aMaxResults && numMatches == aMaxResults)
+        break;
+    }
+    else
+      break;
+  }
+  while (true);
+
+  if (aNumMatches)
+    *aNumMatches = numMatches;
+
+  *aResult = !enumerator->mDone;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDatabase::SyncCounts()
+{
+  nsCOMPtr <nsISimpleEnumerator> hdrs;
+  nsresult rv = EnumerateMessages(getter_AddRefs(hdrs));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+  bool hasMore = false;
+
+  mdb_count numHdrsInTable = 0;
+  int32_t numUnread = 0;
+  int32_t numHdrs = 0;
+
+  if (m_mdbAllMsgHeadersTable)
+    m_mdbAllMsgHeadersTable->GetCount(GetEnv(), &numHdrsInTable);
+  else
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  while (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv = hdrs->HasMoreElements(&hasMore)) && hasMore)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsISupports> supports;
+    rv = hdrs->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(supports));
+    NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "nsMsgDBEnumerator broken");
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      break;
+
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> pHeader = do_QueryInterface(supports);
+
+    bool isRead;
+    IsHeaderRead(pHeader, &isRead);
+    if (!isRead)
+      numUnread++;
+    numHdrs++;
+  }
+
+  int32_t oldTotal, oldUnread;
+  (void) m_dbFolderInfo->GetNumUnreadMessages(&oldUnread);
+  (void) m_dbFolderInfo->GetNumMessages(&oldTotal);
+  if (oldUnread != numUnread)
+    m_dbFolderInfo->ChangeNumUnreadMessages(numUnread - oldUnread);
+  if (oldTotal != numHdrs)
+    m_dbFolderInfo->ChangeNumMessages(numHdrs - oldTotal);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::ListAllKeys(nsIMsgKeyArray *aKeys)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aKeys);
+  nsresult  rv = NS_OK;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMdbTableRowCursor> rowCursor;
+
+  RememberLastUseTime();
+
+  if (m_mdbAllMsgHeadersTable)
+  {
+    uint32_t numMsgs = 0;
+    m_mdbAllMsgHeadersTable->GetCount(GetEnv(), &numMsgs);
+    aKeys->SetCapacity(numMsgs);
+    rv = m_mdbAllMsgHeadersTable->GetTableRowCursor(GetEnv(), -1,
+                                                     getter_AddRefs(rowCursor));
+    while (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && rowCursor)
+    {
+      mdbOid outOid;
+      mdb_pos  outPos;
+
+      rv = rowCursor->NextRowOid(GetEnv(), &outOid, &outPos);
+      // is this right? Mork is returning a 0 id, but that should valid.
+      if (outPos < 0 || outOid.mOid_Id == (mdb_id) -1)
+        break;
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        aKeys->AppendElement(outOid.mOid_Id);
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+class nsMsgDBThreadEnumerator : public nsISimpleEnumerator, public nsIDBChangeListener
+{
+public:
+    NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+
+    // nsISimpleEnumerator methods:
+    NS_DECL_NSISIMPLEENUMERATOR
+
+    NS_DECL_NSIDBCHANGELISTENER
+
+    // nsMsgDBEnumerator methods:
+    typedef nsresult (*nsMsgDBThreadEnumeratorFilter)(nsIMsgThread* thread);
+
+    nsMsgDBThreadEnumerator(nsMsgDatabase* db, nsMsgDBThreadEnumeratorFilter filter);
+
+protected:
+    virtual ~nsMsgDBThreadEnumerator();
+    nsresult          GetTableCursor(void);
+    nsresult          PrefetchNext();
+    nsMsgDatabase*              mDB;
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMdbPortTableCursor>  mTableCursor;
+    nsIMsgThread*                 mResultThread;
+    bool                        mDone;
+    bool              mNextPrefetched;
+    nsMsgDBThreadEnumeratorFilter     mFilter;
+};
+
+nsMsgDBThreadEnumerator::nsMsgDBThreadEnumerator(nsMsgDatabase* db,
+                                     nsMsgDBThreadEnumeratorFilter filter)
+    : mDB(db), mTableCursor(nullptr), mResultThread(nullptr), mDone(false),
+      mFilter(filter)
+{
+    mDB->AddListener(this);
+    mNextPrefetched = false;
+}
+
+nsMsgDBThreadEnumerator::~nsMsgDBThreadEnumerator()
+{
+  mTableCursor = nullptr;
+  NS_IF_RELEASE(mResultThread);
+  if (mDB)
+    mDB->RemoveListener(this);
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMsgDBThreadEnumerator, nsISimpleEnumerator, nsIDBChangeListener)
+
+
+/* void OnHdrFlagsChanged (in nsIMsgDBHdr aHdrChanged, in unsigned long aOldFlags, in unsigned long aNewFlags, in nsIDBChangeListener aInstigator); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBThreadEnumerator::OnHdrFlagsChanged(nsIMsgDBHdr *aHdrChanged, uint32_t aOldFlags, uint32_t aNewFlags, nsIDBChangeListener *aInstigator)
+{
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+//void OnHdrPropertyChanged(in nsIMsgDBHdr aHdrToChange, in bool aPreChange, 
+// inout uint32_t aStatus, in nsIDBChangeListener aInstigator);
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDBThreadEnumerator::OnHdrPropertyChanged(nsIMsgDBHdr *aHdrToChange, bool aPreChange, uint32_t *aStatus, 
+                                         nsIDBChangeListener * aInstigator)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* void onHdrDeleted (in nsIMsgDBHdr aHdrChanged, in nsMsgKey aParentKey, in long aFlags, in nsIDBChangeListener aInstigator); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBThreadEnumerator::OnHdrDeleted(nsIMsgDBHdr *aHdrChanged, nsMsgKey aParentKey, int32_t aFlags, nsIDBChangeListener *aInstigator)
+{
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* void onHdrAdded (in nsIMsgDBHdr aHdrChanged, in nsMsgKey aParentKey, in long aFlags, in nsIDBChangeListener aInstigator); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBThreadEnumerator::OnHdrAdded(nsIMsgDBHdr *aHdrChanged, nsMsgKey aParentKey, int32_t aFlags, nsIDBChangeListener *aInstigator)
+{
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* void onParentChanged (in nsMsgKey aKeyChanged, in nsMsgKey oldParent, in nsMsgKey newParent, in nsIDBChangeListener aInstigator); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBThreadEnumerator::OnParentChanged(nsMsgKey aKeyChanged, nsMsgKey oldParent, nsMsgKey newParent, nsIDBChangeListener *aInstigator)
+{
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* void onAnnouncerGoingAway (in nsIDBChangeAnnouncer instigator); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBThreadEnumerator::OnAnnouncerGoingAway(nsIDBChangeAnnouncer *instigator)
+{
+  mTableCursor = nullptr;
+  NS_IF_RELEASE(mResultThread);
+  mDB->RemoveListener(this);
+  mDB = nullptr;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBThreadEnumerator::OnEvent(nsIMsgDatabase *aDB, const char *aEvent)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* void onReadChanged (in nsIDBChangeListener aInstigator); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBThreadEnumerator::OnReadChanged(nsIDBChangeListener *aInstigator)
+{
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* void onJunkScoreChanged (in nsIDBChangeListener aInstigator); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBThreadEnumerator::OnJunkScoreChanged(nsIDBChangeListener *aInstigator)
+{
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDBThreadEnumerator::GetTableCursor(void)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  if (!mDB || !mDB->m_mdbStore)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  mDB->m_mdbStore->GetPortTableCursor(mDB->GetEnv(),   mDB->m_hdrRowScopeToken, mDB->m_threadTableKindToken,
+    getter_AddRefs(mTableCursor));
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBThreadEnumerator::GetNext(nsISupports **aItem)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aItem);
+
+  *aItem = nullptr;
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  if (!mNextPrefetched)
+    rv = PrefetchNext();
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    if (mResultThread)
+    {
+      *aItem = mResultThread;
+      NS_ADDREF(mResultThread);
+      mNextPrefetched = false;
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+
+nsresult nsMsgDBThreadEnumerator::PrefetchNext()
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMdbTable> table;
+
+  if (!mDB)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  if (!mTableCursor)
+  {
+    rv = GetTableCursor();
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      return rv;
+  }
+  while (true)
+  {
+    NS_IF_RELEASE(mResultThread);
+    mResultThread = nullptr;
+    rv = mTableCursor->NextTable(mDB->GetEnv(), getter_AddRefs(table));
+    if (!table)
+    {
+      mDone = true;
+      return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    }
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    {
+      mDone = true;
+      return rv;
+    }
+
+    mdbOid tableId;
+    table->GetOid(mDB->GetEnv(), &tableId);
+
+    mResultThread = mDB->FindExistingThread(tableId.mOid_Id);
+    if (!mResultThread)
+      mResultThread = new nsMsgThread(mDB, table);
+
+    if (mResultThread)
+    {
+      uint32_t numChildren = 0;
+      NS_ADDREF(mResultThread);
+      mResultThread->GetNumChildren(&numChildren);
+      // we've got empty thread; don't tell caller about it.
+      if (numChildren == 0)
+        continue;
+    }
+    if (mFilter && NS_FAILED(mFilter(mResultThread)))
+      continue;
+    else
+      break;
+  }
+  if (mResultThread)
+  {
+    mNextPrefetched = true;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBThreadEnumerator::HasMoreElements(bool *aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+
+  if (!mNextPrefetched)
+    PrefetchNext();
+  *aResult = !mDone;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDatabase::EnumerateThreads(nsISimpleEnumerator* *result)
+{
+  RememberLastUseTime();
+  nsMsgDBThreadEnumerator* e = new nsMsgDBThreadEnumerator(this, nullptr);
+  if (e == nullptr)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+  NS_ADDREF(*result = e);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// only return headers with a particular flag set
+static nsresult
+nsMsgFlagSetFilter(nsIMsgDBHdr *msg, void *closure)
+{
+  uint32_t msgFlags, desiredFlags;
+  desiredFlags = * (uint32_t *) closure;
+  msg->GetFlags(&msgFlags);
+  return (msgFlags & desiredFlags) ? NS_OK : NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgDatabase::EnumerateMessagesWithFlag(nsISimpleEnumerator* *result, uint32_t *pFlag)
+{
+  RememberLastUseTime();
+
+  nsMsgDBEnumerator* e = new nsMsgDBEnumerator(this, m_mdbAllMsgHeadersTable, nsMsgFlagSetFilter, pFlag);
+  if (!e)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+  NS_ADDREF(*result = e);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::CreateNewHdr(nsMsgKey key, nsIMsgDBHdr **pnewHdr)
+{
+  nsresult  err = NS_OK;
+  nsIMdbRow    *hdrRow = nullptr;
+  struct mdbOid allMsgHdrsTableOID;
+
+  if (!pnewHdr || !m_mdbAllMsgHeadersTable || !m_mdbStore)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  if (key != nsMsgKey_None)
+  {
+  allMsgHdrsTableOID.mOid_Scope = m_hdrRowScopeToken;
+  allMsgHdrsTableOID.mOid_Id = key;  // presumes 0 is valid key value
+
+  err = m_mdbStore->GetRow(GetEnv(), &allMsgHdrsTableOID, &hdrRow);
+  if (!hdrRow)
+    err  = m_mdbStore->NewRowWithOid(GetEnv(), &allMsgHdrsTableOID, &hdrRow);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    // Mork will assign an ID to the new row, generally the next available ID.
+    err  = m_mdbStore->NewRow(GetEnv(), m_hdrRowScopeToken, &hdrRow);
+    if (hdrRow)
+    {
+      struct mdbOid oid;
+      hdrRow->GetOid(GetEnv(), &oid);
+      key = oid.mOid_Id;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      // We failed to create a new row. That can happen if we run out of keys,
+      // which will force a reparse.
+      RefPtr<nsMsgKeyArray> keys = new nsMsgKeyArray;
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(ListAllKeys(keys)))
+      {
+        uint32_t numKeys;
+        keys->GetLength(&numKeys);
+        for (uint32_t i = 0; i < numKeys; i++)
+        {
+          if (keys->m_keys[i] >= kForceReparseKey)
+          {
+            // Force a reparse.
+            if (m_dbFolderInfo)
+              m_dbFolderInfo->SetBooleanProperty("forceReparse", true);
+            break;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      err = NS_MSG_ERROR_FOLDER_SUMMARY_OUT_OF_DATE;
+    }
+  }
+  if (NS_FAILED(err))
+    return err;
+  err = CreateMsgHdr(hdrRow, key, pnewHdr);
+  return err;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::AddNewHdrToDB(nsIMsgDBHdr *newHdr, bool notify)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(newHdr);
+  nsMsgHdr* hdr = static_cast<nsMsgHdr*>(newHdr);          // closed system, cast ok
+  bool newThread;
+  bool hasKey;
+  ContainsKey(hdr->m_messageKey, &hasKey);
+  if (hasKey)
+  {
+    NS_ERROR("adding hdr that already exists");
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+  nsresult err = ThreadNewHdr(hdr, newThread);
+  // we thread header before we add it to the all headers table
+  // so that subject and reference threading will work (otherwise,
+  // when we try to find the first header with the same subject or
+  // reference, we get the new header!)
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err))
+  {
+    nsMsgKey key;
+    uint32_t flags;
+
+    newHdr->GetMessageKey(&key);
+    hdr->GetRawFlags(&flags);
+    // use raw flags instead of GetFlags, because GetFlags will
+    // pay attention to what's in m_newSet, and this new hdr isn't
+    // in m_newSet yet.
+    if (flags & nsMsgMessageFlags::New)
+    {
+      uint32_t newFlags;
+      newHdr->AndFlags(~nsMsgMessageFlags::New, &newFlags);  // make sure not filed out
+      AddToNewList(key);
+    }
+    if (m_dbFolderInfo != NULL)
+    {
+      m_dbFolderInfo->ChangeNumMessages(1);
+      bool isRead = true;
+      IsHeaderRead(newHdr, &isRead);
+      if (!isRead)
+        m_dbFolderInfo->ChangeNumUnreadMessages(1);
+      m_dbFolderInfo->OnKeyAdded(key);
+    }
+
+    err = m_mdbAllMsgHeadersTable->AddRow(GetEnv(), hdr->GetMDBRow());
+    if (notify)
+    {
+      nsMsgKey threadParent;
+
+      newHdr->GetThreadParent(&threadParent);
+      NotifyHdrAddedAll(newHdr, threadParent, flags, NULL);
+    }
+
+    if (UseCorrectThreading())
+      err = AddMsgRefsToHash(newHdr);
+  }
+  NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(err), "error creating thread");
+  return err;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::CopyHdrFromExistingHdr(nsMsgKey key, nsIMsgDBHdr *existingHdr, bool addHdrToDB, nsIMsgDBHdr **newHdr)
+{
+  nsresult  err = NS_OK;
+
+  if (existingHdr)
+  {
+    nsMsgHdr* sourceMsgHdr = static_cast<nsMsgHdr*>(existingHdr);      // closed system, cast ok
+    nsMsgHdr *destMsgHdr = nullptr;
+    CreateNewHdr(key, (nsIMsgDBHdr **) &destMsgHdr);
+    nsIMdbRow  *sourceRow = sourceMsgHdr->GetMDBRow();
+    if (!destMsgHdr || !sourceRow)
+      return NS_MSG_MESSAGE_NOT_FOUND;
+
+    nsIMdbRow  *destRow = destMsgHdr->GetMDBRow();
+    if (!destRow)
+      return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+
+    err = destRow->SetRow(GetEnv(), sourceRow);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err))
+    {
+      // we may have gotten the header from a cache - calling SetRow
+      // basically invalidates any cached values, so invalidate them.
+      destMsgHdr->m_initedValues = 0;
+      if(addHdrToDB)
+        err = AddNewHdrToDB(destMsgHdr, true);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err) && newHdr)
+        *newHdr = destMsgHdr;
+    }
+  }
+  return err;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::RowCellColumnTonsString(nsIMdbRow *hdrRow, mdb_token columnToken, nsAString &resultStr)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(hdrRow);
+
+  struct mdbYarn yarn;
+  nsresult rv = hdrRow->AliasCellYarn(GetEnv(), columnToken, &yarn);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  YarnTonsString(&yarn, resultStr);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// as long as the row still exists, and isn't changed, the returned const char ** will be valid.
+// But be very careful using this data - the caller should never return it in turn to another caller.
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::RowCellColumnToConstCharPtr(nsIMdbRow *hdrRow, mdb_token columnToken, const char **ptr)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(hdrRow);
+
+  struct mdbYarn yarn;
+  nsresult rv = hdrRow->AliasCellYarn(GetEnv(), columnToken, &yarn);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  *ptr = (const char*)yarn.mYarn_Buf;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsIMimeConverter *nsMsgDatabase::GetMimeConverter()
+{
+  if (!m_mimeConverter)
+  {
+    // apply mime decode
+    m_mimeConverter = do_GetService(NS_MIME_CONVERTER_CONTRACTID);
+  }
+  return m_mimeConverter;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::GetEffectiveCharset(nsIMdbRow *row, nsACString &resultCharset)
+{
+  resultCharset.Truncate();
+  bool characterSetOverride;
+  m_dbFolderInfo->GetCharacterSetOverride(&characterSetOverride);
+  nsresult rv = RowCellColumnToCharPtr(row, m_messageCharSetColumnToken, getter_Copies(resultCharset));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || resultCharset.IsEmpty() ||
+      resultCharset.Equals("us-ascii") || characterSetOverride)
+  {
+    rv = m_dbFolderInfo->GetEffectiveCharacterSet(resultCharset);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::RowCellColumnToMime2DecodedString(nsIMdbRow *row, mdb_token columnToken, nsAString &resultStr)
+{
+  nsresult err = NS_OK;
+  const char *nakedString = nullptr;
+  err = RowCellColumnToConstCharPtr(row, columnToken, &nakedString);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err) && nakedString && strlen(nakedString))
+  {
+    GetMimeConverter();
+    if (m_mimeConverter)
+    {
+      nsAutoString decodedStr;
+      nsCString charSet;
+      GetEffectiveCharset(row, charSet);
+
+      err = m_mimeConverter->DecodeMimeHeader(nakedString, charSet.get(),
+        false, true, resultStr);
+    }
+  }
+  return err;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::RowCellColumnToAddressCollationKey(nsIMdbRow *row, mdb_token colToken, uint8_t **result, uint32_t *len)
+{
+  nsString sender;
+  nsresult rv = RowCellColumnToMime2DecodedString(row, colToken, sender);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsString name;
+  ExtractName(DecodedHeader(sender), name);
+  return CreateCollationKey(name, len, result);
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::GetCollationKeyGenerator()
+{
+  nsresult err = NS_OK;
+  if (!m_collationKeyGenerator)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsILocale> locale;
+    nsAutoString localeName;
+
+    // get a locale service
+    nsCOMPtr <nsILocaleService> localeService = do_GetService(NS_LOCALESERVICE_CONTRACTID, &err);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err))
+    {
+      // do this for a new db if no UI to be provided for locale selection
+      err = localeService->GetApplicationLocale(getter_AddRefs(locale));
+
+      if (locale)
+      {
+        // or generate a locale from a stored locale name ("en_US", "fr_FR")
+        //err = localeFactory->NewLocale(&localeName, &locale);
+
+        nsCOMPtr <nsICollationFactory> f = do_CreateInstance(NS_COLLATIONFACTORY_CONTRACTID, &err);
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err) && f)
+        {
+          // get a collation interface instance
+          err = f->CreateCollation(locale, getter_AddRefs(m_collationKeyGenerator));
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return err;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::RowCellColumnToCollationKey(nsIMdbRow *row, mdb_token columnToken, uint8_t **result, uint32_t *len)
+{
+  const char *nakedString = nullptr;
+  nsresult err;
+
+  err = RowCellColumnToConstCharPtr(row, columnToken, &nakedString);
+  if (!nakedString)
+    nakedString = "";
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err))
+  {
+    GetMimeConverter();
+    if (m_mimeConverter)
+    {
+      nsCString decodedStr;
+      nsCString charSet;
+      GetEffectiveCharset(row, charSet);
+
+      err = m_mimeConverter->DecodeMimeHeaderToUTF8(
+        nsDependentCString(nakedString), charSet.get(), false,
+        true, decodedStr);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err))
+        err = CreateCollationKey(NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16(decodedStr), len, result);
+    }
+  }
+  return err;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDatabase::CompareCollationKeys(uint32_t len1, uint8_t *key1, uint32_t len2,
+                                    uint8_t *key2, int32_t *result)
+{
+  nsresult rv = GetCollationKeyGenerator();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  if (!m_collationKeyGenerator) return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  rv = m_collationKeyGenerator->CompareRawSortKey(key1,len1,key2,len2,result);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDatabase::CreateCollationKey(const nsAString& sourceString, uint32_t *len,
+                                  uint8_t **result)
+{
+  nsresult err = GetCollationKeyGenerator();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(err,err);
+  if (!m_collationKeyGenerator) return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  err = m_collationKeyGenerator->AllocateRawSortKey(nsICollation::kCollationCaseInSensitive, sourceString, result, len);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(err,err);
+  return err;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::RowCellColumnToUInt32(nsIMdbRow *hdrRow, mdb_token columnToken, uint32_t &uint32Result, uint32_t defaultValue)
+{
+  return RowCellColumnToUInt32(hdrRow, columnToken, &uint32Result, defaultValue);
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::RowCellColumnToUInt32(nsIMdbRow *hdrRow, mdb_token columnToken, uint32_t *uint32Result, uint32_t defaultValue)
+{
+  nsresult  err = NS_OK;
+
+  if (uint32Result)
+    *uint32Result = defaultValue;
+  if (hdrRow)  // ### probably should be an error if hdrRow is NULL...
+  {
+    struct mdbYarn yarn;
+    err = hdrRow->AliasCellYarn(GetEnv(), columnToken, &yarn);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err))
+      YarnToUInt32(&yarn, uint32Result);
+  }
+  return err;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::UInt32ToRowCellColumn(nsIMdbRow *row, mdb_token columnToken, uint32_t value)
+{
+  struct mdbYarn yarn;
+  char  yarnBuf[100];
+
+  if (!row)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  yarn.mYarn_Buf = (void *) yarnBuf;
+  yarn.mYarn_Size = sizeof(yarnBuf);
+  yarn.mYarn_Fill = yarn.mYarn_Size;
+  yarn.mYarn_Form = 0;
+  yarn.mYarn_Grow = NULL;
+  return row->AddColumn(GetEnv(),  columnToken, UInt32ToYarn(&yarn, value));
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::UInt64ToRowCellColumn(nsIMdbRow *row, mdb_token columnToken, uint64_t value)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(row);
+  struct mdbYarn yarn;
+  char  yarnBuf[17]; // max string is 16 bytes, + 1 for null.
+
+  yarn.mYarn_Buf = (void *) yarnBuf;
+  yarn.mYarn_Size = sizeof(yarnBuf);
+  yarn.mYarn_Form = 0;
+  yarn.mYarn_Grow = NULL;
+  PR_snprintf((char *) yarn.mYarn_Buf, yarn.mYarn_Size, "%llx", value);
+  yarn.mYarn_Fill = PL_strlen((const char *) yarn.mYarn_Buf);
+  return row->AddColumn(GetEnv(),  columnToken, &yarn);
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgDatabase::RowCellColumnToUInt64(nsIMdbRow *hdrRow, mdb_token columnToken,
+                                     uint64_t *uint64Result,
+                                     uint64_t defaultValue)
+{
+  nsresult  err = NS_OK;
+
+  if (uint64Result)
+    *uint64Result = defaultValue;
+  if (hdrRow)  // ### probably should be an error if hdrRow is NULL...
+  {
+    struct mdbYarn yarn;
+    err = hdrRow->AliasCellYarn(GetEnv(), columnToken, &yarn);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err))
+      YarnToUInt64(&yarn, uint64Result);
+  }
+  return err;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::CharPtrToRowCellColumn(nsIMdbRow *row, mdb_token columnToken, const char *charPtr)
+{
+  if (!row)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  struct mdbYarn yarn;
+  yarn.mYarn_Buf = (void *) charPtr;
+  yarn.mYarn_Size = PL_strlen((const char *) yarn.mYarn_Buf) + 1;
+  yarn.mYarn_Fill = yarn.mYarn_Size - 1;
+  yarn.mYarn_Form = 0;  // what to do with this? we're storing csid in the msg hdr...
+
+  return row->AddColumn(GetEnv(),  columnToken, &yarn);
+}
+
+// caller must NS_Free result
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::RowCellColumnToCharPtr(nsIMdbRow *row, mdb_token columnToken, char **result)
+{
+  nsresult  err = NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  if (row && result)
+  {
+    struct mdbYarn yarn;
+    err = row->AliasCellYarn(GetEnv(), columnToken, &yarn);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err))
+    {
+      *result = (char *)NS_Alloc(yarn.mYarn_Fill + 1);
+      if (*result)
+      {
+        if (yarn.mYarn_Fill > 0)
+          memcpy(*result, yarn.mYarn_Buf, yarn.mYarn_Fill);
+        (*result)[yarn.mYarn_Fill] = '\0';
+      }
+      else
+        err = NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+    }
+  }
+  return err;
+}
+
+
+
+/* static */struct mdbYarn *nsMsgDatabase::nsStringToYarn(struct mdbYarn *yarn, const nsAString &str)
+{
+  yarn->mYarn_Buf = ToNewCString(NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(str));
+  yarn->mYarn_Size = str.Length() + 1;
+  yarn->mYarn_Fill = yarn->mYarn_Size - 1;
+  yarn->mYarn_Form = 0;  // what to do with this? we're storing csid in the msg hdr...
+  return yarn;
+}
+
+/* static */struct mdbYarn *nsMsgDatabase::UInt32ToYarn(struct mdbYarn *yarn, uint32_t i)
+{
+  PR_snprintf((char *) yarn->mYarn_Buf, yarn->mYarn_Size, "%lx", i);
+  yarn->mYarn_Fill = PL_strlen((const char *) yarn->mYarn_Buf);
+  yarn->mYarn_Form = 0;  // what to do with this? Should be parsed out of the mime2 header?
+  return yarn;
+}
+
+/* static */struct mdbYarn *nsMsgDatabase::UInt64ToYarn(struct mdbYarn *yarn, uint64_t i)
+{
+  PR_snprintf((char *) yarn->mYarn_Buf, yarn->mYarn_Size, "%llx", i);
+  yarn->mYarn_Fill = PL_strlen((const char *) yarn->mYarn_Buf);
+  yarn->mYarn_Form = 0;
+  return yarn;
+}
+
+/* static */void nsMsgDatabase::YarnTonsString(struct mdbYarn *yarn, nsAString &str)
+{
+  const char* buf = (const char*)yarn->mYarn_Buf;
+  if (buf)
+    CopyASCIItoUTF16(Substring(buf, buf + yarn->mYarn_Fill), str);
+  else
+    str.Truncate();
+}
+
+/* static */void nsMsgDatabase::YarnTonsCString(struct mdbYarn *yarn, nsACString &str)
+{
+    const char* buf = (const char*)yarn->mYarn_Buf;
+    if (buf)
+        str.Assign(buf, yarn->mYarn_Fill);
+    else
+        str.Truncate();
+}
+
+// WARNING - if yarn is empty, *pResult will not be changed!!!!
+// this is so we can leave default values as they were.
+/* static */void nsMsgDatabase::YarnToUInt32(struct mdbYarn *yarn, uint32_t *pResult)
+{
+  uint8_t numChars = std::min<mdb_fill>(8, yarn->mYarn_Fill);
+
+  if (numChars == 0)
+    return;
+
+  *pResult = MsgUnhex((char *) yarn->mYarn_Buf, numChars);
+}
+
+// WARNING - if yarn is empty, *pResult will not be changed!!!!
+// this is so we can leave default values as they were.
+/* static */void nsMsgDatabase::YarnToUInt64(struct mdbYarn *yarn, uint64_t *pResult)
+{
+  uint8_t numChars = std::min<mdb_fill>(16, yarn->mYarn_Fill);
+
+  if (numChars == 0)
+    return;
+
+  *pResult = MsgUnhex((char *) yarn->mYarn_Buf, numChars);
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::GetProperty(nsIMdbRow *row, const char *propertyName, char **result)
+{
+  nsresult err = NS_OK;
+  mdb_token  property_token;
+
+  if (m_mdbStore)
+    err = m_mdbStore->StringToToken(GetEnv(),  propertyName, &property_token);
+  else
+    err = NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err))
+    err = RowCellColumnToCharPtr(row, property_token, result);
+
+  return err;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::SetProperty(nsIMdbRow *row, const char *propertyName, const char *propertyVal)
+{
+  nsresult err = NS_OK;
+  mdb_token  property_token;
+
+  NS_ENSURE_STATE(m_mdbStore); // db might have been closed out from under us.
+  if (!row)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  err = m_mdbStore->StringToToken(GetEnv(),  propertyName, &property_token);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err))
+    CharPtrToRowCellColumn(row, property_token, propertyVal);
+  return err;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::GetPropertyAsNSString(nsIMdbRow *row, const char *propertyName, nsAString &result)
+{
+  nsresult err = NS_OK;
+  mdb_token  property_token;
+
+  NS_ENSURE_STATE(m_mdbStore); // db might have been closed out from under us.
+  if (!row)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  err = m_mdbStore->StringToToken(GetEnv(),  propertyName, &property_token);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err))
+    err = RowCellColumnTonsString(row, property_token, result);
+
+  return err;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::SetPropertyFromNSString(nsIMdbRow *row, const char *propertyName, const nsAString &propertyVal)
+{
+  nsresult err = NS_OK;
+  mdb_token  property_token;
+
+  NS_ENSURE_STATE(m_mdbStore); // db might have been closed out from under us.
+  if (!row)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  err = m_mdbStore->StringToToken(GetEnv(),  propertyName, &property_token);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err))
+    return SetNSStringPropertyWithToken(row, property_token, propertyVal);
+
+  return err;
+}
+
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::GetUint32Property(nsIMdbRow *row, const char *propertyName, uint32_t *result, uint32_t defaultValue)
+{
+  nsresult err = NS_OK;
+  mdb_token  property_token;
+
+  NS_ENSURE_STATE(m_mdbStore); // db might have been closed out from under us.
+  if (!row)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  err = m_mdbStore->StringToToken(GetEnv(),  propertyName, &property_token);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err))
+    err = RowCellColumnToUInt32(row, property_token, result, defaultValue);
+
+  return err;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::GetUint64Property(nsIMdbRow *row, const char *propertyName, uint64_t *result, uint64_t defaultValue)
+{
+  nsresult err = NS_OK;
+  mdb_token property_token;
+
+  NS_ENSURE_STATE(m_mdbStore); // db might have been closed out from under us.
+  if (!row)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  err = m_mdbStore->StringToToken(GetEnv(), propertyName, &property_token);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err))
+    err = RowCellColumnToUInt64(row, property_token, result, defaultValue);
+
+  return err;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::SetUint32Property(nsIMdbRow *row, const char *propertyName, uint32_t propertyVal)
+{
+  struct mdbYarn yarn;
+  char  int32StrBuf[20];
+  yarn.mYarn_Buf = int32StrBuf;
+  yarn.mYarn_Size = sizeof(int32StrBuf);
+  yarn.mYarn_Fill = sizeof(int32StrBuf);
+
+  NS_ENSURE_STATE(m_mdbStore); // db might have been closed out from under us.
+  if (!row)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  mdb_token  property_token;
+
+  nsresult err = m_mdbStore->StringToToken(GetEnv(),  propertyName, &property_token);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err))
+  {
+    UInt32ToYarn(&yarn, propertyVal);
+    err = row->AddColumn(GetEnv(), property_token, &yarn);
+  }
+  return err;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::SetUint64Property(nsIMdbRow *row,
+                                          const char *propertyName,
+                                          uint64_t propertyVal)
+{
+  struct mdbYarn yarn;
+  char  int64StrBuf[100];
+  yarn.mYarn_Buf = int64StrBuf;
+  yarn.mYarn_Size = sizeof(int64StrBuf);
+  yarn.mYarn_Fill = sizeof(int64StrBuf);
+
+  NS_ENSURE_STATE(m_mdbStore); // db might have been closed out from under us.
+  if (!row)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  mdb_token  property_token;
+
+  nsresult err = m_mdbStore->StringToToken(GetEnv(),  propertyName, &property_token);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err))
+  {
+    UInt64ToYarn(&yarn, propertyVal);
+    err = row->AddColumn(GetEnv(), property_token, &yarn);
+  }
+  return err;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::GetBooleanProperty(nsIMdbRow *row, const char *propertyName, 
+                                     bool *result, 
+                                     bool defaultValue /* = false */)
+{
+  uint32_t res;
+  nsresult rv = GetUint32Property(row, propertyName, &res, (uint32_t) defaultValue);
+  *result = !!res;
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::SetBooleanProperty(nsIMdbRow *row, const char *propertyName, 
+                                    bool propertyVal)
+{
+  return SetUint32Property(row, propertyName, (uint32_t) propertyVal);
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::SetNSStringPropertyWithToken(nsIMdbRow *row, mdb_token aProperty, const nsAString &propertyStr)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(row);
+  struct mdbYarn yarn;
+
+  yarn.mYarn_Grow = NULL;
+  nsresult err = row->AddColumn(GetEnv(), aProperty, nsStringToYarn(&yarn, propertyStr));
+  free((char *)yarn.mYarn_Buf);  // won't need this when we have nsCString
+  return err;
+}
+
+
+uint32_t nsMsgDatabase::GetCurVersion()
+{
+  return kMsgDBVersion;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::SetSummaryValid(bool valid /* = true */)
+{
+  // If the file was invalid when opened (for example in folder compact), then it may
+  //  not have been added to the cache. Add it now if missing.
+  if (valid)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBService> serv(mozilla::services::GetDBService());
+    static_cast<nsMsgDBService*>(serv.get())->EnsureCached(this);
+  }
+  // setting the version to 0 ought to make it pretty invalid.
+  if (m_dbFolderInfo)
+    m_dbFolderInfo->SetVersion(valid ? GetCurVersion() : 0);
+
+  // for default db (and news), there's no nothing to set to make it it valid
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP  nsMsgDatabase::GetSummaryValid(bool *aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+  *aResult = true;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+// protected routines
+
+// should we thread messages with common subjects that don't start with Re: together?
+// I imagine we might have separate preferences for mail and news, so this is a virtual method.
+bool    nsMsgDatabase::ThreadBySubjectWithoutRe()
+{
+  GetGlobalPrefs();
+  return gThreadWithoutRe;
+}
+
+bool nsMsgDatabase::UseStrictThreading()
+{
+  GetGlobalPrefs();
+  return gStrictThreading;
+}
+
+// Should we make sure messages are always threaded correctly (see bug 181446)
+bool nsMsgDatabase::UseCorrectThreading()
+{
+  GetGlobalPrefs();
+  return gCorrectThreading;
+}
+
+// adapted from removed PL_DHashFreeStringKey
+static void
+msg_DHashFreeStringKey(PLDHashTable* aTable, PLDHashEntryHdr* aEntry)
+{
+  const PLDHashEntryStub* stub = (const PLDHashEntryStub*)aEntry;
+  free((void*)stub->key);
+  PLDHashTable::ClearEntryStub(aTable, aEntry);
+}
+
+PLDHashTableOps nsMsgDatabase::gRefHashTableOps =
+{
+  PLDHashTable::HashStringKey,
+  PLDHashTable::MatchStringKey,
+  PLDHashTable::MoveEntryStub,
+  msg_DHashFreeStringKey,
+  nullptr
+};
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::GetRefFromHash(nsCString &reference, nsMsgKey *threadId)
+{
+  // Initialize the reference hash
+  if (!m_msgReferences)
+  {
+    nsresult rv = InitRefHash();
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      return rv;
+  }
+
+  // Find reference from the hash
+  PLDHashEntryHdr *entry =
+    m_msgReferences->Search((const void *) reference.get());
+  if (entry)
+  {
+    RefHashElement *element = static_cast<RefHashElement *>(entry);
+    *threadId = element->mThreadId;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::AddRefToHash(nsCString &reference, nsMsgKey threadId)
+{
+  if (m_msgReferences)
+  {
+    PLDHashEntryHdr *entry = m_msgReferences->Add((void *) reference.get(), mozilla::fallible);
+    if (!entry)
+      return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY; // XXX out of memory
+
+    RefHashElement *element = static_cast<RefHashElement *>(entry);
+    if (!element->mRef)
+    {
+      element->mRef = ToNewCString(reference);  // Will be freed in msg_DHashFreeStringKey()
+      element->mThreadId = threadId;
+      element->mCount = 1;
+    }
+    else
+      element->mCount++;
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::AddMsgRefsToHash(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr)
+{
+  uint16_t numReferences = 0;
+  nsMsgKey threadId;
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  msgHdr->GetThreadId(&threadId);
+  msgHdr->GetNumReferences(&numReferences);
+
+  for (int32_t i = 0; i < numReferences; i++)
+  {
+    nsAutoCString reference;
+    
+    msgHdr->GetStringReference(i, reference);
+    if (reference.IsEmpty())
+      break;
+
+    rv = AddRefToHash(reference, threadId);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      break;
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::RemoveRefFromHash(nsCString &reference)
+{
+  if (m_msgReferences)
+  {
+    PLDHashEntryHdr *entry =
+     m_msgReferences->Search((const void *) reference.get());
+    if (entry)
+    {
+      RefHashElement *element = static_cast<RefHashElement *>(entry);
+      if (--element->mCount == 0)
+        m_msgReferences->Remove((void *) reference.get());
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// Filter only messages with one or more references
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::RemoveMsgRefsFromHash(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr)
+{
+  uint16_t numReferences = 0;
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  msgHdr->GetNumReferences(&numReferences);
+
+  for (int32_t i = 0; i < numReferences; i++)
+  {
+    nsAutoCString reference;
+    
+    msgHdr->GetStringReference(i, reference);
+    if (reference.IsEmpty())
+      break;
+
+    rv = RemoveRefFromHash(reference);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      break;
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+static nsresult nsReferencesOnlyFilter(nsIMsgDBHdr *msg, void *closure)
+{
+  uint16_t numReferences = 0;
+  msg->GetNumReferences(&numReferences);
+  return (numReferences) ? NS_OK : NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::InitRefHash()
+{
+  // Delete an existing table just in case
+  if (m_msgReferences)
+    delete m_msgReferences;
+
+  // Create new table
+  m_msgReferences = new PLDHashTable(&gRefHashTableOps, sizeof(struct RefHashElement), MSG_HASH_SIZE);
+  if (!m_msgReferences)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+  // Create enumerator to go through all messages with references
+  nsCOMPtr <nsISimpleEnumerator> enumerator;
+  enumerator = new nsMsgDBEnumerator(this, m_mdbAllMsgHeadersTable, nsReferencesOnlyFilter, nullptr);
+  if (enumerator == nullptr)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+  // Populate table with references of existing messages
+  bool hasMore;
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  while (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv = enumerator->HasMoreElements(&hasMore)) && hasMore)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsISupports> supports;
+    rv = enumerator->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(supports));
+    NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "nsMsgDBEnumerator broken");
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr = do_QueryInterface(supports);
+    if (msgHdr && NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      rv = AddMsgRefsToHash(msgHdr);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      break;
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::CreateNewThread(nsMsgKey threadId, const char *subject, nsMsgThread **pnewThread)
+{
+  nsresult  err = NS_OK;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMdbTable> threadTable;
+  struct mdbOid threadTableOID;
+  struct mdbOid allThreadsTableOID;
+
+  if (!pnewThread || !m_mdbStore)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  threadTableOID.mOid_Scope = m_hdrRowScopeToken;
+  threadTableOID.mOid_Id = threadId;
+
+  // Under some circumstances, mork seems to reuse an old table when we create one.
+  // Prevent problems from that by finding any old table first, and deleting its rows.
+  nsresult res = GetStore()->GetTable(GetEnv(), &threadTableOID, getter_AddRefs(threadTable));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(res) && threadTable)
+    threadTable->CutAllRows(GetEnv());
+
+  err  = GetStore()->NewTableWithOid(GetEnv(), &threadTableOID, m_threadTableKindToken,
+    false, nullptr, getter_AddRefs(threadTable));
+  if (NS_FAILED(err))
+    return err;
+
+  allThreadsTableOID.mOid_Scope = m_threadRowScopeToken;
+  allThreadsTableOID.mOid_Id = threadId;
+
+  // add a row for this thread in the table of all threads that we'll use
+  // to do our mapping between subject strings and threads.
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMdbRow> threadRow;
+
+  err = m_mdbStore->GetRow(GetEnv(), &allThreadsTableOID,
+                           getter_AddRefs(threadRow));
+  if (!threadRow)
+  {
+    err  = m_mdbStore->NewRowWithOid(GetEnv(), &allThreadsTableOID,
+                                     getter_AddRefs(threadRow));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err) && threadRow)
+    {
+      if (m_mdbAllThreadsTable)
+        m_mdbAllThreadsTable->AddRow(GetEnv(), threadRow);
+      err = CharPtrToRowCellColumn(threadRow, m_threadSubjectColumnToken, subject);
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+#ifdef DEBUG_David_Bienvenu
+    NS_WARNING("odd that thread row already exists");
+#endif
+    threadRow->CutAllColumns(GetEnv());
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMdbRow> metaRow;
+    threadTable->GetMetaRow(GetEnv(), nullptr, nullptr, getter_AddRefs(metaRow));
+    if (metaRow)
+      metaRow->CutAllColumns(GetEnv());
+
+    CharPtrToRowCellColumn(threadRow, m_threadSubjectColumnToken, subject);
+  }
+
+
+  *pnewThread = new nsMsgThread(this, threadTable);
+  if (*pnewThread)
+  {
+    (*pnewThread)->SetThreadKey(threadId);
+     m_cachedThread = *pnewThread;
+     m_cachedThreadId = threadId;
+  }
+  return err;
+}
+
+
+nsIMsgThread *nsMsgDatabase::GetThreadForReference(nsCString &msgID, nsIMsgDBHdr **pMsgHdr)
+{
+  nsMsgKey threadId;
+  nsIMsgDBHdr  *msgHdr = nullptr;
+  GetMsgHdrForMessageID(msgID.get(), &msgHdr);
+  nsIMsgThread *thread = NULL;
+
+  if (msgHdr != NULL)
+  {
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(msgHdr->GetThreadId(&threadId)))
+    {
+      // find thread header for header whose message id we matched.
+      thread = GetThreadForThreadId(threadId);
+    }
+    if (pMsgHdr)
+      *pMsgHdr = msgHdr;
+    else
+      msgHdr->Release();
+  }
+  // Referenced message not found, check if there are messages that reference same message
+  else if (UseCorrectThreading())
+  {
+	if (NS_SUCCEEDED(GetRefFromHash(msgID, &threadId)))
+	  thread = GetThreadForThreadId(threadId);
+  }
+
+  return thread;
+}
+
+nsIMsgThread *  nsMsgDatabase::GetThreadForSubject(nsCString &subject)
+{
+  nsIMsgThread *thread = nullptr;
+
+  mdbYarn  subjectYarn;
+
+  subjectYarn.mYarn_Buf = (void*)subject.get();
+  subjectYarn.mYarn_Fill = PL_strlen(subject.get());
+  subjectYarn.mYarn_Form = 0;
+  subjectYarn.mYarn_Size = subjectYarn.mYarn_Fill;
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMdbRow>  threadRow;
+  mdbOid    outRowId;
+  if (m_mdbStore)
+  {
+    nsresult result = m_mdbStore->FindRow(GetEnv(), m_threadRowScopeToken,
+      m_threadSubjectColumnToken, &subjectYarn,  &outRowId, getter_AddRefs(threadRow));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(result) && threadRow)
+    {
+      //Get key from row
+      mdbOid outOid;
+      nsMsgKey key = nsMsgKey_None;
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(threadRow->GetOid(GetEnv(), &outOid)))
+        key = outOid.mOid_Id;
+      // find thread header for header whose message id we matched.
+      // It is fine if key was not found,
+      // GetThreadForThreadId(nsMsgKey_None) returns nullptr.
+      thread = GetThreadForThreadId(key);
+    }
+#ifdef DEBUG_bienvenu1
+    else
+    {
+      nsresult  rv;
+      RefPtr<nsMsgThread> pThread;
+
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIMdbPortTableCursor> tableCursor;
+      m_mdbStore->GetPortTableCursor(GetEnv(), m_hdrRowScopeToken, m_threadTableKindToken,
+                                     getter_AddRefs(tableCursor));
+
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMdbTable> table;
+
+        while (true)
+        {
+          rv = tableCursor->NextTable(GetEnv(), getter_AddRefs(table));
+          if (!table)
+            break;
+          if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+            break;
+
+          pThread = new nsMsgThread(this, table);
+          if (pThread)
+          {
+            nsCString curSubject;
+            pThread->GetSubject(curSubject);
+            if (subject.Equals(curSubject))
+            {
+              NS_ERROR("thread with subject exists, but FindRow didn't find it\n");
+              break;
+            }
+          }
+          else
+            break;
+        }
+      }
+#endif
+  }
+  return thread;
+}
+
+// Returns thread that contains a message that references the passed message ID
+nsIMsgThread *nsMsgDatabase::GetThreadForMessageId(nsCString &msgId)
+{
+  nsIMsgThread *thread = NULL;
+  nsMsgKey threadId;
+  
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(GetRefFromHash(msgId, &threadId)))
+    thread = GetThreadForThreadId(threadId);
+
+  return thread;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::ThreadNewHdr(nsMsgHdr* newHdr, bool &newThread)
+{
+  nsresult result=NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgThread> thread;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> replyToHdr;
+  nsMsgKey threadId = nsMsgKey_None, newHdrKey;
+
+  if (!newHdr)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  newHdr->SetThreadParent(nsMsgKey_None); // if we're undoing, could have a thread parent
+  uint16_t numReferences = 0;
+  uint32_t newHdrFlags = 0;
+
+  // use raw flags instead of GetFlags, because GetFlags will
+  // pay attention to what's in m_newSet, and this new hdr isn't
+  // in m_newSet yet.
+  newHdr->GetRawFlags(&newHdrFlags);
+  newHdr->GetNumReferences(&numReferences);
+  newHdr->GetMessageKey(&newHdrKey);
+
+  // try reference threading first
+  for (int32_t i = numReferences - 1; i >= 0;  i--)
+  {
+    nsAutoCString reference;
+
+    newHdr->GetStringReference(i, reference);
+    // first reference we have hdr for is best top-level hdr.
+    // but we have to handle case of promoting new header to top-level
+    // in case the top-level header comes after a reply.
+
+    if (reference.IsEmpty())
+      break;
+
+    thread = dont_AddRef(GetThreadForReference(reference, getter_AddRefs(replyToHdr))) ;
+    if (thread)
+    {
+      if (replyToHdr)
+      {
+        nsMsgKey replyToKey;
+        replyToHdr->GetMessageKey(&replyToKey);
+        // message claims to be a reply to itself - ignore that since it leads to corrupt threading.
+        if (replyToKey == newHdrKey)
+        {
+          // bad references - throw them all away.
+          newHdr->SetMessageId("");
+          thread = nullptr;
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+      thread->GetThreadKey(&threadId);
+      newHdr->SetThreadId(threadId);
+      result = AddToThread(newHdr, thread, replyToHdr, true);
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  // if user hasn't said "only thread by ref headers", thread by subject
+  if (!thread && !UseStrictThreading())
+  {
+    // try subject threading if we couldn't find a reference and the subject starts with Re:
+    nsCString subject;
+    newHdr->GetSubject(getter_Copies(subject));
+    if (ThreadBySubjectWithoutRe() || (newHdrFlags & nsMsgMessageFlags::HasRe))
+    {
+      nsAutoCString cSubject(subject);
+      thread = dont_AddRef(GetThreadForSubject(cSubject));
+      if(thread)
+      {
+        thread->GetThreadKey(&threadId);
+        newHdr->SetThreadId(threadId);
+        //TRACE("threading based on subject %s\n", (const char *) msgHdr->m_subject);
+        // if we move this and do subject threading after, ref threading,
+        // don't thread within children, since we know it won't work. But for now, pass TRUE.
+        result = AddToThread(newHdr, thread, nullptr, true);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  // Check if this is a new parent to an existing message (that has a reference to this message)
+  if (!thread && UseCorrectThreading())
+  {
+    nsCString msgId;
+    newHdr->GetMessageId(getter_Copies(msgId));
+
+    thread = dont_AddRef(GetThreadForMessageId(msgId));
+    if (thread)
+    {
+      thread->GetThreadKey(&threadId);
+      newHdr->SetThreadId(threadId);
+      result = AddToThread(newHdr, thread, nullptr, true);
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (!thread)
+  {
+    // Not a parent or child, make it a new thread for now
+    result = AddNewThread(newHdr);
+    newThread = true;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    newThread = false;
+  }
+  return result;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::AddToThread(nsMsgHdr *newHdr, nsIMsgThread *thread, nsIMsgDBHdr *inReplyTo, bool threadInThread)
+{
+  // don't worry about real threading yet.
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIDBChangeAnnouncer> announcer = do_QueryInterface(this);
+
+  return thread->AddChild(newHdr, inReplyTo, threadInThread, announcer);
+}
+
+nsMsgHdr * nsMsgDatabase::GetMsgHdrForReference(nsCString &reference)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(false, "not implemented yet.");
+  return nullptr;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::GetMsgHdrForMessageID(const char *aMsgID, nsIMsgDBHdr **aHdr)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aHdr);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMsgID);
+  nsIMsgDBHdr  *msgHdr = nullptr;
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  mdbYarn  messageIdYarn;
+
+  messageIdYarn.mYarn_Buf = (void *) aMsgID;
+  messageIdYarn.mYarn_Fill = PL_strlen(aMsgID);
+  messageIdYarn.mYarn_Form = 0;
+  messageIdYarn.mYarn_Size = messageIdYarn.mYarn_Fill;
+
+  nsIMdbRow *hdrRow;
+  mdbOid outRowId;
+  nsresult result;
+  if (m_mdbStore)
+    result = m_mdbStore->FindRow(GetEnv(), m_hdrRowScopeToken,
+      m_messageIdColumnToken, &messageIdYarn,  &outRowId,
+      &hdrRow);
+  else
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(result) && hdrRow)
+  {
+    //Get key from row
+    mdbOid outOid;
+    nsMsgKey key = nsMsgKey_None;
+    rv = hdrRow->GetOid(GetEnv(), &outOid);
+    if (NS_WARN_IF(NS_FAILED(rv)))
+      return rv;
+    key = outOid.mOid_Id;
+
+    rv = GetHdrFromUseCache(key, &msgHdr);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && msgHdr)
+      hdrRow->Release();
+    else {
+      rv = CreateMsgHdr(hdrRow, key, &msgHdr);
+      if (NS_WARN_IF(NS_FAILED(rv)))
+        return rv;
+    }
+  }
+  *aHdr = msgHdr; // already addreffed above.
+  return NS_OK; // it's not an error not to find a msg hdr.
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::GetMsgHdrForGMMsgID(const char *aGMMsgId, nsIMsgDBHdr **aHdr)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aGMMsgId);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aHdr);
+  nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr = nullptr;
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  mdbYarn gMailMessageIdYarn;
+  gMailMessageIdYarn.mYarn_Buf = (void *) aGMMsgId;
+  gMailMessageIdYarn.mYarn_Fill = strlen(aGMMsgId);
+  gMailMessageIdYarn.mYarn_Form = 0;
+  gMailMessageIdYarn.mYarn_Size = gMailMessageIdYarn.mYarn_Fill;
+
+  nsIMdbRow *hdrRow;
+  mdbOid outRowId;
+  nsresult result;
+  mdb_token property_token;
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(m_mdbStore, NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER);
+  result = m_mdbStore->StringToToken(GetEnv(), "X-GM-MSGID",
+    &property_token);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(result, result);
+  result = m_mdbStore->FindRow(GetEnv(), m_hdrRowScopeToken,
+    property_token, &gMailMessageIdYarn, &outRowId, &hdrRow);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(result) && hdrRow)
+  {
+    // Get key from row
+    mdbOid outOid;
+    rv = hdrRow->GetOid(GetEnv(), &outOid);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    nsMsgKey key = outOid.mOid_Id;
+    rv = GetHdrFromUseCache(key, &msgHdr);
+    if ((NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && msgHdr))
+      hdrRow->Release();
+    else {
+      rv = CreateMsgHdr(hdrRow, key, &msgHdr);
+      if (NS_WARN_IF(NS_FAILED(rv)))
+        return rv;
+    }
+  }
+  *aHdr = msgHdr;
+  return NS_OK; // it's not an error not to find a msg hdr.
+}
+
+nsIMsgDBHdr *nsMsgDatabase::GetMsgHdrForSubject(nsCString &subject)
+{
+  nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr = nullptr;
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  mdbYarn subjectYarn;
+
+  subjectYarn.mYarn_Buf = (void*)subject.get();
+  subjectYarn.mYarn_Fill = PL_strlen(subject.get());
+  subjectYarn.mYarn_Form = 0;
+  subjectYarn.mYarn_Size = subjectYarn.mYarn_Fill;
+
+  nsIMdbRow *hdrRow;
+  mdbOid outRowId;
+  nsresult result = GetStore()->FindRow(GetEnv(), m_hdrRowScopeToken,
+    m_subjectColumnToken, &subjectYarn,  &outRowId,
+    &hdrRow);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(result) && hdrRow)
+  {
+    //Get key from row
+    mdbOid outOid;
+    nsMsgKey key = nsMsgKey_None;
+    rv = hdrRow->GetOid(GetEnv(), &outOid);
+    if (NS_WARN_IF(NS_FAILED(rv)))
+      return nullptr;
+    key = outOid.mOid_Id;
+
+    rv = GetHdrFromUseCache(key, &msgHdr);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && msgHdr)
+      hdrRow->Release();
+    else {
+      rv = CreateMsgHdr(hdrRow, key, &msgHdr);
+      if (NS_WARN_IF(NS_FAILED(rv)))
+        return nullptr;
+    }
+  }
+  return msgHdr;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::GetThreadContainingMsgHdr(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr, nsIMsgThread **result)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(msgHdr);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(result);
+
+  *result = nullptr;
+  nsMsgKey threadId = nsMsgKey_None;
+  (void)msgHdr->GetThreadId(&threadId);
+  if (threadId != nsMsgKey_None)
+    *result = GetThreadForThreadId(threadId);
+
+  // if we can't find the thread, try using the msg key as the thread id,
+  // because the msg hdr might not have the thread id set correctly
+  // Or maybe the message was deleted?
+  if (!*result)
+  {
+    nsMsgKey msgKey;
+    msgHdr->GetMessageKey(&msgKey);
+    *result = GetThreadForThreadId(msgKey);
+  }
+  // failure is normal when message was deleted
+  return (*result) ? NS_OK : NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::GetThreadForMsgKey(nsMsgKey msgKey, nsIMsgThread **aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> msg;
+  nsresult rv = GetMsgHdrForKey(msgKey, getter_AddRefs(msg));
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && msg)
+    rv = GetThreadContainingMsgHdr(msg, aResult);
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+// caller needs to unrefer.
+nsIMsgThread *  nsMsgDatabase::GetThreadForThreadId(nsMsgKey threadId)
+{
+
+  nsIMsgThread *retThread = (threadId == m_cachedThreadId && m_cachedThread) ?
+    m_cachedThread.get() : FindExistingThread(threadId);
+  if (retThread)
+  {
+    NS_ADDREF(retThread);
+    return retThread;
+  }
+  if (m_mdbStore)
+  {
+    mdbOid tableId;
+    tableId.mOid_Id = threadId;
+    tableId.mOid_Scope = m_hdrRowScopeToken;
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMdbTable> threadTable;
+    nsresult res = m_mdbStore->GetTable(GetEnv(), &tableId,
+                                        getter_AddRefs(threadTable));
+
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(res) && threadTable)
+    {
+      retThread = new nsMsgThread(this, threadTable);
+      if (retThread)
+      {
+        NS_ADDREF(retThread);
+        m_cachedThread = retThread;
+        m_cachedThreadId = threadId;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return retThread;
+}
+
+// make the passed in header a thread header
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::AddNewThread(nsMsgHdr *msgHdr)
+{
+
+  if (!msgHdr)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  nsMsgThread *threadHdr = nullptr;
+
+  nsCString subject;
+  nsMsgKey threadKey = msgHdr->m_messageKey;
+  // can't have a thread with key 1 since that's the table id of the all msg hdr table,
+  // so give it kTableKeyForThreadOne (0xfffffffe).
+  if (threadKey == kAllMsgHdrsTableKey)
+    threadKey = kTableKeyForThreadOne;
+
+  nsresult err = msgHdr->GetSubject(getter_Copies(subject));
+
+  err = CreateNewThread(threadKey, subject.get(), &threadHdr);
+  msgHdr->SetThreadId(threadKey);
+  if (threadHdr)
+  {
+    threadHdr->AddRef();
+    // err = msgHdr->GetSubject(subject);
+    // threadHdr->SetThreadKey(msgHdr->m_messageKey);
+    // threadHdr->SetSubject(subject.get());
+    // need to add the thread table to the db.
+    AddToThread(msgHdr, threadHdr, nullptr, false);
+    threadHdr->Release();
+  }
+  return err;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::GetBoolPref(const char *prefName, bool *result)
+{
+  bool prefValue = false;
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> pPrefBranch(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  if (pPrefBranch)
+  {
+    rv = pPrefBranch->GetBoolPref(prefName, &prefValue);
+    *result = prefValue;
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::GetIntPref(const char *prefName, int32_t *result)
+{
+  int32_t prefValue = 0;
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> pPrefBranch(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  if (pPrefBranch)
+  {
+    rv = pPrefBranch->GetIntPref(prefName, &prefValue);
+    *result = prefValue;
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::ListAllThreads(nsTArray<nsMsgKey> *threadIds)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsMsgThread *pThread;
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsISimpleEnumerator> threads;
+  rv = EnumerateThreads(getter_AddRefs(threads));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+  bool hasMore = false;
+
+  while (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv = threads->HasMoreElements(&hasMore)) && hasMore)
+  {
+    rv = threads->GetNext((nsISupports**)&pThread);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+    if (threadIds) {
+      nsMsgKey key;
+      (void)pThread->GetThreadKey(&key);
+      threadIds->AppendElement(key);
+    }
+    // NS_RELEASE(pThread);
+    pThread = nullptr;
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::SetAttributeOnPendingHdr(nsIMsgDBHdr *pendingHdr, const char *property,
+                                  const char *propertyVal)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::SetUint32AttributeOnPendingHdr(nsIMsgDBHdr *pendingHdr, const char *property,
+                                  uint32_t propertyVal)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDatabase::SetUint64AttributeOnPendingHdr(nsIMsgDBHdr *aPendingHdr,
+                                              const char *aProperty,
+                                              uint64_t aPropertyVal)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDatabase::UpdatePendingAttributes(nsIMsgDBHdr *aNewHdr)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::GetOfflineOpForKey(nsMsgKey msgKey, bool create, nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation **offlineOp)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(false, "overridden by nsMailDatabase");
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP  nsMsgDatabase::RemoveOfflineOp(nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation *op)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(false, "overridden by nsMailDatabase");
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::ListAllOfflineMsgs(nsIMsgKeyArray *aKeys)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aKeys);
+  nsCOMPtr <nsISimpleEnumerator> enumerator;
+  uint32_t flag = nsMsgMessageFlags::Offline;
+  // if we change this routine to return an enumerator that generates the keys
+  // one by one, we'll need to somehow make a copy of flag for the enumerator
+  // to own, since the enumerator will persist past the life of flag on the stack.
+  nsresult rv = EnumerateMessagesWithFlag(getter_AddRefs(enumerator), &flag);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && enumerator)
+  {
+    bool hasMoreElements;
+    while(NS_SUCCEEDED(enumerator->HasMoreElements(&hasMoreElements)) && hasMoreElements)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> childSupports;
+      rv = enumerator->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(childSupports));
+      if(NS_FAILED(rv))
+        return rv;
+
+      // clear out db hdr, because it won't be valid when we get rid of the .msf file
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> dbMessage(do_QueryInterface(childSupports, &rv));
+      if(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && dbMessage)
+      {
+        nsMsgKey msgKey;
+        dbMessage->GetMessageKey(&msgKey);
+        aKeys->AppendElement(msgKey);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::EnumerateOfflineOps(nsISimpleEnumerator **enumerator)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(false, "overridden by nsMailDatabase");
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::ListAllOfflineOpIds(nsTArray<nsMsgKey> *offlineOpIds)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(false, "overridden by nsMailDatabase");
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::ListAllOfflineDeletes(nsTArray<nsMsgKey> *offlineDeletes)
+{
+  nsresult ret = NS_OK;
+  if (!offlineDeletes)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  // technically, notimplemented, but no one's putting offline ops in anyway.
+  return ret;
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::GetHighWaterArticleNum(nsMsgKey *key)
+{
+  if (!m_dbFolderInfo)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+  return m_dbFolderInfo->GetHighWater(key);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::GetLowWaterArticleNum(nsMsgKey *key)
+{
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+/* attribute nsMsgKey NextPseudoMsgKey */
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::GetNextPseudoMsgKey(nsMsgKey *nextPseudoMsgKey)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(nextPseudoMsgKey);
+  *nextPseudoMsgKey = m_nextPseudoMsgKey--;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::SetNextPseudoMsgKey(nsMsgKey nextPseudoMsgKey)
+{
+  m_nextPseudoMsgKey = nextPseudoMsgKey;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::GetNextFakeOfflineMsgKey(nsMsgKey *nextFakeOfflineMsgKey)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(nextFakeOfflineMsgKey);
+  // iterate over hdrs looking for first non-existant fake offline msg key
+  nsMsgKey fakeMsgKey = kIdStartOfFake;
+
+  bool containsKey;
+  do
+  {
+     ContainsKey(fakeMsgKey, &containsKey);
+     if (!containsKey)
+       break;
+     fakeMsgKey--;
+  }
+  while (containsKey);
+
+  *nextFakeOfflineMsgKey = fakeMsgKey;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::DumpContents()
+{
+  nsMsgKey key;
+  uint32_t i;
+
+  RefPtr<nsMsgKeyArray> keys = new nsMsgKeyArray;
+  if (!keys)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+  nsresult rv = ListAllKeys(keys);
+  uint32_t numKeys;
+  keys->GetLength(&numKeys);
+  for (i = 0; i < numKeys; i++) {
+    key = keys->m_keys[i];
+    nsIMsgDBHdr *msg = NULL;
+    rv = GetMsgHdrForKey(key, &msg);
+    nsMsgHdr* msgHdr = static_cast<nsMsgHdr*>(msg);      // closed system, cast ok
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      nsCString author;
+      nsCString subject;
+
+      msgHdr->GetMessageKey(&key);
+      msgHdr->GetAuthor(getter_Copies(author));
+      msgHdr->GetSubject(getter_Copies(subject));
+      printf("hdr key = %u, author = %s subject = %s\n", key, author.get(), subject.get());
+      NS_RELEASE(msgHdr);
+    }
+  }
+  nsTArray<nsMsgKey> threads;
+  rv = ListAllThreads(&threads);
+  for ( i = 0; i < threads.Length(); i++)
+  {
+    key = threads[i];
+    printf("thread key = %u\n", key);
+    // DumpThread(key);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::DumpMsgChildren(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::DumpThread(nsMsgKey threadId)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  nsIMsgThread *thread = nullptr;
+
+  thread = GetThreadForThreadId(threadId);
+  if (thread)
+  {
+    nsISimpleEnumerator *enumerator = nullptr;
+
+    rv = thread->EnumerateMessages(nsMsgKey_None, &enumerator);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && enumerator)
+    {
+      bool hasMore = false;
+
+      while (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv = enumerator->HasMoreElements(&hasMore)) &&
+             hasMore)
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr <nsISupports> supports;
+        rv = enumerator->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(supports));
+        NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "nsMsgDBEnumerator broken");
+        nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> pMessage = do_QueryInterface(supports);
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !pMessage)
+          break;
+      }
+      NS_RELEASE(enumerator);
+
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+#endif /* DEBUG */
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::SetMsgRetentionSettings(nsIMsgRetentionSettings *retentionSettings)
+{
+  m_retentionSettings = retentionSettings;
+  if (retentionSettings && m_dbFolderInfo)
+  {
+    nsresult rv;
+
+    nsMsgRetainByPreference retainByPreference;
+    uint32_t daysToKeepHdrs;
+    uint32_t numHeadersToKeep;
+    uint32_t daysToKeepBodies;
+    bool cleanupBodiesByDays;
+    bool useServerDefaults;
+    bool applyToFlaggedMessages;
+
+    rv = retentionSettings->GetRetainByPreference(&retainByPreference);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    rv = retentionSettings->GetDaysToKeepHdrs(&daysToKeepHdrs);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    rv = retentionSettings->GetNumHeadersToKeep(&numHeadersToKeep);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    rv = retentionSettings->GetDaysToKeepBodies(&daysToKeepBodies);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    (void) retentionSettings->GetCleanupBodiesByDays(&cleanupBodiesByDays);
+    (void) retentionSettings->GetUseServerDefaults(&useServerDefaults);
+    rv = retentionSettings->GetApplyToFlaggedMessages(&applyToFlaggedMessages);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    // need to write this to the db. We'll just use the dbfolderinfo to write properties.
+    m_dbFolderInfo->SetUint32Property("retainBy", retainByPreference);
+    m_dbFolderInfo->SetUint32Property("daysToKeepHdrs", daysToKeepHdrs);
+    m_dbFolderInfo->SetUint32Property("numHdrsToKeep", numHeadersToKeep);
+    m_dbFolderInfo->SetUint32Property("daysToKeepBodies", daysToKeepBodies);
+    m_dbFolderInfo->SetBooleanProperty("cleanupBodies", cleanupBodiesByDays);
+    m_dbFolderInfo->SetBooleanProperty("useServerDefaults", useServerDefaults);
+    m_dbFolderInfo->SetBooleanProperty("applyToFlaggedMessages", applyToFlaggedMessages);
+  }
+  Commit(nsMsgDBCommitType::kLargeCommit);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::GetMsgRetentionSettings(nsIMsgRetentionSettings **retentionSettings)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(retentionSettings);
+  if (!m_retentionSettings)
+  {
+    // create a new one, and initialize it from the db.
+    m_retentionSettings = new nsMsgRetentionSettings;
+    if (m_retentionSettings && m_dbFolderInfo)
+    {
+      nsMsgRetainByPreference retainByPreference;
+      uint32_t daysToKeepHdrs = 0;
+      uint32_t numHeadersToKeep = 0;
+      bool useServerDefaults;
+      uint32_t daysToKeepBodies = 0;
+      bool cleanupBodiesByDays = false;
+      bool applyToFlaggedMessages;
+
+      m_dbFolderInfo->GetUint32Property("retainBy", nsIMsgRetentionSettings::nsMsgRetainAll, &retainByPreference);
+      m_dbFolderInfo->GetUint32Property("daysToKeepHdrs", 0, &daysToKeepHdrs);
+      m_dbFolderInfo->GetUint32Property("numHdrsToKeep", 0, &numHeadersToKeep);
+      m_dbFolderInfo->GetUint32Property("daysToKeepBodies", 0, &daysToKeepBodies);
+      m_dbFolderInfo->GetBooleanProperty("useServerDefaults", true, &useServerDefaults);
+      m_dbFolderInfo->GetBooleanProperty("cleanupBodies", false, &cleanupBodiesByDays);
+      m_dbFolderInfo->GetBooleanProperty("applyToFlaggedMessages", false,
+                                         &applyToFlaggedMessages);
+      m_retentionSettings->SetRetainByPreference(retainByPreference);
+      m_retentionSettings->SetDaysToKeepHdrs(daysToKeepHdrs);
+      m_retentionSettings->SetNumHeadersToKeep(numHeadersToKeep);
+      m_retentionSettings->SetDaysToKeepBodies(daysToKeepBodies);
+      m_retentionSettings->SetUseServerDefaults(useServerDefaults);
+      m_retentionSettings->SetCleanupBodiesByDays(cleanupBodiesByDays);
+      m_retentionSettings->SetApplyToFlaggedMessages(applyToFlaggedMessages);
+    }
+  }
+  *retentionSettings = m_retentionSettings;
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*retentionSettings);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::SetMsgDownloadSettings(nsIMsgDownloadSettings *downloadSettings)
+{
+  m_downloadSettings = downloadSettings;
+  if (downloadSettings && m_dbFolderInfo)
+  {
+    nsresult rv;
+
+    bool useServerDefaults;
+    bool downloadByDate;
+    uint32_t ageLimitOfMsgsToDownload;
+    bool downloadUnreadOnly;
+
+    rv = downloadSettings->GetUseServerDefaults(&useServerDefaults);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    rv = downloadSettings->GetDownloadByDate(&downloadByDate);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    rv = downloadSettings->GetDownloadUnreadOnly(&downloadUnreadOnly);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    rv = downloadSettings->GetAgeLimitOfMsgsToDownload(&ageLimitOfMsgsToDownload);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    // need to write this to the db. We'll just use the dbfolderinfo to write properties.
+    m_dbFolderInfo->SetBooleanProperty("useServerDefaults", useServerDefaults);
+    m_dbFolderInfo->SetBooleanProperty("downloadByDate", downloadByDate);
+    m_dbFolderInfo->SetBooleanProperty("downloadUnreadOnly", downloadUnreadOnly);
+    m_dbFolderInfo->SetUint32Property("ageLimit", ageLimitOfMsgsToDownload);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::GetMsgDownloadSettings(nsIMsgDownloadSettings **downloadSettings)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(downloadSettings);
+  if (!m_downloadSettings)
+  {
+    // create a new one, and initialize it from the db.
+    m_downloadSettings = new nsMsgDownloadSettings;
+    if (m_downloadSettings && m_dbFolderInfo)
+    {
+      bool useServerDefaults;
+      bool downloadByDate;
+      uint32_t ageLimitOfMsgsToDownload;
+      bool downloadUnreadOnly;
+
+      m_dbFolderInfo->GetBooleanProperty("useServerDefaults", true, &useServerDefaults);
+      m_dbFolderInfo->GetBooleanProperty("downloadByDate", false, &downloadByDate);
+      m_dbFolderInfo->GetBooleanProperty("downloadUnreadOnly", false, &downloadUnreadOnly);
+      m_dbFolderInfo->GetUint32Property("ageLimit", 0, &ageLimitOfMsgsToDownload);
+
+      m_downloadSettings->SetUseServerDefaults(useServerDefaults);
+      m_downloadSettings->SetDownloadByDate(downloadByDate);
+      m_downloadSettings->SetDownloadUnreadOnly(downloadUnreadOnly);
+      m_downloadSettings->SetAgeLimitOfMsgsToDownload(ageLimitOfMsgsToDownload);
+    }
+  }
+  *downloadSettings = m_downloadSettings;
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*downloadSettings);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::ApplyRetentionSettings(nsIMsgRetentionSettings *aMsgRetentionSettings,
+                                                    bool aDeleteViaFolder)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMsgRetentionSettings);
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  if (!m_folder)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  bool isDraftsTemplatesOutbox;
+  uint32_t dtoFlags = nsMsgFolderFlags::Drafts | nsMsgFolderFlags::Templates |
+                        nsMsgFolderFlags::Queue;
+  (void) m_folder->IsSpecialFolder(dtoFlags, true, &isDraftsTemplatesOutbox);
+  // Never apply retention settings to Drafts/Templates/Outbox.
+  if (isDraftsTemplatesOutbox)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMutableArray> msgHdrsToDelete;
+  if (aDeleteViaFolder)
+  {
+    msgHdrsToDelete = do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+  nsMsgRetainByPreference retainByPreference;
+  aMsgRetentionSettings->GetRetainByPreference(&retainByPreference);
+
+  bool applyToFlaggedMessages = false;
+  aMsgRetentionSettings->GetApplyToFlaggedMessages(&applyToFlaggedMessages);
+
+  uint32_t daysToKeepHdrs = 0;
+  uint32_t numHeadersToKeep = 0;
+  switch (retainByPreference)
+  {
+  case nsIMsgRetentionSettings::nsMsgRetainAll:
+    break;
+  case nsIMsgRetentionSettings::nsMsgRetainByAge:
+    aMsgRetentionSettings->GetDaysToKeepHdrs(&daysToKeepHdrs);
+    rv = PurgeMessagesOlderThan(daysToKeepHdrs,
+                                applyToFlaggedMessages, msgHdrsToDelete);
+    break;
+  case nsIMsgRetentionSettings::nsMsgRetainByNumHeaders:
+    aMsgRetentionSettings->GetNumHeadersToKeep(&numHeadersToKeep);
+    rv = PurgeExcessMessages(numHeadersToKeep,
+                             applyToFlaggedMessages, msgHdrsToDelete);
+    break;
+  }
+  if (m_folder)
+  {
+    // update the time we attempted to purge this folder
+    char dateBuf[100];
+    dateBuf[0] = '\0';
+    PRExplodedTime exploded;
+    PR_ExplodeTime(PR_Now(), PR_LocalTimeParameters, &exploded);
+    PR_FormatTimeUSEnglish(dateBuf, sizeof(dateBuf), "%a %b %d %H:%M:%S %Y", &exploded);
+    m_folder->SetStringProperty("LastPurgeTime", nsDependentCString(dateBuf));
+  }
+  if (msgHdrsToDelete)
+  {
+    uint32_t count;
+    msgHdrsToDelete->GetLength(&count);
+    if (count > 0)
+      rv = m_folder->DeleteMessages(msgHdrsToDelete, nullptr, true, false, nullptr, false);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::PurgeMessagesOlderThan(uint32_t daysToKeepHdrs,
+                                               bool applyToFlaggedMessages,
+                                               nsIMutableArray *hdrsToDelete)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  nsMsgHdr *pHeader;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsISimpleEnumerator> hdrs;
+  rv = EnumerateMessages(getter_AddRefs(hdrs));
+  nsTArray<nsMsgKey> keysToDelete;
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+  bool hasMore = false;
+
+  PRTime cutOffDay = PR_Now() - daysToKeepHdrs * PR_USEC_PER_DAY;
+
+  // so now cutOffDay is the PRTime cut-off point. Any msg with a date less than that will get purged.
+  while (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv = hdrs->HasMoreElements(&hasMore)) && hasMore)
+  {
+    bool purgeHdr = false;
+
+    rv = hdrs->GetNext((nsISupports**)&pHeader);
+    NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "nsMsgDBEnumerator broken");
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      break;
+
+    if (!applyToFlaggedMessages)
+    {
+      uint32_t flags;
+      (void)pHeader->GetFlags(&flags);
+      if (flags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Marked)
+        continue;
+    }
+
+    if (!purgeHdr)
+    {
+      PRTime date;
+      pHeader->GetDate(&date);
+      if (date < cutOffDay)
+        purgeHdr = true;
+    }
+    if (purgeHdr)
+    {
+      nsMsgKey msgKey;
+      pHeader->GetMessageKey(&msgKey);
+      keysToDelete.AppendElement(msgKey);
+      if (hdrsToDelete)
+        hdrsToDelete->AppendElement(pHeader, false);
+    }
+    NS_RELEASE(pHeader);
+  }
+
+  if (!hdrsToDelete)
+  {
+    DeleteMessages(keysToDelete.Length(), keysToDelete.Elements(), nullptr);
+
+    if (keysToDelete.Length() > 10) // compress commit if we deleted more than 10
+      Commit(nsMsgDBCommitType::kCompressCommit);
+    else if (!keysToDelete.IsEmpty())
+      Commit(nsMsgDBCommitType::kLargeCommit);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::PurgeExcessMessages(uint32_t numHeadersToKeep,
+                                            bool applyToFlaggedMessages,
+                                            nsIMutableArray *hdrsToDelete)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  nsMsgHdr    *pHeader;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsISimpleEnumerator> hdrs;
+  rv = EnumerateMessages(getter_AddRefs(hdrs));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+  bool hasMore = false;
+  nsTArray<nsMsgKey> keysToDelete;
+
+  mdb_count numHdrs = 0;
+  if (m_mdbAllMsgHeadersTable)
+    m_mdbAllMsgHeadersTable->GetCount(GetEnv(), &numHdrs);
+  else
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  while (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv = hdrs->HasMoreElements(&hasMore)) && hasMore)
+  {
+    bool purgeHdr = false;
+    rv = hdrs->GetNext((nsISupports**)&pHeader);
+    NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "nsMsgDBEnumerator broken");
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      break;
+
+    if (!applyToFlaggedMessages)
+    {
+      uint32_t flags;
+      (void)pHeader->GetFlags(&flags);
+      if (flags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Marked)
+        continue;
+    }
+
+    // this isn't quite right - we want to prefer unread messages (keep all of those we can)
+    if (numHdrs > numHeadersToKeep)
+      purgeHdr = true;
+
+    if (purgeHdr)
+    {
+      nsMsgKey msgKey;
+      pHeader->GetMessageKey(&msgKey);
+      keysToDelete.AppendElement(msgKey);
+      numHdrs--;
+      if (hdrsToDelete)
+        hdrsToDelete->AppendElement(pHeader, false);
+    }
+    NS_RELEASE(pHeader);
+  }
+
+  if (!hdrsToDelete)
+  {
+    int32_t numKeysToDelete = keysToDelete.Length();
+    if (numKeysToDelete > 0)
+    {
+      DeleteMessages(keysToDelete.Length(), keysToDelete.Elements(), nullptr);
+      if (numKeysToDelete > 10)  // compress commit if we deleted more than 10
+        Commit(nsMsgDBCommitType::kCompressCommit);
+      else
+        Commit(nsMsgDBCommitType::kLargeCommit);
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMsgRetentionSettings, nsIMsgRetentionSettings)
+
+// Initialise the member variables to resonable defaults.
+nsMsgRetentionSettings::nsMsgRetentionSettings()
+: m_retainByPreference(1),
+  m_daysToKeepHdrs(0),
+  m_numHeadersToKeep(0),
+  m_useServerDefaults(true),
+  m_cleanupBodiesByDays(false),
+  m_daysToKeepBodies(0),
+  m_applyToFlaggedMessages(false)
+{
+}
+
+nsMsgRetentionSettings::~nsMsgRetentionSettings()
+{
+}
+
+/* attribute unsigned long retainByPreference */
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgRetentionSettings::GetRetainByPreference(nsMsgRetainByPreference *retainByPreference)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(retainByPreference);
+  *retainByPreference = m_retainByPreference;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgRetentionSettings::SetRetainByPreference(nsMsgRetainByPreference retainByPreference)
+{
+  m_retainByPreference = retainByPreference;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* attribute long daysToKeepHdrs; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgRetentionSettings::GetDaysToKeepHdrs(uint32_t *aDaysToKeepHdrs)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aDaysToKeepHdrs);
+  *aDaysToKeepHdrs = m_daysToKeepHdrs;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgRetentionSettings::SetDaysToKeepHdrs(uint32_t aDaysToKeepHdrs)
+{
+  m_daysToKeepHdrs = aDaysToKeepHdrs;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* attribute long numHeadersToKeep; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgRetentionSettings::GetNumHeadersToKeep(uint32_t *aNumHeadersToKeep)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aNumHeadersToKeep);
+  *aNumHeadersToKeep = m_numHeadersToKeep;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgRetentionSettings::SetNumHeadersToKeep(uint32_t aNumHeadersToKeep)
+{
+  m_numHeadersToKeep = aNumHeadersToKeep;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+/* attribute boolean useServerDefaults; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgRetentionSettings::GetUseServerDefaults(bool *aUseServerDefaults)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aUseServerDefaults);
+  *aUseServerDefaults = m_useServerDefaults;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgRetentionSettings::SetUseServerDefaults(bool aUseServerDefaults)
+{
+  m_useServerDefaults = aUseServerDefaults;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* attribute boolean cleanupBodiesByDays; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgRetentionSettings::GetCleanupBodiesByDays(bool *aCleanupBodiesByDays)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aCleanupBodiesByDays);
+  *aCleanupBodiesByDays = m_cleanupBodiesByDays;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgRetentionSettings::SetCleanupBodiesByDays(bool aCleanupBodiesByDays)
+{
+  m_cleanupBodiesByDays = aCleanupBodiesByDays;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* attribute long daysToKeepBodies; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgRetentionSettings::GetDaysToKeepBodies(uint32_t *aDaysToKeepBodies)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aDaysToKeepBodies);
+  *aDaysToKeepBodies = m_daysToKeepBodies;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgRetentionSettings::SetDaysToKeepBodies(uint32_t aDaysToKeepBodies)
+{
+  m_daysToKeepBodies = aDaysToKeepBodies;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* attribute boolean applyToFlaggedMessages; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgRetentionSettings::GetApplyToFlaggedMessages(bool *aApplyToFlaggedMessages)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aApplyToFlaggedMessages);
+  *aApplyToFlaggedMessages = m_applyToFlaggedMessages;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgRetentionSettings::SetApplyToFlaggedMessages(bool aApplyToFlaggedMessages)
+{
+  m_applyToFlaggedMessages = aApplyToFlaggedMessages;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMsgDownloadSettings, nsIMsgDownloadSettings)
+
+nsMsgDownloadSettings::nsMsgDownloadSettings()
+{
+  m_useServerDefaults = false;
+  m_downloadUnreadOnly = false;
+  m_downloadByDate = false;
+  m_ageLimitOfMsgsToDownload = 0;
+}
+
+nsMsgDownloadSettings::~nsMsgDownloadSettings()
+{
+}
+
+/* attribute boolean useServerDefaults; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDownloadSettings::GetUseServerDefaults(bool *aUseServerDefaults)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aUseServerDefaults);
+  *aUseServerDefaults = m_useServerDefaults;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDownloadSettings::SetUseServerDefaults(bool aUseServerDefaults)
+{
+  m_useServerDefaults = aUseServerDefaults;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+/* attribute boolean downloadUnreadOnly; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDownloadSettings::GetDownloadUnreadOnly(bool *aDownloadUnreadOnly)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aDownloadUnreadOnly);
+  *aDownloadUnreadOnly = m_downloadUnreadOnly;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDownloadSettings::SetDownloadUnreadOnly(bool aDownloadUnreadOnly)
+{
+  m_downloadUnreadOnly = aDownloadUnreadOnly;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* attribute boolean downloadByDate; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDownloadSettings::GetDownloadByDate(bool *aDownloadByDate)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aDownloadByDate);
+  *aDownloadByDate = m_downloadByDate;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDownloadSettings::SetDownloadByDate(bool aDownloadByDate)
+{
+  m_downloadByDate = aDownloadByDate;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+/* attribute long ageLimitOfMsgsToDownload; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDownloadSettings::GetAgeLimitOfMsgsToDownload(uint32_t *ageLimitOfMsgsToDownload)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(ageLimitOfMsgsToDownload);
+  *ageLimitOfMsgsToDownload = m_ageLimitOfMsgsToDownload;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDownloadSettings::SetAgeLimitOfMsgsToDownload(uint32_t ageLimitOfMsgsToDownload)
+{
+  m_ageLimitOfMsgsToDownload = ageLimitOfMsgsToDownload;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::GetDefaultViewFlags(nsMsgViewFlagsTypeValue *aDefaultViewFlags)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aDefaultViewFlags);
+  GetIntPref("mailnews.default_view_flags", aDefaultViewFlags);
+  if (*aDefaultViewFlags < nsMsgViewFlagsType::kNone ||
+      *aDefaultViewFlags > (nsMsgViewFlagsType::kThreadedDisplay |
+                            nsMsgViewFlagsType::kShowIgnored |
+                            nsMsgViewFlagsType::kUnreadOnly |
+                            nsMsgViewFlagsType::kExpandAll |
+                            nsMsgViewFlagsType::kGroupBySort))
+    *aDefaultViewFlags = nsMsgViewFlagsType::kNone;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::GetDefaultSortType(nsMsgViewSortTypeValue *aDefaultSortType)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aDefaultSortType);
+  GetIntPref("mailnews.default_sort_type", aDefaultSortType);
+  if (*aDefaultSortType < nsMsgViewSortType::byDate ||
+      *aDefaultSortType > nsMsgViewSortType::byAccount)
+    *aDefaultSortType = nsMsgViewSortType::byDate;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::GetDefaultSortOrder(nsMsgViewSortOrderValue *aDefaultSortOrder)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aDefaultSortOrder);
+  GetIntPref("mailnews.default_sort_order", aDefaultSortOrder);
+  if (*aDefaultSortOrder != nsMsgViewSortOrder::descending)
+    *aDefaultSortOrder = nsMsgViewSortOrder::ascending;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::ResetHdrCacheSize(uint32_t aSize)
+{
+  if (m_cacheSize > aSize)
+  {
+    m_cacheSize = aSize;
+    ClearHdrCache(false);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  void getNewList(out unsigned long count, [array, size_is(count)] out long newKeys);
+ */
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDatabase::GetNewList(uint32_t *aCount, nsMsgKey **aNewKeys)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aCount);
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aNewKeys);
+
+    *aCount = m_newSet.Length();
+    if (*aCount > 0)
+    {
+      *aNewKeys = static_cast<nsMsgKey *>(moz_xmalloc(*aCount * sizeof(nsMsgKey)));
+      if (!*aNewKeys)
+        return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+      memcpy(*aNewKeys, m_newSet.Elements(), *aCount * sizeof(nsMsgKey));
+      return NS_OK;
+    }
+    // if there were no new messages, signal this by returning a null pointer
+    //
+    *aNewKeys = nullptr;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::GetSearchResultsTable(const char *searchFolderUri, bool createIfMissing, nsIMdbTable **table)
+{
+  mdb_kind kindToken;
+  mdb_count numTables;
+  mdb_bool mustBeUnique;
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(m_mdbStore, NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER);
+
+  nsresult err = m_mdbStore->StringToToken(GetEnv(), searchFolderUri, &kindToken);
+  err = m_mdbStore->GetTableKind(GetEnv(), m_hdrRowScopeToken,  kindToken,
+                                  &numTables, &mustBeUnique, table);
+  if ((!*table || NS_FAILED(err)) && createIfMissing)
+    err = m_mdbStore->NewTable(GetEnv(), m_hdrRowScopeToken, kindToken, true, nullptr, table);
+
+  return *table ? err : NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDatabase::GetCachedHits(const char *aSearchFolderUri, nsISimpleEnumerator **aEnumerator)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMdbTable> table;
+  (void) GetSearchResultsTable(aSearchFolderUri, false, getter_AddRefs(table));
+  if (!table)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE; // expected result for no cached hits
+  nsMsgDBEnumerator* e = new nsMsgDBEnumerator(this, table, nullptr, nullptr);
+  if (e == nullptr)
+      return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+  NS_ADDREF(*aEnumerator = e);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::RefreshCache(const char *aSearchFolderUri, uint32_t aNumKeys, nsMsgKey *aNewHits, uint32_t *aNumBadHits, nsMsgKey **aStaleHits)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMdbTable> table;
+  nsresult err = GetSearchResultsTable(aSearchFolderUri, true, getter_AddRefs(table));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(err, err);
+  // update the table so that it just contains aNewHits.
+  // And, keep track of the headers in the original table but not in aNewHits, so we
+  // can put those in aStaleHits.
+  // both aNewHits and the db table are sorted by uid/key.
+  // So, start at the beginning of the table and the aNewHits array.
+  uint32_t newHitIndex = 0;
+  uint32_t tableRowIndex = 0;
+
+  uint32_t rowCount;
+  table->GetCount(GetEnv(), &rowCount);
+  nsTArray<nsMsgKey> staleHits;
+  // should assert that each array is sorted
+  while (newHitIndex < aNumKeys || tableRowIndex < rowCount)
+  {
+    mdbOid oid;
+    nsMsgKey tableRowKey = nsMsgKey_None;
+    if (tableRowIndex < rowCount)
+    {
+      nsresult ret = table->PosToOid (GetEnv(), tableRowIndex, &oid);
+      if (NS_FAILED(ret))
+      {
+        tableRowIndex++;
+        continue;
+      }
+      tableRowKey = oid.mOid_Id;  // ### TODO need the real key for the 0th key problem.
+    }
+
+    if (newHitIndex < aNumKeys && aNewHits[newHitIndex] == tableRowKey)
+    {
+      newHitIndex++;
+      tableRowIndex++;
+      continue;
+    }
+    else if (tableRowIndex >= rowCount || (newHitIndex < aNumKeys && aNewHits[newHitIndex] < tableRowKey))
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIMdbRow> hdrRow;
+      mdbOid rowObjectId;
+
+      rowObjectId.mOid_Id = aNewHits[newHitIndex];
+      rowObjectId.mOid_Scope = m_hdrRowScopeToken;
+      err = m_mdbStore->GetRow(GetEnv(), &rowObjectId, getter_AddRefs(hdrRow));
+      if (hdrRow)
+      {
+        table->AddRow(GetEnv(), hdrRow);
+        mdb_pos newPos;
+        table->MoveRow(GetEnv(), hdrRow, rowCount, tableRowIndex, &newPos);
+        rowCount++;
+        tableRowIndex++;
+      }
+      newHitIndex++;
+      continue;
+    }
+    else if (newHitIndex >= aNumKeys || aNewHits[newHitIndex] > tableRowKey)
+    {
+      staleHits.AppendElement(tableRowKey);
+      table->CutOid(GetEnv(), &oid);
+      rowCount--;
+      continue; // don't increment tableRowIndex since we removed that row.
+    }
+   }
+   *aNumBadHits = staleHits.Length();
+   if (*aNumBadHits)
+   {
+     *aStaleHits = static_cast<nsMsgKey *>(moz_xmalloc(*aNumBadHits * sizeof(nsMsgKey)));
+     if (!*aStaleHits)
+       return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+     memcpy(*aStaleHits, staleHits.Elements(), *aNumBadHits * sizeof(nsMsgKey));
+   }
+   else
+     *aStaleHits = nullptr;
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_David_Bienvenu
+  printf("after refreshing cache\n");
+  // iterate over table and assert that it's in id order
+  table->GetCount(GetEnv(), &rowCount);
+  mdbOid oid;
+  tableRowIndex = 0;
+  mdb_id prevId = 0;
+  while (tableRowIndex < rowCount)
+  {
+    nsresult ret = table->PosToOid (m_mdbEnv, tableRowIndex++, &oid);
+    if (tableRowIndex > 1 && oid.mOid_Id <= prevId)
+    {
+      NS_ASSERTION(false, "inserting row into cached hits table, not sorted correctly");
+      printf("key %lx is before or equal %lx\n", prevId, oid.mOid_Id);
+    }
+    prevId = oid.mOid_Id;
+  }
+
+#endif
+  Commit(nsMsgDBCommitType::kLargeCommit);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// search sorted table
+mdb_pos nsMsgDatabase::FindInsertIndexInSortedTable(nsIMdbTable *table, mdb_id idToInsert)
+{
+  mdb_pos searchPos = 0;
+  uint32_t rowCount;
+  table->GetCount(GetEnv(), &rowCount);
+  mdb_pos hi = rowCount;
+  mdb_pos lo = 0;
+
+  while (hi > lo)
+  {
+    mdbOid outOid;
+    searchPos = (lo + hi - 1) / 2;
+    table->PosToOid(GetEnv(), searchPos, &outOid);
+    if (outOid.mOid_Id == idToInsert)
+    {
+      NS_ASSERTION(false, "id shouldn't be in table");
+      return hi;
+    }
+    if (outOid.mOid_Id > idToInsert)
+      hi = searchPos;
+    else // if (outOid.mOid_Id <  idToInsert)
+      lo = searchPos + 1;
+  }
+  return hi;
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDatabase::UpdateHdrInCache(const char *aSearchFolderUri, nsIMsgDBHdr *aHdr, bool aAdd)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMdbTable> table;
+  nsresult err = GetSearchResultsTable(aSearchFolderUri, true, getter_AddRefs(table));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(err, err);
+  nsMsgKey key;
+  aHdr->GetMessageKey(&key);
+  nsMsgHdr* msgHdr = static_cast<nsMsgHdr*>(aHdr);  // closed system, so this is ok
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err) && m_mdbStore && msgHdr->m_mdbRow)
+  {
+    if (!aAdd)
+    {
+      table->CutRow(m_mdbEnv, msgHdr->m_mdbRow);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      mdbOid rowId;
+      msgHdr->m_mdbRow->GetOid(m_mdbEnv, &rowId);
+      mdb_pos insertPos = FindInsertIndexInSortedTable(table, rowId.mOid_Id);
+      uint32_t rowCount;
+      table->GetCount(m_mdbEnv, &rowCount);
+      table->AddRow(m_mdbEnv, msgHdr->m_mdbRow);
+      mdb_pos newPos;
+      table->MoveRow(m_mdbEnv, msgHdr->m_mdbRow, rowCount, insertPos, &newPos);
+    }
+  }
+
+//  if (aAdd)
+ // if we need to add this hdr, we need to insert it in key order.
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDatabase::HdrIsInCache(const char* aSearchFolderUri, nsIMsgDBHdr *aHdr, bool *aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMdbTable> table;
+  nsresult err = GetSearchResultsTable(aSearchFolderUri, true, getter_AddRefs(table));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(err, err);
+  nsMsgKey key;
+  aHdr->GetMessageKey(&key);
+  mdbOid rowObjectId;
+  rowObjectId.mOid_Id = key;
+  rowObjectId.mOid_Scope = m_hdrRowScopeToken;
+  mdb_bool hasOid;
+  err =  table->HasOid(GetEnv(), &rowObjectId, &hasOid);
+  *aResult = hasOid;
+  return err;
+}
+
diff --git a/mailnews/db/msgdb/src/nsMsgHdr.cpp b/mailnews/db/msgdb/src/nsMsgHdr.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ba1663e3b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/msgdb/src/nsMsgHdr.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1098 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "mozilla/mailnews/MimeHeaderParser.h"
+#include "nsMsgHdr.h"
+#include "nsMsgDatabase.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "nsIMsgThread.h"
+#include "nsMsgMimeCID.h"
+#include "nsIMimeConverter.h"
+#include "mozilla/Attributes.h"
+
+using namespace mozilla::mailnews;
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMsgHdr, nsIMsgDBHdr)
+
+#define FLAGS_INITED 0x1
+#define CACHED_VALUES_INITED 0x2
+#define REFERENCES_INITED 0x4
+#define THREAD_PARENT_INITED 0x8
+
+nsMsgHdr::nsMsgHdr(nsMsgDatabase *db, nsIMdbRow *dbRow)
+{
+  m_mdb = db;
+  Init();
+  m_mdbRow = dbRow;
+  if(m_mdb)
+  {
+    m_mdb->AddRef();
+    mdbOid outOid;
+    if (dbRow && NS_SUCCEEDED(dbRow->GetOid(m_mdb->GetEnv(), &outOid)))
+    {
+      m_messageKey = outOid.mOid_Id;
+      m_mdb->AddHdrToUseCache((nsIMsgDBHdr *) this, m_messageKey);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+
+void nsMsgHdr::Init()
+{
+  m_initedValues = 0;
+  m_statusOffset = 0xffffffff;
+  m_messageKey = nsMsgKey_None;
+  m_messageSize = 0;
+  m_date = 0;
+  m_flags = 0;
+  m_mdbRow = NULL;
+  m_threadId = nsMsgKey_None;
+  m_threadParent = nsMsgKey_None;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgHdr::InitCachedValues()
+{
+  nsresult err = NS_OK;
+
+  if (!m_mdb || !m_mdbRow)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  if (!(m_initedValues & CACHED_VALUES_INITED))
+  {
+    uint32_t uint32Value;
+    mdbOid outOid;
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(m_mdbRow->GetOid(m_mdb->GetEnv(), &outOid)))
+      m_messageKey = outOid.mOid_Id;
+
+    err = GetUInt32Column(m_mdb->m_messageSizeColumnToken, &m_messageSize);
+
+    err = GetUInt32Column(m_mdb->m_dateColumnToken, &uint32Value);
+    Seconds2PRTime(uint32Value, &m_date);
+
+    err = GetUInt32Column(m_mdb->m_messageThreadIdColumnToken, &m_threadId);
+
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err))
+      m_initedValues |= CACHED_VALUES_INITED;
+  }
+  return err;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgHdr::InitFlags()
+{
+
+  nsresult err = NS_OK;
+
+  if (!m_mdb)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  if(!(m_initedValues & FLAGS_INITED))
+  {
+    err = GetUInt32Column(m_mdb->m_flagsColumnToken, &m_flags);
+    m_flags &= ~nsMsgMessageFlags::New; // don't get new flag from MDB
+
+    if(NS_SUCCEEDED(err))
+      m_initedValues |= FLAGS_INITED;
+  }
+
+  return err;
+
+}
+
+nsMsgHdr::~nsMsgHdr()
+{
+  if (m_mdbRow)
+  {
+    if (m_mdb)
+    {
+      NS_RELEASE(m_mdbRow);
+      m_mdb->RemoveHdrFromUseCache((nsIMsgDBHdr *) this, m_messageKey);
+    }
+  }
+  NS_IF_RELEASE(m_mdb);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::GetMessageKey(nsMsgKey *result)
+{
+  if (m_messageKey == nsMsgKey_None && m_mdbRow != NULL)
+  {
+    mdbOid outOid;
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(m_mdbRow->GetOid(m_mdb->GetEnv(), &outOid)))
+      m_messageKey = outOid.mOid_Id;
+
+  }
+  *result = m_messageKey;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::GetThreadId(nsMsgKey *result)
+{
+
+  if (!(m_initedValues & CACHED_VALUES_INITED))
+    InitCachedValues();
+
+  if (result)
+  {
+    *result = m_threadId;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::SetThreadId(nsMsgKey inKey)
+{
+  m_threadId = inKey;
+  return SetUInt32Column(m_threadId, m_mdb->m_messageThreadIdColumnToken);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::SetMessageKey(nsMsgKey value)
+{
+  m_messageKey = value;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgHdr::GetRawFlags(uint32_t *result)
+{
+  if (!(m_initedValues & FLAGS_INITED))
+    InitFlags();
+  *result = m_flags;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::GetFlags(uint32_t *result)
+{
+  if (!(m_initedValues & FLAGS_INITED))
+    InitFlags();
+  if (m_mdb)
+    *result = m_mdb->GetStatusFlags(this, m_flags);
+  else
+    *result = m_flags;
+#ifdef DEBUG_bienvenu
+  NS_ASSERTION(! (*result & (nsMsgMessageFlags::Elided)), "shouldn't be set in db");
+#endif
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::SetFlags(uint32_t flags)
+{
+#ifdef DEBUG_bienvenu
+  NS_ASSERTION(! (flags & (nsMsgMessageFlags::Elided)), "shouldn't set this flag on db");
+#endif
+  m_initedValues |= FLAGS_INITED;
+  m_flags = flags;
+  // don't write out nsMsgMessageFlags::New to MDB.
+  return SetUInt32Column(m_flags & ~nsMsgMessageFlags::New, m_mdb->m_flagsColumnToken);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::OrFlags(uint32_t flags, uint32_t *result)
+{
+  if (!(m_initedValues & FLAGS_INITED))
+    InitFlags();
+  if ((m_flags & flags) != flags)
+    SetFlags (m_flags | flags);
+  *result = m_flags;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::AndFlags(uint32_t flags, uint32_t *result)
+{
+  if (!(m_initedValues & FLAGS_INITED))
+    InitFlags();
+  if ((m_flags & flags) != m_flags)
+    SetFlags (m_flags & flags);
+  *result = m_flags;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::MarkHasAttachments(bool bHasAttachments)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  if(m_mdb)
+  {
+    nsMsgKey key;
+    rv = GetMessageKey(&key);
+    if(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      rv = m_mdb->MarkHasAttachments(key, bHasAttachments, nullptr);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::MarkRead(bool bRead)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  if(m_mdb)
+  {
+    nsMsgKey key;
+    rv = GetMessageKey(&key);
+    if(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      rv = m_mdb->MarkRead(key, bRead, nullptr);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::MarkFlagged(bool bFlagged)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  if(m_mdb)
+  {
+    nsMsgKey key;
+    rv = GetMessageKey(&key);
+    if(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      rv = m_mdb->MarkMarked(key, bFlagged, nullptr);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::GetProperty(const char *propertyName, nsAString &resultProperty)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(propertyName);
+  if (!m_mdb || !m_mdbRow)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+  return m_mdb->GetPropertyAsNSString(m_mdbRow, propertyName, resultProperty);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::SetProperty(const char *propertyName, const nsAString &propertyStr)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(propertyName);
+  if (!m_mdb || !m_mdbRow)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+  return m_mdb->SetPropertyFromNSString(m_mdbRow, propertyName, propertyStr);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::SetStringProperty(const char *propertyName, const char *propertyValue)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(propertyName);
+  if (!m_mdb || !m_mdbRow)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+  return m_mdb->SetProperty(m_mdbRow, propertyName, propertyValue);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::GetStringProperty(const char *propertyName, char **aPropertyValue)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(propertyName);
+  if (!m_mdb || !m_mdbRow)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+  return m_mdb->GetProperty(m_mdbRow, propertyName, aPropertyValue);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::GetUint32Property(const char *propertyName, uint32_t *pResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(propertyName);
+  if (!m_mdb || !m_mdbRow)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+  return m_mdb->GetUint32Property(m_mdbRow, propertyName, pResult);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::SetUint32Property(const char *propertyName, uint32_t value)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(propertyName);
+  if (!m_mdb || !m_mdbRow)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+  return m_mdb->SetUint32Property(m_mdbRow, propertyName, value);
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::GetNumReferences(uint16_t *result)
+{
+  if (!(m_initedValues & REFERENCES_INITED))
+  {
+    const char *references;
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(m_mdb->RowCellColumnToConstCharPtr(GetMDBRow(),
+                       m_mdb->m_referencesColumnToken, &references)))
+      ParseReferences(references);
+    m_initedValues |= REFERENCES_INITED;
+  }
+
+  if (result)
+    *result = m_references.Length();
+  // there is no real failure here; if there are no references, there are no
+  //  references.
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgHdr::ParseReferences(const char *references)
+{
+  const char *startNextRef = references;
+  nsAutoCString resultReference;
+  nsCString messageId;
+  GetMessageId(getter_Copies(messageId));
+
+  while (startNextRef && *startNextRef)
+  {
+    startNextRef = GetNextReference(startNextRef, resultReference,
+                                    startNextRef == references);
+    // Don't add self-references.
+    if (!resultReference.IsEmpty() && !resultReference.Equals(messageId))
+      m_references.AppendElement(resultReference);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::GetStringReference(int32_t refNum, nsACString& resultReference)
+{
+  nsresult err = NS_OK;
+
+  if(!(m_initedValues & REFERENCES_INITED))
+    GetNumReferences(nullptr); // it can handle the null
+
+  if ((uint32_t)refNum < m_references.Length())
+    resultReference = m_references.ElementAt(refNum);
+  else
+    err = NS_ERROR_ILLEGAL_VALUE;
+  return err;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::GetDate(PRTime *result)
+{
+  if (!(m_initedValues & CACHED_VALUES_INITED))
+    InitCachedValues();
+
+  *result = m_date;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::GetDateInSeconds(uint32_t *aResult)
+{
+  return GetUInt32Column(m_mdb->m_dateColumnToken, aResult);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::SetMessageId(const char *messageId)
+{
+  if (messageId && *messageId == '<')
+  {
+    nsAutoCString tempMessageID(messageId + 1);
+    if (tempMessageID.CharAt(tempMessageID.Length() - 1) == '>')
+      tempMessageID.SetLength(tempMessageID.Length() - 1);
+    return SetStringColumn(tempMessageID.get(), m_mdb->m_messageIdColumnToken);
+  }
+  return SetStringColumn(messageId, m_mdb->m_messageIdColumnToken);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::SetSubject(const char *subject)
+{
+	return SetStringColumn(subject, m_mdb->m_subjectColumnToken);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::SetAuthor(const char *author)
+{
+	return SetStringColumn(author, m_mdb->m_senderColumnToken);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::SetReferences(const char *references)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(references);
+  m_references.Clear();
+  ParseReferences(references);
+
+  m_initedValues |= REFERENCES_INITED;
+
+  return SetStringColumn(references, m_mdb->m_referencesColumnToken);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::SetRecipients(const char *recipients)
+{
+  // need to put in rfc822 address parsing code here (or make caller do it...)
+  return SetStringColumn(recipients, m_mdb->m_recipientsColumnToken);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::SetCcList(const char *ccList)
+{
+	return SetStringColumn(ccList, m_mdb->m_ccListColumnToken);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::SetBccList(const char *bccList)
+{
+  return SetStringColumn(bccList, m_mdb->m_bccListColumnToken);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::SetMessageSize(uint32_t messageSize)
+{
+  SetUInt32Column(messageSize, m_mdb->m_messageSizeColumnToken);
+  m_messageSize = messageSize;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::GetOfflineMessageSize(uint32_t *result)
+{
+  uint32_t size;
+  nsresult res = GetUInt32Column(m_mdb->m_offlineMessageSizeColumnToken, &size);
+
+  *result = size;
+  return res;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::SetOfflineMessageSize(uint32_t messageSize)
+{
+  return SetUInt32Column(messageSize, m_mdb->m_offlineMessageSizeColumnToken);
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::SetLineCount(uint32_t lineCount)
+{
+  SetUInt32Column(lineCount, m_mdb->m_numLinesColumnToken);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::SetStatusOffset(uint32_t statusOffset)
+{
+  return SetUInt32Column(statusOffset, m_mdb->m_statusOffsetColumnToken);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::SetDate(PRTime date)
+{
+  m_date = date;
+  uint32_t seconds;
+  PRTime2Seconds(date, &seconds);
+  return SetUInt32Column((uint32_t) seconds, m_mdb->m_dateColumnToken);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::GetStatusOffset(uint32_t *result)
+{
+  uint32_t offset = 0;
+  nsresult res = GetUInt32Column(m_mdb->m_statusOffsetColumnToken, &offset);
+
+  *result = offset;
+  return res;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::SetPriority(nsMsgPriorityValue priority)
+{
+  SetUInt32Column((uint32_t) priority, m_mdb->m_priorityColumnToken);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::GetPriority(nsMsgPriorityValue *result)
+{
+  if (!result)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  uint32_t priority = 0;
+  nsresult rv = GetUInt32Column(m_mdb->m_priorityColumnToken, &priority);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  *result = (nsMsgPriorityValue) priority;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::SetLabel(nsMsgLabelValue label)
+{
+  SetUInt32Column((uint32_t) label, m_mdb->m_labelColumnToken);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::GetLabel(nsMsgLabelValue *result)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(result);
+
+  return GetUInt32Column(m_mdb->m_labelColumnToken, result);
+}
+
+// I'd like to not store the account key, if the msg is in
+// the same account as it was received in, to save disk space and memory.
+// This might be problematic when a message gets moved...
+// And I'm not sure if we should short circuit it here,
+// or at a higher level where it might be more efficient.
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::SetAccountKey(const char *aAccountKey)
+{
+  return SetStringProperty("account", aAccountKey);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::GetAccountKey(char **aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+
+  return GetStringProperty("account", aResult);
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::GetMessageOffset(uint64_t *result)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(result);
+
+  // if there is a message offset, use it, otherwise, we'll use the message key.
+  (void) GetUInt64Column(m_mdb->m_offlineMsgOffsetColumnToken, result, (unsigned)-1);
+  if (*result == (unsigned)-1)
+    *result = m_messageKey;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::SetMessageOffset(uint64_t offset)
+{
+  SetUInt64Column(offset, m_mdb->m_offlineMsgOffsetColumnToken);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::GetMessageSize(uint32_t *result)
+{
+  uint32_t size;
+  nsresult res = GetUInt32Column(m_mdb->m_messageSizeColumnToken, &size);
+
+  *result = size;
+  return res;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::GetLineCount(uint32_t *result)
+{
+  uint32_t linecount;
+  nsresult res = GetUInt32Column(m_mdb->m_numLinesColumnToken, &linecount);
+  *result = linecount;
+  return res;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::SetPriorityString(const char *priority)
+{
+  nsMsgPriorityValue priorityVal = nsMsgPriority::Default;
+
+  // We can ignore |NS_MsgGetPriorityFromString()| return value,
+  // since we set a default value for |priorityVal|.
+  NS_MsgGetPriorityFromString(priority, priorityVal);
+
+  return SetPriority(priorityVal);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::GetAuthor(char* *resultAuthor)
+{
+  return m_mdb->RowCellColumnToCharPtr(GetMDBRow(), m_mdb->m_senderColumnToken, resultAuthor);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::GetSubject(char* *resultSubject)
+{
+  return m_mdb->RowCellColumnToCharPtr(GetMDBRow(), m_mdb->m_subjectColumnToken, resultSubject);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::GetRecipients(char* *resultRecipients)
+{
+  return m_mdb->RowCellColumnToCharPtr(GetMDBRow(), m_mdb->m_recipientsColumnToken, resultRecipients);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::GetCcList(char * *resultCCList)
+{
+  return m_mdb->RowCellColumnToCharPtr(GetMDBRow(), m_mdb->m_ccListColumnToken, resultCCList);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::GetBccList(char * *resultBCCList)
+{
+  return m_mdb->RowCellColumnToCharPtr(GetMDBRow(), m_mdb->m_bccListColumnToken, resultBCCList);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::GetMessageId(char * *resultMessageId)
+{
+  return m_mdb->RowCellColumnToCharPtr(GetMDBRow(), m_mdb->m_messageIdColumnToken, resultMessageId);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::GetMime2DecodedAuthor(nsAString &resultAuthor)
+{
+  return m_mdb->RowCellColumnToMime2DecodedString(GetMDBRow(), m_mdb->m_senderColumnToken, resultAuthor);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::GetMime2DecodedSubject(nsAString &resultSubject)
+{
+  return m_mdb->RowCellColumnToMime2DecodedString(GetMDBRow(), m_mdb->m_subjectColumnToken, resultSubject);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::GetMime2DecodedRecipients(nsAString &resultRecipients)
+{
+  return m_mdb->RowCellColumnToMime2DecodedString(GetMDBRow(), m_mdb->m_recipientsColumnToken, resultRecipients);
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::GetAuthorCollationKey(uint32_t *len, uint8_t **resultAuthor)
+{
+  return m_mdb->RowCellColumnToAddressCollationKey(GetMDBRow(), m_mdb->m_senderColumnToken, resultAuthor, len);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::GetSubjectCollationKey(uint32_t *len, uint8_t **resultSubject)
+{
+  return m_mdb->RowCellColumnToCollationKey(GetMDBRow(), m_mdb->m_subjectColumnToken, resultSubject, len);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::GetRecipientsCollationKey(uint32_t *len, uint8_t **resultRecipients)
+{
+  return m_mdb->RowCellColumnToCollationKey(GetMDBRow(), m_mdb->m_recipientsColumnToken, resultRecipients, len);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::GetCharset(char **aCharset)
+{
+  return m_mdb->RowCellColumnToCharPtr(GetMDBRow(), m_mdb->m_messageCharSetColumnToken, aCharset);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::SetCharset(const char *aCharset)
+{
+  return SetStringColumn(aCharset, m_mdb->m_messageCharSetColumnToken);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::GetEffectiveCharset(nsACString &resultCharset)
+{
+  return m_mdb->GetEffectiveCharset(m_mdbRow, resultCharset);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::SetThreadParent(nsMsgKey inKey)
+{
+  m_threadParent = inKey;
+  if (inKey == m_messageKey)
+    NS_ASSERTION(false, "can't be your own parent");
+  SetUInt32Column(m_threadParent, m_mdb->m_threadParentColumnToken);
+  m_initedValues |= THREAD_PARENT_INITED;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::GetThreadParent(nsMsgKey *result)
+{
+  nsresult res;
+  if(!(m_initedValues & THREAD_PARENT_INITED))
+  {
+    res = GetUInt32Column(m_mdb->m_threadParentColumnToken, &m_threadParent, nsMsgKey_None);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(res))
+      m_initedValues |= THREAD_PARENT_INITED;
+  }
+  *result = m_threadParent;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::GetFolder(nsIMsgFolder **result)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(result);
+
+  if (m_mdb && m_mdb->m_folder)
+  {
+    *result = m_mdb->m_folder;
+    NS_ADDREF(*result);
+  }
+  else
+    *result = nullptr;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgHdr::SetStringColumn(const char *str, mdb_token token)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(str);
+  return m_mdb->CharPtrToRowCellColumn(m_mdbRow, token, str);
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgHdr::SetUInt32Column(uint32_t value, mdb_token token)
+{
+  return m_mdb->UInt32ToRowCellColumn(m_mdbRow, token, value);
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgHdr::GetUInt32Column(mdb_token token, uint32_t *pvalue, uint32_t defaultValue)
+{
+  return m_mdb->RowCellColumnToUInt32(GetMDBRow(), token, pvalue, defaultValue);
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgHdr::SetUInt64Column(uint64_t value, mdb_token token)
+{
+  return m_mdb->UInt64ToRowCellColumn(m_mdbRow, token, value);
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgHdr::GetUInt64Column(mdb_token token, uint64_t *pvalue, uint64_t defaultValue)
+{
+  return m_mdb->RowCellColumnToUInt64(GetMDBRow(), token, pvalue, defaultValue);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Roughly speaking, get the next message-id (starts with a '<' ends with a
+ *  '>').  Except, we also try to handle the case where your reference is of
+ *  a prehistoric vintage that just stuck any old random junk in there.  Our
+ *  old logic would (unintentionally?) just trim the whitespace off the front
+ *  and hand you everything after that.  We change things at all because that
+ *  same behaviour does not make sense if we have already seen a proper message
+ *  id.  We keep the old behaviour at all because it would seem to have
+ *  benefits.  (See jwz's non-zero stats: http://www.jwz.org/doc/threading.html) 
+ * So, to re-state, if there is a valid message-id in there at all, we only
+ *  return valid message-id's (sans bracketing '<' and '>').  If there isn't,
+ *  our result (via "references") is a left-trimmed copy of the string.  If
+ *  there is nothing in there, our result is an empty string.)  We do require
+ *  that you pass allowNonDelimitedReferences what it demands, though.
+ * For example: "<valid@stuff> this stuff is invalid" would net you
+ *  "valid@stuff" and "this stuff is invalid" as results.  We now only would
+ *  provide "valid-stuff" and an empty string (which you should ignore) as
+ *  results.  However "this stuff is invalid" would return itself, allowing
+ *  anything relying on that behaviour to keep working.
+ * 
+ * Note: We accept anything inside the '<' and '>'; technically, we should want
+ *  at least a '@' in there (per rfc 2822).  But since we're going out of our
+ *  way to support weird things...
+ * 
+ * @param startNextRef The position to start at; this should either be the start
+ *     of your references string or our return value from a previous call.
+ * @param reference You pass a nsCString by reference, we put the reference we
+ *     find in it, if we find one.  It may be empty!  Beware!
+ * @param allowNonDelimitedReferences Should we support the
+ *     pre-reasonable-standards form of In-Reply-To where it could be any
+ *     arbitrary string and our behaviour was just to take off leading
+ *     whitespace.  It only makes sense to pass true for your first call to this
+ *     function, as if you are around to make a second call, it means we found
+ *     a properly formatted message-id and so we should only look for more
+ *     properly formatted message-ids.
+ * @returns The next starting position of this routine, which may be pointing at
+ *     a nul '\0' character to indicate termination.
+ */ 
+const char *nsMsgHdr::GetNextReference(const char *startNextRef,
+                                       nsCString &reference,
+                                       bool acceptNonDelimitedReferences)
+{
+  const char *ptr = startNextRef;
+  const char *whitespaceEndedAt = nullptr;
+  const char *firstMessageIdChar = nullptr;
+
+  // make the reference result string empty by default; we will set it to
+  //  something valid if the time comes.
+  reference.Truncate();
+
+  // walk until we find a '<', but keep track of the first point we found that
+  //  was not whitespace (as defined by previous versions of this code.)
+  for (bool foundLessThan = false; !foundLessThan; ptr++)
+  {
+    switch (*ptr)
+    {
+      case '\0':
+        // if we are at the end of the string, we found some non-whitespace, and
+        //  the caller requested that we accept non-delimited whitespace,
+        //  give them that as their reference.  (otherwise, leave it empty)
+        if (acceptNonDelimitedReferences && whitespaceEndedAt)
+          reference = whitespaceEndedAt;
+        return ptr;
+      case ' ':
+      case '\r':
+      case '\n':
+      case '\t':
+        // do nothing, make default case mean you didn't get whitespace
+        break;
+      case '<':
+        firstMessageIdChar = ++ptr; // skip over the '<'
+        foundLessThan = true; // (flag to stop)
+        // intentional fallthrough so whitespaceEndedAt will definitely have
+        //  a non-NULL value, just in case the message-id is not valid (no '>')
+        //  and the old-school support is desired.
+        MOZ_FALLTHROUGH;
+      default:
+        if (!whitespaceEndedAt)
+            whitespaceEndedAt = ptr;
+        break;
+    }
+  }
+
+  // keep going until we hit a '>' or hit the end of the string 
+  for(; *ptr ; ptr++)
+  {
+    if (*ptr == '>')
+    {
+      // it's valid, update reference, making sure to stop before the '>'
+      reference.Assign(firstMessageIdChar, ptr - firstMessageIdChar);
+      // and return a start point just after the '>'
+      return ++ptr;
+    }
+  }
+
+  // we did not have a fully-formed, valid message-id, so consider falling back
+  if (acceptNonDelimitedReferences && whitespaceEndedAt)
+    reference = whitespaceEndedAt;
+  return ptr;
+}
+
+bool nsMsgHdr::IsParentOf(nsIMsgDBHdr *possibleChild)
+{
+  uint16_t referenceToCheck = 0;
+  possibleChild->GetNumReferences(&referenceToCheck);
+  nsAutoCString reference;
+
+  nsCString messageId;
+  GetMessageId(getter_Copies(messageId));
+
+  while (referenceToCheck > 0)
+  {
+    possibleChild->GetStringReference(referenceToCheck - 1, reference);
+
+    if (reference.Equals(messageId))
+      return true;
+    // if reference didn't match, check if this ref is for a non-existent
+    // header. If it is, continue looking at ancestors.
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> refHdr;
+    if (!m_mdb)
+      break;
+    (void) m_mdb->GetMsgHdrForMessageID(reference.get(), getter_AddRefs(refHdr));
+    if (refHdr)
+      break;
+    referenceToCheck--;
+  }
+  return false;
+}
+
+bool nsMsgHdr::IsAncestorOf(nsIMsgDBHdr *possibleChild)
+{
+  const char *references;
+  nsMsgHdr* curHdr = static_cast<nsMsgHdr*>(possibleChild);      // closed system, cast ok
+  m_mdb->RowCellColumnToConstCharPtr(curHdr->GetMDBRow(), m_mdb->m_referencesColumnToken, &references);
+  if (!references)
+    return false;
+
+  nsCString messageId;
+  // should put < > around message id to make strstr strictly match
+  GetMessageId(getter_Copies(messageId));
+  return (strstr(references, messageId.get()) != nullptr);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::GetIsRead(bool *isRead)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(isRead);
+  if (!(m_initedValues & FLAGS_INITED))
+    InitFlags();
+  *isRead = !!(m_flags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Read);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::GetIsFlagged(bool *isFlagged)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(isFlagged);
+  if (!(m_initedValues & FLAGS_INITED))
+    InitFlags();
+  *isFlagged = !!(m_flags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Marked);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+void nsMsgHdr::ReparentInThread(nsIMsgThread *thread)
+{
+  NS_WARNING("Borked message header, attempting to fix!");
+  uint32_t numChildren;
+  thread->GetNumChildren(&numChildren);
+  // bail out early for the singleton thread case.
+  if (numChildren == 1)
+  {
+    SetThreadParent(nsMsgKey_None);
+    return;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> curHdr;
+    // loop through thread, looking for our proper parent.
+    for (uint32_t childIndex = 0; childIndex < numChildren; childIndex++)
+    {
+      thread->GetChildHdrAt(childIndex, getter_AddRefs(curHdr));
+      // closed system, cast ok
+      nsMsgHdr* curMsgHdr = static_cast<nsMsgHdr*>(curHdr.get());
+      if (curHdr && curMsgHdr->IsParentOf(this))
+      {
+        nsMsgKey curHdrKey;
+        curHdr->GetMessageKey(&curHdrKey);
+        SetThreadParent(curHdrKey);
+        return;
+      }
+    }
+    // we didn't find it. So either the root header is our parent,
+    // or we're the root.
+    int32_t rootIndex;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> rootHdr;
+    thread->GetRootHdr(&rootIndex, getter_AddRefs(rootHdr));
+    NS_ASSERTION(rootHdr, "thread has no root hdr - shouldn't happen");
+    if (rootHdr)
+    {
+      nsMsgKey rootKey;
+      rootHdr->GetMessageKey(&rootKey);
+      // if we're the root, our thread parent is -1.
+      SetThreadParent(rootKey == m_messageKey ? nsMsgKey_None : rootKey);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+bool nsMsgHdr::IsAncestorKilled(uint32_t ancestorsToCheck)
+{
+  if (!(m_initedValues & FLAGS_INITED))
+    InitFlags();
+  bool isKilled = m_flags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Ignored;
+
+  if (!isKilled)
+  {
+    nsMsgKey threadParent;
+    GetThreadParent(&threadParent);
+
+    if (threadParent == m_messageKey)
+    {
+      // isKilled is false by virtue of the enclosing if statement
+      NS_ERROR("Thread is parent of itself, please fix!");
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgThread> thread;
+      (void) m_mdb->GetThreadContainingMsgHdr(this, getter_AddRefs(thread));
+      if (!thread)
+        return false;
+      ReparentInThread(thread);
+      // Something's wrong, but the problem happened some time ago, so erroring
+      // out now is probably not a good idea. Ergo, we'll pretend to be OK, show
+      // the user the thread (err on the side of caution), and let the assertion
+      // alert debuggers to a problem.
+      return false;
+    }
+    if (threadParent != nsMsgKey_None)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> parentHdr;
+      (void) m_mdb->GetMsgHdrForKey(threadParent, getter_AddRefs(parentHdr));
+
+      if (parentHdr)
+      {
+        // More proofing against crashers. This crasher was derived from the
+        // fact that something got borked, leaving is in hand with a circular
+        // reference to borked headers inducing these loops. The defining
+        // characteristic of these headers is that they don't actually seat
+        // themselves in the thread properly.
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgThread> thread;
+        (void) m_mdb->GetThreadContainingMsgHdr(this, getter_AddRefs(thread));
+        if (thread)
+        {
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> claimant;
+          (void) thread->GetChild(threadParent, getter_AddRefs(claimant));
+          if (!claimant)
+          {
+            // attempt to reparent, and say the thread isn't killed,
+            // erring on the side of safety.
+            ReparentInThread(thread);
+            return false;
+          }
+        }
+
+        if (!ancestorsToCheck)
+        {
+          // We think we have a parent, but we have no more ancestors to check
+          NS_ASSERTION(false, "cycle in parent relationship, please fix!");
+          return false;
+        }
+        // closed system, cast ok
+        nsMsgHdr* parent = static_cast<nsMsgHdr*>(parentHdr.get());
+        return parent->IsAncestorKilled(ancestorsToCheck - 1);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return isKilled;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::GetIsKilled(bool *isKilled)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(isKilled);
+  *isKilled = false;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgThread> thread;
+  (void) m_mdb->GetThreadContainingMsgHdr(this, getter_AddRefs(thread));
+  // if we can't find the thread, let's at least check one level; maybe
+  // the header hasn't been added to a thread yet.
+  uint32_t numChildren = 1;
+  if (thread)
+    thread->GetNumChildren(&numChildren);
+  if (!numChildren)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  // We can't have as many ancestors as there are messages in the thread,
+  // so tell IsAncestorKilled to only check numChildren - 1 ancestors.
+  *isKilled = IsAncestorKilled(numChildren - 1);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#include "nsIStringEnumerator.h"
+#include "nsAutoPtr.h"
+#define NULL_MORK_COLUMN 0
+class nsMsgPropertyEnumerator : public nsIUTF8StringEnumerator
+{
+public:
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIUTF8STRINGENUMERATOR
+
+  nsMsgPropertyEnumerator(nsMsgHdr* aHdr);
+  void PrefetchNext();
+
+protected:
+  virtual ~nsMsgPropertyEnumerator();
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMdbRowCellCursor> mRowCellCursor;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMdbEnv> m_mdbEnv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMdbStore> m_mdbStore;
+  // Hold a reference to the hdr so it will hold an xpcom reference to the
+  // underlying mdb row. The row cell cursor will crash if the underlying
+  // row goes away.
+  RefPtr<nsMsgHdr> m_hdr;
+  bool mNextPrefetched;
+  mdb_column mNextColumn;
+};
+
+nsMsgPropertyEnumerator::nsMsgPropertyEnumerator(nsMsgHdr* aHdr)
+  :  mNextPrefetched(false),
+     mNextColumn(NULL_MORK_COLUMN)
+{
+  RefPtr<nsMsgDatabase> mdb;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMdbRow> mdbRow;
+
+  if (aHdr &&
+      (mdbRow = aHdr->GetMDBRow()) &&
+      (m_hdr = aHdr) &&
+      (mdb = aHdr->m_mdb) &&
+      (m_mdbEnv = mdb->m_mdbEnv) &&
+      (m_mdbStore = mdb->m_mdbStore))
+  {
+    mdbRow->GetRowCellCursor(m_mdbEnv, -1, getter_AddRefs(mRowCellCursor));
+  }
+}
+
+nsMsgPropertyEnumerator::~nsMsgPropertyEnumerator()
+{
+  // Need to clear this before the nsMsgHdr and its corresponding
+  // nsIMdbRow potentially go away.
+  mRowCellCursor = nullptr;
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMsgPropertyEnumerator, nsIUTF8StringEnumerator)
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgPropertyEnumerator::GetNext(nsACString& aItem)
+{
+  PrefetchNext();
+  if (mNextColumn == NULL_MORK_COLUMN)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE; // call HasMore first
+  if (!m_mdbStore || !m_mdbEnv)
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+  mNextPrefetched = false;
+  char columnName[100];
+  struct mdbYarn colYarn = {columnName, 0, sizeof(columnName), 0, 0, nullptr};
+  // Get the column of the cell
+  nsresult rv = m_mdbStore->TokenToString(m_mdbEnv, mNextColumn, &colYarn);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  aItem.Assign(static_cast<char *>(colYarn.mYarn_Buf), colYarn.mYarn_Fill);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgPropertyEnumerator::HasMore(bool *aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+
+  PrefetchNext();
+  *aResult = (mNextColumn != NULL_MORK_COLUMN);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+void nsMsgPropertyEnumerator::PrefetchNext(void)
+{
+  if (!mNextPrefetched && m_mdbEnv && mRowCellCursor)
+  {
+    mNextPrefetched = true;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMdbCell> cell;
+    mRowCellCursor->NextCell(m_mdbEnv, getter_AddRefs(cell), &mNextColumn, nullptr);
+    if (mNextColumn == NULL_MORK_COLUMN)
+    {
+      // free up references
+      m_mdbStore = nullptr;
+      m_mdbEnv = nullptr;
+      mRowCellCursor = nullptr;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::GetPropertyEnumerator(nsIUTF8StringEnumerator** _result)
+{
+  nsMsgPropertyEnumerator* enumerator = new nsMsgPropertyEnumerator(this);
+  if (!enumerator)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+  NS_ADDREF(*_result = enumerator);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/db/msgdb/src/nsMsgOfflineImapOperation.cpp b/mailnews/db/msgdb/src/nsMsgOfflineImapOperation.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2ce35047a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/msgdb/src/nsMsgOfflineImapOperation.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,378 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "nsMsgOfflineImapOperation.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "mozilla/Logging.h"
+
+using namespace mozilla;
+
+PRLogModuleInfo *IMAPOffline;
+
+/* Implementation file */
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMsgOfflineImapOperation, nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation)
+
+// property names for offine imap operation fields.
+#define PROP_OPERATION "op"
+#define PROP_OPERATION_FLAGS "opFlags"
+#define PROP_NEW_FLAGS "newFlags"
+#define PROP_MESSAGE_KEY "msgKey"
+#define PROP_SRC_MESSAGE_KEY "srcMsgKey"
+#define PROP_SRC_FOLDER_URI "srcFolderURI"
+#define PROP_MOVE_DEST_FOLDER_URI "moveDest"
+#define PROP_NUM_COPY_DESTS "numCopyDests"
+#define PROP_COPY_DESTS "copyDests" // how to delimit these? Or should we do the "dest1","dest2" etc trick? But then we'd need to shuffle
+                                    // them around since we delete off the front first.
+#define PROP_KEYWORD_ADD "addedKeywords"
+#define PROP_KEYWORD_REMOVE "removedKeywords"
+#define PROP_MSG_SIZE "msgSize"
+#define PROP_PLAYINGBACK "inPlayback"
+
+nsMsgOfflineImapOperation::nsMsgOfflineImapOperation(nsMsgDatabase *db, nsIMdbRow *row)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(db, "can't have null db");
+  NS_ASSERTION(row, "can't have null row");
+  m_operation = 0;
+  m_operationFlags = 0;
+  m_messageKey = nsMsgKey_None;
+  m_sourceMessageKey = nsMsgKey_None;
+  m_mdb = db;
+  NS_ADDREF(m_mdb);
+  m_mdbRow = row;
+  m_newFlags = 0;
+  m_mdb->GetUint32Property(m_mdbRow, PROP_OPERATION, (uint32_t *) &m_operation, 0);
+  m_mdb->GetUint32Property(m_mdbRow, PROP_MESSAGE_KEY, &m_messageKey, 0);
+  m_mdb->GetUint32Property(m_mdbRow, PROP_OPERATION_FLAGS, &m_operationFlags, 0);
+  m_mdb->GetUint32Property(m_mdbRow, PROP_NEW_FLAGS, (uint32_t *) &m_newFlags, 0);
+}
+
+nsMsgOfflineImapOperation::~nsMsgOfflineImapOperation()
+{
+  // clear the row first, in case we're holding the last reference
+  // to the db.
+  m_mdbRow = nullptr;
+  NS_IF_RELEASE(m_mdb);
+}
+
+/* attribute nsOfflineImapOperationType operation; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgOfflineImapOperation::GetOperation(nsOfflineImapOperationType *aOperation)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(aOperation);
+  *aOperation = m_operation;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgOfflineImapOperation::SetOperation(nsOfflineImapOperationType aOperation)
+{
+  if (MOZ_LOG_TEST(IMAPOffline, LogLevel::Info))
+    MOZ_LOG(IMAPOffline, LogLevel::Info, ("msg id %x setOperation was %x add %x", m_messageKey, m_operation, aOperation));
+
+  m_operation |= aOperation;
+  return m_mdb->SetUint32Property(m_mdbRow, PROP_OPERATION, m_operation);
+}
+
+/* void clearOperation (in nsOfflineImapOperationType operation); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgOfflineImapOperation::ClearOperation(nsOfflineImapOperationType aOperation)
+{
+  if (MOZ_LOG_TEST(IMAPOffline, LogLevel::Info))
+    MOZ_LOG(IMAPOffline, LogLevel::Info, ("msg id %x clearOperation was %x clear %x", m_messageKey, m_operation, aOperation));
+  m_operation &= ~aOperation;
+  switch (aOperation)
+  {
+  case kMsgMoved:
+  case kAppendTemplate:
+  case kAppendDraft:
+    m_moveDestination.Truncate();
+    break;
+  case kMsgCopy:
+    m_copyDestinations.RemoveElementAt(0);
+    break;
+  }
+  return m_mdb->SetUint32Property(m_mdbRow, PROP_OPERATION, m_operation);
+}
+
+/* attribute nsMsgKey messageKey; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgOfflineImapOperation::GetMessageKey(nsMsgKey *aMessageKey)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(aMessageKey);
+  *aMessageKey = m_messageKey;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgOfflineImapOperation::SetMessageKey(nsMsgKey aMessageKey)
+{
+  m_messageKey = aMessageKey;
+  return m_mdb->SetUint32Property(m_mdbRow, PROP_MESSAGE_KEY, m_messageKey);
+}
+
+/* attribute nsMsgKey srcMessageKey; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgOfflineImapOperation::GetSrcMessageKey(nsMsgKey *aMessageKey)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(aMessageKey);
+  return m_mdb->GetUint32Property(m_mdbRow, PROP_SRC_MESSAGE_KEY, aMessageKey, nsMsgKey_None);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgOfflineImapOperation::SetSrcMessageKey(nsMsgKey aMessageKey)
+{
+  m_messageKey = aMessageKey;
+  return m_mdb->SetUint32Property(m_mdbRow, PROP_SRC_MESSAGE_KEY, m_messageKey);
+}
+
+/* attribute imapMessageFlagsType flagOperation; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgOfflineImapOperation::GetFlagOperation(imapMessageFlagsType *aFlagOperation)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(aFlagOperation);
+  *aFlagOperation = m_operationFlags;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgOfflineImapOperation::SetFlagOperation(imapMessageFlagsType aFlagOperation)
+{
+  if (MOZ_LOG_TEST(IMAPOffline, LogLevel::Info))
+    MOZ_LOG(IMAPOffline, LogLevel::Info, ("msg id %x setFlagOperation was %x add %x", m_messageKey, m_operationFlags, aFlagOperation));
+  SetOperation(kFlagsChanged);
+  nsresult rv = SetNewFlags(aFlagOperation);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  m_operationFlags |= aFlagOperation;
+  return m_mdb->SetUint32Property(m_mdbRow, PROP_OPERATION_FLAGS, m_operationFlags);
+}
+
+/* attribute imapMessageFlagsType flagOperation; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgOfflineImapOperation::GetNewFlags(imapMessageFlagsType *aNewFlags)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(aNewFlags);
+  uint32_t flags;
+  nsresult rv = m_mdb->GetUint32Property(m_mdbRow, PROP_NEW_FLAGS, &flags, 0);
+  *aNewFlags = m_newFlags = (imapMessageFlagsType) flags;
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgOfflineImapOperation::SetNewFlags(imapMessageFlagsType aNewFlags)
+{
+  if (MOZ_LOG_TEST(IMAPOffline, LogLevel::Info) && m_newFlags != aNewFlags)
+    MOZ_LOG(IMAPOffline, LogLevel::Info, ("msg id %x SetNewFlags was %x to %x", m_messageKey, m_newFlags, aNewFlags));
+  m_newFlags = aNewFlags;
+  return m_mdb->SetUint32Property(m_mdbRow, PROP_NEW_FLAGS, m_newFlags);
+}
+
+
+/* attribute string destinationFolderURI; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgOfflineImapOperation::GetDestinationFolderURI(char * *aDestinationFolderURI)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(aDestinationFolderURI);
+  (void) m_mdb->GetProperty(m_mdbRow, PROP_MOVE_DEST_FOLDER_URI, getter_Copies(m_moveDestination));
+  *aDestinationFolderURI = ToNewCString(m_moveDestination);
+  return (*aDestinationFolderURI) ? NS_OK : NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgOfflineImapOperation::SetDestinationFolderURI(const char * aDestinationFolderURI)
+{
+  if (MOZ_LOG_TEST(IMAPOffline, LogLevel::Info))
+    MOZ_LOG(IMAPOffline, LogLevel::Info, ("msg id %x SetDestinationFolderURI to %s", m_messageKey, aDestinationFolderURI));
+  m_moveDestination = aDestinationFolderURI ? aDestinationFolderURI : 0;
+  return m_mdb->SetProperty(m_mdbRow, PROP_MOVE_DEST_FOLDER_URI, aDestinationFolderURI);
+}
+
+/* attribute string sourceFolderURI; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgOfflineImapOperation::GetSourceFolderURI(char * *aSourceFolderURI)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(aSourceFolderURI);
+  nsresult rv = m_mdb->GetProperty(m_mdbRow, PROP_SRC_FOLDER_URI, getter_Copies(m_sourceFolder));
+  *aSourceFolderURI = ToNewCString(m_sourceFolder);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgOfflineImapOperation::SetSourceFolderURI(const char * aSourceFolderURI)
+{
+  m_sourceFolder = aSourceFolderURI ? aSourceFolderURI : 0;
+  SetOperation(kMoveResult);
+
+  return m_mdb->SetProperty(m_mdbRow, PROP_SRC_FOLDER_URI, aSourceFolderURI);
+}
+
+/* attribute string keyword; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgOfflineImapOperation::GetKeywordsToAdd(char * *aKeywords)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(aKeywords);
+  nsresult rv = m_mdb->GetProperty(m_mdbRow, PROP_KEYWORD_ADD, getter_Copies(m_keywordsToAdd));
+  *aKeywords = ToNewCString(m_keywordsToAdd);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgOfflineImapOperation::AddKeywordToAdd(const char * aKeyword)
+{
+  SetOperation(kAddKeywords);
+  return AddKeyword(aKeyword, m_keywordsToAdd, PROP_KEYWORD_ADD, m_keywordsToRemove, PROP_KEYWORD_REMOVE);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgOfflineImapOperation::GetKeywordsToRemove(char * *aKeywords)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(aKeywords);
+  nsresult rv = m_mdb->GetProperty(m_mdbRow, PROP_KEYWORD_REMOVE, getter_Copies(m_keywordsToRemove));
+  *aKeywords = ToNewCString(m_keywordsToRemove);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgOfflineImapOperation::AddKeyword(const char *aKeyword, nsCString &addList, const char *addProp,
+                                               nsCString &removeList, const char *removeProp)
+{
+  int32_t startOffset, keywordLength;
+  if (!MsgFindKeyword(nsDependentCString(aKeyword), addList, &startOffset, &keywordLength))
+  {
+    if (!addList.IsEmpty())
+      addList.Append(' ');
+    addList.Append(aKeyword);
+  }
+  // if the keyword we're removing was in the list of keywords to add,
+  // cut it from that list.
+  if (MsgFindKeyword(nsDependentCString(aKeyword), removeList, &startOffset, &keywordLength))
+  {
+    removeList.Cut(startOffset, keywordLength);
+    m_mdb->SetProperty(m_mdbRow, removeProp, removeList.get());
+  }
+  return m_mdb->SetProperty(m_mdbRow, addProp, addList.get());
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgOfflineImapOperation::AddKeywordToRemove(const char * aKeyword)
+{
+  SetOperation(kRemoveKeywords);
+  return AddKeyword(aKeyword, m_keywordsToRemove, PROP_KEYWORD_REMOVE, m_keywordsToAdd, PROP_KEYWORD_ADD);
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgOfflineImapOperation::AddMessageCopyOperation(const char *destinationBox)
+{
+  SetOperation(kMsgCopy);
+  nsAutoCString newDest(destinationBox);
+  nsresult rv = GetCopiesFromDB();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  m_copyDestinations.AppendElement(newDest);
+  return SetCopiesToDB();
+}
+
+// we write out the folders as one string, separated by 0x1.
+#define FOLDER_SEP_CHAR '\001'
+
+nsresult nsMsgOfflineImapOperation::GetCopiesFromDB()
+{
+  nsCString copyDests;
+  m_copyDestinations.Clear();
+  nsresult rv = m_mdb->GetProperty(m_mdbRow, PROP_COPY_DESTS, getter_Copies(copyDests));
+  // use 0x1 as the delimiter between folder names since it's not a legal character
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !copyDests.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    int32_t curCopyDestStart = 0;
+    int32_t nextCopyDestPos = 0;
+
+    while (nextCopyDestPos != -1)
+    {
+      nsCString curDest;
+      nextCopyDestPos = copyDests.FindChar(FOLDER_SEP_CHAR, curCopyDestStart);
+      if (nextCopyDestPos > 0)
+        curDest = Substring(copyDests, curCopyDestStart, nextCopyDestPos - curCopyDestStart);
+      else
+        curDest = Substring(copyDests, curCopyDestStart, copyDests.Length() - curCopyDestStart);
+      curCopyDestStart = nextCopyDestPos + 1;
+      m_copyDestinations.AppendElement(curDest);
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgOfflineImapOperation::SetCopiesToDB()
+{
+  nsAutoCString copyDests;
+
+  // use 0x1 as the delimiter between folders
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < m_copyDestinations.Length(); i++)
+  {
+    if (i > 0)
+      copyDests.Append(FOLDER_SEP_CHAR);
+    copyDests.Append(m_copyDestinations.ElementAt(i));
+  }
+  return m_mdb->SetProperty(m_mdbRow, PROP_COPY_DESTS, copyDests.get());
+}
+
+/* attribute long numberOfCopies; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgOfflineImapOperation::GetNumberOfCopies(int32_t *aNumberOfCopies)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(aNumberOfCopies);
+  nsresult rv = GetCopiesFromDB();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  *aNumberOfCopies = m_copyDestinations.Length();
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* string getCopyDestination (in long copyIndex); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgOfflineImapOperation::GetCopyDestination(int32_t copyIndex, char **retval)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(retval);
+  nsresult rv = GetCopiesFromDB();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  if (copyIndex >= (int32_t)m_copyDestinations.Length())
+    return NS_ERROR_ILLEGAL_VALUE;
+  *retval = ToNewCString(m_copyDestinations.ElementAt(copyIndex));
+  return (*retval) ? NS_OK : NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+}
+
+/* attribute unsigned log msgSize; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgOfflineImapOperation::GetMsgSize(uint32_t *aMsgSize)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(aMsgSize);
+  return m_mdb->GetUint32Property(m_mdbRow, PROP_MSG_SIZE, aMsgSize, 0);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgOfflineImapOperation::SetMsgSize(uint32_t aMsgSize)
+{
+  return m_mdb->SetUint32Property(m_mdbRow, PROP_MSG_SIZE, aMsgSize);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgOfflineImapOperation::SetPlayingBack(bool aPlayingBack)
+{
+  return m_mdb->SetBooleanProperty(m_mdbRow, PROP_PLAYINGBACK, aPlayingBack);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgOfflineImapOperation::GetPlayingBack(bool *aPlayingBack)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(aPlayingBack);
+  return m_mdb->GetBooleanProperty(m_mdbRow, PROP_PLAYINGBACK, aPlayingBack);
+}
+
+
+void nsMsgOfflineImapOperation::Log(PRLogModuleInfo *logFile)
+{
+  if (!IMAPOffline)
+    IMAPOffline = PR_NewLogModule("IMAPOFFLINE");
+  if (!MOZ_LOG_TEST(IMAPOffline, LogLevel::Info))
+    return;
+  //  const long kMoveResult              = 0x8;
+  //  const long kAppendDraft           = 0x10;
+  //  const long kAddedHeader           = 0x20;
+  //  const long kDeletedMsg              = 0x40;
+  //  const long kMsgMarkedDeleted = 0x80;
+  //  const long kAppendTemplate      = 0x100;
+  //  const long kDeleteAllMsgs          = 0x200;
+  if (m_operation & nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation::kFlagsChanged)
+    MOZ_LOG(IMAPOffline, LogLevel::Info, ("msg id %x changeFlag:%x", m_messageKey, m_newFlags));
+  if (m_operation & nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation::kMsgMoved)
+  {
+    nsCString moveDestFolder;
+    GetDestinationFolderURI(getter_Copies(moveDestFolder));
+    MOZ_LOG(IMAPOffline, LogLevel::Info, ("msg id %x moveTo:%s", m_messageKey, moveDestFolder.get()));
+  }
+  if (m_operation & nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation::kMsgCopy)
+  {
+    nsCString copyDests;
+    m_mdb->GetProperty(m_mdbRow, PROP_COPY_DESTS, getter_Copies(copyDests));
+    MOZ_LOG(IMAPOffline, LogLevel::Info, ("msg id %x moveTo:%s", m_messageKey, copyDests.get()));
+  }
+  if (m_operation & nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation::kAppendDraft)
+    MOZ_LOG(IMAPOffline, LogLevel::Info, ("msg id %x append draft", m_messageKey));
+  if (m_operation & nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation::kAddKeywords)
+    MOZ_LOG(IMAPOffline, LogLevel::Info, ("msg id %x add keyword:%s", m_messageKey, m_keywordsToAdd.get()));
+  if (m_operation & nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation::kRemoveKeywords)
+    MOZ_LOG(IMAPOffline, LogLevel::Info, ("msg id %x remove keyword:%s", m_messageKey, m_keywordsToRemove.get()));
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/db/msgdb/src/nsMsgOfflineImapOperation.h b/mailnews/db/msgdb/src/nsMsgOfflineImapOperation.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e892a253a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/msgdb/src/nsMsgOfflineImapOperation.h
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+#ifndef _nsMsgOfflineImapOperation_H_
+
+#include "nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation.h"
+#include "mdb.h"
+#include "nsMsgDatabase.h"
+#include "prlog.h"
+
+class nsMsgOfflineImapOperation : public nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation
+{
+public:
+  /** Instance Methods **/
+  nsMsgOfflineImapOperation(nsMsgDatabase *db, nsIMdbRow *row);
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGOFFLINEIMAPOPERATION
+
+
+  nsIMdbRow   *GetMDBRow() {return m_mdbRow;}
+  nsresult    GetCopiesFromDB();
+  nsresult    SetCopiesToDB();
+  void        Log(PRLogModuleInfo *logFile);
+protected:
+  virtual ~nsMsgOfflineImapOperation();
+  nsresult AddKeyword(const char *aKeyword, nsCString &addList, const char *addProp,
+                      nsCString &removeList, const char *removeProp);
+
+  nsOfflineImapOperationType m_operation;
+  nsMsgKey          m_messageKey;
+  nsMsgKey          m_sourceMessageKey;
+  uint32_t          m_operationFlags; // what to do on sync
+  imapMessageFlagsType m_newFlags; // used for kFlagsChanged
+
+  // these are URI's, and are escaped. Thus, we can use a delimter like ' '
+  // because the real spaces should be escaped.
+  nsCString  m_sourceFolder;
+  nsCString  m_moveDestination;
+  nsTArray<nsCString>  m_copyDestinations;
+
+  nsCString      m_keywordsToAdd;
+  nsCString      m_keywordsToRemove;
+
+  // nsMsgOfflineImapOperation will have to know what db and row they belong to, since they are really
+  // just a wrapper around the offline operation row in the mdb.
+  // though I hope not.
+  nsMsgDatabase    *m_mdb;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMdbRow> m_mdbRow;
+};
+
+
+
+#endif /* _nsMsgOfflineImapOperation_H_ */
+
diff --git a/mailnews/db/msgdb/src/nsMsgThread.cpp b/mailnews/db/msgdb/src/nsMsgThread.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0d8ad3d85
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/msgdb/src/nsMsgThread.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1180 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "nsMsgDatabase.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsMsgThread.h"
+#include "MailNewsTypes2.h"
+#include "mozilla/DebugOnly.h"
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMsgThread, nsIMsgThread)
+
+nsMsgThread::nsMsgThread()
+{
+  MOZ_COUNT_CTOR(nsMsgThread);
+  Init();
+}
+nsMsgThread::nsMsgThread(nsMsgDatabase *db, nsIMdbTable *table)
+{
+  MOZ_COUNT_CTOR(nsMsgThread);
+  Init();
+  m_mdbTable = table;
+  m_mdbDB = db;
+  if (db)
+    db->m_threads.AppendElement(this);
+  else
+    NS_ERROR("no db for thread");
+#ifdef DEBUG_David_Bienvenu
+  if (m_mdbDB->m_threads.Length() > 5)
+    printf("more than five outstanding threads\n");
+#endif
+  if (table && db)
+  {
+    table->GetMetaRow(db->GetEnv(), nullptr, nullptr, getter_AddRefs(m_metaRow));
+    InitCachedValues();
+  }
+}
+
+void nsMsgThread::Init()
+{
+  m_threadKey = nsMsgKey_None;
+  m_threadRootKey = nsMsgKey_None;
+  m_numChildren = 0;
+  m_numUnreadChildren = 0;
+  m_flags = 0;
+  m_newestMsgDate = 0;
+  m_cachedValuesInitialized = false;
+}
+
+nsMsgThread::~nsMsgThread()
+{
+  MOZ_COUNT_DTOR(nsMsgThread);
+  if (m_mdbDB)
+  {
+    mozilla::DebugOnly<bool> found = m_mdbDB->m_threads.RemoveElement(this);
+    NS_ASSERTION(found, "removing thread not in threads array");
+  }
+  else // This can happen if db is forced closed
+    NS_WARNING("null db in thread");
+  Clear();
+}
+
+void nsMsgThread::Clear()
+{
+  m_mdbTable = nullptr;
+  m_metaRow = nullptr;
+  m_mdbDB = nullptr;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgThread::InitCachedValues()
+{
+  nsresult err = NS_OK;
+
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(m_mdbDB && m_metaRow, NS_ERROR_INVALID_POINTER);
+
+  if (!m_cachedValuesInitialized)
+  {
+    err = m_mdbDB->RowCellColumnToUInt32(m_metaRow, m_mdbDB->m_threadFlagsColumnToken, &m_flags);
+    err = m_mdbDB->RowCellColumnToUInt32(m_metaRow, m_mdbDB->m_threadChildrenColumnToken, &m_numChildren);
+    err = m_mdbDB->RowCellColumnToUInt32(m_metaRow, m_mdbDB->m_threadIdColumnToken, &m_threadKey, nsMsgKey_None);
+    err = m_mdbDB->RowCellColumnToUInt32(m_metaRow, m_mdbDB->m_threadUnreadChildrenColumnToken, &m_numUnreadChildren);
+    err = m_mdbDB->RowCellColumnToUInt32(m_metaRow, m_mdbDB->m_threadRootKeyColumnToken, &m_threadRootKey, nsMsgKey_None);
+    err = m_mdbDB->RowCellColumnToUInt32(m_metaRow, m_mdbDB->m_threadNewestMsgDateColumnToken, &m_newestMsgDate, 0);
+    // fix num children if it's wrong. this doesn't work - some DB's have a bogus thread table
+    // that is full of bogus headers - don't know why.
+    uint32_t rowCount = 0;
+    m_mdbTable->GetCount(m_mdbDB->GetEnv(), &rowCount);
+    //    NS_ASSERTION(m_numChildren <= rowCount, "num children wrong - fixing");
+    if (m_numChildren > rowCount)
+      ChangeChildCount((int32_t) rowCount - (int32_t) m_numChildren);
+    if ((int32_t) m_numUnreadChildren < 0)
+      ChangeUnreadChildCount(- (int32_t) m_numUnreadChildren);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err))
+      m_cachedValuesInitialized = true;
+  }
+  return err;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgThread::SetThreadKey(nsMsgKey threadKey)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(m_threadKey == nsMsgKey_None || m_threadKey == threadKey,
+               "shouldn't be changing thread key");
+  m_threadKey = threadKey;
+  // by definition, the initial thread key is also the thread root key.
+  SetThreadRootKey(threadKey);
+  // gotta set column in meta row here.
+  return m_mdbDB->UInt32ToRowCellColumn(
+                    m_metaRow, m_mdbDB->m_threadIdColumnToken, threadKey);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgThread::GetThreadKey(nsMsgKey *result)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(result);
+  nsresult res = m_mdbDB->RowCellColumnToUInt32(m_metaRow, m_mdbDB->m_threadIdColumnToken, &m_threadKey);
+  *result = m_threadKey;
+  return res;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgThread::GetFlags(uint32_t *result)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(result);
+  nsresult res = m_mdbDB->RowCellColumnToUInt32(m_metaRow, m_mdbDB->m_threadFlagsColumnToken, &m_flags);
+  *result = m_flags;
+  return res;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgThread::SetFlags(uint32_t flags)
+{
+  m_flags = flags;
+  return m_mdbDB->UInt32ToRowCellColumn(
+                    m_metaRow, m_mdbDB->m_threadFlagsColumnToken, m_flags);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgThread::SetSubject(const nsACString& aSubject)
+{
+  return m_mdbDB->CharPtrToRowCellColumn(m_metaRow, m_mdbDB->m_threadSubjectColumnToken, nsCString(aSubject).get());
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgThread::GetSubject(nsACString& aSubject)
+{
+  nsCString subjectStr;
+  nsresult rv = m_mdbDB->RowCellColumnToCharPtr(m_metaRow, m_mdbDB->m_threadSubjectColumnToken, 
+                                                getter_Copies(subjectStr));
+
+  aSubject.Assign(subjectStr);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgThread::GetNumChildren(uint32_t *result)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(result);
+  *result = m_numChildren;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgThread::GetNumUnreadChildren (uint32_t *result)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(result);
+  *result = m_numUnreadChildren;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgThread::RerootThread(nsIMsgDBHdr *newParentOfOldRoot, nsIMsgDBHdr *oldRoot, nsIDBChangeAnnouncer *announcer)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  mdb_pos outPos;
+  nsMsgKey newHdrAncestor;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> ancestorHdr = newParentOfOldRoot;
+  nsMsgKey newRoot;
+
+  ancestorHdr->GetMessageKey(&newRoot);
+  // loop trying to find the oldest ancestor of this msg
+  // that is a parent of the root. The oldest ancestor will
+  // become the root of the thread.
+  do
+  {
+    ancestorHdr->GetThreadParent(&newHdrAncestor);
+    if (newHdrAncestor != nsMsgKey_None && newHdrAncestor != m_threadRootKey && newHdrAncestor != newRoot)
+    {
+      newRoot = newHdrAncestor;
+      rv = m_mdbDB->GetMsgHdrForKey(newRoot, getter_AddRefs(ancestorHdr));
+    }
+  }
+  while (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && ancestorHdr && newHdrAncestor != nsMsgKey_None && newHdrAncestor != m_threadRootKey
+    && newHdrAncestor != newRoot);
+  SetThreadRootKey(newRoot);
+  ReparentNonReferenceChildrenOf(oldRoot, newRoot, announcer);
+  if (ancestorHdr)
+  {
+    nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr = ancestorHdr;
+    nsMsgHdr* rootMsgHdr = static_cast<nsMsgHdr*>(msgHdr);          // closed system, cast ok
+    nsIMdbRow *newRootHdrRow = rootMsgHdr->GetMDBRow();
+    // move the  root hdr to pos 0.
+    m_mdbTable->MoveRow(m_mdbDB->GetEnv(), newRootHdrRow, -1, 0, &outPos);
+    ancestorHdr->SetThreadParent(nsMsgKey_None);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgThread::AddChild(nsIMsgDBHdr *child, nsIMsgDBHdr *inReplyTo, bool threadInThread,
+                                    nsIDBChangeAnnouncer *announcer)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  nsMsgHdr* hdr = static_cast<nsMsgHdr*>(child);          // closed system, cast ok
+  uint32_t newHdrFlags = 0;
+  uint32_t msgDate;
+  nsMsgKey newHdrKey = 0;
+  bool parentKeyNeedsSetting = true;
+
+  nsIMdbRow *hdrRow = hdr->GetMDBRow();
+  NS_ENSURE_STATE(hdrRow);
+  hdr->GetRawFlags(&newHdrFlags);
+  hdr->GetMessageKey(&newHdrKey);
+  hdr->GetDateInSeconds(&msgDate);
+  if (msgDate > m_newestMsgDate)
+    SetNewestMsgDate(msgDate);
+
+  if (newHdrFlags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Watched)
+    SetFlags(m_flags | nsMsgMessageFlags::Watched);
+
+  child->AndFlags(~(nsMsgMessageFlags::Watched), &newHdrFlags);
+  
+  // These are threading flags that the child may have set before being added
+  // to the database.
+  uint32_t protoThreadFlags;
+  child->GetUint32Property("ProtoThreadFlags", &protoThreadFlags);
+  SetFlags(m_flags | protoThreadFlags);
+  // Clear the flag so that it doesn't fudge anywhere else
+  child->SetUint32Property("ProtoThreadFlags", 0);
+
+  uint32_t numChildren;
+  uint32_t childIndex = 0;
+
+  // get the num children before we add the new header.
+  GetNumChildren(&numChildren);
+
+  // if this is an empty thread, set the root key to this header's key
+  if (numChildren == 0)
+    SetThreadRootKey(newHdrKey);
+
+  if (m_mdbTable)
+  {
+    m_mdbTable->AddRow(m_mdbDB->GetEnv(), hdrRow);
+    ChangeChildCount(1);
+    if (! (newHdrFlags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Read))
+      ChangeUnreadChildCount(1);
+  }
+  if (inReplyTo)
+  {
+    nsMsgKey parentKey;
+    inReplyTo->GetMessageKey(&parentKey);
+    child->SetThreadParent(parentKey);
+    parentKeyNeedsSetting = false;
+  }
+
+  // check if this header is a parent of one of the messages in this thread
+  bool hdrMoved = false;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> curHdr;
+  uint32_t moveIndex = 0;
+
+  PRTime newHdrDate;
+  child->GetDate(&newHdrDate);
+
+  // This is an ugly but simple fix for a difficult problem. Basically, when we add
+  // a message to a thread, we have to run through the thread to see if the new
+  // message is a parent of an existing message in the thread, and adjust things
+  // accordingly. If you thread by subject, and you have a large folder with
+  // messages w/ all the same subject, this code can take a really long time. So the
+  // pragmatic thing is to say that for threads with more than 1000 messages, it's
+  // simply not worth dealing with the case where the parent comes in after the
+  // child. Threads with more than 1000 messages are pretty unwieldy anyway.
+  // See Bug 90452
+
+  if (numChildren < 1000)
+  {
+    for (childIndex = 0; childIndex < numChildren; childIndex++)
+    {
+      nsMsgKey msgKey = nsMsgKey_None;
+
+      rv = GetChildHdrAt(childIndex, getter_AddRefs(curHdr));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && curHdr)
+      {
+        if (hdr->IsParentOf(curHdr))
+        {
+          nsMsgKey oldThreadParent;
+          mdb_pos outPos;
+          // move this hdr before the current header.
+          if (!hdrMoved)
+          {
+            m_mdbTable->MoveRow(m_mdbDB->GetEnv(), hdrRow, -1, childIndex, &outPos);
+            hdrMoved = true;
+            curHdr->GetThreadParent(&oldThreadParent);
+            curHdr->GetMessageKey(&msgKey);
+            nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> curParent;
+            m_mdbDB->GetMsgHdrForKey(oldThreadParent, getter_AddRefs(curParent));
+            if (curParent && hdr->IsAncestorOf(curParent))
+            {
+              nsMsgKey curParentKey;
+              curParent->GetMessageKey(&curParentKey);
+              if (curParentKey == m_threadRootKey)
+              {
+                m_mdbTable->MoveRow(m_mdbDB->GetEnv(), hdrRow, -1, 0, &outPos);
+                RerootThread(child, curParent, announcer);
+                parentKeyNeedsSetting = false;
+              }
+            }
+            else if (msgKey == m_threadRootKey)
+            {
+              RerootThread(child, curHdr, announcer);
+              parentKeyNeedsSetting = false;
+            }
+          }
+          curHdr->SetThreadParent(newHdrKey);
+          // TODO: what should be msgKey if hdrMoved was true above?
+          if (msgKey == newHdrKey)
+            parentKeyNeedsSetting = false;
+
+          // OK, this is a reparenting - need to send notification
+          if (announcer)
+            announcer->NotifyParentChangedAll(msgKey, oldThreadParent, newHdrKey, nullptr);
+#ifdef DEBUG_bienvenu1
+          if (newHdrKey != m_threadKey)
+            printf("adding second level child\n");
+#endif
+        }
+        // Calculate a position for this child in date order
+        else if (!hdrMoved && childIndex > 0 && moveIndex == 0)
+        {
+          PRTime curHdrDate;
+
+          curHdr->GetDate(&curHdrDate);
+          if (newHdrDate < curHdrDate)
+            moveIndex = childIndex;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  // If this header is not a reply to a header in the thread, and isn't a parent
+  // check to see if it starts with Re: - if not, and the first header does start
+  // with re, should we make this header the top level header?
+  // If it's date is less (or it's ID?), then yes.
+  if (numChildren > 0 && !(newHdrFlags & nsMsgMessageFlags::HasRe) && !inReplyTo)
+  {
+    PRTime topLevelHdrDate;
+
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> topLevelHdr;
+    rv = GetRootHdr(nullptr, getter_AddRefs(topLevelHdr));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && topLevelHdr)
+    {
+      topLevelHdr->GetDate(&topLevelHdrDate);
+      if (newHdrDate < topLevelHdrDate)
+      {
+        RerootThread(child, topLevelHdr, announcer);
+        mdb_pos outPos;
+        m_mdbTable->MoveRow(m_mdbDB->GetEnv(), hdrRow, -1, 0, &outPos);
+        hdrMoved = true;
+        topLevelHdr->SetThreadParent(newHdrKey);
+        parentKeyNeedsSetting = false;
+        // ### need to get ancestor of new hdr here too.
+        SetThreadRootKey(newHdrKey);
+        child->SetThreadParent(nsMsgKey_None);
+        // argh, here we'd need to adjust all the headers that listed
+        // the demoted header as their thread parent, but only because
+        // of subject threading. Adjust them to point to the new parent,
+        // that is.
+        ReparentNonReferenceChildrenOf(topLevelHdr, newHdrKey, announcer);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  // OK, check to see if we added this header, and didn't parent it.
+
+  if (numChildren > 0 && parentKeyNeedsSetting)
+    child->SetThreadParent(m_threadRootKey);
+
+  // Move child to keep thread sorted in ascending date order
+  if (!hdrMoved && moveIndex > 0)
+  {
+    mdb_pos outPos;
+    m_mdbTable->MoveRow(m_mdbDB->GetEnv(), hdrRow, -1, moveIndex, &outPos);
+  }
+
+  // do this after we've put the new hdr in the thread
+  bool isKilled;
+  child->GetIsKilled(&isKilled);
+  if ((m_flags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Ignored || isKilled) && m_mdbDB)
+    m_mdbDB->MarkHdrRead(child, true, nullptr);
+#ifdef DEBUG_David_Bienvenu
+  nsMsgKey msgHdrThreadKey;
+  child->GetThreadId(&msgHdrThreadKey);
+  NS_ASSERTION(msgHdrThreadKey == m_threadKey, "adding msg to thread it doesn't belong to");
+#endif
+#ifdef DEBUG_bienvenu1
+  nsMsgDatabase *msgDB = static_cast<nsMsgDatabase*>(m_mdbDB);
+  msgDB->DumpThread(m_threadRootKey);
+#endif
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgThread::ReparentNonReferenceChildrenOf(nsIMsgDBHdr *oldTopLevelHdr, nsMsgKey newParentKey,
+                                                            nsIDBChangeAnnouncer *announcer)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> curHdr;
+  uint32_t numChildren;
+  uint32_t childIndex = 0;
+
+  GetNumChildren(&numChildren);
+  for (childIndex = 0; childIndex < numChildren; childIndex++)
+  {
+    nsMsgKey oldTopLevelHdrKey;
+
+    oldTopLevelHdr->GetMessageKey(&oldTopLevelHdrKey);
+    nsresult rv = GetChildHdrAt(childIndex, getter_AddRefs(curHdr));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && curHdr)
+    {
+      nsMsgKey oldThreadParent, curHdrKey;
+      nsMsgHdr* oldTopLevelMsgHdr = static_cast<nsMsgHdr*>(oldTopLevelHdr);      // closed system, cast ok
+      curHdr->GetThreadParent(&oldThreadParent);
+      curHdr->GetMessageKey(&curHdrKey);
+      if (oldThreadParent == oldTopLevelHdrKey && curHdrKey != newParentKey && !oldTopLevelMsgHdr->IsParentOf(curHdr))
+      {
+        curHdr->GetThreadParent(&oldThreadParent);
+        curHdr->SetThreadParent(newParentKey);
+        // OK, this is a reparenting - need to send notification
+        if (announcer)
+          announcer->NotifyParentChangedAll(curHdrKey, oldThreadParent, newParentKey, nullptr);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgThread::GetChildKeyAt(uint32_t aIndex, nsMsgKey *aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  if (aIndex >= m_numChildren)
+  {
+    *aResult = nsMsgKey_None;
+    return NS_ERROR_ILLEGAL_VALUE;
+  }
+  mdbOid oid;
+  rv = m_mdbTable->PosToOid( m_mdbDB->GetEnv(), aIndex, &oid);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  *aResult = oid.mOid_Id;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgThread::GetChildHdrAt(uint32_t aIndex, nsIMsgDBHdr **result)
+{
+  // mork doesn't seem to handle this correctly, so deal with going off
+  // the end here.
+  if (aIndex >= m_numChildren)
+    return NS_MSG_MESSAGE_NOT_FOUND;
+  mdbOid oid;
+  nsresult rv = m_mdbTable->PosToOid( m_mdbDB->GetEnv(), aIndex, &oid);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, NS_MSG_MESSAGE_NOT_FOUND);
+  nsIMdbRow *hdrRow = nullptr;
+  rv = m_mdbTable->PosToRow(m_mdbDB->GetEnv(), aIndex, &hdrRow);
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && hdrRow, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+  // CreateMsgHdr takes ownership of the hdrRow reference.
+  rv = m_mdbDB->CreateMsgHdr(hdrRow,  oid.mOid_Id , result);
+  return (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) ? NS_OK : NS_MSG_MESSAGE_NOT_FOUND;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgThread::GetChild(nsMsgKey msgKey, nsIMsgDBHdr **result)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  mdb_bool hasOid;
+  mdbOid rowObjectId;
+
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(result);
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(m_mdbTable, NS_ERROR_INVALID_POINTER);
+
+  *result = NULL;
+  rowObjectId.mOid_Id = msgKey;
+  rowObjectId.mOid_Scope = m_mdbDB->m_hdrRowScopeToken;
+  rv = m_mdbTable->HasOid(m_mdbDB->GetEnv(), &rowObjectId, &hasOid);
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && hasOid && m_mdbDB && m_mdbDB->m_mdbStore)
+  {
+    nsIMdbRow *hdrRow = nullptr;
+    rv = m_mdbDB->m_mdbStore->GetRow(m_mdbDB->GetEnv(), &rowObjectId,  &hdrRow);
+    NS_ENSURE_TRUE(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && hdrRow, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+    rv = m_mdbDB->CreateMsgHdr(hdrRow,  msgKey, result);
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgThread::RemoveChildAt(uint32_t aIndex)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgThread::RemoveChild(nsMsgKey msgKey)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  mdbOid  rowObjectId;
+  rowObjectId.mOid_Id = msgKey;
+  rowObjectId.mOid_Scope = m_mdbDB->m_hdrRowScopeToken;
+  rv = m_mdbTable->CutOid(m_mdbDB->GetEnv(), &rowObjectId);
+  // if this thread is empty, remove it from the all threads table.
+  if (m_numChildren == 0 && m_mdbDB->m_mdbAllThreadsTable)
+  {
+    mdbOid rowID;
+    rowID.mOid_Id = m_threadKey;
+    rowID.mOid_Scope = m_mdbDB->m_threadRowScopeToken;
+
+    m_mdbDB->m_mdbAllThreadsTable->CutOid(m_mdbDB->GetEnv(), &rowID);
+  }
+#if 0 // this seems to cause problems
+  if (m_numChildren == 0 && m_metaRow && m_mdbDB)
+    m_metaRow->CutAllColumns(m_mdbDB->GetEnv());
+#endif
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgThread::RemoveChildHdr(nsIMsgDBHdr *child, nsIDBChangeAnnouncer *announcer)
+{
+  uint32_t flags;
+  nsMsgKey key;
+  nsMsgKey threadParent;
+
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(child);
+
+  child->GetFlags(&flags);
+  child->GetMessageKey(&key);
+
+  child->GetThreadParent(&threadParent);
+  ReparentChildrenOf(key, threadParent, announcer);
+
+  // if this was the newest msg, clear the newest msg date so we'll recalc.
+  uint32_t date;
+  child->GetDateInSeconds(&date);
+  if (date == m_newestMsgDate)
+    SetNewestMsgDate(0);
+
+ if (!(flags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Read))
+    ChangeUnreadChildCount(-1);
+  ChangeChildCount(-1);
+  return RemoveChild(key);
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgThread::ReparentChildrenOf(nsMsgKey oldParent, nsMsgKey newParent, nsIDBChangeAnnouncer *announcer)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  uint32_t numChildren;
+  uint32_t childIndex = 0;
+
+  GetNumChildren(&numChildren);
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> curHdr;
+  if (numChildren > 0)
+  {
+    for (childIndex = 0; childIndex < numChildren; childIndex++)
+    {
+      rv = GetChildHdrAt(childIndex, getter_AddRefs(curHdr));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && curHdr)
+      {
+        nsMsgKey threadParent;
+
+        curHdr->GetThreadParent(&threadParent);
+        if (threadParent == oldParent)
+        {
+          nsMsgKey curKey;
+
+          curHdr->SetThreadParent(newParent);
+          curHdr->GetMessageKey(&curKey);
+          if (announcer)
+            announcer->NotifyParentChangedAll(curKey, oldParent, newParent, nullptr);
+          // if the old parent was the root of the thread, then only the first child gets
+          // promoted to root, and other children become children of the new root.
+          if (newParent == nsMsgKey_None)
+          {
+            SetThreadRootKey(curKey);
+            newParent = curKey;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgThread::MarkChildRead(bool bRead)
+{
+  ChangeUnreadChildCount(bRead ? -1 : 1);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+class nsMsgThreadEnumerator : public nsISimpleEnumerator {
+public:
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+
+  // nsISimpleEnumerator methods:
+  NS_DECL_NSISIMPLEENUMERATOR
+
+  // nsMsgThreadEnumerator methods:
+  typedef nsresult (*nsMsgThreadEnumeratorFilter)(nsIMsgDBHdr* hdr, void* closure);
+
+  nsMsgThreadEnumerator(nsMsgThread *thread, nsMsgKey startKey,
+  nsMsgThreadEnumeratorFilter filter, void* closure);
+  int32_t MsgKeyFirstChildIndex(nsMsgKey inMsgKey);
+
+protected:
+  virtual ~nsMsgThreadEnumerator();
+
+  nsresult                Prefetch();
+
+  nsIMdbTableRowCursor*   mRowCursor;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr>  mResultHdr;
+  nsMsgThread*            mThread;
+  nsMsgKey                mThreadParentKey;
+  nsMsgKey                mFirstMsgKey;
+  int32_t                 mChildIndex;
+  bool                    mDone;
+  bool                    mNeedToPrefetch;
+  nsMsgThreadEnumeratorFilter     mFilter;
+  void*                   mClosure;
+  bool                    mFoundChildren;
+};
+
+nsMsgThreadEnumerator::nsMsgThreadEnumerator(nsMsgThread *thread, nsMsgKey startKey,
+                                             nsMsgThreadEnumeratorFilter filter, void* closure)
+                                             : mRowCursor(nullptr), mDone(false),
+                                             mFilter(filter), mClosure(closure), mFoundChildren(false)
+{
+  mThreadParentKey = startKey;
+  mChildIndex = 0;
+  mThread = thread;
+  mNeedToPrefetch = true;
+  mFirstMsgKey = nsMsgKey_None;
+
+  nsresult rv = mThread->GetRootHdr(nullptr, getter_AddRefs(mResultHdr));
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && mResultHdr)
+    mResultHdr->GetMessageKey(&mFirstMsgKey);
+
+  uint32_t numChildren;
+  mThread->GetNumChildren(&numChildren);
+
+  if (mThreadParentKey != nsMsgKey_None)
+  {
+    nsMsgKey msgKey = nsMsgKey_None;
+    uint32_t childIndex = 0;
+
+
+    for (childIndex = 0; childIndex < numChildren; childIndex++)
+    {
+      rv = mThread->GetChildHdrAt(childIndex, getter_AddRefs(mResultHdr));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && mResultHdr)
+      {
+        mResultHdr->GetMessageKey(&msgKey);
+
+        if (msgKey == startKey)
+        {
+          mChildIndex = MsgKeyFirstChildIndex(msgKey);
+          mDone = (mChildIndex < 0);
+          break;
+        }
+
+        if (mDone)
+          break;
+
+      }
+      else
+        NS_ASSERTION(false, "couldn't get child from thread");
+    }
+  }
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_bienvenu1
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> child;
+  for (uint32_t childIndex = 0; childIndex < numChildren; childIndex++)
+  {
+    rv = mThread->GetChildHdrAt(childIndex, getter_AddRefs(child));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && child)
+    {
+      nsMsgKey threadParent;
+      nsMsgKey msgKey;
+      // we're only doing one level of threading, so check if caller is
+      // asking for children of the first message in the thread or not.
+      // if not, we will tell him there are no children.
+      child->GetMessageKey(&msgKey);
+      child->GetThreadParent(&threadParent);
+
+      printf("index = %ld key = %ld parent = %lx\n", childIndex, msgKey, threadParent);
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+  NS_ADDREF(thread);
+}
+
+nsMsgThreadEnumerator::~nsMsgThreadEnumerator()
+{
+    NS_RELEASE(mThread);
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMsgThreadEnumerator, nsISimpleEnumerator)
+
+
+int32_t nsMsgThreadEnumerator::MsgKeyFirstChildIndex(nsMsgKey inMsgKey)
+{
+  //	if (msgKey != mThreadParentKey)
+  //		mDone = true;
+  // look through rest of thread looking for a child of this message.
+  // If the inMsgKey is the first message in the thread, then all children
+  // without parents are considered to be children of inMsgKey.
+  // Otherwise, only true children qualify.
+  uint32_t numChildren;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> curHdr;
+  int32_t firstChildIndex = -1;
+
+  mThread->GetNumChildren(&numChildren);
+
+  // if this is the first message in the thread, just check if there's more than
+  // one message in the thread.
+  // if (inMsgKey == mThread->m_threadRootKey)
+  // return (numChildren > 1) ? 1 : -1;
+
+  for (uint32_t curChildIndex = 0; curChildIndex < numChildren; curChildIndex++)
+  {
+    nsresult rv = mThread->GetChildHdrAt(curChildIndex, getter_AddRefs(curHdr));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && curHdr)
+    {
+      nsMsgKey parentKey;
+
+      curHdr->GetThreadParent(&parentKey);
+      if (parentKey == inMsgKey)
+      {
+        firstChildIndex = curChildIndex;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+#ifdef DEBUG_bienvenu1
+  printf("first child index of %ld = %ld\n", inMsgKey, firstChildIndex);
+#endif
+  return firstChildIndex;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgThreadEnumerator::GetNext(nsISupports **aItem)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aItem);
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  if (mNeedToPrefetch)
+  {
+    rv = Prefetch();
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }  
+
+  if (mResultHdr)
+  {
+    *aItem = mResultHdr;
+    NS_ADDREF(*aItem);
+    mNeedToPrefetch = true;
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgThreadEnumerator::Prefetch()
+{
+  nsresult rv=NS_OK;          // XXX or should this default to an error?
+  mResultHdr = nullptr;
+  if (mThreadParentKey == nsMsgKey_None)
+  {
+    rv = mThread->GetRootHdr(&mChildIndex, getter_AddRefs(mResultHdr));
+    NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && mResultHdr, "better be able to get root hdr");
+    mChildIndex = 0; // since root can be anywhere, set mChildIndex to 0.
+  }
+  else if (!mDone)
+  {
+    uint32_t numChildren;
+    mThread->GetNumChildren(&numChildren);
+
+    while (mChildIndex < (int32_t) numChildren)
+    {
+      rv  = mThread->GetChildHdrAt(mChildIndex++, getter_AddRefs(mResultHdr));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && mResultHdr)
+      {
+        nsMsgKey parentKey;
+        nsMsgKey curKey;
+
+        if (mFilter && NS_FAILED(mFilter(mResultHdr, mClosure))) {
+          mResultHdr = nullptr;
+          continue;
+        }
+
+        mResultHdr->GetThreadParent(&parentKey);
+        mResultHdr->GetMessageKey(&curKey);
+        // if the parent is the same as the msg we're enumerating over,
+        // or the parentKey isn't set, and we're iterating over the top
+        // level message in the thread, then leave mResultHdr set to cur msg.
+        if (parentKey == mThreadParentKey ||
+          (parentKey == nsMsgKey_None
+          && mThreadParentKey == mFirstMsgKey && curKey != mThreadParentKey))
+          break;
+        mResultHdr = nullptr;
+      }
+      else
+        NS_ASSERTION(false, "better be able to get child");
+    }
+    if (!mResultHdr && mThreadParentKey == mFirstMsgKey && !mFoundChildren && numChildren > 1)
+      mThread->ReparentMsgsWithInvalidParent(numChildren, mThreadParentKey);
+  }
+  if (!mResultHdr)
+  {
+    mDone = true;
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+  {
+    mDone = true;
+    return rv;
+  }
+  else
+    mNeedToPrefetch = false;
+  mFoundChildren = true;
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_bienvenu1
+	nsMsgKey debugMsgKey;
+	mResultHdr->GetMessageKey(&debugMsgKey);
+	printf("next for %ld = %ld\n", mThreadParentKey, debugMsgKey);
+#endif
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgThreadEnumerator::HasMoreElements(bool *aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+  if (mNeedToPrefetch)
+    Prefetch();
+  *aResult = !mDone;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgThread::EnumerateMessages(nsMsgKey parentKey, nsISimpleEnumerator* *result)
+{
+  nsMsgThreadEnumerator* e = new nsMsgThreadEnumerator(this, parentKey, nullptr, nullptr);
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(e, NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY);
+  NS_ADDREF(*result = e);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgThread::ReparentMsgsWithInvalidParent(uint32_t numChildren, nsMsgKey threadParentKey)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  // run through looking for messages that don't have a correct parent,
+  // i.e., a parent that's in the thread!
+  for (uint32_t childIndex = 0; childIndex < numChildren; childIndex++)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> curChild;
+    rv  = GetChildHdrAt(childIndex, getter_AddRefs(curChild));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && curChild)
+    {
+      nsMsgKey parentKey;
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> parent;
+
+      curChild->GetThreadParent(&parentKey);
+
+      if (parentKey != nsMsgKey_None)
+      {
+        GetChild(parentKey, getter_AddRefs(parent));
+        if (!parent)
+          curChild->SetThreadParent(threadParentKey);
+        else
+        {
+          nsMsgKey childKey;
+          curChild->GetMessageKey(&childKey);
+          // can't be your own parent; set parent to thread parent,
+          // or make ourselves the root if we are the root.
+          if (childKey == parentKey)
+            curChild->SetThreadParent(m_threadRootKey == childKey ? 
+                                      nsMsgKey_None : m_threadRootKey);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgThread::GetRootHdr(int32_t *resultIndex, nsIMsgDBHdr **result)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(result);
+
+  *result = nullptr;
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  if (m_threadRootKey != nsMsgKey_None)
+  {
+    rv = GetChildHdrForKey(m_threadRootKey, result, resultIndex);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && *result)
+    {
+      // check that we're really the root key.
+      nsMsgKey parentKey;
+      (*result)->GetThreadParent(&parentKey);
+      if (parentKey == nsMsgKey_None)
+        return rv;
+      NS_RELEASE(*result);
+    }
+#ifdef DEBUG_David_Bienvenu
+    printf("need to reset thread root key\n");
+#endif
+    uint32_t numChildren;
+    nsMsgKey threadParentKey = nsMsgKey_None;
+    GetNumChildren(&numChildren);
+
+    for (uint32_t childIndex = 0; childIndex < numChildren; childIndex++)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> curChild;
+      rv  = GetChildHdrAt(childIndex, getter_AddRefs(curChild));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && curChild)
+      {
+        nsMsgKey parentKey;
+
+        curChild->GetThreadParent(&parentKey);
+        if (parentKey == nsMsgKey_None)
+        {
+          curChild->GetMessageKey(&threadParentKey);
+          if (*result)
+          {
+            NS_WARNING("two top level msgs, not good");
+            continue;
+          }
+          SetThreadRootKey(threadParentKey);
+          if (resultIndex)
+            *resultIndex = childIndex;
+          NS_ADDREF(*result = curChild);
+          ReparentMsgsWithInvalidParent(numChildren, threadParentKey);
+          //            return NS_OK;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  if (!*result)
+  {
+    // if we can't get the thread root key, we'll just get the first hdr.
+    // there's a bug where sometimes we weren't resetting the thread root key
+    // when removing the thread root key.
+    if (resultIndex)
+      *resultIndex = 0;
+    rv = GetChildHdrAt(0, result);
+  }
+  if (!*result)
+    return rv;
+  // Check that the thread id of the message is this thread.
+  nsMsgKey threadId = nsMsgKey_None;
+  (void)(*result)->GetThreadId(&threadId);
+  if (threadId != m_threadKey)
+    (*result)->SetThreadId(m_threadKey);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgThread::ChangeChildCount(int32_t delta)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  uint32_t childCount = 0;
+  m_mdbDB->RowCellColumnToUInt32(m_metaRow, m_mdbDB->m_threadChildrenColumnToken, childCount);
+
+  NS_WARNING_ASSERTION(childCount != 0 || delta > 0, "child count gone negative");
+  childCount += delta;
+
+  NS_WARNING_ASSERTION((int32_t) childCount >= 0, "child count gone to 0 or below");
+  if ((int32_t) childCount < 0)	// force child count to >= 0
+    childCount = 0;
+
+  rv = m_mdbDB->UInt32ToRowCellColumn(m_metaRow, m_mdbDB->m_threadChildrenColumnToken, childCount);
+  m_numChildren = childCount;
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgThread::ChangeUnreadChildCount(int32_t delta)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  uint32_t childCount = 0;
+  m_mdbDB->RowCellColumnToUInt32(m_metaRow, m_mdbDB->m_threadUnreadChildrenColumnToken, childCount);
+  childCount += delta;
+  if ((int32_t) childCount < 0)
+  {
+#ifdef DEBUG_bienvenu1
+    NS_ASSERTION(false, "negative unread child count");
+#endif
+    childCount = 0;
+  }
+  rv = m_mdbDB->UInt32ToRowCellColumn(m_metaRow, m_mdbDB->m_threadUnreadChildrenColumnToken, childCount);
+  m_numUnreadChildren = childCount;
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgThread::SetThreadRootKey(nsMsgKey threadRootKey)
+{
+  m_threadRootKey = threadRootKey;
+  return m_mdbDB->UInt32ToRowCellColumn(m_metaRow, m_mdbDB->m_threadRootKeyColumnToken, threadRootKey);
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgThread::GetChildHdrForKey(nsMsgKey desiredKey, nsIMsgDBHdr **result, int32_t *resultIndex)
+{
+  uint32_t numChildren;
+  uint32_t childIndex = 0;
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;        // XXX or should this default to an error?
+
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(result);
+
+  GetNumChildren(&numChildren);
+
+  if ((int32_t) numChildren < 0)
+    numChildren = 0;
+
+  for (childIndex = 0; childIndex < numChildren; childIndex++)
+  {
+    rv = GetChildHdrAt(childIndex, result);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && *result)
+    {
+      nsMsgKey msgKey;
+      // we're only doing one level of threading, so check if caller is
+      // asking for children of the first message in the thread or not.
+      // if not, we will tell him there are no children.
+      (*result)->GetMessageKey(&msgKey);
+
+      if (msgKey == desiredKey)
+      {
+        nsMsgKey threadKey;
+        (*result)->GetThreadId(&threadKey);
+        if (threadKey != m_threadKey) // this msg isn't in this thread
+        {
+          NS_WARNING("msg in wrong thread - this shouldn't happen");
+          uint32_t msgSize;
+          (*result)->GetMessageSize(&msgSize);
+          if (msgSize == 0) // this is a phantom message - let's get rid of it.
+          {
+            RemoveChild(msgKey);
+            rv = NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+          }
+          else
+          {
+            // otherwise, let's try to figure out which thread
+            // this message really belongs to.
+            nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgThread> threadKeyThread = 
+                  dont_AddRef(m_mdbDB->GetThreadForThreadId(threadKey));
+            if (threadKeyThread)
+            {
+              nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> otherThreadHdr;
+              threadKeyThread->GetChild(msgKey, getter_AddRefs(otherThreadHdr));
+              if (otherThreadHdr)
+              {
+                // Message is in one thread but has a different thread id.
+                // Remove it from the thread and then rethread it.
+                RemoveChild(msgKey);
+                threadKeyThread->RemoveChildHdr(otherThreadHdr, nullptr);
+                bool newThread;
+                nsMsgHdr* msgHdr = static_cast<nsMsgHdr*>(otherThreadHdr.get());
+                m_mdbDB->ThreadNewHdr(msgHdr, newThread);
+              }
+              else
+              {
+                (*result)->SetThreadId(m_threadKey);
+              }
+            }
+          }
+        }
+        break;
+      }
+      NS_RELEASE(*result);
+    }
+  }
+  if (resultIndex)
+    *resultIndex = (int32_t) childIndex;
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgThread::GetFirstUnreadChild(nsIMsgDBHdr **result)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(result);
+  uint32_t numChildren;
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  uint8_t minLevel = 0xff;
+
+  GetNumChildren(&numChildren);
+
+  if ((int32_t) numChildren < 0)
+    numChildren = 0;
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> retHdr;
+
+  for (uint32_t childIndex = 0; childIndex < numChildren; childIndex++)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> child;
+    rv = GetChildHdrAt(childIndex, getter_AddRefs(child));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && child)
+    {
+      nsMsgKey msgKey;
+      child->GetMessageKey(&msgKey);
+
+      bool isRead;
+      rv = m_mdbDB->IsRead(msgKey, &isRead);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !isRead)
+      {
+        // this is the root, so it's the best we're going to do.
+        if (msgKey == m_threadRootKey)
+        {
+          retHdr = child;
+          break;
+        }
+        uint8_t level = 0;
+        nsMsgKey parentId;
+        child->GetThreadParent(&parentId);
+        nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> parent;
+        // count number of ancestors - that's our level
+        while (parentId != nsMsgKey_None)
+        {
+          rv = m_mdbDB->GetMsgHdrForKey(parentId, getter_AddRefs(parent));
+          if (parent)
+          {
+            parent->GetThreadParent(&parentId);
+            level++;
+          }
+        }
+        if (level < minLevel)
+        {
+          minLevel = level;
+          retHdr = child;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*result = retHdr);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgThread::GetNewestMsgDate(uint32_t *aResult)
+{
+  // if this hasn't been set, figure it out by enumerating the msgs in the thread.
+  if (!m_newestMsgDate)
+  {
+    uint32_t numChildren;
+    nsresult rv;
+
+    GetNumChildren(&numChildren);
+
+    if ((int32_t) numChildren < 0)
+      numChildren = 0;
+
+    for (uint32_t childIndex = 0; childIndex < numChildren; childIndex++)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> child;
+      rv = GetChildHdrAt(childIndex, getter_AddRefs(child));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      {
+        uint32_t msgDate;
+        child->GetDateInSeconds(&msgDate);
+        if (msgDate > m_newestMsgDate)
+          m_newestMsgDate = msgDate;
+      }
+    }
+
+  }
+  *aResult = m_newestMsgDate;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgThread::SetNewestMsgDate(uint32_t aNewestMsgDate)
+{
+  m_newestMsgDate = aNewestMsgDate;
+  return m_mdbDB->UInt32ToRowCellColumn(m_metaRow, m_mdbDB->m_threadNewestMsgDateColumnToken, aNewestMsgDate);
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/db/msgdb/src/nsNewsDatabase.cpp b/mailnews/db/msgdb/src/nsNewsDatabase.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3fb3dbb2b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/msgdb/src/nsNewsDatabase.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,360 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "nsIMsgDBView.h"
+#include "nsIMsgThread.h"
+#include "nsNewsDatabase.h"
+#include "nsMsgKeySet.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "prlog.h"
+
+#if defined(DEBUG_sspitzer_) || defined(DEBUG_seth_)
+#define DEBUG_NEWS_DATABASE 1
+#endif
+
+nsNewsDatabase::nsNewsDatabase()
+{
+  m_readSet = nullptr;
+}
+
+nsNewsDatabase::~nsNewsDatabase()
+{
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ADDREF_INHERITED(nsNewsDatabase, nsMsgDatabase)
+NS_IMPL_RELEASE_INHERITED(nsNewsDatabase, nsMsgDatabase)
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNewsDatabase::QueryInterface(REFNSIID aIID, void** aInstancePtr)
+{
+  if (!aInstancePtr) return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+  *aInstancePtr = nullptr;
+
+  if (aIID.Equals(NS_GET_IID(nsINewsDatabase)))
+  {
+    *aInstancePtr = static_cast<nsINewsDatabase *>(this);
+  }
+
+  if(*aInstancePtr)
+  {
+    AddRef();
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  return nsMsgDatabase::QueryInterface(aIID, aInstancePtr);
+}
+
+nsresult nsNewsDatabase::Close(bool forceCommit)
+{
+  return nsMsgDatabase::Close(forceCommit);
+}
+
+nsresult nsNewsDatabase::ForceClosed()
+{
+  return nsMsgDatabase::ForceClosed();
+}
+
+nsresult nsNewsDatabase::Commit(nsMsgDBCommit commitType)
+{
+  if (m_dbFolderInfo && m_readSet)
+  {
+    // let's write out our idea of the read set so we can compare it with that of
+    // the .rc file next time we start up.
+    nsCString readSet;
+    m_readSet->Output(getter_Copies(readSet));
+    m_dbFolderInfo->SetCharProperty("readSet", readSet);
+  }
+  return nsMsgDatabase::Commit(commitType);
+}
+
+
+uint32_t nsNewsDatabase::GetCurVersion()
+{
+  return kMsgDBVersion;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNewsDatabase::IsRead(nsMsgKey key, bool *pRead)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(pRead, "null out param in IsRead");
+  if (!pRead) return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  if (!m_readSet) return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  *pRead = m_readSet->IsMember(key);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsNewsDatabase::IsHeaderRead(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr, bool *pRead)
+{
+    nsresult rv;
+    nsMsgKey messageKey;
+
+    if (!msgHdr || !pRead) return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+    rv = msgHdr->GetMessageKey(&messageKey);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+    rv = IsRead(messageKey,pRead);
+    return rv;
+}
+
+// return highest article number we've seen.
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNewsDatabase::GetHighWaterArticleNum(nsMsgKey *key)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(m_dbFolderInfo, "null db folder info");
+  if (!m_dbFolderInfo)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  return m_dbFolderInfo->GetHighWater(key);
+}
+
+// return the key of the first article number we know about.
+// Since the iterator iterates in id order, we can just grab the
+// messagekey of the first header it returns.
+// ### dmb
+// This will not deal with the situation where we get holes in
+// the headers we know about. Need to figure out how and when
+// to solve that. This could happen if a transfer is interrupted.
+// Do we need to keep track of known arts permanently?
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNewsDatabase::GetLowWaterArticleNum(nsMsgKey *key)
+{
+  nsresult  rv;
+  nsMsgHdr  *pHeader;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleEnumerator> hdrs;
+  rv = EnumerateMessages(getter_AddRefs(hdrs));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  rv = hdrs->GetNext((nsISupports**)&pHeader);
+  NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "nsMsgDBEnumerator broken");
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  return pHeader->GetMessageKey(key);
+}
+
+nsresult  nsNewsDatabase::ExpireUpTo(nsMsgKey expireKey)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+nsresult		nsNewsDatabase::ExpireRange(nsMsgKey startRange, nsMsgKey endRange)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNewsDatabase::GetReadSet(nsMsgKeySet **pSet)
+{
+    if (!pSet) return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+    *pSet = m_readSet;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNewsDatabase::SetReadSet(nsMsgKeySet *pSet)
+{
+  m_readSet = pSet;
+
+  if (m_readSet)
+  {
+    // compare this read set with the one in the db folder info.
+    // If not equivalent, sync with this one.
+    nsCString dbReadSet;
+    if (m_dbFolderInfo)
+      m_dbFolderInfo->GetCharProperty("readSet", dbReadSet);
+    nsCString newsrcReadSet;
+    m_readSet->Output(getter_Copies(newsrcReadSet));
+    if (!dbReadSet.Equals(newsrcReadSet))
+      SyncWithReadSet();
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+bool nsNewsDatabase::SetHdrReadFlag(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr, bool bRead)
+{
+    nsresult rv;
+    bool isRead;
+    rv = IsHeaderRead(msgHdr, &isRead);
+
+    if (isRead == bRead)
+    {
+      // give the base class a chance to update m_flags.
+      nsMsgDatabase::SetHdrReadFlag(msgHdr, bRead);
+      return false;
+    }
+    else {
+      nsMsgKey messageKey;
+
+      // give the base class a chance to update m_flags.
+      nsMsgDatabase::SetHdrReadFlag(msgHdr, bRead);
+      rv = msgHdr->GetMessageKey(&messageKey);
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return false;
+
+      NS_ASSERTION(m_readSet, "m_readSet is null");
+      if (!m_readSet) return false;
+
+      if (!bRead) {
+#ifdef DEBUG_NEWS_DATABASE
+        printf("remove %d from the set\n",messageKey);
+#endif
+
+        m_readSet->Remove(messageKey);
+
+        rv = NotifyReadChanged(nullptr);
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return false;
+      }
+      else {
+#ifdef DEBUG_NEWS_DATABASE
+        printf("add %d to the set\n",messageKey);
+#endif
+
+        if (m_readSet->Add(messageKey) < 0) return false;
+
+        rv = NotifyReadChanged(nullptr);
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return false;
+      }
+    }
+    return true;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNewsDatabase::MarkAllRead(uint32_t *aNumMarked,
+                                          nsMsgKey **aThoseMarked)
+{
+  nsMsgKey lowWater = nsMsgKey_None, highWater;
+  nsCString knownArts;
+  if (m_dbFolderInfo)
+  {
+    m_dbFolderInfo->GetKnownArtsSet(getter_Copies(knownArts));
+    nsMsgKeySet *knownKeys = nsMsgKeySet::Create(knownArts.get());
+    if (knownKeys)
+      lowWater = knownKeys->GetFirstMember();
+
+    delete knownKeys;
+  }
+  if (lowWater == nsMsgKey_None)
+    GetLowWaterArticleNum(&lowWater);
+  GetHighWaterArticleNum(&highWater);
+  if (lowWater > 2)
+    m_readSet->AddRange(1, lowWater - 1);
+  nsresult err = nsMsgDatabase::MarkAllRead(aNumMarked, aThoseMarked);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err) && 1 <= highWater)
+    m_readSet->AddRange(1, highWater); // mark everything read in newsrc.
+
+  return err;
+}
+
+nsresult nsNewsDatabase::SyncWithReadSet()
+{
+
+  // The code below attempts to update the underlying nsMsgDatabase's idea
+  // of read/unread flags to match the read set in the .newsrc file. It should
+  // only be called when they don't match, e.g., we crashed after committing the
+  // db but before writing out the .newsrc
+  nsCOMPtr <nsISimpleEnumerator> hdrs;
+  nsresult rv = EnumerateMessages(getter_AddRefs(hdrs));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  bool hasMore = false, readInNewsrc, isReadInDB, changed = false;
+  int32_t numMessages = 0, numUnreadMessages = 0;
+  nsMsgKey messageKey;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgThread> threadHdr;
+
+  // Scan all messages in DB
+  while (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv = hdrs->HasMoreElements(&hasMore)) && hasMore)
+  {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> supports;
+      rv = hdrs->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(supports));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> header = do_QueryInterface(supports, &rv);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      rv = nsMsgDatabase::IsHeaderRead(header, &isReadInDB);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      header->GetMessageKey(&messageKey);
+      IsRead(messageKey,&readInNewsrc);
+
+      numMessages++;
+      if (!readInNewsrc)
+        numUnreadMessages++;
+
+      // If DB and readSet disagree on Read/Unread, fix DB
+      if (readInNewsrc!=isReadInDB)
+      {
+        MarkHdrRead(header, readInNewsrc, nullptr);
+        changed = true;
+      }
+  }
+
+  // Update FolderInfo Counters
+  int32_t oldMessages, oldUnreadMessages;
+  rv = m_dbFolderInfo->GetNumMessages(&oldMessages);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && oldMessages!=numMessages)
+  {
+      changed = true;
+      m_dbFolderInfo->ChangeNumMessages(numMessages-oldMessages);
+  }
+  rv = m_dbFolderInfo->GetNumUnreadMessages(&oldUnreadMessages);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && oldUnreadMessages!=numUnreadMessages)
+  {
+      changed = true;
+      m_dbFolderInfo->ChangeNumUnreadMessages(numUnreadMessages-oldUnreadMessages);
+  }
+
+  if (changed)
+      Commit(nsMsgDBCommitType::kLargeCommit);
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsNewsDatabase::AdjustExpungedBytesOnDelete(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr)
+{
+  uint32_t msgFlags;
+  msgHdr->GetFlags(&msgFlags);
+  if (msgFlags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Offline && m_dbFolderInfo)
+  {
+    uint32_t size = 0;
+    (void)msgHdr->GetOfflineMessageSize(&size);
+    return m_dbFolderInfo->ChangeExpungedBytes (size);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNewsDatabase::GetDefaultViewFlags(nsMsgViewFlagsTypeValue *aDefaultViewFlags)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aDefaultViewFlags);
+  GetIntPref("mailnews.default_news_view_flags", aDefaultViewFlags);
+  if (*aDefaultViewFlags < nsMsgViewFlagsType::kNone ||
+      *aDefaultViewFlags > (nsMsgViewFlagsType::kThreadedDisplay |
+                            nsMsgViewFlagsType::kShowIgnored |
+                            nsMsgViewFlagsType::kUnreadOnly |
+                            nsMsgViewFlagsType::kExpandAll |
+                            nsMsgViewFlagsType::kGroupBySort))
+    *aDefaultViewFlags = nsMsgViewFlagsType::kThreadedDisplay;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNewsDatabase::GetDefaultSortType(nsMsgViewSortTypeValue *aDefaultSortType)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aDefaultSortType);
+  GetIntPref("mailnews.default_news_sort_type", aDefaultSortType);
+  if (*aDefaultSortType < nsMsgViewSortType::byDate ||
+      *aDefaultSortType > nsMsgViewSortType::byAccount)
+    *aDefaultSortType = nsMsgViewSortType::byThread;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNewsDatabase::GetDefaultSortOrder(nsMsgViewSortOrderValue *aDefaultSortOrder)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aDefaultSortOrder);
+  GetIntPref("mailnews.default_news_sort_order", aDefaultSortOrder);
+  if (*aDefaultSortOrder != nsMsgViewSortOrder::descending)
+    *aDefaultSortOrder = nsMsgViewSortOrder::ascending;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/extensions/bayesian-spam-filter/moz.build b/mailnews/extensions/bayesian-spam-filter/moz.build
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8755860cb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/extensions/bayesian-spam-filter/moz.build
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+# vim: set filetype=python:
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+DIRS += ['src']
diff --git a/mailnews/extensions/bayesian-spam-filter/src/moz.build b/mailnews/extensions/bayesian-spam-filter/src/moz.build
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5819766a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/extensions/bayesian-spam-filter/src/moz.build
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+# vim: set filetype=python:
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+SOURCES += [
+    'nsBayesianFilter.cpp',
+]
+
+FINAL_LIBRARY = 'mail'
+
diff --git a/mailnews/extensions/bayesian-spam-filter/src/nsBayesianFilter.cpp b/mailnews/extensions/bayesian-spam-filter/src/nsBayesianFilter.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0fa5aa1e2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/extensions/bayesian-spam-filter/src/nsBayesianFilter.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,2758 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsBayesianFilter.h"
+#include "nsIInputStream.h"
+#include "nsIStreamListener.h"
+#include "nsNetUtil.h"
+#include "nsQuickSort.h"
+#include "nsIMsgMessageService.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h" // for GetMessageServiceFromURI
+#include "prnetdb.h"
+#include "nsIMsgWindow.h"
+#include "mozilla/Logging.h"
+#include "nsAppDirectoryServiceDefs.h"
+#include "nsUnicharUtils.h"
+#include "nsDirectoryServiceUtils.h"
+#include "nsIMIMEHeaderParam.h"
+#include "nsNetCID.h"
+#include "nsIMimeHeaders.h"
+#include "nsMsgMimeCID.h"
+#include "nsIMsgMailNewsUrl.h"
+#include "nsIMimeMiscStatus.h"
+#include "nsIPrefService.h"
+#include "nsIPrefBranch.h"
+#include "nsIStringEnumerator.h"
+#include "nsIObserverService.h"
+#include "nsIChannel.h"
+
+using namespace mozilla;
+
+// needed to mark attachment flag on the db hdr
+#include "nsIMsgHdr.h"
+
+// needed to strip html out of the body
+#include "nsIContentSerializer.h"
+#include "nsLayoutCID.h"
+#include "nsIParserUtils.h"
+#include "nsIDocumentEncoder.h"
+
+#include "nsIncompleteGamma.h"
+#include <math.h>
+#include <prmem.h>
+#include "nsIMsgTraitService.h"
+#include "mozilla/Services.h"
+#include "mozilla/Attributes.h"
+#include <cstdlib> // for std::abs(int/long)
+#include <cmath> // for std::abs(float/double)
+
+static PRLogModuleInfo *BayesianFilterLogModule = nullptr;
+
+#define kDefaultJunkThreshold .99 // we override this value via a pref
+static const char* kBayesianFilterTokenDelimiters = " \t\n\r\f.";
+static unsigned int kMinLengthForToken = 3; // lower bound on the number of characters in a word before we treat it as a token
+static unsigned int kMaxLengthForToken = 12; // upper bound on the number of characters in a word to be declared as a token
+
+#define FORGED_RECEIVED_HEADER_HINT NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("may be forged")
+
+#ifndef M_LN2
+#define M_LN2 0.69314718055994530942
+#endif
+
+#ifndef M_E
+#define M_E   2.7182818284590452354
+#endif
+
+// provide base implementation of hash lookup of a string
+struct BaseToken : public PLDHashEntryHdr
+{
+    const char* mWord;
+};
+
+// token for a particular message
+// mCount, mAnalysisLink are initialized to zero by the hash code
+struct Token : public BaseToken {
+    uint32_t mCount;
+    uint32_t mAnalysisLink; // index in mAnalysisStore of the AnalysisPerToken
+                            // object for the first trait for this token
+};
+
+// token stored in a training file for a group of messages
+// mTraitLink is initialized to 0 by the hash code
+struct CorpusToken : public BaseToken
+{
+    uint32_t mTraitLink;    // index in mTraitStore of the TraitPerToken
+                            // object for the first trait for this token
+};
+
+// set the value of a TraitPerToken object
+TraitPerToken::TraitPerToken(uint32_t aTraitId, uint32_t aCount)
+  :  mId(aTraitId), mCount(aCount), mNextLink(0)
+{
+}
+
+// shorthand representations of trait ids for junk and good
+static const uint32_t kJunkTrait = nsIJunkMailPlugin::JUNK_TRAIT;
+static const uint32_t kGoodTrait = nsIJunkMailPlugin::GOOD_TRAIT;
+
+// set the value of an AnalysisPerToken object
+AnalysisPerToken::AnalysisPerToken(
+  uint32_t aTraitIndex, double aDistance, double aProbability) :
+    mTraitIndex(aTraitIndex),
+    mDistance(aDistance),
+    mProbability(aProbability),
+    mNextLink(0)
+{
+}
+
+// the initial size of the AnalysisPerToken linked list storage
+const uint32_t kAnalysisStoreCapacity = 2048;
+
+// the initial size of the TraitPerToken linked list storage
+const uint32_t kTraitStoreCapacity = 16384;
+
+// Size of Auto arrays representing per trait information
+const uint32_t kTraitAutoCapacity = 10;
+
+TokenEnumeration::TokenEnumeration(PLDHashTable* table)
+    :   mIterator(table->Iter())
+{
+}
+
+inline bool TokenEnumeration::hasMoreTokens()
+{
+    return !mIterator.Done();
+}
+
+inline BaseToken* TokenEnumeration::nextToken()
+{
+    auto token = static_cast<BaseToken*>(mIterator.Get());
+    mIterator.Next();
+    return token;
+}
+
+// member variables
+static const PLDHashTableOps gTokenTableOps = {
+    PLDHashTable::HashStringKey,
+    PLDHashTable::MatchStringKey,
+    PLDHashTable::MoveEntryStub,
+    PLDHashTable::ClearEntryStub,
+    nullptr
+};
+
+TokenHash::TokenHash(uint32_t aEntrySize)
+  : mTokenTable(&gTokenTableOps, aEntrySize, 128)
+{
+    mEntrySize = aEntrySize;
+    PL_INIT_ARENA_POOL(&mWordPool, "Words Arena", 16384);
+}
+
+TokenHash::~TokenHash()
+{
+    PL_FinishArenaPool(&mWordPool);
+}
+
+nsresult TokenHash::clearTokens()
+{
+    // we re-use the tokenizer when classifying multiple messages,
+    // so this gets called after every message classification.
+    mTokenTable.ClearAndPrepareForLength(128);
+    PL_FreeArenaPool(&mWordPool);
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+char* TokenHash::copyWord(const char* word, uint32_t len)
+{
+    void* result;
+    uint32_t size = 1 + len;
+    PL_ARENA_ALLOCATE(result, &mWordPool, size);
+    if (result)
+        memcpy(result, word, size);
+    return reinterpret_cast<char*>(result);
+}
+
+inline BaseToken* TokenHash::get(const char* word)
+{
+    PLDHashEntryHdr* entry = mTokenTable.Search(word);
+    if (entry)
+        return static_cast<BaseToken*>(entry);
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+BaseToken* TokenHash::add(const char* word)
+{
+    if (!word || !*word)
+    {
+      NS_ERROR("Trying to add a null word");
+      return nullptr;
+    }
+
+    MOZ_LOG(BayesianFilterLogModule, LogLevel::Debug, ("add word: %s", word));
+
+    PLDHashEntryHdr* entry = mTokenTable.Add(word, mozilla::fallible);
+    BaseToken* token = static_cast<BaseToken*>(entry);
+    if (token) {
+        if (token->mWord == NULL) {
+            uint32_t len = strlen(word);
+            NS_ASSERTION(len != 0, "adding zero length word to tokenizer");
+            if (!len)
+              MOZ_LOG(BayesianFilterLogModule, LogLevel::Debug, ("adding zero length word to tokenizer"));
+            token->mWord = copyWord(word, len);
+            NS_ASSERTION(token->mWord, "copyWord failed");
+            if (!token->mWord) {
+                MOZ_LOG(BayesianFilterLogModule, LogLevel::Error, ("copyWord failed: %s (%d)", word, len));
+                mTokenTable.RawRemove(entry);
+                return NULL;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    return token;
+}
+
+inline uint32_t TokenHash::countTokens()
+{
+  return mTokenTable.EntryCount();
+}
+
+inline TokenEnumeration TokenHash::getTokens()
+{
+  return TokenEnumeration(&mTokenTable);
+}
+
+Tokenizer::Tokenizer() :
+  TokenHash(sizeof(Token)),
+  mBodyDelimiters(kBayesianFilterTokenDelimiters),
+  mHeaderDelimiters(kBayesianFilterTokenDelimiters),
+  mCustomHeaderTokenization(false),
+  mMaxLengthForToken(kMaxLengthForToken),
+  mIframeToDiv(false)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefService> prefs = do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS_VOID(rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefBranch;
+  rv = prefs->GetBranch("mailnews.bayesian_spam_filter.", getter_AddRefs(prefBranch));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS_VOID(rv); // no branch defined, just use defaults
+
+  /*
+   * RSS feeds store their summary as alternate content of an iframe. But due
+   * to bug 365953, this is not seen by the serializer. As a workaround, allow
+   * the tokenizer to replace the iframe with div for tokenization.
+   */
+  rv = prefBranch->GetBoolPref("iframe_to_div", &mIframeToDiv);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    mIframeToDiv = false;
+
+  /*
+   * the list of delimiters used to tokenize the message and body
+   * defaults to the value in kBayesianFilterTokenDelimiters, but may be
+   * set with the following preferences for the body and header
+   * separately.
+   *
+   * \t, \n, \v, \f, \r, and \\ will be escaped to their normal
+   * C-library values, all other two-letter combinations beginning with \
+   * will be ignored.
+   */
+
+  prefBranch->GetCharPref("body_delimiters", getter_Copies(mBodyDelimiters));
+  if (!mBodyDelimiters.IsEmpty())
+    UnescapeCString(mBodyDelimiters);
+  else // prefBranch empties the result when it fails :(
+    mBodyDelimiters.Assign(kBayesianFilterTokenDelimiters);
+
+  prefBranch->GetCharPref("header_delimiters", getter_Copies(mHeaderDelimiters));
+  if (!mHeaderDelimiters.IsEmpty())
+    UnescapeCString(mHeaderDelimiters);
+  else
+    mHeaderDelimiters.Assign(kBayesianFilterTokenDelimiters);
+
+  /*
+   * Extensions may wish to enable or disable tokenization of certain headers.
+   * Define any headers to enable/disable in a string preference like this:
+   *   "mailnews.bayesian_spam_filter.tokenizeheader.headername"
+   *
+   * where "headername" is the header to tokenize. For example, to tokenize the
+   * header "x-spam-status" use the preference:
+   *
+   *   "mailnews.bayesian_spam_filter.tokenizeheader.x-spam-status"
+   *
+   * The value of the string preference will be interpreted in one of
+   * four ways, depending on the value:
+   *
+   *   If "false" then do not tokenize that header
+   *   If "full" then add the entire header value as a token,
+   *     without breaking up into subtokens using delimiters
+   *   If "standard" then tokenize the header using as delimiters the current
+   *     value of the generic header delimiters
+   *   Any other string is interpreted as a list of delimiters to use to parse
+   *     the header. \t, \n, \v, \f, \r, and \\ will be escaped to their normal
+   *     C-library values, all other two-letter combinations beginning with \
+   *     will be ignored.
+   *
+   * Header names in the preference should be all lower case
+   *
+   * Extensions may also set the maximum length of a token (default is
+   * kMaxLengthForToken) by setting the int preference:
+   *   "mailnews.bayesian_spam_filter.maxlengthfortoken"
+   */
+
+  char** headers;
+  uint32_t count;
+
+  // get customized maximum token length
+  int32_t maxLengthForToken;
+  rv = prefBranch->GetIntPref("maxlengthfortoken", &maxLengthForToken);
+  mMaxLengthForToken = NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) ? uint32_t(maxLengthForToken) : kMaxLengthForToken;
+
+  rv = prefs->GetBranch("mailnews.bayesian_spam_filter.tokenizeheader.", getter_AddRefs(prefBranch));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    rv = prefBranch->GetChildList("", &count, &headers);
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    mCustomHeaderTokenization = true;
+    for (uint32_t i = 0; i < count; i++)
+    {
+      nsCString value;
+      prefBranch->GetCharPref(headers[i], getter_Copies(value));
+      if (value.EqualsLiteral("false"))
+      {
+        mDisabledHeaders.AppendElement(headers[i]);
+        continue;
+      }
+      mEnabledHeaders.AppendElement(headers[i]);
+      if (value.EqualsLiteral("standard"))
+        value.SetIsVoid(true); // Void means use default delimiter
+      else if (value.EqualsLiteral("full"))
+        value.Truncate(); // Empty means add full header
+      else
+        UnescapeCString(value);
+      mEnabledHeadersDelimiters.AppendElement(value);
+    }
+    NS_FREE_XPCOM_ALLOCATED_POINTER_ARRAY(count, headers);
+  }
+}
+
+Tokenizer::~Tokenizer()
+{
+}
+
+inline Token* Tokenizer::get(const char* word)
+{
+  return static_cast<Token*>(TokenHash::get(word));
+}
+
+Token* Tokenizer::add(const char* word, uint32_t count)
+{
+  MOZ_LOG(BayesianFilterLogModule, LogLevel::Debug, ("add word: %s (count=%d)",
+         word, count));
+
+  Token* token = static_cast<Token*>(TokenHash::add(word));
+  if (token)
+  {
+    token->mCount += count; // hash code initializes this to zero
+    MOZ_LOG(BayesianFilterLogModule, LogLevel::Debug,
+           ("adding word to tokenizer: %s (count=%d) (mCount=%d)",
+           word, count, token->mCount));
+  }
+  return token;
+}
+
+static bool isDecimalNumber(const char* word)
+{
+    const char* p = word;
+    if (*p == '-') ++p;
+    char c;
+    while ((c = *p++)) {
+        if (!isdigit((unsigned char) c))
+            return false;
+    }
+    return true;
+}
+
+static bool isASCII(const char* word)
+{
+    const unsigned char* p = (const unsigned char*)word;
+    unsigned char c;
+    while ((c = *p++)) {
+        if (c > 127)
+            return false;
+    }
+    return true;
+}
+
+inline bool isUpperCase(char c) { return ('A' <= c) && (c <= 'Z'); }
+
+static char* toLowerCase(char* str)
+{
+    char c, *p = str;
+    while ((c = *p++)) {
+        if (isUpperCase(c))
+            p[-1] = c + ('a' - 'A');
+    }
+    return str;
+}
+
+void Tokenizer::addTokenForHeader(const char * aTokenPrefix, nsACString& aValue,
+                                  bool aTokenizeValue, const char* aDelimiters)
+{
+  if (aValue.Length())
+  {
+    ToLowerCase(aValue);
+    if (!aTokenizeValue)
+    {
+      nsCString tmpStr;
+      tmpStr.Assign(aTokenPrefix);
+      tmpStr.Append(':');
+      tmpStr.Append(aValue);
+
+      add(tmpStr.get());
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      char* word;
+      nsCString str(aValue);
+      char *next = str.BeginWriting();
+      const char* delimiters = !aDelimiters ?
+          mHeaderDelimiters.get() : aDelimiters;
+      while ((word = NS_strtok(delimiters, &next)) != NULL)
+      {
+        if (strlen(word) < kMinLengthForToken)
+          continue;
+        if (isDecimalNumber(word))
+          continue;
+        if (isASCII(word))
+        {
+          nsCString tmpStr;
+          tmpStr.Assign(aTokenPrefix);
+          tmpStr.Append(':');
+          tmpStr.Append(word);
+          add(tmpStr.get());
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+void Tokenizer::tokenizeAttachment(const char * aContentType, const char * aFileName)
+{
+  nsAutoCString contentType;
+  nsAutoCString fileName;
+  fileName.Assign(aFileName);
+  contentType.Assign(aContentType);
+
+  // normalize the content type and the file name
+  ToLowerCase(fileName);
+  ToLowerCase(contentType);
+  addTokenForHeader("attachment/filename", fileName);
+
+  addTokenForHeader("attachment/content-type", contentType);
+}
+
+void Tokenizer::tokenizeHeaders(nsIUTF8StringEnumerator * aHeaderNames, nsIUTF8StringEnumerator * aHeaderValues)
+{
+  nsCString headerValue;
+  nsAutoCString headerName; // we'll be normalizing all header names to lower case
+  bool hasMore;
+ 
+  while (aHeaderNames->HasMore(&hasMore), hasMore)
+  {
+    aHeaderNames->GetNext(headerName);
+    ToLowerCase(headerName);
+    aHeaderValues->GetNext(headerValue);
+
+    bool headerProcessed = false;
+    if (mCustomHeaderTokenization)
+    {
+      // Process any exceptions set from preferences
+      for (uint32_t i = 0; i < mEnabledHeaders.Length(); i++)
+        if (headerName.Equals(mEnabledHeaders[i]))
+        {
+          if (mEnabledHeadersDelimiters[i].IsVoid())
+            // tokenize with standard delimiters for all headers
+            addTokenForHeader(headerName.get(), headerValue, true);
+          else if (mEnabledHeadersDelimiters[i].IsEmpty())
+            // do not break the header into tokens
+            addTokenForHeader(headerName.get(), headerValue);
+          else
+            // use the delimiter in mEnabledHeadersDelimiters
+            addTokenForHeader(headerName.get(), headerValue, true,
+                              mEnabledHeadersDelimiters[i].get());
+          headerProcessed = true;
+          break; // we found the header, no need to look for more custom values
+        }
+
+      for (uint32_t i = 0; i < mDisabledHeaders.Length(); i++)
+      {
+        if (headerName.Equals(mDisabledHeaders[i]))
+        {
+          headerProcessed = true;
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+
+      if (headerProcessed)
+        continue;
+    }
+
+    switch (headerName.First())
+    {
+    case 'c':
+        if (headerName.Equals("content-type"))
+        {
+          nsresult rv;
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIMIMEHeaderParam> mimehdrpar = do_GetService(NS_MIMEHEADERPARAM_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+          if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+            break;
+
+          // extract the charset parameter
+          nsCString parameterValue;
+          mimehdrpar->GetParameterInternal(headerValue.get(), "charset", nullptr, nullptr, getter_Copies(parameterValue));
+          addTokenForHeader("charset", parameterValue);
+
+          // create a token containing just the content type
+          mimehdrpar->GetParameterInternal(headerValue.get(), "type", nullptr, nullptr, getter_Copies(parameterValue));
+          if (!parameterValue.Length())
+            mimehdrpar->GetParameterInternal(headerValue.get(), nullptr /* use first unnamed param */, nullptr, nullptr, getter_Copies(parameterValue));
+          addTokenForHeader("content-type/type", parameterValue);
+
+          // XXX: should we add a token for the entire content-type header as well or just these parts we have extracted?
+        }
+        break;
+    case 'r':
+      if (headerName.Equals("received"))
+      {
+        // look for the string "may be forged" in the received headers. sendmail sometimes adds this hint
+        // This does not compile on linux yet. Need to figure out why. Commenting out for now
+        // if (FindInReadable(FORGED_RECEIVED_HEADER_HINT, headerValue))
+        //   addTokenForHeader(headerName.get(), FORGED_RECEIVED_HEADER_HINT);
+      }
+
+      // leave out reply-to
+      break;
+    case 's':
+        if (headerName.Equals("subject"))
+        {
+          // we want to tokenize the subject
+          addTokenForHeader(headerName.get(), headerValue, true);
+        }
+
+        // important: leave out sender field. Too strong of an indicator
+        break;
+    case 'x': // (2) X-Mailer / user-agent works best if it is untokenized, just fold the case and any leading/trailing white space
+        // all headers beginning with x-mozilla are being changed by us, so ignore
+        if (Substring(headerName, 0, 9).Equals("x-mozilla"))
+          break;
+        // fall through
+        MOZ_FALLTHROUGH;
+    case 'u':
+        addTokenForHeader(headerName.get(), headerValue);
+        break;
+    default:
+        addTokenForHeader(headerName.get(), headerValue);
+        break;
+    } // end switch
+
+  }
+}
+
+void Tokenizer::tokenize_ascii_word(char * aWord)
+{
+  // always deal with normalized lower case strings
+  toLowerCase(aWord);
+  uint32_t wordLength = strlen(aWord);
+
+  // if the wordLength is within our accepted token limit, then add it
+  if (wordLength >= kMinLengthForToken && wordLength <= mMaxLengthForToken)
+    add(aWord);
+  else if (wordLength > mMaxLengthForToken)
+  {
+    // don't skip over the word if it looks like an email address,
+    // there is value in adding tokens for addresses
+    nsDependentCString word (aWord, wordLength); // CHEAP, no allocation occurs here...
+
+    // XXX: i think the 40 byte check is just for perf reasons...if the email address is longer than that then forget about it.
+    const char *atSign = strchr(aWord, '@');
+    if (wordLength < 40 && strchr(aWord, '.') && atSign && !strchr(atSign + 1, '@'))
+    {
+      uint32_t numBytesToSep = atSign - aWord;
+      if (numBytesToSep < wordLength - 1) // if the @ sign is the last character, it must not be an email address
+      {
+        // split the john@foo.com into john and foo.com, treat them as separate tokens
+        nsCString emailNameToken;
+        emailNameToken.AssignLiteral("email name:");
+        emailNameToken.Append(Substring(word, 0, numBytesToSep++));
+        add(emailNameToken.get());
+        nsCString emailAddrToken;
+        emailAddrToken.AssignLiteral("email addr:");
+        emailAddrToken.Append(Substring(word, numBytesToSep, wordLength - numBytesToSep));
+        add(emailAddrToken.get());
+        return;
+      }
+    }
+
+    // there is value in generating a token indicating the number
+    // of characters we are skipping. We'll round to the nearest 10
+    nsCString skipToken;
+    skipToken.AssignLiteral("skip:");
+    skipToken.Append(word[0]);
+    skipToken.Append(' ');
+    skipToken.AppendInt((wordLength/10) * 10);
+    add(skipToken.get());
+  }
+}
+
+// one substract and one conditional jump should be faster than two conditional jump on most recent system.
+#define IN_RANGE(x, low, high)  ((uint16_t)((x)-(low)) <= (high)-(low))
+
+#define IS_JA_HIRAGANA(x)   IN_RANGE(x, 0x3040, 0x309F)
+// swapping the range using xor operation to reduce conditional jump.
+#define IS_JA_KATAKANA(x)	(IN_RANGE(x^0x0004, 0x30A0, 0x30FE)||(IN_RANGE(x, 0xFF66, 0xFF9F)))
+#define IS_JA_KANJI(x)      (IN_RANGE(x, 0x2E80, 0x2FDF)||IN_RANGE(x, 0x4E00, 0x9FAF))
+#define IS_JA_KUTEN(x)      (((x)==0x3001)||((x)==0xFF64)||((x)==0xFF0E))
+#define IS_JA_TOUTEN(x)     (((x)==0x3002)||((x)==0xFF61)||((x)==0xFF0C))
+#define IS_JA_SPACE(x)      ((x)==0x3000)
+#define IS_JA_FWLATAIN(x)   IN_RANGE(x, 0xFF01, 0xFF5E)
+#define IS_JA_FWNUMERAL(x)  IN_RANGE(x, 0xFF10, 0xFF19)
+
+#define IS_JAPANESE_SPECIFIC(x) (IN_RANGE(x, 0x3040, 0x30FF)||IN_RANGE(x, 0xFF01, 0xFF9F))
+
+enum char_class{
+    others = 0,
+    space,
+    hiragana,
+    katakana,
+    kanji,
+    kuten,
+    touten,
+    kigou,
+    fwlatain,
+    ascii
+};
+
+static char_class getCharClass(char16_t c)
+{
+  char_class charClass = others;
+
+  if(IS_JA_HIRAGANA(c))
+    charClass = hiragana;
+  else if(IS_JA_KATAKANA(c))
+    charClass = katakana;
+  else if(IS_JA_KANJI(c))
+    charClass = kanji;
+  else if(IS_JA_KUTEN(c))
+    charClass = kuten;
+  else if(IS_JA_TOUTEN(c))
+    charClass = touten;
+  else if(IS_JA_FWLATAIN(c))
+    charClass = fwlatain;
+
+  return charClass;
+}
+
+static bool isJapanese(const char* word)
+{
+  nsString text = NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16(word);
+  char16_t* p = (char16_t*)text.get();
+  char16_t c;
+
+  // it is japanese chunk if it contains any hiragana or katakana.
+  while((c = *p++))
+    if( IS_JAPANESE_SPECIFIC(c))
+      return true;
+
+  return false;
+}
+
+static bool isFWNumeral(const char16_t* p1, const char16_t* p2)
+{
+  for(;p1<p2;p1++)
+    if(!IS_JA_FWNUMERAL(*p1))
+      return false;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+// The japanese tokenizer was added as part of Bug #277354
+void Tokenizer::tokenize_japanese_word(char* chunk)
+{
+  MOZ_LOG(BayesianFilterLogModule, LogLevel::Debug, ("entering tokenize_japanese_word(%s)", chunk));
+
+  nsString srcStr = NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16(chunk);
+  const char16_t* p1 = srcStr.get();
+  const char16_t* p2 = p1;
+  if(!*p2) return;
+
+  char_class cc = getCharClass(*p2);
+  while(*(++p2))
+  {
+    if(cc == getCharClass(*p2))
+      continue;
+
+    nsCString token = NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(p1, p2-p1);
+    if( (!isDecimalNumber(token.get())) && (!isFWNumeral(p1, p2)))
+    {
+      nsCString tmpStr;
+      tmpStr.AppendLiteral("JA:");
+      tmpStr.Append(token);
+      add(tmpStr.get());
+    }
+
+    cc = getCharClass(*p2);
+    p1 = p2;
+  }
+}
+
+nsresult Tokenizer::stripHTML(const nsAString& inString, nsAString& outString)
+{
+  uint32_t flags = nsIDocumentEncoder::OutputLFLineBreak
+                 | nsIDocumentEncoder::OutputNoScriptContent
+                 | nsIDocumentEncoder::OutputNoFramesContent
+                 | nsIDocumentEncoder::OutputBodyOnly;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIParserUtils> utils =
+    do_GetService(NS_PARSERUTILS_CONTRACTID);
+  return utils->ConvertToPlainText(inString, flags, 80, outString);
+}
+
+void Tokenizer::tokenize(const char* aText)
+{
+  MOZ_LOG(BayesianFilterLogModule, LogLevel::Debug, ("tokenize: %s", aText));
+
+  // strip out HTML tags before we begin processing
+  // uggh but first we have to blow up our string into UCS2
+  // since that's what the document encoder wants. UTF8/UCS2, I wish we all
+  // spoke the same language here..
+  nsString text = NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16(aText);
+  nsString strippedUCS2;
+
+  // RSS feeds store their summary information as an iframe. But due to
+  // bug 365953, we can't see those in the plaintext serializer. As a
+  // workaround, allow an option to replace iframe with div in the message
+  // text. We disable by default, since most people won't be applying bayes
+  // to RSS
+
+  if (mIframeToDiv)
+  {
+    MsgReplaceSubstring(text, NS_LITERAL_STRING("<iframe"),
+                        NS_LITERAL_STRING("<div"));
+    MsgReplaceSubstring(text, NS_LITERAL_STRING("/iframe>"),
+                        NS_LITERAL_STRING("/div>"));
+  }
+
+  stripHTML(text, strippedUCS2);
+
+  // convert 0x3000(full width space) into 0x0020
+  char16_t * substr_start = strippedUCS2.BeginWriting();
+  char16_t * substr_end = strippedUCS2.EndWriting();
+  while (substr_start != substr_end) {
+    if (*substr_start == 0x3000)
+        *substr_start = 0x0020;
+    ++substr_start;
+  }
+
+  nsCString strippedStr = NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(strippedUCS2);
+  char * strippedText = strippedStr.BeginWriting();
+  MOZ_LOG(BayesianFilterLogModule, LogLevel::Debug, ("tokenize stripped html: %s", strippedText));
+
+  char* word;
+  char* next = strippedText;
+  while ((word = NS_strtok(mBodyDelimiters.get(), &next)) != NULL) {
+    if (!*word) continue;
+    if (isDecimalNumber(word)) continue;
+    if (isASCII(word))
+        tokenize_ascii_word(word);
+    else if (isJapanese(word))
+        tokenize_japanese_word(word);
+    else {
+        nsresult rv;
+        // use I18N  scanner to break this word into meaningful semantic units.
+        if (!mScanner) {
+            mScanner = do_CreateInstance(NS_SEMANTICUNITSCANNER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+            NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "couldn't create semantic unit scanner!");
+            if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+                return;
+            }
+        }
+        if (mScanner) {
+            mScanner->Start("UTF-8");
+            // convert this word from UTF-8 into UCS2.
+            NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16 uword(word);
+            ToLowerCase(uword);
+            const char16_t* utext = uword.get();
+            int32_t len = uword.Length(), pos = 0, begin, end;
+            bool gotUnit;
+            while (pos < len) {
+                rv = mScanner->Next(utext, len, pos, true, &begin, &end, &gotUnit);
+                if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && gotUnit) {
+                    NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8 utfUnit(utext + begin, end - begin);
+                    add(utfUnit.get());
+                    // advance to end of current unit.
+                    pos = end;
+                } else {
+                    break;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+// helper function to escape \n, \t, etc from a CString
+void Tokenizer::UnescapeCString(nsCString& aCString)
+{
+  nsAutoCString result;
+
+  const char* readEnd = aCString.EndReading();
+  char* writeStart = result.BeginWriting();
+  char* writeIter = writeStart;
+
+  bool inEscape = false;
+  for (const char* readIter = aCString.BeginReading(); readIter != readEnd; readIter++)
+  {
+    if (!inEscape)
+    {
+      if (*readIter == '\\')
+        inEscape = true;
+      else
+        *(writeIter++) = *readIter;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      inEscape = false;
+      switch (*readIter)
+      {
+        case '\\':
+          *(writeIter++) = '\\';
+          break;
+        case 't':
+          *(writeIter++) = '\t';
+          break;
+        case 'n':
+          *(writeIter++) = '\n';
+          break;
+        case 'v':
+          *(writeIter++) = '\v';
+          break;
+        case 'f':
+          *(writeIter++) = '\f';
+          break;
+        case 'r':
+          *(writeIter++) = '\r';
+          break;
+        default:
+          // all other escapes are ignored
+          break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  result.SetLength(writeIter - writeStart);
+  aCString.Assign(result);
+}
+
+Token* Tokenizer::copyTokens()
+{
+    uint32_t count = countTokens();
+    if (count > 0) {
+        Token* tokens = new Token[count];
+        if (tokens) {
+            Token* tp = tokens;
+            TokenEnumeration e(&mTokenTable);
+            while (e.hasMoreTokens())
+                *tp++ = *(static_cast<Token*>(e.nextToken()));
+        }
+        return tokens;
+    }
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+class TokenAnalyzer {
+public:
+    virtual ~TokenAnalyzer() {}
+
+    virtual void analyzeTokens(Tokenizer& tokenizer) = 0;
+    void setTokenListener(nsIStreamListener *aTokenListener)
+    {
+      mTokenListener = aTokenListener;
+    }
+
+    void setSource(const char *sourceURI) {mTokenSource = sourceURI;}
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIStreamListener> mTokenListener;
+    nsCString mTokenSource;
+
+};
+
+/**
+ * This class downloads the raw content of an email message, buffering until
+ * complete segments are seen, that is until a linefeed is seen, although
+ * any of the valid token separators would do. This could be a further
+ * refinement.
+ */
+class TokenStreamListener : public nsIStreamListener, nsIMsgHeaderSink {
+public:
+    NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+    NS_DECL_NSIREQUESTOBSERVER
+    NS_DECL_NSISTREAMLISTENER
+    NS_DECL_NSIMSGHEADERSINK
+
+    TokenStreamListener(TokenAnalyzer* analyzer);
+protected:
+    virtual ~TokenStreamListener();
+    TokenAnalyzer* mAnalyzer;
+    char* mBuffer;
+    uint32_t mBufferSize;
+    uint32_t mLeftOverCount;
+    Tokenizer mTokenizer;
+    bool mSetAttachmentFlag;
+};
+
+const uint32_t kBufferSize = 16384;
+
+TokenStreamListener::TokenStreamListener(TokenAnalyzer* analyzer)
+    :   mAnalyzer(analyzer),
+        mBuffer(NULL), mBufferSize(kBufferSize), mLeftOverCount(0),
+        mSetAttachmentFlag(false)
+{
+}
+
+TokenStreamListener::~TokenStreamListener()
+{
+    delete[] mBuffer;
+    delete mAnalyzer;
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(TokenStreamListener, nsIRequestObserver, nsIStreamListener, nsIMsgHeaderSink)
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP TokenStreamListener::ProcessHeaders(nsIUTF8StringEnumerator *aHeaderNames, nsIUTF8StringEnumerator *aHeaderValues, bool dontCollectAddress)
+{
+    mTokenizer.tokenizeHeaders(aHeaderNames, aHeaderValues);
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP TokenStreamListener::HandleAttachment(const char *contentType, const char *url, const char16_t *displayName, const char *uri, bool aIsExternalAttachment)
+{
+    mTokenizer.tokenizeAttachment(contentType, NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(displayName).get());
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP TokenStreamListener::AddAttachmentField(const char *field, const char *value)
+{
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP TokenStreamListener::OnEndAllAttachments()
+{
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP TokenStreamListener::OnEndMsgDownload(nsIMsgMailNewsUrl *url)
+{
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP TokenStreamListener::OnMsgHasRemoteContent(nsIMsgDBHdr *aMsgHdr,
+                                                         nsIURI *aContentURI,
+                                                         bool aCanOverride)
+{
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP TokenStreamListener::OnEndMsgHeaders(nsIMsgMailNewsUrl *url)
+{
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP TokenStreamListener::GetSecurityInfo(nsISupports * *aSecurityInfo)
+{
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP TokenStreamListener::SetSecurityInfo(nsISupports * aSecurityInfo)
+{
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP TokenStreamListener::GetDummyMsgHeader(nsIMsgDBHdr **aMsgDBHdr)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP TokenStreamListener::ResetProperties()
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP TokenStreamListener::GetProperties(nsIWritablePropertyBag2 * *aProperties)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+/* void onStartRequest (in nsIRequest aRequest, in nsISupports aContext); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP TokenStreamListener::OnStartRequest(nsIRequest *aRequest, nsISupports *aContext)
+{
+    mLeftOverCount = 0;
+    if (!mBuffer)
+    {
+        mBuffer = new char[mBufferSize];
+        NS_ENSURE_TRUE(mBuffer, NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY);
+    }
+
+    // get the url for the channel and set our nsIMsgHeaderSink on it so we get notified
+    // about the headers and attachments
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIChannel> channel (do_QueryInterface(aRequest));
+    if (channel)
+    {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> uri;
+        channel->GetURI(getter_AddRefs(uri));
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailUrl = do_QueryInterface(uri);
+        if (mailUrl)
+            mailUrl->SetMsgHeaderSink(static_cast<nsIMsgHeaderSink*>(this));
+    }
+
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* void onDataAvailable (in nsIRequest aRequest, in nsISupports aContext, in nsIInputStream aInputStream, in unsigned long long aOffset, in unsigned long aCount); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP TokenStreamListener::OnDataAvailable(nsIRequest *aRequest, nsISupports *aContext, nsIInputStream *aInputStream, uint64_t aOffset, uint32_t aCount)
+{
+    nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+    while (aCount > 0) {
+        uint32_t readCount, totalCount = (aCount + mLeftOverCount);
+        if (totalCount >= mBufferSize) {
+            readCount = mBufferSize - mLeftOverCount - 1;
+        } else {
+            readCount = aCount;
+        }
+
+        // mBuffer is supposed to be allocated in onStartRequest. But something
+        // is causing that to not happen, so as a last-ditch attempt we'll
+        // do it here.
+        if (!mBuffer)
+        {
+          mBuffer = new char[mBufferSize];
+          NS_ENSURE_TRUE(mBuffer, NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY);
+        }
+
+        char* buffer = mBuffer;
+        rv = aInputStream->Read(buffer + mLeftOverCount, readCount, &readCount);
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+            break;
+
+        if (readCount == 0) {
+            rv = NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+            NS_WARNING("failed to tokenize");
+            break;
+        }
+
+        aCount -= readCount;
+
+        /* consume the tokens up to the last legal token delimiter in the buffer. */
+        totalCount = (readCount + mLeftOverCount);
+        buffer[totalCount] = '\0';
+        char* lastDelimiter = NULL;
+        char* scan = buffer + totalCount;
+        while (scan > buffer) {
+            if (strchr(mTokenizer.mBodyDelimiters.get(), *--scan)) {
+                lastDelimiter = scan;
+                break;
+            }
+        }
+
+        if (lastDelimiter) {
+            *lastDelimiter = '\0';
+            mTokenizer.tokenize(buffer);
+
+            uint32_t consumedCount = 1 + (lastDelimiter - buffer);
+            mLeftOverCount = totalCount - consumedCount;
+            if (mLeftOverCount)
+                memmove(buffer, buffer + consumedCount, mLeftOverCount);
+        } else {
+            /* didn't find a delimiter, keep the whole buffer around. */
+            mLeftOverCount = totalCount;
+            if (totalCount >= (mBufferSize / 2)) {
+                uint32_t newBufferSize = mBufferSize * 2;
+                char* newBuffer = new char[newBufferSize];
+                NS_ENSURE_TRUE(newBuffer, NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY);
+                memcpy(newBuffer, mBuffer, mLeftOverCount);
+                delete[] mBuffer;
+                mBuffer = newBuffer;
+                mBufferSize = newBufferSize;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    return rv;
+}
+
+/* void onStopRequest (in nsIRequest aRequest, in nsISupports aContext, in nsresult aStatusCode); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP TokenStreamListener::OnStopRequest(nsIRequest *aRequest, nsISupports *aContext, nsresult aStatusCode)
+{
+    if (mLeftOverCount) {
+        /* assume final buffer is complete. */
+        mBuffer[mLeftOverCount] = '\0';
+        mTokenizer.tokenize(mBuffer);
+    }
+
+    /* finally, analyze the tokenized message. */
+    MOZ_LOG(BayesianFilterLogModule, LogLevel::Debug, ("analyze the tokenized message"));
+    if (mAnalyzer)
+        mAnalyzer->analyzeTokens(mTokenizer);
+
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* Implementation file */
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsBayesianFilter, nsIMsgFilterPlugin,
+                   nsIJunkMailPlugin, nsIMsgCorpus, nsISupportsWeakReference,
+                   nsIObserver)
+
+nsBayesianFilter::nsBayesianFilter()
+    :   mTrainingDataDirty(false)
+{
+    if (!BayesianFilterLogModule)
+      BayesianFilterLogModule = PR_NewLogModule("BayesianFilter");
+
+    int32_t junkThreshold = 0;
+    nsresult rv;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> pPrefBranch(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+    if (pPrefBranch)
+      pPrefBranch->GetIntPref("mail.adaptivefilters.junk_threshold", &junkThreshold);
+
+    mJunkProbabilityThreshold = (static_cast<double>(junkThreshold)) / 100.0;
+    if (mJunkProbabilityThreshold == 0 || mJunkProbabilityThreshold >= 1)
+      mJunkProbabilityThreshold = kDefaultJunkThreshold;
+
+    MOZ_LOG(BayesianFilterLogModule, LogLevel::Warning, ("junk probability threshold: %f", mJunkProbabilityThreshold));
+
+    mCorpus.readTrainingData();
+
+    // get parameters for training data flushing, from the prefs
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefBranch;
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefService> prefs = do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv),"failed accessing preferences service");
+    rv = prefs->GetBranch(nullptr, getter_AddRefs(prefBranch));
+    NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv),"failed getting preferences branch");
+
+    rv = prefBranch->GetIntPref("mailnews.bayesian_spam_filter.flush.minimum_interval",&mMinFlushInterval);
+    // it is not a good idea to allow a minimum interval of under 1 second
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv) || (mMinFlushInterval <= 1000) )
+        mMinFlushInterval = DEFAULT_MIN_INTERVAL_BETWEEN_WRITES;
+
+    rv = prefBranch->GetIntPref("mailnews.bayesian_spam_filter.junk_maxtokens", &mMaximumTokenCount);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      mMaximumTokenCount = 0; // which means do not limit token counts
+    MOZ_LOG(BayesianFilterLogModule, LogLevel::Warning, ("maximum junk tokens: %d", mMaximumTokenCount));
+
+    mTimer = do_CreateInstance(NS_TIMER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "unable to create a timer; training data will only be written on exit");
+
+    // the timer is not used on object construction, since for
+    // the time being there are no dirying messages
+
+    // give a default capacity to the memory structure used to store
+    // per-message/per-trait token data
+    mAnalysisStore.SetCapacity(kAnalysisStoreCapacity);
+
+    // dummy 0th element. Index 0 means "end of list" so we need to
+    // start from 1
+    AnalysisPerToken analysisPT(0, 0.0, 0.0);
+    mAnalysisStore.AppendElement(analysisPT);
+    mNextAnalysisIndex = 1;
+}
+
+nsresult nsBayesianFilter::Init()
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIObserverService> observerService =
+    mozilla::services::GetObserverService();
+  if (observerService)
+    observerService->AddObserver(this, "profile-before-change", true);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+void
+nsBayesianFilter::TimerCallback(nsITimer* aTimer, void* aClosure)
+{
+    // we will flush the training data to disk after enough time has passed
+    // since the first time a message has been classified after the last flush
+
+    nsBayesianFilter *filter = static_cast<nsBayesianFilter *>(aClosure);
+    filter->mCorpus.writeTrainingData(filter->mMaximumTokenCount);
+    filter->mTrainingDataDirty = false;
+}
+
+nsBayesianFilter::~nsBayesianFilter()
+{
+    if (mTimer)
+    {
+        mTimer->Cancel();
+        mTimer = nullptr;
+    }
+    // call shutdown when we are going away in case we need
+    // to flush the training set to disk
+    Shutdown();
+}
+
+// this object is used for one call to classifyMessage or classifyMessages().
+// So if we're classifying multiple messages, this object will be used for each message.
+// It's going to hold a reference to itself, basically, to stay in memory.
+class MessageClassifier : public TokenAnalyzer {
+public:
+    // full classifier with arbitrary traits
+    MessageClassifier(nsBayesianFilter* aFilter,
+                      nsIJunkMailClassificationListener* aJunkListener,
+                      nsIMsgTraitClassificationListener* aTraitListener,
+                      nsIMsgTraitDetailListener* aDetailListener,
+                      nsTArray<uint32_t>& aProTraits,
+                      nsTArray<uint32_t>& aAntiTraits,
+                      nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow,
+                      uint32_t aNumMessagesToClassify,
+                      const char **aMessageURIs)
+    :   mFilter(aFilter),
+        mJunkMailPlugin(aFilter),
+        mJunkListener(aJunkListener),
+        mTraitListener(aTraitListener),
+        mDetailListener(aDetailListener),
+        mProTraits(aProTraits),
+        mAntiTraits(aAntiTraits),
+        mMsgWindow(aMsgWindow)
+    {
+      mCurMessageToClassify = 0;
+      mNumMessagesToClassify = aNumMessagesToClassify;
+      mMessageURIs = (char **) moz_xmalloc(sizeof(char *) * aNumMessagesToClassify);
+      for (uint32_t i = 0; i < aNumMessagesToClassify; i++)
+        mMessageURIs[i] = PL_strdup(aMessageURIs[i]);
+
+    }
+
+    // junk-only classifier
+    MessageClassifier(nsBayesianFilter* aFilter,
+                      nsIJunkMailClassificationListener* aJunkListener,
+                      nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow,
+                      uint32_t aNumMessagesToClassify,
+                      const char **aMessageURIs)
+    :   mFilter(aFilter),
+        mJunkMailPlugin(aFilter),
+        mJunkListener(aJunkListener),
+        mTraitListener(nullptr),
+        mDetailListener(nullptr),
+        mMsgWindow(aMsgWindow)
+    {
+      mCurMessageToClassify = 0;
+      mNumMessagesToClassify = aNumMessagesToClassify;
+      mMessageURIs = (char **) moz_xmalloc(sizeof(char *) * aNumMessagesToClassify);
+      for (uint32_t i = 0; i < aNumMessagesToClassify; i++)
+        mMessageURIs[i] = PL_strdup(aMessageURIs[i]);
+      mProTraits.AppendElement(kJunkTrait);
+      mAntiTraits.AppendElement(kGoodTrait);
+
+    }
+
+    virtual ~MessageClassifier()
+    {
+       if (mMessageURIs)
+       {
+         NS_FREE_XPCOM_ALLOCATED_POINTER_ARRAY(mNumMessagesToClassify, mMessageURIs);
+       }
+    }
+    virtual void analyzeTokens(Tokenizer& tokenizer)
+    {
+        mFilter->classifyMessage(tokenizer,
+                                 mTokenSource.get(),
+                                 mProTraits,
+                                 mAntiTraits,
+                                 mJunkListener,
+                                 mTraitListener,
+                                 mDetailListener);
+        tokenizer.clearTokens();
+        classifyNextMessage();
+    }
+
+    virtual void classifyNextMessage()
+    {
+
+      if (++mCurMessageToClassify < mNumMessagesToClassify && mMessageURIs[mCurMessageToClassify]) {
+        MOZ_LOG(BayesianFilterLogModule, LogLevel::Warning, ("classifyNextMessage(%s)", mMessageURIs[mCurMessageToClassify]));
+        mFilter->tokenizeMessage(mMessageURIs[mCurMessageToClassify], mMsgWindow, this);
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        // call all listeners with null parameters to signify end of batch
+        if (mJunkListener)
+          mJunkListener->OnMessageClassified(nullptr, nsIJunkMailPlugin::UNCLASSIFIED, 0);
+        if (mTraitListener)
+          mTraitListener->OnMessageTraitsClassified(nullptr, 0, nullptr, nullptr);
+        mTokenListener = nullptr; // this breaks the circular ref that keeps this object alive
+                                 // so we will be destroyed as a result.
+      }
+    }
+
+private:
+    nsBayesianFilter* mFilter;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIJunkMailPlugin> mJunkMailPlugin;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIJunkMailClassificationListener> mJunkListener;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgTraitClassificationListener> mTraitListener;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgTraitDetailListener> mDetailListener;
+    nsTArray<uint32_t> mProTraits;
+    nsTArray<uint32_t> mAntiTraits;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgWindow> mMsgWindow;
+    int32_t mNumMessagesToClassify;
+    int32_t mCurMessageToClassify; // 0-based index
+    char **mMessageURIs;
+};
+
+nsresult nsBayesianFilter::tokenizeMessage(const char* aMessageURI, nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow, TokenAnalyzer* aAnalyzer)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMessageURI);
+
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgMessageService> msgService;
+    nsresult rv = GetMessageServiceFromURI(nsDependentCString(aMessageURI), getter_AddRefs(msgService));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    aAnalyzer->setSource(aMessageURI);
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> dummyNull;
+    return msgService->StreamMessage(aMessageURI, aAnalyzer->mTokenListener,
+                                     aMsgWindow, nullptr, true /* convert data */,
+                                     NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("filter"), false, getter_AddRefs(dummyNull));
+}
+
+// a TraitAnalysis is the per-token representation of the statistical
+// calculations, basically created to group information that is then
+// sorted by mDistance
+struct TraitAnalysis
+{
+  uint32_t mTokenIndex;
+  double mDistance;
+  double mProbability;
+};
+
+// comparator required to sort an nsTArray
+class compareTraitAnalysis
+{
+public:
+  bool Equals(const TraitAnalysis& a, const TraitAnalysis& b) const
+  {
+    return a.mDistance == b.mDistance;
+  }
+  bool LessThan(const TraitAnalysis& a, const TraitAnalysis& b) const
+  {
+    return a.mDistance < b.mDistance;
+  }
+};
+
+inline double dmax(double x, double y) { return (x > y ? x : y); }
+inline double dmin(double x, double y) { return (x < y ? x : y); }
+
+// Chi square functions are implemented by an incomplete gamma function.
+// Note that chi2P's callers multiply the arguments by 2 but chi2P
+// divides them by 2 again. Inlining chi2P gives the compiler a
+// chance to notice this.
+
+// Both chi2P and nsIncompleteGammaP set *error negative on domain
+// errors and nsIncompleteGammaP sets it posivive on internal errors.
+// This may be useful but the chi2P callers treat any error as fatal.
+
+// Note that converting unsigned ints to floating point can be slow on
+// some platforms (like Intel) so use signed quantities for the numeric
+// routines.
+static inline double chi2P (double chi2, double nu, int32_t *error)
+{
+    // domain checks; set error and return a dummy value
+    if (chi2 < 0.0 || nu <= 0.0)
+    {
+        *error = -1;
+        return 0.0;
+    }
+    // reversing the arguments is intentional
+    return nsIncompleteGammaP (nu/2.0, chi2/2.0, error);
+}
+
+void nsBayesianFilter::classifyMessage(
+  Tokenizer& tokenizer,
+  const char* messageURI,
+  nsTArray<uint32_t>& aProTraits,
+  nsTArray<uint32_t>& aAntiTraits,
+  nsIJunkMailClassificationListener* listener,
+  nsIMsgTraitClassificationListener* aTraitListener,
+  nsIMsgTraitDetailListener* aDetailListener)
+{
+    Token* tokens = tokenizer.copyTokens();
+    uint32_t tokenCount;
+    if (!tokens)
+    {
+      // This can happen with problems with UTF conversion
+      NS_ERROR("Trying to classify a null or invalid message");
+      tokenCount = 0;
+      // don't return so that we still call the listeners
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      tokenCount = tokenizer.countTokens();
+    }
+
+    if (aProTraits.Length() != aAntiTraits.Length())
+    {
+      NS_ERROR("Each Pro trait needs a matching Anti trait");
+      return;
+    }
+
+    /* this part is similar to the Graham algorithm with some adjustments. */
+    uint32_t traitCount = aProTraits.Length();
+
+    // pro message counts per trait index
+    AutoTArray<uint32_t, kTraitAutoCapacity> numProMessages;
+    // anti message counts per trait index
+    AutoTArray<uint32_t, kTraitAutoCapacity> numAntiMessages;
+    // array of pro aliases per trait index
+    AutoTArray<uint32_t*, kTraitAutoCapacity > proAliasArrays;
+    // number of pro aliases per trait index
+    AutoTArray<uint32_t, kTraitAutoCapacity > proAliasesLengths;    
+    // array of anti aliases per trait index
+    AutoTArray<uint32_t*, kTraitAutoCapacity> antiAliasArrays;
+    // number of anti aliases per trait index
+    AutoTArray<uint32_t, kTraitAutoCapacity > antiAliasesLengths;    
+    // construct the outgoing listener arrays
+    AutoTArray<uint32_t, kTraitAutoCapacity> traits;
+    AutoTArray<uint32_t, kTraitAutoCapacity> percents;
+    if (traitCount > kTraitAutoCapacity)
+    {
+      traits.SetCapacity(traitCount);
+      percents.SetCapacity(traitCount);
+      numProMessages.SetCapacity(traitCount);
+      numAntiMessages.SetCapacity(traitCount);
+      proAliasesLengths.SetCapacity(traitCount);
+      antiAliasesLengths.SetCapacity(traitCount);
+      proAliasArrays.SetCapacity(traitCount);
+      antiAliasArrays.SetCapacity(traitCount);
+    }
+
+    nsresult rv;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgTraitService> traitService(do_GetService("@mozilla.org/msg-trait-service;1", &rv));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    {
+      NS_ERROR("Failed to get trait service");
+      MOZ_LOG(BayesianFilterLogModule, LogLevel::Error, ("Failed to get trait service"));
+    }
+
+    // get aliases and message counts for the pro and anti traits
+    for (uint32_t traitIndex = 0; traitIndex < traitCount; traitIndex++)
+    {
+      nsresult rv;
+
+      // pro trait
+      uint32_t proAliasesLength = 0;
+      uint32_t* proAliases = nullptr;
+      uint32_t proTrait = aProTraits[traitIndex];
+      if (traitService)
+      {
+        rv = traitService->GetAliases(proTrait, &proAliasesLength, &proAliases);
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        {
+          NS_ERROR("trait service failed to get aliases");
+          MOZ_LOG(BayesianFilterLogModule, LogLevel::Error, ("trait service failed to get aliases"));
+        }
+      }
+      proAliasesLengths.AppendElement(proAliasesLength);
+      proAliasArrays.AppendElement(proAliases);
+      uint32_t proMessageCount = mCorpus.getMessageCount(proTrait);
+      for (uint32_t aliasIndex = 0; aliasIndex < proAliasesLength; aliasIndex++)
+        proMessageCount += mCorpus.getMessageCount(proAliases[aliasIndex]);
+      numProMessages.AppendElement(proMessageCount);
+
+      // anti trait
+      uint32_t antiAliasesLength = 0;
+      uint32_t* antiAliases = nullptr;
+      uint32_t antiTrait = aAntiTraits[traitIndex];
+      if (traitService)
+      {
+        rv = traitService->GetAliases(antiTrait, &antiAliasesLength, &antiAliases);
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        {
+          NS_ERROR("trait service failed to get aliases");
+          MOZ_LOG(BayesianFilterLogModule, LogLevel::Error, ("trait service failed to get aliases"));
+        }
+      }
+      antiAliasesLengths.AppendElement(antiAliasesLength);
+      antiAliasArrays.AppendElement(antiAliases);
+      uint32_t antiMessageCount = mCorpus.getMessageCount(antiTrait);
+      for (uint32_t aliasIndex = 0; aliasIndex < antiAliasesLength; aliasIndex++)
+        antiMessageCount += mCorpus.getMessageCount(antiAliases[aliasIndex]);
+      numAntiMessages.AppendElement(antiMessageCount);
+    }
+
+    for (uint32_t i = 0; i < tokenCount; ++i)
+    {
+      Token& token = tokens[i];
+      CorpusToken* t = mCorpus.get(token.mWord);
+      if (!t)
+        continue;
+      for (uint32_t traitIndex = 0; traitIndex < traitCount; traitIndex++)
+      {
+        uint32_t iProCount = mCorpus.getTraitCount(t, aProTraits[traitIndex]);
+        // add in any counts for aliases to proTrait
+        for (uint32_t aliasIndex = 0; aliasIndex < proAliasesLengths[traitIndex]; aliasIndex++)
+          iProCount += mCorpus.getTraitCount(t, proAliasArrays[traitIndex][aliasIndex]);
+        double proCount = static_cast<double>(iProCount);
+
+        uint32_t iAntiCount = mCorpus.getTraitCount(t, aAntiTraits[traitIndex]);
+        // add in any counts for aliases to antiTrait
+        for (uint32_t aliasIndex = 0; aliasIndex < antiAliasesLengths[traitIndex]; aliasIndex++)
+          iAntiCount += mCorpus.getTraitCount(t, antiAliasArrays[traitIndex][aliasIndex]);
+        double antiCount = static_cast<double>(iAntiCount);
+
+        double prob, denom;
+        // Prevent a divide by zero error by setting defaults for prob
+
+        // If there are no matching tokens at all, ignore.
+        if (antiCount == 0.0 && proCount == 0.0)
+          continue;
+        // if only anti match, set probability to 0%
+        if (proCount == 0.0)
+          prob = 0.0;
+        // if only pro match, set probability to 100%
+        else if (antiCount == 0.0)
+          prob = 1.0;
+        // not really needed, but just to be sure check the denom as well
+        else if ((denom = proCount * numAntiMessages[traitIndex] +
+                          antiCount * numProMessages[traitIndex]) == 0.0)
+          continue;
+        else
+          prob = (proCount * numAntiMessages[traitIndex]) / denom;
+
+        double n = proCount + antiCount;
+        prob =  (0.225 + n * prob) / (.45 + n);
+        double distance = std::abs(prob - 0.5);
+        if (distance >= .1)
+        {
+          mozilla::DebugOnly<nsresult> rv = setAnalysis(token, traitIndex, distance, prob);
+          NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "Problem in setAnalysis");
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    for (uint32_t traitIndex = 0; traitIndex < traitCount; traitIndex++)
+    {
+      AutoTArray<TraitAnalysis, 1024> traitAnalyses;
+      // copy valid tokens into an array to sort
+      for (uint32_t tokenIndex = 0; tokenIndex < tokenCount; tokenIndex++)
+      {
+        uint32_t storeIndex = getAnalysisIndex(tokens[tokenIndex], traitIndex);
+        if (storeIndex)
+        {
+          TraitAnalysis ta =
+            {tokenIndex,
+             mAnalysisStore[storeIndex].mDistance,
+             mAnalysisStore[storeIndex].mProbability};
+          traitAnalyses.AppendElement(ta);
+        }
+      }
+
+      // sort the array by the distances
+      traitAnalyses.Sort(compareTraitAnalysis());
+      uint32_t count = traitAnalyses.Length();
+      uint32_t first, last = count;
+      const uint32_t kMaxTokens = 150;
+      first = ( count > kMaxTokens) ? count - kMaxTokens : 0;
+
+      // Setup the arrays to save details if needed
+      nsTArray<double> sArray;
+      nsTArray<double> hArray;
+      uint32_t usedTokenCount = ( count > kMaxTokens) ? kMaxTokens : count;
+      if (aDetailListener)
+      {
+        sArray.SetCapacity(usedTokenCount);
+        hArray.SetCapacity(usedTokenCount);
+      }
+
+      double H = 1.0, S = 1.0;
+      int32_t Hexp = 0, Sexp = 0;
+      uint32_t goodclues=0;
+      int e;
+
+      // index from end to analyze most significant first
+      for (uint32_t ip1 = last; ip1 != first; --ip1)
+      {
+        TraitAnalysis& ta = traitAnalyses[ip1 - 1];
+        if (ta.mDistance > 0.0)
+        {
+          goodclues++;
+          double value = ta.mProbability;
+          S *= (1.0 - value);
+          H *= value;
+          if ( S < 1e-200 )
+          {
+            S = frexp(S, &e);
+            Sexp += e;
+          }
+          if ( H < 1e-200 )
+          {
+            H = frexp(H, &e);
+            Hexp += e;
+          }
+          MOZ_LOG(BayesianFilterLogModule, LogLevel::Warning,
+                 ("token probability (%s) is %f",
+                  tokens[ta.mTokenIndex].mWord, ta.mProbability));
+        }
+        if (aDetailListener)
+        {
+          sArray.AppendElement(log(S) + Sexp * M_LN2);
+          hArray.AppendElement(log(H) + Hexp * M_LN2);
+        }
+      }
+
+      S = log(S) + Sexp * M_LN2;
+      H = log(H) + Hexp * M_LN2;
+
+      double prob;
+      if (goodclues > 0)
+      {
+          int32_t chi_error;
+          S = chi2P(-2.0 * S, 2.0 * goodclues, &chi_error);
+          if (!chi_error)
+              H = chi2P(-2.0 * H, 2.0 * goodclues, &chi_error);
+          // if any error toss the entire calculation
+          if (!chi_error)
+              prob = (S-H +1.0) / 2.0;
+          else
+              prob = 0.5;
+      }
+      else
+          prob = 0.5;
+
+      if (aDetailListener)
+      {
+        // Prepare output arrays
+        nsTArray<uint32_t> tokenPercents(usedTokenCount);
+        nsTArray<uint32_t> runningPercents(usedTokenCount);
+        nsTArray<char16_t*> tokenStrings(usedTokenCount);
+
+        double clueCount = 1.0;
+        for (uint32_t tokenIndex = 0; tokenIndex < usedTokenCount; tokenIndex++)
+        {
+          TraitAnalysis& ta = traitAnalyses[last - 1 - tokenIndex];
+          int32_t chi_error;
+          S = chi2P(-2.0 * sArray[tokenIndex], 2.0 * clueCount, &chi_error);
+          if (!chi_error)
+            H = chi2P(-2.0 * hArray[tokenIndex], 2.0 * clueCount, &chi_error);
+          clueCount += 1.0;
+          double runningProb;
+          if (!chi_error)
+            runningProb = (S - H + 1.0) / 2.0;
+          else
+            runningProb = 0.5;
+          runningPercents.AppendElement(static_cast<uint32_t>(runningProb *
+              100. + .5));
+          tokenPercents.AppendElement(static_cast<uint32_t>(ta.mProbability *
+              100. + .5));
+          tokenStrings.AppendElement(ToNewUnicode(NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16(
+              tokens[ta.mTokenIndex].mWord)));
+        }
+
+        aDetailListener->OnMessageTraitDetails(messageURI, aProTraits[traitIndex],
+            usedTokenCount, (const char16_t**)tokenStrings.Elements(),
+            tokenPercents.Elements(), runningPercents.Elements());
+        for (uint32_t tokenIndex = 0; tokenIndex < usedTokenCount; tokenIndex++)
+          NS_Free(tokenStrings[tokenIndex]);
+      }
+
+      uint32_t proPercent = static_cast<uint32_t>(prob*100. + .5);
+
+      // directly classify junk to maintain backwards compatibility
+      if (aProTraits[traitIndex] == kJunkTrait)
+      {
+        bool isJunk = (prob >= mJunkProbabilityThreshold);
+        MOZ_LOG(BayesianFilterLogModule, LogLevel::Info,
+               ("%s is junk probability = (%f)  HAM SCORE:%f SPAM SCORE:%f",
+                messageURI, prob,H,S));
+
+        // the algorithm in "A Plan For Spam" assumes that you have a large good
+        // corpus and a large junk corpus.
+        // that won't be the case with users who first use the junk mail trait
+        // so, we do certain things to encourage them to train.
+        //
+        // if there are no good tokens, assume the message is junk
+        // this will "encourage" the user to train
+        // and if there are no bad tokens, assume the message is not junk
+        // this will also "encourage" the user to train
+        // see bug #194238
+
+        if (listener && !mCorpus.getMessageCount(kGoodTrait))
+          isJunk = true;
+        else if (listener && !mCorpus.getMessageCount(kJunkTrait))
+          isJunk = false;
+
+        if (listener)
+          listener->OnMessageClassified(messageURI, isJunk ?
+            nsMsgJunkStatus(nsIJunkMailPlugin::JUNK) :
+            nsMsgJunkStatus(nsIJunkMailPlugin::GOOD), proPercent);
+      }
+
+      if (aTraitListener)
+      {
+        traits.AppendElement(aProTraits[traitIndex]);
+        percents.AppendElement(proPercent);
+      }
+
+      // free aliases arrays returned from XPCOM
+      if (proAliasesLengths[traitIndex])
+        NS_Free(proAliasArrays[traitIndex]);
+      if (antiAliasesLengths[traitIndex])
+        NS_Free(antiAliasArrays[traitIndex]);
+    }
+
+    if (aTraitListener)
+      aTraitListener->OnMessageTraitsClassified(messageURI,
+          traits.Length(), traits.Elements(), percents.Elements());
+
+    delete[] tokens;
+    // reuse mAnalysisStore without clearing memory
+    mNextAnalysisIndex = 1;
+    // but shrink it back to the default size
+    if (mAnalysisStore.Length() > kAnalysisStoreCapacity)
+      mAnalysisStore.RemoveElementsAt(kAnalysisStoreCapacity,
+          mAnalysisStore.Length() - kAnalysisStoreCapacity);
+    mAnalysisStore.Compact();
+}
+
+void nsBayesianFilter::classifyMessage(
+  Tokenizer& tokens,
+  const char* messageURI,
+  nsIJunkMailClassificationListener* aJunkListener)
+{
+  AutoTArray<uint32_t, 1> proTraits;
+  AutoTArray<uint32_t, 1> antiTraits;
+  proTraits.AppendElement(kJunkTrait);
+  antiTraits.AppendElement(kGoodTrait);
+  classifyMessage(tokens, messageURI, proTraits, antiTraits,
+    aJunkListener, nullptr, nullptr);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsBayesianFilter::Observe(nsISupports *aSubject, const char *aTopic,
+                          const char16_t *someData)
+{
+  if (!strcmp(aTopic, "profile-before-change"))
+    Shutdown();
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* void shutdown (); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsBayesianFilter::Shutdown()
+{
+  if (mTrainingDataDirty)
+    mCorpus.writeTrainingData(mMaximumTokenCount);
+  mTrainingDataDirty = false;
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* readonly attribute boolean shouldDownloadAllHeaders; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsBayesianFilter::GetShouldDownloadAllHeaders(bool *aShouldDownloadAllHeaders)
+{
+    // bayesian filters work on the whole msg body currently.
+    *aShouldDownloadAllHeaders = false;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* void classifyMessage (in string aMsgURL, in nsIJunkMailClassificationListener aListener); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsBayesianFilter::ClassifyMessage(const char *aMessageURL, nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow, nsIJunkMailClassificationListener *aListener)
+{
+    MessageClassifier* analyzer = new MessageClassifier(this, aListener, aMsgWindow, 1, &aMessageURL);
+    NS_ENSURE_TRUE(analyzer, NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY);
+    TokenStreamListener *tokenListener = new TokenStreamListener(analyzer);
+    NS_ENSURE_TRUE(tokenListener, NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY);
+    analyzer->setTokenListener(tokenListener);
+    return tokenizeMessage(aMessageURL, aMsgWindow, analyzer);
+}
+
+/* void classifyMessages (in unsigned long aCount, [array, size_is (aCount)] in string aMsgURLs, in nsIJunkMailClassificationListener aListener); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsBayesianFilter::ClassifyMessages(uint32_t aCount, const char **aMsgURLs, nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow, nsIJunkMailClassificationListener *aListener)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMsgURLs);
+
+    TokenAnalyzer* analyzer = new MessageClassifier(this, aListener, aMsgWindow, aCount, aMsgURLs);
+    NS_ENSURE_TRUE(analyzer, NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY);
+    TokenStreamListener *tokenListener = new TokenStreamListener(analyzer);
+    NS_ENSURE_TRUE(tokenListener, NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY);
+    analyzer->setTokenListener(tokenListener);
+    return tokenizeMessage(aMsgURLs[0], aMsgWindow, analyzer);
+}
+
+nsresult nsBayesianFilter::setAnalysis(Token& token, uint32_t aTraitIndex,
+  double aDistance, double aProbability)
+{
+  uint32_t nextLink = token.mAnalysisLink;
+  uint32_t lastLink = 0;
+  uint32_t linkCount = 0, maxLinks = 100;
+
+  // try to find an existing element. Limit the search to maxLinks
+  // as a precaution
+  for (linkCount = 0; nextLink && linkCount < maxLinks; linkCount++)
+  {
+    AnalysisPerToken &rAnalysis = mAnalysisStore[nextLink];
+    if (rAnalysis.mTraitIndex == aTraitIndex)
+    {
+      rAnalysis.mDistance = aDistance;
+      rAnalysis.mProbability = aProbability;
+      return NS_OK;
+    }
+    lastLink = nextLink;
+    nextLink = rAnalysis.mNextLink;
+  }
+  if (linkCount >= maxLinks)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  // trait does not exist, so add it
+
+  AnalysisPerToken analysis(aTraitIndex, aDistance, aProbability);
+  if (mAnalysisStore.Length() == mNextAnalysisIndex)
+    mAnalysisStore.InsertElementAt(mNextAnalysisIndex, analysis);
+  else if (mAnalysisStore.Length() > mNextAnalysisIndex)
+    mAnalysisStore.ReplaceElementsAt(mNextAnalysisIndex, 1, analysis);
+  else // we can only insert at the end of the array
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  if (lastLink)
+    // the token had at least one link, so update the last link to point to
+    // the new item
+    mAnalysisStore[lastLink].mNextLink = mNextAnalysisIndex;
+  else
+    // need to update the token's first link
+    token.mAnalysisLink = mNextAnalysisIndex;
+  mNextAnalysisIndex++;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+uint32_t nsBayesianFilter::getAnalysisIndex(Token& token, uint32_t aTraitIndex)
+{
+  uint32_t nextLink;
+  uint32_t linkCount = 0, maxLinks = 100;
+  for (nextLink = token.mAnalysisLink; nextLink && linkCount < maxLinks; linkCount++)
+  {
+    AnalysisPerToken &rAnalysis = mAnalysisStore[nextLink];
+    if (rAnalysis.mTraitIndex == aTraitIndex)
+      return nextLink;
+    nextLink = rAnalysis.mNextLink;
+  }
+  NS_ASSERTION(linkCount < maxLinks, "corrupt analysis store");
+
+  // Trait not found, indicate by zero
+  return 0;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsBayesianFilter::ClassifyTraitsInMessage(
+  const char *aMsgURI,
+  uint32_t aTraitCount,
+  uint32_t *aProTraits,
+  uint32_t *aAntiTraits,
+  nsIMsgTraitClassificationListener *aTraitListener,
+  nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow,
+  nsIJunkMailClassificationListener *aJunkListener)
+{
+  return ClassifyTraitsInMessages(1, &aMsgURI, aTraitCount, aProTraits,
+    aAntiTraits, aTraitListener, aMsgWindow, aJunkListener);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsBayesianFilter::ClassifyTraitsInMessages(
+  uint32_t aCount,
+  const char **aMsgURIs,
+  uint32_t aTraitCount,
+  uint32_t *aProTraits,
+  uint32_t *aAntiTraits,
+  nsIMsgTraitClassificationListener *aTraitListener,
+  nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow,
+  nsIJunkMailClassificationListener *aJunkListener)
+{
+  AutoTArray<uint32_t, kTraitAutoCapacity> proTraits;
+  AutoTArray<uint32_t, kTraitAutoCapacity> antiTraits;
+  if (aTraitCount > kTraitAutoCapacity)
+  {
+    proTraits.SetCapacity(aTraitCount);
+    antiTraits.SetCapacity(aTraitCount);
+  }
+  proTraits.AppendElements(aProTraits, aTraitCount);
+  antiTraits.AppendElements(aAntiTraits, aTraitCount);
+
+  MessageClassifier* analyzer = new MessageClassifier(this, aJunkListener,
+    aTraitListener, nullptr, proTraits, antiTraits, aMsgWindow, aCount, aMsgURIs);
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(analyzer, NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY);
+
+  TokenStreamListener *tokenListener = new TokenStreamListener(analyzer);
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(tokenListener, NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY);
+
+  analyzer->setTokenListener(tokenListener);
+  return tokenizeMessage(aMsgURIs[0], aMsgWindow, analyzer);
+}
+
+class MessageObserver : public TokenAnalyzer {
+public:
+  MessageObserver(nsBayesianFilter* filter,
+                  nsTArray<uint32_t>& aOldClassifications,
+                  nsTArray<uint32_t>& aNewClassifications,
+                  nsIJunkMailClassificationListener* aJunkListener,
+                  nsIMsgTraitClassificationListener* aTraitListener)
+      :   mFilter(filter), mJunkMailPlugin(filter), mJunkListener(aJunkListener),
+          mTraitListener(aTraitListener),
+          mOldClassifications(aOldClassifications),
+          mNewClassifications(aNewClassifications)
+  {
+  }
+
+  virtual void analyzeTokens(Tokenizer& tokenizer)
+  {
+    mFilter->observeMessage(tokenizer, mTokenSource.get(), mOldClassifications,
+                            mNewClassifications, mJunkListener, mTraitListener);
+    // release reference to listener, which will allow us to go away as well.
+    mTokenListener = nullptr;
+  }
+
+private:
+  nsBayesianFilter* mFilter;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIJunkMailPlugin> mJunkMailPlugin;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIJunkMailClassificationListener> mJunkListener;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgTraitClassificationListener> mTraitListener;
+  nsTArray<uint32_t> mOldClassifications;
+  nsTArray<uint32_t> mNewClassifications;
+};
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsBayesianFilter::SetMsgTraitClassification(
+    const char *aMsgURI,
+    uint32_t aOldCount,
+    uint32_t *aOldTraits,
+    uint32_t aNewCount,
+    uint32_t *aNewTraits,
+    nsIMsgTraitClassificationListener *aTraitListener,
+    nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow,
+    nsIJunkMailClassificationListener *aJunkListener)
+{
+  AutoTArray<uint32_t, kTraitAutoCapacity> oldTraits;
+  AutoTArray<uint32_t, kTraitAutoCapacity> newTraits;
+  if (aOldCount > kTraitAutoCapacity)
+    oldTraits.SetCapacity(aOldCount);
+  if (aNewCount > kTraitAutoCapacity)
+    newTraits.SetCapacity(aNewCount);
+  oldTraits.AppendElements(aOldTraits, aOldCount);
+  newTraits.AppendElements(aNewTraits, aNewCount);
+
+  MessageObserver* analyzer = new MessageObserver(this, oldTraits,
+    newTraits, aJunkListener, aTraitListener);
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(analyzer, NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY);
+
+  TokenStreamListener *tokenListener = new TokenStreamListener(analyzer);
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(tokenListener, NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY);
+
+  analyzer->setTokenListener(tokenListener);
+  return tokenizeMessage(aMsgURI, aMsgWindow, analyzer);
+}
+
+// set new message classifications for a message
+void nsBayesianFilter::observeMessage(
+    Tokenizer& tokenizer,
+    const char* messageURL,
+    nsTArray<uint32_t>& oldClassifications,
+    nsTArray<uint32_t>& newClassifications,
+    nsIJunkMailClassificationListener* aJunkListener,
+    nsIMsgTraitClassificationListener* aTraitListener)
+{
+
+    bool trainingDataWasDirty = mTrainingDataDirty;
+
+    // Uhoh...if the user is re-training then the message may already be classified and we are classifying it again with the same classification.
+    // the old code would have removed the tokens for this message then added them back. But this really hurts the message occurrence
+    // count for tokens if you just removed training.dat and are re-training. See Bug #237095 for more details.
+    // What can we do here? Well we can skip the token removal step if the classifications are the same and assume the user is
+    // just re-training. But this then allows users to re-classify the same message on the same training set over and over again
+    // leading to data skew. But that's all I can think to do right now to address this.....
+    uint32_t oldLength = oldClassifications.Length();
+    for (uint32_t index = 0; index < oldLength; index++)
+    {
+      uint32_t trait = oldClassifications.ElementAt(index);
+      // skip removing if trait is also in the new set
+      if (newClassifications.Contains(trait))
+        continue;
+      // remove the tokens from the token set it is currently in
+      uint32_t messageCount;
+      messageCount = mCorpus.getMessageCount(trait);
+      if (messageCount > 0)
+      {
+        mCorpus.setMessageCount(trait, messageCount - 1);
+        mCorpus.forgetTokens(tokenizer, trait, 1);
+        mTrainingDataDirty = true;
+      }
+    }
+
+    nsMsgJunkStatus newClassification = nsIJunkMailPlugin::UNCLASSIFIED;
+    uint32_t junkPercent = 0; // 0 here is no possibility of meeting the classification
+    uint32_t newLength = newClassifications.Length();
+    for (uint32_t index = 0; index < newLength; index++)
+    {
+      uint32_t trait = newClassifications.ElementAt(index);
+      mCorpus.setMessageCount(trait, mCorpus.getMessageCount(trait) + 1);
+      mCorpus.rememberTokens(tokenizer, trait, 1);
+      mTrainingDataDirty = true;
+
+      if (aJunkListener)
+      {
+        if (trait == kJunkTrait)
+        {
+          junkPercent = nsIJunkMailPlugin::IS_SPAM_SCORE;
+          newClassification = nsIJunkMailPlugin::JUNK;
+        }
+        else if (trait == kGoodTrait)
+        {
+          junkPercent = nsIJunkMailPlugin::IS_HAM_SCORE;
+          newClassification = nsIJunkMailPlugin::GOOD;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    if (aJunkListener)
+      aJunkListener->OnMessageClassified(messageURL, newClassification, junkPercent);
+
+    if (aTraitListener)
+    {
+      // construct the outgoing listener arrays
+      AutoTArray<uint32_t, kTraitAutoCapacity> traits;
+      AutoTArray<uint32_t, kTraitAutoCapacity> percents;
+      uint32_t newLength = newClassifications.Length();
+      if (newLength > kTraitAutoCapacity)
+      {
+        traits.SetCapacity(newLength);
+        percents.SetCapacity(newLength);
+      }
+      traits.AppendElements(newClassifications);
+      for (uint32_t index = 0; index < newLength; index++)
+        percents.AppendElement(100); // This is 100 percent, or certainty
+      aTraitListener->OnMessageTraitsClassified(messageURL,
+          traits.Length(), traits.Elements(), percents.Elements());
+    }
+
+    if (mTrainingDataDirty && !trainingDataWasDirty && ( mTimer != nullptr ))
+    {
+        // if training data became dirty just now, schedule flush
+        // mMinFlushInterval msec from now
+        MOZ_LOG(
+            BayesianFilterLogModule, LogLevel::Debug,
+            ("starting training data flush timer %i msec", mMinFlushInterval));
+        mTimer->InitWithFuncCallback(nsBayesianFilter::TimerCallback, this, mMinFlushInterval, nsITimer::TYPE_ONE_SHOT);
+    }
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsBayesianFilter::GetUserHasClassified(bool *aResult)
+{
+  *aResult = (  (mCorpus.getMessageCount(kGoodTrait) +
+                 mCorpus.getMessageCount(kJunkTrait)) &&
+                 mCorpus.countTokens());
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// Set message classification (only allows junk and good)
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsBayesianFilter::SetMessageClassification(
+    const char *aMsgURL,
+    nsMsgJunkStatus aOldClassification,
+    nsMsgJunkStatus aNewClassification,
+    nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow,
+    nsIJunkMailClassificationListener *aListener)
+{
+  AutoTArray<uint32_t, 1> oldClassifications;
+  AutoTArray<uint32_t, 1> newClassifications;
+
+  // convert between classifications and trait
+  if (aOldClassification == nsIJunkMailPlugin::JUNK)
+    oldClassifications.AppendElement(kJunkTrait);
+  else if (aOldClassification == nsIJunkMailPlugin::GOOD)
+    oldClassifications.AppendElement(kGoodTrait);
+  if (aNewClassification == nsIJunkMailPlugin::JUNK)
+    newClassifications.AppendElement(kJunkTrait);
+  else if (aNewClassification == nsIJunkMailPlugin::GOOD)
+    newClassifications.AppendElement(kGoodTrait);
+
+  MessageObserver* analyzer = new MessageObserver(this, oldClassifications,
+    newClassifications, aListener, nullptr);
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(analyzer, NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY);
+
+  TokenStreamListener *tokenListener = new TokenStreamListener(analyzer);
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(tokenListener, NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY);
+
+  analyzer->setTokenListener(tokenListener);
+  return tokenizeMessage(aMsgURL, aMsgWindow, analyzer);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsBayesianFilter::ResetTrainingData()
+{
+  return mCorpus.resetTrainingData();
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsBayesianFilter::DetailMessage(const char *aMsgURI,
+    uint32_t aProTrait, uint32_t aAntiTrait,
+    nsIMsgTraitDetailListener *aDetailListener, nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow)
+{
+  AutoTArray<uint32_t, 1> proTraits;
+  AutoTArray<uint32_t, 1> antiTraits;
+  proTraits.AppendElement(aProTrait);
+  antiTraits.AppendElement(aAntiTrait);
+
+  MessageClassifier* analyzer = new MessageClassifier(this, nullptr,
+    nullptr, aDetailListener, proTraits, antiTraits, aMsgWindow, 1, &aMsgURI);
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(analyzer, NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY);
+
+  TokenStreamListener *tokenListener = new TokenStreamListener(analyzer);
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(tokenListener, NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY);
+
+  analyzer->setTokenListener(tokenListener);
+  return tokenizeMessage(aMsgURI, aMsgWindow, analyzer);
+}
+
+// nsIMsgCorpus implementation
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsBayesianFilter::CorpusCounts(uint32_t aTrait,
+                                             uint32_t *aMessageCount,
+                                             uint32_t *aTokenCount)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aTokenCount);
+  *aTokenCount = mCorpus.countTokens();
+  if (aTrait && aMessageCount)
+    *aMessageCount = mCorpus.getMessageCount(aTrait);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsBayesianFilter::ClearTrait(uint32_t aTrait)
+{
+    return mCorpus.ClearTrait(aTrait);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsBayesianFilter::UpdateData(nsIFile *aFile,
+                             bool aIsAdd,
+                             uint32_t aRemapCount,
+                             uint32_t *aFromTraits,
+                             uint32_t *aToTraits)
+{
+  return mCorpus.UpdateData(aFile, aIsAdd, aRemapCount, aFromTraits, aToTraits);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsBayesianFilter::GetTokenCount(const nsACString &aWord,
+                                uint32_t aTrait,
+                                uint32_t *aCount)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aCount);
+  CorpusToken* t = mCorpus.get(PromiseFlatCString(aWord).get());
+  uint32_t count = mCorpus.getTraitCount(t, aTrait);
+  *aCount = count;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* Corpus Store */
+
+/*
+    Format of the training file for version 1:
+    [0xFEEDFACE]
+    [number good messages][number bad messages]
+    [number good tokens]
+    [count][length of word]word
+    ...
+    [number bad tokens]
+    [count][length of word]word
+    ...
+
+     Format of the trait file for version 1:
+    [0xFCA93601]  (the 01 is the version)
+    for each trait to write
+      [id of trait to write] (0 means end of list)
+      [number of messages per trait]
+      for each token with non-zero count
+        [count]
+        [length of word]word
+*/
+
+CorpusStore::CorpusStore() :
+  TokenHash(sizeof(CorpusToken)),
+  mNextTraitIndex(1) // skip 0 since index=0 will mean end of linked list
+{
+  getTrainingFile(getter_AddRefs(mTrainingFile));
+  mTraitStore.SetCapacity(kTraitStoreCapacity);
+  TraitPerToken traitPT(0, 0);
+  mTraitStore.AppendElement(traitPT); // dummy 0th element
+}
+
+CorpusStore::~CorpusStore()
+{
+}
+
+inline int writeUInt32(FILE* stream, uint32_t value)
+{
+    value = PR_htonl(value);
+    return fwrite(&value, sizeof(uint32_t), 1, stream);
+}
+
+inline int readUInt32(FILE* stream, uint32_t* value)
+{
+    int n = fread(value, sizeof(uint32_t), 1, stream);
+    if (n == 1) {
+        *value = PR_ntohl(*value);
+    }
+    return n;
+}
+
+void CorpusStore::forgetTokens(Tokenizer& aTokenizer,
+                    uint32_t aTraitId, uint32_t aCount)
+{
+  // if we are forgetting the tokens for a message, should only
+  // subtract 1 from the occurrence count for that token in the training set
+  // because we assume we only bumped the training set count once per messages
+  // containing the token.
+  TokenEnumeration tokens = aTokenizer.getTokens();
+  while (tokens.hasMoreTokens())
+  {
+    CorpusToken* token = static_cast<CorpusToken*>(tokens.nextToken());
+    remove(token->mWord, aTraitId, aCount);
+  }
+}
+
+void CorpusStore::rememberTokens(Tokenizer& aTokenizer,
+                    uint32_t aTraitId, uint32_t aCount)
+{
+  TokenEnumeration tokens = aTokenizer.getTokens();
+  while (tokens.hasMoreTokens())
+  {
+    CorpusToken* token = static_cast<CorpusToken*>(tokens.nextToken());
+    if (!token)
+    {
+      NS_ERROR("null token");
+      continue;
+    }
+    add(token->mWord, aTraitId, aCount);
+  }
+}
+
+bool CorpusStore::writeTokens(FILE* stream, bool shrink, uint32_t aTraitId)
+{
+  uint32_t tokenCount = countTokens();
+  uint32_t newTokenCount = 0;
+
+  // calculate the tokens for this trait to write
+
+  TokenEnumeration tokens = getTokens();
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < tokenCount; ++i)
+  {
+    CorpusToken* token = static_cast<CorpusToken*>(tokens.nextToken());
+    uint32_t count = getTraitCount(token, aTraitId);
+    // Shrinking the token database is accomplished by dividing all token counts by 2.
+    // If shrinking, we'll ignore counts < 2, otherwise only ignore counts of < 1
+    if ((shrink && count > 1) || (!shrink && count))
+      newTokenCount++;
+  }
+
+  if (writeUInt32(stream, newTokenCount) != 1)
+    return false;
+
+  if (newTokenCount > 0)
+  {
+    TokenEnumeration tokens = getTokens();
+    for (uint32_t i = 0; i < tokenCount; ++i)
+    {
+      CorpusToken* token = static_cast<CorpusToken*>(tokens.nextToken());
+      uint32_t wordCount = getTraitCount(token, aTraitId);
+      if (shrink)
+        wordCount /= 2;
+      if (!wordCount)
+        continue; // Don't output zero count words
+      if (writeUInt32(stream, wordCount) != 1)
+        return false;
+      uint32_t tokenLength = strlen(token->mWord);
+      if (writeUInt32(stream, tokenLength) != 1)
+        return false;
+      if (fwrite(token->mWord, tokenLength, 1, stream) != 1)
+        return false;
+    }
+  }
+  return true;
+}
+
+bool CorpusStore::readTokens(FILE* stream, int64_t fileSize,
+                               uint32_t aTraitId, bool aIsAdd)
+{
+    uint32_t tokenCount;
+    if (readUInt32(stream, &tokenCount) != 1)
+        return false;
+
+    int64_t fpos = ftell(stream);
+    if (fpos < 0)
+        return false;
+
+    uint32_t bufferSize = 4096;
+    char* buffer = new char[bufferSize];
+    if (!buffer) return false;
+
+    for (uint32_t i = 0; i < tokenCount; ++i) {
+        uint32_t count;
+        if (readUInt32(stream, &count) != 1)
+            break;
+        uint32_t size;
+        if (readUInt32(stream, &size) != 1)
+            break;
+        fpos += 8;
+        if (fpos + size > fileSize) {
+            delete[] buffer;
+            return false;
+        }
+        if (size >= bufferSize) {
+            delete[] buffer;
+            while (size >= bufferSize) {
+                bufferSize *= 2;
+                if (bufferSize == 0)
+                    return false;
+            }
+            buffer = new char[bufferSize];
+            if (!buffer) return false;
+        }
+        if (fread(buffer, size, 1, stream) != 1)
+            break;
+        fpos += size;
+        buffer[size] = '\0';
+        if (aIsAdd)
+          add(buffer, aTraitId, count);
+        else
+          remove(buffer, aTraitId, count);
+    }
+
+    delete[] buffer;
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+nsresult CorpusStore::getTrainingFile(nsIFile ** aTrainingFile)
+{
+  // should we cache the profile manager's directory?
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> profileDir;
+
+  nsresult rv = NS_GetSpecialDirectory(NS_APP_USER_PROFILE_50_DIR, getter_AddRefs(profileDir));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  rv = profileDir->Append(NS_LITERAL_STRING("training.dat"));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  return profileDir->QueryInterface(NS_GET_IID(nsIFile), (void **) aTrainingFile);
+}
+
+nsresult CorpusStore::getTraitFile(nsIFile ** aTraitFile)
+{
+  // should we cache the profile manager's directory?
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> profileDir;
+
+  nsresult rv = NS_GetSpecialDirectory(NS_APP_USER_PROFILE_50_DIR, getter_AddRefs(profileDir));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = profileDir->Append(NS_LITERAL_STRING("traits.dat"));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  return profileDir->QueryInterface(NS_GET_IID(nsIFile), (void **) aTraitFile);
+}
+
+static const char kMagicCookie[] = { '\xFE', '\xED', '\xFA', '\xCE' };
+
+// random string used to identify trait file and version (last byte is version)
+static const char kTraitCookie[] = { '\xFC', '\xA9', '\x36', '\x01' };
+
+void CorpusStore::writeTrainingData(uint32_t aMaximumTokenCount)
+{
+  MOZ_LOG(BayesianFilterLogModule, LogLevel::Debug, ("writeTrainingData() entered"));
+  if (!mTrainingFile)
+    return;
+
+  /*
+   * For backwards compatibility, write the good and junk tokens to
+   * training.dat; additional traits are added to a different file
+   */
+
+  // open the file, and write out training data
+  FILE* stream;
+  nsresult rv = mTrainingFile->OpenANSIFileDesc("wb", &stream);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return;
+
+  // If the number of tokens exceeds our limit, set the shrink flag
+  bool shrink = false;
+  if ((aMaximumTokenCount > 0) && // if 0, do not limit tokens
+      (countTokens() > aMaximumTokenCount))
+  {
+    shrink = true;
+    MOZ_LOG(BayesianFilterLogModule, LogLevel::Warning, ("shrinking token data file"));
+  }
+
+  // We implement shrink by dividing counts by two
+  uint32_t shrinkFactor = shrink ? 2 : 1;
+
+  if (!((fwrite(kMagicCookie, sizeof(kMagicCookie), 1, stream) == 1) &&
+      (writeUInt32(stream, getMessageCount(kGoodTrait) / shrinkFactor)) &&
+      (writeUInt32(stream, getMessageCount(kJunkTrait) / shrinkFactor)) &&
+       writeTokens(stream, shrink, kGoodTrait) &&
+       writeTokens(stream, shrink, kJunkTrait)))
+  {
+    NS_WARNING("failed to write training data.");
+    fclose(stream);
+    // delete the training data file, since it is potentially corrupt.
+    mTrainingFile->Remove(false);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    fclose(stream);
+  }
+
+  /*
+   * Write the remaining data to a second file traits.dat
+   */
+
+  if (!mTraitFile)
+  {
+    getTraitFile(getter_AddRefs(mTraitFile));
+    if (!mTraitFile)
+     return;
+  }
+
+  // open the file, and write out training data
+  rv = mTraitFile->OpenANSIFileDesc("wb", &stream);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return;
+
+  uint32_t numberOfTraits = mMessageCounts.Length();
+  bool error;
+  while (1) // break on error or done
+  {
+    if ((error = (fwrite(kTraitCookie, sizeof(kTraitCookie), 1, stream) != 1)))
+      break;
+
+    for (uint32_t index = 0; index < numberOfTraits; index++)
+    {
+      uint32_t trait = mMessageCountsId[index];
+      if (trait == 1 || trait == 2)
+        continue; // junk traits are stored in training.dat
+      if ((error = (writeUInt32(stream, trait) != 1)))
+        break;
+      if ((error = (writeUInt32(stream, mMessageCounts[index] / shrinkFactor) != 1)))
+        break;
+      if ((error = !writeTokens(stream, shrink, trait)))
+        break;
+    }
+    break;
+  }
+  // we add a 0 at the end to represent end of trait list
+  error = writeUInt32(stream, 0) != 1;
+
+  fclose(stream);
+  if (error)
+  {
+    NS_WARNING("failed to write trait data.");
+    // delete the trait data file, since it is probably corrupt.
+    mTraitFile->Remove(false);
+  }
+
+  if (shrink)
+  {
+    // We'll clear the tokens, and read them back in from the file.
+    // Yes this is slower than in place, but this is a rare event.
+
+    if (countTokens())
+    {
+      clearTokens();
+      for (uint32_t index = 0; index < numberOfTraits; index++)
+        mMessageCounts[index] = 0;
+    }
+
+  readTrainingData();
+  }
+}
+
+void CorpusStore::readTrainingData()
+{
+
+  /*
+   * To maintain backwards compatibility, good and junk traits
+   * are stored in a file "training.dat"
+   */
+  if (!mTrainingFile)
+    return;
+
+  bool exists;
+  nsresult rv = mTrainingFile->Exists(&exists);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !exists)
+    return;
+
+  FILE* stream;
+  rv = mTrainingFile->OpenANSIFileDesc("rb", &stream);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return;
+
+  int64_t fileSize;
+  rv = mTrainingFile->GetFileSize(&fileSize);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return;
+
+  // FIXME:  should make sure that the tokenizers are empty.
+  char cookie[4];
+  uint32_t goodMessageCount = 0, junkMessageCount = 0;
+  if (!((fread(cookie, sizeof(cookie), 1, stream) == 1) &&
+        (memcmp(cookie, kMagicCookie, sizeof(cookie)) == 0) &&
+        (readUInt32(stream, &goodMessageCount) == 1) &&
+        (readUInt32(stream, &junkMessageCount) == 1) &&
+         readTokens(stream, fileSize, kGoodTrait, true) &&
+         readTokens(stream, fileSize, kJunkTrait, true))) {
+      NS_WARNING("failed to read training data.");
+      MOZ_LOG(BayesianFilterLogModule, LogLevel::Error, ("failed to read training data."));
+  }
+  setMessageCount(kGoodTrait, goodMessageCount);
+  setMessageCount(kJunkTrait, junkMessageCount);
+
+  fclose(stream);
+
+  /*
+   * Additional traits are stored in traits.dat
+   */
+
+  if (!mTraitFile)
+  {
+    getTraitFile(getter_AddRefs(mTraitFile));
+    if (!mTraitFile)
+     return;
+  }
+
+  rv = mTraitFile->Exists(&exists);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !exists)
+    return;
+
+  rv = UpdateData(mTraitFile, true, 0, nullptr, nullptr);
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+  {
+    NS_WARNING("failed to read training data.");
+    MOZ_LOG(BayesianFilterLogModule, LogLevel::Error, ("failed to read training data."));
+  }
+  return;
+}
+
+nsresult CorpusStore::resetTrainingData()
+{
+  // clear out our in memory training tokens...
+  if (countTokens())
+    clearTokens();
+
+  uint32_t length = mMessageCounts.Length();
+  for (uint32_t index = 0 ; index < length; index++)
+    mMessageCounts[index] = 0;
+
+  if (mTrainingFile)
+    mTrainingFile->Remove(false);
+  if (mTraitFile)
+    mTraitFile->Remove(false);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+inline CorpusToken* CorpusStore::get(const char* word)
+{
+  return static_cast<CorpusToken*>(TokenHash::get(word));
+}
+
+nsresult CorpusStore::updateTrait(CorpusToken* token, uint32_t aTraitId,
+                                  int32_t aCountChange)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(token);
+  uint32_t nextLink = token->mTraitLink;
+  uint32_t lastLink = 0;
+
+  uint32_t linkCount, maxLinks = 100; //sanity check
+  for (linkCount = 0; nextLink && linkCount < maxLinks; linkCount++)
+  {
+    TraitPerToken& traitPT = mTraitStore[nextLink];
+    if (traitPT.mId == aTraitId)
+    {
+      // be careful with signed versus unsigned issues here
+      if (static_cast<int32_t>(traitPT.mCount) + aCountChange > 0)
+        traitPT.mCount += aCountChange;
+      else
+        traitPT.mCount = 0;
+      // we could delete zero count traits here, but let's not. It's rare anyway.
+      return NS_OK;
+    }
+    lastLink = nextLink;
+    nextLink = traitPT.mNextLink;
+  }
+  if (linkCount >= maxLinks)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  // trait does not exist, so add it
+
+  if (aCountChange > 0) // don't set a negative count
+  {
+    TraitPerToken traitPT(aTraitId, aCountChange);
+    if (mTraitStore.Length() == mNextTraitIndex)
+      mTraitStore.InsertElementAt(mNextTraitIndex, traitPT);
+    else if (mTraitStore.Length() > mNextTraitIndex)
+      mTraitStore.ReplaceElementsAt(mNextTraitIndex, 1, traitPT);
+    else
+      return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    if (lastLink)
+      // the token had a parent, so update it
+      mTraitStore[lastLink].mNextLink = mNextTraitIndex;
+    else
+      // need to update the token's root link
+      token->mTraitLink = mNextTraitIndex;
+    mNextTraitIndex++;
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+uint32_t CorpusStore::getTraitCount(CorpusToken* token, uint32_t aTraitId)
+{
+  uint32_t nextLink;
+  if (!token || !(nextLink = token->mTraitLink))
+    return 0;
+
+  uint32_t linkCount, maxLinks = 100; //sanity check
+  for (linkCount = 0; nextLink && linkCount < maxLinks; linkCount++)
+  {
+    TraitPerToken& traitPT = mTraitStore[nextLink];
+    if (traitPT.mId == aTraitId)
+      return traitPT.mCount;
+    nextLink = traitPT.mNextLink;
+  }
+  NS_ASSERTION(linkCount < maxLinks, "Corrupt trait count store");
+
+  // trait not found (or error), so count is zero
+  return 0;
+}
+
+CorpusToken* CorpusStore::add(const char* word, uint32_t aTraitId, uint32_t aCount)
+{
+  CorpusToken* token = static_cast<CorpusToken*>(TokenHash::add(word));
+  if (token) {
+    MOZ_LOG(BayesianFilterLogModule, LogLevel::Debug,
+           ("adding word to corpus store: %s (Trait=%d) (deltaCount=%d)",
+            word, aTraitId, aCount));
+    updateTrait(token, aTraitId, aCount);
+  }
+  return token;
+ }
+
+void CorpusStore::remove(const char* word, uint32_t aTraitId, uint32_t aCount)
+{
+  MOZ_LOG(BayesianFilterLogModule, LogLevel::Debug,
+         ("remove word: %s (TraitId=%d) (Count=%d)",
+         word, aTraitId, aCount));
+  CorpusToken* token = get(word);
+  if (token)
+    updateTrait(token, aTraitId, -static_cast<int32_t>(aCount));
+}
+
+uint32_t CorpusStore::getMessageCount(uint32_t aTraitId)
+{
+  size_t index = mMessageCountsId.IndexOf(aTraitId);
+  if (index == mMessageCountsId.NoIndex)
+    return 0;
+  return mMessageCounts.ElementAt(index);
+}
+
+void CorpusStore::setMessageCount(uint32_t aTraitId, uint32_t aCount)
+{
+  size_t index = mMessageCountsId.IndexOf(aTraitId);
+  if (index == mMessageCountsId.NoIndex)
+  {
+    mMessageCounts.AppendElement(aCount);
+    mMessageCountsId.AppendElement(aTraitId);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    mMessageCounts[index] = aCount;
+  }
+}
+
+nsresult
+CorpusStore::UpdateData(nsIFile *aFile,
+                        bool aIsAdd,
+                        uint32_t aRemapCount,
+                        uint32_t *aFromTraits,
+                        uint32_t *aToTraits)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aFile);
+  if (aRemapCount)
+  {
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aFromTraits);
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aToTraits);
+  }
+
+  int64_t fileSize;
+  nsresult rv = aFile->GetFileSize(&fileSize);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  FILE* stream;
+  rv = aFile->OpenANSIFileDesc("rb", &stream);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  bool error;
+  do // break on error or done
+  {
+    char cookie[4];
+    if ((error = (fread(cookie, sizeof(cookie), 1, stream) != 1)))
+      break;
+
+    if ((error = memcmp(cookie, kTraitCookie, sizeof(cookie))))
+      break;
+
+    uint32_t fileTrait;
+    while ( !(error = (readUInt32(stream, &fileTrait) != 1)) && fileTrait)
+    {
+      uint32_t count;
+      if ((error = (readUInt32(stream, &count) != 1)))
+        break;
+
+      uint32_t localTrait = fileTrait;
+      // remap the trait
+      for (uint32_t i = 0; i < aRemapCount; i++)
+      {
+        if (aFromTraits[i] == fileTrait)
+          localTrait = aToTraits[i];
+      }
+
+      uint32_t messageCount = getMessageCount(localTrait);
+      if (aIsAdd)
+        messageCount += count;
+      else if (count > messageCount)
+        messageCount = 0;
+      else
+        messageCount -= count;
+      setMessageCount(localTrait, messageCount);
+
+      if ((error = !readTokens(stream, fileSize, localTrait, aIsAdd)))
+        break;
+    }
+    break;
+  } while (0);
+
+  fclose(stream);
+
+  if (error)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult CorpusStore::ClearTrait(uint32_t aTrait)
+{
+  // clear message counts
+  setMessageCount(aTrait, 0);
+
+  TokenEnumeration tokens = getTokens();
+  while (tokens.hasMoreTokens())
+  {
+    CorpusToken* token = static_cast<CorpusToken*>(tokens.nextToken());
+    int32_t wordCount = static_cast<int32_t>(getTraitCount(token, aTrait));
+    updateTrait(token, aTrait, -wordCount);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/extensions/bayesian-spam-filter/src/nsBayesianFilter.h b/mailnews/extensions/bayesian-spam-filter/src/nsBayesianFilter.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..32a9d26d0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/extensions/bayesian-spam-filter/src/nsBayesianFilter.h
@@ -0,0 +1,404 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsBayesianFilter_h__
+#define nsBayesianFilter_h__
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFilterPlugin.h"
+#include "nsISemanticUnitScanner.h"
+#include "PLDHashTable.h"
+#include "nsITimer.h"
+#include "nsTArray.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsWeakReference.h"
+#include "nsIObserver.h"
+
+// XXX can't simply byte align arenas, must at least 2-byte align.
+#define PL_ARENA_CONST_ALIGN_MASK 1
+#include "plarena.h"
+
+#define DEFAULT_MIN_INTERVAL_BETWEEN_WRITES             15*60*1000
+
+struct Token;
+class TokenEnumeration;
+class TokenAnalyzer;
+class nsIMsgWindow;
+class nsIMimeHeaders;
+class nsIUTF8StringEnumerator;
+struct BaseToken;
+struct CorpusToken;
+
+/**
+ * Helper class to enumerate Token objects in a PLDHashTable
+ * safely and without copying (see bugzilla #174859). The
+ * enumeration is safe to use until an Add()
+ * or Remove() is performed on the table.
+ */
+class TokenEnumeration {
+public:
+    TokenEnumeration(PLDHashTable* table);
+    bool hasMoreTokens();
+    BaseToken* nextToken();
+
+private:
+    PLDHashTable::Iterator mIterator;
+};
+
+// A trait is some aspect of a message, like being junk or tagged as
+// Personal, that the statistical classifier should track. The Trait
+// structure is a per-token representation of information pertaining to
+// a message trait.
+//
+// Traits per token are maintained as a linked list.
+//
+struct TraitPerToken
+{
+  uint32_t mId;          // identifying number for a trait
+  uint32_t mCount;       // count of messages with this token and trait
+  uint32_t mNextLink;    // index in mTraitStore for the next trait, or 0
+                         // for none
+  TraitPerToken(uint32_t aId, uint32_t aCount); // inititializer
+};
+
+// An Analysis is the statistical results for a particular message, a
+// particular token, and for a particular pair of trait/antitrait, that
+// is then used in subsequent analysis to score the message.
+//
+// Analyses per token are maintained as a linked list.
+//
+struct AnalysisPerToken
+{
+  uint32_t mTraitIndex;    // index representing a protrait/antitrait pair.
+                           // So if we are analyzing 3 different traits, then
+                           // the first trait is 0, the second 1, etc.
+  double mDistance;        // absolute value of mProbability - 0.5
+  double mProbability;     // relative indicator of match of trait to token
+  uint32_t mNextLink;      // index in mAnalysisStore for the Analysis object
+                           // for the next trait index, or 0 for none.
+  // initializer
+  AnalysisPerToken(uint32_t aTraitIndex, double aDistance, double aProbability);
+};
+
+class TokenHash {
+public:
+
+    virtual ~TokenHash();
+    /**
+     * Clears out the previous message tokens.
+     */
+    nsresult clearTokens();
+    uint32_t countTokens();
+    TokenEnumeration getTokens();
+    BaseToken* add(const char* word);
+
+protected:
+    TokenHash(uint32_t entrySize);
+    PLArenaPool mWordPool;
+    uint32_t mEntrySize;
+    PLDHashTable mTokenTable;
+    char* copyWord(const char* word, uint32_t len);
+    BaseToken* get(const char* word);
+};
+
+class Tokenizer: public TokenHash {
+public:
+    Tokenizer();
+    ~Tokenizer();
+
+    Token* get(const char* word);
+
+    // The training set keeps an occurrence count on each word. This count
+    // is supposed to count the # of messsages it occurs in.
+    // When add/remove is called while tokenizing a message and NOT the training set,
+    //
+    Token* add(const char* word, uint32_t count = 1);
+
+    Token* copyTokens();
+
+    void tokenize(const char* text);
+
+    /**
+     *  Creates specific tokens based on the mime headers for the message being tokenized
+     */
+    void tokenizeHeaders(nsIUTF8StringEnumerator * aHeaderNames, nsIUTF8StringEnumerator * aHeaderValues);
+
+    void tokenizeAttachment(const char * aContentType, const char * aFileName);
+
+    nsCString mBodyDelimiters; // delimiters for body tokenization
+    nsCString mHeaderDelimiters; // delimiters for header tokenization
+
+    // arrays of extra headers to tokenize / to not tokenize
+    nsTArray<nsCString> mEnabledHeaders;
+    nsTArray<nsCString> mDisabledHeaders;
+    // Delimiters used in tokenizing a particular header.
+    // Parallel array to mEnabledHeaders
+    nsTArray<nsCString> mEnabledHeadersDelimiters;
+    bool mCustomHeaderTokenization; // Are there any preference-set tokenization customizations?
+    uint32_t mMaxLengthForToken; // maximum length of a token
+    // should we convert iframe to div during tokenization?
+    bool mIframeToDiv;
+
+private:
+
+    void tokenize_ascii_word(char * word);
+    void tokenize_japanese_word(char* chunk);
+    inline void addTokenForHeader(const char * aTokenPrefix, nsACString& aValue,
+        bool aTokenizeValue = false, const char* aDelimiters = nullptr);
+    nsresult stripHTML(const nsAString& inString, nsAString& outString);
+    // helper function to escape \n, \t, etc from a CString
+    void UnescapeCString(nsCString& aCString);
+
+private:
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISemanticUnitScanner> mScanner;
+};
+
+/**
+ * Implements storage of a collection of message tokens and counts for
+ * a corpus of classified messages
+ */
+
+class CorpusStore: public TokenHash {
+public:
+    CorpusStore();
+    ~CorpusStore();
+
+    /**
+     * retrieve the token structure for a particular string
+     *
+     * @param word  the character representation of the token
+     *
+     * @return      token structure containing counts, null if not found
+     */
+    CorpusToken* get(const char* word);
+
+    /**
+     * add tokens to the storage, or increment counts if already exists.
+     *
+     * @param aTokenizer tokenizer for the list of tokens to remember
+     * @param aTraitId   id for the trait whose counts will be remembered
+     * @param aCount     number of new messages represented by the token list
+     */
+    void rememberTokens(Tokenizer& aTokenizer, uint32_t aTraitId, uint32_t aCount);
+
+    /**
+     * decrement counts for tokens in the storage, removing if all counts
+     * are zero
+     *
+     * @param aTokenizer tokenizer for the list of tokens to forget
+     * @param aTraitId   id for the trait whose counts will be removed
+     * @param aCount     number of messages represented by the token list
+     */
+    void forgetTokens(Tokenizer& aTokenizer, uint32_t aTraitId, uint32_t aCount);
+
+    /**
+     * write the corpus information to file storage
+     *
+     * @param aMaximumTokenCount  prune tokens if number of tokens exceeds
+     *                            this value.  == 0  for no pruning
+     */
+    void writeTrainingData(uint32_t aMaximumTokenCount);
+
+    /**
+     * read the corpus information from file storage
+     */
+    void readTrainingData();
+
+    /**
+     * delete the local corpus storage file and data
+     */
+    nsresult resetTrainingData();
+
+    /**
+     * get the count of messages whose tokens are stored that are associated
+     * with a trait
+     *
+     * @param aTraitId  identifier for the trait
+     * @return          number of messages for that trait
+     */
+    uint32_t getMessageCount(uint32_t aTraitId);
+
+    /**
+     * set the count of messages whose tokens are stored that are associated
+     * with a trait
+     *
+     * @param aTraitId  identifier for the trait
+     * @param aCount    number of messages for that trait
+     */
+    void setMessageCount(uint32_t aTraitId, uint32_t aCount);
+
+    /**
+     * get the count of messages associated with a particular token and trait
+     *
+     * @param  token     the token string and associated counts
+     * @param  aTraitId  identifier for the trait
+     */
+    uint32_t getTraitCount(CorpusToken *token, uint32_t aTraitId);
+
+    /**
+     * Add (or remove) data from a particular file to the corpus data.
+     *
+     * @param aFile       the file with the data, in the format:
+     *
+     *                    Format of the trait file for version 1:
+     *                    [0xFCA93601]  (the 01 is the version)
+     *                    for each trait to write:
+     *                    [id of trait to write] (0 means end of list)
+     *                    [number of messages per trait]
+     *                    for each token with non-zero count
+     *                    [count]
+     *                    [length of word]word
+     *
+     * @param aIsAdd      should the data be added, or removed? true if adding,
+     *                    else removing.
+     *
+     * @param aRemapCount number of items in the parallel arrays aFromTraits,
+     *                    aToTraits. These arrays allow conversion of the
+     *                    trait id stored in the file (which may be originated
+     *                    externally) to the trait id used in the local corpus
+     *                    (which is defined locally using nsIMsgTraitService).
+     *
+     * @param aFromTraits array of trait ids used in aFile. If aFile contains
+     *                    trait ids that are not in this array, they are not
+     *                    remapped, but assummed to be local trait ids.
+     *
+     * @param aToTraits   array of trait ids, corresponding to elements of
+     *                    aFromTraits, that represent the local trait ids to be
+     *                    used in storing data from aFile into the local corpus.
+     *
+     */
+    nsresult UpdateData(nsIFile *aFile, bool aIsAdd,
+                        uint32_t aRemapCount, uint32_t *aFromTraits,
+                        uint32_t *aToTraits);
+
+    /**
+     * remove all counts (message and tokens) for a trait id
+     *
+     * @param aTrait  trait id for the trait to remove
+     */
+    nsresult ClearTrait(uint32_t aTrait);
+
+protected:
+
+    /**
+     * return the local corpus storage file for junk traits
+     */
+    nsresult getTrainingFile(nsIFile ** aFile);
+
+    /**
+     * return the local corpus storage file for non-junk traits
+     */
+    nsresult getTraitFile(nsIFile ** aFile);
+
+    /**
+     * read token strings from the data file
+     *
+     * @param stream     file stream with token data
+     * @param fileSize   file size
+     * @param aTraitId   id for the trait whose counts will be read
+     * @param aIsAdd     true to add the counts, false to remove them
+     *
+     * @return           true if successful, false if error
+     */
+    bool readTokens(FILE* stream, int64_t fileSize, uint32_t aTraitId,
+                      bool aIsAdd);
+
+    /**
+     * write token strings to the data file
+     */
+    bool writeTokens(FILE* stream, bool shrink, uint32_t aTraitId);
+
+    /**
+     * remove counts for a token string
+     */
+    void remove(const char* word, uint32_t aTraitId, uint32_t aCount);
+
+    /**
+     * add counts for a token string, adding the token string if new
+     */
+    CorpusToken* add(const char* word, uint32_t aTraitId, uint32_t aCount);
+
+    /**
+     * change counts in a trait in the traits array, adding the trait if needed
+     */
+    nsresult updateTrait(CorpusToken* token, uint32_t aTraitId,
+      int32_t aCountChange);
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> mTrainingFile;  // file used to store junk training data
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> mTraitFile;     // file used to store non-junk
+                                           // training data
+    nsTArray<TraitPerToken> mTraitStore;   // memory for linked-list of counts
+    uint32_t mNextTraitIndex;              // index in mTraitStore to first empty
+                                           // TraitPerToken
+    nsTArray<uint32_t> mMessageCounts;     // count of messages per trait
+                                           // represented in the store
+    nsTArray<uint32_t> mMessageCountsId;   // Parallel array to mMessageCounts, with
+                                           // the corresponding trait ID
+};
+
+class nsBayesianFilter : public nsIJunkMailPlugin, nsIMsgCorpus,
+                         nsIObserver, nsSupportsWeakReference {
+public:
+    NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+    NS_DECL_NSIMSGFILTERPLUGIN
+    NS_DECL_NSIJUNKMAILPLUGIN
+    NS_DECL_NSIMSGCORPUS
+    NS_DECL_NSIOBSERVER
+
+    nsBayesianFilter();
+
+    nsresult Init();
+
+    nsresult tokenizeMessage(const char* messageURI, nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow, TokenAnalyzer* analyzer);
+    void classifyMessage(Tokenizer& tokens, const char* messageURI,
+                        nsIJunkMailClassificationListener* listener);
+
+    void classifyMessage(
+      Tokenizer& tokenizer,
+      const char* messageURI,
+      nsTArray<uint32_t>& aProTraits,
+      nsTArray<uint32_t>& aAntiTraits,
+      nsIJunkMailClassificationListener* listener,
+      nsIMsgTraitClassificationListener* aTraitListener,
+      nsIMsgTraitDetailListener* aDetailListener);
+
+    void observeMessage(Tokenizer& tokens, const char* messageURI,
+                        nsTArray<uint32_t>& oldClassifications,
+                        nsTArray<uint32_t>& newClassifications,
+                        nsIJunkMailClassificationListener* listener,
+                        nsIMsgTraitClassificationListener* aTraitListener);
+
+
+protected:
+    virtual ~nsBayesianFilter();
+
+    static void TimerCallback(nsITimer* aTimer, void* aClosure);
+
+    CorpusStore mCorpus;
+    double   mJunkProbabilityThreshold;
+    int32_t mMaximumTokenCount;
+    bool mTrainingDataDirty;
+    int32_t mMinFlushInterval; // in milliseconds, must be positive
+                               //and not too close to 0
+    nsCOMPtr<nsITimer> mTimer;
+
+    // index in mAnalysisStore for first empty AnalysisPerToken
+    uint32_t mNextAnalysisIndex;
+     // memory for linked list of AnalysisPerToken objects
+    nsTArray<AnalysisPerToken> mAnalysisStore;
+    /**
+     * Determine the location in mAnalysisStore where the AnalysisPerToken
+     * object for a particular token and trait is stored
+     */
+    uint32_t getAnalysisIndex(Token& token, uint32_t aTraitIndex);
+    /**
+     * Set the value of the AnalysisPerToken object for a particular
+     * token and trait
+     */
+    nsresult setAnalysis(Token& token, uint32_t aTraitIndex,
+                         double aDistance, double aProbability);
+};
+
+#endif // _nsBayesianFilter_h__
diff --git a/mailnews/extensions/bayesian-spam-filter/src/nsBayesianFilterCID.h b/mailnews/extensions/bayesian-spam-filter/src/nsBayesianFilterCID.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b1a54a1fc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/extensions/bayesian-spam-filter/src/nsBayesianFilterCID.h
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsBayesianFilterCID_h__
+#define nsBayesianFilterCID_h__
+
+#include "nsISupports.h"
+#include "nsIFactory.h"
+#include "nsIComponentManager.h"
+
+#include "nsIMsgMdnGenerator.h"
+
+#define NS_BAYESIANFILTER_CONTRACTID \
+  "@mozilla.org/messenger/filter-plugin;1?name=bayesianfilter"
+#define NS_BAYESIANFILTER_CID                    \
+{ /* F1070BFA-D539-11D6-90CA-00039310A47A */      \
+ 0xF1070BFA, 0xD539, 0x11D6,                      \
+ { 0x90, 0xCA, 0x00, 0x03, 0x93, 0x10, 0xA4, 0x7A }}
+
+#endif /* nsBayesianFilterCID_h__ */
diff --git a/mailnews/extensions/bayesian-spam-filter/src/nsIncompleteGamma.h b/mailnews/extensions/bayesian-spam-filter/src/nsIncompleteGamma.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1f7388b16
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/extensions/bayesian-spam-filter/src/nsIncompleteGamma.h
@@ -0,0 +1,259 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsIncompleteGamma_h__
+#define nsIncompleteGamma_h__
+
+/* An implementation of the incomplete gamma functions for real
+   arguments. P is defined as
+
+                          x
+                         /
+                  1      [     a - 1  - t
+    P(a, x) =  --------  I    t      e    dt
+               Gamma(a)  ]
+                         /
+                          0
+
+   and
+
+                          infinity
+                         /
+                  1      [     a - 1  - t
+    Q(a, x) =  --------  I    t      e    dt
+               Gamma(a)  ]
+                         /
+                          x
+
+   so that P(a,x) + Q(a,x) = 1.
+
+   Both a series expansion and a continued fraction exist.  This
+   implementation uses the more efficient method based on the arguments.
+
+   Either case involves calculating a multiplicative term:
+      e^(-x)*x^a/Gamma(a).
+   Here we calculate the log of this term. Most math libraries have a
+   "lgamma" function but it is not re-entrant. Some libraries have a
+   "lgamma_r" which is re-entrant. Use it if possible. I have included a
+   simple replacement but it is certainly not as accurate.
+
+   Relative errors are almost always < 1e-10 and usually < 1e-14. Very
+   small and very large arguments cause trouble.
+
+   The region where a < 0.5 and x < 0.5 has poor error properties and is
+   not too stable. Get a better routine if you need results in this
+   region.
+
+   The error argument will be set negative if there is a domain error or
+   positive for an internal calculation error, currently lack of
+   convergence. A value is always returned, though.
+
+ */
+
+#include <math.h>
+#include <float.h>
+
+// the main routine
+static double nsIncompleteGammaP (double a, double x, int *error);
+
+// nsLnGamma(z): either a wrapper around lgamma_r or the internal function.
+// C_m = B[2*m]/(2*m*(2*m-1)) where B is a Bernoulli number
+static const double C_1 = 1.0 / 12.0;
+static const double C_2 = -1.0 / 360.0;
+static const double C_3 = 1.0 / 1260.0;
+static const double C_4 = -1.0 / 1680.0;
+static const double C_5 = 1.0 / 1188.0;
+static const double C_6 = -691.0 / 360360.0;
+static const double C_7 = 1.0 / 156.0;
+static const double C_8 = -3617.0 / 122400.0;
+static const double C_9 = 43867.0 / 244188.0;
+static const double C_10 = -174611.0 / 125400.0;
+static const double C_11 = 77683.0 / 5796.0;
+
+// truncated asymptotic series in 1/z
+static inline double lngamma_asymp (double z)
+{
+  double w, w2, sum;
+  w = 1.0 / z;
+  w2 = w * w;
+  sum = w * (w2 * (w2 * (w2 * (w2 * (w2 * (w2 * (w2 * (w2 * (w2
+        * (C_11 * w2 + C_10) + C_9) + C_8) + C_7) + C_6)
+        + C_5) + C_4) + C_3) + C_2) + C_1);
+
+  return sum;
+}
+
+struct fact_table_s
+{
+  double fact;
+  double lnfact;
+};
+
+// for speed and accuracy
+static const struct fact_table_s FactTable[] = {
+    {1.000000000000000, 0.0000000000000000000000e+00},
+    {1.000000000000000, 0.0000000000000000000000e+00},
+    {2.000000000000000, 6.9314718055994530942869e-01},
+    {6.000000000000000, 1.7917594692280550007892e+00},
+    {24.00000000000000, 3.1780538303479456197550e+00},
+    {120.0000000000000, 4.7874917427820459941458e+00},
+    {720.0000000000000, 6.5792512120101009952602e+00},
+    {5040.000000000000, 8.5251613610654142999881e+00},
+    {40320.00000000000, 1.0604602902745250228925e+01},
+    {362880.0000000000, 1.2801827480081469610995e+01},
+    {3628800.000000000, 1.5104412573075515295248e+01},
+    {39916800.00000000, 1.7502307845873885839769e+01},
+    {479001600.0000000, 1.9987214495661886149228e+01},
+    {6227020800.000000, 2.2552163853123422886104e+01},
+    {87178291200.00000, 2.5191221182738681499610e+01},
+    {1307674368000.000, 2.7899271383840891566988e+01},
+    {20922789888000.00, 3.0671860106080672803835e+01},
+    {355687428096000.0, 3.3505073450136888885825e+01},
+    {6402373705728000., 3.6395445208033053576674e+01}
+};
+#define FactTableLength (int)(sizeof(FactTable)/sizeof(FactTable[0]))
+
+// for speed
+static const double ln_2pi_2 = 0.918938533204672741803;	// log(2*PI)/2
+
+/* A simple lgamma function, not very robust.
+
+   Valid for z_in > 0 ONLY.
+
+   For z_in > 8 precision is quite good, relative errors < 1e-14 and
+   usually better. For z_in < 8 relative errors increase but are usually
+   < 1e-10. In two small regions, 1 +/- .001 and 2 +/- .001 errors
+   increase quickly.
+*/
+static double nsLnGamma (double z_in, int *gsign)
+{
+  double scale, z, sum, result;
+  *gsign = 1;
+
+  int zi = (int) z_in;
+  if (z_in == (double) zi)
+  {
+    if (0 < zi && zi <= FactTableLength)
+	    return FactTable[zi - 1].lnfact;	// gamma(z) = (z-1)!
+  }
+
+  for (scale = 1.0, z = z_in; z < 8.0; ++z)
+    scale *= z;
+  
+  sum = lngamma_asymp (z);
+  result = (z - 0.5) * log (z) - z + ln_2pi_2 - log (scale);
+  result += sum;
+  return result;
+}
+
+// log( e^(-x)*x^a/Gamma(a) )
+static inline double lnPQfactor (double a, double x)
+{
+  int gsign;				// ignored because a > 0
+  return a * log (x) - x - nsLnGamma (a, &gsign);
+}
+
+static double Pseries (double a, double x, int *error)
+{
+  double sum, term;
+  const double eps = 2.0 * DBL_EPSILON;
+  const int imax = 5000;
+  int i;
+
+  sum = term = 1.0 / a;
+  for (i = 1; i < imax; ++i)
+  {
+	  term *= x / (a + i);
+	  sum += term;
+	  if (fabs (term) < eps * fabs (sum))
+      break;
+  }
+
+  if (i >= imax)
+	  *error = 1;
+
+  return sum;
+}
+
+static double Qcontfrac (double a, double x, int *error)
+{
+  double result, D, C, e, f, term;
+  const double eps = 2.0 * DBL_EPSILON;
+  const double small =
+  DBL_EPSILON * DBL_EPSILON * DBL_EPSILON * DBL_EPSILON;
+  const int imax = 5000;
+  int i;
+
+  // modified Lentz method
+  f = x - a + 1.0;
+  if (fabs (f) < small)
+    f = small;
+  C = f + 1.0 / small;
+  D = 1.0 / f;
+  result = D;
+  for (i = 1; i < imax; ++i)
+  {
+    e = i * (a - i);
+    f += 2.0;
+    D = f + e * D;
+    if (fabs (D) < small)
+      D = small;
+    D = 1.0 / D;
+    C = f + e / C;
+    if (fabs (C) < small)
+      C = small;
+    term = C * D;
+    result *= term;
+    if (fabs (term - 1.0) < eps)
+      break;
+  }
+
+  if (i >= imax)
+    *error = 1;
+  return result;
+}
+
+static double nsIncompleteGammaP (double a, double x, int *error)
+{
+  double result, dom, ldom;
+  //  domain errors. the return values are meaningless but have
+  //  to return something. 
+  *error = -1;
+  if (a <= 0.0)
+	  return 1.0;
+  if (x < 0.0)
+	  return 0.0;
+  *error = 0;
+  if (x == 0.0)
+    return 0.0;
+
+  ldom = lnPQfactor (a, x);
+  dom = exp (ldom);
+  // might need to adjust the crossover point
+  if (a <= 0.5)
+  {
+    if (x < a + 1.0)
+      result = dom * Pseries (a, x, error);
+    else
+      result = 1.0 - dom * Qcontfrac (a, x, error);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    if (x < a)
+      result = dom * Pseries (a, x, error);
+	  else
+	    result = 1.0 - dom * Qcontfrac (a, x, error);
+  }
+
+  // not clear if this can ever happen
+  if (result > 1.0)
+    result = 1.0;
+  if (result < 0.0)
+    result = 0.0;
+  return result;
+}
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/mailnews/extensions/dsn/content/am-dsn.js b/mailnews/extensions/dsn/content/am-dsn.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2c8a5f923
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/extensions/dsn/content/am-dsn.js
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+/* -*- Mode: Java; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+var useCustomPrefs;
+var requestAlways;
+var gIdentity;
+
+function onInit() 
+{
+  useCustomPrefs = document.getElementById("identity.dsn_use_custom_prefs");
+  requestAlways = document.getElementById("identity.dsn_always_request_on");
+
+  EnableDisableCustomSettings();
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+function onSave()
+{
+}
+
+function EnableDisableCustomSettings() {
+  if (useCustomPrefs && (useCustomPrefs.getAttribute("value") == "false"))
+    requestAlways.setAttribute("disabled", "true");
+  else
+    requestAlways.removeAttribute("disabled");
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+function onPreInit(account, accountValues)
+{
+  gIdentity = account.defaultIdentity;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/extensions/dsn/content/am-dsn.xul b/mailnews/extensions/dsn/content/am-dsn.xul
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1327021ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/extensions/dsn/content/am-dsn.xul
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+<?xml version="1.0"?>
+
+<!--
+
+ This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<?xml-stylesheet href="chrome://messenger/skin/accountManage.css" type="text/css"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE page SYSTEM "chrome://messenger/locale/am-dsn.dtd">
+
+<page xmlns="http://www.mozilla.org/keymaster/gatekeeper/there.is.only.xul" 
+      onload="parent.onPanelLoaded('am-dsn.xul');">
+
+  <stringbundle id="bundle_smime" src="chrome://messenger/locale/am-dsn.properties"/> 
+  <script type="application/javascript" src="chrome://messenger/content/AccountManager.js"/>
+  <script type="application/javascript" src="chrome://messenger/content/am-dsn.js"/>
+  
+  <dialogheader title="&pane.title;"/>
+
+  <groupbox>
+
+    <caption label="&pane.title;"/>
+
+    <hbox id="prefChoices" align="center">
+      <radiogroup id="identity.dsn_use_custom_prefs"
+                  wsm_persist="true"
+                  genericattr="true" 
+                  preftype="bool"
+                  prefstring="mail.identity.%identitykey%.dsn_use_custom_prefs" 
+                  oncommand="EnableDisableCustomSettings();">
+    
+        <radio id="identity.select_global_prefs"
+               value="false"
+               label="&useGlobalPrefs.label;"
+               accesskey="&useGlobalPrefs.accesskey;"/>
+    
+        <radio id="identity.select_custom_prefs"
+               value="true"
+               label="&useCustomPrefs.label;"
+               accesskey="&useCustomPrefs.accesskey;"/>
+      </radiogroup>
+    </hbox>
+
+    <vbox id="dsnSettings" class="indent" align="start">
+      <checkbox id="identity.dsn_always_request_on"
+                label="&requestAlways.label;"
+                accesskey="&requestAlways.accesskey;"
+                wsm_persist="true"
+                genericattr="true"
+                iscontrolcontainer="true"
+                preftype="bool"
+                prefstring="mail.identity.%identitykey%.dsn_always_request_on"/>
+    </vbox>
+  </groupbox>
+</page>
diff --git a/mailnews/extensions/dsn/content/dsn.js b/mailnews/extensions/dsn/content/dsn.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..043aa1b94
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/extensions/dsn/content/dsn.js
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/*
+ * default prefs for dsn
+ */
+pref("mail.identity.default.dsn_use_custom_prefs", false);  // false: Use global true: Use custom
+pref("mail.identity.default.dsn_always_request_on", false);
diff --git a/mailnews/extensions/dsn/jar.mn b/mailnews/extensions/dsn/jar.mn
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2ecdd7057
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/extensions/dsn/jar.mn
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+#ifdef MOZ_SUITE
+messenger.jar:
+    content/messenger/am-dsn.xul                                     (content/am-dsn.xul)
+    content/messenger/am-dsn.js                                      (content/am-dsn.js)
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/extensions/dsn/moz.build b/mailnews/extensions/dsn/moz.build
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..10cc8cb56
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/extensions/dsn/moz.build
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+# vim: set filetype=python:
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+EXTRA_COMPONENTS += [
+    'src/dsn-service.js',
+    'src/dsn-service.manifest',
+]
+
+JAR_MANIFESTS += ['jar.mn']
+
+JS_PREFERENCE_FILES += [
+    'content/dsn.js',
+]
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/mailnews/extensions/dsn/src/dsn-service.js b/mailnews/extensions/dsn/src/dsn-service.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..76ceeb04b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/extensions/dsn/src/dsn-service.js
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+Components.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/XPCOMUtils.jsm");
+
+function DSNService() {}
+
+DSNService.prototype = {
+  name: "dsn",
+  chromePackageName: "messenger",
+  showPanel: function(server) {
+    // don't show the panel for news, rss, or local accounts
+    return (server.type != "nntp" && server.type != "rss" &&
+            server.type != "none");
+  },
+
+  QueryInterface: XPCOMUtils.generateQI([Components.interfaces.nsIMsgAccountManagerExtension]),
+  classID: Components.ID("{849dab91-9bc9-4508-a0ee-c2453e7c092d}"),
+};
+
+var components = [DSNService];
+var NSGetFactory = XPCOMUtils.generateNSGetFactory(components);
diff --git a/mailnews/extensions/dsn/src/dsn-service.manifest b/mailnews/extensions/dsn/src/dsn-service.manifest
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2853fb3e8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/extensions/dsn/src/dsn-service.manifest
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+component {849dab91-9bc9-4508-a0ee-c2453e7c092d} dsn-service.js
+contract @mozilla.org/accountmanager/extension;1?name=dsn {849dab91-9bc9-4508-a0ee-c2453e7c092d}
+category mailnews-accountmanager-extensions dsn-account-manager-extension @mozilla.org/accountmanager/extension;1?name=dsn
diff --git a/mailnews/extensions/fts3/data/README b/mailnews/extensions/fts3/data/README
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d7c13abbb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/extensions/fts3/data/README
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+The data files in this directory come from the ICU project:
+http://bugs.icu-project.org/trac/browser/icu/trunk/source/data/unidata/norm2
+
+They are intended to be consumed by the ICU project's gennorm2 script.  We have
+our own script that processes them.
diff --git a/mailnews/extensions/fts3/data/generate_table.py b/mailnews/extensions/fts3/data/generate_table.py
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f6b012685
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/extensions/fts3/data/generate_table.py
@@ -0,0 +1,264 @@
+#!/usr/bin/python
+# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
+# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+#
+# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+# License.
+#
+# The Original Code is Mozilla Thunderbird.
+#
+# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Mozilla Japan.
+# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2010
+# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+#
+# Contributor(s):
+#   Makoto Kato <m_kato@ga2.so-net.ne.jp>
+#   Andrew Sutherland <asutherland@asutherland.org>
+#
+# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
+# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+#
+# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
+
+import re
+
+def printTable(f, t):
+	i = f
+	while i <= t:
+		c = array[i]
+		print "0x%04x," % c,
+		i = i + 1
+		if not i % 8:
+			print "\n\t",
+
+print '''/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ *
+ * The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Mozilla Japan.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2010
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Contributor(s):
+ *   Makoto Kato <m_kato@ga2.so-net.ne.jp>
+ *   Andrew Sutherland <asutherland@asutherland.org>
+ *
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
+ * or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ *
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+
+/* THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY generate_table.py.  DON'T EDIT THIS */
+'''
+
+p = re.compile('([0-9A-F]{4,5})(?:\.\.([0-9A-F]{4,5}))?[=\>]([0-9A-F]{4,5})?')
+G_FROM = 1
+G_TO = 2
+G_FIRSTVAL = 3
+
+# Array whose value at index i is the unicode value unicode character i should
+# map to.
+array = []
+# Contents of gNormalizeTable.  We insert zero entries for sub-pages where we
+# have no mappings.  We insert references to the tables where we do have
+# such tables.
+globalTable = []
+globalTable.append("0")
+# The (exclusive) upper bound of the conversion table, unicode character-wise.
+# This is 0x10000 because our generated table is only 16-bit.  This also limits
+# the values we can map to; we perform an identity mapping for target values
+# that >= maxmapping.
+maxmapping = 0x10000
+sizePerTable = 64
+
+# Map characters that the mapping tells us to obliterate to the NUKE_CHAR
+# (such lines look like "FFF0..FFF8>")
+# We do this because if we didn't do this, we would emit these characters as
+# part of a token, which we definitely don't want.
+NUKE_CHAR = 0x20
+
+# --- load case folding table
+# entries in the file look like:
+#  0041>0061
+#  02D8>0020 0306
+#  2000..200A>0020
+#
+# The 0041 (uppercase A) tells us it lowercases to 0061 (lowercase a).
+# The 02D8 is a "spacing clone[s] of diacritic" breve which gets decomposed into
+#  a space character and a breve.  This entry/type of entry also shows up in
+#  'nfkc.txt'.
+# The 2000..200A covers a range of space characters and maps them down to the
+#  'normal' space character.
+
+file = open('nfkc_cf.txt')
+
+m = None
+line = "\n"
+i = 0x0
+while i < maxmapping and line:
+        if not m:
+                line = file.readline()
+                m = p.match(line)
+                if not m:
+                        continue
+                low = int(m.group(G_FROM), 16)
+                # if G_TO is present, use it, otherwise fallback to low
+                high = m.group(G_TO) and int(m.group(G_TO), 16) or low
+                # if G_FIRSTVAL is present use it, otherwise use NUKE_CHAR
+                val = (m.group(G_FIRSTVAL) and int(m.group(G_FIRSTVAL), 16)
+                                           or NUKE_CHAR)
+		continue
+
+
+        if i >= low and i <= high:
+		if val >= maxmapping:
+			array.append(i)
+		else:
+			array.append(val)
+                if i == high:
+                        m = None
+	else:
+		array.append(i)
+	i = i + 1
+file.close()
+
+# --- load normalization / decomposition table
+# It is important that this file gets processed second because the other table
+# will tell us about mappings from uppercase U with diaeresis to lowercase u
+# with diaeresis.  We obviously don't want that clobbering our value.  (Although
+# this would work out if we propagated backwards rather than forwards...)
+#
+# - entries in this file that we care about look like:
+#  00A0>0020
+#  0100=0041 0304
+#
+# They are found in the "Canonical and compatibility decomposition mappings"
+# section.
+#
+# The 00A0 is mapping NBSP to the normal space character.
+# The 0100 (a capital A with a bar over top of) is equivalent to 0041 (capital
+#  A) plus a 0304 (combining overline).  We do not care about the combining
+#  marks which is why our regular expression does not capture it.
+#
+#
+# - entries that we do not care about look like:
+#  0300..0314:230
+#
+# These map marks to their canonical combining class which appears to be a way
+# of specifying the precedence / order in which marks should be combined.  The
+# key thing is we don't care about them.
+file = open('nfkc.txt')
+line = file.readline()
+m = p.match(line)
+while line:
+	if not m:
+		line = file.readline()
+		m = p.match(line)
+		continue
+
+        low = int(m.group(G_FROM), 16)
+        # if G_TO is present, use it, otherwise fallback to low
+        high = m.group(G_TO) and int(m.group(G_TO), 16) or low
+        # if G_FIRSTVAL is present use it, otherwise fall back to NUKE_CHAR
+        val = m.group(G_FIRSTVAL) and int(m.group(G_FIRSTVAL), 16) or NUKE_CHAR
+        for i in range(low, high+1):
+                if i < maxmapping and val < maxmapping:
+                        array[i] = val
+	m = None
+file.close()
+
+# --- generate a normalized table to support case and accent folding
+
+i = 0
+needTerm = False;
+while i < maxmapping:
+	if not i % sizePerTable:
+		# table is empty?
+		j = i
+		while j < i + sizePerTable:
+			if array[j] != j:
+				break
+			j += 1
+
+		if j == i + sizePerTable:
+			if i:
+				globalTable.append("0")
+			i += sizePerTable
+			continue
+
+		if needTerm:
+			print "};\n"
+		globalTable.append("gNormalizeTable%04x" % i)
+		print "static const unsigned short gNormalizeTable%04x[] = {\n\t" % i,
+		print "/* U+%04x */\n\t" % i,
+		needTerm = True
+        # Decomposition does not case-fold, so we want to compensate by
+        # performing a lookup here.  Because decomposition chains can be
+        # example: 01d5, a capital U with a diaeresis and a bar. yes, really.
+        # 01d5 -> 00dc -> 0055 (U) -> 0075 (u)
+        c = array[i]
+        while c != array[c]:
+                c = array[c]
+        if c >= 0x41 and c <= 0x5a:
+                raise Exception('got an uppercase character somehow: %x => %x'
+                                % (i, c))
+	print "0x%04x," % c,
+	i = i + 1
+	if not i % 8:
+		print "\n\t",
+
+print "};\n\nstatic const unsigned short* gNormalizeTable[] = {",
+i = 0
+while i < (maxmapping / sizePerTable):
+	if not i % 4:
+		print "\n\t",
+	print globalTable[i] + ",", 
+	i += 1
+
+print '''
+};
+
+unsigned int normalize_character(const unsigned int c)
+{
+  if (c >= ''' + ('0x%x' % (maxmapping,)) + ''' || !gNormalizeTable[c >> 6])
+    return c;
+  return gNormalizeTable[c >> 6][c & 0x3f];
+}
+'''
diff --git a/mailnews/extensions/fts3/data/nfkc.txt b/mailnews/extensions/fts3/data/nfkc.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..08aaf353f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/extensions/fts3/data/nfkc.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,5786 @@
+# Copyright (C) 1999-2010, International Business Machines
+# Corporation and others.  All Rights Reserved.
+#
+# file name: nfkc.txt
+#
+# machine-generated on: 2009-11-30
+#
+
+# Canonical_Combining_Class (ccc) values
+0300..0314:230
+0315:232
+0316..0319:220
+031A:232
+031B:216
+031C..0320:220
+0321..0322:202
+0323..0326:220
+0327..0328:202
+0329..0333:220
+0334..0338:1
+0339..033C:220
+033D..0344:230
+0345:240
+0346:230
+0347..0349:220
+034A..034C:230
+034D..034E:220
+0350..0352:230
+0353..0356:220
+0357:230
+0358:232
+0359..035A:220
+035B:230
+035C:233
+035D..035E:234
+035F:233
+0360..0361:234
+0362:233
+0363..036F:230
+0483..0487:230
+0591:220
+0592..0595:230
+0596:220
+0597..0599:230
+059A:222
+059B:220
+059C..05A1:230
+05A2..05A7:220
+05A8..05A9:230
+05AA:220
+05AB..05AC:230
+05AD:222
+05AE:228
+05AF:230
+05B0:10
+05B1:11
+05B2:12
+05B3:13
+05B4:14
+05B5:15
+05B6:16
+05B7:17
+05B8:18
+05B9..05BA:19
+05BB:20
+05BC:21
+05BD:22
+05BF:23
+05C1:24
+05C2:25
+05C4:230
+05C5:220
+05C7:18
+0610..0617:230
+0618:30
+0619:31
+061A:32
+064B:27
+064C:28
+064D:29
+064E:30
+064F:31
+0650:32
+0651:33
+0652:34
+0653..0654:230
+0655..0656:220
+0657..065B:230
+065C:220
+065D..065E:230
+0670:35
+06D6..06DC:230
+06DF..06E2:230
+06E3:220
+06E4:230
+06E7..06E8:230
+06EA:220
+06EB..06EC:230
+06ED:220
+0711:36
+0730:230
+0731:220
+0732..0733:230
+0734:220
+0735..0736:230
+0737..0739:220
+073A:230
+073B..073C:220
+073D:230
+073E:220
+073F..0741:230
+0742:220
+0743:230
+0744:220
+0745:230
+0746:220
+0747:230
+0748:220
+0749..074A:230
+07EB..07F1:230
+07F2:220
+07F3:230
+0816..0819:230
+081B..0823:230
+0825..0827:230
+0829..082D:230
+093C:7
+094D:9
+0951:230
+0952:220
+0953..0954:230
+09BC:7
+09CD:9
+0A3C:7
+0A4D:9
+0ABC:7
+0ACD:9
+0B3C:7
+0B4D:9
+0BCD:9
+0C4D:9
+0C55:84
+0C56:91
+0CBC:7
+0CCD:9
+0D4D:9
+0DCA:9
+0E38..0E39:103
+0E3A:9
+0E48..0E4B:107
+0EB8..0EB9:118
+0EC8..0ECB:122
+0F18..0F19:220
+0F35:220
+0F37:220
+0F39:216
+0F71:129
+0F72:130
+0F74:132
+0F7A..0F7D:130
+0F80:130
+0F82..0F83:230
+0F84:9
+0F86..0F87:230
+0FC6:220
+1037:7
+1039..103A:9
+108D:220
+135F:230
+1714:9
+1734:9
+17D2:9
+17DD:230
+18A9:228
+1939:222
+193A:230
+193B:220
+1A17:230
+1A18:220
+1A60:9
+1A75..1A7C:230
+1A7F:220
+1B34:7
+1B44:9
+1B6B:230
+1B6C:220
+1B6D..1B73:230
+1BAA:9
+1C37:7
+1CD0..1CD2:230
+1CD4:1
+1CD5..1CD9:220
+1CDA..1CDB:230
+1CDC..1CDF:220
+1CE0:230
+1CE2..1CE8:1
+1CED:220
+1DC0..1DC1:230
+1DC2:220
+1DC3..1DC9:230
+1DCA:220
+1DCB..1DCC:230
+1DCD:234
+1DCE:214
+1DCF:220
+1DD0:202
+1DD1..1DE6:230
+1DFD:220
+1DFE:230
+1DFF:220
+20D0..20D1:230
+20D2..20D3:1
+20D4..20D7:230
+20D8..20DA:1
+20DB..20DC:230
+20E1:230
+20E5..20E6:1
+20E7:230
+20E8:220
+20E9:230
+20EA..20EB:1
+20EC..20EF:220
+20F0:230
+2CEF..2CF1:230
+2DE0..2DFF:230
+302A:218
+302B:228
+302C:232
+302D:222
+302E..302F:224
+3099..309A:8
+A66F:230
+A67C..A67D:230
+A6F0..A6F1:230
+A806:9
+A8C4:9
+A8E0..A8F1:230
+A92B..A92D:220
+A953:9
+A9B3:7
+A9C0:9
+AAB0:230
+AAB2..AAB3:230
+AAB4:220
+AAB7..AAB8:230
+AABE..AABF:230
+AAC1:230
+ABED:9
+FB1E:26
+FE20..FE26:230
+101FD:220
+10A0D:220
+10A0F:230
+10A38:230
+10A39:1
+10A3A:220
+10A3F:9
+110B9:9
+110BA:7
+1D165..1D166:216
+1D167..1D169:1
+1D16D:226
+1D16E..1D172:216
+1D17B..1D182:220
+1D185..1D189:230
+1D18A..1D18B:220
+1D1AA..1D1AD:230
+1D242..1D244:230
+
+# Canonical and compatibility decomposition mappings
+00A0>0020
+00A8>0020 0308
+00AA>0061
+00AF>0020 0304
+00B2>0032
+00B3>0033
+00B4>0020 0301
+00B5>03BC
+00B8>0020 0327
+00B9>0031
+00BA>006F
+00BC>0031 2044 0034
+00BD>0031 2044 0032
+00BE>0033 2044 0034
+00C0=0041 0300
+00C1=0041 0301
+00C2=0041 0302
+00C3=0041 0303
+00C4=0041 0308
+00C5=0041 030A
+00C7=0043 0327
+00C8=0045 0300
+00C9=0045 0301
+00CA=0045 0302
+00CB=0045 0308
+00CC=0049 0300
+00CD=0049 0301
+00CE=0049 0302
+00CF=0049 0308
+00D1=004E 0303
+00D2=004F 0300
+00D3=004F 0301
+00D4=004F 0302
+00D5=004F 0303
+00D6=004F 0308
+00D9=0055 0300
+00DA=0055 0301
+00DB=0055 0302
+00DC=0055 0308
+00DD=0059 0301
+00E0=0061 0300
+00E1=0061 0301
+00E2=0061 0302
+00E3=0061 0303
+00E4=0061 0308
+00E5=0061 030A
+00E7=0063 0327
+00E8=0065 0300
+00E9=0065 0301
+00EA=0065 0302
+00EB=0065 0308
+00EC=0069 0300
+00ED=0069 0301
+00EE=0069 0302
+00EF=0069 0308
+00F1=006E 0303
+00F2=006F 0300
+00F3=006F 0301
+00F4=006F 0302
+00F5=006F 0303
+00F6=006F 0308
+00F9=0075 0300
+00FA=0075 0301
+00FB=0075 0302
+00FC=0075 0308
+00FD=0079 0301
+00FF=0079 0308
+0100=0041 0304
+0101=0061 0304
+0102=0041 0306
+0103=0061 0306
+0104=0041 0328
+0105=0061 0328
+0106=0043 0301
+0107=0063 0301
+0108=0043 0302
+0109=0063 0302
+010A=0043 0307
+010B=0063 0307
+010C=0043 030C
+010D=0063 030C
+010E=0044 030C
+010F=0064 030C
+0112=0045 0304
+0113=0065 0304
+0114=0045 0306
+0115=0065 0306
+0116=0045 0307
+0117=0065 0307
+0118=0045 0328
+0119=0065 0328
+011A=0045 030C
+011B=0065 030C
+011C=0047 0302
+011D=0067 0302
+011E=0047 0306
+011F=0067 0306
+0120=0047 0307
+0121=0067 0307
+0122=0047 0327
+0123=0067 0327
+0124=0048 0302
+0125=0068 0302
+0128=0049 0303
+0129=0069 0303
+012A=0049 0304
+012B=0069 0304
+012C=0049 0306
+012D=0069 0306
+012E=0049 0328
+012F=0069 0328
+0130=0049 0307
+0132>0049 004A
+0133>0069 006A
+0134=004A 0302
+0135=006A 0302
+0136=004B 0327
+0137=006B 0327
+0139=004C 0301
+013A=006C 0301
+013B=004C 0327
+013C=006C 0327
+013D=004C 030C
+013E=006C 030C
+013F>004C 00B7
+0140>006C 00B7
+0143=004E 0301
+0144=006E 0301
+0145=004E 0327
+0146=006E 0327
+0147=004E 030C
+0148=006E 030C
+0149>02BC 006E
+014C=004F 0304
+014D=006F 0304
+014E=004F 0306
+014F=006F 0306
+0150=004F 030B
+0151=006F 030B
+0154=0052 0301
+0155=0072 0301
+0156=0052 0327
+0157=0072 0327
+0158=0052 030C
+0159=0072 030C
+015A=0053 0301
+015B=0073 0301
+015C=0053 0302
+015D=0073 0302
+015E=0053 0327
+015F=0073 0327
+0160=0053 030C
+0161=0073 030C
+0162=0054 0327
+0163=0074 0327
+0164=0054 030C
+0165=0074 030C
+0168=0055 0303
+0169=0075 0303
+016A=0055 0304
+016B=0075 0304
+016C=0055 0306
+016D=0075 0306
+016E=0055 030A
+016F=0075 030A
+0170=0055 030B
+0171=0075 030B
+0172=0055 0328
+0173=0075 0328
+0174=0057 0302
+0175=0077 0302
+0176=0059 0302
+0177=0079 0302
+0178=0059 0308
+0179=005A 0301
+017A=007A 0301
+017B=005A 0307
+017C=007A 0307
+017D=005A 030C
+017E=007A 030C
+017F>0073
+01A0=004F 031B
+01A1=006F 031B
+01AF=0055 031B
+01B0=0075 031B
+01C4>0044 017D
+01C5>0044 017E
+01C6>0064 017E
+01C7>004C 004A
+01C8>004C 006A
+01C9>006C 006A
+01CA>004E 004A
+01CB>004E 006A
+01CC>006E 006A
+01CD=0041 030C
+01CE=0061 030C
+01CF=0049 030C
+01D0=0069 030C
+01D1=004F 030C
+01D2=006F 030C
+01D3=0055 030C
+01D4=0075 030C
+01D5=00DC 0304
+01D6=00FC 0304
+01D7=00DC 0301
+01D8=00FC 0301
+01D9=00DC 030C
+01DA=00FC 030C
+01DB=00DC 0300
+01DC=00FC 0300
+01DE=00C4 0304
+01DF=00E4 0304
+01E0=0226 0304
+01E1=0227 0304
+01E2=00C6 0304
+01E3=00E6 0304
+01E6=0047 030C
+01E7=0067 030C
+01E8=004B 030C
+01E9=006B 030C
+01EA=004F 0328
+01EB=006F 0328
+01EC=01EA 0304
+01ED=01EB 0304
+01EE=01B7 030C
+01EF=0292 030C
+01F0=006A 030C
+01F1>0044 005A
+01F2>0044 007A
+01F3>0064 007A
+01F4=0047 0301
+01F5=0067 0301
+01F8=004E 0300
+01F9=006E 0300
+01FA=00C5 0301
+01FB=00E5 0301
+01FC=00C6 0301
+01FD=00E6 0301
+01FE=00D8 0301
+01FF=00F8 0301
+0200=0041 030F
+0201=0061 030F
+0202=0041 0311
+0203=0061 0311
+0204=0045 030F
+0205=0065 030F
+0206=0045 0311
+0207=0065 0311
+0208=0049 030F
+0209=0069 030F
+020A=0049 0311
+020B=0069 0311
+020C=004F 030F
+020D=006F 030F
+020E=004F 0311
+020F=006F 0311
+0210=0052 030F
+0211=0072 030F
+0212=0052 0311
+0213=0072 0311
+0214=0055 030F
+0215=0075 030F
+0216=0055 0311
+0217=0075 0311
+0218=0053 0326
+0219=0073 0326
+021A=0054 0326
+021B=0074 0326
+021E=0048 030C
+021F=0068 030C
+0226=0041 0307
+0227=0061 0307
+0228=0045 0327
+0229=0065 0327
+022A=00D6 0304
+022B=00F6 0304
+022C=00D5 0304
+022D=00F5 0304
+022E=004F 0307
+022F=006F 0307
+0230=022E 0304
+0231=022F 0304
+0232=0059 0304
+0233=0079 0304
+02B0>0068
+02B1>0266
+02B2>006A
+02B3>0072
+02B4>0279
+02B5>027B
+02B6>0281
+02B7>0077
+02B8>0079
+02D8>0020 0306
+02D9>0020 0307
+02DA>0020 030A
+02DB>0020 0328
+02DC>0020 0303
+02DD>0020 030B
+02E0>0263
+02E1>006C
+02E2>0073
+02E3>0078
+02E4>0295
+0340>0300
+0341>0301
+0343>0313
+0344>0308 0301
+0374>02B9
+037A>0020 0345
+037E>003B
+0384>0020 0301
+0385>00A8 0301
+0386=0391 0301
+0387>00B7
+0388=0395 0301
+0389=0397 0301
+038A=0399 0301
+038C=039F 0301
+038E=03A5 0301
+038F=03A9 0301
+0390=03CA 0301
+03AA=0399 0308
+03AB=03A5 0308
+03AC=03B1 0301
+03AD=03B5 0301
+03AE=03B7 0301
+03AF=03B9 0301
+03B0=03CB 0301
+03CA=03B9 0308
+03CB=03C5 0308
+03CC=03BF 0301
+03CD=03C5 0301
+03CE=03C9 0301
+03D0>03B2
+03D1>03B8
+03D2>03A5
+03D3>03D2 0301
+03D4>03D2 0308
+03D5>03C6
+03D6>03C0
+03F0>03BA
+03F1>03C1
+03F2>03C2
+03F4>0398
+03F5>03B5
+03F9>03A3
+0400=0415 0300
+0401=0415 0308
+0403=0413 0301
+0407=0406 0308
+040C=041A 0301
+040D=0418 0300
+040E=0423 0306
+0419=0418 0306
+0439=0438 0306
+0450=0435 0300
+0451=0435 0308
+0453=0433 0301
+0457=0456 0308
+045C=043A 0301
+045D=0438 0300
+045E=0443 0306
+0476=0474 030F
+0477=0475 030F
+04C1=0416 0306
+04C2=0436 0306
+04D0=0410 0306
+04D1=0430 0306
+04D2=0410 0308
+04D3=0430 0308
+04D6=0415 0306
+04D7=0435 0306
+04DA=04D8 0308
+04DB=04D9 0308
+04DC=0416 0308
+04DD=0436 0308
+04DE=0417 0308
+04DF=0437 0308
+04E2=0418 0304
+04E3=0438 0304
+04E4=0418 0308
+04E5=0438 0308
+04E6=041E 0308
+04E7=043E 0308
+04EA=04E8 0308
+04EB=04E9 0308
+04EC=042D 0308
+04ED=044D 0308
+04EE=0423 0304
+04EF=0443 0304
+04F0=0423 0308
+04F1=0443 0308
+04F2=0423 030B
+04F3=0443 030B
+04F4=0427 0308
+04F5=0447 0308
+04F8=042B 0308
+04F9=044B 0308
+0587>0565 0582
+0622=0627 0653
+0623=0627 0654
+0624=0648 0654
+0625=0627 0655
+0626=064A 0654
+0675>0627 0674
+0676>0648 0674
+0677>06C7 0674
+0678>064A 0674
+06C0=06D5 0654
+06C2=06C1 0654
+06D3=06D2 0654
+0929=0928 093C
+0931=0930 093C
+0934=0933 093C
+0958>0915 093C
+0959>0916 093C
+095A>0917 093C
+095B>091C 093C
+095C>0921 093C
+095D>0922 093C
+095E>092B 093C
+095F>092F 093C
+09CB=09C7 09BE
+09CC=09C7 09D7
+09DC>09A1 09BC
+09DD>09A2 09BC
+09DF>09AF 09BC
+0A33>0A32 0A3C
+0A36>0A38 0A3C
+0A59>0A16 0A3C
+0A5A>0A17 0A3C
+0A5B>0A1C 0A3C
+0A5E>0A2B 0A3C
+0B48=0B47 0B56
+0B4B=0B47 0B3E
+0B4C=0B47 0B57
+0B5C>0B21 0B3C
+0B5D>0B22 0B3C
+0B94=0B92 0BD7
+0BCA=0BC6 0BBE
+0BCB=0BC7 0BBE
+0BCC=0BC6 0BD7
+0C48=0C46 0C56
+0CC0=0CBF 0CD5
+0CC7=0CC6 0CD5
+0CC8=0CC6 0CD6
+0CCA=0CC6 0CC2
+0CCB=0CCA 0CD5
+0D4A=0D46 0D3E
+0D4B=0D47 0D3E
+0D4C=0D46 0D57
+0DDA=0DD9 0DCA
+0DDC=0DD9 0DCF
+0DDD=0DDC 0DCA
+0DDE=0DD9 0DDF
+0E33>0E4D 0E32
+0EB3>0ECD 0EB2
+0EDC>0EAB 0E99
+0EDD>0EAB 0EA1
+0F0C>0F0B
+0F43>0F42 0FB7
+0F4D>0F4C 0FB7
+0F52>0F51 0FB7
+0F57>0F56 0FB7
+0F5C>0F5B 0FB7
+0F69>0F40 0FB5
+0F73>0F71 0F72
+0F75>0F71 0F74
+0F76>0FB2 0F80
+0F77>0FB2 0F81
+0F78>0FB3 0F80
+0F79>0FB3 0F81
+0F81>0F71 0F80
+0F93>0F92 0FB7
+0F9D>0F9C 0FB7
+0FA2>0FA1 0FB7
+0FA7>0FA6 0FB7
+0FAC>0FAB 0FB7
+0FB9>0F90 0FB5
+1026=1025 102E
+10FC>10DC
+1B06=1B05 1B35
+1B08=1B07 1B35
+1B0A=1B09 1B35
+1B0C=1B0B 1B35
+1B0E=1B0D 1B35
+1B12=1B11 1B35
+1B3B=1B3A 1B35
+1B3D=1B3C 1B35
+1B40=1B3E 1B35
+1B41=1B3F 1B35
+1B43=1B42 1B35
+1D2C>0041
+1D2D>00C6
+1D2E>0042
+1D30>0044
+1D31>0045
+1D32>018E
+1D33>0047
+1D34>0048
+1D35>0049
+1D36>004A
+1D37>004B
+1D38>004C
+1D39>004D
+1D3A>004E
+1D3C>004F
+1D3D>0222
+1D3E>0050
+1D3F>0052
+1D40>0054
+1D41>0055
+1D42>0057
+1D43>0061
+1D44>0250
+1D45>0251
+1D46>1D02
+1D47>0062
+1D48>0064
+1D49>0065
+1D4A>0259
+1D4B>025B
+1D4C>025C
+1D4D>0067
+1D4F>006B
+1D50>006D
+1D51>014B
+1D52>006F
+1D53>0254
+1D54>1D16
+1D55>1D17
+1D56>0070
+1D57>0074
+1D58>0075
+1D59>1D1D
+1D5A>026F
+1D5B>0076
+1D5C>1D25
+1D5D>03B2
+1D5E>03B3
+1D5F>03B4
+1D60>03C6
+1D61>03C7
+1D62>0069
+1D63>0072
+1D64>0075
+1D65>0076
+1D66>03B2
+1D67>03B3
+1D68>03C1
+1D69>03C6
+1D6A>03C7
+1D78>043D
+1D9B>0252
+1D9C>0063
+1D9D>0255
+1D9E>00F0
+1D9F>025C
+1DA0>0066
+1DA1>025F
+1DA2>0261
+1DA3>0265
+1DA4>0268
+1DA5>0269
+1DA6>026A
+1DA7>1D7B
+1DA8>029D
+1DA9>026D
+1DAA>1D85
+1DAB>029F
+1DAC>0271
+1DAD>0270
+1DAE>0272
+1DAF>0273
+1DB0>0274
+1DB1>0275
+1DB2>0278
+1DB3>0282
+1DB4>0283
+1DB5>01AB
+1DB6>0289
+1DB7>028A
+1DB8>1D1C
+1DB9>028B
+1DBA>028C
+1DBB>007A
+1DBC>0290
+1DBD>0291
+1DBE>0292
+1DBF>03B8
+1E00=0041 0325
+1E01=0061 0325
+1E02=0042 0307
+1E03=0062 0307
+1E04=0042 0323
+1E05=0062 0323
+1E06=0042 0331
+1E07=0062 0331
+1E08=00C7 0301
+1E09=00E7 0301
+1E0A=0044 0307
+1E0B=0064 0307
+1E0C=0044 0323
+1E0D=0064 0323
+1E0E=0044 0331
+1E0F=0064 0331
+1E10=0044 0327
+1E11=0064 0327
+1E12=0044 032D
+1E13=0064 032D
+1E14=0112 0300
+1E15=0113 0300
+1E16=0112 0301
+1E17=0113 0301
+1E18=0045 032D
+1E19=0065 032D
+1E1A=0045 0330
+1E1B=0065 0330
+1E1C=0228 0306
+1E1D=0229 0306
+1E1E=0046 0307
+1E1F=0066 0307
+1E20=0047 0304
+1E21=0067 0304
+1E22=0048 0307
+1E23=0068 0307
+1E24=0048 0323
+1E25=0068 0323
+1E26=0048 0308
+1E27=0068 0308
+1E28=0048 0327
+1E29=0068 0327
+1E2A=0048 032E
+1E2B=0068 032E
+1E2C=0049 0330
+1E2D=0069 0330
+1E2E=00CF 0301
+1E2F=00EF 0301
+1E30=004B 0301
+1E31=006B 0301
+1E32=004B 0323
+1E33=006B 0323
+1E34=004B 0331
+1E35=006B 0331
+1E36=004C 0323
+1E37=006C 0323
+1E38=1E36 0304
+1E39=1E37 0304
+1E3A=004C 0331
+1E3B=006C 0331
+1E3C=004C 032D
+1E3D=006C 032D
+1E3E=004D 0301
+1E3F=006D 0301
+1E40=004D 0307
+1E41=006D 0307
+1E42=004D 0323
+1E43=006D 0323
+1E44=004E 0307
+1E45=006E 0307
+1E46=004E 0323
+1E47=006E 0323
+1E48=004E 0331
+1E49=006E 0331
+1E4A=004E 032D
+1E4B=006E 032D
+1E4C=00D5 0301
+1E4D=00F5 0301
+1E4E=00D5 0308
+1E4F=00F5 0308
+1E50=014C 0300
+1E51=014D 0300
+1E52=014C 0301
+1E53=014D 0301
+1E54=0050 0301
+1E55=0070 0301
+1E56=0050 0307
+1E57=0070 0307
+1E58=0052 0307
+1E59=0072 0307
+1E5A=0052 0323
+1E5B=0072 0323
+1E5C=1E5A 0304
+1E5D=1E5B 0304
+1E5E=0052 0331
+1E5F=0072 0331
+1E60=0053 0307
+1E61=0073 0307
+1E62=0053 0323
+1E63=0073 0323
+1E64=015A 0307
+1E65=015B 0307
+1E66=0160 0307
+1E67=0161 0307
+1E68=1E62 0307
+1E69=1E63 0307
+1E6A=0054 0307
+1E6B=0074 0307
+1E6C=0054 0323
+1E6D=0074 0323
+1E6E=0054 0331
+1E6F=0074 0331
+1E70=0054 032D
+1E71=0074 032D
+1E72=0055 0324
+1E73=0075 0324
+1E74=0055 0330
+1E75=0075 0330
+1E76=0055 032D
+1E77=0075 032D
+1E78=0168 0301
+1E79=0169 0301
+1E7A=016A 0308
+1E7B=016B 0308
+1E7C=0056 0303
+1E7D=0076 0303
+1E7E=0056 0323
+1E7F=0076 0323
+1E80=0057 0300
+1E81=0077 0300
+1E82=0057 0301
+1E83=0077 0301
+1E84=0057 0308
+1E85=0077 0308
+1E86=0057 0307
+1E87=0077 0307
+1E88=0057 0323
+1E89=0077 0323
+1E8A=0058 0307
+1E8B=0078 0307
+1E8C=0058 0308
+1E8D=0078 0308
+1E8E=0059 0307
+1E8F=0079 0307
+1E90=005A 0302
+1E91=007A 0302
+1E92=005A 0323
+1E93=007A 0323
+1E94=005A 0331
+1E95=007A 0331
+1E96=0068 0331
+1E97=0074 0308
+1E98=0077 030A
+1E99=0079 030A
+1E9A>0061 02BE
+1E9B>017F 0307
+1EA0=0041 0323
+1EA1=0061 0323
+1EA2=0041 0309
+1EA3=0061 0309
+1EA4=00C2 0301
+1EA5=00E2 0301
+1EA6=00C2 0300
+1EA7=00E2 0300
+1EA8=00C2 0309
+1EA9=00E2 0309
+1EAA=00C2 0303
+1EAB=00E2 0303
+1EAC=1EA0 0302
+1EAD=1EA1 0302
+1EAE=0102 0301
+1EAF=0103 0301
+1EB0=0102 0300
+1EB1=0103 0300
+1EB2=0102 0309
+1EB3=0103 0309
+1EB4=0102 0303
+1EB5=0103 0303
+1EB6=1EA0 0306
+1EB7=1EA1 0306
+1EB8=0045 0323
+1EB9=0065 0323
+1EBA=0045 0309
+1EBB=0065 0309
+1EBC=0045 0303
+1EBD=0065 0303
+1EBE=00CA 0301
+1EBF=00EA 0301
+1EC0=00CA 0300
+1EC1=00EA 0300
+1EC2=00CA 0309
+1EC3=00EA 0309
+1EC4=00CA 0303
+1EC5=00EA 0303
+1EC6=1EB8 0302
+1EC7=1EB9 0302
+1EC8=0049 0309
+1EC9=0069 0309
+1ECA=0049 0323
+1ECB=0069 0323
+1ECC=004F 0323
+1ECD=006F 0323
+1ECE=004F 0309
+1ECF=006F 0309
+1ED0=00D4 0301
+1ED1=00F4 0301
+1ED2=00D4 0300
+1ED3=00F4 0300
+1ED4=00D4 0309
+1ED5=00F4 0309
+1ED6=00D4 0303
+1ED7=00F4 0303
+1ED8=1ECC 0302
+1ED9=1ECD 0302
+1EDA=01A0 0301
+1EDB=01A1 0301
+1EDC=01A0 0300
+1EDD=01A1 0300
+1EDE=01A0 0309
+1EDF=01A1 0309
+1EE0=01A0 0303
+1EE1=01A1 0303
+1EE2=01A0 0323
+1EE3=01A1 0323
+1EE4=0055 0323
+1EE5=0075 0323
+1EE6=0055 0309
+1EE7=0075 0309
+1EE8=01AF 0301
+1EE9=01B0 0301
+1EEA=01AF 0300
+1EEB=01B0 0300
+1EEC=01AF 0309
+1EED=01B0 0309
+1EEE=01AF 0303
+1EEF=01B0 0303
+1EF0=01AF 0323
+1EF1=01B0 0323
+1EF2=0059 0300
+1EF3=0079 0300
+1EF4=0059 0323
+1EF5=0079 0323
+1EF6=0059 0309
+1EF7=0079 0309
+1EF8=0059 0303
+1EF9=0079 0303
+1F00=03B1 0313
+1F01=03B1 0314
+1F02=1F00 0300
+1F03=1F01 0300
+1F04=1F00 0301
+1F05=1F01 0301
+1F06=1F00 0342
+1F07=1F01 0342
+1F08=0391 0313
+1F09=0391 0314
+1F0A=1F08 0300
+1F0B=1F09 0300
+1F0C=1F08 0301
+1F0D=1F09 0301
+1F0E=1F08 0342
+1F0F=1F09 0342
+1F10=03B5 0313
+1F11=03B5 0314
+1F12=1F10 0300
+1F13=1F11 0300
+1F14=1F10 0301
+1F15=1F11 0301
+1F18=0395 0313
+1F19=0395 0314
+1F1A=1F18 0300
+1F1B=1F19 0300
+1F1C=1F18 0301
+1F1D=1F19 0301
+1F20=03B7 0313
+1F21=03B7 0314
+1F22=1F20 0300
+1F23=1F21 0300
+1F24=1F20 0301
+1F25=1F21 0301
+1F26=1F20 0342
+1F27=1F21 0342
+1F28=0397 0313
+1F29=0397 0314
+1F2A=1F28 0300
+1F2B=1F29 0300
+1F2C=1F28 0301
+1F2D=1F29 0301
+1F2E=1F28 0342
+1F2F=1F29 0342
+1F30=03B9 0313
+1F31=03B9 0314
+1F32=1F30 0300
+1F33=1F31 0300
+1F34=1F30 0301
+1F35=1F31 0301
+1F36=1F30 0342
+1F37=1F31 0342
+1F38=0399 0313
+1F39=0399 0314
+1F3A=1F38 0300
+1F3B=1F39 0300
+1F3C=1F38 0301
+1F3D=1F39 0301
+1F3E=1F38 0342
+1F3F=1F39 0342
+1F40=03BF 0313
+1F41=03BF 0314
+1F42=1F40 0300
+1F43=1F41 0300
+1F44=1F40 0301
+1F45=1F41 0301
+1F48=039F 0313
+1F49=039F 0314
+1F4A=1F48 0300
+1F4B=1F49 0300
+1F4C=1F48 0301
+1F4D=1F49 0301
+1F50=03C5 0313
+1F51=03C5 0314
+1F52=1F50 0300
+1F53=1F51 0300
+1F54=1F50 0301
+1F55=1F51 0301
+1F56=1F50 0342
+1F57=1F51 0342
+1F59=03A5 0314
+1F5B=1F59 0300
+1F5D=1F59 0301
+1F5F=1F59 0342
+1F60=03C9 0313
+1F61=03C9 0314
+1F62=1F60 0300
+1F63=1F61 0300
+1F64=1F60 0301
+1F65=1F61 0301
+1F66=1F60 0342
+1F67=1F61 0342
+1F68=03A9 0313
+1F69=03A9 0314
+1F6A=1F68 0300
+1F6B=1F69 0300
+1F6C=1F68 0301
+1F6D=1F69 0301
+1F6E=1F68 0342
+1F6F=1F69 0342
+1F70=03B1 0300
+1F71>03AC
+1F72=03B5 0300
+1F73>03AD
+1F74=03B7 0300
+1F75>03AE
+1F76=03B9 0300
+1F77>03AF
+1F78=03BF 0300
+1F79>03CC
+1F7A=03C5 0300
+1F7B>03CD
+1F7C=03C9 0300
+1F7D>03CE
+1F80=1F00 0345
+1F81=1F01 0345
+1F82=1F02 0345
+1F83=1F03 0345
+1F84=1F04 0345
+1F85=1F05 0345
+1F86=1F06 0345
+1F87=1F07 0345
+1F88=1F08 0345
+1F89=1F09 0345
+1F8A=1F0A 0345
+1F8B=1F0B 0345
+1F8C=1F0C 0345
+1F8D=1F0D 0345
+1F8E=1F0E 0345
+1F8F=1F0F 0345
+1F90=1F20 0345
+1F91=1F21 0345
+1F92=1F22 0345
+1F93=1F23 0345
+1F94=1F24 0345
+1F95=1F25 0345
+1F96=1F26 0345
+1F97=1F27 0345
+1F98=1F28 0345
+1F99=1F29 0345
+1F9A=1F2A 0345
+1F9B=1F2B 0345
+1F9C=1F2C 0345
+1F9D=1F2D 0345
+1F9E=1F2E 0345
+1F9F=1F2F 0345
+1FA0=1F60 0345
+1FA1=1F61 0345
+1FA2=1F62 0345
+1FA3=1F63 0345
+1FA4=1F64 0345
+1FA5=1F65 0345
+1FA6=1F66 0345
+1FA7=1F67 0345
+1FA8=1F68 0345
+1FA9=1F69 0345
+1FAA=1F6A 0345
+1FAB=1F6B 0345
+1FAC=1F6C 0345
+1FAD=1F6D 0345
+1FAE=1F6E 0345
+1FAF=1F6F 0345
+1FB0=03B1 0306
+1FB1=03B1 0304
+1FB2=1F70 0345
+1FB3=03B1 0345
+1FB4=03AC 0345
+1FB6=03B1 0342
+1FB7=1FB6 0345
+1FB8=0391 0306
+1FB9=0391 0304
+1FBA=0391 0300
+1FBB>0386
+1FBC=0391 0345
+1FBD>0020 0313
+1FBE>03B9
+1FBF>0020 0313
+1FC0>0020 0342
+1FC1>00A8 0342
+1FC2=1F74 0345
+1FC3=03B7 0345
+1FC4=03AE 0345
+1FC6=03B7 0342
+1FC7=1FC6 0345
+1FC8=0395 0300
+1FC9>0388
+1FCA=0397 0300
+1FCB>0389
+1FCC=0397 0345
+1FCD>1FBF 0300
+1FCE>1FBF 0301
+1FCF>1FBF 0342
+1FD0=03B9 0306
+1FD1=03B9 0304
+1FD2=03CA 0300
+1FD3>0390
+1FD6=03B9 0342
+1FD7=03CA 0342
+1FD8=0399 0306
+1FD9=0399 0304
+1FDA=0399 0300
+1FDB>038A
+1FDD>1FFE 0300
+1FDE>1FFE 0301
+1FDF>1FFE 0342
+1FE0=03C5 0306
+1FE1=03C5 0304
+1FE2=03CB 0300
+1FE3>03B0
+1FE4=03C1 0313
+1FE5=03C1 0314
+1FE6=03C5 0342
+1FE7=03CB 0342
+1FE8=03A5 0306
+1FE9=03A5 0304
+1FEA=03A5 0300
+1FEB>038E
+1FEC=03A1 0314
+1FED>00A8 0300
+1FEE>0385
+1FEF>0060
+1FF2=1F7C 0345
+1FF3=03C9 0345
+1FF4=03CE 0345
+1FF6=03C9 0342
+1FF7=1FF6 0345
+1FF8=039F 0300
+1FF9>038C
+1FFA=03A9 0300
+1FFB>038F
+1FFC=03A9 0345
+1FFD>00B4
+1FFE>0020 0314
+2000>2002
+2001>2003
+2002>0020
+2003>0020
+2004>0020
+2005>0020
+2006>0020
+2007>0020
+2008>0020
+2009>0020
+200A>0020
+2011>2010
+2017>0020 0333
+2024>002E
+2025>002E 002E
+2026>002E 002E 002E
+202F>0020
+2033>2032 2032
+2034>2032 2032 2032
+2036>2035 2035
+2037>2035 2035 2035
+203C>0021 0021
+203E>0020 0305
+2047>003F 003F
+2048>003F 0021
+2049>0021 003F
+2057>2032 2032 2032 2032
+205F>0020
+2070>0030
+2071>0069
+2074>0034
+2075>0035
+2076>0036
+2077>0037
+2078>0038
+2079>0039
+207A>002B
+207B>2212
+207C>003D
+207D>0028
+207E>0029
+207F>006E
+2080>0030
+2081>0031
+2082>0032
+2083>0033
+2084>0034
+2085>0035
+2086>0036
+2087>0037
+2088>0038
+2089>0039
+208A>002B
+208B>2212
+208C>003D
+208D>0028
+208E>0029
+2090>0061
+2091>0065
+2092>006F
+2093>0078
+2094>0259
+20A8>0052 0073
+2100>0061 002F 0063
+2101>0061 002F 0073
+2102>0043
+2103>00B0 0043
+2105>0063 002F 006F
+2106>0063 002F 0075
+2107>0190
+2109>00B0 0046
+210A>0067
+210B>0048
+210C>0048
+210D>0048
+210E>0068
+210F>0127
+2110>0049
+2111>0049
+2112>004C
+2113>006C
+2115>004E
+2116>004E 006F
+2119>0050
+211A>0051
+211B>0052
+211C>0052
+211D>0052
+2120>0053 004D
+2121>0054 0045 004C
+2122>0054 004D
+2124>005A
+2126>03A9
+2128>005A
+212A>004B
+212B>00C5
+212C>0042
+212D>0043
+212F>0065
+2130>0045
+2131>0046
+2133>004D
+2134>006F
+2135>05D0
+2136>05D1
+2137>05D2
+2138>05D3
+2139>0069
+213B>0046 0041 0058
+213C>03C0
+213D>03B3
+213E>0393
+213F>03A0
+2140>2211
+2145>0044
+2146>0064
+2147>0065
+2148>0069
+2149>006A
+2150>0031 2044 0037
+2151>0031 2044 0039
+2152>0031 2044 0031 0030
+2153>0031 2044 0033
+2154>0032 2044 0033
+2155>0031 2044 0035
+2156>0032 2044 0035
+2157>0033 2044 0035
+2158>0034 2044 0035
+2159>0031 2044 0036
+215A>0035 2044 0036
+215B>0031 2044 0038
+215C>0033 2044 0038
+215D>0035 2044 0038
+215E>0037 2044 0038
+215F>0031 2044
+2160>0049
+2161>0049 0049
+2162>0049 0049 0049
+2163>0049 0056
+2164>0056
+2165>0056 0049
+2166>0056 0049 0049
+2167>0056 0049 0049 0049
+2168>0049 0058
+2169>0058
+216A>0058 0049
+216B>0058 0049 0049
+216C>004C
+216D>0043
+216E>0044
+216F>004D
+2170>0069
+2171>0069 0069
+2172>0069 0069 0069
+2173>0069 0076
+2174>0076
+2175>0076 0069
+2176>0076 0069 0069
+2177>0076 0069 0069 0069
+2178>0069 0078
+2179>0078
+217A>0078 0069
+217B>0078 0069 0069
+217C>006C
+217D>0063
+217E>0064
+217F>006D
+2189>0030 2044 0033
+219A=2190 0338
+219B=2192 0338
+21AE=2194 0338
+21CD=21D0 0338
+21CE=21D4 0338
+21CF=21D2 0338
+2204=2203 0338
+2209=2208 0338
+220C=220B 0338
+2224=2223 0338
+2226=2225 0338
+222C>222B 222B
+222D>222B 222B 222B
+222F>222E 222E
+2230>222E 222E 222E
+2241=223C 0338
+2244=2243 0338
+2247=2245 0338
+2249=2248 0338
+2260=003D 0338
+2262=2261 0338
+226D=224D 0338
+226E=003C 0338
+226F=003E 0338
+2270=2264 0338
+2271=2265 0338
+2274=2272 0338
+2275=2273 0338
+2278=2276 0338
+2279=2277 0338
+2280=227A 0338
+2281=227B 0338
+2284=2282 0338
+2285=2283 0338
+2288=2286 0338
+2289=2287 0338
+22AC=22A2 0338
+22AD=22A8 0338
+22AE=22A9 0338
+22AF=22AB 0338
+22E0=227C 0338
+22E1=227D 0338
+22E2=2291 0338
+22E3=2292 0338
+22EA=22B2 0338
+22EB=22B3 0338
+22EC=22B4 0338
+22ED=22B5 0338
+2329>3008
+232A>3009
+2460>0031
+2461>0032
+2462>0033
+2463>0034
+2464>0035
+2465>0036
+2466>0037
+2467>0038
+2468>0039
+2469>0031 0030
+246A>0031 0031
+246B>0031 0032
+246C>0031 0033
+246D>0031 0034
+246E>0031 0035
+246F>0031 0036
+2470>0031 0037
+2471>0031 0038
+2472>0031 0039
+2473>0032 0030
+2474>0028 0031 0029
+2475>0028 0032 0029
+2476>0028 0033 0029
+2477>0028 0034 0029
+2478>0028 0035 0029
+2479>0028 0036 0029
+247A>0028 0037 0029
+247B>0028 0038 0029
+247C>0028 0039 0029
+247D>0028 0031 0030 0029
+247E>0028 0031 0031 0029
+247F>0028 0031 0032 0029
+2480>0028 0031 0033 0029
+2481>0028 0031 0034 0029
+2482>0028 0031 0035 0029
+2483>0028 0031 0036 0029
+2484>0028 0031 0037 0029
+2485>0028 0031 0038 0029
+2486>0028 0031 0039 0029
+2487>0028 0032 0030 0029
+2488>0031 002E
+2489>0032 002E
+248A>0033 002E
+248B>0034 002E
+248C>0035 002E
+248D>0036 002E
+248E>0037 002E
+248F>0038 002E
+2490>0039 002E
+2491>0031 0030 002E
+2492>0031 0031 002E
+2493>0031 0032 002E
+2494>0031 0033 002E
+2495>0031 0034 002E
+2496>0031 0035 002E
+2497>0031 0036 002E
+2498>0031 0037 002E
+2499>0031 0038 002E
+249A>0031 0039 002E
+249B>0032 0030 002E
+249C>0028 0061 0029
+249D>0028 0062 0029
+249E>0028 0063 0029
+249F>0028 0064 0029
+24A0>0028 0065 0029
+24A1>0028 0066 0029
+24A2>0028 0067 0029
+24A3>0028 0068 0029
+24A4>0028 0069 0029
+24A5>0028 006A 0029
+24A6>0028 006B 0029
+24A7>0028 006C 0029
+24A8>0028 006D 0029
+24A9>0028 006E 0029
+24AA>0028 006F 0029
+24AB>0028 0070 0029
+24AC>0028 0071 0029
+24AD>0028 0072 0029
+24AE>0028 0073 0029
+24AF>0028 0074 0029
+24B0>0028 0075 0029
+24B1>0028 0076 0029
+24B2>0028 0077 0029
+24B3>0028 0078 0029
+24B4>0028 0079 0029
+24B5>0028 007A 0029
+24B6>0041
+24B7>0042
+24B8>0043
+24B9>0044
+24BA>0045
+24BB>0046
+24BC>0047
+24BD>0048
+24BE>0049
+24BF>004A
+24C0>004B
+24C1>004C
+24C2>004D
+24C3>004E
+24C4>004F
+24C5>0050
+24C6>0051
+24C7>0052
+24C8>0053
+24C9>0054
+24CA>0055
+24CB>0056
+24CC>0057
+24CD>0058
+24CE>0059
+24CF>005A
+24D0>0061
+24D1>0062
+24D2>0063
+24D3>0064
+24D4>0065
+24D5>0066
+24D6>0067
+24D7>0068
+24D8>0069
+24D9>006A
+24DA>006B
+24DB>006C
+24DC>006D
+24DD>006E
+24DE>006F
+24DF>0070
+24E0>0071
+24E1>0072
+24E2>0073
+24E3>0074
+24E4>0075
+24E5>0076
+24E6>0077
+24E7>0078
+24E8>0079
+24E9>007A
+24EA>0030
+2A0C>222B 222B 222B 222B
+2A74>003A 003A 003D
+2A75>003D 003D
+2A76>003D 003D 003D
+2ADC>2ADD 0338
+2C7C>006A
+2C7D>0056
+2D6F>2D61
+2E9F>6BCD
+2EF3>9F9F
+2F00>4E00
+2F01>4E28
+2F02>4E36
+2F03>4E3F
+2F04>4E59
+2F05>4E85
+2F06>4E8C
+2F07>4EA0
+2F08>4EBA
+2F09>513F
+2F0A>5165
+2F0B>516B
+2F0C>5182
+2F0D>5196
+2F0E>51AB
+2F0F>51E0
+2F10>51F5
+2F11>5200
+2F12>529B
+2F13>52F9
+2F14>5315
+2F15>531A
+2F16>5338
+2F17>5341
+2F18>535C
+2F19>5369
+2F1A>5382
+2F1B>53B6
+2F1C>53C8
+2F1D>53E3
+2F1E>56D7
+2F1F>571F
+2F20>58EB
+2F21>5902
+2F22>590A
+2F23>5915
+2F24>5927
+2F25>5973
+2F26>5B50
+2F27>5B80
+2F28>5BF8
+2F29>5C0F
+2F2A>5C22
+2F2B>5C38
+2F2C>5C6E
+2F2D>5C71
+2F2E>5DDB
+2F2F>5DE5
+2F30>5DF1
+2F31>5DFE
+2F32>5E72
+2F33>5E7A
+2F34>5E7F
+2F35>5EF4
+2F36>5EFE
+2F37>5F0B
+2F38>5F13
+2F39>5F50
+2F3A>5F61
+2F3B>5F73
+2F3C>5FC3
+2F3D>6208
+2F3E>6236
+2F3F>624B
+2F40>652F
+2F41>6534
+2F42>6587
+2F43>6597
+2F44>65A4
+2F45>65B9
+2F46>65E0
+2F47>65E5
+2F48>66F0
+2F49>6708
+2F4A>6728
+2F4B>6B20
+2F4C>6B62
+2F4D>6B79
+2F4E>6BB3
+2F4F>6BCB
+2F50>6BD4
+2F51>6BDB
+2F52>6C0F
+2F53>6C14
+2F54>6C34
+2F55>706B
+2F56>722A
+2F57>7236
+2F58>723B
+2F59>723F
+2F5A>7247
+2F5B>7259
+2F5C>725B
+2F5D>72AC
+2F5E>7384
+2F5F>7389
+2F60>74DC
+2F61>74E6
+2F62>7518
+2F63>751F
+2F64>7528
+2F65>7530
+2F66>758B
+2F67>7592
+2F68>7676
+2F69>767D
+2F6A>76AE
+2F6B>76BF
+2F6C>76EE
+2F6D>77DB
+2F6E>77E2
+2F6F>77F3
+2F70>793A
+2F71>79B8
+2F72>79BE
+2F73>7A74
+2F74>7ACB
+2F75>7AF9
+2F76>7C73
+2F77>7CF8
+2F78>7F36
+2F79>7F51
+2F7A>7F8A
+2F7B>7FBD
+2F7C>8001
+2F7D>800C
+2F7E>8012
+2F7F>8033
+2F80>807F
+2F81>8089
+2F82>81E3
+2F83>81EA
+2F84>81F3
+2F85>81FC
+2F86>820C
+2F87>821B
+2F88>821F
+2F89>826E
+2F8A>8272
+2F8B>8278
+2F8C>864D
+2F8D>866B
+2F8E>8840
+2F8F>884C
+2F90>8863
+2F91>897E
+2F92>898B
+2F93>89D2
+2F94>8A00
+2F95>8C37
+2F96>8C46
+2F97>8C55
+2F98>8C78
+2F99>8C9D
+2F9A>8D64
+2F9B>8D70
+2F9C>8DB3
+2F9D>8EAB
+2F9E>8ECA
+2F9F>8F9B
+2FA0>8FB0
+2FA1>8FB5
+2FA2>9091
+2FA3>9149
+2FA4>91C6
+2FA5>91CC
+2FA6>91D1
+2FA7>9577
+2FA8>9580
+2FA9>961C
+2FAA>96B6
+2FAB>96B9
+2FAC>96E8
+2FAD>9751
+2FAE>975E
+2FAF>9762
+2FB0>9769
+2FB1>97CB
+2FB2>97ED
+2FB3>97F3
+2FB4>9801
+2FB5>98A8
+2FB6>98DB
+2FB7>98DF
+2FB8>9996
+2FB9>9999
+2FBA>99AC
+2FBB>9AA8
+2FBC>9AD8
+2FBD>9ADF
+2FBE>9B25
+2FBF>9B2F
+2FC0>9B32
+2FC1>9B3C
+2FC2>9B5A
+2FC3>9CE5
+2FC4>9E75
+2FC5>9E7F
+2FC6>9EA5
+2FC7>9EBB
+2FC8>9EC3
+2FC9>9ECD
+2FCA>9ED1
+2FCB>9EF9
+2FCC>9EFD
+2FCD>9F0E
+2FCE>9F13
+2FCF>9F20
+2FD0>9F3B
+2FD1>9F4A
+2FD2>9F52
+2FD3>9F8D
+2FD4>9F9C
+2FD5>9FA0
+3000>0020
+3036>3012
+3038>5341
+3039>5344
+303A>5345
+304C=304B 3099
+304E=304D 3099
+3050=304F 3099
+3052=3051 3099
+3054=3053 3099
+3056=3055 3099
+3058=3057 3099
+305A=3059 3099
+305C=305B 3099
+305E=305D 3099
+3060=305F 3099
+3062=3061 3099
+3065=3064 3099
+3067=3066 3099
+3069=3068 3099
+3070=306F 3099
+3071=306F 309A
+3073=3072 3099
+3074=3072 309A
+3076=3075 3099
+3077=3075 309A
+3079=3078 3099
+307A=3078 309A
+307C=307B 3099
+307D=307B 309A
+3094=3046 3099
+309B>0020 3099
+309C>0020 309A
+309E=309D 3099
+309F>3088 308A
+30AC=30AB 3099
+30AE=30AD 3099
+30B0=30AF 3099
+30B2=30B1 3099
+30B4=30B3 3099
+30B6=30B5 3099
+30B8=30B7 3099
+30BA=30B9 3099
+30BC=30BB 3099
+30BE=30BD 3099
+30C0=30BF 3099
+30C2=30C1 3099
+30C5=30C4 3099
+30C7=30C6 3099
+30C9=30C8 3099
+30D0=30CF 3099
+30D1=30CF 309A
+30D3=30D2 3099
+30D4=30D2 309A
+30D6=30D5 3099
+30D7=30D5 309A
+30D9=30D8 3099
+30DA=30D8 309A
+30DC=30DB 3099
+30DD=30DB 309A
+30F4=30A6 3099
+30F7=30EF 3099
+30F8=30F0 3099
+30F9=30F1 3099
+30FA=30F2 3099
+30FE=30FD 3099
+30FF>30B3 30C8
+3131>1100
+3132>1101
+3133>11AA
+3134>1102
+3135>11AC
+3136>11AD
+3137>1103
+3138>1104
+3139>1105
+313A>11B0
+313B>11B1
+313C>11B2
+313D>11B3
+313E>11B4
+313F>11B5
+3140>111A
+3141>1106
+3142>1107
+3143>1108
+3144>1121
+3145>1109
+3146>110A
+3147>110B
+3148>110C
+3149>110D
+314A>110E
+314B>110F
+314C>1110
+314D>1111
+314E>1112
+314F>1161
+3150>1162
+3151>1163
+3152>1164
+3153>1165
+3154>1166
+3155>1167
+3156>1168
+3157>1169
+3158>116A
+3159>116B
+315A>116C
+315B>116D
+315C>116E
+315D>116F
+315E>1170
+315F>1171
+3160>1172
+3161>1173
+3162>1174
+3163>1175
+3164>1160
+3165>1114
+3166>1115
+3167>11C7
+3168>11C8
+3169>11CC
+316A>11CE
+316B>11D3
+316C>11D7
+316D>11D9
+316E>111C
+316F>11DD
+3170>11DF
+3171>111D
+3172>111E
+3173>1120
+3174>1122
+3175>1123
+3176>1127
+3177>1129
+3178>112B
+3179>112C
+317A>112D
+317B>112E
+317C>112F
+317D>1132
+317E>1136
+317F>1140
+3180>1147
+3181>114C
+3182>11F1
+3183>11F2
+3184>1157
+3185>1158
+3186>1159
+3187>1184
+3188>1185
+3189>1188
+318A>1191
+318B>1192
+318C>1194
+318D>119E
+318E>11A1
+3192>4E00
+3193>4E8C
+3194>4E09
+3195>56DB
+3196>4E0A
+3197>4E2D
+3198>4E0B
+3199>7532
+319A>4E59
+319B>4E19
+319C>4E01
+319D>5929
+319E>5730
+319F>4EBA
+3200>0028 1100 0029
+3201>0028 1102 0029
+3202>0028 1103 0029
+3203>0028 1105 0029
+3204>0028 1106 0029
+3205>0028 1107 0029
+3206>0028 1109 0029
+3207>0028 110B 0029
+3208>0028 110C 0029
+3209>0028 110E 0029
+320A>0028 110F 0029
+320B>0028 1110 0029
+320C>0028 1111 0029
+320D>0028 1112 0029
+320E>0028 1100 1161 0029
+320F>0028 1102 1161 0029
+3210>0028 1103 1161 0029
+3211>0028 1105 1161 0029
+3212>0028 1106 1161 0029
+3213>0028 1107 1161 0029
+3214>0028 1109 1161 0029
+3215>0028 110B 1161 0029
+3216>0028 110C 1161 0029
+3217>0028 110E 1161 0029
+3218>0028 110F 1161 0029
+3219>0028 1110 1161 0029
+321A>0028 1111 1161 0029
+321B>0028 1112 1161 0029
+321C>0028 110C 116E 0029
+321D>0028 110B 1169 110C 1165 11AB 0029
+321E>0028 110B 1169 1112 116E 0029
+3220>0028 4E00 0029
+3221>0028 4E8C 0029
+3222>0028 4E09 0029
+3223>0028 56DB 0029
+3224>0028 4E94 0029
+3225>0028 516D 0029
+3226>0028 4E03 0029
+3227>0028 516B 0029
+3228>0028 4E5D 0029
+3229>0028 5341 0029
+322A>0028 6708 0029
+322B>0028 706B 0029
+322C>0028 6C34 0029
+322D>0028 6728 0029
+322E>0028 91D1 0029
+322F>0028 571F 0029
+3230>0028 65E5 0029
+3231>0028 682A 0029
+3232>0028 6709 0029
+3233>0028 793E 0029
+3234>0028 540D 0029
+3235>0028 7279 0029
+3236>0028 8CA1 0029
+3237>0028 795D 0029
+3238>0028 52B4 0029
+3239>0028 4EE3 0029
+323A>0028 547C 0029
+323B>0028 5B66 0029
+323C>0028 76E3 0029
+323D>0028 4F01 0029
+323E>0028 8CC7 0029
+323F>0028 5354 0029
+3240>0028 796D 0029
+3241>0028 4F11 0029
+3242>0028 81EA 0029
+3243>0028 81F3 0029
+3244>554F
+3245>5E7C
+3246>6587
+3247>7B8F
+3250>0050 0054 0045
+3251>0032 0031
+3252>0032 0032
+3253>0032 0033
+3254>0032 0034
+3255>0032 0035
+3256>0032 0036
+3257>0032 0037
+3258>0032 0038
+3259>0032 0039
+325A>0033 0030
+325B>0033 0031
+325C>0033 0032
+325D>0033 0033
+325E>0033 0034
+325F>0033 0035
+3260>1100
+3261>1102
+3262>1103
+3263>1105
+3264>1106
+3265>1107
+3266>1109
+3267>110B
+3268>110C
+3269>110E
+326A>110F
+326B>1110
+326C>1111
+326D>1112
+326E>1100 1161
+326F>1102 1161
+3270>1103 1161
+3271>1105 1161
+3272>1106 1161
+3273>1107 1161
+3274>1109 1161
+3275>110B 1161
+3276>110C 1161
+3277>110E 1161
+3278>110F 1161
+3279>1110 1161
+327A>1111 1161
+327B>1112 1161
+327C>110E 1161 11B7 1100 1169
+327D>110C 116E 110B 1174
+327E>110B 116E
+3280>4E00
+3281>4E8C
+3282>4E09
+3283>56DB
+3284>4E94
+3285>516D
+3286>4E03
+3287>516B
+3288>4E5D
+3289>5341
+328A>6708
+328B>706B
+328C>6C34
+328D>6728
+328E>91D1
+328F>571F
+3290>65E5
+3291>682A
+3292>6709
+3293>793E
+3294>540D
+3295>7279
+3296>8CA1
+3297>795D
+3298>52B4
+3299>79D8
+329A>7537
+329B>5973
+329C>9069
+329D>512A
+329E>5370
+329F>6CE8
+32A0>9805
+32A1>4F11
+32A2>5199
+32A3>6B63
+32A4>4E0A
+32A5>4E2D
+32A6>4E0B
+32A7>5DE6
+32A8>53F3
+32A9>533B
+32AA>5B97
+32AB>5B66
+32AC>76E3
+32AD>4F01
+32AE>8CC7
+32AF>5354
+32B0>591C
+32B1>0033 0036
+32B2>0033 0037
+32B3>0033 0038
+32B4>0033 0039
+32B5>0034 0030
+32B6>0034 0031
+32B7>0034 0032
+32B8>0034 0033
+32B9>0034 0034
+32BA>0034 0035
+32BB>0034 0036
+32BC>0034 0037
+32BD>0034 0038
+32BE>0034 0039
+32BF>0035 0030
+32C0>0031 6708
+32C1>0032 6708
+32C2>0033 6708
+32C3>0034 6708
+32C4>0035 6708
+32C5>0036 6708
+32C6>0037 6708
+32C7>0038 6708
+32C8>0039 6708
+32C9>0031 0030 6708
+32CA>0031 0031 6708
+32CB>0031 0032 6708
+32CC>0048 0067
+32CD>0065 0072 0067
+32CE>0065 0056
+32CF>004C 0054 0044
+32D0>30A2
+32D1>30A4
+32D2>30A6
+32D3>30A8
+32D4>30AA
+32D5>30AB
+32D6>30AD
+32D7>30AF
+32D8>30B1
+32D9>30B3
+32DA>30B5
+32DB>30B7
+32DC>30B9
+32DD>30BB
+32DE>30BD
+32DF>30BF
+32E0>30C1
+32E1>30C4
+32E2>30C6
+32E3>30C8
+32E4>30CA
+32E5>30CB
+32E6>30CC
+32E7>30CD
+32E8>30CE
+32E9>30CF
+32EA>30D2
+32EB>30D5
+32EC>30D8
+32ED>30DB
+32EE>30DE
+32EF>30DF
+32F0>30E0
+32F1>30E1
+32F2>30E2
+32F3>30E4
+32F4>30E6
+32F5>30E8
+32F6>30E9
+32F7>30EA
+32F8>30EB
+32F9>30EC
+32FA>30ED
+32FB>30EF
+32FC>30F0
+32FD>30F1
+32FE>30F2
+3300>30A2 30D1 30FC 30C8
+3301>30A2 30EB 30D5 30A1
+3302>30A2 30F3 30DA 30A2
+3303>30A2 30FC 30EB
+3304>30A4 30CB 30F3 30B0
+3305>30A4 30F3 30C1
+3306>30A6 30A9 30F3
+3307>30A8 30B9 30AF 30FC 30C9
+3308>30A8 30FC 30AB 30FC
+3309>30AA 30F3 30B9
+330A>30AA 30FC 30E0
+330B>30AB 30A4 30EA
+330C>30AB 30E9 30C3 30C8
+330D>30AB 30ED 30EA 30FC
+330E>30AC 30ED 30F3
+330F>30AC 30F3 30DE
+3310>30AE 30AC
+3311>30AE 30CB 30FC
+3312>30AD 30E5 30EA 30FC
+3313>30AE 30EB 30C0 30FC
+3314>30AD 30ED
+3315>30AD 30ED 30B0 30E9 30E0
+3316>30AD 30ED 30E1 30FC 30C8 30EB
+3317>30AD 30ED 30EF 30C3 30C8
+3318>30B0 30E9 30E0
+3319>30B0 30E9 30E0 30C8 30F3
+331A>30AF 30EB 30BC 30A4 30ED
+331B>30AF 30ED 30FC 30CD
+331C>30B1 30FC 30B9
+331D>30B3 30EB 30CA
+331E>30B3 30FC 30DD
+331F>30B5 30A4 30AF 30EB
+3320>30B5 30F3 30C1 30FC 30E0
+3321>30B7 30EA 30F3 30B0
+3322>30BB 30F3 30C1
+3323>30BB 30F3 30C8
+3324>30C0 30FC 30B9
+3325>30C7 30B7
+3326>30C9 30EB
+3327>30C8 30F3
+3328>30CA 30CE
+3329>30CE 30C3 30C8
+332A>30CF 30A4 30C4
+332B>30D1 30FC 30BB 30F3 30C8
+332C>30D1 30FC 30C4
+332D>30D0 30FC 30EC 30EB
+332E>30D4 30A2 30B9 30C8 30EB
+332F>30D4 30AF 30EB
+3330>30D4 30B3
+3331>30D3 30EB
+3332>30D5 30A1 30E9 30C3 30C9
+3333>30D5 30A3 30FC 30C8
+3334>30D6 30C3 30B7 30A7 30EB
+3335>30D5 30E9 30F3
+3336>30D8 30AF 30BF 30FC 30EB
+3337>30DA 30BD
+3338>30DA 30CB 30D2
+3339>30D8 30EB 30C4
+333A>30DA 30F3 30B9
+333B>30DA 30FC 30B8
+333C>30D9 30FC 30BF
+333D>30DD 30A4 30F3 30C8
+333E>30DC 30EB 30C8
+333F>30DB 30F3
+3340>30DD 30F3 30C9
+3341>30DB 30FC 30EB
+3342>30DB 30FC 30F3
+3343>30DE 30A4 30AF 30ED
+3344>30DE 30A4 30EB
+3345>30DE 30C3 30CF
+3346>30DE 30EB 30AF
+3347>30DE 30F3 30B7 30E7 30F3
+3348>30DF 30AF 30ED 30F3
+3349>30DF 30EA
+334A>30DF 30EA 30D0 30FC 30EB
+334B>30E1 30AC
+334C>30E1 30AC 30C8 30F3
+334D>30E1 30FC 30C8 30EB
+334E>30E4 30FC 30C9
+334F>30E4 30FC 30EB
+3350>30E6 30A2 30F3
+3351>30EA 30C3 30C8 30EB
+3352>30EA 30E9
+3353>30EB 30D4 30FC
+3354>30EB 30FC 30D6 30EB
+3355>30EC 30E0
+3356>30EC 30F3 30C8 30B2 30F3
+3357>30EF 30C3 30C8
+3358>0030 70B9
+3359>0031 70B9
+335A>0032 70B9
+335B>0033 70B9
+335C>0034 70B9
+335D>0035 70B9
+335E>0036 70B9
+335F>0037 70B9
+3360>0038 70B9
+3361>0039 70B9
+3362>0031 0030 70B9
+3363>0031 0031 70B9
+3364>0031 0032 70B9
+3365>0031 0033 70B9
+3366>0031 0034 70B9
+3367>0031 0035 70B9
+3368>0031 0036 70B9
+3369>0031 0037 70B9
+336A>0031 0038 70B9
+336B>0031 0039 70B9
+336C>0032 0030 70B9
+336D>0032 0031 70B9
+336E>0032 0032 70B9
+336F>0032 0033 70B9
+3370>0032 0034 70B9
+3371>0068 0050 0061
+3372>0064 0061
+3373>0041 0055
+3374>0062 0061 0072
+3375>006F 0056
+3376>0070 0063
+3377>0064 006D
+3378>0064 006D 00B2
+3379>0064 006D 00B3
+337A>0049 0055
+337B>5E73 6210
+337C>662D 548C
+337D>5927 6B63
+337E>660E 6CBB
+337F>682A 5F0F 4F1A 793E
+3380>0070 0041
+3381>006E 0041
+3382>03BC 0041
+3383>006D 0041
+3384>006B 0041
+3385>004B 0042
+3386>004D 0042
+3387>0047 0042
+3388>0063 0061 006C
+3389>006B 0063 0061 006C
+338A>0070 0046
+338B>006E 0046
+338C>03BC 0046
+338D>03BC 0067
+338E>006D 0067
+338F>006B 0067
+3390>0048 007A
+3391>006B 0048 007A
+3392>004D 0048 007A
+3393>0047 0048 007A
+3394>0054 0048 007A
+3395>03BC 2113
+3396>006D 2113
+3397>0064 2113
+3398>006B 2113
+3399>0066 006D
+339A>006E 006D
+339B>03BC 006D
+339C>006D 006D
+339D>0063 006D
+339E>006B 006D
+339F>006D 006D 00B2
+33A0>0063 006D 00B2
+33A1>006D 00B2
+33A2>006B 006D 00B2
+33A3>006D 006D 00B3
+33A4>0063 006D 00B3
+33A5>006D 00B3
+33A6>006B 006D 00B3
+33A7>006D 2215 0073
+33A8>006D 2215 0073 00B2
+33A9>0050 0061
+33AA>006B 0050 0061
+33AB>004D 0050 0061
+33AC>0047 0050 0061
+33AD>0072 0061 0064
+33AE>0072 0061 0064 2215 0073
+33AF>0072 0061 0064 2215 0073 00B2
+33B0>0070 0073
+33B1>006E 0073
+33B2>03BC 0073
+33B3>006D 0073
+33B4>0070 0056
+33B5>006E 0056
+33B6>03BC 0056
+33B7>006D 0056
+33B8>006B 0056
+33B9>004D 0056
+33BA>0070 0057
+33BB>006E 0057
+33BC>03BC 0057
+33BD>006D 0057
+33BE>006B 0057
+33BF>004D 0057
+33C0>006B 03A9
+33C1>004D 03A9
+33C2>0061 002E 006D 002E
+33C3>0042 0071
+33C4>0063 0063
+33C5>0063 0064
+33C6>0043 2215 006B 0067
+33C7>0043 006F 002E
+33C8>0064 0042
+33C9>0047 0079
+33CA>0068 0061
+33CB>0048 0050
+33CC>0069 006E
+33CD>004B 004B
+33CE>004B 004D
+33CF>006B 0074
+33D0>006C 006D
+33D1>006C 006E
+33D2>006C 006F 0067
+33D3>006C 0078
+33D4>006D 0062
+33D5>006D 0069 006C
+33D6>006D 006F 006C
+33D7>0050 0048
+33D8>0070 002E 006D 002E
+33D9>0050 0050 004D
+33DA>0050 0052
+33DB>0073 0072
+33DC>0053 0076
+33DD>0057 0062
+33DE>0056 2215 006D
+33DF>0041 2215 006D
+33E0>0031 65E5
+33E1>0032 65E5
+33E2>0033 65E5
+33E3>0034 65E5
+33E4>0035 65E5
+33E5>0036 65E5
+33E6>0037 65E5
+33E7>0038 65E5
+33E8>0039 65E5
+33E9>0031 0030 65E5
+33EA>0031 0031 65E5
+33EB>0031 0032 65E5
+33EC>0031 0033 65E5
+33ED>0031 0034 65E5
+33EE>0031 0035 65E5
+33EF>0031 0036 65E5
+33F0>0031 0037 65E5
+33F1>0031 0038 65E5
+33F2>0031 0039 65E5
+33F3>0032 0030 65E5
+33F4>0032 0031 65E5
+33F5>0032 0032 65E5
+33F6>0032 0033 65E5
+33F7>0032 0034 65E5
+33F8>0032 0035 65E5
+33F9>0032 0036 65E5
+33FA>0032 0037 65E5
+33FB>0032 0038 65E5
+33FC>0032 0039 65E5
+33FD>0033 0030 65E5
+33FE>0033 0031 65E5
+33FF>0067 0061 006C
+A770>A76F
+F900>8C48
+F901>66F4
+F902>8ECA
+F903>8CC8
+F904>6ED1
+F905>4E32
+F906>53E5
+F907>9F9C
+F908>9F9C
+F909>5951
+F90A>91D1
+F90B>5587
+F90C>5948
+F90D>61F6
+F90E>7669
+F90F>7F85
+F910>863F
+F911>87BA
+F912>88F8
+F913>908F
+F914>6A02
+F915>6D1B
+F916>70D9
+F917>73DE
+F918>843D
+F919>916A
+F91A>99F1
+F91B>4E82
+F91C>5375
+F91D>6B04
+F91E>721B
+F91F>862D
+F920>9E1E
+F921>5D50
+F922>6FEB
+F923>85CD
+F924>8964
+F925>62C9
+F926>81D8
+F927>881F
+F928>5ECA
+F929>6717
+F92A>6D6A
+F92B>72FC
+F92C>90CE
+F92D>4F86
+F92E>51B7
+F92F>52DE
+F930>64C4
+F931>6AD3
+F932>7210
+F933>76E7
+F934>8001
+F935>8606
+F936>865C
+F937>8DEF
+F938>9732
+F939>9B6F
+F93A>9DFA
+F93B>788C
+F93C>797F
+F93D>7DA0
+F93E>83C9
+F93F>9304
+F940>9E7F
+F941>8AD6
+F942>58DF
+F943>5F04
+F944>7C60
+F945>807E
+F946>7262
+F947>78CA
+F948>8CC2
+F949>96F7
+F94A>58D8
+F94B>5C62
+F94C>6A13
+F94D>6DDA
+F94E>6F0F
+F94F>7D2F
+F950>7E37
+F951>964B
+F952>52D2
+F953>808B
+F954>51DC
+F955>51CC
+F956>7A1C
+F957>7DBE
+F958>83F1
+F959>9675
+F95A>8B80
+F95B>62CF
+F95C>6A02
+F95D>8AFE
+F95E>4E39
+F95F>5BE7
+F960>6012
+F961>7387
+F962>7570
+F963>5317
+F964>78FB
+F965>4FBF
+F966>5FA9
+F967>4E0D
+F968>6CCC
+F969>6578
+F96A>7D22
+F96B>53C3
+F96C>585E
+F96D>7701
+F96E>8449
+F96F>8AAA
+F970>6BBA
+F971>8FB0
+F972>6C88
+F973>62FE
+F974>82E5
+F975>63A0
+F976>7565
+F977>4EAE
+F978>5169
+F979>51C9
+F97A>6881
+F97B>7CE7
+F97C>826F
+F97D>8AD2
+F97E>91CF
+F97F>52F5
+F980>5442
+F981>5973
+F982>5EEC
+F983>65C5
+F984>6FFE
+F985>792A
+F986>95AD
+F987>9A6A
+F988>9E97
+F989>9ECE
+F98A>529B
+F98B>66C6
+F98C>6B77
+F98D>8F62
+F98E>5E74
+F98F>6190
+F990>6200
+F991>649A
+F992>6F23
+F993>7149
+F994>7489
+F995>79CA
+F996>7DF4
+F997>806F
+F998>8F26
+F999>84EE
+F99A>9023
+F99B>934A
+F99C>5217
+F99D>52A3
+F99E>54BD
+F99F>70C8
+F9A0>88C2
+F9A1>8AAA
+F9A2>5EC9
+F9A3>5FF5
+F9A4>637B
+F9A5>6BAE
+F9A6>7C3E
+F9A7>7375
+F9A8>4EE4
+F9A9>56F9
+F9AA>5BE7
+F9AB>5DBA
+F9AC>601C
+F9AD>73B2
+F9AE>7469
+F9AF>7F9A
+F9B0>8046
+F9B1>9234
+F9B2>96F6
+F9B3>9748
+F9B4>9818
+F9B5>4F8B
+F9B6>79AE
+F9B7>91B4
+F9B8>96B8
+F9B9>60E1
+F9BA>4E86
+F9BB>50DA
+F9BC>5BEE
+F9BD>5C3F
+F9BE>6599
+F9BF>6A02
+F9C0>71CE
+F9C1>7642
+F9C2>84FC
+F9C3>907C
+F9C4>9F8D
+F9C5>6688
+F9C6>962E
+F9C7>5289
+F9C8>677B
+F9C9>67F3
+F9CA>6D41
+F9CB>6E9C
+F9CC>7409
+F9CD>7559
+F9CE>786B
+F9CF>7D10
+F9D0>985E
+F9D1>516D
+F9D2>622E
+F9D3>9678
+F9D4>502B
+F9D5>5D19
+F9D6>6DEA
+F9D7>8F2A
+F9D8>5F8B
+F9D9>6144
+F9DA>6817
+F9DB>7387
+F9DC>9686
+F9DD>5229
+F9DE>540F
+F9DF>5C65
+F9E0>6613
+F9E1>674E
+F9E2>68A8
+F9E3>6CE5
+F9E4>7406
+F9E5>75E2
+F9E6>7F79
+F9E7>88CF
+F9E8>88E1
+F9E9>91CC
+F9EA>96E2
+F9EB>533F
+F9EC>6EBA
+F9ED>541D
+F9EE>71D0
+F9EF>7498
+F9F0>85FA
+F9F1>96A3
+F9F2>9C57
+F9F3>9E9F
+F9F4>6797
+F9F5>6DCB
+F9F6>81E8
+F9F7>7ACB
+F9F8>7B20
+F9F9>7C92
+F9FA>72C0
+F9FB>7099
+F9FC>8B58
+F9FD>4EC0
+F9FE>8336
+F9FF>523A
+FA00>5207
+FA01>5EA6
+FA02>62D3
+FA03>7CD6
+FA04>5B85
+FA05>6D1E
+FA06>66B4
+FA07>8F3B
+FA08>884C
+FA09>964D
+FA0A>898B
+FA0B>5ED3
+FA0C>5140
+FA0D>55C0
+FA10>585A
+FA12>6674
+FA15>51DE
+FA16>732A
+FA17>76CA
+FA18>793C
+FA19>795E
+FA1A>7965
+FA1B>798F
+FA1C>9756
+FA1D>7CBE
+FA1E>7FBD
+FA20>8612
+FA22>8AF8
+FA25>9038
+FA26>90FD
+FA2A>98EF
+FA2B>98FC
+FA2C>9928
+FA2D>9DB4
+FA30>4FAE
+FA31>50E7
+FA32>514D
+FA33>52C9
+FA34>52E4
+FA35>5351
+FA36>559D
+FA37>5606
+FA38>5668
+FA39>5840
+FA3A>58A8
+FA3B>5C64
+FA3C>5C6E
+FA3D>6094
+FA3E>6168
+FA3F>618E
+FA40>61F2
+FA41>654F
+FA42>65E2
+FA43>6691
+FA44>6885
+FA45>6D77
+FA46>6E1A
+FA47>6F22
+FA48>716E
+FA49>722B
+FA4A>7422
+FA4B>7891
+FA4C>793E
+FA4D>7949
+FA4E>7948
+FA4F>7950
+FA50>7956
+FA51>795D
+FA52>798D
+FA53>798E
+FA54>7A40
+FA55>7A81
+FA56>7BC0
+FA57>7DF4
+FA58>7E09
+FA59>7E41
+FA5A>7F72
+FA5B>8005
+FA5C>81ED
+FA5D>8279
+FA5E>8279
+FA5F>8457
+FA60>8910
+FA61>8996
+FA62>8B01
+FA63>8B39
+FA64>8CD3
+FA65>8D08
+FA66>8FB6
+FA67>9038
+FA68>96E3
+FA69>97FF
+FA6A>983B
+FA6B>6075
+FA6C>242EE
+FA6D>8218
+FA70>4E26
+FA71>51B5
+FA72>5168
+FA73>4F80
+FA74>5145
+FA75>5180
+FA76>52C7
+FA77>52FA
+FA78>559D
+FA79>5555
+FA7A>5599
+FA7B>55E2
+FA7C>585A
+FA7D>58B3
+FA7E>5944
+FA7F>5954
+FA80>5A62
+FA81>5B28
+FA82>5ED2
+FA83>5ED9
+FA84>5F69
+FA85>5FAD
+FA86>60D8
+FA87>614E
+FA88>6108
+FA89>618E
+FA8A>6160
+FA8B>61F2
+FA8C>6234
+FA8D>63C4
+FA8E>641C
+FA8F>6452
+FA90>6556
+FA91>6674
+FA92>6717
+FA93>671B
+FA94>6756
+FA95>6B79
+FA96>6BBA
+FA97>6D41
+FA98>6EDB
+FA99>6ECB
+FA9A>6F22
+FA9B>701E
+FA9C>716E
+FA9D>77A7
+FA9E>7235
+FA9F>72AF
+FAA0>732A
+FAA1>7471
+FAA2>7506
+FAA3>753B
+FAA4>761D
+FAA5>761F
+FAA6>76CA
+FAA7>76DB
+FAA8>76F4
+FAA9>774A
+FAAA>7740
+FAAB>78CC
+FAAC>7AB1
+FAAD>7BC0
+FAAE>7C7B
+FAAF>7D5B
+FAB0>7DF4
+FAB1>7F3E
+FAB2>8005
+FAB3>8352
+FAB4>83EF
+FAB5>8779
+FAB6>8941
+FAB7>8986
+FAB8>8996
+FAB9>8ABF
+FABA>8AF8
+FABB>8ACB
+FABC>8B01
+FABD>8AFE
+FABE>8AED
+FABF>8B39
+FAC0>8B8A
+FAC1>8D08
+FAC2>8F38
+FAC3>9072
+FAC4>9199
+FAC5>9276
+FAC6>967C
+FAC7>96E3
+FAC8>9756
+FAC9>97DB
+FACA>97FF
+FACB>980B
+FACC>983B
+FACD>9B12
+FACE>9F9C
+FACF>2284A
+FAD0>22844
+FAD1>233D5
+FAD2>3B9D
+FAD3>4018
+FAD4>4039
+FAD5>25249
+FAD6>25CD0
+FAD7>27ED3
+FAD8>9F43
+FAD9>9F8E
+FB00>0066 0066
+FB01>0066 0069
+FB02>0066 006C
+FB03>0066 0066 0069
+FB04>0066 0066 006C
+FB05>017F 0074
+FB06>0073 0074
+FB13>0574 0576
+FB14>0574 0565
+FB15>0574 056B
+FB16>057E 0576
+FB17>0574 056D
+FB1D>05D9 05B4
+FB1F>05F2 05B7
+FB20>05E2
+FB21>05D0
+FB22>05D3
+FB23>05D4
+FB24>05DB
+FB25>05DC
+FB26>05DD
+FB27>05E8
+FB28>05EA
+FB29>002B
+FB2A>05E9 05C1
+FB2B>05E9 05C2
+FB2C>FB49 05C1
+FB2D>FB49 05C2
+FB2E>05D0 05B7
+FB2F>05D0 05B8
+FB30>05D0 05BC
+FB31>05D1 05BC
+FB32>05D2 05BC
+FB33>05D3 05BC
+FB34>05D4 05BC
+FB35>05D5 05BC
+FB36>05D6 05BC
+FB38>05D8 05BC
+FB39>05D9 05BC
+FB3A>05DA 05BC
+FB3B>05DB 05BC
+FB3C>05DC 05BC
+FB3E>05DE 05BC
+FB40>05E0 05BC
+FB41>05E1 05BC
+FB43>05E3 05BC
+FB44>05E4 05BC
+FB46>05E6 05BC
+FB47>05E7 05BC
+FB48>05E8 05BC
+FB49>05E9 05BC
+FB4A>05EA 05BC
+FB4B>05D5 05B9
+FB4C>05D1 05BF
+FB4D>05DB 05BF
+FB4E>05E4 05BF
+FB4F>05D0 05DC
+FB50>0671
+FB51>0671
+FB52>067B
+FB53>067B
+FB54>067B
+FB55>067B
+FB56>067E
+FB57>067E
+FB58>067E
+FB59>067E
+FB5A>0680
+FB5B>0680
+FB5C>0680
+FB5D>0680
+FB5E>067A
+FB5F>067A
+FB60>067A
+FB61>067A
+FB62>067F
+FB63>067F
+FB64>067F
+FB65>067F
+FB66>0679
+FB67>0679
+FB68>0679
+FB69>0679
+FB6A>06A4
+FB6B>06A4
+FB6C>06A4
+FB6D>06A4
+FB6E>06A6
+FB6F>06A6
+FB70>06A6
+FB71>06A6
+FB72>0684
+FB73>0684
+FB74>0684
+FB75>0684
+FB76>0683
+FB77>0683
+FB78>0683
+FB79>0683
+FB7A>0686
+FB7B>0686
+FB7C>0686
+FB7D>0686
+FB7E>0687
+FB7F>0687
+FB80>0687
+FB81>0687
+FB82>068D
+FB83>068D
+FB84>068C
+FB85>068C
+FB86>068E
+FB87>068E
+FB88>0688
+FB89>0688
+FB8A>0698
+FB8B>0698
+FB8C>0691
+FB8D>0691
+FB8E>06A9
+FB8F>06A9
+FB90>06A9
+FB91>06A9
+FB92>06AF
+FB93>06AF
+FB94>06AF
+FB95>06AF
+FB96>06B3
+FB97>06B3
+FB98>06B3
+FB99>06B3
+FB9A>06B1
+FB9B>06B1
+FB9C>06B1
+FB9D>06B1
+FB9E>06BA
+FB9F>06BA
+FBA0>06BB
+FBA1>06BB
+FBA2>06BB
+FBA3>06BB
+FBA4>06C0
+FBA5>06C0
+FBA6>06C1
+FBA7>06C1
+FBA8>06C1
+FBA9>06C1
+FBAA>06BE
+FBAB>06BE
+FBAC>06BE
+FBAD>06BE
+FBAE>06D2
+FBAF>06D2
+FBB0>06D3
+FBB1>06D3
+FBD3>06AD
+FBD4>06AD
+FBD5>06AD
+FBD6>06AD
+FBD7>06C7
+FBD8>06C7
+FBD9>06C6
+FBDA>06C6
+FBDB>06C8
+FBDC>06C8
+FBDD>0677
+FBDE>06CB
+FBDF>06CB
+FBE0>06C5
+FBE1>06C5
+FBE2>06C9
+FBE3>06C9
+FBE4>06D0
+FBE5>06D0
+FBE6>06D0
+FBE7>06D0
+FBE8>0649
+FBE9>0649
+FBEA>0626 0627
+FBEB>0626 0627
+FBEC>0626 06D5
+FBED>0626 06D5
+FBEE>0626 0648
+FBEF>0626 0648
+FBF0>0626 06C7
+FBF1>0626 06C7
+FBF2>0626 06C6
+FBF3>0626 06C6
+FBF4>0626 06C8
+FBF5>0626 06C8
+FBF6>0626 06D0
+FBF7>0626 06D0
+FBF8>0626 06D0
+FBF9>0626 0649
+FBFA>0626 0649
+FBFB>0626 0649
+FBFC>06CC
+FBFD>06CC
+FBFE>06CC
+FBFF>06CC
+FC00>0626 062C
+FC01>0626 062D
+FC02>0626 0645
+FC03>0626 0649
+FC04>0626 064A
+FC05>0628 062C
+FC06>0628 062D
+FC07>0628 062E
+FC08>0628 0645
+FC09>0628 0649
+FC0A>0628 064A
+FC0B>062A 062C
+FC0C>062A 062D
+FC0D>062A 062E
+FC0E>062A 0645
+FC0F>062A 0649
+FC10>062A 064A
+FC11>062B 062C
+FC12>062B 0645
+FC13>062B 0649
+FC14>062B 064A
+FC15>062C 062D
+FC16>062C 0645
+FC17>062D 062C
+FC18>062D 0645
+FC19>062E 062C
+FC1A>062E 062D
+FC1B>062E 0645
+FC1C>0633 062C
+FC1D>0633 062D
+FC1E>0633 062E
+FC1F>0633 0645
+FC20>0635 062D
+FC21>0635 0645
+FC22>0636 062C
+FC23>0636 062D
+FC24>0636 062E
+FC25>0636 0645
+FC26>0637 062D
+FC27>0637 0645
+FC28>0638 0645
+FC29>0639 062C
+FC2A>0639 0645
+FC2B>063A 062C
+FC2C>063A 0645
+FC2D>0641 062C
+FC2E>0641 062D
+FC2F>0641 062E
+FC30>0641 0645
+FC31>0641 0649
+FC32>0641 064A
+FC33>0642 062D
+FC34>0642 0645
+FC35>0642 0649
+FC36>0642 064A
+FC37>0643 0627
+FC38>0643 062C
+FC39>0643 062D
+FC3A>0643 062E
+FC3B>0643 0644
+FC3C>0643 0645
+FC3D>0643 0649
+FC3E>0643 064A
+FC3F>0644 062C
+FC40>0644 062D
+FC41>0644 062E
+FC42>0644 0645
+FC43>0644 0649
+FC44>0644 064A
+FC45>0645 062C
+FC46>0645 062D
+FC47>0645 062E
+FC48>0645 0645
+FC49>0645 0649
+FC4A>0645 064A
+FC4B>0646 062C
+FC4C>0646 062D
+FC4D>0646 062E
+FC4E>0646 0645
+FC4F>0646 0649
+FC50>0646 064A
+FC51>0647 062C
+FC52>0647 0645
+FC53>0647 0649
+FC54>0647 064A
+FC55>064A 062C
+FC56>064A 062D
+FC57>064A 062E
+FC58>064A 0645
+FC59>064A 0649
+FC5A>064A 064A
+FC5B>0630 0670
+FC5C>0631 0670
+FC5D>0649 0670
+FC5E>0020 064C 0651
+FC5F>0020 064D 0651
+FC60>0020 064E 0651
+FC61>0020 064F 0651
+FC62>0020 0650 0651
+FC63>0020 0651 0670
+FC64>0626 0631
+FC65>0626 0632
+FC66>0626 0645
+FC67>0626 0646
+FC68>0626 0649
+FC69>0626 064A
+FC6A>0628 0631
+FC6B>0628 0632
+FC6C>0628 0645
+FC6D>0628 0646
+FC6E>0628 0649
+FC6F>0628 064A
+FC70>062A 0631
+FC71>062A 0632
+FC72>062A 0645
+FC73>062A 0646
+FC74>062A 0649
+FC75>062A 064A
+FC76>062B 0631
+FC77>062B 0632
+FC78>062B 0645
+FC79>062B 0646
+FC7A>062B 0649
+FC7B>062B 064A
+FC7C>0641 0649
+FC7D>0641 064A
+FC7E>0642 0649
+FC7F>0642 064A
+FC80>0643 0627
+FC81>0643 0644
+FC82>0643 0645
+FC83>0643 0649
+FC84>0643 064A
+FC85>0644 0645
+FC86>0644 0649
+FC87>0644 064A
+FC88>0645 0627
+FC89>0645 0645
+FC8A>0646 0631
+FC8B>0646 0632
+FC8C>0646 0645
+FC8D>0646 0646
+FC8E>0646 0649
+FC8F>0646 064A
+FC90>0649 0670
+FC91>064A 0631
+FC92>064A 0632
+FC93>064A 0645
+FC94>064A 0646
+FC95>064A 0649
+FC96>064A 064A
+FC97>0626 062C
+FC98>0626 062D
+FC99>0626 062E
+FC9A>0626 0645
+FC9B>0626 0647
+FC9C>0628 062C
+FC9D>0628 062D
+FC9E>0628 062E
+FC9F>0628 0645
+FCA0>0628 0647
+FCA1>062A 062C
+FCA2>062A 062D
+FCA3>062A 062E
+FCA4>062A 0645
+FCA5>062A 0647
+FCA6>062B 0645
+FCA7>062C 062D
+FCA8>062C 0645
+FCA9>062D 062C
+FCAA>062D 0645
+FCAB>062E 062C
+FCAC>062E 0645
+FCAD>0633 062C
+FCAE>0633 062D
+FCAF>0633 062E
+FCB0>0633 0645
+FCB1>0635 062D
+FCB2>0635 062E
+FCB3>0635 0645
+FCB4>0636 062C
+FCB5>0636 062D
+FCB6>0636 062E
+FCB7>0636 0645
+FCB8>0637 062D
+FCB9>0638 0645
+FCBA>0639 062C
+FCBB>0639 0645
+FCBC>063A 062C
+FCBD>063A 0645
+FCBE>0641 062C
+FCBF>0641 062D
+FCC0>0641 062E
+FCC1>0641 0645
+FCC2>0642 062D
+FCC3>0642 0645
+FCC4>0643 062C
+FCC5>0643 062D
+FCC6>0643 062E
+FCC7>0643 0644
+FCC8>0643 0645
+FCC9>0644 062C
+FCCA>0644 062D
+FCCB>0644 062E
+FCCC>0644 0645
+FCCD>0644 0647
+FCCE>0645 062C
+FCCF>0645 062D
+FCD0>0645 062E
+FCD1>0645 0645
+FCD2>0646 062C
+FCD3>0646 062D
+FCD4>0646 062E
+FCD5>0646 0645
+FCD6>0646 0647
+FCD7>0647 062C
+FCD8>0647 0645
+FCD9>0647 0670
+FCDA>064A 062C
+FCDB>064A 062D
+FCDC>064A 062E
+FCDD>064A 0645
+FCDE>064A 0647
+FCDF>0626 0645
+FCE0>0626 0647
+FCE1>0628 0645
+FCE2>0628 0647
+FCE3>062A 0645
+FCE4>062A 0647
+FCE5>062B 0645
+FCE6>062B 0647
+FCE7>0633 0645
+FCE8>0633 0647
+FCE9>0634 0645
+FCEA>0634 0647
+FCEB>0643 0644
+FCEC>0643 0645
+FCED>0644 0645
+FCEE>0646 0645
+FCEF>0646 0647
+FCF0>064A 0645
+FCF1>064A 0647
+FCF2>0640 064E 0651
+FCF3>0640 064F 0651
+FCF4>0640 0650 0651
+FCF5>0637 0649
+FCF6>0637 064A
+FCF7>0639 0649
+FCF8>0639 064A
+FCF9>063A 0649
+FCFA>063A 064A
+FCFB>0633 0649
+FCFC>0633 064A
+FCFD>0634 0649
+FCFE>0634 064A
+FCFF>062D 0649
+FD00>062D 064A
+FD01>062C 0649
+FD02>062C 064A
+FD03>062E 0649
+FD04>062E 064A
+FD05>0635 0649
+FD06>0635 064A
+FD07>0636 0649
+FD08>0636 064A
+FD09>0634 062C
+FD0A>0634 062D
+FD0B>0634 062E
+FD0C>0634 0645
+FD0D>0634 0631
+FD0E>0633 0631
+FD0F>0635 0631
+FD10>0636 0631
+FD11>0637 0649
+FD12>0637 064A
+FD13>0639 0649
+FD14>0639 064A
+FD15>063A 0649
+FD16>063A 064A
+FD17>0633 0649
+FD18>0633 064A
+FD19>0634 0649
+FD1A>0634 064A
+FD1B>062D 0649
+FD1C>062D 064A
+FD1D>062C 0649
+FD1E>062C 064A
+FD1F>062E 0649
+FD20>062E 064A
+FD21>0635 0649
+FD22>0635 064A
+FD23>0636 0649
+FD24>0636 064A
+FD25>0634 062C
+FD26>0634 062D
+FD27>0634 062E
+FD28>0634 0645
+FD29>0634 0631
+FD2A>0633 0631
+FD2B>0635 0631
+FD2C>0636 0631
+FD2D>0634 062C
+FD2E>0634 062D
+FD2F>0634 062E
+FD30>0634 0645
+FD31>0633 0647
+FD32>0634 0647
+FD33>0637 0645
+FD34>0633 062C
+FD35>0633 062D
+FD36>0633 062E
+FD37>0634 062C
+FD38>0634 062D
+FD39>0634 062E
+FD3A>0637 0645
+FD3B>0638 0645
+FD3C>0627 064B
+FD3D>0627 064B
+FD50>062A 062C 0645
+FD51>062A 062D 062C
+FD52>062A 062D 062C
+FD53>062A 062D 0645
+FD54>062A 062E 0645
+FD55>062A 0645 062C
+FD56>062A 0645 062D
+FD57>062A 0645 062E
+FD58>062C 0645 062D
+FD59>062C 0645 062D
+FD5A>062D 0645 064A
+FD5B>062D 0645 0649
+FD5C>0633 062D 062C
+FD5D>0633 062C 062D
+FD5E>0633 062C 0649
+FD5F>0633 0645 062D
+FD60>0633 0645 062D
+FD61>0633 0645 062C
+FD62>0633 0645 0645
+FD63>0633 0645 0645
+FD64>0635 062D 062D
+FD65>0635 062D 062D
+FD66>0635 0645 0645
+FD67>0634 062D 0645
+FD68>0634 062D 0645
+FD69>0634 062C 064A
+FD6A>0634 0645 062E
+FD6B>0634 0645 062E
+FD6C>0634 0645 0645
+FD6D>0634 0645 0645
+FD6E>0636 062D 0649
+FD6F>0636 062E 0645
+FD70>0636 062E 0645
+FD71>0637 0645 062D
+FD72>0637 0645 062D
+FD73>0637 0645 0645
+FD74>0637 0645 064A
+FD75>0639 062C 0645
+FD76>0639 0645 0645
+FD77>0639 0645 0645
+FD78>0639 0645 0649
+FD79>063A 0645 0645
+FD7A>063A 0645 064A
+FD7B>063A 0645 0649
+FD7C>0641 062E 0645
+FD7D>0641 062E 0645
+FD7E>0642 0645 062D
+FD7F>0642 0645 0645
+FD80>0644 062D 0645
+FD81>0644 062D 064A
+FD82>0644 062D 0649
+FD83>0644 062C 062C
+FD84>0644 062C 062C
+FD85>0644 062E 0645
+FD86>0644 062E 0645
+FD87>0644 0645 062D
+FD88>0644 0645 062D
+FD89>0645 062D 062C
+FD8A>0645 062D 0645
+FD8B>0645 062D 064A
+FD8C>0645 062C 062D
+FD8D>0645 062C 0645
+FD8E>0645 062E 062C
+FD8F>0645 062E 0645
+FD92>0645 062C 062E
+FD93>0647 0645 062C
+FD94>0647 0645 0645
+FD95>0646 062D 0645
+FD96>0646 062D 0649
+FD97>0646 062C 0645
+FD98>0646 062C 0645
+FD99>0646 062C 0649
+FD9A>0646 0645 064A
+FD9B>0646 0645 0649
+FD9C>064A 0645 0645
+FD9D>064A 0645 0645
+FD9E>0628 062E 064A
+FD9F>062A 062C 064A
+FDA0>062A 062C 0649
+FDA1>062A 062E 064A
+FDA2>062A 062E 0649
+FDA3>062A 0645 064A
+FDA4>062A 0645 0649
+FDA5>062C 0645 064A
+FDA6>062C 062D 0649
+FDA7>062C 0645 0649
+FDA8>0633 062E 0649
+FDA9>0635 062D 064A
+FDAA>0634 062D 064A
+FDAB>0636 062D 064A
+FDAC>0644 062C 064A
+FDAD>0644 0645 064A
+FDAE>064A 062D 064A
+FDAF>064A 062C 064A
+FDB0>064A 0645 064A
+FDB1>0645 0645 064A
+FDB2>0642 0645 064A
+FDB3>0646 062D 064A
+FDB4>0642 0645 062D
+FDB5>0644 062D 0645
+FDB6>0639 0645 064A
+FDB7>0643 0645 064A
+FDB8>0646 062C 062D
+FDB9>0645 062E 064A
+FDBA>0644 062C 0645
+FDBB>0643 0645 0645
+FDBC>0644 062C 0645
+FDBD>0646 062C 062D
+FDBE>062C 062D 064A
+FDBF>062D 062C 064A
+FDC0>0645 062C 064A
+FDC1>0641 0645 064A
+FDC2>0628 062D 064A
+FDC3>0643 0645 0645
+FDC4>0639 062C 0645
+FDC5>0635 0645 0645
+FDC6>0633 062E 064A
+FDC7>0646 062C 064A
+FDF0>0635 0644 06D2
+FDF1>0642 0644 06D2
+FDF2>0627 0644 0644 0647
+FDF3>0627 0643 0628 0631
+FDF4>0645 062D 0645 062F
+FDF5>0635 0644 0639 0645
+FDF6>0631 0633 0648 0644
+FDF7>0639 0644 064A 0647
+FDF8>0648 0633 0644 0645
+FDF9>0635 0644 0649
+FDFA>0635 0644 0649 0020 0627 0644 0644 0647 0020 0639 0644 064A 0647 0020 0648 0633 0644 0645
+FDFB>062C 0644 0020 062C 0644 0627 0644 0647
+FDFC>0631 06CC 0627 0644
+FE10>002C
+FE11>3001
+FE12>3002
+FE13>003A
+FE14>003B
+FE15>0021
+FE16>003F
+FE17>3016
+FE18>3017
+FE19>2026
+FE30>2025
+FE31>2014
+FE32>2013
+FE33>005F
+FE34>005F
+FE35>0028
+FE36>0029
+FE37>007B
+FE38>007D
+FE39>3014
+FE3A>3015
+FE3B>3010
+FE3C>3011
+FE3D>300A
+FE3E>300B
+FE3F>3008
+FE40>3009
+FE41>300C
+FE42>300D
+FE43>300E
+FE44>300F
+FE47>005B
+FE48>005D
+FE49>203E
+FE4A>203E
+FE4B>203E
+FE4C>203E
+FE4D>005F
+FE4E>005F
+FE4F>005F
+FE50>002C
+FE51>3001
+FE52>002E
+FE54>003B
+FE55>003A
+FE56>003F
+FE57>0021
+FE58>2014
+FE59>0028
+FE5A>0029
+FE5B>007B
+FE5C>007D
+FE5D>3014
+FE5E>3015
+FE5F>0023
+FE60>0026
+FE61>002A
+FE62>002B
+FE63>002D
+FE64>003C
+FE65>003E
+FE66>003D
+FE68>005C
+FE69>0024
+FE6A>0025
+FE6B>0040
+FE70>0020 064B
+FE71>0640 064B
+FE72>0020 064C
+FE74>0020 064D
+FE76>0020 064E
+FE77>0640 064E
+FE78>0020 064F
+FE79>0640 064F
+FE7A>0020 0650
+FE7B>0640 0650
+FE7C>0020 0651
+FE7D>0640 0651
+FE7E>0020 0652
+FE7F>0640 0652
+FE80>0621
+FE81>0622
+FE82>0622
+FE83>0623
+FE84>0623
+FE85>0624
+FE86>0624
+FE87>0625
+FE88>0625
+FE89>0626
+FE8A>0626
+FE8B>0626
+FE8C>0626
+FE8D>0627
+FE8E>0627
+FE8F>0628
+FE90>0628
+FE91>0628
+FE92>0628
+FE93>0629
+FE94>0629
+FE95>062A
+FE96>062A
+FE97>062A
+FE98>062A
+FE99>062B
+FE9A>062B
+FE9B>062B
+FE9C>062B
+FE9D>062C
+FE9E>062C
+FE9F>062C
+FEA0>062C
+FEA1>062D
+FEA2>062D
+FEA3>062D
+FEA4>062D
+FEA5>062E
+FEA6>062E
+FEA7>062E
+FEA8>062E
+FEA9>062F
+FEAA>062F
+FEAB>0630
+FEAC>0630
+FEAD>0631
+FEAE>0631
+FEAF>0632
+FEB0>0632
+FEB1>0633
+FEB2>0633
+FEB3>0633
+FEB4>0633
+FEB5>0634
+FEB6>0634
+FEB7>0634
+FEB8>0634
+FEB9>0635
+FEBA>0635
+FEBB>0635
+FEBC>0635
+FEBD>0636
+FEBE>0636
+FEBF>0636
+FEC0>0636
+FEC1>0637
+FEC2>0637
+FEC3>0637
+FEC4>0637
+FEC5>0638
+FEC6>0638
+FEC7>0638
+FEC8>0638
+FEC9>0639
+FECA>0639
+FECB>0639
+FECC>0639
+FECD>063A
+FECE>063A
+FECF>063A
+FED0>063A
+FED1>0641
+FED2>0641
+FED3>0641
+FED4>0641
+FED5>0642
+FED6>0642
+FED7>0642
+FED8>0642
+FED9>0643
+FEDA>0643
+FEDB>0643
+FEDC>0643
+FEDD>0644
+FEDE>0644
+FEDF>0644
+FEE0>0644
+FEE1>0645
+FEE2>0645
+FEE3>0645
+FEE4>0645
+FEE5>0646
+FEE6>0646
+FEE7>0646
+FEE8>0646
+FEE9>0647
+FEEA>0647
+FEEB>0647
+FEEC>0647
+FEED>0648
+FEEE>0648
+FEEF>0649
+FEF0>0649
+FEF1>064A
+FEF2>064A
+FEF3>064A
+FEF4>064A
+FEF5>0644 0622
+FEF6>0644 0622
+FEF7>0644 0623
+FEF8>0644 0623
+FEF9>0644 0625
+FEFA>0644 0625
+FEFB>0644 0627
+FEFC>0644 0627
+FF01>0021
+FF02>0022
+FF03>0023
+FF04>0024
+FF05>0025
+FF06>0026
+FF07>0027
+FF08>0028
+FF09>0029
+FF0A>002A
+FF0B>002B
+FF0C>002C
+FF0D>002D
+FF0E>002E
+FF0F>002F
+FF10>0030
+FF11>0031
+FF12>0032
+FF13>0033
+FF14>0034
+FF15>0035
+FF16>0036
+FF17>0037
+FF18>0038
+FF19>0039
+FF1A>003A
+FF1B>003B
+FF1C>003C
+FF1D>003D
+FF1E>003E
+FF1F>003F
+FF20>0040
+FF21>0041
+FF22>0042
+FF23>0043
+FF24>0044
+FF25>0045
+FF26>0046
+FF27>0047
+FF28>0048
+FF29>0049
+FF2A>004A
+FF2B>004B
+FF2C>004C
+FF2D>004D
+FF2E>004E
+FF2F>004F
+FF30>0050
+FF31>0051
+FF32>0052
+FF33>0053
+FF34>0054
+FF35>0055
+FF36>0056
+FF37>0057
+FF38>0058
+FF39>0059
+FF3A>005A
+FF3B>005B
+FF3C>005C
+FF3D>005D
+FF3E>005E
+FF3F>005F
+FF40>0060
+FF41>0061
+FF42>0062
+FF43>0063
+FF44>0064
+FF45>0065
+FF46>0066
+FF47>0067
+FF48>0068
+FF49>0069
+FF4A>006A
+FF4B>006B
+FF4C>006C
+FF4D>006D
+FF4E>006E
+FF4F>006F
+FF50>0070
+FF51>0071
+FF52>0072
+FF53>0073
+FF54>0074
+FF55>0075
+FF56>0076
+FF57>0077
+FF58>0078
+FF59>0079
+FF5A>007A
+FF5B>007B
+FF5C>007C
+FF5D>007D
+FF5E>007E
+FF5F>2985
+FF60>2986
+FF61>3002
+FF62>300C
+FF63>300D
+FF64>3001
+FF65>30FB
+FF66>30F2
+FF67>30A1
+FF68>30A3
+FF69>30A5
+FF6A>30A7
+FF6B>30A9
+FF6C>30E3
+FF6D>30E5
+FF6E>30E7
+FF6F>30C3
+FF70>30FC
+FF71>30A2
+FF72>30A4
+FF73>30A6
+FF74>30A8
+FF75>30AA
+FF76>30AB
+FF77>30AD
+FF78>30AF
+FF79>30B1
+FF7A>30B3
+FF7B>30B5
+FF7C>30B7
+FF7D>30B9
+FF7E>30BB
+FF7F>30BD
+FF80>30BF
+FF81>30C1
+FF82>30C4
+FF83>30C6
+FF84>30C8
+FF85>30CA
+FF86>30CB
+FF87>30CC
+FF88>30CD
+FF89>30CE
+FF8A>30CF
+FF8B>30D2
+FF8C>30D5
+FF8D>30D8
+FF8E>30DB
+FF8F>30DE
+FF90>30DF
+FF91>30E0
+FF92>30E1
+FF93>30E2
+FF94>30E4
+FF95>30E6
+FF96>30E8
+FF97>30E9
+FF98>30EA
+FF99>30EB
+FF9A>30EC
+FF9B>30ED
+FF9C>30EF
+FF9D>30F3
+FF9E>3099
+FF9F>309A
+FFA0>3164
+FFA1>3131
+FFA2>3132
+FFA3>3133
+FFA4>3134
+FFA5>3135
+FFA6>3136
+FFA7>3137
+FFA8>3138
+FFA9>3139
+FFAA>313A
+FFAB>313B
+FFAC>313C
+FFAD>313D
+FFAE>313E
+FFAF>313F
+FFB0>3140
+FFB1>3141
+FFB2>3142
+FFB3>3143
+FFB4>3144
+FFB5>3145
+FFB6>3146
+FFB7>3147
+FFB8>3148
+FFB9>3149
+FFBA>314A
+FFBB>314B
+FFBC>314C
+FFBD>314D
+FFBE>314E
+FFC2>314F
+FFC3>3150
+FFC4>3151
+FFC5>3152
+FFC6>3153
+FFC7>3154
+FFCA>3155
+FFCB>3156
+FFCC>3157
+FFCD>3158
+FFCE>3159
+FFCF>315A
+FFD2>315B
+FFD3>315C
+FFD4>315D
+FFD5>315E
+FFD6>315F
+FFD7>3160
+FFDA>3161
+FFDB>3162
+FFDC>3163
+FFE0>00A2
+FFE1>00A3
+FFE2>00AC
+FFE3>00AF
+FFE4>00A6
+FFE5>00A5
+FFE6>20A9
+FFE8>2502
+FFE9>2190
+FFEA>2191
+FFEB>2192
+FFEC>2193
+FFED>25A0
+FFEE>25CB
+1109A=11099 110BA
+1109C=1109B 110BA
+110AB=110A5 110BA
+1D15E>1D157 1D165
+1D15F>1D158 1D165
+1D160>1D15F 1D16E
+1D161>1D15F 1D16F
+1D162>1D15F 1D170
+1D163>1D15F 1D171
+1D164>1D15F 1D172
+1D1BB>1D1B9 1D165
+1D1BC>1D1BA 1D165
+1D1BD>1D1BB 1D16E
+1D1BE>1D1BC 1D16E
+1D1BF>1D1BB 1D16F
+1D1C0>1D1BC 1D16F
+1D400>0041
+1D401>0042
+1D402>0043
+1D403>0044
+1D404>0045
+1D405>0046
+1D406>0047
+1D407>0048
+1D408>0049
+1D409>004A
+1D40A>004B
+1D40B>004C
+1D40C>004D
+1D40D>004E
+1D40E>004F
+1D40F>0050
+1D410>0051
+1D411>0052
+1D412>0053
+1D413>0054
+1D414>0055
+1D415>0056
+1D416>0057
+1D417>0058
+1D418>0059
+1D419>005A
+1D41A>0061
+1D41B>0062
+1D41C>0063
+1D41D>0064
+1D41E>0065
+1D41F>0066
+1D420>0067
+1D421>0068
+1D422>0069
+1D423>006A
+1D424>006B
+1D425>006C
+1D426>006D
+1D427>006E
+1D428>006F
+1D429>0070
+1D42A>0071
+1D42B>0072
+1D42C>0073
+1D42D>0074
+1D42E>0075
+1D42F>0076
+1D430>0077
+1D431>0078
+1D432>0079
+1D433>007A
+1D434>0041
+1D435>0042
+1D436>0043
+1D437>0044
+1D438>0045
+1D439>0046
+1D43A>0047
+1D43B>0048
+1D43C>0049
+1D43D>004A
+1D43E>004B
+1D43F>004C
+1D440>004D
+1D441>004E
+1D442>004F
+1D443>0050
+1D444>0051
+1D445>0052
+1D446>0053
+1D447>0054
+1D448>0055
+1D449>0056
+1D44A>0057
+1D44B>0058
+1D44C>0059
+1D44D>005A
+1D44E>0061
+1D44F>0062
+1D450>0063
+1D451>0064
+1D452>0065
+1D453>0066
+1D454>0067
+1D456>0069
+1D457>006A
+1D458>006B
+1D459>006C
+1D45A>006D
+1D45B>006E
+1D45C>006F
+1D45D>0070
+1D45E>0071
+1D45F>0072
+1D460>0073
+1D461>0074
+1D462>0075
+1D463>0076
+1D464>0077
+1D465>0078
+1D466>0079
+1D467>007A
+1D468>0041
+1D469>0042
+1D46A>0043
+1D46B>0044
+1D46C>0045
+1D46D>0046
+1D46E>0047
+1D46F>0048
+1D470>0049
+1D471>004A
+1D472>004B
+1D473>004C
+1D474>004D
+1D475>004E
+1D476>004F
+1D477>0050
+1D478>0051
+1D479>0052
+1D47A>0053
+1D47B>0054
+1D47C>0055
+1D47D>0056
+1D47E>0057
+1D47F>0058
+1D480>0059
+1D481>005A
+1D482>0061
+1D483>0062
+1D484>0063
+1D485>0064
+1D486>0065
+1D487>0066
+1D488>0067
+1D489>0068
+1D48A>0069
+1D48B>006A
+1D48C>006B
+1D48D>006C
+1D48E>006D
+1D48F>006E
+1D490>006F
+1D491>0070
+1D492>0071
+1D493>0072
+1D494>0073
+1D495>0074
+1D496>0075
+1D497>0076
+1D498>0077
+1D499>0078
+1D49A>0079
+1D49B>007A
+1D49C>0041
+1D49E>0043
+1D49F>0044
+1D4A2>0047
+1D4A5>004A
+1D4A6>004B
+1D4A9>004E
+1D4AA>004F
+1D4AB>0050
+1D4AC>0051
+1D4AE>0053
+1D4AF>0054
+1D4B0>0055
+1D4B1>0056
+1D4B2>0057
+1D4B3>0058
+1D4B4>0059
+1D4B5>005A
+1D4B6>0061
+1D4B7>0062
+1D4B8>0063
+1D4B9>0064
+1D4BB>0066
+1D4BD>0068
+1D4BE>0069
+1D4BF>006A
+1D4C0>006B
+1D4C1>006C
+1D4C2>006D
+1D4C3>006E
+1D4C5>0070
+1D4C6>0071
+1D4C7>0072
+1D4C8>0073
+1D4C9>0074
+1D4CA>0075
+1D4CB>0076
+1D4CC>0077
+1D4CD>0078
+1D4CE>0079
+1D4CF>007A
+1D4D0>0041
+1D4D1>0042
+1D4D2>0043
+1D4D3>0044
+1D4D4>0045
+1D4D5>0046
+1D4D6>0047
+1D4D7>0048
+1D4D8>0049
+1D4D9>004A
+1D4DA>004B
+1D4DB>004C
+1D4DC>004D
+1D4DD>004E
+1D4DE>004F
+1D4DF>0050
+1D4E0>0051
+1D4E1>0052
+1D4E2>0053
+1D4E3>0054
+1D4E4>0055
+1D4E5>0056
+1D4E6>0057
+1D4E7>0058
+1D4E8>0059
+1D4E9>005A
+1D4EA>0061
+1D4EB>0062
+1D4EC>0063
+1D4ED>0064
+1D4EE>0065
+1D4EF>0066
+1D4F0>0067
+1D4F1>0068
+1D4F2>0069
+1D4F3>006A
+1D4F4>006B
+1D4F5>006C
+1D4F6>006D
+1D4F7>006E
+1D4F8>006F
+1D4F9>0070
+1D4FA>0071
+1D4FB>0072
+1D4FC>0073
+1D4FD>0074
+1D4FE>0075
+1D4FF>0076
+1D500>0077
+1D501>0078
+1D502>0079
+1D503>007A
+1D504>0041
+1D505>0042
+1D507>0044
+1D508>0045
+1D509>0046
+1D50A>0047
+1D50D>004A
+1D50E>004B
+1D50F>004C
+1D510>004D
+1D511>004E
+1D512>004F
+1D513>0050
+1D514>0051
+1D516>0053
+1D517>0054
+1D518>0055
+1D519>0056
+1D51A>0057
+1D51B>0058
+1D51C>0059
+1D51E>0061
+1D51F>0062
+1D520>0063
+1D521>0064
+1D522>0065
+1D523>0066
+1D524>0067
+1D525>0068
+1D526>0069
+1D527>006A
+1D528>006B
+1D529>006C
+1D52A>006D
+1D52B>006E
+1D52C>006F
+1D52D>0070
+1D52E>0071
+1D52F>0072
+1D530>0073
+1D531>0074
+1D532>0075
+1D533>0076
+1D534>0077
+1D535>0078
+1D536>0079
+1D537>007A
+1D538>0041
+1D539>0042
+1D53B>0044
+1D53C>0045
+1D53D>0046
+1D53E>0047
+1D540>0049
+1D541>004A
+1D542>004B
+1D543>004C
+1D544>004D
+1D546>004F
+1D54A>0053
+1D54B>0054
+1D54C>0055
+1D54D>0056
+1D54E>0057
+1D54F>0058
+1D550>0059
+1D552>0061
+1D553>0062
+1D554>0063
+1D555>0064
+1D556>0065
+1D557>0066
+1D558>0067
+1D559>0068
+1D55A>0069
+1D55B>006A
+1D55C>006B
+1D55D>006C
+1D55E>006D
+1D55F>006E
+1D560>006F
+1D561>0070
+1D562>0071
+1D563>0072
+1D564>0073
+1D565>0074
+1D566>0075
+1D567>0076
+1D568>0077
+1D569>0078
+1D56A>0079
+1D56B>007A
+1D56C>0041
+1D56D>0042
+1D56E>0043
+1D56F>0044
+1D570>0045
+1D571>0046
+1D572>0047
+1D573>0048
+1D574>0049
+1D575>004A
+1D576>004B
+1D577>004C
+1D578>004D
+1D579>004E
+1D57A>004F
+1D57B>0050
+1D57C>0051
+1D57D>0052
+1D57E>0053
+1D57F>0054
+1D580>0055
+1D581>0056
+1D582>0057
+1D583>0058
+1D584>0059
+1D585>005A
+1D586>0061
+1D587>0062
+1D588>0063
+1D589>0064
+1D58A>0065
+1D58B>0066
+1D58C>0067
+1D58D>0068
+1D58E>0069
+1D58F>006A
+1D590>006B
+1D591>006C
+1D592>006D
+1D593>006E
+1D594>006F
+1D595>0070
+1D596>0071
+1D597>0072
+1D598>0073
+1D599>0074
+1D59A>0075
+1D59B>0076
+1D59C>0077
+1D59D>0078
+1D59E>0079
+1D59F>007A
+1D5A0>0041
+1D5A1>0042
+1D5A2>0043
+1D5A3>0044
+1D5A4>0045
+1D5A5>0046
+1D5A6>0047
+1D5A7>0048
+1D5A8>0049
+1D5A9>004A
+1D5AA>004B
+1D5AB>004C
+1D5AC>004D
+1D5AD>004E
+1D5AE>004F
+1D5AF>0050
+1D5B0>0051
+1D5B1>0052
+1D5B2>0053
+1D5B3>0054
+1D5B4>0055
+1D5B5>0056
+1D5B6>0057
+1D5B7>0058
+1D5B8>0059
+1D5B9>005A
+1D5BA>0061
+1D5BB>0062
+1D5BC>0063
+1D5BD>0064
+1D5BE>0065
+1D5BF>0066
+1D5C0>0067
+1D5C1>0068
+1D5C2>0069
+1D5C3>006A
+1D5C4>006B
+1D5C5>006C
+1D5C6>006D
+1D5C7>006E
+1D5C8>006F
+1D5C9>0070
+1D5CA>0071
+1D5CB>0072
+1D5CC>0073
+1D5CD>0074
+1D5CE>0075
+1D5CF>0076
+1D5D0>0077
+1D5D1>0078
+1D5D2>0079
+1D5D3>007A
+1D5D4>0041
+1D5D5>0042
+1D5D6>0043
+1D5D7>0044
+1D5D8>0045
+1D5D9>0046
+1D5DA>0047
+1D5DB>0048
+1D5DC>0049
+1D5DD>004A
+1D5DE>004B
+1D5DF>004C
+1D5E0>004D
+1D5E1>004E
+1D5E2>004F
+1D5E3>0050
+1D5E4>0051
+1D5E5>0052
+1D5E6>0053
+1D5E7>0054
+1D5E8>0055
+1D5E9>0056
+1D5EA>0057
+1D5EB>0058
+1D5EC>0059
+1D5ED>005A
+1D5EE>0061
+1D5EF>0062
+1D5F0>0063
+1D5F1>0064
+1D5F2>0065
+1D5F3>0066
+1D5F4>0067
+1D5F5>0068
+1D5F6>0069
+1D5F7>006A
+1D5F8>006B
+1D5F9>006C
+1D5FA>006D
+1D5FB>006E
+1D5FC>006F
+1D5FD>0070
+1D5FE>0071
+1D5FF>0072
+1D600>0073
+1D601>0074
+1D602>0075
+1D603>0076
+1D604>0077
+1D605>0078
+1D606>0079
+1D607>007A
+1D608>0041
+1D609>0042
+1D60A>0043
+1D60B>0044
+1D60C>0045
+1D60D>0046
+1D60E>0047
+1D60F>0048
+1D610>0049
+1D611>004A
+1D612>004B
+1D613>004C
+1D614>004D
+1D615>004E
+1D616>004F
+1D617>0050
+1D618>0051
+1D619>0052
+1D61A>0053
+1D61B>0054
+1D61C>0055
+1D61D>0056
+1D61E>0057
+1D61F>0058
+1D620>0059
+1D621>005A
+1D622>0061
+1D623>0062
+1D624>0063
+1D625>0064
+1D626>0065
+1D627>0066
+1D628>0067
+1D629>0068
+1D62A>0069
+1D62B>006A
+1D62C>006B
+1D62D>006C
+1D62E>006D
+1D62F>006E
+1D630>006F
+1D631>0070
+1D632>0071
+1D633>0072
+1D634>0073
+1D635>0074
+1D636>0075
+1D637>0076
+1D638>0077
+1D639>0078
+1D63A>0079
+1D63B>007A
+1D63C>0041
+1D63D>0042
+1D63E>0043
+1D63F>0044
+1D640>0045
+1D641>0046
+1D642>0047
+1D643>0048
+1D644>0049
+1D645>004A
+1D646>004B
+1D647>004C
+1D648>004D
+1D649>004E
+1D64A>004F
+1D64B>0050
+1D64C>0051
+1D64D>0052
+1D64E>0053
+1D64F>0054
+1D650>0055
+1D651>0056
+1D652>0057
+1D653>0058
+1D654>0059
+1D655>005A
+1D656>0061
+1D657>0062
+1D658>0063
+1D659>0064
+1D65A>0065
+1D65B>0066
+1D65C>0067
+1D65D>0068
+1D65E>0069
+1D65F>006A
+1D660>006B
+1D661>006C
+1D662>006D
+1D663>006E
+1D664>006F
+1D665>0070
+1D666>0071
+1D667>0072
+1D668>0073
+1D669>0074
+1D66A>0075
+1D66B>0076
+1D66C>0077
+1D66D>0078
+1D66E>0079
+1D66F>007A
+1D670>0041
+1D671>0042
+1D672>0043
+1D673>0044
+1D674>0045
+1D675>0046
+1D676>0047
+1D677>0048
+1D678>0049
+1D679>004A
+1D67A>004B
+1D67B>004C
+1D67C>004D
+1D67D>004E
+1D67E>004F
+1D67F>0050
+1D680>0051
+1D681>0052
+1D682>0053
+1D683>0054
+1D684>0055
+1D685>0056
+1D686>0057
+1D687>0058
+1D688>0059
+1D689>005A
+1D68A>0061
+1D68B>0062
+1D68C>0063
+1D68D>0064
+1D68E>0065
+1D68F>0066
+1D690>0067
+1D691>0068
+1D692>0069
+1D693>006A
+1D694>006B
+1D695>006C
+1D696>006D
+1D697>006E
+1D698>006F
+1D699>0070
+1D69A>0071
+1D69B>0072
+1D69C>0073
+1D69D>0074
+1D69E>0075
+1D69F>0076
+1D6A0>0077
+1D6A1>0078
+1D6A2>0079
+1D6A3>007A
+1D6A4>0131
+1D6A5>0237
+1D6A8>0391
+1D6A9>0392
+1D6AA>0393
+1D6AB>0394
+1D6AC>0395
+1D6AD>0396
+1D6AE>0397
+1D6AF>0398
+1D6B0>0399
+1D6B1>039A
+1D6B2>039B
+1D6B3>039C
+1D6B4>039D
+1D6B5>039E
+1D6B6>039F
+1D6B7>03A0
+1D6B8>03A1
+1D6B9>03F4
+1D6BA>03A3
+1D6BB>03A4
+1D6BC>03A5
+1D6BD>03A6
+1D6BE>03A7
+1D6BF>03A8
+1D6C0>03A9
+1D6C1>2207
+1D6C2>03B1
+1D6C3>03B2
+1D6C4>03B3
+1D6C5>03B4
+1D6C6>03B5
+1D6C7>03B6
+1D6C8>03B7
+1D6C9>03B8
+1D6CA>03B9
+1D6CB>03BA
+1D6CC>03BB
+1D6CD>03BC
+1D6CE>03BD
+1D6CF>03BE
+1D6D0>03BF
+1D6D1>03C0
+1D6D2>03C1
+1D6D3>03C2
+1D6D4>03C3
+1D6D5>03C4
+1D6D6>03C5
+1D6D7>03C6
+1D6D8>03C7
+1D6D9>03C8
+1D6DA>03C9
+1D6DB>2202
+1D6DC>03F5
+1D6DD>03D1
+1D6DE>03F0
+1D6DF>03D5
+1D6E0>03F1
+1D6E1>03D6
+1D6E2>0391
+1D6E3>0392
+1D6E4>0393
+1D6E5>0394
+1D6E6>0395
+1D6E7>0396
+1D6E8>0397
+1D6E9>0398
+1D6EA>0399
+1D6EB>039A
+1D6EC>039B
+1D6ED>039C
+1D6EE>039D
+1D6EF>039E
+1D6F0>039F
+1D6F1>03A0
+1D6F2>03A1
+1D6F3>03F4
+1D6F4>03A3
+1D6F5>03A4
+1D6F6>03A5
+1D6F7>03A6
+1D6F8>03A7
+1D6F9>03A8
+1D6FA>03A9
+1D6FB>2207
+1D6FC>03B1
+1D6FD>03B2
+1D6FE>03B3
+1D6FF>03B4
+1D700>03B5
+1D701>03B6
+1D702>03B7
+1D703>03B8
+1D704>03B9
+1D705>03BA
+1D706>03BB
+1D707>03BC
+1D708>03BD
+1D709>03BE
+1D70A>03BF
+1D70B>03C0
+1D70C>03C1
+1D70D>03C2
+1D70E>03C3
+1D70F>03C4
+1D710>03C5
+1D711>03C6
+1D712>03C7
+1D713>03C8
+1D714>03C9
+1D715>2202
+1D716>03F5
+1D717>03D1
+1D718>03F0
+1D719>03D5
+1D71A>03F1
+1D71B>03D6
+1D71C>0391
+1D71D>0392
+1D71E>0393
+1D71F>0394
+1D720>0395
+1D721>0396
+1D722>0397
+1D723>0398
+1D724>0399
+1D725>039A
+1D726>039B
+1D727>039C
+1D728>039D
+1D729>039E
+1D72A>039F
+1D72B>03A0
+1D72C>03A1
+1D72D>03F4
+1D72E>03A3
+1D72F>03A4
+1D730>03A5
+1D731>03A6
+1D732>03A7
+1D733>03A8
+1D734>03A9
+1D735>2207
+1D736>03B1
+1D737>03B2
+1D738>03B3
+1D739>03B4
+1D73A>03B5
+1D73B>03B6
+1D73C>03B7
+1D73D>03B8
+1D73E>03B9
+1D73F>03BA
+1D740>03BB
+1D741>03BC
+1D742>03BD
+1D743>03BE
+1D744>03BF
+1D745>03C0
+1D746>03C1
+1D747>03C2
+1D748>03C3
+1D749>03C4
+1D74A>03C5
+1D74B>03C6
+1D74C>03C7
+1D74D>03C8
+1D74E>03C9
+1D74F>2202
+1D750>03F5
+1D751>03D1
+1D752>03F0
+1D753>03D5
+1D754>03F1
+1D755>03D6
+1D756>0391
+1D757>0392
+1D758>0393
+1D759>0394
+1D75A>0395
+1D75B>0396
+1D75C>0397
+1D75D>0398
+1D75E>0399
+1D75F>039A
+1D760>039B
+1D761>039C
+1D762>039D
+1D763>039E
+1D764>039F
+1D765>03A0
+1D766>03A1
+1D767>03F4
+1D768>03A3
+1D769>03A4
+1D76A>03A5
+1D76B>03A6
+1D76C>03A7
+1D76D>03A8
+1D76E>03A9
+1D76F>2207
+1D770>03B1
+1D771>03B2
+1D772>03B3
+1D773>03B4
+1D774>03B5
+1D775>03B6
+1D776>03B7
+1D777>03B8
+1D778>03B9
+1D779>03BA
+1D77A>03BB
+1D77B>03BC
+1D77C>03BD
+1D77D>03BE
+1D77E>03BF
+1D77F>03C0
+1D780>03C1
+1D781>03C2
+1D782>03C3
+1D783>03C4
+1D784>03C5
+1D785>03C6
+1D786>03C7
+1D787>03C8
+1D788>03C9
+1D789>2202
+1D78A>03F5
+1D78B>03D1
+1D78C>03F0
+1D78D>03D5
+1D78E>03F1
+1D78F>03D6
+1D790>0391
+1D791>0392
+1D792>0393
+1D793>0394
+1D794>0395
+1D795>0396
+1D796>0397
+1D797>0398
+1D798>0399
+1D799>039A
+1D79A>039B
+1D79B>039C
+1D79C>039D
+1D79D>039E
+1D79E>039F
+1D79F>03A0
+1D7A0>03A1
+1D7A1>03F4
+1D7A2>03A3
+1D7A3>03A4
+1D7A4>03A5
+1D7A5>03A6
+1D7A6>03A7
+1D7A7>03A8
+1D7A8>03A9
+1D7A9>2207
+1D7AA>03B1
+1D7AB>03B2
+1D7AC>03B3
+1D7AD>03B4
+1D7AE>03B5
+1D7AF>03B6
+1D7B0>03B7
+1D7B1>03B8
+1D7B2>03B9
+1D7B3>03BA
+1D7B4>03BB
+1D7B5>03BC
+1D7B6>03BD
+1D7B7>03BE
+1D7B8>03BF
+1D7B9>03C0
+1D7BA>03C1
+1D7BB>03C2
+1D7BC>03C3
+1D7BD>03C4
+1D7BE>03C5
+1D7BF>03C6
+1D7C0>03C7
+1D7C1>03C8
+1D7C2>03C9
+1D7C3>2202
+1D7C4>03F5
+1D7C5>03D1
+1D7C6>03F0
+1D7C7>03D5
+1D7C8>03F1
+1D7C9>03D6
+1D7CA>03DC
+1D7CB>03DD
+1D7CE>0030
+1D7CF>0031
+1D7D0>0032
+1D7D1>0033
+1D7D2>0034
+1D7D3>0035
+1D7D4>0036
+1D7D5>0037
+1D7D6>0038
+1D7D7>0039
+1D7D8>0030
+1D7D9>0031
+1D7DA>0032
+1D7DB>0033
+1D7DC>0034
+1D7DD>0035
+1D7DE>0036
+1D7DF>0037
+1D7E0>0038
+1D7E1>0039
+1D7E2>0030
+1D7E3>0031
+1D7E4>0032
+1D7E5>0033
+1D7E6>0034
+1D7E7>0035
+1D7E8>0036
+1D7E9>0037
+1D7EA>0038
+1D7EB>0039
+1D7EC>0030
+1D7ED>0031
+1D7EE>0032
+1D7EF>0033
+1D7F0>0034
+1D7F1>0035
+1D7F2>0036
+1D7F3>0037
+1D7F4>0038
+1D7F5>0039
+1D7F6>0030
+1D7F7>0031
+1D7F8>0032
+1D7F9>0033
+1D7FA>0034
+1D7FB>0035
+1D7FC>0036
+1D7FD>0037
+1D7FE>0038
+1D7FF>0039
+1F100>0030 002E
+1F101>0030 002C
+1F102>0031 002C
+1F103>0032 002C
+1F104>0033 002C
+1F105>0034 002C
+1F106>0035 002C
+1F107>0036 002C
+1F108>0037 002C
+1F109>0038 002C
+1F10A>0039 002C
+1F110>0028 0041 0029
+1F111>0028 0042 0029
+1F112>0028 0043 0029
+1F113>0028 0044 0029
+1F114>0028 0045 0029
+1F115>0028 0046 0029
+1F116>0028 0047 0029
+1F117>0028 0048 0029
+1F118>0028 0049 0029
+1F119>0028 004A 0029
+1F11A>0028 004B 0029
+1F11B>0028 004C 0029
+1F11C>0028 004D 0029
+1F11D>0028 004E 0029
+1F11E>0028 004F 0029
+1F11F>0028 0050 0029
+1F120>0028 0051 0029
+1F121>0028 0052 0029
+1F122>0028 0053 0029
+1F123>0028 0054 0029
+1F124>0028 0055 0029
+1F125>0028 0056 0029
+1F126>0028 0057 0029
+1F127>0028 0058 0029
+1F128>0028 0059 0029
+1F129>0028 005A 0029
+1F12A>3014 0053 3015
+1F12B>0043
+1F12C>0052
+1F12D>0043 0044
+1F12E>0057 005A
+1F131>0042
+1F13D>004E
+1F13F>0050
+1F142>0053
+1F146>0057
+1F14A>0048 0056
+1F14B>004D 0056
+1F14C>0053 0044
+1F14D>0053 0053
+1F14E>0050 0050 0056
+1F190>0044 004A
+1F200>307B 304B
+1F210>624B
+1F211>5B57
+1F212>53CC
+1F213>30C7
+1F214>4E8C
+1F215>591A
+1F216>89E3
+1F217>5929
+1F218>4EA4
+1F219>6620
+1F21A>7121
+1F21B>6599
+1F21C>524D
+1F21D>5F8C
+1F21E>518D
+1F21F>65B0
+1F220>521D
+1F221>7D42
+1F222>751F
+1F223>8CA9
+1F224>58F0
+1F225>5439
+1F226>6F14
+1F227>6295
+1F228>6355
+1F229>4E00
+1F22A>4E09
+1F22B>904A
+1F22C>5DE6
+1F22D>4E2D
+1F22E>53F3
+1F22F>6307
+1F230>8D70
+1F231>6253
+1F240>3014 672C 3015
+1F241>3014 4E09 3015
+1F242>3014 4E8C 3015
+1F243>3014 5B89 3015
+1F244>3014 70B9 3015
+1F245>3014 6253 3015
+1F246>3014 76D7 3015
+1F247>3014 52DD 3015
+1F248>3014 6557 3015
+2F800>4E3D
+2F801>4E38
+2F802>4E41
+2F803>20122
+2F804>4F60
+2F805>4FAE
+2F806>4FBB
+2F807>5002
+2F808>507A
+2F809>5099
+2F80A>50E7
+2F80B>50CF
+2F80C>349E
+2F80D>2063A
+2F80E>514D
+2F80F>5154
+2F810>5164
+2F811>5177
+2F812>2051C
+2F813>34B9
+2F814>5167
+2F815>518D
+2F816>2054B
+2F817>5197
+2F818>51A4
+2F819>4ECC
+2F81A>51AC
+2F81B>51B5
+2F81C>291DF
+2F81D>51F5
+2F81E>5203
+2F81F>34DF
+2F820>523B
+2F821>5246
+2F822>5272
+2F823>5277
+2F824>3515
+2F825>52C7
+2F826>52C9
+2F827>52E4
+2F828>52FA
+2F829>5305
+2F82A>5306
+2F82B>5317
+2F82C>5349
+2F82D>5351
+2F82E>535A
+2F82F>5373
+2F830>537D
+2F831>537F
+2F832>537F
+2F833>537F
+2F834>20A2C
+2F835>7070
+2F836>53CA
+2F837>53DF
+2F838>20B63
+2F839>53EB
+2F83A>53F1
+2F83B>5406
+2F83C>549E
+2F83D>5438
+2F83E>5448
+2F83F>5468
+2F840>54A2
+2F841>54F6
+2F842>5510
+2F843>5553
+2F844>5563
+2F845>5584
+2F846>5584
+2F847>5599
+2F848>55AB
+2F849>55B3
+2F84A>55C2
+2F84B>5716
+2F84C>5606
+2F84D>5717
+2F84E>5651
+2F84F>5674
+2F850>5207
+2F851>58EE
+2F852>57CE
+2F853>57F4
+2F854>580D
+2F855>578B
+2F856>5832
+2F857>5831
+2F858>58AC
+2F859>214E4
+2F85A>58F2
+2F85B>58F7
+2F85C>5906
+2F85D>591A
+2F85E>5922
+2F85F>5962
+2F860>216A8
+2F861>216EA
+2F862>59EC
+2F863>5A1B
+2F864>5A27
+2F865>59D8
+2F866>5A66
+2F867>36EE
+2F868>36FC
+2F869>5B08
+2F86A>5B3E
+2F86B>5B3E
+2F86C>219C8
+2F86D>5BC3
+2F86E>5BD8
+2F86F>5BE7
+2F870>5BF3
+2F871>21B18
+2F872>5BFF
+2F873>5C06
+2F874>5F53
+2F875>5C22
+2F876>3781
+2F877>5C60
+2F878>5C6E
+2F879>5CC0
+2F87A>5C8D
+2F87B>21DE4
+2F87C>5D43
+2F87D>21DE6
+2F87E>5D6E
+2F87F>5D6B
+2F880>5D7C
+2F881>5DE1
+2F882>5DE2
+2F883>382F
+2F884>5DFD
+2F885>5E28
+2F886>5E3D
+2F887>5E69
+2F888>3862
+2F889>22183
+2F88A>387C
+2F88B>5EB0
+2F88C>5EB3
+2F88D>5EB6
+2F88E>5ECA
+2F88F>2A392
+2F890>5EFE
+2F891>22331
+2F892>22331
+2F893>8201
+2F894>5F22
+2F895>5F22
+2F896>38C7
+2F897>232B8
+2F898>261DA
+2F899>5F62
+2F89A>5F6B
+2F89B>38E3
+2F89C>5F9A
+2F89D>5FCD
+2F89E>5FD7
+2F89F>5FF9
+2F8A0>6081
+2F8A1>393A
+2F8A2>391C
+2F8A3>6094
+2F8A4>226D4
+2F8A5>60C7
+2F8A6>6148
+2F8A7>614C
+2F8A8>614E
+2F8A9>614C
+2F8AA>617A
+2F8AB>618E
+2F8AC>61B2
+2F8AD>61A4
+2F8AE>61AF
+2F8AF>61DE
+2F8B0>61F2
+2F8B1>61F6
+2F8B2>6210
+2F8B3>621B
+2F8B4>625D
+2F8B5>62B1
+2F8B6>62D4
+2F8B7>6350
+2F8B8>22B0C
+2F8B9>633D
+2F8BA>62FC
+2F8BB>6368
+2F8BC>6383
+2F8BD>63E4
+2F8BE>22BF1
+2F8BF>6422
+2F8C0>63C5
+2F8C1>63A9
+2F8C2>3A2E
+2F8C3>6469
+2F8C4>647E
+2F8C5>649D
+2F8C6>6477
+2F8C7>3A6C
+2F8C8>654F
+2F8C9>656C
+2F8CA>2300A
+2F8CB>65E3
+2F8CC>66F8
+2F8CD>6649
+2F8CE>3B19
+2F8CF>6691
+2F8D0>3B08
+2F8D1>3AE4
+2F8D2>5192
+2F8D3>5195
+2F8D4>6700
+2F8D5>669C
+2F8D6>80AD
+2F8D7>43D9
+2F8D8>6717
+2F8D9>671B
+2F8DA>6721
+2F8DB>675E
+2F8DC>6753
+2F8DD>233C3
+2F8DE>3B49
+2F8DF>67FA
+2F8E0>6785
+2F8E1>6852
+2F8E2>6885
+2F8E3>2346D
+2F8E4>688E
+2F8E5>681F
+2F8E6>6914
+2F8E7>3B9D
+2F8E8>6942
+2F8E9>69A3
+2F8EA>69EA
+2F8EB>6AA8
+2F8EC>236A3
+2F8ED>6ADB
+2F8EE>3C18
+2F8EF>6B21
+2F8F0>238A7
+2F8F1>6B54
+2F8F2>3C4E
+2F8F3>6B72
+2F8F4>6B9F
+2F8F5>6BBA
+2F8F6>6BBB
+2F8F7>23A8D
+2F8F8>21D0B
+2F8F9>23AFA
+2F8FA>6C4E
+2F8FB>23CBC
+2F8FC>6CBF
+2F8FD>6CCD
+2F8FE>6C67
+2F8FF>6D16
+2F900>6D3E
+2F901>6D77
+2F902>6D41
+2F903>6D69
+2F904>6D78
+2F905>6D85
+2F906>23D1E
+2F907>6D34
+2F908>6E2F
+2F909>6E6E
+2F90A>3D33
+2F90B>6ECB
+2F90C>6EC7
+2F90D>23ED1
+2F90E>6DF9
+2F90F>6F6E
+2F910>23F5E
+2F911>23F8E
+2F912>6FC6
+2F913>7039
+2F914>701E
+2F915>701B
+2F916>3D96
+2F917>704A
+2F918>707D
+2F919>7077
+2F91A>70AD
+2F91B>20525
+2F91C>7145
+2F91D>24263
+2F91E>719C
+2F91F>243AB
+2F920>7228
+2F921>7235
+2F922>7250
+2F923>24608
+2F924>7280
+2F925>7295
+2F926>24735
+2F927>24814
+2F928>737A
+2F929>738B
+2F92A>3EAC
+2F92B>73A5
+2F92C>3EB8
+2F92D>3EB8
+2F92E>7447
+2F92F>745C
+2F930>7471
+2F931>7485
+2F932>74CA
+2F933>3F1B
+2F934>7524
+2F935>24C36
+2F936>753E
+2F937>24C92
+2F938>7570
+2F939>2219F
+2F93A>7610
+2F93B>24FA1
+2F93C>24FB8
+2F93D>25044
+2F93E>3FFC
+2F93F>4008
+2F940>76F4
+2F941>250F3
+2F942>250F2
+2F943>25119
+2F944>25133
+2F945>771E
+2F946>771F
+2F947>771F
+2F948>774A
+2F949>4039
+2F94A>778B
+2F94B>4046
+2F94C>4096
+2F94D>2541D
+2F94E>784E
+2F94F>788C
+2F950>78CC
+2F951>40E3
+2F952>25626
+2F953>7956
+2F954>2569A
+2F955>256C5
+2F956>798F
+2F957>79EB
+2F958>412F
+2F959>7A40
+2F95A>7A4A
+2F95B>7A4F
+2F95C>2597C
+2F95D>25AA7
+2F95E>25AA7
+2F95F>7AEE
+2F960>4202
+2F961>25BAB
+2F962>7BC6
+2F963>7BC9
+2F964>4227
+2F965>25C80
+2F966>7CD2
+2F967>42A0
+2F968>7CE8
+2F969>7CE3
+2F96A>7D00
+2F96B>25F86
+2F96C>7D63
+2F96D>4301
+2F96E>7DC7
+2F96F>7E02
+2F970>7E45
+2F971>4334
+2F972>26228
+2F973>26247
+2F974>4359
+2F975>262D9
+2F976>7F7A
+2F977>2633E
+2F978>7F95
+2F979>7FFA
+2F97A>8005
+2F97B>264DA
+2F97C>26523
+2F97D>8060
+2F97E>265A8
+2F97F>8070
+2F980>2335F
+2F981>43D5
+2F982>80B2
+2F983>8103
+2F984>440B
+2F985>813E
+2F986>5AB5
+2F987>267A7
+2F988>267B5
+2F989>23393
+2F98A>2339C
+2F98B>8201
+2F98C>8204
+2F98D>8F9E
+2F98E>446B
+2F98F>8291
+2F990>828B
+2F991>829D
+2F992>52B3
+2F993>82B1
+2F994>82B3
+2F995>82BD
+2F996>82E6
+2F997>26B3C
+2F998>82E5
+2F999>831D
+2F99A>8363
+2F99B>83AD
+2F99C>8323
+2F99D>83BD
+2F99E>83E7
+2F99F>8457
+2F9A0>8353
+2F9A1>83CA
+2F9A2>83CC
+2F9A3>83DC
+2F9A4>26C36
+2F9A5>26D6B
+2F9A6>26CD5
+2F9A7>452B
+2F9A8>84F1
+2F9A9>84F3
+2F9AA>8516
+2F9AB>273CA
+2F9AC>8564
+2F9AD>26F2C
+2F9AE>455D
+2F9AF>4561
+2F9B0>26FB1
+2F9B1>270D2
+2F9B2>456B
+2F9B3>8650
+2F9B4>865C
+2F9B5>8667
+2F9B6>8669
+2F9B7>86A9
+2F9B8>8688
+2F9B9>870E
+2F9BA>86E2
+2F9BB>8779
+2F9BC>8728
+2F9BD>876B
+2F9BE>8786
+2F9BF>45D7
+2F9C0>87E1
+2F9C1>8801
+2F9C2>45F9
+2F9C3>8860
+2F9C4>8863
+2F9C5>27667
+2F9C6>88D7
+2F9C7>88DE
+2F9C8>4635
+2F9C9>88FA
+2F9CA>34BB
+2F9CB>278AE
+2F9CC>27966
+2F9CD>46BE
+2F9CE>46C7
+2F9CF>8AA0
+2F9D0>8AED
+2F9D1>8B8A
+2F9D2>8C55
+2F9D3>27CA8
+2F9D4>8CAB
+2F9D5>8CC1
+2F9D6>8D1B
+2F9D7>8D77
+2F9D8>27F2F
+2F9D9>20804
+2F9DA>8DCB
+2F9DB>8DBC
+2F9DC>8DF0
+2F9DD>208DE
+2F9DE>8ED4
+2F9DF>8F38
+2F9E0>285D2
+2F9E1>285ED
+2F9E2>9094
+2F9E3>90F1
+2F9E4>9111
+2F9E5>2872E
+2F9E6>911B
+2F9E7>9238
+2F9E8>92D7
+2F9E9>92D8
+2F9EA>927C
+2F9EB>93F9
+2F9EC>9415
+2F9ED>28BFA
+2F9EE>958B
+2F9EF>4995
+2F9F0>95B7
+2F9F1>28D77
+2F9F2>49E6
+2F9F3>96C3
+2F9F4>5DB2
+2F9F5>9723
+2F9F6>29145
+2F9F7>2921A
+2F9F8>4A6E
+2F9F9>4A76
+2F9FA>97E0
+2F9FB>2940A
+2F9FC>4AB2
+2F9FD>29496
+2F9FE>980B
+2F9FF>980B
+2FA00>9829
+2FA01>295B6
+2FA02>98E2
+2FA03>4B33
+2FA04>9929
+2FA05>99A7
+2FA06>99C2
+2FA07>99FE
+2FA08>4BCE
+2FA09>29B30
+2FA0A>9B12
+2FA0B>9C40
+2FA0C>9CFD
+2FA0D>4CCE
+2FA0E>4CED
+2FA0F>9D67
+2FA10>2A0CE
+2FA11>4CF8
+2FA12>2A105
+2FA13>2A20E
+2FA14>2A291
+2FA15>9EBB
+2FA16>4D56
+2FA17>9EF9
+2FA18>9EFE
+2FA19>9F05
+2FA1A>9F0F
+2FA1B>9F16
+2FA1C>9F3B
+2FA1D>2A600
diff --git a/mailnews/extensions/fts3/data/nfkc_cf.txt b/mailnews/extensions/fts3/data/nfkc_cf.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..becabbbf3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/extensions/fts3/data/nfkc_cf.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,5376 @@
+# Extracted from:
+# DerivedNormalizationProps-5.2.0.txt
+# Date: 2009-08-26, 18:18:50 GMT [MD]
+#
+# Unicode Character Database
+# Copyright (c) 1991-2009 Unicode, Inc.
+# For terms of use, see http://www.unicode.org/terms_of_use.html
+# For documentation, see http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr44/
+
+# ================================================
+# This file has been reformatted into syntax for the
+# gennorm2 Normalizer2 data generator tool.
+# Only the NFKC_CF mappings are retained and reformatted.
+# Reformatting via regular expression: s/ *; NFKC_CF; */>/
+# Use this file as the second gennorm2 input file after nfkc.txt.
+# ================================================
+
+# Derived Property:   NFKC_Casefold (NFKC_CF)
+#   This property removes certain variations from characters: case, compatibility, and default-ignorables.
+#   It is used for loose matching and certain types of identifiers.
+#   It is constructed by applying NFKC, CaseFolding, and removal of Default_Ignorable_Code_Points.
+#   The process of applying these transformations is repeated until a stable result is produced.
+#   WARNING: Application to STRINGS must apply NFC after mapping each character, because characters may interact.
+#            For more information, see [http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr44/]
+# Omitted code points are unchanged by this mapping.
+# @missing: 0000..10FFFF><code point>
+
+#  All code points not explicitly listed for NFKC_Casefold
+#  have the value <codepoint>.
+
+0041>0061
+0042>0062
+0043>0063
+0044>0064
+0045>0065
+0046>0066
+0047>0067
+0048>0068
+0049>0069
+004A>006A
+004B>006B
+004C>006C
+004D>006D
+004E>006E
+004F>006F
+0050>0070
+0051>0071
+0052>0072
+0053>0073
+0054>0074
+0055>0075
+0056>0076
+0057>0077
+0058>0078
+0059>0079
+005A>007A
+00A0>0020
+00A8>0020 0308
+00AA>0061
+00AD>
+00AF>0020 0304
+00B2>0032
+00B3>0033
+00B4>0020 0301
+00B5>03BC
+00B8>0020 0327
+00B9>0031
+00BA>006F
+00BC>0031 2044 0034
+00BD>0031 2044 0032
+00BE>0033 2044 0034
+00C0>00E0
+00C1>00E1
+00C2>00E2
+00C3>00E3
+00C4>00E4
+00C5>00E5
+00C6>00E6
+00C7>00E7
+00C8>00E8
+00C9>00E9
+00CA>00EA
+00CB>00EB
+00CC>00EC
+00CD>00ED
+00CE>00EE
+00CF>00EF
+00D0>00F0
+00D1>00F1
+00D2>00F2
+00D3>00F3
+00D4>00F4
+00D5>00F5
+00D6>00F6
+00D8>00F8
+00D9>00F9
+00DA>00FA
+00DB>00FB
+00DC>00FC
+00DD>00FD
+00DE>00FE
+00DF>0073 0073
+0100>0101
+0102>0103
+0104>0105
+0106>0107
+0108>0109
+010A>010B
+010C>010D
+010E>010F
+0110>0111
+0112>0113
+0114>0115
+0116>0117
+0118>0119
+011A>011B
+011C>011D
+011E>011F
+0120>0121
+0122>0123
+0124>0125
+0126>0127
+0128>0129
+012A>012B
+012C>012D
+012E>012F
+0130>0069 0307
+0132..0133>0069 006A
+0134>0135
+0136>0137
+0139>013A
+013B>013C
+013D>013E
+013F..0140>006C 00B7
+0141>0142
+0143>0144
+0145>0146
+0147>0148
+0149>02BC 006E
+014A>014B
+014C>014D
+014E>014F
+0150>0151
+0152>0153
+0154>0155
+0156>0157
+0158>0159
+015A>015B
+015C>015D
+015E>015F
+0160>0161
+0162>0163
+0164>0165
+0166>0167
+0168>0169
+016A>016B
+016C>016D
+016E>016F
+0170>0171
+0172>0173
+0174>0175
+0176>0177
+0178>00FF
+0179>017A
+017B>017C
+017D>017E
+017F>0073
+0181>0253
+0182>0183
+0184>0185
+0186>0254
+0187>0188
+0189>0256
+018A>0257
+018B>018C
+018E>01DD
+018F>0259
+0190>025B
+0191>0192
+0193>0260
+0194>0263
+0196>0269
+0197>0268
+0198>0199
+019C>026F
+019D>0272
+019F>0275
+01A0>01A1
+01A2>01A3
+01A4>01A5
+01A6>0280
+01A7>01A8
+01A9>0283
+01AC>01AD
+01AE>0288
+01AF>01B0
+01B1>028A
+01B2>028B
+01B3>01B4
+01B5>01B6
+01B7>0292
+01B8>01B9
+01BC>01BD
+01C4..01C6>0064 017E
+01C7..01C9>006C 006A
+01CA..01CC>006E 006A
+01CD>01CE
+01CF>01D0
+01D1>01D2
+01D3>01D4
+01D5>01D6
+01D7>01D8
+01D9>01DA
+01DB>01DC
+01DE>01DF
+01E0>01E1
+01E2>01E3
+01E4>01E5
+01E6>01E7
+01E8>01E9
+01EA>01EB
+01EC>01ED
+01EE>01EF
+01F1..01F3>0064 007A
+01F4>01F5
+01F6>0195
+01F7>01BF
+01F8>01F9
+01FA>01FB
+01FC>01FD
+01FE>01FF
+0200>0201
+0202>0203
+0204>0205
+0206>0207
+0208>0209
+020A>020B
+020C>020D
+020E>020F
+0210>0211
+0212>0213
+0214>0215
+0216>0217
+0218>0219
+021A>021B
+021C>021D
+021E>021F
+0220>019E
+0222>0223
+0224>0225
+0226>0227
+0228>0229
+022A>022B
+022C>022D
+022E>022F
+0230>0231
+0232>0233
+023A>2C65
+023B>023C
+023D>019A
+023E>2C66
+0241>0242
+0243>0180
+0244>0289
+0245>028C
+0246>0247
+0248>0249
+024A>024B
+024C>024D
+024E>024F
+02B0>0068
+02B1>0266
+02B2>006A
+02B3>0072
+02B4>0279
+02B5>027B
+02B6>0281
+02B7>0077
+02B8>0079
+02D8>0020 0306
+02D9>0020 0307
+02DA>0020 030A
+02DB>0020 0328
+02DC>0020 0303
+02DD>0020 030B
+02E0>0263
+02E1>006C
+02E2>0073
+02E3>0078
+02E4>0295
+0340>0300
+0341>0301
+0343>0313
+0344>0308 0301
+0345>03B9
+034F>
+0370>0371
+0372>0373
+0374>02B9
+0376>0377
+037A>0020 03B9
+037E>003B
+0384>0020 0301
+0385>0020 0308 0301
+0386>03AC
+0387>00B7
+0388>03AD
+0389>03AE
+038A>03AF
+038C>03CC
+038E>03CD
+038F>03CE
+0391>03B1
+0392>03B2
+0393>03B3
+0394>03B4
+0395>03B5
+0396>03B6
+0397>03B7
+0398>03B8
+0399>03B9
+039A>03BA
+039B>03BB
+039C>03BC
+039D>03BD
+039E>03BE
+039F>03BF
+03A0>03C0
+03A1>03C1
+03A3>03C3
+03A4>03C4
+03A5>03C5
+03A6>03C6
+03A7>03C7
+03A8>03C8
+03A9>03C9
+03AA>03CA
+03AB>03CB
+03C2>03C3
+03CF>03D7
+03D0>03B2
+03D1>03B8
+03D2>03C5
+03D3>03CD
+03D4>03CB
+03D5>03C6
+03D6>03C0
+03D8>03D9
+03DA>03DB
+03DC>03DD
+03DE>03DF
+03E0>03E1
+03E2>03E3
+03E4>03E5
+03E6>03E7
+03E8>03E9
+03EA>03EB
+03EC>03ED
+03EE>03EF
+03F0>03BA
+03F1>03C1
+03F2>03C3
+03F4>03B8
+03F5>03B5
+03F7>03F8
+03F9>03C3
+03FA>03FB
+03FD>037B
+03FE>037C
+03FF>037D
+0400>0450
+0401>0451
+0402>0452
+0403>0453
+0404>0454
+0405>0455
+0406>0456
+0407>0457
+0408>0458
+0409>0459
+040A>045A
+040B>045B
+040C>045C
+040D>045D
+040E>045E
+040F>045F
+0410>0430
+0411>0431
+0412>0432
+0413>0433
+0414>0434
+0415>0435
+0416>0436
+0417>0437
+0418>0438
+0419>0439
+041A>043A
+041B>043B
+041C>043C
+041D>043D
+041E>043E
+041F>043F
+0420>0440
+0421>0441
+0422>0442
+0423>0443
+0424>0444
+0425>0445
+0426>0446
+0427>0447
+0428>0448
+0429>0449
+042A>044A
+042B>044B
+042C>044C
+042D>044D
+042E>044E
+042F>044F
+0460>0461
+0462>0463
+0464>0465
+0466>0467
+0468>0469
+046A>046B
+046C>046D
+046E>046F
+0470>0471
+0472>0473
+0474>0475
+0476>0477
+0478>0479
+047A>047B
+047C>047D
+047E>047F
+0480>0481
+048A>048B
+048C>048D
+048E>048F
+0490>0491
+0492>0493
+0494>0495
+0496>0497
+0498>0499
+049A>049B
+049C>049D
+049E>049F
+04A0>04A1
+04A2>04A3
+04A4>04A5
+04A6>04A7
+04A8>04A9
+04AA>04AB
+04AC>04AD
+04AE>04AF
+04B0>04B1
+04B2>04B3
+04B4>04B5
+04B6>04B7
+04B8>04B9
+04BA>04BB
+04BC>04BD
+04BE>04BF
+04C0>04CF
+04C1>04C2
+04C3>04C4
+04C5>04C6
+04C7>04C8
+04C9>04CA
+04CB>04CC
+04CD>04CE
+04D0>04D1
+04D2>04D3
+04D4>04D5
+04D6>04D7
+04D8>04D9
+04DA>04DB
+04DC>04DD
+04DE>04DF
+04E0>04E1
+04E2>04E3
+04E4>04E5
+04E6>04E7
+04E8>04E9
+04EA>04EB
+04EC>04ED
+04EE>04EF
+04F0>04F1
+04F2>04F3
+04F4>04F5
+04F6>04F7
+04F8>04F9
+04FA>04FB
+04FC>04FD
+04FE>04FF
+0500>0501
+0502>0503
+0504>0505
+0506>0507
+0508>0509
+050A>050B
+050C>050D
+050E>050F
+0510>0511
+0512>0513
+0514>0515
+0516>0517
+0518>0519
+051A>051B
+051C>051D
+051E>051F
+0520>0521
+0522>0523
+0524>0525
+0531>0561
+0532>0562
+0533>0563
+0534>0564
+0535>0565
+0536>0566
+0537>0567
+0538>0568
+0539>0569
+053A>056A
+053B>056B
+053C>056C
+053D>056D
+053E>056E
+053F>056F
+0540>0570
+0541>0571
+0542>0572
+0543>0573
+0544>0574
+0545>0575
+0546>0576
+0547>0577
+0548>0578
+0549>0579
+054A>057A
+054B>057B
+054C>057C
+054D>057D
+054E>057E
+054F>057F
+0550>0580
+0551>0581
+0552>0582
+0553>0583
+0554>0584
+0555>0585
+0556>0586
+0587>0565 0582
+0675>0627 0674
+0676>0648 0674
+0677>06C7 0674
+0678>064A 0674
+0958>0915 093C
+0959>0916 093C
+095A>0917 093C
+095B>091C 093C
+095C>0921 093C
+095D>0922 093C
+095E>092B 093C
+095F>092F 093C
+09DC>09A1 09BC
+09DD>09A2 09BC
+09DF>09AF 09BC
+0A33>0A32 0A3C
+0A36>0A38 0A3C
+0A59>0A16 0A3C
+0A5A>0A17 0A3C
+0A5B>0A1C 0A3C
+0A5E>0A2B 0A3C
+0B5C>0B21 0B3C
+0B5D>0B22 0B3C
+0E33>0E4D 0E32
+0EB3>0ECD 0EB2
+0EDC>0EAB 0E99
+0EDD>0EAB 0EA1
+0F0C>0F0B
+0F43>0F42 0FB7
+0F4D>0F4C 0FB7
+0F52>0F51 0FB7
+0F57>0F56 0FB7
+0F5C>0F5B 0FB7
+0F69>0F40 0FB5
+0F73>0F71 0F72
+0F75>0F71 0F74
+0F76>0FB2 0F80
+0F77>0FB2 0F71 0F80
+0F78>0FB3 0F80
+0F79>0FB3 0F71 0F80
+0F81>0F71 0F80
+0F93>0F92 0FB7
+0F9D>0F9C 0FB7
+0FA2>0FA1 0FB7
+0FA7>0FA6 0FB7
+0FAC>0FAB 0FB7
+0FB9>0F90 0FB5
+10A0>2D00
+10A1>2D01
+10A2>2D02
+10A3>2D03
+10A4>2D04
+10A5>2D05
+10A6>2D06
+10A7>2D07
+10A8>2D08
+10A9>2D09
+10AA>2D0A
+10AB>2D0B
+10AC>2D0C
+10AD>2D0D
+10AE>2D0E
+10AF>2D0F
+10B0>2D10
+10B1>2D11
+10B2>2D12
+10B3>2D13
+10B4>2D14
+10B5>2D15
+10B6>2D16
+10B7>2D17
+10B8>2D18
+10B9>2D19
+10BA>2D1A
+10BB>2D1B
+10BC>2D1C
+10BD>2D1D
+10BE>2D1E
+10BF>2D1F
+10C0>2D20
+10C1>2D21
+10C2>2D22
+10C3>2D23
+10C4>2D24
+10C5>2D25
+10FC>10DC
+115F..1160>
+17B4..17B5>
+180B..180D>
+1D2C>0061
+1D2D>00E6
+1D2E>0062
+1D30>0064
+1D31>0065
+1D32>01DD
+1D33>0067
+1D34>0068
+1D35>0069
+1D36>006A
+1D37>006B
+1D38>006C
+1D39>006D
+1D3A>006E
+1D3C>006F
+1D3D>0223
+1D3E>0070
+1D3F>0072
+1D40>0074
+1D41>0075
+1D42>0077
+1D43>0061
+1D44>0250
+1D45>0251
+1D46>1D02
+1D47>0062
+1D48>0064
+1D49>0065
+1D4A>0259
+1D4B>025B
+1D4C>025C
+1D4D>0067
+1D4F>006B
+1D50>006D
+1D51>014B
+1D52>006F
+1D53>0254
+1D54>1D16
+1D55>1D17
+1D56>0070
+1D57>0074
+1D58>0075
+1D59>1D1D
+1D5A>026F
+1D5B>0076
+1D5C>1D25
+1D5D>03B2
+1D5E>03B3
+1D5F>03B4
+1D60>03C6
+1D61>03C7
+1D62>0069
+1D63>0072
+1D64>0075
+1D65>0076
+1D66>03B2
+1D67>03B3
+1D68>03C1
+1D69>03C6
+1D6A>03C7
+1D78>043D
+1D9B>0252
+1D9C>0063
+1D9D>0255
+1D9E>00F0
+1D9F>025C
+1DA0>0066
+1DA1>025F
+1DA2>0261
+1DA3>0265
+1DA4>0268
+1DA5>0269
+1DA6>026A
+1DA7>1D7B
+1DA8>029D
+1DA9>026D
+1DAA>1D85
+1DAB>029F
+1DAC>0271
+1DAD>0270
+1DAE>0272
+1DAF>0273
+1DB0>0274
+1DB1>0275
+1DB2>0278
+1DB3>0282
+1DB4>0283
+1DB5>01AB
+1DB6>0289
+1DB7>028A
+1DB8>1D1C
+1DB9>028B
+1DBA>028C
+1DBB>007A
+1DBC>0290
+1DBD>0291
+1DBE>0292
+1DBF>03B8
+1E00>1E01
+1E02>1E03
+1E04>1E05
+1E06>1E07
+1E08>1E09
+1E0A>1E0B
+1E0C>1E0D
+1E0E>1E0F
+1E10>1E11
+1E12>1E13
+1E14>1E15
+1E16>1E17
+1E18>1E19
+1E1A>1E1B
+1E1C>1E1D
+1E1E>1E1F
+1E20>1E21
+1E22>1E23
+1E24>1E25
+1E26>1E27
+1E28>1E29
+1E2A>1E2B
+1E2C>1E2D
+1E2E>1E2F
+1E30>1E31
+1E32>1E33
+1E34>1E35
+1E36>1E37
+1E38>1E39
+1E3A>1E3B
+1E3C>1E3D
+1E3E>1E3F
+1E40>1E41
+1E42>1E43
+1E44>1E45
+1E46>1E47
+1E48>1E49
+1E4A>1E4B
+1E4C>1E4D
+1E4E>1E4F
+1E50>1E51
+1E52>1E53
+1E54>1E55
+1E56>1E57
+1E58>1E59
+1E5A>1E5B
+1E5C>1E5D
+1E5E>1E5F
+1E60>1E61
+1E62>1E63
+1E64>1E65
+1E66>1E67
+1E68>1E69
+1E6A>1E6B
+1E6C>1E6D
+1E6E>1E6F
+1E70>1E71
+1E72>1E73
+1E74>1E75
+1E76>1E77
+1E78>1E79
+1E7A>1E7B
+1E7C>1E7D
+1E7E>1E7F
+1E80>1E81
+1E82>1E83
+1E84>1E85
+1E86>1E87
+1E88>1E89
+1E8A>1E8B
+1E8C>1E8D
+1E8E>1E8F
+1E90>1E91
+1E92>1E93
+1E94>1E95
+1E9A>0061 02BE
+1E9B>1E61
+1E9E>0073 0073
+1EA0>1EA1
+1EA2>1EA3
+1EA4>1EA5
+1EA6>1EA7
+1EA8>1EA9
+1EAA>1EAB
+1EAC>1EAD
+1EAE>1EAF
+1EB0>1EB1
+1EB2>1EB3
+1EB4>1EB5
+1EB6>1EB7
+1EB8>1EB9
+1EBA>1EBB
+1EBC>1EBD
+1EBE>1EBF
+1EC0>1EC1
+1EC2>1EC3
+1EC4>1EC5
+1EC6>1EC7
+1EC8>1EC9
+1ECA>1ECB
+1ECC>1ECD
+1ECE>1ECF
+1ED0>1ED1
+1ED2>1ED3
+1ED4>1ED5
+1ED6>1ED7
+1ED8>1ED9
+1EDA>1EDB
+1EDC>1EDD
+1EDE>1EDF
+1EE0>1EE1
+1EE2>1EE3
+1EE4>1EE5
+1EE6>1EE7
+1EE8>1EE9
+1EEA>1EEB
+1EEC>1EED
+1EEE>1EEF
+1EF0>1EF1
+1EF2>1EF3
+1EF4>1EF5
+1EF6>1EF7
+1EF8>1EF9
+1EFA>1EFB
+1EFC>1EFD
+1EFE>1EFF
+1F08>1F00
+1F09>1F01
+1F0A>1F02
+1F0B>1F03
+1F0C>1F04
+1F0D>1F05
+1F0E>1F06
+1F0F>1F07
+1F18>1F10
+1F19>1F11
+1F1A>1F12
+1F1B>1F13
+1F1C>1F14
+1F1D>1F15
+1F28>1F20
+1F29>1F21
+1F2A>1F22
+1F2B>1F23
+1F2C>1F24
+1F2D>1F25
+1F2E>1F26
+1F2F>1F27
+1F38>1F30
+1F39>1F31
+1F3A>1F32
+1F3B>1F33
+1F3C>1F34
+1F3D>1F35
+1F3E>1F36
+1F3F>1F37
+1F48>1F40
+1F49>1F41
+1F4A>1F42
+1F4B>1F43
+1F4C>1F44
+1F4D>1F45
+1F59>1F51
+1F5B>1F53
+1F5D>1F55
+1F5F>1F57
+1F68>1F60
+1F69>1F61
+1F6A>1F62
+1F6B>1F63
+1F6C>1F64
+1F6D>1F65
+1F6E>1F66
+1F6F>1F67
+1F71>03AC
+1F73>03AD
+1F75>03AE
+1F77>03AF
+1F79>03CC
+1F7B>03CD
+1F7D>03CE
+1F80>1F00 03B9
+1F81>1F01 03B9
+1F82>1F02 03B9
+1F83>1F03 03B9
+1F84>1F04 03B9
+1F85>1F05 03B9
+1F86>1F06 03B9
+1F87>1F07 03B9
+1F88>1F00 03B9
+1F89>1F01 03B9
+1F8A>1F02 03B9
+1F8B>1F03 03B9
+1F8C>1F04 03B9
+1F8D>1F05 03B9
+1F8E>1F06 03B9
+1F8F>1F07 03B9
+1F90>1F20 03B9
+1F91>1F21 03B9
+1F92>1F22 03B9
+1F93>1F23 03B9
+1F94>1F24 03B9
+1F95>1F25 03B9
+1F96>1F26 03B9
+1F97>1F27 03B9
+1F98>1F20 03B9
+1F99>1F21 03B9
+1F9A>1F22 03B9
+1F9B>1F23 03B9
+1F9C>1F24 03B9
+1F9D>1F25 03B9
+1F9E>1F26 03B9
+1F9F>1F27 03B9
+1FA0>1F60 03B9
+1FA1>1F61 03B9
+1FA2>1F62 03B9
+1FA3>1F63 03B9
+1FA4>1F64 03B9
+1FA5>1F65 03B9
+1FA6>1F66 03B9
+1FA7>1F67 03B9
+1FA8>1F60 03B9
+1FA9>1F61 03B9
+1FAA>1F62 03B9
+1FAB>1F63 03B9
+1FAC>1F64 03B9
+1FAD>1F65 03B9
+1FAE>1F66 03B9
+1FAF>1F67 03B9
+1FB2>1F70 03B9
+1FB3>03B1 03B9
+1FB4>03AC 03B9
+1FB7>1FB6 03B9
+1FB8>1FB0
+1FB9>1FB1
+1FBA>1F70
+1FBB>03AC
+1FBC>03B1 03B9
+1FBD>0020 0313
+1FBE>03B9
+1FBF>0020 0313
+1FC0>0020 0342
+1FC1>0020 0308 0342
+1FC2>1F74 03B9
+1FC3>03B7 03B9
+1FC4>03AE 03B9
+1FC7>1FC6 03B9
+1FC8>1F72
+1FC9>03AD
+1FCA>1F74
+1FCB>03AE
+1FCC>03B7 03B9
+1FCD>0020 0313 0300
+1FCE>0020 0313 0301
+1FCF>0020 0313 0342
+1FD3>0390
+1FD8>1FD0
+1FD9>1FD1
+1FDA>1F76
+1FDB>03AF
+1FDD>0020 0314 0300
+1FDE>0020 0314 0301
+1FDF>0020 0314 0342
+1FE3>03B0
+1FE8>1FE0
+1FE9>1FE1
+1FEA>1F7A
+1FEB>03CD
+1FEC>1FE5
+1FED>0020 0308 0300
+1FEE>0020 0308 0301
+1FEF>0060
+1FF2>1F7C 03B9
+1FF3>03C9 03B9
+1FF4>03CE 03B9
+1FF7>1FF6 03B9
+1FF8>1F78
+1FF9>03CC
+1FFA>1F7C
+1FFB>03CE
+1FFC>03C9 03B9
+1FFD>0020 0301
+1FFE>0020 0314
+2000..200A>0020
+200B..200F>
+2011>2010
+2017>0020 0333
+2024>002E
+2025>002E 002E
+2026>002E 002E 002E
+202A..202E>
+202F>0020
+2033>2032 2032
+2034>2032 2032 2032
+2036>2035 2035
+2037>2035 2035 2035
+203C>0021 0021
+203E>0020 0305
+2047>003F 003F
+2048>003F 0021
+2049>0021 003F
+2057>2032 2032 2032 2032
+205F>0020
+2060..2064>
+2065..2069>
+206A..206F>
+2070>0030
+2071>0069
+2074>0034
+2075>0035
+2076>0036
+2077>0037
+2078>0038
+2079>0039
+207A>002B
+207B>2212
+207C>003D
+207D>0028
+207E>0029
+207F>006E
+2080>0030
+2081>0031
+2082>0032
+2083>0033
+2084>0034
+2085>0035
+2086>0036
+2087>0037
+2088>0038
+2089>0039
+208A>002B
+208B>2212
+208C>003D
+208D>0028
+208E>0029
+2090>0061
+2091>0065
+2092>006F
+2093>0078
+2094>0259
+20A8>0072 0073
+2100>0061 002F 0063
+2101>0061 002F 0073
+2102>0063
+2103>00B0 0063
+2105>0063 002F 006F
+2106>0063 002F 0075
+2107>025B
+2109>00B0 0066
+210A>0067
+210B..210E>0068
+210F>0127
+2110..2111>0069
+2112..2113>006C
+2115>006E
+2116>006E 006F
+2119>0070
+211A>0071
+211B..211D>0072
+2120>0073 006D
+2121>0074 0065 006C
+2122>0074 006D
+2124>007A
+2126>03C9
+2128>007A
+212A>006B
+212B>00E5
+212C>0062
+212D>0063
+212F..2130>0065
+2131>0066
+2132>214E
+2133>006D
+2134>006F
+2135>05D0
+2136>05D1
+2137>05D2
+2138>05D3
+2139>0069
+213B>0066 0061 0078
+213C>03C0
+213D..213E>03B3
+213F>03C0
+2140>2211
+2145..2146>0064
+2147>0065
+2148>0069
+2149>006A
+2150>0031 2044 0037
+2151>0031 2044 0039
+2152>0031 2044 0031 0030
+2153>0031 2044 0033
+2154>0032 2044 0033
+2155>0031 2044 0035
+2156>0032 2044 0035
+2157>0033 2044 0035
+2158>0034 2044 0035
+2159>0031 2044 0036
+215A>0035 2044 0036
+215B>0031 2044 0038
+215C>0033 2044 0038
+215D>0035 2044 0038
+215E>0037 2044 0038
+215F>0031 2044
+2160>0069
+2161>0069 0069
+2162>0069 0069 0069
+2163>0069 0076
+2164>0076
+2165>0076 0069
+2166>0076 0069 0069
+2167>0076 0069 0069 0069
+2168>0069 0078
+2169>0078
+216A>0078 0069
+216B>0078 0069 0069
+216C>006C
+216D>0063
+216E>0064
+216F>006D
+2170>0069
+2171>0069 0069
+2172>0069 0069 0069
+2173>0069 0076
+2174>0076
+2175>0076 0069
+2176>0076 0069 0069
+2177>0076 0069 0069 0069
+2178>0069 0078
+2179>0078
+217A>0078 0069
+217B>0078 0069 0069
+217C>006C
+217D>0063
+217E>0064
+217F>006D
+2183>2184
+2189>0030 2044 0033
+222C>222B 222B
+222D>222B 222B 222B
+222F>222E 222E
+2230>222E 222E 222E
+2329>3008
+232A>3009
+2460>0031
+2461>0032
+2462>0033
+2463>0034
+2464>0035
+2465>0036
+2466>0037
+2467>0038
+2468>0039
+2469>0031 0030
+246A>0031 0031
+246B>0031 0032
+246C>0031 0033
+246D>0031 0034
+246E>0031 0035
+246F>0031 0036
+2470>0031 0037
+2471>0031 0038
+2472>0031 0039
+2473>0032 0030
+2474>0028 0031 0029
+2475>0028 0032 0029
+2476>0028 0033 0029
+2477>0028 0034 0029
+2478>0028 0035 0029
+2479>0028 0036 0029
+247A>0028 0037 0029
+247B>0028 0038 0029
+247C>0028 0039 0029
+247D>0028 0031 0030 0029
+247E>0028 0031 0031 0029
+247F>0028 0031 0032 0029
+2480>0028 0031 0033 0029
+2481>0028 0031 0034 0029
+2482>0028 0031 0035 0029
+2483>0028 0031 0036 0029
+2484>0028 0031 0037 0029
+2485>0028 0031 0038 0029
+2486>0028 0031 0039 0029
+2487>0028 0032 0030 0029
+2488>0031 002E
+2489>0032 002E
+248A>0033 002E
+248B>0034 002E
+248C>0035 002E
+248D>0036 002E
+248E>0037 002E
+248F>0038 002E
+2490>0039 002E
+2491>0031 0030 002E
+2492>0031 0031 002E
+2493>0031 0032 002E
+2494>0031 0033 002E
+2495>0031 0034 002E
+2496>0031 0035 002E
+2497>0031 0036 002E
+2498>0031 0037 002E
+2499>0031 0038 002E
+249A>0031 0039 002E
+249B>0032 0030 002E
+249C>0028 0061 0029
+249D>0028 0062 0029
+249E>0028 0063 0029
+249F>0028 0064 0029
+24A0>0028 0065 0029
+24A1>0028 0066 0029
+24A2>0028 0067 0029
+24A3>0028 0068 0029
+24A4>0028 0069 0029
+24A5>0028 006A 0029
+24A6>0028 006B 0029
+24A7>0028 006C 0029
+24A8>0028 006D 0029
+24A9>0028 006E 0029
+24AA>0028 006F 0029
+24AB>0028 0070 0029
+24AC>0028 0071 0029
+24AD>0028 0072 0029
+24AE>0028 0073 0029
+24AF>0028 0074 0029
+24B0>0028 0075 0029
+24B1>0028 0076 0029
+24B2>0028 0077 0029
+24B3>0028 0078 0029
+24B4>0028 0079 0029
+24B5>0028 007A 0029
+24B6>0061
+24B7>0062
+24B8>0063
+24B9>0064
+24BA>0065
+24BB>0066
+24BC>0067
+24BD>0068
+24BE>0069
+24BF>006A
+24C0>006B
+24C1>006C
+24C2>006D
+24C3>006E
+24C4>006F
+24C5>0070
+24C6>0071
+24C7>0072
+24C8>0073
+24C9>0074
+24CA>0075
+24CB>0076
+24CC>0077
+24CD>0078
+24CE>0079
+24CF>007A
+24D0>0061
+24D1>0062
+24D2>0063
+24D3>0064
+24D4>0065
+24D5>0066
+24D6>0067
+24D7>0068
+24D8>0069
+24D9>006A
+24DA>006B
+24DB>006C
+24DC>006D
+24DD>006E
+24DE>006F
+24DF>0070
+24E0>0071
+24E1>0072
+24E2>0073
+24E3>0074
+24E4>0075
+24E5>0076
+24E6>0077
+24E7>0078
+24E8>0079
+24E9>007A
+24EA>0030
+2A0C>222B 222B 222B 222B
+2A74>003A 003A 003D
+2A75>003D 003D
+2A76>003D 003D 003D
+2ADC>2ADD 0338
+2C00>2C30
+2C01>2C31
+2C02>2C32
+2C03>2C33
+2C04>2C34
+2C05>2C35
+2C06>2C36
+2C07>2C37
+2C08>2C38
+2C09>2C39
+2C0A>2C3A
+2C0B>2C3B
+2C0C>2C3C
+2C0D>2C3D
+2C0E>2C3E
+2C0F>2C3F
+2C10>2C40
+2C11>2C41
+2C12>2C42
+2C13>2C43
+2C14>2C44
+2C15>2C45
+2C16>2C46
+2C17>2C47
+2C18>2C48
+2C19>2C49
+2C1A>2C4A
+2C1B>2C4B
+2C1C>2C4C
+2C1D>2C4D
+2C1E>2C4E
+2C1F>2C4F
+2C20>2C50
+2C21>2C51
+2C22>2C52
+2C23>2C53
+2C24>2C54
+2C25>2C55
+2C26>2C56
+2C27>2C57
+2C28>2C58
+2C29>2C59
+2C2A>2C5A
+2C2B>2C5B
+2C2C>2C5C
+2C2D>2C5D
+2C2E>2C5E
+2C60>2C61
+2C62>026B
+2C63>1D7D
+2C64>027D
+2C67>2C68
+2C69>2C6A
+2C6B>2C6C
+2C6D>0251
+2C6E>0271
+2C6F>0250
+2C70>0252
+2C72>2C73
+2C75>2C76
+2C7C>006A
+2C7D>0076
+2C7E>023F
+2C7F>0240
+2C80>2C81
+2C82>2C83
+2C84>2C85
+2C86>2C87
+2C88>2C89
+2C8A>2C8B
+2C8C>2C8D
+2C8E>2C8F
+2C90>2C91
+2C92>2C93
+2C94>2C95
+2C96>2C97
+2C98>2C99
+2C9A>2C9B
+2C9C>2C9D
+2C9E>2C9F
+2CA0>2CA1
+2CA2>2CA3
+2CA4>2CA5
+2CA6>2CA7
+2CA8>2CA9
+2CAA>2CAB
+2CAC>2CAD
+2CAE>2CAF
+2CB0>2CB1
+2CB2>2CB3
+2CB4>2CB5
+2CB6>2CB7
+2CB8>2CB9
+2CBA>2CBB
+2CBC>2CBD
+2CBE>2CBF
+2CC0>2CC1
+2CC2>2CC3
+2CC4>2CC5
+2CC6>2CC7
+2CC8>2CC9
+2CCA>2CCB
+2CCC>2CCD
+2CCE>2CCF
+2CD0>2CD1
+2CD2>2CD3
+2CD4>2CD5
+2CD6>2CD7
+2CD8>2CD9
+2CDA>2CDB
+2CDC>2CDD
+2CDE>2CDF
+2CE0>2CE1
+2CE2>2CE3
+2CEB>2CEC
+2CED>2CEE
+2D6F>2D61
+2E9F>6BCD
+2EF3>9F9F
+2F00>4E00
+2F01>4E28
+2F02>4E36
+2F03>4E3F
+2F04>4E59
+2F05>4E85
+2F06>4E8C
+2F07>4EA0
+2F08>4EBA
+2F09>513F
+2F0A>5165
+2F0B>516B
+2F0C>5182
+2F0D>5196
+2F0E>51AB
+2F0F>51E0
+2F10>51F5
+2F11>5200
+2F12>529B
+2F13>52F9
+2F14>5315
+2F15>531A
+2F16>5338
+2F17>5341
+2F18>535C
+2F19>5369
+2F1A>5382
+2F1B>53B6
+2F1C>53C8
+2F1D>53E3
+2F1E>56D7
+2F1F>571F
+2F20>58EB
+2F21>5902
+2F22>590A
+2F23>5915
+2F24>5927
+2F25>5973
+2F26>5B50
+2F27>5B80
+2F28>5BF8
+2F29>5C0F
+2F2A>5C22
+2F2B>5C38
+2F2C>5C6E
+2F2D>5C71
+2F2E>5DDB
+2F2F>5DE5
+2F30>5DF1
+2F31>5DFE
+2F32>5E72
+2F33>5E7A
+2F34>5E7F
+2F35>5EF4
+2F36>5EFE
+2F37>5F0B
+2F38>5F13
+2F39>5F50
+2F3A>5F61
+2F3B>5F73
+2F3C>5FC3
+2F3D>6208
+2F3E>6236
+2F3F>624B
+2F40>652F
+2F41>6534
+2F42>6587
+2F43>6597
+2F44>65A4
+2F45>65B9
+2F46>65E0
+2F47>65E5
+2F48>66F0
+2F49>6708
+2F4A>6728
+2F4B>6B20
+2F4C>6B62
+2F4D>6B79
+2F4E>6BB3
+2F4F>6BCB
+2F50>6BD4
+2F51>6BDB
+2F52>6C0F
+2F53>6C14
+2F54>6C34
+2F55>706B
+2F56>722A
+2F57>7236
+2F58>723B
+2F59>723F
+2F5A>7247
+2F5B>7259
+2F5C>725B
+2F5D>72AC
+2F5E>7384
+2F5F>7389
+2F60>74DC
+2F61>74E6
+2F62>7518
+2F63>751F
+2F64>7528
+2F65>7530
+2F66>758B
+2F67>7592
+2F68>7676
+2F69>767D
+2F6A>76AE
+2F6B>76BF
+2F6C>76EE
+2F6D>77DB
+2F6E>77E2
+2F6F>77F3
+2F70>793A
+2F71>79B8
+2F72>79BE
+2F73>7A74
+2F74>7ACB
+2F75>7AF9
+2F76>7C73
+2F77>7CF8
+2F78>7F36
+2F79>7F51
+2F7A>7F8A
+2F7B>7FBD
+2F7C>8001
+2F7D>800C
+2F7E>8012
+2F7F>8033
+2F80>807F
+2F81>8089
+2F82>81E3
+2F83>81EA
+2F84>81F3
+2F85>81FC
+2F86>820C
+2F87>821B
+2F88>821F
+2F89>826E
+2F8A>8272
+2F8B>8278
+2F8C>864D
+2F8D>866B
+2F8E>8840
+2F8F>884C
+2F90>8863
+2F91>897E
+2F92>898B
+2F93>89D2
+2F94>8A00
+2F95>8C37
+2F96>8C46
+2F97>8C55
+2F98>8C78
+2F99>8C9D
+2F9A>8D64
+2F9B>8D70
+2F9C>8DB3
+2F9D>8EAB
+2F9E>8ECA
+2F9F>8F9B
+2FA0>8FB0
+2FA1>8FB5
+2FA2>9091
+2FA3>9149
+2FA4>91C6
+2FA5>91CC
+2FA6>91D1
+2FA7>9577
+2FA8>9580
+2FA9>961C
+2FAA>96B6
+2FAB>96B9
+2FAC>96E8
+2FAD>9751
+2FAE>975E
+2FAF>9762
+2FB0>9769
+2FB1>97CB
+2FB2>97ED
+2FB3>97F3
+2FB4>9801
+2FB5>98A8
+2FB6>98DB
+2FB7>98DF
+2FB8>9996
+2FB9>9999
+2FBA>99AC
+2FBB>9AA8
+2FBC>9AD8
+2FBD>9ADF
+2FBE>9B25
+2FBF>9B2F
+2FC0>9B32
+2FC1>9B3C
+2FC2>9B5A
+2FC3>9CE5
+2FC4>9E75
+2FC5>9E7F
+2FC6>9EA5
+2FC7>9EBB
+2FC8>9EC3
+2FC9>9ECD
+2FCA>9ED1
+2FCB>9EF9
+2FCC>9EFD
+2FCD>9F0E
+2FCE>9F13
+2FCF>9F20
+2FD0>9F3B
+2FD1>9F4A
+2FD2>9F52
+2FD3>9F8D
+2FD4>9F9C
+2FD5>9FA0
+3000>0020
+3036>3012
+3038>5341
+3039>5344
+303A>5345
+309B>0020 3099
+309C>0020 309A
+309F>3088 308A
+30FF>30B3 30C8
+3131>1100
+3132>1101
+3133>11AA
+3134>1102
+3135>11AC
+3136>11AD
+3137>1103
+3138>1104
+3139>1105
+313A>11B0
+313B>11B1
+313C>11B2
+313D>11B3
+313E>11B4
+313F>11B5
+3140>111A
+3141>1106
+3142>1107
+3143>1108
+3144>1121
+3145>1109
+3146>110A
+3147>110B
+3148>110C
+3149>110D
+314A>110E
+314B>110F
+314C>1110
+314D>1111
+314E>1112
+314F>1161
+3150>1162
+3151>1163
+3152>1164
+3153>1165
+3154>1166
+3155>1167
+3156>1168
+3157>1169
+3158>116A
+3159>116B
+315A>116C
+315B>116D
+315C>116E
+315D>116F
+315E>1170
+315F>1171
+3160>1172
+3161>1173
+3162>1174
+3163>1175
+3164>
+3165>1114
+3166>1115
+3167>11C7
+3168>11C8
+3169>11CC
+316A>11CE
+316B>11D3
+316C>11D7
+316D>11D9
+316E>111C
+316F>11DD
+3170>11DF
+3171>111D
+3172>111E
+3173>1120
+3174>1122
+3175>1123
+3176>1127
+3177>1129
+3178>112B
+3179>112C
+317A>112D
+317B>112E
+317C>112F
+317D>1132
+317E>1136
+317F>1140
+3180>1147
+3181>114C
+3182>11F1
+3183>11F2
+3184>1157
+3185>1158
+3186>1159
+3187>1184
+3188>1185
+3189>1188
+318A>1191
+318B>1192
+318C>1194
+318D>119E
+318E>11A1
+3192>4E00
+3193>4E8C
+3194>4E09
+3195>56DB
+3196>4E0A
+3197>4E2D
+3198>4E0B
+3199>7532
+319A>4E59
+319B>4E19
+319C>4E01
+319D>5929
+319E>5730
+319F>4EBA
+3200>0028 1100 0029
+3201>0028 1102 0029
+3202>0028 1103 0029
+3203>0028 1105 0029
+3204>0028 1106 0029
+3205>0028 1107 0029
+3206>0028 1109 0029
+3207>0028 110B 0029
+3208>0028 110C 0029
+3209>0028 110E 0029
+320A>0028 110F 0029
+320B>0028 1110 0029
+320C>0028 1111 0029
+320D>0028 1112 0029
+320E>0028 AC00 0029
+320F>0028 B098 0029
+3210>0028 B2E4 0029
+3211>0028 B77C 0029
+3212>0028 B9C8 0029
+3213>0028 BC14 0029
+3214>0028 C0AC 0029
+3215>0028 C544 0029
+3216>0028 C790 0029
+3217>0028 CC28 0029
+3218>0028 CE74 0029
+3219>0028 D0C0 0029
+321A>0028 D30C 0029
+321B>0028 D558 0029
+321C>0028 C8FC 0029
+321D>0028 C624 C804 0029
+321E>0028 C624 D6C4 0029
+3220>0028 4E00 0029
+3221>0028 4E8C 0029
+3222>0028 4E09 0029
+3223>0028 56DB 0029
+3224>0028 4E94 0029
+3225>0028 516D 0029
+3226>0028 4E03 0029
+3227>0028 516B 0029
+3228>0028 4E5D 0029
+3229>0028 5341 0029
+322A>0028 6708 0029
+322B>0028 706B 0029
+322C>0028 6C34 0029
+322D>0028 6728 0029
+322E>0028 91D1 0029
+322F>0028 571F 0029
+3230>0028 65E5 0029
+3231>0028 682A 0029
+3232>0028 6709 0029
+3233>0028 793E 0029
+3234>0028 540D 0029
+3235>0028 7279 0029
+3236>0028 8CA1 0029
+3237>0028 795D 0029
+3238>0028 52B4 0029
+3239>0028 4EE3 0029
+323A>0028 547C 0029
+323B>0028 5B66 0029
+323C>0028 76E3 0029
+323D>0028 4F01 0029
+323E>0028 8CC7 0029
+323F>0028 5354 0029
+3240>0028 796D 0029
+3241>0028 4F11 0029
+3242>0028 81EA 0029
+3243>0028 81F3 0029
+3244>554F
+3245>5E7C
+3246>6587
+3247>7B8F
+3250>0070 0074 0065
+3251>0032 0031
+3252>0032 0032
+3253>0032 0033
+3254>0032 0034
+3255>0032 0035
+3256>0032 0036
+3257>0032 0037
+3258>0032 0038
+3259>0032 0039
+325A>0033 0030
+325B>0033 0031
+325C>0033 0032
+325D>0033 0033
+325E>0033 0034
+325F>0033 0035
+3260>1100
+3261>1102
+3262>1103
+3263>1105
+3264>1106
+3265>1107
+3266>1109
+3267>110B
+3268>110C
+3269>110E
+326A>110F
+326B>1110
+326C>1111
+326D>1112
+326E>AC00
+326F>B098
+3270>B2E4
+3271>B77C
+3272>B9C8
+3273>BC14
+3274>C0AC
+3275>C544
+3276>C790
+3277>CC28
+3278>CE74
+3279>D0C0
+327A>D30C
+327B>D558
+327C>CC38 ACE0
+327D>C8FC C758
+327E>C6B0
+3280>4E00
+3281>4E8C
+3282>4E09
+3283>56DB
+3284>4E94
+3285>516D
+3286>4E03
+3287>516B
+3288>4E5D
+3289>5341
+328A>6708
+328B>706B
+328C>6C34
+328D>6728
+328E>91D1
+328F>571F
+3290>65E5
+3291>682A
+3292>6709
+3293>793E
+3294>540D
+3295>7279
+3296>8CA1
+3297>795D
+3298>52B4
+3299>79D8
+329A>7537
+329B>5973
+329C>9069
+329D>512A
+329E>5370
+329F>6CE8
+32A0>9805
+32A1>4F11
+32A2>5199
+32A3>6B63
+32A4>4E0A
+32A5>4E2D
+32A6>4E0B
+32A7>5DE6
+32A8>53F3
+32A9>533B
+32AA>5B97
+32AB>5B66
+32AC>76E3
+32AD>4F01
+32AE>8CC7
+32AF>5354
+32B0>591C
+32B1>0033 0036
+32B2>0033 0037
+32B3>0033 0038
+32B4>0033 0039
+32B5>0034 0030
+32B6>0034 0031
+32B7>0034 0032
+32B8>0034 0033
+32B9>0034 0034
+32BA>0034 0035
+32BB>0034 0036
+32BC>0034 0037
+32BD>0034 0038
+32BE>0034 0039
+32BF>0035 0030
+32C0>0031 6708
+32C1>0032 6708
+32C2>0033 6708
+32C3>0034 6708
+32C4>0035 6708
+32C5>0036 6708
+32C6>0037 6708
+32C7>0038 6708
+32C8>0039 6708
+32C9>0031 0030 6708
+32CA>0031 0031 6708
+32CB>0031 0032 6708
+32CC>0068 0067
+32CD>0065 0072 0067
+32CE>0065 0076
+32CF>006C 0074 0064
+32D0>30A2
+32D1>30A4
+32D2>30A6
+32D3>30A8
+32D4>30AA
+32D5>30AB
+32D6>30AD
+32D7>30AF
+32D8>30B1
+32D9>30B3
+32DA>30B5
+32DB>30B7
+32DC>30B9
+32DD>30BB
+32DE>30BD
+32DF>30BF
+32E0>30C1
+32E1>30C4
+32E2>30C6
+32E3>30C8
+32E4>30CA
+32E5>30CB
+32E6>30CC
+32E7>30CD
+32E8>30CE
+32E9>30CF
+32EA>30D2
+32EB>30D5
+32EC>30D8
+32ED>30DB
+32EE>30DE
+32EF>30DF
+32F0>30E0
+32F1>30E1
+32F2>30E2
+32F3>30E4
+32F4>30E6
+32F5>30E8
+32F6>30E9
+32F7>30EA
+32F8>30EB
+32F9>30EC
+32FA>30ED
+32FB>30EF
+32FC>30F0
+32FD>30F1
+32FE>30F2
+3300>30A2 30D1 30FC 30C8
+3301>30A2 30EB 30D5 30A1
+3302>30A2 30F3 30DA 30A2
+3303>30A2 30FC 30EB
+3304>30A4 30CB 30F3 30B0
+3305>30A4 30F3 30C1
+3306>30A6 30A9 30F3
+3307>30A8 30B9 30AF 30FC 30C9
+3308>30A8 30FC 30AB 30FC
+3309>30AA 30F3 30B9
+330A>30AA 30FC 30E0
+330B>30AB 30A4 30EA
+330C>30AB 30E9 30C3 30C8
+330D>30AB 30ED 30EA 30FC
+330E>30AC 30ED 30F3
+330F>30AC 30F3 30DE
+3310>30AE 30AC
+3311>30AE 30CB 30FC
+3312>30AD 30E5 30EA 30FC
+3313>30AE 30EB 30C0 30FC
+3314>30AD 30ED
+3315>30AD 30ED 30B0 30E9 30E0
+3316>30AD 30ED 30E1 30FC 30C8 30EB
+3317>30AD 30ED 30EF 30C3 30C8
+3318>30B0 30E9 30E0
+3319>30B0 30E9 30E0 30C8 30F3
+331A>30AF 30EB 30BC 30A4 30ED
+331B>30AF 30ED 30FC 30CD
+331C>30B1 30FC 30B9
+331D>30B3 30EB 30CA
+331E>30B3 30FC 30DD
+331F>30B5 30A4 30AF 30EB
+3320>30B5 30F3 30C1 30FC 30E0
+3321>30B7 30EA 30F3 30B0
+3322>30BB 30F3 30C1
+3323>30BB 30F3 30C8
+3324>30C0 30FC 30B9
+3325>30C7 30B7
+3326>30C9 30EB
+3327>30C8 30F3
+3328>30CA 30CE
+3329>30CE 30C3 30C8
+332A>30CF 30A4 30C4
+332B>30D1 30FC 30BB 30F3 30C8
+332C>30D1 30FC 30C4
+332D>30D0 30FC 30EC 30EB
+332E>30D4 30A2 30B9 30C8 30EB
+332F>30D4 30AF 30EB
+3330>30D4 30B3
+3331>30D3 30EB
+3332>30D5 30A1 30E9 30C3 30C9
+3333>30D5 30A3 30FC 30C8
+3334>30D6 30C3 30B7 30A7 30EB
+3335>30D5 30E9 30F3
+3336>30D8 30AF 30BF 30FC 30EB
+3337>30DA 30BD
+3338>30DA 30CB 30D2
+3339>30D8 30EB 30C4
+333A>30DA 30F3 30B9
+333B>30DA 30FC 30B8
+333C>30D9 30FC 30BF
+333D>30DD 30A4 30F3 30C8
+333E>30DC 30EB 30C8
+333F>30DB 30F3
+3340>30DD 30F3 30C9
+3341>30DB 30FC 30EB
+3342>30DB 30FC 30F3
+3343>30DE 30A4 30AF 30ED
+3344>30DE 30A4 30EB
+3345>30DE 30C3 30CF
+3346>30DE 30EB 30AF
+3347>30DE 30F3 30B7 30E7 30F3
+3348>30DF 30AF 30ED 30F3
+3349>30DF 30EA
+334A>30DF 30EA 30D0 30FC 30EB
+334B>30E1 30AC
+334C>30E1 30AC 30C8 30F3
+334D>30E1 30FC 30C8 30EB
+334E>30E4 30FC 30C9
+334F>30E4 30FC 30EB
+3350>30E6 30A2 30F3
+3351>30EA 30C3 30C8 30EB
+3352>30EA 30E9
+3353>30EB 30D4 30FC
+3354>30EB 30FC 30D6 30EB
+3355>30EC 30E0
+3356>30EC 30F3 30C8 30B2 30F3
+3357>30EF 30C3 30C8
+3358>0030 70B9
+3359>0031 70B9
+335A>0032 70B9
+335B>0033 70B9
+335C>0034 70B9
+335D>0035 70B9
+335E>0036 70B9
+335F>0037 70B9
+3360>0038 70B9
+3361>0039 70B9
+3362>0031 0030 70B9
+3363>0031 0031 70B9
+3364>0031 0032 70B9
+3365>0031 0033 70B9
+3366>0031 0034 70B9
+3367>0031 0035 70B9
+3368>0031 0036 70B9
+3369>0031 0037 70B9
+336A>0031 0038 70B9
+336B>0031 0039 70B9
+336C>0032 0030 70B9
+336D>0032 0031 70B9
+336E>0032 0032 70B9
+336F>0032 0033 70B9
+3370>0032 0034 70B9
+3371>0068 0070 0061
+3372>0064 0061
+3373>0061 0075
+3374>0062 0061 0072
+3375>006F 0076
+3376>0070 0063
+3377>0064 006D
+3378>0064 006D 0032
+3379>0064 006D 0033
+337A>0069 0075
+337B>5E73 6210
+337C>662D 548C
+337D>5927 6B63
+337E>660E 6CBB
+337F>682A 5F0F 4F1A 793E
+3380>0070 0061
+3381>006E 0061
+3382>03BC 0061
+3383>006D 0061
+3384>006B 0061
+3385>006B 0062
+3386>006D 0062
+3387>0067 0062
+3388>0063 0061 006C
+3389>006B 0063 0061 006C
+338A>0070 0066
+338B>006E 0066
+338C>03BC 0066
+338D>03BC 0067
+338E>006D 0067
+338F>006B 0067
+3390>0068 007A
+3391>006B 0068 007A
+3392>006D 0068 007A
+3393>0067 0068 007A
+3394>0074 0068 007A
+3395>03BC 006C
+3396>006D 006C
+3397>0064 006C
+3398>006B 006C
+3399>0066 006D
+339A>006E 006D
+339B>03BC 006D
+339C>006D 006D
+339D>0063 006D
+339E>006B 006D
+339F>006D 006D 0032
+33A0>0063 006D 0032
+33A1>006D 0032
+33A2>006B 006D 0032
+33A3>006D 006D 0033
+33A4>0063 006D 0033
+33A5>006D 0033
+33A6>006B 006D 0033
+33A7>006D 2215 0073
+33A8>006D 2215 0073 0032
+33A9>0070 0061
+33AA>006B 0070 0061
+33AB>006D 0070 0061
+33AC>0067 0070 0061
+33AD>0072 0061 0064
+33AE>0072 0061 0064 2215 0073
+33AF>0072 0061 0064 2215 0073 0032
+33B0>0070 0073
+33B1>006E 0073
+33B2>03BC 0073
+33B3>006D 0073
+33B4>0070 0076
+33B5>006E 0076
+33B6>03BC 0076
+33B7>006D 0076
+33B8>006B 0076
+33B9>006D 0076
+33BA>0070 0077
+33BB>006E 0077
+33BC>03BC 0077
+33BD>006D 0077
+33BE>006B 0077
+33BF>006D 0077
+33C0>006B 03C9
+33C1>006D 03C9
+33C2>0061 002E 006D 002E
+33C3>0062 0071
+33C4>0063 0063
+33C5>0063 0064
+33C6>0063 2215 006B 0067
+33C7>0063 006F 002E
+33C8>0064 0062
+33C9>0067 0079
+33CA>0068 0061
+33CB>0068 0070
+33CC>0069 006E
+33CD>006B 006B
+33CE>006B 006D
+33CF>006B 0074
+33D0>006C 006D
+33D1>006C 006E
+33D2>006C 006F 0067
+33D3>006C 0078
+33D4>006D 0062
+33D5>006D 0069 006C
+33D6>006D 006F 006C
+33D7>0070 0068
+33D8>0070 002E 006D 002E
+33D9>0070 0070 006D
+33DA>0070 0072
+33DB>0073 0072
+33DC>0073 0076
+33DD>0077 0062
+33DE>0076 2215 006D
+33DF>0061 2215 006D
+33E0>0031 65E5
+33E1>0032 65E5
+33E2>0033 65E5
+33E3>0034 65E5
+33E4>0035 65E5
+33E5>0036 65E5
+33E6>0037 65E5
+33E7>0038 65E5
+33E8>0039 65E5
+33E9>0031 0030 65E5
+33EA>0031 0031 65E5
+33EB>0031 0032 65E5
+33EC>0031 0033 65E5
+33ED>0031 0034 65E5
+33EE>0031 0035 65E5
+33EF>0031 0036 65E5
+33F0>0031 0037 65E5
+33F1>0031 0038 65E5
+33F2>0031 0039 65E5
+33F3>0032 0030 65E5
+33F4>0032 0031 65E5
+33F5>0032 0032 65E5
+33F6>0032 0033 65E5
+33F7>0032 0034 65E5
+33F8>0032 0035 65E5
+33F9>0032 0036 65E5
+33FA>0032 0037 65E5
+33FB>0032 0038 65E5
+33FC>0032 0039 65E5
+33FD>0033 0030 65E5
+33FE>0033 0031 65E5
+33FF>0067 0061 006C
+A640>A641
+A642>A643
+A644>A645
+A646>A647
+A648>A649
+A64A>A64B
+A64C>A64D
+A64E>A64F
+A650>A651
+A652>A653
+A654>A655
+A656>A657
+A658>A659
+A65A>A65B
+A65C>A65D
+A65E>A65F
+A662>A663
+A664>A665
+A666>A667
+A668>A669
+A66A>A66B
+A66C>A66D
+A680>A681
+A682>A683
+A684>A685
+A686>A687
+A688>A689
+A68A>A68B
+A68C>A68D
+A68E>A68F
+A690>A691
+A692>A693
+A694>A695
+A696>A697
+A722>A723
+A724>A725
+A726>A727
+A728>A729
+A72A>A72B
+A72C>A72D
+A72E>A72F
+A732>A733
+A734>A735
+A736>A737
+A738>A739
+A73A>A73B
+A73C>A73D
+A73E>A73F
+A740>A741
+A742>A743
+A744>A745
+A746>A747
+A748>A749
+A74A>A74B
+A74C>A74D
+A74E>A74F
+A750>A751
+A752>A753
+A754>A755
+A756>A757
+A758>A759
+A75A>A75B
+A75C>A75D
+A75E>A75F
+A760>A761
+A762>A763
+A764>A765
+A766>A767
+A768>A769
+A76A>A76B
+A76C>A76D
+A76E>A76F
+A770>A76F
+A779>A77A
+A77B>A77C
+A77D>1D79
+A77E>A77F
+A780>A781
+A782>A783
+A784>A785
+A786>A787
+A78B>A78C
+F900>8C48
+F901>66F4
+F902>8ECA
+F903>8CC8
+F904>6ED1
+F905>4E32
+F906>53E5
+F907..F908>9F9C
+F909>5951
+F90A>91D1
+F90B>5587
+F90C>5948
+F90D>61F6
+F90E>7669
+F90F>7F85
+F910>863F
+F911>87BA
+F912>88F8
+F913>908F
+F914>6A02
+F915>6D1B
+F916>70D9
+F917>73DE
+F918>843D
+F919>916A
+F91A>99F1
+F91B>4E82
+F91C>5375
+F91D>6B04
+F91E>721B
+F91F>862D
+F920>9E1E
+F921>5D50
+F922>6FEB
+F923>85CD
+F924>8964
+F925>62C9
+F926>81D8
+F927>881F
+F928>5ECA
+F929>6717
+F92A>6D6A
+F92B>72FC
+F92C>90CE
+F92D>4F86
+F92E>51B7
+F92F>52DE
+F930>64C4
+F931>6AD3
+F932>7210
+F933>76E7
+F934>8001
+F935>8606
+F936>865C
+F937>8DEF
+F938>9732
+F939>9B6F
+F93A>9DFA
+F93B>788C
+F93C>797F
+F93D>7DA0
+F93E>83C9
+F93F>9304
+F940>9E7F
+F941>8AD6
+F942>58DF
+F943>5F04
+F944>7C60
+F945>807E
+F946>7262
+F947>78CA
+F948>8CC2
+F949>96F7
+F94A>58D8
+F94B>5C62
+F94C>6A13
+F94D>6DDA
+F94E>6F0F
+F94F>7D2F
+F950>7E37
+F951>964B
+F952>52D2
+F953>808B
+F954>51DC
+F955>51CC
+F956>7A1C
+F957>7DBE
+F958>83F1
+F959>9675
+F95A>8B80
+F95B>62CF
+F95C>6A02
+F95D>8AFE
+F95E>4E39
+F95F>5BE7
+F960>6012
+F961>7387
+F962>7570
+F963>5317
+F964>78FB
+F965>4FBF
+F966>5FA9
+F967>4E0D
+F968>6CCC
+F969>6578
+F96A>7D22
+F96B>53C3
+F96C>585E
+F96D>7701
+F96E>8449
+F96F>8AAA
+F970>6BBA
+F971>8FB0
+F972>6C88
+F973>62FE
+F974>82E5
+F975>63A0
+F976>7565
+F977>4EAE
+F978>5169
+F979>51C9
+F97A>6881
+F97B>7CE7
+F97C>826F
+F97D>8AD2
+F97E>91CF
+F97F>52F5
+F980>5442
+F981>5973
+F982>5EEC
+F983>65C5
+F984>6FFE
+F985>792A
+F986>95AD
+F987>9A6A
+F988>9E97
+F989>9ECE
+F98A>529B
+F98B>66C6
+F98C>6B77
+F98D>8F62
+F98E>5E74
+F98F>6190
+F990>6200
+F991>649A
+F992>6F23
+F993>7149
+F994>7489
+F995>79CA
+F996>7DF4
+F997>806F
+F998>8F26
+F999>84EE
+F99A>9023
+F99B>934A
+F99C>5217
+F99D>52A3
+F99E>54BD
+F99F>70C8
+F9A0>88C2
+F9A1>8AAA
+F9A2>5EC9
+F9A3>5FF5
+F9A4>637B
+F9A5>6BAE
+F9A6>7C3E
+F9A7>7375
+F9A8>4EE4
+F9A9>56F9
+F9AA>5BE7
+F9AB>5DBA
+F9AC>601C
+F9AD>73B2
+F9AE>7469
+F9AF>7F9A
+F9B0>8046
+F9B1>9234
+F9B2>96F6
+F9B3>9748
+F9B4>9818
+F9B5>4F8B
+F9B6>79AE
+F9B7>91B4
+F9B8>96B8
+F9B9>60E1
+F9BA>4E86
+F9BB>50DA
+F9BC>5BEE
+F9BD>5C3F
+F9BE>6599
+F9BF>6A02
+F9C0>71CE
+F9C1>7642
+F9C2>84FC
+F9C3>907C
+F9C4>9F8D
+F9C5>6688
+F9C6>962E
+F9C7>5289
+F9C8>677B
+F9C9>67F3
+F9CA>6D41
+F9CB>6E9C
+F9CC>7409
+F9CD>7559
+F9CE>786B
+F9CF>7D10
+F9D0>985E
+F9D1>516D
+F9D2>622E
+F9D3>9678
+F9D4>502B
+F9D5>5D19
+F9D6>6DEA
+F9D7>8F2A
+F9D8>5F8B
+F9D9>6144
+F9DA>6817
+F9DB>7387
+F9DC>9686
+F9DD>5229
+F9DE>540F
+F9DF>5C65
+F9E0>6613
+F9E1>674E
+F9E2>68A8
+F9E3>6CE5
+F9E4>7406
+F9E5>75E2
+F9E6>7F79
+F9E7>88CF
+F9E8>88E1
+F9E9>91CC
+F9EA>96E2
+F9EB>533F
+F9EC>6EBA
+F9ED>541D
+F9EE>71D0
+F9EF>7498
+F9F0>85FA
+F9F1>96A3
+F9F2>9C57
+F9F3>9E9F
+F9F4>6797
+F9F5>6DCB
+F9F6>81E8
+F9F7>7ACB
+F9F8>7B20
+F9F9>7C92
+F9FA>72C0
+F9FB>7099
+F9FC>8B58
+F9FD>4EC0
+F9FE>8336
+F9FF>523A
+FA00>5207
+FA01>5EA6
+FA02>62D3
+FA03>7CD6
+FA04>5B85
+FA05>6D1E
+FA06>66B4
+FA07>8F3B
+FA08>884C
+FA09>964D
+FA0A>898B
+FA0B>5ED3
+FA0C>5140
+FA0D>55C0
+FA10>585A
+FA12>6674
+FA15>51DE
+FA16>732A
+FA17>76CA
+FA18>793C
+FA19>795E
+FA1A>7965
+FA1B>798F
+FA1C>9756
+FA1D>7CBE
+FA1E>7FBD
+FA20>8612
+FA22>8AF8
+FA25>9038
+FA26>90FD
+FA2A>98EF
+FA2B>98FC
+FA2C>9928
+FA2D>9DB4
+FA30>4FAE
+FA31>50E7
+FA32>514D
+FA33>52C9
+FA34>52E4
+FA35>5351
+FA36>559D
+FA37>5606
+FA38>5668
+FA39>5840
+FA3A>58A8
+FA3B>5C64
+FA3C>5C6E
+FA3D>6094
+FA3E>6168
+FA3F>618E
+FA40>61F2
+FA41>654F
+FA42>65E2
+FA43>6691
+FA44>6885
+FA45>6D77
+FA46>6E1A
+FA47>6F22
+FA48>716E
+FA49>722B
+FA4A>7422
+FA4B>7891
+FA4C>793E
+FA4D>7949
+FA4E>7948
+FA4F>7950
+FA50>7956
+FA51>795D
+FA52>798D
+FA53>798E
+FA54>7A40
+FA55>7A81
+FA56>7BC0
+FA57>7DF4
+FA58>7E09
+FA59>7E41
+FA5A>7F72
+FA5B>8005
+FA5C>81ED
+FA5D..FA5E>8279
+FA5F>8457
+FA60>8910
+FA61>8996
+FA62>8B01
+FA63>8B39
+FA64>8CD3
+FA65>8D08
+FA66>8FB6
+FA67>9038
+FA68>96E3
+FA69>97FF
+FA6A>983B
+FA6B>6075
+FA6C>242EE
+FA6D>8218
+FA70>4E26
+FA71>51B5
+FA72>5168
+FA73>4F80
+FA74>5145
+FA75>5180
+FA76>52C7
+FA77>52FA
+FA78>559D
+FA79>5555
+FA7A>5599
+FA7B>55E2
+FA7C>585A
+FA7D>58B3
+FA7E>5944
+FA7F>5954
+FA80>5A62
+FA81>5B28
+FA82>5ED2
+FA83>5ED9
+FA84>5F69
+FA85>5FAD
+FA86>60D8
+FA87>614E
+FA88>6108
+FA89>618E
+FA8A>6160
+FA8B>61F2
+FA8C>6234
+FA8D>63C4
+FA8E>641C
+FA8F>6452
+FA90>6556
+FA91>6674
+FA92>6717
+FA93>671B
+FA94>6756
+FA95>6B79
+FA96>6BBA
+FA97>6D41
+FA98>6EDB
+FA99>6ECB
+FA9A>6F22
+FA9B>701E
+FA9C>716E
+FA9D>77A7
+FA9E>7235
+FA9F>72AF
+FAA0>732A
+FAA1>7471
+FAA2>7506
+FAA3>753B
+FAA4>761D
+FAA5>761F
+FAA6>76CA
+FAA7>76DB
+FAA8>76F4
+FAA9>774A
+FAAA>7740
+FAAB>78CC
+FAAC>7AB1
+FAAD>7BC0
+FAAE>7C7B
+FAAF>7D5B
+FAB0>7DF4
+FAB1>7F3E
+FAB2>8005
+FAB3>8352
+FAB4>83EF
+FAB5>8779
+FAB6>8941
+FAB7>8986
+FAB8>8996
+FAB9>8ABF
+FABA>8AF8
+FABB>8ACB
+FABC>8B01
+FABD>8AFE
+FABE>8AED
+FABF>8B39
+FAC0>8B8A
+FAC1>8D08
+FAC2>8F38
+FAC3>9072
+FAC4>9199
+FAC5>9276
+FAC6>967C
+FAC7>96E3
+FAC8>9756
+FAC9>97DB
+FACA>97FF
+FACB>980B
+FACC>983B
+FACD>9B12
+FACE>9F9C
+FACF>2284A
+FAD0>22844
+FAD1>233D5
+FAD2>3B9D
+FAD3>4018
+FAD4>4039
+FAD5>25249
+FAD6>25CD0
+FAD7>27ED3
+FAD8>9F43
+FAD9>9F8E
+FB00>0066 0066
+FB01>0066 0069
+FB02>0066 006C
+FB03>0066 0066 0069
+FB04>0066 0066 006C
+FB05..FB06>0073 0074
+FB13>0574 0576
+FB14>0574 0565
+FB15>0574 056B
+FB16>057E 0576
+FB17>0574 056D
+FB1D>05D9 05B4
+FB1F>05F2 05B7
+FB20>05E2
+FB21>05D0
+FB22>05D3
+FB23>05D4
+FB24>05DB
+FB25>05DC
+FB26>05DD
+FB27>05E8
+FB28>05EA
+FB29>002B
+FB2A>05E9 05C1
+FB2B>05E9 05C2
+FB2C>05E9 05BC 05C1
+FB2D>05E9 05BC 05C2
+FB2E>05D0 05B7
+FB2F>05D0 05B8
+FB30>05D0 05BC
+FB31>05D1 05BC
+FB32>05D2 05BC
+FB33>05D3 05BC
+FB34>05D4 05BC
+FB35>05D5 05BC
+FB36>05D6 05BC
+FB38>05D8 05BC
+FB39>05D9 05BC
+FB3A>05DA 05BC
+FB3B>05DB 05BC
+FB3C>05DC 05BC
+FB3E>05DE 05BC
+FB40>05E0 05BC
+FB41>05E1 05BC
+FB43>05E3 05BC
+FB44>05E4 05BC
+FB46>05E6 05BC
+FB47>05E7 05BC
+FB48>05E8 05BC
+FB49>05E9 05BC
+FB4A>05EA 05BC
+FB4B>05D5 05B9
+FB4C>05D1 05BF
+FB4D>05DB 05BF
+FB4E>05E4 05BF
+FB4F>05D0 05DC
+FB50..FB51>0671
+FB52..FB55>067B
+FB56..FB59>067E
+FB5A..FB5D>0680
+FB5E..FB61>067A
+FB62..FB65>067F
+FB66..FB69>0679
+FB6A..FB6D>06A4
+FB6E..FB71>06A6
+FB72..FB75>0684
+FB76..FB79>0683
+FB7A..FB7D>0686
+FB7E..FB81>0687
+FB82..FB83>068D
+FB84..FB85>068C
+FB86..FB87>068E
+FB88..FB89>0688
+FB8A..FB8B>0698
+FB8C..FB8D>0691
+FB8E..FB91>06A9
+FB92..FB95>06AF
+FB96..FB99>06B3
+FB9A..FB9D>06B1
+FB9E..FB9F>06BA
+FBA0..FBA3>06BB
+FBA4..FBA5>06C0
+FBA6..FBA9>06C1
+FBAA..FBAD>06BE
+FBAE..FBAF>06D2
+FBB0..FBB1>06D3
+FBD3..FBD6>06AD
+FBD7..FBD8>06C7
+FBD9..FBDA>06C6
+FBDB..FBDC>06C8
+FBDD>06C7 0674
+FBDE..FBDF>06CB
+FBE0..FBE1>06C5
+FBE2..FBE3>06C9
+FBE4..FBE7>06D0
+FBE8..FBE9>0649
+FBEA..FBEB>0626 0627
+FBEC..FBED>0626 06D5
+FBEE..FBEF>0626 0648
+FBF0..FBF1>0626 06C7
+FBF2..FBF3>0626 06C6
+FBF4..FBF5>0626 06C8
+FBF6..FBF8>0626 06D0
+FBF9..FBFB>0626 0649
+FBFC..FBFF>06CC
+FC00>0626 062C
+FC01>0626 062D
+FC02>0626 0645
+FC03>0626 0649
+FC04>0626 064A
+FC05>0628 062C
+FC06>0628 062D
+FC07>0628 062E
+FC08>0628 0645
+FC09>0628 0649
+FC0A>0628 064A
+FC0B>062A 062C
+FC0C>062A 062D
+FC0D>062A 062E
+FC0E>062A 0645
+FC0F>062A 0649
+FC10>062A 064A
+FC11>062B 062C
+FC12>062B 0645
+FC13>062B 0649
+FC14>062B 064A
+FC15>062C 062D
+FC16>062C 0645
+FC17>062D 062C
+FC18>062D 0645
+FC19>062E 062C
+FC1A>062E 062D
+FC1B>062E 0645
+FC1C>0633 062C
+FC1D>0633 062D
+FC1E>0633 062E
+FC1F>0633 0645
+FC20>0635 062D
+FC21>0635 0645
+FC22>0636 062C
+FC23>0636 062D
+FC24>0636 062E
+FC25>0636 0645
+FC26>0637 062D
+FC27>0637 0645
+FC28>0638 0645
+FC29>0639 062C
+FC2A>0639 0645
+FC2B>063A 062C
+FC2C>063A 0645
+FC2D>0641 062C
+FC2E>0641 062D
+FC2F>0641 062E
+FC30>0641 0645
+FC31>0641 0649
+FC32>0641 064A
+FC33>0642 062D
+FC34>0642 0645
+FC35>0642 0649
+FC36>0642 064A
+FC37>0643 0627
+FC38>0643 062C
+FC39>0643 062D
+FC3A>0643 062E
+FC3B>0643 0644
+FC3C>0643 0645
+FC3D>0643 0649
+FC3E>0643 064A
+FC3F>0644 062C
+FC40>0644 062D
+FC41>0644 062E
+FC42>0644 0645
+FC43>0644 0649
+FC44>0644 064A
+FC45>0645 062C
+FC46>0645 062D
+FC47>0645 062E
+FC48>0645 0645
+FC49>0645 0649
+FC4A>0645 064A
+FC4B>0646 062C
+FC4C>0646 062D
+FC4D>0646 062E
+FC4E>0646 0645
+FC4F>0646 0649
+FC50>0646 064A
+FC51>0647 062C
+FC52>0647 0645
+FC53>0647 0649
+FC54>0647 064A
+FC55>064A 062C
+FC56>064A 062D
+FC57>064A 062E
+FC58>064A 0645
+FC59>064A 0649
+FC5A>064A 064A
+FC5B>0630 0670
+FC5C>0631 0670
+FC5D>0649 0670
+FC5E>0020 064C 0651
+FC5F>0020 064D 0651
+FC60>0020 064E 0651
+FC61>0020 064F 0651
+FC62>0020 0650 0651
+FC63>0020 0651 0670
+FC64>0626 0631
+FC65>0626 0632
+FC66>0626 0645
+FC67>0626 0646
+FC68>0626 0649
+FC69>0626 064A
+FC6A>0628 0631
+FC6B>0628 0632
+FC6C>0628 0645
+FC6D>0628 0646
+FC6E>0628 0649
+FC6F>0628 064A
+FC70>062A 0631
+FC71>062A 0632
+FC72>062A 0645
+FC73>062A 0646
+FC74>062A 0649
+FC75>062A 064A
+FC76>062B 0631
+FC77>062B 0632
+FC78>062B 0645
+FC79>062B 0646
+FC7A>062B 0649
+FC7B>062B 064A
+FC7C>0641 0649
+FC7D>0641 064A
+FC7E>0642 0649
+FC7F>0642 064A
+FC80>0643 0627
+FC81>0643 0644
+FC82>0643 0645
+FC83>0643 0649
+FC84>0643 064A
+FC85>0644 0645
+FC86>0644 0649
+FC87>0644 064A
+FC88>0645 0627
+FC89>0645 0645
+FC8A>0646 0631
+FC8B>0646 0632
+FC8C>0646 0645
+FC8D>0646 0646
+FC8E>0646 0649
+FC8F>0646 064A
+FC90>0649 0670
+FC91>064A 0631
+FC92>064A 0632
+FC93>064A 0645
+FC94>064A 0646
+FC95>064A 0649
+FC96>064A 064A
+FC97>0626 062C
+FC98>0626 062D
+FC99>0626 062E
+FC9A>0626 0645
+FC9B>0626 0647
+FC9C>0628 062C
+FC9D>0628 062D
+FC9E>0628 062E
+FC9F>0628 0645
+FCA0>0628 0647
+FCA1>062A 062C
+FCA2>062A 062D
+FCA3>062A 062E
+FCA4>062A 0645
+FCA5>062A 0647
+FCA6>062B 0645
+FCA7>062C 062D
+FCA8>062C 0645
+FCA9>062D 062C
+FCAA>062D 0645
+FCAB>062E 062C
+FCAC>062E 0645
+FCAD>0633 062C
+FCAE>0633 062D
+FCAF>0633 062E
+FCB0>0633 0645
+FCB1>0635 062D
+FCB2>0635 062E
+FCB3>0635 0645
+FCB4>0636 062C
+FCB5>0636 062D
+FCB6>0636 062E
+FCB7>0636 0645
+FCB8>0637 062D
+FCB9>0638 0645
+FCBA>0639 062C
+FCBB>0639 0645
+FCBC>063A 062C
+FCBD>063A 0645
+FCBE>0641 062C
+FCBF>0641 062D
+FCC0>0641 062E
+FCC1>0641 0645
+FCC2>0642 062D
+FCC3>0642 0645
+FCC4>0643 062C
+FCC5>0643 062D
+FCC6>0643 062E
+FCC7>0643 0644
+FCC8>0643 0645
+FCC9>0644 062C
+FCCA>0644 062D
+FCCB>0644 062E
+FCCC>0644 0645
+FCCD>0644 0647
+FCCE>0645 062C
+FCCF>0645 062D
+FCD0>0645 062E
+FCD1>0645 0645
+FCD2>0646 062C
+FCD3>0646 062D
+FCD4>0646 062E
+FCD5>0646 0645
+FCD6>0646 0647
+FCD7>0647 062C
+FCD8>0647 0645
+FCD9>0647 0670
+FCDA>064A 062C
+FCDB>064A 062D
+FCDC>064A 062E
+FCDD>064A 0645
+FCDE>064A 0647
+FCDF>0626 0645
+FCE0>0626 0647
+FCE1>0628 0645
+FCE2>0628 0647
+FCE3>062A 0645
+FCE4>062A 0647
+FCE5>062B 0645
+FCE6>062B 0647
+FCE7>0633 0645
+FCE8>0633 0647
+FCE9>0634 0645
+FCEA>0634 0647
+FCEB>0643 0644
+FCEC>0643 0645
+FCED>0644 0645
+FCEE>0646 0645
+FCEF>0646 0647
+FCF0>064A 0645
+FCF1>064A 0647
+FCF2>0640 064E 0651
+FCF3>0640 064F 0651
+FCF4>0640 0650 0651
+FCF5>0637 0649
+FCF6>0637 064A
+FCF7>0639 0649
+FCF8>0639 064A
+FCF9>063A 0649
+FCFA>063A 064A
+FCFB>0633 0649
+FCFC>0633 064A
+FCFD>0634 0649
+FCFE>0634 064A
+FCFF>062D 0649
+FD00>062D 064A
+FD01>062C 0649
+FD02>062C 064A
+FD03>062E 0649
+FD04>062E 064A
+FD05>0635 0649
+FD06>0635 064A
+FD07>0636 0649
+FD08>0636 064A
+FD09>0634 062C
+FD0A>0634 062D
+FD0B>0634 062E
+FD0C>0634 0645
+FD0D>0634 0631
+FD0E>0633 0631
+FD0F>0635 0631
+FD10>0636 0631
+FD11>0637 0649
+FD12>0637 064A
+FD13>0639 0649
+FD14>0639 064A
+FD15>063A 0649
+FD16>063A 064A
+FD17>0633 0649
+FD18>0633 064A
+FD19>0634 0649
+FD1A>0634 064A
+FD1B>062D 0649
+FD1C>062D 064A
+FD1D>062C 0649
+FD1E>062C 064A
+FD1F>062E 0649
+FD20>062E 064A
+FD21>0635 0649
+FD22>0635 064A
+FD23>0636 0649
+FD24>0636 064A
+FD25>0634 062C
+FD26>0634 062D
+FD27>0634 062E
+FD28>0634 0645
+FD29>0634 0631
+FD2A>0633 0631
+FD2B>0635 0631
+FD2C>0636 0631
+FD2D>0634 062C
+FD2E>0634 062D
+FD2F>0634 062E
+FD30>0634 0645
+FD31>0633 0647
+FD32>0634 0647
+FD33>0637 0645
+FD34>0633 062C
+FD35>0633 062D
+FD36>0633 062E
+FD37>0634 062C
+FD38>0634 062D
+FD39>0634 062E
+FD3A>0637 0645
+FD3B>0638 0645
+FD3C..FD3D>0627 064B
+FD50>062A 062C 0645
+FD51..FD52>062A 062D 062C
+FD53>062A 062D 0645
+FD54>062A 062E 0645
+FD55>062A 0645 062C
+FD56>062A 0645 062D
+FD57>062A 0645 062E
+FD58..FD59>062C 0645 062D
+FD5A>062D 0645 064A
+FD5B>062D 0645 0649
+FD5C>0633 062D 062C
+FD5D>0633 062C 062D
+FD5E>0633 062C 0649
+FD5F..FD60>0633 0645 062D
+FD61>0633 0645 062C
+FD62..FD63>0633 0645 0645
+FD64..FD65>0635 062D 062D
+FD66>0635 0645 0645
+FD67..FD68>0634 062D 0645
+FD69>0634 062C 064A
+FD6A..FD6B>0634 0645 062E
+FD6C..FD6D>0634 0645 0645
+FD6E>0636 062D 0649
+FD6F..FD70>0636 062E 0645
+FD71..FD72>0637 0645 062D
+FD73>0637 0645 0645
+FD74>0637 0645 064A
+FD75>0639 062C 0645
+FD76..FD77>0639 0645 0645
+FD78>0639 0645 0649
+FD79>063A 0645 0645
+FD7A>063A 0645 064A
+FD7B>063A 0645 0649
+FD7C..FD7D>0641 062E 0645
+FD7E>0642 0645 062D
+FD7F>0642 0645 0645
+FD80>0644 062D 0645
+FD81>0644 062D 064A
+FD82>0644 062D 0649
+FD83..FD84>0644 062C 062C
+FD85..FD86>0644 062E 0645
+FD87..FD88>0644 0645 062D
+FD89>0645 062D 062C
+FD8A>0645 062D 0645
+FD8B>0645 062D 064A
+FD8C>0645 062C 062D
+FD8D>0645 062C 0645
+FD8E>0645 062E 062C
+FD8F>0645 062E 0645
+FD92>0645 062C 062E
+FD93>0647 0645 062C
+FD94>0647 0645 0645
+FD95>0646 062D 0645
+FD96>0646 062D 0649
+FD97..FD98>0646 062C 0645
+FD99>0646 062C 0649
+FD9A>0646 0645 064A
+FD9B>0646 0645 0649
+FD9C..FD9D>064A 0645 0645
+FD9E>0628 062E 064A
+FD9F>062A 062C 064A
+FDA0>062A 062C 0649
+FDA1>062A 062E 064A
+FDA2>062A 062E 0649
+FDA3>062A 0645 064A
+FDA4>062A 0645 0649
+FDA5>062C 0645 064A
+FDA6>062C 062D 0649
+FDA7>062C 0645 0649
+FDA8>0633 062E 0649
+FDA9>0635 062D 064A
+FDAA>0634 062D 064A
+FDAB>0636 062D 064A
+FDAC>0644 062C 064A
+FDAD>0644 0645 064A
+FDAE>064A 062D 064A
+FDAF>064A 062C 064A
+FDB0>064A 0645 064A
+FDB1>0645 0645 064A
+FDB2>0642 0645 064A
+FDB3>0646 062D 064A
+FDB4>0642 0645 062D
+FDB5>0644 062D 0645
+FDB6>0639 0645 064A
+FDB7>0643 0645 064A
+FDB8>0646 062C 062D
+FDB9>0645 062E 064A
+FDBA>0644 062C 0645
+FDBB>0643 0645 0645
+FDBC>0644 062C 0645
+FDBD>0646 062C 062D
+FDBE>062C 062D 064A
+FDBF>062D 062C 064A
+FDC0>0645 062C 064A
+FDC1>0641 0645 064A
+FDC2>0628 062D 064A
+FDC3>0643 0645 0645
+FDC4>0639 062C 0645
+FDC5>0635 0645 0645
+FDC6>0633 062E 064A
+FDC7>0646 062C 064A
+FDF0>0635 0644 06D2
+FDF1>0642 0644 06D2
+FDF2>0627 0644 0644 0647
+FDF3>0627 0643 0628 0631
+FDF4>0645 062D 0645 062F
+FDF5>0635 0644 0639 0645
+FDF6>0631 0633 0648 0644
+FDF7>0639 0644 064A 0647
+FDF8>0648 0633 0644 0645
+FDF9>0635 0644 0649
+FDFA>0635 0644 0649 0020 0627 0644 0644 0647 0020 0639 0644 064A 0647 0020 0648 0633 0644 0645
+FDFB>062C 0644 0020 062C 0644 0627 0644 0647
+FDFC>0631 06CC 0627 0644
+FE00..FE0F>
+FE10>002C
+FE11>3001
+FE12>3002
+FE13>003A
+FE14>003B
+FE15>0021
+FE16>003F
+FE17>3016
+FE18>3017
+FE19>002E 002E 002E
+FE30>002E 002E
+FE31>2014
+FE32>2013
+FE33..FE34>005F
+FE35>0028
+FE36>0029
+FE37>007B
+FE38>007D
+FE39>3014
+FE3A>3015
+FE3B>3010
+FE3C>3011
+FE3D>300A
+FE3E>300B
+FE3F>3008
+FE40>3009
+FE41>300C
+FE42>300D
+FE43>300E
+FE44>300F
+FE47>005B
+FE48>005D
+FE49..FE4C>0020 0305
+FE4D..FE4F>005F
+FE50>002C
+FE51>3001
+FE52>002E
+FE54>003B
+FE55>003A
+FE56>003F
+FE57>0021
+FE58>2014
+FE59>0028
+FE5A>0029
+FE5B>007B
+FE5C>007D
+FE5D>3014
+FE5E>3015
+FE5F>0023
+FE60>0026
+FE61>002A
+FE62>002B
+FE63>002D
+FE64>003C
+FE65>003E
+FE66>003D
+FE68>005C
+FE69>0024
+FE6A>0025
+FE6B>0040
+FE70>0020 064B
+FE71>0640 064B
+FE72>0020 064C
+FE74>0020 064D
+FE76>0020 064E
+FE77>0640 064E
+FE78>0020 064F
+FE79>0640 064F
+FE7A>0020 0650
+FE7B>0640 0650
+FE7C>0020 0651
+FE7D>0640 0651
+FE7E>0020 0652
+FE7F>0640 0652
+FE80>0621
+FE81..FE82>0622
+FE83..FE84>0623
+FE85..FE86>0624
+FE87..FE88>0625
+FE89..FE8C>0626
+FE8D..FE8E>0627
+FE8F..FE92>0628
+FE93..FE94>0629
+FE95..FE98>062A
+FE99..FE9C>062B
+FE9D..FEA0>062C
+FEA1..FEA4>062D
+FEA5..FEA8>062E
+FEA9..FEAA>062F
+FEAB..FEAC>0630
+FEAD..FEAE>0631
+FEAF..FEB0>0632
+FEB1..FEB4>0633
+FEB5..FEB8>0634
+FEB9..FEBC>0635
+FEBD..FEC0>0636
+FEC1..FEC4>0637
+FEC5..FEC8>0638
+FEC9..FECC>0639
+FECD..FED0>063A
+FED1..FED4>0641
+FED5..FED8>0642
+FED9..FEDC>0643
+FEDD..FEE0>0644
+FEE1..FEE4>0645
+FEE5..FEE8>0646
+FEE9..FEEC>0647
+FEED..FEEE>0648
+FEEF..FEF0>0649
+FEF1..FEF4>064A
+FEF5..FEF6>0644 0622
+FEF7..FEF8>0644 0623
+FEF9..FEFA>0644 0625
+FEFB..FEFC>0644 0627
+FEFF>
+FF01>0021
+FF02>0022
+FF03>0023
+FF04>0024
+FF05>0025
+FF06>0026
+FF07>0027
+FF08>0028
+FF09>0029
+FF0A>002A
+FF0B>002B
+FF0C>002C
+FF0D>002D
+FF0E>002E
+FF0F>002F
+FF10>0030
+FF11>0031
+FF12>0032
+FF13>0033
+FF14>0034
+FF15>0035
+FF16>0036
+FF17>0037
+FF18>0038
+FF19>0039
+FF1A>003A
+FF1B>003B
+FF1C>003C
+FF1D>003D
+FF1E>003E
+FF1F>003F
+FF20>0040
+FF21>0061
+FF22>0062
+FF23>0063
+FF24>0064
+FF25>0065
+FF26>0066
+FF27>0067
+FF28>0068
+FF29>0069
+FF2A>006A
+FF2B>006B
+FF2C>006C
+FF2D>006D
+FF2E>006E
+FF2F>006F
+FF30>0070
+FF31>0071
+FF32>0072
+FF33>0073
+FF34>0074
+FF35>0075
+FF36>0076
+FF37>0077
+FF38>0078
+FF39>0079
+FF3A>007A
+FF3B>005B
+FF3C>005C
+FF3D>005D
+FF3E>005E
+FF3F>005F
+FF40>0060
+FF41>0061
+FF42>0062
+FF43>0063
+FF44>0064
+FF45>0065
+FF46>0066
+FF47>0067
+FF48>0068
+FF49>0069
+FF4A>006A
+FF4B>006B
+FF4C>006C
+FF4D>006D
+FF4E>006E
+FF4F>006F
+FF50>0070
+FF51>0071
+FF52>0072
+FF53>0073
+FF54>0074
+FF55>0075
+FF56>0076
+FF57>0077
+FF58>0078
+FF59>0079
+FF5A>007A
+FF5B>007B
+FF5C>007C
+FF5D>007D
+FF5E>007E
+FF5F>2985
+FF60>2986
+FF61>3002
+FF62>300C
+FF63>300D
+FF64>3001
+FF65>30FB
+FF66>30F2
+FF67>30A1
+FF68>30A3
+FF69>30A5
+FF6A>30A7
+FF6B>30A9
+FF6C>30E3
+FF6D>30E5
+FF6E>30E7
+FF6F>30C3
+FF70>30FC
+FF71>30A2
+FF72>30A4
+FF73>30A6
+FF74>30A8
+FF75>30AA
+FF76>30AB
+FF77>30AD
+FF78>30AF
+FF79>30B1
+FF7A>30B3
+FF7B>30B5
+FF7C>30B7
+FF7D>30B9
+FF7E>30BB
+FF7F>30BD
+FF80>30BF
+FF81>30C1
+FF82>30C4
+FF83>30C6
+FF84>30C8
+FF85>30CA
+FF86>30CB
+FF87>30CC
+FF88>30CD
+FF89>30CE
+FF8A>30CF
+FF8B>30D2
+FF8C>30D5
+FF8D>30D8
+FF8E>30DB
+FF8F>30DE
+FF90>30DF
+FF91>30E0
+FF92>30E1
+FF93>30E2
+FF94>30E4
+FF95>30E6
+FF96>30E8
+FF97>30E9
+FF98>30EA
+FF99>30EB
+FF9A>30EC
+FF9B>30ED
+FF9C>30EF
+FF9D>30F3
+FF9E>3099
+FF9F>309A
+FFA0>
+FFA1>1100
+FFA2>1101
+FFA3>11AA
+FFA4>1102
+FFA5>11AC
+FFA6>11AD
+FFA7>1103
+FFA8>1104
+FFA9>1105
+FFAA>11B0
+FFAB>11B1
+FFAC>11B2
+FFAD>11B3
+FFAE>11B4
+FFAF>11B5
+FFB0>111A
+FFB1>1106
+FFB2>1107
+FFB3>1108
+FFB4>1121
+FFB5>1109
+FFB6>110A
+FFB7>110B
+FFB8>110C
+FFB9>110D
+FFBA>110E
+FFBB>110F
+FFBC>1110
+FFBD>1111
+FFBE>1112
+FFC2>1161
+FFC3>1162
+FFC4>1163
+FFC5>1164
+FFC6>1165
+FFC7>1166
+FFCA>1167
+FFCB>1168
+FFCC>1169
+FFCD>116A
+FFCE>116B
+FFCF>116C
+FFD2>116D
+FFD3>116E
+FFD4>116F
+FFD5>1170
+FFD6>1171
+FFD7>1172
+FFDA>1173
+FFDB>1174
+FFDC>1175
+FFE0>00A2
+FFE1>00A3
+FFE2>00AC
+FFE3>0020 0304
+FFE4>00A6
+FFE5>00A5
+FFE6>20A9
+FFE8>2502
+FFE9>2190
+FFEA>2191
+FFEB>2192
+FFEC>2193
+FFED>25A0
+FFEE>25CB
+FFF0..FFF8>
+10400>10428
+10401>10429
+10402>1042A
+10403>1042B
+10404>1042C
+10405>1042D
+10406>1042E
+10407>1042F
+10408>10430
+10409>10431
+1040A>10432
+1040B>10433
+1040C>10434
+1040D>10435
+1040E>10436
+1040F>10437
+10410>10438
+10411>10439
+10412>1043A
+10413>1043B
+10414>1043C
+10415>1043D
+10416>1043E
+10417>1043F
+10418>10440
+10419>10441
+1041A>10442
+1041B>10443
+1041C>10444
+1041D>10445
+1041E>10446
+1041F>10447
+10420>10448
+10421>10449
+10422>1044A
+10423>1044B
+10424>1044C
+10425>1044D
+10426>1044E
+10427>1044F
+1D15E>1D157 1D165
+1D15F>1D158 1D165
+1D160>1D158 1D165 1D16E
+1D161>1D158 1D165 1D16F
+1D162>1D158 1D165 1D170
+1D163>1D158 1D165 1D171
+1D164>1D158 1D165 1D172
+1D173..1D17A>
+1D1BB>1D1B9 1D165
+1D1BC>1D1BA 1D165
+1D1BD>1D1B9 1D165 1D16E
+1D1BE>1D1BA 1D165 1D16E
+1D1BF>1D1B9 1D165 1D16F
+1D1C0>1D1BA 1D165 1D16F
+1D400>0061
+1D401>0062
+1D402>0063
+1D403>0064
+1D404>0065
+1D405>0066
+1D406>0067
+1D407>0068
+1D408>0069
+1D409>006A
+1D40A>006B
+1D40B>006C
+1D40C>006D
+1D40D>006E
+1D40E>006F
+1D40F>0070
+1D410>0071
+1D411>0072
+1D412>0073
+1D413>0074
+1D414>0075
+1D415>0076
+1D416>0077
+1D417>0078
+1D418>0079
+1D419>007A
+1D41A>0061
+1D41B>0062
+1D41C>0063
+1D41D>0064
+1D41E>0065
+1D41F>0066
+1D420>0067
+1D421>0068
+1D422>0069
+1D423>006A
+1D424>006B
+1D425>006C
+1D426>006D
+1D427>006E
+1D428>006F
+1D429>0070
+1D42A>0071
+1D42B>0072
+1D42C>0073
+1D42D>0074
+1D42E>0075
+1D42F>0076
+1D430>0077
+1D431>0078
+1D432>0079
+1D433>007A
+1D434>0061
+1D435>0062
+1D436>0063
+1D437>0064
+1D438>0065
+1D439>0066
+1D43A>0067
+1D43B>0068
+1D43C>0069
+1D43D>006A
+1D43E>006B
+1D43F>006C
+1D440>006D
+1D441>006E
+1D442>006F
+1D443>0070
+1D444>0071
+1D445>0072
+1D446>0073
+1D447>0074
+1D448>0075
+1D449>0076
+1D44A>0077
+1D44B>0078
+1D44C>0079
+1D44D>007A
+1D44E>0061
+1D44F>0062
+1D450>0063
+1D451>0064
+1D452>0065
+1D453>0066
+1D454>0067
+1D456>0069
+1D457>006A
+1D458>006B
+1D459>006C
+1D45A>006D
+1D45B>006E
+1D45C>006F
+1D45D>0070
+1D45E>0071
+1D45F>0072
+1D460>0073
+1D461>0074
+1D462>0075
+1D463>0076
+1D464>0077
+1D465>0078
+1D466>0079
+1D467>007A
+1D468>0061
+1D469>0062
+1D46A>0063
+1D46B>0064
+1D46C>0065
+1D46D>0066
+1D46E>0067
+1D46F>0068
+1D470>0069
+1D471>006A
+1D472>006B
+1D473>006C
+1D474>006D
+1D475>006E
+1D476>006F
+1D477>0070
+1D478>0071
+1D479>0072
+1D47A>0073
+1D47B>0074
+1D47C>0075
+1D47D>0076
+1D47E>0077
+1D47F>0078
+1D480>0079
+1D481>007A
+1D482>0061
+1D483>0062
+1D484>0063
+1D485>0064
+1D486>0065
+1D487>0066
+1D488>0067
+1D489>0068
+1D48A>0069
+1D48B>006A
+1D48C>006B
+1D48D>006C
+1D48E>006D
+1D48F>006E
+1D490>006F
+1D491>0070
+1D492>0071
+1D493>0072
+1D494>0073
+1D495>0074
+1D496>0075
+1D497>0076
+1D498>0077
+1D499>0078
+1D49A>0079
+1D49B>007A
+1D49C>0061
+1D49E>0063
+1D49F>0064
+1D4A2>0067
+1D4A5>006A
+1D4A6>006B
+1D4A9>006E
+1D4AA>006F
+1D4AB>0070
+1D4AC>0071
+1D4AE>0073
+1D4AF>0074
+1D4B0>0075
+1D4B1>0076
+1D4B2>0077
+1D4B3>0078
+1D4B4>0079
+1D4B5>007A
+1D4B6>0061
+1D4B7>0062
+1D4B8>0063
+1D4B9>0064
+1D4BB>0066
+1D4BD>0068
+1D4BE>0069
+1D4BF>006A
+1D4C0>006B
+1D4C1>006C
+1D4C2>006D
+1D4C3>006E
+1D4C5>0070
+1D4C6>0071
+1D4C7>0072
+1D4C8>0073
+1D4C9>0074
+1D4CA>0075
+1D4CB>0076
+1D4CC>0077
+1D4CD>0078
+1D4CE>0079
+1D4CF>007A
+1D4D0>0061
+1D4D1>0062
+1D4D2>0063
+1D4D3>0064
+1D4D4>0065
+1D4D5>0066
+1D4D6>0067
+1D4D7>0068
+1D4D8>0069
+1D4D9>006A
+1D4DA>006B
+1D4DB>006C
+1D4DC>006D
+1D4DD>006E
+1D4DE>006F
+1D4DF>0070
+1D4E0>0071
+1D4E1>0072
+1D4E2>0073
+1D4E3>0074
+1D4E4>0075
+1D4E5>0076
+1D4E6>0077
+1D4E7>0078
+1D4E8>0079
+1D4E9>007A
+1D4EA>0061
+1D4EB>0062
+1D4EC>0063
+1D4ED>0064
+1D4EE>0065
+1D4EF>0066
+1D4F0>0067
+1D4F1>0068
+1D4F2>0069
+1D4F3>006A
+1D4F4>006B
+1D4F5>006C
+1D4F6>006D
+1D4F7>006E
+1D4F8>006F
+1D4F9>0070
+1D4FA>0071
+1D4FB>0072
+1D4FC>0073
+1D4FD>0074
+1D4FE>0075
+1D4FF>0076
+1D500>0077
+1D501>0078
+1D502>0079
+1D503>007A
+1D504>0061
+1D505>0062
+1D507>0064
+1D508>0065
+1D509>0066
+1D50A>0067
+1D50D>006A
+1D50E>006B
+1D50F>006C
+1D510>006D
+1D511>006E
+1D512>006F
+1D513>0070
+1D514>0071
+1D516>0073
+1D517>0074
+1D518>0075
+1D519>0076
+1D51A>0077
+1D51B>0078
+1D51C>0079
+1D51E>0061
+1D51F>0062
+1D520>0063
+1D521>0064
+1D522>0065
+1D523>0066
+1D524>0067
+1D525>0068
+1D526>0069
+1D527>006A
+1D528>006B
+1D529>006C
+1D52A>006D
+1D52B>006E
+1D52C>006F
+1D52D>0070
+1D52E>0071
+1D52F>0072
+1D530>0073
+1D531>0074
+1D532>0075
+1D533>0076
+1D534>0077
+1D535>0078
+1D536>0079
+1D537>007A
+1D538>0061
+1D539>0062
+1D53B>0064
+1D53C>0065
+1D53D>0066
+1D53E>0067
+1D540>0069
+1D541>006A
+1D542>006B
+1D543>006C
+1D544>006D
+1D546>006F
+1D54A>0073
+1D54B>0074
+1D54C>0075
+1D54D>0076
+1D54E>0077
+1D54F>0078
+1D550>0079
+1D552>0061
+1D553>0062
+1D554>0063
+1D555>0064
+1D556>0065
+1D557>0066
+1D558>0067
+1D559>0068
+1D55A>0069
+1D55B>006A
+1D55C>006B
+1D55D>006C
+1D55E>006D
+1D55F>006E
+1D560>006F
+1D561>0070
+1D562>0071
+1D563>0072
+1D564>0073
+1D565>0074
+1D566>0075
+1D567>0076
+1D568>0077
+1D569>0078
+1D56A>0079
+1D56B>007A
+1D56C>0061
+1D56D>0062
+1D56E>0063
+1D56F>0064
+1D570>0065
+1D571>0066
+1D572>0067
+1D573>0068
+1D574>0069
+1D575>006A
+1D576>006B
+1D577>006C
+1D578>006D
+1D579>006E
+1D57A>006F
+1D57B>0070
+1D57C>0071
+1D57D>0072
+1D57E>0073
+1D57F>0074
+1D580>0075
+1D581>0076
+1D582>0077
+1D583>0078
+1D584>0079
+1D585>007A
+1D586>0061
+1D587>0062
+1D588>0063
+1D589>0064
+1D58A>0065
+1D58B>0066
+1D58C>0067
+1D58D>0068
+1D58E>0069
+1D58F>006A
+1D590>006B
+1D591>006C
+1D592>006D
+1D593>006E
+1D594>006F
+1D595>0070
+1D596>0071
+1D597>0072
+1D598>0073
+1D599>0074
+1D59A>0075
+1D59B>0076
+1D59C>0077
+1D59D>0078
+1D59E>0079
+1D59F>007A
+1D5A0>0061
+1D5A1>0062
+1D5A2>0063
+1D5A3>0064
+1D5A4>0065
+1D5A5>0066
+1D5A6>0067
+1D5A7>0068
+1D5A8>0069
+1D5A9>006A
+1D5AA>006B
+1D5AB>006C
+1D5AC>006D
+1D5AD>006E
+1D5AE>006F
+1D5AF>0070
+1D5B0>0071
+1D5B1>0072
+1D5B2>0073
+1D5B3>0074
+1D5B4>0075
+1D5B5>0076
+1D5B6>0077
+1D5B7>0078
+1D5B8>0079
+1D5B9>007A
+1D5BA>0061
+1D5BB>0062
+1D5BC>0063
+1D5BD>0064
+1D5BE>0065
+1D5BF>0066
+1D5C0>0067
+1D5C1>0068
+1D5C2>0069
+1D5C3>006A
+1D5C4>006B
+1D5C5>006C
+1D5C6>006D
+1D5C7>006E
+1D5C8>006F
+1D5C9>0070
+1D5CA>0071
+1D5CB>0072
+1D5CC>0073
+1D5CD>0074
+1D5CE>0075
+1D5CF>0076
+1D5D0>0077
+1D5D1>0078
+1D5D2>0079
+1D5D3>007A
+1D5D4>0061
+1D5D5>0062
+1D5D6>0063
+1D5D7>0064
+1D5D8>0065
+1D5D9>0066
+1D5DA>0067
+1D5DB>0068
+1D5DC>0069
+1D5DD>006A
+1D5DE>006B
+1D5DF>006C
+1D5E0>006D
+1D5E1>006E
+1D5E2>006F
+1D5E3>0070
+1D5E4>0071
+1D5E5>0072
+1D5E6>0073
+1D5E7>0074
+1D5E8>0075
+1D5E9>0076
+1D5EA>0077
+1D5EB>0078
+1D5EC>0079
+1D5ED>007A
+1D5EE>0061
+1D5EF>0062
+1D5F0>0063
+1D5F1>0064
+1D5F2>0065
+1D5F3>0066
+1D5F4>0067
+1D5F5>0068
+1D5F6>0069
+1D5F7>006A
+1D5F8>006B
+1D5F9>006C
+1D5FA>006D
+1D5FB>006E
+1D5FC>006F
+1D5FD>0070
+1D5FE>0071
+1D5FF>0072
+1D600>0073
+1D601>0074
+1D602>0075
+1D603>0076
+1D604>0077
+1D605>0078
+1D606>0079
+1D607>007A
+1D608>0061
+1D609>0062
+1D60A>0063
+1D60B>0064
+1D60C>0065
+1D60D>0066
+1D60E>0067
+1D60F>0068
+1D610>0069
+1D611>006A
+1D612>006B
+1D613>006C
+1D614>006D
+1D615>006E
+1D616>006F
+1D617>0070
+1D618>0071
+1D619>0072
+1D61A>0073
+1D61B>0074
+1D61C>0075
+1D61D>0076
+1D61E>0077
+1D61F>0078
+1D620>0079
+1D621>007A
+1D622>0061
+1D623>0062
+1D624>0063
+1D625>0064
+1D626>0065
+1D627>0066
+1D628>0067
+1D629>0068
+1D62A>0069
+1D62B>006A
+1D62C>006B
+1D62D>006C
+1D62E>006D
+1D62F>006E
+1D630>006F
+1D631>0070
+1D632>0071
+1D633>0072
+1D634>0073
+1D635>0074
+1D636>0075
+1D637>0076
+1D638>0077
+1D639>0078
+1D63A>0079
+1D63B>007A
+1D63C>0061
+1D63D>0062
+1D63E>0063
+1D63F>0064
+1D640>0065
+1D641>0066
+1D642>0067
+1D643>0068
+1D644>0069
+1D645>006A
+1D646>006B
+1D647>006C
+1D648>006D
+1D649>006E
+1D64A>006F
+1D64B>0070
+1D64C>0071
+1D64D>0072
+1D64E>0073
+1D64F>0074
+1D650>0075
+1D651>0076
+1D652>0077
+1D653>0078
+1D654>0079
+1D655>007A
+1D656>0061
+1D657>0062
+1D658>0063
+1D659>0064
+1D65A>0065
+1D65B>0066
+1D65C>0067
+1D65D>0068
+1D65E>0069
+1D65F>006A
+1D660>006B
+1D661>006C
+1D662>006D
+1D663>006E
+1D664>006F
+1D665>0070
+1D666>0071
+1D667>0072
+1D668>0073
+1D669>0074
+1D66A>0075
+1D66B>0076
+1D66C>0077
+1D66D>0078
+1D66E>0079
+1D66F>007A
+1D670>0061
+1D671>0062
+1D672>0063
+1D673>0064
+1D674>0065
+1D675>0066
+1D676>0067
+1D677>0068
+1D678>0069
+1D679>006A
+1D67A>006B
+1D67B>006C
+1D67C>006D
+1D67D>006E
+1D67E>006F
+1D67F>0070
+1D680>0071
+1D681>0072
+1D682>0073
+1D683>0074
+1D684>0075
+1D685>0076
+1D686>0077
+1D687>0078
+1D688>0079
+1D689>007A
+1D68A>0061
+1D68B>0062
+1D68C>0063
+1D68D>0064
+1D68E>0065
+1D68F>0066
+1D690>0067
+1D691>0068
+1D692>0069
+1D693>006A
+1D694>006B
+1D695>006C
+1D696>006D
+1D697>006E
+1D698>006F
+1D699>0070
+1D69A>0071
+1D69B>0072
+1D69C>0073
+1D69D>0074
+1D69E>0075
+1D69F>0076
+1D6A0>0077
+1D6A1>0078
+1D6A2>0079
+1D6A3>007A
+1D6A4>0131
+1D6A5>0237
+1D6A8>03B1
+1D6A9>03B2
+1D6AA>03B3
+1D6AB>03B4
+1D6AC>03B5
+1D6AD>03B6
+1D6AE>03B7
+1D6AF>03B8
+1D6B0>03B9
+1D6B1>03BA
+1D6B2>03BB
+1D6B3>03BC
+1D6B4>03BD
+1D6B5>03BE
+1D6B6>03BF
+1D6B7>03C0
+1D6B8>03C1
+1D6B9>03B8
+1D6BA>03C3
+1D6BB>03C4
+1D6BC>03C5
+1D6BD>03C6
+1D6BE>03C7
+1D6BF>03C8
+1D6C0>03C9
+1D6C1>2207
+1D6C2>03B1
+1D6C3>03B2
+1D6C4>03B3
+1D6C5>03B4
+1D6C6>03B5
+1D6C7>03B6
+1D6C8>03B7
+1D6C9>03B8
+1D6CA>03B9
+1D6CB>03BA
+1D6CC>03BB
+1D6CD>03BC
+1D6CE>03BD
+1D6CF>03BE
+1D6D0>03BF
+1D6D1>03C0
+1D6D2>03C1
+1D6D3..1D6D4>03C3
+1D6D5>03C4
+1D6D6>03C5
+1D6D7>03C6
+1D6D8>03C7
+1D6D9>03C8
+1D6DA>03C9
+1D6DB>2202
+1D6DC>03B5
+1D6DD>03B8
+1D6DE>03BA
+1D6DF>03C6
+1D6E0>03C1
+1D6E1>03C0
+1D6E2>03B1
+1D6E3>03B2
+1D6E4>03B3
+1D6E5>03B4
+1D6E6>03B5
+1D6E7>03B6
+1D6E8>03B7
+1D6E9>03B8
+1D6EA>03B9
+1D6EB>03BA
+1D6EC>03BB
+1D6ED>03BC
+1D6EE>03BD
+1D6EF>03BE
+1D6F0>03BF
+1D6F1>03C0
+1D6F2>03C1
+1D6F3>03B8
+1D6F4>03C3
+1D6F5>03C4
+1D6F6>03C5
+1D6F7>03C6
+1D6F8>03C7
+1D6F9>03C8
+1D6FA>03C9
+1D6FB>2207
+1D6FC>03B1
+1D6FD>03B2
+1D6FE>03B3
+1D6FF>03B4
+1D700>03B5
+1D701>03B6
+1D702>03B7
+1D703>03B8
+1D704>03B9
+1D705>03BA
+1D706>03BB
+1D707>03BC
+1D708>03BD
+1D709>03BE
+1D70A>03BF
+1D70B>03C0
+1D70C>03C1
+1D70D..1D70E>03C3
+1D70F>03C4
+1D710>03C5
+1D711>03C6
+1D712>03C7
+1D713>03C8
+1D714>03C9
+1D715>2202
+1D716>03B5
+1D717>03B8
+1D718>03BA
+1D719>03C6
+1D71A>03C1
+1D71B>03C0
+1D71C>03B1
+1D71D>03B2
+1D71E>03B3
+1D71F>03B4
+1D720>03B5
+1D721>03B6
+1D722>03B7
+1D723>03B8
+1D724>03B9
+1D725>03BA
+1D726>03BB
+1D727>03BC
+1D728>03BD
+1D729>03BE
+1D72A>03BF
+1D72B>03C0
+1D72C>03C1
+1D72D>03B8
+1D72E>03C3
+1D72F>03C4
+1D730>03C5
+1D731>03C6
+1D732>03C7
+1D733>03C8
+1D734>03C9
+1D735>2207
+1D736>03B1
+1D737>03B2
+1D738>03B3
+1D739>03B4
+1D73A>03B5
+1D73B>03B6
+1D73C>03B7
+1D73D>03B8
+1D73E>03B9
+1D73F>03BA
+1D740>03BB
+1D741>03BC
+1D742>03BD
+1D743>03BE
+1D744>03BF
+1D745>03C0
+1D746>03C1
+1D747..1D748>03C3
+1D749>03C4
+1D74A>03C5
+1D74B>03C6
+1D74C>03C7
+1D74D>03C8
+1D74E>03C9
+1D74F>2202
+1D750>03B5
+1D751>03B8
+1D752>03BA
+1D753>03C6
+1D754>03C1
+1D755>03C0
+1D756>03B1
+1D757>03B2
+1D758>03B3
+1D759>03B4
+1D75A>03B5
+1D75B>03B6
+1D75C>03B7
+1D75D>03B8
+1D75E>03B9
+1D75F>03BA
+1D760>03BB
+1D761>03BC
+1D762>03BD
+1D763>03BE
+1D764>03BF
+1D765>03C0
+1D766>03C1
+1D767>03B8
+1D768>03C3
+1D769>03C4
+1D76A>03C5
+1D76B>03C6
+1D76C>03C7
+1D76D>03C8
+1D76E>03C9
+1D76F>2207
+1D770>03B1
+1D771>03B2
+1D772>03B3
+1D773>03B4
+1D774>03B5
+1D775>03B6
+1D776>03B7
+1D777>03B8
+1D778>03B9
+1D779>03BA
+1D77A>03BB
+1D77B>03BC
+1D77C>03BD
+1D77D>03BE
+1D77E>03BF
+1D77F>03C0
+1D780>03C1
+1D781..1D782>03C3
+1D783>03C4
+1D784>03C5
+1D785>03C6
+1D786>03C7
+1D787>03C8
+1D788>03C9
+1D789>2202
+1D78A>03B5
+1D78B>03B8
+1D78C>03BA
+1D78D>03C6
+1D78E>03C1
+1D78F>03C0
+1D790>03B1
+1D791>03B2
+1D792>03B3
+1D793>03B4
+1D794>03B5
+1D795>03B6
+1D796>03B7
+1D797>03B8
+1D798>03B9
+1D799>03BA
+1D79A>03BB
+1D79B>03BC
+1D79C>03BD
+1D79D>03BE
+1D79E>03BF
+1D79F>03C0
+1D7A0>03C1
+1D7A1>03B8
+1D7A2>03C3
+1D7A3>03C4
+1D7A4>03C5
+1D7A5>03C6
+1D7A6>03C7
+1D7A7>03C8
+1D7A8>03C9
+1D7A9>2207
+1D7AA>03B1
+1D7AB>03B2
+1D7AC>03B3
+1D7AD>03B4
+1D7AE>03B5
+1D7AF>03B6
+1D7B0>03B7
+1D7B1>03B8
+1D7B2>03B9
+1D7B3>03BA
+1D7B4>03BB
+1D7B5>03BC
+1D7B6>03BD
+1D7B7>03BE
+1D7B8>03BF
+1D7B9>03C0
+1D7BA>03C1
+1D7BB..1D7BC>03C3
+1D7BD>03C4
+1D7BE>03C5
+1D7BF>03C6
+1D7C0>03C7
+1D7C1>03C8
+1D7C2>03C9
+1D7C3>2202
+1D7C4>03B5
+1D7C5>03B8
+1D7C6>03BA
+1D7C7>03C6
+1D7C8>03C1
+1D7C9>03C0
+1D7CA..1D7CB>03DD
+1D7CE>0030
+1D7CF>0031
+1D7D0>0032
+1D7D1>0033
+1D7D2>0034
+1D7D3>0035
+1D7D4>0036
+1D7D5>0037
+1D7D6>0038
+1D7D7>0039
+1D7D8>0030
+1D7D9>0031
+1D7DA>0032
+1D7DB>0033
+1D7DC>0034
+1D7DD>0035
+1D7DE>0036
+1D7DF>0037
+1D7E0>0038
+1D7E1>0039
+1D7E2>0030
+1D7E3>0031
+1D7E4>0032
+1D7E5>0033
+1D7E6>0034
+1D7E7>0035
+1D7E8>0036
+1D7E9>0037
+1D7EA>0038
+1D7EB>0039
+1D7EC>0030
+1D7ED>0031
+1D7EE>0032
+1D7EF>0033
+1D7F0>0034
+1D7F1>0035
+1D7F2>0036
+1D7F3>0037
+1D7F4>0038
+1D7F5>0039
+1D7F6>0030
+1D7F7>0031
+1D7F8>0032
+1D7F9>0033
+1D7FA>0034
+1D7FB>0035
+1D7FC>0036
+1D7FD>0037
+1D7FE>0038
+1D7FF>0039
+1F100>0030 002E
+1F101>0030 002C
+1F102>0031 002C
+1F103>0032 002C
+1F104>0033 002C
+1F105>0034 002C
+1F106>0035 002C
+1F107>0036 002C
+1F108>0037 002C
+1F109>0038 002C
+1F10A>0039 002C
+1F110>0028 0061 0029
+1F111>0028 0062 0029
+1F112>0028 0063 0029
+1F113>0028 0064 0029
+1F114>0028 0065 0029
+1F115>0028 0066 0029
+1F116>0028 0067 0029
+1F117>0028 0068 0029
+1F118>0028 0069 0029
+1F119>0028 006A 0029
+1F11A>0028 006B 0029
+1F11B>0028 006C 0029
+1F11C>0028 006D 0029
+1F11D>0028 006E 0029
+1F11E>0028 006F 0029
+1F11F>0028 0070 0029
+1F120>0028 0071 0029
+1F121>0028 0072 0029
+1F122>0028 0073 0029
+1F123>0028 0074 0029
+1F124>0028 0075 0029
+1F125>0028 0076 0029
+1F126>0028 0077 0029
+1F127>0028 0078 0029
+1F128>0028 0079 0029
+1F129>0028 007A 0029
+1F12A>3014 0073 3015
+1F12B>0063
+1F12C>0072
+1F12D>0063 0064
+1F12E>0077 007A
+1F131>0062
+1F13D>006E
+1F13F>0070
+1F142>0073
+1F146>0077
+1F14A>0068 0076
+1F14B>006D 0076
+1F14C>0073 0064
+1F14D>0073 0073
+1F14E>0070 0070 0076
+1F190>0064 006A
+1F200>307B 304B
+1F210>624B
+1F211>5B57
+1F212>53CC
+1F213>30C7
+1F214>4E8C
+1F215>591A
+1F216>89E3
+1F217>5929
+1F218>4EA4
+1F219>6620
+1F21A>7121
+1F21B>6599
+1F21C>524D
+1F21D>5F8C
+1F21E>518D
+1F21F>65B0
+1F220>521D
+1F221>7D42
+1F222>751F
+1F223>8CA9
+1F224>58F0
+1F225>5439
+1F226>6F14
+1F227>6295
+1F228>6355
+1F229>4E00
+1F22A>4E09
+1F22B>904A
+1F22C>5DE6
+1F22D>4E2D
+1F22E>53F3
+1F22F>6307
+1F230>8D70
+1F231>6253
+1F240>3014 672C 3015
+1F241>3014 4E09 3015
+1F242>3014 4E8C 3015
+1F243>3014 5B89 3015
+1F244>3014 70B9 3015
+1F245>3014 6253 3015
+1F246>3014 76D7 3015
+1F247>3014 52DD 3015
+1F248>3014 6557 3015
+2F800>4E3D
+2F801>4E38
+2F802>4E41
+2F803>20122
+2F804>4F60
+2F805>4FAE
+2F806>4FBB
+2F807>5002
+2F808>507A
+2F809>5099
+2F80A>50E7
+2F80B>50CF
+2F80C>349E
+2F80D>2063A
+2F80E>514D
+2F80F>5154
+2F810>5164
+2F811>5177
+2F812>2051C
+2F813>34B9
+2F814>5167
+2F815>518D
+2F816>2054B
+2F817>5197
+2F818>51A4
+2F819>4ECC
+2F81A>51AC
+2F81B>51B5
+2F81C>291DF
+2F81D>51F5
+2F81E>5203
+2F81F>34DF
+2F820>523B
+2F821>5246
+2F822>5272
+2F823>5277
+2F824>3515
+2F825>52C7
+2F826>52C9
+2F827>52E4
+2F828>52FA
+2F829>5305
+2F82A>5306
+2F82B>5317
+2F82C>5349
+2F82D>5351
+2F82E>535A
+2F82F>5373
+2F830>537D
+2F831..2F833>537F
+2F834>20A2C
+2F835>7070
+2F836>53CA
+2F837>53DF
+2F838>20B63
+2F839>53EB
+2F83A>53F1
+2F83B>5406
+2F83C>549E
+2F83D>5438
+2F83E>5448
+2F83F>5468
+2F840>54A2
+2F841>54F6
+2F842>5510
+2F843>5553
+2F844>5563
+2F845..2F846>5584
+2F847>5599
+2F848>55AB
+2F849>55B3
+2F84A>55C2
+2F84B>5716
+2F84C>5606
+2F84D>5717
+2F84E>5651
+2F84F>5674
+2F850>5207
+2F851>58EE
+2F852>57CE
+2F853>57F4
+2F854>580D
+2F855>578B
+2F856>5832
+2F857>5831
+2F858>58AC
+2F859>214E4
+2F85A>58F2
+2F85B>58F7
+2F85C>5906
+2F85D>591A
+2F85E>5922
+2F85F>5962
+2F860>216A8
+2F861>216EA
+2F862>59EC
+2F863>5A1B
+2F864>5A27
+2F865>59D8
+2F866>5A66
+2F867>36EE
+2F868>36FC
+2F869>5B08
+2F86A..2F86B>5B3E
+2F86C>219C8
+2F86D>5BC3
+2F86E>5BD8
+2F86F>5BE7
+2F870>5BF3
+2F871>21B18
+2F872>5BFF
+2F873>5C06
+2F874>5F53
+2F875>5C22
+2F876>3781
+2F877>5C60
+2F878>5C6E
+2F879>5CC0
+2F87A>5C8D
+2F87B>21DE4
+2F87C>5D43
+2F87D>21DE6
+2F87E>5D6E
+2F87F>5D6B
+2F880>5D7C
+2F881>5DE1
+2F882>5DE2
+2F883>382F
+2F884>5DFD
+2F885>5E28
+2F886>5E3D
+2F887>5E69
+2F888>3862
+2F889>22183
+2F88A>387C
+2F88B>5EB0
+2F88C>5EB3
+2F88D>5EB6
+2F88E>5ECA
+2F88F>2A392
+2F890>5EFE
+2F891..2F892>22331
+2F893>8201
+2F894..2F895>5F22
+2F896>38C7
+2F897>232B8
+2F898>261DA
+2F899>5F62
+2F89A>5F6B
+2F89B>38E3
+2F89C>5F9A
+2F89D>5FCD
+2F89E>5FD7
+2F89F>5FF9
+2F8A0>6081
+2F8A1>393A
+2F8A2>391C
+2F8A3>6094
+2F8A4>226D4
+2F8A5>60C7
+2F8A6>6148
+2F8A7>614C
+2F8A8>614E
+2F8A9>614C
+2F8AA>617A
+2F8AB>618E
+2F8AC>61B2
+2F8AD>61A4
+2F8AE>61AF
+2F8AF>61DE
+2F8B0>61F2
+2F8B1>61F6
+2F8B2>6210
+2F8B3>621B
+2F8B4>625D
+2F8B5>62B1
+2F8B6>62D4
+2F8B7>6350
+2F8B8>22B0C
+2F8B9>633D
+2F8BA>62FC
+2F8BB>6368
+2F8BC>6383
+2F8BD>63E4
+2F8BE>22BF1
+2F8BF>6422
+2F8C0>63C5
+2F8C1>63A9
+2F8C2>3A2E
+2F8C3>6469
+2F8C4>647E
+2F8C5>649D
+2F8C6>6477
+2F8C7>3A6C
+2F8C8>654F
+2F8C9>656C
+2F8CA>2300A
+2F8CB>65E3
+2F8CC>66F8
+2F8CD>6649
+2F8CE>3B19
+2F8CF>6691
+2F8D0>3B08
+2F8D1>3AE4
+2F8D2>5192
+2F8D3>5195
+2F8D4>6700
+2F8D5>669C
+2F8D6>80AD
+2F8D7>43D9
+2F8D8>6717
+2F8D9>671B
+2F8DA>6721
+2F8DB>675E
+2F8DC>6753
+2F8DD>233C3
+2F8DE>3B49
+2F8DF>67FA
+2F8E0>6785
+2F8E1>6852
+2F8E2>6885
+2F8E3>2346D
+2F8E4>688E
+2F8E5>681F
+2F8E6>6914
+2F8E7>3B9D
+2F8E8>6942
+2F8E9>69A3
+2F8EA>69EA
+2F8EB>6AA8
+2F8EC>236A3
+2F8ED>6ADB
+2F8EE>3C18
+2F8EF>6B21
+2F8F0>238A7
+2F8F1>6B54
+2F8F2>3C4E
+2F8F3>6B72
+2F8F4>6B9F
+2F8F5>6BBA
+2F8F6>6BBB
+2F8F7>23A8D
+2F8F8>21D0B
+2F8F9>23AFA
+2F8FA>6C4E
+2F8FB>23CBC
+2F8FC>6CBF
+2F8FD>6CCD
+2F8FE>6C67
+2F8FF>6D16
+2F900>6D3E
+2F901>6D77
+2F902>6D41
+2F903>6D69
+2F904>6D78
+2F905>6D85
+2F906>23D1E
+2F907>6D34
+2F908>6E2F
+2F909>6E6E
+2F90A>3D33
+2F90B>6ECB
+2F90C>6EC7
+2F90D>23ED1
+2F90E>6DF9
+2F90F>6F6E
+2F910>23F5E
+2F911>23F8E
+2F912>6FC6
+2F913>7039
+2F914>701E
+2F915>701B
+2F916>3D96
+2F917>704A
+2F918>707D
+2F919>7077
+2F91A>70AD
+2F91B>20525
+2F91C>7145
+2F91D>24263
+2F91E>719C
+2F91F>243AB
+2F920>7228
+2F921>7235
+2F922>7250
+2F923>24608
+2F924>7280
+2F925>7295
+2F926>24735
+2F927>24814
+2F928>737A
+2F929>738B
+2F92A>3EAC
+2F92B>73A5
+2F92C..2F92D>3EB8
+2F92E>7447
+2F92F>745C
+2F930>7471
+2F931>7485
+2F932>74CA
+2F933>3F1B
+2F934>7524
+2F935>24C36
+2F936>753E
+2F937>24C92
+2F938>7570
+2F939>2219F
+2F93A>7610
+2F93B>24FA1
+2F93C>24FB8
+2F93D>25044
+2F93E>3FFC
+2F93F>4008
+2F940>76F4
+2F941>250F3
+2F942>250F2
+2F943>25119
+2F944>25133
+2F945>771E
+2F946..2F947>771F
+2F948>774A
+2F949>4039
+2F94A>778B
+2F94B>4046
+2F94C>4096
+2F94D>2541D
+2F94E>784E
+2F94F>788C
+2F950>78CC
+2F951>40E3
+2F952>25626
+2F953>7956
+2F954>2569A
+2F955>256C5
+2F956>798F
+2F957>79EB
+2F958>412F
+2F959>7A40
+2F95A>7A4A
+2F95B>7A4F
+2F95C>2597C
+2F95D..2F95E>25AA7
+2F95F>7AEE
+2F960>4202
+2F961>25BAB
+2F962>7BC6
+2F963>7BC9
+2F964>4227
+2F965>25C80
+2F966>7CD2
+2F967>42A0
+2F968>7CE8
+2F969>7CE3
+2F96A>7D00
+2F96B>25F86
+2F96C>7D63
+2F96D>4301
+2F96E>7DC7
+2F96F>7E02
+2F970>7E45
+2F971>4334
+2F972>26228
+2F973>26247
+2F974>4359
+2F975>262D9
+2F976>7F7A
+2F977>2633E
+2F978>7F95
+2F979>7FFA
+2F97A>8005
+2F97B>264DA
+2F97C>26523
+2F97D>8060
+2F97E>265A8
+2F97F>8070
+2F980>2335F
+2F981>43D5
+2F982>80B2
+2F983>8103
+2F984>440B
+2F985>813E
+2F986>5AB5
+2F987>267A7
+2F988>267B5
+2F989>23393
+2F98A>2339C
+2F98B>8201
+2F98C>8204
+2F98D>8F9E
+2F98E>446B
+2F98F>8291
+2F990>828B
+2F991>829D
+2F992>52B3
+2F993>82B1
+2F994>82B3
+2F995>82BD
+2F996>82E6
+2F997>26B3C
+2F998>82E5
+2F999>831D
+2F99A>8363
+2F99B>83AD
+2F99C>8323
+2F99D>83BD
+2F99E>83E7
+2F99F>8457
+2F9A0>8353
+2F9A1>83CA
+2F9A2>83CC
+2F9A3>83DC
+2F9A4>26C36
+2F9A5>26D6B
+2F9A6>26CD5
+2F9A7>452B
+2F9A8>84F1
+2F9A9>84F3
+2F9AA>8516
+2F9AB>273CA
+2F9AC>8564
+2F9AD>26F2C
+2F9AE>455D
+2F9AF>4561
+2F9B0>26FB1
+2F9B1>270D2
+2F9B2>456B
+2F9B3>8650
+2F9B4>865C
+2F9B5>8667
+2F9B6>8669
+2F9B7>86A9
+2F9B8>8688
+2F9B9>870E
+2F9BA>86E2
+2F9BB>8779
+2F9BC>8728
+2F9BD>876B
+2F9BE>8786
+2F9BF>45D7
+2F9C0>87E1
+2F9C1>8801
+2F9C2>45F9
+2F9C3>8860
+2F9C4>8863
+2F9C5>27667
+2F9C6>88D7
+2F9C7>88DE
+2F9C8>4635
+2F9C9>88FA
+2F9CA>34BB
+2F9CB>278AE
+2F9CC>27966
+2F9CD>46BE
+2F9CE>46C7
+2F9CF>8AA0
+2F9D0>8AED
+2F9D1>8B8A
+2F9D2>8C55
+2F9D3>27CA8
+2F9D4>8CAB
+2F9D5>8CC1
+2F9D6>8D1B
+2F9D7>8D77
+2F9D8>27F2F
+2F9D9>20804
+2F9DA>8DCB
+2F9DB>8DBC
+2F9DC>8DF0
+2F9DD>208DE
+2F9DE>8ED4
+2F9DF>8F38
+2F9E0>285D2
+2F9E1>285ED
+2F9E2>9094
+2F9E3>90F1
+2F9E4>9111
+2F9E5>2872E
+2F9E6>911B
+2F9E7>9238
+2F9E8>92D7
+2F9E9>92D8
+2F9EA>927C
+2F9EB>93F9
+2F9EC>9415
+2F9ED>28BFA
+2F9EE>958B
+2F9EF>4995
+2F9F0>95B7
+2F9F1>28D77
+2F9F2>49E6
+2F9F3>96C3
+2F9F4>5DB2
+2F9F5>9723
+2F9F6>29145
+2F9F7>2921A
+2F9F8>4A6E
+2F9F9>4A76
+2F9FA>97E0
+2F9FB>2940A
+2F9FC>4AB2
+2F9FD>29496
+2F9FE..2F9FF>980B
+2FA00>9829
+2FA01>295B6
+2FA02>98E2
+2FA03>4B33
+2FA04>9929
+2FA05>99A7
+2FA06>99C2
+2FA07>99FE
+2FA08>4BCE
+2FA09>29B30
+2FA0A>9B12
+2FA0B>9C40
+2FA0C>9CFD
+2FA0D>4CCE
+2FA0E>4CED
+2FA0F>9D67
+2FA10>2A0CE
+2FA11>4CF8
+2FA12>2A105
+2FA13>2A20E
+2FA14>2A291
+2FA15>9EBB
+2FA16>4D56
+2FA17>9EF9
+2FA18>9EFE
+2FA19>9F05
+2FA1A>9F0F
+2FA1B>9F16
+2FA1C>9F3B
+2FA1D>2A600
+E0000>
+E0001>
+E0002..E001F>
+E0020..E007F>
+E0080..E00FF>
+E0100..E01EF>
+E01F0..E0FFF>
+
+# Total code points: 9740
diff --git a/mailnews/extensions/fts3/public/moz.build b/mailnews/extensions/fts3/public/moz.build
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9d38f0177
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/extensions/fts3/public/moz.build
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+# vim: set filetype=python:
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+XPIDL_SOURCES += [
+    'nsIFts3Tokenizer.idl',
+]
+
+XPIDL_MODULE = 'fts3tok'
+
diff --git a/mailnews/extensions/fts3/public/nsIFts3Tokenizer.idl b/mailnews/extensions/fts3/public/nsIFts3Tokenizer.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c2bb7d435
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/extensions/fts3/public/nsIFts3Tokenizer.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+interface mozIStorageConnection;
+
+[scriptable, uuid(136c88ea-7003-4fe8-8835-333fd18e598c)]
+interface nsIFts3Tokenizer : nsISupports {
+    // register FTS3 tokenizer module for "mozporter" tokenizer
+    // mozporter is based by porter tokenizer with bi-gram tokenizer for CJK
+    void registerTokenizer(in mozIStorageConnection connection);
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/extensions/fts3/src/Normalize.c b/mailnews/extensions/fts3/src/Normalize.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..92ac400e2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/extensions/fts3/src/Normalize.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1929 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/* THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY generate_table.py.  DON'T EDIT THIS */
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTable0040[] = {
+	/* U+0040 */
+	0x0040, 0x0061, 0x0062, 0x0063, 0x0064, 0x0065, 0x0066, 0x0067, 
+	0x0068, 0x0069, 0x006a, 0x006b, 0x006c, 0x006d, 0x006e, 0x006f, 
+	0x0070, 0x0071, 0x0072, 0x0073, 0x0074, 0x0075, 0x0076, 0x0077, 
+	0x0078, 0x0079, 0x007a, 0x005b, 0x005c, 0x005d, 0x005e, 0x005f, 
+	0x0060, 0x0061, 0x0062, 0x0063, 0x0064, 0x0065, 0x0066, 0x0067, 
+	0x0068, 0x0069, 0x006a, 0x006b, 0x006c, 0x006d, 0x006e, 0x006f, 
+	0x0070, 0x0071, 0x0072, 0x0073, 0x0074, 0x0075, 0x0076, 0x0077, 
+	0x0078, 0x0079, 0x007a, 0x007b, 0x007c, 0x007d, 0x007e, 0x007f, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTable0080[] = {
+	/* U+0080 */
+	0x0080, 0x0081, 0x0082, 0x0083, 0x0084, 0x0085, 0x0086, 0x0087, 
+	0x0088, 0x0089, 0x008a, 0x008b, 0x008c, 0x008d, 0x008e, 0x008f, 
+	0x0090, 0x0091, 0x0092, 0x0093, 0x0094, 0x0095, 0x0096, 0x0097, 
+	0x0098, 0x0099, 0x009a, 0x009b, 0x009c, 0x009d, 0x009e, 0x009f, 
+	0x0020, 0x00a1, 0x00a2, 0x00a3, 0x00a4, 0x00a5, 0x00a6, 0x00a7, 
+	0x0020, 0x00a9, 0x0061, 0x00ab, 0x00ac, 0x0020, 0x00ae, 0x0020, 
+	0x00b0, 0x00b1, 0x0032, 0x0033, 0x0020, 0x03bc, 0x00b6, 0x00b7, 
+	0x0020, 0x0031, 0x006f, 0x00bb, 0x0031, 0x0031, 0x0033, 0x00bf, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTable00c0[] = {
+	/* U+00c0 */
+	0x0061, 0x0061, 0x0061, 0x0061, 0x0061, 0x0061, 0x00e6, 0x0063, 
+	0x0065, 0x0065, 0x0065, 0x0065, 0x0069, 0x0069, 0x0069, 0x0069, 
+	0x00f0, 0x006e, 0x006f, 0x006f, 0x006f, 0x006f, 0x006f, 0x00d7, 
+	0x00f8, 0x0075, 0x0075, 0x0075, 0x0075, 0x0079, 0x00fe, 0x0073, 
+	0x0061, 0x0061, 0x0061, 0x0061, 0x0061, 0x0061, 0x00e6, 0x0063, 
+	0x0065, 0x0065, 0x0065, 0x0065, 0x0069, 0x0069, 0x0069, 0x0069, 
+	0x00f0, 0x006e, 0x006f, 0x006f, 0x006f, 0x006f, 0x006f, 0x00f7, 
+	0x00f8, 0x0075, 0x0075, 0x0075, 0x0075, 0x0079, 0x00fe, 0x0079, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTable0100[] = {
+	/* U+0100 */
+	0x0061, 0x0061, 0x0061, 0x0061, 0x0061, 0x0061, 0x0063, 0x0063, 
+	0x0063, 0x0063, 0x0063, 0x0063, 0x0063, 0x0063, 0x0064, 0x0064, 
+	0x0111, 0x0111, 0x0065, 0x0065, 0x0065, 0x0065, 0x0065, 0x0065, 
+	0x0065, 0x0065, 0x0065, 0x0065, 0x0067, 0x0067, 0x0067, 0x0067, 
+	0x0067, 0x0067, 0x0067, 0x0067, 0x0068, 0x0068, 0x0127, 0x0127, 
+	0x0069, 0x0069, 0x0069, 0x0069, 0x0069, 0x0069, 0x0069, 0x0069, 
+	0x0069, 0x0131, 0x0069, 0x0069, 0x006a, 0x006a, 0x006b, 0x006b, 
+	0x0138, 0x006c, 0x006c, 0x006c, 0x006c, 0x006c, 0x006c, 0x006c, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTable0140[] = {
+	/* U+0140 */
+	0x006c, 0x0142, 0x0142, 0x006e, 0x006e, 0x006e, 0x006e, 0x006e, 
+	0x006e, 0x02bc, 0x014b, 0x014b, 0x006f, 0x006f, 0x006f, 0x006f, 
+	0x006f, 0x006f, 0x0153, 0x0153, 0x0072, 0x0072, 0x0072, 0x0072, 
+	0x0072, 0x0072, 0x0073, 0x0073, 0x0073, 0x0073, 0x0073, 0x0073, 
+	0x0073, 0x0073, 0x0074, 0x0074, 0x0074, 0x0074, 0x0167, 0x0167, 
+	0x0075, 0x0075, 0x0075, 0x0075, 0x0075, 0x0075, 0x0075, 0x0075, 
+	0x0075, 0x0075, 0x0075, 0x0075, 0x0077, 0x0077, 0x0079, 0x0079, 
+	0x0079, 0x007a, 0x007a, 0x007a, 0x007a, 0x007a, 0x007a, 0x0073, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTable0180[] = {
+	/* U+0180 */
+	0x0180, 0x0253, 0x0183, 0x0183, 0x0185, 0x0185, 0x0254, 0x0188, 
+	0x0188, 0x0256, 0x0257, 0x018c, 0x018c, 0x018d, 0x01dd, 0x0259, 
+	0x025b, 0x0192, 0x0192, 0x0260, 0x0263, 0x0195, 0x0269, 0x0268, 
+	0x0199, 0x0199, 0x019a, 0x019b, 0x026f, 0x0272, 0x019e, 0x0275, 
+	0x006f, 0x006f, 0x01a3, 0x01a3, 0x01a5, 0x01a5, 0x0280, 0x01a8, 
+	0x01a8, 0x0283, 0x01aa, 0x01ab, 0x01ad, 0x01ad, 0x0288, 0x0075, 
+	0x0075, 0x028a, 0x028b, 0x01b4, 0x01b4, 0x01b6, 0x01b6, 0x0292, 
+	0x01b9, 0x01b9, 0x01ba, 0x01bb, 0x01bd, 0x01bd, 0x01be, 0x01bf, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTable01c0[] = {
+	/* U+01c0 */
+	0x01c0, 0x01c1, 0x01c2, 0x01c3, 0x0064, 0x0064, 0x0064, 0x006c, 
+	0x006c, 0x006c, 0x006e, 0x006e, 0x006e, 0x0061, 0x0061, 0x0069, 
+	0x0069, 0x006f, 0x006f, 0x0075, 0x0075, 0x0075, 0x0075, 0x0075, 
+	0x0075, 0x0075, 0x0075, 0x0075, 0x0075, 0x01dd, 0x0061, 0x0061, 
+	0x0061, 0x0061, 0x00e6, 0x00e6, 0x01e5, 0x01e5, 0x0067, 0x0067, 
+	0x006b, 0x006b, 0x006f, 0x006f, 0x006f, 0x006f, 0x0292, 0x0292, 
+	0x006a, 0x0064, 0x0064, 0x0064, 0x0067, 0x0067, 0x0195, 0x01bf, 
+	0x006e, 0x006e, 0x0061, 0x0061, 0x00e6, 0x00e6, 0x00f8, 0x00f8, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTable0200[] = {
+	/* U+0200 */
+	0x0061, 0x0061, 0x0061, 0x0061, 0x0065, 0x0065, 0x0065, 0x0065, 
+	0x0069, 0x0069, 0x0069, 0x0069, 0x006f, 0x006f, 0x006f, 0x006f, 
+	0x0072, 0x0072, 0x0072, 0x0072, 0x0075, 0x0075, 0x0075, 0x0075, 
+	0x0073, 0x0073, 0x0074, 0x0074, 0x021d, 0x021d, 0x0068, 0x0068, 
+	0x019e, 0x0221, 0x0223, 0x0223, 0x0225, 0x0225, 0x0061, 0x0061, 
+	0x0065, 0x0065, 0x006f, 0x006f, 0x006f, 0x006f, 0x006f, 0x006f, 
+	0x006f, 0x006f, 0x0079, 0x0079, 0x0234, 0x0235, 0x0236, 0x0237, 
+	0x0238, 0x0239, 0x2c65, 0x023c, 0x023c, 0x019a, 0x2c66, 0x023f, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTable0240[] = {
+	/* U+0240 */
+	0x0240, 0x0242, 0x0242, 0x0180, 0x0289, 0x028c, 0x0247, 0x0247, 
+	0x0249, 0x0249, 0x024b, 0x024b, 0x024d, 0x024d, 0x024f, 0x024f, 
+	0x0250, 0x0251, 0x0252, 0x0253, 0x0254, 0x0255, 0x0256, 0x0257, 
+	0x0258, 0x0259, 0x025a, 0x025b, 0x025c, 0x025d, 0x025e, 0x025f, 
+	0x0260, 0x0261, 0x0262, 0x0263, 0x0264, 0x0265, 0x0266, 0x0267, 
+	0x0268, 0x0269, 0x026a, 0x026b, 0x026c, 0x026d, 0x026e, 0x026f, 
+	0x0270, 0x0271, 0x0272, 0x0273, 0x0274, 0x0275, 0x0276, 0x0277, 
+	0x0278, 0x0279, 0x027a, 0x027b, 0x027c, 0x027d, 0x027e, 0x027f, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTable0280[] = {
+	/* U+0280 */
+	0x0280, 0x0281, 0x0282, 0x0283, 0x0284, 0x0285, 0x0286, 0x0287, 
+	0x0288, 0x0289, 0x028a, 0x028b, 0x028c, 0x028d, 0x028e, 0x028f, 
+	0x0290, 0x0291, 0x0292, 0x0293, 0x0294, 0x0295, 0x0296, 0x0297, 
+	0x0298, 0x0299, 0x029a, 0x029b, 0x029c, 0x029d, 0x029e, 0x029f, 
+	0x02a0, 0x02a1, 0x02a2, 0x02a3, 0x02a4, 0x02a5, 0x02a6, 0x02a7, 
+	0x02a8, 0x02a9, 0x02aa, 0x02ab, 0x02ac, 0x02ad, 0x02ae, 0x02af, 
+	0x0068, 0x0266, 0x006a, 0x0072, 0x0279, 0x027b, 0x0281, 0x0077, 
+	0x0079, 0x02b9, 0x02ba, 0x02bb, 0x02bc, 0x02bd, 0x02be, 0x02bf, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTable02c0[] = {
+	/* U+02c0 */
+	0x02c0, 0x02c1, 0x02c2, 0x02c3, 0x02c4, 0x02c5, 0x02c6, 0x02c7, 
+	0x02c8, 0x02c9, 0x02ca, 0x02cb, 0x02cc, 0x02cd, 0x02ce, 0x02cf, 
+	0x02d0, 0x02d1, 0x02d2, 0x02d3, 0x02d4, 0x02d5, 0x02d6, 0x02d7, 
+	0x0020, 0x0020, 0x0020, 0x0020, 0x0020, 0x0020, 0x02de, 0x02df, 
+	0x0263, 0x006c, 0x0073, 0x0078, 0x0295, 0x02e5, 0x02e6, 0x02e7, 
+	0x02e8, 0x02e9, 0x02ea, 0x02eb, 0x02ec, 0x02ed, 0x02ee, 0x02ef, 
+	0x02f0, 0x02f1, 0x02f2, 0x02f3, 0x02f4, 0x02f5, 0x02f6, 0x02f7, 
+	0x02f8, 0x02f9, 0x02fa, 0x02fb, 0x02fc, 0x02fd, 0x02fe, 0x02ff, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTable0340[] = {
+	/* U+0340 */
+	0x0300, 0x0301, 0x0342, 0x0313, 0x0308, 0x03b9, 0x0346, 0x0347, 
+	0x0348, 0x0349, 0x034a, 0x034b, 0x034c, 0x034d, 0x034e, 0x0020, 
+	0x0350, 0x0351, 0x0352, 0x0353, 0x0354, 0x0355, 0x0356, 0x0357, 
+	0x0358, 0x0359, 0x035a, 0x035b, 0x035c, 0x035d, 0x035e, 0x035f, 
+	0x0360, 0x0361, 0x0362, 0x0363, 0x0364, 0x0365, 0x0366, 0x0367, 
+	0x0368, 0x0369, 0x036a, 0x036b, 0x036c, 0x036d, 0x036e, 0x036f, 
+	0x0371, 0x0371, 0x0373, 0x0373, 0x02b9, 0x0375, 0x0377, 0x0377, 
+	0x0378, 0x0379, 0x0020, 0x037b, 0x037c, 0x037d, 0x003b, 0x037f, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTable0380[] = {
+	/* U+0380 */
+	0x0380, 0x0381, 0x0382, 0x0383, 0x0020, 0x0020, 0x03b1, 0x00b7, 
+	0x03b5, 0x03b7, 0x03b9, 0x038b, 0x03bf, 0x038d, 0x03c5, 0x03c9, 
+	0x03b9, 0x03b1, 0x03b2, 0x03b3, 0x03b4, 0x03b5, 0x03b6, 0x03b7, 
+	0x03b8, 0x03b9, 0x03ba, 0x03bb, 0x03bc, 0x03bd, 0x03be, 0x03bf, 
+	0x03c0, 0x03c1, 0x03a2, 0x03c3, 0x03c4, 0x03c5, 0x03c6, 0x03c7, 
+	0x03c8, 0x03c9, 0x03b9, 0x03c5, 0x03b1, 0x03b5, 0x03b7, 0x03b9, 
+	0x03c5, 0x03b1, 0x03b2, 0x03b3, 0x03b4, 0x03b5, 0x03b6, 0x03b7, 
+	0x03b8, 0x03b9, 0x03ba, 0x03bb, 0x03bc, 0x03bd, 0x03be, 0x03bf, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTable03c0[] = {
+	/* U+03c0 */
+	0x03c0, 0x03c1, 0x03c3, 0x03c3, 0x03c4, 0x03c5, 0x03c6, 0x03c7, 
+	0x03c8, 0x03c9, 0x03b9, 0x03c5, 0x03bf, 0x03c5, 0x03c9, 0x03d7, 
+	0x03b2, 0x03b8, 0x03c5, 0x03c5, 0x03c5, 0x03c6, 0x03c0, 0x03d7, 
+	0x03d9, 0x03d9, 0x03db, 0x03db, 0x03dd, 0x03dd, 0x03df, 0x03df, 
+	0x03e1, 0x03e1, 0x03e3, 0x03e3, 0x03e5, 0x03e5, 0x03e7, 0x03e7, 
+	0x03e9, 0x03e9, 0x03eb, 0x03eb, 0x03ed, 0x03ed, 0x03ef, 0x03ef, 
+	0x03ba, 0x03c1, 0x03c3, 0x03f3, 0x03b8, 0x03b5, 0x03f6, 0x03f8, 
+	0x03f8, 0x03c3, 0x03fb, 0x03fb, 0x03fc, 0x037b, 0x037c, 0x037d, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTable0400[] = {
+	/* U+0400 */
+	0x0435, 0x0435, 0x0452, 0x0433, 0x0454, 0x0455, 0x0456, 0x0456, 
+	0x0458, 0x0459, 0x045a, 0x045b, 0x043a, 0x0438, 0x0443, 0x045f, 
+	0x0430, 0x0431, 0x0432, 0x0433, 0x0434, 0x0435, 0x0436, 0x0437, 
+	0x0438, 0x0438, 0x043a, 0x043b, 0x043c, 0x043d, 0x043e, 0x043f, 
+	0x0440, 0x0441, 0x0442, 0x0443, 0x0444, 0x0445, 0x0446, 0x0447, 
+	0x0448, 0x0449, 0x044a, 0x044b, 0x044c, 0x044d, 0x044e, 0x044f, 
+	0x0430, 0x0431, 0x0432, 0x0433, 0x0434, 0x0435, 0x0436, 0x0437, 
+	0x0438, 0x0438, 0x043a, 0x043b, 0x043c, 0x043d, 0x043e, 0x043f, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTable0440[] = {
+	/* U+0440 */
+	0x0440, 0x0441, 0x0442, 0x0443, 0x0444, 0x0445, 0x0446, 0x0447, 
+	0x0448, 0x0449, 0x044a, 0x044b, 0x044c, 0x044d, 0x044e, 0x044f, 
+	0x0435, 0x0435, 0x0452, 0x0433, 0x0454, 0x0455, 0x0456, 0x0456, 
+	0x0458, 0x0459, 0x045a, 0x045b, 0x043a, 0x0438, 0x0443, 0x045f, 
+	0x0461, 0x0461, 0x0463, 0x0463, 0x0465, 0x0465, 0x0467, 0x0467, 
+	0x0469, 0x0469, 0x046b, 0x046b, 0x046d, 0x046d, 0x046f, 0x046f, 
+	0x0471, 0x0471, 0x0473, 0x0473, 0x0475, 0x0475, 0x0475, 0x0475, 
+	0x0479, 0x0479, 0x047b, 0x047b, 0x047d, 0x047d, 0x047f, 0x047f, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTable0480[] = {
+	/* U+0480 */
+	0x0481, 0x0481, 0x0482, 0x0483, 0x0484, 0x0485, 0x0486, 0x0487, 
+	0x0488, 0x0489, 0x048b, 0x048b, 0x048d, 0x048d, 0x048f, 0x048f, 
+	0x0491, 0x0491, 0x0493, 0x0493, 0x0495, 0x0495, 0x0497, 0x0497, 
+	0x0499, 0x0499, 0x049b, 0x049b, 0x049d, 0x049d, 0x049f, 0x049f, 
+	0x04a1, 0x04a1, 0x04a3, 0x04a3, 0x04a5, 0x04a5, 0x04a7, 0x04a7, 
+	0x04a9, 0x04a9, 0x04ab, 0x04ab, 0x04ad, 0x04ad, 0x04af, 0x04af, 
+	0x04b1, 0x04b1, 0x04b3, 0x04b3, 0x04b5, 0x04b5, 0x04b7, 0x04b7, 
+	0x04b9, 0x04b9, 0x04bb, 0x04bb, 0x04bd, 0x04bd, 0x04bf, 0x04bf, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTable04c0[] = {
+	/* U+04c0 */
+	0x04cf, 0x0436, 0x0436, 0x04c4, 0x04c4, 0x04c6, 0x04c6, 0x04c8, 
+	0x04c8, 0x04ca, 0x04ca, 0x04cc, 0x04cc, 0x04ce, 0x04ce, 0x04cf, 
+	0x0430, 0x0430, 0x0430, 0x0430, 0x04d5, 0x04d5, 0x0435, 0x0435, 
+	0x04d9, 0x04d9, 0x04d9, 0x04d9, 0x0436, 0x0436, 0x0437, 0x0437, 
+	0x04e1, 0x04e1, 0x0438, 0x0438, 0x0438, 0x0438, 0x043e, 0x043e, 
+	0x04e9, 0x04e9, 0x04e9, 0x04e9, 0x044d, 0x044d, 0x0443, 0x0443, 
+	0x0443, 0x0443, 0x0443, 0x0443, 0x0447, 0x0447, 0x04f7, 0x04f7, 
+	0x044b, 0x044b, 0x04fb, 0x04fb, 0x04fd, 0x04fd, 0x04ff, 0x04ff, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTable0500[] = {
+	/* U+0500 */
+	0x0501, 0x0501, 0x0503, 0x0503, 0x0505, 0x0505, 0x0507, 0x0507, 
+	0x0509, 0x0509, 0x050b, 0x050b, 0x050d, 0x050d, 0x050f, 0x050f, 
+	0x0511, 0x0511, 0x0513, 0x0513, 0x0515, 0x0515, 0x0517, 0x0517, 
+	0x0519, 0x0519, 0x051b, 0x051b, 0x051d, 0x051d, 0x051f, 0x051f, 
+	0x0521, 0x0521, 0x0523, 0x0523, 0x0525, 0x0525, 0x0526, 0x0527, 
+	0x0528, 0x0529, 0x052a, 0x052b, 0x052c, 0x052d, 0x052e, 0x052f, 
+	0x0530, 0x0561, 0x0562, 0x0563, 0x0564, 0x0565, 0x0566, 0x0567, 
+	0x0568, 0x0569, 0x056a, 0x056b, 0x056c, 0x056d, 0x056e, 0x056f, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTable0540[] = {
+	/* U+0540 */
+	0x0570, 0x0571, 0x0572, 0x0573, 0x0574, 0x0575, 0x0576, 0x0577, 
+	0x0578, 0x0579, 0x057a, 0x057b, 0x057c, 0x057d, 0x057e, 0x057f, 
+	0x0580, 0x0581, 0x0582, 0x0583, 0x0584, 0x0585, 0x0586, 0x0557, 
+	0x0558, 0x0559, 0x055a, 0x055b, 0x055c, 0x055d, 0x055e, 0x055f, 
+	0x0560, 0x0561, 0x0562, 0x0563, 0x0564, 0x0565, 0x0566, 0x0567, 
+	0x0568, 0x0569, 0x056a, 0x056b, 0x056c, 0x056d, 0x056e, 0x056f, 
+	0x0570, 0x0571, 0x0572, 0x0573, 0x0574, 0x0575, 0x0576, 0x0577, 
+	0x0578, 0x0579, 0x057a, 0x057b, 0x057c, 0x057d, 0x057e, 0x057f, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTable0580[] = {
+	/* U+0580 */
+	0x0580, 0x0581, 0x0582, 0x0583, 0x0584, 0x0585, 0x0586, 0x0565, 
+	0x0588, 0x0589, 0x058a, 0x058b, 0x058c, 0x058d, 0x058e, 0x058f, 
+	0x0590, 0x0591, 0x0592, 0x0593, 0x0594, 0x0595, 0x0596, 0x0597, 
+	0x0598, 0x0599, 0x059a, 0x059b, 0x059c, 0x059d, 0x059e, 0x059f, 
+	0x05a0, 0x05a1, 0x05a2, 0x05a3, 0x05a4, 0x05a5, 0x05a6, 0x05a7, 
+	0x05a8, 0x05a9, 0x05aa, 0x05ab, 0x05ac, 0x05ad, 0x05ae, 0x05af, 
+	0x05b0, 0x05b1, 0x05b2, 0x05b3, 0x05b4, 0x05b5, 0x05b6, 0x05b7, 
+	0x05b8, 0x05b9, 0x05ba, 0x05bb, 0x05bc, 0x05bd, 0x05be, 0x05bf, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTable0600[] = {
+	/* U+0600 */
+	0x0600, 0x0601, 0x0602, 0x0603, 0x0604, 0x0605, 0x0606, 0x0607, 
+	0x0608, 0x0609, 0x060a, 0x060b, 0x060c, 0x060d, 0x060e, 0x060f, 
+	0x0610, 0x0611, 0x0612, 0x0613, 0x0614, 0x0615, 0x0616, 0x0617, 
+	0x0618, 0x0619, 0x061a, 0x061b, 0x061c, 0x061d, 0x061e, 0x061f, 
+	0x0620, 0x0621, 0x0627, 0x0627, 0x0648, 0x0627, 0x064a, 0x0627, 
+	0x0628, 0x0629, 0x062a, 0x062b, 0x062c, 0x062d, 0x062e, 0x062f, 
+	0x0630, 0x0631, 0x0632, 0x0633, 0x0634, 0x0635, 0x0636, 0x0637, 
+	0x0638, 0x0639, 0x063a, 0x063b, 0x063c, 0x063d, 0x063e, 0x063f, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTable0640[] = {
+	/* U+0640 */
+	0x0640, 0x0641, 0x0642, 0x0643, 0x0644, 0x0645, 0x0646, 0x0647, 
+	0x0648, 0x0649, 0x064a, 0x064b, 0x064c, 0x064d, 0x064e, 0x064f, 
+	0x0650, 0x0651, 0x0652, 0x0653, 0x0654, 0x0655, 0x0656, 0x0657, 
+	0x0658, 0x0659, 0x065a, 0x065b, 0x065c, 0x065d, 0x065e, 0x065f, 
+	0x0660, 0x0661, 0x0662, 0x0663, 0x0664, 0x0665, 0x0666, 0x0667, 
+	0x0668, 0x0669, 0x066a, 0x066b, 0x066c, 0x066d, 0x066e, 0x066f, 
+	0x0670, 0x0671, 0x0672, 0x0673, 0x0674, 0x0627, 0x0648, 0x06c7, 
+	0x064a, 0x0679, 0x067a, 0x067b, 0x067c, 0x067d, 0x067e, 0x067f, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTable06c0[] = {
+	/* U+06c0 */
+	0x06d5, 0x06c1, 0x06c1, 0x06c3, 0x06c4, 0x06c5, 0x06c6, 0x06c7, 
+	0x06c8, 0x06c9, 0x06ca, 0x06cb, 0x06cc, 0x06cd, 0x06ce, 0x06cf, 
+	0x06d0, 0x06d1, 0x06d2, 0x06d2, 0x06d4, 0x06d5, 0x06d6, 0x06d7, 
+	0x06d8, 0x06d9, 0x06da, 0x06db, 0x06dc, 0x06dd, 0x06de, 0x06df, 
+	0x06e0, 0x06e1, 0x06e2, 0x06e3, 0x06e4, 0x06e5, 0x06e6, 0x06e7, 
+	0x06e8, 0x06e9, 0x06ea, 0x06eb, 0x06ec, 0x06ed, 0x06ee, 0x06ef, 
+	0x06f0, 0x06f1, 0x06f2, 0x06f3, 0x06f4, 0x06f5, 0x06f6, 0x06f7, 
+	0x06f8, 0x06f9, 0x06fa, 0x06fb, 0x06fc, 0x06fd, 0x06fe, 0x06ff, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTable0900[] = {
+	/* U+0900 */
+	0x0900, 0x0901, 0x0902, 0x0903, 0x0904, 0x0905, 0x0906, 0x0907, 
+	0x0908, 0x0909, 0x090a, 0x090b, 0x090c, 0x090d, 0x090e, 0x090f, 
+	0x0910, 0x0911, 0x0912, 0x0913, 0x0914, 0x0915, 0x0916, 0x0917, 
+	0x0918, 0x0919, 0x091a, 0x091b, 0x091c, 0x091d, 0x091e, 0x091f, 
+	0x0920, 0x0921, 0x0922, 0x0923, 0x0924, 0x0925, 0x0926, 0x0927, 
+	0x0928, 0x0928, 0x092a, 0x092b, 0x092c, 0x092d, 0x092e, 0x092f, 
+	0x0930, 0x0930, 0x0932, 0x0933, 0x0933, 0x0935, 0x0936, 0x0937, 
+	0x0938, 0x0939, 0x093a, 0x093b, 0x093c, 0x093d, 0x093e, 0x093f, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTable0940[] = {
+	/* U+0940 */
+	0x0940, 0x0941, 0x0942, 0x0943, 0x0944, 0x0945, 0x0946, 0x0947, 
+	0x0948, 0x0949, 0x094a, 0x094b, 0x094c, 0x094d, 0x094e, 0x094f, 
+	0x0950, 0x0951, 0x0952, 0x0953, 0x0954, 0x0955, 0x0956, 0x0957, 
+	0x0915, 0x0916, 0x0917, 0x091c, 0x0921, 0x0922, 0x092b, 0x092f, 
+	0x0960, 0x0961, 0x0962, 0x0963, 0x0964, 0x0965, 0x0966, 0x0967, 
+	0x0968, 0x0969, 0x096a, 0x096b, 0x096c, 0x096d, 0x096e, 0x096f, 
+	0x0970, 0x0971, 0x0972, 0x0973, 0x0974, 0x0975, 0x0976, 0x0977, 
+	0x0978, 0x0979, 0x097a, 0x097b, 0x097c, 0x097d, 0x097e, 0x097f, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTable09c0[] = {
+	/* U+09c0 */
+	0x09c0, 0x09c1, 0x09c2, 0x09c3, 0x09c4, 0x09c5, 0x09c6, 0x09c7, 
+	0x09c8, 0x09c9, 0x09ca, 0x09c7, 0x09c7, 0x09cd, 0x09ce, 0x09cf, 
+	0x09d0, 0x09d1, 0x09d2, 0x09d3, 0x09d4, 0x09d5, 0x09d6, 0x09d7, 
+	0x09d8, 0x09d9, 0x09da, 0x09db, 0x09a1, 0x09a2, 0x09de, 0x09af, 
+	0x09e0, 0x09e1, 0x09e2, 0x09e3, 0x09e4, 0x09e5, 0x09e6, 0x09e7, 
+	0x09e8, 0x09e9, 0x09ea, 0x09eb, 0x09ec, 0x09ed, 0x09ee, 0x09ef, 
+	0x09f0, 0x09f1, 0x09f2, 0x09f3, 0x09f4, 0x09f5, 0x09f6, 0x09f7, 
+	0x09f8, 0x09f9, 0x09fa, 0x09fb, 0x09fc, 0x09fd, 0x09fe, 0x09ff, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTable0a00[] = {
+	/* U+0a00 */
+	0x0a00, 0x0a01, 0x0a02, 0x0a03, 0x0a04, 0x0a05, 0x0a06, 0x0a07, 
+	0x0a08, 0x0a09, 0x0a0a, 0x0a0b, 0x0a0c, 0x0a0d, 0x0a0e, 0x0a0f, 
+	0x0a10, 0x0a11, 0x0a12, 0x0a13, 0x0a14, 0x0a15, 0x0a16, 0x0a17, 
+	0x0a18, 0x0a19, 0x0a1a, 0x0a1b, 0x0a1c, 0x0a1d, 0x0a1e, 0x0a1f, 
+	0x0a20, 0x0a21, 0x0a22, 0x0a23, 0x0a24, 0x0a25, 0x0a26, 0x0a27, 
+	0x0a28, 0x0a29, 0x0a2a, 0x0a2b, 0x0a2c, 0x0a2d, 0x0a2e, 0x0a2f, 
+	0x0a30, 0x0a31, 0x0a32, 0x0a32, 0x0a34, 0x0a35, 0x0a38, 0x0a37, 
+	0x0a38, 0x0a39, 0x0a3a, 0x0a3b, 0x0a3c, 0x0a3d, 0x0a3e, 0x0a3f, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTable0a40[] = {
+	/* U+0a40 */
+	0x0a40, 0x0a41, 0x0a42, 0x0a43, 0x0a44, 0x0a45, 0x0a46, 0x0a47, 
+	0x0a48, 0x0a49, 0x0a4a, 0x0a4b, 0x0a4c, 0x0a4d, 0x0a4e, 0x0a4f, 
+	0x0a50, 0x0a51, 0x0a52, 0x0a53, 0x0a54, 0x0a55, 0x0a56, 0x0a57, 
+	0x0a58, 0x0a16, 0x0a17, 0x0a1c, 0x0a5c, 0x0a5d, 0x0a2b, 0x0a5f, 
+	0x0a60, 0x0a61, 0x0a62, 0x0a63, 0x0a64, 0x0a65, 0x0a66, 0x0a67, 
+	0x0a68, 0x0a69, 0x0a6a, 0x0a6b, 0x0a6c, 0x0a6d, 0x0a6e, 0x0a6f, 
+	0x0a70, 0x0a71, 0x0a72, 0x0a73, 0x0a74, 0x0a75, 0x0a76, 0x0a77, 
+	0x0a78, 0x0a79, 0x0a7a, 0x0a7b, 0x0a7c, 0x0a7d, 0x0a7e, 0x0a7f, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTable0b40[] = {
+	/* U+0b40 */
+	0x0b40, 0x0b41, 0x0b42, 0x0b43, 0x0b44, 0x0b45, 0x0b46, 0x0b47, 
+	0x0b47, 0x0b49, 0x0b4a, 0x0b47, 0x0b47, 0x0b4d, 0x0b4e, 0x0b4f, 
+	0x0b50, 0x0b51, 0x0b52, 0x0b53, 0x0b54, 0x0b55, 0x0b56, 0x0b57, 
+	0x0b58, 0x0b59, 0x0b5a, 0x0b5b, 0x0b21, 0x0b22, 0x0b5e, 0x0b5f, 
+	0x0b60, 0x0b61, 0x0b62, 0x0b63, 0x0b64, 0x0b65, 0x0b66, 0x0b67, 
+	0x0b68, 0x0b69, 0x0b6a, 0x0b6b, 0x0b6c, 0x0b6d, 0x0b6e, 0x0b6f, 
+	0x0b70, 0x0b71, 0x0b72, 0x0b73, 0x0b74, 0x0b75, 0x0b76, 0x0b77, 
+	0x0b78, 0x0b79, 0x0b7a, 0x0b7b, 0x0b7c, 0x0b7d, 0x0b7e, 0x0b7f, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTable0b80[] = {
+	/* U+0b80 */
+	0x0b80, 0x0b81, 0x0b82, 0x0b83, 0x0b84, 0x0b85, 0x0b86, 0x0b87, 
+	0x0b88, 0x0b89, 0x0b8a, 0x0b8b, 0x0b8c, 0x0b8d, 0x0b8e, 0x0b8f, 
+	0x0b90, 0x0b91, 0x0b92, 0x0b93, 0x0b92, 0x0b95, 0x0b96, 0x0b97, 
+	0x0b98, 0x0b99, 0x0b9a, 0x0b9b, 0x0b9c, 0x0b9d, 0x0b9e, 0x0b9f, 
+	0x0ba0, 0x0ba1, 0x0ba2, 0x0ba3, 0x0ba4, 0x0ba5, 0x0ba6, 0x0ba7, 
+	0x0ba8, 0x0ba9, 0x0baa, 0x0bab, 0x0bac, 0x0bad, 0x0bae, 0x0baf, 
+	0x0bb0, 0x0bb1, 0x0bb2, 0x0bb3, 0x0bb4, 0x0bb5, 0x0bb6, 0x0bb7, 
+	0x0bb8, 0x0bb9, 0x0bba, 0x0bbb, 0x0bbc, 0x0bbd, 0x0bbe, 0x0bbf, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTable0bc0[] = {
+	/* U+0bc0 */
+	0x0bc0, 0x0bc1, 0x0bc2, 0x0bc3, 0x0bc4, 0x0bc5, 0x0bc6, 0x0bc7, 
+	0x0bc8, 0x0bc9, 0x0bc6, 0x0bc7, 0x0bc6, 0x0bcd, 0x0bce, 0x0bcf, 
+	0x0bd0, 0x0bd1, 0x0bd2, 0x0bd3, 0x0bd4, 0x0bd5, 0x0bd6, 0x0bd7, 
+	0x0bd8, 0x0bd9, 0x0bda, 0x0bdb, 0x0bdc, 0x0bdd, 0x0bde, 0x0bdf, 
+	0x0be0, 0x0be1, 0x0be2, 0x0be3, 0x0be4, 0x0be5, 0x0be6, 0x0be7, 
+	0x0be8, 0x0be9, 0x0bea, 0x0beb, 0x0bec, 0x0bed, 0x0bee, 0x0bef, 
+	0x0bf0, 0x0bf1, 0x0bf2, 0x0bf3, 0x0bf4, 0x0bf5, 0x0bf6, 0x0bf7, 
+	0x0bf8, 0x0bf9, 0x0bfa, 0x0bfb, 0x0bfc, 0x0bfd, 0x0bfe, 0x0bff, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTable0c40[] = {
+	/* U+0c40 */
+	0x0c40, 0x0c41, 0x0c42, 0x0c43, 0x0c44, 0x0c45, 0x0c46, 0x0c47, 
+	0x0c46, 0x0c49, 0x0c4a, 0x0c4b, 0x0c4c, 0x0c4d, 0x0c4e, 0x0c4f, 
+	0x0c50, 0x0c51, 0x0c52, 0x0c53, 0x0c54, 0x0c55, 0x0c56, 0x0c57, 
+	0x0c58, 0x0c59, 0x0c5a, 0x0c5b, 0x0c5c, 0x0c5d, 0x0c5e, 0x0c5f, 
+	0x0c60, 0x0c61, 0x0c62, 0x0c63, 0x0c64, 0x0c65, 0x0c66, 0x0c67, 
+	0x0c68, 0x0c69, 0x0c6a, 0x0c6b, 0x0c6c, 0x0c6d, 0x0c6e, 0x0c6f, 
+	0x0c70, 0x0c71, 0x0c72, 0x0c73, 0x0c74, 0x0c75, 0x0c76, 0x0c77, 
+	0x0c78, 0x0c79, 0x0c7a, 0x0c7b, 0x0c7c, 0x0c7d, 0x0c7e, 0x0c7f, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTable0cc0[] = {
+	/* U+0cc0 */
+	0x0cbf, 0x0cc1, 0x0cc2, 0x0cc3, 0x0cc4, 0x0cc5, 0x0cc6, 0x0cc6, 
+	0x0cc6, 0x0cc9, 0x0cc6, 0x0cc6, 0x0ccc, 0x0ccd, 0x0cce, 0x0ccf, 
+	0x0cd0, 0x0cd1, 0x0cd2, 0x0cd3, 0x0cd4, 0x0cd5, 0x0cd6, 0x0cd7, 
+	0x0cd8, 0x0cd9, 0x0cda, 0x0cdb, 0x0cdc, 0x0cdd, 0x0cde, 0x0cdf, 
+	0x0ce0, 0x0ce1, 0x0ce2, 0x0ce3, 0x0ce4, 0x0ce5, 0x0ce6, 0x0ce7, 
+	0x0ce8, 0x0ce9, 0x0cea, 0x0ceb, 0x0cec, 0x0ced, 0x0cee, 0x0cef, 
+	0x0cf0, 0x0cf1, 0x0cf2, 0x0cf3, 0x0cf4, 0x0cf5, 0x0cf6, 0x0cf7, 
+	0x0cf8, 0x0cf9, 0x0cfa, 0x0cfb, 0x0cfc, 0x0cfd, 0x0cfe, 0x0cff, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTable0d40[] = {
+	/* U+0d40 */
+	0x0d40, 0x0d41, 0x0d42, 0x0d43, 0x0d44, 0x0d45, 0x0d46, 0x0d47, 
+	0x0d48, 0x0d49, 0x0d46, 0x0d47, 0x0d46, 0x0d4d, 0x0d4e, 0x0d4f, 
+	0x0d50, 0x0d51, 0x0d52, 0x0d53, 0x0d54, 0x0d55, 0x0d56, 0x0d57, 
+	0x0d58, 0x0d59, 0x0d5a, 0x0d5b, 0x0d5c, 0x0d5d, 0x0d5e, 0x0d5f, 
+	0x0d60, 0x0d61, 0x0d62, 0x0d63, 0x0d64, 0x0d65, 0x0d66, 0x0d67, 
+	0x0d68, 0x0d69, 0x0d6a, 0x0d6b, 0x0d6c, 0x0d6d, 0x0d6e, 0x0d6f, 
+	0x0d70, 0x0d71, 0x0d72, 0x0d73, 0x0d74, 0x0d75, 0x0d76, 0x0d77, 
+	0x0d78, 0x0d79, 0x0d7a, 0x0d7b, 0x0d7c, 0x0d7d, 0x0d7e, 0x0d7f, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTable0dc0[] = {
+	/* U+0dc0 */
+	0x0dc0, 0x0dc1, 0x0dc2, 0x0dc3, 0x0dc4, 0x0dc5, 0x0dc6, 0x0dc7, 
+	0x0dc8, 0x0dc9, 0x0dca, 0x0dcb, 0x0dcc, 0x0dcd, 0x0dce, 0x0dcf, 
+	0x0dd0, 0x0dd1, 0x0dd2, 0x0dd3, 0x0dd4, 0x0dd5, 0x0dd6, 0x0dd7, 
+	0x0dd8, 0x0dd9, 0x0dd9, 0x0ddb, 0x0dd9, 0x0dd9, 0x0dd9, 0x0ddf, 
+	0x0de0, 0x0de1, 0x0de2, 0x0de3, 0x0de4, 0x0de5, 0x0de6, 0x0de7, 
+	0x0de8, 0x0de9, 0x0dea, 0x0deb, 0x0dec, 0x0ded, 0x0dee, 0x0def, 
+	0x0df0, 0x0df1, 0x0df2, 0x0df3, 0x0df4, 0x0df5, 0x0df6, 0x0df7, 
+	0x0df8, 0x0df9, 0x0dfa, 0x0dfb, 0x0dfc, 0x0dfd, 0x0dfe, 0x0dff, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTable0e00[] = {
+	/* U+0e00 */
+	0x0e00, 0x0e01, 0x0e02, 0x0e03, 0x0e04, 0x0e05, 0x0e06, 0x0e07, 
+	0x0e08, 0x0e09, 0x0e0a, 0x0e0b, 0x0e0c, 0x0e0d, 0x0e0e, 0x0e0f, 
+	0x0e10, 0x0e11, 0x0e12, 0x0e13, 0x0e14, 0x0e15, 0x0e16, 0x0e17, 
+	0x0e18, 0x0e19, 0x0e1a, 0x0e1b, 0x0e1c, 0x0e1d, 0x0e1e, 0x0e1f, 
+	0x0e20, 0x0e21, 0x0e22, 0x0e23, 0x0e24, 0x0e25, 0x0e26, 0x0e27, 
+	0x0e28, 0x0e29, 0x0e2a, 0x0e2b, 0x0e2c, 0x0e2d, 0x0e2e, 0x0e2f, 
+	0x0e30, 0x0e31, 0x0e32, 0x0e4d, 0x0e34, 0x0e35, 0x0e36, 0x0e37, 
+	0x0e38, 0x0e39, 0x0e3a, 0x0e3b, 0x0e3c, 0x0e3d, 0x0e3e, 0x0e3f, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTable0e80[] = {
+	/* U+0e80 */
+	0x0e80, 0x0e81, 0x0e82, 0x0e83, 0x0e84, 0x0e85, 0x0e86, 0x0e87, 
+	0x0e88, 0x0e89, 0x0e8a, 0x0e8b, 0x0e8c, 0x0e8d, 0x0e8e, 0x0e8f, 
+	0x0e90, 0x0e91, 0x0e92, 0x0e93, 0x0e94, 0x0e95, 0x0e96, 0x0e97, 
+	0x0e98, 0x0e99, 0x0e9a, 0x0e9b, 0x0e9c, 0x0e9d, 0x0e9e, 0x0e9f, 
+	0x0ea0, 0x0ea1, 0x0ea2, 0x0ea3, 0x0ea4, 0x0ea5, 0x0ea6, 0x0ea7, 
+	0x0ea8, 0x0ea9, 0x0eaa, 0x0eab, 0x0eac, 0x0ead, 0x0eae, 0x0eaf, 
+	0x0eb0, 0x0eb1, 0x0eb2, 0x0ecd, 0x0eb4, 0x0eb5, 0x0eb6, 0x0eb7, 
+	0x0eb8, 0x0eb9, 0x0eba, 0x0ebb, 0x0ebc, 0x0ebd, 0x0ebe, 0x0ebf, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTable0ec0[] = {
+	/* U+0ec0 */
+	0x0ec0, 0x0ec1, 0x0ec2, 0x0ec3, 0x0ec4, 0x0ec5, 0x0ec6, 0x0ec7, 
+	0x0ec8, 0x0ec9, 0x0eca, 0x0ecb, 0x0ecc, 0x0ecd, 0x0ece, 0x0ecf, 
+	0x0ed0, 0x0ed1, 0x0ed2, 0x0ed3, 0x0ed4, 0x0ed5, 0x0ed6, 0x0ed7, 
+	0x0ed8, 0x0ed9, 0x0eda, 0x0edb, 0x0eab, 0x0eab, 0x0ede, 0x0edf, 
+	0x0ee0, 0x0ee1, 0x0ee2, 0x0ee3, 0x0ee4, 0x0ee5, 0x0ee6, 0x0ee7, 
+	0x0ee8, 0x0ee9, 0x0eea, 0x0eeb, 0x0eec, 0x0eed, 0x0eee, 0x0eef, 
+	0x0ef0, 0x0ef1, 0x0ef2, 0x0ef3, 0x0ef4, 0x0ef5, 0x0ef6, 0x0ef7, 
+	0x0ef8, 0x0ef9, 0x0efa, 0x0efb, 0x0efc, 0x0efd, 0x0efe, 0x0eff, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTable0f00[] = {
+	/* U+0f00 */
+	0x0f00, 0x0f01, 0x0f02, 0x0f03, 0x0f04, 0x0f05, 0x0f06, 0x0f07, 
+	0x0f08, 0x0f09, 0x0f0a, 0x0f0b, 0x0f0b, 0x0f0d, 0x0f0e, 0x0f0f, 
+	0x0f10, 0x0f11, 0x0f12, 0x0f13, 0x0f14, 0x0f15, 0x0f16, 0x0f17, 
+	0x0f18, 0x0f19, 0x0f1a, 0x0f1b, 0x0f1c, 0x0f1d, 0x0f1e, 0x0f1f, 
+	0x0f20, 0x0f21, 0x0f22, 0x0f23, 0x0f24, 0x0f25, 0x0f26, 0x0f27, 
+	0x0f28, 0x0f29, 0x0f2a, 0x0f2b, 0x0f2c, 0x0f2d, 0x0f2e, 0x0f2f, 
+	0x0f30, 0x0f31, 0x0f32, 0x0f33, 0x0f34, 0x0f35, 0x0f36, 0x0f37, 
+	0x0f38, 0x0f39, 0x0f3a, 0x0f3b, 0x0f3c, 0x0f3d, 0x0f3e, 0x0f3f, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTable0f40[] = {
+	/* U+0f40 */
+	0x0f40, 0x0f41, 0x0f42, 0x0f42, 0x0f44, 0x0f45, 0x0f46, 0x0f47, 
+	0x0f48, 0x0f49, 0x0f4a, 0x0f4b, 0x0f4c, 0x0f4c, 0x0f4e, 0x0f4f, 
+	0x0f50, 0x0f51, 0x0f51, 0x0f53, 0x0f54, 0x0f55, 0x0f56, 0x0f56, 
+	0x0f58, 0x0f59, 0x0f5a, 0x0f5b, 0x0f5b, 0x0f5d, 0x0f5e, 0x0f5f, 
+	0x0f60, 0x0f61, 0x0f62, 0x0f63, 0x0f64, 0x0f65, 0x0f66, 0x0f67, 
+	0x0f68, 0x0f40, 0x0f6a, 0x0f6b, 0x0f6c, 0x0f6d, 0x0f6e, 0x0f6f, 
+	0x0f70, 0x0f71, 0x0f72, 0x0f71, 0x0f74, 0x0f71, 0x0fb2, 0x0fb2, 
+	0x0fb3, 0x0fb3, 0x0f7a, 0x0f7b, 0x0f7c, 0x0f7d, 0x0f7e, 0x0f7f, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTable0f80[] = {
+	/* U+0f80 */
+	0x0f80, 0x0f71, 0x0f82, 0x0f83, 0x0f84, 0x0f85, 0x0f86, 0x0f87, 
+	0x0f88, 0x0f89, 0x0f8a, 0x0f8b, 0x0f8c, 0x0f8d, 0x0f8e, 0x0f8f, 
+	0x0f90, 0x0f91, 0x0f92, 0x0f92, 0x0f94, 0x0f95, 0x0f96, 0x0f97, 
+	0x0f98, 0x0f99, 0x0f9a, 0x0f9b, 0x0f9c, 0x0f9c, 0x0f9e, 0x0f9f, 
+	0x0fa0, 0x0fa1, 0x0fa1, 0x0fa3, 0x0fa4, 0x0fa5, 0x0fa6, 0x0fa6, 
+	0x0fa8, 0x0fa9, 0x0faa, 0x0fab, 0x0fab, 0x0fad, 0x0fae, 0x0faf, 
+	0x0fb0, 0x0fb1, 0x0fb2, 0x0fb3, 0x0fb4, 0x0fb5, 0x0fb6, 0x0fb7, 
+	0x0fb8, 0x0f90, 0x0fba, 0x0fbb, 0x0fbc, 0x0fbd, 0x0fbe, 0x0fbf, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTable1000[] = {
+	/* U+1000 */
+	0x1000, 0x1001, 0x1002, 0x1003, 0x1004, 0x1005, 0x1006, 0x1007, 
+	0x1008, 0x1009, 0x100a, 0x100b, 0x100c, 0x100d, 0x100e, 0x100f, 
+	0x1010, 0x1011, 0x1012, 0x1013, 0x1014, 0x1015, 0x1016, 0x1017, 
+	0x1018, 0x1019, 0x101a, 0x101b, 0x101c, 0x101d, 0x101e, 0x101f, 
+	0x1020, 0x1021, 0x1022, 0x1023, 0x1024, 0x1025, 0x1025, 0x1027, 
+	0x1028, 0x1029, 0x102a, 0x102b, 0x102c, 0x102d, 0x102e, 0x102f, 
+	0x1030, 0x1031, 0x1032, 0x1033, 0x1034, 0x1035, 0x1036, 0x1037, 
+	0x1038, 0x1039, 0x103a, 0x103b, 0x103c, 0x103d, 0x103e, 0x103f, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTable1080[] = {
+	/* U+1080 */
+	0x1080, 0x1081, 0x1082, 0x1083, 0x1084, 0x1085, 0x1086, 0x1087, 
+	0x1088, 0x1089, 0x108a, 0x108b, 0x108c, 0x108d, 0x108e, 0x108f, 
+	0x1090, 0x1091, 0x1092, 0x1093, 0x1094, 0x1095, 0x1096, 0x1097, 
+	0x1098, 0x1099, 0x109a, 0x109b, 0x109c, 0x109d, 0x109e, 0x109f, 
+	0x2d00, 0x2d01, 0x2d02, 0x2d03, 0x2d04, 0x2d05, 0x2d06, 0x2d07, 
+	0x2d08, 0x2d09, 0x2d0a, 0x2d0b, 0x2d0c, 0x2d0d, 0x2d0e, 0x2d0f, 
+	0x2d10, 0x2d11, 0x2d12, 0x2d13, 0x2d14, 0x2d15, 0x2d16, 0x2d17, 
+	0x2d18, 0x2d19, 0x2d1a, 0x2d1b, 0x2d1c, 0x2d1d, 0x2d1e, 0x2d1f, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTable10c0[] = {
+	/* U+10c0 */
+	0x2d20, 0x2d21, 0x2d22, 0x2d23, 0x2d24, 0x2d25, 0x10c6, 0x10c7, 
+	0x10c8, 0x10c9, 0x10ca, 0x10cb, 0x10cc, 0x10cd, 0x10ce, 0x10cf, 
+	0x10d0, 0x10d1, 0x10d2, 0x10d3, 0x10d4, 0x10d5, 0x10d6, 0x10d7, 
+	0x10d8, 0x10d9, 0x10da, 0x10db, 0x10dc, 0x10dd, 0x10de, 0x10df, 
+	0x10e0, 0x10e1, 0x10e2, 0x10e3, 0x10e4, 0x10e5, 0x10e6, 0x10e7, 
+	0x10e8, 0x10e9, 0x10ea, 0x10eb, 0x10ec, 0x10ed, 0x10ee, 0x10ef, 
+	0x10f0, 0x10f1, 0x10f2, 0x10f3, 0x10f4, 0x10f5, 0x10f6, 0x10f7, 
+	0x10f8, 0x10f9, 0x10fa, 0x10fb, 0x10dc, 0x10fd, 0x10fe, 0x10ff, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTable1140[] = {
+	/* U+1140 */
+	0x1140, 0x1141, 0x1142, 0x1143, 0x1144, 0x1145, 0x1146, 0x1147, 
+	0x1148, 0x1149, 0x114a, 0x114b, 0x114c, 0x114d, 0x114e, 0x114f, 
+	0x1150, 0x1151, 0x1152, 0x1153, 0x1154, 0x1155, 0x1156, 0x1157, 
+	0x1158, 0x1159, 0x115a, 0x115b, 0x115c, 0x115d, 0x115e, 0x0020, 
+	0x0020, 0x1161, 0x1162, 0x1163, 0x1164, 0x1165, 0x1166, 0x1167, 
+	0x1168, 0x1169, 0x116a, 0x116b, 0x116c, 0x116d, 0x116e, 0x116f, 
+	0x1170, 0x1171, 0x1172, 0x1173, 0x1174, 0x1175, 0x1176, 0x1177, 
+	0x1178, 0x1179, 0x117a, 0x117b, 0x117c, 0x117d, 0x117e, 0x117f, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTable1780[] = {
+	/* U+1780 */
+	0x1780, 0x1781, 0x1782, 0x1783, 0x1784, 0x1785, 0x1786, 0x1787, 
+	0x1788, 0x1789, 0x178a, 0x178b, 0x178c, 0x178d, 0x178e, 0x178f, 
+	0x1790, 0x1791, 0x1792, 0x1793, 0x1794, 0x1795, 0x1796, 0x1797, 
+	0x1798, 0x1799, 0x179a, 0x179b, 0x179c, 0x179d, 0x179e, 0x179f, 
+	0x17a0, 0x17a1, 0x17a2, 0x17a3, 0x17a4, 0x17a5, 0x17a6, 0x17a7, 
+	0x17a8, 0x17a9, 0x17aa, 0x17ab, 0x17ac, 0x17ad, 0x17ae, 0x17af, 
+	0x17b0, 0x17b1, 0x17b2, 0x17b3, 0x0020, 0x0020, 0x17b6, 0x17b7, 
+	0x17b8, 0x17b9, 0x17ba, 0x17bb, 0x17bc, 0x17bd, 0x17be, 0x17bf, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTable1800[] = {
+	/* U+1800 */
+	0x1800, 0x1801, 0x1802, 0x1803, 0x1804, 0x1805, 0x1806, 0x1807, 
+	0x1808, 0x1809, 0x180a, 0x0020, 0x0020, 0x0020, 0x180e, 0x180f, 
+	0x1810, 0x1811, 0x1812, 0x1813, 0x1814, 0x1815, 0x1816, 0x1817, 
+	0x1818, 0x1819, 0x181a, 0x181b, 0x181c, 0x181d, 0x181e, 0x181f, 
+	0x1820, 0x1821, 0x1822, 0x1823, 0x1824, 0x1825, 0x1826, 0x1827, 
+	0x1828, 0x1829, 0x182a, 0x182b, 0x182c, 0x182d, 0x182e, 0x182f, 
+	0x1830, 0x1831, 0x1832, 0x1833, 0x1834, 0x1835, 0x1836, 0x1837, 
+	0x1838, 0x1839, 0x183a, 0x183b, 0x183c, 0x183d, 0x183e, 0x183f, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTable1b00[] = {
+	/* U+1b00 */
+	0x1b00, 0x1b01, 0x1b02, 0x1b03, 0x1b04, 0x1b05, 0x1b05, 0x1b07, 
+	0x1b07, 0x1b09, 0x1b09, 0x1b0b, 0x1b0b, 0x1b0d, 0x1b0d, 0x1b0f, 
+	0x1b10, 0x1b11, 0x1b11, 0x1b13, 0x1b14, 0x1b15, 0x1b16, 0x1b17, 
+	0x1b18, 0x1b19, 0x1b1a, 0x1b1b, 0x1b1c, 0x1b1d, 0x1b1e, 0x1b1f, 
+	0x1b20, 0x1b21, 0x1b22, 0x1b23, 0x1b24, 0x1b25, 0x1b26, 0x1b27, 
+	0x1b28, 0x1b29, 0x1b2a, 0x1b2b, 0x1b2c, 0x1b2d, 0x1b2e, 0x1b2f, 
+	0x1b30, 0x1b31, 0x1b32, 0x1b33, 0x1b34, 0x1b35, 0x1b36, 0x1b37, 
+	0x1b38, 0x1b39, 0x1b3a, 0x1b3a, 0x1b3c, 0x1b3c, 0x1b3e, 0x1b3f, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTable1b40[] = {
+	/* U+1b40 */
+	0x1b3e, 0x1b3f, 0x1b42, 0x1b42, 0x1b44, 0x1b45, 0x1b46, 0x1b47, 
+	0x1b48, 0x1b49, 0x1b4a, 0x1b4b, 0x1b4c, 0x1b4d, 0x1b4e, 0x1b4f, 
+	0x1b50, 0x1b51, 0x1b52, 0x1b53, 0x1b54, 0x1b55, 0x1b56, 0x1b57, 
+	0x1b58, 0x1b59, 0x1b5a, 0x1b5b, 0x1b5c, 0x1b5d, 0x1b5e, 0x1b5f, 
+	0x1b60, 0x1b61, 0x1b62, 0x1b63, 0x1b64, 0x1b65, 0x1b66, 0x1b67, 
+	0x1b68, 0x1b69, 0x1b6a, 0x1b6b, 0x1b6c, 0x1b6d, 0x1b6e, 0x1b6f, 
+	0x1b70, 0x1b71, 0x1b72, 0x1b73, 0x1b74, 0x1b75, 0x1b76, 0x1b77, 
+	0x1b78, 0x1b79, 0x1b7a, 0x1b7b, 0x1b7c, 0x1b7d, 0x1b7e, 0x1b7f, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTable1d00[] = {
+	/* U+1d00 */
+	0x1d00, 0x1d01, 0x1d02, 0x1d03, 0x1d04, 0x1d05, 0x1d06, 0x1d07, 
+	0x1d08, 0x1d09, 0x1d0a, 0x1d0b, 0x1d0c, 0x1d0d, 0x1d0e, 0x1d0f, 
+	0x1d10, 0x1d11, 0x1d12, 0x1d13, 0x1d14, 0x1d15, 0x1d16, 0x1d17, 
+	0x1d18, 0x1d19, 0x1d1a, 0x1d1b, 0x1d1c, 0x1d1d, 0x1d1e, 0x1d1f, 
+	0x1d20, 0x1d21, 0x1d22, 0x1d23, 0x1d24, 0x1d25, 0x1d26, 0x1d27, 
+	0x1d28, 0x1d29, 0x1d2a, 0x1d2b, 0x0061, 0x00e6, 0x0062, 0x1d2f, 
+	0x0064, 0x0065, 0x01dd, 0x0067, 0x0068, 0x0069, 0x006a, 0x006b, 
+	0x006c, 0x006d, 0x006e, 0x1d3b, 0x006f, 0x0223, 0x0070, 0x0072, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTable1d40[] = {
+	/* U+1d40 */
+	0x0074, 0x0075, 0x0077, 0x0061, 0x0250, 0x0251, 0x1d02, 0x0062, 
+	0x0064, 0x0065, 0x0259, 0x025b, 0x025c, 0x0067, 0x1d4e, 0x006b, 
+	0x006d, 0x014b, 0x006f, 0x0254, 0x1d16, 0x1d17, 0x0070, 0x0074, 
+	0x0075, 0x1d1d, 0x026f, 0x0076, 0x1d25, 0x03b2, 0x03b3, 0x03b4, 
+	0x03c6, 0x03c7, 0x0069, 0x0072, 0x0075, 0x0076, 0x03b2, 0x03b3, 
+	0x03c1, 0x03c6, 0x03c7, 0x1d6b, 0x1d6c, 0x1d6d, 0x1d6e, 0x1d6f, 
+	0x1d70, 0x1d71, 0x1d72, 0x1d73, 0x1d74, 0x1d75, 0x1d76, 0x1d77, 
+	0x043d, 0x1d79, 0x1d7a, 0x1d7b, 0x1d7c, 0x1d7d, 0x1d7e, 0x1d7f, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTable1d80[] = {
+	/* U+1d80 */
+	0x1d80, 0x1d81, 0x1d82, 0x1d83, 0x1d84, 0x1d85, 0x1d86, 0x1d87, 
+	0x1d88, 0x1d89, 0x1d8a, 0x1d8b, 0x1d8c, 0x1d8d, 0x1d8e, 0x1d8f, 
+	0x1d90, 0x1d91, 0x1d92, 0x1d93, 0x1d94, 0x1d95, 0x1d96, 0x1d97, 
+	0x1d98, 0x1d99, 0x1d9a, 0x0252, 0x0063, 0x0255, 0x00f0, 0x025c, 
+	0x0066, 0x025f, 0x0261, 0x0265, 0x0268, 0x0269, 0x026a, 0x1d7b, 
+	0x029d, 0x026d, 0x1d85, 0x029f, 0x0271, 0x0270, 0x0272, 0x0273, 
+	0x0274, 0x0275, 0x0278, 0x0282, 0x0283, 0x01ab, 0x0289, 0x028a, 
+	0x1d1c, 0x028b, 0x028c, 0x007a, 0x0290, 0x0291, 0x0292, 0x03b8, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTable1e00[] = {
+	/* U+1e00 */
+	0x0061, 0x0061, 0x0062, 0x0062, 0x0062, 0x0062, 0x0062, 0x0062, 
+	0x0063, 0x0063, 0x0064, 0x0064, 0x0064, 0x0064, 0x0064, 0x0064, 
+	0x0064, 0x0064, 0x0064, 0x0064, 0x0065, 0x0065, 0x0065, 0x0065, 
+	0x0065, 0x0065, 0x0065, 0x0065, 0x0065, 0x0065, 0x0066, 0x0066, 
+	0x0067, 0x0067, 0x0068, 0x0068, 0x0068, 0x0068, 0x0068, 0x0068, 
+	0x0068, 0x0068, 0x0068, 0x0068, 0x0069, 0x0069, 0x0069, 0x0069, 
+	0x006b, 0x006b, 0x006b, 0x006b, 0x006b, 0x006b, 0x006c, 0x006c, 
+	0x006c, 0x006c, 0x006c, 0x006c, 0x006c, 0x006c, 0x006d, 0x006d, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTable1e40[] = {
+	/* U+1e40 */
+	0x006d, 0x006d, 0x006d, 0x006d, 0x006e, 0x006e, 0x006e, 0x006e, 
+	0x006e, 0x006e, 0x006e, 0x006e, 0x006f, 0x006f, 0x006f, 0x006f, 
+	0x006f, 0x006f, 0x006f, 0x006f, 0x0070, 0x0070, 0x0070, 0x0070, 
+	0x0072, 0x0072, 0x0072, 0x0072, 0x0072, 0x0072, 0x0072, 0x0072, 
+	0x0073, 0x0073, 0x0073, 0x0073, 0x0073, 0x0073, 0x0073, 0x0073, 
+	0x0073, 0x0073, 0x0074, 0x0074, 0x0074, 0x0074, 0x0074, 0x0074, 
+	0x0074, 0x0074, 0x0075, 0x0075, 0x0075, 0x0075, 0x0075, 0x0075, 
+	0x0075, 0x0075, 0x0075, 0x0075, 0x0076, 0x0076, 0x0076, 0x0076, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTable1e80[] = {
+	/* U+1e80 */
+	0x0077, 0x0077, 0x0077, 0x0077, 0x0077, 0x0077, 0x0077, 0x0077, 
+	0x0077, 0x0077, 0x0078, 0x0078, 0x0078, 0x0078, 0x0079, 0x0079, 
+	0x007a, 0x007a, 0x007a, 0x007a, 0x007a, 0x007a, 0x0068, 0x0074, 
+	0x0077, 0x0079, 0x0061, 0x0073, 0x1e9c, 0x1e9d, 0x0073, 0x1e9f, 
+	0x0061, 0x0061, 0x0061, 0x0061, 0x0061, 0x0061, 0x0061, 0x0061, 
+	0x0061, 0x0061, 0x0061, 0x0061, 0x0061, 0x0061, 0x0061, 0x0061, 
+	0x0061, 0x0061, 0x0061, 0x0061, 0x0061, 0x0061, 0x0061, 0x0061, 
+	0x0065, 0x0065, 0x0065, 0x0065, 0x0065, 0x0065, 0x0065, 0x0065, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTable1ec0[] = {
+	/* U+1ec0 */
+	0x0065, 0x0065, 0x0065, 0x0065, 0x0065, 0x0065, 0x0065, 0x0065, 
+	0x0069, 0x0069, 0x0069, 0x0069, 0x006f, 0x006f, 0x006f, 0x006f, 
+	0x006f, 0x006f, 0x006f, 0x006f, 0x006f, 0x006f, 0x006f, 0x006f, 
+	0x006f, 0x006f, 0x006f, 0x006f, 0x006f, 0x006f, 0x006f, 0x006f, 
+	0x006f, 0x006f, 0x006f, 0x006f, 0x0075, 0x0075, 0x0075, 0x0075, 
+	0x0075, 0x0075, 0x0075, 0x0075, 0x0075, 0x0075, 0x0075, 0x0075, 
+	0x0075, 0x0075, 0x0079, 0x0079, 0x0079, 0x0079, 0x0079, 0x0079, 
+	0x0079, 0x0079, 0x1efb, 0x1efb, 0x1efd, 0x1efd, 0x1eff, 0x1eff, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTable1f00[] = {
+	/* U+1f00 */
+	0x03b1, 0x03b1, 0x03b1, 0x03b1, 0x03b1, 0x03b1, 0x03b1, 0x03b1, 
+	0x03b1, 0x03b1, 0x03b1, 0x03b1, 0x03b1, 0x03b1, 0x03b1, 0x03b1, 
+	0x03b5, 0x03b5, 0x03b5, 0x03b5, 0x03b5, 0x03b5, 0x1f16, 0x1f17, 
+	0x03b5, 0x03b5, 0x03b5, 0x03b5, 0x03b5, 0x03b5, 0x1f1e, 0x1f1f, 
+	0x03b7, 0x03b7, 0x03b7, 0x03b7, 0x03b7, 0x03b7, 0x03b7, 0x03b7, 
+	0x03b7, 0x03b7, 0x03b7, 0x03b7, 0x03b7, 0x03b7, 0x03b7, 0x03b7, 
+	0x03b9, 0x03b9, 0x03b9, 0x03b9, 0x03b9, 0x03b9, 0x03b9, 0x03b9, 
+	0x03b9, 0x03b9, 0x03b9, 0x03b9, 0x03b9, 0x03b9, 0x03b9, 0x03b9, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTable1f40[] = {
+	/* U+1f40 */
+	0x03bf, 0x03bf, 0x03bf, 0x03bf, 0x03bf, 0x03bf, 0x1f46, 0x1f47, 
+	0x03bf, 0x03bf, 0x03bf, 0x03bf, 0x03bf, 0x03bf, 0x1f4e, 0x1f4f, 
+	0x03c5, 0x03c5, 0x03c5, 0x03c5, 0x03c5, 0x03c5, 0x03c5, 0x03c5, 
+	0x1f58, 0x03c5, 0x1f5a, 0x03c5, 0x1f5c, 0x03c5, 0x1f5e, 0x03c5, 
+	0x03c9, 0x03c9, 0x03c9, 0x03c9, 0x03c9, 0x03c9, 0x03c9, 0x03c9, 
+	0x03c9, 0x03c9, 0x03c9, 0x03c9, 0x03c9, 0x03c9, 0x03c9, 0x03c9, 
+	0x03b1, 0x03b1, 0x03b5, 0x03b5, 0x03b7, 0x03b7, 0x03b9, 0x03b9, 
+	0x03bf, 0x03bf, 0x03c5, 0x03c5, 0x03c9, 0x03c9, 0x1f7e, 0x1f7f, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTable1f80[] = {
+	/* U+1f80 */
+	0x03b1, 0x03b1, 0x03b1, 0x03b1, 0x03b1, 0x03b1, 0x03b1, 0x03b1, 
+	0x03b1, 0x03b1, 0x03b1, 0x03b1, 0x03b1, 0x03b1, 0x03b1, 0x03b1, 
+	0x03b7, 0x03b7, 0x03b7, 0x03b7, 0x03b7, 0x03b7, 0x03b7, 0x03b7, 
+	0x03b7, 0x03b7, 0x03b7, 0x03b7, 0x03b7, 0x03b7, 0x03b7, 0x03b7, 
+	0x03c9, 0x03c9, 0x03c9, 0x03c9, 0x03c9, 0x03c9, 0x03c9, 0x03c9, 
+	0x03c9, 0x03c9, 0x03c9, 0x03c9, 0x03c9, 0x03c9, 0x03c9, 0x03c9, 
+	0x03b1, 0x03b1, 0x03b1, 0x03b1, 0x03b1, 0x1fb5, 0x03b1, 0x03b1, 
+	0x03b1, 0x03b1, 0x03b1, 0x03b1, 0x03b1, 0x0020, 0x03b9, 0x0020, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTable1fc0[] = {
+	/* U+1fc0 */
+	0x0020, 0x0020, 0x03b7, 0x03b7, 0x03b7, 0x1fc5, 0x03b7, 0x03b7, 
+	0x03b5, 0x03b5, 0x03b7, 0x03b7, 0x03b7, 0x0020, 0x0020, 0x0020, 
+	0x03b9, 0x03b9, 0x03b9, 0x03b9, 0x1fd4, 0x1fd5, 0x03b9, 0x03b9, 
+	0x03b9, 0x03b9, 0x03b9, 0x03b9, 0x1fdc, 0x0020, 0x0020, 0x0020, 
+	0x03c5, 0x03c5, 0x03c5, 0x03c5, 0x03c1, 0x03c1, 0x03c5, 0x03c5, 
+	0x03c5, 0x03c5, 0x03c5, 0x03c5, 0x03c1, 0x0020, 0x0020, 0x0060, 
+	0x1ff0, 0x1ff1, 0x03c9, 0x03c9, 0x03c9, 0x1ff5, 0x03c9, 0x03c9, 
+	0x03bf, 0x03bf, 0x03c9, 0x03c9, 0x03c9, 0x0020, 0x0020, 0x1fff, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTable2000[] = {
+	/* U+2000 */
+	0x0020, 0x0020, 0x0020, 0x0020, 0x0020, 0x0020, 0x0020, 0x0020, 
+	0x0020, 0x0020, 0x0020, 0x0020, 0x0020, 0x0020, 0x0020, 0x0020, 
+	0x2010, 0x2010, 0x2012, 0x2013, 0x2014, 0x2015, 0x2016, 0x0020, 
+	0x2018, 0x2019, 0x201a, 0x201b, 0x201c, 0x201d, 0x201e, 0x201f, 
+	0x2020, 0x2021, 0x2022, 0x2023, 0x002e, 0x002e, 0x002e, 0x2027, 
+	0x2028, 0x2029, 0x0020, 0x0020, 0x0020, 0x0020, 0x0020, 0x0020, 
+	0x2030, 0x2031, 0x2032, 0x2032, 0x2032, 0x2035, 0x2035, 0x2035, 
+	0x2038, 0x2039, 0x203a, 0x203b, 0x0021, 0x203d, 0x0020, 0x203f, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTable2040[] = {
+	/* U+2040 */
+	0x2040, 0x2041, 0x2042, 0x2043, 0x2044, 0x2045, 0x2046, 0x003f, 
+	0x003f, 0x0021, 0x204a, 0x204b, 0x204c, 0x204d, 0x204e, 0x204f, 
+	0x2050, 0x2051, 0x2052, 0x2053, 0x2054, 0x2055, 0x2056, 0x2032, 
+	0x2058, 0x2059, 0x205a, 0x205b, 0x205c, 0x205d, 0x205e, 0x0020, 
+	0x0020, 0x0020, 0x0020, 0x0020, 0x0020, 0x0020, 0x0020, 0x0020, 
+	0x0020, 0x0020, 0x0020, 0x0020, 0x0020, 0x0020, 0x0020, 0x0020, 
+	0x0030, 0x0069, 0x2072, 0x2073, 0x0034, 0x0035, 0x0036, 0x0037, 
+	0x0038, 0x0039, 0x002b, 0x2212, 0x003d, 0x0028, 0x0029, 0x006e, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTable2080[] = {
+	/* U+2080 */
+	0x0030, 0x0031, 0x0032, 0x0033, 0x0034, 0x0035, 0x0036, 0x0037, 
+	0x0038, 0x0039, 0x002b, 0x2212, 0x003d, 0x0028, 0x0029, 0x208f, 
+	0x0061, 0x0065, 0x006f, 0x0078, 0x0259, 0x2095, 0x2096, 0x2097, 
+	0x2098, 0x2099, 0x209a, 0x209b, 0x209c, 0x209d, 0x209e, 0x209f, 
+	0x20a0, 0x20a1, 0x20a2, 0x20a3, 0x20a4, 0x20a5, 0x20a6, 0x20a7, 
+	0x0072, 0x20a9, 0x20aa, 0x20ab, 0x20ac, 0x20ad, 0x20ae, 0x20af, 
+	0x20b0, 0x20b1, 0x20b2, 0x20b3, 0x20b4, 0x20b5, 0x20b6, 0x20b7, 
+	0x20b8, 0x20b9, 0x20ba, 0x20bb, 0x20bc, 0x20bd, 0x20be, 0x20bf, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTable2100[] = {
+	/* U+2100 */
+	0x0061, 0x0061, 0x0063, 0x00b0, 0x2104, 0x0063, 0x0063, 0x025b, 
+	0x2108, 0x00b0, 0x0067, 0x0068, 0x0068, 0x0068, 0x0068, 0x0127, 
+	0x0069, 0x0069, 0x006c, 0x006c, 0x2114, 0x006e, 0x006e, 0x2117, 
+	0x2118, 0x0070, 0x0071, 0x0072, 0x0072, 0x0072, 0x211e, 0x211f, 
+	0x0073, 0x0074, 0x0074, 0x2123, 0x007a, 0x2125, 0x03c9, 0x2127, 
+	0x007a, 0x2129, 0x006b, 0x0061, 0x0062, 0x0063, 0x212e, 0x0065, 
+	0x0065, 0x0066, 0x214e, 0x006d, 0x006f, 0x05d0, 0x05d1, 0x05d2, 
+	0x05d3, 0x0069, 0x213a, 0x0066, 0x03c0, 0x03b3, 0x03b3, 0x03c0, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTable2140[] = {
+	/* U+2140 */
+	0x2211, 0x2141, 0x2142, 0x2143, 0x2144, 0x0064, 0x0064, 0x0065, 
+	0x0069, 0x006a, 0x214a, 0x214b, 0x214c, 0x214d, 0x214e, 0x214f, 
+	0x0031, 0x0031, 0x0031, 0x0031, 0x0032, 0x0031, 0x0032, 0x0033, 
+	0x0034, 0x0031, 0x0035, 0x0031, 0x0033, 0x0035, 0x0037, 0x0031, 
+	0x0069, 0x0069, 0x0069, 0x0069, 0x0076, 0x0076, 0x0076, 0x0076, 
+	0x0069, 0x0078, 0x0078, 0x0078, 0x006c, 0x0063, 0x0064, 0x006d, 
+	0x0069, 0x0069, 0x0069, 0x0069, 0x0076, 0x0076, 0x0076, 0x0076, 
+	0x0069, 0x0078, 0x0078, 0x0078, 0x006c, 0x0063, 0x0064, 0x006d, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTable2180[] = {
+	/* U+2180 */
+	0x2180, 0x2181, 0x2182, 0x2184, 0x2184, 0x2185, 0x2186, 0x2187, 
+	0x2188, 0x0030, 0x218a, 0x218b, 0x218c, 0x218d, 0x218e, 0x218f, 
+	0x2190, 0x2191, 0x2192, 0x2193, 0x2194, 0x2195, 0x2196, 0x2197, 
+	0x2198, 0x2199, 0x2190, 0x2192, 0x219c, 0x219d, 0x219e, 0x219f, 
+	0x21a0, 0x21a1, 0x21a2, 0x21a3, 0x21a4, 0x21a5, 0x21a6, 0x21a7, 
+	0x21a8, 0x21a9, 0x21aa, 0x21ab, 0x21ac, 0x21ad, 0x2194, 0x21af, 
+	0x21b0, 0x21b1, 0x21b2, 0x21b3, 0x21b4, 0x21b5, 0x21b6, 0x21b7, 
+	0x21b8, 0x21b9, 0x21ba, 0x21bb, 0x21bc, 0x21bd, 0x21be, 0x21bf, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTable21c0[] = {
+	/* U+21c0 */
+	0x21c0, 0x21c1, 0x21c2, 0x21c3, 0x21c4, 0x21c5, 0x21c6, 0x21c7, 
+	0x21c8, 0x21c9, 0x21ca, 0x21cb, 0x21cc, 0x21d0, 0x21d4, 0x21d2, 
+	0x21d0, 0x21d1, 0x21d2, 0x21d3, 0x21d4, 0x21d5, 0x21d6, 0x21d7, 
+	0x21d8, 0x21d9, 0x21da, 0x21db, 0x21dc, 0x21dd, 0x21de, 0x21df, 
+	0x21e0, 0x21e1, 0x21e2, 0x21e3, 0x21e4, 0x21e5, 0x21e6, 0x21e7, 
+	0x21e8, 0x21e9, 0x21ea, 0x21eb, 0x21ec, 0x21ed, 0x21ee, 0x21ef, 
+	0x21f0, 0x21f1, 0x21f2, 0x21f3, 0x21f4, 0x21f5, 0x21f6, 0x21f7, 
+	0x21f8, 0x21f9, 0x21fa, 0x21fb, 0x21fc, 0x21fd, 0x21fe, 0x21ff, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTable2200[] = {
+	/* U+2200 */
+	0x2200, 0x2201, 0x2202, 0x2203, 0x2203, 0x2205, 0x2206, 0x2207, 
+	0x2208, 0x2208, 0x220a, 0x220b, 0x220b, 0x220d, 0x220e, 0x220f, 
+	0x2210, 0x2211, 0x2212, 0x2213, 0x2214, 0x2215, 0x2216, 0x2217, 
+	0x2218, 0x2219, 0x221a, 0x221b, 0x221c, 0x221d, 0x221e, 0x221f, 
+	0x2220, 0x2221, 0x2222, 0x2223, 0x2223, 0x2225, 0x2225, 0x2227, 
+	0x2228, 0x2229, 0x222a, 0x222b, 0x222b, 0x222b, 0x222e, 0x222e, 
+	0x222e, 0x2231, 0x2232, 0x2233, 0x2234, 0x2235, 0x2236, 0x2237, 
+	0x2238, 0x2239, 0x223a, 0x223b, 0x223c, 0x223d, 0x223e, 0x223f, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTable2240[] = {
+	/* U+2240 */
+	0x2240, 0x223c, 0x2242, 0x2243, 0x2243, 0x2245, 0x2246, 0x2245, 
+	0x2248, 0x2248, 0x224a, 0x224b, 0x224c, 0x224d, 0x224e, 0x224f, 
+	0x2250, 0x2251, 0x2252, 0x2253, 0x2254, 0x2255, 0x2256, 0x2257, 
+	0x2258, 0x2259, 0x225a, 0x225b, 0x225c, 0x225d, 0x225e, 0x225f, 
+	0x003d, 0x2261, 0x2261, 0x2263, 0x2264, 0x2265, 0x2266, 0x2267, 
+	0x2268, 0x2269, 0x226a, 0x226b, 0x226c, 0x224d, 0x003c, 0x003e, 
+	0x2264, 0x2265, 0x2272, 0x2273, 0x2272, 0x2273, 0x2276, 0x2277, 
+	0x2276, 0x2277, 0x227a, 0x227b, 0x227c, 0x227d, 0x227e, 0x227f, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTable2280[] = {
+	/* U+2280 */
+	0x227a, 0x227b, 0x2282, 0x2283, 0x2282, 0x2283, 0x2286, 0x2287, 
+	0x2286, 0x2287, 0x228a, 0x228b, 0x228c, 0x228d, 0x228e, 0x228f, 
+	0x2290, 0x2291, 0x2292, 0x2293, 0x2294, 0x2295, 0x2296, 0x2297, 
+	0x2298, 0x2299, 0x229a, 0x229b, 0x229c, 0x229d, 0x229e, 0x229f, 
+	0x22a0, 0x22a1, 0x22a2, 0x22a3, 0x22a4, 0x22a5, 0x22a6, 0x22a7, 
+	0x22a8, 0x22a9, 0x22aa, 0x22ab, 0x22a2, 0x22a8, 0x22a9, 0x22ab, 
+	0x22b0, 0x22b1, 0x22b2, 0x22b3, 0x22b4, 0x22b5, 0x22b6, 0x22b7, 
+	0x22b8, 0x22b9, 0x22ba, 0x22bb, 0x22bc, 0x22bd, 0x22be, 0x22bf, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTable22c0[] = {
+	/* U+22c0 */
+	0x22c0, 0x22c1, 0x22c2, 0x22c3, 0x22c4, 0x22c5, 0x22c6, 0x22c7, 
+	0x22c8, 0x22c9, 0x22ca, 0x22cb, 0x22cc, 0x22cd, 0x22ce, 0x22cf, 
+	0x22d0, 0x22d1, 0x22d2, 0x22d3, 0x22d4, 0x22d5, 0x22d6, 0x22d7, 
+	0x22d8, 0x22d9, 0x22da, 0x22db, 0x22dc, 0x22dd, 0x22de, 0x22df, 
+	0x227c, 0x227d, 0x2291, 0x2292, 0x22e4, 0x22e5, 0x22e6, 0x22e7, 
+	0x22e8, 0x22e9, 0x22b2, 0x22b3, 0x22b4, 0x22b5, 0x22ee, 0x22ef, 
+	0x22f0, 0x22f1, 0x22f2, 0x22f3, 0x22f4, 0x22f5, 0x22f6, 0x22f7, 
+	0x22f8, 0x22f9, 0x22fa, 0x22fb, 0x22fc, 0x22fd, 0x22fe, 0x22ff, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTable2300[] = {
+	/* U+2300 */
+	0x2300, 0x2301, 0x2302, 0x2303, 0x2304, 0x2305, 0x2306, 0x2307, 
+	0x2308, 0x2309, 0x230a, 0x230b, 0x230c, 0x230d, 0x230e, 0x230f, 
+	0x2310, 0x2311, 0x2312, 0x2313, 0x2314, 0x2315, 0x2316, 0x2317, 
+	0x2318, 0x2319, 0x231a, 0x231b, 0x231c, 0x231d, 0x231e, 0x231f, 
+	0x2320, 0x2321, 0x2322, 0x2323, 0x2324, 0x2325, 0x2326, 0x2327, 
+	0x2328, 0x3008, 0x3009, 0x232b, 0x232c, 0x232d, 0x232e, 0x232f, 
+	0x2330, 0x2331, 0x2332, 0x2333, 0x2334, 0x2335, 0x2336, 0x2337, 
+	0x2338, 0x2339, 0x233a, 0x233b, 0x233c, 0x233d, 0x233e, 0x233f, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTable2440[] = {
+	/* U+2440 */
+	0x2440, 0x2441, 0x2442, 0x2443, 0x2444, 0x2445, 0x2446, 0x2447, 
+	0x2448, 0x2449, 0x244a, 0x244b, 0x244c, 0x244d, 0x244e, 0x244f, 
+	0x2450, 0x2451, 0x2452, 0x2453, 0x2454, 0x2455, 0x2456, 0x2457, 
+	0x2458, 0x2459, 0x245a, 0x245b, 0x245c, 0x245d, 0x245e, 0x245f, 
+	0x0031, 0x0032, 0x0033, 0x0034, 0x0035, 0x0036, 0x0037, 0x0038, 
+	0x0039, 0x0031, 0x0031, 0x0031, 0x0031, 0x0031, 0x0031, 0x0031, 
+	0x0031, 0x0031, 0x0031, 0x0032, 0x0028, 0x0028, 0x0028, 0x0028, 
+	0x0028, 0x0028, 0x0028, 0x0028, 0x0028, 0x0028, 0x0028, 0x0028, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTable2480[] = {
+	/* U+2480 */
+	0x0028, 0x0028, 0x0028, 0x0028, 0x0028, 0x0028, 0x0028, 0x0028, 
+	0x0031, 0x0032, 0x0033, 0x0034, 0x0035, 0x0036, 0x0037, 0x0038, 
+	0x0039, 0x0031, 0x0031, 0x0031, 0x0031, 0x0031, 0x0031, 0x0031, 
+	0x0031, 0x0031, 0x0031, 0x0032, 0x0028, 0x0028, 0x0028, 0x0028, 
+	0x0028, 0x0028, 0x0028, 0x0028, 0x0028, 0x0028, 0x0028, 0x0028, 
+	0x0028, 0x0028, 0x0028, 0x0028, 0x0028, 0x0028, 0x0028, 0x0028, 
+	0x0028, 0x0028, 0x0028, 0x0028, 0x0028, 0x0028, 0x0061, 0x0062, 
+	0x0063, 0x0064, 0x0065, 0x0066, 0x0067, 0x0068, 0x0069, 0x006a, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTable24c0[] = {
+	/* U+24c0 */
+	0x006b, 0x006c, 0x006d, 0x006e, 0x006f, 0x0070, 0x0071, 0x0072, 
+	0x0073, 0x0074, 0x0075, 0x0076, 0x0077, 0x0078, 0x0079, 0x007a, 
+	0x0061, 0x0062, 0x0063, 0x0064, 0x0065, 0x0066, 0x0067, 0x0068, 
+	0x0069, 0x006a, 0x006b, 0x006c, 0x006d, 0x006e, 0x006f, 0x0070, 
+	0x0071, 0x0072, 0x0073, 0x0074, 0x0075, 0x0076, 0x0077, 0x0078, 
+	0x0079, 0x007a, 0x0030, 0x24eb, 0x24ec, 0x24ed, 0x24ee, 0x24ef, 
+	0x24f0, 0x24f1, 0x24f2, 0x24f3, 0x24f4, 0x24f5, 0x24f6, 0x24f7, 
+	0x24f8, 0x24f9, 0x24fa, 0x24fb, 0x24fc, 0x24fd, 0x24fe, 0x24ff, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTable2a00[] = {
+	/* U+2a00 */
+	0x2a00, 0x2a01, 0x2a02, 0x2a03, 0x2a04, 0x2a05, 0x2a06, 0x2a07, 
+	0x2a08, 0x2a09, 0x2a0a, 0x2a0b, 0x222b, 0x2a0d, 0x2a0e, 0x2a0f, 
+	0x2a10, 0x2a11, 0x2a12, 0x2a13, 0x2a14, 0x2a15, 0x2a16, 0x2a17, 
+	0x2a18, 0x2a19, 0x2a1a, 0x2a1b, 0x2a1c, 0x2a1d, 0x2a1e, 0x2a1f, 
+	0x2a20, 0x2a21, 0x2a22, 0x2a23, 0x2a24, 0x2a25, 0x2a26, 0x2a27, 
+	0x2a28, 0x2a29, 0x2a2a, 0x2a2b, 0x2a2c, 0x2a2d, 0x2a2e, 0x2a2f, 
+	0x2a30, 0x2a31, 0x2a32, 0x2a33, 0x2a34, 0x2a35, 0x2a36, 0x2a37, 
+	0x2a38, 0x2a39, 0x2a3a, 0x2a3b, 0x2a3c, 0x2a3d, 0x2a3e, 0x2a3f, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTable2a40[] = {
+	/* U+2a40 */
+	0x2a40, 0x2a41, 0x2a42, 0x2a43, 0x2a44, 0x2a45, 0x2a46, 0x2a47, 
+	0x2a48, 0x2a49, 0x2a4a, 0x2a4b, 0x2a4c, 0x2a4d, 0x2a4e, 0x2a4f, 
+	0x2a50, 0x2a51, 0x2a52, 0x2a53, 0x2a54, 0x2a55, 0x2a56, 0x2a57, 
+	0x2a58, 0x2a59, 0x2a5a, 0x2a5b, 0x2a5c, 0x2a5d, 0x2a5e, 0x2a5f, 
+	0x2a60, 0x2a61, 0x2a62, 0x2a63, 0x2a64, 0x2a65, 0x2a66, 0x2a67, 
+	0x2a68, 0x2a69, 0x2a6a, 0x2a6b, 0x2a6c, 0x2a6d, 0x2a6e, 0x2a6f, 
+	0x2a70, 0x2a71, 0x2a72, 0x2a73, 0x003a, 0x003d, 0x003d, 0x2a77, 
+	0x2a78, 0x2a79, 0x2a7a, 0x2a7b, 0x2a7c, 0x2a7d, 0x2a7e, 0x2a7f, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTable2ac0[] = {
+	/* U+2ac0 */
+	0x2ac0, 0x2ac1, 0x2ac2, 0x2ac3, 0x2ac4, 0x2ac5, 0x2ac6, 0x2ac7, 
+	0x2ac8, 0x2ac9, 0x2aca, 0x2acb, 0x2acc, 0x2acd, 0x2ace, 0x2acf, 
+	0x2ad0, 0x2ad1, 0x2ad2, 0x2ad3, 0x2ad4, 0x2ad5, 0x2ad6, 0x2ad7, 
+	0x2ad8, 0x2ad9, 0x2ada, 0x2adb, 0x2add, 0x2add, 0x2ade, 0x2adf, 
+	0x2ae0, 0x2ae1, 0x2ae2, 0x2ae3, 0x2ae4, 0x2ae5, 0x2ae6, 0x2ae7, 
+	0x2ae8, 0x2ae9, 0x2aea, 0x2aeb, 0x2aec, 0x2aed, 0x2aee, 0x2aef, 
+	0x2af0, 0x2af1, 0x2af2, 0x2af3, 0x2af4, 0x2af5, 0x2af6, 0x2af7, 
+	0x2af8, 0x2af9, 0x2afa, 0x2afb, 0x2afc, 0x2afd, 0x2afe, 0x2aff, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTable2c00[] = {
+	/* U+2c00 */
+	0x2c30, 0x2c31, 0x2c32, 0x2c33, 0x2c34, 0x2c35, 0x2c36, 0x2c37, 
+	0x2c38, 0x2c39, 0x2c3a, 0x2c3b, 0x2c3c, 0x2c3d, 0x2c3e, 0x2c3f, 
+	0x2c40, 0x2c41, 0x2c42, 0x2c43, 0x2c44, 0x2c45, 0x2c46, 0x2c47, 
+	0x2c48, 0x2c49, 0x2c4a, 0x2c4b, 0x2c4c, 0x2c4d, 0x2c4e, 0x2c4f, 
+	0x2c50, 0x2c51, 0x2c52, 0x2c53, 0x2c54, 0x2c55, 0x2c56, 0x2c57, 
+	0x2c58, 0x2c59, 0x2c5a, 0x2c5b, 0x2c5c, 0x2c5d, 0x2c5e, 0x2c2f, 
+	0x2c30, 0x2c31, 0x2c32, 0x2c33, 0x2c34, 0x2c35, 0x2c36, 0x2c37, 
+	0x2c38, 0x2c39, 0x2c3a, 0x2c3b, 0x2c3c, 0x2c3d, 0x2c3e, 0x2c3f, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTable2c40[] = {
+	/* U+2c40 */
+	0x2c40, 0x2c41, 0x2c42, 0x2c43, 0x2c44, 0x2c45, 0x2c46, 0x2c47, 
+	0x2c48, 0x2c49, 0x2c4a, 0x2c4b, 0x2c4c, 0x2c4d, 0x2c4e, 0x2c4f, 
+	0x2c50, 0x2c51, 0x2c52, 0x2c53, 0x2c54, 0x2c55, 0x2c56, 0x2c57, 
+	0x2c58, 0x2c59, 0x2c5a, 0x2c5b, 0x2c5c, 0x2c5d, 0x2c5e, 0x2c5f, 
+	0x2c61, 0x2c61, 0x026b, 0x1d7d, 0x027d, 0x2c65, 0x2c66, 0x2c68, 
+	0x2c68, 0x2c6a, 0x2c6a, 0x2c6c, 0x2c6c, 0x0251, 0x0271, 0x0250, 
+	0x0252, 0x2c71, 0x2c73, 0x2c73, 0x2c74, 0x2c76, 0x2c76, 0x2c77, 
+	0x2c78, 0x2c79, 0x2c7a, 0x2c7b, 0x006a, 0x0076, 0x023f, 0x0240, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTable2c80[] = {
+	/* U+2c80 */
+	0x2c81, 0x2c81, 0x2c83, 0x2c83, 0x2c85, 0x2c85, 0x2c87, 0x2c87, 
+	0x2c89, 0x2c89, 0x2c8b, 0x2c8b, 0x2c8d, 0x2c8d, 0x2c8f, 0x2c8f, 
+	0x2c91, 0x2c91, 0x2c93, 0x2c93, 0x2c95, 0x2c95, 0x2c97, 0x2c97, 
+	0x2c99, 0x2c99, 0x2c9b, 0x2c9b, 0x2c9d, 0x2c9d, 0x2c9f, 0x2c9f, 
+	0x2ca1, 0x2ca1, 0x2ca3, 0x2ca3, 0x2ca5, 0x2ca5, 0x2ca7, 0x2ca7, 
+	0x2ca9, 0x2ca9, 0x2cab, 0x2cab, 0x2cad, 0x2cad, 0x2caf, 0x2caf, 
+	0x2cb1, 0x2cb1, 0x2cb3, 0x2cb3, 0x2cb5, 0x2cb5, 0x2cb7, 0x2cb7, 
+	0x2cb9, 0x2cb9, 0x2cbb, 0x2cbb, 0x2cbd, 0x2cbd, 0x2cbf, 0x2cbf, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTable2cc0[] = {
+	/* U+2cc0 */
+	0x2cc1, 0x2cc1, 0x2cc3, 0x2cc3, 0x2cc5, 0x2cc5, 0x2cc7, 0x2cc7, 
+	0x2cc9, 0x2cc9, 0x2ccb, 0x2ccb, 0x2ccd, 0x2ccd, 0x2ccf, 0x2ccf, 
+	0x2cd1, 0x2cd1, 0x2cd3, 0x2cd3, 0x2cd5, 0x2cd5, 0x2cd7, 0x2cd7, 
+	0x2cd9, 0x2cd9, 0x2cdb, 0x2cdb, 0x2cdd, 0x2cdd, 0x2cdf, 0x2cdf, 
+	0x2ce1, 0x2ce1, 0x2ce3, 0x2ce3, 0x2ce4, 0x2ce5, 0x2ce6, 0x2ce7, 
+	0x2ce8, 0x2ce9, 0x2cea, 0x2cec, 0x2cec, 0x2cee, 0x2cee, 0x2cef, 
+	0x2cf0, 0x2cf1, 0x2cf2, 0x2cf3, 0x2cf4, 0x2cf5, 0x2cf6, 0x2cf7, 
+	0x2cf8, 0x2cf9, 0x2cfa, 0x2cfb, 0x2cfc, 0x2cfd, 0x2cfe, 0x2cff, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTable2d40[] = {
+	/* U+2d40 */
+	0x2d40, 0x2d41, 0x2d42, 0x2d43, 0x2d44, 0x2d45, 0x2d46, 0x2d47, 
+	0x2d48, 0x2d49, 0x2d4a, 0x2d4b, 0x2d4c, 0x2d4d, 0x2d4e, 0x2d4f, 
+	0x2d50, 0x2d51, 0x2d52, 0x2d53, 0x2d54, 0x2d55, 0x2d56, 0x2d57, 
+	0x2d58, 0x2d59, 0x2d5a, 0x2d5b, 0x2d5c, 0x2d5d, 0x2d5e, 0x2d5f, 
+	0x2d60, 0x2d61, 0x2d62, 0x2d63, 0x2d64, 0x2d65, 0x2d66, 0x2d67, 
+	0x2d68, 0x2d69, 0x2d6a, 0x2d6b, 0x2d6c, 0x2d6d, 0x2d6e, 0x2d61, 
+	0x2d70, 0x2d71, 0x2d72, 0x2d73, 0x2d74, 0x2d75, 0x2d76, 0x2d77, 
+	0x2d78, 0x2d79, 0x2d7a, 0x2d7b, 0x2d7c, 0x2d7d, 0x2d7e, 0x2d7f, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTable2e80[] = {
+	/* U+2e80 */
+	0x2e80, 0x2e81, 0x2e82, 0x2e83, 0x2e84, 0x2e85, 0x2e86, 0x2e87, 
+	0x2e88, 0x2e89, 0x2e8a, 0x2e8b, 0x2e8c, 0x2e8d, 0x2e8e, 0x2e8f, 
+	0x2e90, 0x2e91, 0x2e92, 0x2e93, 0x2e94, 0x2e95, 0x2e96, 0x2e97, 
+	0x2e98, 0x2e99, 0x2e9a, 0x2e9b, 0x2e9c, 0x2e9d, 0x2e9e, 0x6bcd, 
+	0x2ea0, 0x2ea1, 0x2ea2, 0x2ea3, 0x2ea4, 0x2ea5, 0x2ea6, 0x2ea7, 
+	0x2ea8, 0x2ea9, 0x2eaa, 0x2eab, 0x2eac, 0x2ead, 0x2eae, 0x2eaf, 
+	0x2eb0, 0x2eb1, 0x2eb2, 0x2eb3, 0x2eb4, 0x2eb5, 0x2eb6, 0x2eb7, 
+	0x2eb8, 0x2eb9, 0x2eba, 0x2ebb, 0x2ebc, 0x2ebd, 0x2ebe, 0x2ebf, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTable2ec0[] = {
+	/* U+2ec0 */
+	0x2ec0, 0x2ec1, 0x2ec2, 0x2ec3, 0x2ec4, 0x2ec5, 0x2ec6, 0x2ec7, 
+	0x2ec8, 0x2ec9, 0x2eca, 0x2ecb, 0x2ecc, 0x2ecd, 0x2ece, 0x2ecf, 
+	0x2ed0, 0x2ed1, 0x2ed2, 0x2ed3, 0x2ed4, 0x2ed5, 0x2ed6, 0x2ed7, 
+	0x2ed8, 0x2ed9, 0x2eda, 0x2edb, 0x2edc, 0x2edd, 0x2ede, 0x2edf, 
+	0x2ee0, 0x2ee1, 0x2ee2, 0x2ee3, 0x2ee4, 0x2ee5, 0x2ee6, 0x2ee7, 
+	0x2ee8, 0x2ee9, 0x2eea, 0x2eeb, 0x2eec, 0x2eed, 0x2eee, 0x2eef, 
+	0x2ef0, 0x2ef1, 0x2ef2, 0x9f9f, 0x2ef4, 0x2ef5, 0x2ef6, 0x2ef7, 
+	0x2ef8, 0x2ef9, 0x2efa, 0x2efb, 0x2efc, 0x2efd, 0x2efe, 0x2eff, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTable2f00[] = {
+	/* U+2f00 */
+	0x4e00, 0x4e28, 0x4e36, 0x4e3f, 0x4e59, 0x4e85, 0x4e8c, 0x4ea0, 
+	0x4eba, 0x513f, 0x5165, 0x516b, 0x5182, 0x5196, 0x51ab, 0x51e0, 
+	0x51f5, 0x5200, 0x529b, 0x52f9, 0x5315, 0x531a, 0x5338, 0x5341, 
+	0x535c, 0x5369, 0x5382, 0x53b6, 0x53c8, 0x53e3, 0x56d7, 0x571f, 
+	0x58eb, 0x5902, 0x590a, 0x5915, 0x5927, 0x5973, 0x5b50, 0x5b80, 
+	0x5bf8, 0x5c0f, 0x5c22, 0x5c38, 0x5c6e, 0x5c71, 0x5ddb, 0x5de5, 
+	0x5df1, 0x5dfe, 0x5e72, 0x5e7a, 0x5e7f, 0x5ef4, 0x5efe, 0x5f0b, 
+	0x5f13, 0x5f50, 0x5f61, 0x5f73, 0x5fc3, 0x6208, 0x6236, 0x624b, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTable2f40[] = {
+	/* U+2f40 */
+	0x652f, 0x6534, 0x6587, 0x6597, 0x65a4, 0x65b9, 0x65e0, 0x65e5, 
+	0x66f0, 0x6708, 0x6728, 0x6b20, 0x6b62, 0x6b79, 0x6bb3, 0x6bcb, 
+	0x6bd4, 0x6bdb, 0x6c0f, 0x6c14, 0x6c34, 0x706b, 0x722a, 0x7236, 
+	0x723b, 0x723f, 0x7247, 0x7259, 0x725b, 0x72ac, 0x7384, 0x7389, 
+	0x74dc, 0x74e6, 0x7518, 0x751f, 0x7528, 0x7530, 0x758b, 0x7592, 
+	0x7676, 0x767d, 0x76ae, 0x76bf, 0x76ee, 0x77db, 0x77e2, 0x77f3, 
+	0x793a, 0x79b8, 0x79be, 0x7a74, 0x7acb, 0x7af9, 0x7c73, 0x7cf8, 
+	0x7f36, 0x7f51, 0x7f8a, 0x7fbd, 0x8001, 0x800c, 0x8012, 0x8033, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTable2f80[] = {
+	/* U+2f80 */
+	0x807f, 0x8089, 0x81e3, 0x81ea, 0x81f3, 0x81fc, 0x820c, 0x821b, 
+	0x821f, 0x826e, 0x8272, 0x8278, 0x864d, 0x866b, 0x8840, 0x884c, 
+	0x8863, 0x897e, 0x898b, 0x89d2, 0x8a00, 0x8c37, 0x8c46, 0x8c55, 
+	0x8c78, 0x8c9d, 0x8d64, 0x8d70, 0x8db3, 0x8eab, 0x8eca, 0x8f9b, 
+	0x8fb0, 0x8fb5, 0x9091, 0x9149, 0x91c6, 0x91cc, 0x91d1, 0x9577, 
+	0x9580, 0x961c, 0x96b6, 0x96b9, 0x96e8, 0x9751, 0x975e, 0x9762, 
+	0x9769, 0x97cb, 0x97ed, 0x97f3, 0x9801, 0x98a8, 0x98db, 0x98df, 
+	0x9996, 0x9999, 0x99ac, 0x9aa8, 0x9ad8, 0x9adf, 0x9b25, 0x9b2f, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTable2fc0[] = {
+	/* U+2fc0 */
+	0x9b32, 0x9b3c, 0x9b5a, 0x9ce5, 0x9e75, 0x9e7f, 0x9ea5, 0x9ebb, 
+	0x9ec3, 0x9ecd, 0x9ed1, 0x9ef9, 0x9efd, 0x9f0e, 0x9f13, 0x9f20, 
+	0x9f3b, 0x9f4a, 0x9f52, 0x9f8d, 0x9f9c, 0x9fa0, 0x2fd6, 0x2fd7, 
+	0x2fd8, 0x2fd9, 0x2fda, 0x2fdb, 0x2fdc, 0x2fdd, 0x2fde, 0x2fdf, 
+	0x2fe0, 0x2fe1, 0x2fe2, 0x2fe3, 0x2fe4, 0x2fe5, 0x2fe6, 0x2fe7, 
+	0x2fe8, 0x2fe9, 0x2fea, 0x2feb, 0x2fec, 0x2fed, 0x2fee, 0x2fef, 
+	0x2ff0, 0x2ff1, 0x2ff2, 0x2ff3, 0x2ff4, 0x2ff5, 0x2ff6, 0x2ff7, 
+	0x2ff8, 0x2ff9, 0x2ffa, 0x2ffb, 0x2ffc, 0x2ffd, 0x2ffe, 0x2fff, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTable3000[] = {
+	/* U+3000 */
+	0x0020, 0x3001, 0x3002, 0x3003, 0x3004, 0x3005, 0x3006, 0x3007, 
+	0x3008, 0x3009, 0x300a, 0x300b, 0x300c, 0x300d, 0x300e, 0x300f, 
+	0x3010, 0x3011, 0x3012, 0x3013, 0x3014, 0x3015, 0x3016, 0x3017, 
+	0x3018, 0x3019, 0x301a, 0x301b, 0x301c, 0x301d, 0x301e, 0x301f, 
+	0x3020, 0x3021, 0x3022, 0x3023, 0x3024, 0x3025, 0x3026, 0x3027, 
+	0x3028, 0x3029, 0x302a, 0x302b, 0x302c, 0x302d, 0x302e, 0x302f, 
+	0x3030, 0x3031, 0x3032, 0x3033, 0x3034, 0x3035, 0x3012, 0x3037, 
+	0x5341, 0x5344, 0x5345, 0x303b, 0x303c, 0x303d, 0x303e, 0x303f, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTable3040[] = {
+	/* U+3040 */
+	0x3040, 0x3041, 0x3042, 0x3043, 0x3044, 0x3045, 0x3046, 0x3047, 
+	0x3048, 0x3049, 0x304a, 0x304b, 0x304b, 0x304d, 0x304d, 0x304f, 
+	0x304f, 0x3051, 0x3051, 0x3053, 0x3053, 0x3055, 0x3055, 0x3057, 
+	0x3057, 0x3059, 0x3059, 0x305b, 0x305b, 0x305d, 0x305d, 0x305f, 
+	0x305f, 0x3061, 0x3061, 0x3063, 0x3064, 0x3064, 0x3066, 0x3066, 
+	0x3068, 0x3068, 0x306a, 0x306b, 0x306c, 0x306d, 0x306e, 0x306f, 
+	0x306f, 0x306f, 0x3072, 0x3072, 0x3072, 0x3075, 0x3075, 0x3075, 
+	0x3078, 0x3078, 0x3078, 0x307b, 0x307b, 0x307b, 0x307e, 0x307f, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTable3080[] = {
+	/* U+3080 */
+	0x3080, 0x3081, 0x3082, 0x3083, 0x3084, 0x3085, 0x3086, 0x3087, 
+	0x3088, 0x3089, 0x308a, 0x308b, 0x308c, 0x308d, 0x308e, 0x308f, 
+	0x3090, 0x3091, 0x3092, 0x3093, 0x3046, 0x3095, 0x3096, 0x3097, 
+	0x3098, 0x3099, 0x309a, 0x0020, 0x0020, 0x309d, 0x309d, 0x3088, 
+	0x30a0, 0x30a1, 0x30a2, 0x30a3, 0x30a4, 0x30a5, 0x30a6, 0x30a7, 
+	0x30a8, 0x30a9, 0x30aa, 0x30ab, 0x30ab, 0x30ad, 0x30ad, 0x30af, 
+	0x30af, 0x30b1, 0x30b1, 0x30b3, 0x30b3, 0x30b5, 0x30b5, 0x30b7, 
+	0x30b7, 0x30b9, 0x30b9, 0x30bb, 0x30bb, 0x30bd, 0x30bd, 0x30bf, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTable30c0[] = {
+	/* U+30c0 */
+	0x30bf, 0x30c1, 0x30c1, 0x30c3, 0x30c4, 0x30c4, 0x30c6, 0x30c6, 
+	0x30c8, 0x30c8, 0x30ca, 0x30cb, 0x30cc, 0x30cd, 0x30ce, 0x30cf, 
+	0x30cf, 0x30cf, 0x30d2, 0x30d2, 0x30d2, 0x30d5, 0x30d5, 0x30d5, 
+	0x30d8, 0x30d8, 0x30d8, 0x30db, 0x30db, 0x30db, 0x30de, 0x30df, 
+	0x30e0, 0x30e1, 0x30e2, 0x30e3, 0x30e4, 0x30e5, 0x30e6, 0x30e7, 
+	0x30e8, 0x30e9, 0x30ea, 0x30eb, 0x30ec, 0x30ed, 0x30ee, 0x30ef, 
+	0x30f0, 0x30f1, 0x30f2, 0x30f3, 0x30a6, 0x30f5, 0x30f6, 0x30ef, 
+	0x30f0, 0x30f1, 0x30f2, 0x30fb, 0x30fc, 0x30fd, 0x30fd, 0x30b3, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTable3100[] = {
+	/* U+3100 */
+	0x3100, 0x3101, 0x3102, 0x3103, 0x3104, 0x3105, 0x3106, 0x3107, 
+	0x3108, 0x3109, 0x310a, 0x310b, 0x310c, 0x310d, 0x310e, 0x310f, 
+	0x3110, 0x3111, 0x3112, 0x3113, 0x3114, 0x3115, 0x3116, 0x3117, 
+	0x3118, 0x3119, 0x311a, 0x311b, 0x311c, 0x311d, 0x311e, 0x311f, 
+	0x3120, 0x3121, 0x3122, 0x3123, 0x3124, 0x3125, 0x3126, 0x3127, 
+	0x3128, 0x3129, 0x312a, 0x312b, 0x312c, 0x312d, 0x312e, 0x312f, 
+	0x3130, 0x1100, 0x1101, 0x11aa, 0x1102, 0x11ac, 0x11ad, 0x1103, 
+	0x1104, 0x1105, 0x11b0, 0x11b1, 0x11b2, 0x11b3, 0x11b4, 0x11b5, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTable3140[] = {
+	/* U+3140 */
+	0x111a, 0x1106, 0x1107, 0x1108, 0x1121, 0x1109, 0x110a, 0x110b, 
+	0x110c, 0x110d, 0x110e, 0x110f, 0x1110, 0x1111, 0x1112, 0x1161, 
+	0x1162, 0x1163, 0x1164, 0x1165, 0x1166, 0x1167, 0x1168, 0x1169, 
+	0x116a, 0x116b, 0x116c, 0x116d, 0x116e, 0x116f, 0x1170, 0x1171, 
+	0x1172, 0x1173, 0x1174, 0x1175, 0x0020, 0x1114, 0x1115, 0x11c7, 
+	0x11c8, 0x11cc, 0x11ce, 0x11d3, 0x11d7, 0x11d9, 0x111c, 0x11dd, 
+	0x11df, 0x111d, 0x111e, 0x1120, 0x1122, 0x1123, 0x1127, 0x1129, 
+	0x112b, 0x112c, 0x112d, 0x112e, 0x112f, 0x1132, 0x1136, 0x1140, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTable3180[] = {
+	/* U+3180 */
+	0x1147, 0x114c, 0x11f1, 0x11f2, 0x1157, 0x1158, 0x1159, 0x1184, 
+	0x1185, 0x1188, 0x1191, 0x1192, 0x1194, 0x119e, 0x11a1, 0x318f, 
+	0x3190, 0x3191, 0x4e00, 0x4e8c, 0x4e09, 0x56db, 0x4e0a, 0x4e2d, 
+	0x4e0b, 0x7532, 0x4e59, 0x4e19, 0x4e01, 0x5929, 0x5730, 0x4eba, 
+	0x31a0, 0x31a1, 0x31a2, 0x31a3, 0x31a4, 0x31a5, 0x31a6, 0x31a7, 
+	0x31a8, 0x31a9, 0x31aa, 0x31ab, 0x31ac, 0x31ad, 0x31ae, 0x31af, 
+	0x31b0, 0x31b1, 0x31b2, 0x31b3, 0x31b4, 0x31b5, 0x31b6, 0x31b7, 
+	0x31b8, 0x31b9, 0x31ba, 0x31bb, 0x31bc, 0x31bd, 0x31be, 0x31bf, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTable3200[] = {
+	/* U+3200 */
+	0x0028, 0x0028, 0x0028, 0x0028, 0x0028, 0x0028, 0x0028, 0x0028, 
+	0x0028, 0x0028, 0x0028, 0x0028, 0x0028, 0x0028, 0x0028, 0x0028, 
+	0x0028, 0x0028, 0x0028, 0x0028, 0x0028, 0x0028, 0x0028, 0x0028, 
+	0x0028, 0x0028, 0x0028, 0x0028, 0x0028, 0x0028, 0x0028, 0x321f, 
+	0x0028, 0x0028, 0x0028, 0x0028, 0x0028, 0x0028, 0x0028, 0x0028, 
+	0x0028, 0x0028, 0x0028, 0x0028, 0x0028, 0x0028, 0x0028, 0x0028, 
+	0x0028, 0x0028, 0x0028, 0x0028, 0x0028, 0x0028, 0x0028, 0x0028, 
+	0x0028, 0x0028, 0x0028, 0x0028, 0x0028, 0x0028, 0x0028, 0x0028, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTable3240[] = {
+	/* U+3240 */
+	0x0028, 0x0028, 0x0028, 0x0028, 0x554f, 0x5e7c, 0x6587, 0x7b8f, 
+	0x3248, 0x3249, 0x324a, 0x324b, 0x324c, 0x324d, 0x324e, 0x324f, 
+	0x0070, 0x0032, 0x0032, 0x0032, 0x0032, 0x0032, 0x0032, 0x0032, 
+	0x0032, 0x0032, 0x0033, 0x0033, 0x0033, 0x0033, 0x0033, 0x0033, 
+	0x1100, 0x1102, 0x1103, 0x1105, 0x1106, 0x1107, 0x1109, 0x110b, 
+	0x110c, 0x110e, 0x110f, 0x1110, 0x1111, 0x1112, 0x1100, 0x1102, 
+	0x1103, 0x1105, 0x1106, 0x1107, 0x1109, 0x110b, 0x110c, 0x110e, 
+	0x110f, 0x1110, 0x1111, 0x1112, 0x110e, 0x110c, 0x110b, 0x327f, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTable3280[] = {
+	/* U+3280 */
+	0x4e00, 0x4e8c, 0x4e09, 0x56db, 0x4e94, 0x516d, 0x4e03, 0x516b, 
+	0x4e5d, 0x5341, 0x6708, 0x706b, 0x6c34, 0x6728, 0x91d1, 0x571f, 
+	0x65e5, 0x682a, 0x6709, 0x793e, 0x540d, 0x7279, 0x8ca1, 0x795d, 
+	0x52b4, 0x79d8, 0x7537, 0x5973, 0x9069, 0x512a, 0x5370, 0x6ce8, 
+	0x9805, 0x4f11, 0x5199, 0x6b63, 0x4e0a, 0x4e2d, 0x4e0b, 0x5de6, 
+	0x53f3, 0x533b, 0x5b97, 0x5b66, 0x76e3, 0x4f01, 0x8cc7, 0x5354, 
+	0x591c, 0x0033, 0x0033, 0x0033, 0x0033, 0x0034, 0x0034, 0x0034, 
+	0x0034, 0x0034, 0x0034, 0x0034, 0x0034, 0x0034, 0x0034, 0x0035, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTable32c0[] = {
+	/* U+32c0 */
+	0x0031, 0x0032, 0x0033, 0x0034, 0x0035, 0x0036, 0x0037, 0x0038, 
+	0x0039, 0x0031, 0x0031, 0x0031, 0x0068, 0x0065, 0x0065, 0x006c, 
+	0x30a2, 0x30a4, 0x30a6, 0x30a8, 0x30aa, 0x30ab, 0x30ad, 0x30af, 
+	0x30b1, 0x30b3, 0x30b5, 0x30b7, 0x30b9, 0x30bb, 0x30bd, 0x30bf, 
+	0x30c1, 0x30c4, 0x30c6, 0x30c8, 0x30ca, 0x30cb, 0x30cc, 0x30cd, 
+	0x30ce, 0x30cf, 0x30d2, 0x30d5, 0x30d8, 0x30db, 0x30de, 0x30df, 
+	0x30e0, 0x30e1, 0x30e2, 0x30e4, 0x30e6, 0x30e8, 0x30e9, 0x30ea, 
+	0x30eb, 0x30ec, 0x30ed, 0x30ef, 0x30f0, 0x30f1, 0x30f2, 0x32ff, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTable3300[] = {
+	/* U+3300 */
+	0x30a2, 0x30a2, 0x30a2, 0x30a2, 0x30a4, 0x30a4, 0x30a6, 0x30a8, 
+	0x30a8, 0x30aa, 0x30aa, 0x30ab, 0x30ab, 0x30ab, 0x30ab, 0x30ab, 
+	0x30ad, 0x30ad, 0x30ad, 0x30ad, 0x30ad, 0x30ad, 0x30ad, 0x30ad, 
+	0x30af, 0x30af, 0x30af, 0x30af, 0x30b1, 0x30b3, 0x30b3, 0x30b5, 
+	0x30b5, 0x30b7, 0x30bb, 0x30bb, 0x30bf, 0x30c6, 0x30c8, 0x30c8, 
+	0x30ca, 0x30ce, 0x30cf, 0x30cf, 0x30cf, 0x30cf, 0x30d2, 0x30d2, 
+	0x30d2, 0x30d2, 0x30d5, 0x30d5, 0x30d5, 0x30d5, 0x30d8, 0x30d8, 
+	0x30d8, 0x30d8, 0x30d8, 0x30d8, 0x30d8, 0x30db, 0x30db, 0x30db, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTable3340[] = {
+	/* U+3340 */
+	0x30db, 0x30db, 0x30db, 0x30de, 0x30de, 0x30de, 0x30de, 0x30de, 
+	0x30df, 0x30df, 0x30df, 0x30e1, 0x30e1, 0x30e1, 0x30e4, 0x30e4, 
+	0x30e6, 0x30ea, 0x30ea, 0x30eb, 0x30eb, 0x30ec, 0x30ec, 0x30ef, 
+	0x0030, 0x0031, 0x0032, 0x0033, 0x0034, 0x0035, 0x0036, 0x0037, 
+	0x0038, 0x0039, 0x0031, 0x0031, 0x0031, 0x0031, 0x0031, 0x0031, 
+	0x0031, 0x0031, 0x0031, 0x0031, 0x0032, 0x0032, 0x0032, 0x0032, 
+	0x0032, 0x0068, 0x0064, 0x0061, 0x0062, 0x006f, 0x0070, 0x0064, 
+	0x0064, 0x0064, 0x0069, 0x5e73, 0x662d, 0x5927, 0x660e, 0x682a, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTable3380[] = {
+	/* U+3380 */
+	0x0070, 0x006e, 0x03bc, 0x006d, 0x006b, 0x006b, 0x006d, 0x0067, 
+	0x0063, 0x006b, 0x0070, 0x006e, 0x03bc, 0x03bc, 0x006d, 0x006b, 
+	0x0068, 0x006b, 0x006d, 0x0067, 0x0074, 0x03bc, 0x006d, 0x0064, 
+	0x006b, 0x0066, 0x006e, 0x03bc, 0x006d, 0x0063, 0x006b, 0x006d, 
+	0x0063, 0x006d, 0x006b, 0x006d, 0x0063, 0x006d, 0x006b, 0x006d, 
+	0x006d, 0x0070, 0x006b, 0x006d, 0x0067, 0x0072, 0x0072, 0x0072, 
+	0x0070, 0x006e, 0x03bc, 0x006d, 0x0070, 0x006e, 0x03bc, 0x006d, 
+	0x006b, 0x006d, 0x0070, 0x006e, 0x03bc, 0x006d, 0x006b, 0x006d, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTable33c0[] = {
+	/* U+33c0 */
+	0x006b, 0x006d, 0x0061, 0x0062, 0x0063, 0x0063, 0x0063, 0x0063, 
+	0x0064, 0x0067, 0x0068, 0x0068, 0x0069, 0x006b, 0x006b, 0x006b, 
+	0x006c, 0x006c, 0x006c, 0x006c, 0x006d, 0x006d, 0x006d, 0x0070, 
+	0x0070, 0x0070, 0x0070, 0x0073, 0x0073, 0x0077, 0x0076, 0x0061, 
+	0x0031, 0x0032, 0x0033, 0x0034, 0x0035, 0x0036, 0x0037, 0x0038, 
+	0x0039, 0x0031, 0x0031, 0x0031, 0x0031, 0x0031, 0x0031, 0x0031, 
+	0x0031, 0x0031, 0x0031, 0x0032, 0x0032, 0x0032, 0x0032, 0x0032, 
+	0x0032, 0x0032, 0x0032, 0x0032, 0x0032, 0x0033, 0x0033, 0x0067, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTablea640[] = {
+	/* U+a640 */
+	0xa641, 0xa641, 0xa643, 0xa643, 0xa645, 0xa645, 0xa647, 0xa647, 
+	0xa649, 0xa649, 0xa64b, 0xa64b, 0xa64d, 0xa64d, 0xa64f, 0xa64f, 
+	0xa651, 0xa651, 0xa653, 0xa653, 0xa655, 0xa655, 0xa657, 0xa657, 
+	0xa659, 0xa659, 0xa65b, 0xa65b, 0xa65d, 0xa65d, 0xa65f, 0xa65f, 
+	0xa660, 0xa661, 0xa663, 0xa663, 0xa665, 0xa665, 0xa667, 0xa667, 
+	0xa669, 0xa669, 0xa66b, 0xa66b, 0xa66d, 0xa66d, 0xa66e, 0xa66f, 
+	0xa670, 0xa671, 0xa672, 0xa673, 0xa674, 0xa675, 0xa676, 0xa677, 
+	0xa678, 0xa679, 0xa67a, 0xa67b, 0xa67c, 0xa67d, 0xa67e, 0xa67f, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTablea680[] = {
+	/* U+a680 */
+	0xa681, 0xa681, 0xa683, 0xa683, 0xa685, 0xa685, 0xa687, 0xa687, 
+	0xa689, 0xa689, 0xa68b, 0xa68b, 0xa68d, 0xa68d, 0xa68f, 0xa68f, 
+	0xa691, 0xa691, 0xa693, 0xa693, 0xa695, 0xa695, 0xa697, 0xa697, 
+	0xa698, 0xa699, 0xa69a, 0xa69b, 0xa69c, 0xa69d, 0xa69e, 0xa69f, 
+	0xa6a0, 0xa6a1, 0xa6a2, 0xa6a3, 0xa6a4, 0xa6a5, 0xa6a6, 0xa6a7, 
+	0xa6a8, 0xa6a9, 0xa6aa, 0xa6ab, 0xa6ac, 0xa6ad, 0xa6ae, 0xa6af, 
+	0xa6b0, 0xa6b1, 0xa6b2, 0xa6b3, 0xa6b4, 0xa6b5, 0xa6b6, 0xa6b7, 
+	0xa6b8, 0xa6b9, 0xa6ba, 0xa6bb, 0xa6bc, 0xa6bd, 0xa6be, 0xa6bf, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTablea700[] = {
+	/* U+a700 */
+	0xa700, 0xa701, 0xa702, 0xa703, 0xa704, 0xa705, 0xa706, 0xa707, 
+	0xa708, 0xa709, 0xa70a, 0xa70b, 0xa70c, 0xa70d, 0xa70e, 0xa70f, 
+	0xa710, 0xa711, 0xa712, 0xa713, 0xa714, 0xa715, 0xa716, 0xa717, 
+	0xa718, 0xa719, 0xa71a, 0xa71b, 0xa71c, 0xa71d, 0xa71e, 0xa71f, 
+	0xa720, 0xa721, 0xa723, 0xa723, 0xa725, 0xa725, 0xa727, 0xa727, 
+	0xa729, 0xa729, 0xa72b, 0xa72b, 0xa72d, 0xa72d, 0xa72f, 0xa72f, 
+	0xa730, 0xa731, 0xa733, 0xa733, 0xa735, 0xa735, 0xa737, 0xa737, 
+	0xa739, 0xa739, 0xa73b, 0xa73b, 0xa73d, 0xa73d, 0xa73f, 0xa73f, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTablea740[] = {
+	/* U+a740 */
+	0xa741, 0xa741, 0xa743, 0xa743, 0xa745, 0xa745, 0xa747, 0xa747, 
+	0xa749, 0xa749, 0xa74b, 0xa74b, 0xa74d, 0xa74d, 0xa74f, 0xa74f, 
+	0xa751, 0xa751, 0xa753, 0xa753, 0xa755, 0xa755, 0xa757, 0xa757, 
+	0xa759, 0xa759, 0xa75b, 0xa75b, 0xa75d, 0xa75d, 0xa75f, 0xa75f, 
+	0xa761, 0xa761, 0xa763, 0xa763, 0xa765, 0xa765, 0xa767, 0xa767, 
+	0xa769, 0xa769, 0xa76b, 0xa76b, 0xa76d, 0xa76d, 0xa76f, 0xa76f, 
+	0xa76f, 0xa771, 0xa772, 0xa773, 0xa774, 0xa775, 0xa776, 0xa777, 
+	0xa778, 0xa77a, 0xa77a, 0xa77c, 0xa77c, 0x1d79, 0xa77f, 0xa77f, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTablea780[] = {
+	/* U+a780 */
+	0xa781, 0xa781, 0xa783, 0xa783, 0xa785, 0xa785, 0xa787, 0xa787, 
+	0xa788, 0xa789, 0xa78a, 0xa78c, 0xa78c, 0xa78d, 0xa78e, 0xa78f, 
+	0xa790, 0xa791, 0xa792, 0xa793, 0xa794, 0xa795, 0xa796, 0xa797, 
+	0xa798, 0xa799, 0xa79a, 0xa79b, 0xa79c, 0xa79d, 0xa79e, 0xa79f, 
+	0xa7a0, 0xa7a1, 0xa7a2, 0xa7a3, 0xa7a4, 0xa7a5, 0xa7a6, 0xa7a7, 
+	0xa7a8, 0xa7a9, 0xa7aa, 0xa7ab, 0xa7ac, 0xa7ad, 0xa7ae, 0xa7af, 
+	0xa7b0, 0xa7b1, 0xa7b2, 0xa7b3, 0xa7b4, 0xa7b5, 0xa7b6, 0xa7b7, 
+	0xa7b8, 0xa7b9, 0xa7ba, 0xa7bb, 0xa7bc, 0xa7bd, 0xa7be, 0xa7bf, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTablef900[] = {
+	/* U+f900 */
+	0x8c48, 0x66f4, 0x8eca, 0x8cc8, 0x6ed1, 0x4e32, 0x53e5, 0x9f9c, 
+	0x9f9c, 0x5951, 0x91d1, 0x5587, 0x5948, 0x61f6, 0x7669, 0x7f85, 
+	0x863f, 0x87ba, 0x88f8, 0x908f, 0x6a02, 0x6d1b, 0x70d9, 0x73de, 
+	0x843d, 0x916a, 0x99f1, 0x4e82, 0x5375, 0x6b04, 0x721b, 0x862d, 
+	0x9e1e, 0x5d50, 0x6feb, 0x85cd, 0x8964, 0x62c9, 0x81d8, 0x881f, 
+	0x5eca, 0x6717, 0x6d6a, 0x72fc, 0x90ce, 0x4f86, 0x51b7, 0x52de, 
+	0x64c4, 0x6ad3, 0x7210, 0x76e7, 0x8001, 0x8606, 0x865c, 0x8def, 
+	0x9732, 0x9b6f, 0x9dfa, 0x788c, 0x797f, 0x7da0, 0x83c9, 0x9304, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTablef940[] = {
+	/* U+f940 */
+	0x9e7f, 0x8ad6, 0x58df, 0x5f04, 0x7c60, 0x807e, 0x7262, 0x78ca, 
+	0x8cc2, 0x96f7, 0x58d8, 0x5c62, 0x6a13, 0x6dda, 0x6f0f, 0x7d2f, 
+	0x7e37, 0x964b, 0x52d2, 0x808b, 0x51dc, 0x51cc, 0x7a1c, 0x7dbe, 
+	0x83f1, 0x9675, 0x8b80, 0x62cf, 0x6a02, 0x8afe, 0x4e39, 0x5be7, 
+	0x6012, 0x7387, 0x7570, 0x5317, 0x78fb, 0x4fbf, 0x5fa9, 0x4e0d, 
+	0x6ccc, 0x6578, 0x7d22, 0x53c3, 0x585e, 0x7701, 0x8449, 0x8aaa, 
+	0x6bba, 0x8fb0, 0x6c88, 0x62fe, 0x82e5, 0x63a0, 0x7565, 0x4eae, 
+	0x5169, 0x51c9, 0x6881, 0x7ce7, 0x826f, 0x8ad2, 0x91cf, 0x52f5, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTablef980[] = {
+	/* U+f980 */
+	0x5442, 0x5973, 0x5eec, 0x65c5, 0x6ffe, 0x792a, 0x95ad, 0x9a6a, 
+	0x9e97, 0x9ece, 0x529b, 0x66c6, 0x6b77, 0x8f62, 0x5e74, 0x6190, 
+	0x6200, 0x649a, 0x6f23, 0x7149, 0x7489, 0x79ca, 0x7df4, 0x806f, 
+	0x8f26, 0x84ee, 0x9023, 0x934a, 0x5217, 0x52a3, 0x54bd, 0x70c8, 
+	0x88c2, 0x8aaa, 0x5ec9, 0x5ff5, 0x637b, 0x6bae, 0x7c3e, 0x7375, 
+	0x4ee4, 0x56f9, 0x5be7, 0x5dba, 0x601c, 0x73b2, 0x7469, 0x7f9a, 
+	0x8046, 0x9234, 0x96f6, 0x9748, 0x9818, 0x4f8b, 0x79ae, 0x91b4, 
+	0x96b8, 0x60e1, 0x4e86, 0x50da, 0x5bee, 0x5c3f, 0x6599, 0x6a02, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTablef9c0[] = {
+	/* U+f9c0 */
+	0x71ce, 0x7642, 0x84fc, 0x907c, 0x9f8d, 0x6688, 0x962e, 0x5289, 
+	0x677b, 0x67f3, 0x6d41, 0x6e9c, 0x7409, 0x7559, 0x786b, 0x7d10, 
+	0x985e, 0x516d, 0x622e, 0x9678, 0x502b, 0x5d19, 0x6dea, 0x8f2a, 
+	0x5f8b, 0x6144, 0x6817, 0x7387, 0x9686, 0x5229, 0x540f, 0x5c65, 
+	0x6613, 0x674e, 0x68a8, 0x6ce5, 0x7406, 0x75e2, 0x7f79, 0x88cf, 
+	0x88e1, 0x91cc, 0x96e2, 0x533f, 0x6eba, 0x541d, 0x71d0, 0x7498, 
+	0x85fa, 0x96a3, 0x9c57, 0x9e9f, 0x6797, 0x6dcb, 0x81e8, 0x7acb, 
+	0x7b20, 0x7c92, 0x72c0, 0x7099, 0x8b58, 0x4ec0, 0x8336, 0x523a, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTablefa00[] = {
+	/* U+fa00 */
+	0x5207, 0x5ea6, 0x62d3, 0x7cd6, 0x5b85, 0x6d1e, 0x66b4, 0x8f3b, 
+	0x884c, 0x964d, 0x898b, 0x5ed3, 0x5140, 0x55c0, 0xfa0e, 0xfa0f, 
+	0x585a, 0xfa11, 0x6674, 0xfa13, 0xfa14, 0x51de, 0x732a, 0x76ca, 
+	0x793c, 0x795e, 0x7965, 0x798f, 0x9756, 0x7cbe, 0x7fbd, 0xfa1f, 
+	0x8612, 0xfa21, 0x8af8, 0xfa23, 0xfa24, 0x9038, 0x90fd, 0xfa27, 
+	0xfa28, 0xfa29, 0x98ef, 0x98fc, 0x9928, 0x9db4, 0xfa2e, 0xfa2f, 
+	0x4fae, 0x50e7, 0x514d, 0x52c9, 0x52e4, 0x5351, 0x559d, 0x5606, 
+	0x5668, 0x5840, 0x58a8, 0x5c64, 0x5c6e, 0x6094, 0x6168, 0x618e, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTablefa40[] = {
+	/* U+fa40 */
+	0x61f2, 0x654f, 0x65e2, 0x6691, 0x6885, 0x6d77, 0x6e1a, 0x6f22, 
+	0x716e, 0x722b, 0x7422, 0x7891, 0x793e, 0x7949, 0x7948, 0x7950, 
+	0x7956, 0x795d, 0x798d, 0x798e, 0x7a40, 0x7a81, 0x7bc0, 0x7df4, 
+	0x7e09, 0x7e41, 0x7f72, 0x8005, 0x81ed, 0x8279, 0x8279, 0x8457, 
+	0x8910, 0x8996, 0x8b01, 0x8b39, 0x8cd3, 0x8d08, 0x8fb6, 0x9038, 
+	0x96e3, 0x97ff, 0x983b, 0x6075, 0xfa6c, 0x8218, 0xfa6e, 0xfa6f, 
+	0x4e26, 0x51b5, 0x5168, 0x4f80, 0x5145, 0x5180, 0x52c7, 0x52fa, 
+	0x559d, 0x5555, 0x5599, 0x55e2, 0x585a, 0x58b3, 0x5944, 0x5954, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTablefa80[] = {
+	/* U+fa80 */
+	0x5a62, 0x5b28, 0x5ed2, 0x5ed9, 0x5f69, 0x5fad, 0x60d8, 0x614e, 
+	0x6108, 0x618e, 0x6160, 0x61f2, 0x6234, 0x63c4, 0x641c, 0x6452, 
+	0x6556, 0x6674, 0x6717, 0x671b, 0x6756, 0x6b79, 0x6bba, 0x6d41, 
+	0x6edb, 0x6ecb, 0x6f22, 0x701e, 0x716e, 0x77a7, 0x7235, 0x72af, 
+	0x732a, 0x7471, 0x7506, 0x753b, 0x761d, 0x761f, 0x76ca, 0x76db, 
+	0x76f4, 0x774a, 0x7740, 0x78cc, 0x7ab1, 0x7bc0, 0x7c7b, 0x7d5b, 
+	0x7df4, 0x7f3e, 0x8005, 0x8352, 0x83ef, 0x8779, 0x8941, 0x8986, 
+	0x8996, 0x8abf, 0x8af8, 0x8acb, 0x8b01, 0x8afe, 0x8aed, 0x8b39, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTablefac0[] = {
+	/* U+fac0 */
+	0x8b8a, 0x8d08, 0x8f38, 0x9072, 0x9199, 0x9276, 0x967c, 0x96e3, 
+	0x9756, 0x97db, 0x97ff, 0x980b, 0x983b, 0x9b12, 0x9f9c, 0xfacf, 
+	0xfad0, 0xfad1, 0x3b9d, 0x4018, 0x4039, 0xfad5, 0xfad6, 0xfad7, 
+	0x9f43, 0x9f8e, 0xfada, 0xfadb, 0xfadc, 0xfadd, 0xfade, 0xfadf, 
+	0xfae0, 0xfae1, 0xfae2, 0xfae3, 0xfae4, 0xfae5, 0xfae6, 0xfae7, 
+	0xfae8, 0xfae9, 0xfaea, 0xfaeb, 0xfaec, 0xfaed, 0xfaee, 0xfaef, 
+	0xfaf0, 0xfaf1, 0xfaf2, 0xfaf3, 0xfaf4, 0xfaf5, 0xfaf6, 0xfaf7, 
+	0xfaf8, 0xfaf9, 0xfafa, 0xfafb, 0xfafc, 0xfafd, 0xfafe, 0xfaff, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTablefb00[] = {
+	/* U+fb00 */
+	0x0066, 0x0066, 0x0066, 0x0066, 0x0066, 0x0073, 0x0073, 0xfb07, 
+	0xfb08, 0xfb09, 0xfb0a, 0xfb0b, 0xfb0c, 0xfb0d, 0xfb0e, 0xfb0f, 
+	0xfb10, 0xfb11, 0xfb12, 0x0574, 0x0574, 0x0574, 0x057e, 0x0574, 
+	0xfb18, 0xfb19, 0xfb1a, 0xfb1b, 0xfb1c, 0x05d9, 0xfb1e, 0x05f2, 
+	0x05e2, 0x05d0, 0x05d3, 0x05d4, 0x05db, 0x05dc, 0x05dd, 0x05e8, 
+	0x05ea, 0x002b, 0x05e9, 0x05e9, 0x05e9, 0x05e9, 0x05d0, 0x05d0, 
+	0x05d0, 0x05d1, 0x05d2, 0x05d3, 0x05d4, 0x05d5, 0x05d6, 0xfb37, 
+	0x05d8, 0x05d9, 0x05da, 0x05db, 0x05dc, 0xfb3d, 0x05de, 0xfb3f, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTablefb40[] = {
+	/* U+fb40 */
+	0x05e0, 0x05e1, 0xfb42, 0x05e3, 0x05e4, 0xfb45, 0x05e6, 0x05e7, 
+	0x05e8, 0x05e9, 0x05ea, 0x05d5, 0x05d1, 0x05db, 0x05e4, 0x05d0, 
+	0x0671, 0x0671, 0x067b, 0x067b, 0x067b, 0x067b, 0x067e, 0x067e, 
+	0x067e, 0x067e, 0x0680, 0x0680, 0x0680, 0x0680, 0x067a, 0x067a, 
+	0x067a, 0x067a, 0x067f, 0x067f, 0x067f, 0x067f, 0x0679, 0x0679, 
+	0x0679, 0x0679, 0x06a4, 0x06a4, 0x06a4, 0x06a4, 0x06a6, 0x06a6, 
+	0x06a6, 0x06a6, 0x0684, 0x0684, 0x0684, 0x0684, 0x0683, 0x0683, 
+	0x0683, 0x0683, 0x0686, 0x0686, 0x0686, 0x0686, 0x0687, 0x0687, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTablefb80[] = {
+	/* U+fb80 */
+	0x0687, 0x0687, 0x068d, 0x068d, 0x068c, 0x068c, 0x068e, 0x068e, 
+	0x0688, 0x0688, 0x0698, 0x0698, 0x0691, 0x0691, 0x06a9, 0x06a9, 
+	0x06a9, 0x06a9, 0x06af, 0x06af, 0x06af, 0x06af, 0x06b3, 0x06b3, 
+	0x06b3, 0x06b3, 0x06b1, 0x06b1, 0x06b1, 0x06b1, 0x06ba, 0x06ba, 
+	0x06bb, 0x06bb, 0x06bb, 0x06bb, 0x06d5, 0x06d5, 0x06c1, 0x06c1, 
+	0x06c1, 0x06c1, 0x06be, 0x06be, 0x06be, 0x06be, 0x06d2, 0x06d2, 
+	0x06d2, 0x06d2, 0xfbb2, 0xfbb3, 0xfbb4, 0xfbb5, 0xfbb6, 0xfbb7, 
+	0xfbb8, 0xfbb9, 0xfbba, 0xfbbb, 0xfbbc, 0xfbbd, 0xfbbe, 0xfbbf, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTablefbc0[] = {
+	/* U+fbc0 */
+	0xfbc0, 0xfbc1, 0xfbc2, 0xfbc3, 0xfbc4, 0xfbc5, 0xfbc6, 0xfbc7, 
+	0xfbc8, 0xfbc9, 0xfbca, 0xfbcb, 0xfbcc, 0xfbcd, 0xfbce, 0xfbcf, 
+	0xfbd0, 0xfbd1, 0xfbd2, 0x06ad, 0x06ad, 0x06ad, 0x06ad, 0x06c7, 
+	0x06c7, 0x06c6, 0x06c6, 0x06c8, 0x06c8, 0x06c7, 0x06cb, 0x06cb, 
+	0x06c5, 0x06c5, 0x06c9, 0x06c9, 0x06d0, 0x06d0, 0x06d0, 0x06d0, 
+	0x0649, 0x0649, 0x064a, 0x064a, 0x064a, 0x064a, 0x064a, 0x064a, 
+	0x064a, 0x064a, 0x064a, 0x064a, 0x064a, 0x064a, 0x064a, 0x064a, 
+	0x064a, 0x064a, 0x064a, 0x064a, 0x06cc, 0x06cc, 0x06cc, 0x06cc, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTablefc00[] = {
+	/* U+fc00 */
+	0x064a, 0x064a, 0x064a, 0x064a, 0x064a, 0x0628, 0x0628, 0x0628, 
+	0x0628, 0x0628, 0x0628, 0x062a, 0x062a, 0x062a, 0x062a, 0x062a, 
+	0x062a, 0x062b, 0x062b, 0x062b, 0x062b, 0x062c, 0x062c, 0x062d, 
+	0x062d, 0x062e, 0x062e, 0x062e, 0x0633, 0x0633, 0x0633, 0x0633, 
+	0x0635, 0x0635, 0x0636, 0x0636, 0x0636, 0x0636, 0x0637, 0x0637, 
+	0x0638, 0x0639, 0x0639, 0x063a, 0x063a, 0x0641, 0x0641, 0x0641, 
+	0x0641, 0x0641, 0x0641, 0x0642, 0x0642, 0x0642, 0x0642, 0x0643, 
+	0x0643, 0x0643, 0x0643, 0x0643, 0x0643, 0x0643, 0x0643, 0x0644, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTablefc40[] = {
+	/* U+fc40 */
+	0x0644, 0x0644, 0x0644, 0x0644, 0x0644, 0x0645, 0x0645, 0x0645, 
+	0x0645, 0x0645, 0x0645, 0x0646, 0x0646, 0x0646, 0x0646, 0x0646, 
+	0x0646, 0x0647, 0x0647, 0x0647, 0x0647, 0x064a, 0x064a, 0x064a, 
+	0x064a, 0x064a, 0x064a, 0x0630, 0x0631, 0x0649, 0x0020, 0x0020, 
+	0x0020, 0x0020, 0x0020, 0x0020, 0x064a, 0x064a, 0x064a, 0x064a, 
+	0x064a, 0x064a, 0x0628, 0x0628, 0x0628, 0x0628, 0x0628, 0x0628, 
+	0x062a, 0x062a, 0x062a, 0x062a, 0x062a, 0x062a, 0x062b, 0x062b, 
+	0x062b, 0x062b, 0x062b, 0x062b, 0x0641, 0x0641, 0x0642, 0x0642, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTablefc80[] = {
+	/* U+fc80 */
+	0x0643, 0x0643, 0x0643, 0x0643, 0x0643, 0x0644, 0x0644, 0x0644, 
+	0x0645, 0x0645, 0x0646, 0x0646, 0x0646, 0x0646, 0x0646, 0x0646, 
+	0x0649, 0x064a, 0x064a, 0x064a, 0x064a, 0x064a, 0x064a, 0x064a, 
+	0x064a, 0x064a, 0x064a, 0x064a, 0x0628, 0x0628, 0x0628, 0x0628, 
+	0x0628, 0x062a, 0x062a, 0x062a, 0x062a, 0x062a, 0x062b, 0x062c, 
+	0x062c, 0x062d, 0x062d, 0x062e, 0x062e, 0x0633, 0x0633, 0x0633, 
+	0x0633, 0x0635, 0x0635, 0x0635, 0x0636, 0x0636, 0x0636, 0x0636, 
+	0x0637, 0x0638, 0x0639, 0x0639, 0x063a, 0x063a, 0x0641, 0x0641, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTablefcc0[] = {
+	/* U+fcc0 */
+	0x0641, 0x0641, 0x0642, 0x0642, 0x0643, 0x0643, 0x0643, 0x0643, 
+	0x0643, 0x0644, 0x0644, 0x0644, 0x0644, 0x0644, 0x0645, 0x0645, 
+	0x0645, 0x0645, 0x0646, 0x0646, 0x0646, 0x0646, 0x0646, 0x0647, 
+	0x0647, 0x0647, 0x064a, 0x064a, 0x064a, 0x064a, 0x064a, 0x064a, 
+	0x064a, 0x0628, 0x0628, 0x062a, 0x062a, 0x062b, 0x062b, 0x0633, 
+	0x0633, 0x0634, 0x0634, 0x0643, 0x0643, 0x0644, 0x0646, 0x0646, 
+	0x064a, 0x064a, 0x0640, 0x0640, 0x0640, 0x0637, 0x0637, 0x0639, 
+	0x0639, 0x063a, 0x063a, 0x0633, 0x0633, 0x0634, 0x0634, 0x062d, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTablefd00[] = {
+	/* U+fd00 */
+	0x062d, 0x062c, 0x062c, 0x062e, 0x062e, 0x0635, 0x0635, 0x0636, 
+	0x0636, 0x0634, 0x0634, 0x0634, 0x0634, 0x0634, 0x0633, 0x0635, 
+	0x0636, 0x0637, 0x0637, 0x0639, 0x0639, 0x063a, 0x063a, 0x0633, 
+	0x0633, 0x0634, 0x0634, 0x062d, 0x062d, 0x062c, 0x062c, 0x062e, 
+	0x062e, 0x0635, 0x0635, 0x0636, 0x0636, 0x0634, 0x0634, 0x0634, 
+	0x0634, 0x0634, 0x0633, 0x0635, 0x0636, 0x0634, 0x0634, 0x0634, 
+	0x0634, 0x0633, 0x0634, 0x0637, 0x0633, 0x0633, 0x0633, 0x0634, 
+	0x0634, 0x0634, 0x0637, 0x0638, 0x0627, 0x0627, 0xfd3e, 0xfd3f, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTablefd40[] = {
+	/* U+fd40 */
+	0xfd40, 0xfd41, 0xfd42, 0xfd43, 0xfd44, 0xfd45, 0xfd46, 0xfd47, 
+	0xfd48, 0xfd49, 0xfd4a, 0xfd4b, 0xfd4c, 0xfd4d, 0xfd4e, 0xfd4f, 
+	0x062a, 0x062a, 0x062a, 0x062a, 0x062a, 0x062a, 0x062a, 0x062a, 
+	0x062c, 0x062c, 0x062d, 0x062d, 0x0633, 0x0633, 0x0633, 0x0633, 
+	0x0633, 0x0633, 0x0633, 0x0633, 0x0635, 0x0635, 0x0635, 0x0634, 
+	0x0634, 0x0634, 0x0634, 0x0634, 0x0634, 0x0634, 0x0636, 0x0636, 
+	0x0636, 0x0637, 0x0637, 0x0637, 0x0637, 0x0639, 0x0639, 0x0639, 
+	0x0639, 0x063a, 0x063a, 0x063a, 0x0641, 0x0641, 0x0642, 0x0642, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTablefd80[] = {
+	/* U+fd80 */
+	0x0644, 0x0644, 0x0644, 0x0644, 0x0644, 0x0644, 0x0644, 0x0644, 
+	0x0644, 0x0645, 0x0645, 0x0645, 0x0645, 0x0645, 0x0645, 0x0645, 
+	0xfd90, 0xfd91, 0x0645, 0x0647, 0x0647, 0x0646, 0x0646, 0x0646, 
+	0x0646, 0x0646, 0x0646, 0x0646, 0x064a, 0x064a, 0x0628, 0x062a, 
+	0x062a, 0x062a, 0x062a, 0x062a, 0x062a, 0x062c, 0x062c, 0x062c, 
+	0x0633, 0x0635, 0x0634, 0x0636, 0x0644, 0x0644, 0x064a, 0x064a, 
+	0x064a, 0x0645, 0x0642, 0x0646, 0x0642, 0x0644, 0x0639, 0x0643, 
+	0x0646, 0x0645, 0x0644, 0x0643, 0x0644, 0x0646, 0x062c, 0x062d, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTablefdc0[] = {
+	/* U+fdc0 */
+	0x0645, 0x0641, 0x0628, 0x0643, 0x0639, 0x0635, 0x0633, 0x0646, 
+	0xfdc8, 0xfdc9, 0xfdca, 0xfdcb, 0xfdcc, 0xfdcd, 0xfdce, 0xfdcf, 
+	0xfdd0, 0xfdd1, 0xfdd2, 0xfdd3, 0xfdd4, 0xfdd5, 0xfdd6, 0xfdd7, 
+	0xfdd8, 0xfdd9, 0xfdda, 0xfddb, 0xfddc, 0xfddd, 0xfdde, 0xfddf, 
+	0xfde0, 0xfde1, 0xfde2, 0xfde3, 0xfde4, 0xfde5, 0xfde6, 0xfde7, 
+	0xfde8, 0xfde9, 0xfdea, 0xfdeb, 0xfdec, 0xfded, 0xfdee, 0xfdef, 
+	0x0635, 0x0642, 0x0627, 0x0627, 0x0645, 0x0635, 0x0631, 0x0639, 
+	0x0648, 0x0635, 0x0635, 0x062c, 0x0631, 0xfdfd, 0xfdfe, 0xfdff, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTablefe00[] = {
+	/* U+fe00 */
+	0x0020, 0x0020, 0x0020, 0x0020, 0x0020, 0x0020, 0x0020, 0x0020, 
+	0x0020, 0x0020, 0x0020, 0x0020, 0x0020, 0x0020, 0x0020, 0x0020, 
+	0x002c, 0x3001, 0x3002, 0x003a, 0x003b, 0x0021, 0x003f, 0x3016, 
+	0x3017, 0x002e, 0xfe1a, 0xfe1b, 0xfe1c, 0xfe1d, 0xfe1e, 0xfe1f, 
+	0xfe20, 0xfe21, 0xfe22, 0xfe23, 0xfe24, 0xfe25, 0xfe26, 0xfe27, 
+	0xfe28, 0xfe29, 0xfe2a, 0xfe2b, 0xfe2c, 0xfe2d, 0xfe2e, 0xfe2f, 
+	0x002e, 0x2014, 0x2013, 0x005f, 0x005f, 0x0028, 0x0029, 0x007b, 
+	0x007d, 0x3014, 0x3015, 0x3010, 0x3011, 0x300a, 0x300b, 0x3008, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTablefe40[] = {
+	/* U+fe40 */
+	0x3009, 0x300c, 0x300d, 0x300e, 0x300f, 0xfe45, 0xfe46, 0x005b, 
+	0x005d, 0x0020, 0x0020, 0x0020, 0x0020, 0x005f, 0x005f, 0x005f, 
+	0x002c, 0x3001, 0x002e, 0xfe53, 0x003b, 0x003a, 0x003f, 0x0021, 
+	0x2014, 0x0028, 0x0029, 0x007b, 0x007d, 0x3014, 0x3015, 0x0023, 
+	0x0026, 0x002a, 0x002b, 0x002d, 0x003c, 0x003e, 0x003d, 0xfe67, 
+	0x005c, 0x0024, 0x0025, 0x0040, 0xfe6c, 0xfe6d, 0xfe6e, 0xfe6f, 
+	0x0020, 0x0640, 0x0020, 0xfe73, 0x0020, 0xfe75, 0x0020, 0x0640, 
+	0x0020, 0x0640, 0x0020, 0x0640, 0x0020, 0x0640, 0x0020, 0x0640, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTablefe80[] = {
+	/* U+fe80 */
+	0x0621, 0x0627, 0x0627, 0x0627, 0x0627, 0x0648, 0x0648, 0x0627, 
+	0x0627, 0x064a, 0x064a, 0x064a, 0x064a, 0x0627, 0x0627, 0x0628, 
+	0x0628, 0x0628, 0x0628, 0x0629, 0x0629, 0x062a, 0x062a, 0x062a, 
+	0x062a, 0x062b, 0x062b, 0x062b, 0x062b, 0x062c, 0x062c, 0x062c, 
+	0x062c, 0x062d, 0x062d, 0x062d, 0x062d, 0x062e, 0x062e, 0x062e, 
+	0x062e, 0x062f, 0x062f, 0x0630, 0x0630, 0x0631, 0x0631, 0x0632, 
+	0x0632, 0x0633, 0x0633, 0x0633, 0x0633, 0x0634, 0x0634, 0x0634, 
+	0x0634, 0x0635, 0x0635, 0x0635, 0x0635, 0x0636, 0x0636, 0x0636, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTablefec0[] = {
+	/* U+fec0 */
+	0x0636, 0x0637, 0x0637, 0x0637, 0x0637, 0x0638, 0x0638, 0x0638, 
+	0x0638, 0x0639, 0x0639, 0x0639, 0x0639, 0x063a, 0x063a, 0x063a, 
+	0x063a, 0x0641, 0x0641, 0x0641, 0x0641, 0x0642, 0x0642, 0x0642, 
+	0x0642, 0x0643, 0x0643, 0x0643, 0x0643, 0x0644, 0x0644, 0x0644, 
+	0x0644, 0x0645, 0x0645, 0x0645, 0x0645, 0x0646, 0x0646, 0x0646, 
+	0x0646, 0x0647, 0x0647, 0x0647, 0x0647, 0x0648, 0x0648, 0x0649, 
+	0x0649, 0x064a, 0x064a, 0x064a, 0x064a, 0x0644, 0x0644, 0x0644, 
+	0x0644, 0x0644, 0x0644, 0x0644, 0x0644, 0xfefd, 0xfefe, 0x0020, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTableff00[] = {
+	/* U+ff00 */
+	0xff00, 0x0021, 0x0022, 0x0023, 0x0024, 0x0025, 0x0026, 0x0027, 
+	0x0028, 0x0029, 0x002a, 0x002b, 0x002c, 0x002d, 0x002e, 0x002f, 
+	0x0030, 0x0031, 0x0032, 0x0033, 0x0034, 0x0035, 0x0036, 0x0037, 
+	0x0038, 0x0039, 0x003a, 0x003b, 0x003c, 0x003d, 0x003e, 0x003f, 
+	0x0040, 0x0061, 0x0062, 0x0063, 0x0064, 0x0065, 0x0066, 0x0067, 
+	0x0068, 0x0069, 0x006a, 0x006b, 0x006c, 0x006d, 0x006e, 0x006f, 
+	0x0070, 0x0071, 0x0072, 0x0073, 0x0074, 0x0075, 0x0076, 0x0077, 
+	0x0078, 0x0079, 0x007a, 0x005b, 0x005c, 0x005d, 0x005e, 0x005f, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTableff40[] = {
+	/* U+ff40 */
+	0x0060, 0x0061, 0x0062, 0x0063, 0x0064, 0x0065, 0x0066, 0x0067, 
+	0x0068, 0x0069, 0x006a, 0x006b, 0x006c, 0x006d, 0x006e, 0x006f, 
+	0x0070, 0x0071, 0x0072, 0x0073, 0x0074, 0x0075, 0x0076, 0x0077, 
+	0x0078, 0x0079, 0x007a, 0x007b, 0x007c, 0x007d, 0x007e, 0x2985, 
+	0x2986, 0x3002, 0x300c, 0x300d, 0x3001, 0x30fb, 0x30f2, 0x30a1, 
+	0x30a3, 0x30a5, 0x30a7, 0x30a9, 0x30e3, 0x30e5, 0x30e7, 0x30c3, 
+	0x30fc, 0x30a2, 0x30a4, 0x30a6, 0x30a8, 0x30aa, 0x30ab, 0x30ad, 
+	0x30af, 0x30b1, 0x30b3, 0x30b5, 0x30b7, 0x30b9, 0x30bb, 0x30bd, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTableff80[] = {
+	/* U+ff80 */
+	0x30bf, 0x30c1, 0x30c4, 0x30c6, 0x30c8, 0x30ca, 0x30cb, 0x30cc, 
+	0x30cd, 0x30ce, 0x30cf, 0x30d2, 0x30d5, 0x30d8, 0x30db, 0x30de, 
+	0x30df, 0x30e0, 0x30e1, 0x30e2, 0x30e4, 0x30e6, 0x30e8, 0x30e9, 
+	0x30ea, 0x30eb, 0x30ec, 0x30ed, 0x30ef, 0x30f3, 0x3099, 0x309a, 
+	0x0020, 0x1100, 0x1101, 0x11aa, 0x1102, 0x11ac, 0x11ad, 0x1103, 
+	0x1104, 0x1105, 0x11b0, 0x11b1, 0x11b2, 0x11b3, 0x11b4, 0x11b5, 
+	0x111a, 0x1106, 0x1107, 0x1108, 0x1121, 0x1109, 0x110a, 0x110b, 
+	0x110c, 0x110d, 0x110e, 0x110f, 0x1110, 0x1111, 0x1112, 0xffbf, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short gNormalizeTableffc0[] = {
+	/* U+ffc0 */
+	0xffc0, 0xffc1, 0x1161, 0x1162, 0x1163, 0x1164, 0x1165, 0x1166, 
+	0xffc8, 0xffc9, 0x1167, 0x1168, 0x1169, 0x116a, 0x116b, 0x116c, 
+	0xffd0, 0xffd1, 0x116d, 0x116e, 0x116f, 0x1170, 0x1171, 0x1172, 
+	0xffd8, 0xffd9, 0x1173, 0x1174, 0x1175, 0xffdd, 0xffde, 0xffdf, 
+	0x00a2, 0x00a3, 0x00ac, 0x0020, 0x00a6, 0x00a5, 0x20a9, 0xffe7, 
+	0x2502, 0x2190, 0x2191, 0x2192, 0x2193, 0x25a0, 0x25cb, 0xffef, 
+	0x0020, 0x0020, 0x0020, 0x0020, 0x0020, 0x0020, 0x0020, 0x0020, 
+	0x0020, 0xfff9, 0xfffa, 0xfffb, 0xfffc, 0xfffd, 0xfffe, 0xffff, 
+	};
+
+static const unsigned short* gNormalizeTable[] = { 
+	0, gNormalizeTable0040, gNormalizeTable0080, gNormalizeTable00c0, 
+	gNormalizeTable0100, gNormalizeTable0140, gNormalizeTable0180, gNormalizeTable01c0, 
+	gNormalizeTable0200, gNormalizeTable0240, gNormalizeTable0280, gNormalizeTable02c0, 
+	0, gNormalizeTable0340, gNormalizeTable0380, gNormalizeTable03c0, 
+	gNormalizeTable0400, gNormalizeTable0440, gNormalizeTable0480, gNormalizeTable04c0, 
+	gNormalizeTable0500, gNormalizeTable0540, gNormalizeTable0580, 0, 
+	gNormalizeTable0600, gNormalizeTable0640, 0, gNormalizeTable06c0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	gNormalizeTable0900, gNormalizeTable0940, 0, gNormalizeTable09c0, 
+	gNormalizeTable0a00, gNormalizeTable0a40, 0, 0, 
+	0, gNormalizeTable0b40, gNormalizeTable0b80, gNormalizeTable0bc0, 
+	0, gNormalizeTable0c40, 0, gNormalizeTable0cc0, 
+	0, gNormalizeTable0d40, 0, gNormalizeTable0dc0, 
+	gNormalizeTable0e00, 0, gNormalizeTable0e80, gNormalizeTable0ec0, 
+	gNormalizeTable0f00, gNormalizeTable0f40, gNormalizeTable0f80, 0, 
+	gNormalizeTable1000, 0, gNormalizeTable1080, gNormalizeTable10c0, 
+	0, gNormalizeTable1140, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, gNormalizeTable1780, 0, 
+	gNormalizeTable1800, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	gNormalizeTable1b00, gNormalizeTable1b40, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	gNormalizeTable1d00, gNormalizeTable1d40, gNormalizeTable1d80, 0, 
+	gNormalizeTable1e00, gNormalizeTable1e40, gNormalizeTable1e80, gNormalizeTable1ec0, 
+	gNormalizeTable1f00, gNormalizeTable1f40, gNormalizeTable1f80, gNormalizeTable1fc0, 
+	gNormalizeTable2000, gNormalizeTable2040, gNormalizeTable2080, 0, 
+	gNormalizeTable2100, gNormalizeTable2140, gNormalizeTable2180, gNormalizeTable21c0, 
+	gNormalizeTable2200, gNormalizeTable2240, gNormalizeTable2280, gNormalizeTable22c0, 
+	gNormalizeTable2300, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, gNormalizeTable2440, gNormalizeTable2480, gNormalizeTable24c0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	gNormalizeTable2a00, gNormalizeTable2a40, 0, gNormalizeTable2ac0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	gNormalizeTable2c00, gNormalizeTable2c40, gNormalizeTable2c80, gNormalizeTable2cc0, 
+	0, gNormalizeTable2d40, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, gNormalizeTable2e80, gNormalizeTable2ec0, 
+	gNormalizeTable2f00, gNormalizeTable2f40, gNormalizeTable2f80, gNormalizeTable2fc0, 
+	gNormalizeTable3000, gNormalizeTable3040, gNormalizeTable3080, gNormalizeTable30c0, 
+	gNormalizeTable3100, gNormalizeTable3140, gNormalizeTable3180, 0, 
+	gNormalizeTable3200, gNormalizeTable3240, gNormalizeTable3280, gNormalizeTable32c0, 
+	gNormalizeTable3300, gNormalizeTable3340, gNormalizeTable3380, gNormalizeTable33c0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, gNormalizeTablea640, gNormalizeTablea680, 0, 
+	gNormalizeTablea700, gNormalizeTablea740, gNormalizeTablea780, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 
+	gNormalizeTablef900, gNormalizeTablef940, gNormalizeTablef980, gNormalizeTablef9c0, 
+	gNormalizeTablefa00, gNormalizeTablefa40, gNormalizeTablefa80, gNormalizeTablefac0, 
+	gNormalizeTablefb00, gNormalizeTablefb40, gNormalizeTablefb80, gNormalizeTablefbc0, 
+	gNormalizeTablefc00, gNormalizeTablefc40, gNormalizeTablefc80, gNormalizeTablefcc0, 
+	gNormalizeTablefd00, gNormalizeTablefd40, gNormalizeTablefd80, gNormalizeTablefdc0, 
+	gNormalizeTablefe00, gNormalizeTablefe40, gNormalizeTablefe80, gNormalizeTablefec0, 
+	gNormalizeTableff00, gNormalizeTableff40, gNormalizeTableff80, gNormalizeTableffc0, 
+};
+
+unsigned int normalize_character(const unsigned int c)
+{
+  if (c >= 0x10000 || !gNormalizeTable[c >> 6])
+    return c;
+  return gNormalizeTable[c >> 6][c & 0x3f];
+}
+
diff --git a/mailnews/extensions/fts3/src/README.mozilla b/mailnews/extensions/fts3/src/README.mozilla
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0bfe7deb3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/extensions/fts3/src/README.mozilla
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+fts3_porter.c code is from SQLite3.
+
+This customized tokenizer "mozporter" by Mozilla supports CJK indexing using bi-gram. So you have to use bi-gram search string if you wanto to search CJK character.
diff --git a/mailnews/extensions/fts3/src/fts3_porter.c b/mailnews/extensions/fts3/src/fts3_porter.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2276244c1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/extensions/fts3/src/fts3_porter.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1150 @@
+/*
+** 2006 September 30
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** Implementation of the full-text-search tokenizer that implements
+** a Porter stemmer.
+**
+*/
+
+/*
+ * This file is based on the SQLite FTS3 Porter Stemmer implementation.
+ *
+ * This is an attempt to provide some level of full-text search to users of
+ *  Thunderbird who use languages that are not space/punctuation delimited.
+ *  This is accomplished by performing bi-gram indexing of characters fall
+ *  into the unicode space occupied by character sets used in such languages.
+ *
+ * Bi-gram indexing means that given the string "12345" we would index the
+ *  pairs "12", "23", "34", and "45" (with position information).  We do this
+ *  because we are not sure where the word/semantic boundaries are in that
+ *  string.  Then, when a user searches for "234" the FTS3 engine tokenizes the
+ *  search query into "23" and "34".  Using special phrase-logic FTS3 requires
+ *  the matches to have the tokens "23" and "34" adjacent to each other and in
+ *  that order.  In theory if the user searched for "2345" we we could just
+ *  search for "23 NEAR/2 34".  Unfortunately, NEAR does not imply ordering,
+ *  so even though that would be more efficient, we would lose correctness
+ *  and cannot do it.
+ *
+ * The efficiency and usability of bi-gram search assumes that the character
+ *  space is large enough and actually observed bi-grams sufficiently
+ *  distributed throughout the potential space so that the search bi-grams
+ *  generated when the user issues a query find a 'reasonable' number of
+ *  documents for each bi-gram match.
+ *
+ * Mozilla contributors:
+ *   Makoto Kato <m_kato@ga2.so-net.ne.jp>
+ *   Andrew Sutherland <asutherland@asutherland.org>
+ */
+
+/*
+** The code in this file is only compiled if:
+**
+**     * The FTS3 module is being built as an extension
+**       (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or
+**
+**     * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of
+**       SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined).
+*/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
+
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+#include "fts3_tokenizer.h"
+
+/* need some defined to compile without sqlite3 code */
+
+#define sqlite3_malloc malloc
+#define sqlite3_free free
+#define sqlite3_realloc realloc
+
+static const unsigned char sqlite3Utf8Trans1[] = {
+  0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07,
+  0x08, 0x09, 0x0a, 0x0b, 0x0c, 0x0d, 0x0e, 0x0f,
+  0x10, 0x11, 0x12, 0x13, 0x14, 0x15, 0x16, 0x17,
+  0x18, 0x19, 0x1a, 0x1b, 0x1c, 0x1d, 0x1e, 0x1f,
+  0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07,
+  0x08, 0x09, 0x0a, 0x0b, 0x0c, 0x0d, 0x0e, 0x0f,
+  0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07,
+  0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00,
+};
+
+typedef unsigned char u8;
+
+/**
+ * SQLite helper macro from sqlite3.c (really utf.c) to encode a unicode
+ * character into utf8.
+ *
+ * @param zOut A pointer to the current write position that is updated by
+ *     the routine.  At entry it should point to one-past the last valid
+ *     encoded byte.  The same holds true at exit.
+ * @param c The character to encode; this should be an unsigned int.
+ */
+#define WRITE_UTF8(zOut, c) {                          \
+  if( c<0x0080 ){                                      \
+    *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0xff);                            \
+  }                                                    \
+  else if( c<0x0800 ){                                 \
+    *zOut++ = 0xC0 + (u8)((c>>6) & 0x1F);              \
+    *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F);                   \
+  }                                                    \
+  else if( c<0x10000 ){                                \
+    *zOut++ = 0xE0 + (u8)((c>>12) & 0x0F);             \
+    *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>6) & 0x3F);              \
+    *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F);                   \
+  }else{                                               \
+    *zOut++ = 0xf0 + (u8)((c>>18) & 0x07);             \
+    *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>12) & 0x3F);             \
+    *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>6) & 0x3F);              \
+    *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F);                   \
+  }                                                    \
+}
+
+/**
+ * Fudge factor to avoid buffer overwrites when WRITE_UTF8 is involved.
+ *
+ * Our normalization table includes entries that may result in a larger
+ *  utf-8 encoding.  Namely, 023a maps to 2c65.  This is a growth from 2 bytes
+ *  as utf-8 encoded to 3 bytes.  This is currently the only transition possible
+ *  because 1-byte encodings are known to stay 1-byte and our normalization
+ *  table is 16-bit and so can't generate a 4-byte encoded output.
+ *
+ * For simplicity, we just multiple by 2 which covers the current case and
+ *  potential growth for 2-byte to 4-byte growth.  We can afford to do this
+ *  because we're not talking about a lot of memory here as a rule.
+ */
+#define MAX_UTF8_GROWTH_FACTOR 2
+
+/**
+ * Helper from sqlite3.c to read a single UTF8 character.
+ *
+ * The clever bit with multi-byte reading is that you keep going until you find
+ *  a byte whose top bits are not '10'.  A single-byte UTF8 character will have
+ *  '00' or '01', and a multi-byte UTF8 character must start with '11'.
+ *
+ * In the event of illegal UTF-8 this macro may read an arbitrary number of
+ *  characters but will never read past zTerm.  The resulting character value
+ *  of illegal UTF-8 can be anything, although efforts are made to return the
+ *  illegal character (0xfffd) for UTF-16 surrogates.
+ *
+ * @param zIn A pointer to the current position that is updated by the routine,
+ *     pointing at the start of the next character when the routine returns.
+ * @param zTerm A pointer one past the end of the buffer.
+ * @param c The 'unsigned int' to hold the resulting character value.  Do not
+ *      use a short or a char.
+ */
+#define READ_UTF8(zIn, zTerm, c) {                         \
+  c = *(zIn++);                                            \
+  if( c>=0xc0 ){                                           \
+    c = sqlite3Utf8Trans1[c-0xc0];                         \
+    while( zIn!=zTerm && (*zIn & 0xc0)==0x80 ){            \
+      c = (c<<6) + (0x3f & *(zIn++));                      \
+    }                                                      \
+    if( c<0x80                                             \
+        || (c&0xFFFFF800)==0xD800                          \
+        || (c&0xFFFFFFFE)==0xFFFE ){  c = 0xFFFD; }        \
+  }                                                        \
+}
+
+/* end of compatible block to complie codes */
+
+/*
+** Class derived from sqlite3_tokenizer
+*/
+typedef struct porter_tokenizer {
+  sqlite3_tokenizer base;      /* Base class */
+} porter_tokenizer;
+
+/*
+** Class derived from sqlit3_tokenizer_cursor
+*/
+typedef struct porter_tokenizer_cursor {
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor base;
+  const char *zInput;          /* input we are tokenizing */
+  int nInput;                  /* size of the input */
+  int iOffset;                 /* current position in zInput */
+  int iToken;                  /* index of next token to be returned */
+  unsigned char *zToken;       /* storage for current token */
+  int nAllocated;              /* space allocated to zToken buffer */
+  /**
+   * Store the offset of the second character in the bi-gram pair that we just
+   *  emitted so that we can consider it being the first character in a bi-gram
+   *  pair.
+   * The value 0 indicates that there is no previous such character.  This is
+   *  an acceptable sentinel value because the 0th offset can never be the
+   *  offset of the second in a bi-gram pair.
+   *
+   * For example, let us say we are tokenizing a string of 4 CJK characters 
+   *  represented by the byte-string "11223344" where each repeated digit
+   *  indicates 2-bytes of storage used to encode the character in UTF-8.
+   *  (It actually takes 3, btw.)  Then on the passes to emit each token,
+   *  the iOffset and iPrevGigramOffset values at entry will be:
+   *
+   * 1122: iOffset = 0, iPrevBigramOffset = 0
+   * 2233: iOffset = 4, iPrevBigramOffset = 2
+   * 3344: iOffset = 6, iPrevBigramOffset = 4
+   * (nothing will be emitted): iOffset = 8, iPrevBigramOffset = 6
+   */
+  int iPrevBigramOffset;       /* previous result was bi-gram */
+} porter_tokenizer_cursor;
+
+
+/* Forward declaration */
+static const sqlite3_tokenizer_module porterTokenizerModule;
+
+/* from normalize.c */
+extern unsigned int normalize_character(const unsigned int c);
+
+/*
+** Create a new tokenizer instance.
+*/
+static int porterCreate(
+  int argc, const char * const *argv,
+  sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTokenizer
+){
+  porter_tokenizer *t;
+  t = (porter_tokenizer *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*t));
+  if( t==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  memset(t, 0, sizeof(*t));
+  *ppTokenizer = &t->base;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Destroy a tokenizer
+*/
+static int porterDestroy(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer){
+  sqlite3_free(pTokenizer);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Prepare to begin tokenizing a particular string.  The input
+** string to be tokenized is zInput[0..nInput-1].  A cursor
+** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in 
+** *ppCursor.
+*/
+static int porterOpen(
+  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer,         /* The tokenizer */
+  const char *zInput, int nInput,        /* String to be tokenized */
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCursor    /* OUT: Tokenization cursor */
+){
+  porter_tokenizer_cursor *c;
+
+  c = (porter_tokenizer_cursor *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*c));
+  if( c==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+
+  c->zInput = zInput;
+  if( zInput==0 ){
+    c->nInput = 0;
+  }else if( nInput<0 ){
+    c->nInput = (int)strlen(zInput);
+  }else{
+    c->nInput = nInput;
+  }
+  c->iOffset = 0;                 /* start tokenizing at the beginning */
+  c->iToken = 0;
+  c->zToken = NULL;               /* no space allocated, yet. */
+  c->nAllocated = 0;
+  c->iPrevBigramOffset = 0;
+
+  *ppCursor = &c->base;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Close a tokenization cursor previously opened by a call to
+** porterOpen() above.
+*/
+static int porterClose(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor){
+  porter_tokenizer_cursor *c = (porter_tokenizer_cursor *) pCursor;
+  sqlite3_free(c->zToken);
+  sqlite3_free(c);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+/*
+** Vowel or consonant
+*/
+static const char cType[] = {
+   0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0,
+   1, 1, 1, 2, 1
+};
+
+/*
+** isConsonant() and isVowel() determine if their first character in
+** the string they point to is a consonant or a vowel, according
+** to Porter ruls.  
+**
+** A consonate is any letter other than 'a', 'e', 'i', 'o', or 'u'.
+** 'Y' is a consonant unless it follows another consonant,
+** in which case it is a vowel.
+**
+** In these routine, the letters are in reverse order.  So the 'y' rule
+** is that 'y' is a consonant unless it is followed by another
+** consonent.
+*/
+static int isVowel(const char*);
+static int isConsonant(const char *z){
+  int j;
+  char x = *z;
+  if( x==0 ) return 0;
+  assert( x>='a' && x<='z' );
+  j = cType[x-'a'];
+  if( j<2 ) return j;
+  return z[1]==0 || isVowel(z + 1);
+}
+static int isVowel(const char *z){
+  int j;
+  char x = *z;
+  if( x==0 ) return 0;
+  assert( x>='a' && x<='z' );
+  j = cType[x-'a'];
+  if( j<2 ) return 1-j;
+  return isConsonant(z + 1);
+}
+
+/*
+** Let any sequence of one or more vowels be represented by V and let
+** C be sequence of one or more consonants.  Then every word can be
+** represented as:
+**
+**           [C] (VC){m} [V]
+**
+** In prose:  A word is an optional consonant followed by zero or
+** vowel-consonant pairs followed by an optional vowel.  "m" is the
+** number of vowel consonant pairs.  This routine computes the value
+** of m for the first i bytes of a word.
+**
+** Return true if the m-value for z is 1 or more.  In other words,
+** return true if z contains at least one vowel that is followed
+** by a consonant.
+**
+** In this routine z[] is in reverse order.  So we are really looking
+** for an instance of of a consonant followed by a vowel.
+*/
+static int m_gt_0(const char *z){
+  while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; }
+  if( *z==0 ) return 0;
+  while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; }
+  return *z!=0;
+}
+
+/* Like mgt0 above except we are looking for a value of m which is
+** exactly 1
+*/
+static int m_eq_1(const char *z){
+  while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; }
+  if( *z==0 ) return 0;
+  while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; }
+  if( *z==0 ) return 0;
+  while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; }
+  if( *z==0 ) return 1;
+  while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; }
+  return *z==0;
+}
+
+/* Like mgt0 above except we are looking for a value of m>1 instead
+** or m>0
+*/
+static int m_gt_1(const char *z){
+  while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; }
+  if( *z==0 ) return 0;
+  while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; }
+  if( *z==0 ) return 0;
+  while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; }
+  if( *z==0 ) return 0;
+  while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; }
+  return *z!=0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if there is a vowel anywhere within z[0..n-1]
+*/
+static int hasVowel(const char *z){
+  while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; }
+  return *z!=0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the word ends in a double consonant.
+**
+** The text is reversed here. So we are really looking at
+** the first two characters of z[].
+*/
+static int doubleConsonant(const char *z){
+  return isConsonant(z) && z[0]==z[1] && isConsonant(z+1);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the word ends with three letters which
+** are consonant-vowel-consonent and where the final consonant
+** is not 'w', 'x', or 'y'.
+**
+** The word is reversed here.  So we are really checking the
+** first three letters and the first one cannot be in [wxy].
+*/
+static int star_oh(const char *z){
+  return
+    z[0]!=0 && isConsonant(z) &&
+    z[0]!='w' && z[0]!='x' && z[0]!='y' &&
+    z[1]!=0 && isVowel(z+1) &&
+    z[2]!=0 && isConsonant(z+2);
+}
+
+/*
+** If the word ends with zFrom and xCond() is true for the stem
+** of the word that preceeds the zFrom ending, then change the 
+** ending to zTo.
+**
+** The input word *pz and zFrom are both in reverse order.  zTo
+** is in normal order. 
+**
+** Return TRUE if zFrom matches.  Return FALSE if zFrom does not
+** match.  Not that TRUE is returned even if xCond() fails and
+** no substitution occurs.
+*/
+static int stem(
+  char **pz,             /* The word being stemmed (Reversed) */
+  const char *zFrom,     /* If the ending matches this... (Reversed) */
+  const char *zTo,       /* ... change the ending to this (not reversed) */
+  int (*xCond)(const char*)   /* Condition that must be true */
+){
+  char *z = *pz;
+  while( *zFrom && *zFrom==*z ){ z++; zFrom++; }
+  if( *zFrom!=0 ) return 0;
+  if( xCond && !xCond(z) ) return 1;
+  while( *zTo ){
+    *(--z) = *(zTo++);
+  }
+  *pz = z;
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Voiced sound mark is only on Japanese.  It is like accent.  It combines with
+ * previous character.  Example, "サ" (Katakana) with "゛" (voiced sound mark) is
+ * "ザ".  Although full-width character mapping has combined character like "ザ",
+ * there is no combined character on half-width Katanaka character mapping.
+ */
+static int isVoicedSoundMark(const unsigned int c)
+{
+  if (c == 0xff9e || c == 0xff9f || c == 0x3099 || c == 0x309a)
+    return 1;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/**
+ * How many unicode characters to take from the front and back of a term in
+ * |copy_stemmer|.
+ */
+#define COPY_STEMMER_COPY_HALF_LEN 10
+
+/**
+ * Normalizing but non-stemming term copying.
+ *
+ * The original function would take 10 bytes from the front and 10 bytes from
+ * the back if there were no digits in the string and it was more than 20
+ * bytes long.  If there were digits involved that would decrease to 3 bytes
+ * from the front and 3 from the back.  This would potentially corrupt utf-8
+ * encoded characters, which is fine from the perspective of the FTS3 logic.
+ *
+ * In our revised form we now operate on a unicode character basis rather than
+ * a byte basis.  Additionally we use the same length limit even if there are
+ * digits involved because it's not clear digit token-space reduction is saving
+ * us from anything and could be hurting.  Specifically, if no one is ever
+ * going to search on things with digits, then we should just remove them.
+ * Right now, the space reduction is going to increase false positives when
+ * people do search on them and increase the number of collisions sufficiently
+ * to make it really expensive.  The caveat is there will be some increase in
+ * index size which could be meaningful if people are receiving lots of emails
+ * full of distinct numbers.
+ *
+ * In order to do the copy-from-the-front and copy-from-the-back trick, once
+ * we reach N characters in, we set zFrontEnd to the current value of zOut
+ * (which represents the termination of the first part of the result string)
+ * and set zBackStart to the value of zOutStart.  We then advanced zBackStart
+ * along a character at a time as we write more characters.  Once we have
+ * traversed the entire string, if zBackStart > zFrontEnd, then we know
+ * the string should be shrunk using the characters in the two ranges.
+ *
+ * (It would be faster to scan from the back with specialized logic but that
+ * particular logic seems easy to screw up and we don't have unit tests in here
+ * to the extent required.)
+ *
+ * @param zIn Input string to normalize and potentially shrink.
+ * @param nBytesIn The number of bytes in zIn, distinct from the number of
+ *     unicode characters encoded in zIn.
+ * @param zOut The string to write our output into.  This must have at least
+ *     nBytesIn * MAX_UTF8_GROWTH_FACTOR in order to compensate for
+ *     normalization that results in a larger utf-8 encoding.
+ * @param pnBytesOut Integer to write the number of bytes in zOut into.
+ */
+static void copy_stemmer(const unsigned char *zIn, const int nBytesIn,
+                         unsigned char *zOut, int *pnBytesOut){
+  const unsigned char *zInTerm = zIn + nBytesIn;
+  unsigned char *zOutStart = zOut;
+  unsigned int c;
+  unsigned int charCount = 0;
+  unsigned char *zFrontEnd = NULL, *zBackStart = NULL;
+  unsigned int trashC;
+
+  /* copy normalized character */
+  while (zIn < zInTerm) {
+    READ_UTF8(zIn, zInTerm, c);
+    c = normalize_character(c);
+
+    /* ignore voiced/semi-voiced sound mark */
+    if (!isVoicedSoundMark(c)) {
+      /* advance one non-voiced sound mark character. */
+      if (zBackStart)
+        READ_UTF8(zBackStart, zOut, trashC);
+
+      WRITE_UTF8(zOut, c);
+      charCount++;
+      if (charCount == COPY_STEMMER_COPY_HALF_LEN) {
+        zFrontEnd = zOut;
+        zBackStart = zOutStart;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* if we need to shrink the string, transplant the back bytes */
+  if (zBackStart > zFrontEnd) { /* this handles when both are null too */
+    size_t backBytes = zOut - zBackStart;
+    memmove(zFrontEnd, zBackStart, backBytes);
+    zOut = zFrontEnd + backBytes;
+  }
+  *zOut = 0;
+  *pnBytesOut = zOut - zOutStart;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Stem the input word zIn[0..nIn-1].  Store the output in zOut.
+** zOut is at least big enough to hold nIn bytes.  Write the actual
+** size of the output word (exclusive of the '\0' terminator) into *pnOut.
+**
+** Any upper-case characters in the US-ASCII character set ([A-Z])
+** are converted to lower case.  Upper-case UTF characters are
+** unchanged.
+**
+** Words that are longer than about 20 bytes are stemmed by retaining
+** a few bytes from the beginning and the end of the word.  If the
+** word contains digits, 3 bytes are taken from the beginning and
+** 3 bytes from the end.  For long words without digits, 10 bytes
+** are taken from each end.  US-ASCII case folding still applies.
+** 
+** If the input word contains not digits but does characters not 
+** in [a-zA-Z] then no stemming is attempted and this routine just 
+** copies the input into the input into the output with US-ASCII
+** case folding.
+**
+** Stemming never increases the length of the word.  So there is
+** no chance of overflowing the zOut buffer.
+*/
+static void porter_stemmer(
+  const unsigned char *zIn,
+  unsigned int nIn,
+  unsigned char *zOut,
+  int *pnOut
+){
+  unsigned int i, j, c;
+  char zReverse[28];
+  char *z, *z2;
+  const unsigned char *zTerm = zIn + nIn;
+  const unsigned char *zTmp = zIn;
+
+  if( nIn<3 || nIn>=sizeof(zReverse)-7 ){
+    /* The word is too big or too small for the porter stemmer.
+    ** Fallback to the copy stemmer */
+    copy_stemmer(zIn, nIn, zOut, pnOut);
+    return;
+  }
+  for (j = sizeof(zReverse) - 6; zTmp < zTerm; j--) {
+    READ_UTF8(zTmp, zTerm, c);
+    c = normalize_character(c);
+    if( c>='a' && c<='z' ){
+      zReverse[j] = c;
+    }else{
+      /* The use of a character not in [a-zA-Z] means that we fallback
+      ** to the copy stemmer */
+      copy_stemmer(zIn, nIn, zOut, pnOut);
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+  memset(&zReverse[sizeof(zReverse)-5], 0, 5);
+  z = &zReverse[j+1];
+
+
+  /* Step 1a */
+  if( z[0]=='s' ){
+    if(
+     !stem(&z, "sess", "ss", 0) &&
+     !stem(&z, "sei", "i", 0)  &&
+     !stem(&z, "ss", "ss", 0)
+    ){
+      z++;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Step 1b */  
+  z2 = z;
+  if( stem(&z, "dee", "ee", m_gt_0) ){
+    /* Do nothing.  The work was all in the test */
+  }else if( 
+     (stem(&z, "gni", "", hasVowel) || stem(&z, "de", "", hasVowel))
+      && z!=z2
+  ){
+     if( stem(&z, "ta", "ate", 0) ||
+         stem(&z, "lb", "ble", 0) ||
+         stem(&z, "zi", "ize", 0) ){
+       /* Do nothing.  The work was all in the test */
+     }else if( doubleConsonant(z) && (*z!='l' && *z!='s' && *z!='z') ){
+       z++;
+     }else if( m_eq_1(z) && star_oh(z) ){
+       *(--z) = 'e';
+     }
+  }
+
+  /* Step 1c */
+  if( z[0]=='y' && hasVowel(z+1) ){
+    z[0] = 'i';
+  }
+
+  /* Step 2 */
+  switch( z[1] ){
+   case 'a':
+     (void) (stem(&z, "lanoita", "ate", m_gt_0) ||
+             stem(&z, "lanoit", "tion", m_gt_0));
+     break;
+   case 'c':
+     (void) (stem(&z, "icne", "ence", m_gt_0) ||
+             stem(&z, "icna", "ance", m_gt_0));
+     break;
+   case 'e':
+     (void) (stem(&z, "rezi", "ize", m_gt_0));
+     break;
+   case 'g':
+     (void) (stem(&z, "igol", "log", m_gt_0));
+     break;
+   case 'l':
+     (void) (stem(&z, "ilb", "ble", m_gt_0) ||
+             stem(&z, "illa", "al", m_gt_0) ||
+             stem(&z, "iltne", "ent", m_gt_0) ||
+             stem(&z, "ile", "e", m_gt_0) ||
+             stem(&z, "ilsuo", "ous", m_gt_0));
+     break;
+   case 'o':
+     (void) (stem(&z, "noitazi", "ize", m_gt_0) ||
+             stem(&z, "noita", "ate", m_gt_0) ||
+             stem(&z, "rota", "ate", m_gt_0));
+     break;
+   case 's':
+     (void) (stem(&z, "msila", "al", m_gt_0) ||
+             stem(&z, "ssenevi", "ive", m_gt_0) ||
+             stem(&z, "ssenluf", "ful", m_gt_0) ||
+             stem(&z, "ssensuo", "ous", m_gt_0));
+     break;
+   case 't':
+     (void) (stem(&z, "itila", "al", m_gt_0) ||
+             stem(&z, "itivi", "ive", m_gt_0) ||
+             stem(&z, "itilib", "ble", m_gt_0));
+     break;
+  }
+
+  /* Step 3 */
+  switch( z[0] ){
+   case 'e':
+     (void) (stem(&z, "etaci", "ic", m_gt_0) ||
+             stem(&z, "evita", "", m_gt_0)   ||
+             stem(&z, "ezila", "al", m_gt_0));
+     break;
+   case 'i':
+     (void) (stem(&z, "itici", "ic", m_gt_0));
+     break;
+   case 'l':
+     (void) (stem(&z, "laci", "ic", m_gt_0) ||
+             stem(&z, "luf", "", m_gt_0));
+     break;
+   case 's':
+     (void) (stem(&z, "ssen", "", m_gt_0));
+     break;
+  }
+
+  /* Step 4 */
+  switch( z[1] ){
+   case 'a':
+     if( z[0]=='l' && m_gt_1(z+2) ){
+       z += 2;
+     }
+     break;
+   case 'c':
+     if( z[0]=='e' && z[2]=='n' && (z[3]=='a' || z[3]=='e')  && m_gt_1(z+4)  ){
+       z += 4;
+     }
+     break;
+   case 'e':
+     if( z[0]=='r' && m_gt_1(z+2) ){
+       z += 2;
+     }
+     break;
+   case 'i':
+     if( z[0]=='c' && m_gt_1(z+2) ){
+       z += 2;
+     }
+     break;
+   case 'l':
+     if( z[0]=='e' && z[2]=='b' && (z[3]=='a' || z[3]=='i') && m_gt_1(z+4) ){
+       z += 4;
+     }
+     break;
+   case 'n':
+     if( z[0]=='t' ){
+       if( z[2]=='a' ){
+         if( m_gt_1(z+3) ){
+           z += 3;
+         }
+       }else if( z[2]=='e' ){
+         (void) (stem(&z, "tneme", "", m_gt_1) ||
+                 stem(&z, "tnem", "", m_gt_1) ||
+                 stem(&z, "tne", "", m_gt_1));
+       }
+     }
+     break;
+   case 'o':
+     if( z[0]=='u' ){
+       if( m_gt_1(z+2) ){
+         z += 2;
+       }
+     }else if( z[3]=='s' || z[3]=='t' ){
+       (void) (stem(&z, "noi", "", m_gt_1));
+     }
+     break;
+   case 's':
+     if( z[0]=='m' && z[2]=='i' && m_gt_1(z+3) ){
+       z += 3;
+     }
+     break;
+   case 't':
+     (void) (stem(&z, "eta", "", m_gt_1) ||
+             stem(&z, "iti", "", m_gt_1));
+     break;
+   case 'u':
+     if( z[0]=='s' && z[2]=='o' && m_gt_1(z+3) ){
+       z += 3;
+     }
+     break;
+   case 'v':
+   case 'z':
+     if( z[0]=='e' && z[2]=='i' && m_gt_1(z+3) ){
+       z += 3;
+     }
+     break;
+  }
+
+  /* Step 5a */
+  if( z[0]=='e' ){
+    if( m_gt_1(z+1) ){
+      z++;
+    }else if( m_eq_1(z+1) && !star_oh(z+1) ){
+      z++;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Step 5b */
+  if( m_gt_1(z) && z[0]=='l' && z[1]=='l' ){
+    z++;
+  }
+
+  /* z[] is now the stemmed word in reverse order.  Flip it back
+  ** around into forward order and return.
+  */
+  *pnOut = i = strlen(z);
+  zOut[i] = 0;
+  while( *z ){
+    zOut[--i] = *(z++);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Indicate whether characters in the 0x30 - 0x7f region can be part of a token.
+ * Letters and numbers can; punctuation (and 'del') can't.
+ */
+static const char porterIdChar[] = {
+/* x0 x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 x7 x8 x9 xA xB xC xD xE xF */
+    1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  /* 3x */
+    0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,  /* 4x */
+    1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1,  /* 5x */
+    0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,  /* 6x */
+    1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  /* 7x */
+};
+
+/**
+ * Test whether a character is a (non-ascii) space character or not.  isDelim
+ *  uses the existing porter stemmer logic for anything in the ASCII (< 0x80)
+ *  space which covers 0x20.
+ *
+ * 0x2000-0x206F is the general punctuation table.  0x2000 - 0x200b are spaces.
+ *  The spaces 0x2000 - 0x200a are all defined as roughly equivalent to a
+ *  standard 0x20 space.  0x200b is a "zero width space" (ZWSP) and not like an
+ *  0x20 space.  0x202f is a narrow no-break space and roughly equivalent to an
+ *  0x20 space.  0x205f is a "medium mathematical space" and defined as roughly
+ *  equivalent to an 0x20 space.
+ */
+#define IS_UNI_SPACE(x) (((x)>=0x2000&&(x)<=0x200a) || (x)==0x202f || (x)==0x205f)
+/**
+ * What we are checking for:
+ * - 0x3001: Ideographic comma (-> 0x2c ',')
+ * - 0x3002: Ideographic full stop (-> 0x2e '.')
+ * - 0xff0c: fullwidth comma (~ wide 0x2c ',')
+ * - 0xff0e: fullwidth full stop (~ wide 0x2e '.')
+ * - 0xff61: halfwidth ideographic full stop (~ narrow 0x3002)
+ * - 0xff64: halfwidth ideographic comma (~ narrow 0x3001)
+ *
+ * It is possible we should be treating other things as delimiters!
+ */
+#define IS_JA_DELIM(x) (((x)==0x3001)||((x)==0xFF64)||((x)==0xFF0E)||((x)==0x3002)||((x)==0xFF61)||((x)==0xFF0C))
+
+/**
+ * The previous character was a delimeter (which includes the start of the
+ *  string).
+ */
+#define BIGRAM_RESET   0
+/**
+ * The previous character was a CJK character and we have only seen one of them.
+ *  If we had seen more than one in a row it would be the BIGRAM_USE state.
+ */
+#define BIGRAM_UNKNOWN 1
+/**
+ * We have seen two or more CJK characters in a row.
+ */
+#define BIGRAM_USE     2
+/**
+ * The previous character was ASCII or something in the unicode general scripts
+ *  area that we do not believe is a delimeter.  We call it 'alpha' as in
+ *  alphabetic/alphanumeric and something that should be tokenized based on
+ *  delimiters rather than on a bi-gram basis.
+ */
+#define BIGRAM_ALPHA   3
+
+static int isDelim(
+  const unsigned char *zCur,    /* IN: current pointer of token */
+  const unsigned char *zTerm,   /* IN: one character beyond end of token */
+  int *len,                     /* OUT: analyzed bytes in this token */
+  int *state                    /* IN/OUT: analyze state */
+){
+  const unsigned char *zIn = zCur;
+  unsigned int c;
+  int delim;
+
+  /* get the unicode character to analyze */
+  READ_UTF8(zIn, zTerm, c);
+  c = normalize_character(c);
+  *len = zIn - zCur;
+
+  /* ASCII character range has rule */
+  if( c < 0x80 ){
+    // This is original porter stemmer isDelim logic.
+    // 0x0 - 0x1f are all control characters, 0x20 is space, 0x21-0x2f are
+    //  punctuation.
+    delim = (c < 0x30 || !porterIdChar[c - 0x30]);
+    // cases: "&a", "&."
+    if (*state == BIGRAM_USE || *state == BIGRAM_UNKNOWN ){
+      /* previous maybe CJK and current is ascii */
+      *state = BIGRAM_ALPHA; /*ascii*/
+      delim = 1; /* must break */
+    } else if (delim == 1) {
+      // cases: "a.", ".."
+      /* this is delimiter character */
+      *state = BIGRAM_RESET; /*reset*/
+    } else {
+      // cases: "aa", ".a"
+      *state = BIGRAM_ALPHA; /*ascii*/
+    }
+    return delim;
+  }
+
+  // (at this point we must be a non-ASCII character)
+
+  /* voiced/semi-voiced sound mark is ignore */
+  if (isVoicedSoundMark(c) && *state != BIGRAM_ALPHA) {
+    /* ignore this because it is combined with previous char */
+   return 0;
+  }
+
+  /* this isn't CJK range, so return as no delim */
+  // Anything less than 0x2000 (except to U+0E00-U+0EFF and  U+1780-U+17FF) 
+  // is the general scripts area and should not be bi-gram indexed.
+  // 0xa000 - 0a4cf is the Yi area.  It is apparently a phonetic language whose
+  //  usage does not appear to have simple delimeter rules, so we're leaving it
+  //  as bigram processed.  This is a guess, if you know better, let us know.
+  //  (We previously bailed on this range too.)
+  // Addition, U+0E00-U+0E7F is Thai, U+0E80-U+0EFF is Laos,
+  // and U+1780-U+17FF is Khmer.  It is no easy way to break each word.
+  // So these should use bi-gram too. 
+  // cases: "aa", ".a", "&a"
+  if (c < 0xe00 ||
+     (c >= 0xf00 && c < 0x1780) ||
+     (c >= 0x1800 && c < 0x2000)) {
+    *state = BIGRAM_ALPHA; /* not really ASCII but same idea; tokenize it */
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  // (at this point we must be a bi-grammable char or delimiter)
+
+  /* this is space character or delim character */
+  // cases: "a.", "..", "&."
+  if( IS_UNI_SPACE(c) || IS_JA_DELIM(c) ){
+    *state = BIGRAM_RESET; /* reset */
+    return 1; /* it actually is a delimiter; report as such */
+  }
+
+  // (at this point we must be a bi-grammable char)
+
+  // cases: "a&"
+  if( *state==BIGRAM_ALPHA ){
+    /* Previous is ascii and current maybe CJK */
+    *state = BIGRAM_UNKNOWN; /* mark as unknown */
+    return 1; /* break to emit the ASCII token*/
+  }
+
+  /* We have no rule for CJK!. use bi-gram */
+  // cases: "&&"
+  if( *state==BIGRAM_UNKNOWN || *state==BIGRAM_USE ){
+    /* previous state is unknown.  mark as bi-gram */
+    *state = BIGRAM_USE;
+    return 1; /* break to emit the digram */
+  }
+
+  // cases: ".&" (*state == BIGRAM_RESET)
+  *state = BIGRAM_UNKNOWN; /* mark as unknown */
+  return 0; /* no need to break; nothing to emit */
+}
+
+/**
+ * Generate a new token.  There are basically three types of token we can
+ *  generate:
+ * - A porter stemmed token.  This is a word entirely comprised of ASCII
+ *    characters.  We run the porter stemmer algorithm against the word.
+ *    Because we have no way to know what is and is not an English word
+ *    (the only language for which the porter stemmer was designed), this
+ *    could theoretically map multiple words that are not variations of the
+ *    same word down to the same root, resulting in potentially unexpected
+ *    result inclusions in the search results.  We accept this result because
+ *    there's not a lot we can do about it and false positives are much
+ *    better than false negatives.
+ * - A copied token; case/accent-folded but not stemmed.  We call the porter
+ *    stemmer for all non-CJK cases and it diverts to the copy stemmer if it
+ *    sees any non-ASCII characters (after folding) or if the string is too
+ *    long.  The copy stemmer will shrink the string if it is deemed too long.
+ * - A bi-gram token; two CJK-ish characters.  For query reasons we generate a
+ *    series of overlapping bi-grams.  (We can't require the user to start their
+ *    search based on the arbitrary context of the indexed documents.)
+ *
+ * It may be useful to think of this function as operating at the points between
+ *  characters.  While we are considering the 'current' character (the one after
+ *  the 'point'), we are also interested in the 'previous' character (the one
+ *  preceding the point).
+ * At any 'point', there are a number of possible situations which I will
+ *  illustrate with pairs of characters. 'a' means alphanumeric ASCII or a
+ *  non-ASCII character that is not bi-grammable or a delimeter, '.'
+ *  means a delimiter (space or punctuation), '&' means a bi-grammable
+ *  character.
+ * - aa: We are in the midst of a token.  State remains BIGRAM_ALPHA.
+ * - a.: We will generate a porter stemmed or copied token.  State was
+ *        BIGRAM_ALPHA, gets set to BIGRAM_RESET.
+ * - a&: We will generate a porter stemmed or copied token; we will set our
+ *        state to BIGRAM_UNKNOWN to indicate we have seen one bigram character
+ *        but that it is not yet time to emit a bigram.
+ * - .a: We are starting a token.  State was BIGRAM_RESET, gets set to
+ *        BIGRAM_ALPHA.
+ * - ..: We skip/eat the delimeters.  State stays BIGRAM_RESET.
+ * - .&: State set to BIGRAM_UNKNOWN to indicate we have seen one bigram char.
+ * - &a: If the state was BIGRAM_USE, we generate a bi-gram token.  If the state
+ *        was BIGRAM_UNKNOWN we had only seen one CJK character and so don't do
+ *        anything.  State is set to BIGRAM_ALPHA.
+ * - &.: Same as the "&a" case, but state is set to BIGRAM_RESET.
+ * - &&: We will generate a bi-gram token.  State was either BIGRAM_UNKNOWN or
+ *        BIGRAM_USE, gets set to BIGRAM_USE.
+ */
+static int porterNext(
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor,  /* Cursor returned by porterOpen */
+  const char **pzToken,               /* OUT: *pzToken is the token text */
+  int *pnBytes,                       /* OUT: Number of bytes in token */
+  int *piStartOffset,                 /* OUT: Starting offset of token */
+  int *piEndOffset,                   /* OUT: Ending offset of token */
+  int *piPosition                     /* OUT: Position integer of token */
+){
+  porter_tokenizer_cursor *c = (porter_tokenizer_cursor *) pCursor;
+  const unsigned char *z = (unsigned char *) c->zInput;
+  int len = 0;
+  int state;
+
+  while( c->iOffset < c->nInput ){
+    int iStartOffset, numChars;
+
+    /*
+     * This loop basically has two modes of operation:
+     * - general processing (iPrevBigramOffset == 0 here)
+     * - CJK processing (iPrevBigramOffset != 0 here)
+     *
+     * In an general processing pass we skip over all the delimiters, leaving us
+     *  at a character that promises to produce a token.  This could be a CJK
+     *  token (state == BIGRAM_USE) or an ALPHA token (state == BIGRAM_ALPHA).
+     * If it was a CJK token, we transition into CJK state for the next loop.
+     * If it was an alpha token, our current offset is pointing at a delimiter
+     *  (which could be a CJK character), so it is good that our next pass
+     *  through the function and loop will skip over any delimiters.  If the
+     *  delimiter we hit was a CJK character, the next time through we will
+     *  not treat it as a delimiter though; the entry state for that scan is
+     *  BIGRAM_RESET so the transition is not treated as a delimiter!
+     * 
+     * The CJK pass always starts with the second character in a bi-gram emitted
+     *  as a token in the previous step.  No delimiter skipping is required
+     *  because we know that first character might produce a token for us.  It
+     *  only 'might' produce a token because the previous pass performed no
+     *  lookahead and cannot be sure it is followed by another CJK character.
+     *  This is why 
+     */
+
+    // If we have a previous bigram offset
+    if (c->iPrevBigramOffset == 0) {
+      /* Scan past delimiter characters */
+      state = BIGRAM_RESET; /* reset */
+      while (c->iOffset < c->nInput &&
+             isDelim(z + c->iOffset, z + c->nInput, &len, &state)) {
+        c->iOffset += len;
+      }
+
+    } else {
+      /* for bigram indexing, use previous offset */
+      c->iOffset = c->iPrevBigramOffset;
+    }
+
+    /* Count non-delimiter characters. */
+    iStartOffset = c->iOffset;
+    numChars = 0;
+
+    // Start from a reset state.  This means the first character we see
+    //  (which will not be a delimiter) determines which of ALPHA or CJK modes
+    //  we are operating in.  (It won't be a delimiter because in a 'general'
+    //  pass as defined above, we will have eaten all the delimiters, and in
+    //  a CJK pass we are guaranteed that the first character is CJK.)
+    state = BIGRAM_RESET; /* state is reset */
+    // Advance until it is time to emit a token.
+    // For ALPHA characters, this means advancing until we encounter a delimiter
+    //  or a CJK character.  iOffset will be pointing at the delimiter or CJK
+    //  character, aka one beyond the last ALPHA character.
+    // For CJK characters this means advancing until we encounter an ALPHA
+    //  character, a delimiter, or we have seen two consecutive CJK
+    //  characters.  iOffset points at the ALPHA/delimiter in the first 2 cases
+    //  and the second of two CJK characters in the last case.
+    // Because of the way this loop is structured, iOffset is only updated
+    //  when we don't terminate.  However, if we terminate, len still contains
+    //  the number of bytes in the character found at iOffset.  (This is useful
+    //  in the CJK case.)
+    while (c->iOffset < c->nInput &&
+           !isDelim(z + c->iOffset, z + c->nInput, &len, &state)) {
+      c->iOffset += len;
+      numChars++;
+    }
+
+    if (state == BIGRAM_USE) {
+      /* Split word by bigram */
+      // Right now iOffset is pointing at the second character in a pair.
+      //  Save this offset so next-time through we start with that as the
+      //  first character.
+      c->iPrevBigramOffset = c->iOffset;
+      // And now advance so that iOffset is pointing at the character after
+      //  the second character in the bi-gram pair.  Also count the char.
+      c->iOffset += len;
+      numChars++;
+    } else {
+      /* Reset bigram offset */
+      c->iPrevBigramOffset = 0;
+    }
+
+    /* We emit a token if:
+     *  - there are two ideograms together,
+     *  - there are three chars or more,
+     *  - we think this is a query and wildcard magic is desired.
+     * We think is a wildcard query when we have a single character, it starts
+     *  at the start of the buffer, it's CJK, our current offset is one shy of
+     *  nInput and the character at iOffset is '*'.  Because the state gets
+     *  clobbered by the incidence of '*' our requirement for CJK is that the
+     *  implied character length is at least 3 given that it takes at least 3
+     *  bytes to encode to 0x2000.
+     */
+    // It is possible we have no token to emit here if iPrevBigramOffset was not
+    //  0 on entry and there was no second CJK character.  iPrevBigramOffset
+    //  will now be 0 if that is the case (and c->iOffset == iStartOffset).
+    if (// allow two-character words only if in bigram
+        (numChars == 2 && state == BIGRAM_USE) ||
+        // otherwise, drop two-letter words (considered stop-words)
+        (numChars >=3) ||
+        // wildcard case:
+        (numChars == 1 && iStartOffset == 0 &&
+         (c->iOffset >= 3) &&
+         (c->iOffset == c->nInput - 1) &&
+         (z[c->iOffset] == '*'))) {
+      /* figure out the number of bytes to copy/stem */
+      int n = c->iOffset - iStartOffset;
+      /* make sure there is enough buffer space */
+      if (n * MAX_UTF8_GROWTH_FACTOR > c->nAllocated) {
+        c->nAllocated = n * MAX_UTF8_GROWTH_FACTOR + 20;
+        c->zToken = sqlite3_realloc(c->zToken, c->nAllocated);
+        if (c->zToken == NULL)
+          return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      }
+
+      if (state == BIGRAM_USE) {
+        /* This is by bigram. So it is unnecessary to convert word */
+        copy_stemmer(&z[iStartOffset], n, c->zToken, pnBytes);
+      } else {
+        porter_stemmer(&z[iStartOffset], n, c->zToken, pnBytes);
+      }
+      *pzToken = (const char*)c->zToken;
+      *piStartOffset = iStartOffset;
+      *piEndOffset = c->iOffset;
+      *piPosition = c->iToken++;
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+  }
+  return SQLITE_DONE;
+}
+
+/*
+** The set of routines that implement the porter-stemmer tokenizer
+*/
+static const sqlite3_tokenizer_module porterTokenizerModule = {
+  0,
+  porterCreate,
+  porterDestroy,
+  porterOpen,
+  porterClose,
+  porterNext,
+};
+
+/*
+** Allocate a new porter tokenizer.  Return a pointer to the new
+** tokenizer in *ppModule
+*/
+void sqlite3Fts3PorterTokenizerModule(
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule
+){
+  *ppModule = &porterTokenizerModule;
+}
+
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */
diff --git a/mailnews/extensions/fts3/src/fts3_tokenizer.h b/mailnews/extensions/fts3/src/fts3_tokenizer.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..906303db4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/extensions/fts3/src/fts3_tokenizer.h
@@ -0,0 +1,148 @@
+/*
+** 2006 July 10
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** Defines the interface to tokenizers used by fulltext-search.  There
+** are three basic components:
+**
+** sqlite3_tokenizer_module is a singleton defining the tokenizer
+** interface functions.  This is essentially the class structure for
+** tokenizers.
+**
+** sqlite3_tokenizer is used to define a particular tokenizer, perhaps
+** including customization information defined at creation time.
+**
+** sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor is generated by a tokenizer to generate
+** tokens from a particular input.
+*/
+#ifndef _FTS3_TOKENIZER_H_
+#define _FTS3_TOKENIZER_H_
+
+/* TODO(shess) Only used for SQLITE_OK and SQLITE_DONE at this time.
+** If tokenizers are to be allowed to call sqlite3_*() functions, then
+** we will need a way to register the API consistently.
+*/
+#include "sqlite3.h"
+
+/*
+** Structures used by the tokenizer interface. When a new tokenizer
+** implementation is registered, the caller provides a pointer to
+** an sqlite3_tokenizer_module containing pointers to the callback
+** functions that make up an implementation.
+**
+** When an fts3 table is created, it passes any arguments passed to
+** the tokenizer clause of the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement to the
+** sqlite3_tokenizer_module.xCreate() function of the requested tokenizer
+** implementation. The xCreate() function in turn returns an 
+** sqlite3_tokenizer structure representing the specific tokenizer to
+** be used for the fts3 table (customized by the tokenizer clause arguments).
+**
+** To tokenize an input buffer, the sqlite3_tokenizer_module.xOpen()
+** method is called. It returns an sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor object
+** that may be used to tokenize a specific input buffer based on
+** the tokenization rules supplied by a specific sqlite3_tokenizer
+** object.
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_tokenizer_module sqlite3_tokenizer_module;
+typedef struct sqlite3_tokenizer sqlite3_tokenizer;
+typedef struct sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor;
+
+struct sqlite3_tokenizer_module {
+
+  /*
+  ** Structure version. Should always be set to 0.
+  */
+  int iVersion;
+
+  /*
+  ** Create a new tokenizer. The values in the argv[] array are the
+  ** arguments passed to the "tokenizer" clause of the CREATE VIRTUAL
+  ** TABLE statement that created the fts3 table. For example, if
+  ** the following SQL is executed:
+  **
+  **   CREATE .. USING fts3( ... , tokenizer <tokenizer-name> arg1 arg2)
+  **
+  ** then argc is set to 2, and the argv[] array contains pointers
+  ** to the strings "arg1" and "arg2".
+  **
+  ** This method should return either SQLITE_OK (0), or an SQLite error 
+  ** code. If SQLITE_OK is returned, then *ppTokenizer should be set
+  ** to point at the newly created tokenizer structure. The generic
+  ** sqlite3_tokenizer.pModule variable should not be initialised by
+  ** this callback. The caller will do so.
+  */
+  int (*xCreate)(
+    int argc,                           /* Size of argv array */
+    const char *const*argv,             /* Tokenizer argument strings */
+    sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTokenizer     /* OUT: Created tokenizer */
+  );
+
+  /*
+  ** Destroy an existing tokenizer. The fts3 module calls this method
+  ** exactly once for each successful call to xCreate().
+  */
+  int (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer);
+
+  /*
+  ** Create a tokenizer cursor to tokenize an input buffer. The caller
+  ** is responsible for ensuring that the input buffer remains valid
+  ** until the cursor is closed (using the xClose() method). 
+  */
+  int (*xOpen)(
+    sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer,       /* Tokenizer object */
+    const char *pInput, int nBytes,      /* Input buffer */
+    sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCursor  /* OUT: Created tokenizer cursor */
+  );
+
+  /*
+  ** Destroy an existing tokenizer cursor. The fts3 module calls this 
+  ** method exactly once for each successful call to xOpen().
+  */
+  int (*xClose)(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor);
+
+  /*
+  ** Retrieve the next token from the tokenizer cursor pCursor. This
+  ** method should either return SQLITE_OK and set the values of the
+  ** "OUT" variables identified below, or SQLITE_DONE to indicate that
+  ** the end of the buffer has been reached, or an SQLite error code.
+  **
+  ** *ppToken should be set to point at a buffer containing the 
+  ** normalized version of the token (i.e. after any case-folding and/or
+  ** stemming has been performed). *pnBytes should be set to the length
+  ** of this buffer in bytes. The input text that generated the token is
+  ** identified by the byte offsets returned in *piStartOffset and
+  ** *piEndOffset. *piStartOffset should be set to the index of the first
+  ** byte of the token in the input buffer. *piEndOffset should be set
+  ** to the index of the first byte just past the end of the token in
+  ** the input buffer.
+  **
+  ** The buffer *ppToken is set to point at is managed by the tokenizer
+  ** implementation. It is only required to be valid until the next call
+  ** to xNext() or xClose(). 
+  */
+  /* TODO(shess) current implementation requires pInput to be
+  ** nul-terminated.  This should either be fixed, or pInput/nBytes
+  ** should be converted to zInput.
+  */
+  int (*xNext)(
+    sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor,   /* Tokenizer cursor */
+    const char **ppToken, int *pnBytes,  /* OUT: Normalized text for token */
+    int *piStartOffset,  /* OUT: Byte offset of token in input buffer */
+    int *piEndOffset,    /* OUT: Byte offset of end of token in input buffer */
+    int *piPosition      /* OUT: Number of tokens returned before this one */
+  );
+};
+
+struct sqlite3_tokenizer {
+  const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pModule;  /* The module for this tokenizer */
+  /* Tokenizer implementations will typically add additional fields */
+};
+
+struct sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor {
+  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer;       /* Tokenizer for this cursor. */
+  /* Tokenizer implementations will typically add additional fields */
+};
+
+#endif /* _FTS3_TOKENIZER_H_ */
diff --git a/mailnews/extensions/fts3/src/moz.build b/mailnews/extensions/fts3/src/moz.build
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a2b3c60d5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/extensions/fts3/src/moz.build
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+# vim: set filetype=python:
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+SOURCES += [
+    'fts3_porter.c',
+    'Normalize.c',
+]
+
+SOURCES += [
+    'nsFts3Tokenizer.cpp',
+    'nsGlodaRankerFunction.cpp',
+]
+
+FINAL_LIBRARY = 'mail'
+
+CXXFLAGS += CONFIG['SQLITE_CFLAGS']
diff --git a/mailnews/extensions/fts3/src/nsFts3Tokenizer.cpp b/mailnews/extensions/fts3/src/nsFts3Tokenizer.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..12bd70ead
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/extensions/fts3/src/nsFts3Tokenizer.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsFts3Tokenizer.h"
+
+#include "nsGlodaRankerFunction.h"
+
+#include "nsIFts3Tokenizer.h"
+#include "mozIStorageConnection.h"
+#include "mozIStorageStatement.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+
+extern "C" void sqlite3Fts3PorterTokenizerModule(
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule);
+
+extern "C" void glodaRankFunc(sqlite3_context *pCtx,
+                              int nVal,
+                              sqlite3_value **apVal);
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsFts3Tokenizer,nsIFts3Tokenizer)
+
+nsFts3Tokenizer::nsFts3Tokenizer()
+{
+}
+
+nsFts3Tokenizer::~nsFts3Tokenizer()
+{
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsFts3Tokenizer::RegisterTokenizer(mozIStorageConnection *connection)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<mozIStorageStatement> selectStatement;
+
+  // -- register the tokenizer
+  rv = connection->CreateStatement(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(
+    "SELECT fts3_tokenizer(?1, ?2)"),
+    getter_AddRefs(selectStatement));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  const sqlite3_tokenizer_module* module = nullptr;
+  sqlite3Fts3PorterTokenizerModule(&module);
+  if (!module)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  rv = selectStatement->BindUTF8StringParameter(
+         0, NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("mozporter"));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  rv = selectStatement->BindBlobParameter(1,
+                                          (uint8_t*)&module,
+                                          sizeof(module));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  bool hasMore;
+  rv = selectStatement->ExecuteStep(&hasMore);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // -- register the ranking function
+  nsCOMPtr<mozIStorageFunction> func = new nsGlodaRankerFunction();
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(func, NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY);
+  rv = connection->CreateFunction(
+         NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("glodaRank"),
+         -1, // variable argument support
+         func
+       );
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  return rv;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/extensions/fts3/src/nsFts3Tokenizer.h b/mailnews/extensions/fts3/src/nsFts3Tokenizer.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..eb1e83bd5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/extensions/fts3/src/nsFts3Tokenizer.h
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsFts3Tokenizer_h__
+#define nsFts3Tokenizer_h__
+
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsIFts3Tokenizer.h"
+#include "fts3_tokenizer.h"
+
+extern const sqlite3_tokenizer_module* getWindowsTokenizer();
+
+class nsFts3Tokenizer final : public nsIFts3Tokenizer {
+public:
+    NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+    NS_DECL_NSIFTS3TOKENIZER
+
+    nsFts3Tokenizer();
+
+private:
+  ~nsFts3Tokenizer();
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/extensions/fts3/src/nsFts3TokenizerCID.h b/mailnews/extensions/fts3/src/nsFts3TokenizerCID.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1f9c101bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/extensions/fts3/src/nsFts3TokenizerCID.h
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+ 
+#ifndef nsFts3TokenizerCID_h__
+#define nsFts3TokenizerCID_h__
+
+#define NS_FTS3TOKENIZER_CONTRACTID \
+  "@mozilla.org/messenger/fts3tokenizer;1"
+#define NS_FTS3TOKENIZER_CID			\
+{ /* a67d724d-0015-4e2e-8cad-b84775330924 */	\
+  0xa67d724d, 0x0015, 0x4e2e,			\
+  { 0x8c, 0xad, 0xb8, 0x47, 0x75, 0x33, 0x09, 0x24 }}
+
+#endif /* nsFts3TokenizerCID_h__ */
diff --git a/mailnews/extensions/fts3/src/nsGlodaRankerFunction.cpp b/mailnews/extensions/fts3/src/nsGlodaRankerFunction.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fb576685d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/extensions/fts3/src/nsGlodaRankerFunction.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
+/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+ *   Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
+ * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+ * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * License.
+ *
+ * The Original Code is Thunderbird Global Database.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is the Mozilla Foundation.
+ * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2010
+ * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Contributor(s):
+ *   Andrew Sutherland <asutherland@asutherland.org>
+ *
+ * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+ * either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
+ * the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+ * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+ * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+ * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+ * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+ * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+ * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+ * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+ * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+ *
+ * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
+
+#include "nsGlodaRankerFunction.h"
+#include "mozIStorageValueArray.h"
+
+#include "sqlite3.h"
+
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsVariant.h"
+#include "nsComponentManagerUtils.h"
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER
+#error "We need SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER defined!"
+#endif
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsGlodaRankerFunction, mozIStorageFunction)
+
+nsGlodaRankerFunction::nsGlodaRankerFunction()
+{
+}
+
+nsGlodaRankerFunction::~nsGlodaRankerFunction()
+{
+}
+
+static uint32_t COLUMN_SATURATION[] = {10, 1, 1, 1, 1};
+
+/**
+ * Our ranking function basically just multiplies the weight of the column
+ * against the number of (saturating) matches.
+ *
+ * The original code is a SQLite example ranking function, although somewhat
+ * rather modified at this point.  All SQLite code is public domain, so we are
+ * subsuming it to MPL1.1/LGPL2/GPL2.
+ */
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsGlodaRankerFunction::OnFunctionCall(mozIStorageValueArray *aArguments,
+                                      nsIVariant **_result)
+{
+  // all argument names are maintained from the original SQLite code.
+  uint32_t nVal;
+  nsresult rv = aArguments->GetNumEntries(&nVal);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  /* Check that the number of arguments passed to this function is correct.
+   * If not, return an error. Set aArgsData to point to the array
+   * of unsigned integer values returned by FTS3 function. Set nPhrase
+   * to contain the number of reportable phrases in the users full-text
+   * query, and nCol to the number of columns in the table.
+   */
+  if (nVal < 1)
+    return NS_ERROR_INVALID_ARG;
+
+  uint32_t lenArgsData;
+  uint32_t *aArgsData = (uint32_t *)aArguments->AsSharedBlob(0, &lenArgsData);
+
+  uint32_t nPhrase = aArgsData[0];
+  uint32_t nCol = aArgsData[1];
+  if (nVal != (1 + nCol))
+    return NS_ERROR_INVALID_ARG;
+
+  double score = 0.0;
+
+  // SQLite 3.6.22 has a different matchinfo layout than SQLite 3.6.23+
+#if SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER <= 3006022
+  /* Iterate through each phrase in the users query. */
+  for (uint32_t iPhrase = 0; iPhrase < nPhrase; iPhrase++) {
+    // in SQ
+    for (uint32_t iCol = 0; iCol < nCol; iCol++) {
+      uint32_t nHitCount = aArgsData[2 + (iPhrase+1)*nCol + iCol];
+      double weight = aArguments->AsDouble(iCol+1);
+      if (nHitCount > 0) {
+        score += (nHitCount > COLUMN_SATURATION[iCol]) ?
+          (COLUMN_SATURATION[iCol] * weight) :
+          (nHitCount * weight);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+#else
+  /* Iterate through each phrase in the users query. */
+  for (uint32_t iPhrase = 0; iPhrase < nPhrase; iPhrase++) {
+    /* Now iterate through each column in the users query. For each column,
+    ** increment the relevancy score by:
+    **
+    **   (<hit count> / <global hit count>) * <column weight>
+    **
+    ** aPhraseinfo[] points to the start of the data for phrase iPhrase. So
+    ** the hit count and global hit counts for each column are found in 
+    ** aPhraseinfo[iCol*3] and aPhraseinfo[iCol*3+1], respectively.
+    */
+    uint32_t *aPhraseinfo = &aArgsData[2 + iPhrase*nCol*3];
+    for (uint32_t iCol = 0; iCol < nCol; iCol++) {
+      uint32_t nHitCount = aPhraseinfo[3 * iCol];
+      double weight = aArguments->AsDouble(iCol+1);
+      if (nHitCount > 0) {
+        score += (nHitCount > COLUMN_SATURATION[iCol]) ?
+          (COLUMN_SATURATION[iCol] * weight) :
+          (nHitCount * weight);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIWritableVariant> result = new nsVariant();
+   
+  rv = result->SetAsDouble(score);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  NS_ADDREF(*_result = result);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/extensions/fts3/src/nsGlodaRankerFunction.h b/mailnews/extensions/fts3/src/nsGlodaRankerFunction.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5c5c920d0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/extensions/fts3/src/nsGlodaRankerFunction.h
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _nsGlodaRankerFunction_h_
+#define _nsGlodaRankerFunction_h_
+
+#include "mozIStorageFunction.h"
+
+/**
+ * Basically a port of the example FTS3 ranking function to mozStorage's
+ * view of the universe.  This might get fancier at some point.
+ */
+class nsGlodaRankerFunction final : public mozIStorageFunction
+{
+public:
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_MOZISTORAGEFUNCTION
+
+  nsGlodaRankerFunction();
+private:
+  ~nsGlodaRankerFunction();
+};
+
+#endif // _nsGlodaRankerFunction_h_
diff --git a/mailnews/extensions/mailviews/content/mailViews.dat b/mailnews/extensions/mailviews/content/mailViews.dat
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8565d0061
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/extensions/mailviews/content/mailViews.dat
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+version="8"
+logging="no"
+name="People I Know"
+enabled="yes"
+type="1"
+condition="AND (from,is in ab,moz-abmdbdirectory://abook.mab)"
+name="Recent Mail"
+enabled="yes"
+type="1"
+condition="AND (age in days,is less than,1)"
+name="Last 5 Days"
+enabled="yes"
+type="1"
+condition="AND (age in days,is less than,5)"
+name="Not Junk"
+enabled="yes"
+type="1"
+condition="AND (junk status,isn't,2)"
+name="Has Attachments"
+enabled="yes"
+type="1"
+condition="AND (has attachment status,is,true)"
diff --git a/mailnews/extensions/mailviews/content/moz.build b/mailnews/extensions/mailviews/content/moz.build
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f5564e55b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/extensions/mailviews/content/moz.build
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+# vim: set filetype=python:
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+FINAL_TARGET_FILES.defaults.messenger += [
+    'mailViews.dat',
+]
diff --git a/mailnews/extensions/mailviews/public/moz.build b/mailnews/extensions/mailviews/public/moz.build
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4d8dd8287
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/extensions/mailviews/public/moz.build
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+# vim: set filetype=python:
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+XPIDL_SOURCES += [
+    'nsIMsgMailView.idl',
+    'nsIMsgMailViewList.idl',
+]
+
+XPIDL_MODULE = 'mailview'
+
diff --git a/mailnews/extensions/mailviews/public/nsIMsgMailView.idl b/mailnews/extensions/mailviews/public/nsIMsgMailView.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..54f22e76f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/extensions/mailviews/public/nsIMsgMailView.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+/* -*- Mode: IDL; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+// Disable deprecation warnings generated by nsISupportsArray and associated
+// classes.
+%{C++
+#if defined(__GNUC__)
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wdeprecated-declarations"
+#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
+#pragma warning (disable : 4996)
+#endif
+%}
+interface nsISupportsArray;
+
+interface nsIMsgSearchTerm;
+
+[scriptable, uuid(28AC84DF-CBE5-430d-A5C0-4FA63B5424DF)]
+interface nsIMsgMailView : nsISupports {
+    attribute wstring mailViewName;
+	readonly attribute wstring prettyName; // localized pretty name
+
+    // the array of search terms 
+    attribute nsISupportsArray searchTerms;
+
+    // these two helper methods are required to allow searchTermsOverlay.js to
+    // manipulate a mail view without knowing it is dealing with a mail view. nsIMsgFilter
+    // and nsIMsgSearchSession have the same two methods....we should probably make an interface around them.
+	void appendTerm(in nsIMsgSearchTerm term);
+	nsIMsgSearchTerm createTerm();
+
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/extensions/mailviews/public/nsIMsgMailViewList.idl b/mailnews/extensions/mailviews/public/nsIMsgMailViewList.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e0c846dae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/extensions/mailviews/public/nsIMsgMailViewList.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+#include "nsIMsgMailView.idl"
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// A mail view list is a list of mail views a particular implementor provides
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+typedef long nsMsgMailViewListFileAttribValue;
+
+[scriptable, uuid(6DD798D7-9528-49e6-9447-3AAF14D2D36F)]
+interface nsIMsgMailViewList : nsISupports {
+
+    readonly attribute unsigned long mailViewCount;
+
+    nsIMsgMailView getMailViewAt(in unsigned long mailViewIndex);
+
+    void addMailView(in nsIMsgMailView mailView); 
+    void removeMailView(in nsIMsgMailView mailView);
+
+    nsIMsgMailView createMailView();
+
+    void save();    
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/extensions/mailviews/src/moz.build b/mailnews/extensions/mailviews/src/moz.build
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ee128fb8a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/extensions/mailviews/src/moz.build
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+# vim: set filetype=python:
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+SOURCES += [
+    'nsMsgMailViewList.cpp',
+]
+
+FINAL_LIBRARY = 'mail'
+
diff --git a/mailnews/extensions/mailviews/src/nsMsgMailViewList.cpp b/mailnews/extensions/mailviews/src/nsMsgMailViewList.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8e5e04a3f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/extensions/mailviews/src/nsMsgMailViewList.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,312 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsMsgMailViewList.h"
+// Disable deprecation warnings generated by nsISupportsArray and associated
+// classes.
+#if defined(__GNUC__)
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wdeprecated-declarations"
+#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
+#pragma warning (disable : 4996)
+#endif
+#include "nsISupportsArray.h"
+#include "nsIFileChannel.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFilterService.h"
+#include "nsIMsgMailSession.h"
+#include "nsIMsgSearchTerm.h"
+#include "nsMsgBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsAppDirectoryServiceDefs.h"
+#include "nsDirectoryServiceUtils.h"
+#include "nsIFile.h"
+#include "nsComponentManagerUtils.h"
+#include "mozilla/Services.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFilter.h"
+
+#define kDefaultViewPeopleIKnow "People I Know"
+#define kDefaultViewRecent "Recent Mail"
+#define kDefaultViewFiveDays "Last 5 Days"
+#define kDefaultViewNotJunk "Not Junk"
+#define kDefaultViewHasAttachments "Has Attachments"
+ 
+nsMsgMailView::nsMsgMailView()
+{
+    mViewSearchTerms = do_CreateInstance(NS_SUPPORTSARRAY_CONTRACTID);
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ADDREF(nsMsgMailView)
+NS_IMPL_RELEASE(nsMsgMailView)
+NS_IMPL_QUERY_INTERFACE(nsMsgMailView, nsIMsgMailView)
+
+nsMsgMailView::~nsMsgMailView()
+{
+    if (mViewSearchTerms)
+        mViewSearchTerms->Clear();
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailView::GetMailViewName(char16_t ** aMailViewName)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMailViewName);
+
+    *aMailViewName = ToNewUnicode(mName);
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailView::SetMailViewName(const char16_t * aMailViewName)
+{
+    mName = aMailViewName;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailView::GetPrettyName(char16_t ** aMailViewName)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMailViewName);
+
+    nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+    if (!mBundle)
+    {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundleService> bundleService =
+          mozilla::services::GetStringBundleService();
+        NS_ENSURE_TRUE(bundleService, NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED);
+        bundleService->CreateBundle("chrome://messenger/locale/mailviews.properties",
+                                    getter_AddRefs(mBundle));
+    }
+
+    NS_ENSURE_TRUE(mBundle, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+
+    // see if mName has an associated pretty name inside our string bundle and if so, use that as the pretty name
+    // otherwise just return mName
+    if (mName.EqualsLiteral(kDefaultViewPeopleIKnow))
+        rv = mBundle->GetStringFromName(u"mailViewPeopleIKnow", aMailViewName);
+    else if (mName.EqualsLiteral(kDefaultViewRecent))
+        rv = mBundle->GetStringFromName(u"mailViewRecentMail", aMailViewName);
+    else if (mName.EqualsLiteral(kDefaultViewFiveDays))
+        rv = mBundle->GetStringFromName(u"mailViewLastFiveDays", aMailViewName);
+    else if (mName.EqualsLiteral(kDefaultViewNotJunk))
+        rv = mBundle->GetStringFromName(u"mailViewNotJunk", aMailViewName);
+    else if (mName.EqualsLiteral(kDefaultViewHasAttachments))
+        rv = mBundle->GetStringFromName(u"mailViewHasAttachments", aMailViewName);
+    else
+        *aMailViewName = ToNewUnicode(mName);
+
+    return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailView::GetSearchTerms(nsISupportsArray ** aSearchTerms)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aSearchTerms);
+    NS_IF_ADDREF(*aSearchTerms = mViewSearchTerms);
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailView::SetSearchTerms(nsISupportsArray * aSearchTerms)
+{
+    mViewSearchTerms = aSearchTerms;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailView::AppendTerm(nsIMsgSearchTerm * aTerm)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_TRUE(aTerm, NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER);
+    
+    return mViewSearchTerms->AppendElement(static_cast<nsISupports*>(aTerm));
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailView::CreateTerm(nsIMsgSearchTerm **aResult)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgSearchTerm> searchTerm = do_CreateInstance("@mozilla.org/messenger/searchTerm;1");
+    NS_IF_ADDREF(*aResult = searchTerm);
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// nsMsgMailViewList implementation
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+nsMsgMailViewList::nsMsgMailViewList()
+{
+    LoadMailViews();
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ADDREF(nsMsgMailViewList)
+NS_IMPL_RELEASE(nsMsgMailViewList)
+NS_IMPL_QUERY_INTERFACE(nsMsgMailViewList, nsIMsgMailViewList)
+
+nsMsgMailViewList::~nsMsgMailViewList()
+{
+
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailViewList::GetMailViewCount(uint32_t * aCount)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aCount);
+
+    *aCount = m_mailViews.Length();
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailViewList::GetMailViewAt(uint32_t aMailViewIndex, nsIMsgMailView ** aMailView)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMailView);
+
+    uint32_t mailViewCount = m_mailViews.Length();
+
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG(mailViewCount > aMailViewIndex);
+
+    NS_IF_ADDREF(*aMailView = m_mailViews[aMailViewIndex]);
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailViewList::AddMailView(nsIMsgMailView * aMailView)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMailView);
+
+    m_mailViews.AppendElement(aMailView);
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailViewList::RemoveMailView(nsIMsgMailView * aMailView)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMailView);
+
+    m_mailViews.RemoveElement(aMailView);
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailViewList::CreateMailView(nsIMsgMailView ** aMailView)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMailView);
+
+    nsMsgMailView * mailView = new nsMsgMailView;
+    NS_ENSURE_TRUE(mailView, NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY);
+
+    NS_IF_ADDREF(*aMailView = mailView);
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailViewList::Save()
+{
+    // brute force...remove all the old filters in our filter list, then we'll re-add our current
+    // list
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFilter> msgFilter;
+    uint32_t numFilters = 0;
+    if (mFilterList)
+      mFilterList->GetFilterCount(&numFilters);
+    while (numFilters)
+    {
+        mFilterList->RemoveFilterAt(numFilters - 1);
+        numFilters--;
+    }
+
+    // now convert our mail view list into a filter list and save it
+    ConvertMailViewListToFilterList();
+
+    // now save the filters to our file
+    return mFilterList ? mFilterList->SaveToDefaultFile() : NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgMailViewList::ConvertMailViewListToFilterList()
+{
+  uint32_t mailViewCount = m_mailViews.Length();
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailView> mailView;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFilter> newMailFilter;
+  nsString mailViewName;
+  for (uint32_t index = 0; index < mailViewCount; index++)
+  {
+      GetMailViewAt(index, getter_AddRefs(mailView));
+      if (!mailView)
+          continue;
+      mailView->GetMailViewName(getter_Copies(mailViewName));
+      mFilterList->CreateFilter(mailViewName, getter_AddRefs(newMailFilter));
+      if (!newMailFilter)
+          continue;
+
+      nsCOMPtr<nsISupportsArray> searchTerms;
+      mailView->GetSearchTerms(getter_AddRefs(searchTerms));
+      newMailFilter->SetSearchTerms(searchTerms);
+      mFilterList->InsertFilterAt(index, newMailFilter);
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgMailViewList::LoadMailViews()
+{
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> file;
+    nsresult rv = NS_GetSpecialDirectory(NS_APP_USER_PROFILE_50_DIR, getter_AddRefs(file));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    rv = file->AppendNative(nsDependentCString("mailViews.dat"));
+
+    // if the file doesn't exist, we should try to get it from the defaults directory and copy it over
+    bool exists = false;
+    file->Exists(&exists);
+    if (!exists)
+    {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailSession> mailSession = do_GetService(NS_MSGMAILSESSION_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> defaultMessagesFile;
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> profileDir;
+        rv = mailSession->GetDataFilesDir("messenger", getter_AddRefs(defaultMessagesFile));
+        rv = defaultMessagesFile->AppendNative(nsDependentCString("mailViews.dat"));
+
+         // get the profile directory
+        rv = NS_GetSpecialDirectory(NS_APP_USER_PROFILE_50_DIR, getter_AddRefs(profileDir));
+        
+        // now copy the file over to the profile directory
+        defaultMessagesFile->CopyToNative(profileDir, EmptyCString());
+    }
+    // this is kind of a hack but I think it will be an effective hack. The filter service already knows how to 
+    // take a nsIFile and parse the contents into filters which are very similar to mail views. Intead of
+    // re-writing all of that dirty parsing code, let's just re-use it then convert the results into a data strcuture
+    // we wish to give to our consumers. 
+      
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFilterService> filterService = do_GetService(NS_MSGFILTERSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFilterList> mfilterList;
+      
+    rv = filterService->OpenFilterList(file, nullptr, nullptr, getter_AddRefs(mFilterList));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    return ConvertFilterListToMailViews();
+}
+/**
+ * Converts the filter list into our mail view objects,
+ * stripping out just the info we need.
+ */
+nsresult nsMsgMailViewList::ConvertFilterListToMailViews()
+{
+    nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+    m_mailViews.Clear();
+
+    // iterate over each filter in the list
+    uint32_t numFilters = 0;
+    mFilterList->GetFilterCount(&numFilters);
+    for (uint32_t index = 0; index < numFilters; index++)
+    {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFilter> msgFilter;
+        rv = mFilterList->GetFilterAt(index, getter_AddRefs(msgFilter));
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !msgFilter)
+            continue;
+
+        // create a new nsIMsgMailView for this item
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailView> newMailView;
+        rv = CreateMailView(getter_AddRefs(newMailView));
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+        nsString filterName;
+        msgFilter->GetFilterName(filterName);
+        newMailView->SetMailViewName(filterName.get());
+
+        nsCOMPtr<nsISupportsArray> filterSearchTerms;
+        rv = msgFilter->GetSearchTerms(getter_AddRefs(filterSearchTerms));
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+        rv = newMailView->SetSearchTerms(filterSearchTerms);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+        // now append this new mail view to our global list view
+        m_mailViews.AppendElement(newMailView);
+    }
+
+    return rv;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/extensions/mailviews/src/nsMsgMailViewList.h b/mailnews/extensions/mailviews/src/nsMsgMailViewList.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..321803392
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/extensions/mailviews/src/nsMsgMailViewList.h
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+
+#ifndef _nsMsgMailViewList_H_
+#define _nsMsgMailViewList_H_
+
+#include "nscore.h"
+#include "nsIMsgMailViewList.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsCOMArray.h"
+// Disable deprecation warnings generated by nsISupportsArray and associated
+// classes.
+#if defined(__GNUC__)
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wdeprecated-declarations"
+#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
+#pragma warning (disable : 4996)
+#endif
+#include "nsISupportsArray.h"
+#include "nsIStringBundle.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFilterList.h"
+
+// a mail View is just a name and an array of search terms
+class nsMsgMailView : public nsIMsgMailView
+{
+public:
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGMAILVIEW
+
+  nsMsgMailView();
+
+protected:
+  virtual ~nsMsgMailView();
+  nsString mName;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundle> mBundle;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupportsArray> mViewSearchTerms;
+};
+
+
+class nsMsgMailViewList : public nsIMsgMailViewList
+{
+public:
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGMAILVIEWLIST
+
+  nsMsgMailViewList();
+
+protected:
+  virtual ~nsMsgMailViewList();
+  nsresult LoadMailViews(); // reads in user defined mail views from our default file
+  nsresult ConvertFilterListToMailViews();
+  nsresult ConvertMailViewListToFilterList();
+
+  nsCOMArray<nsIMsgMailView> m_mailViews;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFilterList> mFilterList; // our internal filter list representation
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/extensions/mailviews/src/nsMsgMailViewsCID.h b/mailnews/extensions/mailviews/src/nsMsgMailViewsCID.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9487e5f4c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/extensions/mailviews/src/nsMsgMailViewsCID.h
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsMsgMailViewsCID_h__
+#define nsMsgMailViewsCID_h__
+
+#define NS_MSGMAILVIEWLIST_CONTRACTID \
+  "@mozilla.org/messenger/mailviewlist;1"
+
+#define NS_MSGMAILVIEWLIST_CID                    \
+{ /* A0258267-44FD-4886-A858-8192615178EC */      \
+ 0xa0258267, 0x44fd, 0x4886,                     \
+ { 0xa8, 0x58, 0x81, 0x92, 0x61, 0x51, 0x78, 0xec }}
+
+#endif /* nsMsgMailViewsCID_h__*/
diff --git a/mailnews/extensions/mdn/content/am-mdn.js b/mailnews/extensions/mdn/content/am-mdn.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4dd9e8d8d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/extensions/mdn/content/am-mdn.js
@@ -0,0 +1,155 @@
+/* -*- Mode: Java; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+var useCustomPrefs;
+var requestReceipt;
+var leaveInInbox;
+var moveToSent;
+var receiptSend;
+var neverReturn;
+var returnSome;
+var notInToCcPref;
+var notInToCcLabel;
+var outsideDomainPref;
+var outsideDomainLabel;
+var otherCasesPref;
+var otherCasesLabel;
+var receiptArriveLabel;
+var receiptRequestLabel;
+var gIdentity;
+var gIncomingServer;
+var gMdnPrefBranch;
+
+function onInit() 
+{
+  useCustomPrefs = document.getElementById("identity.use_custom_prefs");
+  requestReceipt = document.getElementById("identity.request_return_receipt_on");
+  leaveInInbox = document.getElementById("leave_in_inbox");
+  moveToSent = document.getElementById("move_to_sent");
+  receiptSend = document.getElementById("server.mdn_report_enabled");
+  neverReturn = document.getElementById("never_return");
+  returnSome = document.getElementById("return_some");
+  notInToCcPref = document.getElementById("server.mdn_not_in_to_cc");
+  notInToCcLabel = document.getElementById("notInToCcLabel");
+  outsideDomainPref = document.getElementById("server.mdn_outside_domain");
+  outsideDomainLabel = document.getElementById("outsideDomainLabel");
+  otherCasesPref = document.getElementById("server.mdn_other");
+  otherCasesLabel = document.getElementById("otherCasesLabel");
+  receiptArriveLabel = document.getElementById("receiptArriveLabel");
+  receiptRequestLabel = document.getElementById("receiptRequestLabel");
+  
+  EnableDisableCustomSettings();
+        
+  return true;
+}
+
+function onSave()
+{
+
+}
+
+function EnableDisableCustomSettings() {
+  if (useCustomPrefs && (useCustomPrefs.getAttribute("value") == "false")) {
+    requestReceipt.setAttribute("disabled", "true");
+    leaveInInbox.setAttribute("disabled", "true");
+    moveToSent.setAttribute("disabled", "true");
+    neverReturn.setAttribute("disabled", "true");
+    returnSome.setAttribute("disabled", "true");
+    receiptArriveLabel.setAttribute("disabled", "true");
+    receiptRequestLabel.setAttribute("disabled", "true");
+  }
+  else {
+    requestReceipt.removeAttribute("disabled");
+    leaveInInbox.removeAttribute("disabled");
+    moveToSent.removeAttribute("disabled");
+    neverReturn.removeAttribute("disabled");
+    returnSome.removeAttribute("disabled");
+    receiptArriveLabel.removeAttribute("disabled");
+    receiptRequestLabel.removeAttribute("disabled");
+  }
+  EnableDisableAllowedReceipts();
+  // Lock id based prefs
+  onLockPreference("mail.identity", gIdentity.key);
+  // Lock server based prefs
+  onLockPreference("mail.server", gIncomingServer.key);
+  return true;
+}
+
+function EnableDisableAllowedReceipts() {
+  if (receiptSend) {
+    if (!neverReturn.getAttribute("disabled") && (receiptSend.getAttribute("value") != "false")) {
+      notInToCcPref.removeAttribute("disabled");
+      notInToCcLabel.removeAttribute("disabled");
+      outsideDomainPref.removeAttribute("disabled");
+      outsideDomainLabel.removeAttribute("disabled");
+      otherCasesPref.removeAttribute("disabled");
+      otherCasesLabel.removeAttribute("disabled");
+    }
+    else {
+      notInToCcPref.setAttribute("disabled", "true");
+      notInToCcLabel.setAttribute("disabled", "true");
+      outsideDomainPref.setAttribute("disabled", "true");
+      outsideDomainLabel.setAttribute("disabled", "true");
+      otherCasesPref.setAttribute("disabled", "true");
+      otherCasesLabel.setAttribute("disabled", "true");
+    }
+  }
+  return true;
+}
+
+function onPreInit(account, accountValues)
+{
+  gIdentity = account.defaultIdentity;
+  gIncomingServer = account.incomingServer;
+}
+
+// Disables xul elements that have associated preferences locked.
+function onLockPreference(initPrefString, keyString)
+{
+    var finalPrefString; 
+
+    var allPrefElements = [
+      { prefstring:"request_return_receipt_on", id:"identity.request_return_receipt_on"},
+      { prefstring:"select_custom_prefs", id:"identity.select_custom_prefs"},
+      { prefstring:"select_global_prefs", id:"identity.select_global_prefs"},
+      { prefstring:"incorporate_return_receipt", id:"server.incorporate_return_receipt"},
+      { prefstring:"never_return", id:"never_return"},
+      { prefstring:"return_some", id:"return_some"},
+      { prefstring:"mdn_not_in_to_cc", id:"server.mdn_not_in_to_cc"},
+      { prefstring:"mdn_outside_domain", id:"server.mdn_outside_domain"},
+      { prefstring:"mdn_other", id:"server.mdn_other"},
+    ];
+
+    finalPrefString = initPrefString + "." + keyString + ".";
+    gMdnPrefBranch = Services.prefs.getBranch(finalPrefString);
+
+    disableIfLocked( allPrefElements );
+} 
+
+function disableIfLocked( prefstrArray )
+{
+  for (var i=0; i<prefstrArray.length; i++) {
+    var id = prefstrArray[i].id;
+    var element = document.getElementById(id);
+    if (gMdnPrefBranch.prefIsLocked(prefstrArray[i].prefstring)) {
+      if (id == "server.incorporate_return_receipt")
+      {
+        document.getElementById("leave_in_inbox").setAttribute("disabled", "true");
+        document.getElementById("move_to_sent").setAttribute("disabled", "true");
+      }
+      else
+        element.setAttribute("disabled", "true");
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Opens Preferences (Options) dialog on the pane and tab where
+ * the global receipts settings can be found.
+ */
+function showGlobalReceipts() {
+  openPrefsFromAccountManager("paneAdvanced", "generalTab",
+                              {subdialog: "showReturnReceipts"}, "receipts_pane");
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/extensions/mdn/content/am-mdn.xul b/mailnews/extensions/mdn/content/am-mdn.xul
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c290752ab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/extensions/mdn/content/am-mdn.xul
@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
+<?xml version="1.0"?>
+
+<!--
+
+ This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<?xml-stylesheet href="chrome://messenger/skin/accountManage.css" type="text/css"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE page SYSTEM "chrome://messenger/locale/am-mdn.dtd">
+
+<page xmlns="http://www.mozilla.org/keymaster/gatekeeper/there.is.only.xul"
+      title="&pane.title;"
+      onload="parent.onPanelLoaded('am-mdn.xul');">
+
+  <vbox flex="1" style="overflow: auto;">
+    <stringbundle id="bundle_smime" src="chrome://messenger/locale/am-mdn.properties"/>
+    <script type="application/javascript" src="chrome://messenger/content/AccountManager.js"/>
+    <script type="application/javascript" src="chrome://messenger/content/amUtils.js"/>
+    <script type="application/javascript" src="chrome://messenger/content/am-mdn.js"/>
+
+    <dialogheader title="&pane.title;"/>
+
+    <groupbox>
+
+      <caption label="&pane.title;"/>
+
+      <hbox id="prefChoices" align="center" flex="1">
+        <radiogroup id="identity.use_custom_prefs" wsm_persist="true" genericattr="true"
+                    preftype="bool" prefstring="mail.identity.%identitykey%.use_custom_prefs"
+                    oncommand="EnableDisableCustomSettings();" flex="1">
+          <radio id="identity.select_global_prefs"
+                 value="false"
+                 label="&useGlobalPrefs.label;"
+                 accesskey="&useGlobalPrefs.accesskey;"/>
+          <hbox flex="1">
+            <spacer flex="1"/>
+            <button id="globalReceiptsLink"
+                    label="&globalReceipts.label;"
+                    accesskey="&globalReceipts.accesskey;"
+                    oncommand="showGlobalReceipts();"/>
+          </hbox>
+          <radio id="identity.select_custom_prefs"
+                 value="true"
+                 label="&useCustomPrefs.label;"
+                 accesskey="&useCustomPrefs.accesskey;"/>
+        </radiogroup>
+      </hbox>
+
+      <vbox id="returnReceiptSettings" class="indent" align="start">
+        <checkbox id="identity.request_return_receipt_on" label="&requestReceipt.label;"
+                  accesskey="&requestReceipt.accesskey;"
+                  wsm_persist="true" genericattr="true" iscontrolcontainer="true"
+                  preftype="bool" prefstring="mail.identity.%identitykey%.request_return_receipt_on"/>
+
+        <separator/>
+
+        <vbox id="receiptArrive">
+          <label id="receiptArriveLabel" control="server.incorporate_return_receipt">&receiptArrive.label;</label>
+          <radiogroup id="server.incorporate_return_receipt" wsm_persist="true" genericattr="true"
+                      preftype="int" prefstring="mail.server.%serverkey%.incorporate_return_receipt"
+                      class="indent">
+            <radio id="leave_in_inbox" value="0" label="&leaveIt.label;"
+                   accesskey="&leaveIt.accesskey;"/>
+            <radio id="move_to_sent" value="1" label="&moveToSent.label;"
+                   accesskey="&moveToSent.accesskey;"/>
+          </radiogroup>
+        </vbox>
+
+        <separator/>
+
+        <vbox id="receiptRequest">
+          <label id="receiptRequestLabel" control="server.mdn_report_enabled">&requestMDN.label;</label>
+          <radiogroup id="server.mdn_report_enabled" wsm_persist="true" genericattr="true"
+                      preftype="bool" prefstring="mail.server.%serverkey%.mdn_report_enabled"
+                      oncommand="EnableDisableAllowedReceipts();"
+                      class="indent">
+            <radio id="never_return" value="false" label="&never.label;"
+                   accesskey="&never.accesskey;"/>
+            <radio id="return_some" value="true" label="&returnSome.label;"
+                   accesskey="&returnSome.accesskey;"/>
+
+            <hbox id="receiptSendIf" class="indent">
+            <grid>
+              <columns><column/><column/></columns>
+              <rows>
+                <row align="center">
+                  <label id="notInToCcLabel" value="&notInToCc.label;"
+                         accesskey="&notInToCc.accesskey;" control="server.mdn_not_in_to_cc"/>
+                  <menulist id="server.mdn_not_in_to_cc" wsm_persist="true" genericattr="true"
+                            preftype="int" prefstring="mail.server.%serverkey%.mdn_not_in_to_cc">
+                    <menupopup>
+                      <menuitem value="0" label="&neverSend.label;"/>
+                      <menuitem value="1" label="&alwaysSend.label;"/>
+                      <menuitem value="2" label="&askMe.label;"/>
+                    </menupopup>
+                  </menulist>
+                </row>
+                <row align="center">
+                  <label id="outsideDomainLabel" value="&outsideDomain.label;"
+                         accesskey="&outsideDomain.accesskey;" control="server.mdn_outside_domain"/>
+                  <menulist id="server.mdn_outside_domain" wsm_persist="true" genericattr="true"
+                            preftype="int" prefstring="mail.server.%serverkey%.mdn_outside_domain">
+                    <menupopup>
+                      <menuitem value="0" label="&neverSend.label;"/>
+                      <menuitem value="1" label="&alwaysSend.label;"/>
+                      <menuitem value="2" label="&askMe.label;"/>
+                    </menupopup>
+                  </menulist>
+                </row>
+                <row align="center">
+                  <label id="otherCasesLabel" value="&otherCases.label;"
+                         accesskey="&otherCases.accesskey;" control="server.mdn_other"/>
+                  <menulist id="server.mdn_other" wsm_persist="true" genericattr="true"
+                            preftype="int" prefstring="mail.server.%serverkey%.mdn_other">
+                    <menupopup>
+                      <menuitem value="0" label="&neverSend.label;"/>
+                      <menuitem value="1" label="&alwaysSend.label;"/>
+                      <menuitem value="2" label="&askMe.label;"/>
+                    </menupopup>
+                  </menulist>
+                </row>
+              </rows>
+            </grid>
+            </hbox>
+          </radiogroup>
+
+        </vbox>
+
+      </vbox>
+
+    </groupbox>
+  </vbox>
+
+</page>
diff --git a/mailnews/extensions/mdn/content/mdn.js b/mailnews/extensions/mdn/content/mdn.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9ac481573
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/extensions/mdn/content/mdn.js
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/*
+ * default prefs for mdn
+ */
+
+pref("mail.identity.default.use_custom_prefs", false);            // false: Use global true: Use custom
+
+pref("mail.identity.default.request_return_receipt_on", false);
+
+pref("mail.server.default.incorporate_return_receipt", 0);       // 0: Inbox/filter 1: Sent folder
+
+pref("mail.server.default.mdn_report_enabled", true);            // false: Never return receipts true: Return some receipts
+
+pref("mail.server.default.mdn_not_in_to_cc", 2);                 // 0: Never 1: Always 2: Ask me 3: Denial
+pref("mail.server.default.mdn_outside_domain", 2); 
+pref("mail.server.default.mdn_other", 2); 
+
+pref("mail.identity.default.request_receipt_header_type", 0); // return receipt header type - 0: MDN-DNT 1: RRT 2: Both
+
+pref("mail.server.default.mdn_report_enabled", true);
diff --git a/mailnews/extensions/mdn/jar.mn b/mailnews/extensions/mdn/jar.mn
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..74fde6b60
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/extensions/mdn/jar.mn
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+messenger.jar:
+    content/messenger/am-mdn.xul                                     (content/am-mdn.xul)
+    content/messenger/am-mdn.js                                      (content/am-mdn.js)
diff --git a/mailnews/extensions/mdn/moz.build b/mailnews/extensions/mdn/moz.build
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5aaa32895
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/extensions/mdn/moz.build
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+# vim: set filetype=python:
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+DIRS += ['src']
+
+JAR_MANIFESTS += ['jar.mn']
+
+JS_PREFERENCE_FILES += [
+    'content/mdn.js',
+]
diff --git a/mailnews/extensions/mdn/src/mdn-service.js b/mailnews/extensions/mdn/src/mdn-service.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..32e1cbde1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/extensions/mdn/src/mdn-service.js
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+Components.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/XPCOMUtils.jsm");
+
+function MDNService() {}
+
+MDNService.prototype = {
+  name: "mdn",
+  chromePackageName: "messenger",
+  showPanel: function(server) {
+    // don't show the panel for news, rss, im or local accounts
+    return (server.type != "nntp" && server.type != "rss" &&
+            server.type != "im" && server.type != "none");
+  },
+
+  QueryInterface: XPCOMUtils.generateQI([Components.interfaces.nsIMsgAccountManagerExtension]),
+  classID: Components.ID("{e007d92e-1dd1-11b2-a61e-dc962c9b8571}"),
+};
+
+var components = [MDNService];
+var NSGetFactory = XPCOMUtils.generateNSGetFactory(components);
diff --git a/mailnews/extensions/mdn/src/mdn-service.manifest b/mailnews/extensions/mdn/src/mdn-service.manifest
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..493a3c69b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/extensions/mdn/src/mdn-service.manifest
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+component {e007d92e-1dd1-11b2-a61e-dc962c9b8571} mdn-service.js
+contract @mozilla.org/accountmanager/extension;1?name=mdn {e007d92e-1dd1-11b2-a61e-dc962c9b8571}
+category mailnews-accountmanager-extensions mdn-account-manager-extension @mozilla.org/accountmanager/extension;1?name=mdn
diff --git a/mailnews/extensions/mdn/src/moz.build b/mailnews/extensions/mdn/src/moz.build
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1aef9b208
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/extensions/mdn/src/moz.build
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+# vim: set filetype=python:
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+SOURCES += [
+    'nsMsgMdnGenerator.cpp',
+]
+
+EXTRA_COMPONENTS += [
+    'mdn-service.js',
+    'mdn-service.manifest',
+]
+
+FINAL_LIBRARY = 'mail'
+
diff --git a/mailnews/extensions/mdn/src/nsMsgMdnCID.h b/mailnews/extensions/mdn/src/nsMsgMdnCID.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4dd832b7f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/extensions/mdn/src/nsMsgMdnCID.h
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsMsgMdnCID_h__
+#define nsMsgMdnCID_h__
+
+#include "nsISupports.h"
+#include "nsIFactory.h"
+#include "nsIComponentManager.h"
+
+#include "nsIMsgMdnGenerator.h"
+
+#define NS_MSGMDNGENERATOR_CONTRACTID \
+  "@mozilla.org/messenger-mdn/generator;1"
+#define NS_MSGMDNGENERATOR_CID                    \
+{ /* ec917b13-8f73-4d4d-9146-d7f7aafe9076 */      \
+ 0xec917b13, 0x8f73, 0x4d4d,                      \
+ { 0x91, 0x46, 0xd7, 0xf7, 0xaa, 0xfe, 0x90, 0x76 }}
+
+#endif /* nsMsgMdnCID_h__ */
diff --git a/mailnews/extensions/mdn/src/nsMsgMdnGenerator.cpp b/mailnews/extensions/mdn/src/nsMsgMdnGenerator.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..31b55fe2f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/extensions/mdn/src/nsMsgMdnGenerator.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1139 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsMsgMdnGenerator.h"
+#include "nsImapCore.h"
+#include "nsIMsgImapMailFolder.h"
+#include "nsIMsgAccountManager.h"
+#include "nsMsgBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsMimeTypes.h"
+#include "prprf.h"
+#include "prmem.h"
+#include "prsystem.h"
+#include "nsMsgI18N.h"
+#include "nsMailHeaders.h"
+#include "nsMsgLocalFolderHdrs.h"
+#include "nsIHttpProtocolHandler.h"
+#include "nsISmtpService.h"  // for actually sending the message...
+#include "nsMsgCompCID.h"
+#include "nsComposeStrings.h"
+#include "nsISmtpServer.h"
+#include "nsIPrompt.h"
+#include "nsIMsgCompUtils.h"
+#include "nsIPrefService.h"
+#include "nsIPrefBranch.h"
+#include "nsIStringBundle.h"
+#include "nsDirectoryServiceDefs.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "nsNetUtil.h"
+#include "nsIMsgDatabase.h"
+#include "mozilla/Services.h"
+#include "nsIArray.h"
+#include "nsArrayUtils.h"
+#include "mozilla/mailnews/MimeHeaderParser.h"
+
+using namespace mozilla::mailnews;
+
+#define MDN_NOT_IN_TO_CC          ((int) 0x0001)
+#define MDN_OUTSIDE_DOMAIN        ((int) 0x0002)
+
+#define HEADER_RETURN_PATH          "Return-Path"
+#define HEADER_DISPOSITION_NOTIFICATION_TO  "Disposition-Notification-To"
+#define HEADER_APPARENTLY_TO        "Apparently-To"
+#define HEADER_ORIGINAL_RECIPIENT     "Original-Recipient"
+#define HEADER_REPORTING_UA                 "Reporting-UA"
+#define HEADER_MDN_GATEWAY                  "MDN-Gateway"
+#define HEADER_FINAL_RECIPIENT              "Final-Recipient"
+#define HEADER_DISPOSITION                  "Disposition"
+#define HEADER_ORIGINAL_MESSAGE_ID          "Original-Message-ID"
+#define HEADER_FAILURE                      "Failure"
+#define HEADER_ERROR                        "Error"
+#define HEADER_WARNING                      "Warning"
+#define HEADER_RETURN_RECEIPT_TO            "Return-Receipt-To"
+#define HEADER_X_ACCEPT_LANGUAGE      "X-Accept-Language"
+
+#define PUSH_N_FREE_STRING(p) \
+  do { if (p) { rv = WriteString(p); PR_smprintf_free(p); p=0; \
+           if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv; } \
+     else { return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY; } } while (0)
+
+// String bundle for mdn. Class static.
+#define MDN_STRINGBUNDLE_URL "chrome://messenger/locale/msgmdn.properties"
+
+#if defined(DEBUG_jefft)
+#define DEBUG_MDN(s) printf("%s\n", s)
+#else
+#define DEBUG_MDN(s)
+#endif
+
+// machine parsible string; should not be localized
+char DispositionTypes[7][16] = {
+    "displayed",
+    "dispatched",
+    "processed",
+    "deleted",
+    "denied",
+    "failed",
+    ""
+};
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMsgMdnGenerator, nsIMsgMdnGenerator, nsIUrlListener)
+
+nsMsgMdnGenerator::nsMsgMdnGenerator()
+{
+    m_disposeType = eDisplayed;
+    m_outputStream = nullptr;
+    m_reallySendMdn = false;
+    m_autoSend = false;
+    m_autoAction = false;
+    m_mdnEnabled = false;
+    m_notInToCcOp = eNeverSendOp;
+    m_outsideDomainOp = eNeverSendOp;
+    m_otherOp = eNeverSendOp;
+}
+
+nsMsgMdnGenerator::~nsMsgMdnGenerator()
+{
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgMdnGenerator::FormatStringFromName(const char16_t *aName,
+                                                 const char16_t *aString,
+                                                 char16_t **aResultString)
+{
+    DEBUG_MDN("nsMsgMdnGenerator::FormatStringFromName");
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundleService> bundleService =
+      mozilla::services::GetStringBundleService();
+    NS_ENSURE_TRUE(bundleService, NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED);
+
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIStringBundle> bundle;
+    nsresult rv = bundleService->CreateBundle(MDN_STRINGBUNDLE_URL,
+                                              getter_AddRefs(bundle));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+    const char16_t *formatStrings[1] = { aString };
+    rv = bundle->FormatStringFromName(aName,
+                    formatStrings, 1, aResultString);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+    return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgMdnGenerator::GetStringFromName(const char16_t *aName,
+                                               char16_t **aResultString)
+{
+    DEBUG_MDN("nsMsgMdnGenerator::GetStringFromName");
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundleService> bundleService =
+      mozilla::services::GetStringBundleService();
+    NS_ENSURE_TRUE(bundleService, NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED);
+
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIStringBundle> bundle;
+    nsresult rv = bundleService->CreateBundle(MDN_STRINGBUNDLE_URL,
+                                              getter_AddRefs(bundle));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+    rv = bundle->GetStringFromName(aName, aResultString);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+    return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgMdnGenerator::StoreMDNSentFlag(nsIMsgFolder *folder,
+                                             nsMsgKey key)
+{
+    DEBUG_MDN("nsMsgMdnGenerator::StoreMDNSentFlag");
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> msgDB;
+    nsresult rv = folder->GetMsgDatabase(getter_AddRefs(msgDB));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    rv = msgDB->MarkMDNSent(key, true, nullptr);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgImapMailFolder> imapFolder = do_QueryInterface(folder);
+    // Store the $MDNSent flag if the folder is an Imap Mail Folder
+    if (imapFolder)
+      return imapFolder->StoreImapFlags(kImapMsgMDNSentFlag, true, &key, 1, nullptr);
+    return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgMdnGenerator::ClearMDNNeededFlag(nsIMsgFolder *folder,
+                                               nsMsgKey key)
+{
+  DEBUG_MDN("nsMsgMdnGenerator::ClearMDNNeededFlag");
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> msgDB;
+  nsresult rv = folder->GetMsgDatabase(getter_AddRefs(msgDB));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  return msgDB->MarkMDNNeeded(key, false, nullptr);
+}
+
+bool nsMsgMdnGenerator::ProcessSendMode()
+{
+    DEBUG_MDN("nsMsgMdnGenerator::ProcessSendMode");
+    int32_t miscState = 0;
+
+    if (m_identity)
+    {
+        m_identity->GetEmail(m_email);
+        if (m_email.IsEmpty())
+            return m_reallySendMdn;
+
+        const char *accountDomain = strchr(m_email.get(), '@');
+        if (!accountDomain)
+            return m_reallySendMdn;
+
+        if (MailAddrMatch(m_email.get(), m_dntRrt.get())) // return address is self, don't send
+          return false;
+
+        // *** fix me see Bug 132504 for more information
+        // *** what if the message has been filtered to different account
+        if (!PL_strcasestr(m_dntRrt.get(), accountDomain))
+            miscState |= MDN_OUTSIDE_DOMAIN;
+        if (NotInToOrCc())
+            miscState |= MDN_NOT_IN_TO_CC;
+        m_reallySendMdn = true;
+        // *********
+        // How are we gona deal with the auto forwarding issues? Some server
+        // didn't bother to add addition header or modify existing header to
+        // thev message when forwarding. They simply copy the exact same
+        // message to another user's mailbox. Some change To: to
+        // Apparently-To:
+        // Unfortunately, there is nothing we can do. It's out of our control.
+        // *********
+        // starting from lowest denominator to highest
+        if (!miscState)
+        {   // under normal situation: recipent is in to and cc list,
+            // and the sender is from the same domain
+            switch (m_otherOp)
+            {
+            default:
+            case eNeverSendOp:
+                m_reallySendMdn = false;
+                break;
+            case eAutoSendOp:
+                m_autoSend = true;
+                break;
+            case eAskMeOp:
+                m_autoSend = false;
+                break;
+            case eDeniedOp:
+                m_autoSend = true;
+                m_disposeType = eDenied;
+                break;
+            }
+        }
+        else if (miscState == (MDN_OUTSIDE_DOMAIN | MDN_NOT_IN_TO_CC))
+        {
+            if (m_outsideDomainOp != m_notInToCcOp)
+            {
+                m_autoSend = false; // ambiguous; always ask user
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                switch (m_outsideDomainOp)
+                {
+                default:
+                case eNeverSendOp:
+                    m_reallySendMdn = false;
+                    break;
+                case eAutoSendOp:
+                    m_autoSend = true;
+                    break;
+                case eAskMeOp:
+                    m_autoSend = false;
+                    break;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+        else if (miscState & MDN_OUTSIDE_DOMAIN)
+        {
+            switch (m_outsideDomainOp)
+            {
+            default:
+            case eNeverSendOp:
+                m_reallySendMdn = false;
+                break;
+            case eAutoSendOp:
+                m_autoSend = true;
+                break;
+            case eAskMeOp:
+                m_autoSend = false;
+                break;
+            }
+        }
+        else if (miscState & MDN_NOT_IN_TO_CC)
+        {
+            switch (m_notInToCcOp)
+            {
+            default:
+            case eNeverSendOp:
+                m_reallySendMdn = false;
+                break;
+            case eAutoSendOp:
+                m_autoSend = true;
+                break;
+            case eAskMeOp:
+                m_autoSend = false;
+                break;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    return m_reallySendMdn;
+}
+
+bool nsMsgMdnGenerator::MailAddrMatch(const char *addr1, const char *addr2)
+{
+    // Comparing two email addresses returns true if matched; local/account
+    // part comparison is case sensitive; domain part comparison is case
+    // insensitive
+    DEBUG_MDN("nsMsgMdnGenerator::MailAddrMatch");
+    bool isMatched = true;
+    const char *atSign1 = nullptr, *atSign2 = nullptr;
+    const char *lt = nullptr, *local1 = nullptr, *local2 = nullptr;
+    const char *end1 = nullptr, *end2 = nullptr;
+
+    if (!addr1 || !addr2)
+        return false;
+
+    lt = strchr(addr1, '<');
+    local1 = !lt ? addr1 : lt+1;
+    lt = strchr(addr2, '<');
+    local2 = !lt ? addr2 : lt+1;
+    end1 = strchr(local1, '>');
+    if (!end1)
+        end1 = addr1 + strlen(addr1);
+    end2 = strchr(local2, '>');
+    if (!end2)
+        end2 = addr2 + strlen(addr2);
+    atSign1 = strchr(local1, '@');
+    atSign2 = strchr(local2, '@');
+    if (!atSign1 || !atSign2 // ill formed addr spec
+        || (atSign1 - local1) != (atSign2 - local2))
+        isMatched = false;
+    else if (strncmp(local1, local2, (atSign1-local1))) // case sensitive
+        // compare for local part
+        isMatched = false;
+    else if ((end1 - atSign1) != (end2 - atSign2) ||
+             PL_strncasecmp(atSign1, atSign2, (end1-atSign1))) // case
+        // insensitive compare for domain part
+        isMatched = false;
+    return isMatched;
+}
+
+bool nsMsgMdnGenerator::NotInToOrCc()
+{
+    DEBUG_MDN("nsMsgMdnGenerator::NotInToOrCc");
+    nsCString reply_to;
+    nsCString to;
+    nsCString cc;
+
+    m_identity->GetReplyTo(reply_to);
+    m_headers->ExtractHeader(HEADER_TO, true, to);
+    m_headers->ExtractHeader(HEADER_CC, true, cc);
+
+  // start with a simple check
+  if ((!to.IsEmpty() && PL_strcasestr(to.get(), m_email.get())) ||
+      (!cc.IsEmpty() && PL_strcasestr(cc.get(), m_email.get()))) {
+      return false;
+  }
+
+  if ((!reply_to.IsEmpty() && !to.IsEmpty() && PL_strcasestr(to.get(), reply_to.get())) ||
+      (!reply_to.IsEmpty() && !cc.IsEmpty() && PL_strcasestr(cc.get(), reply_to.get()))) {
+      return false;
+  }
+  return true;
+}
+
+bool nsMsgMdnGenerator::ValidateReturnPath()
+{
+    DEBUG_MDN("nsMsgMdnGenerator::ValidateReturnPath");
+    // ValidateReturnPath applies to Automatic Send Mode only. If we were not
+    // in auto send mode we simply by passing the check
+    if (!m_autoSend)
+        return m_reallySendMdn;
+
+    nsCString returnPath;
+    m_headers->ExtractHeader(HEADER_RETURN_PATH, false, returnPath);
+    if (returnPath.IsEmpty())
+    {
+      m_autoSend = false;
+      return m_reallySendMdn;
+    }
+    m_autoSend = MailAddrMatch(returnPath.get(), m_dntRrt.get());
+    return m_reallySendMdn;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgMdnGenerator::CreateMdnMsg()
+{
+    DEBUG_MDN("nsMsgMdnGenerator::CreateMdnMsg");
+    nsresult rv;
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> tmpFile;
+    rv = GetSpecialDirectoryWithFileName(NS_OS_TEMP_DIR,
+                                         "mdnmsg",
+                                         getter_AddRefs(m_file));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    rv = m_file->CreateUnique(nsIFile::NORMAL_FILE_TYPE, 00600);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    rv = MsgNewBufferedFileOutputStream(getter_AddRefs(m_outputStream),
+                                        m_file,
+                                        PR_CREATE_FILE | PR_WRONLY | PR_TRUNCATE,
+                                        0664);
+    NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv),"creating mdn: failed to output stream");
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        return NS_OK;
+
+    rv = CreateFirstPart();
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+        rv = CreateSecondPart();
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+            rv = CreateThirdPart();
+    }
+
+    if (m_outputStream)
+    {
+        m_outputStream->Flush();
+        m_outputStream->Close();
+    }
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        m_file->Remove(false);
+    else
+        rv = SendMdnMsg();
+
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgMdnGenerator::CreateFirstPart()
+{
+    DEBUG_MDN("nsMsgMdnGenerator::CreateFirstPart");
+    char *convbuf = nullptr, *tmpBuffer = nullptr;
+    char *parm = nullptr;
+    nsString firstPart1;
+    nsString firstPart2;
+    nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgCompUtils> compUtils;
+
+    if (m_mimeSeparator.IsEmpty())
+    {
+      compUtils = do_GetService(NS_MSGCOMPUTILS_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      rv = compUtils->MimeMakeSeparator("mdn", getter_Copies(m_mimeSeparator));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    }
+    if (m_mimeSeparator.IsEmpty())
+      return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+    tmpBuffer = (char *) PR_CALLOC(256);
+
+    if (!tmpBuffer)
+        return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+    PRExplodedTime now;
+    PR_ExplodeTime(PR_Now(), PR_LocalTimeParameters, &now);
+
+    int gmtoffset = (now.tm_params.tp_gmt_offset + now.tm_params.tp_dst_offset)
+        / 60;
+  /* Use PR_FormatTimeUSEnglish() to format the date in US English format,
+     then figure out what our local GMT offset is, and append it (since
+     PR_FormatTimeUSEnglish() can't do that.) Generate four digit years as
+     per RFC 1123 (superceding RFC 822.)
+  */
+    PR_FormatTimeUSEnglish(tmpBuffer, 100,
+                           "Date: %a, %d %b %Y %H:%M:%S ",
+                           &now);
+
+    PR_snprintf(tmpBuffer + strlen(tmpBuffer), 100,
+                "%c%02d%02d" CRLF,
+                (gmtoffset >= 0 ? '+' : '-'),
+                ((gmtoffset >= 0 ? gmtoffset : -gmtoffset) / 60),
+                ((gmtoffset >= 0 ? gmtoffset : -gmtoffset) % 60));
+
+    rv = WriteString(tmpBuffer);
+    PR_Free(tmpBuffer);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        return rv;
+
+    bool conformToStandard = false;
+    if (compUtils)
+      compUtils->GetMsgMimeConformToStandard(&conformToStandard);
+
+    nsString fullName;
+    m_identity->GetFullName(fullName);
+
+    nsCString fullAddress;
+    // convert fullName to UTF8 before passing it to MakeMimeAddress
+    MakeMimeAddress(NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(fullName), m_email, fullAddress);
+
+    convbuf = nsMsgI18NEncodeMimePartIIStr(fullAddress.get(),
+        true, m_charset.get(), 0, conformToStandard);
+
+    parm = PR_smprintf("From: %s" CRLF, convbuf ? convbuf : m_email.get());
+
+    rv = FormatStringFromName(u"MsgMdnMsgSentTo", NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16(m_email).get(),
+                            getter_Copies(firstPart1));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        return rv;
+
+    PUSH_N_FREE_STRING (parm);
+
+    PR_Free(convbuf);
+
+    if (compUtils)
+    {
+      nsCString msgId;
+      rv = compUtils->MsgGenerateMessageId(m_identity, getter_Copies(msgId));
+      tmpBuffer = PR_smprintf("Message-ID: %s" CRLF, msgId.get());
+      PUSH_N_FREE_STRING(tmpBuffer);
+    }
+
+    nsString receipt_string;
+    switch (m_disposeType)
+    {
+    case nsIMsgMdnGenerator::eDisplayed:
+        rv = GetStringFromName(
+            u"MdnDisplayedReceipt",
+            getter_Copies(receipt_string));
+        break;
+    case nsIMsgMdnGenerator::eDispatched:
+        rv = GetStringFromName(
+            u"MdnDispatchedReceipt",
+            getter_Copies(receipt_string));
+        break;
+    case nsIMsgMdnGenerator::eProcessed:
+        rv = GetStringFromName(
+            u"MdnProcessedReceipt",
+            getter_Copies(receipt_string));
+        break;
+    case nsIMsgMdnGenerator::eDeleted:
+        rv = GetStringFromName(
+            u"MdnDeletedReceipt",
+            getter_Copies(receipt_string));
+        break;
+    case nsIMsgMdnGenerator::eDenied:
+        rv = GetStringFromName(
+            u"MdnDeniedReceipt",
+            getter_Copies(receipt_string));
+        break;
+    case nsIMsgMdnGenerator::eFailed:
+        rv = GetStringFromName(
+            u"MdnFailedReceipt",
+            getter_Copies(receipt_string));
+        break;
+    default:
+        rv = NS_ERROR_INVALID_ARG;
+        break;
+    }
+
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        return rv;
+
+    receipt_string.AppendLiteral(" - ");
+
+    char * encodedReceiptString = nsMsgI18NEncodeMimePartIIStr(NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(receipt_string).get(), false,
+                                                               "UTF-8", 0, conformToStandard);
+
+    nsCString subject;
+    m_headers->ExtractHeader(HEADER_SUBJECT, false, subject);
+    convbuf = nsMsgI18NEncodeMimePartIIStr(subject.Length() ? subject.get() : "[no subject]",
+                                           false, m_charset.get(), 0, conformToStandard);
+    tmpBuffer = PR_smprintf("Subject: %s%s" CRLF,
+                             encodedReceiptString,
+                            (convbuf ? convbuf : (subject.Length() ? subject.get() :
+                              "[no subject]")));
+
+    PUSH_N_FREE_STRING(tmpBuffer);
+    PR_Free(convbuf);
+    PR_Free(encodedReceiptString);
+
+    convbuf = nsMsgI18NEncodeMimePartIIStr(m_dntRrt.get(), true, m_charset.get(), 0, conformToStandard);
+    tmpBuffer = PR_smprintf("To: %s" CRLF, convbuf ? convbuf :
+                            m_dntRrt.get());
+    PUSH_N_FREE_STRING(tmpBuffer);
+
+    PR_Free(convbuf);
+
+  // *** This is not in the spec. I am adding this so we could do
+  // threading
+    m_headers->ExtractHeader(HEADER_MESSAGE_ID, false, m_messageId);
+
+    if (!m_messageId.IsEmpty())
+    {
+      if (*m_messageId.get() == '<')
+          tmpBuffer = PR_smprintf("References: %s" CRLF, m_messageId.get());
+      else
+          tmpBuffer = PR_smprintf("References: <%s>" CRLF, m_messageId.get());
+      PUSH_N_FREE_STRING(tmpBuffer);
+    }
+    tmpBuffer = PR_smprintf("%s" CRLF, "MIME-Version: 1.0");
+    PUSH_N_FREE_STRING(tmpBuffer);
+
+    tmpBuffer = PR_smprintf("Content-Type: multipart/report; \
+report-type=disposition-notification;\r\n\tboundary=\"%s\"" CRLF CRLF,
+                            m_mimeSeparator.get());
+    PUSH_N_FREE_STRING(tmpBuffer);
+
+    tmpBuffer = PR_smprintf("--%s" CRLF, m_mimeSeparator.get());
+    PUSH_N_FREE_STRING(tmpBuffer);
+
+    tmpBuffer = PR_smprintf("Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8" CRLF);
+    PUSH_N_FREE_STRING(tmpBuffer);
+
+    tmpBuffer = PR_smprintf("Content-Transfer-Encoding: %s" CRLF CRLF,
+                            ENCODING_8BIT);
+    PUSH_N_FREE_STRING(tmpBuffer);
+
+    if (!firstPart1.IsEmpty())
+    {
+        tmpBuffer = PR_smprintf("%s" CRLF CRLF, NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(firstPart1).get());
+        PUSH_N_FREE_STRING(tmpBuffer);
+    }
+
+    switch (m_disposeType)
+    {
+    case nsIMsgMdnGenerator::eDisplayed:
+        rv = GetStringFromName(
+            u"MsgMdnDisplayed",
+            getter_Copies(firstPart2));
+        break;
+    case nsIMsgMdnGenerator::eDispatched:
+        rv = GetStringFromName(
+            u"MsgMdnDispatched",
+            getter_Copies(firstPart2));
+        break;
+    case nsIMsgMdnGenerator::eProcessed:
+        rv = GetStringFromName(
+            u"MsgMdnProcessed",
+            getter_Copies(firstPart2));
+        break;
+    case nsIMsgMdnGenerator::eDeleted:
+        rv = GetStringFromName(
+            u"MsgMdnDeleted",
+            getter_Copies(firstPart2));
+        break;
+    case nsIMsgMdnGenerator::eDenied:
+        rv = GetStringFromName(
+            u"MsgMdnDenied",
+            getter_Copies(firstPart2));
+        break;
+    case nsIMsgMdnGenerator::eFailed:
+        rv = GetStringFromName(
+            u"MsgMdnFailed",
+            getter_Copies(firstPart2));
+        break;
+    default:
+        rv = NS_ERROR_INVALID_ARG;
+        break;
+    }
+
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        return rv;
+
+    if (!firstPart2.IsEmpty())
+    {
+        tmpBuffer =
+            PR_smprintf("%s" CRLF CRLF,
+                        NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(firstPart2).get());
+        PUSH_N_FREE_STRING(tmpBuffer);
+    }
+
+    return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgMdnGenerator::CreateSecondPart()
+{
+    DEBUG_MDN("nsMsgMdnGenerator::CreateSecondPart");
+    char *tmpBuffer = nullptr;
+    char *convbuf = nullptr;
+    nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgCompUtils> compUtils;
+    bool conformToStandard = false;
+
+    tmpBuffer = PR_smprintf("--%s" CRLF, m_mimeSeparator.get());
+    PUSH_N_FREE_STRING(tmpBuffer);
+
+    tmpBuffer = PR_smprintf("%s" CRLF, "Content-Type: message/disposition-notification; name=\042MDNPart2.txt\042");
+    PUSH_N_FREE_STRING(tmpBuffer);
+
+    tmpBuffer = PR_smprintf("%s" CRLF, "Content-Disposition: inline");
+    PUSH_N_FREE_STRING(tmpBuffer);
+
+    tmpBuffer = PR_smprintf("Content-Transfer-Encoding: %s" CRLF CRLF,
+                            ENCODING_7BIT);
+    PUSH_N_FREE_STRING(tmpBuffer);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIHttpProtocolHandler> pHTTPHandler =
+        do_GetService(NS_NETWORK_PROTOCOL_CONTRACTID_PREFIX "http", &rv);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && pHTTPHandler)
+    {
+      nsAutoCString userAgentString;
+      pHTTPHandler->GetUserAgent(userAgentString);
+
+      if (!userAgentString.IsEmpty())
+      {
+        // Prepend the product name with the dns name according to RFC 3798.
+        char hostName[256];
+        PR_GetSystemInfo(PR_SI_HOSTNAME_UNTRUNCATED, hostName, sizeof hostName);
+        if ((hostName[0] != '\0') && (strchr(hostName, '.') != NULL))
+        {
+          userAgentString.Insert("; ", 0);
+          userAgentString.Insert(nsDependentCString(hostName), 0);
+        }
+
+        tmpBuffer = PR_smprintf("Reporting-UA: %s" CRLF,
+                                userAgentString.get());
+        PUSH_N_FREE_STRING(tmpBuffer);
+      }
+    }
+
+    nsCString originalRecipient;
+    m_headers->ExtractHeader(HEADER_ORIGINAL_RECIPIENT, false,
+                             originalRecipient);
+
+    if (!originalRecipient.IsEmpty())
+    {
+        tmpBuffer = PR_smprintf("Original-Recipient: %s" CRLF,
+                                originalRecipient.get());
+        PUSH_N_FREE_STRING(tmpBuffer);
+    }
+
+    compUtils = do_GetService(NS_MSGCOMPUTILS_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    if (compUtils)
+      compUtils->GetMsgMimeConformToStandard(&conformToStandard);
+
+    convbuf = nsMsgI18NEncodeMimePartIIStr(
+        m_email.get(), true, m_charset.get(), 0,
+        conformToStandard);
+    tmpBuffer = PR_smprintf("Final-Recipient: rfc822;%s" CRLF, convbuf ?
+                            convbuf : m_email.get());
+    PUSH_N_FREE_STRING(tmpBuffer);
+
+    PR_Free (convbuf);
+
+    if (*m_messageId.get() == '<')
+        tmpBuffer = PR_smprintf("Original-Message-ID: %s" CRLF, m_messageId.get());
+    else
+        tmpBuffer = PR_smprintf("Original-Message-ID: <%s>" CRLF, m_messageId.get());
+    PUSH_N_FREE_STRING(tmpBuffer);
+
+    tmpBuffer = PR_smprintf("Disposition: %s/%s; %s" CRLF CRLF,
+                            (m_autoAction ? "automatic-action" :
+                             "manual-action"),
+                            (m_autoSend ? "MDN-sent-automatically" :
+                             "MDN-sent-manually"),
+                            DispositionTypes[(int) m_disposeType]);
+    PUSH_N_FREE_STRING(tmpBuffer);
+
+    return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgMdnGenerator::CreateThirdPart()
+{
+    DEBUG_MDN("nsMsgMdnGenerator::CreateThirdPart");
+    char *tmpBuffer = nullptr;
+    nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+    tmpBuffer = PR_smprintf("--%s" CRLF, m_mimeSeparator.get());
+    PUSH_N_FREE_STRING(tmpBuffer);
+
+    tmpBuffer = PR_smprintf("%s" CRLF, "Content-Type: text/rfc822-headers; name=\042MDNPart3.txt\042");
+    PUSH_N_FREE_STRING(tmpBuffer);
+
+    tmpBuffer = PR_smprintf("%s" CRLF, "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 7bit");
+    PUSH_N_FREE_STRING(tmpBuffer);
+
+    tmpBuffer = PR_smprintf("%s" CRLF CRLF, "Content-Disposition: inline");
+    PUSH_N_FREE_STRING(tmpBuffer);
+
+    rv = OutputAllHeaders();
+
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        return rv;
+
+    rv = WriteString(CRLF);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        return rv;
+
+    tmpBuffer = PR_smprintf("--%s--" CRLF, m_mimeSeparator.get());
+    PUSH_N_FREE_STRING(tmpBuffer);
+
+    return rv;
+}
+
+
+nsresult nsMsgMdnGenerator::OutputAllHeaders()
+{
+    DEBUG_MDN("nsMsgMdnGenerator::OutputAllHeaders");
+    nsCString all_headers;
+    int32_t all_headers_size = 0;
+    nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+    rv = m_headers->GetAllHeaders(all_headers);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        return rv;
+    all_headers_size = all_headers.Length();
+    char *buf = (char *) all_headers.get(),
+        *buf_end = (char *) all_headers.get()+all_headers_size;
+    char *start = buf, *end = buf;
+
+    while (buf < buf_end)
+    {
+        switch (*buf)
+        {
+        case 0:
+            if (*(buf+1) == '\n')
+            {
+                // *buf = '\r';
+                end = buf;
+            }
+            else if (*(buf+1) == 0)
+            {
+                // the case of message id
+                *buf = '>';
+            }
+            break;
+        case '\r':
+            end = buf;
+            *buf = 0;
+            break;
+        case '\n':
+            if (buf > start && *(buf-1) == 0)
+            {
+                start = buf + 1;
+                end = start;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                end = buf;
+            }
+            *buf = 0;
+            break;
+        default:
+            break;
+        }
+        buf++;
+
+        if (end > start && *end == 0)
+        {
+            // strip out private X-Mozilla-Status header & X-Mozilla-Draft-Info && envelope header
+            if (!PL_strncasecmp(start, X_MOZILLA_STATUS, X_MOZILLA_STATUS_LEN)
+                || !PL_strncasecmp(start, X_MOZILLA_DRAFT_INFO, X_MOZILLA_DRAFT_INFO_LEN)
+                || !PL_strncasecmp(start, "From ", 5))
+            {
+                while ( end < buf_end &&
+                        (*end == '\n' || *end == '\r' || *end == 0))
+                    end++;
+                start = end;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                NS_ASSERTION (*end == 0, "content of end should be null");
+                rv = WriteString(start);
+                if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+                    return rv;
+                rv = WriteString(CRLF);
+                while ( end < buf_end &&
+                        (*end == '\n' || *end == '\r' || *end == 0))
+                    end++;
+                start = end;
+            }
+            buf = start;
+        }
+    }
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgMdnGenerator::SendMdnMsg()
+{
+    DEBUG_MDN("nsMsgMdnGenerator::SendMdnMsg");
+    nsresult rv;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISmtpService> smtpService = do_GetService(NS_SMTPSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIRequest> aRequest;
+    smtpService->SendMailMessage(m_file, m_dntRrt.get(), m_identity,
+                                     nullptr, this, nullptr, nullptr, false, nullptr,
+                                     getter_AddRefs(aRequest));
+
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgMdnGenerator::WriteString( const char *str )
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG (str);
+  uint32_t len = strlen(str);
+  uint32_t wLen = 0;
+
+  return m_outputStream->Write(str, len, &wLen);
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgMdnGenerator::InitAndProcess(bool *needToAskUser)
+{
+    DEBUG_MDN("nsMsgMdnGenerator::InitAndProcess");
+    nsresult rv = m_folder->GetServer(getter_AddRefs(m_server));
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccountManager> accountManager =
+        do_GetService(NS_MSGACCOUNTMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    if (accountManager && m_server)
+    {
+        if (!m_identity)
+        {
+          // check if this is a message delivered to the global inbox,
+          // in which case we find the originating account's identity.
+          nsCString accountKey;
+          m_headers->ExtractHeader(HEADER_X_MOZILLA_ACCOUNT_KEY, false,
+                                   accountKey);
+          nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgAccount> account;
+          if (!accountKey.IsEmpty())
+            accountManager->GetAccount(accountKey, getter_AddRefs(account));
+          if (account)
+            account->GetIncomingServer(getter_AddRefs(m_server));
+
+          if (m_server)
+          {
+            // Find the correct identity based on the "To:" and "Cc:" header
+            nsCString mailTo;
+            nsCString mailCC;
+            m_headers->ExtractHeader(HEADER_TO, true, mailTo);
+            m_headers->ExtractHeader(HEADER_CC, true, mailCC);
+            nsCOMPtr<nsIArray> servIdentities;
+            accountManager->GetIdentitiesForServer(m_server, getter_AddRefs(servIdentities));
+            if (servIdentities)
+            {
+              nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIdentity> ident;
+              nsCString identEmail;
+              uint32_t count = 0;
+              servIdentities->GetLength(&count);
+              // First check in the "To:" header
+              for (uint32_t i = 0; i < count; i++)
+              {
+                ident = do_QueryElementAt(servIdentities, i, &rv);
+                if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+                  continue;
+                ident->GetEmail(identEmail);
+                if (!mailTo.IsEmpty() && !identEmail.IsEmpty() &&
+                    mailTo.Find(identEmail, CaseInsensitiveCompare) != kNotFound)
+                {
+                  m_identity = ident;
+                  break;
+                }
+              }
+              // If no match, check the "Cc:" header
+              if (!m_identity)
+              {
+                for (uint32_t i = 0; i < count; i++)
+                {
+                  rv = servIdentities->QueryElementAt(i, NS_GET_IID(nsIMsgIdentity),getter_AddRefs(ident));
+                  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+                    continue;
+                  ident->GetEmail(identEmail);
+                  if (!mailCC.IsEmpty() && !identEmail.IsEmpty() &&
+                      mailCC.Find(identEmail, CaseInsensitiveCompare) != kNotFound)
+                  {
+                    m_identity = ident;
+                    break;
+                  }
+                }
+              }
+            }
+
+            // If no match again, use the first identity
+            if (!m_identity)
+              rv = accountManager->GetFirstIdentityForServer(m_server, getter_AddRefs(m_identity));
+          }
+        }
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+        if (m_identity)
+        {
+            bool useCustomPrefs = false;
+            m_identity->GetBoolAttribute("use_custom_prefs", &useCustomPrefs);
+            if (useCustomPrefs)
+            {
+                bool bVal = false;
+                m_server->GetBoolValue("mdn_report_enabled", &bVal);
+                m_mdnEnabled = bVal;
+                m_server->GetIntValue("mdn_not_in_to_cc", &m_notInToCcOp);
+                m_server->GetIntValue("mdn_outside_domain",
+                                      &m_outsideDomainOp);
+                m_server->GetIntValue("mdn_other", &m_otherOp);
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                bool bVal = false;
+
+                nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefBranch(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+                if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+                    return rv;
+
+                if(prefBranch)
+                {
+                    prefBranch->GetBoolPref("mail.mdn.report.enabled",
+                                           &bVal);
+                    m_mdnEnabled = bVal;
+                    prefBranch->GetIntPref("mail.mdn.report.not_in_to_cc",
+                                           &m_notInToCcOp);
+                    prefBranch->GetIntPref("mail.mdn.report.outside_domain",
+                                           &m_outsideDomainOp);
+                    prefBranch->GetIntPref("mail.mdn.report.other",
+                                           &m_otherOp);
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    rv = m_folder->GetCharset(m_charset);
+    if (m_mdnEnabled)
+    {
+        m_headers->ExtractHeader(HEADER_DISPOSITION_NOTIFICATION_TO, false,
+                                 m_dntRrt);
+        if (m_dntRrt.IsEmpty())
+            m_headers->ExtractHeader(HEADER_RETURN_RECEIPT_TO, false,
+                                     m_dntRrt);
+        if (!m_dntRrt.IsEmpty() && ProcessSendMode() && ValidateReturnPath())
+        {
+            if (!m_autoSend)
+            {
+                *needToAskUser = true;
+                rv = NS_OK;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                *needToAskUser = false;
+                rv = UserAgreed();
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMdnGenerator::Process(EDisposeType type,
+                                         nsIMsgWindow *aWindow,
+                                         nsIMsgFolder *folder,
+                                         nsMsgKey key,
+                                         nsIMimeHeaders *headers,
+                                         bool autoAction,
+                                         bool *_retval)
+{
+    DEBUG_MDN("nsMsgMdnGenerator::Process");
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(folder);
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(headers);
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aWindow);
+    NS_ENSURE_TRUE(key != nsMsgKey_None, NS_ERROR_INVALID_ARG);
+    m_disposeType = type;
+    m_autoAction = autoAction;
+    m_window = aWindow;
+    m_folder = folder;
+    m_headers = headers;
+    m_key = key;
+
+    mozilla::DebugOnly<nsresult> rv = InitAndProcess(_retval);
+    NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "InitAndProcess failed");
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMdnGenerator::UserAgreed()
+{
+  DEBUG_MDN("nsMsgMdnGenerator::UserAgreed");
+  (void) NoteMDNRequestHandled();
+  return CreateMdnMsg();
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMdnGenerator::UserDeclined()
+{
+  DEBUG_MDN("nsMsgMdnGenerator::UserDeclined");
+  return NoteMDNRequestHandled();
+}
+
+/**
+ * Set/clear flags appropriately so we won't ask user again about MDN
+ * request for this message.
+ */
+nsresult nsMsgMdnGenerator::NoteMDNRequestHandled()
+{
+  nsresult rv = StoreMDNSentFlag(m_folder, m_key);
+  NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "StoreMDNSentFlag failed");
+  rv = ClearMDNNeededFlag(m_folder, m_key);
+  NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "ClearMDNNeededFlag failed");
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMdnGenerator::OnStartRunningUrl(nsIURI *url)
+{
+    DEBUG_MDN("nsMsgMdnGenerator::OnStartRunningUrl");
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMdnGenerator::OnStopRunningUrl(nsIURI *url,
+                                                  nsresult aExitCode)
+{
+    nsresult rv;
+
+    DEBUG_MDN("nsMsgMdnGenerator::OnStopRunningUrl");
+    if (m_file)
+      m_file->Remove(false);
+
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(aExitCode))
+      return NS_OK;
+
+    const char16_t* exitString;
+
+    switch (aExitCode)
+    {
+      case NS_ERROR_UNKNOWN_HOST:
+      case NS_ERROR_UNKNOWN_PROXY_HOST:
+        exitString = u"smtpSendFailedUnknownServer";
+        break;
+      case NS_ERROR_CONNECTION_REFUSED:
+      case NS_ERROR_PROXY_CONNECTION_REFUSED:
+        exitString = u"smtpSendRequestRefused";
+        break;
+      case NS_ERROR_NET_INTERRUPT:
+      case NS_ERROR_ABORT: // we have no proper string for error code NS_ERROR_ABORT in compose bundle
+        exitString = u"smtpSendInterrupted";
+        break;
+      case NS_ERROR_NET_TIMEOUT:
+      case NS_ERROR_NET_RESET:
+        exitString = u"smtpSendTimeout";
+        break;
+      default:
+        exitString = errorStringNameForErrorCode(aExitCode);
+        break;
+    }
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISmtpService> smtpService(do_GetService(NS_SMTPSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+    // Get the smtp hostname and format the string.
+    nsCString smtpHostName;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISmtpServer> smtpServer;
+    rv = smtpService->GetServerByIdentity(m_identity, getter_AddRefs(smtpServer));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      smtpServer->GetHostname(smtpHostName);
+
+    nsAutoString hostStr;
+    CopyASCIItoUTF16(smtpHostName, hostStr);
+    const char16_t *params[] = { hostStr.get() };
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundle> bundle;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundleService> bundleService =
+      mozilla::services::GetStringBundleService();
+    NS_ENSURE_TRUE(bundleService, NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED);
+
+    rv = bundleService->CreateBundle(
+      "chrome://messenger/locale/messengercompose/composeMsgs.properties",
+      getter_AddRefs(bundle));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    nsString failed_msg, dialogTitle;
+
+    bundle->FormatStringFromName(exitString, params, 1, getter_Copies(failed_msg));
+    bundle->GetStringFromName(u"sendMessageErrorTitle", getter_Copies(dialogTitle));
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIPrompt> dialog;
+    rv = m_window->GetPromptDialog(getter_AddRefs(dialog));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      dialog->Alert(dialogTitle.get(),failed_msg.get());
+
+    return NS_OK;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/extensions/mdn/src/nsMsgMdnGenerator.h b/mailnews/extensions/mdn/src/nsMsgMdnGenerator.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..54b6efab4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/extensions/mdn/src/nsMsgMdnGenerator.h
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _nsMsgMdnGenerator_H_
+#define _nsMsgMdnGenerator_H_
+
+#include "nsIMsgMdnGenerator.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsIUrlListener.h"
+#include "nsIMsgIncomingServer.h"
+#include "nsIOutputStream.h"
+#include "nsIFile.h"
+#include "nsIMsgIdentity.h"
+#include "nsIMsgWindow.h"
+#include "nsIMimeHeaders.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "MailNewsTypes2.h"
+
+#define eNeverSendOp ((int32_t) 0)
+#define eAutoSendOp ((int32_t) 1)
+#define eAskMeOp ((int32_t) 2)
+#define eDeniedOp ((int32_t) 3)
+
+class nsMsgMdnGenerator : public nsIMsgMdnGenerator, public nsIUrlListener
+{
+public:
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGMDNGENERATOR
+  NS_DECL_NSIURLLISTENER
+
+  nsMsgMdnGenerator();
+
+private:
+  virtual ~nsMsgMdnGenerator();
+
+  // Sanity Check methods
+  bool ProcessSendMode(); // must called prior ValidateReturnPath
+  bool ValidateReturnPath();
+  bool NotInToOrCc();
+  bool MailAddrMatch(const char *addr1, const char *addr2);
+
+  nsresult StoreMDNSentFlag(nsIMsgFolder *folder, nsMsgKey key);
+  nsresult ClearMDNNeededFlag(nsIMsgFolder *folder, nsMsgKey key);
+  nsresult NoteMDNRequestHandled();
+
+  nsresult CreateMdnMsg();
+  nsresult CreateFirstPart();
+  nsresult CreateSecondPart();
+  nsresult CreateThirdPart();
+  nsresult SendMdnMsg();
+
+  // string bundle helper methods
+  nsresult GetStringFromName(const char16_t *aName, char16_t **aResultString);
+  nsresult FormatStringFromName(const char16_t *aName,
+                                const char16_t *aString,
+                                char16_t **aResultString);
+
+  // other helper methods
+  nsresult InitAndProcess(bool *needToAskUser);
+  nsresult OutputAllHeaders();
+  nsresult WriteString(const char *str);
+
+private:
+  EDisposeType m_disposeType;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgWindow> m_window;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIOutputStream> m_outputStream;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> m_file;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIdentity> m_identity;
+  nsMsgKey m_key;
+  nsCString m_charset;
+  nsCString m_email;
+  nsCString m_mimeSeparator;
+  nsCString m_messageId;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> m_folder;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> m_server;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMimeHeaders> m_headers;
+  nsCString m_dntRrt;
+  int32_t m_notInToCcOp;
+  int32_t m_outsideDomainOp;
+  int32_t m_otherOp;
+  bool m_reallySendMdn;
+  bool m_autoSend;
+  bool m_autoAction;
+  bool m_mdnEnabled;
+};
+
+#endif // _nsMsgMdnGenerator_H_
+
diff --git a/mailnews/extensions/moz.build b/mailnews/extensions/moz.build
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..846e47871
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/extensions/moz.build
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+# vim: set filetype=python:
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+# These extensions are not optional.
+DIRS += [
+    'mdn',
+    'mailviews/public',
+    'mailviews/src',
+    'mailviews/content',
+    'bayesian-spam-filter',
+    'offline-startup',
+    'newsblog',
+    'fts3/public',
+    'fts3/src',
+    'smime',
+]
+
diff --git a/mailnews/extensions/newsblog/content/Feed.js b/mailnews/extensions/newsblog/content/Feed.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7e47260a8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/extensions/newsblog/content/Feed.js
@@ -0,0 +1,620 @@
+/* -*- Mode: JavaScript; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+// Cache for all of the feeds currently being downloaded, indexed by URL,
+// so the load event listener can access the Feed objects after it finishes
+// downloading the feed.
+var FeedCache =
+{
+  mFeeds: {},
+
+  putFeed: function (aFeed)
+  {
+    this.mFeeds[this.normalizeHost(aFeed.url)] = aFeed;
+  },
+
+  getFeed: function (aUrl)
+  {
+    let index = this.normalizeHost(aUrl);
+    if (index in this.mFeeds)
+      return this.mFeeds[index];
+
+    return null;
+  },
+
+  removeFeed: function (aUrl)
+  {
+    let index = this.normalizeHost(aUrl);
+    if (index in this.mFeeds)
+      delete this.mFeeds[index];
+  },
+
+  normalizeHost: function (aUrl)
+  {
+    try
+    {
+      let normalizedUrl = Services.io.newURI(aUrl, null, null);
+      normalizedUrl.host = normalizedUrl.host.toLowerCase();
+      return normalizedUrl.spec
+    }
+    catch (ex)
+    {
+      return aUrl;
+    }
+  }
+};
+
+function Feed(aResource, aRSSServer)
+{
+  this.resource = aResource.QueryInterface(Ci.nsIRDFResource);
+  this.server = aRSSServer;
+}
+
+Feed.prototype = 
+{
+  description: null,
+  author: null,
+  request: null,
+  server: null,
+  downloadCallback: null,
+  resource: null,
+  items: new Array(),
+  itemsStored: 0,
+  mFolder: null,
+  mInvalidFeed: false,
+  mFeedType: null,
+  mLastModified: null,
+
+  get folder()
+  {
+    return this.mFolder;
+  },
+
+  set folder (aFolder)
+  {
+    this.mFolder = aFolder;
+  },
+
+  get name()
+  {
+    // Used for the feed's title in Subcribe dialog and opml export.
+    let name = this.title || this.description || this.url;
+    return name.replace(/[\n\r\t]+/g, " ").replace(/[\x00-\x1F]+/g, "");
+  },
+
+  get folderName()
+  {
+    if (this.mFolderName)
+      return this.mFolderName;
+
+    // Get a unique sanitized name. Use title or description as a base;
+    // these are mandatory by spec. Length of 80 is plenty.
+    let folderName = (this.title || this.description || "").substr(0,80);
+    let defaultName = FeedUtils.strings.GetStringFromName("ImportFeedsNew");
+    return this.mFolderName = FeedUtils.getSanitizedFolderName(this.server.rootMsgFolder,
+                                                               folderName,
+                                                               defaultName,
+                                                               true);
+  },
+
+  download: function(aParseItems, aCallback)
+  {
+     // May be null.
+    this.downloadCallback = aCallback;
+
+    // Whether or not to parse items when downloading and parsing the feed.
+    // Defaults to true, but setting to false is useful for obtaining
+    // just the title of the feed when the user subscribes to it.
+    this.parseItems = aParseItems == null ? true : aParseItems ? true : false;
+
+    // Before we do anything, make sure the url is an http url.  This is just
+    // a sanity check so we don't try opening mailto urls, imap urls, etc. that
+    // the user may have tried to subscribe to as an rss feed.
+    if (!FeedUtils.isValidScheme(this.url))
+    {
+       // Simulate an invalid feed error.
+      FeedUtils.log.info("Feed.download: invalid protocol for - " + this.url);
+      this.onParseError(this);
+      return;
+    }
+
+    // Before we try to download the feed, make sure we aren't already
+    // processing the feed by looking up the url in our feed cache.
+    if (FeedCache.getFeed(this.url))
+    {
+      if (this.downloadCallback)
+        this.downloadCallback.downloaded(this, FeedUtils.kNewsBlogFeedIsBusy);
+      // Return, the feed is already in use.
+      return;
+    }
+
+    if (Services.io.offline) {
+      // If offline and don't want to go online, just add the feed subscription;
+      // it can be verified later (the folder name will be the url if not adding
+      // to an existing folder). Only for subscribe actions; passive biff and
+      // active get new messages are handled prior to getting here.
+      let win = Services.wm.getMostRecentWindow("mail:3pane");
+      if (!win.MailOfflineMgr.getNewMail()) {
+        this.storeNextItem();
+        return;
+      }
+    }
+
+    this.request = Cc["@mozilla.org/xmlextras/xmlhttprequest;1"].
+                   createInstance(Ci.nsIXMLHttpRequest);
+    // Must set onProgress before calling open.
+    this.request.onprogress = this.onProgress;
+    this.request.open("GET", this.url, true);
+    this.request.channel.loadFlags |= Ci.nsIRequest.LOAD_BYPASS_CACHE |
+                                      Ci.nsIRequest.INHIBIT_CACHING;
+
+    // Some servers, if sent If-Modified-Since, will send 304 if subsequently
+    // not sent If-Modified-Since, as in the case of an unsubscribe and new
+    // subscribe.  Send start of century date to force a download; some servers
+    // will 304 on older dates (such as epoch 1970).
+    let lastModified = this.lastModified || "Sat, 01 Jan 2000 00:00:00 GMT";
+    this.request.setRequestHeader("If-Modified-Since", lastModified);
+
+    // Only order what you're going to eat...
+    this.request.responseType = "document";
+    this.request.overrideMimeType("text/xml");
+    this.request.setRequestHeader("Accept", FeedUtils.REQUEST_ACCEPT);
+    this.request.timeout = FeedUtils.REQUEST_TIMEOUT;
+    this.request.onload = this.onDownloaded;
+    this.request.onerror = this.onDownloadError;
+    this.request.ontimeout = this.onDownloadError;
+    FeedCache.putFeed(this);
+    this.request.send(null);
+  },
+
+  onDownloaded: function(aEvent)
+  {
+    let request = aEvent.target;
+    let isHttp = request.channel.originalURI.scheme.startsWith("http");
+    let url = request.channel.originalURI.spec;
+    if (isHttp && (request.status < 200 || request.status >= 300))
+    {
+      Feed.prototype.onDownloadError(aEvent);
+      return;
+    }
+
+    FeedUtils.log.debug("Feed.onDownloaded: got a download - " + url);
+    let feed = FeedCache.getFeed(url);
+    if (!feed)
+      throw new Error("Feed.onDownloaded: error - couldn't retrieve feed " +
+                      "from cache");
+
+    // If the server sends a Last-Modified header, store the property on the
+    // feed so we can use it when making future requests, to avoid downloading
+    // and parsing feeds that have not changed.  Don't update if merely checking
+    // the url, as for subscribe move/copy, as a subsequent refresh may get a 304.
+    // Save the response and persist it only upon successful completion of the
+    // refresh cycle (i.e. not if the request is cancelled).
+    let lastModifiedHeader = request.getResponseHeader("Last-Modified");
+    feed.mLastModified = (lastModifiedHeader && feed.parseItems) ?
+                           lastModifiedHeader : null;
+
+    // The download callback is called asynchronously when parse() is done.
+    feed.parse();
+  },
+  
+  onProgress: function(aEvent) 
+  {
+    let request = aEvent.target;
+    let url = request.channel.originalURI.spec;
+    let feed = FeedCache.getFeed(url);
+
+    if (feed.downloadCallback)
+      feed.downloadCallback.onProgress(feed, aEvent.loaded, aEvent.total,
+                                       aEvent.lengthComputable);
+  },
+
+  onDownloadError: function(aEvent)
+  {
+    let request = aEvent.target;
+    let url = request.channel.originalURI.spec;
+    let feed = FeedCache.getFeed(url);
+    if (feed.downloadCallback) 
+    {
+      // Generic network or 'not found' error initially.
+      let error = FeedUtils.kNewsBlogRequestFailure;
+
+      if (request.status == 304) {
+        // If the http status code is 304, the feed has not been modified
+        // since we last downloaded it and does not need to be parsed.
+        error = FeedUtils.kNewsBlogNoNewItems;
+      }
+      else {
+        let [errType, errName] = FeedUtils.createTCPErrorFromFailedXHR(request);
+        FeedUtils.log.info("Feed.onDownloaded: request errType:errName:statusCode - " +
+                           errType + ":" + errName + ":" + request.status);
+        if (errType == "SecurityCertificate")
+          // This is the code for nsINSSErrorsService.ERROR_CLASS_BAD_CERT
+          // overrideable security certificate errors.
+          error = FeedUtils.kNewsBlogBadCertError;
+
+        if (request.status == 401 || request.status == 403)
+          // Unauthorized or Forbidden.
+          error = FeedUtils.kNewsBlogNoAuthError;
+      }
+
+      feed.downloadCallback.downloaded(feed, error);
+    }
+
+    FeedCache.removeFeed(url);
+  },
+
+  onParseError: function(aFeed)
+  {
+    if (!aFeed)
+      return;
+
+    aFeed.mInvalidFeed = true;
+    if (aFeed.downloadCallback)
+      aFeed.downloadCallback.downloaded(aFeed, FeedUtils.kNewsBlogInvalidFeed);
+
+    FeedCache.removeFeed(aFeed.url);
+  },
+
+  onUrlChange: function(aFeed, aOldUrl)
+  {
+    if (!aFeed)
+      return;
+
+    // Simulate a cancel after a url update; next cycle will check the new url.
+    aFeed.mInvalidFeed = true;
+    if (aFeed.downloadCallback)
+      aFeed.downloadCallback.downloaded(aFeed, FeedUtils.kNewsBlogCancel);
+
+    FeedCache.removeFeed(aOldUrl);
+  },
+
+  get url()
+  {
+    let ds = FeedUtils.getSubscriptionsDS(this.server);
+    let url = ds.GetTarget(this.resource, FeedUtils.DC_IDENTIFIER, true);
+    if (url)
+      url = url.QueryInterface(Ci.nsIRDFLiteral).Value;
+    else
+      url = this.resource.ValueUTF8;
+
+    return url;
+  },
+
+  get title()
+  {
+    let ds = FeedUtils.getSubscriptionsDS(this.server);
+    let title = ds.GetTarget(this.resource, FeedUtils.DC_TITLE, true);
+    if (title)
+      title = title.QueryInterface(Ci.nsIRDFLiteral).Value;
+
+    return title;
+  },
+
+  set title (aNewTitle)
+  {
+    if (!aNewTitle)
+      return;
+
+    let ds = FeedUtils.getSubscriptionsDS(this.server);
+    aNewTitle = FeedUtils.rdf.GetLiteral(aNewTitle);
+    let old_title = ds.GetTarget(this.resource, FeedUtils.DC_TITLE, true);
+    if (old_title)
+        ds.Change(this.resource, FeedUtils.DC_TITLE, old_title, aNewTitle);
+    else
+        ds.Assert(this.resource, FeedUtils.DC_TITLE, aNewTitle, true);
+  },
+
+  get lastModified()
+  {
+    let ds = FeedUtils.getSubscriptionsDS(this.server);
+    let lastModified = ds.GetTarget(this.resource,
+                                    FeedUtils.DC_LASTMODIFIED,
+                                    true);
+    if (lastModified)
+      lastModified = lastModified.QueryInterface(Ci.nsIRDFLiteral).Value;
+
+    return lastModified;
+  },
+
+  set lastModified(aLastModified)
+  {
+    let ds = FeedUtils.getSubscriptionsDS(this.server);
+    aLastModified = FeedUtils.rdf.GetLiteral(aLastModified);
+    let old_lastmodified = ds.GetTarget(this.resource,
+                                        FeedUtils.DC_LASTMODIFIED,
+                                        true);
+    if (old_lastmodified)
+      ds.Change(this.resource, FeedUtils.DC_LASTMODIFIED,
+                old_lastmodified, aLastModified);
+    else
+      ds.Assert(this.resource, FeedUtils.DC_LASTMODIFIED, aLastModified, true);
+  },
+
+  get quickMode ()
+  {
+    let ds = FeedUtils.getSubscriptionsDS(this.server);
+    let quickMode = ds.GetTarget(this.resource, FeedUtils.FZ_QUICKMODE, true);
+    if (quickMode)
+    {
+      quickMode = quickMode.QueryInterface(Ci.nsIRDFLiteral);
+      quickMode = quickMode.Value == "true";
+    }
+
+    return quickMode;
+  },
+
+  set quickMode (aNewQuickMode)
+  {
+    let ds = FeedUtils.getSubscriptionsDS(this.server);
+    aNewQuickMode = FeedUtils.rdf.GetLiteral(aNewQuickMode);
+    let old_quickMode = ds.GetTarget(this.resource, 
+                                     FeedUtils.FZ_QUICKMODE,
+                                     true);
+    if (old_quickMode)
+      ds.Change(this.resource, FeedUtils.FZ_QUICKMODE,
+                old_quickMode, aNewQuickMode);
+    else
+      ds.Assert(this.resource, FeedUtils.FZ_QUICKMODE,
+                aNewQuickMode, true);
+  },
+
+  get options ()
+  {
+    let ds = FeedUtils.getSubscriptionsDS(this.server);
+    let options = ds.GetTarget(this.resource, FeedUtils.FZ_OPTIONS, true);
+    if (options)
+      return JSON.parse(options.QueryInterface(Ci.nsIRDFLiteral).Value);
+
+    return null;
+  },
+
+  set options (aOptions)
+  {
+    let newOptions = aOptions ? FeedUtils.newOptions(aOptions) :
+                                FeedUtils._optionsDefault;
+    let ds = FeedUtils.getSubscriptionsDS(this.server);
+    newOptions = FeedUtils.rdf.GetLiteral(JSON.stringify(newOptions));
+    let oldOptions = ds.GetTarget(this.resource, FeedUtils.FZ_OPTIONS, true);
+    if (oldOptions)
+      ds.Change(this.resource, FeedUtils.FZ_OPTIONS, oldOptions, newOptions);
+    else
+      ds.Assert(this.resource, FeedUtils.FZ_OPTIONS, newOptions, true);
+  },
+
+  categoryPrefs: function ()
+  {
+    let categoryPrefsAcct = FeedUtils.getOptionsAcct(this.server).category;
+    if (!this.options)
+      return categoryPrefsAcct;
+
+    return this.options.category;
+  },
+
+  get link ()
+  {
+    let ds = FeedUtils.getSubscriptionsDS(this.server);
+    let link = ds.GetTarget(this.resource, FeedUtils.RSS_LINK, true);
+    if (link)
+      link = link.QueryInterface(Ci.nsIRDFLiteral).Value;
+
+    return link;
+  },
+
+  set link (aNewLink)
+  {
+    if (!aNewLink)
+      return;
+
+    let ds = FeedUtils.getSubscriptionsDS(this.server);
+    aNewLink = FeedUtils.rdf.GetLiteral(aNewLink);
+    let old_link = ds.GetTarget(this.resource, FeedUtils.RSS_LINK, true);
+    if (old_link)
+      ds.Change(this.resource, FeedUtils.RSS_LINK, old_link, aNewLink);
+    else
+      ds.Assert(this.resource, FeedUtils.RSS_LINK, aNewLink, true);
+  },
+
+  parse: function()
+  {
+    // Create a feed parser which will parse the feed.
+    let parser = new FeedParser();
+    this.itemsToStore = parser.parseFeed(this, this.request.responseXML);
+    parser = null;
+
+    if (this.mInvalidFeed)
+    {
+      this.request = null;
+      this.mInvalidFeed = false;
+      return;
+    }
+
+    // storeNextItem() will iterate through the parsed items, storing each one.
+    this.itemsToStoreIndex = 0;
+    this.itemsStored = 0;
+    this.storeNextItem();
+  },
+
+  invalidateItems: function ()
+  {
+    let ds = FeedUtils.getItemsDS(this.server);
+    FeedUtils.log.debug("Feed.invalidateItems: for url - " + this.url);
+    let items = ds.GetSources(FeedUtils.FZ_FEED, this.resource, true);
+    let item;
+
+    while (items.hasMoreElements())
+    {
+      item = items.getNext();
+      item = item.QueryInterface(Ci.nsIRDFResource);
+      FeedUtils.log.trace("Feed.invalidateItems: item - " + item.Value);
+      let valid = ds.GetTarget(item, FeedUtils.FZ_VALID, true);
+      if (valid)
+        ds.Unassert(item, FeedUtils.FZ_VALID, valid, true);
+    }
+  },
+
+  removeInvalidItems: function(aDeleteFeed)
+  {
+    let ds = FeedUtils.getItemsDS(this.server);
+    FeedUtils.log.debug("Feed.removeInvalidItems: for url - " + this.url);
+    let items = ds.GetSources(FeedUtils.FZ_FEED, this.resource, true);
+    let item;
+    let currentTime = new Date().getTime();
+    while (items.hasMoreElements())
+    {
+      item = items.getNext();
+      item = item.QueryInterface(Ci.nsIRDFResource);
+
+      if (ds.HasAssertion(item, FeedUtils.FZ_VALID,
+                          FeedUtils.RDF_LITERAL_TRUE, true))
+        continue;
+
+      let lastSeenTime = ds.GetTarget(item, FeedUtils.FZ_LAST_SEEN_TIMESTAMP, true);
+      if (lastSeenTime)
+        lastSeenTime = parseInt(lastSeenTime.QueryInterface(Ci.nsIRDFLiteral).Value)
+      else
+        lastSeenTime = 0;
+
+      if ((currentTime - lastSeenTime) < FeedUtils.INVALID_ITEM_PURGE_DELAY &&
+          !aDeleteFeed)
+        // Don't immediately purge items in active feeds; do so for deleted feeds.
+        continue;
+
+      FeedUtils.log.trace("Feed.removeInvalidItems: item - " + item.Value);
+      ds.Unassert(item, FeedUtils.FZ_FEED, this.resource, true);
+      if (ds.hasArcOut(item, FeedUtils.FZ_FEED))
+        FeedUtils.log.debug("Feed.removeInvalidItems: " + item.Value +
+                            " is from more than one feed; only the reference to" +
+                            " this feed removed");
+      else
+        FeedUtils.removeAssertions(ds, item);
+    }
+  },
+
+  createFolder: function()
+  {
+    if (this.folder)
+      return;
+
+    try {
+      this.folder = this.server.rootMsgFolder
+                               .QueryInterface(Ci.nsIMsgLocalMailFolder)
+                               .createLocalSubfolder(this.folderName);
+    }
+    catch (ex) {
+      // An error creating.
+      FeedUtils.log.info("Feed.createFolder: error creating folder - '"+
+                          this.folderName+"' in parent folder "+
+                          this.server.rootMsgFolder.filePath.path + " -- "+ex);
+      // But its remnants are still there, clean up.
+      let xfolder = this.server.rootMsgFolder.getChildNamed(this.folderName);
+      this.server.rootMsgFolder.propagateDelete(xfolder, true, null);
+    }
+  },
+
+  // Gets the next item from itemsToStore and forces that item to be stored
+  // to the folder.  If more items are left to be stored, fires a timer for
+  // the next one, otherwise triggers a download done notification to the UI.
+  storeNextItem: function()
+  {
+    if (FeedUtils.CANCEL_REQUESTED)
+    {
+      FeedUtils.CANCEL_REQUESTED = false;
+      this.cleanupParsingState(this, FeedUtils.kNewsBlogCancel);
+      return;
+    }
+
+    if (!this.itemsToStore || !this.itemsToStore.length)
+    {
+      let code = FeedUtils.kNewsBlogSuccess;
+      this.createFolder();
+      if (!this.folder)
+        code = FeedUtils.kNewsBlogFileError;
+      this.cleanupParsingState(this, code);
+      return;
+    }
+
+    let item = this.itemsToStore[this.itemsToStoreIndex];
+
+    if (item.store())
+      this.itemsStored++;
+
+    if (!this.folder)
+    {
+      this.cleanupParsingState(this, FeedUtils.kNewsBlogFileError);
+      return;
+    }
+
+    this.itemsToStoreIndex++;
+
+    // If the listener is tracking progress for each item, report it here.
+    if (item.feed.downloadCallback && item.feed.downloadCallback.onFeedItemStored)
+      item.feed.downloadCallback.onFeedItemStored(item.feed,
+                                                  this.itemsToStoreIndex,
+                                                  this.itemsToStore.length);
+
+    // Eventually we'll report individual progress here.
+
+    if (this.itemsToStoreIndex < this.itemsToStore.length)
+    {
+      if (!this.storeItemsTimer)
+        this.storeItemsTimer = Cc["@mozilla.org/timer;1"].
+                               createInstance(Ci.nsITimer);
+      this.storeItemsTimer.initWithCallback(this, 50, Ci.nsITimer.TYPE_ONE_SHOT);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      // We have just finished downloading one or more feed items into the
+      // destination folder; if the folder is still listed as having new
+      // messages in it, then we should set the biff state on the folder so the
+      // right RDF UI changes happen in the folder pane to indicate new mail.
+      if (item.feed.folder.hasNewMessages)
+      {
+        item.feed.folder.biffState = Ci.nsIMsgFolder.nsMsgBiffState_NewMail;
+        // Run the bayesian spam filter, if enabled.
+        item.feed.folder.callFilterPlugins(null);
+      }
+
+      this.cleanupParsingState(this, FeedUtils.kNewsBlogSuccess);
+    }
+  },
+
+  cleanupParsingState: function(aFeed, aCode)
+  {
+    // Now that we are done parsing the feed, remove the feed from the cache.
+    FeedCache.removeFeed(aFeed.url);
+
+    if (aFeed.parseItems)
+    {
+      // Do this only if we're in parse/store mode.
+      aFeed.removeInvalidItems(false);
+
+      if (aCode == FeedUtils.kNewsBlogSuccess && aFeed.mLastModified)
+        aFeed.lastModified = aFeed.mLastModified;
+
+      // Flush any feed item changes to disk.
+      let ds = FeedUtils.getItemsDS(aFeed.server);
+      ds.Flush();
+      FeedUtils.log.debug("Feed.cleanupParsingState: items stored - " + this.itemsStored);
+    }
+
+    // Force the xml http request to go away.  This helps reduce some nasty
+    // assertions on shut down.
+    this.request = null;
+    this.itemsToStore = "";
+    this.itemsToStoreIndex = 0;
+    this.itemsStored = 0;
+    this.storeItemsTimer = null;
+
+    if (aFeed.downloadCallback)
+      aFeed.downloadCallback.downloaded(aFeed, aCode);
+  },
+
+  // nsITimerCallback
+  notify: function(aTimer)
+  {
+    this.storeNextItem();
+  }
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/extensions/newsblog/content/FeedItem.js b/mailnews/extensions/newsblog/content/FeedItem.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..09e4eb861
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/extensions/newsblog/content/FeedItem.js
@@ -0,0 +1,490 @@
+/* -*- Mode: JavaScript; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+function FeedItem()
+{
+  this.mDate = FeedUtils.getValidRFC5322Date();
+  this.mUnicodeConverter = Cc["@mozilla.org/intl/scriptableunicodeconverter"].
+                           createInstance(Ci.nsIScriptableUnicodeConverter);
+  this.mParserUtils = Cc["@mozilla.org/parserutils;1"].
+                      getService(Ci.nsIParserUtils);
+}
+
+FeedItem.prototype =
+{
+  // Only for IETF Atom.
+  xmlContentBase: null,
+  id: null,
+  feed: null,
+  description: null,
+  content: null,
+  enclosures: [],
+  title: null,
+  author: "anonymous",
+  inReplyTo: "",
+  keywords: [],
+  mURL: null,
+  characterSet: "UTF-8",
+
+  ENCLOSURE_BOUNDARY_PREFIX: "--------------", // 14 dashes
+  ENCLOSURE_HEADER_BOUNDARY_PREFIX: "------------", // 12 dashes
+  MESSAGE_TEMPLATE: '\n' +
+    '<html>\n' +
+    '  <head>\n' +
+    '    <title>%TITLE%</title>\n' +
+    '    <base href="%BASE%">\n' +
+    '  </head>\n' +
+    '  <body id="msgFeedSummaryBody" selected="false">\n' +
+    '    %CONTENT%\n' +
+    '  </body>\n' +
+    '</html>\n',
+
+  get url()
+  {
+    return this.mURL;
+  },
+
+  set url(aVal)
+  {
+    try
+    {
+      this.mURL = Services.io.newURI(aVal, null, null).spec;
+    }
+    catch(ex)
+    {
+      // The url as published or constructed can be a non url.  It's used as a
+      // feeditem identifier in feeditems.rdf, as a messageId, and as an href
+      // and for the content-base header.  Save as is; ensure not null.
+      this.mURL = aVal ? aVal : "";
+    }
+  },
+
+  get date()
+  {
+    return this.mDate;
+  },
+
+  set date (aVal)
+  {
+    this.mDate = aVal;
+  },
+
+  get identity ()
+  {
+    return this.feed.name + ": " + this.title + " (" + this.id + ")"
+  },
+
+  normalizeMessageID: function(messageID)
+  {
+    // Escape occurrences of message ID meta characters <, >, and @.
+    messageID.replace(/</g, "%3C");
+    messageID.replace(/>/g, "%3E");
+    messageID.replace(/@/g, "%40");
+    messageID = "<" + messageID.trim() + "@" + "localhost.localdomain" + ">";
+
+    FeedUtils.log.trace("FeedItem.normalizeMessageID: messageID - " + messageID);
+    return messageID;
+  },
+
+  get itemUniqueURI()
+  {
+    return this.createURN(this.id);
+  },
+
+  get contentBase()
+  {
+    if(this.xmlContentBase)
+      return this.xmlContentBase
+    else
+      return this.mURL;
+  },
+
+  store: function()
+  {
+    // this.title and this.content contain HTML.
+    // this.mUrl and this.contentBase contain plain text.
+
+    let stored = false;
+    let resource = this.findStoredResource();
+    if (!this.feed.folder)
+      return stored;
+
+    if (resource == null)
+    {
+      resource = FeedUtils.rdf.GetResource(this.itemUniqueURI);
+      if (!this.content)
+      {
+        FeedUtils.log.trace("FeedItem.store: " + this.identity +
+                            " no content; storing description or title");
+        this.content = this.description || this.title;
+      }
+
+      let content = this.MESSAGE_TEMPLATE;
+      content = content.replace(/%TITLE%/, this.title);
+      content = content.replace(/%BASE%/, this.htmlEscape(this.contentBase));
+      content = content.replace(/%CONTENT%/, this.content);
+      this.content = content;
+      this.writeToFolder();
+      this.markStored(resource);
+      stored = true;
+    }
+    this.markValid(resource);
+    return stored;
+  },
+
+  findStoredResource: function()
+  {
+    // Checks to see if the item has already been stored in its feed's
+    // message folder.
+    FeedUtils.log.trace("FeedItem.findStoredResource: checking if stored - " +
+                        this.identity);
+
+    let server = this.feed.server;
+    let folder = this.feed.folder;
+
+    if (!folder)
+    {
+      FeedUtils.log.debug("FeedItem.findStoredResource: folder '" +
+                          this.feed.folderName +
+                          "' doesn't exist; creating as child of " +
+                          server.rootMsgFolder.prettyName + "\n");
+      this.feed.createFolder();
+      return null;
+    }
+
+    let ds = FeedUtils.getItemsDS(server);
+    let itemURI = this.itemUniqueURI;
+    let itemResource = FeedUtils.rdf.GetResource(itemURI);
+
+    let downloaded = ds.GetTarget(itemResource, FeedUtils.FZ_STORED, true);
+
+    if (!downloaded ||
+        downloaded.QueryInterface(Ci.nsIRDFLiteral).Value == "false")
+    {
+      FeedUtils.log.trace("FeedItem.findStoredResource: not stored");
+      return null;
+    }
+
+    FeedUtils.log.trace("FeedItem.findStoredResource: already stored");
+    return itemResource;
+  },
+
+  markValid: function(resource)
+  {
+    let ds = FeedUtils.getItemsDS(this.feed.server);
+
+    let newTimeStamp = FeedUtils.rdf.GetLiteral(new Date().getTime());
+    let currentTimeStamp = ds.GetTarget(resource,
+                                        FeedUtils.FZ_LAST_SEEN_TIMESTAMP,
+                                        true);
+    if (currentTimeStamp)
+      ds.Change(resource, FeedUtils.FZ_LAST_SEEN_TIMESTAMP,
+                currentTimeStamp, newTimeStamp);
+    else
+      ds.Assert(resource, FeedUtils.FZ_LAST_SEEN_TIMESTAMP,
+                newTimeStamp, true);
+
+    if (!ds.HasAssertion(resource, FeedUtils.FZ_FEED,
+                         FeedUtils.rdf.GetResource(this.feed.url), true))
+      ds.Assert(resource, FeedUtils.FZ_FEED,
+                FeedUtils.rdf.GetResource(this.feed.url), true);
+
+    if (ds.hasArcOut(resource, FeedUtils.FZ_VALID))
+    {
+      let currentValue = ds.GetTarget(resource, FeedUtils.FZ_VALID, true);
+      ds.Change(resource, FeedUtils.FZ_VALID,
+                currentValue, FeedUtils.RDF_LITERAL_TRUE);
+    }
+    else
+      ds.Assert(resource, FeedUtils.FZ_VALID, FeedUtils.RDF_LITERAL_TRUE, true);
+  },
+
+  markStored: function(resource)
+  {
+    let ds = FeedUtils.getItemsDS(this.feed.server);
+
+    if (!ds.HasAssertion(resource, FeedUtils.FZ_FEED,
+                         FeedUtils.rdf.GetResource(this.feed.url), true))
+      ds.Assert(resource, FeedUtils.FZ_FEED,
+                FeedUtils.rdf.GetResource(this.feed.url), true);
+
+    let currentValue;
+    if (ds.hasArcOut(resource, FeedUtils.FZ_STORED))
+    {
+      currentValue = ds.GetTarget(resource, FeedUtils.FZ_STORED, true);
+      ds.Change(resource, FeedUtils.FZ_STORED, 
+                currentValue, FeedUtils.RDF_LITERAL_TRUE);
+    }
+    else
+      ds.Assert(resource, FeedUtils.FZ_STORED,
+                FeedUtils.RDF_LITERAL_TRUE, true);
+  },
+
+  mimeEncodeSubject: function(aSubject, aCharset)
+  {
+    // This routine sometimes throws exceptions for mis-encoded data so
+    // wrap it with a try catch for now.
+    let newSubject;
+    try
+    {
+      newSubject = mailServices.mimeConverter.encodeMimePartIIStr_UTF8(aSubject,
+                     false,
+                     aCharset, 9, 72);
+    }
+    catch (ex)
+    {
+      newSubject = aSubject;
+    }
+
+    return newSubject;
+  },
+
+  writeToFolder: function()
+  {
+    FeedUtils.log.trace("FeedItem.writeToFolder: " + this.identity +
+                        " writing to message folder " + this.feed.name);
+    // Convert the title to UTF-16 before performing our HTML entity
+    // replacement reg expressions.
+    let title = this.title;
+
+    // The subject may contain HTML entities.  Convert these to their unencoded
+    // state. i.e. &amp; becomes '&'.
+    title = this.mParserUtils.convertToPlainText(
+        title,
+        Ci.nsIDocumentEncoder.OutputSelectionOnly |
+        Ci.nsIDocumentEncoder.OutputAbsoluteLinks,
+        0);
+
+    // Compress white space in the subject to make it look better.  Trim
+    // leading/trailing spaces to prevent mbox header folding issue at just
+    // the right subject length.
+    title = title.replace(/[\t\r\n]+/g, " ").trim();
+
+    this.title = this.mimeEncodeSubject(title, this.characterSet);
+
+    // If the date looks like it's in W3C-DTF format, convert it into
+    // an IETF standard date.  Otherwise assume it's in IETF format.
+    if (this.mDate.search(/^\d\d\d\d/) != -1)
+      this.mDate = new Date(this.mDate).toUTCString();
+
+    // If there is an inreplyto value, create the headers.
+    let inreplytoHdrsStr = this.inReplyTo ?
+      ("References: " + this.inReplyTo + "\n" +
+       "In-Reply-To: " + this.inReplyTo + "\n") : "";
+
+    // If there are keywords (categories), create the headers. In the case of
+    // a longer than RFC5322 recommended line length, create multiple folded
+    // lines (easier to parse than multiple Keywords headers).
+    let keywordsStr = "";
+    if (this.keywords.length)
+    {
+      let HEADER = "Keywords: ";
+      let MAXLEN = 78;
+      keywordsStr = HEADER;
+      let keyword;
+      let keywords = [].concat(this.keywords);
+      let lines = [];
+      while (keywords.length)
+      {
+        keyword = keywords.shift();
+        if (keywordsStr.length + keyword.length > MAXLEN)
+        {
+          lines.push(keywordsStr)
+          keywordsStr = " ".repeat(HEADER.length);
+        }
+        keywordsStr += keyword + ",";
+      }
+      keywordsStr = keywordsStr.replace(/,$/,"\n");
+      lines.push(keywordsStr)
+      keywordsStr = lines.join("\n");
+    }
+
+    // Escape occurrences of "From " at the beginning of lines of
+    // content per the mbox standard, since "From " denotes a new
+    // message, and add a line break so we know the last line has one.
+    this.content = this.content.replace(/([\r\n]+)(>*From )/g, "$1>$2");
+    this.content += "\n";
+
+    // The opening line of the message, mandated by standards to start
+    // with "From ".  It's useful to construct this separately because
+    // we not only need to write it into the message, we also need to
+    // use it to calculate the offset of the X-Mozilla-Status lines from
+    // the front of the message for the statusOffset property of the
+    // DB header object.
+    let openingLine = 'From - ' + this.mDate + '\n';
+
+    let source =
+      openingLine +
+      'X-Mozilla-Status: 0000\n' +
+      'X-Mozilla-Status2: 00000000\n' +
+      'X-Mozilla-Keys: ' + " ".repeat(80) + '\n' +
+      'Received: by localhost; ' + FeedUtils.getValidRFC5322Date() + '\n' +
+      'Date: ' + this.mDate + '\n' +
+      'Message-Id: ' + this.normalizeMessageID(this.id) + '\n' +
+      'From: ' + this.author + '\n' +
+      'MIME-Version: 1.0\n' +
+      'Subject: ' + this.title + '\n' +
+      inreplytoHdrsStr +
+      keywordsStr +
+      'Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n' +
+      'Content-Base: ' + this.mURL + '\n';
+
+    if (this.enclosures.length)
+    {
+      let boundaryID = source.length;
+      source += 'Content-Type: multipart/mixed; boundary="' +
+                this.ENCLOSURE_HEADER_BOUNDARY_PREFIX + boundaryID + '"' + '\n\n' +
+                'This is a multi-part message in MIME format.\n' +
+                this.ENCLOSURE_BOUNDARY_PREFIX + boundaryID + '\n' +
+                'Content-Type: text/html; charset=' + this.characterSet + '\n' +
+                'Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n' +
+                this.content;
+
+      this.enclosures.forEach(function(enclosure) {
+        source += enclosure.convertToAttachment(boundaryID);
+      });
+
+      source += this.ENCLOSURE_BOUNDARY_PREFIX + boundaryID + '--' + '\n\n\n';
+    }
+    else
+      source += 'Content-Type: text/html; charset=' + this.characterSet + '\n' +
+                this.content;
+
+    FeedUtils.log.trace("FeedItem.writeToFolder: " + this.identity +
+                        " is " + source.length + " characters long");
+
+    // Get the folder and database storing the feed's messages and headers.
+    let folder = this.feed.folder.QueryInterface(Ci.nsIMsgLocalMailFolder);
+    let msgFolder = folder.QueryInterface(Ci.nsIMsgFolder);
+    msgFolder.gettingNewMessages = true;
+    // Source is a unicode string, we want to save a char * string in
+    // the original charset. So convert back.
+    this.mUnicodeConverter.charset = this.characterSet;
+    let msgDBHdr = folder.addMessage(this.mUnicodeConverter.ConvertFromUnicode(source));
+    msgDBHdr.OrFlags(Ci.nsMsgMessageFlags.FeedMsg);
+    msgFolder.gettingNewMessages = false;
+    this.tagItem(msgDBHdr, this.keywords);
+  },
+
+/**
+ * Autotag messages.
+ *
+ * @param  nsIMsgDBHdr aMsgDBHdr - message to tag
+ * @param  array aKeywords       - keywords (tags)
+ */
+  tagItem: function(aMsgDBHdr, aKeywords)
+  {
+    let categoryPrefs = this.feed.categoryPrefs();
+    if (!aKeywords.length || !categoryPrefs.enabled)
+      return;
+
+    let msgArray = Cc["@mozilla.org/array;1"].createInstance(Ci.nsIMutableArray);
+    msgArray.appendElement(aMsgDBHdr, false);
+
+    let prefix = categoryPrefs.prefixEnabled ? categoryPrefs.prefix : "";
+    let rtl = Services.prefs.getIntPref("bidi.direction") == 2;
+
+    let keys = [];
+    for (let keyword of aKeywords)
+    {
+      keyword = rtl ? keyword + prefix : prefix + keyword;
+      let keyForTag = MailServices.tags.getKeyForTag(keyword);
+      if (!keyForTag)
+      {
+        // Add the tag if it doesn't exist.
+        MailServices.tags.addTag(keyword, "", FeedUtils.AUTOTAG);
+        keyForTag = MailServices.tags.getKeyForTag(keyword);
+      }
+
+      // Add the tag key to the keys array.
+      keys.push(keyForTag);
+    }
+
+    if (keys.length)
+      // Add the keys to the message.
+      aMsgDBHdr.folder.addKeywordsToMessages(msgArray, keys.join(" "));
+  },
+
+  htmlEscape: function(s)
+  {
+    s = s.replace(/&/g, "&amp;");
+    s = s.replace(/>/g, "&gt;");
+    s = s.replace(/</g, "&lt;");
+    s = s.replace(/'/g, "&#39;");
+    s = s.replace(/"/g, "&quot;");
+    return s;
+  },
+
+  createURN: function(aName)
+  {
+    // Returns name as a URN in the 'feeditem' namespace. The returned URN is
+    // (or is intended to be) RFC2141 compliant.
+    // The builtin encodeURI provides nearly the exact encoding functionality
+    // required by the RFC.  The exceptions are that NULL characters should not
+    // appear, and that #, /, ?, &, and ~ should be escaped.
+    // NULL characters are removed before encoding.
+
+    let name = aName.replace(/\0/g, "");
+    let encoded = encodeURI(name);
+    encoded = encoded.replace(/\#/g, "%23");
+    encoded = encoded.replace(/\//g, "%2f");
+    encoded = encoded.replace(/\?/g, "%3f");
+    encoded = encoded.replace(/\&/g, "%26");
+    encoded = encoded.replace(/\~/g, "%7e");
+
+    return FeedUtils.FZ_ITEM_NS + encoded;
+  }
+};
+
+
+// A feed enclosure is to RSS what an attachment is for e-mail.  We make
+// enclosures look like attachments in the UI.
+function FeedEnclosure(aURL, aContentType, aLength, aTitle)
+{
+  this.mURL = aURL;
+  // Store a reasonable mimetype if content-type is not present.
+  this.mContentType = aContentType || "application/unknown";
+  this.mLength = aLength;
+  this.mTitle = aTitle;
+
+  // Generate a fileName from the URL.
+  if (this.mURL)
+  {
+    try
+    {
+      this.mFileName = Services.io.newURI(this.mURL, null, null).
+                                   QueryInterface(Ci.nsIURL).
+                                   fileName;
+    }
+    catch(ex)
+    {
+      this.mFileName = this.mURL;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+FeedEnclosure.prototype =
+{
+  mURL: "",
+  mContentType: "",
+  mLength: 0,
+  mFileName: "",
+  mTitle: "",
+  ENCLOSURE_BOUNDARY_PREFIX: "--------------", // 14 dashes
+
+  // Returns a string that looks like an e-mail attachment which represents
+  // the enclosure.
+  convertToAttachment: function(aBoundaryID)
+  {
+    return '\n' +
+      this.ENCLOSURE_BOUNDARY_PREFIX + aBoundaryID + '\n' +
+      'Content-Type: ' + this.mContentType +
+                     '; name="' + (this.mTitle || this.mFileName) +
+                     (this.mLength ? '"; size=' + this.mLength : '"') + '\n' +
+      'X-Mozilla-External-Attachment-URL: ' + this.mURL + '\n' +
+      'Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="' + this.mFileName + '"\n\n' +
+      FeedUtils.strings.GetStringFromName("externalAttachmentMsg") + '\n';
+  }
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/extensions/newsblog/content/FeedUtils.jsm b/mailnews/extensions/newsblog/content/FeedUtils.jsm
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6d5e64dd2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/extensions/newsblog/content/FeedUtils.jsm
@@ -0,0 +1,1608 @@
+/* -*- Mode: JavaScript; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+this.EXPORTED_SYMBOLS = ["Feed", "FeedItem", "FeedParser", "FeedUtils"];
+
+var {classes: Cc, interfaces: Ci, utils: Cu} = Components;
+
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/log4moz.js");
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/mailServices.js");
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/MailUtils.js");
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/jsmime.jsm");
+Cu.import("resource://gre/modules/FileUtils.jsm");
+Cu.import("resource://gre/modules/Services.jsm");
+Cu.import("resource://gre/modules/XPCOMUtils.jsm");
+
+Services.scriptloader.loadSubScript("chrome://messenger-newsblog/content/Feed.js");
+Services.scriptloader.loadSubScript("chrome://messenger-newsblog/content/FeedItem.js");
+Services.scriptloader.loadSubScript("chrome://messenger-newsblog/content/feed-parser.js");
+
+var FeedUtils = {
+  MOZ_PARSERERROR_NS: "http://www.mozilla.org/newlayout/xml/parsererror.xml",
+
+  RDF_SYNTAX_NS: "http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#",
+  RDF_SYNTAX_TYPE: "http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#type",
+  get RDF_TYPE() { return this.rdf.GetResource(this.RDF_SYNTAX_TYPE) },
+
+  RSS_090_NS: "http://my.netscape.com/rdf/simple/0.9/",
+
+  RSS_NS: "http://purl.org/rss/1.0/",
+  get RSS_CHANNEL()     { return this.rdf.GetResource(this.RSS_NS + "channel") },
+  get RSS_TITLE()       { return this.rdf.GetResource(this.RSS_NS + "title") },
+  get RSS_DESCRIPTION() { return this.rdf.GetResource(this.RSS_NS + "description") },
+  get RSS_ITEMS()       { return this.rdf.GetResource(this.RSS_NS + "items") },
+  get RSS_ITEM()        { return this.rdf.GetResource(this.RSS_NS + "item") },
+  get RSS_LINK()        { return this.rdf.GetResource(this.RSS_NS + "link") },
+
+  RSS_CONTENT_NS: "http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/",
+  get RSS_CONTENT_ENCODED() {
+    return this.rdf.GetResource(this.RSS_CONTENT_NS + "encoded");
+  },
+
+  DC_NS: "http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/",
+  get DC_CREATOR()      { return this.rdf.GetResource(this.DC_NS + "creator") },
+  get DC_SUBJECT()      { return this.rdf.GetResource(this.DC_NS + "subject") },
+  get DC_DATE()         { return this.rdf.GetResource(this.DC_NS + "date") },
+  get DC_TITLE()        { return this.rdf.GetResource(this.DC_NS + "title") },
+  get DC_LASTMODIFIED() { return this.rdf.GetResource(this.DC_NS + "lastModified") },
+  get DC_IDENTIFIER()   { return this.rdf.GetResource(this.DC_NS + "identifier") },
+
+  MRSS_NS: "http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/",
+  FEEDBURNER_NS: "http://rssnamespace.org/feedburner/ext/1.0",
+  ITUNES_NS: "http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd",
+
+  FZ_NS: "urn:forumzilla:",
+  FZ_ITEM_NS: "urn:feeditem:",
+  get FZ_ROOT()       { return this.rdf.GetResource(this.FZ_NS + "root") },
+  get FZ_FEEDS()      { return this.rdf.GetResource(this.FZ_NS + "feeds") },
+  get FZ_FEED()       { return this.rdf.GetResource(this.FZ_NS + "feed") },
+  get FZ_QUICKMODE()  { return this.rdf.GetResource(this.FZ_NS + "quickMode") },
+  get FZ_DESTFOLDER() { return this.rdf.GetResource(this.FZ_NS + "destFolder") },
+  get FZ_STORED()     { return this.rdf.GetResource(this.FZ_NS + "stored") },
+  get FZ_VALID()      { return this.rdf.GetResource(this.FZ_NS + "valid") },
+  get FZ_OPTIONS()    { return this.rdf.GetResource(this.FZ_NS + "options"); },
+  get FZ_LAST_SEEN_TIMESTAMP() {
+    return this.rdf.GetResource(this.FZ_NS + "last-seen-timestamp");
+  },
+
+  get RDF_LITERAL_TRUE()  { return this.rdf.GetLiteral("true") },
+  get RDF_LITERAL_FALSE() { return this.rdf.GetLiteral("false") },
+
+  // Atom constants
+  ATOM_03_NS: "http://purl.org/atom/ns#",
+  ATOM_IETF_NS: "http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom",
+  ATOM_THREAD_NS: "http://purl.org/syndication/thread/1.0",
+
+  // Accept content mimetype preferences for feeds.
+  REQUEST_ACCEPT: "application/atom+xml," +
+                  "application/rss+xml;q=0.9," +
+                  "application/rdf+xml;q=0.8," +
+                  "application/xml;q=0.7,text/xml;q=0.7," +
+                  "*/*;q=0.1",
+  // Timeout for nonresponse to request, 30 seconds.
+  REQUEST_TIMEOUT: 30 * 1000,
+
+  // The approximate amount of time, specified in milliseconds, to leave an
+  // item in the RDF cache after the item has dissappeared from feeds.
+  // The delay is currently one day.
+  INVALID_ITEM_PURGE_DELAY: 24 * 60 * 60 * 1000,
+
+  kBiffMinutesDefault: 100,
+  kNewsBlogSuccess: 0,
+  // Usually means there was an error trying to parse the feed.
+  kNewsBlogInvalidFeed: 1,
+  // Generic networking failure when trying to download the feed.
+  kNewsBlogRequestFailure: 2,
+  kNewsBlogFeedIsBusy: 3,
+  // For 304 Not Modified; There are no new articles for this feed.
+  kNewsBlogNoNewItems: 4,
+  kNewsBlogCancel: 5,
+  kNewsBlogFileError: 6,
+  // Invalid certificate, for overridable user exception errors.
+  kNewsBlogBadCertError: 7,
+  // For 401 Unauthorized or 403 Forbidden.
+  kNewsBlogNoAuthError: 8,
+
+  CANCEL_REQUESTED: false,
+  AUTOTAG: "~AUTOTAG",
+
+/**
+ * Get all rss account servers rootFolders.
+ *
+ * @return array of nsIMsgIncomingServer (empty array if none).
+ */
+  getAllRssServerRootFolders: function() {
+    let rssRootFolders = [];
+    let allServers = MailServices.accounts.allServers;
+    for (let i = 0; i < allServers.length; i++)
+    {
+      let server = allServers.queryElementAt(i, Ci.nsIMsgIncomingServer);
+      if (server && server.type == "rss")
+        rssRootFolders.push(server.rootFolder);
+    }
+
+    // By default, Tb sorts by hostname, ie Feeds, Feeds-1, and not by alpha
+    // prettyName.  Do the same as a stock install to match folderpane order.
+    rssRootFolders.sort(function(a, b) { return a.hostname > b.hostname });
+
+    return rssRootFolders;
+  },
+
+/**
+ * Create rss account.
+ *
+ * @param  string [aName] - optional account name to override default.
+ * @return nsIMsgAccount.
+ */
+  createRssAccount: function(aName) {
+    let userName = "nobody";
+    let hostName = "Feeds";
+    let hostNamePref = hostName;
+    let server;
+    let serverType = "rss";
+    let defaultName = FeedUtils.strings.GetStringFromName("feeds-accountname");
+    let i = 2;
+    while (MailServices.accounts.findRealServer(userName, hostName, serverType, 0))
+      // If "Feeds" exists, try "Feeds-2", then "Feeds-3", etc.
+      hostName = hostNamePref + "-" + i++;
+
+    server = MailServices.accounts.createIncomingServer(userName, hostName, serverType);
+    server.biffMinutes = FeedUtils.kBiffMinutesDefault;
+    server.prettyName = aName ? aName : defaultName;
+    server.valid = true;
+    let account = MailServices.accounts.createAccount();
+    account.incomingServer = server;
+
+    // Ensure the Trash folder db (.msf) is created otherwise folder/message
+    // deletes will throw until restart creates it.
+    server.msgStore.discoverSubFolders(server.rootMsgFolder, false);
+
+    // Create "Local Folders" if none exist yet as it's guaranteed that
+    // those exist when any account exists.
+    let localFolders;
+    try {
+      localFolders = MailServices.accounts.localFoldersServer;
+    }
+    catch (ex) {}
+
+    if (!localFolders)
+      MailServices.accounts.createLocalMailAccount();
+
+    // Save new accounts in case of a crash.
+    try {
+      MailServices.accounts.saveAccountInfo();
+    }
+    catch (ex) {
+      this.log.error("FeedUtils.createRssAccount: error on saveAccountInfo - " + ex);
+    }
+
+    this.log.debug("FeedUtils.createRssAccount: " +
+                   account.incomingServer.rootFolder.prettyName);
+
+    return account;
+  },
+
+/**
+ * Helper routine that checks our subscriptions list array and returns
+ * true if the url is already in our list.  This is used to prevent the
+ * user from subscribing to the same feed multiple times for the same server.
+ *
+ * @param  string aUrl                  - the url.
+ * @param  nsIMsgIncomingServer aServer - account server.
+ * @return boolean                      - true if exists else false.
+ */
+  feedAlreadyExists: function(aUrl, aServer) {
+    let ds = this.getSubscriptionsDS(aServer);
+    let feeds = this.getSubscriptionsList(ds);
+    let resource = this.rdf.GetResource(aUrl);
+    if (feeds.IndexOf(resource) == -1)
+      return false;
+
+    let folder = ds.GetTarget(resource, FeedUtils.FZ_DESTFOLDER, true)
+                   .QueryInterface(Ci.nsIRDFResource).ValueUTF8;
+    this.log.info("FeedUtils.feedAlreadyExists: feed url " + aUrl +
+                  " subscribed in folder url " + decodeURI(folder));
+
+    return true;
+  },
+
+/**
+ * Download a feed url on biff or get new messages.
+ *
+ * @param   nsIMsgFolder aFolder         - folder
+ * @param   nsIUrlListener aUrlListener  - feed url
+ * @param   bool aIsBiff                 - true if biff, false if manual get
+ * @param   nsIDOMWindow aMsgWindow      - window
+ */
+  downloadFeed: function(aFolder, aUrlListener, aIsBiff, aMsgWindow) {
+    if (Services.io.offline)
+      return;
+
+    // We don't yet support the ability to check for new articles while we are
+    // in the middle of subscribing to a feed. For now, abort the check for
+    // new feeds.
+    if (FeedUtils.progressNotifier.mSubscribeMode)
+    {
+      FeedUtils.log.warn("downloadFeed: Aborting RSS New Mail Check. " +
+                         "Feed subscription in progress\n");
+      return;
+    }
+
+    let allFolders = Cc["@mozilla.org/array;1"].createInstance(Ci.nsIMutableArray);
+    if (!aFolder.isServer) {
+      // Add the base folder; it does not get returned by ListDescendants. Do not
+      // add the account folder as it doesn't have the feedUrl property or even
+      // a msgDatabase necessarily.
+      allFolders.appendElement(aFolder, false);
+    }
+
+    aFolder.ListDescendants(allFolders);
+
+    let folder;
+    function* feeder() {
+      let numFolders = allFolders.length;
+      for (let i = 0; i < numFolders; i++) {
+        folder = allFolders.queryElementAt(i, Ci.nsIMsgFolder);
+        FeedUtils.log.debug("downloadFeed: START x/# foldername:uri - " +
+                            (i+1) + "/" + numFolders + " " +
+                            folder.name + ":" + folder.URI);
+
+        // Ensure folder's msgDatabase is openable for new message processing.
+        // If not, reparse. After the async reparse the folder will be ready
+        // for the next cycle; don't bother with a listener. Continue with
+        // the next folder, as attempting to add a message to a folder with
+        // an unavailable msgDatabase will throw later.
+        if (!FeedUtils.isMsgDatabaseOpenable(folder, true))
+          continue;
+
+        let feedUrlArray = FeedUtils.getFeedUrlsInFolder(folder);
+        // Continue if there are no feedUrls for the folder in the feeds
+        // database.  All folders in Trash are skipped.
+        if (!feedUrlArray)
+          continue;
+
+        FeedUtils.log.debug("downloadFeed: CONTINUE foldername:urlArray - " +
+                            folder.name + ":" + feedUrlArray);
+
+        FeedUtils.progressNotifier.init(aMsgWindow, false);
+
+        // We need to kick off a download for each feed.
+        let id, feed;
+        for (let url of feedUrlArray)
+        {
+          id = FeedUtils.rdf.GetResource(url);
+          feed = new Feed(id, folder.server);
+          feed.folder = folder;
+          // Bump our pending feed download count.
+          FeedUtils.progressNotifier.mNumPendingFeedDownloads++;
+          feed.download(true, FeedUtils.progressNotifier);
+          FeedUtils.log.debug("downloadFeed: DOWNLOAD feed url - " + url);
+
+          Services.tm.mainThread.dispatch(function() {
+            try {
+              let done = getFeed.next().done;
+              if (done) {
+                // Finished with all feeds in base folder and its subfolders.
+                FeedUtils.log.debug("downloadFeed: Finished with folder - " +
+                                    aFolder.name);
+                folder = null;
+                allFolders = null;
+              }
+            }
+            catch (ex) {
+              FeedUtils.log.error("downloadFeed: error - " + ex);
+              FeedUtils.progressNotifier.downloaded({name: folder.name}, 0);
+            }
+          }, Ci.nsIThread.DISPATCH_NORMAL);
+
+          yield undefined;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    let getFeed = feeder();
+    try {
+      let done = getFeed.next().done;
+      if (done) {
+        // Nothing to do.
+        FeedUtils.log.debug("downloadFeed: Nothing to do in folder - " +
+                            aFolder.name);
+        folder = null;
+        allFolders = null;
+      }
+    }
+    catch (ex) {
+      FeedUtils.log.error("downloadFeed: error - " + ex);
+      FeedUtils.progressNotifier.downloaded({name: aFolder.name}, 0);
+    }
+  },
+
+/**
+ * Subscribe a new feed url.
+ *
+ * @param   string aUrl              - feed url
+ * @param   nsIMsgFolder aFolder     - folder
+ * @param   nsIDOMWindow aMsgWindow  - window
+ */
+  subscribeToFeed: function(aUrl, aFolder, aMsgWindow) {
+    // We don't support the ability to subscribe to several feeds at once yet.
+    // For now, abort the subscription if we are already in the middle of
+    // subscribing to a feed via drag and drop.
+    if (FeedUtils.progressNotifier.mNumPendingFeedDownloads)
+    {
+      FeedUtils.log.warn("subscribeToFeed: Aborting RSS subscription. " +
+                         "Feed downloads already in progress\n");
+      return;
+    }
+
+    // If aFolder is null, then use the root folder for the first RSS account.
+    if (!aFolder)
+      aFolder = FeedUtils.getAllRssServerRootFolders()[0];
+
+    // If the user has no Feeds account yet, create one.
+    if (!aFolder)
+      aFolder = FeedUtils.createRssAccount().incomingServer.rootFolder;
+
+    if (!aMsgWindow)
+    {
+      let wlist = Services.wm.getEnumerator("mail:3pane");
+      if (wlist.hasMoreElements())
+      {
+        let win = wlist.getNext().QueryInterface(Ci.nsIDOMWindow);
+        win.focus();
+        aMsgWindow = win.msgWindow;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        // If there are no open windows, open one, pass it the URL, and
+        // during opening it will subscribe to the feed.
+        let arg = Cc["@mozilla.org/supports-string;1"].
+                  createInstance(Ci.nsISupportsString);
+        arg.data = aUrl;
+        Services.ww.openWindow(null, "chrome://messenger/content/",
+                               "_blank", "chrome,dialog=no,all", arg);
+        return;
+      }
+    }
+
+    // If aUrl is a feed url, then it is either of the form
+    // feed://example.org/feed.xml or feed:https://example.org/feed.xml.
+    // Replace feed:// with http:// per the spec, then strip off feed:
+    // for the second case.
+    aUrl = aUrl.replace(/^feed:\x2f\x2f/i, "http://");
+    aUrl = aUrl.replace(/^feed:/i, "");
+
+    // Make sure we aren't already subscribed to this feed before we attempt
+    // to subscribe to it.
+    if (FeedUtils.feedAlreadyExists(aUrl, aFolder.server))
+    {
+      aMsgWindow.statusFeedback.showStatusString(
+        FeedUtils.strings.GetStringFromName("subscribe-feedAlreadySubscribed"));
+      return;
+    }
+
+    let itemResource = FeedUtils.rdf.GetResource(aUrl);
+    let feed = new Feed(itemResource, aFolder.server);
+    feed.quickMode = feed.server.getBoolValue("quickMode");
+    feed.options = FeedUtils.getOptionsAcct(feed.server);
+
+    // If the root server, create a new folder for the feed.  The user must
+    // want us to add this subscription url to an existing RSS folder.
+    if (!aFolder.isServer)
+      feed.folder = aFolder;
+
+    FeedUtils.progressNotifier.init(aMsgWindow, true);
+    FeedUtils.progressNotifier.mNumPendingFeedDownloads++;
+    feed.download(true, FeedUtils.progressNotifier);
+  },
+
+/**
+ * Add a feed record to the feeds.rdf database and update the folder's feedUrl
+ * property.
+ *
+ * @param  object aFeed - our feed object
+ */
+  addFeed: function(aFeed) {
+    let ds = this.getSubscriptionsDS(aFeed.folder.server);
+    let feeds = this.getSubscriptionsList(ds);
+
+    // Generate a unique ID for the feed.
+    let id = aFeed.url;
+    let i = 1;
+    while (feeds.IndexOf(this.rdf.GetResource(id)) != -1 && ++i < 1000)
+      id = aFeed.url + i;
+    if (i == 1000)
+      throw new Error("FeedUtils.addFeed: couldn't generate a unique ID " +
+                      "for feed " + aFeed.url);
+
+    // Add the feed to the list.
+    id = this.rdf.GetResource(id);
+    feeds.AppendElement(id);
+    ds.Assert(id, this.RDF_TYPE, this.FZ_FEED, true);
+    ds.Assert(id, this.DC_IDENTIFIER, this.rdf.GetLiteral(aFeed.url), true);
+    if (aFeed.title)
+      ds.Assert(id, this.DC_TITLE, this.rdf.GetLiteral(aFeed.title), true);
+    ds.Assert(id, this.FZ_DESTFOLDER, aFeed.folder, true);
+    ds.Flush();
+
+    // Update folderpane.
+    this.setFolderPaneProperty(aFeed.folder, "favicon", null, "row");
+  },
+
+/**
+ * Delete a feed record from the feeds.rdf database and update the folder's
+ * feedUrl property.
+ *
+ * @param  nsIRDFResource aId           - feed url as rdf resource.
+ * @param  nsIMsgIncomingServer aServer - folder's account server.
+ * @param  nsIMsgFolder aParentFolder   - owning folder.
+ */
+  deleteFeed: function(aId, aServer, aParentFolder) {
+    let feed = new Feed(aId, aServer);
+    let ds = this.getSubscriptionsDS(aServer);
+
+    if (!feed || !ds)
+     return;
+
+    // Remove the feed from the subscriptions ds.
+    let feeds = this.getSubscriptionsList(ds);
+    let index = feeds.IndexOf(aId);
+    if (index != -1)
+      feeds.RemoveElementAt(index, false);
+
+    // Remove all assertions about the feed from the subscriptions database.
+    this.removeAssertions(ds, aId);
+    ds.Flush();
+
+    // Remove all assertions about items in the feed from the items database.
+    let itemds = this.getItemsDS(aServer);
+    feed.invalidateItems();
+    feed.removeInvalidItems(true);
+    itemds.Flush();
+
+    // Update folderpane.
+    this.setFolderPaneProperty(aParentFolder, "favicon", null, "row");
+  },
+
+/**
+ * Change an existing feed's url, as identified by FZ_FEED resource in the
+ * feeds.rdf subscriptions database.
+ *
+ * @param  obj aFeed      - the feed object
+ * @param  string aNewUrl - new url
+ * @return bool           - true if successful, else false
+ */
+  changeUrlForFeed: function(aFeed, aNewUrl) {
+    if (!aFeed || !aFeed.folder || !aNewUrl)
+      return false;
+
+    if (this.feedAlreadyExists(aNewUrl, aFeed.folder.server))
+    {
+      this.log.info("FeedUtils.changeUrlForFeed: new feed url " + aNewUrl +
+                    " already subscribed in account " + aFeed.folder.server.prettyName);
+      return false;
+    }
+
+    let title = aFeed.title;
+    let link = aFeed.link;
+    let quickMode = aFeed.quickMode;
+    let options = aFeed.options;
+
+    this.deleteFeed(this.rdf.GetResource(aFeed.url),
+                    aFeed.folder.server, aFeed.folder);
+    aFeed.resource = this.rdf.GetResource(aNewUrl)
+                             .QueryInterface(Ci.nsIRDFResource);
+    aFeed.title = title;
+    aFeed.link = link;
+    aFeed.quickMode = quickMode;
+    aFeed.options = options;
+    this.addFeed(aFeed);
+
+    let win = Services.wm.getMostRecentWindow("Mail:News-BlogSubscriptions");
+    if (win)
+      win.FeedSubscriptions.refreshSubscriptionView(aFeed.folder, aNewUrl);
+
+    return true;
+  },
+
+/**
+ * Get the list of feed urls for a folder, as identified by the FZ_DESTFOLDER
+ * tag, directly from the primary feeds.rdf subscriptions database.
+ *
+ * @param  nsIMsgFolder - the folder.
+ * @return array of urls, or null if none.
+ */
+  getFeedUrlsInFolder: function(aFolder) {
+    if (aFolder.isServer || aFolder.server.type != "rss" ||
+        aFolder.getFlag(Ci.nsMsgFolderFlags.Trash) ||
+        aFolder.getFlag(Ci.nsMsgFolderFlags.Virtual) ||
+        !aFolder.filePath.exists())
+      // There are never any feedUrls in the account/non-feed/trash/virtual
+      // folders or in a ghost folder (nonexistant on disk yet found in
+      // aFolder.subFolders).
+      return null;
+
+    let feedUrlArray = [];
+
+    // Get the list from the feeds database.
+    try {
+      let ds = this.getSubscriptionsDS(aFolder.server);
+      let enumerator = ds.GetSources(this.FZ_DESTFOLDER, aFolder, true);
+      while (enumerator.hasMoreElements())
+      {
+        let containerArc = enumerator.getNext();
+        let uri = containerArc.QueryInterface(Ci.nsIRDFResource).ValueUTF8;
+        feedUrlArray.push(uri);
+      }
+    }
+    catch(ex)
+    {
+      this.log.error("getFeedUrlsInFolder: feeds.rdf db error - " + ex);
+      this.log.error("getFeedUrlsInFolder: feeds.rdf db error for account - " +
+                     aFolder.server.serverURI + " : " + aFolder.server.prettyName);
+    }
+
+    return feedUrlArray.length ? feedUrlArray : null;
+  },
+
+/**
+ * Check if the folder's msgDatabase is openable, reparse if desired.
+ *
+ * @param  nsIMsgFolder aFolder - the folder
+ * @param  boolean aReparse     - reparse if true
+ * @return boolean              - true if msgDb is available, else false
+ */
+  isMsgDatabaseOpenable: function(aFolder, aReparse) {
+    let msgDb;
+    try {
+      msgDb = Cc["@mozilla.org/msgDatabase/msgDBService;1"]
+                .getService(Ci.nsIMsgDBService).openFolderDB(aFolder, true);
+    }
+    catch (ex) {}
+
+    if (msgDb)
+      return true;
+
+    if (!aReparse)
+      return false;
+
+    // Force a reparse.
+    FeedUtils.log.debug("checkMsgDb: rebuild msgDatabase for " +
+                        aFolder.name + " - " + aFolder.filePath.path);
+    try {
+      // Ignore error returns.
+      aFolder.QueryInterface(Ci.nsIMsgLocalMailFolder)
+             .getDatabaseWithReparse(null, null);
+    }
+    catch (ex) {}
+
+    return false;
+  },
+
+/**
+ * Update a folderpane cached property.
+ *
+ * @param  nsIMsgFolder aFolder   - folder
+ * @param  string aProperty       - property
+ * @param  string aValue          - value
+ * @param  string aInvalidate     - "row" = folder's row.
+ *                                  "all" = all rows.
+ */
+  setFolderPaneProperty: function(aFolder, aProperty, aValue, aInvalidate) {
+    let win = Services.wm.getMostRecentWindow("mail:3pane");
+    if (!aFolder || !aProperty || !win || !("gFolderTreeView" in win))
+      return;
+
+    win.gFolderTreeView.setFolderCacheProperty(aFolder, aProperty, aValue);
+
+    if (aInvalidate == "all") {
+      win.gFolderTreeView._tree.invalidate();
+    }
+    if (aInvalidate == "row") {
+      let row = win.gFolderTreeView.getIndexOfFolder(aFolder);
+      win.gFolderTreeView._tree.invalidateRow(row);
+    }
+  },
+
+/**
+ * Get the favicon for a feed folder subscription url (first one) or a feed
+ * message url. The favicon service caches it in memory if places history is
+ * not enabled.
+ *
+ * @param  nsIMsgFolder aFolder - the feed folder or null if aUrl
+ * @param  string aUrl          - a url (feed, message, other) or null if aFolder
+ * @param  string aIconUrl      - the icon url if already determined, else null
+ * @param  nsIDOMWindow aWindow - null if requesting url without setting it
+ * @param  function aCallback   - null or callback
+ * @return string               - the favicon url or empty string
+ */
+  getFavicon: function(aFolder, aUrl, aIconUrl, aWindow, aCallback) {
+    // On any error, cache an empty string to show the default favicon, and
+    // don't try anymore in this session.
+    let useDefaultFavicon = (() => {
+      if (aCallback)
+        aCallback("");
+      return "";
+    });
+
+    if (!Services.prefs.getBoolPref("browser.chrome.site_icons") ||
+        !Services.prefs.getBoolPref("browser.chrome.favicons"))
+      return useDefaultFavicon();
+
+    if (aIconUrl != null)
+      return aIconUrl;
+
+    let onLoadSuccess = (aEvent => {
+      let iconUri = Services.io.newURI(aEvent.target.src, null, null);
+      aWindow.specialTabs.mFaviconService.setAndFetchFaviconForPage(
+        uri, iconUri, false,
+        aWindow.specialTabs.mFaviconService.FAVICON_LOAD_NON_PRIVATE,
+        null, Services.scriptSecurityManager.getSystemPrincipal());
+
+      if (aCallback)
+        aCallback(iconUri.spec);
+    });
+
+    let onLoadError = (aEvent => {
+      useDefaultFavicon();
+      let url = aEvent.target.src;
+      aWindow.specialTabs.getFaviconFromPage(url, aCallback);
+    });
+
+    let url = aUrl;
+    if (!url)
+    {
+      // Get the proposed iconUrl from the folder's first subscribed feed's
+      // <link>.
+      if (!aFolder)
+        return useDefaultFavicon();
+
+      let feedUrls = this.getFeedUrlsInFolder(aFolder);
+      url = feedUrls ? feedUrls[0] : null;
+      if (!url)
+        return useDefaultFavicon();
+    }
+
+    if (aFolder)
+    {
+      let ds = this.getSubscriptionsDS(aFolder.server);
+      let resource = this.rdf.GetResource(url).QueryInterface(Ci.nsIRDFResource);
+      let feedLinkUrl = ds.GetTarget(resource, this.RSS_LINK, true);
+      feedLinkUrl = feedLinkUrl ?
+                      feedLinkUrl.QueryInterface(Ci.nsIRDFLiteral).Value : null;
+      url = feedLinkUrl && feedLinkUrl.startsWith("http") ? feedLinkUrl : url;
+    }
+
+    let uri, iconUri;
+    try {
+      uri = Services.io.newURI(url, null, null);
+      iconUri = Services.io.newURI(uri.prePath + "/favicon.ico", null, null);
+    }
+    catch (ex) {
+      return useDefaultFavicon();
+    }
+
+    if (!aWindow)
+      return iconUri.spec;
+
+    aWindow.specialTabs.loadFaviconImageNode(onLoadSuccess, onLoadError,
+                                             iconUri.spec);
+    // Cache the favicon url initially.
+    if (aCallback)
+      aCallback(iconUri.spec);
+
+    return iconUri.spec;
+  },
+
+/**
+ * Update the feeds.rdf database for rename and move/copy folder name changes.
+ *
+ * @param  nsIMsgFolder aFolder      - the folder, new if rename or target of
+ *                                      move/copy folder (new parent)
+ * @param  nsIMsgFolder aOrigFolder  - original folder
+ * @param  string aAction            - "move" or "copy" or "rename"
+ */
+  updateSubscriptionsDS: function(aFolder, aOrigFolder, aAction) {
+    this.log.debug("FeedUtils.updateSubscriptionsDS: " +
+                   "\nfolder changed - " + aAction +
+                   "\nnew folder  - " + aFolder.filePath.path +
+                   "\norig folder - " + aOrigFolder.filePath.path);
+
+    if (aFolder.server.type != "rss" || FeedUtils.isInTrash(aOrigFolder))
+      // Target not a feed account folder; nothing to do, or move/rename in
+      // trash; no subscriptions already.
+      return;
+
+    let newFolder = aFolder;
+    let newParentURI = aFolder.URI;
+    let origParentURI = aOrigFolder.URI;
+    if (aAction == "move" || aAction == "copy")
+    {
+      // Get the new folder. Don't process the entire parent (new dest folder)!
+      newFolder = aFolder.getChildNamed(aOrigFolder.name);
+      origParentURI = aOrigFolder.parent ? aOrigFolder.parent.URI :
+                                           aOrigFolder.rootFolder.URI;
+    }
+
+    this.updateFolderChangeInFeedsDS(newFolder, aOrigFolder, null, null);
+
+    // There may be subfolders, but we only get a single notification; iterate
+    // over all descendent folders of the folder whose location has changed.
+    let newSubFolders = Cc["@mozilla.org/array;1"].createInstance(Ci.nsIMutableArray);
+    newFolder.ListDescendants(newSubFolders);
+    for (let i = 0; i < newSubFolders.length; i++)
+    {
+      let newSubFolder = newSubFolders.queryElementAt(i, Ci.nsIMsgFolder);
+      FeedUtils.updateFolderChangeInFeedsDS(newSubFolder, aOrigFolder,
+                                            newParentURI, origParentURI)
+    }
+  },
+
+/**
+ * Update the feeds.rdf database with the new folder's or subfolder's location
+ * for rename and move/copy name changes. The feeds.rdf subscriptions db is
+ * also synced on cross account folder copies. Note that if a copied folder's
+ * url exists in the new account, its active subscription will be switched to
+ * the folder being copied, to enforce the one unique url per account design.
+ *
+ * @param  nsIMsgFolder aFolder      - new folder
+ * @param  nsIMsgFolder aOrigFolder  - original folder
+ * @param  string aNewAncestorURI    - for subfolders, ancestor new folder
+ * @param  string aOrigAncestorURI   - for subfolders, ancestor original folder
+ */
+  updateFolderChangeInFeedsDS: function(aFolder, aOrigFolder,
+                                        aNewAncestorURI, aOrigAncestorURI) {
+    this.log.debug("updateFolderChangeInFeedsDS: " +
+                   "\naFolder       - " + aFolder.URI +
+                   "\naOrigFolder   - " + aOrigFolder.URI +
+                   "\naOrigAncestor - " + aOrigAncestorURI +
+                   "\naNewAncestor  - " + aNewAncestorURI);
+
+    // Get the original folder's URI.
+    let folderURI = aFolder.URI;
+    let origURI = aNewAncestorURI && aOrigAncestorURI ?
+                    folderURI.replace(aNewAncestorURI, aOrigAncestorURI) :
+                    aOrigFolder.URI;
+    let origFolderRes = this.rdf.GetResource(origURI);
+    this.log.debug("updateFolderChangeInFeedsDS: urls origURI  - " + origURI);
+    // Get the original folder's url list from the feeds database.
+    let feedUrlArray = [];
+    let dsSrc = this.getSubscriptionsDS(aOrigFolder.server);
+    try {
+      let enumerator = dsSrc.GetSources(this.FZ_DESTFOLDER, origFolderRes, true);
+      while (enumerator.hasMoreElements())
+      {
+        let containerArc = enumerator.getNext();
+        let uri = containerArc.QueryInterface(Ci.nsIRDFResource).ValueUTF8;
+        feedUrlArray.push(uri);
+      }
+    }
+    catch(ex)
+    {
+      this.log.error("updateFolderChangeInFeedsDS: feeds.rdf db error for account - " +
+                     aOrigFolder.server.prettyName + " : " + ex);
+    }
+
+    if (!feedUrlArray.length)
+    {
+      this.log.debug("updateFolderChangeInFeedsDS: no feedUrls in this folder");
+      return;
+    }
+
+    let id, resource, node;
+    let ds = this.getSubscriptionsDS(aFolder.server);
+    for (let feedUrl of feedUrlArray)
+    {
+      this.log.debug("updateFolderChangeInFeedsDS: feedUrl - " + feedUrl);
+
+      id = this.rdf.GetResource(feedUrl);
+      // If move to trash, unsubscribe.
+      if (this.isInTrash(aFolder))
+      {
+        this.deleteFeed(id, aFolder.server, aFolder);
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        resource = this.rdf.GetResource(aFolder.URI);
+        // Get the node for the current folder URI.
+        node = ds.GetTarget(id, this.FZ_DESTFOLDER, true);
+        if (node)
+        {
+          ds.Change(id, this.FZ_DESTFOLDER, node, resource);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          // If adding a new feed it's a cross account action; make sure to
+          // preserve all properties from the original datasource where
+          // available. Otherwise use the new folder's name and default server
+          // quickMode; preserve link and options.
+          let feedTitle = dsSrc.GetTarget(id, this.DC_TITLE, true);
+          feedTitle = feedTitle ? feedTitle.QueryInterface(Ci.nsIRDFLiteral).Value :
+                                  resource.name;
+          let link = dsSrc.GetTarget(id, FeedUtils.RSS_LINK, true);
+          link = link ? link.QueryInterface(Ci.nsIRDFLiteral).Value : "";
+          let quickMode = dsSrc.GetTarget(id, this.FZ_QUICKMODE, true);
+          quickMode = quickMode ? quickMode.QueryInterface(Ci.nsIRDFLiteral).Value :
+                                  null;
+          quickMode = quickMode == "true" ? true :
+                      quickMode == "false" ? false :
+                      aFeed.folder.server.getBoolValue("quickMode");
+          let options = dsSrc.GetTarget(id, this.FZ_OPTIONS, true);
+          options = options ? JSON.parse(options.QueryInterface(Ci.nsIRDFLiteral).Value) :
+                              this.optionsTemplate;
+
+          let feed = new Feed(id, aFolder.server);
+          feed.folder = aFolder;
+          feed.title = feedTitle;
+          feed.link = link;
+          feed.quickMode = quickMode;
+          feed.options = options;
+          this.addFeed(feed);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    ds.Flush();
+  },
+
+/**
+ * When subscribing to feeds by dnd on, or adding a url to, the account
+ * folder (only), or creating folder structure via opml import, a subfolder is
+ * autocreated and thus the derived/given name must be sanitized to prevent
+ * filesystem errors. Hashing invalid chars based on OS rather than filesystem
+ * is not strictly correct.
+ *
+ * @param  nsIMsgFolder aParentFolder - parent folder
+ * @param  string       aProposedName - proposed name
+ * @param  string       aDefaultName  - default name if proposed sanitizes to
+ *                                      blank, caller ensures sane value
+ * @param  bool         aUnique       - if true, return a unique indexed name.
+ * @return string                     - sanitized unique name
+ */
+  getSanitizedFolderName: function(aParentFolder, aProposedName, aDefaultName, aUnique) {
+    // Clean up the name for the strictest fs (fat) and to ensure portability.
+    // 1) Replace line breaks and tabs '\n\r\t' with a space.
+    // 2) Remove nonprintable ascii.
+    // 3) Remove invalid win chars '* | \ / : < > ? "'.
+    // 4) Remove all '.' as starting/ending with one is trouble on osx/win.
+    // 5) No leading/trailing spaces.
+    let folderName = aProposedName.replace(/[\n\r\t]+/g, " ")
+                                  .replace(/[\x00-\x1F]+/g, "")
+                                  .replace(/[*|\\\/:<>?"]+/g, "")
+                                  .replace(/[\.]+/g, "")
+                                  .trim();
+
+    // Prefix with __ if name is:
+    // 1) a reserved win filename.
+    // 2) an undeletable/unrenameable special folder name (bug 259184).
+    if (folderName.toUpperCase()
+                  .match(/^COM\d$|^LPT\d$|^CON$|PRN$|^AUX$|^NUL$|^CLOCK\$/) ||
+        folderName.toUpperCase()
+                  .match(/^INBOX$|^OUTBOX$|^UNSENT MESSAGES$|^TRASH$/))
+      folderName = "__" + folderName;
+
+    // Use a default if no name is found.
+    if (!folderName)
+      folderName = aDefaultName;
+
+    if (!aUnique)
+      return folderName;
+
+    // Now ensure the folder name is not a dupe; if so append index.
+    let folderNameBase = folderName;
+    let i = 2;
+    while (aParentFolder.containsChildNamed(folderName))
+    {
+      folderName = folderNameBase + "-" + i++;
+    }
+
+    return folderName;
+  },
+
+/**
+ * This object will contain all feed specific properties.
+ */
+  _optionsDefault: {
+    version: 1,
+    // Autotag and <category> handling options.
+    category: {
+      enabled: false,
+      prefixEnabled: false,
+      prefix: null,
+    }
+  },
+
+  get optionsTemplate()
+  {
+    // Copy the object.
+    return JSON.parse(JSON.stringify(this._optionsDefault));
+  },
+
+  getOptionsAcct: function(aServer)
+  {
+    let optionsAcctPref = "mail.server." + aServer.key + ".feed_options";
+    try {
+      return JSON.parse(Services.prefs.getCharPref(optionsAcctPref));
+    }
+    catch (ex) {
+      this.setOptionsAcct(aServer, this._optionsDefault);
+      return JSON.parse(Services.prefs.getCharPref(optionsAcctPref));
+    }
+  },
+
+  setOptionsAcct: function(aServer, aOptions)
+  {
+    let optionsAcctPref = "mail.server." + aServer.key + ".feed_options";
+    let newOptions = this.newOptions(aOptions);
+    Services.prefs.setCharPref(optionsAcctPref, JSON.stringify(newOptions));
+  },
+
+  newOptions: function(aOptions)
+  {
+    // TODO: Clean options, so that only keys in the active template are stored.
+    return aOptions;
+  },
+
+  getSubscriptionsDS: function(aServer) {
+    if (this[aServer.serverURI] && this[aServer.serverURI]["FeedsDS"])
+      return this[aServer.serverURI]["FeedsDS"];
+
+    let file = this.getSubscriptionsFile(aServer);
+    let url = Services.io.getProtocolHandler("file").
+                          QueryInterface(Ci.nsIFileProtocolHandler).
+                          getURLSpecFromFile(file);
+
+    // GetDataSourceBlocking has a cache, so it's cheap to do this again
+    // once we've already done it once.
+    let ds = this.rdf.GetDataSourceBlocking(url);
+
+    if (!ds)
+      throw new Error("FeedUtils.getSubscriptionsDS: can't get feed " +
+                      "subscriptions data source - " + url);
+
+    if (!this[aServer.serverURI])
+      this[aServer.serverURI] = {};
+    return this[aServer.serverURI]["FeedsDS"] =
+             ds.QueryInterface(Ci.nsIRDFRemoteDataSource);
+  },
+
+  getSubscriptionsList: function(aDataSource) {
+    let list = aDataSource.GetTarget(this.FZ_ROOT, this.FZ_FEEDS, true);
+    list = list.QueryInterface(Ci.nsIRDFResource);
+    list = this.rdfContainerUtils.MakeSeq(aDataSource, list);
+    return list;
+  },
+
+  getSubscriptionsFile: function(aServer) {
+    aServer.QueryInterface(Ci.nsIRssIncomingServer);
+    let file = aServer.subscriptionsDataSourcePath;
+
+    // If the file doesn't exist, create it.
+    if (!file.exists())
+      this.createFile(file, this.FEEDS_TEMPLATE);
+
+    return file;
+  },
+
+  FEEDS_TEMPLATE: '<?xml version="1.0"?>\n' +
+    '<RDF:RDF xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/"\n' +
+    '         xmlns:fz="urn:forumzilla:"\n' +
+    '         xmlns:RDF="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#">\n' +
+    '  <RDF:Description about="urn:forumzilla:root">\n' +
+    '    <fz:feeds>\n' +
+    '      <RDF:Seq>\n' +
+    '      </RDF:Seq>\n' +
+    '    </fz:feeds>\n' +
+    '  </RDF:Description>\n' +
+    '</RDF:RDF>\n',
+
+  getItemsDS: function(aServer) {
+    if (this[aServer.serverURI] && this[aServer.serverURI]["FeedItemsDS"])
+      return this[aServer.serverURI]["FeedItemsDS"];
+
+    let file = this.getItemsFile(aServer);
+    let url = Services.io.getProtocolHandler("file").
+                          QueryInterface(Ci.nsIFileProtocolHandler).
+                          getURLSpecFromFile(file);
+
+    // GetDataSourceBlocking has a cache, so it's cheap to do this again
+    // once we've already done it once.
+    let ds = this.rdf.GetDataSourceBlocking(url);
+    if (!ds)
+      throw new Error("FeedUtils.getItemsDS: can't get feed items " +
+                      "data source - " + url);
+
+    // Note that it this point the datasource may not be loaded yet.
+    // You have to QueryInterface it to nsIRDFRemoteDataSource and check
+    // its "loaded" property to be sure.  You can also attach an observer
+    // which will get notified when the load is complete.
+    if (!this[aServer.serverURI])
+      this[aServer.serverURI] = {};
+    return this[aServer.serverURI]["FeedItemsDS"] =
+             ds.QueryInterface(Ci.nsIRDFRemoteDataSource);
+  },
+
+  getItemsFile: function(aServer) {
+    aServer.QueryInterface(Ci.nsIRssIncomingServer);
+    let file = aServer.feedItemsDataSourcePath;
+
+    // If the file doesn't exist, create it.
+    if (!file.exists()) {
+      this.createFile(file, this.FEEDITEMS_TEMPLATE);
+      return file;
+    }
+
+    // If feeditems.rdf is not sane, duplicate messages will occur repeatedly
+    // until the file is corrected; check that the file is valid XML. This is
+    // done lazily only once in a session.
+    let fileUrl = Services.io.getProtocolHandler("file")
+                             .QueryInterface(Ci.nsIFileProtocolHandler)
+                             .getURLSpecFromFile(file);
+    let request = Cc["@mozilla.org/xmlextras/xmlhttprequest;1"]
+                    .createInstance(Ci.nsIXMLHttpRequest);
+    request.open("GET", fileUrl, false);
+    request.responseType = "document";
+    request.send();
+    let dom = request.responseXML;
+    if (dom instanceof Ci.nsIDOMXMLDocument &&
+        dom.documentElement.namespaceURI != this.MOZ_PARSERERROR_NS)
+      return file;
+
+    // Error on the file. Rename it and create a new one.
+    this.log.debug("FeedUtils.getItemsFile: error in feeditems.rdf");
+    let errName = "feeditems_error_" +
+                  (new Date().toISOString()).replace(/\D/g, "") + ".rdf";
+    file.moveTo(file.parent, errName);
+    file = aServer.feedItemsDataSourcePath;
+    this.createFile(file, this.FEEDITEMS_TEMPLATE);
+    this.log.error("FeedUtils.getItemsFile: error in feeditems.rdf in account '" +
+                   aServer.prettyName + "'; the file has been moved to " +
+                   errName + " and a new file has been created. Recent messages " +
+                   "may be duplicated.");
+    return file;
+  },
+
+  FEEDITEMS_TEMPLATE: '<?xml version="1.0"?>\n' +
+    '<RDF:RDF xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/"\n' +
+    '         xmlns:fz="urn:forumzilla:"\n' +
+    '         xmlns:RDF="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#">\n' +
+    '</RDF:RDF>\n',
+
+  createFile: function(aFile, aTemplate) {
+    let fos = FileUtils.openSafeFileOutputStream(aFile);
+    fos.write(aTemplate, aTemplate.length);
+    FileUtils.closeSafeFileOutputStream(fos);
+  },
+
+  getParentTargetForChildResource: function(aChildResource, aParentTarget,
+                                            aServer) {
+    // Generic get feed property, based on child value. Assumes 1 unique
+    // child value with 1 unique parent, valid for feeds.rdf structure.
+    let ds = this.getSubscriptionsDS(aServer);
+    let childRes = this.rdf.GetResource(aChildResource);
+    let parent = null;
+
+    let arcsIn = ds.ArcLabelsIn(childRes);
+    while (arcsIn.hasMoreElements())
+    {
+      let arc = arcsIn.getNext();
+      if (arc instanceof Ci.nsIRDFResource)
+      {
+        parent = ds.GetSource(arc, childRes, true);
+        parent = parent.QueryInterface(Ci.nsIRDFResource);
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+
+    if (parent)
+    {
+      let resource = this.rdf.GetResource(parent.Value);
+      return ds.GetTarget(resource, aParentTarget, true);
+    }
+
+    return null;
+  },
+
+  removeAssertions: function(aDataSource, aResource) {
+    let properties = aDataSource.ArcLabelsOut(aResource);
+    let property;
+    while (properties.hasMoreElements())
+    {
+      property = properties.getNext();
+      let values = aDataSource.GetTargets(aResource, property, true);
+      let value;
+      while (values.hasMoreElements())
+      {
+        value = values.getNext();
+        aDataSource.Unassert(aResource, property, value, true);
+      }
+    }
+  },
+
+/**
+ * Dragging something from somewhere.  It may be a nice x-moz-url or from a
+ * browser or app that provides a less nice dataTransfer object in the event.
+ * Extract the url and if it passes the scheme test, try to subscribe.
+ *
+ * @param  nsIDOMDataTransfer aDataTransfer  - the dnd event's dataTransfer.
+ * @return nsIURI uri                        - a uri if valid, null if none.
+ */
+  getFeedUriFromDataTransfer: function(aDataTransfer) {
+    let dt = aDataTransfer;
+    let types = ["text/x-moz-url-data", "text/x-moz-url"];
+    let validUri = false;
+    let uri = Cc["@mozilla.org/network/standard-url;1"].
+              createInstance(Ci.nsIURI);
+
+    if (dt.getData(types[0]))
+    {
+      // The url is the data.
+      uri.spec = dt.mozGetDataAt(types[0], 0);
+      validUri = this.isValidScheme(uri);
+      this.log.trace("getFeedUriFromDataTransfer: dropEffect:type:value - " +
+                     dt.dropEffect + " : " + types[0] + " : " + uri.spec);
+    }
+    else if (dt.getData(types[1]))
+    {
+      // The url is the first part of the data, the second part is random.
+      uri.spec = dt.mozGetDataAt(types[1], 0).split("\n")[0];
+      validUri = this.isValidScheme(uri);
+      this.log.trace("getFeedUriFromDataTransfer: dropEffect:type:value - " +
+                     dt.dropEffect + " : " + types[0] + " : " + uri.spec);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      // Go through the types and see if there's a url; get the first one.
+      for (let i = 0; i < dt.types.length; i++) {
+        let spec = dt.mozGetDataAt(dt.types[i], 0);
+        this.log.trace("getFeedUriFromDataTransfer: dropEffect:index:type:value - " +
+                       dt.dropEffect + " : " + i + " : " + dt.types[i] + " : "+spec);
+        try {
+          uri.spec = spec;
+          validUri = this.isValidScheme(uri);
+        }
+        catch(ex) {}
+
+        if (validUri)
+          break;
+      };
+    }
+
+    return validUri ? uri : null;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Returns security/certificate/network error details for an XMLHTTPRequest.
+   *
+   * @param  XMLHTTPRequest xhr - The xhr request.
+   * @return array [string errType, string errName] (null if not determined).
+   */
+  createTCPErrorFromFailedXHR: function(xhr) {
+    let status = xhr.channel.QueryInterface(Ci.nsIRequest).status;
+
+    let errType = null;
+    let errName = null;
+    if ((status & 0xff0000) === 0x5a0000) {
+      // Security module.
+      const nsINSSErrorsService = Ci.nsINSSErrorsService;
+      let nssErrorsService = Cc["@mozilla.org/nss_errors_service;1"]
+                               .getService(nsINSSErrorsService);
+      let errorClass;
+
+      // getErrorClass()) will throw a generic NS_ERROR_FAILURE if the error
+      // code is somehow not in the set of covered errors.
+      try {
+        errorClass = nssErrorsService.getErrorClass(status);
+      }
+      catch (ex) {
+        // Catch security protocol exception.
+        errorClass = "SecurityProtocol";
+      }
+
+      if (errorClass == nsINSSErrorsService.ERROR_CLASS_BAD_CERT) {
+        errType = "SecurityCertificate";
+      }
+      else {
+        errType = "SecurityProtocol";
+      }
+
+      // NSS_SEC errors (happen below the base value because of negative vals).
+      if ((status & 0xffff) < Math.abs(nsINSSErrorsService.NSS_SEC_ERROR_BASE)) {
+        // The bases are actually negative, so in our positive numeric space,
+        // we need to subtract the base off our value.
+        let nssErr = Math.abs(nsINSSErrorsService.NSS_SEC_ERROR_BASE) - (status & 0xffff);
+
+        switch (nssErr) {
+          case 11: // SEC_ERROR_EXPIRED_CERTIFICATE, sec(11)
+            errName = "SecurityExpiredCertificateError";
+            break;
+          case 12: // SEC_ERROR_REVOKED_CERTIFICATE, sec(12)
+            errName = "SecurityRevokedCertificateError";
+            break;
+
+          // Per bsmith, we will be unable to tell these errors apart very soon,
+          // so it makes sense to just folder them all together already.
+          case 13: // SEC_ERROR_UNKNOWN_ISSUER, sec(13)
+          case 20: // SEC_ERROR_UNTRUSTED_ISSUER, sec(20)
+          case 21: // SEC_ERROR_UNTRUSTED_CERT, sec(21)
+          case 36: // SEC_ERROR_CA_CERT_INVALID, sec(36)
+            errName = "SecurityUntrustedCertificateIssuerError";
+            break;
+          case 90: // SEC_ERROR_INADEQUATE_KEY_USAGE, sec(90)
+            errName = "SecurityInadequateKeyUsageError";
+            break;
+          case 176: // SEC_ERROR_CERT_SIGNATURE_ALGORITHM_DISABLED, sec(176)
+            errName = "SecurityCertificateSignatureAlgorithmDisabledError";
+            break;
+          default:
+            errName = "SecurityError";
+            break;
+        }
+      }
+      else {
+        // Calculating the difference.
+        let sslErr = Math.abs(nsINSSErrorsService.NSS_SSL_ERROR_BASE) - (status & 0xffff);
+
+        switch (sslErr) {
+          case 3: // SSL_ERROR_NO_CERTIFICATE, ssl(3)
+            errName = "SecurityNoCertificateError";
+            break;
+          case 4: // SSL_ERROR_BAD_CERTIFICATE, ssl(4)
+            errName = "SecurityBadCertificateError";
+            break;
+          case 8: // SSL_ERROR_UNSUPPORTED_CERTIFICATE_TYPE, ssl(8)
+            errName = "SecurityUnsupportedCertificateTypeError";
+            break;
+          case 9: // SSL_ERROR_UNSUPPORTED_VERSION, ssl(9)
+            errName = "SecurityUnsupportedTLSVersionError";
+            break;
+          case 12: // SSL_ERROR_BAD_CERT_DOMAIN, ssl(12)
+            errName = "SecurityCertificateDomainMismatchError";
+            break;
+          default:
+            errName = "SecurityError";
+            break;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    else {
+      errType = "Network";
+      switch (status) {
+        // Connect to host:port failed.
+        case 0x804B000C: // NS_ERROR_CONNECTION_REFUSED, network(13)
+          errName = "ConnectionRefusedError";
+          break;
+        // network timeout error.
+        case 0x804B000E: // NS_ERROR_NET_TIMEOUT, network(14)
+          errName = "NetworkTimeoutError";
+          break;
+        // Hostname lookup failed.
+        case 0x804B001E: // NS_ERROR_UNKNOWN_HOST, network(30)
+          errName = "DomainNotFoundError";
+          break;
+        case 0x804B0047: // NS_ERROR_NET_INTERRUPT, network(71)
+          errName = "NetworkInterruptError";
+          break;
+        default:
+          errName = "NetworkError";
+          break;
+      }
+    }
+
+    return [errType, errName];
+  },
+
+/**
+ * Returns if a uri/url is valid to subscribe.
+ *
+ * @param  nsIURI aUri or string aUrl  - the Uri/Url.
+ * @return boolean                     - true if a valid scheme, false if not.
+ */
+  _validSchemes: ["http", "https"],
+  isValidScheme: function(aUri) {
+    if (!(aUri instanceof Ci.nsIURI)) {
+      try {
+        aUri = Services.io.newURI(aUri, null, null);
+      }
+      catch (ex) {
+        return false;
+      }
+    }
+
+    return (this._validSchemes.indexOf(aUri.scheme) != -1);
+  },
+
+/**
+ * Is a folder Trash or in Trash.
+ *
+ * @param  nsIMsgFolder aFolder   - the folder.
+ * @return boolean                - true if folder is Trash else false.
+ */
+  isInTrash: function(aFolder) {
+    let trashFolder =
+        aFolder.rootFolder.getFolderWithFlags(Ci.nsMsgFolderFlags.Trash);
+    if (trashFolder &&
+        (trashFolder == aFolder || trashFolder.isAncestorOf(aFolder)))
+      return true;
+    return false;
+  },
+
+/**
+ * Return a folder path string constructed from individual folder UTF8 names
+ * stored as properties (not possible hashes used to construct disk foldername).
+ *
+ * @param  nsIMsgFolder aFolder     - the folder.
+ * @return string prettyName | null - name or null if not a disk folder.
+ */
+  getFolderPrettyPath: function(aFolder) {
+    let msgFolder = MailUtils.getFolderForURI(aFolder.URI, true);
+    if (!msgFolder)
+      // Not a real folder uri.
+      return null;
+
+    if (msgFolder.URI == msgFolder.server.serverURI)
+      return msgFolder.server.prettyName;
+
+    // Server part first.
+    let pathParts = [msgFolder.server.prettyName];
+    let rawPathParts = msgFolder.URI.split(msgFolder.server.serverURI + "/");
+    let folderURI = msgFolder.server.serverURI;
+    rawPathParts = rawPathParts[1].split("/");
+    for (let i = 0; i < rawPathParts.length - 1; i++)
+    {
+      // Two or more folders deep parts here.
+      folderURI += "/" + rawPathParts[i];
+      msgFolder = MailUtils.getFolderForURI(folderURI, true);
+      pathParts.push(msgFolder.name);
+    }
+
+    // Leaf folder last.
+    pathParts.push(aFolder.name);
+    return pathParts.join("/");
+  },
+
+/**
+ * Date validator for feeds.
+ *
+ * @param  string aDate - date string
+ * @return boolean      - true if passes regex test, false if not
+ */
+  isValidRFC822Date: function(aDate)
+  {
+    const FZ_RFC822_RE = "^(((Mon)|(Tue)|(Wed)|(Thu)|(Fri)|(Sat)|(Sun)), *)?\\d\\d?" +
+    " +((Jan)|(Feb)|(Mar)|(Apr)|(May)|(Jun)|(Jul)|(Aug)|(Sep)|(Oct)|(Nov)|(Dec))" +
+    " +\\d\\d(\\d\\d)? +\\d\\d:\\d\\d(:\\d\\d)? +(([+-]?\\d\\d\\d\\d)|(UT)|(GMT)" +
+    "|(EST)|(EDT)|(CST)|(CDT)|(MST)|(MDT)|(PST)|(PDT)|\\w)$";
+    let regex = new RegExp(FZ_RFC822_RE);
+    return regex.test(aDate);
+  },
+
+/**
+ * Create rfc5322 date.
+ *
+ * @param  [string] aDateString - optional date string; if null or invalid
+ *                                 date, get the current datetime.
+ * @return string               - an rfc5322 date string
+ */
+  getValidRFC5322Date: function(aDateString)
+  {
+    let d = new Date(aDateString || new Date().getTime());
+    d = isNaN(d.getTime()) ? new Date() : d;
+    return jsmime.headeremitter.emitStructuredHeader("Date", d, {}).substring(6).trim();
+  },
+
+  // Progress glue code.  Acts as a go between the RSS back end and the mail
+  // window front end determined by the aMsgWindow parameter passed into
+  // nsINewsBlogFeedDownloader.
+  progressNotifier: {
+    mSubscribeMode: false,
+    mMsgWindow: null,
+    mStatusFeedback: null,
+    mFeeds: {},
+    // Keeps track of the total number of feeds we have been asked to download.
+    // This number may not reflect the # of entries in our mFeeds array because
+    // not all feeds may have reported in for the first time.
+    mNumPendingFeedDownloads: 0,
+
+    init: function(aMsgWindow, aSubscribeMode)
+    {
+      if (!this.mNumPendingFeedDownloads)
+      {
+        // If we aren't already in the middle of downloading feed items.
+        this.mStatusFeedback = aMsgWindow ? aMsgWindow.statusFeedback : null;
+        this.mSubscribeMode = aSubscribeMode;
+        this.mMsgWindow = aMsgWindow;
+
+        if (this.mStatusFeedback)
+        {
+          this.mStatusFeedback.startMeteors();
+          this.mStatusFeedback.showStatusString(
+            FeedUtils.strings.GetStringFromName(
+              aSubscribeMode ? "subscribe-validating-feed" :
+                               "newsblog-getNewMsgsCheck"));
+        }
+      }
+    },
+
+    downloaded: function(feed, aErrorCode)
+    {
+      let location = feed.folder ? feed.folder.filePath.path : "";
+      FeedUtils.log.debug("downloaded: "+
+                          (this.mSubscribeMode ? "Subscribe " : "Update ") +
+                          "errorCode:feedName:folder - " +
+                          aErrorCode + " : " + feed.name + " : " + location);
+      if (this.mSubscribeMode)
+      {
+        if (aErrorCode == FeedUtils.kNewsBlogSuccess)
+        {
+          // Add the feed to the databases.
+          FeedUtils.addFeed(feed);
+
+          // Nice touch: select the folder that now contains the newly subscribed
+          // feed.  This is particularly nice if we just finished subscribing
+          // to a feed URL that the operating system gave us.
+          this.mMsgWindow.windowCommands.selectFolder(feed.folder.URI);
+
+          // Check for an existing feed subscriptions window and update it.
+          let subscriptionsWindow =
+              Services.wm.getMostRecentWindow("Mail:News-BlogSubscriptions");
+          if (subscriptionsWindow)
+            subscriptionsWindow.FeedSubscriptions.
+                                FolderListener.folderAdded(feed.folder);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          // Non success.  Remove intermediate traces from the feeds database.
+          if (feed && feed.url && feed.server)
+            FeedUtils.deleteFeed(FeedUtils.rdf.GetResource(feed.url),
+                                 feed.server,
+                                 feed.server.rootFolder);
+        }
+      }
+
+      if (feed.folder && aErrorCode != FeedUtils.kNewsBlogFeedIsBusy)
+        // Free msgDatabase after new mail biff is set; if busy let the next
+        // result do the freeing.  Otherwise new messages won't be indicated.
+        feed.folder.msgDatabase = null;
+
+      let message = "";
+      if (feed.folder)
+        location = FeedUtils.getFolderPrettyPath(feed.folder) + " -> ";
+      switch (aErrorCode) {
+        case FeedUtils.kNewsBlogSuccess:
+        case FeedUtils.kNewsBlogFeedIsBusy:
+          message = "";
+          break;
+        case FeedUtils.kNewsBlogNoNewItems:
+          message = feed.url+". " +
+                    FeedUtils.strings.GetStringFromName(
+                      "newsblog-noNewArticlesForFeed");
+          break;
+        case FeedUtils.kNewsBlogInvalidFeed:
+          message = FeedUtils.strings.formatStringFromName(
+                      "newsblog-feedNotValid", [feed.url], 1);
+          break;
+        case FeedUtils.kNewsBlogRequestFailure:
+          message = FeedUtils.strings.formatStringFromName(
+                      "newsblog-networkError", [feed.url], 1);
+          break;
+        case FeedUtils.kNewsBlogFileError:
+          message = FeedUtils.strings.GetStringFromName(
+                      "subscribe-errorOpeningFile");
+          break;
+        case FeedUtils.kNewsBlogBadCertError:
+          let host = Services.io.newURI(feed.url, null, null).host;
+          message = FeedUtils.strings.formatStringFromName(
+                      "newsblog-badCertError", [host], 1);
+          break;
+        case FeedUtils.kNewsBlogNoAuthError:
+          message = FeedUtils.strings.formatStringFromName(
+                      "newsblog-noAuthError", [feed.url], 1);
+          break;
+      }
+      if (message)
+        FeedUtils.log.info("downloaded: " +
+                           (this.mSubscribeMode ? "Subscribe: " : "Update: ") +
+                           location + message);
+
+      if (this.mStatusFeedback)
+      {
+        this.mStatusFeedback.showStatusString(message);
+        this.mStatusFeedback.stopMeteors();
+      }
+
+      if (!--this.mNumPendingFeedDownloads)
+      {
+        FeedUtils.getSubscriptionsDS(feed.server).Flush();
+        this.mFeeds = {};
+        this.mSubscribeMode = false;
+        FeedUtils.log.debug("downloaded: all pending downloads finished");
+
+        // Should we do this on a timer so the text sticks around for a little
+        // while?  It doesnt look like we do it on a timer for newsgroups so
+        // we'll follow that model.  Don't clear the status text if we just
+        // dumped an error to the status bar!
+        if (aErrorCode == FeedUtils.kNewsBlogSuccess && this.mStatusFeedback)
+          this.mStatusFeedback.showStatusString("");
+      }
+
+      feed = null;
+    },
+
+    // This gets called after the RSS parser finishes storing a feed item to
+    // disk. aCurrentFeedItems is an integer corresponding to how many feed
+    // items have been downloaded so far.  aMaxFeedItems is an integer
+    // corresponding to the total number of feed items to download
+    onFeedItemStored: function (feed, aCurrentFeedItems, aMaxFeedItems)
+    {
+      // We currently don't do anything here.  Eventually we may add status
+      // text about the number of new feed articles received.
+
+      if (this.mSubscribeMode && this.mStatusFeedback)
+      {
+        // If we are subscribing to a feed, show feed download progress.
+        this.mStatusFeedback.showStatusString(
+          FeedUtils.strings.formatStringFromName("subscribe-gettingFeedItems",
+                                                 [aCurrentFeedItems, aMaxFeedItems], 2));
+        this.onProgress(feed, aCurrentFeedItems, aMaxFeedItems);
+      }
+    },
+
+    onProgress: function(feed, aProgress, aProgressMax, aLengthComputable)
+    {
+      if (feed.url in this.mFeeds)
+        // Have we already seen this feed?
+        this.mFeeds[feed.url].currentProgress = aProgress;
+      else
+        this.mFeeds[feed.url] = {currentProgress: aProgress,
+                                 maxProgress: aProgressMax};
+
+      this.updateProgressBar();
+    },
+
+    updateProgressBar: function()
+    {
+      let currentProgress = 0;
+      let maxProgress = 0;
+      for (let index in this.mFeeds)
+      {
+        currentProgress += this.mFeeds[index].currentProgress;
+        maxProgress += this.mFeeds[index].maxProgress;
+      }
+
+      // If we start seeing weird "jumping" behavior where the progress bar
+      // goes below a threshold then above it again, then we can factor a
+      // fudge factor here based on the number of feeds that have not reported
+      // yet and the avg progress we've already received for existing feeds.
+      // Fortunately the progressmeter is on a timer and only updates every so
+      // often.  For the most part all of our request have initial progress
+      // before the UI actually picks up a progress value.
+      if (this.mStatusFeedback)
+      {
+        let progress = (currentProgress * 100) / maxProgress;
+        this.mStatusFeedback.showProgress(progress);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+};
+
+XPCOMUtils.defineLazyGetter(FeedUtils, "log", function() {
+  return Log4Moz.getConfiguredLogger("Feeds");
+});
+
+XPCOMUtils.defineLazyGetter(FeedUtils, "strings", function() {
+  return Services.strings.createBundle(
+    "chrome://messenger-newsblog/locale/newsblog.properties");
+});
+
+XPCOMUtils.defineLazyGetter(FeedUtils, "rdf", function() {
+  return Cc["@mozilla.org/rdf/rdf-service;1"].
+         getService(Ci.nsIRDFService);
+});
+
+XPCOMUtils.defineLazyGetter(FeedUtils, "rdfContainerUtils", function() {
+  return Cc["@mozilla.org/rdf/container-utils;1"].
+         getService(Ci.nsIRDFContainerUtils);
+});
diff --git a/mailnews/extensions/newsblog/content/am-newsblog.js b/mailnews/extensions/newsblog/content/am-newsblog.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..674280f81
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/extensions/newsblog/content/am-newsblog.js
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+/* -*- Mode: JavaScript; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+Components.utils.import("resource:///modules/FeedUtils.jsm");
+
+var gServer, autotagEnable, autotagUsePrefix, autotagPrefix;
+
+function onInit(aPageId, aServerId)
+{
+  var accountName = document.getElementById("server.prettyName");
+  var title = document.getElementById("am-newsblog-title");
+  var defaultTitle = title.getAttribute("defaultTitle");
+
+  var titleValue;
+  if (accountName.value)
+    titleValue = defaultTitle + " - <" + accountName.value + ">";
+  else
+    titleValue = defaultTitle;
+
+  title.setAttribute("title", titleValue);
+  document.title = titleValue;
+
+  onCheckItem("server.biffMinutes", ["server.doBiff"]);
+
+  autotagEnable = document.getElementById("autotagEnable");
+  autotagUsePrefix = document.getElementById("autotagUsePrefix");
+  autotagPrefix = document.getElementById("autotagPrefix");
+
+  let categoryPrefsAcct = FeedUtils.getOptionsAcct(gServer).category;
+  autotagEnable.checked = categoryPrefsAcct.enabled;
+  autotagUsePrefix.disabled = !autotagEnable.checked;
+  autotagUsePrefix.checked = categoryPrefsAcct.prefixEnabled;
+  autotagPrefix.disabled = autotagUsePrefix.disabled || !autotagUsePrefix.checked;
+  autotagPrefix.value = categoryPrefsAcct.prefix;
+}
+
+function onPreInit(account, accountValues)
+{
+  gServer = account.incomingServer;
+}
+
+function setCategoryPrefs(aNode)
+{
+  let options =  FeedUtils.getOptionsAcct(gServer);
+  switch (aNode.id) {
+    case "autotagEnable":
+      options.category.enabled = aNode.checked;
+      autotagUsePrefix.disabled = !aNode.checked;
+      autotagPrefix.disabled = !aNode.checked || !autotagUsePrefix.checked;
+      break;
+    case "autotagUsePrefix":
+      options.category.prefixEnabled = aNode.checked;
+      autotagPrefix.disabled = aNode.disabled || !aNode.checked;
+      break;
+    case "autotagPrefix":
+      options.category.prefix = aNode.value;
+      break;
+  }
+
+  FeedUtils.setOptionsAcct(gServer, options)
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/extensions/newsblog/content/am-newsblog.xul b/mailnews/extensions/newsblog/content/am-newsblog.xul
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..19173d803
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/extensions/newsblog/content/am-newsblog.xul
@@ -0,0 +1,155 @@
+<?xml version="1.0"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<?xml-stylesheet href="chrome://messenger/skin/accountManage.css" type="text/css"?>
+<?xml-stylesheet href="chrome://messenger-newsblog/skin/feed-subscriptions.css" type="text/css"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE page [
+<!ENTITY %         newsblogDTD SYSTEM "chrome://messenger-newsblog/locale/am-newsblog.dtd" >
+%newsblogDTD;
+<!ENTITY %             feedDTD SYSTEM "chrome://messenger-newsblog/locale/feed-subscriptions.dtd" >
+%feedDTD;
+<!ENTITY %   accountNoIdentDTD SYSTEM "chrome://messenger/locale/am-serverwithnoidentities.dtd" >
+%accountNoIdentDTD;
+<!ENTITY % accountServerTopDTD SYSTEM "chrome://messenger/locale/am-server-top.dtd">
+%accountServerTopDTD;
+]>
+
+<page xmlns="http://www.mozilla.org/keymaster/gatekeeper/there.is.only.xul"
+      class="color-dialog"
+      title="&accountTitle.label;"
+      onload="parent.onPanelLoaded('am-newsblog.xul');">
+
+  <script type="application/javascript"
+          src="chrome://messenger/content/AccountManager.js"/>
+  <script type="application/javascript"
+          src="chrome://messenger-newsblog/content/am-newsblog.js"/>
+  <script type="application/javascript"
+          src="chrome://messenger-newsblog/content/newsblogOverlay.js"/>
+  <script type="application/javascript"
+          src="chrome://messenger/content/amUtils.js"/>
+  <script type="application/javascript"
+          src="chrome://messenger/content/am-prefs.js"/>
+
+  <vbox flex="1" style="overflow: auto;">
+
+    <dialogheader id="am-newsblog-title" defaultTitle="&accountTitle.label;"/>
+
+    <description class="secDesc">&accountSettingsDesc.label;</description>
+
+    <hbox align="center">
+      <label value="&accountName.label;"
+             accesskey="&accountName.accesskey;"
+             control="server.prettyName"/>
+      <textbox id="server.prettyName"
+               wsm_persist="true"
+               size="30"
+               prefstring="mail.server.%serverkey%.name"/>
+    </hbox>
+
+    <separator class="thin"/>
+
+    <groupbox>
+      <caption label="&serverSettings.label;"/>
+
+      <checkbox id="server.loginAtStartUp"
+                wsm_persist="true"
+                label="&loginAtStartup.label;"
+                accesskey="&loginAtStartup.accesskey;"
+                prefattribute="value"
+                prefstring="mail.server.%serverkey%.login_at_startup"/>
+
+      <hbox align="center">
+        <checkbox id="server.doBiff"
+                  wsm_persist="true"
+                  label="&biffStart.label;"
+                  accesskey="&biffStart.accesskey;"
+                  oncommand="onCheckItem('server.biffMinutes', [this.id]);"
+                  prefattribute="value"
+                  prefstring="mail.server.%serverkey%.check_new_mail"/>
+        <textbox id="server.biffMinutes"
+                 wsm_persist="true"
+                 type="number"
+                 size="3"
+                 min="1"
+                 increment="1"
+                 preftype="int"
+                 prefstring="mail.server.%serverkey%.check_time"
+                 aria-labelledby="server.doBiff server.biffMinutes biffEnd"/>
+        <label id="biffEnd"
+             value="&biffEnd.label;"
+             control="server.biffMinutes"/>
+      </hbox>
+
+      <checkbox id="server.quickMode"
+                wsm_persist="true"
+                genericattr="true"
+                label="&useQuickMode.label;"
+                accesskey="&useQuickMode.accesskey;"
+                preftype="bool"
+                prefattribute="value"
+                prefstring="mail.server.%serverkey%.quickMode"/>
+
+      <checkbox id="autotagEnable"
+                accesskey="&autotagEnable.accesskey;"
+                label="&autotagEnable.label;"
+                oncommand="setCategoryPrefs(this)"/>
+      <hbox>
+          <checkbox id="autotagUsePrefix"
+                    class="indent"
+                    accesskey="&autotagUsePrefix.accesskey;"
+                    label="&autotagUsePrefix.label;"
+                    oncommand="setCategoryPrefs(this)"/>
+          <textbox id="autotagPrefix"
+                   placeholder="&autoTagPrefix.placeholder;"
+                   clickSelectsAll="true"
+                   onchange="setCategoryPrefs(this)"/>
+      </hbox>
+    </groupbox>
+
+    <separator class="thin"/>
+
+    <groupbox>
+      <caption label="&messageStorage.label;"/>
+
+      <checkbox id="server.emptyTrashOnExit"
+                wsm_persist="true"
+                label="&emptyTrashOnExit.label;"
+                accesskey="&emptyTrashOnExit.accesskey;"
+                prefattribute="value"
+                prefstring="mail.server.%serverkey%.empty_trash_on_exit"/>
+
+      <separator class="thin"/>
+
+      <vbox>
+        <label value="&localPath.label;" control="server.localPath"/>
+        <hbox align="center">
+          <textbox readonly="true"
+                   wsm_persist="true"
+                   flex="1"
+                   id="server.localPath"
+                   datatype="nsIFile"
+                   prefstring="mail.server.%serverkey%.directory"
+                   class="uri-element"/>
+          <button id="browseForLocalFolder"
+                  label="&browseFolder.label;"
+                  filepickertitle="&localFolderPicker.label;"
+                  accesskey="&browseFolder.accesskey;"
+                  oncommand="BrowseForLocalFolders();"/>
+        </hbox>
+      </vbox>
+
+    </groupbox>
+
+    <separator class="thin"/>
+
+    <hbox align="center">
+      <spacer flex="1"/>
+      <button label="&manageSubscriptions.label;"
+              accesskey="&manageSubscriptions.accesskey;"
+              oncommand="openSubscriptionsDialog(gServer.rootFolder);"/>
+    </hbox>
+  </vbox>
+</page>
diff --git a/mailnews/extensions/newsblog/content/feed-parser.js b/mailnews/extensions/newsblog/content/feed-parser.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..660333422
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/extensions/newsblog/content/feed-parser.js
@@ -0,0 +1,1034 @@
+/* -*- Mode: JavaScript; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+// The feed parser depends on FeedItem.js, Feed.js.
+function FeedParser() {
+  this.mSerializer = Cc["@mozilla.org/xmlextras/xmlserializer;1"].
+                     createInstance(Ci.nsIDOMSerializer);
+}
+
+FeedParser.prototype =
+{
+  // parseFeed() returns an array of parsed items ready for processing.  It is
+  // currently a synchronous operation.  If there is an error parsing the feed,
+  // parseFeed returns an empty feed in addition to calling aFeed.onParseError.
+  parseFeed: function (aFeed, aDOM)
+  {
+    if (!(aDOM instanceof Ci.nsIDOMXMLDocument))
+    {
+      // No xml doc.
+      return aFeed.onParseError(aFeed);
+    }
+
+    let doc = aDOM.documentElement;
+    if (doc.namespaceURI == FeedUtils.MOZ_PARSERERROR_NS)
+    {
+      // Gecko caught a basic parsing error.
+      let errStr = doc.firstChild.textContent + "\n" +
+                   doc.firstElementChild.textContent;
+      FeedUtils.log.info("FeedParser.parseFeed: - " + errStr);
+      return aFeed.onParseError(aFeed);
+    }
+    else if (aDOM.querySelector("redirect"))
+    {
+      // Check for RSS2.0 redirect document.
+      let channel = aDOM.querySelector("redirect");
+      if (this.isPermanentRedirect(aFeed, channel, null, null))
+        return;
+
+      return aFeed.onParseError(aFeed);
+    }
+    else if (doc.namespaceURI == FeedUtils.RDF_SYNTAX_NS &&
+             doc.getElementsByTagNameNS(FeedUtils.RSS_NS, "channel")[0])
+    {
+      aFeed.mFeedType = "RSS_1.xRDF"
+      FeedUtils.log.debug("FeedParser.parseFeed: type:url - " +
+                          aFeed.mFeedType +" : " +aFeed.url);
+      // aSource can be misencoded (XMLHttpRequest converts to UTF-8 by default),
+      // but the DOM is almost always right because it uses the hints in the
+      // XML file.  This is slower, but not noticably so.  Mozilla doesn't have
+      // the XMLHttpRequest.responseBody property that IE has, which provides
+      // access to the unencoded response.
+      let xmlString = this.mSerializer.serializeToString(doc);
+      return this.parseAsRSS1(aFeed, xmlString, aFeed.request.channel.URI);
+    }
+    else if (doc.namespaceURI == FeedUtils.ATOM_03_NS)
+    {
+      aFeed.mFeedType = "ATOM_0.3"
+      FeedUtils.log.debug("FeedParser.parseFeed: type:url - " +
+                          aFeed.mFeedType +" : " +aFeed.url);
+      return this.parseAsAtom(aFeed, aDOM);
+    }
+    else if (doc.namespaceURI == FeedUtils.ATOM_IETF_NS)
+    {
+      aFeed.mFeedType = "ATOM_IETF"
+      FeedUtils.log.debug("FeedParser.parseFeed: type:url - " +
+                          aFeed.mFeedType +" : " +aFeed.url);
+      return this.parseAsAtomIETF(aFeed, aDOM);
+    }
+    else if (doc.getElementsByTagNameNS(FeedUtils.RSS_090_NS, "channel")[0])
+    {
+      aFeed.mFeedType = "RSS_0.90"
+      FeedUtils.log.debug("FeedParser.parseFeed: type:url - " +
+                          aFeed.mFeedType +" : " +aFeed.url);
+      return this.parseAsRSS2(aFeed, aDOM);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      // Parse as RSS 0.9x.  In theory even RSS 1.0 feeds could be parsed by
+      // the 0.9x parser if the RSS namespace were the default.
+      let rssVer = doc.localName == "rss" ? doc.getAttribute("version") : null;
+      if (rssVer)
+        aFeed.mFeedType = "RSS_" + rssVer;
+      else
+        aFeed.mFeedType = "RSS_0.9x?";
+      FeedUtils.log.debug("FeedParser.parseFeed: type:url - " +
+                          aFeed.mFeedType +" : " +aFeed.url);
+      return this.parseAsRSS2(aFeed, aDOM);
+    }
+  },
+
+  parseAsRSS2: function (aFeed, aDOM)
+  {
+    // Get the first channel (assuming there is only one per RSS File).
+    let parsedItems = new Array();
+
+    let channel = aDOM.querySelector("channel");
+    if (!channel)
+      return aFeed.onParseError(aFeed);
+
+    // Usually the empty string, unless this is RSS .90.
+    let nsURI = channel.namespaceURI || "";
+    FeedUtils.log.debug("FeedParser.parseAsRSS2: channel nsURI - " + nsURI);
+
+    if (this.isPermanentRedirect(aFeed, null, channel, null))
+      return;
+
+    let tags = this.childrenByTagNameNS(channel, nsURI, "title");
+    aFeed.title = aFeed.title || this.getNodeValue(tags ? tags[0] : null);
+    tags = this.childrenByTagNameNS(channel, nsURI, "description");
+    aFeed.description = this.getNodeValueFormatted(tags ? tags[0] : null);
+    tags = this.childrenByTagNameNS(channel, nsURI, "link");
+    aFeed.link = this.validLink(this.getNodeValue(tags ? tags[0] : null));
+
+    if (!(aFeed.title || aFeed.description) || !aFeed.link)
+    {
+      FeedUtils.log.error("FeedParser.parseAsRSS2: missing mandatory element " +
+                          "<title> and <description>, or <link>");
+      return aFeed.onParseError(aFeed);
+    }
+
+    if (!aFeed.parseItems)
+      return parsedItems;
+
+    aFeed.invalidateItems();
+    // XXX use getElementsByTagNameNS for now; childrenByTagNameNS would be
+    // better, but RSS .90 is still with us.
+    let itemNodes = aDOM.getElementsByTagNameNS(nsURI, "item");
+    itemNodes = itemNodes ? itemNodes : [];
+    FeedUtils.log.debug("FeedParser.parseAsRSS2: items to parse - " +
+                        itemNodes.length);
+
+    for (let itemNode of itemNodes)
+    {
+      if (!itemNode.childElementCount)
+        continue;
+      let item = new FeedItem();
+      item.feed = aFeed;
+      item.enclosures = [];
+      item.keywords = [];
+
+      tags = this.childrenByTagNameNS(itemNode, FeedUtils.FEEDBURNER_NS, "origLink");
+      let link = this.validLink(this.getNodeValue(tags ? tags[0] : null));
+      if (!link)
+      {
+        tags = this.childrenByTagNameNS(itemNode, nsURI, "link");
+        link = this.validLink(this.getNodeValue(tags ? tags[0] : null));
+      }
+      tags = this.childrenByTagNameNS(itemNode, nsURI, "guid");
+      let guidNode = tags ? tags[0] : null;
+
+      let guid;
+      let isPermaLink = false;
+      if (guidNode)
+      {
+        guid = this.getNodeValue(guidNode);
+        // isPermaLink is true if the value is "true" or if the attribute is
+        // not present; all other values, including "false" and "False" and
+        // for that matter "TRuE" and "meatcake" are false.
+        if (!guidNode.hasAttribute("isPermaLink") ||
+            guidNode.getAttribute("isPermaLink") == "true")
+          isPermaLink = true;
+        // If attribute isPermaLink is missing, it is good to check the validity
+        // of <guid> value as an URL to avoid linking to non-URL strings.
+        if (!guidNode.hasAttribute("isPermaLink"))
+        {
+          try
+          {
+            Services.io.newURI(guid, null, null);
+            if (Services.io.extractScheme(guid) == "tag")
+              isPermaLink = false;
+          }
+          catch (ex)
+          {
+            isPermaLink = false;
+          }
+        }
+
+        item.id = guid;
+      }
+
+      let guidLink = this.validLink(guid);
+      item.url = isPermaLink && guidLink ? guidLink : link ? link : null;
+      tags = this.childrenByTagNameNS(itemNode, nsURI, "description");
+      item.description = this.getNodeValueFormatted(tags ? tags[0] : null);
+      tags = this.childrenByTagNameNS(itemNode, nsURI, "title");
+      item.title = this.getNodeValue(tags ? tags[0] : null);
+      if (!(item.title || item.description))
+      {
+        FeedUtils.log.info("FeedParser.parseAsRSS2: <item> missing mandatory " +
+                           "element, either <title> or <description>; skipping");
+        continue;
+      }
+
+      if (!item.id)
+      {
+        // At this point, if there is no guid, uniqueness cannot be guaranteed
+        // by any of link or date (optional) or title (optional unless there
+        // is no description). Use a big chunk of description; minimize dupes
+        // with url and title if present.
+        item.id = (item.url || item.feed.url) + "#" + item.title + "#" +
+                  (this.stripTags(item.description ?
+                                    item.description.substr(0, 150) : null) ||
+                   item.title);
+        item.id = item.id.replace(/[\n\r\t\s]+/g, " ");
+      }
+
+      // Escape html entities in <title>, which are unescaped as textContent
+      // values. If the title is used as content, it will remain escaped; if
+      // it is used as the title, it will be unescaped upon store. Bug 1240603.
+      // The <description> tag must follow escaping examples found in
+      // http://www.rssboard.org/rss-encoding-examples, i.e. single escape angle
+      // brackets for tags, which are removed if used as title, and double
+      // escape entities for presentation in title.
+      // Better: always use <title>. Best: use Atom.
+      if (!item.title)
+        item.title = this.stripTags(item.description).substr(0, 150);
+      else
+        item.title = item.htmlEscape(item.title);
+
+      tags = this.childrenByTagNameNS(itemNode, nsURI, "author");
+      if (!tags)
+        tags = this.childrenByTagNameNS(itemNode, FeedUtils.DC_NS, "creator");
+      item.author = this.getNodeValue(tags ? tags[0] : null) ||
+                    aFeed.title ||
+                    item.author;
+
+      tags = this.childrenByTagNameNS(itemNode, nsURI, "pubDate");
+      if (!tags || !this.getNodeValue(tags[0]))
+        tags = this.childrenByTagNameNS(itemNode, FeedUtils.DC_NS, "date");
+      item.date = this.getNodeValue(tags ? tags[0] : null) || item.date;
+
+      // If the date is invalid, users will see the beginning of the epoch
+      // unless we reset it here, so they'll see the current time instead.
+      // This is typical aggregator behavior.
+      if (item.date)
+      {
+        item.date = item.date.trim();
+        if (!FeedUtils.isValidRFC822Date(item.date))
+        {
+          // XXX Use this on the other formats as well.
+          item.date = this.dateRescue(item.date);
+        }
+      }
+
+      tags = this.childrenByTagNameNS(itemNode, FeedUtils.RSS_CONTENT_NS, "encoded");
+      item.content = this.getNodeValueFormatted(tags ? tags[0] : null);
+
+      // Handle <enclosures> and <media:content>, which may be in a
+      // <media:group> (if present).
+      tags = this.childrenByTagNameNS(itemNode, nsURI, "enclosure");
+      let encUrls = [];
+      if (tags)
+        for (let tag of tags)
+        {
+          let url = this.validLink(tag.getAttribute("url"));
+          if (url && encUrls.indexOf(url) == -1)
+          {
+            let type = this.removeUnprintableASCII(tag.getAttribute("type"));
+            let length = this.removeUnprintableASCII(tag.getAttribute("length"));
+            item.enclosures.push(new FeedEnclosure(url, type, length));
+            encUrls.push(url);
+          }
+        }
+
+      tags = itemNode.getElementsByTagNameNS(FeedUtils.MRSS_NS, "content");
+      if (tags)
+        for (let tag of tags)
+        {
+          let url = this.validLink(tag.getAttribute("url"));
+          if (url && encUrls.indexOf(url) == -1)
+          {
+            let type = this.removeUnprintableASCII(tag.getAttribute("type"));
+            let fileSize = this.removeUnprintableASCII(tag.getAttribute("fileSize"));
+            item.enclosures.push(new FeedEnclosure(url, type, fileSize));
+          }
+        }
+
+      // The <origEnclosureLink> tag has no specification, especially regarding
+      // whether more than one tag is allowed and, if so, how tags would
+      // relate to previously declared (and well specified) enclosure urls.
+      // The common usage is to include 1 origEnclosureLink, in addition to
+      // the specified enclosure tags for 1 enclosure. Thus, we will replace the
+      // first enclosure's, if found, url with the first <origEnclosureLink>
+      // url only or else add the <origEnclosureLink> url.
+      tags = this.childrenByTagNameNS(itemNode, FeedUtils.FEEDBURNER_NS, "origEnclosureLink");
+      let origEncUrl = this.validLink(this.getNodeValue(tags ? tags[0] : null));
+      if (origEncUrl)
+      {
+        if (item.enclosures.length)
+          item.enclosures[0].mURL = origEncUrl;
+        else
+          item.enclosures.push(new FeedEnclosure(origEncUrl));
+      }
+
+      // Support <category> and autotagging.
+      tags = this.childrenByTagNameNS(itemNode, nsURI, "category");
+      if (tags)
+      {
+        for (let tag of tags)
+        {
+          let term = this.getNodeValue(tag);
+          term = term ? this.xmlUnescape(term.replace(/,/g, ";")) : null;
+          if (term && item.keywords.indexOf(term) == -1)
+            item.keywords.push(term);
+        }
+      }
+
+      parsedItems.push(item);
+    }
+
+    return parsedItems;
+  },
+
+  parseAsRSS1 : function(aFeed, aSource, aBaseURI)
+  {
+    let parsedItems = new Array();
+
+    // RSS 1.0 is valid RDF, so use the RDF parser/service to extract data.
+    // Create a new RDF data source and parse the feed into it.
+    let ds = Cc["@mozilla.org/rdf/datasource;1?name=in-memory-datasource"].
+             createInstance(Ci.nsIRDFDataSource);
+
+    let rdfparser = Cc["@mozilla.org/rdf/xml-parser;1"].
+                    createInstance(Ci.nsIRDFXMLParser);
+    rdfparser.parseString(ds, aBaseURI, aSource);
+
+    // Get information about the feed as a whole.
+    let channel = ds.GetSource(FeedUtils.RDF_TYPE, FeedUtils.RSS_CHANNEL, true);
+    if (!channel)
+      return aFeed.onParseError(aFeed);
+
+    if (this.isPermanentRedirect(aFeed, null, channel, ds))
+      return;
+
+    aFeed.title = aFeed.title ||
+                  this.getRDFTargetValue(ds, channel, FeedUtils.RSS_TITLE) ||
+                  aFeed.url;
+    aFeed.description = this.getRDFTargetValueFormatted(ds, channel, FeedUtils.RSS_DESCRIPTION) ||
+                        "";
+    aFeed.link = this.validLink(this.getRDFTargetValue(ds, channel, FeedUtils.RSS_LINK)) ||
+                 aFeed.url;
+
+    if (!(aFeed.title || aFeed.description) || !aFeed.link)
+    {
+      FeedUtils.log.error("FeedParser.parseAsRSS1: missing mandatory element " +
+                          "<title> and <description>, or <link>");
+      return aFeed.onParseError(aFeed);
+    }
+
+    if (!aFeed.parseItems)
+      return parsedItems;
+
+    aFeed.invalidateItems();
+
+    // Ignore the <items> list and just get the <item>s.
+    let items = ds.GetSources(FeedUtils.RDF_TYPE, FeedUtils.RSS_ITEM, true);
+
+    let index = 0;
+    while (items.hasMoreElements())
+    {
+      let itemResource = items.getNext().QueryInterface(Ci.nsIRDFResource);
+      let item = new FeedItem();
+      item.feed = aFeed;
+
+      // Prefer the value of the link tag to the item URI since the URI could be
+      // a relative URN.
+      let uri = itemResource.ValueUTF8;
+      let link = this.validLink(this.getRDFTargetValue(ds, itemResource, FeedUtils.RSS_LINK));
+      item.url = link || uri;
+      item.description = this.getRDFTargetValueFormatted(ds, itemResource,
+                                                         FeedUtils.RSS_DESCRIPTION);
+      item.title = this.getRDFTargetValue(ds, itemResource, FeedUtils.RSS_TITLE) ||
+                   this.getRDFTargetValue(ds, itemResource, FeedUtils.DC_SUBJECT) ||
+                   (item.description ?
+                     (this.stripTags(item.description).substr(0, 150)) : null);
+      if (!item.url || !item.title)
+      {
+        FeedUtils.log.info("FeedParser.parseAsRSS1: <item> missing mandatory " +
+                           "element <item rdf:about> and <link>, or <title> and " +
+                           "no <description>; skipping");
+        continue;
+      }
+
+      item.id = item.url;
+      item.url = this.validLink(item.url);
+
+      item.author = this.getRDFTargetValue(ds, itemResource, FeedUtils.DC_CREATOR) ||
+                    this.getRDFTargetValue(ds, channel, FeedUtils.DC_CREATOR) ||
+                    aFeed.title ||
+                    item.author;
+      item.date = this.getRDFTargetValue(ds, itemResource, FeedUtils.DC_DATE) ||
+                  item.date;
+      item.content = this.getRDFTargetValueFormatted(ds, itemResource,
+                                                     FeedUtils.RSS_CONTENT_ENCODED);
+
+      parsedItems[index++] = item;
+    }
+    FeedUtils.log.debug("FeedParser.parseAsRSS1: items parsed - " + index);
+
+    return parsedItems;
+  },
+
+  parseAsAtom: function(aFeed, aDOM)
+  {
+    let parsedItems = new Array();
+
+    // Get the first channel (assuming there is only one per Atom File).
+    let channel = aDOM.querySelector("feed");
+    if (!channel)
+      return aFeed.onParseError(aFeed);
+
+    if (this.isPermanentRedirect(aFeed, null, channel, null))
+      return;
+
+    let tags = this.childrenByTagNameNS(channel, FeedUtils.ATOM_03_NS, "title");
+    aFeed.title = aFeed.title ||
+                  this.stripTags(this.getNodeValue(tags ? tags[0] : null));
+    tags = this.childrenByTagNameNS(channel, FeedUtils.ATOM_03_NS, "tagline");
+    aFeed.description = this.getNodeValueFormatted(tags ? tags[0] : null);
+    tags = this.childrenByTagNameNS(channel, FeedUtils.ATOM_03_NS, "link");
+    aFeed.link = this.validLink(this.findAtomLink("alternate", tags));
+
+    if (!aFeed.title)
+    {
+      FeedUtils.log.error("FeedParser.parseAsAtom: missing mandatory element " +
+                          "<title>");
+      return aFeed.onParseError(aFeed);
+    }
+
+    if (!aFeed.parseItems)
+      return parsedItems;
+
+    aFeed.invalidateItems();
+    let items = this.childrenByTagNameNS(channel, FeedUtils.ATOM_03_NS, "entry");
+    items = items ? items : [];
+    FeedUtils.log.debug("FeedParser.parseAsAtom: items to parse - " +
+                        items.length);
+
+    for (let itemNode of items)
+    {
+      if (!itemNode.childElementCount)
+        continue;
+      let item = new FeedItem();
+      item.feed = aFeed;
+
+      tags = this.childrenByTagNameNS(itemNode, FeedUtils.ATOM_03_NS, "link");
+      item.url = this.validLink(this.findAtomLink("alternate", tags));
+
+      tags = this.childrenByTagNameNS(itemNode, FeedUtils.ATOM_03_NS, "id");
+      item.id = this.getNodeValue(tags ? tags[0] : null);
+      tags = this.childrenByTagNameNS(itemNode, FeedUtils.ATOM_03_NS, "summary");
+      item.description = this.getNodeValueFormatted(tags ? tags[0] : null);
+      tags = this.childrenByTagNameNS(itemNode, FeedUtils.ATOM_03_NS, "title");
+      item.title = this.getNodeValue(tags ? tags[0] : null) ||
+                   (item.description ? item.description.substr(0, 150) : null);
+      if (!item.title || !item.id)
+      {
+        // We're lenient about other mandatory tags, but insist on these.
+        FeedUtils.log.info("FeedParser.parseAsAtom: <entry> missing mandatory " +
+                           "element <id>, or <title> and no <summary>; skipping");
+        continue;
+      }
+
+      tags = this.childrenByTagNameNS(itemNode, FeedUtils.ATOM_03_NS, "author");
+      if (!tags)
+        tags = this.childrenByTagNameNS(itemNode, FeedUtils.ATOM_03_NS, "contributor");
+      if (!tags)
+        tags = this.childrenByTagNameNS(channel, FeedUtils.ATOM_03_NS, "author");
+
+      let authorEl = tags ? tags[0] : null;
+
+      let author = "";
+      if (authorEl)
+      {
+        tags = this.childrenByTagNameNS(authorEl, FeedUtils.ATOM_03_NS, "name");
+        let name = this.getNodeValue(tags ? tags[0] : null);
+        tags = this.childrenByTagNameNS(authorEl, FeedUtils.ATOM_03_NS, "email");
+        let email = this.getNodeValue(tags ? tags[0] : null);
+        if (name)
+          author = name + (email ? " <" + email + ">" : "");
+        else if (email)
+          author = email;
+      }
+
+      item.author = author || item.author || aFeed.title;
+
+      tags = this.childrenByTagNameNS(itemNode, FeedUtils.ATOM_03_NS, "modified");
+      if (!tags || !this.getNodeValue(tags[0]))
+        tags = this.childrenByTagNameNS(itemNode, FeedUtils.ATOM_03_NS, "issued");
+      if (!tags || !this.getNodeValue(tags[0]))
+        tags = this.childrenByTagNameNS(channel, FeedUtils.ATOM_03_NS, "created");
+
+      item.date = this.getNodeValue(tags ? tags[0] : null) || item.date;
+
+      // XXX We should get the xml:base attribute from the content tag as well
+      // and use it as the base HREF of the message.
+      // XXX Atom feeds can have multiple content elements; we should differentiate
+      // between them and pick the best one.
+      // Some Atom feeds wrap the content in a CTYPE declaration; others use
+      // a namespace to identify the tags as HTML; and a few are buggy and put
+      // HTML tags in without declaring their namespace so they look like Atom.
+      // We deal with the first two but not the third.
+      tags = this.childrenByTagNameNS(itemNode, FeedUtils.ATOM_03_NS, "content");
+      let contentNode = tags ? tags[0] : null;
+
+      let content;
+      if (contentNode)
+      {
+        content = "";
+        for (let j = 0; j < contentNode.childNodes.length; j++)
+        {
+          let node = contentNode.childNodes.item(j);
+          if (node.nodeType == node.CDATA_SECTION_NODE)
+            content += node.data;
+          else
+            content += this.mSerializer.serializeToString(node);
+        }
+      
+        if (contentNode.getAttribute("mode") == "escaped")
+        {
+          content = content.replace(/&lt;/g, "<");
+          content = content.replace(/&gt;/g, ">");
+          content = content.replace(/&amp;/g, "&");
+        }
+
+        if (content == "")
+          content = null;
+      }
+
+      item.content = content;
+      parsedItems.push(item);
+    }
+
+    return parsedItems;
+  },
+
+  parseAsAtomIETF: function(aFeed, aDOM)
+  {
+    let parsedItems = new Array();
+
+    // Get the first channel (assuming there is only one per Atom File).
+    let channel = this.childrenByTagNameNS(aDOM, FeedUtils.ATOM_IETF_NS, "feed")[0];
+    if (!channel)
+      return aFeed.onParseError(aFeed);
+
+    if (this.isPermanentRedirect(aFeed, null, channel, null))
+      return;
+
+    let tags = this.childrenByTagNameNS(channel, FeedUtils.ATOM_IETF_NS, "title");
+    aFeed.title = aFeed.title ||
+                  this.stripTags(this.serializeTextConstruct(tags ? tags[0] : null));
+
+    tags = this.childrenByTagNameNS(channel, FeedUtils.ATOM_IETF_NS, "subtitle");
+    aFeed.description = this.serializeTextConstruct(tags ? tags[0] : null);
+
+    tags = this.childrenByTagNameNS(channel, FeedUtils.ATOM_IETF_NS, "link");
+    aFeed.link = this.findAtomLink("alternate", tags);
+    aFeed.link = this.validLink(aFeed.link);
+
+    if (!aFeed.title)
+    {
+      FeedUtils.log.error("FeedParser.parseAsAtomIETF: missing mandatory element " +
+                          "<title>");
+      return aFeed.onParseError(aFeed);
+    }
+
+    if (!aFeed.parseItems)
+      return parsedItems;
+
+    aFeed.invalidateItems();
+    let items = this.childrenByTagNameNS(channel, FeedUtils.ATOM_IETF_NS, "entry");
+    items = items ? items : [];
+    FeedUtils.log.debug("FeedParser.parseAsAtomIETF: items to parse - " +
+                        items.length);
+
+    for (let itemNode of items)
+    {
+      if (!itemNode.childElementCount)
+        continue;
+      let item = new FeedItem();
+      item.feed = aFeed;
+      item.enclosures = [];
+      item.keywords = [];
+
+      tags = this.childrenByTagNameNS(itemNode, FeedUtils.FEEDBURNER_NS, "origLink");
+      item.url = this.validLink(this.getNodeValue(tags ? tags[0] : null));
+      if (!item.url)
+      {
+        tags = this.childrenByTagNameNS(itemNode, FeedUtils.ATOM_IETF_NS, "link");
+        item.url = this.validLink(this.findAtomLink("alternate", tags)) ||
+                   aFeed.link;
+      }
+      tags = this.childrenByTagNameNS(itemNode, FeedUtils.ATOM_IETF_NS, "id");
+      item.id = this.getNodeValue(tags ? tags[0] : null);
+      tags = this.childrenByTagNameNS(itemNode, FeedUtils.ATOM_IETF_NS, "summary");
+      item.description = this.serializeTextConstruct(tags ? tags[0] : null);
+      tags = this.childrenByTagNameNS(itemNode, FeedUtils.ATOM_IETF_NS, "title");
+      item.title = this.stripTags(this.serializeTextConstruct(tags ? tags[0] : null) ||
+                                  (item.description ?
+                                     item.description.substr(0, 150) : null));
+      if (!item.title || !item.id)
+      {
+        // We're lenient about other mandatory tags, but insist on these.
+        FeedUtils.log.info("FeedParser.parseAsAtomIETF: <entry> missing mandatory " +
+                           "element <id>, or <title> and no <summary>; skipping");
+        continue;
+      }
+
+      // XXX Support multiple authors.
+      tags = this.childrenByTagNameNS(itemNode, FeedUtils.ATOM_IETF_NS, "source");
+      let source = tags ? tags[0] : null;
+
+      tags = this.childrenByTagNameNS(itemNode, FeedUtils.ATOM_IETF_NS, "author");
+      if (!tags)
+        tags = this.childrenByTagNameNS(source, FeedUtils.ATOM_IETF_NS, "author");
+      if (!tags)
+        tags = this.childrenByTagNameNS(channel, FeedUtils.ATOM_IETF_NS, "author");
+
+      let authorEl = tags ? tags[0] : null;
+
+      let author = "";
+      if (authorEl)
+      {
+        tags = this.childrenByTagNameNS(authorEl, FeedUtils.ATOM_IETF_NS, "name");
+        let name = this.getNodeValue(tags ? tags[0] : null);
+        tags = this.childrenByTagNameNS(authorEl, FeedUtils.ATOM_IETF_NS, "email");
+        let email = this.getNodeValue(tags ? tags[0] : null);
+        if (name)
+          author = name + (email ? " <" + email + ">" : "");
+        else if (email)
+          author = email;
+      }
+
+      item.author = author || item.author || aFeed.title;
+
+      tags = this.childrenByTagNameNS(itemNode, FeedUtils.ATOM_IETF_NS, "updated");
+      if (!tags || !this.getNodeValue(tags[0]))
+        tags = this.childrenByTagNameNS(itemNode, FeedUtils.ATOM_IETF_NS, "published");
+      if (!tags || !this.getNodeValue(tags[0]))
+        tags = this.childrenByTagNameNS(source, FeedUtils.ATOM_IETF_NS, "published");
+      item.date = this.getNodeValue(tags ? tags[0] : null) || item.date;
+
+      tags = this.childrenByTagNameNS(itemNode, FeedUtils.ATOM_IETF_NS, "content");
+      item.content = this.serializeTextConstruct(tags ? tags[0] : null);
+
+      if (item.content)
+        item.xmlContentBase = tags ? tags[0].baseURI : null;
+      else if (item.description)
+      {
+        tags = this.childrenByTagNameNS(itemNode, FeedUtils.ATOM_IETF_NS, "summary");
+        item.xmlContentBase = tags ? tags[0].baseURI : null;
+      }
+      else
+        item.xmlContentBase = itemNode.baseURI;
+
+      item.xmlContentBase = this.validLink(item.xmlContentBase);
+
+      // Handle <link rel="enclosure"> (if present).
+      tags = this.childrenByTagNameNS(itemNode, FeedUtils.ATOM_IETF_NS, "link");
+      let encUrls = [];
+      if (tags)
+        for (let tag of tags)
+        {
+          let url = tag.getAttribute("rel") == "enclosure" ?
+                      (tag.getAttribute("href") || "").trim() : null;
+          url = this.validLink(url);
+          if (url && encUrls.indexOf(url) == -1)
+          {
+            let type = this.removeUnprintableASCII(tag.getAttribute("type"));
+            let length = this.removeUnprintableASCII(tag.getAttribute("length"));
+            let title = this.removeUnprintableASCII(tag.getAttribute("title"));
+            item.enclosures.push(new FeedEnclosure(url, type, length, title));
+            encUrls.push(url);
+          }
+        }
+
+      tags = this.childrenByTagNameNS(itemNode, FeedUtils.FEEDBURNER_NS, "origEnclosureLink");
+      let origEncUrl = this.validLink(this.getNodeValue(tags ? tags[0] : null));
+      if (origEncUrl)
+      {
+        if (item.enclosures.length)
+          item.enclosures[0].mURL = origEncUrl;
+        else
+          item.enclosures.push(new FeedEnclosure(origEncUrl));
+      }
+
+      // Handle atom threading extension, RFC4685.  There may be 1 or more tags,
+      // and each must contain a ref attribute with 1 Message-Id equivalent
+      // value.  This is the only attr of interest in the spec for presentation.
+      tags = this.childrenByTagNameNS(itemNode, FeedUtils.ATOM_THREAD_NS, "in-reply-to");
+      if (tags)
+      {
+        for (let tag of tags)
+        {
+          let ref = this.removeUnprintableASCII(tag.getAttribute("ref"));
+          if (ref)
+            item.inReplyTo += item.normalizeMessageID(ref) + " ";
+        }
+        item.inReplyTo = item.inReplyTo.trimRight();
+      }
+
+      // Support <category> and autotagging.
+      tags = this.childrenByTagNameNS(itemNode, FeedUtils.ATOM_IETF_NS, "category");
+      if (tags)
+      {
+        for (let tag of tags)
+        {
+          let term = this.removeUnprintableASCII(tag.getAttribute("term"));
+          term = term ? this.xmlUnescape(term.replace(/,/g, ";")).trim() : null;
+          if (term && item.keywords.indexOf(term) == -1)
+            item.keywords.push(term);
+        }
+      }
+
+      parsedItems.push(item);
+    }
+
+    return parsedItems;
+  },
+
+  isPermanentRedirect: function(aFeed, aRedirDocChannel, aFeedChannel, aDS)
+  {
+    // If subscribing to a new feed, do not check redirect tags.
+    if (!aFeed.downloadCallback || aFeed.downloadCallback.mSubscribeMode)
+      return false;
+
+    let tags, tagName, newUrl;
+    let oldUrl = aFeed.url;
+
+    // Check for RSS2.0 redirect document <newLocation> tag.
+    if (aRedirDocChannel)
+    {
+      tagName = "newLocation";
+      tags = this.childrenByTagNameNS(aRedirDocChannel, "", tagName);
+      newUrl = this.getNodeValue(tags ? tags[0] : null);
+    }
+
+    // Check for <itunes:new-feed-url> tag.
+    if (aFeedChannel)
+    {
+      tagName = "new-feed-url";
+      if (aDS)
+      {
+        tags = FeedUtils.rdf.GetResource(FeedUtils.ITUNES_NS + tagName);
+        newUrl = this.getRDFTargetValue(aDS, aFeedChannel, tags);
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        tags = this.childrenByTagNameNS(aFeedChannel, FeedUtils.ITUNES_NS, tagName);
+        newUrl = this.getNodeValue(tags ? tags[0] : null);
+      }
+      tagName = "itunes:" + tagName;
+    }
+
+    if (newUrl && newUrl != oldUrl && FeedUtils.isValidScheme(newUrl) &&
+        FeedUtils.changeUrlForFeed(aFeed, newUrl))
+    {
+      FeedUtils.log.info("FeedParser.isPermanentRedirect: found <" + tagName +
+                         "> tag; updated feed url from: " + oldUrl + " to: " + newUrl +
+                         " in folder: " + FeedUtils.getFolderPrettyPath(aFeed.folder));
+      aFeed.onUrlChange(aFeed, oldUrl);
+      return true;
+    }
+
+    return false;
+  },
+
+  serializeTextConstruct: function(textElement)
+  {
+    let content = "";
+    if (textElement)
+    {
+      let textType = textElement.getAttribute("type");
+
+      // Atom spec says consider it "text" if not present.
+      if (!textType)
+        textType = "text";
+
+      // There could be some strange content type we don't handle.
+      if (textType != "text" && textType != "html" && textType != "xhtml")
+        return null;
+
+      for (let j = 0; j < textElement.childNodes.length; j++)
+      {
+        let node = textElement.childNodes.item(j);
+        if (node.nodeType == node.CDATA_SECTION_NODE)
+          content += this.xmlEscape(node.data);
+        else
+          content += this.mSerializer.serializeToString(node);
+      }
+
+      if (textType == "html")
+        content = this.xmlUnescape(content);
+
+      content = content.trim();
+    }
+
+    // Other parts of the code depend on this being null if there's no content.
+    return content ? content : null;
+  },
+
+  getRDFTargetValue: function(ds, source, property)
+  {
+    let nodeValue = this.getRDFTargetValueRaw(ds, source, property);
+    if (!nodeValue)
+      return null;
+
+    nodeValue = nodeValue.replace(/[\n\r\t]+/g, " ");
+    return this.removeUnprintableASCII(nodeValue);
+
+  },
+
+  getRDFTargetValueFormatted: function(ds, source, property)
+  {
+    let nodeValue = this.getRDFTargetValueRaw(ds, source, property);
+    if (!nodeValue)
+      return null;
+
+    return this.removeUnprintableASCIIexCRLFTAB(nodeValue);
+
+  },
+
+  getRDFTargetValueRaw: function(ds, source, property)
+  {
+    let node = ds.GetTarget(source, property, true);
+    if (node)
+    {
+      try
+      {
+        node = node.QueryInterface(Ci.nsIRDFLiteral);
+        if (node)
+          return node.Value.trim();
+      }
+      catch (e)
+      {
+        // If the RDF was bogus, do nothing.  Rethrow if it's some other problem.
+        if (!((e instanceof Ci.nsIXPCException) &&
+              e.result == Cr.NS_ERROR_NO_INTERFACE))
+          throw new Error("FeedParser.getRDFTargetValue: " + e);
+      }
+    }
+
+    return null;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Return a cleaned up node value. This is intended for values that are not
+   * multiline and not formatted. A sequence of tab or newline is converted to
+   * a space and unprintable ascii is removed.
+   *
+   * @param {Node} node  - A DOM node.
+   * @return {String}    - A clean string value or null.
+   */
+  getNodeValue: function(node)
+  {
+    let nodeValue = this.getNodeValueRaw(node);
+    if (!nodeValue)
+      return null;
+
+    nodeValue = nodeValue.replace(/[\n\r\t]+/g, " ");
+    return this.removeUnprintableASCII(nodeValue);
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Return a cleaned up formatted node value, meaning CR/LF/TAB are retained
+   * while all other unprintable ascii is removed. This is intended for values
+   * that are multiline and formatted, such as content or description tags.
+   *
+   * @param {Node} node  - A DOM node.
+   * @return {String}    - A clean string value or null.
+   */
+  getNodeValueFormatted: function(node)
+  {
+    let nodeValue = this.getNodeValueRaw(node);
+    if (!nodeValue)
+      return null;
+
+    return this.removeUnprintableASCIIexCRLFTAB(nodeValue);
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Return a raw node value, as received. This should be sanitized as
+   * appropriate.
+   *
+   * @param {Node} node  - A DOM node.
+   * @return {String}    - A string value or null.
+   */
+  getNodeValueRaw: function(node)
+  {
+    if (node && node.textContent)
+      return node.textContent.trim();
+
+    if (node && node.firstChild)
+    {
+      let ret = "";
+      for (let child = node.firstChild; child; child = child.nextSibling)
+      {
+        let value = this.getNodeValueRaw(child);
+        if (value)
+          ret += value;
+      }
+
+      if (ret)
+        return ret.trim();
+    }
+
+    return null;
+  },
+
+  // Finds elements that are direct children of the first arg.
+  childrenByTagNameNS: function(aElement, aNamespace, aTagName)
+  {
+    if (!aElement)
+      return null;
+
+    let matches = aElement.getElementsByTagNameNS(aNamespace, aTagName);
+    let matchingChildren = new Array();
+    for (let match of matches)
+    {
+      if (match.parentNode == aElement)
+        matchingChildren.push(match)
+    }
+
+    return matchingChildren.length ? matchingChildren : null;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Ensure <link> type tags start with http[s]://, ftp:// or magnet:
+   * for values stored in mail headers (content-base and remote enclosures),
+   * particularly to prevent data: uris, javascript, and other spoofing.
+   *
+   * @param {String} link - An intended http url string.
+   * @return {String}     - A clean string starting with http, ftp or magnet,
+   *                        else null.
+   */
+  validLink: function(link)
+  {
+    if (/^((https?|ftp):\/\/|magnet:)/.test(link))
+      return this.removeUnprintableASCII(link.trim());
+
+    return null;
+  },
+
+  findAtomLink: function(linkRel, linkElements)
+  {
+    if (!linkElements)
+      return null;
+
+    // XXX Need to check for MIME type and hreflang.
+    for (let alink of linkElements) {
+      if (alink &&
+          // If there's a link rel.
+          ((alink.getAttribute("rel") && alink.getAttribute("rel") == linkRel) ||
+           // If there isn't, assume 'alternate'.
+           (!alink.getAttribute("rel") && (linkRel == "alternate"))) &&
+          alink.getAttribute("href"))
+      {
+        // Atom links are interpreted relative to xml:base.
+        try {
+          return Services.io.newURI(alink.baseURI, null, null).
+                             resolve(alink.getAttribute("href"));
+        }
+        catch (ex) {}
+      }
+    }
+
+    return null;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Remove unprintable ascii, particularly CR/LF, for non formatted tag values.
+   *
+   * @param {String} s - String to clean.
+   * @return {String}
+   */
+  removeUnprintableASCII: function(s)
+  {
+    return s ? s.replace(/[\x00-\x1F\x7F]+/g, "") : "";
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Remove unprintable ascii, except CR/LF/TAB, for formatted tag values.
+   *
+   * @param {String} s - String to clean.
+   * @return {String}
+   */
+  removeUnprintableASCIIexCRLFTAB: function(s)
+  {
+    return s ? s.replace(/[\x00-\x08\x0B-\x0C\x0E-\x1F\x7F]+/g, "") : "";
+  },
+
+  stripTags: function(someHTML)
+  {
+    return someHTML ? someHTML.replace(/<[^>]+>/g, "") : someHTML;
+  },
+
+  xmlUnescape: function(s)
+  {
+    s = s.replace(/&lt;/g, "<");
+    s = s.replace(/&gt;/g, ">");
+    s = s.replace(/&amp;/g, "&");
+    return s;
+  },
+
+  xmlEscape: function(s)
+  {
+    s = s.replace(/&/g, "&amp;");
+    s = s.replace(/>/g, "&gt;");
+    s = s.replace(/</g, "&lt;");
+    return s;
+  },
+
+  dateRescue: function(dateString)
+  {
+    // Deal with various kinds of invalid dates.
+    if (!isNaN(parseInt(dateString)))
+    {
+      // It's an integer, so maybe it's a timestamp.
+      let d = new Date(parseInt(dateString) * 1000);
+      let now = new Date();
+      let yeardiff = now.getFullYear() - d.getFullYear();
+      FeedUtils.log.trace("FeedParser.dateRescue: Rescue Timestamp date - " +
+                          d.toString() + " ,year diff - " + yeardiff);
+      if (yeardiff >= 0 && yeardiff < 3)
+        // It's quite likely the correct date.
+        return d.toString();
+    }
+
+    // Could be an ISO8601/W3C date.  If not, get the current time.
+    return FeedUtils.getValidRFC5322Date(dateString);
+  }
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/extensions/newsblog/content/feed-subscriptions.js b/mailnews/extensions/newsblog/content/feed-subscriptions.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2b77e60c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/extensions/newsblog/content/feed-subscriptions.js
@@ -0,0 +1,2703 @@
+/* -*- Mode: JavaScript; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+Components.utils.import("resource:///modules/FeedUtils.jsm");
+Components.utils.import("resource:///modules/gloda/log4moz.js");
+Components.utils.import("resource:///modules/mailServices.js");
+Components.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/FileUtils.jsm");
+Components.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/PluralForm.jsm");
+Components.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/Services.jsm");
+
+var {classes: Cc, interfaces: Ci} = Components;
+
+var FeedSubscriptions = {
+  get mMainWin() { return Services.wm.getMostRecentWindow("mail:3pane"); },
+
+  get mTree() { return document.getElementById("rssSubscriptionsList"); },
+
+  mFeedContainers: [],
+  mRSSServer     : null,
+  mActionMode    : null,
+  kSubscribeMode : 1,
+  kUpdateMode    : 2,
+  kMoveMode      : 3,
+  kCopyMode      : 4,
+  kImportingOPML : 5,
+  kVerifyUrlMode : 6,
+
+  get FOLDER_ACTIONS()
+  {
+    return Ci.nsIMsgFolderNotificationService.folderAdded |
+           Ci.nsIMsgFolderNotificationService.folderDeleted |
+           Ci.nsIMsgFolderNotificationService.folderRenamed |
+           Ci.nsIMsgFolderNotificationService.folderMoveCopyCompleted;
+  },
+
+  onLoad: function ()
+  {
+    // Extract the folder argument.
+    let folder;
+    if (window.arguments && window.arguments[0].folder)
+      folder = window.arguments[0].folder;
+
+    // Ensure dialog is fully loaded before selecting, to get visible row.
+    setTimeout(function() {
+      FeedSubscriptions.refreshSubscriptionView(folder)
+    }, 100);
+    let message = FeedUtils.strings.GetStringFromName("subscribe-loading");
+    this.updateStatusItem("statusText", message);
+
+    FeedUtils.CANCEL_REQUESTED = false;
+
+    if (this.mMainWin)
+    {
+      this.mMainWin.FeedFolderNotificationService = MailServices.mfn;
+      this.mMainWin.FeedFolderNotificationService
+                   .addListener(this.FolderListener, this.FOLDER_ACTIONS);
+    }
+  },
+
+  onClose: function ()
+  {
+    let dismissDialog = true;
+
+    // If we are in the middle of subscribing to a feed, inform the user that
+    // dismissing the dialog right now will abort the feed subscription.
+    if (this.mActionMode == this.kSubscribeMode)
+    {
+      let pTitle = FeedUtils.strings.GetStringFromName(
+                     "subscribe-cancelSubscriptionTitle");
+      let pMessage = FeedUtils.strings.GetStringFromName(
+                       "subscribe-cancelSubscription");
+      dismissDialog =
+        !(Services.prompt.confirmEx(window, pTitle, pMessage,
+                                    Ci.nsIPromptService.STD_YES_NO_BUTTONS,
+                                    null, null, null, null, { }));
+    }
+
+    if (dismissDialog)
+    {
+      FeedUtils.CANCEL_REQUESTED = this.mActionMode == this.kSubscribeMode;
+      if (this.mMainWin)
+      {
+        this.mMainWin.FeedFolderNotificationService
+                     .removeListener(this.FolderListener, this.FOLDER_ACTIONS);
+        delete this.mMainWin.FeedFolderNotificationService;
+      }
+    }
+
+    return dismissDialog;
+  },
+
+  refreshSubscriptionView: function(aSelectFolder, aSelectFeedUrl)
+  {
+    let item = this.mView.currentItem;
+    this.loadSubscriptions();
+    this.mTree.view = this.mView;
+
+    if (aSelectFolder && !aSelectFeedUrl)
+      this.selectFolder(aSelectFolder);
+    else
+    {
+      // If no folder to select, try to select the pre rebuild selection, in
+      // an existing window.  For folderpane changes in a feed account.
+      if (item)
+      {
+        let rootFolder = item.container ? item.folder.rootFolder :
+                                          item.parentFolder.rootFolder;
+        if (item.container)
+        {
+          if (!this.selectFolder(item.folder, { open: item.open }))
+            // The item no longer exists, an ancestor folder was deleted or
+            // renamed/moved.
+            this.selectFolder(rootFolder);
+        }
+        else {
+          let url = item.parentFolder == aSelectFolder ? aSelectFeedUrl :
+                                                         item.url;
+          this.selectFeed({ folder: rootFolder, url: url }, null);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    this.mView.treeBox.ensureRowIsVisible(this.mView.selection.currentIndex);
+    this.clearStatusInfo();
+  },
+
+  mView:
+  {
+    kRowIndexUndefined: -1,
+
+    get currentItem() {
+      // Get the current selection, if any.
+      let seln = this.selection;
+      let currentSelectionIndex = seln ? seln.currentIndex : null;
+      let item;
+      if (currentSelectionIndex != null)
+        item = this.getItemAtIndex(currentSelectionIndex);
+
+      return item;
+    },
+
+    /* nsITreeView */
+    treeBox: null,
+
+    mRowCount: 0,
+    get rowCount()                         { return this.mRowCount; },
+
+    _selection: null,
+    get selection ()                       { return this._selection; },
+    set selection (val)                    { return this._selection = val; },
+
+    setTree: function(aTreebox)            { this.treeBox = aTreebox; },
+    isSeparator: function(aRow)            { return false; },
+    isSorted: function()                   { return false; },
+    isSelectable: function(aRow, aColumn)  { return false; },
+    isEditable: function (aRow, aColumn)   { return false; },
+
+    getProgressMode : function(aRow, aCol) {},
+    cycleHeader: function(aCol)            {},
+    cycleCell: function(aRow, aCol)        {},
+    selectionChanged: function()           {},
+    performAction: function(aAction)       {},
+    performActionOnRow: function (aAction, aRow)       {},
+    performActionOnCell: function(aAction, aRow, aCol) {},
+    getRowProperties: function(aRow)                   { return ""; },
+    getColumnProperties: function(aCol)                { return ""; },
+    getCellValue: function (aRow, aColumn)             {},
+    setCellValue: function (aRow, aColumn, aValue)     {},
+    setCellText: function (aRow, aColumn, aValue)      {},
+
+    getCellProperties: function (aRow, aColumn) {
+      let item = this.getItemAtIndex(aRow);
+      let folder = item && item.folder ? item.folder : null;
+#ifdef MOZ_THUNDERBIRD
+      let properties = ["folderNameCol"];
+      let hasFeeds = folder ? FeedUtils.getFeedUrlsInFolder(folder) : false;
+      let prop = !folder ? "isFeed-true" :
+                 hasFeeds ? "isFeedFolder-true" :
+                 folder.isServer ? "serverType-rss isServer-true" : null;
+      if (prop)
+        properties.push(prop);
+      return properties.join(" ");
+#else
+      return !folder ? "serverType-rss" :
+             folder.isServer ? "serverType-rss isServer-true" : "livemark";
+#endif
+    },
+
+    isContainer: function (aRow)
+    {
+      let item = this.getItemAtIndex(aRow);
+      return item ? item.container : false;
+    },
+
+    isContainerOpen: function (aRow)
+    { 
+      let item = this.getItemAtIndex(aRow);
+      return item ? item.open : false;
+    },
+
+    isContainerEmpty: function (aRow)
+    { 
+      let item = this.getItemAtIndex(aRow);
+      if (!item) 
+        return false;
+
+      return item.children.length == 0;
+    },
+
+    getItemAtIndex: function (aRow)
+    {
+      if (aRow < 0 || aRow >= FeedSubscriptions.mFeedContainers.length)
+        return null;
+
+      return FeedSubscriptions.mFeedContainers[aRow];
+    },
+
+    getItemInViewIndex: function(aFolder)
+    {
+      if (!aFolder || !(aFolder instanceof Ci.nsIMsgFolder))
+        return null;
+
+      for (let index = 0; index < this.rowCount; index++)
+      {
+        // Find the visible folder in the view.
+        let item = this.getItemAtIndex(index);
+        if (item && item.container && item.url == aFolder.URI)
+          return index;
+      }
+
+      return null;
+    },
+
+    removeItemAtIndex: function (aRow, aNoSelect)
+    {
+      let itemToRemove = this.getItemAtIndex(aRow);
+      if (!itemToRemove)
+        return;
+
+      if (itemToRemove.container && itemToRemove.open)
+        // Close it, if open container.
+        this.toggleOpenState(aRow);
+
+      let parentIndex = this.getParentIndex(aRow);
+      let hasNextSibling = this.hasNextSibling(aRow, aRow);
+      if (parentIndex != this.kRowIndexUndefined)
+      {
+        let parent = this.getItemAtIndex(parentIndex);
+        if (parent)
+        {
+          for (let index = 0; index < parent.children.length; index++)
+            if (parent.children[index] == itemToRemove)
+            {
+              parent.children.splice(index, 1);
+              break;
+            }
+        }
+      }
+
+      // Now remove it from our view.
+      FeedSubscriptions.mFeedContainers.splice(aRow, 1);
+
+      // Now invalidate the correct tree rows.
+      this.mRowCount--;
+      this.treeBox.rowCountChanged(aRow, -1);
+
+      // Now update the selection position, unless noSelect (selection is
+      // done later or not at all).  If the item is the last child, select the
+      // parent.  Otherwise select the next sibling.
+      if (!aNoSelect) {
+        if (aRow <= FeedSubscriptions.mFeedContainers.length)
+          this.selection.select(hasNextSibling ? aRow : aRow - 1);
+        else
+          this.selection.clearSelection();
+      }
+
+      // Now refocus the tree.
+      FeedSubscriptions.mTree.focus();
+    },
+
+    getCellText: function (aRow, aColumn)
+    {
+      let item = this.getItemAtIndex(aRow);
+      return (item && aColumn.id == "folderNameCol") ? item.name : "";
+    },
+
+    getImageSrc: function(aRow, aCol)
+    {
+      let item = this.getItemAtIndex(aRow);
+      if ((item.folder && item.folder.isServer) || item.open)
+        return "";
+
+      if (item.favicon != null)
+        return item.favicon;
+
+      if (item.folder && FeedSubscriptions.mMainWin &&
+          "gFolderTreeView" in FeedSubscriptions.mMainWin) {
+        let favicon = FeedSubscriptions.mMainWin.gFolderTreeView
+                                       .getFolderCacheProperty(item.folder, "favicon");
+        if (favicon != null)
+          return item.favicon = favicon;
+      }
+
+      let callback = (iconUrl => {
+        item.favicon = iconUrl;
+        if (item.folder)
+        {
+          for (let child of item.children)
+            if (!child.container)
+            {
+              child.favicon = iconUrl;
+              break;
+            }
+        }
+
+        this.selection.tree.invalidateRow(aRow);
+      });
+
+      // A closed non server folder.
+      if (item.folder)
+      {
+        for (let child of item.children)
+        {
+          if (!child.container) {
+            if (child.favicon != null)
+              return child.favicon;
+
+            setTimeout(() => {
+              FeedUtils.getFavicon(child.parentFolder, child.url, null,
+                                   window, callback);
+            }, 0);
+            break;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        // A feed.
+        setTimeout(() => {
+          FeedUtils.getFavicon(item.parentFolder, item.url, null,
+                               window, callback);
+        }, 0);
+      }
+
+      // Store empty string to return default while favicons are retrieved.
+      return item.favicon = "";
+    },
+
+    canDrop: function (aRow, aOrientation)
+    { 
+      let dropResult = this.extractDragData(aRow);
+      return aOrientation == Ci.nsITreeView.DROP_ON && dropResult.canDrop &&
+             (dropResult.dropUrl || dropResult.dropOnIndex != this.kRowIndexUndefined);
+    },
+
+    drop: function (aRow, aOrientation)
+    {
+      let win = FeedSubscriptions;
+      let results = this.extractDragData(aRow);
+      if (!results.canDrop)
+        return;
+
+      // Preselect the drop folder.
+      this.selection.select(aRow);
+
+      if (results.dropUrl)
+      {
+        // Don't freeze the app that initiated the drop just because we are
+        // in a loop waiting for the user to dimisss the add feed dialog.
+        setTimeout(function() {
+          win.addFeed(results.dropUrl, null, true, null, win.kSubscribeMode);
+        }, 0);
+        let folderItem = this.getItemAtIndex(aRow);
+        FeedUtils.log.debug("drop: folder, url - " +
+                            folderItem.folder.name + ", " + results.dropUrl);
+      }
+      else if (results.dropOnIndex != this.kRowIndexUndefined)
+      {
+        win.moveCopyFeed(results.dropOnIndex, aRow, results.dropEffect);
+      }
+    },
+
+    // Helper function for drag and drop.
+    extractDragData: function(aRow)
+    {
+      let dt = this._currentDataTransfer;
+      let dragDataResults = { canDrop:     false,
+                              dropUrl:     null,
+                              dropOnIndex: this.kRowIndexUndefined,
+                              dropEffect:  dt.dropEffect };
+
+      if (dt.getData("text/x-moz-feed-index"))
+      {
+        // Dragging a feed in the tree.
+        if (this.selection)
+        {
+          dragDataResults.dropOnIndex = this.selection.currentIndex;
+
+          let curItem = this.getItemAtIndex(this.selection.currentIndex);
+          let newItem = this.getItemAtIndex(aRow);
+          let curServer = curItem && curItem.parentFolder ?
+                            curItem.parentFolder.server : null;
+          let newServer = newItem && newItem.folder ?
+                            newItem.folder.server : null;
+
+          // No copying within the same account and no moving to the account
+          // folder in the same account.
+          if (!(curServer == newServer &&
+                (dragDataResults.dropEffect == "copy" ||
+                 newItem.folder == curItem.parentFolder ||
+                 newItem.folder.isServer)))
+            dragDataResults.canDrop = true;
+        }
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        // Try to get a feed url.
+        let validUri = FeedUtils.getFeedUriFromDataTransfer(dt);
+
+        if (validUri)
+        {
+          dragDataResults.canDrop = true;
+          dragDataResults.dropUrl = validUri.spec;
+        }
+      }
+
+      return dragDataResults;
+    },
+
+    getParentIndex: function (aRow)
+    {
+      let item = this.getItemAtIndex(aRow);
+
+      if (item)
+      {
+        for (let index = aRow; index >= 0; index--)
+          if (FeedSubscriptions.mFeedContainers[index].level < item.level)
+            return index;
+      }
+
+      return this.kRowIndexUndefined;
+    },
+
+    isIndexChildOfParentIndex: function (aRow, aChildRow)
+    {
+      // For visible tree rows, not if items are children of closed folders.
+      let item = this.getItemAtIndex(aRow);
+      if (!item || aChildRow <= aRow)
+        return false;
+
+      let targetLevel = this.getItemAtIndex(aRow).level;
+      let rows = FeedSubscriptions.mFeedContainers;
+
+      for (let i = aRow + 1; i < rows.length; i++) {
+        if (this.getItemAtIndex(i).level <= targetLevel)
+          break;
+        if (aChildRow == i)
+          return true;
+      }
+
+      return false;
+    },
+
+    hasNextSibling: function(aRow, aAfterIndex) {
+      let targetLevel = this.getItemAtIndex(aRow).level;
+      let rows = FeedSubscriptions.mFeedContainers;
+      for (let i = aAfterIndex + 1; i < rows.length; i++) {
+        if (this.getItemAtIndex(i).level == targetLevel)
+          return true;
+        if (this.getItemAtIndex(i).level < targetLevel)
+          return false;
+      }
+
+      return false;
+    },
+
+    hasPreviousSibling: function (aRow)
+    {
+      let item = this.getItemAtIndex(aRow);
+      if (item && aRow)
+        return this.getItemAtIndex(aRow - 1).level == item.level;
+      else
+        return false;
+    },
+
+    getLevel: function (aRow)
+    {
+      let item = this.getItemAtIndex(aRow);
+      if (!item)
+        return 0;
+
+      return item.level;
+    },
+
+    toggleOpenState: function (aRow)
+    {
+      let item = this.getItemAtIndex(aRow);
+      if (!item)
+        return;
+
+      // Save off the current selection item.
+      let seln = this.selection;
+      let currentSelectionIndex = seln.currentIndex;
+
+      let rowsChanged = this.toggle(aRow)
+
+      // Now restore selection, ensuring selection is maintained on toggles.
+      if (currentSelectionIndex > aRow)
+        seln.currentIndex = currentSelectionIndex + rowsChanged;
+      else
+        seln.select(currentSelectionIndex);
+
+      seln.selectEventsSuppressed = false;
+    },
+
+    toggle: function (aRow)
+    {
+      // Collapse the row, or build sub rows based on open states in the map.
+      let item = this.getItemAtIndex(aRow);
+      if (!item)
+        return null;
+
+      let rows = FeedSubscriptions.mFeedContainers;
+      let rowCount = 0;
+      let multiplier;
+
+      function addDescendants(aItem)
+      {
+        for (let i = 0; i < aItem.children.length; i++)
+        {
+          rowCount++;
+          let child = aItem.children[i];
+          rows.splice(aRow + rowCount, 0, child);
+          if (child.open)
+            addDescendants(child);
+        }
+      }
+
+      if (item.open)
+      {
+        // Close the container.  Add up all subfolders and their descendants
+        // who may be open.
+        multiplier = -1;
+        let nextRow = aRow + 1;
+        let nextItem = rows[nextRow];
+        while (nextItem && nextItem.level > item.level)
+        {
+          rowCount++;
+          nextItem = rows[++nextRow];
+        }
+
+        rows.splice(aRow + 1, rowCount);
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        // Open the container.  Restore the open state of all subfolder and
+        // their descendants.
+        multiplier = 1;
+        addDescendants(item);
+      }
+
+      let delta = multiplier * rowCount;
+      this.mRowCount += delta;
+
+      item.open = !item.open;
+      // Suppress the select event caused by rowCountChanged.
+      this.selection.selectEventsSuppressed = true;
+      // Add or remove the children from our view.
+      this.treeBox.rowCountChanged(aRow, delta);
+      return delta;
+    }
+  },
+
+  makeFolderObject: function (aFolder, aCurrentLevel)
+  {
+    let defaultQuickMode = aFolder.server.getBoolValue("quickMode");
+    let optionsAcct = aFolder.isServer ? FeedUtils.getOptionsAcct(aFolder.server) :
+                                         null;
+    let open = !aFolder.isServer &&
+               aFolder.server == this.mRSSServer &&
+               this.mActionMode == this.kImportingOPML ? true : false
+    let folderObject =  { children : [],
+                          folder   : aFolder,
+                          name     : aFolder.prettyName,
+                          level    : aCurrentLevel,
+                          url      : aFolder.URI,
+                          quickMode: defaultQuickMode,
+                          options  : optionsAcct,
+                          open     : open,
+                          container: true,
+                          favicon  : null };
+
+    // If a feed has any sub folders, add them to the list of children.
+    let folderEnumerator = aFolder.subFolders;
+
+    while (folderEnumerator.hasMoreElements())
+    {
+      let folder = folderEnumerator.getNext();
+      if ((folder instanceof Ci.nsIMsgFolder) &&
+          !folder.getFlag(Ci.nsMsgFolderFlags.Trash) &&
+          !folder.getFlag(Ci.nsMsgFolderFlags.Virtual))
+      {
+        folderObject.children
+                    .push(this.makeFolderObject(folder, aCurrentLevel + 1));
+      }
+    }
+
+    let feeds = this.getFeedsInFolder(aFolder);
+    for (let feed of feeds)
+    {
+      // Now add any feed urls for the folder.
+      folderObject.children.push(this.makeFeedObject(feed,
+                                                     aFolder,
+                                                     aCurrentLevel + 1));
+    }
+
+    // Finally, set the folder's quickMode based on the its first feed's
+    // quickMode, since that is how the view determines summary mode, and now
+    // quickMode is updated to be the same for all feeds in a folder.
+    if (feeds && feeds[0])
+      folderObject.quickMode = feeds[0].quickMode;
+
+    folderObject.children = this.folderItemSorter(folderObject.children);
+
+    return folderObject;
+  },
+
+  folderItemSorter: function (aArray)
+  {
+    return aArray.sort(function(a, b) { return a.name.toLowerCase() >
+                                               b.name.toLowerCase() }).
+                  sort(function(a, b) { return a.container < b.container });
+  },
+
+  getFeedsInFolder: function (aFolder)
+  {
+    let feeds = new Array();
+    let feedUrlArray = FeedUtils.getFeedUrlsInFolder(aFolder);
+    if (!feedUrlArray)
+      // No feedUrls in this folder.
+      return feeds;
+
+    for (let url of feedUrlArray)
+    {
+      let feedResource = FeedUtils.rdf.GetResource(url);
+      let feed = new Feed(feedResource, aFolder.server);
+      feeds.push(feed);
+    }
+
+    return feeds;
+  },
+
+  makeFeedObject: function (aFeed, aFolder, aLevel)
+  {
+    // Look inside the data source for the feed properties.
+    let feed = { children    : [],
+                 parentFolder: aFolder,
+                 name        : aFeed.title || aFeed.description || aFeed.url,
+                 url         : aFeed.url,
+                 quickMode   : aFeed.quickMode,
+                 options     : aFeed.options || FeedUtils.optionsTemplate,
+                 level       : aLevel,
+                 open        : false,
+                 container   : false,
+                 favicon     : null };
+    return feed;
+  },
+
+  loadSubscriptions: function ()
+  {
+    // Put together an array of folders.  Each feed account level folder is
+    // included as the root.
+    let numFolders = 0;
+    let feedContainers = [];
+    // Get all the feed account folders.
+    let feedRootFolders = FeedUtils.getAllRssServerRootFolders();
+
+    feedRootFolders.forEach(function(rootFolder) {
+      feedContainers.push(this.makeFolderObject(rootFolder, 0));
+      numFolders++;
+    }, this);
+
+    this.mFeedContainers = feedContainers;
+    this.mView.mRowCount = numFolders;
+
+    FeedSubscriptions.mTree.focus();
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Find the folder in the tree.  The search may be limited to subfolders of
+   * a known folder, or expanded to include the entire tree. This function is
+   * also used to insert/remove folders without rebuilding the tree view cache
+   * (to avoid position/toggle state loss).
+   * 
+   * @param  aFolder nsIMsgFolder - the folder to find.
+   * @param  [aParams] object     - params object, containing:
+   * 
+   * [parentIndex] int        - index of folder to start the search; if
+   *                            null (default), the index of the folder's
+   *                            rootFolder will be used.
+   * [select] boolean         - if true (default) the folder's ancestors
+   *                            will be opened and the folder selected.
+   * [open] boolean           - if true (default) the folder is opened.
+   * [remove] boolean         - delete the item from tree row cache if true,
+   *                            false (default) otherwise.
+   * [newFolder] nsIMsgFolder - if not null (default) the new folder,
+   *                            for add or rename.
+   * 
+   * @return bool found - true if found, false if not.
+   */
+  selectFolder: function(aFolder, aParms)
+  {
+    let folderURI = aFolder.URI;
+    let parentIndex = aParms && ("parentIndex" in aParms) ? aParms.parentIndex : null;
+    let selectIt = aParms && ("select" in aParms) ? aParms.select : true;
+    let openIt = aParms && ("open" in aParms) ? aParms.open : true;
+    let removeIt = aParms && ("remove" in aParms) ? aParms.remove : false;
+    let newFolder = aParms && ("newFolder" in aParms) ? aParms.newFolder : null;
+    let startIndex, startItem;
+    let found = false;
+
+    let firstVisRow, curFirstVisRow, curLastVisRow;
+    if (this.mView.treeBox)
+      firstVisRow = this.mView.treeBox.getFirstVisibleRow();
+
+    if (parentIndex != null)
+    {
+      // Use the parentIndex if given.
+      startIndex = parentIndex;
+      if (aFolder.isServer)
+        // Fake item for account root folder.
+        startItem = { name: "AccountRoot",
+                      children: [this.mView.getItemAtIndex(startIndex)],
+                      container: true, open: false, url: null, level: -1};
+      else
+        startItem = this.mView.getItemAtIndex(startIndex);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      // Get the folder's root parent index.
+      let index = 0;
+      for (index; index < this.mView.rowCount; index++)
+      {
+        let item = this.mView.getItemAtIndex(index);
+        if (item.url == aFolder.server.rootFolder.URI)
+          break;
+      }
+      startIndex = index;
+      if (aFolder.isServer)
+        // Fake item for account root folder.
+        startItem = { name: "AccountRoot",
+                      children: [this.mView.getItemAtIndex(startIndex)],
+                      container: true, open: false, url: null, level: -1};
+      else
+        startItem = this.mView.getItemAtIndex(startIndex);
+    }
+
+    function containsFolder(aItem)
+    {
+      // Search for the folder.  If it's found, set the open state on all
+      // ancestor folders.  A toggle() rebuilds the view rows to match the map.
+      if (aItem.url == folderURI)
+        return found = true;
+
+      for (let i = 0; i < aItem.children.length; i++) {
+        if (aItem.children[i].container && containsFolder(aItem.children[i]))
+        {
+          if (removeIt && aItem.children[i].url == folderURI)
+          {
+            // Get all occurences in the tree cache arrays.
+            FeedUtils.log.debug("selectFolder: delete in cache, " +
+                                "parent:children:item:index - "+
+                                aItem.name + ":" + aItem.children.length + ":" +
+                                aItem.children[i].name + ":" + i);
+            aItem.children.splice(i, 1);
+            FeedUtils.log.debug("selectFolder: deleted in cache, " +
+                                "parent:children - " +
+                                aItem.name + ":" + aItem.children.length);
+            removeIt = false;
+            return true;
+          }
+          if (newFolder)
+          {
+            let newItem = FeedSubscriptions.makeFolderObject(newFolder,
+                                                             aItem.level + 1);
+            newItem.open = aItem.children[i].open;
+            if (newFolder.isServer)
+              FeedSubscriptions.mFeedContainers[startIndex] = newItem;
+            else
+            {
+              aItem.children[i] = newItem;
+              aItem.children = FeedSubscriptions.folderItemSorter(aItem.children);
+            }
+            FeedUtils.log.trace("selectFolder: parentName:newFolderName:newFolderItem - " +
+                                aItem.name + ":" + newItem.name + ":" + newItem.toSource());
+            newFolder = null;
+            return true;
+          }
+          if (!found)
+          {
+            // For the folder to find.
+            found = true;
+            aItem.children[i].open = openIt;
+          }
+          else
+          {
+            // For ancestor folders.
+            if (selectIt || openIt)
+              aItem.children[i].open = true;
+          }
+
+          return true;
+        }
+      }
+
+      return false;
+    }
+
+    if (startItem)
+    {
+      // Find a folder with a specific parent.
+      containsFolder(startItem);
+      if (!found)
+        return false;
+
+      if (!selectIt)
+        return true;
+
+      if (startItem.open)
+        this.mView.toggle(startIndex);
+      this.mView.toggleOpenState(startIndex);
+    }
+
+    for (let index = 0; index < this.mView.rowCount && selectIt; index++)
+    {
+      // The desired folder is now in the view.
+      let item = this.mView.getItemAtIndex(index);
+      if (!item.container)
+        continue;
+      if (item.url == folderURI)
+      {
+        if (item.children.length &&
+            ((!item.open && openIt) || (item.open && !openIt)))
+          this.mView.toggleOpenState(index);
+        this.mView.selection.select(index);
+        found = true;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+
+    // Ensure tree position does not jump unnecessarily.
+    curFirstVisRow = this.mView.treeBox.getFirstVisibleRow();
+    curLastVisRow = this.mView.treeBox.getLastVisibleRow();
+    if (firstVisRow >= 0 &&
+        this.mView.rowCount - curLastVisRow > firstVisRow - curFirstVisRow)
+      this.mView.treeBox.scrollToRow(firstVisRow);
+    else
+      this.mView.treeBox.ensureRowIsVisible(this.mView.rowCount - 1);
+
+    FeedUtils.log.debug("selectFolder: curIndex:firstVisRow:" +
+                        "curFirstVisRow:curLastVisRow:rowCount - " +
+                        this.mView.selection.currentIndex + ":" +
+                        firstVisRow + ":" +
+                        curFirstVisRow + ":" + curLastVisRow + ":" + this.mView.rowCount);
+
+    return found;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Find the feed in the tree.  The search first gets the feed's folder,
+   * then selects the child feed.
+   * 
+   * @param  aFeed {Feed object}    - the feed to find.
+   * @param  [aParentIndex] integer - index to start the folder search.
+   * 
+   * @return found bool - true if found, false if not.
+   */
+  selectFeed: function(aFeed, aParentIndex)
+  {
+    let folder = aFeed.folder;
+    let found = false;
+
+    if (aFeed.folder.isServer) {
+      // If passed the root folder, the caller wants to get the feed's folder
+      // from the db (for cases of an ancestor folder rename/move).
+      let itemResource = FeedUtils.rdf.GetResource(aFeed.url);
+      let ds = FeedUtils.getSubscriptionsDS(aFeed.folder.server);
+      folder = ds.GetTarget(itemResource, FeedUtils.FZ_DESTFOLDER, true);
+    }
+
+    if (this.selectFolder(folder, { parentIndex: aParentIndex }))
+    {
+      let seln = this.mView.selection;
+      let item = this.mView.currentItem;
+      if (item) {
+        for (let i = seln.currentIndex + 1; i < this.mView.rowCount; i++) {
+          if (this.mView.getItemAtIndex(i).url == aFeed.url) {
+            this.mView.selection.select(i);
+            this.mView.treeBox.ensureRowIsVisible(i);
+            found = true;
+            break;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    return found;
+  },
+
+  updateFeedData: function (aItem)
+  {
+    if (!aItem)
+      return;
+
+    let nameValue = document.getElementById("nameValue");
+    let locationValue = document.getElementById("locationValue");
+    let locationValidate = document.getElementById("locationValidate");
+    let selectFolder = document.getElementById("selectFolder");
+    let selectFolderValue = document.getElementById("selectFolderValue");
+    let isServer = aItem.folder && aItem.folder.isServer;
+    let isFolder = aItem.folder && !aItem.folder.isServer;
+    let isFeed = !aItem.container;
+    let server, displayFolder;
+
+    if (isFeed)
+    {
+      // A feed item.  Set the feed location and title info.
+      nameValue.value = aItem.name;
+      locationValue.value = aItem.url;
+      locationValidate.removeAttribute("collapsed");
+
+      // Root the location picker to the news & blogs server.
+      server = aItem.parentFolder.server;
+      displayFolder = aItem.parentFolder;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      // A folder/container item.
+      nameValue.value = "";
+      nameValue.disabled = true;
+      locationValue.value = "";
+      locationValidate.setAttribute("collapsed", true);
+
+      server = aItem.folder.server;
+      displayFolder = aItem.folder;
+    }
+
+    // Common to both folder and feed items.
+    nameValue.disabled = aItem.container;
+    this.setFolderPicker(displayFolder, isFeed);
+
+    // Set quick mode value.
+    document.getElementById("quickMode").checked = aItem.quickMode;
+
+    // Autotag items.
+    let autotagEnable = document.getElementById("autotagEnable");
+    let autotagUsePrefix = document.getElementById("autotagUsePrefix");
+    let autotagPrefix = document.getElementById("autotagPrefix");
+    let categoryPrefsAcct = FeedUtils.getOptionsAcct(server).category;
+    if (isServer)
+      aItem.options = FeedUtils.getOptionsAcct(server);
+    let categoryPrefs = aItem.options ? aItem.options.category : null;
+
+    autotagEnable.checked = categoryPrefs && categoryPrefs.enabled;
+    autotagUsePrefix.checked = categoryPrefs && categoryPrefs.prefixEnabled;
+    autotagUsePrefix.disabled = !autotagEnable.checked;
+    autotagPrefix.disabled = autotagUsePrefix.disabled || !autotagUsePrefix.checked;
+    autotagPrefix.value = categoryPrefs && categoryPrefs.prefix ?
+                            categoryPrefs.prefix : "";
+  },
+
+  setFolderPicker: function(aFolder, aIsFeed)
+  {
+    let editFeed = document.getElementById("editFeed");
+    let folderPrettyPath = FeedUtils.getFolderPrettyPath(aFolder);
+    if (!folderPrettyPath)
+      return editFeed.disabled = true;
+
+    let selectFolder = document.getElementById("selectFolder");
+    let selectFolderPopup = document.getElementById("selectFolderPopup");
+    let selectFolderValue = document.getElementById("selectFolderValue");
+
+    selectFolder.setAttribute("hidden", !aIsFeed);
+    selectFolder._folder = aFolder;
+    selectFolderValue.setAttribute("hidden", aIsFeed);
+    selectFolderValue.setAttribute("showfilepath", false);
+
+    if (aIsFeed)
+    {
+      selectFolderPopup._ensureInitialized();
+      selectFolderPopup.selectFolder(aFolder);
+      selectFolder.setAttribute("label", folderPrettyPath);
+      selectFolder.setAttribute("uri", aFolder.URI);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      selectFolderValue.value = folderPrettyPath;
+      selectFolderValue.setAttribute("prettypath", folderPrettyPath);
+      selectFolderValue.setAttribute("filepath", aFolder.filePath.path);
+    }
+
+    return editFeed.disabled = false;
+  },
+
+  onClickSelectFolderValue: function(aEvent)
+  {
+    let target = aEvent.target;
+    if ((("button" in aEvent) &&
+         (aEvent.button != 0 ||
+          aEvent.originalTarget.localName != "div" ||
+          target.selectionStart != target.selectionEnd)) ||
+        (aEvent.keyCode && aEvent.keyCode != aEvent.DOM_VK_RETURN))
+      return;
+
+    // Toggle between showing prettyPath and absolute filePath.
+    if (target.getAttribute("showfilepath") == "true")
+    {
+      target.setAttribute("showfilepath", false);
+      target.value = target.getAttribute("prettypath");
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      target.setAttribute("showfilepath", true);
+      target.value = target.getAttribute("filepath");
+    }
+  },
+
+  setNewFolder: function(aEvent)
+  {
+    aEvent.stopPropagation();
+    this.setFolderPicker(aEvent.target._folder, true);
+    this.editFeed();
+  },
+
+  setSummary: function(aChecked)
+  {
+    let item = this.mView.currentItem;
+    if (!item || !item.folder)
+      // Not a folder.
+      return;
+
+    if (item.folder.isServer)
+    {
+      if (document.getElementById("locationValue").value)
+        // Intent is to add a feed/folder to the account, so return.
+        return;
+
+      // An account folder.  If it changes, all non feed containing subfolders
+      // need to be updated with the new default.
+      item.folder.server.setBoolValue("quickMode", aChecked);
+      this.FolderListener.folderAdded(item.folder);
+    }
+    else if (!FeedUtils.getFeedUrlsInFolder(item.folder))
+      // Not a folder with feeds.
+      return;
+    else
+    {
+      let feedsInFolder = this.getFeedsInFolder(item.folder);
+      // Update the feeds database, for each feed in the folder.
+      feedsInFolder.forEach(function(feed) { feed.quickMode = aChecked; });
+      // Update the folder's feeds properties in the tree map.
+      item.children.forEach(function(feed) { feed.quickMode = aChecked; });
+      let ds = FeedUtils.getSubscriptionsDS(item.folder.server);
+      ds.Flush();
+    }
+
+    // Update the folder in the tree map.
+    item.quickMode = aChecked;
+    let message = FeedUtils.strings.GetStringFromName("subscribe-feedUpdated");
+    this.updateStatusItem("statusText", message);
+  },
+
+  setCategoryPrefs: function(aNode)
+  {
+    let item = this.mView.currentItem;
+    if (!item)
+      return;
+
+    let isServer = item.folder && item.folder.isServer;
+    let isFolder = item.folder && !item.folder.isServer;
+    let autotagEnable = document.getElementById("autotagEnable");
+    let autotagUsePrefix = document.getElementById("autotagUsePrefix");
+    let autotagPrefix = document.getElementById("autotagPrefix");
+    if (isFolder || (isServer && document.getElementById("locationValue").value))
+    {
+      // Intend to subscribe a feed to a folder, a value must be in the url
+      // field. Update states for addFeed() and return.
+      autotagUsePrefix.disabled = !autotagEnable.checked;
+      autotagPrefix.disabled = autotagUsePrefix.disabled || !autotagUsePrefix.checked;
+      return;
+    }
+
+    switch (aNode.id) {
+      case "autotagEnable":
+        item.options.category.enabled = aNode.checked;
+        break;
+      case "autotagUsePrefix":
+        item.options.category.prefixEnabled = aNode.checked;
+        item.options.category.prefix = autotagPrefix.value;
+        break;
+    }
+
+    if (isServer)
+    {
+      FeedUtils.setOptionsAcct(item.folder.server, item.options)
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      let feedResource = FeedUtils.rdf.GetResource(item.url);
+      let feed = new Feed(feedResource, item.parentFolder.server);
+      feed.options = item.options;
+      let ds = FeedUtils.getSubscriptionsDS(item.parentFolder.server);
+      ds.Flush();
+    }
+
+    this.updateFeedData(item);
+    let message = FeedUtils.strings.GetStringFromName("subscribe-feedUpdated");
+    this.updateStatusItem("statusText", message);
+  },
+
+  onKeyPress: function(aEvent)
+  {
+    if (aEvent.keyCode == aEvent.DOM_VK_DELETE &&
+        aEvent.target.id == "rssSubscriptionsList")
+      this.removeFeed(true);
+
+    this.clearStatusInfo();
+  },
+
+  onSelect: function ()
+  {
+    let item = this.mView.currentItem;
+    this.updateFeedData(item);
+    this.setSummaryFocus();
+    this.updateButtons(item);
+  },
+
+  updateButtons: function (aSelectedItem)
+  {
+    let item = aSelectedItem;
+    let isServer = item && item.folder && item.folder.isServer;
+    let disable = !item || !item.container || isServer ||
+                  this.mActionMode == this.kImportingOPML;
+    document.getElementById("addFeed").disabled = disable;
+    disable = !item || (item.container && !isServer) ||
+              this.mActionMode == this.kImportingOPML;
+    document.getElementById("editFeed").disabled = disable;
+    disable = !item || item.container ||
+              this.mActionMode == this.kImportingOPML;
+    document.getElementById("removeFeed").disabled = disable;
+    disable = !item || !isServer ||
+              this.mActionMode == this.kImportingOPML;
+    document.getElementById("importOPML").disabled = disable;
+    document.getElementById("exportOPML").disabled = disable;
+  },
+
+  onMouseDown: function (aEvent)
+  {
+    if (aEvent.button != 0 ||
+        aEvent.target.id == "validationText" ||
+        aEvent.target.id == "addCertException")
+      return;
+
+    this.clearStatusInfo();
+  },
+
+  setSummaryFocus: function ()
+  {
+    let item = this.mView.currentItem;
+    if (!item)
+      return;
+
+    let locationValue = document.getElementById("locationValue");
+    let quickMode = document.getElementById("quickMode");
+    let autotagEnable = document.getElementById("autotagEnable");
+    let autotagUsePrefix = document.getElementById("autotagUsePrefix");
+    let autotagPrefix = document.getElementById("autotagPrefix");
+    let isServer = item.folder && item.folder.isServer;
+    let isFolder = item.folder && !item.folder.isServer;
+    let isFeed = !item.container;
+
+    // Enable summary/autotag by default.
+    quickMode.disabled = autotagEnable.disabled = false;
+    autotagUsePrefix.disabled = !autotagEnable.checked;
+    autotagPrefix.disabled = autotagUsePrefix.disabled || !autotagUsePrefix.checked;
+
+    if (isServer)
+    {
+      let disable = locationValue.hasAttribute("focused") || locationValue.value;
+      document.getElementById("addFeed").disabled = !disable;
+      document.getElementById("editFeed").disabled = disable;
+
+    }
+    else if (isFolder)
+    {
+      if (!locationValue.hasAttribute("focused") && !locationValue.value)
+      {
+        // Enabled for a folder with feeds. Autotag disabled unless intent is
+        // to add a feed.
+        quickMode.disabled = !FeedUtils.getFeedUrlsInFolder(item.folder);
+        autotagEnable.disabled = autotagUsePrefix.disabled =
+          autotagPrefix.disabled = true;
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      // Summary is per folder.
+      quickMode.disabled = true;
+    }
+  },
+
+  removeFeed: function (aPrompt)
+  {
+    let seln = this.mView.selection;
+    if (seln.count != 1)
+      return;
+
+    let itemToRemove = this.mView.getItemAtIndex(seln.currentIndex);
+
+    if (!itemToRemove || itemToRemove.container)
+      return;
+
+    if (aPrompt)
+    {
+      // Confirm unsubscribe prompt.
+      let pTitle = FeedUtils.strings.GetStringFromName(
+                     "subscribe-confirmFeedDeletionTitle");
+      let pMessage = FeedUtils.strings.formatStringFromName(
+                       "subscribe-confirmFeedDeletion", [itemToRemove.name], 1);
+      if (Services.prompt.confirmEx(window, pTitle, pMessage,
+                                    Ci.nsIPromptService.STD_YES_NO_BUTTONS,
+                                    null, null, null, null, { }))
+        return;
+    }
+
+    FeedUtils.deleteFeed(FeedUtils.rdf.GetResource(itemToRemove.url),
+                         itemToRemove.parentFolder.server,
+                         itemToRemove.parentFolder);
+
+    // Now that we have removed the feed from the datasource, it is time to
+    // update our view layer.  Update parent folder's quickMode if necessary
+    // and remove the child from its parent folder object.
+    let parentIndex = this.mView.getParentIndex(seln.currentIndex);
+    let parentItem = this.mView.getItemAtIndex(parentIndex);
+    this.updateFolderQuickModeInView(itemToRemove, parentItem, true);
+    this.mView.removeItemAtIndex(seln.currentIndex, false);
+    let message = FeedUtils.strings.GetStringFromName("subscribe-feedRemoved");
+    this.updateStatusItem("statusText", message);
+  },
+
+
+  /**
+   * This addFeed is used by 1) Add button, 1) Update button, 3) Drop of a
+   * feed url on a folder (which can be an add or move).  If Update, the new
+   * url is added and the old removed; thus aParse is false and no new messages
+   * are downloaded, the feed is only validated and stored in the db.  If dnd,
+   * the drop folder is selected and the url is prefilled, so proceed just as
+   * though the url were entered manually.  This allows a user to see the dnd
+   * url better in case of errors.
+   * 
+   * @param  [aFeedLocation] string    - the feed url; get the url from the
+   *                                     input field if null.
+   * @param  [aFolder] nsIMsgFolder    - folder to subscribe, current selected
+   *                                     folder if null.
+   * @param  [aParse] boolean          - if true (default) parse and download
+   *                                     the feed's articles.
+   * @param  [aParams] object          - additional params.
+   * @param  [aMode] integer           - action mode (default is kSubscribeMode)
+   *                                     of the add.
+   * 
+   * @return success boolean           - true if edit checks passed and an
+   *                                     async download has been initiated.
+   */
+  addFeed: function(aFeedLocation, aFolder, aParse, aParams, aMode)
+  {
+    let message;
+    let parse = aParse == null ? true : aParse;
+    let mode = aMode == null ? this.kSubscribeMode : aMode;
+    let locationValue = document.getElementById("locationValue");
+    let quickMode = aParams && ("quickMode" in aParams) ?
+        aParams.quickMode : document.getElementById("quickMode").checked;
+    let name = aParams && ("name" in aParams) ?
+        aParams.name : document.getElementById("nameValue").value;
+    let options = aParams && ("options" in aParams) ?
+        aParams.options : null;
+
+    if (aFeedLocation)
+      locationValue.value = aFeedLocation;
+    let feedLocation = locationValue.value.trim();
+
+    if (!feedLocation)
+    {
+      message = locationValue.getAttribute("placeholder");
+      this.updateStatusItem("statusText", message);
+      return false;
+    }
+
+    if (!FeedUtils.isValidScheme(feedLocation))
+    {
+      message = FeedUtils.strings.GetStringFromName("subscribe-feedNotValid");
+      this.updateStatusItem("statusText", message);
+      return false;
+    }
+
+    let addFolder;
+    if (aFolder)
+    {
+      // For Update or if passed a folder.
+      if (aFolder instanceof Ci.nsIMsgFolder)
+        addFolder = aFolder;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      // A folder must be selected for Add and Drop.
+      let index = this.mView.selection.currentIndex;
+      let item = this.mView.getItemAtIndex(index);
+      if (item && item.container)
+        addFolder = item.folder;
+    }
+
+    // Shouldn't happen.  Or else not passed an nsIMsgFolder.
+    if (!addFolder)
+      return false;
+
+    // Before we go any further, make sure the user is not already subscribed
+    // to this feed.
+    if (FeedUtils.feedAlreadyExists(feedLocation, addFolder.server))
+    {
+      message = FeedUtils.strings.GetStringFromName(
+                  "subscribe-feedAlreadySubscribed");
+      this.updateStatusItem("statusText", message);
+      return false;
+    }
+
+    if (!options)
+    {
+      // Not passed a param, get values from the ui.
+      options = FeedUtils.optionsTemplate;
+      options.category.enabled = document.getElementById("autotagEnable").checked;
+      options.category.prefixEnabled = document.getElementById("autotagUsePrefix").checked;
+      options.category.prefix = document.getElementById("autotagPrefix").value;
+    }
+
+    let folderURI = addFolder.isServer ? null : addFolder.URI;
+    let feedProperties = { feedName     : name,
+                           feedLocation : feedLocation,
+                           folderURI    : folderURI,
+                           server       : addFolder.server,
+                           quickMode    : quickMode,
+                           options      : options };
+
+    let feed = this.storeFeed(feedProperties);
+    if (!feed)
+      return false;
+
+    // Now validate and start downloading the feed.
+    message = FeedUtils.strings.GetStringFromName("subscribe-validating-feed");
+    this.updateStatusItem("statusText", message);
+    this.updateStatusItem("progressMeter", 0);
+    document.getElementById("addFeed").setAttribute("disabled", true);
+    this.mActionMode = mode;
+    feed.download(parse, this.mFeedDownloadCallback);
+    return true;
+  },
+
+  // Helper routine used by addFeed and importOPMLFile.
+  storeFeed: function(feedProperties)
+  {
+    let itemResource = FeedUtils.rdf.GetResource(feedProperties.feedLocation);
+    let feed = new Feed(itemResource, feedProperties.server);
+
+    // If the user specified a folder to add the feed to, then set it here.
+    if (feedProperties.folderURI)
+    {
+      let folderResource = FeedUtils.rdf.GetResource(feedProperties.folderURI);
+      if (folderResource)
+      {
+        let folder = folderResource.QueryInterface(Ci.nsIMsgFolder);
+        if (folder && !folder.isServer)
+          feed.folder = folder;
+      }
+    }
+
+    feed.title = feedProperties.feedName;
+    feed.quickMode = feedProperties.quickMode;
+    feed.options = feedProperties.options;
+    return feed;
+  },
+
+  updateAccount: function(aItem)
+  {
+    // Check to see if the categoryPrefs custom prefix string value changed.
+    let editAutotagPrefix = document.getElementById("autotagPrefix").value;
+    if (aItem.options.category.prefix != editAutotagPrefix)
+    {
+      aItem.options.category.prefix = editAutotagPrefix;
+      FeedUtils.setOptionsAcct(aItem.folder.server, aItem.options)
+      let message = FeedUtils.strings.GetStringFromName("subscribe-feedUpdated");
+      this.updateStatusItem("statusText", message);
+    }
+  },
+
+  editFeed: function()
+  {
+    let seln = this.mView.selection;
+    if (seln.count != 1)
+      return;
+
+    let itemToEdit = this.mView.getItemAtIndex(seln.currentIndex);
+    if (itemToEdit.folder && itemToEdit.folder.isServer)
+    {
+      this.updateAccount(itemToEdit)
+      return;
+    }
+
+    if (!itemToEdit || itemToEdit.container || !itemToEdit.parentFolder)
+      return;
+
+    let resource = FeedUtils.rdf.GetResource(itemToEdit.url);
+    let currentFolderServer = itemToEdit.parentFolder.server;
+    let ds = FeedUtils.getSubscriptionsDS(currentFolderServer);
+    let currentFolderURI = itemToEdit.parentFolder.URI;
+    let feed = new Feed(resource, currentFolderServer);
+    feed.folder = itemToEdit.parentFolder;
+
+    let editNameValue = document.getElementById("nameValue").value;
+    let editFeedLocation = document.getElementById("locationValue").value.trim();
+    let selectFolder = document.getElementById("selectFolder");
+    let editQuickMode = document.getElementById("quickMode").checked;
+    let editAutotagPrefix = document.getElementById("autotagPrefix").value;
+
+    if (feed.url != editFeedLocation)
+    {
+      // Updating a url.  We need to add the new url and delete the old, to
+      // ensure everything is cleaned up correctly.
+      this.addFeed(null, itemToEdit.parentFolder, false, null, this.kUpdateMode)
+      return;
+    }
+
+    // Did the user change the folder URI for storing the feed?
+    let editFolderURI = selectFolder.getAttribute("uri");
+    if (currentFolderURI != editFolderURI)
+    {
+      // Make sure the new folderpicked folder is visible.
+      this.selectFolder(selectFolder._folder);
+      // Now go back to the feed item.
+      this.selectFeed(feed, null);
+      // We need to find the index of the new parent folder.
+      let newParentIndex = this.mView.kRowIndexUndefined;
+      for (let index = 0; index < this.mView.rowCount; index++)
+      {
+        let item = this.mView.getItemAtIndex(index);
+        if (item && item.container && item.url == editFolderURI)
+        {
+          newParentIndex = index;
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+
+      if (newParentIndex != this.mView.kRowIndexUndefined)
+        this.moveCopyFeed(seln.currentIndex, newParentIndex, "move");
+
+      return;
+    }
+
+    let updated = false;
+    let message = "";
+    // Disable the button until the update completes and we process the async
+    // verify response.
+    document.getElementById("editFeed").setAttribute("disabled", true);
+
+    // Check to see if the title value changed, no blank title allowed.
+    if (feed.title != editNameValue)
+    {
+      if (!editNameValue)
+      {
+        document.getElementById("nameValue").value = feed.title;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        feed.title = editNameValue;
+        itemToEdit.name = editNameValue;
+        seln.tree.invalidateRow(seln.currentIndex);
+        updated = true;
+      }
+    }
+
+    // Check to see if the quickMode value changed.
+    if (feed.quickMode != editQuickMode)
+    {
+      feed.quickMode = editQuickMode;
+      itemToEdit.quickMode = editQuickMode;
+      updated = true;
+    }
+
+    // Check to see if the categoryPrefs custom prefix string value changed.
+    if (itemToEdit.options.category.prefix != editAutotagPrefix &&
+        itemToEdit.options.category.prefix != null &&
+        editAutotagPrefix != "")
+    {
+      itemToEdit.options.category.prefix = editAutotagPrefix;
+      feed.options = itemToEdit.options;
+      updated = true;
+    }
+
+    let verifyDelay = 0;
+    if (updated) {
+      ds.Flush();
+      message = FeedUtils.strings.GetStringFromName("subscribe-feedUpdated");
+      this.updateStatusItem("statusText", message);
+      verifyDelay = 1500;
+    }
+
+    // Now we want to verify if the stored feed url still works. If it
+    // doesn't, show the error. Delay a bit to leave Updated message visible.
+    message = FeedUtils.strings.GetStringFromName("subscribe-validating-feed");
+    this.mActionMode = this.kVerifyUrlMode;
+    setTimeout(() => {
+      this.updateStatusItem("statusText", message);
+      this.updateStatusItem("progressMeter", "?");
+      feed.download(false, this.mFeedDownloadCallback);
+    }, verifyDelay);
+  },
+
+/**
+ * Moves or copies a feed to another folder or account.
+ * 
+ * @param  int aOldFeedIndex    - index in tree of target feed item.
+ * @param  int aNewParentIndex  - index in tree of target parent folder item.
+ * @param  string aMoveCopy     - either "move" or "copy".
+ */
+  moveCopyFeed: function(aOldFeedIndex, aNewParentIndex, aMoveCopy)
+  {
+    let moveFeed = aMoveCopy == "move";
+    let currentItem = this.mView.getItemAtIndex(aOldFeedIndex);
+    if (!currentItem ||
+        this.mView.getParentIndex(aOldFeedIndex) == aNewParentIndex)
+      // If the new parent is the same as the current parent, then do nothing.
+      return;
+
+    let currentParentIndex = this.mView.getParentIndex(aOldFeedIndex);
+    let currentParentItem = this.mView.getItemAtIndex(currentParentIndex);
+    let currentParentResource = FeedUtils.rdf.GetResource(currentParentItem.url);
+    let currentFolder = currentParentResource.QueryInterface(Ci.nsIMsgFolder);
+
+    let newParentItem = this.mView.getItemAtIndex(aNewParentIndex);
+    let newParentResource = FeedUtils.rdf.GetResource(newParentItem.url);
+    let newFolder = newParentResource.QueryInterface(Ci.nsIMsgFolder);
+
+    let ds = FeedUtils.getSubscriptionsDS(currentItem.parentFolder.server);
+    let resource = FeedUtils.rdf.GetResource(currentItem.url);
+
+    let accountMoveCopy = false;
+    if (currentFolder.rootFolder.URI == newFolder.rootFolder.URI)
+    {
+      // Moving within the same account/feeds db.
+      if (newFolder.isServer || !moveFeed)
+        // No moving to account folder if already in the account; can only move,
+        // not copy, to folder in the same account.
+        return;
+
+      // Unassert the older URI, add an assertion for the new parent URI.
+      ds.Change(resource, FeedUtils.FZ_DESTFOLDER,
+                currentParentResource, newParentResource);
+      ds.Flush();
+
+      // Update folderpane favicons.
+      FeedUtils.setFolderPaneProperty(currentFolder, "favicon", null, "row");
+      FeedUtils.setFolderPaneProperty(newFolder, "favicon", null, "row");
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      // Moving/copying to a new account.  If dropping on the account folder,
+      // a new subfolder is created if necessary.
+      accountMoveCopy = true;
+      let mode = moveFeed ? this.kMoveMode : this.kCopyMode;
+      let params = {quickMode: currentItem.quickMode,
+                    name:      currentItem.name,
+                    options:   currentItem.options};
+      // Subscribe to the new folder first.  If it already exists in the
+      // account or on error, return.
+      if (!this.addFeed(currentItem.url, newFolder, false, params, mode))
+        return;
+      // Unsubscribe the feed from the old folder, if add to the new folder
+      // is successfull, and doing a move.
+      if (moveFeed)
+        FeedUtils.deleteFeed(FeedUtils.rdf.GetResource(currentItem.url),
+                             currentItem.parentFolder.server,
+                             currentItem.parentFolder);
+    }
+
+    // Update local favicons.
+    currentParentItem.favicon = newParentItem.favicon = null;
+
+    // Finally, update our view layer.  Update old parent folder's quickMode
+    // and remove the old row, if move.  Otherwise no change to the view.
+    if (moveFeed)
+    {
+      this.updateFolderQuickModeInView(currentItem, currentParentItem, true);
+      this.mView.removeItemAtIndex(aOldFeedIndex, true);
+      if (aNewParentIndex > aOldFeedIndex)
+        aNewParentIndex--;
+    }
+
+    if (accountMoveCopy)
+    {
+      // If a cross account move/copy, download callback will update the view
+      // with the new location.  Preselect folder/mode for callback.
+      this.selectFolder(newFolder, { parentIndex: aNewParentIndex });
+      return;
+    }
+
+    // Add the new row location to the view.
+    currentItem.level = newParentItem.level + 1;
+    currentItem.parentFolder = newFolder;
+    this.updateFolderQuickModeInView(currentItem, newParentItem, false);
+    newParentItem.children.push(currentItem);
+
+    if (newParentItem.open)
+      // Close the container, selecting the feed will rebuild the view rows.
+      this.mView.toggle(aNewParentIndex);
+
+    this.selectFeed({folder: newParentItem.folder, url: currentItem.url},
+                    aNewParentIndex);
+
+    let message = FeedUtils.strings.GetStringFromName("subscribe-feedMoved");
+    this.updateStatusItem("statusText", message);
+  },
+
+  updateFolderQuickModeInView: function (aFeedItem, aParentItem, aRemove)
+  {
+    let feedItem = aFeedItem;
+    let parentItem = aParentItem;
+    let feedUrlArray = FeedUtils.getFeedUrlsInFolder(feedItem.parentFolder);
+    let feedsInFolder = feedUrlArray ? feedUrlArray.length : 0;
+
+    if (aRemove && feedsInFolder < 1)
+      // Removed only feed in folder; set quickMode to server default.
+      parentItem.quickMode = parentItem.folder.server.getBoolValue("quickMode");
+
+    if (!aRemove)
+    {
+      // Just added a feed to a folder.  If there are already feeds in the
+      // folder, the feed must reflect the parent's quickMode.  If it is the
+      // only feed, update the parent folder to the feed's quickMode.
+      if (feedsInFolder > 1)
+      {
+        let feedResource = FeedUtils.rdf.GetResource(feedItem.url);
+        let feed = new Feed(feedResource, feedItem.parentFolder.server);
+        feed.quickMode = parentItem.quickMode;
+        feedItem.quickMode = parentItem.quickMode;
+      }
+      else
+        parentItem.quickMode = feedItem.quickMode;
+    }
+  },
+
+  onDragStart: function (aEvent)
+  {
+    // Get the selected feed article (if there is one).
+    let seln = this.mView.selection;
+    if (seln.count != 1)
+      return;
+
+    // Only initiate a drag if the item is a feed (ignore folders/containers).
+    let item = this.mView.getItemAtIndex(seln.currentIndex);
+    if (!item || item.container)
+      return;
+
+    aEvent.dataTransfer.setData("text/x-moz-feed-index", seln.currentIndex);
+    aEvent.dataTransfer.effectAllowed = "copyMove";
+  },
+
+  onDragOver: function (aEvent)
+  {
+    this.mView._currentDataTransfer = aEvent.dataTransfer;
+  },
+
+  mFeedDownloadCallback:
+  {
+    mSubscribeMode: true,
+    downloaded: function(feed, aErrorCode)
+    {
+      // Offline check is done in the context of 3pane, return to the subscribe
+      // window once the modal prompt is dispatched.
+      window.focus();
+      // Feed is null if our attempt to parse the feed failed.
+      let message = "";
+      let win = FeedSubscriptions;
+      if (aErrorCode == FeedUtils.kNewsBlogSuccess ||
+          aErrorCode == FeedUtils.kNewsBlogNoNewItems)
+      {
+        win.updateStatusItem("progressMeter", 100);
+
+        if (win.mActionMode == win.kVerifyUrlMode) {
+          // Just checking for errors, if none bye. The (non error) code
+          // kNewsBlogNoNewItems can only happen in verify mode.
+          win.mActionMode = null;
+          win.clearStatusInfo();
+          message = FeedUtils.strings.GetStringFromName("subscribe-feedVerified");
+          win.updateStatusItem("statusText", message);
+          document.getElementById("editFeed").removeAttribute("disabled");
+          return;
+        }
+
+        // Add the feed to the databases.
+        FeedUtils.addFeed(feed);
+
+        // Now add the feed to our view.  If adding, the current selection will
+        // be a folder; if updating it will be a feed.  No need to rebuild the
+        // entire view, that is too jarring.
+        let curIndex = win.mView.selection.currentIndex;
+        let curItem = win.mView.getItemAtIndex(curIndex);
+        if (curItem)
+        {
+          let parentIndex, parentItem, newItem, level;
+          let rows = win.mFeedContainers;
+          if (curItem.container)
+          {
+            // Open the container, if it exists.
+            let folderExists = win.selectFolder(feed.folder,
+                                                { parentIndex: curIndex });
+            if (!folderExists)
+            {
+              // This means a new folder was created.
+              parentIndex = curIndex;
+              parentItem = curItem;
+              level = curItem.level + 1;
+              newItem = win.makeFolderObject(feed.folder, level);
+            }
+            else
+            {
+              // If a folder happens to exist which matches one that would
+              // have been created, the feed system reuses it.  Get the
+              // current item again if reusing a previously unselected folder.
+              curIndex = win.mView.selection.currentIndex;
+              curItem = win.mView.getItemAtIndex(curIndex);
+              parentIndex = curIndex;
+              parentItem = curItem;
+              level = curItem.level + 1;
+              newItem = win.makeFeedObject(feed, feed.folder, level);
+            }
+          }
+          else
+          {
+            // Adding a feed.
+            parentIndex = win.mView.getParentIndex(curIndex);
+            parentItem = win.mView.getItemAtIndex(parentIndex);
+            level = curItem.level;
+            newItem = win.makeFeedObject(feed, feed.folder, level);
+          }
+
+          if (!newItem.container)
+            win.updateFolderQuickModeInView(newItem, parentItem, false);
+          parentItem.children.push(newItem);
+          parentItem.children = win.folderItemSorter(parentItem.children);
+          parentItem.favicon = null;
+
+          if (win.mActionMode == win.kSubscribeMode)
+            message = FeedUtils.strings.GetStringFromName(
+                        "subscribe-feedAdded");
+          if (win.mActionMode == win.kUpdateMode)
+          {
+            win.removeFeed(false);
+            message = FeedUtils.strings.GetStringFromName(
+                        "subscribe-feedUpdated");
+          }
+          if (win.mActionMode == win.kMoveMode)
+            message = FeedUtils.strings.GetStringFromName(
+                        "subscribe-feedMoved");
+          if (win.mActionMode == win.kCopyMode)
+            message = FeedUtils.strings.GetStringFromName(
+                        "subscribe-feedCopied");
+
+          win.selectFeed(feed, parentIndex);
+        }
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        // Non success.  Remove intermediate traces from the feeds database.
+        // But only if we're not in verify mode.
+        if (win.mActionMode != win.kVerifyUrlMode &&
+            feed && feed.url && feed.server)
+          FeedUtils.deleteFeed(FeedUtils.rdf.GetResource(feed.url),
+                               feed.server,
+                               feed.server.rootFolder);
+
+        if (aErrorCode == FeedUtils.kNewsBlogInvalidFeed)
+          message = FeedUtils.strings.GetStringFromName(
+                      "subscribe-feedNotValid");
+        if (aErrorCode == FeedUtils.kNewsBlogRequestFailure)
+          message = FeedUtils.strings.GetStringFromName(
+                      "subscribe-networkError");
+        if (aErrorCode == FeedUtils.kNewsBlogFileError)
+          message = FeedUtils.strings.GetStringFromName(
+                      "subscribe-errorOpeningFile");
+        if (aErrorCode == FeedUtils.kNewsBlogBadCertError) {
+          let host = Services.io.newURI(feed.url, null, null).host;
+          message = FeedUtils.strings.formatStringFromName(
+                      "newsblog-badCertError", [host], 1);
+        }
+        if (aErrorCode == FeedUtils.kNewsBlogNoAuthError)
+          message = FeedUtils.strings.GetStringFromName(
+                      "subscribe-noAuthError");
+
+        if (win.mActionMode != win.kUpdateMode &&
+            win.mActionMode != win.kVerifyUrlMode)
+          // Re-enable the add button if subscribe failed.
+          document.getElementById("addFeed").removeAttribute("disabled");
+        if (win.mActionMode == win.kVerifyUrlMode)
+          // Re-enable the update button if verify failed.
+          document.getElementById("editFeed").removeAttribute("disabled");
+      }
+
+      win.mActionMode = null;
+      win.clearStatusInfo();
+      let code = feed.url.startsWith("http") ? aErrorCode : null;
+      win.updateStatusItem("statusText", message, code);
+    },
+
+    // This gets called after the RSS parser finishes storing a feed item to
+    // disk.  aCurrentFeedItems is an integer corresponding to how many feed
+    // items have been downloaded so far.  aMaxFeedItems is an integer
+    // corresponding to the total number of feed items to download.
+    onFeedItemStored: function (feed, aCurrentFeedItems, aMaxFeedItems)
+    {
+      window.focus();
+      let message = FeedUtils.strings.formatStringFromName(
+                      "subscribe-gettingFeedItems",
+                      [aCurrentFeedItems, aMaxFeedItems], 2);
+      FeedSubscriptions.updateStatusItem("statusText", message);
+      this.onProgress(feed, aCurrentFeedItems, aMaxFeedItems);
+    },
+
+    onProgress: function(feed, aProgress, aProgressMax, aLengthComputable)
+    {
+      FeedSubscriptions.updateStatusItem("progressMeter",
+                                         (aProgress * 100) / aProgressMax);
+    }
+  },
+
+  // Status routines.
+  updateStatusItem: function(aID, aValue, aErrorCode)
+  {
+    let el = document.getElementById(aID);
+    if (el.getAttribute("collapsed"))
+      el.removeAttribute("collapsed");
+
+    if (aID == "progressMeter")
+      el.setAttribute("mode", aValue == "?" ? "undetermined" : "determined");
+
+    if (aID == "statusText")
+      el.textContent = aValue;
+    else
+      el.value = aValue;
+
+    el = document.getElementById("validationText");
+    if (aErrorCode == FeedUtils.kNewsBlogInvalidFeed)
+      el.removeAttribute("collapsed");
+    else
+      el.setAttribute("collapsed", true);
+
+    el = document.getElementById("addCertException");
+    if (aErrorCode == FeedUtils.kNewsBlogBadCertError)
+      el.removeAttribute("collapsed");
+    else
+      el.setAttribute("collapsed", true);
+  },
+
+  clearStatusInfo: function()
+  {
+    document.getElementById("statusText").textContent = "";
+    document.getElementById("progressMeter").collapsed = true;
+    document.getElementById("validationText").collapsed = true;
+    document.getElementById("addCertException").collapsed = true;
+  },
+
+  checkValidation: function(aEvent)
+  {
+    if (aEvent.button != 0)
+      return;
+
+    let validationSite = "http://validator.w3.org";
+    let validationQuery = "http://validator.w3.org/feed/check.cgi?url=";
+
+    if (this.mMainWin)
+    {
+      let tabmail = this.mMainWin.document.getElementById("tabmail");
+      if (tabmail)
+      {
+        let feedLocation = document.getElementById("locationValue").value;
+        let url = validationQuery + encodeURIComponent(feedLocation);
+
+        this.mMainWin.focus();
+        this.mMainWin.openContentTab(url, "tab", "^" + validationSite);
+        FeedUtils.log.debug("checkValidation: query url - " + url);
+      }
+    }
+    aEvent.stopPropagation();
+  },
+
+  addCertExceptionDialog: function()
+  {
+    let feedURL = document.getElementById("locationValue").value.trim();
+    let params = { exceptionAdded : false,
+                   location: feedURL,
+                   prefetchCert: true };
+    window.openDialog("chrome://pippki/content/exceptionDialog.xul",
+                      "", "chrome,centerscreen,modal", params);
+    if (params.exceptionAdded)
+      this.clearStatusInfo();
+  },
+
+  // Listener for folder pane changes.
+  FolderListener: {
+    get feedWindow() {
+      let subscriptionsWindow =
+        Services.wm.getMostRecentWindow("Mail:News-BlogSubscriptions");
+      return subscriptionsWindow ? subscriptionsWindow.FeedSubscriptions : null;
+    },
+
+    get currentSelectedIndex() {
+      return this.feedWindow ? this.feedWindow.mView.selection.currentIndex : -1;
+    },
+
+    get currentSelectedItem() {
+      return this.feedWindow ? this.feedWindow.mView.currentItem : null;
+    },
+
+    folderAdded: function(aFolder)
+    {
+      if (aFolder.server.type != "rss" ||
+          FeedUtils.isInTrash(aFolder))
+        return;
+
+      let parentFolder = aFolder.isServer ? aFolder : aFolder.parent;
+      FeedUtils.log.debug("folderAdded: folder:parent - " + aFolder.name + ":" +
+                          (parentFolder ? parentFolder.filePath.path : "(null)"));
+
+      if (!parentFolder || !this.feedWindow)
+        return;
+
+      let feedWindow = this.feedWindow;
+      let curSelIndex = this.currentSelectedIndex;
+      let curSelItem = this.currentSelectedItem;
+      let firstVisRow = feedWindow.mView.treeBox.getFirstVisibleRow();
+      let indexInView = feedWindow.mView.getItemInViewIndex(parentFolder);
+      let open = indexInView != null;
+
+      if (aFolder.isServer)
+      {
+        if (indexInView != null)
+          // Existing account root folder in the view.
+          open = feedWindow.mView.getItemAtIndex(indexInView).open;
+        else
+        {
+          // Add the account root folder to the view.
+          feedWindow.mFeedContainers.push(feedWindow.makeFolderObject(parentFolder, 0));
+          feedWindow.mView.mRowCount++;
+          feedWindow.mTree.view = feedWindow.mView;
+          feedWindow.mView.treeBox.scrollToRow(firstVisRow);
+          return;
+        }
+      }
+
+      // Rebuild the added folder's parent item in the tree row cache.
+      feedWindow.selectFolder(parentFolder, { select: false,
+                                              open: open,
+                                              newFolder: parentFolder });
+
+      if (indexInView == null || !curSelItem)
+        // Folder isn't in the tree view, no need to update the view.
+        return;
+
+      let parentIndex = feedWindow.mView.getParentIndex(indexInView);
+      if (parentIndex == feedWindow.mView.kRowIndexUndefined)
+        // Root folder is its own parent.
+        parentIndex = indexInView;
+      if (open)
+      {
+        // Close an open parent (or root) folder.
+        feedWindow.mView.toggle(parentIndex);
+        feedWindow.mView.toggleOpenState(parentIndex);
+      }
+      feedWindow.mView.treeBox.scrollToRow(firstVisRow);
+
+      if (curSelItem.container)
+        feedWindow.selectFolder(curSelItem.folder, { open: curSelItem.open });
+      else
+        feedWindow.selectFeed({ folder: curSelItem.parentFolder,
+                                url: curSelItem.url }, parentIndex);
+    },
+
+    folderDeleted: function(aFolder)
+    {
+      if (aFolder.server.type != "rss" || FeedUtils.isInTrash(aFolder))
+        return;
+
+      FeedUtils.log.debug("folderDeleted: folder - " + aFolder.name);
+      if (!this.feedWindow)
+        return;
+
+      let feedWindow = this.feedWindow;
+      let curSelIndex = this.currentSelectedIndex;
+      let indexInView = feedWindow.mView.getItemInViewIndex(aFolder);
+      let open = indexInView != null;
+
+      // Delete the folder from the tree row cache.
+      feedWindow.selectFolder(aFolder, { select: false, open: false, remove: true });
+
+      if (!open || curSelIndex < 0)
+        // Folder isn't in the tree view, no need to update the view.
+        return;
+
+      let select =
+        indexInView == curSelIndex ||
+        feedWindow.mView.isIndexChildOfParentIndex(indexInView, curSelIndex);
+      feedWindow.mView.removeItemAtIndex(indexInView, !select);
+    },
+
+    folderRenamed: function(aOrigFolder, aNewFolder)
+    {
+      if (aNewFolder.server.type != "rss" || FeedUtils.isInTrash(aNewFolder))
+        return;
+
+      FeedUtils.log.debug("folderRenamed: old:new - " +
+                          aOrigFolder.name + ":" + aNewFolder.name);
+      if (!this.feedWindow)
+        return;
+
+      let feedWindow = this.feedWindow;
+      let curSelIndex = this.currentSelectedIndex;
+      let curSelItem = this.currentSelectedItem;
+      let firstVisRow = feedWindow.mView.treeBox.getFirstVisibleRow();
+      let indexInView = feedWindow.mView.getItemInViewIndex(aOrigFolder);
+      let open = indexInView != null;
+
+      // Rebuild the renamed folder's item in the tree row cache.
+      feedWindow.selectFolder(aOrigFolder, { select: false,
+                                             open: open,
+                                             newFolder: aNewFolder });
+
+      if (!open || !curSelItem)
+        // Folder isn't in the tree view, no need to update the view.
+        return;
+
+      let select =
+        indexInView == curSelIndex ||
+        feedWindow.mView.isIndexChildOfParentIndex(indexInView, curSelIndex);
+      let parentIndex = feedWindow.mView.getParentIndex(indexInView);
+      if (parentIndex == feedWindow.mView.kRowIndexUndefined)
+        // Root folder is its own parent.
+        parentIndex = indexInView;
+      feedWindow.mView.toggle(parentIndex);
+      feedWindow.mView.toggleOpenState(parentIndex);
+      feedWindow.mView.treeBox.scrollToRow(firstVisRow);
+
+      if (curSelItem.container) {
+        if (curSelItem.folder == aOrigFolder)
+          feedWindow.selectFolder(aNewFolder, { open: curSelItem.open });
+        else if (select)
+          feedWindow.mView.selection.select(indexInView);
+        else
+          feedWindow.selectFolder(curSelItem.folder, { open: curSelItem.open });
+      }
+      else
+        feedWindow.selectFeed({ folder: curSelItem.parentFolder.rootFolder,
+                                url: curSelItem.url }, parentIndex);
+    },
+
+    folderMoveCopyCompleted: function(aMove, aSrcFolder, aDestFolder)
+    {
+      if (aDestFolder.server.type != "rss")
+        return;
+
+      FeedUtils.log.debug("folderMoveCopyCompleted: move:src:dest - " +
+                          aMove + ":" + aSrcFolder.name + ":" + aDestFolder.name);
+      if (!this.feedWindow)
+        return;
+
+      let feedWindow = this.feedWindow;
+      let curSelIndex = this.currentSelectedIndex;
+      let curSelItem = this.currentSelectedItem;
+      let firstVisRow = feedWindow.mView.treeBox.getFirstVisibleRow();
+      let indexInView = feedWindow.mView.getItemInViewIndex(aSrcFolder);
+      let destIndexInView = feedWindow.mView.getItemInViewIndex(aDestFolder);
+      let open = indexInView != null || destIndexInView != null;
+      let parentIndex = feedWindow.mView.getItemInViewIndex(aDestFolder.parent ||
+                                                            aDestFolder);
+      let select =
+        indexInView == curSelIndex ||
+        feedWindow.mView.isIndexChildOfParentIndex(indexInView, curSelIndex);
+
+      if (aMove)
+      {
+        this.folderDeleted(aSrcFolder);
+        if (aDestFolder.getFlag(Ci.nsMsgFolderFlags.Trash))
+          return;
+      }
+
+      setTimeout(function() {
+        // State on disk needs to settle before a folder object can be rebuilt.
+        feedWindow.selectFolder(aDestFolder, { select: false,
+                                               open: open || select,
+                                               newFolder: aDestFolder });
+
+        if (!open || !curSelItem)
+          // Folder isn't in the tree view, no need to update the view.
+          return;
+
+        feedWindow.mView.toggle(parentIndex);
+        feedWindow.mView.toggleOpenState(parentIndex);
+        feedWindow.mView.treeBox.scrollToRow(firstVisRow);
+
+        if (curSelItem.container) {
+          if (curSelItem.folder == aSrcFolder || select)
+            feedWindow.selectFolder(aDestFolder, { open: true });
+          else
+            feedWindow.selectFolder(curSelItem.folder, { open: curSelItem.open });
+        }
+        else
+          feedWindow.selectFeed({ folder: curSelItem.parentFolder.rootFolder,
+                                  url: curSelItem.url }, null);
+      }, 50);
+    }
+  },
+
+  /* *************************************************************** */
+  /* OPML Functions                                                  */
+  /* *************************************************************** */
+
+  get brandShortName() {
+    let brandBundle = document.getElementById("bundle_brand");
+    return brandBundle ? brandBundle.getString("brandShortName") : "";
+  },
+
+/**
+ * Export feeds as opml file Save As filepicker function.
+ * 
+ * @param  bool aList - if true, exporting as list; if false (default)
+ *                      exporting feeds in folder structure - used for title.
+ * @return nsILocalFile or null.
+ */
+  opmlPickSaveAsFile: function(aList)
+  {
+    let accountName = this.mRSSServer.rootFolder.prettyName;
+    let fileName = FeedUtils.strings.formatStringFromName(
+                     "subscribe-OPMLExportDefaultFileName",
+                     [this.brandShortName, accountName], 2);
+    let title = aList ? FeedUtils.strings.formatStringFromName(
+                          "subscribe-OPMLExportTitleList", [accountName], 1) :
+                        FeedUtils.strings.formatStringFromName(
+                          "subscribe-OPMLExportTitleStruct", [accountName], 1);
+    let fp = Cc["@mozilla.org/filepicker;1"].createInstance(Ci.nsIFilePicker);
+
+    fp.defaultString = fileName;
+    fp.defaultExtension = "opml";
+    if (this.opmlLastSaveAsDir && (this.opmlLastSaveAsDir instanceof Ci.nsILocalFile))
+      fp.displayDirectory = this.opmlLastSaveAsDir;
+
+    let opmlFilterText = FeedUtils.strings.GetStringFromName(
+                           "subscribe-OPMLExportOPMLFilesFilterText");
+    fp.appendFilter(opmlFilterText, "*.opml");
+    fp.appendFilters(Ci.nsIFilePicker.filterAll);
+    fp.filterIndex = 0;
+    fp.init(window, title, Ci.nsIFilePicker.modeSave);
+
+    if (fp.show() != Ci.nsIFilePicker.returnCancel && fp.file)
+    {
+      this.opmlLastSaveAsDir = fp.file.parent;
+      return fp.file;
+    }
+
+    return null;
+  },
+
+/**
+ * Import feeds opml file Open filepicker function.
+ * 
+ * @return nsILocalFile or null.
+ */
+  opmlPickOpenFile: function()
+  {
+    let title = FeedUtils.strings.GetStringFromName("subscribe-OPMLImportTitle");
+    let fp = Cc["@mozilla.org/filepicker;1"].createInstance(Ci.nsIFilePicker);
+
+    fp.defaultString = "";
+    if (this.opmlLastOpenDir && (this.opmlLastOpenDir instanceof Ci.nsILocalFile))
+      fp.displayDirectory = this.opmlLastOpenDir;
+
+    let opmlFilterText = FeedUtils.strings.GetStringFromName(
+                           "subscribe-OPMLExportOPMLFilesFilterText");
+    fp.appendFilter(opmlFilterText, "*.opml");
+    fp.appendFilters(Ci.nsIFilePicker.filterXML);
+    fp.appendFilters(Ci.nsIFilePicker.filterAll);
+    fp.init(window, title, Ci.nsIFilePicker.modeOpen);
+
+    if (fp.show() != Ci.nsIFilePicker.returnCancel && fp.file)
+    {
+      this.opmlLastOpenDir = fp.file.parent;
+      return fp.file;
+    }
+
+    return null;
+  },
+
+  exportOPML: function(aEvent)
+  {
+    // Account folder must be selected.
+    let item = this.mView.currentItem;
+    if (!item || !item.folder || !item.folder.isServer)
+      return;
+
+    this.mRSSServer = item.folder.server;
+    let rootFolder = this.mRSSServer.rootFolder;
+    let exportAsList = aEvent.ctrlKey;
+    let SPACES2 = "  ";
+    let SPACES4 = "    ";
+
+    if (this.mRSSServer.rootFolder.hasSubFolders)
+    {
+      let opmlDoc = document.implementation.createDocument("", "opml", null);
+      let opmlRoot = opmlDoc.documentElement;
+      opmlRoot.setAttribute("version", "1.0");
+      opmlRoot.setAttribute("xmlns:fz", "urn:forumzilla:");
+
+      this.generatePPSpace(opmlRoot, SPACES2);
+
+      // Make the <head> element.
+      let head = opmlDoc.createElement("head");
+      this.generatePPSpace(head, SPACES4);
+      let titleText = FeedUtils.strings.formatStringFromName(
+                        "subscribe-OPMLExportFileDialogTitle",
+                        [this.brandShortName, rootFolder.prettyName], 2);
+      let title = opmlDoc.createElement("title");
+      title.appendChild(opmlDoc.createTextNode(titleText));
+      head.appendChild(title);
+      this.generatePPSpace(head, SPACES4);
+      let dt = opmlDoc.createElement("dateCreated");
+      dt.appendChild(opmlDoc.createTextNode((new Date()).toUTCString()));
+      head.appendChild(dt);
+      this.generatePPSpace(head, SPACES2);
+      opmlRoot.appendChild(head);
+
+      this.generatePPSpace(opmlRoot, SPACES2);
+
+      // Add <outline>s to the <body>.
+      let body = opmlDoc.createElement("body");
+      if (exportAsList)
+        this.generateOutlineList(rootFolder, body, SPACES4.length + 2);
+      else
+        this.generateOutlineStruct(rootFolder, body, SPACES4.length);
+
+      this.generatePPSpace(body, SPACES2);
+
+      if (!body.childElementCount)
+        // No folders/feeds.
+        return;
+
+      opmlRoot.appendChild(body);
+      this.generatePPSpace(opmlRoot, "");
+
+      let serializer = new XMLSerializer();
+
+      if (FeedUtils.log.level <= Log4Moz.Level.Debug)
+        FeedUtils.log.debug("exportOPML: opmlDoc -\n" +
+                            serializer.serializeToString(opmlDoc) + "\n");
+
+      // Get file to save from filepicker.
+      let saveAsFile = this.opmlPickSaveAsFile(exportAsList);
+      if (!saveAsFile)
+        return;
+
+      let fos = FileUtils.openSafeFileOutputStream(saveAsFile);
+      serializer.serializeToStream(opmlDoc, fos, "utf-8");
+      FileUtils.closeSafeFileOutputStream(fos);
+
+      let statusReport = FeedUtils.strings.formatStringFromName(
+                           "subscribe-OPMLExportDone", [saveAsFile.path], 1);
+      this.updateStatusItem("statusText", statusReport);
+    }
+  },
+
+  generatePPSpace: function(aNode, indentString)
+  {
+    aNode.appendChild(aNode.ownerDocument.createTextNode("\n"));
+    aNode.appendChild(aNode.ownerDocument.createTextNode(indentString));
+  },
+
+  generateOutlineList: function(baseFolder, parent, indentLevel)
+  {
+    // Pretty printing.
+    let indentString = " ".repeat(indentLevel - 2);
+
+    let feedOutline;
+    let folderEnumerator = baseFolder.subFolders;
+    while (folderEnumerator.hasMoreElements())
+    {
+      let folder = folderEnumerator.getNext().QueryInterface(Ci.nsIMsgFolder);
+      FeedUtils.log.debug("generateOutlineList: folder - " +
+                          folder.filePath.path);
+      if (!(folder instanceof Ci.nsIMsgFolder) ||
+          folder.getFlag(Ci.nsMsgFolderFlags.Trash) ||
+          folder.getFlag(Ci.nsMsgFolderFlags.Virtual))
+        continue;
+
+      FeedUtils.log.debug("generateOutlineList: CONTINUE folderName - " +
+                          folder.name);
+
+      if (folder.hasSubFolders)
+      {
+        FeedUtils.log.debug("generateOutlineList: has subfolders - " +
+                            folder.name);
+        // Recurse.
+        this.generateOutlineList(folder, parent, indentLevel);
+      }
+
+      // Add outline elements with xmlUrls.
+      let feeds = this.getFeedsInFolder(folder);
+      for (let feed of feeds)
+      {
+        FeedUtils.log.debug("generateOutlineList: folder has FEED url - " +
+                            folder.name + " : " + feed.url);
+        feedOutline = this.exportOPMLOutline(feed, parent.ownerDocument);
+        this.generatePPSpace(parent, indentString);
+        parent.appendChild(feedOutline);
+      }
+    }
+  },
+
+  generateOutlineStruct: function(baseFolder, parent, indentLevel)
+  {
+    // Pretty printing.
+    function indentString(len) { return " ".repeat(len - 2); };
+
+    let folderOutline, feedOutline;
+    let folderEnumerator = baseFolder.subFolders;
+    while (folderEnumerator.hasMoreElements())
+    {
+      let folder = folderEnumerator.getNext().QueryInterface(Ci.nsIMsgFolder);
+      FeedUtils.log.debug("generateOutlineStruct: folder - " +
+                          folder.filePath.path);
+      if (!(folder instanceof Ci.nsIMsgFolder) ||
+          folder.getFlag(Ci.nsMsgFolderFlags.Trash) ||
+          folder.getFlag(Ci.nsMsgFolderFlags.Virtual))
+        continue;
+
+      FeedUtils.log.debug("generateOutlineStruct: CONTINUE folderName - " +
+                          folder.name);
+
+      // Make a folder outline element.
+      folderOutline = parent.ownerDocument.createElement("outline");
+      folderOutline.setAttribute("title", folder.prettyName);
+      this.generatePPSpace(parent, indentString(indentLevel + 2));
+
+      if (folder.hasSubFolders)
+      {
+        FeedUtils.log.debug("generateOutlineStruct: has subfolders - " +
+                            folder.name);
+        // Recurse.
+        this.generateOutlineStruct(folder, folderOutline, indentLevel + 2);
+      }
+
+      let feeds = this.getFeedsInFolder(folder);
+      for (let feed of feeds)
+      {
+        // Add feed outline elements with xmlUrls.
+        FeedUtils.log.debug("generateOutlineStruct: folder has FEED url - "+
+                            folder.name + " : " + feed.url);
+        feedOutline = this.exportOPMLOutline(feed, parent.ownerDocument);
+        this.generatePPSpace(folderOutline, indentString(indentLevel + 4));
+        folderOutline.appendChild(feedOutline);
+      }
+
+      parent.appendChild(folderOutline);
+    }
+  },
+
+  exportOPMLOutline: function(aFeed, aDoc)
+  {
+    let outRv = aDoc.createElement("outline");
+    outRv.setAttribute("type", "rss");
+    outRv.setAttribute("title", aFeed.title);
+    outRv.setAttribute("text", aFeed.title);
+    outRv.setAttribute("version", "RSS");
+    outRv.setAttribute("fz:quickMode", aFeed.quickMode);
+    outRv.setAttribute("fz:options", JSON.stringify(aFeed.options));
+    outRv.setAttribute("xmlUrl", aFeed.url);
+    outRv.setAttribute("htmlUrl", aFeed.link);
+    return outRv;
+  },
+
+  importOPML: function()
+  {
+    // Account folder must be selected in subscribe dialog.
+    let item = this.mView ? this.mView.currentItem : null;
+    if (!item || !item.folder || !item.folder.isServer)
+      return;
+
+    let server = item.folder.server;
+    // Get file to open from filepicker.
+    let openFile = this.opmlPickOpenFile();
+    if (!openFile)
+      return;
+
+    this.mActionMode = this.kImportingOPML;
+    this.updateButtons(null);
+    this.selectFolder(item.folder, { select: false, open: true });
+    let statusReport = FeedUtils.strings.GetStringFromName("subscribe-loading");
+    this.updateStatusItem("statusText", statusReport);
+    // If there were a getElementsByAttribute in html, we could go determined...
+    this.updateStatusItem("progressMeter", "?");
+
+    if (!this.importOPMLFile(openFile, server, this.importOPMLFinished)) {
+      this.mActionMode = null;
+      this.updateButtons(item);
+      this.clearStatusInfo();
+    }
+  },
+
+/**
+ * Import opml file into a feed account.  Used by the Subscribe dialog and
+ * the Import wizard.
+ * 
+ * @param  nsILocalFile aFile           - the opml file.
+ * @param  nsIMsgIncomingServer aServer - the account server.
+ * @param  func aCallback               - callback function.
+ * 
+ * @return bool                         - false if error.
+ */
+  importOPMLFile: function(aFile, aServer, aCallback)
+  {
+    if (aServer && (aServer instanceof Ci.nsIMsgIncomingServer))
+      this.mRSSServer = aServer;
+
+    if (!aFile || !this.mRSSServer || !aCallback)
+      return false;
+
+    let opmlDom, statusReport;
+    let stream = Cc["@mozilla.org/network/file-input-stream;1"].
+                 createInstance(Ci.nsIFileInputStream);
+
+    // Read in file as raw bytes, so Expat can do the decoding for us.
+    try {
+      stream.init(aFile, FileUtils.MODE_RDONLY, FileUtils.PERMS_FILE, 0);
+      let parser = new DOMParser();
+      opmlDom = parser.parseFromStream(stream, null, stream.available(),
+                                       "application/xml");
+    }
+    catch(e) {
+      statusReport = FeedUtils.strings.GetStringFromName(
+                       "subscribe-errorOpeningFile");
+      Services.prompt.alert(window, null, statusReport);
+      return false;
+    }
+    finally {
+      stream.close();
+    }
+
+    let body = opmlDom ? opmlDom.querySelector("body") : null;
+
+    // Return if the OPML file is invalid or empty.
+    if (!body || !body.childElementCount ||
+      opmlDom.documentElement.tagName != "opml")
+    {
+      statusReport = FeedUtils.strings.formatStringFromName(
+                       "subscribe-OPMLImportInvalidFile", [aFile.leafName], 1);
+      Services.prompt.alert(window, null, statusReport);
+      return false;
+    }
+
+    this.importOPMLOutlines(body, this.mRSSServer, aCallback);
+    return true;
+  },
+
+  importOPMLOutlines: function(aBody, aRSSServer, aCallback)
+  {
+    let win = this;
+    let rssServer = aRSSServer;
+    let callback = aCallback;
+    let outline, feedFolder;
+    let badTag = false;
+    let firstFeedInFolderQuickMode = null;
+    let lastFolder;
+    let feedsAdded = 0;
+    let rssOutlines = 0;
+    let folderOutlines = 0;
+
+    function processor(aParentNode, aParentFolder)
+    {
+      FeedUtils.log.trace("importOPMLOutlines: PROCESSOR tag:name:childs - " +
+                          aParentNode.tagName + ":" +
+                          aParentNode.getAttribute("text") + ":" +
+                          aParentNode.childElementCount);
+      while (true)
+      {
+        if (aParentNode.tagName == "body" && !aParentNode.childElementCount)
+        {
+          // Finished.
+          let statusReport = win.importOPMLStatus(feedsAdded, rssOutlines);
+          callback(statusReport, lastFolder, win);
+          return;
+        }
+
+        outline = aParentNode.firstElementChild;
+        if (outline.tagName != "outline")
+        {
+          FeedUtils.log.info("importOPMLOutlines: skipping, node is not an " +
+                             "<outline> - <" + outline.tagName + ">");
+          badTag = true;
+          break;
+        }
+
+        let outlineName = outline.getAttribute("text") ||
+                          outline.getAttribute("title") ||
+                          outline.getAttribute("xmlUrl");
+        let feedUrl, folderURI;
+
+        if (outline.getAttribute("type") == "rss")
+        {
+          // A feed outline.
+          feedUrl = outline.getAttribute("xmlUrl") || outline.getAttribute("url");
+          if (!feedUrl)
+          {
+            FeedUtils.log.info("importOPMLOutlines: skipping, type=rss <outline> " +
+                               "has no url - " + outlineName);
+            break;
+          }
+
+          rssOutlines++;
+          feedFolder = aParentFolder;
+
+          if (FeedUtils.feedAlreadyExists(feedUrl, rssServer))
+          {
+            FeedUtils.log.info("importOPMLOutlines: feed already subscribed in account " +
+                               rssServer.prettyName + ", url - " + feedUrl);
+            break;
+          }
+
+          if (aParentNode.tagName == "outline" &&
+              aParentNode.getAttribute("type") != "rss")
+            // Parent is a folder, already created.
+            folderURI = feedFolder.URI;
+          else
+          {
+            // Parent is not a folder outline, likely the <body> in a flat list.
+            // Create feed's folder with feed's name and account rootFolder as
+            // parent of feed's folder.
+            // NOTE: Assume a type=rss outline must be a leaf and is not a
+            // direct parent of another type=rss outline; such a structure
+            // may lead to unintended nesting and inaccurate counts.
+          }
+
+          // Create the feed.
+          let quickMode = outline.hasAttribute("fz:quickMode") ?
+                            outline.getAttribute("fz:quickMode") == "true" :
+                            rssServer.getBoolValue("quickMode");
+          let options = outline.getAttribute("fz:options");
+          options = options ? JSON.parse(options) : null;
+
+          if (firstFeedInFolderQuickMode === null)
+            // The summary/web page pref applies to all feeds in a folder,
+            // though it is a property of an individual feed.  This can be
+            // set (and is obvious) in the subscribe dialog; ensure import
+            // doesn't leave mismatches if mismatched in the opml file.
+            firstFeedInFolderQuickMode = quickMode;
+          else
+            quickMode = firstFeedInFolderQuickMode;
+
+          let feedProperties = { feedName     : outlineName,
+                                 feedLocation : feedUrl,
+                                 server       : rssServer,
+                                 folderURI    : folderURI,
+                                 quickMode    : quickMode,
+                                 options      : options };
+
+          FeedUtils.log.info("importOPMLOutlines: importing feed: name, url - "+
+                             outlineName + ", " + feedUrl);
+
+          let feed = win.storeFeed(feedProperties);
+          if (outline.hasAttribute("htmlUrl"))
+            feed.link = outline.getAttribute("htmlUrl");
+
+          feed.createFolder();
+          if (!feed.folder)
+          {
+            // Non success. Remove intermediate traces from the feeds database.
+            if (feed && feed.url && feed.server)
+              FeedUtils.deleteFeed(FeedUtils.rdf.GetResource(feed.url),
+                                   feed.server,
+                                   feed.server.rootFolder);
+            FeedUtils.log.info("importOPMLOutlines: skipping, error creating folder - '" +
+                               feed.folderName + "' from outlineName - '" +
+                               outlineName + "' in parent folder " +
+                               aParentFolder.filePath.path);
+            badTag = true;
+            break;
+          }
+
+          // Add the feed to the databases.
+          FeedUtils.addFeed(feed);
+          // Feed correctly added.
+          feedsAdded++;
+          lastFolder = feed.folder;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          // A folder outline. If a folder exists in the account structure at
+          // the same level as in the opml structure, feeds are placed into the
+          // existing folder.
+          let defaultName = FeedUtils.strings.GetStringFromName("ImportFeedsNew");
+          let folderName = FeedUtils.getSanitizedFolderName(aParentFolder,
+                                                            outlineName,
+                                                            defaultName,
+                                                            false);
+          try {
+            feedFolder = aParentFolder.getChildNamed(folderName);
+          }
+          catch (ex) {
+            // Folder not found, create it.
+            FeedUtils.log.info("importOPMLOutlines: creating folder - '" +
+                                folderName + "' from outlineName - '" +
+                                outlineName + "' in parent folder " +
+                                aParentFolder.filePath.path);
+            firstFeedInFolderQuickMode = null;
+            try {
+              feedFolder = aParentFolder.QueryInterface(Ci.nsIMsgLocalMailFolder).
+                                         createLocalSubfolder(folderName);
+              folderOutlines++;
+            }
+            catch (ex) {
+              // An error creating. Skip it.
+              FeedUtils.log.info("importOPMLOutlines: skipping, error creating folder - '" +
+                                  folderName + "' from outlineName - '" +
+                                  outlineName + "' in parent folder " +
+                                  aParentFolder.filePath.path);
+              let xfolder = aParentFolder.getChildNamed(folderName);
+              aParentFolder.propagateDelete(xfolder, true, null);
+              badTag = true;
+              break;
+            }
+          }
+        }
+        break;
+      }
+
+      if (!outline.childElementCount || badTag)
+      {
+        // Remove leaf nodes that are processed or bad tags from the opml dom,
+        // and go back to reparse.  This method lets us use setTimeout to
+        // prevent UI hang, in situations of both deep and shallow trees.
+        // A yield/generator.next() method is fine for shallow trees, but not
+        // the true recursion required for deeper trees; both the shallow loop
+        // and the recurse should give it up.
+        outline.remove();
+        badTag = false;
+        outline = aBody;
+        feedFolder = rssServer.rootFolder;
+      }
+
+      setTimeout(function() {
+        processor(outline, feedFolder);
+      }, 0);
+    }
+
+    processor(aBody, rssServer.rootFolder);
+  },
+
+  importOPMLStatus: function(aFeedsAdded, aRssOutlines, aFolderOutlines)
+  {
+    let statusReport;
+    if (aRssOutlines > aFeedsAdded)
+      statusReport = FeedUtils.strings.formatStringFromName("subscribe-OPMLImportStatus",
+        [PluralForm.get(aFeedsAdded,
+                        FeedUtils.strings.GetStringFromName("subscribe-OPMLImportUniqueFeeds"))
+                   .replace("#1", aFeedsAdded),
+         PluralForm.get(aRssOutlines,
+                        FeedUtils.strings.GetStringFromName("subscribe-OPMLImportFoundFeeds"))
+                   .replace("#1", aRssOutlines)], 2);
+    else
+      statusReport = PluralForm.get(aFeedsAdded,
+        FeedUtils.strings.GetStringFromName("subscribe-OPMLImportFeedCount"))
+                         .replace("#1", aFeedsAdded);
+
+    return statusReport;
+  },
+
+  importOPMLFinished: function(aStatusReport, aLastFolder, aWin)
+  {
+    if (aLastFolder)
+    {
+      aWin.selectFolder(aLastFolder, { select: false, newFolder: aLastFolder });
+      aWin.selectFolder(aLastFolder.parent);
+    }
+    aWin.mActionMode = null;
+    aWin.updateButtons(aWin.mView.currentItem);
+    aWin.clearStatusInfo();
+    aWin.updateStatusItem("statusText", aStatusReport);
+  }
+
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/extensions/newsblog/content/feed-subscriptions.xul b/mailnews/extensions/newsblog/content/feed-subscriptions.xul
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d6f4ea18f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/extensions/newsblog/content/feed-subscriptions.xul
@@ -0,0 +1,235 @@
+<?xml version="1.0"?>
+<!-- -*- Mode: Java; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+   - This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<?xml-stylesheet href="chrome://messenger/skin/" type="text/css"?>
+<?xml-stylesheet href="chrome://messenger/skin/folderPane.css" type="text/css"?>
+<?xml-stylesheet href="chrome://messenger/skin/folderMenus.css" type="text/css"?>
+<?xml-stylesheet href="chrome://messenger-newsblog/skin/feed-subscriptions.css" type="text/css"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE window [
+  <!ENTITY % feedDTD SYSTEM "chrome://messenger-newsblog/locale/feed-subscriptions.dtd">
+    %feedDTD;
+  <!ENTITY % certDTD SYSTEM "chrome://pippki/locale/certManager.dtd">
+    %certDTD;
+]>
+
+<window id="subscriptionsDialog"
+        flex="1"
+        title="&feedSubscriptions.label;"
+        windowtype="Mail:News-BlogSubscriptions"
+        xmlns="http://www.mozilla.org/keymaster/gatekeeper/there.is.only.xul"
+        xmlns:rdf="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#"
+        xmlns:nc="http://home.netscape.com/NC-rdf#"
+        persist="width height screenX screenY sizemode"
+        onload="FeedSubscriptions.onLoad();"
+        onclose="return FeedSubscriptions.onClose();"
+        onkeypress="FeedSubscriptions.onKeyPress(event);"
+        onmousedown="FeedSubscriptions.onMouseDown(event);">
+
+  <script type="application/javascript"
+          src="chrome://messenger/content/specialTabs.js"/>
+  <script type="application/javascript"
+          src="chrome://messenger-newsblog/content/feed-subscriptions.js"/>
+
+  <keyset id="extensionsKeys">
+    <key id="key_close"
+         key="&cmd.close.commandKey;"
+         modifiers="accel"
+         oncommand="window.close();"/>
+    <key id="key_close2"
+         keycode="VK_ESCAPE"
+         oncommand="window.close();"/>
+  </keyset>
+
+  <stringbundle id="bundle_newsblog"
+                src="chrome://messenger-newsblog/locale/newsblog.properties"/>
+  <stringbundle id="bundle_brand"
+                src="chrome://branding/locale/brand.properties"/>
+
+  <vbox flex="1" id="contentPane">
+    <hbox align="right">
+      <label id="learnMore"
+             class="text-link"
+             crop="end"
+             value="&learnMore.label;"
+             href="https://support.mozilla.org/kb/how-subscribe-news-feeds-and-blogs"/>
+    </hbox>
+
+    <tree id="rssSubscriptionsList"
+          treelines="true"
+          flex="1"
+          hidecolumnpicker="true"
+          onselect="FeedSubscriptions.onSelect();"
+          seltype="single">
+      <treecols>
+        <treecol id="folderNameCol"
+                 flex="2"
+                 primary="true"
+                 hideheader="true"/>
+      </treecols>
+      <treechildren id="subscriptionChildren"
+                    ondragstart="FeedSubscriptions.onDragStart(event);"
+                    ondragover="FeedSubscriptions.onDragOver(event);"/>
+    </tree>
+
+    <hbox id="rssFeedInfoBox">
+      <vbox flex="1">
+        <grid flex="1">
+          <columns>
+            <column/>
+            <column flex="1"/>
+          </columns>
+          <rows>
+            <row>
+              <hbox align="right" valign="middle">
+                <label id="nameLabel"
+                       accesskey="&feedTitle.accesskey;"
+                       control="nameValue"
+                       value="&feedTitle.label;"/>
+              </hbox>
+              <textbox id="nameValue"
+                       clickSelectsAll="true"/>
+            </row>
+            <row>
+              <hbox align="right" valign="middle">
+                <label id="locationLabel"
+                       accesskey="&feedLocation.accesskey;"
+                       control="locationValue"
+                       value="&feedLocation.label;"/>
+              </hbox>
+              <hbox>
+                <textbox id="locationValue"
+                         flex="1"
+                         class="uri-element"
+                         placeholder="&feedLocation.placeholder;"
+                         clickSelectsAll="true"
+                         onfocus="FeedSubscriptions.setSummaryFocus();"
+                         onblur="FeedSubscriptions.setSummaryFocus();"/>
+                <hbox align="center">
+                  <label id="locationValidate"
+                         collapsed="true"
+                         class="text-link"
+                         crop="end"
+                         value="&locationValidate.label;"
+                         onclick="FeedSubscriptions.checkValidation(event);"/>
+                </hbox>
+              </hbox>
+            </row>
+            <row>
+              <hbox align="right" valign="middle">
+                <label id="feedFolderLabel"
+                       value="&feedFolder.label;"
+                       accesskey="&feedFolder.accesskey;"
+                       control="selectFolder"/>
+              </hbox>
+              <hbox>
+                <menulist id="selectFolder"
+                          flex="1"
+                          class="folderMenuItem"
+                          hidden="true">
+                  <menupopup id="selectFolderPopup"
+                             class="menulist-menupopup"
+                             type="folder"
+                             mode="feeds"
+                             showFileHereLabel="true"
+                             showAccountsFileHere="true"
+                             oncommand="FeedSubscriptions.setNewFolder(event)"/>
+                </menulist>
+                <textbox id="selectFolderValue"
+                         flex="1"
+                         readonly="true"
+                         onkeypress="FeedSubscriptions.onClickSelectFolderValue(event)"
+                         onclick="FeedSubscriptions.onClickSelectFolderValue(event)"/>
+              </hbox>
+            </row>
+          </rows>
+        </grid>
+        <checkbox id="quickMode"
+                  accesskey="&quickMode.accesskey;"
+                  label="&quickMode.label;"
+                  oncommand="FeedSubscriptions.setSummary(this.checked)"/>
+        <checkbox id="autotagEnable"
+                  accesskey="&autotagEnable.accesskey;"
+                  label="&autotagEnable.label;"
+                  oncommand="FeedSubscriptions.setCategoryPrefs(this)"/>
+        <hbox>
+            <checkbox id="autotagUsePrefix"
+                      class="indent"
+                      accesskey="&autotagUsePrefix.accesskey;"
+                      label="&autotagUsePrefix.label;"
+                      oncommand="FeedSubscriptions.setCategoryPrefs(this)"/>
+            <textbox id="autotagPrefix"
+                     placeholder="&autoTagPrefix.placeholder;"
+                     clickSelectsAll="true"/>
+        </hbox>
+        <separator class="thin"/>
+      </vbox>
+    </hbox>
+
+    <hbox id="statusContainerBox"
+          align="center"
+          valign="middle">
+      <vbox flex="1">
+        <description id="statusText"/>
+      </vbox>
+      <spacer flex="1"/>
+      <label id="validationText"
+             collapsed="true"
+             class="text-link"
+             crop="end"
+             value="&validateText.label;"
+             onclick="FeedSubscriptions.checkValidation(event);"/>
+      <button id="addCertException"
+              collapsed="true"
+              label="&certmgr.addException.label;"
+              accesskey="&certmgr.addException.accesskey;"
+              oncommand="FeedSubscriptions.addCertExceptionDialog();"/>
+      <progressmeter id="progressMeter"
+                     collapsed="true"
+                     mode="determined"
+                     value="0"/>
+    </hbox>
+
+    <hbox align="end">
+      <hbox class="actionButtons" flex="1">
+        <button id="addFeed"
+                label="&button.addFeed.label;"
+                accesskey="&button.addFeed.accesskey;"
+                oncommand="FeedSubscriptions.addFeed();"/>
+
+        <button id="editFeed"
+                disabled="true"
+                label="&button.updateFeed.label;"
+                accesskey="&button.updateFeed.accesskey;"
+                oncommand="FeedSubscriptions.editFeed();"/>
+
+        <button id="removeFeed"
+                disabled="true"
+                label="&button.removeFeed.label;"
+                accesskey="&button.removeFeed.accesskey;"
+                oncommand="FeedSubscriptions.removeFeed(true);"/>
+
+        <button id="importOPML"
+                label="&button.importOPML.label;"
+                accesskey="&button.importOPML.accesskey;"
+                oncommand="FeedSubscriptions.importOPML();"/>
+
+        <button id="exportOPML"
+                label="&button.exportOPML.label;"
+                accesskey="&button.exportOPML.accesskey;"
+                tooltiptext="&button.exportOPML.tooltip;"
+                oncommand="FeedSubscriptions.exportOPML(event);"/>
+
+        <spacer flex="1"/>
+
+        <button id="close"
+                label="&button.close.label;"
+                icon="close"
+                oncommand="if (FeedSubscriptions.onClose()) window.close();"/>
+      </hbox>
+    </hbox>
+  </vbox>
+</window>
diff --git a/mailnews/extensions/newsblog/content/feedAccountWizard.js b/mailnews/extensions/newsblog/content/feedAccountWizard.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a79da073a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/extensions/newsblog/content/feedAccountWizard.js
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+/* -*- Mode: Java; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */

+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public

+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this

+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */

+

+Components.utils.import("resource:///modules/FeedUtils.jsm");

+

+/* Feed account standalone wizard functions */

+var FeedAccountWizard = {

+  accountName: "",

+

+  accountSetupPageInit: function() {

+    this.accountSetupPageValidate();

+  },

+

+  accountSetupPageValidate: function() {

+    this.accountName = document.getElementById("prettyName").value.trim();

+    document.documentElement.canAdvance = this.accountName;

+  },

+

+  accountSetupPageUnload: function() {

+    return;

+  },

+

+  donePageInit: function() {

+    document.getElementById("account.name.text").value = this.accountName;

+  },

+

+  onCancel: function() {

+    return true;

+  },

+

+  onFinish: function() {

+    let account = FeedUtils.createRssAccount(this.accountName);

+    if ("gFolderTreeView" in window.opener.top)

+      // Opened from 3pane File->New or Appmenu New Message, or

+      // Account Central link.

+      window.opener.top.gFolderTreeView.selectFolder(account.incomingServer.rootMsgFolder);

+    else if ("selectServer" in window.opener)

+      // Opened from Account Settings.

+      window.opener.selectServer(account.incomingServer);

+

+    window.close();

+  }

+}

diff --git a/mailnews/extensions/newsblog/content/feedAccountWizard.xul b/mailnews/extensions/newsblog/content/feedAccountWizard.xul
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0535fb237
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/extensions/newsblog/content/feedAccountWizard.xul
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+<?xml version="1.0"?>

+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public

+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this

+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->

+

+<?xml-stylesheet href="chrome://messenger/skin/accountWizard.css" type="text/css"?>

+

+<!DOCTYPE wizard [

+  <!ENTITY %  accountDTD SYSTEM "chrome://messenger/locale/AccountWizard.dtd">

+  %accountDTD;

+  <!ENTITY % newsblogDTD SYSTEM "chrome://messenger-newsblog/locale/am-newsblog.dtd" >

+  %newsblogDTD;

+  <!ENTITY %       imDTD SYSTEM "chrome://messenger/locale/imAccountWizard.dtd" >

+  %imDTD;

+]>

+

+<wizard id="FeedAccountWizard"

+        title="&feedWindowTitle.label;"

+        onwizardcancel="return FeedAccountWizard.onCancel();"

+        onwizardfinish="return FeedAccountWizard.onFinish();"

+        xmlns="http://www.mozilla.org/keymaster/gatekeeper/there.is.only.xul">

+

+  <script type="application/javascript"

+          src="chrome://messenger-newsblog/content/feedAccountWizard.js"/>

+

+  <!-- Account setup page : User gets a choice to enter a name for the account -->

+  <!-- Defaults : Feed account name -> default string -->

+  <wizardpage id="accountsetuppage"

+              pageid="accountsetuppage"

+              label="&accnameTitle.label;"

+              onpageshow="return FeedAccountWizard.accountSetupPageInit();"

+              onpageadvanced="return FeedAccountWizard.accountSetupPageUnload();">

+    <vbox flex="1">

+      <description>&accnameDesc.label;</description>

+      <separator class="thin"/>

+      <hbox align="center">

+        <label class="label"

+               value="&accnameLabel.label;"

+               accesskey="&accnameLabel.accesskey;"

+               control="prettyName"/>

+        <textbox id="prettyName"

+                 flex="1"

+                 value="&feeds.accountName;"

+                 oninput="FeedAccountWizard.accountSetupPageValidate();"/>

+      </hbox>

+    </vbox>

+  </wizardpage>

+

+  <!-- Done page : Summarizes information collected to create a feed account -->

+  <wizardpage id="done"

+              pageid="done"

+              label="&accountSummaryTitle.label;"

+              onpageshow="return FeedAccountWizard.donePageInit();">

+    <vbox flex="1">

+      <description>&accountSummaryInfo.label;</description>

+      <separator class="thin"/>

+      <grid>

+        <columns>

+          <column/>

+          <column flex="1"/>

+        </columns>

+        <rows>

+          <row id="account.name"

+               align="center">

+            <label id="account.name.label"

+                   class="label"

+                   flex="1"

+                   value="&accnameLabel.label;"/>

+            <label id="account.name.text"

+                   class="label"/>

+          </row>

+        </rows>

+      </grid>

+      <separator/>

+      <spacer flex="1"/>

+    </vbox>

+  </wizardpage>

+

+</wizard>

diff --git a/mailnews/extensions/newsblog/content/newsblogOverlay.js b/mailnews/extensions/newsblog/content/newsblogOverlay.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f7e08ec95
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/extensions/newsblog/content/newsblogOverlay.js
@@ -0,0 +1,363 @@
+/* -*- Mode: JavaScript; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+Components.utils.import("resource:///modules/gloda/mimemsg.js");
+Components.utils.import("resource:///modules/mailServices.js");
+Components.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/Services.jsm");
+
+// This global is for SeaMonkey compatibility.
+var gShowFeedSummary;
+
+var FeedMessageHandler = {
+  gShowSummary: true,
+  gToggle: false,
+  kSelectOverrideWebPage:   0,
+  kSelectOverrideSummary:   1,
+  kSelectFeedDefault:       2,
+  kOpenWebPage:             0,
+  kOpenSummary:             1,
+  kOpenToggleInMessagePane: 2,
+  kOpenLoadInBrowser:       3,
+
+  /**
+   * How to load message on threadpane select.
+   */
+  get onSelectPref() {
+    return Services.prefs.getIntPref("rss.show.summary");
+  },
+
+  set onSelectPref(val) {
+    Services.prefs.setIntPref("rss.show.summary", val);
+    ReloadMessage();
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Load web page on threadpane select.
+   */
+  get loadWebPageOnSelectPref() {
+    return Services.prefs.getIntPref("rss.message.loadWebPageOnSelect") ? true : false;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * How to load message on open (enter/dbl click in threadpane, contextmenu).
+   */
+  get onOpenPref() {
+    return Services.prefs.getIntPref("rss.show.content-base");
+  },
+
+  set onOpenPref(val) {
+    Services.prefs.setIntPref("rss.show.content-base", val);
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Determine if a message is a feed message. Prior to Tb15, a message had to
+   * be in an rss acount type folder. In Tb15 and later, a flag is set on the
+   * message itself upon initial store; the message can be moved to any folder.
+   *
+   * @param nsIMsgDBHdr aMsgHdr - the message.
+   *
+   * @return true if message is a feed, false if not.
+   */
+  isFeedMessage: function(aMsgHdr) {
+    return (aMsgHdr instanceof Components.interfaces.nsIMsgDBHdr) &&
+           ((aMsgHdr.flags & Components.interfaces.nsMsgMessageFlags.FeedMsg) ||
+            (aMsgHdr.folder && aMsgHdr.folder.server.type == "rss"));
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Determine whether to show a feed message summary or load a web page in the
+   * message pane.
+   *
+   * @param nsIMsgDBHdr aMsgHdr - the message.
+   * @param bool aToggle        - true if in toggle mode, false otherwise.
+   *
+   * @return true if summary is to be displayed, false if web page.
+   */
+  shouldShowSummary: function(aMsgHdr, aToggle) {
+    // Not a feed message, always show summary (the message).
+    if (!this.isFeedMessage(aMsgHdr))
+      return true;
+
+    // Notified of a summary reload when toggling, reset toggle and return.
+    if (!aToggle && this.gToggle)
+      return !(this.gToggle = false);
+
+    let showSummary = true;
+    this.gToggle = aToggle;
+
+    // Thunderbird 2 rss messages with 'Show article summary' not selected,
+    // ie message body constructed to show web page in an iframe, can't show
+    // a summary - notify user.
+    let browser = getBrowser();
+    let contentDoc = browser ? browser.contentDocument : null;
+    let rssIframe = contentDoc ? contentDoc.getElementById("_mailrssiframe") : null;
+    if (rssIframe) {
+      if (this.gToggle || this.onSelectPref == this.kSelectOverrideSummary)
+        this.gToggle = false;
+      return false;
+    }
+
+    if (aToggle)
+      // Toggle mode, flip value.
+      return gShowFeedSummary = this.gShowSummary = !this.gShowSummary;
+
+    let wintype = document.documentElement.getAttribute("windowtype");
+    let tabMail = document.getElementById("tabmail");
+    let messageTab = tabMail && tabMail.currentTabInfo.mode.type == "message";
+    let messageWindow = wintype == "mail:messageWindow";
+
+    switch (this.onSelectPref) {
+      case this.kSelectOverrideWebPage:
+        showSummary = false;
+        break;
+      case this.kSelectOverrideSummary:
+        showSummary = true
+        break;
+      case this.kSelectFeedDefault:
+        // Get quickmode per feed folder pref from feeds.rdf. If the feed
+        // message is not in a feed account folder (hence the folder is not in
+        // the feeds database), or FZ_QUICKMODE property is not found (possible
+        // in pre renovation urls), err on the side of showing the summary.
+        // For the former, toggle or global override is necessary; for the
+        // latter, a show summary checkbox toggle in Subscribe dialog will set
+        // one on the path to bliss.
+        let folder = aMsgHdr.folder, targetRes;
+        try {
+          targetRes = FeedUtils.getParentTargetForChildResource(
+                        folder.URI, FeedUtils.FZ_QUICKMODE, folder.server);
+        }
+        catch (ex) {
+          // Not in a feed account folder or other error.
+          FeedUtils.log.info("FeedMessageHandler.shouldShowSummary: could not " +
+                             "get summary pref for this folder");
+        }
+
+        showSummary = targetRes && targetRes.QueryInterface(Ci.nsIRDFLiteral).
+                                             Value == "false" ? false : true;
+        break;
+    }
+
+    gShowFeedSummary = this.gShowSummary = showSummary;
+
+    if (messageWindow || messageTab) {
+      // Message opened in either standalone window or tab, due to either
+      // message open pref (we are here only if the pref is 0 or 1) or
+      // contextmenu open.
+      switch (this.onOpenPref) {
+        case this.kOpenToggleInMessagePane:
+          // Opened by contextmenu, use the value derived above.
+          // XXX: allow a toggle via crtl?
+          break;
+        case this.kOpenWebPage:
+          showSummary = false;
+          break;
+        case this.kOpenSummary:
+          showSummary = true;
+          break;
+      }
+    }
+
+    // Auto load web page in browser on select, per pref; shouldShowSummary() is
+    // always called first to 1)test if feed, 2)get summary pref, so do it here.
+    if (this.loadWebPageOnSelectPref)
+      setTimeout(FeedMessageHandler.loadWebPage, 20, aMsgHdr, {browser:true});
+
+    return showSummary;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Load a web page for feed messages. Use MsgHdrToMimeMessage() to get
+   * the content-base url from the message headers. We cannot rely on
+   * currentHeaderData; it has not yet been streamed at our entry point in
+   * displayMessageChanged(), and in the case of a collapsed message pane it
+   * is not streamed.
+   *
+   * @param nsIMsgDBHdr aMessageHdr - the message.
+   * @param {obj} aWhere            - name value=true pair, where name is in:
+   *                                  'messagepane', 'browser', 'tab', 'window'.
+   */
+  loadWebPage: function(aMessageHdr, aWhere) {
+    MsgHdrToMimeMessage(aMessageHdr, null, function(aMsgHdr, aMimeMsg) {
+      if (aMimeMsg && aMimeMsg.headers["content-base"] &&
+          aMimeMsg.headers["content-base"][0]) {
+        let url = aMimeMsg.headers["content-base"], uri;
+        try {
+          let converter = Cc["@mozilla.org/intl/scriptableunicodeconverter"]
+                            .createInstance(Ci.nsIScriptableUnicodeConverter);
+          converter.charset = "UTF-8";
+          url = converter.ConvertToUnicode(url);
+          uri = Services.io.newURI(url, null, null);
+          url = uri.spec;
+        }
+        catch (ex) {
+          FeedUtils.log.info("FeedMessageHandler.loadWebPage: " +
+                             "invalid Content-Base header url - " + url);
+          return;
+        }
+        if (aWhere.browser)
+          Components.classes["@mozilla.org/uriloader/external-protocol-service;1"]
+                    .getService(Components.interfaces.nsIExternalProtocolService)
+                    .loadURI(uri);
+        else if (aWhere.messagepane) {
+          let loadFlag = getBrowser().webNavigation.LOAD_FLAGS_NONE;
+          getBrowser().webNavigation.loadURI(url, loadFlag, null, null, null);
+        }
+        else if (aWhere.tab)
+          openContentTab(url, "tab", "^");
+        else if (aWhere.window)
+          openContentTab(url, "window", "^");
+      }
+      else
+        FeedUtils.log.info("FeedMessageHandler.loadWebPage: could not get " +
+                           "Content-Base header url for this message");
+    });
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Display summary or load web page for feed messages. Caller should already
+   * know if the message is a feed message.
+   *
+   * @param nsIMsgDBHdr aMsgHdr - the message.
+   * @param bool aShowSummary   - true if summary is to be displayed, false if
+   *                              web page.
+   */
+  setContent: function(aMsgHdr, aShowSummary) {
+    if (aShowSummary) {
+      // Only here if toggling to summary in 3pane.
+      if (this.gToggle && gDBView && GetNumSelectedMessages() == 1)
+        ReloadMessage();
+    }
+    else {
+      let browser = getBrowser();
+      if (browser && browser.contentDocument && browser.contentDocument.body)
+        browser.contentDocument.body.hidden = true;
+      // If in a non rss folder, hide possible remote content bar on a web
+      // page load, as it doesn't apply.
+      if ("msgNotificationBar" in window)
+        gMessageNotificationBar.clearMsgNotifications();
+
+      this.loadWebPage(aMsgHdr, {messagepane:true});
+      this.gToggle = false;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+function openSubscriptionsDialog(aFolder)
+{
+  // Check for an existing feed subscriptions window and focus it.
+  let subscriptionsWindow =
+    Services.wm.getMostRecentWindow("Mail:News-BlogSubscriptions");
+
+  if (subscriptionsWindow)
+  {
+    if (aFolder)
+    {
+      subscriptionsWindow.FeedSubscriptions.selectFolder(aFolder);
+      subscriptionsWindow.FeedSubscriptions.mView.treeBox.ensureRowIsVisible(
+        subscriptionsWindow.FeedSubscriptions.mView.selection.currentIndex);
+    }
+
+    subscriptionsWindow.focus();
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    window.openDialog("chrome://messenger-newsblog/content/feed-subscriptions.xul",
+                      "", "centerscreen,chrome,dialog=no,resizable",
+                      { folder: aFolder});
+  }
+}
+
+// Special case attempts to reply/forward/edit as new RSS articles. For
+// messages stored prior to Tb15, we are here only if the message's folder's
+// account server is rss and feed messages moved to other types will have their
+// summaries loaded, as viewing web pages only happened in an rss account.
+// The user may choose whether to load a summary or web page link by ensuring
+// the current feed message is being viewed as either a summary or web page.
+function openComposeWindowForRSSArticle(aMsgComposeWindow, aMsgHdr, aMessageUri,
+                                        aType, aFormat, aIdentity, aMsgWindow)
+{
+  // Ensure right content is handled for web pages in window/tab.
+  let tabmail = document.getElementById("tabmail");
+  let is3pane = tabmail && tabmail.selectedTab && tabmail.selectedTab.mode ?
+                  tabmail.selectedTab.mode.type == "folder" : false;
+  let showingwebpage = ("FeedMessageHandler" in window) && !is3pane &&
+                       FeedMessageHandler.onOpenPref == FeedMessageHandler.kOpenWebPage;
+
+  if (gShowFeedSummary && !showingwebpage)
+  {
+    // The user is viewing the summary.
+    MailServices.compose.OpenComposeWindow(aMsgComposeWindow, aMsgHdr, aMessageUri,
+                                           aType, aFormat, aIdentity, aMsgWindow);
+
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    // Set up the compose message and get the feed message's web page link.
+    let Cc = Components.classes;
+    let Ci = Components.interfaces;
+    let msgHdr = aMsgHdr;
+    let type = aType;
+    let msgComposeType = Ci.nsIMsgCompType;
+    let subject = msgHdr.mime2DecodedSubject;
+    let fwdPrefix = Services.prefs.getCharPref("mail.forward_subject_prefix");
+    fwdPrefix = fwdPrefix ? fwdPrefix + ": " : "";
+
+    let params = Cc["@mozilla.org/messengercompose/composeparams;1"]
+                   .createInstance(Ci.nsIMsgComposeParams);
+
+    let composeFields = Cc["@mozilla.org/messengercompose/composefields;1"]
+                          .createInstance(Ci.nsIMsgCompFields);
+
+    if (type == msgComposeType.Reply ||
+        type == msgComposeType.ReplyAll ||
+        type == msgComposeType.ReplyToSender ||
+        type == msgComposeType.ReplyToGroup ||
+        type == msgComposeType.ReplyToSenderAndGroup)
+    {
+      subject = "Re: " + subject;
+    }
+    else if (type == msgComposeType.ForwardInline ||
+             type == msgComposeType.ForwardAsAttachment)
+    {
+      subject = fwdPrefix + subject;
+    }
+
+    params.composeFields = composeFields;
+    params.composeFields.subject = subject;
+    params.composeFields.characterSet = msgHdr.Charset;
+    params.composeFields.body = "";
+    params.bodyIsLink = false;
+    params.identity = aIdentity;
+
+    try
+    {
+      // The feed's web page url is stored in the Content-Base header.
+      MsgHdrToMimeMessage(msgHdr, null, function(aMsgHdr, aMimeMsg) {
+        if (aMimeMsg && aMimeMsg.headers["content-base"] &&
+            aMimeMsg.headers["content-base"][0])
+        {
+          let converter = Cc["@mozilla.org/intl/scriptableunicodeconverter"]
+                            .createInstance(Ci.nsIScriptableUnicodeConverter);
+          converter.charset = "UTF-8";
+          let url = converter.ConvertToUnicode(aMimeMsg.headers["content-base"]);
+          params.composeFields.body = url;
+          params.bodyIsLink = true;
+          MailServices.compose.OpenComposeWindowWithParams(null, params);
+        }
+        else
+          // No content-base url, use the summary.
+          MailServices.compose.OpenComposeWindow(aMsgComposeWindow, aMsgHdr, aMessageUri,
+                                                 aType, aFormat, aIdentity, aMsgWindow);
+
+      }, false, {saneBodySize: true});
+    }
+    catch (ex)
+    {
+      // Error getting header, use the summary.
+      MailServices.compose.OpenComposeWindow(aMsgComposeWindow, aMsgHdr, aMessageUri,
+                                             aType, aFormat, aIdentity, aMsgWindow);
+    }
+  }
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/extensions/newsblog/jar.mn b/mailnews/extensions/newsblog/jar.mn
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..aa16a0100
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/extensions/newsblog/jar.mn
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+newsblog.jar:
+% content messenger-newsblog %content/messenger-newsblog/
+   content/messenger-newsblog/newsblogOverlay.js                (content/newsblogOverlay.js)
+   content/messenger-newsblog/Feed.js                           (content/Feed.js)
+   content/messenger-newsblog/FeedItem.js                       (content/FeedItem.js)
+   content/messenger-newsblog/feed-parser.js                    (content/feed-parser.js)
+*  content/messenger-newsblog/feed-subscriptions.js             (content/feed-subscriptions.js)
+   content/messenger-newsblog/feed-subscriptions.xul            (content/feed-subscriptions.xul)
+   content/messenger-newsblog/am-newsblog.js                    (content/am-newsblog.js)
+   content/messenger-newsblog/am-newsblog.xul                   (content/am-newsblog.xul)
+   content/messenger-newsblog/feedAccountWizard.js              (content/feedAccountWizard.js)
+   content/messenger-newsblog/feedAccountWizard.xul             (content/feedAccountWizard.xul)
diff --git a/mailnews/extensions/newsblog/js/newsblog.js b/mailnews/extensions/newsblog/js/newsblog.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..364038ee5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/extensions/newsblog/js/newsblog.js
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+/* -*- Mode: Java; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+var {classes: Cc, interfaces: Ci, utils: Cu, results: Cr} = Components;
+
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/FeedUtils.jsm");
+Cu.import("resource://gre/modules/XPCOMUtils.jsm");
+
+var nsNewsBlogFeedDownloader =
+{
+  downloadFeed: function(aFolder, aUrlListener, aIsBiff, aMsgWindow)
+  {
+    FeedUtils.downloadFeed(aFolder, aUrlListener, aIsBiff, aMsgWindow);
+  },
+
+  subscribeToFeed: function(aUrl, aFolder, aMsgWindow)
+  {
+    FeedUtils.subscribeToFeed(aUrl, aFolder, aMsgWindow);
+  },
+
+  updateSubscriptionsDS: function(aFolder, aOrigFolder, aAction)
+  {
+    FeedUtils.updateSubscriptionsDS(aFolder, aOrigFolder, aAction);
+  },
+
+  QueryInterface: function(aIID)
+  {
+    if (aIID.equals(Ci.nsINewsBlogFeedDownloader) ||
+        aIID.equals(Ci.nsISupports))
+      return this;
+
+    throw Cr.NS_ERROR_NO_INTERFACE;
+  }
+}
+
+var nsNewsBlogAcctMgrExtension =
+{
+  name: "newsblog",
+  chromePackageName: "messenger-newsblog",
+  showPanel: function (server)
+  {
+    return false;
+  },
+  QueryInterface: function(aIID)
+  {
+    if (aIID.equals(Ci.nsIMsgAccountManagerExtension) ||
+        aIID.equals(Ci.nsISupports))
+      return this;
+
+    throw Cr.NS_ERROR_NO_INTERFACE;
+  }
+}
+
+function FeedDownloader() {}
+
+FeedDownloader.prototype =
+{
+  classID: Components.ID("{5c124537-adca-4456-b2b5-641ab687d1f6}"),
+  _xpcom_factory:
+  {
+    createInstance: function (aOuter, aIID)
+    {
+      if (aOuter != null)
+        throw Cr.NS_ERROR_NO_AGGREGATION;
+      if (!aIID.equals(Ci.nsINewsBlogFeedDownloader) &&
+          !aIID.equals(Ci.nsISupports))
+        throw Cr.NS_ERROR_INVALID_ARG;
+
+      // return the singleton
+      return nsNewsBlogFeedDownloader.QueryInterface(aIID);
+    }
+  } // factory
+}; // feed downloader
+
+function AcctMgrExtension() {}
+
+AcctMgrExtension.prototype =
+{
+  classID: Components.ID("{E109C05F-D304-4ca5-8C44-6DE1BFAF1F74}"),
+  _xpcom_factory:
+  {
+    createInstance: function (aOuter, aIID)
+    {
+      if (aOuter != null)
+        throw Cr.NS_ERROR_NO_AGGREGATION;
+      if (!aIID.equals(Ci.nsIMsgAccountManagerExtension) &&
+          !aIID.equals(Ci.nsISupports))
+        throw Cr.NS_ERROR_INVALID_ARG;
+
+      // return the singleton
+      return nsNewsBlogAcctMgrExtension.QueryInterface(aIID);
+    }
+  } // factory
+}; // account manager extension
+
+var components = [FeedDownloader, AcctMgrExtension];
+var NSGetFactory = XPCOMUtils.generateNSGetFactory(components);
diff --git a/mailnews/extensions/newsblog/js/newsblog.manifest b/mailnews/extensions/newsblog/js/newsblog.manifest
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5a24df5e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/extensions/newsblog/js/newsblog.manifest
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+component {5c124537-adca-4456-b2b5-641ab687d1f6} newsblog.js
+contract @mozilla.org/newsblog-feed-downloader;1 {5c124537-adca-4456-b2b5-641ab687d1f6}
+component {E109C05F-D304-4ca5-8C44-6DE1BFAF1F74} newsblog.js
+contract @mozilla.org/accountmanager/extension;1?name=newsblog {E109C05F-D304-4ca5-8C44-6DE1BFAF1F74}
+category mailnews-accountmanager-extensions newsblog @mozilla.org/accountmanager/extension;1?name=newsblog
diff --git a/mailnews/extensions/newsblog/moz.build b/mailnews/extensions/newsblog/moz.build
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..367f60574
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/extensions/newsblog/moz.build
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+# vim: set filetype=python:
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+EXTRA_COMPONENTS += [
+    'js/newsblog.js',
+    'js/newsblog.manifest',
+]
+
+EXTRA_JS_MODULES += [
+    'content/FeedUtils.jsm',
+]
+JAR_MANIFESTS += ['jar.mn']
+
+FINAL_TARGET_FILES.isp += [
+    'rss.rdf',
+]
diff --git a/mailnews/extensions/newsblog/rss.rdf b/mailnews/extensions/newsblog/rss.rdf
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c7223c01b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/extensions/newsblog/rss.rdf
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+<?xml version="1.0"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!DOCTYPE RDF SYSTEM "chrome://messenger-newsblog/locale/am-newsblog.dtd">  
+<RDF:RDF
+    xmlns:NC="http://home.netscape.com/NC-rdf#"
+    xmlns:RDF="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#">
+  <RDF:Description about="NC:ispinfo">
+    <NC:providers>
+      <NC:nsIMsgAccount about="newsblog">
+
+        <!-- server info -->
+        <NC:incomingServer>
+          <NC:nsIMsgIncomingServer>
+            <NC:hostName>Feeds</NC:hostName>
+            <NC:type>rss</NC:type>
+            <NC:biffMinutes>100</NC:biffMinutes>
+            <NC:username>nobody</NC:username>
+          </NC:nsIMsgIncomingServer>
+        </NC:incomingServer>
+
+        <!-- identity defaults -->
+        <NC:identity>
+          <NC:nsIMsgIdentity>
+          </NC:nsIMsgIdentity>
+        </NC:identity>
+
+        <NC:wizardAutoGenerateUniqueHostname>true</NC:wizardAutoGenerateUniqueHostname>
+        <NC:wizardHideIncoming>true</NC:wizardHideIncoming>
+        <NC:wizardAccountName>&feeds.accountName;</NC:wizardAccountName>
+        <NC:wizardSkipPanels>identitypage,incomingpage,outgoingpage</NC:wizardSkipPanels>
+        <NC:wizardShortName>&feeds.wizardShortName;</NC:wizardShortName>
+        <NC:wizardLongName>&feeds.wizardLongName;</NC:wizardLongName>
+        <NC:wizardLongNameAccesskey>&feeds.wizardLongName.accesskey;</NC:wizardLongNameAccesskey>
+        <NC:wizardShow>true</NC:wizardShow>
+        <NC:emailProviderName>RSS</NC:emailProviderName>
+        <NC:showServerDetailsOnWizardSummary>false</NC:showServerDetailsOnWizardSummary> 
+      </NC:nsIMsgAccount>
+    </NC:providers>
+  </RDF:Description>
+</RDF:RDF>
diff --git a/mailnews/extensions/offline-startup/js/offlineStartup.js b/mailnews/extensions/offline-startup/js/offlineStartup.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..56584465d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/extensions/offline-startup/js/offlineStartup.js
@@ -0,0 +1,170 @@
+/* -*- Mode: Java; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+Components.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/Services.jsm");
+Components.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/XPCOMUtils.jsm");
+
+var kDebug              = false;
+var kOfflineStartupPref = "offline.startup_state";
+var kRememberLastState  = 0;
+var kAskForOnlineState  = 1;
+var kAlwaysOnline       = 2;
+var kAlwaysOffline      = 3;
+var kAutomatic          = 4;
+var   gStartingUp         = true;
+var   gOfflineStartupMode; //0 = remember last state, 1 = ask me, 2 == online, 3 == offline, 4 = automatic
+
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+//   nsOfflineStartup : nsIObserver
+//
+//   Check if the user has set the pref to be prompted for
+//   online/offline startup mode. If so, prompt the user. Also,
+//   check if the user wants to remember their offline state
+//   the next time they start up.
+//   If the user shutdown offline, and is now starting up in online
+//   mode, we will set the boolean pref "mailnews.playback_offline" to true.
+//
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+var nsOfflineStartup =
+{
+  onProfileStartup: function()
+  {
+    debug("onProfileStartup");
+
+    if (gStartingUp)
+    {
+      gStartingUp = false;
+      // if checked, the "work offline" checkbox overrides
+      if (Services.io.offline && !Services.io.manageOfflineStatus)
+      {
+        debug("already offline!");
+        return;
+      }
+    }
+
+    var manageOfflineStatus = Services.prefs.getBoolPref("offline.autoDetect");
+    gOfflineStartupMode = Services.prefs.getIntPref(kOfflineStartupPref);
+    let wasOffline = !Services.prefs.getBoolPref("network.online");
+
+    if (gOfflineStartupMode == kAutomatic)
+    {
+      // Offline state should be managed automatically
+      // so do nothing specific at startup.
+    }
+    else if (gOfflineStartupMode == kAlwaysOffline)
+    {
+      Services.io.manageOfflineStatus = false;
+      Services.io.offline = true;
+    }
+    else if (gOfflineStartupMode == kAlwaysOnline)
+    {
+      Services.io.manageOfflineStatus = manageOfflineStatus;
+      if (wasOffline)
+        Services.prefs.setBoolPref("mailnews.playback_offline", true);
+      // If we're managing the offline status, don't force online here... it may
+      // be the network really is offline.
+      if (!manageOfflineStatus)
+        Services.io.offline = false;
+    }
+    else if (gOfflineStartupMode == kRememberLastState)
+    {
+      Services.io.manageOfflineStatus = manageOfflineStatus && !wasOffline;
+      // If we are meant to be online, and managing the offline status
+      // then don't force it - it may be the network really is offline.
+      if (!manageOfflineStatus || wasOffline)
+        Services.io.offline = wasOffline;
+    }
+    else if (gOfflineStartupMode == kAskForOnlineState)
+    {
+      var bundle = Services.strings.createBundle("chrome://messenger/locale/offlineStartup.properties");
+      var title = bundle.GetStringFromName("title");
+      var desc = bundle.GetStringFromName("desc");
+      var button0Text = bundle.GetStringFromName("workOnline");
+      var button1Text = bundle.GetStringFromName("workOffline");
+      var checkVal = {value:0};
+
+      var result = Services.prompt.confirmEx(null, title, desc,
+        (Services.prompt.BUTTON_POS_0 * Services.prompt.BUTTON_TITLE_IS_STRING) +
+        (Services.prompt.BUTTON_POS_1 * Services.prompt.BUTTON_TITLE_IS_STRING),
+        button0Text, button1Text, null, null, checkVal);
+      debug ("result = " + result + "\n");
+      Services.io.manageOfflineStatus = manageOfflineStatus && result != 1;
+      Services.io.offline = result == 1;
+      if (result != 1 && wasOffline)
+        Services.prefs.setBoolPref("mailnews.playback_offline", true);
+    }
+  },
+
+  observe: function(aSubject, aTopic, aData)
+  {
+    debug("observe: " + aTopic);
+
+    if (aTopic == "profile-change-net-teardown")
+    {
+      debug("remembering offline state");
+      Services.prefs.setBoolPref("network.online", !Services.io.offline);
+    }
+    else if (aTopic == "app-startup")
+    {
+      Services.obs.addObserver(this, "profile-after-change", false);
+      Services.obs.addObserver(this, "profile-change-net-teardown", false);
+    }
+    else if (aTopic == "profile-after-change")
+    {
+      this.onProfileStartup();
+    }
+  },
+
+
+  QueryInterface: function(aIID)
+  {
+    if (aIID.equals(Components.interfaces.nsIObserver) ||
+        aIID.equals(Components.interfaces.nsISupports))
+      return this;
+
+    throw Components.results.NS_ERROR_NO_INTERFACE;
+  }
+}
+
+function nsOfflineStartupModule()
+{
+}
+
+nsOfflineStartupModule.prototype =
+{
+  classID: Components.ID("3028a3c8-2165-42a4-b878-398da5d32736"),
+  _xpcom_factory:
+  {
+    createInstance: function(aOuter, aIID)
+    {
+      if (aOuter != null)
+        throw Components.results.NS_ERROR_NO_AGGREGATION;
+
+      // return the singleton
+      return nsOfflineStartup.QueryInterface(aIID);
+    },
+
+    lockFactory: function(aLock)
+    {
+      // quieten warnings
+    }
+  }
+};
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+//   Debug helper
+//
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+if (!kDebug)
+  debug = function(m) {};
+else
+  debug = function(m) {dump("\t *** nsOfflineStartup: " + m + "\n");};
+
+var components = [nsOfflineStartupModule];
+var NSGetFactory = XPCOMUtils.generateNSGetFactory(components);
diff --git a/mailnews/extensions/offline-startup/js/offlineStartup.manifest b/mailnews/extensions/offline-startup/js/offlineStartup.manifest
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..61df84f76
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/extensions/offline-startup/js/offlineStartup.manifest
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+component {3028a3c8-2165-42a4-b878-398da5d32736} offlineStartup.js
+contract @mozilla.org/offline-startup;1 {3028a3c8-2165-42a4-b878-398da5d32736}
+category app-startup Offline-startup @mozilla.org/offline-startup;1
diff --git a/mailnews/extensions/offline-startup/moz.build b/mailnews/extensions/offline-startup/moz.build
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a8a406295
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/extensions/offline-startup/moz.build
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+# vim: set filetype=python:
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+EXTRA_COMPONENTS += [
+    'js/offlineStartup.js',
+    'js/offlineStartup.manifest',
+]
+
diff --git a/mailnews/extensions/smime/content/am-smime.js b/mailnews/extensions/smime/content/am-smime.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4a90d0cd7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/extensions/smime/content/am-smime.js
@@ -0,0 +1,478 @@
+/* -*- Mode: Java; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+Components.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/Services.jsm");
+
+var nsIX509CertDB = Components.interfaces.nsIX509CertDB;
+var nsX509CertDBContractID = "@mozilla.org/security/x509certdb;1";
+var nsIX509Cert = Components.interfaces.nsIX509Cert;
+
+var email_recipient_cert_usage = 5;
+var email_signing_cert_usage = 4;
+
+var gIdentity;
+var gPref = null;
+var gEncryptionCertName = null;
+var gHiddenEncryptionPolicy = null;
+var gEncryptionChoices = null;
+var gSignCertName  = null;
+var gSignMessages  = null;
+var gEncryptAlways = null;
+var gNeverEncrypt = null;
+var gBundle = null;
+var gBrandBundle;
+var gSmimePrefbranch;
+var gEncryptionChoicesLocked;
+var gSigningChoicesLocked;
+var kEncryptionCertPref = "identity.encryption_cert_name";
+var kSigningCertPref = "identity.signing_cert_name";
+
+function onInit() 
+{
+  smimeInitializeFields();
+}
+
+function smimeInitializeFields()
+{
+  // initialize all of our elements based on the current identity values....
+  gEncryptionCertName = document.getElementById(kEncryptionCertPref);
+  gHiddenEncryptionPolicy = document.getElementById("identity.encryptionpolicy");
+  gEncryptionChoices = document.getElementById("encryptionChoices");
+  gSignCertName       = document.getElementById(kSigningCertPref);
+  gSignMessages       = document.getElementById("identity.sign_mail");
+  gEncryptAlways      = document.getElementById("encrypt_mail_always");
+  gNeverEncrypt       = document.getElementById("encrypt_mail_never");
+  gBundle             = document.getElementById("bundle_smime");
+  gBrandBundle        = document.getElementById("bundle_brand");
+
+  gEncryptionChoicesLocked = false;
+  gSigningChoicesLocked = false;
+
+  if (!gIdentity) {
+    // The user is going to create a new identity.
+    // Set everything to default values.
+    // Do not take over the values from gAccount.defaultIdentity
+    // as the new identity is going to have a different mail address.
+
+    gEncryptionCertName.value = "";
+    gEncryptionCertName.nickname = "";
+    gEncryptionCertName.dbKey = "";
+    gSignCertName.value = "";
+    gSignCertName.nickname = "";
+    gSignCertName.dbKey = "";
+
+    gEncryptAlways.setAttribute("disabled", true);
+    gNeverEncrypt.setAttribute("disabled", true);
+    gSignMessages.setAttribute("disabled", true);
+
+    gSignMessages.checked = false;
+    gEncryptionChoices.value = 0;
+  }
+  else {
+    var certdb = Components.classes[nsX509CertDBContractID].getService(nsIX509CertDB);
+    var x509cert = null;
+
+    gEncryptionCertName.value = gIdentity.getUnicharAttribute("encryption_cert_name");
+    gEncryptionCertName.dbKey = gIdentity.getCharAttribute("encryption_cert_dbkey");
+    // If we succeed in looking up the certificate by the dbkey pref, then
+    // append the serial number " [...]" to the display value, and remember the
+    // nickname in a separate property.
+    try {
+        if (certdb && gEncryptionCertName.dbKey &&
+            (x509cert = certdb.findCertByDBKey(gEncryptionCertName.dbKey))) {
+            gEncryptionCertName.value = x509cert.nickname + " [" + x509cert.serialNumber + "]";
+            gEncryptionCertName.nickname = x509cert.nickname;
+        }
+    } catch(e) {}
+
+    gEncryptionChoices.value = gIdentity.getIntAttribute("encryptionpolicy");
+
+    if (!gEncryptionCertName.value) {
+      gEncryptAlways.setAttribute("disabled", true);
+      gNeverEncrypt.setAttribute("disabled", true);
+    }
+    else {
+      enableEncryptionControls(true);
+    }
+
+    gSignCertName.value = gIdentity.getUnicharAttribute("signing_cert_name");
+    gSignCertName.dbKey = gIdentity.getCharAttribute("signing_cert_dbkey");
+    x509cert = null;
+    // same procedure as with gEncryptionCertName (see above)
+    try {
+        if (certdb && gSignCertName.dbKey &&
+            (x509cert = certdb.findCertByDBKey(gSignCertName.dbKey))) {
+            gSignCertName.value = x509cert.nickname + " [" + x509cert.serialNumber + "]";
+            gSignCertName.nickname = x509cert.nickname;
+        }
+    } catch(e) {}
+
+    gSignMessages.checked = gIdentity.getBoolAttribute("sign_mail");
+    if (!gSignCertName.value)
+    {
+      gSignMessages.setAttribute("disabled", true);
+    }
+    else {
+      enableSigningControls(true);
+    }
+  }
+
+  // Always start with enabling signing and encryption cert select buttons.
+  // This will keep the visibility of buttons in a sane state as user
+  // jumps from security panel of one account to another.
+  enableCertSelectButtons();
+
+  // Disable all locked elements on the panel
+  if (gIdentity)
+    onLockPreference();
+}
+
+function onPreInit(account, accountValues)
+{
+  gIdentity = account.defaultIdentity;
+}
+
+function onSave()
+{
+  smimeSave();
+}
+
+function smimeSave()
+{
+  // find out which radio for the encryption radio group is selected and set that on our hidden encryptionChoice pref....
+  var newValue = gEncryptionChoices.value;
+  gHiddenEncryptionPolicy.setAttribute('value', newValue);
+  gIdentity.setIntAttribute("encryptionpolicy", newValue);
+  gIdentity.setUnicharAttribute("encryption_cert_name",
+                                gEncryptionCertName.nickname || gEncryptionCertName.value);
+  gIdentity.setCharAttribute("encryption_cert_dbkey", gEncryptionCertName.dbKey);
+
+  gIdentity.setBoolAttribute("sign_mail", gSignMessages.checked);
+  gIdentity.setUnicharAttribute("signing_cert_name",
+                                gSignCertName.nickname || gSignCertName.value);
+  gIdentity.setCharAttribute("signing_cert_dbkey", gSignCertName.dbKey);
+}
+
+function smimeOnAcceptEditor()
+{
+  try {
+    if (!onOk())
+      return false;
+  }
+  catch (ex) {}
+
+  smimeSave();
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+function onLockPreference()
+{
+  var initPrefString = "mail.identity";
+  var finalPrefString;
+
+  var allPrefElements = [
+    { prefstring:"signingCertSelectButton", id:"signingCertSelectButton"},
+    { prefstring:"encryptionCertSelectButton", id:"encryptionCertSelectButton"},
+    { prefstring:"sign_mail", id:"identity.sign_mail"},
+    { prefstring:"encryptionpolicy", id:"encryptionChoices"}
+  ];
+
+  finalPrefString = initPrefString + "." + gIdentity.key + ".";
+  gSmimePrefbranch = Services.prefs.getBranch(finalPrefString);
+
+  disableIfLocked( allPrefElements );
+}
+
+
+// Does the work of disabling an element given the array which contains xul id/prefstring pairs.
+// Also saves the id/locked state in an array so that other areas of the code can avoid
+// stomping on the disabled state indiscriminately.
+function disableIfLocked( prefstrArray )
+{
+  var i;
+  for (i=0; i<prefstrArray.length; i++) {
+    var id = prefstrArray[i].id;
+    var element = document.getElementById(id);
+    if (gSmimePrefbranch.prefIsLocked(prefstrArray[i].prefstring)) {
+      // If encryption choices radio group is locked, make sure the individual 
+      // choices in the group are locked. Set a global (gEncryptionChoicesLocked) 
+      // indicating the status so that locking can be maintained further.
+      if (id == "encryptionChoices") {
+        document.getElementById("encrypt_mail_never").setAttribute("disabled", "true");
+        document.getElementById("encrypt_mail_always").setAttribute("disabled", "true");
+        gEncryptionChoicesLocked = true;
+      }
+      // If option to sign mail is locked (with true/false set in config file), disable
+      // the corresponding checkbox and set a global (gSigningChoicesLocked) in order to
+      // honor the locking as user changes other elements on the panel. 
+      if (id == "identity.sign_mail") {
+        document.getElementById("identity.sign_mail").setAttribute("disabled", "true");
+        gSigningChoicesLocked = true;
+      }
+      else {
+        element.setAttribute("disabled", "true");
+        if (id == "signingCertSelectButton") {
+          document.getElementById("signingCertClearButton").setAttribute("disabled", "true");
+        }
+        else if (id == "encryptionCertSelectButton") {
+          document.getElementById("encryptionCertClearButton").setAttribute("disabled", "true");
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+function alertUser(message)
+{
+  Services.prompt.alert(window,
+                        gBrandBundle.getString("brandShortName"),
+                        message);
+}
+
+function askUser(message)
+{
+  let button = Services.prompt.confirmEx(
+    window,
+    gBrandBundle.getString("brandShortName"),
+    message,
+    Services.prompt.STD_YES_NO_BUTTONS,
+    null,
+    null,
+    null,
+    null,
+    {});
+  // confirmEx returns button index:
+  return (button == 0);
+}
+
+function checkOtherCert(cert, pref, usage, msgNeedCertWantSame, msgWantSame, msgNeedCertWantToSelect, enabler)
+{
+  var otherCertInfo = document.getElementById(pref);
+  if (!otherCertInfo)
+    return;
+
+  if (otherCertInfo.dbKey == cert.dbKey)
+    // all is fine, same cert is now selected for both purposes
+    return;
+
+  var certdb = Components.classes[nsX509CertDBContractID].getService(nsIX509CertDB);
+  if (!certdb)
+    return;
+  
+  if (email_recipient_cert_usage == usage) {
+    matchingOtherCert = certdb.findEmailEncryptionCert(cert.nickname);
+  }
+  else if (email_signing_cert_usage == usage) {
+    matchingOtherCert = certdb.findEmailSigningCert(cert.nickname);
+  }
+  else
+    return;
+
+  var userWantsSameCert = false;
+
+  if (!otherCertInfo.value.length) {
+    if (matchingOtherCert && (matchingOtherCert.dbKey == cert.dbKey)) {
+      userWantsSameCert = askUser(gBundle.getString(msgNeedCertWantSame));
+    }
+    else {
+      if (askUser(gBundle.getString(msgNeedCertWantToSelect))) {
+        smimeSelectCert(pref);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  else {
+    if (matchingOtherCert && (matchingOtherCert.dbKey == cert.dbKey)) {
+      userWantsSameCert = askUser(gBundle.getString(msgWantSame));
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (userWantsSameCert) {
+    otherCertInfo.value = cert.nickname + " [" + cert.serialNumber + "]";
+    otherCertInfo.nickname = cert.nickname;
+    otherCertInfo.dbKey = cert.dbKey;
+    enabler(true);
+  }
+}
+
+function smimeSelectCert(smime_cert)
+{
+  var certInfo = document.getElementById(smime_cert);
+  if (!certInfo)
+    return;
+
+  var picker = Components.classes["@mozilla.org/user_cert_picker;1"]
+               .createInstance(Components.interfaces.nsIUserCertPicker);
+  var canceled = new Object;
+  var x509cert = 0;
+  var certUsage;
+  var selectEncryptionCert;
+
+  if (smime_cert == kEncryptionCertPref) {
+    selectEncryptionCert = true;
+    certUsage = email_recipient_cert_usage;
+  } else if (smime_cert == kSigningCertPref) {
+    selectEncryptionCert = false;
+    certUsage = email_signing_cert_usage;
+  }
+
+  try {
+    x509cert = picker.pickByUsage(window,
+      certInfo.value,
+      certUsage, // this is from enum SECCertUsage
+      false, true,
+      gIdentity.email,
+      canceled);
+  } catch(e) {
+    canceled.value = false;
+    x509cert = null;
+  }
+
+  if (!canceled.value) {
+    if (!x509cert) {
+      if (gIdentity.email) {
+        alertUser(gBundle.getFormattedString(selectEncryptionCert ?
+                                             "NoEncryptionCertForThisAddress" :
+                                             "NoSigningCertForThisAddress",
+                                             [ gIdentity.email ]));
+      } else {
+        alertUser(gBundle.getString(selectEncryptionCert ?
+                                    "NoEncryptionCert" : "NoSigningCert"));
+      }
+    }
+    else {
+      certInfo.removeAttribute("disabled");
+      certInfo.value = x509cert.nickname + " [" + x509cert.serialNumber + "]";
+      certInfo.nickname = x509cert.nickname;
+      certInfo.dbKey = x509cert.dbKey;
+
+      if (selectEncryptionCert) {
+        enableEncryptionControls(true);
+
+        checkOtherCert(x509cert,
+          kSigningCertPref, email_signing_cert_usage, 
+          "signing_needCertWantSame", 
+          "signing_wantSame", 
+          "signing_needCertWantToSelect",
+          enableSigningControls);
+      } else {
+        enableSigningControls(true);
+
+        checkOtherCert(x509cert,
+          kEncryptionCertPref, email_recipient_cert_usage, 
+          "encryption_needCertWantSame", 
+          "encryption_wantSame", 
+          "encryption_needCertWantToSelect",
+          enableEncryptionControls);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  enableCertSelectButtons();
+}
+
+function enableEncryptionControls(do_enable)
+{
+  if (gEncryptionChoicesLocked)
+    return;
+
+  if (do_enable) {
+    gEncryptAlways.removeAttribute("disabled");
+    gNeverEncrypt.removeAttribute("disabled");
+    gEncryptionCertName.removeAttribute("disabled");
+  }
+  else {
+    gEncryptAlways.setAttribute("disabled", "true");
+    gNeverEncrypt.setAttribute("disabled", "true");
+    gEncryptionCertName.setAttribute("disabled", "true");
+    gEncryptionChoices.value = 0;
+  }
+}
+
+function enableSigningControls(do_enable)
+{
+  if (gSigningChoicesLocked)
+    return;
+
+  if (do_enable) {
+    gSignMessages.removeAttribute("disabled");
+    gSignCertName.removeAttribute("disabled");
+  }
+  else {
+    gSignMessages.setAttribute("disabled", "true");
+    gSignCertName.setAttribute("disabled", "true");
+    gSignMessages.checked = false;
+  }
+}
+
+function enableCertSelectButtons()
+{
+  document.getElementById("signingCertSelectButton").removeAttribute("disabled");
+
+  if (document.getElementById('identity.signing_cert_name').value.length)
+    document.getElementById("signingCertClearButton").removeAttribute("disabled");
+  else
+    document.getElementById("signingCertClearButton").setAttribute("disabled", "true");
+
+  document.getElementById("encryptionCertSelectButton").removeAttribute("disabled");
+
+  if (document.getElementById('identity.encryption_cert_name').value.length)
+    document.getElementById("encryptionCertClearButton").removeAttribute("disabled");
+  else
+    document.getElementById("encryptionCertClearButton").setAttribute("disabled", "true");
+}
+
+function smimeClearCert(smime_cert)
+{
+  var certInfo = document.getElementById(smime_cert);
+  if (!certInfo)
+    return;
+
+  certInfo.setAttribute("disabled", "true");
+  certInfo.value = "";
+  certInfo.nickname = "";
+  certInfo.dbKey = "";
+
+  if (smime_cert == kEncryptionCertPref) {
+    enableEncryptionControls(false);
+  } else if (smime_cert == kSigningCertPref) {
+    enableSigningControls(false);
+  }
+
+  enableCertSelectButtons();
+}
+
+function openCertManager()
+{
+  // Check for an existing certManager window and focus it; it's not
+  // application modal.
+  let lastCertManager = Services.wm.getMostRecentWindow("mozilla:certmanager");
+  if (lastCertManager)
+    lastCertManager.focus();
+  else
+    window.openDialog("chrome://pippki/content/certManager.xul", "",
+                      "centerscreen,resizable=yes,dialog=no");
+}
+
+function openDeviceManager()
+{
+  // Check for an existing deviceManager window and focus it; it's not
+  // application modal.
+  let lastCertManager = Services.wm.getMostRecentWindow("mozilla:devicemanager");
+  if (lastCertManager)
+    lastCertManager.focus();
+  else
+    window.openDialog("chrome://pippki/content/device_manager.xul", "",
+                      "centerscreen,resizable=yes,dialog=no");
+}
+
+function smimeOnLoadEditor()
+{
+  smimeInitializeFields();
+
+  document.documentElement.setAttribute("ondialogaccept",
+                                        "return smimeOnAcceptEditor();");
+}
+
diff --git a/mailnews/extensions/smime/content/am-smime.xul b/mailnews/extensions/smime/content/am-smime.xul
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..bb46bb49d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/extensions/smime/content/am-smime.xul
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+<?xml version="1.0"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<?xml-stylesheet href="chrome://messenger/skin/accountManage.css" type="text/css"?>
+
+<?xul-overlay href="chrome://messenger/content/am-smimeOverlay.xul"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE page SYSTEM "chrome://messenger/locale/am-smime.dtd">
+
+<page xmlns="http://www.mozilla.org/keymaster/gatekeeper/there.is.only.xul"
+        class="color-dialog"
+        onload="parent.onPanelLoaded('am-smime.xul');"
+        ondialogaccept="smimeOnAcceptEditor();">
+
+  <vbox flex="1" style="overflow: auto;">
+    <script type="application/javascript" src="chrome://messenger/content/AccountManager.js"/>
+    <script type="application/javascript" src="chrome://messenger/content/am-smime.js"/>
+
+    <dialogheader title="&securityTitle.label;"/>
+
+    <vbox flex="1" id="smimeEditing"/>
+  </vbox>
+
+</page>
diff --git a/mailnews/extensions/smime/content/am-smimeIdentityEditOverlay.xul b/mailnews/extensions/smime/content/am-smimeIdentityEditOverlay.xul
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2ff5c2b7d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/extensions/smime/content/am-smimeIdentityEditOverlay.xul
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+<?xml version="1.0"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<?xml-stylesheet href="chrome://messenger/skin/accountManage.css"
+                 type="text/css"?>
+
+<?xul-overlay href="chrome://messenger/content/am-smimeOverlay.xul"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE overlay SYSTEM "chrome://messenger/locale/am-smime.dtd">
+
+<!--
+  This is the overlay that adds the SMIME configurator
+  to the identity editor of the account manager
+-->
+<overlay id="smimeAmIdEditOverlay"
+    xmlns:html="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+    xmlns="http://www.mozilla.org/keymaster/gatekeeper/there.is.only.xul">
+
+  <script type="application/javascript"
+          src="chrome://messenger/content/AccountManager.js"/>
+  <script type="application/javascript"
+          src="chrome://messenger/content/am-smime.js"/>
+
+  <tabs id="identitySettings">
+    <tab label="&securityTab.label;"/>
+  </tabs>
+
+  <tabpanels id="identityTabsPanels">
+    <vbox flex="1" name="smimeEditingContent" id="smimeEditing"/>
+  </tabpanels>
+
+  <script type="application/javascript">
+  <![CDATA[
+    window.addEventListener("load", smimeOnLoadEditor, false);
+  ]]>
+  </script>
+</overlay>
diff --git a/mailnews/extensions/smime/content/am-smimeOverlay.xul b/mailnews/extensions/smime/content/am-smimeOverlay.xul
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..eb76b4b2c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/extensions/smime/content/am-smimeOverlay.xul
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+<?xml version="1.0"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<?xml-stylesheet href="chrome://messenger/skin/accountManage.css"
+                 type="text/css"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE overlay SYSTEM "chrome://messenger/locale/am-smime.dtd">
+
+<overlay xmlns:rdf="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#"
+         xmlns="http://www.mozilla.org/keymaster/gatekeeper/there.is.only.xul">
+
+  <vbox id="smimeEditing">
+
+    <stringbundleset>
+      <stringbundle id="bundle_smime" src="chrome://messenger/locale/am-smime.properties"/>
+      <stringbundle id="bundle_brand" src="chrome://branding/locale/brand.properties"/>
+    </stringbundleset>
+
+    <label hidden="true" wsm_persist="true" id="identity.encryptionpolicy"/>
+
+    <description>&securityHeading.label;</description>
+
+    <groupbox id="signing.titlebox">
+      <caption label="&signingGroupTitle.label;"/>
+
+      <label value="&signingCert.message;" control="identity.signing_cert_name"
+             prefstring="mail.identity.%identitykey%.encryptionpolicy"/>
+
+      <hbox align="center">
+        <textbox id="identity.signing_cert_name" wsm_persist="true" flex="1"
+                 prefstring="mail.identity.%identitykey%.signing_cert_name"
+                 readonly="true" disabled="true"/>
+
+        <button id="signingCertSelectButton"
+                label="&digitalSign.certificate.button;"
+                accesskey="&digitalSign.certificate.accesskey;"
+                oncommand="smimeSelectCert('identity.signing_cert_name')"/>
+
+        <button id="signingCertClearButton"
+                label="&digitalSign.certificate_clear.button;"
+                accesskey="&digitalSign.certificate_clear.accesskey;"
+                oncommand="smimeClearCert('identity.signing_cert_name')"/>
+      </hbox>
+
+      <separator class="thin"/>
+
+      <checkbox id="identity.sign_mail" wsm_persist="true"
+                prefstring="mail.identity.%identitykey%.sign_mail"
+                label="&signMessage.label;" accesskey="&signMessage.accesskey;"/>
+    </groupbox>
+
+    <groupbox id="encryption.titlebox">
+      <caption label="&encryptionGroupTitle.label;"/>
+
+      <label value="&encryptionCert.message;"
+             control="identity.encryption_cert_name"/>
+
+      <hbox align="center">
+        <textbox id="identity.encryption_cert_name" wsm_persist="true" flex="1"
+                 prefstring="mail.identity.%identitykey%.encryption_cert_name"
+                 readonly="true" disabled="true"/>
+
+        <button id="encryptionCertSelectButton"
+                label="&encryption.certificate.button;"
+                accesskey="&encryption.certificate.accesskey;"
+                oncommand="smimeSelectCert('identity.encryption_cert_name')"/>
+
+        <button id="encryptionCertClearButton"
+                label="&encryption.certificate_clear.button;"
+                accesskey="&encryption.certificate_clear.accesskey;"
+                oncommand="smimeClearCert('identity.encryption_cert_name')"/>
+      </hbox>
+
+      <separator class="thin"/>
+
+      <label value="&encryptionChoiceLabel.label;" control="encryptionChoices"/>
+
+      <radiogroup id="encryptionChoices">
+        <radio id="encrypt_mail_never" wsm_persist="true" value="0"
+               label="&neverEncrypt.label;"
+               accesskey="&neverEncrypt.accesskey;"/>
+
+        <radio id="encrypt_mail_always" wsm_persist="true" value="2"
+               label="&alwaysEncryptMessage.label;"
+               accesskey="&alwaysEncryptMessage.accesskey;"/>
+      </radiogroup>
+    </groupbox>
+
+    <!-- Certificate manager -->
+    <groupbox id="smimeCertificateManager" orient="horizontal">
+      <caption label="&certificates.label;"/>
+      <button id="openCertManagerButton" oncommand="openCertManager();"
+              label="&manageCerts2.label;" accesskey="&manageCerts2.accesskey;"
+              prefstring="security.disable_button.openCertManager"/>
+      <button id="openDeviceManagerButton" oncommand="openDeviceManager();"
+              label="&manageDevices.label;" accesskey="&manageDevices.accesskey;"
+              prefstring="security.disable_button.openDeviceManager"/>
+    </groupbox>
+  </vbox>
+</overlay>
diff --git a/mailnews/extensions/smime/content/certFetchingStatus.js b/mailnews/extensions/smime/content/certFetchingStatus.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8848ff9b6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/extensions/smime/content/certFetchingStatus.js
@@ -0,0 +1,265 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/* We expect the following arguments:
+   - pref name of LDAP directory to fetch from
+   - array with email addresses
+
+  Display modal dialog with message and stop button.
+  In onload, kick off binding to LDAP.
+  When bound, kick off the searches.
+  On finding certificates, import into permanent cert database.
+  When all searches are finished, close the dialog.
+*/
+
+Components.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/Services.jsm");
+
+var nsIX509CertDB = Components.interfaces.nsIX509CertDB;
+var nsX509CertDB = "@mozilla.org/security/x509certdb;1";
+var CertAttribute = "usercertificate;binary";
+
+var gEmailAddresses;
+var gDirectoryPref;
+var gLdapServerURL;
+var gLdapConnection;
+var gCertDB;
+var gLdapOperation;
+var gLogin;
+
+function onLoad()
+{
+  gDirectoryPref = window.arguments[0];
+  gEmailAddresses = window.arguments[1];
+
+  if (!gEmailAddresses.length)
+  {
+    window.close();
+    return;
+  }
+
+  setTimeout(search, 1);
+}
+
+function search()
+{
+  // get the login to authenticate as, if there is one
+  try {
+    gLogin = Services.prefs.getComplexValue(gDirectoryPref + ".auth.dn", Components.interfaces.nsISupportsString).data;
+  } catch (ex) {
+    // if we don't have this pref, no big deal
+  }
+
+  try {
+    let url = Services.prefs.getCharPref(gDirectoryPref + ".uri");
+
+    gLdapServerURL = Services.io
+      .newURI(url, null, null).QueryInterface(Components.interfaces.nsILDAPURL);
+
+    gLdapConnection = Components.classes["@mozilla.org/network/ldap-connection;1"]
+      .createInstance().QueryInterface(Components.interfaces.nsILDAPConnection);
+
+    gLdapConnection.init(gLdapServerURL, gLogin, new boundListener(),
+      null, Components.interfaces.nsILDAPConnection.VERSION3);
+
+  } catch (ex) {
+    dump(ex);
+    dump(" exception creating ldap connection\n");
+    window.close();
+  }
+}
+
+function stopFetching()
+{
+  if (gLdapOperation) {
+    try {
+      gLdapOperation.abandon();
+    }
+    catch (e) {
+    }
+  }
+  return true;
+}
+
+function importCert(ber_value)
+{
+  if (!gCertDB) {
+    gCertDB = Components.classes[nsX509CertDB].getService(nsIX509CertDB);
+  }
+
+  var cert_length = new Object();
+  var cert_bytes = ber_value.get(cert_length);
+
+  if (cert_bytes) {
+    gCertDB.importEmailCertificate(cert_bytes, cert_length.value, null);
+  }
+}
+
+function getLDAPOperation()
+{
+    gLdapOperation = Components.classes["@mozilla.org/network/ldap-operation;1"]
+      .createInstance().QueryInterface(Components.interfaces.nsILDAPOperation);
+
+    gLdapOperation.init(gLdapConnection,
+                        new ldapMessageListener(),
+                        null);
+}
+
+function getPassword()
+{
+  // we only need a password if we are using credentials
+  if (gLogin)
+  {
+    let authPrompter = Services.ww.getNewAuthPrompter(window.QueryInterface(Components.interfaces.nsIDOMWindow));
+    let strBundle = document.getElementById('bundle_ldap');
+    let password = { value: "" };
+
+    // nsLDAPAutocompleteSession uses asciiHost instead of host for the prompt text, I think we should be
+    // consistent.
+    if (authPrompter.promptPassword(strBundle.getString("authPromptTitle"),
+                                     strBundle.getFormattedString("authPromptText", [gLdapServerURL.asciiHost]),
+                                     gLdapServerURL.spec,
+                                     authPrompter.SAVE_PASSWORD_PERMANENTLY,
+                                     password))
+      return password.value;
+  }
+
+  return null;
+}
+
+function kickOffBind()
+{
+  try {
+    getLDAPOperation();
+    gLdapOperation.simpleBind(getPassword());
+  }
+  catch (e) {
+    window.close();
+  }
+}
+
+function kickOffSearch()
+{
+  try {
+    var prefix1 = "";
+    var suffix1 = "";
+
+    var urlFilter = gLdapServerURL.filter;
+
+    if (urlFilter != null && urlFilter.length > 0 && urlFilter != "(objectclass=*)") {
+      if (urlFilter.startsWith('(')) {
+        prefix1 = "(&" + urlFilter;
+      }
+      else {
+        prefix1 = "(&(" + urlFilter + ")";
+      }
+      suffix1 = ")";
+    }
+
+    var prefix2 = "";
+    var suffix2 = "";
+
+    if (gEmailAddresses.length > 1) {
+      prefix2 = "(|";
+      suffix2 = ")";
+    }
+
+    var mailFilter = "";
+
+    for (var i = 0; i < gEmailAddresses.length; ++i) {
+      mailFilter += "(mail=" + gEmailAddresses[i] + ")";
+    }
+
+    var filter = prefix1 + prefix2 + mailFilter + suffix2 + suffix1;
+
+    var wanted_attributes = CertAttribute;
+
+    // Max search results =>
+    // Double number of email addresses, because each person might have
+    // multiple certificates listed. We expect at most two certificates,
+    // one for signing, one for encrypting.
+    // Maybe that number should be larger, to allow for deployments,
+    // where even more certs can be stored per user???
+
+    var maxEntriesWanted = gEmailAddresses.length * 2;
+
+    getLDAPOperation();
+    gLdapOperation.searchExt(gLdapServerURL.dn, gLdapServerURL.scope,
+                             filter, wanted_attributes, 0, maxEntriesWanted);
+  }
+  catch (e) {
+    window.close();
+  }
+}
+
+
+function boundListener() {
+}
+
+boundListener.prototype.QueryInterface =
+  function(iid) {
+    if (iid.equals(Components.interfaces.nsISupports) ||
+        iid.equals(Components.interfaces.nsILDAPMessageListener))
+        return this;
+
+    throw Components.results.NS_ERROR_NO_INTERFACE;
+  }
+
+boundListener.prototype.onLDAPMessage =
+  function(aMessage) {
+  }
+
+boundListener.prototype.onLDAPInit =
+  function(aConn, aStatus) {
+    kickOffBind();
+  }
+
+
+function ldapMessageListener() {
+}
+
+ldapMessageListener.prototype.QueryInterface =
+  function(iid) {
+    if (iid.equals(Components.interfaces.nsISupports) ||
+        iid.equals(Components.interfaces.nsILDAPMessageListener))
+        return this;
+
+    throw Components.results.NS_ERROR_NO_INTERFACE;
+  }
+
+ldapMessageListener.prototype.onLDAPMessage =
+  function(aMessage) {
+    if (Components.interfaces.nsILDAPMessage.RES_SEARCH_RESULT == aMessage.type) {
+      window.close();
+      return;
+    }
+
+    if (Components.interfaces.nsILDAPMessage.RES_BIND == aMessage.type) {
+      if (Components.interfaces.nsILDAPErrors.SUCCESS != aMessage.errorCode) {
+        window.close();
+      }
+      else {
+        kickOffSearch();
+      }
+      return;
+    }
+
+    if (Components.interfaces.nsILDAPMessage.RES_SEARCH_ENTRY == aMessage.type) {
+      var outSize = new Object();
+      try {
+        var outBinValues = aMessage.getBinaryValues(CertAttribute, outSize);
+
+        var i;
+        for (i=0; i < outSize.value; ++i) {
+          importCert(outBinValues[i]);
+        }
+      }
+      catch (e) {
+      }
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+
+ldapMessageListener.prototype.onLDAPInit =
+  function(aConn, aStatus) {
+  }
diff --git a/mailnews/extensions/smime/content/certFetchingStatus.xul b/mailnews/extensions/smime/content/certFetchingStatus.xul
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..29b824fc9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/extensions/smime/content/certFetchingStatus.xul
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+<?xml version="1.0"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<?xml-stylesheet href="chrome://global/skin/" type="text/css"?>
+<?xml-stylesheet href="chrome://messenger/skin/smime/certFetchingStatus.css" type="text/css"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE dialog SYSTEM "chrome://messenger-smime/locale/certFetchingStatus.dtd">
+
+<dialog id="certFetchingStatus" title="&title.label;"
+  xmlns="http://www.mozilla.org/keymaster/gatekeeper/there.is.only.xul"      
+  style="width: 50em;"
+  buttons="cancel"
+  buttonlabelcancel="&stop.label;"
+  ondialogcancel="return stopFetching();"
+  onload="onLoad();">
+
+  <stringbundle id="bundle_ldap" src="chrome://mozldap/locale/ldap.properties"/>
+<script type="application/javascript" src="chrome://messenger-smime/content/certFetchingStatus.js"/>
+
+  <description>&info.message;</description>
+
+</dialog>
diff --git a/mailnews/extensions/smime/content/certpicker.js b/mailnews/extensions/smime/content/certpicker.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..19554066f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/extensions/smime/content/certpicker.js
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+/* -*- indent-tabs-mode: nil; js-indent-level: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+"use strict";
+
+const nsIDialogParamBlock = Components.interfaces.nsIDialogParamBlock;
+
+var dialogParams;
+var itemCount = 0;
+
+function onLoad()
+{
+  dialogParams = window.arguments[0].QueryInterface(nsIDialogParamBlock);
+
+  var selectElement = document.getElementById("nicknames");
+  itemCount = dialogParams.GetInt(0);
+
+  var selIndex = dialogParams.GetInt(1);
+  if (selIndex < 0) {
+    selIndex = 0;
+  }
+
+  for (let i = 0; i < itemCount; i++) {
+    let menuItemNode = document.createElement("menuitem");
+    let nick = dialogParams.GetString(i);
+    menuItemNode.setAttribute("value", i);
+    menuItemNode.setAttribute("label", nick); // This is displayed.
+    selectElement.firstChild.appendChild(menuItemNode);
+
+    if (selIndex == i) {
+      selectElement.selectedItem = menuItemNode;
+    }
+  }
+
+  dialogParams.SetInt(0, 0); // Set cancel return value.
+  setDetails();
+}
+
+function setDetails()
+{
+  let selItem = document.getElementById("nicknames").value;
+  if (selItem.length == 0) {
+    return;
+  }
+
+  let index = parseInt(selItem);
+  let details = dialogParams.GetString(index + itemCount);
+  document.getElementById("details").value = details;
+}
+
+function onCertSelected()
+{
+  setDetails();
+}
+
+function doOK()
+{
+  // Signal that the user accepted.
+  dialogParams.SetInt(0, 1);
+
+  // Signal the index of the selected cert in the list of cert nicknames
+  // provided.
+  let index = parseInt(document.getElementById("nicknames").value);
+  dialogParams.SetInt(1, index);
+  return true;
+}
+
+function doCancel()
+{
+  dialogParams.SetInt(0, 0); // Signal that the user cancelled.
+  return true;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/extensions/smime/content/certpicker.xul b/mailnews/extensions/smime/content/certpicker.xul
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2c4cd3b22
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/extensions/smime/content/certpicker.xul
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+<?xml version="1.0"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<?xml-stylesheet href="chrome://global/skin/" type="text/css"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE dialog [
+<!ENTITY % amSMIMEDTD SYSTEM "chrome://messenger/locale/am-smime.dtd" >
+%amSMIMEDTD;
+]>
+
+<dialog id="certPicker" title="&certPicker.title;"
+  xmlns="http://www.mozilla.org/keymaster/gatekeeper/there.is.only.xul"
+  style="width: 50em;"
+  buttons="accept,cancel"
+  ondialogaccept="return doOK();"
+  ondialogcancel="return doCancel();"
+  onload="onLoad();">
+
+<script type="application/javascript"
+        src="chrome://messenger/content/certpicker.js"/>
+
+  <hbox align="center">
+    <broadcaster id="certSelected" oncommand="onCertSelected();"/>
+    <label id="pickerInfo" value="&certPicker.info;"/>
+    <!-- The items in this menulist must never be sorted,
+         but remain in the order filled by the application
+    -->
+    <menulist id="nicknames" observes="certSelected">
+      <menupopup/>
+    </menulist>
+  </hbox>
+  <separator class="thin"/>
+  <label value="&certPicker.detailsLabel;"/>
+  <textbox readonly="true" id="details" multiline="true"
+           style="height: 12em;" flex="1"/>
+</dialog>
diff --git a/mailnews/extensions/smime/content/msgCompSMIMEOverlay.js b/mailnews/extensions/smime/content/msgCompSMIMEOverlay.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..582a073ea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/extensions/smime/content/msgCompSMIMEOverlay.js
@@ -0,0 +1,357 @@
+/* -*- Mode: Java; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+Components.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/Services.jsm");
+
+// Account encryption policy values:
+// const kEncryptionPolicy_Never = 0;
+// 'IfPossible' was used by ns4.
+// const kEncryptionPolicy_IfPossible = 1;
+var kEncryptionPolicy_Always = 2;
+
+var gEncryptedURIService =
+        Components.classes["@mozilla.org/messenger-smime/smime-encrypted-uris-service;1"]
+                  .getService(Components.interfaces.nsIEncryptedSMIMEURIsService);
+
+var gNextSecurityButtonCommand = "";
+var gSMFields = null;
+var gEncryptOptionChanged;
+var gSignOptionChanged;
+
+function onComposerLoad()
+{
+  // Are we already set up ? Or are the required fields missing ?
+  if (gSMFields || !gMsgCompose || !gMsgCompose.compFields)
+    return;
+
+  gMsgCompose.compFields.securityInfo = null;
+
+  gSMFields = Components.classes["@mozilla.org/messenger-smime/composefields;1"]
+                        .createInstance(Components.interfaces.nsIMsgSMIMECompFields);
+  if (!gSMFields)
+    return;
+
+  gMsgCompose.compFields.securityInfo = gSMFields;
+
+  // Set up the intial security state.
+  gSMFields.requireEncryptMessage =
+    gCurrentIdentity.getIntAttribute("encryptionpolicy") == kEncryptionPolicy_Always;
+  if (!gSMFields.requireEncryptMessage &&
+      gEncryptedURIService &&
+      gEncryptedURIService.isEncrypted(gMsgCompose.originalMsgURI))
+  {
+    // Override encryption setting if original is known as encrypted.
+    gSMFields.requireEncryptMessage = true;
+  }
+  if (gSMFields.requireEncryptMessage)
+    setEncryptionUI();
+  else
+    setNoEncryptionUI();
+
+  gSMFields.signMessage = gCurrentIdentity.getBoolAttribute("sign_mail");
+  if (gSMFields.signMessage)
+    setSignatureUI();
+  else
+    setNoSignatureUI();
+}
+
+addEventListener("load", smimeComposeOnLoad, {capture: false, once: true});
+
+// this function gets called multiple times
+function smimeComposeOnLoad()
+{
+  onComposerLoad();
+
+  top.controllers.appendController(SecurityController);
+
+  addEventListener("compose-from-changed", onComposerFromChanged, true);
+  addEventListener("compose-send-message", onComposerSendMessage, true);
+
+  addEventListener("unload", smimeComposeOnUnload, {capture: false, once: true});
+}
+
+function smimeComposeOnUnload()
+{
+  removeEventListener("compose-from-changed", onComposerFromChanged, true);
+  removeEventListener("compose-send-message", onComposerSendMessage, true);
+
+  top.controllers.removeController(SecurityController);
+}
+
+function showNeedSetupInfo()
+{
+  let compSmimeBundle = document.getElementById("bundle_comp_smime");
+  let brandBundle = document.getElementById("bundle_brand");
+  if (!compSmimeBundle || !brandBundle)
+    return;
+
+  let buttonPressed = Services.prompt.confirmEx(window,
+    brandBundle.getString("brandShortName"),
+    compSmimeBundle.getString("NeedSetup"),
+    Services.prompt.STD_YES_NO_BUTTONS, 0, 0, 0, null, {});
+  if (buttonPressed == 0)
+    openHelp("sign-encrypt", "chrome://communicator/locale/help/suitehelp.rdf");
+}
+
+function toggleEncryptMessage()
+{
+  if (!gSMFields)
+    return;
+
+  gSMFields.requireEncryptMessage = !gSMFields.requireEncryptMessage;
+
+  if (gSMFields.requireEncryptMessage)
+  {
+    // Make sure we have a cert.
+    if (!gCurrentIdentity.getUnicharAttribute("encryption_cert_name"))
+    {
+      gSMFields.requireEncryptMessage = false;
+      showNeedSetupInfo();
+      return;
+    }
+
+    setEncryptionUI();
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    setNoEncryptionUI();
+  }
+
+  gEncryptOptionChanged = true;
+}
+
+function toggleSignMessage()
+{
+  if (!gSMFields)
+    return;
+
+  gSMFields.signMessage = !gSMFields.signMessage;
+
+  if (gSMFields.signMessage) // make sure we have a cert name...
+  {
+    if (!gCurrentIdentity.getUnicharAttribute("signing_cert_name"))
+    {
+      gSMFields.signMessage = false;
+      showNeedSetupInfo();
+      return;
+    }
+
+    setSignatureUI();
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    setNoSignatureUI();
+  }
+
+  gSignOptionChanged = true;
+}
+
+function setSecuritySettings(menu_id)
+{
+  if (!gSMFields)
+    return;
+
+  document.getElementById("menu_securityEncryptRequire" + menu_id)
+          .setAttribute("checked", gSMFields.requireEncryptMessage);
+  document.getElementById("menu_securitySign" + menu_id)
+          .setAttribute("checked", gSMFields.signMessage);
+}
+
+function setNextCommand(what)
+{
+  gNextSecurityButtonCommand = what;
+}
+
+function doSecurityButton()
+{
+  var what = gNextSecurityButtonCommand;
+  gNextSecurityButtonCommand = "";
+
+  switch (what)
+  {
+    case "encryptMessage":
+      toggleEncryptMessage();
+      break;
+
+    case "signMessage":
+      toggleSignMessage();
+      break;
+
+    case "show":
+    default:
+      showMessageComposeSecurityStatus();
+  }
+}
+
+function setNoSignatureUI()
+{
+  top.document.getElementById("securityStatus").removeAttribute("signing");
+  top.document.getElementById("signing-status").collapsed = true;
+}
+
+function setSignatureUI()
+{
+  top.document.getElementById("securityStatus").setAttribute("signing", "ok");
+  top.document.getElementById("signing-status").collapsed = false;
+}
+
+function setNoEncryptionUI()
+{
+  top.document.getElementById("securityStatus").removeAttribute("crypto");
+  top.document.getElementById("encryption-status").collapsed = true;
+}
+
+function setEncryptionUI()
+{
+  top.document.getElementById("securityStatus").setAttribute("crypto", "ok");
+  top.document.getElementById("encryption-status").collapsed = false;
+}
+
+function showMessageComposeSecurityStatus()
+{
+  Recipients2CompFields(gMsgCompose.compFields);
+
+  window.openDialog(
+    "chrome://messenger-smime/content/msgCompSecurityInfo.xul",
+    "",
+    "chrome,modal,resizable,centerscreen",
+    {
+      compFields : gMsgCompose.compFields,
+      subject : GetMsgSubjectElement().value,
+      smFields : gSMFields,
+      isSigningCertAvailable :
+        gCurrentIdentity.getUnicharAttribute("signing_cert_name") != "",
+      isEncryptionCertAvailable :
+        gCurrentIdentity.getUnicharAttribute("encryption_cert_name") != "",
+      currentIdentity : gCurrentIdentity
+    }
+  );
+}
+
+var SecurityController =
+{
+  supportsCommand: function(command)
+  {
+    switch (command)
+    {
+      case "cmd_viewSecurityStatus":
+        return true;
+
+      default:
+        return false;
+    }
+  },
+
+  isCommandEnabled: function(command)
+  {
+    switch (command)
+    {
+      case "cmd_viewSecurityStatus":
+        return true;
+
+      default:
+        return false;
+    }
+  }
+};
+
+function onComposerSendMessage()
+{
+  let missingCount = new Object();
+  let emailAddresses = new Object();
+
+  try
+  {
+    if (!gMsgCompose.compFields.securityInfo.requireEncryptMessage)
+      return;
+
+    Components.classes["@mozilla.org/messenger-smime/smimejshelper;1"]
+              .createInstance(Components.interfaces.nsISMimeJSHelper)
+              .getNoCertAddresses(gMsgCompose.compFields,
+                                  missingCount,
+                                  emailAddresses);
+  }
+  catch (e)
+  {
+    return;
+  }
+
+  if (missingCount.value > 0)
+  {
+    // The rules here: If the current identity has a directoryServer set, then
+    // use that, otherwise, try the global preference instead.
+
+    let autocompleteDirectory;
+
+    // Does the current identity override the global preference?
+    if (gCurrentIdentity.overrideGlobalPref)
+    {
+      autocompleteDirectory = gCurrentIdentity.directoryServer;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      // Try the global one
+      if (Services.prefs.getBoolPref("ldap_2.autoComplete.useDirectory"))
+        autocompleteDirectory =
+          Services.prefs.getCharPref("ldap_2.autoComplete.directoryServer");
+    }
+
+    if (autocompleteDirectory)
+      window.openDialog("chrome://messenger-smime/content/certFetchingStatus.xul",
+                        "",
+                        "chrome,modal,resizable,centerscreen",
+                        autocompleteDirectory,
+                        emailAddresses.value);
+  }
+}
+
+function onComposerFromChanged()
+{
+  if (!gSMFields)
+    return;
+
+  var encryptionPolicy = gCurrentIdentity.getIntAttribute("encryptionpolicy");
+  var useEncryption = false;
+
+  if (!gEncryptOptionChanged)
+  {
+    // Encryption wasn't manually checked.
+    // Set up the encryption policy from the setting of the new identity.
+
+    // 0 == never, 1 == if possible (ns4), 2 == always encrypt.
+    useEncryption = (encryptionPolicy == kEncryptionPolicy_Always);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    useEncryption = !!gCurrentIdentity.getUnicharAttribute("encryption_cert_name");
+  }
+
+  gSMFields.requireEncryptMessage = useEncryption;
+  if (useEncryption)
+    setEncryptionUI();
+  else
+    setNoEncryptionUI();
+
+  // - If signing is disabled, we will not turn it on automatically.
+  // - If signing is enabled, but the new account defaults to not sign, we will turn signing off.
+  var signMessage = gCurrentIdentity.getBoolAttribute("sign_mail");
+  var useSigning = false;
+
+  if (!gSignOptionChanged)
+  {
+    // Signing wasn't manually checked.
+    // Set up the signing policy from the setting of the new identity.
+    useSigning = signMessage;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    useSigning = !!gCurrentIdentity.getUnicharAttribute("signing_cert_name");
+  }
+  gSMFields.signMessage = useSigning;
+  if (useSigning)
+    setSignatureUI();
+  else
+    setNoSignatureUI();
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/extensions/smime/content/msgCompSMIMEOverlay.xul b/mailnews/extensions/smime/content/msgCompSMIMEOverlay.xul
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ec6495e20
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/extensions/smime/content/msgCompSMIMEOverlay.xul
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+<?xml version="1.0"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<?xml-stylesheet href="chrome://messenger/skin/smime/msgCompSMIMEOverlay.css" type="text/css"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE overlay SYSTEM "chrome://messenger-smime/locale/msgCompSMIMEOverlay.dtd">
+
+<overlay xmlns="http://www.mozilla.org/keymaster/gatekeeper/there.is.only.xul">
+
+  <script type="application/javascript" src="chrome://messenger-smime/content/msgCompSMIMEOverlay.js"/>
+
+  <window id="msgcomposeWindow">
+    <broadcaster id="securityStatus" crypto="" signing=""/>
+    <observes element="securityStatus" attribute="crypto" />
+    <observes element="securityStatus" attribute="signing" />
+    <stringbundle id="bundle_comp_smime" src="chrome://messenger-smime/locale/msgCompSMIMEOverlay.properties"/>
+    <stringbundle id="bundle_brand" src="chrome://branding/locale/brand.properties"/>
+  </window>
+
+  <menupopup id="optionsMenuPopup"
+             onpopupshowing="setSecuritySettings(1);">
+    <menuseparator id="smimeOptionsSeparator"/>
+
+    <menuitem id="menu_securityEncryptRequire1"
+              type="checkbox"
+              label="&menu_securityEncryptRequire.label;"
+              accesskey="&menu_securityEncryptRequire.accesskey;"
+              oncommand="toggleEncryptMessage();"/>
+    <menuitem id="menu_securitySign1"
+              type="checkbox"
+              label="&menu_securitySign.label;"
+              accesskey="&menu_securitySign.accesskey;"
+              oncommand="toggleSignMessage();"/>
+  </menupopup>
+
+  <toolbarpalette id="MsgComposeToolbarPalette">
+    <toolbarbutton id="button-security"
+                   type="menu-button"
+                   class="toolbarbutton-1"
+                   label="&securityButton.label;"
+                   tooltiptext="&securityButton.tooltip;"
+                   oncommand="doSecurityButton();">
+      <menupopup onpopupshowing="setSecuritySettings(2);">
+        <menuitem id="menu_securityEncryptRequire2"
+                  type="checkbox"
+                  label="&menu_securityEncryptRequire.label;"
+                  accesskey="&menu_securityEncryptRequire.accesskey;"
+                  oncommand="setNextCommand('encryptMessage');"/>
+        <menuitem id="menu_securitySign2"
+                  type="checkbox"
+                  label="&menu_securitySign.label;"
+                  accesskey="&menu_securitySign.accesskey;"
+                  oncommand="setNextCommand('signMessage');"/>
+        <menuseparator id="smimeToolbarButtonSeparator"/>
+        <menuitem id="menu_securityStatus2"
+                  label="&menu_securityStatus.label;"
+                  accesskey="&menu_securityStatus.accesskey;"
+                  oncommand="setNextCommand('show');"/>
+      </menupopup>
+    </toolbarbutton>
+  </toolbarpalette>
+
+  <statusbar id="status-bar">
+    <statusbarpanel insertbefore="offline-status" class="statusbarpanel-iconic" collapsed="true"
+      id="signing-status" oncommand="showMessageComposeSecurityStatus();"/>
+    <statusbarpanel insertbefore="offline-status" class="statusbarpanel-iconic" collapsed="true"
+      id="encryption-status" oncommand="showMessageComposeSecurityStatus();"/>
+  </statusbar>
+
+  <commandset id="composeCommands">
+    <command id="cmd_viewSecurityStatus" oncommand="showMessageComposeSecurityStatus();"/>
+  </commandset>
+
+  <menupopup id="menu_View_Popup">
+    <menuseparator id="viewMenuBeforeSecurityStatusSeparator"/>
+    <menuitem id="menu_viewSecurityStatus"
+              label="&menu_viewSecurityStatus.label;"
+              accesskey="&menu_viewSecurityStatus.accesskey;"
+              command="cmd_viewSecurityStatus"/>
+  </menupopup>
+
+</overlay>
diff --git a/mailnews/extensions/smime/content/msgCompSecurityInfo.js b/mailnews/extensions/smime/content/msgCompSecurityInfo.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5a2a7432f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/extensions/smime/content/msgCompSecurityInfo.js
@@ -0,0 +1,244 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+Components.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/Services.jsm");
+
+var gListBox;
+var gViewButton;
+var gBundle;
+
+var gEmailAddresses;
+var gCertStatusSummaries;
+var gCertIssuedInfos;
+var gCertExpiresInfos;
+var gCerts;
+var gCount;
+
+var gSMimeContractID = "@mozilla.org/messenger-smime/smimejshelper;1";
+var gISMimeJSHelper = Components.interfaces.nsISMimeJSHelper;
+var gIX509Cert = Components.interfaces.nsIX509Cert;
+var nsICertificateDialogs = Components.interfaces.nsICertificateDialogs;
+var nsCertificateDialogs = "@mozilla.org/nsCertificateDialogs;1"
+
+function getStatusExplanation(value)
+{
+  switch (value)
+  {
+    case gIX509Cert.VERIFIED_OK:
+      return gBundle.getString("StatusValid");
+
+    case gIX509Cert.NOT_VERIFIED_UNKNOWN:
+    case gIX509Cert.INVALID_CA:
+    case gIX509Cert.USAGE_NOT_ALLOWED:
+      return gBundle.getString("StatusInvalid");
+
+    case gIX509Cert.CERT_REVOKED:
+      return gBundle.getString("StatusRevoked");
+
+    case gIX509Cert.CERT_EXPIRED:
+      return gBundle.getString("StatusExpired");
+
+    case gIX509Cert.CERT_NOT_TRUSTED:
+    case gIX509Cert.ISSUER_NOT_TRUSTED:
+    case gIX509Cert.ISSUER_UNKNOWN:
+      return gBundle.getString("StatusUntrusted");
+  }
+
+  return "";
+}
+
+function onLoad()
+{
+  var params = window.arguments[0];
+  if (!params)
+    return;
+
+  var helper = Components.classes[gSMimeContractID].createInstance(gISMimeJSHelper);
+
+  if (!helper)
+    return;
+
+  gListBox = document.getElementById("infolist");
+  gViewButton = document.getElementById("viewCertButton");
+  gBundle = document.getElementById("bundle_smime_comp_info");
+
+  gEmailAddresses = new Object();
+  gCertStatusSummaries = new Object();
+  gCertIssuedInfos = new Object();
+  gCertExpiresInfos = new Object();
+  gCerts = new Object();
+  gCount = new Object();
+  var canEncrypt = new Object();
+
+  var allow_ldap_cert_fetching = false;
+
+  try {  
+    if (params.compFields.securityInfo.requireEncryptMessage) {
+      allow_ldap_cert_fetching = true;
+    }
+  }
+  catch (e)
+  {
+  }
+
+  while (true)
+  {
+    try
+    {
+      helper.getRecipientCertsInfo(
+        params.compFields,
+        gCount,
+        gEmailAddresses,
+        gCertStatusSummaries,
+        gCertIssuedInfos,
+        gCertExpiresInfos,
+        gCerts,
+        canEncrypt);
+    }
+    catch (e)
+    {
+      dump(e);
+      return;
+    }
+
+    if (!allow_ldap_cert_fetching)
+      break;
+
+    allow_ldap_cert_fetching = false;
+
+    var missing = new Array();
+
+    for (var j = gCount.value - 1; j >= 0; --j)
+    {
+      if (!gCerts.value[j])
+      {
+        missing[missing.length] = gEmailAddresses.value[j];
+      }
+    }
+
+    if (missing.length > 0)
+    {
+      var autocompleteLdap = Services.prefs
+        .getBoolPref("ldap_2.autoComplete.useDirectory");
+
+      if (autocompleteLdap)
+      {
+        var autocompleteDirectory = null;
+        if (params.currentIdentity.overrideGlobalPref) {
+          autocompleteDirectory = params.currentIdentity.directoryServer;
+        } else {
+          autocompleteDirectory = Services.prefs
+            .getCharPref("ldap_2.autoComplete.directoryServer");
+        }
+
+        if (autocompleteDirectory)
+        {
+          window.openDialog('chrome://messenger-smime/content/certFetchingStatus.xul',
+            '',
+            'chrome,resizable=1,modal=1,dialog=1',
+            autocompleteDirectory,
+            missing
+          );
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (gBundle)
+  {
+    var yes_string = gBundle.getString("StatusYes");
+    var no_string = gBundle.getString("StatusNo");
+    var not_possible_string = gBundle.getString("StatusNotPossible");
+
+    var signed_element = document.getElementById("signed");
+    var encrypted_element = document.getElementById("encrypted");
+
+    if (params.smFields.requireEncryptMessage)
+    {
+      if (params.isEncryptionCertAvailable && canEncrypt.value)
+      {
+        encrypted_element.value = yes_string;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        encrypted_element.value = not_possible_string;
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      encrypted_element.value = no_string;
+    }
+
+    if (params.smFields.signMessage)
+    {
+      if (params.isSigningCertAvailable)
+      {
+        signed_element.value = yes_string;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        signed_element.value = not_possible_string;
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      signed_element.value = no_string;
+    }
+  }
+
+  var imax = gCount.value;
+
+  for (var i = 0; i < imax; ++i)
+  {
+    var listitem  = document.createElement("listitem");
+
+    listitem.appendChild(createCell(gEmailAddresses.value[i]));
+
+    if (!gCerts.value[i])
+    {
+      listitem.appendChild(createCell(gBundle.getString("StatusNotFound")));
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      listitem.appendChild(createCell(getStatusExplanation(gCertStatusSummaries.value[i])));
+      listitem.appendChild(createCell(gCertIssuedInfos.value[i]));
+      listitem.appendChild(createCell(gCertExpiresInfos.value[i]));
+    }
+
+    gListBox.appendChild(listitem);
+  }
+}
+
+function onSelectionChange(event)
+{
+  gViewButton.disabled = !(gListBox.selectedItems.length == 1 &&
+                           certForRow(gListBox.selectedIndex));
+}
+
+function viewCertHelper(parent, cert) {
+  var cd = Components.classes[nsCertificateDialogs].getService(nsICertificateDialogs);
+  cd.viewCert(parent, cert);
+}
+
+function certForRow(aRowIndex) {
+  return gCerts.value[aRowIndex];
+}
+
+function viewSelectedCert()
+{
+  if (!gViewButton.disabled)
+    viewCertHelper(window, certForRow(gListBox.selectedIndex));
+}
+
+function doHelpButton()
+{
+  openHelp('compose_security', 'chrome://communicator/locale/help/suitehelp.rdf');
+}
+
+function createCell(label)
+{
+  var cell = document.createElement("listcell");
+  cell.setAttribute("label", label)
+  return cell;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/extensions/smime/content/msgCompSecurityInfo.xul b/mailnews/extensions/smime/content/msgCompSecurityInfo.xul
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c8769d621
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/extensions/smime/content/msgCompSecurityInfo.xul
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+<?xml version="1.0"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<?xml-stylesheet href="chrome://global/skin/" type="text/css"?>
+<?xml-stylesheet href="chrome://messenger/skin/smime/msgCompSecurityInfo.css" type="text/css"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE dialog SYSTEM "chrome://messenger-smime/locale/msgCompSecurityInfo.dtd">
+
+<dialog id="msgCompSecurityInfo" title="&title.label;"
+  xmlns="http://www.mozilla.org/keymaster/gatekeeper/there.is.only.xul"      
+  style="width: 50em;"
+  persist="width height"
+  buttons="accept"
+  onload="onLoad();">
+
+  <script type="application/javascript" src="chrome://messenger-smime/content/msgCompSecurityInfo.js"/>
+
+  <stringbundle id="bundle_smime_comp_info" src="chrome://messenger-smime/locale/msgCompSecurityInfo.properties"/> 
+
+  <description>&subject.plaintextWarning;</description>
+  <separator class="thin"/>
+  <description>&status.heading;</description>
+  <grid>
+    <columns>
+      <column/>
+      <column/>
+    </columns>
+    <rows>
+      <row>
+        <label value="&status.signed;"/>
+        <label id="signed"/>
+      </row>
+      <row>
+        <label value="&status.encrypted;"/>
+        <label id="encrypted"/>
+      </row>
+    </rows>
+  </grid>
+
+  <separator class="thin"/>
+  <label value="&status.certificates;" control="infolist"/>
+
+  <listbox id="infolist" flex="1"
+        onselect="onSelectionChange(event);">
+    <listcols>
+      <listcol flex="3" width="0"/>
+      <splitter class="tree-splitter"/>
+      <listcol flex="1" width="0"/>
+      <splitter class="tree-splitter"/>
+      <listcol flex="2" width="0"/>
+      <splitter class="tree-splitter"/>
+      <listcol flex="2" width="0"/>
+    </listcols>
+    <listhead>
+      <listheader label="&tree.recipient;"/>
+      <listheader label="&tree.status;"/>
+      <listheader label="&tree.issuedDate;"/>
+      <listheader label="&tree.expiresDate;"/>
+    </listhead>
+  </listbox>
+  <hbox pack="start">
+    <button id="viewCertButton" disabled="true"
+            label="&view.label;" accesskey="&view.accesskey;"
+            oncommand="viewSelectedCert();"/>
+  </hbox>
+</dialog>
diff --git a/mailnews/extensions/smime/content/msgHdrViewSMIMEOverlay.js b/mailnews/extensions/smime/content/msgHdrViewSMIMEOverlay.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2d9469d6c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/extensions/smime/content/msgHdrViewSMIMEOverlay.js
@@ -0,0 +1,264 @@
+/* -*- Mode: Java; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+var gSignedUINode = null;
+var gEncryptedUINode = null;
+var gSMIMEContainer = null;
+var gStatusBar = null;
+var gSignedStatusPanel = null;
+var gEncryptedStatusPanel = null;
+
+var gEncryptedURIService = null;
+var gMyLastEncryptedURI = null;
+
+var gSMIMEBundle = null;
+// var gBrandBundle; -- defined in mailWindow.js
+
+// manipulates some globals from msgReadSMIMEOverlay.js
+
+var nsICMSMessageErrors = Components.interfaces.nsICMSMessageErrors;
+
+/// Get the necko URL for the message URI.
+function neckoURLForMessageURI(aMessageURI)
+{
+  let msgSvc = Components.classes["@mozilla.org/messenger;1"]
+    .createInstance(Components.interfaces.nsIMessenger)
+    .messageServiceFromURI(aMessageURI);
+  let neckoURI = {};
+  msgSvc.GetUrlForUri(aMessageURI, neckoURI, null);
+  return neckoURI.value.spec;
+}
+
+var smimeHeaderSink = 
+{ 
+  maxWantedNesting: function()
+  {
+    return 1;
+  },
+
+  signedStatus: function(aNestingLevel, aSignatureStatus, aSignerCert)
+  {
+    if (aNestingLevel > 1) {
+      // we are not interested
+      return;
+    }
+
+    gSignatureStatus = aSignatureStatus;
+    gSignerCert = aSignerCert;
+
+    gSMIMEContainer.collapsed = false;
+    gSignedUINode.collapsed = false;
+    gSignedStatusPanel.collapsed = false;
+  
+    switch (aSignatureStatus) {
+      case nsICMSMessageErrors.SUCCESS:
+        gSignedUINode.setAttribute("signed", "ok");
+        gStatusBar.setAttribute("signed", "ok");
+        break;
+
+      case nsICMSMessageErrors.VERIFY_NOT_YET_ATTEMPTED:
+        gSignedUINode.setAttribute("signed", "unknown");
+        gStatusBar.setAttribute("signed", "unknown");
+        break;
+
+      case nsICMSMessageErrors.VERIFY_CERT_WITHOUT_ADDRESS:
+      case nsICMSMessageErrors.VERIFY_HEADER_MISMATCH:
+        gSignedUINode.setAttribute("signed", "mismatch");
+        gStatusBar.setAttribute("signed", "mismatch");
+        break;
+
+      default:
+        gSignedUINode.setAttribute("signed", "notok");
+        gStatusBar.setAttribute("signed", "notok");
+        break;
+    }
+  },
+
+  encryptionStatus: function(aNestingLevel, aEncryptionStatus, aRecipientCert)
+  {
+    if (aNestingLevel > 1) {
+      // we are not interested
+      return;
+    }
+
+    gEncryptionStatus = aEncryptionStatus;
+    gEncryptionCert = aRecipientCert;
+
+    gSMIMEContainer.collapsed = false; 
+    gEncryptedUINode.collapsed = false;
+    gEncryptedStatusPanel.collapsed = false; 
+
+    if (nsICMSMessageErrors.SUCCESS == aEncryptionStatus)
+    {
+      gEncryptedUINode.setAttribute("encrypted", "ok");
+      gStatusBar.setAttribute("encrypted", "ok");
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      gEncryptedUINode.setAttribute("encrypted", "notok");
+      gStatusBar.setAttribute("encrypted", "notok");
+    }
+    
+    if (gEncryptedURIService)
+    {
+      // Remember the message URI and the corresponding necko URI.
+      gMyLastEncryptedURI = GetLoadedMessage();
+      gEncryptedURIService.rememberEncrypted(gMyLastEncryptedURI);
+      gEncryptedURIService.rememberEncrypted(
+        neckoURLForMessageURI(gMyLastEncryptedURI));
+    }
+
+    switch (aEncryptionStatus)
+    {
+      case nsICMSMessageErrors.SUCCESS:
+      case nsICMSMessageErrors.ENCRYPT_INCOMPLETE:
+        break;
+      default:
+        var brand = gBrandBundle.getString("brandShortName");
+        var title = gSMIMEBundle.getString("CantDecryptTitle").replace(/%brand%/g, brand);
+        var body = gSMIMEBundle.getString("CantDecryptBody").replace(/%brand%/g, brand);
+
+        // insert our message
+        msgWindow.displayHTMLInMessagePane(title,
+         "<html>\n" +
+         "<body bgcolor=\"#fafaee\">\n" +
+         "<center><br><br><br>\n" +
+         "<table>\n" +
+         "<tr><td>\n" +
+         "<center><strong><font size=\"+3\">\n" +
+         title+"</font></center><br>\n" +
+         body+"\n" +
+         "</td></tr></table></center></body></html>", false);
+    }
+  },
+
+  QueryInterface : function(iid)
+  {
+    if (iid.equals(Components.interfaces.nsIMsgSMIMEHeaderSink) || iid.equals(Components.interfaces.nsISupports))
+      return this;
+    throw Components.results.NS_NOINTERFACE;
+  }
+};
+
+function forgetEncryptedURI()
+{
+  if (gMyLastEncryptedURI && gEncryptedURIService)
+  {
+    gEncryptedURIService.forgetEncrypted(gMyLastEncryptedURI);
+    gEncryptedURIService.forgetEncrypted(
+      neckoURLForMessageURI(gMyLastEncryptedURI));
+    gMyLastEncryptedURI = null;
+  }
+}
+
+function onSMIMEStartHeaders()
+{
+  gEncryptionStatus = -1;
+  gSignatureStatus = -1;
+  
+  gSignerCert = null;
+  gEncryptionCert = null;
+  
+  gSMIMEContainer.collapsed = true;
+
+  gSignedUINode.collapsed = true;
+  gSignedUINode.removeAttribute("signed");
+  gSignedStatusPanel.collapsed = true;
+  gStatusBar.removeAttribute("signed");
+
+  gEncryptedUINode.collapsed = true;
+  gEncryptedUINode.removeAttribute("encrypted");
+  gEncryptedStatusPanel.collapsed = true; 
+  gStatusBar.removeAttribute("encrypted");
+
+  forgetEncryptedURI();
+}
+
+function onSMIMEEndHeaders()
+{}
+
+function onSmartCardChange()
+{
+  // only reload encrypted windows
+  if (gMyLastEncryptedURI && gEncryptionStatus != -1)
+    ReloadMessage();
+}
+
+function msgHdrViewSMIMEOnLoad(event)
+{
+  window.crypto.enableSmartCardEvents = true;
+  document.addEventListener("smartcard-insert", onSmartCardChange, false);
+  document.addEventListener("smartcard-remove", onSmartCardChange, false);
+  if (!gSMIMEBundle)
+    gSMIMEBundle = document.getElementById("bundle_read_smime");
+
+  // we want to register our security header sink as an opaque nsISupports
+  // on the msgHdrSink used by mail.....
+  msgWindow.msgHeaderSink.securityInfo = smimeHeaderSink;
+
+  gSignedUINode = document.getElementById('signedHdrIcon');
+  gEncryptedUINode = document.getElementById('encryptedHdrIcon');
+  gSMIMEContainer = document.getElementById('smimeBox');
+  gStatusBar = document.getElementById('status-bar');
+  gSignedStatusPanel = document.getElementById('signed-status');
+  gEncryptedStatusPanel = document.getElementById('encrypted-status');
+
+  // add ourself to the list of message display listeners so we get notified when we are about to display a
+  // message.
+  var listener = {};
+  listener.onStartHeaders = onSMIMEStartHeaders;
+  listener.onEndHeaders = onSMIMEEndHeaders;
+  gMessageListeners.push(listener);
+
+  gEncryptedURIService = 
+    Components.classes["@mozilla.org/messenger-smime/smime-encrypted-uris-service;1"]
+    .getService(Components.interfaces.nsIEncryptedSMIMEURIsService);
+}
+
+function msgHdrViewSMIMEOnUnload(event)
+{
+  window.crypto.enableSmartCardEvents = false;
+  document.removeEventListener("smartcard-insert", onSmartCardChange, false);
+  document.removeEventListener("smartcard-remove", onSmartCardChange, false);
+  forgetEncryptedURI();
+  removeEventListener("messagepane-loaded", msgHdrViewSMIMEOnLoad, true);
+  removeEventListener("messagepane-unloaded", msgHdrViewSMIMEOnUnload, true);
+  removeEventListener("messagepane-hide", msgHdrViewSMIMEOnMessagePaneHide, true);
+  removeEventListener("messagepane-unhide", msgHdrViewSMIMEOnMessagePaneUnhide, true);
+}
+
+function msgHdrViewSMIMEOnMessagePaneHide()
+{
+  gSMIMEContainer.collapsed = true;
+  gSignedUINode.collapsed = true;
+  gSignedStatusPanel.collapsed = true;
+  gEncryptedUINode.collapsed = true;
+  gEncryptedStatusPanel.collapsed = true; 
+}
+
+function msgHdrViewSMIMEOnMessagePaneUnhide()
+{
+  if (gEncryptionStatus != -1 || gSignatureStatus != -1)
+  {
+    gSMIMEContainer.collapsed = false;
+
+    if (gSignatureStatus != -1)
+    {
+      gSignedUINode.collapsed = false;
+      gSignedStatusPanel.collapsed = false;
+    }
+
+    if (gEncryptionStatus != -1)
+    {
+      gEncryptedUINode.collapsed = false;
+      gEncryptedStatusPanel.collapsed = false;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+addEventListener('messagepane-loaded', msgHdrViewSMIMEOnLoad, true);
+addEventListener('messagepane-unloaded', msgHdrViewSMIMEOnUnload, true);
+addEventListener('messagepane-hide', msgHdrViewSMIMEOnMessagePaneHide, true);
+addEventListener('messagepane-unhide', msgHdrViewSMIMEOnMessagePaneUnhide, true);
diff --git a/mailnews/extensions/smime/content/msgHdrViewSMIMEOverlay.xul b/mailnews/extensions/smime/content/msgHdrViewSMIMEOverlay.xul
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..957d2a15b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/extensions/smime/content/msgHdrViewSMIMEOverlay.xul
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+<?xml version="1.0"?> 
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<?xml-stylesheet href="chrome://messenger/skin/smime/msgHdrViewSMIMEOverlay.css" type="text/css"?> 
+
+<overlay xmlns="http://www.mozilla.org/keymaster/gatekeeper/there.is.only.xul">
+
+  <script type="application/javascript" src="chrome://messenger-smime/content/msgHdrViewSMIMEOverlay.js"/>
+<!-- These stringbundles are already defined in msgReadSMIMEOverlay.xul!
+  <stringbundleset id="stringbundleset">
+    <stringbundle id="bundle_read_smime" src="chrome://messenger-smime/locale/msgReadSMIMEOverlay.properties"/>
+    <stringbundle id="bundle_brand" src="chrome://branding/locale/brand.properties"/>
+  </stringbundleset>
+-->
+
+  <hbox id="expandedHeaderView">
+    <vbox id="smimeBox" insertafter="expandedHeaders" collapsed="true">
+      <spacer flex="1"/>
+      <image id="signedHdrIcon"
+             onclick="showMessageReadSecurityInfo();" collapsed="true"/>
+      <image id="encryptedHdrIcon"
+             onclick="showMessageReadSecurityInfo();" collapsed="true"/>
+      <spacer flex="1"/>
+    </vbox>
+  </hbox>
+</overlay>
+
diff --git a/mailnews/extensions/smime/content/msgReadSMIMEOverlay.js b/mailnews/extensions/smime/content/msgReadSMIMEOverlay.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ab362d418
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/extensions/smime/content/msgReadSMIMEOverlay.js
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+/* -*- Mode: Java; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+Components.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/Services.jsm");
+
+var gEncryptionStatus = -1;
+var gSignatureStatus = -1;
+var gSignerCert = null;
+var gEncryptionCert = null;
+
+addEventListener("load", smimeReadOnLoad, {capture: false, once: true});
+
+function smimeReadOnLoad()
+{
+  top.controllers.appendController(SecurityController);
+
+  addEventListener("unload", smimeReadOnUnload, {capture: false, once: true});
+}
+
+function smimeReadOnUnload()
+{
+  top.controllers.removeController(SecurityController);
+}
+
+function showImapSignatureUnknown()
+{
+  let readSmimeBundle = document.getElementById("bundle_read_smime");
+  let brandBundle = document.getElementById("bundle_brand");
+  if (!readSmimeBundle || !brandBundle)
+    return;
+
+  if (Services.prompt.confirm(window, brandBundle.getString("brandShortName"),
+                              readSmimeBundle.getString("ImapOnDemand")))
+  {
+    gDBView.reloadMessageWithAllParts();
+  }
+}
+
+function showMessageReadSecurityInfo()
+{
+  let gSignedUINode = document.getElementById("signedHdrIcon");
+  if (gSignedUINode && gSignedUINode.getAttribute("signed") == "unknown")
+  {
+    showImapSignatureUnknown();
+    return;
+  }
+
+  let params = Components.classes["@mozilla.org/embedcomp/dialogparam;1"]
+    .createInstance(Components.interfaces.nsIDialogParamBlock);
+  params.objects = Components.classes["@mozilla.org/array;1"]
+    .createInstance(Components.interfaces.nsIMutableArray);
+  // Append even if null... the receiver must handle that.
+  params.objects.appendElement(gSignerCert, false);
+  params.objects.appendElement(gEncryptionCert, false);
+
+  // int array starts with index 0, but that is used for window exit status
+  params.SetInt(1, gSignatureStatus);
+  params.SetInt(2, gEncryptionStatus);
+
+  window.openDialog("chrome://messenger-smime/content/msgReadSecurityInfo.xul",
+                    "", "chrome,resizable,modal,dialog,centerscreen", params);
+}
+
+var SecurityController =
+{
+  supportsCommand: function(command)
+  {
+    switch (command)
+    {
+      case "cmd_viewSecurityStatus":
+        return true;
+
+      default:
+        return false;
+    }
+  },
+
+  isCommandEnabled: function(command)
+  {
+    switch (command)
+    {
+      case "cmd_viewSecurityStatus":
+        if (document.documentElement.getAttribute('windowtype') == "mail:messageWindow")
+          return GetNumSelectedMessages() > 0;
+
+        if (GetNumSelectedMessages() > 0 && gDBView)
+        {
+          let enabled = {value: false};
+          let checkStatus = {};
+          gDBView.getCommandStatus(nsMsgViewCommandType.cmdRequiringMsgBody,
+                                   enabled, checkStatus);
+          return enabled.value;
+        }
+        // else: fall through.
+
+      default:
+        return false;
+    }
+  }
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/extensions/smime/content/msgReadSMIMEOverlay.xul b/mailnews/extensions/smime/content/msgReadSMIMEOverlay.xul
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a55828c0f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/extensions/smime/content/msgReadSMIMEOverlay.xul
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+<?xml version="1.0"?> 
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<?xml-stylesheet href="chrome://messenger/skin/smime/msgReadSMIMEOverlay.css" type="text/css"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE overlay SYSTEM "chrome://messenger-smime/locale/msgReadSMIMEOverlay.dtd">
+
+<overlay xmlns="http://www.mozilla.org/keymaster/gatekeeper/there.is.only.xul">
+
+  <script type="application/javascript" src="chrome://messenger-smime/content/msgReadSMIMEOverlay.js"/>
+
+  <commandset id="mailViewMenuItems">
+    <command id="cmd_viewSecurityStatus" oncommand="showMessageReadSecurityInfo();" disabled="true"/>
+  </commandset>
+
+  <menupopup id="menu_View_Popup">
+    <menuitem insertafter="pageSourceMenuItem" label="&menu_securityStatus.label;"
+      accesskey="&menu_securityStatus.accesskey;" command="cmd_viewSecurityStatus"/>
+  </menupopup>
+
+  <statusbar id="status-bar">
+    <statusbarpanel insertbefore="offline-status" class="statusbarpanel-iconic"
+      id="signed-status" collapsed="true" oncommand="showMessageReadSecurityInfo();"/>
+    <statusbarpanel insertbefore="offline-status" class="statusbarpanel-iconic"
+      id="encrypted-status" collapsed="true" oncommand="showMessageReadSecurityInfo();"/>
+    <stringbundle id="bundle_read_smime" src="chrome://messenger-smime/locale/msgReadSMIMEOverlay.properties"/>
+<!-- This stringbundle is already defined on top window level!
+    <stringbundle id="bundle_brand" src="chrome://branding/locale/brand.properties"/>
+-->
+  </statusbar>
+
+</overlay>
diff --git a/mailnews/extensions/smime/content/msgReadSecurityInfo.js b/mailnews/extensions/smime/content/msgReadSecurityInfo.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..310cfc18a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/extensions/smime/content/msgReadSecurityInfo.js
@@ -0,0 +1,232 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+var nsIDialogParamBlock = Components.interfaces.nsIDialogParamBlock;
+var nsIX509Cert = Components.interfaces.nsIX509Cert;
+var nsICMSMessageErrors = Components.interfaces.nsICMSMessageErrors;
+var nsICertificateDialogs = Components.interfaces.nsICertificateDialogs;
+var nsCertificateDialogs = "@mozilla.org/nsCertificateDialogs;1"
+
+var gSignerCert = null;
+var gEncryptionCert = null;
+
+var gSignatureStatus = -1;
+var gEncryptionStatus = -1;
+
+function setText(id, value) {
+  var element = document.getElementById(id);
+  if (!element)
+    return;
+  if (element.hasChildNodes())
+    element.firstChild.remove();
+  var textNode = document.createTextNode(value);
+  element.appendChild(textNode);
+}
+
+function onLoad()
+{
+  var paramBlock = window.arguments[0].QueryInterface(nsIDialogParamBlock);
+  paramBlock.objects.QueryInterface(Components.interfaces.nsIMutableArray);
+  try {
+    gSignerCert = paramBlock.objects.queryElementAt(0, nsIX509Cert);
+  } catch(e) { } // maybe null
+  try {
+    gEncryptionCert = paramBlock.objects.queryElementAt(1, nsIX509Cert);
+  } catch(e) { } // maybe null
+
+  gSignatureStatus = paramBlock.GetInt(1);
+  gEncryptionStatus = paramBlock.GetInt(2);
+
+  var bundle = document.getElementById("bundle_smime_read_info");
+
+  if (bundle) {
+    var sigInfoLabel = null;
+    var sigInfoHeader = null;
+    var sigInfo = null;
+    var sigInfo_clueless = false;
+
+    switch (gSignatureStatus) {
+      case -1:
+      case nsICMSMessageErrors.VERIFY_NOT_SIGNED:
+        sigInfoLabel = "SINoneLabel";
+        sigInfo = "SINone";
+        break;
+
+      case nsICMSMessageErrors.SUCCESS:
+        sigInfoLabel = "SIValidLabel";
+        sigInfo = "SIValid";
+        break;
+
+
+      case nsICMSMessageErrors.VERIFY_BAD_SIGNATURE:
+      case nsICMSMessageErrors.VERIFY_DIGEST_MISMATCH:
+        sigInfoLabel = "SIInvalidLabel";
+        sigInfoHeader = "SIInvalidHeader";
+        sigInfo = "SIContentAltered";
+        break;
+
+      case nsICMSMessageErrors.VERIFY_UNKNOWN_ALGO:
+      case nsICMSMessageErrors.VERIFY_UNSUPPORTED_ALGO:
+        sigInfoLabel = "SIInvalidLabel";
+        sigInfoHeader = "SIInvalidHeader";
+        sigInfo = "SIInvalidCipher";
+        break;
+
+      case nsICMSMessageErrors.VERIFY_HEADER_MISMATCH:
+        sigInfoLabel = "SIPartiallyValidLabel";
+        sigInfoHeader = "SIPartiallyValidHeader";
+        sigInfo = "SIHeaderMismatch";
+        break;
+
+      case nsICMSMessageErrors.VERIFY_CERT_WITHOUT_ADDRESS:
+        sigInfoLabel = "SIPartiallyValidLabel";
+        sigInfoHeader = "SIPartiallyValidHeader";
+        sigInfo = "SICertWithoutAddress";
+        break;
+
+      case nsICMSMessageErrors.VERIFY_UNTRUSTED:
+        sigInfoLabel = "SIInvalidLabel";
+        sigInfoHeader = "SIInvalidHeader";
+        sigInfo = "SIUntrustedCA";
+        // XXX Need to extend to communicate better errors
+        // might also be:
+        // SIExpired SIRevoked SINotYetValid SIUnknownCA SIExpiredCA SIRevokedCA SINotYetValidCA
+        break;
+
+      case nsICMSMessageErrors.VERIFY_NOT_YET_ATTEMPTED:
+      case nsICMSMessageErrors.GENERAL_ERROR:
+      case nsICMSMessageErrors.VERIFY_NO_CONTENT_INFO:
+      case nsICMSMessageErrors.VERIFY_BAD_DIGEST:
+      case nsICMSMessageErrors.VERIFY_NOCERT:
+      case nsICMSMessageErrors.VERIFY_ERROR_UNVERIFIED:
+      case nsICMSMessageErrors.VERIFY_ERROR_PROCESSING:
+      case nsICMSMessageErrors.VERIFY_MALFORMED_SIGNATURE:
+        sigInfoLabel = "SIInvalidLabel";
+        sigInfoHeader = "SIInvalidHeader";
+        sigInfo_clueless = true;
+        break;
+      default:
+        Components.utils.reportError("Unexpected gSignatureStatus: " +
+                                     gSignatureStatus);
+    }
+
+    document.getElementById("signatureLabel").value = 
+      bundle.getString(sigInfoLabel);
+
+    var label;
+    if (sigInfoHeader) {
+      label = document.getElementById("signatureHeader");
+      label.collapsed = false;
+      label.value = bundle.getString(sigInfoHeader);
+    }
+
+    var str;
+    if (sigInfo) {
+      str = bundle.getString(sigInfo);
+    }
+    else if (sigInfo_clueless) {
+      str = bundle.getString("SIClueless") + " (" + gSignatureStatus + ")";
+    }
+    setText("signatureExplanation", str);
+
+    var encInfoLabel = null;
+    var encInfoHeader = null;
+    var encInfo = null;
+    var encInfo_clueless = false;
+
+    switch (gEncryptionStatus) {
+      case -1:
+        encInfoLabel = "EINoneLabel2";
+        encInfo = "EINone";
+        break;
+
+      case nsICMSMessageErrors.SUCCESS:
+        encInfoLabel = "EIValidLabel";
+        encInfo = "EIValid";
+        break;
+
+      case nsICMSMessageErrors.ENCRYPT_INCOMPLETE:
+        encInfoLabel = "EIInvalidLabel";
+        encInfo = "EIContentAltered";
+        break;
+
+      case nsICMSMessageErrors.GENERAL_ERROR:
+        encInfoLabel = "EIInvalidLabel";
+        encInfoHeader = "EIInvalidHeader";
+        encInfo_clueless = 1;
+        break;
+      default:
+        Components.utils.reportError("Unexpected gEncryptionStatus: " +
+                                     gEncryptionStatus);
+    }
+
+    document.getElementById("encryptionLabel").value = 
+      bundle.getString(encInfoLabel);
+
+    if (encInfoHeader) {
+      label = document.getElementById("encryptionHeader");
+      label.collapsed = false;
+      label.value = bundle.getString(encInfoHeader);
+    }
+
+    if (encInfo) {
+      str = bundle.getString(encInfo);
+    }
+    else if (encInfo_clueless) {
+      str = bundle.getString("EIClueless");
+    }
+    setText("encryptionExplanation", str);
+  }
+
+  if (gSignerCert) {
+    document.getElementById("signatureCert").collapsed = false;
+    if (gSignerCert.subjectName) {
+      document.getElementById("signedBy").value = gSignerCert.commonName;
+    }
+    if (gSignerCert.emailAddress) {
+      document.getElementById("signerEmail").value = gSignerCert.emailAddress;
+    }
+    if (gSignerCert.issuerName) {
+      document.getElementById("sigCertIssuedBy").value = gSignerCert.issuerCommonName;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (gEncryptionCert) {
+    document.getElementById("encryptionCert").collapsed = false;
+    if (gEncryptionCert.subjectName) {
+      document.getElementById("encryptedFor").value = gEncryptionCert.commonName;
+    }
+    if (gEncryptionCert.emailAddress) {
+      document.getElementById("recipientEmail").value = gEncryptionCert.emailAddress;
+    }
+    if (gEncryptionCert.issuerName) {
+      document.getElementById("encCertIssuedBy").value = gEncryptionCert.issuerCommonName;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+function viewCertHelper(parent, cert) {
+  var cd = Components.classes[nsCertificateDialogs].getService(nsICertificateDialogs);
+  cd.viewCert(parent, cert);
+}
+
+function viewSignatureCert()
+{
+  if (gSignerCert) {
+    viewCertHelper(window, gSignerCert);
+  }
+}
+
+function viewEncryptionCert()
+{
+  if (gEncryptionCert) {
+    viewCertHelper(window, gEncryptionCert);
+  }
+}
+
+function doHelpButton()
+{
+  openHelp('received_security');
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/extensions/smime/content/msgReadSecurityInfo.xul b/mailnews/extensions/smime/content/msgReadSecurityInfo.xul
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8e0a1f5f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/extensions/smime/content/msgReadSecurityInfo.xul
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+<?xml version="1.0"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<?xml-stylesheet href="chrome://global/skin/" type="text/css"?>
+<?xml-stylesheet href="chrome://messenger/skin/smime/msgReadSecurityInfo.css" type="text/css"?> 
+
+<!DOCTYPE dialog SYSTEM "chrome://messenger-smime/locale/msgReadSecurityInfo.dtd">
+
+<dialog id="msgReadSecurityInfo" title="&status.label;"
+  xmlns="http://www.mozilla.org/keymaster/gatekeeper/there.is.only.xul"      
+  style="width: 40em;"
+  buttons="accept"
+  onload="onLoad();">
+
+  <script type="application/javascript" src="chrome://messenger-smime/content/msgReadSecurityInfo.js"/>
+
+  <stringbundle id="bundle_smime_read_info" src="chrome://messenger-smime/locale/msgSecurityInfo.properties"/> 
+
+  <vbox flex="1">
+    <label id="signatureLabel"/>
+    <label id="signatureHeader" collapsed="true"/>
+    <description id="signatureExplanation"/>
+    <vbox id="signatureCert" collapsed="true">
+      <hbox>
+        <label id="signedByLabel">&signer.name;</label>
+        <description id="signedBy"/>
+      </hbox>
+      <hbox>
+        <label id="signerEmailLabel">&email.address;</label>
+        <description id="signerEmail"/>
+      </hbox>
+      <hbox>
+        <label id="sigCertIssuedByLabel">&issuer.name;</label>
+        <description id="sigCertIssuedBy"/>
+      </hbox>
+      <hbox>
+        <button id="signatureCertView" label="&signatureCert.label;"
+                oncommand="viewSignatureCert()"/>
+      </hbox>
+    </vbox>
+
+    <separator/>
+
+    <label id="encryptionLabel"/>
+    <label id="encryptionHeader" collapsed="true"/>
+    <description id="encryptionExplanation"/>
+    <vbox id="encryptionCert" collapsed="true">
+      <hbox>
+        <label id="encryptedForLabel">&recipient.name;</label>
+        <description id="encryptedFor"/>
+      </hbox>
+      <hbox>
+        <label id="recipientEmailLabel">&email.address;</label>
+        <description id="recipientEmail"/>
+      </hbox>
+      <hbox>
+        <label id="encCertIssuedByLabel">&issuer.name;</label>
+        <description id="encCertIssuedBy"/>
+      </hbox>
+      <hbox>
+        <button id="encryptionCertView" label="&encryptionCert.label;"
+                oncommand="viewEncryptionCert()"/>
+      </hbox>
+    </vbox>
+  </vbox>
+</dialog>
diff --git a/mailnews/extensions/smime/content/smime.js b/mailnews/extensions/smime/content/smime.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8259ead1a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/extensions/smime/content/smime.js
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/* 
+   Add any default pref values we want for smime
+*/
+
+pref("mail.identity.default.encryption_cert_name","");
+pref("mail.identity.default.encryptionpolicy",  0);
+pref("mail.identity.default.signing_cert_name", "");
+pref("mail.identity.default.sign_mail", false);
+
+
diff --git a/mailnews/extensions/smime/jar.mn b/mailnews/extensions/smime/jar.mn
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..548fef63c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/extensions/smime/jar.mn
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+#ifdef MOZ_SUITE
+messenger.jar:
+% content messenger-smime %content/messenger-smime/
+% overlay chrome://messenger/content/messengercompose/messengercompose.xul     chrome://messenger-smime/content/msgCompSMIMEOverlay.xul
+% overlay chrome://messenger/content/msgHdrViewOverlay.xul                     chrome://messenger-smime/content/msgHdrViewSMIMEOverlay.xul
+% overlay chrome://messenger/content/mailWindowOverlay.xul                     chrome://messenger-smime/content/msgReadSMIMEOverlay.xul
+% overlay chrome://messenger/content/am-identity-edit.xul                      chrome://messenger/content/am-smimeIdentityEditOverlay.xul
+    content/messenger/am-smime.xul                                   (content/am-smime.xul)
+    content/messenger/am-smime.js                                    (content/am-smime.js)
+    content/messenger/am-smimeIdentityEditOverlay.xul                (content/am-smimeIdentityEditOverlay.xul)
+    content/messenger/am-smimeOverlay.xul                            (content/am-smimeOverlay.xul)
+    content/messenger/certpicker.js                                  (content/certpicker.js)
+    content/messenger/certpicker.xul                                 (content/certpicker.xul)
+    content/messenger-smime/msgCompSMIMEOverlay.js                   (content/msgCompSMIMEOverlay.js)
+    content/messenger-smime/msgCompSMIMEOverlay.xul                  (content/msgCompSMIMEOverlay.xul)
+    content/messenger-smime/msgReadSMIMEOverlay.js                   (content/msgReadSMIMEOverlay.js)
+    content/messenger-smime/msgReadSMIMEOverlay.xul                  (content/msgReadSMIMEOverlay.xul)
+    content/messenger-smime/msgHdrViewSMIMEOverlay.xul               (content/msgHdrViewSMIMEOverlay.xul)
+    content/messenger-smime/msgHdrViewSMIMEOverlay.js                (content/msgHdrViewSMIMEOverlay.js)
+    content/messenger-smime/msgCompSecurityInfo.xul                  (content/msgCompSecurityInfo.xul)
+    content/messenger-smime/msgCompSecurityInfo.js                   (content/msgCompSecurityInfo.js)
+    content/messenger-smime/msgReadSecurityInfo.xul                  (content/msgReadSecurityInfo.xul)
+    content/messenger-smime/msgReadSecurityInfo.js                   (content/msgReadSecurityInfo.js)
+    content/messenger-smime/certFetchingStatus.xul                   (content/certFetchingStatus.xul)
+    content/messenger-smime/certFetchingStatus.js                    (content/certFetchingStatus.js)
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/extensions/smime/moz.build b/mailnews/extensions/smime/moz.build
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3adf6a50e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/extensions/smime/moz.build
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+# vim: set filetype=python:
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+DIRS += [
+    'public',
+    'src',
+]
+
+JAR_MANIFESTS += ['jar.mn']
+
+JS_PREFERENCE_FILES += [
+    'content/smime.js',
+]
diff --git a/mailnews/extensions/smime/public/moz.build b/mailnews/extensions/smime/public/moz.build
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b7acbb0b2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/extensions/smime/public/moz.build
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+# vim: set filetype=python:
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+XPIDL_SOURCES += [
+    'nsICertPickDialogs.idl',
+    'nsIEncryptedSMIMEURIsSrvc.idl',
+    'nsIMsgSMIMECompFields.idl',
+    'nsIMsgSMIMEHeaderSink.idl',
+    'nsISMimeJSHelper.idl',
+    'nsIUserCertPicker.idl',
+]
+
+XPIDL_MODULE = 'msgsmime'
diff --git a/mailnews/extensions/smime/public/nsICertPickDialogs.idl b/mailnews/extensions/smime/public/nsICertPickDialogs.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..01a7f3712
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/extensions/smime/public/nsICertPickDialogs.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+interface nsIInterfaceRequestor;
+
+/**
+ * nsICertPickDialogs
+ * Provides generic UI for choosing a certificate
+ */
+[scriptable, uuid(51d59b08-1dd2-11b2-ad4a-a51b92f8a184)]
+interface nsICertPickDialogs : nsISupports
+{
+  /**
+   * PickCertificate
+   *   General purpose certificate prompter
+   */
+  void PickCertificate(in nsIInterfaceRequestor ctx,
+                       [array, size_is(count)] in wstring certNickList,
+                       [array, size_is(count)] in wstring certDetailsList,
+                       in unsigned long count,
+                       inout long selectedIndex,
+                       out boolean canceled);
+};
+
+%{C++
+#define NS_CERTPICKDIALOGS_CONTRACTID "@mozilla.org/nsCertPickDialogs;1"
+%}
diff --git a/mailnews/extensions/smime/public/nsIEncryptedSMIMEURIsSrvc.idl b/mailnews/extensions/smime/public/nsIEncryptedSMIMEURIsSrvc.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4b2b7c25c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/extensions/smime/public/nsIEncryptedSMIMEURIsSrvc.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/* This is a private interface used exclusively by SMIME. 
+   It provides functionality to the JS UI code,
+   that is only accessible from C++.
+*/
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+[scriptable, uuid(f86e55c9-530b-483f-91a7-10fb5b852488)]
+interface nsIEncryptedSMIMEURIsService : nsISupports 
+{
+  /// Remember that this URI is encrypted.
+  void rememberEncrypted(in AUTF8String uri);
+  
+  /// Forget that this URI is encrypted.
+  void forgetEncrypted(in AUTF8String uri);
+  
+  /// Check if this URI is encrypted.
+  boolean isEncrypted(in AUTF8String uri);
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/extensions/smime/public/nsIMsgSMIMECompFields.idl b/mailnews/extensions/smime/public/nsIMsgSMIMECompFields.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0688afd76
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/extensions/smime/public/nsIMsgSMIMECompFields.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+
+/* This is a private interface used exclusively by SMIME. NO ONE outside of extensions/smime
+   should have any knowledge nor should be referring to this interface. 
+*/
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+[scriptable, uuid(338E91F9-5970-4f81-B771-0822A32B1161)]
+interface nsIMsgSMIMECompFields : nsISupports 
+{
+  attribute boolean signMessage;
+  attribute boolean requireEncryptMessage;
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/extensions/smime/public/nsIMsgSMIMEHeaderSink.idl b/mailnews/extensions/smime/public/nsIMsgSMIMEHeaderSink.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9bfa41a04
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/extensions/smime/public/nsIMsgSMIMEHeaderSink.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+
+/* This is a private interface used exclusively by SMIME. NO ONE outside of extensions/smime
+   or the hard coded smime decryption files in mime/src should have any knowledge nor should 
+   be referring to this interface. 
+*/
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+interface nsIX509Cert;
+
+[scriptable, uuid(25380FA1-E70C-4e82-B0BC-F31C2F41C470)]
+interface nsIMsgSMIMEHeaderSink : nsISupports 
+{
+  void signedStatus(in long aNestingLevel, in long aSignatureStatus, in nsIX509Cert aSignerCert);
+  void encryptionStatus(in long aNestingLevel, in long aEncryptionStatus, in nsIX509Cert aReceipientCert);
+
+  long maxWantedNesting(); // 1 == only info on outermost nesting level wanted
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/extensions/smime/public/nsISMimeJSHelper.idl b/mailnews/extensions/smime/public/nsISMimeJSHelper.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c29a77939
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/extensions/smime/public/nsISMimeJSHelper.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/* This is a private interface used exclusively by SMIME. 
+   It provides functionality to the JS UI code,
+   that is only accessible from C++.
+*/
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+interface nsIMsgCompFields;
+interface nsIX509Cert;
+
+[scriptable, uuid(a54e3c8f-a000-4901-898f-fafb297b1546)]
+interface nsISMimeJSHelper : nsISupports 
+{
+  /**
+   * Obtains detailed information about the certificate availability
+   * status of email recipients.
+   *
+   * @param compFields - Attributes of the composed message
+   *
+   * @param count - The number of entries in returned arrays
+   *
+   * @param emailAddresses - The list of all recipient email addresses
+   *
+   * @param certVerification - The verification/validity status of recipient certs
+   *
+   * @param certIssuedInfos - If a recipient cert was found, when has it been issued?
+   *
+   * @param certExpiredInfos - If a recipient cert was found, when will it expire?
+   *
+   * @param certs - The recipient certificates, which can contain null for not found
+   *
+   * @param canEncrypt - whether valid certificates have been found for all recipients
+   *
+   * @exception NS_ERROR_FAILURE - unexptected failure
+   *
+   * @exception NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY - could not create the out list
+   *
+   * @exception NS_ERROR_INVALID_ARG
+   */
+  void getRecipientCertsInfo(in nsIMsgCompFields compFields,
+                             out unsigned long count,
+                             [array, size_is(count)] out wstring emailAddresses,
+                             [array, size_is(count)] out long certVerification,
+                             [array, size_is(count)] out wstring certIssuedInfos,
+                             [array, size_is(count)] out wstring certExpiresInfos,
+                             [array, size_is(count)] out nsIX509Cert certs,
+                             out boolean canEncrypt);
+
+  /**
+   * Obtains a list of email addresses where valid email recipient certificates
+   * are not yet available.
+   *
+   * @param compFields - Attributes of the composed message
+   *
+   * @param count - The number of returned email addresses
+   *
+   * @param emailAddresses - The list of email addresses without valid certs
+   *
+   * @exception NS_ERROR_FAILURE - unexptected failure
+   *
+   * @exception NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY - could not create the out list
+   *
+   * @exception NS_ERROR_INVALID_ARG
+   */
+  void getNoCertAddresses(in nsIMsgCompFields compFields,
+                          out unsigned long count,
+                          [array, size_is(count)] out wstring emailAddresses);
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/extensions/smime/public/nsIUserCertPicker.idl b/mailnews/extensions/smime/public/nsIUserCertPicker.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..666941c29
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/extensions/smime/public/nsIUserCertPicker.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+interface nsIX509Cert;
+interface nsIInterfaceRequestor;
+
+[scriptable, uuid(92396323-23f2-49e0-bf98-a25a725231ab)]
+interface nsIUserCertPicker : nsISupports {
+  nsIX509Cert pickByUsage(in nsIInterfaceRequestor ctx,
+                          in wstring selectedNickname,
+                          in long certUsage, // as defined by NSS enum SECCertUsage
+                          in boolean allowInvalid,
+                          in boolean allowDuplicateNicknames,
+                          in AString emailAddress, // optional - if non-empty,
+                                                   // skip certificates which
+                                                   // have at least one e-mail
+                                                   // address but do not
+                                                   // include this specific one
+                          out boolean canceled);
+};
+
+%{C++
+#define NS_CERT_PICKER_CONTRACTID "@mozilla.org/user_cert_picker;1"
+%}
diff --git a/mailnews/extensions/smime/src/moz.build b/mailnews/extensions/smime/src/moz.build
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f3e888dd4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/extensions/smime/src/moz.build
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+# vim: set filetype=python:
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+SOURCES += [
+    'nsCertPicker.cpp',
+    'nsEncryptedSMIMEURIsService.cpp',
+    'nsMsgComposeSecure.cpp',
+    'nsSMimeJSHelper.cpp',
+]
+
+EXTRA_COMPONENTS += [
+    'smime-service.js',
+    'smime-service.manifest',
+]
+
+FINAL_LIBRARY = 'mail'
+
+LOCAL_INCLUDES += [
+    '/mozilla/security/manager/pki',
+    '/mozilla/security/pkix/include'
+]
diff --git a/mailnews/extensions/smime/src/nsCertPicker.cpp b/mailnews/extensions/smime/src/nsCertPicker.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..183f9605c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/extensions/smime/src/nsCertPicker.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,471 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsCertPicker.h"
+
+#include "MainThreadUtils.h"
+#include "ScopedNSSTypes.h"
+#include "cert.h"
+#include "mozilla/RefPtr.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsICertPickDialogs.h"
+#include "nsIDOMWindow.h"
+#include "nsIDialogParamBlock.h"
+#include "nsIInterfaceRequestor.h"
+#include "nsIServiceManager.h"
+#include "nsIX509CertValidity.h"
+#include "nsMemory.h"
+#include "nsMsgComposeSecure.h"
+#include "nsNSSCertificate.h"
+#include "nsNSSComponent.h"
+#include "nsNSSDialogHelper.h"
+#include "nsNSSHelper.h"
+#include "nsNSSShutDown.h"
+#include "nsReadableUtils.h"
+#include "nsString.h"
+#include "pkix/pkixtypes.h"
+
+using namespace mozilla;
+
+MOZ_TYPE_SPECIFIC_UNIQUE_PTR_TEMPLATE(UniqueCERTCertNicknames,
+                                      CERTCertNicknames,
+                                      CERT_FreeNicknames)
+
+CERTCertNicknames*
+getNSSCertNicknamesFromCertList(const UniqueCERTCertList& certList)
+{
+  static NS_DEFINE_CID(kNSSComponentCID, NS_NSSCOMPONENT_CID);
+
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsINSSComponent> nssComponent(do_GetService(kNSSComponentCID, &rv));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return nullptr;
+
+  nsAutoString expiredString, notYetValidString;
+  nsAutoString expiredStringLeadingSpace, notYetValidStringLeadingSpace;
+
+  nssComponent->GetPIPNSSBundleString("NicknameExpired", expiredString);
+  nssComponent->GetPIPNSSBundleString("NicknameNotYetValid", notYetValidString);
+
+  expiredStringLeadingSpace.Append(' ');
+  expiredStringLeadingSpace.Append(expiredString);
+
+  notYetValidStringLeadingSpace.Append(' ');
+  notYetValidStringLeadingSpace.Append(notYetValidString);
+
+  NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8 aUtf8ExpiredString(expiredStringLeadingSpace);
+  NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8 aUtf8NotYetValidString(notYetValidStringLeadingSpace);
+
+  return CERT_NicknameStringsFromCertList(certList.get(),
+                                          const_cast<char*>(aUtf8ExpiredString.get()),
+                                          const_cast<char*>(aUtf8NotYetValidString.get()));
+}
+
+nsresult
+FormatUIStrings(nsIX509Cert* cert, const nsAutoString& nickname,
+                nsAutoString& nickWithSerial, nsAutoString& details)
+{
+  if (!NS_IsMainThread()) {
+    NS_ERROR("nsNSSCertificate::FormatUIStrings called off the main thread");
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_SAME_THREAD;
+  }
+
+  RefPtr<nsMsgComposeSecure> mcs = new nsMsgComposeSecure;
+  if (!mcs) {
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+
+  nsAutoString info;
+  nsAutoString temp1;
+
+  nickWithSerial.Append(nickname);
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(mcs->GetSMIMEBundleString(u"CertInfoIssuedFor", info))) {
+    details.Append(info);
+    details.Append(char16_t(' '));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(cert->GetSubjectName(temp1)) && !temp1.IsEmpty()) {
+      details.Append(temp1);
+    }
+    details.Append(char16_t('\n'));
+  }
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(cert->GetSerialNumber(temp1)) && !temp1.IsEmpty()) {
+    details.AppendLiteral("  ");
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(mcs->GetSMIMEBundleString(u"CertDumpSerialNo", info))) {
+      details.Append(info);
+      details.AppendLiteral(": ");
+    }
+    details.Append(temp1);
+
+    nickWithSerial.AppendLiteral(" [");
+    nickWithSerial.Append(temp1);
+    nickWithSerial.Append(char16_t(']'));
+
+    details.Append(char16_t('\n'));
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIX509CertValidity> validity;
+  nsresult rv = cert->GetValidity(getter_AddRefs(validity));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && validity) {
+    details.AppendLiteral("  ");
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(mcs->GetSMIMEBundleString(u"CertInfoValid", info))) {
+      details.Append(info);
+    }
+
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(validity->GetNotBeforeLocalTime(temp1)) && !temp1.IsEmpty()) {
+      details.Append(char16_t(' '));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(mcs->GetSMIMEBundleString(u"CertInfoFrom", info))) {
+        details.Append(info);
+        details.Append(char16_t(' '));
+      }
+      details.Append(temp1);
+    }
+
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(validity->GetNotAfterLocalTime(temp1)) && !temp1.IsEmpty()) {
+      details.Append(char16_t(' '));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(mcs->GetSMIMEBundleString(u"CertInfoTo", info))) {
+        details.Append(info);
+        details.Append(char16_t(' '));
+      }
+      details.Append(temp1);
+    }
+
+    details.Append(char16_t('\n'));
+  }
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(cert->GetKeyUsages(temp1)) && !temp1.IsEmpty()) {
+    details.AppendLiteral("  ");
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(mcs->GetSMIMEBundleString(u"CertDumpKeyUsage", info))) {
+      details.Append(info);
+      details.AppendLiteral(": ");
+    }
+    details.Append(temp1);
+    details.Append(char16_t('\n'));
+  }
+
+  UniqueCERTCertificate nssCert(cert->GetCert());
+  if (!nssCert) {
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+
+  nsAutoString firstEmail;
+  const char* aWalkAddr;
+  for (aWalkAddr = CERT_GetFirstEmailAddress(nssCert.get())
+        ;
+        aWalkAddr
+        ;
+        aWalkAddr = CERT_GetNextEmailAddress(nssCert.get(), aWalkAddr))
+  {
+    NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16 email(aWalkAddr);
+    if (email.IsEmpty())
+      continue;
+
+    if (firstEmail.IsEmpty()) {
+      // If the first email address from the subject DN is also present
+      // in the subjectAltName extension, GetEmailAddresses() will return
+      // it twice (as received from NSS). Remember the first address so that
+      // we can filter out duplicates later on.
+      firstEmail = email;
+
+      details.AppendLiteral("  ");
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(mcs->GetSMIMEBundleString(u"CertInfoEmail", info))) {
+        details.Append(info);
+        details.AppendLiteral(": ");
+      }
+      details.Append(email);
+    }
+    else {
+      // Append current address if it's different from the first one.
+      if (!firstEmail.Equals(email)) {
+        details.AppendLiteral(", ");
+        details.Append(email);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (!firstEmail.IsEmpty()) {
+    // We got at least one email address, so we want a newline
+    details.Append(char16_t('\n'));
+  }
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(mcs->GetSMIMEBundleString(u"CertInfoIssuedBy", info))) {
+    details.Append(info);
+    details.Append(char16_t(' '));
+
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(cert->GetIssuerName(temp1)) && !temp1.IsEmpty()) {
+      details.Append(temp1);
+    }
+
+    details.Append(char16_t('\n'));
+  }
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(mcs->GetSMIMEBundleString(u"CertInfoStoredIn", info))) {
+    details.Append(info);
+    details.Append(char16_t(' '));
+
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(cert->GetTokenName(temp1)) && !temp1.IsEmpty()) {
+      details.Append(temp1);
+    }
+  }
+
+  // the above produces the following output:
+  //
+  //   Issued to: $subjectName
+  //   Serial number: $serialNumber
+  //   Valid from: $starting_date to $expiration_date
+  //   Certificate Key usage: $usages
+  //   Email: $address(es)
+  //   Issued by: $issuerName
+  //   Stored in: $token
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsCertPicker, nsICertPickDialogs, nsIUserCertPicker)
+
+nsCertPicker::nsCertPicker()
+{
+}
+
+nsCertPicker::~nsCertPicker()
+{
+  nsNSSShutDownPreventionLock locker;
+  if (isAlreadyShutDown()) {
+    return;
+  }
+
+  shutdown(ShutdownCalledFrom::Object);
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsCertPicker::Init()
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> psm = do_GetService("@mozilla.org/psm;1", &rv);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsCertPicker::PickCertificate(nsIInterfaceRequestor *ctx,
+                              const char16_t **certNickList,
+                              const char16_t **certDetailsList,
+                              uint32_t count,
+                              int32_t *selectedIndex,
+                              bool *canceled)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  uint32_t i;
+
+  *canceled = false;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIDialogParamBlock> block =
+           do_CreateInstance(NS_DIALOGPARAMBLOCK_CONTRACTID);
+  if (!block) return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  block->SetNumberStrings(1+count*2);
+
+  for (i = 0; i < count; i++) {
+    rv = block->SetString(i, certNickList[i]);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+  }
+
+  for (i = 0; i < count; i++) {
+    rv = block->SetString(i+count, certDetailsList[i]);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+  }
+
+  rv = block->SetInt(0, count);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  rv = block->SetInt(1, *selectedIndex);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  rv = nsNSSDialogHelper::openDialog(nullptr,
+                                     "chrome://messenger/content/certpicker.xul",
+                                     block);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  int32_t status;
+
+  rv = block->GetInt(0, &status);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  *canceled = (status == 0)?true:false;
+  if (!*canceled) {
+    rv = block->GetInt(1, selectedIndex);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsCertPicker::PickByUsage(nsIInterfaceRequestor *ctx,
+                                        const char16_t *selectedNickname,
+                                        int32_t certUsage,
+                                        bool allowInvalid,
+                                        bool allowDuplicateNicknames,
+                                        const nsAString &emailAddress,
+                                        bool *canceled,
+                                        nsIX509Cert **_retval)
+{
+  nsNSSShutDownPreventionLock locker;
+  if (isAlreadyShutDown()) {
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_AVAILABLE;
+  }
+
+  int32_t selectedIndex = -1;
+  bool selectionFound = false;
+  char16_t **certNicknameList = nullptr;
+  char16_t **certDetailsList = nullptr;
+  CERTCertListNode* node = nullptr;
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  {
+    // Iterate over all certs. This assures that user is logged in to all hardware tokens.
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIInterfaceRequestor> ctx = new PipUIContext();
+    UniqueCERTCertList allcerts(PK11_ListCerts(PK11CertListUnique, ctx));
+  }
+
+  /* find all user certs that are valid for the specified usage */
+  /* note that we are allowing expired certs in this list */
+  UniqueCERTCertList certList(
+    CERT_FindUserCertsByUsage(CERT_GetDefaultCertDB(),
+                              (SECCertUsage)certUsage,
+                              !allowDuplicateNicknames,
+                              !allowInvalid,
+                              ctx));
+  if (!certList) {
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_AVAILABLE;
+  }
+
+  /* if a (non-empty) emailAddress argument is supplied to PickByUsage, */
+  /* remove non-matching certificates from the candidate list */
+
+  if (!emailAddress.IsEmpty()) {
+    node = CERT_LIST_HEAD(certList);
+    while (!CERT_LIST_END(node, certList)) {
+      /* if the cert has at least one e-mail address, check if suitable */
+      if (CERT_GetFirstEmailAddress(node->cert)) {
+        RefPtr<nsNSSCertificate> tempCert(nsNSSCertificate::Create(node->cert));
+        bool match = false;
+        rv = tempCert->ContainsEmailAddress(emailAddress, &match);
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+          return rv;
+        }
+        if (!match) {
+          /* doesn't contain the specified address, so remove from the list */
+          CERTCertListNode* freenode = node;
+          node = CERT_LIST_NEXT(node);
+          CERT_RemoveCertListNode(freenode);
+          continue;
+        }
+      }
+      node = CERT_LIST_NEXT(node);
+    }
+  }
+
+  UniqueCERTCertNicknames nicknames(getNSSCertNicknamesFromCertList(certList));
+  if (!nicknames) {
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_AVAILABLE;
+  }
+
+  certNicknameList = (char16_t **)moz_xmalloc(sizeof(char16_t *) * nicknames->numnicknames);
+  certDetailsList = (char16_t **)moz_xmalloc(sizeof(char16_t *) * nicknames->numnicknames);
+
+  if (!certNicknameList || !certDetailsList) {
+    free(certNicknameList);
+    free(certDetailsList);
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+  }
+
+  int32_t CertsToUse;
+
+  for (CertsToUse = 0, node = CERT_LIST_HEAD(certList.get());
+       !CERT_LIST_END(node, certList.get()) &&
+         CertsToUse < nicknames->numnicknames;
+       node = CERT_LIST_NEXT(node)
+      )
+  {
+    RefPtr<nsNSSCertificate> tempCert(nsNSSCertificate::Create(node->cert));
+
+    if (tempCert) {
+
+      nsAutoString i_nickname(NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16(nicknames->nicknames[CertsToUse]));
+      nsAutoString nickWithSerial;
+      nsAutoString details;
+
+      if (!selectionFound) {
+        /* for the case when selectedNickname refers to a bare nickname */
+        if (i_nickname == nsDependentString(selectedNickname)) {
+          selectedIndex = CertsToUse;
+          selectionFound = true;
+        }
+      }
+
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(FormatUIStrings(tempCert, i_nickname, nickWithSerial,
+                                       details))) {
+        certNicknameList[CertsToUse] = ToNewUnicode(nickWithSerial);
+        certDetailsList[CertsToUse] = ToNewUnicode(details);
+        if (!selectionFound) {
+          /* for the case when selectedNickname refers to nickname + serial */
+          if (nickWithSerial == nsDependentString(selectedNickname)) {
+            selectedIndex = CertsToUse;
+            selectionFound = true;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      else {
+        certNicknameList[CertsToUse] = nullptr;
+        certDetailsList[CertsToUse] = nullptr;
+      }
+
+      ++CertsToUse;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (CertsToUse) {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsICertPickDialogs> dialogs;
+    rv = getNSSDialogs(getter_AddRefs(dialogs), NS_GET_IID(nsICertPickDialogs),
+                       NS_CERTPICKDIALOGS_CONTRACTID);
+
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+      // Show the cert picker dialog and get the index of the selected cert.
+      rv = dialogs->PickCertificate(ctx, (const char16_t**)certNicknameList,
+                                    (const char16_t**)certDetailsList,
+                                    CertsToUse, &selectedIndex, canceled);
+    }
+  }
+
+  int32_t i;
+  for (i = 0; i < CertsToUse; ++i) {
+    free(certNicknameList[i]);
+    free(certDetailsList[i]);
+  }
+  free(certNicknameList);
+  free(certDetailsList);
+
+  if (!CertsToUse) {
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_AVAILABLE;
+  }
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !*canceled) {
+    for (i = 0, node = CERT_LIST_HEAD(certList);
+         !CERT_LIST_END(node, certList);
+         ++i, node = CERT_LIST_NEXT(node)) {
+
+      if (i == selectedIndex) {
+        RefPtr<nsNSSCertificate> cert = nsNSSCertificate::Create(node->cert);
+        if (!cert) {
+          rv = NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+          break;
+        }
+
+        cert.forget(_retval);
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/extensions/smime/src/nsCertPicker.h b/mailnews/extensions/smime/src/nsCertPicker.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e5881f14f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/extensions/smime/src/nsCertPicker.h
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsCertPicker_h
+#define nsCertPicker_h
+
+#include "nsICertPickDialogs.h"
+#include "nsIUserCertPicker.h"
+#include "nsNSSShutDown.h"
+
+#define NS_CERT_PICKER_CID \
+  { 0x735959a1, 0xaf01, 0x447e, { 0xb0, 0x2d, 0x56, 0xe9, 0x68, 0xfa, 0x52, 0xb4 } }
+
+class nsCertPicker : public nsICertPickDialogs
+                   , public nsIUserCertPicker
+                   , public nsNSSShutDownObject
+{
+public:
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSICERTPICKDIALOGS
+  NS_DECL_NSIUSERCERTPICKER
+
+  nsCertPicker();
+
+  // Nothing to actually release.
+  virtual void virtualDestroyNSSReference() override {}
+
+  nsresult Init();
+
+protected:
+  virtual ~nsCertPicker();
+};
+
+#endif // nsCertPicker_h
diff --git a/mailnews/extensions/smime/src/nsEncryptedSMIMEURIsService.cpp b/mailnews/extensions/smime/src/nsEncryptedSMIMEURIsService.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9276a07a6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/extensions/smime/src/nsEncryptedSMIMEURIsService.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsEncryptedSMIMEURIsService.h"
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsEncryptedSMIMEURIsService, nsIEncryptedSMIMEURIsService)
+
+nsEncryptedSMIMEURIsService::nsEncryptedSMIMEURIsService()
+{
+}
+
+nsEncryptedSMIMEURIsService::~nsEncryptedSMIMEURIsService()
+{
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsEncryptedSMIMEURIsService::RememberEncrypted(const nsACString & uri)
+{
+  // Assuming duplicates are allowed.
+  mEncryptedURIs.AppendElement(uri);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsEncryptedSMIMEURIsService::ForgetEncrypted(const nsACString & uri)
+{
+  // Assuming, this will only remove one copy of the string, if the array
+  // contains multiple copies of the same string.
+  mEncryptedURIs.RemoveElement(uri);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsEncryptedSMIMEURIsService::IsEncrypted(const nsACString & uri, bool *_retval)
+{
+  *_retval = mEncryptedURIs.Contains(uri);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/extensions/smime/src/nsEncryptedSMIMEURIsService.h b/mailnews/extensions/smime/src/nsEncryptedSMIMEURIsService.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..429acbf0a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/extensions/smime/src/nsEncryptedSMIMEURIsService.h
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _nsEncryptedSMIMEURIsService_H_
+#define _nsEncryptedSMIMEURIsService_H_
+
+#include "nsIEncryptedSMIMEURIsSrvc.h"
+#include "nsTArray.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+
+class nsEncryptedSMIMEURIsService : public nsIEncryptedSMIMEURIsService
+{
+public:
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIENCRYPTEDSMIMEURISSERVICE
+
+  nsEncryptedSMIMEURIsService();
+
+protected:
+  virtual ~nsEncryptedSMIMEURIsService();
+  nsTArray<nsCString> mEncryptedURIs;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/extensions/smime/src/nsMsgComposeSecure.cpp b/mailnews/extensions/smime/src/nsMsgComposeSecure.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..55383c828
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/extensions/smime/src/nsMsgComposeSecure.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1203 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsMsgComposeSecure.h"
+
+#include <algorithm>
+
+#include "ScopedNSSTypes.h"
+#include "cert.h"
+#include "keyhi.h"
+#include "mozilla/RefPtr.h"
+#include "mozilla/Services.h"
+#include "mozilla/mailnews/MimeEncoder.h"
+#include "mozilla/mailnews/MimeHeaderParser.h"
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "nsAlgorithm.h"
+#include "nsComponentManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsICryptoHash.h"
+#include "nsIMimeConverter.h"
+#include "nsIMsgCompFields.h"
+#include "nsIMsgIdentity.h"
+#include "nsIX509CertDB.h"
+#include "nsMemory.h"
+#include "nsMimeTypes.h"
+#include "nsMsgMimeCID.h"
+#include "nsNSSComponent.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nspr.h"
+#include "pkix/Result.h"
+
+using namespace mozilla::mailnews;
+using namespace mozilla;
+using namespace mozilla::psm;
+
+#define MK_MIME_ERROR_WRITING_FILE -1
+
+#define SMIME_STRBUNDLE_URL "chrome://messenger/locale/am-smime.properties"
+
+// It doesn't make sense to encode the message because the message will be
+// displayed only if the MUA doesn't support MIME.
+// We need to consider what to do in case the server doesn't support 8BITMIME.
+// In short, we can't use non-ASCII characters here.
+static const char crypto_multipart_blurb[] = "This is a cryptographically signed message in MIME format.";
+
+static void mime_crypto_write_base64 (void *closure, const char *buf,
+                                      unsigned long size);
+static nsresult mime_encoder_output_fn(const char *buf, int32_t size,
+                                       void *closure);
+static nsresult mime_nested_encoder_output_fn(const char *buf, int32_t size,
+                                              void *closure);
+static nsresult make_multipart_signed_header_string(bool outer_p,
+                                                    char **header_return,
+                                                    char **boundary_return,
+                                                    int16_t hash_type);
+static char *mime_make_separator(const char *prefix);
+
+
+static void
+GenerateGlobalRandomBytes(unsigned char *buf, int32_t len)
+{
+  static bool      firstTime = true;
+
+  if (firstTime)
+  {
+    // Seed the random-number generator with current time so that
+    // the numbers will be different every time we run.
+    srand( (unsigned)PR_Now() );
+    firstTime = false;
+  }
+
+  for( int32_t i = 0; i < len; i++ )
+    buf[i] = rand() % 10;
+}
+
+char
+*mime_make_separator(const char *prefix)
+{
+  unsigned char rand_buf[13];
+  GenerateGlobalRandomBytes(rand_buf, 12);
+
+  return PR_smprintf("------------%s"
+           "%02X%02X%02X%02X"
+           "%02X%02X%02X%02X"
+           "%02X%02X%02X%02X",
+           prefix,
+           rand_buf[0], rand_buf[1], rand_buf[2], rand_buf[3],
+           rand_buf[4], rand_buf[5], rand_buf[6], rand_buf[7],
+           rand_buf[8], rand_buf[9], rand_buf[10], rand_buf[11]);
+}
+
+// end of copied code which needs fixed....
+
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Implementation of nsMsgSMIMEComposeFields
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMsgSMIMEComposeFields, nsIMsgSMIMECompFields)
+
+nsMsgSMIMEComposeFields::nsMsgSMIMEComposeFields()
+:mSignMessage(false), mAlwaysEncryptMessage(false)
+{
+}
+
+nsMsgSMIMEComposeFields::~nsMsgSMIMEComposeFields()
+{
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgSMIMEComposeFields::SetSignMessage(bool value)
+{
+  mSignMessage = value;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgSMIMEComposeFields::GetSignMessage(bool *_retval)
+{
+  *_retval = mSignMessage;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgSMIMEComposeFields::SetRequireEncryptMessage(bool value)
+{
+  mAlwaysEncryptMessage = value;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgSMIMEComposeFields::GetRequireEncryptMessage(bool *_retval)
+{
+  *_retval = mAlwaysEncryptMessage;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Implementation of nsMsgComposeSecure
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMsgComposeSecure, nsIMsgComposeSecure)
+
+nsMsgComposeSecure::nsMsgComposeSecure()
+{
+  /* member initializers and constructor code */
+  mMultipartSignedBoundary  = 0;
+  mBuffer = 0;
+  mBufferedBytes = 0;
+  mHashType = 0;
+}
+
+nsMsgComposeSecure::~nsMsgComposeSecure()
+{
+  /* destructor code */
+  if (mEncryptionContext) {
+    if (mBufferedBytes) {
+      mEncryptionContext->Update(mBuffer, mBufferedBytes);
+      mBufferedBytes = 0;
+    }
+    mEncryptionContext->Finish();
+  }
+
+  delete [] mBuffer;
+
+  PR_FREEIF(mMultipartSignedBoundary);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgComposeSecure::RequiresCryptoEncapsulation(nsIMsgIdentity * aIdentity, nsIMsgCompFields * aCompFields, bool * aRequiresEncryptionWork)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aRequiresEncryptionWork);
+
+  *aRequiresEncryptionWork = false;
+
+  bool alwaysEncryptMessages = false;
+  bool signMessage = false;
+  nsresult rv = ExtractEncryptionState(aIdentity, aCompFields, &signMessage, &alwaysEncryptMessages);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  if (alwaysEncryptMessages || signMessage)
+    *aRequiresEncryptionWork = true;
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+nsresult nsMsgComposeSecure::GetSMIMEBundleString(const char16_t *name,
+                                                  nsString &outString)
+{
+  outString.Truncate();
+
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(name);
+
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(InitializeSMIMEBundle(), NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+
+  return mSMIMEBundle->GetStringFromName(name, getter_Copies(outString));
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgComposeSecure::
+SMIMEBundleFormatStringFromName(const char16_t *name,
+                                const char16_t **params,
+                                uint32_t numParams,
+                                char16_t **outString)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(name);
+
+  if (!InitializeSMIMEBundle())
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  return mSMIMEBundle->FormatStringFromName(name, params,
+                                            numParams, outString);
+}
+
+bool nsMsgComposeSecure::InitializeSMIMEBundle()
+{
+  if (mSMIMEBundle)
+    return true;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundleService> bundleService =
+    mozilla::services::GetStringBundleService();
+  nsresult rv = bundleService->CreateBundle(SMIME_STRBUNDLE_URL,
+                                            getter_AddRefs(mSMIMEBundle));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, false);
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+void nsMsgComposeSecure::SetError(nsIMsgSendReport *sendReport, const char16_t *bundle_string)
+{
+  if (!sendReport || !bundle_string)
+    return;
+
+  if (mErrorAlreadyReported)
+    return;
+
+  mErrorAlreadyReported = true;
+
+  nsString errorString;
+  nsresult res = GetSMIMEBundleString(bundle_string, errorString);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(res) && !errorString.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    sendReport->SetMessage(nsIMsgSendReport::process_Current,
+                           errorString.get(),
+                           true);
+  }
+}
+
+void nsMsgComposeSecure::SetErrorWithParam(nsIMsgSendReport *sendReport, const char16_t *bundle_string, const char *param)
+{
+  if (!sendReport || !bundle_string || !param)
+    return;
+
+  if (mErrorAlreadyReported)
+    return;
+
+  mErrorAlreadyReported = true;
+
+  nsString errorString;
+  nsresult res;
+  const char16_t *params[1];
+
+  NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16 ucs2(param);
+  params[0]= ucs2.get();
+
+  res = SMIMEBundleFormatStringFromName(bundle_string,
+                                        params,
+                                        1,
+                                        getter_Copies(errorString));
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(res) && !errorString.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    sendReport->SetMessage(nsIMsgSendReport::process_Current,
+                           errorString.get(),
+                           true);
+  }
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgComposeSecure::ExtractEncryptionState(nsIMsgIdentity * aIdentity, nsIMsgCompFields * aComposeFields, bool * aSignMessage, bool * aEncrypt)
+{
+  if (!aComposeFields && !aIdentity)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE; // kick out...invalid args....
+
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aSignMessage);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aEncrypt);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> securityInfo;
+  if (aComposeFields)
+    aComposeFields->GetSecurityInfo(getter_AddRefs(securityInfo));
+
+  if (securityInfo) // if we were given security comp fields, use them.....
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgSMIMECompFields> smimeCompFields = do_QueryInterface(securityInfo);
+    if (smimeCompFields)
+    {
+      smimeCompFields->GetSignMessage(aSignMessage);
+      smimeCompFields->GetRequireEncryptMessage(aEncrypt);
+      return NS_OK;
+    }
+  }
+
+  // get the default info from the identity....
+  int32_t ep = 0;
+  nsresult testrv = aIdentity->GetIntAttribute("encryptionpolicy", &ep);
+  if (NS_FAILED(testrv)) {
+    *aEncrypt = false;
+  }
+  else {
+    *aEncrypt = (ep > 0);
+  }
+
+  testrv = aIdentity->GetBoolAttribute("sign_mail", aSignMessage);
+  if (NS_FAILED(testrv))
+  {
+    *aSignMessage = false;
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// Select a hash algorithm to sign message
+// based on subject public key type and size.
+static nsresult
+GetSigningHashFunction(nsIX509Cert *aSigningCert, int16_t *hashType)
+{
+  // Get the signing certificate
+  CERTCertificate *scert = nullptr;
+  if (aSigningCert) {
+    scert = aSigningCert->GetCert();
+  }
+  if (!scert) {
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+
+  UniqueSECKEYPublicKey scertPublicKey(CERT_ExtractPublicKey(scert));
+  if (!scertPublicKey) {
+    return mozilla::MapSECStatus(SECFailure);
+  }
+  KeyType subjectPublicKeyType = SECKEY_GetPublicKeyType(scertPublicKey.get());
+
+  // Get the length of the signature in bits.
+  unsigned siglen = SECKEY_SignatureLen(scertPublicKey.get()) * 8;
+  if (!siglen) {
+    return mozilla::MapSECStatus(SECFailure);
+  }
+
+  // Select a hash function for signature generation whose security strength
+  // meets or exceeds the security strength of the public key, using NIST
+  // Special Publication 800-57, Recommendation for Key Management - Part 1:
+  // General (Revision 3), where Table 2 specifies the security strength of
+  // the public key and Table 3 lists acceptable hash functions. (The security
+  // strength of the hash (for digital signatures) is half the length of the
+  // output.)
+  // [SP 800-57 is available at http://csrc.nist.gov/publications/PubsSPs.html.]
+  if (subjectPublicKeyType == rsaKey) {
+    // For RSA, siglen is the same as the length of the modulus.
+
+    // SHA-1 provides equivalent security strength for up to 1024 bits
+    // SHA-256 provides equivalent security strength for up to 3072 bits
+
+    if (siglen > 3072) {
+      *hashType = nsICryptoHash::SHA512;
+    } else if (siglen > 1024) {
+      *hashType = nsICryptoHash::SHA256;
+    } else {
+      *hashType = nsICryptoHash::SHA1;
+    }
+  } else if (subjectPublicKeyType == dsaKey) {
+    // For DSA, siglen is twice the length of the q parameter of the key.
+    // The security strength of the key is half the length (in bits) of
+    // the q parameter of the key.
+
+    // NSS only supports SHA-1, SHA-224, and SHA-256 for DSA signatures.
+    // The S/MIME code does not support SHA-224.
+
+    if (siglen >= 512) { // 512-bit signature = 256-bit q parameter
+      *hashType = nsICryptoHash::SHA256;
+    } else {
+      *hashType = nsICryptoHash::SHA1;
+    }
+  } else if (subjectPublicKeyType == ecKey) {
+    // For ECDSA, siglen is twice the length of the field size. The security
+    // strength of the key is half the length (in bits) of the field size.
+
+    if (siglen >= 1024) { // 1024-bit signature = 512-bit field size
+      *hashType = nsICryptoHash::SHA512;
+    } else if (siglen >= 768) { // 768-bit signature = 384-bit field size
+      *hashType = nsICryptoHash::SHA384;
+    } else if (siglen >= 512) { // 512-bit signature = 256-bit field size
+      *hashType = nsICryptoHash::SHA256;
+    } else {
+      *hashType = nsICryptoHash::SHA1;
+    }
+  } else {
+    // Unknown key type
+    *hashType = nsICryptoHash::SHA256;
+    NS_WARNING("GetSigningHashFunction: Subject public key type unknown.");
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* void beginCryptoEncapsulation (in nsOutputFileStream aStream, in boolean aEncrypt, in boolean aSign, in string aRecipeints, in boolean aIsDraft); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgComposeSecure::BeginCryptoEncapsulation(nsIOutputStream * aStream,
+                                                           const char * aRecipients,
+                                                           nsIMsgCompFields * aCompFields,
+                                                           nsIMsgIdentity * aIdentity,
+                                                           nsIMsgSendReport *sendReport,
+                                                           bool aIsDraft)
+{
+  mErrorAlreadyReported = false;
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  bool encryptMessages = false;
+  bool signMessage = false;
+  ExtractEncryptionState(aIdentity, aCompFields, &signMessage, &encryptMessages);
+
+  if (!signMessage && !encryptMessages) return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  mStream = aStream;
+  mIsDraft = aIsDraft;
+
+  if (encryptMessages && signMessage)
+    mCryptoState = mime_crypto_signed_encrypted;
+  else if (encryptMessages)
+    mCryptoState = mime_crypto_encrypted;
+  else if (signMessage)
+    mCryptoState = mime_crypto_clear_signed;
+  else
+    PR_ASSERT(0);
+
+  aIdentity->GetUnicharAttribute("signing_cert_name", mSigningCertName);
+  aIdentity->GetCharAttribute("signing_cert_dbkey", mSigningCertDBKey);
+  aIdentity->GetUnicharAttribute("encryption_cert_name", mEncryptionCertName);
+  aIdentity->GetCharAttribute("encryption_cert_dbkey", mEncryptionCertDBKey);
+
+  rv = MimeCryptoHackCerts(aRecipients, sendReport, encryptMessages, signMessage, aIdentity);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+    goto FAIL;
+  }
+
+  if (signMessage && mSelfSigningCert) {
+    rv = GetSigningHashFunction(mSelfSigningCert, &mHashType);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+
+  switch (mCryptoState)
+  {
+  case mime_crypto_clear_signed:
+    rv = MimeInitMultipartSigned(true, sendReport);
+    break;
+  case mime_crypto_opaque_signed:
+    PR_ASSERT(0);    /* #### no api for this yet */
+    rv = NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+    break;
+  case mime_crypto_signed_encrypted:
+    rv = MimeInitEncryption(true, sendReport);
+    break;
+  case mime_crypto_encrypted:
+    rv = MimeInitEncryption(false, sendReport);
+    break;
+  case mime_crypto_none:
+    /* This can happen if mime_crypto_hack_certs() decided to turn off
+     encryption (by asking the user.) */
+    // XXX 1 is not a valid nsresult
+    rv = static_cast<nsresult>(1);
+    break;
+  default:
+    PR_ASSERT(0);
+    break;
+  }
+
+FAIL:
+  return rv;
+}
+
+/* void finishCryptoEncapsulation (in boolean aAbort); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgComposeSecure::FinishCryptoEncapsulation(bool aAbort, nsIMsgSendReport *sendReport)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  if (!aAbort) {
+    switch (mCryptoState) {
+    case mime_crypto_clear_signed:
+      rv = MimeFinishMultipartSigned (true, sendReport);
+      break;
+    case mime_crypto_opaque_signed:
+      PR_ASSERT(0);    /* #### no api for this yet */
+      rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+      break;
+    case mime_crypto_signed_encrypted:
+      rv = MimeFinishEncryption (true, sendReport);
+      break;
+    case mime_crypto_encrypted:
+      rv = MimeFinishEncryption (false, sendReport);
+      break;
+    default:
+      PR_ASSERT(0);
+      rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgComposeSecure::MimeInitMultipartSigned(bool aOuter, nsIMsgSendReport *sendReport)
+{
+  /* First, construct and write out the multipart/signed MIME header data.
+   */
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  char *header = 0;
+  uint32_t L;
+
+  rv = make_multipart_signed_header_string(aOuter, &header,
+    &mMultipartSignedBoundary, mHashType);
+
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  L = strlen(header);
+
+  if (aOuter){
+    /* If this is the outer block, write it to the file. */
+    uint32_t n;
+    rv = mStream->Write(header, L, &n);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv) || n < L) {
+      // XXX This is -1, not an nsresult
+      rv = static_cast<nsresult>(MK_MIME_ERROR_WRITING_FILE);
+    }
+  } else {
+    /* If this is an inner block, feed it through the crypto stream. */
+    rv = MimeCryptoWriteBlock (header, L);
+  }
+
+  PR_Free(header);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  /* Now initialize the crypto library, so that we can compute a hash
+   on the object which we are signing.
+   */
+
+  PR_SetError(0,0);
+  mDataHash = do_CreateInstance("@mozilla.org/security/hash;1", &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = mDataHash->Init(mHashType);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  PR_SetError(0,0);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgComposeSecure::MimeInitEncryption(bool aSign, nsIMsgSendReport *sendReport)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundleService> bundleSvc =
+    mozilla::services::GetStringBundleService();
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(bundleSvc, NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundle> sMIMEBundle;
+  nsString mime_smime_enc_content_desc;
+
+  bundleSvc->CreateBundle(SMIME_STRBUNDLE_URL, getter_AddRefs(sMIMEBundle));
+
+  if (!sMIMEBundle)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  sMIMEBundle->GetStringFromName(u"mime_smimeEncryptedContentDesc",
+                                 getter_Copies(mime_smime_enc_content_desc));
+  NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8 enc_content_desc_utf8(mime_smime_enc_content_desc);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMimeConverter> mimeConverter =
+     do_GetService(NS_MIME_CONVERTER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  nsCString encodedContentDescription;
+  mimeConverter->EncodeMimePartIIStr_UTF8(enc_content_desc_utf8, false, "UTF-8",
+      sizeof("Content-Description: "),
+      nsIMimeConverter::MIME_ENCODED_WORD_SIZE,
+      encodedContentDescription);
+
+  /* First, construct and write out the opaque-crypto-blob MIME header data.
+   */
+
+  char *s =
+  PR_smprintf("Content-Type: " APPLICATION_PKCS7_MIME
+          "; name=\"smime.p7m\"; smime-type=enveloped-data" CRLF
+        "Content-Transfer-Encoding: " ENCODING_BASE64 CRLF
+        "Content-Disposition: attachment"
+          "; filename=\"smime.p7m\"" CRLF
+        "Content-Description: %s" CRLF
+        CRLF,
+        encodedContentDescription.get());
+
+  uint32_t L;
+  if (!s) return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+  L = strlen(s);
+  uint32_t n;
+  rv = mStream->Write(s, L, &n);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || n < L) {
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+  PR_Free(s);
+  s = 0;
+
+  /* Now initialize the crypto library, so that we can filter the object
+   to be encrypted through it.
+   */
+
+  if (!mIsDraft) {
+    uint32_t numCerts;
+    mCerts->GetLength(&numCerts);
+    PR_ASSERT(numCerts > 0);
+    if (numCerts == 0) return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+
+  // Initialize the base64 encoder
+  MOZ_ASSERT(!mCryptoEncoder, "Shouldn't have an encoder already");
+  mCryptoEncoder = MimeEncoder::GetBase64Encoder(mime_encoder_output_fn,
+                          this);
+
+  /* Initialize the encrypter (and add the sender's cert.) */
+  PR_ASSERT(mSelfEncryptionCert);
+  PR_SetError(0,0);
+  mEncryptionCinfo = do_CreateInstance(NS_CMSMESSAGE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+  rv = mEncryptionCinfo->CreateEncrypted(mCerts);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+    SetError(sendReport, u"ErrorEncryptMail");
+    goto FAIL;
+  }
+
+  mEncryptionContext = do_CreateInstance(NS_CMSENCODER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  if (!mBuffer) {
+    mBuffer = new char[eBufferSize];
+    if (!mBuffer)
+      return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+  }
+
+  mBufferedBytes = 0;
+
+  rv = mEncryptionContext->Start(mEncryptionCinfo, mime_crypto_write_base64, mCryptoEncoder);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+    SetError(sendReport, u"ErrorEncryptMail");
+    goto FAIL;
+  }
+
+  /* If we're signing, tack a multipart/signed header onto the front of
+   the data to be encrypted, and initialize the sign-hashing code too.
+   */
+  if (aSign) {
+    rv = MimeInitMultipartSigned(false, sendReport);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) goto FAIL;
+  }
+
+ FAIL:
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgComposeSecure::MimeFinishMultipartSigned (bool aOuter, nsIMsgSendReport *sendReport)
+{
+  int status;
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsICMSMessage> cinfo = do_CreateInstance(NS_CMSMESSAGE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsICMSEncoder> encoder = do_CreateInstance(NS_CMSENCODER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  char * header = nullptr;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundleService> bundleSvc =
+    mozilla::services::GetStringBundleService();
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(bundleSvc, NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundle> sMIMEBundle;
+  nsString mime_smime_sig_content_desc;
+
+  bundleSvc->CreateBundle(SMIME_STRBUNDLE_URL, getter_AddRefs(sMIMEBundle));
+
+  if (!sMIMEBundle)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  sMIMEBundle->GetStringFromName(u"mime_smimeSignatureContentDesc",
+                                 getter_Copies(mime_smime_sig_content_desc));
+
+  NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8 sig_content_desc_utf8(mime_smime_sig_content_desc);
+
+  /* Compute the hash...
+   */
+
+  nsAutoCString hashString;
+  mDataHash->Finish(false, hashString);
+
+  mDataHash = nullptr;
+
+  status = PR_GetError();
+  if (status < 0) goto FAIL;
+
+  /* Write out the headers for the signature.
+   */
+  uint32_t L;
+  header =
+    PR_smprintf(CRLF
+          "--%s" CRLF
+          "Content-Type: " APPLICATION_PKCS7_SIGNATURE
+            "; name=\"smime.p7s\"" CRLF
+          "Content-Transfer-Encoding: " ENCODING_BASE64 CRLF
+          "Content-Disposition: attachment; "
+            "filename=\"smime.p7s\"" CRLF
+          "Content-Description: %s" CRLF
+          CRLF,
+          mMultipartSignedBoundary,
+          sig_content_desc_utf8.get());
+
+  if (!header) {
+    rv = NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+    goto FAIL;
+  }
+
+  L = strlen(header);
+  if (aOuter) {
+    /* If this is the outer block, write it to the file. */
+    uint32_t n;
+    rv = mStream->Write(header, L, &n);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv) || n < L) {
+      // XXX This is -1, not an nsresult
+      rv = static_cast<nsresult>(MK_MIME_ERROR_WRITING_FILE);
+    }
+  } else {
+    /* If this is an inner block, feed it through the crypto stream. */
+    rv = MimeCryptoWriteBlock (header, L);
+  }
+
+  PR_Free(header);
+
+  /* Create the signature...
+   */
+
+  NS_ASSERTION(mHashType, "Hash function for signature has not been set.");
+
+  PR_ASSERT (mSelfSigningCert);
+  PR_SetError(0,0);
+
+  rv = cinfo->CreateSigned(mSelfSigningCert, mSelfEncryptionCert,
+    (unsigned char*)hashString.get(), hashString.Length(), mHashType);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))  {
+    SetError(sendReport, u"ErrorCanNotSignMail");
+    goto FAIL;
+  }
+
+  // Initialize the base64 encoder for the signature data.
+  MOZ_ASSERT(!mSigEncoder, "Shouldn't already have a mSigEncoder");
+  mSigEncoder = MimeEncoder::GetBase64Encoder(
+    (aOuter ? mime_encoder_output_fn : mime_nested_encoder_output_fn), this);
+
+  /* Write out the signature.
+   */
+  PR_SetError(0,0);
+  rv = encoder->Start(cinfo, mime_crypto_write_base64, mSigEncoder);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+    SetError(sendReport, u"ErrorCanNotSignMail");
+    goto FAIL;
+  }
+
+  // We're not passing in any data, so no update needed.
+  rv = encoder->Finish();
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+    SetError(sendReport, u"ErrorCanNotSignMail");
+    goto FAIL;
+  }
+
+  // Shut down the sig's base64 encoder.
+  rv = mSigEncoder->Flush();
+  mSigEncoder = nullptr;
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+    goto FAIL;
+  }
+
+  /* Now write out the terminating boundary.
+   */
+  {
+  uint32_t L;
+  char *header = PR_smprintf(CRLF "--%s--" CRLF,
+                 mMultipartSignedBoundary);
+  PR_Free(mMultipartSignedBoundary);
+  mMultipartSignedBoundary = 0;
+
+  if (!header) {
+    rv = NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+    goto FAIL;
+  }
+  L = strlen(header);
+  if (aOuter) {
+    /* If this is the outer block, write it to the file. */
+    uint32_t n;
+    rv = mStream->Write(header, L, &n);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv) || n < L)
+      // XXX This is -1, not an nsresult
+      rv = static_cast<nsresult>(MK_MIME_ERROR_WRITING_FILE);
+  } else {
+    /* If this is an inner block, feed it through the crypto stream. */
+    rv = MimeCryptoWriteBlock (header, L);
+  }
+  }
+
+FAIL:
+  return rv;
+}
+
+
+/* Helper function for mime_finish_crypto_encapsulation() to close off
+   an opaque crypto object (for encrypted or signed-and-encrypted messages.)
+ */
+nsresult nsMsgComposeSecure::MimeFinishEncryption (bool aSign, nsIMsgSendReport *sendReport)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  /* If this object is both encrypted and signed, close off the
+   signature first (since it's inside.) */
+  if (aSign) {
+    rv = MimeFinishMultipartSigned (false, sendReport);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+      goto FAIL;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Close off the opaque encrypted blob.
+   */
+  PR_ASSERT(mEncryptionContext);
+
+  if (mBufferedBytes) {
+    rv = mEncryptionContext->Update(mBuffer, mBufferedBytes);
+    mBufferedBytes = 0;
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+      PR_ASSERT(PR_GetError() < 0);
+      goto FAIL;
+    }
+  }
+
+  rv = mEncryptionContext->Finish();
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+    SetError(sendReport, u"ErrorEncryptMail");
+    goto FAIL;
+  }
+
+  mEncryptionContext = nullptr;
+
+  PR_ASSERT(mEncryptionCinfo);
+  if (!mEncryptionCinfo) {
+    rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+  if (mEncryptionCinfo) {
+    mEncryptionCinfo = nullptr;
+  }
+
+  // Shut down the base64 encoder.
+  mCryptoEncoder->Flush();
+  mCryptoEncoder = nullptr;
+
+  uint32_t n;
+  rv = mStream->Write(CRLF, 2, &n);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || n < 2)
+    rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+ FAIL:
+  return rv;
+}
+
+/* Used to figure out what certs should be used when encrypting this message.
+ */
+nsresult nsMsgComposeSecure::MimeCryptoHackCerts(const char *aRecipients,
+                                                 nsIMsgSendReport *sendReport,
+                                                 bool aEncrypt,
+                                                 bool aSign,
+                                                 nsIMsgIdentity *aIdentity)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIX509CertDB> certdb = do_GetService(NS_X509CERTDB_CONTRACTID);
+  nsresult res;
+
+  mCerts = do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID, &res);
+  if (NS_FAILED(res)) {
+    return res;
+  }
+
+  PR_ASSERT(aEncrypt || aSign);
+
+  /*
+   Signing and encryption certs use the following (per-identity) preferences:
+   - "signing_cert_name"/"encryption_cert_name": a string specifying the
+     nickname of the certificate
+   - "signing_cert_dbkey"/"encryption_cert_dbkey": a Base64 encoded blob
+     specifying an nsIX509Cert dbKey (represents serial number
+     and issuer DN, which is considered to be unique for X.509 certificates)
+
+   When retrieving the prefs, we try (in this order):
+   1) *_cert_dbkey, if available
+   2) *_cert_name (for maintaining backwards compatibility with preference
+      attributes written by earlier versions)
+  */
+
+  RefPtr<SharedCertVerifier> certVerifier(GetDefaultCertVerifier());
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(certVerifier, NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED);
+
+  UniqueCERTCertList builtChain;
+  if (!mEncryptionCertDBKey.IsEmpty()) {
+    certdb->FindCertByDBKey(mEncryptionCertDBKey.get(),
+                            getter_AddRefs(mSelfEncryptionCert));
+    if (mSelfEncryptionCert &&
+        (certVerifier->VerifyCert(mSelfEncryptionCert->GetCert(),
+                                  certificateUsageEmailRecipient,
+                                  mozilla::pkix::Now(),
+                                  nullptr, nullptr,
+                                  builtChain) != mozilla::pkix::Success)) {
+      // not suitable for encryption, so unset cert and clear pref
+      mSelfEncryptionCert = nullptr;
+      mEncryptionCertDBKey.Truncate();
+      aIdentity->SetCharAttribute("encryption_cert_dbkey",
+                                   mEncryptionCertDBKey);
+    }
+  }
+  if (!mSelfEncryptionCert) {
+    certdb->FindEmailEncryptionCert(mEncryptionCertName,
+                                    getter_AddRefs(mSelfEncryptionCert));
+  }
+
+  // same procedure for the signing cert
+  if (!mSigningCertDBKey.IsEmpty()) {
+    certdb->FindCertByDBKey(mSigningCertDBKey.get(),
+                            getter_AddRefs(mSelfSigningCert));
+    if (mSelfSigningCert &&
+        (certVerifier->VerifyCert(mSelfSigningCert->GetCert(),
+                                  certificateUsageEmailSigner,
+                                  mozilla::pkix::Now(),
+                                  nullptr, nullptr,
+                                  builtChain) != mozilla::pkix::Success)) {
+      // not suitable for signing, so unset cert and clear pref
+      mSelfSigningCert = nullptr;
+      mSigningCertDBKey.Truncate();
+      aIdentity->SetCharAttribute("signing_cert_dbkey", mSigningCertDBKey);
+    }
+  }
+  if (!mSelfSigningCert) {
+    certdb->FindEmailSigningCert(mSigningCertName,
+                                 getter_AddRefs(mSelfSigningCert));
+  }
+
+  // must have both the signing and encryption certs to sign
+  if (!mSelfSigningCert && aSign) {
+    SetError(sendReport, u"NoSenderSigningCert");
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+
+  if (!mSelfEncryptionCert && aEncrypt) {
+    SetError(sendReport, u"NoSenderEncryptionCert");
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+
+
+  if (aEncrypt && mSelfEncryptionCert) {
+    // Make sure self's configured cert is prepared for being used
+    // as an email recipient cert.
+    UniqueCERTCertificate nsscert(mSelfEncryptionCert->GetCert());
+    if (!nsscert) {
+      return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    }
+    // XXX: This does not respect the nsNSSShutDownObject protocol.
+    if (CERT_SaveSMimeProfile(nsscert.get(), nullptr, nullptr) != SECSuccess) {
+      return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If the message is to be encrypted, then get the recipient certs */
+  if (aEncrypt) {
+    nsTArray<nsCString> mailboxes;
+    ExtractEmails(EncodedHeader(nsDependentCString(aRecipients)),
+      UTF16ArrayAdapter<>(mailboxes));
+    uint32_t count = mailboxes.Length();
+
+    bool already_added_self_cert = false;
+
+    for (uint32_t i = 0; i < count; i++) {
+      nsCString mailbox_lowercase;
+      ToLowerCase(mailboxes[i], mailbox_lowercase);
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIX509Cert> cert;
+      res = certdb->FindCertByEmailAddress(mailbox_lowercase.get(),
+                                           getter_AddRefs(cert));
+      if (NS_FAILED(res)) {
+        // Failure to find a valid encryption cert is fatal.
+        // Here I assume that mailbox is ascii rather than utf8.
+        SetErrorWithParam(sendReport,
+                          u"MissingRecipientEncryptionCert",
+                          mailboxes[i].get());
+
+        return res;
+      }
+
+    /* #### see if recipient requests `signedData'.
+     if (...) no_clearsigning_p = true;
+     (This is the only reason we even bother looking up the certs
+     of the recipients if we're sending a signed-but-not-encrypted
+     message.)
+     */
+
+      bool isSame;
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(cert->Equals(mSelfEncryptionCert, &isSame))
+          && isSame) {
+        already_added_self_cert = true;
+      }
+
+      mCerts->AppendElement(cert, false);
+    }
+
+    if (!already_added_self_cert) {
+      mCerts->AppendElement(mSelfEncryptionCert, false);
+    }
+  }
+  return res;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgComposeSecure::MimeCryptoWriteBlock (const char *buf, int32_t size)
+{
+  int status = 0;
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  /* If this is a From line, mangle it before signing it.  You just know
+   that something somewhere is going to mangle it later, and that's
+   going to cause the signature check to fail.
+
+   (This assumes that, in the cases where From-mangling must happen,
+   this function is called a line at a time.  That happens to be the
+   case.)
+  */
+  if (size >= 5 && buf[0] == 'F' && !strncmp(buf, "From ", 5)) {
+    char mangle[] = ">";
+    nsresult res = MimeCryptoWriteBlock (mangle, 1);
+    if (NS_FAILED(res))
+      return res;
+    // This value will actually be cast back to an nsresult before use, so this
+    // cast is reasonable under the circumstances.
+    status = static_cast<int>(res);
+  }
+
+  /* If we're signing, or signing-and-encrypting, feed this data into
+   the computation of the hash. */
+  if (mDataHash) {
+    PR_SetError(0,0);
+    mDataHash->Update((const uint8_t*) buf, size);
+	  status = PR_GetError();
+	  if (status < 0) goto FAIL;
+	}
+
+  PR_SetError(0,0);
+  if (mEncryptionContext) {
+	  /* If we're encrypting, or signing-and-encrypting, write this data
+		 by filtering it through the crypto library. */
+
+    /* We want to create equally sized encryption strings */
+    const char *inputBytesIterator = buf;
+    uint32_t inputBytesLeft = size;
+
+    while (inputBytesLeft) {
+      const uint32_t spaceLeftInBuffer = eBufferSize - mBufferedBytes;
+      const uint32_t bytesToAppend = std::min(inputBytesLeft, spaceLeftInBuffer);
+
+      memcpy(mBuffer+mBufferedBytes, inputBytesIterator, bytesToAppend);
+      mBufferedBytes += bytesToAppend;
+
+      inputBytesIterator += bytesToAppend;
+      inputBytesLeft -= bytesToAppend;
+
+      if (eBufferSize == mBufferedBytes) {
+        rv = mEncryptionContext->Update(mBuffer, mBufferedBytes);
+        mBufferedBytes = 0;
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+          status = PR_GetError();
+          PR_ASSERT(status < 0);
+          if (status >= 0) status = -1;
+          goto FAIL;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  } else {
+    /* If we're not encrypting (presumably just signing) then write this
+       data directly to the file. */
+
+    uint32_t n;
+    rv = mStream->Write(buf, size, &n);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv) || n < (uint32_t)size) {
+      // XXX MK_MIME_ERROR_WRITING_FILE is -1, which is not a valid nsresult
+      return static_cast<nsresult>(MK_MIME_ERROR_WRITING_FILE);
+    }
+  }
+ FAIL:
+  // XXX status sometimes has invalid nsresults like -1 or PR_GetError()
+  // assigned to it
+  return static_cast<nsresult>(status);
+}
+
+/* Returns a string consisting of a Content-Type header, and a boundary
+   string, suitable for moving from the header block, down into the body
+   of a multipart object.  The boundary itself is also returned (so that
+   the caller knows what to write to close it off.)
+ */
+static nsresult
+make_multipart_signed_header_string(bool outer_p,
+                                    char **header_return,
+                                    char **boundary_return,
+                                    int16_t hash_type)
+{
+  const char *hashStr;
+  *header_return = 0;
+  *boundary_return = mime_make_separator("ms");
+
+  if (!*boundary_return)
+	return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+  switch (hash_type) {
+  case nsICryptoHash::SHA1:
+    hashStr = PARAM_MICALG_SHA1;
+    break;
+  case nsICryptoHash::SHA256:
+    hashStr = PARAM_MICALG_SHA256;
+    break;
+  case nsICryptoHash::SHA384:
+    hashStr = PARAM_MICALG_SHA384;
+    break;
+  case nsICryptoHash::SHA512:
+    hashStr = PARAM_MICALG_SHA512;
+    break;
+  default:
+    return NS_ERROR_INVALID_ARG;
+  }
+
+  *header_return = PR_smprintf(
+        "Content-Type: " MULTIPART_SIGNED "; "
+        "protocol=\"" APPLICATION_PKCS7_SIGNATURE "\"; "
+				"micalg=%s; "
+				"boundary=\"%s\"" CRLF
+				CRLF
+				"%s%s"
+				"--%s" CRLF,
+				hashStr,
+				*boundary_return,
+				(outer_p ? crypto_multipart_blurb : ""),
+				(outer_p ? CRLF CRLF : ""),
+				*boundary_return);
+
+  if (!*header_return) {
+	  PR_Free(*boundary_return);
+	  *boundary_return = 0;
+	  return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+	}
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* Used as the output function of a SEC_PKCS7EncoderContext -- we feed
+   plaintext into the crypto engine, and it calls this function with encrypted
+   data; then this function writes a base64-encoded representation of that
+   data to the file (by filtering it through the given MimeEncoder object.)
+
+   Also used as the output function of SEC_PKCS7Encode() -- but in that case,
+   it's used to write the encoded representation of the signature.  The only
+   difference is which MimeEncoder object is used.
+ */
+static void
+mime_crypto_write_base64 (void *closure, const char *buf, unsigned long size)
+{
+  MimeEncoder *encoder = (MimeEncoder *) closure;
+  nsresult rv = encoder->Write(buf, size);
+  PR_SetError(NS_FAILED(rv) ? static_cast<uint32_t>(rv) : 0, 0);
+}
+
+
+/* Used as the output function of MimeEncoder -- when we have generated
+   the signature for a multipart/signed object, this is used to write the
+   base64-encoded representation of the signature to the file.
+ */
+// TODO: size should probably be converted to uint32_t
+nsresult mime_encoder_output_fn(const char *buf, int32_t size, void *closure)
+{
+  nsMsgComposeSecure *state = (nsMsgComposeSecure *) closure;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIOutputStream> stream;
+  state->GetOutputStream(getter_AddRefs(stream));
+  uint32_t n;
+  nsresult rv = stream->Write((char *) buf, size, &n);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || n < (uint32_t)size)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  else
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* Like mime_encoder_output_fn, except this is used for the case where we
+   are both signing and encrypting -- the base64-encoded output of the
+   signature should be fed into the crypto engine, rather than being written
+   directly to the file.
+ */
+static nsresult
+mime_nested_encoder_output_fn (const char *buf, int32_t size, void *closure)
+{
+  nsMsgComposeSecure *state = (nsMsgComposeSecure *) closure;
+
+  // Copy to new null-terminated string so JS glue doesn't crash when
+  // MimeCryptoWriteBlock() is implemented in JS.
+  nsCString bufWithNull;
+  bufWithNull.Assign(buf, size);
+  return state->MimeCryptoWriteBlock(bufWithNull.get(), size);
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/extensions/smime/src/nsMsgComposeSecure.h b/mailnews/extensions/smime/src/nsMsgComposeSecure.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0f3b9ac60
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/extensions/smime/src/nsMsgComposeSecure.h
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+/* -*- Mode: idl; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+#ifndef _nsMsgComposeSecure_H_
+#define _nsMsgComposeSecure_H_
+
+#include "nsIMsgComposeSecure.h"
+#include "nsIMsgSMIMECompFields.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsICMSEncoder.h"
+#include "nsIX509Cert.h"
+#include "nsIStringBundle.h"
+#include "nsICryptoHash.h"
+#include "nsICMSMessage.h"
+#include "nsIMutableArray.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsIOutputStream.h"
+#include "nsAutoPtr.h"
+
+class nsIMsgCompFields;
+namespace mozilla {
+namespace mailnews {
+class MimeEncoder;
+}
+}
+
+class nsMsgSMIMEComposeFields : public nsIMsgSMIMECompFields
+{
+public:
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGSMIMECOMPFIELDS
+
+  nsMsgSMIMEComposeFields();
+
+private:
+  virtual ~nsMsgSMIMEComposeFields();
+  bool mSignMessage;
+  bool mAlwaysEncryptMessage;
+};
+
+typedef enum {
+  mime_crypto_none,				/* normal unencapsulated MIME message */
+  mime_crypto_clear_signed,		/* multipart/signed encapsulation */
+  mime_crypto_opaque_signed,	/* application/x-pkcs7-mime (signedData) */
+  mime_crypto_encrypted,		/* application/x-pkcs7-mime */
+  mime_crypto_signed_encrypted	/* application/x-pkcs7-mime */
+} mimeDeliveryCryptoState;
+
+class nsMsgComposeSecure : public nsIMsgComposeSecure
+{
+public:
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGCOMPOSESECURE
+
+  nsMsgComposeSecure();
+
+  void GetOutputStream(nsIOutputStream **stream) { NS_IF_ADDREF(*stream = mStream);}
+  nsresult GetSMIMEBundleString(const char16_t *name, nsString &outString);
+
+private:
+  virtual ~nsMsgComposeSecure();
+  typedef mozilla::mailnews::MimeEncoder MimeEncoder;
+  nsresult MimeInitMultipartSigned(bool aOuter, nsIMsgSendReport *sendReport);
+  nsresult MimeInitEncryption(bool aSign, nsIMsgSendReport *sendReport);
+  nsresult MimeFinishMultipartSigned (bool aOuter, nsIMsgSendReport *sendReport);
+  nsresult MimeFinishEncryption (bool aSign, nsIMsgSendReport *sendReport);
+  nsresult MimeCryptoHackCerts(const char *aRecipients, nsIMsgSendReport *sendReport, bool aEncrypt, bool aSign, nsIMsgIdentity *aIdentity);
+  bool InitializeSMIMEBundle();
+  nsresult SMIMEBundleFormatStringFromName(const char16_t *name,
+					   const char16_t **params,
+					   uint32_t numParams,
+					   char16_t **outString);
+  nsresult ExtractEncryptionState(nsIMsgIdentity * aIdentity, nsIMsgCompFields * aComposeFields, bool * aSignMessage, bool * aEncrypt);
+
+  mimeDeliveryCryptoState mCryptoState;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIOutputStream> mStream;
+  int16_t mHashType;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsICryptoHash> mDataHash;
+  nsAutoPtr<MimeEncoder> mSigEncoder;
+  char *mMultipartSignedBoundary;
+  nsString mSigningCertName;
+  nsAutoCString mSigningCertDBKey;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIX509Cert> mSelfSigningCert;
+  nsString mEncryptionCertName;
+  nsAutoCString mEncryptionCertDBKey;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIX509Cert> mSelfEncryptionCert;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> mCerts;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsICMSMessage> mEncryptionCinfo;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsICMSEncoder> mEncryptionContext;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundle> mSMIMEBundle;
+
+  nsAutoPtr<MimeEncoder> mCryptoEncoder;
+  bool mIsDraft;
+
+  enum {eBufferSize = 8192};
+  char *mBuffer;
+  uint32_t mBufferedBytes;
+
+  bool mErrorAlreadyReported;
+  void SetError(nsIMsgSendReport *sendReport, const char16_t *bundle_string);
+  void SetErrorWithParam(nsIMsgSendReport *sendReport, const char16_t *bundle_string, const char *param);
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/extensions/smime/src/nsMsgSMIMECID.h b/mailnews/extensions/smime/src/nsMsgSMIMECID.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0fbf2d1bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/extensions/smime/src/nsMsgSMIMECID.h
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsMsgSMIMECID_h__
+#define nsMsgSMIMECID_h__
+
+#include "nsISupports.h"
+#include "nsIFactory.h"
+#include "nsIComponentManager.h"
+
+#define NS_MSGSMIMECOMPFIELDS_CONTRACTID \
+  "@mozilla.org/messenger-smime/composefields;1"
+
+#define NS_MSGSMIMECOMPFIELDS_CID						     \
+{ /* 122C919C-96B7-49a0-BBC8-0ABC67EEFFE0 */     \
+ 0x122c919c, 0x96b7, 0x49a0,                     \
+ { 0xbb, 0xc8, 0xa, 0xbc, 0x67, 0xee, 0xff, 0xe0 }}
+
+#define NS_MSGCOMPOSESECURE_CID						       \
+{ /* dd753201-9a23-4e08-957f-b3616bf7e012 */     \
+ 0xdd753201, 0x9a23, 0x4e08,                     \
+ {0x95, 0x7f, 0xb3, 0x61, 0x6b, 0xf7, 0xe0, 0x12 }}
+
+#define NS_SMIMEJSHELPER_CONTRACTID \
+  "@mozilla.org/messenger-smime/smimejshelper;1"
+
+#define NS_SMIMEJSJELPER_CID                     \
+{ /* d57d928c-60e4-4f81-999d-5c762e611205 */     \
+ 0xd57d928c, 0x60e4, 0x4f81,                     \
+ {0x99, 0x9d, 0x5c, 0x76, 0x2e, 0x61, 0x12, 0x05 }}
+
+#define NS_SMIMEENCRYPTURISERVICE_CONTRACTID     \
+  "@mozilla.org/messenger-smime/smime-encrypted-uris-service;1"
+
+#define NS_SMIMEENCRYPTURISERVICE_CID            \
+{ /* a0134d58-018f-4d40-a099-fa079e5024a6 */     \
+ 0xa0134d58, 0x018f, 0x4d40,                     \
+ {0xa0, 0x99, 0xfa, 0x07, 0x9e, 0x50, 0x24, 0xa6 }}
+
+#endif // nsMsgSMIMECID_h__
diff --git a/mailnews/extensions/smime/src/nsSMimeJSHelper.cpp b/mailnews/extensions/smime/src/nsSMimeJSHelper.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c392980b6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/extensions/smime/src/nsSMimeJSHelper.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,335 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "mozilla/mailnews/MimeHeaderParser.h"
+#include "nspr.h"
+#include "nsSMimeJSHelper.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsMemory.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsIX509CertDB.h"
+#include "nsIX509CertValidity.h"
+#include "nsIServiceManager.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsCRTGlue.h"
+
+using namespace mozilla::mailnews;
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsSMimeJSHelper, nsISMimeJSHelper)
+
+nsSMimeJSHelper::nsSMimeJSHelper()
+{
+}
+
+nsSMimeJSHelper::~nsSMimeJSHelper()
+{
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsSMimeJSHelper::GetRecipientCertsInfo(
+    nsIMsgCompFields *compFields,
+    uint32_t *count,
+    char16_t ***emailAddresses,
+    int32_t **certVerification,
+    char16_t ***certIssuedInfos,
+    char16_t ***certExpiresInfos,
+    nsIX509Cert ***certs,
+    bool *canEncrypt)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(count);
+  *count = 0;
+
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(emailAddresses);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(certVerification);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(certIssuedInfos);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(certExpiresInfos);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(certs);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(canEncrypt);
+
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(compFields);
+
+  nsTArray<nsCString> mailboxes;
+  nsresult rv = getMailboxList(compFields, mailboxes);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  uint32_t mailbox_count = mailboxes.Length();
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIX509CertDB> certdb = do_GetService(NS_X509CERTDB_CONTRACTID);
+
+  *count = mailbox_count;
+  *canEncrypt = false;
+  rv = NS_OK;
+
+  if (mailbox_count)
+  {
+    char16_t **outEA = static_cast<char16_t **>(moz_xmalloc(mailbox_count * sizeof(char16_t *)));
+    int32_t *outCV = static_cast<int32_t *>(moz_xmalloc(mailbox_count * sizeof(int32_t)));
+    char16_t **outCII = static_cast<char16_t **>(moz_xmalloc(mailbox_count * sizeof(char16_t *)));
+    char16_t **outCEI = static_cast<char16_t **>(moz_xmalloc(mailbox_count * sizeof(char16_t *)));
+    nsIX509Cert **outCerts = static_cast<nsIX509Cert **>(moz_xmalloc(mailbox_count * sizeof(nsIX509Cert *)));
+
+    if (!outEA || !outCV || !outCII || !outCEI || !outCerts)
+    {
+      free(outEA);
+      free(outCV);
+      free(outCII);
+      free(outCEI);
+      free(outCerts);
+      rv = NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      char16_t **iEA = outEA;
+      int32_t *iCV = outCV;
+      char16_t **iCII = outCII;
+      char16_t **iCEI = outCEI;
+      nsIX509Cert **iCert = outCerts;
+
+      bool found_blocker = false;
+      bool memory_failure = false;
+
+      for (uint32_t i = 0;
+          i < mailbox_count;
+          ++i, ++iEA, ++iCV, ++iCII, ++iCEI, ++iCert)
+      {
+        *iCert = nullptr;
+        *iCV = 0;
+        *iCII = nullptr;
+        *iCEI = nullptr;
+
+        if (memory_failure) {
+          *iEA = nullptr;
+          continue;
+        }
+
+        nsCString &email = mailboxes[i];
+        *iEA = ToNewUnicode(NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16(email));
+        if (!*iEA) {
+          memory_failure = true;
+          continue;
+        }
+
+        nsCString email_lowercase;
+        ToLowerCase(email, email_lowercase);
+
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIX509Cert> cert;
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(certdb->FindCertByEmailAddress(
+                           email_lowercase.get(), getter_AddRefs(cert))))
+        {
+          *iCert = cert;
+          NS_ADDREF(*iCert);
+
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIX509CertValidity> validity;
+          rv = cert->GetValidity(getter_AddRefs(validity));
+
+          if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+            nsString id, ed;
+
+            if (NS_SUCCEEDED(validity->GetNotBeforeLocalDay(id)))
+            {
+              *iCII = ToNewUnicode(id);
+              if (!*iCII) {
+                memory_failure = true;
+                continue;
+              }
+            }
+
+            if (NS_SUCCEEDED(validity->GetNotAfterLocalDay(ed)))
+            {
+              *iCEI = ToNewUnicode(ed);
+              if (!*iCEI) {
+                memory_failure = true;
+                continue;
+              }
+            }
+          }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          found_blocker = true;
+        }
+      }
+
+      if (memory_failure) {
+        NS_FREE_XPCOM_ALLOCATED_POINTER_ARRAY(mailbox_count, outEA);
+        NS_FREE_XPCOM_ALLOCATED_POINTER_ARRAY(mailbox_count, outCII);
+        NS_FREE_XPCOM_ALLOCATED_POINTER_ARRAY(mailbox_count, outCEI);
+        NS_FREE_XPCOM_ISUPPORTS_POINTER_ARRAY(mailbox_count, outCerts);
+        free(outCV);
+        rv = NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+      }
+      else {
+        if (mailbox_count > 0 && !found_blocker)
+        {
+          *canEncrypt = true;
+        }
+
+        *emailAddresses = outEA;
+        *certVerification = outCV;
+        *certIssuedInfos = outCII;
+        *certExpiresInfos = outCEI;
+        *certs = outCerts;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsSMimeJSHelper::GetNoCertAddresses(
+    nsIMsgCompFields *compFields,
+    uint32_t *count,
+    char16_t ***emailAddresses)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(count);
+  *count = 0;
+
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(emailAddresses);
+
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(compFields);
+
+  nsTArray<nsCString> mailboxes;
+  nsresult rv = getMailboxList(compFields, mailboxes);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  uint32_t mailbox_count = mailboxes.Length();
+
+  if (!mailbox_count)
+  {
+    *count = 0;
+    *emailAddresses = nullptr;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIX509CertDB> certdb = do_GetService(NS_X509CERTDB_CONTRACTID);
+
+  uint32_t missing_count = 0;
+  bool *haveCert = new bool[mailbox_count];
+  if (!haveCert)
+  {
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+  }
+
+  rv = NS_OK;
+
+  if (mailbox_count)
+  {
+    for (uint32_t i = 0; i < mailbox_count; ++i)
+    {
+      haveCert[i] = false;
+
+      nsCString email_lowercase;
+      ToLowerCase(mailboxes[i], email_lowercase);
+
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIX509Cert> cert;
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(certdb->FindCertByEmailAddress(
+                         email_lowercase.get(), getter_AddRefs(cert))))
+        haveCert[i] = true;
+
+      if (!haveCert[i])
+        ++missing_count;
+    }
+  }
+
+  *count = missing_count;
+
+  if (missing_count)
+  {
+    char16_t **outEA = static_cast<char16_t **>(moz_xmalloc(missing_count * sizeof(char16_t *)));
+    if (!outEA )
+    {
+      rv = NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      char16_t **iEA = outEA;
+
+      bool memory_failure = false;
+
+      for (uint32_t i = 0; i < mailbox_count; ++i)
+      {
+        if (!haveCert[i])
+        {
+          if (memory_failure) {
+            *iEA = nullptr;
+          }
+          else {
+            *iEA = ToNewUnicode(NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16(mailboxes[i]));
+            if (!*iEA) {
+              memory_failure = true;
+            }
+          }
+          ++iEA;
+        }
+      }
+
+      if (memory_failure) {
+        NS_FREE_XPCOM_ALLOCATED_POINTER_ARRAY(missing_count, outEA);
+        rv = NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+      }
+      else {
+        *emailAddresses = outEA;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    *emailAddresses = nullptr;
+  }
+
+  delete [] haveCert;
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsSMimeJSHelper::getMailboxList(nsIMsgCompFields *compFields,
+    nsTArray<nsCString> &mailboxes)
+{
+  if (!compFields)
+    return NS_ERROR_INVALID_ARG;
+
+  nsresult res;
+  nsString to, cc, bcc, ng;
+
+  res = compFields->GetTo(to);
+  if (NS_FAILED(res))
+    return res;
+
+  res = compFields->GetCc(cc);
+  if (NS_FAILED(res))
+    return res;
+
+  res = compFields->GetBcc(bcc);
+  if (NS_FAILED(res))
+    return res;
+
+  res = compFields->GetNewsgroups(ng);
+  if (NS_FAILED(res))
+    return res;
+
+  {
+    nsCString all_recipients;
+
+    if (!to.IsEmpty()) {
+      all_recipients.Append(NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(to));
+      all_recipients.Append(',');
+    }
+
+    if (!cc.IsEmpty()) {
+      all_recipients.Append(NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(cc));
+      all_recipients.Append(',');
+    }
+
+    if (!bcc.IsEmpty()) {
+      all_recipients.Append(NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(bcc));
+      all_recipients.Append(',');
+    }
+
+    if (!ng.IsEmpty())
+      all_recipients.Append(NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(ng));
+
+    ExtractEmails(EncodedHeader(all_recipients),
+      UTF16ArrayAdapter<>(mailboxes));
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/extensions/smime/src/nsSMimeJSHelper.h b/mailnews/extensions/smime/src/nsSMimeJSHelper.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..403ab2098
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/extensions/smime/src/nsSMimeJSHelper.h
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _nsSMimeJSHelper_H_
+#define _nsSMimeJSHelper_H_
+
+#include "nsISMimeJSHelper.h"
+#include "nsIX509Cert.h"
+#include "nsIMsgCompFields.h"
+
+class nsSMimeJSHelper : public nsISMimeJSHelper
+{
+public:
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSISMIMEJSHELPER
+
+  nsSMimeJSHelper();
+
+private:
+  virtual ~nsSMimeJSHelper();
+  nsresult getMailboxList(nsIMsgCompFields *compFields,
+    nsTArray<nsCString> &mailboxes);
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/extensions/smime/src/smime-service.js b/mailnews/extensions/smime/src/smime-service.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9fa618fd6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/extensions/smime/src/smime-service.js
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+Components.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/XPCOMUtils.jsm");
+
+function SMIMEService() {}
+
+SMIMEService.prototype = {
+  name: "smime",
+  chromePackageName: "messenger",
+  showPanel: function(server) {
+    // don't show the panel for news, rss, or local accounts
+    return (server.type != "nntp" && server.type != "rss" &&
+            server.type != "im" && server.type != "none");
+  },
+
+  QueryInterface: XPCOMUtils.generateQI([Components.interfaces.nsIMsgAccountManagerExtension]),
+  classID: Components.ID("{f2809796-1dd1-11b2-8c1b-8f15f007c699}"),
+};
+
+var components = [SMIMEService];
+var NSGetFactory = XPCOMUtils.generateNSGetFactory(components);
diff --git a/mailnews/extensions/smime/src/smime-service.manifest b/mailnews/extensions/smime/src/smime-service.manifest
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1b799ed7b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/extensions/smime/src/smime-service.manifest
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+component {f2809796-1dd1-11b2-8c1b-8f15f007c699} smime-service.js
+contract @mozilla.org/accountmanager/extension;1?name=smime {f2809796-1dd1-11b2-8c1b-8f15f007c699}
+category mailnews-accountmanager-extensions smime-account-manager-extension @mozilla.org/accountmanager/extension;1?name=smime
diff --git a/mailnews/imap/public/moz.build b/mailnews/imap/public/moz.build
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c531cc82b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/imap/public/moz.build
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+# vim: set filetype=python:
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+XPIDL_SOURCES += [
+    'nsIAutoSyncFolderStrategy.idl',
+    'nsIAutoSyncManager.idl',
+    'nsIAutoSyncMsgStrategy.idl',
+    'nsIAutoSyncState.idl',
+    'nsIImapFlagAndUidState.idl',
+    'nsIImapHeaderXferInfo.idl',
+    'nsIImapIncomingServer.idl',
+    'nsIImapMailFolderSink.idl',
+    'nsIImapMessageSink.idl',
+    'nsIImapMockChannel.idl',
+    'nsIImapProtocol.idl',
+    'nsIImapProtocolSink.idl',
+    'nsIImapServerSink.idl',
+    'nsIImapService.idl',
+    'nsIImapUrl.idl',
+    'nsIMailboxSpec.idl',
+    'nsIMsgImapMailFolder.idl',
+]
+
+XPIDL_MODULE = 'msgimap'
+
+EXPORTS += [
+    'nsIIMAPHostSessionList.h',
+    'nsMsgImapCID.h',
+]
+
diff --git a/mailnews/imap/public/nsIAutoSyncFolderStrategy.idl b/mailnews/imap/public/nsIAutoSyncFolderStrategy.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d58b6085f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/imap/public/nsIAutoSyncFolderStrategy.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+ 
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+#include "nsIAutoSyncMsgStrategy.idl"
+
+interface nsIMsgAccount;
+
+[scriptable, uuid(d3bf91cc-37bb-4752-9994-1a8473e46a90)] 
+interface nsIAutoSyncFolderStrategy : nsISupports {
+
+  /**
+   * Returns a relative-priority for the second folder by comparing with the first one.
+   */
+  nsAutoSyncStrategyDecisionType sort(in nsIMsgFolder aFolder1, in nsIMsgFolder aFolder2);
+  
+  /**
+   * Tests whether the given folder should be excluded or not.
+   */
+  boolean isExcluded(in nsIMsgFolder aFolder);
+
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/imap/public/nsIAutoSyncManager.idl b/mailnews/imap/public/nsIAutoSyncManager.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0dee48963
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/imap/public/nsIAutoSyncManager.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,194 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+ 
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+interface nsIAutoSyncMsgStrategy;
+interface nsIAutoSyncFolderStrategy;
+interface nsIMsgDBHdr;
+interface nsIAutoSyncState;
+interface nsIAutoSyncMgrListener;
+interface nsIMsgFolder;
+interface nsIMsgAccount;
+
+[scriptable, uuid(41ec36a7-1a53-4ca3-b698-dca6452a8761)] 
+interface nsIAutoSyncMgrListener : nsISupports {
+
+  /**
+   * Queue types
+   */
+  const long PriorityQueue = 1;
+  const long UpdateQueue = 2;
+  const long DiscoveryQueue = 3;
+
+  /**
+   * It is called on the listener when a new folder is added into
+   * the queue
+   *
+   * @param aQType type of the queue
+   * @param aFolder folder that is added into the queue
+   */
+  void onFolderAddedIntoQ(in long aQType, in nsIMsgFolder aFolder);
+  
+  /**
+   * It is called on the listener when a folder is removed from
+   * the queue
+   *
+   * @param aQType type of the queue
+   * @param aFolder folder that is removed from the queue
+   */
+  void onFolderRemovedFromQ(in long aQType, in nsIMsgFolder aFolder);
+  
+  /**
+   * It is called on the listener when a message download is successfully started
+   *
+   * @param aFolder folder in which the download is started 
+   * @param aNumberOfMessages number of the messages that will be downloaded 
+   * @param aTotalPending  total number of messages waiting to be downloaded 
+   */
+  void onDownloadStarted(in nsIMsgFolder aFolder, in unsigned long aNumberOfMessages, 
+                         in unsigned long aTotalPending);
+  /**
+   * It is called on the listener when a message download on the given folder 
+   * is completed
+   */
+  void onDownloadCompleted(in nsIMsgFolder aFolder);
+  
+  /**
+   * It is called on the listener when an error occurs during the message download
+   */
+  void onDownloadError(in nsIMsgFolder aFolder);
+  
+  /*
+   * Auto-Sync manager is running or waiting for idle 
+   */
+  void onStateChanged(in boolean aRunning);
+  
+  /**
+   * It is called on the listener after the auto-sync manager starts to process 
+   * existing headers of the given folder to find missing message bodies
+   * (mostly for debugging purposes)
+   */
+  void onDiscoveryQProcessed(in nsIMsgFolder aFolder, in unsigned long aNumberOfHdrsProcessed, 
+                             in unsigned long aLeftToProcess);
+  
+  /**
+   * It is called on the listener after the auto-sync manager updates the given folder 
+   * (mostly for debugging purposes)
+   */
+  void onAutoSyncInitiated(in nsIMsgFolder aFolder);
+};
+
+
+[scriptable, uuid(7fe0b48e-f5d8-4747-beb7-888c9cced3a5)]
+interface nsIAutoSyncManager : nsISupports {
+
+  /** 
+   * Download models
+   */
+  const long dmParallel = 0;
+  const long dmChained = 1;
+
+  /**
+   * Suggested minimum grouping size in bytes for message downloads.
+   * Setting this attribute to 0 resets its value to the 
+   * hardcoded default.
+   */
+  attribute unsigned long groupSize;
+
+  /**
+   * Active strategy function to prioritize
+   * messages in the download queue
+   */
+  attribute nsIAutoSyncMsgStrategy msgStrategy;
+
+  /**
+   * Active strategy function to prioritize
+   * folders in the download queue
+   */
+  attribute nsIAutoSyncFolderStrategy folderStrategy;
+
+  /**
+   * Adds a listener to notify about auto-sync events
+   */
+  void addListener(in nsIAutoSyncMgrListener aListener);
+  
+  /**
+   * Removes the listener from notification list
+   */
+  void removeListener(in nsIAutoSyncMgrListener aListener);
+    
+  /**
+   * Tests the given message to make sure that whether 
+   * it fits the download criteria or not
+   */
+  boolean doesMsgFitDownloadCriteria(in nsIMsgDBHdr aMsgHdr);
+  
+  /**
+   * Called by the nsAutoSyncState object when the download
+   * queue is changed. Given interface is already addref'd.
+   */
+  void onDownloadQChanged(in nsIAutoSyncState aAutoSyncStateObj);
+  
+  /**
+   * Called by the nsAutoSyncState object when the download
+   * is started. Given interface is already addref'd.
+   */
+  void onDownloadStarted(in nsIAutoSyncState aAutoSyncStateObj, in nsresult aStartCode);
+  
+  /**
+   * Called by the nsAutoSyncState object when the download
+   * completed. Given interface is already addref'd.
+   */
+  void onDownloadCompleted(in nsIAutoSyncState aAutoSyncStateObj, in nsresult aExitCode);
+  
+  /**
+   * Number of elements in the discovery queue.
+   * @see nsAutoSyncManager.h for details
+   */
+  readonly attribute unsigned long discoveryQLength;
+  
+  /**
+   * Number of elements in the update queue.
+   * @see nsAutoSyncManager.h for details
+   */
+  readonly attribute unsigned long updateQLength;
+  
+  /**
+   * Number of elements in the download queue (a.k.a priority queue).
+   * @see nsAutoSyncManager.h for details
+   */
+  readonly attribute unsigned long downloadQLength;
+
+  /**
+   * Active download model; Chained (serial), or Parallel
+   */
+  attribute long downloadModel;
+
+  /**
+   * The imap folder corresponding to aAutoSyncState has had a message
+   * added to it. Autosync may want to add this folder to the update q.
+   *
+   * @param aAutoSyncState state obj for folder needing updating
+   */
+  void onFolderHasPendingMsgs(in nsIAutoSyncState aAutoSyncState);
+
+  /// Pause autosync (e.g., we're downloading for offline).
+  void pause();
+  
+  /// Resume normal autosync activities (e.g., we've come back online).
+  void resume();
+};
+
+%{C++
+#define NS_AUTOSYNCMANAGER_CID  \
+{ /* C358C568-47B2-42b2-8146-3C0F8D1FAD6E */  \
+  0xc358c568, 0x47b2, 0x42b2,                 \
+  { 0x81, 0x46, 0x3c, 0xf, 0x8d, 0x1f, 0xad, 0x6e }}
+#define NS_AUTOSYNCMANAGER_CLASSNAME \
+  "Auto-Sync Manager"
+#define NS_AUTOSYNCMANAGER_CONTRACTID \
+  "@mozilla.org/imap/autosyncmgr;1"
+%}
+
diff --git a/mailnews/imap/public/nsIAutoSyncMsgStrategy.idl b/mailnews/imap/public/nsIAutoSyncMsgStrategy.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..93633a2cb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/imap/public/nsIAutoSyncMsgStrategy.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+ 
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+interface nsIMsgFolder;
+interface nsIMsgDBHdr;
+
+typedef long nsAutoSyncStrategyDecisionType;
+
+[scriptable,uuid(0365bec5-3753-43c2-b13e-441747815f37)]
+interface nsAutoSyncStrategyDecisions
+{
+  /// same priority
+  const nsAutoSyncStrategyDecisionType Same         = 0x00000001;
+  /// higher priority
+  const nsAutoSyncStrategyDecisionType Higher       = 0x00000002;
+  /// lower priority
+  const nsAutoSyncStrategyDecisionType Lower        = 0x00000004;
+};
+
+[scriptable, uuid(9cb4baff-3112-4cf8-8463-f81b0aa78f93)] 
+interface nsIAutoSyncMsgStrategy : nsISupports {
+
+  /**
+   * Returns a relative-priority for the second message by comparing with the first message.
+   */
+  nsAutoSyncStrategyDecisionType sort(in nsIMsgFolder aFolder, in nsIMsgDBHdr aMsgHdr1, in nsIMsgDBHdr aMsgHdr2);
+  
+  /**
+   * Tests whether the given message should be excluded or not.
+   */
+  boolean isExcluded(in nsIMsgFolder aFolder, in nsIMsgDBHdr aMsgHdr);
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/imap/public/nsIAutoSyncState.idl b/mailnews/imap/public/nsIAutoSyncState.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d03697e11
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/imap/public/nsIAutoSyncState.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+interface nsIMsgFolder;
+interface nsIArray;
+interface nsIMutableArray;
+
+[scriptable, uuid(7512f927-b8f0-48c4-b101-03e859e61281)]
+interface nsIAutoSyncState : nsISupports {
+
+  /**
+   * Auto-Sync states.
+   *
+   * ***WARNING***: If you change these, be sure to update stateStrings in
+   * nsAutoSyncState.cpp. If you do not, out-of-bounds memory accesses may
+   * happen.
+   */
+
+  /** sync'd and no pending messages */
+  const long stCompletedIdle = 0;     
+
+  /** STATUS issued. Will check to see if  any counts changed since last STATUS */
+  const long stStatusIssued = 1;
+
+  /**
+   * Status found new messages. Update should be issued next. Status most
+   * likely was issued by non-autosync code (e.g., check other folders for
+   * new messages).
+   */
+  const long stUpdateNeeded = 2;
+
+  /** Update issued. Will figure out if there are any bodies to download */
+  const long stUpdateIssued = 3;
+
+  /** Message body download in progress */
+  const long stDownloadInProgress = 4;
+
+  /** ready to download the next group of messages */
+  const long stReadyToDownload = 5;
+
+  /**
+   * Puts the download queue offset to its previous position. 
+   */
+  void rollback();
+  
+  /**
+   * Clears the download queue. Resets the offsets.
+   */
+  void resetDownloadQ();
+  
+  /**
+   * Rollbacks the offset to the previous position and
+   * changes the state to ready-to-download.
+   */
+  void tryCurrentGroupAgain(in unsigned long aRetryCount);
+  
+  /**
+   * Resets the retry counter.
+   */
+  void resetRetryCounter();
+  
+  /**
+   * Tests whether the given folder has the same imap server. 
+   */
+  boolean isSibling(in nsIAutoSyncState aAnotherStateObj);
+
+  /**
+   * Update the folder to find new message headers to download
+   */
+  void updateFolder();
+
+  /**
+   * Downloads the bodies of the given messages from the server.
+   */
+  void downloadMessagesForOffline(in nsIArray aMessageList);
+
+  /**
+   * Populates the given array with the keys of the messages that will 
+   * be downloaded next.
+   *
+   * @param aSuggestedGroupSizeLimit suggested size per group in bytes
+   * @param aActualGroupSize total size of the messages in bytes in the group
+   */
+  nsIMutableArray getNextGroupOfMessages(in unsigned long aSuggestedGroupSizeLimit, 
+                                         out unsigned long aActualGroupSize);
+  
+  /**
+   * Iterates through the existing headers of the folder to find 
+   * the messages not downloaded yet. 
+   *
+   * @param aNumberOfHeadersToProcess number of headers to be processed
+   *                                  at this pass
+   *
+   * @return the number of headers left to process
+   */
+  unsigned long processExistingHeaders(in unsigned long aNumberOfHeadersToProcess);
+
+  /**
+   * Last time the existing headers are completely processed. 
+   */
+  [noscript]readonly attribute PRTime lastSyncTime;
+  
+  /**
+   * Last time the owner folder is updated.
+   */
+  [noscript]attribute PRTime lastUpdateTime;
+  
+  /**
+   * Download operation state. 
+   */
+  attribute long state;
+  
+  /**
+   * Number of messages waiting to be downloaded.
+   */
+  readonly attribute long pendingMessageCount;
+  
+  /**
+   * Total number of messages in the download queue.
+   */
+  readonly attribute long totalMessageCount;
+  
+  /**
+   * The folder this auto-sync object is related to.
+   */
+  readonly attribute nsIMsgFolder ownerFolder;
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/imap/public/nsIIMAPHostSessionList.h b/mailnews/imap/public/nsIIMAPHostSessionList.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e3ce35d4f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/imap/public/nsIIMAPHostSessionList.h
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _nsIImapHostSessionList_H_
+#define _nsIImapHostSessionList_H_
+
+#include "nsISupports.h"
+#include "nsImapCore.h"
+
+class nsIMAPBodyShellCache;
+class nsIMAPBodyShell;
+class nsIImapIncomingServer;
+
+// f4d89e3e-77da-492c-962b-7835f0742c22
+#define NS_IIMAPHOSTSESSIONLIST_IID \
+{ 0xf4d89e3e, 0x77da, 0x492c, {0x96, 0x2b, 0x78, 0x35, 0xf0, 0x74, 0x2c, 0x22 } }
+
+// this is an interface to a linked list of host info's    
+class nsIImapHostSessionList : public nsISupports
+{
+public:
+  NS_DECLARE_STATIC_IID_ACCESSOR(NS_IIMAPHOSTSESSIONLIST_IID)
+
+  // Host List
+  NS_IMETHOD  AddHostToList(const char *serverKey, nsIImapIncomingServer *server) = 0;
+  NS_IMETHOD ResetAll() = 0;
+
+  // Capabilities
+  NS_IMETHOD  GetHostHasAdminURL(const char *serverKey, bool &result) = 0;
+  NS_IMETHOD  SetHostHasAdminURL(const char *serverKey, bool hasAdminUrl) = 0;
+  // Subscription
+  NS_IMETHOD  GetHostIsUsingSubscription(const char *serverKey, bool &result) = 0;
+  NS_IMETHOD  SetHostIsUsingSubscription(const char *serverKey, bool usingSubscription) = 0;
+
+  // Passwords
+  NS_IMETHOD  GetPasswordForHost(const char *serverKey, nsString &result) = 0;
+  NS_IMETHOD  SetPasswordForHost(const char *serverKey, const char *password) = 0;
+  NS_IMETHOD  GetPasswordVerifiedOnline(const char *serverKey, bool &result) = 0;
+  NS_IMETHOD  SetPasswordVerifiedOnline(const char *serverKey) = 0;
+
+  // OnlineDir
+  NS_IMETHOD GetOnlineDirForHost(const char *serverKey,
+                                 nsString &result) = 0;
+  NS_IMETHOD SetOnlineDirForHost(const char *serverKey,
+                                 const char *onlineDir) = 0;
+
+  // Delete is move to trash folder
+  NS_IMETHOD GetDeleteIsMoveToTrashForHost(const char *serverKey, bool &result) = 0;
+  NS_IMETHOD SetDeleteIsMoveToTrashForHost(const char *serverKey, bool isMoveToTrash) = 0;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetShowDeletedMessagesForHost(const char *serverKey, bool &result) = 0;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD SetShowDeletedMessagesForHost(const char *serverKey, bool showDeletedMessages) = 0;
+
+  // Get namespaces
+  NS_IMETHOD GetGotNamespacesForHost(const char *serverKey, bool &result) = 0;
+  NS_IMETHOD SetGotNamespacesForHost(const char *serverKey, bool gotNamespaces) = 0;
+
+  // Folders
+  NS_IMETHOD SetHaveWeEverDiscoveredFoldersForHost(const char *serverKey, bool discovered) = 0;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetHaveWeEverDiscoveredFoldersForHost(const char *serverKey, bool &result) = 0;
+
+  // Trash Folder
+  NS_IMETHOD SetOnlineTrashFolderExistsForHost(const char *serverKey, bool exists) = 0;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetOnlineTrashFolderExistsForHost(const char *serverKey, bool &result) = 0;
+  
+  // INBOX
+  NS_IMETHOD  GetOnlineInboxPathForHost(const char *serverKey, nsString &result) = 0;
+  NS_IMETHOD  GetShouldAlwaysListInboxForHost(const char *serverKey, bool &result) = 0;
+  NS_IMETHOD  SetShouldAlwaysListInboxForHost(const char *serverKey, bool shouldList) = 0;
+
+  // Namespaces
+  NS_IMETHOD  GetNamespaceForMailboxForHost(const char *serverKey, const char *mailbox_name, nsIMAPNamespace * & result) = 0;
+  NS_IMETHOD  SetNamespaceFromPrefForHost(const char *serverKey, const char *namespacePref, EIMAPNamespaceType type) = 0;
+  NS_IMETHOD  AddNewNamespaceForHost(const char *serverKey, nsIMAPNamespace *ns) = 0;
+  NS_IMETHOD  ClearServerAdvertisedNamespacesForHost(const char *serverKey) = 0;
+  NS_IMETHOD  ClearPrefsNamespacesForHost(const char *serverKey) = 0;
+  NS_IMETHOD  GetDefaultNamespaceOfTypeForHost(const char *serverKey, EIMAPNamespaceType type, nsIMAPNamespace * & result) = 0;
+  NS_IMETHOD  SetNamespacesOverridableForHost(const char *serverKey, bool overridable) = 0;
+  NS_IMETHOD  GetNamespacesOverridableForHost(const char *serverKey,bool &result) = 0;
+  NS_IMETHOD  GetNumberOfNamespacesForHost(const char *serverKey, uint32_t &result) = 0;
+  NS_IMETHOD  GetNamespaceNumberForHost(const char *serverKey, int32_t n, nsIMAPNamespace * &result) = 0;
+  // ### dmb hoo boy, how are we going to do this?
+  NS_IMETHOD  CommitNamespacesForHost(nsIImapIncomingServer *server) = 0;
+  NS_IMETHOD  FlushUncommittedNamespacesForHost(const char *serverKey, bool &result) = 0;
+  
+  // Hierarchy Delimiters
+  NS_IMETHOD  SetNamespaceHierarchyDelimiterFromMailboxForHost(const char *serverKey, const char *boxName, char delimiter) = 0;
+
+  // Message Body Shells
+  NS_IMETHOD  AddShellToCacheForHost(const char *serverKey, nsIMAPBodyShell *shell) = 0;
+  NS_IMETHOD  FindShellInCacheForHost(const char *serverKey, const char *mailboxName, const char *UID, IMAP_ContentModifiedType modType, nsIMAPBodyShell **result) = 0;
+  NS_IMETHOD  ClearShellCacheForHost(const char *serverKey) = 0;
+};
+
+NS_DEFINE_STATIC_IID_ACCESSOR(nsIImapHostSessionList,
+                              NS_IIMAPHOSTSESSIONLIST_IID)
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/imap/public/nsIImapFlagAndUidState.idl b/mailnews/imap/public/nsIImapFlagAndUidState.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4a7498b9b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/imap/public/nsIImapFlagAndUidState.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+/* -*- Mode: IDL; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+[scriptable, uuid(290412eb-5824-4087-8984-05450c9397be)]
+interface nsIImapFlagAndUidState : nsISupports
+{
+  readonly attribute long numberOfMessages;
+  readonly attribute long numberOfRecentMessages;
+
+  /**
+   * If a full update, the total number of deleted messages
+   * in the folder; if a partial update, the number of deleted
+   * messages in the partial update
+   **/
+  readonly attribute long numberOfDeletedMessages;
+
+  /**
+   * If this is true, instead of fetching 1:* (FLAGS), and putting all
+   * UIDs and flags in the array, we only fetched the uids and flags
+   * that changed since the last time we were selected on this folder.
+   * This means we have a sparse array, and should not assume missing
+   * UIDs have been deleted.
+   **/
+  readonly attribute boolean partialUIDFetch;
+
+  /**
+   * Set of flags the server supports storing per message. See nsImapCore.h
+   * for the set of flags.
+   */
+  readonly attribute unsigned short supportedUserFlags;
+
+  /**
+   * OR's the  passed in flags with the previous flags because we want to
+   * accumulate the FLAGS and PERMANENTFLAGS response.
+   *
+   * @param aFlags - flags to OR with current flags.
+   */
+  void orSupportedUserFlags(in unsigned short aFlags);
+
+  void getUidOfMessage(in long zeroBasedIndex, out unsigned long result);
+  void getMessageFlags(in long zeroBasedIndex, out unsigned short result);
+  void setMessageFlags(in long zeroBasedIndex, in unsigned short flags);
+  void expungeByIndex(in unsigned long zeroBasedIndex);
+  void addUidFlagPair(in unsigned long uid, in unsigned short flags, in unsigned long zeroBasedIndex);
+  void addUidCustomFlagPair(in unsigned long uid, in string customFlag);
+  string getCustomFlags(in unsigned long uid); // returns space-separated keywords
+  void reset();
+  void clearCustomFlags(in unsigned long uid);
+  /**
+   * Adds custom attributes to a hash table for the purpose of storing them
+   * them.
+   * @param aUid   UID of the associated msg
+   * @param aCustomAttributeName   Name of the custom attribute value
+   * @param aCustomAttributeValue   Value of the attribute,
+   */
+  void setCustomAttribute(in unsigned long aUid,
+                          in ACString aCustomAttributeName,
+                          in ACString aCustomAttributeValue);
+
+  /**
+   * Gets the custom attributes from the hash table where they were stored earlier
+   * them.
+   * @param aUid   UID of the associated msg
+   * @param aCustomAttributeName   Name of the custom attribute value
+   * @param aCustomAttributeValue   Value of the attribute,
+   */
+  ACString getCustomAttribute(in unsigned long aUid,
+                              in ACString aCustomAttributeName);
+};
+
diff --git a/mailnews/imap/public/nsIImapHeaderXferInfo.idl b/mailnews/imap/public/nsIImapHeaderXferInfo.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b2b2e7840
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/imap/public/nsIImapHeaderXferInfo.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+#include "MailNewsTypes2.idl"
+
+[scriptable, uuid(38f8f784-b092-11d6-ba4b-00108335942a)]
+interface nsIImapHeaderInfo : nsISupports {
+    attribute nsMsgKey  msgUid;
+    attribute long      msgSize;
+    [noscript] void getMsgHdrs ([shared] out string aMsgHdrs); // this doesn't copy the msgHdrs
+    void cacheLine(in string line, in unsigned long uid);
+    void resetCache();
+};
+
+[scriptable, uuid(f0842eda-af29-4ecd-82e1-fba91bd65d66)]
+interface nsIImapHeaderXferInfo : nsISupports {
+  readonly attribute long numHeaders;
+  nsIImapHeaderInfo  getHeader(in long hdrIndex);
+};
+
diff --git a/mailnews/imap/public/nsIImapIncomingServer.idl b/mailnews/imap/public/nsIImapIncomingServer.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2c687e0f3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/imap/public/nsIImapIncomingServer.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
+/* -*- Mode: IDL; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+interface nsIURI;
+interface nsIImapUrl;
+interface nsIImapProtocol;
+interface nsIMsgFolder;
+interface nsIMsgWindow;
+
+typedef long nsMsgImapDeleteModel;
+
+[scriptable, uuid(bbfc33de-fe89-11d3-a564-0060b0fc04b7)]
+interface nsMsgImapDeleteModels
+{
+  const long IMAPDelete = 0;    /* delete with a big red x */
+  const long MoveToTrash = 1;   /* delete moves message to the trash */
+  const long DeleteNoTrash = 2; /* delete is shift delete - don't create or use trash */
+};
+
+[scriptable, uuid(ea6a0765-07b8-40df-924c-9004ed707251)]
+interface nsIImapIncomingServer : nsISupports {
+
+  attribute long maximumConnectionsNumber;
+  attribute ACString forceSelect;
+  attribute long timeOutLimits;
+  attribute ACString adminUrl;
+  attribute ACString serverDirectory;
+  /// RFC 2971 ID response stored as a pref
+  attribute ACString serverIDPref;
+  attribute boolean cleanupInboxOnExit;
+  attribute nsMsgImapDeleteModel deleteModel;
+  attribute boolean dualUseFolders;
+  attribute long emptyTrashThreshhold;
+  attribute ACString personalNamespace;
+  attribute ACString publicNamespace;
+  attribute ACString otherUsersNamespace;
+  attribute boolean offlineDownload;
+  attribute boolean overrideNamespaces;
+  attribute boolean usingSubscription;
+  attribute ACString manageMailAccountUrl;
+  attribute boolean fetchByChunks;
+  attribute boolean mimePartsOnDemand;
+  attribute boolean sendID;
+  attribute boolean isAOLServer;
+  attribute boolean capabilityACL;
+  attribute boolean capabilityQuota;
+  attribute boolean useIdle;
+  attribute boolean checkAllFoldersForNew;
+
+  /// Is this a GMail Server?
+  attribute boolean isGMailServer;
+
+  /**
+   * See IMAP RFC 4551
+   **/
+  attribute boolean useCondStore;
+
+  /**
+   * See IMAP RFC 4978
+   */
+  attribute boolean useCompressDeflate;
+
+  attribute AString trashFolderName;
+
+  attribute boolean downloadBodiesOnGetNewMail;
+  attribute boolean autoSyncOfflineStores;
+
+  /// Max age of messages we will autosync to, or keep in offline store.
+  attribute long autoSyncMaxAgeDays;
+
+  void GetImapConnectionAndLoadUrl(in nsIImapUrl aImapUrl,
+                                   in nsISupports aConsumer);
+
+  void RemoveConnection(in nsIImapProtocol aImapConnection);
+  void ResetNamespaceReferences();
+  void pseudoInterruptMsgLoad(in nsIMsgFolder aImapFolder, in nsIMsgWindow aMsgWindow, out boolean interrupted);
+  void ResetConnection(in ACString folderName);
+  void CloseConnectionForFolder(in nsIMsgFolder aMsgFolder);
+  void reDiscoverAllFolders();
+  nsIURI subscribeToFolder(in AString name, in boolean subscribe);
+  void GetNewMessagesForNonInboxFolders(in nsIMsgFolder aRootFolder,
+                                        in nsIMsgWindow aWindow,
+                                        in boolean forceAllFolders,
+                                        in boolean performingBiff);
+  /**
+   * Get the password from the nsIMsgIncomingServer. May prompt the user
+   * if there's no password in the password manager or cached in the 
+   * server object.
+   * @param aWindow  msgWindow to associate the password prompt with
+   * @return Password string.
+   * @exception NS_ERROR_FAILURE  The password could not be obtained.
+   * @note NS_MSG_PASSWORD_PROMPT_CANCELLED is a success code that is returned
+   *       if the prompt was presented to the user but the user cancelled the
+   *       prompt.
+   */
+  ACString PromptPassword(in nsIMsgWindow aWindow);
+  attribute boolean doingLsub;
+
+  ACString getUriWithNamespacePrefixIfNecessary(in long namespaceType, in ACString originalUri);
+  attribute boolean shuttingDown;
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/imap/public/nsIImapMailFolderSink.idl b/mailnews/imap/public/nsIImapMailFolderSink.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..465e72b1d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/imap/public/nsIImapMailFolderSink.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+#include "MailNewsTypes2.idl"
+
+#include "nsIImapProtocol.idl"
+#include "nsIMailboxSpec.idl"
+
+interface nsIMsgMailNewsUrl;
+interface nsIImapMockChannel;
+interface nsIImapHeaderXferInfo;
+
+typedef long ImapOnlineCopyState;
+
+[scriptable, uuid(5f7484b0-68b4-11d3-a53e-0060b0fc04b7)]
+interface ImapOnlineCopyStateType
+{
+   const long kInProgress = 0;
+   const long kSuccessfulCopy = 1;
+   const long kSuccessfulMove = 2;
+   const long kSuccessfulDelete = 3;
+   const long kFailedDelete = 4;
+   const long kReadyForAppendData = 5;
+   const long kFailedAppend = 6;
+   const long kInterruptedState = 7;
+   const long kFailedCopy = 8;
+   const long kFailedMove = 9;
+};
+
+[scriptable, uuid(525e1278-a39d-46d6-9dbc-b48c7e1d4faa)]
+interface nsIImapMailFolderSink : nsISupports {
+  attribute boolean folderNeedsACLListed;
+  attribute boolean folderNeedsSubscribing;
+  attribute boolean folderNeedsAdded;
+  attribute unsigned long aclFlags;
+  attribute long uidValidity;
+  /**
+   * Whether we have asked the server for this folder's quota information.
+   * If the server supports quotas, this occurs when the folder is opened.
+   */
+  attribute boolean folderQuotaCommandIssued;
+
+  /**
+   * Set FolderQuotaData information
+   * @param aFolderQuotaRoot    The IMAP quota root for this folder, 
+   *                            as returned by the GETQUOTAROOT IMAP command.
+   * @param aFolderQuotaUsedKB  Used space, in KB, on this folder's quota root.
+   * @param aFolderQuotaMaxKB   Size, in KB, of this folder's quota root.
+   **/
+  void setFolderQuotaData(in ACString aFolderQuotaRoot, in unsigned long aFolderQuotaUsedKB, 
+                          in unsigned long aFolderQuotaMaxKB);
+
+  /// Should we download all the rfc822 headers of messages, instead of subset.
+  readonly attribute boolean shouldDownloadAllHeaders;
+  readonly attribute char onlineDelimiter;
+  void OnNewIdleMessages();
+  // Tell mail master about the newly selected mailbox
+  void UpdateImapMailboxInfo(in nsIImapProtocol aProtocol,
+                             in nsIMailboxSpec aSpec);
+  void UpdateImapMailboxStatus(in nsIImapProtocol aProtocol,
+                               in nsIMailboxSpec aSpec);
+  /**
+   * Used when downloading headers in chunks.
+   * @param aSpec Mailbox spec of folder we're downloading headers for.
+   * @returns true if more to download, false otherwise.
+   * @returns total count of headers to download (across all chunks)
+   * @returns an array of msg keys to download, array size is this chunk's size
+   */
+  void getMsgHdrsToDownload(out boolean aMore, out long aTotalCount,
+                            out unsigned long aCount,
+                            [retval, array, size_is(aCount)] out nsMsgKey aKeys);
+  void parseMsgHdrs(in nsIImapProtocol aProtocol, in nsIImapHeaderXferInfo aHdrXferInfo);
+  void AbortHeaderParseStream(in nsIImapProtocol aProtocol) ;
+  
+  void OnlineCopyCompleted(in nsIImapProtocol aProtocol, in ImapOnlineCopyState aCopyState);
+  void StartMessage(in nsIMsgMailNewsUrl aUrl);
+  void EndMessage(in nsIMsgMailNewsUrl aUrl, in nsMsgKey uidOfMessage);
+
+  void NotifySearchHit(in nsIMsgMailNewsUrl aUrl, in string hitLine);
+
+  void copyNextStreamMessage(in boolean copySucceeded, in nsISupports copyState);
+  void closeMockChannel(in nsIImapMockChannel aChannel);
+  void setUrlState(in nsIImapProtocol aProtocol, in nsIMsgMailNewsUrl aUrl,
+                   in boolean isRunning, in boolean aSuspend,
+                   in nsresult status);
+  void releaseUrlCacheEntry(in nsIMsgMailNewsUrl aUrl);
+
+  void headerFetchCompleted(in nsIImapProtocol aProtocol);
+  void setBiffStateAndUpdate(in long biffState);
+  void progressStatusString(in nsIImapProtocol aProtocol, in string aMsgId, in wstring extraInfo);
+  void percentProgress(in nsIImapProtocol aProtocol, in wstring aMessage, 
+                       in long long aCurrentProgress, in long long aMaxProgressProgressInfo);
+
+  void clearFolderRights();
+  void setCopyResponseUid(in string msgIdString,
+                                in nsIImapUrl aUrl);
+  void setAppendMsgUid(in nsMsgKey newKey,
+                             in nsIImapUrl aUrl);
+  ACString getMessageId(in nsIImapUrl aUrl);
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/imap/public/nsIImapMessageSink.idl b/mailnews/imap/public/nsIImapMessageSink.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..420ea7642
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/imap/public/nsIImapMessageSink.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+#include "MailNewsTypes2.idl"
+#include "nsIImapUrl.idl"
+
+interface nsIMsgMailNewsUrl;
+
+[scriptable, uuid(6ffb6a92-e43a-405f-92ea-92cf81a5e17b)]
+
+interface nsIImapMessageSink : nsISupports {
+  // set up messge download output stream
+  void setupMsgWriteStream(in nsIFile aFile, in boolean aAppendDummyEnvelope);
+
+  /**
+   * Used by the imap protocol code to notify the core backend code about
+   * downloaded imap messages.
+   *
+   * @param aAdoptedMsgLine  a string with a lot of message lines,
+   *                         separated by native line terminators.
+   * @param aUidOfMsg        IMAP UID of the fetched message.
+   * @param aImapUrl         IMAP Url used to fetch the message.
+   */
+  void parseAdoptedMsgLine(in string aAdoptedMsgLine, in nsMsgKey aUidOfMsg,
+                           in nsIImapUrl aImapUrl);
+
+  /**
+   * Notify the backend that the imap protocol is done downloading a message
+   *
+   * @param aUidOfMsg           IMAP UID of the fetched message.
+   * @param aMarkMsgRead        Set the SEEN flag on the message.
+   * @param aImapUrl            IMAP Url used to fetch the message.
+   * @param aUpdatedMessageSize if this parameter is not -1, the stored size of the message
+   *                            should be set to this value to reflect the actual size of
+   *                            the downloaded message.
+   */
+  void normalEndMsgWriteStream(in nsMsgKey aUidOfMessage,
+                               in boolean aMarkMsgRead, in nsIImapUrl aImapUrl,
+                               in long aUpdatedMessageSize);
+
+  void abortMsgWriteStream();
+
+  void beginMessageUpload();
+
+  /**
+   *  Notify the message sink that one or more flags have changed
+   *  For Condstore servers, also update the highestMod Sequence
+   *  @param   aFlags         - The new flags for the message
+   *  @param   aKeywords        keywords for the message
+   *  @param   aMessageKey    - The UID of the message that changed
+   *  @param   aHighestModSeq - The highest mod seq the parser has seen
+   *                            for this folder
+  **/
+  void notifyMessageFlags(in unsigned long aFlags, in ACString aKeywords,
+                          in nsMsgKey aMessageKey,
+                          in unsigned long long aHighestModSeq);
+
+  void notifyMessageDeleted(in string aOnlineFolderName,in boolean aDeleteAllMsgs,in string aMsgIdString);
+
+  void getMessageSizeFromDB(in string aId, out unsigned long aSize);
+
+  void setContentModified(in nsIImapUrl aImapUrl, in nsImapContentModifiedType aModified);
+  
+  /**
+   * For a message stored in a file, get the message metadata needed to copy
+   * that message to an imap folder
+   *
+   * @param aRunningUrl  message URL
+   * @param aDate        message date
+   * @param aKeywords    message custom keywords (if supported by the server),
+   *                     including messages tags and junk status
+   *
+   * @return             message flags
+   */
+  unsigned long getCurMoveCopyMessageInfo(in nsIImapUrl aRunningUrl, 
+                                          out PRTime aDate, out ACString aKeywords);
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/imap/public/nsIImapMockChannel.idl b/mailnews/imap/public/nsIImapMockChannel.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ab4e6b996
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/imap/public/nsIImapMockChannel.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+
+/*
+    Because imap protocol connections (which are channels) run through a cache,
+    it isn't always the case that when you want to run a url, you actually get
+    a connection back right away. Often times, the url goes into a queue until
+    a connection becomes available.
+
+    Unfortunately, if we want to be a truly pluggable protocol with necko, necko
+    requires the ability to get a channel back right away when it wants to run 
+    a url. It doesn't let you wait until an imap connection becomes available.
+
+    So I've created the notion of a "mock channel". This mock channel is what
+    gets returned to necko (or other callers) when they ask the imap service
+    for a new channel for a url. The mock channel has "mock" implementations
+    of nsIChannel. Eventually, when we actually assign the url to a real
+    channel, we set the real channel on the mock channel. From that point forward,
+    the mock channel forwards channel calls directly to the real channel.
+
+    In short, this class is how I'm solving the problem where necko wants
+    a channel back as soon as they ask for when with the fact that it
+    may be a while until the url is loaded into a connection.
+ */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+#include "nsIChannel.idl"
+
+interface nsIStreamListener;
+interface nsIProgressEventSink;
+interface nsIURI;
+interface nsIImapProtocol;
+
+[scriptable, uuid(e0178cd5-d37b-4bde-9ab8-752083536225)]
+
+interface nsIImapMockChannel : nsIChannel
+{
+  attribute nsIProgressEventSink progressEventSink;
+  void GetChannelListener(out nsIStreamListener aChannelListener);
+  void GetChannelContext(out nsISupports aChannelContext);
+  void Close();
+  void setImapProtocol(in nsIImapProtocol aProtocol);
+  [noscript] void setSecurityInfo(in nsISupports securityInfo);
+
+  void setURI(in nsIURI uri);
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/imap/public/nsIImapProtocol.idl b/mailnews/imap/public/nsIImapProtocol.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..83b19a499
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/imap/public/nsIImapProtocol.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+/* -*- Mode: IDL; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+interface nsIURI;
+interface nsIImapUrl;
+interface nsIImapProtocol;
+interface nsIImapIncomingServer;
+interface nsIMsgFolder;
+interface nsIImapHostSessionList;
+interface nsIMsgWindow;
+interface nsIImapFlagAndUidState;
+
+[scriptable, uuid(290412eb-5824-4087-8984-05450c9397be)]
+interface nsIImapProtocol : nsISupports {
+  void LoadImapUrl(in nsIURI aUrl, in nsISupports aConsumer);
+
+  /**
+   * IsBusy returns true if the connection is currently processing a url
+   * and false otherwise.
+   */
+  void IsBusy(out boolean aIsConnectionBusy,
+              out boolean isInboxConnection);
+
+  /** Protocol instance examines the url, looking at the host name,
+   * user name and folder the action would be on in order to figure out
+   * if it can process this url. I decided to push the semantics about
+   * whether a connection can handle a url down into the connection level
+   * instead of in the connection cache.
+   */
+  void CanHandleUrl(in nsIImapUrl aImapUrl, out boolean aCanRunUrl,
+                    out boolean hasToWait);
+
+  /**
+   * Initialize a protocol object.
+   * @param aHostSessionList host session list service
+   * @param aServer imap server the protocol object will be talking to
+   */
+  void Initialize(in nsIImapHostSessionList aHostSessionList, in nsIImapIncomingServer aServer);
+
+  void NotifyBodysToDownload(out unsigned long keys, in unsigned long count);
+  // methods to get data from the imap parser flag state.
+  void GetFlagsForUID(in unsigned long uid, out boolean foundIt, out unsigned short flags, out string customFlags);
+  void GetSupportedUserFlags(out unsigned short flags);
+
+  void GetRunningImapURL(out nsIImapUrl aImapUrl);
+
+  void GetRunningUrl(out nsIURI aUrl);
+
+  readonly attribute nsIImapFlagAndUidState flagAndUidState;
+  /**
+   * Tell thread to die - only call from the UI thread
+   *
+   * @param aIsSafeToClose false if we're dropping a timed out connection.
+   */
+  void tellThreadToDie(in boolean aIsSafeToClose);
+
+  // Get last active time stamp
+  void GetLastActiveTimeStamp(out PRTime aTimeStamp);
+
+  void pseudoInterruptMsgLoad(in nsIMsgFolder imapFolder, in nsIMsgWindow aMsgWindow, out boolean interrupted);
+  void GetSelectedMailboxName(out string folderName);
+  // Reset folder connection to authenticated state
+  void ResetToAuthenticatedState();
+
+  void OverrideConnectionInfo(in wstring pHost, in unsigned short pPort, in string pCookieData);
+};
+
diff --git a/mailnews/imap/public/nsIImapProtocolSink.idl b/mailnews/imap/public/nsIImapProtocolSink.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..07b533065
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/imap/public/nsIImapProtocolSink.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+interface nsIMsgWindow;
+interface nsIMsgMailNewsUrl;
+
+/**
+ * Helper interface that contains operations MUST be proxied
+ * over UI thread.
+ */
+[scriptable, uuid(1217cd9d-7678-4026-b323-0d4b45816af0)]
+interface nsIImapProtocolSink : nsISupports {
+  
+  /**
+   * Does general cleanup for the imap protocol object.
+   */
+  void closeStreams();
+  /**
+   * Get the msg window associated with a url
+   *
+   * @param aUrl url whose msgWindow we want.
+   * @returns msgWindow associated with url.
+   */
+  nsIMsgWindow getUrlWindow(in nsIMsgMailNewsUrl aUrl);
+
+  /**
+   * Setup main thread proxies.
+   */
+  void setupMainThreadProxies();
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/imap/public/nsIImapServerSink.idl b/mailnews/imap/public/nsIImapServerSink.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..77fdcb2d9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/imap/public/nsIImapServerSink.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+#include "MailNewsTypes2.idl"
+
+interface nsIMsgWindow;
+interface nsIMsgMailNewsUrl;
+interface nsIImapProtocol;
+interface nsIImapUrl;
+interface nsIImapMockChannel;
+
+/**
+ * nsIImapServerSink is designed to be used as a proxy to the application's UI
+ * thread from the running IMAP threads.
+ */
+[scriptable, uuid(2160c641-e4fa-4bbc-ab8b-d9ba45069027)]
+interface nsIImapServerSink : nsISupports {
+  /**
+   * Check if the given folder path is a possible IMAP mailbox.
+   * @param folderPath folder path to check
+   * @param hierarchyDelimiter IMAP hierarchy delimiter in canonical format,
+   *                           i.e., hierarchy delimiter has been replaced
+   *                           with '/'
+   * @param boxFlags IMAP folder flags (for subscription, namespaces etc.)
+   * @return true if it's a new mailbox
+   */
+  boolean possibleImapMailbox(in ACString folderPath,
+                              in char hierarchyDelimiter, in long boxFlags);
+  boolean folderNeedsACLInitialized(in ACString folderPath);
+  void addFolderRights(in ACString folderPath, in ACString userName, in ACString rights);
+  void refreshFolderRights(in ACString folderPath);
+  void discoveryDone();
+  void onlineFolderDelete(in ACString folderName);
+  void onlineFolderCreateFailed(in ACString aFolderName);
+  void onlineFolderRename(in nsIMsgWindow msgWindow, in ACString oldName, in ACString newName);
+  boolean folderIsNoSelect(in ACString folderName);
+  void setFolderAdminURL(in ACString folderName, in ACString adminUrl);
+  boolean folderVerifiedOnline(in ACString folderName);
+
+  void setCapability(in unsigned long long capability);
+  /// RFC 2971 ID server response
+  void setServerID(in ACString aServerID);
+  boolean loadNextQueuedUrl(in nsIImapProtocol protocol);
+
+  /**
+   * Prepare to retry the given URL.
+   * @param imapUrl the url we're going to retry
+   * @return channel to associate with the url. We return this because access
+   *         to the channel should only happen on the ui thread.
+   */
+  nsIImapMockChannel prepareToRetryUrl(in nsIImapUrl imapUrl);
+
+  /**
+   * Suspend the url. This puts it at the end of the queue. If the queue is
+   * empty, the url will get resumed immediately. Currently, the plan is
+   * do this when we have to download a lot of headers in chunks, though we
+   * could find other uses for it.
+   * @param imapUrl url to suspend
+   */
+  void suspendUrl(in nsIImapUrl aImapUrl);
+
+  /**
+   * Retry the given URL.
+   * @param imapUrl url to retry
+   * @param channel the channel to associate with the url
+   */
+  void retryUrl(in nsIImapUrl imapUrl, in nsIImapMockChannel channel);
+
+  /**
+   * If previous URL failed, this gives server chance to abort URLs with same
+   * mock channel.
+   */
+  void abortQueuedUrls();
+  AString getImapStringByName(in string msgName);
+  /**
+   * Alerts the user that the login to the IMAP server failed. Asks whether the
+   * connection should: retry, cancel, or request a new password.
+   *
+   * @param aMsgWindow The message window associated with this action (cannot
+   *                   be null).
+   * @return           The button pressed. 0 for retry, 1 for cancel,
+   *                   2 for enter a new password.
+   */
+  int32_t promptLoginFailed(in nsIMsgWindow aMsgWindow);
+
+  /**
+   * Alerts the user with the given string (FE = 'Front End').
+   *
+   * @param aAlertString The string to alert the user with.
+   * @param aUrl         The running url.
+   */
+  void fEAlert(in AString aAlertString, in nsIMsgMailNewsUrl aUrl);
+
+  /**
+   * Alerts the user with a localized string. It will attempt to fill in
+   * the hostname into the string if necessary.
+   *
+   * @param aMsgName  The id of the string to present to the user..
+   * @param aUrl    The running url.
+   */
+  void fEAlertWithName(in string aMsgName, in nsIMsgMailNewsUrl aUrl);
+  /**
+   * Takes a response from the server and prepends it with IMAP_SERVER_SAID 
+   *
+   * @param aServerString  The string to alert the user with.
+   * @param url            The running url.
+   */
+  void fEAlertFromServer(in ACString aServerString, in nsIMsgMailNewsUrl aUrl);
+
+  void commitNamespaces();
+
+  /**
+   * Returns a password via the out param, if we were able to prompt for one,
+   * or had one stored.
+   * If there is already a password prompt up, we return false, but we
+   * ask the async prompt service to notify us when we can put up a prompt.
+   * When that notification is received, we prompt the user and set the
+   * password on the protocol object, and signal a monitor that the imap
+   * thread should be waiting on.
+   *
+   * rv is NS_MSG_PASSWORD_PROMPT_CANCELLED if the user cancels the
+   * password prompt. That's not an exception, however.
+   *
+   * @param aProtocol imap protocol object requesting the password.
+   * @param aNewPasswordRequested Forces password prompt immediately
+   * @param aPassword returns the password, unless we had to prompt or use the,
+   *                  login manager and there was already a prompt up.
+   */
+  void asyncGetPassword(in nsIImapProtocol aProtocol,
+                        in boolean aNewPasswordRequested,
+                        out ACString aPassword);
+
+  attribute boolean userAuthenticated;
+  void setMailServerUrls(in ACString manageMailAccount, in ACString manageLists, in ACString manageFilters);
+
+  /** Used by the imap thread when upgrading from the socketType
+   * trySTARTTLS.
+   * @param aSucceeded whether STARTTLS succeeded. If it did, the server
+   * will set the socket type to alwaysSTARTTLS, otherwise plain.
+   */
+  void UpdateTrySTARTTLSPref(in boolean aSucceeded);
+
+  readonly attribute ACString arbitraryHeaders;
+  void forgetPassword();
+
+  readonly attribute boolean showAttachmentsInline;
+  string cramMD5Hash(in string decodedChallenge, in string key);
+  /// String to send to the imap server as the login user name.
+  readonly attribute ACString loginUsername;
+  /// String to send to the imap server as the user name.
+  readonly attribute ACString originalUsername;
+  /// Internal pref key, unique over all servers
+  readonly attribute ACString serverKey;
+  /// password for server login
+  readonly attribute ACString serverPassword;
+  /// remove a connection to the server
+  void removeServerConnection(in nsIImapProtocol aProtocol);
+  /// is the imap server shutting down?
+  readonly attribute boolean serverShuttingDown;
+  /// reset the connection for a particular folder
+  void resetServerConnection(in ACString aFolderName);
+  /// tell the server if listing using lsub command
+  void setServerDoingLsub(in boolean aDoingLsub);
+  /// set force select string
+  void SetServerForceSelect(in ACString forceSelect);
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/imap/public/nsIImapService.idl b/mailnews/imap/public/nsIImapService.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0a8521ee6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/imap/public/nsIImapService.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,258 @@
+/* -*- Mode: IDL; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// The IMAP Service is an interfaced designed to make building and running imap urls
+// easier. Clients typically go to the imap service and ask it do things such as:
+// get new mail, etc....
+//
+// Oh and in case you couldn't tell by the name, the imap service is a service! and you
+// should go through the service manager to obtain an instance of it.
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+#include "nsIImapUrl.idl"
+
+interface nsIImapMessageSink;
+interface nsIUrlListener;
+interface nsIURI;
+interface nsIFile;
+interface nsIMsgFolder;
+interface nsIMsgWindow;
+interface nsIImapIncomingServer;
+interface nsICacheStorage;
+
+[scriptable, uuid(aba44b3d-7a0f-4987-8794-96d2de66d966)]
+interface nsIImapService : nsISupports
+{
+  // You can pass in null for the url listener and the url if you don't require either.....
+  void selectFolder(in nsIMsgFolder aImapMailFolder,
+                    in nsIUrlListener aUrlListener,
+                    in nsIMsgWindow   aMsgWindow,
+                    out nsIURI aURL);
+
+  /**
+   * Select the folder on the imap server without doing a sync of flags or
+   * headers. This is used for offline playback, where we don't want to
+   * download hdrs we don't have, because they may have been offline deleted.
+   *
+   * @param aImapMailFolder     the folder to select
+   * @param aUrlListener        url listener, can be null
+   * @param aMsgWindow          msg window url is running in, can be null
+   *
+   * @returns the url created to run the lite select in.
+   */
+  nsIURI liteSelectFolder(in nsIMsgFolder aImapMailFolder,
+                          in nsIUrlListener aUrlListener,
+                          in nsIMsgWindow aMsgWindow);
+
+  void addImapFetchToUrl(in nsIURI aURL,
+                         in nsIMsgFolder aImapMailFolder,
+                         in ACString aMessageIdentifierList,
+                         in ACString aAdditionalHeader);
+
+  void fetchMessage(in nsIImapUrl aUrl,
+                    in nsImapState aImapAction,
+                    in nsIMsgFolder aImapMailFolder,
+                    in nsIImapMessageSink aImapMessageSink,
+                    in nsIMsgWindow aMsgWindow,
+                    in nsISupports aConsumer,
+                    in ACString aMessageIdentifierList,
+                    in boolean convertDataToText,
+                    in ACString additionalHeader,
+                    out nsIURI aOutURL);
+
+  void noop(in nsIMsgFolder aImapMailFolder,
+            in nsIUrlListener aUrlListener,
+            out nsIURI aURL);
+
+  void getHeaders(in nsIMsgFolder aImapMailFolder,
+                  in nsIUrlListener aUrlListener,
+                  out nsIURI aURL,
+                  in ACString aMessageIdentifierList,
+                  in boolean aMessageIdsAreUID);
+
+  nsIURI getBodyStart(in nsIMsgFolder aImapMailFolder,
+                      in nsIUrlListener aUrlListener,
+                      in ACString aMessageIdentifierList,
+                      in long numBytes);
+
+  /**
+   * Issue an EXPUNGE on the target folder.
+   *
+   * @param aImapMailFolder     the folder to expunge
+   * @param aUrlListener        url listener, can be null
+   * @param aMsgWindow          msg window url is running in, can be null
+   *
+   * @returns the url created to run the expunge.
+   */
+  void expunge(in nsIMsgFolder aImapMailFolder,
+               in nsIUrlListener aUrlListener,
+               in nsIMsgWindow aMsgWindow,
+               out nsIURI aURL);
+
+  /**
+   * Issue a STATUS on the target folder.
+   *
+   * @param aImapMailFolder     the folder to expunge
+   * @param aUrlListener        url listener, can be null
+   *
+   * @returns the url created to run the status.
+   */
+  nsIURI updateFolderStatus(in nsIMsgFolder aImapMailFolder,
+                            in nsIUrlListener aUrlListener);
+
+  /**
+   * Verify that we can login.
+   *
+   * @param aImapMailFolder - any old imap folder - we just need it to
+   *                          set url sinks.
+   * @param aMsgWindow    - nsIMsgWindow to use for notification callbacks.
+   * @return - the url that we run.
+   */
+  nsIURI verifyLogon(in nsIMsgFolder aImapMailFolder,
+                     in nsIUrlListener aUrlListener,
+                     in nsIMsgWindow aMsgWindow);
+
+  void biff(in nsIMsgFolder aImapMailFolder,
+            in nsIUrlListener aUrlListener,
+            out nsIURI aURL,
+            in unsigned long aUidHighWater);
+
+  void deleteMessages(in nsIMsgFolder aImapMailFolder,
+                      in nsIUrlListener aUrlListener,
+                      out nsIURI aURL,
+                      in ACString aMessageIdentifierList,
+                      in boolean aMessageIdsAreUID);
+
+  void deleteAllMessages(in nsIMsgFolder aImapMailFolder,
+                         in nsIUrlListener aUrlListener,
+                         out nsIURI aURL);
+
+  void addMessageFlags(in nsIMsgFolder aImapMailFolder,
+                       in nsIUrlListener aUrlListener,
+                       out nsIURI aURL,
+                       in ACString aMessageIdentifierList,
+                       in imapMessageFlagsType aFlags,
+                       in boolean aMessageIdsAreUID);
+
+  void subtractMessageFlags(in nsIMsgFolder aImapMailFolder,
+                            in nsIUrlListener aUrlListener,
+                            out nsIURI aURL,
+                            in ACString aMessageIdentifierList,
+                            in imapMessageFlagsType aFlags,
+                            in boolean aMessageIdsAreUID);
+
+  void setMessageFlags(in nsIMsgFolder aImapMailFolder,
+                       in nsIUrlListener aUrlListener,
+                       out nsIURI aURL,
+                       in ACString aMessageIdentifierList,
+                       in imapMessageFlagsType aFlags,
+                       in boolean aMessageIdsAreUID);
+
+  void discoverAllFolders(in nsIMsgFolder aImapMailFolder,
+                          in nsIUrlListener aUrlListener,
+                          in nsIMsgWindow aMsgWindow,
+                          out nsIURI aURL);
+
+  void discoverAllAndSubscribedFolders(in nsIMsgFolder aImapMailFolder,
+                                       in nsIUrlListener aUrlListener,
+                                       out nsIURI aURL);
+
+  void discoverChildren(in nsIMsgFolder aImapMailFolder,
+                        in nsIUrlListener aUrlListener,
+                        in ACString folderPath,
+                        out nsIURI aURL);
+
+  void onlineMessageCopy(in nsIMsgFolder aSrcFolder,
+                         in ACString aMessageIds,
+                         in nsIMsgFolder aDstFolder,
+                         in boolean aIdsAreUids,
+                         in boolean aIsMove,
+                         in nsIUrlListener aUrlListener,
+                         out nsIURI aURL,
+                         in nsISupports aCopyState,
+                         in nsIMsgWindow aWindow);
+
+
+  void appendMessageFromFile(in nsIFile aFile,
+                             in nsIMsgFolder aDstFolder,
+                             in ACString aMessageId,
+                             in boolean idsAreUids,
+                             in boolean aInSelectedState,
+                             in nsIUrlListener aUrlListener,
+                             out nsIURI aURL,
+                             in nsISupports aCopyState,
+                             in nsIMsgWindow aMsgWindow);
+
+  void downloadMessagesForOffline(in ACString aMessageIds, in nsIMsgFolder aSrcFolder,
+                      in nsIUrlListener aListener, in nsIMsgWindow   aMsgWindow);
+
+  nsIURI moveFolder(in nsIMsgFolder aSrcFolder,
+                    in nsIMsgFolder aDstFolder,
+                    in nsIUrlListener aUrlListener,
+                    in nsIMsgWindow msgWindow);
+
+  nsIURI renameLeaf(in nsIMsgFolder aSrcFolder,
+                    in AString aLeafName,
+                    in nsIUrlListener aUrlListener,
+                    in nsIMsgWindow msgWindow);
+
+  nsIURI deleteFolder(in nsIMsgFolder aFolder,
+                      in nsIUrlListener aUrlListener,
+                      in nsIMsgWindow aMsgWindow);
+
+  nsIURI createFolder(in nsIMsgFolder aParentFolder,
+                      in AString aLeafName,
+                      in nsIUrlListener aUrlListener);
+
+  nsIURI listFolder(in nsIMsgFolder aMailFolder,
+                    in nsIUrlListener aUrlListener);
+
+  nsIURI subscribeFolder(in nsIMsgFolder aMailFolder,
+                         in AString mailboxName,
+                         in nsIUrlListener aUrlListener);
+
+  nsIURI unsubscribeFolder(in nsIMsgFolder aMailFolder,
+                           in AString mailboxName,
+                           in nsIUrlListener aUrlListener);
+
+  // this method will first check if the folder exists but is
+  // not subscribed to, in which case it will subscribe to the folder.
+  // otherwise, it will try to create the folder. It will try to do this
+  // with one url.
+  nsIURI ensureFolderExists(in nsIMsgFolder aParentFolder,
+                            in AString aLeafName,
+                            in nsIUrlListener aUrlListener);
+
+
+  nsIURI getFolderAdminUrl(in nsIMsgFolder aMailFolder,
+                           in nsIMsgWindow   aMsgWindow,
+                           in nsIUrlListener aUrlListener);
+
+  nsIURI issueCommandOnMsgs(in nsIMsgFolder aMailFolder,
+                            in nsIMsgWindow aMsgWindow,
+                            in ACString aCommand,
+                            in ACString aMessageIdentifierList);
+
+  nsIURI fetchCustomMsgAttribute(in nsIMsgFolder aMailFolder,
+                                 in nsIMsgWindow aMsgWindow,
+                                 in ACString aAttribute,
+                                 in ACString aMessageIdentifierList);
+
+  nsIURI storeCustomKeywords(in nsIMsgFolder aMailFolder,
+                             in nsIMsgWindow aMsgWindow,
+                             in ACString flagsToAdd,
+                             in ACString flagsToSubtract,
+                             in ACString aMessageIdentifierList);
+
+  void getListOfFoldersOnServer(in nsIImapIncomingServer aServer, in nsIMsgWindow aMsgWindow);
+  void getListOfFoldersWithPath(in nsIImapIncomingServer aServer, in nsIMsgWindow aMsgWindow, in ACString folderPath);
+
+  nsISupports playbackAllOfflineOperations(in nsIMsgWindow aMsgWindow, in nsIUrlListener aListener);
+  void downloadAllOffineImapFolders(in nsIMsgWindow aMsgWindow, in nsIUrlListener aListener);
+
+  readonly attribute nsICacheStorage cacheStorage;
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/imap/public/nsIImapUrl.idl b/mailnews/imap/public/nsIImapUrl.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..03d0e03e0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/imap/public/nsIImapUrl.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,207 @@
+/* -*- Mode: IDL; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+interface nsIImapMailFolderSink;
+interface nsIImapMessageSink;
+interface nsIImapServerSink;
+interface nsIImapMockChannel;
+interface nsIFile;
+
+typedef long nsImapAction;
+typedef long nsImapState;
+
+typedef unsigned short imapMessageFlagsType;
+
+typedef long nsImapContentModifiedType;
+
+[scriptable, uuid(2e91901e-ff6c-11d3-b9fa-00108335942a)]
+interface nsImapContentModifiedTypes
+{
+  const long IMAP_CONTENT_NOT_MODIFIED = 0;
+  const long IMAP_CONTENT_MODIFIED_VIEW_INLINE = 1;
+  const long IMAP_CONTENT_MODIFIED_VIEW_AS_LINKS = 2;
+  const long IMAP_CONTENT_FORCE_CONTENT_NOT_MODIFIED = 3;
+} ;
+
+[scriptable, uuid(fe2a8f9e-2886-4146-9896-27fff660c69f)]
+interface nsIImapUrl : nsISupports
+{
+  ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+  // Getters and Setters for the imap specific event sinks to bind to to the url
+  ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+  attribute nsIImapMailFolderSink imapMailFolderSink;
+  attribute nsIImapMessageSink imapMessageSink;
+  attribute nsIImapServerSink imapServerSink;
+
+  ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+  // Getters and Setters for the imap url state
+  ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+  attribute nsImapAction imapAction;
+  readonly attribute nsImapState requiredImapState;
+  readonly attribute string imapPartToFetch;
+  readonly attribute ACString customAttributeToFetch;
+  attribute ACString customAttributeResult;
+  readonly attribute ACString command;
+  attribute ACString customCommandResult;
+  readonly attribute ACString customAddFlags;
+  readonly attribute ACString customSubtractFlags;
+  void allocateCanonicalPath(in string aServerPath, in char aOnlineDelimiter, out string aAllocatedPath);
+  void allocateServerPath(in string aCanonicalPath, in char aOnlineDelimiter, out string aAllocatedPath);
+  string createServerSourceFolderPathString();
+  string createCanonicalSourceFolderPathString();
+  string createServerDestinationFolderPathString();
+
+  string addOnlineDirectoryIfNecessary(in string onlineMailboxName);
+  void createSearchCriteriaString (out string aResult);
+  readonly attribute ACString listOfMessageIds;
+
+  boolean messageIdsAreUids();
+  readonly attribute imapMessageFlagsType msgFlags; // kAddMsgFlags or kSubtractMsgFlags only
+
+  readonly attribute long numBytesToFetch;
+  attribute char onlineSubDirSeparator;
+  attribute boolean allowContentChange;
+  attribute boolean mimePartSelectorDetected;
+  attribute nsImapContentModifiedType contentModified;
+  attribute boolean fetchPartsOnDemand;  // set to true if we're fetching a msg for display and want to not download parts
+  attribute boolean msgLoadingFromCache; // true if this msg load is coming from a cache, so we can know to mark it read
+  attribute boolean externalLinkUrl; // true if we ran this url because the user clicked on a link.
+  attribute boolean validUrl; // false if we couldn't parse url for whatever reason.
+  attribute nsISupports copyState;
+  attribute nsIFile msgFile;
+  attribute nsIImapMockChannel mockChannel;
+  /**
+   * Set to true if we should store the msg(s) for offline use if we can,
+   * e.g., we're fetching a message and the folder is configured for offline
+   * use and we're not doing mime parts on demand.
+   */
+  attribute boolean storeResultsOffline;
+  /**
+   * If we fallback from fetching by parts to fetching the whole message,
+   *  because all the parts were inline, this tells us we should store
+   * the message offline.
+   */
+  attribute boolean storeOfflineOnFallback;
+
+  /**
+   * This attribute defaults to false, but if we only want to use the offline
+   * cache (disk, memory, or offline store) to fetch the message, then we set
+   * this to true. Currently, nsIMsgMessageService.streamMessage does this.
+   */
+  attribute boolean localFetchOnly;
+
+  /// Server disconnected first time so we're retrying.
+  attribute boolean rerunningUrl;
+
+  /**
+   * Do we have more headers to download? This is set when we decide to
+   * download newest headers first, followed by older headers in a subsequent
+   * run of the url, which allows other urls to run against the folder in the
+   * meantime.
+   */
+  attribute boolean moreHeadersToDownload;
+
+  /**
+   * @{
+   * This is used to tell the runner of the url more about the status of
+   * the command, beyond whether it was successful or not. For example,
+   * subtracting flags from a UID that doesn't exist isn't an error
+   * (the server returns OK), but the backend code may want to know about it.
+   */
+  attribute long extraStatus;
+
+  /**
+   * Current possible extra status values
+   */
+  const long ImapStatusNone = 0;
+  const long ImapStatusFlagChangeFailed = 1;
+  const long ImapStatusFlagsNotSettable = 2;
+  /** @} */
+
+  ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+  // Enumerated types specific to imap urls...
+  ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+  // the following are nsImapState enums.
+  // we have a basic set of imap url actions. These actions are nsImapActions.
+  // Certain actions require us to be in the authenticated state and others require us to
+  // be in the selected state. nsImapState is used to store the state the url needs to
+  // be in. You'll later see us refer to the imap url state in the imap protocol when we
+  // are processing the current url. Don't confuse nsImapState with the generic url state
+  // used to keep track of whether the url is running or not...
+  const long nsImapAuthenticatedState = 0;
+  const long nsImapSelectedState = 1;
+
+  const long nsImapActionSendText = 0;      // a state used for testing purposes to send raw url text straight to the server....
+  // nsImapAuthenticatedStateUrl urls
+  // since the following url actions require us to be in the authenticated
+  // state, the high bit is left blank....
+  const long nsImapTest  = 0x00000001;
+  const long nsImapCreateFolder  = 0x00000005;
+  const long nsImapDeleteFolder  = 0x00000006;
+  const long nsImapRenameFolder  = 0x00000007;
+  const long nsImapMoveFolderHierarchy = 0x00000008;
+  const long nsImapLsubFolders  = 0x00000009;
+  const long nsImapGetMailAccountUrl = 0x0000000A;
+  const long nsImapDiscoverChildrenUrl = 0x0000000B;
+  const long nsImapDiscoverAllBoxesUrl = 0x0000000D;
+  const long nsImapDiscoverAllAndSubscribedBoxesUrl  = 0x0000000E;
+  const long nsImapAppendMsgFromFile = 0x0000000F;
+  const long nsImapSubscribe = 0x00000010;
+  const long nsImapUnsubscribe = 0x00000011;
+  const long nsImapRefreshACL  = 0x00000012;
+  const long nsImapRefreshAllACLs  = 0x00000013;
+  const long nsImapListFolder  = 0x00000014;
+  const long nsImapUpgradeToSubscription = 0x00000015;
+  const long nsImapFolderStatus  = 0x00000016;
+  const long nsImapRefreshFolderUrls = 0x00000017;
+  const long nsImapEnsureExistsFolder = 0x00000018;
+  const long nsImapOfflineToOnlineCopy = 0x00000019;
+  const long nsImapOfflineToOnlineMove = 0x0000001A;
+  const long nsImapVerifylogon = 0x0000001B;
+  // it's okay to add more imap actions that require us to
+  // be in the authenticated state here without renumbering
+  // the imap selected state url actions. just make sure you don't
+  // set the high bit...
+
+  // nsImapSelectedState urls. Note, the high bit is always set for
+  // imap actions which require us to be in the selected state
+  const long nsImapSelectFolder  = 0x10000002;
+  const long nsImapLiteSelectFolder = 0x10000003;
+  const long nsImapExpungeFolder = 0x10000004;
+  const long nsImapMsgFetch  = 0x10000018;
+  const long nsImapMsgHeader = 0x10000019;
+  const long nsImapSearch  = 0x1000001A;
+  const long nsImapDeleteMsg = 0x1000001B;
+  const long nsImapDeleteAllMsgs = 0x1000001C;
+  const long nsImapAddMsgFlags = 0x1000001D;
+  const long nsImapSubtractMsgFlags  = 0x1000001E;
+  const long nsImapSetMsgFlags = 0x1000001F;
+  const long nsImapOnlineCopy  = 0x10000020;
+  const long nsImapOnlineMove  = 0x10000021;
+  const long nsImapOnlineToOfflineCopy = 0x10000022;
+  const long nsImapOnlineToOfflineMove = 0x10000023;
+  const long nsImapMsgPreview = 0x10000024;
+  const long nsImapBiff  = 0x10000026;
+  const long nsImapSelectNoopFolder  = 0x10000027;
+  const long nsImapAppendDraftFromFile = 0x10000028;
+  const long nsImapUidExpunge = 0x10000029;
+  const long nsImapSaveMessageToDisk = 0x10000030;
+  const long nsImapOpenMimePart = 0x10000031;
+  const long nsImapMsgDownloadForOffline  = 0x10000032;
+  const long nsImapDeleteFolderAndMsgs = 0x10000033;
+  const long nsImapUserDefinedMsgCommand = 0x10000034;
+  const long nsImapUserDefinedFetchAttribute = 0x10000035;
+  const long nsImapMsgFetchPeek = 0x10000036;
+  const long nsImapMsgStoreCustomKeywords = 0x10000037;
+
+  /// Constant for the default IMAP port number
+  const int32_t DEFAULT_IMAP_PORT = 143;
+
+  /// Constant for the default IMAP over ssl port number
+  const int32_t DEFAULT_IMAPS_PORT = 993;
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/imap/public/nsIMailboxSpec.idl b/mailnews/imap/public/nsIMailboxSpec.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5888ecbf3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/imap/public/nsIMailboxSpec.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+/* -*- Mode: IDL; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+#include "nsIImapFlagAndUidState.idl"
+
+interface nsIMAPNamespace;
+
+[scriptable, uuid(a9fbbc80-5291-4ed8-a7f7-c2fcad231269)]
+interface nsIMailboxSpec : nsISupports
+{
+  attribute long folder_UIDVALIDITY;
+  /**
+   * The highest modification sequence number the parser has seen 
+   * for this mailbox. See IMAP RFC 4551
+   **/
+  attribute unsigned long long highestModSeq;
+  attribute long numMessages;
+  attribute long numUnseenMessages;
+  attribute long numRecentMessages;
+
+  /// If server supports UIDNEXT, we store the result here.
+  attribute long nextUID;
+
+  attribute unsigned long box_flags;
+  attribute unsigned long supportedUserFlags;
+
+  attribute ACString allocatedPathName;
+  attribute AString unicharPathName;
+  attribute char hierarchyDelimiter;
+  attribute ACString hostName;
+
+  attribute nsIImapFlagAndUidState flagState;
+
+  attribute boolean folderSelected;
+  attribute boolean discoveredFromLsub;
+
+  attribute boolean onlineVerified;
+
+  [noscript] attribute nsIMAPNamespace  namespaceForFolder;
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/imap/public/nsIMsgImapMailFolder.idl b/mailnews/imap/public/nsIMsgImapMailFolder.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f86f622b4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/imap/public/nsIMsgImapMailFolder.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,215 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+#include "nsIMsgFolder.idl"
+#include "nsIStringEnumerator.idl"
+
+interface nsIMsgWindow;
+interface nsIImapIncomingServer;
+interface nsIMsgParseMailMsgState;
+interface nsIAutoSyncState;
+
+/**
+ * This is a simple interface which allows the IMAP folder to update some
+ * values that the folder props js code will use to update the sharing and
+ * quota tabs in the folder properties.
+ */
+[scriptable, uuid(09D99F2C-3E23-4f8c-A536-5C277BAA9585)] 
+interface nsIMsgImapFolderProps : nsISupports {
+
+    void setFolderType(in AString folderType);
+    void setFolderTypeDescription(in AString folderTypeDescription);
+    void setFolderPermissions(in AString permissions);
+    void serverDoesntSupportACL();
+
+    /**
+     * Toggles the display of quota information in the Quota tab of the folder properties.
+     * If on, the quota root, usage, and percentage used are displayed.
+     * If off, a status message is displayed. The status message can be set with setQuotaStatus().
+     * @param showData If true, display the quota root, usage information and usage percentage bar.
+     *                 If false, display the status message.
+     */
+    void showQuotaData(in boolean showData);
+
+    /**
+     * Sets the status string displayed in the Quota tab of the folder properties if quota
+     * information is not visible.
+     */
+    void setQuotaStatus(in AString folderQuotaStatus);
+
+    /**
+     * Updates the quota data displayed in the Quota tab.
+     */
+    void setQuotaData(in ACString quotaroot, in unsigned long usedKB, in unsigned long maxKB);
+};
+
+[scriptable, uuid(fea0f455-7adf-4683-bf2f-c95c3fff03df)]
+interface nsIMsgImapMailFolder : nsISupports {
+  void removeSubFolder(in nsIMsgFolder folder);
+  void createClientSubfolderInfo(in ACString folderName, in char hierarchyDelimiter,
+                                 in long flags, in boolean suppressNotification);
+  void list();
+  void renameLocal(in ACString newname, in nsIMsgFolder parent);
+  void prepareToRename();
+  void performExpand(in nsIMsgWindow aMsgWindow);
+  void recursiveCloseActiveConnections(in nsIImapIncomingServer aImapServer);
+  void renameClient(in nsIMsgWindow msgWindow, in nsIMsgFolder msgFolder, in ACString oldName, in ACString newName);
+
+  // these are used for offline synchronization
+  void storeImapFlags(in long aFlags, in boolean aAddFlags, [array, size_is (aNumKeys)] 
+      in nsMsgKey aKeysToFlag, in unsigned long aNumKeys, in nsIUrlListener aUrlListener);
+  nsIURI setImapFlags(in string uids, in long flags);
+  void replayOfflineMoveCopy([array, size_is (numKeys)] in nsMsgKey keys, in unsigned long numKeys, in boolean isMove, in nsIMsgFolder aDstFolder,
+                         in nsIUrlListener aUrlListener, in nsIMsgWindow aWindow);
+  nsIURI playbackOfflineFolderCreate(in AString folderName, in nsIMsgWindow aWindow);
+  /**
+   * This is called by the offline sync code to tell the imap folder to
+   * remember info about the header with this key (messageId and key) because
+   * it's an offline move result header, and we need to generate an
+   * nsIMsgFolderListener.msgKeyChanged notification when we download the
+   * real header from the imap server.
+   *
+   * @param aMsgKey msg key of move result pseudo hdr.
+   */
+  void addMoveResultPseudoKey(in nsMsgKey aMsgKey);
+  /**
+   * Select this folder on the imap server without doing a sync of flags or
+   * headers. This is used for offline playback, where we don't want to
+   * download hdrs we don't have, because they may have been offline deleted.
+   *
+   * @param aUrlListener        url listener, can be null
+   * @param aWindow          msg window url is running in, can be null
+   */
+  void liteSelect(in nsIUrlListener aUrlListener, in nsIMsgWindow aWindow);
+
+  void fillInFolderProps(in nsIMsgImapFolderProps aFolderProps);
+  void resetNamespaceReferences();
+  void folderPrivileges(in nsIMsgWindow aWindow);
+  nsIMsgImapMailFolder findOnlineSubFolder(in ACString onlineName);
+  void addFolderRights(in ACString userName, in ACString rights);
+  void refreshFolderRights();
+
+  /**
+   * Mark/unmark the header as pending removal from the offline store. If mark,
+   * this also increases the expungedBytes count on the folder so we know
+   * there's more local disk space to be reclaimed.
+   *
+   * @param aHdr     msg hdr to mark pending removal from offline store.
+   * @param aMark    whether to set or clear the pending removal status.
+   *
+   */
+  void markPendingRemoval(in nsIMsgDBHdr aHdr, in boolean aMark);
+
+  /**
+   * Issue an expunge of this folder to the imap server.
+   *
+   * @param aUrlListener     url listener, can be null
+   * @param aWindow          msg window url is running in, can be null
+   *
+   * @returns                status of attempt to run url.
+   */
+  void expunge(in nsIUrlListener aListener, in nsIMsgWindow aMsgWindow);
+
+  void updateStatus(in nsIUrlListener aListener, in nsIMsgWindow aMsgWindow);
+  void updateFolderWithListener(in nsIMsgWindow aMsgWindow, in nsIUrlListener aListener);
+  // this is used to issue an arbitrary imap command on the passed in msgs.
+  // It assumes the command needs to be run in the selected state.
+  nsIURI issueCommandOnMsgs(in ACString command, in string uids, in nsIMsgWindow aWindow);
+  nsIURI fetchCustomMsgAttribute(in ACString msgAttribute, in string uids, in nsIMsgWindow aWindow);
+  nsIURI storeCustomKeywords(in nsIMsgWindow aMsgWindow,
+                      in ACString aFlagsToAdd,
+                      in ACString aFlagsToSubtract,
+                      [array, size_is (aNumKeys)] in nsMsgKey aKeysToStore,
+                      in unsigned long aNumKeys);
+
+  void notifyIfNewMail();
+
+  void initiateAutoSync(in nsIUrlListener aUrlListener);
+
+  attribute boolean verifiedAsOnlineFolder;
+  attribute boolean explicitlyVerify;
+  attribute char hierarchyDelimiter;
+  attribute long boxFlags;
+  attribute ACString onlineName;
+  attribute boolean isNamespace;
+  readonly attribute boolean canOpenFolder;
+  attribute ACString adminUrl;
+  readonly attribute boolean hasAdminUrl;
+  attribute boolean performingBiff;
+  readonly attribute nsIMsgParseMailMsgState hdrParser;
+  readonly attribute nsIImapIncomingServer imapIncomingServer;
+  readonly attribute nsIAutoSyncState autoSyncStateObj;
+  /**
+   * @{
+   * These are used to access the response to the STATUS or SELECT command.
+   * The counts include deleted messages, or headers we haven't downloaded yet.
+   */
+  readonly attribute long serverTotal;
+  readonly attribute long serverUnseen;
+  readonly attribute long serverRecent;
+  readonly attribute long serverNextUID;
+  /** @} */
+
+  /**
+   * Quota
+   * |valid| indicates whether the server has provided quota information on
+   * this folder. This can be false
+   * - if the server does not supports quotas,
+   * - if there are no storage quotas on this folder, or
+   * - if the folder has never been opened.
+   * If it is true and maxKB > 0, the folder has a storage quota and
+   * the usedKB and maxKB attributes are set to the values provided by
+   * the server (in kilobytes), for this quota root.
+   * Lotus Notes sends us maxKB = 0, usedKB > 0 for unlimited quota.
+   */
+  void getQuota(out boolean valid, out unsigned long usedKB, out unsigned long maxKB);
+
+  /**
+   * List all (human) users apart from the current user who have access to
+   * this folder.
+   *
+   * You can find out which rights they have with getRightsForUser().
+   */
+  nsIUTF8StringEnumerator getOtherUsersWithAccess();
+
+  /**
+   * Which access rights a certain user has for this folder.
+   *
+   * @return list of flags
+   * e.g. "lrswipcd" for write access and "lrs" for read only access.
+   *
+   * See RFC 2086 (e.g. Cyrus) and RFC 4314 (e.g. dovecot)
+   *
+   * l = locate = visible in folder list
+   * r = read = list mails, get/read mail contents
+   * s = set seen flag = mark read. Does not affect other users.
+   * d (or t) = delete mails
+   * w = write = change (other) flags of existing mails
+   * i = insert = add mails to this folder
+   * p = post = send mail directly to the submission address for folder
+   * c (or k) = create subfolders
+   * (e = expunge = compress)
+   * (x = delete folder)
+   * a = admin = change permissions
+   */
+  ACString getPermissionsForUser(in ACString username);
+
+  /**
+   * Change the number of "pending" messages in a folder,
+   *  messages we know about, but don't have the headers for yet
+   *
+   * @param aDelta amount to change total by.
+   */
+  void changePendingTotal(in long aDelta);
+
+  /**
+   * Change the number of "pending" unread messages in a folder,
+   * unread messages we know about, but don't have the headers for yet
+   *
+   * @param aDelta amount to change the unread count by.
+   */
+  void changePendingUnread(in long aDelta);
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/imap/public/nsMsgImapCID.h b/mailnews/imap/public/nsMsgImapCID.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2ba83a28f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/imap/public/nsMsgImapCID.h
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsMsgImapCID_h__
+#define nsMsgImapCID_h__
+
+#include "nsISupports.h"
+#include "nsIFactory.h"
+#include "nsIComponentManager.h"
+#include "nsMsgBaseCID.h"
+
+#define NS_IMAPURL_CID							\
+{ /* 21A89611-DC0D-11d2-806C-006008128C4E */	\
+  0x21a89611, 0xdc0d, 0x11d2,					\
+   { 0x80, 0x6c, 0x0, 0x60, 0x8, 0x12, 0x8c, 0x4e }}
+
+#define NS_IMAPPROTOCOLINFO_CONTRACTID \
+  NS_MSGPROTOCOLINFO_CONTRACTID_PREFIX "imap"
+
+#define NS_IMAPINCOMINGSERVER_CONTRACTID  \
+  NS_MSGINCOMINGSERVER_CONTRACTID_PREFIX "imap"
+
+#define NS_IMAPSERVICE_CONTRACTID \
+  "@mozilla.org/messenger/imapservice;1"
+
+#define NS_IMAPSERVICE_CID						  \
+{ /* C5852B22-EBE2-11d2-95AD-000064657374 */      \
+ 0xc5852b22, 0xebe2, 0x11d2,                      \
+ {0x95, 0xad, 0x0, 0x0, 0x64, 0x65, 0x73, 0x74}}
+
+#define NS_IMAPPROTOCOL_CID							\
+{ /* 8C0C40D1-E173-11d2-806E-006008128C4E */		\
+  0x8c0c40d1, 0xe173, 0x11d2,						\
+    { 0x80, 0x6e, 0x0, 0x60, 0x8, 0x12, 0x8c, 0x4e }}
+
+
+#define NS_IIMAPHOSTSESSIONLIST_CID					\
+{ /* 479ce8fc-e725-11d2-a505-0060b0fc04b7 */		\
+  0x479ce8fc, 0xe725, 0x11d2,						\
+	{0xa5, 0x05, 0x00, 0x60, 0xb0, 0xfc, 0x04, 0xb7 }}
+
+#define NS_IMAPINCOMINGSERVER_CID				  \
+{ /* 8D3675E0-ED46-11d2-8077-006008128C4E */      \
+ 0x8d3675e0, 0xed46, 0x11d2,	                  \
+ {0x80, 0x77, 0x0, 0x60, 0x8, 0x12, 0x8c, 0x4e}}
+
+#define NS_IMAPRESOURCE_CID						\
+{ /* fa32d000-f6a0-11d2-af8d-001083002da8 */	\
+  0xfa32d000, 0xf6a0, 0x11d2,					\
+  { 0xaf, 0x8d, 0x00, 0x10, 0x83, 0x00, 0x2d, 0xa8 }}
+
+// 4ECA51DF-6734-11d3-989A-001083010E9B
+#define NS_IMAPMOCKCHANNEL_CID \
+	{0x4eca51df, 0x6734, 0x11d3, \
+	{0x98, 0x9a, 0x0, 0x10, 0x83, 0x1, 0xe, 0x9b}}
+
+#endif // nsMsgImapCID_h__
diff --git a/mailnews/imap/src/moz.build b/mailnews/imap/src/moz.build
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e62ec5fa8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/imap/src/moz.build
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+# vim: set filetype=python:
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+EXPORTS += [
+    'nsImapCore.h',
+]
+
+SOURCES += [
+    'nsAutoSyncManager.cpp',
+    'nsAutoSyncState.cpp',
+    'nsIMAPBodyShell.cpp',
+    'nsImapFlagAndUidState.cpp',
+    'nsIMAPGenericParser.cpp',
+    'nsIMAPHostSessionList.cpp',
+    'nsImapIncomingServer.cpp',
+    'nsImapMailFolder.cpp',
+    'nsIMAPNamespace.cpp',
+    'nsImapOfflineSync.cpp',
+    'nsImapProtocol.cpp',
+    'nsImapSearchResults.cpp',
+    'nsImapServerResponseParser.cpp',
+    'nsImapService.cpp',
+    'nsImapStringBundle.cpp',
+    'nsImapUndoTxn.cpp',
+    'nsImapUrl.cpp',
+    'nsImapUtils.cpp',
+    'nsSyncRunnableHelpers.cpp',
+]
+
+FINAL_LIBRARY = 'mail'
+
diff --git a/mailnews/imap/src/nsAutoSyncManager.cpp b/mailnews/imap/src/nsAutoSyncManager.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9778919c7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/imap/src/nsAutoSyncManager.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1412 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+ 
+#include "nsAutoSyncManager.h"
+#include "nsAutoSyncState.h"
+#include "nsIIdleService.h"
+#include "nsImapMailFolder.h"
+#include "nsMsgImapCID.h"
+#include "nsIObserverService.h"
+#include "nsIMsgMailNewsUrl.h"
+#include "nsIMsgAccountManager.h"
+#include "nsIMsgIncomingServer.h"
+#include "nsIMsgMailSession.h"
+#include "nsMsgFolderFlags.h"
+#include "nsImapIncomingServer.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "nsIIOService.h"
+#include "nsComponentManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+#include "mozilla/Services.h"
+#include "nsArrayUtils.h"
+#include "mozilla/Logging.h"
+
+using namespace mozilla;
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsDefaultAutoSyncMsgStrategy, nsIAutoSyncMsgStrategy)
+
+const char* kAppIdleNotification = "mail:appIdle";
+const char* kStartupDoneNotification = "mail-startup-done";
+PRLogModuleInfo *gAutoSyncLog;
+
+// recommended size of each group of messages per download
+static const uint32_t kDefaultGroupSize = 50U*1024U /* 50K */;
+
+nsDefaultAutoSyncMsgStrategy::nsDefaultAutoSyncMsgStrategy()
+{
+}
+
+nsDefaultAutoSyncMsgStrategy::~nsDefaultAutoSyncMsgStrategy()
+{
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsDefaultAutoSyncMsgStrategy::Sort(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder, 
+  nsIMsgDBHdr *aMsgHdr1, nsIMsgDBHdr *aMsgHdr2, nsAutoSyncStrategyDecisionType *aDecision)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aDecision);
+
+  uint32_t msgSize1 = 0, msgSize2 = 0;
+  PRTime msgDate1 = 0, msgDate2 = 0;
+  
+  if (!aMsgHdr1 || !aMsgHdr2)
+  {
+    *aDecision = nsAutoSyncStrategyDecisions::Same;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  aMsgHdr1->GetMessageSize(&msgSize1);
+  aMsgHdr1->GetDate(&msgDate1);
+  
+  aMsgHdr2->GetMessageSize(&msgSize2);
+  aMsgHdr2->GetDate(&msgDate2);
+  
+  //Special case: if message size is larger than a 
+  // certain size, then place it to the bottom of the q
+  if (msgSize2 > kFirstPassMessageSize && msgSize1 > kFirstPassMessageSize)
+    *aDecision = msgSize2 > msgSize1 ? 
+        nsAutoSyncStrategyDecisions::Lower : nsAutoSyncStrategyDecisions::Higher;
+  else if (msgSize2 > kFirstPassMessageSize)
+    *aDecision = nsAutoSyncStrategyDecisions::Lower;
+  else if (msgSize1 > kFirstPassMessageSize)
+    *aDecision = nsAutoSyncStrategyDecisions::Higher;
+  else
+  {
+    // Most recent and smallest first
+    if (msgDate1 < msgDate2)
+      *aDecision = nsAutoSyncStrategyDecisions::Higher;
+    else if (msgDate1 > msgDate2)
+      *aDecision = nsAutoSyncStrategyDecisions::Lower;
+    else 
+    {
+      if (msgSize1 > msgSize2)
+        *aDecision = nsAutoSyncStrategyDecisions::Higher;
+      else if (msgSize1 < msgSize2)
+        *aDecision = nsAutoSyncStrategyDecisions::Lower;
+      else
+        *aDecision = nsAutoSyncStrategyDecisions::Same;
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsDefaultAutoSyncMsgStrategy::IsExcluded(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder, 
+  nsIMsgDBHdr *aMsgHdr, bool *aDecision)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aDecision);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMsgHdr);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aFolder);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+
+  nsresult rv = aFolder->GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapIncomingServer> imapServer(do_QueryInterface(server, &rv));
+  int32_t offlineMsgAgeLimit = -1;
+  imapServer->GetAutoSyncMaxAgeDays(&offlineMsgAgeLimit);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  PRTime msgDate;
+  aMsgHdr->GetDate(&msgDate);
+  *aDecision = offlineMsgAgeLimit > 0 &&
+    msgDate < MsgConvertAgeInDaysToCutoffDate(offlineMsgAgeLimit);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsDefaultAutoSyncFolderStrategy, nsIAutoSyncFolderStrategy)
+
+nsDefaultAutoSyncFolderStrategy::nsDefaultAutoSyncFolderStrategy()
+{
+}
+
+nsDefaultAutoSyncFolderStrategy::~nsDefaultAutoSyncFolderStrategy()
+{
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsDefaultAutoSyncFolderStrategy::Sort(nsIMsgFolder *aFolderA, 
+  nsIMsgFolder *aFolderB, nsAutoSyncStrategyDecisionType *aDecision)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aDecision);
+
+  if (!aFolderA || !aFolderB)
+  {
+    *aDecision = nsAutoSyncStrategyDecisions::Same;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  
+  bool isInbox1, isInbox2, isDrafts1, isDrafts2, isTrash1, isTrash2;
+  aFolderA->GetFlag(nsMsgFolderFlags::Inbox, &isInbox1);
+  aFolderB->GetFlag(nsMsgFolderFlags::Inbox, &isInbox2);
+  //
+  aFolderA->GetFlag(nsMsgFolderFlags::Drafts, &isDrafts1);
+  aFolderB->GetFlag(nsMsgFolderFlags::Drafts, &isDrafts2);
+  //
+  aFolderA->GetFlag(nsMsgFolderFlags::Trash, &isTrash1);
+  aFolderB->GetFlag(nsMsgFolderFlags::Trash, &isTrash2);
+  
+  //Follow this order;
+  // INBOX > DRAFTS > SUBFOLDERS > TRASH
+
+  // test whether the folder is opened by the user.
+  // we give high priority to the folders explicitly opened by 
+  // the user.
+  nsresult rv;
+  bool folderAOpen = false;
+  bool folderBOpen = false;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailSession> session =
+           do_GetService(NS_MSGMAILSESSION_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && session) 
+  {
+    session->IsFolderOpenInWindow(aFolderA, &folderAOpen);
+    session->IsFolderOpenInWindow(aFolderB, &folderBOpen);
+  }
+
+  if (folderAOpen == folderBOpen)
+  {
+    // if both of them or none of them are opened by the user 
+    // make your decision based on the folder type
+    if (isInbox2 || (isDrafts2 && !isInbox1) || isTrash1)
+      *aDecision = nsAutoSyncStrategyDecisions::Higher;
+    else if (isInbox1 || (isDrafts1 && !isDrafts2) || isTrash2)
+      *aDecision = nsAutoSyncStrategyDecisions::Lower;
+    else
+      *aDecision = nsAutoSyncStrategyDecisions::Same;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    // otherwise give higher priority to opened one
+    *aDecision = folderBOpen ? nsAutoSyncStrategyDecisions::Higher :
+                               nsAutoSyncStrategyDecisions::Lower;
+  }
+    
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP 
+nsDefaultAutoSyncFolderStrategy::IsExcluded(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder, bool *aDecision)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aDecision);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aFolder);
+  uint32_t folderFlags;
+  aFolder->GetFlags(&folderFlags);
+  // exclude saved search
+  *aDecision = (folderFlags & nsMsgFolderFlags::Virtual);
+  if (!*aDecision)
+  {
+    // Exclude orphans
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> parent;
+    aFolder->GetParent(getter_AddRefs(parent));
+    if (!parent)
+      *aDecision = true;
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+#define NOTIFY_LISTENERS_STATIC(obj_, propertyfunc_, params_) \
+  PR_BEGIN_MACRO \
+  nsTObserverArray<nsCOMPtr<nsIAutoSyncMgrListener> >::ForwardIterator iter(obj_->mListeners); \
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAutoSyncMgrListener> listener; \
+  while (iter.HasMore()) { \
+    listener = iter.GetNext(); \
+    listener->propertyfunc_ params_; \
+  } \
+  PR_END_MACRO
+
+#define NOTIFY_LISTENERS(propertyfunc_, params_) \
+  NOTIFY_LISTENERS_STATIC(this, propertyfunc_, params_)
+
+nsAutoSyncManager::nsAutoSyncManager()
+{
+  mGroupSize = kDefaultGroupSize;
+
+  mIdleState = notIdle;
+  mStartupDone = false;
+  mDownloadModel = dmChained;
+  mUpdateState = completed;
+  mPaused = false;
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  mIdleService = do_GetService("@mozilla.org/widget/idleservice;1", &rv);
+  if (mIdleService)
+    mIdleService->AddIdleObserver(this, kIdleTimeInSec);
+
+  // Observe xpcom-shutdown event and app-idle changes
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIObserverService> observerService =
+    mozilla::services::GetObserverService();
+
+  rv = observerService->AddObserver(this,
+                                    NS_XPCOM_SHUTDOWN_OBSERVER_ID,
+                                    false);
+  observerService->AddObserver(this, kAppIdleNotification, false);
+  observerService->AddObserver(this, NS_IOSERVICE_OFFLINE_STATUS_TOPIC, false);
+  observerService->AddObserver(this, NS_IOSERVICE_GOING_OFFLINE_TOPIC, false);
+  observerService->AddObserver(this, kStartupDoneNotification, false);
+  gAutoSyncLog = PR_NewLogModule("ImapAutoSync");
+}
+
+nsAutoSyncManager::~nsAutoSyncManager()
+{
+}
+
+void nsAutoSyncManager::InitTimer()
+{
+  if (!mTimer)
+  {
+    nsresult rv;
+    mTimer = do_CreateInstance(NS_TIMER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "failed to create timer in nsAutoSyncManager");
+
+    mTimer->InitWithFuncCallback(TimerCallback, (void *) this, 
+                                 kTimerIntervalInMs, nsITimer::TYPE_REPEATING_SLACK);
+  }
+}
+
+void nsAutoSyncManager::StopTimer()
+{
+  if (mTimer)
+  {
+    mTimer->Cancel();
+    mTimer = nullptr;
+  }
+}
+
+void nsAutoSyncManager::StartTimerIfNeeded()
+{
+  if ((mUpdateQ.Count() > 0 || mDiscoveryQ.Count() > 0) && !mTimer)
+    InitTimer();
+}
+
+void nsAutoSyncManager::TimerCallback(nsITimer *aTimer, void *aClosure)
+{
+  if (!aClosure)
+    return;
+
+  nsAutoSyncManager *autoSyncMgr = static_cast<nsAutoSyncManager*>(aClosure);
+  if (autoSyncMgr->GetIdleState() == notIdle ||
+    (autoSyncMgr->mDiscoveryQ.Count() <= 0 && autoSyncMgr->mUpdateQ.Count() <= 0))
+  {
+    // Idle will create a new timer automatically if discovery Q or update Q is not empty
+    autoSyncMgr->StopTimer();
+  }
+
+  // process folders within the discovery queue
+  if (autoSyncMgr->mDiscoveryQ.Count() > 0)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAutoSyncState> autoSyncStateObj(autoSyncMgr->mDiscoveryQ[0]);
+    if (autoSyncStateObj)
+    {
+      uint32_t leftToProcess;
+      nsresult rv = autoSyncStateObj->ProcessExistingHeaders(kNumberOfHeadersToProcess, &leftToProcess);
+
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder;
+      autoSyncStateObj->GetOwnerFolder(getter_AddRefs(folder));
+      if (folder)
+        NOTIFY_LISTENERS_STATIC(autoSyncMgr, OnDiscoveryQProcessed, (folder, kNumberOfHeadersToProcess, leftToProcess));
+
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && 0 == leftToProcess)
+      {
+        autoSyncMgr->mDiscoveryQ.RemoveObjectAt(0);
+        if (folder)
+          NOTIFY_LISTENERS_STATIC(autoSyncMgr, OnFolderRemovedFromQ, (nsIAutoSyncMgrListener::DiscoveryQueue, folder));
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (autoSyncMgr->mUpdateQ.Count() > 0)
+  {
+    if (autoSyncMgr->mUpdateState == completed)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIAutoSyncState> autoSyncStateObj(autoSyncMgr->mUpdateQ[0]);
+      if (autoSyncStateObj)
+      {
+        int32_t state;
+        nsresult rv = autoSyncStateObj->GetState(&state);
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && (state == nsAutoSyncState::stCompletedIdle ||
+                                 state == nsAutoSyncState::stUpdateNeeded))
+        {
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder; 
+          autoSyncStateObj->GetOwnerFolder(getter_AddRefs(folder));
+          if (folder)
+          {
+            nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgImapMailFolder> imapFolder = do_QueryInterface(folder, &rv);
+            NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS_VOID(rv);
+            rv = imapFolder->InitiateAutoSync(autoSyncMgr);
+            if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+            {
+              autoSyncMgr->mUpdateState = initiated;
+              NOTIFY_LISTENERS_STATIC(autoSyncMgr, OnAutoSyncInitiated, (folder));
+            }
+          }
+        }
+      } 
+    }
+    // if initiation is not successful for some reason, or 
+    // if there is an on going download for this folder, 
+    // remove it from q and continue with the next one  
+    if (autoSyncMgr->mUpdateState != initiated)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder;
+      autoSyncMgr->mUpdateQ[0]->GetOwnerFolder(getter_AddRefs(folder));
+      
+      autoSyncMgr->mUpdateQ.RemoveObjectAt(0);
+      
+      if (folder)
+        NOTIFY_LISTENERS_STATIC(autoSyncMgr, OnFolderRemovedFromQ, (nsIAutoSyncMgrListener::UpdateQueue, folder));
+    }
+      
+  }//endif
+
+}
+
+/**
+ * Populates aChainedQ with the auto-sync state objects that are not owned by 
+ * the same imap server. 
+ * Assumes that aChainedQ initially empty.
+ */
+void nsAutoSyncManager::ChainFoldersInQ(const nsCOMArray<nsIAutoSyncState> &aQueue,
+      nsCOMArray<nsIAutoSyncState> &aChainedQ)
+{
+  if (aQueue.Count() > 0)
+    aChainedQ.AppendObject(aQueue[0]);
+  
+  int32_t pqElemCount = aQueue.Count();
+  for (int32_t pqidx = 1; pqidx < pqElemCount; pqidx++)
+  {
+    bool chained = false;
+    int32_t needToBeReplacedWith = -1;
+    int32_t elemCount = aChainedQ.Count();
+    for (int32_t idx = 0; idx < elemCount; idx++)
+    {
+      bool isSibling;
+      nsresult rv = aChainedQ[idx]->IsSibling(aQueue[pqidx], &isSibling);
+      
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && isSibling)
+      {
+        // this prevent us to overwrite a lower priority sibling in
+        // download-in-progress state with a higher priority one. 
+        // we have to wait until its download is completed before 
+        // switching to new one. 
+        int32_t state;
+        aQueue[pqidx]->GetState(&state);
+        if (aQueue[pqidx] != aChainedQ[idx] && 
+            state == nsAutoSyncState::stDownloadInProgress)
+          needToBeReplacedWith = idx;
+        else
+          chained = true;
+          
+        break;
+      }
+    }//endfor
+    
+    if (needToBeReplacedWith > -1)
+      aChainedQ.ReplaceObjectAt(aQueue[pqidx], needToBeReplacedWith);
+    else if (!chained)
+      aChainedQ.AppendObject(aQueue[pqidx]);
+      
+  }//endfor
+}
+
+/**
+ * Searches the given queue for another folder owned by the same imap server.
+ */
+nsIAutoSyncState* 
+nsAutoSyncManager::SearchQForSibling(const nsCOMArray<nsIAutoSyncState> &aQueue, 
+                          nsIAutoSyncState *aAutoSyncStateObj, int32_t aStartIdx, int32_t *aIndex)
+{
+  if (aIndex)
+    *aIndex = -1;
+  
+  if (aAutoSyncStateObj)
+  {
+    bool isSibling;
+    int32_t elemCount = aQueue.Count();
+    for (int32_t idx = aStartIdx; idx < elemCount; idx++)
+    {
+      nsresult rv = aAutoSyncStateObj->IsSibling(aQueue[idx], &isSibling);
+      
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && isSibling && aAutoSyncStateObj != aQueue[idx])
+      {
+        if (aIndex) 
+          *aIndex = idx;
+        
+        return aQueue[idx];
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return nullptr;  
+}
+
+/**
+ * Searches for the next folder owned by the same imap server in the given queue,
+ * starting from the index of the given folder.
+ */
+nsIAutoSyncState* 
+nsAutoSyncManager::GetNextSibling(const nsCOMArray<nsIAutoSyncState> &aQueue, 
+                                          nsIAutoSyncState *aAutoSyncStateObj, int32_t *aIndex)
+{ 
+
+  if (aIndex)
+    *aIndex = -1;
+  
+  if (aAutoSyncStateObj)
+  {
+    bool located = false;
+    bool isSibling;
+    int32_t elemCount = aQueue.Count();
+    for (int32_t idx = 0; idx < elemCount; idx++)
+    {
+      if (!located)
+      {
+        located = (aAutoSyncStateObj == aQueue[idx]);
+        continue;
+      }
+      
+      nsresult rv = aAutoSyncStateObj->IsSibling(aQueue[idx], &isSibling);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && isSibling)
+      {
+        if (aIndex) 
+          *aIndex = idx;
+        
+        return aQueue[idx];
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return nullptr;  
+}
+
+/** 
+ * Checks whether there is another folder in the given q that is owned 
+ * by the same imap server or not.
+ *
+ * @param aQueue the queue that will be searched for a sibling
+ * @param aAutoSyncStateObj the auto-sync state object that we are looking
+ *                          a sibling for
+ * @param aState the state of the sibling. -1 means "any state"
+ * @param aIndex [out] the index of the found sibling, if it is provided by the
+ *               caller (not null)
+ * @return true if found, false otherwise
+ */
+bool nsAutoSyncManager::DoesQContainAnySiblingOf(const nsCOMArray<nsIAutoSyncState> &aQueue, 
+                                                   nsIAutoSyncState *aAutoSyncStateObj,
+                                                   const int32_t aState, int32_t *aIndex)
+{
+  if (aState == -1)
+    return (nullptr != SearchQForSibling(aQueue, aAutoSyncStateObj, 0, aIndex));
+    
+  int32_t offset = 0;
+  nsIAutoSyncState *autoSyncState;
+  while ((autoSyncState = SearchQForSibling(aQueue, aAutoSyncStateObj, offset, &offset)))
+  {
+    int32_t state;
+    nsresult rv = autoSyncState->GetState(&state);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && aState == state)
+      break;
+    else
+      offset++;
+  }
+  if (aIndex)
+    *aIndex = offset;
+    
+  return (nullptr != autoSyncState);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Searches the given queue for the highest priority folder owned by the
+ * same imap server.
+ */
+nsIAutoSyncState* 
+nsAutoSyncManager::GetHighestPrioSibling(const nsCOMArray<nsIAutoSyncState> &aQueue, 
+                                      nsIAutoSyncState *aAutoSyncStateObj, int32_t *aIndex)
+{
+  return SearchQForSibling(aQueue, aAutoSyncStateObj, 0, aIndex);
+}
+
+// to chain update folder actions
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAutoSyncManager::OnStartRunningUrl(nsIURI* aUrl)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAutoSyncManager::OnStopRunningUrl(nsIURI* aUrl, nsresult aExitCode)
+{
+  mUpdateState = completed;
+  if (mUpdateQ.Count() > 0)
+    mUpdateQ.RemoveObjectAt(0);
+
+  return aExitCode;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAutoSyncManager::Pause()
+{
+  StopTimer();
+  mPaused = true;
+  MOZ_LOG(gAutoSyncLog, LogLevel::Debug, ("autosync paused\n"));
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAutoSyncManager::Resume()
+{
+  mPaused = false;
+  StartTimerIfNeeded();
+  MOZ_LOG(gAutoSyncLog, LogLevel::Debug, ("autosync resumed\n"));
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAutoSyncManager::Observe(nsISupports*, const char *aTopic, const char16_t *aSomeData)
+{
+  if (!PL_strcmp(aTopic, NS_XPCOM_SHUTDOWN_OBSERVER_ID))
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIObserverService> observerService =
+      mozilla::services::GetObserverService();
+    if (observerService)
+    {
+      observerService->RemoveObserver(this, NS_XPCOM_SHUTDOWN_OBSERVER_ID);
+      observerService->RemoveObserver(this, kAppIdleNotification);
+      observerService->RemoveObserver(this, NS_IOSERVICE_OFFLINE_STATUS_TOPIC);
+      observerService->RemoveObserver(this, NS_IOSERVICE_GOING_OFFLINE_TOPIC);
+      observerService->RemoveObserver(this, kStartupDoneNotification);
+    }
+
+    // cancel and release the timer
+    if (mTimer)
+    {
+       mTimer->Cancel();
+       mTimer = nullptr;
+    }
+    // unsubscribe from idle service
+    if (mIdleService)
+       mIdleService->RemoveIdleObserver(this, kIdleTimeInSec);
+
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  else if (!PL_strcmp(aTopic, kStartupDoneNotification))
+  {
+    mStartupDone = true; 
+  }
+  else if (!PL_strcmp(aTopic, kAppIdleNotification))
+  {
+    if (nsDependentString(aSomeData).EqualsLiteral("idle"))
+    {
+      IdleState prevIdleState = GetIdleState();
+
+      // we were already idle (either system or app), so
+      // just remember that we're app idle and return.
+      SetIdleState(appIdle);
+      if (prevIdleState != notIdle)
+        return NS_OK;
+
+       return StartIdleProcessing();
+     }
+     // we're back from appIdle - if already notIdle, just return;
+     else if (GetIdleState() == notIdle)
+       return NS_OK;
+
+    SetIdleState(notIdle);
+    NOTIFY_LISTENERS(OnStateChanged, (false));
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  else if (!PL_strcmp(aTopic, NS_IOSERVICE_OFFLINE_STATUS_TOPIC))
+  {
+    if (nsDependentString(aSomeData).EqualsLiteral(NS_IOSERVICE_ONLINE))
+      Resume();
+  }
+  else if (!PL_strcmp(aTopic, NS_IOSERVICE_GOING_OFFLINE_TOPIC))
+  {
+    Pause();
+  }
+  // we're back from system idle
+  else if (!PL_strcmp(aTopic, "back"))
+  {
+    // if we're app idle when we get back from system idle, we ignore
+    // it, since we'll keep doing our idle stuff.
+    if (GetIdleState() != appIdle)
+    {
+      SetIdleState(notIdle);
+      NOTIFY_LISTENERS(OnStateChanged, (false));
+    }
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  else // we've gone system idle
+  {
+    // Check if we were already idle. We may have gotten
+    // multiple system idle notificatons. In that case,
+    // just remember that we're systemIdle and return;
+    if (GetIdleState() != notIdle)
+      return NS_OK;
+
+    // we might want to remember if we were app idle, because
+    // coming back from system idle while app idle shouldn't stop
+    // app indexing. But I think it's OK for now just leave ourselves
+    // in appIdle state.
+    if (GetIdleState() != appIdle)
+      SetIdleState(systemIdle);
+    if (WeAreOffline())
+      return NS_OK;
+    return StartIdleProcessing();
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsAutoSyncManager::StartIdleProcessing()
+{
+  if (mPaused)
+    return NS_OK;
+    
+  StartTimerIfNeeded();
+  
+  // Ignore idle events sent during the startup
+  if (!mStartupDone)
+    return NS_OK;
+    
+  // notify listeners that auto-sync is running
+  NOTIFY_LISTENERS(OnStateChanged, (true));
+    
+  nsCOMArray<nsIAutoSyncState> chainedQ;
+  nsCOMArray<nsIAutoSyncState> *queue = &mPriorityQ;
+  if (mDownloadModel == dmChained) 
+  {
+    ChainFoldersInQ(mPriorityQ, chainedQ);
+    queue = &chainedQ;
+  }
+  
+  // to store the folders that should be removed from the priority
+  // queue at the end of the iteration.
+  nsCOMArray<nsIAutoSyncState> foldersToBeRemoved;
+  
+  // process folders in the priority queue 
+  int32_t elemCount = queue->Count();
+  for (int32_t idx = 0; idx < elemCount; idx++)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAutoSyncState> autoSyncStateObj((*queue)[idx]);
+    if (!autoSyncStateObj)
+      continue;
+    
+    int32_t state;
+    autoSyncStateObj->GetState(&state);
+    
+    //TODO: Test cached-connection availability in parallel mode
+    // and do not exceed (cached-connection count - 1)
+    
+    if (state != nsAutoSyncState::stReadyToDownload)
+      continue;
+    
+    nsresult rv = DownloadMessagesForOffline(autoSyncStateObj);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    {
+      // special case: this folder does not have any message to download
+      // (see bug 457342), remove it explicitly from the queue when iteration
+      // is over.
+      // Note that in normal execution flow, folders are removed from priority
+      // queue only in OnDownloadCompleted when all messages are downloaded
+      // successfully. This is the only place we change this flow.
+      if (NS_ERROR_NOT_AVAILABLE == rv)
+        foldersToBeRemoved.AppendObject(autoSyncStateObj);
+      
+      HandleDownloadErrorFor(autoSyncStateObj, rv);
+    }// endif
+  }//endfor
+  
+  // remove folders with no pending messages from the priority queue
+  elemCount = foldersToBeRemoved.Count();
+  for (int32_t idx = 0; idx < elemCount; idx++)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAutoSyncState> autoSyncStateObj(foldersToBeRemoved[idx]);
+    if (!autoSyncStateObj)
+      continue;
+    
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder;
+    autoSyncStateObj->GetOwnerFolder(getter_AddRefs(folder));
+    if (folder)
+      NOTIFY_LISTENERS(OnDownloadCompleted, (folder));
+
+    autoSyncStateObj->SetState(nsAutoSyncState::stCompletedIdle);
+
+    if (mPriorityQ.RemoveObject(autoSyncStateObj))
+      NOTIFY_LISTENERS(OnFolderRemovedFromQ,
+                      (nsIAutoSyncMgrListener::PriorityQueue, folder));
+  }
+    
+  return AutoUpdateFolders();
+}
+
+/**
+ * Updates offline imap folders that are not synchronized recently. This is
+ * called whenever we're idle.
+ */
+nsresult nsAutoSyncManager::AutoUpdateFolders()
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  // iterate through each imap account and update offline folders automatically
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccountManager> accountManager = do_GetService(NS_MSGACCOUNTMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIArray> accounts;
+  rv = accountManager->GetAccounts(getter_AddRefs(accounts));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  uint32_t accountCount;
+  accounts->GetLength(&accountCount);
+
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < accountCount; ++i) 
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccount> account(do_QueryElementAt(accounts, i, &rv));
+    if (!account)
+      continue;
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> incomingServer;
+    rv = account->GetIncomingServer(getter_AddRefs(incomingServer));
+    if (!incomingServer)
+      continue;
+
+    nsCString type;
+    rv = incomingServer->GetType(type);
+
+    if (!type.EqualsLiteral("imap"))
+      continue;
+
+    // if we haven't logged onto this server yet, then skip this server.
+    bool passwordRequired;
+    incomingServer->GetServerRequiresPasswordForBiff(&passwordRequired);
+    if (passwordRequired)
+      continue;
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> rootFolder;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIArray> allDescendants;
+
+    rv = incomingServer->GetRootFolder(getter_AddRefs(rootFolder));
+    if (rootFolder)
+    {
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        continue;
+
+      rv = rootFolder->GetDescendants(getter_AddRefs(allDescendants));
+      if (!allDescendants)
+        continue;
+
+      uint32_t cnt = 0;
+      rv = allDescendants->GetLength(&cnt);
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        continue;
+
+      for (uint32_t i = 0; i < cnt; i++)
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder(do_QueryElementAt(allDescendants, i, &rv));
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+          continue;
+
+        uint32_t folderFlags;
+        rv = folder->GetFlags(&folderFlags);
+        // Skip this folder if not offline or is a saved search or is no select.
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !(folderFlags & nsMsgFolderFlags::Offline) ||
+            folderFlags & (nsMsgFolderFlags::Virtual |
+                           nsMsgFolderFlags::ImapNoselect))
+          continue;
+
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgImapMailFolder> imapFolder = do_QueryInterface(folder, &rv);
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+          continue;
+
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIImapIncomingServer> imapServer;
+        rv = imapFolder->GetImapIncomingServer(getter_AddRefs(imapServer));
+        if (imapServer)
+        {
+          bool autoSyncOfflineStores = false;
+          rv = imapServer->GetAutoSyncOfflineStores(&autoSyncOfflineStores);
+
+          // skip if AutoSyncOfflineStores pref is not set for this folder
+          if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !autoSyncOfflineStores)
+            continue;
+        }
+
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIAutoSyncState> autoSyncState;
+        rv = imapFolder->GetAutoSyncStateObj(getter_AddRefs(autoSyncState));
+        NS_ASSERTION(autoSyncState, "*** nsAutoSyncState shouldn't be NULL, check owner folder");
+
+        // shouldn't happen but let's be defensive here
+        if (!autoSyncState)
+          continue;
+
+        int32_t state;
+        rv = autoSyncState->GetState(&state);
+
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && nsAutoSyncState::stCompletedIdle == state)
+        {
+          // ensure that we wait for at least nsMsgIncomingServer::BiffMinutes between
+          // each update of the same folder
+          PRTime lastUpdateTime;
+          rv = autoSyncState->GetLastUpdateTime(&lastUpdateTime);
+          PRTime span = GetUpdateIntervalFor(autoSyncState) * (PR_USEC_PER_SEC * 60UL);
+          if ( NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && ((lastUpdateTime + span) < PR_Now()) )
+          {          
+            if (mUpdateQ.IndexOf(autoSyncState) == -1)
+            {
+              mUpdateQ.AppendObject(autoSyncState);
+              if (folder)
+                NOTIFY_LISTENERS(OnFolderAddedIntoQ, (nsIAutoSyncMgrListener::UpdateQueue, folder));
+            }
+          }
+        }
+
+        // check last sync time
+        PRTime lastSyncTime;
+        rv = autoSyncState->GetLastSyncTime(&lastSyncTime);
+        if ( NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && ((lastSyncTime + kAutoSyncFreq) < PR_Now()) )
+        {
+          // add this folder into discovery queue to process existing headers
+          // and discover messages not downloaded yet
+          if (mDiscoveryQ.IndexOf(autoSyncState) == -1)
+          {
+            mDiscoveryQ.AppendObject(autoSyncState);
+            if (folder)
+              NOTIFY_LISTENERS(OnFolderAddedIntoQ, (nsIAutoSyncMgrListener::DiscoveryQueue, folder));
+          }
+        }
+      }//endfor
+    }//endif
+  }//endfor
+
+  // lazily create the timer if there is something to process in the queue
+  // when timer is done, it will self destruct
+  StartTimerIfNeeded();
+  
+  return rv;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Places the given folder into the priority queue based on active
+ * strategy function.
+ */
+void nsAutoSyncManager::ScheduleFolderForOfflineDownload(nsIAutoSyncState *aAutoSyncStateObj)
+{
+  if (aAutoSyncStateObj && (mPriorityQ.IndexOf(aAutoSyncStateObj) == -1))
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAutoSyncFolderStrategy> folStrategy;
+    GetFolderStrategy(getter_AddRefs(folStrategy));
+
+    if (mPriorityQ.Count() <= 0)
+    {
+      // make sure that we don't insert a folder excluded by the given strategy
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder;
+      aAutoSyncStateObj->GetOwnerFolder(getter_AddRefs(folder));
+      if (folder)
+      {
+        bool excluded = false;
+        if (folStrategy)
+          folStrategy->IsExcluded(folder, &excluded);
+
+        if (!excluded)
+        {
+          mPriorityQ.AppendObject(aAutoSyncStateObj); // insert into the first spot
+          NOTIFY_LISTENERS(OnFolderAddedIntoQ, (nsIAutoSyncMgrListener::PriorityQueue, folder));
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      // find the right spot for the given folder      
+      uint32_t qidx = mPriorityQ.Count();
+      while (qidx > 0) 
+      {
+        --qidx;
+
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folderA, folderB;
+        mPriorityQ[qidx]->GetOwnerFolder(getter_AddRefs(folderA));
+        aAutoSyncStateObj->GetOwnerFolder(getter_AddRefs(folderB));
+        
+        bool excluded = false;
+        if (folderB && folStrategy)
+          folStrategy->IsExcluded(folderB, &excluded);
+
+        if (excluded)
+          break;
+
+        nsAutoSyncStrategyDecisionType decision = nsAutoSyncStrategyDecisions::Same;
+        if (folderA && folderB && folStrategy)
+          folStrategy->Sort(folderA, folderB, &decision);
+
+        if (decision == nsAutoSyncStrategyDecisions::Higher && 0 == qidx)
+          mPriorityQ.InsertObjectAt(aAutoSyncStateObj, 0);
+        else if (decision == nsAutoSyncStrategyDecisions::Higher)
+          continue;
+        else if (decision == nsAutoSyncStrategyDecisions::Lower)
+          mPriorityQ.InsertObjectAt(aAutoSyncStateObj, qidx+1);
+        else //  decision == nsAutoSyncStrategyDecisions::Same
+          mPriorityQ.InsertObjectAt(aAutoSyncStateObj, qidx);
+
+        NOTIFY_LISTENERS(OnFolderAddedIntoQ, (nsIAutoSyncMgrListener::PriorityQueue, folderB));
+        break;
+      }//endwhile
+    }
+  }//endif
+}
+
+/**
+ * Zero aSizeLimit means no limit 
+ */
+nsresult nsAutoSyncManager::DownloadMessagesForOffline(nsIAutoSyncState *aAutoSyncStateObj, uint32_t aSizeLimit)
+{
+  if (!aAutoSyncStateObj)
+    return NS_ERROR_INVALID_ARG;
+
+  int32_t count;
+  nsresult rv = aAutoSyncStateObj->GetPendingMessageCount(&count);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // special case: no more message to download for this folder:
+  // see HandleDownloadErrorFor for recovery policy
+  if (!count)
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_AVAILABLE;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> messagesToDownload;
+  uint32_t totalSize = 0;
+  rv = aAutoSyncStateObj->GetNextGroupOfMessages(mGroupSize, &totalSize, getter_AddRefs(messagesToDownload));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  // there are pending messages but the cumulative size is zero:
+  // treat as special case.
+  // Note that although it shouldn't happen, we know that sometimes
+  // imap servers manifest messages as zero length. By returning
+  // NS_ERROR_NOT_AVAILABLE we cause this folder to be removed from
+  // the priority queue temporarily (until the next idle or next update)
+  // in an effort to prevent it blocking other folders of the same account
+  // being synced.
+  if (!totalSize)
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_AVAILABLE;
+
+  // ensure that we don't exceed the given size limit for this particular group
+  if (aSizeLimit && aSizeLimit < totalSize)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  uint32_t length;
+  rv = messagesToDownload->GetLength(&length);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && length > 0)
+  {
+    rv = aAutoSyncStateObj->DownloadMessagesForOffline(messagesToDownload);
+
+    int32_t totalCount;
+    (void) aAutoSyncStateObj->GetTotalMessageCount(&totalCount);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder;
+    aAutoSyncStateObj->GetOwnerFolder(getter_AddRefs(folder));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && folder)
+      NOTIFY_LISTENERS(OnDownloadStarted, (folder, length, totalCount));
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Assuming that the download operation on the given folder has been failed at least once, 
+ * execute these steps:
+ *  - put the auto-sync state into ready-to-download mode
+ *  - rollback the message offset so we can try the same group again (unless the retry
+ *     count is reached to the given limit)
+ *  - if parallel model is active, wait to be resumed by the next idle
+ *  - if chained model is active, search the priority queue to find a sibling to continue 
+ *    with.
+ */
+nsresult nsAutoSyncManager::HandleDownloadErrorFor(nsIAutoSyncState *aAutoSyncStateObj,
+                                                   const nsresult error)
+{
+  if (!aAutoSyncStateObj)
+    return NS_ERROR_INVALID_ARG;
+  
+  // ensure that an error occured
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(error))
+    return NS_OK;
+    
+  // NS_ERROR_NOT_AVAILABLE is a special case/error happens when the queued folder
+  // doesn't have any message to download (see bug 457342). In such case we shouldn't
+  // retry the current message group, nor notify listeners. Simply continuing with the
+  // next sibling in the priority queue would suffice.
+    
+  if (NS_ERROR_NOT_AVAILABLE != error)
+  {
+    // force the auto-sync state to try downloading the same group at least
+    // kGroupRetryCount times before it moves to the next one
+    aAutoSyncStateObj->TryCurrentGroupAgain(kGroupRetryCount);
+    
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder;
+    aAutoSyncStateObj->GetOwnerFolder(getter_AddRefs(folder));
+    if (folder)
+      NOTIFY_LISTENERS(OnDownloadError, (folder));
+  }
+  
+  // if parallel model, don't do anything else
+  
+  if (mDownloadModel == dmChained)
+  {
+    // switch to the next folder in the chain and continue downloading
+    nsIAutoSyncState *autoSyncStateObj = aAutoSyncStateObj;
+    nsIAutoSyncState *nextAutoSyncStateObj = nullptr;
+    while ( (nextAutoSyncStateObj = GetNextSibling(mPriorityQ, autoSyncStateObj)) )
+    {
+      autoSyncStateObj = nextAutoSyncStateObj;
+      nsresult rv = DownloadMessagesForOffline(autoSyncStateObj);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        break;
+      else if (rv == NS_ERROR_NOT_AVAILABLE)
+        // next folder in the chain also doesn't have any message to download
+        // switch to next one if any
+        continue;
+      else
+        autoSyncStateObj->TryCurrentGroupAgain(kGroupRetryCount);
+    }
+  }
+  
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+uint32_t nsAutoSyncManager::GetUpdateIntervalFor(nsIAutoSyncState *aAutoSyncStateObj)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder;
+  nsresult rv = aAutoSyncStateObj->GetOwnerFolder(getter_AddRefs(folder));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return kDefaultUpdateInterval;
+  
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+  rv = folder->GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return kDefaultUpdateInterval;
+
+  if (server)
+  {
+    int32_t interval;
+    rv = server->GetBiffMinutes(&interval);
+    
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      return (uint32_t)interval;
+  }
+
+  return kDefaultUpdateInterval;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAutoSyncManager::GetGroupSize(uint32_t *aGroupSize)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aGroupSize);
+  *aGroupSize = mGroupSize;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAutoSyncManager::SetGroupSize(uint32_t aGroupSize)
+{
+  mGroupSize = aGroupSize ? aGroupSize : kDefaultGroupSize;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAutoSyncManager::GetMsgStrategy(nsIAutoSyncMsgStrategy * *aMsgStrategy)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMsgStrategy);
+  
+  // lazily create if it is not done already
+  if (!mMsgStrategyImpl)
+  {
+    mMsgStrategyImpl = new nsDefaultAutoSyncMsgStrategy;
+    if (!mMsgStrategyImpl)
+      return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+  }
+  
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aMsgStrategy = mMsgStrategyImpl);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAutoSyncManager::SetMsgStrategy(nsIAutoSyncMsgStrategy * aMsgStrategy)
+{
+  mMsgStrategyImpl = aMsgStrategy;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAutoSyncManager::GetFolderStrategy(nsIAutoSyncFolderStrategy * *aFolderStrategy)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aFolderStrategy);
+  
+  // lazily create if it is not done already
+  if (!mFolderStrategyImpl)
+  {
+    mFolderStrategyImpl = new nsDefaultAutoSyncFolderStrategy;
+    if (!mFolderStrategyImpl)
+      return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+  }
+    
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aFolderStrategy = mFolderStrategyImpl);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAutoSyncManager::SetFolderStrategy(nsIAutoSyncFolderStrategy * aFolderStrategy)
+{
+  mFolderStrategyImpl = aFolderStrategy;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP 
+nsAutoSyncManager::DoesMsgFitDownloadCriteria(nsIMsgDBHdr *aMsgHdr, bool *aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+
+  uint32_t msgFlags = 0;
+  aMsgHdr->GetFlags(&msgFlags);
+
+  // check whether this message is marked imap deleted or not 
+  *aResult = !(msgFlags & nsMsgMessageFlags::IMAPDeleted);
+  if (!(*aResult))
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  bool shouldStoreMsgOffline = true;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder;
+  aMsgHdr->GetFolder(getter_AddRefs(folder));
+  if (folder)
+  {
+    nsMsgKey msgKey;
+    nsresult rv = aMsgHdr->GetMessageKey(&msgKey);
+    // a cheap way to get the size limit for this folder and make
+    // sure that we don't have this message offline already
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      folder->ShouldStoreMsgOffline(msgKey, &shouldStoreMsgOffline);
+  }
+
+  *aResult &= shouldStoreMsgOffline;
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAutoSyncManager::OnDownloadQChanged(nsIAutoSyncState *aAutoSyncStateObj)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAutoSyncState> autoSyncStateObj(aAutoSyncStateObj);
+  if (!autoSyncStateObj)
+    return NS_ERROR_INVALID_ARG;
+
+  if (mPaused)
+    return NS_OK;
+  // We want to start downloading immediately unless the folder is excluded.
+  bool excluded = false;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAutoSyncFolderStrategy> folStrategy;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder;
+
+  GetFolderStrategy(getter_AddRefs(folStrategy));
+  autoSyncStateObj->GetOwnerFolder(getter_AddRefs(folder));
+
+  if (folder && folStrategy)
+    folStrategy->IsExcluded(folder, &excluded);
+
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  if (!excluded)
+  {
+    // Add this folder into the priority queue.
+    autoSyncStateObj->SetState(nsAutoSyncState::stReadyToDownload);
+    ScheduleFolderForOfflineDownload(autoSyncStateObj);
+
+    // If we operate in parallel mode or if there is no sibling downloading messages at the moment,
+    // we can download the first group of the messages for this folder
+    if (mDownloadModel == dmParallel ||
+        !DoesQContainAnySiblingOf(mPriorityQ, autoSyncStateObj, nsAutoSyncState::stDownloadInProgress))
+    {
+      // this will download the first group of messages immediately;
+      // to ensure that we don't end up downloading a large single message in not-idle time, 
+      // we enforce a limit. If there is no message fits into this limit we postpone the 
+      // download until the next idle.
+      if (GetIdleState() == notIdle)
+        rv =  DownloadMessagesForOffline(autoSyncStateObj, kFirstGroupSizeLimit);
+      else
+        rv = DownloadMessagesForOffline(autoSyncStateObj);
+      
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        autoSyncStateObj->TryCurrentGroupAgain(kGroupRetryCount);
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP 
+nsAutoSyncManager::OnDownloadStarted(nsIAutoSyncState *aAutoSyncStateObj, nsresult aStartCode)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAutoSyncState> autoSyncStateObj(aAutoSyncStateObj);
+  if (!autoSyncStateObj)
+    return NS_ERROR_INVALID_ARG;
+
+  // resume downloads during next idle time
+  if (NS_FAILED(aStartCode))
+    autoSyncStateObj->SetState(nsAutoSyncState::stReadyToDownload);  
+  
+  return aStartCode;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP 
+nsAutoSyncManager::OnDownloadCompleted(nsIAutoSyncState *aAutoSyncStateObj, nsresult aExitCode)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAutoSyncState> autoSyncStateObj(aAutoSyncStateObj);
+  if (!autoSyncStateObj)
+    return NS_ERROR_INVALID_ARG;    
+
+  nsresult rv = aExitCode;
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(aExitCode))
+  {
+    // retry the same group kGroupRetryCount times
+    // try again if TB still idle, otherwise wait for the next idle time
+    autoSyncStateObj->TryCurrentGroupAgain(kGroupRetryCount);
+    if (GetIdleState() != notIdle)
+    {
+      rv = DownloadMessagesForOffline(autoSyncStateObj);
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        rv = HandleDownloadErrorFor(autoSyncStateObj, rv);
+    }
+    return rv;
+  }
+      
+  // download is successful, reset the retry counter of the folder
+  autoSyncStateObj->ResetRetryCounter();
+  
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder;
+  aAutoSyncStateObj->GetOwnerFolder(getter_AddRefs(folder));
+  if (folder)
+    NOTIFY_LISTENERS(OnDownloadCompleted, (folder));
+      
+  int32_t count;
+  rv = autoSyncStateObj->GetPendingMessageCount(&count);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  
+  nsIAutoSyncState *nextFolderToDownload = nullptr;
+  if (count > 0)
+  {
+    autoSyncStateObj->SetState(nsAutoSyncState::stReadyToDownload);
+    
+    // in parallel model, we continue downloading the same folder as long as it has
+    // more pending messages
+    nextFolderToDownload = autoSyncStateObj;
+    
+    // in chained model, ensure that we are always downloading the highest priority 
+    // folder first 
+    if (mDownloadModel == dmChained)
+    {
+      // switch to higher priority folder and continue to download, 
+      // if any added recently
+      int32_t myIndex = mPriorityQ.IndexOf(autoSyncStateObj);
+      
+      int32_t siblingIndex;
+      nsIAutoSyncState *sibling = GetHighestPrioSibling(mPriorityQ, autoSyncStateObj, &siblingIndex);
+      
+      // lesser index = higher priority
+      if (sibling && myIndex > -1 && siblingIndex < myIndex) 
+        nextFolderToDownload = sibling;
+    }
+  }
+  else 
+  {
+    autoSyncStateObj->SetState(nsAutoSyncState::stCompletedIdle);
+    
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder;
+    nsresult rv = autoSyncStateObj->GetOwnerFolder(getter_AddRefs(folder));
+    
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && mPriorityQ.RemoveObject(autoSyncStateObj))
+      NOTIFY_LISTENERS(OnFolderRemovedFromQ, (nsIAutoSyncMgrListener::PriorityQueue, folder));
+
+    //find the next folder owned by the same server in the queue and continue downloading
+    if (mDownloadModel == dmChained)
+      nextFolderToDownload = GetHighestPrioSibling(mPriorityQ, autoSyncStateObj);
+      
+  }//endif
+  
+  // continue downloading if TB is still in idle state
+  if (nextFolderToDownload && GetIdleState() != notIdle)
+  {
+    rv = DownloadMessagesForOffline(nextFolderToDownload);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      rv = HandleDownloadErrorFor(nextFolderToDownload, rv);
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAutoSyncManager::GetDownloadModel(int32_t *aDownloadModel)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aDownloadModel);
+  *aDownloadModel = mDownloadModel;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAutoSyncManager::SetDownloadModel(int32_t aDownloadModel)
+{
+  mDownloadModel = aDownloadModel;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAutoSyncManager::AddListener(nsIAutoSyncMgrListener *aListener)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aListener);
+  mListeners.AppendElementUnlessExists(aListener);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAutoSyncManager::RemoveListener(nsIAutoSyncMgrListener *aListener)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aListener);
+  mListeners.RemoveElement(aListener);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* readonly attribute unsigned long discoveryQLength; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAutoSyncManager::GetDiscoveryQLength(uint32_t *aDiscoveryQLength)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aDiscoveryQLength);
+  *aDiscoveryQLength = mDiscoveryQ.Count();
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* readonly attribute unsigned long uploadQLength; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAutoSyncManager::GetUpdateQLength(uint32_t *aUpdateQLength)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aUpdateQLength);
+  *aUpdateQLength = mUpdateQ.Count();
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* readonly attribute unsigned long downloadQLength; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAutoSyncManager::GetDownloadQLength(uint32_t *aDownloadQLength)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aDownloadQLength);
+  *aDownloadQLength = mPriorityQ.Count();
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsAutoSyncManager::OnFolderHasPendingMsgs(nsIAutoSyncState *aAutoSyncStateObj)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aAutoSyncStateObj);
+  if (mUpdateQ.IndexOf(aAutoSyncStateObj) == -1)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder;
+    aAutoSyncStateObj->GetOwnerFolder(getter_AddRefs(folder));
+    // If this folder isn't the trash, add it to the update q.
+    if (folder)
+    {
+      bool isTrash;
+      folder->GetFlag(nsMsgFolderFlags::Trash, &isTrash);
+      if (!isTrash)
+      {
+        bool isSentOrArchive;
+        folder->IsSpecialFolder(nsMsgFolderFlags::SentMail|
+                                nsMsgFolderFlags::Archive,
+                                true, &isSentOrArchive);
+        // Sent or archive folders go to the q front, the rest to the end.
+        if (isSentOrArchive)
+          mUpdateQ.InsertObjectAt(aAutoSyncStateObj, 0);
+        else
+          mUpdateQ.AppendObject(aAutoSyncStateObj);
+        aAutoSyncStateObj->SetState(nsAutoSyncState::stUpdateNeeded);
+        NOTIFY_LISTENERS(OnFolderAddedIntoQ,
+                        (nsIAutoSyncMgrListener::UpdateQueue, folder));
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+void nsAutoSyncManager::SetIdleState(IdleState st) 
+{ 
+  mIdleState = st;
+}
+
+nsAutoSyncManager::IdleState nsAutoSyncManager::GetIdleState() const 
+{ 
+  return mIdleState; 
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsAutoSyncManager, nsIObserver, nsIUrlListener, nsIAutoSyncManager)
diff --git a/mailnews/imap/src/nsAutoSyncManager.h b/mailnews/imap/src/nsAutoSyncManager.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2b98b7b82
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/imap/src/nsAutoSyncManager.h
@@ -0,0 +1,265 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsAutoSyncManager_h__
+#define nsAutoSyncManager_h__
+
+#include "nsAutoPtr.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsCOMArray.h"
+#include "nsIObserver.h"
+#include "nsIUrlListener.h"
+#include "nsITimer.h"
+#include "nsTObserverArray.h"
+#include "nsIAutoSyncManager.h"
+#include "nsIAutoSyncMsgStrategy.h"
+#include "nsIAutoSyncFolderStrategy.h"
+#include "prtime.h"
+
+class nsImapMailFolder;
+class nsIMsgDBHdr;
+class nsIIdleService;
+class nsIMsgFolder;
+
+/* Auto-Sync
+ *
+ * Background:
+ *  it works only with offline imap folders. "autosync_offline_stores" pref
+ *  enables/disables auto-sync mechanism. Note that setting "autosync_offline_stores"
+ *  to false, or setting folder to not-offline doesn't stop synchronization
+ *  process for already queued folders.
+ *
+ * Auto-Sync policy:
+ *  o It kicks in during system idle time, and tries to download as much messages
+ *    as possible based on given folder and message prioritization strategies/rules.
+ *    Default folder prioritization strategy dictates to sort the folders based on the
+ *    following order:  INBOX > DRAFTS > SUBFOLDERS > TRASH.
+ *    Similarly, default message prioritization strategy dictates to download the most
+ *    recent and smallest message first. Also, by sorting the messages by size in the 
+ *    queue, it tries to maximize the number of messages downloaded.
+ *  o It downloads the messages in groups. Default groups size is defined by |kDefaultGroupSize|. 
+ *  o It downloads the messages larger than the group size one-by-one.
+ *  o If new messages arrive when not idle, it downloads the messages that do fit into
+ *    |kFirstGroupSizeLimit| size limit immediately, without waiting for idle time, unless there is
+ *    a sibling (a folder owned by the same imap server) in stDownloadInProgress state in the q
+ *  o If new messages arrive when idle, it downloads all the messages without any restriction.
+ *  o If new messages arrive into a folder while auto-sync is downloading other messages of the
+ *    same folder, it simply puts the new messages into the folder's download queue, and
+ *    re-prioritize the messages. That behavior makes sure that the high priority
+ *    (defined by the message strategy) get downloaded first always.
+ *  o If new messages arrive into a folder while auto-sync is downloading messages of a lower
+ *    priority folder, auto-sync switches the folders in the queue and starts downloading the
+ *    messages of the higher priority folder next time it downloads a message group.
+ *  o Currently there is no way to stop/pause/cancel a message download. The smallest
+ *    granularity is the message group size.
+ *  o Auto-Sync manager periodically (kAutoSyncFreq) checks folder for existing messages
+ *    w/o bodies. It persists the last time the folder is checked in the local database of the
+ *    folder. We call this process 'Discovery'. This process is asynchronous and processes
+ *    |kNumberOfHeadersToProcess| number of headers at each cycle. Since it works on local data,
+ *    it doesn't consume lots of system resources, it does its job fast.
+ *  o Discovery is necessary especially when the user makes a transition from not-offline 
+ *    to offline mode.
+ *  o Update frequency is defined by nsMsgIncomingServer::BiffMinutes.
+ *
+ * Error Handling:
+ *  o if the user moves/deletes/filters all messages of a folder already queued, auto-sync
+ *    deals with that situation by skipping the folder in question, and continuing with the
+ *    next in chain.
+ *  o If the message size is zero, auto-sync ignores the message.
+ *  o If the download of the message group fails for some reason, auto-sync tries to
+ *    download the same group |kGroupRetryCount| times. If it still fails, continues with the
+ *    next group of messages.
+ *
+ * Download Model:
+ *  Parallel model should be used with the imap servers that do not have any "max number of sessions
+ *  per IP" limit, and when the bandwidth is significantly large.
+ *
+ * How it really works:
+ * The AutoSyncManager gets an idle notification. First it processes any
+ * folders in the discovery queue (which means it schedules message download
+ * for any messages it previously determined it should download). Then it sets
+ * a timer, and in the timer callback, it processes the update q, by calling 
+ * InitiateAutoSync on the first folder in the update q.
+ */
+ 
+/**
+ * Default strategy implementation to prioritize messages in the download queue.   
+ */
+class nsDefaultAutoSyncMsgStrategy final : public nsIAutoSyncMsgStrategy
+{
+  static const uint32_t kFirstPassMessageSize = 60U*1024U; // 60K
+
+  public:
+    NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+    NS_DECL_NSIAUTOSYNCMSGSTRATEGY
+
+    nsDefaultAutoSyncMsgStrategy();
+
+  private:
+    ~nsDefaultAutoSyncMsgStrategy();
+};
+
+/**
+ * Default strategy implementation to prioritize folders in the download queue.  
+ */
+class nsDefaultAutoSyncFolderStrategy final : public nsIAutoSyncFolderStrategy
+{
+  public:
+    NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+    NS_DECL_NSIAUTOSYNCFOLDERSTRATEGY
+
+    nsDefaultAutoSyncFolderStrategy();
+
+  private:
+    ~nsDefaultAutoSyncFolderStrategy();
+};
+
+// see the end of the page for auto-sync internals
+
+/**
+ * Manages background message download operations for offline imap folders. 
+ */
+class nsAutoSyncManager final : public nsIObserver,
+                                public nsIUrlListener,
+                                public nsIAutoSyncManager
+{
+  static const PRTime kAutoSyncFreq = 60UL * (PR_USEC_PER_SEC * 60UL);  // 1hr
+  static const uint32_t kDefaultUpdateInterval = 10UL;                  // 10min
+  static const int32_t kTimerIntervalInMs = 400;
+  static const uint32_t kNumberOfHeadersToProcess = 250U;
+  // enforced size of the first group that will be downloaded before idle time
+  static const uint32_t kFirstGroupSizeLimit = 60U*1024U /* 60K */; 
+  static const int32_t kIdleTimeInSec = 10;
+  static const uint32_t kGroupRetryCount = 3;
+
+  enum IdleState { systemIdle, appIdle, notIdle };
+  enum UpdateState { initiated, completed };
+      
+  public:
+    NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+    NS_DECL_NSIOBSERVER
+    NS_DECL_NSIURLLISTENER
+    NS_DECL_NSIAUTOSYNCMANAGER
+
+    nsAutoSyncManager();
+
+  private:
+    ~nsAutoSyncManager();
+
+    void SetIdleState(IdleState st);
+    IdleState GetIdleState() const;
+    nsresult StartIdleProcessing();
+    nsresult AutoUpdateFolders(); 
+    void ScheduleFolderForOfflineDownload(nsIAutoSyncState *aAutoSyncStateObj);
+    nsresult DownloadMessagesForOffline(nsIAutoSyncState *aAutoSyncStateObj, uint32_t aSizeLimit = 0);
+    nsresult HandleDownloadErrorFor(nsIAutoSyncState *aAutoSyncStateObj, const nsresult error);
+
+    // Helper methods for priority Q operations
+    static
+    void ChainFoldersInQ(const nsCOMArray<nsIAutoSyncState> &aQueue,
+                          nsCOMArray<nsIAutoSyncState> &aChainedQ);
+    static
+    nsIAutoSyncState* SearchQForSibling(const nsCOMArray<nsIAutoSyncState> &aQueue,
+                          nsIAutoSyncState *aAutoSyncStateObj, int32_t aStartIdx, int32_t *aIndex = nullptr);
+    static
+    bool DoesQContainAnySiblingOf(const nsCOMArray<nsIAutoSyncState> &aQueue, 
+                          nsIAutoSyncState *aAutoSyncStateObj, const int32_t aState, 
+                          int32_t *aIndex = nullptr);
+    static 
+    nsIAutoSyncState* GetNextSibling(const nsCOMArray<nsIAutoSyncState> &aQueue, 
+                          nsIAutoSyncState *aAutoSyncStateObj, int32_t *aIndex = nullptr);
+    static 
+    nsIAutoSyncState* GetHighestPrioSibling(const nsCOMArray<nsIAutoSyncState> &aQueue, 
+                          nsIAutoSyncState *aAutoSyncStateObj, int32_t *aIndex = nullptr);
+
+    /// timer to process existing keys and updates
+    void InitTimer();
+    static void TimerCallback(nsITimer *aTimer, void *aClosure);
+    void StopTimer();
+    void StartTimerIfNeeded();
+
+    /// pref helpers
+    uint32_t GetUpdateIntervalFor(nsIAutoSyncState *aAutoSyncStateObj);
+
+  protected:
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAutoSyncMsgStrategy> mMsgStrategyImpl;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAutoSyncFolderStrategy> mFolderStrategyImpl;
+    // contains the folders that will be downloaded on background
+    nsCOMArray<nsIAutoSyncState> mPriorityQ;
+    // contains the folders that will be examined for existing headers and
+    // adds the headers we don't have offline into the autosyncState
+    // object's download queue.
+    nsCOMArray<nsIAutoSyncState> mDiscoveryQ;
+    // contains the folders that will be checked for new messages with STATUS,
+    // and if there are any, we'll call UpdateFolder on them.
+    nsCOMArray<nsIAutoSyncState> mUpdateQ;
+    // this is the update state for the current folder.
+    UpdateState mUpdateState;
+
+    // This is set if auto sync has been completely paused.
+    bool mPaused;
+    // This is set if we've finished startup and should start
+    // paying attention to idle notifications.
+    bool mStartupDone;
+
+  private:
+    uint32_t mGroupSize;
+    IdleState mIdleState;
+    int32_t mDownloadModel;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIIdleService> mIdleService;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsITimer> mTimer;
+    nsTObserverArray<nsCOMPtr<nsIAutoSyncMgrListener> > mListeners;
+};
+
+#endif
+
+/*
+How queues inter-relate:
+
+nsAutoSyncState has an internal priority queue to store messages waiting to be
+downloaded. nsAutoSyncMsgStrategy object determines the order in this queue,
+nsAutoSyncManager uses this queue to manage downloads. Two events cause a
+change in this queue: 
+
+1) nsImapMailFolder::HeaderFetchCompleted: is triggered when TB notices that
+there are pending messages on the server -- via IDLE command from the server, 
+via explicit select from the user, or via automatic Update during idle time. If 
+it turns out that there are pending messages on the server, it adds them into 
+nsAutoSyncState's download queue.
+
+2) nsAutoSyncState::ProcessExistingHeaders: is triggered for every imap folder 
+every hour or so (see kAutoSyncFreq). nsAutoSyncManager uses an internal queue called Discovery 
+queue to keep track of this task. The purpose of ProcessExistingHeaders() 
+method is to check existing headers of a given folder in batches and discover 
+the messages without bodies, in asynchronous fashion. This process is 
+sequential, one and only one folder at any given time, very similar to 
+indexing. Again, if it turns out that the folder in hand has messages w/o 
+bodies, ProcessExistingHeaders adds them into nsAutoSyncState's download queue.
+
+Any change in nsAutoSyncState's download queue, notifies nsAutoSyncManager and 
+nsAutoSyncManager puts the requesting  nsAutoSyncState into its internal 
+priority queue (called mPriorityQ) -- if the folder is not already there. 
+nsAutoSyncFolderStrategy object determines the order in this queue. This queue 
+is processed in two modes: chained and parallel. 
+
+i) Chained: One folder per imap server any given time. Folders owned by 
+different imap servers are simultaneous.
+
+ii) Parallel: All folders at the same time, using all cached-connections - 
+a.k.a 'Folders gone wild' mode.
+
+The order the folders are added into the mPriorityQ doesn't matter since every
+time a batch completed for an imap server, nsAutoSyncManager adjusts the order.
+So, lets say that updating a sub-folder starts downloading message immediately,
+when an higher priority folder is added into the queue, nsAutoSyncManager
+switches to this higher priority folder instead of processing the next group of
+messages of the lower priority one. Setting group size too high might delay
+this switch at worst. 
+
+And finally, Update queue helps nsAutoSyncManager to keep track of folders 
+waiting to be updated. With the latest change, we update one and only one
+folder at any given time. Default frequency of updating is 10 min (kDefaultUpdateInterval). 
+We add folders into the update queue during idle time, if they are not in mPriorityQ already.
+
+*/
diff --git a/mailnews/imap/src/nsAutoSyncState.cpp b/mailnews/imap/src/nsAutoSyncState.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7b1aeabbe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/imap/src/nsAutoSyncState.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,765 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsAutoSyncState.h"
+#include "nsImapMailFolder.h"
+#include "nsMsgImapCID.h"
+#include "nsIMsgMailNewsUrl.h"
+#include "nsMsgKeyArray.h"
+#include "nsIMsgWindow.h"
+#include "nsIMsgMailSession.h"
+#include "nsMsgFolderFlags.h"
+#include "nsIAutoSyncManager.h"
+#include "nsIAutoSyncMsgStrategy.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsComponentManagerUtils.h"
+#include "mozilla/Logging.h"
+
+using namespace mozilla;
+
+extern PRLogModuleInfo *gAutoSyncLog;
+
+MsgStrategyComparatorAdaptor::MsgStrategyComparatorAdaptor(nsIAutoSyncMsgStrategy* aStrategy, 
+  nsIMsgFolder *aFolder, nsIMsgDatabase *aDatabase) : mStrategy(aStrategy), mFolder(aFolder), 
+    mDatabase(aDatabase)
+{
+}
+
+/** @return True if the elements are equals; false otherwise. */
+bool MsgStrategyComparatorAdaptor::Equals(const nsMsgKey& a, const nsMsgKey& b) const
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> hdrA;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> hdrB;
+
+  mDatabase->GetMsgHdrForKey(a, getter_AddRefs(hdrA));
+  mDatabase->GetMsgHdrForKey(b, getter_AddRefs(hdrB));
+
+  if (hdrA && hdrB)
+  {
+    nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+    nsAutoSyncStrategyDecisionType decision = nsAutoSyncStrategyDecisions::Same;
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder = do_QueryInterface(mFolder);
+    if (mStrategy)
+      rv = mStrategy->Sort(folder, hdrA, hdrB, &decision);
+
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      return (decision == nsAutoSyncStrategyDecisions::Same);
+  }
+
+  return false;
+}
+
+/** @return True if (a < b); false otherwise. */
+bool MsgStrategyComparatorAdaptor::LessThan(const nsMsgKey& a, const nsMsgKey& b) const
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> hdrA;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> hdrB;
+
+  mDatabase->GetMsgHdrForKey(a, getter_AddRefs(hdrA));
+  mDatabase->GetMsgHdrForKey(b, getter_AddRefs(hdrB));
+
+  if (hdrA && hdrB)
+  {
+    nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+    nsAutoSyncStrategyDecisionType decision = nsAutoSyncStrategyDecisions::Same;
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder = do_QueryInterface(mFolder);
+    if (mStrategy)
+      rv = mStrategy->Sort(folder, hdrA, hdrB, &decision);
+
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      return (decision == nsAutoSyncStrategyDecisions::Lower);
+  }
+
+  return false;
+}
+
+nsAutoSyncState::nsAutoSyncState(nsImapMailFolder *aOwnerFolder, PRTime aLastSyncTime)
+  : mSyncState(stCompletedIdle), mOffset(0U), mLastOffset(0U), mLastServerTotal(0),
+    mLastServerRecent(0), mLastServerUnseen(0), mLastNextUID(0),
+    mLastSyncTime(aLastSyncTime), mLastUpdateTime(0UL), mProcessPointer(0U),
+    mIsDownloadQChanged(false), mRetryCounter(0U)
+{
+  mOwnerFolder = do_GetWeakReference(static_cast<nsIMsgImapMailFolder*>(aOwnerFolder));
+}
+
+nsAutoSyncState::~nsAutoSyncState()
+{
+}
+
+// TODO:XXXemre should be implemented when we start
+// doing space management
+nsresult nsAutoSyncState::ManageStorageSpace()
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsAutoSyncState::PlaceIntoDownloadQ(const nsTArray<nsMsgKey> &aMsgKeyList)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  if (!aMsgKeyList.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> folder = do_QueryReferent(mOwnerFolder, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+        
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> database;
+    rv = folder->GetMsgDatabase(getter_AddRefs(database));
+    if (!database)
+      return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAutoSyncManager> autoSyncMgr = do_GetService(NS_AUTOSYNCMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+    
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAutoSyncMsgStrategy> msgStrategy;
+    autoSyncMgr->GetMsgStrategy(getter_AddRefs(msgStrategy));
+    
+    // increase the array size
+    mDownloadQ.SetCapacity(mDownloadQ.Length() + aMsgKeyList.Length());
+    
+    // remove excluded messages
+    int32_t elemCount = aMsgKeyList.Length();
+    for (int32_t idx = 0; idx < elemCount; idx++)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> hdr;
+      bool containsKey;
+      database->ContainsKey(aMsgKeyList[idx], &containsKey);
+      if (!containsKey)
+        continue;
+      rv = database->GetMsgHdrForKey(aMsgKeyList[idx], getter_AddRefs(hdr));
+      if(!hdr)
+        continue; // can't get message header, continue with the next one
+      
+      bool doesFit = true;
+      rv = autoSyncMgr->DoesMsgFitDownloadCriteria(hdr, &doesFit);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !mDownloadSet.Contains(aMsgKeyList[idx]) && doesFit)
+      {
+        bool excluded = false;
+        if (msgStrategy)
+        {
+          rv = msgStrategy->IsExcluded(folder, hdr, &excluded);
+          
+          if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !excluded)
+          {
+            mIsDownloadQChanged = true;
+            mDownloadSet.PutEntry(aMsgKeyList[idx]);
+            mDownloadQ.AppendElement(aMsgKeyList[idx]);
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }//endfor
+
+    if (mIsDownloadQChanged)
+    {
+      LogOwnerFolderName("Download Q is created for ");
+      LogQWithSize(mDownloadQ, 0);
+      rv = autoSyncMgr->OnDownloadQChanged(this);
+    }
+    
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsAutoSyncState::SortQueueBasedOnStrategy(nsTArray<nsMsgKey> &aQueue)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> folder = do_QueryReferent(mOwnerFolder, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> database;
+  rv = folder->GetMsgDatabase(getter_AddRefs(database));
+  if (!database)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAutoSyncManager> autoSyncMgr = do_GetService(NS_AUTOSYNCMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAutoSyncMsgStrategy> msgStrategy;
+  rv = autoSyncMgr->GetMsgStrategy(getter_AddRefs(msgStrategy));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  MsgStrategyComparatorAdaptor strategyComp(msgStrategy, folder, database);
+  aQueue.Sort(strategyComp);
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+// This method is a hack to prioritize newly inserted messages,
+// without changing the size of the queue. It is required since 
+// we cannot sort ranges in nsTArray.
+nsresult nsAutoSyncState::SortSubQueueBasedOnStrategy(nsTArray<nsMsgKey> &aQueue,
+                                                      uint32_t aStartingOffset)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(aStartingOffset < aQueue.Length(), "*** Starting offset is out of range");
+
+  // Copy already downloaded messages into a temporary queue,
+  // we want to exclude them from the sort.
+  nsTArray<nsMsgKey> tmpQ;
+  tmpQ.AppendElements(aQueue.Elements(), aStartingOffset);
+
+  // Remove already downloaded messages and sort the resulting queue
+  aQueue.RemoveElementsAt(0, aStartingOffset);
+
+  nsresult rv = SortQueueBasedOnStrategy(aQueue);
+
+  // copy excluded messages back
+  aQueue.InsertElementsAt(0, tmpQ);
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAutoSyncState::GetNextGroupOfMessages(uint32_t aSuggestedGroupSizeLimit, 
+                                                      uint32_t *aActualGroupSize, 
+                                                      nsIMutableArray **aMessagesList)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMessagesList);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aActualGroupSize);
+
+  *aActualGroupSize = 0;
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> folder = do_QueryReferent(mOwnerFolder, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> database;
+  folder->GetMsgDatabase(getter_AddRefs(database));
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> group = do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID);
+  if (database)
+  {
+    if (!mDownloadQ.IsEmpty())
+    {
+      // sort the download queue if new items are added since the last time
+      if (mIsDownloadQChanged)
+      {
+        // we want to sort only pending messages. mOffset is
+        // the position of the first pending message in the download queue
+        rv = (mOffset > 0)
+          ? SortSubQueueBasedOnStrategy(mDownloadQ, mOffset)
+          : SortQueueBasedOnStrategy(mDownloadQ);
+
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+          mIsDownloadQChanged = false;
+      }
+
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIAutoSyncManager> autoSyncMgr = do_GetService(NS_AUTOSYNCMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      uint32_t msgCount = mDownloadQ.Length();
+      uint32_t idx = mOffset;
+
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIAutoSyncMsgStrategy> msgStrategy;
+      autoSyncMgr->GetMsgStrategy(getter_AddRefs(msgStrategy));
+
+      for (; idx < msgCount; idx++)
+      {
+        bool containsKey = false;
+        database->ContainsKey(mDownloadQ[idx], &containsKey);
+        if (!containsKey)
+        {
+          mDownloadSet.RemoveEntry(mDownloadQ[idx]);
+          mDownloadQ.RemoveElementAt(idx--);
+          msgCount--;
+          continue;
+        }
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> qhdr;
+        database->GetMsgHdrForKey(mDownloadQ[idx], getter_AddRefs(qhdr));
+        if(!qhdr)
+          continue; //maybe deleted, skip it!
+
+        // ensure that we don't have this message body offline already,
+        // possible if the user explicitly selects this message prior
+        // to auto-sync kicks in
+        bool hasMessageOffline;
+        folder->HasMsgOffline(mDownloadQ[idx], &hasMessageOffline);
+        if (hasMessageOffline)
+          continue;
+
+        // this check point allows msg strategy function
+        // to do last minute decisions based on the current
+        // state of TB such as the size of the message store etc.
+        if (msgStrategy)
+        {
+          bool excluded = false;
+          if (NS_SUCCEEDED(msgStrategy->IsExcluded(folder, qhdr, &excluded)) && excluded)
+            continue;
+        }
+
+        uint32_t msgSize;
+        qhdr->GetMessageSize(&msgSize);
+        // ignore 0 byte messages; the imap parser asserts when we try 
+        // to download them, and there's no point anyway.
+        if (!msgSize)
+          continue;
+
+        if (!*aActualGroupSize && msgSize >= aSuggestedGroupSizeLimit) 
+        {
+          *aActualGroupSize = msgSize;
+          group->AppendElement(qhdr, false);
+          idx++;
+          break;
+        }
+        else if ((*aActualGroupSize) + msgSize > aSuggestedGroupSizeLimit)
+          break;
+        else
+        {
+          group->AppendElement(qhdr, false);
+          *aActualGroupSize += msgSize;
+        }
+      }// endfor
+
+      mLastOffset = mOffset;
+      mOffset = idx;
+    }
+
+    LogOwnerFolderName("Next group of messages to be downloaded.");
+    LogQWithSize(group.get(), 0);
+  } //endif
+
+   // return it to the caller
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aMessagesList = group);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Usually called by nsAutoSyncManager when the last sync time is expired.
+ */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAutoSyncState::ProcessExistingHeaders(uint32_t aNumOfHdrsToProcess, uint32_t *aLeftToProcess)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aLeftToProcess);
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> folder = do_QueryReferent(mOwnerFolder, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> database;
+  rv = folder->GetMsgDatabase(getter_AddRefs(database));
+  if (!database)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  // create a queue to process existing headers for the first time
+  if (mExistingHeadersQ.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    RefPtr<nsMsgKeyArray> keys = new nsMsgKeyArray;
+    rv = database->ListAllKeys(keys);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    keys->Sort();
+    mExistingHeadersQ.AppendElements(keys->m_keys);
+    mProcessPointer = 0;
+  }
+
+  // process the existing headers and find the messages not downloaded yet
+  uint32_t lastIdx = mProcessPointer;
+  nsTArray<nsMsgKey> msgKeys;
+  uint32_t keyCount = mExistingHeadersQ.Length();
+  for (; mProcessPointer < (lastIdx + aNumOfHdrsToProcess) && mProcessPointer < keyCount; mProcessPointer++)
+  {
+    bool hasMessageOffline;
+    folder->HasMsgOffline(mExistingHeadersQ[mProcessPointer], &hasMessageOffline);
+    if (!hasMessageOffline)
+      msgKeys.AppendElement(mExistingHeadersQ[mProcessPointer]);
+  }
+  if (!msgKeys.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    nsCString folderName;
+    folder->GetURI(folderName);
+    MOZ_LOG(gAutoSyncLog, LogLevel::Debug,
+          ("%d messages will be added into the download q of folder %s\n",
+            msgKeys.Length(), folderName.get()));
+
+    rv = PlaceIntoDownloadQ(msgKeys);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      mProcessPointer = lastIdx;
+  }
+
+  *aLeftToProcess = keyCount - mProcessPointer;
+
+  // cleanup if we are done processing
+  if (0 == *aLeftToProcess)
+  {
+    mLastSyncTime = PR_Now();
+    mExistingHeadersQ.Clear();
+    mProcessPointer = 0;
+    folder->SetMsgDatabase(nullptr);
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+void nsAutoSyncState::OnNewHeaderFetchCompleted(const nsTArray<nsMsgKey> &aMsgKeyList)
+{
+  SetLastUpdateTime(PR_Now());
+  if (!aMsgKeyList.IsEmpty())
+    PlaceIntoDownloadQ(aMsgKeyList);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAutoSyncState::UpdateFolder()
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAutoSyncManager> autoSyncMgr = do_GetService(NS_AUTOSYNCMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIUrlListener> autoSyncMgrListener = do_QueryInterface(autoSyncMgr, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgImapMailFolder> imapFolder = do_QueryReferent(mOwnerFolder, &rv);
+  SetState(nsAutoSyncState::stUpdateIssued);
+  return imapFolder->UpdateFolderWithListener(nullptr, autoSyncMgrListener);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAutoSyncState::OnStartRunningUrl(nsIURI* aUrl)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+    
+  // if there is a problem to start the download, set rv with the
+  // corresponding error code. In that case, AutoSyncManager is going to
+  // set the autosync state to nsAutoSyncState::stReadyToDownload
+  // to resume downloading another time
+  
+  // TODO: is there a way to make sure that download started without
+  // problem through nsIURI interface?
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAutoSyncManager> autoSyncMgr = do_GetService(NS_AUTOSYNCMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  
+  return autoSyncMgr->OnDownloadStarted(this, rv);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAutoSyncState::OnStopRunningUrl(nsIURI* aUrl, nsresult aExitCode)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> ownerFolder = do_QueryReferent(mOwnerFolder, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAutoSyncManager> autoSyncMgr = do_GetService(NS_AUTOSYNCMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIUrlListener> autoSyncMgrListener = do_QueryInterface(autoSyncMgr, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  if (mSyncState == stStatusIssued)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgImapMailFolder> imapFolder = do_QueryReferent(mOwnerFolder, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    int32_t serverTotal, serverUnseen, serverRecent, serverNextUID;
+    imapFolder->GetServerTotal(&serverTotal);
+    imapFolder->GetServerUnseen(&serverUnseen);
+    imapFolder->GetServerRecent(&serverRecent);
+    imapFolder->GetServerNextUID(&serverNextUID);
+    if (serverNextUID != mLastNextUID || serverTotal != mLastServerTotal ||
+        serverUnseen != mLastServerUnseen || serverRecent != mLastServerRecent)
+    {
+      nsCString folderName;
+      ownerFolder->GetURI(folderName);
+      MOZ_LOG(gAutoSyncLog, LogLevel::Debug,
+             ("folder %s status changed serverNextUID = %lx lastNextUID = %lx\n", folderName.get(),
+              serverNextUID, mLastNextUID));
+      MOZ_LOG(gAutoSyncLog, LogLevel::Debug,
+             ("serverTotal = %lx lastServerTotal = %lx serverRecent = %lx lastServerRecent = %lx\n",
+              serverTotal, mLastServerTotal, serverRecent, mLastServerRecent));
+      SetServerCounts(serverTotal, serverRecent, serverUnseen, serverNextUID);
+      SetState(nsAutoSyncState::stUpdateIssued);
+      return imapFolder->UpdateFolderWithListener(nullptr, autoSyncMgrListener);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      ownerFolder->SetMsgDatabase(nullptr);
+      // nothing more to do.
+      SetState(nsAutoSyncState::stCompletedIdle);
+      // autoSyncMgr needs this notification, so manufacture it.
+      return autoSyncMgrListener->OnStopRunningUrl(nullptr, NS_OK);
+    }
+  }
+  //XXXemre how we recover from this error?
+  rv = ownerFolder->ReleaseSemaphore(ownerFolder);
+  NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "*** Cannot release folder semaphore");
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailUrl = do_QueryInterface(aUrl);
+  if (mailUrl)
+    rv = mailUrl->UnRegisterListener(this);
+
+  return autoSyncMgr->OnDownloadCompleted(this, aExitCode);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAutoSyncState::GetState(int32_t *aState)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aState);
+  *aState = mSyncState;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+const char *stateStrings[] = {"idle", "status issued", "update needed",
+                              "update issued", "downloading",
+                              "ready to download"};
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAutoSyncState::SetState(int32_t aState)
+{
+  mSyncState = aState;
+  if (aState == stCompletedIdle)
+  {
+    ResetDownloadQ();
+    //tell folder to let go of its cached msg db pointer
+    nsresult rv;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailSession> session =
+             do_GetService(NS_MSGMAILSESSION_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && session)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> ownerFolder = do_QueryReferent(mOwnerFolder, &rv);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      bool folderOpen;
+      uint32_t folderFlags;
+      ownerFolder->GetFlags(&folderFlags);
+      session->IsFolderOpenInWindow(ownerFolder, &folderOpen);
+      if (!folderOpen && ! (folderFlags & nsMsgFolderFlags::Inbox))
+        ownerFolder->SetMsgDatabase(nullptr);
+    }
+  }
+  nsCString logStr("Sync State set to ");
+  logStr.Append(stateStrings[aState]);
+  logStr.Append(" for ");
+  LogOwnerFolderName(logStr.get());
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAutoSyncState::TryCurrentGroupAgain(uint32_t aRetryCount)
+{
+  SetState(stReadyToDownload);
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  if (++mRetryCounter > aRetryCount)
+  {
+    ResetRetryCounter();
+    rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+  else
+    rv = Rollback();
+    
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAutoSyncState::ResetRetryCounter()
+{
+  mRetryCounter = 0;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAutoSyncState::GetPendingMessageCount(int32_t *aMsgCount)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMsgCount);
+  *aMsgCount = mDownloadQ.Length() - mOffset;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAutoSyncState::GetTotalMessageCount(int32_t *aMsgCount)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMsgCount);
+  *aMsgCount = mDownloadQ.Length();
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAutoSyncState::GetOwnerFolder(nsIMsgFolder **aFolder)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aFolder);
+  
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> ownerFolder = do_QueryReferent(mOwnerFolder, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aFolder = ownerFolder);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAutoSyncState::Rollback()
+{
+  mOffset = mLastOffset;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAutoSyncState::ResetDownloadQ()
+{
+  mOffset = mLastOffset = 0;
+  mDownloadSet.Clear();
+  mDownloadQ.Clear();
+  mDownloadQ.Compact();
+  
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Tests whether the given folder is owned by the same imap server
+ * or not.
+ */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAutoSyncState::IsSibling(nsIAutoSyncState *aAnotherStateObj, bool *aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+  *aResult = false;
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folderA, folderB;
+  
+  rv = GetOwnerFolder(getter_AddRefs(folderA));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  
+  rv = aAnotherStateObj->GetOwnerFolder(getter_AddRefs(folderB));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgIncomingServer> serverA, serverB;
+  rv = folderA->GetServer(getter_AddRefs(serverA));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  rv = folderB->GetServer(getter_AddRefs(serverB));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  
+  bool isSibling;
+  rv = serverA->Equals(serverB, &isSibling);
+  
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    *aResult = isSibling;
+  
+  return rv;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAutoSyncState::DownloadMessagesForOffline(nsIArray *aMessagesList)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMessagesList);
+  
+  uint32_t count;
+  nsresult rv = aMessagesList->GetLength(&count);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapService> imapService = do_GetService(NS_IMAPSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  
+  nsAutoCString messageIds;
+  nsTArray<nsMsgKey> msgKeys;
+  
+  rv = nsImapMailFolder::BuildIdsAndKeyArray(aMessagesList, messageIds, msgKeys);  
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || messageIds.IsEmpty()) 
+    return rv;
+
+  // acquire semaphore for offline store. If it fails, we won't download
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> folder = do_QueryReferent(mOwnerFolder, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  
+  rv = folder->AcquireSemaphore(folder);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCString folderName;
+  folder->GetURI(folderName);
+  MOZ_LOG(gAutoSyncLog, LogLevel::Debug, ("downloading %s for %s", messageIds.get(),
+           folderName.get()));
+  // start downloading
+  rv = imapService->DownloadMessagesForOffline(messageIds, 
+                                               folder, 
+                                               this, 
+                                               nullptr);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    SetState(stDownloadInProgress);                                              
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAutoSyncState::GetLastSyncTime(PRTime *aLastSyncTime)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aLastSyncTime);
+  *aLastSyncTime = mLastSyncTime;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+void nsAutoSyncState::SetLastSyncTimeInSec(int32_t aLastSyncTime)
+{
+  mLastSyncTime = ((PRTime)aLastSyncTime * PR_USEC_PER_SEC);
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAutoSyncState::GetLastUpdateTime(PRTime *aLastUpdateTime)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aLastUpdateTime);
+  *aLastUpdateTime = mLastUpdateTime;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAutoSyncState::SetLastUpdateTime(PRTime aLastUpdateTime)
+{
+  mLastUpdateTime = aLastUpdateTime;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+void nsAutoSyncState::SetServerCounts(int32_t total, int32_t recent,
+                                      int32_t unseen, int32_t nextUID)
+{
+  mLastServerTotal = total;
+  mLastServerRecent = recent;
+  mLastServerUnseen = unseen;
+  mLastNextUID = nextUID;
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsAutoSyncState, nsIAutoSyncState, nsIUrlListener)
+
+
+void nsAutoSyncState::LogQWithSize(nsTArray<nsMsgKey>& q, uint32_t toOffset)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> ownerFolder = do_QueryReferent(mOwnerFolder);
+  if (ownerFolder)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> database;
+    ownerFolder->GetMsgDatabase(getter_AddRefs(database));
+    
+    uint32_t x = q.Length();
+    while (x > toOffset && database) 
+    {
+      x--;
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> h;
+      database->GetMsgHdrForKey(q[x], getter_AddRefs(h));
+      uint32_t s;
+      if (h)
+      {
+        h->GetMessageSize(&s);
+        MOZ_LOG(gAutoSyncLog, LogLevel::Debug,
+              ("Elem #%d, size: %u bytes\n", x+1, s));
+      }
+      else
+        MOZ_LOG(gAutoSyncLog, LogLevel::Debug, ("unable to get header for key %ul", q[x]));
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+void nsAutoSyncState::LogQWithSize(nsIMutableArray *q, uint32_t toOffset)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> ownerFolder = do_QueryReferent(mOwnerFolder);
+  if (ownerFolder)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> database;
+    ownerFolder->GetMsgDatabase(getter_AddRefs(database));
+
+    uint32_t x;
+    q->GetLength(&x);
+    while (x > toOffset && database) 
+    {
+      x--;
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> h;
+      q->QueryElementAt(x, NS_GET_IID(nsIMsgDBHdr),
+                        getter_AddRefs(h));
+      uint32_t s;
+      if (h)
+      {
+        h->GetMessageSize(&s);
+        MOZ_LOG(gAutoSyncLog, LogLevel::Debug,
+              ("Elem #%d, size: %u bytes\n", x+1, s));
+      }
+      else
+        MOZ_LOG(gAutoSyncLog, LogLevel::Debug, ("null header in q at index %ul", x));
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+void nsAutoSyncState::LogOwnerFolderName(const char *s)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> ownerFolder = do_QueryReferent(mOwnerFolder);
+  if (ownerFolder)
+  {
+    nsCString folderName;
+    ownerFolder->GetURI(folderName);
+    MOZ_LOG(gAutoSyncLog, LogLevel::Debug,
+           ("*** %s Folder: %s ***\n", s, folderName.get()));
+  }
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/imap/src/nsAutoSyncState.h b/mailnews/imap/src/nsAutoSyncState.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c28c10d60
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/imap/src/nsAutoSyncState.h
@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsAutoSyncState_h__
+#define nsAutoSyncState_h__
+
+#include "MailNewsTypes.h"
+#include "nsIAutoSyncState.h"
+#include "nsIAutoSyncManager.h" 
+#include "nsIUrlListener.h"
+#include "nsWeakPtr.h"
+#include "nsTHashtable.h"
+#include "nsHashKeys.h"
+#include "nsTArray.h"
+#include "prlog.h"
+#include "nsIWeakReferenceUtils.h"
+
+class nsImapMailFolder;
+class nsIAutoSyncMsgStrategy;
+class nsIMsgDatabase;
+
+/**
+ * An adaptor class to make msg strategy nsTArray.Sort()
+ * compatible.
+ */
+class MsgStrategyComparatorAdaptor 
+{
+ public:
+  MsgStrategyComparatorAdaptor(nsIAutoSyncMsgStrategy* aStrategy, 
+    nsIMsgFolder *aFolder, nsIMsgDatabase *aDatabase);
+
+  /** @return True if the elements are equals; false otherwise. */
+  bool Equals(const nsMsgKey& a, const nsMsgKey& b) const;
+  
+  /** @return True if (a < b); false otherwise. */
+  bool LessThan(const nsMsgKey& a, const nsMsgKey& b) const;
+  
+ private:
+  MsgStrategyComparatorAdaptor();
+  
+ private:
+  nsIAutoSyncMsgStrategy *mStrategy;
+  nsIMsgFolder *mFolder;
+  nsIMsgDatabase *mDatabase;
+};
+
+
+/**
+ * Facilitates auto-sync capabilities for imap folders.
+ */
+class nsAutoSyncState final : public nsIAutoSyncState, public nsIUrlListener
+{
+public:
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIAUTOSYNCSTATE
+  NS_DECL_NSIURLLISTENER
+
+  nsAutoSyncState(nsImapMailFolder *aOwnerFolder, PRTime aLastSyncTime = 0UL);
+
+  /// Called by owner folder when new headers are fetched from the server
+  void OnNewHeaderFetchCompleted(const nsTArray<nsMsgKey> &aMsgKeyList);
+
+  /// Sets the last sync time in lower precision (seconds)
+  void SetLastSyncTimeInSec(int32_t aLastSyncTime);
+
+  /// Manages storage space for auto-sync operations 
+  nsresult ManageStorageSpace();
+
+  void SetServerCounts(int32_t total, int32_t recent, int32_t unseen,
+                       int32_t nextUID);
+
+ private:
+  ~nsAutoSyncState();
+  
+  nsresult PlaceIntoDownloadQ(const nsTArray<nsMsgKey> &aMsgKeyList);
+  nsresult SortQueueBasedOnStrategy(nsTArray<nsMsgKey> &aQueue);
+  nsresult SortSubQueueBasedOnStrategy(nsTArray<nsMsgKey> &aQueue, 
+                                    uint32_t aStartingOffset);
+
+  void LogOwnerFolderName(const char *s);
+  void LogQWithSize(nsTArray<nsMsgKey>& q, uint32_t toOffset = 0);
+  void LogQWithSize(nsIMutableArray *q, uint32_t toOffset = 0);
+
+ private:
+  int32_t mSyncState;
+  nsWeakPtr mOwnerFolder;
+  uint32_t mOffset;
+  uint32_t mLastOffset;
+
+  // used to tell if the Server counts have changed.
+  int32_t mLastServerTotal;
+  int32_t mLastServerRecent;
+  int32_t mLastServerUnseen;
+  int32_t mLastNextUID;
+
+  PRTime mLastSyncTime;
+  PRTime mLastUpdateTime;
+  uint32_t mProcessPointer;
+  bool mIsDownloadQChanged;
+  uint32_t mRetryCounter;
+  nsTHashtable<nsUint32HashKey> mDownloadSet;
+  nsTArray<nsMsgKey> mDownloadQ;
+  nsTArray<nsMsgKey> mExistingHeadersQ;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/imap/src/nsIMAPBodyShell.cpp b/mailnews/imap/src/nsIMAPBodyShell.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..087fe2033
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/imap/src/nsIMAPBodyShell.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1333 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "nsIMAPHostSessionList.h"
+#include "nsIMAPBodyShell.h"
+#include "nsImapProtocol.h"
+#include "nsImapStringBundle.h"
+
+#include "nsMimeTypes.h"
+#include "nsIPrefBranch.h"
+#include "nsIPrefService.h"
+#include "nsITransport.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+
+// need to talk to Rich about this...
+#define IMAP_EXTERNAL_CONTENT_HEADER "X-Mozilla-IMAP-Part"
+
+// imapbody.cpp
+// Implementation of the nsIMAPBodyShell and associated classes
+// These are used to parse IMAP BODYSTRUCTURE responses, and intelligently (?)
+// figure out what parts we need to display inline.
+
+/*
+        Create a nsIMAPBodyShell from a full BODYSTRUCUTRE response from the parser.
+
+        The body shell represents a single, top-level object, the message.  The message body
+        might be treated as either a container or a leaf (just like any arbitrary part).
+
+        Steps for creating a part:
+        1. Pull out the paren grouping for the part
+        2. Create a generic part object with that buffer
+        3. The factory will return either a leaf or container, depending on what it really is.
+        4. It is responsible for parsing its children, if there are any
+*/
+
+
+///////////// nsIMAPBodyShell ////////////////////////////////////
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS0(nsIMAPBodyShell)
+
+nsIMAPBodyShell::nsIMAPBodyShell(nsImapProtocol *protocolConnection,
+                                 nsIMAPBodypartMessage *message, uint32_t UID,
+                                 const char *folderName)
+{
+  m_isValid = false;
+  m_isBeingGenerated = false;
+  m_cached = false;
+  m_gotAttachmentPref = false;
+  m_generatingWholeMessage = false;
+  m_generatingPart = NULL;
+  m_protocolConnection = protocolConnection;
+  m_message = message;
+  NS_ASSERTION(m_protocolConnection, "non null connection");
+  if (!m_protocolConnection)
+    return;
+  m_prefetchQueue = new nsIMAPMessagePartIDArray();
+  if (!m_prefetchQueue)
+    return;
+  m_UID = "";
+  m_UID.AppendInt(UID);
+#ifdef DEBUG_chrisf
+  NS_ASSERTION(folderName);
+#endif
+  if (!folderName)
+    return;
+  m_folderName = NS_strdup(folderName);
+  if (!m_folderName)
+    return;
+  
+  SetContentModified(GetShowAttachmentsInline() ? IMAP_CONTENT_MODIFIED_VIEW_INLINE : IMAP_CONTENT_MODIFIED_VIEW_AS_LINKS);
+
+  SetIsValid(m_message != nullptr);
+}
+
+nsIMAPBodyShell::~nsIMAPBodyShell()
+{
+  delete m_message;
+  delete m_prefetchQueue;
+  PR_Free(m_folderName);
+}
+
+void nsIMAPBodyShell::SetIsValid(bool valid)
+{
+  m_isValid = valid;
+}
+
+bool nsIMAPBodyShell::GetShowAttachmentsInline()
+{
+  if (!m_gotAttachmentPref)
+  {
+    m_showAttachmentsInline = !m_protocolConnection || m_protocolConnection->GetShowAttachmentsInline();
+    m_gotAttachmentPref = true;
+  }
+  
+  return m_showAttachmentsInline;
+}
+
+// Fills in buffer (and adopts storage) for header object
+void nsIMAPBodyShell::AdoptMessageHeaders(char *headers, const char *partNum)
+{
+  if (!GetIsValid())
+    return;
+  
+  if (!partNum)
+    partNum = "0";
+  
+  // we are going to say that a message header object only has
+  // part data, and no header data.
+  nsIMAPBodypart *foundPart = m_message->FindPartWithNumber(partNum);
+  if (foundPart)
+  {
+    nsIMAPBodypartMessage *messageObj = foundPart->GetnsIMAPBodypartMessage();
+    if (messageObj)
+    {
+      messageObj->AdoptMessageHeaders(headers);
+      if (!messageObj->GetIsValid())
+        SetIsValid(false);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      // We were filling in message headers for a given part number.
+      // We looked up that part number, found an object, but it
+      // wasn't of type message/rfc822.
+      // Something's wrong.
+      NS_ASSERTION(false, "object not of type message rfc822");
+    }
+  }
+  else
+    SetIsValid(false);
+}
+
+// Fills in buffer (and adopts storage) for MIME headers in appropriate object.
+// If object can't be found, sets isValid to false.
+void nsIMAPBodyShell::AdoptMimeHeader(const char *partNum, char *mimeHeader)
+{
+  if (!GetIsValid())
+    return;
+  
+  NS_ASSERTION(partNum, "null partnum in body shell");
+  
+  nsIMAPBodypart *foundPart = m_message->FindPartWithNumber(partNum);
+  
+  if (foundPart)
+  {
+    foundPart->AdoptHeaderDataBuffer(mimeHeader);
+    if (!foundPart->GetIsValid())
+      SetIsValid(false);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    SetIsValid(false);
+  }
+}
+
+
+void nsIMAPBodyShell::AddPrefetchToQueue(nsIMAPeFetchFields fields, const char *partNumber)
+{
+  nsIMAPMessagePartID *newPart = new nsIMAPMessagePartID(fields, partNumber);
+  if (newPart)
+  {
+    m_prefetchQueue->AppendElement(newPart);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    // HandleMemoryFailure();
+  }
+}
+
+// Flushes all of the prefetches that have been queued up in the prefetch queue,
+// freeing them as we go
+void nsIMAPBodyShell::FlushPrefetchQueue()
+{
+  m_protocolConnection->PipelinedFetchMessageParts(GetUID(), m_prefetchQueue);
+  m_prefetchQueue->RemoveAndFreeAll();
+}
+
+// Requires that the shell is valid when called
+// Performs a preflight check on all message parts to see if they are all
+// inline.  Returns true if all parts are inline, false otherwise.
+bool nsIMAPBodyShell::PreflightCheckAllInline()
+{
+  bool rv = m_message->PreflightCheckAllInline(this);
+  //	if (rv)
+  //		MOZ_LOG(IMAP, out, ("BODYSHELL: All parts inline.  Reverting to whole message download."));
+  return rv;
+}
+
+// When partNum is NULL, Generates a whole message and intelligently
+// leaves out parts that are not inline.
+
+// When partNum is not NULL, Generates a MIME part that hasn't been downloaded yet
+// Ok, here's how we're going to do this.  Essentially, this
+// will be the mirror image of the "normal" generation.
+// All parts will be left out except a single part which is
+// explicitly specified.  All relevant headers will be included.
+// Libmime will extract only the part of interest, so we don't
+// have to worry about the other parts.  This also has the
+// advantage that it looks like it will be more workable for
+// nested parts.  For instance, if a user clicks on a link to
+// a forwarded message, then that forwarded message may be 
+// generated along with any images that the forwarded message
+// contains, for instance.
+
+
+int32_t nsIMAPBodyShell::Generate(char *partNum)
+{
+  m_isBeingGenerated = true;
+  m_generatingPart = partNum;
+  int32_t contentLength = 0;
+  
+  if (!GetIsValid() || PreflightCheckAllInline())
+  {
+    // We don't have a valid shell, or all parts are going to be inline anyway.  Fall back to fetching the whole message.
+#ifdef DEBUG_chrisf
+    NS_ASSERTION(GetIsValid());
+#endif
+    m_generatingWholeMessage = true;
+    uint32_t messageSize = m_protocolConnection->GetMessageSize(GetUID().get(), true);
+    m_protocolConnection->SetContentModified(IMAP_CONTENT_NOT_MODIFIED);	// So that when we cache it, we know we have the whole message
+    if (!DeathSignalReceived())
+      m_protocolConnection->FallbackToFetchWholeMsg(GetUID(), messageSize);
+    contentLength = (int32_t) messageSize;	// ugh
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    // We have a valid shell.
+    bool streamCreated = false;
+    m_generatingWholeMessage = false;
+    
+    ////// PASS 1 : PREFETCH ///////
+    // First, prefetch any additional headers/data that we need
+    if (!GetPseudoInterrupted())
+      m_message->Generate(this, false, true); // This queues up everything we need to prefetch
+    // Now, run a single pipelined prefetch  (neato!)
+    FlushPrefetchQueue();
+    
+    ////// PASS 2 : COMPUTE STREAM SIZE ///////
+    // Next, figure out the size from the parts that we're going to fill in,
+    // plus all of the MIME headers, plus the message header itself
+    if (!GetPseudoInterrupted())
+      contentLength = m_message->Generate(this, false, false);
+    
+    // Setup the stream
+    if (!GetPseudoInterrupted() && !DeathSignalReceived())
+    {
+      nsresult rv = 
+        m_protocolConnection->BeginMessageDownLoad(contentLength, MESSAGE_RFC822);
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      {
+        m_generatingPart = nullptr;
+        m_protocolConnection->AbortMessageDownLoad();
+        return 0;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        streamCreated = true;
+      }
+    }
+    
+    ////// PASS 3 : GENERATE ///////
+    // Generate the message
+    if (!GetPseudoInterrupted() && !DeathSignalReceived())
+      m_message->Generate(this, true, false);
+    
+    // Close the stream here - normal.  If pseudointerrupted, the connection will abort the download stream
+    if (!GetPseudoInterrupted() && !DeathSignalReceived())
+      m_protocolConnection->NormalMessageEndDownload();
+    else if (streamCreated)
+      m_protocolConnection->AbortMessageDownLoad();
+    
+    m_generatingPart = NULL;
+    
+  }
+  
+  m_isBeingGenerated = false;
+  return contentLength;
+}
+
+bool nsIMAPBodyShell::GetPseudoInterrupted()
+{
+  bool rv = m_protocolConnection->GetPseudoInterrupted();
+  return rv;
+}
+
+bool nsIMAPBodyShell::DeathSignalReceived()
+{
+  bool rv = m_protocolConnection->DeathSignalReceived();
+  return rv;
+}
+
+
+///////////// nsIMAPBodypart ////////////////////////////////////
+
+nsIMAPBodypart::nsIMAPBodypart(char *partNumber, nsIMAPBodypart *parentPart)
+{
+  SetIsValid(true);
+  m_parentPart = parentPart;
+  m_partNumberString = partNumber;	// storage adopted
+  m_partData = NULL;
+  m_headerData = NULL;
+  m_boundaryData = NULL;	// initialize from parsed BODYSTRUCTURE
+  m_contentLength = 0;
+  m_partLength = 0;
+  
+  m_contentType = NULL;
+  m_bodyType = NULL;
+  m_bodySubType = NULL;
+  m_bodyID = NULL;
+  m_bodyDescription = NULL;
+  m_bodyEncoding = NULL;
+}
+
+nsIMAPBodypart::~nsIMAPBodypart()
+{
+  PR_FREEIF(m_partNumberString);
+  PR_FREEIF(m_contentType);
+  PR_FREEIF(m_bodyType);
+  PR_FREEIF(m_bodySubType);
+  PR_FREEIF(m_bodyID);
+  PR_FREEIF(m_bodyDescription);
+  PR_FREEIF(m_bodyEncoding);
+  PR_FREEIF(m_partData);
+  PR_FREEIF(m_headerData);
+  PR_FREEIF(m_boundaryData);
+}
+
+void nsIMAPBodypart::SetIsValid(bool valid)
+{
+  m_isValid = valid;
+  if (!m_isValid)
+  {
+    //MOZ_LOG(IMAP, out, ("BODYSHELL: Part is invalid.  Part Number: %s Content-Type: %s", m_partNumberString, m_contentType));
+  }
+}
+
+// Adopts storage for part data buffer.  If NULL, sets isValid to false.
+void nsIMAPBodypart::AdoptPartDataBuffer(char *buf)
+{
+  m_partData = buf;
+  if (!m_partData)
+  {
+    SetIsValid(false);
+  }
+}
+
+// Adopts storage for header data buffer.  If NULL, sets isValid to false.
+void nsIMAPBodypart::AdoptHeaderDataBuffer(char *buf)
+{
+  m_headerData = buf;
+  if (!m_headerData)
+  {
+    SetIsValid(false);
+  }
+}
+
+// Finds the part with given part number
+// Returns a nsIMAPBodystructure of the matched part if it is this
+// or one of its children.  Returns NULL otherwise.
+nsIMAPBodypart *nsIMAPBodypart::FindPartWithNumber(const char *partNum)
+{
+  // either brute force, or do it the smart way - look at the number.
+  // (the parts should be ordered, and hopefully indexed by their number)
+  
+  if (m_partNumberString && !PL_strcasecmp(partNum, m_partNumberString))
+    return this;
+  
+  //if (!m_partNumberString && !PL_strcasecmp(partNum, "1"))
+  //	return this;
+  
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+/*
+void nsIMAPBodypart::PrefetchMIMEHeader()
+{
+if (!m_headerData && !m_shell->DeathSignalReceived())
+{
+m_shell->GetConnection()->FetchMessage(m_shell->GetUID(), kMIMEHeader, true, 0, 0, m_partNumberString);
+// m_headerLength will be filled in when it is adopted from the parser
+}
+if (!m_headerData)
+{
+SetIsValid(false);
+}
+}
+*/
+
+void nsIMAPBodypart::QueuePrefetchMIMEHeader(nsIMAPBodyShell *aShell)
+{
+  aShell->AddPrefetchToQueue(kMIMEHeader, m_partNumberString);
+}
+
+int32_t nsIMAPBodypart::GenerateMIMEHeader(nsIMAPBodyShell *aShell, bool stream, bool prefetch)
+{
+  if (prefetch && !m_headerData)
+  {
+    QueuePrefetchMIMEHeader(aShell);
+    return 0;
+  }
+  else if (m_headerData)
+  {
+    int32_t mimeHeaderLength = 0;
+    
+    if (!ShouldFetchInline(aShell))
+    {
+      // if this part isn't inline, add the X-Mozilla-IMAP-Part header
+      char *xPartHeader = PR_smprintf("%s: %s", IMAP_EXTERNAL_CONTENT_HEADER, m_partNumberString);
+      if (xPartHeader)
+      {
+        if (stream)
+        {
+          aShell->GetConnection()->Log("SHELL","GENERATE-XHeader",m_partNumberString);
+          aShell->GetConnection()->HandleMessageDownLoadLine(xPartHeader, false);
+        }
+        mimeHeaderLength += PL_strlen(xPartHeader);
+        PR_Free(xPartHeader);
+      }
+    }
+    
+    mimeHeaderLength += PL_strlen(m_headerData);
+    if (stream)
+    {
+      aShell->GetConnection()->Log("SHELL","GENERATE-MIMEHeader",m_partNumberString);
+      aShell->GetConnection()->HandleMessageDownLoadLine(m_headerData, false);  // all one line?  Can we do that?
+    }
+    
+    return mimeHeaderLength;
+  }
+  else 
+  {
+    SetIsValid(false);	// prefetch didn't adopt a MIME header
+    return 0;
+  }
+}
+
+int32_t nsIMAPBodypart::GeneratePart(nsIMAPBodyShell *aShell, bool stream, bool prefetch)
+{
+  if (prefetch)
+    return 0;	// don't need to prefetch anything
+  
+  if (m_partData)	// we have prefetched the part data
+  {
+    if (stream)
+    {
+      aShell->GetConnection()->Log("SHELL","GENERATE-Part-Prefetched",m_partNumberString);
+      aShell->GetConnection()->HandleMessageDownLoadLine(m_partData, false);
+    }
+    return PL_strlen(m_partData);
+  }
+  else	// we are fetching and streaming this part's body as we go
+  {
+    if (stream && !aShell->DeathSignalReceived())
+    {
+      char *generatingPart = aShell->GetGeneratingPart();
+      bool fetchingSpecificPart = (generatingPart && !PL_strcmp(generatingPart, m_partNumberString));
+      
+      aShell->GetConnection()->Log("SHELL","GENERATE-Part-Inline",m_partNumberString);
+      aShell->GetConnection()->FetchTryChunking(aShell->GetUID(), kMIMEPart, true, m_partNumberString, m_partLength, !fetchingSpecificPart);
+    }
+    return m_partLength;	// the part length has been filled in from the BODYSTRUCTURE response
+  }
+}
+
+int32_t nsIMAPBodypart::GenerateBoundary(nsIMAPBodyShell *aShell, bool stream, bool prefetch, bool lastBoundary)
+{
+  if (prefetch)
+    return 0;	// don't need to prefetch anything
+  
+  if (m_boundaryData)
+  {
+    if (!lastBoundary)
+    {
+      if (stream)
+      {
+        aShell->GetConnection()->Log("SHELL","GENERATE-Boundary",m_partNumberString);
+        aShell->GetConnection()->HandleMessageDownLoadLine(m_boundaryData, false);
+      }
+      return PL_strlen(m_boundaryData);
+    }
+    else	// the last boundary
+    {
+      char *lastBoundaryData = PR_smprintf("%s--", m_boundaryData);
+      if (lastBoundaryData)
+      {
+        if (stream)
+        {
+          aShell->GetConnection()->Log("SHELL","GENERATE-Boundary-Last",m_partNumberString);
+          aShell->GetConnection()->HandleMessageDownLoadLine(lastBoundaryData, false);
+        }
+        int32_t rv = PL_strlen(lastBoundaryData);
+        PR_Free(lastBoundaryData);
+        return rv;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        //HandleMemoryFailure();
+        return 0;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  else
+    return 0;
+}
+
+int32_t nsIMAPBodypart::GenerateEmptyFilling(nsIMAPBodyShell *aShell, bool stream, bool prefetch)
+{
+  if (prefetch)
+    return 0; // don't need to prefetch anything
+
+  const nsString &emptyString = aShell->GetConnection()->
+    GetEmptyMimePartString();
+  if (!emptyString.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    if (stream)
+    {
+      nsImapProtocol *conn = aShell->GetConnection();
+      conn->Log("SHELL", "GENERATE-Filling", m_partNumberString);
+      conn->HandleMessageDownLoadLine(NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(emptyString).get(),
+                                      false);
+    }
+    return emptyString.Length();
+  }
+  else
+    return 0;
+}
+
+
+// Returns true if the prefs say that this content type should
+// explicitly be kept in when filling in the shell
+bool nsIMAPBodypart::ShouldExplicitlyFetchInline()
+{
+	 return false;
+}
+
+
+// Returns true if the prefs say that this content type should
+// explicitly be left out when filling in the shell
+bool nsIMAPBodypart::ShouldExplicitlyNotFetchInline()
+{
+  return false;
+}
+
+
+///////////// nsIMAPBodypartLeaf /////////////////////////////
+
+
+nsIMAPBodypartLeaf::nsIMAPBodypartLeaf(char *partNum,
+                                       nsIMAPBodypart *parentPart,
+                                       char *bodyType, char *bodySubType,
+                                       char *bodyID, char *bodyDescription,
+                                       char *bodyEncoding, int32_t partLength,
+                                       bool preferPlainText)
+  : nsIMAPBodypart(partNum, parentPart), mPreferPlainText(preferPlainText)
+{
+  m_bodyType = bodyType;
+  m_bodySubType = bodySubType;
+  m_bodyID = bodyID;
+  m_bodyDescription = bodyDescription;
+  m_bodyEncoding = bodyEncoding;
+  m_partLength = partLength;
+  if (m_bodyType && m_bodySubType)
+  {
+    m_contentType = PR_smprintf("%s/%s", m_bodyType, m_bodySubType);
+  }
+  SetIsValid(true);
+}
+
+nsIMAPBodypartType nsIMAPBodypartLeaf::GetType()
+{
+  return IMAP_BODY_LEAF;
+}
+
+int32_t nsIMAPBodypartLeaf::Generate(nsIMAPBodyShell *aShell, bool stream, bool prefetch)
+{
+  int32_t len = 0;
+  
+  if (GetIsValid())
+  {
+    
+    if (stream && !prefetch)
+      aShell->GetConnection()->Log("SHELL","GENERATE-Leaf",m_partNumberString);
+    
+    // Stream out the MIME part boundary
+    //GenerateBoundary();
+    NS_ASSERTION(m_parentPart, "part has no parent");
+    //nsIMAPBodypartMessage *parentMessage = m_parentPart ? m_parentPart->GetnsIMAPBodypartMessage() : NULL;
+    
+    // Stream out the MIME header of this part, if this isn't the only body part of a message
+    //if (parentMessage ? !parentMessage->GetIsTopLevelMessage() : true)
+    if ((m_parentPart->GetType() != IMAP_BODY_MESSAGE_RFC822)
+      && !aShell->GetPseudoInterrupted())
+      len += GenerateMIMEHeader(aShell, stream, prefetch);
+    
+    if (!aShell->GetPseudoInterrupted())
+    {
+      if (ShouldFetchInline(aShell))
+      {
+        // Fetch and stream the content of this part
+        len += GeneratePart(aShell, stream, prefetch);
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        // fill in the filling within the empty part
+        len += GenerateEmptyFilling(aShell, stream, prefetch);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  m_contentLength = len;
+  return m_contentLength;
+}
+
+
+
+// returns true if this part should be fetched inline for generation.
+bool nsIMAPBodypartLeaf::ShouldFetchInline(nsIMAPBodyShell *aShell)
+{
+  char *generatingPart = aShell->GetGeneratingPart();
+  if (generatingPart)
+  {
+    // If we are generating a specific part
+    if (!PL_strcmp(generatingPart, m_partNumberString))
+    {
+      // This is the part we're generating
+      return true;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      // If this is the only body part of a message, and that
+      // message is the part being generated, then this leaf should
+      // be inline as well.
+      if ((m_parentPart->GetType() == IMAP_BODY_MESSAGE_RFC822) &&
+        (!PL_strcmp(m_parentPart->GetPartNumberString(), generatingPart)))
+        return true;
+      
+      // The parent of this part is a multipart
+      if (m_parentPart->GetType() == IMAP_BODY_MULTIPART)
+      {
+        // This is the first text part of a forwarded message
+        // with a multipart body, and that message is being generated,
+        // then generate this part.
+        nsIMAPBodypart *grandParent = m_parentPart->GetParentPart();
+        // grandParent must exist, since multiparts need parents
+        NS_ASSERTION(grandParent, "grandparent doesn't exist for multi-part alt");
+        if (grandParent && 
+          (grandParent->GetType() == IMAP_BODY_MESSAGE_RFC822) &&
+          (!PL_strcmp(grandParent->GetPartNumberString(), generatingPart)) &&
+          (m_partNumberString[PL_strlen(m_partNumberString)-1] == '1') &&
+          !PL_strcasecmp(m_bodyType, "text"))
+          return true;	// we're downloading it inline
+        
+        
+        // This is a child of a multipart/appledouble attachment,
+        // and that multipart/appledouble attachment is being generated
+        if (m_parentPart &&
+          !PL_strcasecmp(m_parentPart->GetBodySubType(), "appledouble") &&
+          !PL_strcmp(m_parentPart->GetPartNumberString(), generatingPart))
+          return true;	// we're downloading it inline
+      }
+      
+      // Leave out all other leaves if this isn't the one
+      // we're generating.
+      // Maybe change later to check parents, etc.
+      return false;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    // We are generating the whole message, possibly (hopefully)
+    // leaving out non-inline parts
+    
+    if (ShouldExplicitlyFetchInline())
+      return true;
+    if (ShouldExplicitlyNotFetchInline())
+      return false;
+    
+    // If the parent is a message (this is the only body part of that
+    // message), and that message should be inline, then its body
+    // should inherit the inline characteristics of that message
+    if (m_parentPart->GetType() == IMAP_BODY_MESSAGE_RFC822)
+      return m_parentPart->ShouldFetchInline(aShell);
+    
+    // View Attachments As Links is on.
+    if (!(aShell->GetContentModified() == IMAP_CONTENT_MODIFIED_VIEW_INLINE))
+    {
+      // The last text part is still displayed inline,
+      // even if View Attachments As Links is on.
+      nsIMAPBodypart *grandParentPart = m_parentPart->GetParentPart();
+      if ((mPreferPlainText ||
+           !PL_strcasecmp(m_parentPart->GetBodySubType(), "mixed")) &&
+          !PL_strcmp(m_partNumberString, "1") &&
+          !PL_strcasecmp(m_bodyType, "text"))
+        return true;         // we're downloading it inline
+
+      if ((!PL_strcasecmp(m_parentPart->GetBodySubType(), "alternative") ||
+           (grandParentPart &&
+            !PL_strcasecmp(grandParentPart->GetBodySubType(), "alternative"))) &&
+          !PL_strcasecmp(m_bodyType, "text") &&
+          ((!PL_strcasecmp(m_bodySubType, "plain") && mPreferPlainText) ||
+           (!PL_strcasecmp(m_bodySubType, "html") && !mPreferPlainText)))
+        return true;
+
+      // This is the first text part of a top-level multipart.
+      // For instance, a message with multipart body, where the first
+      // part is multipart, and this is the first leaf of that first part.
+      if (m_parentPart->GetType() == IMAP_BODY_MULTIPART &&
+          (PL_strlen(m_partNumberString) >= 2) &&
+          !PL_strcmp(m_partNumberString + PL_strlen(m_partNumberString) - 2, ".1") && // this is the first text type on this level
+          (!PL_strcmp(m_parentPart->GetPartNumberString(), "1") || !PL_strcmp(m_parentPart->GetPartNumberString(), "2")) && 
+          !PL_strcasecmp(m_bodyType, "text"))
+        return true;
+      // This is the first text part of a top-level multipart of the toplevelmessage
+      // This 'assumes' the text body is first leaf. This is not required for valid email.
+      // The only other way is to get content-disposition = attachment and exclude those text parts.
+      if (m_parentPart->GetType() == IMAP_BODY_MULTIPART &&
+          !PL_strcasecmp(m_bodyType, "text") &&
+          !PL_strcmp(m_parentPart->GetPartNumberString(), "0") &&
+          !PL_strcmp(m_partNumberString, "1"))
+         return true;
+
+      // we may have future problems needing tests here
+
+      return false;  // we can leave it on the server
+    }
+#ifdef XP_MACOSX
+    // If it is either applesingle, or a resource fork for appledouble
+    if (!PL_strcasecmp(m_contentType, "application/applefile"))
+    {
+      // if it is appledouble
+      if (m_parentPart->GetType() == IMAP_BODY_MULTIPART &&
+        !PL_strcasecmp(m_parentPart->GetBodySubType(), "appledouble"))
+      {
+        // This is the resource fork of a multipart/appledouble.
+        // We inherit the inline attributes of the parent,
+        // which was derived from its OTHER child.  (The data fork.)
+        return m_parentPart->ShouldFetchInline(aShell);
+      }
+      else	// it is applesingle
+      {
+        return false;	// we can leave it on the server
+      }
+    }
+#endif // XP_MACOSX
+    
+    // Leave out parts with type application/*
+    if (!PL_strcasecmp(m_bodyType, "APPLICATION") &&	// If it is of type "application"
+      PL_strncasecmp(m_bodySubType, "x-pkcs7", 7)	// and it's not a signature (signatures are inline)
+      )
+      return false;	// we can leave it on the server
+    if (!PL_strcasecmp(m_bodyType, "AUDIO"))
+      return false;
+    // Here's where we can add some more intelligence -- let's leave out
+    // any other parts that we know we can't display inline.
+    return true;	// we're downloading it inline
+  }
+}
+
+
+
+bool nsIMAPBodypartMultipart::IsLastTextPart(const char *partNumberString)
+{
+ // iterate backwards over the parent's part list and if the part is
+  // text, compare it to the part number string
+  for (int i = m_partList->Length() - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+  {
+      nsIMAPBodypart *part = m_partList->ElementAt(i);
+      if (!PL_strcasecmp(part->GetBodyType(), "text"))
+        return !PL_strcasecmp(part->GetPartNumberString(), partNumberString);
+  }
+  return false;
+}
+
+bool nsIMAPBodypartLeaf::PreflightCheckAllInline(nsIMAPBodyShell *aShell)
+{
+  // only need to check this part, since it has no children.
+  return ShouldFetchInline(aShell);
+}
+
+
+///////////// nsIMAPBodypartMessage ////////////////////////
+
+nsIMAPBodypartMessage::nsIMAPBodypartMessage(char *partNum,
+                                             nsIMAPBodypart *parentPart,
+                                             bool topLevelMessage,
+                                             char *bodyType, char *bodySubType,
+                                             char *bodyID,
+                                             char *bodyDescription,
+                                             char *bodyEncoding,
+                                             int32_t partLength,
+                                             bool preferPlainText)
+ : nsIMAPBodypartLeaf(partNum, parentPart, bodyType, bodySubType, bodyID,
+                      bodyDescription, bodyEncoding, partLength,
+                      preferPlainText)
+{
+  m_topLevelMessage = topLevelMessage;
+  if (m_topLevelMessage)
+  {
+    m_partNumberString = PR_smprintf("0");
+    if (!m_partNumberString)
+    {
+      SetIsValid(false);
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+  m_body = NULL;
+  m_headers = new nsIMAPMessageHeaders(m_partNumberString, this);  // We always have a Headers object
+  if (!m_headers || !m_headers->GetIsValid())
+  {
+    SetIsValid(false);
+    return;
+  }
+  SetIsValid(true);
+}
+
+void nsIMAPBodypartMessage::SetBody(nsIMAPBodypart *body)
+{
+  if (m_body)
+    delete m_body;
+  m_body = body;
+}
+
+
+nsIMAPBodypartType nsIMAPBodypartMessage::GetType()
+{
+  return IMAP_BODY_MESSAGE_RFC822;
+}
+
+nsIMAPBodypartMessage::~nsIMAPBodypartMessage()
+{
+  delete m_headers;
+  delete m_body;
+}
+
+int32_t nsIMAPBodypartMessage::Generate(nsIMAPBodyShell *aShell, bool stream, bool prefetch)
+{
+  if (!GetIsValid())
+    return 0;
+  
+  m_contentLength = 0;
+  
+  if (stream && !prefetch)
+    aShell->GetConnection()->Log("SHELL","GENERATE-MessageRFC822",m_partNumberString);
+  
+  if (!m_topLevelMessage && !aShell->GetPseudoInterrupted())  // not the top-level message - we need the MIME header as well as the message header
+  {
+    // but we don't need the MIME headers of a message/rfc822 part if this content
+    // type is in (part of) the main msg header. In other words, we still need
+    // these MIME headers if this message/rfc822 body part is enclosed in the msg
+    // body (most likely as a body part of a multipart/mixed msg).
+    //       Don't fetch (bug 128888)              Do fetch (bug 168097)
+    //  ----------------------------------  -----------------------------------
+    //  message/rfc822  (parent part)       message/rfc822
+    //   message/rfc822 <<<---               multipart/mixed  (parent part)
+    //    multipart/mixed                     message/rfc822  <<<---
+    //     text/html   (body text)             multipart/mixed
+    //     text/plain  (attachment)             text/html   (body text)
+    //     application/msword (attachment)      text/plain  (attachment)
+    //                                          application/msword (attachment)
+    // "<<<---" points to the part we're examining here.
+    if ( PL_strcasecmp(m_bodyType, "message") || PL_strcasecmp(m_bodySubType, "rfc822") ||
+      PL_strcasecmp(m_parentPart->GetBodyType(), "message") || PL_strcasecmp(m_parentPart->GetBodySubType(), "rfc822") )
+      m_contentLength += GenerateMIMEHeader(aShell, stream, prefetch);
+  }
+  
+  if (!aShell->GetPseudoInterrupted())
+    m_contentLength += m_headers->Generate(aShell, stream, prefetch);
+  if (!aShell->GetPseudoInterrupted())
+    m_contentLength += m_body->Generate(aShell, stream, prefetch);
+  
+  return m_contentLength;
+}
+
+
+
+
+bool nsIMAPBodypartMessage::ShouldFetchInline(nsIMAPBodyShell *aShell)
+{
+  if (m_topLevelMessage)	// the main message should always be defined as "inline"
+    return true;
+  
+  char *generatingPart = aShell->GetGeneratingPart();
+  if (generatingPart)
+  {
+    // If we are generating a specific part
+    // Always generate containers (just don't fill them in)
+    // because it is low cost (everything is cached)
+    // and it gives the message its full MIME structure,
+    // to avoid any potential mishap.
+    return true;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    // Generating whole message
+    
+    if (ShouldExplicitlyFetchInline())
+      return true;
+    if (ShouldExplicitlyNotFetchInline())
+      return false;
+    
+    
+    // Message types are inline, by default.
+    return true;
+  }
+}
+
+bool nsIMAPBodypartMessage::PreflightCheckAllInline(nsIMAPBodyShell *aShell)
+{
+  if (!ShouldFetchInline(aShell))
+    return false;
+  
+  return m_body->PreflightCheckAllInline(aShell);
+}
+
+// Fills in buffer (and adopts storage) for header object
+void nsIMAPBodypartMessage::AdoptMessageHeaders(char *headers)
+{
+  if (!GetIsValid())
+    return;
+  
+  // we are going to say that the message headers only have
+  // part data, and no header data.
+  m_headers->AdoptPartDataBuffer(headers);
+  if (!m_headers->GetIsValid())
+    SetIsValid(false);
+}
+
+// Finds the part with given part number
+// Returns a nsIMAPBodystructure of the matched part if it is this
+// or one of its children.  Returns NULL otherwise.
+nsIMAPBodypart *nsIMAPBodypartMessage::FindPartWithNumber(const char *partNum)
+{
+  // either brute force, or do it the smart way - look at the number.
+  // (the parts should be ordered, and hopefully indexed by their number)
+  
+  if (!PL_strcasecmp(partNum, m_partNumberString))
+    return this;
+  
+  return m_body->FindPartWithNumber(partNum);
+}
+
+///////////// nsIMAPBodypartMultipart ////////////////////////
+
+
+nsIMAPBodypartMultipart::nsIMAPBodypartMultipart(char *partNum, nsIMAPBodypart *parentPart) : 
+nsIMAPBodypart(partNum, parentPart)
+{
+  if (!m_parentPart  || (m_parentPart->GetType() == IMAP_BODY_MESSAGE_RFC822))
+  {
+    // the multipart (this) will inherit the part number of its parent
+    PR_FREEIF(m_partNumberString);
+    if (!m_parentPart)
+    {
+      m_partNumberString = PR_smprintf("0");
+    }
+    else
+      m_partNumberString = NS_strdup(m_parentPart->GetPartNumberString());
+  }
+  m_partList = new nsTArray<nsIMAPBodypart*>();
+  m_bodyType = NS_strdup("multipart");
+  if (m_partList && m_parentPart && m_bodyType)
+    SetIsValid(true);
+  else
+    SetIsValid(false);
+}
+
+nsIMAPBodypartType nsIMAPBodypartMultipart::GetType()
+{
+  return IMAP_BODY_MULTIPART;
+}
+
+nsIMAPBodypartMultipart::~nsIMAPBodypartMultipart()
+{
+  for (int i = m_partList->Length() - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+  {
+    delete m_partList->ElementAt(i);
+  }
+  delete m_partList;
+}
+
+void
+nsIMAPBodypartMultipart::SetBodySubType(char *bodySubType)
+{
+  PR_FREEIF(m_bodySubType);
+  PR_FREEIF(m_contentType);
+  m_bodySubType = bodySubType;
+  if (m_bodyType && m_bodySubType)
+    m_contentType = PR_smprintf("%s/%s", m_bodyType, m_bodySubType);
+}
+
+
+int32_t nsIMAPBodypartMultipart::Generate(nsIMAPBodyShell *aShell, bool stream, bool prefetch)
+{
+  int32_t len = 0;
+  
+  if (GetIsValid())
+  {
+    if (stream && !prefetch)
+      aShell->GetConnection()->Log("SHELL","GENERATE-Multipart",m_partNumberString);
+    
+    // Stream out the MIME header of this part
+    
+    bool parentIsMessageType = GetParentPart() ? (GetParentPart()->GetType() == IMAP_BODY_MESSAGE_RFC822) : true;
+    
+    // If this is multipart/signed, then we always want to generate the MIME headers of this multipart.
+    // Otherwise, we only want to do it if the parent is not of type "message"
+    bool needMIMEHeader = !parentIsMessageType;  // !PL_strcasecmp(m_bodySubType, "signed") ? true : !parentIsMessageType;
+    if (needMIMEHeader && !aShell->GetPseudoInterrupted())  // not a message body's type
+    {
+      len += GenerateMIMEHeader(aShell, stream, prefetch);
+    }
+    
+    if (ShouldFetchInline(aShell))
+    {
+      for (size_t i = 0; i < m_partList->Length(); i++)
+      {
+        if (!aShell->GetPseudoInterrupted())
+          len += GenerateBoundary(aShell, stream, prefetch, false);
+        if (!aShell->GetPseudoInterrupted())
+          len += m_partList->ElementAt(i)->Generate(aShell, stream, prefetch);
+      }
+      if (!aShell->GetPseudoInterrupted())
+        len += GenerateBoundary(aShell, stream, prefetch, true);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      // fill in the filling within the empty part
+      if (!aShell->GetPseudoInterrupted())
+        len += GenerateEmptyFilling(aShell, stream, prefetch);
+    }
+  }
+  m_contentLength = len;
+  return m_contentLength;
+}
+
+
+bool nsIMAPBodypartMultipart::ShouldFetchInline(nsIMAPBodyShell *aShell)
+{
+  char *generatingPart = aShell->GetGeneratingPart();
+  if (generatingPart)
+  {
+    // If we are generating a specific part
+    // Always generate containers (just don't fill them in)
+    // because it is low cost (everything is cached)
+    // and it gives the message its full MIME structure,
+    // to avoid any potential mishap.
+    return true;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    // Generating whole message
+    
+    if (ShouldExplicitlyFetchInline())
+      return true;
+    if (ShouldExplicitlyNotFetchInline())
+      return false;
+
+    if (!PL_strcasecmp(m_bodySubType, "alternative"))
+      return true;
+
+    nsIMAPBodypart *grandparentPart = m_parentPart->GetParentPart();
+
+    // if we're a multipart sub-part of multipart alternative, we need to 
+    // be fetched because mime will always display us.
+    if (!PL_strcasecmp(m_parentPart->GetBodySubType(), "alternative") &&
+        GetType() == IMAP_BODY_MULTIPART)
+      return true;
+    // If "Show Attachments as Links" is on, and
+    // the parent of this multipart is not a message,
+    // then it's not inline.
+    if (!(aShell->GetContentModified() == IMAP_CONTENT_MODIFIED_VIEW_INLINE) &&
+      (m_parentPart->GetType() != IMAP_BODY_MESSAGE_RFC822) &&
+      (m_parentPart->GetType() == IMAP_BODY_MULTIPART ?
+      (grandparentPart ? grandparentPart->GetType() != IMAP_BODY_MESSAGE_RFC822 : true)
+      : true))
+      return false;
+    
+    // multiparts are always inline (even multipart/appledouble)
+    // (their children might not be, though)
+    return true;
+  }
+}
+
+bool nsIMAPBodypartMultipart::PreflightCheckAllInline(nsIMAPBodyShell *aShell)
+{
+  bool rv = ShouldFetchInline(aShell);
+  
+  size_t i = 0;
+  while (rv && (i < m_partList->Length()))
+  {
+    rv = m_partList->ElementAt(i)->PreflightCheckAllInline(aShell);
+    i++;
+  }
+  
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsIMAPBodypart	*nsIMAPBodypartMultipart::FindPartWithNumber(const char *partNum)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(partNum, "null part passed into FindPartWithNumber");
+  
+  // check this
+  if (!PL_strcmp(partNum, m_partNumberString))
+    return this;
+  
+  // check children
+  for (int i = m_partList->Length() - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+  {
+    nsIMAPBodypart *foundPart = m_partList->ElementAt(i)->FindPartWithNumber(partNum);
+    if (foundPart)
+      return foundPart;
+  }
+  
+  // not this, or any of this's children
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+
+
+///////////// nsIMAPMessageHeaders ////////////////////////////////////
+
+
+
+nsIMAPMessageHeaders::nsIMAPMessageHeaders(char *partNum, nsIMAPBodypart *parentPart) : 
+nsIMAPBodypart(partNum, parentPart)
+{
+  if (!partNum)
+  {
+    SetIsValid(false);
+    return;
+  }
+  m_partNumberString = NS_strdup(partNum);
+  if (!m_partNumberString)
+  {
+    SetIsValid(false);
+    return;
+  }
+  if (!m_parentPart || !m_parentPart->GetnsIMAPBodypartMessage())
+  {
+    // Message headers created without a valid Message parent
+    NS_ASSERTION(false, "creating message headers with invalid message parent");
+    SetIsValid(false);
+  }
+}
+
+nsIMAPBodypartType nsIMAPMessageHeaders::GetType()
+{
+  return IMAP_BODY_MESSAGE_HEADER;
+}
+
+void nsIMAPMessageHeaders::QueuePrefetchMessageHeaders(nsIMAPBodyShell *aShell)
+{
+  
+  if (!m_parentPart->GetnsIMAPBodypartMessage()->GetIsTopLevelMessage())	// not top-level headers
+    aShell->AddPrefetchToQueue(kRFC822HeadersOnly, m_partNumberString);
+  else
+    aShell->AddPrefetchToQueue(kRFC822HeadersOnly, NULL);
+}
+
+int32_t nsIMAPMessageHeaders::Generate(nsIMAPBodyShell *aShell, bool stream, bool prefetch)
+{
+  // prefetch the header
+  if (prefetch && !m_partData && !aShell->DeathSignalReceived())
+  {
+    QueuePrefetchMessageHeaders(aShell);
+  }
+  
+  if (stream && !prefetch)
+    aShell->GetConnection()->Log("SHELL","GENERATE-MessageHeaders",m_partNumberString);
+  
+  // stream out the part data
+  if (ShouldFetchInline(aShell))
+  {
+    if (!aShell->GetPseudoInterrupted())
+      m_contentLength = GeneratePart(aShell, stream, prefetch);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    m_contentLength = 0;	// don't fill in any filling for the headers
+  }
+  return m_contentLength;
+}
+
+bool nsIMAPMessageHeaders::ShouldFetchInline(nsIMAPBodyShell *aShell)
+{
+  return m_parentPart->ShouldFetchInline(aShell);
+}
+
+
+///////////// nsIMAPBodyShellCache ////////////////////////////////////
+
+#if 0  // mscott - commenting out because it does not appear to be used
+static int
+imap_shell_cache_strcmp (const void *a, const void *b)
+{
+  return PL_strcmp ((const char *) a, (const char *) b);
+}
+#endif
+
+nsIMAPBodyShellCache::nsIMAPBodyShellCache()
+: m_shellHash(20)
+{
+  m_shellList = new nsTArray<nsIMAPBodyShell*>();
+}
+
+/* static */ nsIMAPBodyShellCache *nsIMAPBodyShellCache::Create()
+{
+  nsIMAPBodyShellCache *cache = new nsIMAPBodyShellCache();
+  if (!cache || !cache->m_shellList)
+    return NULL;
+  
+  return cache;
+}
+
+nsIMAPBodyShellCache::~nsIMAPBodyShellCache()
+{
+  while (EjectEntry()) ;
+  delete m_shellList;
+}
+
+// We'll use an LRU scheme here.
+// We will add shells in numerical order, so the
+// least recently used one will be in slot 0.
+bool nsIMAPBodyShellCache::EjectEntry()
+{
+  if (m_shellList->Length() < 1)
+    return false;
+
+  nsIMAPBodyShell *removedShell = m_shellList->ElementAt(0);
+
+  m_shellList->RemoveElementAt(0);
+  m_shellHash.Remove(removedShell->GetUID());
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+void nsIMAPBodyShellCache::Clear()
+{
+  while (EjectEntry()) ;
+}
+
+bool nsIMAPBodyShellCache::AddShellToCache(nsIMAPBodyShell *shell)
+{
+  // If it's already in the cache, then just return.
+  // This has the side-effect of re-ordering the LRU list
+  // to put this at the top, which is good, because it's what we want.
+  if (FindShellForUID(shell->GetUID(), shell->GetFolderName(), shell->GetContentModified()))
+    return true;
+
+  // OK, so it's not in the cache currently.
+
+  // First, for safety sake, remove any entry with the given UID,
+  // just in case we have a collision between two messages in different
+  // folders with the same UID.
+  RefPtr<nsIMAPBodyShell> foundShell;
+  m_shellHash.Get(shell->GetUID(), getter_AddRefs(foundShell));
+  if (foundShell)
+  {
+    m_shellHash.Remove(foundShell->GetUID());
+    m_shellList->RemoveElement(foundShell);
+  }
+
+  // Add the new one to the cache
+  m_shellList->AppendElement(shell);
+
+  m_shellHash.Put(shell->GetUID(), shell);
+  shell->SetIsCached(true);
+
+  // while we're not over our size limit, eject entries
+  bool rv = true;
+  while (GetSize() > GetMaxSize())
+    rv = EjectEntry();
+
+  return rv;
+
+}
+
+nsIMAPBodyShell *nsIMAPBodyShellCache::FindShellForUID(nsCString &UID, const char *mailboxName,
+                                                       IMAP_ContentModifiedType modType)
+{
+  RefPtr<nsIMAPBodyShell> foundShell;
+  m_shellHash.Get(UID, getter_AddRefs(foundShell));
+  if (!foundShell)
+    return nullptr;
+  // Make sure the content-modified types are compatible.
+  // This allows us to work seamlessly while people switch between
+  // View Attachments Inline and View Attachments As Links.
+  // Enforce the invariant that any cached shell we use
+  // match the current content-modified settings.
+  if (modType != foundShell->GetContentModified())
+    return nullptr;
+
+  // mailbox names must match also.
+  if (PL_strcmp(mailboxName, foundShell->GetFolderName()))
+    return nullptr;
+
+  // adjust the LRU stuff. This defeats the performance gain of the hash if
+  // it actually is found since this is linear.
+  m_shellList->RemoveElement(foundShell);
+  m_shellList->AppendElement(foundShell);// Adds to end
+
+  return foundShell;
+}
+
+///////////// nsIMAPMessagePartID ////////////////////////////////////
+
+
+nsIMAPMessagePartID::nsIMAPMessagePartID(nsIMAPeFetchFields fields, const char *partNumberString)
+: m_partNumberString(partNumberString),
+  m_fields(fields)
+{
+}
+
+nsIMAPMessagePartIDArray::nsIMAPMessagePartIDArray()
+{
+}
+
+nsIMAPMessagePartIDArray::~nsIMAPMessagePartIDArray()
+{
+  RemoveAndFreeAll();
+}
+
+void nsIMAPMessagePartIDArray::RemoveAndFreeAll()
+{
+  uint32_t n = Length();
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < n; i++)
+  {
+     nsIMAPMessagePartID *part = GetPart(i);
+     delete part;
+  }
+  Clear();
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/imap/src/nsIMAPBodyShell.h b/mailnews/imap/src/nsIMAPBodyShell.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1c8d58ae5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/imap/src/nsIMAPBodyShell.h
@@ -0,0 +1,361 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/* 
+nsIMAPBodyShell and associated classes
+*/ 
+
+#ifndef IMAPBODY_H
+#define IMAPBODY_H
+
+#include "mozilla/Attributes.h"
+#include "nsImapCore.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsRefPtrHashtable.h"
+#include "nsTArray.h"
+
+class nsImapProtocol;
+
+typedef enum _nsIMAPBodypartType {
+	IMAP_BODY_MESSAGE_RFC822,
+	IMAP_BODY_MESSAGE_HEADER,
+	IMAP_BODY_LEAF,
+	IMAP_BODY_MULTIPART
+} nsIMAPBodypartType;
+
+class nsIMAPBodyShell;
+class nsIMAPBodypartMessage;
+
+class nsIMAPBodypart
+{
+public:
+	// Construction
+	virtual bool GetIsValid() { return m_isValid; }
+	virtual void	SetIsValid(bool valid);
+	virtual nsIMAPBodypartType	GetType() = 0;
+
+	// Generation
+    // Generates an HTML representation of this part.  Returns content length generated, -1 if failed.
+    virtual int32_t Generate(nsIMAPBodyShell *aShell, bool /*stream*/, bool /* prefetch */) { return -1; }
+    virtual void AdoptPartDataBuffer(char *buf);    // Adopts storage for part data buffer.  If NULL, sets isValid to false.
+    virtual void AdoptHeaderDataBuffer(char *buf);  // Adopts storage for header data buffer.  If NULL, sets isValid to false.
+    virtual bool ShouldFetchInline(nsIMAPBodyShell *aShell) { return true; }  // returns true if this part should be fetched inline for generation.
+    virtual bool PreflightCheckAllInline(nsIMAPBodyShell *aShell) { return true; }
+
+	virtual bool ShouldExplicitlyFetchInline();
+	virtual bool ShouldExplicitlyNotFetchInline();
+        virtual bool IsLastTextPart(const char *partNumberString) {return true;}
+
+protected:
+    // If stream is false, simply returns the content length that will be generated
+    // the body of the part itself
+    virtual int32_t GeneratePart(nsIMAPBodyShell *aShell, bool stream, bool prefetch);
+    // the MIME headers of the part
+    virtual int32_t GenerateMIMEHeader(nsIMAPBodyShell *aShell, bool stream, bool prefetch); 
+    // Generates the MIME boundary wrapper for this part.
+    virtual int32_t GenerateBoundary(nsIMAPBodyShell *aShell, bool stream, bool prefetch, bool lastBoundary);
+    // lastBoundary indicates whether or not this should be the boundary for the
+    // final MIME part of the multipart message.
+    // Generates (possibly empty) filling for a part that won't be filled in inline.
+    virtual int32_t GenerateEmptyFilling(nsIMAPBodyShell *aShell, bool stream, bool prefetch);
+
+	// Part Numbers / Hierarchy
+public:
+	virtual char	*GetPartNumberString() { return m_partNumberString; }
+	virtual nsIMAPBodypart	*FindPartWithNumber(const char *partNum);	// Returns the part object with the given number
+	virtual nsIMAPBodypart	*GetParentPart() { return m_parentPart; }	// Returns the parent of this part.
+																		// We will define a part of type message/rfc822 to be the
+																		// parent of its body and header.
+																		// A multipart is a parent of its child parts.
+																		// All other leafs do not have children.
+
+	// Other / Helpers
+public:
+	virtual ~nsIMAPBodypart();
+	virtual nsIMAPBodypartMessage	*GetnsIMAPBodypartMessage() { return NULL; }
+
+	const char	*GetBodyType() { return m_bodyType; }
+	const char	*GetBodySubType() { return m_bodySubType; }
+    void SetBoundaryData(char *boundaryData) { m_boundaryData = boundaryData; }
+
+protected:
+    virtual void QueuePrefetchMIMEHeader(nsIMAPBodyShell *aShell);
+	//virtual void	PrefetchMIMEHeader();			// Initiates a prefetch for the MIME header of this part.
+    nsIMAPBodypart(char *partNumber, nsIMAPBodypart *parentPart);
+
+protected:
+	bool	m_isValid;				// If this part is valid.
+	char	*m_partNumberString;	// string representation of this part's full-hierarchy number.  Define 0 to be the top-level message
+	char	*m_partData;			// data for this part.  NULL if not filled in yet.
+	char	*m_headerData;			// data for this part's MIME header.  NULL if not filled in yet.
+	char	*m_boundaryData;		// MIME boundary for this part
+	int32_t	m_partLength;
+	int32_t	m_contentLength;		// Total content length which will be Generate()'d.  -1 if not filled in yet.
+	nsIMAPBodypart	*m_parentPart;	// Parent of this part
+
+	// Fields	- Filled in from parsed BODYSTRUCTURE response (as well as others)
+	char	*m_contentType;			// constructed from m_bodyType and m_bodySubType
+	char	*m_bodyType;
+	char	*m_bodySubType;
+	char	*m_bodyID;
+	char	*m_bodyDescription;
+	char	*m_bodyEncoding;
+	// we ignore extension data for now
+};
+
+
+
+// Message headers
+// A special type of nsIMAPBodypart
+// These may be headers for the top-level message,
+// or any body part of type message/rfc822.
+class nsIMAPMessageHeaders : public nsIMAPBodypart
+{
+public:
+    nsIMAPMessageHeaders(char *partNum, nsIMAPBodypart *parentPart);
+    virtual nsIMAPBodypartType	GetType() override;
+    // Generates an HTML representation of this part.  Returns content length generated, -1 if failed.
+    virtual int32_t Generate(nsIMAPBodyShell *aShell, bool stream,
+                             bool prefetch) override;
+    virtual bool ShouldFetchInline(nsIMAPBodyShell *aShell) override;
+    virtual void QueuePrefetchMessageHeaders(nsIMAPBodyShell *aShell);
+};
+
+
+class nsIMAPBodypartMultipart : public nsIMAPBodypart
+{
+public:
+    nsIMAPBodypartMultipart(char *partNum, nsIMAPBodypart *parentPart);
+	virtual nsIMAPBodypartType	GetType() override;
+	virtual ~nsIMAPBodypartMultipart();
+    virtual bool ShouldFetchInline(nsIMAPBodyShell *aShell) override;
+    virtual bool PreflightCheckAllInline(nsIMAPBodyShell *aShell) override;
+    // Generates an HTML representation of this part.  Returns content length generated, -1 if failed.
+    virtual int32_t Generate(nsIMAPBodyShell *aShell, bool stream,
+                             bool prefetch) override;
+    // Returns the part object with the given number
+	virtual nsIMAPBodypart	*FindPartWithNumber(const char *partNum
+                                                ) override;
+    virtual bool IsLastTextPart(const char *partNumberString) override;
+    void AppendPart(nsIMAPBodypart *part)  { m_partList->AppendElement(part); }
+    void SetBodySubType(char *bodySubType);
+
+protected:
+    nsTArray<nsIMAPBodypart*>  *m_partList;  // An ordered list of top-level body parts for this shell
+};
+
+
+// The name "leaf" is somewhat misleading, since a part of type message/rfc822 is technically
+// a leaf, even though it can contain other parts within it.
+class nsIMAPBodypartLeaf : public nsIMAPBodypart
+{
+public:
+  nsIMAPBodypartLeaf(char *partNum, nsIMAPBodypart *parentPart, char *bodyType,
+                     char *bodySubType, char *bodyID, char *bodyDescription,
+                     char *bodyEncoding, int32_t partLength,
+                     bool preferPlainText);
+    virtual nsIMAPBodypartType	GetType() override;
+    // Generates an HTML representation of this part.  Returns content length generated, -1 if failed.
+    virtual int32_t Generate(nsIMAPBodyShell *aShell, bool stream, bool prefetch) override;
+    // returns true if this part should be fetched inline for generation.
+    virtual bool ShouldFetchInline(nsIMAPBodyShell *aShell) override;
+    virtual bool PreflightCheckAllInline(nsIMAPBodyShell *aShell) override;
+private:
+  bool mPreferPlainText;
+};
+
+
+class nsIMAPBodypartMessage : public nsIMAPBodypartLeaf
+{
+public:
+  nsIMAPBodypartMessage(char *partNum, nsIMAPBodypart *parentPart,
+                        bool topLevelMessage, char *bodyType,
+                        char *bodySubType, char *bodyID,
+                        char *bodyDescription, char *bodyEncoding,
+                        int32_t partLength, bool preferPlainText);
+    void SetBody(nsIMAPBodypart *body);
+	virtual nsIMAPBodypartType	GetType() override;
+	virtual ~nsIMAPBodypartMessage();
+    virtual int32_t Generate(nsIMAPBodyShell *aShell, bool stream,
+                             bool prefetch) override;
+    virtual bool ShouldFetchInline(nsIMAPBodyShell *aShell) override;
+    virtual bool PreflightCheckAllInline(nsIMAPBodyShell *aShell) override;
+	// Returns the part object with the given number
+	virtual nsIMAPBodypart	*FindPartWithNumber(const char *partNum
+                                                ) override;
+	void	AdoptMessageHeaders(char *headers);			// Fills in buffer (and adopts storage) for header object
+														// partNum specifies the message part number to which the
+														// headers correspond.  NULL indicates the top-level message
+	virtual nsIMAPBodypartMessage	*GetnsIMAPBodypartMessage() override { return this; }
+	virtual	bool		GetIsTopLevelMessage() { return m_topLevelMessage; }
+
+protected:
+	nsIMAPMessageHeaders		*m_headers;				// Every body shell should have headers
+	nsIMAPBodypart			*m_body;	
+	bool					m_topLevelMessage;		// Whether or not this is the top-level message
+
+};
+
+
+class nsIMAPMessagePartIDArray;
+
+// We will refer to a Body "Shell" as a hierarchical object representation of a parsed BODYSTRUCTURE
+// response.  A shell contains representations of Shell "Parts."  A Body Shell can undergo essentially
+// two operations: Construction and Generation.
+// Shell Construction occurs from a parsed a BODYSTRUCTURE response, split into empty parts.
+// Shell Generation generates a "MIME Shell" of the message and streams it to libmime for
+// display.  The MIME Shell has selected (inline) parts filled in, and leaves all others
+// for on-demand retrieval through explicit part fetches.
+
+class nsIMAPBodyShell : public nsISupports
+{
+public:
+  NS_DECL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS
+  nsIMAPBodyShell(nsImapProtocol *protocolConnection,
+                  nsIMAPBodypartMessage *message, uint32_t UID,
+                  const char *folderName);
+  // To be used after a shell is uncached
+  void SetConnection(nsImapProtocol *con) { m_protocolConnection = con; }
+  virtual bool GetIsValid() { return m_isValid; }
+  virtual void SetIsValid(bool valid);
+
+  // Prefetch
+  // Adds a message body part to the queue to be prefetched
+  // in a single, pipelined command
+  void AddPrefetchToQueue(nsIMAPeFetchFields, const char *partNum);
+  // Runs a single pipelined command which fetches all of the
+  // elements in the prefetch queue
+  void FlushPrefetchQueue();
+  // Fills in buffer (and adopts storage) for header object
+  // partNum specifies the message part number to which the
+  // headers correspond.  NULL indicates the top-level message
+  void AdoptMessageHeaders(char *headers, const char *partNum);
+  // Fills in buffer (and adopts storage) for MIME headers in appropriate object.
+  // If object can't be found, sets isValid to false.
+  void AdoptMimeHeader(const char *partNum, char *mimeHeader);
+
+  // Generation
+  // Streams out an HTML representation of this IMAP message, going along and
+  // fetching parts it thinks it needs, and leaving empty shells for the parts
+  // it doesn't.
+  // Returns number of bytes generated, or -1 if invalid.
+  // If partNum is not NULL, then this works to generates a MIME part that hasn't been downloaded yet
+  // and leaves out all other parts.  By default, to generate a normal message, partNum should be NULL.
+  virtual int32_t Generate(char *partNum);
+
+  // Returns TRUE if the user has the pref "Show Attachments Inline" set.
+  // Returns FALSE if the setting is "Show Attachments as Links"
+  virtual bool GetShowAttachmentsInline();
+  // Returns true if all parts are inline, false otherwise. Does not generate anything.
+  bool PreflightCheckAllInline();
+
+  // Helpers
+  nsImapProtocol *GetConnection() { return m_protocolConnection; }
+  bool GetPseudoInterrupted();
+  bool DeathSignalReceived();
+  nsCString &GetUID() { return m_UID; }
+  const char *GetFolderName() { return m_folderName; }
+  char *GetGeneratingPart() { return m_generatingPart; }
+  // Returns true if this is in the process of being generated,
+  // so we don't re-enter
+  bool IsBeingGenerated() { return m_isBeingGenerated; }
+  bool IsShellCached() { return m_cached; }
+  void SetIsCached(bool isCached) { m_cached = isCached; }
+  bool GetGeneratingWholeMessage() { return m_generatingWholeMessage; }
+  IMAP_ContentModifiedType	GetContentModified() { return m_contentModified; }
+  void SetContentModified(IMAP_ContentModifiedType modType) { m_contentModified = modType; }
+protected:
+  virtual ~nsIMAPBodyShell();
+
+  nsIMAPBodypartMessage *m_message;
+
+  nsIMAPMessagePartIDArray        *m_prefetchQueue; // array of pipelined part prefetches.  Ok, so it's not really a queue.
+
+  bool                            m_isValid;
+  nsImapProtocol                  *m_protocolConnection;  // Connection, for filling in parts
+  nsCString                       m_UID;                  // UID of this message
+  char                            *m_folderName;          // folder that contains this message
+  char                            *m_generatingPart;      // If a specific part is being generated, this is it.  Otherwise, NULL.
+  bool                            m_isBeingGenerated;     // true if this body shell is in the process of being generated
+  bool                            m_gotAttachmentPref;    // Whether or not m_showAttachmentsInline has been initialized 
+  bool                            m_showAttachmentsInline; // Whether or not we should display attachment inline
+  bool                            m_cached;                 // Whether or not this shell is cached
+  bool                            m_generatingWholeMessage; // whether or not we are generating the whole (non-MPOD) message
+                                                          // Set to false if we are generating by parts
+  // under what conditions the content has been modified.
+  // Either IMAP_CONTENT_MODIFIED_VIEW_INLINE or IMAP_CONTENT_MODIFIED_VIEW_AS_LINKS
+  IMAP_ContentModifiedType        m_contentModified; 
+};
+
+
+
+// This class caches shells, so we don't have to always go and re-fetch them.
+// This does not cache any of the filled-in inline parts;  those are cached individually
+// in the libnet memory cache.  (ugh, how will we do that?)
+// Since we'll only be retrieving shells for messages over a given size, and since the
+// shells themselves won't be very large, this cache will not grow very big (relatively)
+// and should handle most common usage scenarios.
+
+// A body cache is associated with a given host, spanning folders.
+// It should pay attention to UIDVALIDITY.
+
+class nsIMAPBodyShellCache
+{
+public:
+  static nsIMAPBodyShellCache *Create();
+  virtual ~nsIMAPBodyShellCache();
+
+  // Adds shell to cache, possibly ejecting
+  // another entry based on scheme in EjectEntry().
+  bool AddShellToCache(nsIMAPBodyShell *shell);
+  // Looks up a shell in the cache given the message's UID.
+  nsIMAPBodyShell *FindShellForUID(nsCString &UID, const char *mailboxName,
+                                   IMAP_ContentModifiedType modType);
+  void Clear();
+
+protected:
+  nsIMAPBodyShellCache();
+  // Chooses an entry to eject;  deletes that entry;  and ejects it from the
+  // cache, clearing up a new space.  Returns true if it found an entry
+  // to eject, false otherwise.
+  bool EjectEntry();
+  uint32_t GetSize() { return m_shellList->Length(); }
+  uint32_t GetMaxSize() { return 20; }
+  nsTArray<nsIMAPBodyShell*> *m_shellList; // For maintenance
+  // For quick lookup based on UID
+  nsRefPtrHashtable <nsCStringHashKey, nsIMAPBodyShell> m_shellHash;
+};
+
+// MessagePartID and MessagePartIDArray are used for pipelining prefetches.
+
+class nsIMAPMessagePartID
+{
+public:
+  nsIMAPMessagePartID(nsIMAPeFetchFields fields, const char *partNumberString);
+  nsIMAPeFetchFields GetFields() { return m_fields; }
+  const char *GetPartNumberString() { return m_partNumberString; }
+
+protected:
+  const char *m_partNumberString;
+  nsIMAPeFetchFields m_fields;
+};
+
+
+class nsIMAPMessagePartIDArray : public nsTArray<nsIMAPMessagePartID*> {
+public:
+  nsIMAPMessagePartIDArray();
+  ~nsIMAPMessagePartIDArray();
+
+  void RemoveAndFreeAll();
+  uint32_t GetNumParts() { return Length(); }
+  nsIMAPMessagePartID *GetPart(uint32_t i)
+  {
+    NS_ASSERTION(i < Length(), "invalid message part #");
+    return ElementAt(i);
+  }
+};
+
+
+#endif // IMAPBODY_H
diff --git a/mailnews/imap/src/nsIMAPGenericParser.cpp b/mailnews/imap/src/nsIMAPGenericParser.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3053ab540
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/imap/src/nsIMAPGenericParser.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,484 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "msgCore.h"  // for pre-compiled headers
+
+#include "nsImapCore.h"
+#include "nsImapProtocol.h"
+#include "nsIMAPGenericParser.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+
+////////////////// nsIMAPGenericParser /////////////////////////
+
+
+nsIMAPGenericParser::nsIMAPGenericParser() :
+fNextToken(nullptr),
+fCurrentLine(nullptr),
+fLineOfTokens(nullptr),
+fStartOfLineOfTokens(nullptr),
+fCurrentTokenPlaceHolder(nullptr),
+fAtEndOfLine(false),
+fParserState(stateOK)
+{
+}
+
+nsIMAPGenericParser::~nsIMAPGenericParser()
+{
+  PR_FREEIF( fCurrentLine );
+  PR_FREEIF( fStartOfLineOfTokens);
+}
+
+void nsIMAPGenericParser::HandleMemoryFailure()
+{
+  SetConnected(false);
+}
+
+void nsIMAPGenericParser::ResetLexAnalyzer()
+{
+  PR_FREEIF( fCurrentLine );
+  PR_FREEIF( fStartOfLineOfTokens );
+  
+  fNextToken = fCurrentLine = fLineOfTokens = fStartOfLineOfTokens = fCurrentTokenPlaceHolder = nullptr;
+  fAtEndOfLine = false;
+}
+
+bool nsIMAPGenericParser::LastCommandSuccessful()
+{
+  return fParserState == stateOK;
+}
+
+void nsIMAPGenericParser::SetSyntaxError(bool error, const char *msg)
+{
+  if (error)
+      fParserState |= stateSyntaxErrorFlag;
+  else
+      fParserState &= ~stateSyntaxErrorFlag;
+  NS_ASSERTION(!error, "syntax error in generic parser");	
+}
+
+void nsIMAPGenericParser::SetConnected(bool connected)
+{
+  if (connected)
+      fParserState &= ~stateDisconnectedFlag;
+  else
+      fParserState |= stateDisconnectedFlag;
+}
+
+void nsIMAPGenericParser::skip_to_CRLF()
+{
+  while (Connected() && !fAtEndOfLine)
+    AdvanceToNextToken();
+}
+
+// fNextToken initially should point to
+// a string after the initial open paren ("(")
+// After this call, fNextToken points to the
+// first character after the matching close
+// paren.  Only call AdvanceToNextToken() to get the NEXT
+// token after the one returned in fNextToken.
+void nsIMAPGenericParser::skip_to_close_paren()
+{
+  int numberOfCloseParensNeeded = 1;
+  while (ContinueParse())
+  {
+    // go through fNextToken, account for nested parens
+    const char *loc;
+    for (loc = fNextToken; loc && *loc; loc++)
+    {
+      if (*loc == '(')
+        numberOfCloseParensNeeded++;
+      else if (*loc == ')')
+      {
+        numberOfCloseParensNeeded--;
+        if (numberOfCloseParensNeeded == 0)
+        {
+          fNextToken = loc + 1;
+          if (!fNextToken || !*fNextToken)
+            AdvanceToNextToken();
+          return;
+        }
+      }
+      else if (*loc == '{' || *loc == '"') {
+        // quoted or literal  
+        fNextToken = loc;
+        char *a = CreateString();
+        PR_FREEIF(a);
+        break; // move to next token
+      }
+    }
+    if (ContinueParse())
+      AdvanceToNextToken();
+  }
+}
+
+void nsIMAPGenericParser::AdvanceToNextToken()
+{
+  if (!fCurrentLine || fAtEndOfLine)
+    AdvanceToNextLine();
+  if (Connected())
+  {
+    if (!fStartOfLineOfTokens)
+    {
+      // this is the first token of the line; setup tokenizer now
+      fStartOfLineOfTokens = PL_strdup(fCurrentLine);
+      if (!fStartOfLineOfTokens)
+      {
+        HandleMemoryFailure();
+        return;
+      }
+      fLineOfTokens = fStartOfLineOfTokens;
+      fCurrentTokenPlaceHolder = fStartOfLineOfTokens;
+    }
+    fNextToken = NS_strtok(WHITESPACE, &fCurrentTokenPlaceHolder);
+    if (!fNextToken)
+    {
+      fAtEndOfLine = true;
+      fNextToken = CRLF;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+void nsIMAPGenericParser::AdvanceToNextLine()
+{
+  PR_FREEIF( fCurrentLine );
+  PR_FREEIF( fStartOfLineOfTokens);
+  
+  bool ok = GetNextLineForParser(&fCurrentLine);
+  if (!ok)
+  {
+    SetConnected(false);
+    fStartOfLineOfTokens = nullptr;
+    fLineOfTokens = nullptr;
+    fCurrentTokenPlaceHolder = nullptr;
+    fAtEndOfLine = true;
+    fNextToken = CRLF;
+  }
+  else if (!fCurrentLine)
+  {
+    HandleMemoryFailure();
+  }
+  else
+  {
+     fNextToken = nullptr;
+     // determine if there are any tokens (without calling AdvanceToNextToken);
+     // otherwise we are already at end of line
+     NS_ASSERTION(strlen(WHITESPACE) == 3, "assume 3 chars of whitespace");
+     char *firstToken = fCurrentLine;
+     while (*firstToken && (*firstToken == WHITESPACE[0] ||
+            *firstToken == WHITESPACE[1] || *firstToken == WHITESPACE[2]))
+       firstToken++;
+     fAtEndOfLine = (*firstToken == '\0');
+  }
+}
+
+// advances |fLineOfTokens| by |bytesToAdvance| bytes
+void nsIMAPGenericParser::AdvanceTokenizerStartingPoint(int32_t bytesToAdvance)
+{
+  NS_PRECONDITION(bytesToAdvance>=0, "bytesToAdvance must not be negative");
+  if (!fStartOfLineOfTokens)
+  {
+    AdvanceToNextToken();  // the tokenizer was not yet initialized, do it now
+    if (!fStartOfLineOfTokens)
+      return;
+  }
+    
+  if(!fStartOfLineOfTokens)
+      return;
+  // The last call to AdvanceToNextToken() cleared the token separator to '\0'
+  // iff |fCurrentTokenPlaceHolder|.  We must recover this token separator now.
+  if (fCurrentTokenPlaceHolder)
+  {
+    int endTokenOffset = fCurrentTokenPlaceHolder - fStartOfLineOfTokens - 1;
+    if (endTokenOffset >= 0)
+      fStartOfLineOfTokens[endTokenOffset] = fCurrentLine[endTokenOffset];
+  }
+
+  NS_ASSERTION(bytesToAdvance + (fLineOfTokens-fStartOfLineOfTokens) <=
+    (int32_t)strlen(fCurrentLine), "cannot advance beyond end of fLineOfTokens");
+  fLineOfTokens += bytesToAdvance;
+  fCurrentTokenPlaceHolder = fLineOfTokens;
+}
+
+// RFC3501:  astring = 1*ASTRING-CHAR / string
+//           string  = quoted / literal
+// This function leaves us off with fCurrentTokenPlaceHolder immediately after
+// the end of the Astring.  Call AdvanceToNextToken() to get the token after it.
+char *nsIMAPGenericParser::CreateAstring()
+{
+  if (*fNextToken == '{')
+    return CreateLiteral();		// literal
+  else if (*fNextToken == '"')
+    return CreateQuoted();		// quoted
+  else
+    return CreateAtom(true); // atom
+}
+
+// Create an atom
+// This function does not advance the parser.
+// Call AdvanceToNextToken() to get the next token after the atom.
+// RFC3501:  atom            = 1*ATOM-CHAR
+//           ASTRING-CHAR    = ATOM-CHAR / resp-specials
+//           ATOM-CHAR       = <any CHAR except atom-specials>
+//           atom-specials   = "(" / ")" / "{" / SP / CTL / list-wildcards /
+//                             quoted-specials / resp-specials
+//           list-wildcards  = "%" / "*"
+//           quoted-specials = DQUOTE / "\"
+//           resp-specials   = "]"
+// "Characters are 7-bit US-ASCII unless otherwise specified." [RFC3501, 1.2.]
+char *nsIMAPGenericParser::CreateAtom(bool isAstring)
+{
+  char *rv = PL_strdup(fNextToken);
+  if (!rv)
+  {
+    HandleMemoryFailure();
+    return nullptr;
+  }
+  // We wish to stop at the following characters (in decimal ascii)
+  // 1-31 (CTL), 32 (SP), 34 '"', 37 '%', 40-42 "()*", 92 '\\', 123 '{'
+  // also, ']' is only allowed in astrings
+  char *last = rv;
+  char c = *last;
+  while ((c > 42 || c == 33 || c == 35 || c == 36 || c == 38 || c == 39)
+         && c != '\\' && c != '{' && (isAstring || c != ']'))
+     c = *++last;
+  if (rv == last) {
+     SetSyntaxError(true, "no atom characters found");
+     PL_strfree(rv);
+     return nullptr;
+  }
+  if (*last)
+  {
+    // not the whole token was consumed  
+    *last = '\0';
+    AdvanceTokenizerStartingPoint((fNextToken - fLineOfTokens) + (last-rv));
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+// CreateNilString return either NULL (for "NIL") or a string
+// Call with fNextToken pointing to the thing which we think is the nilstring.
+// This function leaves us off with fCurrentTokenPlaceHolder immediately after
+// the end of the string.
+// Regardless of type, call AdvanceToNextToken() to get the token after it.
+// RFC3501:   nstring  = string / nil
+//            nil      = "NIL"
+char *nsIMAPGenericParser::CreateNilString()
+{
+  if (!PL_strncasecmp(fNextToken, "NIL", 3))
+  {
+    // check if there is text after "NIL" in fNextToken,
+    // equivalent handling as in CreateQuoted
+    if (fNextToken[3])
+      AdvanceTokenizerStartingPoint((fNextToken - fLineOfTokens) + 3);
+    return NULL;
+  }
+  else
+    return CreateString();
+}
+
+
+// Create a string, which can either be quoted or literal,
+// but not an atom.
+// This function leaves us off with fCurrentTokenPlaceHolder immediately after
+// the end of the String.  Call AdvanceToNextToken() to get the token after it.
+char *nsIMAPGenericParser::CreateString()
+{
+  if (*fNextToken == '{')
+  {
+    char *rv = CreateLiteral();		// literal
+    return (rv);
+  }
+  else if (*fNextToken == '"')
+  {
+    char *rv = CreateQuoted();		// quoted
+    return (rv);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    SetSyntaxError(true, "string does not start with '{' or '\"'");
+    return NULL;
+  }
+}
+
+// This function sets fCurrentTokenPlaceHolder immediately after the end of the
+// closing quote.  Call AdvanceToNextToken() to get the token after it.
+// QUOTED_CHAR     ::= <any TEXT_CHAR except quoted_specials> /
+//                     "\" quoted_specials
+// TEXT_CHAR       ::= <any CHAR except CR and LF>
+// quoted_specials ::= <"> / "\"
+// Note that according to RFC 1064 and RFC 2060, CRs and LFs are not allowed 
+// inside a quoted string.  It is sufficient to read from the current line only.
+char *nsIMAPGenericParser::CreateQuoted(bool /*skipToEnd*/)
+{
+  // one char past opening '"'
+  char *currentChar = fCurrentLine + (fNextToken - fStartOfLineOfTokens) + 1;
+  
+  int escapeCharsCut = 0;
+  nsCString returnString(currentChar);
+  int charIndex;
+  for (charIndex = 0; returnString.CharAt(charIndex) != '"'; charIndex++)
+  {
+    if (!returnString.CharAt(charIndex))
+    {
+      SetSyntaxError(true, "no closing '\"' found in quoted");
+      return nullptr;
+    }
+    else if (returnString.CharAt(charIndex) == '\\')
+    {
+      // eat the escape character, but keep the escaped character
+      returnString.Cut(charIndex, 1);
+      escapeCharsCut++;
+    }
+  }
+  // +2 because of the start and end quotes
+  AdvanceTokenizerStartingPoint((fNextToken - fLineOfTokens) +
+                                charIndex + escapeCharsCut + 2);
+
+  returnString.SetLength(charIndex);
+  return ToNewCString(returnString);
+}
+
+
+// This function leaves us off with fCurrentTokenPlaceHolder immediately after
+// the end of the literal string.  Call AdvanceToNextToken() to get the token
+// after the literal string.
+// RFC3501:  literal = "{" number "}" CRLF *CHAR8
+//                       ; Number represents the number of CHAR8s
+//           CHAR8   = %x01-ff
+//                       ; any OCTET except NUL, %x00
+char *nsIMAPGenericParser::CreateLiteral()
+{
+  int32_t numberOfCharsInMessage = atoi(fNextToken + 1);
+  uint32_t numBytes = numberOfCharsInMessage + 1;
+  NS_ASSERTION(numBytes, "overflow!");
+  if (!numBytes)
+    return nullptr;
+  char *returnString = (char *)PR_Malloc(numBytes);
+  if (!returnString)
+  {
+    HandleMemoryFailure();
+    return nullptr;
+  }
+
+  int32_t currentLineLength = 0;
+  int32_t charsReadSoFar = 0;
+  int32_t bytesToCopy = 0;
+  while (charsReadSoFar < numberOfCharsInMessage)
+  {
+    AdvanceToNextLine();
+    if (!ContinueParse())
+      break;
+    
+    currentLineLength = strlen(fCurrentLine);
+    bytesToCopy = (currentLineLength > numberOfCharsInMessage - charsReadSoFar ?
+                   numberOfCharsInMessage - charsReadSoFar : currentLineLength);
+    NS_ASSERTION(bytesToCopy, "zero-length line?");
+    memcpy(returnString + charsReadSoFar, fCurrentLine, bytesToCopy); 
+    charsReadSoFar += bytesToCopy;
+  }
+  
+  if (ContinueParse())
+  {
+    if (currentLineLength == bytesToCopy)
+    {
+      // We have consumed the entire line.
+      // Consider the input  "{4}\r\n"  "L1\r\n"  " A2\r\n"  which is read
+      // line-by-line.  Reading an Astring, this should result in "L1\r\n".
+      // Note that the second line is "L1\r\n", where the "\r\n" is part of
+      // the literal.  Hence, we now read the next line to ensure that the
+      // next call to AdvanceToNextToken() leads to fNextToken=="A2" in our
+      // example.
+      AdvanceToNextLine();
+    }
+    else
+      AdvanceTokenizerStartingPoint(bytesToCopy);
+  }
+  
+  returnString[charsReadSoFar] = 0;
+  return returnString;
+}
+
+
+// Call this to create a buffer containing all characters within
+// a given set of parentheses.
+// Call this with fNextToken[0]=='(', that is, the open paren
+// of the group.
+// It will allocate and return all characters up to and including the corresponding
+// closing paren, and leave the parser in the right place afterwards.
+char *nsIMAPGenericParser::CreateParenGroup()
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(fNextToken[0] == '(', "we don't have a paren group!");
+  
+  int numOpenParens = 0;
+  AdvanceTokenizerStartingPoint(fNextToken - fLineOfTokens);
+  
+  // Build up a buffer containing the paren group.
+  nsCString returnString;
+  char *parenGroupStart = fCurrentTokenPlaceHolder;
+  NS_ASSERTION(parenGroupStart[0] == '(', "we don't have a paren group (2)!");
+  while (*fCurrentTokenPlaceHolder)
+  {
+    if (*fCurrentTokenPlaceHolder == '{')  // literal
+    {
+      // Ensure it is a properly formatted literal.
+      NS_ASSERTION(!strcmp("}\r\n", fCurrentTokenPlaceHolder + strlen(fCurrentTokenPlaceHolder) - 3), "not a literal");
+      
+      // Append previous characters and the "{xx}\r\n" to buffer.
+      returnString.Append(parenGroupStart);
+      
+      // Append literal itself.
+      AdvanceToNextToken();
+      if (!ContinueParse())
+        break;
+      char *lit = CreateLiteral();
+      NS_ASSERTION(lit, "syntax error or out of memory");
+      if (!lit)
+        break;
+      returnString.Append(lit);
+      PR_Free(lit);
+      if (!ContinueParse())
+        break;
+      parenGroupStart = fCurrentTokenPlaceHolder;
+    }
+    else if (*fCurrentTokenPlaceHolder == '"')  // quoted
+    {
+      // Append the _escaped_ version of the quoted string:
+      // just skip it (because the quoted string must be on the same line).
+      AdvanceToNextToken();
+      if (!ContinueParse())
+        break;
+      char *q = CreateQuoted();
+      if (!q)
+        break;
+      PR_Free(q);
+      if (!ContinueParse())
+        break;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      // Append this character to the buffer.
+      char c = *fCurrentTokenPlaceHolder++;
+      if (c == '(')
+        numOpenParens++;
+      else if (c == ')')
+      {
+        numOpenParens--;
+        if (numOpenParens == 0)
+          break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  
+  if (numOpenParens != 0 || !ContinueParse())
+  {
+    SetSyntaxError(true, "closing ')' not found in paren group");
+    return nullptr;
+  }
+
+  returnString.Append(parenGroupStart, fCurrentTokenPlaceHolder - parenGroupStart);
+  AdvanceToNextToken();  
+  return ToNewCString(returnString);
+}
+
diff --git a/mailnews/imap/src/nsIMAPGenericParser.h b/mailnews/imap/src/nsIMAPGenericParser.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..34f66e4ff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/imap/src/nsIMAPGenericParser.h
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/* 
+nsIMAPGenericParser is the base parser class used by the server parser and body shell parser
+*/ 
+
+#ifndef nsIMAPGenericParser_H
+#define nsIMAPGenericParser_H
+
+#include "nsImapCore.h"
+
+#define WHITESPACE " \015\012"     // token delimiter 
+
+
+class nsIMAPGenericParser 
+{
+
+public:
+	nsIMAPGenericParser();
+	virtual ~nsIMAPGenericParser();
+
+  // Add any specific stuff in the derived class
+  virtual bool       LastCommandSuccessful();
+
+  bool SyntaxError() { return (fParserState & stateSyntaxErrorFlag) != 0; }
+  bool ContinueParse() { return fParserState == stateOK; }
+  bool Connected() { return !(fParserState & stateDisconnectedFlag); }
+  void SetConnected(bool error);
+    
+protected:
+
+	// This is a pure virtual member which must be overridden in the derived class
+	// for each different implementation of a nsIMAPGenericParser.
+	// For instance, one implementation (the nsIMAPServerState) might get the next line
+	// from an open socket, whereas another implementation might just get it from a buffer somewhere.
+	// This fills in nextLine with the buffer, and returns true if everything is OK.
+	// Returns false if there was some error encountered.  In that case, we reset the parser.
+	virtual bool	GetNextLineForParser(char **nextLine) = 0;	
+
+  virtual void	HandleMemoryFailure();
+  void skip_to_CRLF();
+  void skip_to_close_paren();
+  char *CreateString();
+  char *CreateAstring();
+  char *CreateNilString();
+  char *CreateLiteral();
+  char *CreateAtom(bool isAstring = false);
+  char *CreateQuoted(bool skipToEnd = true);
+  char *CreateParenGroup();
+  virtual void SetSyntaxError(bool error, const char *msg);
+
+  void AdvanceToNextToken();
+  void AdvanceToNextLine();
+  void AdvanceTokenizerStartingPoint(int32_t bytesToAdvance);
+  void ResetLexAnalyzer();
+
+protected:
+	// use with care
+  const char     *fNextToken;
+  char           *fCurrentLine;
+	char					 *fLineOfTokens;
+  char           *fStartOfLineOfTokens;
+  char           *fCurrentTokenPlaceHolder;
+  bool            fAtEndOfLine;
+
+private:
+  enum nsIMAPGenericParserState { stateOK = 0,
+                                  stateSyntaxErrorFlag = 0x1,
+                                  stateDisconnectedFlag = 0x2 };
+  uint32_t fParserState;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/imap/src/nsIMAPHostSessionList.cpp b/mailnews/imap/src/nsIMAPHostSessionList.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..650faf9d4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/imap/src/nsIMAPHostSessionList.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,701 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "nsIMAPHostSessionList.h"
+#include "nsIMAPBodyShell.h"
+#include "nsIMAPNamespace.h"
+#include "nsISupportsUtils.h"
+#include "nsIImapIncomingServer.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsIMsgIncomingServer.h"
+#include "nsIObserverService.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "mozilla/Services.h"
+
+nsIMAPHostInfo::nsIMAPHostInfo(const char *serverKey,
+                               nsIImapIncomingServer *server)
+{
+  fServerKey = serverKey;
+  NS_ASSERTION(server, "*** Fatal null imap incoming server...\n");
+  server->GetServerDirectory(fOnlineDir);
+  fNextHost = NULL;
+  fCachedPassword = NULL;
+  fCapabilityFlags = kCapabilityUndefined;
+  fHierarchyDelimiters = NULL;
+#ifdef DEBUG_bienvenu1
+  fHaveWeEverDiscoveredFolders = true; // try this, see what bad happens - we'll need to
+  // figure out a way to make new accounts have it be false
+#else
+  fHaveWeEverDiscoveredFolders = false; // try this, see what bad happens
+#endif
+  fCanonicalOnlineSubDir = NULL;
+  fNamespaceList = nsIMAPNamespaceList::CreatensIMAPNamespaceList();
+  fUsingSubscription = true;
+  server->GetUsingSubscription(&fUsingSubscription);
+  fOnlineTrashFolderExists = false;
+  fShouldAlwaysListInbox = true;
+  fShellCache = nsIMAPBodyShellCache::Create();
+  fPasswordVerifiedOnline = false;
+  fDeleteIsMoveToTrash = true;
+  fShowDeletedMessages = false;
+  fGotNamespaces = false;
+  fHaveAdminURL = false;
+  fNamespacesOverridable = true;
+  server->GetOverrideNamespaces(&fNamespacesOverridable);
+  fTempNamespaceList = nsIMAPNamespaceList::CreatensIMAPNamespaceList();
+}
+
+nsIMAPHostInfo::~nsIMAPHostInfo()
+{
+  PR_Free(fCachedPassword);
+  PR_Free(fHierarchyDelimiters);
+  delete fNamespaceList;
+  delete fTempNamespaceList;
+  delete fShellCache;
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsIMAPHostSessionList,
+                              nsIImapHostSessionList,
+                              nsIObserver,
+                              nsISupportsWeakReference)
+
+
+nsIMAPHostSessionList::nsIMAPHostSessionList()
+{
+  gCachedHostInfoMonitor = PR_NewMonitor(/* "accessing-hostlist-monitor"*/);
+  fHostInfoList = nullptr;
+}
+
+nsIMAPHostSessionList::~nsIMAPHostSessionList()
+{
+  ResetAll();
+  PR_DestroyMonitor(gCachedHostInfoMonitor);
+}
+
+nsresult nsIMAPHostSessionList::Init()
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIObserverService> observerService =
+    mozilla::services::GetObserverService();
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(observerService, NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED);
+  observerService->AddObserver(this, "profile-before-change", true);
+  observerService->AddObserver(this, NS_XPCOM_SHUTDOWN_OBSERVER_ID, true);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsIMAPHostSessionList::Observe(nsISupports *aSubject, const char *aTopic, const char16_t *someData)
+{
+  if (!strcmp(aTopic, "profile-before-change"))
+    ResetAll();
+  else if (!strcmp(aTopic, NS_XPCOM_SHUTDOWN_OBSERVER_ID))
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIObserverService> observerService =
+      mozilla::services::GetObserverService();
+    NS_ENSURE_TRUE(observerService, NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED);
+    observerService->RemoveObserver(this, NS_XPCOM_SHUTDOWN_OBSERVER_ID);
+    observerService->RemoveObserver(this, "profile-before-change");
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsIMAPHostInfo *nsIMAPHostSessionList::FindHost(const char *serverKey)
+{
+  nsIMAPHostInfo *host;
+
+  // ### should also check userName here, if NON NULL
+  for (host = fHostInfoList; host; host = host->fNextHost)
+  {
+    if (host->fServerKey.Equals(serverKey, nsCaseInsensitiveCStringComparator()))
+      return host;
+  }
+  return host;
+}
+
+// reset any cached connection info - delete the lot of 'em
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsIMAPHostSessionList::ResetAll()
+{
+  PR_EnterMonitor(gCachedHostInfoMonitor);
+  nsIMAPHostInfo *nextHost = NULL;
+  for (nsIMAPHostInfo *host = fHostInfoList; host; host = nextHost)
+  {
+    nextHost = host->fNextHost;
+    delete host;
+  }
+  fHostInfoList = NULL;
+  PR_ExitMonitor(gCachedHostInfoMonitor);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsIMAPHostSessionList::AddHostToList(const char *serverKey,
+                                     nsIImapIncomingServer *server)
+{
+  nsIMAPHostInfo *newHost=NULL;
+  PR_EnterMonitor(gCachedHostInfoMonitor);
+  if (!FindHost(serverKey))
+  {
+    // stick it on the front
+    newHost = new nsIMAPHostInfo(serverKey, server);
+    if (newHost)
+    {
+      newHost->fNextHost = fHostInfoList;
+      fHostInfoList = newHost;
+    }
+  }
+  PR_ExitMonitor(gCachedHostInfoMonitor);
+  return (newHost == NULL) ? NS_ERROR_ILLEGAL_VALUE : NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsIMAPHostSessionList::GetPasswordForHost(const char *serverKey, nsString &result)
+{
+  PR_EnterMonitor(gCachedHostInfoMonitor);
+  nsIMAPHostInfo *host = FindHost(serverKey);
+  if (host)
+    CopyASCIItoUTF16(nsDependentCString(host->fCachedPassword), result);
+  PR_ExitMonitor(gCachedHostInfoMonitor);
+  return (host == NULL) ? NS_ERROR_ILLEGAL_VALUE : NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsIMAPHostSessionList::SetPasswordForHost(const char *serverKey, const char *password)
+{
+  PR_EnterMonitor(gCachedHostInfoMonitor);
+  nsIMAPHostInfo *host = FindHost(serverKey);
+  if (host)
+  {
+    PR_FREEIF(host->fCachedPassword);
+    if (password)
+      host->fCachedPassword = NS_strdup(password);
+  }
+  PR_ExitMonitor(gCachedHostInfoMonitor);
+  return (host == NULL) ? NS_ERROR_ILLEGAL_VALUE : NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsIMAPHostSessionList::SetPasswordVerifiedOnline(const char *serverKey)
+{
+  PR_EnterMonitor(gCachedHostInfoMonitor);
+  nsIMAPHostInfo *host = FindHost(serverKey);
+  if (host)
+    host->fPasswordVerifiedOnline = true;
+  PR_ExitMonitor(gCachedHostInfoMonitor);
+  return (host == NULL) ? NS_ERROR_ILLEGAL_VALUE : NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsIMAPHostSessionList::GetPasswordVerifiedOnline(const char *serverKey, bool &result)
+{
+  PR_EnterMonitor(gCachedHostInfoMonitor);
+  nsIMAPHostInfo *host = FindHost(serverKey);
+  if (host)
+    result = host->fPasswordVerifiedOnline;
+  PR_ExitMonitor(gCachedHostInfoMonitor);
+  return (host == NULL) ? NS_ERROR_ILLEGAL_VALUE : NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsIMAPHostSessionList::GetOnlineDirForHost(const char *serverKey,
+                                                         nsString &result)
+{
+  PR_EnterMonitor(gCachedHostInfoMonitor);
+  nsIMAPHostInfo *host = FindHost(serverKey);
+  if (host)
+    CopyASCIItoUTF16(host->fOnlineDir, result);
+  PR_ExitMonitor(gCachedHostInfoMonitor);
+  return (host == NULL) ? NS_ERROR_ILLEGAL_VALUE : NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsIMAPHostSessionList::SetOnlineDirForHost(const char *serverKey,
+                                                         const char *onlineDir)
+{
+  PR_EnterMonitor(gCachedHostInfoMonitor);
+  nsIMAPHostInfo *host = FindHost(serverKey);
+  if (host)
+  {
+    if (onlineDir)
+      host->fOnlineDir = onlineDir;
+  }
+  PR_ExitMonitor(gCachedHostInfoMonitor);
+  return (host == NULL) ? NS_ERROR_ILLEGAL_VALUE : NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsIMAPHostSessionList::GetDeleteIsMoveToTrashForHost(const char *serverKey, bool &result)
+{
+  PR_EnterMonitor(gCachedHostInfoMonitor);
+  nsIMAPHostInfo *host = FindHost(serverKey);
+  if (host)
+    result = host->fDeleteIsMoveToTrash;
+  PR_ExitMonitor(gCachedHostInfoMonitor);
+  return (host == NULL) ? NS_ERROR_ILLEGAL_VALUE : NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsIMAPHostSessionList::GetShowDeletedMessagesForHost(const char *serverKey, bool &result)
+{
+  PR_EnterMonitor(gCachedHostInfoMonitor);
+  nsIMAPHostInfo *host = FindHost(serverKey);
+  if (host)
+    result = host->fShowDeletedMessages;
+  PR_ExitMonitor(gCachedHostInfoMonitor);
+  return (host == NULL) ? NS_ERROR_ILLEGAL_VALUE : NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsIMAPHostSessionList::SetDeleteIsMoveToTrashForHost(const char *serverKey, bool isMoveToTrash)
+{
+  PR_EnterMonitor(gCachedHostInfoMonitor);
+  nsIMAPHostInfo *host = FindHost(serverKey);
+  if (host)
+    host->fDeleteIsMoveToTrash = isMoveToTrash;
+  PR_ExitMonitor(gCachedHostInfoMonitor);
+  return (host == NULL) ? NS_ERROR_ILLEGAL_VALUE : NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsIMAPHostSessionList::SetShowDeletedMessagesForHost(const char *serverKey, bool showDeletedMessages)
+{
+  PR_EnterMonitor(gCachedHostInfoMonitor);
+  nsIMAPHostInfo *host = FindHost(serverKey);
+  if (host)
+    host->fShowDeletedMessages = showDeletedMessages;
+  PR_ExitMonitor(gCachedHostInfoMonitor);
+  return (host == NULL) ? NS_ERROR_ILLEGAL_VALUE : NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsIMAPHostSessionList::GetGotNamespacesForHost(const char *serverKey, bool &result)
+{
+  PR_EnterMonitor(gCachedHostInfoMonitor);
+  nsIMAPHostInfo *host = FindHost(serverKey);
+  if (host)
+    result = host->fGotNamespaces;
+  PR_ExitMonitor(gCachedHostInfoMonitor);
+  return (host == NULL) ? NS_ERROR_ILLEGAL_VALUE : NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsIMAPHostSessionList::SetGotNamespacesForHost(const char *serverKey, bool gotNamespaces)
+{
+  PR_EnterMonitor(gCachedHostInfoMonitor);
+  nsIMAPHostInfo *host = FindHost(serverKey);
+  if (host)
+    host->fGotNamespaces = gotNamespaces;
+  PR_ExitMonitor(gCachedHostInfoMonitor);
+  return (host == NULL) ? NS_ERROR_ILLEGAL_VALUE : NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsIMAPHostSessionList::GetHostIsUsingSubscription(const char *serverKey, bool &result)
+{
+  PR_EnterMonitor(gCachedHostInfoMonitor);
+  nsIMAPHostInfo *host = FindHost(serverKey);
+  if (host)
+    result = host->fUsingSubscription;
+  PR_ExitMonitor(gCachedHostInfoMonitor);
+  return (host == NULL) ? NS_ERROR_ILLEGAL_VALUE : NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsIMAPHostSessionList::SetHostIsUsingSubscription(const char *serverKey, bool usingSubscription)
+{
+  PR_EnterMonitor(gCachedHostInfoMonitor);
+  nsIMAPHostInfo *host = FindHost(serverKey);
+  if (host)
+    host->fUsingSubscription = usingSubscription;
+  PR_ExitMonitor(gCachedHostInfoMonitor);
+  return (host == NULL) ? NS_ERROR_ILLEGAL_VALUE : NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsIMAPHostSessionList::GetHostHasAdminURL(const char *serverKey, bool &result)
+{
+  PR_EnterMonitor(gCachedHostInfoMonitor);
+  nsIMAPHostInfo *host = FindHost(serverKey);
+  if (host)
+    result = host->fHaveAdminURL;
+  PR_ExitMonitor(gCachedHostInfoMonitor);
+  return (host == NULL) ? NS_ERROR_ILLEGAL_VALUE : NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsIMAPHostSessionList::SetHostHasAdminURL(const char *serverKey, bool haveAdminURL)
+{
+  PR_EnterMonitor(gCachedHostInfoMonitor);
+  nsIMAPHostInfo *host = FindHost(serverKey);
+  if (host)
+    host->fHaveAdminURL = haveAdminURL;
+  PR_ExitMonitor(gCachedHostInfoMonitor);
+  return (host == NULL) ? NS_ERROR_ILLEGAL_VALUE : NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsIMAPHostSessionList::GetHaveWeEverDiscoveredFoldersForHost(const char *serverKey, bool &result)
+{
+  PR_EnterMonitor(gCachedHostInfoMonitor);
+  nsIMAPHostInfo *host = FindHost(serverKey);
+  if (host)
+    result = host->fHaveWeEverDiscoveredFolders;
+  PR_ExitMonitor(gCachedHostInfoMonitor);
+  return (host == NULL) ? NS_ERROR_ILLEGAL_VALUE : NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsIMAPHostSessionList::SetHaveWeEverDiscoveredFoldersForHost(const char *serverKey, bool discovered)
+{
+  PR_EnterMonitor(gCachedHostInfoMonitor);
+  nsIMAPHostInfo *host = FindHost(serverKey);
+  if (host)
+    host->fHaveWeEverDiscoveredFolders = discovered;
+  PR_ExitMonitor(gCachedHostInfoMonitor);
+  return (host == NULL) ? NS_ERROR_ILLEGAL_VALUE : NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsIMAPHostSessionList::SetOnlineTrashFolderExistsForHost(const char *serverKey, bool exists)
+{
+  PR_EnterMonitor(gCachedHostInfoMonitor);
+  nsIMAPHostInfo *host = FindHost(serverKey);
+  if (host)
+    host->fOnlineTrashFolderExists = exists;
+  PR_ExitMonitor(gCachedHostInfoMonitor);
+  return (host == NULL) ? NS_ERROR_ILLEGAL_VALUE : NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsIMAPHostSessionList::GetOnlineTrashFolderExistsForHost(const char *serverKey, bool &result)
+{
+  PR_EnterMonitor(gCachedHostInfoMonitor);
+  nsIMAPHostInfo *host = FindHost(serverKey);
+  if (host)
+    result = host->fOnlineTrashFolderExists;
+  PR_ExitMonitor(gCachedHostInfoMonitor);
+  return (host == NULL) ? NS_ERROR_ILLEGAL_VALUE : NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsIMAPHostSessionList::AddNewNamespaceForHost(const char *serverKey, nsIMAPNamespace *ns)
+{
+  PR_EnterMonitor(gCachedHostInfoMonitor);
+  nsIMAPHostInfo *host = FindHost(serverKey);
+  if (host)
+    host->fNamespaceList->AddNewNamespace(ns);
+  PR_ExitMonitor(gCachedHostInfoMonitor);
+  return (host == NULL) ? NS_ERROR_ILLEGAL_VALUE : NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsIMAPHostSessionList::SetNamespaceFromPrefForHost(const char *serverKey,
+                                                                 const char *namespacePref, EIMAPNamespaceType nstype)
+{
+  PR_EnterMonitor(gCachedHostInfoMonitor);
+  nsIMAPHostInfo *host = FindHost(serverKey);
+  if (host)
+  {
+    if (namespacePref)
+    {
+      int numNamespaces = host->fNamespaceList->UnserializeNamespaces(namespacePref, nullptr, 0);
+      char **prefixes = (char**) PR_CALLOC(numNamespaces * sizeof(char*));
+      if (prefixes)
+      {
+        int len = host->fNamespaceList->UnserializeNamespaces(namespacePref, prefixes, numNamespaces);
+        for (int i = 0; i < len; i++)
+        {
+          char *thisns = prefixes[i];
+          char delimiter = '/';	// a guess
+          if (PL_strlen(thisns) >= 1)
+            delimiter = thisns[PL_strlen(thisns)-1];
+          nsIMAPNamespace *ns = new nsIMAPNamespace(nstype, thisns, delimiter, true);
+          if (ns)
+            host->fNamespaceList->AddNewNamespace(ns);
+          PR_FREEIF(thisns);
+        }
+        PR_Free(prefixes);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  PR_ExitMonitor(gCachedHostInfoMonitor);
+  return (host == NULL) ? NS_ERROR_ILLEGAL_VALUE : NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsIMAPHostSessionList::GetNamespaceForMailboxForHost(const char *serverKey, const char *mailbox_name, nsIMAPNamespace * &result)
+{
+  PR_EnterMonitor(gCachedHostInfoMonitor);
+  nsIMAPHostInfo *host = FindHost(serverKey);
+  if (host)
+    result = host->fNamespaceList->GetNamespaceForMailbox(mailbox_name);
+  PR_ExitMonitor(gCachedHostInfoMonitor);
+  return (host == NULL) ? NS_ERROR_ILLEGAL_VALUE : NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsIMAPHostSessionList::ClearPrefsNamespacesForHost(const char *serverKey)
+{
+  PR_EnterMonitor(gCachedHostInfoMonitor);
+  nsIMAPHostInfo *host = FindHost(serverKey);
+  if (host)
+    host->fNamespaceList->ClearNamespaces(true, false, true);
+  PR_ExitMonitor(gCachedHostInfoMonitor);
+  return (host == NULL) ? NS_ERROR_ILLEGAL_VALUE : NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsIMAPHostSessionList::ClearServerAdvertisedNamespacesForHost(const char *serverKey)
+{
+  PR_EnterMonitor(gCachedHostInfoMonitor);
+  nsIMAPHostInfo *host = FindHost(serverKey);
+  if (host)
+    host->fNamespaceList->ClearNamespaces(false, true, true);
+  PR_ExitMonitor(gCachedHostInfoMonitor);
+  return (host == NULL) ? NS_ERROR_ILLEGAL_VALUE : NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsIMAPHostSessionList::GetDefaultNamespaceOfTypeForHost(const char *serverKey, EIMAPNamespaceType type, nsIMAPNamespace * &result)
+{
+  PR_EnterMonitor(gCachedHostInfoMonitor);
+  nsIMAPHostInfo *host = FindHost(serverKey);
+  if (host)
+    result = host->fNamespaceList->GetDefaultNamespaceOfType(type);
+  PR_ExitMonitor(gCachedHostInfoMonitor);
+  return (host == NULL) ? NS_ERROR_ILLEGAL_VALUE : NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsIMAPHostSessionList::GetNamespacesOverridableForHost(const char *serverKey, bool &result)
+{
+  PR_EnterMonitor(gCachedHostInfoMonitor);
+  nsIMAPHostInfo *host = FindHost(serverKey);
+  if (host)
+    result = host->fNamespacesOverridable;
+  PR_ExitMonitor(gCachedHostInfoMonitor);
+  return (host == NULL) ? NS_ERROR_ILLEGAL_VALUE : NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsIMAPHostSessionList::SetNamespacesOverridableForHost(const char *serverKey, bool overridable)
+{
+  PR_EnterMonitor(gCachedHostInfoMonitor);
+  nsIMAPHostInfo *host = FindHost(serverKey);
+  if (host)
+    host->fNamespacesOverridable = overridable;
+  PR_ExitMonitor(gCachedHostInfoMonitor);
+  return (host == NULL) ? NS_ERROR_ILLEGAL_VALUE : NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsIMAPHostSessionList::GetNumberOfNamespacesForHost(const char *serverKey, uint32_t &result)
+{
+  int32_t intResult = 0;
+
+  PR_EnterMonitor(gCachedHostInfoMonitor);
+  nsIMAPHostInfo *host = FindHost(serverKey);
+  if (host)
+    intResult = host->fNamespaceList->GetNumberOfNamespaces();
+  PR_ExitMonitor(gCachedHostInfoMonitor);
+  NS_ASSERTION(intResult >= 0, "negative number of namespaces");
+  result = (uint32_t) intResult;
+  return (host == NULL) ? NS_ERROR_ILLEGAL_VALUE : NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP	nsIMAPHostSessionList::GetNamespaceNumberForHost(const char *serverKey, int32_t n, nsIMAPNamespace * &result)
+{
+  PR_EnterMonitor(gCachedHostInfoMonitor);
+  nsIMAPHostInfo *host = FindHost(serverKey);
+  if (host)
+    result = host->fNamespaceList->GetNamespaceNumber(n);
+  PR_ExitMonitor(gCachedHostInfoMonitor);
+  return (host == NULL) ? NS_ERROR_ILLEGAL_VALUE : NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsIMAPHostSessionList::SetNamespacesPrefForHost(nsIImapIncomingServer *aHost,
+                                                         EIMAPNamespaceType type,
+                                                         const char *pref)
+{
+  if (type == kPersonalNamespace)
+    aHost->SetPersonalNamespace(nsDependentCString(pref));
+  else if (type == kPublicNamespace)
+    aHost->SetPublicNamespace(nsDependentCString(pref));
+  else if (type == kOtherUsersNamespace)
+    aHost->SetOtherUsersNamespace(nsDependentCString(pref));
+  else
+    NS_ASSERTION(false, "bogus namespace type");
+  return NS_OK;
+
+}
+// do we need this? What should we do about the master thing?
+// Make sure this is running in the Mozilla thread when called
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsIMAPHostSessionList::CommitNamespacesForHost(nsIImapIncomingServer *aHost)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aHost);
+  nsCString serverKey;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgIncomingServer> incomingServer = do_QueryInterface(aHost);
+  if (!incomingServer)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  nsresult rv = incomingServer->GetKey(serverKey);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  PR_EnterMonitor(gCachedHostInfoMonitor);
+  nsIMAPHostInfo *host = FindHost(serverKey.get());
+  if (host)
+  {
+    host->fGotNamespaces = true;	// so we only issue NAMESPACE once per host per session.
+    EIMAPNamespaceType type = kPersonalNamespace;
+    for (int i = 1; i <= 3; i++)
+    {
+      switch(i)
+      {
+      case 1:
+        type = kPersonalNamespace;
+        break;
+      case 2:
+        type = kPublicNamespace;
+        break;
+      case 3:
+        type = kOtherUsersNamespace;
+        break;
+      default:
+        type = kPersonalNamespace;
+        break;
+      }
+
+      int32_t numInNS = host->fNamespaceList->GetNumberOfNamespaces(type);
+      if (numInNS == 0)
+        SetNamespacesPrefForHost(aHost, type, "");
+      else if (numInNS >= 1)
+      {
+        char *pref = PR_smprintf("");
+        for (int count = 1; count <= numInNS; count++)
+        {
+          nsIMAPNamespace *ns = host->fNamespaceList->GetNamespaceNumber(count, type);
+          if (ns)
+          {
+            if (count > 1)
+            {
+              // append the comma
+              char *tempPref = PR_smprintf("%s,",pref);
+              PR_FREEIF(pref);
+              pref = tempPref;
+            }
+            char *tempPref = PR_smprintf("%s\"%s\"",pref,ns->GetPrefix());
+            PR_FREEIF(pref);
+            pref = tempPref;
+          }
+        }
+        if (pref)
+        {
+          SetNamespacesPrefForHost(aHost, type, pref);
+          PR_Free(pref);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    // clear, but don't delete the entries in, the temp namespace list
+    host->fTempNamespaceList->ClearNamespaces(true, true, false);
+
+    // Now reset all of libmsg's namespace references.
+    // Did I mention this needs to be running in the mozilla thread?
+    aHost->ResetNamespaceReferences();
+  }
+  PR_ExitMonitor(gCachedHostInfoMonitor);
+  return (host == NULL) ? NS_ERROR_ILLEGAL_VALUE : NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsIMAPHostSessionList::FlushUncommittedNamespacesForHost(const char *serverKey, bool &result)
+{
+	PR_EnterMonitor(gCachedHostInfoMonitor);
+	nsIMAPHostInfo *host = FindHost(serverKey);
+	if (host)
+		host->fTempNamespaceList->ClearNamespaces(true, true, true);
+	PR_ExitMonitor(gCachedHostInfoMonitor);
+	return (host == NULL) ? NS_ERROR_ILLEGAL_VALUE : NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+// Returns NULL if there is no personal namespace on the given host
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsIMAPHostSessionList::GetOnlineInboxPathForHost(const char *serverKey, nsString &result)
+{
+  PR_EnterMonitor(gCachedHostInfoMonitor);
+  nsIMAPHostInfo *host = FindHost(serverKey);
+  if (host)
+  {
+    nsIMAPNamespace *ns = NULL;
+    ns = host->fNamespaceList->GetDefaultNamespaceOfType(kPersonalNamespace);
+    if (ns)
+    {
+      CopyASCIItoUTF16(nsDependentCString(ns->GetPrefix()), result);
+      result.AppendLiteral("INBOX");
+    }
+  }
+  else
+    result.Truncate();
+  PR_ExitMonitor(gCachedHostInfoMonitor);
+  return (host == NULL) ? NS_ERROR_ILLEGAL_VALUE : NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsIMAPHostSessionList::GetShouldAlwaysListInboxForHost(const char* /*serverKey*/, bool &result)
+{
+	result = true;
+
+	/*
+	PR_EnterMonitor(gCachedHostInfoMonitor);
+	nsIMAPHostInfo *host = FindHost(serverKey);
+	if (host)
+		ret = host->fShouldAlwaysListInbox;
+	PR_ExitMonitor(gCachedHostInfoMonitor);
+	*/
+	return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsIMAPHostSessionList::SetShouldAlwaysListInboxForHost(const char *serverKey, bool shouldList)
+{
+	PR_EnterMonitor(gCachedHostInfoMonitor);
+	nsIMAPHostInfo *host = FindHost(serverKey);
+	if (host)
+		host->fShouldAlwaysListInbox = shouldList;
+	PR_ExitMonitor(gCachedHostInfoMonitor);
+	return (host == NULL) ? NS_ERROR_ILLEGAL_VALUE : NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsIMAPHostSessionList::SetNamespaceHierarchyDelimiterFromMailboxForHost(const char *serverKey, const char *boxName, char delimiter)
+{
+  PR_EnterMonitor(gCachedHostInfoMonitor);
+  nsIMAPHostInfo *host = FindHost(serverKey);
+  if (host)
+  {
+    nsIMAPNamespace *ns = host->fNamespaceList->GetNamespaceForMailbox(boxName);
+    if (ns && !ns->GetIsDelimiterFilledIn())
+      ns->SetDelimiter(delimiter, true);
+  }
+  PR_ExitMonitor(gCachedHostInfoMonitor);
+  return (host) ? NS_OK : NS_ERROR_ILLEGAL_VALUE ;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsIMAPHostSessionList::AddShellToCacheForHost(const char *serverKey, nsIMAPBodyShell *shell)
+{
+        nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+	PR_EnterMonitor(gCachedHostInfoMonitor);
+	nsIMAPHostInfo *host = FindHost(serverKey);
+	if (host)
+	{
+		if (host->fShellCache)
+		{
+			if (!host->fShellCache->AddShellToCache(shell))
+                                rv = NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+		}
+	}
+        else
+                rv = NS_ERROR_ILLEGAL_VALUE;
+
+	PR_ExitMonitor(gCachedHostInfoMonitor);
+	return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsIMAPHostSessionList::FindShellInCacheForHost(const char *serverKey, const char *mailboxName, const char *UID,
+                                                             IMAP_ContentModifiedType modType, nsIMAPBodyShell **shell)
+{
+  nsCString uidString(UID);
+
+  PR_EnterMonitor(gCachedHostInfoMonitor);
+  nsIMAPHostInfo *host = FindHost(serverKey);
+  if (host && host->fShellCache)
+    NS_IF_ADDREF(*shell = host->fShellCache->FindShellForUID(uidString,
+                                                             mailboxName,
+                                                             modType));
+  PR_ExitMonitor(gCachedHostInfoMonitor);
+  return (host == NULL) ? NS_ERROR_ILLEGAL_VALUE : NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP 
+nsIMAPHostSessionList::ClearShellCacheForHost(const char *serverKey)
+{
+  PR_EnterMonitor(gCachedHostInfoMonitor);
+  nsIMAPHostInfo *host = FindHost(serverKey);
+  if (host && host->fShellCache)
+    host->fShellCache->Clear();
+  PR_ExitMonitor(gCachedHostInfoMonitor);
+  return (host == NULL) ? NS_ERROR_ILLEGAL_VALUE : NS_OK;
+}
+
diff --git a/mailnews/imap/src/nsIMAPHostSessionList.h b/mailnews/imap/src/nsIMAPHostSessionList.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5f601fe43
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/imap/src/nsIMAPHostSessionList.h
@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _nsIMAPHostSessionList_H_
+#define _nsIMAPHostSessionList_H_
+
+#include "mozilla/Attributes.h"
+#include "nsImapCore.h"
+#include "nsIIMAPHostSessionList.h"
+#include "nsIObserver.h"
+#include "nsWeakReference.h"
+#include "nspr.h"
+
+class nsIMAPNamespaceList;
+class nsIImapIncomingServer;
+
+class nsIMAPHostInfo
+{
+public:
+  friend class nsIMAPHostSessionList;
+
+  nsIMAPHostInfo(const char *serverKey, nsIImapIncomingServer *server);
+  ~nsIMAPHostInfo();
+protected:
+  nsCString fServerKey;
+  char *fCachedPassword;
+  nsCString fOnlineDir;
+  nsIMAPHostInfo *fNextHost;
+  eIMAPCapabilityFlags fCapabilityFlags;
+  char *fHierarchyDelimiters;// string of top-level hierarchy delimiters
+  bool fHaveWeEverDiscoveredFolders;
+  char *fCanonicalOnlineSubDir;
+  nsIMAPNamespaceList *fNamespaceList, *fTempNamespaceList;
+  bool fNamespacesOverridable;
+  bool fUsingSubscription;
+  bool fOnlineTrashFolderExists;
+  bool fShouldAlwaysListInbox;
+  bool fHaveAdminURL;
+  bool fPasswordVerifiedOnline;
+  bool fDeleteIsMoveToTrash;
+  bool fShowDeletedMessages;
+  bool fGotNamespaces;
+  nsIMAPBodyShellCache *fShellCache;
+};
+
+// this is an interface to a linked list of host info's    
+class nsIMAPHostSessionList : public nsIImapHostSessionList, public nsIObserver, public nsSupportsWeakReference
+{
+public:
+  NS_DECL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIOBSERVER  
+
+  nsIMAPHostSessionList();
+  nsresult Init();
+  // Host List
+  NS_IMETHOD AddHostToList(const char *serverKey, 
+                            nsIImapIncomingServer *server) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD ResetAll() override;
+
+  // Capabilities
+  NS_IMETHOD GetHostHasAdminURL(const char *serverKey, bool &result) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD SetHostHasAdminURL(const char *serverKey, bool hasAdminUrl) override;
+  // Subscription
+  NS_IMETHOD GetHostIsUsingSubscription(const char *serverKey, bool &result) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD SetHostIsUsingSubscription(const char *serverKey, bool usingSubscription) override;
+
+  // Passwords
+  NS_IMETHOD GetPasswordForHost(const char *serverKey, nsString &result) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD SetPasswordForHost(const char *serverKey, const char *password) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetPasswordVerifiedOnline(const char *serverKey, bool &result) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD SetPasswordVerifiedOnline(const char *serverKey) override;
+
+  // OnlineDir
+  NS_IMETHOD GetOnlineDirForHost(const char *serverKey,
+                                 nsString &result) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD SetOnlineDirForHost(const char *serverKey,
+                                 const char *onlineDir) override;
+
+  // Delete is move to trash folder
+  NS_IMETHOD GetDeleteIsMoveToTrashForHost(const char *serverKey, bool &result) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD SetDeleteIsMoveToTrashForHost(const char *serverKey, bool isMoveToTrash) override;
+  // imap delete model (or not)
+  NS_IMETHOD GetShowDeletedMessagesForHost(const char *serverKey, bool &result) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD SetShowDeletedMessagesForHost(const char *serverKey, bool showDeletedMessages) override;
+
+  // Get namespaces
+  NS_IMETHOD GetGotNamespacesForHost(const char *serverKey, bool &result) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD SetGotNamespacesForHost(const char *serverKey, bool gotNamespaces) override;
+  // Folders
+  NS_IMETHOD SetHaveWeEverDiscoveredFoldersForHost(const char *serverKey, bool discovered) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetHaveWeEverDiscoveredFoldersForHost(const char *serverKey, bool &result) override;
+
+  // Trash Folder
+  NS_IMETHOD SetOnlineTrashFolderExistsForHost(const char *serverKey, bool exists) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetOnlineTrashFolderExistsForHost(const char *serverKey, bool &result) override;
+
+  // INBOX
+  NS_IMETHOD GetOnlineInboxPathForHost(const char *serverKey, nsString &result) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetShouldAlwaysListInboxForHost(const char *serverKey, bool &result) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD SetShouldAlwaysListInboxForHost(const char *serverKey, bool shouldList) override;
+
+  // Namespaces
+  NS_IMETHOD GetNamespaceForMailboxForHost(const char *serverKey, const char *mailbox_name, nsIMAPNamespace *&result) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD SetNamespaceFromPrefForHost(const char *serverKey, const char *namespacePref, EIMAPNamespaceType type) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD AddNewNamespaceForHost(const char *serverKey, nsIMAPNamespace *ns) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD ClearServerAdvertisedNamespacesForHost(const char *serverKey) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD ClearPrefsNamespacesForHost(const char *serverKey) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetDefaultNamespaceOfTypeForHost(const char *serverKey, EIMAPNamespaceType type, nsIMAPNamespace *&result) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD SetNamespacesOverridableForHost(const char *serverKey, bool overridable) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetNamespacesOverridableForHost(const char *serverKey,bool &result) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetNumberOfNamespacesForHost(const char *serverKey, uint32_t &result) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetNamespaceNumberForHost(const char *serverKey, int32_t n, nsIMAPNamespace * &result) override;
+  // ### dmb hoo boy, how are we going to do this?
+  NS_IMETHOD CommitNamespacesForHost(nsIImapIncomingServer *host) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD FlushUncommittedNamespacesForHost(const char *serverKey, bool &result) override;
+
+  // Hierarchy Delimiters
+  NS_IMETHOD SetNamespaceHierarchyDelimiterFromMailboxForHost(const char *serverKey, const char *boxName, char delimiter) override;
+
+  // Message Body Shells
+  NS_IMETHOD AddShellToCacheForHost(const char *serverKey, nsIMAPBodyShell *shell) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD FindShellInCacheForHost(const char *serverKey, const char *mailboxName, const char *UID, IMAP_ContentModifiedType modType, nsIMAPBodyShell	**result) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD ClearShellCacheForHost(const char *serverKey) override;
+  PRMonitor *gCachedHostInfoMonitor;
+  nsIMAPHostInfo *fHostInfoList;
+protected:
+  virtual ~nsIMAPHostSessionList();
+  nsresult SetNamespacesPrefForHost(nsIImapIncomingServer *aHost,
+                                    EIMAPNamespaceType type,
+                                    const char *pref);
+  nsIMAPHostInfo *FindHost(const char *serverKey);
+};
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/imap/src/nsIMAPNamespace.cpp b/mailnews/imap/src/nsIMAPNamespace.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d46352373
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/imap/src/nsIMAPNamespace.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,650 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "msgCore.h"  // for pre-compiled headers
+
+#include "nsImapCore.h"
+#include "nsIMAPNamespace.h"
+#include "nsImapProtocol.h"
+#include "nsMsgImapCID.h"
+#include "nsImapUrl.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+
+//////////////////// nsIMAPNamespace  /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+static NS_DEFINE_CID(kCImapHostSessionListCID, NS_IIMAPHOSTSESSIONLIST_CID);
+
+nsIMAPNamespace::nsIMAPNamespace(EIMAPNamespaceType type, const char *prefix, char delimiter, bool from_prefs)
+{
+	m_namespaceType = type;
+	m_prefix = PL_strdup(prefix);
+	m_fromPrefs = from_prefs;
+
+	m_delimiter = delimiter;
+	m_delimiterFilledIn = !m_fromPrefs;	// if it's from the prefs, we can't be sure about the delimiter until we list it.
+}
+
+nsIMAPNamespace::~nsIMAPNamespace()
+{
+	PR_FREEIF(m_prefix);
+}
+
+void nsIMAPNamespace::SetDelimiter(char delimiter, bool delimiterFilledIn)
+{
+  m_delimiter = delimiter;
+  m_delimiterFilledIn = delimiterFilledIn;
+}
+
+// returns -1 if this box is not part of this namespace,
+// or the length of the prefix if it is part of this namespace
+int nsIMAPNamespace::MailboxMatchesNamespace(const char *boxname)
+{
+	if (!boxname) return -1;
+
+	// If the namespace is part of the boxname
+    if (!m_prefix || !*m_prefix)
+        return 0;
+
+	if (PL_strstr(boxname, m_prefix) == boxname)
+		return PL_strlen(m_prefix);
+
+	// If the boxname is part of the prefix
+	// (Used for matching Personal mailbox with Personal/ namespace, etc.)
+	if (PL_strstr(m_prefix, boxname) == m_prefix)
+		return PL_strlen(boxname);
+	return -1;
+}
+
+
+nsIMAPNamespaceList *nsIMAPNamespaceList::CreatensIMAPNamespaceList()
+{
+	nsIMAPNamespaceList *rv = new nsIMAPNamespaceList();
+	return rv;
+}
+
+nsIMAPNamespaceList::nsIMAPNamespaceList()
+{
+}
+
+int nsIMAPNamespaceList::GetNumberOfNamespaces()
+{
+	return m_NamespaceList.Length();
+}
+
+
+nsresult nsIMAPNamespaceList::InitFromString(const char *nameSpaceString, EIMAPNamespaceType nstype)
+{
+	nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+	if (nameSpaceString)
+	{
+		int numNamespaces = UnserializeNamespaces(nameSpaceString, nullptr, 0);
+		char **prefixes = (char**) PR_CALLOC(numNamespaces * sizeof(char*));
+		if (prefixes)
+		{
+			int len = UnserializeNamespaces(nameSpaceString, prefixes, numNamespaces);
+			for (int i = 0; i < len; i++)
+			{
+				char *thisns = prefixes[i];
+				char delimiter = '/';	// a guess
+				if (PL_strlen(thisns) >= 1)
+					delimiter = thisns[PL_strlen(thisns)-1];
+				nsIMAPNamespace *ns = new nsIMAPNamespace(nstype, thisns, delimiter, true);
+				if (ns)
+					AddNewNamespace(ns);
+				PR_FREEIF(thisns);
+			}
+			PR_Free(prefixes);
+		}
+	}
+
+	return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsIMAPNamespaceList::OutputToString(nsCString &string)
+{
+	nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+	return rv;
+}
+
+
+int nsIMAPNamespaceList::GetNumberOfNamespaces(EIMAPNamespaceType type)
+{
+	int nodeIndex = 0, count = 0;
+	for (nodeIndex = m_NamespaceList.Length() - 1; nodeIndex >= 0; nodeIndex--)
+	{
+		nsIMAPNamespace *nspace = m_NamespaceList.ElementAt(nodeIndex);
+		if (nspace->GetType() == type)
+		{
+			count++;
+		}
+	}
+	return count;
+}
+
+int nsIMAPNamespaceList::AddNewNamespace(nsIMAPNamespace *ns)
+{
+	// If the namespace is from the NAMESPACE response, then we should see if there
+	// are any namespaces previously set by the preferences, or the default namespace.  If so, remove these.
+
+	if (!ns->GetIsNamespaceFromPrefs())
+	{
+		int nodeIndex;
+        // iterate backwards because we delete elements
+		for (nodeIndex = m_NamespaceList.Length() - 1; nodeIndex >= 0; nodeIndex--)
+		{
+			nsIMAPNamespace *nspace = m_NamespaceList.ElementAt(nodeIndex);
+			// if we find existing namespace(s) that matches the 
+			// new one, we'll just remove the old ones and let the
+			// new one get added when we've finished checking for
+			// matching namespaces or namespaces that came from prefs.
+			if (nspace &&
+                            (nspace->GetIsNamespaceFromPrefs() ||
+                            (!PL_strcmp(ns->GetPrefix(), nspace->GetPrefix()) &&
+			     ns->GetType() == nspace->GetType() &&
+			     ns->GetDelimiter() == nspace->GetDelimiter())))
+			{
+				m_NamespaceList.RemoveElementAt(nodeIndex);
+				delete nspace; 
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	// Add the new namespace to the list.  This must come after the removing code,
+	// or else we could never add the initial kDefaultNamespace type to the list.
+	m_NamespaceList.AppendElement(ns);
+
+	return 0;
+}
+
+
+// chrisf - later, fix this to know the real concept of "default" namespace of a given type
+nsIMAPNamespace *nsIMAPNamespaceList::GetDefaultNamespaceOfType(EIMAPNamespaceType type)
+{
+	nsIMAPNamespace *rv = 0, *firstOfType = 0;
+
+	int nodeIndex, count = m_NamespaceList.Length();
+	for (nodeIndex= 0; nodeIndex < count && !rv; nodeIndex++)
+	{
+		nsIMAPNamespace *ns = m_NamespaceList.ElementAt(nodeIndex);
+		if (ns->GetType() == type)
+		{
+			if (!firstOfType)
+				firstOfType = ns;
+			if (!(*(ns->GetPrefix())))
+			{
+				// This namespace's prefix is ""
+				// Therefore it is the default
+				rv = ns;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	if (!rv)
+		rv = firstOfType;
+	return rv;
+}
+
+nsIMAPNamespaceList::~nsIMAPNamespaceList()
+{
+	ClearNamespaces(true, true, true);
+}
+
+// ClearNamespaces removes and deletes the namespaces specified, and if there are no namespaces left,
+void nsIMAPNamespaceList::ClearNamespaces(bool deleteFromPrefsNamespaces, bool deleteServerAdvertisedNamespaces, bool reallyDelete)
+{
+	int nodeIndex;
+	
+    // iterate backwards because we delete elements
+	for (nodeIndex = m_NamespaceList.Length() - 1; nodeIndex >= 0; nodeIndex--)
+	{
+		nsIMAPNamespace *ns = m_NamespaceList.ElementAt(nodeIndex);
+		if (ns->GetIsNamespaceFromPrefs())
+		{
+			if (deleteFromPrefsNamespaces)
+			{
+				m_NamespaceList.RemoveElementAt(nodeIndex);
+				if (reallyDelete)
+					delete ns;
+			}
+		}
+		else if (deleteServerAdvertisedNamespaces)
+		{
+			m_NamespaceList.RemoveElementAt(nodeIndex);
+			if (reallyDelete)
+				delete ns;
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+nsIMAPNamespace *nsIMAPNamespaceList::GetNamespaceNumber(int nodeIndex)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(nodeIndex >= 0 && nodeIndex < GetNumberOfNamespaces(), "invalid IMAP namespace node index");
+  if (nodeIndex < 0) nodeIndex = 0;
+
+  // XXX really could be just ElementAt; that's why we have the assertion
+  return m_NamespaceList.SafeElementAt(nodeIndex);
+}
+
+nsIMAPNamespace *nsIMAPNamespaceList::GetNamespaceNumber(int nodeIndex, EIMAPNamespaceType type)
+{
+  int nodeCount, count = 0;
+  for (nodeCount = m_NamespaceList.Length() - 1; nodeCount >= 0; nodeCount--)
+  {
+    nsIMAPNamespace *nspace = m_NamespaceList.ElementAt(nodeCount);
+    if (nspace->GetType() == type)
+    {
+      count++;
+      if (count == nodeIndex)
+        return nspace;
+    }
+  }
+  return nullptr;
+}
+
+nsIMAPNamespace *nsIMAPNamespaceList::GetNamespaceForMailbox(const char *boxname)
+{
+  // We want to find the LONGEST substring that matches the beginning of this mailbox's path.
+  // This accounts for nested namespaces  (i.e. "Public/" and "Public/Users/")
+  
+  // Also, we want to match the namespace's mailbox to that namespace also:
+  // The Personal box will match the Personal/ namespace, etc.
+  
+  // these lists shouldn't be too long (99% chance there won't be more than 3 or 4)
+  // so just do a linear search
+  
+  int lengthMatched = -1;
+  int currentMatchedLength = -1;
+  nsIMAPNamespace *rv = nullptr;
+  int nodeIndex = 0;
+  
+  if (!PL_strcasecmp(boxname, "INBOX"))
+    return GetDefaultNamespaceOfType(kPersonalNamespace);
+  
+  for (nodeIndex = m_NamespaceList.Length() - 1; nodeIndex >= 0; nodeIndex--)
+  {
+    nsIMAPNamespace *nspace = m_NamespaceList.ElementAt(nodeIndex);
+    currentMatchedLength = nspace->MailboxMatchesNamespace(boxname);
+    if (currentMatchedLength > lengthMatched)
+    {
+      rv = nspace;
+      lengthMatched = currentMatchedLength;
+    }
+  }
+  
+  return rv;
+}
+
+#define SERIALIZER_SEPARATORS ","
+
+/**
+ * If len is one, copies the first element of prefixes into serializedNamespaces.
+ * If len > 1, copies len strings from prefixes into serializedNamespaces
+ * as a comma-separated list of quoted strings.
+ */
+nsresult nsIMAPNamespaceList::SerializeNamespaces(char **prefixes, int len,
+                                                  nsCString &serializedNamespaces)
+{
+  if (len <= 0)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  if (len == 1)
+  {
+    serializedNamespaces.Assign(prefixes[0]);
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  for (int i = 0; i < len; i++)
+  {
+    if (i > 0)
+      serializedNamespaces.AppendLiteral(",");
+
+    serializedNamespaces.AppendLiteral("\"");
+    serializedNamespaces.Append(prefixes[i]);
+    serializedNamespaces.AppendLiteral("\"");
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* str is the string which needs to be unserialized.
+   If prefixes is NULL, simply returns the number of namespaces in str.  (len is ignored)
+   If prefixes is not NULL, it should be an array of length len which is to be filled in
+   with newly-allocated string.  Returns the number of strings filled in.
+*/
+int nsIMAPNamespaceList::UnserializeNamespaces(const char *str, char **prefixes, int len)
+{
+  if (!str)
+    return 0;
+  if (!prefixes)
+  {
+    if (str[0] != '"')
+      return 1;
+    else
+    {
+      int count = 0;
+      char *ourstr = PL_strdup(str);
+      char *origOurStr = ourstr;
+      if (ourstr)
+      {
+        char *token = NS_strtok(SERIALIZER_SEPARATORS, &ourstr );
+        while (token != nullptr)
+        {
+          token = NS_strtok(SERIALIZER_SEPARATORS, &ourstr );
+          count++;
+        }
+        PR_Free(origOurStr);
+      }
+      return count;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    if ((str[0] != '"') && (len >= 1))
+    {
+      prefixes[0] = PL_strdup(str);
+      return 1;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      int count = 0;
+      char *ourstr = PL_strdup(str);
+      char *origOurStr = ourstr;
+      if (ourstr)
+      {
+        char *token = NS_strtok(SERIALIZER_SEPARATORS, &ourstr );
+        while ((count < len) && (token != nullptr))
+        {
+          
+          char *current = PL_strdup(token), *where = current;
+          if (where[0] == '"')
+            where++;
+          if (where[PL_strlen(where)-1] == '"')
+            where[PL_strlen(where)-1] = 0;
+          prefixes[count] = PL_strdup(where);
+          PR_FREEIF(current);
+          token = NS_strtok(SERIALIZER_SEPARATORS, &ourstr );
+          count++;
+        }
+        PR_Free(origOurStr);
+      }
+      return count;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+
+
+
+char *nsIMAPNamespaceList::AllocateCanonicalFolderName(const char *onlineFolderName, char delimiter)
+{
+  char *canonicalPath = nullptr;
+  if (delimiter)
+    canonicalPath = nsImapUrl::ReplaceCharsInCopiedString(onlineFolderName, delimiter , '/');
+  else
+    canonicalPath = PL_strdup(onlineFolderName);
+  
+  // eat any escape characters for escaped dir separators
+  if (canonicalPath)
+  {
+    char *currentEscapeSequence = strstr(canonicalPath, "\\/");
+    while (currentEscapeSequence)
+    {
+      strcpy(currentEscapeSequence, currentEscapeSequence+1);
+      currentEscapeSequence = strstr(currentEscapeSequence+1, "\\/");
+    }
+  }
+  
+  return canonicalPath;
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+  GetFolderNameWithoutNamespace takes as input a folder name
+  in canonical form, and the namespace for the given folder.  It returns an allocated
+  string of the folder's path with the namespace string stripped out.  For instance,
+  when passed the folder Folders/a/b where the namespace is "Folders/", it will return
+  "a/b".  Similarly, if the folder name is "#news/comp/mail/imap" in canonical form,
+  with a real delimiter of "." and a namespace of "#news.", it will return "comp/mail/imap".
+  The return value is always in canonical form.
+*/
+char* nsIMAPNamespaceList::GetFolderNameWithoutNamespace(nsIMAPNamespace *namespaceForFolder, const char *canonicalFolderName)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(canonicalFolderName, "null folder name");
+#ifdef DEBUG
+  NS_ASSERTION(namespaceForFolder || !PL_strcasecmp(canonicalFolderName, "INBOX"), "need namespace or INBOX");
+#endif
+  
+  char *retFolderName = nullptr;
+  
+  if (!PL_strcasecmp(canonicalFolderName, "INBOX"))
+    return PL_strdup(canonicalFolderName);
+  
+  // convert the canonical path to the online path
+  char *convertedFolderName = nsIMAPNamespaceList::AllocateServerFolderName(canonicalFolderName, namespaceForFolder->GetDelimiter());
+  if (convertedFolderName)
+  {
+    char *beginFolderPath = nullptr;
+    if (strlen(convertedFolderName) <= strlen(namespaceForFolder->GetPrefix()))
+      beginFolderPath = convertedFolderName;
+    else
+      beginFolderPath = convertedFolderName + strlen(namespaceForFolder->GetPrefix());
+    NS_ASSERTION(beginFolderPath, "empty folder path");
+    retFolderName = nsIMAPNamespaceList::AllocateCanonicalFolderName(beginFolderPath, namespaceForFolder->GetDelimiter());
+    PR_Free(convertedFolderName);
+  }
+  
+  NS_ASSERTION(retFolderName, "returning null folder name");
+  return retFolderName;
+}
+
+
+nsIMAPNamespace* nsIMAPNamespaceList::GetNamespaceForFolder(const char *hostName,
+                                                    const char *canonicalFolderName,
+                                                    char delimiter)
+{
+  if (!hostName || !canonicalFolderName)
+    return nullptr;
+  
+  nsIMAPNamespace *resultNamespace = nullptr;
+  nsresult rv;
+  char *convertedFolderName = nsIMAPNamespaceList::AllocateServerFolderName(canonicalFolderName, delimiter);
+
+  if (convertedFolderName)
+  {
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIImapHostSessionList> hostSessionList = 
+             do_GetService(kCImapHostSessionListCID, &rv);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) 
+      return nullptr;
+    hostSessionList->GetNamespaceForMailboxForHost(hostName, convertedFolderName, resultNamespace);
+    PR_Free(convertedFolderName);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    NS_ASSERTION(false, "couldn't get converted folder name");
+  }
+  
+  return resultNamespace;
+}
+
+/* static */
+char *nsIMAPNamespaceList::AllocateServerFolderName(const char *canonicalFolderName, char delimiter)
+{
+  if (delimiter)
+    return nsImapUrl::ReplaceCharsInCopiedString(canonicalFolderName, '/', delimiter);
+  else
+    return NS_strdup(canonicalFolderName);
+}
+
+/*
+	GetFolderOwnerNameFromPath takes as inputs a folder name
+	in canonical form, and a namespace for that folder.
+	The namespace MUST be of type kOtherUsersNamespace, hence the folder MUST be
+	owned by another user.  This function extracts the folder owner's name from the
+	canonical name of the folder, and returns an allocated copy of that owner's name
+*/
+/* static */
+char *nsIMAPNamespaceList::GetFolderOwnerNameFromPath(nsIMAPNamespace *namespaceForFolder, const char *canonicalFolderName)
+{
+  if (!namespaceForFolder || !canonicalFolderName)
+  {
+    NS_ASSERTION(false,"null namespace or canonical folder name");
+    return nullptr;
+  }
+  
+  char *rv = nullptr;
+  
+  // convert the canonical path to the online path
+  char *convertedFolderName = AllocateServerFolderName(canonicalFolderName, namespaceForFolder->GetDelimiter());
+  if (convertedFolderName)
+  {
+#ifdef DEBUG
+    NS_ASSERTION(strlen(convertedFolderName) > strlen(namespaceForFolder->GetPrefix()), "server folder name invalid");
+#endif
+    if (strlen(convertedFolderName) > strlen(namespaceForFolder->GetPrefix()))
+    {
+      char *owner = convertedFolderName + strlen(namespaceForFolder->GetPrefix());
+      NS_ASSERTION(owner, "couldn't find folder owner");
+      char *nextDelimiter = strchr(owner, namespaceForFolder->GetDelimiter());
+      // if !nextDelimiter, then the path is of the form Shared/Users/chrisf   (no subfolder)
+      if (nextDelimiter)
+      {
+        *nextDelimiter = 0;
+      }
+      rv = PL_strdup(owner);
+    }
+    PR_Free(convertedFolderName);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    NS_ASSERTION(false, "couldn't allocate server folder name");
+  }
+  
+  return rv;
+}
+
+/*
+GetFolderIsNamespace returns TRUE if the given folder is the folder representing
+a namespace.
+*/
+
+bool nsIMAPNamespaceList::GetFolderIsNamespace(const char *hostName,
+                                                 const char *canonicalFolderName,
+                                                 char delimiter,nsIMAPNamespace *namespaceForFolder)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(namespaceForFolder, "null namespace");
+  
+  bool rv = false;
+  
+  const char *prefix = namespaceForFolder->GetPrefix();
+  NS_ASSERTION(prefix, "namespace has no prefix");
+  if (!prefix || !*prefix)	// empty namespace prefix
+    return false;
+  
+  char *convertedFolderName = AllocateServerFolderName(canonicalFolderName, delimiter);
+  if (convertedFolderName)
+  {
+    bool lastCharIsDelimiter = (prefix[strlen(prefix) - 1] == delimiter);
+    
+    if (lastCharIsDelimiter)
+    {
+      rv = ((strncmp(convertedFolderName, prefix, strlen(convertedFolderName)) == 0) &&
+        (strlen(convertedFolderName) == strlen(prefix) - 1));
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      rv = (strcmp(convertedFolderName, prefix) == 0);
+    }
+    
+    PR_Free(convertedFolderName);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    NS_ASSERTION(false, "couldn't allocate server folder name");
+  }
+  
+  return rv;
+}
+
+/*
+  SuggestHierarchySeparatorForNamespace takes a namespace from libmsg
+  and a hierarchy delimiter.  If the namespace has not been filled in from
+  online NAMESPACE command yet, it fills in the suggested delimiter to be
+  used from then on (until it is overridden by an online response).
+*/
+
+void nsIMAPNamespaceList::SuggestHierarchySeparatorForNamespace(nsIMAPNamespace *namespaceForFolder, char delimiterFromFolder)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(namespaceForFolder, "need namespace");
+  if (namespaceForFolder && !namespaceForFolder->GetIsDelimiterFilledIn())
+    namespaceForFolder->SetDelimiter(delimiterFromFolder, false);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ GenerateFullFolderNameWithDefaultNamespace takes a folder name in canonical form,
+  converts it to online form, allocates a string to contain the full online server name
+  including the namespace prefix of the default namespace of the given type, in the form:
+  PR_smprintf("%s%s", prefix, onlineServerName) if there is a NULL owner
+  PR_smprintf("%s%s%c%s", prefix, owner, delimiter, onlineServerName) if there is an owner
+  It then converts this back to canonical form and returns it (allocated) to libmsg.
+  It returns NULL if there is no namespace of the given type.
+  If nsUsed is not passed in as NULL, then *nsUsed is filled in and returned;  it is the
+  namespace used for generating the folder name.
+*/
+char *nsIMAPNamespaceList::GenerateFullFolderNameWithDefaultNamespace(const char *hostName,
+                                                                                const char *canonicalFolderName,
+                                                                                const char *owner,
+                                                                                EIMAPNamespaceType nsType,
+                                                                                nsIMAPNamespace **nsUsed)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapHostSessionList> hostSession = 
+           do_GetService(kCImapHostSessionListCID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, nullptr);
+  nsIMAPNamespace *ns;
+  char *fullFolderName = nullptr;
+  rv = hostSession->GetDefaultNamespaceOfTypeForHost(hostName, nsType, ns);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, nullptr);
+  if (ns)
+  {
+    if (nsUsed)
+      *nsUsed = ns;
+    const char *prefix = ns->GetPrefix();
+    char *convertedFolderName = AllocateServerFolderName(canonicalFolderName, ns->GetDelimiter());
+    if (convertedFolderName)
+    {
+      char *convertedReturnName = nullptr;
+      if (owner)
+      {
+        convertedReturnName = PR_smprintf("%s%s%c%s", prefix, owner, ns->GetDelimiter(), convertedFolderName);
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        convertedReturnName = PR_smprintf("%s%s", prefix, convertedFolderName);
+      }
+      
+      if (convertedReturnName)
+      {
+        fullFolderName = AllocateCanonicalFolderName(convertedReturnName, ns->GetDelimiter());
+        PR_Free(convertedReturnName);
+      }
+      PR_Free(convertedFolderName);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      NS_ASSERTION(false, "couldn't allocate server folder name");
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    // Could not find other users namespace on the given host
+    NS_WARNING("couldn't find namespace for given host");
+  }
+  return (fullFolderName);
+}
+
diff --git a/mailnews/imap/src/nsIMAPNamespace.h b/mailnews/imap/src/nsIMAPNamespace.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..327f78416
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/imap/src/nsIMAPNamespace.h
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _nsIMAPNamespace_H_
+#define _nsIMAPNamespace_H_
+
+#include "nsTArray.h"
+
+class nsIMAPNamespace
+{
+  
+public:
+  nsIMAPNamespace(EIMAPNamespaceType type, const char *prefix, char delimiter, bool from_prefs);
+  
+  ~nsIMAPNamespace();
+  
+  EIMAPNamespaceType    GetType() { return m_namespaceType; }
+  const char *          GetPrefix() { return m_prefix; }
+  char                  GetDelimiter() { return m_delimiter; }
+  void                  SetDelimiter(char delimiter, bool delimiterFilledIn);
+  bool                  GetIsDelimiterFilledIn() { return m_delimiterFilledIn; }
+  bool                  GetIsNamespaceFromPrefs() { return m_fromPrefs; }
+  
+  // returns -1 if this box is not part of this namespace,
+  // or the length of the prefix if it is part of this namespace
+  int                   MailboxMatchesNamespace(const char *boxname);
+  
+protected:
+  EIMAPNamespaceType m_namespaceType;
+  char    *m_prefix;
+  char    m_delimiter;
+  bool    m_fromPrefs;
+  bool    m_delimiterFilledIn;
+  
+};
+
+
+// represents an array of namespaces for a given host
+class nsIMAPNamespaceList
+{
+public:
+  ~nsIMAPNamespaceList();
+  
+  static nsIMAPNamespaceList *CreatensIMAPNamespaceList();
+  
+  nsresult InitFromString(const char *nameSpaceString, EIMAPNamespaceType nstype);
+  nsresult OutputToString(nsCString &OutputString);
+  int UnserializeNamespaces(const char *str, char **prefixes, int len);
+  nsresult SerializeNamespaces(char **prefixes, int len, nsCString &serializedNamespace);
+  
+  void ClearNamespaces(bool deleteFromPrefsNamespaces, bool deleteServerAdvertisedNamespaces, bool reallyDelete);
+  int	GetNumberOfNamespaces();
+  int	GetNumberOfNamespaces(EIMAPNamespaceType);
+  nsIMAPNamespace *GetNamespaceNumber(int nodeIndex);
+  nsIMAPNamespace *GetNamespaceNumber(int nodeIndex, EIMAPNamespaceType);
+  
+  nsIMAPNamespace *GetDefaultNamespaceOfType(EIMAPNamespaceType type);
+  int AddNewNamespace(nsIMAPNamespace *ns);
+  nsIMAPNamespace *GetNamespaceForMailbox(const char *boxname);
+  static nsIMAPNamespace* GetNamespaceForFolder(const char *hostName,
+                                           const char *canonicalFolderName,
+                                           char delimiter);
+  static bool GetFolderIsNamespace(const char *hostName,
+                              const char *canonicalFolderName,
+                              char delimiter,nsIMAPNamespace *namespaceForFolder);
+  static char* GetFolderNameWithoutNamespace(nsIMAPNamespace *namespaceForFolder, const char *canonicalFolderName);
+  static char *AllocateServerFolderName(const char *canonicalFolderName, char delimiter);
+  static char *GetFolderOwnerNameFromPath(nsIMAPNamespace *namespaceForFolder, const char *canonicalFolderName);
+  static char *AllocateCanonicalFolderName(const char *onlineFolderName, char delimiter);
+  static void  SuggestHierarchySeparatorForNamespace(nsIMAPNamespace *namespaceForFolder, char delimiterFromFolder);
+  static char *GenerateFullFolderNameWithDefaultNamespace(const char *hostName,
+                                                                                const char *canonicalFolderName,
+                                                                                const char *owner,
+                                                                                EIMAPNamespaceType nsType,
+                                                                                nsIMAPNamespace **nsUsed);
+
+protected:
+  nsIMAPNamespaceList();	// use CreatensIMAPNamespaceList to create one
+  
+  nsTArray<nsIMAPNamespace*> m_NamespaceList;
+  
+};
+
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/imap/src/nsImapCore.h b/mailnews/imap/src/nsImapCore.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5fd0e1c1f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/imap/src/nsImapCore.h
@@ -0,0 +1,188 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _nsImapCore_H_
+#define _nsImapCore_H_
+
+#include "MailNewsTypes.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsIMailboxSpec.h"
+#include "nsIImapFlagAndUidState.h"
+
+class nsIMAPNamespace;
+class nsImapProtocol;
+class nsImapFlagAndUidState;
+
+/* imap message flags */
+typedef uint16_t imapMessageFlagsType;
+
+/* used for communication between imap thread and event sinks */
+#define kNoFlags     0x00 /* RFC flags */
+#define kMarked      0x01
+#define kUnmarked    0x02
+#define kNoinferiors 0x04
+#define kNoselect    0x08
+#define kImapTrash   0x10 /* Navigator flag */
+#define kJustExpunged 0x20 /* This update is a post expunge url update. */
+#define kPersonalMailbox 0x40 /* this mailbox is in the personal namespace */
+#define kPublicMailbox 0x80 /* this mailbox is in the public namespace */
+#define kOtherUsersMailbox 0x100 /* this mailbox is in the other users' namespace */
+#define kNameSpace 0x200 /* this mailbox IS a namespace */
+#define kNewlyCreatedFolder 0x400 /* this folder was just created */
+#define kImapDrafts 0x800 /* XLIST says this is the drafts folder */
+#define kImapSpam 0x1000 /* XLIST says this is the spam folder */
+#define kImapSent 0x2000 /* XLIST says this is the sent folder */
+#define kImapInbox 0x4000 /* XLIST says this is the INBOX folder */
+#define kImapAllMail 0x8000 /* XLIST says this is AllMail (GMail) */
+#define kImapXListTrash 0x10000 /* XLIST says this is the trash */
+#define kNonExistent 0x20000 /* RFC 5258, LIST-EXTENDED */
+#define kSubscribed 0x40000 /* RFC 5258, LIST-EXTENDED */
+#define kRemote 0x80000 /* RFC 5258, LIST-EXTENDED */
+#define kHasChildren 0x100000 /* RFC 5258, LIST-EXTENDED */
+#define kHasNoChildren 0x200000 /* RFC 5258, LIST-EXTENDED */
+#define kImapArchive 0x400000 /* RFC 5258, LIST-EXTENDED */
+
+/* flags for individual messages */
+/* currently the ui only offers \Seen and \Flagged */
+#define kNoImapMsgFlag                0x0000
+#define kImapMsgSeenFlag              0x0001
+#define kImapMsgAnsweredFlag          0x0002
+#define kImapMsgFlaggedFlag           0x0004
+#define kImapMsgDeletedFlag           0x0008
+#define kImapMsgDraftFlag             0x0010
+#define kImapMsgRecentFlag            0x0020
+#define	kImapMsgForwardedFlag         0x0040		/* Not always supported, check mailbox folder */
+#define kImapMsgMDNSentFlag           0x0080		/* Not always supported. check mailbox folder */
+#define kImapMsgCustomKeywordFlag     0x0100            /* this msg has a custom keyword */
+#define kImapMsgLabelFlags            0x0E00            /* supports 5 labels only supported if the folder supports keywords */
+#define kImapMsgSupportMDNSentFlag    0x2000
+#define kImapMsgSupportForwardedFlag  0x4000
+/**
+ * We use a separate xlist trash flag so we can prefer the GMail trash
+ * over an existing Trash folder we may have created.
+ */
+#define kImapMsgSupportUserFlag       0x8000		
+/* This seems to be the most cost effective way of
+* piggying back the server support user flag info.
+*/
+
+/* if a url creator does not know the hierarchyDelimiter, use this */
+#define kOnlineHierarchySeparatorUnknown '^'
+#define kOnlineHierarchySeparatorNil '|'
+
+#define IMAP_URL_TOKEN_SEPARATOR ">"
+#define kUidUnknown -1
+// Special initial value meaning ACLs need to be loaded from DB.
+#define kAclInvalid ((uint32_t) -1)
+
+// this has to do with Mime Parts on Demand. It used to live in net.h
+// I'm not sure where this will live, but here is OK temporarily
+typedef enum {
+	IMAP_CONTENT_NOT_MODIFIED = 0,
+	IMAP_CONTENT_MODIFIED_VIEW_INLINE,
+	IMAP_CONTENT_MODIFIED_VIEW_AS_LINKS,
+	IMAP_CONTENT_FORCE_CONTENT_NOT_MODIFIED
+} IMAP_ContentModifiedType;
+
+// I think this should really go in an imap.h equivalent file
+typedef enum {
+    kPersonalNamespace = 0,
+    kOtherUsersNamespace,
+    kPublicNamespace,
+    kDefaultNamespace,
+    kUnknownNamespace
+} EIMAPNamespaceType;
+
+
+/**
+ * IMAP server feature, mostly CAPABILITY responses
+ *
+ * one of the cap flags below
+ */
+typedef uint64_t eIMAPCapabilityFlag;
+/**
+ * IMAP server features, mostly CAPABILITY responses
+ *
+ * any set of the cap flags below, i.e.
+ * i.e. 0, 1 or more |eIMAPCapabilityFlag|.
+ */
+typedef uint64_t eIMAPCapabilityFlags;
+
+const eIMAPCapabilityFlag kCapabilityUndefined = 0x00000000;
+const eIMAPCapabilityFlag kCapabilityDefined = 0x00000001;
+const eIMAPCapabilityFlag kHasAuthLoginCapability = 0x00000002;  /* AUTH LOGIN (not the same as kHasAuthOldLoginCapability) */
+const eIMAPCapabilityFlag kHasAuthOldLoginCapability = 0x00000004;  /* original IMAP login method */
+const eIMAPCapabilityFlag kHasXSenderCapability = 0x00000008;
+const eIMAPCapabilityFlag kIMAP4Capability = 0x00000010;           /* RFC1734 */
+const eIMAPCapabilityFlag kIMAP4rev1Capability = 0x00000020;       /* RFC2060 */
+const eIMAPCapabilityFlag kIMAP4other = 0x00000040;                        /* future rev?? */
+const eIMAPCapabilityFlag kNoHierarchyRename = 0x00000080;                         /* no hierarchy rename */
+const eIMAPCapabilityFlag kACLCapability = 0x00000100;           /* ACL extension */
+const eIMAPCapabilityFlag kNamespaceCapability = 0x00000200;     /* IMAP4 Namespace Extension */
+const eIMAPCapabilityFlag kHasIDCapability = 0x00000400;  /* client user agent id extension */
+const eIMAPCapabilityFlag kXServerInfoCapability = 0x00000800;  /* XSERVERINFO extension for admin urls */
+const eIMAPCapabilityFlag kHasAuthPlainCapability = 0x00001000; /* new form of auth plain base64 login */
+const eIMAPCapabilityFlag kUidplusCapability = 0x00002000;   /* RFC 2359 UIDPLUS extension */
+const eIMAPCapabilityFlag kLiteralPlusCapability = 0x00004000; /* RFC 2088 LITERAL+ extension */
+const eIMAPCapabilityFlag kAOLImapCapability = 0x00008000;     /* aol imap extensions */
+const eIMAPCapabilityFlag kHasLanguageCapability = 0x00010000; /* language extensions */
+const eIMAPCapabilityFlag kHasCRAMCapability = 0x00020000; /* CRAM auth extension */
+const eIMAPCapabilityFlag kQuotaCapability = 0x00040000; /* RFC 2087 quota extension */
+const eIMAPCapabilityFlag kHasIdleCapability = 0x00080000;  /* RFC 2177 idle extension */
+const eIMAPCapabilityFlag kHasAuthNTLMCapability = 0x00100000;  /* AUTH NTLM extension */
+const eIMAPCapabilityFlag kHasAuthMSNCapability = 0x00200000;   /* AUTH MSN extension */
+const eIMAPCapabilityFlag kHasStartTLSCapability =0x00400000;   /* STARTTLS support */
+const eIMAPCapabilityFlag kHasAuthNoneCapability = 0x00800000; /* needs no login */
+const eIMAPCapabilityFlag kHasAuthGssApiCapability = 0x01000000; /* GSSAPI AUTH */
+const eIMAPCapabilityFlag kHasCondStoreCapability = 0x02000000; /* RFC 3551 CondStore extension */
+const eIMAPCapabilityFlag kHasEnableCapability = 0x04000000; /* RFC 5161 ENABLE extension */
+const eIMAPCapabilityFlag kHasXListCapability = 0x08000000;  /* XLIST extension */
+const eIMAPCapabilityFlag kHasCompressDeflateCapability = 0x10000000;  /* RFC 4978 COMPRESS extension */
+const eIMAPCapabilityFlag kHasAuthExternalCapability = 0x20000000;  /* RFC 2222 SASL AUTH EXTERNAL */
+const eIMAPCapabilityFlag kHasMoveCapability = 0x40000000;  /* Proposed MOVE RFC */
+const eIMAPCapabilityFlag kHasHighestModSeqCapability = 0x80000000;  /* Subset of RFC 3551 */
+// above are 32bit; below start the uint64_t bits 33-64
+const eIMAPCapabilityFlag kHasListExtendedCapability = 0x100000000LL;  /* RFC 5258 */
+const eIMAPCapabilityFlag kHasSpecialUseCapability = 0x200000000LL;  /* RFC 6154: Sent, Draft etc. folders */
+const eIMAPCapabilityFlag kGmailImapCapability = 0x400000000LL;  /* X-GM-EXT-1 capability extension for gmail */
+const eIMAPCapabilityFlag kHasXOAuth2Capability = 0x800000000LL;  /* AUTH XOAUTH2 extension */
+
+
+// this used to be part of the connection object class - maybe we should move it into 
+// something similar
+typedef enum {
+    kEveryThingRFC822,
+    kEveryThingRFC822Peek,
+    kHeadersRFC822andUid,
+    kUid,
+    kFlags,
+    kRFC822Size,
+    kRFC822HeadersOnly,
+    kMIMEPart,
+    kMIMEHeader,
+    kBodyStart
+} nsIMAPeFetchFields;
+
+typedef struct _utf_name_struct {
+	bool toUtf7Imap;
+	unsigned char *sourceString;
+	unsigned char *convertedString;
+} utf_name_struct;
+
+typedef struct _ProgressInfo {
+  char16_t *message;
+  int32_t currentProgress;
+  int32_t maxProgress;
+} ProgressInfo;
+
+typedef enum {
+    eContinue,
+    eContinueNew,
+    eListMyChildren,
+    eNewServerDirectory,
+    eCancelled 
+} EMailboxDiscoverStatus;
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/imap/src/nsImapFlagAndUidState.cpp b/mailnews/imap/src/nsImapFlagAndUidState.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..deae831db
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/imap/src/nsImapFlagAndUidState.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,321 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "msgCore.h"  // for pre-compiled headers
+
+#include "nsImapCore.h"
+#include "nsImapFlagAndUidState.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "prcmon.h"
+#include "nspr.h"
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsImapFlagAndUidState, nsIImapFlagAndUidState)
+
+using namespace mozilla;
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapFlagAndUidState::GetNumberOfMessages(int32_t *result)
+{
+  if (!result)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+  *result = fUids.Length();
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapFlagAndUidState::GetUidOfMessage(int32_t zeroBasedIndex, uint32_t *aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+
+  PR_CEnterMonitor(this);
+  *aResult = fUids.SafeElementAt(zeroBasedIndex, nsMsgKey_None);
+  PR_CExitMonitor(this);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapFlagAndUidState::GetMessageFlags(int32_t zeroBasedIndex, uint16_t *aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+  *aResult = fFlags.SafeElementAt(zeroBasedIndex, kNoImapMsgFlag);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapFlagAndUidState::SetMessageFlags(int32_t zeroBasedIndex, unsigned short flags)
+{
+  if (zeroBasedIndex < (int32_t)fUids.Length())
+    fFlags[zeroBasedIndex] = flags;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapFlagAndUidState::GetNumberOfRecentMessages(int32_t *result)
+{
+  if (!result)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+  
+  PR_CEnterMonitor(this);
+  uint32_t counter = 0;
+  int32_t numUnseenMessages = 0;
+  
+  for (counter = 0; counter < fUids.Length(); counter++)
+  {
+    if (fFlags[counter] & kImapMsgRecentFlag)
+      numUnseenMessages++;
+  }
+  PR_CExitMonitor(this);
+  
+  *result = numUnseenMessages;
+  
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapFlagAndUidState::GetPartialUIDFetch(bool *aPartialUIDFetch)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aPartialUIDFetch);
+  *aPartialUIDFetch = fPartialUIDFetch;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* amount to expand for imap entry flags when we need more */
+
+nsImapFlagAndUidState::nsImapFlagAndUidState(int32_t numberOfMessages)
+  : fUids(numberOfMessages),
+    fFlags(numberOfMessages),
+    m_customFlagsHash(10),
+    m_customAttributesHash(10),
+    mLock("nsImapFlagAndUidState.mLock")
+{
+  fSupportedUserFlags = 0;
+  fNumberDeleted = 0;
+  fPartialUIDFetch = true;
+}
+
+nsImapFlagAndUidState::~nsImapFlagAndUidState()
+{
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapFlagAndUidState::OrSupportedUserFlags(uint16_t flags)
+{
+  fSupportedUserFlags |= flags;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapFlagAndUidState::GetSupportedUserFlags(uint16_t *aFlags)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aFlags);
+  *aFlags = fSupportedUserFlags;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// we need to reset our flags, (re-read all) but chances are the memory allocation needed will be
+// very close to what we were already using
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapFlagAndUidState::Reset()
+{
+  PR_CEnterMonitor(this);
+  fNumberDeleted = 0;
+  m_customFlagsHash.Clear();
+  fUids.Clear();
+  fFlags.Clear();
+  fPartialUIDFetch = true;
+  PR_CExitMonitor(this);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+// Remove (expunge) a message from our array, since now it is gone for good
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapFlagAndUidState::ExpungeByIndex(uint32_t msgIndex)
+{
+  // protect ourselves in case the server gave us an index key of -1 or 0
+  if ((int32_t) msgIndex <= 0)
+    return NS_ERROR_INVALID_ARG;
+
+  if ((uint32_t) fUids.Length() < msgIndex)
+    return NS_ERROR_INVALID_ARG;
+
+  PR_CEnterMonitor(this);
+  msgIndex--;  // msgIndex is 1-relative
+  if (fFlags[msgIndex] & kImapMsgDeletedFlag) // see if we already had counted this one as deleted
+    fNumberDeleted--;
+  fUids.RemoveElementAt(msgIndex);
+  fFlags.RemoveElementAt(msgIndex);
+  PR_CExitMonitor(this);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+// adds to sorted list, protects against duplicates and going past array bounds.
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapFlagAndUidState::AddUidFlagPair(uint32_t uid, imapMessageFlagsType flags, uint32_t zeroBasedIndex)
+{
+  if (uid == nsMsgKey_None) // ignore uid of -1
+    return NS_OK;
+  // check for potential overflow in buffer size for uid array
+  if (zeroBasedIndex > 0x3FFFFFFF)
+    return NS_ERROR_INVALID_ARG;
+  PR_CEnterMonitor(this);
+  // make sure there is room for this pair
+  if (zeroBasedIndex >= fUids.Length())
+  {
+    int32_t sizeToGrowBy = zeroBasedIndex - fUids.Length() + 1;
+    fUids.InsertElementsAt(fUids.Length(), sizeToGrowBy, 0);
+    fFlags.InsertElementsAt(fFlags.Length(), sizeToGrowBy, 0);
+  }
+
+  fUids[zeroBasedIndex] = uid;
+  fFlags[zeroBasedIndex] = flags;
+  if (flags & kImapMsgDeletedFlag)
+    fNumberDeleted++;
+  PR_CExitMonitor(this);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapFlagAndUidState::GetNumberOfDeletedMessages(int32_t *numDeletedMessages)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(numDeletedMessages);
+  *numDeletedMessages = NumberOfDeletedMessages();
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+int32_t nsImapFlagAndUidState::NumberOfDeletedMessages()
+{
+  return fNumberDeleted;
+}
+	
+// since the uids are sorted, start from the back (rb)
+
+uint32_t  nsImapFlagAndUidState::GetHighestNonDeletedUID()
+{
+  uint32_t msgIndex = fUids.Length();
+  do 
+  {
+    if (msgIndex <= 0)
+      return(0);
+    msgIndex--;
+    if (fUids[msgIndex] && !(fFlags[msgIndex] & kImapMsgDeletedFlag))
+      return fUids[msgIndex];
+  }
+  while (msgIndex > 0);
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+// Has the user read the last message here ? Used when we first open the inbox to see if there
+// really is new mail there.
+
+bool nsImapFlagAndUidState::IsLastMessageUnseen()
+{
+  uint32_t msgIndex = fUids.Length();
+  
+  if (msgIndex <= 0)
+    return false;
+  msgIndex--;
+  // if last message is deleted, it was probably filtered the last time around
+  if (fUids[msgIndex] && (fFlags[msgIndex] & (kImapMsgSeenFlag | kImapMsgDeletedFlag)))
+    return false;
+  return true; 
+}
+
+// find a message flag given a key with non-recursive binary search, since some folders
+// may have thousand of messages, once we find the key set its index, or the index of
+// where the key should be inserted
+
+imapMessageFlagsType nsImapFlagAndUidState::GetMessageFlagsFromUID(uint32_t uid, bool *foundIt, int32_t *ndx)
+{
+  PR_CEnterMonitor(this);
+  *ndx = (int32_t) fUids.IndexOfFirstElementGt(uid) - 1;
+  *foundIt = *ndx >= 0 && fUids[*ndx] == uid;
+  imapMessageFlagsType retFlags = (*foundIt) ? fFlags[*ndx] : kNoImapMsgFlag;
+  PR_CExitMonitor(this);
+  return retFlags;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapFlagAndUidState::AddUidCustomFlagPair(uint32_t uid, const char *customFlag)
+{
+  if (!customFlag)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  MutexAutoLock mon(mLock);
+  nsCString ourCustomFlags;
+  nsCString oldValue;
+  if (m_customFlagsHash.Get(uid, &oldValue))
+  {
+    // We'll store multiple keys as space-delimited since space is not
+    // a valid character in a keyword. First, we need to look for the
+    // customFlag in the existing flags;
+    nsDependentCString customFlagString(customFlag);
+    int32_t existingCustomFlagPos = oldValue.Find(customFlagString);
+    uint32_t customFlagLen = customFlagString.Length();
+    while (existingCustomFlagPos != kNotFound)
+    {
+      // if existing flags ends with this exact flag, or flag + ' '
+      // and the flag is at the beginning of the string or there is ' ' + flag
+      // then we have this flag already;
+      if (((oldValue.Length() == existingCustomFlagPos + customFlagLen) ||
+           (oldValue.CharAt(existingCustomFlagPos + customFlagLen) == ' ')) &&
+           ((existingCustomFlagPos == 0) ||
+            (oldValue.CharAt(existingCustomFlagPos - 1) == ' ')))
+        return NS_OK;
+      // else, advance to next flag
+      existingCustomFlagPos = MsgFind(oldValue, customFlagString, false, existingCustomFlagPos + customFlagLen);
+    }
+    ourCustomFlags.Assign(oldValue);
+    ourCustomFlags.AppendLiteral(" ");
+    ourCustomFlags.Append(customFlag);
+    m_customFlagsHash.Remove(uid);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    ourCustomFlags.Assign(customFlag);
+  }
+  m_customFlagsHash.Put(uid, ourCustomFlags);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapFlagAndUidState::GetCustomFlags(uint32_t uid, char **customFlags)
+{
+  MutexAutoLock mon(mLock);
+  nsCString value;
+  if (m_customFlagsHash.Get(uid, &value))
+  {
+    *customFlags = NS_strdup(value.get());
+    return (*customFlags) ? NS_OK : NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+  *customFlags = nullptr;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapFlagAndUidState::ClearCustomFlags(uint32_t uid)
+{
+  MutexAutoLock mon(mLock);
+  m_customFlagsHash.Remove(uid);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapFlagAndUidState::SetCustomAttribute(uint32_t aUid,
+                                                        const nsACString &aCustomAttributeName,
+                                                        const nsACString &aCustomAttributeValue)
+{
+  nsCString key;
+  key.AppendInt((int64_t)aUid);
+  key.Append(aCustomAttributeName);
+  nsCString value;
+  value.Assign(aCustomAttributeValue);
+  m_customAttributesHash.Put(key, value);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapFlagAndUidState::GetCustomAttribute(uint32_t aUid,
+                                                        const nsACString &aCustomAttributeName,
+                                                        nsACString &aCustomAttributeValue)
+{
+  nsCString key;
+  key.AppendInt((int64_t)aUid);
+  key.Append(aCustomAttributeName);
+  nsCString val;
+  m_customAttributesHash.Get(key, &val);
+  aCustomAttributeValue.Assign(val);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/imap/src/nsImapFlagAndUidState.h b/mailnews/imap/src/nsImapFlagAndUidState.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6bf5f3fbe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/imap/src/nsImapFlagAndUidState.h
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsImapFlagAndUidState_h___
+#define nsImapFlagAndUidState_h___
+
+#include "MailNewsTypes.h"
+#include "nsTArray.h"
+#include "nsIImapFlagAndUidState.h"
+#include "mozilla/Mutex.h"
+
+const int32_t kImapFlagAndUidStateSize =	100;
+
+#include "nsBaseHashtable.h"
+#include "nsDataHashtable.h"
+
+class nsImapFlagAndUidState : public nsIImapFlagAndUidState
+{
+public:
+    NS_DECL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS
+    nsImapFlagAndUidState(int numberOfMessages);
+
+    NS_DECL_NSIIMAPFLAGANDUIDSTATE
+
+    int32_t               NumberOfDeletedMessages();
+    
+    imapMessageFlagsType  GetMessageFlagsFromUID(uint32_t uid, bool *foundIt, int32_t *ndx);
+
+    bool         IsLastMessageUnseen(void);
+    bool         GetPartialUIDFetch() {return fPartialUIDFetch;}
+    void         SetPartialUIDFetch(bool isPartial) {fPartialUIDFetch = isPartial;}
+    uint32_t     GetHighestNonDeletedUID();
+    uint16_t     GetSupportedUserFlags() { return fSupportedUserFlags; }
+
+private:
+  virtual ~nsImapFlagAndUidState();
+
+    nsTArray<nsMsgKey>      fUids;
+    nsTArray<imapMessageFlagsType> fFlags;
+    // Hash table, mapping uids to extra flags
+    nsDataHashtable<nsUint32HashKey, nsCString> m_customFlagsHash;
+    // Hash table, mapping UID+customAttributeName to customAttributeValue.
+    nsDataHashtable<nsCStringHashKey, nsCString> m_customAttributesHash;
+    uint16_t                fSupportedUserFlags;
+    int32_t                 fNumberDeleted;
+    bool                    fPartialUIDFetch;
+    mozilla::Mutex mLock;
+};
+
+
+
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/imap/src/nsImapIncomingServer.cpp b/mailnews/imap/src/nsImapIncomingServer.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..77a34985b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/imap/src/nsImapIncomingServer.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,3382 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "nsMsgImapCID.h"
+
+#include "netCore.h"
+#include "nsIMAPHostSessionList.h"
+#include "nsImapIncomingServer.h"
+#include "nsIMsgAccountManager.h"
+#include "nsIMsgIdentity.h"
+#include "nsIImapUrl.h"
+#include "nsIUrlListener.h"
+#include "nsThreadUtils.h"
+#include "nsImapProtocol.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsIPrefBranch.h"
+#include "nsIPrefService.h"
+#include "nsMsgFolderFlags.h"
+#include "prmem.h"
+#include "plstr.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolder.h"
+#include "nsIMsgWindow.h"
+#include "nsImapMailFolder.h"
+#include "nsImapUtils.h"
+#include "nsIRDFService.h"
+#include "nsRDFCID.h"
+#include "nsIMsgMailNewsUrl.h"
+#include "nsIImapService.h"
+#include "nsMsgI18N.h"
+#include "nsIImapMockChannel.h"
+// for the memory cache...
+#include "nsICacheEntry.h"
+#include "nsImapUrl.h"
+#include "nsIMsgProtocolInfo.h"
+#include "nsIMsgMailSession.h"
+#include "nsIMAPNamespace.h"
+#include "nsArrayUtils.h"
+#include "nsITimer.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsComponentManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsCRTGlue.h"
+#include "mozilla/Services.h"
+
+using namespace mozilla;
+
+#define PREF_TRASH_FOLDER_NAME "trash_folder_name"
+#define DEFAULT_TRASH_FOLDER_NAME "Trash"
+
+static NS_DEFINE_CID(kImapProtocolCID, NS_IMAPPROTOCOL_CID);
+static NS_DEFINE_CID(kRDFServiceCID, NS_RDFSERVICE_CID);
+static NS_DEFINE_CID(kSubscribableServerCID, NS_SUBSCRIBABLESERVER_CID);
+static NS_DEFINE_CID(kCImapHostSessionListCID, NS_IIMAPHOSTSESSIONLIST_CID);
+
+NS_IMPL_ADDREF_INHERITED(nsImapIncomingServer, nsMsgIncomingServer)
+NS_IMPL_RELEASE_INHERITED(nsImapIncomingServer, nsMsgIncomingServer)
+
+NS_INTERFACE_MAP_BEGIN(nsImapIncomingServer)
+  NS_INTERFACE_MAP_ENTRY(nsIImapServerSink)
+  NS_INTERFACE_MAP_ENTRY(nsIImapIncomingServer)
+  NS_INTERFACE_MAP_ENTRY(nsISubscribableServer)
+  NS_INTERFACE_MAP_ENTRY(nsIUrlListener)
+NS_INTERFACE_MAP_END_INHERITING(nsMsgIncomingServer)
+
+nsImapIncomingServer::nsImapIncomingServer()
+  : mLock("nsImapIncomingServer.mLock")
+{
+  m_capability = kCapabilityUndefined;
+  mDoingSubscribeDialog = false;
+  mDoingLsub = false;
+  m_canHaveFilters = true;
+  m_userAuthenticated = false;
+  m_shuttingDown = false;
+}
+
+nsImapIncomingServer::~nsImapIncomingServer()
+{
+  mozilla::DebugOnly<nsresult> rv = ClearInner();
+  NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "ClearInner failed");
+  CloseCachedConnections();
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapIncomingServer::SetKey(const nsACString& aKey)  // override nsMsgIncomingServer's implementation...
+{
+  nsMsgIncomingServer::SetKey(aKey);
+
+  // okay now that the key has been set, we need to add ourselves to the
+  // host session list...
+
+  // every time we create an imap incoming server, we need to add it to the
+  // host session list!!
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapHostSessionList> hostSession = do_GetService(kCImapHostSessionListCID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCString key(aKey);
+  hostSession->AddHostToList(key.get(), this);
+  nsMsgImapDeleteModel deleteModel = nsMsgImapDeleteModels::MoveToTrash; // default to trash
+  GetDeleteModel(&deleteModel);
+  hostSession->SetDeleteIsMoveToTrashForHost(key.get(), deleteModel == nsMsgImapDeleteModels::MoveToTrash);
+  hostSession->SetShowDeletedMessagesForHost(key.get(), deleteModel == nsMsgImapDeleteModels::IMAPDelete);
+
+  nsAutoCString onlineDir;
+  rv = GetServerDirectory(onlineDir);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  if (!onlineDir.IsEmpty())
+    hostSession->SetOnlineDirForHost(key.get(), onlineDir.get());
+
+  nsCString personalNamespace;
+  nsCString publicNamespace;
+  nsCString otherUsersNamespace;
+
+  rv = GetPersonalNamespace(personalNamespace);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  rv = GetPublicNamespace(publicNamespace);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  rv = GetOtherUsersNamespace(otherUsersNamespace);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  if (personalNamespace.IsEmpty() && publicNamespace.IsEmpty() && otherUsersNamespace.IsEmpty())
+      personalNamespace.AssignLiteral("\"\"");
+
+  hostSession->SetNamespaceFromPrefForHost(key.get(), personalNamespace.get(),
+                                           kPersonalNamespace);
+
+  if (!publicNamespace.IsEmpty())
+      hostSession->SetNamespaceFromPrefForHost(key.get(), publicNamespace.get(),
+                                               kPublicNamespace);
+
+  if (!otherUsersNamespace.IsEmpty())
+      hostSession->SetNamespaceFromPrefForHost(key.get(), otherUsersNamespace.get(),
+                                               kOtherUsersNamespace);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+// construct the pretty name to show to the user if they haven't
+// specified one. This should be overridden for news and mail.
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapIncomingServer::GetConstructedPrettyName(nsAString& retval)
+{
+  nsAutoCString username;
+  nsAutoCString hostName;
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccountManager> accountManager =
+           do_GetService(NS_MSGACCOUNTMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIdentity> identity;
+  rv = accountManager->GetFirstIdentityForServer(this, getter_AddRefs(identity));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  nsAutoString emailAddress;
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && identity)
+  {
+    nsCString identityEmailAddress;
+    identity->GetEmail(identityEmailAddress);
+    CopyASCIItoUTF16(identityEmailAddress, emailAddress);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    rv = GetRealUsername(username);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+    rv = GetRealHostName(hostName);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+    if (!username.IsEmpty() && !hostName.IsEmpty()) {
+      CopyASCIItoUTF16(username, emailAddress);
+      emailAddress.Append('@');
+      emailAddress.Append(NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16(hostName));
+    }
+  }
+
+  return GetFormattedStringFromName(emailAddress, "imapDefaultAccountName", retval);
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapIncomingServer::GetLocalStoreType(nsACString& type)
+{
+  type.AssignLiteral("imap");
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapIncomingServer::GetLocalDatabaseType(nsACString& type)
+{
+  type.AssignLiteral("imap");
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapIncomingServer::GetServerDirectory(nsACString& serverDirectory)
+{
+  return GetCharValue("server_sub_directory", serverDirectory);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapIncomingServer::SetServerDirectory(const nsACString& serverDirectory)
+{
+  nsCString serverKey;
+  nsresult rv = GetKey(serverKey);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIImapHostSessionList> hostSession = do_GetService(kCImapHostSessionListCID, &rv);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      hostSession->SetOnlineDirForHost(serverKey.get(), PromiseFlatCString(serverDirectory).get());
+  }
+  return SetCharValue("server_sub_directory", serverDirectory);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapIncomingServer::GetOverrideNamespaces(bool *bVal)
+{
+  return GetBoolValue("override_namespaces", bVal);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapIncomingServer::SetOverrideNamespaces(bool bVal)
+{
+  nsCString serverKey;
+  GetKey(serverKey);
+  if (!serverKey.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    nsresult rv;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIImapHostSessionList> hostSession = do_GetService(kCImapHostSessionListCID, &rv);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      hostSession->SetNamespacesOverridableForHost(serverKey.get(), bVal);
+  }
+  return SetBoolValue("override_namespaces", bVal);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapIncomingServer::GetUsingSubscription(bool *bVal)
+{
+  return GetBoolValue("using_subscription", bVal);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapIncomingServer::SetUsingSubscription(bool bVal)
+{
+  nsCString serverKey;
+  GetKey(serverKey);
+  if (!serverKey.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    nsresult rv;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIImapHostSessionList> hostSession = do_GetService(kCImapHostSessionListCID, &rv);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      hostSession->SetHostIsUsingSubscription(serverKey.get(), bVal);
+  }
+  return SetBoolValue("using_subscription", bVal);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapIncomingServer::GetMaximumConnectionsNumber(int32_t *aMaxConnections)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMaxConnections);
+
+  nsresult rv = GetIntValue("max_cached_connections", aMaxConnections);
+  // Get our maximum connection count. We need at least 1. If the value is 0,
+  // we use the default of 5. If it's negative, we treat that as 1.
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && *aMaxConnections > 0)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  *aMaxConnections = (NS_FAILED(rv) || (*aMaxConnections == 0)) ? 5 : 1;
+  (void)SetMaximumConnectionsNumber(*aMaxConnections);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapIncomingServer::SetMaximumConnectionsNumber(int32_t aMaxConnections)
+{
+  return SetIntValue("max_cached_connections", aMaxConnections);
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_SERVERPREF_STR(nsImapIncomingServer, ForceSelect,
+                       "force_select")
+
+NS_IMPL_SERVERPREF_BOOL(nsImapIncomingServer, DualUseFolders,
+                        "dual_use_folders")
+
+NS_IMPL_SERVERPREF_STR(nsImapIncomingServer, AdminUrl,
+                       "admin_url")
+
+NS_IMPL_SERVERPREF_BOOL(nsImapIncomingServer, CleanupInboxOnExit,
+                        "cleanup_inbox_on_exit")
+
+NS_IMPL_SERVERPREF_BOOL(nsImapIncomingServer, OfflineDownload,
+                        "offline_download")
+
+NS_IMPL_SERVERPREF_INT(nsImapIncomingServer, EmptyTrashThreshhold,
+                       "empty_trash_threshhold")
+
+NS_IMPL_SERVERPREF_BOOL(nsImapIncomingServer, DownloadBodiesOnGetNewMail,
+                        "download_bodies_on_get_new_mail")
+
+NS_IMPL_SERVERPREF_BOOL(nsImapIncomingServer, AutoSyncOfflineStores,
+                        "autosync_offline_stores")
+
+NS_IMPL_SERVERPREF_BOOL(nsImapIncomingServer, UseIdle,
+                        "use_idle")
+
+NS_IMPL_SERVERPREF_BOOL(nsImapIncomingServer, CheckAllFoldersForNew,
+                        "check_all_folders_for_new")
+
+NS_IMPL_SERVERPREF_BOOL(nsImapIncomingServer, UseCondStore,
+                        "use_condstore")
+
+NS_IMPL_SERVERPREF_BOOL(nsImapIncomingServer, IsGMailServer,
+                        "is_gmail")
+
+NS_IMPL_SERVERPREF_BOOL(nsImapIncomingServer, UseCompressDeflate,
+                        "use_compress_deflate")
+
+NS_IMPL_SERVERPREF_INT(nsImapIncomingServer, AutoSyncMaxAgeDays,
+                        "autosync_max_age_days")
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapIncomingServer::GetShuttingDown(bool *retval)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(retval);
+  *retval = m_shuttingDown;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapIncomingServer::SetShuttingDown(bool val)
+{
+  m_shuttingDown = val;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapIncomingServer::GetDeleteModel(int32_t *retval)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(retval);
+  return GetIntValue("delete_model", retval);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapIncomingServer::SetDeleteModel(int32_t ivalue)
+{
+  nsresult rv = SetIntValue("delete_model", ivalue);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIImapHostSessionList> hostSession =
+        do_GetService(kCImapHostSessionListCID, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+    hostSession->SetDeleteIsMoveToTrashForHost(m_serverKey.get(), ivalue == nsMsgImapDeleteModels::MoveToTrash);
+    hostSession->SetShowDeletedMessagesForHost(m_serverKey.get(), ivalue == nsMsgImapDeleteModels::IMAPDelete);
+
+    nsAutoString trashFolderName;
+    nsresult rv = GetTrashFolderName(trashFolderName);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      nsAutoCString trashFolderNameUtf7;
+      rv = CopyUTF16toMUTF7(trashFolderName, trashFolderNameUtf7);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> trashFolder;
+        // XXX GetFolder only returns folders one level below root.
+        //     trashFolderName is a leaf name. So this will not find INBOX.Trash
+        rv = GetFolder(trashFolderNameUtf7, getter_AddRefs(trashFolder));
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+        nsCString trashURI;
+        trashFolder->GetURI(trashURI);
+        GetMsgFolderFromURI(trashFolder, trashURI, getter_AddRefs(trashFolder));
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && trashFolder)
+        {
+           // If the trash folder is used, set the flag, otherwise clear it.
+          if (ivalue == nsMsgImapDeleteModels::MoveToTrash)
+            trashFolder->SetFlag(nsMsgFolderFlags::Trash);
+          else
+            trashFolder->ClearFlag(nsMsgFolderFlags::Trash);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_SERVERPREF_INT(nsImapIncomingServer, TimeOutLimits,
+                       "timeout")
+
+NS_IMPL_SERVERPREF_STR(nsImapIncomingServer, ServerIDPref,
+                       "serverIDResponse")
+
+NS_IMPL_SERVERPREF_STR(nsImapIncomingServer, PersonalNamespace,
+                       "namespace.personal")
+
+NS_IMPL_SERVERPREF_STR(nsImapIncomingServer, PublicNamespace,
+                       "namespace.public")
+
+NS_IMPL_SERVERPREF_STR(nsImapIncomingServer, OtherUsersNamespace,
+                       "namespace.other_users")
+
+NS_IMPL_SERVERPREF_BOOL(nsImapIncomingServer, FetchByChunks,
+                       "fetch_by_chunks")
+
+NS_IMPL_SERVERPREF_BOOL(nsImapIncomingServer, MimePartsOnDemand,
+                       "mime_parts_on_demand")
+
+NS_IMPL_SERVERPREF_BOOL(nsImapIncomingServer, SendID,
+                       "send_client_info")
+
+NS_IMPL_SERVERPREF_BOOL(nsImapIncomingServer, CapabilityACL,
+                       "cacheCapa.acl")
+NS_IMPL_SERVERPREF_BOOL(nsImapIncomingServer, CapabilityQuota,
+                       "cacheCapa.quota")
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapIncomingServer::GetIsAOLServer(bool *aBool)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aBool);
+  *aBool = ((m_capability & kAOLImapCapability) != 0);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapIncomingServer::SetIsAOLServer(bool aBool)
+{
+  if (aBool)
+    m_capability |= kAOLImapCapability;
+  else
+    m_capability &= ~kAOLImapCapability;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapIncomingServer::UpdateTrySTARTTLSPref(bool aStartTLSSucceeded)
+{
+  SetSocketType(aStartTLSSucceeded ? nsMsgSocketType::alwaysSTARTTLS :
+                                     nsMsgSocketType::plain);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapIncomingServer::GetImapConnectionAndLoadUrl(nsIImapUrl* aImapUrl,
+                                                  nsISupports* aConsumer)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapProtocol> aProtocol;
+
+  nsresult rv = GetImapConnection(aImapUrl, getter_AddRefs(aProtocol));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailnewsurl = do_QueryInterface(aImapUrl, &rv);
+  if (aProtocol)
+  {
+    rv = aProtocol->LoadImapUrl(mailnewsurl, aConsumer);
+    // *** jt - in case of the time out situation or the connection gets
+    // terminated by some unforseen problems let's give it a second chance
+    // to run the url
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv) && rv != NS_ERROR_ILLEGAL_VALUE)
+    {
+      NS_ASSERTION(false, "shouldn't get an error loading url");
+      rv = aProtocol->LoadImapUrl(mailnewsurl, aConsumer);
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {   // unable to get an imap connection to run the url; add to the url
+     // queue
+    nsImapProtocol::LogImapUrl("queuing url", aImapUrl);
+    PR_CEnterMonitor(this);
+    m_urlQueue.AppendObject(aImapUrl);
+    m_urlConsumers.AppendElement(aConsumer);
+    NS_IF_ADDREF(aConsumer);
+    PR_CExitMonitor(this);
+    // let's try running it now - maybe the connection is free now.
+    bool urlRun;
+    rv = LoadNextQueuedUrl(nullptr, &urlRun);
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapIncomingServer::PrepareToRetryUrl(nsIImapUrl *aImapUrl, nsIImapMockChannel **aChannel)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aChannel);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aImapUrl);
+  // maybe there's more we could do here, but this is all we need now.
+  return aImapUrl->GetMockChannel(aChannel);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapIncomingServer::SuspendUrl(nsIImapUrl *aImapUrl)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aImapUrl);
+  nsImapProtocol::LogImapUrl("suspending url", aImapUrl);
+  PR_CEnterMonitor(this);
+  m_urlQueue.AppendObject(aImapUrl);
+  m_urlConsumers.AppendElement(nullptr);
+  PR_CExitMonitor(this);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapIncomingServer::RetryUrl(nsIImapUrl *aImapUrl, nsIImapMockChannel *aChannel)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  // Get current thread envent queue
+  aImapUrl->SetMockChannel(aChannel);
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIImapProtocol> protocolInstance;
+  nsImapProtocol::LogImapUrl("creating protocol instance to retry queued url", aImapUrl);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIThread> thread(do_GetCurrentThread());
+  rv = GetImapConnection(aImapUrl, getter_AddRefs(protocolInstance));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && protocolInstance)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> url = do_QueryInterface(aImapUrl, &rv);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && url)
+    {
+      nsImapProtocol::LogImapUrl("retrying  url", aImapUrl);
+      rv = protocolInstance->LoadImapUrl(url, nullptr); // ### need to save the display consumer.
+      NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "failed running queued url");
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+// checks to see if there are any queued urls on this incoming server,
+// and if so, tries to run the oldest one. Returns true if the url is run
+// on the passed in protocol connection.
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapIncomingServer::LoadNextQueuedUrl(nsIImapProtocol *aProtocol, bool *aResult)
+{
+  if (WeAreOffline())
+    return NS_MSG_ERROR_OFFLINE;
+
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  bool urlRun = false;
+  bool keepGoing = true;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIImapProtocol>  protocolInstance ;
+
+  MutexAutoLock mon(mLock);
+  int32_t cnt = m_urlQueue.Count();
+
+  while (cnt > 0 && !urlRun && keepGoing)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIImapUrl> aImapUrl(m_urlQueue[0]);
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> aMailNewsUrl(do_QueryInterface(aImapUrl, &rv));
+
+    bool removeUrlFromQueue = false;
+    if (aImapUrl)
+    {
+      nsImapProtocol::LogImapUrl("considering playing queued url", aImapUrl);
+      rv = DoomUrlIfChannelHasError(aImapUrl, &removeUrlFromQueue);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      // if we didn't doom the url, lets run it.
+      if (!removeUrlFromQueue)
+      {
+        nsISupports *aConsumer = m_urlConsumers.ElementAt(0);
+        NS_IF_ADDREF(aConsumer);
+
+        nsImapProtocol::LogImapUrl("creating protocol instance to play queued url", aImapUrl);
+        rv = GetImapConnection(aImapUrl, getter_AddRefs(protocolInstance));
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && protocolInstance)
+        {
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> url = do_QueryInterface(aImapUrl, &rv);
+          if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && url)
+          {
+            nsImapProtocol::LogImapUrl("playing queued url", aImapUrl);
+            rv = protocolInstance->LoadImapUrl(url, aConsumer);
+            NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "failed running queued url");
+            bool isInbox;
+            protocolInstance->IsBusy(&urlRun, &isInbox);
+            if (!urlRun)
+              nsImapProtocol::LogImapUrl("didn't need to run", aImapUrl);
+            removeUrlFromQueue = true;
+          }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          nsImapProtocol::LogImapUrl("failed creating protocol instance to play queued url", aImapUrl);
+          keepGoing = false;
+        }
+        NS_IF_RELEASE(aConsumer);
+      }
+      if (removeUrlFromQueue)
+      {
+        m_urlQueue.RemoveObjectAt(0);
+        m_urlConsumers.RemoveElementAt(0);
+      }
+    }
+    cnt = m_urlQueue.Count();
+  }
+  if (aResult)
+    *aResult = urlRun && aProtocol && aProtocol == protocolInstance;
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapIncomingServer::AbortQueuedUrls()
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  MutexAutoLock mon(mLock);
+  int32_t cnt = m_urlQueue.Count();
+
+  while (cnt > 0)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIImapUrl> aImapUrl(m_urlQueue[cnt - 1]);
+    bool removeUrlFromQueue = false;
+
+    if (aImapUrl)
+    {
+      rv = DoomUrlIfChannelHasError(aImapUrl, &removeUrlFromQueue);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      if (removeUrlFromQueue)
+      {
+        m_urlQueue.RemoveObjectAt(cnt - 1);
+        m_urlConsumers.RemoveElementAt(cnt - 1);
+      }
+    }
+    cnt--;
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+// if this url has a channel with an error, doom it and its mem cache entries,
+// and notify url listeners.
+nsresult nsImapIncomingServer::DoomUrlIfChannelHasError(nsIImapUrl *aImapUrl, bool *urlDoomed)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> aMailNewsUrl(do_QueryInterface(aImapUrl, &rv));
+
+  if (aMailNewsUrl && aImapUrl)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIImapMockChannel> mockChannel;
+
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(aImapUrl->GetMockChannel(getter_AddRefs(mockChannel))) && mockChannel)
+    {
+      nsresult requestStatus;
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIRequest> request = do_QueryInterface(mockChannel);
+      if (!request)
+        return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+      request->GetStatus(&requestStatus);
+      if (NS_FAILED(requestStatus))
+      {
+        nsresult res;
+        *urlDoomed = true;
+        nsImapProtocol::LogImapUrl("dooming url", aImapUrl);
+
+        mockChannel->Close(); // try closing it to get channel listener nulled out.
+
+        if (aMailNewsUrl)
+        {
+          nsCOMPtr<nsICacheEntry> cacheEntry;
+          res = aMailNewsUrl->GetMemCacheEntry(getter_AddRefs(cacheEntry));
+          if (NS_SUCCEEDED(res) && cacheEntry)
+            cacheEntry->AsyncDoom(nullptr);
+          // we're aborting this url - tell listeners
+          aMailNewsUrl->SetUrlState(false, NS_MSG_ERROR_URL_ABORTED);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapIncomingServer::RemoveConnection(nsIImapProtocol* aImapConnection)
+{
+  PR_CEnterMonitor(this);
+  if (aImapConnection)
+    m_connectionCache.RemoveObject(aImapConnection);
+
+  PR_CExitMonitor(this);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+bool
+nsImapIncomingServer::ConnectionTimeOut(nsIImapProtocol* aConnection)
+{
+  bool retVal = false;
+  if (!aConnection) return retVal;
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  int32_t timeoutInMinutes = 0;
+  rv = GetTimeOutLimits(&timeoutInMinutes);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || timeoutInMinutes <= 0 || timeoutInMinutes > 29)
+  {
+    timeoutInMinutes = 29;
+    SetTimeOutLimits(timeoutInMinutes);
+  }
+
+  PRTime cacheTimeoutLimits = timeoutInMinutes * 60 * PR_USEC_PER_SEC;
+  PRTime lastActiveTimeStamp;
+  rv = aConnection->GetLastActiveTimeStamp(&lastActiveTimeStamp);
+
+  if (PR_Now() - lastActiveTimeStamp >= cacheTimeoutLimits)
+  {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIImapProtocol> aProtocol(do_QueryInterface(aConnection,
+                                                            &rv));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && aProtocol)
+      {
+        RemoveConnection(aConnection);
+        aProtocol->TellThreadToDie(false);
+        retVal = true;
+      }
+  }
+  return retVal;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsImapIncomingServer::GetImapConnection(nsIImapUrl * aImapUrl,
+                                        nsIImapProtocol ** aImapConnection)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aImapUrl);
+
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  bool canRunUrlImmediately = false;
+  bool canRunButBusy = false;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapProtocol> connection;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapProtocol> freeConnection;
+  bool isBusy = false;
+  bool isInboxConnection = false;
+
+  PR_CEnterMonitor(this);
+
+  int32_t maxConnections;
+  (void)GetMaximumConnectionsNumber(&maxConnections);
+
+  int32_t cnt = m_connectionCache.Count();
+
+  *aImapConnection = nullptr;
+  // iterate through the connection cache for a connection that can handle this url.
+  bool userCancelled = false;
+
+  // loop until we find a connection that can run the url, or doesn't have to wait?
+  for (int32_t i = cnt - 1; i >= 0 && !canRunUrlImmediately && !canRunButBusy; i--)
+  {
+    connection = m_connectionCache[i];
+    if (connection)
+    {
+      bool badConnection = ConnectionTimeOut(connection);
+      if (!badConnection)
+      {
+        badConnection = NS_FAILED(connection->CanHandleUrl(aImapUrl,
+                                                           &canRunUrlImmediately,
+                                                           &canRunButBusy));
+#ifdef DEBUG_bienvenu
+        nsAutoCString curSelectedFolderName;
+        if (connection)
+          connection->GetSelectedMailboxName(getter_Copies(curSelectedFolderName));
+        // check that no other connection is in the same selected state.
+        if (!curSelectedFolderName.IsEmpty())
+        {
+          for (uint32_t j = 0; j < cnt; j++)
+          {
+            if (j != i)
+            {
+              nsCOMPtr<nsIImapProtocol> otherConnection = do_QueryElementAt(m_connectionCache, j);
+              if (otherConnection)
+              {
+                nsAutoCString otherSelectedFolderName;
+                otherConnection->GetSelectedMailboxName(getter_Copies(otherSelectedFolderName));
+                NS_ASSERTION(!curSelectedFolderName.Equals(otherSelectedFolderName), "two connections selected on same folder");
+              }
+
+            }
+          }
+        }
+#endif // DEBUG_bienvenu
+      }
+      if (badConnection)
+      {
+        connection = nullptr;
+        continue;
+      }
+    }
+
+    // if this connection is wrong, but it's not busy, check if we should designate
+    // it as the free connection.
+    if (!canRunUrlImmediately && !canRunButBusy && connection)
+    {
+        rv = connection->IsBusy(&isBusy, &isInboxConnection);
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+          continue;
+        // if max connections is <= 1, we have to re-use the inbox connection.
+        if (!isBusy && (!isInboxConnection || maxConnections <= 1))
+        {
+          if (!freeConnection)
+            freeConnection = connection;
+          else  // check which is the better free connection to use.
+          {     // We prefer one not in the selected state.
+            nsAutoCString selectedFolderName;
+            connection->GetSelectedMailboxName(getter_Copies(selectedFolderName));
+            if (selectedFolderName.IsEmpty())
+              freeConnection = connection;
+          }
+        }
+    }
+    // don't leave this loop with connection set if we can't use it!
+    if (!canRunButBusy && !canRunUrlImmediately)
+      connection = nullptr;
+  }
+
+  nsImapState requiredState;
+  aImapUrl->GetRequiredImapState(&requiredState);
+  // refresh cnt in case we killed one or more dead connections. This
+  // will prevent us from not spinning up a new connection when all
+  // connections were dead.
+  cnt = m_connectionCache.Count();
+  // if we got here and we have a connection, then we should return it!
+  if (canRunUrlImmediately && connection)
+  {
+    *aImapConnection = connection;
+    NS_IF_ADDREF(*aImapConnection);
+  }
+  else if (canRunButBusy)
+  {
+    // do nothing; return NS_OK; for queuing
+  }
+  else if (userCancelled)
+  {
+    rv = NS_BINDING_ABORTED;  // user cancelled
+  }
+  // CanHandleUrl will pretend that some types of urls require a selected state url
+  // (e.g., a folder delete or msg append) but we shouldn't create new connections
+  // for these types of urls if we have a free connection. So we check the actual
+  // required state here.
+  else if (cnt < maxConnections
+      && (!freeConnection || requiredState == nsIImapUrl::nsImapSelectedState))
+    rv = CreateProtocolInstance(aImapConnection);
+  else if (freeConnection)
+  {
+    *aImapConnection = freeConnection;
+    NS_IF_ADDREF(*aImapConnection);
+  }
+  else // cannot get anyone to handle the url queue it
+  {
+    if (cnt >= maxConnections)
+      nsImapProtocol::LogImapUrl("exceeded connection cache limit", aImapUrl);
+      // caller will queue the url
+  }
+
+  PR_CExitMonitor(this);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsImapIncomingServer::CreateProtocolInstance(nsIImapProtocol ** aImapConnection)
+{
+  // create a new connection and add it to the connection cache
+  // we may need to flag the protocol connection as busy so we don't get
+  // a race condition where someone else goes through this code
+
+  int32_t authMethod;
+  GetAuthMethod(&authMethod);
+  nsresult rv;
+  // pre-flight that we have nss - on the ui thread - for MD5 etc.
+  switch (authMethod)
+  {
+    case nsMsgAuthMethod::passwordEncrypted:
+    case nsMsgAuthMethod::secure:
+    case nsMsgAuthMethod::anything:
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> dummyUsedToEnsureNSSIsInitialized =
+          do_GetService("@mozilla.org/psm;1", &rv);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      }
+      break;
+    default:
+      break;
+  }
+  nsIImapProtocol * protocolInstance;
+  rv = CallCreateInstance(kImapProtocolCID, &protocolInstance);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && protocolInstance)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIImapHostSessionList> hostSession =
+      do_GetService(kCImapHostSessionListCID, &rv);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      rv = protocolInstance->Initialize(hostSession, this);
+  }
+
+  // take the protocol instance and add it to the connectionCache
+  if (protocolInstance)
+    m_connectionCache.AppendObject(protocolInstance);
+  *aImapConnection = protocolInstance; // this is already ref counted.
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapIncomingServer::CloseConnectionForFolder(nsIMsgFolder *aMsgFolder)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapProtocol> connection;
+  bool isBusy = false, isInbox = false;
+  nsCString inFolderName;
+  nsCString connectionFolderName;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgImapMailFolder> imapFolder = do_QueryInterface(aMsgFolder);
+
+  if (!imapFolder)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  int32_t cnt = m_connectionCache.Count();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  imapFolder->GetOnlineName(inFolderName);
+  PR_CEnterMonitor(this);
+
+  for (int32_t i = 0; i < cnt; ++i)
+  {
+    connection = m_connectionCache[i];
+    if (connection)
+    {
+      rv = connection->GetSelectedMailboxName(getter_Copies(connectionFolderName));
+      if (connectionFolderName.Equals(inFolderName))
+      {
+        rv = connection->IsBusy(&isBusy, &isInbox);
+        if (!isBusy)
+          rv = connection->TellThreadToDie(true);
+        break; // found it, end of the loop
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  PR_CExitMonitor(this);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapIncomingServer::ResetConnection(const nsACString& folderName)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapProtocol> connection;
+  bool isBusy = false, isInbox = false;
+  nsCString curFolderName;
+
+  int32_t cnt = m_connectionCache.Count();
+
+  PR_CEnterMonitor(this);
+
+  for (int32_t i = 0; i < cnt; ++i)
+  {
+    connection = m_connectionCache[i];
+    if (connection)
+    {
+      rv = connection->GetSelectedMailboxName(getter_Copies(curFolderName));
+      if (curFolderName.Equals(folderName))
+      {
+        rv = connection->IsBusy(&isBusy, &isInbox);
+        if (!isBusy)
+            rv = connection->ResetToAuthenticatedState();
+        break; // found it, end of the loop
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  PR_CExitMonitor(this);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapIncomingServer::PerformExpand(nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow)
+{
+  nsCString password;
+  nsresult rv;
+  rv = GetPassword(password);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  if (password.IsEmpty())
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  rv = ResetFoldersToUnverified(nullptr);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> rootMsgFolder;
+  rv = GetRootFolder(getter_AddRefs(rootMsgFolder));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  if (!rootMsgFolder) return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapService> imapService = do_GetService(NS_IMAPSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIThread> thread(do_GetCurrentThread());
+  rv = imapService->DiscoverAllFolders(rootMsgFolder,
+                                       this, aMsgWindow, nullptr);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapIncomingServer::VerifyLogon(nsIUrlListener *aUrlListener,
+                                  nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow, nsIURI **aURL)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapService> imapService = do_GetService(NS_IMAPSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> rootFolder;
+  // this will create the resource if it doesn't exist, but it shouldn't
+  // do anything on disk.
+  rv = GetRootFolder(getter_AddRefs(rootFolder));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  return imapService->VerifyLogon(rootFolder, aUrlListener, aMsgWindow, aURL);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapIncomingServer::PerformBiff(nsIMsgWindow* aMsgWindow)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> rootMsgFolder;
+  nsresult rv = GetRootMsgFolder(getter_AddRefs(rootMsgFolder));
+  if(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    SetPerformingBiff(true);
+    rv = rootMsgFolder->GetNewMessages(aMsgWindow, nullptr);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapIncomingServer::CloseCachedConnections()
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapProtocol> connection;
+  PR_CEnterMonitor(this);
+
+  // iterate through the connection cache closing open connections.
+  int32_t cnt = m_connectionCache.Count();
+
+  for (int32_t i = cnt; i > 0; --i)
+  {
+    connection = m_connectionCache[i - 1];
+    if (connection)
+      connection->TellThreadToDie(true);
+  }
+
+  PR_CExitMonitor(this);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsImapIncomingServer::CreateRootFolderFromUri(const nsCString &serverUri,
+                                              nsIMsgFolder **rootFolder)
+{
+  nsImapMailFolder *newRootFolder = new nsImapMailFolder;
+  if (!newRootFolder)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+  newRootFolder->Init(serverUri.get());
+  NS_ADDREF(*rootFolder = newRootFolder);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// nsIImapServerSink impl
+// aNewFolder will not be set if we're listing for the subscribe UI, since that's the way 4.x worked.
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapIncomingServer::PossibleImapMailbox(const nsACString& folderPath,
+                                                        char hierarchyDelimiter,
+                                                        int32_t boxFlags, bool *aNewFolder)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aNewFolder);
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(!folderPath.IsEmpty(), NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+
+  // folderPath is in canonical format, i.e., hierarchy separator has been replaced with '/'
+  nsresult rv;
+  bool found = false;
+  bool haveParent = false;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgImapMailFolder> hostFolder;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> aFolder;
+  bool explicitlyVerify = false;
+
+  *aNewFolder = false;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> a_nsIFolder;
+  rv = GetRootFolder(getter_AddRefs(a_nsIFolder));
+
+  if(NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  nsAutoCString dupFolderPath(folderPath);
+  if (dupFolderPath.Last() == '/')
+  {
+    dupFolderPath.SetLength(dupFolderPath.Length()-1);
+    if (dupFolderPath.IsEmpty())
+      return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    // *** this is what we did in 4.x in order to list uw folder only
+    // mailbox in order to get the \NoSelect flag
+    explicitlyVerify = !(boxFlags & kNameSpace);
+  }
+  if (mDoingSubscribeDialog)
+  {
+    // Make sure the imapmailfolder object has the right delimiter because the unsubscribed
+    // folders (those not in the 'lsub' list) have the delimiter set to the default ('^').
+    if (a_nsIFolder && !dupFolderPath.IsEmpty())
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> msgFolder;
+      bool isNamespace = false;
+      bool noSelect = false;
+
+      rv = a_nsIFolder->FindSubFolder(dupFolderPath, getter_AddRefs(msgFolder));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+      m_subscribeFolders.AppendObject(msgFolder);
+      noSelect = (boxFlags & kNoselect) != 0;
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgImapMailFolder> imapFolder = do_QueryInterface(msgFolder, &rv);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+      imapFolder->SetHierarchyDelimiter(hierarchyDelimiter);
+      isNamespace = (boxFlags & kNameSpace) != 0;
+      if (!isNamespace)
+        rv = AddTo(dupFolderPath, mDoingLsub && !noSelect/* add as subscribed */,
+                   !noSelect, mDoingLsub /* change if exists */);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+      return rv;
+    }
+  }
+
+  hostFolder = do_QueryInterface(a_nsIFolder, &rv);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  nsAutoCString tempFolderName(dupFolderPath);
+  nsAutoCString tokenStr, remStr, changedStr;
+  int32_t slashPos = tempFolderName.FindChar('/');
+  if (slashPos > 0)
+  {
+    tokenStr = StringHead(tempFolderName, slashPos);
+    remStr = Substring(tempFolderName, slashPos);
+  }
+  else
+    tokenStr.Assign(tempFolderName);
+
+  if ((int32_t(PL_strcasecmp(tokenStr.get(), "INBOX"))==0) && (strcmp(tokenStr.get(), "INBOX") != 0))
+    changedStr.Append("INBOX");
+  else
+    changedStr.Append(tokenStr);
+
+  if (slashPos > 0 )
+    changedStr.Append(remStr);
+
+  dupFolderPath.Assign(changedStr);
+  nsAutoCString folderName(dupFolderPath);
+
+  nsAutoCString uri;
+  nsCString serverUri;
+  GetServerURI(serverUri);
+  uri.Assign(serverUri);
+  int32_t leafPos = folderName.RFindChar('/');
+  nsAutoCString parentName(folderName);
+  nsAutoCString parentUri(uri);
+
+  if (leafPos > 0)
+  {
+    // If there is a hierarchy, there is a parent.
+    // Don't strip off slash if it's the first character
+    parentName.SetLength(leafPos);
+    folderName.Cut(0, leafPos + 1);	// get rid of the parent name
+    haveParent = true;
+    parentUri.Append('/');
+    parentUri.Append(parentName);
+  }
+  if (MsgLowerCaseEqualsLiteral(folderPath, "inbox") &&
+    hierarchyDelimiter == kOnlineHierarchySeparatorNil)
+  {
+    hierarchyDelimiter = '/'; // set to default in this case (as in 4.x)
+    hostFolder->SetHierarchyDelimiter(hierarchyDelimiter);
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> child;
+
+  // nsCString possibleName(aSpec->allocatedPathName);
+  uri.Append('/');
+  uri.Append(dupFolderPath);
+  bool caseInsensitive = MsgLowerCaseEqualsLiteral(dupFolderPath, "inbox");
+  a_nsIFolder->GetChildWithURI(uri, true, caseInsensitive, getter_AddRefs(child));
+  // if we couldn't find this folder by URI, tell the imap code it's a new folder to us
+  *aNewFolder = !child;
+  if (child)
+    found = true;
+  if (!found)
+  {
+    // trying to find/discover the parent
+    if (haveParent)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> parent;
+      bool parentIsNew;
+      caseInsensitive = MsgLowerCaseEqualsLiteral(parentName, "inbox");
+      a_nsIFolder->GetChildWithURI(parentUri, true, caseInsensitive, getter_AddRefs(parent));
+      if (!parent /* || parentFolder->GetFolderNeedsAdded()*/)
+      {
+        PossibleImapMailbox(parentName, hierarchyDelimiter, kNoselect | // be defensive
+          ((boxFlags  & //only inherit certain flags from the child
+          (kPublicMailbox | kOtherUsersMailbox | kPersonalMailbox))), &parentIsNew);
+      }
+    }
+    rv = hostFolder->CreateClientSubfolderInfo(dupFolderPath, hierarchyDelimiter,boxFlags, false);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    caseInsensitive = MsgLowerCaseEqualsLiteral(dupFolderPath, "inbox");
+    a_nsIFolder->GetChildWithURI(uri, true, caseInsensitive, getter_AddRefs(child));
+  }
+  if (child)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgImapMailFolder> imapFolder = do_QueryInterface(child);
+    if (imapFolder)
+    {
+      nsAutoCString onlineName;
+      nsAutoString unicodeName;
+      imapFolder->SetVerifiedAsOnlineFolder(true);
+      imapFolder->SetHierarchyDelimiter(hierarchyDelimiter);
+      if (boxFlags & kImapTrash)
+      {
+        int32_t deleteModel;
+        GetDeleteModel(&deleteModel);
+        if (deleteModel == nsMsgImapDeleteModels::MoveToTrash)
+          child->SetFlag(nsMsgFolderFlags::Trash);
+      }
+
+      imapFolder->SetBoxFlags(boxFlags);
+      imapFolder->SetExplicitlyVerify(explicitlyVerify);
+      imapFolder->GetOnlineName(onlineName);
+
+      // online name needs to use the correct hierarchy delimiter (I think...)
+      // or the canonical path - one or the other, but be consistent.
+      MsgReplaceChar(dupFolderPath, '/', hierarchyDelimiter);
+      if (hierarchyDelimiter != '/')
+        nsImapUrl::UnescapeSlashes(dupFolderPath.BeginWriting());
+
+      // GMail gives us a localized name for the inbox but doesn't let
+      // us select that localized name.
+      if (boxFlags & kImapInbox)
+        imapFolder->SetOnlineName(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("INBOX"));
+      else if (onlineName.IsEmpty() || !onlineName.Equals(dupFolderPath))
+        imapFolder->SetOnlineName(dupFolderPath);
+
+      if (hierarchyDelimiter != '/')
+        nsImapUrl::UnescapeSlashes(folderName.BeginWriting());
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(CopyMUTF7toUTF16(folderName, unicodeName)))
+        child->SetPrettyName(unicodeName);
+    }
+  }
+  if (!found && child)
+    child->SetMsgDatabase(nullptr); // close the db, so we don't hold open all the .msf files for new folders
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapIncomingServer::AddFolderRights(const nsACString& mailboxName, const nsACString& userName,
+                                                    const nsACString& rights)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> rootFolder;
+  nsresult rv = GetRootFolder(getter_AddRefs(rootFolder));
+  if(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && rootFolder)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgImapMailFolder> imapRoot = do_QueryInterface(rootFolder);
+    if (imapRoot)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgImapMailFolder> foundFolder;
+      rv = imapRoot->FindOnlineSubFolder(mailboxName, getter_AddRefs(foundFolder));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && foundFolder)
+        return foundFolder->AddFolderRights(userName, rights);
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapIncomingServer::FolderNeedsACLInitialized(const nsACString& folderPath,
+                                                              bool *aNeedsACLInitialized)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aNeedsACLInitialized);
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> rootFolder;
+  nsresult rv = GetRootFolder(getter_AddRefs(rootFolder));
+  if(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && rootFolder)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgImapMailFolder> imapRoot = do_QueryInterface(rootFolder);
+    if (imapRoot)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgImapMailFolder> foundFolder;
+      rv = imapRoot->FindOnlineSubFolder(folderPath, getter_AddRefs(foundFolder));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && foundFolder)
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr <nsIImapMailFolderSink> folderSink = do_QueryInterface(foundFolder);
+        if (folderSink)
+          return folderSink->GetFolderNeedsACLListed(aNeedsACLInitialized);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  *aNeedsACLInitialized = false; // maybe we want to say TRUE here...
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapIncomingServer::RefreshFolderRights(const nsACString& folderPath)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> rootFolder;
+  nsresult rv = GetRootFolder(getter_AddRefs(rootFolder));
+  if(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && rootFolder)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgImapMailFolder> imapRoot = do_QueryInterface(rootFolder);
+    if (imapRoot)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgImapMailFolder> foundFolder;
+      rv = imapRoot->FindOnlineSubFolder(folderPath, getter_AddRefs(foundFolder));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && foundFolder)
+        return foundFolder->RefreshFolderRights();
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsImapIncomingServer::GetFolder(const nsACString& name, nsIMsgFolder** pFolder)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(pFolder);
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(!name.IsEmpty(), NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+  nsresult rv;
+  *pFolder = nullptr;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> rootFolder;
+  rv = GetRootFolder(getter_AddRefs(rootFolder));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && rootFolder)
+  {
+    nsCString uri;
+    rv = rootFolder->GetURI(uri);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !uri.IsEmpty())
+    {
+      nsAutoCString uriString(uri);
+      uriString.Append('/');
+      uriString.Append(name);
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFService> rdf(do_GetService(kRDFServiceCID, &rv));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFResource> res;
+      rv = rdf->GetResource(uriString, getter_AddRefs(res));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder(do_QueryInterface(res, &rv));
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && folder)
+          folder.swap(*pFolder);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP  nsImapIncomingServer::OnlineFolderDelete(const nsACString& aFolderName)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP  nsImapIncomingServer::OnlineFolderCreateFailed(const nsACString& aFolderName)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapIncomingServer::OnlineFolderRename(nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow, const nsACString& oldName,
+                                                       const nsACString& newName)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  if (!newName.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> me;
+    rv = GetFolder(oldName, getter_AddRefs(me));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      return rv;
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> parent;
+    nsCString tmpNewName (newName);
+    int32_t folderStart = tmpNewName.RFindChar('/');
+    if (folderStart > 0)
+    {
+      rv = GetFolder(StringHead(tmpNewName, folderStart), getter_AddRefs(parent));
+    }
+    else  // root is the parent
+      rv = GetRootFolder(getter_AddRefs(parent));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && parent)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgImapMailFolder> folder;
+      folder = do_QueryInterface(me, &rv);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      {
+        folder->RenameLocal(tmpNewName, parent);
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgImapMailFolder> parentImapFolder = do_QueryInterface(parent);
+
+        if (parentImapFolder)
+          parentImapFolder->RenameClient(msgWindow, me, oldName, tmpNewName);
+
+        nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> newFolder;
+        nsString unicodeNewName;
+        // tmpNewName is imap mod utf7. It needs to be convert to utf8.
+        CopyMUTF7toUTF16(tmpNewName, unicodeNewName);
+        CopyUTF16toUTF8(unicodeNewName, tmpNewName);
+        rv = GetFolder(tmpNewName, getter_AddRefs(newFolder));
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        {
+          nsCOMPtr <nsIAtom> folderRenameAtom;
+          folderRenameAtom = MsgGetAtom("RenameCompleted");
+          newFolder->NotifyFolderEvent(folderRenameAtom);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP  nsImapIncomingServer::FolderIsNoSelect(const nsACString& aFolderName, bool *result)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(result);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> msgFolder;
+  nsresult rv = GetFolder(aFolderName, getter_AddRefs(msgFolder));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && msgFolder)
+  {
+    uint32_t flags;
+    msgFolder->GetFlags(&flags);
+    *result = ((flags & nsMsgFolderFlags::ImapNoselect) != 0);
+  }
+  else
+   *result = false;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapIncomingServer::SetFolderAdminURL(const nsACString& aFolderName, const nsACString& aFolderAdminUrl)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> rootFolder;
+  nsresult rv = GetRootFolder(getter_AddRefs(rootFolder));
+  if(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && rootFolder)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgImapMailFolder> imapRoot = do_QueryInterface(rootFolder);
+    if (imapRoot)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgImapMailFolder> foundFolder;
+      rv = imapRoot->FindOnlineSubFolder(aFolderName, getter_AddRefs(foundFolder));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && foundFolder)
+        return foundFolder->SetAdminUrl(aFolderAdminUrl);
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP  nsImapIncomingServer::FolderVerifiedOnline(const nsACString& folderName, bool *aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+  *aResult = false;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> rootFolder;
+  nsresult rv = GetRootFolder(getter_AddRefs(rootFolder));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && rootFolder)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder;
+    rv = rootFolder->FindSubFolder(folderName, getter_AddRefs(folder));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && folder)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgImapMailFolder> imapFolder = do_QueryInterface(folder);
+      if (imapFolder)
+        imapFolder->GetVerifiedAsOnlineFolder(aResult);
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapIncomingServer::DiscoveryDone()
+{
+  if (mDoingSubscribeDialog)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> rootMsgFolder;
+  nsresult rv = GetRootFolder(getter_AddRefs(rootMsgFolder));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && rootMsgFolder)
+  {
+    // GetResource() may return a node which is not in the folder
+    // tree hierarchy but in the rdf cache in case of the non-existing default
+    // Sent, Drafts, and Templates folders. The resouce will be eventually
+    // released when the rdf service shuts down. When we create the default
+    // folders later on in the imap server, the subsequent GetResource() of the
+    // same uri will get us the cached rdf resource which should have the folder
+    // flag set appropriately.
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFService> rdf(do_GetService("@mozilla.org/rdf/rdf-service;1",
+                                              &rv));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccountManager> accountMgr = do_GetService(NS_MSGACCOUNTMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIdentity> identity;
+    rv = accountMgr->GetFirstIdentityForServer(this, getter_AddRefs(identity));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && identity)
+    {
+      nsCString folderUri;
+      identity->GetFccFolder(folderUri);
+      nsCString existingUri;
+
+      if (CheckSpecialFolder(rdf, folderUri, nsMsgFolderFlags::SentMail,
+                             existingUri))
+      {
+        identity->SetFccFolder(existingUri);
+        identity->SetFccFolderPickerMode(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("1"));
+      }
+      identity->GetDraftFolder(folderUri);
+      if (CheckSpecialFolder(rdf, folderUri, nsMsgFolderFlags::Drafts,
+                             existingUri))
+      {
+        identity->SetDraftFolder(existingUri);
+        identity->SetDraftsFolderPickerMode(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("1"));
+      }
+      bool archiveEnabled;
+      identity->GetArchiveEnabled(&archiveEnabled);
+      if (archiveEnabled)
+      {
+        identity->GetArchiveFolder(folderUri);
+        if (CheckSpecialFolder(rdf, folderUri, nsMsgFolderFlags::Archive,
+                               existingUri))
+        {
+          identity->SetArchiveFolder(existingUri);
+          identity->SetArchivesFolderPickerMode(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("1"));
+        }
+      }
+      identity->GetStationeryFolder(folderUri);
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFResource> res;
+      if (!folderUri.IsEmpty() && NS_SUCCEEDED(rdf->GetResource(folderUri, getter_AddRefs(res))))
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder(do_QueryInterface(res, &rv));
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+          rv = folder->SetFlag(nsMsgFolderFlags::Templates);
+      }
+    }
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISpamSettings> spamSettings;
+    rv = GetSpamSettings(getter_AddRefs(spamSettings));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && spamSettings)
+    {
+      nsCString spamFolderUri, existingUri;
+      spamSettings->GetSpamFolderURI(getter_Copies(spamFolderUri));
+      if (CheckSpecialFolder(rdf, spamFolderUri, nsMsgFolderFlags::Junk,
+                             existingUri))
+      {
+        // This only sets the cached values in the spam settings object.
+        spamSettings->SetActionTargetFolder(existingUri.get());
+        spamSettings->SetMoveTargetMode(nsISpamSettings::MOVE_TARGET_MODE_FOLDER);
+        // Set the preferences too so that the values persist.
+        SetCharValue("spamActionTargetFolder", existingUri);
+        SetIntValue("moveTargetMode", nsISpamSettings::MOVE_TARGET_MODE_FOLDER);
+      }
+    }
+
+    bool isGMailServer;
+    GetIsGMailServer(&isGMailServer);
+
+    // Verify there is only one trash folder. Another might be present if
+    // the trash name has been changed. Or we might be a gmail server and
+    // want to switch to gmail's trash folder.
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIArray> trashFolders;
+    rv = rootMsgFolder->GetFoldersWithFlags(nsMsgFolderFlags::Trash,
+                                            getter_AddRefs(trashFolders));
+
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && trashFolders)
+    {
+      uint32_t numFolders;
+      trashFolders->GetLength(&numFolders);
+      nsAutoString trashName;
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(GetTrashFolderName(trashName)))
+      {
+        for (uint32_t i = 0; i < numFolders; i++)
+        {
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> trashFolder(do_QueryElementAt(trashFolders, i));
+          if (trashFolder)
+          {
+            // If we're a gmail server, we clear the trash flags from folder(s)
+            // without the kImapXListTrash flag. For normal servers, we clear
+            // the trash folder flag if the folder name doesn't match the
+            // pref trash folder name.
+            if (isGMailServer)
+            {
+              nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgImapMailFolder> imapFolder(do_QueryInterface(trashFolder));
+              int32_t boxFlags;
+              imapFolder->GetBoxFlags(&boxFlags);
+              if (boxFlags & kImapXListTrash)
+              {
+                continue;
+              }
+            }
+            else
+            {
+              // trashName is the leaf name on the folder URI, which will be
+              // different from the folder GetName if the trash name is
+              // localized.
+              nsAutoCString trashURL;
+              trashFolder->GetFolderURL(trashURL);
+              int32_t leafPos = trashURL.RFindChar('/');
+              nsAutoCString unescapedName;
+              MsgUnescapeString(Substring(trashURL, leafPos + 1),
+                                nsINetUtil::ESCAPE_URL_PATH, unescapedName);
+              nsAutoString nameUnicode;
+              if (NS_FAILED(CopyMUTF7toUTF16(unescapedName, nameUnicode)) ||
+                  trashName.Equals(nameUnicode))
+              {
+                continue;
+              }
+              if (numFolders == 1)
+              {
+                // We got here because the preferred trash folder does not
+                // exist, but a folder got discovered to be the trash folder.
+                SetUnicharValue(PREF_TRASH_FOLDER_NAME, nameUnicode);
+                continue;
+              }
+            }
+            trashFolder->ClearFlag(nsMsgFolderFlags::Trash);
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  bool usingSubscription = true;
+  GetUsingSubscription(&usingSubscription);
+
+  nsCOMArray<nsIMsgImapMailFolder> unverifiedFolders;
+  GetUnverifiedFolders(unverifiedFolders);
+
+  int32_t count = unverifiedFolders.Count();
+  for (int32_t k = 0; k < count; ++k)
+  {
+    bool explicitlyVerify = false;
+    bool hasSubFolders = false;
+    uint32_t folderFlags;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgImapMailFolder> currentImapFolder(unverifiedFolders[k]);
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> currentFolder(do_QueryInterface(currentImapFolder, &rv));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      continue;
+
+    currentFolder->GetFlags(&folderFlags);
+    if (folderFlags & nsMsgFolderFlags::Virtual) // don't remove virtual folders
+      continue;
+
+    if ((!usingSubscription ||
+         (NS_SUCCEEDED(currentImapFolder->GetExplicitlyVerify(&explicitlyVerify)) &&
+          explicitlyVerify)) ||
+        ((NS_SUCCEEDED(currentFolder->GetHasSubFolders(&hasSubFolders)) &&
+          hasSubFolders) &&
+         !NoDescendentsAreVerified(currentFolder)))
+    {
+      bool isNamespace;
+      currentImapFolder->GetIsNamespace(&isNamespace);
+      if (!isNamespace) // don't list namespaces explicitly
+      {
+        // If there are no subfolders and this is unverified, we don't want to
+        // run this url. That is, we want to undiscover the folder.
+        // If there are subfolders and no descendants are verified, we want to
+        // undiscover all of the folders.
+        // Only if there are subfolders and at least one of them is verified
+        // do we want to refresh that folder's flags, because it won't be going
+        // away.
+        currentImapFolder->SetExplicitlyVerify(false);
+        currentImapFolder->List();
+      }
+    }
+    else
+      DeleteNonVerifiedFolders(currentFolder);
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+// Check if the special folder corresponding to the uri exists. If not, check
+// if there already exists a folder with the special folder flag (the server may
+// have told us about a folder to use through XLIST). If so, return the uri of
+// the existing special folder. If not, set the special flag on the folder so
+// it will be there if and when the folder is created.
+// Return true if we found an existing special folder different than
+// the one specified in prefs, and the one specified by prefs doesn't exist.
+bool nsImapIncomingServer::CheckSpecialFolder(nsIRDFService *rdf,
+                                                nsCString &folderUri,
+                                                uint32_t folderFlag,
+                                                nsCString &existingUri)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFResource> res;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> rootMsgFolder;
+  nsresult rv = GetRootFolder(getter_AddRefs(rootMsgFolder));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, false);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> existingFolder;
+  rootMsgFolder->GetFolderWithFlags(folderFlag, getter_AddRefs(existingFolder));
+
+  if (!folderUri.IsEmpty() && NS_SUCCEEDED(rdf->GetResource(folderUri, getter_AddRefs(res))))
+  {
+    folder = do_QueryInterface(res, &rv);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> parent;
+      folder->GetParent(getter_AddRefs(parent));
+      if (parent)
+      {
+        existingFolder = nullptr;
+      }
+      if (!existingFolder)
+      {
+        folder->SetFlag(folderFlag);
+      }
+
+      nsString folderName;
+      folder->GetPrettyName(folderName);
+      // this will set the localized name based on the folder flag.
+      folder->SetPrettyName(folderName);
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (existingFolder)
+  {
+    existingFolder->GetURI(existingUri);
+    return true;
+  }
+
+  return false;
+}
+
+nsresult nsImapIncomingServer::DeleteNonVerifiedFolders(nsIMsgFolder *curFolder)
+{
+  bool autoUnsubscribeFromNoSelectFolders = true;
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefBranch = do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    prefBranch->GetBoolPref("mail.imap.auto_unsubscribe_from_noselect_folders", &autoUnsubscribeFromNoSelectFolders);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleEnumerator> subFolders;
+
+  rv = curFolder->GetSubFolders(getter_AddRefs(subFolders));
+  if(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    bool moreFolders;
+
+    while (NS_SUCCEEDED(subFolders->HasMoreElements(&moreFolders)) && moreFolders)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> child;
+      rv = subFolders->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(child));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && child)
+      {
+        bool childVerified = false;
+        nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgImapMailFolder> childImapFolder = do_QueryInterface(child, &rv);
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && childImapFolder)
+        {
+          uint32_t flags;
+
+          nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> childFolder = do_QueryInterface(child, &rv);
+          rv = childImapFolder->GetVerifiedAsOnlineFolder(&childVerified);
+
+          rv = childFolder->GetFlags(&flags);
+          bool folderIsNoSelectFolder = NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && ((flags & nsMsgFolderFlags::ImapNoselect) != 0);
+
+          bool usingSubscription = true;
+          GetUsingSubscription(&usingSubscription);
+          if (usingSubscription)
+          {
+            bool folderIsNameSpace = false;
+            bool noDescendentsAreVerified = NoDescendentsAreVerified(childFolder);
+            bool shouldDieBecauseNoSelect = (folderIsNoSelectFolder ?
+              ((noDescendentsAreVerified || AllDescendentsAreNoSelect(childFolder)) && !folderIsNameSpace)
+              : false);
+            if (!childVerified && (noDescendentsAreVerified || shouldDieBecauseNoSelect))
+            {
+            }
+          }
+          else
+          {
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> parent;
+  rv = curFolder->GetParent(getter_AddRefs(parent));
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && parent)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgImapMailFolder> imapParent = do_QueryInterface(parent);
+    if (imapParent)
+      imapParent->RemoveSubFolder(curFolder);
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+bool nsImapIncomingServer::NoDescendentsAreVerified(nsIMsgFolder *parentFolder)
+{
+  bool nobodyIsVerified = true;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleEnumerator> subFolders;
+  nsresult rv = parentFolder->GetSubFolders(getter_AddRefs(subFolders));
+  if(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    bool moreFolders;
+    while (NS_SUCCEEDED(subFolders->HasMoreElements(&moreFolders)) &&
+           moreFolders && nobodyIsVerified)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> child;
+      rv = subFolders->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(child));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && child)
+      {
+        bool childVerified = false;
+        nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgImapMailFolder> childImapFolder = do_QueryInterface(child, &rv);
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && childImapFolder)
+        {
+          nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> childFolder = do_QueryInterface(child, &rv);
+          rv = childImapFolder->GetVerifiedAsOnlineFolder(&childVerified);
+          nobodyIsVerified = !childVerified && NoDescendentsAreVerified(childFolder);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return nobodyIsVerified;
+}
+
+
+bool nsImapIncomingServer::AllDescendentsAreNoSelect(nsIMsgFolder *parentFolder)
+{
+  bool allDescendentsAreNoSelect = true;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleEnumerator> subFolders;
+  nsresult rv = parentFolder->GetSubFolders(getter_AddRefs(subFolders));
+  if(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    bool moreFolders;
+    while (NS_SUCCEEDED(subFolders->HasMoreElements(&moreFolders)) &&
+           moreFolders && allDescendentsAreNoSelect)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> child;
+      rv = subFolders->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(child));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && child)
+      {
+        bool childIsNoSelect = false;
+        nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgImapMailFolder> childImapFolder = do_QueryInterface(child, &rv);
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && childImapFolder)
+        {
+          uint32_t flags;
+          nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> childFolder = do_QueryInterface(child, &rv);
+          rv = childFolder->GetFlags(&flags);
+          childIsNoSelect = NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && (flags & nsMsgFolderFlags::ImapNoselect);
+          allDescendentsAreNoSelect = !childIsNoSelect && AllDescendentsAreNoSelect(childFolder);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+#if 0
+  int numberOfSubfolders = parentFolder->GetNumSubFolders();
+
+  for (int childIndex=0; allDescendantsAreNoSelect && (childIndex < numberOfSubfolders); childIndex++)
+  {
+    MSG_IMAPFolderInfoMail *currentChild = (MSG_IMAPFolderInfoMail *) parentFolder->GetSubFolder(childIndex);
+    allDescendentsAreNoSelect = (currentChild->GetFolderPrefFlags() & MSG_FOLDER_PREF_IMAPNOSELECT) &&
+      AllDescendentsAreNoSelect(currentChild);
+  }
+#endif // 0
+  return allDescendentsAreNoSelect;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapIncomingServer::PromptLoginFailed(nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow,
+                                        int32_t *aResult)
+{
+  nsAutoCString hostName;
+  GetRealHostName(hostName);
+
+  return MsgPromptLoginFailed(aMsgWindow, hostName, aResult);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapIncomingServer::FEAlert(const nsAString& aAlertString,
+                              nsIMsgMailNewsUrl *aUrl)
+{
+  GetStringBundle();
+
+  if (m_stringBundle)
+  {
+    nsAutoString hostName;
+    nsresult rv = GetPrettyName(hostName);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      nsString message;
+      nsString tempString(aAlertString);
+      const char16_t *params[] = { hostName.get(), tempString.get() };
+
+      rv = m_stringBundle->FormatStringFromName(
+        u"imapServerAlert",
+        params, 2, getter_Copies(message));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        return AlertUser(message, aUrl);
+    }
+  }
+  return AlertUser(aAlertString, aUrl);
+}
+
+nsresult nsImapIncomingServer::AlertUser(const nsAString& aString,
+                                         nsIMsgMailNewsUrl *aUrl)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgMailSession> mailSession =
+    do_GetService(NS_MSGMAILSESSION_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  return mailSession->AlertUser(aString, aUrl);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapIncomingServer::FEAlertWithName(const char* aMsgName, nsIMsgMailNewsUrl *aUrl)
+{
+  // don't bother the user if we're shutting down.
+  if (m_shuttingDown)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  GetStringBundle();
+
+  nsString message;
+
+  if (m_stringBundle)
+  {
+    nsAutoCString hostName;
+    nsresult rv = GetHostName(hostName);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      const NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16 hostName16(hostName);
+      const char16_t *params[] = { hostName16.get() };
+      rv = m_stringBundle->FormatStringFromName(
+        NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16(aMsgName).get(),
+        params, 1,getter_Copies(message));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        return AlertUser(message, aUrl);
+    }
+  }
+
+  // Error condition
+  message.AssignLiteral("String Name ");
+  message.AppendASCII(aMsgName);
+  FEAlert(message, aUrl);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP  nsImapIncomingServer::FEAlertFromServer(const nsACString& aServerString,
+                                                       nsIMsgMailNewsUrl *aUrl)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(!aServerString.IsEmpty(), NS_OK);
+
+  nsCString message(aServerString);
+  message.Trim(" \t\b\r\n");
+  if (message.Last() != '.')
+    message.Append('.');
+
+  // Skip over the first two words (the command tag and "NO").
+  // Find the first word break.
+  int32_t pos = message.FindChar(' ');
+
+  // Find the second word break.
+  if (pos != -1)
+    pos = message.FindChar(' ', pos + 1);
+
+  // Adjust the message.
+  if (pos != -1)
+    message = Substring(message, pos + 1);
+
+  nsString hostName;
+  GetPrettyName(hostName);
+
+  const char16_t *formatStrings[] =
+  {
+    hostName.get(),
+    nullptr,
+    nullptr
+  };
+
+  nsString msgName;
+  int32_t numStrings;
+  nsString fullMessage;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapUrl> imapUrl = do_QueryInterface(aUrl);
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(imapUrl, NS_ERROR_INVALID_ARG);
+
+  nsImapState imapState;
+  nsImapAction imapAction;
+
+  imapUrl->GetRequiredImapState(&imapState);
+  imapUrl->GetImapAction(&imapAction);
+  nsString folderName;
+
+  NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16 unicodeMsg(message);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder;
+  if (imapState == nsIImapUrl::nsImapSelectedState ||
+      imapAction == nsIImapUrl::nsImapFolderStatus)
+  {
+    aUrl->GetFolder(getter_AddRefs(folder));
+    if (folder)
+      folder->GetPrettyName(folderName);
+    numStrings = 3;
+    msgName.AssignLiteral("imapFolderCommandFailed");
+    formatStrings[1] = folderName.get();
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    msgName.AssignLiteral("imapServerCommandFailed");
+    numStrings = 2;
+  }
+
+  formatStrings[numStrings -1] = unicodeMsg.get();
+
+  nsresult rv = GetStringBundle();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  if (m_stringBundle)
+  {
+    rv = m_stringBundle->FormatStringFromName(msgName.get(),
+      formatStrings, numStrings, getter_Copies(fullMessage));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+
+  return AlertUser(fullMessage, aUrl);
+}
+
+#define IMAP_MSGS_URL       "chrome://messenger/locale/imapMsgs.properties"
+
+nsresult nsImapIncomingServer::GetStringBundle()
+{
+  if (m_stringBundle)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundleService> sBundleService =
+    mozilla::services::GetStringBundleService();
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(sBundleService, NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED);
+  return sBundleService->CreateBundle(IMAP_MSGS_URL, getter_AddRefs(m_stringBundle));
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapIncomingServer::GetImapStringByName(const char* msgName, nsAString& aString)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  GetStringBundle();
+  if (m_stringBundle)
+  {
+    nsString res_str;
+    rv = m_stringBundle->GetStringFromName(
+       NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16(msgName).get(),
+       getter_Copies(res_str));
+    aString.Assign(res_str);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      return rv;
+  }
+  aString.AssignLiteral("String Name ");
+  // mscott: FIX ME
+  aString.AppendASCII(msgName);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsImapIncomingServer::ResetFoldersToUnverified(nsIMsgFolder *parentFolder)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  if (!parentFolder)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> rootFolder;
+    rv = GetRootFolder(getter_AddRefs(rootFolder));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    return ResetFoldersToUnverified(rootFolder);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleEnumerator> subFolders;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgImapMailFolder> imapFolder = do_QueryInterface(parentFolder, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    rv = imapFolder->SetVerifiedAsOnlineFolder(false);
+    rv = parentFolder->GetSubFolders(getter_AddRefs(subFolders));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    bool moreFolders = false;
+    while (NS_SUCCEEDED(subFolders->HasMoreElements(&moreFolders)) && moreFolders)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> child;
+      rv = subFolders->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(child));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && child)
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> childFolder = do_QueryInterface(child, &rv);
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && childFolder)
+        {
+          rv = ResetFoldersToUnverified(childFolder);
+          if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+            break;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+void
+nsImapIncomingServer::GetUnverifiedFolders(nsCOMArray<nsIMsgImapMailFolder> &aFoldersArray)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> rootFolder;
+  if (NS_FAILED(GetRootFolder(getter_AddRefs(rootFolder))) || !rootFolder)
+    return;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgImapMailFolder> imapRoot(do_QueryInterface(rootFolder));
+  // don't need to verify the root.
+  if (imapRoot)
+    imapRoot->SetVerifiedAsOnlineFolder(true);
+
+  GetUnverifiedSubFolders(rootFolder, aFoldersArray);
+}
+
+void
+nsImapIncomingServer::GetUnverifiedSubFolders(nsIMsgFolder *parentFolder,
+                                              nsCOMArray<nsIMsgImapMailFolder> &aFoldersArray)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgImapMailFolder> imapFolder(do_QueryInterface(parentFolder));
+
+  bool verified = false, explicitlyVerify = false;
+  if (imapFolder)
+  {
+    nsresult rv = imapFolder->GetVerifiedAsOnlineFolder(&verified);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      rv = imapFolder->GetExplicitlyVerify(&explicitlyVerify);
+
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && (!verified || explicitlyVerify))
+      aFoldersArray.AppendObject(imapFolder);
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleEnumerator> subFolders;
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(parentFolder->GetSubFolders(getter_AddRefs(subFolders))))
+  {
+    bool moreFolders;
+
+    while (NS_SUCCEEDED(subFolders->HasMoreElements(&moreFolders)) && moreFolders)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> child;
+      subFolders->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(child));
+      if (child)
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> childFolder(do_QueryInterface(child));
+        if (childFolder)
+          GetUnverifiedSubFolders(childFolder, aFoldersArray);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapIncomingServer::ForgetSessionPassword()
+{
+  nsresult rv = nsMsgIncomingServer::ForgetSessionPassword();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  // fix for bugscape bug #15485
+  // if we use turbo, and we logout, we need to make sure
+  // the server doesn't think it's authenticated.
+  // the biff timer continues to fire when you use turbo
+  // (see #143848).  if we exited, we've set the password to null
+  // but if we're authenticated, and the biff timer goes off
+  // we'll still perform biff, because we use m_userAuthenticated
+  // to determine if we require a password for biff.
+  // (if authenticated, we don't require a password
+  // see nsMsgBiffManager::PerformBiff())
+  // performing biff without a password will pop up the prompt dialog
+  // which is pretty wacky, when it happens after you quit the application
+  m_userAuthenticated = false;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapIncomingServer::GetServerRequiresPasswordForBiff(bool *aServerRequiresPasswordForBiff)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aServerRequiresPasswordForBiff);
+  // if the user has already been authenticated, we've got the password
+  *aServerRequiresPasswordForBiff = !m_userAuthenticated;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapIncomingServer::ForgetPassword()
+{
+  return nsMsgIncomingServer::ForgetPassword();
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapIncomingServer::AsyncGetPassword(nsIImapProtocol *aProtocol,
+                                       bool aNewPasswordRequested,
+                                       nsACString &aPassword)
+{
+  if (m_password.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    // We're now going to need to do something that will end up with us either
+    // poking login manager or prompting the user. We need to ensure we only
+    // do one prompt at a time (and login manager could cause a master password
+    // prompt), so we need to use the async prompter.
+    nsresult rv;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAsyncPrompter> asyncPrompter =
+      do_GetService(NS_MSGASYNCPROMPTER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAsyncPromptListener> promptListener(do_QueryInterface(aProtocol));
+    rv = asyncPrompter->QueueAsyncAuthPrompt(m_serverKey, aNewPasswordRequested,
+                                             promptListener);
+    // Explict NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS for debug purposes as errors tend to get
+    // hidden.
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+  if (!m_password.IsEmpty())
+    aPassword = m_password;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapIncomingServer::PromptPassword(nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow,
+                                     nsACString &aPassword)
+{
+  nsString passwordTitle;
+  GetImapStringByName("imapEnterPasswordPromptTitle", passwordTitle);
+  NS_ENSURE_STATE(m_stringBundle);
+
+  nsAutoCString userName;
+  GetRealUsername(userName);
+
+  nsAutoCString hostName;
+  GetRealHostName(hostName);
+
+  nsresult rv = GetStringBundle();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16 finalUserName(userName);
+  NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16 finalHostName(hostName);
+
+  const char16_t *formatStrings[] = { finalUserName.get(), finalHostName.get() };
+
+  nsString passwordText;
+  rv = m_stringBundle->FormatStringFromName(
+    u"imapEnterServerPasswordPrompt",
+    formatStrings, 2, getter_Copies(passwordText));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = GetPasswordWithUI(passwordText, passwordTitle, aMsgWindow, aPassword);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    m_password = aPassword;
+  return rv;
+}
+
+// for the nsIImapServerSink interface
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapIncomingServer::SetCapability(eIMAPCapabilityFlags capability)
+{
+  m_capability = capability;
+  SetIsGMailServer((capability & kGmailImapCapability) != 0);
+  SetCapabilityACL(capability & kACLCapability);
+  SetCapabilityQuota(capability & kQuotaCapability);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapIncomingServer::SetServerID(const nsACString &aServerID)
+{
+  return SetServerIDPref(aServerID);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP  nsImapIncomingServer::CommitNamespaces()
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapHostSessionList> hostSession = do_GetService(kCImapHostSessionListCID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  return hostSession->CommitNamespacesForHost(this);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapIncomingServer::PseudoInterruptMsgLoad(nsIMsgFolder *aImapFolder, nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow,
+                                                          bool *interrupted)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapProtocol> connection;
+  PR_CEnterMonitor(this);
+  // iterate through the connection cache for a connection that is loading
+  // a message in this folder and should be pseudo-interrupted.
+  int32_t cnt = m_connectionCache.Count();
+
+  for (int32_t i = 0; i < cnt; ++i)
+  {
+    connection = m_connectionCache[i];
+    if (connection)
+      rv = connection->PseudoInterruptMsgLoad(aImapFolder, aMsgWindow, interrupted);
+  }
+
+  PR_CExitMonitor(this);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapIncomingServer::ResetNamespaceReferences()
+{
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> rootFolder;
+  nsresult rv = GetRootFolder(getter_AddRefs(rootFolder));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && rootFolder)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgImapMailFolder> imapFolder = do_QueryInterface(rootFolder);
+    if (imapFolder)
+      rv = imapFolder->ResetNamespaceReferences();
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapIncomingServer::SetUserAuthenticated(bool aUserAuthenticated)
+{
+  m_userAuthenticated = aUserAuthenticated;
+  if (aUserAuthenticated)
+  {
+    nsresult rv;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccountManager> accountManager =
+      do_GetService(NS_MSGACCOUNTMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    accountManager->SetUserNeedsToAuthenticate(false);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapIncomingServer::GetUserAuthenticated(bool *aUserAuthenticated)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aUserAuthenticated);
+  *aUserAuthenticated = m_userAuthenticated;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* void SetMailServerUrls (in string manageMailAccount, in string manageLists, in string manageFilters); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP  nsImapIncomingServer::SetMailServerUrls(const nsACString& manageMailAccount, const nsACString& manageLists,
+                                                       const nsACString& manageFilters)
+{
+  return SetManageMailAccountUrl(manageMailAccount);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapIncomingServer::SetManageMailAccountUrl(const nsACString& manageMailAccountUrl)
+{
+  m_manageMailAccountUrl = manageMailAccountUrl;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapIncomingServer::GetManageMailAccountUrl(nsACString& manageMailAccountUrl)
+{
+  manageMailAccountUrl = m_manageMailAccountUrl;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapIncomingServer::StartPopulatingWithUri(nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow, bool aForceToServer /*ignored*/, const char *uri)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER (uri);
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  mDoingSubscribeDialog = true;
+
+  rv = EnsureInner();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  rv = mInner->StartPopulatingWithUri(aMsgWindow, aForceToServer, uri);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  // imap always uses the canonical delimiter form of paths for subscribe ui.
+  rv = SetDelimiter('/');
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  rv = SetShowFullName(false);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  nsCString serverUri;
+  rv = GetServerURI(serverUri);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapService> imapService = do_GetService(NS_IMAPSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+/*
+    if uri = imap://user@host/foo/bar, the serverUri is imap://user@host
+    to get path from uri, skip over imap://user@host + 1 (for the /)
+*/
+  const char *path = uri + serverUri.Length() + 1;
+  return imapService->GetListOfFoldersWithPath(this, aMsgWindow, nsDependentCString(path));
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapIncomingServer::StartPopulating(nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow, bool aForceToServer /*ignored*/, bool aGetOnlyNew)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  mDoingSubscribeDialog = true;
+
+  rv = EnsureInner();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  rv = mInner->StartPopulating(aMsgWindow, aForceToServer, aGetOnlyNew);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  // imap always uses the canonical delimiter form of paths for subscribe ui.
+  rv = SetDelimiter('/');
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  rv = SetShowFullName(false);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapService> imapService = do_GetService(NS_IMAPSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  return imapService->GetListOfFoldersOnServer(this, aMsgWindow);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapIncomingServer::OnStartRunningUrl(nsIURI *url)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapIncomingServer::OnStopRunningUrl(nsIURI *url, nsresult exitCode)
+{
+  nsresult rv = exitCode;
+
+  // xxx todo get msgWindow from url
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgWindow> msgWindow;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapUrl> imapUrl = do_QueryInterface(url);
+  if (imapUrl) {
+    nsImapAction imapAction = nsIImapUrl::nsImapTest;
+    imapUrl->GetImapAction(&imapAction);
+    switch (imapAction) {
+    case nsIImapUrl::nsImapDiscoverAllAndSubscribedBoxesUrl:
+    case nsIImapUrl::nsImapDiscoverChildrenUrl:
+      rv = UpdateSubscribed();
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      mDoingSubscribeDialog = false;
+      rv = StopPopulating(msgWindow);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      break;
+    case nsIImapUrl::nsImapDiscoverAllBoxesUrl:
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(exitCode))
+        DiscoveryDone();
+      break;
+    case nsIImapUrl::nsImapFolderStatus:
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> msgFolder;
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailUrl = do_QueryInterface(imapUrl);
+      mailUrl->GetFolder(getter_AddRefs(msgFolder));
+      if (msgFolder)
+      {
+        nsresult rv;
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailSession> session =
+                 do_GetService(NS_MSGMAILSESSION_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+        bool folderOpen;
+        rv = session->IsFolderOpenInWindow(msgFolder, &folderOpen);
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !folderOpen && msgFolder)
+          msgFolder->SetMsgDatabase(nullptr);
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgImapMailFolder> imapFolder = do_QueryInterface(msgFolder);
+        m_foldersToStat.RemoveObject(imapFolder);
+      }
+      // if we get an error running the url, it's better
+      // not to chain the next url.
+      if (NS_FAILED(exitCode) && exitCode != NS_MSG_ERROR_IMAP_COMMAND_FAILED)
+        m_foldersToStat.Clear();
+      if (m_foldersToStat.Count() > 0)
+        m_foldersToStat[0]->UpdateStatus(this, nullptr);
+      break;
+    }
+    default:
+        break;
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapIncomingServer::SetIncomingServer(nsIMsgIncomingServer *aServer)
+{
+  nsresult rv = EnsureInner();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  return mInner->SetIncomingServer(aServer);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapIncomingServer::SetShowFullName(bool showFullName)
+{
+  nsresult rv = EnsureInner();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  return mInner->SetShowFullName(showFullName);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapIncomingServer::GetDelimiter(char *aDelimiter)
+{
+  nsresult rv = EnsureInner();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  return mInner->GetDelimiter(aDelimiter);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapIncomingServer::SetDelimiter(char aDelimiter)
+{
+  nsresult rv = EnsureInner();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  return mInner->SetDelimiter(aDelimiter);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapIncomingServer::SetAsSubscribed(const nsACString &path)
+{
+  nsresult rv = EnsureInner();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  return mInner->SetAsSubscribed(path);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapIncomingServer::UpdateSubscribed()
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapIncomingServer::AddTo(const nsACString &aName, bool addAsSubscribed,
+                            bool aSubscribable, bool changeIfExists)
+{
+  nsresult rv = EnsureInner();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  // RFC 3501 allows UTF-8 in addition to modified UTF-7
+  // If it's not UTF-8, it cannot be MUTF7, either. We just ignore it.
+  // (otherwise we'll crash. see #63186)
+  if (!MsgIsUTF8(aName))
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  if (!NS_IsAscii(aName.BeginReading(), aName.Length())) {
+    nsAutoCString name;
+    CopyUTF16toMUTF7(NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16(aName), name);
+    return mInner->AddTo(name, addAsSubscribed, aSubscribable, changeIfExists);
+  }
+  return mInner->AddTo(aName, addAsSubscribed, aSubscribable, changeIfExists);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapIncomingServer::StopPopulating(nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISubscribeListener> listener;
+  (void) GetSubscribeListener(getter_AddRefs(listener));
+
+  if (listener)
+    listener->OnDonePopulating();
+
+  nsresult rv = EnsureInner();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  return mInner->StopPopulating(aMsgWindow);
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapIncomingServer::SubscribeCleanup()
+{
+  m_subscribeFolders.Clear();
+  return ClearInner();
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapIncomingServer::SetSubscribeListener(nsISubscribeListener *aListener)
+{
+  nsresult rv = EnsureInner();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  return mInner->SetSubscribeListener(aListener);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapIncomingServer::GetSubscribeListener(nsISubscribeListener **aListener)
+{
+  nsresult rv = EnsureInner();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  return mInner->GetSubscribeListener(aListener);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapIncomingServer::Subscribe(const char16_t *aName)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aName);
+  
+  return SubscribeToFolder(nsDependentString(aName), true, nullptr);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapIncomingServer::Unsubscribe(const char16_t *aName)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aName);
+
+  return SubscribeToFolder(nsDependentString(aName), false, nullptr);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapIncomingServer::SubscribeToFolder(const nsAString& aName, bool subscribe, nsIURI **aUri)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapService> imapService = do_GetService(NS_IMAPSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> rootMsgFolder;
+  rv = GetRootFolder(getter_AddRefs(rootMsgFolder));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // Locate the folder so that the correct hierarchical delimiter is used in the
+  // folder pathnames, otherwise root's (ie, '^') is used and this is wrong.
+
+  // aName is not a genuine UTF-16 but just a zero-padded modified UTF-7
+  NS_LossyConvertUTF16toASCII folderCName(aName);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> msgFolder;
+  if (rootMsgFolder && !aName.IsEmpty())
+    rv = rootMsgFolder->FindSubFolder(folderCName, getter_AddRefs(msgFolder));
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIThread> thread(do_GetCurrentThread());
+
+  nsAutoString unicodeName;
+  rv = CopyMUTF7toUTF16(folderCName, unicodeName);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  if (subscribe)
+    rv = imapService->SubscribeFolder(msgFolder, unicodeName, nullptr, aUri);
+  else
+    rv = imapService->UnsubscribeFolder(msgFolder, unicodeName, nullptr, nullptr);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapIncomingServer::SetDoingLsub(bool doingLsub)
+{
+  mDoingLsub = doingLsub;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapIncomingServer::GetDoingLsub(bool *doingLsub)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(doingLsub);
+  *doingLsub = mDoingLsub;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapIncomingServer::ReDiscoverAllFolders()
+{
+  return PerformExpand(nullptr);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapIncomingServer::SetState(const nsACString &path, bool state,
+                               bool *stateChanged)
+{
+  nsresult rv = EnsureInner();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  return mInner->SetState(path, state, stateChanged);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapIncomingServer::HasChildren(const nsACString &path, bool *aHasChildren)
+{
+  nsresult rv = EnsureInner();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  return mInner->HasChildren(path, aHasChildren);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapIncomingServer::IsSubscribed(const nsACString &path,
+                                   bool *aIsSubscribed)
+{
+  nsresult rv = EnsureInner();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  return mInner->IsSubscribed(path, aIsSubscribed);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapIncomingServer::IsSubscribable(const nsACString &path, bool *aIsSubscribable)
+{
+  nsresult rv = EnsureInner();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  return mInner->IsSubscribable(path, aIsSubscribable);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapIncomingServer::GetLeafName(const nsACString &path, nsAString &aLeafName)
+{
+  nsresult rv = EnsureInner();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  return mInner->GetLeafName(path, aLeafName);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapIncomingServer::GetFirstChildURI(const nsACString &path, nsACString &aResult)
+{
+  nsresult rv = EnsureInner();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  return mInner->GetFirstChildURI(path, aResult);
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapIncomingServer::GetChildren(const nsACString &aPath,
+                                  nsISimpleEnumerator **aResult)
+{
+  nsresult rv = EnsureInner();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  return mInner->GetChildren(aPath, aResult);
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsImapIncomingServer::EnsureInner()
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  if (mInner)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  mInner = do_CreateInstance(kSubscribableServerCID,&rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  return SetIncomingServer(this);
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsImapIncomingServer::ClearInner()
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  if (mInner)
+  {
+    rv = mInner->SetSubscribeListener(nullptr);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+    rv = mInner->SetIncomingServer(nullptr);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+    mInner = nullptr;
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapIncomingServer::CommitSubscribeChanges()
+{
+  return ReDiscoverAllFolders();
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapIncomingServer::GetCanBeDefaultServer(bool *canBeDefaultServer)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(canBeDefaultServer);
+  *canBeDefaultServer = true;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapIncomingServer::GetCanCompactFoldersOnServer(bool *canCompactFoldersOnServer)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(canCompactFoldersOnServer);
+  // Initialize canCompactFoldersOnServer true, a default value for IMAP
+  *canCompactFoldersOnServer = true;
+  GetPrefForServerAttribute("canCompactFoldersOnServer", canCompactFoldersOnServer);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapIncomingServer::GetCanUndoDeleteOnServer(bool *canUndoDeleteOnServer)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(canUndoDeleteOnServer);
+  // Initialize canUndoDeleteOnServer true, a default value for IMAP
+  *canUndoDeleteOnServer = true;
+  GetPrefForServerAttribute("canUndoDeleteOnServer", canUndoDeleteOnServer);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapIncomingServer::GetCanSearchMessages(bool *canSearchMessages)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(canSearchMessages);
+  // Initialize canSearchMessages true, a default value for IMAP
+  *canSearchMessages = true;
+  GetPrefForServerAttribute("canSearchMessages", canSearchMessages);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapIncomingServer::GetCanEmptyTrashOnExit(bool *canEmptyTrashOnExit)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(canEmptyTrashOnExit);
+  // Initialize canEmptyTrashOnExit true, a default value for IMAP
+  *canEmptyTrashOnExit = true;
+  GetPrefForServerAttribute("canEmptyTrashOnExit", canEmptyTrashOnExit);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsImapIncomingServer::CreateHostSpecificPrefName(const char *prefPrefix, nsAutoCString &prefName)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(prefPrefix);
+
+  nsCString hostName;
+  nsresult rv = GetHostName(hostName);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  prefName = prefPrefix;
+  prefName.Append('.');
+  prefName.Append(hostName);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapIncomingServer::GetSupportsDiskSpace(bool *aSupportsDiskSpace)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aSupportsDiskSpace);
+  nsAutoCString prefName;
+  nsresult rv = CreateHostSpecificPrefName("default_supports_diskspace", prefName);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefBranch = do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+     rv = prefBranch->GetBoolPref(prefName.get(), aSupportsDiskSpace);
+
+  // Couldn't get the default value with the hostname.
+  // Fall back on IMAP default value
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) // set default value
+     *aSupportsDiskSpace = true;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// count number of non-busy connections in cache
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapIncomingServer::GetNumIdleConnections(int32_t *aNumIdleConnections)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aNumIdleConnections);
+  *aNumIdleConnections = 0;
+
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapProtocol> connection;
+  bool isBusy = false;
+  bool isInboxConnection;
+  PR_CEnterMonitor(this);
+
+  int32_t cnt = m_connectionCache.Count();
+
+  // loop counting idle connections
+  for (int32_t i = 0; i < cnt; ++i)
+  {
+    connection = m_connectionCache[i];
+    if (connection)
+    {
+      rv = connection->IsBusy(&isBusy, &isInboxConnection);
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        continue;
+      if (!isBusy)
+        (*aNumIdleConnections)++;
+    }
+  }
+  PR_CExitMonitor(this);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Get the preference that tells us whether the imap server in question allows
+ * us to create subfolders. Some ISPs might not want users to create any folders
+ * besides the existing ones.
+ * We do want to identify all those servers that don't allow creation of subfolders
+ * and take them out of the account picker in the Copies and Folder panel.
+ */
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapIncomingServer::GetCanCreateFoldersOnServer(bool *aCanCreateFoldersOnServer)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aCanCreateFoldersOnServer);
+  // Initialize aCanCreateFoldersOnServer true, a default value for IMAP
+  *aCanCreateFoldersOnServer = true;
+  GetPrefForServerAttribute("canCreateFolders", aCanCreateFoldersOnServer);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapIncomingServer::GetOfflineSupportLevel(int32_t *aSupportLevel)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aSupportLevel);
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  rv = GetIntValue("offline_support_level", aSupportLevel);
+  if (*aSupportLevel != OFFLINE_SUPPORT_LEVEL_UNDEFINED)
+    return rv;
+
+  nsAutoCString prefName;
+  rv = CreateHostSpecificPrefName("default_offline_support_level", prefName);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefBranch = do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    rv = prefBranch->GetIntPref(prefName.get(), aSupportLevel);
+
+  // Couldn't get the pref value with the hostname.
+  // Fall back on IMAP default value
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) // set default value
+    *aSupportLevel = OFFLINE_SUPPORT_LEVEL_REGULAR;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// Called only during the migration process. This routine enables the generation of
+// unique account name based on the username, hostname and the port. If the port
+// is valid and not a default one, it will be appended to the account name.
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapIncomingServer::GeneratePrettyNameForMigration(nsAString& aPrettyName)
+{
+  nsCString userName;
+  nsCString hostName;
+
+/**
+  * Pretty name for migrated account is of format username@hostname:<port>,
+  * provided the port is valid and not the default
+*/
+  // Get user name to construct pretty name
+  nsresult rv = GetUsername(userName);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // Get host name to construct pretty name
+  rv = GetHostName(hostName);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  int32_t defaultServerPort;
+  int32_t defaultSecureServerPort;
+
+  // Here, the final contract ID is already known, so use it directly for efficiency.
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgProtocolInfo> protocolInfo = do_GetService(NS_IMAPPROTOCOLINFO_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  // Get the default port
+  rv = protocolInfo->GetDefaultServerPort(false, &defaultServerPort);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  // Get the default secure port
+  rv = protocolInfo->GetDefaultServerPort(true, &defaultSecureServerPort);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  // Get the current server port
+  int32_t serverPort = PORT_NOT_SET;
+  rv = GetPort(&serverPort);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  // Is the server secure ?
+  int32_t socketType;
+  rv = GetSocketType(&socketType);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  bool isSecure = (socketType == nsMsgSocketType::SSL);
+
+  // Is server port a default port ?
+  bool isItDefaultPort = false;
+  if (((serverPort == defaultServerPort) && !isSecure)||
+      ((serverPort == defaultSecureServerPort) && isSecure))
+      isItDefaultPort = true;
+
+  // Construct pretty name from username and hostname
+  nsAutoString constructedPrettyName;
+  CopyASCIItoUTF16(userName,constructedPrettyName);
+  constructedPrettyName.Append('@');
+  constructedPrettyName.Append(NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16(hostName));
+
+  // If the port is valid and not default, add port value to the pretty name
+  if ((serverPort > 0) && (!isItDefaultPort)) {
+    constructedPrettyName.Append(':');
+    constructedPrettyName.AppendInt(serverPort);
+  }
+
+  // Format the pretty name
+  return GetFormattedStringFromName(constructedPrettyName,
+                                    "imapDefaultAccountName",
+                                    aPrettyName);
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsImapIncomingServer::GetFormattedStringFromName(const nsAString& aValue,
+                                                 const char* aName,
+                                                 nsAString& aResult)
+{
+  nsresult rv = GetStringBundle();
+  if (m_stringBundle)
+  {
+    nsString tmpVal (aValue);
+    const char16_t *formatStrings[] = { tmpVal.get() };
+
+    nsString result;
+    rv = m_stringBundle->FormatStringFromName(
+      NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16(aName).get(),
+      formatStrings, 1, getter_Copies(result));
+    aResult.Assign(result);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsImapIncomingServer::GetPrefForServerAttribute(const char *prefSuffix, bool *prefValue)
+{
+  // Any caller of this function must initialize prefValue with a default value
+  // as this code will not set prefValue when the pref does not exist and return
+  // NS_OK anyway
+
+  if (!mPrefBranch)
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(prefValue);
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(mPrefBranch->GetBoolPref(prefSuffix, prefValue)))
+    mDefPrefBranch->GetBoolPref(prefSuffix, prefValue);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapIncomingServer::GetCanFileMessagesOnServer(bool *aCanFileMessagesOnServer)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aCanFileMessagesOnServer);
+  // Initialize aCanFileMessagesOnServer true, a default value for IMAP
+  *aCanFileMessagesOnServer = true;
+  GetPrefForServerAttribute("canFileMessages", aCanFileMessagesOnServer);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapIncomingServer::SetSearchValue(const nsAString &searchValue)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapIncomingServer::GetSupportsSubscribeSearch(bool *retVal)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(retVal);
+  *retVal = false;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapIncomingServer::GetFilterScope(nsMsgSearchScopeValue *filterScope)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(filterScope);
+  // If the inbox is enabled for offline use, then use the offline filter
+  // scope, else use the online filter scope.
+  //
+  // XXX We use the same scope for all folders with the same incoming server,
+  // yet it is possible to set the offline flag separately for each folder.
+  // Manual filters could perhaps check the offline status of each folder,
+  // though it's hard to see how to make that work since we only store filters
+  // per server.
+  //
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> rootMsgFolder;
+  nsresult rv = GetRootMsgFolder(getter_AddRefs(rootMsgFolder));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> offlineInboxMsgFolder;
+  rv = rootMsgFolder->GetFolderWithFlags(nsMsgFolderFlags::Inbox |
+                                           nsMsgFolderFlags::Offline,
+                                         getter_AddRefs(offlineInboxMsgFolder));
+
+  *filterScope = offlineInboxMsgFolder ? nsMsgSearchScope::offlineMailFilter
+                                       : nsMsgSearchScope::onlineMailFilter;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapIncomingServer::GetSearchScope(nsMsgSearchScopeValue *searchScope)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(searchScope);
+ *searchScope = WeAreOffline() ? nsMsgSearchScope::offlineMail : nsMsgSearchScope::onlineMail;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// This is a recursive function. It gets new messages for current folder
+// first if it is marked, then calls itself recursively for each subfolder.
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapIncomingServer::GetNewMessagesForNonInboxFolders(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder,
+                                                       nsIMsgWindow *aWindow,
+                                                       bool forceAllFolders,
+                                                       bool performingBiff)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aFolder);
+  static bool gGotStatusPref = false;
+  static bool gUseStatus = false;
+
+  bool isServer;
+  (void) aFolder->GetIsServer(&isServer);
+  // Check this folder for new messages if it is marked to be checked
+  // or if we are forced to check all folders
+  uint32_t flags = 0;
+  aFolder->GetFlags(&flags);
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgImapMailFolder> imapFolder = do_QueryInterface(aFolder, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  bool canOpen;
+  imapFolder->GetCanOpenFolder(&canOpen);
+  if (canOpen && ((forceAllFolders &&
+                 !(flags & (nsMsgFolderFlags::Inbox | nsMsgFolderFlags::Trash |
+                   nsMsgFolderFlags::Junk | nsMsgFolderFlags::Virtual))) ||
+                flags & nsMsgFolderFlags::CheckNew))
+  {
+    // Get new messages for this folder.
+    aFolder->SetGettingNewMessages(true);
+    if (performingBiff)
+      imapFolder->SetPerformingBiff(true);
+    bool isOpen = false;
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgMailSession> mailSession = do_GetService(NS_MSGMAILSESSION_CONTRACTID);
+    if (mailSession && aFolder)
+      mailSession->IsFolderOpenInWindow(aFolder, &isOpen);
+    // eventually, the gGotStatusPref should go away, once we work out the kinks
+    // from using STATUS.
+    if (!gGotStatusPref)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefBranch = do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID);
+      if(prefBranch)
+        prefBranch->GetBoolPref("mail.imap.use_status_for_biff", &gUseStatus);
+      gGotStatusPref = true;
+    }
+    if (gUseStatus && !isOpen)
+    {
+      if (!isServer && m_foldersToStat.IndexOf(imapFolder) == -1)
+        m_foldersToStat.AppendObject(imapFolder);
+    }
+    else
+      aFolder->UpdateFolder(aWindow);
+  }
+
+  // Loop through all subfolders to get new messages for them.
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleEnumerator> enumerator;
+  rv = aFolder->GetSubFolders(getter_AddRefs(enumerator));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  bool hasMore;
+  while (NS_SUCCEEDED(enumerator->HasMoreElements(&hasMore)) && hasMore)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> item;
+    enumerator->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(item));
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> msgFolder(do_QueryInterface(item));
+    if (!msgFolder)
+    {
+      NS_WARNING("Not an nsIMsgFolder");
+      continue;
+    }
+    GetNewMessagesForNonInboxFolders(msgFolder, aWindow, forceAllFolders,
+                                     performingBiff);
+  }
+  if (isServer && m_foldersToStat.Count() > 0)
+    m_foldersToStat[0]->UpdateStatus(this, nullptr);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapIncomingServer::GetArbitraryHeaders(nsACString &aResult)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFilterList> filterList;
+  nsresult rv = GetFilterList(nullptr, getter_AddRefs(filterList));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  return filterList->GetArbitraryHeaders(aResult);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapIncomingServer::GetShowAttachmentsInline(bool *aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+  *aResult = true; // true per default
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefBranch = do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  prefBranch->GetBoolPref("mail.inline_attachments", aResult);
+  return NS_OK; // In case this pref is not set we need to return NS_OK.
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapIncomingServer::SetSocketType(int32_t aSocketType)
+{
+  int32_t oldSocketType;
+  nsresult rv = GetSocketType(&oldSocketType);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && oldSocketType != aSocketType)
+    CloseCachedConnections();
+  return nsMsgIncomingServer::SetSocketType(aSocketType);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapIncomingServer::OnUserOrHostNameChanged(const nsACString& oldName,
+                                              const nsACString& newName,
+                                              bool hostnameChanged)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  // 1. Do common things in the base class.
+  rv = nsMsgIncomingServer::OnUserOrHostNameChanged(oldName, newName, hostnameChanged);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  // 2. Reset 'HaveWeEverDiscoveredFolders' flag so the new folder list can be
+  //    reloaded (ie, DiscoverMailboxList() will be invoked in nsImapProtocol).
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapHostSessionList> hostSessionList = do_GetService(kCImapHostSessionListCID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  nsAutoCString serverKey;
+  rv = GetKey(serverKey);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  hostSessionList->SetHaveWeEverDiscoveredFoldersForHost(serverKey.get(), false);
+  // 3. Make all the existing folders 'unverified' so that they can be
+  //    removed from the folder pane after users log into the new server.
+  ResetFoldersToUnverified(nullptr);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// use canonical format in originalUri & convertedUri
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapIncomingServer::GetUriWithNamespacePrefixIfNecessary(int32_t namespaceType,
+                                                           const nsACString& originalUri,
+                                                           nsACString& convertedUri)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  nsAutoCString serverKey;
+  rv = GetKey(serverKey);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapHostSessionList> hostSessionList = do_GetService(kCImapHostSessionListCID, &rv);
+  nsIMAPNamespace *ns = nullptr;
+  rv = hostSessionList->GetDefaultNamespaceOfTypeForHost(serverKey.get(), (EIMAPNamespaceType)namespaceType, ns);
+  if (ns)
+  {
+    nsAutoCString namespacePrefix(ns->GetPrefix());
+    if (!namespacePrefix.IsEmpty())
+    {
+      // check if namespacePrefix is the same as the online directory; if so, ignore it.
+      nsAutoCString onlineDir;
+      rv = GetServerDirectory(onlineDir);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      if (!onlineDir.IsEmpty())
+      {
+        char delimiter = ns->GetDelimiter();
+          if ( onlineDir.Last() != delimiter )
+            onlineDir += delimiter;
+          if (onlineDir.Equals(namespacePrefix))
+            return NS_OK;
+      }
+
+      MsgReplaceChar(namespacePrefix, ns->GetDelimiter(), '/'); // use canonical format
+      nsCString uri(originalUri);
+      int32_t index = uri.Find("//");           // find scheme
+      index = uri.FindChar('/', index + 2);       // find '/' after scheme
+      // it may be the case that this is the INBOX uri, in which case
+      // we don't want to prepend the namespace. In that case, the uri ends with "INBOX",
+      // but the namespace is "INBOX/", so they don't match.
+      if (MsgFind(uri, namespacePrefix, false, index + 1) != index + 1 &&
+          !MsgLowerCaseEqualsLiteral(Substring(uri, index + 1), "inbox"))
+        uri.Insert(namespacePrefix, index + 1);   // insert namespace prefix
+      convertedUri = uri;
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapIncomingServer::GetTrashFolderName(nsAString& retval)
+{
+  nsresult rv = GetUnicharValue(PREF_TRASH_FOLDER_NAME, retval);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+  if (retval.IsEmpty())
+    retval = NS_LITERAL_STRING(DEFAULT_TRASH_FOLDER_NAME);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapIncomingServer::SetTrashFolderName(const nsAString& chvalue)
+{
+  // clear trash flag from the old pref
+  nsAutoString oldTrashName;
+  nsresult rv = GetTrashFolderName(oldTrashName);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    nsAutoCString oldTrashNameUtf7;
+    rv = CopyUTF16toMUTF7(oldTrashName, oldTrashNameUtf7);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> oldFolder;
+      rv = GetFolder(oldTrashNameUtf7, getter_AddRefs(oldFolder));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && oldFolder)
+        oldFolder->ClearFlag(nsMsgFolderFlags::Trash);
+    }
+  }
+  return SetUnicharValue(PREF_TRASH_FOLDER_NAME, chvalue);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapIncomingServer::GetMsgFolderFromURI(nsIMsgFolder *aFolderResource,
+                                          const nsACString& aURI,
+                                          nsIMsgFolder **aFolder)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> msgFolder;
+  bool namespacePrefixAdded = false;
+  nsCString folderUriWithNamespace;
+
+  // Check if the folder exists as is...
+  nsresult rv = GetExistingMsgFolder(aURI, folderUriWithNamespace,
+                                     namespacePrefixAdded, false,
+                                     getter_AddRefs(msgFolder));
+
+  // Or try again with a case-insensitive lookup
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !msgFolder)
+    rv = GetExistingMsgFolder(aURI, folderUriWithNamespace,
+                              namespacePrefixAdded, true,
+                              getter_AddRefs(msgFolder));
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !msgFolder) {
+    // we didn't find the folder so we will have to create a new one.
+    if (namespacePrefixAdded)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIRDFService> rdf = do_GetService("@mozilla.org/rdf/rdf-service;1", &rv);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFResource> resource;
+      rv = rdf->GetResource(folderUriWithNamespace, getter_AddRefs(resource));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> folderResource;
+      folderResource = do_QueryInterface(resource, &rv);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+      msgFolder = folderResource;
+    }
+    else
+      msgFolder = aFolderResource;
+  }
+
+  msgFolder.swap(*aFolder);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsImapIncomingServer::GetExistingMsgFolder(const nsACString& aURI,
+                                           nsACString& aFolderUriWithNamespace,
+                                           bool& aNamespacePrefixAdded,
+                                           bool aCaseInsensitive,
+                                           nsIMsgFolder **aFolder)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> rootMsgFolder;
+  nsresult rv = GetRootMsgFolder(getter_AddRefs(rootMsgFolder));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  aNamespacePrefixAdded = false;
+  // Check if the folder exists as is...Even if we have a personal namespace,
+  // it might be in another namespace (e.g., shared) and this will catch that.
+  rv = rootMsgFolder->GetChildWithURI(aURI, true, aCaseInsensitive, aFolder);
+
+  // If we couldn't find the folder as is, check if we need to prepend the
+  // personal namespace
+  if (!*aFolder)
+  {
+    GetUriWithNamespacePrefixIfNecessary(kPersonalNamespace, aURI,
+                                         aFolderUriWithNamespace);
+    if (!aFolderUriWithNamespace.IsEmpty())
+    {
+      aNamespacePrefixAdded = true;
+      rv = rootMsgFolder->GetChildWithURI(aFolderUriWithNamespace, true,
+                                          aCaseInsensitive, aFolder);
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapIncomingServer::CramMD5Hash(const char *decodedChallenge, const char *key, char **result)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(decodedChallenge);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(key);
+
+  unsigned char resultDigest[DIGEST_LENGTH];
+  nsresult rv = MSGCramMD5(decodedChallenge, strlen(decodedChallenge), key, strlen(key), resultDigest);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  *result = (char *) malloc(DIGEST_LENGTH);
+  if (*result)
+    memcpy(*result, resultDigest, DIGEST_LENGTH);
+  return (*result) ? NS_OK : NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapIncomingServer::GetLoginUsername(nsACString &aLoginUsername)
+{
+  return GetRealUsername(aLoginUsername);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapIncomingServer::GetOriginalUsername(nsACString &aUsername)
+{
+  return GetUsername(aUsername);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapIncomingServer::GetServerKey(nsACString &aServerKey)
+{
+  return GetKey(aServerKey);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapIncomingServer::GetServerPassword(nsACString &aPassword)
+{
+  return GetPassword(aPassword);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapIncomingServer::RemoveServerConnection(nsIImapProtocol* aProtocol)
+{
+  return RemoveConnection(aProtocol);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapIncomingServer::GetServerShuttingDown(bool* aShuttingDown)
+{
+  return GetShuttingDown(aShuttingDown);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapIncomingServer::ResetServerConnection(const nsACString& aFolderName)
+{
+  return ResetConnection(aFolderName);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapIncomingServer::SetServerDoingLsub(bool aDoingLsub)
+{
+  return SetDoingLsub(aDoingLsub);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapIncomingServer::SetServerForceSelect(const nsACString &aForceSelect)
+{
+  return SetForceSelect(aForceSelect);
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/imap/src/nsImapIncomingServer.h b/mailnews/imap/src/nsImapIncomingServer.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0948a3178
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/imap/src/nsImapIncomingServer.h
@@ -0,0 +1,137 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef __nsImapIncomingServer_h
+#define __nsImapIncomingServer_h
+
+#include "mozilla/Attributes.h"
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "nsIImapIncomingServer.h"
+#include "nsMsgIncomingServer.h"
+#include "nsIImapServerSink.h"
+#include "nsIStringBundle.h"
+#include "nsISubscribableServer.h"
+#include "nsIUrlListener.h"
+#include "nsIMsgImapMailFolder.h"
+#include "nsCOMArray.h"
+#include "nsTArray.h"
+#include "mozilla/Mutex.h"
+
+class nsIRDFService;
+
+/* get some implementation from nsMsgIncomingServer */
+class nsImapIncomingServer : public nsMsgIncomingServer,
+                             public nsIImapIncomingServer,
+                             public nsIImapServerSink,
+                             public nsISubscribableServer,
+                             public nsIUrlListener
+{
+public:
+    NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED
+
+    nsImapIncomingServer();
+
+    // overriding nsMsgIncomingServer methods
+  NS_IMETHOD SetKey(const nsACString& aKey) override;  // override nsMsgIncomingServer's implementation...
+  NS_IMETHOD GetLocalStoreType(nsACString& type) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetLocalDatabaseType(nsACString& type) override;
+
+  NS_DECL_NSIIMAPINCOMINGSERVER
+  NS_DECL_NSIIMAPSERVERSINK
+  NS_DECL_NSISUBSCRIBABLESERVER
+  NS_DECL_NSIURLLISTENER
+
+  NS_IMETHOD PerformBiff(nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD PerformExpand(nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD CloseCachedConnections() override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetConstructedPrettyName(nsAString& retval) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetCanBeDefaultServer(bool *canBeDefaultServer) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetCanCompactFoldersOnServer(bool *canCompactFoldersOnServer
+                                          ) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetCanUndoDeleteOnServer(bool *canUndoDeleteOnServer) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetCanSearchMessages(bool *canSearchMessages) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetCanEmptyTrashOnExit(bool *canEmptyTrashOnExit) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetOfflineSupportLevel(int32_t *aSupportLevel) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GeneratePrettyNameForMigration(nsAString& aPrettyName) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetSupportsDiskSpace(bool *aSupportsDiskSpace) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetCanCreateFoldersOnServer(bool *aCanCreateFoldersOnServer
+                                         ) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetCanFileMessagesOnServer(bool *aCanFileMessagesOnServer
+                                        ) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetFilterScope(nsMsgSearchScopeValue *filterScope) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetSearchScope(nsMsgSearchScopeValue *searchScope) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetServerRequiresPasswordForBiff(bool *aServerRequiresPasswordForBiff
+                                              ) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD OnUserOrHostNameChanged(const nsACString& oldName,
+                                     const nsACString& newName,
+                                     bool hostnameChanged) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetNumIdleConnections(int32_t *aNumIdleConnections);
+  NS_IMETHOD ForgetSessionPassword() override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetMsgFolderFromURI(nsIMsgFolder *aFolderResource,
+                                 const nsACString& aURI,
+                                 nsIMsgFolder **aFolder) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD SetSocketType(int32_t aSocketType) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD VerifyLogon(nsIUrlListener *aUrlListener, nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow,
+                         nsIURI **aURL) override;
+
+protected:
+  virtual ~nsImapIncomingServer();
+  nsresult GetFolder(const nsACString& name, nsIMsgFolder** pFolder);
+  virtual nsresult CreateRootFolderFromUri(const nsCString &serverUri,
+                                           nsIMsgFolder **rootFolder) override;
+  nsresult ResetFoldersToUnverified(nsIMsgFolder *parentFolder);
+  void GetUnverifiedSubFolders(nsIMsgFolder *parentFolder,
+                               nsCOMArray<nsIMsgImapMailFolder> &aFoldersArray);
+  void GetUnverifiedFolders(nsCOMArray<nsIMsgImapMailFolder> &aFolderArray);
+  nsresult DeleteNonVerifiedFolders(nsIMsgFolder *parentFolder);
+  bool NoDescendentsAreVerified(nsIMsgFolder *parentFolder);
+  bool AllDescendentsAreNoSelect(nsIMsgFolder *parentFolder);
+
+  nsresult GetStringBundle();
+  static nsresult AlertUser(const nsAString& aString, nsIMsgMailNewsUrl *aUrl);
+
+private:
+  nsresult SubscribeToFolder(const char16_t *aName, bool subscribe);
+  nsresult GetImapConnection(nsIImapUrl* aImapUrl,
+                             nsIImapProtocol** aImapConnection);
+  nsresult CreateProtocolInstance(nsIImapProtocol ** aImapConnection);
+  nsresult CreateHostSpecificPrefName(const char *prefPrefix, nsAutoCString &prefName);
+
+  nsresult DoomUrlIfChannelHasError(nsIImapUrl *aImapUrl, bool *urlDoomed);
+  bool ConnectionTimeOut(nsIImapProtocol* aImapConnection);
+  nsresult GetFormattedStringFromName(const nsAString& aValue, const char* aName, nsAString& aResult);
+  nsresult GetPrefForServerAttribute(const char *prefSuffix, bool *prefValue);
+  bool CheckSpecialFolder(nsIRDFService *rdf, nsCString &folderUri,
+                            uint32_t folderFlag, nsCString &existingUri);
+
+  nsCOMArray<nsIImapProtocol> m_connectionCache;
+  nsCOMArray<nsIImapUrl> m_urlQueue;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundle>	m_stringBundle;
+  nsCOMArray<nsIMsgFolder> m_subscribeFolders; // used to keep folder resources around while subscribe UI is up.
+  nsCOMArray<nsIMsgImapMailFolder> m_foldersToStat; // folders to check for new mail with Status
+  nsTArray<nsISupports*> m_urlConsumers;
+  eIMAPCapabilityFlags          m_capability;
+  nsCString         m_manageMailAccountUrl;
+  bool              m_userAuthenticated;
+  bool              mDoingSubscribeDialog;
+  bool              mDoingLsub;
+  bool              m_shuttingDown;
+
+  mozilla::Mutex mLock;
+  // subscribe dialog stuff
+  nsresult AddFolderToSubscribeDialog(const char *parentUri, const char *uri,const char *folderName);
+  nsCOMPtr <nsISubscribableServer> mInner;
+  nsresult EnsureInner();
+  nsresult ClearInner();
+
+  // Utility function for checking folder existence
+  nsresult GetExistingMsgFolder(const nsACString& aURI,
+                                nsACString& folderUriWithNamespace,
+                                bool& namespacePrefixAdded,
+                                bool caseInsensitive,
+                                nsIMsgFolder **aFolder);
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/imap/src/nsImapMailFolder.cpp b/mailnews/imap/src/nsImapMailFolder.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..12e687360
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/imap/src/nsImapMailFolder.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,9868 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "prmem.h"
+#include "nsMsgImapCID.h"
+#include "nsImapMailFolder.h"
+#include "nsIFile.h"
+#include "nsIFolderListener.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsAutoPtr.h"
+#include "nsIRDFService.h"
+#include "nsRDFCID.h"
+#include "nsMsgDBCID.h"
+#include "nsMsgFolderFlags.h"
+#include "nsImapFlagAndUidState.h"
+#include "nsISeekableStream.h"
+#include "nsThreadUtils.h"
+#include "nsIImapUrl.h"
+#include "nsImapUtils.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "nsIMsgMailSession.h"
+#include "nsMsgKeyArray.h"
+#include "nsMsgBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsMsgLocalCID.h"
+#include "nsImapUndoTxn.h"
+#include "nsIIMAPHostSessionList.h"
+#include "nsIMsgCopyService.h"
+#include "nsICopyMsgStreamListener.h"
+#include "nsImapStringBundle.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolderCacheElement.h"
+#include "nsTextFormatter.h"
+#include "nsIPrefBranch.h"
+#include "nsIPrefService.h"
+#include "nsMsgI18N.h"
+#include "nsICacheSession.h"
+#include "nsIDOMWindow.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFilter.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFilterService.h"
+#include "nsIMsgSearchCustomTerm.h"
+#include "nsIMsgSearchTerm.h"
+#include "nsImapMoveCoalescer.h"
+#include "nsIPrompt.h"
+#include "nsIPromptService.h"
+#include "nsIDocShell.h"
+#include "nsIInterfaceRequestor.h"
+#include "nsIInterfaceRequestorUtils.h"
+#include "nsUnicharUtils.h"
+#include "nsIImapFlagAndUidState.h"
+#include "nsIImapHeaderXferInfo.h"
+#include "nsIMessenger.h"
+#include "nsIMsgSearchAdapter.h"
+#include "nsIImapMockChannel.h"
+#include "nsIProgressEventSink.h"
+#include "nsIMsgWindow.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolder.h" // TO include biffState enum. Change to bool later...
+#include "nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation.h"
+#include "nsImapOfflineSync.h"
+#include "nsIMsgAccountManager.h"
+#include "nsQuickSort.h"
+#include "nsIImapMockChannel.h"
+#include "nsIWebNavigation.h"
+#include "nsNetUtil.h"
+#include "nsIMAPNamespace.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolderCompactor.h"
+#include "nsMsgMessageFlags.h"
+#include "nsIMimeHeaders.h"
+#include "nsIMsgMdnGenerator.h"
+#include "nsISpamSettings.h"
+#include <time.h>
+#include "nsIMsgMailNewsUrl.h"
+#include "nsEmbedCID.h"
+#include "nsIMsgComposeService.h"
+#include "nsMsgCompCID.h"
+#include "nsICacheEntry.h"
+#include "nsDirectoryServiceDefs.h"
+#include "nsIMsgIdentity.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolderNotificationService.h"
+#include "nsNativeCharsetUtils.h"
+#include "nsIExternalProtocolService.h"
+#include "nsCExternalHandlerService.h"
+#include "prprf.h"
+#include "nsIMutableArray.h"
+#include "nsArrayUtils.h"
+#include "nsArrayEnumerator.h"
+#include "nsAutoSyncManager.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFilterCustomAction.h"
+#include "nsMsgReadStateTxn.h"
+#include "nsIStringEnumerator.h"
+#include "nsIMsgStatusFeedback.h"
+#include "nsAlgorithm.h"
+#include "nsMsgLineBuffer.h"
+#include <algorithm>
+#include "mozilla/Logging.h"
+#include "mozilla/Attributes.h"
+#include "nsStringStream.h"
+#include "nsIStreamListener.h"
+
+static NS_DEFINE_CID(kRDFServiceCID, NS_RDFSERVICE_CID);
+static NS_DEFINE_CID(kParseMailMsgStateCID, NS_PARSEMAILMSGSTATE_CID);
+static NS_DEFINE_CID(kCImapHostSessionList, NS_IIMAPHOSTSESSIONLIST_CID);
+
+extern PRLogModuleInfo *gAutoSyncLog;
+extern PRLogModuleInfo* IMAP;
+
+#define MAILNEWS_CUSTOM_HEADERS "mailnews.customHeaders"
+
+/*
+    Copies the contents of srcDir into destDir.
+    destDir will be created if it doesn't exist.
+*/
+
+static
+nsresult RecursiveCopy(nsIFile* srcDir, nsIFile* destDir)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  bool isDir;
+
+  rv = srcDir->IsDirectory(&isDir);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+  if (!isDir) return NS_ERROR_INVALID_ARG;
+
+  bool exists;
+  rv = destDir->Exists(&exists);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !exists)
+    rv = destDir->Create(nsIFile::DIRECTORY_TYPE, 0775);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  bool hasMore = false;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleEnumerator> dirIterator;
+  rv = srcDir->GetDirectoryEntries(getter_AddRefs(dirIterator));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  rv = dirIterator->HasMoreElements(&hasMore);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> dirEntry;
+
+  while (hasMore)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> supports;
+    rv = dirIterator->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(supports));
+    dirEntry = do_QueryInterface(supports);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && dirEntry)
+    {
+      rv = dirEntry->IsDirectory(&isDir);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      {
+        if (isDir)
+        {
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> newChild;
+          rv = destDir->Clone(getter_AddRefs(newChild));
+          if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+          {
+            nsAutoString leafName;
+            dirEntry->GetLeafName(leafName);
+            newChild->AppendRelativePath(leafName);
+            rv = newChild->Exists(&exists);
+            if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !exists)
+              rv = newChild->Create(nsIFile::DIRECTORY_TYPE, 0775);
+            rv = RecursiveCopy(dirEntry, newChild);
+          }
+        }
+        else
+          rv = dirEntry->CopyTo(destDir, EmptyString());
+      }
+
+    }
+    rv = dirIterator->HasMoreElements(&hasMore);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsImapMailFolder::nsImapMailFolder() :
+    m_initialized(false),m_haveDiscoveredAllFolders(false),
+    m_curMsgUid(0), m_nextMessageByteLength(0),
+    m_urlRunning(false),
+    m_verifiedAsOnlineFolder(false),
+    m_explicitlyVerify(false),
+    m_folderIsNamespace(false),
+    m_folderNeedsSubscribing(false),
+    m_folderNeedsAdded(false),
+    m_folderNeedsACLListed(true),
+    m_performingBiff(false),
+    m_folderQuotaCommandIssued(false),
+    m_folderQuotaDataIsValid(false),
+    m_updatingFolder(false),
+    m_compactingOfflineStore(false),
+    m_expunging(false),
+    m_applyIncomingFilters(false),
+    m_downloadingFolderForOfflineUse(false),
+    m_filterListRequiresBody(false),
+    m_folderQuotaUsedKB(0),
+    m_folderQuotaMaxKB(0)
+{
+  MOZ_COUNT_CTOR(nsImapMailFolder); // double count these for now.
+
+  m_moveCoalescer = nullptr;
+  m_boxFlags = 0;
+  m_uidValidity = kUidUnknown;
+  m_numServerRecentMessages = 0;
+  m_numServerUnseenMessages = 0;
+  m_numServerTotalMessages = 0;
+  m_nextUID = nsMsgKey_None;
+  m_hierarchyDelimiter = kOnlineHierarchySeparatorUnknown;
+  m_folderACL = nullptr;
+  m_aclFlags = 0;
+  m_supportedUserFlags = 0;
+  m_namespace = nullptr;
+  m_pendingPlaybackReq = nullptr;
+}
+
+nsImapMailFolder::~nsImapMailFolder()
+{
+  MOZ_COUNT_DTOR(nsImapMailFolder);
+
+  NS_IF_RELEASE(m_moveCoalescer);
+  delete m_folderACL;
+    
+  // cleanup any pending request
+  delete m_pendingPlaybackReq;
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ADDREF_INHERITED(nsImapMailFolder, nsMsgDBFolder)
+NS_IMPL_RELEASE_INHERITED(nsImapMailFolder, nsMsgDBFolder)
+NS_IMPL_QUERY_HEAD(nsImapMailFolder)
+    NS_IMPL_QUERY_BODY(nsIMsgImapMailFolder)
+    NS_IMPL_QUERY_BODY(nsICopyMessageListener)
+    NS_IMPL_QUERY_BODY(nsIImapMailFolderSink)
+    NS_IMPL_QUERY_BODY(nsIImapMessageSink)
+    NS_IMPL_QUERY_BODY(nsIUrlListener)
+    NS_IMPL_QUERY_BODY(nsIMsgFilterHitNotify)
+NS_IMPL_QUERY_TAIL_INHERITING(nsMsgDBFolder)
+
+nsresult nsImapMailFolder::AddDirectorySeparator(nsIFile *path)
+{
+  if (mURI.Equals(kImapRootURI))
+  {
+    // don't concat the full separator with .sbd
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    // see if there's a dir with the same name ending with .sbd
+    nsAutoString leafName;
+    path->GetLeafName(leafName);
+    leafName.Append(NS_LITERAL_STRING(FOLDER_SUFFIX));
+    path->SetLeafName(leafName);
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+static bool
+nsShouldIgnoreFile(nsString& name)
+{
+  int32_t len = name.Length();
+  if (len > 4 && name.RFind(SUMMARY_SUFFIX, true) == len - 4)
+  {
+    name.SetLength(len-4); // truncate the string
+    return false;
+  }
+  return true;
+}
+
+nsresult nsImapMailFolder::CreateChildFromURI(const nsCString &uri, nsIMsgFolder **folder)
+{
+  nsImapMailFolder *newFolder = new nsImapMailFolder;
+  if (!newFolder)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+  newFolder->Init(uri.get());
+  NS_ADDREF(*folder = newFolder);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::AddSubfolder(const nsAString& aName, nsIMsgFolder** aChild)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aChild);
+
+  int32_t flags = 0;
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFService> rdf = do_GetService("@mozilla.org/rdf/rdf-service;1", &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  nsAutoCString uri(mURI);
+  uri.Append('/');
+
+  // If AddSubFolder starts getting called for folders other than virtual folders,
+  // we'll have to do convert those names to modified utf-7. For now, the account manager code
+  // that loads the virtual folders for each account, expects utf8 not modified utf-7.
+  nsAutoCString escapedName;
+  rv = NS_MsgEscapeEncodeURLPath(aName, escapedName);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  uri += escapedName.get();
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> msgFolder;
+  rv = GetChildWithURI(uri, false/*deep*/, true /*case Insensitive*/, getter_AddRefs(msgFolder));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && msgFolder)
+    return NS_MSG_FOLDER_EXISTS;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFResource> res;
+  rv = rdf->GetResource(uri, getter_AddRefs(res));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder(do_QueryInterface(res, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIFile> path;
+  rv = CreateDirectoryForFolder(getter_AddRefs(path));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  folder->GetFlags((uint32_t *)&flags);
+
+  flags |= nsMsgFolderFlags::Mail;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapIncomingServer> imapServer;
+  GetImapIncomingServer(getter_AddRefs(imapServer));
+  if (imapServer)
+  {
+    bool setNewFoldersForOffline = false;
+    rv = imapServer->GetOfflineDownload(&setNewFoldersForOffline);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && setNewFoldersForOffline)
+      flags |= nsMsgFolderFlags::Offline;
+  }
+
+  folder->SetParent(this);
+
+  folder->SetFlags(flags);
+
+  mSubFolders.AppendObject(folder);
+  folder.swap(*aChild);
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgImapMailFolder> imapChild = do_QueryInterface(*aChild);
+  if (imapChild)
+  {
+    imapChild->SetOnlineName(NS_LossyConvertUTF16toASCII(aName));
+    imapChild->SetHierarchyDelimiter(m_hierarchyDelimiter);
+  }
+  NotifyItemAdded(*aChild);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsImapMailFolder::AddSubfolderWithPath(nsAString& name, nsIFile *dbPath,
+                                             nsIMsgFolder **child, bool brandNew)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(child);
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFService> rdf(do_GetService(kRDFServiceCID, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsAutoCString uri(mURI);
+  uri.Append('/');
+  AppendUTF16toUTF8(name, uri);
+
+  bool isServer;
+  rv = GetIsServer(&isServer);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  bool isInbox = isServer && name.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("inbox");
+
+  //will make sure mSubFolders does not have duplicates because of bogus msf files.
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> msgFolder;
+  rv = GetChildWithURI(uri, false/*deep*/, isInbox /*case Insensitive*/, getter_AddRefs(msgFolder));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && msgFolder)
+    return NS_MSG_FOLDER_EXISTS;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFResource> res;
+  rv = rdf->GetResource(uri, getter_AddRefs(res));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder(do_QueryInterface(res, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  folder->SetFilePath(dbPath);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgImapMailFolder> imapFolder = do_QueryInterface(folder, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  uint32_t flags = 0;
+  folder->GetFlags(&flags);
+
+  folder->SetParent(this);
+  flags |= nsMsgFolderFlags::Mail;
+
+  uint32_t pFlags;
+  GetFlags(&pFlags);
+  bool isParentInbox = pFlags & nsMsgFolderFlags::Inbox;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapIncomingServer> imapServer;
+  rv = GetImapIncomingServer(getter_AddRefs(imapServer));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  //Only set these if these are top level children or parent is inbox
+  if (isInbox)
+    flags |= nsMsgFolderFlags::Inbox;
+  else if (isServer || isParentInbox)
+  {
+    nsMsgImapDeleteModel deleteModel;
+    imapServer->GetDeleteModel(&deleteModel);
+    if (deleteModel == nsMsgImapDeleteModels::MoveToTrash)
+    {
+      nsAutoString trashName;
+      GetTrashFolderName(trashName);
+      if (name.Equals(trashName))
+        flags |= nsMsgFolderFlags::Trash;
+    }
+  }
+
+  // Make the folder offline if it is newly created and the offline_download
+  // pref is true, unless it's the Trash or Junk folder.
+  if (brandNew && !(flags & (nsMsgFolderFlags::Trash | nsMsgFolderFlags::Junk)))
+  {
+    bool setNewFoldersForOffline = false;
+    rv = imapServer->GetOfflineDownload(&setNewFoldersForOffline);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && setNewFoldersForOffline)
+      flags |= nsMsgFolderFlags::Offline;
+  }
+
+  folder->SetFlags(flags);
+
+  if (folder)
+    mSubFolders.AppendObject(folder);
+  folder.swap(*child);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsImapMailFolder::CreateSubFolders(nsIFile *path)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  nsAutoString currentFolderNameStr;    // online name
+  nsAutoString currentFolderDBNameStr;  // possibly munged name
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> child;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+  rv = GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsISimpleEnumerator> children;
+  rv = path->GetDirectoryEntries(getter_AddRefs(children));
+  bool more = false;
+  if (children)
+    children->HasMoreElements(&more);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> dirEntry;
+
+  while (more)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> supports;
+    rv = children->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(supports));
+    dirEntry = do_QueryInterface(supports);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !dirEntry)
+      break;
+    rv = children->HasMoreElements(&more);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIFile> currentFolderPath = do_QueryInterface(dirEntry);
+    currentFolderPath->GetLeafName(currentFolderNameStr);
+    if (nsShouldIgnoreFile(currentFolderNameStr))
+      continue;
+
+    // OK, here we need to get the online name from the folder cache if we can.
+    // If we can, use that to create the sub-folder
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolderCacheElement> cacheElement;
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIFile> curFolder = do_CreateInstance(NS_LOCAL_FILE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIFile> dbFile = do_CreateInstance(NS_LOCAL_FILE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    dbFile->InitWithFile(currentFolderPath);
+    curFolder->InitWithFile(currentFolderPath);
+    // don't strip off the .msf in currentFolderPath.
+    currentFolderPath->SetLeafName(currentFolderNameStr);
+    currentFolderDBNameStr = currentFolderNameStr;
+    nsAutoString utf7LeafName = currentFolderNameStr;
+
+    if (curFolder)
+    {
+      rv = GetFolderCacheElemFromFile(dbFile, getter_AddRefs(cacheElement));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && cacheElement)
+      {
+        nsCString onlineFullUtf7Name;
+
+        uint32_t folderFlags;
+        rv = cacheElement->GetInt32Property("flags", (int32_t *) &folderFlags);
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && folderFlags & nsMsgFolderFlags::Virtual) //ignore virtual folders
+          continue;
+        int32_t hierarchyDelimiter;
+        rv = cacheElement->GetInt32Property("hierDelim", &hierarchyDelimiter);
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && hierarchyDelimiter == kOnlineHierarchySeparatorUnknown)
+        {
+          currentFolderPath->Remove(false);
+          continue; // blow away .msf files for folders with unknown delimiter.
+        }
+        rv = cacheElement->GetStringProperty("onlineName", onlineFullUtf7Name);
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !onlineFullUtf7Name.IsEmpty())
+        {
+          CopyMUTF7toUTF16(onlineFullUtf7Name, currentFolderNameStr);
+          char delimiter = 0;
+          GetHierarchyDelimiter(&delimiter);
+          int32_t leafPos = currentFolderNameStr.RFindChar(delimiter);
+          if (leafPos > 0)
+            currentFolderNameStr.Cut(0, leafPos + 1);
+
+          // take the utf7 full online name, and determine the utf7 leaf name
+          CopyASCIItoUTF16(onlineFullUtf7Name, utf7LeafName);
+          leafPos = utf7LeafName.RFindChar(delimiter);
+          if (leafPos > 0)
+            utf7LeafName.Cut(0, leafPos + 1);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+      // make the imap folder remember the file spec it was created with.
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIFile> msfFilePath = do_CreateInstance(NS_LOCAL_FILE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    msfFilePath->InitWithFile(currentFolderPath);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && msfFilePath)
+    {
+      // leaf name is the db name w/o .msf (nsShouldIgnoreFile strips it off)
+      // so this trims the .msf off the file spec.
+      msfFilePath->SetLeafName(currentFolderDBNameStr);
+    }
+    // use the utf7 name as the uri for the folder.
+    AddSubfolderWithPath(utf7LeafName, msfFilePath, getter_AddRefs(child));
+    if (child)
+    {
+      // use the unicode name as the "pretty" name. Set it so it won't be
+      // automatically computed from the URI, which is in utf7 form.
+      if (!currentFolderNameStr.IsEmpty())
+        child->SetPrettyName(currentFolderNameStr);
+      child->SetMsgDatabase(nullptr);
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::GetSubFolders(nsISimpleEnumerator **aResult)
+{
+  bool isServer;
+  nsresult rv = GetIsServer(&isServer);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  if (!m_initialized)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> pathFile;
+    rv = GetFilePath(getter_AddRefs(pathFile));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+    // host directory does not need .sbd tacked on
+    if (!isServer)
+    {
+      rv = AddDirectorySeparator(pathFile);
+      if(NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+    }
+
+    m_initialized = true;      // need to set this here to avoid infinite recursion from CreateSubfolders.
+    // we have to treat the root folder specially, because it's name
+    // doesn't end with .sbd
+
+    int32_t newFlags = nsMsgFolderFlags::Mail;
+    bool isDirectory = false;
+    pathFile->IsDirectory(&isDirectory);
+    if (isDirectory)
+    {
+        newFlags |= (nsMsgFolderFlags::Directory | nsMsgFolderFlags::Elided);
+        if (!mIsServer)
+          SetFlag(newFlags);
+        rv = CreateSubFolders(pathFile);
+    }
+    if (isServer)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> inboxFolder;
+
+      GetFolderWithFlags(nsMsgFolderFlags::Inbox, getter_AddRefs(inboxFolder));
+      if (!inboxFolder)
+      {
+        // create an inbox if we don't have one.
+        CreateClientSubfolderInfo(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("INBOX"), kOnlineHierarchySeparatorUnknown, 0, true);
+      }
+    }
+
+    int32_t count = mSubFolders.Count();
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleEnumerator> dummy;
+    for (int32_t i = 0; i < count; i++)
+      mSubFolders[i]->GetSubFolders(getter_AddRefs(dummy));
+
+    UpdateSummaryTotals(false);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+  }
+
+  return aResult ? NS_NewArrayEnumerator(aResult, mSubFolders) : NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+}
+
+//Makes sure the database is open and exists.  If the database is valid then
+//returns NS_OK.  Otherwise returns a failure error value.
+nsresult nsImapMailFolder::GetDatabase()
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  if (!mDatabase)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBService> msgDBService = do_GetService(NS_MSGDB_SERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    // Create the database, blowing it away if it needs to be rebuilt
+    rv = msgDBService->OpenFolderDB(this, false, getter_AddRefs(mDatabase));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      rv = msgDBService->CreateNewDB(this, getter_AddRefs(mDatabase));
+
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    // UpdateNewMessages/UpdateSummaryTotals can null mDatabase, so we save a local copy
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> database(mDatabase);
+    UpdateNewMessages();
+    if(mAddListener)
+      database->AddListener(this);
+    UpdateSummaryTotals(true);
+    mDatabase = database;
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::UpdateFolder(nsIMsgWindow * inMsgWindow)
+{
+  return UpdateFolderWithListener(inMsgWindow, nullptr);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::UpdateFolderWithListener(nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow, nsIUrlListener *aUrlListener)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  bool selectFolder = false;
+
+  // If this is the inbox, filters will be applied. Otherwise, we test the
+  // inherited folder property "applyIncomingFilters" (which defaults to empty).
+  // If this inherited property has the string value "true", we will apply
+  // filters even if this is not the inbox folder.
+  nsCString applyIncomingFilters;
+  GetInheritedStringProperty("applyIncomingFilters", applyIncomingFilters);
+  m_applyIncomingFilters = applyIncomingFilters.EqualsLiteral("true");
+
+  if (mFlags & nsMsgFolderFlags::Inbox || m_applyIncomingFilters)
+  {
+    if (!m_filterList)
+      rv = GetFilterList(aMsgWindow, getter_AddRefs(m_filterList));
+    // if there's no msg window, but someone is updating the inbox, we're
+    // doing something biff-like, and may download headers, so make biff notify.
+    if (!aMsgWindow && mFlags & nsMsgFolderFlags::Inbox)
+      SetPerformingBiff(true);
+  }
+
+  if (m_filterList)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+    rv = GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    bool canFileMessagesOnServer = true;
+    rv = server->GetCanFileMessagesOnServer(&canFileMessagesOnServer);
+    // the mdn filter is for filing return receipts into the sent folder
+    // some servers (like AOL mail servers)
+    // can't file to the sent folder, so we don't add the filter for those servers
+    if (canFileMessagesOnServer)
+    {
+      rv = server->ConfigureTemporaryFilters(m_filterList);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    }
+
+    // If a body filter is enabled for an offline folder, delay the filter
+    // application until after message has been downloaded.
+    m_filterListRequiresBody = false;
+
+    if (mFlags & nsMsgFolderFlags::Offline)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFilterService> filterService =
+        do_GetService(NS_MSGFILTERSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+      uint32_t filterCount = 0;
+      m_filterList->GetFilterCount(&filterCount);
+      for (uint32_t index = 0;
+           index < filterCount && !m_filterListRequiresBody;
+           ++index)
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFilter> filter;
+        m_filterList->GetFilterAt(index, getter_AddRefs(filter));
+        if (!filter)
+          continue;
+        nsMsgFilterTypeType filterType;
+        filter->GetFilterType(&filterType);
+        if (!(filterType & nsMsgFilterType::Incoming))
+          continue;
+        bool enabled = false;
+        filter->GetEnabled(&enabled);
+        if (!enabled)
+          continue;
+        nsCOMPtr<nsISupportsArray> searchTerms;
+        uint32_t numSearchTerms = 0;
+        filter->GetSearchTerms(getter_AddRefs(searchTerms));
+        if (searchTerms)
+          searchTerms->Count(&numSearchTerms);
+        for (uint32_t termIndex = 0;
+             termIndex < numSearchTerms && !m_filterListRequiresBody;
+             termIndex++)
+        {
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgSearchTerm> term;
+          rv = searchTerms->QueryElementAt(termIndex,
+                                           NS_GET_IID(nsIMsgSearchTerm),
+                                           getter_AddRefs(term));
+          nsMsgSearchAttribValue attrib;
+          rv = term->GetAttrib(&attrib);
+          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+          if (attrib == nsMsgSearchAttrib::Body)
+            m_filterListRequiresBody = true;
+          else if (attrib == nsMsgSearchAttrib::Custom)
+          {
+            nsAutoCString customId;
+            rv = term->GetCustomId(customId);
+            nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgSearchCustomTerm> customTerm;
+            if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && filterService)
+              rv = filterService->GetCustomTerm(customId,
+                                                getter_AddRefs(customTerm));
+            bool needsBody = false;
+            if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && customTerm)
+              rv = customTerm->GetNeedsBody(&needsBody);
+            if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && needsBody)
+              m_filterListRequiresBody = true;
+          }
+        }
+
+        // Also check if filter actions need the body, as this
+        // is supported in custom actions.
+        uint32_t numActions = 0;
+        filter->GetActionCount(&numActions);
+        for (uint32_t actionIndex = 0;
+             actionIndex < numActions && !m_filterListRequiresBody;
+             actionIndex++)
+        {
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgRuleAction> action;
+          rv = filter->GetActionAt(actionIndex, getter_AddRefs(action));
+          if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !action)
+            continue;
+
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFilterCustomAction> customAction;
+          rv = action->GetCustomAction(getter_AddRefs(customAction));
+          if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !customAction)
+            continue;
+
+          bool needsBody = false;
+          customAction->GetNeedsBody(&needsBody);
+          if (needsBody)
+            m_filterListRequiresBody = true;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  selectFolder = true;
+
+  bool isServer;
+  rv = GetIsServer(&isServer);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && isServer)
+  {
+    if (!m_haveDiscoveredAllFolders)
+    {
+      bool hasSubFolders = false;
+      GetHasSubFolders(&hasSubFolders);
+      if (!hasSubFolders)
+      {
+        rv = CreateClientSubfolderInfo(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("Inbox"), kOnlineHierarchySeparatorUnknown,0, false);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      }
+      m_haveDiscoveredAllFolders = true;
+    }
+    selectFolder = false;
+  }
+  rv = GetDatabase();
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+  {
+    ThrowAlertMsg("errorGettingDB", aMsgWindow);
+    return rv;
+  }
+  bool canOpenThisFolder = true;
+  GetCanOpenFolder(&canOpenThisFolder);
+
+  bool hasOfflineEvents = false;
+  GetFlag(nsMsgFolderFlags::OfflineEvents, &hasOfflineEvents);
+
+  if (!WeAreOffline())
+  {
+    if (hasOfflineEvents)
+    {
+      // hold a reference to the offline sync object. If ProcessNextOperation
+      // runs a url, a reference will be added to it. Otherwise, it will get
+      // destroyed when the refptr goes out of scope.
+      RefPtr<nsImapOfflineSync> goOnline = new nsImapOfflineSync(aMsgWindow, this, this);
+      if (goOnline)
+      {
+        m_urlListener = aUrlListener;
+        return goOnline->ProcessNextOperation();
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  // Check it we're password protecting the local store.
+  if (!PromptForMasterPasswordIfNecessary())
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  if (!canOpenThisFolder)
+    selectFolder = false;
+  // don't run select if we can't select the folder...
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !m_urlRunning && selectFolder)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIImapService> imapService = do_GetService(NS_IMAPSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIURI> url;
+    rv = imapService->SelectFolder(this, m_urlListener, aMsgWindow, getter_AddRefs(url));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      m_urlRunning = true;
+      m_updatingFolder = true;
+    }
+    if (url)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailnewsUrl = do_QueryInterface(url, &rv);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      mailnewsUrl->RegisterListener(this);
+      m_urlListener = aUrlListener;
+    }
+
+    // Allow IMAP folder auto-compact to occur when online or offline.
+    if (aMsgWindow)
+      AutoCompact(aMsgWindow);
+
+    if (rv == NS_MSG_ERROR_OFFLINE || rv == NS_BINDING_ABORTED)
+    {
+      rv = NS_OK;
+      NotifyFolderEvent(mFolderLoadedAtom);
+    }
+  }
+  else if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))  // tell the front end that the folder is loaded if we're not going to
+  {                           // actually run a url.
+    if (!m_updatingFolder)    // if we're already running an update url, we'll let that one send the folder loaded
+      NotifyFolderEvent(mFolderLoadedAtom);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::GetMessages(nsISimpleEnumerator* *result)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(result);
+  if (!mDatabase)
+    GetDatabase();
+  if (mDatabase)
+    return mDatabase->EnumerateMessages(result);
+  return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::CreateSubfolder(const nsAString& folderName, nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow)
+{
+  if (folderName.IsEmpty())
+    return NS_MSG_ERROR_INVALID_FOLDER_NAME;
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsAutoString trashName;
+  GetTrashFolderName(trashName);
+  if ( folderName.Equals(trashName))   // Trash , a special folder
+  {
+    ThrowAlertMsg("folderExists", msgWindow);
+    return NS_MSG_FOLDER_EXISTS;
+  }
+  else if (mIsServer && folderName.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("inbox"))  // Inbox, a special folder
+  {
+    ThrowAlertMsg("folderExists", msgWindow);
+    return NS_MSG_FOLDER_EXISTS;
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapService> imapService = do_GetService(NS_IMAPSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  return imapService->CreateFolder(this, folderName, this, nullptr);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::CreateClientSubfolderInfo(const nsACString& folderName,
+                                                          char hierarchyDelimiter,
+                                                          int32_t flags,
+                                                          bool suppressNotification)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  //Get a directory based on our current path.
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIFile> path;
+  rv = CreateDirectoryForFolder(getter_AddRefs(path));
+  if(NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16 leafName(folderName);
+  nsAutoString folderNameStr;
+  nsAutoString parentName = leafName;
+  // use RFind, because folder can start with a delimiter and
+  // not be a leaf folder.
+  int32_t folderStart = leafName.RFindChar('/');
+  if (folderStart > 0)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFService> rdf(do_GetService(kRDFServiceCID, &rv));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFResource> res;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgImapMailFolder> parentFolder;
+    nsAutoCString uri (mURI);
+    leafName.Assign(Substring(parentName, folderStart + 1));
+    parentName.SetLength(folderStart);
+
+    rv = CreateDirectoryForFolder(getter_AddRefs(path));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      return rv;
+    uri.Append('/');
+    uri.Append(NS_LossyConvertUTF16toASCII(parentName));
+    rv = rdf->GetResource(uri, getter_AddRefs(res));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      return rv;
+    parentFolder = do_QueryInterface(res, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    nsAutoCString leafnameC;
+    LossyCopyUTF16toASCII(leafName, leafnameC);
+    return parentFolder->CreateClientSubfolderInfo(leafnameC, hierarchyDelimiter,flags, suppressNotification);
+  }
+
+  // if we get here, it's really a leaf, and "this" is the parent.
+  folderNameStr = leafName;
+
+  // Create an empty database for this mail folder, set its name from the user
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> mailDBFactory;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> child;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBService> msgDBService = do_GetService(NS_MSGDB_SERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> unusedDB;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIFile> dbFile;
+
+  // warning, path will be changed
+  rv = CreateFileForDB(folderNameStr, path, getter_AddRefs(dbFile));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  //Now let's create the actual new folder
+  rv = AddSubfolderWithPath(folderNameStr, dbFile, getter_AddRefs(child), true);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  rv = msgDBService->OpenMailDBFromFile(dbFile, child, true, true,
+                                        getter_AddRefs(unusedDB));
+  if (rv == NS_MSG_ERROR_FOLDER_SUMMARY_MISSING)
+    rv = NS_OK;
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && unusedDB)
+  {
+  //need to set the folder name
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIDBFolderInfo> folderInfo;
+    rv = unusedDB->GetDBFolderInfo(getter_AddRefs(folderInfo));
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgImapMailFolder> imapFolder = do_QueryInterface(child, &rv);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      nsAutoCString onlineName(m_onlineFolderName);
+      if (!onlineName.IsEmpty())
+        onlineName.Append(hierarchyDelimiter);
+      onlineName.Append(NS_LossyConvertUTF16toASCII(folderNameStr));
+      imapFolder->SetVerifiedAsOnlineFolder(true);
+      imapFolder->SetOnlineName(onlineName);
+      imapFolder->SetHierarchyDelimiter(hierarchyDelimiter);
+      imapFolder->SetBoxFlags(flags);
+
+      // Now that the child is created and the boxflags are set we can be sure
+      // all special folder flags are known. The child may get its flags already
+      // in AddSubfolderWithPath if they were in FolderCache, but that's
+      // not always the case.
+      uint32_t flags = 0;
+      child->GetFlags(&flags);
+
+      // Set the offline use flag for the newly created folder if the
+      // offline_download preference is true, unless it's the Trash or Junk
+      // folder.
+      if (!(flags & (nsMsgFolderFlags::Trash | nsMsgFolderFlags::Junk)))
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIImapIncomingServer> imapServer;
+        rv = GetImapIncomingServer(getter_AddRefs(imapServer));
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+        bool setNewFoldersForOffline = false;
+        rv = imapServer->GetOfflineDownload(&setNewFoldersForOffline);
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && setNewFoldersForOffline)
+          flags |= nsMsgFolderFlags::Offline;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        flags &= ~nsMsgFolderFlags::Offline; // clear offline flag if set
+      }
+
+      flags |= nsMsgFolderFlags::Elided;
+      child->SetFlags(flags);
+
+      nsString unicodeName;
+      rv = CopyMUTF7toUTF16(nsCString(folderName), unicodeName);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        child->SetPrettyName(unicodeName);
+
+      // store the online name as the mailbox name in the db folder info
+      // I don't think anyone uses the mailbox name, so we'll use it
+      // to restore the online name when blowing away an imap db.
+      if (folderInfo)
+        folderInfo->SetMailboxName(NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16(onlineName));
+    }
+
+    unusedDB->SetSummaryValid(true);
+    unusedDB->Commit(nsMsgDBCommitType::kLargeCommit);
+    unusedDB->Close(true);
+    // don't want to hold onto this newly created db.
+    child->SetMsgDatabase(nullptr);
+  }
+
+  if (!suppressNotification)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIAtom> folderCreateAtom;
+    if(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && child)
+    {
+      NotifyItemAdded(child);
+      folderCreateAtom = MsgGetAtom("FolderCreateCompleted");
+      child->NotifyFolderEvent(folderCreateAtom);
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolderNotificationService> notifier(do_GetService(NS_MSGNOTIFICATIONSERVICE_CONTRACTID));
+      if (notifier)
+        notifier->NotifyFolderAdded(child);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      folderCreateAtom = MsgGetAtom("FolderCreateFailed");
+      NotifyFolderEvent(folderCreateAtom);
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::List()
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapService> imapService = do_GetService(NS_IMAPSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  return imapService->ListFolder(this, this, nullptr);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::RemoveSubFolder (nsIMsgFolder *which)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> folders(do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(folders, rv);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> folderSupport = do_QueryInterface(which, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  folders->AppendElement(folderSupport, false);
+  rv = nsMsgDBFolder::DeleteSubFolders(folders, nullptr);
+  which->Delete();
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::CreateStorageIfMissing(nsIUrlListener* urlListener)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> msgParent;
+  GetParent(getter_AddRefs(msgParent));
+
+  // parent is probably not set because *this* was probably created by rdf
+  // and not by folder discovery. So, we have to compute the parent.
+  if (!msgParent)
+  {
+    nsAutoCString folderName(mURI);
+
+    int32_t leafPos = folderName.RFindChar('/');
+    nsAutoCString parentName(folderName);
+
+    if (leafPos > 0)
+    {
+      // If there is a hierarchy, there is a parent.
+      // Don't strip off slash if it's the first character
+      parentName.SetLength(leafPos);
+      // get the corresponding RDF resource
+      // RDF will create the folder resource if it doesn't already exist
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFService> rdf(do_GetService(kRDFServiceCID, &rv));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFResource> resource;
+      rv = rdf->GetResource(parentName, getter_AddRefs(resource));
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+      msgParent = do_QueryInterface(resource, &rv);
+    }
+  }
+  if (msgParent)
+  {
+    nsString folderName;
+    GetName(folderName);
+    nsresult rv;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIImapService> imapService = do_GetService(NS_IMAPSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIURI> uri;
+    imapService->EnsureFolderExists(msgParent, folderName, urlListener, getter_AddRefs(uri));
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::GetVerifiedAsOnlineFolder(bool *aVerifiedAsOnlineFolder)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aVerifiedAsOnlineFolder);
+  *aVerifiedAsOnlineFolder = m_verifiedAsOnlineFolder;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::SetVerifiedAsOnlineFolder(bool aVerifiedAsOnlineFolder)
+{
+  m_verifiedAsOnlineFolder = aVerifiedAsOnlineFolder;
+  // mark ancestors as verified as well
+  if (aVerifiedAsOnlineFolder)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> parent;
+    do
+    {
+      GetParent(getter_AddRefs(parent));
+      if (parent)
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgImapMailFolder> imapParent = do_QueryInterface(parent);
+        if (imapParent)
+        {
+          bool verifiedOnline;
+          imapParent->GetVerifiedAsOnlineFolder(&verifiedOnline);
+          if (verifiedOnline)
+            break;
+          imapParent->SetVerifiedAsOnlineFolder(true);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    while (parent);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::GetOnlineDelimiter(char* onlineDelimiter)
+{
+  return GetHierarchyDelimiter(onlineDelimiter);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::SetHierarchyDelimiter(char aHierarchyDelimiter)
+{
+  m_hierarchyDelimiter = aHierarchyDelimiter;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::GetHierarchyDelimiter(char *aHierarchyDelimiter)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aHierarchyDelimiter);
+  if (mIsServer)
+  {
+    // if it's the root folder, we don't know the delimiter. So look at the
+    // first child.
+    int32_t count = mSubFolders.Count();
+    if (count > 0)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgImapMailFolder> childFolder(do_QueryInterface(mSubFolders[0]));
+      if (childFolder)
+      {
+        nsresult rv = childFolder->GetHierarchyDelimiter(aHierarchyDelimiter);
+        // some code uses m_hierarchyDelimiter directly, so we should set it.
+        m_hierarchyDelimiter = *aHierarchyDelimiter;
+        return rv;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  ReadDBFolderInfo(false); // update cache first.
+  *aHierarchyDelimiter = m_hierarchyDelimiter;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::SetBoxFlags(int32_t aBoxFlags)
+{
+  ReadDBFolderInfo(false);
+
+  m_boxFlags = aBoxFlags;
+  uint32_t newFlags = mFlags;
+
+  newFlags |= nsMsgFolderFlags::ImapBox;
+
+  if (m_boxFlags & kNoinferiors)
+    newFlags |= nsMsgFolderFlags::ImapNoinferiors;
+  else
+    newFlags &= ~nsMsgFolderFlags::ImapNoinferiors;
+  if (m_boxFlags & kNoselect)
+    newFlags |= nsMsgFolderFlags::ImapNoselect;
+  else
+    newFlags &= ~nsMsgFolderFlags::ImapNoselect;
+  if (m_boxFlags & kPublicMailbox)
+    newFlags |= nsMsgFolderFlags::ImapPublic;
+  else
+    newFlags &= ~nsMsgFolderFlags::ImapPublic;
+  if (m_boxFlags & kOtherUsersMailbox)
+    newFlags |= nsMsgFolderFlags::ImapOtherUser;
+  else
+    newFlags &= ~nsMsgFolderFlags::ImapOtherUser;
+  if (m_boxFlags & kPersonalMailbox)
+    newFlags |= nsMsgFolderFlags::ImapPersonal;
+  else
+    newFlags &= ~nsMsgFolderFlags::ImapPersonal;
+
+  // The following are all flags returned by XLIST.
+  // nsImapIncomingServer::DiscoveryDone checks for these folders.
+  if (m_boxFlags & kImapDrafts)
+    newFlags |= nsMsgFolderFlags::Drafts;
+
+  if (m_boxFlags & kImapSpam)
+    newFlags |= nsMsgFolderFlags::Junk;
+
+  if (m_boxFlags & kImapSent)
+    newFlags |= nsMsgFolderFlags::SentMail;
+
+  if (m_boxFlags & kImapInbox)
+    newFlags |= nsMsgFolderFlags::Inbox;
+
+  if (m_boxFlags & kImapXListTrash)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIImapIncomingServer> imapServer;
+    nsMsgImapDeleteModel deleteModel = nsMsgImapDeleteModels::MoveToTrash;
+    (void) GetImapIncomingServer(getter_AddRefs(imapServer));
+    if (imapServer)
+      imapServer->GetDeleteModel(&deleteModel);
+    if (deleteModel == nsMsgImapDeleteModels::MoveToTrash)
+      newFlags |= nsMsgFolderFlags::Trash;
+  }
+  // Treat the GMail all mail folder as the archive folder.
+  if (m_boxFlags & (kImapAllMail | kImapArchive))
+    newFlags |= nsMsgFolderFlags::Archive;
+
+  SetFlags(newFlags);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::GetBoxFlags(int32_t *aBoxFlags)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aBoxFlags);
+  *aBoxFlags = m_boxFlags;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::GetExplicitlyVerify(bool *aExplicitlyVerify)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aExplicitlyVerify);
+  *aExplicitlyVerify = m_explicitlyVerify;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::SetExplicitlyVerify(bool aExplicitlyVerify)
+{
+  m_explicitlyVerify = aExplicitlyVerify;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::GetNoSelect(bool *aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+  return GetFlag(nsMsgFolderFlags::ImapNoselect, aResult);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::ApplyRetentionSettings()
+{
+  int32_t numDaysToKeepOfflineMsgs = -1;
+
+  // Check if we've limited the offline storage by age.
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapIncomingServer> imapServer;
+  nsresult rv = GetImapIncomingServer(getter_AddRefs(imapServer));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  imapServer->GetAutoSyncMaxAgeDays(&numDaysToKeepOfflineMsgs);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> holdDBOpen;
+  if (numDaysToKeepOfflineMsgs > 0)
+  {
+    bool dbWasCached = mDatabase != nullptr;
+    rv = GetDatabase();
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    nsCOMPtr <nsISimpleEnumerator> hdrs;
+    rv = mDatabase->EnumerateMessages(getter_AddRefs(hdrs));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    bool hasMore = false;
+
+    PRTime cutOffDay =
+      MsgConvertAgeInDaysToCutoffDate(numDaysToKeepOfflineMsgs);
+
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> pHeader;
+    // so now cutOffDay is the PRTime cut-off point. Any offline msg with 
+    // a date less than that will get marked for pending removal.
+    while (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv = hdrs->HasMoreElements(&hasMore)) && hasMore)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> supports;
+      rv = hdrs->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(supports));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      pHeader = do_QueryInterface(supports, &rv);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      uint32_t msgFlags;
+      PRTime msgDate;
+      pHeader->GetFlags(&msgFlags);
+      if (msgFlags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Offline)
+      {
+        pHeader->GetDate(&msgDate);
+        MarkPendingRemoval(pHeader, msgDate < cutOffDay);
+        // I'm horribly tempted to break out of the loop if we've found
+        // a message after the cut-off date, because messages will most likely
+        // be in date order in the db, but there are always edge cases.
+      }
+    }
+    if (!dbWasCached)
+    {
+      holdDBOpen = mDatabase;
+      mDatabase = nullptr;
+    }
+  }
+  return nsMsgDBFolder::ApplyRetentionSettings();
+}
+
+/**
+ * The listener will get called when both the online expunge and the offline
+ * store compaction are finished (if the latter is needed).
+ */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::Compact(nsIUrlListener *aListener, nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow)
+{
+  GetDatabase();
+  // now's a good time to apply the retention settings. If we do delete any
+  // messages, the expunge is going to have to wait until the delete to
+  // finish before it can run, but the multiple-connection protection code
+  // should handle that.
+  if (mDatabase)
+    ApplyRetentionSettings();
+
+  m_urlListener = aListener;
+  // We should be able to compact the offline store now that this should
+  // just be called by the UI.
+  if (aMsgWindow && (mFlags & nsMsgFolderFlags::Offline))
+  {
+    m_compactingOfflineStore = true;
+    CompactOfflineStore(aMsgWindow, this);
+  }
+  if (WeAreOffline())
+    return NS_OK;
+  m_expunging = true;
+  return Expunge(this, aMsgWindow);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapMailFolder::NotifyCompactCompleted()
+{
+  if (!m_expunging && m_urlListener)
+  {
+    m_urlListener->OnStopRunningUrl(nullptr, NS_OK);
+    m_urlListener = nullptr;
+  }
+  m_compactingOfflineStore = false;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::MarkPendingRemoval(nsIMsgDBHdr *aHdr, bool aMark)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aHdr);
+  uint32_t offlineMessageSize;
+  aHdr->GetOfflineMessageSize(&offlineMessageSize);
+  aHdr->SetStringProperty("pendingRemoval", aMark ? "1" : "");
+  if (!aMark)
+    return NS_OK;
+  nsresult rv = GetDatabase();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIDBFolderInfo> dbFolderInfo;
+  rv = mDatabase->GetDBFolderInfo(getter_AddRefs(dbFolderInfo));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  return dbFolderInfo->ChangeExpungedBytes(offlineMessageSize);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::Expunge(nsIUrlListener *aListener,
+                                        nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapService> imapService = do_GetService(NS_IMAPSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  return imapService->Expunge(this, aListener, aMsgWindow, nullptr);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::CompactAll(nsIUrlListener *aListener,
+                                               nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow,
+                                               bool aCompactOfflineAlso)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> folderArray, offlineFolderArray;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> rootFolder;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIArray> allDescendents;
+  rv = GetRootFolder(getter_AddRefs(rootFolder));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && rootFolder)
+  {
+    rootFolder->GetDescendants(getter_AddRefs(allDescendents));
+    uint32_t cnt = 0;
+    rv = allDescendents->GetLength(&cnt);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    folderArray = do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_TRUE(folderArray, rv);
+    if (aCompactOfflineAlso)
+    {
+      offlineFolderArray = do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+      NS_ENSURE_TRUE(offlineFolderArray, rv);
+    }
+    for (uint32_t i = 0; i < cnt; i++)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder = do_QueryElementAt(allDescendents, i, &rv);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      uint32_t folderFlags;
+      folder->GetFlags(&folderFlags);
+      if (! (folderFlags & (nsMsgFolderFlags::Virtual | nsMsgFolderFlags::ImapNoselect)))
+      {
+        rv = folderArray->AppendElement(folder, false);
+        if (aCompactOfflineAlso)
+          offlineFolderArray->AppendElement(folder, false);
+      }
+    }
+    rv = folderArray->GetLength(&cnt);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    if (cnt == 0)
+      return NotifyCompactCompleted();
+  }
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolderCompactor> folderCompactor =
+    do_CreateInstance(NS_MSGLOCALFOLDERCOMPACTOR_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  return folderCompactor->CompactFolders(folderArray, offlineFolderArray,
+                                         aListener, aMsgWindow);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::UpdateStatus(nsIUrlListener *aListener, nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapService> imapService = do_GetService(NS_IMAPSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIURI> uri;
+  rv = imapService->UpdateFolderStatus(this, aListener, getter_AddRefs(uri));
+  if (uri && !aMsgWindow)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailNewsUrl = do_QueryInterface(uri, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    // if no msg window, we won't put up error messages (this is almost certainly a biff-inspired status)
+    mailNewsUrl->SetSuppressErrorMsgs(true);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::EmptyTrash(nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow, nsIUrlListener *aListener)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> trashFolder;
+  nsresult rv = GetTrashFolder(getter_AddRefs(trashFolder));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccountManager> accountManager = do_GetService(NS_MSGACCOUNTMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    // if we are emptying trash on exit and we are an aol server then don't perform
+    // this operation because it's causing a hang that we haven't been able to figure out yet
+    // this is an rtm fix and we'll look for the right solution post rtm.
+    bool empytingOnExit = false;
+    accountManager->GetEmptyTrashInProgress(&empytingOnExit);
+    if (empytingOnExit)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIImapIncomingServer> imapServer;
+      rv = GetImapIncomingServer(getter_AddRefs(imapServer));
+      if (imapServer)
+      {
+        bool isAOLServer = false;
+        imapServer->GetIsAOLServer(&isAOLServer);
+        if (isAOLServer)
+          return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;  // we will not be performing an empty trash....
+      } // if we fetched an imap server
+    } // if emptying trash on exit which is done through the account manager.
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> trashDB;
+    if (WeAreOffline())
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDatabase> trashDB;
+      rv = trashFolder->GetMsgDatabase(getter_AddRefs(trashDB));
+      if (trashDB)
+      {
+        nsMsgKey fakeKey;
+        trashDB->GetNextFakeOfflineMsgKey(&fakeKey);
+
+        nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation> op;
+        rv = trashDB->GetOfflineOpForKey(fakeKey, true, getter_AddRefs(op));
+        trashFolder->SetFlag(nsMsgFolderFlags::OfflineEvents);
+        op->SetOperation(nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation::kDeleteAllMsgs);
+      }
+      return rv;
+    }
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIDBFolderInfo> transferInfo;
+    rv = trashFolder->GetDBTransferInfo(getter_AddRefs(transferInfo));
+    rv = trashFolder->Delete(); // delete summary spec
+    trashFolder->SetDBTransferInfo(transferInfo);
+
+    trashFolder->SetSizeOnDisk(0);
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIImapService> imapService = do_GetService(NS_IMAPSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    if (aListener)
+      rv = imapService->DeleteAllMessages(trashFolder, aListener, nullptr);
+    else
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIUrlListener> urlListener = do_QueryInterface(trashFolder);
+      rv = imapService->DeleteAllMessages(trashFolder, urlListener, nullptr);
+    }
+    // Return an error if this failed. We want the empty trash on exit code
+    // to know if this fails so that it doesn't block waiting for empty trash to finish.
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    bool hasSubfolders = false;
+    rv = trashFolder->GetHasSubFolders(&hasSubfolders);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    if (hasSubfolders)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleEnumerator> enumerator;
+      nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> item;
+      nsCOMArray<nsIMsgFolder> array;
+
+      rv = trashFolder->GetSubFolders(getter_AddRefs(enumerator));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      bool hasMore;
+      while (NS_SUCCEEDED(enumerator->HasMoreElements(&hasMore)) && hasMore)
+      {
+        rv = enumerator->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(item));
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        {
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder(do_QueryInterface(item, &rv));
+          if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+            array.AppendObject(folder);
+        }
+      }
+      for (int32_t i = array.Count() - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+      {
+        trashFolder->PropagateDelete(array[i], true, aMsgWindow);
+        // Remove the object, presumably to free it up before we delete the next.
+        array.RemoveObjectAt(i);
+      }
+    }
+
+    // The trash folder has effectively been deleted
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolderNotificationService> notifier(do_GetService(NS_MSGNOTIFICATIONSERVICE_CONTRACTID));
+    if (notifier)
+      notifier->NotifyFolderDeleted(trashFolder);
+
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::Delete()
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  if (!mDatabase)
+  {
+    // Check if anyone has this db open. If so, do a force closed.
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBService> msgDBService = do_GetService(NS_MSGDB_SERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    msgDBService->CachedDBForFolder(this, getter_AddRefs(mDatabase));
+  }
+  if (mDatabase)
+  {
+    mDatabase->ForceClosed();
+    mDatabase = nullptr;
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> path;
+  rv = GetFilePath(getter_AddRefs(path));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> summaryLocation;
+    rv = GetSummaryFileLocation(path, getter_AddRefs(summaryLocation));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      bool exists = false;
+      rv = summaryLocation->Exists(&exists);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && exists)
+      {
+        rv = summaryLocation->Remove(false);
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+          NS_WARNING("failed to remove imap summary file");
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  if (mPath)
+    mPath->Remove(false);
+  // should notify nsIMsgFolderListeners about the folder getting deleted...
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::Rename (const nsAString& newName, nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow)
+{
+  if (mFlags & nsMsgFolderFlags::Virtual)
+    return nsMsgDBFolder::Rename(newName, msgWindow);
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsAutoString newNameStr(newName);
+  if (newNameStr.FindChar(m_hierarchyDelimiter, 0) != kNotFound)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIDocShell> docShell;
+    if (msgWindow)
+      msgWindow->GetRootDocShell(getter_AddRefs(docShell));
+    if (docShell)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundle> bundle;
+      rv = IMAPGetStringBundle(getter_AddRefs(bundle));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && bundle)
+      {
+        const char16_t *formatStrings[] =
+        {
+          (const char16_t*)(intptr_t)m_hierarchyDelimiter
+        };
+        nsString alertString;
+        rv = bundle->FormatStringFromName(
+          u"imapSpecialChar",
+          formatStrings, 1, getter_Copies(alertString));
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIPrompt> dialog(do_GetInterface(docShell));
+        // setting up the dialog title
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+        rv = GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+        nsString dialogTitle;
+        nsString accountName;
+        rv = server->GetPrettyName(accountName);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+        const char16_t *titleParams[] = { accountName.get() };
+        rv = bundle->FormatStringFromName(
+          u"imapAlertDialogTitle",
+          titleParams, 1, getter_Copies(dialogTitle));
+
+        if (dialog && !alertString.IsEmpty())
+          dialog->Alert(dialogTitle.get(), alertString.get());
+      }
+    }
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIImapIncomingServer> incomingImapServer;
+  GetImapIncomingServer(getter_AddRefs(incomingImapServer));
+  if (incomingImapServer)
+    RecursiveCloseActiveConnections(incomingImapServer);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapService> imapService = do_GetService(NS_IMAPSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  return imapService->RenameLeaf(this, newName, this, msgWindow, nullptr);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::RecursiveCloseActiveConnections(nsIImapIncomingServer *incomingImapServer)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(incomingImapServer);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgImapMailFolder> folder;
+  int32_t count = mSubFolders.Count();
+  for (int32_t i = 0; i < count; i++)
+  {
+    folder = do_QueryInterface(mSubFolders[i]);
+    if (folder)
+      folder->RecursiveCloseActiveConnections(incomingImapServer);
+
+    incomingImapServer->CloseConnectionForFolder(mSubFolders[i]);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// this is called *after* we've done the rename on the server.
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::PrepareToRename()
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgImapMailFolder> folder;
+  int32_t count = mSubFolders.Count();
+  for (int32_t i = 0; i < count; i++)
+  {
+    folder = do_QueryInterface(mSubFolders[i]);
+    if (folder)
+      folder->PrepareToRename();
+  }
+
+  SetOnlineName(EmptyCString());
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::RenameLocal(const nsACString& newName, nsIMsgFolder *parent)
+{
+  // XXX Here it's assumed that IMAP folder names are stored locally
+  // in modified UTF-7 (ASCII-only) as is stored remotely.  If we ever change
+  // this, we have to work with nsString instead of nsCString
+  // (ref. bug 264071)
+  nsAutoCString leafname(newName);
+  nsAutoCString parentName;
+  // newName always in the canonical form "greatparent/parentname/leafname"
+  int32_t leafpos = leafname.RFindChar('/');
+  if (leafpos >0)
+      leafname.Cut(0, leafpos+1);
+  m_msgParser = nullptr;
+  PrepareToRename();
+  CloseAndBackupFolderDB(leafname);
+
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> oldPathFile;
+  rv = GetFilePath(getter_AddRefs(oldPathFile));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> parentPathFile;
+  rv = parent->GetFilePath(getter_AddRefs(parentPathFile));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  bool isDirectory = false;
+  parentPathFile->IsDirectory(&isDirectory);
+  if (!isDirectory)
+  AddDirectorySeparator(parentPathFile);
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIFile> dirFile;
+
+  int32_t count = mSubFolders.Count();
+  if (count > 0)
+    rv = CreateDirectoryForFolder(getter_AddRefs(dirFile));
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIFile> oldSummaryFile;
+  rv = GetSummaryFileLocation(oldPathFile, getter_AddRefs(oldSummaryFile));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsAutoCString newNameStr;
+  oldSummaryFile->Remove(false);
+  if (count > 0)
+  {
+    newNameStr = leafname;
+    NS_MsgHashIfNecessary(newNameStr);
+    newNameStr += ".sbd";
+    nsAutoCString leafName;
+    dirFile->GetNativeLeafName(leafName);
+    if (!leafName.Equals(newNameStr))
+      return dirFile->MoveToNative(nullptr, newNameStr);      // in case of rename operation leaf names will differ
+
+    parentPathFile->AppendNative(newNameStr);    //only for move we need to progress further in case the parent differs
+    bool isDirectory = false;
+    parentPathFile->IsDirectory(&isDirectory);
+    if (!isDirectory) {
+      rv = parentPathFile->Create(nsIFile::DIRECTORY_TYPE, 0700);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    } else {
+      NS_ERROR("Directory already exists.");
+    }
+    rv = RecursiveCopy(dirFile, parentPathFile);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+    dirFile->Remove(true);                         // moving folders
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::GetPrettyName(nsAString& prettyName)
+{
+  return GetName(prettyName);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::UpdateSummaryTotals(bool force)
+{
+  // bug 72871 inserted the mIsServer check for IMAP
+  return mIsServer? NS_OK : nsMsgDBFolder::UpdateSummaryTotals(force);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::GetDeletable (bool *deletable)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(deletable);
+
+  bool isServer;
+  GetIsServer(&isServer);
+
+  *deletable = !(isServer || (mFlags & nsMsgFolderFlags::SpecialUse));
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::GetSizeOnDisk(int64_t *size)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(size);
+
+  bool isServer = false;
+  nsresult rv = GetIsServer(&isServer);
+  // If this is the rootFolder, return 0 as a safe value.
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || isServer)
+    mFolderSize = 0;
+
+  *size = mFolderSize;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapMailFolder::GetCanCreateSubfolders(bool *aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+  *aResult = !(mFlags & (nsMsgFolderFlags::ImapNoinferiors | nsMsgFolderFlags::Virtual));
+
+  bool isServer = false;
+  GetIsServer(&isServer);
+  if (!isServer)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIImapIncomingServer> imapServer;
+    nsresult rv = GetImapIncomingServer(getter_AddRefs(imapServer));
+    bool dualUseFolders = true;
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && imapServer)
+      imapServer->GetDualUseFolders(&dualUseFolders);
+    if (!dualUseFolders && *aResult)
+      *aResult = (mFlags & nsMsgFolderFlags::ImapNoselect);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapMailFolder::GetCanSubscribe(bool *aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+  *aResult = false;
+
+  bool isImapServer = false;
+  nsresult rv = GetIsServer(&isImapServer);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+  // you can only subscribe to imap servers, not imap folders
+  *aResult = isImapServer;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsImapMailFolder::GetServerKey(nsACString& serverKey)
+{
+  // look for matching imap folders, then pop folders
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+  nsresult rv = GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    rv = server->GetKey(serverKey);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapMailFolder::GetImapIncomingServer(nsIImapIncomingServer **aImapIncomingServer)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(aImapIncomingServer);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server))) && server)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIImapIncomingServer> incomingServer = do_QueryInterface(server);
+    incomingServer.swap(*aImapIncomingServer);
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapMailFolder::AddMessageDispositionState(nsIMsgDBHdr *aMessage, nsMsgDispositionState aDispositionFlag)
+{
+  nsMsgDBFolder::AddMessageDispositionState(aMessage, aDispositionFlag);
+
+  // set the mark message answered flag on the server for this message...
+  if (aMessage)
+  {
+    nsMsgKey msgKey;
+    aMessage->GetMessageKey(&msgKey);
+
+    if (aDispositionFlag == nsIMsgFolder::nsMsgDispositionState_Replied)
+      StoreImapFlags(kImapMsgAnsweredFlag, true, &msgKey, 1, nullptr);
+    else if (aDispositionFlag == nsIMsgFolder::nsMsgDispositionState_Forwarded)
+      StoreImapFlags(kImapMsgForwardedFlag, true, &msgKey, 1, nullptr);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapMailFolder::MarkMessagesRead(nsIArray *messages, bool markRead)
+{
+  // tell the folder to do it, which will mark them read in the db.
+  nsresult rv = nsMsgDBFolder::MarkMessagesRead(messages, markRead);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    nsAutoCString messageIds;
+    nsTArray<nsMsgKey> keysToMarkRead;
+    rv = BuildIdsAndKeyArray(messages, messageIds, keysToMarkRead);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    StoreImapFlags(kImapMsgSeenFlag, markRead, keysToMarkRead.Elements(), keysToMarkRead.Length(), nullptr);
+    rv = GetDatabase();
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      mDatabase->Commit(nsMsgDBCommitType::kLargeCommit);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapMailFolder::SetLabelForMessages(nsIArray *aMessages, nsMsgLabelValue aLabel)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(aMessages);
+
+  nsresult rv = nsMsgDBFolder::SetLabelForMessages(aMessages, aLabel);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    nsAutoCString messageIds;
+    nsTArray<nsMsgKey> keysToLabel;
+    nsresult rv = BuildIdsAndKeyArray(aMessages, messageIds, keysToLabel);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    StoreImapFlags((aLabel << 9), true, keysToLabel.Elements(), keysToLabel.Length(), nullptr);
+    rv = GetDatabase();
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      mDatabase->Commit(nsMsgDBCommitType::kLargeCommit);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapMailFolder::MarkAllMessagesRead(nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow)
+{
+  nsresult rv = GetDatabase();
+  if(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    nsMsgKey *thoseMarked;
+    uint32_t numMarked;
+    EnableNotifications(allMessageCountNotifications, false, true /*dbBatching*/);
+    rv = mDatabase->MarkAllRead(&numMarked, &thoseMarked);
+    EnableNotifications(allMessageCountNotifications, true, true /*dbBatching*/);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && numMarked)
+    {
+      rv = StoreImapFlags(kImapMsgSeenFlag, true, thoseMarked,
+                          numMarked, nullptr);
+      mDatabase->Commit(nsMsgDBCommitType::kLargeCommit);
+
+      // Setup a undo-state
+      if (aMsgWindow)
+        rv = AddMarkAllReadUndoAction(aMsgWindow, thoseMarked, numMarked);
+      free(thoseMarked);
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::MarkThreadRead(nsIMsgThread *thread)
+{
+  nsresult rv = GetDatabase();
+  if(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    nsMsgKey *keys;
+    uint32_t numKeys;
+    rv = mDatabase->MarkThreadRead(thread, nullptr, &numKeys, &keys);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && numKeys)
+    {
+      rv = StoreImapFlags(kImapMsgSeenFlag, true, keys, numKeys, nullptr);
+      mDatabase->Commit(nsMsgDBCommitType::kLargeCommit);
+      free(keys);
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::ReadFromFolderCacheElem(nsIMsgFolderCacheElement *element)
+{
+  nsresult rv = nsMsgDBFolder::ReadFromFolderCacheElem(element);
+  int32_t hierarchyDelimiter = kOnlineHierarchySeparatorUnknown;
+  nsCString onlineName;
+
+  element->GetInt32Property("boxFlags", &m_boxFlags);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(element->GetInt32Property("hierDelim", &hierarchyDelimiter))
+      && hierarchyDelimiter != kOnlineHierarchySeparatorUnknown)
+    m_hierarchyDelimiter = (char) hierarchyDelimiter;
+  rv = element->GetStringProperty("onlineName", onlineName);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !onlineName.IsEmpty())
+    m_onlineFolderName.Assign(onlineName);
+
+  m_aclFlags = kAclInvalid; // init to invalid value.
+  element->GetInt32Property("aclFlags", (int32_t *) &m_aclFlags);
+  element->GetInt32Property("serverTotal", &m_numServerTotalMessages);
+  element->GetInt32Property("serverUnseen", &m_numServerUnseenMessages);
+  element->GetInt32Property("serverRecent", &m_numServerRecentMessages);
+  element->GetInt32Property("nextUID", &m_nextUID);
+  int32_t lastSyncTimeInSec;
+  if ( NS_FAILED(element->GetInt32Property("lastSyncTimeInSec", (int32_t *) &lastSyncTimeInSec)) )
+    lastSyncTimeInSec = 0U;
+
+  // make sure that auto-sync state object is created
+  InitAutoSyncState();
+  m_autoSyncStateObj->SetLastSyncTimeInSec(lastSyncTimeInSec);
+  
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::WriteToFolderCacheElem(nsIMsgFolderCacheElement *element)
+{
+  nsresult rv = nsMsgDBFolder::WriteToFolderCacheElem(element);
+  element->SetInt32Property("boxFlags", m_boxFlags);
+  element->SetInt32Property("hierDelim", (int32_t) m_hierarchyDelimiter);
+  element->SetStringProperty("onlineName", m_onlineFolderName);
+  element->SetInt32Property("aclFlags", (int32_t) m_aclFlags);
+  element->SetInt32Property("serverTotal", m_numServerTotalMessages);
+  element->SetInt32Property("serverUnseen", m_numServerUnseenMessages);
+  element->SetInt32Property("serverRecent", m_numServerRecentMessages);
+  if (m_nextUID != (int32_t) nsMsgKey_None)
+    element->SetInt32Property("nextUID", m_nextUID);
+
+  // store folder's last sync time
+  if (m_autoSyncStateObj)
+  {
+    PRTime lastSyncTime;
+    m_autoSyncStateObj->GetLastSyncTime(&lastSyncTime);
+    // store in sec
+    element->SetInt32Property("lastSyncTimeInSec", (int32_t) (lastSyncTime / PR_USEC_PER_SEC));
+  }
+   
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapMailFolder::MarkMessagesFlagged(nsIArray *messages, bool markFlagged)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  // tell the folder to do it, which will mark them read in the db.
+  rv = nsMsgDBFolder::MarkMessagesFlagged(messages, markFlagged);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    nsAutoCString messageIds;
+    nsTArray<nsMsgKey> keysToMarkFlagged;
+    rv = BuildIdsAndKeyArray(messages, messageIds, keysToMarkFlagged);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+    rv = StoreImapFlags(kImapMsgFlaggedFlag, markFlagged,  keysToMarkFlagged.Elements(),
+                        keysToMarkFlagged.Length(), nullptr);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    rv = GetDatabase();
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    mDatabase->Commit(nsMsgDBCommitType::kLargeCommit);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::SetOnlineName(const nsACString& aOnlineFolderName)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> db;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIDBFolderInfo> folderInfo;
+  rv = GetDBFolderInfoAndDB(getter_AddRefs(folderInfo), getter_AddRefs(db));
+  // do this after GetDBFolderInfoAndDB, because it crunches m_onlineFolderName (not sure why)
+  m_onlineFolderName = aOnlineFolderName;
+  if(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && folderInfo)
+  {
+    nsAutoString onlineName;
+    CopyASCIItoUTF16(aOnlineFolderName, onlineName);
+    rv = folderInfo->SetProperty("onlineName", onlineName);
+    rv = folderInfo->SetMailboxName(onlineName);
+    // so, when are we going to commit this? Definitely not every time!
+    // We could check if the online name has changed.
+    db->Commit(nsMsgDBCommitType::kLargeCommit);
+  }
+  folderInfo = nullptr;
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::GetOnlineName(nsACString& aOnlineFolderName)
+{
+  ReadDBFolderInfo(false); // update cache first.
+  aOnlineFolderName = m_onlineFolderName;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapMailFolder::GetDBFolderInfoAndDB(nsIDBFolderInfo **folderInfo, nsIMsgDatabase **db)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER (folderInfo);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER (db);
+
+  nsresult rv = GetDatabase();
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  NS_ADDREF(*db = mDatabase);
+
+  rv = (*db)->GetDBFolderInfo(folderInfo);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv; //GetDBFolderInfo can't return NS_OK if !folderInfo
+
+  nsCString onlineName;
+  rv = (*folderInfo)->GetCharProperty("onlineName", onlineName);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  if (!onlineName.IsEmpty())
+    m_onlineFolderName.Assign(onlineName);
+  else
+  {
+    nsAutoString autoOnlineName;
+    (*folderInfo)->GetMailboxName(autoOnlineName);
+    if (autoOnlineName.IsEmpty())
+    {
+      nsCString uri;
+      rv = GetURI(uri);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      nsCString hostname;
+      rv = GetHostname(hostname);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      nsCString onlineCName;
+      rv = nsImapURI2FullName(kImapRootURI, hostname.get(), uri.get(), getter_Copies(onlineCName));
+      if (m_hierarchyDelimiter != '/')
+        MsgReplaceChar(onlineCName, '/', m_hierarchyDelimiter);
+      m_onlineFolderName.Assign(onlineCName);
+      CopyASCIItoUTF16(onlineCName, autoOnlineName);
+    }
+    (*folderInfo)->SetProperty("onlineName", autoOnlineName);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+/* static */ nsresult
+nsImapMailFolder::BuildIdsAndKeyArray(nsIArray* messages,
+                                      nsCString& msgIds,
+                                      nsTArray<nsMsgKey>& keyArray)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(messages);
+  nsresult rv;
+  uint32_t count = 0;
+  uint32_t i;
+  rv = messages->GetLength(&count);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  // build up message keys.
+  for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
+  {
+    nsMsgKey key;
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> msgDBHdr = do_QueryElementAt(messages, i, &rv);
+    if (msgDBHdr)
+      rv = msgDBHdr->GetMessageKey(&key);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      keyArray.AppendElement(key);
+  }
+  return AllocateUidStringFromKeys(keyArray.Elements(), keyArray.Length(), msgIds);
+}
+
+static int CompareKey (const void *v1, const void *v2, void *)
+{
+  // QuickSort callback to compare array values
+  nsMsgKey i1 = *(nsMsgKey *)v1;
+  nsMsgKey i2 = *(nsMsgKey *)v2;
+  return i1 - i2;
+}
+
+/* static */nsresult
+nsImapMailFolder::AllocateUidStringFromKeys(nsMsgKey *keys, uint32_t numKeys, nsCString &msgIds)
+{
+  if (!numKeys)
+    return NS_ERROR_INVALID_ARG;
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  uint32_t startSequence;
+  startSequence = keys[0];
+  uint32_t curSequenceEnd = startSequence;
+  uint32_t total = numKeys;
+  // sort keys and then generate ranges instead of singletons!
+  NS_QuickSort(keys, numKeys, sizeof(nsMsgKey), CompareKey, nullptr);
+  for (uint32_t keyIndex = 0; keyIndex < total; keyIndex++)
+  {
+    uint32_t curKey = keys[keyIndex];
+    uint32_t nextKey = (keyIndex + 1 < total) ? keys[keyIndex + 1] : 0xFFFFFFFF;
+    bool lastKey = (nextKey == 0xFFFFFFFF);
+
+    if (lastKey)
+      curSequenceEnd = curKey;
+    if (nextKey == (uint32_t) curSequenceEnd + 1 && !lastKey)
+    {
+      curSequenceEnd = nextKey;
+      continue;
+    }
+    else if (curSequenceEnd > startSequence)
+    {
+      AppendUid(msgIds, startSequence);
+      msgIds += ':';
+      AppendUid(msgIds,curSequenceEnd);
+      if (!lastKey)
+        msgIds += ',';
+      startSequence = nextKey;
+      curSequenceEnd = startSequence;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      startSequence = nextKey;
+      curSequenceEnd = startSequence;
+      AppendUid(msgIds, keys[keyIndex]);
+      if (!lastKey)
+        msgIds += ',';
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsImapMailFolder::MarkMessagesImapDeleted(nsTArray<nsMsgKey> *keyArray, bool deleted, nsIMsgDatabase *db)
+{
+  for (uint32_t kindex = 0; kindex < keyArray->Length(); kindex++)
+  {
+    nsMsgKey key = keyArray->ElementAt(kindex);
+    db->MarkImapDeleted(key, deleted, nullptr);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::DeleteMessages(nsIArray *messages,
+                                               nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow,
+                                               bool deleteStorage, bool isMove,
+                                               nsIMsgCopyServiceListener* listener,
+                                               bool allowUndo)
+{
+  // *** jt - assuming delete is move to the trash folder for now
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFResource> res;
+  nsAutoCString uri;
+  bool deleteImmediatelyNoTrash = false;
+  nsAutoCString messageIds;
+  nsTArray<nsMsgKey> srcKeyArray;
+  bool deleteMsgs = true;  //used for toggling delete status - default is true
+  nsMsgImapDeleteModel deleteModel = nsMsgImapDeleteModels::MoveToTrash;
+  imapMessageFlagsType messageFlags = kImapMsgDeletedFlag;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapIncomingServer> imapServer;
+  nsresult rv = GetFlag(nsMsgFolderFlags::Trash, &deleteImmediatelyNoTrash);
+  rv = GetImapIncomingServer(getter_AddRefs(imapServer));
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && imapServer)
+  {
+    imapServer->GetDeleteModel(&deleteModel);
+    if (deleteModel != nsMsgImapDeleteModels::MoveToTrash || deleteStorage)
+      deleteImmediatelyNoTrash = true;
+    // if we're deleting a message, we should pseudo-interrupt the msg
+    //load of the current message.
+    bool interrupted = false;
+    imapServer->PseudoInterruptMsgLoad(this, msgWindow, &interrupted);
+  }
+
+  rv = BuildIdsAndKeyArray(messages, messageIds, srcKeyArray);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> rootFolder;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> trashFolder;
+
+  if (!deleteImmediatelyNoTrash)
+  {
+    rv = GetRootFolder(getter_AddRefs(rootFolder));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && rootFolder)
+    {
+      rootFolder->GetFolderWithFlags(nsMsgFolderFlags::Trash,
+                                     getter_AddRefs(trashFolder));
+      NS_ASSERTION(trashFolder, "couldn't find trash");
+      // if we can't find the trash, we'll just have to do an imap delete and pretend this is the trash
+      if (!trashFolder)
+        deleteImmediatelyNoTrash = true;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if ((NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && deleteImmediatelyNoTrash) || deleteModel == nsMsgImapDeleteModels::IMAPDelete )
+  {
+    if (allowUndo)
+    {
+      //need to take care of these two delete models
+      RefPtr<nsImapMoveCopyMsgTxn> undoMsgTxn = new nsImapMoveCopyMsgTxn;
+      if (!undoMsgTxn || NS_FAILED(undoMsgTxn->Init(this, &srcKeyArray, messageIds.get(), nullptr,
+                                                    true, isMove)))
+        return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+      undoMsgTxn->SetTransactionType(nsIMessenger::eDeleteMsg);
+      // we're adding this undo action before the delete is successful. This is evil,
+      // but 4.5 did it as well.
+      nsCOMPtr <nsITransactionManager> txnMgr;
+      if (msgWindow)
+        msgWindow->GetTransactionManager(getter_AddRefs(txnMgr));
+      if (txnMgr)
+        txnMgr->DoTransaction(undoMsgTxn);
+    }
+
+    if (deleteModel == nsMsgImapDeleteModels::IMAPDelete && !deleteStorage)
+    {
+      uint32_t cnt, flags;
+      rv = messages->GetLength(&cnt);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      deleteMsgs = false;
+      for (uint32_t i=0; i <cnt; i++)
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr = do_QueryElementAt(messages, i);
+        if (msgHdr)
+        {
+          msgHdr->GetFlags(&flags);
+          if (!(flags & nsMsgMessageFlags::IMAPDeleted))
+          {
+            deleteMsgs = true;
+            break;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    // if copy service listener is also a url listener, pass that
+    // url listener into StoreImapFlags.
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIUrlListener> urlListener = do_QueryInterface(listener);
+    if (deleteMsgs)
+      messageFlags |= kImapMsgSeenFlag;
+    rv = StoreImapFlags(messageFlags, deleteMsgs, srcKeyArray.Elements(),
+                        srcKeyArray.Length(), urlListener);
+
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      if (mDatabase)
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> database(mDatabase);
+        if (deleteModel == nsMsgImapDeleteModels::IMAPDelete)
+          MarkMessagesImapDeleted(&srcKeyArray, deleteMsgs, database);
+        else
+        {
+          EnableNotifications(allMessageCountNotifications, false, true /*dbBatching*/);  //"remove it immediately" model
+          // Notify if this is an actual delete.
+          if (!isMove)
+          {
+            nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolderNotificationService> notifier(do_GetService(NS_MSGNOTIFICATIONSERVICE_CONTRACTID));
+            if (notifier)
+              notifier->NotifyMsgsDeleted(messages);
+          }
+          DeleteStoreMessages(messages);
+          database->DeleteMessages(srcKeyArray.Length(), srcKeyArray.Elements(), nullptr);
+          EnableNotifications(allMessageCountNotifications, true, true /*dbBatching*/);
+        }
+        NotifyFolderEvent(mDeleteOrMoveMsgCompletedAtom);
+      }
+    }
+    return rv;
+  }
+  else  // have to move the messages to the trash
+  {
+    if(trashFolder)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> srcFolder;
+      nsCOMPtr<nsISupports>srcSupport;
+      uint32_t count = 0;
+      rv = messages->GetLength(&count);
+
+      rv = QueryInterface(NS_GET_IID(nsIMsgFolder), getter_AddRefs(srcFolder));
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgCopyService> copyService = do_GetService(NS_MSGCOPYSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      rv = copyService->CopyMessages(srcFolder, messages, trashFolder, true, listener, msgWindow, allowUndo);
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+// check if folder is the trash, or a descendent of the trash
+// so we can tell if the folders we're deleting from it should
+// be *really* deleted.
+bool
+nsImapMailFolder::TrashOrDescendentOfTrash(nsIMsgFolder* folder)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(folder, false);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> parent;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> curFolder = folder;
+  nsresult rv;
+  uint32_t flags = 0;
+  do
+  {
+    rv = curFolder->GetFlags(&flags);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return false;
+    if (flags & nsMsgFolderFlags::Trash)
+      return true;
+    curFolder->GetParent(getter_AddRefs(parent));
+    if (!parent) return false;
+    curFolder = parent;
+  } while (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && curFolder);
+  return false;
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapMailFolder::DeleteSubFolders(nsIArray* folders, nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> curFolder;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIUrlListener> urlListener;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> trashFolder;
+  int32_t i;
+  uint32_t folderCount = 0;
+  nsresult rv;
+  // "this" is the folder we're deleting from
+  bool deleteNoTrash = TrashOrDescendentOfTrash(this) || !DeleteIsMoveToTrash();
+  bool confirmed = false;
+  bool confirmDeletion = true;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> foldersRemaining(do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID));
+  folders->GetLength(&folderCount);
+
+  for (i = folderCount - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+  {
+    curFolder = do_QueryElementAt(folders, i, &rv);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      uint32_t folderFlags;
+      curFolder->GetFlags(&folderFlags);
+      if (folderFlags & nsMsgFolderFlags::Virtual)
+      {
+        RemoveSubFolder(curFolder);
+        // since the folder pane only allows single selection, we can do this
+        deleteNoTrash = confirmed = true;
+        confirmDeletion = false;
+      }
+      else
+        foldersRemaining->InsertElementAt(curFolder, 0, false);
+    }
+  }
+
+  foldersRemaining->GetLength(&folderCount);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapService> imapService = do_GetService(NS_IMAPSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  if (!deleteNoTrash)
+  {
+    rv = GetTrashFolder(getter_AddRefs(trashFolder));
+    //If we can't find the trash folder and we are supposed to move it to the trash
+    //return failure.
+    if(NS_FAILED(rv) || !trashFolder)
+      return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    bool canHaveSubFoldersOfTrash = true;
+    trashFolder->GetCanCreateSubfolders(&canHaveSubFoldersOfTrash);
+    if (canHaveSubFoldersOfTrash) // UW server doesn't set NOINFERIORS - check dual use pref
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIImapIncomingServer> imapServer;
+      rv = GetImapIncomingServer(getter_AddRefs(imapServer));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      bool serverSupportsDualUseFolders;
+      imapServer->GetDualUseFolders(&serverSupportsDualUseFolders);
+      if (!serverSupportsDualUseFolders)
+        canHaveSubFoldersOfTrash = false;
+    }
+    if (!canHaveSubFoldersOfTrash)
+      deleteNoTrash = true;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefBranch(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    prefBranch->GetBoolPref("mailnews.confirm.moveFoldersToTrash", &confirmDeletion);
+  }
+  if (!confirmed && (confirmDeletion || deleteNoTrash)) //let us alert the user if we are deleting folder immediately
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundle> bundle;
+    rv = IMAPGetStringBundle(getter_AddRefs(bundle));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    nsAutoString folderName;
+    rv = curFolder->GetName(folderName);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    const char16_t *formatStrings[1] = { folderName.get() };
+
+    nsAutoString deleteFolderDialogTitle;
+    rv = bundle->GetStringFromName(
+      u"imapDeleteFolderDialogTitle",
+      getter_Copies(deleteFolderDialogTitle));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    nsAutoString deleteFolderButtonLabel;
+    rv = bundle->GetStringFromName(
+      u"imapDeleteFolderButtonLabel",
+      getter_Copies(deleteFolderButtonLabel));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    nsAutoString confirmationStr;
+    rv = bundle->FormatStringFromName((deleteNoTrash) ?
+        u"imapDeleteNoTrash" :
+        u"imapMoveFolderToTrash",
+      formatStrings, 1, getter_Copies(confirmationStr));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    if (!msgWindow)
+      return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIDocShell> docShell;
+    msgWindow->GetRootDocShell(getter_AddRefs(docShell));
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIPrompt> dialog;
+    if (docShell)
+      dialog = do_GetInterface(docShell);
+    if (dialog)
+    {
+      int32_t buttonPressed = 0;
+      // Default the dialog to "cancel".
+      const uint32_t buttonFlags =
+        (nsIPrompt::BUTTON_TITLE_IS_STRING * nsIPrompt::BUTTON_POS_0) +
+        (nsIPrompt::BUTTON_TITLE_CANCEL * nsIPrompt::BUTTON_POS_1);
+
+      bool dummyValue = false;
+      rv = dialog->ConfirmEx(deleteFolderDialogTitle.get(), confirmationStr.get(),
+                             buttonFlags,  deleteFolderButtonLabel.get(),
+                             nullptr, nullptr, nullptr, &dummyValue,
+                             &buttonPressed);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      confirmed = !buttonPressed; // "ok" is in position 0
+    }
+  }
+  else
+    confirmed = true;
+
+  if (confirmed)
+  {
+    for (i = 0; i < (int32_t) folderCount; i++)
+    {
+      curFolder = do_QueryElementAt(foldersRemaining, i, &rv);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      {
+        urlListener = do_QueryInterface(curFolder);
+        if (deleteNoTrash)
+          rv = imapService->DeleteFolder(curFolder,
+                                         urlListener,
+                                         msgWindow,
+                                         nullptr);
+        else
+        {
+          bool confirm = false;
+          bool match = false;
+          rv = curFolder->MatchOrChangeFilterDestination(nullptr, false, &match);
+          if (match)
+          {
+            curFolder->ConfirmFolderDeletionForFilter(msgWindow, &confirm);
+            if (!confirm)
+              return NS_OK;
+          }
+          rv = imapService->MoveFolder(curFolder,
+                                       trashFolder,
+                                       urlListener,
+                                       msgWindow,
+                                       nullptr);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  //delete subfolders only if you are  deleting things from trash
+  return confirmed && deleteNoTrash ? nsMsgDBFolder::DeleteSubFolders(foldersRemaining, msgWindow) : rv;
+}
+
+// FIXME: helper function to know whether we should check all IMAP folders
+// for new mail; this is necessary because of a legacy hidden preference
+// mail.check_all_imap_folders_for_new (now replaced by per-server preference
+// mail.server.%serverkey%.check_all_folders_for_new), still present in some
+// profiles.
+/*static*/
+bool nsImapMailFolder::ShouldCheckAllFolders(nsIImapIncomingServer *imapServer)
+{
+  // Check legacy global preference to see if we should check all folders for
+  // new messages, or just the inbox and marked ones.
+  bool checkAllFolders = false;
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefBranch = do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, false);
+  // This pref might not exist, which is OK.
+  (void) prefBranch->GetBoolPref("mail.check_all_imap_folders_for_new", &checkAllFolders);
+
+  if (checkAllFolders)
+    return true;
+
+  // If the legacy preference doesn't exist or has its default value (False),
+  // the true preference is read.
+  imapServer->GetCheckAllFoldersForNew(&checkAllFolders);
+  return checkAllFolders;
+}
+
+// Called by Biff, or when user presses GetMsg button.
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::GetNewMessages(nsIMsgWindow *aWindow, nsIUrlListener *aListener)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> rootFolder;
+  nsresult rv = GetRootFolder(getter_AddRefs(rootFolder));
+  if(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && rootFolder)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIImapIncomingServer> imapServer;
+    rv = GetImapIncomingServer(getter_AddRefs(imapServer));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    bool performingBiff = false;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> incomingServer = do_QueryInterface(imapServer, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    incomingServer->GetPerformingBiff(&performingBiff);
+    m_urlListener = aListener;
+
+    // See if we should check all folders for new messages, or just the inbox
+    // and marked ones
+    bool checkAllFolders = ShouldCheckAllFolders(imapServer);
+
+    // Get new messages for inbox
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> inbox;
+    rv = rootFolder->GetFolderWithFlags(nsMsgFolderFlags::Inbox,
+                                        getter_AddRefs(inbox));
+    if (inbox)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgImapMailFolder> imapFolder = do_QueryInterface(inbox, &rv);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      imapFolder->SetPerformingBiff(performingBiff);
+      inbox->SetGettingNewMessages(true);
+      rv = inbox->UpdateFolder(aWindow);
+    }
+    // Get new messages for other folders if marked, or all of them if the pref is set
+    rv = imapServer->GetNewMessagesForNonInboxFolders(rootFolder, aWindow, checkAllFolders, performingBiff);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::Shutdown(bool shutdownChildren)
+{
+  m_filterList = nullptr;
+  m_initialized = false;
+  // mPath is used to decide if folder pathname needs to be reconstructed in GetPath().
+  mPath = nullptr;
+  NS_IF_RELEASE(m_moveCoalescer);
+  m_msgParser = nullptr;
+  if (m_playbackTimer)
+  {
+    m_playbackTimer->Cancel();
+    m_playbackTimer = nullptr;
+  }
+  m_pendingOfflineMoves.Clear();
+  return nsMsgDBFolder::Shutdown(shutdownChildren);
+}
+
+nsresult nsImapMailFolder::GetBodysToDownload(nsTArray<nsMsgKey> *keysOfMessagesToDownload)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(keysOfMessagesToDownload);
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(mDatabase, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsISimpleEnumerator> enumerator;
+  nsresult rv = mDatabase->EnumerateMessages(getter_AddRefs(enumerator));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && enumerator)
+  {
+    bool hasMore;
+    while (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv = enumerator->HasMoreElements(&hasMore)) && hasMore)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr <nsISupports> supports;
+      rv = enumerator->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(supports));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> pHeader = do_QueryInterface(supports, &rv);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      bool shouldStoreMsgOffline = false;
+      nsMsgKey msgKey;
+      pHeader->GetMessageKey(&msgKey);
+      // MsgFitsDownloadCriteria ignores nsMsgFolderFlags::Offline, which we want
+      if (m_downloadingFolderForOfflineUse)
+        MsgFitsDownloadCriteria(msgKey, &shouldStoreMsgOffline);
+      else
+        ShouldStoreMsgOffline(msgKey, &shouldStoreMsgOffline);
+      if (shouldStoreMsgOffline)
+        keysOfMessagesToDownload->AppendElement(msgKey);
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::OnNewIdleMessages()
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapIncomingServer> imapServer;
+  rv = GetImapIncomingServer(getter_AddRefs(imapServer));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  bool checkAllFolders = ShouldCheckAllFolders(imapServer);
+
+  // only trigger biff if we're checking all new folders for new messages, or this particular folder,
+  // but excluding trash,junk, sent, and no select folders, by default.
+  if ((checkAllFolders &&
+    !(mFlags & (nsMsgFolderFlags::Trash | nsMsgFolderFlags::Junk | nsMsgFolderFlags::SentMail | nsMsgFolderFlags::ImapNoselect)))
+    || (mFlags & (nsMsgFolderFlags::CheckNew|nsMsgFolderFlags::Inbox)))
+    SetPerformingBiff(true);
+  return UpdateFolder(nullptr);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::UpdateImapMailboxInfo(nsIImapProtocol* aProtocol, nsIMailboxSpec* aSpec)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  ChangeNumPendingTotalMessages(-mNumPendingTotalMessages);
+  ChangeNumPendingUnread(-mNumPendingUnreadMessages);
+  m_numServerRecentMessages = 0; // clear this since we selected the folder.
+  m_numServerUnseenMessages = 0; // clear this since we selected the folder.
+
+  if (!mDatabase)
+    GetDatabase();
+
+  bool folderSelected;
+  rv = aSpec->GetFolderSelected(&folderSelected);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  nsTArray<nsMsgKey> existingKeys;
+  nsTArray<nsMsgKey> keysToDelete;
+  uint32_t numNewUnread;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIDBFolderInfo> dbFolderInfo;
+  int32_t imapUIDValidity = 0;
+  if (mDatabase)
+  {
+    rv = mDatabase->GetDBFolderInfo(getter_AddRefs(dbFolderInfo));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && dbFolderInfo)
+    {
+      dbFolderInfo->GetImapUidValidity(&imapUIDValidity);
+      uint64_t mailboxHighestModSeq;
+      aSpec->GetHighestModSeq(&mailboxHighestModSeq);
+      char intStrBuf[40];
+      PR_snprintf(intStrBuf, sizeof(intStrBuf), "%llu",  mailboxHighestModSeq);
+      dbFolderInfo->SetCharProperty(kModSeqPropertyName, nsDependentCString(intStrBuf));
+    }
+    RefPtr<nsMsgKeyArray> keys = new nsMsgKeyArray;
+    if (!keys)
+      return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+    rv = mDatabase->ListAllKeys(keys);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    existingKeys.AppendElements(keys->m_keys);
+    mDatabase->ListAllOfflineDeletes(&existingKeys);
+  }
+  int32_t folderValidity;
+  aSpec->GetFolder_UIDVALIDITY(&folderValidity);
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIImapFlagAndUidState> flagState;
+  aSpec->GetFlagState(getter_AddRefs(flagState));
+
+  // remember what the supported user flags are.
+  uint32_t supportedUserFlags;
+  aSpec->GetSupportedUserFlags(&supportedUserFlags);
+  SetSupportedUserFlags(supportedUserFlags);
+
+  m_uidValidity = folderValidity;
+
+  if (imapUIDValidity != folderValidity)
+  {
+    NS_ASSERTION(imapUIDValidity == kUidUnknown,
+                 "uid validity seems to have changed, blowing away db");
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> pathFile;
+    rv = GetFilePath(getter_AddRefs(pathFile));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBService> msgDBService = do_GetService(NS_MSGDB_SERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIDBFolderInfo> transferInfo;
+    if (dbFolderInfo)
+      dbFolderInfo->GetTransferInfo(getter_AddRefs(transferInfo));
+
+    // A backup message database might have been created earlier, for example
+    // if the user requested a reindex. We'll use the earlier one if we can,
+    // otherwise we'll try to backup at this point.
+    nsresult rvbackup = OpenBackupMsgDatabase();
+    if (mDatabase)
+    {
+      dbFolderInfo = nullptr;
+      if (NS_FAILED(rvbackup))
+      {
+        CloseAndBackupFolderDB(EmptyCString());
+        if (NS_FAILED(OpenBackupMsgDatabase()) && mBackupDatabase)
+        {
+          mBackupDatabase->RemoveListener(this);
+          mBackupDatabase = nullptr;
+        }
+      }
+      else
+        mDatabase->ForceClosed();
+    }
+    mDatabase = nullptr;
+
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIFile> summaryFile;
+    rv = GetSummaryFileLocation(pathFile, getter_AddRefs(summaryFile));
+    // Remove summary file.
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && summaryFile)
+      summaryFile->Remove(false);
+
+    // Create a new summary file, update the folder message counts, and
+    // Close the summary file db.
+    rv = msgDBService->CreateNewDB(this, getter_AddRefs(mDatabase));
+
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv) && mDatabase)
+    {
+      mDatabase->ForceClosed();
+      mDatabase = nullptr;
+    }
+    else if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && mDatabase)
+    {
+      if (transferInfo)
+        SetDBTransferInfo(transferInfo);
+
+      SummaryChanged();
+      if (mDatabase)
+      {
+        if(mAddListener)
+          mDatabase->AddListener(this);
+        rv = mDatabase->GetDBFolderInfo(getter_AddRefs(dbFolderInfo));
+      }
+    }
+    // store the new UIDVALIDITY value
+
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && dbFolderInfo)
+    {
+      dbFolderInfo->SetImapUidValidity(folderValidity);
+      // need to forget highest mod seq when uid validity rolls.
+      dbFolderInfo->SetCharProperty(kModSeqPropertyName, EmptyCString());
+      dbFolderInfo->SetUint32Property(kHighestRecordedUIDPropertyName, 0);
+    }
+    // delete all my msgs, the keys are bogus now
+    // add every message in this folder
+    existingKeys.Clear();
+    //      keysToDelete.CopyArray(&existingKeys);
+
+    if (flagState)
+    {
+      nsTArray<nsMsgKey> no_existingKeys;
+      FindKeysToAdd(no_existingKeys, m_keysToFetch, numNewUnread, flagState);
+    }
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      pathFile->Remove(false);
+
+  }
+  else if (!flagState /*&& !NET_IsOffline() */) // if there are no messages on the server
+    keysToDelete = existingKeys;
+  else /* if ( !NET_IsOffline()) */
+  {
+    uint32_t boxFlags;
+    aSpec->GetBox_flags(&boxFlags);
+    // FindKeysToDelete and FindKeysToAdd require sorted lists
+    existingKeys.Sort();
+    FindKeysToDelete(existingKeys, keysToDelete, flagState, boxFlags);
+    // if this is the result of an expunge then don't grab headers
+    if (!(boxFlags & kJustExpunged))
+      FindKeysToAdd(existingKeys, m_keysToFetch, numNewUnread, flagState);
+  }
+  m_totalKeysToFetch = m_keysToFetch.Length();
+  if (!keysToDelete.IsEmpty() && mDatabase)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> hdrsToDelete(do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID));
+    MsgGetHeadersFromKeys(mDatabase, keysToDelete, hdrsToDelete);
+    // Notify nsIMsgFolderListeners of a mass delete, but only if we actually have headers
+    uint32_t numHdrs;
+    hdrsToDelete->GetLength(&numHdrs);
+    if (numHdrs)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolderNotificationService> notifier(do_GetService(NS_MSGNOTIFICATIONSERVICE_CONTRACTID));
+      if (notifier)
+        notifier->NotifyMsgsDeleted(hdrsToDelete);
+    }
+    DeleteStoreMessages(hdrsToDelete);
+    EnableNotifications(nsIMsgFolder::allMessageCountNotifications, false, false);
+    mDatabase->DeleteMessages(keysToDelete.Length(), keysToDelete.Elements(), nullptr);
+    EnableNotifications(nsIMsgFolder::allMessageCountNotifications, true, false);
+  }
+  int32_t numUnreadFromServer;
+  aSpec->GetNumUnseenMessages(&numUnreadFromServer);
+  
+  bool partialUIDFetch;
+  flagState->GetPartialUIDFetch(&partialUIDFetch);
+  
+  // For partial UID fetches, we can only trust the numUnread from the server.
+  if (partialUIDFetch)
+    numNewUnread = numUnreadFromServer;
+    
+  // If we are performing biff for this folder, tell the
+  // stand-alone biff about the new high water mark
+  if (m_performingBiff && numNewUnread)
+  {
+    // We must ensure that the server knows that we are performing biff.
+    // Otherwise the stand-alone biff won't fire.
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server))) && server)
+      server->SetPerformingBiff(true);
+     SetNumNewMessages(numNewUnread);
+  }
+  SyncFlags(flagState);
+  if (mDatabase && (int32_t) (mNumUnreadMessages + m_keysToFetch.Length()) > numUnreadFromServer)
+    mDatabase->SyncCounts();
+
+  if (!m_keysToFetch.IsEmpty() && aProtocol)
+    PrepareToAddHeadersToMailDB(aProtocol);
+  else
+  {
+    bool gettingNewMessages;
+    GetGettingNewMessages(&gettingNewMessages);
+    if (gettingNewMessages)
+      ProgressStatusString(aProtocol, "imapNoNewMessages", nullptr);
+    SetPerformingBiff(false);
+  }
+  aSpec->GetNumMessages(&m_numServerTotalMessages);
+  aSpec->GetNumUnseenMessages(&m_numServerUnseenMessages);
+  aSpec->GetNumRecentMessages(&m_numServerRecentMessages);
+
+  // some servers don't return UIDNEXT on SELECT - don't crunch
+  // existing values in that case.
+  int32_t nextUID;
+  aSpec->GetNextUID(&nextUID);
+  if (nextUID != (int32_t) nsMsgKey_None)
+    m_nextUID = nextUID;
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::UpdateImapMailboxStatus(
+  nsIImapProtocol* aProtocol, nsIMailboxSpec* aSpec)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aSpec);
+  int32_t numUnread, numTotal;
+  aSpec->GetNumUnseenMessages(&numUnread);
+  aSpec->GetNumMessages(&numTotal);
+  aSpec->GetNumRecentMessages(&m_numServerRecentMessages);
+  int32_t prevNextUID = m_nextUID;
+  aSpec->GetNextUID(&m_nextUID);
+  bool summaryChanged = false;
+
+  // If m_numServerUnseenMessages is 0, it means
+  // this is the first time we've done a Status.
+  // In that case, we count all the previous pending unread messages we know about
+  // as unread messages.
+  // We may want to do similar things with total messages, but the total messages
+  // include deleted messages if the folder hasn't been expunged.
+  int32_t previousUnreadMessages = (m_numServerUnseenMessages)
+    ? m_numServerUnseenMessages : mNumPendingUnreadMessages + mNumUnreadMessages;
+  if (numUnread != previousUnreadMessages || m_nextUID != prevNextUID)
+  {
+    int32_t unreadDelta = numUnread - (mNumPendingUnreadMessages + mNumUnreadMessages);
+    if (numUnread - previousUnreadMessages != unreadDelta)
+       NS_WARNING("unread count should match server count");
+    ChangeNumPendingUnread(unreadDelta);
+    if (unreadDelta > 0 &&
+        !(mFlags & (nsMsgFolderFlags::Trash | nsMsgFolderFlags::Junk)))
+    {
+      SetHasNewMessages(true);
+      SetNumNewMessages(unreadDelta);
+      SetBiffState(nsMsgBiffState_NewMail);
+    }
+    summaryChanged = true;
+  }
+  SetPerformingBiff(false);
+  if (m_numServerUnseenMessages != numUnread || m_numServerTotalMessages != numTotal)
+  {
+    if (numUnread > m_numServerUnseenMessages ||
+        m_numServerTotalMessages > numTotal)
+      NotifyHasPendingMsgs();
+    summaryChanged = true;
+    m_numServerUnseenMessages = numUnread;
+    m_numServerTotalMessages = numTotal;
+  }
+  if (summaryChanged)
+    SummaryChanged();
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::ParseMsgHdrs(nsIImapProtocol *aProtocol, nsIImapHeaderXferInfo *aHdrXferInfo)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aHdrXferInfo);
+  int32_t numHdrs;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIImapHeaderInfo> headerInfo;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIImapUrl> aImapUrl;
+  nsImapAction imapAction = nsIImapUrl::nsImapTest; // unused value.
+  if (!mDatabase)
+    GetDatabase();
+
+  nsresult rv = aHdrXferInfo->GetNumHeaders(&numHdrs);
+  if (aProtocol)
+  {
+    (void) aProtocol->GetRunningImapURL(getter_AddRefs(aImapUrl));
+    if (aImapUrl)
+      aImapUrl->GetImapAction(&imapAction);
+  }
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && (int32_t)i < numHdrs; i++)
+  {
+    rv = aHdrXferInfo->GetHeader(i, getter_AddRefs(headerInfo));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    if (!headerInfo)
+      break;
+    int32_t msgSize;
+    nsMsgKey msgKey;
+    bool containsKey;
+    const char *msgHdrs;
+    headerInfo->GetMsgSize(&msgSize);
+    headerInfo->GetMsgUid(&msgKey);
+    if (msgKey == nsMsgKey_None) // not a valid uid.
+      continue;
+    if (imapAction == nsIImapUrl::nsImapMsgPreview)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+      headerInfo->GetMsgHdrs(&msgHdrs);
+      // create an input stream based on the hdr string.
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIStringInputStream> inputStream =
+            do_CreateInstance("@mozilla.org/io/string-input-stream;1", &rv);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      inputStream->ShareData(msgHdrs, strlen(msgHdrs));
+      GetMessageHeader(msgKey, getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+      if (msgHdr)
+        GetMsgPreviewTextFromStream(msgHdr, inputStream);
+      continue;
+    }
+    if (mDatabase && NS_SUCCEEDED(mDatabase->ContainsKey(msgKey, &containsKey)) && containsKey)
+    {
+      NS_ERROR("downloading hdrs for hdr we already have");
+      continue;
+    }
+    nsresult rv = SetupHeaderParseStream(msgSize, EmptyCString(), nullptr);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    headerInfo->GetMsgHdrs(&msgHdrs);
+    rv = ParseAdoptedHeaderLine(msgHdrs, msgKey);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    rv = NormalEndHeaderParseStream(aProtocol, aImapUrl);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsImapMailFolder::SetupHeaderParseStream(uint32_t aSize,
+                                                  const nsACString& content_type, nsIMailboxSpec *boxSpec)
+{
+  if (!mDatabase)
+    GetDatabase();
+  m_nextMessageByteLength = aSize;
+  if (!m_msgParser)
+  {
+    nsresult rv;
+    m_msgParser = do_CreateInstance(kParseMailMsgStateCID, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+  else
+    m_msgParser->Clear();
+
+  m_msgParser->SetMailDB(mDatabase);
+  if (mBackupDatabase)
+    m_msgParser->SetBackupMailDB(mBackupDatabase);
+  return m_msgParser->SetState(nsIMsgParseMailMsgState::ParseHeadersState);
+}
+
+nsresult nsImapMailFolder::ParseAdoptedHeaderLine(const char *aMessageLine, nsMsgKey aMsgKey)
+{
+  // we can get blocks that contain more than one line,
+  // but they never contain partial lines
+  const char *str = aMessageLine;
+  m_curMsgUid = aMsgKey;
+  m_msgParser->SetNewKey(m_curMsgUid);
+  // m_envelope_pos, for local folders,
+  // is the msg key. Setting this will set the msg key for the new header.
+
+  int32_t len = strlen(str);
+  char *currentEOL  = PL_strstr(str, MSG_LINEBREAK);
+  const char *currentLine = str;
+  while (currentLine < (str + len))
+  {
+    if (currentEOL)
+    {
+      m_msgParser->ParseAFolderLine(currentLine,
+        (currentEOL + MSG_LINEBREAK_LEN) -
+        currentLine);
+      currentLine = currentEOL + MSG_LINEBREAK_LEN;
+      currentEOL  = PL_strstr(currentLine, MSG_LINEBREAK);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      m_msgParser->ParseAFolderLine(currentLine, PL_strlen(currentLine));
+      currentLine = str + len + 1;
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsImapMailFolder::NormalEndHeaderParseStream(nsIImapProtocol *aProtocol, nsIImapUrl* imapUrl)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> newMsgHdr;
+  nsresult rv;
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(m_msgParser, NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER);
+
+  nsMailboxParseState parseState;
+  m_msgParser->GetState(&parseState);
+  if (parseState == nsIMsgParseMailMsgState::ParseHeadersState)
+    m_msgParser->ParseAFolderLine(CRLF, 2);
+  rv = m_msgParser->GetNewMsgHdr(getter_AddRefs(newMsgHdr));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  char *headers;
+  int32_t headersSize;
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgWindow> msgWindow;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> msgUrl;
+  if (imapUrl)
+  {
+    msgUrl = do_QueryInterface(imapUrl, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    msgUrl->GetMsgWindow(getter_AddRefs(msgWindow));
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+  rv = GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapIncomingServer> imapServer = do_QueryInterface(server);
+  rv = imapServer->GetIsGMailServer(&m_isGmailServer);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  
+  newMsgHdr->SetMessageKey(m_curMsgUid);
+  TweakHeaderFlags(aProtocol, newMsgHdr);
+  uint32_t messageSize;
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(newMsgHdr->GetMessageSize(&messageSize)))
+    mFolderSize += messageSize;
+  m_msgMovedByFilter = false;
+
+  nsMsgKey highestUID = 0;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIDBFolderInfo> dbFolderInfo;
+  if (mDatabase)
+    mDatabase->GetDBFolderInfo(getter_AddRefs(dbFolderInfo));
+  if (dbFolderInfo)
+    dbFolderInfo->GetUint32Property(kHighestRecordedUIDPropertyName, 0, &highestUID);
+
+  // If this is the inbox, try to apply filters. Otherwise, test the inherited
+  // folder property "applyIncomingFilters" (which defaults to empty). If this
+  // inherited property has the string value "true", then apply filters even
+  // if this is not the Inbox folder.
+  if (mFlags & nsMsgFolderFlags::Inbox || m_applyIncomingFilters)
+  {
+    // Use highwater to determine whether to filter?
+    bool filterOnHighwater = false;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefBranch(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID));
+    if (prefBranch)
+      prefBranch->GetBoolPref("mail.imap.filter_on_new", &filterOnHighwater);
+
+    uint32_t msgFlags;
+    newMsgHdr->GetFlags(&msgFlags);
+
+    bool doFilter = filterOnHighwater ?
+      // Filter on largest UUID and not deleted.
+      m_curMsgUid > highestUID && !(msgFlags & nsMsgMessageFlags::IMAPDeleted) :
+      // Filter on unread and not deleted.
+      !(msgFlags & (nsMsgMessageFlags::Read | nsMsgMessageFlags::IMAPDeleted));
+
+    if (doFilter)
+    {
+      int32_t duplicateAction = nsIMsgIncomingServer::keepDups;
+      if (server)
+        server->GetIncomingDuplicateAction(&duplicateAction);
+      if ((duplicateAction != nsIMsgIncomingServer::keepDups) &&
+          mFlags & nsMsgFolderFlags::Inbox)
+      {
+        bool isDup;
+        server->IsNewHdrDuplicate(newMsgHdr, &isDup);
+        if (isDup)
+        {
+          // we want to do something similar to applying filter hits.
+          // if a dup is marked read, it shouldn't trigger biff.
+          // Same for deleting it or moving it to trash.
+          switch (duplicateAction)
+          {
+            case nsIMsgIncomingServer::deleteDups:
+              {
+                uint32_t newFlags;
+                newMsgHdr->OrFlags(nsMsgMessageFlags::Read | nsMsgMessageFlags::IMAPDeleted, &newFlags);
+                StoreImapFlags(kImapMsgSeenFlag | kImapMsgDeletedFlag, true,
+                               &m_curMsgUid, 1, nullptr);
+                m_msgMovedByFilter = true;
+              }
+              break;
+            case nsIMsgIncomingServer::moveDupsToTrash:
+              {
+                nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> trash;
+                GetTrashFolder(getter_AddRefs(trash));
+                if (trash)
+                {
+                  nsCString trashUri;
+                  trash->GetURI(trashUri);
+                  nsresult err = MoveIncorporatedMessage(newMsgHdr, mDatabase, trashUri, nullptr, msgWindow);
+                  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err))
+                    m_msgMovedByFilter = true;
+                }
+              }
+              break;
+            case nsIMsgIncomingServer::markDupsRead:
+              {
+                uint32_t newFlags;
+                newMsgHdr->OrFlags(nsMsgMessageFlags::Read, &newFlags);
+                StoreImapFlags(kImapMsgSeenFlag, true, &m_curMsgUid, 1, nullptr);
+              }
+              break;
+          }
+          int32_t numNewMessages;
+          GetNumNewMessages(false, &numNewMessages);
+          SetNumNewMessages(numNewMessages - 1);
+        }
+      }
+      rv = m_msgParser->GetAllHeaders(&headers, &headersSize);
+
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && headers && !m_msgMovedByFilter &&
+          !m_filterListRequiresBody)
+      {
+        if (m_filterList)
+        {
+          GetMoveCoalescer();  // not sure why we're doing this here.
+          m_filterList->ApplyFiltersToHdr(nsMsgFilterType::InboxRule, newMsgHdr,
+                                          this, mDatabase, headers, headersSize,
+                                          this, msgWindow);
+          NotifyFolderEvent(mFiltersAppliedAtom);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  // here we need to tweak flags from uid state..
+  if (mDatabase && (!m_msgMovedByFilter || ShowDeletedMessages()))
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolderNotificationService> notifier(do_GetService(NS_MSGNOTIFICATIONSERVICE_CONTRACTID));
+    // Check if this header corresponds to a pseudo header
+    // we have from doing a pseudo-offline move and then downloading
+    // the real header from the server. In that case, we notify
+    // db/folder listeners that the pseudo-header has become the new
+    // header, i.e., the key has changed.
+    nsCString newMessageId;
+    nsMsgKey pseudoKey = nsMsgKey_None;
+    newMsgHdr->GetMessageId(getter_Copies(newMessageId));
+    m_pseudoHdrs.Get(newMessageId, &pseudoKey);
+    if (notifier && pseudoKey != nsMsgKey_None)
+    {
+      notifier->NotifyMsgKeyChanged(pseudoKey, newMsgHdr);
+      m_pseudoHdrs.Remove(newMessageId);
+    }
+    mDatabase->AddNewHdrToDB(newMsgHdr, true);
+    if (notifier)
+      notifier->NotifyMsgAdded(newMsgHdr);
+    // mark the header as not yet reported classified
+    OrProcessingFlags(m_curMsgUid, nsMsgProcessingFlags::NotReportedClassified);
+  }
+  // adjust highestRecordedUID
+  if (dbFolderInfo)
+  {
+    if (m_curMsgUid > highestUID)
+      dbFolderInfo->SetUint32Property(kHighestRecordedUIDPropertyName, m_curMsgUid);
+  }
+
+  if (m_isGmailServer)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIImapFlagAndUidState> flagState;
+    aProtocol->GetFlagAndUidState(getter_AddRefs(flagState));
+    nsCString msgIDValue;
+    nsCString threadIDValue;
+    nsCString labelsValue;
+    flagState->GetCustomAttribute(m_curMsgUid, NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("X-GM-MSGID"), msgIDValue);
+    flagState->GetCustomAttribute(m_curMsgUid, NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("X-GM-THRID"), threadIDValue);
+    flagState->GetCustomAttribute(m_curMsgUid, NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("X-GM-LABELS"), labelsValue);
+    newMsgHdr->SetStringProperty("X-GM-MSGID", msgIDValue.get());
+    newMsgHdr->SetStringProperty("X-GM-THRID", threadIDValue.get());
+    newMsgHdr->SetStringProperty("X-GM-LABELS", labelsValue.get());
+  }
+
+  m_msgParser->Clear(); // clear out parser, because it holds onto a msg hdr.
+  m_msgParser->SetMailDB(nullptr); // tell it to let go of the db too.
+  // I don't think we want to do this - it does bad things like set the size incorrectly.
+  //    m_msgParser->FinishHeader();
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::AbortHeaderParseStream(nsIImapProtocol* aProtocol)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::BeginCopy(nsIMsgDBHdr *message)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(m_copyState, NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER);
+  nsresult rv;
+  if (m_copyState->m_tmpFile) // leftover file spec nuke it
+  {
+    rv = m_copyState->m_tmpFile->Remove(false);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    {
+      nsCString nativePath;
+      m_copyState->m_tmpFile->GetNativePath(nativePath);
+      MOZ_LOG(IMAP, mozilla::LogLevel::Info, ("couldn't remove prev temp file %s: %lx\n", nativePath.get(), rv));
+    }
+    m_copyState->m_tmpFile = nullptr;
+  }
+  if (message)
+    m_copyState->m_message = do_QueryInterface(message, &rv);
+
+  rv = GetSpecialDirectoryWithFileName(NS_OS_TEMP_DIR,
+                                       "nscpmsg.txt",
+                                        getter_AddRefs(m_copyState->m_tmpFile));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    MOZ_LOG(IMAP, mozilla::LogLevel::Info, ("couldn't find nscpmsg.txt:%lx\n", rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // create a unique file, since multiple copies may be open on multiple folders
+  rv = m_copyState->m_tmpFile->CreateUnique(nsIFile::NORMAL_FILE_TYPE, 00600);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+  {
+    MOZ_LOG(IMAP, mozilla::LogLevel::Info, ("couldn't create temp nscpmsg.txt:%lx\n", rv));
+    // Last ditch attempt to create a temp file, because virus checker might
+    // be locking the previous temp file, and CreateUnique fails if the file
+    // is locked. Use the message key to make a unique name.
+    if (message)
+    {
+      nsCString tmpFileName("nscpmsg-");
+      nsMsgKey msgKey;
+      message->GetMessageKey(&msgKey);
+      tmpFileName.AppendInt(msgKey);
+      tmpFileName.Append(".txt");
+      m_copyState->m_tmpFile->SetNativeLeafName(tmpFileName);
+      rv = m_copyState->m_tmpFile->CreateUnique(nsIFile::NORMAL_FILE_TYPE, 00600);
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      {
+        MOZ_LOG(IMAP, mozilla::LogLevel::Info, ("couldn't create temp nscpmsg.txt:%lx\n", rv));
+        OnCopyCompleted(m_copyState->m_srcSupport, rv);
+        return rv;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIOutputStream> fileOutputStream;
+  rv = MsgNewBufferedFileOutputStream(getter_AddRefs(m_copyState->m_msgFileStream),
+                                      m_copyState->m_tmpFile, -1, 00600);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    MOZ_LOG(IMAP, mozilla::LogLevel::Info, ("couldn't create output file stream:%lx\n", rv));
+
+  if (!m_copyState->m_dataBuffer)
+    m_copyState->m_dataBuffer = (char*) PR_CALLOC(COPY_BUFFER_SIZE+1);
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(m_copyState->m_dataBuffer, NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY);
+  m_copyState->m_dataBufferSize = COPY_BUFFER_SIZE;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::CopyDataToOutputStreamForAppend(nsIInputStream *aIStream,
+                     int32_t aLength, nsIOutputStream *outputStream)
+{
+  uint32_t readCount;
+  uint32_t writeCount;
+  if (!m_copyState)
+    m_copyState = new nsImapMailCopyState();
+
+  if ( aLength + m_copyState->m_leftOver > m_copyState->m_dataBufferSize )
+  {
+    char *newBuffer = (char*) PR_REALLOC(m_copyState->m_dataBuffer, aLength + m_copyState->m_leftOver+ 1);
+    NS_ENSURE_TRUE(newBuffer, NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY);
+    m_copyState->m_dataBuffer = newBuffer;
+    m_copyState->m_dataBufferSize = aLength + m_copyState->m_leftOver;
+  }
+
+  char *start, *end;
+  uint32_t linebreak_len = 1;
+
+  nsresult rv = aIStream->Read(m_copyState->m_dataBuffer+m_copyState->m_leftOver, aLength, &readCount);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  m_copyState->m_leftOver += readCount;
+  m_copyState->m_dataBuffer[m_copyState->m_leftOver] = '\0';
+
+  start = m_copyState->m_dataBuffer;
+  if (m_copyState->m_eatLF)
+  {
+    if (*start == '\n')
+      start++;
+    m_copyState->m_eatLF = false;
+  }
+  end = PL_strpbrk(start, "\r\n");
+  if (end && *end == '\r' && *(end+1) == '\n')
+    linebreak_len = 2;
+
+  while (start && end)
+  {
+    if (PL_strncasecmp(start, "X-Mozilla-Status:", 17) &&
+        PL_strncasecmp(start, "X-Mozilla-Status2:", 18) &&
+        PL_strncmp(start, "From - ", 7))
+    {
+      rv = outputStream->Write(start,
+                                             end-start,
+                                             &writeCount);
+      rv = outputStream->Write(CRLF, 2, &writeCount);
+    }
+    start = end+linebreak_len;
+    if (start >=
+        m_copyState->m_dataBuffer+m_copyState->m_leftOver)
+    {
+       m_copyState->m_leftOver = 0;
+       break;
+    }
+    linebreak_len = 1;
+
+    end = PL_strpbrk(start, "\r\n");
+    if (end && *end == '\r')
+    {
+      if (*(end+1) == '\n')
+        linebreak_len = 2;
+      else if (! *(end+1)) // block might have split CRLF so remember if
+        m_copyState->m_eatLF = true; // we should eat LF
+    }
+
+    if (start && !end)
+    {
+      m_copyState->m_leftOver -= (start - m_copyState->m_dataBuffer);
+      memcpy(m_copyState->m_dataBuffer, start, m_copyState->m_leftOver+1); // including null
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::CopyDataDone()
+{
+  m_copyState = nullptr;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// sICopyMessageListener methods, BeginCopy, CopyData, EndCopy, EndMove, StartMessage, EndMessage
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::CopyData(nsIInputStream *aIStream, int32_t aLength)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(m_copyState && m_copyState->m_msgFileStream && m_copyState->m_dataBuffer, NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER);
+  nsresult rv = CopyDataToOutputStreamForAppend(aIStream, aLength,
+                                                m_copyState->m_msgFileStream);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+  {
+    MOZ_LOG(IMAP, mozilla::LogLevel::Info, ("CopyData failed:%lx\n", rv));
+    OnCopyCompleted(m_copyState->m_srcSupport, rv);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::EndCopy(bool copySucceeded)
+{
+  nsresult rv = copySucceeded ? NS_OK : NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  if (copySucceeded && m_copyState && m_copyState->m_msgFileStream)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIUrlListener> urlListener;
+    m_copyState->m_msgFileStream->Close();
+    // m_tmpFile can be stale because we wrote to it
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> tmpFile;
+    m_copyState->m_tmpFile->Clone(getter_AddRefs(tmpFile));
+    m_copyState->m_tmpFile = tmpFile;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIImapService> imapService = do_GetService(NS_IMAPSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+    rv = QueryInterface(NS_GET_IID(nsIUrlListener), getter_AddRefs(urlListener));
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> copySupport;
+    if (m_copyState)
+      copySupport = do_QueryInterface(m_copyState);
+    rv = imapService->AppendMessageFromFile(m_copyState->m_tmpFile,
+                                            this, EmptyCString(), true,
+                                            m_copyState->m_selectedState,
+                                            urlListener, nullptr,
+                                            copySupport,
+                                            m_copyState->m_msgWindow);
+  }
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !copySucceeded)
+    MOZ_LOG(IMAP, mozilla::LogLevel::Info, ("EndCopy failed:%lx\n", rv));
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::EndMove(bool moveSucceeded)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+// this is the beginning of the next message copied
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::StartMessage()
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// just finished the current message.
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::EndMessage(nsMsgKey key)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::ApplyFilterHit(nsIMsgFilter *filter, nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow, bool *applyMore)
+{
+  //
+  //  This routine is called indirectly from ApplyFiltersToHdr in two
+  //  circumstances, controlled by m_filterListRequiresBody:
+  //
+  //  If false, after headers are parsed in NormalEndHeaderParseStream.
+  //  If true, after the message body is downloaded in NormalEndMsgWriteStream.
+  //
+  //  In NormalEndHeaderParseStream, the message has not been added to the
+  //  database, and it is important that database notifications and count 
+  //  updates do not occur. In NormalEndMsgWriteStream, the message has been
+  //  added to the database, and database notifications and count updates
+  //  should be performed.
+  //
+
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(filter);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(applyMore);
+
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  // look at action - currently handle move
+#ifdef DEBUG_bienvenu
+  printf("got a rule hit!\n");
+#endif
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+  if (m_filterListRequiresBody)
+    GetMessageHeader(m_curMsgUid, getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+  else if (m_msgParser)
+    m_msgParser->GetNewMsgHdr(getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(msgHdr, NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER); //fatal error, cannot apply filters
+
+  bool deleteToTrash = DeleteIsMoveToTrash();
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIArray> filterActionList;
+
+  rv = filter->GetSortedActionList(getter_AddRefs(filterActionList));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  uint32_t numActions;
+  rv = filterActionList->GetLength(&numActions);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  bool loggingEnabled = false;
+  if (m_filterList && numActions)
+    (void)m_filterList->GetLoggingEnabled(&loggingEnabled);
+
+  bool msgIsNew = true;
+
+  for (uint32_t actionIndex = 0; actionIndex < numActions; actionIndex++)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgRuleAction> filterAction;
+    rv = filterActionList->QueryElementAt(actionIndex, NS_GET_IID(nsIMsgRuleAction),
+                                                       getter_AddRefs(filterAction));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !filterAction)
+      continue;
+
+    nsMsgRuleActionType actionType;
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(filterAction->GetType(&actionType)))
+    {
+      if (loggingEnabled)
+        (void) filter->LogRuleHit(filterAction, msgHdr);
+
+      nsCString actionTargetFolderUri;
+      if (actionType == nsMsgFilterAction::MoveToFolder ||
+          actionType == nsMsgFilterAction::CopyToFolder)
+      {
+        rv = filterAction->GetTargetFolderUri(actionTargetFolderUri);
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv) || actionTargetFolderUri.IsEmpty())
+        {
+          NS_ASSERTION(false, "actionTargetFolderUri is empty");
+          continue;
+        }
+      }
+
+      uint32_t msgFlags;
+      nsMsgKey    msgKey;
+      nsAutoCString trashNameVal;
+
+      msgHdr->GetFlags(&msgFlags);
+      msgHdr->GetMessageKey(&msgKey);
+      bool isRead = (msgFlags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Read);
+      nsresult rv = GetDatabase();
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      switch (actionType)
+      {
+        case nsMsgFilterAction::Delete:
+        {
+          if (deleteToTrash)
+          {
+            // set value to trash folder
+            nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> mailTrash;
+            rv = GetTrashFolder(getter_AddRefs(mailTrash));
+            if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && mailTrash)
+              rv = mailTrash->GetURI(actionTargetFolderUri);
+            // msgHdr->OrFlags(nsMsgMessageFlags::Read, &newFlags);  // mark read in trash.
+          }
+          else  // (!deleteToTrash)
+          {
+            mDatabase->MarkHdrRead(msgHdr, true, nullptr);
+            mDatabase->MarkImapDeleted(msgKey, true, nullptr);
+            StoreImapFlags(kImapMsgSeenFlag | kImapMsgDeletedFlag, true,
+                           &msgKey, 1, nullptr);
+            m_msgMovedByFilter = true; // this will prevent us from adding the header to the db.
+          }
+          msgIsNew = false;
+        }
+        // note that delete falls through to move.
+        MOZ_FALLTHROUGH;
+        case nsMsgFilterAction::MoveToFolder:
+        {
+          // if moving to a different file, do it.
+          nsCString uri;
+          rv = GetURI(uri);
+
+          if (!actionTargetFolderUri.Equals(uri))
+          {
+            msgHdr->GetFlags(&msgFlags);
+
+            if (msgFlags & nsMsgMessageFlags::MDNReportNeeded && !isRead)
+            {
+               mDatabase->MarkMDNNeeded(msgKey, false, nullptr);
+               mDatabase->MarkMDNSent(msgKey, true, nullptr);
+            }
+            nsresult err = MoveIncorporatedMessage(msgHdr, mDatabase, actionTargetFolderUri, filter, msgWindow);
+            if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err))
+              m_msgMovedByFilter = true;
+          }
+          // don't apply any more filters, even if it was a move to the same folder
+          *applyMore = false; 
+        }
+        break;
+        case nsMsgFilterAction::CopyToFolder:
+        {
+          nsCString uri;
+          rv = GetURI(uri);
+
+          if (!actionTargetFolderUri.Equals(uri))
+          {
+            // XXXshaver I'm not actually 100% what the right semantics are for
+            // MDNs and copied messages, but I suspect deep down inside that
+            // we probably want to suppress them only on the copies.
+            msgHdr->GetFlags(&msgFlags);
+            if (msgFlags & nsMsgMessageFlags::MDNReportNeeded && !isRead)
+            {
+               mDatabase->MarkMDNNeeded(msgKey, false, nullptr);
+               mDatabase->MarkMDNSent(msgKey, true, nullptr);
+            }
+
+            nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> messageArray(do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+            NS_ENSURE_TRUE(messageArray, rv);
+            messageArray->AppendElement(msgHdr, false);
+
+            nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> dstFolder;
+            rv = GetExistingFolder(actionTargetFolderUri, getter_AddRefs(dstFolder));
+            NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+            nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgCopyService> copyService =
+              do_GetService(NS_MSGCOPYSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+            NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+            rv = copyService->CopyMessages(this, messageArray, dstFolder,
+                                           false, nullptr, msgWindow, false);
+            NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+          }
+        }
+        break;
+        case nsMsgFilterAction::MarkRead:
+        {
+          mDatabase->MarkHdrRead(msgHdr, true, nullptr);
+          StoreImapFlags(kImapMsgSeenFlag, true, &msgKey, 1, nullptr);
+          msgIsNew = false;
+        }
+        break;
+        case nsMsgFilterAction::MarkUnread:
+        {
+          mDatabase->MarkHdrRead(msgHdr, false, nullptr);
+          StoreImapFlags(kImapMsgSeenFlag, false, &msgKey, 1, nullptr);
+          msgIsNew = true;
+        }
+        break;
+        case nsMsgFilterAction::MarkFlagged:
+        {
+          mDatabase->MarkHdrMarked(msgHdr, true, nullptr);
+          StoreImapFlags(kImapMsgFlaggedFlag, true, &msgKey, 1, nullptr);
+        }
+        break;
+        case nsMsgFilterAction::KillThread:
+        case nsMsgFilterAction::WatchThread:
+        {
+          nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgThread> msgThread;
+          nsMsgKey threadKey;
+          mDatabase->GetThreadContainingMsgHdr(msgHdr, getter_AddRefs(msgThread));
+          if (msgThread)
+          {
+            msgThread->GetThreadKey(&threadKey);
+            if (actionType == nsMsgFilterAction::KillThread)
+              mDatabase->MarkThreadIgnored(msgThread, threadKey, true, nullptr);
+            else
+              mDatabase->MarkThreadWatched(msgThread, threadKey, true, nullptr);
+          }
+          else
+          {
+            if (actionType == nsMsgFilterAction::KillThread)
+              msgHdr->SetUint32Property("ProtoThreadFlags", nsMsgMessageFlags::Ignored);
+            else
+              msgHdr->SetUint32Property("ProtoThreadFlags", nsMsgMessageFlags::Watched);
+          }
+          if (actionType == nsMsgFilterAction::KillThread)
+          {
+            mDatabase->MarkHdrRead(msgHdr, true, nullptr);
+            StoreImapFlags(kImapMsgSeenFlag, true, &msgKey, 1, nullptr);
+            msgIsNew = false;
+          }
+        }
+        break;
+        case nsMsgFilterAction::KillSubthread:
+        {
+          mDatabase->MarkHeaderKilled(msgHdr, true, nullptr);
+          mDatabase->MarkHdrRead(msgHdr, true, nullptr);
+          StoreImapFlags(kImapMsgSeenFlag, true, &msgKey, 1, nullptr);
+          msgIsNew = false;
+        }
+        break;
+        case nsMsgFilterAction::ChangePriority:
+        {
+          nsMsgPriorityValue filterPriority; // a int32_t
+          filterAction->GetPriority(&filterPriority);
+          mDatabase->SetUint32PropertyByHdr(msgHdr, "priority",
+                                            static_cast<uint32_t>(filterPriority));
+        }
+        break;
+        case nsMsgFilterAction::Label:
+        {
+          nsMsgLabelValue filterLabel;
+          filterAction->GetLabel(&filterLabel);
+          mDatabase->SetUint32PropertyByHdr(msgHdr, "label",
+                                            static_cast<uint32_t>(filterLabel));
+          StoreImapFlags((filterLabel << 9), true, &msgKey, 1, nullptr);
+        }
+        break;
+        case nsMsgFilterAction::AddTag:
+        {
+          nsCString keyword;
+          filterAction->GetStrValue(keyword);
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> messageArray(do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+          NS_ENSURE_TRUE(messageArray, rv);
+          messageArray->AppendElement(msgHdr, false);
+          AddKeywordsToMessages(messageArray, keyword);
+          break;
+        }
+        case nsMsgFilterAction::JunkScore:
+        {
+          nsAutoCString junkScoreStr;
+          int32_t junkScore;
+          filterAction->GetJunkScore(&junkScore);
+          junkScoreStr.AppendInt(junkScore);
+          mDatabase->SetStringProperty(msgKey, "junkscore", junkScoreStr.get());
+          mDatabase->SetStringProperty(msgKey, "junkscoreorigin", "filter");
+
+          // If score is available, set up to store junk status on server.
+          if (junkScore == nsIJunkMailPlugin::IS_SPAM_SCORE ||
+              junkScore == nsIJunkMailPlugin::IS_HAM_SCORE)
+          {
+            nsTArray<nsMsgKey> *keysToClassify = m_moveCoalescer->GetKeyBucket(
+                       (junkScore == nsIJunkMailPlugin::IS_SPAM_SCORE) ? 0 : 1);
+            NS_ASSERTION(keysToClassify, "error getting key bucket");
+            if (keysToClassify)
+              keysToClassify->AppendElement(msgKey);
+            if (msgIsNew && junkScore == nsIJunkMailPlugin::IS_SPAM_SCORE)
+            {              
+              msgIsNew = false;
+              mDatabase->MarkHdrNotNew(msgHdr, nullptr);
+              // nsMsgDBFolder::SendFlagNotifications by the call to
+              // SetBiffState(nsMsgBiffState_NoMail) will reset numNewMessages
+              // only if the message is also read and database notifications
+              // are active, but we are not going to mark it read in this
+              // action, preferring to leave the choice to the user.
+              // So correct numNewMessages.
+              if (m_filterListRequiresBody)
+              {
+                msgHdr->GetFlags(&msgFlags);
+                if (!(msgFlags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Read))
+                {
+                  int32_t numNewMessages;
+                  GetNumNewMessages(false, &numNewMessages);
+                  SetNumNewMessages(--numNewMessages);
+                  SetHasNewMessages(numNewMessages != 0);
+                }
+              }
+            }
+          }
+        }
+        break;
+      case nsMsgFilterAction::Forward:
+        {
+          nsCString forwardTo;
+          filterAction->GetStrValue(forwardTo);
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+          rv = GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+          if (!forwardTo.IsEmpty())
+          {
+            nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgComposeService> compService =
+              do_GetService (NS_MSGCOMPOSESERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+            NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+            rv = compService->ForwardMessage(NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16(forwardTo),
+                                             msgHdr, msgWindow, server,
+                                             nsIMsgComposeService::kForwardAsDefault);
+          }
+        }
+        break;
+
+      case nsMsgFilterAction::Reply:
+        {
+          nsCString replyTemplateUri;
+          filterAction->GetStrValue(replyTemplateUri);
+          nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+          GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+          if (!replyTemplateUri.IsEmpty())
+          {
+            nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgComposeService> compService = do_GetService (NS_MSGCOMPOSESERVICE_CONTRACTID) ;
+            if (compService) {
+              rv = compService->ReplyWithTemplate(msgHdr, replyTemplateUri.get(), msgWindow, server);
+              if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+                NS_WARNING("ReplyWithTemplate failed");
+                if (rv == NS_ERROR_ABORT) {
+                  filter->LogRuleHitFail(filterAction, msgHdr, rv, "Sending reply aborted");
+                } else {
+                  filter->LogRuleHitFail(filterAction, msgHdr, rv, "Error sending reply");
+                }
+              }
+            }
+          }
+        }
+        break;
+
+        case nsMsgFilterAction::StopExecution:
+        {
+          // don't apply any more filters
+          *applyMore = false;
+        }
+        break;
+
+        case nsMsgFilterAction::Custom:
+        {
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFilterCustomAction> customAction;
+          rv = filterAction->GetCustomAction(getter_AddRefs(customAction));
+          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+          nsAutoCString value;
+          filterAction->GetStrValue(value);
+
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> messageArray(
+              do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+          NS_ENSURE_TRUE(messageArray, rv);
+          messageArray->AppendElement(msgHdr, false);
+
+          customAction->Apply(messageArray, value, nullptr,
+                              nsMsgFilterType::InboxRule, msgWindow);
+          // allow custom action to affect new
+          msgHdr->GetFlags(&msgFlags);
+          if (!(msgFlags & nsMsgMessageFlags::New))
+            msgIsNew = false;
+        }
+        break;
+
+        default:
+          break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  if (!msgIsNew)
+  {
+    int32_t numNewMessages;
+    GetNumNewMessages(false, &numNewMessages);
+    // When database notifications are active, new counts will be reset
+    // to zero in nsMsgDBFolder::SendFlagNotifications by the call to
+    // SetBiffState(nsMsgBiffState_NoMail), so don't repeat them here.
+    if (!m_filterListRequiresBody)
+      SetNumNewMessages(--numNewMessages);
+    if (mDatabase)
+      mDatabase->MarkHdrNotNew(msgHdr, nullptr);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::SetImapFlags(const char *uids, int32_t flags, nsIURI **url)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapService> imapService = do_GetService(NS_IMAPSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  return imapService->SetMessageFlags(this, this, url, nsAutoCString(uids), flags, true);
+}
+
+// "this" is the parent folder
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::PlaybackOfflineFolderCreate(const nsAString& aFolderName, nsIMsgWindow *aWindow, nsIURI **url)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapService> imapService = do_GetService(NS_IMAPSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  return imapService->CreateFolder(this, aFolderName, this, url);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP 
+nsImapMailFolder::ReplayOfflineMoveCopy(nsMsgKey *aMsgKeys, uint32_t aNumKeys,
+                                        bool isMove, nsIMsgFolder *aDstFolder,
+                                        nsIUrlListener *aUrlListener, nsIMsgWindow *aWindow)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgImapMailFolder> imapFolder = do_QueryInterface(aDstFolder);
+  if (imapFolder)
+  {
+    nsImapMailFolder *destImapFolder = static_cast<nsImapMailFolder*>(aDstFolder);
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> messages(do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID));
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> dstFolderDB;
+    aDstFolder->GetMsgDatabase(getter_AddRefs(dstFolderDB));
+    if (dstFolderDB)
+    {
+      // find the fake header in the destination db, and use that to
+      // set the pending attributes on the real headers. To do this,
+      // we need to iterate over the offline ops in the destination db,
+      // looking for ones with matching keys and source folder uri. 
+      // If we find that offline op, its "key" will be the key of the fake
+      // header, so we just need to get the header for that key 
+      // from the dest db.
+      nsTArray<nsMsgKey> offlineOps;
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(dstFolderDB->ListAllOfflineOpIds(&offlineOps)))
+      {
+        nsCString srcFolderUri;
+        GetURI(srcFolderUri);
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation> currentOp;
+        for (uint32_t opIndex = 0; opIndex < offlineOps.Length(); opIndex++)
+        {
+          dstFolderDB->GetOfflineOpForKey(offlineOps[opIndex], false,
+                                          getter_AddRefs(currentOp));
+          if (currentOp)
+          {
+            nsCString opSrcUri;
+            currentOp->GetSourceFolderURI(getter_Copies(opSrcUri));
+            if (opSrcUri.Equals(srcFolderUri))
+            {
+              nsMsgKey srcMessageKey;
+              currentOp->GetSrcMessageKey(&srcMessageKey);
+              for (uint32_t msgIndex = 0; msgIndex < aNumKeys; msgIndex++)
+              {
+                if (srcMessageKey == aMsgKeys[msgIndex])
+                {
+                  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> fakeDestHdr;
+                  dstFolderDB->GetMsgHdrForKey(offlineOps[opIndex],
+                    getter_AddRefs(fakeDestHdr));
+                  if (fakeDestHdr)
+                    messages->AppendElement(fakeDestHdr, false);
+                  break;
+                }
+              }
+            }
+          }
+        }
+        destImapFolder->SetPendingAttributes(messages, isMove);
+      }
+    }
+    // if we can't get the dst folder db, we should still try to playback
+    // the offline move/copy.
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapService> imapService = do_GetService(NS_IMAPSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIURI> resultUrl;
+  nsAutoCString uids;
+  AllocateUidStringFromKeys(aMsgKeys, aNumKeys, uids);
+  rv = imapService->OnlineMessageCopy(this, uids, aDstFolder,
+                                      true, isMove, aUrlListener,
+                                      getter_AddRefs(resultUrl), nullptr, aWindow);
+  if (resultUrl)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailnewsUrl = do_QueryInterface(resultUrl, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIUrlListener> folderListener = do_QueryInterface(aDstFolder);
+    if (folderListener)
+      mailnewsUrl->RegisterListener(folderListener);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::AddMoveResultPseudoKey(nsMsgKey aMsgKey)
+{
+  nsresult rv = GetDatabase();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> pseudoHdr;
+  rv = mDatabase->GetMsgHdrForKey(aMsgKey, getter_AddRefs(pseudoHdr));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  nsCString messageId;
+  pseudoHdr->GetMessageId(getter_Copies(messageId));
+  // err on the side of caution and ignore messages w/o messageid.
+  if (messageId.IsEmpty())
+    return NS_OK;
+  m_pseudoHdrs.Put(messageId, aMsgKey);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::StoreImapFlags(int32_t flags, bool addFlags,
+                                               nsMsgKey *keys, uint32_t numKeys,
+                                               nsIUrlListener *aUrlListener)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  if (!WeAreOffline())
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIImapService> imapService = do_GetService(NS_IMAPSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    nsAutoCString msgIds;
+    AllocateUidStringFromKeys(keys, numKeys, msgIds);
+    if (addFlags)
+      imapService->AddMessageFlags(this, aUrlListener ? aUrlListener : this,
+                                   nullptr, msgIds, flags, true);
+    else
+      imapService->SubtractMessageFlags(this, aUrlListener ? aUrlListener : this,
+                                        nullptr, msgIds, flags, true);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    rv = GetDatabase();
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && mDatabase)
+    {
+      uint32_t total = numKeys;
+      for (uint32_t keyIndex = 0; keyIndex < total; keyIndex++)
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation> op;
+        rv = mDatabase->GetOfflineOpForKey(keys[keyIndex], true, getter_AddRefs(op));
+        SetFlag(nsMsgFolderFlags::OfflineEvents);
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && op)
+        {
+          imapMessageFlagsType newFlags;
+          op->GetNewFlags(&newFlags);
+          op->SetFlagOperation(addFlags ? newFlags | flags : newFlags & ~flags);
+        }
+      }
+      mDatabase->Commit(nsMsgDBCommitType::kLargeCommit); // flush offline flags
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::LiteSelect(nsIUrlListener *aUrlListener,
+                                           nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapService> imapService = do_GetService(NS_IMAPSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  return imapService->LiteSelectFolder(this, aUrlListener,
+                                       aMsgWindow, nullptr);
+}
+
+nsresult nsImapMailFolder::GetFolderOwnerUserName(nsACString& userName)
+{
+  if ((mFlags & nsMsgFolderFlags::ImapPersonal) ||
+    !(mFlags & (nsMsgFolderFlags::ImapPublic | nsMsgFolderFlags::ImapOtherUser)))
+  {
+    // this is one of our personal mail folders
+    // return our username on this host
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+    nsresult rv = GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+    return NS_FAILED(rv) ? rv : server->GetUsername(userName);
+  }
+
+  // the only other type of owner is if it's in the other users' namespace
+  if (!(mFlags & nsMsgFolderFlags::ImapOtherUser))
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  if (m_ownerUserName.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    nsCString onlineName;
+    GetOnlineName(onlineName);
+    m_ownerUserName = nsIMAPNamespaceList::GetFolderOwnerNameFromPath(GetNamespaceForFolder(), onlineName.get());
+  }
+  userName = m_ownerUserName;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsIMAPNamespace *nsImapMailFolder::GetNamespaceForFolder()
+{
+  if (!m_namespace)
+  {
+#ifdef DEBUG_bienvenu
+    // Make sure this isn't causing us to open the database
+    NS_ASSERTION(m_hierarchyDelimiter != kOnlineHierarchySeparatorUnknown, "haven't set hierarchy delimiter");
+#endif
+    nsCString serverKey;
+    nsCString onlineName;
+    GetServerKey(serverKey);
+    GetOnlineName(onlineName);
+    char hierarchyDelimiter;
+    GetHierarchyDelimiter(&hierarchyDelimiter);
+
+    m_namespace = nsIMAPNamespaceList::GetNamespaceForFolder(
+                    serverKey.get(), onlineName.get(), hierarchyDelimiter);
+    NS_ASSERTION(m_namespace, "didn't get namespace for folder");
+    if (m_namespace)
+    {
+      nsIMAPNamespaceList::SuggestHierarchySeparatorForNamespace(m_namespace, hierarchyDelimiter);
+      m_folderIsNamespace = nsIMAPNamespaceList::GetFolderIsNamespace(
+                              serverKey.get(), onlineName.get(),
+                              hierarchyDelimiter, m_namespace);
+    }
+  }
+  return m_namespace;
+}
+
+void nsImapMailFolder::SetNamespaceForFolder(nsIMAPNamespace *ns)
+{
+#ifdef DEBUG_bienvenu
+  NS_ASSERTION(ns, "null namespace");
+#endif
+  m_namespace = ns;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::FolderPrivileges(nsIMsgWindow *window)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(window);
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;  // if no window...
+  if (!m_adminUrl.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIExternalProtocolService> extProtService = do_GetService(NS_EXTERNALPROTOCOLSERVICE_CONTRACTID);
+    if (extProtService) 
+    {
+      nsAutoCString scheme;
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> uri;
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv = NS_NewURI(getter_AddRefs(uri), m_adminUrl.get())))
+        return rv;
+      uri->GetScheme(scheme);
+      if (!scheme.IsEmpty()) 
+      {
+        // if the URL scheme does not correspond to an exposed protocol, then we
+        // need to hand this link click over to the external protocol handler.
+        bool isExposed;
+        rv = extProtService->IsExposedProtocol(scheme.get(), &isExposed);
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !isExposed) 
+          return extProtService->LoadUrl(uri);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIImapService> imapService = do_GetService(NS_IMAPSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+    rv = imapService->GetFolderAdminUrl(this, window, this, nullptr);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      m_urlRunning = true;
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::GetHasAdminUrl(bool *aBool)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aBool);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapIncomingServer> imapServer;
+  nsresult rv = GetImapIncomingServer(getter_AddRefs(imapServer));
+  nsCString manageMailAccountUrl;
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && imapServer)
+    rv = imapServer->GetManageMailAccountUrl(manageMailAccountUrl);
+  *aBool = (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !manageMailAccountUrl.IsEmpty());
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::GetAdminUrl(nsACString& aResult)
+{
+  aResult = m_adminUrl;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::SetAdminUrl(const nsACString& adminUrl)
+{
+  m_adminUrl = adminUrl;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::GetHdrParser(nsIMsgParseMailMsgState **aHdrParser)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aHdrParser);
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aHdrParser = m_msgParser);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+  // this is used to issue an arbitrary imap command on the passed in msgs.
+  // It assumes the command needs to be run in the selected state.
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::IssueCommandOnMsgs(const nsACString& command, const char *uids, nsIMsgWindow *aWindow, nsIURI **url)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapService> imapService = do_GetService(NS_IMAPSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  return imapService->IssueCommandOnMsgs(this, aWindow, command, nsDependentCString(uids), url);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::FetchCustomMsgAttribute(const nsACString& attribute, const char *uids, nsIMsgWindow *aWindow, nsIURI **url)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapService> imapService = do_GetService(NS_IMAPSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  return imapService->FetchCustomMsgAttribute(this, aWindow, attribute, nsDependentCString(uids), url);
+}
+
+nsresult nsImapMailFolder::MoveIncorporatedMessage(nsIMsgDBHdr *mailHdr,
+                                                   nsIMsgDatabase *sourceDB,
+                                                   const nsACString& destFolderUri,
+                                                   nsIMsgFilter *filter,
+                                                   nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  if (m_moveCoalescer)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFService> rdf(do_GetService(kRDFServiceCID, &rv));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFResource> res;
+    rv = rdf->GetResource(destFolderUri, getter_AddRefs(res));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      return rv;
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> destIFolder(do_QueryInterface(res, &rv));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      return rv;
+
+    if (destIFolder)
+    {
+      // check if the destination is a real folder (by checking for null parent)
+      // and if it can file messages (e.g., servers or news folders can't file messages).
+      // Or read only imap folders...
+      bool canFileMessages = true;
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> parentFolder;
+      destIFolder->GetParent(getter_AddRefs(parentFolder));
+      if (parentFolder)
+        destIFolder->GetCanFileMessages(&canFileMessages);
+      if (filter && (!parentFolder || !canFileMessages))
+      {
+        filter->SetEnabled(false);
+        m_filterList->SaveToDefaultFile();
+        destIFolder->ThrowAlertMsg("filterDisabled",msgWindow);
+        return NS_MSG_NOT_A_MAIL_FOLDER;
+      }
+      // put the header into the source db, since it needs to be there when we copy it
+      // and we need a valid header to pass to StartAsyncCopyMessagesInto
+      nsMsgKey keyToFilter;
+      mailHdr->GetMessageKey(&keyToFilter);
+
+      if (sourceDB && destIFolder)
+      {
+        bool imapDeleteIsMoveToTrash = DeleteIsMoveToTrash();
+        m_moveCoalescer->AddMove (destIFolder, keyToFilter);
+        // For each folder, we need to keep track of the ids we want to move to that
+        // folder - we used to store them in the MSG_FolderInfo and then when we'd finished
+        // downloading headers, we'd iterate through all the folders looking for the ones
+        // that needed messages moved into them - perhaps instead we could
+        // keep track of nsIMsgFolder, nsTArray<nsMsgKey> pairs here in the imap code.
+        // nsTArray<nsMsgKey> *idsToMoveFromInbox = msgFolder->GetImapIdsToMoveFromInbox();
+        // idsToMoveFromInbox->AppendElement(keyToFilter);
+        if (imapDeleteIsMoveToTrash)
+        {
+        }
+        bool isRead = false;
+        mailHdr->GetIsRead(&isRead);
+        if (imapDeleteIsMoveToTrash)
+          rv = NS_OK;
+      }
+    }
+  } else
+    rv = NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+
+  // we have to return an error because we do not actually move the message
+  // it is done async and that can fail
+  return rv;
+}
+
+/**
+ * This method assumes that key arrays and flag states are sorted by increasing key.
+ */
+void nsImapMailFolder::FindKeysToDelete(const nsTArray<nsMsgKey> &existingKeys,
+                                        nsTArray<nsMsgKey> &keysToDelete,
+                                        nsIImapFlagAndUidState *flagState,
+                                        uint32_t boxFlags)
+{
+  bool showDeletedMessages = ShowDeletedMessages();
+  int32_t numMessageInFlagState;
+  bool partialUIDFetch;
+  uint32_t uidOfMessage;
+  imapMessageFlagsType flags;
+
+  flagState->GetNumberOfMessages(&numMessageInFlagState);
+  flagState->GetPartialUIDFetch(&partialUIDFetch);
+
+  // if we're doing a partialUIDFetch, just delete the keys from the db
+  // that have the deleted flag set (if not using imap delete model)
+  // and return.
+  if (partialUIDFetch)
+  {
+    if (!showDeletedMessages)
+    {
+      for (uint32_t i = 0; (int32_t) i < numMessageInFlagState; i++)
+      {
+        flagState->GetUidOfMessage(i, &uidOfMessage);
+        // flag state will be zero filled up to first real uid, so ignore those.
+        if (uidOfMessage)
+        {
+          flagState->GetMessageFlags(i, &flags);
+          if (flags & kImapMsgDeletedFlag)
+            keysToDelete.AppendElement(uidOfMessage);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    else if (boxFlags & kJustExpunged)
+    {
+      // we've just issued an expunge with a partial flag state. We should
+      // delete headers with the imap deleted flag set, because we can't
+      // tell from the expunge response which messages were deleted.
+      nsCOMPtr <nsISimpleEnumerator> hdrs;
+      nsresult rv = GetMessages(getter_AddRefs(hdrs));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS_VOID(rv);
+      bool hasMore = false;
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> pHeader;
+      while (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv = hdrs->HasMoreElements(&hasMore)) && hasMore)
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr <nsISupports> supports;
+        rv = hdrs->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(supports));
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS_VOID(rv);
+        pHeader = do_QueryInterface(supports, &rv);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS_VOID(rv);
+        uint32_t msgFlags;
+        pHeader->GetFlags(&msgFlags);
+        if (msgFlags & nsMsgMessageFlags::IMAPDeleted)
+        {
+          nsMsgKey msgKey;
+          pHeader->GetMessageKey(&msgKey);
+          keysToDelete.AppendElement(msgKey);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    return;
+  }
+  // otherwise, we have a complete set of uid's and flags, so we delete
+  // anything thats in existingKeys but not in the flag state, as well
+  // as messages with the deleted flag set.
+  uint32_t total = existingKeys.Length();
+  int onlineIndex = 0; // current index into flagState
+  for (uint32_t keyIndex = 0; keyIndex < total; keyIndex++)
+  {
+
+    while ((onlineIndex < numMessageInFlagState) &&
+         (flagState->GetUidOfMessage(onlineIndex, &uidOfMessage), (existingKeys[keyIndex] > uidOfMessage) ))
+      onlineIndex++;
+
+    flagState->GetUidOfMessage(onlineIndex, &uidOfMessage);
+    flagState->GetMessageFlags(onlineIndex, &flags);
+    // delete this key if it is not there or marked deleted
+    if ( (onlineIndex >= numMessageInFlagState ) ||
+       (existingKeys[keyIndex] != uidOfMessage) ||
+       ((flags & kImapMsgDeletedFlag) && !showDeletedMessages) )
+    {
+      nsMsgKey doomedKey = existingKeys[keyIndex];
+      if ((int32_t) doomedKey <= 0 && doomedKey != nsMsgKey_None)
+        continue;
+      else
+        keysToDelete.AppendElement(existingKeys[keyIndex]);
+    }
+
+    flagState->GetUidOfMessage(onlineIndex, &uidOfMessage);
+    if (existingKeys[keyIndex] == uidOfMessage)
+      onlineIndex++;
+  }
+}
+
+void nsImapMailFolder::FindKeysToAdd(const nsTArray<nsMsgKey> &existingKeys, nsTArray<nsMsgKey> &keysToFetch, uint32_t &numNewUnread, nsIImapFlagAndUidState *flagState)
+{
+  bool showDeletedMessages = ShowDeletedMessages();
+  int dbIndex=0; // current index into existingKeys
+  int32_t existTotal, numberOfKnownKeys;
+  int32_t messageIndex;
+
+  numNewUnread = 0;
+  existTotal = numberOfKnownKeys = existingKeys.Length();
+  flagState->GetNumberOfMessages(&messageIndex);
+  bool partialUIDFetch;
+  flagState->GetPartialUIDFetch(&partialUIDFetch);
+
+  for (int32_t flagIndex=0; flagIndex < messageIndex; flagIndex++)
+  {
+    uint32_t uidOfMessage;
+    flagState->GetUidOfMessage(flagIndex, &uidOfMessage);
+    while ( (flagIndex < numberOfKnownKeys) && (dbIndex < existTotal) &&
+        existingKeys[dbIndex] < uidOfMessage)
+      dbIndex++;
+
+    if ( (flagIndex >= numberOfKnownKeys)  ||
+       (dbIndex >= existTotal) ||
+       (existingKeys[dbIndex] != uidOfMessage ) )
+    {
+      numberOfKnownKeys++;
+
+      imapMessageFlagsType flags;
+      flagState->GetMessageFlags(flagIndex, &flags);
+      NS_ASSERTION(uidOfMessage != nsMsgKey_None, "got invalid msg key");
+      if (uidOfMessage && uidOfMessage != nsMsgKey_None && (showDeletedMessages || ! (flags & kImapMsgDeletedFlag)))
+      {
+        if (mDatabase)
+        {
+          bool dbContainsKey;
+          if (NS_SUCCEEDED(mDatabase->ContainsKey(uidOfMessage, &dbContainsKey)) &&
+              dbContainsKey)
+          {
+            // this is expected in the partial uid fetch case because the 
+            // flag state does not contain all messages, so the db has
+            // messages the flag state doesn't know about.
+            if (!partialUIDFetch)
+              NS_ERROR("db has key - flagState messed up?");
+            continue;
+          }
+        }
+        keysToFetch.AppendElement(uidOfMessage);
+        if (! (flags & kImapMsgSeenFlag))
+          numNewUnread++;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::GetMsgHdrsToDownload(bool *aMoreToDownload,
+                                                     int32_t *aTotalCount,
+                                                     uint32_t *aLength,
+                                                     nsMsgKey **aKeys)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMoreToDownload);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aTotalCount);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aLength);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aKeys);
+
+  *aMoreToDownload = false;
+  *aTotalCount = m_totalKeysToFetch;
+  if (m_keysToFetch.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    *aLength = 0;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  // if folder isn't open in a window, no reason to limit the number of headers
+  // we download.
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailSession> session = do_GetService(NS_MSGMAILSESSION_CONTRACTID);
+  bool folderOpen = false;
+  if (session)
+    session->IsFolderOpenInWindow(this, &folderOpen);
+
+  int32_t hdrChunkSize = 200;
+  if (folderOpen)
+  {
+    nsresult rv;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefBranch(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    if (prefBranch)
+      prefBranch->GetIntPref("mail.imap.hdr_chunk_size", &hdrChunkSize);
+  }
+  int32_t numKeysToFetch = m_keysToFetch.Length();
+  int32_t startIndex = 0;
+  if (folderOpen && hdrChunkSize > 0 && (int32_t) m_keysToFetch.Length() > hdrChunkSize)
+  {
+    numKeysToFetch = hdrChunkSize;
+    *aMoreToDownload = true;
+    startIndex = m_keysToFetch.Length() - hdrChunkSize;
+  }
+  *aKeys = (nsMsgKey *) nsMemory::Clone(&m_keysToFetch[startIndex],
+                                       numKeysToFetch * sizeof(nsMsgKey));
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(*aKeys, NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY);
+  // Remove these for the incremental header download case, so that
+  // we know we don't have to download them again.
+  m_keysToFetch.RemoveElementsAt(startIndex, numKeysToFetch);
+  *aLength = numKeysToFetch;
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+void nsImapMailFolder::PrepareToAddHeadersToMailDB(nsIImapProtocol* aProtocol)
+{
+  // now, tell it we don't need any bodies.
+  aProtocol->NotifyBodysToDownload(nullptr, 0);
+}
+
+void nsImapMailFolder::TweakHeaderFlags(nsIImapProtocol* aProtocol, nsIMsgDBHdr *tweakMe)
+{
+  if (mDatabase && aProtocol && tweakMe)
+  {
+    tweakMe->SetMessageKey(m_curMsgUid);
+    tweakMe->SetMessageSize(m_nextMessageByteLength);
+
+    bool foundIt = false;
+    imapMessageFlagsType imap_flags;
+
+    nsCString customFlags;
+    nsresult rv = aProtocol->GetFlagsForUID(m_curMsgUid, &foundIt, &imap_flags, getter_Copies(customFlags));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && foundIt)
+    {
+      // make a mask and clear these message flags
+      uint32_t mask = nsMsgMessageFlags::Read | nsMsgMessageFlags::Replied |
+                      nsMsgMessageFlags::Marked | nsMsgMessageFlags::IMAPDeleted |
+                      nsMsgMessageFlags::Labels;
+      uint32_t dbHdrFlags;
+
+      tweakMe->GetFlags(&dbHdrFlags);
+      tweakMe->AndFlags(~mask, &dbHdrFlags);
+
+      // set the new value for these flags
+      uint32_t newFlags = 0;
+      if (imap_flags & kImapMsgSeenFlag)
+        newFlags |= nsMsgMessageFlags::Read;
+      else // if (imap_flags & kImapMsgRecentFlag)
+        newFlags |= nsMsgMessageFlags::New;
+
+      // Okay here is the MDN needed logic (if DNT header seen):
+      /* if server support user defined flag:
+                    MDNSent flag set => clear kMDNNeeded flag
+                    MDNSent flag not set => do nothing, leave kMDNNeeded on
+                    else if
+                    not nsMsgMessageFlags::New => clear kMDNNeeded flag
+                   nsMsgMessageFlags::New => do nothing, leave kMDNNeeded on
+               */
+      uint16_t userFlags;
+      rv = aProtocol->GetSupportedUserFlags(&userFlags);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && (userFlags & (kImapMsgSupportUserFlag |
+                            kImapMsgSupportMDNSentFlag)))
+      {
+        if (imap_flags & kImapMsgMDNSentFlag)
+        {
+          newFlags |= nsMsgMessageFlags::MDNReportSent;
+          if (dbHdrFlags & nsMsgMessageFlags::MDNReportNeeded)
+            tweakMe->AndFlags(~nsMsgMessageFlags::MDNReportNeeded, &dbHdrFlags);
+        }
+      }
+
+      if (imap_flags & kImapMsgAnsweredFlag)
+        newFlags |= nsMsgMessageFlags::Replied;
+      if (imap_flags & kImapMsgFlaggedFlag)
+        newFlags |= nsMsgMessageFlags::Marked;
+      if (imap_flags & kImapMsgDeletedFlag)
+        newFlags |= nsMsgMessageFlags::IMAPDeleted;
+      if (imap_flags & kImapMsgForwardedFlag)
+        newFlags |= nsMsgMessageFlags::Forwarded;
+
+      // db label flags are 0x0E000000 and imap label flags are 0x0E00
+      // so we need to shift 16 bits to the left to convert them.
+      if (imap_flags & kImapMsgLabelFlags)
+      {
+        // we need to set label attribute on header because the dbview code
+        // does msgHdr->GetLabel when asked to paint a row
+        tweakMe->SetLabel((imap_flags & kImapMsgLabelFlags) >> 9);
+        newFlags |= (imap_flags & kImapMsgLabelFlags) << 16;
+      }
+      if (newFlags)
+        tweakMe->OrFlags(newFlags, &dbHdrFlags);
+      if (!customFlags.IsEmpty())
+        (void) HandleCustomFlags(m_curMsgUid, tweakMe, userFlags, customFlags);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapMailFolder::SetupMsgWriteStream(nsIFile * aFile, bool addDummyEnvelope)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  aFile->Remove(false);
+  rv = MsgNewBufferedFileOutputStream(getter_AddRefs(m_tempMessageStream), aFile, PR_WRONLY | PR_CREATE_FILE | PR_TRUNCATE, 00700);
+  if (m_tempMessageStream && addDummyEnvelope)
+  {
+    nsAutoCString result;
+    char *ct;
+    uint32_t writeCount;
+    time_t now = time ((time_t*) 0);
+    ct = ctime(&now);
+    ct[24] = 0;
+    result = "From - ";
+    result += ct;
+    result += MSG_LINEBREAK;
+
+    m_tempMessageStream->Write(result.get(), result.Length(), &writeCount);
+    result = "X-Mozilla-Status: 0001";
+    result += MSG_LINEBREAK;
+    m_tempMessageStream->Write(result.get(), result.Length(), &writeCount);
+    result =  "X-Mozilla-Status2: 00000000";
+    result += MSG_LINEBREAK;
+    m_tempMessageStream->Write(result.get(), result.Length(), &writeCount);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::DownloadMessagesForOffline(nsIArray *messages, nsIMsgWindow *window)
+{
+  nsAutoCString messageIds;
+  nsTArray<nsMsgKey> srcKeyArray;
+  nsresult rv = BuildIdsAndKeyArray(messages, messageIds, srcKeyArray);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || messageIds.IsEmpty()) return rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapService> imapService = do_GetService(NS_IMAPSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  rv = AcquireSemaphore(static_cast<nsIMsgFolder*>(this));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+  {
+    ThrowAlertMsg("operationFailedFolderBusy", window);
+    return rv;
+  }
+  return imapService->DownloadMessagesForOffline(messageIds, this, this, window);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::DownloadAllForOffline(nsIUrlListener *listener, nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIURI> runningURI;
+  bool noSelect;
+  GetFlag(nsMsgFolderFlags::ImapNoselect, &noSelect);
+
+  if (!noSelect)
+  {
+    nsAutoCString messageIdsToDownload;
+    nsTArray<nsMsgKey> msgsToDownload;
+
+    GetDatabase();
+    m_downloadingFolderForOfflineUse = true;
+
+    rv = AcquireSemaphore(static_cast<nsIMsgFolder*>(this));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    {
+      m_downloadingFolderForOfflineUse = false;
+      ThrowAlertMsg("operationFailedFolderBusy", msgWindow);
+      return rv;
+    }
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIImapService> imapService = do_GetService(NS_IMAPSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    // Selecting the folder with nsIImapUrl::shouldStoreMsgOffline true will
+    // cause us to fetch any message bodies we don't have.
+    m_urlListener = listener;
+    rv = imapService->SelectFolder(this, this, msgWindow,
+                                   getter_AddRefs(runningURI));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIImapUrl> imapUrl(do_QueryInterface(runningURI));
+      if (imapUrl)
+        imapUrl->SetStoreResultsOffline(true);
+      m_urlRunning = true;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+    rv = NS_MSG_FOLDER_UNREADABLE;
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapMailFolder::ParseAdoptedMsgLine(const char *adoptedMessageLine,
+                                      nsMsgKey uidOfMessage,
+                                      nsIImapUrl *aImapUrl)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aImapUrl);
+  uint32_t count = 0;
+  nsresult rv;
+  // remember the uid of the message we're downloading.
+  m_curMsgUid = uidOfMessage;
+  if (!m_offlineHeader)
+  {
+    rv = GetMessageHeader(uidOfMessage, getter_AddRefs(m_offlineHeader));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !m_offlineHeader)
+      rv = NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    rv = StartNewOfflineMessage();
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+  // adoptedMessageLine is actually a string with a lot of message lines, separated by native line terminators
+  // we need to count the number of MSG_LINEBREAK's to determine how much to increment m_numOfflineMsgLines by.
+  const char *nextLine = adoptedMessageLine;
+  do
+  {
+    m_numOfflineMsgLines++;
+    nextLine = PL_strstr(nextLine, MSG_LINEBREAK);
+    if (nextLine)
+      nextLine += MSG_LINEBREAK_LEN;
+  }
+  while (nextLine && *nextLine);
+
+  if (m_tempMessageStream)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsISeekableStream> seekable (do_QueryInterface(m_tempMessageStream));
+    if (seekable)
+      seekable->Seek(PR_SEEK_END, 0);
+    rv = m_tempMessageStream->Write(adoptedMessageLine,
+                PL_strlen(adoptedMessageLine), &count);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+void nsImapMailFolder::EndOfflineDownload()
+{
+  if (m_tempMessageStream)
+  {
+    m_tempMessageStream->Close();
+    m_tempMessageStream = nullptr;
+    ReleaseSemaphore(static_cast<nsIMsgFolder*>(this));
+    if (mDatabase)
+      mDatabase->Commit(nsMsgDBCommitType::kLargeCommit);
+  }
+  m_offlineHeader = nullptr;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapMailFolder::NormalEndMsgWriteStream(nsMsgKey uidOfMessage,
+                                          bool markRead,
+                                          nsIImapUrl *imapUrl,
+                                          int32_t updatedMessageSize)
+{
+  if (updatedMessageSize != -1) {
+    // retrieve the message header to update size, if we don't already have it
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHeader = m_offlineHeader;
+    if (!msgHeader)
+      GetMessageHeader(uidOfMessage, getter_AddRefs(msgHeader));
+    if (msgHeader) {
+      uint32_t msgSize;
+      msgHeader->GetMessageSize(&msgSize);
+      MOZ_LOG(IMAP, mozilla::LogLevel::Debug, ("Updating stored message size from %u, new size %d",
+                                  msgSize, updatedMessageSize));
+      msgHeader->SetMessageSize(updatedMessageSize);
+      // only commit here if this isn't an offline message
+      // offline header gets committed in EndNewOfflineMessage() called below
+      if (mDatabase && !m_offlineHeader)
+        mDatabase->Commit(nsMsgDBCommitType::kLargeCommit);
+    }
+    else
+      NS_WARNING("Failed to get message header when trying to update message size");
+  }
+
+  if (m_offlineHeader)
+    EndNewOfflineMessage();
+
+  m_curMsgUid = uidOfMessage;
+
+  // Apply filter now if it needed a body
+  if (m_filterListRequiresBody)
+  {
+    if (m_filterList)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> newMsgHdr;
+      GetMessageHeader(uidOfMessage, getter_AddRefs(newMsgHdr));
+      GetMoveCoalescer();
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgWindow> msgWindow;
+      if (imapUrl)
+      {
+        nsresult rv;
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> msgUrl;
+        msgUrl = do_QueryInterface(imapUrl, &rv);
+        if (msgUrl && NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+          msgUrl->GetMsgWindow(getter_AddRefs(msgWindow));
+      }
+      m_filterList->ApplyFiltersToHdr(nsMsgFilterType::InboxRule, newMsgHdr,
+                                      this, mDatabase, nullptr, 0, this,
+                                      msgWindow);
+      NotifyFolderEvent(mFiltersAppliedAtom);
+    }
+    // Process filter plugins and other items normally done at the end of
+    // HeaderFetchCompleted.
+    bool pendingMoves = m_moveCoalescer && m_moveCoalescer->HasPendingMoves();
+    PlaybackCoalescedOperations();
+
+    bool filtersRun;
+    CallFilterPlugins(nullptr, &filtersRun);
+    int32_t numNewBiffMsgs = 0;
+    if (m_performingBiff)
+      GetNumNewMessages(false, &numNewBiffMsgs);
+
+    if (!filtersRun && m_performingBiff && mDatabase && numNewBiffMsgs > 0 &&
+        (!pendingMoves || !ShowPreviewText()))
+    {
+      // If we are performing biff for this folder, tell the
+      // stand-alone biff about the new high water mark
+      // We must ensure that the server knows that we are performing biff.
+      // Otherwise the stand-alone biff won't fire.
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server))) && server)
+        server->SetPerformingBiff(true);
+
+      SetBiffState(nsIMsgFolder::nsMsgBiffState_NewMail);
+      if (server)
+        server->SetPerformingBiff(false);
+      m_performingBiff = false;
+    }
+
+    if (m_filterList)
+      (void)m_filterList->FlushLogIfNecessary();
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapMailFolder::AbortMsgWriteStream()
+{
+  m_offlineHeader = nullptr;
+  return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+    // message move/copy related methods
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapMailFolder::OnlineCopyCompleted(nsIImapProtocol *aProtocol, ImapOnlineCopyState aCopyState)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aProtocol);
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  if (aCopyState == ImapOnlineCopyStateType::kSuccessfulCopy)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIImapUrl> imapUrl;
+    rv = aProtocol->GetRunningImapURL(getter_AddRefs(imapUrl));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !imapUrl) return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    nsImapAction action;
+    rv = imapUrl->GetImapAction(&action);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+    if (action != nsIImapUrl::nsImapOnlineToOfflineMove)
+      return NS_ERROR_FAILURE; // don't assert here...
+    nsCString messageIds;
+    rv = imapUrl->GetListOfMessageIds(messageIds);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIImapService> imapService =  do_GetService(NS_IMAPSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+    return imapService->AddMessageFlags(this, nullptr, nullptr,
+                                      messageIds,
+                                      kImapMsgDeletedFlag,
+                                      true);
+  }
+  /* unhandled copystate */
+  else if (m_copyState) // whoops, this is the wrong folder - should use the source folder
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> srcFolder;
+    srcFolder = do_QueryInterface(m_copyState->m_srcSupport, &rv);
+    if (srcFolder)
+      srcFolder->NotifyFolderEvent(mDeleteOrMoveMsgCompletedAtom);
+  }
+  else
+    rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapMailFolder::CloseMockChannel(nsIImapMockChannel * aChannel)
+{
+  aChannel->Close();
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapMailFolder::ReleaseUrlCacheEntry(nsIMsgMailNewsUrl *aUrl)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aUrl);
+  return aUrl->SetMemCacheEntry(nullptr);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapMailFolder::BeginMessageUpload()
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+nsresult nsImapMailFolder::HandleCustomFlags(nsMsgKey uidOfMessage,
+                                             nsIMsgDBHdr *dbHdr,
+                                             uint16_t userFlags,
+                                             nsCString &keywords)
+{
+  nsresult rv = GetDatabase();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  ToLowerCase(keywords);
+  bool messageClassified = true;
+  // Mac Mail uses "NotJunk"
+  if (keywords.Find("NonJunk", CaseInsensitiveCompare) != kNotFound ||
+      keywords.Find("NotJunk", CaseInsensitiveCompare) != kNotFound)
+  {
+    nsAutoCString msgJunkScore;
+    msgJunkScore.AppendInt(nsIJunkMailPlugin::IS_HAM_SCORE);
+    mDatabase->SetStringProperty(uidOfMessage, "junkscore", msgJunkScore.get());
+  }
+  // ### TODO: we really should parse the keywords into space delimited keywords before checking
+  else if (keywords.Find("Junk", CaseInsensitiveCompare) != kNotFound)
+  {
+    uint32_t newFlags;
+    dbHdr->AndFlags(~nsMsgMessageFlags::New, &newFlags);
+    nsAutoCString msgJunkScore;
+    msgJunkScore.AppendInt(nsIJunkMailPlugin::IS_SPAM_SCORE);
+    mDatabase->SetStringProperty(uidOfMessage, "junkscore", msgJunkScore.get());
+  }
+  else
+    messageClassified = false;
+  if (messageClassified)
+  {
+    // only set the junkscore origin if it wasn't set before. 
+    nsCString existingProperty;
+    dbHdr->GetStringProperty("junkscoreorigin", getter_Copies(existingProperty));
+    if (existingProperty.IsEmpty())
+      dbHdr->SetStringProperty("junkscoreorigin", "imapflag");
+  }
+  return (userFlags & kImapMsgSupportUserFlag) ?
+          dbHdr->SetStringProperty("keywords", keywords.get()) : NS_OK;
+}
+
+// synchronize the message flags in the database with the server flags
+nsresult nsImapMailFolder::SyncFlags(nsIImapFlagAndUidState *flagState)
+{
+  nsresult rv = GetDatabase(); // we need a database for this
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  bool partialUIDFetch;
+  flagState->GetPartialUIDFetch(&partialUIDFetch);
+
+  // update all of the database flags
+  int32_t messageIndex;
+  uint32_t messageSize;
+
+  // Take this opportunity to recalculate the folder size, if we're not a 
+  // partial (condstore) fetch.
+  int64_t newFolderSize = 0;
+
+  flagState->GetNumberOfMessages(&messageIndex);
+
+  uint16_t supportedUserFlags;
+  flagState->GetSupportedUserFlags(&supportedUserFlags);
+
+  for (int32_t flagIndex = 0; flagIndex < messageIndex; flagIndex++)
+  {
+    uint32_t uidOfMessage;
+    flagState->GetUidOfMessage(flagIndex, &uidOfMessage);
+    imapMessageFlagsType flags;
+    flagState->GetMessageFlags(flagIndex, &flags);
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> dbHdr;
+    bool containsKey;
+    rv = mDatabase->ContainsKey(uidOfMessage , &containsKey);
+    // if we don't have the header, don't diddle the flags.
+    // GetMsgHdrForKey will create the header if it doesn't exist.
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !containsKey)
+      continue;
+
+    rv = mDatabase->GetMsgHdrForKey(uidOfMessage, getter_AddRefs(dbHdr));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(dbHdr->GetMessageSize(&messageSize)))
+      newFolderSize += messageSize;
+
+    nsCString keywords;
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(flagState->GetCustomFlags(uidOfMessage, getter_Copies(keywords))))
+        HandleCustomFlags(uidOfMessage, dbHdr, supportedUserFlags, keywords);
+
+    NotifyMessageFlagsFromHdr(dbHdr, uidOfMessage, flags);
+  }
+  if (!partialUIDFetch && newFolderSize != mFolderSize)
+  {
+    int64_t oldFolderSize = mFolderSize;
+    mFolderSize = newFolderSize;
+    NotifyIntPropertyChanged(kFolderSizeAtom, oldFolderSize, mFolderSize);
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// helper routine to sync the flags on a given header
+nsresult
+nsImapMailFolder::NotifyMessageFlagsFromHdr(nsIMsgDBHdr *dbHdr,
+                                            nsMsgKey msgKey, uint32_t flags)
+{
+  nsresult rv = GetDatabase();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // Although it may seem strange to keep a local reference of mDatabase here,
+  // the current lifetime management of databases requires that methods sometimes
+  // null the database when they think they opened it. Unfortunately experience
+  // shows this happens when we don't expect, so for crash protection best
+  // practice with the current flawed database management is to keep a local
+  // reference when there will be complex calls in a method. See bug 1312254.
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> database(mDatabase);
+  NS_ENSURE_STATE(database);
+
+  database->MarkHdrRead(dbHdr, (flags & kImapMsgSeenFlag) != 0, nullptr);
+  database->MarkHdrReplied(dbHdr, (flags & kImapMsgAnsweredFlag) != 0, nullptr);
+  database->MarkHdrMarked(dbHdr, (flags & kImapMsgFlaggedFlag) != 0, nullptr);
+  database->MarkImapDeleted(msgKey, (flags & kImapMsgDeletedFlag) != 0, nullptr);
+
+  uint32_t supportedFlags;
+  GetSupportedUserFlags(&supportedFlags);
+  if (supportedFlags & kImapMsgSupportForwardedFlag)
+    database->MarkForwarded(msgKey, (flags & kImapMsgForwardedFlag) != 0, nullptr);
+  // this turns on labels, but it doesn't handle the case where the user
+  // unlabels a message on one machine, and expects it to be unlabeled
+  // on their other machines. If I turn that on, I'll be removing all the labels
+  // that were assigned before we started storing them on the server, which will
+  // make some people very unhappy.
+  if (flags & kImapMsgLabelFlags)
+    database->SetLabel(msgKey, (flags & kImapMsgLabelFlags) >> 9);
+  else
+  {
+    if (supportedFlags & kImapMsgLabelFlags)
+      database->SetLabel(msgKey, 0);
+  }
+  if (supportedFlags & kImapMsgSupportMDNSentFlag)
+    database->MarkMDNSent(msgKey, (flags & kImapMsgMDNSentFlag) != 0, nullptr);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// message flags operation - this is called from the imap protocol,
+// proxied over from the imap thread to the ui thread, when a flag changes
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapMailFolder::NotifyMessageFlags(uint32_t aFlags,
+                                     const nsACString &aKeywords,
+                                     nsMsgKey aMsgKey, uint64_t aHighestModSeq)
+{
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(GetDatabase()) && mDatabase)
+  {
+    bool msgDeleted = aFlags & kImapMsgDeletedFlag;
+    if (aHighestModSeq || msgDeleted)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIDBFolderInfo> dbFolderInfo;
+      mDatabase->GetDBFolderInfo(getter_AddRefs(dbFolderInfo));
+      if (dbFolderInfo)
+      {
+        if (aHighestModSeq)
+        {
+          char intStrBuf[40];
+          PR_snprintf(intStrBuf, sizeof(intStrBuf), "%llu",  aHighestModSeq);
+          dbFolderInfo->SetCharProperty(kModSeqPropertyName, nsDependentCString(intStrBuf));
+        }
+        if (msgDeleted)
+        {
+          uint32_t oldDeletedCount;
+          dbFolderInfo->GetUint32Property(kDeletedHdrCountPropertyName, 0, &oldDeletedCount);
+          dbFolderInfo->SetUint32Property(kDeletedHdrCountPropertyName, oldDeletedCount + 1);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> dbHdr;
+    bool containsKey;
+    nsresult rv = mDatabase->ContainsKey(aMsgKey , &containsKey);
+    // if we don't have the header, don't diddle the flags.
+    // GetMsgHdrForKey will create the header if it doesn't exist.
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !containsKey)
+      return rv;
+    rv = mDatabase->GetMsgHdrForKey(aMsgKey, getter_AddRefs(dbHdr));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && dbHdr)
+    {
+      uint32_t supportedUserFlags;
+      GetSupportedUserFlags(&supportedUserFlags);
+      NotifyMessageFlagsFromHdr(dbHdr, aMsgKey, aFlags);
+      nsCString keywords(aKeywords);
+      HandleCustomFlags(aMsgKey, dbHdr, supportedUserFlags, keywords);
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapMailFolder::NotifyMessageDeleted(const char * onlineFolderName, bool deleteAllMsgs, const char * msgIdString)
+{
+  if (deleteAllMsgs)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  if (!msgIdString)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  nsTArray<nsMsgKey> affectedMessages;
+  ParseUidString(msgIdString, affectedMessages);
+
+  if (!ShowDeletedMessages())
+  {
+    GetDatabase();
+    NS_ENSURE_TRUE(mDatabase, NS_OK);
+    if (!ShowDeletedMessages())
+    {
+      if (!affectedMessages.IsEmpty()) // perhaps Search deleted these messages
+      {
+        DeleteStoreMessages(affectedMessages);
+        mDatabase->DeleteMessages(affectedMessages.Length(), affectedMessages.Elements(), nullptr);
+      }
+    }
+    else // && !imapDeleteIsMoveToTrash // TODO: can this ever be executed?
+      SetIMAPDeletedFlag(mDatabase, affectedMessages, false);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+bool nsImapMailFolder::ShowDeletedMessages()
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapHostSessionList> hostSession = do_GetService(kCImapHostSessionList, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, false);
+
+  bool showDeleted = false;
+  nsCString serverKey;
+  GetServerKey(serverKey);
+  hostSession->GetShowDeletedMessagesForHost(serverKey.get(), showDeleted);
+
+  return showDeleted;
+}
+
+bool nsImapMailFolder::DeleteIsMoveToTrash()
+{
+  nsresult err;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapHostSessionList> hostSession = do_GetService(kCImapHostSessionList, &err);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(err, true);
+  bool rv = true;
+
+  nsCString serverKey;
+  GetServerKey(serverKey);
+  hostSession->GetDeleteIsMoveToTrashForHost(serverKey.get(), rv);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsImapMailFolder::GetTrashFolder(nsIMsgFolder **pTrashFolder)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(pTrashFolder);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> rootFolder;
+  nsresult rv = GetRootFolder(getter_AddRefs(rootFolder));
+  if(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && rootFolder)
+  {
+    rv = rootFolder->GetFolderWithFlags(nsMsgFolderFlags::Trash, pTrashFolder);
+    if (!*pTrashFolder)
+      rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+
+// store nsMsgMessageFlags::IMAPDeleted in the specified mailhdr records
+void nsImapMailFolder::SetIMAPDeletedFlag(nsIMsgDatabase *mailDB, const nsTArray<nsMsgKey> &msgids, bool markDeleted)
+{
+  nsresult markStatus = NS_OK;
+  uint32_t total = msgids.Length();
+
+  for (uint32_t msgIndex=0; NS_SUCCEEDED(markStatus) && (msgIndex < total); msgIndex++)
+    markStatus = mailDB->MarkImapDeleted(msgids[msgIndex], markDeleted, nullptr);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapMailFolder::GetMessageSizeFromDB(const char * id, uint32_t *size)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(size);
+
+  *size = 0;
+  nsresult rv = GetDatabase();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  if (id)
+  {
+    nsMsgKey key = msgKeyFromInt(ParseUint64Str(id));
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> mailHdr;
+    rv = mDatabase->GetMsgHdrForKey(key, getter_AddRefs(mailHdr));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && mailHdr)
+      rv = mailHdr->GetMessageSize(size);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapMailFolder::SetContentModified(nsIImapUrl *aImapUrl, nsImapContentModifiedType modified)
+{
+  return aImapUrl->SetContentModified(modified);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapMailFolder::GetCurMoveCopyMessageInfo(nsIImapUrl *runningUrl,
+                                            PRTime *aDate,
+                                            nsACString& aKeywords,
+                                            uint32_t* aResult)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr <nsISupports> copyState;
+  runningUrl->GetCopyState(getter_AddRefs(copyState));
+  if (copyState)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsImapMailCopyState> mailCopyState = do_QueryInterface(copyState);
+    uint32_t supportedFlags = 0;
+    GetSupportedUserFlags(&supportedFlags);
+    if (mailCopyState && mailCopyState->m_message)
+    {
+      nsMsgLabelValue label;
+      mailCopyState->m_message->GetFlags(aResult);
+      if (supportedFlags & (kImapMsgSupportUserFlag | kImapMsgLabelFlags))
+      {
+        mailCopyState->m_message->GetLabel(&label);
+        if (label != 0)
+          *aResult |= label << 25;
+      }
+      if (aDate)
+        mailCopyState->m_message->GetDate(aDate);
+      if (supportedFlags & kImapMsgSupportUserFlag)
+      {
+        // setup the custom imap keywords, which includes the message keywords
+        // plus any junk status
+        nsCString junkscore;
+        mailCopyState->m_message->GetStringProperty("junkscore",
+                                                    getter_Copies(junkscore));
+        bool isJunk = false, isNotJunk = false;
+        if (!junkscore.IsEmpty())
+        {
+          if (junkscore.EqualsLiteral("0"))
+            isNotJunk = true;
+          else
+            isJunk = true;
+        }
+
+        nsCString keywords; // MsgFindKeyword can't use nsACString
+        mailCopyState->m_message->GetStringProperty("keywords",
+                                                    getter_Copies(keywords));
+        int32_t start;
+        int32_t length;
+        bool hasJunk = MsgFindKeyword(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("junk"),
+                                        keywords, &start, &length);
+        if (hasJunk && !isJunk)
+          keywords.Cut(start, length);
+        else if (!hasJunk && isJunk)
+          keywords.AppendLiteral(" Junk");
+        bool hasNonJunk = MsgFindKeyword(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("nonjunk"),
+                                           keywords, &start, &length);
+        if (!hasNonJunk)
+          hasNonJunk = MsgFindKeyword(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("notjunk"),
+                                      keywords, &start, &length);
+        if (hasNonJunk && !isNotJunk)
+          keywords.Cut(start, length);
+        else if (!hasNonJunk && isNotJunk)
+          keywords.AppendLiteral(" NonJunk");
+
+        // Cleanup extra spaces
+        while (!keywords.IsEmpty() && keywords.First() == ' ')
+          keywords.Cut(0, 1);
+        while (!keywords.IsEmpty() && keywords.Last() == ' ')
+          keywords.Cut(keywords.Length() - 1, 1);
+        while (!keywords.IsEmpty() &&
+               (start = keywords.Find(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("  "))) >= 0)
+          keywords.Cut(start, 1);
+        aKeywords.Assign(keywords);
+      }
+    }
+    // if we don't have a source header, and it's not the drafts folder,
+    // then mark the message read, since it must be an append to the
+    // fcc or templates folder.
+    else if (mailCopyState)
+    {
+      *aResult = mailCopyState->m_newMsgFlags;
+      if (supportedFlags & kImapMsgSupportUserFlag)
+        aKeywords.Assign(mailCopyState->m_newMsgKeywords);
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapMailFolder::OnStartRunningUrl(nsIURI *aUrl)
+{
+  NS_PRECONDITION(aUrl, "sanity check - need to be be running non-null url");
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailUrl = do_QueryInterface(aUrl);
+  if (mailUrl)
+  {
+    bool updatingFolder;
+    mailUrl->GetUpdatingFolder(&updatingFolder);
+    m_updatingFolder = updatingFolder;
+  }
+  m_urlRunning = true;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapMailFolder::OnStopRunningUrl(nsIURI *aUrl, nsresult aExitCode)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  bool endedOfflineDownload = false;
+  nsImapAction imapAction = nsIImapUrl::nsImapTest;
+  m_urlRunning = false;
+  m_updatingFolder = false;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailSession> session =
+    do_GetService(NS_MSGMAILSESSION_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  if (aUrl)
+  {
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIImapUrl> imapUrl = do_QueryInterface(aUrl, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  bool downloadingForOfflineUse;
+  imapUrl->GetStoreResultsOffline(&downloadingForOfflineUse);
+    bool hasSemaphore = false;
+    // if we have the folder locked, clear it.
+    TestSemaphore(static_cast<nsIMsgFolder*>(this), &hasSemaphore);
+    if (hasSemaphore)
+      ReleaseSemaphore(static_cast<nsIMsgFolder*>(this));
+  if (downloadingForOfflineUse)
+  {
+    endedOfflineDownload = true;
+    EndOfflineDownload();
+  }
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgWindow> msgWindow;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailUrl = do_QueryInterface(aUrl);
+    bool folderOpen = false;
+    if (mailUrl)
+      mailUrl->GetMsgWindow(getter_AddRefs(msgWindow));
+    if (session)
+      session->IsFolderOpenInWindow(this, &folderOpen);
+#ifdef DEBUG_bienvenu
+    printf("stop running url %s\n", aUrl->GetSpecOrDefault().get());
+#endif
+
+   if (imapUrl)
+   {
+      DisplayStatusMsg(imapUrl, EmptyString());
+      imapUrl->GetImapAction(&imapAction);
+      if (imapAction == nsIImapUrl::nsImapMsgFetch || imapAction == nsIImapUrl::nsImapMsgDownloadForOffline)
+      {
+        ReleaseSemaphore(static_cast<nsIMsgFolder*>(this));
+        if (!endedOfflineDownload)
+          EndOfflineDownload();
+      }
+
+      // Notify move, copy or delete (online operations)
+      // Not sure whether nsImapDeleteMsg is even used, deletes in all three models use nsImapAddMsgFlags.
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolderNotificationService> notifier(do_GetService(NS_MSGNOTIFICATIONSERVICE_CONTRACTID));
+      if (notifier && m_copyState)
+      {
+        if (imapAction == nsIImapUrl::nsImapOnlineMove)
+          notifier->NotifyMsgsMoveCopyCompleted(true, m_copyState->m_messages, this, nullptr);
+        else if (imapAction == nsIImapUrl::nsImapOnlineCopy)
+          notifier->NotifyMsgsMoveCopyCompleted(false, m_copyState->m_messages, this, nullptr);
+        else if (imapAction == nsIImapUrl::nsImapDeleteMsg)
+          notifier->NotifyMsgsDeleted(m_copyState->m_messages);
+      }
+
+      switch(imapAction)
+      {
+      case nsIImapUrl::nsImapDeleteMsg:
+      case nsIImapUrl::nsImapOnlineMove:
+      case nsIImapUrl::nsImapOnlineCopy:
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(aExitCode))
+        {
+          if (folderOpen)
+            UpdateFolder(msgWindow);
+          else
+            UpdatePendingCounts();
+        }
+
+        if (m_copyState)
+        {
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> srcFolder = do_QueryInterface(m_copyState->m_srcSupport, &rv);
+          if (m_copyState->m_isMove && !m_copyState->m_isCrossServerOp)
+          {
+            if (NS_SUCCEEDED(aExitCode))
+            {
+              nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> srcDB;
+              if (srcFolder)
+                  rv = srcFolder->GetMsgDatabase(getter_AddRefs(srcDB));
+              if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && srcDB)
+              {
+                RefPtr<nsImapMoveCopyMsgTxn> msgTxn;
+                nsTArray<nsMsgKey> srcKeyArray;
+                if (m_copyState->m_allowUndo)
+                {
+                  msgTxn = m_copyState->m_undoMsgTxn;
+                  if (msgTxn)
+                    msgTxn->GetSrcKeyArray(srcKeyArray);
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                  nsAutoCString messageIds;
+                  rv = BuildIdsAndKeyArray(m_copyState->m_messages, messageIds, srcKeyArray);
+                  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+                }
+
+                if (!ShowDeletedMessages())
+                {
+                  // We only reach here for same-server operations
+                  // (!m_copyState->m_isCrossServerOp in if above), so we can
+                  // assume that the src is also imap that uses offline storage.
+                  DeleteStoreMessages(srcKeyArray, srcFolder);
+                  srcDB->DeleteMessages(srcKeyArray.Length(), srcKeyArray.Elements(), nullptr);
+                }
+                else
+                  MarkMessagesImapDeleted(&srcKeyArray, true, srcDB);
+              }
+              srcFolder->EnableNotifications(allMessageCountNotifications, true, true/* dbBatching*/);
+              // even if we're showing deleted messages,
+              // we still need to notify FE so it will show the imap deleted flag
+              srcFolder->NotifyFolderEvent(mDeleteOrMoveMsgCompletedAtom);
+              // is there a way to see that we think we have new msgs?
+              nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefBranch(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+              if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+              {
+                bool showPreviewText;
+                prefBranch->GetBoolPref("mail.biff.alert.show_preview", &showPreviewText);
+                // if we're showing preview text, update ourselves if we got a new unread
+                // message copied so that we can download the new headers and have a chance
+                // to preview the msg bodies.
+                if (!folderOpen && showPreviewText && m_copyState->m_unreadCount > 0
+                    && ! (mFlags & (nsMsgFolderFlags::Trash | nsMsgFolderFlags::Junk)))
+                  UpdateFolder(msgWindow);
+              }
+            }
+            else
+            {
+              srcFolder->EnableNotifications(allMessageCountNotifications, true, true/* dbBatching*/);
+              srcFolder->NotifyFolderEvent(mDeleteOrMoveMsgFailedAtom);
+            }
+
+          }
+          if (m_copyState->m_msgWindow &&
+              m_copyState->m_undoMsgTxn &&  // may be null from filters
+              NS_SUCCEEDED(aExitCode))      //we should do this only if move/copy succeeds
+          {
+            nsCOMPtr<nsITransactionManager> txnMgr;
+            m_copyState->m_msgWindow->GetTransactionManager(getter_AddRefs(txnMgr));
+            if (txnMgr)
+            {
+              mozilla::DebugOnly<nsresult> rv2 = txnMgr->DoTransaction(m_copyState->m_undoMsgTxn);
+              NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv2), "doing transaction failed");
+            }
+          }
+          (void) OnCopyCompleted(m_copyState->m_srcSupport, aExitCode);
+        }
+
+        // we're the dest folder of a move/copy - if we're not open in the ui,
+        // then we should clear our nsMsgDatabase pointer. Otherwise, the db would
+        // be open until the user selected it and then selected another folder.
+        // but don't do this for the trash or inbox - we'll leave them open
+        if (!folderOpen && ! (mFlags & (nsMsgFolderFlags::Trash | nsMsgFolderFlags::Inbox)))
+          SetMsgDatabase(nullptr);
+        break;
+      case nsIImapUrl::nsImapSubtractMsgFlags:
+        {
+        // this isn't really right - we'd like to know we were
+        // deleting a message to start with, but it probably
+        // won't do any harm.
+          imapMessageFlagsType flags = 0;
+          imapUrl->GetMsgFlags(&flags);
+          //we need to subtract the delete flag in db only in case when we show deleted msgs
+          if (flags & kImapMsgDeletedFlag && ShowDeletedMessages())
+          {
+            nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> db;
+            rv = GetMsgDatabase(getter_AddRefs(db));
+            if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && db)
+            {
+              nsTArray<nsMsgKey> keyArray;
+              nsCString keyString;
+              imapUrl->GetListOfMessageIds(keyString);
+              ParseUidString(keyString.get(), keyArray);
+              MarkMessagesImapDeleted(&keyArray, false, db);
+              db->Commit(nsMsgDBCommitType::kLargeCommit);
+            }
+          }
+        }
+        break;
+      case nsIImapUrl::nsImapAddMsgFlags:
+        {
+          imapMessageFlagsType flags = 0;
+          imapUrl->GetMsgFlags(&flags);
+          if (flags & kImapMsgDeletedFlag)
+          {
+            // we need to delete headers from db only when we don't show deleted msgs
+            if (!ShowDeletedMessages())
+            {
+              nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> db;
+              rv = GetMsgDatabase(getter_AddRefs(db));
+              if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && db)
+              {
+                nsTArray<nsMsgKey> keyArray;
+                nsCString keyString;
+                imapUrl->GetListOfMessageIds(keyString);
+                ParseUidString(keyString.get(), keyArray);
+
+                // For pluggable stores that do not support compaction, we need
+                // to delete the messages now.
+                bool supportsCompaction;
+                uint32_t numHdrs = 0;
+                nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgPluggableStore> offlineStore;
+                (void) GetMsgStore(getter_AddRefs(offlineStore));
+                if (offlineStore)
+                  offlineStore->GetSupportsCompaction(&supportsCompaction);
+
+                nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> msgHdrs;
+                if (notifier || !supportsCompaction)
+                {
+                  msgHdrs = do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID);
+                  NS_ENSURE_STATE(msgHdrs);
+                  MsgGetHeadersFromKeys(db, keyArray, msgHdrs);
+                  msgHdrs->GetLength(&numHdrs);
+                }
+
+                // Notify listeners of delete.
+                if (notifier && numHdrs)
+                {
+                  // XXX Currently, the DeleteMessages below gets executed twice on deletes.
+                  // Once in DeleteMessages, once here. The second time, it silently fails
+                  // to delete. This is why we're also checking whether the array is empty.
+                  notifier->NotifyMsgsDeleted(msgHdrs);
+                }
+
+                if (!supportsCompaction && numHdrs)
+                  DeleteStoreMessages(msgHdrs);
+
+                db->DeleteMessages(keyArray.Length(), keyArray.Elements(), nullptr);
+                db->SetSummaryValid(true);
+                db->Commit(nsMsgDBCommitType::kLargeCommit);
+              }
+            }
+          }
+        }
+        break;
+      case nsIImapUrl::nsImapAppendMsgFromFile:
+      case nsIImapUrl::nsImapAppendDraftFromFile:
+          if (m_copyState)
+          {
+            if (NS_SUCCEEDED(aExitCode))
+            {
+              UpdatePendingCounts();
+
+              m_copyState->m_curIndex++;
+              if (m_copyState->m_curIndex >= m_copyState->m_totalCount)
+              {
+                nsCOMPtr<nsIUrlListener> saveUrlListener = m_urlListener;
+                if (folderOpen)
+                {
+                  // This gives a way for the caller to get notified
+                  // when the UpdateFolder url is done.
+                  if (m_copyState->m_listener)
+                    m_urlListener = do_QueryInterface(m_copyState->m_listener);
+                }
+                if (m_copyState->m_msgWindow && m_copyState->m_undoMsgTxn)
+                {
+                  nsCOMPtr<nsITransactionManager> txnMgr;
+                  m_copyState->m_msgWindow->GetTransactionManager(getter_AddRefs(txnMgr));
+                  if (txnMgr)
+                    txnMgr->DoTransaction(m_copyState->m_undoMsgTxn);
+                }
+                (void) OnCopyCompleted(m_copyState->m_srcSupport, aExitCode);
+                if (folderOpen ||
+                    imapAction == nsIImapUrl::nsImapAppendDraftFromFile)
+                {
+                  UpdateFolderWithListener(msgWindow, m_urlListener);
+                  m_urlListener = saveUrlListener;
+                }
+              }
+            }
+            else
+              //clear the copyState if copy has failed
+              (void) OnCopyCompleted(m_copyState->m_srcSupport, aExitCode);
+          }
+          break;
+      case nsIImapUrl::nsImapMoveFolderHierarchy:
+        if (m_copyState) // delete folder gets here, but w/o an m_copyState
+        {
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgCopyService> copyService = do_GetService(NS_MSGCOPYSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> srcFolder = do_QueryInterface(m_copyState->m_srcSupport);
+          if (srcFolder)
+          {
+            nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> destFolder;
+            nsString srcName;
+            srcFolder->GetName(srcName);
+            GetChildNamed(srcName, getter_AddRefs(destFolder));
+            if (destFolder)
+              copyService->NotifyCompletion(m_copyState->m_srcSupport, destFolder, aExitCode);
+          }
+          m_copyState = nullptr;
+        }
+        break;
+      case nsIImapUrl::nsImapRenameFolder:
+        if (NS_FAILED(aExitCode))
+        {
+          nsCOMPtr <nsIAtom> folderRenameAtom;
+          folderRenameAtom = MsgGetAtom("RenameCompleted");
+          NotifyFolderEvent(folderRenameAtom);
+        }
+        break;
+      case nsIImapUrl::nsImapDeleteAllMsgs:
+          if (NS_SUCCEEDED(aExitCode))
+          {
+            if (folderOpen)
+              UpdateFolder(msgWindow);
+            else
+            {
+              ChangeNumPendingTotalMessages(-mNumPendingTotalMessages);
+              ChangeNumPendingUnread(-mNumPendingUnreadMessages);
+              m_numServerUnseenMessages = 0;
+            }
+
+          }
+          break;
+      case nsIImapUrl::nsImapListFolder:
+          if (NS_SUCCEEDED(aExitCode))
+          {
+            // listing folder will open db; don't leave the db open.
+            SetMsgDatabase(nullptr);
+            if (!m_verifiedAsOnlineFolder)
+            {
+              // If folder is not verified, we remove it.
+              nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> parent;
+              rv = GetParent(getter_AddRefs(parent));
+              if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && parent)
+              {
+                nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgImapMailFolder> imapParent = do_QueryInterface(parent);
+                if (imapParent)
+                  imapParent->RemoveSubFolder(this);
+              }
+            }
+          }
+        break;
+      case nsIImapUrl::nsImapRefreshFolderUrls:
+        // we finished getting an admin url for the folder.
+          if (!m_adminUrl.IsEmpty())
+            FolderPrivileges(msgWindow);
+          break;
+      case nsIImapUrl::nsImapCreateFolder:
+        if (NS_FAILED(aExitCode))  //if success notification already done
+        {
+          nsCOMPtr <nsIAtom> folderCreateAtom;
+          folderCreateAtom = MsgGetAtom("FolderCreateFailed");
+          NotifyFolderEvent(folderCreateAtom);
+        }
+        break;
+      case nsIImapUrl::nsImapSubscribe:
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(aExitCode) && msgWindow)
+        {
+          nsCString canonicalFolderName;
+          imapUrl->CreateCanonicalSourceFolderPathString(getter_Copies(canonicalFolderName));
+          nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> rootFolder;
+          nsresult rv = GetRootFolder(getter_AddRefs(rootFolder));
+          if(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && rootFolder)
+          {
+            nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgImapMailFolder> imapRoot = do_QueryInterface(rootFolder);
+            if (imapRoot)
+            {
+              nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgImapMailFolder> foundFolder;
+              rv = imapRoot->FindOnlineSubFolder(canonicalFolderName, getter_AddRefs(foundFolder));
+              if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && foundFolder)
+              {
+                nsCString uri;
+                nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> msgFolder = do_QueryInterface(foundFolder);
+                if (msgFolder)
+                {
+                  msgFolder->GetURI(uri);
+                  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgWindowCommands> windowCommands;
+                  msgWindow->GetWindowCommands(getter_AddRefs(windowCommands));
+                  if (windowCommands)
+                    windowCommands->SelectFolder(uri);
+                }
+              }
+            }
+          }
+        }
+        break;
+      case nsIImapUrl::nsImapExpungeFolder:
+        m_expunging = false;
+        break;
+      default:
+          break;
+      }
+    }
+    // give base class a chance to send folder loaded notification...
+    rv = nsMsgDBFolder::OnStopRunningUrl(aUrl, aExitCode);
+  }
+  // if we're not running a url, we must not be getting new mail.
+  SetGettingNewMessages(false);
+  // don't send OnStopRunning notification if still compacting offline store.
+  if (m_urlListener && (imapAction != nsIImapUrl::nsImapExpungeFolder ||
+                        !m_compactingOfflineStore))
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIUrlListener> saveListener = m_urlListener;
+    m_urlListener = nullptr;
+    saveListener->OnStopRunningUrl(aUrl, aExitCode);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+void nsImapMailFolder::UpdatePendingCounts()
+{
+  if (m_copyState)
+  {
+    ChangePendingTotal(m_copyState->m_isCrossServerOp ? 1 : m_copyState->m_totalCount);
+
+    // count the moves that were unread
+    int numUnread = m_copyState->m_unreadCount;
+    if (numUnread)
+    {
+      m_numServerUnseenMessages += numUnread; // adjust last status count by this delta.
+      ChangeNumPendingUnread(numUnread);
+    }
+    SummaryChanged();
+  }
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapMailFolder::ClearFolderRights()
+{
+  SetFolderNeedsACLListed(false);
+  delete m_folderACL;
+  m_folderACL = new nsMsgIMAPFolderACL(this);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapMailFolder::AddFolderRights(const nsACString& userName, const nsACString& rights)
+{
+  SetFolderNeedsACLListed(false);
+  GetFolderACL()->SetFolderRightsForUser(userName, rights);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapMailFolder::RefreshFolderRights()
+{
+  if (GetFolderACL()->GetIsFolderShared())
+    SetFlag(nsMsgFolderFlags::PersonalShared);
+  else
+    ClearFlag(nsMsgFolderFlags::PersonalShared);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapMailFolder::SetCopyResponseUid(const char* msgIdString,
+                                     nsIImapUrl * aUrl)
+{   // CopyMessages() only
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  RefPtr<nsImapMoveCopyMsgTxn> msgTxn;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> copyState;
+
+  if (aUrl)
+    aUrl->GetCopyState(getter_AddRefs(copyState));
+
+  if (copyState)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsImapMailCopyState> mailCopyState =
+        do_QueryInterface(copyState, &rv);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+    if (mailCopyState->m_undoMsgTxn)
+      msgTxn = mailCopyState->m_undoMsgTxn;
+  }
+  else if (aUrl && m_pendingOfflineMoves.Length())
+  {
+    nsCString urlSourceMsgIds, undoTxnSourceMsgIds;
+    aUrl->GetListOfMessageIds(urlSourceMsgIds);
+    RefPtr<nsImapMoveCopyMsgTxn> imapUndo = m_pendingOfflineMoves[0];
+    if (imapUndo)
+    {
+      imapUndo->GetSrcMsgIds(undoTxnSourceMsgIds);
+      if (undoTxnSourceMsgIds.Equals(urlSourceMsgIds))
+        msgTxn = imapUndo;
+      // ### we should handle batched moves, but lets keep it simple for a2.
+      m_pendingOfflineMoves.Clear();
+    }
+  }
+  if (msgTxn)
+    msgTxn->SetCopyResponseUid(msgIdString);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapMailFolder::StartMessage(nsIMsgMailNewsUrl * aUrl)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapUrl> imapUrl (do_QueryInterface(aUrl));
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> copyState;
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(imapUrl, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+
+  imapUrl->GetCopyState(getter_AddRefs(copyState));
+  if (copyState)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsICopyMessageStreamListener> listener = do_QueryInterface(copyState);
+    if (listener)
+      listener->StartMessage();
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapMailFolder::EndMessage(nsIMsgMailNewsUrl * aUrl, nsMsgKey uidOfMessage)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapUrl> imapUrl (do_QueryInterface(aUrl));
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> copyState;
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(imapUrl, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+  imapUrl->GetCopyState(getter_AddRefs(copyState));
+  if (copyState)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsICopyMessageStreamListener> listener = do_QueryInterface(copyState);
+    if (listener)
+      listener->EndMessage(uidOfMessage);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+#define WHITESPACE " \015\012"     // token delimiter
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapMailFolder::NotifySearchHit(nsIMsgMailNewsUrl * aUrl,
+                                  const char* searchHitLine)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aUrl);
+  nsresult rv = GetDatabase();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  
+  // expect search results in the form of "* SEARCH <hit> <hit> ..."
+  // expect search results in the form of "* SEARCH <hit> <hit> ..."
+  nsCString tokenString(searchHitLine);
+  char *currentPosition = PL_strcasestr(tokenString.get(), "SEARCH");
+  if (currentPosition)
+  {
+    currentPosition += strlen("SEARCH");
+    bool shownUpdateAlert = false;
+    char *hitUidToken = NS_strtok(WHITESPACE, &currentPosition);
+    while (hitUidToken)
+    {
+      long naturalLong; // %l is 64 bits on OSF1
+      sscanf(hitUidToken, "%ld", &naturalLong);
+      nsMsgKey hitUid = (nsMsgKey) naturalLong;
+
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> hitHeader;
+      rv = mDatabase->GetMsgHdrForKey(hitUid, getter_AddRefs(hitHeader));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && hitHeader)
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgSearchSession> searchSession;
+        nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgSearchAdapter> searchAdapter;
+        aUrl->GetSearchSession(getter_AddRefs(searchSession));
+        if (searchSession)
+        {
+          searchSession->GetRunningAdapter(getter_AddRefs(searchAdapter));
+          if (searchAdapter)
+            searchAdapter->AddResultElement(hitHeader);
+        }
+      }
+      else if (!shownUpdateAlert)
+      {
+      }
+
+      hitUidToken = NS_strtok(WHITESPACE, &currentPosition);
+    }
+}
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapMailFolder::SetAppendMsgUid(nsMsgKey aKey,
+                                  nsIImapUrl * aUrl)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> copyState;
+  if (aUrl)
+    aUrl->GetCopyState(getter_AddRefs(copyState));
+  if (copyState)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsImapMailCopyState> mailCopyState = do_QueryInterface(copyState, &rv);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+    if (mailCopyState->m_undoMsgTxn) // CopyMessages()
+    {
+        RefPtr<nsImapMoveCopyMsgTxn> msgTxn;
+        msgTxn = mailCopyState->m_undoMsgTxn;
+        msgTxn->AddDstKey(aKey);
+    }
+    else if (mailCopyState->m_listener) // CopyFileMessage();
+                                        // Draft/Template goes here
+    {
+      mailCopyState->m_appendUID = aKey;
+      mailCopyState->m_listener->SetMessageKey(aKey);
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapMailFolder::GetMessageId(nsIImapUrl * aUrl,
+                               nsACString &messageId)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> copyState;
+
+  if (aUrl)
+    aUrl->GetCopyState(getter_AddRefs(copyState));
+  if (copyState)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsImapMailCopyState> mailCopyState = do_QueryInterface(copyState, &rv);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+    if (mailCopyState->m_listener)
+      rv = mailCopyState->m_listener->GetMessageId(messageId);
+  }
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && messageId.Length() > 0)
+  {
+    if (messageId.First() == '<')
+        messageId.Cut(0, 1);
+    if (messageId.Last() == '>')
+        messageId.SetLength(messageId.Length() -1);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapMailFolder::HeaderFetchCompleted(nsIImapProtocol* aProtocol)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgWindow> msgWindow; // we might need this for the filter plugins.
+  if (mBackupDatabase)
+    RemoveBackupMsgDatabase();
+
+  SetSizeOnDisk(mFolderSize);
+  int32_t numNewBiffMsgs = 0;
+  if (m_performingBiff)
+    GetNumNewMessages(false, &numNewBiffMsgs);
+
+  bool pendingMoves = m_moveCoalescer && m_moveCoalescer->HasPendingMoves();
+  PlaybackCoalescedOperations();
+  if (aProtocol)
+  {
+    // check if we should download message bodies because it's the inbox and
+    // the server is specified as one where where we download msg bodies automatically.
+    // Or if we autosyncing all offline folders.
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIImapIncomingServer> imapServer;
+    GetImapIncomingServer(getter_AddRefs(imapServer));
+
+    bool autoDownloadNewHeaders = false;
+    bool autoSyncOfflineStores = false;
+
+    if (imapServer)
+    {
+      imapServer->GetAutoSyncOfflineStores(&autoSyncOfflineStores);
+      imapServer->GetDownloadBodiesOnGetNewMail(&autoDownloadNewHeaders);
+      if (m_filterListRequiresBody)
+        autoDownloadNewHeaders = true;
+    }
+    bool notifiedBodies = false;
+    if (m_downloadingFolderForOfflineUse || autoSyncOfflineStores ||
+        autoDownloadNewHeaders)
+    {
+      nsTArray<nsMsgKey> keysToDownload;
+      GetBodysToDownload(&keysToDownload);
+      // this is the case when DownloadAllForOffline is called.
+      if (!keysToDownload.IsEmpty() && (m_downloadingFolderForOfflineUse ||
+                                        autoDownloadNewHeaders))
+      {
+        notifiedBodies = true;
+        aProtocol->NotifyBodysToDownload(keysToDownload.Elements(), keysToDownload.Length());
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        // create auto-sync state object lazily
+        InitAutoSyncState();
+
+        // make enough room for new downloads
+        m_autoSyncStateObj->ManageStorageSpace();
+        m_autoSyncStateObj->SetServerCounts(m_numServerTotalMessages,
+                                            m_numServerRecentMessages,
+                                            m_numServerUnseenMessages,
+                                            m_nextUID);
+        m_autoSyncStateObj->OnNewHeaderFetchCompleted(keysToDownload);
+      }
+    }
+    if (!notifiedBodies)
+      aProtocol->NotifyBodysToDownload(nullptr, 0/*keysToFetch.Length() */);
+   
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIURI> runningUri;
+    aProtocol->GetRunningUrl(getter_AddRefs(runningUri));
+    if (runningUri)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailnewsUrl = do_QueryInterface(runningUri);
+      if (mailnewsUrl)
+        mailnewsUrl->GetMsgWindow(getter_AddRefs(msgWindow));
+    }
+  }
+
+  // delay calling plugins if filter application is also delayed
+  if (!m_filterListRequiresBody)
+  {
+    bool filtersRun;
+    CallFilterPlugins(msgWindow, &filtersRun);
+    if (!filtersRun && m_performingBiff && mDatabase && numNewBiffMsgs > 0 &&
+        (!pendingMoves || !ShowPreviewText()))
+    {
+      // If we are performing biff for this folder, tell the
+      // stand-alone biff about the new high water mark
+      // We must ensure that the server knows that we are performing biff.
+      // Otherwise the stand-alone biff won't fire.
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server))) && server)
+        server->SetPerformingBiff(true);
+
+      SetBiffState(nsIMsgFolder::nsMsgBiffState_NewMail);
+      if (server)
+        server->SetPerformingBiff(false);
+      m_performingBiff = false;
+    }
+
+    if (m_filterList)
+      (void)m_filterList->FlushLogIfNecessary();
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapMailFolder::SetBiffStateAndUpdate(nsMsgBiffState biffState)
+{
+  SetBiffState(biffState);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapMailFolder::GetUidValidity(int32_t *uidValidity)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(uidValidity);
+  if ((int32_t)m_uidValidity == kUidUnknown)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> db;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIDBFolderInfo> dbFolderInfo;
+    (void) GetDBFolderInfoAndDB(getter_AddRefs(dbFolderInfo), getter_AddRefs(db));
+    if (db)
+      db->GetDBFolderInfo(getter_AddRefs(dbFolderInfo));
+
+    if (dbFolderInfo)
+      dbFolderInfo->GetImapUidValidity((int32_t *) &m_uidValidity);
+  }
+  *uidValidity = m_uidValidity;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapMailFolder::SetUidValidity(int32_t uidValidity)
+{
+  m_uidValidity = uidValidity;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapMailFolder::FillInFolderProps(nsIMsgImapFolderProps *aFolderProps)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(aFolderProps);
+  const char* folderTypeStringID;
+  const char* folderTypeDescStringID = nullptr;
+  const char* folderQuotaStatusStringID;
+  nsString folderType;
+  nsString folderTypeDesc;
+  nsString folderQuotaStatusDesc;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundle> bundle;
+  nsresult rv = IMAPGetStringBundle(getter_AddRefs(bundle));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // get the host session list and get server capabilities.
+  eIMAPCapabilityFlags capability = kCapabilityUndefined;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapIncomingServer> imapServer;
+  rv = GetImapIncomingServer(getter_AddRefs(imapServer));
+  // if for some bizarre reason this fails, we'll still fall through to the normal sharing code
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    bool haveACL = false;
+    bool haveQuota = false;
+    imapServer->GetCapabilityACL(&haveACL);
+    imapServer->GetCapabilityQuota(&haveQuota);
+
+    // Figure out what to display in the Quota tab of the folder properties.
+    // Does the server support quotas?
+    if (haveQuota)
+    {
+      // Have we asked the server for quota information?
+      if(m_folderQuotaCommandIssued)
+      {
+        // Has the server replied with storage quota info?
+        if(m_folderQuotaDataIsValid)
+        {
+          // If so, set quota data
+          folderQuotaStatusStringID = nullptr;
+          aFolderProps->SetQuotaData(m_folderQuotaRoot, m_folderQuotaUsedKB, m_folderQuotaMaxKB);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          // If not, there is no storage quota set on this folder
+          folderQuotaStatusStringID = "imapQuotaStatusNoQuota";
+        }
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        // The folder is not open, so no quota information is available
+        folderQuotaStatusStringID = "imapQuotaStatusFolderNotOpen";
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      // Either the server doesn't support quotas, or we don't know if it does
+      // (e.g., because we don't have a connection yet). If the latter, we fall back
+      // to saying that no information is available because the folder is not open.
+      folderQuotaStatusStringID = (capability == kCapabilityUndefined) ?
+        "imapQuotaStatusFolderNotOpen" :
+        "imapQuotaStatusNotSupported";
+    }
+
+    if(!folderQuotaStatusStringID)
+    {
+      // Display quota data
+      aFolderProps->ShowQuotaData(true);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      // Hide quota data and show reason why it is not available
+      aFolderProps->ShowQuotaData(false);
+
+      rv = IMAPGetStringByName(folderQuotaStatusStringID,
+                               getter_Copies(folderQuotaStatusDesc));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        aFolderProps->SetQuotaStatus(folderQuotaStatusDesc);
+    }
+
+    // See if the server supports ACL.
+    // If not, just set the folder description to a string that says
+    // the server doesn't support sharing, and return.
+    if (!haveACL)
+    {
+      rv = IMAPGetStringByName("imapServerDoesntSupportAcl",
+                               getter_Copies(folderTypeDesc));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        aFolderProps->SetFolderTypeDescription(folderTypeDesc);
+      aFolderProps->ServerDoesntSupportACL();
+      return NS_OK;
+    }
+  }
+  if (mFlags & nsMsgFolderFlags::ImapPublic)
+  {
+    folderTypeStringID = "imapPublicFolderTypeName";
+    folderTypeDescStringID = "imapPublicFolderTypeDescription";
+  }
+  else if (mFlags & nsMsgFolderFlags::ImapOtherUser)
+  {
+    folderTypeStringID = "imapOtherUsersFolderTypeName";
+    nsCString owner;
+    nsString uniOwner;
+    GetFolderOwnerUserName(owner);
+    if (owner.IsEmpty())
+    {
+      rv = IMAPGetStringByName(folderTypeStringID,
+                               getter_Copies(uniOwner));
+      // Another user's folder, for which we couldn't find an owner name
+      NS_ASSERTION(false, "couldn't get owner name for other user's folder");
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      // is this right? It doesn't leak, does it?
+      CopyASCIItoUTF16(owner, uniOwner);
+    }
+    const char16_t *params[] = { uniOwner.get() };
+    rv = bundle->FormatStringFromName(
+      u"imapOtherUsersFolderTypeDescription",
+      params, 1, getter_Copies(folderTypeDesc));
+  }
+  else if (GetFolderACL()->GetIsFolderShared())
+  {
+    folderTypeStringID = "imapPersonalSharedFolderTypeName";
+    folderTypeDescStringID = "imapPersonalSharedFolderTypeDescription";
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    folderTypeStringID = "imapPersonalSharedFolderTypeName";
+    folderTypeDescStringID = "imapPersonalFolderTypeDescription";
+  }
+
+  rv = IMAPGetStringByName(folderTypeStringID,
+                           getter_Copies(folderType));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    aFolderProps->SetFolderType(folderType);
+
+  if (folderTypeDesc.IsEmpty() && folderTypeDescStringID)
+    rv = IMAPGetStringByName(folderTypeDescStringID,
+                             getter_Copies(folderTypeDesc));
+  if (!folderTypeDesc.IsEmpty())
+    aFolderProps->SetFolderTypeDescription(folderTypeDesc);
+
+  nsString rightsString;
+  rv = CreateACLRightsStringForFolder(rightsString);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    aFolderProps->SetFolderPermissions(rightsString);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::SetAclFlags(uint32_t aclFlags)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  if (m_aclFlags != aclFlags)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIDBFolderInfo> dbFolderInfo;
+    bool dbWasOpen = (mDatabase != nullptr);
+    rv = GetDatabase();
+
+    m_aclFlags = aclFlags;
+    if (mDatabase)
+    {
+      rv = mDatabase->GetDBFolderInfo(getter_AddRefs(dbFolderInfo));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && dbFolderInfo)
+        dbFolderInfo->SetUint32Property("aclFlags", aclFlags);
+      // if setting the acl flags caused us to open the db, release the ref
+      // because on startup, we might get acl on all folders,which will
+      // leave a lot of db's open.
+      if (!dbWasOpen)
+      {
+        mDatabase->Close(true /* commit changes */);
+        mDatabase = nullptr;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::GetAclFlags(uint32_t *aclFlags)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aclFlags);
+  nsresult rv;
+  ReadDBFolderInfo(false); // update cache first.
+  if (m_aclFlags == kAclInvalid) // -1 means invalid value, so get it from db.
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIDBFolderInfo> dbFolderInfo;
+    bool dbWasOpen = (mDatabase != nullptr);
+    rv = GetDatabase();
+
+    if (mDatabase)
+    {
+      rv = mDatabase->GetDBFolderInfo(getter_AddRefs(dbFolderInfo));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && dbFolderInfo)
+      {
+        rv = dbFolderInfo->GetUint32Property("aclFlags", 0, aclFlags);
+        m_aclFlags = *aclFlags;
+      }
+      // if getting the acl flags caused us to open the db, release the ref
+      // because on startup, we might get acl on all folders,which will
+      // leave a lot of db's open.
+      if (!dbWasOpen)
+      {
+        mDatabase->Close(true /* commit changes */);
+        mDatabase = nullptr;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  else
+    *aclFlags = m_aclFlags;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsImapMailFolder::SetSupportedUserFlags(uint32_t userFlags)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIDBFolderInfo> dbFolderInfo;
+  nsresult rv = GetDatabase();
+
+  m_supportedUserFlags = userFlags;
+  if (mDatabase)
+  {
+    rv = mDatabase->GetDBFolderInfo(getter_AddRefs(dbFolderInfo));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && dbFolderInfo)
+      dbFolderInfo->SetUint32Property("imapFlags", userFlags);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsImapMailFolder::GetSupportedUserFlags(uint32_t *userFlags)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(userFlags);
+
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  ReadDBFolderInfo(false); // update cache first.
+  if (m_supportedUserFlags == 0) // 0 means invalid value, so get it from db.
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIDBFolderInfo> dbFolderInfo;
+    rv = GetDatabase();
+
+    if (mDatabase)
+    {
+      rv = mDatabase->GetDBFolderInfo(getter_AddRefs(dbFolderInfo));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && dbFolderInfo)
+      {
+        rv = dbFolderInfo->GetUint32Property("imapFlags", 0, userFlags);
+        m_supportedUserFlags = *userFlags;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  else
+    *userFlags = m_supportedUserFlags;
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::GetCanOpenFolder(bool *aBool)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aBool);
+  bool noSelect;
+  GetFlag(nsMsgFolderFlags::ImapNoselect, &noSelect);
+  *aBool = (noSelect) ? false : GetFolderACL()->GetCanIReadFolder();
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+///////// nsMsgIMAPFolderACL class ///////////////////////////////
+
+// This string is defined in the ACL RFC to be "anyone"
+#define IMAP_ACL_ANYONE_STRING "anyone"
+
+nsMsgIMAPFolderACL::nsMsgIMAPFolderACL(nsImapMailFolder *folder)
+: m_rightsHash(24)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(folder, "need folder");
+  m_folder = folder;
+  m_aclCount = 0;
+  BuildInitialACLFromCache();
+}
+
+nsMsgIMAPFolderACL::~nsMsgIMAPFolderACL()
+{
+}
+
+// We cache most of our own rights in the MSG_FOLDER_PREF_* flags
+void nsMsgIMAPFolderACL::BuildInitialACLFromCache()
+{
+  nsAutoCString myrights;
+
+  uint32_t startingFlags;
+  m_folder->GetAclFlags(&startingFlags);
+
+  if (startingFlags & IMAP_ACL_READ_FLAG)
+    myrights += "r";
+  if (startingFlags & IMAP_ACL_STORE_SEEN_FLAG)
+    myrights += "s";
+  if (startingFlags & IMAP_ACL_WRITE_FLAG)
+    myrights += "w";
+  if (startingFlags & IMAP_ACL_INSERT_FLAG)
+    myrights += "i";
+  if (startingFlags & IMAP_ACL_POST_FLAG)
+    myrights += "p";
+  if (startingFlags & IMAP_ACL_CREATE_SUBFOLDER_FLAG)
+    myrights +="c";
+  if (startingFlags & IMAP_ACL_DELETE_FLAG)
+    myrights += "dt";
+  if (startingFlags & IMAP_ACL_ADMINISTER_FLAG)
+    myrights += "a";
+  if (startingFlags & IMAP_ACL_EXPUNGE_FLAG)
+    myrights += "e";
+
+  if (!myrights.IsEmpty())
+    SetFolderRightsForUser(EmptyCString(), myrights);
+}
+
+void nsMsgIMAPFolderACL::UpdateACLCache()
+{
+  uint32_t startingFlags = 0;
+  m_folder->GetAclFlags(&startingFlags);
+
+  if (GetCanIReadFolder())
+    startingFlags |= IMAP_ACL_READ_FLAG;
+  else
+    startingFlags &= ~IMAP_ACL_READ_FLAG;
+
+  if (GetCanIStoreSeenInFolder())
+    startingFlags |= IMAP_ACL_STORE_SEEN_FLAG;
+  else
+    startingFlags &= ~IMAP_ACL_STORE_SEEN_FLAG;
+
+  if (GetCanIWriteFolder())
+    startingFlags |= IMAP_ACL_WRITE_FLAG;
+  else
+    startingFlags &= ~IMAP_ACL_WRITE_FLAG;
+
+  if (GetCanIInsertInFolder())
+    startingFlags |= IMAP_ACL_INSERT_FLAG;
+  else
+    startingFlags &= ~IMAP_ACL_INSERT_FLAG;
+
+  if (GetCanIPostToFolder())
+    startingFlags |= IMAP_ACL_POST_FLAG;
+  else
+    startingFlags &= ~IMAP_ACL_POST_FLAG;
+
+  if (GetCanICreateSubfolder())
+    startingFlags |= IMAP_ACL_CREATE_SUBFOLDER_FLAG;
+  else
+    startingFlags &= ~IMAP_ACL_CREATE_SUBFOLDER_FLAG;
+
+  if (GetCanIDeleteInFolder())
+    startingFlags |= IMAP_ACL_DELETE_FLAG;
+  else
+    startingFlags &= ~IMAP_ACL_DELETE_FLAG;
+
+  if (GetCanIAdministerFolder())
+    startingFlags |= IMAP_ACL_ADMINISTER_FLAG;
+  else
+    startingFlags &= ~IMAP_ACL_ADMINISTER_FLAG;
+
+  if (GetCanIExpungeFolder())
+    startingFlags |= IMAP_ACL_EXPUNGE_FLAG;
+  else
+    startingFlags &= ~IMAP_ACL_EXPUNGE_FLAG;
+
+  m_folder->SetAclFlags(startingFlags);
+}
+
+bool nsMsgIMAPFolderACL::SetFolderRightsForUser(const nsACString& userName, const nsACString& rights)
+{
+  nsCString myUserName;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+  nsresult rv = m_folder->GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, false);
+
+  // we need the real user name to match with what the imap server returns
+  // in the acl response.
+  server->GetRealUsername(myUserName);
+
+  nsAutoCString ourUserName;
+  if (userName.IsEmpty())
+    ourUserName.Assign(myUserName);
+  else
+    ourUserName.Assign(userName);
+
+  if (ourUserName.IsEmpty())
+    return false;
+
+  ToLowerCase(ourUserName);
+  nsCString oldValue;
+  m_rightsHash.Get(ourUserName, &oldValue);
+  if (!oldValue.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    m_rightsHash.Remove(ourUserName);
+    m_aclCount--;
+    NS_ASSERTION(m_aclCount >= 0, "acl count can't go negative");
+  }
+  m_aclCount++;
+  m_rightsHash.Put(ourUserName, PromiseFlatCString(rights));
+
+  if (myUserName.Equals(ourUserName) || ourUserName.EqualsLiteral(IMAP_ACL_ANYONE_STRING))
+    // if this is setting an ACL for me, cache it in the folder pref flags
+    UpdateACLCache();
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::GetOtherUsersWithAccess(
+        nsIUTF8StringEnumerator** aResult)
+{
+  return GetFolderACL()->GetOtherUsers(aResult);
+}
+
+class AdoptUTF8StringEnumerator final : public nsIUTF8StringEnumerator
+{
+public:
+  AdoptUTF8StringEnumerator(nsTArray<nsCString>* array) :
+    mStrings(array), mIndex(0)
+  {}
+
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIUTF8STRINGENUMERATOR
+private:
+  ~AdoptUTF8StringEnumerator()
+  {
+    delete mStrings;
+  }
+
+  nsTArray<nsCString>* mStrings;
+  uint32_t             mIndex;
+};
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(AdoptUTF8StringEnumerator, nsIUTF8StringEnumerator)
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+AdoptUTF8StringEnumerator::HasMore(bool *aResult)
+{
+  *aResult = mIndex < mStrings->Length();
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+AdoptUTF8StringEnumerator::GetNext(nsACString& aResult)
+{
+  if (mIndex >= mStrings->Length())
+    return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+
+  aResult.Assign((*mStrings)[mIndex]);
+  ++mIndex;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgIMAPFolderACL::GetOtherUsers(nsIUTF8StringEnumerator** aResult)
+{
+  nsTArray<nsCString>* resultArray = new nsTArray<nsCString>;
+  for (auto iter = m_rightsHash.Iter(); !iter.Done(); iter.Next()) {
+    resultArray->AppendElement(iter.Key());
+  }
+
+  // enumerator will free resultArray
+  *aResult = new AdoptUTF8StringEnumerator(resultArray);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsImapMailFolder::GetPermissionsForUser(const nsACString& otherUser,
+        nsACString& aResult)
+{
+  nsCString str;
+  nsresult rv = GetFolderACL()->GetRightsStringForUser(otherUser, str);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  aResult = str;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgIMAPFolderACL::GetRightsStringForUser(const nsACString& inUserName, nsCString &rights)
+{
+  nsCString userName;
+  userName.Assign(inUserName);
+  if (userName.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+
+    nsresult rv = m_folder->GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    // we need the real user name to match with what the imap server returns
+    // in the acl response.
+    server->GetRealUsername(userName);
+  }
+  ToLowerCase(userName);
+  m_rightsHash.Get(userName, &rights);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// First looks for individual user;  then looks for 'anyone' if the user isn't found.
+// Returns defaultIfNotFound, if neither are found.
+bool nsMsgIMAPFolderACL::GetFlagSetInRightsForUser(const nsACString& userName, char flag, bool defaultIfNotFound)
+{
+  nsCString flags;
+  nsresult rv = GetRightsStringForUser(userName, flags);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, defaultIfNotFound);
+  if (flags.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    nsCString anyoneFlags;
+    GetRightsStringForUser(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(IMAP_ACL_ANYONE_STRING), anyoneFlags);
+    if (anyoneFlags.IsEmpty())
+      return defaultIfNotFound;
+    else
+      return (anyoneFlags.FindChar(flag) != kNotFound);
+  }
+  else
+    return (flags.FindChar(flag) != kNotFound);
+}
+
+bool nsMsgIMAPFolderACL::GetCanUserLookupFolder(const nsACString& userName)
+{
+  return GetFlagSetInRightsForUser(userName, 'l', false);
+}
+
+bool nsMsgIMAPFolderACL::GetCanUserReadFolder(const nsACString& userName)
+{
+  return GetFlagSetInRightsForUser(userName, 'r', false);
+}
+
+bool nsMsgIMAPFolderACL::GetCanUserStoreSeenInFolder(const nsACString& userName)
+{
+  return GetFlagSetInRightsForUser(userName, 's', false);
+}
+
+bool nsMsgIMAPFolderACL::GetCanUserWriteFolder(const nsACString& userName)
+{
+  return GetFlagSetInRightsForUser(userName, 'w', false);
+}
+
+bool nsMsgIMAPFolderACL::GetCanUserInsertInFolder(const nsACString& userName)
+{
+  return GetFlagSetInRightsForUser(userName, 'i', false);
+}
+
+bool nsMsgIMAPFolderACL::GetCanUserPostToFolder(const nsACString& userName)
+{
+  return GetFlagSetInRightsForUser(userName, 'p', false);
+}
+
+bool nsMsgIMAPFolderACL::GetCanUserCreateSubfolder(const nsACString& userName)
+{
+  return GetFlagSetInRightsForUser(userName, 'c', false);
+}
+
+bool nsMsgIMAPFolderACL::GetCanUserDeleteInFolder(const nsACString& userName)
+{
+  return GetFlagSetInRightsForUser(userName, 'd', false)
+    || GetFlagSetInRightsForUser(userName, 't', false);
+}
+
+bool nsMsgIMAPFolderACL::GetCanUserAdministerFolder(const nsACString& userName)
+{
+  return GetFlagSetInRightsForUser(userName, 'a', false);
+}
+
+bool nsMsgIMAPFolderACL::GetCanILookupFolder()
+{
+  return GetFlagSetInRightsForUser(EmptyCString(), 'l', true);
+}
+
+bool nsMsgIMAPFolderACL::GetCanIReadFolder()
+{
+  return GetFlagSetInRightsForUser(EmptyCString(), 'r', true);
+}
+
+bool nsMsgIMAPFolderACL::GetCanIStoreSeenInFolder()
+{
+  return GetFlagSetInRightsForUser(EmptyCString(), 's', true);
+}
+
+bool nsMsgIMAPFolderACL::GetCanIWriteFolder()
+{
+  return GetFlagSetInRightsForUser(EmptyCString(), 'w', true);
+}
+
+bool nsMsgIMAPFolderACL::GetCanIInsertInFolder()
+{
+  return GetFlagSetInRightsForUser(EmptyCString(), 'i', true);
+}
+
+bool nsMsgIMAPFolderACL::GetCanIPostToFolder()
+{
+  return GetFlagSetInRightsForUser(EmptyCString(), 'p', true);
+}
+
+bool nsMsgIMAPFolderACL::GetCanICreateSubfolder()
+{
+  return GetFlagSetInRightsForUser(EmptyCString(), 'c', true);
+}
+
+bool nsMsgIMAPFolderACL::GetCanIDeleteInFolder()
+{
+  return GetFlagSetInRightsForUser(EmptyCString(), 'd', true) ||
+    GetFlagSetInRightsForUser(EmptyCString(), 't', true);
+}
+
+bool nsMsgIMAPFolderACL::GetCanIAdministerFolder()
+{
+  return GetFlagSetInRightsForUser(EmptyCString(), 'a', true);
+}
+
+bool nsMsgIMAPFolderACL::GetCanIExpungeFolder()
+{
+  return GetFlagSetInRightsForUser(EmptyCString(), 'e', true) ||
+    GetFlagSetInRightsForUser(EmptyCString(), 'd', true);
+}
+
+// We use this to see if the ACLs think a folder is shared or not.
+// We will define "Shared" in 5.0 to mean:
+// At least one user other than the currently authenticated user has at least one
+// explicitly-listed ACL right on that folder.
+bool nsMsgIMAPFolderACL::GetIsFolderShared()
+{
+  // If we have more than one ACL count for this folder, which means that someone
+  // other than ourself has rights on it, then it is "shared."
+  if (m_aclCount > 1)
+    return true;
+
+  // Or, if "anyone" has rights to it, it is shared.
+  nsCString anyonesRights;
+  m_rightsHash.Get(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(IMAP_ACL_ANYONE_STRING), &anyonesRights);
+  return (!anyonesRights.IsEmpty());
+}
+
+bool nsMsgIMAPFolderACL::GetDoIHaveFullRightsForFolder()
+{
+  return (GetCanIReadFolder() &&
+    GetCanIWriteFolder() &&
+    GetCanIInsertInFolder() &&
+    GetCanIAdministerFolder() &&
+    GetCanICreateSubfolder() &&
+    GetCanIDeleteInFolder() &&
+    GetCanILookupFolder() &&
+    GetCanIStoreSeenInFolder() &&
+    GetCanIExpungeFolder() &&
+    GetCanIPostToFolder());
+}
+
+// Returns a newly allocated string describing these rights
+nsresult nsMsgIMAPFolderACL::CreateACLRightsString(nsAString& aRightsString)
+{
+  nsString curRight;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundle> bundle;
+  nsresult rv = IMAPGetStringBundle(getter_AddRefs(bundle));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  if (GetDoIHaveFullRightsForFolder()) {
+    nsAutoString result;
+    rv = bundle->GetStringFromName(u"imapAclFullRights",
+                                   getter_Copies(result));
+    aRightsString.Assign(result);
+    return rv;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    if (GetCanIReadFolder())
+    {
+      bundle->GetStringFromName(u"imapAclReadRight",
+                                getter_Copies(curRight));
+      aRightsString.Append(curRight);
+    }
+    if (GetCanIWriteFolder())
+    {
+      if (!aRightsString.IsEmpty()) aRightsString.AppendLiteral(", ");
+      bundle->GetStringFromName(u"imapAclWriteRight",
+                                getter_Copies(curRight));
+      aRightsString.Append(curRight);
+    }
+    if (GetCanIInsertInFolder())
+    {
+      if (!aRightsString.IsEmpty()) aRightsString.AppendLiteral(", ");
+      bundle->GetStringFromName(u"imapAclInsertRight",
+                                getter_Copies(curRight));
+      aRightsString.Append(curRight);
+    }
+    if (GetCanILookupFolder())
+    {
+      if (!aRightsString.IsEmpty()) aRightsString.AppendLiteral(", ");
+      bundle->GetStringFromName(u"imapAclLookupRight",
+                                getter_Copies(curRight));
+      aRightsString.Append(curRight);
+    }
+    if (GetCanIStoreSeenInFolder())
+    {
+      if (!aRightsString.IsEmpty()) aRightsString.AppendLiteral(", ");
+      bundle->GetStringFromName(u"imapAclSeenRight",
+                                getter_Copies(curRight));
+      aRightsString.Append(curRight);
+    }
+    if (GetCanIDeleteInFolder())
+    {
+      if (!aRightsString.IsEmpty()) aRightsString.AppendLiteral(", ");
+      bundle->GetStringFromName(u"imapAclDeleteRight",
+                                getter_Copies(curRight));
+      aRightsString.Append(curRight);
+    }
+    if (GetCanIExpungeFolder())
+    {
+      if (!aRightsString.IsEmpty())
+        aRightsString.AppendLiteral(", ");
+      bundle->GetStringFromName(u"imapAclExpungeRight",
+                                getter_Copies(curRight));
+      aRightsString.Append(curRight);
+    }
+    if (GetCanICreateSubfolder())
+    {
+      if (!aRightsString.IsEmpty()) aRightsString.AppendLiteral(", ");
+      bundle->GetStringFromName(u"imapAclCreateRight",
+                                getter_Copies(curRight));
+      aRightsString.Append(curRight);
+    }
+    if (GetCanIPostToFolder())
+    {
+      if (!aRightsString.IsEmpty()) aRightsString.AppendLiteral(", ");
+      bundle->GetStringFromName(u"imapAclPostRight",
+                                getter_Copies(curRight));
+      aRightsString.Append(curRight);
+    }
+    if (GetCanIAdministerFolder())
+    {
+      if (!aRightsString.IsEmpty()) aRightsString.AppendLiteral(", ");
+      bundle->GetStringFromName(u"imapAclAdministerRight",
+                                getter_Copies(curRight));
+      aRightsString.Append(curRight);
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::GetFilePath(nsIFile ** aPathName)
+{
+  // this will return a copy of mPath, which is what we want.
+  // this will also initialize mPath using parseURI if it isn't already done
+  return nsMsgDBFolder::GetFilePath(aPathName);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::SetFilePath(nsIFile * aPathName)
+{
+  return nsMsgDBFolder::SetFilePath(aPathName);   // call base class so mPath will get set
+}
+
+nsresult nsImapMailFolder::DisplayStatusMsg(nsIImapUrl *aImapUrl, const nsAString& msg)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapMockChannel> mockChannel;
+  aImapUrl->GetMockChannel(getter_AddRefs(mockChannel));
+  if (mockChannel)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIProgressEventSink> progressSink;
+    mockChannel->GetProgressEventSink(getter_AddRefs(progressSink));
+    if (progressSink)
+    {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIRequest> request = do_QueryInterface(mockChannel);
+        if (!request) return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+      progressSink->OnStatus(request, nullptr, NS_OK, PromiseFlatString(msg).get());      // XXX i18n message
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapMailFolder::ProgressStatusString(nsIImapProtocol* aProtocol,
+                                       const char* aMsgName,
+                                       const char16_t * extraInfo)
+{
+  nsString progressMsg;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+  nsresult rv = GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && server)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIImapServerSink> serverSink = do_QueryInterface(server);
+    if (serverSink)
+      serverSink->GetImapStringByName(aMsgName, progressMsg);
+  }
+  if (progressMsg.IsEmpty())
+    IMAPGetStringByName(aMsgName, getter_Copies(progressMsg));
+
+  if (aProtocol && !progressMsg.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIImapUrl> imapUrl;
+    aProtocol->GetRunningImapURL(getter_AddRefs(imapUrl));
+    if (imapUrl)
+    {
+      if (extraInfo)
+      {
+        char16_t *printfString = nsTextFormatter::smprintf(progressMsg.get(), extraInfo);
+        if (printfString)
+          progressMsg.Adopt(printfString);
+      }
+
+      DisplayStatusMsg(imapUrl, progressMsg);
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapMailFolder::PercentProgress(nsIImapProtocol* aProtocol,
+                                  const char16_t * aMessage,
+                                  int64_t aCurrentProgress, int64_t aMaxProgress)
+{
+  if (aProtocol)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIImapUrl> imapUrl;
+    aProtocol->GetRunningImapURL(getter_AddRefs(imapUrl));
+    if (imapUrl)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIImapMockChannel> mockChannel;
+      imapUrl->GetMockChannel(getter_AddRefs(mockChannel));
+      if (mockChannel)
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIProgressEventSink> progressSink;
+        mockChannel->GetProgressEventSink(getter_AddRefs(progressSink));
+        if (progressSink)
+        {
+            nsCOMPtr<nsIRequest> request = do_QueryInterface(mockChannel);
+            if (!request) return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+            progressSink->OnProgress(request, nullptr,
+                                     aCurrentProgress,
+                                     aMaxProgress);
+            if (aMessage)
+              progressSink->OnStatus(request, nullptr, NS_OK, aMessage); // XXX i18n message
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapMailFolder::CopyNextStreamMessage(bool copySucceeded, nsISupports *copyState)
+{
+  //if copy has failed it could be either user interrupted it or for some other reason
+  //don't do any subsequent copies or delete src messages if it is move
+  if (!copySucceeded)
+    return NS_OK;
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsImapMailCopyState> mailCopyState = do_QueryInterface(copyState, &rv);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+  {
+    MOZ_LOG(IMAP, mozilla::LogLevel::Info, ("QI copyState failed:%lx\n", rv));
+    return rv; // this can fail...
+  }
+
+  if (!mailCopyState->m_streamCopy)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  MOZ_LOG(IMAP, mozilla::LogLevel::Info, ("CopyNextStreamMessage: Copying %ld of %ld\n", mailCopyState->m_curIndex, mailCopyState->m_totalCount));
+  if (mailCopyState->m_curIndex < mailCopyState->m_totalCount)
+  {
+    mailCopyState->m_message = do_QueryElementAt(mailCopyState->m_messages,
+                                                 mailCopyState->m_curIndex,
+                                                 &rv);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      bool isRead;
+      mailCopyState->m_message->GetIsRead(&isRead);
+      mailCopyState->m_unreadCount = (isRead) ? 0 : 1;
+      rv = CopyStreamMessage(mailCopyState->m_message,
+                             this, mailCopyState->m_msgWindow, mailCopyState->m_isMove);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      MOZ_LOG(IMAP, mozilla::LogLevel::Info, ("QueryElementAt %ld failed:%lx\n", mailCopyState->m_curIndex, rv));
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    // Notify of move/copy completion in case we have some source headers
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolderNotificationService> notifier(do_GetService(NS_MSGNOTIFICATIONSERVICE_CONTRACTID));
+    if (notifier)
+    {
+      uint32_t numHdrs;
+      mailCopyState->m_messages->GetLength(&numHdrs);
+      if (numHdrs)
+        notifier->NotifyMsgsMoveCopyCompleted(mailCopyState->m_isMove, mailCopyState->m_messages, this, nullptr);
+    }
+    if (mailCopyState->m_isMove)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> srcFolder(do_QueryInterface(mailCopyState->m_srcSupport, &rv));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && srcFolder)
+      {
+        srcFolder->DeleteMessages(mailCopyState->m_messages, nullptr,
+          true, true, nullptr, false);
+        // we want to send this notification after the source messages have
+        // been deleted.
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgLocalMailFolder> popFolder(do_QueryInterface(srcFolder));
+        if (popFolder)   //needed if move pop->imap to notify FE
+          srcFolder->NotifyFolderEvent(mDeleteOrMoveMsgCompletedAtom);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    (void) OnCopyCompleted(mailCopyState->m_srcSupport, rv);
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapMailFolder::SetUrlState(nsIImapProtocol* aProtocol,
+                              nsIMsgMailNewsUrl* aUrl,
+                              bool isRunning,
+                              bool aSuspend,
+                              nsresult statusCode)
+{
+  // If we have no path, then the folder has been shutdown, and there's
+  // no point in doing anything...
+  if (!mPath)
+    return NS_OK;
+  if (!isRunning)
+  {
+    ProgressStatusString(aProtocol, "imapDone", nullptr);
+    m_urlRunning = false;
+    // if no protocol, then we're reading from the mem or disk cache
+    // and we don't want to end the offline download just yet.
+    if (aProtocol)
+    {
+      EndOfflineDownload();
+        m_downloadingFolderForOfflineUse = false;
+      }
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIImapUrl> imapUrl(do_QueryInterface(aUrl));
+    if (imapUrl)
+    {
+      nsImapAction imapAction;
+      imapUrl->GetImapAction(&imapAction);
+      // if the server doesn't support copyUID, then SetCopyResponseUid won't
+      // get called, so we need to clear m_pendingOfflineMoves when the online
+      // move operation has finished.
+      if (imapAction == nsIImapUrl::nsImapOnlineMove)
+        m_pendingOfflineMoves.Clear();
+    }
+  }
+  if (aUrl && !aSuspend)
+      return aUrl->SetUrlState(isRunning, statusCode);
+  return statusCode;
+}
+
+// used when copying from local mail folder, or other imap server)
+nsresult
+nsImapMailFolder::CopyMessagesWithStream(nsIMsgFolder* srcFolder,
+                                nsIArray* messages,
+                                bool isMove,
+                                bool isCrossServerOp,
+                                nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow,
+                                nsIMsgCopyServiceListener* listener,
+                                bool allowUndo)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(srcFolder);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(messages);
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> aSupport(do_QueryInterface(srcFolder, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  rv = InitCopyState(aSupport, messages, isMove, false, isCrossServerOp,
+                     0, EmptyCString(), listener, msgWindow, allowUndo);
+  if(NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  m_copyState->m_streamCopy = true;
+
+  // ** jt - needs to create server to server move/copy undo msg txn
+  if (m_copyState->m_allowUndo)
+  {
+    nsAutoCString messageIds;
+    nsTArray<nsMsgKey> srcKeyArray;
+    rv = BuildIdsAndKeyArray(messages, messageIds, srcKeyArray);
+
+    RefPtr<nsImapMoveCopyMsgTxn> undoMsgTxn = new nsImapMoveCopyMsgTxn;
+
+    if (!undoMsgTxn || NS_FAILED(undoMsgTxn->Init(srcFolder, &srcKeyArray, messageIds.get(), this,
+                                true, isMove)))
+      return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+    if (isMove)
+    {
+      if (mFlags & nsMsgFolderFlags::Trash)
+        undoMsgTxn->SetTransactionType(nsIMessenger::eDeleteMsg);
+      else
+        undoMsgTxn->SetTransactionType(nsIMessenger::eMoveMsg);
+    }
+    else
+      undoMsgTxn->SetTransactionType(nsIMessenger::eCopyMsg);
+    m_copyState->m_undoMsgTxn = undoMsgTxn;
+  }
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> msg;
+  msg = do_QueryElementAt(messages, 0, &rv);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    CopyStreamMessage(msg, this, msgWindow, isMove);
+  return rv; //we are clearing copy state in CopyMessages on failure
+}
+
+nsresult nsImapMailFolder::GetClearedOriginalOp(nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation *op, nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation **originalOp, nsIMsgDatabase **originalDB)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation> returnOp;
+  nsOfflineImapOperationType opType;
+  op->GetOperation(&opType);
+  NS_ASSERTION(opType & nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation::kMoveResult, "not an offline move op");
+
+  nsCString sourceFolderURI;
+  op->GetSourceFolderURI(getter_Copies(sourceFolderURI));
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFResource> res;
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFService> rdf(do_GetService(kRDFServiceCID, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  rv = rdf->GetResource(sourceFolderURI, getter_AddRefs(res));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> sourceFolder(do_QueryInterface(res, &rv));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && sourceFolder)
+    {
+      if (sourceFolder)
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr <nsIDBFolderInfo> folderInfo;
+        sourceFolder->GetDBFolderInfoAndDB(getter_AddRefs(folderInfo), originalDB);
+        if (*originalDB)
+        {
+          nsMsgKey originalKey;
+          op->GetMessageKey(&originalKey);
+          rv = (*originalDB)->GetOfflineOpForKey(originalKey, false, getter_AddRefs(returnOp));
+          if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && returnOp)
+          {
+            nsCString moveDestination;
+            nsCString thisFolderURI;
+            GetURI(thisFolderURI);
+            returnOp->GetDestinationFolderURI(getter_Copies(moveDestination));
+            if (moveDestination.Equals(thisFolderURI))
+              returnOp->ClearOperation(nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation::kMoveResult);
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  returnOp.swap(*originalOp);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsImapMailFolder::GetOriginalOp(nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation *op, nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation **originalOp, nsIMsgDatabase **originalDB)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation> returnOp;
+  nsCString sourceFolderURI;
+  op->GetSourceFolderURI(getter_Copies(sourceFolderURI));
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFResource> res;
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFService> rdf(do_GetService(kRDFServiceCID, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  rv = rdf->GetResource(sourceFolderURI, getter_AddRefs(res));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> sourceFolder(do_QueryInterface(res, &rv));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIDBFolderInfo> folderInfo;
+    sourceFolder->GetDBFolderInfoAndDB(getter_AddRefs(folderInfo), originalDB);
+    if (*originalDB)
+    {
+      nsMsgKey originalKey;
+      op->GetMessageKey(&originalKey);
+      rv = (*originalDB)->GetOfflineOpForKey(originalKey, false, getter_AddRefs(returnOp));
+    }
+  }
+  returnOp.swap(*originalOp);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsImapMailFolder::CopyOfflineMsgBody(nsIMsgFolder *srcFolder,
+                                              nsIMsgDBHdr *destHdr,
+                                              nsIMsgDBHdr *origHdr,
+                                              nsIInputStream *inputStream,
+                                              nsIOutputStream *outputStream)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsISeekableStream> seekable (do_QueryInterface(outputStream, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  uint64_t messageOffset;
+  uint32_t messageSize;
+  origHdr->GetMessageOffset(&messageOffset);
+  if (!messageOffset)
+  {
+    // Some offline stores may contain a bug where the storeToken is set but
+    // the messageOffset is zero. Detect cases like this, and use storeToken
+    // to set the missing messageOffset. Note this assumes mbox.
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgPluggableStore> offlineStore;
+    (void) GetMsgStore(getter_AddRefs(offlineStore));
+    if (offlineStore)
+    {
+      nsAutoCString type;
+      offlineStore->GetStoreType(type);
+      if (type.EqualsLiteral("mbox"))
+      {
+        nsCString storeToken;
+        origHdr->GetStringProperty("storeToken", getter_Copies(storeToken));
+        if (!storeToken.IsEmpty())
+          messageOffset = ParseUint64Str(storeToken.get());
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  origHdr->GetOfflineMessageSize(&messageSize);
+  if (!messageSize)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgLocalMailFolder> localFolder = do_QueryInterface(srcFolder);
+    if (localFolder)   //can just use regular message size
+      origHdr->GetMessageSize(&messageSize);
+  }
+  int64_t tellPos;
+  seekable->Tell(&tellPos);
+  destHdr->SetMessageOffset(tellPos);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISeekableStream> seekStream = do_QueryInterface(inputStream);
+  NS_ASSERTION(seekStream, "non seekable stream - can't read from offline msg");
+  if (seekStream)
+  {
+    rv = seekStream->Seek(nsISeekableStream::NS_SEEK_SET, messageOffset);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      // now, copy the dest folder offline store msg to the temp file
+      char *inputBuffer = (char *) PR_Malloc(FILE_IO_BUFFER_SIZE);
+      int32_t bytesLeft;
+      uint32_t bytesRead, bytesWritten;
+      bytesLeft = messageSize;
+      rv = (inputBuffer) ? NS_OK : NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+      while (bytesLeft > 0 && NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      {
+        rv = inputStream->Read(inputBuffer, FILE_IO_BUFFER_SIZE, &bytesRead);
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && bytesRead > 0)
+        {
+          rv = outputStream->Write(inputBuffer, std::min((int32_t) bytesRead, bytesLeft), &bytesWritten);
+          NS_ASSERTION((int32_t) bytesWritten == std::min((int32_t) bytesRead, bytesLeft), "wrote out incorrect number of bytes");
+        }
+        else
+          break;
+        bytesLeft -= bytesRead;
+      }
+      PR_FREEIF(inputBuffer);
+    }
+  }
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    outputStream->Flush();
+    uint32_t resultFlags;
+    destHdr->OrFlags(nsMsgMessageFlags::Offline, &resultFlags);
+    destHdr->SetOfflineMessageSize(messageSize);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsImapMailFolder::FindOpenRange(nsMsgKey &fakeBase, uint32_t srcCount)
+{
+  nsresult rv = GetDatabase();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsMsgKey newBase = fakeBase - 1;
+  uint32_t freeCount = 0;
+  while (freeCount != srcCount && newBase > 0)
+  {
+    bool containsKey;
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(mDatabase->ContainsKey(newBase, &containsKey))
+        && !containsKey)
+      freeCount++;
+    else
+      freeCount = 0;
+    newBase--;
+  }
+  if (!newBase)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  fakeBase = newBase;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// this imap folder is the destination of an offline move/copy.
+// We are either offline, or doing a pseudo-offline delete (where we do an offline
+// delete, load the next message, then playback the offline delete).
+nsresult nsImapMailFolder::CopyMessagesOffline(nsIMsgFolder* srcFolder,
+                               nsIArray* messages,
+                               bool isMove,
+                               nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow,
+                               nsIMsgCopyServiceListener* listener)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(messages);
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsresult stopit = NS_OK;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDatabase> sourceMailDB;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIDBFolderInfo> srcDbFolderInfo;
+  srcFolder->GetDBFolderInfoAndDB(getter_AddRefs(srcDbFolderInfo), getter_AddRefs(sourceMailDB));
+  bool deleteToTrash = false;
+  bool deleteImmediately = false;
+  uint32_t srcCount;
+  messages->GetLength(&srcCount);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapIncomingServer> imapServer;
+  rv = GetImapIncomingServer(getter_AddRefs(imapServer));
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> msgHdrsCopied(do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID));
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> destMsgHdrs(do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID));
+
+  if (!msgHdrsCopied || !destMsgHdrs)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && imapServer)
+  {
+    nsMsgImapDeleteModel deleteModel;
+    imapServer->GetDeleteModel(&deleteModel);
+    deleteToTrash = (deleteModel == nsMsgImapDeleteModels::MoveToTrash);
+    deleteImmediately = (deleteModel == nsMsgImapDeleteModels::DeleteNoTrash);
+  }
+
+  // This array is used only when we are actually removing the messages from the
+  // source database.
+  nsTArray<nsMsgKey> keysToDelete((isMove && (deleteToTrash || deleteImmediately)) ? srcCount : 0);
+
+  if (sourceMailDB)
+  {
+    // save the future ops in the source DB, if this is not a imap->local copy/move
+    nsCOMPtr <nsITransactionManager> txnMgr;
+    if (msgWindow)
+      msgWindow->GetTransactionManager(getter_AddRefs(txnMgr));
+    if (txnMgr)
+      txnMgr->BeginBatch(nullptr);
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> database;
+    GetMsgDatabase(getter_AddRefs(database));
+    if (database)
+    {
+      // get the highest key in the dest db, so we can make up our fake keys
+      nsMsgKey fakeBase = 1;
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIDBFolderInfo> folderInfo;
+      rv = database->GetDBFolderInfo(getter_AddRefs(folderInfo));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      nsMsgKey highWaterMark = nsMsgKey_None;
+      folderInfo->GetHighWater(&highWaterMark);
+      fakeBase += highWaterMark;
+      nsMsgKey fakeTop = fakeBase + srcCount;
+      // Check that we have enough room for the fake headers. If fakeTop
+      // is <= highWaterMark, we've overflowed.
+      if (fakeTop <= highWaterMark || fakeTop == nsMsgKey_None)
+      {
+        rv = FindOpenRange(fakeBase, srcCount);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      }
+      // N.B. We must not return out of the for loop - we need the matching 
+      // end notifications to be sent.
+      // We don't need to acquire the semaphor since this is synchronous
+      // on the UI thread but we should check if the offline store is locked.
+      bool isLocked;
+      GetLocked(&isLocked);
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIInputStream> inputStream;
+      bool reusable = false;
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIOutputStream> outputStream;
+      nsTArray<nsMsgKey> addedKeys;
+      nsTArray<nsMsgKey> srcKeyArray;
+      nsCOMArray<nsIMsgDBHdr> addedHdrs;
+      nsCOMArray<nsIMsgDBHdr> srcMsgs;
+      nsOfflineImapOperationType moveCopyOpType;
+      nsOfflineImapOperationType deleteOpType = nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation::kDeletedMsg;
+      if (!deleteToTrash)
+        deleteOpType = nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation::kMsgMarkedDeleted;
+      nsCString messageIds;
+      rv = BuildIdsAndKeyArray(messages, messageIds, srcKeyArray);
+      // put fake message in destination db, delete source if move
+      EnableNotifications(nsIMsgFolder::allMessageCountNotifications, false, false);
+      for (uint32_t sourceKeyIndex = 0; NS_SUCCEEDED(stopit) && (sourceKeyIndex < srcCount); sourceKeyIndex++)
+      {
+        bool messageReturningHome = false;
+        nsCString originalSrcFolderURI;
+        srcFolder->GetURI(originalSrcFolderURI);
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> message;
+        message = do_QueryElementAt(messages, sourceKeyIndex);
+        nsMsgKey originalKey;
+        if (message)
+          rv = message->GetMessageKey(&originalKey);
+        else
+        {
+          NS_ERROR("bad msg in src array");
+          continue;
+        }
+        nsMsgKey msgKey;
+        message->GetMessageKey(&msgKey);
+        nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation> sourceOp;
+        rv = sourceMailDB->GetOfflineOpForKey(originalKey, true, getter_AddRefs(sourceOp));
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && sourceOp)
+        {
+          srcFolder->SetFlag(nsMsgFolderFlags::OfflineEvents);
+          nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDatabase> originalDB;
+          nsOfflineImapOperationType opType;
+          sourceOp->GetOperation(&opType);
+          // if we already have an offline op for this key, then we need to see if it was
+          // moved into the source folder while offline
+          if (opType == nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation::kMoveResult) // offline move
+          {
+            // gracious me, we are moving something we already moved while offline!
+            // find the original operation and clear it!
+            nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation> originalOp;
+            rv = GetClearedOriginalOp(sourceOp, getter_AddRefs(originalOp), getter_AddRefs(originalDB));
+            if (originalOp)
+            {
+              nsCString srcFolderURI;
+              srcFolder->GetURI(srcFolderURI);
+              sourceOp->GetSourceFolderURI(getter_Copies(originalSrcFolderURI));
+              sourceOp->GetMessageKey(&originalKey);
+              if (isMove)
+                sourceMailDB->RemoveOfflineOp(sourceOp);
+              sourceOp = originalOp;
+              if (originalSrcFolderURI.Equals(srcFolderURI))
+              {
+                messageReturningHome = true;
+                originalDB->RemoveOfflineOp(originalOp);
+              }
+            }
+          }
+          if (!messageReturningHome)
+          {
+            nsCString folderURI;
+            GetURI(folderURI);
+            if (isMove)
+            {
+              uint32_t msgSize;
+              uint32_t msgFlags;
+              imapMessageFlagsType newImapFlags = 0;
+              message->GetMessageSize(&msgSize);
+              message->GetFlags(&msgFlags);
+              sourceOp->SetDestinationFolderURI(folderURI.get()); // offline move
+              sourceOp->SetOperation(nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation::kMsgMoved);
+              sourceOp->SetMsgSize(msgSize);
+              newImapFlags = msgFlags & 0x7;
+              if (msgFlags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Forwarded)
+                newImapFlags |=  kImapMsgForwardedFlag;
+              sourceOp->SetNewFlags(newImapFlags);
+            }
+            else
+              sourceOp->AddMessageCopyOperation(folderURI.get()); // offline copy
+
+            sourceOp->GetOperation(&moveCopyOpType);
+            srcMsgs.AppendObject(message);
+          }
+          bool hasMsgOffline = false;
+          srcFolder->HasMsgOffline(originalKey, &hasMsgOffline);
+        }
+        else
+          stopit = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+        nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> mailHdr;
+        rv = sourceMailDB->GetMsgHdrForKey(originalKey, getter_AddRefs(mailHdr));
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && mailHdr)
+        {
+          bool successfulCopy = false;
+          nsMsgKey srcDBhighWaterMark;
+          srcDbFolderInfo->GetHighWater(&srcDBhighWaterMark);
+
+          nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> newMailHdr;
+          rv = database->CopyHdrFromExistingHdr(fakeBase + sourceKeyIndex, mailHdr,
+            true, getter_AddRefs(newMailHdr));
+          if (!newMailHdr || NS_FAILED(rv))
+          {
+            NS_ASSERTION(false, "failed to copy hdr");
+            stopit = rv;
+          }
+
+          if (NS_SUCCEEDED(stopit))
+          {
+            bool hasMsgOffline = false;
+
+            destMsgHdrs->AppendElement(newMailHdr, false);
+            srcFolder->HasMsgOffline(originalKey, &hasMsgOffline);
+            newMailHdr->SetUint32Property("pseudoHdr", 1);
+            if (!reusable)
+              (void)srcFolder->GetMsgInputStream(newMailHdr, &reusable,
+                                                 getter_AddRefs(inputStream));
+
+            if (inputStream && hasMsgOffline && !isLocked)
+            {
+              rv = GetOfflineStoreOutputStream(newMailHdr,
+                                               getter_AddRefs(outputStream));
+              NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+              CopyOfflineMsgBody(srcFolder, newMailHdr, mailHdr, inputStream,
+                                 outputStream);
+              nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgPluggableStore> offlineStore;
+              (void) GetMsgStore(getter_AddRefs(offlineStore));
+              if (offlineStore)
+                offlineStore->FinishNewMessage(outputStream, newMailHdr);
+            }
+            else
+              database->MarkOffline(fakeBase + sourceKeyIndex, false, nullptr);
+
+            nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation> destOp;
+            database->GetOfflineOpForKey(fakeBase + sourceKeyIndex, true, getter_AddRefs(destOp));
+            if (destOp)
+            {
+              // check if this is a move back to the original mailbox, in which case
+              // we just delete the offline operation.
+              if (messageReturningHome)
+                database->RemoveOfflineOp(destOp);
+              else
+              {
+                SetFlag(nsMsgFolderFlags::OfflineEvents);
+                destOp->SetSourceFolderURI(originalSrcFolderURI.get());
+                destOp->SetSrcMessageKey(originalKey);
+                addedKeys.AppendElement(fakeBase + sourceKeyIndex);
+                addedHdrs.AppendObject(newMailHdr);
+              }
+            }
+            else
+              stopit = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+          }
+          successfulCopy = NS_SUCCEEDED(stopit);
+          nsMsgKey msgKey;
+          mailHdr->GetMessageKey(&msgKey);
+          if (isMove && successfulCopy)
+          {
+            if (deleteToTrash || deleteImmediately)
+              keysToDelete.AppendElement(msgKey);
+            else
+              sourceMailDB->MarkImapDeleted(msgKey, true, nullptr); // offline delete
+          }
+          if (successfulCopy)
+            // This is for both moves and copies
+            msgHdrsCopied->AppendElement(mailHdr, false);
+        }
+      }
+      EnableNotifications(nsIMsgFolder::allMessageCountNotifications, true, false);
+      RefPtr<nsImapOfflineTxn> addHdrMsgTxn = new
+        nsImapOfflineTxn(this, &addedKeys, nullptr, this, isMove, nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation::kAddedHeader,
+                         addedHdrs);
+      if (addHdrMsgTxn && txnMgr)
+         txnMgr->DoTransaction(addHdrMsgTxn);
+      RefPtr<nsImapOfflineTxn> undoMsgTxn = new
+        nsImapOfflineTxn(srcFolder, &srcKeyArray, messageIds.get(), this,
+                         isMove, moveCopyOpType, srcMsgs);
+      if (undoMsgTxn)
+      {
+        if (isMove)
+        {
+          undoMsgTxn->SetTransactionType(nsIMessenger::eMoveMsg);
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgImapMailFolder> srcIsImap(do_QueryInterface(srcFolder));
+          // remember this undo transaction so we can hook up the result
+          // msg ids in the undo transaction.
+          if (srcIsImap)
+          {
+            nsImapMailFolder *srcImapFolder = static_cast<nsImapMailFolder*>(srcFolder);
+            srcImapFolder->m_pendingOfflineMoves.AppendElement(undoMsgTxn);
+          }
+        }
+        else
+          undoMsgTxn->SetTransactionType(nsIMessenger::eCopyMsg);
+        // we're adding this undo action before the delete is successful. This is evil,
+        // but 4.5 did it as well.
+        if (txnMgr)
+          txnMgr->DoTransaction(undoMsgTxn);
+      }
+      undoMsgTxn = new
+        nsImapOfflineTxn(srcFolder, &srcKeyArray, messageIds.get(), this, isMove,
+                         deleteOpType, srcMsgs);
+      if (undoMsgTxn)
+      {
+        if (isMove)
+        {
+          if (mFlags & nsMsgFolderFlags::Trash)
+            undoMsgTxn->SetTransactionType(nsIMessenger::eDeleteMsg);
+          else
+            undoMsgTxn->SetTransactionType(nsIMessenger::eMoveMsg);
+        }
+        else
+          undoMsgTxn->SetTransactionType(nsIMessenger::eCopyMsg);
+        if (txnMgr)
+           txnMgr->DoTransaction(undoMsgTxn);
+      }
+      if (outputStream)
+        outputStream->Close();
+
+      if (isMove)
+        sourceMailDB->Commit(nsMsgDBCommitType::kLargeCommit);
+      database->Commit(nsMsgDBCommitType::kLargeCommit);
+      SummaryChanged();
+      srcFolder->SummaryChanged();
+    }
+    if (txnMgr)
+      txnMgr->EndBatch(false);
+  }
+
+  // Do this before delete, as it destroys the messages
+  uint32_t numHdrs;
+  msgHdrsCopied->GetLength(&numHdrs);
+  if (numHdrs)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolderNotificationService> notifier(do_GetService(NS_MSGNOTIFICATIONSERVICE_CONTRACTID));
+    if (notifier)
+      notifier->NotifyMsgsMoveCopyCompleted(isMove, msgHdrsCopied, this, destMsgHdrs);
+  }
+
+  if (isMove && NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && (deleteToTrash || deleteImmediately))
+  {
+    DeleteStoreMessages(keysToDelete, srcFolder);
+    srcFolder->EnableNotifications(nsIMsgFolder::allMessageCountNotifications, false, false);
+    sourceMailDB->DeleteMessages(keysToDelete.Length(), keysToDelete.Elements(),
+                                 nullptr);
+    srcFolder->EnableNotifications(nsIMsgFolder::allMessageCountNotifications, true, false);
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> srcSupport = do_QueryInterface(srcFolder);
+  OnCopyCompleted(srcSupport, rv);
+
+  if (isMove)
+    srcFolder->NotifyFolderEvent(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) ?
+                                 mDeleteOrMoveMsgCompletedAtom :
+                                 mDeleteOrMoveMsgFailedAtom);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+void nsImapMailFolder::SetPendingAttributes(nsIArray* messages, bool aIsMove)
+{
+
+  GetDatabase();
+  if (!mDatabase)
+    return;
+
+  uint32_t supportedUserFlags;
+  GetSupportedUserFlags(&supportedUserFlags);
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefBranch(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS_VOID(rv);
+
+  nsCString dontPreserve;
+
+  // These preferences exist so that extensions can control which properties
+  // are preserved in the database when a message is moved or copied. All
+  // properties are preserved except those listed in these preferences
+  if (aIsMove)
+    prefBranch->GetCharPref("mailnews.database.summary.dontPreserveOnMove",
+                            getter_Copies(dontPreserve));
+  else
+    prefBranch->GetCharPref("mailnews.database.summary.dontPreserveOnCopy",
+                            getter_Copies(dontPreserve));
+
+  // We'll add spaces at beginning and end so we can search for space-name-space
+  nsCString dontPreserveEx(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(" "));
+  dontPreserveEx.Append(dontPreserve);
+  dontPreserveEx.AppendLiteral(" ");
+
+  // these properties are set as integers below, so don't set them again
+  // in the iteration through the properties
+  dontPreserveEx.AppendLiteral("offlineMsgSize msgOffset flags priority pseudoHdr ");
+
+  // these fields are either copied separately when the server does not support
+  // custom IMAP flags, or managed directly through the flags
+  dontPreserveEx.AppendLiteral("keywords label ");
+
+  uint32_t i, count;
+
+  rv = messages->GetLength(&count);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS_VOID(rv);
+
+  // check if any msg hdr has special flags or properties set
+  // that we need to set on the dest hdr
+  for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> msgDBHdr = do_QueryElementAt(messages, i, &rv);
+    if (mDatabase && msgDBHdr)
+    {
+      if (!(supportedUserFlags & kImapMsgSupportUserFlag))
+      {
+        nsMsgLabelValue label;
+        msgDBHdr->GetLabel(&label);
+        if (label != 0)
+        {
+          nsAutoCString labelStr;
+          labelStr.AppendInt(label);
+          mDatabase->SetAttributeOnPendingHdr(msgDBHdr, "label", labelStr.get());
+        }
+        nsCString keywords;
+        msgDBHdr->GetStringProperty("keywords", getter_Copies(keywords));
+        if (!keywords.IsEmpty())
+          mDatabase->SetAttributeOnPendingHdr(msgDBHdr, "keywords", keywords.get());
+      }
+
+      // do this even if the server supports user-defined flags.
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIUTF8StringEnumerator> propertyEnumerator;
+      nsresult rv = msgDBHdr->GetPropertyEnumerator(getter_AddRefs(propertyEnumerator));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS_VOID(rv);
+
+      nsAutoCString property;
+      nsCString sourceString;
+      bool hasMore;
+      while (NS_SUCCEEDED(propertyEnumerator->HasMore(&hasMore)) && hasMore)
+      {
+        propertyEnumerator->GetNext(property);
+        nsAutoCString propertyEx(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(" "));
+        propertyEx.Append(property);
+        propertyEx.AppendLiteral(" ");
+        if (dontPreserveEx.Find(propertyEx) != kNotFound)
+          continue;
+
+        nsCString sourceString;
+        msgDBHdr->GetStringProperty(property.get(), getter_Copies(sourceString));
+        mDatabase->SetAttributeOnPendingHdr(msgDBHdr, property.get(), sourceString.get());
+      }
+
+      uint32_t messageSize;
+      uint64_t messageOffset;
+      nsCString storeToken;
+      msgDBHdr->GetMessageOffset(&messageOffset);
+      msgDBHdr->GetOfflineMessageSize(&messageSize);
+      msgDBHdr->GetStringProperty("storeToken", getter_Copies(storeToken));
+      if (messageSize)
+      {
+        mDatabase->SetUint32AttributeOnPendingHdr(msgDBHdr, "offlineMsgSize",
+                                                  messageSize);
+        mDatabase->SetUint64AttributeOnPendingHdr(msgDBHdr, "msgOffset",
+                                                  messageOffset);
+        mDatabase->SetUint32AttributeOnPendingHdr(msgDBHdr, "flags",
+                                                  nsMsgMessageFlags::Offline);
+        mDatabase->SetAttributeOnPendingHdr(msgDBHdr, "storeToken",
+                                            storeToken.get());
+      }
+      nsMsgPriorityValue priority;
+      msgDBHdr->GetPriority(&priority);
+      if(priority != 0)
+      {
+        nsAutoCString priorityStr;
+        priorityStr.AppendInt(priority);
+        mDatabase->SetAttributeOnPendingHdr(msgDBHdr, "priority", priorityStr.get());
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapMailFolder::CopyMessages(nsIMsgFolder* srcFolder,
+                               nsIArray* messages,
+                               bool isMove,
+                               nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow,
+                               nsIMsgCopyServiceListener* listener,
+                               bool isFolder, //isFolder for future use when we do cross-server folder move/copy
+                               bool allowUndo)
+{
+  UpdateTimestamps(allowUndo);
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgIncomingServer> srcServer;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgIncomingServer> dstServer;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> srcSupport = do_QueryInterface(srcFolder);
+  bool sameServer = false;
+
+  rv = srcFolder->GetServer(getter_AddRefs(srcServer));
+  if(NS_FAILED(rv)) goto done;
+
+  rv = GetServer(getter_AddRefs(dstServer));
+  if(NS_FAILED(rv)) goto done;
+
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(dstServer, NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER);
+  
+  rv = dstServer->Equals(srcServer, &sameServer);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) goto done;
+
+  // in theory, if allowUndo is true, then this is a user initiated
+  // action, and we should do it pseudo-offline. If it's not
+  // user initiated (e.g., mail filters firing), then allowUndo is
+  // false, and we should just do the action.
+  if (!WeAreOffline() && sameServer && allowUndo) 
+  {
+    // complete the copy operation as in offline mode
+    rv = CopyMessagesOffline(srcFolder, messages, isMove, msgWindow, listener);
+
+    NS_WARNING_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "error offline copy");
+    // We'll warn if this fails, but we should still try to play back
+    // offline ops, because it's possible the copy got far enough to
+    // create the offline ops.
+
+    // We make sure that the source folder is an imap folder by limiting pseudo-offline 
+    // operations to the same imap server. If we extend the code to cover non imap folders 
+    // in the future (i.e. imap folder->local folder), then the following downcast
+    // will cause either a crash or compiler error. Do not forget to change it accordingly.
+    nsImapMailFolder *srcImapFolder = static_cast<nsImapMailFolder*>(srcFolder);
+    
+    // lazily create playback timer if it is not already
+    // created
+    if (!srcImapFolder->m_playbackTimer) 
+    {
+      rv = srcImapFolder->CreatePlaybackTimer();
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+    }
+    
+    if (srcImapFolder->m_playbackTimer) 
+    {
+      // if there is no pending request, create a new one, and set the timer. Otherwise
+      // use the existing one to reset the timer.
+      // it is callback function's responsibility to delete the new request object
+      if (!srcImapFolder->m_pendingPlaybackReq) 
+      {
+        srcImapFolder->m_pendingPlaybackReq = new nsPlaybackRequest(srcImapFolder, msgWindow);
+        if (!srcImapFolder->m_pendingPlaybackReq)
+          return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+      }
+              
+      srcImapFolder->m_playbackTimer->InitWithFuncCallback(PlaybackTimerCallback, (void *) srcImapFolder->m_pendingPlaybackReq, 
+                                        PLAYBACK_TIMER_INTERVAL_IN_MS, nsITimer::TYPE_ONE_SHOT);
+    }
+    return rv;
+  }
+  else 
+  {
+    // sort the message array by key
+
+    uint32_t numMsgs = 0;
+    messages->GetLength(&numMsgs);
+    nsTArray<nsMsgKey> keyArray(numMsgs);
+    for (uint32_t i = 0; i < numMsgs; i++)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> aMessage = do_QueryElementAt(messages, i, &rv);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && aMessage)
+      {
+        nsMsgKey key;
+        aMessage->GetMessageKey(&key);
+        keyArray.AppendElement(key);
+      }
+    }
+    keyArray.Sort();
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> sortedMsgs(do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID));
+    rv = MessagesInKeyOrder(keyArray, srcFolder, sortedMsgs);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    
+    if (WeAreOffline())
+      return CopyMessagesOffline(srcFolder, sortedMsgs, isMove, msgWindow, listener);
+    
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIImapService> imapService = do_GetService(NS_IMAPSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+    
+    SetPendingAttributes(sortedMsgs, isMove);
+
+    // if the folders aren't on the same server, do a stream base copy
+    if (!sameServer)
+    {
+      rv = CopyMessagesWithStream(srcFolder, sortedMsgs, isMove, true, msgWindow, listener, allowUndo);
+      goto done;
+    }
+
+    nsAutoCString messageIds;
+    rv = AllocateUidStringFromKeys(keyArray.Elements(), numMsgs, messageIds);
+    if(NS_FAILED(rv)) goto done;
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIUrlListener> urlListener;
+    rv = QueryInterface(NS_GET_IID(nsIUrlListener), getter_AddRefs(urlListener));
+    rv = InitCopyState(srcSupport, sortedMsgs, isMove, true, false,
+                       0, EmptyCString(), listener, msgWindow, allowUndo);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) goto done;
+
+    m_copyState->m_curIndex = m_copyState->m_totalCount;
+
+    if (isMove)
+      srcFolder->EnableNotifications(allMessageCountNotifications, false, true/* dbBatching*/);  //disable message count notification
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> copySupport = do_QueryInterface(m_copyState);
+    rv = imapService->OnlineMessageCopy(srcFolder, messageIds,
+                                        this, true, isMove,
+                                        urlListener, nullptr,
+                                        copySupport, msgWindow);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && m_copyState->m_allowUndo)
+    {
+      RefPtr<nsImapMoveCopyMsgTxn> undoMsgTxn = new nsImapMoveCopyMsgTxn;
+      if (!undoMsgTxn || NS_FAILED(undoMsgTxn->Init(srcFolder, &keyArray,
+                                   messageIds.get(), this,
+                                   true, isMove)))
+        return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+      if (isMove)
+      {
+        if (mFlags & nsMsgFolderFlags::Trash)
+          undoMsgTxn->SetTransactionType(nsIMessenger::eDeleteMsg);
+        else
+          undoMsgTxn->SetTransactionType(nsIMessenger::eMoveMsg);
+      }
+      else
+        undoMsgTxn->SetTransactionType(nsIMessenger::eCopyMsg);
+      m_copyState->m_undoMsgTxn = undoMsgTxn;
+    }
+
+  }//endif
+  
+done:
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+  {
+    (void) OnCopyCompleted(srcSupport, rv);
+    if (isMove)
+    {
+      srcFolder->EnableNotifications(allMessageCountNotifications, true, true/* dbBatching*/);  //enable message count notification
+      NotifyFolderEvent(mDeleteOrMoveMsgFailedAtom);
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+class nsImapFolderCopyState final : public nsIUrlListener, public nsIMsgCopyServiceListener
+{
+public:
+  nsImapFolderCopyState(nsIMsgFolder *destParent, nsIMsgFolder *srcFolder,
+                    bool isMoveFolder, nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow, nsIMsgCopyServiceListener *listener);
+
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIURLLISTENER
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGCOPYSERVICELISTENER
+
+  nsresult StartNextCopy();
+  nsresult AdvanceToNextFolder(nsresult aStatus);
+protected:
+  ~nsImapFolderCopyState();
+  RefPtr<nsImapMailFolder> m_newDestFolder;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> m_origSrcFolder;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> m_curDestParent;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> m_curSrcFolder;
+  bool                    m_isMoveFolder;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgCopyServiceListener> m_copySrvcListener;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgWindow> m_msgWindow;
+  int32_t                 m_childIndex;
+  nsCOMArray<nsIMsgFolder> m_srcChildFolders;
+  nsCOMArray<nsIMsgFolder> m_destParents;
+
+};
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsImapFolderCopyState, nsIUrlListener, nsIMsgCopyServiceListener)
+
+nsImapFolderCopyState::nsImapFolderCopyState(nsIMsgFolder *destParent, nsIMsgFolder *srcFolder,
+                                             bool isMoveFolder, nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow, nsIMsgCopyServiceListener *listener)
+{
+  m_origSrcFolder = do_QueryInterface(srcFolder);
+  m_curDestParent = destParent;
+  m_curSrcFolder = srcFolder;
+  m_isMoveFolder = isMoveFolder;
+  m_msgWindow = msgWindow;
+  m_copySrvcListener = listener;
+  m_childIndex = -1;
+}
+
+nsImapFolderCopyState::~nsImapFolderCopyState()
+{
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsImapFolderCopyState::StartNextCopy()
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  // first make sure dest folder exists.
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIImapService> imapService = do_GetService (NS_IMAPSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  nsString folderName;
+  m_curSrcFolder->GetName(folderName);
+
+  return imapService->EnsureFolderExists(m_curDestParent,
+                                         folderName,
+                                         this, nullptr);
+}
+
+nsresult nsImapFolderCopyState::AdvanceToNextFolder(nsresult aStatus)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  m_childIndex++;
+  if (m_childIndex >= m_srcChildFolders.Count())
+  {
+    if (m_newDestFolder)
+      m_newDestFolder->OnCopyCompleted(m_origSrcFolder, aStatus);
+    Release();
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    m_curDestParent = m_destParents[m_childIndex];
+    m_curSrcFolder = m_srcChildFolders[m_childIndex];
+    rv = StartNextCopy();
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapFolderCopyState::OnStartRunningUrl(nsIURI *aUrl)
+{
+  NS_PRECONDITION(aUrl, "sanity check - need to be be running non-null url");
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapFolderCopyState::OnStopRunningUrl(nsIURI *aUrl, nsresult aExitCode)
+{
+  if (NS_FAILED(aExitCode))
+  {
+    if (m_copySrvcListener)
+      m_copySrvcListener->OnStopCopy(aExitCode);
+    Release();
+    return aExitCode; // or NS_OK???
+  }
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  if (aUrl)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIImapUrl> imapUrl = do_QueryInterface(aUrl);
+    if (imapUrl)
+    {
+      nsImapAction imapAction = nsIImapUrl::nsImapTest;
+      imapUrl->GetImapAction(&imapAction);
+
+      switch(imapAction)
+      {
+        case nsIImapUrl::nsImapEnsureExistsFolder:
+        {
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> newMsgFolder;
+          nsString folderName;
+          nsCString utf7LeafName;
+          m_curSrcFolder->GetName(folderName);
+          rv = CopyUTF16toMUTF7(folderName, utf7LeafName);
+          rv = m_curDestParent->FindSubFolder(utf7LeafName, getter_AddRefs(newMsgFolder));
+          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+          // save the first new folder so we can send a notification to the
+          // copy service when this whole process is done.
+          if (!m_newDestFolder)
+            m_newDestFolder = static_cast<nsImapMailFolder*>(newMsgFolder.get());
+
+          // check if the source folder has children. If it does, list them
+          // into m_srcChildFolders, and set m_destParents for the
+          // corresponding indexes to the newly created folder.
+          nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleEnumerator> enumerator;
+          rv = m_curSrcFolder->GetSubFolders(getter_AddRefs(enumerator));
+          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+          nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> item;
+          bool hasMore = false;
+          uint32_t childIndex = 0;
+          while (NS_SUCCEEDED(enumerator->HasMoreElements(&hasMore)) && hasMore)
+          {
+            rv = enumerator->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(item));
+            nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder(do_QueryInterface(item, &rv));
+            if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+            {
+              m_srcChildFolders.InsertElementAt(m_childIndex + childIndex + 1, folder);
+              m_destParents.InsertElementAt(m_childIndex + childIndex + 1, newMsgFolder);
+            }
+            ++childIndex;
+          }
+
+          rv = m_curSrcFolder->GetMessages(getter_AddRefs(enumerator));
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> msgArray(do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+          NS_ENSURE_TRUE(msgArray, rv);
+          hasMore = false;
+
+          if (enumerator)
+            rv = enumerator->HasMoreElements(&hasMore);
+
+          if (!hasMore)
+            return AdvanceToNextFolder(NS_OK);
+
+          while (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && hasMore)
+          {
+            rv = enumerator->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(item));
+            NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+            rv = msgArray->AppendElement(item, false);
+            NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+            rv = enumerator->HasMoreElements(&hasMore);
+          }
+
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgCopyService> copyService = do_GetService(NS_MSGCOPYSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+          rv = copyService->CopyMessages(m_curSrcFolder,
+                             msgArray, newMsgFolder,
+                             m_isMoveFolder,
+                             this,
+                             m_msgWindow,
+                             false /* allowUndo */);
+        }
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapFolderCopyState::OnStartCopy()
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* void OnProgress (in uint32_t aProgress, in uint32_t aProgressMax); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapFolderCopyState::OnProgress(uint32_t aProgress, uint32_t aProgressMax)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+/* void SetMessageKey (in nsMsgKey aKey); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapFolderCopyState::SetMessageKey(nsMsgKey aKey)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+/* [noscript] void GetMessageId (in nsCString aMessageId); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapFolderCopyState::GetMessageId(nsACString& messageId)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+/* void OnStopCopy (in nsresult aStatus); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapFolderCopyState::OnStopCopy(nsresult aStatus)
+{
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(aStatus))
+    return AdvanceToNextFolder(aStatus);
+  if (m_copySrvcListener)
+  {
+    (void) m_copySrvcListener->OnStopCopy(aStatus);
+    m_copySrvcListener = nullptr;
+  }
+  Release();
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// "this" is the parent of the copied folder.
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapMailFolder::CopyFolder(nsIMsgFolder* srcFolder,
+                               bool isMoveFolder,
+                               nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow,
+                               nsIMsgCopyServiceListener* listener)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(srcFolder);
+
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  if (isMoveFolder)   //move folder permitted when dstFolder and the srcFolder are on same server
+  {
+    uint32_t folderFlags = 0;
+    if (srcFolder)
+      srcFolder->GetFlags(&folderFlags);
+
+    // if our source folder is a virtual folder
+    if (folderFlags & nsMsgFolderFlags::Virtual)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> newMsgFolder;
+      nsString folderName;
+      srcFolder->GetName(folderName);
+
+      nsAutoString safeFolderName(folderName);
+      NS_MsgHashIfNecessary(safeFolderName);
+
+      srcFolder->ForceDBClosed();
+
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> oldPathFile;
+      rv = srcFolder->GetFilePath(getter_AddRefs(oldPathFile));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIFile> summaryFile;
+      GetSummaryFileLocation(oldPathFile, getter_AddRefs(summaryFile));
+
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> newPathFile;
+      rv = GetFilePath(getter_AddRefs(newPathFile));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+      bool isDirectory = false;
+      newPathFile->IsDirectory(&isDirectory);
+      if (!isDirectory)
+      {
+        AddDirectorySeparator(newPathFile);
+        rv = newPathFile->Create(nsIFile::DIRECTORY_TYPE, 0700);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      }
+
+      rv = CheckIfFolderExists(folderName, this, msgWindow);
+      if(NS_FAILED(rv))
+        return rv;
+
+      rv = summaryFile->CopyTo(newPathFile, EmptyString());
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      rv = AddSubfolder(safeFolderName, getter_AddRefs(newMsgFolder));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      newMsgFolder->SetPrettyName(folderName);
+
+      uint32_t flags;
+      srcFolder->GetFlags(&flags);
+      newMsgFolder->SetFlags(flags);
+
+      NotifyItemAdded(newMsgFolder);
+
+      // now remove the old folder
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> msgParent;
+      srcFolder->GetParent(getter_AddRefs(msgParent));
+      srcFolder->SetParent(nullptr);
+      if (msgParent)
+      {
+        msgParent->PropagateDelete(srcFolder, false, msgWindow);  // The files have already been moved, so delete storage false
+        oldPathFile->Remove(false);  //berkeley mailbox
+        nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDatabase> srcDB; // we need to force closed the source db
+        srcFolder->Delete();
+
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> parentPathFile;
+        rv = msgParent->GetFilePath(getter_AddRefs(parentPathFile));
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+        AddDirectorySeparator(parentPathFile);
+        nsCOMPtr <nsISimpleEnumerator> children;
+        parentPathFile->GetDirectoryEntries(getter_AddRefs(children));
+        bool more;
+        // checks if the directory is empty or not
+        if (children && NS_SUCCEEDED(children->HasMoreElements(&more)) && !more)
+          parentPathFile->Remove(true);
+      }
+    }
+    else // non-virtual folder
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIImapService> imapService = do_GetService (NS_IMAPSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> srcSupport = do_QueryInterface(srcFolder);
+      bool match = false;
+      bool confirmed = false;
+      if (mFlags & nsMsgFolderFlags::Trash)
+      {
+        rv = srcFolder->MatchOrChangeFilterDestination(nullptr, false, &match);
+        if (match)
+        {
+          srcFolder->ConfirmFolderDeletionForFilter(msgWindow, &confirmed);
+          // should we return an error to copy service?
+          // or send a notification?
+          if (!confirmed)
+            return NS_OK;
+        }
+      }
+      rv = InitCopyState(srcSupport, nullptr, false, false, false,
+                         0, EmptyCString(), listener, msgWindow, false);
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        return OnCopyCompleted(srcSupport, rv);
+
+      rv = imapService->MoveFolder(srcFolder,
+                                   this,
+                                   this,
+                                   msgWindow,
+                                   nullptr);
+    }
+  }
+  else // copying folder (should only be across server?)
+  {
+    nsImapFolderCopyState *folderCopier = new nsImapFolderCopyState(this, srcFolder, isMoveFolder, msgWindow, listener);
+    NS_ADDREF(folderCopier); // it owns itself.
+    return folderCopier->StartNextCopy();
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapMailFolder::CopyFileMessage(nsIFile* file,
+                                  nsIMsgDBHdr* msgToReplace,
+                                  bool isDraftOrTemplate,
+                                  uint32_t aNewMsgFlags,
+                                  const nsACString &aNewMsgKeywords,
+                                  nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow,
+                                  nsIMsgCopyServiceListener* listener)
+{
+    nsresult rv = NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+    nsMsgKey key = nsMsgKey_None;
+    nsAutoCString messageId;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIUrlListener> urlListener;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> messages(do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID));
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> srcSupport = do_QueryInterface(file, &rv);
+
+    if (!messages)
+      return OnCopyCompleted(srcSupport, rv);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIImapService> imapService = do_GetService(NS_IMAPSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      return OnCopyCompleted(srcSupport, rv);
+
+    rv = QueryInterface(NS_GET_IID(nsIUrlListener), getter_AddRefs(urlListener));
+
+    if (msgToReplace)
+    {
+        rv = msgToReplace->GetMessageKey(&key);
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        {
+          messageId.AppendInt((int32_t) key);
+          // Perhaps we have the message offline, but even if we do it is
+          // not valid, since the only time we do a file copy for an
+          // existing message is when we are changing the message.
+          // So set the offline size to 0 to force SetPendingAttributes to
+          // clear the offline message flag.
+          msgToReplace->SetOfflineMessageSize(0);
+          messages->AppendElement(msgToReplace, false);
+          SetPendingAttributes(messages, false);
+        }
+    }
+
+    bool isMove = (msgToReplace ? true : false);
+    rv = InitCopyState(srcSupport, messages, isMove, isDraftOrTemplate,
+                       false, aNewMsgFlags, aNewMsgKeywords, listener, 
+                       msgWindow, false);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      return OnCopyCompleted(srcSupport, rv);
+
+    m_copyState->m_streamCopy = true;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> copySupport;
+    if( m_copyState )
+      copySupport = do_QueryInterface(m_copyState);
+    if (!isDraftOrTemplate)
+    {
+      m_copyState->m_totalCount = 1;
+      // This makes the IMAP APPEND set the INTERNALDATE for the msg copy
+      // we make when detaching/deleting attachments to the original msg date.
+      m_copyState->m_message = msgToReplace;
+    }
+    rv = imapService->AppendMessageFromFile(file, this, messageId,
+                                            true, isDraftOrTemplate,
+                                            urlListener, nullptr,
+                                            copySupport,
+                                            msgWindow);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      return OnCopyCompleted(srcSupport, rv);
+
+    return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsImapMailFolder::CopyStreamMessage(nsIMsgDBHdr* message,
+                                    nsIMsgFolder* dstFolder, // should be this
+                                    nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow,
+                                    bool isMove)
+{
+  if (!m_copyState)
+    MOZ_LOG(IMAP, mozilla::LogLevel::Info, ("CopyStreamMessage failed with null m_copyState"));
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(m_copyState, NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER);
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsICopyMessageStreamListener> copyStreamListener = do_CreateInstance(NS_COPYMESSAGESTREAMLISTENER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsICopyMessageListener> copyListener(do_QueryInterface(dstFolder, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> srcFolder(do_QueryInterface(m_copyState->m_srcSupport, &rv));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    MOZ_LOG(IMAP, mozilla::LogLevel::Info, ("CopyStreaMessage failed with null m_copyState->m_srcSupport"));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+  rv = copyStreamListener->Init(srcFolder, copyListener, nullptr);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    MOZ_LOG(IMAP, mozilla::LogLevel::Info, ("CopyStreaMessage failed in copyStreamListener->Init"));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr(do_QueryInterface(message, &rv));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  nsCString uri;
+  srcFolder->GetUriForMsg(msgHdr, uri);
+
+  if (!m_copyState->m_msgService)
+    rv = GetMessageServiceFromURI(uri, getter_AddRefs(m_copyState->m_msgService));
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && m_copyState->m_msgService)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIStreamListener> streamListener(do_QueryInterface(copyStreamListener, &rv));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    // put up status message here, if copying more than one message.
+    if (m_copyState->m_totalCount > 1)
+    {
+      nsString dstFolderName, progressText;
+      GetName(dstFolderName);
+      nsAutoString curMsgString;
+      nsAutoString totalMsgString;
+      totalMsgString.AppendInt(m_copyState->m_totalCount);
+      curMsgString.AppendInt(m_copyState->m_curIndex + 1);
+
+      const char16_t *formatStrings[3] = {curMsgString.get(),
+                                            totalMsgString.get(),
+                                            dstFolderName.get()
+                                            };
+
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIStringBundle> bundle;
+      rv = IMAPGetStringBundle(getter_AddRefs(bundle));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      rv = bundle->FormatStringFromName(
+        u"imapCopyingMessageOf2",
+        formatStrings, 3, getter_Copies(progressText));
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgStatusFeedback> statusFeedback;
+      if (m_copyState->m_msgWindow)
+        m_copyState->m_msgWindow->GetStatusFeedback(getter_AddRefs(statusFeedback));
+      if (statusFeedback)
+      {
+        statusFeedback->ShowStatusString(progressText);
+        int32_t percent;
+        percent = (100 * m_copyState->m_curIndex) / (int32_t) m_copyState->m_totalCount;
+          statusFeedback->ShowProgress(percent);
+      }
+    }
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> dummyNull;
+    rv = m_copyState->m_msgService->CopyMessage(uri.get(), streamListener,
+                                                isMove && !m_copyState->m_isCrossServerOp, nullptr, aMsgWindow,
+                                                getter_AddRefs(dummyNull));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      MOZ_LOG(IMAP, mozilla::LogLevel::Info, ("CopyMessage failed: uri %s\n", uri.get()));
+  } 
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsImapMailCopyState::nsImapMailCopyState() :
+    m_isMove(false), m_selectedState(false),
+    m_isCrossServerOp(false), m_curIndex(0),
+    m_totalCount(0), m_streamCopy(false), m_dataBuffer(nullptr),
+    m_dataBufferSize(0), m_leftOver(0), m_allowUndo(false),
+    m_eatLF(false), m_newMsgFlags(0), m_appendUID(nsMsgKey_None)
+{
+}
+
+nsImapMailCopyState::~nsImapMailCopyState()
+{
+  PR_Free(m_dataBuffer);
+  if (m_msgService && m_message)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> srcFolder = do_QueryInterface(m_srcSupport);
+    if (srcFolder)
+    {
+      nsCString uri;
+      srcFolder->GetUriForMsg(m_message, uri);
+    }
+  }
+  if (m_tmpFile)
+    m_tmpFile->Remove(false);
+}
+
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsImapMailCopyState, nsImapMailCopyState)
+
+nsresult
+nsImapMailFolder::InitCopyState(nsISupports* srcSupport,
+                                nsIArray* messages,
+                                bool isMove,
+                                bool selectedState,
+                                bool acrossServers,
+                                uint32_t newMsgFlags,
+                                const nsACString &newMsgKeywords,
+                                nsIMsgCopyServiceListener* listener,
+                                nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow,
+                                bool allowUndo)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(srcSupport);
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(!m_copyState, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  m_copyState = new nsImapMailCopyState();
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(m_copyState,NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY);
+
+  m_copyState->m_isCrossServerOp = acrossServers;
+  m_copyState->m_srcSupport = do_QueryInterface(srcSupport, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  m_copyState->m_messages = messages;
+  if (messages)
+    rv = messages->GetLength(&m_copyState->m_totalCount);
+  if (!m_copyState->m_isCrossServerOp)
+  {
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+        uint32_t numUnread = 0;
+        for (uint32_t keyIndex=0; keyIndex < m_copyState->m_totalCount; keyIndex++)
+        {
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> message = do_QueryElementAt(m_copyState->m_messages, keyIndex, &rv);
+          // if the key is not there, then assume what the caller tells us to.
+          bool isRead = false;
+          uint32_t flags;
+          if (message )
+          {
+            message->GetFlags(&flags);
+            isRead = flags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Read;
+          }
+          if (!isRead)
+            numUnread++;
+        }
+        m_copyState->m_unreadCount = numUnread;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> message =
+        do_QueryElementAt(m_copyState->m_messages,
+                          m_copyState->m_curIndex, &rv);
+      // if the key is not there, then assume what the caller tells us to.
+    bool isRead = false;
+    uint32_t flags;
+    if (message )
+    {
+      message->GetFlags(&flags);
+      isRead = flags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Read;
+    }
+    m_copyState->m_unreadCount = (isRead) ? 0 : 1;
+  }
+
+  m_copyState->m_isMove = isMove;
+  m_copyState->m_newMsgFlags = newMsgFlags;
+  m_copyState->m_newMsgKeywords = newMsgKeywords;
+  m_copyState->m_allowUndo = allowUndo;
+  m_copyState->m_selectedState = selectedState;
+  m_copyState->m_msgWindow = msgWindow;
+  if (listener)
+    m_copyState->m_listener = do_QueryInterface(listener, &rv);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsImapMailFolder::CopyFileToOfflineStore(nsIFile *srcFile, nsMsgKey msgKey)
+{
+  nsresult rv = GetDatabase();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  bool storeOffline = (mFlags & nsMsgFolderFlags::Offline) && !WeAreOffline();
+
+  if (msgKey == nsMsgKey_None)
+  {
+    // To support send filters, we need to store the message in the database when
+    // it is copied to the FCC folder. In that case, we know the UID of the
+    // message and therefore have the correct msgKey. In other cases, where
+    // we don't need the offline message copied, don't add to db.
+    if (!storeOffline)
+      return NS_OK;
+
+    mDatabase->GetNextFakeOfflineMsgKey(&msgKey);
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> fakeHdr;
+  rv = mDatabase->CreateNewHdr(msgKey, getter_AddRefs(fakeHdr));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  fakeHdr->SetUint32Property("pseudoHdr", 1);
+
+  // Should we add this to the offline store?
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIOutputStream> offlineStore;
+  if (storeOffline)
+  {
+    rv = GetOfflineStoreOutputStream(fakeHdr, getter_AddRefs(offlineStore));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+
+  // We set an offline kMoveResult because in any case we want to update this
+  // msgHdr with one downloaded from the server, with possible additional
+  // headers added.
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation> op;
+  rv = mDatabase->GetOfflineOpForKey(msgKey, true, getter_AddRefs(op));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && op)
+  {
+    nsCString destFolderUri;
+    GetURI(destFolderUri);
+    op->SetOperation(nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation::kMoveResult);
+    op->SetDestinationFolderURI(destFolderUri.get());
+    SetFlag(nsMsgFolderFlags::OfflineEvents);
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIInputStream> inputStream;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgParseMailMsgState> msgParser =
+    do_CreateInstance(NS_PARSEMAILMSGSTATE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  msgParser->SetMailDB(mDatabase);
+
+  uint64_t offset = 0;
+  if (offlineStore)
+  {
+    // Tell the parser to use the offset that will be in the dest stream,
+    //   not the temp file.
+    fakeHdr->GetMessageOffset(&offset);
+  }
+  msgParser->SetEnvelopePos(offset);
+
+  rv = NS_NewLocalFileInputStream(getter_AddRefs(inputStream), srcFile);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && inputStream)
+  {
+    // Now, parse the temp file to (optionally) copy to
+    // the offline store for the cur folder.
+    nsMsgLineStreamBuffer *inputStreamBuffer =
+      new nsMsgLineStreamBuffer(FILE_IO_BUFFER_SIZE, true, false);
+    int64_t fileSize;
+    srcFile->GetFileSize(&fileSize);
+    uint32_t bytesWritten;
+    rv = NS_OK;
+    msgParser->SetState(nsIMsgParseMailMsgState::ParseHeadersState);
+    msgParser->SetNewMsgHdr(fakeHdr);
+    bool needMoreData = false;
+    char * newLine = nullptr;
+    uint32_t numBytesInLine = 0;
+    if (offlineStore)
+    {
+      const char *envelope = "From " CRLF;
+      offlineStore->Write(envelope, strlen(envelope), &bytesWritten);
+      fileSize += bytesWritten;
+    }
+    do
+    {
+      newLine = inputStreamBuffer->ReadNextLine(inputStream, numBytesInLine, needMoreData);
+      if (newLine)
+      {
+        msgParser->ParseAFolderLine(newLine, numBytesInLine);
+        if (offlineStore)
+          rv = offlineStore->Write(newLine, numBytesInLine, &bytesWritten);
+
+        NS_Free(newLine);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      }
+    } while (newLine);
+
+    msgParser->FinishHeader();
+    uint32_t resultFlags;
+    if (offlineStore)
+      fakeHdr->OrFlags(nsMsgMessageFlags::Offline | nsMsgMessageFlags::Read, &resultFlags);
+    else
+      fakeHdr->OrFlags(nsMsgMessageFlags::Read, &resultFlags);
+    if (offlineStore)          
+      fakeHdr->SetOfflineMessageSize(fileSize);
+    mDatabase->AddNewHdrToDB(fakeHdr, true /* notify */);
+
+    // Call FinishNewMessage before setting pending attributes, as in
+    //   maildir it copies from tmp to cur and may change the storeToken
+    //   to get a unique filename.
+    if (offlineStore)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgPluggableStore> msgStore;
+      GetMsgStore(getter_AddRefs(msgStore));
+      if (msgStore)
+        msgStore->FinishNewMessage(offlineStore, fakeHdr);
+    }
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> messages(do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    messages->AppendElement(fakeHdr, false);
+
+    SetPendingAttributes(messages, false);
+    // Gloda needs this notification to index the fake message.
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolderNotificationService>
+      notifier(do_GetService(NS_MSGNOTIFICATIONSERVICE_CONTRACTID));
+    if (notifier)
+      notifier->NotifyMsgsClassified(messages, false, false);
+    inputStream->Close();
+    inputStream = nullptr;
+    delete inputStreamBuffer;
+  }
+  if (offlineStore)
+    offlineStore->Close();
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsImapMailFolder::OnCopyCompleted(nsISupports *srcSupport, nsresult rv)
+{
+  // if it's a file, and the copy succeeded, then fcc the offline
+  // store, and add a kMoveResult offline op.
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && m_copyState)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> srcFile(do_QueryInterface(srcSupport));
+    if (srcFile)
+      (void) CopyFileToOfflineStore(srcFile, m_copyState->m_appendUID);
+  }
+  m_copyState = nullptr;
+  nsresult result;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgCopyService> copyService = do_GetService(NS_MSGCOPYSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &result);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(result, result);
+  return copyService->NotifyCompletion(srcSupport, this, rv);
+}
+
+nsresult nsImapMailFolder::CreateBaseMessageURI(const nsACString& aURI)
+{
+  return nsCreateImapBaseMessageURI(aURI, mBaseMessageURI);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::GetFolderURL(nsACString& aFolderURL)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> rootFolder;
+  nsresult rv = GetRootFolder(getter_AddRefs(rootFolder));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  rootFolder->GetURI(aFolderURL);
+  if (rootFolder == this)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  NS_ASSERTION(mURI.Length() > aFolderURL.Length(), "Should match with a folder name!");
+  nsCString escapedName;
+  MsgEscapeString(Substring(mURI, aFolderURL.Length()),
+                  nsINetUtil::ESCAPE_URL_PATH,
+                  escapedName);
+  if (escapedName.IsEmpty())
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+  aFolderURL.Append(escapedName);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::GetFolderNeedsSubscribing(bool *bVal)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(bVal);
+  *bVal = m_folderNeedsSubscribing;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::SetFolderNeedsSubscribing(bool bVal)
+{
+  m_folderNeedsSubscribing = bVal;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsMsgIMAPFolderACL * nsImapMailFolder::GetFolderACL()
+{
+  if (!m_folderACL)
+    m_folderACL = new nsMsgIMAPFolderACL(this);
+  return m_folderACL;
+}
+
+nsresult nsImapMailFolder::CreateACLRightsStringForFolder(nsAString& rightsString)
+{
+  GetFolderACL(); // lazy create
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(m_folderACL, NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER);
+  return m_folderACL->CreateACLRightsString(rightsString);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::GetFolderNeedsACLListed(bool *bVal)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(bVal);
+  bool dontNeedACLListed = !m_folderNeedsACLListed;
+  // if we haven't acl listed, and it's not a no select folder or the inbox,
+  //  then we'll list the acl if it's not a namespace.
+  if (m_folderNeedsACLListed && !(mFlags & (nsMsgFolderFlags::ImapNoselect | nsMsgFolderFlags::Inbox)))
+    GetIsNamespace(&dontNeedACLListed);
+  *bVal = !dontNeedACLListed;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::SetFolderNeedsACLListed(bool bVal)
+{
+  m_folderNeedsACLListed = bVal;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::GetIsNamespace(bool *aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  if (!m_namespace)
+  {
+#ifdef DEBUG_bienvenu
+    // Make sure this isn't causing us to open the database
+    NS_ASSERTION(m_hierarchyDelimiter != kOnlineHierarchySeparatorUnknown, "hierarchy delimiter not set");
+#endif
+
+    nsCString onlineName, serverKey;
+    GetServerKey(serverKey);
+    GetOnlineName(onlineName);
+    char hierarchyDelimiter;
+    GetHierarchyDelimiter(&hierarchyDelimiter);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIImapHostSessionList> hostSession = do_GetService(kCImapHostSessionList, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    m_namespace = nsIMAPNamespaceList::GetNamespaceForFolder(
+                    serverKey.get(), onlineName.get(), hierarchyDelimiter);
+    if (m_namespace == nullptr)
+    {
+      if (mFlags & nsMsgFolderFlags::ImapOtherUser)
+         rv = hostSession->GetDefaultNamespaceOfTypeForHost(serverKey.get(), kOtherUsersNamespace, m_namespace);
+      else if (mFlags & nsMsgFolderFlags::ImapPublic)
+        rv = hostSession->GetDefaultNamespaceOfTypeForHost(serverKey.get(), kPublicNamespace, m_namespace);
+      else
+        rv = hostSession->GetDefaultNamespaceOfTypeForHost(serverKey.get(), kPersonalNamespace, m_namespace);
+    }
+    NS_ASSERTION(m_namespace, "failed to get namespace");
+    if (m_namespace)
+    {
+      nsIMAPNamespaceList::SuggestHierarchySeparatorForNamespace(m_namespace,
+                                                                 hierarchyDelimiter);
+      m_folderIsNamespace = nsIMAPNamespaceList::GetFolderIsNamespace(
+                              serverKey.get(), onlineName.get(),
+                              hierarchyDelimiter, m_namespace);
+    }
+  }
+  *aResult = m_folderIsNamespace;
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::SetIsNamespace(bool isNamespace)
+{
+  m_folderIsNamespace = isNamespace;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::ResetNamespaceReferences()
+{
+  nsCString serverKey;
+  nsCString onlineName;
+  GetServerKey(serverKey);
+  GetOnlineName(onlineName);
+  char hierarchyDelimiter;
+  GetHierarchyDelimiter(&hierarchyDelimiter);
+  m_namespace = nsIMAPNamespaceList::GetNamespaceForFolder(serverKey.get(),
+                                                           onlineName.get(),
+                                                           hierarchyDelimiter);
+  m_folderIsNamespace = m_namespace ? nsIMAPNamespaceList::GetFolderIsNamespace(
+                                        serverKey.get(), onlineName.get(),
+                                        hierarchyDelimiter, m_namespace) : false;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleEnumerator> enumerator;
+  GetSubFolders(getter_AddRefs(enumerator));
+  if (!enumerator)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  bool hasMore;
+  while (NS_SUCCEEDED(enumerator->HasMoreElements(&hasMore)) && hasMore)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> item;
+    rv = enumerator->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(item));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      break;
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgImapMailFolder> folder(do_QueryInterface(item, &rv));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      return rv;
+
+    folder->ResetNamespaceReferences();
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::FindOnlineSubFolder(const nsACString& targetOnlineName, nsIMsgImapMailFolder **aResultFolder)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  nsCString onlineName;
+  GetOnlineName(onlineName);
+
+  if (onlineName.Equals(targetOnlineName))
+    return QueryInterface(NS_GET_IID(nsIMsgImapMailFolder), (void **) aResultFolder);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleEnumerator> enumerator;
+  GetSubFolders(getter_AddRefs(enumerator));
+  if (!enumerator)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  bool hasMore;
+  while (NS_SUCCEEDED(enumerator->HasMoreElements(&hasMore)) && hasMore)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> item;
+    rv = enumerator->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(item));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      break;
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgImapMailFolder> folder(do_QueryInterface(item, &rv));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      return rv;
+
+    rv = folder->FindOnlineSubFolder(targetOnlineName, aResultFolder);
+    if (*aResultFolder)
+     return rv;
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::GetFolderNeedsAdded(bool *bVal)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(bVal);
+  *bVal = m_folderNeedsAdded;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::SetFolderNeedsAdded(bool bVal)
+{
+  m_folderNeedsAdded = bVal;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::GetFolderQuotaCommandIssued(bool *aCmdIssued)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aCmdIssued);
+  *aCmdIssued = m_folderQuotaCommandIssued;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::SetFolderQuotaCommandIssued(bool aCmdIssued)
+{
+  m_folderQuotaCommandIssued = aCmdIssued;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::SetFolderQuotaData(const nsACString &aFolderQuotaRoot,
+                                                   uint32_t aFolderQuotaUsedKB,
+                                                    uint32_t aFolderQuotaMaxKB)
+{
+  m_folderQuotaDataIsValid = true;
+  m_folderQuotaRoot = aFolderQuotaRoot;
+  m_folderQuotaUsedKB = aFolderQuotaUsedKB;
+  m_folderQuotaMaxKB = aFolderQuotaMaxKB;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::GetQuota(bool* aValid,
+                                         uint32_t* aUsed, uint32_t* aMax)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aValid);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aUsed);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMax);
+  *aValid = m_folderQuotaDataIsValid;
+  *aUsed = m_folderQuotaUsedKB;
+  *aMax = m_folderQuotaMaxKB;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::PerformExpand(nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  bool usingSubscription = false;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapIncomingServer> imapServer;
+  rv = GetImapIncomingServer(getter_AddRefs(imapServer));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  rv = imapServer->GetUsingSubscription(&usingSubscription);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !usingSubscription)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIImapService> imapService = do_GetService(NS_IMAPSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    rv = imapService->DiscoverChildren( this, this, m_onlineFolderName, nullptr);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::RenameClient(nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow, nsIMsgFolder *msgFolder, const nsACString& oldName, const nsACString& newName)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> pathFile;
+  rv = GetFilePath(getter_AddRefs(pathFile));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgImapMailFolder> oldImapFolder = do_QueryInterface(msgFolder, &rv);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  char hierarchyDelimiter = '/';
+  oldImapFolder->GetHierarchyDelimiter(&hierarchyDelimiter);
+  int32_t boxflags=0;
+  oldImapFolder->GetBoxFlags(&boxflags);
+
+  nsAutoString newLeafName;
+  NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16 newNameString(newName);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  newLeafName = newNameString;
+  nsAutoString folderNameStr;
+  int32_t folderStart = newLeafName.RFindChar('/');  //internal use of hierarchyDelimiter is always '/'
+  if (folderStart > 0)
+  {
+    newLeafName = Substring(newNameString, folderStart + 1);
+    CreateDirectoryForFolder(getter_AddRefs(pathFile));    //needed when we move a folder to a folder with no subfolders.
+  }
+
+  // if we get here, it's really a leaf, and "this" is the parent.
+  folderNameStr = newLeafName;
+
+  // Create an empty database for this mail folder, set its name from the user
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> mailDBFactory;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> child;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgImapMailFolder> imapFolder;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBService> msgDBService = do_GetService(NS_MSGDB_SERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> unusedDB;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIFile> dbFile;
+
+  // warning, path will be changed
+  rv = CreateFileForDB(folderNameStr, pathFile, getter_AddRefs(dbFile));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  // Use openMailDBFromFile() and not OpenFolderDB() here, since we don't use the DB.
+  rv = msgDBService->OpenMailDBFromFile(dbFile, nullptr, true, true,
+                                        getter_AddRefs(unusedDB));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && unusedDB)
+  {
+    //need to set the folder name
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIDBFolderInfo> folderInfo;
+    rv = unusedDB->GetDBFolderInfo(getter_AddRefs(folderInfo));
+
+    //Now let's create the actual new folder
+    rv = AddSubfolderWithPath(folderNameStr, dbFile, getter_AddRefs(child));
+    if (!child || NS_FAILED(rv)) 
+      return rv;
+    nsAutoString unicodeName;
+    rv = CopyMUTF7toUTF16(NS_LossyConvertUTF16toASCII(folderNameStr), unicodeName);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      child->SetPrettyName(unicodeName);
+    imapFolder = do_QueryInterface(child);
+    if (imapFolder)
+    {
+      nsAutoCString onlineName(m_onlineFolderName);
+
+      if (!onlineName.IsEmpty())
+        onlineName.Append(hierarchyDelimiter);
+      onlineName.Append(NS_LossyConvertUTF16toASCII(folderNameStr));
+      imapFolder->SetVerifiedAsOnlineFolder(true);
+      imapFolder->SetOnlineName(onlineName);
+      imapFolder->SetHierarchyDelimiter(hierarchyDelimiter);
+      imapFolder->SetBoxFlags(boxflags);
+      // store the online name as the mailbox name in the db folder info
+      // I don't think anyone uses the mailbox name, so we'll use it
+      // to restore the online name when blowing away an imap db.
+      if (folderInfo)
+      {
+        nsAutoString unicodeOnlineName;
+        CopyASCIItoUTF16(onlineName, unicodeOnlineName);
+        folderInfo->SetMailboxName(unicodeOnlineName);
+      }
+      bool changed = false;
+      msgFolder->MatchOrChangeFilterDestination(child, false /*caseInsensitive*/, &changed);
+      if (changed)
+        msgFolder->AlertFilterChanged(msgWindow);
+    }
+    unusedDB->SetSummaryValid(true);
+    unusedDB->Commit(nsMsgDBCommitType::kLargeCommit);
+    unusedDB->Close(true);
+    child->RenameSubFolders(msgWindow, msgFolder);
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> msgParent;
+    msgFolder->GetParent(getter_AddRefs(msgParent));
+    msgFolder->SetParent(nullptr);
+    // Reset online status now that the folder is renamed.
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgImapMailFolder> oldImapFolder = do_QueryInterface(msgFolder);
+    if (oldImapFolder)
+      oldImapFolder->SetVerifiedAsOnlineFolder(false);
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolderNotificationService> notifier(do_GetService(NS_MSGNOTIFICATIONSERVICE_CONTRACTID));
+    if (notifier)
+      notifier->NotifyFolderRenamed(msgFolder, child);   
+
+    // Do not propagate the deletion until after we have (synchronously) notified
+    // all listeners about the rename.  This allows them to access properties on
+    // the source folder without experiencing failures.
+    if (msgParent)
+      msgParent->PropagateDelete(msgFolder, true, nullptr);
+    NotifyItemAdded(child);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::RenameSubFolders(nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow, nsIMsgFolder *oldFolder)
+{
+  m_initialized = true;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleEnumerator> enumerator;
+  nsresult rv = oldFolder->GetSubFolders(getter_AddRefs(enumerator));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  bool hasMore;
+  while (NS_SUCCEEDED(enumerator->HasMoreElements(&hasMore)) && hasMore)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> item;
+    if (NS_FAILED(enumerator->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(item))))
+      continue;
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> msgFolder(do_QueryInterface(item, &rv));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      return rv;
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgImapMailFolder> folder(do_QueryInterface(msgFolder, &rv));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      return rv;
+
+    char hierarchyDelimiter = '/';
+    folder->GetHierarchyDelimiter(&hierarchyDelimiter);
+
+    int32_t boxflags;
+    folder->GetBoxFlags(&boxflags);
+
+    bool verified;
+    folder->GetVerifiedAsOnlineFolder(&verified);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> oldPathFile;
+    rv = msgFolder->GetFilePath(getter_AddRefs(oldPathFile));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> newParentPathFile;
+    rv = GetFilePath(getter_AddRefs(newParentPathFile));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+    rv = AddDirectorySeparator(newParentPathFile);
+    nsAutoCString oldLeafName;
+    oldPathFile->GetNativeLeafName(oldLeafName);
+    newParentPathFile->AppendNative(oldLeafName);
+
+    nsCString newPathStr;
+    newParentPathFile->GetNativePath(newPathStr);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> newPathFile = do_CreateInstance(NS_LOCAL_FILE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    newPathFile->InitWithFile(newParentPathFile);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> dbFilePath = newPathFile;
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> child;
+
+    nsString folderName;
+    rv = msgFolder->GetName(folderName);
+    if (folderName.IsEmpty() || NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+    nsCString utf7LeafName;
+    rv = CopyUTF16toMUTF7(folderName, utf7LeafName);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    // XXX : Fix this non-sense by fixing AddSubfolderWithPath
+    nsAutoString unicodeLeafName;
+    CopyASCIItoUTF16(utf7LeafName, unicodeLeafName);
+
+    rv = AddSubfolderWithPath(unicodeLeafName, dbFilePath, getter_AddRefs(child));
+    if (!child || NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+    child->SetName(folderName);
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgImapMailFolder> imapFolder = do_QueryInterface(child);
+    nsCString onlineName;
+    GetOnlineName(onlineName);
+    nsAutoCString onlineCName(onlineName);
+    onlineCName.Append(hierarchyDelimiter);
+    onlineCName.Append(utf7LeafName);
+    if (imapFolder)
+    {
+     imapFolder->SetVerifiedAsOnlineFolder(verified);
+     imapFolder->SetOnlineName(onlineCName);
+     imapFolder->SetHierarchyDelimiter(hierarchyDelimiter);
+     imapFolder->SetBoxFlags(boxflags);
+
+     bool changed = false;
+     msgFolder->MatchOrChangeFilterDestination(child, false /*caseInsensitive*/, &changed);
+     if (changed)
+       msgFolder->AlertFilterChanged(msgWindow);
+     child->RenameSubFolders(msgWindow, msgFolder);
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::IsCommandEnabled(const nsACString& command, bool *result)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(result);
+  *result = !(WeAreOffline() && (command.EqualsLiteral("cmd_renameFolder") ||
+                                 command.EqualsLiteral("cmd_compactFolder") ||
+                                 command.EqualsLiteral("button_compact") ||
+                                 command.EqualsLiteral("cmd_delete") ||
+                                 command.EqualsLiteral("button_delete")));
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapMailFolder::GetCanFileMessages(bool *aCanFileMessages)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  *aCanFileMessages = true;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+  rv = GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && server)
+    rv = server->GetCanFileMessagesOnServer(aCanFileMessages);
+
+  if (*aCanFileMessages)
+    rv = nsMsgDBFolder::GetCanFileMessages(aCanFileMessages);
+
+  if (*aCanFileMessages)
+  {
+    bool noSelect;
+    GetFlag(nsMsgFolderFlags::ImapNoselect, &noSelect);
+    *aCanFileMessages = (noSelect) ? false : GetFolderACL()->GetCanIInsertInFolder();
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapMailFolder::GetCanDeleteMessages(bool *aCanDeleteMessages)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aCanDeleteMessages);
+  *aCanDeleteMessages = GetFolderACL()->GetCanIDeleteInFolder();
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapMailFolder::GetPerformingBiff(bool *aPerformingBiff)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aPerformingBiff);
+  *aPerformingBiff = m_performingBiff;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapMailFolder::SetPerformingBiff(bool aPerformingBiff)
+{
+  m_performingBiff = aPerformingBiff;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapMailFolder::SetFilterList(nsIMsgFilterList *aMsgFilterList)
+{
+  m_filterList = aMsgFilterList;
+  return nsMsgDBFolder::SetFilterList(aMsgFilterList);
+}
+
+nsresult nsImapMailFolder::GetMoveCoalescer()
+{
+  if (!m_moveCoalescer)
+  {
+    m_moveCoalescer = new nsImapMoveCoalescer(this, nullptr /* msgWindow */);
+    NS_ENSURE_TRUE (m_moveCoalescer, NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY);
+    m_moveCoalescer->AddRef();
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapMailFolder::StoreCustomKeywords(nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow, const nsACString& aFlagsToAdd,
+                                      const nsACString& aFlagsToSubtract, nsMsgKey *aKeysToStore, uint32_t aNumKeys, nsIURI **_retval)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  if (WeAreOffline())
+  {
+    GetDatabase();
+    if (mDatabase)
+    {
+      for (uint32_t keyIndex = 0; keyIndex < aNumKeys; keyIndex++)
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation> op;
+        rv = mDatabase->GetOfflineOpForKey(aKeysToStore[keyIndex], true, getter_AddRefs(op));
+        SetFlag(nsMsgFolderFlags::OfflineEvents);
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && op)
+        {
+          if (!aFlagsToAdd.IsEmpty())
+            op->AddKeywordToAdd(PromiseFlatCString(aFlagsToAdd).get());
+          if (!aFlagsToSubtract.IsEmpty())
+            op->AddKeywordToRemove(PromiseFlatCString(aFlagsToSubtract).get());
+        }
+      }
+      mDatabase->Commit(nsMsgDBCommitType::kLargeCommit); // flush offline ops
+      return rv;
+    }
+  }
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapService> imapService(do_GetService(NS_IMAPSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  nsAutoCString msgIds;
+  AllocateUidStringFromKeys(aKeysToStore, aNumKeys, msgIds);
+  return imapService->StoreCustomKeywords(this, aMsgWindow, aFlagsToAdd,
+                                          aFlagsToSubtract, msgIds, _retval);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::NotifyIfNewMail()
+{
+  return PerformBiffNotifications();
+}
+
+bool nsImapMailFolder::ShowPreviewText()
+{
+  bool showPreviewText = false;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefBranch(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID));
+  if (prefBranch)
+    prefBranch->GetBoolPref("mail.biff.alert.show_preview", &showPreviewText);
+  return showPreviewText;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsImapMailFolder::PlaybackCoalescedOperations()
+{
+  if (m_moveCoalescer)
+  {
+    nsTArray<nsMsgKey> *junkKeysToClassify = m_moveCoalescer->GetKeyBucket(0);
+    if (junkKeysToClassify && !junkKeysToClassify->IsEmpty())
+      StoreCustomKeywords(m_moveCoalescer->GetMsgWindow(), NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("Junk"), EmptyCString(), junkKeysToClassify->Elements(), junkKeysToClassify->Length(), nullptr);
+    junkKeysToClassify->Clear();
+    nsTArray<nsMsgKey> *nonJunkKeysToClassify = m_moveCoalescer->GetKeyBucket(1);
+    if (nonJunkKeysToClassify && !nonJunkKeysToClassify->IsEmpty())
+      StoreCustomKeywords(m_moveCoalescer->GetMsgWindow(), NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("NonJunk"), EmptyCString(), nonJunkKeysToClassify->Elements(), nonJunkKeysToClassify->Length(), nullptr);
+    nonJunkKeysToClassify->Clear();
+    return m_moveCoalescer->PlaybackMoves(ShowPreviewText());
+  }
+  return NS_OK; // must not be any coalesced operations
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapMailFolder::SetJunkScoreForMessages(nsIArray *aMessages, const nsACString& aJunkScore)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(aMessages);
+
+  nsresult rv = nsMsgDBFolder::SetJunkScoreForMessages(aMessages, aJunkScore);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    nsAutoCString messageIds;
+    nsTArray<nsMsgKey> keys;
+    nsresult rv = BuildIdsAndKeyArray(aMessages, messageIds, keys);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    StoreCustomKeywords(nullptr, aJunkScore.Equals("0") ? NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("NonJunk") : NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("Junk"), EmptyCString(), keys.Elements(),
+      keys.Length(), nullptr);
+    if (mDatabase)
+      mDatabase->Commit(nsMsgDBCommitType::kLargeCommit);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapMailFolder::OnMessageClassified(const char * aMsgURI,
+  nsMsgJunkStatus aClassification,
+  uint32_t aJunkPercent)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+  nsresult rv = GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  if (aMsgURI) // not end of batch
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+    rv = GetMsgDBHdrFromURI(aMsgURI, getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    nsMsgKey msgKey;
+    rv = msgHdr->GetMessageKey(&msgKey);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    // check if this message needs junk classification
+
+    uint32_t processingFlags;
+    GetProcessingFlags(msgKey, &processingFlags);
+
+    if (processingFlags & nsMsgProcessingFlags::ClassifyJunk)
+    {
+      nsMsgDBFolder::OnMessageClassified(aMsgURI, aClassification, aJunkPercent);
+
+      GetMoveCoalescer();
+      if (m_moveCoalescer)
+      {
+        nsTArray<nsMsgKey> *keysToClassify = m_moveCoalescer->GetKeyBucket((aClassification == nsIJunkMailPlugin::JUNK) ? 0 : 1);
+        NS_ASSERTION(keysToClassify, "error getting key bucket");
+        if (keysToClassify)
+          keysToClassify->AppendElement(msgKey);
+      }
+      if (aClassification == nsIJunkMailPlugin::JUNK)
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsISpamSettings> spamSettings;
+        rv = server->GetSpamSettings(getter_AddRefs(spamSettings));
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+        bool markAsReadOnSpam;
+        (void)spamSettings->GetMarkAsReadOnSpam(&markAsReadOnSpam);
+        if (markAsReadOnSpam)
+        {
+          if (!m_junkMessagesToMarkAsRead)
+          {
+            m_junkMessagesToMarkAsRead = do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+            NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+          }
+          m_junkMessagesToMarkAsRead->AppendElement(msgHdr, false);
+        }
+
+        bool willMoveMessage = false;
+
+        // don't do the move when we are opening up
+        // the junk mail folder or the trash folder
+        // or when manually classifying messages in those folders
+        if (!(mFlags & nsMsgFolderFlags::Junk || mFlags & nsMsgFolderFlags::Trash))
+        {
+          bool moveOnSpam;
+          (void)spamSettings->GetMoveOnSpam(&moveOnSpam);
+          if (moveOnSpam)
+          {
+            nsCString spamFolderURI;
+            rv = spamSettings->GetSpamFolderURI(getter_Copies(spamFolderURI));
+            NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+            if (!spamFolderURI.IsEmpty())
+            {
+              rv = GetExistingFolder(spamFolderURI, getter_AddRefs(mSpamFolder));
+              if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && mSpamFolder)
+              {
+                rv = mSpamFolder->SetFlag(nsMsgFolderFlags::Junk);
+                NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+                mSpamKeysToMove.AppendElement(msgKey);
+                willMoveMessage = true;
+              }
+              else
+              {
+                // XXX TODO
+                // JUNK MAIL RELATED
+                // the listener should do
+                // rv = folder->SetFlag(nsMsgFolderFlags::Junk);
+                // NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+                // if (NS_SUCCEEDED(GetMoveCoalescer())) {
+                //   m_moveCoalescer->AddMove(folder, msgKey);
+                //   willMoveMessage = true;
+                // }
+                rv = GetOrCreateFolder(spamFolderURI, nullptr /* aListener */);
+                NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "GetOrCreateFolder failed");
+              }
+            }
+          }
+        }
+        rv = spamSettings->LogJunkHit(msgHdr, willMoveMessage);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  else // end of batch
+  {
+    // Parent will apply post bayes filters.
+    nsMsgDBFolder::OnMessageClassified(nullptr, nsIJunkMailPlugin::UNCLASSIFIED, 0);
+
+    if (m_junkMessagesToMarkAsRead)
+    {
+      uint32_t count;
+      m_junkMessagesToMarkAsRead->GetLength(&count);
+      if (count > 0)
+      {
+        rv = MarkMessagesRead(m_junkMessagesToMarkAsRead, true);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+        m_junkMessagesToMarkAsRead->Clear();
+      }
+    }
+    if (!mSpamKeysToMove.IsEmpty())
+    {
+      GetMoveCoalescer();
+      for (uint32_t keyIndex = 0; keyIndex < mSpamKeysToMove.Length(); keyIndex++)
+      {
+        // If an upstream filter moved this message, don't move it here.
+        nsMsgKey msgKey = mSpamKeysToMove.ElementAt(keyIndex);
+        nsMsgProcessingFlagType processingFlags;
+        GetProcessingFlags(msgKey, &processingFlags);
+        if (!(processingFlags & nsMsgProcessingFlags::FilterToMove))
+        {
+          if (m_moveCoalescer && mSpamFolder)
+            m_moveCoalescer->AddMove(mSpamFolder, msgKey);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          // We don't need the FilterToMove flag anymore.
+          AndProcessingFlags(msgKey, ~nsMsgProcessingFlags::FilterToMove);
+        }
+      }
+      mSpamKeysToMove.Clear();
+    }
+
+    // Let's not hold onto the spam folder reference longer than necessary.
+    mSpamFolder = nullptr;
+
+    bool pendingMoves = m_moveCoalescer && m_moveCoalescer->HasPendingMoves();
+    PlaybackCoalescedOperations();
+    // If we are performing biff for this folder, tell the server object
+    if ((!pendingMoves || !ShowPreviewText()) && m_performingBiff)
+    {
+      // we don't need to adjust the num new messages in this folder because
+      // the playback moves code already did that.
+      (void) PerformBiffNotifications();
+      server->SetPerformingBiff(false);
+      m_performingBiff = false;
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapMailFolder::GetShouldDownloadAllHeaders(bool *aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+  *aResult = false;
+  //for just the inbox, we check if the filter list has arbitary headers.
+  //for all folders, check if we have a spam plugin that requires all headers
+  if (mFlags & nsMsgFolderFlags::Inbox)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFilterList> filterList;
+    nsresult rv = GetFilterList(nullptr, getter_AddRefs(filterList));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+    rv = filterList->GetShouldDownloadAllHeaders(aResult);
+    if (*aResult)
+      return rv;
+  }
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFilterPlugin> filterPlugin;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server))))
+    server->GetSpamFilterPlugin(getter_AddRefs(filterPlugin));
+
+  return (filterPlugin) ? filterPlugin->GetShouldDownloadAllHeaders(aResult) : NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+void nsImapMailFolder::GetTrashFolderName(nsAString &aFolderName)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapIncomingServer> imapServer;
+  nsresult rv;
+  rv = GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return;
+  imapServer = do_QueryInterface(server, &rv);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return;
+  imapServer->GetTrashFolderName(aFolderName);
+  return;
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::FetchMsgPreviewText(nsMsgKey *aKeysToFetch, uint32_t aNumKeys,
+                                                 bool aLocalOnly, nsIUrlListener *aUrlListener,
+                                                 bool *aAsyncResults)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aKeysToFetch);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aAsyncResults);
+
+  nsTArray<nsMsgKey> keysToFetchFromServer;
+
+  *aAsyncResults = false;
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapService> imapService = do_GetService(NS_IMAPSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgMessageService> msgService = do_QueryInterface(imapService, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < aNumKeys; i++)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+    nsCString prevBody;
+    rv = GetMessageHeader(aKeysToFetch[i], getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    // ignore messages that already have a preview body.
+    msgHdr->GetStringProperty("preview", getter_Copies(prevBody));
+    if (!prevBody.IsEmpty())
+      continue;
+
+    /* check if message is in memory cache or offline store. */
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIURI> url;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIInputStream> inputStream;
+    nsCString messageUri;
+    rv = GetUriForMsg(msgHdr, messageUri);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+    rv = msgService->GetUrlForUri(messageUri.get(), getter_AddRefs(url), nullptr);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+    // Lets look in the offline store.
+    uint32_t msgFlags;
+    msgHdr->GetFlags(&msgFlags);
+    nsMsgKey msgKey;
+    msgHdr->GetMessageKey(&msgKey);
+    if (msgFlags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Offline)
+    {
+      int64_t messageOffset;
+      uint32_t messageSize;
+      GetOfflineFileStream(msgKey, &messageOffset, &messageSize, getter_AddRefs(inputStream));
+      if (inputStream)
+        rv = GetMsgPreviewTextFromStream(msgHdr, inputStream);
+    }
+    else if (!aLocalOnly) {
+      keysToFetchFromServer.AppendElement(msgKey);
+    }
+  }
+  if (!keysToFetchFromServer.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    uint32_t msgCount = keysToFetchFromServer.Length();
+    nsAutoCString messageIds;
+    AllocateImapUidString(keysToFetchFromServer.Elements(), msgCount,
+                         nullptr, messageIds);
+    rv = imapService->GetBodyStart(this, aUrlListener,
+                                   messageIds, 2048, nullptr);
+    *aAsyncResults = true; // the preview text will be available async...
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::AddKeywordsToMessages(nsIArray *aMessages, const nsACString& aKeywords)
+{
+  nsresult rv = nsMsgDBFolder::AddKeywordsToMessages(aMessages, aKeywords);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    nsAutoCString messageIds;
+    nsTArray<nsMsgKey> keys;
+    rv = BuildIdsAndKeyArray(aMessages, messageIds, keys);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    rv = StoreCustomKeywords(nullptr, aKeywords, EmptyCString(), keys.Elements(), keys.Length(), nullptr);
+    if (mDatabase)
+      mDatabase->Commit(nsMsgDBCommitType::kLargeCommit);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::RemoveKeywordsFromMessages(nsIArray *aMessages, const nsACString& aKeywords)
+{
+  nsresult rv = nsMsgDBFolder::RemoveKeywordsFromMessages(aMessages, aKeywords);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    nsAutoCString messageIds;
+    nsTArray<nsMsgKey> keys;
+    nsresult rv = BuildIdsAndKeyArray(aMessages, messageIds, keys);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    rv = StoreCustomKeywords(nullptr, EmptyCString(), aKeywords, keys.Elements(), keys.Length(), nullptr);
+    if (mDatabase)
+      mDatabase->Commit(nsMsgDBCommitType::kLargeCommit);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::GetCustomIdentity(nsIMsgIdentity **aIdentity)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aIdentity);
+  if (mFlags & nsMsgFolderFlags::ImapOtherUser)
+  {
+    nsresult rv;
+    bool delegateOtherUsersFolders = false;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefBranch(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    prefBranch->GetBoolPref("mail.imap.delegateOtherUsersFolders", &delegateOtherUsersFolders);
+    // if we're automatically delegating other user's folders, we need to
+    // cons up an e-mail address for the other user. We do that by
+    // taking the other user's name and the current user's domain name,
+    // assuming they'll be the same. So, <otherUsersName>@<ourDomain>
+    if (delegateOtherUsersFolders)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server = do_QueryReferent(mServer, &rv);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccountManager> accountManager = do_GetService(NS_MSGACCOUNTMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgIdentity> ourIdentity;
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgIdentity> retIdentity;
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgAccount> account;
+      nsCString foldersUserName;
+      nsCString ourEmailAddress;
+
+      accountManager->FindAccountForServer(server, getter_AddRefs(account));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      account->GetDefaultIdentity(getter_AddRefs(ourIdentity));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      ourIdentity->GetEmail(ourEmailAddress);
+      int32_t atPos = ourEmailAddress.FindChar('@');
+      if (atPos != kNotFound)
+      {
+        nsCString otherUsersEmailAddress;
+        GetFolderOwnerUserName(otherUsersEmailAddress);
+        otherUsersEmailAddress.Append(Substring(ourEmailAddress, atPos, ourEmailAddress.Length()));
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIArray> identities;
+        rv = accountManager->GetIdentitiesForServer(server, getter_AddRefs(identities));
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+        uint32_t numIdentities;
+        rv = identities->GetLength(&numIdentities);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+        for (uint32_t identityIndex = 0; identityIndex < numIdentities; identityIndex++)
+        {
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIdentity> identity = do_QueryElementAt(identities, identityIndex);
+          if (!identity)
+            continue;
+          nsCString identityEmail;
+          identity->GetEmail(identityEmail);
+          if (identityEmail.Equals(otherUsersEmailAddress))
+          {
+            retIdentity = identity;;
+            break;
+          }
+        }
+        if (!retIdentity)
+        {
+          // create the identity
+          rv = accountManager->CreateIdentity(getter_AddRefs(retIdentity));
+          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+          retIdentity->SetEmail(otherUsersEmailAddress);
+          nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgAccount> account;
+          accountManager->FindAccountForServer(server, getter_AddRefs(account));
+          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+          account->AddIdentity(retIdentity);
+        }
+      }
+      if (retIdentity)
+      {
+        retIdentity.swap(*aIdentity);
+        return NS_OK;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return nsMsgDBFolder::GetCustomIdentity(aIdentity);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::ChangePendingTotal(int32_t aDelta)
+{
+  ChangeNumPendingTotalMessages(aDelta);
+  if (aDelta > 0)
+    NotifyHasPendingMsgs();
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+void nsImapMailFolder::NotifyHasPendingMsgs()
+{
+  InitAutoSyncState();
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAutoSyncManager> autoSyncMgr = do_GetService(NS_AUTOSYNCMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) 
+    autoSyncMgr->OnFolderHasPendingMsgs(m_autoSyncStateObj);
+}
+
+/* void changePendingUnread (in long aDelta); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::ChangePendingUnread(int32_t aDelta)
+{
+  ChangeNumPendingUnread(aDelta);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::GetServerRecent(int32_t *aServerRecent)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aServerRecent);
+  *aServerRecent = m_numServerRecentMessages;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::GetServerTotal(int32_t *aServerTotal)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aServerTotal);
+  *aServerTotal = m_numServerTotalMessages;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::GetServerUnseen(int32_t *aServerUnseen)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aServerUnseen);
+  *aServerUnseen = m_numServerUnseenMessages;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::GetServerNextUID(int32_t *aNextUID)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aNextUID);
+  *aNextUID = m_nextUID;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::GetAutoSyncStateObj(nsIAutoSyncState **autoSyncStateObj)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(autoSyncStateObj);
+
+  // create auto-sync state object lazily
+  InitAutoSyncState();
+
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*autoSyncStateObj = m_autoSyncStateObj);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::InitiateAutoSync(nsIUrlListener *aUrlListener)
+{
+  nsCString folderName;
+  GetURI(folderName);
+  MOZ_LOG(gAutoSyncLog, mozilla::LogLevel::Debug, ("Updating folder: %s\n", folderName.get()));
+
+  // HACK: if UpdateFolder finds out that it can't open 
+  // the folder, it doesn't set the url listener and returns 
+  // no error. In this case, we return success from this call 
+  // but the caller never gets a notification on its url listener.
+  bool canOpenThisFolder = true;
+  GetCanOpenFolder(&canOpenThisFolder);
+  
+  if (!canOpenThisFolder)
+  {
+    MOZ_LOG(gAutoSyncLog, mozilla::LogLevel::Debug, ("Cannot update folder: %s\n", folderName.get()));
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+
+  // create auto-sync state object lazily
+  InitAutoSyncState();
+
+  // make sure we get the counts from the folder cache.
+  ReadDBFolderInfo(false);
+
+  nsresult rv = m_autoSyncStateObj->ManageStorageSpace();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  int32_t syncState;
+  m_autoSyncStateObj->GetState(&syncState);
+  if (syncState == nsAutoSyncState::stUpdateNeeded)
+    return m_autoSyncStateObj->UpdateFolder();
+
+  // We only want to init the autosyncStateObj server counts the first time
+  // we update, and update it when the STATUS call finishes. This deals with
+  // the case where biff is doing a STATUS on a non-inbox folder, which
+  // can make autosync think the counts aren't changing.
+  PRTime lastUpdateTime;
+  m_autoSyncStateObj->GetLastUpdateTime(&lastUpdateTime);
+  if (!lastUpdateTime)
+    m_autoSyncStateObj->SetServerCounts(m_numServerTotalMessages,
+                                        m_numServerRecentMessages,
+                                        m_numServerUnseenMessages,
+                                        m_nextUID);
+  // Issue a STATUS command and see if any counts changed.
+  m_autoSyncStateObj->SetState(nsAutoSyncState::stStatusIssued);
+  // The OnStopRunningUrl method of the autosync state obj
+  // will check if the counts or next uid have changed,
+  // and if so, will issue an UpdateFolder().
+  rv = UpdateStatus(m_autoSyncStateObj, nullptr);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  
+  // record the last update time
+  m_autoSyncStateObj->SetLastUpdateTime(PR_Now());
+  
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsImapMailFolder::CreatePlaybackTimer()
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  if (!m_playbackTimer)
+  {
+    m_playbackTimer = do_CreateInstance(NS_TIMER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv),"failed to create pseudo-offline operation timer in nsImapMailFolder");
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+void nsImapMailFolder::PlaybackTimerCallback(nsITimer *aTimer, void *aClosure)
+{
+  nsPlaybackRequest *request = static_cast<nsPlaybackRequest*>(aClosure);
+  
+  NS_ASSERTION(request->SrcFolder->m_pendingPlaybackReq == request, "wrong playback request pointer");
+  
+  RefPtr<nsImapOfflineSync> offlineSync = new nsImapOfflineSync(request->MsgWindow, nullptr, request->SrcFolder, true);
+  if (offlineSync)
+  {
+    mozilla::DebugOnly<nsresult> rv = offlineSync->ProcessNextOperation();
+    NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "pseudo-offline playback is not successful");
+  }
+  
+  // release request struct
+  request->SrcFolder->m_pendingPlaybackReq = nullptr;
+  delete request;
+}
+
+void nsImapMailFolder::InitAutoSyncState()
+{
+  if (!m_autoSyncStateObj)
+    m_autoSyncStateObj = new nsAutoSyncState(this);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::HasMsgOffline(nsMsgKey msgKey, bool *_retval)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(_retval);
+  *_retval = false;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> msgFolder;
+  nsresult rv = GetOfflineMsgFolder(msgKey, getter_AddRefs(msgFolder));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && msgFolder)
+    *_retval = true;
+  return NS_OK;
+
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::GetOfflineMsgFolder(nsMsgKey msgKey, nsIMsgFolder **aMsgFolder)
+{
+  // Check if we have the message in the current folder.
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMsgFolder);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> subMsgFolder;
+  nsresult rv = GetDatabase();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> hdr;
+  rv = mDatabase->GetMsgHdrForKey(msgKey, getter_AddRefs(hdr));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  if (hdr)
+  {
+    uint32_t msgFlags = 0;
+    hdr->GetFlags(&msgFlags);
+    // Check if we already have this message body offline
+    if ((msgFlags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Offline))
+    {
+      NS_IF_ADDREF(*aMsgFolder = this);
+      return NS_OK;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (!*aMsgFolder)
+  {
+    // Checking the existence of message in other folders in case of GMail Server
+    bool isGMail;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIImapIncomingServer> imapServer;
+    rv = GetImapIncomingServer(getter_AddRefs(imapServer));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    rv = imapServer->GetIsGMailServer(&isGMail);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    if (isGMail)
+    {
+      nsCString labels;
+      nsTArray<nsCString> labelNames;
+      hdr->GetStringProperty("X-GM-LABELS", getter_Copies(labels));
+      ParseString(labels, ' ', labelNames);
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> rootFolder;
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgImapMailFolder> subFolder;
+      for (uint32_t i = 0; i < labelNames.Length(); i++)
+      {
+        rv = GetRootFolder(getter_AddRefs(rootFolder));
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && (rootFolder))
+        {
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgImapMailFolder> imapRootFolder = do_QueryInterface(rootFolder);
+          if (labelNames[i].Equals("\"\\\\Draft\""))
+             rv = rootFolder->GetFolderWithFlags(nsMsgFolderFlags::Drafts,
+                                                 getter_AddRefs(subMsgFolder));
+          if (labelNames[i].Equals("\"\\\\Inbox\""))
+             rv = rootFolder->GetFolderWithFlags(nsMsgFolderFlags::Inbox,
+                                                 getter_AddRefs(subMsgFolder));
+          if (labelNames[i].Equals("\"\\\\All Mail\""))
+             rv = rootFolder->GetFolderWithFlags(nsMsgFolderFlags::Archive,
+                                                 getter_AddRefs(subMsgFolder));
+          if (labelNames[i].Equals("\"\\\\Trash\""))
+             rv = rootFolder->GetFolderWithFlags(nsMsgFolderFlags::Trash,
+                                                 getter_AddRefs(subMsgFolder));
+          if (labelNames[i].Equals("\"\\\\Spam\""))
+             rv = rootFolder->GetFolderWithFlags(nsMsgFolderFlags::Junk,
+                                                 getter_AddRefs(subMsgFolder));
+          if (labelNames[i].Equals("\"\\\\Sent\""))
+             rv = rootFolder->GetFolderWithFlags(nsMsgFolderFlags::SentMail,
+                                                 getter_AddRefs(subMsgFolder));
+          if (labelNames[i].Find("[Imap]/", CaseInsensitiveCompare) != kNotFound)
+          {
+            MsgReplaceSubstring(labelNames[i], "[Imap]/", "");
+            imapRootFolder->FindOnlineSubFolder(labelNames[i], getter_AddRefs(subFolder));
+            subMsgFolder = do_QueryInterface(subFolder);
+          }
+          if (!subMsgFolder)
+          {
+            imapRootFolder->FindOnlineSubFolder(labelNames[i], getter_AddRefs(subFolder));
+            subMsgFolder = do_QueryInterface(subFolder);
+          }
+          if (subMsgFolder)
+          {
+            nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> db;
+            subMsgFolder->GetMsgDatabase(getter_AddRefs(db));
+            if (db)
+            {
+              nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> retHdr;
+              nsCString gmMsgID;
+              hdr->GetStringProperty("X-GM-MSGID", getter_Copies(gmMsgID));
+              rv = db->GetMsgHdrForGMMsgID(gmMsgID.get(), getter_AddRefs(retHdr));
+              if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+                return rv;
+              if (retHdr)
+              {
+                uint32_t gmFlags = 0;
+                retHdr->GetFlags(&gmFlags);
+                if ((gmFlags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Offline))
+                {
+                  subMsgFolder.forget(aMsgFolder);
+                  // Focus on first positive result.
+                  return NS_OK;
+                }
+              }
+            }
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::GetOfflineFileStream(nsMsgKey msgKey, int64_t *offset, uint32_t *size, nsIInputStream **aFileStream)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(aFileStream);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> offlineFolder;
+  nsresult rv = GetOfflineMsgFolder(msgKey, getter_AddRefs(offlineFolder));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  if(!offlineFolder)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  rv = GetDatabase();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  if (offlineFolder == this)
+    return nsMsgDBFolder::GetOfflineFileStream(msgKey, offset, size, aFileStream);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> hdr;
+  rv = mDatabase->GetMsgHdrForKey(msgKey, getter_AddRefs(hdr));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+  if (hdr)
+  {
+    nsCString gmMsgID;
+    hdr->GetStringProperty("X-GM-MSGID", getter_Copies(gmMsgID));
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> db;
+    offlineFolder->GetMsgDatabase(getter_AddRefs(db));
+    rv = db->GetMsgHdrForGMMsgID(gmMsgID.get(), getter_AddRefs(hdr));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      return rv;
+    nsMsgKey newMsgKey;
+    hdr->GetMessageKey(&newMsgKey);
+    return offlineFolder->GetOfflineFileStream(newMsgKey, offset, size, aFileStream);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailFolder::GetIncomingServerType(nsACString& serverType)
+{
+  serverType.AssignLiteral("imap");
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+void nsImapMailFolder::DeleteStoreMessages(nsIArray* aMessages)
+{
+  // Delete messages for pluggable stores that do not support compaction.
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgPluggableStore> offlineStore;
+  (void) GetMsgStore(getter_AddRefs(offlineStore));
+
+  if (offlineStore)
+  {
+    bool supportsCompaction;
+    offlineStore->GetSupportsCompaction(&supportsCompaction);
+    if (!supportsCompaction)
+      offlineStore->DeleteMessages(aMessages);
+  }
+}
+
+void nsImapMailFolder::DeleteStoreMessages(nsTArray<nsMsgKey> &aMessages)
+{
+  DeleteStoreMessages(aMessages, this);
+}
+
+void nsImapMailFolder::DeleteStoreMessages(nsTArray<nsMsgKey> &aMessages,
+                                           nsIMsgFolder* aFolder)
+{
+  // Delete messages for pluggable stores that do not support compaction.
+  NS_ASSERTION(aFolder, "Missing Source Folder");
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgPluggableStore> offlineStore;
+  (void) aFolder->GetMsgStore(getter_AddRefs(offlineStore));
+  if (offlineStore)
+  {
+    bool supportsCompaction;
+    offlineStore->GetSupportsCompaction(&supportsCompaction);
+    if (!supportsCompaction)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> db;
+      aFolder->GetMsgDatabase(getter_AddRefs(db));
+      nsresult rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> messages(do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID));
+      if (db)
+        rv = MsgGetHeadersFromKeys(db, aMessages, messages);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        offlineStore->DeleteMessages(messages);
+      else
+        NS_WARNING("Failed to get database");
+    }
+  }
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/imap/src/nsImapMailFolder.h b/mailnews/imap/src/nsImapMailFolder.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b2a9430b3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/imap/src/nsImapMailFolder.h
@@ -0,0 +1,550 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+#ifndef nsImapMailFolder_h__
+#define nsImapMailFolder_h__
+
+#include "mozilla/Attributes.h"
+#include "nsImapCore.h"
+#include "nsMsgDBFolder.h"
+#include "nsIImapMailFolderSink.h"
+#include "nsIImapMessageSink.h"
+#include "nsICopyMessageListener.h"
+#include "nsIImapService.h"
+#include "nsIUrlListener.h"
+#include "nsAutoPtr.h"
+#include "nsIImapIncomingServer.h" // we need this for its IID
+#include "nsIMsgParseMailMsgState.h"
+#include "nsITransactionManager.h"
+#include "nsImapUndoTxn.h"
+#include "nsIMsgMessageService.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFilterHitNotify.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFilterList.h"
+#include "prmon.h"
+#include "nsIMsgImapMailFolder.h"
+#include "nsIMsgLocalMailFolder.h"
+#include "nsIMsgThread.h"
+#include "nsIImapMailFolderSink.h"
+#include "nsIImapServerSink.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFilterPlugin.h"
+#include "nsIThread.h"
+#include "nsDataHashtable.h"
+#include "nsIMutableArray.h"
+#include "nsITimer.h"
+#include "nsCOMArray.h"
+#include "nsAutoSyncState.h"
+#include "nsIRequestObserver.h"
+
+class nsImapMoveCoalescer;
+class nsIMsgIdentity;
+class nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation;
+
+#define COPY_BUFFER_SIZE 16384
+
+#define NS_IMAPMAILCOPYSTATE_IID \
+{ 0xb64534f0, 0x3d53, 0x11d3, \
+    { 0xac, 0x2a, 0x00, 0x80, 0x5f, 0x8a, 0xc9, 0x68 } }
+
+class nsImapMailCopyState: public nsISupports
+{
+public:
+    NS_DECLARE_STATIC_IID_ACCESSOR(NS_IMAPMAILCOPYSTATE_IID)
+
+    NS_DECL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS
+
+    nsImapMailCopyState();
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> m_srcSupport; // source file spec or folder
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIArray> m_messages; // array of source messages
+    RefPtr<nsImapMoveCopyMsgTxn> m_undoMsgTxn; // undo object with this copy operation
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> m_message; // current message to be copied
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgCopyServiceListener> m_listener; // listener of this copy
+                                                    // operation
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> m_tmpFile; // temp file spec for copy operation
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgWindow> m_msgWindow; // msg window for copy operation
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMessageService> m_msgService; // source folder message service; can
+                                        // be Nntp, Mailbox, or Imap
+    bool m_isMove;             // is a move
+    bool m_selectedState;      // needs to be in selected state; append msg
+    bool m_isCrossServerOp; // are we copying between imap servers?
+    uint32_t m_curIndex; // message index to the message array which we are
+                         // copying
+    uint32_t m_totalCount;// total count of messages we have to do
+    uint32_t m_unreadCount; // num unread messages we're moving
+    bool m_streamCopy;
+    char *m_dataBuffer; // temporary buffer for this copy operation
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIOutputStream> m_msgFileStream;         // temporary file (processed mail)
+    uint32_t m_dataBufferSize;
+    uint32_t m_leftOver;
+    bool m_allowUndo;
+    bool m_eatLF;
+    uint32_t m_newMsgFlags; // only used if there's no m_message
+    nsCString m_newMsgKeywords; // ditto 
+    // If the server supports UIDPLUS, this is the UID for the append,
+    // if we're doing an append.
+    nsMsgKey m_appendUID;
+
+private:
+    virtual ~nsImapMailCopyState();
+};
+
+NS_DEFINE_STATIC_IID_ACCESSOR(nsImapMailCopyState, NS_IMAPMAILCOPYSTATE_IID)
+
+// ACLs for this folder.
+// Generally, we will try to always query this class when performing
+// an operation on the folder.
+// If the server doesn't support ACLs, none of this data will be filled in.
+// Therefore, we can assume that if we look up ourselves and don't find
+// any info (and also look up "anyone") then we have full rights, that is, ACLs don't exist.
+class nsImapMailFolder;
+
+#define IMAP_ACL_READ_FLAG 0x0000001 /* SELECT, CHECK, FETCH, PARTIAL, SEARCH, COPY from folder */
+#define IMAP_ACL_STORE_SEEN_FLAG 0x0000002 /* STORE SEEN flag */
+#define IMAP_ACL_WRITE_FLAG 0x0000004 /* STORE flags other than SEEN and DELETED */
+#define IMAP_ACL_INSERT_FLAG 0x0000008 /* APPEND, COPY into folder */
+#define IMAP_ACL_POST_FLAG 0x0000010 /* Can I send mail to the submission address for folder? */
+#define IMAP_ACL_CREATE_SUBFOLDER_FLAG 0x0000020 /* Can I CREATE a subfolder of this folder? */
+#define IMAP_ACL_DELETE_FLAG 0x0000040 /* STORE DELETED flag */
+#define IMAP_ACL_ADMINISTER_FLAG 0x0000080 /* perform SETACL */
+#define IMAP_ACL_RETRIEVED_FLAG 0x0000100 /* ACL info for this folder has been initialized */
+#define IMAP_ACL_EXPUNGE_FLAG 0x0000200 // can EXPUNGE or do implicit EXPUNGE on CLOSE
+#define IMAP_ACL_DELETE_FOLDER 0x0000400 // can DELETE/RENAME folder
+
+class nsMsgIMAPFolderACL
+{
+public:
+  nsMsgIMAPFolderACL(nsImapMailFolder *folder);
+  ~nsMsgIMAPFolderACL();
+
+  bool SetFolderRightsForUser(const nsACString& userName, const nsACString& rights);
+
+public:
+
+  // generic for any user, although we might not use them in
+  // DO NOT use these for looking up information about the currently authenticated user.
+  // (There are some different checks and defaults we do).
+  // Instead, use the functions below, GetICan....()
+  bool GetCanUserLookupFolder(const nsACString& userName);      // Is folder visible to LIST/LSUB?
+  bool GetCanUserReadFolder(const nsACString& userName);        // SELECT, CHECK, FETCH, PARTIAL, SEARCH, COPY from folder?
+  bool GetCanUserStoreSeenInFolder(const nsACString& userName); // STORE SEEN flag?
+  bool GetCanUserWriteFolder(const nsACString& userName);       // STORE flags other than SEEN and DELETED?
+  bool GetCanUserInsertInFolder(const nsACString& userName);    // APPEND, COPY into folder?
+  bool GetCanUserPostToFolder(const nsACString& userName);      // Can I send mail to the submission address for folder?
+  bool GetCanUserCreateSubfolder(const nsACString& userName);   // Can I CREATE a subfolder of this folder?
+  bool GetCanUserDeleteInFolder(const nsACString& userName);    // STORE DELETED flag, perform EXPUNGE?
+  bool GetCanUserAdministerFolder(const nsACString& userName);  // perform SETACL?
+
+  // Functions to find out rights for the currently authenticated user.
+
+  bool GetCanILookupFolder();      // Is folder visible to LIST/LSUB?
+  bool GetCanIReadFolder();        // SELECT, CHECK, FETCH, PARTIAL, SEARCH, COPY from folder?
+  bool GetCanIStoreSeenInFolder(); // STORE SEEN flag?
+  bool GetCanIWriteFolder();       // STORE flags other than SEEN and DELETED?
+  bool GetCanIInsertInFolder();    // APPEND, COPY into folder?
+  bool GetCanIPostToFolder();      // Can I send mail to the submission address for folder?
+  bool GetCanICreateSubfolder();   // Can I CREATE a subfolder of this folder?
+  bool GetCanIDeleteInFolder();    // STORE DELETED flag?
+  bool GetCanIAdministerFolder();  // perform SETACL?
+  bool GetCanIExpungeFolder();     // perform EXPUNGE?
+
+  bool GetDoIHaveFullRightsForFolder(); // Returns TRUE if I have full rights on this folder (all of the above return TRUE)
+
+  bool GetIsFolderShared(); // We use this to see if the ACLs think a folder is shared or not.
+  // We will define "Shared" in 5.0 to mean:
+  // At least one user other than the currently authenticated user has at least one
+  // explicitly-listed ACL right on that folder.
+
+  // Returns a newly allocated string describing these rights
+  nsresult CreateACLRightsString(nsAString& rightsString);
+
+  nsresult GetRightsStringForUser(const nsACString& userName, nsCString &rights);
+
+  nsresult GetOtherUsers(nsIUTF8StringEnumerator** aResult);
+
+protected:
+  bool GetFlagSetInRightsForUser(const nsACString& userName, char flag, bool defaultIfNotFound);
+  void BuildInitialACLFromCache();
+  void UpdateACLCache();
+
+protected:
+  nsDataHashtable <nsCStringHashKey, nsCString> m_rightsHash; // Hash table, mapping username strings to rights strings.
+  nsImapMailFolder *m_folder;
+  int32_t        m_aclCount;
+
+};
+
+/**
+ * Encapsulates parameters required to playback offline ops
+ * on given folder.
+ */
+struct nsPlaybackRequest
+{
+  explicit nsPlaybackRequest(nsImapMailFolder *srcFolder, nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow)
+    : SrcFolder(srcFolder), MsgWindow(msgWindow)
+  {
+  }
+  nsImapMailFolder *SrcFolder;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgWindow> MsgWindow;
+};
+
+class nsImapMailFolder :  public nsMsgDBFolder,
+                          public nsIMsgImapMailFolder,
+                          public nsIImapMailFolderSink,
+                          public nsIImapMessageSink,
+                          public nsICopyMessageListener,
+                          public nsIMsgFilterHitNotify
+{
+ static const uint32_t PLAYBACK_TIMER_INTERVAL_IN_MS = 500; 
+public:
+  nsImapMailFolder();
+
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED
+
+  // nsIMsgFolder methods:
+  NS_IMETHOD GetSubFolders(nsISimpleEnumerator **aResult) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD GetMessages(nsISimpleEnumerator* *result) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD UpdateFolder(nsIMsgWindow *aWindow) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD CreateSubfolder(const nsAString& folderName,nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow ) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD AddSubfolder(const nsAString& aName, nsIMsgFolder** aChild) override;
+  NS_IMETHODIMP CreateStorageIfMissing(nsIUrlListener* urlListener) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD Compact(nsIUrlListener *aListener, nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD CompactAll(nsIUrlListener *aListener, nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow,
+                        bool aCompactOfflineAlso) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD EmptyTrash(nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow, nsIUrlListener *aListener) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD CopyDataToOutputStreamForAppend(nsIInputStream *aIStream,
+                     int32_t aLength, nsIOutputStream *outputStream) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD CopyDataDone() override;
+  NS_IMETHOD Delete () override;
+  NS_IMETHOD Rename (const nsAString& newName, nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD RenameSubFolders(nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow, nsIMsgFolder *oldFolder) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetNoSelect(bool *aResult) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD GetPrettyName(nsAString& prettyName) override; // Override of the base, for top-level mail folder
+
+  NS_IMETHOD GetFolderURL(nsACString& url) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD UpdateSummaryTotals(bool force) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD GetDeletable (bool *deletable) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD GetSizeOnDisk(int64_t *size) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD GetCanCreateSubfolders(bool *aResult) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetCanSubscribe(bool *aResult) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD ApplyRetentionSettings() override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD AddMessageDispositionState(nsIMsgDBHdr *aMessage, nsMsgDispositionState aDispositionFlag) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD MarkMessagesRead(nsIArray *messages, bool markRead) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD MarkAllMessagesRead(nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD MarkMessagesFlagged(nsIArray *messages, bool markFlagged) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD MarkThreadRead(nsIMsgThread *thread) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD SetLabelForMessages(nsIArray *aMessages, nsMsgLabelValue aLabel) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD SetJunkScoreForMessages(nsIArray *aMessages, const nsACString& aJunkScore) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD DeleteSubFolders(nsIArray *folders, nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD ReadFromFolderCacheElem(nsIMsgFolderCacheElement *element) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD WriteToFolderCacheElem(nsIMsgFolderCacheElement *element) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD GetDBFolderInfoAndDB(nsIDBFolderInfo **folderInfo,
+                                  nsIMsgDatabase **db) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD DeleteMessages(nsIArray *messages,
+                            nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow, bool
+                            deleteStorage, bool isMove,
+                            nsIMsgCopyServiceListener* listener, bool allowUndo) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD CopyMessages(nsIMsgFolder *srcFolder,
+                          nsIArray* messages,
+                          bool isMove, nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow,
+                          nsIMsgCopyServiceListener* listener, bool isFolder,
+                          bool allowUndo) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD CopyFolder(nsIMsgFolder *srcFolder, bool isMove, nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow,
+                        nsIMsgCopyServiceListener* listener) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD CopyFileMessage(nsIFile* file,
+                              nsIMsgDBHdr* msgToReplace,
+                              bool isDraftOrTemplate,
+                              uint32_t aNewMsgFlags,
+                              const nsACString &aNewMsgKeywords,
+                              nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow,
+                              nsIMsgCopyServiceListener* listener) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetNewMessages(nsIMsgWindow *aWindow, nsIUrlListener *aListener) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD GetFilePath(nsIFile** aPathName) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD SetFilePath(nsIFile * aPath) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD Shutdown(bool shutdownChildren) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD DownloadMessagesForOffline(nsIArray *messages, nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD DownloadAllForOffline(nsIUrlListener *listener, nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetCanFileMessages(bool *aCanFileMessages) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetCanDeleteMessages(bool *aCanDeleteMessages) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD FetchMsgPreviewText(nsMsgKey *aKeysToFetch, uint32_t aNumKeys,
+                                 bool aLocalOnly, nsIUrlListener *aUrlListener,
+                                 bool *aAsyncResults) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD AddKeywordsToMessages(nsIArray *aMessages, const nsACString& aKeywords) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD RemoveKeywordsFromMessages(nsIArray *aMessages, const nsACString& aKeywords) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD NotifyCompactCompleted() override;
+
+  // overrides nsMsgDBFolder::HasMsgOffline()
+  NS_IMETHOD HasMsgOffline(nsMsgKey msgKey, bool *_retval) override;
+  // overrides nsMsgDBFolder::GetOfflineFileStream()
+  NS_IMETHOD GetOfflineFileStream(nsMsgKey msgKey, int64_t *offset, uint32_t *size, nsIInputStream **aFileStream) override;
+
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGIMAPMAILFOLDER
+  NS_DECL_NSIIMAPMAILFOLDERSINK
+  NS_DECL_NSIIMAPMESSAGESINK
+  NS_DECL_NSICOPYMESSAGELISTENER
+
+  // nsIUrlListener methods
+  NS_IMETHOD OnStartRunningUrl(nsIURI * aUrl) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD OnStopRunningUrl(nsIURI * aUrl, nsresult aExitCode) override;
+
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGFILTERHITNOTIFY
+  NS_DECL_NSIJUNKMAILCLASSIFICATIONLISTENER
+
+  NS_IMETHOD IsCommandEnabled(const nsACString& command, bool *result) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD SetFilterList(nsIMsgFilterList *aMsgFilterList) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetCustomIdentity(nsIMsgIdentity **aIdentity) override;
+
+ /**
+  * This method is used to locate a folder where a msg could be present, not just
+  * the folder where the message first arrives, this method searches for the existence
+  * of msg in all the folders/labels that we retrieve from X-GM-LABELS also.
+  * overrides nsMsgDBFolder::GetOfflineMsgFolder()
+  *  @param msgKey key  of the msg for which we are trying to get the folder;
+  *  @param aMsgFolder  required folder;
+  */
+  NS_IMETHOD GetOfflineMsgFolder(nsMsgKey msgKey, nsIMsgFolder **aMsgFolder) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD GetIncomingServerType(nsACString& serverType) override;
+
+  nsresult AddSubfolderWithPath(nsAString& name, nsIFile *dbPath, nsIMsgFolder **child, bool brandNew = false);
+  nsresult MoveIncorporatedMessage(nsIMsgDBHdr *mailHdr,
+                                  nsIMsgDatabase *sourceDB,
+                                  const nsACString& destFolder,
+                                  nsIMsgFilter *filter,
+                                  nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow);
+
+  // send notification to copy service listener.
+  nsresult OnCopyCompleted(nsISupports *srcSupport, nsresult exitCode);
+
+  static nsresult  AllocateUidStringFromKeys(nsMsgKey *keys, uint32_t numKeys, nsCString &msgIds);
+  static nsresult  BuildIdsAndKeyArray(nsIArray* messages, nsCString& msgIds, nsTArray<nsMsgKey>& keyArray);
+
+  // these might end up as an nsIImapMailFolder attribute.
+  nsresult SetSupportedUserFlags(uint32_t userFlags);
+  nsresult GetSupportedUserFlags(uint32_t *userFlags);
+
+  // Find the start of a range of msgKeys that can hold srcCount headers.
+  nsresult FindOpenRange(nsMsgKey &fakeBase, uint32_t srcCount);
+
+protected:
+  virtual ~nsImapMailFolder();
+  // Helper methods
+
+  virtual nsresult CreateChildFromURI(const nsCString &uri, nsIMsgFolder **folder) override;
+  void FindKeysToAdd(const nsTArray<nsMsgKey> &existingKeys, nsTArray<nsMsgKey>
+    &keysToFetch, uint32_t &numNewUnread, nsIImapFlagAndUidState *flagState);
+  void FindKeysToDelete(const nsTArray<nsMsgKey> &existingKeys, nsTArray<nsMsgKey>
+    &keysToFetch, nsIImapFlagAndUidState *flagState, uint32_t boxFlags);
+  void PrepareToAddHeadersToMailDB(nsIImapProtocol* aProtocol);
+  void TweakHeaderFlags(nsIImapProtocol* aProtocol, nsIMsgDBHdr *tweakMe);
+
+  nsresult SyncFlags(nsIImapFlagAndUidState *flagState);
+  nsresult HandleCustomFlags(nsMsgKey uidOfMessage, nsIMsgDBHdr *dbHdr,
+                             uint16_t userFlags, nsCString& keywords);
+  nsresult NotifyMessageFlagsFromHdr(nsIMsgDBHdr *dbHdr, nsMsgKey msgKey,
+                                     uint32_t flags);
+
+  nsresult SetupHeaderParseStream(uint32_t size, const nsACString& content_type, nsIMailboxSpec *boxSpec);
+  nsresult  ParseAdoptedHeaderLine(const char *messageLine, nsMsgKey msgKey);
+  nsresult  NormalEndHeaderParseStream(nsIImapProtocol *aProtocol, nsIImapUrl *imapUrl);
+
+  void EndOfflineDownload();
+
+  /**
+   * At the end of a file-to-folder copy operation, copy the file to the
+   * offline store and/or add to the message database, (if needed).
+   *
+   * @param srcFile       file containing the message key
+   * @param msgKey        key to use for the new messages
+   */   
+  nsresult CopyFileToOfflineStore(nsIFile *srcFile, nsMsgKey msgKey);
+
+  nsresult MarkMessagesImapDeleted(nsTArray<nsMsgKey> *keyArray, bool deleted, nsIMsgDatabase *db);
+
+  // Notifies imap autosync that it should update this folder when it
+  // gets a chance.
+  void NotifyHasPendingMsgs();
+  void UpdatePendingCounts();
+  void SetIMAPDeletedFlag(nsIMsgDatabase *mailDB, const nsTArray<nsMsgKey> &msgids, bool markDeleted);
+  virtual bool ShowDeletedMessages();
+  virtual bool DeleteIsMoveToTrash();
+  nsresult GetFolder(const nsACString& name, nsIMsgFolder **pFolder);
+  nsresult GetTrashFolder(nsIMsgFolder **pTrashFolder);
+  bool TrashOrDescendentOfTrash(nsIMsgFolder* folder);
+  static bool ShouldCheckAllFolders(nsIImapIncomingServer *imapServer);
+  nsresult GetServerKey(nsACString& serverKey);
+  nsresult DisplayStatusMsg(nsIImapUrl *aImapUrl, const nsAString& msg);
+
+  //nsresult RenameLocal(const char *newName);
+  nsresult AddDirectorySeparator(nsIFile *path);
+  nsresult CreateSubFolders(nsIFile *path);
+  nsresult GetDatabase() override;
+
+  nsresult        GetFolderOwnerUserName(nsACString& userName);
+  nsIMAPNamespace *GetNamespaceForFolder();
+  void            SetNamespaceForFolder(nsIMAPNamespace *ns);
+
+  nsMsgIMAPFolderACL * GetFolderACL();
+  nsresult CreateACLRightsStringForFolder(nsAString& rightsString);
+  nsresult GetBodysToDownload(nsTArray<nsMsgKey> *keysOfMessagesToDownload);
+  // Uber message copy service
+  nsresult CopyMessagesWithStream(nsIMsgFolder* srcFolder,
+                                    nsIArray* messages,
+                                    bool isMove,
+                                    bool isCrossServerOp,
+                                    nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow,
+                                    nsIMsgCopyServiceListener* listener, bool allowUndo);
+  nsresult CopyStreamMessage(nsIMsgDBHdr* message, nsIMsgFolder* dstFolder,
+                            nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow, bool isMove);
+  nsresult InitCopyState(nsISupports* srcSupport,
+                          nsIArray* messages,
+                          bool isMove,
+                          bool selectedState,
+                          bool acrossServers,
+                          uint32_t newMsgFlags,
+                          const nsACString &newMsgKeywords,
+                          nsIMsgCopyServiceListener* listener,
+                          nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow,
+                          bool allowUndo);
+  nsresult GetMoveCoalescer();
+  nsresult PlaybackCoalescedOperations();
+  virtual nsresult CreateBaseMessageURI(const nsACString& aURI) override;
+  // offline-ish methods
+  nsresult GetClearedOriginalOp(nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation *op, nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation **originalOp, nsIMsgDatabase **originalDB);
+  nsresult GetOriginalOp(nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation *op, nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation **originalOp, nsIMsgDatabase **originalDB);
+  nsresult CopyMessagesOffline(nsIMsgFolder* srcFolder,
+                                nsIArray* messages,
+                                bool isMove,
+                                nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow,
+                                nsIMsgCopyServiceListener* listener);
+  void SetPendingAttributes(nsIArray* messages, bool aIsMove);
+
+  nsresult CopyOfflineMsgBody(nsIMsgFolder *srcFolder, nsIMsgDBHdr *destHdr,
+                              nsIMsgDBHdr *origHdr, nsIInputStream *inputStream,
+                              nsIOutputStream *outputStream);
+
+  void GetTrashFolderName(nsAString &aFolderName);
+  bool ShowPreviewText();
+
+  // Pseudo-Offline operation playback timer
+  static void PlaybackTimerCallback(nsITimer *aTimer, void *aClosure);
+
+  nsresult CreatePlaybackTimer();
+
+  // Allocate and initialize associated auto-sync state object.
+  void InitAutoSyncState();
+
+  bool m_initialized;
+  bool m_haveDiscoveredAllFolders;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgParseMailMsgState> m_msgParser;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFilterList> m_filterList;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFilterPlugin> m_filterPlugin;  // XXX should be a list
+  // used with filter plugins to know when we've finished classifying and can playback moves
+  bool m_msgMovedByFilter;
+  nsImapMoveCoalescer *m_moveCoalescer; // strictly owned by the nsImapMailFolder
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> m_junkMessagesToMarkAsRead;
+  /// list of keys to be moved to the junk folder
+  nsTArray<nsMsgKey> mSpamKeysToMove;
+  /// the junk destination folder
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> mSpamFolder;
+  nsMsgKey m_curMsgUid;
+  uint32_t m_uidValidity;
+
+  // These three vars are used to store counts from STATUS or SELECT command
+  // They include deleted messages, so they can differ from the generic
+  // folder total and unread counts.
+  int32_t m_numServerRecentMessages;
+  int32_t m_numServerUnseenMessages;
+  int32_t m_numServerTotalMessages;
+  // if server supports UIDNEXT, we store it here.
+  int32_t m_nextUID;
+
+  int32_t  m_nextMessageByteLength;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIUrlListener> m_urlListener;
+  bool m_urlRunning;
+
+  // undo move/copy transaction support
+  RefPtr<nsMsgTxn> m_pendingUndoTxn;
+  RefPtr<nsImapMailCopyState> m_copyState;
+  char m_hierarchyDelimiter;
+  int32_t m_boxFlags;
+  nsCString m_onlineFolderName;
+  nsCString m_ownerUserName;  // username of the "other user," as in
+  // "Other Users' Mailboxes"
+
+  nsCString m_adminUrl;   // url to run to set admin privileges for this folder
+  nsIMAPNamespace  *m_namespace;
+  bool m_verifiedAsOnlineFolder;
+  bool m_explicitlyVerify; // whether or not we need to explicitly verify this through LIST
+  bool m_folderIsNamespace;
+  bool m_folderNeedsSubscribing;
+  bool m_folderNeedsAdded;
+  bool m_folderNeedsACLListed;
+  bool m_performingBiff;
+  bool m_folderQuotaCommandIssued;
+  bool m_folderQuotaDataIsValid;
+  bool m_updatingFolder;
+  // These two vars are used to keep track of compaction state so we can know
+  // when to send a done notification.
+  bool m_compactingOfflineStore;
+  bool m_expunging;
+  bool m_applyIncomingFilters; // apply filters to this folder, even if not the inbox
+  nsMsgIMAPFolderACL *m_folderACL;
+  uint32_t     m_aclFlags;
+  uint32_t     m_supportedUserFlags;
+
+  // determines if we are on GMail server
+  bool m_isGmailServer;
+  // offline imap support
+  bool m_downloadingFolderForOfflineUse;
+  bool m_filterListRequiresBody;
+
+  // auto-sync (automatic message download) support
+  RefPtr<nsAutoSyncState> m_autoSyncStateObj;
+
+  // Quota support
+  nsCString m_folderQuotaRoot;
+  uint32_t m_folderQuotaUsedKB;
+  uint32_t m_folderQuotaMaxKB;
+
+  // Pseudo-Offline Playback support
+  nsPlaybackRequest *m_pendingPlaybackReq;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsITimer> m_playbackTimer;
+  nsTArray<RefPtr<nsImapMoveCopyMsgTxn> > m_pendingOfflineMoves;
+  // hash table of mapping between messageids and message keys
+  // for pseudo hdrs.
+  nsDataHashtable<nsCStringHashKey, nsMsgKey> m_pseudoHdrs;
+
+  nsTArray<nsMsgKey> m_keysToFetch;
+  uint32_t m_totalKeysToFetch;
+
+  /**
+   * delete if appropriate local storage for messages in this folder
+   *
+   * @parm aMessages array (of nsIMsgDBHdr) of messages to delete
+   *       (or an array of message keys)
+   * @parm aSrcFolder the folder containing the messages (optional)
+   */
+  void DeleteStoreMessages(nsIArray* aMessages);
+  void DeleteStoreMessages(nsTArray<nsMsgKey> &aMessages);
+  static void DeleteStoreMessages(nsTArray<nsMsgKey> &aMessages, nsIMsgFolder* aFolder);
+};
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/imap/src/nsImapOfflineSync.cpp b/mailnews/imap/src/nsImapOfflineSync.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..df31bd299
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/imap/src/nsImapOfflineSync.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1292 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "netCore.h"
+#include "nsNetUtil.h"
+#include "nsImapOfflineSync.h"
+#include "nsImapMailFolder.h"
+#include "nsMsgFolderFlags.h"
+#include "nsIRDFService.h"
+#include "nsMsgBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsRDFCID.h"
+#include "nsIMsgMailNewsUrl.h"
+#include "nsIMsgAccountManager.h"
+#include "nsINntpIncomingServer.h"
+#include "nsIRequestObserver.h"
+#include "nsDirectoryServiceDefs.h"
+#include "nsISeekableStream.h"
+#include "nsIMsgCopyService.h"
+#include "nsImapProtocol.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "nsIMutableArray.h"
+#include "nsIAutoSyncManager.h"
+#include "nsAlgorithm.h"
+#include "nsArrayUtils.h"
+#include <algorithm>
+
+static NS_DEFINE_CID(kRDFServiceCID, NS_RDFSERVICE_CID);
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsImapOfflineSync, nsIUrlListener, nsIMsgCopyServiceListener, nsIDBChangeListener)
+
+nsImapOfflineSync::nsImapOfflineSync(nsIMsgWindow *window, nsIUrlListener *listener, nsIMsgFolder *singleFolderOnly, bool isPseudoOffline)
+{
+  m_singleFolderToUpdate = singleFolderOnly;
+  m_window = window;
+  // not the perfect place for this, but I think it will work.
+  if (m_window)
+    m_window->SetStopped(false);
+
+  mCurrentPlaybackOpType = nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation::kFlagsChanged;
+  m_mailboxupdatesStarted = false;
+  m_mailboxupdatesFinished = false;
+  m_createdOfflineFolders = false;
+  m_pseudoOffline = isPseudoOffline;
+  m_KeyIndex = 0;
+  mCurrentUIDValidity = nsMsgKey_None;
+  m_listener = listener;
+}
+
+nsImapOfflineSync::~nsImapOfflineSync()
+{
+}
+
+void      nsImapOfflineSync::SetWindow(nsIMsgWindow *window)
+{
+  m_window = window;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapOfflineSync::OnStartRunningUrl(nsIURI* url)
+{
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapOfflineSync::OnStopRunningUrl(nsIURI* url, nsresult exitCode)
+{
+  nsresult rv = exitCode;
+
+  // where do we make sure this gets cleared when we start running urls?
+  bool stopped = false;
+  if (m_window)
+    m_window->GetStopped(&stopped);
+
+  if (m_curTempFile)
+  {
+    m_curTempFile->Remove(false);
+    m_curTempFile = nullptr;
+  }
+  // NS_BINDING_ABORTED is used for the user pressing stop, which
+  // should cause us to abort the offline process. Other errors
+  // should allow us to continue.
+  if (stopped)
+  {
+    if (m_listener)
+      m_listener->OnStopRunningUrl(url, NS_BINDING_ABORTED);
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapUrl> imapUrl = do_QueryInterface(url);
+
+  if (imapUrl)
+    nsImapProtocol::LogImapUrl(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) ?
+                               "offline imap url succeeded " :
+                               "offline imap url failed ", imapUrl);
+
+  // If we succeeded, or it was an imap move/copy that timed out, clear the
+  // operation.
+  bool moveCopy = mCurrentPlaybackOpType == nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation::kMsgCopy ||
+    mCurrentPlaybackOpType == nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation::kMsgMoved;
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(exitCode) || exitCode == NS_MSG_ERROR_IMAP_COMMAND_FAILED ||
+      (moveCopy && exitCode == NS_ERROR_NET_TIMEOUT))
+  {
+    ClearCurrentOps();
+    rv = ProcessNextOperation();
+  }
+  // else if it's a non-stop error, and we're doing multiple folders,
+  // go to the next folder.
+  else if (!m_singleFolderToUpdate)
+  {
+    if (AdvanceToNextFolder())
+      rv = ProcessNextOperation();
+    else if (m_listener)
+      m_listener->OnStopRunningUrl(url, rv);
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Leaves m_currentServer at the next imap or local mail "server" that
+ * might have offline events to playback. If no more servers,
+ * m_currentServer will be left at nullptr and the function returns false.
+ * Also, sets up m_serverEnumerator to enumerate over the server.
+ */
+bool nsImapOfflineSync::AdvanceToNextServer()
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  if (!m_allServers)
+  {
+    NS_ASSERTION(!m_currentServer, "this shouldn't be set");
+    m_currentServer = nullptr;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccountManager> accountManager = 
+             do_GetService(NS_MSGACCOUNTMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    NS_ASSERTION(accountManager && NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "couldn't get account mgr");
+    if (!accountManager || NS_FAILED(rv))
+      return false;
+
+    rv = accountManager->GetAllServers(getter_AddRefs(m_allServers));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, false);
+  }
+  uint32_t serverIndex = 0;
+  if (m_currentServer)
+  {
+    rv = m_allServers->IndexOf(0, m_currentServer, &serverIndex);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      serverIndex = -1;
+
+    // Move to the next server
+    ++serverIndex;
+  }
+  m_currentServer = nullptr;
+  uint32_t numServers;
+  m_allServers->GetLength(&numServers);
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> rootFolder;
+
+  while (serverIndex < numServers)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server(do_QueryElementAt(m_allServers, serverIndex));
+    serverIndex++;
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsINntpIncomingServer> newsServer = do_QueryInterface(server);
+    if (newsServer) // news servers aren't involved in offline imap
+      continue;
+
+    if (server)
+    {
+      m_currentServer = server;
+      server->GetRootFolder(getter_AddRefs(rootFolder));
+      if (rootFolder)
+      {
+        rv = rootFolder->GetDescendants(getter_AddRefs(m_allFolders));
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        {
+          rv = m_allFolders->Enumerate(getter_AddRefs(m_serverEnumerator));
+          if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && m_serverEnumerator)
+          {
+            bool hasMore = false;
+            rv = m_serverEnumerator->HasMoreElements(&hasMore);
+            if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && hasMore)
+              return true;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return false;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Sets m_currentFolder to the next folder to process.
+ *
+ * @return  True if next folder to process was found, otherwise false.
+ */
+bool nsImapOfflineSync::AdvanceToNextFolder()
+{
+  // we always start by changing flags
+  mCurrentPlaybackOpType = nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation::kFlagsChanged;
+
+  if (m_currentFolder)
+  {
+    m_currentFolder->SetMsgDatabase(nullptr);
+    m_currentFolder = nullptr;
+  }
+
+  bool hasMore = false;
+  if (m_currentServer)
+    m_serverEnumerator->HasMoreElements(&hasMore);
+  if (!hasMore)
+    hasMore = AdvanceToNextServer();
+
+  if (hasMore)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> supports;
+    nsresult rv = m_serverEnumerator->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(supports));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      m_currentFolder = do_QueryInterface(supports);
+  }
+  ClearDB();
+  return m_currentFolder;
+}
+
+void nsImapOfflineSync::AdvanceToFirstIMAPFolder()
+{
+  m_currentServer = nullptr;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgImapMailFolder> imapFolder;
+  while (!imapFolder && AdvanceToNextFolder())
+  {
+    imapFolder = do_QueryInterface(m_currentFolder);
+  }
+}
+
+void nsImapOfflineSync::ProcessFlagOperation(nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation *op)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation> currentOp = op;
+  nsTArray<nsMsgKey> matchingFlagKeys;
+  uint32_t currentKeyIndex = m_KeyIndex;
+
+  imapMessageFlagsType matchingFlags;
+  currentOp->GetNewFlags(&matchingFlags);
+  imapMessageFlagsType flagOperation;
+  imapMessageFlagsType newFlags;
+  bool flagsMatch = true;
+  do
+  { // loop for all messsages with the same flags
+    if (flagsMatch)
+    {
+      nsMsgKey curKey;
+      currentOp->GetMessageKey(&curKey);
+      matchingFlagKeys.AppendElement(curKey);
+      currentOp->SetPlayingBack(true);
+      m_currentOpsToClear.AppendObject(currentOp);
+    }
+    currentOp = nullptr;
+    if (++currentKeyIndex < m_CurrentKeys.Length())
+      m_currentDB->GetOfflineOpForKey(m_CurrentKeys[currentKeyIndex], false,
+        getter_AddRefs(currentOp));
+    if (currentOp)
+    {
+      currentOp->GetFlagOperation(&flagOperation);
+      currentOp->GetNewFlags(&newFlags);
+    }
+    flagsMatch = (flagOperation & nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation::kFlagsChanged)
+                  && (newFlags == matchingFlags);
+  } while (currentOp);
+
+  if (!matchingFlagKeys.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    nsAutoCString uids;
+    nsImapMailFolder::AllocateUidStringFromKeys(matchingFlagKeys.Elements(), matchingFlagKeys.Length(), uids);
+    uint32_t curFolderFlags;
+    m_currentFolder->GetFlags(&curFolderFlags);
+
+    if (uids.get() && (curFolderFlags & nsMsgFolderFlags::ImapBox)) 
+    {
+      nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgImapMailFolder> imapFolder = do_QueryInterface(m_currentFolder);
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIURI> uriToSetFlags;
+      if (imapFolder)
+      {
+        rv = imapFolder->SetImapFlags(uids.get(), matchingFlags, getter_AddRefs(uriToSetFlags));
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && uriToSetFlags)
+        {
+          nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailnewsUrl = do_QueryInterface(uriToSetFlags);
+          if (mailnewsUrl)
+            mailnewsUrl->RegisterListener(this);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  else
+    ProcessNextOperation();
+}
+
+void nsImapOfflineSync::ProcessKeywordOperation(nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation *op)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation> currentOp = op;
+  nsTArray<nsMsgKey> matchingKeywordKeys;
+  uint32_t currentKeyIndex = m_KeyIndex;
+
+  nsAutoCString keywords;
+  if (mCurrentPlaybackOpType == nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation::kAddKeywords)
+    currentOp->GetKeywordsToAdd(getter_Copies(keywords));
+  else
+    currentOp->GetKeywordsToRemove(getter_Copies(keywords));
+  bool keywordsMatch = true;	
+  do
+  { // loop for all messsages with the same keywords
+    if (keywordsMatch)
+    {
+      nsMsgKey curKey;
+      currentOp->GetMessageKey(&curKey);
+      matchingKeywordKeys.AppendElement(curKey);
+      currentOp->SetPlayingBack(true);
+      m_currentOpsToClear.AppendObject(currentOp);
+    }
+    currentOp = nullptr;
+    if (++currentKeyIndex < m_CurrentKeys.Length())
+      m_currentDB->GetOfflineOpForKey(m_CurrentKeys[currentKeyIndex], false,
+        getter_AddRefs(currentOp));
+    if (currentOp)
+    {
+      nsAutoCString curOpKeywords;
+      nsOfflineImapOperationType operation;
+      currentOp->GetOperation(&operation);
+      if (mCurrentPlaybackOpType == nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation::kAddKeywords)
+        currentOp->GetKeywordsToAdd(getter_Copies(curOpKeywords));
+      else
+        currentOp->GetKeywordsToRemove(getter_Copies(curOpKeywords));
+      keywordsMatch = (operation & mCurrentPlaybackOpType)
+                  && (curOpKeywords.Equals(keywords));
+    }
+  } while (currentOp);
+
+  if (!matchingKeywordKeys.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    uint32_t curFolderFlags;
+    m_currentFolder->GetFlags(&curFolderFlags);
+
+    if (curFolderFlags & nsMsgFolderFlags::ImapBox)
+    {
+      nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgImapMailFolder> imapFolder = do_QueryInterface(m_currentFolder);
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIURI> uriToStoreCustomKeywords;
+      if (imapFolder)
+      {
+        rv = imapFolder->StoreCustomKeywords(m_window, 
+                    (mCurrentPlaybackOpType == nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation::kAddKeywords) ? keywords : EmptyCString(), 
+                    (mCurrentPlaybackOpType == nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation::kRemoveKeywords) ? keywords : EmptyCString(), 
+                    matchingKeywordKeys.Elements(), 
+                    matchingKeywordKeys.Length(), getter_AddRefs(uriToStoreCustomKeywords));
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && uriToStoreCustomKeywords)
+        {
+          nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailnewsUrl = do_QueryInterface(uriToStoreCustomKeywords);
+          if (mailnewsUrl)
+            mailnewsUrl->RegisterListener(this);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  else
+    ProcessNextOperation();
+}
+
+void
+nsImapOfflineSync::ProcessAppendMsgOperation(nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation *currentOp, int32_t opType)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> mailHdr;
+  nsMsgKey msgKey;
+  currentOp->GetMessageKey(&msgKey);
+  nsresult rv = m_currentDB->GetMsgHdrForKey(msgKey, getter_AddRefs(mailHdr)); 
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && mailHdr)
+  {
+    uint64_t messageOffset;
+    uint32_t messageSize;
+    mailHdr->GetMessageOffset(&messageOffset);
+    mailHdr->GetOfflineMessageSize(&messageSize);
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> tmpFile;
+
+    if (NS_FAILED(GetSpecialDirectoryWithFileName(NS_OS_TEMP_DIR,
+                                                  "nscpmsg.txt",
+                                                  getter_AddRefs(tmpFile))))
+      return;
+
+    if (NS_FAILED(tmpFile->CreateUnique(nsIFile::NORMAL_FILE_TYPE, 00600)))
+      return;
+
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIOutputStream> outputStream;
+    rv = MsgNewBufferedFileOutputStream(getter_AddRefs(outputStream), tmpFile, PR_WRONLY | PR_CREATE_FILE, 00600);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && outputStream)
+    {
+      nsCString moveDestination;
+      currentOp->GetDestinationFolderURI(getter_Copies(moveDestination));
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFService> rdf(do_GetService(kRDFServiceCID, &rv));
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFResource> res;
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return ; // ### return error code.
+      rv = rdf->GetResource(moveDestination, getter_AddRefs(res));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> destFolder(do_QueryInterface(res, &rv));
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && destFolder)
+        {
+          nsCOMPtr <nsIInputStream> offlineStoreInputStream;
+          bool reusable;
+          rv = destFolder->GetMsgInputStream(
+                 mailHdr, &reusable, getter_AddRefs(offlineStoreInputStream));
+          if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && offlineStoreInputStream)
+          {
+            nsCOMPtr<nsISeekableStream> seekStream = do_QueryInterface(offlineStoreInputStream);
+            NS_ASSERTION(seekStream, "non seekable stream - can't read from offline msg");
+            if (seekStream)
+            {
+              rv = seekStream->Seek(PR_SEEK_SET, messageOffset);
+              if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+              {
+                // now, copy the dest folder offline store msg to the temp file
+                int32_t inputBufferSize = FILE_IO_BUFFER_SIZE;
+                char *inputBuffer = (char *) PR_Malloc(inputBufferSize);
+
+                int32_t bytesLeft;
+                uint32_t bytesRead, bytesWritten;
+                bytesLeft = messageSize;
+                rv = inputBuffer ? NS_OK : NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+                while (bytesLeft > 0 && NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+                {
+                  int32_t bytesToRead = std::min(inputBufferSize, bytesLeft);
+                  rv = offlineStoreInputStream->Read(inputBuffer, bytesToRead, &bytesRead);
+                  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && bytesRead > 0)
+                  {
+                    rv = outputStream->Write(inputBuffer, bytesRead, &bytesWritten);
+                    NS_ASSERTION(bytesWritten == bytesRead, "wrote out incorrect number of bytes");
+                  }
+                  else
+                    break;
+                  bytesLeft -= bytesRead;
+                }
+                PR_FREEIF(inputBuffer);
+
+                outputStream->Flush();
+                outputStream->Close();
+                if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+                {
+                  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> cloneTmpFile;
+                  // clone the tmp file to defeat nsIFile's stat/size caching.
+                  tmpFile->Clone(getter_AddRefs(cloneTmpFile));
+                  m_curTempFile = do_QueryInterface(cloneTmpFile);
+                  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgCopyService> copyService = do_GetService(NS_MSGCOPYSERVICE_CONTRACTID);
+                  if (copyService)
+                    rv = copyService->CopyFileMessage(cloneTmpFile, destFolder,
+                    /* nsIMsgDBHdr* msgToReplace */ nullptr,
+                    true /* isDraftOrTemplate */,
+                    0, // new msg flags - are there interesting flags here?
+                    EmptyCString(), /* are there keywords we should get? */
+                      this,
+                      m_window);
+                }
+                else
+                  tmpFile->Remove(false);
+              }
+              currentOp->SetPlayingBack(true);
+              m_currentOpsToClear.AppendObject(currentOp);
+              m_currentDB->DeleteHeader(mailHdr, nullptr, true, true);
+            }
+          }
+          // want to close in failure case too
+          outputStream->Close();
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    m_currentDB->RemoveOfflineOp(currentOp);
+    ProcessNextOperation();
+  }
+}
+
+void nsImapOfflineSync::ClearCurrentOps()
+{
+  int32_t opCount = m_currentOpsToClear.Count();
+  for (int32_t i = opCount - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+  {
+    m_currentOpsToClear[i]->SetPlayingBack(false);
+    m_currentOpsToClear[i]->ClearOperation(mCurrentPlaybackOpType);
+    m_currentOpsToClear.RemoveObjectAt(i);
+  }
+}
+
+void nsImapOfflineSync::ProcessMoveOperation(nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation *op)
+{
+  nsTArray<nsMsgKey> matchingFlagKeys;
+  uint32_t currentKeyIndex = m_KeyIndex;
+  nsCString moveDestination;
+  op->GetDestinationFolderURI(getter_Copies(moveDestination));
+  bool moveMatches = true;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation> currentOp = op;
+  do 
+  {	// loop for all messsages with the same destination
+    if (moveMatches)
+    {
+      nsMsgKey curKey;
+      currentOp->GetMessageKey(&curKey);
+      matchingFlagKeys.AppendElement(curKey);
+      currentOp->SetPlayingBack(true);
+      m_currentOpsToClear.AppendObject(currentOp);
+    }
+    currentOp = nullptr;
+    
+    if (++currentKeyIndex < m_CurrentKeys.Length())
+    {
+      nsCString nextDestination;
+      nsresult rv = m_currentDB->GetOfflineOpForKey(m_CurrentKeys[currentKeyIndex], false, getter_AddRefs(currentOp));
+      moveMatches = false;
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && currentOp)
+      {
+        nsOfflineImapOperationType opType; 
+        currentOp->GetOperation(&opType);
+        if (opType & nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation::kMsgMoved)
+        {
+          currentOp->GetDestinationFolderURI(getter_Copies(nextDestination));
+          moveMatches = moveDestination.Equals(nextDestination);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  } 
+  while (currentOp);
+  
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> destFolder;
+  GetExistingFolder(moveDestination, getter_AddRefs(destFolder));
+  // if the dest folder doesn't really exist, these operations are
+  // going to fail, so clear them out and move on.
+  if (!destFolder)
+  {
+    NS_ERROR("trying to playing back move to non-existent folder");
+    ClearCurrentOps();
+    ProcessNextOperation();
+    return;
+  }
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgImapMailFolder> imapFolder = do_QueryInterface(m_currentFolder);
+  if (imapFolder && DestFolderOnSameServer(destFolder))
+  {
+    imapFolder->ReplayOfflineMoveCopy(matchingFlagKeys.Elements(), matchingFlagKeys.Length(), true, destFolder,
+      this, m_window);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    nsresult rv;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> messages(do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      for (uint32_t keyIndex = 0; keyIndex < matchingFlagKeys.Length(); keyIndex++)
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> mailHdr = nullptr;
+        rv = m_currentFolder->GetMessageHeader(matchingFlagKeys.ElementAt(keyIndex), getter_AddRefs(mailHdr));
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && mailHdr)
+        {
+          uint32_t msgSize;
+          // in case of a move, the header has already been deleted,
+          // so we've really got a fake header. We need to get its flags and
+          // size from the offline op to have any chance of doing the move.
+          mailHdr->GetMessageSize(&msgSize);
+          if (!msgSize)
+          {
+            imapMessageFlagsType newImapFlags;
+            uint32_t msgFlags = 0;
+            op->GetMsgSize(&msgSize);
+            op->GetNewFlags(&newImapFlags);
+            // first three bits are the same
+            msgFlags |= (newImapFlags & 0x07);
+            if (newImapFlags & kImapMsgForwardedFlag)
+              msgFlags |= nsMsgMessageFlags::Forwarded;
+            mailHdr->SetFlags(msgFlags);
+            mailHdr->SetMessageSize(msgSize);
+          }
+          messages->AppendElement(mailHdr, false);
+        }
+      }
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgCopyService> copyService = do_GetService(NS_MSGCOPYSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+      if (copyService)
+        copyService->CopyMessages(m_currentFolder, messages, destFolder, true, this, m_window, false);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+// I'm tempted to make this a method on nsIMsgFolder, but that interface
+// is already so huge, and there are only a few places in the code that do this.
+// If there end up to be more places that need this, then we can reconsider.
+bool nsImapOfflineSync::DestFolderOnSameServer(nsIMsgFolder *destFolder)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> srcServer;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> dstServer;
+
+  bool sameServer = false;
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(m_currentFolder->GetServer(getter_AddRefs(srcServer))) 
+    && NS_SUCCEEDED(destFolder->GetServer(getter_AddRefs(dstServer))))
+    dstServer->Equals(srcServer, &sameServer);
+  return sameServer;
+}
+
+void nsImapOfflineSync::ProcessCopyOperation(nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation *aCurrentOp)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation> currentOp = aCurrentOp;
+
+  nsTArray<nsMsgKey> matchingFlagKeys;
+  uint32_t currentKeyIndex = m_KeyIndex;
+  nsCString copyDestination;
+  currentOp->GetCopyDestination(0, getter_Copies(copyDestination));
+  bool copyMatches = true;
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  do { // loop for all messsages with the same destination
+    if (copyMatches)
+    {
+      nsMsgKey curKey;
+      currentOp->GetMessageKey(&curKey);
+      matchingFlagKeys.AppendElement(curKey);
+      currentOp->SetPlayingBack(true);
+      m_currentOpsToClear.AppendObject(currentOp);
+    }
+    currentOp = nullptr;
+
+    if (++currentKeyIndex < m_CurrentKeys.Length())
+    {
+      nsCString nextDestination;
+      rv = m_currentDB->GetOfflineOpForKey(m_CurrentKeys[currentKeyIndex],
+                                           false, getter_AddRefs(currentOp));
+      copyMatches = false;
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && currentOp)
+      {
+        nsOfflineImapOperationType opType; 
+        currentOp->GetOperation(&opType);
+        if (opType & nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation::kMsgCopy)
+        {
+          currentOp->GetCopyDestination(0, getter_Copies(nextDestination));
+          copyMatches = copyDestination.Equals(nextDestination);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  } 
+  while (currentOp);
+
+  nsAutoCString uids;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> destFolder;
+  GetExistingFolder(copyDestination, getter_AddRefs(destFolder));
+  // if the dest folder doesn't really exist, these operations are
+  // going to fail, so clear them out and move on.
+  if (!destFolder)
+  {
+    NS_ERROR("trying to playing back copy to non-existent folder");
+    ClearCurrentOps();
+    ProcessNextOperation();
+    return;
+  }
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgImapMailFolder> imapFolder = do_QueryInterface(m_currentFolder);
+  if (imapFolder && DestFolderOnSameServer(destFolder))
+  {
+    rv = imapFolder->ReplayOfflineMoveCopy(matchingFlagKeys.Elements(), matchingFlagKeys.Length(), false, destFolder,
+                   this, m_window);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> messages(do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+    if (messages && NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      for (uint32_t keyIndex = 0; keyIndex < matchingFlagKeys.Length(); keyIndex++)
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> mailHdr = nullptr;
+        rv = m_currentFolder->GetMessageHeader(matchingFlagKeys.ElementAt(keyIndex), getter_AddRefs(mailHdr));
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && mailHdr)
+          messages->AppendElement(mailHdr, false);
+      }
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgCopyService> copyService = do_GetService(NS_MSGCOPYSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+      if (copyService)
+        copyService->CopyMessages(m_currentFolder, messages, destFolder, false, this, m_window, false);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+void nsImapOfflineSync::ProcessEmptyTrash()
+{
+  m_currentFolder->EmptyTrash(m_window, this);
+  ClearDB(); // EmptyTrash closes and deletes the trash db.
+}
+
+// returns true if we found a folder to create, false if we're done creating folders.
+bool nsImapOfflineSync::CreateOfflineFolders()
+{
+  while (m_currentFolder)
+  {
+    uint32_t flags;
+    m_currentFolder->GetFlags(&flags);
+    bool offlineCreate = (flags & nsMsgFolderFlags::CreatedOffline) != 0;
+    if (offlineCreate)
+    {
+      if (CreateOfflineFolder(m_currentFolder))
+        return true;
+    }
+    AdvanceToNextFolder();
+  }
+  return false;
+}
+
+bool nsImapOfflineSync::CreateOfflineFolder(nsIMsgFolder *folder)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> parent;
+  folder->GetParent(getter_AddRefs(parent));
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgImapMailFolder> imapFolder = do_QueryInterface(parent);
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIURI> createFolderURI;
+  nsCString onlineName;
+  imapFolder->GetOnlineName(onlineName);
+
+  NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16 folderName(onlineName);
+  nsresult rv = imapFolder->PlaybackOfflineFolderCreate(folderName, nullptr,  getter_AddRefs(createFolderURI));
+  if (createFolderURI && NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailnewsUrl = do_QueryInterface(createFolderURI);
+    if (mailnewsUrl)
+      mailnewsUrl->RegisterListener(this);
+  }
+  return NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) ? true : false;	// this is asynch, we have to return and be called again by the OfflineOpExitFunction
+}
+
+int32_t nsImapOfflineSync::GetCurrentUIDValidity()
+{
+  if (m_currentFolder)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIImapMailFolderSink> imapFolderSink = do_QueryInterface(m_currentFolder);
+    if (imapFolderSink)
+      imapFolderSink->GetUidValidity(&mCurrentUIDValidity);
+  }
+  return mCurrentUIDValidity; 
+}
+
+/**
+ * Playing back offline operations is one giant state machine that runs through
+ * ProcessNextOperation.
+ * The first state is creating online any folders created offline (we do this
+ * first, so we can play back any operations in them in the next pass)
+ */
+nsresult nsImapOfflineSync::ProcessNextOperation()
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  // if we haven't created offline folders, and we're updating all folders,
+  // first, find offline folders to create.
+  if (!m_createdOfflineFolders)
+  {
+    if (m_singleFolderToUpdate)
+    {
+      if (!m_pseudoOffline)
+      {
+        AdvanceToFirstIMAPFolder();
+        if (CreateOfflineFolders())
+          return NS_OK;
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      if (CreateOfflineFolders())
+        return NS_OK;
+      m_currentServer = nullptr;
+      AdvanceToNextFolder();
+    }
+    m_createdOfflineFolders = true;
+  }
+  // if updating one folder only, restore m_currentFolder to that folder
+  if (m_singleFolderToUpdate)
+    m_currentFolder = m_singleFolderToUpdate;
+  
+  uint32_t folderFlags;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIDBFolderInfo> folderInfo;
+  while (m_currentFolder && !m_currentDB)
+  {
+    m_currentFolder->GetFlags(&folderFlags);
+    // need to check if folder has offline events, /* or is configured for offline */
+    // shouldn't need to check if configured for offline use, since any folder with
+    // events should have nsMsgFolderFlags::OfflineEvents set.
+    if (folderFlags & (nsMsgFolderFlags::OfflineEvents /* | nsMsgFolderFlags::Offline */))
+    {
+      m_currentFolder->GetDBFolderInfoAndDB(getter_AddRefs(folderInfo), getter_AddRefs(m_currentDB));
+      if (m_currentDB)
+        m_currentDB->AddListener(this);
+    }
+
+    if (m_currentDB)
+    {
+      m_CurrentKeys.Clear();
+      m_KeyIndex = 0;
+      if (NS_FAILED(m_currentDB->ListAllOfflineOpIds(&m_CurrentKeys)) || m_CurrentKeys.IsEmpty())
+      {
+        ClearDB();
+        folderInfo = nullptr; // can't hold onto folderInfo longer than db
+        m_currentFolder->ClearFlag(nsMsgFolderFlags::OfflineEvents);
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        // trash any ghost msgs
+        bool deletedGhostMsgs = false;
+        for (uint32_t fakeIndex=0; fakeIndex < m_CurrentKeys.Length(); fakeIndex++)
+        {
+          nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation> currentOp; 
+          m_currentDB->GetOfflineOpForKey(m_CurrentKeys[fakeIndex], false, getter_AddRefs(currentOp));
+          if (currentOp)
+          {
+            nsOfflineImapOperationType opType; 
+            currentOp->GetOperation(&opType);
+            
+            if (opType == nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation::kMoveResult)
+            {
+              nsMsgKey curKey;
+              currentOp->GetMessageKey(&curKey);
+              m_currentDB->RemoveOfflineOp(currentOp);
+              deletedGhostMsgs = true;
+
+              // Remember the pseudo headers before we delete them,
+              // and when we download new headers, tell listeners about the
+              // message key change between the pseudo headers and the real
+              // downloaded headers. Note that we're not currently sending
+              // a msgsDeleted notifcation for these headers, but the
+              // db listeners are notified about the deletion.
+              // for imap folders, we should adjust the pending counts, because we
+              // have a header that we know about, but don't have in the db.
+              nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgImapMailFolder> imapFolder = do_QueryInterface(m_currentFolder);
+              if (imapFolder)
+              {
+                bool hdrIsRead;
+                m_currentDB->IsRead(curKey, &hdrIsRead);
+                imapFolder->ChangePendingTotal(1);
+                if (!hdrIsRead)
+                  imapFolder->ChangePendingUnread(1);
+                imapFolder->AddMoveResultPseudoKey(curKey);
+              }
+              m_currentDB->DeleteMessage(curKey, nullptr, false);
+            }
+          }
+        }
+        
+        if (deletedGhostMsgs)
+          m_currentFolder->SummaryChanged();
+        
+        m_CurrentKeys.Clear();
+        if (NS_FAILED(m_currentDB->ListAllOfflineOpIds(&m_CurrentKeys)) || m_CurrentKeys.IsEmpty())
+        {
+          ClearDB();
+        }
+        else if (folderFlags & nsMsgFolderFlags::ImapBox)
+        {
+          // if pseudo offline, falls through to playing ops back.
+          if (!m_pseudoOffline) 
+          {
+            // there are operations to playback so check uid validity
+            SetCurrentUIDValidity(0); // force initial invalid state
+            // do a lite select here and hook ourselves up as a listener.
+            nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgImapMailFolder> imapFolder = do_QueryInterface(m_currentFolder, &rv);
+            if (imapFolder)
+              rv = imapFolder->LiteSelect(this, m_window);
+            // this is async, we will be called again by OnStopRunningUrl.
+            return rv;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    
+    if (!m_currentDB)
+    {
+      // only advance if we are doing all folders
+      if (!m_singleFolderToUpdate)
+        AdvanceToNextFolder();
+      else
+        m_currentFolder = nullptr;	// force update of this folder now.
+    }
+    
+  }
+  
+  if (m_currentFolder)
+    m_currentFolder->GetFlags(&folderFlags);
+  // do the current operation
+  if (m_currentDB)
+  {
+    bool currentFolderFinished = false;
+    if (!folderInfo)
+      m_currentDB->GetDBFolderInfo(getter_AddRefs(folderInfo));
+    // user canceled the lite select! if GetCurrentUIDValidity() == 0
+    if (folderInfo && (m_KeyIndex < m_CurrentKeys.Length()) &&
+        (m_pseudoOffline || (GetCurrentUIDValidity() != 0) ||
+        !(folderFlags & nsMsgFolderFlags::ImapBox)))
+    {
+      int32_t curFolderUidValidity;
+      folderInfo->GetImapUidValidity(&curFolderUidValidity);
+      bool uidvalidityChanged = (!m_pseudoOffline && folderFlags & nsMsgFolderFlags::ImapBox) && (GetCurrentUIDValidity() != curFolderUidValidity);
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation> currentOp;
+      if (uidvalidityChanged)
+        DeleteAllOfflineOpsForCurrentDB();
+      else
+        m_currentDB->GetOfflineOpForKey(m_CurrentKeys[m_KeyIndex], false, getter_AddRefs(currentOp));
+
+      if (currentOp)
+      {
+        nsOfflineImapOperationType opType; 
+        currentOp->GetOperation(&opType);
+        // loop until we find the next db record that matches the current playback operation
+        while (currentOp && !(opType & mCurrentPlaybackOpType))
+        {
+          // remove operations with no type.
+          if (!opType)
+            m_currentDB->RemoveOfflineOp(currentOp);
+          currentOp = nullptr;
+          ++m_KeyIndex;
+          if (m_KeyIndex < m_CurrentKeys.Length())
+            m_currentDB->GetOfflineOpForKey(m_CurrentKeys[m_KeyIndex],
+                                            false, getter_AddRefs(currentOp));
+          if (currentOp)
+            currentOp->GetOperation(&opType);
+        }
+        // if we did not find a db record that matches the current playback operation,
+        // then move to the next playback operation and recurse.  
+        if (!currentOp)
+        {
+          // we are done with the current type
+          if (mCurrentPlaybackOpType == nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation::kFlagsChanged)
+          {
+            mCurrentPlaybackOpType = nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation::kAddKeywords;
+            // recurse to deal with next type of operation
+            m_KeyIndex = 0;
+            ProcessNextOperation();
+          }
+          else if (mCurrentPlaybackOpType == nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation::kAddKeywords)
+          {
+            mCurrentPlaybackOpType = nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation::kRemoveKeywords;
+            // recurse to deal with next type of operation
+            m_KeyIndex = 0;
+            ProcessNextOperation();
+          }
+          else if (mCurrentPlaybackOpType == nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation::kRemoveKeywords)
+          {
+            mCurrentPlaybackOpType = nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation::kMsgCopy;
+            // recurse to deal with next type of operation
+            m_KeyIndex = 0;
+            ProcessNextOperation();
+          }
+          else if (mCurrentPlaybackOpType == nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation::kMsgCopy)
+          {
+            mCurrentPlaybackOpType = nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation::kMsgMoved;
+            // recurse to deal with next type of operation
+            m_KeyIndex = 0;
+            ProcessNextOperation();
+          }
+          else if (mCurrentPlaybackOpType == nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation::kMsgMoved)
+          {
+            mCurrentPlaybackOpType = nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation::kAppendDraft;
+            // recurse to deal with next type of operation
+            m_KeyIndex = 0;
+            ProcessNextOperation();
+          }
+          else if (mCurrentPlaybackOpType == nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation::kAppendDraft)
+          {
+            mCurrentPlaybackOpType = nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation::kAppendTemplate;
+            // recurse to deal with next type of operation
+            m_KeyIndex = 0;
+            ProcessNextOperation();
+          }
+          else if (mCurrentPlaybackOpType == nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation::kAppendTemplate)
+          {
+            mCurrentPlaybackOpType = nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation::kDeleteAllMsgs;
+            m_KeyIndex = 0;
+            ProcessNextOperation();
+          }
+          else
+          {
+            DeleteAllOfflineOpsForCurrentDB();
+            currentFolderFinished = true;
+          }
+          
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          if (mCurrentPlaybackOpType == nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation::kFlagsChanged)
+            ProcessFlagOperation(currentOp);
+          else if (mCurrentPlaybackOpType == nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation::kAddKeywords
+            ||mCurrentPlaybackOpType == nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation::kRemoveKeywords)
+            ProcessKeywordOperation(currentOp);
+          else if (mCurrentPlaybackOpType == nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation::kMsgCopy)
+            ProcessCopyOperation(currentOp);
+          else if (mCurrentPlaybackOpType == nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation::kMsgMoved)
+            ProcessMoveOperation(currentOp);
+          else if (mCurrentPlaybackOpType == nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation::kAppendDraft)
+            ProcessAppendMsgOperation(currentOp, nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation::kAppendDraft);
+          else if (mCurrentPlaybackOpType == nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation::kAppendTemplate)
+            ProcessAppendMsgOperation(currentOp, nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation::kAppendTemplate);
+          else if (mCurrentPlaybackOpType == nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation::kDeleteAllMsgs)
+          {
+            // empty trash is going to delete the db, so we'd better release the
+            // reference to the offline operation first.
+            currentOp = nullptr;
+            ProcessEmptyTrash();
+          }
+          else
+            NS_ERROR("invalid playback op type");
+        }
+      }
+      else
+        currentFolderFinished = true;
+    }
+    else
+      currentFolderFinished = true;
+    
+    if (currentFolderFinished)
+    {
+      ClearDB();
+      if (!m_singleFolderToUpdate)
+      {
+        AdvanceToNextFolder();
+        ProcessNextOperation();
+        return NS_OK;
+      }
+      else
+        m_currentFolder = nullptr;
+    }
+  }
+  
+  if (!m_currentFolder && !m_mailboxupdatesStarted)
+  {
+    m_mailboxupdatesStarted = true;
+    
+    // if we are updating more than one folder then we need the iterator
+    if (!m_singleFolderToUpdate)
+    {
+      m_currentServer = nullptr;
+      AdvanceToNextFolder();
+    }
+    if (m_singleFolderToUpdate)
+    {
+      m_singleFolderToUpdate->ClearFlag(nsMsgFolderFlags::OfflineEvents);
+      m_singleFolderToUpdate->UpdateFolder(m_window);
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgImapMailFolder> imapFolder(do_QueryInterface(m_singleFolderToUpdate));
+      if (imapFolder)
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIUrlListener> saveListener = m_listener;
+//        m_listener = nullptr;
+//        imapFolder->UpdateFolderWithListener(m_window, saveListener);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  // if we get here, then I *think* we're done. Not sure, though.
+#ifdef DEBUG_bienvenu
+  printf("done with offline imap sync\n");
+#endif
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIUrlListener> saveListener = m_listener;
+  m_listener = nullptr;
+
+  if (saveListener)
+    saveListener->OnStopRunningUrl(nullptr /* don't know url */, rv);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+
+void nsImapOfflineSync::DeleteAllOfflineOpsForCurrentDB()
+{
+  m_KeyIndex = 0;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation> currentOp;
+  m_currentDB->GetOfflineOpForKey(m_CurrentKeys[m_KeyIndex], false, getter_AddRefs(currentOp));
+  while (currentOp)
+  {
+    // NS_ASSERTION(currentOp->GetOperationFlags() == 0);
+    // delete any ops that have already played back
+    m_currentDB->RemoveOfflineOp(currentOp);
+    currentOp = nullptr;
+    
+    if (++m_KeyIndex < m_CurrentKeys.Length())
+      m_currentDB->GetOfflineOpForKey(m_CurrentKeys[m_KeyIndex], false, getter_AddRefs(currentOp));
+  }
+  m_currentDB->Commit(nsMsgDBCommitType::kLargeCommit);
+  // turn off nsMsgFolderFlags::OfflineEvents
+  if (m_currentFolder)
+    m_currentFolder->ClearFlag(nsMsgFolderFlags::OfflineEvents);
+}
+
+nsImapOfflineDownloader::nsImapOfflineDownloader(nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow, nsIUrlListener *aListener) : nsImapOfflineSync(aMsgWindow, aListener)
+{
+  // pause auto-sync service
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAutoSyncManager> autoSyncMgr = do_GetService(NS_AUTOSYNCMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) 
+    autoSyncMgr->Pause();    
+}
+
+nsImapOfflineDownloader::~nsImapOfflineDownloader()
+{
+}
+
+nsresult nsImapOfflineDownloader::ProcessNextOperation()
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  if (!m_mailboxupdatesStarted)
+  {
+    m_mailboxupdatesStarted = true;
+    // Update the INBOX first so the updates on the remaining
+    // folders pickup the results of any filter moves.
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccountManager> accountManager = 
+             do_GetService(NS_MSGACCOUNTMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIArray> servers;
+    rv = accountManager->GetAllServers(getter_AddRefs(servers));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+  }
+  if (!m_mailboxupdatesFinished)
+  {
+    if (AdvanceToNextServer())
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> rootMsgFolder;
+      m_currentServer->GetRootFolder(getter_AddRefs(rootMsgFolder));
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> inbox;
+      if (rootMsgFolder)
+      {
+          rootMsgFolder->GetFolderWithFlags(nsMsgFolderFlags::Inbox,
+                                            getter_AddRefs(inbox));
+          if (inbox)
+          {
+            nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> offlineImapFolder;
+            nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgImapMailFolder> imapInbox = do_QueryInterface(inbox);
+            if (imapInbox)
+            {
+              rootMsgFolder->GetFolderWithFlags(nsMsgFolderFlags::Offline,
+                                                getter_AddRefs(offlineImapFolder));
+              if (!offlineImapFolder)
+              {
+                // no imap folders configured for offline use - check if the account is set up
+                // so that we always download inbox msg bodies for offline use
+                nsCOMPtr <nsIImapIncomingServer> imapServer = do_QueryInterface(m_currentServer);
+                if (imapServer)
+                {
+                  bool downloadBodiesOnGetNewMail = false;
+                  imapServer->GetDownloadBodiesOnGetNewMail(&downloadBodiesOnGetNewMail);
+                  if (downloadBodiesOnGetNewMail)
+                    offlineImapFolder = inbox;
+                }
+              }
+            }
+            // if this isn't an imap inbox, or we have an offline imap sub-folder, then update the inbox.
+            // otherwise, it's an imap inbox for an account with no folders configured for offline use,
+            // so just advance to the next server.
+            if (!imapInbox || offlineImapFolder)
+            {
+              // here we should check if this a pop3 server/inbox, and the user doesn't want
+              // to download pop3 mail for offline use.
+              if (!imapInbox)
+              {
+              }
+              rv = inbox->GetNewMessages(m_window, this);
+              if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+                return rv; // otherwise, fall through.
+            }
+          }
+      }
+      return ProcessNextOperation(); // recurse and do next server.
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      m_allServers = nullptr;
+      m_mailboxupdatesFinished = true;
+    }
+  }
+
+  while (AdvanceToNextFolder())
+  {
+    uint32_t folderFlags;
+
+    ClearDB();
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgImapMailFolder> imapFolder;
+    if (m_currentFolder)
+      imapFolder = do_QueryInterface(m_currentFolder);
+    m_currentFolder->GetFlags(&folderFlags);
+    // need to check if folder has offline events, or is configured for offline
+    if (imapFolder && folderFlags & nsMsgFolderFlags::Offline &&
+      ! (folderFlags & nsMsgFolderFlags::Virtual))
+    {
+      rv = m_currentFolder->DownloadAllForOffline(this, m_window);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) || rv == NS_BINDING_ABORTED)
+        return rv;
+      // if this fails and the user didn't cancel/stop, fall through to code that advances to next folder
+    }
+  }
+  if (m_listener)
+    m_listener->OnStopRunningUrl(nullptr, NS_OK);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapOfflineSync::OnStartCopy()
+{
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+/* void OnProgress (in uint32_t aProgress, in uint32_t aProgressMax); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapOfflineSync::OnProgress(uint32_t aProgress, uint32_t aProgressMax)
+{
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+/* void SetMessageKey (in uint32_t aKey); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapOfflineSync::SetMessageKey(uint32_t aKey)
+{
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+/* [noscript] void GetMessageId (in nsCString aMessageId); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapOfflineSync::GetMessageId(nsACString& messageId)
+{
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+/* void OnStopCopy (in nsresult aStatus); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapOfflineSync::OnStopCopy(nsresult aStatus)
+{
+  return OnStopRunningUrl(nullptr, aStatus);
+}
+
+void nsImapOfflineSync::ClearDB()
+{
+  m_currentOpsToClear.Clear();
+  if (m_currentDB)
+    m_currentDB->RemoveListener(this);
+  m_currentDB = nullptr;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapOfflineSync::OnHdrPropertyChanged(nsIMsgDBHdr *aHdrToChange,
+    bool aPreChange, uint32_t *aStatus, nsIDBChangeListener * aInstigator)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapOfflineSync::OnHdrFlagsChanged(nsIMsgDBHdr *aHdrChanged,
+    uint32_t aOldFlags, uint32_t aNewFlags, nsIDBChangeListener *aInstigator)
+{
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapOfflineSync::OnHdrDeleted(nsIMsgDBHdr *aHdrChanged,
+    nsMsgKey aParentKey, int32_t aFlags, nsIDBChangeListener *aInstigator)
+{
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapOfflineSync::OnHdrAdded(nsIMsgDBHdr *aHdrAdded,
+    nsMsgKey aParentKey, int32_t aFlags, nsIDBChangeListener *aInstigator)
+{
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* void OnParentChanged (in nsMsgKey aKeyChanged, in nsMsgKey oldParent, in nsMsgKey newParent, in nsIDBChangeListener aInstigator); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapOfflineSync::OnParentChanged(nsMsgKey aKeyChanged,
+    nsMsgKey oldParent, nsMsgKey newParent, nsIDBChangeListener *aInstigator)
+{
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* void OnAnnouncerGoingAway (in nsIDBChangeAnnouncer instigator); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapOfflineSync::OnAnnouncerGoingAway(nsIDBChangeAnnouncer *instigator)
+{
+  ClearDB();
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapOfflineSync::OnEvent(nsIMsgDatabase *aDB, const char *aEvent)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* void OnReadChanged (in nsIDBChangeListener instigator); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapOfflineSync::OnReadChanged(nsIDBChangeListener *instigator)
+{
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* void OnJunkScoreChanged (in nsIDBChangeListener instigator); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapOfflineSync::OnJunkScoreChanged(nsIDBChangeListener *instigator)
+{
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
diff --git a/mailnews/imap/src/nsImapOfflineSync.h b/mailnews/imap/src/nsImapOfflineSync.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c339e8463
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/imap/src/nsImapOfflineSync.h
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _nsImapOfflineSync_H_
+#define _nsImapOfflineSync_H_
+
+
+#include "mozilla/Attributes.h"
+#include "nsIMsgDatabase.h"
+#include "nsIUrlListener.h"
+#include "nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation.h"
+#include "nsIMsgWindow.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolder.h"
+#include "nsCOMArray.h"
+#include "nsIDBChangeListener.h"
+
+class nsImapOfflineSync : public nsIUrlListener,
+                          public nsIMsgCopyServiceListener,
+                          public nsIDBChangeListener {
+public: // set to one folder to playback one folder only
+  nsImapOfflineSync(nsIMsgWindow *window, nsIUrlListener *listener,
+                    nsIMsgFolder *singleFolderOnly = nullptr,
+                    bool isPseudoOffline = false);
+
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIURLLISTENER
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGCOPYSERVICELISTENER
+  NS_DECL_NSIDBCHANGELISTENER
+  virtual nsresult  ProcessNextOperation(); // this kicks off playback
+
+  int32_t   GetCurrentUIDValidity();
+  void      SetCurrentUIDValidity(int32_t uidvalidity) { mCurrentUIDValidity = uidvalidity; }
+
+  void      SetPseudoOffline(bool pseudoOffline) {m_pseudoOffline = pseudoOffline;}
+  bool      ProcessingStaleFolderUpdate() { return m_singleFolderToUpdate != nullptr; }
+
+  bool      CreateOfflineFolder(nsIMsgFolder *folder);
+  void      SetWindow(nsIMsgWindow *window);
+protected:
+  virtual ~nsImapOfflineSync();
+
+  bool      CreateOfflineFolders();
+  bool      DestFolderOnSameServer(nsIMsgFolder *destFolder);
+  bool      AdvanceToNextServer();
+  bool      AdvanceToNextFolder();
+  void      AdvanceToFirstIMAPFolder();
+  void      DeleteAllOfflineOpsForCurrentDB();
+  void      ClearCurrentOps();
+  // Clears m_currentDB, and unregister listener.
+  void      ClearDB();
+  void      ProcessFlagOperation(nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation *currentOp);
+  void      ProcessKeywordOperation(nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation *op);
+  void      ProcessMoveOperation(nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation *currentOp);
+  void      ProcessCopyOperation(nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation *currentOp);
+  void      ProcessEmptyTrash();
+  void      ProcessAppendMsgOperation(nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation *currentOp,
+                                      nsOfflineImapOperationType opType);
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> m_currentFolder;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> m_singleFolderToUpdate;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgWindow> m_window;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIArray> m_allServers;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIArray> m_allFolders;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgIncomingServer> m_currentServer;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsISimpleEnumerator> m_serverEnumerator;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIFile> m_curTempFile;
+
+  nsTArray<nsMsgKey> m_CurrentKeys;
+  nsCOMArray<nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation> m_currentOpsToClear;
+  uint32_t      m_KeyIndex;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDatabase> m_currentDB;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIUrlListener> m_listener;
+  int32_t	mCurrentUIDValidity;
+  int32_t	mCurrentPlaybackOpType;	// kFlagsChanged -> kMsgCopy -> kMsgMoved
+  bool	m_mailboxupdatesStarted;
+  bool          m_mailboxupdatesFinished;
+  bool	m_pseudoOffline;		// for queueing online events in offline db
+  bool	m_createdOfflineFolders;
+  
+};
+
+class nsImapOfflineDownloader : public nsImapOfflineSync
+{
+public:
+  nsImapOfflineDownloader(nsIMsgWindow *window, nsIUrlListener *listener);
+  virtual ~nsImapOfflineDownloader();
+  virtual nsresult  ProcessNextOperation() override; // this kicks off download
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/imap/src/nsImapProtocol.cpp b/mailnews/imap/src/nsImapProtocol.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2a3d1e9ff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/imap/src/nsImapProtocol.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,10046 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+// as does this
+#include "msgCore.h"  // for pre-compiled headers
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+
+#include "nsIServiceManager.h"
+#include "nsICharsetConverterManager.h"
+#include "nsIStringBundle.h"
+#include "nsVersionComparator.h"
+
+#include "nsMsgImapCID.h"
+#include "nsThreadUtils.h"
+#include "nsIMsgStatusFeedback.h"
+#include "nsImapCore.h"
+#include "nsImapProtocol.h"
+#include "nsIMsgMailNewsUrl.h"
+#include "nsIMAPHostSessionList.h"
+#include "nsIMAPBodyShell.h"
+#include "nsImapMailFolder.h"
+#include "nsIMsgAccountManager.h"
+#include "nsImapServerResponseParser.h"
+#include "nspr.h"
+#include "plbase64.h"
+#include "nsIImapService.h"
+#include "nsISocketTransportService.h"
+#include "nsIStreamListenerTee.h"
+#include "nsNetUtil.h"
+#include "nsIDBFolderInfo.h"
+#include "nsIPipe.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolder.h"
+#include "nsMsgMessageFlags.h"
+#include "nsImapStringBundle.h"
+#include "nsICopyMsgStreamListener.h"
+#include "nsTextFormatter.h"
+#include "nsIMsgHdr.h"
+#include "nsMsgI18N.h"
+#include <algorithm>
+// for the memory cache...
+#include "nsICacheEntry.h"
+#include "nsICacheStorage.h"
+#include "nsICacheEntryOpenCallback.h"
+
+#include "nsIPrompt.h"
+#include "nsIDocShell.h"
+#include "nsIDocShellLoadInfo.h"
+#include "nsILoadInfo.h"
+#include "nsIMessengerWindowService.h"
+#include "nsIWindowMediator.h"
+#include "nsIWindowWatcher.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsMimeTypes.h"
+#include "nsIInterfaceRequestor.h"
+#include "nsXPCOMCIDInternal.h"
+#include "nsIXULAppInfo.h"
+#include "nsSyncRunnableHelpers.h"
+
+PRLogModuleInfo *IMAP;
+
+// netlib required files
+#include "nsIStreamListener.h"
+#include "nsIMsgIncomingServer.h"
+#include "nsIImapIncomingServer.h"
+#include "nsIPrefBranch.h"
+#include "nsIPrefService.h"
+#include "nsIPrefLocalizedString.h"
+#include "nsImapUtils.h"
+#include "nsIStreamConverterService.h"
+#include "nsIProxyInfo.h"
+#include "nsISSLSocketControl.h"
+#include "nsProxyRelease.h"
+#include "nsDebug.h"
+#include "nsMsgCompressIStream.h"
+#include "nsMsgCompressOStream.h"
+#include "nsAlgorithm.h"
+#include "mozilla/Logging.h"
+#include "mozilla/Attributes.h"
+#include "nsIPrincipal.h"
+#include "nsContentSecurityManager.h"
+
+using namespace mozilla;
+
+#define ONE_SECOND ((uint32_t)1000)    // one second
+
+#define OUTPUT_BUFFER_SIZE (4096*2) // mscott - i should be able to remove this if I can use nsMsgLineBuffer???
+
+#define IMAP_ENV_HEADERS "From To Cc Bcc Subject Date Message-ID "
+#define IMAP_DB_HEADERS "Priority X-Priority References Newsgroups In-Reply-To Content-Type Reply-To"
+#define IMAP_ENV_AND_DB_HEADERS IMAP_ENV_HEADERS IMAP_DB_HEADERS
+static const PRIntervalTime kImapSleepTime = PR_MillisecondsToInterval(60000);
+static int32_t gPromoteNoopToCheckCount = 0;
+static const uint32_t kFlagChangesBeforeCheck = 10;
+static const int32_t kMaxSecondsBeforeCheck = 600;
+
+class AutoProxyReleaseMsgWindow
+{
+  public:
+    AutoProxyReleaseMsgWindow()
+      : mMsgWindow()
+    {}
+    ~AutoProxyReleaseMsgWindow()
+    {
+      NS_ReleaseOnMainThread(dont_AddRef(mMsgWindow));
+    }
+    nsIMsgWindow** StartAssignment()
+    {
+      MOZ_ASSERT(!mMsgWindow);
+      return &mMsgWindow;
+    }
+    operator nsIMsgWindow*()
+    {
+      return mMsgWindow;
+    }
+  private:
+    nsIMsgWindow* mMsgWindow;
+};
+
+nsIMsgWindow**
+getter_AddRefs(AutoProxyReleaseMsgWindow& aSmartPtr)
+{
+  return aSmartPtr.StartAssignment();
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMsgImapHdrXferInfo, nsIImapHeaderXferInfo)
+
+nsMsgImapHdrXferInfo::nsMsgImapHdrXferInfo()
+  : m_hdrInfos(kNumHdrsToXfer)
+{
+  m_nextFreeHdrInfo = 0;
+}
+
+nsMsgImapHdrXferInfo::~nsMsgImapHdrXferInfo()
+{
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgImapHdrXferInfo::GetNumHeaders(int32_t *aNumHeaders)
+{
+  *aNumHeaders = m_nextFreeHdrInfo;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgImapHdrXferInfo::GetHeader(int32_t hdrIndex, nsIImapHeaderInfo **aResult)
+{
+  // If the header index is more than (or equal to) our next free pointer, then
+  // its a header we haven't really got and the caller has done something
+  // wrong.
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(hdrIndex < m_nextFreeHdrInfo, NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER);
+
+  *aResult = m_hdrInfos.SafeObjectAt(hdrIndex);
+  if (!*aResult)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  NS_ADDREF(*aResult);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+static const int32_t kInitLineHdrCacheSize = 512; // should be about right
+
+nsIImapHeaderInfo* nsMsgImapHdrXferInfo::StartNewHdr()
+{
+  if (m_nextFreeHdrInfo >= kNumHdrsToXfer)
+    return nullptr;
+
+  nsIImapHeaderInfo *result = m_hdrInfos.SafeObjectAt(m_nextFreeHdrInfo++);
+  if (result)
+    return result;
+
+  nsMsgImapLineDownloadCache *lineCache = new nsMsgImapLineDownloadCache();
+  if (!lineCache)
+    return nullptr;
+
+  lineCache->GrowBuffer(kInitLineHdrCacheSize);
+
+  m_hdrInfos.AppendObject(lineCache);
+
+  return lineCache;
+}
+
+// maybe not needed...
+void nsMsgImapHdrXferInfo::FinishCurrentHdr()
+{
+  // nothing to do?
+}
+
+void nsMsgImapHdrXferInfo::ResetAll()
+{
+  int32_t count = m_hdrInfos.Count();
+  for (int32_t i = 0; i < count; i++)
+  {
+    nsIImapHeaderInfo *hdrInfo = m_hdrInfos[i];
+    if (hdrInfo)
+      hdrInfo->ResetCache();
+  }
+  m_nextFreeHdrInfo = 0;
+}
+
+void nsMsgImapHdrXferInfo::ReleaseAll()
+{
+  m_hdrInfos.Clear();
+  m_nextFreeHdrInfo = 0;
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMsgImapLineDownloadCache, nsIImapHeaderInfo)
+
+// **** helper class for downloading line ****
+nsMsgImapLineDownloadCache::nsMsgImapLineDownloadCache()
+{
+    fLineInfo = (msg_line_info *) PR_CALLOC(sizeof( msg_line_info));
+    fLineInfo->uidOfMessage = nsMsgKey_None;
+    m_msgSize = 0;
+}
+
+nsMsgImapLineDownloadCache::~nsMsgImapLineDownloadCache()
+{
+    PR_Free( fLineInfo);
+}
+
+uint32_t nsMsgImapLineDownloadCache::CurrentUID()
+{
+    return fLineInfo->uidOfMessage;
+}
+
+uint32_t nsMsgImapLineDownloadCache::SpaceAvailable()
+{
+    return kDownLoadCacheSize - m_bufferPos;
+}
+
+msg_line_info *nsMsgImapLineDownloadCache::GetCurrentLineInfo()
+{
+  AppendBuffer("", 1); // null terminate the buffer
+  fLineInfo->adoptedMessageLine = GetBuffer();
+  return fLineInfo;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgImapLineDownloadCache::ResetCache()
+{
+    ResetWritePos();
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+bool nsMsgImapLineDownloadCache::CacheEmpty()
+{
+    return m_bufferPos == 0;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgImapLineDownloadCache::CacheLine(const char *line, uint32_t uid)
+{
+    NS_ASSERTION((PL_strlen(line) + 1) <= SpaceAvailable(),
+                 "Oops... line length greater than space available");
+
+    fLineInfo->uidOfMessage = uid;
+
+    AppendString(line);
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* attribute nsMsgKey msgUid; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgImapLineDownloadCache::GetMsgUid(nsMsgKey *aMsgUid)
+{
+    *aMsgUid = fLineInfo->uidOfMessage;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgImapLineDownloadCache::SetMsgUid(nsMsgKey aMsgUid)
+{
+    fLineInfo->uidOfMessage = aMsgUid;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* attribute long msgSize; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgImapLineDownloadCache::GetMsgSize(int32_t *aMsgSize)
+{
+    *aMsgSize = m_msgSize;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgImapLineDownloadCache::SetMsgSize(int32_t aMsgSize)
+{
+    m_msgSize = aMsgSize;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* attribute string msgHdrs; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgImapLineDownloadCache::GetMsgHdrs(const char **aMsgHdrs)
+{
+  // this doesn't copy the string
+    AppendBuffer("", 1); // null terminate the buffer
+    *aMsgHdrs = GetBuffer();
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* the following macros actually implement addref, release and query interface for our component. */
+
+NS_IMPL_ADDREF_INHERITED(nsImapProtocol, nsMsgProtocol)
+NS_IMPL_RELEASE_INHERITED(nsImapProtocol, nsMsgProtocol )
+
+NS_INTERFACE_MAP_BEGIN(nsImapProtocol)
+   NS_INTERFACE_MAP_ENTRY_AMBIGUOUS(nsISupports, nsIImapProtocol)
+   NS_INTERFACE_MAP_ENTRY(nsIRunnable)
+   NS_INTERFACE_MAP_ENTRY(nsIImapProtocol)
+   NS_INTERFACE_MAP_ENTRY(nsIInputStreamCallback)
+   NS_INTERFACE_MAP_ENTRY(nsISupportsWeakReference)
+   NS_INTERFACE_MAP_ENTRY(nsIImapProtocolSink)
+   NS_INTERFACE_MAP_ENTRY(nsIMsgAsyncPromptListener)
+NS_INTERFACE_MAP_END_THREADSAFE
+
+static int32_t gTooFastTime = 2;
+static int32_t gIdealTime = 4;
+static int32_t gChunkAddSize = 16384;
+static int32_t gChunkSize = 250000;
+static int32_t gChunkThreshold = gChunkSize + gChunkSize/2;
+static bool gChunkSizeDirty = false;
+static bool gFetchByChunks = true;
+static bool gInitialized = false;
+static bool gHideUnusedNamespaces = true;
+static bool gHideOtherUsersFromList = false;
+static bool gUseEnvelopeCmd = false;
+static bool gUseLiteralPlus = true;
+static bool gExpungeAfterDelete = false;
+static bool gCheckDeletedBeforeExpunge = false; //bug 235004
+static int32_t gResponseTimeout = 60;
+static nsCString gForceSelectDetect;
+static nsTArray<nsCString> gForceSelectServersArray;
+
+// let delete model control expunging, i.e., don't ever expunge when the
+// user chooses the imap delete model, otherwise, expunge when over the
+// threshhold. This is the normal TB behavior.
+static const int32_t kAutoExpungeDeleteModel = 0;
+// Expunge whenever the folder is opened
+static const int32_t kAutoExpungeAlways = 1;
+// Expunge when over the threshhold, independent of the delete model.
+static const int32_t kAutoExpungeOnThreshold = 2;
+static int32_t gExpungeOption = kAutoExpungeDeleteModel;
+static int32_t gExpungeThreshold = 20;
+
+const int32_t kAppBufSize = 100;
+// can't use static nsCString because it shows up as a leak.
+static char gAppName[kAppBufSize];
+static char gAppVersion[kAppBufSize];
+
+nsresult nsImapProtocol::GlobalInitialization(nsIPrefBranch *aPrefBranch)
+{
+    gInitialized = true;
+
+    aPrefBranch->GetIntPref("mail.imap.chunk_fast", &gTooFastTime);   // secs we read too little too fast
+    aPrefBranch->GetIntPref("mail.imap.chunk_ideal", &gIdealTime);    // secs we read enough in good time
+    aPrefBranch->GetIntPref("mail.imap.chunk_add", &gChunkAddSize);   // buffer size to add when wasting time
+    aPrefBranch->GetIntPref("mail.imap.chunk_size", &gChunkSize);
+    aPrefBranch->GetIntPref("mail.imap.min_chunk_size_threshold",
+                            &gChunkThreshold);
+    aPrefBranch->GetBoolPref("mail.imap.hide_other_users",
+                             &gHideOtherUsersFromList);
+    aPrefBranch->GetBoolPref("mail.imap.hide_unused_namespaces",
+                             &gHideUnusedNamespaces);
+    aPrefBranch->GetIntPref("mail.imap.noop_check_count",
+                            &gPromoteNoopToCheckCount);
+    aPrefBranch->GetBoolPref("mail.imap.use_envelope_cmd",
+                             &gUseEnvelopeCmd);
+    aPrefBranch->GetBoolPref("mail.imap.use_literal_plus", &gUseLiteralPlus);
+    aPrefBranch->GetBoolPref("mail.imap.expunge_after_delete",
+                             &gExpungeAfterDelete);
+    aPrefBranch->GetBoolPref("mail.imap.check_deleted_before_expunge",
+                             &gCheckDeletedBeforeExpunge);
+    aPrefBranch->GetIntPref("mail.imap.expunge_option", &gExpungeOption);
+    aPrefBranch->GetIntPref("mail.imap.expunge_threshold_number",
+                            &gExpungeThreshold);
+    aPrefBranch->GetIntPref("mailnews.tcptimeout", &gResponseTimeout);
+    aPrefBranch->GetCharPref("mail.imap.force_select_detect",
+                             getter_Copies(gForceSelectDetect));
+    ParseString(gForceSelectDetect, ';', gForceSelectServersArray);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIXULAppInfo> appInfo(do_GetService(XULAPPINFO_SERVICE_CONTRACTID));
+
+    if (appInfo)
+    {
+      nsCString appName, appVersion;
+      appInfo->GetName(appName);
+      appInfo->GetVersion(appVersion);
+      PL_strncpyz(gAppName, appName.get(), kAppBufSize);
+      PL_strncpyz(gAppVersion, appVersion.get(), kAppBufSize);
+    }
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsImapProtocol::nsImapProtocol() : nsMsgProtocol(nullptr),
+    m_dataAvailableMonitor("imapDataAvailable"),
+    m_urlReadyToRunMonitor("imapUrlReadyToRun"),
+    m_pseudoInterruptMonitor("imapPseudoInterrupt"),
+    m_dataMemberMonitor("imapDataMember"),
+    m_threadDeathMonitor("imapThreadDeath"),
+    m_waitForBodyIdsMonitor("imapWaitForBodyIds"),
+    m_fetchBodyListMonitor("imapFetchBodyList"),
+    m_passwordReadyMonitor("imapPasswordReady"),
+    mLock("nsImapProtocol.mLock"),
+    m_parser(*this)
+{
+  m_urlInProgress = false;
+  m_idle = false;
+  m_retryUrlOnError = false;
+  m_useIdle = true; // by default, use it
+  m_useCondStore = true;
+  m_useCompressDeflate = true;
+  m_ignoreExpunges = false;
+  m_prefAuthMethods = kCapabilityUndefined;
+  m_failedAuthMethods = 0;
+  m_currentAuthMethod = kCapabilityUndefined;
+  m_socketType = nsMsgSocketType::trySTARTTLS;
+  m_connectionStatus = NS_OK;
+  m_safeToCloseConnection = false;
+  m_hostSessionList = nullptr;
+  m_flagState = nullptr;
+  m_fetchBodyIdList = nullptr;
+  m_isGmailServer = false;
+  m_fetchingWholeMessage = false;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefBranch(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID));
+  NS_ASSERTION(prefBranch, "FAILED to create the preference service");
+
+  // read in the accept languages preference
+  if (prefBranch)
+  {
+    if (!gInitialized)
+      GlobalInitialization(prefBranch);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefLocalizedString> prefString;
+    prefBranch->GetComplexValue("intl.accept_languages",
+                                NS_GET_IID(nsIPrefLocalizedString),
+                                getter_AddRefs(prefString));
+    if (prefString)
+      prefString->ToString(getter_Copies(mAcceptLanguages));
+
+    nsCString customDBHeaders;
+    prefBranch->GetCharPref("mailnews.customDBHeaders",
+                            getter_Copies(customDBHeaders));
+
+    ParseString(customDBHeaders, ' ', mCustomDBHeaders);
+    prefBranch->GetBoolPref("mailnews.display.prefer_plaintext", &m_preferPlainText);
+
+    nsAutoCString customHeaders;;
+    prefBranch->GetCharPref("mailnews.customHeaders",
+                            getter_Copies(customHeaders));
+    customHeaders.StripWhitespace();
+    ParseString(customHeaders, ':', mCustomHeaders);
+  }
+
+    // ***** Thread support *****
+  m_thread = nullptr;
+  m_imapThreadIsRunning = false;
+  m_currentServerCommandTagNumber = 0;
+  m_active = false;
+  m_folderNeedsSubscribing = false;
+  m_folderNeedsACLRefreshed = false;
+  m_threadShouldDie = false;
+  m_inThreadShouldDie = false;
+  m_pseudoInterrupted = false;
+  m_nextUrlReadyToRun = false;
+  m_trackingTime = false;
+  m_curFetchSize = 0;
+  m_startTime = 0;
+  m_endTime = 0;
+  m_lastActiveTime = 0;
+  m_lastProgressTime = 0;
+  ResetProgressInfo();
+
+  m_tooFastTime = 0;
+  m_idealTime = 0;
+  m_chunkAddSize = 0;
+  m_chunkStartSize = 0;
+  m_fetchByChunks = true;
+  m_sendID = true;
+  m_chunkSize = 0;
+  m_chunkThreshold = 0;
+  m_fromHeaderSeen = false;
+  m_closeNeededBeforeSelect = false;
+  m_needNoop = false;
+  m_noopCount = 0;
+  m_fetchBodyListIsNew = false;
+  m_flagChangeCount = 0;
+  m_lastCheckTime = PR_Now();
+
+  m_checkForNewMailDownloadsHeaders = true;  // this should be on by default
+  m_hierarchyNameState = kNoOperationInProgress;
+  m_discoveryStatus = eContinue;
+
+  m_overRideUrlConnectionInfo = false;
+  // m_dataOutputBuf is used by Send Data
+  m_dataOutputBuf = (char *) PR_CALLOC(sizeof(char) * OUTPUT_BUFFER_SIZE);
+  m_allocatedSize = OUTPUT_BUFFER_SIZE;
+
+  // used to buffer incoming data by ReadNextLine
+  m_inputStreamBuffer = new nsMsgLineStreamBuffer(OUTPUT_BUFFER_SIZE, true /* allocate new lines */, false /* leave CRLFs on the returned string */);
+  m_currentBiffState = nsIMsgFolder::nsMsgBiffState_Unknown;
+  m_progressStringName.Truncate();
+
+  // since these are embedded in the nsImapProtocol object, but passed
+  // through proxied xpcom methods, just AddRef them here.
+  m_hdrDownloadCache = new nsMsgImapHdrXferInfo();
+  m_downloadLineCache = new nsMsgImapLineDownloadCache();
+
+  // subscription
+  m_autoSubscribe = true;
+  m_autoUnsubscribe = true;
+  m_autoSubscribeOnOpen = true;
+  m_deletableChildren = nullptr;
+
+  mFolderLastModSeq = 0;
+
+  Configure(gTooFastTime, gIdealTime, gChunkAddSize, gChunkSize,
+                    gChunkThreshold, gFetchByChunks);
+  m_forceSelect = false;
+
+  // where should we do this? Perhaps in the factory object?
+  if (!IMAP)
+    IMAP = PR_NewLogModule("IMAP");
+}
+
+nsresult nsImapProtocol::Configure(int32_t TooFastTime, int32_t IdealTime,
+                  int32_t ChunkAddSize, int32_t ChunkSize, int32_t ChunkThreshold,
+                  bool FetchByChunks)
+{
+  m_tooFastTime = TooFastTime;    // secs we read too little too fast
+  m_idealTime = IdealTime;    // secs we read enough in good time
+  m_chunkAddSize = ChunkAddSize;    // buffer size to add when wasting time
+  m_chunkStartSize = m_chunkSize = ChunkSize;
+  m_chunkThreshold = ChunkThreshold;
+  m_fetchByChunks = FetchByChunks;
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapProtocol::Initialize(nsIImapHostSessionList * aHostSessionList,
+                           nsIImapIncomingServer *aServer)
+{
+  NS_PRECONDITION(aHostSessionList && aServer,
+     "oops...trying to initialize with a null host session list or server!");
+  if (!aHostSessionList || !aServer)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  nsresult rv = m_downloadLineCache->GrowBuffer(kDownLoadCacheSize);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  m_flagState = new nsImapFlagAndUidState(kImapFlagAndUidStateSize);
+  if (!m_flagState)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+  aServer->GetUseIdle(&m_useIdle);
+  aServer->GetForceSelect(m_forceSelectValue);
+  aServer->GetUseCondStore(&m_useCondStore);
+  aServer->GetUseCompressDeflate(&m_useCompressDeflate);
+  NS_ADDREF(m_flagState);
+
+  m_hostSessionList = aHostSessionList; // no ref count...host session list has life time > connection
+  m_parser.SetHostSessionList(aHostSessionList);
+  m_parser.SetFlagState(m_flagState);
+
+  // Initialize the empty mime part string on the main thread.
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundle> bundle;
+  rv = IMAPGetStringBundle(getter_AddRefs(bundle));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = bundle->GetStringFromName(u"imapEmptyMimePart",
+    getter_Copies(m_emptyMimePartString));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // Now initialize the thread for the connection
+  if (m_thread == nullptr)
+  {
+    nsresult rv = NS_NewThread(getter_AddRefs(m_iThread), this);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    {
+      NS_ASSERTION(m_iThread, "Unable to create imap thread.\n");
+      return rv;
+    }
+    m_iThread->GetPRThread(&m_thread);
+
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsImapProtocol::~nsImapProtocol()
+{
+  PR_Free(m_fetchBodyIdList);
+
+  NS_IF_RELEASE(m_flagState);
+
+  PR_Free(m_dataOutputBuf);
+  delete m_inputStreamBuffer;
+
+  // **** We must be out of the thread main loop function
+  NS_ASSERTION(!m_imapThreadIsRunning, "Oops, thread is still running.\n");
+}
+
+const nsCString&
+nsImapProtocol::GetImapHostName()
+{
+  if (m_runningUrl && m_hostName.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> url = do_QueryInterface(m_runningUrl);
+    url->GetAsciiHost(m_hostName);
+  }
+
+  return m_hostName;
+}
+
+const nsCString&
+nsImapProtocol::GetImapUserName()
+{
+  if (m_userName.IsEmpty() && m_imapServerSink)
+  {
+    m_imapServerSink->GetOriginalUsername(m_userName);
+  }
+  return m_userName;
+}
+
+const char*
+nsImapProtocol::GetImapServerKey()
+{
+  if (m_serverKey.IsEmpty() && m_imapServerSink)
+  {
+    m_imapServerSink->GetServerKey(m_serverKey);
+  }
+  return m_serverKey.get();
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsImapProtocol::SetupSinkProxy()
+{
+  nsresult res;
+  if (m_runningUrl)
+  {
+    if (!m_imapMailFolderSink)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIImapMailFolderSink> aImapMailFolderSink;
+      (void) m_runningUrl->GetImapMailFolderSink(getter_AddRefs(aImapMailFolderSink));
+      if (aImapMailFolderSink)
+      {
+        m_imapMailFolderSink = new ImapMailFolderSinkProxy(aImapMailFolderSink);
+      }
+    }
+
+    if (!m_imapMessageSink)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIImapMessageSink> aImapMessageSink;
+      (void) m_runningUrl->GetImapMessageSink(getter_AddRefs(aImapMessageSink));
+      if (aImapMessageSink) {
+        m_imapMessageSink = new ImapMessageSinkProxy(aImapMessageSink);
+      } else {
+        return NS_ERROR_ILLEGAL_VALUE;
+      }
+    }
+    if (!m_imapServerSink)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIImapServerSink> aImapServerSink;
+      res = m_runningUrl->GetImapServerSink(getter_AddRefs(aImapServerSink));
+      if (aImapServerSink) {
+        m_imapServerSink = new ImapServerSinkProxy(aImapServerSink);
+      } else {
+        return NS_ERROR_ILLEGAL_VALUE;
+      }
+    }
+    if (!m_imapProtocolSink)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIImapProtocolSink> anImapProxyHelper(do_QueryInterface(NS_ISUPPORTS_CAST(nsIImapProtocolSink*, this), &res));
+      m_imapProtocolSink = new ImapProtocolSinkProxy(anImapProxyHelper);
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+static void SetSecurityCallbacksFromChannel(nsISocketTransport* aTrans, nsIChannel* aChannel)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIInterfaceRequestor> callbacks;
+  aChannel->GetNotificationCallbacks(getter_AddRefs(callbacks));
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsILoadGroup> loadGroup;
+  aChannel->GetLoadGroup(getter_AddRefs(loadGroup));
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIInterfaceRequestor> securityCallbacks;
+  MsgNewNotificationCallbacksAggregation(callbacks, loadGroup,
+                                         getter_AddRefs(securityCallbacks));
+  if (securityCallbacks)
+    aTrans->SetSecurityCallbacks(securityCallbacks);
+}
+
+// Setup With Url is intended to set up data which is held on a PER URL basis and not
+// a per connection basis. If you have data which is independent of the url we are currently
+// running, then you should put it in Initialize().
+// This is only ever called from the UI thread. It is called from LoadUrl, right
+// before the url gets run - i.e., the url is next in line to run.
+nsresult nsImapProtocol::SetupWithUrl(nsIURI * aURL, nsISupports* aConsumer)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  NS_PRECONDITION(aURL, "null URL passed into Imap Protocol");
+  if (aURL)
+  {
+    m_runningUrl = do_QueryInterface(aURL, &rv);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailnewsUrl = do_QueryInterface(m_runningUrl);
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server = do_QueryReferent(m_server);
+    if (!server)
+    {
+      rv = mailnewsUrl->GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      m_server = do_GetWeakReference(server);
+    }
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> folder;
+    mailnewsUrl->GetFolder(getter_AddRefs(folder));
+    mFolderLastModSeq = 0;
+    mFolderTotalMsgCount = 0;
+    mFolderHighestUID = 0;
+    m_uidValidity = kUidUnknown;
+    if (folder)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> folderDB;
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIDBFolderInfo> folderInfo;
+      folder->GetDBFolderInfoAndDB(getter_AddRefs(folderInfo), getter_AddRefs(folderDB));
+      if (folderInfo)
+      {
+        nsCString modSeqStr;
+        folderInfo->GetCharProperty(kModSeqPropertyName, modSeqStr);
+        mFolderLastModSeq = ParseUint64Str(modSeqStr.get());
+        folderInfo->GetNumMessages(&mFolderTotalMsgCount);
+        folderInfo->GetUint32Property(kHighestRecordedUIDPropertyName, 0, &mFolderHighestUID);
+        folderInfo->GetImapUidValidity(&m_uidValidity);
+      }
+    }
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIImapIncomingServer> imapServer = do_QueryInterface(server);
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIStreamListener> aRealStreamListener = do_QueryInterface(aConsumer);
+    m_runningUrl->GetMockChannel(getter_AddRefs(m_mockChannel));
+    imapServer->GetIsGMailServer(&m_isGmailServer);
+    if (!m_mockChannel)
+    {
+
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIPrincipal> nullPrincipal =
+        do_CreateInstance("@mozilla.org/nullprincipal;1", &rv);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      // there are several imap operations that aren't initiated via a nsIChannel::AsyncOpen call on the mock channel.
+      // such as selecting a folder. nsImapProtocol now insists on a mock channel when processing a url.
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIChannel> channel;
+      rv = NS_NewChannel(getter_AddRefs(channel),
+                         aURL,
+                         nullPrincipal,
+                         nsILoadInfo::SEC_NORMAL,
+                         nsIContentPolicy::TYPE_OTHER);
+      m_mockChannel = do_QueryInterface(channel);
+
+      // Certain imap operations (not initiated by the IO Service via AsyncOpen) can be interrupted by  the stop button on the toolbar.
+      // We do this by using the loadgroup of the docshell for the message pane. We really shouldn't be doing this..
+      // See the comment in nsMsgMailNewsUrl::GetLoadGroup.
+      nsCOMPtr<nsILoadGroup> loadGroup;
+      mailnewsUrl->GetLoadGroup(getter_AddRefs(loadGroup)); // get the message pane load group
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIRequest> ourRequest = do_QueryInterface(m_mockChannel);
+      if (loadGroup)
+        loadGroup->AddRequest(ourRequest, nullptr /* context isupports */);
+    }
+
+    if (m_mockChannel)
+    {
+      m_mockChannel->SetImapProtocol(this);
+      // if we have a listener from a mock channel, over-ride the consumer that was passed in
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIStreamListener> channelListener;
+      m_mockChannel->GetChannelListener(getter_AddRefs(channelListener));
+      if (channelListener) // only over-ride if we have a non null channel listener
+        aRealStreamListener = channelListener;
+      m_mockChannel->GetChannelContext(getter_AddRefs(m_channelContext));
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgWindow> msgWindow;
+      GetMsgWindow(getter_AddRefs(msgWindow));
+      if (!msgWindow)
+        GetTopmostMsgWindow(getter_AddRefs(msgWindow));
+      if (msgWindow)
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIDocShell> docShell;
+        msgWindow->GetMessageWindowDocShell(getter_AddRefs(docShell));
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIInterfaceRequestor> ir(do_QueryInterface(docShell));
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIInterfaceRequestor> interfaceRequestor;
+        msgWindow->GetNotificationCallbacks(getter_AddRefs(interfaceRequestor));
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIInterfaceRequestor> aggregateIR;
+        MsgNewInterfaceRequestorAggregation(interfaceRequestor, ir, getter_AddRefs(aggregateIR));
+        m_mockChannel->SetNotificationCallbacks(aggregateIR);
+      }
+    }
+
+    // since we'll be making calls directly from the imap thread to the channel listener,
+    // we need to turn it into a proxy object....we'll assume that the listener is on the same thread
+    // as the event sink queue
+    if (aRealStreamListener)
+    {
+      NS_ASSERTION(!m_channelListener, "shouldn't already have a channel listener");
+      m_channelListener = new StreamListenerProxy(aRealStreamListener);
+    }
+
+    server->GetRealHostName(m_realHostName);
+    int32_t authMethod;
+    (void) server->GetAuthMethod(&authMethod);
+    InitPrefAuthMethods(authMethod, server);
+    (void) server->GetSocketType(&m_socketType);
+    bool shuttingDown;
+    (void) imapServer->GetShuttingDown(&shuttingDown);
+    if (!shuttingDown)
+      (void) imapServer->GetUseIdle(&m_useIdle);
+    else
+      m_useIdle = false;
+    imapServer->GetFetchByChunks(&m_fetchByChunks);
+    imapServer->GetSendID(&m_sendID);
+
+    nsAutoString trashFolderName;
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(imapServer->GetTrashFolderName(trashFolderName)))
+      CopyUTF16toMUTF7(trashFolderName, m_trashFolderName);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefBranch(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID));
+    if (prefBranch)
+    {
+      bool preferPlainText;
+      prefBranch->GetBoolPref("mailnews.display.prefer_plaintext", &preferPlainText);
+      // If the pref has changed since the last time we ran a url,
+      // clear the shell cache for this host.
+      if (preferPlainText != m_preferPlainText)
+      {
+        m_hostSessionList->ClearShellCacheForHost(GetImapServerKey());
+        m_preferPlainText = preferPlainText;
+      }
+    }
+
+    if ( m_runningUrl && !m_transport /* and we don't have a transport yet */)
+    {
+      // extract the file name and create a file transport...
+      int32_t port=-1;
+      server->GetPort(&port);
+
+      if (port <= 0)
+      {
+        int32_t socketType;
+        // Be a bit smarter about setting the default port
+        port = (NS_SUCCEEDED(server->GetSocketType(&socketType)) &&
+                socketType == nsMsgSocketType::SSL) ?
+               nsIImapUrl::DEFAULT_IMAPS_PORT : nsIImapUrl::DEFAULT_IMAP_PORT;
+      }
+      nsCOMPtr<nsISocketTransportService> socketService =
+               do_GetService(NS_SOCKETTRANSPORTSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && aURL)
+      {
+        aURL->GetPort(&port);
+
+        Log("SetupWithUrl", nullptr, "clearing IMAP_CONNECTION_IS_OPEN");
+        ClearFlag(IMAP_CONNECTION_IS_OPEN);
+        const char *connectionType = nullptr;
+
+        if (m_socketType == nsMsgSocketType::SSL)
+          connectionType = "ssl";
+        else if (m_socketType == nsMsgSocketType::alwaysSTARTTLS)
+          connectionType = "starttls";
+        // This can go away once we think everyone is migrated
+        // away from the trySTARTTLS socket type.
+        else if (m_socketType == nsMsgSocketType::trySTARTTLS)
+          connectionType =  "starttls";
+
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIProxyInfo> proxyInfo;
+        if (m_mockChannel)
+          rv = MsgExamineForProxy(m_mockChannel, getter_AddRefs(proxyInfo));
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+          proxyInfo = nullptr;
+
+        const nsACString *socketHost;
+        uint16_t socketPort;
+
+        if (m_overRideUrlConnectionInfo)
+        {
+          socketHost = &m_logonHost;
+          socketPort = m_logonPort;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          socketHost = &m_realHostName;
+          socketPort = port;
+        }
+        rv = socketService->CreateTransport(&connectionType, connectionType != nullptr,
+                                            *socketHost, socketPort, proxyInfo,
+                                            getter_AddRefs(m_transport));
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv) && m_socketType == nsMsgSocketType::trySTARTTLS)
+        {
+          connectionType = nullptr;
+          m_socketType = nsMsgSocketType::plain;
+          rv = socketService->CreateTransport(&connectionType, connectionType != nullptr,
+                                              *socketHost, socketPort, proxyInfo,
+                                              getter_AddRefs(m_transport));
+        }
+        // remember so we can know whether we can issue a start tls or not...
+        m_connectionType = connectionType;
+        if (m_transport && m_mockChannel)
+        {
+          uint8_t qos;
+          rv = GetQoSBits(&qos);
+          if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+            m_transport->SetQoSBits(qos);
+
+          // Ensure that the socket can get the notification callbacks
+          SetSecurityCallbacksFromChannel(m_transport, m_mockChannel);
+
+          // open buffered, blocking input stream
+          rv = m_transport->OpenInputStream(nsITransport::OPEN_BLOCKING, 0, 0, getter_AddRefs(m_inputStream));
+          if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+          // open buffered, blocking output stream
+          rv = m_transport->OpenOutputStream(nsITransport::OPEN_BLOCKING, 0, 0, getter_AddRefs(m_outputStream));
+          if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+          SetFlag(IMAP_CONNECTION_IS_OPEN);
+        }
+      }
+    } // if m_runningUrl
+
+    if (m_transport && m_mockChannel)
+    {
+      m_transport->SetTimeout(nsISocketTransport::TIMEOUT_CONNECT, gResponseTimeout + 60);
+      int32_t readWriteTimeout = gResponseTimeout;
+      if (m_runningUrl)
+      {
+        m_runningUrl->GetImapAction(&m_imapAction);
+        // this is a silly hack, but the default of 100 seconds is way too long
+        // for things like APPEND, which should come back immediately.
+        if (m_imapAction == nsIImapUrl::nsImapAppendMsgFromFile ||
+            m_imapAction == nsIImapUrl::nsImapAppendDraftFromFile)
+        {
+          readWriteTimeout = 20;
+        }
+        else if (m_imapAction == nsIImapUrl::nsImapOnlineMove ||
+                 m_imapAction == nsIImapUrl::nsImapOnlineCopy)
+        {
+          nsCString messageIdString;
+          m_runningUrl->GetListOfMessageIds(messageIdString);
+          uint32_t copyCount = CountMessagesInIdString(messageIdString.get());
+          // If we're move/copying a large number of messages,
+          // which should be rare, increase the timeout based on number
+          // of messages. 40 messages per second should be sufficiently slow.
+          if (copyCount > 2400) // 40 * 60, 60 is default read write timeout
+            readWriteTimeout = std::max(readWriteTimeout, (int32_t)copyCount/40);
+        }
+      }
+      m_transport->SetTimeout(nsISocketTransport::TIMEOUT_READ_WRITE, readWriteTimeout);
+      // set the security info for the mock channel to be the security status for our underlying transport.
+      nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> securityInfo;
+      m_transport->GetSecurityInfo(getter_AddRefs(securityInfo));
+      m_mockChannel->SetSecurityInfo(securityInfo);
+
+      SetSecurityCallbacksFromChannel(m_transport, m_mockChannel);
+
+      nsCOMPtr<nsITransportEventSink> sink = do_QueryInterface(m_mockChannel);
+      if (sink) {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIThread> thread = do_GetMainThread();
+        m_transport->SetEventSink(sink, thread);
+      }
+
+      // and if we have a cache entry that we are saving the message to, set the security info on it too.
+      // since imap only uses the memory cache, passing this on is the right thing to do.
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailnewsUrl = do_QueryInterface(m_runningUrl);
+      if (mailnewsUrl)
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsICacheEntry> cacheEntry;
+        mailnewsUrl->GetMemCacheEntry(getter_AddRefs(cacheEntry));
+        if (cacheEntry)
+          cacheEntry->SetSecurityInfo(securityInfo);
+      }
+    }
+  } // if aUR
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+
+// when the connection is done processing the current state, free any per url state data...
+void nsImapProtocol::ReleaseUrlState(bool rerunning)
+{
+  // clear out the socket's reference to the notification callbacks for this transaction
+  {
+    MutexAutoLock mon(mLock);
+    if (m_transport)
+    {
+      m_transport->SetSecurityCallbacks(nullptr);
+      m_transport->SetEventSink(nullptr, nullptr);
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (m_mockChannel && !rerunning)
+  {
+    // Proxy the close of the channel to the ui thread.
+    if (m_imapMailFolderSink)
+      m_imapMailFolderSink->CloseMockChannel(m_mockChannel);
+    else
+      m_mockChannel->Close();
+
+    {
+      // grab a lock so m_mockChannel doesn't get cleared out
+      // from under us.
+      MutexAutoLock mon(mLock);
+      if (m_mockChannel)
+      {
+        // Proxy the release of the channel to the main thread.  This is something
+        // that the xpcom proxy system should do for us!
+        NS_ReleaseOnMainThread(m_mockChannel.forget());
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  m_channelContext = nullptr; // this might be the url - null it out before the final release of the url
+  m_imapMessageSink = nullptr;
+
+  // Proxy the release of the listener to the main thread.  This is something
+  // that the xpcom proxy system should do for us!
+  {
+    // grab a lock so the m_channelListener doesn't get cleared.
+    MutexAutoLock mon(mLock);
+    if (m_channelListener)
+    {
+      NS_ReleaseOnMainThread(m_channelListener.forget());
+    }
+  }
+  m_channelInputStream = nullptr;
+  m_channelOutputStream = nullptr;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailnewsurl;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapMailFolderSink> saveFolderSink;
+
+  {
+    MutexAutoLock mon(mLock);
+    if (m_runningUrl)
+    {
+      mailnewsurl = do_QueryInterface(m_runningUrl);
+      // It is unclear what 'saveFolderSink' is used for, most likely to hold
+      // a reference for a little longer. See bug 1324893 and bug 391259.
+      saveFolderSink = m_imapMailFolderSink;
+
+      m_runningUrl = nullptr; // force us to release our last reference on the url
+      m_urlInProgress = false;
+    }
+  }
+  // Need to null this out whether we have an m_runningUrl or not
+  m_imapMailFolderSink = nullptr;
+
+  // we want to make sure the imap protocol's last reference to the url gets released
+  // back on the UI thread. This ensures that the objects the imap url hangs on to
+  // properly get released back on the UI thread.
+  if (mailnewsurl)
+  {
+    NS_ReleaseOnMainThread(mailnewsurl.forget());
+  }
+  saveFolderSink = nullptr;
+}
+
+
+class nsImapThreadShutdownEvent : public mozilla::Runnable {
+public:
+  nsImapThreadShutdownEvent(nsIThread *thread) : mThread(thread) {
+  }
+  NS_IMETHOD Run() {
+    mThread->Shutdown();
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+private:
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIThread> mThread;
+};
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapProtocol::Run()
+{
+  PR_CEnterMonitor(this);
+  NS_ASSERTION(!m_imapThreadIsRunning,
+                 "Oh. oh. thread is already running. What's wrong here?");
+    if (m_imapThreadIsRunning)
+    {
+        PR_CExitMonitor(this);
+        return NS_OK;
+    }
+
+  m_imapThreadIsRunning = true;
+  PR_CExitMonitor(this);
+
+  // call the platform specific main loop ....
+  ImapThreadMainLoop();
+
+  if (m_runningUrl)
+  {
+    NS_ReleaseOnMainThread(m_runningUrl.forget());
+  }
+
+  // close streams via UI thread if it's not already done
+  if (m_imapProtocolSink)
+    m_imapProtocolSink->CloseStreams();
+
+  m_imapMailFolderSink = nullptr;
+  m_imapMessageSink = nullptr;
+
+  // shutdown this thread, but do it from the main thread
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIRunnable> ev = new nsImapThreadShutdownEvent(m_iThread);
+  if (NS_FAILED(NS_DispatchToMainThread(ev)))
+    NS_WARNING("Failed to dispatch nsImapThreadShutdownEvent");
+  m_iThread = nullptr;
+
+  // Release protocol object on the main thread to avoid destruction of 'this'
+  // on the IMAP thread, which causes grief for weak references.
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapProtocol> releaseOnMain(this);
+  NS_ReleaseOnMainThread(releaseOnMain.forget());
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+//
+// Must be called from UI thread only
+//
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapProtocol::CloseStreams()
+{
+  // make sure that it is called by the UI thread
+  MOZ_ASSERT(NS_IsMainThread(), "CloseStreams() should not be called from an off UI thread");
+
+  {
+    MutexAutoLock mon(mLock);
+    if (m_transport)
+    {
+        // make sure the transport closes (even if someone is still indirectly
+        // referencing it).
+        m_transport->Close(NS_ERROR_ABORT);
+        m_transport = nullptr;
+    }
+    m_inputStream = nullptr;
+    m_outputStream = nullptr;
+    m_channelListener = nullptr;
+    m_channelContext = nullptr;
+    if (m_mockChannel)
+    {
+        m_mockChannel->Close();
+        m_mockChannel = nullptr;
+    }
+    m_channelInputStream = nullptr;
+    m_channelOutputStream = nullptr;
+
+    // Close scope because we must let go of the monitor before calling
+    // RemoveConnection to unblock anyone who tries to get a monitor to the
+    // protocol object while holding onto a monitor to the server.
+  }
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> me_server = do_QueryReferent(m_server);
+  if (me_server)
+  {
+      nsresult result;
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIImapIncomingServer>
+          aImapServer(do_QueryInterface(me_server, &result));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(result))
+          aImapServer->RemoveConnection(this);
+      me_server = nullptr;
+  }
+  m_server = nullptr;
+  // take this opportunity of being on the UI thread to
+  // persist chunk prefs if they've changed
+  if (gChunkSizeDirty)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefBranch(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID));
+    if (prefBranch)
+    {
+      prefBranch->SetIntPref("mail.imap.chunk_size", gChunkSize);
+      prefBranch->SetIntPref("mail.imap.min_chunk_size_threshold", gChunkThreshold);
+      gChunkSizeDirty = false;
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapProtocol::GetUrlWindow(nsIMsgMailNewsUrl *aUrl,
+                                           nsIMsgWindow **aMsgWindow)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aUrl);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMsgWindow);
+  return aUrl->GetMsgWindow(aMsgWindow);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapProtocol::SetupMainThreadProxies()
+{
+  return SetupSinkProxy();
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapProtocol::OnInputStreamReady(nsIAsyncInputStream *inStr)
+{
+  // should we check if it's a close vs. data available?
+  if (m_idle)
+  {
+    uint64_t bytesAvailable = 0;
+    (void) inStr->Available(&bytesAvailable);
+    // check if data available - might be a close
+    if (bytesAvailable != 0)
+    {
+      ReentrantMonitorAutoEnter mon(m_urlReadyToRunMonitor);
+      m_lastActiveTime = PR_Now();
+      m_nextUrlReadyToRun = true;
+      mon.Notify();
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// this is to be called from the UI thread. It sets m_threadShouldDie,
+// and then signals the imap thread, which, when it wakes up, should exit.
+// The imap thread cleanup code will check m_safeToCloseConnection.
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapProtocol::TellThreadToDie(bool aIsSafeToClose)
+{
+  NS_WARNING_ASSERTION(NS_IsMainThread(),
+                       "TellThreadToDie(aIsSafeToClose) should only be called from UI thread");
+  MutexAutoLock mon(mLock);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> me_server = do_QueryReferent(m_server);
+  if (me_server)
+  {
+    nsresult rv;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIImapIncomingServer>
+      aImapServer(do_QueryInterface(me_server, &rv));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      aImapServer->RemoveConnection(this);
+    m_server = nullptr;
+    me_server = nullptr;
+  }
+  {
+    ReentrantMonitorAutoEnter deathMon(m_threadDeathMonitor);
+    m_safeToCloseConnection = aIsSafeToClose;
+    m_threadShouldDie = true;
+  }
+  ReentrantMonitorAutoEnter readyMon(m_urlReadyToRunMonitor);
+  m_nextUrlReadyToRun = true;
+  readyMon.Notify();
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+void
+nsImapProtocol::TellThreadToDie()
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  NS_WARNING_ASSERTION(!NS_IsMainThread(),
+                       "TellThreadToDie() should not be called from UI thread");
+
+  // prevent re-entering this method because it may lock the UI.
+  if (m_inThreadShouldDie)
+    return;
+  m_inThreadShouldDie = true;
+
+  // This routine is called only from the imap protocol thread.
+  // The UI thread causes this to be called by calling TellThreadToDie.
+  // In that case, m_safeToCloseConnection will be FALSE if it's dropping a
+  // timed out connection, true when closing a cached connection.
+  // We're using PR_CEnter/ExitMonitor because Monitors don't like having
+  // us to hold one monitor and call code that gets a different monitor. And
+  // some of the methods we call here use Monitors.
+  PR_CEnterMonitor(this);
+
+  m_urlInProgress = true;  // let's say it's busy so no one tries to use
+                                // this about to die connection.
+  bool urlWritingData = false;
+  bool connectionIdle = !m_runningUrl;
+
+  if (!connectionIdle)
+    urlWritingData = m_imapAction == nsIImapUrl::nsImapAppendMsgFromFile
+      || m_imapAction == nsIImapUrl::nsImapAppendDraftFromFile;
+
+  bool closeNeeded = GetServerStateParser().GetIMAPstate() ==
+                nsImapServerResponseParser::kFolderSelected && m_safeToCloseConnection;
+  nsCString command;
+  // if a url is writing data, we can't even logout, so we're just
+  // going to close the connection as if the user pressed stop.
+  if (m_currentServerCommandTagNumber > 0 && !urlWritingData)
+  {
+    bool isAlive = false;
+    if (m_transport)
+      rv = m_transport->IsAlive(&isAlive);
+
+    if (TestFlag(IMAP_CONNECTION_IS_OPEN) && m_idle && isAlive)
+      EndIdle(false);
+
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && isAlive && closeNeeded && GetDeleteIsMoveToTrash() &&
+        TestFlag(IMAP_CONNECTION_IS_OPEN) && m_outputStream)
+      Close(true, connectionIdle);
+
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && isAlive && TestFlag(IMAP_CONNECTION_IS_OPEN) &&
+        NS_SUCCEEDED(GetConnectionStatus()) && m_outputStream)
+      Logout(true, connectionIdle);
+  }
+  PR_CExitMonitor(this);
+  // close streams via UI thread
+  if (m_imapProtocolSink)
+  {
+    m_imapProtocolSink->CloseStreams();
+    m_imapProtocolSink = nullptr;
+  }
+  Log("TellThreadToDie", nullptr, "close socket connection");
+
+  {
+    ReentrantMonitorAutoEnter mon(m_threadDeathMonitor);
+    m_threadShouldDie = true;
+  }
+  {
+    ReentrantMonitorAutoEnter dataMon(m_dataAvailableMonitor);
+    dataMon.Notify();
+  }
+  ReentrantMonitorAutoEnter urlReadyMon(m_urlReadyToRunMonitor);
+  urlReadyMon.NotifyAll();
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapProtocol::GetLastActiveTimeStamp(PRTime* aTimeStamp)
+{
+  if (aTimeStamp)
+    *aTimeStamp = m_lastActiveTime;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+static void DoomCacheEntry(nsIMsgMailNewsUrl *url);
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapProtocol::PseudoInterruptMsgLoad(nsIMsgFolder *aImapFolder, nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow, bool *interrupted)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG (interrupted);
+
+  *interrupted = false;
+
+  PR_CEnterMonitor(this);
+
+  if (m_runningUrl && !TestFlag(IMAP_CLEAN_UP_URL_STATE))
+  {
+    nsImapAction imapAction;
+    m_runningUrl->GetImapAction(&imapAction);
+
+    if (imapAction == nsIImapUrl::nsImapMsgFetch)
+    {
+      nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIImapUrl> runningImapURL;
+
+      rv = GetRunningImapURL(getter_AddRefs(runningImapURL));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && runningImapURL)
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> runningImapFolder;
+        nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgWindow> msgWindow;
+        nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailnewsUrl = do_QueryInterface(runningImapURL);
+        mailnewsUrl->GetMsgWindow(getter_AddRefs(msgWindow));
+        mailnewsUrl->GetFolder(getter_AddRefs(runningImapFolder));
+        if (aImapFolder == runningImapFolder && msgWindow == aMsgWindow)
+        {
+          PseudoInterrupt(true);
+          *interrupted = true;
+        }
+        // If we're interrupted, doom any incomplete cache entry.
+        DoomCacheEntry(mailnewsUrl);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  PR_CExitMonitor(this);
+#ifdef DEBUG_bienvenu
+  printf("interrupt msg load : %s\n", (*interrupted) ? "TRUE" : "FALSE");
+#endif
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+void
+nsImapProtocol::ImapThreadMainLoop()
+{
+  MOZ_LOG(IMAP, LogLevel::Debug, ("ImapThreadMainLoop entering [this=%x]\n", this));
+
+  PRIntervalTime sleepTime = kImapSleepTime;
+  while (!DeathSignalReceived())
+  {
+    nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+    bool readyToRun;
+
+    // wait for an URL to process...
+    {
+      ReentrantMonitorAutoEnter mon(m_urlReadyToRunMonitor);
+
+      while (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !DeathSignalReceived() &&
+             !m_nextUrlReadyToRun && !m_threadShouldDie)
+        rv = mon.Wait(sleepTime);
+
+      readyToRun = m_nextUrlReadyToRun;
+      m_nextUrlReadyToRun = false;
+    }
+    // This will happen if the UI thread signals us to die
+    if (m_threadShouldDie)
+    {
+      TellThreadToDie();
+      break;
+    }
+
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv) && PR_PENDING_INTERRUPT_ERROR == PR_GetError())
+    {
+      printf("error waiting for monitor\n");
+      break;
+    }
+
+    if (readyToRun && m_runningUrl)
+    {
+      if (m_currentServerCommandTagNumber && m_transport)
+      {
+        bool isAlive;
+        rv = m_transport->IsAlive(&isAlive);
+        // if the transport is not alive, and we've ever sent a command with this connection, kill it.
+        // otherwise, we've probably just not finished setting it so don't kill it!
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !isAlive)
+        {
+          // This says we never started running the url, which is the case.
+          m_runningUrl->SetRerunningUrl(false);
+          RetryUrl();
+          return;
+        }
+      }
+      //
+      // NOTE: Though we cleared m_nextUrlReadyToRun above, it may have been
+      //       set by LoadImapUrl, which runs on the main thread.  Because of this,
+      //       we must not try to clear m_nextUrlReadyToRun here.
+      //
+      if (ProcessCurrentURL())
+      {
+        m_nextUrlReadyToRun = true;
+        m_imapMailFolderSink = nullptr;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        // see if we want to go into idle mode. Might want to check a pref here too.
+        if (m_useIdle && !m_urlInProgress && GetServerStateParser().GetCapabilityFlag() & kHasIdleCapability
+          && GetServerStateParser().GetIMAPstate()
+                == nsImapServerResponseParser::kFolderSelected)
+        {
+          Idle(); // for now, lets just do it. We'll probably want to use a timer
+        }
+        else // if not idle, don't need to remember folder sink
+          m_imapMailFolderSink = nullptr;
+      }
+    }
+    else if (m_idle && !m_threadShouldDie)
+    {
+      HandleIdleResponses();
+    }
+    if (!GetServerStateParser().Connected())
+      break;
+#ifdef DEBUG_bienvenu
+    else
+      printf("ready to run but no url and not idle\n");
+#endif
+    // This can happen if the UI thread closes cached connections in the
+    // OnStopRunningUrl notification.
+    if (m_threadShouldDie)
+      TellThreadToDie();
+  }
+  m_imapThreadIsRunning = false;
+
+  MOZ_LOG(IMAP, LogLevel::Debug, ("ImapThreadMainLoop leaving [this=%x]\n", this));
+}
+
+void nsImapProtocol::HandleIdleResponses()
+{
+  // int32_t oldRecent = GetServerStateParser().NumberOfRecentMessages();
+  nsAutoCString commandBuffer(GetServerCommandTag());
+  commandBuffer.Append(" IDLE" CRLF);
+
+  do
+  {
+    ParseIMAPandCheckForNewMail(commandBuffer.get());
+  }
+  while (m_inputStreamBuffer->NextLineAvailable() && GetServerStateParser().Connected());
+
+  //  if (oldRecent != GetServerStateParser().NumberOfRecentMessages())
+  //  We might check that something actually changed, but for now we can
+  // just assume it. OnNewIdleMessages must run a url, so that
+  // we'll go back into asyncwait mode.
+  if (GetServerStateParser().Connected() && m_imapMailFolderSink)
+    m_imapMailFolderSink->OnNewIdleMessages();
+}
+
+void nsImapProtocol::EstablishServerConnection()
+{
+#define ESC_LENGTH(x) (sizeof(x) - 1)
+#define ESC_OK                      "* OK"
+#define ESC_OK_LEN                  ESC_LENGTH(ESC_OK)
+#define ESC_PREAUTH                 "* PREAUTH"
+#define ESC_PREAUTH_LEN             ESC_LENGTH(ESC_PREAUTH)
+#define ESC_CAPABILITY_STAR         "* "
+#define ESC_CAPABILITY_STAR_LEN     ESC_LENGTH(ESC_CAPABILITY_STAR)
+#define ESC_CAPABILITY_OK           "* OK ["
+#define ESC_CAPABILITY_OK_LEN       ESC_LENGTH(ESC_CAPABILITY_OK)
+#define ESC_CAPABILITY_GREETING     (ESC_CAPABILITY_OK "CAPABILITY")
+#define ESC_CAPABILITY_GREETING_LEN ESC_LENGTH(ESC_CAPABILITY_GREETING)
+
+  char * serverResponse = CreateNewLineFromSocket(); // read in the greeting
+
+  // record the fact that we've received a greeting for this connection so we don't ever
+  // try to do it again..
+  if (serverResponse)
+    SetFlag(IMAP_RECEIVED_GREETING);
+
+  if (!PL_strncasecmp(serverResponse, ESC_OK, ESC_OK_LEN))
+  {
+    SetConnectionStatus(NS_OK);
+
+    if (!PL_strncasecmp(serverResponse, ESC_CAPABILITY_GREETING, ESC_CAPABILITY_GREETING_LEN))
+    {
+      nsAutoCString tmpstr(serverResponse);
+      int32_t endIndex = tmpstr.FindChar(']', ESC_CAPABILITY_GREETING_LEN);
+      if (endIndex >= 0)
+      {
+        // Allocate the new buffer here. This buffer will be passed to
+        // ParseIMAPServerResponse() where it will be used to fill the
+        // fCurrentLine field and will be freed by the next call to
+        // ResetLexAnalyzer().
+        char *fakeServerResponse = (char*)PR_Malloc(PL_strlen(serverResponse));
+        // Munge the greeting into something that would pass for an IMAP
+        // server's response to a "CAPABILITY" command.
+        strcpy(fakeServerResponse, ESC_CAPABILITY_STAR);
+        strcat(fakeServerResponse, serverResponse + ESC_CAPABILITY_OK_LEN);
+        fakeServerResponse[endIndex - ESC_CAPABILITY_OK_LEN + ESC_CAPABILITY_STAR_LEN] = '\0';
+        // Tell the response parser that we just issued a "CAPABILITY" and
+        // got the following back.
+        GetServerStateParser().ParseIMAPServerResponse("1 CAPABILITY", true, fakeServerResponse);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  else if (!PL_strncasecmp(serverResponse, ESC_PREAUTH, ESC_PREAUTH_LEN))
+  {
+    // we've been pre-authenticated.
+    // we can skip the whole password step, right into the
+    // kAuthenticated state
+    GetServerStateParser().PreauthSetAuthenticatedState();
+
+    if (GetServerStateParser().GetCapabilityFlag() == kCapabilityUndefined)
+      Capability();
+
+    if ( !(GetServerStateParser().GetCapabilityFlag() &
+          (kIMAP4Capability | kIMAP4rev1Capability | kIMAP4other) ) )
+    {
+      // AlertUserEvent_UsingId(MK_MSG_IMAP_SERVER_NOT_IMAP4);
+      SetConnectionStatus(NS_ERROR_FAILURE);        // stop netlib
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      // let's record the user as authenticated.
+      m_imapServerSink->SetUserAuthenticated(true);
+
+      ProcessAfterAuthenticated();
+      // the connection was a success
+      SetConnectionStatus(NS_OK);
+     }
+  }
+
+  PR_Free(serverResponse); // we don't care about the greeting yet...
+
+#undef ESC_LENGTH
+#undef ESC_OK
+#undef ESC_OK_LEN
+#undef ESC_PREAUTH
+#undef ESC_PREAUTH_LEN
+#undef ESC_CAPABILITY_STAR
+#undef ESC_CAPABILITY_STAR_LEN
+#undef ESC_CAPABILITY_OK
+#undef ESC_CAPABILITY_OK_LEN
+#undef ESC_CAPABILITY_GREETING
+#undef ESC_CAPABILITY_GREETING_LEN
+}
+
+// This can get called from the UI thread or an imap thread.
+// It makes sure we don't get left with partial messages in
+// the memory cache.
+static void DoomCacheEntry(nsIMsgMailNewsUrl *url)
+{
+  bool readingFromMemCache = false;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapUrl> imapUrl = do_QueryInterface(url);
+  imapUrl->GetMsgLoadingFromCache(&readingFromMemCache);
+  if (!readingFromMemCache)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsICacheEntry> cacheEntry;
+    url->GetMemCacheEntry(getter_AddRefs(cacheEntry));
+    if (cacheEntry)
+      cacheEntry->AsyncDoom(nullptr);
+  }
+}
+
+// returns true if another url was run, false otherwise.
+bool nsImapProtocol::ProcessCurrentURL()
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  if (m_idle)
+    EndIdle();
+
+  if (m_retryUrlOnError)
+  {
+    // we clear this flag if we're re-running immediately, because that
+    // means we never sent a start running url notification, and later we
+    // don't send start running notification if we think we're rerunning
+    // the url (see first call to SetUrlState below). This means we won't
+    // send a start running notification, which means our stop running
+    // notification will be ignored because we don't think we were running.
+    m_runningUrl->SetRerunningUrl(false);
+    return RetryUrl();
+  }
+  Log("ProcessCurrentURL", nullptr, "entering");
+  (void) GetImapHostName(); // force m_hostName to get set.
+
+
+  bool    logonFailed = false;
+  bool anotherUrlRun = false;
+  bool rerunningUrl = false;
+  bool isExternalUrl;
+  bool validUrl = true;
+
+  PseudoInterrupt(false);  // clear this if left over from previous url.
+
+  m_runningUrl->GetRerunningUrl(&rerunningUrl);
+  m_runningUrl->GetExternalLinkUrl(&isExternalUrl);
+  m_runningUrl->GetValidUrl(&validUrl);
+  m_runningUrl->GetImapAction(&m_imapAction);
+
+  if (isExternalUrl)
+  {
+    if (m_imapAction == nsIImapUrl::nsImapSelectFolder)
+    {
+      // we need to send a start request so that the doc loader
+      // will call HandleContent on the imap service so we
+      // can abort this url, and run a new url in a new msg window
+      // to run the folder load url and get off this crazy merry-go-round.
+      if (m_channelListener)
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIRequest> request = do_QueryInterface(m_mockChannel);
+        m_channelListener->OnStartRequest(request, m_channelContext);
+      }
+      return false;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (!m_imapMailFolderSink && m_imapProtocolSink)
+  {
+    // This occurs when running another URL in the main thread loop
+    rv = m_imapProtocolSink->SetupMainThreadProxies();
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, false);
+  }
+
+  // Reinitialize the parser
+  GetServerStateParser().InitializeState();
+  GetServerStateParser().SetConnected(true);
+
+  // acknowledge that we are running the url now..
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailnewsurl = do_QueryInterface(m_runningUrl, &rv);
+  nsAutoCString urlSpec;
+  rv = mailnewsurl->GetSpec(urlSpec);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, false);
+  Log("ProcessCurrentURL", urlSpec.get(), (validUrl) ? " = currentUrl\n" : " is not valid\n");
+  if (!validUrl)
+    return false;
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && mailnewsurl && m_imapMailFolderSink && !rerunningUrl)
+    m_imapMailFolderSink->SetUrlState(this, mailnewsurl, true, false,
+                                      NS_OK);
+
+  // if we are set up as a channel, we should notify our channel listener that we are starting...
+  // so pass in ourself as the channel and not the underlying socket or file channel the protocol
+  // happens to be using
+  if (m_channelListener) // ### not sure we want to do this if rerunning url...
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIRequest> request = do_QueryInterface(m_mockChannel);
+    m_channelListener->OnStartRequest(request, m_channelContext);
+  }
+  // If we haven't received the greeting yet, we need to make sure we strip
+  // it out of the input before we start to do useful things...
+  if (!TestFlag(IMAP_RECEIVED_GREETING))
+    EstablishServerConnection();
+
+  // Step 1: If we have not moved into the authenticated state yet then do so
+  // by attempting to logon.
+  if (!DeathSignalReceived() && NS_SUCCEEDED(GetConnectionStatus()) &&
+      (GetServerStateParser().GetIMAPstate() ==
+       nsImapServerResponseParser::kNonAuthenticated))
+  {
+      /* if we got here, the server's greeting should not have been PREAUTH */
+      if (GetServerStateParser().GetCapabilityFlag() == kCapabilityUndefined)
+          Capability();
+
+      if ( !(GetServerStateParser().GetCapabilityFlag() & (kIMAP4Capability | kIMAP4rev1Capability |
+             kIMAP4other) ) )
+      {
+        if (!DeathSignalReceived() && NS_SUCCEEDED(GetConnectionStatus()))
+          AlertUserEventUsingName("imapServerNotImap4");
+
+        SetConnectionStatus(NS_ERROR_FAILURE);        // stop netlib
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        if ((m_connectionType.Equals("starttls")
+             && (m_socketType == nsMsgSocketType::trySTARTTLS
+             && (GetServerStateParser().GetCapabilityFlag() & kHasStartTLSCapability)))
+            || m_socketType == nsMsgSocketType::alwaysSTARTTLS)
+        {
+          StartTLS();
+          if (GetServerStateParser().LastCommandSuccessful())
+          {
+            nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> secInfo;
+            nsCOMPtr<nsISocketTransport> strans = do_QueryInterface(m_transport, &rv);
+            if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+              return false;
+
+            rv = strans->GetSecurityInfo(getter_AddRefs(secInfo));
+
+            if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && secInfo)
+            {
+              nsCOMPtr<nsISSLSocketControl> sslControl = do_QueryInterface(secInfo, &rv);
+
+              if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && sslControl)
+              {
+                rv = sslControl->StartTLS();
+                if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+                {
+                  if (m_socketType == nsMsgSocketType::trySTARTTLS)
+                    m_imapServerSink->UpdateTrySTARTTLSPref(true);
+                  // force re-issue of "capability", because servers may
+                  // enable other auth features (e.g. remove LOGINDISABLED
+                  // and add AUTH=PLAIN) after we upgraded to SSL.
+                  Capability();
+                  eIMAPCapabilityFlags capabilityFlag = GetServerStateParser().GetCapabilityFlag();
+                  // Courier imap doesn't return STARTTLS capability if we've done
+                  // a STARTTLS! But we need to remember this capability so we'll
+                  // try to use STARTTLS next time.
+                  if (!(capabilityFlag & kHasStartTLSCapability))
+                  {
+                    capabilityFlag |= kHasStartTLSCapability;
+                    GetServerStateParser().SetCapabilityFlag(capabilityFlag);
+                    CommitCapability();
+                  }
+                }
+              }
+            }
+            if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+            {
+              nsAutoCString logLine("STARTTLS negotiation failed. Error 0x");
+              logLine.AppendInt(static_cast<uint32_t>(rv), 16);
+              Log("ProcessCurrentURL", nullptr, logLine.get());
+              if (m_socketType == nsMsgSocketType::alwaysSTARTTLS)
+              {
+                SetConnectionStatus(rv);        // stop netlib
+                m_transport->Close(rv);
+              }
+              else if (m_socketType == nsMsgSocketType::trySTARTTLS)
+                m_imapServerSink->UpdateTrySTARTTLSPref(false);
+            }
+          }
+          else if (m_socketType == nsMsgSocketType::alwaysSTARTTLS)
+          {
+            SetConnectionStatus(NS_ERROR_FAILURE);        // stop netlib
+            if (m_transport)
+              m_transport->Close(rv);
+          }
+          else if (m_socketType == nsMsgSocketType::trySTARTTLS)
+          {
+            // STARTTLS failed, so downgrade socket type
+            m_imapServerSink->UpdateTrySTARTTLSPref(false);
+          }
+        }
+        else if (m_socketType == nsMsgSocketType::trySTARTTLS)
+        {
+          // we didn't know the server supported TLS when we created
+          // the socket, so we're going to retry with a STARTTLS socket
+          if (GetServerStateParser().GetCapabilityFlag() & kHasStartTLSCapability)
+          {
+            ClearFlag(IMAP_CONNECTION_IS_OPEN);
+            TellThreadToDie();
+            SetConnectionStatus(NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+            return RetryUrl();
+          }
+          else
+          {
+            // trySTARTTLS set, but server doesn't have TLS capability,
+            // so downgrade socket type
+            m_imapServerSink->UpdateTrySTARTTLSPref(false);
+            m_socketType = nsMsgSocketType::plain;
+          }
+        }
+        logonFailed = !TryToLogon();
+        if (m_retryUrlOnError)
+          return RetryUrl();
+      }
+  } // if death signal not received
+
+  if (!DeathSignalReceived() && (NS_SUCCEEDED(GetConnectionStatus())))
+  {
+    // if the server supports a language extension then we should
+    // attempt to issue the language extension.
+    if ( GetServerStateParser().GetCapabilityFlag() & kHasLanguageCapability)
+      Language();
+
+    if (m_runningUrl)
+      FindMailboxesIfNecessary();
+
+    nsImapState imapState = nsIImapUrl::ImapStatusNone;
+    if (m_runningUrl)
+      m_runningUrl->GetRequiredImapState(&imapState);
+
+    if (imapState == nsIImapUrl::nsImapAuthenticatedState)
+      ProcessAuthenticatedStateURL();
+    else   // must be a url that requires us to be in the selected state
+      ProcessSelectedStateURL();
+
+    if (m_retryUrlOnError)
+      return RetryUrl();
+
+  // The URL has now been processed
+    if ((!logonFailed && NS_FAILED(GetConnectionStatus())) ||
+         DeathSignalReceived())
+         HandleCurrentUrlError();
+
+  }
+  else if (!logonFailed)
+      HandleCurrentUrlError();
+
+// if we are set up as a channel, we should notify our channel listener that we are stopping...
+// so pass in ourself as the channel and not the underlying socket or file channel the protocol
+// happens to be using
+  if (m_channelListener)
+  {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIRequest> request = do_QueryInterface(m_mockChannel);
+      NS_ASSERTION(request, "no request");
+      if (request) {
+        nsresult status;
+        request->GetStatus(&status);
+        if (!GetServerStateParser().LastCommandSuccessful() && NS_SUCCEEDED(status))
+          status = NS_MSG_ERROR_IMAP_COMMAND_FAILED;
+        rv = m_channelListener->OnStopRequest(request, m_channelContext, status);
+      }
+  }
+  bool suspendUrl = false;
+  m_runningUrl->GetMoreHeadersToDownload(&suspendUrl);
+  if (mailnewsurl && m_imapMailFolderSink)
+  {
+    if (logonFailed)
+      rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    else if (GetServerStateParser().CommandFailed())
+      rv = NS_MSG_ERROR_IMAP_COMMAND_FAILED;
+    else
+      rv = GetConnectionStatus();
+    // we are done with this url.
+    m_imapMailFolderSink->SetUrlState(this, mailnewsurl, false, suspendUrl,
+                                      rv);
+     // doom the cache entry
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv) && DeathSignalReceived() && m_mockChannel)
+      DoomCacheEntry(mailnewsurl);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    // That's seen at times in debug sessions.
+    NS_WARNING("missing url or sink");
+  }
+
+  // disable timeouts before caching connection.
+  if (m_transport)
+    m_transport->SetTimeout(nsISocketTransport::TIMEOUT_READ_WRITE, PR_UINT32_MAX);
+
+  SetFlag(IMAP_CLEAN_UP_URL_STATE);
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsISupports> copyState;
+  if (m_runningUrl)
+    m_runningUrl->GetCopyState(getter_AddRefs(copyState));
+  // this is so hokey...we MUST clear any local references to the url
+  // BEFORE calling ReleaseUrlState
+  mailnewsurl = nullptr;
+
+  if (suspendUrl)
+    m_imapServerSink->SuspendUrl(m_runningUrl);
+  // save the imap folder sink since we need it to do the CopyNextStreamMessage
+  RefPtr<ImapMailFolderSinkProxy> imapMailFolderSink = m_imapMailFolderSink;
+  // release the url as we are done with it...
+  ReleaseUrlState(false);
+  ResetProgressInfo();
+
+  ClearFlag(IMAP_CLEAN_UP_URL_STATE);
+
+  if (imapMailFolderSink)
+  {
+    if (copyState)
+    {
+      rv = imapMailFolderSink->CopyNextStreamMessage(GetServerStateParser().LastCommandSuccessful() &&
+                                                NS_SUCCEEDED(GetConnectionStatus()),
+                                                copyState);
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        MOZ_LOG(IMAP, LogLevel::Info, ("CopyNextStreamMessage failed:%lx\n", rv));
+
+      NS_ReleaseOnMainThread(copyState.forget());
+    }
+    // we might need this to stick around for IDLE support
+    m_imapMailFolderSink = imapMailFolderSink;
+    imapMailFolderSink = nullptr;
+  }
+  else
+    MOZ_LOG(IMAP, LogLevel::Info, ("null imapMailFolderSink\n"));
+
+  // now try queued urls, now that we've released this connection.
+  if (m_imapServerSink)
+  {
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(GetConnectionStatus()))
+      rv = m_imapServerSink->LoadNextQueuedUrl(this, &anotherUrlRun);
+    else // if we don't do this, they'll just sit and spin until
+          // we run some other url on this server.
+    {
+      Log("ProcessCurrentURL", nullptr, "aborting queued urls");
+      rv = m_imapServerSink->AbortQueuedUrls();
+    }
+  }
+
+  // if we didn't run another url, release the server sink to
+  // cut circular refs.
+  if (!anotherUrlRun)
+      m_imapServerSink = nullptr;
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(GetConnectionStatus()) || !GetServerStateParser().Connected()
+    || GetServerStateParser().SyntaxError())
+  {
+    if (m_imapServerSink)
+      m_imapServerSink->RemoveServerConnection(this);
+
+    if (!DeathSignalReceived())
+    {
+        TellThreadToDie();
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    if (m_imapServerSink)
+    {
+      bool shuttingDown;
+      m_imapServerSink->GetServerShuttingDown(&shuttingDown);
+      if (shuttingDown)
+        m_useIdle = false;
+    }
+  }
+  return anotherUrlRun;
+}
+
+bool nsImapProtocol::RetryUrl()
+{
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIImapUrl> kungFuGripImapUrl = m_runningUrl;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIImapMockChannel> saveMockChannel;
+
+  // the mock channel might be null - that's OK.
+  if (m_imapServerSink)
+    (void) m_imapServerSink->PrepareToRetryUrl(kungFuGripImapUrl, getter_AddRefs(saveMockChannel));
+
+  ReleaseUrlState(true);
+  if (m_imapServerSink)
+  {
+    m_imapServerSink->RemoveServerConnection(this);
+    m_imapServerSink->RetryUrl(kungFuGripImapUrl, saveMockChannel);
+  }
+  return (m_imapServerSink != nullptr); // we're running a url (the same url)
+}
+
+// ignoreBadAndNOResponses --> don't throw a error dialog if this command results in a NO or Bad response
+// from the server..in other words the command is "exploratory" and we don't really care if it succeeds or fails.
+void nsImapProtocol::ParseIMAPandCheckForNewMail(const char* commandString, bool aIgnoreBadAndNOResponses)
+{
+    if (commandString)
+        GetServerStateParser().ParseIMAPServerResponse(commandString, aIgnoreBadAndNOResponses);
+    else
+        GetServerStateParser().ParseIMAPServerResponse(m_currentCommand.get(), aIgnoreBadAndNOResponses);
+    // **** fix me for new mail biff state *****
+}
+
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// End of nsIStreamListenerSupport
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapProtocol::GetRunningUrl(nsIURI **result)
+{
+    if (result && m_runningUrl)
+        return m_runningUrl->QueryInterface(NS_GET_IID(nsIURI), (void**)
+                                            result);
+    else
+        return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapProtocol::GetRunningImapURL(nsIImapUrl **aImapUrl)
+{
+  if (aImapUrl && m_runningUrl)
+     return m_runningUrl->QueryInterface(NS_GET_IID(nsIImapUrl), (void**) aImapUrl);
+  else
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+}
+
+/*
+ * Writes the data contained in dataBuffer into the current output stream. It also informs
+ * the transport layer that this data is now available for transmission.
+ * Returns a positive number for success, 0 for failure (not all the bytes were written to the
+ * stream, etc). We need to make another pass through this file to install an error system (mscott)
+ */
+
+nsresult nsImapProtocol::SendData(const char * dataBuffer, bool aSuppressLogging)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  if (!m_transport)
+  {
+      Log("SendData", nullptr, "clearing IMAP_CONNECTION_IS_OPEN");
+      // the connection died unexpectedly! so clear the open connection flag
+      ClearFlag(IMAP_CONNECTION_IS_OPEN);
+      TellThreadToDie();
+      SetConnectionStatus(NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+      return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+
+  if (dataBuffer && m_outputStream)
+  {
+    m_currentCommand = dataBuffer;
+    if (!aSuppressLogging)
+      Log("SendData", nullptr, dataBuffer);
+    else
+      Log("SendData", nullptr, "Logging suppressed for this command (it probably contained authentication information)");
+
+    {
+      // don't allow someone to close the stream/transport out from under us
+      // this can happen when the ui thread calls TellThreadToDie.
+      PR_CEnterMonitor(this);
+      uint32_t n;
+      if (m_outputStream)
+        rv = m_outputStream->Write(dataBuffer, PL_strlen(dataBuffer), &n);
+      PR_CExitMonitor(this);
+    }
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    {
+      Log("SendData", nullptr, "clearing IMAP_CONNECTION_IS_OPEN");
+      // the connection died unexpectedly! so clear the open connection flag
+      ClearFlag(IMAP_CONNECTION_IS_OPEN);
+      TellThreadToDie();
+      SetConnectionStatus(rv);
+      if (m_runningUrl && !m_retryUrlOnError)
+      {
+        bool alreadyRerunningUrl;
+        m_runningUrl->GetRerunningUrl(&alreadyRerunningUrl);
+        if (!alreadyRerunningUrl)
+        {
+          m_runningUrl->SetRerunningUrl(true);
+          m_retryUrlOnError = true;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Begin protocol state machine functions...
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+  // ProcessProtocolState - we override this only so we'll link - it should never get called.
+
+nsresult nsImapProtocol::ProcessProtocolState(nsIURI * url, nsIInputStream * inputStream,
+                                              uint64_t sourceOffset, uint32_t length)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+class UrlListenerNotifierEvent : public mozilla::Runnable
+{
+public:
+  UrlListenerNotifierEvent(nsIMsgMailNewsUrl *aUrl, nsIImapProtocol *aProtocol)
+    : mUrl(aUrl), mProtocol(aProtocol)
+  {}
+
+  NS_IMETHOD Run()
+  {
+    if (mUrl)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder;
+      mUrl->GetFolder(getter_AddRefs(folder));
+      NS_ENSURE_TRUE(folder, NS_OK);
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIImapMailFolderSink> folderSink(do_QueryInterface(folder));
+      // This causes the url listener to get OnStart and Stop notifications.
+      folderSink->SetUrlState(mProtocol, mUrl, true, false, NS_OK);
+      folderSink->SetUrlState(mProtocol, mUrl, false, false, NS_OK);
+    }
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+private:
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mUrl;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapProtocol> mProtocol;
+};
+
+
+bool nsImapProtocol::TryToRunUrlLocally(nsIURI *aURL, nsISupports *aConsumer)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapUrl> imapUrl(do_QueryInterface(aURL, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, false);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailnewsUrl = do_QueryInterface(aURL);
+  nsCString messageIdString;
+  imapUrl->GetListOfMessageIds(messageIdString);
+  bool useLocalCache = false;
+  if (!messageIdString.IsEmpty() && !HandlingMultipleMessages(messageIdString))
+  {
+    nsImapAction action;
+    imapUrl->GetImapAction(&action);
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> folder;
+    mailnewsUrl->GetFolder(getter_AddRefs(folder));
+    NS_ENSURE_TRUE(folder, false);
+
+    folder->HasMsgOffline(strtoul(messageIdString.get(), nullptr, 10), &useLocalCache);
+    mailnewsUrl->SetMsgIsInLocalCache(useLocalCache);
+    // We're downloading a single message for offline use, and it's
+    // already offline. So we shouldn't do anything, but we do
+    // need to notify the url listener.
+    if (useLocalCache && action == nsIImapUrl::nsImapMsgDownloadForOffline)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIRunnable> event = new UrlListenerNotifierEvent(mailnewsUrl,
+                                                                 this);
+      // Post this as an event because it can lead to re-entrant calls to
+      // LoadNextQueuedUrl if the listener runs a new url.
+      if (event)
+        NS_DispatchToCurrentThread(event);
+      return true;
+    }
+  }
+  if (!useLocalCache)
+    return false;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapMockChannel> mockChannel;
+  imapUrl->GetMockChannel(getter_AddRefs(mockChannel));
+  if (!mockChannel)
+    return false;
+
+  nsImapMockChannel *imapChannel = static_cast<nsImapMockChannel *>(mockChannel.get());
+  if (!imapChannel)
+    return false;
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsILoadGroup> loadGroup;
+  imapChannel->GetLoadGroup(getter_AddRefs(loadGroup));
+  if (!loadGroup) // if we don't have one, the url will snag one from the msg window...
+    mailnewsUrl->GetLoadGroup(getter_AddRefs(loadGroup));
+
+  if (loadGroup)
+    loadGroup->RemoveRequest((nsIRequest *) mockChannel, nullptr /* context isupports */, NS_OK);
+
+  if (imapChannel->ReadFromLocalCache())
+  {
+    (void) imapChannel->NotifyStartEndReadFromCache(true);
+    return true;
+  }
+  return false;
+}
+
+
+// LoadImapUrl takes a url, initializes all of our url specific data by calling SetupUrl.
+// If we don't have a connection yet, we open the connection. Finally, we signal the
+// url to run monitor to let the imap main thread loop process the current url (it is waiting
+// on this monitor). There is a contract that the imap thread has already been started b4 we
+// attempt to load a url....
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapProtocol::LoadImapUrl(nsIURI * aURL, nsISupports * aConsumer)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  if (aURL)
+  {
+#ifdef DEBUG_bienvenu
+    printf("loading url %s\n", aURL->GetSpecOrDefault().get());
+#endif
+    if (TryToRunUrlLocally(aURL, aConsumer))
+      return NS_OK;
+    m_urlInProgress = true;
+    m_imapMailFolderSink = nullptr;
+    rv = SetupWithUrl(aURL, aConsumer);
+    NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "error setting up imap url");
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      return rv;
+
+    rv = SetupSinkProxy(); // generate proxies for all of the event sinks in the url
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) // URL can be invalid.
+      return rv;
+
+    m_lastActiveTime = PR_Now();
+    if (m_transport && m_runningUrl)
+    {
+      nsImapAction imapAction;
+      m_runningUrl->GetImapAction(&imapAction);
+      // if we're shutting down, and not running the kinds of urls we run at
+      // shutdown, then this should fail because running urls during
+      // shutdown will very likely fail and potentially hang.
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccountManager> accountMgr = do_GetService(NS_MSGACCOUNTMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      bool shuttingDown = false;
+      (void) accountMgr->GetShutdownInProgress(&shuttingDown);
+      if (shuttingDown && imapAction != nsIImapUrl::nsImapExpungeFolder &&
+          imapAction != nsIImapUrl::nsImapDeleteAllMsgs &&
+          imapAction != nsIImapUrl::nsImapDeleteFolder)
+        return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+      // if we're running a select or delete all, do a noop first.
+      // this should really be in the connection cache code when we know
+      // we're pulling out a selected state connection, but maybe we
+      // can get away with this.
+      m_needNoop = (imapAction == nsIImapUrl::nsImapSelectFolder || imapAction == nsIImapUrl::nsImapDeleteAllMsgs);
+
+      // We now have a url to run so signal the monitor for url ready to be processed...
+      ReentrantMonitorAutoEnter urlReadyMon(m_urlReadyToRunMonitor);
+      m_nextUrlReadyToRun = true;
+      urlReadyMon.Notify();
+
+    } // if we have an imap url and a transport
+    else
+      NS_ASSERTION(false, "missing channel or running url");
+
+  } // if we received a url!
+  else
+    rv = NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapProtocol::IsBusy(bool *aIsConnectionBusy,
+                                     bool *isInboxConnection)
+{
+  if (!aIsConnectionBusy || !isInboxConnection)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  *aIsConnectionBusy = false;
+  *isInboxConnection = false;
+  if (!m_transport)
+  {
+    // this connection might not be fully set up yet.
+    rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    if (m_urlInProgress) // do we have a url? That means we're working on it...
+      *aIsConnectionBusy = true;
+
+    if (GetServerStateParser().GetIMAPstate() ==
+        nsImapServerResponseParser::kFolderSelected && GetServerStateParser().GetSelectedMailboxName() &&
+        PL_strcasecmp(GetServerStateParser().GetSelectedMailboxName(),
+                      "Inbox") == 0)
+      *isInboxConnection = true;
+
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+#define IS_SUBSCRIPTION_RELATED_ACTION(action) (action == nsIImapUrl::nsImapSubscribe\
+|| action == nsIImapUrl::nsImapUnsubscribe || action == nsIImapUrl::nsImapDiscoverAllBoxesUrl || action == nsIImapUrl::nsImapListFolder)
+
+
+// canRunUrl means the connection is not busy, and is in the selected state
+// for the desired folder (or authenticated).
+// has to wait means it's in the right selected state, but busy.
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapProtocol::CanHandleUrl(nsIImapUrl * aImapUrl,
+                                           bool * aCanRunUrl,
+                                           bool * hasToWait)
+{
+  if (!aCanRunUrl || !hasToWait || !aImapUrl)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  MutexAutoLock mon(mLock);
+
+  *aCanRunUrl = false; // assume guilty until proven otherwise...
+  *hasToWait = false;
+
+  if (DeathSignalReceived())
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  bool isBusy = false;
+  bool isInboxConnection = false;
+
+  if (!m_transport)
+  {
+    // this connection might not be fully set up yet.
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+  IsBusy(&isBusy, &isInboxConnection);
+  bool inSelectedState = GetServerStateParser().GetIMAPstate() ==
+    nsImapServerResponseParser::kFolderSelected;
+
+  nsAutoCString curSelectedUrlFolderName;
+  nsAutoCString pendingUrlFolderName;
+  if (inSelectedState)
+    curSelectedUrlFolderName = GetServerStateParser().GetSelectedMailboxName();
+
+  if (isBusy)
+  {
+    nsImapState curUrlImapState;
+    NS_ASSERTION(m_runningUrl,"isBusy, but no running url.");
+    if (m_runningUrl)
+    {
+      m_runningUrl->GetRequiredImapState(&curUrlImapState);
+      if (curUrlImapState == nsIImapUrl::nsImapSelectedState)
+      {
+        char *folderName = GetFolderPathString();
+        if (!curSelectedUrlFolderName.Equals(folderName))
+          pendingUrlFolderName.Assign(folderName);
+        inSelectedState = true;
+        PR_Free(folderName);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  nsImapState imapState;
+  nsImapAction actionForProposedUrl;
+  aImapUrl->GetImapAction(&actionForProposedUrl);
+  aImapUrl->GetRequiredImapState(&imapState);
+
+  // OK, this is a bit of a hack - we're going to pretend that
+  // these types of urls requires a selected state connection on
+  // the folder in question. This isn't technically true,
+  // but we would much rather use that connection for several reasons,
+  // one is that some UW servers require us to use that connection
+  // the other is that we don't want to leave a connection dangling in
+  // the selected state for the deleted folder.
+  // If we don't find a connection in that selected state,
+  // we'll fall back to the first free connection.
+  bool isSelectedStateUrl = imapState == nsIImapUrl::nsImapSelectedState
+    || actionForProposedUrl == nsIImapUrl::nsImapDeleteFolder || actionForProposedUrl == nsIImapUrl::nsImapRenameFolder
+    || actionForProposedUrl == nsIImapUrl::nsImapMoveFolderHierarchy
+    || actionForProposedUrl == nsIImapUrl::nsImapAppendDraftFromFile
+    || actionForProposedUrl == nsIImapUrl::nsImapAppendMsgFromFile
+    || actionForProposedUrl == nsIImapUrl::nsImapFolderStatus;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> msgUrl = do_QueryInterface(aImapUrl);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+  rv = msgUrl->GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    // compare host/user between url and connection.
+    nsCString urlHostName;
+    nsCString urlUserName;
+    rv = server->GetHostName(urlHostName);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    rv = server->GetUsername(urlUserName);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    if ((GetImapHostName().IsEmpty() ||
+      urlHostName.Equals(GetImapHostName(), nsCaseInsensitiveCStringComparator())) &&
+      (GetImapUserName().IsEmpty() ||
+      urlUserName.Equals(GetImapUserName(), nsCaseInsensitiveCStringComparator())))
+    {
+      if (isSelectedStateUrl)
+      {
+        if (inSelectedState)
+        {
+          // *** jt - in selected state can only run url with
+          // matching foldername
+          char *folderNameForProposedUrl = nullptr;
+          rv = aImapUrl->CreateServerSourceFolderPathString(
+            &folderNameForProposedUrl);
+          if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && folderNameForProposedUrl)
+          {
+            bool isInbox =
+              PL_strcasecmp("Inbox", folderNameForProposedUrl) == 0;
+            if (!curSelectedUrlFolderName.IsEmpty() || !pendingUrlFolderName.IsEmpty())
+            {
+              bool matched = isInbox ?
+                PL_strcasecmp(curSelectedUrlFolderName.get(),
+                folderNameForProposedUrl) == 0 :
+              PL_strcmp(curSelectedUrlFolderName.get(),
+                folderNameForProposedUrl) == 0;
+              if (!matched && !pendingUrlFolderName.IsEmpty())
+              {
+                matched = isInbox ?
+                  PL_strcasecmp(pendingUrlFolderName.get(),
+                  folderNameForProposedUrl) == 0 :
+                PL_strcmp(pendingUrlFolderName.get(),
+                  folderNameForProposedUrl) == 0;
+              }
+              if (matched)
+              {
+                if (isBusy)
+                  *hasToWait = true;
+                else
+                  *aCanRunUrl = true;
+              }
+            }
+          }
+          MOZ_LOG(IMAP, LogLevel::Debug,
+                 ("proposed url = %s folder for connection %s has To Wait = %s can run = %s",
+                  folderNameForProposedUrl, curSelectedUrlFolderName.get(),
+                  (*hasToWait) ? "TRUE" : "FALSE", (*aCanRunUrl) ? "TRUE" : "FALSE"));
+          PR_FREEIF(folderNameForProposedUrl);
+        }
+      }
+      else // *** jt - an authenticated state url can be run in either
+        // authenticated or selected state
+      {
+        nsImapAction actionForRunningUrl;
+
+        // If proposed url is subscription related, and we are currently running
+        // a subscription url, then we want to queue the proposed url after the current url.
+        // Otherwise, we can run this url if we're not busy.
+        // If we never find a running subscription-related url, the caller will
+        // just use whatever free connection it can find, which is what we want.
+        if (IS_SUBSCRIPTION_RELATED_ACTION(actionForProposedUrl))
+        {
+          if (isBusy && m_runningUrl)
+          {
+            m_runningUrl->GetImapAction(&actionForRunningUrl);
+            if (IS_SUBSCRIPTION_RELATED_ACTION(actionForRunningUrl))
+            {
+              *aCanRunUrl = false;
+              *hasToWait = true;
+            }
+          }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          if (!isBusy)
+            *aCanRunUrl = true;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+
+// Command tag handling stuff
+void nsImapProtocol::IncrementCommandTagNumber()
+{
+  sprintf(m_currentServerCommandTag, "%u", ++m_currentServerCommandTagNumber);
+}
+
+const char *nsImapProtocol::GetServerCommandTag()
+{
+    return m_currentServerCommandTag;
+}
+
+void nsImapProtocol::ProcessSelectedStateURL()
+{
+  nsCString mailboxName;
+  bool bMessageIdsAreUids = true;
+  bool moreHeadersToDownload;
+  imapMessageFlagsType  msgFlags = 0;
+  nsCString       urlHost;
+
+  // this can't fail, can it?
+  nsresult res;
+  res = m_runningUrl->GetImapAction(&m_imapAction);
+  m_runningUrl->MessageIdsAreUids(&bMessageIdsAreUids);
+  m_runningUrl->GetMsgFlags(&msgFlags);
+  m_runningUrl->GetMoreHeadersToDownload(&moreHeadersToDownload);
+
+  res = CreateServerSourceFolderPathString(getter_Copies(mailboxName));
+  if (NS_FAILED(res))
+    Log("ProcessSelectedStateURL", nullptr, "error getting source folder path string");
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(res) && !DeathSignalReceived())
+  {
+    bool selectIssued = false;
+    if (GetServerStateParser().GetIMAPstate() == nsImapServerResponseParser::kFolderSelected)
+    {
+      if (GetServerStateParser().GetSelectedMailboxName() &&
+        PL_strcmp(GetServerStateParser().GetSelectedMailboxName(),
+        mailboxName.get()))
+      {       // we are selected in another folder
+        if (m_closeNeededBeforeSelect)
+          Close();
+        if (GetServerStateParser().LastCommandSuccessful())
+        {
+          selectIssued = true;
+          SelectMailbox(mailboxName.get());
+        }
+      }
+      else if (!GetServerStateParser().GetSelectedMailboxName())
+      {       // why are we in the selected state with no box name?
+        SelectMailbox(mailboxName.get());
+        selectIssued = true;
+      }
+      else if (moreHeadersToDownload && m_imapMailFolderSink) // we need to fetch older headers
+      {
+        nsMsgKey *msgIdList = nullptr;
+        uint32_t msgCount = 0;
+        bool more;
+        m_imapMailFolderSink->GetMsgHdrsToDownload(&more, &m_progressCount,
+                                                   &msgCount, &msgIdList);
+        if (msgIdList)
+        {
+          FolderHeaderDump(msgIdList, msgCount);
+          NS_Free(msgIdList);
+          m_runningUrl->SetMoreHeadersToDownload(more);
+          // We're going to be re-running this url.
+          if (more)
+            m_runningUrl->SetRerunningUrl(true);
+        }
+        HeaderFetchCompleted();
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        // get new message counts, if any, from server
+        if (m_needNoop)
+        {
+          // For some IMAP servers, to detect new email we must send imap
+          // SELECT even if already SELECTed on the same mailbox. For other
+          // servers that simply don't support IDLE, doing select here will
+          // cause emails to be properly marked "read" after they have been
+          // read in another email client.
+          if (m_forceSelect)
+          {
+            SelectMailbox(mailboxName.get());
+            selectIssued = true;
+          }
+
+          m_noopCount++;
+          if ((gPromoteNoopToCheckCount > 0 && (m_noopCount % gPromoteNoopToCheckCount) == 0) ||
+            CheckNeeded())
+            Check();
+          else
+            Noop(); // I think this is needed when we're using a cached connection
+          m_needNoop = false;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      // go to selected state
+      SelectMailbox(mailboxName.get());
+      selectIssued = GetServerStateParser().LastCommandSuccessful();
+    }
+
+    if (selectIssued)
+      RefreshACLForFolderIfNecessary(mailboxName.get());
+
+    bool uidValidityOk = true;
+    if (GetServerStateParser().LastCommandSuccessful() && selectIssued &&
+      (m_imapAction != nsIImapUrl::nsImapSelectFolder) && (m_imapAction != nsIImapUrl::nsImapLiteSelectFolder))
+    {
+
+      // error on the side of caution, if the fe event fails to set uidStruct->returnValidity, then assume that UIDVALIDITY
+      // did not roll.  This is a common case event for attachments that are fetched within a browser context.
+      if (!DeathSignalReceived())
+        uidValidityOk = m_uidValidity == kUidUnknown ||
+                        m_uidValidity == GetServerStateParser().FolderUID();
+    }
+
+    if (!uidValidityOk)
+      Log("ProcessSelectedStateURL", nullptr, "uid validity not ok");
+    if (GetServerStateParser().LastCommandSuccessful() && !DeathSignalReceived() && (uidValidityOk || m_imapAction == nsIImapUrl::nsImapDeleteAllMsgs))
+    {
+      if (GetServerStateParser().CurrentFolderReadOnly())
+      {
+        Log("ProcessSelectedStateURL", nullptr, "current folder read only");
+        if (m_imapAction == nsIImapUrl::nsImapAddMsgFlags ||
+          m_imapAction == nsIImapUrl::nsImapSubtractMsgFlags)
+        {
+          bool canChangeFlag = false;
+          if (GetServerStateParser().ServerHasACLCapability() && m_imapMailFolderSink)
+          {
+            uint32_t aclFlags = 0;
+
+            if (NS_SUCCEEDED(m_imapMailFolderSink->GetAclFlags(&aclFlags))
+                  && aclFlags != 0) // make sure we have some acl flags
+              canChangeFlag = ((msgFlags & kImapMsgSeenFlag) && (aclFlags & IMAP_ACL_STORE_SEEN_FLAG));
+          }
+          else
+            canChangeFlag = (GetServerStateParser().SettablePermanentFlags() & msgFlags) == msgFlags;
+          if (!canChangeFlag)
+            return;
+        }
+        if (m_imapAction == nsIImapUrl::nsImapExpungeFolder || m_imapAction == nsIImapUrl::nsImapDeleteMsg ||
+          m_imapAction == nsIImapUrl::nsImapDeleteAllMsgs)
+          return;
+      }
+      switch (m_imapAction)
+      {
+      case nsIImapUrl::nsImapLiteSelectFolder:
+        if (GetServerStateParser().LastCommandSuccessful() &&
+            m_imapMailFolderSink && !moreHeadersToDownload)
+        {
+          m_imapMailFolderSink->SetUidValidity(GetServerStateParser().FolderUID());
+          ProcessMailboxUpdate(false); // handle uidvalidity change
+        }
+        break;
+      case nsIImapUrl::nsImapSaveMessageToDisk:
+      case nsIImapUrl::nsImapMsgFetch:
+      case nsIImapUrl::nsImapMsgFetchPeek:
+      case nsIImapUrl::nsImapMsgDownloadForOffline:
+      case nsIImapUrl::nsImapMsgPreview:
+        {
+          nsCString messageIdString;
+          m_runningUrl->GetListOfMessageIds(messageIdString);
+          // we don't want to send the flags back in a group
+          if (HandlingMultipleMessages(messageIdString) || m_imapAction == nsIImapUrl::nsImapMsgDownloadForOffline
+             || m_imapAction == nsIImapUrl::nsImapMsgPreview)
+          {
+            // multiple messages, fetch them all
+            SetProgressString("imapFolderReceivingMessageOf2");
+
+            m_progressIndex = 0;
+            m_progressCount = CountMessagesInIdString(messageIdString.get());
+
+            // we need to set this so we'll get the msg from the memory cache.
+            if (m_imapAction == nsIImapUrl::nsImapMsgFetchPeek)
+              SetContentModified(IMAP_CONTENT_NOT_MODIFIED);
+
+            FetchMessage(messageIdString,
+              (m_imapAction == nsIImapUrl::nsImapMsgPreview)
+              ? kBodyStart : kEveryThingRFC822Peek);
+            if (m_imapAction == nsIImapUrl::nsImapMsgPreview)
+              HeaderFetchCompleted();
+            SetProgressString(nullptr);
+          }
+          else
+          {
+            // A single message ID
+            nsIMAPeFetchFields whatToFetch = kEveryThingRFC822;
+            if(m_imapAction == nsIImapUrl::nsImapMsgFetchPeek)
+              whatToFetch = kEveryThingRFC822Peek;
+
+            // First, let's see if we're requesting a specific MIME part
+            char *imappart = nullptr;
+            m_runningUrl->GetImapPartToFetch(&imappart);
+            if (imappart)
+            {
+              if (bMessageIdsAreUids)
+              {
+                // We actually want a specific MIME part of the message.
+                // The Body Shell will generate it, even though we haven't downloaded it yet.
+
+                IMAP_ContentModifiedType modType = GetShowAttachmentsInline() ?
+                  IMAP_CONTENT_MODIFIED_VIEW_INLINE :
+                  IMAP_CONTENT_MODIFIED_VIEW_AS_LINKS ;
+
+                RefPtr<nsIMAPBodyShell> foundShell;
+                res = m_hostSessionList->FindShellInCacheForHost(GetImapServerKey(),
+                  GetServerStateParser().GetSelectedMailboxName(),
+                  messageIdString.get(), modType, getter_AddRefs(foundShell));
+                if (!foundShell)
+                {
+                  // The shell wasn't in the cache.  Deal with this case later.
+                  Log("SHELL",NULL,"Loading part, shell not found in cache!");
+                  //MOZ_LOG(IMAP, out, ("BODYSHELL: Loading part, shell not found in cache!"));
+                  // The parser will extract the part number from the current URL.
+                  SetContentModified(modType);
+                  Bodystructure(messageIdString, bMessageIdsAreUids);
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                  Log("SHELL", NULL, "Loading Part, using cached shell.");
+                  //MOZ_LOG(IMAP, out, ("BODYSHELL: Loading part, using cached shell."));
+                  SetContentModified(modType);
+                  foundShell->SetConnection(this);
+                  GetServerStateParser().UseCachedShell(foundShell);
+                  //Set the current uid in server state parser (in case it was used for new mail msgs earlier).
+                  GetServerStateParser().SetCurrentResponseUID(strtoul(messageIdString.get(), nullptr, 10));
+                  foundShell->Generate(imappart);
+                  GetServerStateParser().UseCachedShell(NULL);
+                }
+              }
+              else
+              {
+                // Message IDs are not UIDs.
+                NS_ASSERTION(false, "message ids aren't uids");
+              }
+              PR_Free(imappart);
+            }
+            else
+            {
+              // downloading a single message: try to do it by bodystructure, and/or do it by chunks
+              uint32_t messageSize = GetMessageSize(messageIdString.get(), bMessageIdsAreUids);
+              // We need to check the format_out bits to see if we are allowed to leave out parts,
+              // or if we are required to get the whole thing.  Some instances where we are allowed
+              // to do it by parts:  when viewing a message, replying to a message, or viewing its source
+              // Some times when we're NOT allowed:  when forwarding a message, saving it, moving it, etc.
+              // need to set a flag in the url, I guess, equiv to allow_content_changed.
+              bool allowedToBreakApart = true; // (ce  && !DeathSignalReceived()) ? ce->URL_s->allow_content_change : false;
+              bool mimePartSelectorDetected;
+              bool urlOKToFetchByParts = false;
+              m_runningUrl->GetMimePartSelectorDetected(&mimePartSelectorDetected);
+              m_runningUrl->GetFetchPartsOnDemand(&urlOKToFetchByParts);
+
+#ifdef PR_LOGGING
+              {
+                nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailnewsurl = do_QueryInterface(m_runningUrl);
+                nsAutoCString urlSpec;
+                if (mailnewsurl)
+                  urlSpec = mailnewsurl->GetSpecOrDefault();
+                MOZ_LOG(IMAP, LogLevel::Debug,
+                       ("SHELL: URL %s, OKToFetchByParts %d, allowedToBreakApart %d, ShouldFetchAllParts %d",
+                        urlSpec.get(), urlOKToFetchByParts, allowedToBreakApart,
+                        GetShouldFetchAllParts()));
+              }
+#endif
+
+              if (urlOKToFetchByParts &&
+                  allowedToBreakApart &&
+                  !GetShouldFetchAllParts() &&
+                  GetServerStateParser().ServerHasIMAP4Rev1Capability() /* &&
+                !mimePartSelectorDetected */)  // if a ?part=, don't do BS.
+              {
+                // OK, we're doing bodystructure
+
+                // Before fetching the bodystructure, let's check our body shell cache to see if
+                // we already have it around.
+                RefPtr<nsIMAPBodyShell> foundShell;
+                IMAP_ContentModifiedType modType = GetShowAttachmentsInline() ?
+                  IMAP_CONTENT_MODIFIED_VIEW_INLINE :
+                  IMAP_CONTENT_MODIFIED_VIEW_AS_LINKS ;
+
+                bool wasStoringMsgOffline;
+                m_runningUrl->GetStoreResultsOffline(&wasStoringMsgOffline);
+                m_runningUrl->SetStoreOfflineOnFallback(wasStoringMsgOffline);
+                m_runningUrl->SetStoreResultsOffline(false);
+                SetContentModified(modType);  // This will be looked at by the cache
+                if (bMessageIdsAreUids)
+                {
+                  res = m_hostSessionList->FindShellInCacheForHost(GetImapServerKey(),
+                    GetServerStateParser().GetSelectedMailboxName(),
+                    messageIdString.get(), modType, getter_AddRefs(foundShell));
+                  if (foundShell)
+                  {
+                    Log("SHELL",NULL,"Loading message, using cached shell.");
+                    //MOZ_LOG(IMAP, out, ("BODYSHELL: Loading message, using cached shell."));
+                    foundShell->SetConnection(this);
+                    GetServerStateParser().UseCachedShell(foundShell);
+                    //Set the current uid in server state parser (in case it was used for new mail msgs earlier).
+                    GetServerStateParser().SetCurrentResponseUID(strtoul(messageIdString.get(), nullptr, 10));
+                    foundShell->Generate(NULL);
+                    GetServerStateParser().UseCachedShell(NULL);
+                  }
+                }
+
+                if (!foundShell)
+                  Bodystructure(messageIdString, bMessageIdsAreUids);
+              }
+              else
+              {
+                // Not doing bodystructure.  Fetch the whole thing, and try to do
+                // it in chunks.
+                SetContentModified(IMAP_CONTENT_NOT_MODIFIED);
+                FetchTryChunking(messageIdString, whatToFetch,
+                  bMessageIdsAreUids, NULL, messageSize, true);
+              }
+            }
+            if (GetServerStateParser().LastCommandSuccessful()
+                && m_imapAction != nsIImapUrl::nsImapMsgPreview
+                && m_imapAction != nsIImapUrl::nsImapMsgFetchPeek)
+            {
+              uint32_t uid = strtoul(messageIdString.get(), nullptr, 10);
+              int32_t index;
+              bool foundIt;
+              imapMessageFlagsType flags = m_flagState->GetMessageFlagsFromUID(uid, &foundIt, &index);
+              if (foundIt)
+              {
+                flags |= kImapMsgSeenFlag;
+                m_flagState->SetMessageFlags(index, flags);
+              }
+            }
+          }
+        }
+        break;
+      case nsIImapUrl::nsImapExpungeFolder:
+        Expunge();
+        // note fall through to next cases.
+        MOZ_FALLTHROUGH;
+      case nsIImapUrl::nsImapSelectFolder:
+      case nsIImapUrl::nsImapSelectNoopFolder:
+        if (!moreHeadersToDownload)
+          ProcessMailboxUpdate(true);
+        break;
+      case nsIImapUrl::nsImapMsgHeader:
+        {
+          nsCString messageIds;
+          m_runningUrl->GetListOfMessageIds(messageIds);
+
+          FetchMessage(messageIds,
+            kHeadersRFC822andUid);
+          // if we explicitly ask for headers, as opposed to getting them as a result
+          // of selecting the folder, or biff, send the headerFetchCompleted notification
+          // to flush out the header cache.
+          HeaderFetchCompleted();
+        }
+        break;
+      case nsIImapUrl::nsImapSearch:
+        {
+          nsAutoCString searchCriteriaString;
+          m_runningUrl->CreateSearchCriteriaString(getter_Copies(searchCriteriaString));
+          Search(searchCriteriaString.get(), bMessageIdsAreUids);
+          // drop the results on the floor for now
+        }
+        break;
+      case nsIImapUrl::nsImapUserDefinedMsgCommand:
+        {
+          nsCString messageIdString;
+          nsCString command;
+
+          m_runningUrl->GetCommand(command);
+          m_runningUrl->GetListOfMessageIds(messageIdString);
+          IssueUserDefinedMsgCommand(command.get(), messageIdString.get());
+        }
+        break;
+      case nsIImapUrl::nsImapUserDefinedFetchAttribute:
+        {
+          nsCString messageIdString;
+          nsCString attribute;
+
+          m_runningUrl->GetCustomAttributeToFetch(attribute);
+          m_runningUrl->GetListOfMessageIds(messageIdString);
+          FetchMsgAttribute(messageIdString, attribute);
+        }
+        break;
+      case nsIImapUrl::nsImapMsgStoreCustomKeywords:
+        {
+          // if the server doesn't support user defined flags, don't try to set them.
+          uint16_t userFlags;
+          GetSupportedUserFlags(&userFlags);
+          if (! (userFlags & kImapMsgSupportUserFlag))
+            break;
+          nsCString messageIdString;
+          nsCString addFlags;
+          nsCString subtractFlags;
+
+          m_runningUrl->GetListOfMessageIds(messageIdString);
+          m_runningUrl->GetCustomAddFlags(addFlags);
+          m_runningUrl->GetCustomSubtractFlags(subtractFlags);
+          if (!addFlags.IsEmpty())
+          {
+            nsAutoCString storeString("+FLAGS (");
+            storeString.Append(addFlags);
+            storeString.Append(")");
+            Store(messageIdString, storeString.get(), true);
+          }
+          if (!subtractFlags.IsEmpty())
+          {
+            nsAutoCString storeString("-FLAGS (");
+            storeString.Append(subtractFlags);
+            storeString.Append(")");
+            Store(messageIdString, storeString.get(), true);
+          }
+        }
+        break;
+      case nsIImapUrl::nsImapDeleteMsg:
+        {
+          nsCString messageIdString;
+          m_runningUrl->GetListOfMessageIds(messageIdString);
+
+          ProgressEventFunctionUsingName(HandlingMultipleMessages(messageIdString) ?
+                                         "imapDeletingMessages" :
+                                         "imapDeletingMessage");
+
+          Store(messageIdString, "+FLAGS (\\Deleted)",  bMessageIdsAreUids);
+
+          if (GetServerStateParser().LastCommandSuccessful())
+          {
+            //delete_message_struct *deleteMsg = (delete_message_struct *) PR_Malloc (sizeof(delete_message_struct));
+            // convert name back from utf7
+            nsCString canonicalName;
+            const char *selectedMailboxName = GetServerStateParser().GetSelectedMailboxName();
+            if (selectedMailboxName)
+            {
+              m_runningUrl->AllocateCanonicalPath(selectedMailboxName,
+                kOnlineHierarchySeparatorUnknown, getter_Copies(canonicalName));
+            }
+
+            if (m_imapMessageSink)
+              m_imapMessageSink->NotifyMessageDeleted(canonicalName.get(), false, messageIdString.get());
+            // notice we don't wait for this to finish...
+          }
+          else
+            HandleMemoryFailure();
+        }
+        break;
+      case nsIImapUrl::nsImapDeleteFolderAndMsgs:
+        DeleteFolderAndMsgs(mailboxName.get());
+        break;
+      case nsIImapUrl::nsImapDeleteAllMsgs:
+        {
+          uint32_t numberOfMessages = GetServerStateParser().NumberOfMessages();
+          if (numberOfMessages)
+          {
+            Store(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("1:*"), "+FLAGS.SILENT (\\Deleted)",
+              false);  // use sequence #'s
+
+            if (GetServerStateParser().LastCommandSuccessful())
+              Expunge();      // expunge messages with deleted flag
+            if (GetServerStateParser().LastCommandSuccessful())
+            {
+              // convert name back from utf7
+              nsCString canonicalName;
+              const char *selectedMailboxName = GetServerStateParser().GetSelectedMailboxName();
+              if (selectedMailboxName )
+              {
+                m_runningUrl->AllocateCanonicalPath(selectedMailboxName,
+                  kOnlineHierarchySeparatorUnknown, getter_Copies(canonicalName));
+              }
+
+              if (m_imapMessageSink)
+                m_imapMessageSink->NotifyMessageDeleted(canonicalName.get(), true, nullptr);
+            }
+
+          }
+          bool deleteSelf = false;
+          DeleteSubFolders(mailboxName.get(), deleteSelf);	// don't delete self
+        }
+        break;
+      case nsIImapUrl::nsImapAppendDraftFromFile:
+        {
+          OnAppendMsgFromFile();
+        }
+        break;
+      case nsIImapUrl::nsImapAddMsgFlags:
+        {
+          nsCString messageIdString;
+          m_runningUrl->GetListOfMessageIds(messageIdString);
+
+          ProcessStoreFlags(messageIdString, bMessageIdsAreUids,
+            msgFlags, true);
+        }
+        break;
+      case nsIImapUrl::nsImapSubtractMsgFlags:
+        {
+          nsCString messageIdString;
+          m_runningUrl->GetListOfMessageIds(messageIdString);
+
+          ProcessStoreFlags(messageIdString, bMessageIdsAreUids,
+            msgFlags, false);
+        }
+        break;
+      case nsIImapUrl::nsImapSetMsgFlags:
+        {
+          nsCString messageIdString;
+          m_runningUrl->GetListOfMessageIds(messageIdString);
+
+          ProcessStoreFlags(messageIdString, bMessageIdsAreUids,
+            msgFlags, true);
+          ProcessStoreFlags(messageIdString, bMessageIdsAreUids,
+            ~msgFlags, false);
+        }
+        break;
+      case nsIImapUrl::nsImapBiff:
+        PeriodicBiff();
+        break;
+      case nsIImapUrl::nsImapOnlineCopy:
+      case nsIImapUrl::nsImapOnlineMove:
+        {
+          nsCString messageIdString;
+          m_runningUrl->GetListOfMessageIds(messageIdString);
+          char *destinationMailbox = OnCreateServerDestinationFolderPathString();
+
+          if (destinationMailbox)
+          {
+            if (m_imapAction == nsIImapUrl::nsImapOnlineMove)
+            {
+              if (HandlingMultipleMessages(messageIdString))
+                ProgressEventFunctionUsingNameWithString("imapMovingMessages", destinationMailbox);
+              else
+                ProgressEventFunctionUsingNameWithString("imapMovingMessage", destinationMailbox);
+            }
+            else {
+              if (HandlingMultipleMessages(messageIdString))
+                ProgressEventFunctionUsingNameWithString("imapCopyingMessages", destinationMailbox);
+              else
+                ProgressEventFunctionUsingNameWithString("imapCopyingMessage", destinationMailbox);
+            }
+            Copy(messageIdString.get(), destinationMailbox, bMessageIdsAreUids);
+            PR_FREEIF( destinationMailbox);
+            ImapOnlineCopyState copyState;
+            if (DeathSignalReceived())
+              copyState = ImapOnlineCopyStateType::kInterruptedState;
+            else
+              copyState = GetServerStateParser().LastCommandSuccessful() ?
+              (ImapOnlineCopyState) ImapOnlineCopyStateType::kSuccessfulCopy :
+            (ImapOnlineCopyState) ImapOnlineCopyStateType::kFailedCopy;
+            if (m_imapMailFolderSink)
+              m_imapMailFolderSink->OnlineCopyCompleted(this, copyState);
+            // Don't mark message 'Deleted' for AOL servers or standard imap servers
+            // that support MOVE since we already issued an 'xaol-move' or 'move' command.
+            if (GetServerStateParser().LastCommandSuccessful() &&
+              (m_imapAction == nsIImapUrl::nsImapOnlineMove) &&
+              !(GetServerStateParser().ServerIsAOLServer() ||
+                GetServerStateParser().GetCapabilityFlag() & kHasMoveCapability))
+            {
+              // Simulate MOVE for servers that don't support MOVE: do COPY-DELETE-EXPUNGE.
+              Store(messageIdString, "+FLAGS (\\Deleted \\Seen)",
+                bMessageIdsAreUids);
+              bool storeSuccessful = GetServerStateParser().LastCommandSuccessful();
+              if (storeSuccessful)
+              {
+                if(gExpungeAfterDelete)
+                {
+                  // This will expunge all emails marked as deleted in mailbox,
+                  // not just the ones marked as deleted above.
+                  Expunge();
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                  // Check if UIDPLUS capable so we can just expunge emails we just
+                  // copied and marked as deleted. This prevents expunging emails
+                  // that other clients may have marked as deleted in the mailbox
+                  // and don't want them to disappear.
+                  // Only do UidExpunge() when user selected delete method is "Move
+                  // it to this folder" or "Remove it immediately", not when the
+                  // delete method is "Just mark it as deleted".
+                  if (!GetShowDeletedMessages() &&
+                      (GetServerStateParser().GetCapabilityFlag() & kUidplusCapability))
+                  {
+                    UidExpunge(messageIdString);
+                  }
+                }
+              }
+              if (m_imapMailFolderSink)
+              {
+                copyState = storeSuccessful ? (ImapOnlineCopyState) ImapOnlineCopyStateType::kSuccessfulDelete
+                  : (ImapOnlineCopyState) ImapOnlineCopyStateType::kFailedDelete;
+                m_imapMailFolderSink->OnlineCopyCompleted(this, copyState);
+              }
+            }
+          }
+          else
+            HandleMemoryFailure();
+        }
+        break;
+      case nsIImapUrl::nsImapOnlineToOfflineCopy:
+      case nsIImapUrl::nsImapOnlineToOfflineMove:
+        {
+          nsCString messageIdString;
+          nsresult rv = m_runningUrl->GetListOfMessageIds(messageIdString);
+          if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+          {
+            SetProgressString("imapFolderReceivingMessageOf2");
+            m_progressIndex = 0;
+            m_progressCount = CountMessagesInIdString(messageIdString.get());
+
+            FetchMessage(messageIdString, kEveryThingRFC822Peek);
+
+            SetProgressString(nullptr);
+            if (m_imapMailFolderSink)
+            {
+              ImapOnlineCopyState copyStatus;
+              copyStatus = GetServerStateParser().LastCommandSuccessful() ?
+                ImapOnlineCopyStateType::kSuccessfulCopy : ImapOnlineCopyStateType::kFailedCopy;
+
+              m_imapMailFolderSink->OnlineCopyCompleted(this, copyStatus);
+              if (GetServerStateParser().LastCommandSuccessful() &&
+                (m_imapAction == nsIImapUrl::nsImapOnlineToOfflineMove))
+              {
+                Store(messageIdString, "+FLAGS (\\Deleted \\Seen)",bMessageIdsAreUids);
+                if (GetServerStateParser().LastCommandSuccessful())
+                {
+                  copyStatus = ImapOnlineCopyStateType::kSuccessfulDelete;
+                  if (gExpungeAfterDelete)
+                    Expunge();
+                }
+                else
+                  copyStatus = ImapOnlineCopyStateType::kFailedDelete;
+
+                m_imapMailFolderSink->OnlineCopyCompleted(this,  copyStatus);
+              }
+            }
+          }
+          else
+            HandleMemoryFailure();
+        }
+        break;
+      default:
+        if (GetServerStateParser().LastCommandSuccessful() && !uidValidityOk)
+          ProcessMailboxUpdate(false); // handle uidvalidity change
+        break;
+    }
+   }
+  }
+  else if (!DeathSignalReceived())
+    HandleMemoryFailure();
+}
+
+nsresult nsImapProtocol::BeginMessageDownLoad(
+                                              uint32_t total_message_size, // for user, headers and body
+                                              const char *content_type)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  char *sizeString = PR_smprintf("OPEN Size: %ld", total_message_size);
+  Log("STREAM",sizeString,"Begin Message Download Stream");
+  PR_Free(sizeString);
+  // start counting how many bytes we see in this message after all transformations
+  m_bytesToChannel = 0;
+
+  if (content_type)
+  {
+    m_fromHeaderSeen = false;
+    if (GetServerStateParser().GetDownloadingHeaders())
+    {
+      // if we get multiple calls to BeginMessageDownload w/o intervening
+      // calls to NormalEndMessageDownload or Abort, then we're just
+      // going to fake a NormalMessageEndDownload. This will most likely
+      // cause an empty header to get written to the db, and the user
+      // will have to delete the empty header themselves, which
+      // should remove the message from the server as well.
+      if (m_curHdrInfo)
+        NormalMessageEndDownload();
+      if (!m_curHdrInfo)
+        m_curHdrInfo = m_hdrDownloadCache->StartNewHdr();
+      if (m_curHdrInfo)
+        m_curHdrInfo->SetMsgSize(total_message_size);
+      return NS_OK;
+    }
+    // if we have a mock channel, that means we have a channel listener who wants the
+    // message. So set up a pipe. We'll write the messsage into one end of the pipe
+    // and they will read it out of the other end.
+    else if (m_channelListener)
+    {
+      // create a pipe to pump the message into...the output will go to whoever
+      // is consuming the message display
+      // we create an "infinite" pipe in case we get extremely long lines from the imap server,
+      // and the consumer is waiting for a whole line
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIPipe> pipe = do_CreateInstance("@mozilla.org/pipe;1");
+      rv = pipe->Init(false, false, 4096, PR_UINT32_MAX);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      // These always succeed because the pipe is initialized above.
+      MOZ_ALWAYS_SUCCEEDS(pipe->GetInputStream(getter_AddRefs(m_channelInputStream)));
+      MOZ_ALWAYS_SUCCEEDS(pipe->GetOutputStream(getter_AddRefs(m_channelOutputStream)));
+    }
+    // else, if we are saving the message to disk!
+    else if (m_imapMessageSink /* && m_imapAction == nsIImapUrl::nsImapSaveMessageToDisk */)
+    {
+      // we get here when download the inbox for offline use
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> file;
+      bool addDummyEnvelope = true;
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMessageUrl> msgurl = do_QueryInterface(m_runningUrl);
+      msgurl->GetMessageFile(getter_AddRefs(file));
+      msgurl->GetAddDummyEnvelope(&addDummyEnvelope);
+      if (file)
+        rv = m_imapMessageSink->SetupMsgWriteStream(file, addDummyEnvelope);
+    }
+    if (m_imapMailFolderSink && m_runningUrl)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr <nsISupports> copyState;
+      if (m_runningUrl)
+      {
+        m_runningUrl->GetCopyState(getter_AddRefs(copyState));
+        if (copyState) // only need this notification during copy
+        {
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailurl = do_QueryInterface(m_runningUrl);
+          m_imapMailFolderSink->StartMessage(mailurl);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+  }
+  else
+    HandleMemoryFailure();
+  return rv;
+}
+
+void
+nsImapProtocol::GetShouldDownloadAllHeaders(bool *aResult)
+{
+  if (m_imapMailFolderSink)
+    m_imapMailFolderSink->GetShouldDownloadAllHeaders(aResult);
+}
+
+void
+nsImapProtocol::GetArbitraryHeadersToDownload(nsCString &aResult)
+{
+  if (m_imapServerSink)
+    m_imapServerSink->GetArbitraryHeaders(aResult);
+}
+
+void
+nsImapProtocol::AdjustChunkSize()
+{
+  int32_t deltaInSeconds;
+  PRTime2Seconds(m_endTime - m_startTime, &deltaInSeconds);
+  m_trackingTime = false;
+  if (deltaInSeconds < 0)
+    return;            // bogus for some reason
+
+  if (deltaInSeconds <= m_tooFastTime && m_curFetchSize >= m_chunkSize)
+  {
+    m_chunkSize += m_chunkAddSize;
+    m_chunkThreshold = m_chunkSize + (m_chunkSize / 2);
+    // we used to have a max for the chunk size - I don't think that's needed.
+  }
+  else if (deltaInSeconds <= m_idealTime)
+    return;
+  else
+  {
+    if (m_chunkSize > m_chunkStartSize)
+      m_chunkSize = m_chunkStartSize;
+    else if (m_chunkSize > (m_chunkAddSize * 2))
+      m_chunkSize -= m_chunkAddSize;
+    m_chunkThreshold = m_chunkSize + (m_chunkSize / 2);
+  }
+  // remember these new values globally so new connections
+  // can take advantage of them.
+  if (gChunkSize != m_chunkSize)
+  {
+    // will cause chunk size pref to be written in CloseStream.
+    gChunkSizeDirty = true;
+    gChunkSize = m_chunkSize;
+    gChunkThreshold = m_chunkThreshold;
+  }
+}
+
+// authenticated state commands
+
+// escape any backslashes or quotes.  Backslashes are used a lot with our NT server
+void nsImapProtocol::CreateEscapedMailboxName(const char *rawName, nsCString &escapedName)
+{
+  escapedName.Assign(rawName);
+
+  for (int32_t strIndex = 0; *rawName; strIndex++)
+  {
+    char currentChar = *rawName++;
+    if ((currentChar == '\\') || (currentChar == '\"'))
+      escapedName.Insert('\\', strIndex++);
+  }
+}
+void nsImapProtocol::SelectMailbox(const char *mailboxName)
+{
+  ProgressEventFunctionUsingNameWithString("imapStatusSelectingMailbox", mailboxName);
+  IncrementCommandTagNumber();
+
+  m_closeNeededBeforeSelect = false;   // initial value
+  GetServerStateParser().ResetFlagInfo();
+  nsCString escapedName;
+  CreateEscapedMailboxName(mailboxName, escapedName);
+  nsCString commandBuffer(GetServerCommandTag());
+  commandBuffer.Append(" select \"");
+  commandBuffer.Append(escapedName.get());
+  commandBuffer.Append("\"");
+  if (UseCondStore())
+    commandBuffer.Append(" (CONDSTORE)");
+  commandBuffer.Append(CRLF);
+
+  nsresult res;
+  res = SendData(commandBuffer.get());
+  if (NS_FAILED(res)) return;
+  ParseIMAPandCheckForNewMail();
+
+  int32_t numOfMessagesInFlagState = 0;
+  nsImapAction imapAction;
+  m_flagState->GetNumberOfMessages(&numOfMessagesInFlagState);
+  res = m_runningUrl->GetImapAction(&imapAction);
+  // if we've selected a mailbox, and we're not going to do an update because of the
+  // url type, but don't have the flags, go get them!
+  if (GetServerStateParser().LastCommandSuccessful() && NS_SUCCEEDED(res) &&
+    imapAction != nsIImapUrl::nsImapSelectFolder && imapAction != nsIImapUrl::nsImapExpungeFolder
+    && imapAction != nsIImapUrl::nsImapLiteSelectFolder &&
+    imapAction != nsIImapUrl::nsImapDeleteAllMsgs &&
+    ((GetServerStateParser().NumberOfMessages() != numOfMessagesInFlagState) && (numOfMessagesInFlagState == 0)))
+  {
+      ProcessMailboxUpdate(false);
+  }
+}
+
+// Please call only with a single message ID
+void nsImapProtocol::Bodystructure(const nsCString &messageId, bool idIsUid)
+{
+  IncrementCommandTagNumber();
+
+  nsCString commandString(GetServerCommandTag());
+  if (idIsUid)
+    commandString.Append(" UID");
+  commandString.Append(" fetch ");
+
+  commandString.Append(messageId);
+  commandString.Append(" (BODYSTRUCTURE)" CRLF);
+
+  nsresult rv = SendData(commandString.get());
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      ParseIMAPandCheckForNewMail(commandString.get());
+}
+
+void nsImapProtocol::PipelinedFetchMessageParts(const char *uid, nsIMAPMessagePartIDArray *parts)
+{
+  // assumes no chunking
+
+  // build up a string to fetch
+  nsCString stringToFetch, what;
+  uint32_t currentPartNum = 0;
+  while ((parts->GetNumParts() > currentPartNum) && !DeathSignalReceived())
+  {
+    nsIMAPMessagePartID *currentPart = parts->GetPart(currentPartNum);
+    if (currentPart)
+    {
+      // Do things here depending on the type of message part
+      // Append it to the fetch string
+      if (currentPartNum > 0)
+        stringToFetch.Append(" ");
+
+      switch (currentPart->GetFields())
+      {
+      case kMIMEHeader:
+        what = "BODY.PEEK[";
+        what.Append(currentPart->GetPartNumberString());
+        what.Append(".MIME]");
+        stringToFetch.Append(what);
+        break;
+      case kRFC822HeadersOnly:
+        if (currentPart->GetPartNumberString())
+        {
+          what = "BODY.PEEK[";
+          what.Append(currentPart->GetPartNumberString());
+          what.Append(".HEADER]");
+          stringToFetch.Append(what);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          // headers for the top-level message
+          stringToFetch.Append("BODY.PEEK[HEADER]");
+        }
+        break;
+      default:
+        NS_ASSERTION(false, "we should only be pipelining MIME headers and Message headers");
+        break;
+      }
+
+    }
+    currentPartNum++;
+  }
+
+  // Run the single, pipelined fetch command
+  if ((parts->GetNumParts() > 0) && !DeathSignalReceived() && !GetPseudoInterrupted() && stringToFetch.get())
+  {
+      IncrementCommandTagNumber();
+
+    nsCString commandString(GetServerCommandTag());
+    commandString.Append(" UID fetch ");
+    commandString.Append(uid, 10);
+    commandString.Append(" (");
+    commandString.Append(stringToFetch);
+    commandString.Append(")" CRLF);
+    nsresult rv = SendData(commandString.get());
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+            ParseIMAPandCheckForNewMail(commandString.get());
+  }
+}
+
+
+void nsImapProtocol::FetchMsgAttribute(const nsCString &messageIds, const nsCString &attribute)
+{
+    IncrementCommandTagNumber();
+
+    nsAutoCString commandString (GetServerCommandTag());
+    commandString.Append(" UID fetch ");
+    commandString.Append(messageIds);
+    commandString.Append(" (");
+    commandString.Append(attribute);
+    commandString.Append(")" CRLF);
+    nsresult rv = SendData(commandString.get());
+
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+       ParseIMAPandCheckForNewMail(commandString.get());
+    GetServerStateParser().SetFetchingFlags(false);
+    // Always clear this flag after every fetch.
+    m_fetchingWholeMessage = false;
+}
+
+// this routine is used to fetch a message or messages, or headers for a
+// message...
+
+void nsImapProtocol::FallbackToFetchWholeMsg(const nsCString &messageId, uint32_t messageSize)
+{
+  if (m_imapMessageSink && m_runningUrl)
+  {
+    bool shouldStoreMsgOffline;
+    m_runningUrl->GetStoreOfflineOnFallback(&shouldStoreMsgOffline);
+    m_runningUrl->SetStoreResultsOffline(shouldStoreMsgOffline);
+  }
+  FetchTryChunking(messageId,
+                   m_imapAction == nsIImapUrl::nsImapMsgFetchPeek ?
+                     kEveryThingRFC822Peek : kEveryThingRFC822,
+                   true, nullptr, messageSize, true);
+}
+
+void
+nsImapProtocol::FetchMessage(const nsCString &messageIds,
+                             nsIMAPeFetchFields whatToFetch,
+                             const char *fetchModifier,
+                             uint32_t startByte, uint32_t numBytes,
+                             char *part)
+{
+  IncrementCommandTagNumber();
+
+  nsCString commandString;
+  commandString = "%s UID fetch";
+
+  switch (whatToFetch) {
+  case kEveryThingRFC822:
+    m_flagChangeCount++;
+    m_fetchingWholeMessage = true;
+    if (m_trackingTime)
+      AdjustChunkSize();      // we started another segment
+    m_startTime = PR_Now();     // save start of download time
+    m_trackingTime = true;
+    MOZ_LOG(IMAP, LogLevel::Debug, ("FetchMessage everything: curFetchSize %u numBytes %u",
+                                m_curFetchSize, numBytes));
+    if (numBytes > 0)
+      m_curFetchSize = numBytes;
+
+    if (GetServerStateParser().ServerHasIMAP4Rev1Capability())
+    {
+      if (GetServerStateParser().GetCapabilityFlag() & kHasXSenderCapability)
+        commandString.Append(" %s (XSENDER UID RFC822.SIZE BODY[]");
+      else
+        commandString.Append(" %s (UID RFC822.SIZE BODY[]");
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      if (GetServerStateParser().GetCapabilityFlag() & kHasXSenderCapability)
+        commandString.Append(" %s (XSENDER UID RFC822.SIZE RFC822");
+      else
+        commandString.Append(" %s (UID RFC822.SIZE RFC822");
+    }
+    if (numBytes > 0)
+    {
+      // if we are retrieving chunks
+      char *byterangeString = PR_smprintf("<%ld.%ld>",startByte, numBytes);
+      if (byterangeString)
+      {
+        commandString.Append(byterangeString);
+        PR_Free(byterangeString);
+      }
+    }
+    commandString.Append(")");
+
+    break;
+
+  case kEveryThingRFC822Peek:
+    {
+      MOZ_LOG(IMAP, LogLevel::Debug, ("FetchMessage peek: curFetchSize %u numBytes %u",
+                                  m_curFetchSize, numBytes));
+      if (numBytes > 0)
+        m_curFetchSize = numBytes;
+      const char *formatString = "";
+      eIMAPCapabilityFlags server_capabilityFlags = GetServerStateParser().GetCapabilityFlag();
+
+      m_fetchingWholeMessage = true;
+      if (server_capabilityFlags & kIMAP4rev1Capability)
+      {
+        // use body[].peek since rfc822.peek is not in IMAP4rev1
+        if (server_capabilityFlags & kHasXSenderCapability)
+          formatString = " %s (XSENDER UID RFC822.SIZE BODY.PEEK[]";
+        else
+          formatString = " %s (UID RFC822.SIZE BODY.PEEK[]";
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        if (server_capabilityFlags & kHasXSenderCapability)
+          formatString = " %s (XSENDER UID RFC822.SIZE RFC822.peek";
+        else
+          formatString = " %s (UID RFC822.SIZE RFC822.peek";
+      }
+
+      commandString.Append(formatString);
+      if (numBytes > 0)
+      {
+        // if we are retrieving chunks
+        char *byterangeString = PR_smprintf("<%ld.%ld>",startByte, numBytes);
+        if (byterangeString)
+        {
+          commandString.Append(byterangeString);
+          PR_Free(byterangeString);
+        }
+      }
+      commandString.Append(")");
+    }
+    break;
+  case kHeadersRFC822andUid:
+    if (GetServerStateParser().ServerHasIMAP4Rev1Capability())
+    {
+      eIMAPCapabilityFlags server_capabilityFlags = GetServerStateParser().GetCapabilityFlag();
+      bool aolImapServer = ((server_capabilityFlags & kAOLImapCapability) != 0);
+      bool downloadAllHeaders = false;
+      // checks if we're filtering on "any header" or running a spam filter requiring all headers
+      GetShouldDownloadAllHeaders(&downloadAllHeaders);
+
+      if (!downloadAllHeaders)  // if it's ok -- no filters on any header, etc.
+      {
+        char *headersToDL = nullptr;
+        char *what = nullptr;
+        const char *dbHeaders = (gUseEnvelopeCmd) ? IMAP_DB_HEADERS : IMAP_ENV_AND_DB_HEADERS;
+        nsCString arbitraryHeaders;
+        GetArbitraryHeadersToDownload(arbitraryHeaders);
+        for (uint32_t i = 0; i < mCustomDBHeaders.Length(); i++)
+        {
+          if (arbitraryHeaders.Find(mCustomDBHeaders[i], CaseInsensitiveCompare) == kNotFound)
+          {
+            if (!arbitraryHeaders.IsEmpty())
+              arbitraryHeaders.Append(' ');
+            arbitraryHeaders.Append(mCustomDBHeaders[i]);
+          }
+        }
+        for (uint32_t i = 0; i < mCustomHeaders.Length(); i++)
+        {
+           if (arbitraryHeaders.Find(mCustomHeaders[i], CaseInsensitiveCompare) == kNotFound)
+          {
+            if (!arbitraryHeaders.IsEmpty())
+              arbitraryHeaders.Append(' ');
+            arbitraryHeaders.Append(mCustomHeaders[i]);
+          }
+        }
+        if (arbitraryHeaders.IsEmpty())
+          headersToDL = strdup(dbHeaders);
+        else
+          headersToDL = PR_smprintf("%s %s",dbHeaders, arbitraryHeaders.get());
+
+        if (gUseEnvelopeCmd)
+          what = PR_smprintf(" ENVELOPE BODY.PEEK[HEADER.FIELDS (%s)])", headersToDL);
+        else
+          what = PR_smprintf(" BODY.PEEK[HEADER.FIELDS (%s)])",headersToDL);
+        NS_Free(headersToDL);
+        if (what)
+        {
+          commandString.Append(" %s (UID ");
+           if (m_isGmailServer)
+            commandString.Append("X-GM-MSGID X-GM-THRID X-GM-LABELS ");
+          if (aolImapServer)
+            commandString.Append(" XAOL.SIZE") ;
+          else
+            commandString.Append("RFC822.SIZE");
+          commandString.Append(" FLAGS");
+          commandString.Append(what);
+          PR_Free(what);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          commandString.Append(" %s (UID RFC822.SIZE BODY.PEEK[HEADER] FLAGS)");
+        }
+      }
+      else
+        commandString.Append(" %s (UID RFC822.SIZE BODY.PEEK[HEADER] FLAGS)");
+    }
+    else
+      commandString.Append(" %s (UID RFC822.SIZE RFC822.HEADER FLAGS)");
+    break;
+  case kUid:
+    commandString.Append(" %s (UID)");
+    break;
+  case kFlags:
+    GetServerStateParser().SetFetchingFlags(true);
+    commandString.Append(" %s (FLAGS)");
+    break;
+  case kRFC822Size:
+    commandString.Append(" %s (RFC822.SIZE)");
+    break;
+  case kBodyStart:
+    {
+      int32_t numBytesToFetch;
+      m_runningUrl->GetNumBytesToFetch(&numBytesToFetch);
+
+      commandString.Append(" %s (UID BODY.PEEK[HEADER.FIELDS (Content-Type Content-Transfer-Encoding)] BODY.PEEK[TEXT]<0.");
+      commandString.AppendInt(numBytesToFetch);
+      commandString.Append(">)");
+    }
+    break;
+  case kRFC822HeadersOnly:
+    if (GetServerStateParser().ServerHasIMAP4Rev1Capability())
+    {
+      if (part)
+      {
+        commandString.Append(" %s (BODY[");
+        char *what = PR_smprintf("%s.HEADER])", part);
+        if (what)
+        {
+          commandString.Append(what);
+          PR_Free(what);
+        }
+        else
+          HandleMemoryFailure();
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        // headers for the top-level message
+        commandString.Append(" %s (BODY[HEADER])");
+      }
+    }
+    else
+      commandString.Append(" %s (RFC822.HEADER)");
+    break;
+  case kMIMEPart:
+    commandString.Append(" %s (BODY.PEEK[%s]");
+    if (numBytes > 0)
+    {
+      // if we are retrieving chunks
+      char *byterangeString = PR_smprintf("<%ld.%ld>",startByte, numBytes);
+      if (byterangeString)
+      {
+        commandString.Append(byterangeString);
+        PR_Free(byterangeString);
+      }
+    }
+    commandString.Append(")");
+    break;
+  case kMIMEHeader:
+    commandString.Append(" %s (BODY[%s.MIME])");
+    break;
+  };
+
+  if (fetchModifier)
+    commandString.Append(fetchModifier);
+
+  commandString.Append(CRLF);
+
+  // since messageIds can be infinitely long, use a dynamic buffer rather than the fixed one
+  const char *commandTag = GetServerCommandTag();
+  int protocolStringSize = commandString.Length() + messageIds.Length() + PL_strlen(commandTag) + 1 +
+    (part ? PL_strlen(part) : 0);
+  char *protocolString = (char *) PR_CALLOC( protocolStringSize );
+
+  if (protocolString)
+  {
+    char *cCommandStr = ToNewCString(commandString);
+    if ((whatToFetch == kMIMEPart) ||
+      (whatToFetch == kMIMEHeader))
+    {
+      PR_snprintf(protocolString,                                      // string to create
+        protocolStringSize,                                      // max size
+        cCommandStr,                                   // format string
+        commandTag,                          // command tag
+        messageIds.get(),
+        part);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      PR_snprintf(protocolString,                                      // string to create
+        protocolStringSize,                                      // max size
+        cCommandStr,                                   // format string
+        commandTag,                          // command tag
+        messageIds.get());
+    }
+
+    nsresult rv = SendData(protocolString);
+
+    free(cCommandStr);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      ParseIMAPandCheckForNewMail(protocolString);
+    PR_Free(protocolString);
+    GetServerStateParser().SetFetchingFlags(false);
+    // Always clear this flag after every fetch.
+    m_fetchingWholeMessage = false;
+    if (GetServerStateParser().LastCommandSuccessful() && CheckNeeded())
+      Check();
+  }
+  else
+    HandleMemoryFailure();
+}
+
+void nsImapProtocol::FetchTryChunking(const nsCString &messageIds,
+                                      nsIMAPeFetchFields whatToFetch,
+                                      bool idIsUid,
+                                      char *part,
+                                      uint32_t downloadSize,
+                                      bool tryChunking)
+{
+  GetServerStateParser().SetTotalDownloadSize(downloadSize);
+  MOZ_LOG(IMAP, LogLevel::Debug, ("FetchTryChunking: curFetchSize %u", downloadSize));
+  m_curFetchSize = downloadSize; // we'll change this if chunking.
+  if (m_fetchByChunks && tryChunking &&
+        GetServerStateParser().ServerHasIMAP4Rev1Capability() &&
+    (downloadSize > (uint32_t) m_chunkThreshold))
+  {
+    uint32_t startByte = 0;
+    m_curFetchSize = m_chunkSize;
+    GetServerStateParser().ClearLastFetchChunkReceived();
+    while (!DeathSignalReceived() && !GetPseudoInterrupted() &&
+      !GetServerStateParser().GetLastFetchChunkReceived() &&
+      GetServerStateParser().ContinueParse())
+    {
+      FetchMessage(messageIds,
+             whatToFetch,
+             nullptr,
+             startByte, m_chunkSize,
+             part);
+      startByte += m_chunkSize;
+    }
+
+    // Only abort the stream if this is a normal message download
+    // Otherwise, let the body shell abort the stream.
+    if ((whatToFetch == kEveryThingRFC822)
+      &&
+      ((startByte > 0 && (startByte < downloadSize) &&
+      (DeathSignalReceived() || GetPseudoInterrupted())) ||
+      !GetServerStateParser().ContinueParse()))
+    {
+      AbortMessageDownLoad();
+      PseudoInterrupt(false);
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    // small message, or (we're not chunking and not doing bodystructure),
+    // or the server is not rev1.
+    // Just fetch the whole thing.
+    FetchMessage(messageIds, whatToFetch, nullptr, 0, 0, part);
+  }
+}
+
+
+void nsImapProtocol::PipelinedFetchMessageParts(nsCString &uid, nsIMAPMessagePartIDArray *parts)
+{
+  // assumes no chunking
+
+  // build up a string to fetch
+  nsCString stringToFetch;
+  nsCString what;
+
+  uint32_t currentPartNum = 0;
+  while ((parts->GetNumParts() > currentPartNum) && !DeathSignalReceived())
+  {
+    nsIMAPMessagePartID *currentPart = parts->GetPart(currentPartNum);
+    if (currentPart)
+    {
+      // Do things here depending on the type of message part
+      // Append it to the fetch string
+      if (currentPartNum > 0)
+        stringToFetch += " ";
+
+      switch (currentPart->GetFields())
+      {
+      case kMIMEHeader:
+        what = "BODY.PEEK[";
+        what += currentPart->GetPartNumberString();
+        what += ".MIME]";
+        stringToFetch += what;
+        break;
+      case kRFC822HeadersOnly:
+        if (currentPart->GetPartNumberString())
+        {
+          what = "BODY.PEEK[";
+          what += currentPart->GetPartNumberString();
+          what += ".HEADER]";
+          stringToFetch += what;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          // headers for the top-level message
+          stringToFetch += "BODY.PEEK[HEADER]";
+        }
+        break;
+      default:
+        NS_ASSERTION(false, "we should only be pipelining MIME headers and Message headers");
+        break;
+      }
+
+    }
+    currentPartNum++;
+  }
+
+  // Run the single, pipelined fetch command
+  if ((parts->GetNumParts() > 0) && !DeathSignalReceived() && !GetPseudoInterrupted() && stringToFetch.get())
+  {
+      IncrementCommandTagNumber();
+
+    char *commandString = PR_smprintf("%s UID fetch %s (%s)%s",
+                                          GetServerCommandTag(), uid.get(),
+                                          stringToFetch.get(), CRLF);
+
+    if (commandString)
+    {
+      nsresult rv = SendData(commandString);
+            if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+                ParseIMAPandCheckForNewMail(commandString);
+      PR_Free(commandString);
+    }
+    else
+      HandleMemoryFailure();
+  }
+}
+
+
+void
+nsImapProtocol::PostLineDownLoadEvent(const char *line, uint32_t uidOfMessage)
+{
+  if (!GetServerStateParser().GetDownloadingHeaders())
+  {
+    uint32_t byteCount = PL_strlen(line);
+    bool echoLineToMessageSink = false;
+    // if we have a channel listener, then just spool the message
+    // directly to the listener
+    if (m_channelListener)
+    {
+      uint32_t count = 0;
+      if (m_channelOutputStream)
+      {
+        nsresult rv = m_channelOutputStream->Write(line, byteCount, &count);
+        NS_ASSERTION(count == byteCount, "IMAP channel pipe couldn't buffer entire write");
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        {
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIRequest> request = do_QueryInterface(m_mockChannel);
+          m_channelListener->OnDataAvailable(request, m_channelContext, m_channelInputStream, 0, count);
+        }
+        // else some sort of explosion?
+      }
+    }
+    if (m_runningUrl)
+      m_runningUrl->GetStoreResultsOffline(&echoLineToMessageSink);
+
+    m_bytesToChannel += byteCount;
+    if (m_imapMessageSink && line && echoLineToMessageSink && !GetPseudoInterrupted())
+      m_imapMessageSink->ParseAdoptedMsgLine(line, uidOfMessage, m_runningUrl);
+  }
+  // ***** We need to handle the pseudo interrupt here *****
+}
+
+// Handle a line seen by the parser.
+// * The argument |lineCopy| must be nullptr or should contain the same string as
+//   |line|.  |lineCopy| will be modified.
+// * A line may be passed by parts, e.g., "part1 part2\r\n" may be passed as
+//     HandleMessageDownLoadLine("part 1 ", 1);
+//     HandleMessageDownLoadLine("part 2\r\n", 0);
+//   However, it is assumed that a CRLF or a CRCRLF is never split (i.e., this is
+//   ensured *before* invoking this method).
+void nsImapProtocol::HandleMessageDownLoadLine(const char *line, bool isPartialLine,
+                                               char *lineCopy)
+{
+  NS_PRECONDITION(lineCopy == nullptr || !PL_strcmp(line, lineCopy),
+                  "line and lineCopy must contain the same string");
+  const char *messageLine = line;
+  uint32_t lineLength = strlen(messageLine);
+  const char *cEndOfLine = messageLine + lineLength;
+  char *localMessageLine = nullptr;
+
+  // If we obtain a partial line (due to fetching by chunks), we do not
+  // add/modify the end-of-line terminator.
+  if (!isPartialLine)
+  {
+    // Change this line to native line termination, duplicate if necessary.
+    // Do not assume that the line really ends in CRLF
+    // to start with, even though it is supposed to be RFC822
+
+    // normalize line endings to CRLF unless we are saving the message to disk
+    bool canonicalLineEnding = true;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMessageUrl> msgUrl = do_QueryInterface(m_runningUrl);
+
+    if (m_imapAction == nsIImapUrl::nsImapSaveMessageToDisk && msgUrl)
+      msgUrl->GetCanonicalLineEnding(&canonicalLineEnding);
+
+    NS_PRECONDITION(MSG_LINEBREAK_LEN == 1 ||
+                    (MSG_LINEBREAK_LEN == 2 && !PL_strcmp(CRLF, MSG_LINEBREAK)),
+                    "violated assumptions on MSG_LINEBREAK");
+    if (MSG_LINEBREAK_LEN == 1 && !canonicalLineEnding)
+    {
+      bool lineEndsWithCRorLF = lineLength >= 1 &&
+        (cEndOfLine[-1] == '\r' || cEndOfLine[-1] == '\n');
+      char *endOfLine;
+      if (lineCopy && lineEndsWithCRorLF)  // true for most lines
+      {
+        endOfLine = lineCopy + lineLength;
+        messageLine = lineCopy;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        // leave enough room for one more char, MSG_LINEBREAK[0]
+        localMessageLine = (char *) PR_MALLOC(lineLength + 2);
+        if (!localMessageLine) // memory failure
+          return;
+        PL_strcpy(localMessageLine, line);
+        endOfLine = localMessageLine + lineLength;
+        messageLine = localMessageLine;
+      }
+
+      if (lineLength >= 2 &&
+        endOfLine[-2] == '\r' &&
+        endOfLine[-1] == '\n')
+      {
+        if(lineLength>=3 && endOfLine[-3] == '\r') // CRCRLF
+        {
+          endOfLine--;
+          lineLength--;
+        }
+        /* CRLF -> CR or LF */
+        endOfLine[-2] = MSG_LINEBREAK[0];
+        endOfLine[-1] = '\0';
+        lineLength--;
+      }
+      else if (lineLength >= 1 &&
+        ((endOfLine[-1] == '\r') || (endOfLine[-1] == '\n')))
+      {
+        /* CR -> LF or LF -> CR */
+        endOfLine[-1] = MSG_LINEBREAK[0];
+      }
+      else // no eol characters at all
+      {
+        endOfLine[0] = MSG_LINEBREAK[0]; // CR or LF
+        endOfLine[1] = '\0';
+        lineLength++;
+      }
+    }
+    else  // enforce canonical CRLF linebreaks
+    {
+      if (lineLength==0 || (lineLength == 1 && cEndOfLine[-1] == '\n'))
+      {
+        messageLine = CRLF;
+        lineLength = 2;
+      }
+      else if (cEndOfLine[-1] != '\n' || cEndOfLine[-2] != '\r' ||
+               (lineLength >=3 && cEndOfLine[-3] == '\r'))
+      {
+        // The line does not end in CRLF (or it ends in CRCRLF).
+        // Copy line and leave enough room for two more chars (CR and LF).
+        localMessageLine = (char *) PR_MALLOC(lineLength + 3);
+        if (!localMessageLine) // memory failure
+            return;
+        PL_strcpy(localMessageLine, line);
+        char *endOfLine = localMessageLine + lineLength;
+        messageLine = localMessageLine;
+
+        if (lineLength>=3 && endOfLine[-1] == '\n' &&
+            endOfLine[-2] == '\r')
+        {
+          // CRCRLF -> CRLF
+          endOfLine[-2] = '\n';
+          endOfLine[-1] = '\0';
+          lineLength--;
+        }
+        else if ((endOfLine[-1] == '\r') || (endOfLine[-1] == '\n'))
+        {
+          // LF -> CRLF or CR -> CRLF
+          endOfLine[-1] = '\r';
+          endOfLine[0]  = '\n';
+          endOfLine[1]  = '\0';
+          lineLength++;
+        }
+        else // no eol characters at all
+        {
+          endOfLine[0] = '\r';
+          endOfLine[1] = '\n';
+          endOfLine[2] = '\0';
+          lineLength += 2;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  NS_ASSERTION(lineLength == PL_strlen(messageLine), "lineLength not accurate");
+
+  // check if sender obtained via XSENDER server extension matches "From:" field
+  const char *xSenderInfo = GetServerStateParser().GetXSenderInfo();
+  if (xSenderInfo && *xSenderInfo && !m_fromHeaderSeen)
+  {
+    if (!PL_strncmp("From: ", messageLine, 6))
+    {
+      m_fromHeaderSeen = true;
+      if (PL_strstr(messageLine, xSenderInfo) != NULL)
+          // Adding a X-Mozilla-Status line here is not very elegant but it
+          // works.  Another X-Mozilla-Status line is added to the message when
+          // downloading to a local folder; this new line will also contain the
+          // 'authed' flag we are adding here.  (If the message is again
+          // uploaded to the server, this flag is lost.)
+          // 0x0200 == nsMsgMessageFlags::SenderAuthed
+          HandleMessageDownLoadLine("X-Mozilla-Status: 0200\r\n", false);
+      GetServerStateParser().FreeXSenderInfo();
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (GetServerStateParser().GetDownloadingHeaders())
+  {
+    if (!m_curHdrInfo)
+      BeginMessageDownLoad(GetServerStateParser().SizeOfMostRecentMessage(), MESSAGE_RFC822);
+    if (m_curHdrInfo)
+      m_curHdrInfo->CacheLine(messageLine, GetServerStateParser().CurrentResponseUID());
+    PR_Free(localMessageLine);
+    return;
+  }
+  // if this line is for a different message, or the incoming line is too big
+  if (((m_downloadLineCache->CurrentUID() != GetServerStateParser().CurrentResponseUID()) && !m_downloadLineCache->CacheEmpty()) ||
+      (m_downloadLineCache->SpaceAvailable() < lineLength + 1) )
+    FlushDownloadCache();
+
+  // so now the cache is flushed, but this string might still be to big
+  if (m_downloadLineCache->SpaceAvailable() < lineLength + 1)
+      PostLineDownLoadEvent(messageLine, GetServerStateParser().CurrentResponseUID());
+  else
+    m_downloadLineCache->CacheLine(messageLine, GetServerStateParser().CurrentResponseUID());
+
+  PR_Free(localMessageLine);
+}
+
+void nsImapProtocol::FlushDownloadCache()
+{
+  if (!m_downloadLineCache->CacheEmpty())
+  {
+    msg_line_info *downloadLine = m_downloadLineCache->GetCurrentLineInfo();
+    PostLineDownLoadEvent(downloadLine->adoptedMessageLine,
+                          downloadLine->uidOfMessage);
+    m_downloadLineCache->ResetCache();
+  }
+}
+
+void nsImapProtocol::NormalMessageEndDownload()
+{
+  Log("STREAM", "CLOSE", "Normal Message End Download Stream");
+
+  if (m_trackingTime)
+    AdjustChunkSize();
+  if (m_imapMailFolderSink && m_curHdrInfo && GetServerStateParser().GetDownloadingHeaders())
+  {
+    m_curHdrInfo->SetMsgSize(GetServerStateParser().SizeOfMostRecentMessage());
+    m_curHdrInfo->SetMsgUid(GetServerStateParser().CurrentResponseUID());
+    m_hdrDownloadCache->FinishCurrentHdr();
+    int32_t numHdrsCached;
+    m_hdrDownloadCache->GetNumHeaders(&numHdrsCached);
+    if (numHdrsCached == kNumHdrsToXfer)
+    {
+      m_imapMailFolderSink->ParseMsgHdrs(this, m_hdrDownloadCache);
+      m_hdrDownloadCache->ResetAll();
+    }
+  }
+  FlushDownloadCache();
+
+  if (!GetServerStateParser().GetDownloadingHeaders())
+  {
+    int32_t updatedMessageSize = -1;
+    if (m_fetchingWholeMessage)
+    {
+      updatedMessageSize = m_bytesToChannel;
+#ifdef PR_LOGGING
+      if (m_bytesToChannel != GetServerStateParser().SizeOfMostRecentMessage()) {
+        MOZ_LOG(IMAP, LogLevel::Debug, ("STREAM:CLOSE Server's RFC822.SIZE %u, actual size %u",
+                                    GetServerStateParser().SizeOfMostRecentMessage(),
+                                    m_bytesToChannel));
+      }
+#endif
+    }
+    // need to know if we're downloading for display or not. We'll use action == nsImapMsgFetch for now
+    nsImapAction imapAction = nsIImapUrl::nsImapSelectFolder; // just set it to some legal value
+    if (m_runningUrl)
+      m_runningUrl->GetImapAction(&imapAction);
+
+    if (m_imapMessageSink)
+      m_imapMessageSink->NormalEndMsgWriteStream(m_downloadLineCache->CurrentUID(), imapAction == nsIImapUrl::nsImapMsgFetch, m_runningUrl, updatedMessageSize);
+
+    if (m_runningUrl && m_imapMailFolderSink)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr <nsISupports> copyState;
+      m_runningUrl->GetCopyState(getter_AddRefs(copyState));
+      if (copyState) // only need this notification during copy
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailUrl (do_QueryInterface(m_runningUrl));
+        m_imapMailFolderSink->EndMessage(mailUrl, m_downloadLineCache->CurrentUID());
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  m_curHdrInfo = nullptr;
+}
+
+void nsImapProtocol::AbortMessageDownLoad()
+{
+  Log("STREAM", "CLOSE", "Abort Message  Download Stream");
+
+  if (m_trackingTime)
+    AdjustChunkSize();
+  FlushDownloadCache();
+  if (GetServerStateParser().GetDownloadingHeaders())
+  {
+    if (m_imapMailFolderSink)
+      m_imapMailFolderSink->AbortHeaderParseStream(this);
+  }
+  else if (m_imapMessageSink)
+        m_imapMessageSink->AbortMsgWriteStream();
+
+  m_curHdrInfo = nullptr;
+}
+
+
+void nsImapProtocol::ProcessMailboxUpdate(bool handlePossibleUndo)
+{
+  if (DeathSignalReceived())
+    return;
+
+  // Update quota information
+  char *boxName;
+  GetSelectedMailboxName(&boxName);
+  GetQuotaDataIfSupported(boxName);
+  PR_Free(boxName);
+
+  // fetch the flags and uids of all existing messages or new ones
+  if (!DeathSignalReceived() && GetServerStateParser().NumberOfMessages())
+  {
+    if (handlePossibleUndo)
+    {
+      // undo any delete flags we may have asked to
+      nsCString undoIdsStr;
+      nsAutoCString undoIds;
+
+      GetCurrentUrl()->GetListOfMessageIds(undoIdsStr);
+      undoIds.Assign(undoIdsStr);
+      if (!undoIds.IsEmpty())
+      {
+        char firstChar = (char) undoIds.CharAt(0);
+        undoIds.Cut(0, 1);  // remove first character
+        // if this string started with a '-', then this is an undo of a delete
+        // if its a '+' its a redo
+        if (firstChar == '-')
+          Store(undoIds, "-FLAGS (\\Deleted)", true);  // most servers will fail silently on a failure, deal with it?
+        else  if (firstChar == '+')
+          Store(undoIds, "+FLAGS (\\Deleted)", true);  // most servers will fail silently on a failure, deal with it?
+        else
+          NS_ASSERTION(false, "bogus undo Id's");
+      }
+    }
+
+    // make the parser record these flags
+    nsCString fetchStr;
+    int32_t added = 0, deleted = 0;
+
+    m_flagState->GetNumberOfMessages(&added);
+    deleted = m_flagState->NumberOfDeletedMessages();
+    bool flagStateEmpty = !added;
+    // Figure out if we need to do any kind of sync.
+    bool needFolderSync = (flagStateEmpty || added == deleted) && (!UseCondStore() ||
+      (GetServerStateParser().fHighestModSeq != mFolderLastModSeq) ||
+      (GetShowDeletedMessages() &&
+         GetServerStateParser().NumberOfMessages() != mFolderTotalMsgCount));
+
+    // Figure out if we need to do a full sync (UID Fetch Flags 1:*),
+    // a partial sync using CHANGEDSINCE, or a sync from the previous
+    // highwater mark.
+
+    // if the folder doesn't know about the highest uid, or the flag state
+    // is empty, and we're not using CondStore, we need a full sync.
+    bool needFullFolderSync = !mFolderHighestUID || (flagStateEmpty && !UseCondStore());
+
+    if (needFullFolderSync || needFolderSync)
+    {
+      nsCString idsToFetch("1:*");
+      char fetchModifier[40] = "";
+      if (!needFullFolderSync && !GetShowDeletedMessages() && UseCondStore())
+        PR_snprintf(fetchModifier, sizeof(fetchModifier), " (CHANGEDSINCE %llu)",
+                    mFolderLastModSeq);
+      else
+        m_flagState->SetPartialUIDFetch(false);
+
+      FetchMessage(idsToFetch, kFlags, fetchModifier);
+      // lets see if we should expunge during a full sync of flags.
+      if (GetServerStateParser().LastCommandSuccessful())
+      {
+        // if we did a CHANGEDSINCE fetch, do a sanity check on the msg counts
+        // to see if some other client may have done an expunge.
+        if (m_flagState->GetPartialUIDFetch())
+        {
+          if (m_flagState->NumberOfDeletedMessages() +
+              mFolderTotalMsgCount != GetServerStateParser().NumberOfMessages())
+          {
+            // sanity check failed - fall back to full flag sync
+            m_flagState->Reset();
+            m_flagState->SetPartialUIDFetch(false);
+            FetchMessage(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("1:*"), kFlags);
+          }
+        }
+        int32_t numDeleted = m_flagState->NumberOfDeletedMessages();
+        // Don't do expunge when we are lite selecting folder because we
+        // could be doing undo.
+        // Expunge if we're always expunging, or the number of deleted messages
+        // is over the threshhold, and we're either always respecting the
+        // threshhold, or we're expunging based on the delete model, and
+        // the delete model is not the imap delete model.
+        if (m_imapAction != nsIImapUrl::nsImapLiteSelectFolder &&
+            (gExpungeOption == kAutoExpungeAlways ||
+             (numDeleted >= gExpungeThreshold &&
+              (gExpungeOption == kAutoExpungeOnThreshold ||
+               (gExpungeOption == kAutoExpungeDeleteModel && !GetShowDeletedMessages())))))
+          Expunge();
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      uint32_t highestRecordedUID = GetServerStateParser().HighestRecordedUID();
+      // if we're using CONDSTORE, and the parser hasn't seen any UIDs, use
+      // the highest UID we've seen from the folder.
+      if (UseCondStore() && !highestRecordedUID)
+        highestRecordedUID = mFolderHighestUID;
+
+      AppendUid(fetchStr, highestRecordedUID + 1);
+      fetchStr.Append(":*");
+      FetchMessage(fetchStr, kFlags);      // only new messages please
+    }
+  }
+  else if (GetServerStateParser().LastCommandSuccessful())
+  {
+    GetServerStateParser().ResetFlagInfo();
+    // the flag state is empty, but not partial.
+    m_flagState->SetPartialUIDFetch(false);
+  }
+
+  if (GetServerStateParser().LastCommandSuccessful())
+  {
+    nsImapAction imapAction;
+    nsresult res = m_runningUrl->GetImapAction(&imapAction);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(res) && imapAction == nsIImapUrl::nsImapLiteSelectFolder)
+      return;
+  }
+
+  bool entered_waitForBodyIdsMonitor = false;
+
+  uint32_t *msgIdList = nullptr;
+  uint32_t msgCount = 0;
+
+  nsImapMailboxSpec *new_spec = GetServerStateParser().CreateCurrentMailboxSpec();
+  if (new_spec && GetServerStateParser().LastCommandSuccessful())
+  {
+    nsImapAction imapAction;
+    nsresult res = m_runningUrl->GetImapAction(&imapAction);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(res) && imapAction == nsIImapUrl::nsImapExpungeFolder)
+      new_spec->mBoxFlags |= kJustExpunged;
+    m_waitForBodyIdsMonitor.Enter();
+    entered_waitForBodyIdsMonitor = true;
+
+    if (m_imapMailFolderSink)
+    {
+      bool more;
+      m_imapMailFolderSink->UpdateImapMailboxInfo(this, new_spec);
+      m_imapMailFolderSink->GetMsgHdrsToDownload(&more, &m_progressCount,
+                                                 &msgCount, &msgIdList);
+      m_progressIndex = 0;
+      m_runningUrl->SetMoreHeadersToDownload(more);
+      // We're going to be re-running this url if there are more headers.
+      if (more)
+        m_runningUrl->SetRerunningUrl(true);
+    }
+  }
+  else if (!new_spec)
+    HandleMemoryFailure();
+
+  if (GetServerStateParser().LastCommandSuccessful())
+  {
+    if (entered_waitForBodyIdsMonitor)
+      m_waitForBodyIdsMonitor.Exit();
+
+    if (msgIdList && !DeathSignalReceived() && GetServerStateParser().LastCommandSuccessful())
+    {
+      FolderHeaderDump(msgIdList, msgCount);
+      NS_Free( msgIdList);
+    }
+    HeaderFetchCompleted();
+      // this might be bogus, how are we going to do pane notification and stuff when we fetch bodies without
+      // headers!
+  }
+  else if (entered_waitForBodyIdsMonitor) // need to exit this monitor if death signal received
+    m_waitForBodyIdsMonitor.Exit();
+
+  // wait for a list of bodies to fetch.
+  if (GetServerStateParser().LastCommandSuccessful())
+  {
+    WaitForPotentialListOfBodysToFetch(&msgIdList, msgCount);
+    if ( msgCount && GetServerStateParser().LastCommandSuccessful())
+    {
+      // Tell the url that it should store the msg fetch results offline,
+      // while we're dumping the messages, and then restore the setting.
+      bool wasStoringOffline;
+      m_runningUrl->GetStoreResultsOffline(&wasStoringOffline);
+      m_runningUrl->SetStoreResultsOffline(true);
+      m_progressIndex = 0;
+      m_progressCount = msgCount;
+      FolderMsgDump(msgIdList, msgCount, kEveryThingRFC822Peek);
+      m_runningUrl->SetStoreResultsOffline(wasStoringOffline);
+    }
+  }
+  if (!GetServerStateParser().LastCommandSuccessful())
+    GetServerStateParser().ResetFlagInfo();
+
+  NS_IF_RELEASE(new_spec);
+}
+
+void nsImapProtocol::FolderHeaderDump(uint32_t *msgUids, uint32_t msgCount)
+{
+  FolderMsgDump(msgUids, msgCount, kHeadersRFC822andUid);
+}
+
+void nsImapProtocol::FolderMsgDump(uint32_t *msgUids, uint32_t msgCount, nsIMAPeFetchFields fields)
+{
+  // lets worry about this progress stuff later.
+  switch (fields) {
+  case kHeadersRFC822andUid:
+    SetProgressString("imapReceivingMessageHeaders2");
+    break;
+  case kFlags:
+    SetProgressString("imapReceivingMessageFlags2");
+    break;
+  default:
+    SetProgressString("imapFolderReceivingMessageOf2");
+    break;
+  }
+
+  FolderMsgDumpLoop(msgUids, msgCount, fields);
+
+  SetProgressString(nullptr);
+}
+
+void nsImapProtocol::WaitForPotentialListOfBodysToFetch(uint32_t **msgIdList, uint32_t &msgCount)
+{
+  PRIntervalTime sleepTime = kImapSleepTime;
+
+  ReentrantMonitorAutoEnter fetchListMon(m_fetchBodyListMonitor);
+  while(!m_fetchBodyListIsNew && !DeathSignalReceived())
+    fetchListMon.Wait(sleepTime);
+  m_fetchBodyListIsNew = false;
+
+  *msgIdList = m_fetchBodyIdList;
+  msgCount   = m_fetchBodyCount;
+}
+
+// libmsg uses this to notify a running imap url about message bodies it should download.
+// why not just have libmsg explicitly download the message bodies?
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapProtocol::NotifyBodysToDownload(uint32_t *keys, uint32_t keyCount)
+{
+  ReentrantMonitorAutoEnter fetchListMon(m_fetchBodyListMonitor);
+  PR_FREEIF(m_fetchBodyIdList);
+  m_fetchBodyIdList = (uint32_t *) PR_MALLOC(keyCount * sizeof(uint32_t));
+  if (m_fetchBodyIdList)
+    memcpy(m_fetchBodyIdList, keys, keyCount * sizeof(uint32_t));
+  m_fetchBodyCount    = keyCount;
+  m_fetchBodyListIsNew = true;
+  fetchListMon.Notify();
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapProtocol::GetFlagsForUID(uint32_t uid, bool *foundIt, imapMessageFlagsType *resultFlags, char **customFlags)
+{
+  int32_t i;
+
+  imapMessageFlagsType flags = m_flagState->GetMessageFlagsFromUID(uid, foundIt, &i);
+  if (*foundIt)
+  {
+    *resultFlags = flags;
+    if ((flags & kImapMsgCustomKeywordFlag) && customFlags)
+      m_flagState->GetCustomFlags(uid, customFlags);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapProtocol::GetFlagAndUidState(nsIImapFlagAndUidState **aFlagState)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aFlagState);
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aFlagState = m_flagState);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapProtocol::GetSupportedUserFlags(uint16_t *supportedFlags)
+{
+  if (!supportedFlags)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  *supportedFlags = m_flagState->GetSupportedUserFlags();
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+void nsImapProtocol::FolderMsgDumpLoop(uint32_t *msgUids, uint32_t msgCount, nsIMAPeFetchFields fields)
+{
+  int32_t msgCountLeft = msgCount;
+  uint32_t msgsDownloaded = 0;
+  do
+  {
+    nsCString idString;
+    uint32_t msgsToDownload = msgCountLeft;
+    AllocateImapUidString(msgUids + msgsDownloaded, msgsToDownload, m_flagState, idString);  // 20 * 200
+    FetchMessage(idString, fields);
+    msgsDownloaded += msgsToDownload;
+    msgCountLeft -= msgsToDownload;
+  }
+  while (msgCountLeft > 0 && !DeathSignalReceived());
+}
+
+void nsImapProtocol::HeaderFetchCompleted()
+{
+  if (m_imapMailFolderSink)
+    m_imapMailFolderSink->ParseMsgHdrs(this, m_hdrDownloadCache);
+  m_hdrDownloadCache->ReleaseAll();
+
+  if (m_imapMailFolderSink)
+    m_imapMailFolderSink->HeaderFetchCompleted(this);
+}
+
+
+// Use the noop to tell the server we are still here, and therefore we are willing to receive
+// status updates. The recent or exists response from the server could tell us that there is
+// more mail waiting for us, but we need to check the flags of the mail and the high water mark
+// to make sure that we do not tell the user that there is new mail when perhaps they have
+// already read it in another machine.
+
+void nsImapProtocol::PeriodicBiff()
+{
+
+  nsMsgBiffState startingState = m_currentBiffState;
+
+  if (GetServerStateParser().GetIMAPstate() == nsImapServerResponseParser::kFolderSelected)
+  {
+    Noop(); // check the latest number of messages
+    int32_t numMessages = 0;
+    m_flagState->GetNumberOfMessages(&numMessages);
+    if (GetServerStateParser().NumberOfMessages() != numMessages)
+    {
+      uint32_t id = GetServerStateParser().HighestRecordedUID() + 1;
+      nsCString fetchStr;           // only update flags
+      uint32_t added = 0, deleted = 0;
+
+      deleted = m_flagState->NumberOfDeletedMessages();
+      added = numMessages;
+      if (!added || (added == deleted)) // empty keys, get them all
+        id = 1;
+
+      //sprintf(fetchStr, "%ld:%ld", id, id + GetServerStateParser().NumberOfMessages() - fFlagState->GetNumberOfMessages());
+      AppendUid(fetchStr, id);
+      fetchStr.Append(":*");
+      FetchMessage(fetchStr, kFlags);
+      if (((uint32_t) m_flagState->GetHighestNonDeletedUID() >= id) && m_flagState->IsLastMessageUnseen())
+        m_currentBiffState = nsIMsgFolder::nsMsgBiffState_NewMail;
+      else
+        m_currentBiffState = nsIMsgFolder::nsMsgBiffState_NoMail;
+    }
+    else
+      m_currentBiffState = nsIMsgFolder::nsMsgBiffState_NoMail;
+  }
+  else
+    m_currentBiffState = nsIMsgFolder::nsMsgBiffState_Unknown;
+
+  if (startingState != m_currentBiffState)
+    SendSetBiffIndicatorEvent(m_currentBiffState);
+}
+
+void nsImapProtocol::SendSetBiffIndicatorEvent(nsMsgBiffState newState)
+{
+    if (m_imapMailFolderSink)
+      m_imapMailFolderSink->SetBiffStateAndUpdate(newState);
+}
+
+// We get called to see if there is mail waiting for us at the server, even if it may have been
+// read elsewhere. We just want to know if we should download headers or not.
+
+bool nsImapProtocol::CheckNewMail()
+{
+  return m_checkForNewMailDownloadsHeaders;
+}
+
+/* static */ void nsImapProtocol::LogImapUrl(const char *logMsg, nsIImapUrl *imapUrl)
+{
+  // nsImapProtocol is not always constructed before this static method is called
+  if (!IMAP)
+    IMAP = PR_NewLogModule("IMAP");
+
+  if (MOZ_LOG_TEST(IMAP, LogLevel::Info))
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailnewsUrl = do_QueryInterface(imapUrl);
+    if (mailnewsUrl)
+    {
+      nsAutoCString urlSpec, unescapedUrlSpec;
+      nsresult rv = mailnewsUrl->GetSpec(urlSpec);
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        return;
+      MsgUnescapeString(urlSpec, 0, unescapedUrlSpec);
+      MOZ_LOG(IMAP, LogLevel::Info, ("%s:%s", logMsg, unescapedUrlSpec.get()));
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+// log info including current state...
+void nsImapProtocol::Log(const char *logSubName, const char *extraInfo, const char *logData)
+{
+  if (MOZ_LOG_TEST(IMAP, LogLevel::Info))
+  {
+    static const char nonAuthStateName[] = "NA";
+    static const char authStateName[] = "A";
+    static const char selectedStateName[] = "S";
+    const nsCString& hostName = GetImapHostName();  // initilize to empty string
+
+    int32_t logDataLen = PL_strlen(logData); // PL_strlen checks for null
+    nsCString logDataLines;
+    const char *logDataToLog;
+    int32_t lastLineEnd;
+
+    const int kLogDataChunkSize = 400; // nspr line length is 512, and we
+                                       // allow some space for the log preamble.
+
+    // break up buffers > 400 bytes on line boundaries.
+    if (logDataLen > kLogDataChunkSize)
+    {
+      logDataLines.Assign(logData);
+      lastLineEnd = MsgRFindChar(logDataLines, '\n', kLogDataChunkSize);
+      // null terminate the last line
+      if (lastLineEnd == kNotFound)
+        lastLineEnd = kLogDataChunkSize - 1;
+
+      logDataLines.Insert( '\0', lastLineEnd + 1);
+      logDataToLog = logDataLines.get();
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      logDataToLog = logData;
+      lastLineEnd = logDataLen;
+    }
+    switch (GetServerStateParser().GetIMAPstate())
+    {
+    case nsImapServerResponseParser::kFolderSelected:
+      if (extraInfo)
+        MOZ_LOG(IMAP, LogLevel::Info, ("%x:%s:%s-%s:%s:%s: %.400s", this, hostName.get(),
+               selectedStateName, GetServerStateParser().GetSelectedMailboxName(),
+               logSubName, extraInfo, logDataToLog));
+      else
+        MOZ_LOG(IMAP, LogLevel::Info, ("%x:%s:%s-%s:%s: %.400s", this, hostName.get(),
+               selectedStateName, GetServerStateParser().GetSelectedMailboxName(),
+               logSubName, logDataToLog));
+      break;
+    case nsImapServerResponseParser::kNonAuthenticated:
+    case nsImapServerResponseParser::kAuthenticated:
+    {
+      const char *stateName = (GetServerStateParser().GetIMAPstate() ==
+                               nsImapServerResponseParser::kNonAuthenticated)
+                               ? nonAuthStateName : authStateName;
+      if (extraInfo)
+        MOZ_LOG(IMAP, LogLevel::Info, ("%x:%s:%s:%s:%s: %.400s", this,
+               hostName.get(),stateName,logSubName,extraInfo,logDataToLog));
+      else
+        MOZ_LOG(IMAP, LogLevel::Info, ("%x:%s:%s:%s: %.400s",this,
+               hostName.get(),stateName,logSubName,logDataToLog));
+    }
+    }
+
+    // dump the rest of the string in < 400 byte chunks
+    while (logDataLen > kLogDataChunkSize)
+    {
+      logDataLines.Cut(0, lastLineEnd + 2); // + 2 to account for the LF and the '\0' we added
+      logDataLen = logDataLines.Length();
+      lastLineEnd = (logDataLen > kLogDataChunkSize) ? MsgRFindChar(logDataLines, '\n', kLogDataChunkSize) : kNotFound;
+      // null terminate the last line
+      if (lastLineEnd == kNotFound)
+        lastLineEnd = kLogDataChunkSize - 1;
+      logDataLines.Insert( '\0', lastLineEnd + 1);
+      logDataToLog = logDataLines.get();
+      MOZ_LOG(IMAP, LogLevel::Info, ("%.400s", logDataToLog));
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+// In 4.5, this posted an event back to libmsg and blocked until it got a response.
+// We may still have to do this.It would be nice if we could preflight this value,
+// but we may not always know when we'll need it.
+uint32_t nsImapProtocol::GetMessageSize(const char * messageId,
+                                        bool idsAreUids)
+{
+  const char *folderFromParser = GetServerStateParser().GetSelectedMailboxName();
+  if (folderFromParser && messageId)
+  {
+    char *id = (char *)PR_CALLOC(strlen(messageId) + 1);
+    char *folderName;
+    uint32_t size;
+
+    PL_strcpy(id, messageId);
+
+    nsIMAPNamespace *nsForMailbox = nullptr;
+        m_hostSessionList->GetNamespaceForMailboxForHost(GetImapServerKey(), folderFromParser,
+            nsForMailbox);
+
+
+    if (nsForMailbox)
+          m_runningUrl->AllocateCanonicalPath(
+              folderFromParser, nsForMailbox->GetDelimiter(),
+              &folderName);
+    else
+       m_runningUrl->AllocateCanonicalPath(
+          folderFromParser,kOnlineHierarchySeparatorUnknown,
+          &folderName);
+
+    if (id && folderName)
+    {
+      if (m_imapMessageSink)
+          m_imapMessageSink->GetMessageSizeFromDB(id, &size);
+    }
+    PR_FREEIF(id);
+    PR_FREEIF(folderName);
+
+    uint32_t rv = 0;
+    if (!DeathSignalReceived())
+      rv = size;
+    return rv;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+// message id string utility functions
+/* static */bool nsImapProtocol::HandlingMultipleMessages(const nsCString & messageIdString)
+{
+  return (MsgFindCharInSet(messageIdString, ",:") != kNotFound);
+}
+
+uint32_t nsImapProtocol::CountMessagesInIdString(const char *idString)
+{
+  uint32_t numberOfMessages = 0;
+  char *uidString = PL_strdup(idString);
+
+  if (uidString)
+  {
+    // This is in the form <id>,<id>, or <id1>:<id2>
+    char curChar = *uidString;
+    bool isRange = false;
+    int32_t curToken;
+    int32_t saveStartToken=0;
+
+    for (char *curCharPtr = uidString; curChar && *curCharPtr;)
+    {
+      char *currentKeyToken = curCharPtr;
+      curChar = *curCharPtr;
+      while (curChar != ':' && curChar != ',' && curChar != '\0')
+        curChar = *curCharPtr++;
+      *(curCharPtr - 1) = '\0';
+      curToken = atol(currentKeyToken);
+      if (isRange)
+      {
+        while (saveStartToken < curToken)
+        {
+          numberOfMessages++;
+          saveStartToken++;
+        }
+      }
+
+      numberOfMessages++;
+      isRange = (curChar == ':');
+      if (isRange)
+        saveStartToken = curToken + 1;
+    }
+    PR_Free(uidString);
+  }
+  return numberOfMessages;
+}
+
+
+// It would be really nice not to have to use this method nearly as much as we did
+// in 4.5 - we need to think about this some. Some of it may just go away in the new world order
+bool nsImapProtocol::DeathSignalReceived()
+{
+  // ignore mock channel status if we've been pseudo interrupted
+  // ### need to make sure we clear pseudo interrupted status appropriately.
+  if (!GetPseudoInterrupted() && m_mockChannel)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIRequest> request = do_QueryInterface(m_mockChannel);
+    if (request)
+    {
+      nsresult returnValue;
+      request->GetStatus(&returnValue);
+      if (NS_FAILED(returnValue))
+        return false;
+    }
+  }
+
+  // Check the other way of cancelling.
+  ReentrantMonitorAutoEnter threadDeathMon(m_threadDeathMonitor);
+  return m_threadShouldDie;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapProtocol::ResetToAuthenticatedState()
+{
+    GetServerStateParser().PreauthSetAuthenticatedState();
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapProtocol::GetSelectedMailboxName(char ** folderName)
+{
+    if (!folderName) return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+    if (GetServerStateParser().GetSelectedMailboxName())
+        *folderName =
+            PL_strdup((GetServerStateParser().GetSelectedMailboxName()));
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+bool nsImapProtocol::GetPseudoInterrupted()
+{
+  ReentrantMonitorAutoEnter pseudoInterruptMon(m_pseudoInterruptMonitor);
+  return m_pseudoInterrupted;
+}
+
+void nsImapProtocol::PseudoInterrupt(bool the_interrupt)
+{
+  ReentrantMonitorAutoEnter pseudoInterruptMon(m_pseudoInterruptMonitor);
+  m_pseudoInterrupted = the_interrupt;
+  if (the_interrupt)
+    Log("CONTROL", NULL, "PSEUDO-Interrupted");
+}
+
+void  nsImapProtocol::SetActive(bool active)
+{
+  ReentrantMonitorAutoEnter dataMemberMon(m_dataMemberMonitor);
+  m_active = active;
+}
+
+bool    nsImapProtocol::GetActive()
+{
+  ReentrantMonitorAutoEnter dataMemberMon(m_dataMemberMonitor);
+  return m_active;
+}
+
+bool nsImapProtocol::GetShowAttachmentsInline()
+{
+  bool showAttachmentsInline = true;
+  if (m_imapServerSink)
+    m_imapServerSink->GetShowAttachmentsInline(&showAttachmentsInline);
+  return showAttachmentsInline;
+
+}
+
+void nsImapProtocol::SetContentModified(IMAP_ContentModifiedType modified)
+{
+  if (m_runningUrl && m_imapMessageSink)
+    m_imapMessageSink->SetContentModified(m_runningUrl, modified);
+}
+
+
+bool	nsImapProtocol::GetShouldFetchAllParts()
+{
+  if (m_runningUrl  && !DeathSignalReceived())
+  {
+    nsImapContentModifiedType contentModified;
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(m_runningUrl->GetContentModified(&contentModified)))
+      return (contentModified == IMAP_CONTENT_FORCE_CONTENT_NOT_MODIFIED);
+  }
+  return true;
+}
+
+// Adds a set of rights for a given user on a given mailbox on the current host.
+// if userName is NULL, it means "me," or MYRIGHTS.
+void nsImapProtocol::AddFolderRightsForUser(const char *mailboxName, const char *userName, const char *rights)
+{
+  if (!userName)
+    userName = "";
+  if (m_imapServerSink)
+    m_imapServerSink->AddFolderRights(nsDependentCString(mailboxName), nsDependentCString(userName),
+                                      nsDependentCString(rights));
+}
+
+void nsImapProtocol::SetCopyResponseUid(const char *msgIdString)
+{
+  if (m_imapMailFolderSink)
+    m_imapMailFolderSink->SetCopyResponseUid(msgIdString, m_runningUrl);
+}
+
+void nsImapProtocol::CommitNamespacesForHostEvent()
+{
+    if (m_imapServerSink)
+        m_imapServerSink->CommitNamespaces();
+}
+
+// notifies libmsg that we have new capability data for the current host
+void nsImapProtocol::CommitCapability()
+{
+    if (m_imapServerSink)
+    {
+        m_imapServerSink->SetCapability(GetServerStateParser().GetCapabilityFlag());
+    }
+}
+
+// rights is a single string of rights, as specified by RFC2086, the IMAP ACL extension.
+// Clears all rights for a given folder, for all users.
+void nsImapProtocol::ClearAllFolderRights()
+{
+  if (m_imapMailFolderSink)
+    m_imapMailFolderSink->ClearFolderRights();
+}
+
+
+char* nsImapProtocol::CreateNewLineFromSocket()
+{
+  bool needMoreData = false;
+  char * newLine = nullptr;
+  uint32_t numBytesInLine = 0;
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  // we hold a ref to the input stream in case we get cancelled from the
+  // ui thread, which releases our ref to the input stream, and can
+  // cause the pipe to get deleted before the monitor the read is
+  // blocked on gets notified. When that happens, the imap thread
+  // will stay blocked.
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIInputStream> kungFuGrip = m_inputStream;
+  do
+  {
+    newLine = m_inputStreamBuffer->ReadNextLine(m_inputStream, numBytesInLine, needMoreData, &rv);
+    MOZ_LOG(IMAP, LogLevel::Debug, ("ReadNextLine [stream=%x nb=%u needmore=%u]\n",
+        m_inputStream.get(), numBytesInLine, needMoreData));
+
+  } while (!newLine && NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !DeathSignalReceived()); // until we get the next line and haven't been interrupted
+
+  kungFuGrip = nullptr;
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+  {
+    switch (rv)
+    {
+        case NS_ERROR_UNKNOWN_HOST:
+        case NS_ERROR_UNKNOWN_PROXY_HOST:
+            AlertUserEventUsingName("imapUnknownHostError");
+            break;
+        case NS_ERROR_CONNECTION_REFUSED:
+        case NS_ERROR_PROXY_CONNECTION_REFUSED:
+            AlertUserEventUsingName("imapConnectionRefusedError");
+            break;
+        case NS_ERROR_NET_TIMEOUT:
+        case NS_ERROR_NET_RESET:
+        case NS_BASE_STREAM_CLOSED:
+        case NS_ERROR_NET_INTERRUPT:
+          // we should retry on RESET, especially for SSL...
+          if ((TestFlag(IMAP_RECEIVED_GREETING) || rv == NS_ERROR_NET_RESET) &&
+              m_runningUrl && !m_retryUrlOnError)
+          {
+            bool rerunningUrl;
+            nsImapAction imapAction;
+            m_runningUrl->GetRerunningUrl(&rerunningUrl);
+            m_runningUrl->GetImapAction(&imapAction);
+            // don't rerun if we already were rerunning. And don't rerun
+            // online move/copies that timeout.
+            if (!rerunningUrl && (rv != NS_ERROR_NET_TIMEOUT ||
+                                 (imapAction != nsIImapUrl::nsImapOnlineCopy &&
+                                  imapAction != nsIImapUrl::nsImapOnlineMove)))
+            {
+              m_runningUrl->SetRerunningUrl(true);
+              m_retryUrlOnError = true;
+              break;
+            }
+          }
+          if (rv == NS_ERROR_NET_TIMEOUT)
+            AlertUserEventUsingName("imapNetTimeoutError");
+          else
+            AlertUserEventUsingName(TestFlag(IMAP_RECEIVED_GREETING) ?
+                                    "imapServerDisconnected" :
+                                    "imapServerDroppedConnection");
+          break;
+        default:
+            break;
+    }
+
+    nsAutoCString logMsg("clearing IMAP_CONNECTION_IS_OPEN - rv = ");
+    logMsg.AppendInt(static_cast<uint32_t>(rv), 16);
+    Log("CreateNewLineFromSocket", nullptr, logMsg.get());
+    ClearFlag(IMAP_CONNECTION_IS_OPEN);
+    TellThreadToDie();
+  }
+  Log("CreateNewLineFromSocket", nullptr, newLine);
+  SetConnectionStatus(newLine && numBytesInLine ? NS_OK : rv); // set > 0 if string is not null or empty
+  return newLine;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsImapProtocol::GetConnectionStatus()
+{
+  return m_connectionStatus;
+}
+
+void
+nsImapProtocol::SetConnectionStatus(nsresult status)
+{
+  m_connectionStatus = status;
+}
+
+void
+nsImapProtocol::NotifyMessageFlags(imapMessageFlagsType flags,
+                                   const nsACString &keywords,
+                                   nsMsgKey key, uint64_t highestModSeq)
+{
+    if (m_imapMessageSink)
+    {
+      // if we're selecting the folder, don't need to report the flags; we've already fetched them.
+      if (m_imapAction != nsIImapUrl::nsImapSelectFolder &&
+          (m_imapAction != nsIImapUrl::nsImapMsgFetch ||
+          (flags & ~kImapMsgRecentFlag) != kImapMsgSeenFlag))
+        m_imapMessageSink->NotifyMessageFlags(flags, keywords, key, highestModSeq);
+    }
+}
+
+void
+nsImapProtocol::NotifySearchHit(const char * hitLine)
+{
+    nsresult rv;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailnewsUrl = do_QueryInterface(m_runningUrl, &rv);
+    if (m_imapMailFolderSink)
+        m_imapMailFolderSink->NotifySearchHit(mailnewsUrl, hitLine);
+}
+
+void nsImapProtocol::SetMailboxDiscoveryStatus(EMailboxDiscoverStatus status)
+{
+  ReentrantMonitorAutoEnter mon(m_dataMemberMonitor);
+  m_discoveryStatus = status;
+}
+
+EMailboxDiscoverStatus nsImapProtocol::GetMailboxDiscoveryStatus( )
+{
+  ReentrantMonitorAutoEnter mon(m_dataMemberMonitor);
+  return m_discoveryStatus;
+}
+
+bool
+nsImapProtocol::GetSubscribingNow()
+{
+    // ***** code me *****
+    return false;// ***** for now
+}
+
+void
+nsImapProtocol::DiscoverMailboxSpec(nsImapMailboxSpec * adoptedBoxSpec)
+{
+  nsIMAPNamespace *ns = nullptr;
+
+  NS_ASSERTION (m_hostSessionList, "fatal null host session list");
+  if (!m_hostSessionList)
+    return;
+
+  m_hostSessionList->GetDefaultNamespaceOfTypeForHost(
+    GetImapServerKey(), kPersonalNamespace, ns);
+  const char *nsPrefix = ns ? ns->GetPrefix() : 0;
+
+  if (m_specialXListMailboxes.Count() > 0)
+  {
+    int32_t hashValue = 0;
+    nsCString strHashKey(adoptedBoxSpec->mAllocatedPathName);
+    m_specialXListMailboxes.Get(strHashKey, &hashValue);
+    adoptedBoxSpec->mBoxFlags |= hashValue;
+  }
+
+  switch (m_hierarchyNameState)
+  {
+  case kXListing:
+    if (adoptedBoxSpec->mBoxFlags &
+        (kImapXListTrash|kImapAllMail|kImapInbox|kImapSent|kImapSpam|kImapDrafts))
+    {
+      nsCString mailboxName(adoptedBoxSpec->mAllocatedPathName);
+      m_specialXListMailboxes.Put(mailboxName, adoptedBoxSpec->mBoxFlags);
+      // Remember hierarchy delimiter in case this is the first time we've
+      // connected to the server and we need it to be correct for the two-level
+      // XLIST we send (INBOX is guaranteed to be in the first response).
+      if (adoptedBoxSpec->mBoxFlags & kImapInbox)
+        m_runningUrl->SetOnlineSubDirSeparator(adoptedBoxSpec->mHierarchySeparator);
+
+    }
+    NS_IF_RELEASE(adoptedBoxSpec);
+    break;
+  case kListingForFolderFlags:
+    {
+      // store mailbox flags from LIST for use by LSUB
+      nsCString mailboxName(adoptedBoxSpec->mAllocatedPathName);
+      m_standardListMailboxes.Put(mailboxName, adoptedBoxSpec->mBoxFlags);
+    }
+    NS_IF_RELEASE(adoptedBoxSpec);
+    break;
+  case kListingForCreate:
+  case kNoOperationInProgress:
+  case kDiscoverTrashFolderInProgress:
+  case kListingForInfoAndDiscovery:
+    {
+      // standard mailbox specs are stored in m_standardListMailboxes
+      // because LSUB does necessarily return all mailbox flags.
+      // count should be > 0 only when we are looking at response of LSUB
+      if (m_standardListMailboxes.Count() > 0)
+      {
+        int32_t hashValue = 0;
+        nsCString strHashKey(adoptedBoxSpec->mAllocatedPathName);
+        if (m_standardListMailboxes.Get(strHashKey, &hashValue))
+          adoptedBoxSpec->mBoxFlags |= hashValue;
+        else
+          // if mailbox is not in hash list, then it is subscribed but does not
+          // exist, so we make sure it can't be selected
+          adoptedBoxSpec->mBoxFlags |= kNoselect;
+      }
+      if (ns && nsPrefix) // if no personal namespace, there can be no Trash folder
+      {
+        bool onlineTrashFolderExists = false;
+        if (m_hostSessionList)
+        {
+          if (adoptedBoxSpec->mBoxFlags & (kImapTrash|kImapXListTrash))
+          {
+             m_hostSessionList->SetOnlineTrashFolderExistsForHost(GetImapServerKey(), true);
+             onlineTrashFolderExists = true;
+          }
+          else
+          {
+            m_hostSessionList->GetOnlineTrashFolderExistsForHost(
+                                  GetImapServerKey(), onlineTrashFolderExists);
+          }
+        }
+
+        // Don't set the Trash flag if not using the Trash model
+        if (GetDeleteIsMoveToTrash() && !onlineTrashFolderExists &&
+            adoptedBoxSpec->mAllocatedPathName.Find(m_trashFolderName, CaseInsensitiveCompare) != -1)
+        {
+          bool trashExists = false;
+          nsCString trashMatch(CreatePossibleTrashName(nsPrefix));
+          nsCString serverTrashName;
+          m_runningUrl->AllocateCanonicalPath(trashMatch.get(),
+                                              ns->GetDelimiter(),
+                                              getter_Copies(serverTrashName));
+          if (StringBeginsWith(serverTrashName,
+                               NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("INBOX/"),
+                               nsCaseInsensitiveCStringComparator()))
+          {
+            nsAutoCString pathName(adoptedBoxSpec->mAllocatedPathName.get() + 6);
+            trashExists =
+              StringBeginsWith(adoptedBoxSpec->mAllocatedPathName,
+                               serverTrashName,
+                               nsCaseInsensitiveCStringComparator()) && /* "INBOX/" */
+              pathName.Equals(Substring(serverTrashName, 6), nsCaseInsensitiveCStringComparator());
+          }
+          else
+            trashExists = adoptedBoxSpec->mAllocatedPathName.Equals(serverTrashName, nsCaseInsensitiveCStringComparator());
+
+          if (m_hostSessionList)
+            m_hostSessionList->SetOnlineTrashFolderExistsForHost(GetImapServerKey(), trashExists);
+
+          if (trashExists)
+            adoptedBoxSpec->mBoxFlags |= kImapTrash;
+        }
+      }
+
+      // Discover the folder (shuttle over to libmsg, yay)
+      // Do this only if the folder name is not empty (i.e. the root)
+      if (!adoptedBoxSpec->mAllocatedPathName.IsEmpty())
+      {
+        if (m_hierarchyNameState == kListingForCreate)
+          adoptedBoxSpec->mBoxFlags |= kNewlyCreatedFolder;
+
+        if (m_imapServerSink)
+        {
+          bool newFolder;
+
+          m_imapServerSink->PossibleImapMailbox(adoptedBoxSpec->mAllocatedPathName,
+                                                adoptedBoxSpec->mHierarchySeparator,
+                                                adoptedBoxSpec->mBoxFlags, &newFolder);
+          // if it's a new folder to the server sink, setting discovery status to
+          // eContinueNew will cause us to get the ACL for the new folder.
+          if (newFolder)
+            SetMailboxDiscoveryStatus(eContinueNew);
+
+          bool useSubscription = false;
+
+          if (m_hostSessionList)
+            m_hostSessionList->GetHostIsUsingSubscription(GetImapServerKey(),
+                                                          useSubscription);
+
+          if ((GetMailboxDiscoveryStatus() != eContinue) &&
+              (GetMailboxDiscoveryStatus() != eContinueNew) &&
+              (GetMailboxDiscoveryStatus() != eListMyChildren))
+          {
+            SetConnectionStatus(NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+          }
+          else if (!adoptedBoxSpec->mAllocatedPathName.IsEmpty() &&
+                   (GetMailboxDiscoveryStatus() == eListMyChildren) &&
+                   (!useSubscription || GetSubscribingNow()))
+          {
+            NS_ASSERTION (false,
+              "we should never get here anymore");
+            SetMailboxDiscoveryStatus(eContinue);
+          }
+          else if (GetMailboxDiscoveryStatus() == eContinueNew)
+          {
+            if (m_hierarchyNameState == kListingForInfoAndDiscovery &&
+                !adoptedBoxSpec->mAllocatedPathName.IsEmpty() &&
+                !(adoptedBoxSpec->mBoxFlags & kNameSpace))
+            {
+              // remember the info here also
+              nsIMAPMailboxInfo *mb = new nsIMAPMailboxInfo(adoptedBoxSpec->mAllocatedPathName, adoptedBoxSpec->mHierarchySeparator);
+              m_listedMailboxList.AppendElement(mb);
+            }
+            SetMailboxDiscoveryStatus(eContinue);
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      }
+      NS_IF_RELEASE( adoptedBoxSpec);
+      break;
+    case kDiscoverBaseFolderInProgress:
+      break;
+    case kDeleteSubFoldersInProgress:
+      {
+        NS_ASSERTION(m_deletableChildren, "Oops .. null m_deletableChildren\n");
+        m_deletableChildren->AppendElement(ToNewCString(adoptedBoxSpec->mAllocatedPathName));
+        NS_IF_RELEASE(adoptedBoxSpec);
+      }
+      break;
+    case kListingForInfoOnly:
+      {
+        //UpdateProgressWindowForUpgrade(adoptedBoxSpec->allocatedPathName);
+        ProgressEventFunctionUsingNameWithString("imapDiscoveringMailbox",
+          adoptedBoxSpec->mAllocatedPathName.get());
+        nsIMAPMailboxInfo *mb = new nsIMAPMailboxInfo(adoptedBoxSpec->mAllocatedPathName,
+                                                      adoptedBoxSpec->mHierarchySeparator);
+        m_listedMailboxList.AppendElement(mb);
+        NS_IF_RELEASE(adoptedBoxSpec);
+      }
+      break;
+    case kDiscoveringNamespacesOnly:
+      {
+        NS_IF_RELEASE(adoptedBoxSpec);
+      }
+      break;
+    default:
+      NS_ASSERTION (false, "we aren't supposed to be here");
+      break;
+  }
+}
+
+void
+nsImapProtocol::AlertUserEventUsingName(const char* aMessageName)
+{
+  if (m_imapServerSink)
+  {
+    bool suppressErrorMsg = false;
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailnewsUrl = do_QueryInterface(m_runningUrl);
+    if (mailnewsUrl)
+      mailnewsUrl->GetSuppressErrorMsgs(&suppressErrorMsg);
+
+    if (!suppressErrorMsg)
+      m_imapServerSink->FEAlertWithName(aMessageName,
+                                        mailnewsUrl);
+  }
+}
+
+void
+nsImapProtocol::AlertUserEvent(const char * message)
+{
+  if (m_imapServerSink)
+  {
+    bool suppressErrorMsg = false;
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailnewsUrl = do_QueryInterface(m_runningUrl);
+    if (mailnewsUrl)
+      mailnewsUrl->GetSuppressErrorMsgs(&suppressErrorMsg);
+
+    if (!suppressErrorMsg)
+      m_imapServerSink->FEAlert(NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16(message), mailnewsUrl);
+  }
+}
+
+void
+nsImapProtocol::AlertUserEventFromServer(const char * aServerEvent)
+{
+    if (m_imapServerSink && aServerEvent)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailnewsUrl = do_QueryInterface(m_runningUrl);
+      m_imapServerSink->FEAlertFromServer(nsDependentCString(aServerEvent),
+                                          mailnewsUrl);
+    }
+}
+
+void nsImapProtocol::ResetProgressInfo()
+{
+  m_lastProgressTime = 0;
+  m_lastPercent = -1;
+  m_lastProgressStringName.Truncate();
+}
+
+void nsImapProtocol::SetProgressString(const char * stringName)
+{
+  m_progressStringName.Assign(stringName);
+  if (!m_progressStringName.IsEmpty() && m_imapServerSink)
+    m_imapServerSink->GetImapStringByName(stringName,
+                                          m_progressString);
+}
+
+void
+nsImapProtocol::ShowProgress()
+{
+  if (!m_progressString.IsEmpty() && !m_progressStringName.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    char16_t *progressString = NULL;
+    const char *mailboxName = GetServerStateParser().GetSelectedMailboxName();
+    nsString unicodeMailboxName;
+    nsresult rv = CopyMUTF7toUTF16(nsDependentCString(mailboxName),
+                                   unicodeMailboxName);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      // ### should convert mailboxName to char16_t and change %s to %S in msg text
+      progressString = nsTextFormatter::smprintf(m_progressString.get(),
+                                unicodeMailboxName.get(), ++m_progressIndex, m_progressCount);
+      if (progressString)
+      {
+        PercentProgressUpdateEvent(progressString, m_progressIndex, m_progressCount);
+        nsTextFormatter::smprintf_free(progressString);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+void
+nsImapProtocol::ProgressEventFunctionUsingName(const char* aMsgName)
+{
+  if (m_imapMailFolderSink && !m_lastProgressStringName.Equals(aMsgName))
+  {
+    m_imapMailFolderSink->ProgressStatusString(this, aMsgName, nullptr);
+    m_lastProgressStringName.Assign(aMsgName);
+    // who's going to free this? Does ProgressStatusString complete synchronously?
+  }
+}
+
+void
+nsImapProtocol::ProgressEventFunctionUsingNameWithString(const char* aMsgName,
+                                                         const char * aExtraInfo)
+{
+  if (m_imapMailFolderSink)
+  {
+    nsString unicodeStr;
+    nsresult rv = CopyMUTF7toUTF16(nsDependentCString(aExtraInfo), unicodeStr);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      m_imapMailFolderSink->ProgressStatusString(this, aMsgName, unicodeStr.get());
+  }
+}
+
+void
+nsImapProtocol::PercentProgressUpdateEvent(char16_t *message, int64_t currentProgress, int64_t maxProgress)
+{
+  int64_t nowMS = 0;
+  int32_t percent = (100 * currentProgress) / maxProgress;
+  if (percent == m_lastPercent)
+    return; // hasn't changed, right? So just return. Do we need to clear this anywhere?
+
+  if (percent < 100)  // always need to do 100%
+  {
+    nowMS = PR_IntervalToMilliseconds(PR_IntervalNow());
+    if (nowMS - m_lastProgressTime < 750)
+      return;
+  }
+
+  m_lastPercent = percent;
+  m_lastProgressTime = nowMS;
+
+  // set our max progress on the running URL
+  if (m_runningUrl)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailnewsUrl(do_QueryInterface(m_runningUrl));
+    mailnewsUrl->SetMaxProgress(maxProgress);
+  }
+
+  if (m_imapMailFolderSink)
+    m_imapMailFolderSink->PercentProgress(this, message, currentProgress, maxProgress);
+}
+
+  // imap commands issued by the parser
+void
+nsImapProtocol::Store(const nsCString &messageList, const char * messageData,
+                      bool idsAreUid)
+{
+
+  // turn messageList back into key array and then back into a message id list,
+  // but use the flag state to handle ranges correctly.
+  nsCString messageIdList;
+  nsTArray<nsMsgKey> msgKeys;
+  if (idsAreUid)
+    ParseUidString(messageList.get(), msgKeys);
+
+  int32_t msgCountLeft = msgKeys.Length();
+  uint32_t msgsHandled = 0;
+  do
+  {
+    nsCString idString;
+
+    uint32_t msgsToHandle = msgCountLeft;
+    if (idsAreUid)
+      AllocateImapUidString(msgKeys.Elements() + msgsHandled, msgsToHandle, m_flagState, idString);  // 20 * 200
+    else
+      idString.Assign(messageList);
+
+
+    msgsHandled += msgsToHandle;
+    msgCountLeft -= msgsToHandle;
+
+    IncrementCommandTagNumber();
+    const char *formatString;
+    if (idsAreUid)
+        formatString = "%s uid store %s %s\015\012";
+    else
+        formatString = "%s store %s %s\015\012";
+
+    // we might need to close this mailbox after this
+    m_closeNeededBeforeSelect = GetDeleteIsMoveToTrash() &&
+        (PL_strcasestr(messageData, "\\Deleted"));
+
+    const char *commandTag = GetServerCommandTag();
+    int protocolStringSize = PL_strlen(formatString) +
+          messageList.Length() + PL_strlen(messageData) +
+          PL_strlen(commandTag) + 1;
+    char *protocolString = (char *) PR_CALLOC( protocolStringSize );
+
+    if (protocolString)
+    {
+      PR_snprintf(protocolString, // string to create
+                    protocolStringSize, // max size
+                    formatString, // format string
+                    commandTag, // command tag
+                    idString.get(),
+                    messageData);
+
+      nsresult rv = SendData(protocolString);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      {
+        m_flagChangeCount++;
+        ParseIMAPandCheckForNewMail(protocolString);
+        if (GetServerStateParser().LastCommandSuccessful() && CheckNeeded())
+          Check();
+      }
+      PR_Free(protocolString);
+    }
+    else
+      HandleMemoryFailure();
+  }
+  while (msgCountLeft > 0 && !DeathSignalReceived());
+
+}
+
+void
+nsImapProtocol::IssueUserDefinedMsgCommand(const char *command, const char * messageList)
+{
+  IncrementCommandTagNumber();
+
+  const char *formatString;
+  formatString = "%s uid %s %s\015\012";
+
+  const char *commandTag = GetServerCommandTag();
+  int protocolStringSize = PL_strlen(formatString) +
+        PL_strlen(messageList) + PL_strlen(command) +
+        PL_strlen(commandTag) + 1;
+  char *protocolString = (char *) PR_CALLOC( protocolStringSize );
+
+  if (protocolString)
+  {
+    PR_snprintf(protocolString, // string to create
+                  protocolStringSize, // max size
+                  formatString, // format string
+                  commandTag, // command tag
+                  command,
+                  messageList);
+
+    nsresult rv = SendData(protocolString);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      ParseIMAPandCheckForNewMail(protocolString);
+    PR_Free(protocolString);
+  }
+  else
+    HandleMemoryFailure();
+}
+
+void
+nsImapProtocol::UidExpunge(const nsCString &messageSet)
+{
+    IncrementCommandTagNumber();
+    nsCString command(GetServerCommandTag());
+    command.Append(" uid expunge ");
+    command.Append(messageSet);
+    command.Append(CRLF);
+    nsresult rv = SendData(command.get());
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        ParseIMAPandCheckForNewMail();
+}
+
+void
+nsImapProtocol::Expunge()
+{
+  uint32_t aclFlags = 0;
+  if (GetServerStateParser().ServerHasACLCapability() && m_imapMailFolderSink)
+    m_imapMailFolderSink->GetAclFlags(&aclFlags);
+
+  if (aclFlags && !(aclFlags & IMAP_ACL_EXPUNGE_FLAG))
+    return;
+  ProgressEventFunctionUsingName("imapStatusExpungingMailbox");
+
+  if(gCheckDeletedBeforeExpunge)
+  {
+    GetServerStateParser().ResetSearchResultSequence();
+    Search("SEARCH DELETED", false, false);
+    if (GetServerStateParser().LastCommandSuccessful())
+    {
+      nsImapSearchResultIterator *search = GetServerStateParser().CreateSearchResultIterator();
+      nsMsgKey key = search->GetNextMessageNumber();
+      delete search;
+      if (key == 0)
+        return;  //no deleted messages to expunge (bug 235004)
+    }
+  }
+
+  IncrementCommandTagNumber();
+  nsAutoCString command(GetServerCommandTag());
+  command.Append(" expunge" CRLF);
+
+  nsresult rv = SendData(command.get());
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    ParseIMAPandCheckForNewMail();
+}
+
+void
+nsImapProtocol::HandleMemoryFailure()
+{
+    PR_CEnterMonitor(this);
+    // **** jefft fix me!!!!!! ******
+    // m_imapThreadIsRunning = false;
+    // SetConnectionStatus(-1);
+    PR_CExitMonitor(this);
+}
+
+void nsImapProtocol::HandleCurrentUrlError()
+{
+  // This is to handle a move/copy failing, especially because the user
+  // cancelled the password prompt.
+  (void) m_runningUrl->GetImapAction(&m_imapAction);
+    if (m_imapAction == nsIImapUrl::nsImapOfflineToOnlineMove || m_imapAction == nsIImapUrl::nsImapAppendMsgFromFile
+      || m_imapAction == nsIImapUrl::nsImapAppendDraftFromFile)
+  {
+    if (m_imapMailFolderSink)
+      m_imapMailFolderSink->OnlineCopyCompleted(this, ImapOnlineCopyStateType::kFailedCopy);
+  }
+}
+
+void nsImapProtocol::StartTLS()
+{
+    IncrementCommandTagNumber();
+    nsCString command(GetServerCommandTag());
+
+    command.Append(" STARTTLS" CRLF);
+
+    nsresult rv = SendData(command.get());
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        ParseIMAPandCheckForNewMail();
+}
+
+void nsImapProtocol::Capability()
+{
+
+    ProgressEventFunctionUsingName("imapStatusCheckCompat");
+    IncrementCommandTagNumber();
+    nsCString command(GetServerCommandTag());
+
+    command.Append(" capability" CRLF);
+
+    nsresult rv = SendData(command.get());
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        ParseIMAPandCheckForNewMail();
+    if (!gUseLiteralPlus)
+    {
+      eIMAPCapabilityFlags capabilityFlag = GetServerStateParser().GetCapabilityFlag();
+      if (capabilityFlag & kLiteralPlusCapability)
+      {
+        GetServerStateParser().SetCapabilityFlag(capabilityFlag & ~kLiteralPlusCapability);
+      }
+    }
+}
+
+void nsImapProtocol::ID()
+{
+  if (!gAppName[0])
+    return;
+  IncrementCommandTagNumber();
+  nsCString command(GetServerCommandTag());
+  command.Append(" ID (\"name\" \"");
+  command.Append(gAppName);
+  command.Append("\" \"version\" \"");
+  command.Append(gAppVersion);
+  command.Append("\")" CRLF);
+
+  nsresult rv = SendData(command.get());
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    ParseIMAPandCheckForNewMail();
+}
+
+void nsImapProtocol::EnableCondStore()
+{
+  IncrementCommandTagNumber();
+  nsCString command(GetServerCommandTag());
+
+  command.Append(" ENABLE CONDSTORE" CRLF);
+
+  nsresult rv = SendData(command.get());
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    ParseIMAPandCheckForNewMail();
+}
+
+void nsImapProtocol::StartCompressDeflate()
+{
+  // only issue a compression request if we haven't already
+  if (!TestFlag(IMAP_ISSUED_COMPRESS_REQUEST))
+  {
+    SetFlag(IMAP_ISSUED_COMPRESS_REQUEST);
+    IncrementCommandTagNumber();
+    nsCString command(GetServerCommandTag());
+
+    command.Append(" COMPRESS DEFLATE" CRLF);
+
+    nsresult rv = SendData(command.get());
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      ParseIMAPandCheckForNewMail();
+      if (GetServerStateParser().LastCommandSuccessful())
+      {
+        rv = BeginCompressing();
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        {
+          Log("CompressDeflate", nullptr, "failed to enable compression");
+          // we can't use this connection without compression any more, so die
+          ClearFlag(IMAP_CONNECTION_IS_OPEN);
+          TellThreadToDie();
+          SetConnectionStatus(rv);
+          return;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+nsresult nsImapProtocol::BeginCompressing()
+{
+  // wrap the streams in compression layers that compress or decompress
+  // all traffic.
+  RefPtr<nsMsgCompressIStream> new_in = new nsMsgCompressIStream();
+  if (!new_in)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+  nsresult rv = new_in->InitInputStream(m_inputStream);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  m_inputStream = new_in;
+
+  RefPtr<nsMsgCompressOStream> new_out = new nsMsgCompressOStream();
+  if (!new_out)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+  rv = new_out->InitOutputStream(m_outputStream);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  m_outputStream = new_out;
+  return rv;
+}
+
+void nsImapProtocol::Language()
+{
+  // only issue the language request if we haven't done so already...
+  if (!TestFlag(IMAP_ISSUED_LANGUAGE_REQUEST))
+  {
+    SetFlag(IMAP_ISSUED_LANGUAGE_REQUEST);
+    ProgressEventFunctionUsingName("imapStatusCheckCompat");
+    IncrementCommandTagNumber();
+    nsCString command(GetServerCommandTag());
+
+    // extract the desired language attribute from prefs
+    nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+    // we need to parse out the first language out of this comma separated list....
+    // i.e if we have en,ja we only want to send en to the server.
+    if (mAcceptLanguages.get())
+    {
+      nsAutoCString extractedLanguage;
+      LossyCopyUTF16toASCII(mAcceptLanguages, extractedLanguage);
+      int32_t pos = extractedLanguage.FindChar(',');
+      if (pos > 0) // we have a comma separated list of languages...
+        extractedLanguage.SetLength(pos); // truncate everything after the first comma (including the comma)
+
+      if (extractedLanguage.IsEmpty())
+        return;
+
+      command.Append(" LANGUAGE ");
+      command.Append(extractedLanguage);
+      command.Append(CRLF);
+
+      rv = SendData(command.get());
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        ParseIMAPandCheckForNewMail(nullptr, true /* ignore bad or no result from the server for this command */);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+void nsImapProtocol::EscapeUserNamePasswordString(const char *strToEscape, nsCString *resultStr)
+{
+  if (strToEscape)
+  {
+    uint32_t i = 0;
+    uint32_t escapeStrlen = strlen(strToEscape);
+    for (i=0; i<escapeStrlen; i++)
+    {
+        if (strToEscape[i] == '\\' || strToEscape[i] == '\"')
+        {
+            resultStr->Append('\\');
+        }
+        resultStr->Append(strToEscape[i]);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+void nsImapProtocol::InitPrefAuthMethods(int32_t authMethodPrefValue,
+                                         nsIMsgIncomingServer *aServer)
+{
+    // for m_prefAuthMethods, using the same flags as server capablities.
+    switch (authMethodPrefValue)
+    {
+      case nsMsgAuthMethod::none:
+        m_prefAuthMethods = kHasAuthNoneCapability;
+        break;
+      case nsMsgAuthMethod::old:
+        m_prefAuthMethods = kHasAuthOldLoginCapability;
+        break;
+      case nsMsgAuthMethod::passwordCleartext:
+        m_prefAuthMethods = kHasAuthOldLoginCapability |
+            kHasAuthLoginCapability | kHasAuthPlainCapability;
+        break;
+      case nsMsgAuthMethod::passwordEncrypted:
+        m_prefAuthMethods = kHasCRAMCapability;
+        break;
+      case nsMsgAuthMethod::NTLM:
+        m_prefAuthMethods = kHasAuthNTLMCapability | kHasAuthMSNCapability;
+        break;
+      case nsMsgAuthMethod::GSSAPI:
+        m_prefAuthMethods = kHasAuthGssApiCapability;
+        break;
+      case nsMsgAuthMethod::External:
+        m_prefAuthMethods = kHasAuthExternalCapability;
+        break;
+      case nsMsgAuthMethod::secure:
+        m_prefAuthMethods = kHasCRAMCapability |
+            kHasAuthGssApiCapability |
+            kHasAuthNTLMCapability | kHasAuthMSNCapability;
+        break;
+      default:
+        NS_ASSERTION(false, "IMAP: authMethod pref invalid");
+        // TODO log to error console
+        MOZ_LOG(IMAP, LogLevel::Error,
+            ("IMAP: bad pref authMethod = %d\n", authMethodPrefValue));
+        // fall to any
+        MOZ_FALLTHROUGH;
+      case nsMsgAuthMethod::anything:
+        m_prefAuthMethods = kHasAuthOldLoginCapability |
+            kHasAuthLoginCapability | kHasAuthPlainCapability |
+            kHasCRAMCapability | kHasAuthGssApiCapability |
+            kHasAuthNTLMCapability | kHasAuthMSNCapability |
+            kHasAuthExternalCapability | kHasXOAuth2Capability;
+        break;
+      case nsMsgAuthMethod::OAuth2:
+        m_prefAuthMethods = kHasXOAuth2Capability;
+        break;
+    }
+
+    if (m_prefAuthMethods & kHasXOAuth2Capability)
+      mOAuth2Support = new mozilla::mailnews::OAuth2ThreadHelper(aServer);
+
+    // Disable OAuth2 support if we don't have the prefs installed.
+    if (m_prefAuthMethods & kHasXOAuth2Capability &&
+        (!mOAuth2Support || !mOAuth2Support->SupportsOAuth2()))
+      m_prefAuthMethods &= ~kHasXOAuth2Capability;
+
+    NS_ASSERTION(m_prefAuthMethods != kCapabilityUndefined,
+         "IMAP: InitPrefAuthMethods() didn't work");
+}
+
+/**
+ * Changes m_currentAuthMethod to pick the best remaining one
+ * which is allowed by server and prefs and not marked failed.
+ * The order of preference and trying of auth methods is encoded here.
+ */
+nsresult nsImapProtocol::ChooseAuthMethod()
+{
+  eIMAPCapabilityFlags serverCaps = GetServerStateParser().GetCapabilityFlag();
+  eIMAPCapabilityFlags availCaps = serverCaps & m_prefAuthMethods & ~m_failedAuthMethods;
+
+  MOZ_LOG(IMAP, LogLevel::Debug, ("IMAP auth: server caps 0x%llx, pref 0x%llx, failed 0x%llx, avail caps 0x%llx",
+        serverCaps, m_prefAuthMethods, m_failedAuthMethods, availCaps));
+  MOZ_LOG(IMAP, LogLevel::Debug, ("(GSSAPI = 0x%llx, CRAM = 0x%llx, NTLM = 0x%llx, "
+        "MSN = 0x%llx, PLAIN = 0x%llx,\n  LOGIN = 0x%llx, old-style IMAP login = 0x%llx"
+        ", auth external IMAP login = 0x%llx, OAUTH2 = 0x%llx)",
+        kHasAuthGssApiCapability, kHasCRAMCapability, kHasAuthNTLMCapability,
+        kHasAuthMSNCapability, kHasAuthPlainCapability, kHasAuthLoginCapability,
+        kHasAuthOldLoginCapability, kHasAuthExternalCapability, kHasXOAuth2Capability));
+
+  if (kHasAuthExternalCapability & availCaps)
+    m_currentAuthMethod = kHasAuthExternalCapability;
+  else if (kHasAuthGssApiCapability & availCaps)
+    m_currentAuthMethod = kHasAuthGssApiCapability;
+  else if (kHasCRAMCapability & availCaps)
+    m_currentAuthMethod = kHasCRAMCapability;
+  else if (kHasAuthNTLMCapability & availCaps)
+    m_currentAuthMethod = kHasAuthNTLMCapability;
+  else if (kHasAuthMSNCapability & availCaps)
+    m_currentAuthMethod = kHasAuthMSNCapability;
+  else if (kHasXOAuth2Capability & availCaps)
+    m_currentAuthMethod = kHasXOAuth2Capability;
+  else if (kHasAuthPlainCapability & availCaps)
+    m_currentAuthMethod = kHasAuthPlainCapability;
+  else if (kHasAuthLoginCapability & availCaps)
+    m_currentAuthMethod = kHasAuthLoginCapability;
+  else if (kHasAuthOldLoginCapability & availCaps)
+    m_currentAuthMethod = kHasAuthOldLoginCapability;
+  else
+  {
+    MOZ_LOG(IMAP, LogLevel::Debug, ("no remaining auth method"));
+    m_currentAuthMethod = kCapabilityUndefined;
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+  MOZ_LOG(IMAP, LogLevel::Debug, ("trying auth method 0x%llx", m_currentAuthMethod));
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+void nsImapProtocol::MarkAuthMethodAsFailed(eIMAPCapabilityFlags failedAuthMethod)
+{
+  MOZ_LOG(IMAP, LogLevel::Debug, ("marking auth method 0x%llx failed", failedAuthMethod));
+  m_failedAuthMethods |= failedAuthMethod;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Start over, trying all auth methods again
+ */
+void nsImapProtocol::ResetAuthMethods()
+{
+  MOZ_LOG(IMAP, LogLevel::Debug, ("resetting (failed) auth methods"));
+  m_currentAuthMethod = kCapabilityUndefined;
+  m_failedAuthMethods = 0;
+}
+
+nsresult nsImapProtocol::AuthLogin(const char *userName, const nsCString &password, eIMAPCapabilityFlag flag)
+{
+  ProgressEventFunctionUsingName("imapStatusSendingAuthLogin");
+  IncrementCommandTagNumber();
+
+  char * currentCommand=nullptr;
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  MOZ_LOG(IMAP, LogLevel::Debug, ("IMAP: trying auth method 0x%llx", m_currentAuthMethod));
+
+  if (flag & kHasAuthExternalCapability)
+  {
+      char *base64UserName = PL_Base64Encode(userName, strlen(userName), nullptr);
+      nsAutoCString command (GetServerCommandTag());
+      command.Append(" authenticate EXTERNAL " );
+      command.Append(base64UserName);
+      command.Append(CRLF);
+	  PR_Free(base64UserName);
+      rv = SendData(command.get());
+      ParseIMAPandCheckForNewMail();
+      nsImapServerResponseParser &parser = GetServerStateParser();
+      if (parser.LastCommandSuccessful())
+        return NS_OK;
+      parser.SetCapabilityFlag(parser.GetCapabilityFlag() & ~kHasAuthExternalCapability);
+  }
+  else if (flag & kHasCRAMCapability)
+  {
+    NS_ENSURE_TRUE(m_imapServerSink, NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER);
+    MOZ_LOG(IMAP, LogLevel::Debug, ("MD5 auth"));
+    // inform the server that we want to begin a CRAM authentication procedure...
+    nsAutoCString command (GetServerCommandTag());
+    command.Append(" authenticate CRAM-MD5" CRLF);
+    rv = SendData(command.get());
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    ParseIMAPandCheckForNewMail();
+    if (GetServerStateParser().LastCommandSuccessful())
+    {
+      char *digest = nullptr;
+      char *cramDigest = GetServerStateParser().fAuthChallenge;
+      char *decodedChallenge = PL_Base64Decode(cramDigest,
+                                                strlen(cramDigest), nullptr);
+      rv = m_imapServerSink->CramMD5Hash(decodedChallenge, password.get(), &digest);
+      PR_Free(decodedChallenge);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      NS_ENSURE_TRUE(digest, NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER);
+      nsAutoCString encodedDigest;
+      char hexVal[8];
+
+      for (uint32_t j=0; j<16; j++)
+      {
+        PR_snprintf (hexVal,8, "%.2x", 0x0ff & (unsigned short)(digest[j]));
+        encodedDigest.Append(hexVal);
+      }
+
+      PR_snprintf(m_dataOutputBuf, OUTPUT_BUFFER_SIZE, "%s %s", userName, encodedDigest.get());
+      char *base64Str = PL_Base64Encode(m_dataOutputBuf, strlen(m_dataOutputBuf), nullptr);
+      PR_snprintf(m_dataOutputBuf, OUTPUT_BUFFER_SIZE, "%s" CRLF, base64Str);
+      PR_Free(base64Str);
+      PR_Free(digest);
+      rv = SendData(m_dataOutputBuf);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      ParseIMAPandCheckForNewMail(command.get());
+    }
+  } // if CRAM response was received
+  else if (flag & kHasAuthGssApiCapability)
+  {
+    MOZ_LOG(IMAP, LogLevel::Debug, ("MD5 auth"));
+
+    // Only try GSSAPI once - if it fails, its going to be because we don't
+    // have valid credentials
+    //MarkAuthMethodAsFailed(kHasAuthGssApiCapability);
+
+    // We do step1 first, so we don't try GSSAPI against a server which
+    // we can't get credentials for.
+    nsAutoCString response;
+
+    nsAutoCString service("imap@");
+    service.Append(m_realHostName);
+    rv = DoGSSAPIStep1(service.get(), userName, response);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    nsAutoCString command (GetServerCommandTag());
+    command.Append(" authenticate GSSAPI" CRLF);
+    rv = SendData(command.get());
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    ParseIMAPandCheckForNewMail("AUTH GSSAPI");
+    if (GetServerStateParser().LastCommandSuccessful())
+    {
+      response += CRLF;
+      rv = SendData(response.get());
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      ParseIMAPandCheckForNewMail(command.get());
+      nsresult gssrv = NS_OK;
+
+      while (GetServerStateParser().LastCommandSuccessful() &&
+             NS_SUCCEEDED(gssrv) && gssrv != NS_SUCCESS_AUTH_FINISHED)
+      {
+        nsCString challengeStr(GetServerStateParser().fAuthChallenge);
+        gssrv = DoGSSAPIStep2(challengeStr, response);
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(gssrv))
+        {
+          response += CRLF;
+          rv = SendData(response.get());
+        }
+        else
+          rv = SendData("*" CRLF);
+
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+        ParseIMAPandCheckForNewMail(command.get());
+      }
+      // TODO: whether it worked or not is shown by LastCommandSuccessful(), not gssrv, right?
+    }
+  }
+  else if (flag & (kHasAuthNTLMCapability | kHasAuthMSNCapability))
+  {
+    MOZ_LOG(IMAP, LogLevel::Debug, ("NTLM auth"));
+    nsAutoCString command (GetServerCommandTag());
+    command.Append((flag & kHasAuthNTLMCapability) ? " authenticate NTLM" CRLF
+                                                   : " authenticate MSN" CRLF);
+    rv = SendData(command.get());
+    ParseIMAPandCheckForNewMail("AUTH NTLM"); // this just waits for ntlm step 1
+    if (GetServerStateParser().LastCommandSuccessful())
+    {
+      nsAutoCString cmd;
+      rv = DoNtlmStep1(userName, password.get(), cmd);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      cmd += CRLF;
+      rv = SendData(cmd.get());
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      ParseIMAPandCheckForNewMail(command.get());
+      if (GetServerStateParser().LastCommandSuccessful())
+      {
+        nsCString challengeStr(GetServerStateParser().fAuthChallenge);
+        nsCString response;
+        rv = DoNtlmStep2(challengeStr, response);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+        response += CRLF;
+        rv = SendData(response.get());
+        ParseIMAPandCheckForNewMail(command.get());
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  else if (flag & kHasAuthPlainCapability)
+  {
+    MOZ_LOG(IMAP, LogLevel::Debug, ("PLAIN auth"));
+    PR_snprintf(m_dataOutputBuf, OUTPUT_BUFFER_SIZE, "%s authenticate PLAIN" CRLF, GetServerCommandTag());
+    rv = SendData(m_dataOutputBuf);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    currentCommand = PL_strdup(m_dataOutputBuf); /* StrAllocCopy(currentCommand, GetOutputBuffer()); */
+    ParseIMAPandCheckForNewMail();
+    if (GetServerStateParser().LastCommandSuccessful())
+    {
+      // RFC 4616
+      char plainstr[512]; // placeholder for "<NUL>userName<NUL>password" TODO nsAutoCString
+      int len = 1; // count for first <NUL> char
+      memset(plainstr, 0, 512);
+      PR_snprintf(&plainstr[1], 510, "%s", userName);
+      len += PL_strlen(userName);
+      len++;  // count for second <NUL> char
+      PR_snprintf(&plainstr[len], 511-len, "%s", password.get());
+      len += password.Length();
+      char *base64Str = PL_Base64Encode(plainstr, len, nullptr);
+      PR_snprintf(m_dataOutputBuf, OUTPUT_BUFFER_SIZE, "%s" CRLF, base64Str);
+      PR_Free(base64Str);
+
+      bool isResend = false;
+      while (true)
+      {
+        // Send authentication string (true: suppress logging the string).
+        rv = SendData(m_dataOutputBuf, true);
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+          break;
+        ParseIMAPandCheckForNewMail(currentCommand);
+        if (!GetServerStateParser().WaitingForMoreClientInput())
+          break;
+
+        // Server is asking for authentication string again. So we send the
+        // same string again although we already know that it will be
+        // rejected again. We do that to get a firm authentication failure
+        // instead of a resend request. That keeps things in order before
+        // failing "authenticate PLAIN" and trying another method if capable.
+        if (isResend)
+        {
+          rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+          break;
+        }
+        isResend = true;
+      }
+    } // if the last command succeeded
+  } // if auth plain capability
+  else if (flag & kHasAuthLoginCapability)
+  {
+    MOZ_LOG(IMAP, LogLevel::Debug, ("LOGIN auth"));
+    PR_snprintf(m_dataOutputBuf, OUTPUT_BUFFER_SIZE, "%s authenticate LOGIN" CRLF, GetServerCommandTag());
+    rv = SendData(m_dataOutputBuf);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    currentCommand = PL_strdup(m_dataOutputBuf);
+    ParseIMAPandCheckForNewMail();
+
+    if (GetServerStateParser().LastCommandSuccessful())
+    {
+      char *base64Str = PL_Base64Encode(userName, PL_strlen(userName), nullptr);
+      PR_snprintf(m_dataOutputBuf, OUTPUT_BUFFER_SIZE, "%s" CRLF, base64Str);
+      PR_Free(base64Str);
+      rv = SendData(m_dataOutputBuf, true /* suppress logging */);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      {
+        ParseIMAPandCheckForNewMail(currentCommand);
+        if (GetServerStateParser().LastCommandSuccessful())
+        {
+          base64Str = PL_Base64Encode(password.get(), password.Length(), nullptr);
+          PR_snprintf(m_dataOutputBuf, OUTPUT_BUFFER_SIZE, "%s" CRLF, base64Str);
+          PR_Free(base64Str);
+          rv = SendData(m_dataOutputBuf, true /* suppress logging */);
+          if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+            ParseIMAPandCheckForNewMail(currentCommand);
+        } // if last command successful
+      } // if last command successful
+    } // if last command successful
+  } // if has auth login capability
+  else if (flag & kHasAuthOldLoginCapability)
+  {
+    MOZ_LOG(IMAP, LogLevel::Debug, ("old-style auth"));
+    ProgressEventFunctionUsingName("imapStatusSendingLogin");
+    IncrementCommandTagNumber();
+    nsCString command (GetServerCommandTag());
+    nsAutoCString escapedUserName;
+    command.Append(" login \"");
+    EscapeUserNamePasswordString(userName, &escapedUserName);
+    command.Append(escapedUserName);
+    command.Append("\" \"");
+
+    // if the password contains a \, login will fail
+    // turn foo\bar into foo\\bar
+    nsAutoCString correctedPassword;
+    EscapeUserNamePasswordString(password.get(), &correctedPassword);
+    command.Append(correctedPassword);
+    command.Append("\"" CRLF);
+    rv = SendData(command.get(), true /* suppress logging */);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    ParseIMAPandCheckForNewMail();
+  }
+  else if (flag & kHasXOAuth2Capability)
+  {
+    MOZ_LOG(IMAP, LogLevel::Debug, ("XOAUTH2 auth"));
+
+    // Get the XOAuth2 base64 string.
+    NS_ASSERTION(mOAuth2Support,
+      "What are we doing here without OAuth2 helper?");
+    if (!mOAuth2Support)
+      return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+    nsAutoCString base64Str;
+    mOAuth2Support->GetXOAuth2String(base64Str);
+    mOAuth2Support = nullptr; // Its purpose has been served.
+    if (base64Str.IsEmpty())
+    {
+      MOZ_LOG(IMAP, LogLevel::Debug, ("OAuth2 failed"));
+      return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    }
+
+    // Send the data on the network.
+    nsAutoCString command (GetServerCommandTag());
+    command += " AUTHENTICATE XOAUTH2 ";
+    command += base64Str;
+    command += CRLF;
+    rv = SendData(command.get(), true /* suppress logging */);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    ParseIMAPandCheckForNewMail();
+  }
+  else if (flag & kHasAuthNoneCapability)
+  {
+    // TODO What to do? "login <username>" like POP?
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    MOZ_LOG(IMAP, LogLevel::Error, ("flags param has no auth scheme selected"));
+    return NS_ERROR_ILLEGAL_VALUE;
+  }
+
+  PR_Free(currentCommand);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  return GetServerStateParser().LastCommandSuccessful() ?
+        NS_OK : NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+void nsImapProtocol::OnLSubFolders()
+{
+  // **** use to find out whether Drafts, Sent, & Templates folder
+  // exists or not even the user didn't subscribe to it
+  char *mailboxName = OnCreateServerSourceFolderPathString();
+  if (mailboxName)
+  {
+    ProgressEventFunctionUsingName("imapStatusLookingForMailbox");
+    IncrementCommandTagNumber();
+    PR_snprintf(m_dataOutputBuf, OUTPUT_BUFFER_SIZE,"%s list \"\" \"%s\"" CRLF, GetServerCommandTag(), mailboxName);
+    nsresult rv = SendData(m_dataOutputBuf);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      ParseIMAPandCheckForNewMail();
+    PR_Free(mailboxName);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    HandleMemoryFailure();
+  }
+
+}
+
+void nsImapProtocol::OnAppendMsgFromFile()
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> file;
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  rv = m_runningUrl->GetMsgFile(getter_AddRefs(file));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && file)
+  {
+    char *mailboxName =  OnCreateServerSourceFolderPathString();
+    if (mailboxName)
+    {
+      imapMessageFlagsType flagsToSet = 0;
+      uint32_t msgFlags = 0;
+      PRTime date = 0;
+      nsCString keywords;
+      if (m_imapMessageSink)
+        m_imapMessageSink->GetCurMoveCopyMessageInfo(m_runningUrl, &date,
+                                                     keywords, &msgFlags);
+
+      if (msgFlags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Read)
+        flagsToSet |= kImapMsgSeenFlag;
+      if (msgFlags & nsMsgMessageFlags::MDNReportSent)
+        flagsToSet |= kImapMsgMDNSentFlag;
+      // convert msg flag label (0xE000000) to imap flag label (0x0E00)
+      if (msgFlags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Labels)
+        flagsToSet |= (msgFlags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Labels) >> 16;
+      if (msgFlags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Marked)
+        flagsToSet |= kImapMsgFlaggedFlag;
+      if (msgFlags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Replied)
+        flagsToSet |= kImapMsgAnsweredFlag;
+      if (msgFlags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Forwarded)
+        flagsToSet |= kImapMsgForwardedFlag;
+
+      // If the message copied was a draft, flag it as such
+      nsImapAction imapAction;
+      rv = m_runningUrl->GetImapAction(&imapAction);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && (imapAction == nsIImapUrl::nsImapAppendDraftFromFile))
+        flagsToSet |= kImapMsgDraftFlag;
+      UploadMessageFromFile(file, mailboxName, date, flagsToSet, keywords);
+      PR_Free( mailboxName );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      HandleMemoryFailure();
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+void nsImapProtocol::UploadMessageFromFile (nsIFile* file,
+                                            const char* mailboxName,
+                                            PRTime date,
+                                            imapMessageFlagsType flags,
+                                            nsCString &keywords)
+{
+  if (!file || !mailboxName) return;
+  IncrementCommandTagNumber();
+
+  int64_t fileSize = 0;
+  int64_t totalSize;
+  uint32_t readCount;
+  char *dataBuffer = nullptr;
+  nsCString command(GetServerCommandTag());
+  nsCString escapedName;
+  CreateEscapedMailboxName(mailboxName, escapedName);
+  nsresult rv;
+  bool eof = false;
+  nsCString flagString;
+  bool hasLiteralPlus = (GetServerStateParser().GetCapabilityFlag() &
+    kLiteralPlusCapability);
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIInputStream> fileInputStream;
+
+  if (!escapedName.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    command.Append(" append \"");
+    command.Append(escapedName);
+    command.Append("\"");
+    if (flags || keywords.Length())
+    {
+      command.Append(" (");
+
+      if (flags)
+      {
+        SetupMessageFlagsString(flagString, flags,
+          GetServerStateParser().SupportsUserFlags());
+        command.Append(flagString);
+      }
+      if (keywords.Length())
+      {
+        if (flags)
+          command.Append(' ');
+        command.Append(keywords);
+      }
+      command.Append(")");
+    }
+
+    // date should never be 0, but just in case...
+    if (date)
+    {
+      /* Use PR_FormatTimeUSEnglish() to format the date in US English format,
+        then figure out what our local GMT offset is, and append it (since
+        PR_FormatTimeUSEnglish() can't do that.) Generate four digit years as
+        per RFC 1123 (superceding RFC 822.)
+        */
+      char szDateTime[64];
+      char dateStr[100];
+      PRExplodedTime exploded;
+      PR_ExplodeTime(date, PR_LocalTimeParameters, &exploded);
+      PR_FormatTimeUSEnglish(szDateTime, sizeof(szDateTime), "%d-%b-%Y %H:%M:%S", &exploded);
+      PRExplodedTime now;
+      PR_ExplodeTime(PR_Now(), PR_LocalTimeParameters, &now);
+      int gmtoffset = (now.tm_params.tp_gmt_offset + now.tm_params.tp_dst_offset) / 60;
+      PR_snprintf(dateStr, sizeof(dateStr),
+                            " \"%s %c%02d%02d\"",
+                            szDateTime,
+                            (gmtoffset >= 0 ? '+' : '-'),
+                            ((gmtoffset >= 0 ? gmtoffset : -gmtoffset) / 60),
+                            ((gmtoffset >= 0 ? gmtoffset : -gmtoffset) % 60));
+
+      command.Append(dateStr);
+    }
+    command.Append(" {");
+
+    dataBuffer = (char*) PR_CALLOC(COPY_BUFFER_SIZE+1);
+    if (!dataBuffer) goto done;
+    rv = file->GetFileSize(&fileSize);
+    NS_ASSERTION(fileSize, "got empty file in UploadMessageFromFile");
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !fileSize) goto done;
+    rv = NS_NewLocalFileInputStream(getter_AddRefs(fileInputStream), file);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !fileInputStream) goto done;
+    command.AppendInt((int32_t)fileSize);
+    if (hasLiteralPlus)
+      command.Append("+}" CRLF);
+    else
+      command.Append("}" CRLF);
+
+    rv = SendData(command.get());
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) goto done;
+
+    if (!hasLiteralPlus)
+      ParseIMAPandCheckForNewMail();
+
+    totalSize = fileSize;
+    readCount = 0;
+    while(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !eof && totalSize > 0)
+    {
+      rv = fileInputStream->Read(dataBuffer, COPY_BUFFER_SIZE, &readCount);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !readCount)
+        rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      {
+        NS_ASSERTION(readCount <= (uint32_t) totalSize, "got more bytes than there should be");
+        dataBuffer[readCount] = 0;
+        rv = SendData(dataBuffer);
+        totalSize -= readCount;
+        PercentProgressUpdateEvent(nullptr, fileSize - totalSize, fileSize);
+      }
+    }
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      rv = SendData(CRLF); // complete the append
+      ParseIMAPandCheckForNewMail(command.get());
+
+      nsImapAction imapAction;
+      m_runningUrl->GetImapAction(&imapAction);
+
+      if (GetServerStateParser().LastCommandSuccessful() &&  (
+        imapAction == nsIImapUrl::nsImapAppendDraftFromFile  || imapAction==nsIImapUrl::nsImapAppendMsgFromFile))
+      {
+        if (GetServerStateParser().GetCapabilityFlag() &
+          kUidplusCapability)
+        {
+          nsMsgKey newKey = GetServerStateParser().CurrentResponseUID();
+          if (m_imapMailFolderSink)
+            m_imapMailFolderSink->SetAppendMsgUid(newKey, m_runningUrl);
+
+          // Courier imap server seems to have problems with recently
+          // appended messages. Noop seems to clear its confusion.
+          if (FolderIsSelected(mailboxName))
+              Noop();
+
+          nsCString oldMsgId;
+          rv = m_runningUrl->GetListOfMessageIds(oldMsgId);
+          if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !oldMsgId.IsEmpty())
+          {
+            bool idsAreUids = true;
+            m_runningUrl->MessageIdsAreUids(&idsAreUids);
+            Store(oldMsgId, "+FLAGS (\\Deleted)", idsAreUids);
+            UidExpunge(oldMsgId);
+          }
+        }
+        // for non UIDPLUS servers,
+        // this code used to check for imapAction==nsIImapUrl::nsImapAppendMsgFromFile, which
+        // meant we'd get into this code whenever sending a message, as well
+        // as when copying messages to an imap folder from local folders or an other imap server.
+        // This made sending a message slow when there was a large sent folder. I don't believe
+        // this code worked anyway.
+        else if (m_imapMailFolderSink && imapAction == nsIImapUrl::nsImapAppendDraftFromFile )
+        {   // *** code me to search for the newly appended message
+          // go to selected state
+          nsCString messageId;
+          rv = m_imapMailFolderSink->GetMessageId(m_runningUrl, messageId);
+          if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !messageId.IsEmpty() &&
+            GetServerStateParser().LastCommandSuccessful())
+          {
+            // if the appended to folder isn't selected in the connection,
+            // select it.
+            if (!FolderIsSelected(mailboxName))
+              SelectMailbox(mailboxName);
+            else
+              Noop(); // See if this makes SEARCH work on the newly appended msg.
+
+            if (GetServerStateParser().LastCommandSuccessful())
+            {
+              command = "SEARCH UNDELETED HEADER Message-ID ";
+              command.Append(messageId);
+
+              // Clean up result sequence before issuing the cmd.
+              GetServerStateParser().ResetSearchResultSequence();
+
+              Search(command.get(), true, false);
+              if (GetServerStateParser().LastCommandSuccessful())
+              {
+                nsMsgKey newkey = nsMsgKey_None;
+                nsImapSearchResultIterator *searchResult =
+                  GetServerStateParser().CreateSearchResultIterator();
+                newkey = searchResult->GetNextMessageNumber();
+                delete searchResult;
+                if (newkey != nsMsgKey_None)
+                  m_imapMailFolderSink->SetAppendMsgUid(newkey, m_runningUrl);
+              }
+            }
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+done:
+  PR_Free(dataBuffer);
+  if (fileInputStream)
+    fileInputStream->Close();
+}
+
+//caller must free using PR_Free
+char * nsImapProtocol::OnCreateServerSourceFolderPathString()
+{
+  char *sourceMailbox = nullptr;
+  char hierarchyDelimiter = 0;
+  char onlineDelimiter = 0;
+  m_runningUrl->GetOnlineSubDirSeparator(&hierarchyDelimiter);
+  if (m_imapMailFolderSink)
+    m_imapMailFolderSink->GetOnlineDelimiter(&onlineDelimiter);
+
+  if (onlineDelimiter != kOnlineHierarchySeparatorUnknown &&
+      onlineDelimiter != hierarchyDelimiter)
+    m_runningUrl->SetOnlineSubDirSeparator(onlineDelimiter);
+
+  m_runningUrl->CreateServerSourceFolderPathString(&sourceMailbox);
+
+  return sourceMailbox;
+}
+
+//caller must free using PR_Free, safe to call from ui thread
+char * nsImapProtocol::GetFolderPathString()
+{
+  char *sourceMailbox = nullptr;
+  char onlineSubDirDelimiter = 0;
+  char hierarchyDelimiter = 0;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> msgFolder;
+
+  m_runningUrl->GetOnlineSubDirSeparator(&onlineSubDirDelimiter);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailnewsUrl = do_QueryInterface(m_runningUrl);
+  mailnewsUrl->GetFolder(getter_AddRefs(msgFolder));
+  if (msgFolder)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgImapMailFolder> imapFolder = do_QueryInterface(msgFolder);
+    if (imapFolder)
+    {
+      imapFolder->GetHierarchyDelimiter(&hierarchyDelimiter);
+      if (hierarchyDelimiter != kOnlineHierarchySeparatorUnknown &&
+          onlineSubDirDelimiter != hierarchyDelimiter)
+        m_runningUrl->SetOnlineSubDirSeparator(hierarchyDelimiter);
+    }
+  }
+  m_runningUrl->CreateServerSourceFolderPathString(&sourceMailbox);
+
+  return sourceMailbox;
+}
+
+nsresult nsImapProtocol::CreateServerSourceFolderPathString(char **result)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(result);
+  *result = OnCreateServerSourceFolderPathString();
+  return (*result) ? NS_OK : NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+}
+
+//caller must free using PR_Free
+char * nsImapProtocol::OnCreateServerDestinationFolderPathString()
+{
+  char *destinationMailbox = nullptr;
+  char hierarchyDelimiter = 0;
+  char onlineDelimiter = 0;
+  m_runningUrl->GetOnlineSubDirSeparator(&hierarchyDelimiter);
+  if (m_imapMailFolderSink)
+    m_imapMailFolderSink->GetOnlineDelimiter(&onlineDelimiter);
+  if (onlineDelimiter != kOnlineHierarchySeparatorUnknown &&
+      onlineDelimiter != hierarchyDelimiter)
+    m_runningUrl->SetOnlineSubDirSeparator(onlineDelimiter);
+
+  m_runningUrl->CreateServerDestinationFolderPathString(&destinationMailbox);
+
+  return destinationMailbox;
+}
+
+void nsImapProtocol::OnCreateFolder(const char * aSourceMailbox)
+{
+  bool created = CreateMailboxRespectingSubscriptions(aSourceMailbox);
+  if (created)
+  {
+    m_hierarchyNameState = kListingForCreate;
+    nsCString mailboxWODelim(aSourceMailbox);
+    RemoveHierarchyDelimiter(mailboxWODelim);
+    List(mailboxWODelim.get(), false);
+    m_hierarchyNameState = kNoOperationInProgress;
+  }
+  else
+    FolderNotCreated(aSourceMailbox);
+}
+
+void nsImapProtocol::OnEnsureExistsFolder(const char * aSourceMailbox)
+{
+
+  List(aSourceMailbox, false); // how to tell if that succeeded?
+  bool exists = false;
+
+  // try converting aSourceMailbox to canonical format
+
+  nsIMAPNamespace *nsForMailbox = nullptr;
+  m_hostSessionList->GetNamespaceForMailboxForHost(GetImapServerKey(),
+                                                     aSourceMailbox, nsForMailbox);
+  // NS_ASSERTION (nsForMailbox, "Oops .. null nsForMailbox\n");
+
+  nsCString name;
+
+  if (nsForMailbox)
+    m_runningUrl->AllocateCanonicalPath(aSourceMailbox,
+                                            nsForMailbox->GetDelimiter(),
+                                            getter_Copies(name));
+  else
+    m_runningUrl->AllocateCanonicalPath(aSourceMailbox,
+                                            kOnlineHierarchySeparatorUnknown,
+                                            getter_Copies(name));
+
+  if (m_imapServerSink)
+    m_imapServerSink->FolderVerifiedOnline(name, &exists);
+
+  if (exists)
+  {
+    Subscribe(aSourceMailbox);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    bool created = CreateMailboxRespectingSubscriptions(aSourceMailbox);
+    if (created)
+    {
+        List(aSourceMailbox, false);
+    }
+  }
+  if (!GetServerStateParser().LastCommandSuccessful())
+        FolderNotCreated(aSourceMailbox);
+}
+
+
+void nsImapProtocol::OnSubscribe(const char * sourceMailbox)
+{
+  Subscribe(sourceMailbox);
+}
+
+void nsImapProtocol::OnUnsubscribe(const char * sourceMailbox)
+{
+  // When we try to auto-unsubscribe from \Noselect folders,
+  // some servers report errors if we were already unsubscribed
+  // from them.
+  bool lastReportingErrors = GetServerStateParser().GetReportingErrors();
+  GetServerStateParser().SetReportingErrors(false);
+  Unsubscribe(sourceMailbox);
+  GetServerStateParser().SetReportingErrors(lastReportingErrors);
+}
+
+void nsImapProtocol::RefreshACLForFolderIfNecessary(const char *mailboxName)
+{
+  if (GetServerStateParser().ServerHasACLCapability())
+  {
+    if (!m_folderNeedsACLRefreshed && m_imapMailFolderSink)
+      m_imapMailFolderSink->GetFolderNeedsACLListed(&m_folderNeedsACLRefreshed);
+    if (m_folderNeedsACLRefreshed)
+    {
+      RefreshACLForFolder(mailboxName);
+      m_folderNeedsACLRefreshed = false;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+void nsImapProtocol::RefreshACLForFolder(const char *mailboxName)
+{
+
+  nsIMAPNamespace *ns = nullptr;
+  m_hostSessionList->GetNamespaceForMailboxForHost(GetImapServerKey(), mailboxName, ns);
+  if (ns)
+  {
+    switch (ns->GetType())
+    {
+    case kPersonalNamespace:
+      // It's a personal folder, most likely.
+      // I find it hard to imagine a server that supports ACL that doesn't support NAMESPACE,
+      // so most likely we KNOW that this is a personal, rather than the default, namespace.
+
+      // First, clear what we have.
+      ClearAllFolderRights();
+      // Now, get the new one.
+      GetMyRightsForFolder(mailboxName);
+      if (m_imapMailFolderSink)
+      {
+        uint32_t aclFlags = 0;
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(m_imapMailFolderSink->GetAclFlags(&aclFlags)) && aclFlags & IMAP_ACL_ADMINISTER_FLAG)
+            GetACLForFolder(mailboxName);
+      }
+
+      // We're all done, refresh the icon/flags for this folder
+      RefreshFolderACLView(mailboxName, ns);
+      break;
+    default:
+      // We know it's a public folder or other user's folder.
+      // We only want our own rights
+
+      // First, clear what we have
+      ClearAllFolderRights();
+      // Now, get the new one.
+      GetMyRightsForFolder(mailboxName);
+      // We're all done, refresh the icon/flags for this folder
+      RefreshFolderACLView(mailboxName, ns);
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    // no namespace, not even default... can this happen?
+    NS_ASSERTION(false, "couldn't get namespace");
+  }
+}
+
+void nsImapProtocol::RefreshFolderACLView(const char *mailboxName, nsIMAPNamespace *nsForMailbox)
+{
+  nsCString canonicalMailboxName;
+
+  if (nsForMailbox)
+    m_runningUrl->AllocateCanonicalPath(mailboxName, nsForMailbox->GetDelimiter(), getter_Copies(canonicalMailboxName));
+  else
+    m_runningUrl->AllocateCanonicalPath(mailboxName, kOnlineHierarchySeparatorUnknown, getter_Copies(canonicalMailboxName));
+
+  if (m_imapServerSink)
+    m_imapServerSink->RefreshFolderRights(canonicalMailboxName);
+}
+
+void nsImapProtocol::GetACLForFolder(const char *mailboxName)
+{
+  IncrementCommandTagNumber();
+
+  nsCString command(GetServerCommandTag());
+  nsCString escapedName;
+  CreateEscapedMailboxName(mailboxName, escapedName);
+  command.Append(" getacl \"");
+  command.Append(escapedName);
+  command.Append("\"" CRLF);
+
+  nsresult rv = SendData(command.get());
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    ParseIMAPandCheckForNewMail();
+}
+
+void nsImapProtocol::OnRefreshAllACLs()
+{
+  m_hierarchyNameState = kListingForInfoOnly;
+  nsIMAPMailboxInfo *mb = NULL;
+
+  // This will fill in the list
+  List("*", true);
+
+  int32_t total = m_listedMailboxList.Length(), count = 0;
+  GetServerStateParser().SetReportingErrors(false);
+  for (int32_t i = 0; i < total; i++)
+  {
+    mb = m_listedMailboxList.ElementAt(i);
+    if (mb) // paranoia
+    {
+      char *onlineName = nullptr;
+      m_runningUrl->AllocateServerPath(PromiseFlatCString(mb->GetMailboxName()).get(), mb->GetDelimiter(), &onlineName);
+      if (onlineName)
+      {
+        RefreshACLForFolder(onlineName);
+        NS_Free(onlineName);
+      }
+      PercentProgressUpdateEvent(NULL, count, total);
+      delete mb;
+      count++;
+    }
+  }
+  m_listedMailboxList.Clear();
+
+  PercentProgressUpdateEvent(NULL, 100, 100);
+  GetServerStateParser().SetReportingErrors(true);
+  m_hierarchyNameState = kNoOperationInProgress;
+}
+
+// any state commands
+void nsImapProtocol::Logout(bool shuttingDown /* = false */,
+                            bool waitForResponse /* = true */)
+{
+  if (!shuttingDown)
+    ProgressEventFunctionUsingName("imapStatusLoggingOut");
+
+/******************************************************************
+ * due to the undo functionality we cannot issule a close when logout; there
+ * is no way to do an undo if the message has been permanently expunge
+ * jt - 07/12/1999
+
+    bool closeNeeded = GetServerStateParser().GetIMAPstate() ==
+        nsImapServerResponseParser::kFolderSelected;
+
+    if (closeNeeded && GetDeleteIsMoveToTrash())
+        Close();
+********************/
+
+  IncrementCommandTagNumber();
+
+  nsCString command(GetServerCommandTag());
+
+  command.Append(" logout" CRLF);
+
+  nsresult rv = SendData(command.get());
+  if (m_transport && shuttingDown)
+    m_transport->SetTimeout(nsISocketTransport::TIMEOUT_READ_WRITE, 5);
+  // the socket may be dead before we read the response, so drop it.
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && waitForResponse)
+      ParseIMAPandCheckForNewMail();
+}
+
+void nsImapProtocol::Noop()
+{
+  //ProgressUpdateEvent("noop...");
+  IncrementCommandTagNumber();
+  nsCString command(GetServerCommandTag());
+
+  command.Append(" noop" CRLF);
+
+  nsresult rv = SendData(command.get());
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      ParseIMAPandCheckForNewMail();
+}
+
+void nsImapProtocol::XServerInfo()
+{
+
+    ProgressEventFunctionUsingName("imapGettingServerInfo");
+    IncrementCommandTagNumber();
+    nsCString command(GetServerCommandTag());
+
+  command.Append(" XSERVERINFO MANAGEACCOUNTURL MANAGELISTSURL MANAGEFILTERSURL" CRLF);
+
+    nsresult rv = SendData(command.get());
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        ParseIMAPandCheckForNewMail();
+}
+
+void nsImapProtocol::Netscape()
+{
+    ProgressEventFunctionUsingName("imapGettingServerInfo");
+    IncrementCommandTagNumber();
+
+    nsCString command(GetServerCommandTag());
+
+  command.Append(" netscape" CRLF);
+
+    nsresult rv = SendData(command.get());
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        ParseIMAPandCheckForNewMail();
+}
+
+
+
+void nsImapProtocol::XMailboxInfo(const char *mailboxName)
+{
+
+    ProgressEventFunctionUsingName("imapGettingMailboxInfo");
+    IncrementCommandTagNumber();
+    nsCString command(GetServerCommandTag());
+
+  command.Append(" XMAILBOXINFO \"");
+  command.Append(mailboxName);
+  command.Append("\" MANAGEURL POSTURL" CRLF);
+
+    nsresult rv = SendData(command.get());
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        ParseIMAPandCheckForNewMail();
+}
+
+void nsImapProtocol::Namespace()
+{
+
+    IncrementCommandTagNumber();
+
+  nsCString command(GetServerCommandTag());
+  command.Append(" namespace" CRLF);
+
+    nsresult rv = SendData(command.get());
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        ParseIMAPandCheckForNewMail();
+}
+
+
+void nsImapProtocol::MailboxData()
+{
+    IncrementCommandTagNumber();
+
+  nsCString command(GetServerCommandTag());
+  command.Append(" mailboxdata" CRLF);
+
+    nsresult rv = SendData(command.get());
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        ParseIMAPandCheckForNewMail();
+}
+
+
+void nsImapProtocol::GetMyRightsForFolder(const char *mailboxName)
+{
+  IncrementCommandTagNumber();
+
+  nsCString command(GetServerCommandTag());
+  nsCString escapedName;
+  CreateEscapedMailboxName(mailboxName, escapedName);
+
+  if (MailboxIsNoSelectMailbox(escapedName.get()))
+    return; // Don't issue myrights on Noselect folder
+
+  command.Append(" myrights \"");
+  command.Append(escapedName);
+  command.Append("\"" CRLF);
+
+  nsresult rv = SendData(command.get());
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    ParseIMAPandCheckForNewMail();
+}
+
+bool nsImapProtocol::FolderIsSelected(const char *mailboxName)
+{
+  return (GetServerStateParser().GetIMAPstate() ==
+      nsImapServerResponseParser::kFolderSelected && GetServerStateParser().GetSelectedMailboxName() &&
+      PL_strcmp(GetServerStateParser().GetSelectedMailboxName(),
+                    mailboxName) == 0);
+}
+
+void nsImapProtocol::OnStatusForFolder(const char *mailboxName)
+{
+
+  if (FolderIsSelected(mailboxName))
+  {
+    int32_t prevNumMessages = GetServerStateParser().NumberOfMessages();
+    Noop();
+    // OnNewIdleMessages will cause the ui thread to update the folder
+    if (m_imapMailFolderSink && (GetServerStateParser().NumberOfRecentMessages()
+          || prevNumMessages != GetServerStateParser().NumberOfMessages()))
+      m_imapMailFolderSink->OnNewIdleMessages();
+    return;
+  }
+
+  IncrementCommandTagNumber();
+
+  nsAutoCString command(GetServerCommandTag());
+  nsCString escapedName;
+  CreateEscapedMailboxName(mailboxName, escapedName);
+
+  command.Append(" STATUS \"");
+  command.Append(escapedName);
+  command.Append("\" (UIDNEXT MESSAGES UNSEEN RECENT)" CRLF);
+
+  nsresult rv = SendData(command.get());
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      ParseIMAPandCheckForNewMail();
+
+  if (GetServerStateParser().LastCommandSuccessful())
+  {
+    nsImapMailboxSpec *new_spec = GetServerStateParser().CreateCurrentMailboxSpec(mailboxName);
+    if (new_spec && m_imapMailFolderSink)
+      m_imapMailFolderSink->UpdateImapMailboxStatus(this, new_spec);
+    NS_IF_RELEASE(new_spec);
+  }
+}
+
+
+void nsImapProtocol::OnListFolder(const char * aSourceMailbox, bool aBool)
+{
+  List(aSourceMailbox, aBool);
+}
+
+
+// Returns true if the mailbox is a NoSelect mailbox.
+// If we don't know about it, returns false.
+bool nsImapProtocol::MailboxIsNoSelectMailbox(const char *mailboxName)
+{
+  bool rv = false;
+
+  nsIMAPNamespace *nsForMailbox = nullptr;
+    m_hostSessionList->GetNamespaceForMailboxForHost(GetImapServerKey(),
+                                                     mailboxName, nsForMailbox);
+  // NS_ASSERTION (nsForMailbox, "Oops .. null nsForMailbox\n");
+
+  nsCString name;
+
+  if (nsForMailbox)
+    m_runningUrl->AllocateCanonicalPath(mailboxName,
+                                            nsForMailbox->GetDelimiter(),
+                                            getter_Copies(name));
+  else
+    m_runningUrl->AllocateCanonicalPath(mailboxName,
+                                            kOnlineHierarchySeparatorUnknown,
+                                            getter_Copies(name));
+
+  if (name.IsEmpty())
+    return false;
+
+  NS_ASSERTION(m_imapServerSink, "unexpected, no imap server sink, see bug #194335");
+  if (m_imapServerSink)
+    m_imapServerSink->FolderIsNoSelect(name, &rv);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsImapProtocol::SetFolderAdminUrl(const char *mailboxName)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER; // if m_imapServerSink is null, rv will be this.
+
+  nsIMAPNamespace *nsForMailbox = nullptr;
+  m_hostSessionList->GetNamespaceForMailboxForHost(GetImapServerKey(),
+                                                     mailboxName, nsForMailbox);
+
+  nsCString name;
+
+  if (nsForMailbox)
+    m_runningUrl->AllocateCanonicalPath(mailboxName,
+                                            nsForMailbox->GetDelimiter(),
+                                            getter_Copies(name));
+  else
+    m_runningUrl->AllocateCanonicalPath(mailboxName,
+                                            kOnlineHierarchySeparatorUnknown,
+                                            getter_Copies(name));
+
+  if (m_imapServerSink)
+    rv = m_imapServerSink->SetFolderAdminURL(name, nsDependentCString(GetServerStateParser().GetManageFolderUrl()));
+  return rv;
+}
+// returns true is the delete succeeded (regardless of subscription changes)
+bool nsImapProtocol::DeleteMailboxRespectingSubscriptions(const char *mailboxName)
+{
+  bool rv = true;
+  if (!MailboxIsNoSelectMailbox(mailboxName))
+  {
+    // Only try to delete it if it really exists
+    DeleteMailbox(mailboxName);
+    rv = GetServerStateParser().LastCommandSuccessful();
+  }
+
+  // We can unsubscribe even if the mailbox doesn't exist.
+  if (rv && m_autoUnsubscribe) // auto-unsubscribe is on
+  {
+    bool reportingErrors = GetServerStateParser().GetReportingErrors();
+    GetServerStateParser().SetReportingErrors(false);
+    Unsubscribe(mailboxName);
+    GetServerStateParser().SetReportingErrors(reportingErrors);
+
+  }
+  return (rv);
+}
+
+// returns true is the rename succeeded (regardless of subscription changes)
+// reallyRename tells us if we should really do the rename (true) or if we should just move subscriptions (false)
+bool nsImapProtocol::RenameMailboxRespectingSubscriptions(const char *existingName, const char *newName, bool reallyRename)
+{
+  bool rv = true;
+  if (reallyRename && !MailboxIsNoSelectMailbox(existingName))
+  {
+    RenameMailbox(existingName, newName);
+    rv = GetServerStateParser().LastCommandSuccessful();
+  }
+
+  if (rv)
+  {
+    if (m_autoSubscribe)  // if auto-subscribe is on
+    {
+      bool reportingErrors = GetServerStateParser().GetReportingErrors();
+      GetServerStateParser().SetReportingErrors(false);
+      Subscribe(newName);
+      GetServerStateParser().SetReportingErrors(reportingErrors);
+    }
+    if (m_autoUnsubscribe) // if auto-unsubscribe is on
+    {
+      bool reportingErrors = GetServerStateParser().GetReportingErrors();
+      GetServerStateParser().SetReportingErrors(false);
+      Unsubscribe(existingName);
+      GetServerStateParser().SetReportingErrors(reportingErrors);
+    }
+  }
+  return (rv);
+}
+
+bool nsImapProtocol::RenameHierarchyByHand(const char *oldParentMailboxName,
+                                             const char *newParentMailboxName)
+{
+  bool renameSucceeded = true;
+    char onlineDirSeparator = kOnlineHierarchySeparatorUnknown;
+  m_deletableChildren = new nsTArray<char*>();
+
+  bool nonHierarchicalRename =
+        ((GetServerStateParser().GetCapabilityFlag() & kNoHierarchyRename)
+         || MailboxIsNoSelectMailbox(oldParentMailboxName));
+
+  if (m_deletableChildren)
+  {
+    m_hierarchyNameState = kDeleteSubFoldersInProgress;
+    nsIMAPNamespace *ns = nullptr;
+        m_hostSessionList->GetNamespaceForMailboxForHost(GetImapServerKey(),
+                                                         oldParentMailboxName,
+                                                         ns); // for delimiter
+    if (!ns)
+    {
+      if (!PL_strcasecmp(oldParentMailboxName, "INBOX"))
+                m_hostSessionList->GetDefaultNamespaceOfTypeForHost(GetImapServerKey(),
+                                                                    kPersonalNamespace,
+                                                                    ns);
+    }
+    if (ns)
+    {
+            nsCString pattern(oldParentMailboxName);
+            pattern += ns->GetDelimiter();
+            pattern += "*";
+            bool isUsingSubscription = false;
+            m_hostSessionList->GetHostIsUsingSubscription(GetImapServerKey(),
+                                                          isUsingSubscription);
+
+            if (isUsingSubscription)
+                Lsub(pattern.get(), false);
+            else
+                List(pattern.get(), false);
+    }
+    m_hierarchyNameState = kNoOperationInProgress;
+
+    if (GetServerStateParser().LastCommandSuccessful())
+      renameSucceeded = // rename this, and move subscriptions
+                RenameMailboxRespectingSubscriptions(oldParentMailboxName,
+                                                     newParentMailboxName, true);
+
+    size_t numberToDelete = m_deletableChildren->Length();
+    size_t childIndex;
+
+    for (childIndex = 0;
+             (childIndex < numberToDelete) && renameSucceeded; childIndex++)
+    {
+      // the imap parser has already converted to a non UTF7 string in the canonical
+      // format so convert it back
+        char *currentName = m_deletableChildren->ElementAt(childIndex);
+        if (currentName)
+        {
+          char *serverName = nullptr;
+          m_runningUrl->AllocateServerPath(currentName,
+                                         onlineDirSeparator,
+                                         &serverName);
+          PR_FREEIF(currentName);
+          currentName = serverName;
+        }
+
+        // calculate the new name and do the rename
+        nsCString newChildName(newParentMailboxName);
+        newChildName += (currentName + PL_strlen(oldParentMailboxName));
+        // Pass in 'nonHierarchicalRename' to determine if we should really
+        // reanme, or just move subscriptions.
+        renameSucceeded =
+          RenameMailboxRespectingSubscriptions(currentName,
+                                               newChildName.get(),
+                                               nonHierarchicalRename);
+        PR_FREEIF(currentName);
+    }
+
+    delete m_deletableChildren;
+    m_deletableChildren = nullptr;
+  }
+
+  return renameSucceeded;
+}
+
+bool nsImapProtocol::DeleteSubFolders(const char* selectedMailbox, bool &aDeleteSelf)
+{
+  bool deleteSucceeded = true;
+  m_deletableChildren = new nsTArray<char*>();
+
+  if (m_deletableChildren)
+  {
+    bool folderDeleted = false;
+
+    m_hierarchyNameState = kDeleteSubFoldersInProgress;
+        nsCString pattern(selectedMailbox);
+        char onlineDirSeparator = kOnlineHierarchySeparatorUnknown;
+        m_runningUrl->GetOnlineSubDirSeparator(&onlineDirSeparator);
+        pattern.Append(onlineDirSeparator);
+        pattern.Append('*');
+
+    if (!pattern.IsEmpty())
+    {
+      List(pattern.get(), false);
+    }
+    m_hierarchyNameState = kNoOperationInProgress;
+
+    // this should be a short list so perform a sequential search for the
+    // longest name mailbox.  Deleting the longest first will hopefully
+        // prevent the server from having problems about deleting parents
+        // ** jt - why? I don't understand this.
+    size_t numberToDelete = m_deletableChildren->Length();
+    size_t outerIndex, innerIndex;
+
+    // intelligently decide if myself(either plain format or following the dir-separator)
+    // is in the sub-folder list
+    bool folderInSubfolderList = false; // For Performance
+    char *selectedMailboxDir = nullptr;
+    {
+        int32_t length = strlen(selectedMailbox);
+        selectedMailboxDir = (char *)PR_MALLOC(length+2);
+        if( selectedMailboxDir )    // only do the intelligent test if there is enough memory
+        {
+            strcpy(selectedMailboxDir, selectedMailbox);
+            selectedMailboxDir[length] = onlineDirSeparator;
+            selectedMailboxDir[length+1] = '\0';
+            size_t i;
+            for( i=0; i<numberToDelete && !folderInSubfolderList; i++ )
+            {
+                char *currentName = m_deletableChildren->ElementAt(i);
+                if( !strcmp(currentName, selectedMailbox) || !strcmp(currentName, selectedMailboxDir) )
+                    folderInSubfolderList = true;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    deleteSucceeded = GetServerStateParser().LastCommandSuccessful();
+    for (outerIndex = 0;
+         (outerIndex < numberToDelete) && deleteSucceeded;
+         outerIndex++)
+    {
+        char* longestName = nullptr;
+        size_t longestIndex = 0; // fix bogus warning by initializing
+        for (innerIndex = 0;
+             innerIndex < m_deletableChildren->Length();
+             innerIndex++)
+        {
+            char *currentName = m_deletableChildren->ElementAt(innerIndex);
+            if (!longestName || strlen(longestName) < strlen(currentName))
+            {
+                longestName = currentName;
+                longestIndex = innerIndex;
+            }
+        }
+        // the imap parser has already converted to a non UTF7 string in
+        // the canonical format so convert it back
+        if (longestName)
+        {
+            char *serverName = nullptr;
+
+            m_deletableChildren->RemoveElementAt(longestIndex);
+            m_runningUrl->AllocateServerPath(longestName,
+                                             onlineDirSeparator,
+                                             &serverName);
+            PR_FREEIF(longestName);
+            longestName = serverName;
+        }
+
+      // some imap servers include the selectedMailbox in the list of
+      // subfolders of the selectedMailbox.  Check for this so we don't
+            // delete the selectedMailbox (usually the trash and doing an
+            // empty trash)
+      // The Cyrus imap server ignores the "INBOX.Trash" constraining
+            // string passed to the list command.  Be defensive and make sure
+            // we only delete children of the trash
+      if (longestName &&
+        strcmp(selectedMailbox, longestName) &&
+        !strncmp(selectedMailbox, longestName, strlen(selectedMailbox)))
+      {
+          if( selectedMailboxDir && !strcmp(selectedMailboxDir, longestName) )	// just myself
+          {
+              if( aDeleteSelf )
+              {
+                  bool deleted = DeleteMailboxRespectingSubscriptions(longestName);
+                  if (deleted)
+                      FolderDeleted(longestName);
+                  folderDeleted = deleted;
+                  deleteSucceeded = deleted;
+              }
+          }
+          else
+          {
+              if (m_imapServerSink)
+                  m_imapServerSink->ResetServerConnection(nsDependentCString(longestName));
+              bool deleted = false;
+              if( folderInSubfolderList )	// for performance
+              {
+                  nsTArray<char*> *pDeletableChildren = m_deletableChildren;
+                  m_deletableChildren = nullptr;
+                  bool folderDeleted = true;
+                  deleted = DeleteSubFolders(longestName, folderDeleted);
+                  // longestName may have subfolder list including itself
+                  if( !folderDeleted )
+                  {
+                      if (deleted)
+                      deleted = DeleteMailboxRespectingSubscriptions(longestName);
+                      if (deleted)
+                          FolderDeleted(longestName);
+                  }
+                  m_deletableChildren = pDeletableChildren;
+              }
+              else
+              {
+                  deleted = DeleteMailboxRespectingSubscriptions(longestName);
+                  if (deleted)
+                      FolderDeleted(longestName);
+              }
+              deleteSucceeded = deleted;
+          }
+      }
+      PR_FREEIF(longestName);
+    }
+
+    aDeleteSelf = folderDeleted;  // feedback if myself is deleted
+    PR_Free(selectedMailboxDir);
+
+    delete m_deletableChildren;
+    m_deletableChildren = nullptr;
+  }
+  return deleteSucceeded;
+}
+
+void nsImapProtocol::FolderDeleted(const char *mailboxName)
+{
+    char onlineDelimiter = kOnlineHierarchySeparatorUnknown;
+    nsCString orphanedMailboxName;
+
+    if (mailboxName)
+    {
+        m_runningUrl->AllocateCanonicalPath(mailboxName, onlineDelimiter,
+                                            getter_Copies(orphanedMailboxName));
+    if (m_imapServerSink)
+      m_imapServerSink->OnlineFolderDelete(orphanedMailboxName);
+    }
+}
+
+void nsImapProtocol::FolderNotCreated(const char *folderName)
+{
+    if (folderName && m_imapServerSink)
+        m_imapServerSink->OnlineFolderCreateFailed(nsDependentCString(folderName));
+}
+
+void nsImapProtocol::FolderRenamed(const char *oldName,
+                                   const char *newName)
+{
+  char onlineDelimiter = kOnlineHierarchySeparatorUnknown;
+
+  if ((m_hierarchyNameState == kNoOperationInProgress) ||
+    (m_hierarchyNameState == kListingForInfoAndDiscovery))
+
+  {
+    nsCString canonicalOldName, canonicalNewName;
+    m_runningUrl->AllocateCanonicalPath(oldName,
+      onlineDelimiter,
+      getter_Copies(canonicalOldName));
+    m_runningUrl->AllocateCanonicalPath(newName,
+      onlineDelimiter,
+      getter_Copies(canonicalNewName));
+    AutoProxyReleaseMsgWindow msgWindow;
+    GetMsgWindow(getter_AddRefs(msgWindow));
+    m_imapServerSink->OnlineFolderRename(msgWindow, canonicalOldName, canonicalNewName);
+  }
+}
+
+void nsImapProtocol::OnDeleteFolder(const char * sourceMailbox)
+{
+  // intelligently delete the folder
+  bool folderDeleted = true;
+  bool deleted = DeleteSubFolders(sourceMailbox, folderDeleted);
+  if( !folderDeleted )
+  {
+    if (deleted)
+      deleted = DeleteMailboxRespectingSubscriptions(sourceMailbox);
+    if (deleted)
+      FolderDeleted(sourceMailbox);
+  }
+}
+
+void nsImapProtocol::RemoveMsgsAndExpunge()
+{
+  uint32_t numberOfMessages = GetServerStateParser().NumberOfMessages();
+  if (numberOfMessages)
+  {
+    // Remove all msgs and expunge the folder (ie, compact it).
+    Store(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("1:*"), "+FLAGS.SILENT (\\Deleted)", false);  // use sequence #'s
+    if (GetServerStateParser().LastCommandSuccessful())
+      Expunge();
+  }
+}
+
+void nsImapProtocol::DeleteFolderAndMsgs(const char * sourceMailbox)
+{
+  RemoveMsgsAndExpunge();
+  if (GetServerStateParser().LastCommandSuccessful())
+  {
+    // All msgs are deleted successfully - let's remove the folder itself.
+    bool reportingErrors = GetServerStateParser().GetReportingErrors();
+    GetServerStateParser().SetReportingErrors(false);
+    OnDeleteFolder(sourceMailbox);
+    GetServerStateParser().SetReportingErrors(reportingErrors);
+  }
+}
+
+void nsImapProtocol::OnRenameFolder(const char * sourceMailbox)
+{
+  char *destinationMailbox = OnCreateServerDestinationFolderPathString();
+
+  if (destinationMailbox)
+  {
+    bool renamed = RenameHierarchyByHand(sourceMailbox, destinationMailbox);
+    if (renamed)
+      FolderRenamed(sourceMailbox, destinationMailbox);
+
+    PR_Free( destinationMailbox);
+  }
+  else
+    HandleMemoryFailure();
+}
+
+void nsImapProtocol::OnMoveFolderHierarchy(const char * sourceMailbox)
+{
+  char *destinationMailbox = OnCreateServerDestinationFolderPathString();
+
+    if (destinationMailbox)
+    {
+        nsCString newBoxName;
+        newBoxName.Adopt(destinationMailbox);
+
+        char onlineDirSeparator = kOnlineHierarchySeparatorUnknown;
+        m_runningUrl->GetOnlineSubDirSeparator(&onlineDirSeparator);
+
+        nsCString oldBoxName(sourceMailbox);
+        int32_t leafStart = oldBoxName.RFindChar(onlineDirSeparator);
+        nsCString leafName;
+
+        if (-1 == leafStart)
+            leafName = oldBoxName;  // this is a root level box
+        else
+            leafName = Substring(oldBoxName, leafStart+1);
+
+        if ( !newBoxName.IsEmpty() )
+             newBoxName.Append(onlineDirSeparator);
+        newBoxName.Append(leafName);
+        bool    renamed = RenameHierarchyByHand(sourceMailbox,
+                                                newBoxName.get());
+        if (renamed)
+            FolderRenamed(sourceMailbox, newBoxName.get());
+    }
+    else
+      HandleMemoryFailure();
+}
+
+void nsImapProtocol::FindMailboxesIfNecessary()
+{
+  // biff should not discover mailboxes
+  bool foundMailboxesAlready = false;
+  nsImapAction imapAction;
+
+  // need to do this for every connection in order to see folders.
+  (void) m_runningUrl->GetImapAction(&imapAction);
+  nsresult rv = m_hostSessionList->GetHaveWeEverDiscoveredFoldersForHost(GetImapServerKey(), foundMailboxesAlready);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !foundMailboxesAlready &&
+      (imapAction != nsIImapUrl::nsImapBiff) &&
+      (imapAction != nsIImapUrl::nsImapVerifylogon) &&
+      (imapAction != nsIImapUrl::nsImapDiscoverAllBoxesUrl) &&
+      (imapAction != nsIImapUrl::nsImapUpgradeToSubscription) &&
+      !GetSubscribingNow())
+    DiscoverMailboxList();
+}
+
+void nsImapProtocol::DiscoverAllAndSubscribedBoxes()
+{
+  // used for subscribe pane
+  // iterate through all namespaces
+  uint32_t count = 0;
+  m_hostSessionList->GetNumberOfNamespacesForHost(GetImapServerKey(), count);
+
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < count; i++ )
+  {
+    nsIMAPNamespace *ns = nullptr;
+
+    m_hostSessionList->GetNamespaceNumberForHost(GetImapServerKey(), i,
+      ns);
+    if (ns &&
+      gHideOtherUsersFromList ? (ns->GetType() != kOtherUsersNamespace)
+      : true)
+    {
+      const char *prefix = ns->GetPrefix();
+      if (prefix)
+      {
+        nsAutoCString inboxNameWithDelim("INBOX");
+        inboxNameWithDelim.Append(ns->GetDelimiter());
+
+        if (!gHideUnusedNamespaces && *prefix &&
+        PL_strcasecmp(prefix, inboxNameWithDelim.get())) /* only do it for
+        non-empty namespace prefixes */
+        {
+          // Explicitly discover each Namespace, just so they're
+          // there in the subscribe UI
+          nsImapMailboxSpec *boxSpec = new nsImapMailboxSpec;
+          if (boxSpec)
+          {
+            NS_ADDREF(boxSpec);
+            boxSpec->mFolderSelected = false;
+            boxSpec->mHostName.Assign(GetImapHostName());
+            boxSpec->mConnection = this;
+            boxSpec->mFlagState = nullptr;
+            boxSpec->mDiscoveredFromLsub = true;
+            boxSpec->mOnlineVerified = true;
+            boxSpec->mBoxFlags = kNoselect;
+            boxSpec->mHierarchySeparator = ns->GetDelimiter();
+
+            m_runningUrl->AllocateCanonicalPath(ns->GetPrefix(), ns->GetDelimiter(),
+                                                getter_Copies(boxSpec->mAllocatedPathName));
+            boxSpec->mNamespaceForFolder = ns;
+            boxSpec->mBoxFlags |= kNameSpace;
+
+            switch (ns->GetType())
+            {
+            case kPersonalNamespace:
+              boxSpec->mBoxFlags |= kPersonalMailbox;
+              break;
+            case kPublicNamespace:
+              boxSpec->mBoxFlags |= kPublicMailbox;
+              break;
+            case kOtherUsersNamespace:
+              boxSpec->mBoxFlags |= kOtherUsersMailbox;
+              break;
+            default:	// (kUnknownNamespace)
+              break;
+            }
+
+            DiscoverMailboxSpec(boxSpec);
+          }
+          else
+            HandleMemoryFailure();
+        }
+
+        nsAutoCString allPattern(prefix);
+        allPattern += '*';
+
+        nsAutoCString topLevelPattern(prefix);
+        topLevelPattern += '%';
+
+        nsAutoCString secondLevelPattern;
+
+        char delimiter = ns->GetDelimiter();
+        if (delimiter)
+        {
+          // Hierarchy delimiter might be NIL, in which case there's no hierarchy anyway
+          secondLevelPattern = prefix;
+          secondLevelPattern += '%';
+          secondLevelPattern += delimiter;
+          secondLevelPattern += '%';
+        }
+
+        if (!m_imapServerSink) return;
+
+        if (!allPattern.IsEmpty())
+        {
+          m_imapServerSink->SetServerDoingLsub(true);
+          Lsub(allPattern.get(), true);	// LSUB all the subscribed
+        }
+        if (!topLevelPattern.IsEmpty())
+        {
+          m_imapServerSink->SetServerDoingLsub(false);
+          List(topLevelPattern.get(), true);	// LIST the top level
+        }
+        if (!secondLevelPattern.IsEmpty())
+        {
+          m_imapServerSink->SetServerDoingLsub(false);
+          List(secondLevelPattern.get(), true);	// LIST the second level
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+// DiscoverMailboxList() is used to actually do the discovery of folders
+// for a host.  This is used both when we initially start up (and re-sync)
+// and also when the user manually requests a re-sync, by collapsing and
+// expanding a host in the folder pane.  This is not used for the subscribe
+// pane.
+// DiscoverMailboxList() also gets the ACLs for each newly discovered folder
+void nsImapProtocol::DiscoverMailboxList()
+{
+  bool usingSubscription = false;
+
+  m_hostSessionList->GetHostIsUsingSubscription(GetImapServerKey(), usingSubscription);
+  // Pretend that the Trash folder doesn't exist, so we will rediscover it if we need to.
+  m_hostSessionList->SetOnlineTrashFolderExistsForHost(GetImapServerKey(), false);
+
+  // should we check a pref here, to be able to turn off XList?
+  bool hasXLIST = GetServerStateParser().GetCapabilityFlag() & kHasXListCapability;
+  if (hasXLIST && usingSubscription)
+  {
+    m_hierarchyNameState = kXListing;
+    nsAutoCString pattern("%");
+    List("%", true, true);
+    // We list the first and second levels since special folders are unlikely
+    // to be more than 2 levels deep.
+    char separator = 0;
+    m_runningUrl->GetOnlineSubDirSeparator(&separator);
+    pattern.Append(separator);
+    pattern += '%';
+    List(pattern.get(), true, true);
+  }
+
+  SetMailboxDiscoveryStatus(eContinue);
+  if (GetServerStateParser().ServerHasACLCapability())
+    m_hierarchyNameState = kListingForInfoAndDiscovery;
+  else
+    m_hierarchyNameState = kNoOperationInProgress;
+
+  // iterate through all namespaces and LSUB them.
+  uint32_t count = 0;
+  m_hostSessionList->GetNumberOfNamespacesForHost(GetImapServerKey(), count);
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < count; i++ )
+  {
+    nsIMAPNamespace * ns = nullptr;
+    m_hostSessionList->GetNamespaceNumberForHost(GetImapServerKey(),i,ns);
+    if (ns)
+    {
+      const char *prefix = ns->GetPrefix();
+      if (prefix)
+      {
+        nsAutoCString inboxNameWithDelim("INBOX");
+        inboxNameWithDelim.Append(ns->GetDelimiter());
+
+        // static bool gHideUnusedNamespaces = true;
+        // mscott -> WARNING!!! i where are we going to get this
+        // global variable for unused name spaces from???
+        // dmb - we should get this from a per-host preference,
+        // I'd say. But for now, just make it true;
+        if (!gHideUnusedNamespaces && *prefix &&
+                    PL_strcasecmp(prefix, inboxNameWithDelim.get()))  // only do it for
+                    // non-empty namespace prefixes, and for non-INBOX prefix
+        {
+          // Explicitly discover each Namespace, so that we can
+                    // create subfolders of them,
+          nsImapMailboxSpec *boxSpec = new nsImapMailboxSpec;
+          if (boxSpec)
+          {
+            NS_ADDREF(boxSpec);
+            boxSpec->mFolderSelected = false;
+            boxSpec->mHostName = GetImapHostName();
+            boxSpec->mConnection = this;
+            boxSpec->mFlagState = nullptr;
+            boxSpec->mDiscoveredFromLsub = true;
+            boxSpec->mOnlineVerified = true;
+            boxSpec->mBoxFlags = kNoselect;
+            boxSpec->mHierarchySeparator = ns->GetDelimiter();
+            // Until |AllocateCanonicalPath()| gets updated:
+            m_runningUrl->AllocateCanonicalPath(
+                            ns->GetPrefix(), ns->GetDelimiter(),
+                            getter_Copies(boxSpec->mAllocatedPathName));
+            boxSpec->mNamespaceForFolder = ns;
+            boxSpec->mBoxFlags |= kNameSpace;
+
+            switch (ns->GetType())
+            {
+            case kPersonalNamespace:
+              boxSpec->mBoxFlags |= kPersonalMailbox;
+              break;
+            case kPublicNamespace:
+              boxSpec->mBoxFlags |= kPublicMailbox;
+              break;
+            case kOtherUsersNamespace:
+              boxSpec->mBoxFlags |= kOtherUsersMailbox;
+              break;
+            default:  // (kUnknownNamespace)
+              break;
+            }
+
+            DiscoverMailboxSpec(boxSpec);
+          }
+          else
+            HandleMemoryFailure();
+        }
+
+        // now do the folders within this namespace
+        nsCString pattern;
+        nsCString pattern2;
+        if (usingSubscription)
+        {
+          pattern.Append(prefix);
+          pattern.Append("*");
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          pattern.Append(prefix);
+          pattern.Append("%"); // mscott just need one percent right?
+          // pattern = PR_smprintf("%s%%", prefix);
+          char delimiter = ns->GetDelimiter();
+          if (delimiter)
+          {
+            // delimiter might be NIL, in which case there's no hierarchy anyway
+            pattern2 = prefix;
+            pattern2 += "%";
+            pattern2 += delimiter;
+            pattern2 += "%";
+            // pattern2 = PR_smprintf("%s%%%c%%", prefix, delimiter);
+          }
+        }
+        // Note: It is important to make sure we are respecting the server_sub_directory
+        //       preference when calling List and Lsub (2nd arg = true), otherwise
+        //       we end up with performance issues or even crashes when connecting to
+        //       servers that expose the users entire home directory (like UW-IMAP).
+        if (usingSubscription) { // && !GetSubscribingNow())  should never get here from subscribe pane
+          if (GetServerStateParser().GetCapabilityFlag() & kHasListExtendedCapability)
+            Lsub(pattern.get(), true); // do LIST (SUBSCRIBED)
+          else {
+            // store mailbox flags from LIST
+            EMailboxHierarchyNameState currentState = m_hierarchyNameState;
+            m_hierarchyNameState = kListingForFolderFlags;
+            List(pattern.get(), true);
+            m_hierarchyNameState = currentState;
+            // then do LSUB using stored flags
+            Lsub(pattern.get(), true);
+            m_standardListMailboxes.Clear();
+          }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          List(pattern.get(), true, hasXLIST);
+          List(pattern2.get(), true, hasXLIST);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  // explicitly LIST the INBOX if (a) we're not using subscription, or (b) we are using subscription and
+  // the user wants us to always show the INBOX.
+  bool listInboxForHost = false;
+  m_hostSessionList->GetShouldAlwaysListInboxForHost(GetImapServerKey(), listInboxForHost);
+  if (!usingSubscription || listInboxForHost)
+    List("INBOX", true);
+
+  m_hierarchyNameState = kNoOperationInProgress;
+
+  MailboxDiscoveryFinished();
+
+  // Get the ACLs for newly discovered folders
+  if (GetServerStateParser().ServerHasACLCapability())
+  {
+    int32_t total = m_listedMailboxList.Length(), cnt = 0;
+    // Let's not turn this off here, since we don't turn it on after
+    // GetServerStateParser().SetReportingErrors(false);
+    if (total)
+    {
+      ProgressEventFunctionUsingName("imapGettingACLForFolder");
+      nsIMAPMailboxInfo * mb = nullptr;
+      do
+      {
+        if (m_listedMailboxList.Length() == 0)
+            break;
+
+        mb = m_listedMailboxList[0]; // get top element
+        m_listedMailboxList.RemoveElementAt(0); // XP_ListRemoveTopObject(fListedMailboxList);
+        if (mb)
+        {
+          if (FolderNeedsACLInitialized(PromiseFlatCString(mb->GetMailboxName()).get()))
+          {
+            char *onlineName = nullptr;
+            m_runningUrl->AllocateServerPath(PromiseFlatCString(mb->GetMailboxName()).get(),
+                                             mb->GetDelimiter(), &onlineName);
+            if (onlineName)
+            {
+              RefreshACLForFolder(onlineName);
+              PR_Free(onlineName);
+            }
+          }
+          PercentProgressUpdateEvent(NULL, cnt, total);
+          delete mb;  // this is the last time we're using the list, so delete the entries here
+          cnt++;
+        }
+      } while (mb && !DeathSignalReceived());
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+bool nsImapProtocol::FolderNeedsACLInitialized(const char *folderName)
+{
+  bool rv = false;
+  m_imapServerSink->FolderNeedsACLInitialized(nsDependentCString(folderName), &rv);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+void nsImapProtocol::MailboxDiscoveryFinished()
+{
+  if (!DeathSignalReceived() && !GetSubscribingNow() &&
+    ((m_hierarchyNameState == kNoOperationInProgress) ||
+    (m_hierarchyNameState == kListingForInfoAndDiscovery)))
+  {
+    nsIMAPNamespace *ns = nullptr;
+    m_hostSessionList->GetDefaultNamespaceOfTypeForHost(GetImapServerKey(), kPersonalNamespace, ns);
+    const char *personalDir = ns ? ns->GetPrefix() : 0;
+
+    bool trashFolderExists = false;
+    bool usingSubscription = false;
+    m_hostSessionList->GetOnlineTrashFolderExistsForHost(GetImapServerKey(), trashFolderExists);
+    m_hostSessionList->GetHostIsUsingSubscription(GetImapServerKey(),usingSubscription);
+    if (!trashFolderExists && GetDeleteIsMoveToTrash() && usingSubscription)
+    {
+      // maybe we're not subscribed to the Trash folder
+      if (personalDir)
+      {
+        nsCString originalTrashName(CreatePossibleTrashName(personalDir));
+        m_hierarchyNameState = kDiscoverTrashFolderInProgress;
+        List(originalTrashName.get(), true);
+        m_hierarchyNameState = kNoOperationInProgress;
+      }
+    }
+
+    // There is no Trash folder (either LIST'd or LSUB'd), and we're using the
+    // Delete-is-move-to-Trash model, and there is a personal namespace
+    if (!trashFolderExists && GetDeleteIsMoveToTrash() && ns)
+    {
+      nsCString trashName(CreatePossibleTrashName(ns->GetPrefix()));
+      nsCString onlineTrashName;
+      m_runningUrl->AllocateServerPath(trashName.get(), ns->GetDelimiter(),
+                                       getter_Copies(onlineTrashName));
+
+      GetServerStateParser().SetReportingErrors(false);
+      bool created = CreateMailboxRespectingSubscriptions(onlineTrashName.get());
+      GetServerStateParser().SetReportingErrors(true);
+
+      // force discovery of new trash folder.
+      if (created)
+      {
+        m_hierarchyNameState = kDiscoverTrashFolderInProgress;
+        List(onlineTrashName.get(), false);
+        m_hierarchyNameState = kNoOperationInProgress;
+      }
+      else
+        m_hostSessionList->SetOnlineTrashFolderExistsForHost(GetImapServerKey(), true);
+    } //if trash folder doesn't exist
+    m_hostSessionList->SetHaveWeEverDiscoveredFoldersForHost(GetImapServerKey(), true);
+
+    // notify front end that folder discovery is complete....
+    if (m_imapServerSink)
+      m_imapServerSink->DiscoveryDone();
+  }
+}
+
+// returns the mailboxName with the IMAP delimiter removed from the tail end
+void nsImapProtocol::RemoveHierarchyDelimiter(nsCString &mailboxName)
+{
+  char onlineDelimiter[2] = {0, 0};
+  if (m_imapMailFolderSink)
+    m_imapMailFolderSink->GetOnlineDelimiter(&onlineDelimiter[0]);
+  // take the hierarchy delimiter off the end, if any.
+  if (onlineDelimiter[0])
+    mailboxName.Trim(onlineDelimiter, false, true);
+}
+
+// returns true is the create succeeded (regardless of subscription changes)
+bool nsImapProtocol::CreateMailboxRespectingSubscriptions(const char *mailboxName)
+{
+  CreateMailbox(mailboxName);
+  bool rv = GetServerStateParser().LastCommandSuccessful();
+  if (rv && m_autoSubscribe) // auto-subscribe is on
+  {
+    // create succeeded - let's subscribe to it
+    bool reportingErrors = GetServerStateParser().GetReportingErrors();
+    GetServerStateParser().SetReportingErrors(false);
+    nsCString mailboxWODelim(mailboxName);
+    RemoveHierarchyDelimiter(mailboxWODelim);
+    OnSubscribe(mailboxWODelim.get());
+    GetServerStateParser().SetReportingErrors(reportingErrors);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+void nsImapProtocol::CreateMailbox(const char *mailboxName)
+{
+  ProgressEventFunctionUsingName("imapStatusCreatingMailbox");
+
+  IncrementCommandTagNumber();
+
+  nsCString escapedName;
+  CreateEscapedMailboxName(mailboxName, escapedName);
+  nsCString command(GetServerCommandTag());
+  command += " create \"";
+  command += escapedName;
+  command += "\"" CRLF;
+
+  nsresult rv = SendData(command.get());
+  if(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    ParseIMAPandCheckForNewMail();
+  // If that failed, let's list the parent folder to see if
+  // it allows inferiors, so we won't try to create sub-folders
+  // of the parent folder again in the current session.
+  if (GetServerStateParser().CommandFailed())
+  {
+    // Figure out parent folder name.
+    nsCString parentName(mailboxName);
+    char hierarchyDelimiter;
+    m_runningUrl->GetOnlineSubDirSeparator(&hierarchyDelimiter);
+    int32_t leafPos = parentName.RFindChar(hierarchyDelimiter);
+    if (leafPos > 0)
+    {
+      parentName.SetLength(leafPos);
+      List(parentName.get(), false);
+      // We still want the caller to know the create failed, so restore that.
+      GetServerStateParser().SetCommandFailed(true);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+void nsImapProtocol::DeleteMailbox(const char *mailboxName)
+{
+
+  // check if this connection currently has the folder to be deleted selected.
+  // If so, we should close it because at least some UW servers don't like you deleting
+  // a folder you have open.
+  if (FolderIsSelected(mailboxName))
+    Close();
+
+
+  ProgressEventFunctionUsingNameWithString("imapStatusDeletingMailbox", mailboxName);
+
+    IncrementCommandTagNumber();
+
+    nsCString escapedName;
+    CreateEscapedMailboxName(mailboxName, escapedName);
+    nsCString command(GetServerCommandTag());
+    command += " delete \"";
+    command += escapedName;
+    command += "\"" CRLF;
+
+    nsresult rv = SendData(command.get());
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        ParseIMAPandCheckForNewMail();
+}
+
+void nsImapProtocol::RenameMailbox(const char *existingName,
+                                   const char *newName)
+{
+  // just like DeleteMailbox; Some UW servers don't like it.
+  if (FolderIsSelected(existingName))
+    Close();
+
+  ProgressEventFunctionUsingNameWithString("imapStatusRenamingMailbox", existingName);
+
+  IncrementCommandTagNumber();
+
+  nsCString escapedExistingName;
+  nsCString escapedNewName;
+  CreateEscapedMailboxName(existingName, escapedExistingName);
+  CreateEscapedMailboxName(newName, escapedNewName);
+  nsCString command(GetServerCommandTag());
+  command += " rename \"";
+  command += escapedExistingName;
+  command += "\" \"";
+  command += escapedNewName;
+  command += "\"" CRLF;
+
+  nsresult rv = SendData(command.get());
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    ParseIMAPandCheckForNewMail();
+}
+
+nsCString nsImapProtocol::CreatePossibleTrashName(const char *prefix)
+{
+  nsCString returnTrash(prefix);
+  returnTrash += m_trashFolderName;
+  return returnTrash;
+}
+
+bool nsImapProtocol::GetListSubscribedIsBrokenOnServer()
+{
+  // This is a workaround for an issue with LIST(SUBSCRIBED) crashing older versions of Zimbra
+  if (GetServerStateParser().GetServerID().Find("\"NAME\" \"Zimbra\"", CaseInsensitiveCompare) != kNotFound) {
+    nsCString serverID(GetServerStateParser().GetServerID());
+    int start = serverID.Find("\"VERSION\" \"", CaseInsensitiveCompare) + 11;
+    int length = serverID.Find("\" ", start, CaseInsensitiveCompare);
+    const nsDependentCSubstring serverVersionSubstring = Substring(serverID, start, length);
+    nsCString serverVersionStr(serverVersionSubstring);
+    Version serverVersion(serverVersionStr.get());
+    Version sevenTwoThree("7.2.3_");
+    Version eightZeroZero("8.0.0_");
+    Version eightZeroThree("8.0.3_");
+    if ((serverVersion < sevenTwoThree) ||
+        ((serverVersion >= eightZeroZero) && (serverVersion < eightZeroThree)))
+      return true;
+  }
+  return false;
+}
+
+// This identifies servers that require an extra imap SELECT to detect new
+// email in a mailbox. Servers requiring this are found by comparing their
+// ID string, returned with imap ID command, to strings entered in
+// mail.imap.force_select_detect. Only openwave servers used by
+// Charter/Spectrum ISP returning an ID containing the strings ""name" "Email Mx""
+// and ""vendor" "Openwave Messaging"" are now known to have this issue. The
+// compared strings can be modified with the config editor if necessary
+// (e.g., a "version" substring could be added). Also, additional servers
+// having a different set of strings can be added if ever needed.
+// The mail.imap.force_select_detect uses semicolon delimiter between
+// servers and within a server substrings to compare are comma delimited.
+// This example force_select_detect value shows how two servers types
+// could be detected:
+// "name" "Email Mx","vendor" "Openwave Messaging";"vendor" "Yahoo! Inc.","name" "Y!IMAP";
+bool nsImapProtocol::IsExtraSelectNeeded()
+{
+  bool retVal;
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < gForceSelectServersArray.Length(); i++)
+  {
+    retVal = true;
+    nsTArray<nsCString> forceSelectStringsArray;
+    ParseString(gForceSelectServersArray[i], ',', forceSelectStringsArray);
+    for (uint32_t j = 0; j < forceSelectStringsArray.Length(); j++)
+    {
+      // Each substring within the server string must be contained in ID string.
+      // First un-escape any comma (%2c) or semicolon (%3b) within the substring.
+      nsAutoCString unescapedString;
+      MsgUnescapeString(forceSelectStringsArray[j], 0, unescapedString);
+      if (GetServerStateParser().GetServerID()
+          .Find(unescapedString, CaseInsensitiveCompare) == kNotFound)
+      {
+        retVal = false;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    // Matches found for all substrings for the server.
+    if (retVal)
+      return true;
+  }
+
+  // If reached, no substrings match for any server.
+  return false;
+}
+
+void nsImapProtocol::Lsub(const char *mailboxPattern, bool addDirectoryIfNecessary)
+{
+  ProgressEventFunctionUsingName("imapStatusLookingForMailbox");
+
+  IncrementCommandTagNumber();
+
+  char *boxnameWithOnlineDirectory = nullptr;
+  if (addDirectoryIfNecessary)
+    m_runningUrl->AddOnlineDirectoryIfNecessary(mailboxPattern, &boxnameWithOnlineDirectory);
+
+  nsCString escapedPattern;
+  CreateEscapedMailboxName(boxnameWithOnlineDirectory ?
+                        boxnameWithOnlineDirectory :
+                        mailboxPattern, escapedPattern);
+
+  nsCString command (GetServerCommandTag());
+  eIMAPCapabilityFlags flag = GetServerStateParser().GetCapabilityFlag();
+  bool useListSubscribed = (flag & kHasListExtendedCapability) &&
+                           !GetListSubscribedIsBrokenOnServer();
+  if (useListSubscribed)
+    command += " list (subscribed)";
+  else
+    command += " lsub";
+  command += " \"\" \"";
+  command += escapedPattern;
+  if (useListSubscribed && (flag & kHasSpecialUseCapability))
+    command += "\" return (special-use)" CRLF;
+  else
+    command += "\"" CRLF;
+
+  PR_Free(boxnameWithOnlineDirectory);
+
+  nsresult rv = SendData(command.get());
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    ParseIMAPandCheckForNewMail(command.get(), true);
+}
+
+void nsImapProtocol::List(const char *mailboxPattern, bool addDirectoryIfNecessary,
+                          bool useXLIST)
+{
+  ProgressEventFunctionUsingName("imapStatusLookingForMailbox");
+
+  IncrementCommandTagNumber();
+
+  char *boxnameWithOnlineDirectory = nullptr;
+  if (addDirectoryIfNecessary)
+    m_runningUrl->AddOnlineDirectoryIfNecessary(mailboxPattern, &boxnameWithOnlineDirectory);
+
+  nsCString escapedPattern;
+  CreateEscapedMailboxName(boxnameWithOnlineDirectory ?
+                        boxnameWithOnlineDirectory :
+                        mailboxPattern, escapedPattern);
+
+  nsCString command (GetServerCommandTag());
+  command += useXLIST ?
+    " xlist \"\" \"" : " list \"\" \"";
+  command += escapedPattern;
+  command += "\"" CRLF;
+
+  PR_Free(boxnameWithOnlineDirectory);
+
+  nsresult rv = SendData(command.get());
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    ParseIMAPandCheckForNewMail(command.get(), true);
+}
+
+void nsImapProtocol::Subscribe(const char *mailboxName)
+{
+  ProgressEventFunctionUsingNameWithString("imapStatusSubscribeToMailbox", mailboxName);
+
+  IncrementCommandTagNumber();
+
+  nsCString escapedName;
+  CreateEscapedMailboxName(mailboxName, escapedName);
+
+  nsCString command (GetServerCommandTag());
+  command += " subscribe \"";
+  command += escapedName;
+  command += "\"" CRLF;
+
+  nsresult rv = SendData(command.get());
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    ParseIMAPandCheckForNewMail();
+}
+
+void nsImapProtocol::Unsubscribe(const char *mailboxName)
+{
+  ProgressEventFunctionUsingNameWithString("imapStatusUnsubscribeMailbox", mailboxName);
+  IncrementCommandTagNumber();
+
+  nsCString escapedName;
+  CreateEscapedMailboxName(mailboxName, escapedName);
+
+  nsCString command (GetServerCommandTag());
+  command += " unsubscribe \"";
+  command += escapedName;
+  command += "\"" CRLF;
+
+  nsresult rv = SendData(command.get());
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      ParseIMAPandCheckForNewMail();
+}
+
+void nsImapProtocol::Idle()
+{
+  IncrementCommandTagNumber();
+
+  if (m_urlInProgress)
+    return;
+  nsAutoCString command (GetServerCommandTag());
+  command += " IDLE" CRLF;
+  nsresult rv = SendData(command.get());
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+      m_idle = true;
+      // we'll just get back a continuation char at first.
+      // + idling...
+      ParseIMAPandCheckForNewMail();
+      // this will cause us to get notified of data or the socket getting closed.
+      // That notification will occur on the socket transport thread - we just
+      // need to poke a monitor so the imap thread will do a blocking read
+      // and parse the data.
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIAsyncInputStream> asyncInputStream = do_QueryInterface(m_inputStream);
+      if (asyncInputStream)
+        asyncInputStream->AsyncWait(this, 0, 0, nullptr);
+  }
+}
+
+// until we can fix the hang on shutdown waiting for server
+// responses, we need to not wait for the server response
+// on shutdown.
+void nsImapProtocol::EndIdle(bool waitForResponse /* = true */)
+{
+  // clear the async wait - otherwise, we seem to have trouble doing a blocking read
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIAsyncInputStream> asyncInputStream = do_QueryInterface(m_inputStream);
+  if (asyncInputStream)
+    asyncInputStream->AsyncWait(nullptr, 0, 0, nullptr);
+  nsresult rv = SendData("DONE" CRLF);
+  // set a short timeout if we don't want to wait for a response
+  if (m_transport && !waitForResponse)
+    m_transport->SetTimeout(nsISocketTransport::TIMEOUT_READ_WRITE, 5);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    m_idle = false;
+    ParseIMAPandCheckForNewMail();
+  }
+  m_imapMailFolderSink = nullptr;
+}
+
+
+void nsImapProtocol::Search(const char * searchCriteria,
+                            bool useUID,
+                            bool notifyHit /* true */)
+{
+  m_notifySearchHit = notifyHit;
+  ProgressEventFunctionUsingName("imapStatusSearchMailbox");
+  IncrementCommandTagNumber();
+
+  nsCString protocolString(GetServerCommandTag());
+  // the searchCriteria string contains the 'search ....' string
+  if (useUID)
+     protocolString.Append(" uid");
+  protocolString.Append(" ");
+  protocolString.Append(searchCriteria);
+  // the search criteria can contain string literals, which means we
+  // need to break up the protocol string by CRLF's, and after sending CRLF,
+  // wait for the server to respond OK before sending more data
+  nsresult rv;
+  int32_t crlfIndex;
+  while (crlfIndex = protocolString.Find(CRLF), crlfIndex != kNotFound && !DeathSignalReceived())
+  {
+    nsAutoCString tempProtocolString;
+    tempProtocolString = StringHead(protocolString, crlfIndex + 2);
+    rv = SendData(tempProtocolString.get());
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      return;
+    ParseIMAPandCheckForNewMail();
+    protocolString.Cut(0, crlfIndex + 2);
+  }
+  protocolString.Append(CRLF);
+
+  rv = SendData(protocolString.get());
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+     ParseIMAPandCheckForNewMail();
+}
+
+void nsImapProtocol::Copy(const char * messageList,
+                          const char *destinationMailbox,
+                          bool idsAreUid)
+{
+  IncrementCommandTagNumber();
+
+  nsCString escapedDestination;
+  CreateEscapedMailboxName(destinationMailbox, escapedDestination);
+
+  // turn messageList back into key array and then back into a message id list,
+  // but use the flag state to handle ranges correctly.
+  nsCString messageIdList;
+  nsTArray<nsMsgKey> msgKeys;
+  if (idsAreUid)
+    ParseUidString(messageList, msgKeys);
+
+  int32_t msgCountLeft = msgKeys.Length();
+  uint32_t msgsHandled = 0;
+
+  do
+  {
+    nsCString idString;
+
+    uint32_t msgsToHandle = msgCountLeft;
+    if (idsAreUid)
+      AllocateImapUidString(msgKeys.Elements() + msgsHandled, msgsToHandle, m_flagState, idString);
+    else
+      idString.Assign(messageList);
+
+    msgsHandled += msgsToHandle;
+    msgCountLeft -= msgsToHandle;
+
+    IncrementCommandTagNumber();
+    nsAutoCString protocolString(GetServerCommandTag());
+    if (idsAreUid)
+      protocolString.Append(" uid");
+    // If it's a MOVE operation on aol servers then use 'xaol-move' cmd.
+    if ((m_imapAction == nsIImapUrl::nsImapOnlineMove) &&
+        GetServerStateParser().ServerIsAOLServer())
+      protocolString.Append(" xaol-move ");
+    else if ((m_imapAction == nsIImapUrl::nsImapOnlineMove) &&
+             GetServerStateParser().GetCapabilityFlag() & kHasMoveCapability)
+      protocolString.Append(" move ");
+    else
+      protocolString.Append(" copy ");
+
+
+    protocolString.Append(idString);
+    protocolString.Append(" \"");
+    protocolString.Append(escapedDestination);
+    protocolString.Append("\"" CRLF);
+
+    nsresult rv = SendData(protocolString.get());
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+       ParseIMAPandCheckForNewMail(protocolString.get());
+  }
+  while (msgCountLeft > 0 && !DeathSignalReceived());
+}
+
+void nsImapProtocol::NthLevelChildList(const char* onlineMailboxPrefix,
+                                       int32_t depth)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION (depth >= 0,
+                  "Oops ... depth must be equal or greater than 0");
+  if (depth < 0) return;
+
+  nsCString truncatedPrefix (onlineMailboxPrefix);
+  char16_t slash = '/';
+  if (truncatedPrefix.Last() == slash)
+        truncatedPrefix.SetLength(truncatedPrefix.Length()-1);
+
+  nsAutoCString pattern(truncatedPrefix);
+  nsAutoCString suffix;
+  int count = 0;
+  char separator = 0;
+  m_runningUrl->GetOnlineSubDirSeparator(&separator);
+  suffix.Assign(separator);
+  suffix += '%';
+
+  while (count < depth)
+  {
+      pattern += suffix;
+      count++;
+      List(pattern.get(), false);
+  }
+}
+
+void nsImapProtocol::ProcessAuthenticatedStateURL()
+{
+  nsImapAction imapAction;
+  char * sourceMailbox = nullptr;
+  m_runningUrl->GetImapAction(&imapAction);
+
+  // switch off of the imap url action and take an appropriate action
+  switch (imapAction)
+  {
+    case nsIImapUrl::nsImapLsubFolders:
+      OnLSubFolders();
+      break;
+    case nsIImapUrl::nsImapAppendMsgFromFile:
+      OnAppendMsgFromFile();
+      break;
+    case nsIImapUrl::nsImapDiscoverAllBoxesUrl:
+      NS_ASSERTION (!GetSubscribingNow(),
+                      "Oops ... should not get here from subscribe UI");
+      DiscoverMailboxList();
+      break;
+    case nsIImapUrl::nsImapDiscoverAllAndSubscribedBoxesUrl:
+      DiscoverAllAndSubscribedBoxes();
+      break;
+    case nsIImapUrl::nsImapCreateFolder:
+      sourceMailbox = OnCreateServerSourceFolderPathString();
+      OnCreateFolder(sourceMailbox);
+      break;
+    case nsIImapUrl::nsImapEnsureExistsFolder:
+      sourceMailbox = OnCreateServerSourceFolderPathString();
+      OnEnsureExistsFolder(sourceMailbox);
+      break;
+    case nsIImapUrl::nsImapDiscoverChildrenUrl:
+      {
+        char *canonicalParent = nullptr;
+        m_runningUrl->CreateServerSourceFolderPathString(&canonicalParent);
+        if (canonicalParent)
+        {
+          NthLevelChildList(canonicalParent, 2);
+          PR_Free(canonicalParent);
+        }
+        break;
+      }
+    case nsIImapUrl::nsImapSubscribe:
+      sourceMailbox = OnCreateServerSourceFolderPathString();
+      OnSubscribe(sourceMailbox); // used to be called subscribe
+
+      if (GetServerStateParser().LastCommandSuccessful())
+      {
+        bool shouldList;
+        // if url is an external click url, then we should list the folder
+        // after subscribing to it, so we can select it.
+        m_runningUrl->GetExternalLinkUrl(&shouldList);
+        if (shouldList)
+          OnListFolder(sourceMailbox, true);
+      }
+      break;
+    case nsIImapUrl::nsImapUnsubscribe:
+      sourceMailbox = OnCreateServerSourceFolderPathString();
+      OnUnsubscribe(sourceMailbox);
+      break;
+    case nsIImapUrl::nsImapRefreshACL:
+      sourceMailbox = OnCreateServerSourceFolderPathString();
+      RefreshACLForFolder(sourceMailbox);
+      break;
+    case nsIImapUrl::nsImapRefreshAllACLs:
+      OnRefreshAllACLs();
+      break;
+    case nsIImapUrl::nsImapListFolder:
+      sourceMailbox = OnCreateServerSourceFolderPathString();
+      OnListFolder(sourceMailbox, false);
+      break;
+    case nsIImapUrl::nsImapFolderStatus:
+      sourceMailbox = OnCreateServerSourceFolderPathString();
+      OnStatusForFolder(sourceMailbox);
+      break;
+    case nsIImapUrl::nsImapRefreshFolderUrls:
+      sourceMailbox = OnCreateServerSourceFolderPathString();
+      XMailboxInfo(sourceMailbox);
+      if (GetServerStateParser().LastCommandSuccessful())
+        SetFolderAdminUrl(sourceMailbox);
+      break;
+    case nsIImapUrl::nsImapDeleteFolder:
+      sourceMailbox = OnCreateServerSourceFolderPathString();
+      OnDeleteFolder(sourceMailbox);
+      break;
+    case nsIImapUrl::nsImapRenameFolder:
+      sourceMailbox = OnCreateServerSourceFolderPathString();
+      OnRenameFolder(sourceMailbox);
+      break;
+    case nsIImapUrl::nsImapMoveFolderHierarchy:
+      sourceMailbox = OnCreateServerSourceFolderPathString();
+      OnMoveFolderHierarchy(sourceMailbox);
+      break;
+    case nsIImapUrl::nsImapVerifylogon:
+      break;
+    default:
+      break;
+  }
+  PR_Free(sourceMailbox);
+}
+
+void nsImapProtocol::ProcessAfterAuthenticated()
+{
+  // if we're a netscape server, and we haven't got the admin url, get it
+  bool hasAdminUrl = true;
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(m_hostSessionList->GetHostHasAdminURL(GetImapServerKey(), hasAdminUrl))
+    && !hasAdminUrl)
+  {
+    if (GetServerStateParser().ServerHasServerInfo())
+    {
+      XServerInfo();
+      if (GetServerStateParser().LastCommandSuccessful() && m_imapServerSink)
+      {
+        m_imapServerSink->SetMailServerUrls(GetServerStateParser().GetMailAccountUrl(),
+          GetServerStateParser().GetManageListsUrl(),
+          GetServerStateParser().GetManageFiltersUrl());
+        // we've tried to ask for it, so don't try again this session.
+        m_hostSessionList->SetHostHasAdminURL(GetImapServerKey(), true);
+      }
+    }
+    else if (GetServerStateParser().ServerIsNetscape3xServer())
+    {
+      Netscape();
+      if (GetServerStateParser().LastCommandSuccessful() && m_imapServerSink)
+        m_imapServerSink->SetMailServerUrls(GetServerStateParser().GetMailAccountUrl(),
+                                            EmptyCString(), EmptyCString());
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (GetServerStateParser().ServerHasNamespaceCapability())
+  {
+    bool nameSpacesOverridable = false;
+    bool haveNameSpacesForHost = false;
+    m_hostSessionList->GetNamespacesOverridableForHost(GetImapServerKey(), nameSpacesOverridable);
+    m_hostSessionList->GetGotNamespacesForHost(GetImapServerKey(), haveNameSpacesForHost);
+
+  // mscott: VERIFY THIS CLAUSE!!!!!!!
+    if (nameSpacesOverridable && !haveNameSpacesForHost)
+      Namespace();
+  }
+
+  // If the server supports compression, turn it on now.
+  // Choosing this spot (after login has finished) because
+  // many proxies (e.g. perdition, nginx) talk IMAP to the
+  // client until login is finished, then hand off to the
+  // backend.  If we enable compression early the proxy
+  // will be confused.
+  if (UseCompressDeflate())
+    StartCompressDeflate();
+
+  if ((GetServerStateParser().GetCapabilityFlag() & kHasEnableCapability) &&
+       UseCondStore())
+    EnableCondStore();
+
+  bool haveIdResponse = false;
+  if ((GetServerStateParser().GetCapabilityFlag() & kHasIDCapability) &&
+       m_sendID)
+  {
+    ID();
+    if (m_imapServerSink && !GetServerStateParser().GetServerID().IsEmpty())
+    {
+      haveIdResponse = true;
+      // Determine value for m_forceSelect based on config editor
+      // entries and comparison to imap ID string returned by the server.
+      m_imapServerSink->SetServerID(GetServerStateParser().GetServerID());
+      switch (m_forceSelectValue.get()[0])
+      {
+      // Yes: Set to always force even if imap server doesn't need it.
+      case 'y':
+      case 'Y':
+        m_forceSelect = true;
+        break;
+
+      // No: Set to never force a select for this imap server.
+      case 'n':
+      case 'N':
+        m_forceSelect = false;
+        break;
+
+      // Auto: Set to force only if imap server requires it.
+      default:
+        nsAutoCString statusString;
+        m_forceSelect = IsExtraSelectNeeded();
+        // Setting to "yes-auto" or "no-auto" avoids doing redundant calls to
+        // IsExtraSelectNeeded() on subsequent ID() occurrences. It also
+        // provides feedback to the user regarding the detection status.
+        if (m_forceSelect)
+        {
+          // Set preference value to "yes-auto".
+          statusString.Assign("yes-auto");
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          // Set preference value to "no-auto".
+          statusString.Assign("no-auto");
+        }
+        m_imapServerSink->SetServerForceSelect(statusString);
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  // If no ID capability or empty ID response, user may still want to
+  // change "force select".
+  if (!haveIdResponse)
+  {
+    switch (m_forceSelectValue.get()[0])
+    {
+    case 'a':
+      {
+        // If default "auto", set to "no-auto" so visible in config editor
+        // and set/keep m_forceSelect false.
+        nsAutoCString statusString;
+        statusString.Assign("no-auto");
+        m_imapServerSink->SetServerForceSelect(statusString);
+        m_forceSelect = false;
+      }
+      break;
+    case 'y':
+    case 'Y':
+      m_forceSelect = true;
+      break;
+    default:
+      m_forceSelect = false;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+void nsImapProtocol::SetupMessageFlagsString(nsCString& flagString,
+                                             imapMessageFlagsType flags,
+                                             uint16_t userFlags)
+{
+    if (flags & kImapMsgSeenFlag)
+        flagString.Append("\\Seen ");
+    if (flags & kImapMsgAnsweredFlag)
+        flagString.Append("\\Answered ");
+    if (flags & kImapMsgFlaggedFlag)
+        flagString.Append("\\Flagged ");
+    if (flags & kImapMsgDeletedFlag)
+        flagString.Append("\\Deleted ");
+    if (flags & kImapMsgDraftFlag)
+        flagString.Append("\\Draft ");
+    if (flags & kImapMsgRecentFlag)
+        flagString.Append("\\Recent ");
+    if ((flags & kImapMsgForwardedFlag) &&
+        (userFlags & kImapMsgSupportForwardedFlag))
+        flagString.Append("$Forwarded "); // Not always available
+    if ((flags & kImapMsgMDNSentFlag) && (
+        userFlags & kImapMsgSupportMDNSentFlag))
+        flagString.Append("$MDNSent "); // Not always available
+
+    // eat the last space
+    if (!flagString.IsEmpty())
+        flagString.SetLength(flagString.Length()-1);
+}
+
+void nsImapProtocol::ProcessStoreFlags(const nsCString &messageIdsString,
+                                                 bool idsAreUids,
+                                                 imapMessageFlagsType flags,
+                                                 bool addFlags)
+{
+  nsCString flagString;
+
+  uint16_t userFlags = GetServerStateParser().SupportsUserFlags();
+  uint16_t settableFlags = GetServerStateParser().SettablePermanentFlags();
+
+  if (!addFlags && (flags & userFlags) && !(flags & settableFlags))
+  {
+    if (m_runningUrl)
+      m_runningUrl->SetExtraStatus(nsIImapUrl::ImapStatusFlagsNotSettable);
+    return;         // if cannot set any of the flags bail out
+  }
+
+  if (addFlags)
+      flagString = "+Flags (";
+  else
+      flagString = "-Flags (";
+
+  if (flags & kImapMsgSeenFlag && kImapMsgSeenFlag & settableFlags)
+      flagString .Append("\\Seen ");
+  if (flags & kImapMsgAnsweredFlag && kImapMsgAnsweredFlag & settableFlags)
+      flagString .Append("\\Answered ");
+  if (flags & kImapMsgFlaggedFlag && kImapMsgFlaggedFlag & settableFlags)
+      flagString .Append("\\Flagged ");
+  if (flags & kImapMsgDeletedFlag && kImapMsgDeletedFlag & settableFlags)
+      flagString .Append("\\Deleted ");
+  if (flags & kImapMsgDraftFlag && kImapMsgDraftFlag & settableFlags)
+      flagString .Append("\\Draft ");
+  if (flags & kImapMsgForwardedFlag && kImapMsgSupportForwardedFlag & userFlags)
+        flagString .Append("$Forwarded ");  // if supported
+  if (flags & kImapMsgMDNSentFlag && kImapMsgSupportMDNSentFlag & userFlags)
+        flagString .Append("$MDNSent ");  // if supported
+
+  if (flagString.Length() > 8) // if more than "+Flags ("
+  {
+  // replace the final space with ')'
+    flagString.SetCharAt(')',flagString.Length() - 1);
+
+    Store(messageIdsString, flagString.get(), idsAreUids);
+    if (m_runningUrl && idsAreUids)
+    {
+      nsCString messageIdString;
+      m_runningUrl->GetListOfMessageIds(messageIdString);
+      nsTArray<nsMsgKey> msgKeys;
+      ParseUidString(messageIdString.get(), msgKeys);
+
+      int32_t msgCount = msgKeys.Length();
+      for (int32_t i = 0; i < msgCount; i++)
+      {
+        bool found;
+        imapMessageFlagsType resultFlags;
+      // check if the flags were added/removed, and if the uid really exists.
+        nsresult rv = GetFlagsForUID(msgKeys[i], &found, &resultFlags, nullptr);
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !found ||
+           (addFlags && ((flags & resultFlags) != flags)) ||
+           (!addFlags && ((flags & resultFlags) != 0)))
+        {
+          m_runningUrl->SetExtraStatus(nsIImapUrl::ImapStatusFlagChangeFailed);
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+
+void nsImapProtocol::Close(bool shuttingDown /* = false */,
+                           bool waitForResponse /* = true */)
+{
+  IncrementCommandTagNumber();
+
+  nsCString command(GetServerCommandTag());
+  command.Append(" close" CRLF);
+
+  if (!shuttingDown)
+    ProgressEventFunctionUsingName("imapStatusCloseMailbox");
+
+  GetServerStateParser().ResetFlagInfo();
+
+  nsresult rv = SendData(command.get());
+  if (m_transport && shuttingDown)
+    m_transport->SetTimeout(nsISocketTransport::TIMEOUT_READ_WRITE, 5);
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && waitForResponse)
+      ParseIMAPandCheckForNewMail();
+}
+
+void nsImapProtocol::XAOL_Option(const char *option)
+{
+  IncrementCommandTagNumber();
+
+  nsCString command(GetServerCommandTag());
+  command.Append(" XAOL-OPTION ");
+  command.Append(option);
+  command.Append(CRLF);
+
+  nsresult rv = SendData(command.get());
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      ParseIMAPandCheckForNewMail();
+}
+
+void nsImapProtocol::Check()
+{
+    //ProgressUpdateEvent("Checking mailbox...");
+
+    IncrementCommandTagNumber();
+
+  nsCString command(GetServerCommandTag());
+  command.Append(" check" CRLF);
+
+    nsresult rv = SendData(command.get());
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+        m_flagChangeCount = 0;
+        m_lastCheckTime = PR_Now();
+        ParseIMAPandCheckForNewMail();
+    }
+}
+
+nsresult nsImapProtocol::GetMsgWindow(nsIMsgWindow **aMsgWindow)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailnewsUrl =
+      do_QueryInterface(m_runningUrl, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  if (!m_imapProtocolSink)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  return m_imapProtocolSink->GetUrlWindow(mailnewsUrl, aMsgWindow);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Get password from RAM, disk (password manager) or user (dialog)
+ * @return NS_MSG_PASSWORD_PROMPT_CANCELLED
+ *    (which is NS_SUCCEEDED!) when user cancelled
+ *    NS_FAILED(rv) for other errors
+ */
+nsresult nsImapProtocol::GetPassword(nsCString &password,
+                                     bool newPasswordRequested)
+{
+  // we are in the imap thread so *NEVER* try to extract the password with UI
+  // if logon redirection has changed the password, use the cookie as the password
+  if (m_overRideUrlConnectionInfo)
+  {
+    password.Assign(m_logonCookie);
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(m_imapServerSink, NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER);
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(m_server, NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER);
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  // Get the password already stored in mem
+  rv = m_imapServerSink->GetServerPassword(password);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || password.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    AutoProxyReleaseMsgWindow msgWindow;
+    GetMsgWindow(getter_AddRefs(msgWindow));
+    NS_ENSURE_TRUE(msgWindow, NS_ERROR_NOT_AVAILABLE); // biff case
+
+    // Get the password from pw manager (harddisk) or user (dialog)
+    nsAutoCString pwd; // GetPasswordWithUI truncates the password on Cancel
+    rv = m_imapServerSink->AsyncGetPassword(this,
+                                                     newPasswordRequested,
+                                                     password);
+    if (password.IsEmpty())
+    {
+      PRIntervalTime sleepTime = kImapSleepTime;
+      m_passwordStatus = NS_OK;
+      ReentrantMonitorAutoEnter mon(m_passwordReadyMonitor);
+      while (m_password.IsEmpty() && !NS_FAILED(m_passwordStatus) &&
+             m_passwordStatus != NS_MSG_PASSWORD_PROMPT_CANCELLED &&
+             !DeathSignalReceived())
+        mon.Wait(sleepTime);
+      rv = m_passwordStatus;
+      password = m_password;
+    }
+  }
+  if (!password.IsEmpty())
+    m_lastPasswordSent = password;
+  return rv;
+}
+
+// This is called from the UI thread.
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapProtocol::OnPromptStart(bool *aResult)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapIncomingServer> imapServer = do_QueryReferent(m_server, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgWindow> msgWindow;
+
+  *aResult = false;
+  GetMsgWindow(getter_AddRefs(msgWindow));
+  nsCString password = m_lastPasswordSent;
+  rv = imapServer->PromptPassword(msgWindow, password);
+  m_password = password;
+  m_passwordStatus = rv;
+  if (!m_password.IsEmpty())
+    *aResult = true;
+
+  // Notify the imap thread that we have a password.
+  ReentrantMonitorAutoEnter passwordMon(m_passwordReadyMonitor);
+  passwordMon.Notify();
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapProtocol::OnPromptAuthAvailable()
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> imapServer = do_QueryReferent(m_server, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  m_passwordStatus = imapServer->GetPassword(m_password);
+  // Notify the imap thread that we have a password.
+  ReentrantMonitorAutoEnter passwordMon(m_passwordReadyMonitor);
+  passwordMon.Notify();
+  return m_passwordStatus;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapProtocol::OnPromptCanceled()
+{
+  // A prompt was cancelled, so notify the imap thread.
+  m_passwordStatus = NS_MSG_PASSWORD_PROMPT_CANCELLED;
+  ReentrantMonitorAutoEnter passwordMon(m_passwordReadyMonitor);
+  passwordMon.Notify();
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+bool nsImapProtocol::TryToLogon()
+{
+  MOZ_LOG(IMAP, LogLevel::Debug, ("try to log in"));
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(m_imapServerSink, false);
+  bool loginSucceeded = false;
+  bool skipLoop = false;
+  nsAutoCString password;
+  nsAutoCString userName;
+
+  nsresult rv = ChooseAuthMethod();
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) // all methods failed
+  {
+    // are there any matching login schemes at all?
+    if (!(GetServerStateParser().GetCapabilityFlag() & m_prefAuthMethods))
+    {
+      // Pref doesn't match server. Now, find an appropriate error msg.
+
+      // pref has plaintext pw & server claims to support encrypted pw
+      if (m_prefAuthMethods == (kHasAuthOldLoginCapability |
+              kHasAuthLoginCapability | kHasAuthPlainCapability) &&
+          GetServerStateParser().GetCapabilityFlag() & kHasCRAMCapability)
+        // tell user to change to encrypted pw
+        AlertUserEventUsingName("imapAuthChangePlainToEncrypt");
+      // pref has encrypted pw & server claims to support plaintext pw
+      else if (m_prefAuthMethods == kHasCRAMCapability &&
+               GetServerStateParser().GetCapabilityFlag() &
+                   (kHasAuthOldLoginCapability | kHasAuthLoginCapability |
+                    kHasAuthPlainCapability))
+      {
+        // have SSL
+        if (m_socketType == nsMsgSocketType::SSL ||
+            m_socketType == nsMsgSocketType::alwaysSTARTTLS)
+          // tell user to change to plaintext pw
+          AlertUserEventUsingName("imapAuthChangeEncryptToPlainSSL");
+        else
+          // tell user to change to plaintext pw, with big warning
+          AlertUserEventUsingName("imapAuthChangeEncryptToPlainNoSSL");
+      }
+      else
+        // just "change auth method"
+        AlertUserEventUsingName("imapAuthMechNotSupported");
+
+      skipLoop = true;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      // try to reset failed methods and try them again
+      ResetAuthMethods();
+      rv = ChooseAuthMethod();
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv)) // all methods failed
+      {
+        MOZ_LOG(IMAP, LogLevel::Error, ("huch? there are auth methods, and we resetted failed ones, but ChooseAuthMethod still fails."));
+        return false;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  // Get username, either the stored one or from user
+  rv = m_imapServerSink->GetLoginUsername(userName);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || userName.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    // The user hit "Cancel" on the dialog box
+    skipLoop = true;
+  }
+
+  /*
+   * Login can fail for various reasons:
+   * 1. Server claims to support GSSAPI, but it really doesn't.
+   *    Or the client doesn't support GSSAPI, or is not logged in yet.
+   *    (GSSAPI is a mechanism without password in apps).
+   * 2. Server claims to support CRAM-MD5, but it's broken and will fail despite correct password.
+   * 2.1. Some servers say they support CRAM but are so badly broken that trying it causes
+   *    all subsequent login attempts to fail during this connection (bug 231303).
+   *    So we use CRAM/NTLM/MSN only if enabled in prefs.
+   *    Update: if it affects only some ISPs, we can maybe use the ISP DB
+   *    and disable CRAM specifically for these.
+   * 3. Prefs are set to require auth methods which the server doesn't support
+   *     (per CAPS or we tried and they failed).
+   * 4. User provided wrong password.
+   * 5. We tried too often and the server shut us down, so even a correct attempt
+   *    will now (currently) fail.
+   * The above problems may overlap, e.g. 3. with 1. and 2., and we can't differentiate
+   * between 2. and 4., which is really unfortunate.
+   */
+
+  bool newPasswordRequested = false;
+  // remember the msgWindow before we start trying to logon, because if the
+  // server drops the connection on errors, TellThreadToDie will null out the
+  // protocolsink and we won't be able to get the msgWindow.
+  AutoProxyReleaseMsgWindow msgWindow;
+  GetMsgWindow(getter_AddRefs(msgWindow));
+
+  // This loops over 1) auth methods (only one per loop) and 2) password tries (with UI)
+  while (!loginSucceeded && !skipLoop && !DeathSignalReceived())
+  {
+      // Get password
+      if (m_currentAuthMethod != kHasAuthGssApiCapability && // GSSAPI uses no pw in apps
+          m_currentAuthMethod != kHasAuthExternalCapability &&
+          m_currentAuthMethod != kHasXOAuth2Capability &&
+          m_currentAuthMethod != kHasAuthNoneCapability)
+      {
+          rv = GetPassword(password, newPasswordRequested);
+          newPasswordRequested = false;
+          if (rv == NS_MSG_PASSWORD_PROMPT_CANCELLED || NS_FAILED(rv))
+          {
+            MOZ_LOG(IMAP, LogLevel::Error, ("IMAP: password prompt failed or user canceled it"));
+            break;
+          }
+          MOZ_LOG(IMAP, LogLevel::Debug, ("got new password"));
+      }
+
+      bool lastReportingErrors = GetServerStateParser().GetReportingErrors();
+      GetServerStateParser().SetReportingErrors(false); // turn off errors - we'll put up our own.
+
+      rv = AuthLogin(userName.get(), password, m_currentAuthMethod);
+
+      GetServerStateParser().SetReportingErrors(lastReportingErrors); // restore error reports
+      loginSucceeded = NS_SUCCEEDED(rv);
+
+      if (!loginSucceeded)
+      {
+        MOZ_LOG(IMAP, LogLevel::Debug, ("authlogin failed"));
+        MarkAuthMethodAsFailed(m_currentAuthMethod);
+        rv = ChooseAuthMethod(); // change m_currentAuthMethod to try other one next round
+
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv)) // all methods failed
+        {
+          if (m_prefAuthMethods == kHasAuthGssApiCapability)
+          {
+            // GSSAPI failed, and it's the only available method,
+            // and it's password-less, so nothing left to do.
+            AlertUserEventUsingName("imapAuthGssapiFailed");
+            break;
+          }
+
+          if (m_prefAuthMethods & kHasXOAuth2Capability)
+          {
+            // OAuth2 failed. We don't have an error message for this, and we
+            // in a string freeze, so use a generic error message. Entering
+            // a password does not help.
+            AlertUserEventUsingName("imapUnknownHostError");
+            break;
+          }
+
+          // The reason that we failed might be a wrong password, so
+          // ask user what to do
+          MOZ_LOG(IMAP, LogLevel::Warning, ("IMAP: ask user what to do (after login failed): new passwort, retry, cancel"));
+          if (!m_imapServerSink)
+            break;
+          // if there's no msg window, don't forget the password
+          if (!msgWindow)
+            break;
+          int32_t buttonPressed = 1;
+          rv = m_imapServerSink->PromptLoginFailed(msgWindow,
+                                                    &buttonPressed);
+          if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+            break;
+          if (buttonPressed == 2) // 'New password' button
+          {
+            MOZ_LOG(IMAP, LogLevel::Warning, ("new password button pressed."));
+            // Forget the current password
+            password.Truncate();
+            m_hostSessionList->SetPasswordForHost(GetImapServerKey(), nullptr);
+            m_imapServerSink->ForgetPassword();
+            m_password.Truncate();
+            MOZ_LOG(IMAP, LogLevel::Warning, ("password resetted (nulled)"));
+            newPasswordRequested = true;
+            // Will call GetPassword() in beginning of next loop
+
+            // Try all possible auth methods again with the new password.
+            ResetAuthMethods();
+          }
+          else if (buttonPressed == 0) // Retry button
+          {
+            MOZ_LOG(IMAP, LogLevel::Warning, ("retry button pressed"));
+            // Try all possible auth methods again
+            ResetAuthMethods();
+          }
+          else if (buttonPressed == 1) // Cancel button
+          {
+            MOZ_LOG(IMAP, LogLevel::Warning, ("cancel button pressed"));
+            break; // Abort quickly
+          }
+
+          // TODO what is this for? When does it get set to != unknown again?
+          m_currentBiffState = nsIMsgFolder::nsMsgBiffState_Unknown;
+          SendSetBiffIndicatorEvent(m_currentBiffState);
+        } // all methods failed
+      } // login failed
+  } // while
+
+  if (loginSucceeded)
+  {
+    MOZ_LOG(IMAP, LogLevel::Debug, ("login succeeded"));
+    bool passwordAlreadyVerified;
+    m_hostSessionList->SetPasswordForHost(GetImapServerKey(), password.get());
+    rv = m_hostSessionList->GetPasswordVerifiedOnline(GetImapServerKey(), passwordAlreadyVerified);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !passwordAlreadyVerified)
+      m_hostSessionList->SetPasswordVerifiedOnline(GetImapServerKey());
+    bool imapPasswordIsNew = !passwordAlreadyVerified;
+    if (imapPasswordIsNew)
+    {
+      if (m_currentBiffState == nsIMsgFolder::nsMsgBiffState_Unknown)
+      {
+          m_currentBiffState = nsIMsgFolder::nsMsgBiffState_NoMail;
+          SendSetBiffIndicatorEvent(m_currentBiffState);
+      }
+      m_imapServerSink->SetUserAuthenticated(true);
+    }
+
+    nsImapAction imapAction;
+    m_runningUrl->GetImapAction(&imapAction);
+    // We don't want to do any more processing if we're just
+    // verifying the ability to logon because it can leave us in
+    // a half-constructed state.
+    if (imapAction != nsIImapUrl::nsImapVerifylogon)
+      ProcessAfterAuthenticated();
+  }
+  else // login failed
+  {
+    MOZ_LOG(IMAP, LogLevel::Error, ("login failed entirely"));
+    m_currentBiffState = nsIMsgFolder::nsMsgBiffState_Unknown;
+    SendSetBiffIndicatorEvent(m_currentBiffState);
+    HandleCurrentUrlError();
+    SetConnectionStatus(NS_ERROR_FAILURE); // stop netlib
+  }
+
+  return loginSucceeded;
+}
+
+void nsImapProtocol::UpdateFolderQuotaData(nsCString& aQuotaRoot, uint32_t aUsed, uint32_t aMax)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(m_imapMailFolderSink, "m_imapMailFolderSink is null!");
+
+  m_imapMailFolderSink->SetFolderQuotaData(aQuotaRoot, aUsed, aMax);
+}
+
+void nsImapProtocol::GetQuotaDataIfSupported(const char *aBoxName)
+{
+  // If server doesn't have quota support, don't do anything
+  if (! (GetServerStateParser().GetCapabilityFlag() & kQuotaCapability))
+    return;
+
+  nsCString escapedName;
+  CreateEscapedMailboxName(aBoxName, escapedName);
+
+  IncrementCommandTagNumber();
+
+  nsAutoCString quotacommand(GetServerCommandTag());
+  quotacommand.Append(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(" getquotaroot \""));
+  quotacommand.Append(escapedName);
+  quotacommand.Append(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("\"" CRLF));
+
+  NS_ASSERTION(m_imapMailFolderSink, "m_imapMailFolderSink is null!");
+  if (m_imapMailFolderSink)
+    m_imapMailFolderSink->SetFolderQuotaCommandIssued(true);
+
+  nsresult quotarv = SendData(quotacommand.get());
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(quotarv))
+    ParseIMAPandCheckForNewMail(nullptr, true); // don't display errors.
+}
+
+bool
+nsImapProtocol::GetDeleteIsMoveToTrash()
+{
+    bool rv = false;
+    NS_ASSERTION (m_hostSessionList, "fatal... null host session list");
+    if (m_hostSessionList)
+        m_hostSessionList->GetDeleteIsMoveToTrashForHost(GetImapServerKey(), rv);
+    return rv;
+}
+
+bool
+nsImapProtocol::GetShowDeletedMessages()
+{
+    bool rv = false;
+    if (m_hostSessionList)
+        m_hostSessionList->GetShowDeletedMessagesForHost(GetImapServerKey(), rv);
+    return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapProtocol::OverrideConnectionInfo(const char16_t *pHost, uint16_t pPort, const char *pCookieData)
+{
+  m_logonHost = NS_LossyConvertUTF16toASCII(pHost);
+  m_logonPort = pPort;
+  m_logonCookie = pCookieData;
+  m_overRideUrlConnectionInfo = true;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+bool nsImapProtocol::CheckNeeded()
+{
+  if (m_flagChangeCount >= kFlagChangesBeforeCheck)
+    return true;
+
+  int32_t deltaInSeconds;
+
+  PRTime2Seconds(PR_Now() - m_lastCheckTime, &deltaInSeconds);
+
+  return (deltaInSeconds >= kMaxSecondsBeforeCheck);
+}
+
+bool nsImapProtocol::UseCondStore()
+{
+  // Check that the server is capable of cond store, and the user
+  // hasn't disabled the use of constore for this server.
+  return m_useCondStore &&
+         GetServerStateParser().GetCapabilityFlag() & kHasCondStoreCapability &&
+         GetServerStateParser().fUseModSeq;
+}
+
+bool nsImapProtocol::UseCompressDeflate()
+{
+  // Check that the server is capable of compression, and the user
+  // hasn't disabled the use of compression for this server.
+  return m_useCompressDeflate &&
+         GetServerStateParser().GetCapabilityFlag() & kHasCompressDeflateCapability;
+}
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// The following is the implementation of nsImapMockChannel and an intermediary
+// imap steam listener. The stream listener is used to make a clean binding between the
+// imap mock channel and the memory cache channel (if we are reading from the cache)
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+// WARNING: the cache stream listener is intended to be accessed from the UI thread!
+// it will NOT create another proxy for the stream listener that gets passed in...
+class nsImapCacheStreamListener : public nsIStreamListener
+{
+public:
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIREQUESTOBSERVER
+  NS_DECL_NSISTREAMLISTENER
+
+  nsImapCacheStreamListener ();
+
+  nsresult Init(nsIStreamListener * aStreamListener, nsIImapMockChannel * aMockChannelToUse);
+protected:
+  virtual ~nsImapCacheStreamListener();
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapMockChannel> mChannelToUse;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStreamListener> mListener;
+};
+
+NS_IMPL_ADDREF(nsImapCacheStreamListener)
+NS_IMPL_RELEASE(nsImapCacheStreamListener)
+
+NS_INTERFACE_MAP_BEGIN(nsImapCacheStreamListener)
+  NS_INTERFACE_MAP_ENTRY_AMBIGUOUS(nsISupports, nsIStreamListener)
+  NS_INTERFACE_MAP_ENTRY(nsIRequestObserver)
+  NS_INTERFACE_MAP_ENTRY(nsIStreamListener)
+NS_INTERFACE_MAP_END
+
+nsImapCacheStreamListener::nsImapCacheStreamListener()
+{
+}
+
+nsImapCacheStreamListener::~nsImapCacheStreamListener()
+{}
+
+nsresult nsImapCacheStreamListener::Init(nsIStreamListener * aStreamListener, nsIImapMockChannel * aMockChannelToUse)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(aStreamListener);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(aMockChannelToUse);
+
+  mChannelToUse = aMockChannelToUse;
+  mListener = aStreamListener;
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapCacheStreamListener::OnStartRequest(nsIRequest *request, nsISupports * aCtxt)
+{
+  if (!mChannelToUse)
+  {
+    NS_ERROR("OnStartRequest called after OnStopRequest");
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+  }
+  nsCOMPtr<nsILoadGroup> loadGroup;
+  mChannelToUse->GetLoadGroup(getter_AddRefs(loadGroup));
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIRequest> ourRequest = do_QueryInterface(mChannelToUse);
+  if (loadGroup)
+    loadGroup->AddRequest(ourRequest, nullptr /* context isupports */);
+  return mListener->OnStartRequest(ourRequest, aCtxt);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapCacheStreamListener::OnStopRequest(nsIRequest *request, nsISupports * aCtxt, nsresult aStatus)
+{
+  if (!mListener)
+  {
+    NS_ERROR("OnStopRequest called twice");
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+  }
+  nsresult rv = mListener->OnStopRequest(mChannelToUse, aCtxt, aStatus);
+  nsCOMPtr <nsILoadGroup> loadGroup;
+  mChannelToUse->GetLoadGroup(getter_AddRefs(loadGroup));
+  if (loadGroup)
+    loadGroup->RemoveRequest(mChannelToUse, nullptr, aStatus);
+
+  mListener = nullptr;
+  mChannelToUse->Close();
+  mChannelToUse = nullptr;
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapCacheStreamListener::OnDataAvailable(nsIRequest *request, nsISupports * aCtxt, nsIInputStream * aInStream, uint64_t aSourceOffset, uint32_t aCount)
+{
+  return mListener->OnDataAvailable(mChannelToUse, aCtxt, aInStream, aSourceOffset, aCount);
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsImapMockChannel, nsIImapMockChannel, nsIChannel,
+  nsIRequest, nsICacheEntryOpenCallback, nsITransportEventSink, nsISupportsWeakReference)
+
+
+nsImapMockChannel::nsImapMockChannel()
+{
+  m_channelContext = nullptr;
+  m_cancelStatus = NS_OK;
+  mLoadFlags = 0;
+  mChannelClosed = false;
+  mReadingFromCache = false;
+  mTryingToReadPart = false;
+}
+
+nsImapMockChannel::~nsImapMockChannel()
+{
+  // if we're offline, we may not get to close the channel correctly.
+  // we need to do this to send the url state change notification in
+  // the case of mem and disk cache reads.
+  NS_WARNING_ASSERTION(NS_IsMainThread(), "should only access mock channel on ui thread");
+  if (!mChannelClosed)
+    Close();
+}
+
+nsresult nsImapMockChannel::NotifyStartEndReadFromCache(bool start)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  mReadingFromCache = start;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapUrl> imapUrl = do_QueryInterface(m_url, &rv);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapProtocol> imapProtocol = do_QueryReferent(mProtocol);
+  if (imapUrl)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIImapMailFolderSink> folderSink;
+    rv = imapUrl->GetImapMailFolderSink(getter_AddRefs(folderSink));
+    if (folderSink)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailUrl = do_QueryInterface(m_url);
+      rv = folderSink->SetUrlState(nullptr /* we don't know the protocol */,
+                                   mailUrl, start, false, m_cancelStatus);
+
+      // Required for killing ImapProtocol thread
+      if (NS_FAILED(m_cancelStatus) && imapProtocol)
+        imapProtocol->TellThreadToDie(false);
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMockChannel::Close()
+{
+  if (mReadingFromCache)
+    NotifyStartEndReadFromCache(false);
+  else
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailnewsUrl = do_QueryInterface(m_url);
+    if (mailnewsUrl)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsICacheEntry> cacheEntry;
+      mailnewsUrl->GetMemCacheEntry(getter_AddRefs(cacheEntry));
+      if (cacheEntry)
+        cacheEntry->MarkValid();
+      // remove the channel from the load group
+      nsCOMPtr <nsILoadGroup> loadGroup;
+      GetLoadGroup(getter_AddRefs(loadGroup));
+      // if the mock channel wasn't initialized with a load group then
+      // use our load group (they may differ)
+      if (!loadGroup)
+        mailnewsUrl->GetLoadGroup(getter_AddRefs(loadGroup));
+      if (loadGroup)
+        loadGroup->RemoveRequest((nsIRequest *) this, nullptr, NS_OK);
+    }
+  }
+
+  m_channelListener = nullptr;
+  mCacheRequest = nullptr;
+  if (mTryingToReadPart)
+  {
+    // clear mem cache entry on imap part url in case it's holding
+    // onto last reference in mem cache. Need to do this on ui thread
+    nsresult rv;
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIImapUrl> imapUrl = do_QueryInterface(m_url, &rv);
+    if (imapUrl)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIImapMailFolderSink> folderSink;
+      rv = imapUrl->GetImapMailFolderSink(getter_AddRefs(folderSink));
+      if (folderSink)
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailUrl = do_QueryInterface(m_url);
+        rv = folderSink->ReleaseUrlCacheEntry(mailUrl);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  mChannelClosed = true;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMockChannel::GetProgressEventSink(nsIProgressEventSink ** aProgressEventSink)
+{
+  *aProgressEventSink = mProgressEventSink;
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aProgressEventSink);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMockChannel::SetProgressEventSink(nsIProgressEventSink * aProgressEventSink)
+{
+  mProgressEventSink = aProgressEventSink;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP  nsImapMockChannel::GetChannelListener(nsIStreamListener **aChannelListener)
+{
+  *aChannelListener = m_channelListener;
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aChannelListener);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP  nsImapMockChannel::GetChannelContext(nsISupports **aChannelContext)
+{
+  *aChannelContext = m_channelContext;
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aChannelContext);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// now implement our mock implementation of the channel interface...we forward all calls to the real
+// channel if we have one...otherwise we return something bogus...
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMockChannel::SetLoadGroup(nsILoadGroup * aLoadGroup)
+{
+  m_loadGroup = aLoadGroup;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMockChannel::GetLoadGroup(nsILoadGroup * *aLoadGroup)
+{
+  *aLoadGroup = m_loadGroup;
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aLoadGroup);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMockChannel::GetLoadInfo(nsILoadInfo * *aLoadInfo)
+{
+  *aLoadInfo = m_loadInfo;
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aLoadInfo);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMockChannel::SetLoadInfo(nsILoadInfo * aLoadInfo)
+{
+  m_loadInfo = aLoadInfo;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMockChannel::GetOriginalURI(nsIURI* *aURI)
+{
+  // IMap does not seem to have the notion of an original URI :-(
+  //  *aURI = m_originalUrl ? m_originalUrl : m_url;
+  *aURI = m_url;
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aURI);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMockChannel::SetOriginalURI(nsIURI* aURI)
+{
+  // IMap does not seem to have the notion of an original URI :-(
+  //    NS_NOTREACHED("nsImapMockChannel::SetOriginalURI");
+  //    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+  return NS_OK;       // ignore
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMockChannel::GetURI(nsIURI* *aURI)
+{
+  *aURI = m_url;
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aURI);
+  return NS_OK ;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMockChannel::SetURI(nsIURI* aURI)
+{
+  m_url = aURI;
+#ifdef DEBUG_bienvenu
+  if (!aURI)
+    printf("Clearing URI\n");
+#endif
+  if (m_url)
+  {
+    // if we don't have a progress event sink yet, get it from the url for now...
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailnewsUrl = do_QueryInterface(m_url);
+    if (mailnewsUrl && !mProgressEventSink)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgStatusFeedback> statusFeedback;
+      mailnewsUrl->GetStatusFeedback(getter_AddRefs(statusFeedback));
+      mProgressEventSink = do_QueryInterface(statusFeedback);
+    }
+    // If this is a fetch URL and we can, get the message size from the message
+    // header and set it to be the content length.
+    // Note that for an attachment URL, this will set the content length to be
+    // equal to the size of the entire message.
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIImapUrl> imapUrl(do_QueryInterface(m_url));
+    nsImapAction imapAction;
+    imapUrl->GetImapAction(&imapAction);
+    if (imapAction == nsIImapUrl::nsImapMsgFetch)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMessageUrl> msgUrl(do_QueryInterface(m_url));
+      if (msgUrl)
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+        // A failure to get a message header isn't an error
+        msgUrl->GetMessageHeader(getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+        if (msgHdr)
+        {
+          uint32_t messageSize;
+          if (NS_SUCCEEDED(msgHdr->GetMessageSize(&messageSize)))
+            SetContentLength(messageSize);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMockChannel::Open(nsIInputStream **_retval)
+{
+  return NS_ImplementChannelOpen(this, _retval);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMockChannel::Open2(nsIInputStream **_retval)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStreamListener> listener;
+  nsresult rv = nsContentSecurityManager::doContentSecurityCheck(this, listener);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  return Open(_retval);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapMockChannel::OnCacheEntryAvailable(nsICacheEntry *entry, bool aNew, nsIApplicationCache* aAppCache, nsresult status)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  // make sure we didn't close the channel before the async call back came in...
+  // hmmm....if we had write access and we canceled this mock channel then I wonder if we should
+  // be invalidating the cache entry before kicking out...
+  if (mChannelClosed)
+  {
+    entry->AsyncDoom(nullptr);
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  if (!m_url) {
+    // Something has gone terribly wrong.
+    NS_WARNING("m_url is null in OnCacheEntryAvailable");
+    return Cancel(NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED);
+  }
+
+  do {
+    // For "normal" read/write access we always receive NS_OK here. aNew
+    // indicates whether the cache entry is new and needs to be written, or not
+    // new and can be read. If AsyncOpenURI() was called with access read-only,
+    // status==NS_ERROR_CACHE_KEY_NOT_FOUND can be received here and we just read
+    // the data directly.
+    if (NS_FAILED(status))
+      break;
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailnewsUrl = do_QueryInterface(m_url, &rv);
+    mailnewsUrl->SetMemCacheEntry(entry);
+
+    // For URLs not related to parts, the processing is easy:
+    // aNew==true means that we need to write to the entry,
+    // aNew==false means that we can read it.
+    //
+    // Parts processing is a little complicated, we distinguish two cases:
+    // 1) The caller a) knows that the part is there or
+    //               b) it is not there and can also not be read from the
+    //                  entire message.
+    //    In this case, the URL used as cache key addresses the part and
+    //    mTryingToReadPart==false.
+    //    The caller has already set up part extraction.
+    //    This case is no different to non-part processing.
+    // 2) The caller wants to try to extract the part from the cache entry
+    //    of the entire message.
+    //    In this case, the URL used as cache key addresses the message and
+    //    mTryingToReadPart==true.
+    if (mTryingToReadPart)
+    {
+      // We are here with the URI of the entire message which we know exists.
+      MOZ_ASSERT(!aNew,
+                 "Logic error: Trying to read part from entire message which doesn't exist");
+      if (!aNew)
+      {
+        // Check the meta data.
+        nsCString annotation;
+        rv = entry->GetMetaDataElement("ContentModified", getter_Copies(annotation));
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !annotation.EqualsLiteral("Not Modified"))
+        {
+          // The cache entry is not marked "Not Modified", that means it doesn't
+          // contain the entire message, so we can't use it.
+          // Call OpenCacheEntry() a second time to get the part.
+          rv = OpenCacheEntry();
+          if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+            return rv;
+
+          // Something has gone wrong, fall back to reading from the imap
+          // connection so the protocol doesn't hang.
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    if (aNew)
+    {
+      // If we are writing, then insert a "stream listener Tee" into the flow
+      // to force data into the cache and to our current channel listener.
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIStreamListenerTee> tee = do_CreateInstance(NS_STREAMLISTENERTEE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIOutputStream> out;
+        // This will fail with the cache turned off, so we need to fall through
+        // to ReadFromImapConnection instead of aborting with NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv).
+        rv = entry->OpenOutputStream(0, getter_AddRefs(out));
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        {
+          rv = tee->Init(m_channelListener, out, nullptr);
+          m_channelListener = do_QueryInterface(tee);
+        }
+        else
+          NS_WARNING("IMAP Protocol failed to open output stream to Necko cache");
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      rv = ReadFromMemCache(entry);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      {
+        NotifyStartEndReadFromCache(true);
+        entry->MarkValid();
+        return NS_OK; // Kick out if reading from the cache succeeded.
+      }
+      entry->AsyncDoom(nullptr); // Doom entry if we failed to read from cache.
+      mailnewsUrl->SetMemCacheEntry(nullptr); // We aren't going to be reading from the cache.
+    }
+  } while (false);
+
+  // If reading from the cache failed or if we are writing into the cache, default to ReadFromImapConnection.
+  return ReadFromImapConnection();
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapMockChannel::OnCacheEntryCheck(nsICacheEntry* entry, nsIApplicationCache* appCache,
+                                     uint32_t* aResult)
+{
+  *aResult = nsICacheEntryOpenCallback::ENTRY_WANTED;
+
+  // Check concurrent read: We can't read concurrently since we don't know
+  // that the entry will ever be written successfully. It may be aborted
+  // due to a size limitation. If reading concurrently, the following function
+  // will return NS_ERROR_IN_PROGRESS. Then we tell the cache to wait until
+  // the write is finished.
+  int64_t size = 0;
+  nsresult rv = entry->GetDataSize(&size);
+  if (rv == NS_ERROR_IN_PROGRESS)
+    *aResult = nsICacheEntryOpenCallback::RECHECK_AFTER_WRITE_FINISHED;
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsImapMockChannel::OpenCacheEntry()
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  // get the cache session from our imap service...
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapService> imapService = do_GetService(NS_IMAPSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsICacheStorage> cacheStorage;
+  rv = imapService->GetCacheStorage(getter_AddRefs(cacheStorage));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  int32_t uidValidity = -1;
+  nsCacheAccessMode cacheAccess = nsICacheStorage::OPEN_NORMALLY;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapUrl> imapUrl = do_QueryInterface(m_url, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  bool storeResultsOffline;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapMailFolderSink> folderSink;
+
+  rv = imapUrl->GetImapMailFolderSink(getter_AddRefs(folderSink));
+  if (folderSink)
+    folderSink->GetUidValidity(&uidValidity);
+  imapUrl->GetStoreResultsOffline(&storeResultsOffline);
+  // If we're storing the message in the offline store, don't
+  // write to the memory cache.
+  if (storeResultsOffline)
+    cacheAccess = nsICacheStorage::OPEN_READONLY;
+
+  // Use the uid validity as part of the cache key, so that if the uid validity
+  // changes, we won't re-use the wrong cache entries.
+  nsAutoCString extension;
+  extension.AppendInt(uidValidity, 16);
+
+  // Open a cache entry where the key is the potentially modified URL.
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> newUri;
+  m_url->Clone(getter_AddRefs(newUri));
+  nsAutoCString path;
+  newUri->GetPath(path);
+
+  // First we need to "normalise" the URL by extracting ?part= and &filename.
+  // The path should only contain: ?part=x.y&filename=file.ext
+  // These are seen in the wild:
+  // /;section=2?part=1.2&filename=A01.JPG
+  // ?section=2?part=1.2&filename=A01.JPG&type=image/jpeg&filename=A01.JPG
+  // ?part=1.2&type=image/jpeg&filename=IMG_C0030.jpg
+  // ?header=quotebody&part=1.2&filename=lijbmghmkilicioj.png
+  nsAutoCString partQuery = MsgExtractQueryPart(path, "?part=");
+  if (partQuery.IsEmpty()) {
+    partQuery = MsgExtractQueryPart(path, "&part=");
+    if (!partQuery.IsEmpty()) {
+      // ? indicates a part query, so set the first character to that.
+      partQuery.SetCharAt('?', 0);
+    }
+  }
+  nsAutoCString filenameQuery = MsgExtractQueryPart(path, "&filename=");
+
+  // Truncate path at either /; or ?
+  int32_t ind = path.FindChar('?');
+  if (ind != kNotFound)
+    path.SetLength(ind);
+  ind = path.Find("/;");
+  if (ind != kNotFound)
+    path.SetLength(ind);
+
+  if (partQuery.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    // Not looking for a part. That's the easy part.
+    newUri->SetPath(path);
+    return cacheStorage->AsyncOpenURI(newUri, extension, cacheAccess, this);
+  }
+
+  /**
+   * Part processing (rest of this function).
+   */
+  if (mTryingToReadPart)
+  {
+    // If mTryingToReadPart is set, we are here for the second time.
+    // We tried to read a part from the entire message but the meta data didn't
+    // allow it. So we come back here.
+    // Now request the part with its full URL.
+    mTryingToReadPart = false;
+
+    // Note that part extraction was already set the first time.
+    newUri->SetPath(path + partQuery + filenameQuery);
+    return cacheStorage->AsyncOpenURI(newUri, extension, cacheAccess, this);
+  }
+
+  // First time processing. Set up part extraction.
+  SetupPartExtractorListener(imapUrl, m_channelListener);
+
+  // Check whether part is in the cache.
+  bool exists = false;
+  newUri->SetPath(path + partQuery + filenameQuery);
+  rv = cacheStorage->Exists(newUri, extension, &exists);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  if (exists) {
+    return cacheStorage->AsyncOpenURI(newUri, extension, cacheAccess, this);
+  }
+
+  // Let's see whether we have the entire message instead.
+  newUri->SetPath(path);
+  rv = cacheStorage->Exists(newUri, extension, &exists);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  if (!exists) {
+    // The entire message is not in the cache. Request the part.
+    newUri->SetPath(path + partQuery + filenameQuery);
+    return cacheStorage->AsyncOpenURI(newUri, extension, cacheAccess, this);
+  }
+
+  // This is where is gets complicated. The entire message is in the cache,
+  // but we don't know whether it's suitable for use. Its meta data
+  // might indicate that the message is incomplete.
+  mTryingToReadPart = true;
+  return cacheStorage->AsyncOpenURI(newUri, extension, cacheAccess, this);
+}
+
+nsresult nsImapMockChannel::ReadFromMemCache(nsICacheEntry *entry)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(entry);
+
+  nsCString annotation;
+  nsAutoCString entryKey;
+  nsAutoCString contentType;
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  bool shouldUseCacheEntry = false;
+
+  entry->GetKey(entryKey);
+  if (entryKey.FindChar('?') != kNotFound)
+  {
+    // Part processing: If we have a part, then we should use the cache entry.
+    entry->GetMetaDataElement("contentType", getter_Copies(contentType));
+    if (!contentType.IsEmpty())
+      SetContentType(contentType);
+    shouldUseCacheEntry = true;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    // Whole message processing: We should make sure the content isn't modified.
+    rv = entry->GetMetaDataElement("ContentModified", getter_Copies(annotation));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !annotation.IsEmpty())
+      shouldUseCacheEntry = annotation.EqualsLiteral("Not Modified");
+
+    // Compare cache entry size with message size.
+    if (shouldUseCacheEntry)
+    {
+      int64_t entrySize;
+
+      rv = entry->GetDataSize(&entrySize);
+      // We don't expect concurrent read here, so this call should always work.
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMessageUrl> msgUrl(do_QueryInterface(m_url));
+      if (msgUrl)
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+        // A failure to get a message header isn't an error
+        msgUrl->GetMessageHeader(getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+        if (msgHdr)
+        {
+          uint32_t messageSize;
+          if (NS_SUCCEEDED(msgHdr->GetMessageSize(&messageSize)) &&
+              messageSize != entrySize)
+          {
+            MOZ_LOG(IMAP, LogLevel::Warning,
+                ("ReadFromMemCache size mismatch for %s: message %d, cache %ld\n",
+                 entryKey.get(), messageSize, entrySize));
+            shouldUseCacheEntry = false;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /**
+   * Common processing for full messages and message parts.
+   */
+
+  // Check header of full message or part.
+  if (shouldUseCacheEntry)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIInputStream> in;
+    uint32_t readCount;
+    rv = entry->OpenInputStream(0, getter_AddRefs(in));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    const int kFirstBlockSize = 100;
+    char firstBlock[kFirstBlockSize + 1];
+
+    // Note: This will not work for a cache2 disk cache.
+    // (see bug 1302422 comment #4)
+    rv = in->Read(firstBlock, sizeof(firstBlock), &readCount);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    firstBlock[kFirstBlockSize] = '\0';
+    int32_t findPos = MsgFindCharInSet(nsDependentCString(firstBlock),
+                                       ":\n\r", 0);
+    // Check that the first line is a header line, i.e., with a ':' in it
+    // Or that it begins with "From " because some IMAP servers allow that,
+    // even though it's technically invalid.
+    shouldUseCacheEntry = ((findPos != -1 && firstBlock[findPos] == ':') ||
+                           !(strncmp(firstBlock, "From ", 5)));
+    in->Close();
+  }
+
+  if (shouldUseCacheEntry)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIInputStream> in;
+    rv = entry->OpenInputStream(0, getter_AddRefs(in));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+     // if mem cache entry is broken or empty, return error.
+    uint64_t bytesAvailable;
+    rv = in->Available(&bytesAvailable);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    if (!bytesAvailable)
+      return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIInputStreamPump> pump;
+    rv = NS_NewInputStreamPump(getter_AddRefs(pump), in);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    // if we are going to read from the cache, then create a mock stream listener class and use it
+    nsImapCacheStreamListener * cacheListener = new nsImapCacheStreamListener();
+    NS_ADDREF(cacheListener);
+    cacheListener->Init(m_channelListener, this);
+    rv = pump->AsyncRead(cacheListener, m_channelContext);
+    NS_RELEASE(cacheListener);
+
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) // ONLY if we succeeded in actually starting the read should we return
+    {
+      mCacheRequest = pump;
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIImapUrl> imapUrl = do_QueryInterface(m_url);
+      // if the msg is unread, we should mark it read on the server. This lets
+      // the code running this url we're loading from the cache, if it cares.
+      imapUrl->SetMsgLoadingFromCache(true);
+
+      // be sure to set the cache entry's security info status as our security info status...
+      nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> securityInfo;
+      entry->GetSecurityInfo(getter_AddRefs(securityInfo));
+      SetSecurityInfo(securityInfo);
+      return NS_OK;
+    } // if AsyncRead succeeded.
+  } // if content is not modified
+  else
+  {
+    // Content is modified so return an error so we try to open it the
+    // old fashioned way.
+    rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+class nsReadFromImapConnectionFailure : public mozilla::Runnable
+{
+public:
+  nsReadFromImapConnectionFailure(nsImapMockChannel *aChannel)
+    : mImapMockChannel(aChannel)
+  {}
+
+  NS_IMETHOD Run()
+  {
+    if (mImapMockChannel) {
+      mImapMockChannel->RunOnStopRequestFailure();
+    }
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+private:
+  RefPtr<nsImapMockChannel> mImapMockChannel;
+};
+
+
+nsresult nsImapMockChannel::RunOnStopRequestFailure()
+{
+  if (m_channelListener) {
+    m_channelListener->OnStopRequest(this, m_channelContext,
+                                     NS_MSG_ERROR_MSG_NOT_OFFLINE);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// the requested url isn't in any of our caches so create an imap connection
+// to process it.
+nsresult nsImapMockChannel::ReadFromImapConnection()
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapUrl> imapUrl = do_QueryInterface(m_url);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailnewsUrl = do_QueryInterface(m_url);
+
+  bool localOnly = false;
+  imapUrl->GetLocalFetchOnly(&localOnly);
+  if (localOnly)
+  {
+    // This will cause an OnStartRunningUrl, and the subsequent close
+    // will then cause an OnStopRunningUrl with the cancel status.
+    NotifyStartEndReadFromCache(true);
+    Cancel(NS_MSG_ERROR_MSG_NOT_OFFLINE);
+
+    // Dispatch error notification, so ReadFromImapConnection() returns *before*
+    // the error is sent to the listener's OnStopRequest(). This avoids
+    // endless recursion where the caller relies on async execution.
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIRunnable> event = new nsReadFromImapConnectionFailure(this);
+    NS_DispatchToCurrentThread(event);
+    return NS_MSG_ERROR_MSG_NOT_OFFLINE;
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsILoadGroup> loadGroup;
+  GetLoadGroup(getter_AddRefs(loadGroup));
+  if (!loadGroup) // if we don't have one, the url will snag one from the msg window...
+    mailnewsUrl->GetLoadGroup(getter_AddRefs(loadGroup));
+
+  // okay, add the mock channel to the load group..
+  if (loadGroup)
+    loadGroup->AddRequest((nsIRequest *) this, nullptr /* context isupports */);
+
+  // loading the url consists of asking the server to add the url to it's imap event queue....
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+  rv = mailnewsUrl->GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapIncomingServer> imapServer (do_QueryInterface(server, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // Assume AsyncRead is always called from the UI thread.....
+  return imapServer->GetImapConnectionAndLoadUrl(imapUrl, m_channelListener);
+}
+
+// for messages stored in our offline cache, we have special code to handle that...
+// If it's in the local cache, we return true and we can abort the download because
+// this method does the rest of the work.
+bool nsImapMockChannel::ReadFromLocalCache()
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapUrl> imapUrl = do_QueryInterface(m_url);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailnewsUrl = do_QueryInterface(m_url, &rv);
+
+  bool useLocalCache = false;
+  mailnewsUrl->GetMsgIsInLocalCache(&useLocalCache);
+  if (useLocalCache)
+  {
+    nsAutoCString messageIdString;
+
+    SetupPartExtractorListener(imapUrl, m_channelListener);
+
+    imapUrl->GetListOfMessageIds(messageIdString);
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> folder;
+    rv = mailnewsUrl->GetFolder(getter_AddRefs(folder));
+    if (folder && NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      // we want to create a file channel and read the msg from there.
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIInputStream> fileStream;
+      nsMsgKey msgKey = strtoul(messageIdString.get(), nullptr, 10);
+      uint32_t size;
+      int64_t offset;
+      rv = folder->GetOfflineFileStream(msgKey, &offset, &size, getter_AddRefs(fileStream));
+      // get the file channel from the folder, somehow (through the message or
+      // folder sink?) We also need to set the transfer offset to the message offset
+      if (fileStream && NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      {
+        // dougt - This may break the ablity to "cancel" a read from offline mail reading.
+        // fileChannel->SetLoadGroup(m_loadGroup);
+        nsImapCacheStreamListener * cacheListener = new nsImapCacheStreamListener();
+        NS_ADDREF(cacheListener);
+        cacheListener->Init(m_channelListener, this);
+
+        // create a stream pump that will async read the specified amount of data.
+        // XXX make offset/size 64-bit ints
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIInputStreamPump> pump;
+        rv = NS_NewInputStreamPump(getter_AddRefs(pump), fileStream,
+                                   offset, (int64_t) size);
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+          rv = pump->AsyncRead(cacheListener, m_channelContext);
+
+        NS_RELEASE(cacheListener);
+
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) // ONLY if we succeeded in actually starting the read should we return
+        {
+          // if the msg is unread, we should mark it read on the server. This lets
+          // the code running this url we're loading from the cache, if it cares.
+          imapUrl->SetMsgLoadingFromCache(true);
+          return true;
+        }
+      } // if we got an offline file transport
+    } // if we got the folder for this url
+  } // if use local cache
+
+  return false;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMockChannel::AsyncOpen(nsIStreamListener *listener, nsISupports *ctxt)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  int32_t port;
+  if (!m_url)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+  rv = m_url->GetPort(&port);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      return rv;
+
+  rv = NS_CheckPortSafety(port, "imap");
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      return rv;
+
+  // set the stream listener and then load the url
+  m_channelContext = ctxt;
+  NS_ASSERTION(!m_channelListener, "shouldn't already have a listener");
+  m_channelListener = listener;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapUrl> imapUrl  (do_QueryInterface(m_url));
+
+  nsImapAction imapAction;
+  imapUrl->GetImapAction(&imapAction);
+
+  bool externalLink = true;
+  imapUrl->GetExternalLinkUrl(&externalLink);
+
+  if (externalLink)
+  {
+    // for security purposes, only allow imap urls originating from external sources
+    // perform a limited set of actions.
+    // Currently the allowed set includes:
+    // 1) folder selection
+    // 2) message fetch
+    // 3) message part fetch
+
+    if (! (imapAction == nsIImapUrl::nsImapSelectFolder || imapAction == nsIImapUrl::nsImapMsgFetch || imapAction == nsIImapUrl::nsImapOpenMimePart
+      || imapAction == nsIImapUrl::nsImapMsgFetchPeek))
+      return NS_ERROR_FAILURE; // abort the running of this url....it failed a security check
+  }
+
+  if (ReadFromLocalCache())
+  {
+    (void) NotifyStartEndReadFromCache(true);
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  // okay, it's not in the local cache, now check the memory cache...
+  // but we can't download for offline use from the memory cache
+  if (imapAction != nsIImapUrl::nsImapMsgDownloadForOffline)
+  {
+    rv = OpenCacheEntry();
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      return rv;
+  }
+
+  SetupPartExtractorListener(imapUrl, m_channelListener);
+  // if for some reason open cache entry failed then just default to opening an imap connection for the url
+  return ReadFromImapConnection();
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMockChannel::AsyncOpen2(nsIStreamListener *aListener)
+{
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIStreamListener> listener = aListener;
+    nsresult rv = nsContentSecurityManager::doContentSecurityCheck(this, listener);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    return AsyncOpen(listener, nullptr);
+}
+
+nsresult nsImapMockChannel::SetupPartExtractorListener(nsIImapUrl * aUrl, nsIStreamListener * aConsumer)
+{
+  // if the url we are loading refers to a specific part then we need
+  // libmime to extract that part from the message for us.
+  bool refersToPart = false;
+  aUrl->GetMimePartSelectorDetected(&refersToPart);
+  if (refersToPart)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIStreamConverterService> converter = do_GetService("@mozilla.org/streamConverters;1");
+    if (converter && aConsumer)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIStreamListener> newConsumer;
+      converter->AsyncConvertData("message/rfc822", "*/*",
+           aConsumer, static_cast<nsIChannel *>(this), getter_AddRefs(newConsumer));
+      if (newConsumer)
+        m_channelListener = newConsumer;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMockChannel::GetLoadFlags(nsLoadFlags *aLoadFlags)
+{
+  //*aLoadFlags = nsIRequest::LOAD_NORMAL;
+  *aLoadFlags = mLoadFlags;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMockChannel::SetLoadFlags(nsLoadFlags aLoadFlags)
+{
+  mLoadFlags = aLoadFlags;
+  return NS_OK;       // don't fail when trying to set this
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMockChannel::GetContentType(nsACString &aContentType)
+{
+  if (mContentType.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    nsImapAction imapAction = 0;
+    if (m_url)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIImapUrl> imapUrl = do_QueryInterface(m_url);
+      if (imapUrl)
+      {
+        imapUrl->GetImapAction(&imapAction);
+      }
+    }
+    if (imapAction == nsIImapUrl::nsImapSelectFolder)
+      aContentType.AssignLiteral("x-application-imapfolder");
+    else
+      aContentType.AssignLiteral("message/rfc822");
+  }
+  else
+    aContentType = mContentType;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMockChannel::SetContentType(const nsACString &aContentType)
+{
+  nsAutoCString charset;
+  nsresult rv = NS_ParseResponseContentType(aContentType, mContentType, charset);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || mContentType.IsEmpty())
+    mContentType.AssignLiteral(UNKNOWN_CONTENT_TYPE);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMockChannel::GetContentCharset(nsACString &aContentCharset)
+{
+  aContentCharset.Assign(mCharset);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMockChannel::SetContentCharset(const nsACString &aContentCharset)
+{
+  mCharset.Assign(aContentCharset);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapMockChannel::GetContentDisposition(uint32_t *aContentDisposition)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_AVAILABLE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapMockChannel::SetContentDisposition(uint32_t aContentDisposition)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_AVAILABLE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapMockChannel::GetContentDispositionFilename(nsAString &aContentDispositionFilename)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_AVAILABLE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapMockChannel::SetContentDispositionFilename(const nsAString &aContentDispositionFilename)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_AVAILABLE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapMockChannel::GetContentDispositionHeader(nsACString &aContentDispositionHeader)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_AVAILABLE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMockChannel::GetContentLength(int64_t * aContentLength)
+{
+  *aContentLength = mContentLength;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapMockChannel::SetContentLength(int64_t aContentLength)
+{
+    mContentLength = aContentLength;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMockChannel::GetOwner(nsISupports * *aPrincipal)
+{
+  *aPrincipal = mOwner;
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aPrincipal);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMockChannel::SetOwner(nsISupports * aPrincipal)
+{
+    mOwner = aPrincipal;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMockChannel::GetSecurityInfo(nsISupports * *aSecurityInfo)
+{
+    NS_IF_ADDREF(*aSecurityInfo = mSecurityInfo);
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMockChannel::SetSecurityInfo(nsISupports *aSecurityInfo)
+{
+    mSecurityInfo = aSecurityInfo;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// From nsIRequest
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMockChannel::GetName(nsACString &result)
+{
+  if (m_url)
+    return m_url->GetSpec(result);
+  result.Truncate();
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMockChannel::IsPending(bool *result)
+{
+    *result = m_channelListener != nullptr;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMockChannel::GetStatus(nsresult *status)
+{
+    *status = m_cancelStatus;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMockChannel::SetImapProtocol(nsIImapProtocol *aProtocol)
+{
+  mProtocol = do_GetWeakReference(aProtocol);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMockChannel::Cancel(nsresult status)
+{
+  NS_WARNING_ASSERTION(NS_IsMainThread(),
+                       "nsImapMockChannel::Cancel should only be called from UI thread");
+  m_cancelStatus = status;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapProtocol> imapProtocol = do_QueryReferent(mProtocol);
+
+  // if we aren't reading from the cache and we get canceled...doom our cache entry...
+  if (m_url)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailnewsUrl = do_QueryInterface(m_url);
+    DoomCacheEntry(mailnewsUrl);
+  }
+
+  // Required for killing ImapProtocol thread
+  if (imapProtocol)
+    imapProtocol->TellThreadToDie(false);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMockChannel::Suspend()
+{
+    NS_NOTREACHED("nsImapMockChannel::Suspend");
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMockChannel::Resume()
+{
+    NS_NOTREACHED("nsImapMockChannel::Resume");
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapMockChannel::GetNotificationCallbacks(nsIInterfaceRequestor* *aNotificationCallbacks)
+{
+  *aNotificationCallbacks = mCallbacks.get();
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aNotificationCallbacks);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapMockChannel::SetNotificationCallbacks(nsIInterfaceRequestor* aNotificationCallbacks)
+{
+  mCallbacks = aNotificationCallbacks;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapMockChannel::OnTransportStatus(nsITransport *transport, nsresult status,
+                                     int64_t progress, int64_t progressMax)
+{
+  if (NS_FAILED(m_cancelStatus) || (mLoadFlags & LOAD_BACKGROUND) || !m_url)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  // these transport events should not generate any status messages
+  if (status == NS_NET_STATUS_RECEIVING_FROM ||
+      status == NS_NET_STATUS_SENDING_TO)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  if (!mProgressEventSink)
+  {
+    NS_QueryNotificationCallbacks(mCallbacks, m_loadGroup, mProgressEventSink);
+    if (!mProgressEventSink)
+      return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  nsAutoCString host;
+  m_url->GetHost(host);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailnewsUrl = do_QueryInterface(m_url);
+  if (mailnewsUrl)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+    mailnewsUrl->GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+    if (server)
+      server->GetRealHostName(host);
+  }
+  mProgressEventSink->OnStatus(this, nullptr, status,
+                               NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16(host).get());
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+nsIMAPMailboxInfo::nsIMAPMailboxInfo(const nsACString &aName, char aDelimiter)
+{
+  mMailboxName.Assign(aName);
+  mDelimiter = aDelimiter;
+  mChildrenListed = false;
+}
+
+nsIMAPMailboxInfo::~nsIMAPMailboxInfo()
+{
+}
+
+void nsIMAPMailboxInfo::SetChildrenListed(bool childrenListed)
+{
+  mChildrenListed = childrenListed;
+}
+
+bool nsIMAPMailboxInfo::GetChildrenListed()
+{
+  return mChildrenListed;
+}
+
+const nsACString& nsIMAPMailboxInfo::GetMailboxName()
+{
+  return mMailboxName;
+}
+
+char nsIMAPMailboxInfo::GetDelimiter()
+{
+  return mDelimiter;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/imap/src/nsImapProtocol.h b/mailnews/imap/src/nsImapProtocol.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0341d87bb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/imap/src/nsImapProtocol.h
@@ -0,0 +1,764 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsImapProtocol_h___
+#define nsImapProtocol_h___
+
+#include "mozilla/Attributes.h"
+#include "nsIImapProtocol.h"
+#include "nsIImapUrl.h"
+
+#include "nsMsgProtocol.h"
+#include "nsIStreamListener.h"
+#include "nsIAsyncOutputStream.h"
+#include "nsIAsyncInputStream.h"
+#include "nsImapCore.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsIProgressEventSink.h"
+#include "nsIInterfaceRequestor.h"
+#include "nsIInterfaceRequestorUtils.h"
+#include "nsISocketTransport.h"
+#include "nsIInputStreamPump.h"
+
+// imap event sinks
+#include "nsIImapMailFolderSink.h"
+#include "nsIImapServerSink.h"
+#include "nsIImapMessageSink.h"
+
+// UI Thread proxy helper
+#include "nsIImapProtocolSink.h"
+
+#include "nsImapServerResponseParser.h"
+#include "nsImapFlagAndUidState.h"
+#include "nsIMAPNamespace.h"
+#include "nsTArray.h"
+#include "nsWeakPtr.h"
+#include "nsMsgLineBuffer.h" // we need this to use the nsMsgLineStreamBuffer helper class...
+#include "nsIInputStream.h"
+#include "nsIMsgIncomingServer.h"
+#include "nsCOMArray.h"
+#include "nsIThread.h"
+#include "nsIRunnable.h"
+#include "nsIImapMockChannel.h"
+#include "nsILoadGroup.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsIImapIncomingServer.h"
+#include "nsIMsgWindow.h"
+#include "nsIImapHeaderXferInfo.h"
+#include "nsMsgLineBuffer.h"
+#include "nsIAsyncInputStream.h"
+#include "nsITimer.h"
+#include "nsAutoPtr.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolder.h"
+#include "nsIMsgAsyncPrompter.h"
+#include "mozilla/ReentrantMonitor.h"
+#include "nsSyncRunnableHelpers.h"
+#include "nsICacheEntryOpenCallback.h"
+
+class nsIMAPMessagePartIDArray;
+class nsIMsgIncomingServer;
+class nsIPrefBranch;
+class nsIMAPMailboxInfo;
+
+#define kDownLoadCacheSize 16000 // was 1536 - try making it bigger
+
+
+typedef struct _msg_line_info {
+    const char   *adoptedMessageLine;
+    uint32_t uidOfMessage;
+} msg_line_info;
+
+
+class nsMsgImapLineDownloadCache : public nsIImapHeaderInfo, public nsByteArray
+{
+public:
+  NS_DECL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIIMAPHEADERINFO
+  nsMsgImapLineDownloadCache();
+    uint32_t  CurrentUID();
+    uint32_t  SpaceAvailable();
+    bool CacheEmpty();
+
+    msg_line_info *GetCurrentLineInfo();
+
+private:
+  virtual ~nsMsgImapLineDownloadCache();
+
+    msg_line_info *fLineInfo;
+    int32_t m_msgSize;
+};
+
+#define kNumHdrsToXfer 10
+
+class nsMsgImapHdrXferInfo : public nsIImapHeaderXferInfo
+{
+public:
+  NS_DECL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIIMAPHEADERXFERINFO
+  nsMsgImapHdrXferInfo();
+  void    ResetAll(); // reset HeaderInfos for re-use
+  void    ReleaseAll(); // release HeaderInfos (frees up memory)
+  // this will return null if we're full, in which case the client code
+  // should transfer the headers and retry.
+  nsIImapHeaderInfo *StartNewHdr();
+  // call when we've finished adding lines to current hdr
+  void    FinishCurrentHdr();
+private:
+  virtual ~nsMsgImapHdrXferInfo();
+  nsCOMArray<nsIImapHeaderInfo> m_hdrInfos;
+  int32_t   m_nextFreeHdrInfo;
+};
+
+// State Flags (Note, I use the word state in terms of storing
+// state information about the connection (authentication, have we sent
+// commands, etc. I do not intend it to refer to protocol state)
+// Use these flags in conjunction with SetFlag/TestFlag/ClearFlag instead
+// of creating PRBools for everything....
+
+#define IMAP_RECEIVED_GREETING        0x00000001  /* should we pause for the next read */
+#define  IMAP_CONNECTION_IS_OPEN        0x00000004  /* is the connection currently open? */
+#define IMAP_WAITING_FOR_DATA         0x00000008
+#define IMAP_CLEAN_UP_URL_STATE       0x00000010 // processing clean up url state
+#define IMAP_ISSUED_LANGUAGE_REQUEST  0x00000020 // make sure we only issue the language request once per connection...
+#define IMAP_ISSUED_COMPRESS_REQUEST  0x00000040 // make sure we only request compression once
+
+class nsImapProtocol : public nsIImapProtocol,
+                       public nsIRunnable,
+                       public nsIInputStreamCallback,
+                       public nsSupportsWeakReference,
+                       public nsMsgProtocol,
+                       public nsIImapProtocolSink,
+                       public nsIMsgAsyncPromptListener
+{
+public:
+
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED
+  NS_DECL_NSIINPUTSTREAMCALLBACK
+  nsImapProtocol();
+
+  virtual nsresult ProcessProtocolState(nsIURI * url, nsIInputStream * inputStream,
+                                        uint64_t sourceOffset, uint32_t length) override;
+
+  // nsIRunnable method
+  NS_IMETHOD Run() override;
+
+  //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+  // we support the nsIImapProtocol interface
+  //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+  NS_DECL_NSIIMAPPROTOCOL
+
+  //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+  // we support the nsIImapProtocolSink interface
+  //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+  NS_DECL_NSIIMAPPROTOCOLSINK
+
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGASYNCPROMPTLISTENER
+
+  // message id string utilities.
+  uint32_t    CountMessagesInIdString(const char *idString);
+  static  bool    HandlingMultipleMessages(const nsCString &messageIdString);
+  // escape slashes and double quotes in username/passwords for insecure login.
+  static void EscapeUserNamePasswordString(const char *strToEscape, nsCString *resultStr);
+
+  // used to start fetching a message.
+  void GetShouldDownloadAllHeaders(bool *aResult);
+  void GetArbitraryHeadersToDownload(nsCString &aResult);
+  virtual void AdjustChunkSize();
+  virtual void FetchMessage(const nsCString &messageIds, 
+    nsIMAPeFetchFields whatToFetch,
+    const char *fetchModifier = nullptr,
+    uint32_t startByte = 0, uint32_t numBytes = 0,
+    char *part = 0);
+  void FetchTryChunking(const nsCString &messageIds,
+    nsIMAPeFetchFields whatToFetch,
+    bool idIsUid,
+    char *part,
+    uint32_t downloadSize,
+    bool tryChunking);
+  virtual void PipelinedFetchMessageParts(nsCString &uid, nsIMAPMessagePartIDArray *parts);
+  void FallbackToFetchWholeMsg(const nsCString &messageId, uint32_t messageSize);
+  // used when streaming a message fetch
+  virtual nsresult BeginMessageDownLoad(uint32_t totalSize, // for user, headers and body
+    const char *contentType);     // some downloads are header only
+  virtual void HandleMessageDownLoadLine(const char *line, bool isPartialLine, char *lineCopy=nullptr);
+  virtual void NormalMessageEndDownload();
+  virtual void AbortMessageDownLoad();
+  virtual void PostLineDownLoadEvent(const char *line, uint32_t uid);
+  void FlushDownloadCache();
+
+  virtual void SetMailboxDiscoveryStatus(EMailboxDiscoverStatus status);
+  virtual EMailboxDiscoverStatus GetMailboxDiscoveryStatus();
+
+  virtual void ProcessMailboxUpdate(bool handlePossibleUndo);
+  // Send log output...
+  void  Log(const char *logSubName, const char *extraInfo, const char *logData);
+  static void LogImapUrl(const char *logMsg, nsIImapUrl *imapUrl);
+  // Comment from 4.5: We really need to break out the thread synchronizer from the
+  // connection class...Not sure what this means
+  bool    GetPseudoInterrupted();
+  void  PseudoInterrupt(bool the_interrupt);
+
+  uint32_t GetMessageSize(const char * messageId, bool idsAreUids);
+  bool GetSubscribingNow();
+
+  bool    DeathSignalReceived();
+  void    ResetProgressInfo();
+  void    SetActive(bool active);
+  bool    GetActive();
+
+  bool GetShowAttachmentsInline();
+
+  // Sets whether or not the content referenced by the current ActiveEntry has been modified.
+  // Used for MIME parts on demand.
+  void    SetContentModified(IMAP_ContentModifiedType modified);
+  bool    GetShouldFetchAllParts();
+  bool    GetIgnoreExpunges() {return m_ignoreExpunges;}
+  // Generic accessors required by the imap parser
+  char * CreateNewLineFromSocket();
+  nsresult GetConnectionStatus();
+  void SetConnectionStatus(nsresult status);
+
+  // Cleanup the connection and shutdown the thread.
+  void TellThreadToDie();
+
+  const nsCString& GetImapHostName(); // return the host name from the url for the
+  // current connection
+  const nsCString& GetImapUserName(); // return the user name from the identity
+  const char* GetImapServerKey(); // return the user name from the incoming server;
+
+  // state set by the imap parser...
+  void NotifyMessageFlags(imapMessageFlagsType flags, const nsACString &keywords,
+                          nsMsgKey key, uint64_t highestModSeq);
+  void NotifySearchHit(const char * hitLine);
+
+  // Event handlers for the imap parser.
+  void DiscoverMailboxSpec(nsImapMailboxSpec * adoptedBoxSpec);
+  void AlertUserEventUsingName(const char* aMessageId);
+  void AlertUserEvent(const char * message);
+  void AlertUserEventFromServer(const char * aServerEvent);
+
+  void ProgressEventFunctionUsingName(const char* aMsgId);
+  void ProgressEventFunctionUsingNameWithString(const char* aMsgName, const char *
+    aExtraInfo);
+  void PercentProgressUpdateEvent(char16_t *message, int64_t currentProgress, int64_t maxProgress);
+  void ShowProgress();
+
+  // utility function calls made by the server
+
+  void Copy(const char * messageList, const char *destinationMailbox,
+    bool idsAreUid);
+  void Search(const char * searchCriteria,  bool useUID,
+    bool notifyHit = true);
+  // imap commands issued by the parser
+  void Store(const nsCString &aMessageList, const char * aMessageData, bool
+    aIdsAreUid);
+  void ProcessStoreFlags(const nsCString &messageIds,
+    bool idsAreUids,
+    imapMessageFlagsType flags,
+    bool addFlags);
+  void IssueUserDefinedMsgCommand(const char *command, const char * messageList);
+  void FetchMsgAttribute(const nsCString &messageIds, const nsCString &attribute);
+  void Expunge();
+  void UidExpunge(const nsCString &messageSet);
+  void Close(bool shuttingDown = false, bool waitForResponse = true);
+  void Check();
+  void SelectMailbox(const char *mailboxName);
+  // more imap commands
+  void Logout(bool shuttingDown = false, bool waitForResponse = true);
+  void Noop();
+  void XServerInfo();
+  void Netscape();
+  void XMailboxInfo(const char *mailboxName);
+  void XAOL_Option(const char *option);
+  void MailboxData();
+  void GetMyRightsForFolder(const char *mailboxName);
+  void Bodystructure(const nsCString &messageId, bool idIsUid);
+  void PipelinedFetchMessageParts(const char *uid, nsIMAPMessagePartIDArray *parts);
+
+
+  // this function does not ref count!!! be careful!!!
+  nsIImapUrl  *GetCurrentUrl() {return m_runningUrl;}
+
+  // acl and namespace stuff
+  // notifies libmsg that we have a new personal/default namespace that we're using
+  void CommitNamespacesForHostEvent();
+  // notifies libmsg that we have new capability data for the current host
+  void CommitCapability();
+
+  // Adds a set of rights for a given user on a given mailbox on the current host.
+  // if userName is NULL, it means "me," or MYRIGHTS.
+  // rights is a single string of rights, as specified by RFC2086, the IMAP ACL extension.
+  void AddFolderRightsForUser(const char *mailboxName, const char *userName, const char *rights);
+  // Clears all rights for the current folder, for all users.
+  void ClearAllFolderRights();
+  void RefreshFolderACLView(const char *mailboxName, nsIMAPNamespace *nsForMailbox);
+
+  nsresult SetFolderAdminUrl(const char *mailboxName);
+  void HandleMemoryFailure();
+  void HandleCurrentUrlError();
+
+  // UIDPLUS extension
+  void SetCopyResponseUid(const char* msgIdString);
+
+  // Quota support
+  void UpdateFolderQuotaData(nsCString& aQuotaRoot, uint32_t aUsed, uint32_t aMax);
+
+  bool GetPreferPlainText() { return m_preferPlainText; }
+
+  int32_t GetCurFetchSize() { return m_curFetchSize; }
+
+  const nsString &GetEmptyMimePartString() { return m_emptyMimePartString; }
+private:
+  virtual ~nsImapProtocol();
+  // the following flag is used to determine when a url is currently being run. It is cleared when we
+  // finish processng a url and it is set whenever we call Load on a url
+  bool m_urlInProgress;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapUrl> m_runningUrl; // the nsIImapURL that is currently running
+  nsImapAction m_imapAction;  // current imap action associated with this connnection...
+
+  nsCString             m_hostName;
+  nsCString             m_userName;
+  nsCString             m_serverKey;
+  nsCString             m_realHostName;
+  char                  *m_dataOutputBuf;
+  nsMsgLineStreamBuffer * m_inputStreamBuffer;
+  uint32_t              m_allocatedSize; // allocated size
+  uint32_t        m_totalDataSize; // total data size
+  uint32_t        m_curReadIndex;  // current read index
+  nsCString       m_trashFolderName;
+
+  // Ouput stream for writing commands to the socket
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISocketTransport>  m_transport;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAsyncInputStream>   m_channelInputStream;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAsyncOutputStream>  m_channelOutputStream;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapMockChannel>    m_mockChannel;   // this is the channel we should forward to people
+  uint32_t m_bytesToChannel;
+  bool m_fetchingWholeMessage;
+  //nsCOMPtr<nsIRequest> mAsyncReadRequest; // we're going to cancel this when we're done with the conn.
+
+
+  // ******* Thread support *******
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIThread>      m_iThread;
+  PRThread     *m_thread;
+  mozilla::ReentrantMonitor m_dataAvailableMonitor;   // used to notify the arrival of data from the server
+  mozilla::ReentrantMonitor m_urlReadyToRunMonitor;   // used to notify the arrival of a new url to be processed
+  mozilla::ReentrantMonitor m_pseudoInterruptMonitor;
+  mozilla::ReentrantMonitor m_dataMemberMonitor;
+  mozilla::ReentrantMonitor m_threadDeathMonitor;
+  mozilla::ReentrantMonitor m_waitForBodyIdsMonitor;
+  mozilla::ReentrantMonitor m_fetchBodyListMonitor;
+  mozilla::ReentrantMonitor m_passwordReadyMonitor;
+  mozilla::Mutex mLock;
+  // If we get an async password prompt, this is where the UI thread
+  // stores the password, before notifying the imap thread of the password
+  // via the m_passwordReadyMonitor.
+  nsCString m_password;
+  // Set to the result of nsImapServer::PromptPassword
+  nsresult    m_passwordStatus;
+
+  bool         m_imapThreadIsRunning;
+  void ImapThreadMainLoop(void);
+  nsresult    m_connectionStatus;
+  nsCString   m_connectionType;
+
+  bool        m_nextUrlReadyToRun;
+  nsWeakPtr   m_server;
+
+  RefPtr<ImapMailFolderSinkProxy> m_imapMailFolderSink;
+  RefPtr<ImapMessageSinkProxy>    m_imapMessageSink;
+  RefPtr<ImapServerSinkProxy>     m_imapServerSink;
+  RefPtr<ImapProtocolSinkProxy>   m_imapProtocolSink;
+
+  // helper function to setup imap sink interface proxies
+  nsresult SetupSinkProxy();
+  // End thread support stuff
+
+  bool GetDeleteIsMoveToTrash();
+  bool GetShowDeletedMessages();
+  nsCString m_currentCommand;
+  nsImapServerResponseParser m_parser;
+  nsImapServerResponseParser& GetServerStateParser() { return m_parser; }
+
+  void HandleIdleResponses();
+  virtual bool ProcessCurrentURL();
+  void EstablishServerConnection();
+  virtual void ParseIMAPandCheckForNewMail(const char* commandString =
+    nullptr, bool ignoreBadNOResponses = false);
+  // biff
+  void  PeriodicBiff();
+  void  SendSetBiffIndicatorEvent(nsMsgBiffState newState);
+  bool  CheckNewMail();
+
+  // folder opening and listing header functions
+  void FolderHeaderDump(uint32_t *msgUids, uint32_t msgCount);
+  void FolderMsgDump(uint32_t *msgUids, uint32_t msgCount, nsIMAPeFetchFields fields);
+  void FolderMsgDumpLoop(uint32_t *msgUids, uint32_t msgCount, nsIMAPeFetchFields fields);
+  void WaitForPotentialListOfBodysToFetch(uint32_t **msgIdList, uint32_t &msgCount);
+  void HeaderFetchCompleted();
+  void UploadMessageFromFile(nsIFile* file, const char* mailboxName, PRTime date,
+    imapMessageFlagsType flags, nsCString &keywords);
+
+  // mailbox name utilities.
+  void CreateEscapedMailboxName(const char *rawName, nsCString &escapedName);
+  void SetupMessageFlagsString(nsCString & flagString,
+    imapMessageFlagsType flags,
+    uint16_t userFlags);
+
+  // body fetching listing data
+  bool      m_fetchBodyListIsNew;
+  uint32_t  m_fetchBodyCount;
+  uint32_t  *m_fetchBodyIdList;
+
+  // initialization function given a new url and transport layer
+  nsresult  SetupWithUrl(nsIURI * aURL, nsISupports* aConsumer);
+  void ReleaseUrlState(bool rerunningUrl); // release any state that is stored on a per action basis.
+  /**
+   * Last ditch effort to run the url without using an imap connection.
+   * If it turns out that we don't need to run the url at all (e.g., we're
+   * trying to download a single message for offline use and it has already
+   * been downloaded, this function will send the appropriate notifications.
+   *
+   * @returns true if the url has been run locally, or doesn't need to be run.
+   */
+  bool TryToRunUrlLocally(nsIURI *aURL, nsISupports *aConsumer);
+
+  ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+  // Communication methods --> Reading and writing protocol
+  ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+  // SendData not only writes the NULL terminated data in dataBuffer to our output stream
+  // but it also informs the consumer that the data has been written to the stream.
+  // aSuppressLogging --> set to true if you wish to suppress logging for this particular command.
+  // this is useful for making sure we don't log authenication information like the user's password (which was
+  // encoded anyway), but still we shouldn't add that information to the log.
+  nsresult SendData(const char * dataBuffer, bool aSuppressLogging = false) override;
+
+  // state ported over from 4.5
+  bool m_pseudoInterrupted;
+  bool m_active;
+  bool m_folderNeedsSubscribing;
+  bool m_folderNeedsACLRefreshed;
+
+  bool m_threadShouldDie;
+
+  // use to prevent re-entering TellThreadToDie.
+  bool m_inThreadShouldDie;
+  // if the UI thread has signalled the IMAP thread to die, and the
+  // connection has timed out, this will be set to FALSE.
+  bool m_safeToCloseConnection;
+
+  nsImapFlagAndUidState  *m_flagState;
+  nsMsgBiffState        m_currentBiffState;
+  // manage the IMAP server command tags
+  // 11 = enough memory for the decimal representation of MAX_UINT + trailing nul
+  char m_currentServerCommandTag[11];
+  uint32_t m_currentServerCommandTagNumber;
+  void IncrementCommandTagNumber();
+  const char *GetServerCommandTag();
+
+  void StartTLS();
+
+  // login related methods.
+  nsresult GetPassword(nsCString &password, bool aNewPasswordRequested);
+  void InitPrefAuthMethods(int32_t authMethodPrefValue,
+                           nsIMsgIncomingServer *aServer);
+  nsresult ChooseAuthMethod();
+  void MarkAuthMethodAsFailed(eIMAPCapabilityFlags failedAuthMethod);
+  void ResetAuthMethods();
+
+  // All of these methods actually issue protocol
+  void Capability(); // query host for capabilities.
+  void ID(); // send RFC 2971 app info to server
+  void EnableCondStore(); 
+  void StartCompressDeflate();
+  nsresult BeginCompressing();
+  void Language(); // set the language on the server if it supports it
+  void Namespace();
+  void InsecureLogin(const char *userName, const nsCString &password);
+  nsresult AuthLogin(const char *userName, const nsCString &password, eIMAPCapabilityFlag flag);
+  void ProcessAuthenticatedStateURL();
+  void ProcessAfterAuthenticated();
+  void ProcessSelectedStateURL();
+  bool TryToLogon();
+
+  // Process Authenticated State Url used to be one giant if statement. I've broken out a set of actions
+  // based on the imap action passed into the url. The following functions are imap protocol handlers for
+  // each action. They are called by ProcessAuthenticatedStateUrl.
+  void OnLSubFolders();
+  void OnAppendMsgFromFile();
+
+  char *GetFolderPathString(); // OK to call from UI thread
+
+  char * OnCreateServerSourceFolderPathString();
+  char * OnCreateServerDestinationFolderPathString();
+  nsresult CreateServerSourceFolderPathString(char **result);
+  void OnCreateFolder(const char * aSourceMailbox);
+  void OnEnsureExistsFolder(const char * aSourceMailbox);
+  void OnSubscribe(const char * aSourceMailbox);
+  void OnUnsubscribe(const char * aSourceMailbox);
+  void RefreshACLForFolderIfNecessary(const char * mailboxName);
+  void RefreshACLForFolder(const char * aSourceMailbox);
+  void GetACLForFolder(const char *aMailboxName);
+  void OnRefreshAllACLs();
+  void OnListFolder(const char * aSourceMailbox, bool aBool);
+  void OnStatusForFolder(const char * sourceMailbox);
+  void OnDeleteFolder(const char * aSourceMailbox);
+  void OnRenameFolder(const char * aSourceMailbox);
+  void OnMoveFolderHierarchy(const char * aSourceMailbox);
+  void DeleteFolderAndMsgs(const char * aSourceMailbox);
+  void RemoveMsgsAndExpunge();
+  void FindMailboxesIfNecessary();
+  void CreateMailbox(const char *mailboxName);
+  void DeleteMailbox(const char *mailboxName);
+  void RenameMailbox(const char *existingName, const char *newName);
+  void RemoveHierarchyDelimiter(nsCString &mailboxName);
+  bool CreateMailboxRespectingSubscriptions(const char *mailboxName);
+  bool DeleteMailboxRespectingSubscriptions(const char *mailboxName);
+  bool    RenameMailboxRespectingSubscriptions(const char *existingName,
+    const char *newName,
+    bool reallyRename);
+  // notify the fe that a folder was deleted
+  void FolderDeleted(const char *mailboxName);
+  // notify the fe that a folder creation failed
+  void FolderNotCreated(const char *mailboxName);
+  // notify the fe that a folder was deleted
+  void FolderRenamed(const char *oldName,
+    const char *newName);
+
+  bool FolderIsSelected(const char *mailboxName);
+
+  bool    MailboxIsNoSelectMailbox(const char *mailboxName);
+  nsCString CreatePossibleTrashName(const char *prefix);
+  bool FolderNeedsACLInitialized(const char *folderName);
+  void DiscoverMailboxList();
+  void DiscoverAllAndSubscribedBoxes();
+  void MailboxDiscoveryFinished();
+  void NthLevelChildList(const char *onlineMailboxPrefix, int32_t depth);
+  // LIST SUBSCRIBED command (from RFC 5258) crashes some servers. so we need to
+  // identify those servers
+  bool GetListSubscribedIsBrokenOnServer();
+  bool IsExtraSelectNeeded();
+  void Lsub(const char *mailboxPattern, bool addDirectoryIfNecessary);
+  void List(const char *mailboxPattern, bool addDirectoryIfNecessary,
+            bool useXLIST = false);
+  void Subscribe(const char *mailboxName);
+  void Unsubscribe(const char *mailboxName);
+  void Idle();
+  void EndIdle(bool waitForResponse = true);
+  // Some imap servers include the mailboxName following the dir-separator in the list of
+  // subfolders of the mailboxName. In fact, they are the same. So we should decide if
+  // we should delete such subfolder and provide feedback if the delete operation succeed.
+  bool DeleteSubFolders(const char* aMailboxName, bool & aDeleteSelf);
+  bool    RenameHierarchyByHand(const char *oldParentMailboxName,
+    const char *newParentMailboxName);
+  bool RetryUrl();
+
+  nsresult GlobalInitialization(nsIPrefBranch *aPrefBranch);
+  nsresult Configure(int32_t TooFastTime, int32_t IdealTime,
+    int32_t ChunkAddSize, int32_t ChunkSize, int32_t ChunkThreshold,
+    bool FetchByChunks);
+  nsresult GetMsgWindow(nsIMsgWindow ** aMsgWindow);
+  // End Process AuthenticatedState Url helper methods
+
+  virtual char const *GetType() override {return "imap";}
+
+  // Quota support
+  void GetQuotaDataIfSupported(const char *aBoxName);
+
+  // CondStore support - true if server supports it, and the user hasn't disabled it.
+  bool UseCondStore();
+  // false if pref "mail.server.serverxxx.use_condstore" is false;
+  bool m_useCondStore; 
+  // COMPRESS=DEFLATE support - true if server supports it, and the user hasn't disabled it.
+  bool UseCompressDeflate();
+  // false if pref "mail.server.serverxxx.use_compress_deflate" is false;
+  bool m_useCompressDeflate; 
+  // these come from the nsIDBFolderInfo in the msgDatabase and
+  // are initialized in nsImapProtocol::SetupWithUrl.
+  uint64_t mFolderLastModSeq;
+  int32_t mFolderTotalMsgCount;
+  uint32_t mFolderHighestUID;
+  uint32_t mFolderNumDeleted;
+
+  bool m_isGmailServer;
+  nsTArray<nsCString> mCustomDBHeaders;
+  nsTArray<nsCString> mCustomHeaders;
+  bool    m_trackingTime;
+  PRTime  m_startTime;
+  PRTime  m_endTime;
+  PRTime  m_lastActiveTime;
+  int32_t m_tooFastTime;
+  int32_t m_idealTime;
+  int32_t m_chunkAddSize;
+  int32_t m_chunkStartSize;
+  bool    m_fetchByChunks;
+  bool    m_sendID;
+  int32_t m_curFetchSize;
+  bool    m_ignoreExpunges;
+  eIMAPCapabilityFlags m_prefAuthMethods; // set of capability flags (in nsImapCore.h) for auth methods
+  eIMAPCapabilityFlags m_failedAuthMethods; // ditto
+  eIMAPCapabilityFlag m_currentAuthMethod; // exactly one capability flag, or 0
+  int32_t m_socketType;
+  int32_t m_chunkSize;
+  int32_t m_chunkThreshold;
+  RefPtr<nsMsgImapLineDownloadCache> m_downloadLineCache;
+  RefPtr<nsMsgImapHdrXferInfo> m_hdrDownloadCache;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIImapHeaderInfo> m_curHdrInfo;
+  // mapping between mailboxes and the corresponding folder flags
+  nsDataHashtable<nsCStringHashKey, int32_t> m_standardListMailboxes;
+  // mapping between special xlist mailboxes and the corresponding folder flags
+  nsDataHashtable<nsCStringHashKey, int32_t> m_specialXListMailboxes;
+
+
+  nsIImapHostSessionList * m_hostSessionList;
+
+  bool m_fromHeaderSeen;
+
+  // these settings allow clients to override various pieces of the connection info from the url
+  bool m_overRideUrlConnectionInfo;
+
+  nsCString m_logonHost;
+  nsCString m_logonCookie;
+  int16_t m_logonPort;
+  
+  nsString mAcceptLanguages;
+  
+  // progress stuff
+  void SetProgressString(const char* stringName);
+  
+  nsString m_progressString;
+  nsCString     m_progressStringName;
+  int32_t       m_progressIndex;
+  int32_t       m_progressCount;
+  nsCString     m_lastProgressStringName;
+  int32_t       m_lastPercent;
+  int64_t       m_lastProgressTime;
+
+  bool m_notifySearchHit;
+  bool m_checkForNewMailDownloadsHeaders;
+  bool m_needNoop;
+  bool m_idle;
+  bool m_useIdle;
+  int32_t m_noopCount;
+  bool    m_autoSubscribe, m_autoUnsubscribe, m_autoSubscribeOnOpen;
+  bool m_closeNeededBeforeSelect;
+  bool m_retryUrlOnError;
+  bool m_preferPlainText;
+  nsCString m_forceSelectValue;
+  bool m_forceSelect;
+
+  int32_t m_uidValidity; // stored uid validity for the selected folder.
+
+  enum EMailboxHierarchyNameState {
+    kNoOperationInProgress,
+      kDiscoverBaseFolderInProgress,
+      kDiscoverTrashFolderInProgress,
+      kDeleteSubFoldersInProgress,
+      kListingForInfoOnly,
+      kListingForInfoAndDiscovery,
+      kDiscoveringNamespacesOnly,
+      kXListing,
+      kListingForFolderFlags,
+      kListingForCreate
+  };
+  EMailboxHierarchyNameState  m_hierarchyNameState;
+  EMailboxDiscoverStatus      m_discoveryStatus;
+  nsTArray<nsIMAPMailboxInfo*> m_listedMailboxList;
+  nsTArray<char*> *            m_deletableChildren;
+  uint32_t                    m_flagChangeCount;
+  PRTime                      m_lastCheckTime;
+
+  bool CheckNeeded();
+
+  nsString m_emptyMimePartString;
+
+  RefPtr<mozilla::mailnews::OAuth2ThreadHelper> mOAuth2Support;
+};
+
+// This small class is a "mock" channel because it is a mockery of the imap channel's implementation...
+// it's a light weight channel that we can return to necko when they ask for a channel on a url before
+// we actually have an imap protocol instance around which can run the url. Please see my comments in
+// nsIImapMockChannel.idl for more details..
+//
+// Threading concern: This class lives entirely in the UI thread.
+
+class nsICacheEntry;
+
+class nsImapMockChannel : public nsIImapMockChannel
+                        , public nsICacheEntryOpenCallback
+                        , public nsITransportEventSink
+                        , public nsSupportsWeakReference
+{
+public:
+  friend class nsImapProtocol;
+
+  NS_DECL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIIMAPMOCKCHANNEL
+  NS_DECL_NSICHANNEL
+  NS_DECL_NSIREQUEST
+  NS_DECL_NSICACHEENTRYOPENCALLBACK
+  NS_DECL_NSITRANSPORTEVENTSINK
+
+  nsImapMockChannel();
+  static nsresult Create (const nsIID& iid, void **result);
+  nsresult RunOnStopRequestFailure();
+
+protected:
+  virtual ~nsImapMockChannel();
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIURI> m_url;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> m_originalUrl;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsILoadGroup> m_loadGroup;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsILoadInfo> m_loadInfo;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStreamListener> m_channelListener;
+  nsISupports * m_channelContext; 
+  nsresult m_cancelStatus;
+  nsLoadFlags mLoadFlags;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIProgressEventSink> mProgressEventSink;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIInterfaceRequestor> mCallbacks;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> mOwner;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> mSecurityInfo;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIRequest> mCacheRequest; // the request associated with a read from the cache
+  nsCString mContentType;
+  nsCString mCharset;
+  nsWeakPtr mProtocol;
+
+  bool mChannelClosed;
+  bool mReadingFromCache;
+  bool mTryingToReadPart;
+  int64_t mContentLength;
+
+  // cache related helper methods
+  nsresult OpenCacheEntry(); // makes a request to the cache service for a cache entry for a url
+  bool ReadFromLocalCache(); // attempts to read the url out of our local (offline) cache....
+  nsresult ReadFromImapConnection(); // creates a new imap connection to read the url
+  nsresult ReadFromMemCache(nsICacheEntry *entry); // attempts to read the url out of our memory cache
+  nsresult NotifyStartEndReadFromCache(bool start);
+
+  // we end up daisy chaining multiple nsIStreamListeners into the load process.
+  nsresult SetupPartExtractorListener(nsIImapUrl * aUrl, nsIStreamListener * aConsumer);
+};
+
+// This class contains the name of a mailbox and whether or not
+// its children have been listed.
+class nsIMAPMailboxInfo
+{
+public:
+  nsIMAPMailboxInfo(const nsACString &aName, char aDelimiter);
+  virtual ~nsIMAPMailboxInfo();
+
+  void   SetChildrenListed(bool childrenListed);
+  bool GetChildrenListed();
+  const  nsACString& GetMailboxName();
+  char   GetDelimiter();
+
+protected:
+  nsCString mMailboxName;
+  bool     mChildrenListed;
+  char     mDelimiter;
+};
+
+#endif  // nsImapProtocol_h___
diff --git a/mailnews/imap/src/nsImapSearchResults.cpp b/mailnews/imap/src/nsImapSearchResults.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e5e4a76be
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/imap/src/nsImapSearchResults.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "msgCore.h"  // for pre-compiled headers
+
+#include "nsImapCore.h"
+#include "nsImapSearchResults.h"
+#include "prmem.h"
+#include "nsCRT.h"
+
+nsImapSearchResultSequence::nsImapSearchResultSequence()
+{
+}
+
+nsImapSearchResultSequence *nsImapSearchResultSequence::CreateSearchResultSequence()
+{
+  return new nsImapSearchResultSequence;
+}
+
+void nsImapSearchResultSequence::Clear(void)
+{
+    int32_t i = Length();
+    while (0 <= --i) 
+    {
+      char* string = ElementAt(i);
+      PR_Free(string);
+    }
+    nsTArray<char*>::Clear();
+}
+
+nsImapSearchResultSequence::~nsImapSearchResultSequence()
+{
+  Clear();
+}
+
+
+void nsImapSearchResultSequence::ResetSequence()
+{
+  Clear();
+}
+
+void nsImapSearchResultSequence::AddSearchResultLine(const char *searchLine)
+{
+  // The first add becomes node 2.  Fix this.
+  char *copiedSequence = PL_strdup(searchLine + 9); // 9 == "* SEARCH "
+  
+  if (copiedSequence)	// if we can't allocate this then the search won't hit
+    AppendElement(copiedSequence);
+}
+
+
+nsImapSearchResultIterator::nsImapSearchResultIterator(nsImapSearchResultSequence &sequence) :
+fSequence(sequence)
+{
+  ResetIterator();
+}
+
+nsImapSearchResultIterator::~nsImapSearchResultIterator()
+{
+}
+
+void  nsImapSearchResultIterator::ResetIterator()
+{
+  fSequenceIndex = 0;
+  fCurrentLine = (char *) fSequence.SafeElementAt(fSequenceIndex);
+  fPositionInCurrentLine = fCurrentLine;
+}
+
+int32_t nsImapSearchResultIterator::GetNextMessageNumber()
+{
+  int32_t returnValue = 0;
+  if (fPositionInCurrentLine)
+  {	
+    returnValue = atoi(fPositionInCurrentLine);
+    
+    // eat the current number
+    while (isdigit(*++fPositionInCurrentLine))
+      ;
+    
+    if (*fPositionInCurrentLine == 0xD)	// found CR, no more digits on line
+    {
+      fCurrentLine = (char *) fSequence.SafeElementAt(++fSequenceIndex);
+      fPositionInCurrentLine = fCurrentLine;
+    }
+    else	// eat the space
+      fPositionInCurrentLine++;
+  }
+  
+  return returnValue;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/imap/src/nsImapSearchResults.h b/mailnews/imap/src/nsImapSearchResults.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b4333417b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/imap/src/nsImapSearchResults.h
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsImapSearchResults_h___
+#define nsImapSearchResults_h___
+
+#include "nsTArray.h"
+
+class nsImapSearchResultSequence : public nsTArray<char*>
+{
+public:
+    virtual ~nsImapSearchResultSequence();
+    static nsImapSearchResultSequence *CreateSearchResultSequence();
+    
+    virtual void AddSearchResultLine(const char *searchLine);
+    virtual void ResetSequence();
+    void  Clear();
+    
+    friend class nsImapSearchResultIterator;
+private:
+    nsImapSearchResultSequence();
+};
+
+class nsImapSearchResultIterator {
+public:
+    nsImapSearchResultIterator(nsImapSearchResultSequence &sequence);
+    virtual ~nsImapSearchResultIterator();
+    
+    void  ResetIterator();
+    int32_t GetNextMessageNumber();   // returns 0 at end of list
+private:
+    nsImapSearchResultSequence &fSequence;
+    int32_t fSequenceIndex;
+    char  *fCurrentLine;
+    char  *fPositionInCurrentLine;
+};
+
+
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/imap/src/nsImapServerResponseParser.cpp b/mailnews/imap/src/nsImapServerResponseParser.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..faa37cc45
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/imap/src/nsImapServerResponseParser.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,3360 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "msgCore.h"  // for pre-compiled headers
+#include "nsMimeTypes.h"
+#include "nsImapCore.h"
+#include "nsImapProtocol.h"
+#include "nsImapServerResponseParser.h"
+#include "nsIMAPBodyShell.h"
+#include "nsImapFlagAndUidState.h"
+#include "nsIMAPNamespace.h"
+#include "nsImapStringBundle.h"
+#include "nsImapUtils.h"
+#include "nsCRT.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "mozilla/Logging.h"
+
+////////////////// nsImapServerResponseParser /////////////////////////
+
+extern PRLogModuleInfo* IMAP;
+
+nsImapServerResponseParser::nsImapServerResponseParser(nsImapProtocol &imapProtocolConnection)
+                            : nsIMAPGenericParser(),
+    fReportingErrors(true),
+    fCurrentFolderReadOnly(false),
+    fCurrentLineContainedFlagInfo(false),
+    fServerIsNetscape3xServer(false),
+    fNumberOfUnseenMessages(0),
+    fNumberOfExistingMessages(0),
+    fNumberOfRecentMessages(0),
+    fSizeOfMostRecentMessage(0),
+    fTotalDownloadSize(0),
+    fCurrentCommandTag(nullptr),
+    fSelectedMailboxName(nullptr),
+    fIMAPstate(kNonAuthenticated),
+    fLastChunk(false),
+    fServerConnection(imapProtocolConnection),
+    fHostSessionList(nullptr)
+{
+  fSearchResults = nsImapSearchResultSequence::CreateSearchResultSequence();
+  fFolderAdminUrl = nullptr;
+  fNetscapeServerVersionString = nullptr;
+  fXSenderInfo = nullptr;
+  fSupportsUserDefinedFlags = 0;
+  fSettablePermanentFlags = 0;
+  fCapabilityFlag = kCapabilityUndefined;
+  fLastAlert = nullptr;
+  fDownloadingHeaders = false;
+  fGotPermanentFlags = false;
+  fFolderUIDValidity = 0;
+  fHighestModSeq = 0;
+  fAuthChallenge = nullptr;
+  fStatusUnseenMessages = 0;
+  fStatusRecentMessages = 0;
+  fStatusNextUID = nsMsgKey_None;
+  fStatusExistingMessages = 0;
+  fReceivedHeaderOrSizeForUID = nsMsgKey_None;
+  fCondStoreEnabled = false;
+}
+
+nsImapServerResponseParser::~nsImapServerResponseParser()
+{
+  PR_Free( fCurrentCommandTag );
+  delete fSearchResults;
+  PR_Free( fFolderAdminUrl );
+  PR_Free( fNetscapeServerVersionString );
+  PR_Free( fXSenderInfo );
+  PR_Free( fLastAlert );
+  PR_Free( fSelectedMailboxName );
+  PR_Free(fAuthChallenge);
+
+  NS_IF_RELEASE (fHostSessionList);
+}
+
+bool nsImapServerResponseParser::LastCommandSuccessful()
+{
+  return (!CommandFailed() &&
+    !fServerConnection.DeathSignalReceived() &&
+    nsIMAPGenericParser::LastCommandSuccessful());
+}
+
+// returns true if things look ok to continue
+bool nsImapServerResponseParser::GetNextLineForParser(char **nextLine)
+{
+  bool rv = true;
+  *nextLine = fServerConnection.CreateNewLineFromSocket();
+  if (fServerConnection.DeathSignalReceived() ||
+      NS_FAILED(fServerConnection.GetConnectionStatus()))
+    rv = false;
+  // we'd really like to try to silently reconnect, but we shouldn't put this
+  // message up just in the interrupt case
+  if (NS_FAILED(fServerConnection.GetConnectionStatus()) &&
+      !fServerConnection.DeathSignalReceived())
+    fServerConnection.AlertUserEventUsingName("imapServerDisconnected");
+  return rv;
+}
+
+bool nsImapServerResponseParser::CommandFailed()
+{
+  return fCurrentCommandFailed;
+}
+
+void nsImapServerResponseParser::SetCommandFailed(bool failed)
+{
+  fCurrentCommandFailed = failed;
+}
+
+void nsImapServerResponseParser::SetFlagState(nsIImapFlagAndUidState *state)
+{
+  fFlagState = state;
+}
+
+uint32_t nsImapServerResponseParser::SizeOfMostRecentMessage()
+{
+  return fSizeOfMostRecentMessage;
+}
+
+// Call this when adding a pipelined command to the session
+void nsImapServerResponseParser::IncrementNumberOfTaggedResponsesExpected(const char *newExpectedTag)
+{
+  fNumberOfTaggedResponsesExpected++;
+  PR_Free( fCurrentCommandTag );
+  fCurrentCommandTag = PL_strdup(newExpectedTag);
+  if (!fCurrentCommandTag)
+    HandleMemoryFailure();
+}
+
+void nsImapServerResponseParser::InitializeState()
+{
+  fCurrentCommandFailed = false;
+  fNumberOfRecentMessages = 0;
+  fReceivedHeaderOrSizeForUID = nsMsgKey_None;
+}
+
+// RFC3501:  response = *(continue-req / response-data) response-done
+//           response-data = "*" SP (resp-cond-state / resp-cond-bye /
+//                           mailbox-data / message-data / capability-data) CRLF
+//           continue-req    = "+" SP (resp-text / base64) CRLF
+void nsImapServerResponseParser::ParseIMAPServerResponse(const char *aCurrentCommand,
+                                                         bool aIgnoreBadAndNOResponses,
+                                                         char *aGreetingWithCapability)
+{
+
+  NS_ASSERTION(aCurrentCommand && *aCurrentCommand != '\r' &&
+    *aCurrentCommand != '\n' && *aCurrentCommand != ' ', "Invailid command string");
+  bool sendingIdleDone = !strcmp(aCurrentCommand, "DONE" CRLF);
+  if (sendingIdleDone)
+    fWaitingForMoreClientInput = false;
+
+  // Reinitialize the parser
+  SetConnected(true);
+  SetSyntaxError(false);
+
+  // Reinitialize our state
+  InitializeState();
+
+  // the default is to not pipeline
+  fNumberOfTaggedResponsesExpected = 1;
+  int numberOfTaggedResponsesReceived = 0;
+
+  nsCString copyCurrentCommand(aCurrentCommand);
+  if (!fServerConnection.DeathSignalReceived())
+  {
+    char *placeInTokenString = nullptr;
+    char *tagToken = nullptr;
+    const char *commandToken = nullptr;
+    bool inIdle = false;
+    if (!sendingIdleDone)
+    {
+      placeInTokenString = copyCurrentCommand.BeginWriting();
+      tagToken = NS_strtok(WHITESPACE, &placeInTokenString);
+      commandToken = NS_strtok(WHITESPACE, &placeInTokenString);
+    }
+    else
+      commandToken = "DONE";
+    if (tagToken)
+    {
+      PR_Free( fCurrentCommandTag );
+      fCurrentCommandTag = PL_strdup(tagToken);
+      if (!fCurrentCommandTag)
+        HandleMemoryFailure();
+      inIdle = commandToken && !strcmp(commandToken, "IDLE");
+    }
+
+    if (commandToken && ContinueParse())
+      PreProcessCommandToken(commandToken, aCurrentCommand);
+
+    if (ContinueParse())
+    {
+      ResetLexAnalyzer();
+
+      if (aGreetingWithCapability)
+      {
+        PR_FREEIF(fCurrentLine);
+        fCurrentLine = aGreetingWithCapability;
+      }
+
+      do {
+        AdvanceToNextToken();
+
+        // untagged responses [RFC3501, Sec. 2.2.2]
+        while (ContinueParse() && fNextToken && *fNextToken == '*')
+        {
+          response_data();
+          if (ContinueParse())
+          {
+            if (!fAtEndOfLine)
+              SetSyntaxError(true);
+            else if (!inIdle && !fCurrentCommandFailed && !aGreetingWithCapability)
+              AdvanceToNextToken();
+          }
+        }
+
+        // command continuation request [RFC3501, Sec. 7.5]
+        if (ContinueParse() && fNextToken && *fNextToken == '+')	// never pipeline APPEND or AUTHENTICATE
+        {
+          NS_ASSERTION((fNumberOfTaggedResponsesExpected - numberOfTaggedResponsesReceived) == 1,
+            " didn't get the number of tagged responses we expected");
+          numberOfTaggedResponsesReceived = fNumberOfTaggedResponsesExpected;
+          if (commandToken && !PL_strcasecmp(commandToken, "authenticate") && placeInTokenString &&
+            (!PL_strncasecmp(placeInTokenString, "CRAM-MD5", strlen("CRAM-MD5"))
+             || !PL_strncasecmp(placeInTokenString, "NTLM", strlen("NTLM"))
+             || !PL_strncasecmp(placeInTokenString, "GSSAPI", strlen("GSSAPI"))
+             || !PL_strncasecmp(placeInTokenString, "MSN", strlen("MSN"))))
+          {
+            // we need to store the challenge from the server if we are using CRAM-MD5 or NTLM.
+            authChallengeResponse_data();
+          }
+        }
+        else
+          numberOfTaggedResponsesReceived++;
+
+        if (numberOfTaggedResponsesReceived < fNumberOfTaggedResponsesExpected)
+          response_tagged();
+
+      } while (ContinueParse() && !inIdle && (numberOfTaggedResponsesReceived < fNumberOfTaggedResponsesExpected));
+
+      // check and see if the server is waiting for more input
+      // it's possible that we ate this + while parsing certain responses (like cram data),
+      // in these cases, the parsing routine for that specific command will manually set
+      // fWaitingForMoreClientInput so we don't lose that information....
+      if ((fNextToken && *fNextToken == '+') || inIdle)
+      {
+        fWaitingForMoreClientInput = true;
+      }
+      // if we aren't still waiting for more input....
+      else if (!fWaitingForMoreClientInput && !aGreetingWithCapability)
+      {
+        if (ContinueParse())
+          response_done();
+
+        if (ContinueParse() && !CommandFailed())
+        {
+          // a successful command may change the eIMAPstate
+          ProcessOkCommand(commandToken);
+        }
+        else if (CommandFailed())
+        {
+          // a failed command may change the eIMAPstate
+          ProcessBadCommand(commandToken);
+          if (fReportingErrors && !aIgnoreBadAndNOResponses)
+            fServerConnection.AlertUserEventFromServer(fCurrentLine);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  else
+    SetConnected(false);
+}
+
+void nsImapServerResponseParser::HandleMemoryFailure()
+{
+  fServerConnection.AlertUserEventUsingName("imapOutOfMemory");
+  nsIMAPGenericParser::HandleMemoryFailure();
+}
+
+
+// SEARCH is the only command that requires pre-processing for now.
+// others will be added here.
+void nsImapServerResponseParser::PreProcessCommandToken(const char *commandToken,
+                                                        const char *currentCommand)
+{
+  fCurrentCommandIsSingleMessageFetch = false;
+  fWaitingForMoreClientInput = false;
+
+  if (!PL_strcasecmp(commandToken, "SEARCH"))
+    fSearchResults->ResetSequence();
+  else if (!PL_strcasecmp(commandToken, "SELECT") && currentCommand)
+  {
+    // the mailbox name must be quoted, so strip the quotes
+    const char *openQuote = PL_strchr(currentCommand, '"');
+    NS_ASSERTION(openQuote, "expected open quote in imap server response");
+    if (!openQuote)
+    { // ill formed select command
+      openQuote = PL_strchr(currentCommand, ' ');
+    }
+    PR_Free( fSelectedMailboxName);
+    fSelectedMailboxName = PL_strdup(openQuote + 1);
+    if (fSelectedMailboxName)
+    {
+      // strip the escape chars and the ending quote
+      char *currentChar = fSelectedMailboxName;
+      while (*currentChar)
+      {
+        if (*currentChar == '\\')
+        {
+          PL_strcpy(currentChar, currentChar+1);
+          currentChar++;	// skip what we are escaping
+        }
+        else if (*currentChar == '\"')
+          *currentChar = 0;	// end quote
+        else
+          currentChar++;
+      }
+    }
+    else
+      HandleMemoryFailure();
+
+    // we don't want bogus info for this new box
+    //delete fFlagState;	// not our object
+    //fFlagState = nullptr;
+  }
+  else if (!PL_strcasecmp(commandToken, "CLOSE"))
+  {
+    return;	// just for debugging
+    // we don't want bogus info outside the selected state
+    //delete fFlagState;	// not our object
+    //fFlagState = nullptr;
+  }
+  else if (!PL_strcasecmp(commandToken, "UID"))
+  {
+    nsCString copyCurrentCommand(currentCommand);
+    if (!fServerConnection.DeathSignalReceived())
+    {
+      char *placeInTokenString = copyCurrentCommand.BeginWriting();
+      (void) NS_strtok(WHITESPACE, &placeInTokenString); // skip tag token
+      (void) NS_strtok(WHITESPACE, &placeInTokenString); // skip uid token
+      char *fetchToken = NS_strtok(WHITESPACE, &placeInTokenString);
+      if (!PL_strcasecmp(fetchToken, "FETCH") )
+      {
+        char *uidStringToken = NS_strtok(WHITESPACE, &placeInTokenString);
+        // , and : are uid delimiters
+        if (!PL_strchr(uidStringToken, ',') && !PL_strchr(uidStringToken, ':'))
+          fCurrentCommandIsSingleMessageFetch = true;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+const char *nsImapServerResponseParser::GetSelectedMailboxName()
+{
+  return fSelectedMailboxName;
+}
+
+nsImapSearchResultIterator *nsImapServerResponseParser::CreateSearchResultIterator()
+{
+  return new nsImapSearchResultIterator(*fSearchResults);
+}
+
+nsImapServerResponseParser::eIMAPstate nsImapServerResponseParser::GetIMAPstate()
+{
+  return fIMAPstate;
+}
+
+void nsImapServerResponseParser::PreauthSetAuthenticatedState()
+{
+  fIMAPstate = kAuthenticated;
+}
+
+void nsImapServerResponseParser::ProcessOkCommand(const char *commandToken)
+{
+  if (!PL_strcasecmp(commandToken, "LOGIN") ||
+    !PL_strcasecmp(commandToken, "AUTHENTICATE"))
+    fIMAPstate = kAuthenticated;
+  else if (!PL_strcasecmp(commandToken, "LOGOUT"))
+    fIMAPstate = kNonAuthenticated;
+  else if (!PL_strcasecmp(commandToken, "SELECT") ||
+    !PL_strcasecmp(commandToken, "EXAMINE"))
+    fIMAPstate = kFolderSelected;
+  else if (!PL_strcasecmp(commandToken, "CLOSE"))
+  {
+    fIMAPstate = kAuthenticated;
+    // we no longer have a selected mailbox.
+    PR_FREEIF( fSelectedMailboxName );
+  }
+  else if ((!PL_strcasecmp(commandToken, "LIST")) ||
+          (!PL_strcasecmp(commandToken, "LSUB")) ||
+          (!PL_strcasecmp(commandToken, "XLIST")))
+  {
+    //fServerConnection.MailboxDiscoveryFinished();
+    // This used to be reporting that we were finished
+    // discovering folders for each time we issued a
+    // LIST or LSUB.  So if we explicitly listed the
+    // INBOX, or Trash, or namespaces, we would get multiple
+    // "done" states, even though we hadn't finished.
+    // Move this to be called from the connection object
+    // itself.
+  }
+  else if (!PL_strcasecmp(commandToken, "FETCH"))
+  {
+    if (!fZeroLengthMessageUidString.IsEmpty())
+    {
+      // "Deleting zero length message");
+      fServerConnection.Store(fZeroLengthMessageUidString, "+Flags (\\Deleted)", true);
+      if (LastCommandSuccessful())
+        fServerConnection.Expunge();
+
+      fZeroLengthMessageUidString.Truncate();
+    }
+  }
+  if (GetFillingInShell())
+  {
+    // There is a BODYSTRUCTURE response.  Now let's generate the stream...
+    // that is, if we're not doing it already
+    if (!m_shell->IsBeingGenerated())
+    {
+      nsImapProtocol *navCon = &fServerConnection;
+
+      char *imapPart = nullptr;
+
+      fServerConnection.GetCurrentUrl()->GetImapPartToFetch(&imapPart);
+      m_shell->Generate(imapPart);
+      PR_Free(imapPart);
+
+      if ((navCon && navCon->GetPseudoInterrupted())
+        || fServerConnection.DeathSignalReceived())
+      {
+        // we were pseudointerrupted or interrupted
+        // if it's not in the cache, then we were (pseudo)interrupted while generating
+        // for the first time. Release it.
+        if (!m_shell->IsShellCached())
+          m_shell = nullptr;
+        navCon->PseudoInterrupt(false);
+      }
+      else if (m_shell->GetIsValid())
+      {
+        // If we have a valid shell that has not already been cached, then cache it.
+        if (!m_shell->IsShellCached() && fHostSessionList)	// cache is responsible for destroying it
+        {
+          MOZ_LOG(IMAP, mozilla::LogLevel::Info,
+            ("BODYSHELL:  Adding shell to cache."));
+          const char *serverKey = fServerConnection.GetImapServerKey();
+          fHostSessionList->AddShellToCacheForHost(
+            serverKey, m_shell);
+        }
+      }
+      m_shell = nullptr;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+void nsImapServerResponseParser::ProcessBadCommand(const char *commandToken)
+{
+  if (!PL_strcasecmp(commandToken, "LOGIN") ||
+    !PL_strcasecmp(commandToken, "AUTHENTICATE"))
+    fIMAPstate = kNonAuthenticated;
+  else if (!PL_strcasecmp(commandToken, "LOGOUT"))
+    fIMAPstate = kNonAuthenticated; // ??
+  else if (!PL_strcasecmp(commandToken, "SELECT") ||
+    !PL_strcasecmp(commandToken, "EXAMINE"))
+    fIMAPstate = kAuthenticated; // nothing selected
+  else if (!PL_strcasecmp(commandToken, "CLOSE"))
+    fIMAPstate = kAuthenticated; // nothing selected
+  if (GetFillingInShell() && !m_shell->IsBeingGenerated())
+    m_shell = nullptr;
+}
+
+
+
+// RFC3501:  response-data = "*" SP (resp-cond-state / resp-cond-bye /
+//                           mailbox-data / message-data / capability-data) CRLF
+// These are ``untagged'' responses [RFC3501, Sec. 2.2.2]
+/*
+ The RFC1730 grammar spec did not allow one symbol look ahead to determine
+ between mailbox_data / message_data so I combined the numeric possibilities
+ of mailbox_data and all of message_data into numeric_mailbox_data.
+
+ It is assumed that the initial "*" is already consumed before calling this
+ method. The production implemented here is
+         response_data   ::= (resp_cond_state / resp_cond_bye /
+                              mailbox_data / numeric_mailbox_data /
+                              capability_data)
+                              CRLF
+*/
+void nsImapServerResponseParser::response_data()
+{
+  AdvanceToNextToken();
+
+  if (ContinueParse())
+  {
+    // Instead of comparing lots of strings and make function calls, try to
+    // pre-flight the possibilities based on the first letter of the token.
+    switch (NS_ToUpper(fNextToken[0]))
+    {
+    case 'O':   // OK
+      if (NS_ToUpper(fNextToken[1]) == 'K')
+        resp_cond_state(false);
+      else SetSyntaxError(true);
+      break;
+    case 'N':   // NO
+      if (NS_ToUpper(fNextToken[1]) == 'O')
+        resp_cond_state(false);
+      else if (!PL_strcasecmp(fNextToken, "NAMESPACE"))
+        namespace_data();
+      else SetSyntaxError(true);
+      break;
+    case 'B':   // BAD
+      if (!PL_strcasecmp(fNextToken, "BAD"))
+        resp_cond_state(false);
+      else if (!PL_strcasecmp(fNextToken, "BYE"))
+        resp_cond_bye();
+      else SetSyntaxError(true);
+      break;
+    case 'F':
+      if (!PL_strcasecmp(fNextToken, "FLAGS"))
+        mailbox_data();
+      else SetSyntaxError(true);
+      break;
+    case 'P':
+      if (PL_strcasecmp(fNextToken, "PERMANENTFLAGS"))
+        mailbox_data();
+      else SetSyntaxError(true);
+      break;
+    case 'L':
+      if (!PL_strcasecmp(fNextToken, "LIST") || !PL_strcasecmp(fNextToken, "LSUB"))
+        mailbox_data();
+      else if (!PL_strcasecmp(fNextToken, "LANGUAGE"))
+        language_data();
+      else
+        SetSyntaxError(true);
+      break;
+    case 'M':
+      if (!PL_strcasecmp(fNextToken, "MAILBOX"))
+        mailbox_data();
+      else if (!PL_strcasecmp(fNextToken, "MYRIGHTS"))
+        myrights_data(false);
+      else SetSyntaxError(true);
+      break;
+    case 'S':
+      if (!PL_strcasecmp(fNextToken, "SEARCH"))
+        mailbox_data();
+      else if (!PL_strcasecmp(fNextToken, "STATUS"))
+      {
+        AdvanceToNextToken();
+        if (fNextToken)
+        {
+          char *mailboxName = CreateAstring();
+          PL_strfree( mailboxName);
+        }
+        while (ContinueParse() && !fAtEndOfLine)
+        {
+          AdvanceToNextToken();
+          if (!fNextToken)
+            break;
+
+          if (*fNextToken == '(') fNextToken++;
+          if (!PL_strcasecmp(fNextToken, "UIDNEXT"))
+          {
+            AdvanceToNextToken();
+            if (fNextToken)
+            {
+              fStatusNextUID = strtoul(fNextToken, nullptr, 10);
+              // if this token ends in ')', then it is the last token
+              // else we advance
+              if ( *(fNextToken + strlen(fNextToken) - 1) == ')')
+                fNextToken += strlen(fNextToken) - 1;
+            }
+          }
+          else if (!PL_strcasecmp(fNextToken, "MESSAGES"))
+          {
+            AdvanceToNextToken();
+            if (fNextToken)
+            {
+              fStatusExistingMessages = strtoul(fNextToken, nullptr, 10);
+              // if this token ends in ')', then it is the last token
+              // else we advance
+              if ( *(fNextToken + strlen(fNextToken) - 1) == ')')
+                fNextToken += strlen(fNextToken) - 1;
+            }
+          }
+          else if (!PL_strcasecmp(fNextToken, "UNSEEN"))
+          {
+            AdvanceToNextToken();
+            if (fNextToken)
+            {
+              fStatusUnseenMessages = strtoul(fNextToken, nullptr, 10);
+              // if this token ends in ')', then it is the last token
+              // else we advance
+              if ( *(fNextToken + strlen(fNextToken) - 1) == ')')
+                fNextToken += strlen(fNextToken) - 1;
+            }
+          }
+          else if (!PL_strcasecmp(fNextToken, "RECENT"))
+          {
+            AdvanceToNextToken();
+            if (fNextToken)
+            {
+              fStatusRecentMessages = strtoul(fNextToken, nullptr, 10);
+              // if this token ends in ')', then it is the last token
+              // else we advance
+              if ( *(fNextToken + strlen(fNextToken) - 1) == ')')
+                fNextToken += strlen(fNextToken) - 1;
+            }
+          }
+          else if (*fNextToken == ')')
+            break;
+          else if (!fAtEndOfLine)
+            SetSyntaxError(true);
+        }
+      } else SetSyntaxError(true);
+      break;
+    case 'C':
+      if (!PL_strcasecmp(fNextToken, "CAPABILITY"))
+        capability_data();
+      else SetSyntaxError(true);
+      break;
+    case 'V':
+      if (!PL_strcasecmp(fNextToken, "VERSION"))
+      {
+        // figure out the version of the Netscape server here
+        PR_FREEIF(fNetscapeServerVersionString);
+        AdvanceToNextToken();
+        if (! fNextToken)
+          SetSyntaxError(true);
+        else
+        {
+          fNetscapeServerVersionString = CreateAstring();
+          AdvanceToNextToken();
+          if (fNetscapeServerVersionString)
+          {
+            fServerIsNetscape3xServer = (*fNetscapeServerVersionString == '3');
+          }
+        }
+        skip_to_CRLF();
+      }
+      else SetSyntaxError(true);
+      break;
+    case 'A':
+      if (!PL_strcasecmp(fNextToken, "ACL"))
+      {
+        acl_data();
+      }
+      else if (!PL_strcasecmp(fNextToken, "ACCOUNT-URL"))
+      {
+        fMailAccountUrl.Truncate();
+        AdvanceToNextToken();
+        if (! fNextToken)
+          SetSyntaxError(true);
+        else
+        {
+          fMailAccountUrl.Adopt(CreateAstring());
+          AdvanceToNextToken();
+        }
+      }
+      else SetSyntaxError(true);
+      break;
+    case 'E':
+      if (!PL_strcasecmp(fNextToken, "ENABLED"))
+        enable_data();
+        break;
+    case 'X':
+      if (!PL_strcasecmp(fNextToken, "XSERVERINFO"))
+        xserverinfo_data();
+      else if (!PL_strcasecmp(fNextToken, "XMAILBOXINFO"))
+        xmailboxinfo_data();
+      else if (!PL_strcasecmp(fNextToken, "XAOL-OPTION"))
+        skip_to_CRLF();
+      else if (!PL_strcasecmp(fNextToken, "XLIST"))
+        mailbox_data();
+      else
+      {
+        // check if custom command
+        nsAutoCString customCommand;
+        fServerConnection.GetCurrentUrl()->GetCommand(customCommand);
+        if (customCommand.Equals(fNextToken))
+        {
+          nsAutoCString customCommandResponse;
+          while (Connected() && !fAtEndOfLine)
+          {
+            AdvanceToNextToken();
+            customCommandResponse.Append(fNextToken);
+            customCommandResponse.Append(" ");
+          }
+          fServerConnection.GetCurrentUrl()->SetCustomCommandResult(customCommandResponse);
+        }
+        else
+          SetSyntaxError(true);
+      }
+      break;
+    case 'Q':
+      if (!PL_strcasecmp(fNextToken, "QUOTAROOT")  || !PL_strcasecmp(fNextToken, "QUOTA"))
+        quota_data();
+      else
+        SetSyntaxError(true);
+      break;
+    case 'I':
+      id_data();
+      break;
+    default:
+      if (IsNumericString(fNextToken))
+        numeric_mailbox_data();
+      else
+        SetSyntaxError(true);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    if (ContinueParse())
+      PostProcessEndOfLine();
+  }
+}
+
+
+void nsImapServerResponseParser::PostProcessEndOfLine()
+{
+  // for now we only have to do one thing here
+  // a fetch response to a 'uid store' command might return the flags
+  // before it returns the uid of the message.  So we need both before
+  // we report the new flag info to the front end
+
+  // also check and be sure that there was a UID in the current response
+  if (fCurrentLineContainedFlagInfo && CurrentResponseUID())
+  {
+    fCurrentLineContainedFlagInfo = false;
+    nsCString customFlags;
+    fFlagState->GetCustomFlags(CurrentResponseUID(), getter_Copies(customFlags));
+    fServerConnection.NotifyMessageFlags(fSavedFlagInfo, customFlags,
+                                         CurrentResponseUID(), fHighestModSeq);
+  }
+}
+
+
+/*
+ mailbox_data    ::=  "FLAGS" SPACE flag_list /
+                               "LIST" SPACE mailbox_list /
+                               "LSUB" SPACE mailbox_list /
+                               "XLIST" SPACE mailbox_list /
+                               "MAILBOX" SPACE text /
+                               "SEARCH" [SPACE 1#nz_number] /
+                               number SPACE "EXISTS" / number SPACE "RECENT"
+
+This production was changed to accomodate predictive parsing
+
+ mailbox_data    ::=  "FLAGS" SPACE flag_list /
+                               "LIST" SPACE mailbox_list /
+                               "LSUB" SPACE mailbox_list /
+                               "XLIST" SPACE mailbox_list /
+                               "MAILBOX" SPACE text /
+                               "SEARCH" [SPACE 1#nz_number]
+*/
+void nsImapServerResponseParser::mailbox_data()
+{
+  if (!PL_strcasecmp(fNextToken, "FLAGS"))
+  {
+    // this handles the case where we got the permanent flags response
+    // before the flags response, in which case, we want to ignore thes flags.
+    if (fGotPermanentFlags)
+      skip_to_CRLF();
+    else
+      parse_folder_flags();
+  }
+  else if (!PL_strcasecmp(fNextToken, "LIST") ||
+           !PL_strcasecmp(fNextToken, "XLIST"))
+  {
+    AdvanceToNextToken();
+    if (ContinueParse())
+      mailbox_list(false);
+  }
+  else if (!PL_strcasecmp(fNextToken, "LSUB"))
+  {
+    AdvanceToNextToken();
+    if (ContinueParse())
+      mailbox_list(true);
+  }
+  else if (!PL_strcasecmp(fNextToken, "MAILBOX"))
+    skip_to_CRLF();
+  else if (!PL_strcasecmp(fNextToken, "SEARCH"))
+  {
+    fSearchResults->AddSearchResultLine(fCurrentLine);
+    fServerConnection.NotifySearchHit(fCurrentLine);
+    skip_to_CRLF();
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+ mailbox_list    ::= "(" #("\Marked" / "\Noinferiors" /
+                              "\Noselect" / "\Unmarked" / flag_extension) ")"
+                              SPACE (<"> QUOTED_CHAR <"> / nil) SPACE mailbox
+*/
+
+void nsImapServerResponseParser::mailbox_list(bool discoveredFromLsub)
+{
+  nsImapMailboxSpec *boxSpec = new nsImapMailboxSpec;
+  NS_ADDREF(boxSpec);
+  bool needsToFreeBoxSpec = true;
+  if (!boxSpec)
+    HandleMemoryFailure();
+  else
+  {
+    boxSpec->mFolderSelected = false;
+    boxSpec->mBoxFlags = kNoFlags;
+    boxSpec->mAllocatedPathName.Truncate();
+    boxSpec->mHostName.Truncate();
+    boxSpec->mConnection = &fServerConnection;
+    boxSpec->mFlagState = nullptr;
+    boxSpec->mDiscoveredFromLsub = discoveredFromLsub;
+    boxSpec->mOnlineVerified = true;
+    boxSpec->mBoxFlags &= ~kNameSpace;
+
+    bool endOfFlags = false;
+    fNextToken++;// eat the first "("
+    do {
+      if (!PL_strncasecmp(fNextToken, "\\Marked", 7))
+        boxSpec->mBoxFlags |= kMarked;
+      else if (!PL_strncasecmp(fNextToken, "\\Unmarked", 9))
+        boxSpec->mBoxFlags |= kUnmarked;
+      else if (!PL_strncasecmp(fNextToken, "\\Noinferiors", 12))
+      {
+        boxSpec->mBoxFlags |= kNoinferiors;
+        // RFC 5258 \Noinferiors implies \HasNoChildren
+        if (fCapabilityFlag & kHasListExtendedCapability)
+          boxSpec->mBoxFlags |= kHasNoChildren;
+      }
+      else if (!PL_strncasecmp(fNextToken, "\\Noselect", 9))
+        boxSpec->mBoxFlags |= kNoselect;
+      else if (!PL_strncasecmp(fNextToken, "\\Drafts", 7))
+        boxSpec->mBoxFlags |= kImapDrafts;
+      else if (!PL_strncasecmp(fNextToken, "\\Trash", 6))
+        boxSpec->mBoxFlags |= kImapXListTrash;
+      else if (!PL_strncasecmp(fNextToken, "\\Sent", 5))
+        boxSpec->mBoxFlags |= kImapSent;
+      else if (!PL_strncasecmp(fNextToken, "\\Spam", 5) ||
+               !PL_strncasecmp(fNextToken, "\\Junk", 5))
+        boxSpec->mBoxFlags |= kImapSpam;
+      else if (!PL_strncasecmp(fNextToken, "\\Archive", 8))
+        boxSpec->mBoxFlags |= kImapArchive;
+      else if (!PL_strncasecmp(fNextToken, "\\All", 4) ||
+               !PL_strncasecmp(fNextToken, "\\AllMail", 8))
+        boxSpec->mBoxFlags |= kImapAllMail;
+      else if (!PL_strncasecmp(fNextToken, "\\Inbox", 6))
+        boxSpec->mBoxFlags |= kImapInbox;
+      else if (!PL_strncasecmp(fNextToken, "\\NonExistent", 11))
+      {
+        boxSpec->mBoxFlags |= kNonExistent;
+        // RFC 5258 \NonExistent implies \Noselect
+        boxSpec->mBoxFlags |= kNoselect;
+      }
+      else if (!PL_strncasecmp(fNextToken, "\\Subscribed", 10))
+        boxSpec->mBoxFlags |= kSubscribed;
+      else if (!PL_strncasecmp(fNextToken, "\\Remote", 6))
+        boxSpec->mBoxFlags |= kRemote;
+      else if (!PL_strncasecmp(fNextToken, "\\HasChildren", 11))
+        boxSpec->mBoxFlags |= kHasChildren;
+      else if (!PL_strncasecmp(fNextToken, "\\HasNoChildren", 13))
+        boxSpec->mBoxFlags |= kHasNoChildren;
+      // we ignore flag other extensions
+
+      endOfFlags = *(fNextToken + strlen(fNextToken) - 1) == ')';
+      AdvanceToNextToken();
+    } while (!endOfFlags && ContinueParse());
+
+    if (ContinueParse())
+    {
+      if (*fNextToken == '"')
+      {
+        fNextToken++;
+        if (*fNextToken == '\\') // handle escaped char
+          boxSpec->mHierarchySeparator = *(fNextToken + 1);
+        else
+          boxSpec->mHierarchySeparator = *fNextToken;
+      }
+      else	// likely NIL.  Discovered late in 4.02 that we do not handle literals here (e.g. {10} <10 chars>), although this is almost impossibly unlikely
+        boxSpec->mHierarchySeparator = kOnlineHierarchySeparatorNil;
+      AdvanceToNextToken();
+      if (ContinueParse())
+      {
+        // nsImapProtocol::DiscoverMailboxSpec() eventually frees the
+        // boxSpec
+        needsToFreeBoxSpec = false;
+        mailbox(boxSpec);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  if (needsToFreeBoxSpec)
+    NS_RELEASE(boxSpec);
+}
+
+/* mailbox         ::= "INBOX" / astring
+*/
+void nsImapServerResponseParser::mailbox(nsImapMailboxSpec *boxSpec)
+{
+  char *boxname = nullptr;
+  const char *serverKey = fServerConnection.GetImapServerKey();
+  bool xlistInbox = boxSpec->mBoxFlags & kImapInbox;
+
+  if (!PL_strcasecmp(fNextToken, "INBOX") || xlistInbox)
+  {
+    boxname = PL_strdup("INBOX");
+    if (xlistInbox)
+      PR_Free(CreateAstring());
+    AdvanceToNextToken();
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    boxname = CreateAstring();
+    AdvanceToNextToken();
+  }
+
+  if (boxname && fHostSessionList)
+  {
+    // should the namespace check go before or after the Utf7 conversion?
+    fHostSessionList->SetNamespaceHierarchyDelimiterFromMailboxForHost(
+      serverKey, boxname, boxSpec->mHierarchySeparator);
+
+
+    nsIMAPNamespace *ns = nullptr;
+    fHostSessionList->GetNamespaceForMailboxForHost(serverKey, boxname, ns);
+    if (ns)
+    {
+      switch (ns->GetType())
+      {
+      case kPersonalNamespace:
+        boxSpec->mBoxFlags |= kPersonalMailbox;
+        break;
+      case kPublicNamespace:
+        boxSpec->mBoxFlags |= kPublicMailbox;
+        break;
+      case kOtherUsersNamespace:
+        boxSpec->mBoxFlags |= kOtherUsersMailbox;
+        break;
+      default:	// (kUnknownNamespace)
+        break;
+      }
+      boxSpec->mNamespaceForFolder = ns;
+    }
+
+    //    	char *convertedName =
+    //            fServerConnection.CreateUtf7ConvertedString(boxname, false);
+    //		char16_t *unicharName;
+    //        unicharName = fServerConnection.CreatePRUnicharStringFromUTF7(boxname);
+    //    	PL_strfree(boxname);
+    //    	boxname = convertedName;
+  }
+
+  if (!boxname)
+  {
+    if (!fServerConnection.DeathSignalReceived())
+      HandleMemoryFailure();
+  }
+  else if (boxSpec->mConnection && boxSpec->mConnection->GetCurrentUrl())
+  {
+    boxSpec->mConnection->GetCurrentUrl()->AllocateCanonicalPath(boxname, boxSpec->mHierarchySeparator,
+                                                                 getter_Copies(boxSpec->mAllocatedPathName));
+    nsIURI *aURL = nullptr;
+    boxSpec->mConnection->GetCurrentUrl()->QueryInterface(NS_GET_IID(nsIURI), (void **) &aURL);
+    if (aURL)
+      aURL->GetHost(boxSpec->mHostName);
+
+    NS_IF_RELEASE(aURL);
+    if (boxname)
+      PL_strfree( boxname);
+    // storage for the boxSpec is now owned by server connection
+    fServerConnection.DiscoverMailboxSpec(boxSpec);
+
+    // if this was cancelled by the user,then we sure don't want to
+    // send more mailboxes their way
+    if (NS_FAILED(fServerConnection.GetConnectionStatus()))
+      SetConnected(false);
+  }
+}
+
+
+/*
+ message_data    ::= nz_number SPACE ("EXPUNGE" /
+                              ("FETCH" SPACE msg_fetch) / msg_obsolete)
+
+was changed to
+
+numeric_mailbox_data ::=  number SPACE "EXISTS" / number SPACE "RECENT"
+ / nz_number SPACE ("EXPUNGE" /
+                              ("FETCH" SPACE msg_fetch) / msg_obsolete)
+
+*/
+void nsImapServerResponseParser::numeric_mailbox_data()
+{
+  int32_t tokenNumber = atoi(fNextToken);
+  AdvanceToNextToken();
+
+  if (ContinueParse())
+  {
+    if (!PL_strcasecmp(fNextToken, "FETCH"))
+    {
+      fFetchResponseIndex = tokenNumber;
+      AdvanceToNextToken();
+      if (ContinueParse())
+        msg_fetch();
+    }
+    else if (!PL_strcasecmp(fNextToken, "EXISTS"))
+    {
+      fNumberOfExistingMessages = tokenNumber;
+      AdvanceToNextToken();
+    }
+    else if (!PL_strcasecmp(fNextToken, "RECENT"))
+    {
+      fNumberOfRecentMessages = tokenNumber;
+      AdvanceToNextToken();
+    }
+    else if (!PL_strcasecmp(fNextToken, "EXPUNGE"))
+    {
+      if (!fServerConnection.GetIgnoreExpunges())
+        fFlagState->ExpungeByIndex((uint32_t) tokenNumber);
+      skip_to_CRLF();
+    }
+    else
+      msg_obsolete();
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+msg_fetch       ::= "(" 1#("BODY" SPACE body /
+"BODYSTRUCTURE" SPACE body /
+"BODY[" section "]" SPACE nstring /
+"ENVELOPE" SPACE envelope /
+"FLAGS" SPACE "(" #(flag / "\Recent") ")" /
+"INTERNALDATE" SPACE date_time /
+"MODSEQ" SPACE "(" nz_number ")" /
+"RFC822" [".HEADER" / ".TEXT"] SPACE nstring /
+"RFC822.SIZE" SPACE number /
+"UID" SPACE uniqueid) ")"
+
+*/
+
+void nsImapServerResponseParser::msg_fetch()
+{
+  bool bNeedEndMessageDownload = false;
+
+  // we have not seen a uid response or flags for this fetch, yet
+  fCurrentResponseUID = 0;
+  fCurrentLineContainedFlagInfo = false;
+  fSizeOfMostRecentMessage = 0;
+  // show any incremental progress, for instance, for header downloading
+  fServerConnection.ShowProgress();
+
+  fNextToken++; // eat the '(' character
+
+  // some of these productions are ignored for now
+  while (ContinueParse() && (*fNextToken != ')') )
+  {
+    if (!PL_strcasecmp(fNextToken, "FLAGS"))
+    {
+      if (fCurrentResponseUID == 0)
+        fFlagState->GetUidOfMessage(fFetchResponseIndex - 1, &fCurrentResponseUID);
+
+      AdvanceToNextToken();
+      if (ContinueParse())
+        flags();
+
+      if (ContinueParse())
+      { // eat the closing ')'
+        fNextToken++;
+        // there may be another ')' to close out
+        // msg_fetch.  If there is then don't advance
+        if (*fNextToken != ')')
+          AdvanceToNextToken();
+      }
+    }
+    else if (!PL_strcasecmp(fNextToken, "UID"))
+    {
+      AdvanceToNextToken();
+      if (ContinueParse())
+      {
+        fCurrentResponseUID = strtoul(fNextToken, nullptr, 10);
+        if (fCurrentResponseUID > fHighestRecordedUID)
+          fHighestRecordedUID = fCurrentResponseUID;
+        // size came before UID
+        if (fSizeOfMostRecentMessage)
+          fReceivedHeaderOrSizeForUID = CurrentResponseUID();
+        // if this token ends in ')', then it is the last token
+        // else we advance
+        char lastTokenChar = *(fNextToken + strlen(fNextToken) - 1);
+        if (lastTokenChar == ')')
+          fNextToken += strlen(fNextToken) - 1;
+        else if (lastTokenChar < '0' || lastTokenChar > '9')
+        {
+          // GIANT HACK
+          // this is a corrupt uid - see if it's pre 5.08 Zimbra omitting
+          // a space between the UID and MODSEQ
+          if (strlen(fNextToken) > 6 &&
+              !strcmp("MODSEQ", fNextToken + strlen(fNextToken) - 6))
+            fNextToken += strlen(fNextToken) - 6;
+        }
+        else
+          AdvanceToNextToken();
+      }
+    }
+    else if (!PL_strcasecmp(fNextToken, "MODSEQ"))
+    {
+      AdvanceToNextToken();
+      if (ContinueParse())
+      {
+        fNextToken++; // eat '('
+        uint64_t modSeq =  ParseUint64Str(fNextToken);
+        if (modSeq > fHighestModSeq)
+          fHighestModSeq = modSeq;
+
+        if (PL_strcasestr(fNextToken, ")"))
+        {
+          // eat token chars until we get the ')'
+          fNextToken = strchr(fNextToken, ')');
+          if (fNextToken)
+          {
+            fNextToken++;
+            if (*fNextToken != ')')
+              AdvanceToNextToken();
+          }
+          else
+            SetSyntaxError(true);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          SetSyntaxError(true);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    else if (!PL_strcasecmp(fNextToken, "RFC822") ||
+      !PL_strcasecmp(fNextToken, "RFC822.HEADER") ||
+      !PL_strncasecmp(fNextToken, "BODY[HEADER",11) ||
+      !PL_strncasecmp(fNextToken, "BODY[]", 6) ||
+      !PL_strcasecmp(fNextToken, "RFC822.TEXT") ||
+      (!PL_strncasecmp(fNextToken, "BODY[", 5) &&
+				  PL_strstr(fNextToken, "HEADER"))
+                                  )
+    {
+      if (fCurrentResponseUID == 0)
+        fFlagState->GetUidOfMessage(fFetchResponseIndex - 1, &fCurrentResponseUID);
+
+      if (!PL_strcasecmp(fNextToken, "RFC822.HEADER") ||
+        !PL_strcasecmp(fNextToken, "BODY[HEADER]"))
+      {
+        // all of this message's headers
+        AdvanceToNextToken();
+        fDownloadingHeaders = true;
+        BeginMessageDownload(MESSAGE_RFC822); // initialize header parser
+        bNeedEndMessageDownload = false;
+        if (ContinueParse())
+          msg_fetch_headers(nullptr);
+      }
+      else if (!PL_strncasecmp(fNextToken, "BODY[HEADER.FIELDS",19))
+      {
+        fDownloadingHeaders = true;
+        BeginMessageDownload(MESSAGE_RFC822); // initialize header parser
+        // specific message header fields
+        while (ContinueParse() && fNextToken[strlen(fNextToken)-1] != ']')
+          AdvanceToNextToken();
+        if (ContinueParse())
+        {
+          bNeedEndMessageDownload = false;
+          AdvanceToNextToken();
+          if (ContinueParse())
+            msg_fetch_headers(nullptr);
+        }
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        char *whereHeader = PL_strstr(fNextToken, "HEADER");
+        if (whereHeader)
+        {
+          const char *startPartNum = fNextToken + 5;
+          if (whereHeader > startPartNum)
+          {
+            int32_t partLength = whereHeader - startPartNum - 1; //-1 for the dot!
+            char *partNum = (char *)PR_CALLOC((partLength + 1) * sizeof (char));
+            if (partNum)
+            {
+              PL_strncpy(partNum, startPartNum, partLength);
+              if (ContinueParse())
+              {
+                if (PL_strstr(fNextToken, "FIELDS"))
+                {
+                  while (ContinueParse() && fNextToken[strlen(fNextToken)-1] != ']')
+                    AdvanceToNextToken();
+                }
+                if (ContinueParse())
+                {
+                  AdvanceToNextToken();
+                  if (ContinueParse())
+                    msg_fetch_headers(partNum);
+                }
+              }
+              PR_Free(partNum);
+            }
+          }
+          else
+            SetSyntaxError(true);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          fDownloadingHeaders = false;
+
+          bool chunk = false;
+          int32_t origin = 0;
+          if (!PL_strncasecmp(fNextToken, "BODY[]<", 7))
+          {
+            char *tokenCopy = 0;
+            tokenCopy = PL_strdup(fNextToken);
+            if (tokenCopy)
+            {
+              char *originString = tokenCopy + 7;	// where the byte number starts
+              char *closeBracket = PL_strchr(tokenCopy,'>');
+              if (closeBracket && originString && *originString)
+              {
+                *closeBracket = 0;
+                origin = atoi(originString);
+                chunk = true;
+              }
+              PR_Free(tokenCopy);
+            }
+          }
+
+          AdvanceToNextToken();
+          if (ContinueParse())
+          {
+            msg_fetch_content(chunk, origin, MESSAGE_RFC822);
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      }
+      else if (!PL_strcasecmp(fNextToken, "RFC822.SIZE") || !PL_strcasecmp(fNextToken, "XAOL.SIZE"))
+      {
+        AdvanceToNextToken();
+        if (ContinueParse())
+        {
+          bool sendEndMsgDownload = (GetDownloadingHeaders()
+                                        && fReceivedHeaderOrSizeForUID == CurrentResponseUID());
+          fSizeOfMostRecentMessage = strtoul(fNextToken, nullptr, 10);
+          fReceivedHeaderOrSizeForUID = CurrentResponseUID();
+          if (sendEndMsgDownload)
+          {
+            fServerConnection.NormalMessageEndDownload();
+            fReceivedHeaderOrSizeForUID = nsMsgKey_None;
+          }
+
+          if (fSizeOfMostRecentMessage == 0 && CurrentResponseUID())
+          {
+            // on no, bogus Netscape 2.0 mail server bug
+            char uidString[100];
+            sprintf(uidString, "%ld", (long)CurrentResponseUID());
+
+            if (!fZeroLengthMessageUidString.IsEmpty())
+              fZeroLengthMessageUidString += ",";
+
+            fZeroLengthMessageUidString += uidString;
+          }
+
+          // if this token ends in ')', then it is the last token
+          // else we advance
+          if ( *(fNextToken + strlen(fNextToken) - 1) == ')')
+            fNextToken += strlen(fNextToken) - 1;
+          else
+            AdvanceToNextToken();
+        }
+      }
+      else if (!PL_strcasecmp(fNextToken, "XSENDER"))
+      {
+        PR_FREEIF(fXSenderInfo);
+        AdvanceToNextToken();
+        if (! fNextToken)
+          SetSyntaxError(true);
+        else
+        {
+          fXSenderInfo = CreateAstring();
+          AdvanceToNextToken();
+        }
+      }
+      else if (!PL_strcasecmp(fNextToken, "X-GM-MSGID"))
+      {
+        AdvanceToNextToken();
+        if (!fNextToken)
+          SetSyntaxError(true);
+        else
+        {
+          fMsgID = CreateAtom();
+          AdvanceToNextToken();
+          nsCString msgIDValue;
+          msgIDValue.Assign(fMsgID);
+          if (fCurrentResponseUID == 0)
+            fFlagState->GetUidOfMessage(fFetchResponseIndex - 1, &fCurrentResponseUID);
+          fFlagState->SetCustomAttribute(fCurrentResponseUID,
+                                         NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("X-GM-MSGID"), msgIDValue);
+          PR_FREEIF(fMsgID);
+        }
+      }
+      else if (!PL_strcasecmp(fNextToken, "X-GM-THRID"))
+      {
+        AdvanceToNextToken();
+        if (!fNextToken)
+          SetSyntaxError(true);
+        else
+        {
+          fThreadID = CreateAtom();
+          AdvanceToNextToken();
+          nsCString threadIDValue;
+          threadIDValue.Assign(fThreadID);
+          if (fCurrentResponseUID == 0)
+            fFlagState->GetUidOfMessage(fFetchResponseIndex - 1, &fCurrentResponseUID);
+          fFlagState->SetCustomAttribute(fCurrentResponseUID,
+                                         NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("X-GM-THRID"), threadIDValue);
+          PR_FREEIF(fThreadID);
+        }
+      }
+      else if (!PL_strcasecmp(fNextToken, "X-GM-LABELS"))
+      {
+        AdvanceToNextToken();
+        if (!fNextToken)
+          SetSyntaxError(true);
+        else
+        {
+          fLabels = CreateParenGroup();
+          nsCString labelsValue;
+          labelsValue.Assign(fLabels);
+          labelsValue.Cut(0, 1);
+          labelsValue.Cut(labelsValue.Length()-1, 1);
+          if (fCurrentResponseUID == 0)
+            fFlagState->GetUidOfMessage(fFetchResponseIndex - 1, &fCurrentResponseUID);
+          fFlagState->SetCustomAttribute(fCurrentResponseUID,
+                                         NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("X-GM-LABELS"), labelsValue);
+          PR_FREEIF(fLabels);
+        }
+      }
+
+      // I only fetch RFC822 so I should never see these BODY responses
+      else if (!PL_strcasecmp(fNextToken, "BODY"))
+        skip_to_CRLF(); // I never ask for this
+      else if (!PL_strcasecmp(fNextToken, "BODYSTRUCTURE"))
+      {
+        if (fCurrentResponseUID == 0)
+          fFlagState->GetUidOfMessage(fFetchResponseIndex - 1, &fCurrentResponseUID);
+        bodystructure_data();
+      }
+      else if (!PL_strncasecmp(fNextToken, "BODY[TEXT", 9))
+      {
+        mime_data();
+      }
+      else if (!PL_strncasecmp(fNextToken, "BODY[", 5) && PL_strncasecmp(fNextToken, "BODY[]", 6))
+      {
+        fDownloadingHeaders = false;
+        // A specific MIME part, or MIME part header
+        mime_data();
+      }
+      else if (!PL_strcasecmp(fNextToken, "ENVELOPE"))
+      {
+        fDownloadingHeaders = true;
+        bNeedEndMessageDownload = true;
+        BeginMessageDownload(MESSAGE_RFC822);
+        envelope_data();
+      }
+      else if (!PL_strcasecmp(fNextToken, "INTERNALDATE"))
+      {
+        fDownloadingHeaders = true; // we only request internal date while downloading headers
+        if (!bNeedEndMessageDownload)
+          BeginMessageDownload(MESSAGE_RFC822);
+        bNeedEndMessageDownload = true;
+        internal_date();
+      }
+      else if (!PL_strcasecmp(fNextToken, "XAOL-ENVELOPE"))
+      {
+        fDownloadingHeaders = true;
+        if (!bNeedEndMessageDownload)
+          BeginMessageDownload(MESSAGE_RFC822);
+        bNeedEndMessageDownload = true;
+        xaolenvelope_data();
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        nsImapAction imapAction;
+        if (!fServerConnection.GetCurrentUrl())
+          return;
+        fServerConnection.GetCurrentUrl()->GetImapAction(&imapAction);
+        nsAutoCString userDefinedFetchAttribute;
+        fServerConnection.GetCurrentUrl()->GetCustomAttributeToFetch(userDefinedFetchAttribute);
+        if ((imapAction == nsIImapUrl::nsImapUserDefinedFetchAttribute && !strcmp(userDefinedFetchAttribute.get(), fNextToken)) ||
+            imapAction == nsIImapUrl::nsImapUserDefinedMsgCommand)
+        {
+          AdvanceToNextToken();
+          char *fetchResult;
+          if (fNextToken[0] == '(')
+            // look through the tokens until we find the closing ')'
+            // we can have a result like the following:
+            // ((A B) (C D) (E F))
+            fetchResult = CreateParenGroup();
+          else {
+            fetchResult = CreateAstring();
+            AdvanceToNextToken();
+          }
+          if (imapAction == nsIImapUrl::nsImapUserDefinedFetchAttribute)
+            fServerConnection.GetCurrentUrl()->SetCustomAttributeResult(nsDependentCString(fetchResult));
+          if (imapAction == nsIImapUrl::nsImapUserDefinedMsgCommand)
+            fServerConnection.GetCurrentUrl()->SetCustomCommandResult(nsDependentCString(fetchResult));
+          PR_Free(fetchResult);
+        }
+        else
+          SetSyntaxError(true);
+      }
+
+        }
+
+        if (ContinueParse())
+        {
+          if (CurrentResponseUID() && CurrentResponseUID() != nsMsgKey_None
+            && fCurrentLineContainedFlagInfo && fFlagState)
+          {
+            fFlagState->AddUidFlagPair(CurrentResponseUID(), fSavedFlagInfo, fFetchResponseIndex - 1);
+            for (uint32_t i = 0; i < fCustomFlags.Length(); i++)
+              fFlagState->AddUidCustomFlagPair(CurrentResponseUID(), fCustomFlags[i].get());
+            fCustomFlags.Clear();
+          }
+
+          if (fFetchingAllFlags)
+            fCurrentLineContainedFlagInfo = false;  // do not fire if in PostProcessEndOfLine
+
+          AdvanceToNextToken(); // eat the ')' ending token
+          // should be at end of line
+          if (bNeedEndMessageDownload)
+          {
+            if (ContinueParse())
+            {
+              // complete the message download
+              fServerConnection.NormalMessageEndDownload();
+            }
+            else
+              fServerConnection.AbortMessageDownLoad();
+          }
+
+        }
+}
+
+typedef enum _envelopeItemType
+{
+	envelopeString,
+	envelopeAddress
+} envelopeItemType;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+	const char * name;
+	envelopeItemType type;
+} envelopeItem;
+
+// RFC3501:  envelope  = "(" env-date SP env-subject SP env-from SP
+//                       env-sender SP env-reply-to SP env-to SP env-cc SP
+//                       env-bcc SP env-in-reply-to SP env-message-id ")"
+//           env-date    = nstring
+//           env-subject = nstring
+//           env-from    = "(" 1*address ")" / nil
+//           env-sender  = "(" 1*address ")" / nil
+//           env-reply-to= "(" 1*address ")" / nil
+//           env-to      = "(" 1*address ")" / nil
+//           env-cc      = "(" 1*address ")" / nil
+//           env-bcc     = "(" 1*address ")" / nil
+//           env-in-reply-to = nstring
+//           env-message-id  = nstring
+
+static const envelopeItem EnvelopeTable[] =
+{
+  {"Date", envelopeString},
+  {"Subject", envelopeString},
+  {"From", envelopeAddress},
+  {"Sender", envelopeAddress},
+  {"Reply-to", envelopeAddress},
+  {"To", envelopeAddress},
+  {"Cc", envelopeAddress},
+  {"Bcc", envelopeAddress},
+  {"In-reply-to", envelopeString},
+  {"Message-id", envelopeString}
+};
+
+void nsImapServerResponseParser::envelope_data()
+{
+  AdvanceToNextToken();
+  fNextToken++; // eat '('
+  for (int tableIndex = 0; tableIndex < (int)(sizeof(EnvelopeTable) / sizeof(EnvelopeTable[0])); tableIndex++)
+  {
+    if (!ContinueParse())
+      break;
+    else if (*fNextToken == ')')
+    {
+      SetSyntaxError(true); // envelope too short
+      break;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      nsAutoCString headerLine(EnvelopeTable[tableIndex].name);
+      headerLine += ": ";
+      bool headerNonNil = true;
+      if (EnvelopeTable[tableIndex].type == envelopeString)
+      {
+        nsAutoCString strValue;
+        strValue.Adopt(CreateNilString());
+        if (!strValue.IsEmpty())
+          headerLine.Append(strValue);
+        else
+          headerNonNil = false;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        nsAutoCString address;
+        parse_address(address);
+        headerLine += address;
+        if (address.IsEmpty())
+          headerNonNil = false;
+      }
+      if (headerNonNil)
+        fServerConnection.HandleMessageDownLoadLine(headerLine.get(), false);
+    }
+    if (ContinueParse())
+      AdvanceToNextToken();
+  }
+  // Now we should be at the end of the envelope and have *fToken == ')'.
+  // Skip this last parenthesis.
+  AdvanceToNextToken();
+}
+
+void nsImapServerResponseParser::xaolenvelope_data()
+{
+  // eat the opening '('
+  fNextToken++;
+
+  if (ContinueParse() && (*fNextToken != ')'))
+  {
+    AdvanceToNextToken();
+    fNextToken++; // eat '('
+    nsAutoCString subject;
+    subject.Adopt(CreateNilString());
+    nsAutoCString subjectLine("Subject: ");
+    subjectLine += subject;
+    fServerConnection.HandleMessageDownLoadLine(subjectLine.get(), false);
+    fNextToken++; // eat the next '('
+    if (ContinueParse())
+    {
+      AdvanceToNextToken();
+      if (ContinueParse())
+      {
+        nsAutoCString fromLine;
+        if (!strcmp(GetSelectedMailboxName(), "Sent Items"))
+        {
+          // xaol envelope switches the From with the To, so we switch them back and
+          // create a fake from line From: user@aol.com
+          fromLine.Append("To: ");
+          nsAutoCString fakeFromLine(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("From: "));
+          fakeFromLine.Append(fServerConnection.GetImapUserName());
+          fakeFromLine.Append(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("@aol.com"));
+          fServerConnection.HandleMessageDownLoadLine(fakeFromLine.get(), false);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          fromLine.Append("From: ");
+        }
+        parse_address(fromLine);
+        fServerConnection.HandleMessageDownLoadLine(fromLine.get(), false);
+        if (ContinueParse())
+        {
+          AdvanceToNextToken();	// ge attachment size
+          int32_t attachmentSize = atoi(fNextToken);
+          if (attachmentSize != 0)
+          {
+            nsAutoCString attachmentLine("X-attachment-size: ");
+            attachmentLine.AppendInt(attachmentSize);
+            fServerConnection.HandleMessageDownLoadLine(attachmentLine.get(), false);
+          }
+        }
+        if (ContinueParse())
+        {
+          AdvanceToNextToken();	// skip image size
+          int32_t imageSize = atoi(fNextToken);
+          if (imageSize != 0)
+          {
+            nsAutoCString imageLine("X-image-size: ");
+            imageLine.AppendInt(imageSize);
+            fServerConnection.HandleMessageDownLoadLine(imageLine.get(), false);
+          }
+        }
+        if (ContinueParse())
+          AdvanceToNextToken();	// skip )
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+void nsImapServerResponseParser::parse_address(nsAutoCString &addressLine)
+{
+  if (!strcmp(fNextToken, "NIL"))
+    return;
+  bool firstAddress = true;
+  // should really look at chars here
+  NS_ASSERTION(*fNextToken == '(', "address should start with '('");
+  fNextToken++; // eat the next '('
+  while (ContinueParse() && *fNextToken == '(')
+  {
+    NS_ASSERTION(*fNextToken == '(', "address should start with '('");
+    fNextToken++; // eat the next '('
+
+    if (!firstAddress)
+      addressLine += ", ";
+
+    firstAddress = false;
+    char *personalName = CreateNilString();
+    AdvanceToNextToken();
+    char *atDomainList = CreateNilString();
+    if (ContinueParse())
+    {
+      AdvanceToNextToken();
+      char *mailboxName = CreateNilString();
+      if (ContinueParse())
+      {
+        AdvanceToNextToken();
+        char *hostName = CreateNilString();
+        AdvanceToNextToken();
+        addressLine += mailboxName;
+        if (hostName)
+        {
+          addressLine += '@';
+          addressLine += hostName;
+          NS_Free(hostName);
+        }
+        if (personalName)
+        {
+          addressLine += " (";
+          addressLine += personalName;
+          addressLine += ')';
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    PR_Free(personalName);
+    PR_Free(atDomainList);
+
+    if (*fNextToken == ')')
+      fNextToken++;
+    // if the next token isn't a ')' for the address term,
+    // then we must have another address pair left....so get the next
+    // token and continue parsing in this loop...
+    if ( *fNextToken == '\0' )
+      AdvanceToNextToken();
+
+  }
+  if (*fNextToken == ')')
+    fNextToken++;
+  //	AdvanceToNextToken();	// skip "))"
+}
+
+void nsImapServerResponseParser::internal_date()
+{
+  AdvanceToNextToken();
+  if (ContinueParse())
+  {
+    nsAutoCString dateLine("Date: ");
+    char *strValue = CreateNilString();
+    if (strValue)
+    {
+      dateLine += strValue;
+      NS_Free(strValue);
+    }
+    fServerConnection.HandleMessageDownLoadLine(dateLine.get(), false);
+  }
+  // advance the parser.
+  AdvanceToNextToken();
+}
+
+void nsImapServerResponseParser::flags()
+{
+  imapMessageFlagsType messageFlags = kNoImapMsgFlag;
+  fCustomFlags.Clear();
+
+  // clear the custom flags for this message
+  // otherwise the old custom flags will stay around
+  // see bug #191042
+  if (fFlagState && CurrentResponseUID() != nsMsgKey_None)
+    fFlagState->ClearCustomFlags(CurrentResponseUID());
+
+  // eat the opening '('
+  fNextToken++;
+  while (ContinueParse() && (*fNextToken != ')'))
+  {
+    bool knownFlag = false;
+    if (*fNextToken == '\\')
+    {
+      switch (NS_ToUpper(fNextToken[1])) {
+      case 'S':
+        if (!PL_strncasecmp(fNextToken, "\\Seen",5))
+        {
+          messageFlags |= kImapMsgSeenFlag;
+          knownFlag = true;
+        }
+        break;
+      case 'A':
+        if (!PL_strncasecmp(fNextToken, "\\Answered",9))
+        {
+          messageFlags |= kImapMsgAnsweredFlag;
+          knownFlag = true;
+        }
+        break;
+      case 'F':
+        if (!PL_strncasecmp(fNextToken, "\\Flagged",8))
+        {
+          messageFlags |= kImapMsgFlaggedFlag;
+          knownFlag = true;
+        }
+        break;
+      case 'D':
+        if (!PL_strncasecmp(fNextToken, "\\Deleted",8))
+        {
+          messageFlags |= kImapMsgDeletedFlag;
+          knownFlag = true;
+        }
+        else if (!PL_strncasecmp(fNextToken, "\\Draft",6))
+        {
+          messageFlags |= kImapMsgDraftFlag;
+          knownFlag = true;
+        }
+        break;
+      case 'R':
+        if (!PL_strncasecmp(fNextToken, "\\Recent",7))
+        {
+          messageFlags |= kImapMsgRecentFlag;
+          knownFlag = true;
+        }
+        break;
+      default:
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    else if (*fNextToken == '$')
+    {
+      switch (NS_ToUpper(fNextToken[1])) {
+      case 'M':
+        if ((fSupportsUserDefinedFlags & (kImapMsgSupportUserFlag |
+          kImapMsgSupportMDNSentFlag))
+          && !PL_strncasecmp(fNextToken, "$MDNSent",8))
+        {
+          messageFlags |= kImapMsgMDNSentFlag;
+          knownFlag = true;
+        }
+        break;
+      case 'F':
+        if ((fSupportsUserDefinedFlags & (kImapMsgSupportUserFlag |
+          kImapMsgSupportForwardedFlag))
+          && !PL_strncasecmp(fNextToken, "$Forwarded",10))
+        {
+          messageFlags |= kImapMsgForwardedFlag;
+          knownFlag = true;
+        }
+        break;
+      default:
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    if (!knownFlag && fFlagState)
+    {
+      nsAutoCString flag(fNextToken);
+      int32_t parenIndex = flag.FindChar(')');
+      if (parenIndex > 0)
+        flag.SetLength(parenIndex);
+      messageFlags |= kImapMsgCustomKeywordFlag;
+      if (CurrentResponseUID() != nsMsgKey_None && CurrentResponseUID() != 0)
+        fFlagState->AddUidCustomFlagPair(CurrentResponseUID(), flag.get());
+      else
+        fCustomFlags.AppendElement(flag);
+    }
+    if (PL_strcasestr(fNextToken, ")"))
+    {
+      // eat token chars until we get the ')'
+      while (*fNextToken != ')')
+        fNextToken++;
+    }
+    else
+      AdvanceToNextToken();
+  }
+
+  if (ContinueParse())
+    while(*fNextToken != ')')
+      fNextToken++;
+
+    fCurrentLineContainedFlagInfo = true;	// handled in PostProcessEndOfLine
+    fSavedFlagInfo = messageFlags;
+}
+
+// RFC3501:  resp-cond-state = ("OK" / "NO" / "BAD") SP resp-text
+//                             ; Status condition
+void nsImapServerResponseParser::resp_cond_state(bool isTagged)
+{
+  // According to RFC3501, Sec. 7.1, the untagged NO response "indicates a
+  // warning; the command can still complete successfully."
+  // However, the untagged BAD response "indicates a protocol-level error for
+  // which the associated command can not be determined; it can also indicate an
+  // internal server failure."
+  // Thus, we flag an error for a tagged NO response and for any BAD response.
+  if ((isTagged && !PL_strcasecmp(fNextToken, "NO")) ||
+      !PL_strcasecmp(fNextToken, "BAD"))
+    fCurrentCommandFailed = true;
+
+  AdvanceToNextToken();
+  if (ContinueParse())
+    resp_text();
+}
+
+/*
+resp_text       ::= ["[" resp_text_code "]" SPACE] (text_mime2 / text)
+
+  was changed to in order to enable a one symbol look ahead predictive
+  parser.
+
+    resp_text       ::= ["[" resp_text_code  SPACE] (text_mime2 / text)
+*/
+void nsImapServerResponseParser::resp_text()
+{
+  if (ContinueParse() && (*fNextToken == '['))
+    resp_text_code();
+
+  if (ContinueParse())
+  {
+    if (!PL_strcmp(fNextToken, "=?"))
+      text_mime2();
+    else
+      text();
+  }
+}
+/*
+ text_mime2       ::= "=?" <charset> "?" <encoding> "?"
+                               <encoded-text> "?="
+                               ;; Syntax defined in [MIME-2]
+*/
+void nsImapServerResponseParser::text_mime2()
+{
+  skip_to_CRLF();
+}
+
+/*
+ text            ::= 1*TEXT_CHAR
+
+*/
+void nsImapServerResponseParser::text()
+{
+  skip_to_CRLF();
+}
+
+void nsImapServerResponseParser::parse_folder_flags()
+{
+  uint16_t labelFlags = 0;
+
+  do
+  {
+    AdvanceToNextToken();
+    if (*fNextToken == '(')
+      fNextToken++;
+    if (!PL_strncasecmp(fNextToken, "$MDNSent", 8))
+      fSupportsUserDefinedFlags |= kImapMsgSupportMDNSentFlag;
+    else if (!PL_strncasecmp(fNextToken, "$Forwarded", 10))
+      fSupportsUserDefinedFlags |= kImapMsgSupportForwardedFlag;
+    else if (!PL_strncasecmp(fNextToken, "\\Seen", 5))
+      fSettablePermanentFlags |= kImapMsgSeenFlag;
+    else if (!PL_strncasecmp(fNextToken, "\\Answered", 9))
+      fSettablePermanentFlags |= kImapMsgAnsweredFlag;
+    else if (!PL_strncasecmp(fNextToken, "\\Flagged", 8))
+      fSettablePermanentFlags |= kImapMsgFlaggedFlag;
+    else if (!PL_strncasecmp(fNextToken, "\\Deleted", 8))
+      fSettablePermanentFlags |= kImapMsgDeletedFlag;
+    else if (!PL_strncasecmp(fNextToken, "\\Draft", 6))
+      fSettablePermanentFlags |= kImapMsgDraftFlag;
+    else if (!PL_strncasecmp(fNextToken, "$Label1", 7))
+      labelFlags |= 1;
+    else if (!PL_strncasecmp(fNextToken, "$Label2", 7))
+      labelFlags |= 2;
+    else if (!PL_strncasecmp(fNextToken, "$Label3", 7))
+      labelFlags |= 4;
+    else if (!PL_strncasecmp(fNextToken, "$Label4", 7))
+      labelFlags |= 8;
+    else if (!PL_strncasecmp(fNextToken, "$Label5", 7))
+      labelFlags |= 16;
+    else if (!PL_strncasecmp(fNextToken, "\\*", 2))
+    {
+      fSupportsUserDefinedFlags |= kImapMsgSupportUserFlag;
+      fSupportsUserDefinedFlags |= kImapMsgSupportForwardedFlag;
+      fSupportsUserDefinedFlags |= kImapMsgSupportMDNSentFlag;
+      fSupportsUserDefinedFlags |= kImapMsgLabelFlags;
+    }
+  } while (!fAtEndOfLine && ContinueParse());
+
+  if (labelFlags == 31)
+    fSupportsUserDefinedFlags |= kImapMsgLabelFlags;
+
+  if (fFlagState)
+    fFlagState->OrSupportedUserFlags(fSupportsUserDefinedFlags);
+}
+/*
+  resp_text_code  ::= ("ALERT" / "PARSE" /
+                              "PERMANENTFLAGS" SPACE "(" #(flag / "\*") ")" /
+                              "READ-ONLY" / "READ-WRITE" / "TRYCREATE" /
+                              "UIDVALIDITY" SPACE nz_number /
+                              "UNSEEN" SPACE nz_number /
+                              "HIGHESTMODSEQ" SPACE nz_number /
+                              "NOMODSEQ" /
+                              atom [SPACE 1*<any TEXT_CHAR except "]">] )
+                      "]"
+
+
+*/
+void nsImapServerResponseParser::resp_text_code()
+{
+  // this is a special case way of advancing the token
+  // strtok won't break up "[ALERT]" into separate tokens
+  if (strlen(fNextToken) > 1)
+    fNextToken++;
+  else
+    AdvanceToNextToken();
+
+  if (ContinueParse())
+  {
+    if (!PL_strcasecmp(fNextToken,"ALERT]"))
+    {
+      char *alertMsg = fCurrentTokenPlaceHolder;	// advance past ALERT]
+      if (alertMsg && *alertMsg && (!fLastAlert || PL_strcmp(fNextToken, fLastAlert)))
+      {
+        fServerConnection.AlertUserEvent(alertMsg);
+        PR_Free(fLastAlert);
+        fLastAlert = PL_strdup(alertMsg);
+      }
+      AdvanceToNextToken();
+    }
+    else if (!PL_strcasecmp(fNextToken,"PARSE]"))
+    {
+      // do nothing for now
+      AdvanceToNextToken();
+    }
+    else if (!PL_strcasecmp(fNextToken,"NETSCAPE]"))
+    {
+      skip_to_CRLF();
+    }
+    else if (!PL_strcasecmp(fNextToken,"PERMANENTFLAGS"))
+    {
+      uint32_t saveSettableFlags = fSettablePermanentFlags;
+      fSupportsUserDefinedFlags = 0;		// assume no unless told
+      fSettablePermanentFlags = 0;            // assume none, unless told otherwise.
+      parse_folder_flags();
+      // if the server tells us there are no permanent flags, we're
+      // just going to pretend that the FLAGS response flags, if any, are
+      // permanent in case the server is broken. This will allow us
+      // to store delete and seen flag changes - if they're not permanent,
+      // they're not permanent, but at least we'll try to set them.
+      if (!fSettablePermanentFlags)
+        fSettablePermanentFlags = saveSettableFlags;
+      fGotPermanentFlags = true;
+    }
+    else if (!PL_strcasecmp(fNextToken,"READ-ONLY]"))
+    {
+      fCurrentFolderReadOnly = true;
+      AdvanceToNextToken();
+    }
+    else if (!PL_strcasecmp(fNextToken,"READ-WRITE]"))
+    {
+      fCurrentFolderReadOnly = false;
+      AdvanceToNextToken();
+    }
+    else if (!PL_strcasecmp(fNextToken,"TRYCREATE]"))
+    {
+      // do nothing for now
+      AdvanceToNextToken();
+    }
+    else if (!PL_strcasecmp(fNextToken,"UIDVALIDITY"))
+    {
+      AdvanceToNextToken();
+      if (ContinueParse())
+      {
+        fFolderUIDValidity = strtoul(fNextToken, nullptr, 10);
+        fHighestRecordedUID = 0;
+        AdvanceToNextToken();
+      }
+    }
+    else if (!PL_strcasecmp(fNextToken,"UNSEEN"))
+    {
+      AdvanceToNextToken();
+      if (ContinueParse())
+      {
+        fNumberOfUnseenMessages = strtoul(fNextToken, nullptr, 10);
+        AdvanceToNextToken();
+      }
+    }
+    else if (!PL_strcasecmp(fNextToken,"UIDNEXT"))
+    {
+      AdvanceToNextToken();
+      if (ContinueParse())
+      {
+        fStatusNextUID = strtoul(fNextToken, nullptr, 10);
+        AdvanceToNextToken();
+      }
+    }
+    else if (!PL_strcasecmp(fNextToken, "APPENDUID"))
+    {
+      AdvanceToNextToken();
+      if (ContinueParse())
+      {
+        // ** jt -- the returned uidvalidity is the destination folder
+        // uidvalidity; don't use it for current folder
+        // fFolderUIDValidity = atoi(fNextToken);
+        // fHighestRecordedUID = 0; ??? this should be wrong
+        AdvanceToNextToken();
+        if (ContinueParse())
+        {
+          fCurrentResponseUID = strtoul(fNextToken, nullptr, 10);
+          AdvanceToNextToken();
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    else if (!PL_strcasecmp(fNextToken, "COPYUID"))
+    {
+      AdvanceToNextToken();
+      if (ContinueParse())
+      {
+        // ** jt -- destination folder uidvalidity
+        // fFolderUIDValidity = atoi(fNextToken);
+        // original message set; ignore it
+        AdvanceToNextToken();
+        if (ContinueParse())
+        {
+          // the resulting message set; should be in the form of
+          // either uid or uid1:uid2
+          AdvanceToNextToken();
+          // clear copy response uid
+          fServerConnection.SetCopyResponseUid(fNextToken);
+        }
+        if (ContinueParse())
+          AdvanceToNextToken();
+      }
+    }
+    else if (!PL_strcasecmp(fNextToken, "HIGHESTMODSEQ"))
+    {
+      AdvanceToNextToken();
+      if (ContinueParse())
+      {
+        fHighestModSeq = ParseUint64Str(fNextToken);
+        fUseModSeq = true;
+        AdvanceToNextToken();
+      }
+    }
+    else if (!PL_strcasecmp(fNextToken, "NOMODSEQ]"))
+    {
+      fHighestModSeq = 0;
+      fUseModSeq = false;
+      skip_to_CRLF();
+    }
+    else if (!PL_strcasecmp(fNextToken, "CAPABILITY"))
+    {
+      capability_data();
+    }
+    else if (!PL_strcasecmp(fNextToken, "MYRIGHTS"))
+    {
+      myrights_data(true);
+    }
+    else // just text
+    {
+      // do nothing but eat tokens until we see the ] or CRLF
+      // we should see the ] but we don't want to go into an
+      // endless loop if the CRLF is not there
+      do
+      {
+        AdvanceToNextToken();
+      } while (!PL_strcasestr(fNextToken, "]") && !fAtEndOfLine
+                && ContinueParse());
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+// RFC3501:  response-done = response-tagged / response-fatal
+ void nsImapServerResponseParser::response_done()
+ {
+   if (ContinueParse())
+   {
+     if (!PL_strcmp(fCurrentCommandTag, fNextToken))
+       response_tagged();
+     else
+       response_fatal();
+   }
+ }
+
+// RFC3501:  response-tagged = tag SP resp-cond-state CRLF
+ void nsImapServerResponseParser::response_tagged()
+ {
+   // eat the tag
+   AdvanceToNextToken();
+   if (ContinueParse())
+   {
+     resp_cond_state(true);
+     if (ContinueParse())
+     {
+       if (!fAtEndOfLine)
+         SetSyntaxError(true);
+       else if (!fCurrentCommandFailed)
+         ResetLexAnalyzer();
+     }
+   }
+ }
+
+// RFC3501:  response-fatal = "*" SP resp-cond-bye CRLF
+//                              ; Server closes connection immediately
+ void nsImapServerResponseParser::response_fatal()
+ {
+   // eat the "*"
+   AdvanceToNextToken();
+   if (ContinueParse())
+     resp_cond_bye();
+ }
+
+// RFC3501:  resp-cond-bye = "BYE" SP resp-text
+void nsImapServerResponseParser::resp_cond_bye()
+{
+  SetConnected(false);
+  fIMAPstate = kNonAuthenticated;
+}
+
+
+void nsImapServerResponseParser::msg_fetch_headers(const char *partNum)
+{
+  if (GetFillingInShell())
+  {
+    char *headerData = CreateAstring();
+    AdvanceToNextToken();
+    m_shell->AdoptMessageHeaders(headerData, partNum);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    msg_fetch_content(false, 0, MESSAGE_RFC822);
+  }
+}
+
+
+/* nstring         ::= string / nil
+string          ::= quoted / literal
+nil             ::= "NIL"
+
+*/
+void nsImapServerResponseParser::msg_fetch_content(bool chunk, int32_t origin, const char *content_type)
+{
+  // setup the stream for downloading this message.
+  // Don't do it if we are filling in a shell or downloading a part.
+  // DO do it if we are downloading a whole message as a result of
+  // an invalid shell trying to generate.
+  if ((!chunk || (origin == 0)) && !GetDownloadingHeaders() &&
+    (GetFillingInShell() ? m_shell->GetGeneratingWholeMessage() : true))
+  {
+    if (NS_FAILED(BeginMessageDownload(content_type)))
+      return;
+  }
+
+  if (PL_strcasecmp(fNextToken, "NIL"))
+  {
+    if (*fNextToken == '"')
+      fLastChunk = msg_fetch_quoted();
+    else
+      fLastChunk = msg_fetch_literal(chunk, origin);
+  }
+  else
+    AdvanceToNextToken();	// eat "NIL"
+
+  if (fLastChunk && (GetFillingInShell() ? m_shell->GetGeneratingWholeMessage() : true))
+  {
+    // complete the message download
+    if (ContinueParse())
+    {
+      if (fReceivedHeaderOrSizeForUID == CurrentResponseUID())
+      {
+        fServerConnection.NormalMessageEndDownload();
+        fReceivedHeaderOrSizeForUID = nsMsgKey_None;
+      }
+      else
+         fReceivedHeaderOrSizeForUID = CurrentResponseUID();
+    }
+    else
+      fServerConnection.AbortMessageDownLoad();
+  }
+}
+
+
+/*
+quoted          ::= <"> *QUOTED_CHAR <">
+
+  QUOTED_CHAR     ::= <any TEXT_CHAR except quoted_specials> /
+  "\" quoted_specials
+
+    quoted_specials ::= <"> / "\"
+*/
+
+bool nsImapServerResponseParser::msg_fetch_quoted()
+{
+  // *Should* never get a quoted string in response to a chunked download,
+  // but the RFCs don't forbid it
+  char *q = CreateQuoted();
+  if (q)
+  {
+    numberOfCharsInThisChunk = PL_strlen(q);
+    fServerConnection.HandleMessageDownLoadLine(q, false, q);
+    PR_Free(q);
+  }
+  else
+    numberOfCharsInThisChunk = 0;
+
+  AdvanceToNextToken();
+  bool lastChunk = ((fServerConnection.GetCurFetchSize() == 0) ||
+                    (numberOfCharsInThisChunk != fServerConnection.GetCurFetchSize()));
+  return lastChunk;
+}
+
+/* msg_obsolete    ::= "COPY" / ("STORE" SPACE msg_fetch)
+;; OBSOLETE untagged data responses */
+void nsImapServerResponseParser::msg_obsolete()
+{
+  if (!PL_strcasecmp(fNextToken, "COPY"))
+    AdvanceToNextToken();
+  else if (!PL_strcasecmp(fNextToken, "STORE"))
+  {
+    AdvanceToNextToken();
+    if (ContinueParse())
+      msg_fetch();
+  }
+  else
+    SetSyntaxError(true);
+}
+
+void nsImapServerResponseParser::capability_data()
+{
+  int32_t endToken = -1;
+  fCapabilityFlag = kCapabilityDefined | kHasAuthOldLoginCapability;
+  do {
+    AdvanceToNextToken();
+    if (fNextToken) {
+      nsCString token(fNextToken);
+      endToken = token.FindChar(']');
+      if (endToken >= 0)
+        token.SetLength(endToken);
+
+      if(token.Equals("AUTH=LOGIN", nsCaseInsensitiveCStringComparator()))
+        fCapabilityFlag |= kHasAuthLoginCapability;
+      else if(token.Equals("AUTH=PLAIN", nsCaseInsensitiveCStringComparator()))
+        fCapabilityFlag |= kHasAuthPlainCapability;
+      else if (token.Equals("AUTH=CRAM-MD5", nsCaseInsensitiveCStringComparator()))
+        fCapabilityFlag |= kHasCRAMCapability;
+      else if (token.Equals("AUTH=NTLM", nsCaseInsensitiveCStringComparator()))
+        fCapabilityFlag |= kHasAuthNTLMCapability;
+      else if (token.Equals("AUTH=GSSAPI", nsCaseInsensitiveCStringComparator()))
+        fCapabilityFlag |= kHasAuthGssApiCapability;
+      else if (token.Equals("AUTH=MSN", nsCaseInsensitiveCStringComparator()))
+        fCapabilityFlag |= kHasAuthMSNCapability;
+      else if (token.Equals("AUTH=EXTERNAL", nsCaseInsensitiveCStringComparator()))
+        fCapabilityFlag |= kHasAuthExternalCapability;
+      else if (token.Equals("AUTH=XOAUTH2", nsCaseInsensitiveCStringComparator()))
+        fCapabilityFlag |= kHasXOAuth2Capability;
+      else if (token.Equals("STARTTLS", nsCaseInsensitiveCStringComparator()))
+        fCapabilityFlag |= kHasStartTLSCapability;
+      else if (token.Equals("LOGINDISABLED", nsCaseInsensitiveCStringComparator()))
+        fCapabilityFlag &= ~kHasAuthOldLoginCapability; // remove flag
+      else if (token.Equals("XSENDER", nsCaseInsensitiveCStringComparator()))
+        fCapabilityFlag |= kHasXSenderCapability;
+      else if (token.Equals("IMAP4", nsCaseInsensitiveCStringComparator()))
+        fCapabilityFlag |= kIMAP4Capability;
+      else if (token.Equals("IMAP4rev1", nsCaseInsensitiveCStringComparator()))
+        fCapabilityFlag |= kIMAP4rev1Capability;
+      else if (Substring(token,0,5).Equals("IMAP4", nsCaseInsensitiveCStringComparator()))
+        fCapabilityFlag |= kIMAP4other;
+      else if (token.Equals("X-NO-ATOMIC-RENAME", nsCaseInsensitiveCStringComparator()))
+        fCapabilityFlag |= kNoHierarchyRename;
+      else if (token.Equals("X-NON-HIERARCHICAL-RENAME", nsCaseInsensitiveCStringComparator()))
+        fCapabilityFlag |= kNoHierarchyRename;
+      else if (token.Equals("NAMESPACE", nsCaseInsensitiveCStringComparator()))
+        fCapabilityFlag |= kNamespaceCapability;
+      else if (token.Equals("ID", nsCaseInsensitiveCStringComparator()))
+        fCapabilityFlag |= kHasIDCapability;
+      else if (token.Equals("ACL", nsCaseInsensitiveCStringComparator()))
+        fCapabilityFlag |= kACLCapability;
+      else if (token.Equals("XSERVERINFO", nsCaseInsensitiveCStringComparator()))
+        fCapabilityFlag |= kXServerInfoCapability;
+      else if (token.Equals("UIDPLUS", nsCaseInsensitiveCStringComparator()))
+        fCapabilityFlag |= kUidplusCapability;
+      else if (token.Equals("LITERAL+", nsCaseInsensitiveCStringComparator()))
+        fCapabilityFlag |= kLiteralPlusCapability;
+      else if (token.Equals("XAOL-OPTION", nsCaseInsensitiveCStringComparator()))
+        fCapabilityFlag |= kAOLImapCapability;
+      else if (token.Equals("X-GM-EXT-1", nsCaseInsensitiveCStringComparator()))
+        fCapabilityFlag |= kGmailImapCapability;
+      else if (token.Equals("QUOTA", nsCaseInsensitiveCStringComparator()))
+        fCapabilityFlag |= kQuotaCapability;
+      else if (token.Equals("LANGUAGE", nsCaseInsensitiveCStringComparator()))
+        fCapabilityFlag |= kHasLanguageCapability;
+      else if (token.Equals("IDLE", nsCaseInsensitiveCStringComparator()))
+        fCapabilityFlag |= kHasIdleCapability;
+      else if (token.Equals("CONDSTORE", nsCaseInsensitiveCStringComparator()))
+        fCapabilityFlag |= kHasCondStoreCapability;
+      else if (token.Equals("ENABLE", nsCaseInsensitiveCStringComparator()))
+        fCapabilityFlag |= kHasEnableCapability;
+      else if (token.Equals("LIST-EXTENDED", nsCaseInsensitiveCStringComparator()))
+        fCapabilityFlag |= kHasListExtendedCapability;
+      else if (token.Equals("XLIST", nsCaseInsensitiveCStringComparator()))
+        fCapabilityFlag |= kHasXListCapability;
+      else if (token.Equals("SPECIAL-USE", nsCaseInsensitiveCStringComparator()))
+        fCapabilityFlag |= kHasSpecialUseCapability;
+      else if (token.Equals("COMPRESS=DEFLATE", nsCaseInsensitiveCStringComparator()))
+        fCapabilityFlag |= kHasCompressDeflateCapability;
+      else if (token.Equals("MOVE", nsCaseInsensitiveCStringComparator()))
+        fCapabilityFlag |= kHasMoveCapability;
+      else if (token.Equals("HIGHESTMODSEQ", nsCaseInsensitiveCStringComparator()))
+        fCapabilityFlag |= kHasHighestModSeqCapability;
+    }
+  } while (fNextToken && endToken < 0 && !fAtEndOfLine && ContinueParse());
+
+  nsImapProtocol *navCon = &fServerConnection;
+  NS_ASSERTION(navCon, "null imap protocol connection while parsing capability response");	// we should always have this
+  if (navCon)
+    navCon->CommitCapability();
+  skip_to_CRLF();
+}
+
+void nsImapServerResponseParser::xmailboxinfo_data()
+{
+  AdvanceToNextToken();
+  if (!fNextToken)
+    return;
+
+  char *mailboxName = CreateAstring(); // PL_strdup(fNextToken);
+  if (mailboxName)
+  {
+    do
+    {
+      AdvanceToNextToken();
+      if (fNextToken)
+      {
+        if (!PL_strcmp("MANAGEURL", fNextToken))
+        {
+          AdvanceToNextToken();
+          fFolderAdminUrl = CreateAstring();
+        }
+        else if (!PL_strcmp("POSTURL", fNextToken))
+        {
+          AdvanceToNextToken();
+          // ignore this for now...
+        }
+      }
+    } while (fNextToken && !fAtEndOfLine && ContinueParse());
+  }
+}
+
+void nsImapServerResponseParser::xserverinfo_data()
+{
+  do
+  {
+    AdvanceToNextToken();
+    if (!fNextToken)
+      break;
+    if (!PL_strcmp("MANAGEACCOUNTURL", fNextToken))
+    {
+      AdvanceToNextToken();
+      fMailAccountUrl.Adopt(CreateNilString());
+    }
+    else if (!PL_strcmp("MANAGELISTSURL", fNextToken))
+    {
+      AdvanceToNextToken();
+      fManageListsUrl.Adopt(CreateNilString());
+    }
+    else if (!PL_strcmp("MANAGEFILTERSURL", fNextToken))
+    {
+      AdvanceToNextToken();
+      fManageFiltersUrl.Adopt(CreateNilString());
+    }
+  } while (fNextToken && !fAtEndOfLine && ContinueParse());
+}
+
+void nsImapServerResponseParser::enable_data()
+{
+  do
+  {
+    // eat each enable response;
+     AdvanceToNextToken();
+     if (!strcmp("CONDSTORE", fNextToken))
+       fCondStoreEnabled = true;
+  } while (fNextToken && !fAtEndOfLine && ContinueParse());
+
+}
+
+void nsImapServerResponseParser::language_data()
+{
+  // we may want to go out and store the language returned to us
+  // by the language command in the host info session stuff.
+
+  // for now, just eat the language....
+  do
+  {
+    // eat each language returned to us
+    AdvanceToNextToken();
+  } while (fNextToken && !fAtEndOfLine && ContinueParse());
+}
+
+// cram/auth response data ::= "+" SPACE challenge CRLF
+// the server expects more client data after issuing its challenge
+
+void nsImapServerResponseParser::authChallengeResponse_data()
+{
+  AdvanceToNextToken();
+  fAuthChallenge = strdup(fNextToken);
+  fWaitingForMoreClientInput = true;
+
+  skip_to_CRLF();
+}
+
+
+void nsImapServerResponseParser::namespace_data()
+{
+	EIMAPNamespaceType namespaceType = kPersonalNamespace;
+	bool namespacesCommitted = false;
+  const char* serverKey = fServerConnection.GetImapServerKey();
+	while ((namespaceType != kUnknownNamespace) && ContinueParse())
+	{
+		AdvanceToNextToken();
+		while (fAtEndOfLine && ContinueParse())
+			AdvanceToNextToken();
+		if (!PL_strcasecmp(fNextToken,"NIL"))
+		{
+			// No namespace for this type.
+			// Don't add anything to the Namespace object.
+		}
+		else if (fNextToken[0] == '(')
+		{
+			// There may be multiple namespaces of the same type.
+			// Go through each of them and add them to our Namespace object.
+
+			fNextToken++;
+			while (fNextToken[0] == '(' && ContinueParse())
+			{
+				// we have another namespace for this namespace type
+				fNextToken++;
+				if (fNextToken[0] != '"')
+				{
+					SetSyntaxError(true);
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					char *namespacePrefix = CreateQuoted(false);
+
+					AdvanceToNextToken();
+					const char *quotedDelimiter = fNextToken;
+					char namespaceDelimiter = '\0';
+
+					if (quotedDelimiter[0] == '"')
+					{
+						quotedDelimiter++;
+						namespaceDelimiter = quotedDelimiter[0];
+					}
+					else if (!PL_strncasecmp(quotedDelimiter, "NIL", 3))
+					{
+						// NIL hierarchy delimiter.  Leave namespace delimiter nullptr.
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						// not quoted or NIL.
+						SetSyntaxError(true);
+					}
+					if (ContinueParse())
+					{
+            // add code to parse the TRANSLATE attribute if it is present....
+            // we'll also need to expand the name space code to take in the translated prefix name.
+
+						nsIMAPNamespace *newNamespace = new nsIMAPNamespace(namespaceType, namespacePrefix, namespaceDelimiter, false);
+						// add it to a temporary list in the host
+						if (newNamespace && fHostSessionList)
+							fHostSessionList->AddNewNamespaceForHost(
+                                serverKey, newNamespace);
+
+						skip_to_close_paren();	// Ignore any extension data
+
+						bool endOfThisNamespaceType = (fNextToken[0] == ')');
+						if (!endOfThisNamespaceType && fNextToken[0] != '(')	// no space between namespaces of the same type
+						{
+							SetSyntaxError(true);
+						}
+					}
+					PR_Free(namespacePrefix);
+				}
+			}
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			SetSyntaxError(true);
+		}
+		switch (namespaceType)
+		{
+		case kPersonalNamespace:
+			namespaceType = kOtherUsersNamespace;
+			break;
+		case kOtherUsersNamespace:
+			namespaceType = kPublicNamespace;
+			break;
+		default:
+			namespaceType = kUnknownNamespace;
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+	if (ContinueParse())
+	{
+		nsImapProtocol *navCon = &fServerConnection;
+		NS_ASSERTION(navCon, "null protocol connection while parsing namespace");	// we should always have this
+		if (navCon)
+		{
+			navCon->CommitNamespacesForHostEvent();
+			namespacesCommitted = true;
+		}
+	}
+	skip_to_CRLF();
+
+	if (!namespacesCommitted && fHostSessionList)
+	{
+		bool success;
+		fHostSessionList->FlushUncommittedNamespacesForHost(serverKey,
+                                                            success);
+	}
+}
+
+void nsImapServerResponseParser::myrights_data(bool unsolicited)
+{
+  AdvanceToNextToken();
+  if (ContinueParse() && !fAtEndOfLine)
+  {
+    char *mailboxName;
+    // an unsolicited myrights response won't have the mailbox name in
+    // the response, so we use the selected mailbox name.
+    if (unsolicited)
+    {
+      mailboxName = strdup(fSelectedMailboxName);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      mailboxName = CreateAstring();
+      if (mailboxName)
+        AdvanceToNextToken();
+    }
+    if (mailboxName)
+    {
+      if (ContinueParse())
+      {
+        char *myrights = CreateAstring();
+        if (myrights)
+        {
+          nsImapProtocol *navCon = &fServerConnection;
+          NS_ASSERTION(navCon, "null connection parsing my rights"); // we should always have this
+          if (navCon)
+            navCon->AddFolderRightsForUser(mailboxName, nullptr /* means "me" */, myrights);
+          PR_Free(myrights);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          HandleMemoryFailure();
+        }
+        if (ContinueParse())
+          AdvanceToNextToken();
+      }
+      PR_Free(mailboxName);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      HandleMemoryFailure();
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    SetSyntaxError(true);
+  }
+}
+
+void nsImapServerResponseParser::acl_data()
+{
+  AdvanceToNextToken();
+  if (ContinueParse() && !fAtEndOfLine)
+  {
+    char *mailboxName = CreateAstring();	// PL_strdup(fNextToken);
+    if (mailboxName && ContinueParse())
+    {
+      AdvanceToNextToken();
+      while (ContinueParse() && !fAtEndOfLine)
+      {
+        char *userName = CreateAstring(); // PL_strdup(fNextToken);
+        if (userName && ContinueParse())
+        {
+          AdvanceToNextToken();
+          if (ContinueParse())
+          {
+            char *rights = CreateAstring(); // PL_strdup(fNextToken);
+            if (rights)
+            {
+              fServerConnection.AddFolderRightsForUser(mailboxName, userName, rights);
+              PR_Free(rights);
+            }
+            else
+              HandleMemoryFailure();
+
+            if (ContinueParse())
+              AdvanceToNextToken();
+          }
+          PR_Free(userName);
+        }
+        else
+          HandleMemoryFailure();
+      }
+      PR_Free(mailboxName);
+    }
+    else
+      HandleMemoryFailure();
+  }
+}
+
+
+void nsImapServerResponseParser::mime_data()
+{
+  if (PL_strstr(fNextToken, "MIME"))
+    mime_header_data();
+  else
+    mime_part_data();
+}
+
+// mime_header_data should not be streamed out;  rather, it should be
+// buffered in the nsIMAPBodyShell.
+// This is because we are still in the process of generating enough
+// information from the server (such as the MIME header's size) so that
+// we can construct the final output stream.
+void nsImapServerResponseParser::mime_header_data()
+{
+  char *partNumber = PL_strdup(fNextToken);
+  if (partNumber)
+  {
+    char *start = partNumber + 5, *end = partNumber + 5; // 5 == strlen("BODY[")
+    while (ContinueParse() && end && *end != 'M' && *end != 'm')
+    {
+      end++;
+    }
+    if (end && (*end == 'M' || *end == 'm'))
+    {
+      *(end-1) = 0;
+      AdvanceToNextToken();
+      char *mimeHeaderData = CreateAstring();	// is it really this simple?
+      AdvanceToNextToken();
+      if (m_shell)
+      {
+        m_shell->AdoptMimeHeader(start, mimeHeaderData);
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      SetSyntaxError(true);
+    }
+    PR_Free(partNumber);	// partNumber is not adopted by the body shell.
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    HandleMemoryFailure();
+  }
+}
+
+// Actual mime parts are filled in on demand (either from shell generation
+// or from explicit user download), so we need to stream these out.
+void nsImapServerResponseParser::mime_part_data()
+{
+  char *checkOriginToken = PL_strdup(fNextToken);
+  if (checkOriginToken)
+  {
+    uint32_t origin = 0;
+    bool originFound = false;
+    char *whereStart = PL_strchr(checkOriginToken, '<');
+    if (whereStart)
+    {
+      char *whereEnd = PL_strchr(whereStart, '>');
+      if (whereEnd)
+      {
+        *whereEnd = 0;
+        whereStart++;
+        origin = atoi(whereStart);
+        originFound = true;
+      }
+    }
+    PR_Free(checkOriginToken);
+    AdvanceToNextToken();
+    msg_fetch_content(originFound, origin, MESSAGE_RFC822);	// keep content type as message/rfc822, even though the
+    // MIME part might not be, because then libmime will
+    // still handle and decode it.
+  }
+  else
+    HandleMemoryFailure();
+}
+
+// parse FETCH BODYSTRUCTURE response, "a parenthesized list that describes
+// the [MIME-IMB] body structure of a message" [RFC 3501].
+void nsImapServerResponseParser::bodystructure_data()
+{
+  AdvanceToNextToken();
+  if (ContinueParse() && fNextToken && *fNextToken == '(')  // It has to start with an open paren.
+  {
+    // Turn the BODYSTRUCTURE response into a form that the nsIMAPBodypartMessage can be constructed from.
+    // FIXME: Follow up on bug 384210 to investigate why the caller has to duplicate the two in-param strings.
+    nsIMAPBodypartMessage *message =
+      new nsIMAPBodypartMessage(NULL, NULL, true, strdup("message"),
+                                strdup("rfc822"),
+                                NULL, NULL, NULL, 0,
+                                fServerConnection.GetPreferPlainText());
+    nsIMAPBodypart *body = bodystructure_part(PL_strdup("1"), message);
+    if (body)
+      message->SetBody(body);
+    else
+    {
+      delete message;
+      message = nullptr;
+    }
+    m_shell = new nsIMAPBodyShell(&fServerConnection, message, CurrentResponseUID(), GetSelectedMailboxName());
+    // ignore syntax errors in parsing the body structure response. If there's an error
+    // we'll just fall back to fetching the whole message.
+    SetSyntaxError(false);
+  }
+  else
+    SetSyntaxError(true);
+}
+
+// RFC3501:  body = "(" (body-type-1part / body-type-mpart) ")"
+nsIMAPBodypart *
+nsImapServerResponseParser::bodystructure_part(char *partNum, nsIMAPBodypart *parentPart)
+{
+  // Check to see if this buffer is a leaf or container
+  // (Look at second character - if an open paren, then it is a container)
+  if (*fNextToken != '(')
+  {
+    NS_ASSERTION(false, "bodystructure_part must begin with '('");
+    return NULL;
+  }
+
+  if (fNextToken[1] == '(')
+    return bodystructure_multipart(partNum, parentPart);
+  else
+    return bodystructure_leaf(partNum, parentPart);
+}
+
+// RFC3501: body-type-1part = (body-type-basic / body-type-msg / body-type-text)
+//                            [SP body-ext-1part]
+nsIMAPBodypart *
+nsImapServerResponseParser::bodystructure_leaf(char *partNum, nsIMAPBodypart *parentPart)
+{
+  // historical note: this code was originally in nsIMAPBodypartLeaf::ParseIntoObjects()
+  char *bodyType = nullptr, *bodySubType = nullptr, *bodyID = nullptr, *bodyDescription = nullptr, *bodyEncoding = nullptr;
+  int32_t partLength = 0;
+  bool isValid = true;
+
+  // body type  ("application", "text", "image", etc.)
+  if (ContinueParse())
+  {
+    fNextToken++; // eat the first '('
+    bodyType = CreateNilString();
+    if (ContinueParse())
+      AdvanceToNextToken();
+  }
+
+  // body subtype  ("gif", "html", etc.)
+  if (isValid && ContinueParse())
+  {
+    bodySubType = CreateNilString();
+    if (ContinueParse())
+      AdvanceToNextToken();
+  }
+
+  // body parameter: parenthesized list
+  if (isValid && ContinueParse())
+  {
+    if (fNextToken[0] == '(')
+    {
+      fNextToken++;
+      skip_to_close_paren();
+    }
+    else if (!PL_strcasecmp(fNextToken, "NIL"))
+      AdvanceToNextToken();
+  }
+
+  // body id
+  if (isValid && ContinueParse())
+  {
+    bodyID = CreateNilString();
+    if (ContinueParse())
+      AdvanceToNextToken();
+  }
+
+  // body description
+  if (isValid && ContinueParse())
+  {
+    bodyDescription = CreateNilString();
+    if (ContinueParse())
+      AdvanceToNextToken();
+  }
+
+  // body encoding
+  if (isValid && ContinueParse())
+  {
+    bodyEncoding = CreateNilString();
+    if (ContinueParse())
+      AdvanceToNextToken();
+  }
+
+  // body size
+  if (isValid && ContinueParse())
+  {
+    char *bodySizeString = CreateAtom();
+    if (!bodySizeString)
+      isValid = false;
+    else
+    {
+      partLength = atoi(bodySizeString);
+      PR_Free(bodySizeString);
+      if (ContinueParse())
+        AdvanceToNextToken();
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (!isValid || !ContinueParse())
+  {
+    PR_FREEIF(partNum);
+    PR_FREEIF(bodyType);
+    PR_FREEIF(bodySubType);
+    PR_FREEIF(bodyID);
+    PR_FREEIF(bodyDescription);
+    PR_FREEIF(bodyEncoding);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    if (PL_strcasecmp(bodyType, "message") || PL_strcasecmp(bodySubType, "rfc822"))
+    {
+      skip_to_close_paren();
+      return new nsIMAPBodypartLeaf(partNum, parentPart, bodyType, bodySubType,
+                                    bodyID, bodyDescription, bodyEncoding,
+                                    partLength,
+                                    fServerConnection.GetPreferPlainText());
+    }
+
+    // This part is of type "message/rfc822"  (probably a forwarded message)
+    nsIMAPBodypartMessage *message =
+      new nsIMAPBodypartMessage(partNum, parentPart, false,
+                                bodyType, bodySubType, bodyID, bodyDescription,
+                                bodyEncoding, partLength,
+                                fServerConnection.GetPreferPlainText());
+
+    // there are three additional fields: envelope structure, bodystructure, and size in lines
+    // historical note: this code was originally in nsIMAPBodypartMessage::ParseIntoObjects()
+
+    // envelope (ignored)
+    if (*fNextToken == '(')
+    {
+      fNextToken++;
+      skip_to_close_paren();
+    }
+    else
+      isValid = false;
+
+    // bodystructure
+    if (isValid && ContinueParse())
+    {
+      if (*fNextToken != '(')
+        isValid = false;
+      else
+      {
+        char *bodyPartNum = PR_smprintf("%s.1", partNum);
+        if (bodyPartNum)
+        {
+          nsIMAPBodypart *body = bodystructure_part(bodyPartNum, message);
+          if (body)
+            message->SetBody(body);
+          else
+            isValid = false;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    // ignore "size in text lines"
+
+    if (isValid && ContinueParse()) {
+      skip_to_close_paren();
+      return message;
+    }
+    delete message;
+  }
+
+  // parsing failed, just move to the end of the parentheses group
+  if (ContinueParse())
+    skip_to_close_paren();
+  return nullptr;
+}
+
+
+// RFC3501:  body-type-mpart = 1*body SP media-subtype
+//                             [SP body-ext-mpart]
+nsIMAPBodypart *
+nsImapServerResponseParser::bodystructure_multipart(char *partNum, nsIMAPBodypart *parentPart)
+{
+  nsIMAPBodypartMultipart *multipart = new nsIMAPBodypartMultipart(partNum, parentPart);
+  bool isValid = multipart->GetIsValid();
+  // historical note: this code was originally in nsIMAPBodypartMultipart::ParseIntoObjects()
+  if (ContinueParse())
+  {
+    fNextToken++; // eat the first '('
+    // Parse list of children
+    int childCount = 0;
+    while (isValid && fNextToken[0] == '(' && ContinueParse())
+    {
+      childCount++;
+      char *childPartNum = NULL;
+      // note: the multipart constructor does some magic on partNumber
+      if (PL_strcmp(multipart->GetPartNumberString(), "0")) // not top-level
+        childPartNum = PR_smprintf("%s.%d", multipart->GetPartNumberString(), childCount);
+      else // top-level
+        childPartNum = PR_smprintf("%d", childCount);
+      if (!childPartNum)
+        isValid = false;
+      else
+      {
+        nsIMAPBodypart *child = bodystructure_part(childPartNum, multipart);
+        if (child)
+          multipart->AppendPart(child);
+        else
+          isValid = false;
+      }
+    }
+
+    // RFC3501:  media-subtype   = string
+    // (multipart subtype: mixed, alternative, etc.)
+    if (isValid && ContinueParse())
+    {
+      char *bodySubType = CreateNilString();
+      multipart->SetBodySubType(bodySubType);
+      if (ContinueParse())
+        AdvanceToNextToken();
+    }
+
+    // extension data:
+    // RFC3501:  body-ext-mpart = body-fld-param [SP body-fld-dsp [SP body-fld-lang
+    //                            [SP body-fld-loc *(SP body-extension)]]]
+
+    // body parameter parenthesized list (optional data), includes boundary parameter
+    // RFC3501:  body-fld-param  = "(" string SP string *(SP string SP string) ")" / nil
+    char *boundaryData = nullptr;
+    if (isValid && ContinueParse() && *fNextToken == '(')
+    {
+      fNextToken++;
+      while (ContinueParse() && *fNextToken != ')')
+      {
+        char *attribute = CreateNilString();
+        if (ContinueParse())
+          AdvanceToNextToken();
+        if (ContinueParse() && !PL_strcasecmp(attribute, "BOUNDARY"))
+        {
+          char *boundary = CreateNilString();
+          if (boundary)
+            boundaryData = PR_smprintf("--%s", boundary);
+          PR_FREEIF(boundary);
+        }
+        else if (ContinueParse())
+        {
+          char *value = CreateNilString();
+          PR_FREEIF(value);
+        }
+        PR_FREEIF(attribute);
+        if (ContinueParse())
+          AdvanceToNextToken();
+      }
+      if (ContinueParse())
+        fNextToken++;  // skip closing ')'
+    }
+    if (boundaryData)
+      multipart->SetBoundaryData(boundaryData);
+    else
+      isValid = false;   // Actually, we should probably generate a boundary here.
+  }
+
+  // always move to closing ')', even if part was not successfully read
+  if (ContinueParse())
+    skip_to_close_paren();
+
+  if (isValid)
+    return multipart;
+  delete multipart;
+  return nullptr;
+}
+
+
+// RFC2087:  quotaroot_response = "QUOTAROOT" SP astring *(SP astring)
+//           quota_response = "QUOTA" SP astring SP quota_list
+//           quota_list     = "(" [quota_resource *(SP quota_resource)] ")"
+//           quota_resource = atom SP number SP number
+// Only the STORAGE resource is considered.  The current implementation is
+// slightly broken because it assumes that STORAGE is the first resource;
+// a reponse   QUOTA (MESSAGE 5 100 STORAGE 10 512)   would be ignored.
+void nsImapServerResponseParser::quota_data()
+{
+  if (!PL_strcasecmp(fNextToken, "QUOTAROOT"))
+  {
+    // ignore QUOTAROOT response
+    nsCString quotaroot;
+    AdvanceToNextToken();
+    while (ContinueParse() && !fAtEndOfLine)
+    {
+      quotaroot.Adopt(CreateAstring());
+      AdvanceToNextToken();
+    }
+  }
+  else if(!PL_strcasecmp(fNextToken, "QUOTA"))
+  {
+    uint32_t used, max;
+    char *parengroup;
+
+    AdvanceToNextToken();
+    if (ContinueParse())
+    {
+      nsCString quotaroot;
+      quotaroot.Adopt(CreateAstring());
+
+      if(ContinueParse() && !fAtEndOfLine)
+      {
+        AdvanceToNextToken();
+        if(fNextToken)
+        {
+          if(!PL_strcasecmp(fNextToken, "(STORAGE"))
+          {
+            parengroup = CreateParenGroup();
+            if(parengroup && (PR_sscanf(parengroup, "(STORAGE %lu %lu)", &used, &max) == 2) )
+            {
+              fServerConnection.UpdateFolderQuotaData(quotaroot, used, max);
+              skip_to_CRLF();
+            }
+            else
+              SetSyntaxError(true);
+
+            PR_Free(parengroup);
+          }
+          else
+            // Ignore other limits, we just check STORAGE for now
+            skip_to_CRLF();
+        }
+        else
+          SetSyntaxError(true);
+      }
+      else
+        HandleMemoryFailure();
+    }
+  }
+  else
+    SetSyntaxError(true);
+}
+
+void nsImapServerResponseParser::id_data()
+{
+  AdvanceToNextToken();
+  if (!PL_strcasecmp(fNextToken, "NIL"))
+    AdvanceToNextToken();
+  else
+    fServerIdResponse.Adopt(CreateParenGroup());
+  skip_to_CRLF();
+}
+
+bool nsImapServerResponseParser::GetFillingInShell()
+{
+  return (m_shell != nullptr);
+}
+
+bool nsImapServerResponseParser::GetDownloadingHeaders()
+{
+  return fDownloadingHeaders;
+}
+
+// Tells the server state parser to use a previously cached shell.
+void	nsImapServerResponseParser::UseCachedShell(nsIMAPBodyShell *cachedShell)
+{
+  // We shouldn't already have another shell we're dealing with.
+  if (m_shell && cachedShell)
+  {
+    MOZ_LOG(IMAP, mozilla::LogLevel::Info, ("PARSER: Shell Collision"));
+    NS_ASSERTION(false, "shell collision");
+  }
+  m_shell = cachedShell;
+}
+
+
+void nsImapServerResponseParser::ResetCapabilityFlag()
+{
+}
+
+/*
+ literal         ::= "{" number "}" CRLF *CHAR8
+                              ;; Number represents the number of CHAR8 octets
+*/
+// returns true if this is the last chunk and we should close the stream
+bool nsImapServerResponseParser::msg_fetch_literal(bool chunk, int32_t origin)
+{
+  numberOfCharsInThisChunk = atoi(fNextToken + 1);
+  // If we didn't request a specific size, or the server isn't returning exactly
+  // as many octets as we requested, this must be the last or only chunk
+  bool lastChunk = (!chunk ||
+                    (numberOfCharsInThisChunk != fServerConnection.GetCurFetchSize()));
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+  if (lastChunk)
+    MOZ_LOG(IMAP, mozilla::LogLevel::Debug,
+                  ("PARSER: fetch_literal chunk = %d, requested %d, receiving %d",
+                    chunk, fServerConnection.GetCurFetchSize(),
+                    numberOfCharsInThisChunk));
+#endif
+
+  charsReadSoFar = 0;
+  static bool lastCRLFwasCRCRLF = false;
+
+  while (ContinueParse() && !fServerConnection.DeathSignalReceived() && (charsReadSoFar < numberOfCharsInThisChunk))
+  {
+    AdvanceToNextLine();
+    if (ContinueParse())
+    {
+      // When we split CRLF across two chunks, AdvanceToNextLine() turns the LF at the
+      // beginning of the next chunk into an empty line ending with CRLF, so discard
+      // that leading CR
+      bool specialLineEnding = false;
+      if (lastCRLFwasCRCRLF && (*fCurrentLine == '\r'))
+      {
+        char *usableCurrentLine = PL_strdup(fCurrentLine + 1);
+        PR_Free(fCurrentLine);
+        fCurrentLine = usableCurrentLine;
+        specialLineEnding = true;
+      }
+
+      // This *would* fail on data containing \0, but down below AdvanceToNextLine() in
+      // nsMsgLineStreamBuffer::ReadNextLine() we replace '\0' with ' ' (blank) because
+      // who cares about binary transparency, and anyways \0 in this context violates RFCs.
+      charsReadSoFar += strlen(fCurrentLine);
+      if (!fDownloadingHeaders && fCurrentCommandIsSingleMessageFetch)
+      {
+        fServerConnection.ProgressEventFunctionUsingName("imapDownloadingMessage");
+        if (fTotalDownloadSize > 0)
+          fServerConnection.PercentProgressUpdateEvent(0,charsReadSoFar + origin, fTotalDownloadSize);
+      }
+      if (charsReadSoFar > numberOfCharsInThisChunk)
+      {
+        // The chunk we are receiving doesn't end in CRLF, so the last line includes
+        // the CRLF that comes after the literal
+        char *displayEndOfLine = (fCurrentLine + strlen(fCurrentLine) - (charsReadSoFar - numberOfCharsInThisChunk));
+        char saveit = *displayEndOfLine;
+        *displayEndOfLine = 0;
+        fServerConnection.HandleMessageDownLoadLine(fCurrentLine, specialLineEnding || !lastChunk);
+        *displayEndOfLine = saveit;
+        lastCRLFwasCRCRLF = (*(displayEndOfLine - 1) == '\r');
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        lastCRLFwasCRCRLF = (*(fCurrentLine + strlen(fCurrentLine) - 1) == '\r');
+        fServerConnection.HandleMessageDownLoadLine(fCurrentLine,
+            specialLineEnding || (!lastChunk && (charsReadSoFar == numberOfCharsInThisChunk)),
+            fCurrentLine);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  // This would be a good thing to log.
+  if (lastCRLFwasCRCRLF)
+    MOZ_LOG(IMAP, mozilla::LogLevel::Info, ("PARSER: CR/LF fell on chunk boundary."));
+
+  if (ContinueParse())
+  {
+    if (charsReadSoFar > numberOfCharsInThisChunk)
+    {
+      // move the lexical analyzer state to the end of this message because this message
+      // fetch ends in the middle of this line.
+      AdvanceTokenizerStartingPoint(strlen(fCurrentLine) - (charsReadSoFar - numberOfCharsInThisChunk));
+      AdvanceToNextToken();
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      skip_to_CRLF();
+      AdvanceToNextToken();
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    lastCRLFwasCRCRLF = false;
+  }
+  return lastChunk;
+}
+
+bool nsImapServerResponseParser::CurrentFolderReadOnly()
+{
+  return fCurrentFolderReadOnly;
+}
+
+int32_t	nsImapServerResponseParser::NumberOfMessages()
+{
+  return fNumberOfExistingMessages;
+}
+
+int32_t nsImapServerResponseParser::NumberOfRecentMessages()
+{
+  return fNumberOfRecentMessages;
+}
+
+int32_t nsImapServerResponseParser::NumberOfUnseenMessages()
+{
+  return fNumberOfUnseenMessages;
+}
+
+int32_t nsImapServerResponseParser::FolderUID()
+{
+  return fFolderUIDValidity;
+}
+
+void nsImapServerResponseParser::SetCurrentResponseUID(uint32_t uid)
+{
+  if (uid > 0)
+    fCurrentResponseUID = uid;
+}
+
+uint32_t nsImapServerResponseParser::CurrentResponseUID()
+{
+  return fCurrentResponseUID;
+}
+
+uint32_t nsImapServerResponseParser::HighestRecordedUID()
+{
+  return fHighestRecordedUID;
+}
+
+bool nsImapServerResponseParser::IsNumericString(const char *string)
+{
+  int i;
+  for(i = 0; i < (int) PL_strlen(string); i++)
+  {
+    if (! isdigit(string[i]))
+    {
+      return false;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+
+nsImapMailboxSpec *nsImapServerResponseParser::CreateCurrentMailboxSpec(const char *mailboxName /* = nullptr */)
+{
+  nsImapMailboxSpec *returnSpec = new nsImapMailboxSpec;
+  if (!returnSpec)
+  {
+    HandleMemoryFailure();
+    return  nullptr;
+  }
+  NS_ADDREF(returnSpec);
+  const char *mailboxNameToConvert = (mailboxName) ? mailboxName : fSelectedMailboxName;
+  if (mailboxNameToConvert)
+  {
+    const char *serverKey = fServerConnection.GetImapServerKey();
+    nsIMAPNamespace *ns = nullptr;
+    if (serverKey && fHostSessionList)
+      fHostSessionList->GetNamespaceForMailboxForHost(serverKey, mailboxNameToConvert, ns);	// for
+      // delimiter
+    returnSpec->mHierarchySeparator = (ns) ? ns->GetDelimiter(): '/';
+
+  }
+
+  returnSpec->mFolderSelected = !mailboxName; // if mailboxName is null, we're doing a Status
+  returnSpec->mFolder_UIDVALIDITY = fFolderUIDValidity;
+  returnSpec->mHighestModSeq = fHighestModSeq;
+  returnSpec->mNumOfMessages = (mailboxName) ? fStatusExistingMessages : fNumberOfExistingMessages;
+  returnSpec->mNumOfUnseenMessages = (mailboxName) ? fStatusUnseenMessages : fNumberOfUnseenMessages;
+  returnSpec->mNumOfRecentMessages = (mailboxName) ? fStatusRecentMessages : fNumberOfRecentMessages;
+  returnSpec->mNextUID = fStatusNextUID;
+
+  returnSpec->mSupportedUserFlags = fSupportsUserDefinedFlags;
+
+  returnSpec->mBoxFlags = kNoFlags;	// stub
+  returnSpec->mOnlineVerified = false;	// we're fabricating this.  The flags aren't verified.
+  returnSpec->mAllocatedPathName.Assign(mailboxNameToConvert);
+  returnSpec->mConnection = &fServerConnection;
+  if (returnSpec->mConnection)
+  {
+    nsIURI * aUrl = nullptr;
+    nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+    returnSpec->mConnection->GetCurrentUrl()->QueryInterface(NS_GET_IID(nsIURI), (void **) &aUrl);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && aUrl)
+      aUrl->GetHost(returnSpec->mHostName);
+
+    NS_IF_RELEASE(aUrl);
+  }
+  else
+    returnSpec->mHostName.Truncate();
+
+  if (fFlagState)
+    returnSpec->mFlagState = fFlagState; //copies flag state
+  else
+    returnSpec->mFlagState = nullptr;
+
+  return returnSpec;
+
+}
+// Reset the flag state.
+void nsImapServerResponseParser::ResetFlagInfo()
+{
+  if (fFlagState)
+    fFlagState->Reset();
+}
+
+
+bool nsImapServerResponseParser::GetLastFetchChunkReceived()
+{
+  return fLastChunk;
+}
+
+void nsImapServerResponseParser::ClearLastFetchChunkReceived()
+{
+  fLastChunk = false;
+}
+
+void nsImapServerResponseParser::SetHostSessionList(nsIImapHostSessionList*
+                                               aHostSessionList)
+{
+    NS_IF_RELEASE (fHostSessionList);
+    fHostSessionList = aHostSessionList;
+    NS_IF_ADDREF (fHostSessionList);
+}
+
+void nsImapServerResponseParser::SetSyntaxError(bool error, const char *msg)
+{
+  nsIMAPGenericParser::SetSyntaxError(error, msg);
+  if (error)
+  {
+    if (!fCurrentLine)
+    {
+      HandleMemoryFailure();
+      fServerConnection.Log("PARSER", ("Internal Syntax Error: %s: <no line>"), msg);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      if (!strcmp(fCurrentLine, CRLF))
+        fServerConnection.Log("PARSER", "Internal Syntax Error: %s: <CRLF>", msg);
+      else
+      {
+        if (msg)
+          fServerConnection.Log("PARSER", "Internal Syntax Error: %s:", msg);
+        fServerConnection.Log("PARSER", "Internal Syntax Error on line: %s", fCurrentLine);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+nsresult nsImapServerResponseParser::BeginMessageDownload(const char *content_type)
+{
+  nsresult rv = fServerConnection.BeginMessageDownLoad(fSizeOfMostRecentMessage,
+    content_type);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+  {
+    skip_to_CRLF();
+    fServerConnection.PseudoInterrupt(true);
+    fServerConnection.AbortMessageDownLoad();
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/imap/src/nsImapServerResponseParser.h b/mailnews/imap/src/nsImapServerResponseParser.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5b46f8a43
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/imap/src/nsImapServerResponseParser.h
@@ -0,0 +1,269 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _nsIMAPServerResponseParser_H_
+#define _nsIMAPServerResponseParser_H_
+
+#include "mozilla/Attributes.h"
+#include "nsIMAPHostSessionList.h"
+#include "nsImapSearchResults.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "MailNewsTypes.h"
+#include "nsTArray.h"
+#include "nsImapUtils.h"
+#include "nsAutoPtr.h"
+
+class nsIMAPNamespace;
+class nsIMAPNamespaceList;
+class nsIMAPBodyShell;
+class nsIMAPBodypart;
+class nsImapSearchResultIterator;
+class nsImapFlagAndUidState;
+class nsCString;
+
+#include "nsIMAPGenericParser.h"
+
+class nsImapServerResponseParser : public nsIMAPGenericParser
+{
+public:
+  nsImapServerResponseParser(nsImapProtocol &imapConnection);
+  virtual ~nsImapServerResponseParser();
+
+  // Overridden from the base parser class
+  virtual bool       LastCommandSuccessful() override;
+  virtual void HandleMemoryFailure() override;
+
+  // aignoreBadAndNOResponses --> don't throw a error dialog if this command results in a NO or Bad response
+  // from the server..in other words the command is "exploratory" and we don't really care if it succeeds or fails.
+  // This value is typically FALSE for almost all cases.
+  virtual void ParseIMAPServerResponse(const char *aCurrentCommand,
+                                       bool aIgnoreBadAndNOResponses,
+                                       char *aGreetingWithCapability = NULL);
+  virtual void InitializeState();
+  bool    CommandFailed();
+  void    SetCommandFailed(bool failed);
+
+    enum eIMAPstate {
+        kNonAuthenticated,
+        kAuthenticated,
+        kFolderSelected
+    } ;
+
+  virtual eIMAPstate GetIMAPstate();
+  virtual bool WaitingForMoreClientInput() { return fWaitingForMoreClientInput; }
+  const char *GetSelectedMailboxName();   // can be NULL
+
+  // if we get a PREAUTH greeting from the server, initialize the parser to begin in
+  // the kAuthenticated state
+  void PreauthSetAuthenticatedState();
+
+  // these functions represent the state of the currently selected
+  // folder
+  bool       CurrentFolderReadOnly();
+  int32_t    NumberOfMessages();
+  int32_t    NumberOfRecentMessages();
+  int32_t    NumberOfUnseenMessages();
+  int32_t    FolderUID();
+  uint32_t   CurrentResponseUID();
+  uint32_t   HighestRecordedUID();
+  void       SetCurrentResponseUID(uint32_t uid);
+  bool       IsNumericString(const char *string);
+  uint32_t   SizeOfMostRecentMessage();
+  void       SetTotalDownloadSize(int32_t newSize) { fTotalDownloadSize = newSize; }
+
+  nsImapSearchResultIterator *CreateSearchResultIterator();
+  void ResetSearchResultSequence() {fSearchResults->ResetSequence();}
+
+  // create a struct mailbox_spec from our info, used in
+  // libmsg c interface
+  nsImapMailboxSpec *CreateCurrentMailboxSpec(const char *mailboxName = nullptr);
+
+  // Resets the flags state.
+  void ResetFlagInfo();
+
+  // set this to false if you don't want to alert the user to server
+  // error messages
+  void SetReportingErrors(bool reportThem) { fReportingErrors=reportThem;}
+  bool GetReportingErrors() { return fReportingErrors; }
+
+  eIMAPCapabilityFlags GetCapabilityFlag() { return fCapabilityFlag; }
+  void   SetCapabilityFlag(eIMAPCapabilityFlags capability) {fCapabilityFlag = capability;}
+  bool ServerHasIMAP4Rev1Capability() { return ((fCapabilityFlag & kIMAP4rev1Capability) != 0); }
+  bool ServerHasACLCapability() { return ((fCapabilityFlag & kACLCapability) != 0); }
+  bool ServerHasNamespaceCapability() { return ((fCapabilityFlag & kNamespaceCapability) != 0); }
+  bool ServerIsNetscape3xServer() { return fServerIsNetscape3xServer; }
+  bool ServerHasServerInfo() {return ((fCapabilityFlag & kXServerInfoCapability) != 0); }
+  bool ServerIsAOLServer() {return ((fCapabilityFlag & kAOLImapCapability) != 0); }
+  void SetFetchingFlags(bool aFetchFlags) { fFetchingAllFlags = aFetchFlags;}
+  void ResetCapabilityFlag() ;
+
+  nsCString& GetMailAccountUrl() { return fMailAccountUrl; }
+  const char *GetXSenderInfo() { return fXSenderInfo; }
+  void FreeXSenderInfo() { PR_FREEIF(fXSenderInfo); }
+  nsCString& GetManageListsUrl() { return fManageListsUrl; }
+  nsCString& GetManageFiltersUrl() {return fManageFiltersUrl;}
+  const char *GetManageFolderUrl() {return fFolderAdminUrl;}
+  nsCString &GetServerID() {return fServerIdResponse;}
+
+  // Call this when adding a pipelined command to the session
+  void IncrementNumberOfTaggedResponsesExpected(const char *newExpectedTag);
+
+  // Interrupt a Fetch, without really Interrupting (through netlib)
+  bool GetLastFetchChunkReceived();
+  void ClearLastFetchChunkReceived();
+  virtual uint16_t	SupportsUserFlags() { return fSupportsUserDefinedFlags; }
+  virtual uint16_t  SettablePermanentFlags() { return fSettablePermanentFlags;}
+  void SetFlagState(nsIImapFlagAndUidState *state);
+  bool GetDownloadingHeaders();
+  bool GetFillingInShell();
+  void UseCachedShell(nsIMAPBodyShell *cachedShell);
+  void SetHostSessionList(nsIImapHostSessionList *aHostSession);
+  char  *fAuthChallenge;    // the challenge returned by the server in
+                            //response to authenticate using CRAM-MD5 or NTLM
+  bool            fCondStoreEnabled;  
+  bool            fUseModSeq;  // can use mod seq for currently selected folder
+  uint64_t        fHighestModSeq;
+
+protected:
+  virtual void    flags();
+  virtual void    envelope_data();
+  virtual void    xaolenvelope_data();
+  virtual void    parse_address(nsAutoCString &addressLine);
+  virtual void    internal_date();
+  virtual nsresult BeginMessageDownload(const char *content_type);
+
+  virtual void    response_data();
+  virtual void    resp_text();
+  virtual void    resp_cond_state(bool isTagged);
+  virtual void    text_mime2();
+  virtual void    text();
+  virtual void    parse_folder_flags();
+  virtual void    enable_data();
+  virtual void    language_data();
+  virtual void    authChallengeResponse_data();
+  virtual void    resp_text_code();
+  virtual void    response_done();
+  virtual void    response_tagged();
+  virtual void    response_fatal();
+  virtual void    resp_cond_bye();
+  virtual void    id_data();
+  virtual void    mailbox_data();
+  virtual void    numeric_mailbox_data();
+  virtual void    capability_data();
+  virtual void    xserverinfo_data();
+  virtual void    xmailboxinfo_data();
+  virtual void    namespace_data();
+  virtual void    myrights_data(bool unsolicited);
+  virtual void    acl_data();
+  virtual void    bodystructure_data();
+  nsIMAPBodypart  *bodystructure_part(char *partNum, nsIMAPBodypart *parentPart);
+  nsIMAPBodypart  *bodystructure_leaf(char *partNum, nsIMAPBodypart *parentPart);
+  nsIMAPBodypart  *bodystructure_multipart(char *partNum, nsIMAPBodypart *parentPart);
+  virtual void    mime_data();
+  virtual void    mime_part_data();
+  virtual void    mime_header_data();
+  virtual void    quota_data();
+  virtual void    msg_fetch();
+  virtual void    msg_obsolete();
+  virtual void    msg_fetch_headers(const char *partNum);
+  virtual void    msg_fetch_content(bool chunk, int32_t origin, const char *content_type);
+  virtual bool    msg_fetch_quoted();
+  virtual bool    msg_fetch_literal(bool chunk, int32_t origin);
+  virtual void    mailbox_list(bool discoveredFromLsub);
+  virtual void    mailbox(nsImapMailboxSpec *boxSpec);
+
+  virtual void    ProcessOkCommand(const char *commandToken);
+  virtual void    ProcessBadCommand(const char *commandToken);
+  virtual void    PreProcessCommandToken(const char *commandToken,
+                                             const char *currentCommand);
+  virtual void    PostProcessEndOfLine();
+
+  // Overridden from the nsIMAPGenericParser, to retrieve the next line
+  // from the open socket.
+  virtual bool    GetNextLineForParser(char **nextLine) override;
+  // overriden to do logging
+  virtual void    SetSyntaxError(bool error, const char *msg = nullptr) override;
+
+private:
+  bool            fCurrentCommandFailed;
+  bool            fReportingErrors;
+
+
+  bool            fCurrentFolderReadOnly;
+  bool            fCurrentLineContainedFlagInfo;
+  bool            fFetchingAllFlags;
+  bool            fWaitingForMoreClientInput;
+  // Is the server a Netscape 3.x Messaging Server?
+  bool            fServerIsNetscape3xServer;
+  bool            fDownloadingHeaders;
+  bool            fCurrentCommandIsSingleMessageFetch;
+  bool            fGotPermanentFlags;
+  imapMessageFlagsType   fSavedFlagInfo;
+  nsTArray<nsCString> fCustomFlags;
+
+  uint16_t  fSupportsUserDefinedFlags;
+  uint16_t  fSettablePermanentFlags;
+
+  int32_t           fFolderUIDValidity;
+  int32_t           fNumberOfUnseenMessages;
+  int32_t           fNumberOfExistingMessages;
+  int32_t           fNumberOfRecentMessages;
+  uint32_t          fCurrentResponseUID;
+  uint32_t          fHighestRecordedUID;
+  // used to handle server that sends msg size after headers
+  uint32_t          fReceivedHeaderOrSizeForUID;
+  int32_t           fSizeOfMostRecentMessage;
+  int32_t           fTotalDownloadSize;
+
+  int32_t           fStatusUnseenMessages;
+  int32_t           fStatusRecentMessages;
+  uint32_t          fStatusNextUID;
+  uint32_t          fStatusExistingMessages;
+
+  int               fNumberOfTaggedResponsesExpected;
+
+  char              *fCurrentCommandTag;
+
+  nsCString         fZeroLengthMessageUidString;
+
+  char              *fSelectedMailboxName;
+
+  nsImapSearchResultSequence    *fSearchResults;
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIImapFlagAndUidState> fFlagState;		// NOT owned by us, it's a copy, do not destroy
+
+  eIMAPstate               fIMAPstate;
+
+  eIMAPCapabilityFlags      fCapabilityFlag;
+  nsCString     fMailAccountUrl;
+  char          *fNetscapeServerVersionString;
+  char          *fXSenderInfo; /* changed per message download */
+  char          *fLastAlert; /* used to avoid displaying the same alert over and over */
+  char          *fMsgID; /* MessageID for Gmail only (X-GM-MSGID) */
+  char          *fThreadID; /* ThreadID for Gmail only (X-GM-THRID) */
+  char          *fLabels; /* Labels for Gmail only (X-GM-LABELS) [will include parens, removed while passing to hashTable ]*/
+  nsCString     fManageListsUrl;
+  nsCString    fManageFiltersUrl;
+  char          *fFolderAdminUrl;
+  nsCString    fServerIdResponse; // RFC 
+
+  int32_t fFetchResponseIndex;
+
+  // used for aborting a fetch stream when we're pseudo-Interrupted
+  int32_t numberOfCharsInThisChunk;
+  int32_t charsReadSoFar;
+  bool fLastChunk;
+
+  // points to the current body shell, if any
+  RefPtr<nsIMAPBodyShell> m_shell;
+
+  // The connection object
+  nsImapProtocol &fServerConnection;
+
+  nsIImapHostSessionList *fHostSessionList;
+  nsTArray<nsMsgKey> fCopyResponseKeyArray;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/imap/src/nsImapService.cpp b/mailnews/imap/src/nsImapService.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5e097311e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/imap/src/nsImapService.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,3400 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "msgCore.h"    // precompiled header...
+#include "nsMsgImapCID.h"
+
+#include "netCore.h"
+
+#include "nsIServiceManager.h"
+#include "nsIComponentManager.h"
+
+#include "nsIIMAPHostSessionList.h"
+#include "nsImapService.h"
+
+#include "nsImapUrl.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolder.h"
+#include "nsIMsgImapMailFolder.h"
+#include "nsIImapIncomingServer.h"
+#include "nsIImapServerSink.h"
+#include "nsIImapMockChannel.h"
+#include "nsImapUtils.h"
+#include "nsIDocShell.h"
+#include "nsIDocShellLoadInfo.h"
+#include "nsIRDFService.h"
+#include "nsRDFCID.h"
+#include "nsIMsgStatusFeedback.h"
+#include "nsIPrefBranch.h"
+#include "nsIPrefService.h"
+#include "nsILoadGroup.h"
+#include "nsIMsgAccountManager.h"
+#include "nsMsgBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsMsgFolderFlags.h"
+#include "nsISubscribableServer.h"
+#include "nsIDirectoryService.h"
+#include "nsMailDirServiceDefs.h"
+#include "nsIWebNavigation.h"
+#include "nsImapStringBundle.h"
+#include "plbase64.h"
+#include "nsImapOfflineSync.h"
+#include "nsIMsgHdr.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "nsICacheStorage.h"
+#include "nsICacheStorageService.h"
+#include "nsILoadContextInfo.h"
+#include "nsIStreamListenerTee.h"
+#include "nsNetCID.h"
+#include "nsMsgI18N.h"
+#include "nsIOutputStream.h"
+#include "nsIInputStream.h"
+#include "nsISeekableStream.h"
+#include "nsICopyMsgStreamListener.h"
+#include "nsIMsgParseMailMsgState.h"
+#include "nsMsgLocalCID.h"
+#include "nsIOutputStream.h"
+#include "nsIDocShell.h"
+#include "nsIDocShellLoadInfo.h"
+#include "nsIMessengerWindowService.h"
+#include "nsIWindowMediator.h"
+#include "nsIPrompt.h"
+#include "nsIWindowWatcher.h"
+#include "nsImapProtocol.h"
+#include "nsIMsgMailSession.h"
+#include "nsIStreamConverterService.h"
+#include "nsIAutoSyncManager.h"
+#include "nsThreadUtils.h"
+#include "nsNetUtil.h"
+#include "nsMsgMessageFlags.h"
+#include "nsIMsgPluggableStore.h"
+#include "../../base/src/MailnewsLoadContextInfo.h"
+
+#define PREF_MAIL_ROOT_IMAP "mail.root.imap"            // old - for backward compatibility only
+#define PREF_MAIL_ROOT_IMAP_REL "mail.root.imap-rel"
+
+static NS_DEFINE_CID(kImapUrlCID, NS_IMAPURL_CID);
+static NS_DEFINE_CID(kCImapMockChannel, NS_IMAPMOCKCHANNEL_CID);
+
+static const char sequenceString[] = "SEQUENCE";
+static const char uidString[] = "UID";
+
+static bool gInitialized = false;
+static int32_t gMIMEOnDemandThreshold = 15000;
+static bool gMIMEOnDemand = false;
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsImapService,
+                   nsIImapService,
+                   nsIMsgMessageService,
+                   nsIProtocolHandler,
+                   nsIMsgProtocolInfo,
+                   nsIMsgMessageFetchPartService,
+                   nsIContentHandler)
+
+nsImapService::nsImapService()
+{
+  mPrintingOperation = false;
+  if (!gInitialized)
+  {
+    nsresult rv;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefBranch(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv)); 
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && prefBranch) 
+    {
+      prefBranch->GetBoolPref("mail.imap.mime_parts_on_demand", &gMIMEOnDemand);
+      prefBranch->GetIntPref("mail.imap.mime_parts_on_demand_threshold", &gMIMEOnDemandThreshold);
+    }
+
+    // initialize auto-sync service
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAutoSyncManager> autoSyncMgr = do_GetService(NS_AUTOSYNCMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && autoSyncMgr) 
+    {
+      // auto-sync manager initialization goes here
+      // assign new strategy objects here... 
+    }
+    NS_ASSERTION(autoSyncMgr != nullptr, "*** Cannot initialize nsAutoSyncManager service.");
+
+    gInitialized = true;
+  }
+}
+
+nsImapService::~nsImapService()
+{
+}
+
+char nsImapService::GetHierarchyDelimiter(nsIMsgFolder *aMsgFolder)
+{
+  char delimiter = '/';
+  if (aMsgFolder)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgImapMailFolder> imapFolder = do_QueryInterface(aMsgFolder);
+    if (imapFolder)
+      imapFolder->GetHierarchyDelimiter(&delimiter);
+  }
+  return delimiter;
+}
+
+// N.B., this returns an escaped folder name, appropriate for putting in a url.
+nsresult nsImapService::GetFolderName(nsIMsgFolder *aImapFolder, nsACString &aFolderName)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgImapMailFolder> aFolder(do_QueryInterface(aImapFolder, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCString onlineName;
+  // online name is in imap utf-7 - leave it that way
+  rv = aFolder->GetOnlineName(onlineName);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  if (onlineName.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    nsCString uri;
+    rv = aImapFolder->GetURI(uri);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    nsCString hostname;
+    rv = aImapFolder->GetHostname(hostname);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    rv = nsImapURI2FullName(kImapRootURI, hostname.get(), uri.get(), getter_Copies(onlineName));
+  }
+  // if the hierarchy delimiter is not '/', then we want to escape slashes;
+  // otherwise, we do want to escape slashes.
+  // we want to escape slashes and '^' first, otherwise, nsEscape will lose them
+  bool escapeSlashes = (GetHierarchyDelimiter(aImapFolder) != '/');
+  if (escapeSlashes && !onlineName.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    char* escapedOnlineName;
+    rv = nsImapUrl::EscapeSlashes(onlineName.get(), &escapedOnlineName);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      onlineName.Adopt(escapedOnlineName);
+  }
+  // need to escape everything else
+  MsgEscapeString(onlineName, nsINetUtil::ESCAPE_URL_PATH, aFolderName);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapService::SelectFolder(nsIMsgFolder *aImapMailFolder,
+                                          nsIUrlListener *aUrlListener,
+                                          nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow,
+                                          nsIURI **aURL)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aImapMailFolder);
+
+  if (WeAreOffline())
+    return NS_MSG_ERROR_OFFLINE;
+
+  bool canOpenThisFolder = true;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgImapMailFolder> imapFolder = do_QueryInterface(aImapMailFolder);
+  if (imapFolder)
+    imapFolder->GetCanOpenFolder(&canOpenThisFolder);
+
+  if (!canOpenThisFolder) 
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapUrl> imapUrl;
+  nsAutoCString urlSpec;
+  char hierarchyDelimiter = GetHierarchyDelimiter(aImapMailFolder);
+  rv = CreateStartOfImapUrl(EmptyCString(), getter_AddRefs(imapUrl),
+                            aImapMailFolder, aUrlListener, urlSpec, hierarchyDelimiter);
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && imapUrl)
+  {
+    // nsImapUrl::SetSpec() will set the imap action properly
+    rv = imapUrl->SetImapAction(nsIImapUrl::nsImapSelectFolder);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailNewsUrl = do_QueryInterface(imapUrl);
+    // if no msg window, we won't put up error messages (this is almost certainly a biff-inspired get new msgs)
+    if (!aMsgWindow)
+      mailNewsUrl->SetSuppressErrorMsgs(true);
+    mailNewsUrl->SetMsgWindow(aMsgWindow);
+    mailNewsUrl->SetUpdatingFolder(true);
+    rv = SetImapUrlSink(aImapMailFolder, imapUrl);
+
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      nsAutoCString folderName;
+      GetFolderName(aImapMailFolder, folderName);
+      urlSpec.Append("/select>");
+      urlSpec.Append(hierarchyDelimiter);
+      urlSpec.Append(folderName);
+      rv = mailNewsUrl->SetSpec(urlSpec);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        rv = GetImapConnectionAndLoadUrl(imapUrl, nullptr, aURL);
+    }
+  } // if we have a url to run....
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+// lite select, used to verify UIDVALIDITY while going on/offline
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapService::LiteSelectFolder(nsIMsgFolder *aImapMailFolder,
+                                              nsIUrlListener *aUrlListener,
+                                              nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow,
+                                              nsIURI **aURL)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aImapMailFolder);
+
+  return FolderCommand(aImapMailFolder, aUrlListener,
+                       "/liteselect>", nsIImapUrl::nsImapLiteSelectFolder, aMsgWindow, aURL);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapService::GetUrlForUri(const char *aMessageURI, 
+                                          nsIURI **aURL, 
+                                          nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow) 
+{
+  nsAutoCString messageURI(aMessageURI);
+
+  if (messageURI.Find(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("&type=application/x-message-display")) != kNotFound)
+    return NS_NewURI(aURL, aMessageURI);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder;
+  nsAutoCString msgKey;
+  nsresult rv = DecomposeImapURI(messageURI, getter_AddRefs(folder), msgKey);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIImapUrl> imapUrl;
+    nsAutoCString urlSpec;
+    char hierarchyDelimiter = GetHierarchyDelimiter(folder);
+    rv = CreateStartOfImapUrl(messageURI, getter_AddRefs(imapUrl), folder, nullptr, urlSpec, hierarchyDelimiter);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    rv = SetImapUrlSink(folder, imapUrl);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailnewsUrl = do_QueryInterface(imapUrl);
+    bool useLocalCache = false;
+    folder->HasMsgOffline(strtoul(msgKey.get(), nullptr, 10), &useLocalCache);
+    mailnewsUrl->SetMsgIsInLocalCache(useLocalCache);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> url = do_QueryInterface(imapUrl);
+    rv = url->GetSpec(urlSpec);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    urlSpec.Append("fetch>UID>");
+    urlSpec.Append(hierarchyDelimiter);
+
+    nsAutoCString folderName;
+    GetFolderName(folder, folderName);
+    urlSpec.Append(folderName);
+    urlSpec.Append(">");
+    urlSpec.Append(msgKey);
+    rv = url->SetSpec(urlSpec);
+    imapUrl->QueryInterface(NS_GET_IID(nsIURI), (void **) aURL);
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapService::OpenAttachment(const char *aContentType, 
+                                            const char *aFileName,
+                                            const char *aUrl, 
+                                            const char *aMessageUri, 
+                                            nsISupports *aDisplayConsumer, 
+                                            nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow, 
+                                            nsIUrlListener *aUrlListener)
+{
+  // okay this is a little tricky....we may have to fetch the mime part
+  // or it may already be downloaded for us....the only way i can tell to 
+  // distinguish the two events is to search for ?section or ?part
+  
+  nsAutoCString uri(aMessageUri);
+  nsAutoCString urlString(aUrl);
+  MsgReplaceSubstring(urlString, "/;section", "?section");
+  
+  // more stuff i don't understand
+  int32_t sectionPos = urlString.Find("?section");
+  // if we have a section field then we must be dealing with a mime part we need to fetchf
+  if (sectionPos > 0)
+  {
+    uri.Append(Substring(urlString, sectionPos));
+    uri += "&type=";
+    uri += aContentType;
+    uri += "&filename=";
+    uri += aFileName;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    // try to extract the specific part number out from the url string
+    const char *partStart = PL_strstr(aUrl, "part=");
+    if (!partStart)
+      return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    nsDependentCString part(partStart);
+    uri += "?";
+    uri += Substring(part, 0, part.FindChar('&'));
+    uri += "&type=";
+    uri += aContentType;
+    uri += "&filename=";
+    uri += aFileName;
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder;
+  nsAutoCString msgKey;
+  nsAutoCString uriMimePart;
+  nsAutoCString folderURI;
+  nsMsgKey key;
+
+  nsresult rv = DecomposeImapURI(uri, getter_AddRefs(folder), msgKey);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  rv = nsParseImapMessageURI(uri.get(), folderURI, &key, getter_Copies(uriMimePart));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIImapMessageSink> imapMessageSink(do_QueryInterface(folder, &rv));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIImapUrl> imapUrl;
+      nsAutoCString urlSpec;
+      char hierarchyDelimiter = GetHierarchyDelimiter(folder);
+      rv = CreateStartOfImapUrl(uri, getter_AddRefs(imapUrl), folder, aUrlListener, urlSpec, hierarchyDelimiter);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      urlSpec.Append("/fetch>UID>");
+      urlSpec.Append(hierarchyDelimiter);
+
+      nsCString folderName;
+      GetFolderName(folder, folderName);
+      urlSpec.Append(folderName);
+      urlSpec.Append(">");
+      urlSpec.Append(msgKey);
+      urlSpec.Append(uriMimePart);
+
+      if (!uriMimePart.IsEmpty())
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailUrl (do_QueryInterface(imapUrl));
+        if (mailUrl)
+        {
+          rv = mailUrl->SetSpec(urlSpec);
+          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+          if (aFileName)
+            mailUrl->SetFileName(nsDependentCString(aFileName));
+        }
+        rv =  FetchMimePart(imapUrl, nsIImapUrl::nsImapOpenMimePart, folder, imapMessageSink,
+                            nullptr, aDisplayConsumer, msgKey, uriMimePart);
+      }
+    } // if we got a message sink
+  } // if we parsed the message uri
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapService::FetchMimePart(nsIURI *aURI, 
+                                           const char *aMessageURI, 
+                                           nsISupports *aDisplayConsumer, 
+                                           nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow, 
+                                           nsIUrlListener *aUrlListener, 
+                                           nsIURI **aURL)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder;
+  nsAutoCString messageURI(aMessageURI);
+  nsAutoCString msgKey;
+  nsAutoCString mimePart;
+  nsAutoCString folderURI;
+  nsMsgKey key;
+  
+  nsresult rv = DecomposeImapURI(messageURI, getter_AddRefs(folder), msgKey);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  rv = nsParseImapMessageURI(aMessageURI, folderURI, &key, getter_Copies(mimePart));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIImapMessageSink> imapMessageSink(do_QueryInterface(folder, &rv));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIImapUrl> imapUrl = do_QueryInterface(aURI);
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> msgurl (do_QueryInterface(aURI));
+      
+      msgurl->SetMsgWindow(aMsgWindow);
+      msgurl->RegisterListener(aUrlListener);
+      
+      if (!mimePart.IsEmpty())
+      {
+        return FetchMimePart(imapUrl, nsIImapUrl::nsImapMsgFetch, folder, imapMessageSink,
+          aURL, aDisplayConsumer, msgKey, mimePart);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapService::DisplayMessage(const char *aMessageURI,
+                                            nsISupports *aDisplayConsumer,  
+                                            nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow,
+                                            nsIUrlListener *aUrlListener,
+                                            const char *aCharsetOverride,
+                                            nsIURI **aURL)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder;
+  nsAutoCString msgKey;
+  nsAutoCString mimePart;
+  nsAutoCString folderURI;
+  nsMsgKey key;
+  nsAutoCString messageURI(aMessageURI);
+
+  int32_t typeIndex = messageURI.Find("&type=application/x-message-display");
+  if (typeIndex != kNotFound)
+  {
+    // This happens with forward inline of a message/rfc822 attachment opened in
+    // a standalone msg window.
+    // So, just cut to the chase and call AsyncOpen on a channel.
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIURI> uri;
+    messageURI.Cut(typeIndex, sizeof("&type=application/x-message-display") - 1);
+    rv = NS_NewURI(getter_AddRefs(uri), messageURI.get());
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    if (aURL)
+      NS_IF_ADDREF(*aURL = uri);
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIStreamListener> aStreamListener = do_QueryInterface(aDisplayConsumer, &rv);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && aStreamListener)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIChannel> aChannel;
+      nsCOMPtr<nsILoadGroup> aLoadGroup;
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailnewsUrl = do_QueryInterface(uri, &rv);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && mailnewsUrl)
+        mailnewsUrl->GetLoadGroup(getter_AddRefs(aLoadGroup));
+
+      rv = NewChannel(uri, getter_AddRefs(aChannel));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> aCtxt = do_QueryInterface(uri);
+      //  now try to open the channel passing in our display consumer as the listener
+      rv = aChannel->AsyncOpen(aStreamListener, aCtxt);
+      return rv;
+    }
+  }
+
+  rv = DecomposeImapURI(messageURI, getter_AddRefs(folder), msgKey);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  if (msgKey.IsEmpty())
+    return NS_MSG_MESSAGE_NOT_FOUND;
+
+  rv = nsParseImapMessageURI(aMessageURI, folderURI, &key, getter_Copies(mimePart));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIImapMessageSink> imapMessageSink(do_QueryInterface(folder, &rv));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIImapUrl> imapUrl;
+      nsAutoCString urlSpec;
+      char hierarchyDelimiter = GetHierarchyDelimiter(folder);
+      rv = CreateStartOfImapUrl(messageURI, getter_AddRefs(imapUrl), folder, aUrlListener, urlSpec, hierarchyDelimiter);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      if (!mimePart.IsEmpty())
+      {
+        nsresult rv;
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> url = do_QueryInterface(imapUrl);
+
+        rv = AddImapFetchToUrl(url, folder, msgKey + mimePart, EmptyCString());
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+        return FetchMimePart(imapUrl, nsIImapUrl::nsImapMsgFetch, folder, imapMessageSink,
+                             aURL, aDisplayConsumer, msgKey, mimePart);
+      }
+
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> msgurl (do_QueryInterface(imapUrl));
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgI18NUrl> i18nurl (do_QueryInterface(imapUrl));
+      i18nurl->SetCharsetOverRide(aCharsetOverride);
+
+      uint32_t messageSize;
+      bool useMimePartsOnDemand = gMIMEOnDemand;
+      bool shouldStoreMsgOffline = false;
+      bool hasMsgOffline = false;
+
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> aMsgIncomingServer;
+
+      if (imapMessageSink)
+        imapMessageSink->GetMessageSizeFromDB(msgKey.get(), &messageSize);
+
+      msgurl->SetMsgWindow(aMsgWindow);
+
+      rv = msgurl->GetServer(getter_AddRefs(aMsgIncomingServer));
+
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && aMsgIncomingServer)
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIImapIncomingServer> aImapServer(do_QueryInterface(aMsgIncomingServer, &rv));
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && aImapServer)
+          aImapServer->GetMimePartsOnDemand(&useMimePartsOnDemand);
+      }
+
+      nsAutoCString uriStr(aMessageURI);
+      int32_t keySeparator = uriStr.RFindChar('#');
+      if(keySeparator != -1)
+      {
+        int32_t keyEndSeparator = MsgFindCharInSet(uriStr, "/?&", keySeparator);
+        int32_t mpodFetchPos = MsgFind(uriStr, "fetchCompleteMessage=true", false, keyEndSeparator);
+        if (mpodFetchPos != -1)
+          useMimePartsOnDemand = false;
+      }
+
+      if (folder)
+      {
+        folder->ShouldStoreMsgOffline(key, &shouldStoreMsgOffline);
+        folder->HasMsgOffline(key, &hasMsgOffline);
+      }
+      imapUrl->SetStoreResultsOffline(shouldStoreMsgOffline);
+      imapUrl->SetFetchPartsOnDemand(
+        useMimePartsOnDemand && messageSize >= (uint32_t) gMIMEOnDemandThreshold);
+
+      if (hasMsgOffline)
+        msgurl->SetMsgIsInLocalCache(true);
+
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefBranch(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+      // Should the message fetch force a peek or a traditional fetch?
+      // Force peek if there is a delay in marking read (or no auto-marking at all).
+      // This is because a FETCH (BODY[]) will implicitly set tha \Seen flag on the msg,
+      // but a FETCH (BODY.PEEK[]) won't.
+      bool forcePeek = false;
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && prefBranch)
+      {
+        int32_t dontMarkAsReadPos = uriStr.Find("&markRead=false");
+        bool markReadAuto = true;
+        prefBranch->GetBoolPref("mailnews.mark_message_read.auto", &markReadAuto);
+        bool markReadDelay = false;
+        prefBranch->GetBoolPref("mailnews.mark_message_read.delay", &markReadDelay);
+        forcePeek = (!markReadAuto || markReadDelay || (dontMarkAsReadPos != kNotFound));
+      }
+
+      rv = FetchMessage(imapUrl, forcePeek ? nsIImapUrl::nsImapMsgFetchPeek : nsIImapUrl::nsImapMsgFetch, 
+                        folder, imapMessageSink, aMsgWindow, aDisplayConsumer, msgKey, false, 
+                        (mPrintingOperation) ? NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("print") : NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(""), aURL);
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+
+nsresult nsImapService::FetchMimePart(nsIImapUrl *aImapUrl,
+                                      nsImapAction aImapAction,
+                                      nsIMsgFolder *aImapMailFolder, 
+                                      nsIImapMessageSink *aImapMessage,
+                                      nsIURI **aURL,
+                                      nsISupports *aDisplayConsumer, 
+                                      const nsACString &messageIdentifierList,
+                                      const nsACString &mimePart) 
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aImapUrl);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aImapMailFolder);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aImapMessage);
+
+  // create a protocol instance to handle the request.
+  // NOTE: once we start working with multiple connections, this step will be much more complicated...but for now
+  // just create a connection and process the request.
+  nsAutoCString urlSpec;
+  nsresult rv = SetImapUrlSink(aImapMailFolder, aImapUrl);
+  nsImapAction actionToUse = aImapAction;
+  if (actionToUse == nsImapUrl::nsImapOpenMimePart)
+    actionToUse = nsIImapUrl::nsImapMsgFetch;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> msgurl (do_QueryInterface(aImapUrl));
+  if (aImapMailFolder && msgurl && !messageIdentifierList.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    bool useLocalCache = false;
+    aImapMailFolder->HasMsgOffline(strtoul(nsCString(messageIdentifierList).get(), nullptr, 10),
+                                   &useLocalCache);
+    msgurl->SetMsgIsInLocalCache(useLocalCache);
+  }
+  rv = aImapUrl->SetImapMessageSink(aImapMessage);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> url = do_QueryInterface(aImapUrl);
+    if (aURL)
+      NS_IF_ADDREF(*aURL = url);
+
+    rv = url->GetSpec(urlSpec);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    // rhp: If we are displaying this message for the purpose of printing, we
+    // need to append the header=print option.
+    //
+    if (mPrintingOperation)
+      urlSpec.Append("?header=print");
+
+    rv = url->SetSpec(urlSpec);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    rv = aImapUrl->SetImapAction(actionToUse /* nsIImapUrl::nsImapMsgFetch */);
+    if (aImapMailFolder && aDisplayConsumer)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> aMsgIncomingServer;
+      rv = aImapMailFolder->GetServer(getter_AddRefs(aMsgIncomingServer));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && aMsgIncomingServer)
+      {
+        bool interrupted;
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIImapIncomingServer>
+          aImapServer(do_QueryInterface(aMsgIncomingServer, &rv));
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && aImapServer)
+          aImapServer->PseudoInterruptMsgLoad(aImapMailFolder, nullptr, &interrupted);
+      }
+    }
+    // if the display consumer is a docshell, then we should run the url in the docshell.
+    // otherwise, it should be a stream listener....so open a channel using AsyncRead
+    // and the provided stream listener....
+    
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIDocShell> docShell(do_QueryInterface(aDisplayConsumer, &rv));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && docShell)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIDocShellLoadInfo> loadInfo;
+      // DIRTY LITTLE HACK --> if we are opening an attachment we want the docshell to
+      // treat this load as if it were a user click event. Then the dispatching stuff will be much
+      // happier.
+      if (aImapAction == nsImapUrl::nsImapOpenMimePart)
+      {
+        docShell->CreateLoadInfo(getter_AddRefs(loadInfo));
+        loadInfo->SetLoadType(nsIDocShellLoadInfo::loadLink);
+      }
+      
+      rv = docShell->LoadURI(url, loadInfo, nsIWebNavigation::LOAD_FLAGS_NONE, false);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIStreamListener> aStreamListener = do_QueryInterface(aDisplayConsumer, &rv);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && aStreamListener)
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIChannel> aChannel;
+        nsCOMPtr<nsILoadGroup> loadGroup;
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailnewsUrl = do_QueryInterface(aImapUrl, &rv);
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && mailnewsUrl)
+          mailnewsUrl->GetLoadGroup(getter_AddRefs(loadGroup));
+        
+        rv = NewChannel(url, getter_AddRefs(aChannel));
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+        
+        // we need a load group to hold onto the channel. When the request is finished,
+        // it'll get removed from the load group, and the channel will go away,
+        // which will free the load group.
+        if (!loadGroup)
+          loadGroup = do_CreateInstance(NS_LOADGROUP_CONTRACTID);
+
+        aChannel->SetLoadGroup(loadGroup);
+
+        nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> aCtxt = do_QueryInterface(url);
+        //  now try to open the channel passing in our display consumer as the listener
+        rv = aChannel->AsyncOpen(aStreamListener, aCtxt);
+      }
+      else // do what we used to do before
+      {
+        // I'd like to get rid of this code as I believe that we always get a docshell
+        // or stream listener passed into us in this method but i'm not sure yet...
+        // I'm going to use an assert for now to figure out if this is ever getting called
+#if defined(DEBUG_mscott) || defined(DEBUG_bienvenu)
+        NS_ERROR("oops...someone still is reaching this part of the code");
+#endif
+        rv = GetImapConnectionAndLoadUrl(aImapUrl, aDisplayConsumer, aURL);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+//
+// rhp: Right now, this is the same as simple DisplayMessage, but it will change
+// to support print rendering.
+//
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapService::DisplayMessageForPrinting(const char *aMessageURI,
+                                                       nsISupports *aDisplayConsumer,  
+                                                       nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow,
+                                                       nsIUrlListener *aUrlListener,
+                                                       nsIURI **aURL) 
+{
+  mPrintingOperation = true;
+  nsresult rv = DisplayMessage(aMessageURI, aDisplayConsumer, aMsgWindow, aUrlListener, nullptr, aURL);
+  mPrintingOperation = false;
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapService::CopyMessage(const char *aSrcMailboxURI, 
+                                         nsIStreamListener *aMailboxCopy, 
+                                         bool moveMessage,
+                                         nsIUrlListener *aUrlListener, 
+                                         nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow, 
+                                         nsIURI **aURL)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aSrcMailboxURI);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMailboxCopy);
+  
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> streamSupport;
+  streamSupport = do_QueryInterface(aMailboxCopy, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder;
+  nsAutoCString msgKey;
+  rv = DecomposeImapURI(nsDependentCString(aSrcMailboxURI), getter_AddRefs(folder), msgKey);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIImapMessageSink> imapMessageSink(do_QueryInterface(folder, &rv));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIImapUrl> imapUrl;
+      nsAutoCString urlSpec;
+      char hierarchyDelimiter = GetHierarchyDelimiter(folder);
+      bool hasMsgOffline = false;
+      nsMsgKey key = strtoul(msgKey.get(), nullptr, 10);
+
+      rv = CreateStartOfImapUrl(nsDependentCString(aSrcMailboxURI), getter_AddRefs(imapUrl),
+                                folder, aUrlListener, urlSpec, hierarchyDelimiter);
+      if (folder)
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> msgurl (do_QueryInterface(imapUrl));
+        folder->HasMsgOffline(key, &hasMsgOffline);
+        if (msgurl)
+          msgurl->SetMsgIsInLocalCache(hasMsgOffline);
+      }
+      // now try to download the message
+      nsImapAction imapAction = nsIImapUrl::nsImapOnlineToOfflineCopy;
+      if (moveMessage)
+        imapAction = nsIImapUrl::nsImapOnlineToOfflineMove; 
+      rv = FetchMessage(imapUrl,imapAction, folder, imapMessageSink,aMsgWindow, 
+                        streamSupport, msgKey, false, EmptyCString(), aURL);
+    } // if we got an imap message sink
+  } // if we decomposed the imap message 
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapService::CopyMessages(uint32_t aNumKeys,
+                                          nsMsgKey*aKeys,
+                                          nsIMsgFolder *srcFolder,
+                                          nsIStreamListener *aMailboxCopy,
+                                          bool moveMessage,
+                                          nsIUrlListener *aUrlListener,
+                                          nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow, 
+                                          nsIURI **aURL)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMailboxCopy);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aKeys);
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> streamSupport = do_QueryInterface(aMailboxCopy, &rv);
+  if (!streamSupport || NS_FAILED(rv)) 
+    return rv;
+  
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder = srcFolder;
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIImapMessageSink> imapMessageSink(do_QueryInterface(folder, &rv));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      // we generate the uri for the first message so that way on down the line,
+      // GetMessage in nsCopyMessageStreamListener will get an unescaped username
+      // and be able to find the msg hdr. See bug 259656 for details
+      nsCString uri;
+      srcFolder->GenerateMessageURI(aKeys[0], uri);
+
+      nsCString messageIds;
+      AllocateImapUidString(aKeys, aNumKeys, nullptr, messageIds);
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIImapUrl> imapUrl;
+      nsAutoCString urlSpec;
+      char hierarchyDelimiter = GetHierarchyDelimiter(folder);
+      rv = CreateStartOfImapUrl(uri, getter_AddRefs(imapUrl), folder, aUrlListener, urlSpec, hierarchyDelimiter);
+      nsImapAction action;
+      if (moveMessage) // don't use ?: syntax here, it seems to break the Mac.
+        action = nsIImapUrl::nsImapOnlineToOfflineMove;
+      else
+        action = nsIImapUrl::nsImapOnlineToOfflineCopy;
+      imapUrl->SetCopyState(aMailboxCopy);
+      // now try to display the message
+      rv = FetchMessage(imapUrl, action, folder, imapMessageSink, aMsgWindow, 
+                        streamSupport, messageIds, false, EmptyCString(), aURL);
+      // ### end of copy operation should know how to do the delete.if this is a move
+      
+    } // if we got an imap message sink
+  } // if we decomposed the imap message 
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapService::Search(nsIMsgSearchSession *aSearchSession, 
+                                    nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow, 
+                                    nsIMsgFolder *aMsgFolder, 
+                                    const char *aSearchUri)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aSearchUri);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMsgFolder);
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapUrl> imapUrl;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIUrlListener> urlListener = do_QueryInterface(aSearchSession, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsAutoCString urlSpec;
+  char hierarchyDelimiter = GetHierarchyDelimiter(aMsgFolder);
+  rv = CreateStartOfImapUrl(EmptyCString(), getter_AddRefs(imapUrl),
+                            aMsgFolder, urlListener, urlSpec,
+                            hierarchyDelimiter);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> msgurl (do_QueryInterface(imapUrl));
+
+  msgurl->SetMsgWindow(aMsgWindow);
+  msgurl->SetSearchSession(aSearchSession);
+  rv = SetImapUrlSink(aMsgFolder, imapUrl);
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    nsCString folderName;
+    GetFolderName(aMsgFolder, folderName);
+
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailNewsUrl = do_QueryInterface(imapUrl);
+    if (!aMsgWindow)
+      mailNewsUrl->SetSuppressErrorMsgs(true);
+
+    urlSpec.Append("/search>UID>");
+    urlSpec.Append(hierarchyDelimiter);
+    urlSpec.Append(folderName);
+    urlSpec.Append('>');
+    // escape aSearchUri so that IMAP special characters (i.e. '\')
+    // won't be replaced with '/' in NECKO.
+    // it will be unescaped in nsImapUrl::ParseUrl().
+    nsCString escapedSearchUri;
+
+    MsgEscapeString(nsDependentCString(aSearchUri), nsINetUtil::ESCAPE_XALPHAS, escapedSearchUri);
+    urlSpec.Append(escapedSearchUri);
+    rv = mailNewsUrl->SetSpec(urlSpec);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      rv = GetImapConnectionAndLoadUrl(imapUrl, nullptr, nullptr);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+// just a helper method to break down imap message URIs....
+nsresult nsImapService::DecomposeImapURI(const nsACString &aMessageURI,
+                                         nsIMsgFolder **aFolder,
+                                         nsACString &aMsgKey)
+{
+  nsMsgKey msgKey;
+  nsresult rv = DecomposeImapURI(aMessageURI, aFolder, &msgKey);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  if (msgKey)
+  {
+    nsAutoCString messageIdString;
+    messageIdString.AppendInt(msgKey);
+    aMsgKey = messageIdString;
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+// just a helper method to break down imap message URIs....
+nsresult nsImapService::DecomposeImapURI(const nsACString &aMessageURI,
+                                         nsIMsgFolder **aFolder,
+                                         nsMsgKey *aMsgKey)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aFolder);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMsgKey);
+
+  nsAutoCString folderURI;
+  nsresult rv = nsParseImapMessageURI(PromiseFlatCString(aMessageURI).get(),
+                                      folderURI, aMsgKey, nullptr);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIRDFService> rdf = do_GetService("@mozilla.org/rdf/rdf-service;1",&rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFResource> res;
+  rv = rdf->GetResource(folderURI, getter_AddRefs(res));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> msgFolder = do_QueryInterface(res);
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(msgFolder, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+
+  msgFolder.swap(*aFolder);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapService::SaveMessageToDisk(const char *aMessageURI,
+                                               nsIFile *aFile,
+                                               bool aAddDummyEnvelope,
+                                               nsIUrlListener *aUrlListener,
+                                               nsIURI **aURL,
+                                               bool canonicalLineEnding,
+                                               nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapUrl> imapUrl;
+  nsAutoCString msgKey;
+
+  nsresult rv = DecomposeImapURI(nsDependentCString(aMessageURI),
+                                 getter_AddRefs(folder), msgKey);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  bool hasMsgOffline = false;
+
+  if (folder)
+    folder->HasMsgOffline(strtoul(msgKey.get(), nullptr, 10), &hasMsgOffline);
+
+  nsAutoCString urlSpec;
+  char hierarchyDelimiter = GetHierarchyDelimiter(folder);
+  rv = CreateStartOfImapUrl(nsDependentCString(aMessageURI), getter_AddRefs(imapUrl), 
+                            folder, aUrlListener, urlSpec, hierarchyDelimiter);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) 
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIImapMessageSink> imapMessageSink(do_QueryInterface(folder, &rv));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);  
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMessageUrl> msgUrl = do_QueryInterface(imapUrl, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    msgUrl->SetMessageFile(aFile);
+    msgUrl->SetAddDummyEnvelope(aAddDummyEnvelope);
+    msgUrl->SetCanonicalLineEnding(canonicalLineEnding);
+
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailnewsUrl = do_QueryInterface(msgUrl);
+    if (mailnewsUrl)
+      mailnewsUrl->SetMsgIsInLocalCache(hasMsgOffline);
+
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIStreamListener> saveAsListener;
+    mailnewsUrl->GetSaveAsListener(aAddDummyEnvelope, aFile, getter_AddRefs(saveAsListener));
+
+    return FetchMessage(imapUrl, nsIImapUrl::nsImapSaveMessageToDisk, folder, imapMessageSink, 
+                        aMsgWindow, saveAsListener, msgKey, false, EmptyCString(), aURL);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+/* fetching RFC822 messages */
+/* imap4://HOST>fetch><UID>>MAILBOXPATH>x */
+/*   'x' is the message UID */
+/* will set the 'SEEN' flag */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapService::AddImapFetchToUrl(nsIURI *aUrl,
+                                               nsIMsgFolder *aImapMailFolder,
+                                               const nsACString &aMessageIdentifierList,
+                                               const nsACString &aAdditionalHeader)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aUrl);
+
+  nsAutoCString urlSpec;
+  nsresult rv = aUrl->GetSpec(urlSpec);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  char hierarchyDelimiter = GetHierarchyDelimiter(aImapMailFolder);
+
+  urlSpec.Append("fetch>UID>");
+  urlSpec.Append(hierarchyDelimiter);
+
+  nsAutoCString folderName;
+  GetFolderName(aImapMailFolder, folderName);
+  urlSpec.Append(folderName);
+
+  urlSpec.Append(">");
+  urlSpec.Append(aMessageIdentifierList);
+
+  if (!aAdditionalHeader.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    urlSpec.Append("?header=");
+    urlSpec.Append(aAdditionalHeader);
+  }
+
+  return aUrl->SetSpec(urlSpec);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapService::FetchMessage(nsIImapUrl *aImapUrl,
+                                          nsImapAction aImapAction,
+                                          nsIMsgFolder *aImapMailFolder, 
+                                          nsIImapMessageSink *aImapMessage,
+                                          nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow,
+                                          nsISupports *aDisplayConsumer, 
+                                          const nsACString &messageIdentifierList,
+                                          bool aConvertDataToText,
+                                          const nsACString &aAdditionalHeader,
+                                          nsIURI **aURL)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aImapUrl);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aImapMailFolder);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aImapMessage);
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> url = do_QueryInterface(aImapUrl);
+
+  rv = AddImapFetchToUrl(url, aImapMailFolder, messageIdentifierList, aAdditionalHeader);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  if (WeAreOffline())
+  {
+    bool msgIsInCache = false;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> msgUrl(do_QueryInterface(aImapUrl));
+    msgUrl->GetMsgIsInLocalCache(&msgIsInCache);
+    if (!msgIsInCache)
+      IsMsgInMemCache(url, aImapMailFolder, &msgIsInCache);
+
+    // Display the "offline" message if we didn't find it in the memory cache either
+    if (!msgIsInCache)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+      rv = aImapMailFolder->GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+      if (server && aDisplayConsumer)
+        rv = server->DisplayOfflineMsg(aMsgWindow);
+      return rv;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (aURL)
+    NS_IF_ADDREF(*aURL = url);
+
+  return GetMessageFromUrl(aImapUrl, aImapAction, aImapMailFolder, aImapMessage,
+                           aMsgWindow, aDisplayConsumer, aConvertDataToText, aURL);
+}
+
+nsresult nsImapService::GetMessageFromUrl(nsIImapUrl *aImapUrl,
+                                          nsImapAction aImapAction,
+                                          nsIMsgFolder *aImapMailFolder,
+                                          nsIImapMessageSink *aImapMessage,
+                                          nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow,
+                                          nsISupports *aDisplayConsumer,
+                                          bool aConvertDataToText,
+                                          nsIURI **aURL)
+{
+  nsresult rv = SetImapUrlSink(aImapMailFolder, aImapUrl);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = aImapUrl->SetImapMessageSink(aImapMessage);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = aImapUrl->SetImapAction(aImapAction);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> url(do_QueryInterface(aImapUrl));
+
+  // if the display consumer is a docshell, then we should run the url in the docshell.
+  // otherwise, it should be a stream listener....so open a channel using AsyncRead
+  // and the provided stream listener....
+  
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIDocShell> docShell(do_QueryInterface(aDisplayConsumer, &rv));
+  if (aImapMailFolder && docShell)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> aMsgIncomingServer;
+    rv = aImapMailFolder->GetServer(getter_AddRefs(aMsgIncomingServer));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && aMsgIncomingServer)
+    {
+      bool interrupted;
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIImapIncomingServer>
+        aImapServer(do_QueryInterface(aMsgIncomingServer, &rv));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && aImapServer)
+        aImapServer->PseudoInterruptMsgLoad(aImapMailFolder, aMsgWindow, &interrupted);
+    }
+  }
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && docShell)
+  {
+    NS_ASSERTION(!aConvertDataToText, "can't convert to text when using docshell");
+    rv = docShell->LoadURI(url, nullptr, nsIWebNavigation::LOAD_FLAGS_NONE, false);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIStreamListener> streamListener = do_QueryInterface(aDisplayConsumer, &rv);
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailnewsUrl = do_QueryInterface(aImapUrl, &rv);
+    if (aMsgWindow && mailnewsUrl)
+      mailnewsUrl->SetMsgWindow(aMsgWindow);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && streamListener)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIChannel> channel;
+      nsCOMPtr<nsILoadGroup> loadGroup;
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && mailnewsUrl)
+        mailnewsUrl->GetLoadGroup(getter_AddRefs(loadGroup));
+      
+      rv = NewChannel(url, getter_AddRefs(channel));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      
+      // we need a load group to hold onto the channel. When the request is finished,
+      // it'll get removed from the load group, and the channel will go away,
+      // which will free the load group.
+      if (!loadGroup)
+        loadGroup = do_CreateInstance(NS_LOADGROUP_CONTRACTID);
+
+      rv = channel->SetLoadGroup(loadGroup);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      
+      if (aConvertDataToText)
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIStreamListener> conversionListener;
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIStreamConverterService> streamConverter = do_GetService("@mozilla.org/streamConverters;1", &rv);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+        rv = streamConverter->AsyncConvertData("message/rfc822",
+                                               "*/*", streamListener, channel, getter_AddRefs(conversionListener));
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+        streamListener = conversionListener; // this is our new listener.
+      }
+
+      nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> aCtxt = do_QueryInterface(url);
+      //  now try to open the channel passing in our display consumer as the listener 
+      rv = channel->AsyncOpen(streamListener, aCtxt);
+    }
+    else // do what we used to do before
+    {
+      // I'd like to get rid of this code as I believe that we always get a docshell
+      // or stream listener passed into us in this method but i'm not sure yet...
+      // I'm going to use an assert for now to figure out if this is ever getting called
+#if defined(DEBUG_mscott) || defined(DEBUG_bienvenu)
+      NS_ERROR("oops...someone still is reaching this part of the code");
+#endif
+      rv = GetImapConnectionAndLoadUrl(aImapUrl,
+                                       aDisplayConsumer, aURL);
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+// this method streams a message to the passed in consumer, with an optional stream converter
+// and additional header (e.g., "header=filter")
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapService::StreamMessage(const char *aMessageURI, 
+                                           nsISupports *aConsumer, 
+                                           nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow,
+                                           nsIUrlListener *aUrlListener, 
+                                           bool aConvertData,
+                                           const nsACString &aAdditionalHeader,
+                                           bool aLocalOnly,
+                                           nsIURI **aURL)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMessageURI);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder;
+  nsAutoCString msgKey;
+  nsAutoCString mimePart;
+  nsAutoCString folderURI;
+  nsMsgKey key;
+
+  nsresult rv = DecomposeImapURI(nsDependentCString(aMessageURI), getter_AddRefs(folder), msgKey);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  if (msgKey.IsEmpty())
+    return NS_MSG_MESSAGE_NOT_FOUND;
+  rv = nsParseImapMessageURI(aMessageURI, folderURI, &key, getter_Copies(mimePart));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIImapMessageSink> imapMessageSink(do_QueryInterface(folder, &rv));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIImapUrl> imapUrl;
+      nsAutoCString urlSpec;
+      char hierarchyDelimiter = GetHierarchyDelimiter(folder);
+      rv = CreateStartOfImapUrl(nsDependentCString(aMessageURI), getter_AddRefs(imapUrl), 
+                                folder, aUrlListener, urlSpec, hierarchyDelimiter);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> msgurl (do_QueryInterface(imapUrl));
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> url(do_QueryInterface(imapUrl));
+
+      // This option is used by the JS Mime Emitter, in case we want a cheap
+      // streaming, for example, if we just want a quick look at some header,
+      // without having to download all the attachments...
+
+      uint32_t messageSize = 0;
+      imapMessageSink->GetMessageSizeFromDB(msgKey.get(), &messageSize);
+      nsAutoCString additionalHeader(aAdditionalHeader);
+      bool fetchOnDemand =
+        additionalHeader.Find("&fetchCompleteMessage=false") != kNotFound &&
+          messageSize > (uint32_t) gMIMEOnDemandThreshold;
+      imapUrl->SetFetchPartsOnDemand(fetchOnDemand);
+
+      // We need to add the fetch command here for the cache lookup to behave correctly
+      rv = AddImapFetchToUrl(url, folder, msgKey, additionalHeader);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> aMsgIncomingServer;
+
+      msgurl->SetMsgWindow(aMsgWindow);
+      rv = msgurl->GetServer(getter_AddRefs(aMsgIncomingServer));
+
+      // Try to check if the message is offline
+      bool hasMsgOffline = false;
+      folder->HasMsgOffline(key, &hasMsgOffline);
+      msgurl->SetMsgIsInLocalCache(hasMsgOffline);
+      imapUrl->SetLocalFetchOnly(aLocalOnly);
+
+      // If we don't have the message available locally, and we can't get it over
+      // the network, return with an error
+      if (aLocalOnly || WeAreOffline())
+      {
+        bool isMsgInMemCache = false;
+        if (!hasMsgOffline)
+        {
+          rv = IsMsgInMemCache(url, folder, &isMsgInMemCache);
+          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+          if (!isMsgInMemCache)
+            return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+        }
+      }
+
+      bool shouldStoreMsgOffline = false;
+      folder->ShouldStoreMsgOffline(key, &shouldStoreMsgOffline);
+      imapUrl->SetStoreResultsOffline(shouldStoreMsgOffline);
+      rv = GetMessageFromUrl(imapUrl, nsIImapUrl::nsImapMsgFetchPeek, folder,
+                             imapMessageSink, aMsgWindow, aConsumer,
+                             aConvertData, aURL);
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+// this method streams a message's headers to the passed in consumer.
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapService::StreamHeaders(const char *aMessageURI,
+                                           nsIStreamListener *aConsumer,
+                                           nsIUrlListener *aUrlListener,
+                                           bool aLocalOnly,
+                                           nsIURI **aURL)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMessageURI);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aConsumer);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder;
+  nsAutoCString msgKey;
+  nsAutoCString folderURI;
+  nsCString mimePart;
+  nsMsgKey key;
+
+  nsresult rv = DecomposeImapURI(nsDependentCString(aMessageURI), getter_AddRefs(folder), msgKey);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  if (msgKey.IsEmpty())
+    return NS_MSG_MESSAGE_NOT_FOUND;
+  rv = nsParseImapMessageURI(aMessageURI, folderURI, &key, getter_Copies(mimePart));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIInputStream> inputStream;
+    bool hasMsgOffline = false;
+    folder->HasMsgOffline(key, &hasMsgOffline);
+    if (hasMsgOffline)
+    {
+      int64_t messageOffset;
+      uint32_t messageSize;
+      folder->GetOfflineFileStream(key, &messageOffset, &messageSize, getter_AddRefs(inputStream));
+      if (inputStream)
+        return MsgStreamMsgHeaders(inputStream, aConsumer);
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (aLocalOnly)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapService::IsMsgInMemCache(nsIURI *aUrl,
+                                             nsIMsgFolder *aImapMailFolder,
+                                             bool *aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aUrl);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aImapMailFolder);
+  *aResult = false;
+
+  // Poke around in the memory cache
+  if (mCacheStorage)
+  {
+    nsAutoCString urlSpec;
+    aUrl->GetSpec(urlSpec);
+
+    // Strip any query qualifiers.
+    bool truncated = false;
+    int32_t ind = urlSpec.FindChar('?');
+    if (ind != kNotFound) {
+      urlSpec.SetLength(ind);
+      truncated = true;
+    }
+    ind = urlSpec.Find("/;");
+    if (ind != kNotFound) {
+      urlSpec.SetLength(ind);
+      truncated = true;
+    }
+
+    nsresult rv;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIImapMailFolderSink> folderSink(do_QueryInterface(aImapMailFolder, &rv));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    int32_t uidValidity = -1;
+    folderSink->GetUidValidity(&uidValidity);
+    // stick the uid validity in front of the url, so that if the uid validity
+    // changes, we won't re-use the wrong cache entries.
+    nsAutoCString extension;
+    extension.AppendInt(uidValidity, 16);
+
+    bool exists;
+    if (truncated) {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> newUri;
+      aUrl->Clone(getter_AddRefs(newUri));
+      newUri->SetSpec(urlSpec);
+      rv = mCacheStorage->Exists(newUri, extension, &exists);
+    } else {
+      rv = mCacheStorage->Exists(aUrl, extension, &exists);
+    }
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && exists) {
+      *aResult = true;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsImapService::CreateStartOfImapUrl(const nsACString &aImapURI, 
+                                             nsIImapUrl **imapUrl,
+                                             nsIMsgFolder *aImapMailFolder,
+                                             nsIUrlListener *aUrlListener,
+                                             nsACString &urlSpec, 
+                                             char &hierarchyDelimiter)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aImapMailFolder);
+
+  nsCString hostname;
+  nsCString username;
+  nsCString escapedUsername;
+
+  nsresult rv = aImapMailFolder->GetHostname(hostname);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  rv = aImapMailFolder->GetUsername(username);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  if (!username.IsEmpty())
+    MsgEscapeString(username, nsINetUtil::ESCAPE_XALPHAS, escapedUsername);
+
+  int32_t port = nsIImapUrl::DEFAULT_IMAP_PORT;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+  rv = aImapMailFolder->GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) 
+  {
+    server->GetPort(&port);
+    if (port == -1 || port == 0) port = nsIImapUrl::DEFAULT_IMAP_PORT;
+  }
+
+  // now we need to create an imap url to load into the connection. The url
+  // needs to represent a select folder action. 
+  rv = CallCreateInstance(kImapUrlCID, imapUrl);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && *imapUrl)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailnewsUrl = do_QueryInterface(*imapUrl, &rv);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && mailnewsUrl && aUrlListener)
+      mailnewsUrl->RegisterListener(aUrlListener);
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMessageUrl> msgurl(do_QueryInterface(*imapUrl));
+    (*imapUrl)->SetExternalLinkUrl(false);
+    msgurl->SetUri(PromiseFlatCString(aImapURI).get());
+
+    urlSpec = "imap://";
+    urlSpec.Append(escapedUsername);
+    urlSpec.Append('@');
+    urlSpec.Append(hostname);
+    urlSpec.Append(':');
+
+    nsAutoCString portStr;
+    portStr.AppendInt(port);
+    urlSpec.Append(portStr);
+
+    // *** jefft - force to parse the urlSpec in order to search for
+    // the correct incoming server
+    rv = mailnewsUrl->SetSpec(urlSpec);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    hierarchyDelimiter = kOnlineHierarchySeparatorUnknown;
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgImapMailFolder> imapFolder = do_QueryInterface(aImapMailFolder);
+    if (imapFolder)
+      imapFolder->GetHierarchyDelimiter(&hierarchyDelimiter);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+/* fetching the headers of RFC822 messages */
+/* imap4://HOST>header><UID/SEQUENCE>>MAILBOXPATH>x */
+/*   'x' is the message UID or sequence number list */
+/* will not affect the 'SEEN' flag */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapService::GetHeaders(nsIMsgFolder *aImapMailFolder, 
+                                        nsIUrlListener *aUrlListener, 
+                                        nsIURI **aURL,
+                                        const nsACString &messageIdentifierList,
+                                        bool messageIdsAreUID)
+{
+  // create a protocol instance to handle the request.
+  // NOTE: once we start working with multiple connections, this step will be much more complicated...but for now
+  // just create a connection and process the request.
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aImapMailFolder);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapUrl> imapUrl;
+  nsAutoCString urlSpec;
+  char hierarchyDelimiter = GetHierarchyDelimiter(aImapMailFolder);
+
+  nsresult rv = CreateStartOfImapUrl(EmptyCString(), getter_AddRefs(imapUrl), aImapMailFolder, 
+                                     aUrlListener, urlSpec, hierarchyDelimiter);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && imapUrl)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> uri = do_QueryInterface(imapUrl);
+
+    rv = imapUrl->SetImapAction(nsIImapUrl::nsImapMsgFetch);
+    rv = SetImapUrlSink(aImapMailFolder, imapUrl);
+
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      urlSpec.Append("/header>");
+      urlSpec.Append(messageIdsAreUID ? uidString : sequenceString);
+      urlSpec.Append(">");
+      urlSpec.Append(char (hierarchyDelimiter));
+
+      nsCString folderName;
+
+      GetFolderName(aImapMailFolder, folderName);
+      urlSpec.Append(folderName);
+      urlSpec.Append(">");
+      urlSpec.Append(messageIdentifierList);
+      rv = uri->SetSpec(urlSpec);
+
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        rv = GetImapConnectionAndLoadUrl(imapUrl, nullptr, aURL);
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+
+/* peeking at the start of msg bodies */
+/* imap4://HOST>header><UID>>MAILBOXPATH>x>n */
+/*   'x' is the message UID */
+/*   'n' is the number of bytes to fetch */
+/* will not affect the 'SEEN' flag */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapService::GetBodyStart(nsIMsgFolder *aImapMailFolder, 
+                                          nsIUrlListener *aUrlListener, 
+                                          const nsACString &messageIdentifierList,
+                                          int32_t numBytes,
+                                          nsIURI **aURL)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aImapMailFolder);
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapUrl> imapUrl;
+  nsAutoCString urlSpec;
+
+  char hierarchyDelimiter = GetHierarchyDelimiter(aImapMailFolder);
+  rv = CreateStartOfImapUrl(EmptyCString(), getter_AddRefs(imapUrl), aImapMailFolder, 
+    aUrlListener, urlSpec, hierarchyDelimiter);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && imapUrl)
+  {
+    rv = imapUrl->SetImapAction(nsIImapUrl::nsImapMsgPreview);
+    rv = SetImapUrlSink(aImapMailFolder, imapUrl);
+
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> uri = do_QueryInterface(imapUrl);
+
+      urlSpec.Append("/previewBody>");
+      urlSpec.Append(uidString);
+      urlSpec.Append(">");
+      urlSpec.Append(hierarchyDelimiter);
+
+      nsCString folderName;
+      GetFolderName(aImapMailFolder, folderName);
+      urlSpec.Append(folderName);
+      urlSpec.Append(">");
+      urlSpec.Append(messageIdentifierList);
+      urlSpec.Append(">");
+      urlSpec.AppendInt(numBytes);
+      rv = uri->SetSpec(urlSpec);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        rv = GetImapConnectionAndLoadUrl(imapUrl, nullptr, aURL);
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsImapService::FolderCommand(nsIMsgFolder *imapMailFolder,
+                                      nsIUrlListener *urlListener,
+                                      const char *aCommand,
+                                      nsImapAction imapAction,
+                                      nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow,
+                                      nsIURI **url)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(imapMailFolder);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapUrl> imapUrl;
+  nsAutoCString urlSpec;
+
+  char hierarchyDelimiter = GetHierarchyDelimiter(imapMailFolder);
+  nsresult rv = CreateStartOfImapUrl(EmptyCString(), getter_AddRefs(imapUrl),
+                                     imapMailFolder, urlListener, urlSpec, hierarchyDelimiter);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && imapUrl)
+  {
+    rv = imapUrl->SetImapAction(imapAction);
+    rv = SetImapUrlSink(imapMailFolder, imapUrl);
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> uri = do_QueryInterface(imapUrl);
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailnewsurl = do_QueryInterface(imapUrl);
+    if (mailnewsurl)
+      mailnewsurl->SetMsgWindow(msgWindow);
+
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      urlSpec.Append(aCommand);
+      urlSpec.Append(hierarchyDelimiter);
+
+      nsCString folderName;
+      GetFolderName(imapMailFolder, folderName);
+      urlSpec.Append(folderName);
+      rv = uri->SetSpec(urlSpec);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        rv = GetImapConnectionAndLoadUrl(imapUrl, nullptr, url);
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapService::VerifyLogon(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder, nsIUrlListener *aUrlListener,
+                           nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow, nsIURI **aURL)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapUrl> imapUrl;
+  nsAutoCString urlSpec;
+
+  char delimiter = '/'; // shouldn't matter what is is.
+  nsresult rv = CreateStartOfImapUrl(EmptyCString(), getter_AddRefs(imapUrl), aFolder,
+                                     aUrlListener, urlSpec, delimiter);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && imapUrl)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> uri = do_QueryInterface(imapUrl);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailNewsUrl = do_QueryInterface(imapUrl);
+    mailNewsUrl->SetSuppressErrorMsgs(true);
+    mailNewsUrl->SetMsgWindow(aMsgWindow);
+    rv = SetImapUrlSink(aFolder, imapUrl);
+    urlSpec.Append("/verifyLogon");
+    rv = uri->SetSpec(urlSpec);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      rv = GetImapConnectionAndLoadUrl(imapUrl, nullptr, nullptr);
+    if (aURL)
+      uri.forget(aURL);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+// Noop, used to update a folder (causes server to send changes).
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapService::Noop(nsIMsgFolder *aImapMailFolder,
+                                  nsIUrlListener *aUrlListener, 
+                                  nsIURI **aURL)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aImapMailFolder);
+
+  return FolderCommand(aImapMailFolder, aUrlListener,
+                       "/selectnoop>", nsIImapUrl::nsImapSelectNoopFolder, nullptr, aURL);
+}
+    
+// FolderStatus, used to update message counts
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapService::UpdateFolderStatus(nsIMsgFolder *aImapMailFolder,
+                                                nsIUrlListener *aUrlListener, 
+                                                nsIURI **aURL)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aImapMailFolder);
+
+  return FolderCommand(aImapMailFolder, aUrlListener,
+                       "/folderstatus>", nsIImapUrl::nsImapFolderStatus, nullptr, aURL);
+}
+
+// Expunge, used to "compress" an imap folder,removes deleted messages.
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapService::Expunge(nsIMsgFolder *aImapMailFolder,
+                                     nsIUrlListener *aUrlListener,
+                                     nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow,
+                                     nsIURI **aURL)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aImapMailFolder);
+
+  return FolderCommand(aImapMailFolder, aUrlListener,
+                       "/Expunge>", nsIImapUrl::nsImapExpungeFolder, aMsgWindow, aURL);
+}
+
+/* old-stle biff that doesn't download headers */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapService::Biff(nsIMsgFolder *aImapMailFolder,
+                                  nsIUrlListener *aUrlListener, 
+                                  nsIURI **aURL,
+                                  uint32_t uidHighWater)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aImapMailFolder);
+
+  // static const char *formatString = "biff>%c%s>%ld";
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapUrl> imapUrl;
+  nsAutoCString urlSpec;
+
+  char hierarchyDelimiter = GetHierarchyDelimiter(aImapMailFolder);
+  nsresult rv = CreateStartOfImapUrl(EmptyCString(), getter_AddRefs(imapUrl),
+    aImapMailFolder, aUrlListener, urlSpec, hierarchyDelimiter);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && imapUrl)
+  {
+    rv = imapUrl->SetImapAction(nsIImapUrl::nsImapExpungeFolder);
+    rv = SetImapUrlSink(aImapMailFolder, imapUrl);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> uri = do_QueryInterface(imapUrl);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      urlSpec.Append("/Biff>");
+      urlSpec.Append(hierarchyDelimiter);
+
+      nsCString folderName;
+      GetFolderName(aImapMailFolder, folderName);
+      urlSpec.Append(folderName);
+      urlSpec.Append(">");
+      urlSpec.AppendInt(uidHighWater);
+      rv = uri->SetSpec(urlSpec);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        rv = GetImapConnectionAndLoadUrl(imapUrl, nullptr, aURL);
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapService::DeleteFolder(nsIMsgFolder *aImapMailFolder,
+                                          nsIUrlListener *aUrlListener,
+                                          nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow,
+                                          nsIURI **aURL)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aImapMailFolder);
+
+  // If it's an aol server then use 'deletefolder' url to 
+  // remove all msgs first and then remove the folder itself.
+  bool removeFolderAndMsgs = false;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(aImapMailFolder->GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server))) && server)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIImapIncomingServer> imapServer = do_QueryInterface(server);
+    if (imapServer) 
+      imapServer->GetIsAOLServer(&removeFolderAndMsgs);
+  }
+  
+  return FolderCommand(aImapMailFolder, aUrlListener,
+                       removeFolderAndMsgs ? "/deletefolder>" : "/delete>", 
+                       nsIImapUrl::nsImapDeleteFolder, aMsgWindow, aURL);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapService::DeleteMessages(nsIMsgFolder *aImapMailFolder, 
+                                            nsIUrlListener *aUrlListener, 
+                                            nsIURI **aURL,
+                                            const nsACString &messageIdentifierList,
+                                            bool messageIdsAreUID)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aImapMailFolder);
+
+  // create a protocol instance to handle the request.
+  // NOTE: once we start working with multiple connections, this step will be much more complicated...but for now
+  // just create a connection and process the request.
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapUrl> imapUrl;
+  nsAutoCString urlSpec;
+
+  char hierarchyDelimiter = GetHierarchyDelimiter(aImapMailFolder);
+  rv = CreateStartOfImapUrl(EmptyCString(), getter_AddRefs(imapUrl), aImapMailFolder, 
+    aUrlListener, urlSpec, hierarchyDelimiter);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && imapUrl)
+  {
+    rv = imapUrl->SetImapAction(nsIImapUrl::nsImapMsgFetch);
+    rv = SetImapUrlSink(aImapMailFolder, imapUrl);
+
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> uri = do_QueryInterface(imapUrl);
+
+      urlSpec.Append("/deletemsg>");
+      urlSpec.Append(messageIdsAreUID ? uidString : sequenceString);
+      urlSpec.Append(">");
+      urlSpec.Append(hierarchyDelimiter);
+
+      nsCString folderName;
+      GetFolderName(aImapMailFolder, folderName);
+      urlSpec.Append(folderName);
+      urlSpec.Append(">");
+      urlSpec.Append(messageIdentifierList);
+      rv = uri->SetSpec(urlSpec);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        rv = GetImapConnectionAndLoadUrl(imapUrl, nullptr, aURL);
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+// Delete all messages in a folder, used to empty trash
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapService::DeleteAllMessages(nsIMsgFolder *aImapMailFolder,
+                                               nsIUrlListener *aUrlListener, 
+                                               nsIURI **aURL)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aImapMailFolder);
+
+  return FolderCommand(aImapMailFolder, aUrlListener,
+                      "/deleteallmsgs>", nsIImapUrl::nsImapSelectNoopFolder, nullptr, aURL);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapService::AddMessageFlags(nsIMsgFolder *aImapMailFolder,
+                                             nsIUrlListener *aUrlListener,
+                                             nsIURI **aURL,
+                                             const nsACString &messageIdentifierList,
+                                             imapMessageFlagsType flags,
+                                             bool messageIdsAreUID)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aImapMailFolder);
+
+  return DiddleFlags(aImapMailFolder, aUrlListener, aURL, messageIdentifierList,
+                     "addmsgflags", flags, messageIdsAreUID);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapService::SubtractMessageFlags(nsIMsgFolder *aImapMailFolder,
+                                                  nsIUrlListener *aUrlListener,
+                                                  nsIURI **aURL,
+                                                  const nsACString &messageIdentifierList,
+                                                  imapMessageFlagsType flags,
+                                                  bool messageIdsAreUID)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aImapMailFolder);
+
+  return DiddleFlags(aImapMailFolder, aUrlListener, aURL, messageIdentifierList,
+                     "subtractmsgflags", flags, messageIdsAreUID);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapService::SetMessageFlags(nsIMsgFolder *aImapMailFolder,
+                                             nsIUrlListener *aUrlListener,
+                                             nsIURI **aURL,
+                                             const nsACString &messageIdentifierList,
+                                             imapMessageFlagsType flags,
+                                             bool messageIdsAreUID)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aImapMailFolder);
+
+  return DiddleFlags(aImapMailFolder, aUrlListener, aURL, messageIdentifierList,
+                     "setmsgflags", flags, messageIdsAreUID);
+}
+
+nsresult nsImapService::DiddleFlags(nsIMsgFolder *aImapMailFolder,
+                                    nsIUrlListener *aUrlListener,
+                                    nsIURI **aURL,
+                                    const nsACString &messageIdentifierList,
+                                    const char *howToDiddle,
+                                    imapMessageFlagsType flags,
+                                    bool messageIdsAreUID)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aImapMailFolder);
+
+  // create a protocol instance to handle the request.
+  // NOTE: once we start working with multiple connections, 
+  //       this step will be much more complicated...but for now
+  // just create a connection and process the request.
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapUrl> imapUrl;
+  nsAutoCString urlSpec;
+
+  char hierarchyDelimiter = GetHierarchyDelimiter(aImapMailFolder);
+  nsresult rv = CreateStartOfImapUrl(EmptyCString(), getter_AddRefs(imapUrl),
+                                     aImapMailFolder, aUrlListener, urlSpec, hierarchyDelimiter); 
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && imapUrl)
+  {
+    rv = imapUrl->SetImapAction(nsIImapUrl::nsImapMsgFetch);
+    rv = SetImapUrlSink(aImapMailFolder, imapUrl);
+
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> uri = do_QueryInterface(imapUrl);
+
+      urlSpec.Append('/');
+      urlSpec.Append(howToDiddle);
+      urlSpec.Append('>');
+      urlSpec.Append(messageIdsAreUID ? uidString : sequenceString);
+      urlSpec.Append(">");
+      urlSpec.Append(hierarchyDelimiter);
+      nsCString folderName;
+      GetFolderName(aImapMailFolder, folderName);
+      urlSpec.Append(folderName);
+      urlSpec.Append(">");
+      urlSpec.Append(messageIdentifierList);
+      urlSpec.Append('>');
+      urlSpec.AppendInt(flags);
+      rv = uri->SetSpec(urlSpec);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        rv = GetImapConnectionAndLoadUrl(imapUrl, nullptr, aURL);
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsImapService::SetImapUrlSink(nsIMsgFolder *aMsgFolder, nsIImapUrl *aImapUrl)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMsgFolder);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aImapUrl);
+  
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> incomingServer;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapServerSink> imapServerSink;
+    
+  rv = aMsgFolder->GetServer(getter_AddRefs(incomingServer));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && incomingServer)
+  {
+    imapServerSink = do_QueryInterface(incomingServer);
+    if (imapServerSink)
+      aImapUrl->SetImapServerSink(imapServerSink);
+  }
+   
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapMailFolderSink> imapMailFolderSink = do_QueryInterface(aMsgFolder);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && imapMailFolderSink)
+    aImapUrl->SetImapMailFolderSink(imapMailFolderSink);
+  
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapMessageSink> imapMessageSink = do_QueryInterface(aMsgFolder);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && imapMessageSink)
+    aImapUrl->SetImapMessageSink(imapMessageSink);
+  
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailnewsUrl = do_QueryInterface(aImapUrl);
+  mailnewsUrl->SetFolder(aMsgFolder);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapService::DiscoverAllFolders(nsIMsgFolder *aImapMailFolder,
+                                                nsIUrlListener *aUrlListener,
+                                                nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow,
+                                                nsIURI **aURL)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aImapMailFolder);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapUrl> imapUrl;
+  nsAutoCString urlSpec;
+
+  char hierarchyDelimiter = GetHierarchyDelimiter(aImapMailFolder);
+  nsresult rv = CreateStartOfImapUrl(EmptyCString(), getter_AddRefs(imapUrl), aImapMailFolder, 
+                                     aUrlListener, urlSpec, hierarchyDelimiter);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED (rv))
+  {
+    rv = SetImapUrlSink(aImapMailFolder, imapUrl);
+
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> uri = do_QueryInterface(imapUrl);
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailnewsurl = do_QueryInterface(imapUrl);
+      if (mailnewsurl)
+        mailnewsurl->SetMsgWindow(aMsgWindow);
+      urlSpec.Append("/discoverallboxes");
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIURI> url = do_QueryInterface(imapUrl, &rv);
+      rv = uri->SetSpec(urlSpec);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        rv = GetImapConnectionAndLoadUrl(imapUrl, nullptr, aURL);
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapService::DiscoverAllAndSubscribedFolders(nsIMsgFolder *aImapMailFolder,
+                                                             nsIUrlListener *aUrlListener,
+                                                             nsIURI **aURL)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aImapMailFolder);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapUrl> aImapUrl;
+  nsAutoCString urlSpec;
+
+  char hierarchyDelimiter = GetHierarchyDelimiter(aImapMailFolder);
+  nsresult rv = CreateStartOfImapUrl(EmptyCString(), getter_AddRefs(aImapUrl), aImapMailFolder,
+                                     aUrlListener, urlSpec, hierarchyDelimiter);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && aImapUrl)
+  {
+    rv = SetImapUrlSink(aImapMailFolder, aImapUrl);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> uri = do_QueryInterface(aImapUrl);
+      urlSpec.Append("/discoverallandsubscribedboxes");
+      rv = uri->SetSpec(urlSpec);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        rv = GetImapConnectionAndLoadUrl(aImapUrl, nullptr, aURL);
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapService::DiscoverChildren(nsIMsgFolder *aImapMailFolder,
+                                              nsIUrlListener *aUrlListener,
+                                              const nsACString &folderPath,
+                                              nsIURI **aURL)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aImapMailFolder);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapUrl> aImapUrl;
+  nsAutoCString urlSpec;
+
+  char hierarchyDelimiter = GetHierarchyDelimiter(aImapMailFolder);
+  nsresult rv = CreateStartOfImapUrl(EmptyCString(), getter_AddRefs(aImapUrl), aImapMailFolder, 
+                                     aUrlListener, urlSpec, hierarchyDelimiter);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED (rv))
+  {
+    rv = SetImapUrlSink(aImapMailFolder, aImapUrl);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      if (!folderPath.IsEmpty())
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> uri = do_QueryInterface(aImapUrl);
+        urlSpec.Append("/discoverchildren>");
+        urlSpec.Append(hierarchyDelimiter);
+        urlSpec.Append(folderPath);
+        rv = uri->SetSpec(urlSpec);
+
+        // Make sure the uri has the same hierarchy separator as the one in msg folder 
+        // obj if it's not kOnlineHierarchySeparatorUnknown (ie, '^').
+        char uriDelimiter;
+        nsresult rv1 = aImapUrl->GetOnlineSubDirSeparator(&uriDelimiter);
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED (rv1) && hierarchyDelimiter != kOnlineHierarchySeparatorUnknown &&
+            uriDelimiter != hierarchyDelimiter)
+          aImapUrl->SetOnlineSubDirSeparator(hierarchyDelimiter);
+
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+          rv = GetImapConnectionAndLoadUrl(aImapUrl, nullptr, aURL);
+      }
+      else
+        rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapService::OnlineMessageCopy(nsIMsgFolder *aSrcFolder,
+                                               const nsACString &messageIds,
+                                               nsIMsgFolder *aDstFolder,
+                                               bool idsAreUids,
+                                               bool isMove,
+                                               nsIUrlListener *aUrlListener,
+                                               nsIURI **aURL,
+                                               nsISupports *copyState,
+                                               nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aSrcFolder);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aDstFolder);
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> srcServer;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> dstServer;
+
+  rv = aSrcFolder->GetServer(getter_AddRefs(srcServer));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = aDstFolder->GetServer(getter_AddRefs(dstServer));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  bool sameServer;
+  rv = dstServer->Equals(srcServer, &sameServer);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  if (!sameServer) 
+  {
+    NS_ASSERTION(false, "can't use this method to copy across servers");
+    // *** can only take message from the same imap host and user accnt
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapUrl> imapUrl;
+  nsAutoCString urlSpec;
+
+  char hierarchyDelimiter = GetHierarchyDelimiter(aSrcFolder);
+  rv = CreateStartOfImapUrl(EmptyCString(), getter_AddRefs(imapUrl), aSrcFolder, aUrlListener, urlSpec, hierarchyDelimiter);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    SetImapUrlSink(aSrcFolder, imapUrl);
+    imapUrl->SetCopyState(copyState);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> msgurl (do_QueryInterface(imapUrl));
+
+    msgurl->SetMsgWindow(aMsgWindow);
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> uri = do_QueryInterface(imapUrl);
+
+    if (isMove)
+      urlSpec.Append("/onlinemove>");
+    else
+      urlSpec.Append("/onlinecopy>");
+    if (idsAreUids)
+      urlSpec.Append(uidString);
+    else
+      urlSpec.Append(sequenceString);
+    urlSpec.Append('>');
+    urlSpec.Append(hierarchyDelimiter);
+
+    nsCString folderName;
+    GetFolderName(aSrcFolder, folderName);
+    urlSpec.Append(folderName);
+    urlSpec.Append('>');
+    urlSpec.Append(messageIds);
+    urlSpec.Append('>');
+    urlSpec.Append(hierarchyDelimiter);
+    folderName.Adopt(strdup(""));
+    GetFolderName(aDstFolder, folderName);
+    urlSpec.Append(folderName);
+
+    rv = uri->SetSpec(urlSpec);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      rv = GetImapConnectionAndLoadUrl(imapUrl, nullptr, aURL);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsImapService::OfflineAppendFromFile(nsIFile *aFile,
+                                              nsIURI *aUrl,
+                                              nsIMsgFolder* aDstFolder,
+                                              const nsACString &messageId,  // to be replaced
+                                              bool inSelectedState, // needs to be in
+                                              nsIUrlListener *aListener,
+                                              nsIURI **aURL,
+                                              nsISupports *aCopyState)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> destDB;
+  nsresult rv = aDstFolder->GetMsgDatabase(getter_AddRefs(destDB));
+  // ### might need to send some notifications instead of just returning
+
+  bool isLocked;
+  aDstFolder->GetLocked(&isLocked);
+  if (isLocked)
+    return NS_MSG_FOLDER_BUSY;
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && destDB)
+  {
+    nsMsgKey fakeKey;
+    destDB->GetNextFakeOfflineMsgKey(&fakeKey);
+
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation> op;
+    rv = destDB->GetOfflineOpForKey(fakeKey, true, getter_AddRefs(op));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && op)
+    {
+      nsCString destFolderUri;
+      aDstFolder->GetURI(destFolderUri);
+      op->SetOperation(nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation::kAppendDraft); // ### do we care if it's a template?
+      op->SetDestinationFolderURI(destFolderUri.get());
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIOutputStream> offlineStore;
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgPluggableStore> msgStore;
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> dstServer;
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> newMsgHdr;
+
+      aDstFolder->GetServer(getter_AddRefs(dstServer));
+      rv = dstServer->GetMsgStore(getter_AddRefs(msgStore));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      rv = destDB->CreateNewHdr(fakeKey, getter_AddRefs(newMsgHdr));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      rv = aDstFolder->GetOfflineStoreOutputStream(newMsgHdr, getter_AddRefs(offlineStore));
+
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && offlineStore)
+      {
+        int64_t curOfflineStorePos = 0;
+        nsCOMPtr <nsISeekableStream> seekable = do_QueryInterface(offlineStore);
+        if (seekable)
+          seekable->Tell(&curOfflineStorePos);
+        else
+        {
+          NS_ERROR("needs to be a random store!");
+          return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+        }
+
+        nsCOMPtr <nsIInputStream> inputStream;
+        nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgParseMailMsgState> msgParser = do_CreateInstance(NS_PARSEMAILMSGSTATE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+        msgParser->SetMailDB(destDB);
+
+        rv = NS_NewLocalFileInputStream(getter_AddRefs(inputStream), aFile);
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && inputStream)
+        {
+          // now, copy the temp file to the offline store for the dest folder.
+          nsMsgLineStreamBuffer *inputStreamBuffer = new nsMsgLineStreamBuffer(FILE_IO_BUFFER_SIZE,
+                                                                               true,    // allocate new lines
+                                                                               false);  // leave CRLFs on the returned string
+          int64_t fileSize;
+          aFile->GetFileSize(&fileSize);
+          uint32_t bytesWritten;
+          rv = NS_OK;
+//        rv = inputStream->Read(inputBuffer, inputBufferSize, &bytesRead);
+//        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && bytesRead > 0)
+          msgParser->SetState(nsIMsgParseMailMsgState::ParseHeadersState);
+          msgParser->SetNewMsgHdr(newMsgHdr);
+          // set the new key to fake key so the msg hdr will have that for a key
+          msgParser->SetNewKey(fakeKey);
+          bool needMoreData = false;
+          char * newLine = nullptr;
+          uint32_t numBytesInLine = 0;
+          do
+          {
+            newLine = inputStreamBuffer->ReadNextLine(inputStream, numBytesInLine, needMoreData); 
+            if (newLine)
+            {
+              msgParser->ParseAFolderLine(newLine, numBytesInLine);
+              rv = offlineStore->Write(newLine, numBytesInLine, &bytesWritten);
+              NS_Free(newLine);
+            }
+          } while (newLine);
+          msgParser->FinishHeader();
+
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> fakeHdr;
+          msgParser->GetNewMsgHdr(getter_AddRefs(fakeHdr));
+          if (fakeHdr)
+          {
+            if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && fakeHdr)
+            {
+              uint32_t resultFlags;
+              fakeHdr->SetMessageOffset(curOfflineStorePos);
+              fakeHdr->OrFlags(nsMsgMessageFlags::Offline | nsMsgMessageFlags::Read, &resultFlags);
+              fakeHdr->SetOfflineMessageSize(fileSize);
+              destDB->AddNewHdrToDB(fakeHdr, true /* notify */);
+              aDstFolder->SetFlag(nsMsgFolderFlags::OfflineEvents);
+              if (msgStore)
+                msgStore->FinishNewMessage(offlineStore, fakeHdr);
+            }
+          }
+          // tell the listener we're done.
+          inputStream->Close();
+          inputStream = nullptr;
+          aListener->OnStopRunningUrl(aUrl, NS_OK);
+          delete inputStreamBuffer;
+        }
+        offlineStore->Close();
+      }
+    }
+  }
+          
+  if (destDB)
+    destDB->Close(true);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+/* append message from file url */
+/* imap://HOST>appendmsgfromfile>DESTINATIONMAILBOXPATH */
+/* imap://HOST>appenddraftfromfile>DESTINATIONMAILBOXPATH>UID>messageId */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapService::AppendMessageFromFile(nsIFile *aFile,
+                                                   nsIMsgFolder *aDstFolder,
+                                                   const nsACString &messageId,  // to be replaced
+                                                   bool idsAreUids,
+                                                   bool inSelectedState,       // needs to be in
+                                                   nsIUrlListener *aListener,
+                                                   nsIURI **aURL,
+                                                   nsISupports *aCopyState,
+                                                   nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aFile);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aDstFolder);
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapUrl> imapUrl;
+  nsAutoCString urlSpec;
+
+  char hierarchyDelimiter = GetHierarchyDelimiter(aDstFolder);
+  rv = CreateStartOfImapUrl(EmptyCString(), getter_AddRefs(imapUrl), aDstFolder, aListener, urlSpec, hierarchyDelimiter);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> msgUrl = do_QueryInterface(imapUrl);
+    if (msgUrl && aMsgWindow)
+    {
+      // we get the loadGroup from msgWindow
+      msgUrl->SetMsgWindow(aMsgWindow);
+    }
+
+    SetImapUrlSink(aDstFolder, imapUrl);
+    imapUrl->SetMsgFile(aFile);
+    imapUrl->SetCopyState(aCopyState);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> uri = do_QueryInterface(imapUrl);
+
+    if (inSelectedState)
+      urlSpec.Append("/appenddraftfromfile>");
+    else
+      urlSpec.Append("/appendmsgfromfile>");
+
+    urlSpec.Append(hierarchyDelimiter);
+
+    nsCString folderName;
+    GetFolderName(aDstFolder, folderName);
+    urlSpec.Append(folderName);
+
+    if (inSelectedState)
+    {
+      urlSpec.Append('>');
+      if (idsAreUids)
+        urlSpec.Append(uidString);
+      else
+        urlSpec.Append(sequenceString);
+      urlSpec.Append('>');
+      if (!messageId.IsEmpty())
+        urlSpec.Append(messageId);
+    }
+    
+    rv = uri->SetSpec(urlSpec);
+    if (WeAreOffline())
+    {
+      // handle offline append to drafts or templates folder here.
+      return OfflineAppendFromFile(aFile, uri, aDstFolder, messageId, inSelectedState, aListener, aURL, aCopyState);
+    }
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      rv = GetImapConnectionAndLoadUrl(imapUrl, nullptr, aURL);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsImapService::GetImapConnectionAndLoadUrl(nsIImapUrl *aImapUrl,
+                                                    nsISupports *aConsumer,
+                                                    nsIURI **aURL)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aImapUrl);
+
+  bool isValidUrl;
+  aImapUrl->GetValidUrl(&isValidUrl);
+  if (!isValidUrl)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  if (WeAreOffline())
+  {
+    nsImapAction imapAction;
+
+    // the only thing we can do offline is fetch messages.
+    // ### TODO - need to look at msg copy, save attachment, etc. when we
+    // have offline message bodies.
+    aImapUrl->GetImapAction(&imapAction);
+    if (imapAction != nsIImapUrl::nsImapMsgFetch && imapAction != nsIImapUrl::nsImapSaveMessageToDisk)
+      return NS_MSG_ERROR_OFFLINE;
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> aMsgIncomingServer;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> msgUrl = do_QueryInterface(aImapUrl);
+  nsresult rv = msgUrl->GetServer(getter_AddRefs(aMsgIncomingServer));
+    
+  if (aURL)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> msgUrlUri = do_QueryInterface(msgUrl);
+    msgUrlUri.swap(*aURL);
+  }
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && aMsgIncomingServer)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIImapIncomingServer> aImapServer(do_QueryInterface(aMsgIncomingServer, &rv));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && aImapServer)
+      rv = aImapServer->GetImapConnectionAndLoadUrl(aImapUrl, aConsumer);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapService::MoveFolder(nsIMsgFolder *srcFolder,
+                                        nsIMsgFolder *dstFolder, 
+                                        nsIUrlListener *urlListener, 
+                                        nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow, 
+                                        nsIURI **url)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(srcFolder);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(dstFolder);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapUrl> imapUrl;
+  nsAutoCString urlSpec;
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  char default_hierarchyDelimiter = GetHierarchyDelimiter(dstFolder);
+  rv = CreateStartOfImapUrl(EmptyCString(), getter_AddRefs(imapUrl), dstFolder, 
+                            urlListener, urlSpec, default_hierarchyDelimiter);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && imapUrl)
+  {
+    rv = SetImapUrlSink(dstFolder, imapUrl);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailNewsUrl = do_QueryInterface(imapUrl);
+      if (mailNewsUrl)
+        mailNewsUrl->SetMsgWindow(msgWindow);
+      char hierarchyDelimiter = kOnlineHierarchySeparatorUnknown;
+      nsCString folderName;
+
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> uri = do_QueryInterface(imapUrl);
+      GetFolderName(srcFolder, folderName);
+      urlSpec.Append("/movefolderhierarchy>");
+      urlSpec.Append(hierarchyDelimiter);
+      urlSpec.Append(folderName);
+      urlSpec.Append('>');
+      GetFolderName(dstFolder, folderName);
+      if (!folderName.IsEmpty())
+      {
+        urlSpec.Append(hierarchyDelimiter);
+        urlSpec.Append(folderName);
+      }
+      rv = uri->SetSpec(urlSpec);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      {
+        GetFolderName(srcFolder, folderName);
+        rv = GetImapConnectionAndLoadUrl(imapUrl, nullptr, url);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapService::RenameLeaf(nsIMsgFolder *srcFolder,
+                                        const nsAString &newLeafName, 
+                                        nsIUrlListener *urlListener,
+                                        nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow, 
+                                        nsIURI **url)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(srcFolder);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapUrl> imapUrl;
+  nsAutoCString urlSpec;
+
+  char hierarchyDelimiter = GetHierarchyDelimiter(srcFolder);
+  nsresult rv = CreateStartOfImapUrl(EmptyCString(), getter_AddRefs(imapUrl), srcFolder, 
+                            urlListener, urlSpec, hierarchyDelimiter);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    rv = SetImapUrlSink(srcFolder, imapUrl);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> uri = do_QueryInterface(imapUrl);
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailNewsUrl = do_QueryInterface(imapUrl);
+      if (mailNewsUrl)
+        mailNewsUrl->SetMsgWindow(msgWindow);
+      nsCString folderName;
+      GetFolderName(srcFolder, folderName);
+      urlSpec.Append("/rename>");
+      urlSpec.Append(hierarchyDelimiter);
+      urlSpec.Append(folderName);
+      urlSpec.Append('>');
+      urlSpec.Append(hierarchyDelimiter);
+      nsAutoCString cStrFolderName;
+      // Unescape the name before looking for parent path
+      MsgUnescapeString(folderName, 0, cStrFolderName);
+      int32_t leafNameStart = cStrFolderName.RFindChar(hierarchyDelimiter);
+      if (leafNameStart != -1)
+      {
+        cStrFolderName.SetLength(leafNameStart+1);
+        urlSpec.Append(cStrFolderName);
+      }
+
+      nsAutoCString utfNewName;
+      CopyUTF16toMUTF7(PromiseFlatString(newLeafName), utfNewName);
+      nsCString escapedNewName;
+      MsgEscapeString(utfNewName, nsINetUtil::ESCAPE_URL_PATH, escapedNewName);
+      nsCString escapedSlashName;
+      rv = nsImapUrl::EscapeSlashes(escapedNewName.get(), getter_Copies(escapedSlashName));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      urlSpec.Append(escapedSlashName);
+
+      rv = uri->SetSpec(urlSpec);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        rv = GetImapConnectionAndLoadUrl(imapUrl, nullptr, url);
+    } // if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  } // if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && imapUrl)
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapService::CreateFolder(nsIMsgFolder *parent,
+                                          const nsAString &newFolderName,
+                                          nsIUrlListener *urlListener,
+                                          nsIURI **url)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(parent);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapUrl> imapUrl;
+  nsAutoCString urlSpec;
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  char hierarchyDelimiter = GetHierarchyDelimiter(parent);
+  rv = CreateStartOfImapUrl(EmptyCString(), getter_AddRefs(imapUrl), parent, 
+                            urlListener, urlSpec, hierarchyDelimiter);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && imapUrl)
+  {
+    rv = SetImapUrlSink(parent, imapUrl);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> uri = do_QueryInterface(imapUrl);
+
+      nsCString folderName;
+      GetFolderName(parent, folderName);
+      urlSpec.Append("/create>");
+      urlSpec.Append(hierarchyDelimiter);
+      if (!folderName.IsEmpty())
+      {
+        nsCString canonicalName;
+        nsImapUrl::ConvertToCanonicalFormat(folderName.get(),
+                                            hierarchyDelimiter,
+                                            getter_Copies(canonicalName));
+        urlSpec.Append(canonicalName);
+        urlSpec.Append(hierarchyDelimiter);
+      }
+
+      nsAutoCString utfNewName;
+      rv = CopyUTF16toMUTF7(PromiseFlatString(newFolderName), utfNewName);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      nsCString escapedFolderName;
+      MsgEscapeString(utfNewName, nsINetUtil::ESCAPE_URL_PATH, escapedFolderName);
+      urlSpec.Append(escapedFolderName);
+
+      rv = uri->SetSpec(urlSpec);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        rv = GetImapConnectionAndLoadUrl(imapUrl, nullptr, url);
+    } // if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  } // if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && imapUrl)
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapService::EnsureFolderExists(nsIMsgFolder *parent,
+                                                const nsAString &newFolderName, 
+                                                nsIUrlListener *urlListener, 
+                                                nsIURI **url)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(parent);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapUrl> imapUrl;
+  nsAutoCString urlSpec;
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  char hierarchyDelimiter = GetHierarchyDelimiter(parent);
+  rv = CreateStartOfImapUrl(EmptyCString(), getter_AddRefs(imapUrl), parent, urlListener, urlSpec, hierarchyDelimiter);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && imapUrl)
+  {
+    rv = SetImapUrlSink(parent, imapUrl);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> uri = do_QueryInterface(imapUrl);
+
+      nsCString folderName;
+      GetFolderName(parent, folderName);
+      urlSpec.Append("/ensureExists>");
+      urlSpec.Append(hierarchyDelimiter);
+      if (!folderName.IsEmpty())
+      {
+        urlSpec.Append(folderName);
+        urlSpec.Append(hierarchyDelimiter);
+      }
+      nsAutoCString utfNewName; 
+      CopyUTF16toMUTF7(PromiseFlatString(newFolderName), utfNewName);
+      nsCString escapedFolderName;
+      MsgEscapeString(utfNewName, nsINetUtil::ESCAPE_URL_PATH, escapedFolderName);
+      urlSpec.Append(escapedFolderName);
+
+      rv = uri->SetSpec(urlSpec);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        rv = GetImapConnectionAndLoadUrl(imapUrl, nullptr, url);
+    } // if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  } // if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && imapUrl)
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapService::ListFolder(nsIMsgFolder *aImapMailFolder,
+                                        nsIUrlListener *aUrlListener,
+                                        nsIURI **aURL)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aImapMailFolder);
+
+  return FolderCommand(aImapMailFolder, aUrlListener,
+                       "/listfolder>", nsIImapUrl::nsImapListFolder, nullptr, aURL);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapService::GetScheme(nsACString &aScheme)
+{
+  aScheme.Assign("imap");
+  return NS_OK; 
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapService::GetDefaultPort(int32_t *aDefaultPort)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aDefaultPort);
+  *aDefaultPort = nsIImapUrl::DEFAULT_IMAP_PORT;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapService::GetProtocolFlags(uint32_t *result)
+{
+  *result = URI_STD | URI_FORBIDS_AUTOMATIC_DOCUMENT_REPLACEMENT |
+  URI_DANGEROUS_TO_LOAD | ALLOWS_PROXY | URI_FORBIDS_COOKIE_ACCESS
+#ifdef IS_ORIGIN_IS_FULL_SPEC_DEFINED
+  | ORIGIN_IS_FULL_SPEC
+#endif
+  ;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapService::AllowPort(int32_t port, const char *scheme, bool *aRetVal)
+{
+  // allow imap to run on any port
+  *aRetVal = true;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapService::GetDefaultDoBiff(bool *aDoBiff)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aDoBiff);
+  // by default, do biff for IMAP servers
+  *aDoBiff = true;    
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapService::GetDefaultServerPort(bool isSecure, int32_t *aDefaultPort)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  
+  // Return Secure IMAP Port if secure option chosen i.e., if isSecure is TRUE
+  if (isSecure)
+    *aDefaultPort = nsIImapUrl::DEFAULT_IMAPS_PORT;
+  else    
+    rv = GetDefaultPort(aDefaultPort);
+  
+  return rv;
+}
+
+// this method first tries to find an exact username and hostname match with the given url
+// then, tries to find any account on the passed in imap host in case this is a url to 
+// a shared imap folder.
+nsresult nsImapService::GetServerFromUrl(nsIImapUrl *aImapUrl, nsIMsgIncomingServer **aServer)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCString folderName;
+  nsAutoCString userPass;
+  nsAutoCString hostName;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailnewsUrl = do_QueryInterface(aImapUrl);
+  
+  // if we can't get a folder name out of the url then I think this is an error
+  aImapUrl->CreateCanonicalSourceFolderPathString(getter_Copies(folderName));
+  if (folderName.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    rv = mailnewsUrl->GetFileName(folderName);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+  
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccountManager> accountManager = do_GetService(NS_MSGACCOUNTMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  
+  rv = accountManager->FindServerByURI(mailnewsUrl, false, aServer);
+  
+  // look for server with any user name, in case we're trying to subscribe
+  // to a folder with some one else's user name like the following
+  // "IMAP://userSharingFolder@server1/SharedFolderName"
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !aServer)
+  {
+    nsAutoCString turl;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIURL> url = do_CreateInstance(NS_STANDARDURL_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    rv = mailnewsUrl->GetSpec(turl);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    rv = url->SetSpec(turl);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    url->SetUserPass(EmptyCString());
+    rv = accountManager->FindServerByURI(url, false, aServer);
+    if (*aServer)
+      aImapUrl->SetExternalLinkUrl(true);
+  }
+  
+    // if we can't extract the imap server from this url then give up!!!
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(*aServer, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapService::NewURI(const nsACString &aSpec,
+                                    const char *aOriginCharset,  // ignored
+                                    nsIURI *aBaseURI,
+                                    nsIURI **aRetVal)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aRetVal);
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapUrl> aImapUrl = do_CreateInstance(kImapUrlCID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // now extract lots of fun information...
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailnewsUrl = do_QueryInterface(aImapUrl);
+  // nsAutoCString unescapedSpec(aSpec);
+  // nsUnescape(unescapedSpec.BeginWriting());
+
+  // set the spec
+  if (aBaseURI)
+  {
+    nsAutoCString newSpec;
+    aBaseURI->Resolve(aSpec, newSpec);
+    rv = mailnewsUrl->SetSpec(newSpec);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    rv = mailnewsUrl->SetSpec(aSpec);
+  }
+
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCString folderName;
+  // if we can't get a folder name out of the url then I think this is an error
+  aImapUrl->CreateCanonicalSourceFolderPathString(getter_Copies(folderName));
+  if (folderName.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    rv = mailnewsUrl->GetFileName(folderName);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+  rv = GetServerFromUrl(aImapUrl, getter_AddRefs(server));
+  // if we can't extract the imap server from this url then give up!!!
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(server, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+
+  // now try to get the folder in question...
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> rootFolder;
+  server->GetRootFolder(getter_AddRefs(rootFolder));
+  if (rootFolder && !folderName.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgImapMailFolder> imapRoot = do_QueryInterface(rootFolder);
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgImapMailFolder> subFolder;
+    if (imapRoot)
+    {
+      imapRoot->FindOnlineSubFolder(folderName, getter_AddRefs(subFolder));
+      folder = do_QueryInterface(subFolder);
+    }
+
+    // If we can't find the folder, we can still create the URI
+    // in this low-level service. Cloning URIs where the folder
+    // isn't found is common when folders are renamed or moved.
+    // We also ignore return statuses here.
+    if (folder)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIImapMessageSink> msgSink = do_QueryInterface(folder);
+      (void) aImapUrl->SetImapMessageSink(msgSink);
+
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> msgFolder = do_QueryInterface(folder);
+      (void) SetImapUrlSink(msgFolder, aImapUrl);
+
+      nsCString messageIdString;
+      aImapUrl->GetListOfMessageIds(messageIdString);
+      if (!messageIdString.IsEmpty())
+      {
+        bool useLocalCache = false;
+        msgFolder->HasMsgOffline(strtoul(messageIdString.get(), nullptr, 10),
+                                 &useLocalCache);
+        mailnewsUrl->SetMsgIsInLocalCache(useLocalCache);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  // if we are fetching a part, be sure to enable fetch parts on demand
+  bool mimePartSelectorDetected = false;
+  aImapUrl->GetMimePartSelectorDetected(&mimePartSelectorDetected);
+  if (mimePartSelectorDetected)
+    aImapUrl->SetFetchPartsOnDemand(true);
+
+  // we got an imap url, so be sure to return it...
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> imapUri = do_QueryInterface(aImapUrl);
+
+  imapUri.swap(*aRetVal);
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapService::NewChannel(nsIURI *aURI, nsIChannel **aRetVal)
+{
+  return NewChannel2(aURI, nullptr, aRetVal);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapService::NewChannel2(nsIURI *aURI,
+                                         nsILoadInfo* aLoadInfo,
+                                         nsIChannel **aRetVal)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aURI);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aRetVal);
+  *aRetVal = nullptr;
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapUrl> imapUrl = do_QueryInterface(aURI, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailnewsUrl = do_QueryInterface(imapUrl, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // imap can't open and return a channel right away...the url needs to go in the imap url queue 
+  // until we find a connection which can run the url..in order to satisfy necko, we're going to return
+  // a mock imap channel....
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapMockChannel> channel = do_CreateInstance(kCImapMockChannel, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  channel->SetURI(aURI);
+
+  rv = channel->SetLoadInfo(aLoadInfo);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgWindow> msgWindow;
+  mailnewsUrl->GetMsgWindow(getter_AddRefs(msgWindow));
+  if (msgWindow)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIDocShell> msgDocShell;
+    msgWindow->GetRootDocShell(getter_AddRefs(msgDocShell));
+    if (msgDocShell) 
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIProgressEventSink> prevEventSink;
+      channel->GetProgressEventSink(getter_AddRefs(prevEventSink));
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIInterfaceRequestor> docIR(do_QueryInterface(msgDocShell));
+      channel->SetNotificationCallbacks(docIR);
+      // we want to use our existing event sink.
+      if (prevEventSink)
+        channel->SetProgressEventSink(prevEventSink);
+    }
+  }
+  imapUrl->SetMockChannel(channel); // the imap url holds a weak reference so we can pass the channel into the imap protocol when we actually run the url
+
+  bool externalLinkUrl;
+  imapUrl->GetExternalLinkUrl(&externalLinkUrl);
+  if (externalLinkUrl)
+  {
+    // everything after here is to handle clicking on an external link. We only want
+    // to do this if we didn't run the url through the various nsImapService methods,
+    // which we can tell by seeing if the sinks have been setup on the url or not.
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+    rv = GetServerFromUrl(imapUrl, getter_AddRefs(server));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    nsCString folderName;
+    imapUrl->CreateCanonicalSourceFolderPathString(getter_Copies(folderName));
+    if (folderName.IsEmpty())
+    {
+      nsCString escapedFolderName;
+      rv = mailnewsUrl->GetFileName(escapedFolderName);
+      if (!escapedFolderName.IsEmpty()) {
+        MsgUnescapeString(escapedFolderName, 0, folderName);
+      }
+    }
+    // if the parent is null, then the folder doesn't really exist, so see if the user
+    // wants to subscribe to it./
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> aFolder;
+    // now try to get the folder in question...
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> rootFolder;
+    server->GetRootFolder(getter_AddRefs(rootFolder));
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgImapMailFolder> imapRoot = do_QueryInterface(rootFolder);
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgImapMailFolder> subFolder;
+    if (imapRoot)
+    {
+      imapRoot->FindOnlineSubFolder(folderName, getter_AddRefs(subFolder));
+      aFolder = do_QueryInterface(subFolder);
+    }
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> parent;
+    if (aFolder)
+      aFolder->GetParent(getter_AddRefs(parent));
+    nsCString serverKey;
+    nsAutoCString userPass;
+    rv = mailnewsUrl->GetUserPass(userPass);
+    server->GetKey(serverKey);
+    nsCString fullFolderName;
+    if (parent)
+      fullFolderName = folderName;
+    if (!parent && !folderName.IsEmpty())  // check if this folder is another user's folder
+    {
+      fullFolderName = nsIMAPNamespaceList::GenerateFullFolderNameWithDefaultNamespace(serverKey.get(), 
+                                                                                       folderName.get(),
+                                                                                       userPass.get(),
+                                                                                       kOtherUsersNamespace,
+                                                                                       nullptr);
+      // if this is another user's folder, let's see if we're already subscribed to it.
+      rv = imapRoot->FindOnlineSubFolder(fullFolderName, getter_AddRefs(subFolder));
+      aFolder = do_QueryInterface(subFolder);
+      if (aFolder)
+        aFolder->GetParent(getter_AddRefs(parent));
+    }
+    // if we couldn't get the fullFolderName, then we probably couldn't find
+    // the other user's namespace, in which case, we shouldn't try to subscribe to it.
+    if (!parent && !folderName.IsEmpty() && !fullFolderName.IsEmpty())
+    {
+      // this folder doesn't exist - check if the user wants to subscribe to this folder.
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIPrompt> dialog;
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIWindowWatcher> wwatch(do_GetService(NS_WINDOWWATCHER_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      wwatch->GetNewPrompter(nullptr, getter_AddRefs(dialog));
+      
+      nsString statusString, confirmText;
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundle> bundle;
+      rv = IMAPGetStringBundle(getter_AddRefs(bundle));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+        // need to convert folder name from mod-utf7 to unicode
+      nsAutoString unescapedName;
+      if (NS_FAILED(CopyMUTF7toUTF16(fullFolderName, unescapedName)))
+        CopyASCIItoUTF16(fullFolderName, unescapedName);
+      const char16_t *formatStrings[1] = { unescapedName.get() };
+
+      rv = bundle->FormatStringFromName(
+        u"imapSubscribePrompt",
+        formatStrings, 1, getter_Copies(confirmText));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+      bool confirmResult = false;
+      rv = dialog->Confirm(nullptr, confirmText.get(), &confirmResult);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      if (confirmResult)
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr <nsIImapIncomingServer> imapServer = do_QueryInterface(server);
+        if (imapServer)
+        {
+          nsCOMPtr <nsIURI> subscribeURI;
+          // now we have the real folder name to try to subscribe to. Let's try running
+          // a subscribe url and returning that as the uri we've created.
+          // We need to convert this to unicode because that's what subscribe wants :-(
+          // It's already in mod-utf7.
+          nsAutoString unicodeName;
+          CopyASCIItoUTF16(fullFolderName, unicodeName);
+          rv = imapServer->SubscribeToFolder(unicodeName, true, getter_AddRefs(subscribeURI));
+          if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && subscribeURI)
+          {
+            nsCOMPtr <nsIImapUrl> imapSubscribeUrl = do_QueryInterface(subscribeURI);
+            if (imapSubscribeUrl)
+              imapSubscribeUrl->SetExternalLinkUrl(true);
+            nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailnewsUrl = do_QueryInterface(subscribeURI);
+            if (mailnewsUrl)
+            {
+              nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailSession> mailSession = do_GetService(NS_MSGMAILSESSION_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+              NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+              nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgWindow> msgWindow;
+              rv = mailSession->GetTopmostMsgWindow(getter_AddRefs(msgWindow));
+              if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && msgWindow)
+              {
+                mailnewsUrl->SetMsgWindow(msgWindow);
+                nsCOMPtr <nsIUrlListener> listener = do_QueryInterface(rootFolder);
+                if (listener)
+                  mailnewsUrl->RegisterListener(listener);
+              }
+            }
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      // error out this channel, so it'll stop trying to run the url.
+      rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+      *aRetVal = nullptr;
+    }
+    // this folder exists - check if this is a click on a link to the folder
+    // in which case, we'll select it.
+    else if (!fullFolderName.IsEmpty())  
+    {         
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> imapFolder;
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIImapServerSink> serverSink;
+      
+      mailnewsUrl->GetFolder(getter_AddRefs(imapFolder));
+      imapUrl->GetImapServerSink(getter_AddRefs(serverSink));
+      // need to see if this is a link click - one way is to check if the url is set up correctly
+      // if not, it's probably a url click. We need a better way of doing this. 
+      if (!imapFolder)
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailSession> mailSession = do_GetService(NS_MSGMAILSESSION_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+        nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgWindow> msgWindow;
+        rv = mailSession->GetTopmostMsgWindow(getter_AddRefs(msgWindow));
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && msgWindow)
+        {
+          nsCString uri;
+          rootFolder->GetURI(uri);
+          uri.Append('/');
+          uri.Append(fullFolderName);
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgWindowCommands> windowCommands;
+          msgWindow->GetWindowCommands(getter_AddRefs(windowCommands));
+          if (windowCommands)
+            windowCommands->SelectFolder(uri);
+            // error out this channel, so it'll stop trying to run the url.
+          *aRetVal = nullptr;
+          rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          // make sure the imap action is selectFolder, so the content type
+          // will be x-application-imapfolder, so ::HandleContent will
+          // know to open a new 3 pane window.
+          imapUrl->SetImapAction(nsIImapUrl::nsImapSelectFolder);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    NS_IF_ADDREF(*aRetVal = channel);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapService::SetDefaultLocalPath(nsIFile *aPath)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aPath);
+
+  return NS_SetPersistentFile(PREF_MAIL_ROOT_IMAP_REL, PREF_MAIL_ROOT_IMAP, aPath);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapService::GetDefaultLocalPath(nsIFile **aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+  *aResult = nullptr;
+
+  bool havePref;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> localFile;
+  nsresult rv = NS_GetPersistentFile(PREF_MAIL_ROOT_IMAP_REL,
+                                     PREF_MAIL_ROOT_IMAP,
+                                     NS_APP_IMAP_MAIL_50_DIR,
+                                     havePref,
+                                     getter_AddRefs(localFile));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(localFile, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+
+  bool exists;
+  rv = localFile->Exists(&exists);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !exists)
+    rv = localFile->Create(nsIFile::DIRECTORY_TYPE, 0775);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  if (!havePref || !exists)
+  {
+    rv = NS_SetPersistentFile(PREF_MAIL_ROOT_IMAP_REL, PREF_MAIL_ROOT_IMAP, localFile);
+    NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "Failed to set root dir pref.");
+  }
+
+  localFile.swap(*aResult);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapService::GetServerIID(nsIID **aServerIID)
+{
+  *aServerIID = new nsIID(NS_GET_IID(nsIImapIncomingServer));
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapService::GetRequiresUsername(bool *aRequiresUsername)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aRequiresUsername);
+
+  *aRequiresUsername = true;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapService::GetPreflightPrettyNameWithEmailAddress(bool *aPreflightPrettyNameWithEmailAddress)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aPreflightPrettyNameWithEmailAddress);
+
+  *aPreflightPrettyNameWithEmailAddress = true;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapService::GetCanLoginAtStartUp(bool *aCanLoginAtStartUp)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aCanLoginAtStartUp);
+  *aCanLoginAtStartUp = true;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapService::GetCanDelete(bool *aCanDelete)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aCanDelete);
+  *aCanDelete = true;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapService::GetCanDuplicate(bool *aCanDuplicate)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aCanDuplicate);
+  *aCanDuplicate = true;
+  return NS_OK;
+}        
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapService::GetCanGetMessages(bool *aCanGetMessages)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aCanGetMessages);
+  *aCanGetMessages = true;
+  return NS_OK;
+}        
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapService::GetCanGetIncomingMessages(bool *aCanGetIncomingMessages)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aCanGetIncomingMessages);
+  *aCanGetIncomingMessages = true;
+  return NS_OK;
+}    
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapService::GetShowComposeMsgLink(bool *showComposeMsgLink)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(showComposeMsgLink);
+  *showComposeMsgLink = true;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapService::GetFoldersCreatedAsync(bool *aAsyncCreation)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aAsyncCreation);
+  *aAsyncCreation = true;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapService::GetListOfFoldersWithPath(nsIImapIncomingServer *aServer, 
+                                                      nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow, 
+                                                      const nsACString &folderPath)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server = do_QueryInterface(aServer);
+  if (!server) 
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> rootMsgFolder;
+  rv = server->GetRootMsgFolder(getter_AddRefs(rootMsgFolder));
+
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && rootMsgFolder, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIUrlListener> listener = do_QueryInterface(aServer, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  if (!listener) 
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  // Locate the folder so that the correct hierarchical delimiter is used in the folder
+  // pathnames, otherwise root's (ie, '^') is used and this is wrong.
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> msgFolder;
+  if (rootMsgFolder && !folderPath.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    // If the folder path contains 'INBOX' of any forms, we need to convert it to uppercase
+    // before finding it under the root folder. We do the same in PossibleImapMailbox().
+    nsAutoCString tempFolderName(folderPath);
+    nsAutoCString tokenStr, remStr, changedStr;
+    int32_t slashPos = tempFolderName.FindChar('/');
+    if (slashPos > 0)
+    {
+      tokenStr = StringHead(tempFolderName, slashPos);
+      remStr = Substring(tempFolderName, slashPos);
+    }
+    else
+      tokenStr.Assign(tempFolderName);
+
+    if (tokenStr.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("inbox") &&
+        !tokenStr.EqualsLiteral("INBOX"))
+      changedStr.Append("INBOX");
+    else
+      changedStr.Append(tokenStr);
+
+    if (slashPos > 0 ) 
+      changedStr.Append(remStr);
+
+    rv = rootMsgFolder->FindSubFolder(changedStr, getter_AddRefs(msgFolder));
+  }
+  return DiscoverChildren(msgFolder, listener, folderPath, nullptr);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapService::GetListOfFoldersOnServer(nsIImapIncomingServer *aServer, 
+                                                      nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server = do_QueryInterface(aServer);
+  if (!server) 
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> rootMsgFolder;
+  rv = server->GetRootMsgFolder(getter_AddRefs(rootMsgFolder));
+
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  if (!rootMsgFolder) 
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIUrlListener> listener = do_QueryInterface(aServer, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && listener, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+
+  return DiscoverAllAndSubscribedFolders(rootMsgFolder, listener, nullptr);
+} 
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapService::SubscribeFolder(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder,
+                                             const nsAString &aFolderName, 
+                                             nsIUrlListener *urlListener, 
+                                             nsIURI **url)
+{
+
+  return ChangeFolderSubscription(aFolder, aFolderName, 
+                                  "/subscribe>", urlListener, url);
+}
+
+nsresult nsImapService::ChangeFolderSubscription(nsIMsgFolder *folder,
+                                                 const nsAString &folderName, 
+                                                 const char *command,
+                                                 nsIUrlListener *urlListener, 
+                                                 nsIURI **url)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(folder);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapUrl> imapUrl;
+  nsAutoCString urlSpec;
+  nsresult rv;
+  char hierarchyDelimiter = GetHierarchyDelimiter(folder);
+  rv = CreateStartOfImapUrl(EmptyCString(), getter_AddRefs(imapUrl), folder, urlListener,
+                            urlSpec, hierarchyDelimiter);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && imapUrl)
+  {
+    rv = SetImapUrlSink(folder, imapUrl);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> uri = do_QueryInterface(imapUrl);
+      urlSpec.Append(command);
+      urlSpec.Append(hierarchyDelimiter);
+      nsAutoCString utfFolderName;
+      rv = CopyUTF16toMUTF7(PromiseFlatString(folderName), utfFolderName);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      nsCString escapedFolderName;
+      MsgEscapeString(utfFolderName, nsINetUtil::ESCAPE_URL_PATH, escapedFolderName);
+      urlSpec.Append(escapedFolderName);
+      rv = uri->SetSpec(urlSpec);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        rv = GetImapConnectionAndLoadUrl(imapUrl, nullptr, url);
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapService::UnsubscribeFolder(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder,
+                                               const nsAString &aFolderName, 
+                                               nsIUrlListener *aUrlListener, 
+                                               nsIURI **aUrl)
+{
+
+  return ChangeFolderSubscription(aFolder, aFolderName,
+                                  "/unsubscribe>", aUrlListener, aUrl);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapService::GetFolderAdminUrl(nsIMsgFolder *aImapMailFolder,
+                                               nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow,
+                                               nsIUrlListener *aUrlListener,
+                                               nsIURI **aURL)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aImapMailFolder);
+
+  return FolderCommand(aImapMailFolder, aUrlListener,
+                       "/refreshfolderurls>", nsIImapUrl::nsImapRefreshFolderUrls, aMsgWindow, aURL);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapService::IssueCommandOnMsgs(nsIMsgFolder *anImapFolder,
+                                                nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow,
+                                                const nsACString &aCommand,
+                                                const nsACString &uids,
+                                                nsIURI **aURL)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(anImapFolder);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMsgWindow);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapUrl> imapUrl;
+  nsAutoCString urlSpec;
+  nsresult rv;
+  char hierarchyDelimiter = GetHierarchyDelimiter(anImapFolder);
+  rv = CreateStartOfImapUrl(EmptyCString(), getter_AddRefs(imapUrl), anImapFolder, nullptr, urlSpec, hierarchyDelimiter);
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && imapUrl)
+  {
+    // nsImapUrl::SetSpec() will set the imap action properly
+    rv = imapUrl->SetImapAction(nsIImapUrl::nsImapUserDefinedMsgCommand);
+
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailNewsUrl = do_QueryInterface(imapUrl);
+    mailNewsUrl->SetMsgWindow(aMsgWindow);
+    mailNewsUrl->SetUpdatingFolder(true);
+    rv = SetImapUrlSink(anImapFolder, imapUrl);
+
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      nsCString folderName;
+      GetFolderName(anImapFolder, folderName);
+      urlSpec.Append("/");
+      urlSpec.Append(aCommand);
+      urlSpec.Append(">");
+      urlSpec.Append(uidString);
+      urlSpec.Append(">");
+      urlSpec.Append(hierarchyDelimiter);
+      urlSpec.Append(folderName);
+      urlSpec.Append(">");
+      urlSpec.Append(uids);
+      rv = mailNewsUrl->SetSpec(urlSpec);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        rv = GetImapConnectionAndLoadUrl(imapUrl, nullptr, aURL);
+    }
+  } // if we have a url to run....
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapService::FetchCustomMsgAttribute(nsIMsgFolder *anImapFolder,
+                                                     nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow,
+                                                     const nsACString &aAttribute,
+                                                     const nsACString &uids,
+                                                     nsIURI **aURL)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(anImapFolder);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMsgWindow);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapUrl> imapUrl;
+  nsAutoCString urlSpec;
+  nsresult rv;
+  char hierarchyDelimiter = GetHierarchyDelimiter(anImapFolder);
+  rv = CreateStartOfImapUrl(EmptyCString(), getter_AddRefs(imapUrl), anImapFolder, 
+                            nullptr, urlSpec, hierarchyDelimiter);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && imapUrl)
+  {
+    // nsImapUrl::SetSpec() will set the imap action properly
+    rv = imapUrl->SetImapAction(nsIImapUrl::nsImapUserDefinedFetchAttribute);
+
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailNewsUrl = do_QueryInterface(imapUrl);
+    mailNewsUrl->SetMsgWindow(aMsgWindow);
+    mailNewsUrl->SetUpdatingFolder(true);
+    rv = SetImapUrlSink(anImapFolder, imapUrl);
+
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      nsCString folderName;
+      GetFolderName(anImapFolder, folderName);
+      urlSpec.Append("/customFetch>UID>");
+      urlSpec.Append(hierarchyDelimiter);
+      urlSpec.Append(folderName);
+      urlSpec.Append(">");
+      urlSpec.Append(uids);
+      urlSpec.Append(">");
+      urlSpec.Append(aAttribute);
+      rv = mailNewsUrl->SetSpec(urlSpec);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        rv = GetImapConnectionAndLoadUrl(imapUrl, nullptr, aURL);
+    }
+  } // if we have a url to run....
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapService::StoreCustomKeywords(nsIMsgFolder *anImapFolder,
+                                                 nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow,
+                                                 const nsACString &flagsToAdd,
+                                                 const nsACString &flagsToSubtract,
+                                                 const nsACString &uids,
+                                                 nsIURI **aURL)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(anImapFolder);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapUrl> imapUrl;
+  nsAutoCString urlSpec;
+  nsresult rv;
+  char hierarchyDelimiter = GetHierarchyDelimiter(anImapFolder);
+  rv = CreateStartOfImapUrl(EmptyCString(), getter_AddRefs(imapUrl), anImapFolder, nullptr, urlSpec, hierarchyDelimiter);
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && imapUrl)
+  {
+    // nsImapUrl::SetSpec() will set the imap action properly
+    rv = imapUrl->SetImapAction(nsIImapUrl::nsImapMsgStoreCustomKeywords);
+
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailNewsUrl = do_QueryInterface(imapUrl);
+    mailNewsUrl->SetMsgWindow(aMsgWindow);
+    mailNewsUrl->SetUpdatingFolder(true);
+    rv = SetImapUrlSink(anImapFolder, imapUrl);
+
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      nsCString folderName;
+      GetFolderName(anImapFolder, folderName);
+      urlSpec.Append("/customKeywords>UID>");
+      urlSpec.Append(hierarchyDelimiter);
+      urlSpec.Append(folderName);
+      urlSpec.Append(">");
+      urlSpec.Append(uids);
+      urlSpec.Append(">");
+      urlSpec.Append(flagsToAdd);
+      urlSpec.Append(">");
+      urlSpec.Append(flagsToSubtract);
+      rv = mailNewsUrl->SetSpec(urlSpec);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        rv = GetImapConnectionAndLoadUrl(imapUrl, nullptr, aURL);
+    }
+  } // if we have a url to run....
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapService::DownloadMessagesForOffline(const nsACString &messageIds, 
+                                                        nsIMsgFolder *aFolder, 
+                                                        nsIUrlListener *aUrlListener, 
+                                                        nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aFolder);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapUrl> imapUrl;
+  nsAutoCString urlSpec;
+  nsresult rv;
+  char hierarchyDelimiter = GetHierarchyDelimiter(aFolder);
+  rv = CreateStartOfImapUrl(EmptyCString(), getter_AddRefs(imapUrl), aFolder, nullptr,
+                            urlSpec, hierarchyDelimiter);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && imapUrl)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> runningURI;
+    // need to pass in stream listener in order to get the channel created correctly
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIImapMessageSink> imapMessageSink(do_QueryInterface(aFolder, &rv));
+    rv = FetchMessage(imapUrl, nsImapUrl::nsImapMsgDownloadForOffline,aFolder,
+                      imapMessageSink, aMsgWindow, nullptr, messageIds,
+                      false, EmptyCString(), getter_AddRefs(runningURI));
+    if (runningURI && aUrlListener)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> msgurl (do_QueryInterface(runningURI));
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIImapUrl> imapUrl(do_QueryInterface(runningURI));
+      if (msgurl)
+        msgurl->RegisterListener(aUrlListener);
+      if (imapUrl)
+        imapUrl->SetStoreResultsOffline(true);
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapService::MessageURIToMsgHdr(const char *uri, nsIMsgDBHdr **aRetVal)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(uri);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aRetVal);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder;
+  nsMsgKey msgKey;
+  nsresult rv = DecomposeImapURI(nsDependentCString(uri),
+                                 getter_AddRefs(folder), &msgKey);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  rv = folder->GetMessageHeader(msgKey, aRetVal);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapService::PlaybackAllOfflineOperations(nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow, 
+                                                          nsIUrlListener *aListener, 
+                                                          nsISupports **aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsImapOfflineSync *goOnline = new nsImapOfflineSync(aMsgWindow, aListener, nullptr);
+  if (goOnline)
+  {
+    rv = goOnline->QueryInterface(NS_GET_IID(nsISupports), (void **) aResult); 
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && *aResult)
+      return goOnline->ProcessNextOperation();
+  }
+  return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapService::DownloadAllOffineImapFolders(nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow, 
+                                                          nsIUrlListener *aListener)
+{
+  nsImapOfflineDownloader *downloadForOffline = new nsImapOfflineDownloader(aMsgWindow, aListener);
+  if (downloadForOffline)
+  {
+    // hold reference to this so it won't get deleted out from under itself.
+    NS_ADDREF(downloadForOffline); 
+    nsresult rv = downloadForOffline->ProcessNextOperation();
+    NS_RELEASE(downloadForOffline);
+    return rv;
+  }
+  return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapService::GetCacheStorage(nsICacheStorage **result)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  if (!mCacheStorage)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsICacheStorageService> cacheStorageService =
+      do_GetService("@mozilla.org/netwerk/cache-storage-service;1", &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    RefPtr<MailnewsLoadContextInfo> lci =
+      new MailnewsLoadContextInfo(false, false, mozilla::NeckoOriginAttributes());
+
+    rv = cacheStorageService->MemoryCacheStorage(lci, getter_AddRefs(mCacheStorage));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*result = mCacheStorage);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapService::HandleContent(const char *aContentType, 
+                                           nsIInterfaceRequestor *aWindowContext, 
+                                           nsIRequest *request)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(request);
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIChannel> aChannel = do_QueryInterface(request, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  if (PL_strcasecmp(aContentType, "x-application-imapfolder") == 0)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> uri;
+    rv = aChannel->GetURI(getter_AddRefs(uri));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    if (uri)
+    {
+      request->Cancel(NS_BINDING_ABORTED);
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIWindowMediator> mediator(do_GetService(NS_WINDOWMEDIATOR_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      nsAutoCString uriStr;
+      rv = uri->GetSpec(uriStr);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      // imap uri's are unescaped, so unescape the url.
+      nsCString unescapedUriStr;
+      MsgUnescapeString(uriStr, 0, unescapedUriStr);
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIMessengerWindowService> messengerWindowService = do_GetService(NS_MESSENGERWINDOWSERVICE_CONTRACTID,&rv);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      rv = messengerWindowService->OpenMessengerWindowWithUri("mail:3pane", unescapedUriStr.get(), nsMsgKey_None);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    }
+  } 
+  else 
+  {
+    // The content-type was not x-application-imapfolder
+    return NS_ERROR_WONT_HANDLE_CONTENT;
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/imap/src/nsImapService.h b/mailnews/imap/src/nsImapService.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..dc6f1921a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/imap/src/nsImapService.h
@@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsImapService_h___
+#define nsImapService_h___
+
+#include "nsIImapService.h"
+#include "nsIMsgMessageService.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsIFile.h"
+#include "nsIProtocolHandler.h"
+#include "nsIMsgProtocolInfo.h"
+#include "nsIContentHandler.h"
+#include "nsICacheStorage.h"
+
+class nsIImapHostSessionList; 
+class nsCString;
+class nsIImapUrl;
+class nsIMsgFolder;
+class nsIMsgStatusFeedback;
+class nsIMsgIncomingServer;
+
+class nsImapService : public nsIImapService,
+                      public nsIMsgMessageService,
+                      public nsIMsgMessageFetchPartService,
+                      public nsIProtocolHandler,
+                      public nsIMsgProtocolInfo,
+                      public nsIContentHandler
+{
+public:
+  nsImapService();
+
+  NS_DECL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGPROTOCOLINFO
+  NS_DECL_NSIIMAPSERVICE
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGMESSAGESERVICE
+  NS_DECL_NSIPROTOCOLHANDLER
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGMESSAGEFETCHPARTSERVICE
+  NS_DECL_NSICONTENTHANDLER
+
+protected:
+  virtual ~nsImapService();
+  char GetHierarchyDelimiter(nsIMsgFolder *aMsgFolder);
+
+  nsresult GetFolderName(nsIMsgFolder *aImapFolder, nsACString &aFolderName);
+
+  // This is called by both FetchMessage and StreamMessage
+  nsresult GetMessageFromUrl(nsIImapUrl *aImapUrl,
+                             nsImapAction aImapAction,
+                             nsIMsgFolder *aImapMailFolder, 
+                             nsIImapMessageSink *aImapMessage,
+                             nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow,
+                             nsISupports *aDisplayConsumer, 
+                             bool aConvertDataToText,
+                             nsIURI **aURL);
+
+  nsresult CreateStartOfImapUrl(const nsACString &aImapURI,  // a RDF URI for the current message/folder, can be empty
+                                nsIImapUrl  **imapUrl,
+                                nsIMsgFolder *aImapFolder,
+                                nsIUrlListener *aUrlListener,
+                                nsACString &urlSpec,
+                                char &hierarchyDelimiter);
+
+  nsresult GetImapConnectionAndLoadUrl(nsIImapUrl *aImapUrl,
+                                       nsISupports *aConsumer,
+                                       nsIURI **aURL);
+
+  nsresult SetImapUrlSink(nsIMsgFolder *aMsgFolder, nsIImapUrl *aImapUrl);
+
+  nsresult FetchMimePart(nsIImapUrl *aImapUrl,
+                         nsImapAction aImapAction,
+                         nsIMsgFolder *aImapMailFolder, 
+                         nsIImapMessageSink *aImapMessage,
+                         nsIURI **aURL,
+                         nsISupports *aDisplayConsumer, 
+                         const nsACString &messageIdentifierList,
+                         const nsACString &mimePart);
+
+  nsresult FolderCommand(nsIMsgFolder *imapMailFolder,
+                         nsIUrlListener *urlListener,
+                         const char *aCommand,
+                         nsImapAction imapAction,
+                         nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow,
+                         nsIURI **url);
+
+  nsresult ChangeFolderSubscription(nsIMsgFolder *folder,
+                                    const nsAString &folderName,
+                                    const char *aCommand,
+                                    nsIUrlListener *urlListener,
+                                    nsIURI **url);
+
+  nsresult DiddleFlags(nsIMsgFolder *aImapMailFolder,
+                       nsIUrlListener *aUrlListener,
+                       nsIURI **aURL,
+                       const nsACString &messageIdentifierList,
+                       const char *howToDiddle,
+                       imapMessageFlagsType flags,
+                       bool messageIdsAreUID);
+
+  nsresult OfflineAppendFromFile(nsIFile *aFile,
+                                 nsIURI *aUrl,
+                                 nsIMsgFolder *aDstFolder,
+                                 const nsACString &messageId,  // to be replaced
+                                 bool inSelectedState, // needs to be in
+                                 nsIUrlListener *aListener,
+                                 nsIURI **aURL,
+                                 nsISupports *aCopyState);
+
+  nsresult GetServerFromUrl(nsIImapUrl *aImapUrl, nsIMsgIncomingServer **aServer);
+
+  // just a little helper method...maybe it should be a macro? which helps break down a imap message uri
+  // into the folder and message key equivalents
+  nsresult DecomposeImapURI(const nsACString &aMessageURI, nsIMsgFolder **aFolder, nsACString &msgKey);
+  nsresult DecomposeImapURI(const nsACString &aMessageURI, nsIMsgFolder **aFolder, nsMsgKey *msgKey);
+
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsICacheStorage> mCacheStorage;
+  bool mPrintingOperation;                // Flag for printing operations
+};
+
+#endif /* nsImapService_h___ */
diff --git a/mailnews/imap/src/nsImapStringBundle.cpp b/mailnews/imap/src/nsImapStringBundle.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..124b7f0b6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/imap/src/nsImapStringBundle.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+#include "prprf.h"
+#include "prmem.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsIStringBundle.h"
+#include "nsImapStringBundle.h"
+#include "nsIServiceManager.h"
+#include "nsIURI.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+#include "mozilla/Services.h"
+
+#define IMAP_MSGS_URL       "chrome://messenger/locale/imapMsgs.properties"
+
+extern "C" 
+nsresult
+IMAPGetStringByName(const char* stringName, char16_t **aString)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIStringBundle> sBundle;
+  nsresult rv = IMAPGetStringBundle(getter_AddRefs(sBundle));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && sBundle)
+    rv = sBundle->GetStringFromName(NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16(stringName).get(),
+                                    aString);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult
+IMAPGetStringBundle(nsIStringBundle **aBundle)
+{
+  nsresult rv=NS_OK;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundleService> stringService =
+    mozilla::services::GetStringBundleService();
+  if (!stringService) return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundle> stringBundle;
+  rv = stringService->CreateBundle(IMAP_MSGS_URL, getter_AddRefs(stringBundle));
+  *aBundle = stringBundle;
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aBundle);
+  return rv;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/imap/src/nsImapStringBundle.h b/mailnews/imap/src/nsImapStringBundle.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a5333f185
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/imap/src/nsImapStringBundle.h
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _nsImapStringBundle_H__
+#define _nsImapStringBundle_H__
+
+#include "nsIStringBundle.h"
+
+PR_BEGIN_EXTERN_C
+
+nsresult      IMAPGetStringByName(const char* stringName, char16_t **aString);
+nsresult      IMAPGetStringBundle(nsIStringBundle **aBundle);
+
+PR_END_EXTERN_C
+
+#endif /* _nsImapStringBundle_H__ */
diff --git a/mailnews/imap/src/nsImapUndoTxn.cpp b/mailnews/imap/src/nsImapUndoTxn.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8d51dab35
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/imap/src/nsImapUndoTxn.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,751 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "msgCore.h" // for precompiled headers
+#include "nsMsgImapCID.h"
+#include "nsIMsgHdr.h"
+#include "nsImapUndoTxn.h"
+#include "nsIIMAPHostSessionList.h"
+#include "nsIMsgIncomingServer.h"
+#include "nsImapMailFolder.h"
+#include "nsIDBFolderInfo.h"
+#include "nsIMsgDatabase.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "nsThreadUtils.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsComponentManagerUtils.h"
+
+nsImapMoveCopyMsgTxn::nsImapMoveCopyMsgTxn() :
+    m_idsAreUids(false), m_isMove(false), m_srcIsPop3(false)
+{
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsImapMoveCopyMsgTxn::Init(nsIMsgFolder* srcFolder, nsTArray<nsMsgKey>* srcKeyArray,
+                           const char* srcMsgIdString, nsIMsgFolder* dstFolder,
+                           bool idsAreUids, bool isMove)
+{
+  m_srcMsgIdString = srcMsgIdString;
+  m_idsAreUids = idsAreUids;
+  m_isMove = isMove;
+  m_srcFolder = do_GetWeakReference(srcFolder);
+  m_dstFolder = do_GetWeakReference(dstFolder);
+  m_srcKeyArray = *srcKeyArray;
+  m_dupKeyArray = *srcKeyArray;
+  nsCString uri;
+  nsresult rv = srcFolder->GetURI(uri);
+  nsCString protocolType(uri);
+  protocolType.SetLength(protocolType.FindChar(':'));
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> srcDB;
+  rv = srcFolder->GetMsgDatabase(getter_AddRefs(srcDB));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  uint32_t i, count = m_srcKeyArray.Length();
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> srcHdr;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> copySrcHdr;
+  nsCString messageId;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
+  {
+    rv = srcDB->GetMsgHdrForKey(m_srcKeyArray[i],
+      getter_AddRefs(srcHdr));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      // ** jt -- only do this for mailbox protocol
+      if (MsgLowerCaseEqualsLiteral(protocolType, "mailbox"))
+      {
+        m_srcIsPop3 = true;
+        uint32_t msgSize;
+        rv = srcHdr->GetMessageSize(&msgSize);
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+          m_srcSizeArray.AppendElement(msgSize);
+        if (isMove)
+        {
+          rv = srcDB->CopyHdrFromExistingHdr(nsMsgKey_None, srcHdr, false,
+                                             getter_AddRefs(copySrcHdr));
+          nsMsgKey pseudoKey = nsMsgKey_None;
+          if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+          {
+            copySrcHdr->GetMessageKey(&pseudoKey);
+            m_srcHdrs.AppendObject(copySrcHdr);
+          }
+          m_dupKeyArray[i] = pseudoKey;
+        }
+      }
+      srcHdr->GetMessageId(getter_Copies(messageId));
+      m_srcMessageIds.AppendElement(messageId);
+    }
+  }
+  return nsMsgTxn::Init();
+}
+
+nsImapMoveCopyMsgTxn::~nsImapMoveCopyMsgTxn()
+{
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED(nsImapMoveCopyMsgTxn, nsMsgTxn, nsIUrlListener)
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapMoveCopyMsgTxn::UndoTransaction(void)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapService> imapService = do_GetService(NS_IMAPSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  bool finishInOnStopRunningUrl = false;
+
+  if (m_isMove || !m_dstFolder)
+  {
+    if (m_srcIsPop3)
+    {
+      rv = UndoMailboxDelete();
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> srcFolder = do_QueryReferent(m_srcFolder, &rv);
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !srcFolder) 
+        return rv;
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIUrlListener> srcListener = do_QueryInterface(srcFolder, &rv);
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv)) 
+        return rv;
+      m_onStopListener =   do_GetWeakReference(srcListener);
+
+      // ** make sure we are in the selected state; use lite select
+      // folder so we won't hit performance hard
+      rv = imapService->LiteSelectFolder(srcFolder, srcListener, nullptr, nullptr);
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv)) 
+        return rv;
+      bool deletedMsgs = true; //default is true unless imapDelete model
+      nsMsgImapDeleteModel deleteModel;
+      rv = GetImapDeleteModel(srcFolder, &deleteModel);
+
+      // protect against a bogus undo txn without any source keys
+      // see bug #179856 for details
+      NS_ASSERTION(!m_srcKeyArray.IsEmpty(), "no source keys");
+      if (m_srcKeyArray.IsEmpty())
+        return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+
+      if (!m_srcMsgIdString.IsEmpty())
+      {
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && deleteModel == nsMsgImapDeleteModels::IMAPDelete)
+          CheckForToggleDelete(srcFolder, m_srcKeyArray[0], &deletedMsgs);
+
+        if (deletedMsgs)
+          rv = imapService->SubtractMessageFlags(srcFolder,
+                                                 this, nullptr,
+                                                 m_srcMsgIdString, 
+                                                 kImapMsgDeletedFlag,
+                                                 m_idsAreUids);
+        else
+          rv = imapService->AddMessageFlags(srcFolder,
+                                            srcListener, nullptr,
+                                            m_srcMsgIdString,
+                                            kImapMsgDeletedFlag,
+                                            m_idsAreUids);
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv)) 
+          return rv;
+
+        finishInOnStopRunningUrl = true;
+        if (deleteModel != nsMsgImapDeleteModels::IMAPDelete)
+          rv = imapService->GetHeaders(srcFolder, srcListener, nullptr,
+                                       m_srcMsgIdString, true);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  if (!finishInOnStopRunningUrl && !m_dstMsgIdString.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> dstFolder = do_QueryReferent(m_dstFolder, &rv);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !dstFolder)
+      return rv;
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIUrlListener> dstListener;
+
+    dstListener = do_QueryInterface(dstFolder, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    // ** make sure we are in the selected state; use lite select folder
+    // so we won't potentially download a bunch of headers.
+    rv = imapService->LiteSelectFolder(dstFolder,
+      dstListener, nullptr, nullptr);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    rv = imapService->AddMessageFlags(dstFolder, dstListener,
+                                      nullptr, m_dstMsgIdString, 
+                                      kImapMsgDeletedFlag, m_idsAreUids);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapMoveCopyMsgTxn::RedoTransaction(void)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapService> imapService = do_GetService(NS_IMAPSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  if (m_isMove || !m_dstFolder)
+  {
+    if (m_srcIsPop3)
+    {
+      rv = RedoMailboxDelete();
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+    }
+    else if (!m_srcMsgIdString.IsEmpty())
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> srcFolder = do_QueryReferent(m_srcFolder, &rv);
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !srcFolder) 
+        return rv;
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIUrlListener> srcListener = do_QueryInterface(srcFolder, &rv);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      bool deletedMsgs = false;  //default will be false unless imapDeleteModel;
+      nsMsgImapDeleteModel deleteModel;
+      rv = GetImapDeleteModel(srcFolder, &deleteModel);
+      
+      // protect against a bogus undo txn without any source keys
+      // see bug #179856 for details
+      NS_ASSERTION(!m_srcKeyArray.IsEmpty(), "no source keys");
+      if (m_srcKeyArray.IsEmpty())
+        return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+      
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && deleteModel == nsMsgImapDeleteModels::IMAPDelete)
+        rv = CheckForToggleDelete(srcFolder, m_srcKeyArray[0], &deletedMsgs);
+      
+      // Make sure we are in the selected state; use lite select
+      // folder so performance won't suffer.
+      rv = imapService->LiteSelectFolder(srcFolder, srcListener, nullptr, nullptr);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      if (deletedMsgs)
+      {
+        rv = imapService->SubtractMessageFlags(srcFolder,
+                                               srcListener, nullptr,
+                                               m_srcMsgIdString,
+                                               kImapMsgDeletedFlag,
+                                               m_idsAreUids);
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        rv = imapService->AddMessageFlags(srcFolder,
+                                          srcListener, nullptr, m_srcMsgIdString,
+                                          kImapMsgDeletedFlag, m_idsAreUids);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  if (!m_dstMsgIdString.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> dstFolder = do_QueryReferent(m_dstFolder, &rv);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !dstFolder) return rv;
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIUrlListener> dstListener;
+
+    dstListener = do_QueryInterface(dstFolder, &rv); 
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    // ** make sure we are in the selected state; use lite select
+    // folder so we won't hit performance hard
+    rv = imapService->LiteSelectFolder(dstFolder, dstListener, nullptr, nullptr);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    rv = imapService->SubtractMessageFlags(dstFolder,
+                                           dstListener, nullptr,
+                                           m_dstMsgIdString,
+                                           kImapMsgDeletedFlag,
+                                           m_idsAreUids);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    nsMsgImapDeleteModel deleteModel;
+    rv = GetImapDeleteModel(dstFolder, &deleteModel);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv) || deleteModel == nsMsgImapDeleteModels::MoveToTrash)
+    {
+      rv = imapService->GetHeaders(dstFolder, dstListener, 
+                                   nullptr, m_dstMsgIdString, true);
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsImapMoveCopyMsgTxn::SetCopyResponseUid(const char* aMsgIdString)
+{
+  if (!aMsgIdString) return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+  m_dstMsgIdString = aMsgIdString;
+  if (m_dstMsgIdString.Last() == ']')
+  {
+    int32_t len = m_dstMsgIdString.Length();
+    m_dstMsgIdString.SetLength(len - 1);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsImapMoveCopyMsgTxn::GetSrcKeyArray(nsTArray<nsMsgKey>& srcKeyArray)
+{
+    srcKeyArray = m_srcKeyArray;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsImapMoveCopyMsgTxn::AddDstKey(nsMsgKey aKey)
+{
+    if (!m_dstMsgIdString.IsEmpty())
+        m_dstMsgIdString.Append(",");
+    m_dstMsgIdString.AppendInt((int32_t) aKey);
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsImapMoveCopyMsgTxn::UndoMailboxDelete()
+{
+    nsresult rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    // ** jt -- only do this for mailbox protocol
+    if (m_srcIsPop3)
+    {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> srcFolder = do_QueryReferent(m_srcFolder, &rv);
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !srcFolder) return rv;
+
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> dstFolder = do_QueryReferent(m_dstFolder, &rv);
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !dstFolder) return rv;
+
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> srcDB;
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> dstDB;
+        rv = srcFolder->GetMsgDatabase(getter_AddRefs(srcDB));
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+        rv = dstFolder->GetMsgDatabase(getter_AddRefs(dstDB));
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+        
+        uint32_t count = m_srcKeyArray.Length();
+        uint32_t i;
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> oldHdr;
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> newHdr;
+        for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
+        {
+            oldHdr = m_srcHdrs[i];
+            NS_ASSERTION(oldHdr, "fatal ... cannot get old msg header\n");
+            rv = srcDB->CopyHdrFromExistingHdr(m_srcKeyArray[i],
+                                               oldHdr,true,
+                                               getter_AddRefs(newHdr));
+            NS_ASSERTION(newHdr, "fatal ... cannot create new header\n");
+
+            if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && newHdr)
+            {
+                if (i < m_srcSizeArray.Length())
+                    newHdr->SetMessageSize(m_srcSizeArray[i]);
+                srcDB->UndoDelete(newHdr);
+            }
+        }
+        srcDB->SetSummaryValid(true);
+        return NS_OK; // always return NS_OK
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    }
+    return rv;
+}
+
+
+nsresult
+nsImapMoveCopyMsgTxn::RedoMailboxDelete()
+{
+    nsresult rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    if (m_srcIsPop3)
+    {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> srcDB;
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> srcFolder = do_QueryReferent(m_srcFolder, &rv);
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !srcFolder) return rv;
+        rv = srcFolder->GetMsgDatabase(getter_AddRefs(srcDB));
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        {
+            srcDB->DeleteMessages(m_srcKeyArray.Length(), m_srcKeyArray.Elements(), nullptr);
+            srcDB->SetSummaryValid(true);
+        }
+        return NS_OK; // always return NS_OK
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    }
+    return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsImapMoveCopyMsgTxn::GetImapDeleteModel(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder, nsMsgImapDeleteModel *aDeleteModel)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+  if (!aFolder)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+  rv = aFolder->GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapIncomingServer> imapServer = do_QueryInterface(server, &rv);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && imapServer)
+   rv = imapServer->GetDeleteModel(aDeleteModel);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMoveCopyMsgTxn::OnStartRunningUrl(nsIURI *aUrl)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMoveCopyMsgTxn::OnStopRunningUrl(nsIURI *aUrl, nsresult aExitCode)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIUrlListener> urlListener = do_QueryReferent(m_onStopListener);
+  if (urlListener)
+    urlListener->OnStopRunningUrl(aUrl, aExitCode);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapUrl> imapUrl = do_QueryInterface(aUrl);
+  if (imapUrl)
+  {
+    nsresult rv;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIImapService> imapService = do_GetService(NS_IMAPSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    nsImapAction imapAction;
+    imapUrl->GetImapAction(&imapAction);
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> dstFolder = do_QueryReferent(m_dstFolder, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> srcFolder = do_QueryReferent(m_srcFolder, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    if (imapAction == nsIImapUrl::nsImapSubtractMsgFlags)
+    {
+      int32_t extraStatus;
+      imapUrl->GetExtraStatus(&extraStatus);
+      if (extraStatus != nsIImapUrl::ImapStatusNone)
+      {
+        // If subtracting the deleted flag didn't work, try
+        // moving the message back from the target folder to the src folder
+        if (!m_dstMsgIdString.IsEmpty())
+          imapService->OnlineMessageCopy(dstFolder,
+                                         m_dstMsgIdString,
+                                         srcFolder,
+                                         true,
+                                         true,
+                                         nullptr, /* listener */
+                                         nullptr,
+                                         nullptr,
+                                         nullptr);
+        else
+        {
+          // server doesn't support COPYUID, so we're going to update the dest
+          // folder, and when that's done, use the db to find the messages
+          // to move back, looking them up by message-id.
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgImapMailFolder> imapDest = do_QueryInterface(dstFolder);
+          if (imapDest)
+            imapDest->UpdateFolderWithListener(nullptr, this);
+        }
+      }
+      else if (!m_dstMsgIdString.IsEmpty())
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIUrlListener> dstListener;
+
+        dstListener = do_QueryInterface(dstFolder, &rv);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+        // ** make sure we are in the selected state; use lite select folder
+        // so we won't potentially download a bunch of headers.
+        rv = imapService->LiteSelectFolder(dstFolder, dstListener, nullptr, nullptr);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+        rv = imapService->AddMessageFlags(dstFolder, dstListener,
+                                          nullptr, m_dstMsgIdString,
+                                          kImapMsgDeletedFlag, m_idsAreUids);
+      }
+    }
+    else if (imapAction == nsIImapUrl::nsImapSelectFolder)
+    {
+      // Now we should have the headers from the dest folder.
+      // Look them up and move them back to the source folder.
+      uint32_t count = m_srcMessageIds.Length();
+      uint32_t i;
+      nsCString messageId;
+      nsTArray<nsMsgKey> dstKeys;
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> destDB;
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> dstHdr;
+
+      rv = dstFolder->GetMsgDatabase(getter_AddRefs(destDB));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
+      {
+        rv = destDB->GetMsgHdrForMessageID(m_srcMessageIds[i].get(), getter_AddRefs(dstHdr));
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && dstHdr)
+        {
+          nsMsgKey dstKey;
+          dstHdr->GetMessageKey(&dstKey);
+          dstKeys.AppendElement(dstKey);
+        }
+      }
+      if (dstKeys.Length())
+      {
+        nsAutoCString uids;
+        nsImapMailFolder::AllocateUidStringFromKeys(dstKeys.Elements(), dstKeys.Length(), uids);
+        rv = imapService->OnlineMessageCopy(dstFolder, uids, srcFolder,
+                                            true, true, nullptr,
+                                            nullptr, nullptr, nullptr);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsImapOfflineTxn::nsImapOfflineTxn(nsIMsgFolder* srcFolder, nsTArray<nsMsgKey>* srcKeyArray,
+                                   const char *srcMsgIdString, nsIMsgFolder* dstFolder,
+                                   bool isMove, nsOfflineImapOperationType opType,
+                                   nsCOMArray<nsIMsgDBHdr> &srcHdrs)
+{
+  Init(srcFolder, srcKeyArray, srcMsgIdString, dstFolder, true,
+       isMove);
+
+  m_opType = opType;
+  m_flags = 0;
+  m_addFlags = false;
+  if (opType == nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation::kDeletedMsg)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> srcDB;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIDBFolderInfo> folderInfo;
+
+    nsresult rv = srcFolder->GetDBFolderInfoAndDB(getter_AddRefs(folderInfo), getter_AddRefs(srcDB));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && srcDB)
+    {
+      nsMsgKey pseudoKey;
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> copySrcHdr;
+
+      // Imap protocols have conflated key/UUID so we cannot use
+      // auto key with them.
+      nsCString protocolType;
+      srcFolder->GetURI(protocolType);
+      protocolType.SetLength(protocolType.FindChar(':'));
+      for (int32_t i = 0; i < srcHdrs.Count(); i++)
+      {
+        if (protocolType.EqualsLiteral("imap"))
+        {
+          srcDB->GetNextPseudoMsgKey(&pseudoKey);
+          pseudoKey--;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          pseudoKey = nsMsgKey_None;
+        }
+        rv = srcDB->CopyHdrFromExistingHdr(pseudoKey, srcHdrs[i], false, getter_AddRefs(copySrcHdr));
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        {
+          copySrcHdr->GetMessageKey(&pseudoKey);
+          m_srcHdrs.AppendObject(copySrcHdr);
+        }
+        m_dupKeyArray[i] = pseudoKey;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  else
+    m_srcHdrs.AppendObjects(srcHdrs);
+}
+
+nsImapOfflineTxn::~nsImapOfflineTxn()
+{
+}
+
+// Open the database and find the key for the offline operation that we want to
+// undo, then remove it from the database, we also hold on to this
+// data for a redo operation.
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapOfflineTxn::UndoTransaction(void)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> srcFolder = do_QueryReferent(m_srcFolder, &rv);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !srcFolder) 
+    return rv;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation> op;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIDBFolderInfo> folderInfo;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDatabase> srcDB;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDatabase> destDB;
+
+  rv = srcFolder->GetDBFolderInfoAndDB(getter_AddRefs(folderInfo), getter_AddRefs(srcDB));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  switch (m_opType)
+  {
+    case nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation::kMsgMoved:
+    case nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation::kMsgCopy:
+    case nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation::kAddedHeader:
+    case nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation::kFlagsChanged:
+    case nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation::kDeletedMsg:
+    {
+      if (m_srcHdrs.IsEmpty())
+      {
+        NS_ASSERTION(false, "No msg header to apply undo.");
+        break;
+      }
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> firstHdr = m_srcHdrs[0];
+      nsMsgKey hdrKey;
+      firstHdr->GetMessageKey(&hdrKey);
+      rv = srcDB->GetOfflineOpForKey(hdrKey, false, getter_AddRefs(op));
+      bool offlineOpPlayedBack = true;
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && op)
+      {
+        op->GetPlayingBack(&offlineOpPlayedBack);
+        srcDB->RemoveOfflineOp(op);
+        op = nullptr;
+      }
+      if (!WeAreOffline() && offlineOpPlayedBack)
+      {
+        // couldn't find offline op - it must have been played back already
+        // so we should undo the transaction online.
+        return nsImapMoveCopyMsgTxn::UndoTransaction();
+      }
+
+      if (!firstHdr)
+        break;
+      nsMsgKey msgKey;
+      if (m_opType == nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation::kAddedHeader)
+      {
+        for (int32_t i = 0; i < m_srcHdrs.Count(); i++)
+        {
+          m_srcHdrs[i]->GetMessageKey(&msgKey);
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> mailHdr;
+          rv = srcDB->GetMsgHdrForKey(msgKey, getter_AddRefs(mailHdr));
+          if (mailHdr)
+            srcDB->DeleteHeader(mailHdr, nullptr, false, false);
+        }
+        srcDB->Commit(true);
+      }
+      else if (m_opType == nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation::kDeletedMsg)
+      {
+        for (int32_t i = 0; i < m_srcHdrs.Count(); i++)
+        {
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> undeletedHdr = m_srcHdrs[i];
+          m_srcHdrs[i]->GetMessageKey(&msgKey);
+          if (undeletedHdr)
+          {
+            nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> newHdr;
+            srcDB->CopyHdrFromExistingHdr (msgKey, undeletedHdr, true, getter_AddRefs(newHdr));
+          }
+        }
+        srcDB->Close(true);
+        srcFolder->SummaryChanged();
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation::kMsgMarkedDeleted:
+      {
+        nsMsgKey msgKey;
+        for (int32_t i = 0; i < m_srcHdrs.Count(); i++)
+        {
+          m_srcHdrs[i]->GetMessageKey(&msgKey);
+          srcDB->MarkImapDeleted(msgKey, false, nullptr);
+        }
+      }
+      break;
+    default:
+      break;
+  }
+  srcDB->Close(true);
+  srcFolder->SummaryChanged();
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapOfflineTxn::RedoTransaction(void)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> srcFolder = do_QueryReferent(m_srcFolder, &rv);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !srcFolder) 
+    return rv;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation> op;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIDBFolderInfo> folderInfo;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDatabase> srcDB;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDatabase> destDB;
+  rv = srcFolder->GetDBFolderInfoAndDB(getter_AddRefs(folderInfo), getter_AddRefs(srcDB));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  switch (m_opType)
+  {
+  case nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation::kMsgMoved:
+  case nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation::kMsgCopy:
+    for (int32_t i = 0; i < m_srcHdrs.Count(); i++)
+    {
+      nsMsgKey hdrKey;
+      m_srcHdrs[i]->GetMessageKey(&hdrKey);
+      rv = srcDB->GetOfflineOpForKey(hdrKey, false, getter_AddRefs(op));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && op)
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> dstFolder = do_QueryReferent(m_dstFolder, &rv);
+        if (dstFolder)
+        {
+          nsCString folderURI;
+          dstFolder->GetURI(folderURI);
+
+          if (m_opType == nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation::kMsgMoved)
+            op->SetDestinationFolderURI(folderURI.get()); // offline move
+          if (m_opType == nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation::kMsgCopy)
+          {
+            op->SetOperation(nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation::kMsgMoved);
+            op->AddMessageCopyOperation(folderURI.get()); // offline copy
+          }
+          dstFolder->SummaryChanged();
+        }
+      }
+      else if (!WeAreOffline())
+      {
+        // couldn't find offline op - it must have been played back already
+        // so we should redo the transaction online.
+        return nsImapMoveCopyMsgTxn::RedoTransaction();
+      }
+    }
+    break;
+  case nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation::kAddedHeader:
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> dstFolder = do_QueryReferent(m_dstFolder, &rv);
+      rv = srcFolder->GetDBFolderInfoAndDB(getter_AddRefs(folderInfo), getter_AddRefs(destDB));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      for (int32_t i = 0; i < m_srcHdrs.Count(); i++)
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> restoreHdr;
+        nsMsgKey msgKey;
+        m_srcHdrs[i]->GetMessageKey(&msgKey);
+        destDB->CopyHdrFromExistingHdr (msgKey, m_srcHdrs[i], true, getter_AddRefs(restoreHdr));
+        rv = destDB->GetOfflineOpForKey(msgKey, true, getter_AddRefs(op));
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && op)
+        {
+          nsCString folderURI;
+          srcFolder->GetURI(folderURI);
+          op->SetSourceFolderURI(folderURI.get());
+        }
+      }
+      dstFolder->SummaryChanged();
+      destDB->Close(true);
+    }
+    break;
+  case nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation::kDeletedMsg:
+    for (int32_t i = 0; i < m_srcHdrs.Count(); i++)
+    {
+      nsMsgKey msgKey;
+      m_srcHdrs[i]->GetMessageKey(&msgKey);
+      srcDB->DeleteMessage(msgKey, nullptr, true);
+    }
+    break;
+  case nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation::kMsgMarkedDeleted:
+    for (int32_t i = 0; i < m_srcHdrs.Count(); i++)
+    {
+      nsMsgKey msgKey;
+      m_srcHdrs[i]->GetMessageKey(&msgKey);
+      srcDB->MarkImapDeleted(msgKey, true, nullptr);
+    }
+    break;
+  case nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation::kFlagsChanged:
+    for (int32_t i = 0; i < m_srcHdrs.Count(); i++)
+    {
+      nsMsgKey msgKey;
+      m_srcHdrs[i]->GetMessageKey(&msgKey);
+      rv = srcDB->GetOfflineOpForKey(msgKey, true, getter_AddRefs(op));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && op)
+      {
+        imapMessageFlagsType newMsgFlags;
+        op->GetNewFlags(&newMsgFlags);
+        if (m_addFlags)
+          op->SetFlagOperation(newMsgFlags | m_flags);
+        else
+          op->SetFlagOperation(newMsgFlags & ~m_flags);
+      }
+    }
+    break;
+  default:
+    break;
+  }
+  srcDB->Close(true);
+  srcDB = nullptr;
+  srcFolder->SummaryChanged();
+  return NS_OK;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/imap/src/nsImapUndoTxn.h b/mailnews/imap/src/nsImapUndoTxn.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cc910d768
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/imap/src/nsImapUndoTxn.h
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsImapUndoTxn_h__
+#define nsImapUndoTxn_h__
+
+#include "mozilla/Attributes.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolder.h"
+#include "nsImapCore.h"
+#include "nsIImapService.h"
+#include "nsIImapIncomingServer.h"
+#include "nsIUrlListener.h"
+#include "nsMsgTxn.h"
+#include "MailNewsTypes.h"
+#include "nsTArray.h"
+#include "nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsWeakReference.h"
+#include "nsCOMArray.h"
+
+class nsImapMoveCopyMsgTxn : public nsMsgTxn, nsIUrlListener
+{
+public:
+
+  nsImapMoveCopyMsgTxn();
+  nsImapMoveCopyMsgTxn(nsIMsgFolder* srcFolder, nsTArray<nsMsgKey>* srcKeyArray,
+                       const char* srcMsgIdString, nsIMsgFolder* dstFolder,
+                       bool isMove);
+
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED
+  NS_DECL_NSIURLLISTENER
+
+  NS_IMETHOD UndoTransaction(void) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD RedoTransaction(void) override;
+
+  // helper
+  nsresult SetCopyResponseUid(const char *msgIdString);
+  nsresult GetSrcKeyArray(nsTArray<nsMsgKey>& srcKeyArray);
+  void GetSrcMsgIds(nsCString &srcMsgIds) {srcMsgIds = m_srcMsgIdString;}
+  nsresult AddDstKey(nsMsgKey aKey);
+  nsresult UndoMailboxDelete();
+  nsresult RedoMailboxDelete();
+  nsresult Init(nsIMsgFolder* srcFolder, nsTArray<nsMsgKey>* srcKeyArray,
+                const char* srcMsgIdString, nsIMsgFolder* dstFolder,
+                bool idsAreUids, bool isMove);
+
+protected:
+  virtual ~nsImapMoveCopyMsgTxn();
+
+  nsWeakPtr m_srcFolder;
+  nsCOMArray<nsIMsgDBHdr> m_srcHdrs;
+  nsTArray<nsMsgKey> m_dupKeyArray;
+  nsTArray<nsMsgKey> m_srcKeyArray;
+  nsTArray<nsCString> m_srcMessageIds;
+  nsCString m_srcMsgIdString;
+  nsWeakPtr m_dstFolder;
+  nsCString m_dstMsgIdString;
+  bool m_idsAreUids;
+  bool m_isMove;
+  bool m_srcIsPop3;
+  nsTArray<uint32_t> m_srcSizeArray;
+  // this is used when we chain urls for imap undo, since "this" needs
+  // to be the listener, but the folder may need to also be notified.
+  nsWeakPtr m_onStopListener;
+
+  nsresult GetImapDeleteModel(nsIMsgFolder* aFolder, nsMsgImapDeleteModel *aDeleteModel);
+};
+
+class nsImapOfflineTxn : public nsImapMoveCopyMsgTxn
+{
+public:
+  nsImapOfflineTxn(nsIMsgFolder* srcFolder, nsTArray<nsMsgKey>* srcKeyArray,
+                   const char* srcMsgIdString,
+                   nsIMsgFolder* dstFolder,
+                   bool isMove,
+                   nsOfflineImapOperationType opType,
+                   nsCOMArray<nsIMsgDBHdr> &srcHdrs);
+
+  NS_IMETHOD UndoTransaction(void) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD RedoTransaction(void) override;
+  void SetAddFlags(bool addFlags) {m_addFlags = addFlags;}
+  void SetFlags(uint32_t flags) {m_flags = flags;}
+protected:
+  virtual ~nsImapOfflineTxn();
+  nsOfflineImapOperationType m_opType;
+  // these two are used to undo flag changes, which we don't currently do.
+  bool m_addFlags;
+  uint32_t m_flags;
+};
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/imap/src/nsImapUrl.cpp b/mailnews/imap/src/nsImapUrl.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d76437905
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/imap/src/nsImapUrl.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1563 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "msgCore.h"    // precompiled header...
+#include "nsMsgImapCID.h"
+
+#include "nsIURL.h"
+#include "nsImapUrl.h"
+#include "nsIIMAPHostSessionList.h"
+#include "nsThreadUtils.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "prmem.h"
+#include "plstr.h"
+#include "prprf.h"
+#include "nsMemory.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsIImapIncomingServer.h"
+#include "nsMsgBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsImapUtils.h"
+#include "nsIMAPNamespace.h"
+#include "nsICacheEntry.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolder.h"
+#include "nsIDocShell.h"
+#include "nsIInterfaceRequestor.h"
+#include "nsIInterfaceRequestorUtils.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "nsIMsgHdr.h"
+#include "nsIProgressEventSink.h"
+#include "nsAlgorithm.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+#include <algorithm>
+
+using namespace mozilla;
+
+static NS_DEFINE_CID(kCImapHostSessionListCID, NS_IIMAPHOSTSESSIONLIST_CID);
+
+nsImapUrl::nsImapUrl() : mLock("nsImapUrl.mLock")
+{
+  m_listOfMessageIds = nullptr;
+  m_sourceCanonicalFolderPathSubString = nullptr;
+  m_destinationCanonicalFolderPathSubString = nullptr;
+  m_listOfMessageIds = nullptr;
+  m_tokenPlaceHolder = nullptr;
+  m_searchCriteriaString = nullptr;
+  m_idsAreUids = false;
+  m_mimePartSelectorDetected = false;
+  m_allowContentChange = true;  // assume we can do MPOD.
+  m_fetchPartsOnDemand = false; // but assume we're not doing it :-)
+  m_msgLoadingFromCache = false;
+  m_storeResultsOffline = false;
+  m_storeOfflineOnFallback = false;
+  m_localFetchOnly = false;
+  m_rerunningUrl = false;
+  m_moreHeadersToDownload = false;
+  m_externalLinkUrl = true; // we'll start this at true, and set it false in nsImapService::CreateStartOfImapUrl
+  m_contentModified = IMAP_CONTENT_NOT_MODIFIED;
+  m_validUrl = true;  // assume the best.
+  m_flags = 0;
+  m_extraStatus = ImapStatusNone;
+  m_onlineSubDirSeparator = '/';
+
+  // ** jt - the following are not ref counted
+  m_copyState = nullptr;
+  m_file = nullptr;
+  m_imapMailFolderSink = nullptr;
+  m_imapMessageSink = nullptr;
+  m_addDummyEnvelope = false;
+  m_canonicalLineEnding = false;
+}
+
+nsImapUrl::~nsImapUrl()
+{
+  PR_FREEIF(m_listOfMessageIds);
+  PR_FREEIF(m_destinationCanonicalFolderPathSubString);
+  PR_FREEIF(m_sourceCanonicalFolderPathSubString);
+  PR_FREEIF(m_searchCriteriaString);
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ADDREF_INHERITED(nsImapUrl, nsMsgMailNewsUrl)
+
+NS_IMPL_RELEASE_INHERITED(nsImapUrl, nsMsgMailNewsUrl)
+
+NS_INTERFACE_MAP_BEGIN(nsImapUrl)
+  NS_INTERFACE_MAP_ENTRY(nsIImapUrl)
+  NS_INTERFACE_MAP_ENTRY(nsIMsgMessageUrl)
+  NS_INTERFACE_MAP_ENTRY(nsIMsgI18NUrl)
+NS_INTERFACE_MAP_END_INHERITING(nsMsgMailNewsUrl)
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Begin nsIImapUrl specific support
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapUrl::GetRequiredImapState(nsImapState * aImapUrlState)
+{
+  if (aImapUrlState)
+  {
+    // the imap action determines the state we must be in...check the
+    // the imap action.
+
+    if (m_imapAction & 0x10000000)
+      *aImapUrlState = nsImapSelectedState;
+    else
+      *aImapUrlState = nsImapAuthenticatedState;
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapUrl::GetImapAction(nsImapAction * aImapAction)
+{
+  *aImapAction = m_imapAction;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapUrl::SetImapAction(nsImapAction aImapAction)
+{
+  m_imapAction = aImapAction;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapUrl::GetFolder(nsIMsgFolder **aMsgFolder)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMsgFolder);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(m_imapFolder);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder = do_QueryReferent(m_imapFolder);
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aMsgFolder = folder);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapUrl::SetFolder(nsIMsgFolder  * aMsgFolder)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  m_imapFolder = do_GetWeakReference(aMsgFolder, &rv);
+  if (aMsgFolder)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgIncomingServer> incomingServer;
+    aMsgFolder->GetServer(getter_AddRefs(incomingServer));
+    if (incomingServer)
+      incomingServer->GetKey(m_serverKey);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapUrl::GetImapMailFolderSink(nsIImapMailFolderSink **
+                                           aImapMailFolderSink)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aImapMailFolderSink);
+    if (!m_imapMailFolderSink)
+      return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER; // no assert, so don't use NS_ENSURE_POINTER.
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIImapMailFolderSink> folderSink = do_QueryReferent(m_imapMailFolderSink);
+    *aImapMailFolderSink = folderSink;
+    NS_IF_ADDREF(*aImapMailFolderSink);
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapUrl::SetImapMailFolderSink(nsIImapMailFolderSink  * aImapMailFolderSink)
+{
+    nsresult rv;
+    m_imapMailFolderSink = do_GetWeakReference(aImapMailFolderSink, &rv);
+    return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapUrl::GetImapMessageSink(nsIImapMessageSink ** aImapMessageSink)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aImapMessageSink);
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(m_imapMessageSink);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIImapMessageSink> messageSink = do_QueryReferent(m_imapMessageSink);
+    *aImapMessageSink = messageSink;
+    NS_IF_ADDREF(*aImapMessageSink);
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapUrl::SetImapMessageSink(nsIImapMessageSink  * aImapMessageSink)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  m_imapMessageSink = do_GetWeakReference(aImapMessageSink, &rv);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapUrl::GetImapServerSink(nsIImapServerSink ** aImapServerSink)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aImapServerSink);
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(m_imapServerSink);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIImapServerSink> serverSink = do_QueryReferent(m_imapServerSink);
+    *aImapServerSink = serverSink;
+    NS_IF_ADDREF(*aImapServerSink);
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapUrl::SetImapServerSink(nsIImapServerSink  * aImapServerSink)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  m_imapServerSink = do_GetWeakReference(aImapServerSink, &rv);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// End nsIImapUrl specific support
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapUrl::SetSpec(const nsACString &aSpec)
+{
+  nsresult rv = nsMsgMailNewsUrl::SetSpec(aSpec);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    m_validUrl = true;  // assume the best.
+    rv = ParseUrl();
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapUrl::SetQuery(const nsACString &aQuery)
+{
+  nsresult rv = nsMsgMailNewsUrl::SetQuery(aQuery);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    rv = ParseUrl();
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsImapUrl::ParseUrl()
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  // extract the user name
+  GetUserPass(m_userName);
+
+  nsAutoCString imapPartOfUrl;
+  rv = GetPath(imapPartOfUrl);
+  nsAutoCString unescapedImapPartOfUrl;
+  MsgUnescapeString(imapPartOfUrl, 0, unescapedImapPartOfUrl);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !unescapedImapPartOfUrl.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    ParseImapPart(unescapedImapPartOfUrl.BeginWriting()+1);  // GetPath leaves leading '/' in the path!!!
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapUrl::CreateSearchCriteriaString(char ** aResult)
+{
+  // this method should only be called from the imap thread...
+  // o.t. add lock protection..
+  if (nullptr == aResult || !m_searchCriteriaString)
+    return  NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+  *aResult = strdup(m_searchCriteriaString);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// this method gets called from the UI thread and the imap thread
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapUrl::GetListOfMessageIds(nsACString &aResult)
+{
+  MutexAutoLock mon(mLock);
+  if (!m_listOfMessageIds)
+    return  NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  int32_t bytesToCopy = strlen(m_listOfMessageIds);
+
+  // mime may have glommed a "&part=" for a part download
+  // we return the entire message and let mime extract
+  // the part. Pop and news work this way also.
+  // this algorithm truncates the "&part" string.
+  char *currentChar = m_listOfMessageIds;
+  while (*currentChar && (*currentChar != '?'))
+    currentChar++;
+  if (*currentChar == '?')
+    bytesToCopy = currentChar - m_listOfMessageIds;
+
+  // we should also strip off anything after "/;section="
+  // since that can specify an IMAP MIME part
+  char *wherePart = PL_strstr(m_listOfMessageIds, "/;section=");
+  if (wherePart)
+    bytesToCopy = std::min(bytesToCopy, int32_t(wherePart - m_listOfMessageIds));
+
+  aResult.Assign(m_listOfMessageIds, bytesToCopy);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapUrl::GetCommand(nsACString &result)
+{
+  result = m_command;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapUrl::GetCustomAttributeToFetch(nsACString &result)
+{
+  result = m_msgFetchAttribute;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapUrl::GetCustomAttributeResult(nsACString &result)
+{
+  result = m_customAttributeResult;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapUrl::SetCustomAttributeResult(const nsACString &result)
+{
+  m_customAttributeResult = result;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapUrl::GetCustomCommandResult(nsACString &result)
+{
+  result = m_customCommandResult;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapUrl::SetCustomCommandResult(const nsACString &result)
+{
+  m_customCommandResult = result;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapUrl::GetCustomAddFlags(nsACString &aResult)
+{
+  aResult = m_customAddFlags;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapUrl::GetCustomSubtractFlags(nsACString &aResult)
+{
+  aResult = m_customSubtractFlags;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapUrl::GetImapPartToFetch(char **result)
+{
+  //  here's the old code....
+
+  // unforunately an imap part can have the form: /;section= OR
+  // it can have the form ?section=. We need to look for both.
+  if (m_listOfMessageIds)
+  {
+    char *wherepart = PL_strstr(m_listOfMessageIds, ";section=");
+    if (!wherepart) // look for ?section too....
+      wherepart = PL_strstr(m_listOfMessageIds, "?section=");
+    if (wherepart)
+    {
+      wherepart += 9;  // strlen("/;section=")
+      char *wherelibmimepart = PL_strstr(wherepart, "&part=");
+      if (!wherelibmimepart)
+        wherelibmimepart = PL_strstr(wherepart, "?part=");
+      int numCharsToCopy = (wherelibmimepart) ? wherelibmimepart - wherepart :
+                   PL_strlen(m_listOfMessageIds) - (wherepart - m_listOfMessageIds);
+      if (numCharsToCopy)
+      {
+        *result = (char *) PR_Malloc(sizeof(char) * (numCharsToCopy + 1));
+        if (*result)
+        {
+          PL_strncpy(*result, wherepart, numCharsToCopy + 1);  // appends a \0
+          (*result)[numCharsToCopy] = '\0';
+        }
+      }
+    } // if we got a wherepart
+  } // if we got a m_listOfMessageIds
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapUrl::GetOnlineSubDirSeparator(char* separator)
+{
+  if (separator)
+  {
+      *separator = m_onlineSubDirSeparator;
+      return NS_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+      return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+  }
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapUrl::GetNumBytesToFetch(int32_t *aNumBytesToFetch)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aNumBytesToFetch);
+  *aNumBytesToFetch = m_numBytesToFetch;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapUrl::SetOnlineSubDirSeparator(char onlineDirSeparator)
+{
+  m_onlineSubDirSeparator = onlineDirSeparator;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// this method is only called from the imap thread
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapUrl::MessageIdsAreUids(bool *result)
+{
+  *result = m_idsAreUids;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapUrl::SetExtraStatus(int32_t aExtraStatus)
+{
+  m_extraStatus = aExtraStatus;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapUrl::GetExtraStatus(int32_t *aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+  *aResult = m_extraStatus;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// this method is only called from the imap thread
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapUrl::GetMsgFlags(imapMessageFlagsType *result)  // kAddMsgFlags or kSubtractMsgFlags only
+{
+  *result = m_flags;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+void nsImapUrl::ParseImapPart(char *imapPartOfUrl)
+{
+  m_tokenPlaceHolder = imapPartOfUrl;
+  m_urlidSubString = m_tokenPlaceHolder ? NS_strtok(IMAP_URL_TOKEN_SEPARATOR, &m_tokenPlaceHolder) : (char *)NULL;
+
+  if (!m_urlidSubString)
+  {
+    m_validUrl = false;
+    return;
+  }
+
+  if (!PL_strcasecmp(m_urlidSubString, "fetch"))
+  {
+    m_imapAction  = nsImapMsgFetch;
+    ParseUidChoice();
+    PR_FREEIF(m_sourceCanonicalFolderPathSubString);
+    ParseFolderPath(&m_sourceCanonicalFolderPathSubString);
+    ParseListOfMessageIds();
+    // if fetched by spam filter, the action will be changed to nsImapMsgFetchPeek
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    if (!PL_strcasecmp(m_urlidSubString, "header"))
+    {
+      m_imapAction = nsImapMsgHeader;
+      ParseUidChoice();
+      ParseFolderPath(&m_sourceCanonicalFolderPathSubString);
+      ParseListOfMessageIds();
+    }
+    else if (!PL_strcasecmp(m_urlidSubString, "customFetch"))
+    {
+      ParseUidChoice();
+      ParseFolderPath(&m_sourceCanonicalFolderPathSubString);
+      ParseListOfMessageIds();
+      ParseCustomMsgFetchAttribute();
+    }
+    else if (!PL_strcasecmp(m_urlidSubString, "previewBody"))
+    {
+      ParseUidChoice();
+      ParseFolderPath(&m_sourceCanonicalFolderPathSubString);
+      ParseListOfMessageIds();
+      ParseNumBytes();
+    }
+    else if (!PL_strcasecmp(m_urlidSubString, "deletemsg"))
+    {
+      m_imapAction = nsImapDeleteMsg;
+      ParseUidChoice();
+      ParseFolderPath(&m_sourceCanonicalFolderPathSubString);
+      ParseListOfMessageIds();
+    }
+    else if (!PL_strcasecmp(m_urlidSubString, "uidexpunge"))
+    {
+      m_imapAction = nsImapUidExpunge;
+      ParseFolderPath(&m_sourceCanonicalFolderPathSubString);
+      ParseListOfMessageIds();
+    }
+    else if (!PL_strcasecmp(m_urlidSubString, "deleteallmsgs"))
+    {
+      m_imapAction = nsImapDeleteAllMsgs;
+      ParseFolderPath(&m_sourceCanonicalFolderPathSubString);
+    }
+    else if (!PL_strcasecmp(m_urlidSubString, "addmsgflags"))
+    {
+      m_imapAction = nsImapAddMsgFlags;
+      ParseUidChoice();
+      ParseFolderPath(&m_sourceCanonicalFolderPathSubString);
+      ParseListOfMessageIds();
+      ParseMsgFlags();
+    }
+    else if (!PL_strcasecmp(m_urlidSubString, "subtractmsgflags"))
+    {
+      m_imapAction = nsImapSubtractMsgFlags;
+      ParseUidChoice();
+      ParseFolderPath(&m_sourceCanonicalFolderPathSubString);
+      ParseListOfMessageIds();
+      ParseMsgFlags();
+    }
+    else if (!PL_strcasecmp(m_urlidSubString, "setmsgflags"))
+    {
+      m_imapAction = nsImapSetMsgFlags;
+      ParseUidChoice();
+      ParseFolderPath(&m_sourceCanonicalFolderPathSubString);
+      ParseListOfMessageIds();
+      ParseMsgFlags();
+    }
+    else if (!PL_strcasecmp(m_urlidSubString, "onlinecopy"))
+    {
+      m_imapAction = nsImapOnlineCopy;
+      ParseUidChoice();
+      ParseFolderPath(&m_sourceCanonicalFolderPathSubString);
+      ParseListOfMessageIds();
+      ParseFolderPath(&m_destinationCanonicalFolderPathSubString);
+    }
+    else if (!PL_strcasecmp(m_urlidSubString, "onlinemove"))
+    {
+      m_imapAction = nsImapOnlineMove;
+      ParseUidChoice();
+      ParseFolderPath(&m_sourceCanonicalFolderPathSubString);
+      ParseListOfMessageIds();
+      ParseFolderPath(&m_destinationCanonicalFolderPathSubString);
+    }
+    else if (!PL_strcasecmp(m_urlidSubString, "onlinetoofflinecopy"))
+    {
+      m_imapAction = nsImapOnlineToOfflineCopy;
+      ParseUidChoice();
+      ParseFolderPath(&m_sourceCanonicalFolderPathSubString);
+      ParseListOfMessageIds();
+      ParseFolderPath(&m_destinationCanonicalFolderPathSubString);
+    }
+    else if (!PL_strcasecmp(m_urlidSubString, "onlinetoofflinemove"))
+    {
+      m_imapAction = nsImapOnlineToOfflineMove;
+      ParseUidChoice();
+      ParseFolderPath(&m_sourceCanonicalFolderPathSubString);
+      ParseListOfMessageIds();
+      ParseFolderPath(&m_destinationCanonicalFolderPathSubString);
+    }
+    else if (!PL_strcasecmp(m_urlidSubString, "offlinetoonlinecopy"))
+    {
+      m_imapAction = nsImapOfflineToOnlineMove;
+      ParseFolderPath(&m_destinationCanonicalFolderPathSubString);
+    }
+    else if (!PL_strcasecmp(m_urlidSubString, "search"))
+    {
+      m_imapAction = nsImapSearch;
+      ParseUidChoice();
+      ParseFolderPath(&m_sourceCanonicalFolderPathSubString);
+      ParseSearchCriteriaString();
+    }
+    else if (!PL_strcasecmp(m_urlidSubString, "test"))
+    {
+      m_imapAction = nsImapTest;
+    }
+    else if (!PL_strcasecmp(m_urlidSubString, "select"))
+    {
+      m_imapAction = nsImapSelectFolder;
+      ParseFolderPath(&m_sourceCanonicalFolderPathSubString);
+      if (m_tokenPlaceHolder && *m_tokenPlaceHolder)
+        ParseListOfMessageIds();
+      else
+        m_listOfMessageIds = PL_strdup("");
+    }
+    else if (!PL_strcasecmp(m_urlidSubString, "liteselect"))
+    {
+      m_imapAction = nsImapLiteSelectFolder;
+      ParseFolderPath(&m_sourceCanonicalFolderPathSubString);
+    }
+    else if (!PL_strcasecmp(m_urlidSubString, "selectnoop"))
+    {
+      m_imapAction = nsImapSelectNoopFolder;
+      m_listOfMessageIds = PL_strdup("");
+      ParseFolderPath(&m_sourceCanonicalFolderPathSubString);
+    }
+    else if (!PL_strcasecmp(m_urlidSubString, "expunge"))
+    {
+      m_imapAction = nsImapExpungeFolder;
+      ParseFolderPath(&m_sourceCanonicalFolderPathSubString);
+      m_listOfMessageIds = PL_strdup("");    // no ids to UNDO
+    }
+    else if (!PL_strcasecmp(m_urlidSubString, "create"))
+    {
+      m_imapAction = nsImapCreateFolder;
+      ParseFolderPath(&m_sourceCanonicalFolderPathSubString);
+    }
+    else if (!PL_strcasecmp(m_urlidSubString, "ensureExists"))
+    {
+      m_imapAction = nsImapEnsureExistsFolder;
+      ParseFolderPath(&m_sourceCanonicalFolderPathSubString);
+    }
+    else if (!PL_strcasecmp(m_urlidSubString, "discoverchildren"))
+    {
+      m_imapAction = nsImapDiscoverChildrenUrl;
+      ParseFolderPath(&m_sourceCanonicalFolderPathSubString);
+    }
+    else if (!PL_strcasecmp(m_urlidSubString, "discoverallboxes"))
+    {
+      m_imapAction = nsImapDiscoverAllBoxesUrl;
+    }
+    else if (!PL_strcasecmp(m_urlidSubString, "discoverallandsubscribedboxes"))
+    {
+      m_imapAction = nsImapDiscoverAllAndSubscribedBoxesUrl;
+    }
+    else if (!PL_strcasecmp(m_urlidSubString, "delete"))
+    {
+      m_imapAction = nsImapDeleteFolder;
+      ParseFolderPath(&m_sourceCanonicalFolderPathSubString);
+    }
+    else if (!PL_strcasecmp(m_urlidSubString, "deletefolder"))
+    {
+      m_imapAction = nsImapDeleteFolderAndMsgs;
+      ParseFolderPath(&m_sourceCanonicalFolderPathSubString);
+    }
+    else if (!PL_strcasecmp(m_urlidSubString, "rename"))
+    {
+      m_imapAction = nsImapRenameFolder;
+      ParseFolderPath(&m_sourceCanonicalFolderPathSubString);
+      ParseFolderPath(&m_destinationCanonicalFolderPathSubString);
+    }
+    else if (!PL_strcasecmp(m_urlidSubString, "movefolderhierarchy"))
+    {
+      m_imapAction = nsImapMoveFolderHierarchy;
+      ParseFolderPath(&m_sourceCanonicalFolderPathSubString);
+      if (m_tokenPlaceHolder && *m_tokenPlaceHolder)  // handle promote to root
+        ParseFolderPath(&m_destinationCanonicalFolderPathSubString);
+    }
+    else if (!PL_strcasecmp(m_urlidSubString, "list"))
+    {
+      m_imapAction = nsImapLsubFolders;
+      ParseFolderPath(&m_destinationCanonicalFolderPathSubString);
+    }
+    else if (!PL_strcasecmp(m_urlidSubString, "biff"))
+    {
+      m_imapAction = nsImapBiff;
+      ParseFolderPath(&m_sourceCanonicalFolderPathSubString);
+      ParseListOfMessageIds();
+    }
+    else if (!PL_strcasecmp(m_urlidSubString, "netscape"))
+    {
+      m_imapAction = nsImapGetMailAccountUrl;
+    }
+    else if (!PL_strcasecmp(m_urlidSubString, "appendmsgfromfile"))
+    {
+      m_imapAction = nsImapAppendMsgFromFile;
+      ParseFolderPath(&m_sourceCanonicalFolderPathSubString);
+    }
+    else if (!PL_strcasecmp(m_urlidSubString, "appenddraftfromfile"))
+    {
+      m_imapAction = nsImapAppendDraftFromFile;
+      ParseFolderPath(&m_sourceCanonicalFolderPathSubString);
+      ParseUidChoice();
+      if (m_tokenPlaceHolder && *m_tokenPlaceHolder)
+        ParseListOfMessageIds();
+      else
+        m_listOfMessageIds = strdup("");
+    }
+    else if (!PL_strcasecmp(m_urlidSubString, "subscribe"))
+    {
+      m_imapAction = nsImapSubscribe;
+      ParseFolderPath(&m_sourceCanonicalFolderPathSubString);
+    }
+    else if (!PL_strcasecmp(m_urlidSubString, "unsubscribe"))
+    {
+      m_imapAction = nsImapUnsubscribe;
+      ParseFolderPath(&m_sourceCanonicalFolderPathSubString);
+    }
+    else if (!PL_strcasecmp(m_urlidSubString, "refreshacl"))
+    {
+      m_imapAction = nsImapRefreshACL;
+      ParseFolderPath(&m_sourceCanonicalFolderPathSubString);
+    }
+    else if (!PL_strcasecmp(m_urlidSubString, "refreshfolderurls"))
+    {
+      m_imapAction = nsImapRefreshFolderUrls;
+      ParseFolderPath(&m_sourceCanonicalFolderPathSubString);
+    }
+    else if (!PL_strcasecmp(m_urlidSubString, "refreshallacls"))
+    {
+      m_imapAction = nsImapRefreshAllACLs;
+    }
+    else if (!PL_strcasecmp(m_urlidSubString, "listfolder"))
+    {
+      m_imapAction = nsImapListFolder;
+      ParseFolderPath(&m_sourceCanonicalFolderPathSubString);
+    }
+    else if (!PL_strcasecmp(m_urlidSubString, "upgradetosubscription"))
+    {
+      m_imapAction = nsImapUpgradeToSubscription;
+      ParseFolderPath(&m_sourceCanonicalFolderPathSubString);
+    }
+    else if (!PL_strcasecmp(m_urlidSubString, "folderstatus"))
+    {
+      m_imapAction = nsImapFolderStatus;
+      ParseFolderPath(&m_sourceCanonicalFolderPathSubString);
+    }
+    else if (!PL_strcasecmp(m_urlidSubString, "verifyLogon"))
+    {
+      m_imapAction = nsImapVerifylogon;
+    }
+    else if (m_imapAction == nsIImapUrl::nsImapUserDefinedMsgCommand)
+    {
+      m_command = m_urlidSubString; // save this
+      ParseUidChoice();
+      ParseFolderPath(&m_sourceCanonicalFolderPathSubString);
+      ParseListOfMessageIds();
+    }
+    else if (m_imapAction == nsIImapUrl::nsImapMsgStoreCustomKeywords)
+    {
+      ParseUidChoice();
+      ParseFolderPath(&m_sourceCanonicalFolderPathSubString);
+      ParseListOfMessageIds();
+      bool addKeyword = (m_tokenPlaceHolder && *m_tokenPlaceHolder != '>');
+      // if we're not adding a keyword, m_tokenPlaceHolder will now look like >keywordToSubtract>
+      // and strtok will leave flagsPtr pointing to keywordToSubtract. So detect this
+      // case and only set the customSubtractFlags.
+      char *flagsPtr = m_tokenPlaceHolder ? NS_strtok(IMAP_URL_TOKEN_SEPARATOR, &m_tokenPlaceHolder) : (char *)nullptr;
+      if (addKeyword)
+      {
+        m_customAddFlags.Assign(flagsPtr);
+        flagsPtr = m_tokenPlaceHolder ? NS_strtok(IMAP_URL_TOKEN_SEPARATOR, &m_tokenPlaceHolder) : (char *)nullptr;
+      }
+      m_customSubtractFlags.Assign(flagsPtr);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      m_validUrl = false;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+
+// Returns NULL if nothing was done.
+// Otherwise, returns a newly allocated name.
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapUrl::AddOnlineDirectoryIfNecessary(const char *onlineMailboxName, char ** directory)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsString onlineDirString;
+  char *newOnlineName = nullptr;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapHostSessionList> hostSessionList =
+    do_GetService(kCImapHostSessionListCID, &rv);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+  rv = hostSessionList->GetOnlineDirForHost(m_serverKey.get(), onlineDirString);
+  nsAutoCString onlineDir;
+  LossyCopyUTF16toASCII(onlineDirString, onlineDir);
+
+  nsIMAPNamespace *ns = nullptr;
+  rv = hostSessionList->GetNamespaceForMailboxForHost(m_serverKey.get(),
+                                                      onlineMailboxName, ns);
+  if (!ns)
+    hostSessionList->GetDefaultNamespaceOfTypeForHost(m_serverKey.get(),
+                                                      kPersonalNamespace, ns);
+
+  if (onlineDir.IsEmpty() && ns)
+    onlineDir = ns->GetPrefix();
+
+  // If this host has an online server directory configured
+  if (onlineMailboxName && !onlineDir.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    if (PL_strcasecmp(onlineMailboxName, "INBOX"))
+    {
+      NS_ASSERTION(ns, "couldn't find namespace for host");
+      nsAutoCString onlineDirWithDelimiter(onlineDir);
+      // make sure the onlineDir ends with the hierarchy delimiter
+      if (ns)
+      {
+        char delimiter = ns->GetDelimiter();
+        if ( delimiter && delimiter != kOnlineHierarchySeparatorUnknown )
+        {
+          // try to change the canonical online dir name to real dir name first
+          MsgReplaceChar(onlineDirWithDelimiter, '/', delimiter);
+          // make sure the last character is the delimiter
+          if ( onlineDirWithDelimiter.Last() != delimiter )
+            onlineDirWithDelimiter += delimiter;
+          if ( !*onlineMailboxName )
+            onlineDirWithDelimiter.SetLength(onlineDirWithDelimiter.Length()-1);
+        }
+      }
+      if (ns && (PL_strlen(ns->GetPrefix()) != 0) && !onlineDirWithDelimiter.Equals(ns->GetPrefix()))
+      {
+        // check that onlineMailboxName doesn't start with the namespace. If that's the case,
+        // we don't want to prepend the online dir.
+        if (PL_strncmp(onlineMailboxName, ns->GetPrefix(), PL_strlen(ns->GetPrefix())))
+        {
+          // The namespace for this mailbox is the root ("").
+          // Prepend the online server directory
+          int finalLen = onlineDirWithDelimiter.Length() +
+            strlen(onlineMailboxName) + 1;
+          newOnlineName = (char *)PR_Malloc(finalLen);
+          if (newOnlineName)
+          {
+            PL_strcpy(newOnlineName, onlineDirWithDelimiter.get());
+            PL_strcat(newOnlineName, onlineMailboxName);
+          }
+        }
+     }
+      // just prepend the online server directory if it doesn't start with it already
+      else if (strncmp(onlineMailboxName, onlineDirWithDelimiter.get(), onlineDirWithDelimiter.Length()))
+      {
+        newOnlineName = (char *)PR_Malloc(strlen(onlineMailboxName) + onlineDirWithDelimiter.Length() + 1);
+        if (newOnlineName)
+        {
+          PL_strcpy(newOnlineName, onlineDirWithDelimiter.get());
+          PL_strcat(newOnlineName, onlineMailboxName);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  if (directory)
+    *directory = newOnlineName;
+  else if (newOnlineName)
+    NS_Free(newOnlineName);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+// Converts from canonical format (hierarchy is indicated by '/' and all real slashes ('/') are escaped)
+// to the real online name on the server.
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapUrl::AllocateServerPath(const char * canonicalPath, char onlineDelimiter, char ** aAllocatedPath)
+{
+  nsresult retVal = NS_OK;
+  char *rv = NULL;
+  char delimiterToUse = onlineDelimiter;
+  if (onlineDelimiter == kOnlineHierarchySeparatorUnknown)
+    GetOnlineSubDirSeparator(&delimiterToUse);
+  NS_ASSERTION(delimiterToUse != kOnlineHierarchySeparatorUnknown, "hierarchy separator unknown");
+  if (canonicalPath)
+    rv = ReplaceCharsInCopiedString(canonicalPath, '/', delimiterToUse);
+  else
+    rv = strdup("");
+
+  if (delimiterToUse != '/')
+    UnescapeSlashes(rv);
+  char *onlineNameAdded = nullptr;
+  AddOnlineDirectoryIfNecessary(rv, &onlineNameAdded);
+  if (onlineNameAdded)
+  {
+    NS_Free(rv);
+    rv = onlineNameAdded;
+  }
+
+  if (aAllocatedPath)
+    *aAllocatedPath = rv;
+  else
+    NS_Free(rv);
+
+  return retVal;
+}
+
+// escape '/' as ^, ^ -> ^^ - use UnescapeSlashes to revert
+/* static */ nsresult nsImapUrl::EscapeSlashes(const char *sourcePath, char **resultPath)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(sourcePath);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(resultPath);
+  int32_t extra = 0;
+  int32_t len = strlen(sourcePath);
+  const char *src = sourcePath;
+  int32_t i;
+  for ( i = 0; i < len; i++)
+  {
+    if (*src == '^')
+      extra += 1; /* ^ -> ^^ */
+    src++;
+  }
+  char* result = (char *)moz_xmalloc(len + extra + 1);
+  if (!result)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+  unsigned char* dst = (unsigned char *) result;
+  src = sourcePath;
+  for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
+  {
+    unsigned char c = *src++;
+    if (c == '/')
+      *dst++ = '^';
+    else if (c == '^')
+    {
+      *dst++ = '^';
+      *dst++ = '^';
+    }
+    else
+      *dst++ = c;
+  }
+  *dst = '\0';     /* tack on eos */
+  *resultPath = result;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* static */ nsresult nsImapUrl::UnescapeSlashes(char *sourcePath)
+{
+    char *src = sourcePath;
+    char *dst = sourcePath;
+
+    while (*src)
+    {
+      if (*src == '^')
+      {
+        if (*(src + 1) == '^')
+        {
+          *dst++ = '^';
+          src++;   // skip over second '^'
+        }
+        else
+          *dst++ = '/';
+        src++;
+      }
+      else
+        *dst++ = *src++;
+    }
+
+    *dst = 0;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/*  static */ nsresult nsImapUrl::ConvertToCanonicalFormat(const char *folderName, char onlineDelimiter, char **resultingCanonicalPath)
+{
+  // Now, start the conversion to canonical form.
+
+  char *canonicalPath;
+  if (onlineDelimiter != '/')
+  {
+    nsCString escapedPath;
+
+    EscapeSlashes(folderName, getter_Copies(escapedPath));
+    canonicalPath = ReplaceCharsInCopiedString(escapedPath.get(), onlineDelimiter , '/');
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    canonicalPath = strdup(folderName);
+  }
+  if (canonicalPath)
+    *resultingCanonicalPath = canonicalPath;
+
+  return (canonicalPath) ? NS_OK : NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+}
+
+// Converts the real online name on the server to canonical format:
+// result is hierarchy is indicated by '/' and all real slashes ('/') are escaped.
+// The caller has already converted m-utf-7 to 8 bit ascii, which is a problem.
+// this method is only called from the imap thread
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapUrl::AllocateCanonicalPath(const char *serverPath, char onlineDelimiter, char **allocatedPath )
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+  char delimiterToUse = onlineDelimiter;
+  char *serverKey = nullptr;
+  nsString aString;
+  char *currentPath = (char *) serverPath;
+  nsAutoCString onlineDir;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapHostSessionList> hostSessionList =
+    do_GetService(kCImapHostSessionListCID, &rv);
+
+  *allocatedPath = nullptr;
+
+  if (onlineDelimiter == kOnlineHierarchySeparatorUnknown ||
+    onlineDelimiter == 0)
+    GetOnlineSubDirSeparator(&delimiterToUse);
+
+  NS_ASSERTION (serverPath, "Oops... null serverPath");
+
+  if (!serverPath || NS_FAILED(rv))
+    goto done;
+
+  hostSessionList->GetOnlineDirForHost(m_serverKey.get(), aString);
+  // First we have to check to see if we should strip off an online server
+  // subdirectory
+  // If this host has an online server directory configured
+  LossyCopyUTF16toASCII(aString, onlineDir);
+
+  if (currentPath && !onlineDir.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    // By definition, the online dir must be at the root.
+    if (delimiterToUse && delimiterToUse != kOnlineHierarchySeparatorUnknown)
+    {
+      // try to change the canonical online dir name to real dir name first
+      MsgReplaceChar(onlineDir, '/', delimiterToUse);
+      // Add the delimiter
+      if (onlineDir.Last() != delimiterToUse)
+        onlineDir += delimiterToUse;
+    }
+    int len = onlineDir.Length();
+    if (!PL_strncmp(onlineDir.get(), currentPath, len))
+    {
+      // This online path begins with the server sub directory
+      currentPath += len;
+
+      // This might occur, but it's most likely something not good.
+      // Basically, it means we're doing something on the online sub directory itself.
+      NS_ASSERTION (*currentPath, "Oops ... null currentPath");
+      // Also make sure that the first character in the mailbox name is not '/'.
+      NS_ASSERTION (*currentPath != '/',
+        "Oops ... currentPath starts with a slash");
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  if (!currentPath)
+    goto done;
+
+  rv = ConvertToCanonicalFormat(currentPath, delimiterToUse, allocatedPath);
+
+done:
+  PR_Free(serverKey);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+// this method is only called from the imap thread
+NS_IMETHODIMP  nsImapUrl::CreateServerSourceFolderPathString(char **result)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(result);
+  AllocateServerPath(m_sourceCanonicalFolderPathSubString, kOnlineHierarchySeparatorUnknown, result);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// this method is called from the imap thread AND the UI thread...
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapUrl::CreateCanonicalSourceFolderPathString(char **result)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(result);
+  MutexAutoLock  mon(mLock);
+  *result = strdup(m_sourceCanonicalFolderPathSubString ? m_sourceCanonicalFolderPathSubString : "");
+  return (*result) ? NS_OK : NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+}
+
+// this method is called from the imap thread AND the UI thread...
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapUrl::CreateServerDestinationFolderPathString(char **result)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(result);
+  MutexAutoLock mon(mLock);
+  nsresult rv = AllocateServerPath(m_destinationCanonicalFolderPathSubString,
+                                   kOnlineHierarchySeparatorUnknown,
+                                   result);
+  return (*result) ? rv : NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+}
+
+// for enabling or disabling mime parts on demand. Setting this to true says we
+// can use mime parts on demand, if we chose.
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapUrl::SetAllowContentChange(bool allowContentChange)
+{
+  m_allowContentChange = allowContentChange;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapUrl::SetContentModified(nsImapContentModifiedType contentModified)
+{
+  m_contentModified = contentModified;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsICacheEntry> cacheEntry;
+  nsresult res = GetMemCacheEntry(getter_AddRefs(cacheEntry));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(res) && cacheEntry)
+  {
+    const char *contentModifiedAnnotation = "";
+    switch (m_contentModified)
+    {
+    case IMAP_CONTENT_NOT_MODIFIED:
+      contentModifiedAnnotation = "Not Modified";
+      break;
+    case IMAP_CONTENT_MODIFIED_VIEW_INLINE:
+      contentModifiedAnnotation = "Modified View Inline";
+      break;
+    case IMAP_CONTENT_MODIFIED_VIEW_AS_LINKS:
+      contentModifiedAnnotation = "Modified View As Link";
+      break;
+    case IMAP_CONTENT_FORCE_CONTENT_NOT_MODIFIED:
+      contentModifiedAnnotation = "Force Content Not Modified";
+      break;
+    }
+    cacheEntry->SetMetaDataElement("ContentModified", contentModifiedAnnotation);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapUrl::GetContentModified(nsImapContentModifiedType *contentModified)
+{
+  if (!contentModified) return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  *contentModified = m_contentModified;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapUrl::SetFetchPartsOnDemand(bool fetchPartsOnDemand)
+{
+  m_fetchPartsOnDemand = fetchPartsOnDemand;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapUrl::GetFetchPartsOnDemand(bool *fetchPartsOnDemand)
+{
+  if (!fetchPartsOnDemand) return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  *fetchPartsOnDemand = m_fetchPartsOnDemand;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapUrl::SetMimePartSelectorDetected(bool mimePartSelectorDetected)
+{
+  m_mimePartSelectorDetected = mimePartSelectorDetected;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapUrl::GetMimePartSelectorDetected(bool *mimePartSelectorDetected)
+{
+  if (!mimePartSelectorDetected) return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  *mimePartSelectorDetected = m_mimePartSelectorDetected;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+// this method is only called from the UI thread.
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapUrl::SetCopyState(nsISupports* copyState)
+{
+  MutexAutoLock  mon(mLock);
+  m_copyState = copyState;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+//this method is only called from the imap thread..but we still
+// need a monitor 'cause the setter is called from the UI thread.
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapUrl::GetCopyState(nsISupports** copyState)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(copyState);
+  MutexAutoLock mon(mLock);
+  *copyState = m_copyState;
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*copyState);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapUrl::SetMsgFile(nsIFile* aFile)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  MutexAutoLock mon(mLock);
+  m_file = aFile;
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapUrl::GetMsgFile(nsIFile** aFile)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aFile);
+
+  MutexAutoLock mon(mLock);
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aFile = m_file);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// this method is called from the UI thread..
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapUrl::GetMockChannel(nsIImapMockChannel ** aChannel)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aChannel);
+  NS_WARNING_ASSERTION(NS_IsMainThread(), "should only access mock channel on ui thread");
+  *aChannel = nullptr;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapMockChannel> channel(do_QueryReferent(m_channelWeakPtr));
+  channel.swap(*aChannel);
+  return *aChannel ? NS_OK : NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapUrl::SetMockChannel(nsIImapMockChannel * aChannel)
+{
+  NS_WARNING_ASSERTION(NS_IsMainThread(), "should only access mock channel on ui thread");
+  m_channelWeakPtr = do_GetWeakReference(aChannel);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapUrl::GetAllowContentChange(bool *result)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(result);
+  *result = m_allowContentChange;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapUrl::CloneInternal(uint32_t aRefHandlingMode,
+                                       const nsACString& newRef,
+                                       nsIURI** _retval)
+{
+  nsresult rv =
+    nsMsgMailNewsUrl::CloneInternal(aRefHandlingMode, newRef, _retval);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  // also clone the mURI member, because GetUri below won't work if
+  // mURI isn't set due to escaping issues.
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgMessageUrl> clonedUrl = do_QueryInterface(*_retval);
+  if (clonedUrl)
+    clonedUrl->SetUri(mURI.get());
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapUrl::GetPrincipalSpec(nsACString& aPrincipalSpec)
+{
+  // URLs look like this:
+  // imap://user@domain@server:port/fetch>UID>folder>nn
+  // We simply strip any query part beginning with ? & or /;
+  // Normalised spec: imap://user@domain@server:port/fetch>UID>folder>nn
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailnewsURL;
+  QueryInterface(NS_GET_IID(nsIMsgMailNewsUrl), getter_AddRefs(mailnewsURL));
+
+  nsAutoCString spec;
+  mailnewsURL->GetSpecIgnoringRef(spec);
+
+  // Strip any query part beginning with ? or /;
+  int32_t ind = spec.Find("/;");
+  if (ind != kNotFound)
+    spec.SetLength(ind);
+
+  ind = spec.FindChar('?');
+  if (ind != kNotFound)
+    spec.SetLength(ind);
+
+  aPrincipalSpec.Assign(spec);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapUrl::SetUri(const char * aURI)
+{
+  mURI= aURI;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapUrl::GetUri(char** aURI)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  if (!mURI.IsEmpty())
+    *aURI = ToNewCString(mURI);
+  else
+  {
+    *aURI = nullptr;
+    uint32_t key = m_listOfMessageIds ? strtoul(m_listOfMessageIds, nullptr, 10) : 0;
+    nsCString canonicalPath;
+    AllocateCanonicalPath(m_sourceCanonicalFolderPathSubString, m_onlineSubDirSeparator, (getter_Copies(canonicalPath)));
+    nsCString fullFolderPath("/");
+    fullFolderPath.Append(m_userName);
+    nsAutoCString hostName;
+    rv = GetHost(hostName);
+    fullFolderPath.Append('@');
+    fullFolderPath.Append(hostName);
+    fullFolderPath.Append('/');
+    fullFolderPath.Append(canonicalPath);
+
+    nsCString baseMessageURI;
+    nsCreateImapBaseMessageURI(fullFolderPath, baseMessageURI);
+    nsAutoCString uriStr;
+    rv = nsBuildImapMessageURI(baseMessageURI.get(), key, uriStr);
+    *aURI = ToNewCString(uriStr);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_GETSET(nsImapUrl, AddDummyEnvelope, bool, m_addDummyEnvelope)
+NS_IMPL_GETSET(nsImapUrl, CanonicalLineEnding, bool, m_canonicalLineEnding)
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapUrl::GetMsgLoadingFromCache(bool *result)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(result);
+  *result = m_msgLoadingFromCache;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+NS_IMPL_GETSET(nsImapUrl, LocalFetchOnly, bool, m_localFetchOnly)
+NS_IMPL_GETSET(nsImapUrl, ExternalLinkUrl, bool, m_externalLinkUrl)
+NS_IMPL_GETSET(nsImapUrl, RerunningUrl, bool, m_rerunningUrl)
+NS_IMPL_GETSET(nsImapUrl, ValidUrl, bool, m_validUrl)
+NS_IMPL_GETSET(nsImapUrl, MoreHeadersToDownload, bool, m_moreHeadersToDownload)
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapUrl::SetMsgLoadingFromCache(bool loadingFromCache)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  m_msgLoadingFromCache = loadingFromCache;
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapUrl::SetMessageFile(nsIFile * aFile)
+{
+  m_messageFile = aFile;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapUrl::GetMessageFile(nsIFile ** aFile)
+{
+  if (aFile)
+    NS_IF_ADDREF(*aFile = m_messageFile);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapUrl::IsUrlType(uint32_t type, bool *isType)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(isType);
+
+  switch(type)
+  {
+    case nsIMsgMailNewsUrl::eCopy:
+      *isType = ((m_imapAction == nsIImapUrl::nsImapOnlineCopy) ||
+        (m_imapAction == nsIImapUrl::nsImapOnlineToOfflineCopy) ||
+        (m_imapAction == nsIImapUrl::nsImapOfflineToOnlineCopy));
+      break;
+    case nsIMsgMailNewsUrl::eMove:
+      *isType = ((m_imapAction == nsIImapUrl::nsImapOnlineMove) ||
+        (m_imapAction == nsIImapUrl::nsImapOnlineToOfflineMove) ||
+        (m_imapAction == nsIImapUrl::nsImapOfflineToOnlineMove));
+      break;
+    case nsIMsgMailNewsUrl::eDisplay:
+      *isType = (m_imapAction == nsIImapUrl::nsImapMsgFetch ||
+        m_imapAction == nsIImapUrl::nsImapMsgFetchPeek);
+      break;
+    default:
+      *isType = false;
+  };
+
+  return NS_OK;
+
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapUrl::GetOriginalSpec(char ** aSpec)
+{
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapUrl::SetOriginalSpec(const char *aSpec)
+{
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+char *nsImapUrl::ReplaceCharsInCopiedString(const char *stringToCopy, char oldChar, char newChar)
+{
+  char oldCharString[2];
+  *oldCharString = oldChar;
+  *(oldCharString+1) = 0;
+
+  char *translatedString = PL_strdup(stringToCopy);
+  char *currentSeparator = PL_strstr(translatedString, oldCharString);
+
+  while(currentSeparator)
+  {
+    *currentSeparator = newChar;
+    currentSeparator = PL_strstr(currentSeparator+1, oldCharString);
+  }
+
+  return translatedString;
+}
+
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// End of functions which should be made obsolete after modifying nsIURI
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+void nsImapUrl::ParseFolderPath(char **resultingCanonicalPath)
+{
+  char *resultPath = m_tokenPlaceHolder ? NS_strtok(IMAP_URL_TOKEN_SEPARATOR, &m_tokenPlaceHolder) : (char *)NULL;
+
+  if (!resultPath)
+  {
+    m_validUrl = false;
+    return;
+  }
+  NS_ASSERTION(*resultingCanonicalPath == nullptr, "whoops, mem leak");
+
+  char dirSeparator = *resultPath;
+
+  nsCString unescapedResultingCanonicalPath;
+  MsgUnescapeString(nsDependentCString(resultPath + 1), 0, unescapedResultingCanonicalPath);
+  *resultingCanonicalPath = ToNewCString(unescapedResultingCanonicalPath);
+  // The delimiter will be set for a given URL, but will not be statically available
+  // from an arbitrary URL.  It is the creator's responsibility to fill in the correct
+  // delimiter from the folder's namespace when creating the URL.
+  if (dirSeparator != kOnlineHierarchySeparatorUnknown)
+    SetOnlineSubDirSeparator( dirSeparator);
+
+  // if dirSeparator == kOnlineHierarchySeparatorUnknown, then this must be a create
+  // of a top level imap box.  If there is an online subdir, we will automatically
+  // use its separator.  If there is not an online subdir, we don't need a separator.
+}
+
+void nsImapUrl::ParseSearchCriteriaString()
+{
+  if (m_tokenPlaceHolder)
+  {
+    int quotedFlag = false;
+
+    //skip initial separator
+    while (*m_tokenPlaceHolder == *IMAP_URL_TOKEN_SEPARATOR)
+      m_tokenPlaceHolder++;
+
+     char *saveTokenPlaceHolder = m_tokenPlaceHolder;
+
+//    m_searchCriteriaString = m_tokenPlaceHolder;
+
+    //looking for another separator outside quoted string
+    while (*m_tokenPlaceHolder)
+    {
+      if (*m_tokenPlaceHolder == '\\' && *(m_tokenPlaceHolder+1) == '"')
+        m_tokenPlaceHolder++;
+      else if (*m_tokenPlaceHolder == '"')
+        quotedFlag = !quotedFlag;
+      else if (!quotedFlag && *m_tokenPlaceHolder == *IMAP_URL_TOKEN_SEPARATOR)
+      {
+        *m_tokenPlaceHolder = '\0';
+        m_tokenPlaceHolder++;
+        break;
+      }
+      m_tokenPlaceHolder++;
+    }
+    m_searchCriteriaString = PL_strdup(saveTokenPlaceHolder);
+    if (*m_tokenPlaceHolder == '\0')
+      m_tokenPlaceHolder = NULL;
+
+    if (*m_searchCriteriaString == '\0')
+      m_searchCriteriaString = (char *)NULL;
+  }
+  else
+    m_searchCriteriaString = (char *)NULL;
+  if (!m_searchCriteriaString)
+    m_validUrl = false;
+}
+
+
+void nsImapUrl::ParseUidChoice()
+{
+  char *uidChoiceString = m_tokenPlaceHolder ? NS_strtok(IMAP_URL_TOKEN_SEPARATOR, &m_tokenPlaceHolder) : (char *)NULL;
+  if (!uidChoiceString)
+    m_validUrl = false;
+  else
+    m_idsAreUids = strcmp(uidChoiceString, "UID") == 0;
+}
+
+void nsImapUrl::ParseMsgFlags()
+{
+  char *flagsPtr = m_tokenPlaceHolder ? NS_strtok(IMAP_URL_TOKEN_SEPARATOR, &m_tokenPlaceHolder) : (char *)NULL;
+  if (flagsPtr)
+  {
+    // the url is encodes the flags byte as ascii
+    int intFlags = atoi(flagsPtr);
+    m_flags = (imapMessageFlagsType) intFlags;  // cast here
+  }
+  else
+    m_flags = 0;
+}
+
+void nsImapUrl::ParseListOfMessageIds()
+{
+  m_listOfMessageIds = m_tokenPlaceHolder ? NS_strtok(IMAP_URL_TOKEN_SEPARATOR, &m_tokenPlaceHolder) : (char *)NULL;
+  if (!m_listOfMessageIds)
+    m_validUrl = false;
+  else
+  {
+    m_listOfMessageIds = strdup(m_listOfMessageIds);
+    m_mimePartSelectorDetected = PL_strstr(m_listOfMessageIds, "&part=") != 0 || PL_strstr(m_listOfMessageIds, "?part=") != 0;
+
+    // if we're asking for just the body, don't download the whole message. see
+    // nsMsgQuote::QuoteMessage() for the "header=" settings when replying to msgs.
+    if (!m_fetchPartsOnDemand)
+      m_fetchPartsOnDemand = (PL_strstr(m_listOfMessageIds, "?header=quotebody") != 0 ||
+      PL_strstr(m_listOfMessageIds, "?header=only") != 0);
+    // if it's a spam filter trying to fetch the msg, don't let it get marked read.
+    if (PL_strstr(m_listOfMessageIds,"?header=filter") != 0)
+      m_imapAction = nsImapMsgFetchPeek;
+  }
+}
+
+void nsImapUrl::ParseCustomMsgFetchAttribute()
+{
+  m_msgFetchAttribute = m_tokenPlaceHolder ? NS_strtok(IMAP_URL_TOKEN_SEPARATOR, &m_tokenPlaceHolder) : (char *)nullptr;
+}
+
+void nsImapUrl::ParseNumBytes()
+{
+  const char *numBytes = (m_tokenPlaceHolder) ? NS_strtok(IMAP_URL_TOKEN_SEPARATOR, &m_tokenPlaceHolder) : 0;
+  m_numBytesToFetch = numBytes ? atoi(numBytes) : 0;
+}
+
+// nsIMsgI18NUrl support
+
+nsresult nsImapUrl::GetMsgFolder(nsIMsgFolder **msgFolder)
+{
+  // if we have a RDF URI, then try to get the folder for that URI and then ask the folder
+  // for it's charset....
+
+  nsCString uri;
+  GetUri(getter_Copies(uri));
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(!uri.IsEmpty(), NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> msg;
+  GetMsgDBHdrFromURI(uri.get(), getter_AddRefs(msg));
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(msg, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+  nsresult rv = msg->GetFolder(msgFolder);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(msgFolder, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapUrl::GetFolderCharset(char ** aCharacterSet)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder;
+  nsresult rv = GetMsgFolder(getter_AddRefs(folder));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  nsCString tmpStr;
+  folder->GetCharset(tmpStr);
+  *aCharacterSet = ToNewCString(tmpStr);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapUrl::GetFolderCharsetOverride(bool * aCharacterSetOverride)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder;
+  nsresult rv = GetMsgFolder(getter_AddRefs(folder));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(folder, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+  folder->GetCharsetOverride(aCharacterSetOverride);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapUrl::GetCharsetOverRide(char ** aCharacterSet)
+{
+  if (!mCharsetOverride.IsEmpty())
+    *aCharacterSet = ToNewCString(mCharsetOverride);
+  else
+    *aCharacterSet = nullptr;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapUrl::SetCharsetOverRide(const char * aCharacterSet)
+{
+  mCharsetOverride = aCharacterSet;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapUrl::GetStoreResultsOffline(bool *aStoreResultsOffline)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aStoreResultsOffline);
+  *aStoreResultsOffline = m_storeResultsOffline;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapUrl::SetStoreResultsOffline(bool aStoreResultsOffline)
+{
+  m_storeResultsOffline = aStoreResultsOffline;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapUrl::GetStoreOfflineOnFallback(bool *aStoreOfflineOnFallback)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aStoreOfflineOnFallback);
+  *aStoreOfflineOnFallback = m_storeOfflineOnFallback;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapUrl::SetStoreOfflineOnFallback(bool aStoreOfflineOnFallback)
+{
+  m_storeOfflineOnFallback = aStoreOfflineOnFallback;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapUrl::GetMessageHeader(nsIMsgDBHdr ** aMsgHdr)
+{
+  nsCString uri;
+  nsresult rv = GetUri(getter_Copies(uri));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  return GetMsgDBHdrFromURI(uri.get(), aMsgHdr);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapUrl::SetMessageHeader(nsIMsgDBHdr *aMsgHdr)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/imap/src/nsImapUrl.h b/mailnews/imap/src/nsImapUrl.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d1925d87a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/imap/src/nsImapUrl.h
@@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsImapUrl_h___
+#define nsImapUrl_h___
+
+#include "mozilla/Attributes.h"
+#include "nsIImapUrl.h"
+#include "nsIImapMockChannel.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsMsgMailNewsUrl.h"
+#include "nsIMsgIncomingServer.h"
+#include "nsIImapMailFolderSink.h"
+#include "nsIImapServerSink.h"
+#include "nsIImapMessageSink.h"
+
+#include "nsWeakPtr.h"
+#include "nsIFile.h"
+#include "mozilla/Mutex.h"
+
+class nsImapUrl : public nsIImapUrl, public nsMsgMailNewsUrl, public nsIMsgMessageUrl, public nsIMsgI18NUrl
+{
+public:
+
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED
+
+  // nsIURI override
+  NS_IMETHOD SetSpec(const nsACString &aSpec) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD SetQuery(const nsACString &aQuery) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD CloneInternal(uint32_t aRefHandlingMode,
+                           const nsACString& newRef, nsIURI **_retval) override;
+
+  //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+  // we support the nsIImapUrl interface
+  //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+  NS_DECL_NSIIMAPURL
+
+  // nsIMsgMailNewsUrl overrides
+  NS_IMETHOD IsUrlType(uint32_t type, bool *isType) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetFolder(nsIMsgFolder **aFolder) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD SetFolder(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder) override;
+  // nsIMsgMessageUrl
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGMESSAGEURL
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGI18NURL
+
+  // nsImapUrl
+  nsImapUrl();
+
+  static nsresult ConvertToCanonicalFormat(const char *folderName, char onlineDelimiter, char **resultingCanonicalPath);
+  static nsresult EscapeSlashes(const char *sourcePath, char **resultPath);
+  static nsresult UnescapeSlashes(char *path);
+  static char *  ReplaceCharsInCopiedString(const char *stringToCopy, char oldChar, char newChar);
+
+protected:
+  virtual ~nsImapUrl();
+  virtual nsresult ParseUrl();
+
+  char *m_listOfMessageIds;
+
+  // handle the imap specific parsing
+  void ParseImapPart(char *imapPartOfUrl);
+
+  void ParseFolderPath(char **resultingCanonicalPath);
+  void ParseSearchCriteriaString();
+  void ParseUidChoice();
+  void ParseMsgFlags();
+  void ParseListOfMessageIds();
+  void ParseCustomMsgFetchAttribute();
+  void ParseNumBytes();
+
+  nsresult GetMsgFolder(nsIMsgFolder **msgFolder);
+
+  char        *m_sourceCanonicalFolderPathSubString;
+  char        *m_destinationCanonicalFolderPathSubString;
+  char        *m_tokenPlaceHolder;
+  char        *m_urlidSubString;
+  char        m_onlineSubDirSeparator;
+  char        *m_searchCriteriaString;  // should we use m_search, or is this special?
+  nsCString     m_command;       // for custom commands
+  nsCString     m_msgFetchAttribute; // for fetching custom msg attributes
+  nsCString     m_customAttributeResult; // for fetching custom msg attributes
+  nsCString     m_customCommandResult; // custom command response
+  nsCString     m_customAddFlags;       // these two are for setting and clearing custom flags
+  nsCString     m_customSubtractFlags;
+  int32_t       m_numBytesToFetch; // when doing a msg body preview, how many bytes to read
+  bool m_validUrl;
+  bool m_runningUrl;
+  bool m_idsAreUids;
+  bool m_mimePartSelectorDetected;
+  bool m_allowContentChange;  // if false, we can't use Mime parts on demand
+  bool m_fetchPartsOnDemand; // if true, we should fetch leave parts on server.
+  bool m_msgLoadingFromCache; // if true, we might need to mark read on server
+  bool m_externalLinkUrl; // if true, we're running this url because the user
+  // True if the fetch results should be put in the offline store.
+  bool m_storeResultsOffline;
+  bool m_storeOfflineOnFallback;
+  bool m_localFetchOnly;
+  bool m_rerunningUrl; // first attempt running this failed with connection error; retrying
+  bool m_moreHeadersToDownload;
+  nsImapContentModifiedType  m_contentModified;
+
+  int32_t    m_extraStatus;
+
+  nsCString  m_userName;
+  nsCString  m_serverKey;
+  // event sinks
+  imapMessageFlagsType  m_flags;
+  nsImapAction  m_imapAction;
+
+  nsWeakPtr m_imapFolder;
+  nsWeakPtr m_imapMailFolderSink;
+  nsWeakPtr m_imapMessageSink;
+
+  nsWeakPtr m_imapServerSink;
+
+  // online message copy support; i don't have a better solution yet
+  nsCOMPtr <nsISupports> m_copyState;   // now, refcounted.
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> m_file;
+  nsWeakPtr m_channelWeakPtr;
+
+  // used by save message to disk
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> m_messageFile;
+  bool                  m_addDummyEnvelope;
+  bool                  m_canonicalLineEnding; // CRLF
+
+  nsCString mURI; // the RDF URI associated with this url.
+  nsCString mCharsetOverride; // used by nsIMsgI18NUrl...
+  mozilla::Mutex mLock;
+};
+
+#endif /* nsImapUrl_h___ */
diff --git a/mailnews/imap/src/nsImapUtils.cpp b/mailnews/imap/src/nsImapUtils.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b213d33f8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/imap/src/nsImapUtils.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,373 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "nsImapUtils.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsIServiceManager.h"
+#include "prsystem.h"
+#include "prprf.h"
+#include "nsNetCID.h"
+
+// stuff for temporary root folder hack
+#include "nsIMsgAccountManager.h"
+#include "nsIMsgIncomingServer.h"
+#include "nsIImapIncomingServer.h"
+#include "nsMsgBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsImapCore.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "nsImapFlagAndUidState.h"
+#include "nsIMAPNamespace.h"
+#include "nsIImapFlagAndUidState.h"
+
+nsresult
+nsImapURI2FullName(const char* rootURI, const char* hostName, const char* uriStr,
+                   char **name)
+{
+    nsAutoCString uri(uriStr);
+    nsAutoCString fullName;
+    if (uri.Find(rootURI) != 0)
+      return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    fullName = Substring(uri, strlen(rootURI));
+    uri = fullName;
+    int32_t hostStart = uri.Find(hostName);
+    if (hostStart <= 0)
+      return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    fullName = Substring(uri, hostStart);
+    uri = fullName;
+    int32_t hostEnd = uri.FindChar('/');
+    if (hostEnd <= 0)
+      return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    fullName = Substring(uri, hostEnd + 1);
+    if (fullName.IsEmpty())
+      return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    *name = ToNewCString(fullName);
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* parses ImapMessageURI */
+nsresult nsParseImapMessageURI(const char* uri, nsCString& folderURI, uint32_t *key, char **part)
+{
+  if(!key)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  nsAutoCString uriStr(uri);
+  int32_t folderEnd = -1;
+  // imap-message uri's can have imap:// url strings tacked on the end,
+  // e.g., when opening/saving attachments. We don't want to look for '#'
+  // in that part of the uri, if the attachment name contains '#',
+  // so check for that here.
+  if (StringBeginsWith(uriStr, NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("imap-message")))
+    folderEnd = uriStr.Find("imap://");
+
+  int32_t keySeparator = MsgRFindChar(uriStr, '#', folderEnd);
+  if(keySeparator != -1)
+  {
+    int32_t keyEndSeparator = MsgFindCharInSet(uriStr, "/?&", keySeparator);
+    nsAutoString folderPath;
+    folderURI = StringHead(uriStr, keySeparator);
+    folderURI.Cut(4, 8); // cut out the _message part of imap-message:
+    // folder uri's don't have fully escaped usernames.
+    int32_t atPos = folderURI.FindChar('@');
+    if (atPos != -1)
+    {
+      nsCString unescapedName, escapedName;
+      int32_t userNamePos = folderURI.Find("//") + 2;
+      uint32_t origUserNameLen = atPos - userNamePos;
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(MsgUnescapeString(Substring(folderURI, userNamePos,
+                                                   origUserNameLen),
+                                         0, unescapedName)))
+      {
+        // Re-escape the username, matching the way we do it in uris, not the
+        // way necko escapes urls. See nsMsgIncomingServer::GetServerURI.
+        MsgEscapeString(unescapedName, nsINetUtil::ESCAPE_XALPHAS, escapedName);
+        folderURI.Replace(userNamePos, origUserNameLen, escapedName);
+      }
+    }
+    nsAutoCString keyStr;
+    if (keyEndSeparator != -1)
+      keyStr = Substring(uriStr, keySeparator + 1, keyEndSeparator - (keySeparator + 1));
+    else
+      keyStr = Substring(uriStr, keySeparator + 1);
+
+    *key = strtoul(keyStr.get(), nullptr, 10);
+
+    if (part && keyEndSeparator != -1)
+    {
+      int32_t partPos = MsgFind(uriStr, "part=", false, keyEndSeparator);
+      if (partPos != -1)
+      {
+        *part = ToNewCString(Substring(uriStr, keyEndSeparator));
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsBuildImapMessageURI(const char *baseURI, uint32_t key, nsCString& uri)
+{
+  uri.Append(baseURI);
+  uri.Append('#');
+  uri.AppendInt(key);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsCreateImapBaseMessageURI(const nsACString& baseURI, nsCString &baseMessageURI)
+{
+  nsAutoCString tailURI(baseURI);
+  // chop off imap:/
+  if (tailURI.Find(kImapRootURI) == 0)
+    tailURI.Cut(0, PL_strlen(kImapRootURI));
+  baseMessageURI = kImapMessageRootURI;
+  baseMessageURI += tailURI;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// nsImapMailboxSpec definition
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsImapMailboxSpec, nsIMailboxSpec)
+
+nsImapMailboxSpec::nsImapMailboxSpec()
+{
+  mFolder_UIDVALIDITY = 0;
+  mHighestModSeq = 0;
+  mNumOfMessages = 0;
+  mNumOfUnseenMessages = 0;
+  mNumOfRecentMessages = 0;
+  mNextUID = 0;
+
+  mBoxFlags = 0;
+  mSupportedUserFlags = 0;
+
+  mHierarchySeparator = '\0';
+
+  mFolderSelected = false;
+  mDiscoveredFromLsub = false;
+
+  mOnlineVerified = false;
+  mNamespaceForFolder = nullptr;
+}
+
+nsImapMailboxSpec::~nsImapMailboxSpec()
+{
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_GETSET(nsImapMailboxSpec, Folder_UIDVALIDITY, int32_t, mFolder_UIDVALIDITY)
+NS_IMPL_GETSET(nsImapMailboxSpec, HighestModSeq, uint64_t, mHighestModSeq)
+NS_IMPL_GETSET(nsImapMailboxSpec, NumMessages, int32_t, mNumOfMessages)
+NS_IMPL_GETSET(nsImapMailboxSpec, NumUnseenMessages, int32_t, mNumOfUnseenMessages)
+NS_IMPL_GETSET(nsImapMailboxSpec, NumRecentMessages, int32_t, mNumOfRecentMessages)
+NS_IMPL_GETSET(nsImapMailboxSpec, NextUID, int32_t, mNextUID)
+NS_IMPL_GETSET(nsImapMailboxSpec, HierarchyDelimiter, char, mHierarchySeparator)
+NS_IMPL_GETSET(nsImapMailboxSpec, FolderSelected, bool, mFolderSelected)
+NS_IMPL_GETSET(nsImapMailboxSpec, DiscoveredFromLsub, bool, mDiscoveredFromLsub)
+NS_IMPL_GETSET(nsImapMailboxSpec, OnlineVerified, bool, mOnlineVerified)
+NS_IMPL_GETSET(nsImapMailboxSpec, SupportedUserFlags, uint32_t, mSupportedUserFlags)
+NS_IMPL_GETSET(nsImapMailboxSpec, Box_flags, uint32_t, mBoxFlags)
+NS_IMPL_GETSET(nsImapMailboxSpec, NamespaceForFolder, nsIMAPNamespace *, mNamespaceForFolder)
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailboxSpec::GetAllocatedPathName(nsACString &aAllocatedPathName)
+{
+  aAllocatedPathName = mAllocatedPathName;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailboxSpec::SetAllocatedPathName(const nsACString &aAllocatedPathName)
+{
+  mAllocatedPathName = aAllocatedPathName;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailboxSpec::GetUnicharPathName(nsAString &aUnicharPathName)
+{
+  aUnicharPathName = aUnicharPathName;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailboxSpec::SetUnicharPathName(const nsAString &aUnicharPathName)
+{
+  mUnicharPathName = aUnicharPathName;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailboxSpec::GetHostName(nsACString &aHostName)
+{
+  aHostName = mHostName;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailboxSpec::SetHostName(const nsACString &aHostName)
+{
+  mHostName = aHostName;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailboxSpec::GetFlagState(nsIImapFlagAndUidState ** aFlagState)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aFlagState);
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aFlagState = mFlagState);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailboxSpec::SetFlagState(nsIImapFlagAndUidState * aFlagState)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aFlagState);
+  mFlagState = aFlagState;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsImapMailboxSpec& nsImapMailboxSpec::operator= (const nsImapMailboxSpec& aCopy)
+{
+  mFolder_UIDVALIDITY = aCopy.mFolder_UIDVALIDITY;
+  mHighestModSeq = aCopy.mHighestModSeq;
+  mNumOfMessages = aCopy.mNumOfMessages;
+  mNumOfUnseenMessages = aCopy.mNumOfUnseenMessages;
+  mNumOfRecentMessages = aCopy.mNumOfRecentMessages;
+
+  mBoxFlags = aCopy.mBoxFlags;
+  mSupportedUserFlags = aCopy.mSupportedUserFlags;
+
+  mAllocatedPathName.Assign(aCopy.mAllocatedPathName);
+  mUnicharPathName.Assign(aCopy.mUnicharPathName);
+  mHostName.Assign(aCopy.mHostName);
+
+  mFlagState = aCopy.mFlagState;
+  mNamespaceForFolder = aCopy.mNamespaceForFolder;
+
+  mFolderSelected = aCopy.mFolderSelected;
+  mDiscoveredFromLsub = aCopy.mDiscoveredFromLsub;
+
+  mOnlineVerified = aCopy.mOnlineVerified;
+
+  return *this;
+}
+
+// use the flagState to determine if the gaps in the msgUids correspond to gaps in the mailbox,
+// in which case we can still use ranges. If flagState is null, we won't do this.
+void AllocateImapUidString(uint32_t *msgUids, uint32_t &msgCount,
+                           nsImapFlagAndUidState *flagState, nsCString &returnString)
+{
+  uint32_t startSequence = (msgCount > 0) ? msgUids[0] : 0xFFFFFFFF;
+  uint32_t curSequenceEnd = startSequence;
+  uint32_t total = msgCount;
+  int32_t  curFlagStateIndex = -1;
+
+  // a partial fetch flag state doesn't help us, so don't use it.
+  if (flagState && flagState->GetPartialUIDFetch())
+    flagState = nullptr;
+
+
+  for (uint32_t keyIndex = 0; keyIndex < total; keyIndex++)
+  {
+    uint32_t curKey = msgUids[keyIndex];
+    uint32_t nextKey = (keyIndex + 1 < total) ? msgUids[keyIndex + 1] : 0xFFFFFFFF;
+    bool lastKey = (nextKey == 0xFFFFFFFF);
+
+    if (lastKey)
+      curSequenceEnd = curKey;
+
+    if (!lastKey)
+    {
+      if (nextKey == curSequenceEnd + 1)
+      {
+        curSequenceEnd = nextKey;
+        curFlagStateIndex++;
+        continue;
+      }
+      if (flagState)
+      {
+        if (curFlagStateIndex == -1)
+        {
+          bool foundIt;
+          flagState->GetMessageFlagsFromUID(curSequenceEnd, &foundIt, &curFlagStateIndex);
+          if (!foundIt)
+          {
+            NS_WARNING("flag state missing key");
+            // The start of this sequence is missing from flag state, so move
+            // on to the next key.
+            curFlagStateIndex = -1;
+            curSequenceEnd = startSequence = nextKey;
+            continue;
+          }
+        }
+        curFlagStateIndex++;
+        uint32_t nextUidInFlagState;
+        nsresult rv = flagState->GetUidOfMessage(curFlagStateIndex, &nextUidInFlagState);
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && nextUidInFlagState == nextKey)
+        {
+          curSequenceEnd = nextKey;
+          continue;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    if (curSequenceEnd > startSequence)
+    {
+      returnString.AppendInt((int64_t) startSequence);
+      returnString += ':';
+      returnString.AppendInt((int64_t) curSequenceEnd);
+      startSequence = nextKey;
+      curSequenceEnd = startSequence;
+      curFlagStateIndex = -1;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      startSequence = nextKey;
+      curSequenceEnd = startSequence;
+      returnString.AppendInt((int64_t) msgUids[keyIndex]);
+      curFlagStateIndex = -1;
+    }
+    // check if we've generated too long a string - if there's no flag state,
+    // it means we just need to go ahead and generate a too long string
+    // because the calling code won't handle breaking up the strings.
+    if (flagState && returnString.Length() > 950)
+    {
+      msgCount = keyIndex;
+      break;
+    }
+    // If we are not the last item then we need to add the comma
+    // but it's important we do it here, after the length check
+    if (!lastKey)
+      returnString += ',';
+  }
+}
+
+void ParseUidString(const char *uidString, nsTArray<nsMsgKey> &keys)
+{
+  // This is in the form <id>,<id>, or <id1>:<id2>
+  if (!uidString)
+    return;
+
+  char curChar = *uidString;
+  bool isRange = false;
+  uint32_t curToken;
+  uint32_t saveStartToken = 0;
+
+  for (const char *curCharPtr = uidString; curChar && *curCharPtr;)
+  {
+    const char *currentKeyToken = curCharPtr;
+    curChar = *curCharPtr;
+    while (curChar != ':' && curChar != ',' && curChar != '\0')
+      curChar = *curCharPtr++;
+
+    // we don't need to null terminate currentKeyToken because strtoul
+    // stops at non-numeric chars.
+    curToken = strtoul(currentKeyToken, nullptr, 10);
+    if (isRange)
+    {
+      while (saveStartToken < curToken)
+        keys.AppendElement(saveStartToken++);
+    }
+    keys.AppendElement(curToken);
+    isRange = (curChar == ':');
+    if (isRange)
+      saveStartToken = curToken + 1;
+  }
+}
+
+void AppendUid(nsCString &msgIds, uint32_t uid)
+{
+  char buf[20];
+  PR_snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%u", uid);
+  msgIds.Append(buf);
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/imap/src/nsImapUtils.h b/mailnews/imap/src/nsImapUtils.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b24a38a00
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/imap/src/nsImapUtils.h
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef NS_IMAPUTILS_H
+#define NS_IMAPUTILS_H
+
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsIMsgIncomingServer.h"
+#include "MailNewsTypes.h"
+#include "nsTArray.h"
+#include "nsIMailboxSpec.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+
+class nsImapFlagAndUidState;
+class nsImapProtocol;
+
+static const char kImapRootURI[] = "imap:/";
+static const char kImapMessageRootURI[] = "imap-message:/";
+static const char kModSeqPropertyName[] = "highestModSeq";
+static const char kHighestRecordedUIDPropertyName[] = "highestRecordedUID";
+static const char kDeletedHdrCountPropertyName[] = "numDeletedHeaders";
+
+extern nsresult
+nsImapURI2FullName(const char* rootURI, const char* hostname, const char* uriStr,
+                   char **name);
+
+extern nsresult
+nsParseImapMessageURI(const char* uri, nsCString& folderURI, uint32_t *key, char **part);
+
+extern nsresult 
+nsBuildImapMessageURI(const char *baseURI, uint32_t key, nsCString& uri);
+
+extern nsresult
+nsCreateImapBaseMessageURI(const nsACString& baseURI, nsCString& baseMessageURI);
+
+void AllocateImapUidString(uint32_t *msgUids, uint32_t &msgCount, nsImapFlagAndUidState *flagState, nsCString &returnString);
+void ParseUidString(const char *uidString, nsTArray<nsMsgKey> &keys);
+void AppendUid(nsCString &msgIds, uint32_t uid);
+
+class nsImapMailboxSpec : public nsIMailboxSpec
+{
+public:
+  nsImapMailboxSpec();
+  
+  NS_DECL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIMAILBOXSPEC
+    
+  nsImapMailboxSpec& operator= (const nsImapMailboxSpec& aCopy);
+  
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapFlagAndUidState> mFlagState;
+  nsIMAPNamespace                  *mNamespaceForFolder;  
+  
+  uint32_t  mBoxFlags;
+  uint32_t  mSupportedUserFlags;
+  int32_t   mFolder_UIDVALIDITY;
+  uint64_t  mHighestModSeq;
+  int32_t   mNumOfMessages;
+  int32_t   mNumOfUnseenMessages;
+  int32_t   mNumOfRecentMessages;
+  int32_t   mNextUID;
+  nsCString mAllocatedPathName;
+  nsCString mHostName;
+  nsString  mUnicharPathName;
+  char      mHierarchySeparator;
+  bool      mFolderSelected;
+  bool      mDiscoveredFromLsub;
+  bool      mOnlineVerified;
+  
+  nsImapProtocol *mConnection;	// do we need this? It seems evil
+
+private:
+  virtual ~nsImapMailboxSpec();
+};
+
+#endif //NS_IMAPUTILS_H
diff --git a/mailnews/imap/src/nsSyncRunnableHelpers.cpp b/mailnews/imap/src/nsSyncRunnableHelpers.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ec547eb91
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/imap/src/nsSyncRunnableHelpers.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,600 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsSyncRunnableHelpers.h"
+#include "nsIMsgMailNewsUrl.h"
+#include "nsIMsgWindow.h"
+#include "nsImapMailFolder.h"
+
+#include "mozilla/Monitor.h"
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(StreamListenerProxy, nsIStreamListener)
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(ImapMailFolderSinkProxy, nsIImapMailFolderSink)
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(ImapServerSinkProxy, nsIImapServerSink)
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(ImapMessageSinkProxy,
+                              nsIImapMessageSink)
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(ImapProtocolSinkProxy,
+                              nsIImapProtocolSink)
+namespace {
+
+// Traits class for a reference type, specialized for parameters which are
+// already references.
+template<typename T>
+struct RefType
+{
+  typedef T& type;
+};
+
+template<>
+struct RefType<nsAString&>
+{
+  typedef nsAString& type;
+};
+
+template<>
+struct RefType<const nsAString&>
+{
+  typedef const nsAString& type;
+};
+
+template<>
+struct RefType<nsACString&>
+{
+  typedef nsACString& type;
+};
+
+template<>
+struct RefType<const nsACString&>
+{
+  typedef const nsACString& type;
+};
+
+template<>
+struct RefType<const nsIID&>
+{
+  typedef const nsIID& type;
+};
+
+class SyncRunnableBase : public mozilla::Runnable
+{
+public:
+  nsresult Result() {
+    return mResult;
+  }
+
+  mozilla::Monitor& Monitor() {
+    return mMonitor;
+  }
+
+protected:
+  SyncRunnableBase()
+    : mResult(NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED)
+    , mMonitor("SyncRunnableBase")
+  { }
+
+  nsresult mResult;
+  mozilla::Monitor mMonitor;
+};
+
+template<typename Receiver>
+class SyncRunnable0 : public SyncRunnableBase
+{
+public:
+  typedef nsresult (NS_STDCALL Receiver::*ReceiverMethod)();
+
+  SyncRunnable0(Receiver* receiver, ReceiverMethod method)
+    : mReceiver(receiver)
+    , mMethod(method)
+  { }
+
+  NS_IMETHOD Run() {
+    mResult = (mReceiver->*mMethod)();
+    mozilla::MonitorAutoLock(mMonitor).Notify();
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+private:
+  Receiver* mReceiver;
+  ReceiverMethod mMethod;
+};
+
+
+template<typename Receiver, typename Arg1>
+class SyncRunnable1 : public SyncRunnableBase
+{
+public:
+  typedef nsresult (NS_STDCALL Receiver::*ReceiverMethod)(Arg1);
+  typedef typename RefType<Arg1>::type Arg1Ref;
+
+  SyncRunnable1(Receiver* receiver, ReceiverMethod method,
+                Arg1Ref arg1)
+    : mReceiver(receiver)
+    , mMethod(method)
+    , mArg1(arg1)
+  { }
+
+  NS_IMETHOD Run() {
+    mResult = (mReceiver->*mMethod)(mArg1);
+    mozilla::MonitorAutoLock(mMonitor).Notify();
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+private:
+  Receiver* mReceiver;
+  ReceiverMethod mMethod;
+  Arg1Ref mArg1;
+};
+
+template<typename Receiver, typename Arg1, typename Arg2>
+class SyncRunnable2 : public SyncRunnableBase
+{
+public:
+  typedef nsresult (NS_STDCALL Receiver::*ReceiverMethod)(Arg1, Arg2);
+  typedef typename RefType<Arg1>::type Arg1Ref;
+  typedef typename RefType<Arg2>::type Arg2Ref;
+
+  SyncRunnable2(Receiver* receiver, ReceiverMethod method,
+                Arg1Ref arg1, Arg2Ref arg2)
+    : mReceiver(receiver)
+    , mMethod(method)
+    , mArg1(arg1)
+    , mArg2(arg2)
+  { }
+
+  NS_IMETHOD Run() {
+    mResult = (mReceiver->*mMethod)(mArg1, mArg2);
+    mozilla::MonitorAutoLock(mMonitor).Notify();
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+private:
+  Receiver* mReceiver;
+  ReceiverMethod mMethod;
+  Arg1Ref mArg1;
+  Arg2Ref mArg2;
+};
+
+template<typename Receiver, typename Arg1, typename Arg2, typename Arg3>
+class SyncRunnable3 : public SyncRunnableBase
+{
+public:
+  typedef nsresult (NS_STDCALL Receiver::*ReceiverMethod)(Arg1, Arg2, Arg3);
+  typedef typename RefType<Arg1>::type Arg1Ref;
+  typedef typename RefType<Arg2>::type Arg2Ref;
+  typedef typename RefType<Arg3>::type Arg3Ref;
+
+  SyncRunnable3(Receiver* receiver, ReceiverMethod method,
+                Arg1Ref arg1, Arg2Ref arg2, Arg3Ref arg3)
+    : mReceiver(receiver)
+    , mMethod(method)
+    , mArg1(arg1)
+    , mArg2(arg2)
+    , mArg3(arg3)
+  { }
+
+  NS_IMETHOD Run() {
+    mResult = (mReceiver->*mMethod)(mArg1, mArg2, mArg3);
+    mozilla::MonitorAutoLock(mMonitor).Notify();
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+private:
+  Receiver* mReceiver;
+  ReceiverMethod mMethod;
+  Arg1Ref mArg1;
+  Arg2Ref mArg2;
+  Arg3Ref mArg3;
+};
+
+template<typename Receiver, typename Arg1, typename Arg2, typename Arg3,
+         typename Arg4>
+class SyncRunnable4 : public SyncRunnableBase
+{
+public:
+  typedef nsresult (NS_STDCALL Receiver::*ReceiverMethod)(Arg1, Arg2, Arg3, Arg4);
+  typedef typename RefType<Arg1>::type Arg1Ref;
+  typedef typename RefType<Arg2>::type Arg2Ref;
+  typedef typename RefType<Arg3>::type Arg3Ref;
+  typedef typename RefType<Arg4>::type Arg4Ref;
+
+  SyncRunnable4(Receiver* receiver, ReceiverMethod method,
+                Arg1Ref arg1, Arg2Ref arg2, Arg3Ref arg3, Arg4Ref arg4)
+    : mReceiver(receiver)
+    , mMethod(method)
+    , mArg1(arg1)
+    , mArg2(arg2)
+    , mArg3(arg3)
+    , mArg4(arg4)
+  { }
+
+  NS_IMETHOD Run() {
+    mResult = (mReceiver->*mMethod)(mArg1, mArg2, mArg3, mArg4);
+    mozilla::MonitorAutoLock(mMonitor).Notify();
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+private:
+  Receiver* mReceiver;
+  ReceiverMethod mMethod;
+  Arg1Ref mArg1;
+  Arg2Ref mArg2;
+  Arg3Ref mArg3;
+  Arg4Ref mArg4;
+};
+
+template<typename Receiver, typename Arg1, typename Arg2, typename Arg3,
+         typename Arg4, typename Arg5>
+class SyncRunnable5 : public SyncRunnableBase
+{
+public:
+  typedef nsresult (NS_STDCALL Receiver::*ReceiverMethod)(Arg1, Arg2, Arg3, Arg4, Arg5);
+  typedef typename RefType<Arg1>::type Arg1Ref;
+  typedef typename RefType<Arg2>::type Arg2Ref;
+  typedef typename RefType<Arg3>::type Arg3Ref;
+  typedef typename RefType<Arg4>::type Arg4Ref;
+  typedef typename RefType<Arg5>::type Arg5Ref;
+
+  SyncRunnable5(Receiver* receiver, ReceiverMethod method,
+                Arg1Ref arg1, Arg2Ref arg2, Arg3Ref arg3, Arg4Ref arg4, Arg5Ref arg5)
+    : mReceiver(receiver)
+    , mMethod(method)
+    , mArg1(arg1)
+    , mArg2(arg2)
+    , mArg3(arg3)
+    , mArg4(arg4)
+    , mArg5(arg5)
+  { }
+
+  NS_IMETHOD Run() {
+    mResult = (mReceiver->*mMethod)(mArg1, mArg2, mArg3, mArg4, mArg5);
+    mozilla::MonitorAutoLock(mMonitor).Notify();
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+private:
+  Receiver* mReceiver;
+  ReceiverMethod mMethod;
+  Arg1Ref mArg1;
+  Arg2Ref mArg2;
+  Arg3Ref mArg3;
+  Arg4Ref mArg4;
+  Arg5Ref mArg5;
+};
+
+nsresult
+DispatchSyncRunnable(SyncRunnableBase* r)
+{
+  if (NS_IsMainThread()) {
+    r->Run();
+  }
+  else {
+    mozilla::MonitorAutoLock lock(r->Monitor());
+    nsresult rv = NS_DispatchToMainThread(r);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      return rv;
+    lock.Wait();
+  }
+  return r->Result();
+}
+
+} // anonymous namespace
+
+#define NS_SYNCRUNNABLEMETHOD0(iface, method)                       \
+  NS_IMETHODIMP iface##Proxy::method() {                     \
+    RefPtr<SyncRunnableBase> r =                                  \
+      new SyncRunnable0<nsI##iface>                           \
+      (mReceiver, &nsI##iface::method);                         \
+    return DispatchSyncRunnable(r);                                 \
+  }
+
+
+#define NS_SYNCRUNNABLEMETHOD1(iface, method,                       \
+                               arg1)                                \
+  NS_IMETHODIMP iface##Proxy::method(arg1 a1) {                     \
+    RefPtr<SyncRunnableBase> r =                                  \
+      new SyncRunnable1<nsI##iface, arg1>                           \
+      (mReceiver, &nsI##iface::method, a1);                         \
+    return DispatchSyncRunnable(r);                                 \
+  }
+
+#define NS_SYNCRUNNABLEMETHOD2(iface, method,                       \
+                               arg1, arg2)                          \
+  NS_IMETHODIMP iface##Proxy::method(arg1 a1, arg2 a2) {            \
+    RefPtr<SyncRunnableBase> r =                                  \
+      new SyncRunnable2<nsI##iface, arg1, arg2>                     \
+      (mReceiver, &nsI##iface::method, a1, a2);                     \
+    return DispatchSyncRunnable(r);                                 \
+  }
+
+#define NS_SYNCRUNNABLEMETHOD3(iface, method,                       \
+                               arg1, arg2, arg3)                    \
+  NS_IMETHODIMP iface##Proxy::method(arg1 a1, arg2 a2, arg3 a3) {   \
+    RefPtr<SyncRunnableBase> r =                                  \
+      new SyncRunnable3<nsI##iface, arg1, arg2, arg3>               \
+      (mReceiver, &nsI##iface::method,                              \
+       a1, a2, a3);                                                 \
+    return DispatchSyncRunnable(r);                                 \
+  }
+
+#define NS_SYNCRUNNABLEMETHOD4(iface, method,                       \
+                               arg1, arg2, arg3, arg4)              \
+  NS_IMETHODIMP iface##Proxy::method(arg1 a1, arg2 a2, arg3 a3, arg4 a4) { \
+    RefPtr<SyncRunnableBase> r =                                  \
+      new SyncRunnable4<nsI##iface, arg1, arg2, arg3, arg4>         \
+      (mReceiver, &nsI##iface::method,                              \
+       a1, a2, a3, a4);                                             \
+    return DispatchSyncRunnable(r);                                 \
+  }
+
+#define NS_SYNCRUNNABLEMETHOD5(iface, method,                       \
+                               arg1, arg2, arg3, arg4, arg5)        \
+  NS_IMETHODIMP iface##Proxy::method(arg1 a1, arg2 a2, arg3 a3, arg4 a4, arg5 a5) {   \
+    RefPtr<SyncRunnableBase> r =                                  \
+      new SyncRunnable5<nsI##iface, arg1, arg2, arg3, arg4, arg5>   \
+      (mReceiver, &nsI##iface::method,                              \
+       a1, a2, a3, a4, a5);                                         \
+    return DispatchSyncRunnable(r);                                 \
+  }
+
+#define NS_SYNCRUNNABLEATTRIBUTE(iface, attribute,                       \
+                                 type)                                \
+NS_IMETHODIMP iface##Proxy::Get##attribute(type *a1) {                     \
+    RefPtr<SyncRunnableBase> r =                                  \
+      new SyncRunnable1<nsI##iface, type *>                           \
+      (mReceiver, &nsI##iface::Get##attribute, a1);                         \
+    return DispatchSyncRunnable(r);                                 \
+  } \
+NS_IMETHODIMP iface##Proxy::Set##attribute(type a1) {                     \
+    RefPtr<SyncRunnableBase> r =                                  \
+      new SyncRunnable1<nsI##iface, type>                           \
+      (mReceiver, &nsI##iface::Set##attribute, a1);                         \
+    return DispatchSyncRunnable(r);                                 \
+  }
+
+
+#define NS_NOTIMPLEMENTED \
+  { NS_RUNTIMEABORT("Not implemented"); return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED; }
+
+NS_SYNCRUNNABLEMETHOD5(StreamListener, OnDataAvailable,
+                       nsIRequest *, nsISupports *, nsIInputStream *, uint64_t, uint32_t)
+
+NS_SYNCRUNNABLEMETHOD2(StreamListener, OnStartRequest,
+                       nsIRequest *, nsISupports *)
+
+NS_SYNCRUNNABLEMETHOD3(StreamListener, OnStopRequest,
+                       nsIRequest *, nsISupports *, nsresult)
+
+NS_SYNCRUNNABLEMETHOD2(ImapProtocolSink, GetUrlWindow, nsIMsgMailNewsUrl *,
+                       nsIMsgWindow **)
+
+NS_SYNCRUNNABLEMETHOD0(ImapProtocolSink, CloseStreams)
+NS_SYNCRUNNABLEMETHOD0(ImapProtocolSink, SetupMainThreadProxies)
+
+NS_SYNCRUNNABLEATTRIBUTE(ImapMailFolderSink, FolderNeedsACLListed, bool)
+NS_SYNCRUNNABLEATTRIBUTE(ImapMailFolderSink, FolderNeedsSubscribing, bool)
+NS_SYNCRUNNABLEATTRIBUTE(ImapMailFolderSink, FolderNeedsAdded, bool)
+NS_SYNCRUNNABLEATTRIBUTE(ImapMailFolderSink, AclFlags, uint32_t)
+NS_SYNCRUNNABLEATTRIBUTE(ImapMailFolderSink, UidValidity, int32_t)
+NS_SYNCRUNNABLEATTRIBUTE(ImapMailFolderSink, FolderQuotaCommandIssued, bool)
+NS_SYNCRUNNABLEMETHOD3(ImapMailFolderSink, SetFolderQuotaData, const nsACString &, uint32_t, uint32_t)
+NS_SYNCRUNNABLEMETHOD1(ImapMailFolderSink, GetShouldDownloadAllHeaders, bool *)
+NS_SYNCRUNNABLEMETHOD1(ImapMailFolderSink, GetOnlineDelimiter, char *)
+NS_SYNCRUNNABLEMETHOD0(ImapMailFolderSink, OnNewIdleMessages)
+NS_SYNCRUNNABLEMETHOD2(ImapMailFolderSink, UpdateImapMailboxStatus, nsIImapProtocol *, nsIMailboxSpec *)
+NS_SYNCRUNNABLEMETHOD2(ImapMailFolderSink, UpdateImapMailboxInfo, nsIImapProtocol *, nsIMailboxSpec *)
+NS_SYNCRUNNABLEMETHOD4(ImapMailFolderSink, GetMsgHdrsToDownload, bool *, int32_t *, uint32_t *, nsMsgKey **)
+NS_SYNCRUNNABLEMETHOD2(ImapMailFolderSink, ParseMsgHdrs, nsIImapProtocol *, nsIImapHeaderXferInfo *)
+NS_SYNCRUNNABLEMETHOD1(ImapMailFolderSink, AbortHeaderParseStream, nsIImapProtocol *)
+NS_SYNCRUNNABLEMETHOD2(ImapMailFolderSink, OnlineCopyCompleted, nsIImapProtocol *, ImapOnlineCopyState)
+NS_SYNCRUNNABLEMETHOD1(ImapMailFolderSink, StartMessage, nsIMsgMailNewsUrl *)
+NS_SYNCRUNNABLEMETHOD2(ImapMailFolderSink, EndMessage, nsIMsgMailNewsUrl *, nsMsgKey)
+NS_SYNCRUNNABLEMETHOD2(ImapMailFolderSink, NotifySearchHit, nsIMsgMailNewsUrl *, const char *)
+NS_SYNCRUNNABLEMETHOD2(ImapMailFolderSink, CopyNextStreamMessage, bool, nsISupports *)
+NS_SYNCRUNNABLEMETHOD1(ImapMailFolderSink, CloseMockChannel, nsIImapMockChannel *)
+NS_SYNCRUNNABLEMETHOD5(ImapMailFolderSink, SetUrlState, nsIImapProtocol *, nsIMsgMailNewsUrl *,
+                       bool, bool, nsresult)
+NS_SYNCRUNNABLEMETHOD1(ImapMailFolderSink, ReleaseUrlCacheEntry, nsIMsgMailNewsUrl *)
+NS_SYNCRUNNABLEMETHOD1(ImapMailFolderSink, HeaderFetchCompleted, nsIImapProtocol *)
+NS_SYNCRUNNABLEMETHOD1(ImapMailFolderSink, SetBiffStateAndUpdate, int32_t)
+NS_SYNCRUNNABLEMETHOD3(ImapMailFolderSink, ProgressStatusString, nsIImapProtocol*, const char*, const char16_t *)
+NS_SYNCRUNNABLEMETHOD4(ImapMailFolderSink, PercentProgress, nsIImapProtocol*, const char16_t *, int64_t, int64_t)
+NS_SYNCRUNNABLEMETHOD0(ImapMailFolderSink, ClearFolderRights)
+NS_SYNCRUNNABLEMETHOD2(ImapMailFolderSink, SetCopyResponseUid, const char *, nsIImapUrl *)
+NS_SYNCRUNNABLEMETHOD2(ImapMailFolderSink, SetAppendMsgUid, nsMsgKey, nsIImapUrl *)
+NS_SYNCRUNNABLEMETHOD2(ImapMailFolderSink, GetMessageId, nsIImapUrl *, nsACString &)
+
+NS_SYNCRUNNABLEMETHOD2(ImapMessageSink, SetupMsgWriteStream, nsIFile *, bool)
+NS_SYNCRUNNABLEMETHOD3(ImapMessageSink, ParseAdoptedMsgLine, const char *, nsMsgKey, nsIImapUrl *)
+NS_SYNCRUNNABLEMETHOD4(ImapMessageSink, NormalEndMsgWriteStream, nsMsgKey, bool, nsIImapUrl *, int32_t)
+NS_SYNCRUNNABLEMETHOD0(ImapMessageSink, AbortMsgWriteStream)
+NS_SYNCRUNNABLEMETHOD0(ImapMessageSink, BeginMessageUpload)
+NS_SYNCRUNNABLEMETHOD4(ImapMessageSink, NotifyMessageFlags, uint32_t, const nsACString &, nsMsgKey, uint64_t)
+NS_SYNCRUNNABLEMETHOD3(ImapMessageSink, NotifyMessageDeleted, const char *, bool, const char *)
+NS_SYNCRUNNABLEMETHOD2(ImapMessageSink, GetMessageSizeFromDB, const char *, uint32_t *)
+NS_SYNCRUNNABLEMETHOD2(ImapMessageSink, SetContentModified, nsIImapUrl *, nsImapContentModifiedType)
+NS_SYNCRUNNABLEMETHOD4(ImapMessageSink, GetCurMoveCopyMessageInfo, nsIImapUrl *, PRTime *, nsACString &, uint32_t *)
+
+NS_SYNCRUNNABLEMETHOD4(ImapServerSink, PossibleImapMailbox, const nsACString &, char, int32_t, bool *)
+NS_SYNCRUNNABLEMETHOD2(ImapServerSink, FolderNeedsACLInitialized, const nsACString &, bool *)
+NS_SYNCRUNNABLEMETHOD3(ImapServerSink, AddFolderRights, const nsACString &, const nsACString &, const nsACString &)
+NS_SYNCRUNNABLEMETHOD1(ImapServerSink, RefreshFolderRights, const nsACString &)
+NS_SYNCRUNNABLEMETHOD0(ImapServerSink, DiscoveryDone)
+NS_SYNCRUNNABLEMETHOD1(ImapServerSink, OnlineFolderDelete, const nsACString &)
+NS_SYNCRUNNABLEMETHOD1(ImapServerSink, OnlineFolderCreateFailed, const nsACString &)
+NS_SYNCRUNNABLEMETHOD3(ImapServerSink, OnlineFolderRename, nsIMsgWindow *, const nsACString &, const nsACString &)
+NS_SYNCRUNNABLEMETHOD2(ImapServerSink, FolderIsNoSelect, const nsACString &, bool *)
+NS_SYNCRUNNABLEMETHOD2(ImapServerSink, SetFolderAdminURL, const nsACString &, const nsACString &)
+NS_SYNCRUNNABLEMETHOD2(ImapServerSink, FolderVerifiedOnline, const nsACString &, bool *)
+NS_SYNCRUNNABLEMETHOD1(ImapServerSink, SetCapability, eIMAPCapabilityFlags)
+NS_SYNCRUNNABLEMETHOD1(ImapServerSink, SetServerID, const nsACString &)
+NS_SYNCRUNNABLEMETHOD2(ImapServerSink, LoadNextQueuedUrl, nsIImapProtocol *, bool *)
+NS_SYNCRUNNABLEMETHOD2(ImapServerSink, PrepareToRetryUrl, nsIImapUrl *, nsIImapMockChannel **)
+NS_SYNCRUNNABLEMETHOD1(ImapServerSink, SuspendUrl, nsIImapUrl *)
+NS_SYNCRUNNABLEMETHOD2(ImapServerSink, RetryUrl, nsIImapUrl *, nsIImapMockChannel *)
+NS_SYNCRUNNABLEMETHOD0(ImapServerSink, AbortQueuedUrls)
+NS_SYNCRUNNABLEMETHOD2(ImapServerSink, GetImapStringByName, const char*, nsAString &)
+NS_SYNCRUNNABLEMETHOD2(ImapServerSink, PromptLoginFailed, nsIMsgWindow *, int32_t *)
+NS_SYNCRUNNABLEMETHOD2(ImapServerSink, FEAlert, const nsAString &, nsIMsgMailNewsUrl *)
+NS_SYNCRUNNABLEMETHOD2(ImapServerSink, FEAlertWithName, const char*, nsIMsgMailNewsUrl *)
+NS_SYNCRUNNABLEMETHOD2(ImapServerSink, FEAlertFromServer, const nsACString &, nsIMsgMailNewsUrl *)
+NS_SYNCRUNNABLEMETHOD0(ImapServerSink, CommitNamespaces)
+NS_SYNCRUNNABLEMETHOD3(ImapServerSink, AsyncGetPassword, nsIImapProtocol *, bool, nsACString &)
+NS_SYNCRUNNABLEATTRIBUTE(ImapServerSink, UserAuthenticated, bool)
+NS_SYNCRUNNABLEMETHOD3(ImapServerSink, SetMailServerUrls, const nsACString &, const nsACString &, const nsACString &)
+NS_SYNCRUNNABLEMETHOD1(ImapServerSink, GetArbitraryHeaders, nsACString &)
+NS_SYNCRUNNABLEMETHOD0(ImapServerSink, ForgetPassword)
+NS_SYNCRUNNABLEMETHOD1(ImapServerSink, GetShowAttachmentsInline, bool *)
+NS_SYNCRUNNABLEMETHOD3(ImapServerSink, CramMD5Hash, const char *, const char *, char **)
+NS_SYNCRUNNABLEMETHOD1(ImapServerSink, GetLoginUsername, nsACString &)
+NS_SYNCRUNNABLEMETHOD1(ImapServerSink, UpdateTrySTARTTLSPref, bool)
+NS_SYNCRUNNABLEMETHOD1(ImapServerSink, GetOriginalUsername, nsACString &)
+NS_SYNCRUNNABLEMETHOD1(ImapServerSink, GetServerKey, nsACString &)
+NS_SYNCRUNNABLEMETHOD1(ImapServerSink, GetServerPassword, nsACString &)
+NS_SYNCRUNNABLEMETHOD1(ImapServerSink, RemoveServerConnection, nsIImapProtocol *)
+NS_SYNCRUNNABLEMETHOD1(ImapServerSink, GetServerShuttingDown, bool *)
+NS_SYNCRUNNABLEMETHOD1(ImapServerSink, ResetServerConnection, const nsACString &)
+NS_SYNCRUNNABLEMETHOD1(ImapServerSink, SetServerDoingLsub, bool)
+NS_SYNCRUNNABLEMETHOD1(ImapServerSink, SetServerForceSelect, const nsACString &)
+
+
+namespace mozilla {
+namespace mailnews {
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(OAuth2ThreadHelper, msgIOAuth2ModuleListener)
+
+OAuth2ThreadHelper::OAuth2ThreadHelper(nsIMsgIncomingServer *aServer)
+: mMonitor("OAuth thread lock"),
+  mServer(aServer)
+{
+}
+
+OAuth2ThreadHelper::~OAuth2ThreadHelper()
+{
+  if (mOAuth2Support)
+  {
+    NS_ReleaseOnMainThread(mOAuth2Support.forget());
+  }
+}
+
+bool OAuth2ThreadHelper::SupportsOAuth2()
+{
+  // Acquire a lock early, before reading anything. Guarantees memory visibility
+  // issues.
+  MonitorAutoLock lockGuard(mMonitor);
+
+  // If we don't have a server, we can't init, and therefore, we don't support
+  // OAuth2.
+  if (!mServer)
+    return false;
+
+  // If we have this, then we support OAuth2.
+  if (mOAuth2Support)
+    return true;
+
+  // Initialize. This needs to be done on-main-thread: if we're off that thread,
+  // synchronously dispatch to the main thread.
+  if (NS_IsMainThread())
+  {
+    MonitorAutoUnlock lockGuard(mMonitor);
+    Init();
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIRunnable> runInit =
+      NewRunnableMethod(this, &OAuth2ThreadHelper::Init);
+    NS_DispatchToMainThread(runInit);
+    mMonitor.Wait();
+  }
+
+  // After synchronously initializing, if we didn't get an object, then we don't
+  // support XOAuth2.
+  return mOAuth2Support != nullptr;
+}
+
+void OAuth2ThreadHelper::GetXOAuth2String(nsACString &base64Str)
+{
+  MOZ_ASSERT(!NS_IsMainThread(), "This method cannot run on the main thread");
+
+  // Acquire a lock early, before reading anything. Guarantees memory visibility
+  // issues.
+  MonitorAutoLock lockGuard(mMonitor);
+
+  // Umm... what are you trying to do?
+  if (!mOAuth2Support)
+    return;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIRunnable> runInit =
+    NewRunnableMethod(this, &OAuth2ThreadHelper::Connect);
+  NS_DispatchToMainThread(runInit);
+  mMonitor.Wait();
+
+  // Now we either have the string, or we failed (in which case the string is
+  // empty).
+  base64Str = mOAuth2String;
+}
+
+void OAuth2ThreadHelper::Init()
+{
+  MOZ_ASSERT(NS_IsMainThread(), "Can't touch JS off-main-thread");
+  MonitorAutoLock lockGuard(mMonitor);
+
+  // Create the OAuth2 helper module and initialize it. If the preferences are
+  // not set up on this server, we don't support OAuth2, and we nullify our
+  // members to indicate this.
+  mOAuth2Support = do_CreateInstance(MSGIOAUTH2MODULE_CONTRACTID);
+  if (mOAuth2Support)
+  {
+    bool supportsOAuth = false;
+    mOAuth2Support->InitFromMail(mServer, &supportsOAuth);
+    if (!supportsOAuth)
+      mOAuth2Support = nullptr;
+  }
+
+  // There is now no longer any need for the server. Kill it now--this helps
+  // prevent us from maintaining a refcount cycle.
+  mServer = nullptr;
+
+  // Notify anyone waiting that we're done.
+  mMonitor.Notify();
+}
+
+void OAuth2ThreadHelper::Connect()
+{
+  MOZ_ASSERT(NS_IsMainThread(), "Can't touch JS off-main-thread");
+  MOZ_ASSERT(mOAuth2Support, "Should not be here if no OAuth2 support");
+
+  // OK to delay lock since mOAuth2Support is only written on main thread.
+  nsresult rv = mOAuth2Support->Connect(true, this);
+  // If the method failed, we'll never get a callback, so notify the monitor
+  // immediately so that IMAP can react.
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+  {
+    MonitorAutoLock lockGuard(mMonitor);
+    mMonitor.Notify();
+  }
+}
+
+nsresult OAuth2ThreadHelper::OnSuccess(const nsACString &aAccessToken)
+{
+  MOZ_ASSERT(NS_IsMainThread(), "Can't touch JS off-main-thread");
+  MonitorAutoLock lockGuard(mMonitor);
+
+  MOZ_ASSERT(mOAuth2Support, "Should not be here if no OAuth2 support");
+  mOAuth2Support->BuildXOAuth2String(mOAuth2String);
+  mMonitor.Notify();
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult OAuth2ThreadHelper::OnFailure(nsresult aError)
+{
+  MOZ_ASSERT(NS_IsMainThread(), "Can't touch JS off-main-thread");
+  MonitorAutoLock lockGuard(mMonitor);
+
+  mOAuth2String.Truncate();
+  mMonitor.Notify();
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+} // namespace mailnews
+} // namespace mozilla
diff --git a/mailnews/imap/src/nsSyncRunnableHelpers.h b/mailnews/imap/src/nsSyncRunnableHelpers.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4fcadf465
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/imap/src/nsSyncRunnableHelpers.h
@@ -0,0 +1,146 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsSyncRunnableHelpers_h
+#define nsSyncRunnableHelpers_h
+
+#include "nsThreadUtils.h"
+#include "nsProxyRelease.h"
+
+#include "mozilla/Monitor.h"
+#include "msgIOAuth2Module.h"
+#include "nsIStreamListener.h"
+#include "nsIInterfaceRequestor.h"
+#include "nsIImapMailFolderSink.h"
+#include "nsIImapServerSink.h"
+#include "nsIImapProtocolSink.h"
+#include "nsIImapMessageSink.h"
+
+// The classes in this file proxy method calls to the main thread
+// synchronously. The main thread must not block on this thread, or a
+// deadlock condition can occur.
+
+class StreamListenerProxy final : public nsIStreamListener
+{
+public:
+  StreamListenerProxy(nsIStreamListener* receiver)
+    : mReceiver(receiver)
+  { }
+
+  NS_DECL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIREQUESTOBSERVER
+  NS_DECL_NSISTREAMLISTENER
+
+private:
+  ~StreamListenerProxy() {
+    NS_ReleaseOnMainThread(mReceiver.forget());
+  }
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStreamListener> mReceiver;
+};
+
+class ImapMailFolderSinkProxy final : public nsIImapMailFolderSink
+{
+public:
+  ImapMailFolderSinkProxy(nsIImapMailFolderSink* receiver)
+    : mReceiver(receiver)
+  {
+    NS_ASSERTION(receiver, "Don't allow receiver is nullptr");
+  }
+
+  NS_DECL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIIMAPMAILFOLDERSINK
+
+private:
+  ~ImapMailFolderSinkProxy() {
+    NS_ReleaseOnMainThread(mReceiver.forget());
+  }
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapMailFolderSink> mReceiver;
+};
+
+class ImapServerSinkProxy final : public nsIImapServerSink
+{
+public:
+  ImapServerSinkProxy(nsIImapServerSink* receiver)
+    : mReceiver(receiver)
+  { }
+
+  NS_DECL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIIMAPSERVERSINK
+
+private:
+  ~ImapServerSinkProxy() {
+    NS_ReleaseOnMainThread(mReceiver.forget());
+  }
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapServerSink> mReceiver;
+};
+
+
+class ImapMessageSinkProxy final : public nsIImapMessageSink
+{
+public:
+  ImapMessageSinkProxy(nsIImapMessageSink* receiver)
+    : mReceiver(receiver)
+  { }
+
+  NS_DECL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIIMAPMESSAGESINK
+
+private:
+  ~ImapMessageSinkProxy() {
+    NS_ReleaseOnMainThread(mReceiver.forget());
+  }
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapMessageSink> mReceiver;
+};
+
+class ImapProtocolSinkProxy final : public nsIImapProtocolSink
+{
+public:
+  ImapProtocolSinkProxy(nsIImapProtocolSink* receiver)
+    : mReceiver(receiver)
+  { }
+
+  NS_DECL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIIMAPPROTOCOLSINK
+
+private:
+  ~ImapProtocolSinkProxy() {
+    NS_ReleaseOnMainThread(mReceiver.forget());
+  }
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImapProtocolSink> mReceiver;
+};
+
+class msgIOAuth2Module;
+class nsIMsgIncomingServer;
+class nsIVariant;
+class nsIWritableVariant;
+
+namespace mozilla {
+namespace mailnews {
+
+class OAuth2ThreadHelper final : public msgIOAuth2ModuleListener
+{
+public:
+  OAuth2ThreadHelper(nsIMsgIncomingServer *aServer);
+
+  NS_DECL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_MSGIOAUTH2MODULELISTENER
+
+  bool SupportsOAuth2();
+  void GetXOAuth2String(nsACString &base64Str);
+
+private:
+  ~OAuth2ThreadHelper();
+  void Init();
+  void Connect();
+
+  Monitor mMonitor;
+  nsCOMPtr<msgIOAuth2Module> mOAuth2Support;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> mServer;
+  nsCString mOAuth2String;
+};
+
+} // namespace mailnews
+} // namespace mozilla
+
+#endif // nsSyncRunnableHelpers_h
diff --git a/mailnews/import/applemail/src/moz.build b/mailnews/import/applemail/src/moz.build
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1955cf30a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/applemail/src/moz.build
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+# vim: set filetype=python:
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+SOURCES += [
+    'nsAppleMailImport.cpp',
+]
+
+SOURCES += [
+    'nsEmlxHelperUtils.mm',
+]
+
+FINAL_LIBRARY = 'import'
+
diff --git a/mailnews/import/applemail/src/nsAppleMailImport.cpp b/mailnews/import/applemail/src/nsAppleMailImport.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3097b7df5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/applemail/src/nsAppleMailImport.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,623 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsISupportsPrimitives.h"
+#include "nsIImportService.h"
+#include "nsIImportMailboxDescriptor.h"
+#include "nsIImportGeneric.h"
+#include "nsIFile.h"
+#include "nsIStringBundle.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolder.h"
+#include "nsIMsgHdr.h"
+#include "nsIMsgPluggableStore.h"
+#include "nsIMutableArray.h"
+#include "nsNetUtil.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "mozilla/Services.h"
+
+#include "nsEmlxHelperUtils.h"
+#include "nsAppleMailImport.h"
+#include "nsIOutputStream.h"
+
+PRLogModuleInfo *APPLEMAILLOGMODULE = nullptr;
+
+// some hard-coded strings
+#define DEFAULT_MAIL_FOLDER "~/Library/Mail/"
+#define POP_MBOX_SUFFIX ".mbox"
+#define IMAP_MBOX_SUFFIX ".imapmbox"
+
+// stringbundle URI
+#define APPLEMAIL_MSGS_URL "chrome://messenger/locale/appleMailImportMsgs.properties"
+
+// magic constants
+#define kAccountMailboxID 1234
+
+nsAppleMailImportModule::nsAppleMailImportModule()
+{
+  // Init logging module.
+  if (!APPLEMAILLOGMODULE)
+    APPLEMAILLOGMODULE = PR_NewLogModule("APPLEMAILIMPORTLOG");
+
+  IMPORT_LOG0("nsAppleMailImportModule Created");
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundleService> bundleService =
+    mozilla::services::GetStringBundleService();
+  if (bundleService)
+    bundleService->CreateBundle(APPLEMAIL_MSGS_URL, getter_AddRefs(mBundle));
+}
+
+
+nsAppleMailImportModule::~nsAppleMailImportModule()
+{
+  IMPORT_LOG0("nsAppleMailImportModule Deleted");
+}
+
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsAppleMailImportModule, nsIImportModule)
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAppleMailImportModule::GetName(char16_t **aName)
+{
+  return mBundle ?
+    mBundle->GetStringFromName(u"ApplemailImportName", aName) : NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAppleMailImportModule::GetDescription(char16_t **aName)
+{
+  return mBundle ?
+    mBundle->GetStringFromName(u"ApplemailImportDescription", aName) : NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAppleMailImportModule::GetSupports(char **aSupports)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aSupports);
+  *aSupports = strdup(NS_IMPORT_MAIL_STR);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAppleMailImportModule::GetSupportsUpgrade(bool *aUpgrade)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aUpgrade);
+  *aUpgrade = false;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAppleMailImportModule::GetImportInterface(const char *aImportType, nsISupports **aInterface)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aImportType);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aInterface);
+  *aInterface = nullptr;
+  nsresult rv = NS_ERROR_NOT_AVAILABLE;
+
+  if (!strcmp(aImportType, "mail")) {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIImportMail> mail(do_CreateInstance(NS_APPLEMAILIMPL_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIImportService> impSvc(do_GetService(NS_IMPORTSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIImportGeneric> generic;
+        rv = impSvc->CreateNewGenericMail(getter_AddRefs(generic));
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+          nsAutoString name;
+          rv = mBundle->GetStringFromName(u"ApplemailImportName", getter_Copies(name));
+          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+          nsCOMPtr<nsISupportsString> nameString(do_CreateInstance(NS_SUPPORTS_STRING_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+          nameString->SetData(name);
+
+          generic->SetData("name", nameString);
+          generic->SetData("mailInterface", mail);
+
+          generic.forget(aInterface);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+#pragma mark -
+
+nsAppleMailImportMail::nsAppleMailImportMail() : mProgress(0), mCurDepth(0)
+{
+  IMPORT_LOG0("nsAppleMailImportMail created");
+}
+
+nsresult nsAppleMailImportMail::Initialize()
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundleService> bundleService =
+    mozilla::services::GetStringBundleService();
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(bundleService, NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED);
+
+  return bundleService->CreateBundle(APPLEMAIL_MSGS_URL, getter_AddRefs(mBundle));
+}
+
+nsAppleMailImportMail::~nsAppleMailImportMail()
+{
+  IMPORT_LOG0("nsAppleMailImportMail destroyed");
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsAppleMailImportMail, nsIImportMail)
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAppleMailImportMail::GetDefaultLocation(nsIFile **aLocation, bool *aFound, bool *aUserVerify)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aFound);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aLocation);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aUserVerify);
+
+  *aLocation = nullptr;
+  *aFound = false;
+  *aUserVerify = true;
+
+  // try to find current user's top-level Mail folder
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> mailFolder(do_CreateInstance(NS_LOCAL_FILE_CONTRACTID));
+  if (mailFolder) {
+    nsresult rv = mailFolder->InitWithNativePath(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(DEFAULT_MAIL_FOLDER));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+      *aFound = true;
+      *aUserVerify = false;
+      mailFolder.forget(aLocation);
+    }
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// this is the method that initiates all searching for mailboxes.
+// it will assume that it has a directory like ~/Library/Mail/
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAppleMailImportMail::FindMailboxes(nsIFile *aMailboxFile, nsIArray **aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMailboxFile);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+
+  IMPORT_LOG0("FindMailboxes for Apple mail invoked");
+
+  bool exists = false;
+  nsresult rv = aMailboxFile->Exists(&exists);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !exists)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImportService> importService(do_GetService(NS_IMPORTSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> resultsArray(do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  if (!resultsArray)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+  mCurDepth = 1;
+
+  // 1. look for accounts with mailboxes
+  FindAccountMailDirs(aMailboxFile, resultsArray, importService);
+  mCurDepth--;
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+    // 2. look for "global" mailboxes, that don't belong to any specific account. they are inside the
+    //    root's Mailboxes/ folder
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> mailboxesDir(do_CreateInstance(NS_LOCAL_FILE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+        mailboxesDir->InitWithFile(aMailboxFile);
+        rv = mailboxesDir->Append(NS_LITERAL_STRING("Mailboxes"));
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+          IMPORT_LOG0("Looking for global Apple mailboxes");
+
+          mCurDepth++;
+          rv = FindMboxDirs(mailboxesDir, resultsArray, importService);
+          mCurDepth--;
+        }
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && resultsArray)
+    resultsArray.forget(aResult);
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+// operates on the Mail/ directory root, trying to find accounts (which are folders named something like "POP-hwaara@gmail.com")
+// and add their .mbox dirs
+void nsAppleMailImportMail::FindAccountMailDirs(nsIFile *aRoot, nsIMutableArray *aMailboxDescs, nsIImportService *aImportService)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleEnumerator> directoryEnumerator;
+  nsresult rv = aRoot->GetDirectoryEntries(getter_AddRefs(directoryEnumerator));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return;
+
+  bool hasMore = false;
+  while (NS_SUCCEEDED(directoryEnumerator->HasMoreElements(&hasMore)) && hasMore) {
+
+    // get the next file entry
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> currentEntry;
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> rawSupports;
+      directoryEnumerator->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(rawSupports));
+      if (!rawSupports)
+        continue;
+      currentEntry = do_QueryInterface(rawSupports);
+      if (!currentEntry)
+        continue;
+    }
+
+    // make sure it's a directory
+    bool isDirectory = false;
+    currentEntry->IsDirectory(&isDirectory);
+
+    if (isDirectory) {
+      // now let's see if it's an account folder. if so, we want to traverse it for .mbox children
+      nsAutoString folderName;
+      currentEntry->GetLeafName(folderName);
+      bool isAccountFolder = false;
+
+      if (StringBeginsWith(folderName, NS_LITERAL_STRING("POP-"))) {
+        // cut off "POP-" prefix so we get a nice folder name
+        folderName.Cut(0, 4);
+        isAccountFolder = true;
+      }
+      else if (StringBeginsWith(folderName, NS_LITERAL_STRING("IMAP-"))) {
+        // cut off "IMAP-" prefix so we get a nice folder name
+        folderName.Cut(0, 5);
+        isAccountFolder = true;
+      }
+
+      if (isAccountFolder) {
+        IMPORT_LOG1("Found account: %s\n", NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(folderName).get());
+
+        // create a mailbox for this account, so we get a parent for "Inbox", "Sent Messages", etc.
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIImportMailboxDescriptor> desc;
+        nsresult rv = aImportService->CreateNewMailboxDescriptor(getter_AddRefs(desc));
+        desc->SetSize(1);
+        desc->SetDepth(mCurDepth);
+        desc->SetDisplayName(folderName.get());
+        desc->SetIdentifier(kAccountMailboxID);
+
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> mailboxDescFile;
+        rv = desc->GetFile(getter_AddRefs(mailboxDescFile));
+        if (!mailboxDescFile)
+          continue;
+
+        mailboxDescFile->InitWithFile(currentEntry);
+
+        // add this mailbox descriptor to the list
+        aMailboxDescs->AppendElement(desc, false);
+
+        // now add all the children mailboxes
+        mCurDepth++;
+        FindMboxDirs(currentEntry, aMailboxDescs, aImportService);
+        mCurDepth--;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+// adds the specified file as a mailboxdescriptor to the array
+nsresult nsAppleMailImportMail::AddMboxDir(nsIFile *aFolder, nsIMutableArray *aMailboxDescs, nsIImportService *aImportService)
+{
+  nsAutoString folderName;
+  aFolder->GetLeafName(folderName);
+
+  // cut off the suffix, if any, or prefix if this is an account folder.
+  if (StringEndsWith(folderName, NS_LITERAL_STRING(POP_MBOX_SUFFIX)))
+    folderName.SetLength(folderName.Length()-5);
+  else if (StringEndsWith(folderName, NS_LITERAL_STRING(IMAP_MBOX_SUFFIX)))
+    folderName.SetLength(folderName.Length()-9);
+  else if (StringBeginsWith(folderName, NS_LITERAL_STRING("POP-")))
+    folderName.Cut(4, folderName.Length());
+  else if (StringBeginsWith(folderName, NS_LITERAL_STRING("IMAP-")))
+    folderName.Cut(5, folderName.Length());
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImportMailboxDescriptor> desc;
+  nsresult rv = aImportService->CreateNewMailboxDescriptor(getter_AddRefs(desc));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+    // find out number of messages in this .mbox
+    uint32_t numMessages = 0;
+    {
+      // move to the .mbox's Messages folder
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> messagesFolder;
+      aFolder->Clone(getter_AddRefs(messagesFolder));
+      nsresult rv = messagesFolder->Append(NS_LITERAL_STRING("Messages"));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      // count the number of messages in this folder. it sucks that we have to iterate through the folder
+      // but XPCOM doesn't give us any way to just get the file count, unfortunately. :-(
+      nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleEnumerator> dirEnumerator;
+      messagesFolder->GetDirectoryEntries(getter_AddRefs(dirEnumerator));
+      if (dirEnumerator) {
+        bool hasMore = false;
+        while (NS_SUCCEEDED(dirEnumerator->HasMoreElements(&hasMore)) && hasMore) {
+          nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> rawSupports;
+          dirEnumerator->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(rawSupports));
+          if (!rawSupports)
+            continue;
+
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> file(do_QueryInterface(rawSupports));
+          if (file) {
+            bool isFile = false;
+            file->IsFile(&isFile);
+            if (isFile)
+              numMessages++;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    desc->SetSize(numMessages);
+    desc->SetDisplayName(folderName.get());
+    desc->SetDepth(mCurDepth);
+
+    IMPORT_LOG3("Will import %s with approx %d messages, depth is %d", NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(folderName).get(), numMessages, mCurDepth);
+
+    // XXX: this is silly. there's no setter for the mailbox descriptor's file, so we need to get it, and then modify it.
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> mailboxDescFile;
+    rv = desc->GetFile(getter_AddRefs(mailboxDescFile));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    if (mailboxDescFile)
+      mailboxDescFile->InitWithFile(aFolder);
+
+    // add this mailbox descriptor to the list
+    aMailboxDescs->AppendElement(desc, false);
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// Starts looking for .mbox dirs in the specified dir. The .mbox dirs contain messages and can be considered leafs in a tree of
+// nested mailboxes (subfolders).
+//
+// If a mailbox has sub-mailboxes, they are contained in a sibling folder with the same name without the ".mbox" part.
+// example:
+//   MyParentMailbox.mbox/
+//   MyParentMailbox/
+//     MyChildMailbox.mbox/
+//     MyOtherChildMailbox.mbox/
+//
+nsresult nsAppleMailImportMail::FindMboxDirs(nsIFile *aFolder, nsIMutableArray *aMailboxDescs, nsIImportService *aImportService)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aFolder);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMailboxDescs);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aImportService);
+
+  // make sure this is a directory.
+  bool isDir = false;
+  if (NS_FAILED(aFolder->IsDirectory(&isDir)) || !isDir)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  // iterate through the folder contents
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleEnumerator> directoryEnumerator;
+  nsresult rv = aFolder->GetDirectoryEntries(getter_AddRefs(directoryEnumerator));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !directoryEnumerator)
+    return rv;
+
+  bool hasMore = false;
+  while (NS_SUCCEEDED(directoryEnumerator->HasMoreElements(&hasMore)) && hasMore) {
+
+    // get the next file entry
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> currentEntry;
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> rawSupports;
+      directoryEnumerator->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(rawSupports));
+      if (!rawSupports)
+        continue;
+      currentEntry = do_QueryInterface(rawSupports);
+      if (!currentEntry)
+        continue;
+    }
+
+    // we only care about directories...
+    if (NS_FAILED(currentEntry->IsDirectory(&isDir)) || !isDir)
+      continue;
+
+    // now find out if this is a .mbox dir
+    nsAutoString currentFolderName;
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(currentEntry->GetLeafName(currentFolderName)) &&
+        (StringEndsWith(currentFolderName, NS_LITERAL_STRING(POP_MBOX_SUFFIX)) ||
+         StringEndsWith(currentFolderName, NS_LITERAL_STRING(IMAP_MBOX_SUFFIX)))) {
+      IMPORT_LOG1("Adding .mbox dir: %s", NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(currentFolderName).get());
+
+      // add this .mbox
+      rv = AddMboxDir(currentEntry, aMailboxDescs, aImportService);
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+        IMPORT_LOG1("Couldn't add .mbox for import: %s ... continuing anyway", NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(currentFolderName).get());
+        continue;
+      }
+
+      // see if this .mbox dir has any sub-mailboxes
+      nsAutoString siblingMailboxDirPath;
+      currentEntry->GetPath(siblingMailboxDirPath);
+
+      // cut off suffix
+      if (StringEndsWith(siblingMailboxDirPath, NS_LITERAL_STRING(IMAP_MBOX_SUFFIX)))
+        siblingMailboxDirPath.SetLength(siblingMailboxDirPath.Length()-9);
+      else if (StringEndsWith(siblingMailboxDirPath, NS_LITERAL_STRING(POP_MBOX_SUFFIX)))
+        siblingMailboxDirPath.SetLength(siblingMailboxDirPath.Length()-5);
+
+      IMPORT_LOG1("trying to locate a '%s'", NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(siblingMailboxDirPath).get());
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> siblingMailboxDir(do_CreateInstance(NS_LOCAL_FILE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        continue;
+
+      rv = siblingMailboxDir->InitWithPath(siblingMailboxDirPath);
+      bool reallyExists = false;
+      siblingMailboxDir->Exists(&reallyExists);
+
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && reallyExists) {
+        IMPORT_LOG1("Found what looks like an .mbox container: %s", NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(currentFolderName).get());
+
+        // traverse this folder for other .mboxes
+        mCurDepth++;
+        FindMboxDirs(siblingMailboxDir, aMailboxDescs, aImportService);
+        mCurDepth--;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsAppleMailImportMail::ImportMailbox(nsIImportMailboxDescriptor *aMailbox,
+                                     nsIMsgFolder *aDstFolder,
+                                     char16_t **aErrorLog,
+                                     char16_t **aSuccessLog, bool *aFatalError)
+{
+  nsAutoString errorLog, successLog;
+
+  // reset progress
+  mProgress = 0;
+
+  nsAutoString mailboxName;
+  aMailbox->GetDisplayName(getter_Copies(mailboxName));
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> mboxFolder;
+  nsresult rv = aMailbox->GetFile(getter_AddRefs(mboxFolder));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !mboxFolder) {
+    ReportStatus(u"ApplemailImportMailboxConverterror", mailboxName, errorLog);
+    SetLogs(successLog, errorLog, aSuccessLog, aErrorLog);
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+
+  // if we're an account mailbox, nothing do. if we're a real mbox
+  // then we've got some messages to import!
+  uint32_t mailboxIdentifier;
+  aMailbox->GetIdentifier(&mailboxIdentifier);
+
+  if (mailboxIdentifier != kAccountMailboxID) {
+    // move to the .mbox's Messages folder
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> messagesFolder;
+    mboxFolder->Clone(getter_AddRefs(messagesFolder));
+    rv = messagesFolder->Append(NS_LITERAL_STRING("Messages"));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+      // even if there are no messages, it might still be a valid mailbox, or even
+      // a parent for other mailboxes.
+      //
+      // just indicate that we're done, using the same number that we used to estimate
+      // number of messages earlier.
+      uint32_t finalSize;
+      aMailbox->GetSize(&finalSize);
+      mProgress = finalSize;
+
+      // report that we successfully imported this mailbox
+      ReportStatus(u"ApplemailImportMailboxSuccess", mailboxName, successLog);
+      SetLogs(successLog, errorLog, aSuccessLog, aErrorLog);
+      return NS_OK;
+    }
+
+    // let's import the messages!
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleEnumerator> directoryEnumerator;
+    rv = messagesFolder->GetDirectoryEntries(getter_AddRefs(directoryEnumerator));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+      ReportStatus(u"ApplemailImportMailboxConvertError", mailboxName, errorLog);
+      SetLogs(successLog, errorLog, aSuccessLog, aErrorLog);
+      return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    }
+
+    // prepare an outstream to the destination file
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgPluggableStore> msgStore;
+    rv = aDstFolder->GetMsgStore(getter_AddRefs(msgStore));
+    if (!msgStore || NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+      ReportStatus(u"ApplemailImportMailboxConverterror", mailboxName, errorLog);
+      SetLogs(successLog, errorLog, aSuccessLog, aErrorLog);
+      return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    }
+
+    bool hasMore = false;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIOutputStream> outStream;
+
+    while (NS_SUCCEEDED(directoryEnumerator->HasMoreElements(&hasMore)) && hasMore) {
+      // get the next file entry
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> currentEntry;
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> rawSupports;
+        directoryEnumerator->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(rawSupports));
+        if (!rawSupports)
+          continue;
+        currentEntry = do_QueryInterface(rawSupports);
+        if (!currentEntry)
+          continue;
+      }
+
+      // make sure it's an .emlx file
+      bool isFile = false;
+      currentEntry->IsFile(&isFile);
+      if (!isFile)
+        continue;
+
+      nsAutoString leafName;
+      currentEntry->GetLeafName(leafName);
+      if (!StringEndsWith(leafName, NS_LITERAL_STRING(".emlx")))
+        continue;
+
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+      bool reusable;
+      rv = msgStore->GetNewMsgOutputStream(aDstFolder, getter_AddRefs(msgHdr),
+                                           &reusable,
+                                           getter_AddRefs(outStream));
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        break;
+
+      // add the data to the mbox stream
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(nsEmlxHelperUtils::AddEmlxMessageToStream(currentEntry, outStream))) {
+        mProgress++;
+        msgStore->FinishNewMessage(outStream, msgHdr);
+      }
+      else {
+        msgStore->DiscardNewMessage(outStream, msgHdr);
+        break;
+      }
+      if (!reusable)
+        outStream->Close();
+    }
+    if (outStream)
+      outStream->Close();
+  }
+  // just indicate that we're done, using the same number that we used to estimate
+  // number of messages earlier.
+  uint32_t finalSize;
+  aMailbox->GetSize(&finalSize);
+  mProgress = finalSize;
+
+  // report that we successfully imported this mailbox
+  ReportStatus(u"ApplemailImportMailboxSuccess", mailboxName, successLog);
+  SetLogs(successLog, errorLog, aSuccessLog, aErrorLog);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+void nsAppleMailImportMail::ReportStatus(const char16_t* aErrorName, nsString &aName,
+                                         nsAString &aStream)
+{
+  // get (and format, if needed) the error string from the bundle
+  nsAutoString outString;
+  const char16_t *fmt = { aName.get() };
+  nsresult rv = mBundle->FormatStringFromName(aErrorName, &fmt, 1, getter_Copies(outString));
+  // write it out the stream
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+    aStream.Append(outString);
+    aStream.Append(char16_t('\n'));
+  }
+}
+
+void nsAppleMailImportMail::SetLogs(const nsAString &aSuccess, const nsAString &aError, char16_t **aOutSuccess, char16_t **aOutError)
+{
+  if (aOutError && !*aOutError)
+    *aOutError = ToNewUnicode(aError);
+  if (aOutSuccess && !*aOutSuccess)
+    *aOutSuccess = ToNewUnicode(aSuccess);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAppleMailImportMail::GetImportProgress(uint32_t *aDoneSoFar)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aDoneSoFar);
+  *aDoneSoFar = mProgress;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsAppleMailImportMail::TranslateFolderName(const nsAString &aFolderName, nsAString &aResult)
+{
+  aResult = aFolderName;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/import/applemail/src/nsAppleMailImport.h b/mailnews/import/applemail/src/nsAppleMailImport.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b906aecf5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/applemail/src/nsAppleMailImport.h
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsAppleMailImport_h___
+#define nsAppleMailImport_h___
+
+#include "mozilla/Logging.h"
+#include "nsIImportModule.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsIStringBundle.h"
+#include "nsIImportMail.h"
+
+// logging facilities
+extern PRLogModuleInfo *APPLEMAILLOGMODULE;
+
+#define IMPORT_LOG0(x)          MOZ_LOG(APPLEMAILLOGMODULE, mozilla::LogLevel::Debug, (x))
+#define IMPORT_LOG1(x, y)       MOZ_LOG(APPLEMAILLOGMODULE, mozilla::LogLevel::Debug, (x, y))
+#define IMPORT_LOG2(x, y, z)    MOZ_LOG(APPLEMAILLOGMODULE, mozilla::LogLevel::Debug, (x, y, z))
+#define IMPORT_LOG3(a, b, c, d) MOZ_LOG(APPLEMAILLOGMODULE, mozilla::LogLevel::Debug, (a, b, c, d))
+
+#define NS_APPLEMAILIMPL_CID \
+{ 0x9117a1ea, 0xe012, 0x43b5, { 0xa0, 0x20, 0xcb, 0x8a, 0x66, 0xcc, 0x09, 0xe1 } }
+
+#define NS_APPLEMAILIMPORT_CID \
+{ 0x6d3f101c, 0x70ec, 0x4e04, { 0xb6, 0x8d, 0x99, 0x08, 0xd1, 0xae, 0xdd, 0xf3 } }
+
+#define NS_APPLEMAILIMPL_CONTRACTID "@mozilla.org/import/import-appleMailImpl;1" 
+
+#define kAppleMailSupportsString "mail"
+
+class nsIImportService;
+class nsIMutableArray;
+
+class nsAppleMailImportModule : public nsIImportModule
+{
+  public:
+
+  nsAppleMailImportModule();
+    
+  NS_DECL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIIMPORTMODULE
+
+  private:
+  virtual ~nsAppleMailImportModule();
+    
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundle> mBundle;
+};
+
+class nsAppleMailImportMail : public nsIImportMail
+{
+  public:
+
+  nsAppleMailImportMail();
+
+  NS_DECL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIIMPORTMAIL
+
+  nsresult Initialize();
+
+  private:
+  virtual ~nsAppleMailImportMail();
+
+  void FindAccountMailDirs(nsIFile *aRoot, nsIMutableArray *aMailboxDescs, nsIImportService *aImportService);
+  nsresult FindMboxDirs(nsIFile *aFolder, nsIMutableArray *aMailboxDescs, nsIImportService *aImportService);
+  nsresult AddMboxDir(nsIFile *aFolder, nsIMutableArray *aMailboxDescs, nsIImportService *aImportService);
+    
+  // aInfoString is the format to a "foo %s" string. It may be NULL if the error string needs no such format.
+  void ReportStatus(const char16_t* aErrorName, nsString &aName, nsAString &aStream);
+  static void SetLogs(const nsAString& success, const nsAString& error, char16_t **aOutErrorLog, char16_t **aSuccessLog);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundle>  mBundle;
+  uint32_t                   mProgress;
+  uint16_t                   mCurDepth;
+};
+
+#endif /* nsAppleMailImport_h___ */
diff --git a/mailnews/import/applemail/src/nsEmlxHelperUtils.h b/mailnews/import/applemail/src/nsEmlxHelperUtils.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..728b725b6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/applemail/src/nsEmlxHelperUtils.h
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsEmlxHelperUtils_h___
+#define nsEmlxHelperUtils_h___
+
+#include "nscore.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+
+class nsIOutputStream;
+class nsIFile;
+
+class nsEmlxHelperUtils {
+  /* All emlx messages have a "flags" number in the metadata. 
+     These are the masks to decode that, found via http://jwz.livejournal.com/505711.html */
+  enum EmlxMetadataMask {
+    kRead       = 1 << 0,  // read
+    // 1 << 1,             // deleted
+    kAnswered   = 1 << 2,  // answered
+    // 1 << 3,             // encrypted
+    kFlagged    = 1 << 4,  // flagged
+    // 1 << 5,             // recent
+    // 1 << 6,             // draft
+    // 1 << 7,             // initial (no longer used)
+    kForwarded  = 1 << 8,  // forwarded
+    // 1 << 9,             // redirected
+    // 3F << 10,           // attachment count (6 bits)
+    // 7F << 16,           // priority level (7 bits)
+    // 1 << 23,            // signed
+    // 1 << 24,            // is junk
+    // 1 << 25,            // is not junk
+    // 1 << 26,            // font size delta 7 (3 bits)
+    // 1 << 29,            // junk mail level recorded 
+    // 1 << 30,            // highlight text in toc
+    // 1 << 31             // (unused)
+  };
+
+  // This method will scan the raw EMLX message buffer for "dangerous" so-called "From-lines" that we need to escape.
+  // If it needs to modify any lines, it will return a non-NULL aOutBuffer. If aOutBuffer is NULL, no modification needed
+  // to be made.
+  static nsresult ConvertToMboxRD(const char *aMessageBufferStart, const char *aMessageBufferEnd, nsCString &aOutBuffer);
+
+  // returns an int representing the X-Mozilla-Status flags set (e.g. "read", "flagged") converted from EMLX flags.
+  static nsresult ConvertToMozillaStatusFlags(const char *aXMLBufferStart, const char *aXMLBufferEnd, uint32_t *aMozillaStatusFlags);
+
+  public:
+
+  // add an .emlx message to the mbox output
+  static nsresult AddEmlxMessageToStream(nsIFile *aEmlxFile, nsIOutputStream *aOutoutStream); 
+
+};
+
+#endif // nsEmlxHelperUtils_h___ 
diff --git a/mailnews/import/applemail/src/nsEmlxHelperUtils.mm b/mailnews/import/applemail/src/nsEmlxHelperUtils.mm
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d2feb166e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/applemail/src/nsEmlxHelperUtils.mm
@@ -0,0 +1,240 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsEmlxHelperUtils.h"
+#include "nsIFileStreams.h"
+#include "nsIBufferedStreams.h"
+#include "nsIOutputStream.h"
+#include "nsNetUtil.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsObjCExceptions.h"
+#include "nsMsgMessageFlags.h"
+#include "nsMsgLocalFolderHdrs.h"
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "nsTArray.h"
+#include "nsAppleMailImport.h"
+#include "prprf.h"
+#include "nsIFile.h"
+
+#import <Cocoa/Cocoa.h>
+
+
+nsresult nsEmlxHelperUtils::ConvertToMozillaStatusFlags(const char *aXMLBufferStart, 
+                                                        const char *aXMLBufferEnd, 
+                                                        uint32_t *aMozillaStatusFlags)
+{
+  // create a NSData wrapper around the buffer, so we can use the Cocoa call below
+  NSData *metadata = 
+    [[[NSData alloc] initWithBytesNoCopy:(void *)aXMLBufferStart length:(aXMLBufferEnd-aXMLBufferStart) freeWhenDone:NO] autorelease];
+
+  // get the XML data as a dictionary
+  NSPropertyListFormat format;
+  id plist = [NSPropertyListSerialization propertyListWithData:metadata
+                                              options:NSPropertyListImmutable
+                                                        format:&format
+                                              error:NULL];
+
+  if (!plist)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  // find the <flags>...</flags> value and convert to int
+  const uint32_t emlxMessageFlags = [[(NSDictionary *)plist objectForKey:@"flags"] intValue];
+
+  if (emlxMessageFlags == 0)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  if (emlxMessageFlags & nsEmlxHelperUtils::kRead) 
+    *aMozillaStatusFlags |= nsMsgMessageFlags::Read;
+  if (emlxMessageFlags & nsEmlxHelperUtils::kForwarded)
+    *aMozillaStatusFlags |= nsMsgMessageFlags::Forwarded;
+  if (emlxMessageFlags & nsEmlxHelperUtils::kAnswered)
+    *aMozillaStatusFlags |= nsMsgMessageFlags::Replied;
+  if (emlxMessageFlags & nsEmlxHelperUtils::kFlagged)
+    *aMozillaStatusFlags |= nsMsgMessageFlags::Marked;
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsEmlxHelperUtils::ConvertToMboxRD(const char *aMessageBufferStart, const char *aMessageBufferEnd, nsCString &aOutBuffer)
+{
+  nsTArray<const char *> foundFromLines;
+
+  const char *cur = aMessageBufferStart;
+  while (cur < aMessageBufferEnd) {
+
+    const char *foundFromStr = strnstr(cur, "From ", aMessageBufferEnd-cur);
+
+    if (foundFromStr) {
+      // skip all prepending '>' chars 
+      const char *fromLineStart = foundFromStr;
+      while (fromLineStart-- >= aMessageBufferStart) {
+        if (*fromLineStart == '\n' || fromLineStart == aMessageBufferStart) {
+          if (fromLineStart > aMessageBufferStart)
+            fromLineStart++;
+          foundFromLines.AppendElement(fromLineStart);
+          break;
+        }
+        else if (*fromLineStart != '>')
+          break;
+      }
+
+      // advance past the last found From string.
+      cur = foundFromStr + 5;
+
+      // look for more From lines.
+      continue;
+    } 
+
+    break;
+  }
+
+  // go through foundFromLines
+  if (foundFromLines.Length()) {
+
+    const char *chunkStart = aMessageBufferStart;
+    for (unsigned i=0; i<foundFromLines.Length(); ++i) {
+      aOutBuffer.Append(chunkStart, (foundFromLines[i]-chunkStart));
+      aOutBuffer.Append(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(">"));
+
+      chunkStart = foundFromLines[i];
+    }
+    aOutBuffer.Append(chunkStart, (aMessageBufferEnd - chunkStart));
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsEmlxHelperUtils::AddEmlxMessageToStream(nsIFile *aMessage, nsIOutputStream *aOut)
+{
+  NS_OBJC_BEGIN_TRY_ABORT_BLOCK_NSRESULT;
+
+  // needed to be sure autoreleased objects are released too, which they might not
+  // in a C++ environment where the main event loop has no autorelease pool (e.g on a XPCOM thread)
+  NSAutoreleasePool *pool = [[NSAutoreleasePool alloc] init];
+
+  nsresult rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  nsAutoCString path;
+  aMessage->GetNativePath(path);
+
+  NSData *data = [NSData dataWithContentsOfFile:[NSString stringWithUTF8String:path.get()]]; 
+  if (!data) {
+    [pool release];
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+
+  char *startOfMessageData = NULL;
+  uint32_t actualBytesWritten = 0;
+
+  // The anatomy of an EMLX file:
+  //
+  // -------------------------------
+  // < A number describing how many bytes ahead there is message data >
+  // < Message data >
+  // < XML metadata for this message >
+  // -------------------------------
+
+  // read the first line of the emlx file, which is a number of how many bytes ahead the actual
+  // message data is. 
+  uint64_t numberOfBytesToRead = strtol((char *)[data bytes], &startOfMessageData, 10);
+  if (numberOfBytesToRead <= 0 || !startOfMessageData) {
+    [pool release];
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+
+  // skip whitespace
+  while (*startOfMessageData == ' '  || 
+         *startOfMessageData == '\n' || 
+         *startOfMessageData == '\r' || 
+         *startOfMessageData == '\t')
+    ++startOfMessageData;
+
+  NS_NAMED_LITERAL_CSTRING(kBogusFromLine, "From \n");
+  NS_NAMED_LITERAL_CSTRING(kEndOfMessage, "\n\n");
+
+  // write the bogus "From " line which is a magic separator in the mbox format
+  rv = aOut->Write(kBogusFromLine.get(), kBogusFromLine.Length(), &actualBytesWritten);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+    [pool release];
+    return rv;
+  }
+
+  // now read the XML metadata, so we can extract info like which flags (read? replied? flagged? etc) this message has.
+  const char *startOfXMLMetadata = startOfMessageData + numberOfBytesToRead;
+  const char *endOfXMLMetadata = (char *)[data bytes] + [data length];
+
+  uint32_t x_mozilla_flags = 0;
+  ConvertToMozillaStatusFlags(startOfXMLMetadata, endOfXMLMetadata, &x_mozilla_flags);
+
+  // write the X-Mozilla-Status header according to which flags we've gathered above.
+  uint32_t dummyRv;
+  nsAutoCString buf(PR_smprintf(X_MOZILLA_STATUS_FORMAT MSG_LINEBREAK, x_mozilla_flags));
+  NS_ASSERTION(!buf.IsEmpty(), "printf error with X-Mozilla-Status header");
+  if (buf.IsEmpty()) {
+    [pool release];
+    return rv;
+  }
+
+  rv = aOut->Write(buf.get(), buf.Length(), &dummyRv);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+    [pool release];
+    return rv;
+  }
+  
+  // write out X-Mozilla-Keywords header as well to reserve some space for it 
+  // in the mbox file.
+  rv = aOut->Write(X_MOZILLA_KEYWORDS, X_MOZILLA_KEYWORDS_LEN, &dummyRv);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+    [pool release];
+    return rv;
+  }
+  
+  // write out empty X-Mozilla_status2 header
+  buf.Adopt(PR_smprintf(X_MOZILLA_STATUS2_FORMAT MSG_LINEBREAK, 0));
+  NS_ASSERTION(!buf.IsEmpty(), "printf error with X-Mozilla-Status2 header");
+  if (buf.IsEmpty()) {
+    [pool release];
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+  }
+
+  rv = aOut->Write(buf.get(), buf.Length(), &dummyRv);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+    [pool release];
+    return rv;
+  }
+  
+  // do any conversion needed for the mbox data to be valid mboxrd.
+  nsCString convertedData;
+  rv = ConvertToMboxRD(startOfMessageData, (startOfMessageData + numberOfBytesToRead), convertedData);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+    [pool release];
+    return rv;
+  }
+
+  // write the actual message data.
+  if (convertedData.IsEmpty())
+    rv = aOut->Write(startOfMessageData, (uint32_t)numberOfBytesToRead, &actualBytesWritten);
+  else {
+    IMPORT_LOG1("Escaped From-lines in %s!", path.get());
+    rv = aOut->Write(convertedData.get(), convertedData.Length(), &actualBytesWritten);
+  }
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+    [pool release];
+    return rv;
+  }
+
+  NS_ASSERTION(actualBytesWritten == (convertedData.IsEmpty() ? numberOfBytesToRead : convertedData.Length()),
+               "Didn't write as many bytes as expected for .emlx file?");
+
+  // add newlines to denote the end of this message in the mbox
+  rv = aOut->Write(kEndOfMessage.get(), kEndOfMessage.Length(), &actualBytesWritten);
+
+  [pool release];
+
+  return rv;
+
+  NS_OBJC_END_TRY_ABORT_BLOCK_NSRESULT;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/import/becky/src/moz.build b/mailnews/import/becky/src/moz.build
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ce7651aa8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/becky/src/moz.build
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+# vim: set filetype=python:
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+UNIFIED_SOURCES += [
+    'nsBeckyAddressBooks.cpp',
+    'nsBeckyFilters.cpp',
+    'nsBeckyImport.cpp',
+    'nsBeckyMail.cpp',
+    'nsBeckySettings.cpp',
+    'nsBeckyStringBundle.cpp',
+    'nsBeckyUtils.cpp',
+]
+
+FINAL_LIBRARY = 'import'
diff --git a/mailnews/import/becky/src/nsBeckyAddressBooks.cpp b/mailnews/import/becky/src/nsBeckyAddressBooks.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..86654ac0e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/becky/src/nsBeckyAddressBooks.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,383 @@
+/* vim: set ts=2 et sw=2 tw=80: */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsComponentManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsIFile.h"
+#include "nsISimpleEnumerator.h"
+#include "nsIDirectoryEnumerator.h"
+#include "nsIMutableArray.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsAbBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsIAbManager.h"
+#include "nsIImportService.h"
+#include "nsIImportABDescriptor.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "nsIStringBundle.h"
+#include "nsVCardAddress.h"
+
+#include "nsBeckyAddressBooks.h"
+#include "nsBeckyStringBundle.h"
+#include "nsBeckyUtils.h"
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsBeckyAddressBooks, nsIImportAddressBooks)
+
+nsresult
+nsBeckyAddressBooks::Create(nsIImportAddressBooks **aImport)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aImport);
+
+  *aImport = new nsBeckyAddressBooks();
+
+  NS_ADDREF(*aImport);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsBeckyAddressBooks::nsBeckyAddressBooks()
+: mReadBytes(0)
+{
+}
+
+nsBeckyAddressBooks::~nsBeckyAddressBooks()
+{
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsBeckyAddressBooks::GetSupportsMultiple(bool *_retval)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(_retval);
+  *_retval = true;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsBeckyAddressBooks::GetAutoFind(char16_t **aDescription,
+                                 bool *_retval)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aDescription);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(_retval);
+
+  *aDescription =
+    nsBeckyStringBundle::GetStringByName(u"BeckyImportDescription");
+  *_retval = false;
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsBeckyAddressBooks::GetNeedsFieldMap(nsIFile *aLocation, bool *_retval)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(_retval);
+
+  *_retval = false;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsBeckyAddressBooks::FindAddressBookDirectory(nsIFile **aAddressBookDirectory)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> userDirectory;
+  nsresult rv = nsBeckyUtils::FindUserDirectory(getter_AddRefs(userDirectory));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = userDirectory->Append(NS_LITERAL_STRING("AddrBook"));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  bool exists = false;
+  rv = userDirectory->Exists(&exists);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  if (!exists)
+    return NS_ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND;
+
+  bool isDirectory = false;
+  rv = userDirectory->IsDirectory(&isDirectory);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  if (!isDirectory)
+    return NS_ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND;
+
+  userDirectory.forget(aAddressBookDirectory);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsBeckyAddressBooks::GetDefaultLocation(nsIFile **aLocation,
+                                        bool *aFound,
+                                        bool *aUserVerify)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aFound);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aLocation);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aUserVerify);
+
+  *aLocation = nullptr;
+  *aFound = false;
+  *aUserVerify = true;
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(nsBeckyAddressBooks::FindAddressBookDirectory(aLocation))) {
+    *aFound = true;
+    *aUserVerify = false;
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsBeckyAddressBooks::CreateAddressBookDescriptor(nsIImportABDescriptor **aDescriptor)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImportService> importService = do_GetService(NS_IMPORTSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  return importService->CreateNewABDescriptor(aDescriptor);
+}
+
+bool
+nsBeckyAddressBooks::IsAddressBookFile(nsIFile *aFile)
+{
+  if (!aFile)
+    return false;
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  bool isFile = false;
+  rv = aFile->IsFile(&isFile);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) && !isFile)
+    return false;
+
+  nsAutoString name;
+  rv = aFile->GetLeafName(name);
+  return StringEndsWith(name, NS_LITERAL_STRING(".bab"));
+}
+
+bool
+nsBeckyAddressBooks::HasAddressBookFile(nsIFile *aDirectory)
+{
+  if (!aDirectory)
+    return false;
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  bool isDirectory = false;
+  rv = aDirectory->IsDirectory(&isDirectory);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !isDirectory)
+    return false;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleEnumerator> entries;
+  rv = aDirectory->GetDirectoryEntries(getter_AddRefs(entries));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, false);
+
+  bool more;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> entry;
+  while (NS_SUCCEEDED(entries->HasMoreElements(&more)) && more) {
+    rv = entries->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(entry));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, false);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> file = do_QueryInterface(entry, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, false);
+    if (IsAddressBookFile(file))
+      return true;
+  }
+
+  return false;
+}
+
+uint32_t
+nsBeckyAddressBooks::CountAddressBookSize(nsIFile *aDirectory)
+{
+  if (!aDirectory)
+    return 0;
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  bool isDirectory = false;
+  rv = aDirectory->IsDirectory(&isDirectory);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !isDirectory)
+    return 0;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleEnumerator> entries;
+  rv = aDirectory->GetDirectoryEntries(getter_AddRefs(entries));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, 0);
+
+  uint32_t total = 0;
+  bool more;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> entry;
+  while (NS_SUCCEEDED(entries->HasMoreElements(&more)) && more) {
+    rv = entries->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(entry));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, 0);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> file = do_QueryInterface(entry, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, 0);
+
+    int64_t size;
+    file->GetFileSize(&size);
+    if (total + size > std::numeric_limits<uint32_t>::max())
+      return std::numeric_limits<uint32_t>::max();
+
+    total += static_cast<uint32_t>(size);
+  }
+
+  return total;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsBeckyAddressBooks::AppendAddressBookDescriptor(nsIFile *aEntry,
+                                                 nsIMutableArray *aCollected)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aCollected);
+
+  if (!HasAddressBookFile(aEntry))
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImportABDescriptor> descriptor;
+  rv = CreateAddressBookDescriptor(getter_AddRefs(descriptor));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  uint32_t size = CountAddressBookSize(aEntry);
+  descriptor->SetSize(size);
+  descriptor->SetAbFile(aEntry);
+
+  nsAutoString name;
+  aEntry->GetLeafName(name);
+  descriptor->SetPreferredName(name);
+
+  return aCollected->AppendElement(descriptor, false);
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsBeckyAddressBooks::CollectAddressBooks(nsIFile *aTarget,
+                                         nsIMutableArray *aCollected)
+{
+  nsresult rv = AppendAddressBookDescriptor(aTarget, aCollected);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleEnumerator> entries;
+  rv = aTarget->GetDirectoryEntries(getter_AddRefs(entries));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  bool more;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> entry;
+  while (NS_SUCCEEDED(entries->HasMoreElements(&more)) && more) {
+    rv = entries->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(entry));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> file = do_QueryInterface(entry, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    bool isDirectory = false;
+    rv = file->IsDirectory(&isDirectory);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && isDirectory)
+      rv = CollectAddressBooks(file, aCollected);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsBeckyAddressBooks::FindAddressBooks(nsIFile *aLocation,
+                                      nsIArray **_retval)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aLocation);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(_retval);
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> array(do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  bool isDirectory = false;
+  rv = aLocation->IsDirectory(&isDirectory);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !isDirectory)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  rv = CollectAddressBooks(aLocation, array);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  array.forget(_retval);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsBeckyAddressBooks::InitFieldMap(nsIImportFieldMap *aFieldMap)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsBeckyAddressBooks::ImportAddressBook(nsIImportABDescriptor *aSource,
+                                       nsIAddrDatabase *aDestination,
+                                       nsIImportFieldMap *aFieldMap,
+                                       nsISupports *aSupportService,
+                                       char16_t **aErrorLog,
+                                       char16_t **aSuccessLog,
+                                       bool *aFatalError)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aSource);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aDestination);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aErrorLog);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aSuccessLog);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aFatalError);
+
+  mReadBytes = 0;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> file;
+  nsresult rv = aSource->GetAbFile(getter_AddRefs(file));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleEnumerator> entries;
+  rv = file->GetDirectoryEntries(getter_AddRefs(entries));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  bool more;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> entry;
+  nsAutoString error;
+  while (NS_SUCCEEDED(entries->HasMoreElements(&more)) && more) {
+    rv = entries->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(entry));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> file = do_QueryInterface(entry, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    if (!IsAddressBookFile(file))
+      continue;
+
+    bool aborted = false;
+    nsAutoString name;
+    aSource->GetPreferredName(name);
+    nsVCardAddress vcard;
+    rv = vcard.ImportAddresses(&aborted, name.get(), file, aDestination, error, &mReadBytes);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (!error.IsEmpty())
+    *aErrorLog = ToNewUnicode(error);
+  else
+    *aSuccessLog = nsBeckyStringBundle::GetStringByName(u"BeckyImportAddressSuccess");
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsBeckyAddressBooks::GetImportProgress(uint32_t *_retval)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(_retval);
+  *_retval = mReadBytes;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsBeckyAddressBooks::SetSampleLocation(nsIFile *aLocation)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsBeckyAddressBooks::GetSampleData(int32_t aRecordNumber,
+                                   bool *aRecordExists,
+                                   char16_t **_retval)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
diff --git a/mailnews/import/becky/src/nsBeckyAddressBooks.h b/mailnews/import/becky/src/nsBeckyAddressBooks.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..83eb4c895
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/becky/src/nsBeckyAddressBooks.h
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+/* vim: set ts=2 et sw=2 tw=80: */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsBeckyAddressBooks_h___
+#define nsBeckyAddressBooks_h___
+
+#include "nsIImportAddressBooks.h"
+
+class nsBeckyAddressBooks final : public nsIImportAddressBooks
+{
+public:
+  nsBeckyAddressBooks();
+  static nsresult Create(nsIImportAddressBooks **aImport);
+
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIIMPORTADDRESSBOOKS
+
+private:
+  virtual ~nsBeckyAddressBooks();
+
+  uint32_t mReadBytes;
+
+  nsresult CollectAddressBooks(nsIFile *aTarget, nsIMutableArray *aCollected);
+  nsresult FindAddressBookDirectory(nsIFile **aAddressBookDirectory);
+  nsresult AppendAddressBookDescriptor(nsIFile *aEntry,
+                                       nsIMutableArray *aCollected);
+  uint32_t CountAddressBookSize(nsIFile *aDirectory);
+  bool HasAddressBookFile(nsIFile *aDirectory);
+  bool IsAddressBookFile(nsIFile *aFile);
+  nsresult CreateAddressBookDescriptor(nsIImportABDescriptor **aDescriptor);
+};
+
+#endif /* nsBeckyAddressBooks_h___ */
diff --git a/mailnews/import/becky/src/nsBeckyFilters.cpp b/mailnews/import/becky/src/nsBeckyFilters.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..517a18014
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/becky/src/nsBeckyFilters.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,793 @@
+/* vim: set ts=2 et sw=2 tw=80: */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsArrayUtils.h"
+#include "nsILineInputStream.h"
+#include "nsIStringBundle.h"
+#include "nsComponentManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFilter.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFilterList.h"
+#include "nsIMsgAccountManager.h"
+#include "nsIMsgAccount.h"
+#include "nsIMsgSearchTerm.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolder.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsMsgSearchCore.h"
+#include "nsMsgBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "msgCore.h"
+
+#include "nsBeckyFilters.h"
+#include "nsBeckyStringBundle.h"
+#include "nsBeckyUtils.h"
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsBeckyFilters, nsIImportFilters)
+
+nsresult
+nsBeckyFilters::Create(nsIImportFilters **aImport)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aImport);
+
+  *aImport = new nsBeckyFilters();
+
+  NS_ADDREF(*aImport);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsBeckyFilters::nsBeckyFilters()
+: mLocation(nullptr),
+  mServer(nullptr),
+  mConvertedFile(nullptr)
+{
+}
+
+nsBeckyFilters::~nsBeckyFilters()
+{
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsBeckyFilters::GetDefaultFilterLocation(nsIFile **aFile)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aFile);
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> filterDir;
+  rv = nsBeckyUtils::GetDefaultMailboxDirectory(getter_AddRefs(filterDir));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  filterDir.forget(aFile);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsBeckyFilters::GetFilterFile(bool aIncoming, nsIFile *aLocation, nsIFile **aFile)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aLocation);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aFile);
+
+  // We assume the caller has already checked that aLocation is a directory,
+  // otherwise it would not make sense to call us.
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> filter;
+  aLocation->Clone(getter_AddRefs(filter));
+  if (aIncoming)
+    rv = filter->Append(NS_LITERAL_STRING("IFilter.def"));
+  else
+    rv = filter->Append(NS_LITERAL_STRING("OFilter.def"));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  bool exists = false;
+  rv = filter->Exists(&exists);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  if (!exists)
+    return NS_ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND;
+
+  filter.forget(aFile);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsBeckyFilters::AutoLocate(char16_t **aDescription,
+                           nsIFile **aLocation,
+                           bool *_retval)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aLocation);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(_retval);
+
+  if (aDescription) {
+    *aDescription =
+      nsBeckyStringBundle::GetStringByName(u"BeckyImportDescription");
+  }
+  *aLocation = nullptr;
+  *_retval = false;
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> location;
+  rv = GetDefaultFilterLocation(getter_AddRefs(location));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    location = do_CreateInstance(NS_LOCAL_FILE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  else
+    *_retval = true;
+
+  location.forget(aLocation);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsBeckyFilters::SetLocation(nsIFile *aLocation)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aLocation);
+
+  bool exists = false;
+  nsresult rv = aLocation->Exists(&exists);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  if (!exists)
+    return NS_ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND;
+
+  mLocation = aLocation;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+static nsMsgSearchAttribValue
+ConvertSearchKeyToAttrib(const nsACString &aKey)
+{
+  if (aKey.EqualsLiteral("From") ||
+      aKey.EqualsLiteral("Sender") ||
+      aKey.EqualsLiteral("From, Sender, X-Sender")) {
+    return nsMsgSearchAttrib::Sender;
+  } else if (aKey.EqualsLiteral("Subject")) {
+    return nsMsgSearchAttrib::Subject;
+  } else if (aKey.EqualsLiteral("[body]")) {
+    return nsMsgSearchAttrib::Body;
+  } else if (aKey.EqualsLiteral("Date")) {
+    return nsMsgSearchAttrib::Date;
+  } else if (aKey.EqualsLiteral("To")) {
+    return nsMsgSearchAttrib::To;
+  } else if (aKey.EqualsLiteral("Cc")) {
+    return nsMsgSearchAttrib::CC;
+  } else if (aKey.EqualsLiteral("To,  Cc,  Bcc:")) {
+    return nsMsgSearchAttrib::ToOrCC;
+  }
+  return -1;
+}
+
+static nsMsgSearchOpValue
+ConvertSearchFlagsToOperator(const nsACString &aFlags)
+{
+  nsCString flags(aFlags);
+  int32_t lastTabPosition = flags.RFindChar('\t');
+  if ((lastTabPosition == -1) ||
+      ((int32_t)aFlags.Length() == lastTabPosition - 1)) {
+    return -1;
+  }
+
+  switch (aFlags.CharAt(0)) {
+    case 'X':
+      return nsMsgSearchOp::DoesntContain;
+    case 'O':
+      if (aFlags.FindChar('T', lastTabPosition + 1) >= 0)
+        return nsMsgSearchOp::BeginsWith;
+      return nsMsgSearchOp::Contains;
+    default:
+      return -1;
+  }
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsBeckyFilters::ParseRuleLine(const nsCString &aLine,
+                              nsMsgSearchAttribValue *aSearchAttribute,
+                              nsMsgSearchOpValue *aSearchOperator,
+                              nsString &aSearchKeyword)
+{
+  int32_t firstColonPosition = aLine.FindChar(':');
+  if (firstColonPosition == -1 ||
+      (int32_t)aLine.Length() == firstColonPosition - 1) {
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+
+  int32_t secondColonPosition = aLine.FindChar(':', firstColonPosition + 1);
+  if (secondColonPosition == -1 ||
+      (int32_t)aLine.Length() == secondColonPosition - 1) {
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+
+  int32_t length = secondColonPosition - firstColonPosition - 1;
+  nsMsgSearchAttribValue searchAttribute;
+  searchAttribute = ConvertSearchKeyToAttrib(Substring(aLine, firstColonPosition + 1, length));
+  if (searchAttribute < 0)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  int32_t tabPosition = aLine.FindChar('\t');
+  if (tabPosition == -1 ||
+      (int32_t)aLine.Length() == tabPosition - 1) {
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+
+  nsMsgSearchOpValue searchOperator;
+  searchOperator = ConvertSearchFlagsToOperator(Substring(aLine, tabPosition + 1));
+  if (searchOperator < 0)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  *aSearchOperator = searchOperator;
+  *aSearchAttribute = searchAttribute;
+  length = tabPosition - secondColonPosition - 1;
+  CopyUTF8toUTF16(Substring(aLine, secondColonPosition + 1, length), aSearchKeyword);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsBeckyFilters::SetSearchTerm(const nsCString &aLine, nsIMsgFilter *aFilter)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aFilter);
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsMsgSearchAttribValue searchAttribute = -1;
+  nsMsgSearchOpValue searchOperator = -1;
+  nsAutoString searchKeyword;
+  rv = ParseRuleLine(aLine, &searchAttribute, &searchOperator, searchKeyword);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgSearchTerm> term;
+  rv = aFilter->CreateTerm(getter_AddRefs(term));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = term->SetAttrib(searchAttribute);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  rv = term->SetOp(searchOperator);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgSearchValue> value;
+  rv = term->GetValue(getter_AddRefs(value));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = value->SetAttrib(searchAttribute);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  rv = value->SetStr(searchKeyword);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  rv = term->SetValue(value);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  rv = term->SetBooleanAnd(false);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  if (!searchKeyword.IsEmpty())
+    rv = aFilter->SetFilterName(searchKeyword);
+  else
+    rv = aFilter->SetFilterName(NS_LITERAL_STRING("No name"));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  return aFilter->AppendTerm(term);
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsBeckyFilters::CreateRuleAction(nsIMsgFilter *aFilter,
+                                 nsMsgRuleActionType actionType,
+                                 nsIMsgRuleAction **_retval)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgRuleAction> action;
+  rv = aFilter->CreateAction(getter_AddRefs(action));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  rv = action->SetType(actionType);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  action.forget(_retval);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsBeckyFilters::GetActionTarget(const nsCString &aLine,
+                                nsCString &aTarget)
+{
+  int32_t firstColonPosition = aLine.FindChar(':');
+  if (firstColonPosition < -1 ||
+      aLine.Length() == static_cast<uint32_t>(firstColonPosition)) {
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+
+  aTarget.Assign(Substring(aLine, firstColonPosition + 1));
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsBeckyFilters::GetResendTarget(const nsCString &aLine,
+                                nsCString &aTemplate,
+                                nsCString &aTargetAddress)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsAutoCString target;
+  rv = GetActionTarget(aLine, target);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  int32_t asteriskPosition = target.FindChar('*');
+  if (asteriskPosition < 0) {
+    aTemplate.Assign(target);
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  if (target.Length() == static_cast<uint32_t>(asteriskPosition))
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  aTemplate.Assign(StringHead(target, asteriskPosition - 1));
+  aTargetAddress.Assign(Substring(target, asteriskPosition + 1));
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsBeckyFilters::CreateResendAction(const nsCString &aLine,
+                                   nsIMsgFilter *aFilter,
+                                   const nsMsgRuleActionType &aActionType,
+                                   nsIMsgRuleAction **_retval)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgRuleAction> action;
+  rv = CreateRuleAction(aFilter, aActionType, getter_AddRefs(action));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsAutoCString templateString;
+  nsAutoCString targetAddress;
+  rv = GetResendTarget(aLine, templateString, targetAddress);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  if (aActionType == nsMsgFilterAction::Forward)
+    rv = action->SetStrValue(targetAddress);
+  else
+    rv = action->SetStrValue(templateString);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  action.forget(_retval);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsBeckyFilters::GetFolderNameFromTarget(const nsCString &aTarget, nsAString &aName)
+{
+  int32_t backslashPosition = aTarget.RFindChar('\\');
+  if (backslashPosition > 0) {
+    NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16 utf16String(Substring(aTarget, backslashPosition + 1));
+    nsBeckyUtils::TranslateFolderName(utf16String, aName);
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsBeckyFilters::GetDistributeTarget(const nsCString &aLine,
+                                    nsCString &aTargetFolder)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsAutoCString target;
+  rv = GetActionTarget(aLine, target);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  target.Trim("\\", false, true);
+  nsAutoString folderName;
+  rv = GetFolderNameFromTarget(target, folderName);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> folder;
+  rv = GetMessageFolder(folderName, getter_AddRefs(folder));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  if (!folder) {
+    rv = mServer->GetRootMsgFolder(getter_AddRefs(folder));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+  return folder->GetURI(aTargetFolder);
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsBeckyFilters::CreateDistributeAction(const nsCString &aLine,
+                                       nsIMsgFilter *aFilter,
+                                       const nsMsgRuleActionType &aActionType,
+                                       nsIMsgRuleAction **_retval)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgRuleAction> action;
+  rv = CreateRuleAction(aFilter, aActionType, getter_AddRefs(action));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  nsAutoCString targetFolder;
+  rv = GetDistributeTarget(aLine, targetFolder);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  rv = action->SetTargetFolderUri(targetFolder);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  action.forget(_retval);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsBeckyFilters::CreateLeaveOrDeleteAction(const nsCString &aLine,
+                                          nsIMsgFilter *aFilter,
+                                          nsIMsgRuleAction **_retval)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsMsgRuleActionType actionType;
+  if (aLine.CharAt(3) == '0') {
+    actionType = nsMsgFilterAction::LeaveOnPop3Server;
+  } else if (aLine.CharAt(3) == '1') {
+    if (aLine.CharAt(5) == '1')
+      actionType = nsMsgFilterAction::Delete;
+    else
+      actionType = nsMsgFilterAction::DeleteFromPop3Server;
+  } else {
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgRuleAction> action;
+  rv = CreateRuleAction(aFilter, actionType, getter_AddRefs(action));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  action.forget(_retval);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsBeckyFilters::SetRuleAction(const nsCString &aLine, nsIMsgFilter *aFilter)
+{
+  if (!aFilter || aLine.Length() < 4)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgRuleAction> action;
+  switch (aLine.CharAt(1)) {
+    case 'R': // Reply
+      rv = CreateResendAction(aLine,
+                              aFilter,
+                              nsMsgFilterAction::Reply,
+                              getter_AddRefs(action));
+      break;
+    case 'F': // Forward
+      rv = CreateResendAction(aLine,
+                              aFilter,
+                              nsMsgFilterAction::Forward,
+                              getter_AddRefs(action));
+      break;
+    case 'L': // Leave or delete
+      rv = CreateLeaveOrDeleteAction(aLine, aFilter, getter_AddRefs(action));
+      break;
+    case 'Y': // Copy
+      rv = CreateDistributeAction(aLine,
+                                  aFilter,
+                                  nsMsgFilterAction::CopyToFolder,
+                                  getter_AddRefs(action));
+      break;
+    case 'M': // Move
+      rv = CreateDistributeAction(aLine,
+                                  aFilter,
+                                  nsMsgFilterAction::MoveToFolder,
+                                  getter_AddRefs(action));
+      break;
+    case 'G': // Set flag
+      if (aLine.CharAt(3) == 'R') // Read
+        rv = CreateRuleAction(aFilter, nsMsgFilterAction::MarkRead, getter_AddRefs(action));
+      break;
+    default:
+      return NS_OK;
+  }
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  if (action) {
+    rv = aFilter->AppendAction(action);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsBeckyFilters::CreateFilter(bool aIncoming, nsIMsgFilter **_retval)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_STATE(mServer);
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFilterList> filterList;
+  nsresult rv = mServer->GetFilterList(nullptr, getter_AddRefs(filterList));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFilter> filter;
+  rv = filterList->CreateFilter(EmptyString(), getter_AddRefs(filter));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  if (aIncoming)
+    filter->SetFilterType(nsMsgFilterType::InboxRule | nsMsgFilterType::Manual);
+  else
+    filter->SetFilterType(nsMsgFilterType::PostOutgoing | nsMsgFilterType::Manual);
+
+  filter->SetEnabled(true);
+  filter.forget(_retval);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsBeckyFilters::AppendFilter(nsIMsgFilter *aFilter)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_STATE(mServer);
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFilterList> filterList;
+  nsresult rv = mServer->GetFilterList(nullptr, getter_AddRefs(filterList));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  uint32_t count;
+  rv = filterList->GetFilterCount(&count);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  return filterList->InsertFilterAt(count, aFilter);
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsBeckyFilters::ParseFilterFile(nsIFile *aFile, bool aIncoming)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsILineInputStream> lineStream;
+  rv = nsBeckyUtils::CreateLineInputStream(aFile, getter_AddRefs(lineStream));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  bool more = true;
+  nsAutoCString line;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFilter> filter;
+  while (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && more) {
+    rv = lineStream->ReadLine(line, &more);
+
+    switch (line.CharAt(0)) {
+      case ':':
+        if (line.EqualsLiteral(":Begin \"\"")) {
+          CreateFilter(aIncoming, getter_AddRefs(filter));
+        } else if (line.EqualsLiteral(":End \"\"")) {
+          if (filter)
+            AppendFilter(filter);
+          filter = nullptr;
+        }
+        break;
+      case '!':
+        SetRuleAction(line, filter);
+        break;
+      case '@':
+        SetSearchTerm(line, filter);
+        break;
+      case '$': // $X: disabled
+        if (StringBeginsWith(line, NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("$X")) && filter) {
+          filter->SetEnabled(false);
+        }
+        break;
+      default:
+        break;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsBeckyFilters::Import(char16_t **aError,
+                       bool *_retval)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aError);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(_retval);
+
+  // If mLocation is null, set it to the default filter directory.
+  // If mLocation is a file, we import it as incoming folder.
+  // If mLocation is a directory, we try to import incoming and outgoing folders
+  // from it (in default files).
+
+  *_retval = false;
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> filterFile;
+
+  bool haveFile = false;
+
+  if (!mLocation) {
+    bool retval = false;
+    rv = AutoLocate(nullptr, getter_AddRefs(mLocation), &retval);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    if (!retval)
+      return NS_ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND;
+  }
+
+  // What type of location do we have?
+  bool isDirectory = false;
+  rv = mLocation->IsDirectory(&isDirectory);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  if (isDirectory) {
+    haveFile = false;
+  } else {
+    bool isFile = false;
+    rv = mLocation->IsFile(&isFile);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    if (isFile) {
+      haveFile = true;
+      mLocation->Clone(getter_AddRefs(filterFile));
+    } else {
+      // mLocation is neither file nor directory.
+      return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+    }
+  }
+
+  bool haveIncoming = true;
+  if (haveFile) {
+    // If the passed filename equals OFilter.def, import as outgoing filters.
+    // Everything else is considered incoming.
+    nsAutoString fileName;
+    rv = mLocation->GetLeafName(fileName);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    if (fileName.EqualsLiteral("OFilter.def"))
+      haveIncoming = false;
+  }
+
+  // Try importing from the passed in file or the default incoming filters file.
+  if ((haveFile && haveIncoming) || (!haveFile &&
+      NS_SUCCEEDED(GetFilterFile(true, mLocation, getter_AddRefs(filterFile)))))
+  {
+    rv = CollectServers();
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    rv = nsBeckyUtils::ConvertToUTF8File(filterFile, getter_AddRefs(mConvertedFile));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    rv = ParseFilterFile(mConvertedFile, true);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      *_retval = true;
+
+    (void)RemoveConvertedFile();
+  }
+
+  // If we didn't have a file passed (but a directory), try finding also outgoing filters.
+  if ((haveFile && !haveIncoming) || (!haveFile &&
+      NS_SUCCEEDED(GetFilterFile(false, mLocation, getter_AddRefs(filterFile)))))
+  {
+    rv = CollectServers();
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    rv = nsBeckyUtils::ConvertToUTF8File(filterFile, getter_AddRefs(mConvertedFile));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    rv = ParseFilterFile(mConvertedFile, false);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      *_retval = true;
+
+    (void)RemoveConvertedFile();
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsBeckyFilters::FindMessageFolder(const nsAString &aName,
+                                  nsIMsgFolder *aParentFolder,
+                                  nsIMsgFolder **_retval)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> found;
+  rv = aParentFolder->GetChildNamed(aName, getter_AddRefs(found));
+  if (found) {
+    found.forget(_retval);
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleEnumerator> children;
+  rv = aParentFolder->GetSubFolders(getter_AddRefs(children));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  bool more;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> entry;
+  while (NS_SUCCEEDED(children->HasMoreElements(&more)) && more) {
+    rv = children->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(entry));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> child = do_QueryInterface(entry, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    rv = FindMessageFolder(aName, child, getter_AddRefs(found));
+    if (found) {
+      found.forget(_retval);
+      return NS_OK;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return NS_MSG_ERROR_INVALID_FOLDER_NAME;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsBeckyFilters::FindMessageFolderInServer(const nsAString &aName,
+                                          nsIMsgIncomingServer *aServer,
+                                          nsIMsgFolder **_retval)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> rootFolder;
+  rv = aServer->GetRootMsgFolder(getter_AddRefs(rootFolder));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  return FindMessageFolder(aName, rootFolder, _retval);
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsBeckyFilters::GetMessageFolder(const nsAString &aName,
+                                 nsIMsgFolder **_retval)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccountManager> accountManager;
+  accountManager = do_GetService(NS_MSGACCOUNTMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIArray> accounts;
+  rv = accountManager->GetAccounts(getter_AddRefs(accounts));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  uint32_t accountCount;
+  rv = accounts->GetLength(&accountCount);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> found;
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < accountCount; i++) {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccount> account(do_QueryElementAt(accounts, i));
+    if (!account)
+      continue;
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+    account->GetIncomingServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+    if (!server)
+      continue;
+    FindMessageFolderInServer(aName, server, getter_AddRefs(found));
+    if (found)
+      break;
+  }
+
+  if (!found) {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+    rv = accountManager->GetLocalFoldersServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    FindMessageFolderInServer(aName, server, getter_AddRefs(found));
+  }
+
+  if (!found)
+    return NS_MSG_ERROR_INVALID_FOLDER_NAME;
+
+  found.forget(_retval);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsBeckyFilters::CollectServers()
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccountManager> accountManager;
+  accountManager = do_GetService(NS_MSGACCOUNTMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccount> defaultAccount;
+  rv = accountManager->GetDefaultAccount(getter_AddRefs(defaultAccount));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+  return defaultAccount->GetIncomingServer(getter_AddRefs(mServer));
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsBeckyFilters::RemoveConvertedFile()
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  if (mConvertedFile) {
+    bool exists = false;
+    mConvertedFile->Exists(&exists);
+    if (exists) {
+      rv = mConvertedFile->Remove(false);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        mConvertedFile = nullptr;
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
diff --git a/mailnews/import/becky/src/nsBeckyFilters.h b/mailnews/import/becky/src/nsBeckyFilters.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..20dd6d5ee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/becky/src/nsBeckyFilters.h
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+/* vim: set ts=2 et sw=2 tw=80: */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsBeckyFilters_h___
+#define nsBeckyFilters_h___
+
+#include "nsIImportFilters.h"
+#include "nsIFile.h"
+#include "nsIMsgIncomingServer.h"
+#include "nsMsgFilterCore.h"
+
+class nsIMsgFilter;
+class nsIMsgRuleAction;
+class nsCString;
+
+class nsBeckyFilters final : public nsIImportFilters
+{
+public:
+  nsBeckyFilters();
+  static nsresult Create(nsIImportFilters **aImport);
+
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIIMPORTFILTERS
+
+private:
+  virtual ~nsBeckyFilters();
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> mLocation;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> mServer;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> mConvertedFile;
+
+  nsresult GetDefaultFilterLocation(nsIFile **aFile);
+  nsresult GetFilterFile(bool aIncoming, nsIFile *aLocation, nsIFile **aFile);
+  nsresult ParseFilterFile(nsIFile *aFile, bool aIncoming);
+  nsresult ParseRuleLine(const nsCString &aLine,
+                         nsMsgSearchAttribValue *aSearchAttribute,
+                         nsMsgSearchOpValue *aSearchOperator,
+                         nsString &aSearchKeyword);
+  nsresult CollectServers();
+  nsresult FindMessageFolder(const nsAString& aName,
+                             nsIMsgFolder *aParantFolder,
+                             nsIMsgFolder **_retval);
+  nsresult FindMessageFolderInServer(const nsAString& aName,
+                                     nsIMsgIncomingServer *aServer,
+                                     nsIMsgFolder **_retval);
+  nsresult GetMessageFolder(const nsAString& aName, nsIMsgFolder **_retval);
+  nsresult GetActionTarget(const nsCString &aLine, nsCString &aTarget);
+  nsresult GetFolderNameFromTarget(const nsCString &aTarget, nsAString &aName);
+  nsresult GetDistributeTarget(const nsCString &aLine,
+                               nsCString &aTargetFolder);
+  nsresult GetResendTarget(const nsCString &aLine,
+                           nsCString &aTemplate,
+                           nsCString &aTargetAddress);
+  nsresult CreateRuleAction(nsIMsgFilter *aFilter,
+                            nsMsgRuleActionType actionType,
+                            nsIMsgRuleAction **_retval);
+  nsresult CreateDistributeAction(const nsCString &aLine,
+                                  nsIMsgFilter *aFilter,
+                                  const nsMsgRuleActionType &aActionType,
+                                  nsIMsgRuleAction **_retval);
+  nsresult CreateLeaveOrDeleteAction(const nsCString &aLine,
+                                     nsIMsgFilter *aFilter,
+                                     nsIMsgRuleAction **_retval);
+  nsresult CreateResendAction(const nsCString &aLine,
+                              nsIMsgFilter *aFilter,
+                              const nsMsgRuleActionType &aActionType,
+                              nsIMsgRuleAction **_retval);
+  nsresult CreateFilter(bool aIncoming, nsIMsgFilter **_retval);
+  nsresult AppendFilter(nsIMsgFilter *aFilter);
+  nsresult SetRuleAction(const nsCString &aLine, nsIMsgFilter *aFilter);
+  nsresult SetSearchTerm(const nsCString &aLine, nsIMsgFilter *aFilter);
+  nsresult RemoveConvertedFile();
+};
+
+#endif /* nsBeckyFilters_h___ */
diff --git a/mailnews/import/becky/src/nsBeckyImport.cpp b/mailnews/import/becky/src/nsBeckyImport.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d4820528a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/becky/src/nsBeckyImport.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,168 @@
+/* vim: set ts=2 et sw=2 tw=80: */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nscore.h"
+#include "nsIServiceManager.h"
+#include "nsIImportService.h"
+#include "nsIComponentManager.h"
+#include "nsIMemory.h"
+#include "nsIImportMail.h"
+#include "nsIImportMailboxDescriptor.h"
+#include "nsIImportGeneric.h"
+#include "nsIImportAddressBooks.h"
+#include "nsIImportABDescriptor.h"
+#include "nsIImportSettings.h"
+#include "nsIImportFilters.h"
+#include "nsIImportFieldMap.h"
+#include "nsXPCOM.h"
+#include "nsISupportsPrimitives.h"
+#include "nsIOutputStream.h"
+#include "nsIAddrDatabase.h"
+#include "nsTextFormatter.h"
+#include "nsIStringBundle.h"
+#include "nsUnicharUtils.h"
+#include "nsIMsgTagService.h"
+#include "nsMsgBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsComponentManagerUtils.h"
+
+#include "nsBeckyImport.h"
+#include "nsBeckyMail.h"
+#include "nsBeckyAddressBooks.h"
+#include "nsBeckySettings.h"
+#include "nsBeckyFilters.h"
+#include "nsBeckyStringBundle.h"
+
+nsBeckyImport::nsBeckyImport()
+{
+}
+
+nsBeckyImport::~nsBeckyImport()
+{
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsBeckyImport, nsIImportModule)
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsBeckyImport::GetName(char16_t **aName)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aName);
+  *aName =
+    nsBeckyStringBundle::GetStringByName(u"BeckyImportName");
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsBeckyImport::GetDescription(char16_t **aDescription)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aDescription);
+  *aDescription =
+    nsBeckyStringBundle::GetStringByName(u"BeckyImportDescription");
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsBeckyImport::GetSupports(char **aSupports)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aSupports);
+  *aSupports = strdup(kBeckySupportsString);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsBeckyImport::GetSupportsUpgrade(bool *aUpgrade)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aUpgrade);
+  *aUpgrade = true;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsBeckyImport::GetMailImportInterface(nsISupports **aInterface)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImportMail> importer;
+  nsresult rv = nsBeckyMail::Create(getter_AddRefs(importer));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImportService> importService(do_GetService(NS_IMPORTSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImportGeneric> generic;
+  rv = importService->CreateNewGenericMail(getter_AddRefs(generic));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  generic->SetData("mailInterface", importer);
+
+  nsString name;
+  name.Adopt(nsBeckyStringBundle::GetStringByName(u"BeckyImportName"));
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupportsString> nameString(do_CreateInstance(NS_SUPPORTS_STRING_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nameString->SetData(name);
+  generic->SetData("name", nameString);
+
+  return CallQueryInterface(generic, aInterface);
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsBeckyImport::GetAddressBookImportInterface(nsISupports **aInterface)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImportAddressBooks> importer;
+  rv = nsBeckyAddressBooks::Create(getter_AddRefs(importer));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImportService> importService(do_GetService(NS_IMPORTSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImportGeneric> generic;
+  rv = importService->CreateNewGenericAddressBooks(getter_AddRefs(generic));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  generic->SetData("addressInterface", importer);
+  return CallQueryInterface(generic, aInterface);
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsBeckyImport::GetSettingsImportInterface(nsISupports **aInterface)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImportSettings> importer;
+  rv = nsBeckySettings::Create(getter_AddRefs(importer));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  return CallQueryInterface(importer, aInterface);
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsBeckyImport::GetFiltersImportInterface(nsISupports **aInterface)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImportFilters> importer;
+  rv = nsBeckyFilters::Create(getter_AddRefs(importer));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  return CallQueryInterface(importer, aInterface);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsBeckyImport::GetImportInterface(const char *aImportType, nsISupports **aInterface)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aImportType);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aInterface);
+
+  *aInterface = nullptr;
+  if (!strcmp(aImportType, "mail"))
+    return GetMailImportInterface(aInterface);
+  if (!strcmp(aImportType, "addressbook"))
+    return GetAddressBookImportInterface(aInterface);
+  if (!strcmp(aImportType, "settings"))
+    return GetSettingsImportInterface(aInterface);
+  if (!strcmp(aImportType, "filters"))
+    return GetFiltersImportInterface(aInterface);
+
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_AVAILABLE;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/import/becky/src/nsBeckyImport.h b/mailnews/import/becky/src/nsBeckyImport.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..60d81c18c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/becky/src/nsBeckyImport.h
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+/* vim: set ts=2 et sw=2 tw=80: */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsBeckyImport_h___
+#define nsBeckyImport_h___
+
+#include "nsIImportModule.h"
+
+#define NS_BECKYIMPORT_CID          \
+{                                   \
+  0x7952a6cf, 0x2442,0x4c04,        \
+  {0x9f, 0x02, 0x15, 0x0b, 0x15, 0xa0, 0xa8, 0x41}}
+
+#define kBeckySupportsString NS_IMPORT_MAIL_STR "," NS_IMPORT_ADDRESS_STR "," NS_IMPORT_SETTINGS_STR "," NS_IMPORT_FILTERS_STR
+
+class nsBeckyImport final : public nsIImportModule
+{
+public:
+  nsBeckyImport();
+
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIIMPORTMODULE
+
+private:
+  virtual ~nsBeckyImport();
+
+  nsresult GetMailImportInterface(nsISupports **aInterface);
+  nsresult GetAddressBookImportInterface(nsISupports **aInterface);
+  nsresult GetSettingsImportInterface(nsISupports **aInterface);
+  nsresult GetFiltersImportInterface(nsISupports **aInterface);
+
+};
+
+#endif /* nsBeckyImport_h___ */
diff --git a/mailnews/import/becky/src/nsBeckyMail.cpp b/mailnews/import/becky/src/nsBeckyMail.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9c837d190
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/becky/src/nsBeckyMail.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,641 @@
+/* vim: set ts=2 et sw=2 tw=80: */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsString.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsIFile.h"
+#include "nsIInputStream.h"
+#include "nsIOutputStream.h"
+#include "nsILineInputStream.h"
+#include "nsNetUtil.h"
+#include "nsIArray.h"
+#include "nsIImportService.h"
+#include "nsIImportMailboxDescriptor.h"
+#include "nsIMsgHdr.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolder.h"
+#include "nsIMsgPluggableStore.h"
+#include "nsIMutableArray.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "nsMsgLocalFolderHdrs.h"
+#include "nsMsgMessageFlags.h"
+#include "nsTArray.h"
+#include "nspr.h"
+#include "nsIStringBundle.h"
+#include "nsThreadUtils.h"
+
+#include "nsBeckyMail.h"
+#include "nsBeckyUtils.h"
+#include "nsBeckyStringBundle.h"
+
+#define FROM_LINE "From - Mon Jan 1 00:00:00 1965" MSG_LINEBREAK
+#define X_BECKY_STATUS_HEADER "X-Becky-Status"
+#define X_BECKY_INCLUDE_HEADER "X-Becky-Include"
+
+enum {
+  BECKY_STATUS_READ      = 1 << 0,
+  BECKY_STATUS_FORWARDED = 1 << 1,
+  BECKY_STATUS_REPLIED   = 1 << 2
+};
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsBeckyMail, nsIImportMail)
+
+nsresult
+nsBeckyMail::Create(nsIImportMail **aImport)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aImport);
+
+  *aImport = new nsBeckyMail();
+
+  NS_ADDREF(*aImport);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsBeckyMail::nsBeckyMail()
+: mReadBytes(0)
+{
+}
+
+nsBeckyMail::~nsBeckyMail()
+{
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsBeckyMail::GetDefaultLocation(nsIFile **aLocation,
+                                bool *aFound,
+                                bool *aUserVerify)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aFound);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aLocation);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aUserVerify);
+
+  *aLocation = nullptr;
+  *aUserVerify = true;
+  *aFound = false;
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(nsBeckyUtils::GetDefaultMailboxDirectory(aLocation)))
+    *aFound = true;
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsBeckyMail::CreateMailboxDescriptor(nsIImportMailboxDescriptor **aDescriptor)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImportService> importService;
+  importService = do_GetService(NS_IMPORTSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  return importService->CreateNewMailboxDescriptor(aDescriptor);
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsBeckyMail::GetMailboxName(nsIFile *aMailbox, nsAString &aName)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> iniFile;
+  nsBeckyUtils::GetMailboxINIFile(aMailbox, getter_AddRefs(iniFile));
+  if (iniFile) {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> convertedFile;
+    nsBeckyUtils::ConvertToUTF8File(iniFile, getter_AddRefs(convertedFile));
+    if (convertedFile) {
+      nsAutoCString utf8Name;
+      nsBeckyUtils::GetMailboxNameFromINIFile(convertedFile, utf8Name);
+      convertedFile->Remove(false);
+      CopyUTF8toUTF16(utf8Name, aName);
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (aName.IsEmpty()) {
+    nsAutoString name;
+    aMailbox->GetLeafName(name);
+    name.Trim("!", true, false);
+    aName.Assign(name);
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsBeckyMail::AppendMailboxDescriptor(nsIFile *aEntry,
+                                     const nsString &aName,
+                                     uint32_t aDepth,
+                                     nsIMutableArray *aCollected)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImportMailboxDescriptor> descriptor;
+  rv = CreateMailboxDescriptor(getter_AddRefs(descriptor));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  int64_t size;
+  rv = aEntry->GetFileSize(&size);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = descriptor->SetSize(size);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = descriptor->SetDisplayName(aName.get());
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> mailboxFile;
+  rv = descriptor->GetFile(getter_AddRefs(mailboxFile));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  descriptor->SetDepth(aDepth);
+
+  mailboxFile->InitWithFile(aEntry);
+  aCollected->AppendElement(descriptor, false);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsBeckyMail::CollectMailboxesInFolderListFile(nsIFile *aListFile,
+                                              uint32_t aDepth,
+                                              nsIMutableArray *aCollected)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsILineInputStream> lineStream;
+  rv = nsBeckyUtils::CreateLineInputStream(aListFile,
+                                           getter_AddRefs(lineStream));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> parent;
+  rv = aListFile->GetParent(getter_AddRefs(parent));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  bool more = true;
+  nsAutoCString folderName;
+  bool isEmpty = true;
+  while (more && NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+    rv = lineStream->ReadLine(folderName, &more);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    if (folderName.IsEmpty())
+      continue;
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> folder;
+    rv = parent->Clone(getter_AddRefs(folder));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    rv = folder->AppendNative(folderName);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    isEmpty = false;
+    rv = CollectMailboxesInDirectory(folder, aDepth + 1, aCollected);
+  }
+
+  return isEmpty ? NS_ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND : NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsBeckyMail::CollectMailboxesInDirectory(nsIFile *aDirectory,
+                                         uint32_t aDepth,
+                                         nsIMutableArray *aCollected)
+{
+  nsAutoString mailboxName;
+  nsresult rv = GetMailboxName(aDirectory, mailboxName);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  if (aDepth != 0)
+    AppendMailboxDescriptor(aDirectory, mailboxName, aDepth, aCollected);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> folderListFile;
+  rv = nsBeckyUtils::GetFolderListFile(aDirectory, getter_AddRefs(folderListFile));
+  bool folderListExists = false;
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+    rv = CollectMailboxesInFolderListFile(folderListFile, aDepth, aCollected);
+    folderListExists = true;
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleEnumerator> entries;
+  rv = aDirectory->GetDirectoryEntries(getter_AddRefs(entries));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  bool more;
+  while (NS_SUCCEEDED(entries->HasMoreElements(&more)) && more) {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> entry;
+    rv = entries->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(entry));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> file = do_QueryInterface(entry, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    nsAutoString name;
+    rv = file->GetLeafName(name);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    if (StringEndsWith(name, NS_LITERAL_STRING(".bmf"))) {
+      AppendMailboxDescriptor(file, mailboxName, aDepth, aCollected);
+    }
+
+    // The Folder.lst file is not created if there is only one sub folder,
+    // so we need to find the sub folder by our hands.
+    // The folder name does not begin with # or ! maybe. Yes, maybe...
+    if (!folderListExists) {
+      if (StringBeginsWith(name, NS_LITERAL_STRING("#")) ||
+          StringBeginsWith(name, NS_LITERAL_STRING("!")))
+        continue;
+
+      bool isDirectory = false;
+      rv = file->IsDirectory(&isDirectory);
+      if (isDirectory) {
+        CollectMailboxesInDirectory(file, aDepth + 1, aCollected);
+        continue;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsBeckyMail::FindMailboxes(nsIFile *aLocation, nsIArray **_retval)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aLocation);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(_retval);
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> array(do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = CollectMailboxesInDirectory(aLocation, 0, array);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  array.forget(_retval);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+static nsresult
+GetBeckyStatusValue(const nsCString &aHeader, nsACString &aValue)
+{
+  int32_t valueStartPosition;
+
+  valueStartPosition = aHeader.FindChar(':');
+  if (valueStartPosition < 0)
+    return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+
+  valueStartPosition++;
+
+  int32_t commaPosition = aHeader.FindChar(',', valueStartPosition);
+  if (commaPosition < 0)
+    return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+
+  nsAutoCString value(Substring(aHeader,
+                                valueStartPosition,
+                                commaPosition - valueStartPosition));
+  value.Trim(" \t");
+
+  aValue.Assign(value);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+static nsresult
+GetBeckyIncludeValue(const nsCString &aHeader, nsACString &aValue)
+{
+  int32_t valueStartPosition;
+
+  valueStartPosition = aHeader.FindChar(':');
+  if (valueStartPosition < 0)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  valueStartPosition++;
+  nsAutoCString value(Substring(aHeader, valueStartPosition));
+  value.Trim(" \t");
+
+  aValue.Assign(value);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+static bool
+ConvertBeckyStatusToMozillaStatus(const nsCString &aHeader,
+                                  nsMsgMessageFlagType *aMozillaStatusFlag)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsAutoCString statusString;
+  rv = GetBeckyStatusValue(aHeader, statusString);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, false);
+
+  nsresult errorCode;
+  uint32_t beckyStatusFlag = static_cast<uint32_t>(statusString.ToInteger(&errorCode, 16));
+  if (NS_FAILED(errorCode))
+    return false;
+
+  if (beckyStatusFlag & BECKY_STATUS_READ)
+    *aMozillaStatusFlag |= nsMsgMessageFlags::Read;
+  if (beckyStatusFlag & BECKY_STATUS_FORWARDED)
+    *aMozillaStatusFlag |= nsMsgMessageFlags::Forwarded;
+  if (beckyStatusFlag & BECKY_STATUS_REPLIED)
+    *aMozillaStatusFlag |= nsMsgMessageFlags::Replied;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+static inline bool
+CheckHeaderKey(const nsCString &aHeader, const char *aKeyString)
+{
+  nsAutoCString key(StringHead(aHeader, aHeader.FindChar(':')));
+  key.Trim(" \t");
+  return key.Equals(aKeyString);
+}
+
+static inline bool
+IsBeckyStatusHeader(const nsCString &aHeader)
+{
+  return CheckHeaderKey(aHeader, X_BECKY_STATUS_HEADER);
+}
+
+static inline bool
+IsBeckyIncludeLine(const nsCString &aLine)
+{
+  return CheckHeaderKey(aLine, X_BECKY_INCLUDE_HEADER);
+}
+
+static inline bool
+IsEndOfHeaders(const nsCString &aLine)
+{
+  return aLine.IsEmpty();
+}
+
+static inline bool
+IsEndOfMessage(const nsCString &aLine)
+{
+  return aLine.Equals(".");
+}
+
+class ImportMessageRunnable: public mozilla::Runnable
+{
+public:
+  ImportMessageRunnable(nsIFile *aMessageFile,
+                        nsIMsgFolder *aFolder);
+  NS_DECL_NSIRUNNABLE
+private:
+  nsresult WriteHeaders(nsCString &aHeaders, nsIOutputStream *aOutputStream);
+  nsresult HandleHeaderLine(const nsCString &aHeaderLine, nsACString &aHeaders);
+  nsresult GetAttachmentFile(nsIFile *aMailboxFile,
+                             const nsCString &aHeader,
+                             nsIFile **_retval);
+  nsresult WriteAttachmentFile(nsIFile *aMailboxFile,
+                               const nsCString &aHeader,
+                               nsIOutputStream *aOutputStream);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> mMessageFile;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> mFolder;
+};
+
+ImportMessageRunnable::ImportMessageRunnable(nsIFile *aMessageFile,
+                                             nsIMsgFolder *aFolder) :
+  mMessageFile(aMessageFile), mFolder(aFolder)
+{
+}
+
+nsresult
+ImportMessageRunnable::WriteHeaders(nsCString &aHeaders,
+                                    nsIOutputStream *aOutputStream)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  uint32_t writtenBytes = 0;
+
+  rv = aOutputStream->Write(FROM_LINE, strlen(FROM_LINE), &writtenBytes);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  rv = aOutputStream->Write(aHeaders.get(), aHeaders.Length(), &writtenBytes);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  rv = aOutputStream->Write(MSG_LINEBREAK, strlen(MSG_LINEBREAK), &writtenBytes);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  aHeaders.Truncate();
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+ImportMessageRunnable::HandleHeaderLine(const nsCString &aHeaderLine,
+                                        nsACString &aHeaders)
+{
+  aHeaders.Append(aHeaderLine);
+  aHeaders.AppendLiteral(MSG_LINEBREAK);
+
+  nsMsgMessageFlagType flag = 0;
+  if (IsBeckyStatusHeader(aHeaderLine) &&
+      ConvertBeckyStatusToMozillaStatus(aHeaderLine, &flag)) {
+    char *statusLine;
+    statusLine = PR_smprintf(X_MOZILLA_STATUS_FORMAT MSG_LINEBREAK, flag);
+    aHeaders.Append(statusLine);
+    PR_smprintf_free(statusLine);
+    aHeaders.AppendLiteral(X_MOZILLA_KEYWORDS);
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+ImportMessageRunnable::GetAttachmentFile(nsIFile *aMailboxFile,
+                                         const nsCString &aHeader,
+                                         nsIFile **_retval)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> attachmentFile;
+
+  rv = aMailboxFile->Clone(getter_AddRefs(attachmentFile));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = attachmentFile->Append(NS_LITERAL_STRING("#Attach"));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsAutoCString nativeAttachmentPath;
+  rv = GetBeckyIncludeValue(aHeader, nativeAttachmentPath);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = attachmentFile->AppendRelativeNativePath(nativeAttachmentPath);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  bool exists = false;
+  attachmentFile->Exists(&exists);
+  if (!exists)
+    return NS_ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND;
+
+  attachmentFile.forget(_retval);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+ImportMessageRunnable::WriteAttachmentFile(nsIFile *aMailboxFile,
+                                           const nsCString &aHeader,
+                                           nsIOutputStream *aOutputStream)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> parentDirectory;
+  rv = aMailboxFile->GetParent(getter_AddRefs(parentDirectory));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> attachmentFile;
+  rv = GetAttachmentFile(parentDirectory,
+                         aHeader,
+                         getter_AddRefs(attachmentFile));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIInputStream> inputStream;
+  rv = NS_NewLocalFileInputStream(getter_AddRefs(inputStream),
+                                  attachmentFile);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  char buffer[FILE_IO_BUFFER_SIZE];
+  uint32_t readBytes = 0;
+  uint32_t writtenBytes = 0;
+  rv = aOutputStream->Write(MSG_LINEBREAK, strlen(MSG_LINEBREAK), &writtenBytes);
+  while (NS_SUCCEEDED(inputStream->Read(buffer, sizeof(buffer), &readBytes)) &&
+         readBytes > 0) {
+    rv = aOutputStream->Write(buffer, readBytes, &writtenBytes);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      break;
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP ImportMessageRunnable::Run()
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgPluggableStore> msgStore;
+  nsresult rv = mFolder->GetMsgStore(getter_AddRefs(msgStore));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsILineInputStream> lineStream;
+  rv = nsBeckyUtils::CreateLineInputStream(mMessageFile,
+                                           getter_AddRefs(lineStream));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  bool reusable;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIOutputStream> outputStream;
+  rv = msgStore->GetNewMsgOutputStream(mFolder, getter_AddRefs(msgHdr), &reusable,
+                                       getter_AddRefs(outputStream));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  bool inHeader = true;
+  bool more = true;
+  nsAutoCString headers;
+  while (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && more) {
+    nsAutoCString line;
+    rv = lineStream->ReadLine(line, &more);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      break;
+
+    if (inHeader) {
+      if (IsEndOfHeaders(line)) {
+        inHeader = false;
+        rv = WriteHeaders(headers, outputStream);
+      } else {
+        rv = HandleHeaderLine(line, headers);
+      }
+    } else if (IsEndOfMessage(line)) {
+      inHeader = true;
+      rv = msgStore->FinishNewMessage(outputStream, msgHdr);
+      if (!reusable)
+        outputStream->Close();
+      rv = msgStore->GetNewMsgOutputStream(mFolder, getter_AddRefs(msgHdr), &reusable,
+                                           getter_AddRefs(outputStream));
+    } else if (IsBeckyIncludeLine(line)) {
+      rv = WriteAttachmentFile(mMessageFile, line, outputStream);
+    } else {
+      uint32_t writtenBytes = 0;
+      if (StringBeginsWith(line, NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("..")))
+        line.Cut(0, 1);
+      else if (CheckHeaderKey(line, "From"))
+        line.Insert('>', 0);
+
+      line.AppendLiteral(MSG_LINEBREAK);
+      rv = outputStream->Write(line.get(), line.Length(), &writtenBytes);
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (outputStream) {
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      msgStore->DiscardNewMessage(outputStream, msgHdr);
+    outputStream->Close();
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+static
+nsresult ProxyImportMessage(nsIFile *aMessageFile,
+                            nsIMsgFolder *aFolder)
+{
+  RefPtr<ImportMessageRunnable> importMessage =
+    new ImportMessageRunnable(aMessageFile, aFolder);
+  return NS_DispatchToMainThread(importMessage, NS_DISPATCH_SYNC);
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsBeckyMail::ImportMailFile(nsIFile *aMailFile,
+                            nsIMsgFolder *aDestination)
+{
+  int64_t size;
+  aMailFile->GetFileSize(&size);
+  if (size == 0)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  return ProxyImportMessage(aMailFile, aDestination);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsBeckyMail::ImportMailbox(nsIImportMailboxDescriptor *aSource,
+                           nsIMsgFolder *aDestination,
+                           char16_t **aErrorLog,
+                           char16_t **aSuccessLog,
+                           bool *aFatalError)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aSource);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aDestination);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aErrorLog);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aSuccessLog);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aFatalError);
+
+  mReadBytes = 0;
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> mailboxFolder;
+  rv = aSource->GetFile(getter_AddRefs(mailboxFolder));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = ImportMailFile(mailboxFolder, aDestination);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  uint32_t finalSize;
+  aSource->GetSize(&finalSize);
+  mReadBytes = finalSize;
+
+  nsAutoString name;
+  aSource->GetDisplayName(getter_Copies(name));
+
+  nsAutoString successMessage;
+  const char16_t *format = { name.get() };
+  rv =
+      nsBeckyStringBundle::FormatStringFromName(u"BeckyImportMailboxSuccess",
+                                                &format,
+                                                1,
+                                                getter_Copies(successMessage));
+  successMessage.AppendLiteral("\n");
+  *aSuccessLog = ToNewUnicode(successMessage);
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsBeckyMail::GetImportProgress(uint32_t *_retval)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(_retval);
+  *_retval = mReadBytes;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsBeckyMail::TranslateFolderName(const nsAString & aFolderName,
+                                 nsAString & _retval)
+{
+  return nsBeckyUtils::TranslateFolderName(aFolderName, _retval);
+}
+
diff --git a/mailnews/import/becky/src/nsBeckyMail.h b/mailnews/import/becky/src/nsBeckyMail.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ae287a05f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/becky/src/nsBeckyMail.h
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+/* vim: set ts=2 et sw=2 tw=80: */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsBeckyMail_h___
+#define nsBeckyMail_h___
+
+#include "nsIImportMail.h"
+
+class nsIFile;
+class nsIMutableArray;
+class nsIMsgFolder;
+
+class nsBeckyMail final : public nsIImportMail
+{
+public:
+  nsBeckyMail();
+  static nsresult Create(nsIImportMail **aImport);
+
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIIMPORTMAIL
+
+private:
+  virtual ~nsBeckyMail();
+
+  uint32_t mReadBytes;
+
+  nsresult CollectMailboxesInDirectory(nsIFile *aDirectory,
+                                       uint32_t aDepth,
+                                       nsIMutableArray *aCollected);
+  nsresult CollectMailboxesInFolderListFile(nsIFile *aListFile,
+                                            uint32_t aDepth,
+                                            nsIMutableArray *aCollected);
+  nsresult AppendMailboxDescriptor(nsIFile *aEntry,
+                                   const nsString &aName,
+                                   uint32_t aDepth,
+                                   nsIMutableArray *aCollected);
+  nsresult ImportMailFile(nsIFile *aMailFile,
+                          nsIMsgFolder *aDestination);
+  nsresult CreateMailboxDescriptor(nsIImportMailboxDescriptor **aDescriptor);
+  nsresult GetMailboxName(nsIFile *aMailbox, nsAString &aName);
+};
+
+#endif /* nsBeckyMail_h___ */
diff --git a/mailnews/import/becky/src/nsBeckySettings.cpp b/mailnews/import/becky/src/nsBeckySettings.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8e1cab960
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/becky/src/nsBeckySettings.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,471 @@
+/* vim: set ts=2 et sw=2 tw=80: */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsMsgBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsMsgCompCID.h"
+#include "nsIMsgAccountManager.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsIINIParser.h"
+#include "nsISmtpService.h"
+#include "nsISmtpServer.h"
+#include "nsIPop3IncomingServer.h"
+#include "nsIStringEnumerator.h"
+#include "nsIInputStream.h"
+#include "nsIOutputStream.h"
+#include "nsILineInputStream.h"
+#include "nsNetUtil.h"
+#include "nsString.h"
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "nsIStringBundle.h"
+
+#include "nsBeckySettings.h"
+#include "nsBeckyStringBundle.h"
+#include "nsBeckyUtils.h"
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsBeckySettings, nsIImportSettings)
+
+nsresult
+nsBeckySettings::Create(nsIImportSettings **aImport)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aImport);
+
+  *aImport = new nsBeckySettings();
+
+  NS_ADDREF(*aImport);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsBeckySettings::nsBeckySettings()
+{
+}
+
+nsBeckySettings::~nsBeckySettings()
+{
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsBeckySettings::AutoLocate(char16_t **aDescription,
+                            nsIFile **aLocation,
+                            bool *_retval)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aDescription);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aLocation);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(_retval);
+
+  *aDescription =
+    nsBeckyStringBundle::GetStringByName(u"BeckyImportName");
+  *aLocation = nullptr;
+  *_retval = false;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> location;
+  nsresult rv = nsBeckyUtils::GetDefaultMailboxINIFile(getter_AddRefs(location));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    location = do_CreateInstance(NS_LOCAL_FILE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  else
+    *_retval = true;
+
+  location.forget(aLocation);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsBeckySettings::SetLocation(nsIFile *aLocation)
+{
+  mLocation = aLocation;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsBeckySettings::CreateParser()
+{
+  if (!mLocation) {
+    nsresult rv = nsBeckyUtils::GetDefaultMailboxINIFile(getter_AddRefs(mLocation));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+
+  // nsIINIParser accepts only UTF-8 encoding, so we need to convert the file
+  // first.
+  nsresult rv;
+  rv = nsBeckyUtils::ConvertToUTF8File(mLocation, getter_AddRefs(mConvertedFile));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  return nsBeckyUtils::CreateINIParserForFile(mConvertedFile,
+                                              getter_AddRefs(mParser));
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsBeckySettings::CreateSmtpServer(const nsCString &aUserName,
+                                  const nsCString &aServerName,
+                                  nsISmtpServer **aServer,
+                                  bool *existing)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISmtpService> smtpService = do_GetService(NS_SMTPSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISmtpServer> server;
+  rv = smtpService->FindServer(aUserName.get(),
+                               aServerName.get(),
+                               getter_AddRefs(server));
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !server) {
+    rv = smtpService->CreateServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    server->SetHostname(aServerName);
+    server->SetUsername(aUserName);
+    *existing = false;
+  } else {
+    *existing = true;
+  }
+
+  server.forget(aServer);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsBeckySettings::CreateIncomingServer(const nsCString &aUserName,
+                                      const nsCString &aServerName,
+                                      const nsCString &aProtocol,
+                                      nsIMsgIncomingServer **aServer)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccountManager> accountManager = do_GetService(NS_MSGACCOUNTMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> incomingServer;
+  rv = accountManager->FindServer(aUserName,
+                                  aServerName,
+                                  aProtocol,
+                                  getter_AddRefs(incomingServer));
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !incomingServer) {
+    rv = accountManager->CreateIncomingServer(aUserName,
+                                              aServerName,
+                                              aProtocol,
+                                              getter_AddRefs(incomingServer));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+  incomingServer.forget(aServer);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsBeckySettings::SetupSmtpServer(nsISmtpServer **aServer)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsAutoCString userName, serverName;
+
+  mParser->GetString(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("Account"),
+                     NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("SMTPServer"),
+                     serverName);
+  mParser->GetString(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("Account"),
+                     NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("UserID"),
+                     userName);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISmtpServer> server;
+  bool existing = false;
+  rv = CreateSmtpServer(userName, serverName, getter_AddRefs(server), &existing);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // If we already have an existing server, do not touch it's settings.
+  if (existing) {
+    server.forget(aServer);
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  nsAutoCString value;
+  rv = mParser->GetString(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("Account"),
+                          NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("SMTPPort"),
+                          value);
+  int32_t port = 25;
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+    nsresult errorCode;
+    port = value.ToInteger(&errorCode, 10);
+  }
+  server->SetPort(port);
+
+  mParser->GetString(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("Account"),
+                     NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("SSLSMTP"),
+                     value);
+  if (value.Equals("1"))
+    server->SetSocketType(nsMsgSocketType::SSL);
+
+  mParser->GetString(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("Account"),
+                     NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("SMTPAUTH"),
+                     value);
+  if (value.Equals("1")) {
+    mParser->GetString(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("Account"),
+                       NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("SMTPAUTHMODE"),
+                       value);
+    nsMsgAuthMethodValue authMethod = nsMsgAuthMethod::none;
+    if (value.Equals("1")) {
+      authMethod = nsMsgAuthMethod::passwordEncrypted;
+    } else if (value.Equals("2") ||
+               value.Equals("4") ||
+               value.Equals("6")) {
+      authMethod = nsMsgAuthMethod::passwordCleartext;
+    } else {
+      authMethod = nsMsgAuthMethod::anything;
+    }
+    server->SetAuthMethod(authMethod);
+  }
+
+  server.forget(aServer);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsBeckySettings::SetPop3ServerProperties(nsIMsgIncomingServer *aServer)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPop3IncomingServer> pop3Server = do_QueryInterface(aServer);
+
+  nsAutoCString value;
+  mParser->GetString(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("Account"),
+                     NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("POP3Auth"),
+                     value); // 0: plain, 1: APOP, 2: CRAM-MD5, 3: NTLM
+  nsMsgAuthMethodValue authMethod;
+  if (value.IsEmpty() || value.Equals("0")) {
+    authMethod = nsMsgAuthMethod::passwordCleartext;
+  } else if (value.Equals("1")) {
+    authMethod = nsMsgAuthMethod::old;
+  } else if (value.Equals("2")) {
+    authMethod = nsMsgAuthMethod::passwordEncrypted;
+  } else if (value.Equals("3")) {
+    authMethod = nsMsgAuthMethod::NTLM;
+  } else {
+    authMethod = nsMsgAuthMethod::none;
+  }
+  aServer->SetAuthMethod(authMethod);
+
+  mParser->GetString(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("Account"),
+                     NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("LeaveServer"),
+                     value);
+  if (value.Equals("1")) {
+    pop3Server->SetLeaveMessagesOnServer(true);
+    nsresult rv = mParser->GetString(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("Account"),
+                                     NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("KeepDays"),
+                                     value);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      return NS_OK;
+
+    nsresult errorCode;
+    int32_t leftDays = value.ToInteger(&errorCode, 10);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(errorCode)) {
+      pop3Server->SetNumDaysToLeaveOnServer(leftDays);
+      pop3Server->SetDeleteByAgeFromServer(true);
+    }
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsBeckySettings::SetupIncomingServer(nsIMsgIncomingServer **aServer)
+{
+  nsAutoCString value;
+  mParser->GetString(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("Account"),
+                     NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("Protocol"),
+                     value);
+  nsCString protocol;
+  if (value.Equals("1")) {
+    protocol = NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("imap");
+  } else {
+    protocol = NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("pop3");
+  }
+
+  nsAutoCString userName, serverName;
+  mParser->GetString(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("Account"),
+                     NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("MailServer"),
+                     serverName);
+  mParser->GetString(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("Account"),
+                     NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("UserID"),
+                     userName);
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+  rv = CreateIncomingServer(userName, serverName, protocol, getter_AddRefs(server));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  bool isSecure = false;
+  int32_t port = 0;
+  nsresult errorCode;
+  if (protocol.EqualsLiteral("pop3")) {
+    SetPop3ServerProperties(server);
+    rv = mParser->GetString(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("Account"),
+                            NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("POP3Port"),
+                            value);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      port = value.ToInteger(&errorCode, 10);
+    else
+      port = 110;
+    mParser->GetString(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("Account"),
+                       NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("SSLPOP"),
+                       value);
+    if (value.Equals("1"))
+      isSecure = true;
+  } else if (protocol.EqualsLiteral("imap")) {
+    rv = mParser->GetString(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("Account"),
+                            NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("IMAP4Port"),
+                            value);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      port = value.ToInteger(&errorCode, 10);
+    else
+      port = 143;
+    mParser->GetString(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("Account"),
+                       NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("SSLIMAP"),
+                       value);
+    if (value.Equals("1"))
+      isSecure = true;
+  }
+
+  server->SetPort(port);
+  if (isSecure)
+    server->SetSocketType(nsMsgSocketType::SSL);
+
+  mParser->GetString(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("Account"),
+                     NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("CheckInt"),
+                     value);
+  if (value.Equals("1"))
+    server->SetDoBiff(true);
+  rv = mParser->GetString(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("Account"),
+                          NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("CheckEvery"),
+                          value);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+    int32_t minutes = value.ToInteger(&errorCode, 10);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(errorCode))
+      server->SetBiffMinutes(minutes);
+  }
+
+  server.forget(aServer);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsBeckySettings::CreateIdentity(nsIMsgIdentity **aIdentity)
+{
+  nsAutoCString email, fullName, identityName, bccAddress;
+
+  mParser->GetString(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("Account"),
+                     NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("Name"),
+                     identityName);
+  mParser->GetString(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("Account"),
+                     NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("YourName"),
+                     fullName);
+  mParser->GetString(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("Account"),
+                     NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("MailAddress"),
+                     email);
+  mParser->GetString(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("Account"),
+                     NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("PermBcc"),
+                     bccAddress);
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccountManager> accountManager =
+    do_GetService(NS_MSGACCOUNTMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIdentity> identity;
+  rv = accountManager->CreateIdentity(getter_AddRefs(identity));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  identity->SetLabel(NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16(identityName));
+  identity->SetFullName(NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16(fullName));
+  identity->SetEmail(email);
+  if (!bccAddress.IsEmpty()) {
+    identity->SetDoBcc(true);
+    identity->SetDoBccList(bccAddress);
+  }
+
+  identity.forget(aIdentity);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsBeckySettings::CreateAccount(nsIMsgIdentity *aIdentity,
+                               nsIMsgIncomingServer *aIncomingServer,
+                               nsIMsgAccount **aAccount)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccountManager> accountManager =
+    do_GetService(NS_MSGACCOUNTMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccount> account;
+  rv = accountManager->CreateAccount(getter_AddRefs(account));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = account->AddIdentity(aIdentity);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = account->SetIncomingServer(aIncomingServer);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  account.forget(aAccount);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsBeckySettings::RemoveConvertedFile()
+{
+  if (mConvertedFile) {
+    bool exists;
+    mConvertedFile->Exists(&exists);
+    if (exists)
+      mConvertedFile->Remove(false);
+    mConvertedFile = nullptr;
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+#define NS_RETURN_IF_FAILED_WITH_REMOVE_CONVERTED_FILE(expr, rv) \
+  if (NS_FAILED(expr)) {                                         \
+    RemoveConvertedFile();                                       \
+    return rv;                                                   \
+  }
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsBeckySettings::Import(nsIMsgAccount **aLocalMailAccount,
+                        bool *_retval)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aLocalMailAccount);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(_retval);
+
+  nsresult rv = CreateParser();
+  NS_RETURN_IF_FAILED_WITH_REMOVE_CONVERTED_FILE(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> incomingServer;
+  rv = SetupIncomingServer(getter_AddRefs(incomingServer));
+  NS_RETURN_IF_FAILED_WITH_REMOVE_CONVERTED_FILE(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISmtpServer> smtpServer;
+  rv = SetupSmtpServer(getter_AddRefs(smtpServer));
+  NS_RETURN_IF_FAILED_WITH_REMOVE_CONVERTED_FILE(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIdentity> identity;
+  rv = CreateIdentity(getter_AddRefs(identity));
+  NS_RETURN_IF_FAILED_WITH_REMOVE_CONVERTED_FILE(rv, rv);
+
+  nsAutoCString smtpKey;
+  smtpServer->GetKey(getter_Copies(smtpKey));
+  identity->SetSmtpServerKey(smtpKey);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccount> account;
+  rv = CreateAccount(identity, incomingServer, getter_AddRefs(account));
+  NS_RETURN_IF_FAILED_WITH_REMOVE_CONVERTED_FILE(rv, rv);
+
+  RemoveConvertedFile();
+  if (aLocalMailAccount)
+    account.forget(aLocalMailAccount);
+  *_retval = true;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
diff --git a/mailnews/import/becky/src/nsBeckySettings.h b/mailnews/import/becky/src/nsBeckySettings.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..19e7d45ed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/becky/src/nsBeckySettings.h
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+/* vim: set ts=2 et sw=2 tw=80: */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsBeckySettings_h___
+#define nsBeckySettings_h___
+
+#include "nsIImportSettings.h"
+#include "nsIFile.h"
+#include "nsIINIParser.h"
+
+class nsIMsgIncomingServer;
+class nsIMsgIdentity;
+class nsISmtpServer;
+
+class nsBeckySettings final : public nsIImportSettings
+{
+public:
+  nsBeckySettings();
+  static nsresult Create(nsIImportSettings **aImport);
+
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIIMPORTSETTINGS
+
+private:
+  virtual ~nsBeckySettings();
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> mLocation;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> mConvertedFile;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIINIParser> mParser;
+
+  nsresult CreateParser();
+  nsresult CreateIdentity(nsIMsgIdentity **aIdentity);
+  nsresult CreateAccount(nsIMsgIdentity *aIdentity,
+                         nsIMsgIncomingServer *aIncomingServer,
+                         nsIMsgAccount **aAccount);
+  nsresult CreateSmtpServer(const nsCString &aUserName,
+                            const nsCString &aServerName,
+                            nsISmtpServer **aServer,
+                            bool *existing);
+  nsresult CreateIncomingServer(const nsCString &aUserName,
+                                const nsCString &aServerName,
+                                const nsCString &aProtocol,
+                                nsIMsgIncomingServer **aServer);
+  nsresult SetupIncomingServer(nsIMsgIncomingServer **aServer);
+  nsresult SetupSmtpServer(nsISmtpServer **aServer);
+  nsresult SetPop3ServerProperties(nsIMsgIncomingServer *aServer);
+  nsresult RemoveConvertedFile();
+};
+
+#endif /* nsBeckySettings_h___ */
diff --git a/mailnews/import/becky/src/nsBeckyStringBundle.cpp b/mailnews/import/becky/src/nsBeckyStringBundle.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..41209dff5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/becky/src/nsBeckyStringBundle.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+/* vim: set ts=2 et sw=2 tw=80: */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "prprf.h"
+#include "prmem.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsIStringBundle.h"
+#include "nsIServiceManager.h"
+#include "nsIURI.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsXPCOMCIDInternal.h"
+
+#include "nsBeckyStringBundle.h"
+
+#define BECKY_MESSAGES_URL "chrome://messenger/locale/beckyImportMsgs.properties"
+
+nsIStringBundle *nsBeckyStringBundle::mBundle = nullptr;
+
+nsIStringBundle *
+nsBeckyStringBundle::GetStringBundle(void)
+{
+  if (mBundle)
+    return mBundle;
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundleService> bundleService = do_GetService(NS_STRINGBUNDLE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && bundleService)
+    rv = bundleService->CreateBundle(BECKY_MESSAGES_URL, &mBundle);
+
+  return mBundle;
+}
+
+void
+nsBeckyStringBundle::EnsureStringBundle(void)
+{
+  if (!mBundle)
+    (void) GetStringBundle();
+}
+
+char16_t *
+nsBeckyStringBundle::GetStringByName(const char16_t *aName)
+{
+  EnsureStringBundle();
+
+  char16_t *string = nullptr;
+  if (mBundle)
+    mBundle->GetStringFromName(aName, &string);
+
+  return string;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsBeckyStringBundle::FormatStringFromName(const char16_t *name,
+                                          const char16_t **params,
+                                          uint32_t length,
+                                          char16_t **_retval)
+{
+  EnsureStringBundle();
+
+  return mBundle->FormatStringFromName(name,
+                                       params,
+                                       length,
+                                       _retval);
+}
+
+void
+nsBeckyStringBundle::Cleanup(void)
+{
+  if (mBundle)
+    mBundle->Release();
+  mBundle = nullptr;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/import/becky/src/nsBeckyStringBundle.h b/mailnews/import/becky/src/nsBeckyStringBundle.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..190208c9d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/becky/src/nsBeckyStringBundle.h
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+#ifndef _nsBeckyStringBundle_H__
+#define _nsBeckyStringBundle_H__
+
+#include "nsString.h"
+
+class nsIStringBundle;
+
+class nsBeckyStringBundle final {
+public:
+  static char16_t *GetStringByName(const char16_t *name);
+  static nsresult FormatStringFromName(const char16_t *name,
+                                       const char16_t **params,
+                                       uint32_t length,
+                                       char16_t **_retval);
+  static nsIStringBundle * GetStringBundle(void); // don't release
+  static void EnsureStringBundle(void);
+  static void Cleanup(void);
+private:
+  static nsIStringBundle *mBundle;
+};
+
+#define BECKYIMPORT_NAME                     2000
+#define BECKYIMPORT_DESCRIPTION              2001
+#define BECKYIMPORT_MAILBOX_SUCCESS          2002
+#define BECKYIMPORT_MAILBOX_BADPARAM         2003
+#define BECKYIMPORT_MAILBOX_CONVERTERROR     2004
+#define BECKYIMPORT_ADDRESS_SUCCESS          2005
+
+
+#endif /* _nsBeckyStringBundle_H__ */
diff --git a/mailnews/import/becky/src/nsBeckyUtils.cpp b/mailnews/import/becky/src/nsBeckyUtils.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2e9af84a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/becky/src/nsBeckyUtils.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,334 @@
+/* vim: set ts=2 et sw=2 tw=80: */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsIFile.h"
+#include "nsISimpleEnumerator.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsComponentManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsString.h"
+#include "nsIUTF8ConverterService.h"
+#include "nsUConvCID.h"
+#include "nsNativeCharsetUtils.h"
+#include "nsIInputStream.h"
+#include "nsIOutputStream.h"
+#include "nsILineInputStream.h"
+#include "nsIConverterInputStream.h"
+#include "nsIConverterOutputStream.h"
+#include "nsMsgI18N.h"
+#include "nsNetUtil.h"
+#include "nsIINIParser.h"
+#include "nsDirectoryServiceDefs.h"
+#include "nsDirectoryServiceUtils.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "nsIImportMail.h"
+#include "nsThreadUtils.h"
+
+#include "nsBeckyUtils.h"
+
+nsresult
+nsBeckyUtils::FindUserDirectoryOnWindows7(nsIFile **aLocation)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aLocation);
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> directory;
+  rv = GetSpecialDirectoryWithFileName(NS_WIN_DOCUMENTS_DIR,
+                                       "Becky",
+                                       getter_AddRefs(directory));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  bool exists = false;
+  rv = directory->Exists(&exists);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  if (!exists)
+    return NS_ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND;
+
+  bool isDirectory = false;
+  rv = directory->IsDirectory(&isDirectory);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  if (!isDirectory)
+    return NS_ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND;
+
+  directory.forget(aLocation);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsBeckyUtils::FindUserDirectoryOnWindowsXP(nsIFile **aLocation)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aLocation);
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> directory = do_CreateInstance(NS_LOCAL_FILE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = directory->InitWithPath(NS_LITERAL_STRING("C:\\Becky!"));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  bool exists = false;
+  rv = directory->Exists(&exists);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  if (!exists)
+    return NS_ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND;
+
+  bool isDirectory = false;
+  rv = directory->IsDirectory(&isDirectory);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  if (!isDirectory)
+    return NS_ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleEnumerator> entries;
+  rv = directory->GetDirectoryEntries(getter_AddRefs(entries));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  bool more;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> entry;
+  while (NS_SUCCEEDED(entries->HasMoreElements(&more)) && more) {
+    rv = entries->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(entry));
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> file = do_QueryInterface(entry, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    bool isDirectory = false;
+    rv = file->IsDirectory(&isDirectory);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    if (isDirectory) {
+      file.forget(aLocation);
+      return NS_OK;
+    }
+  }
+
+  directory.forget(aLocation);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsBeckyUtils::FindUserDirectory(nsIFile **aLocation)
+{
+  nsresult rv = FindUserDirectoryOnWindows7(aLocation);
+  if (rv == NS_ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND) {
+    rv = FindUserDirectoryOnWindowsXP(aLocation);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsBeckyUtils::ConvertNativeStringToUTF8(const nsACString& aOriginal,
+                                        nsACString& _retval)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsAutoString unicodeString;
+  rv = NS_CopyNativeToUnicode(aOriginal, unicodeString);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  CopyUTF16toUTF8(unicodeString, _retval);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsBeckyUtils::CreateLineInputStream(nsIFile *aFile,
+                                    nsILineInputStream **_retval)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(_retval);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIInputStream> inputStream;
+  nsresult rv = NS_NewLocalFileInputStream(getter_AddRefs(inputStream), aFile);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  return CallQueryInterface(inputStream, _retval);
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsBeckyUtils::GetFolderListFile(nsIFile *aLocation, nsIFile **_retval)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> folderListFile;
+  rv = aLocation->Clone(getter_AddRefs(folderListFile));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = folderListFile->Append(NS_LITERAL_STRING("Folder.lst"));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  bool exists;
+  rv = folderListFile->Exists(&exists);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  if (!exists)
+    return NS_ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND;
+
+  folderListFile.forget(_retval);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsBeckyUtils::GetDefaultFolderName(nsIFile *aFolderListFile, nsACString& name)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsILineInputStream> lineStream;
+  rv = CreateLineInputStream(aFolderListFile, getter_AddRefs(lineStream));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  bool more = true;
+  rv = lineStream->ReadLine(name, &more);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsBeckyUtils::GetDefaultMailboxDirectory(nsIFile **_retval)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> userDirectory;
+  nsresult rv = FindUserDirectory(getter_AddRefs(userDirectory));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> folderListFile;
+  rv = GetFolderListFile(userDirectory, getter_AddRefs(folderListFile));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsAutoCString defaultFolderName;
+  rv = GetDefaultFolderName(folderListFile, defaultFolderName);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = userDirectory->AppendNative(defaultFolderName);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  bool exists;
+  rv = userDirectory->Exists(&exists);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  if (!exists)
+    return NS_ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND;
+
+  bool isDirectory = false;
+  rv = userDirectory->IsDirectory(&isDirectory);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  if (!isDirectory)
+    return NS_ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND;
+
+  userDirectory.forget(_retval);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsBeckyUtils::GetDefaultMailboxINIFile(nsIFile **_retval)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> mailboxDirectory;
+  rv = GetDefaultMailboxDirectory(getter_AddRefs(mailboxDirectory));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  return GetMailboxINIFile(mailboxDirectory, _retval);
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsBeckyUtils::GetMailboxINIFile(nsIFile *aDirectory, nsIFile **_retval)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> target;
+  rv = aDirectory->Clone(getter_AddRefs(target));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = target->Append(NS_LITERAL_STRING("Mailbox.ini"));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  bool exists;
+  rv = target->Exists(&exists);
+  if (!exists)
+    return NS_ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND;
+
+  target.forget(_retval);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsBeckyUtils::CreateINIParserForFile(nsIFile *aFile,
+                                     nsIINIParser **aParser)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIINIParserFactory> factory =
+    do_GetService("@mozilla.org/xpcom/ini-processor-factory;1", &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  return factory->CreateINIParser(aFile, aParser);
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsBeckyUtils::GetMailboxNameFromINIFile(nsIFile *aFile, nsCString &aName)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIINIParser> parser;
+  rv = CreateINIParserForFile(aFile, getter_AddRefs(parser));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  return parser->GetString(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("Account"),
+                           NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("Name"),
+                           aName);
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsBeckyUtils::ConvertToUTF8File(nsIFile *aSourceFile,
+                                nsIFile **_retval)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> convertedFile;
+  rv = GetSpecialDirectoryWithFileName(NS_OS_TEMP_DIR,
+                                       "thunderbird-becky-import",
+                                       getter_AddRefs(convertedFile));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  rv = convertedFile->CreateUnique(nsIFile::NORMAL_FILE_TYPE, 0600);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIInputStream> source;
+  rv = NS_NewLocalFileInputStream(getter_AddRefs(source), aSourceFile);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIOutputStream> destination;
+  rv = NS_NewLocalFileOutputStream(getter_AddRefs(destination),
+                                   convertedFile);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  const uint32_t kBlock = 8192;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIConverterInputStream> convertedInput =
+    do_CreateInstance("@mozilla.org/intl/converter-input-stream;1");
+  convertedInput->Init(source, nsMsgI18NFileSystemCharset(), kBlock, 0x0000);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIConverterOutputStream> convertedOutput =
+    do_CreateInstance("@mozilla.org/intl/converter-output-stream;1");
+  convertedOutput->Init(destination, "UTF-8", kBlock, 0x0000);
+
+  char16_t *line = (char16_t *)moz_xmalloc(kBlock);
+  uint32_t readBytes = kBlock;
+  bool writtenBytes;
+  while (readBytes == kBlock) {
+    rv = convertedInput->Read(line, kBlock, &readBytes);
+    rv = convertedOutput->Write(readBytes, line, &writtenBytes);
+  }
+  convertedOutput->Close();
+  convertedInput->Close();
+
+  convertedFile.forget(_retval);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsBeckyUtils::TranslateFolderName(const nsAString & aFolderName,
+                                  nsAString & _retval)
+{
+  if (aFolderName.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("!trash"))
+    _retval = NS_LITERAL_STRING(kDestTrashFolderName);
+  else if (aFolderName.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("!!!!inbox"))
+    _retval = NS_LITERAL_STRING(kDestInboxFolderName);
+  else if (aFolderName.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("!!!!outbox"))
+    _retval = NS_LITERAL_STRING(kDestSentFolderName);
+  else if (aFolderName.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("!!!!unsent"))
+    _retval = NS_LITERAL_STRING(kDestUnsentMessagesFolderName);
+  else
+    _retval = aFolderName;
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/import/becky/src/nsBeckyUtils.h b/mailnews/import/becky/src/nsBeckyUtils.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8b6e3a542
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/becky/src/nsBeckyUtils.h
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+#ifndef _nsBeckyUtils_H__
+#define _nsBeckyUtils_H__
+
+class nsIFile;
+class nsILineInputStream;
+class nsIINIParser;
+
+class nsBeckyUtils final {
+public:
+  static nsresult FindUserDirectoryOnWindows7(nsIFile **aLocation);
+  static nsresult FindUserDirectoryOnWindowsXP(nsIFile **aLocation);
+  static nsresult FindUserDirectory(nsIFile **aFile);
+  static nsresult ConvertNativeStringToUTF8(const nsACString& aOriginal,
+                                            nsACString& _retval);
+  static nsresult CreateLineInputStream(nsIFile *aFile,
+                                        nsILineInputStream **_retval);
+  static nsresult GetDefaultMailboxDirectory(nsIFile **_retval);
+  static nsresult GetFolderListFile(nsIFile *aLocation,
+                                    nsIFile **_retval);
+  static nsresult GetDefaultFolderName(nsIFile *aFolderListFile,
+                                       nsACString& name);
+  static nsresult GetDefaultMailboxINIFile(nsIFile **_retval);
+  static nsresult GetMailboxINIFile(nsIFile *aDirectory, nsIFile **_retval);
+  static nsresult CreateINIParserForFile(nsIFile *aFile,
+                                         nsIINIParser **aParser);
+  static nsresult GetMailboxNameFromINIFile(nsIFile *aFile, nsCString &aName);
+  static nsresult ConvertToUTF8File(nsIFile *aSourceFile,
+                                    nsIFile **_retval);
+  static nsresult TranslateFolderName(const nsAString & aFolderName,
+                                      nsAString & _retval);
+};
+
+
+#endif /* _nsBeckyUtils_H__ */
diff --git a/mailnews/import/build/moz.build b/mailnews/import/build/moz.build
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..76cd0cceb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/build/moz.build
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+# vim: set filetype=python:
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+SOURCES += [
+    'nsImportModule.cpp',
+]
+
+USE_LIBS += [
+    'nspr',
+]
+
+if CONFIG['MOZ_INCOMPLETE_EXTERNAL_LINKAGE']:
+    XPCOMBinaryComponent('import')
+    USE_LIBS += [
+        'msgbsutl_s',
+        'rdfutil_external_s',
+        'unicharutil_external_s',
+        'xpcomglue_s',
+        'xul',
+    ]
+else:
+    Library('import')
+    FINAL_LIBRARY = 'xul'
+
+# js needs to come after xul for now, because it is an archive and its content
+# is discarded when it comes first.
+USE_LIBS += [
+    'js',
+]
+
+LOCAL_INCLUDES += [
+    '../src',
+    '../text/src',
+    '../vcard/src',
+]
+
+if CONFIG['MOZ_WIDGET_TOOLKIT'] == 'cocoa':
+    LOCAL_INCLUDES += [
+        '../applemail/src',
+    ]
+    OS_LIBS += CONFIG['TK_LIBS']
+    OS_LIBS += ['-framework Cocoa']
+
+if CONFIG['OS_ARCH'] == 'WINNT':
+    LOCAL_INCLUDES += [
+    ]
+    if not CONFIG['GNU_CC']:
+        LOCAL_INCLUDES += [
+            '../becky/src',
+            '../oexpress',
+            '../outlook/src',
+            '../winlivemail',
+        ]
+    if CONFIG['MOZ_MAPI_SUPPORT']:
+        LOCAL_INCLUDES += [
+            '../outlook/src',
+        ]
+else:
+    OS_LIBS += CONFIG['MOZ_ZLIB_LIBS']
+
diff --git a/mailnews/import/build/nsImportModule.cpp b/mailnews/import/build/nsImportModule.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f251e5660
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/build/nsImportModule.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,203 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Core Module Include Files
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "mozilla/ModuleUtils.h"
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// core import Include Files
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+#include "nsImportService.h"
+#include "nsImportMimeEncode.h"
+#include "nsImportStringBundle.h"
+
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_IMPORTSERVICE_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_IMPORTMIMEENCODE_CID);
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// text import Include Files
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+#include "nsTextImport.h"
+
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_TEXTIMPORT_CID);
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// vCard import Include Files
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+#include "nsVCardImport.h"
+
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_VCARDIMPORT_CID);
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Apple Mail import Include Files
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+#if defined(XP_MACOSX)
+#include "nsAppleMailImport.h"
+
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_APPLEMAILIMPORT_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_APPLEMAILIMPL_CID);
+#endif
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// outlook import Include Files
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+#ifdef XP_WIN
+#include "nsOEImport.h"
+#include "nsOEStringBundle.h"
+#ifdef MOZ_MAPI_SUPPORT
+#include "nsOutlookImport.h"
+#include "nsOutlookStringBundle.h"
+#endif
+#include "nsWMImport.h"
+#include "nsWMStringBundle.h"
+
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_OEIMPORT_CID);
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_WMIMPORT_CID);
+#ifdef MOZ_MAPI_SUPPORT
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_OUTLOOKIMPORT_CID);
+#endif
+#endif // XP_WIN
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// becky import Include Files
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+#ifdef XP_WIN
+#include "nsBeckyImport.h"
+#include "nsBeckyStringBundle.h"
+
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_BECKYIMPORT_CID);
+#endif // XP_WIN
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// core import factories
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsImportService)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsIImportMimeEncodeImpl)
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// text import factories
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsTextImport)
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// vcard import factories
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsVCardImport)
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// apple mail import factories
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+#if defined(XP_MACOSX)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsAppleMailImportModule)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR_INIT(nsAppleMailImportMail, Initialize)
+#endif
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// outlook import factories
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+#ifdef XP_WIN
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsOEImport)
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsWMImport)
+#ifdef MOZ_MAPI_SUPPORT
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsOutlookImport)
+#endif
+#endif // XP_WIN
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// becky import factory
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+#ifdef XP_WIN
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsBeckyImport)
+#endif // XP_WIN
+
+static const mozilla::Module::CategoryEntry kMailNewsImportCategories[] = {
+  // XXX These CIDs should match the explicit CIDs defined in the header files,
+  // or be changed so that they are contract IDs (with appropriate code updates)
+  { "mailnewsimport", "{A5991D01-ADA7-11d3-A9C2-00A0CC26DA63}", NS_IMPORT_ADDRESS_STR },
+  { "mailnewsimport", "{0eb034a3-964a-4e2f-92eb-cc55d9ae9dd2}", NS_IMPORT_ADDRESS_STR },
+#ifdef XP_WIN
+  { "mailnewsimport", "{42bc82bc-8e9f-4597-8b6e-e529daaf3af1}", kWMSupportsString },
+  { "mailnewsimport", "{be0bc880-1742-11d3-a206-00a0cc26da63}", kOESupportsString },
+  { "mailnewsimport", "{7952a6cf-2442-4c04-9f02-150b15a0a841}", kBeckySupportsString },
+#ifdef MOZ_MAPI_SUPPORT
+  { "mailnewsimport", "{1DB469A0-8B00-11d3-A206-00A0CC26DA63}", kOutlookSupportsString },
+#endif
+#endif
+#if defined(XP_MACOSX)
+  { "mailnewsimport", "{6d3f101c-70ec-4e04-b68d-9908d1aeddf3}", kAppleMailSupportsString },
+#endif
+  { NULL }
+};
+
+const mozilla::Module::CIDEntry kMailNewsImportCIDs[] = {
+  { &kNS_IMPORTSERVICE_CID, false, NULL, nsImportServiceConstructor },
+  { &kNS_IMPORTMIMEENCODE_CID, false, NULL, nsIImportMimeEncodeImplConstructor },
+  { &kNS_TEXTIMPORT_CID, false, NULL, nsTextImportConstructor },
+  { &kNS_VCARDIMPORT_CID, false, NULL, nsVCardImportConstructor },
+#if defined(XP_MACOSX)
+  { &kNS_APPLEMAILIMPORT_CID, false, NULL, nsAppleMailImportModuleConstructor },
+  { &kNS_APPLEMAILIMPL_CID, false, NULL, nsAppleMailImportMailConstructor },
+#endif
+
+#ifdef XP_WIN
+  { &kNS_OEIMPORT_CID, false, NULL, nsOEImportConstructor },
+  { &kNS_WMIMPORT_CID, false, NULL, nsWMImportConstructor },
+  { &kNS_BECKYIMPORT_CID, false, NULL, nsBeckyImportConstructor },
+#ifdef MOZ_MAPI_SUPPORT
+  { &kNS_OUTLOOKIMPORT_CID, false, NULL, nsOutlookImportConstructor },
+#endif
+#endif
+  { NULL }
+};
+
+const mozilla::Module::ContractIDEntry kMailNewsImportContracts[] = {
+  { NS_IMPORTSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &kNS_IMPORTSERVICE_CID },
+  { "@mozilla.org/import/import-mimeencode;1", &kNS_IMPORTMIMEENCODE_CID },
+  { "@mozilla.org/import/import-text;1", &kNS_TEXTIMPORT_CID },
+  { "@mozilla.org/import/import-vcard;1", &kNS_VCARDIMPORT_CID },
+#if defined(XP_MACOSX)
+  { "@mozilla.org/import/import-applemail;1", &kNS_APPLEMAILIMPORT_CID },
+  { NS_APPLEMAILIMPL_CONTRACTID, &kNS_APPLEMAILIMPL_CID },
+#endif
+
+#ifdef XP_WIN
+  { "@mozilla.org/import/import-oe;1", &kNS_OEIMPORT_CID },
+  { "@mozilla.org/import/import-wm;1", &kNS_WMIMPORT_CID },
+  { "@mozilla.org/import/import-becky;1", &kNS_BECKYIMPORT_CID },
+#ifdef MOZ_MAPI_SUPPORT
+  { "@mozilla.org/import/import-outlook;1", &kNS_OUTLOOKIMPORT_CID },
+#endif
+#endif
+  { NULL }
+};
+
+
+static void importModuleDtor()
+{
+#ifdef XP_WIN
+
+    nsOEStringBundle::Cleanup();
+    nsWMStringBundle::Cleanup();
+    nsBeckyStringBundle::Cleanup();
+#ifdef MOZ_MAPI_SUPPORT
+    nsOutlookStringBundle::Cleanup();
+#endif
+#endif
+}
+
+static const mozilla::Module kMailNewsImportModule = {
+  mozilla::Module::kVersion,
+  kMailNewsImportCIDs,
+  kMailNewsImportContracts,
+  kMailNewsImportCategories,
+  NULL,
+  NULL,
+  importModuleDtor
+};
+
+NSMODULE_DEFN(nsImportServiceModule) = &kMailNewsImportModule;
+
+
diff --git a/mailnews/import/content/fieldMapImport.js b/mailnews/import/content/fieldMapImport.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cd0f2d5da
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/content/fieldMapImport.js
@@ -0,0 +1,186 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+var importService;
+var fieldMap = null;
+var recordNum = 0;
+var addInterface = null;
+var dialogResult = null;
+var gPreviousButton;
+var gNextButton;
+var gMoveUpButton;
+var gMoveDownButton;
+var gListbox;
+var gSkipFirstRecordButton;
+
+function OnLoadFieldMapImport()
+{
+  top.importService = Components.classes["@mozilla.org/import/import-service;1"]
+                                .getService(Components.interfaces.nsIImportService);
+
+  // We need a field map object...
+  // assume we have one passed in? or just make one?
+  if (window.arguments && window.arguments[0]) {
+    top.fieldMap = window.arguments[0].fieldMap;
+    top.addInterface = window.arguments[0].addInterface;
+    top.dialogResult = window.arguments[0].result;
+  }
+  if (top.fieldMap == null) {
+    top.fieldMap = top.importService.CreateNewFieldMap();
+    top.fieldMap.DefaultFieldMap( top.fieldMap.numMozFields);
+  }
+
+  gMoveUpButton = document.getElementById("upButton");
+  gMoveDownButton = document.getElementById("downButton");
+  gPreviousButton = document.getElementById("previous");
+  gNextButton = document.getElementById("next");
+  gListbox = document.getElementById("fieldList");
+  gSkipFirstRecordButton = document.getElementById("skipFirstRecord");
+
+  // Set the state of the skip first record button
+  gSkipFirstRecordButton.checked = top.fieldMap.skipFirstRecord;
+
+  ListFields();
+  Browse(1);
+  gListbox.selectedItem = gListbox.getItemAtIndex(0);
+  disableMoveButtons();
+}
+
+function IndexInMap( index)
+{
+  var count = top.fieldMap.mapSize;
+  for (var i = 0; i < count; i++) {
+    if (top.fieldMap.GetFieldMap( i) == index)
+      return( true);
+  }
+
+  return( false);
+}
+
+function ListFields() {
+  if (top.fieldMap == null)
+    return;
+
+  var count = top.fieldMap.mapSize;
+  var index;
+  var i;
+  for (i = 0; i < count; i++) {
+    index = top.fieldMap.GetFieldMap( i);
+    AddFieldToList(top.fieldMap.GetFieldDescription( index), index, top.fieldMap.GetFieldActive( i));
+  }
+
+  count = top.fieldMap.numMozFields;
+  for (i = 0; i < count; i++) {
+    if (!IndexInMap( i))
+      AddFieldToList(top.fieldMap.GetFieldDescription( i), i, false);
+  }
+}
+
+function CreateField( name, index, on)
+{
+  var item = document.createElement('listitem');
+  item.setAttribute('field-index', index);
+  item.setAttribute('type', "checkbox");
+  var cell = document.createElement('listcell');
+  var cCell = document.createElement( 'listcell');  
+  cCell.setAttribute('type', "checkbox");
+  cCell.setAttribute( 'label', name);
+  if (on == true)
+    cCell.setAttribute( 'checked', "true");
+  item.appendChild( cCell);
+  cell.setAttribute( "class", "importsampledata");
+  cell.setAttribute( 'label', "");
+  item.appendChild( cell);
+  return( item);
+}
+
+function AddFieldToList(name, index, on)
+{
+  var item = CreateField(name, index, on);
+  gListbox.appendChild(item);
+}
+
+function itemClicked(event)
+{
+  if (event.button == 0) {
+    var on = gListbox.selectedItem.firstChild.getAttribute('checked');
+    gListbox.selectedItem.firstChild.setAttribute('checked', (on != "true"));
+  }
+}
+
+// The "Move Up/Move Down" buttons should move the items in the left column
+// up/down but the values in the right column should not change.
+function moveItem(up)
+{
+  var selectedItem = gListbox.selectedItem;
+  var swapPartner = (up ? gListbox.getPreviousItem(selectedItem, 1)
+                        : gListbox.getNextItem(selectedItem, 1));
+
+  var tmpLabel = swapPartner.lastChild.getAttribute('label');
+  swapPartner.lastChild.setAttribute('label', selectedItem.lastChild.getAttribute('label'));
+  selectedItem.lastChild.setAttribute('label', tmpLabel);
+
+  var newItemPosition = (up ? selectedItem.nextSibling : selectedItem);
+  gListbox.insertBefore(swapPartner, newItemPosition);
+  gListbox.ensureElementIsVisible(selectedItem);
+  disableMoveButtons();
+}
+
+function disableMoveButtons()
+{
+  var selectedIndex = gListbox.selectedIndex;
+  gMoveUpButton.disabled = (selectedIndex == 0);
+  gMoveDownButton.disabled = (selectedIndex == (gListbox.getRowCount() - 1));
+}
+
+function ShowSampleData(data)
+{
+  var fields = data.split("\n");
+  for (var i = 0; i < gListbox.getRowCount(); i++)
+    gListbox.getItemAtIndex(i).lastChild.setAttribute('label', (i < fields.length) ? fields[i] : '');
+}
+
+function FetchSampleData(num)
+{
+  if (!top.addInterface)
+    return false;
+
+  var data = top.addInterface.GetData( "sampleData-" + num);
+  if (!(data instanceof Components.interfaces.nsISupportsString))
+    return false;
+  ShowSampleData( data.data);
+  return true;  
+}
+
+function Browse(step)
+{
+  recordNum += step;
+  if (FetchSampleData(recordNum - 1))
+    document.getElementById('recordNumber').setAttribute('value', ("" + recordNum));
+
+  gPreviousButton.disabled = (recordNum == 1);
+  gNextButton.disabled = (addInterface.GetData("sampleData-" + recordNum) == null);
+}
+
+function FieldImportOKButton()
+{
+  var max = gListbox.getRowCount();
+  var fIndex;
+  var on;
+  // Ensure field map is the right size
+  top.fieldMap.SetFieldMapSize(max);
+
+  for (var i = 0; i < max; i++) {
+    fIndex = gListbox.getItemAtIndex(i).getAttribute( 'field-index');
+    on = gListbox.getItemAtIndex(i).firstChild.getAttribute('checked');
+    top.fieldMap.SetFieldMap( i, fIndex);
+    top.fieldMap.SetFieldActive( i, (on == "true"));
+  }
+
+  top.fieldMap.skipFirstRecord = gSkipFirstRecordButton.checked;
+
+  top.dialogResult.ok = true;
+
+  return true;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/import/content/fieldMapImport.xul b/mailnews/import/content/fieldMapImport.xul
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..abaca10ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/content/fieldMapImport.xul
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+<?xml version="1.0"?> 
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<?xml-stylesheet href="chrome://communicator/skin/" type="text/css"?> 
+
+<!DOCTYPE dialog SYSTEM "chrome://messenger/locale/fieldMapImport.dtd">
+
+<dialog xmlns="http://www.mozilla.org/keymaster/gatekeeper/there.is.only.xul"
+        buttons="accept,cancel"
+        title="&fieldMapImport.title;"
+        style="&fieldMapImport.size;"
+        ondialogaccept="FieldImportOKButton();"
+        onload="OnLoadFieldMapImport();">
+
+  <script type="application/javascript" src="chrome://messenger/content/fieldMapImport.js"/>
+
+  <hbox align="center">
+    <label value="&fieldMapImport.recordNumber;"/>
+    <label id="recordNumber"/>
+    <spacer flex="1"/>
+    <button id="previous" oncommand="Browse(-1);"
+            label="&fieldMapImport.previous.label;"
+            accesskey="&fieldMapImport.previous.accesskey;"/>
+    <button id="next" oncommand="Browse(1);" 
+            label="&fieldMapImport.next.label;"
+            accesskey="&fieldMapImport.next.accesskey;"/>      
+  </hbox>
+
+  <hbox align="center">
+    <checkbox id="skipFirstRecord"
+              label="&fieldMapImport.skipFirstRecord.label;"
+              accesskey="&fieldMapImport.skipFirstRecord.accessKey;"/>
+  </hbox>
+
+  <separator class="thin"/>
+  <label control="fieldList">&fieldMapImport.text;</label>
+  <separator class="thin"/>
+
+  <!-- field list -->
+  <hbox flex="1">
+    <listbox id="fieldList" flex="1" onselect="disableMoveButtons();"
+             onclick="itemClicked(event);">
+      <listcols>
+        <listcol flex="7"/>
+        <listcol flex="13"/>
+      </listcols>
+
+      <listhead>
+        <listheader id="fieldNameHeader" label="&fieldMapImport.fieldListTitle;"/>
+        <listheader id="sampleDataHeader" label="&fieldMapImport.dataTitle;"/>
+      </listhead>
+    </listbox>
+
+    <vbox>
+      <spacer flex="1"/>
+      <button id="upButton" class="up" label="&fieldMapImport.up.label;"
+              accesskey="&fieldMapImport.up.accesskey;"
+              oncommand="moveItem(true);"/>
+      <button id="downButton" class="down" label="&fieldMapImport.down.label;"
+              accesskey="&fieldMapImport.down.accesskey;"
+              oncommand="moveItem(false);"/>
+      <spacer flex="1"/>
+    </vbox>
+  </hbox>
+
+</dialog>
diff --git a/mailnews/import/content/import-test.html b/mailnews/import/content/import-test.html
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ef9c5ed7f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/content/import-test.html
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<html>
+<body>
+
+<script type="application/javascript">
+
+function toImport(importType)
+{
+	/*
+	window.openDialog("chrome:/messenger/content/fieldMapImport.xul",
+					  "fieldMapImportDialog",
+					  "chrome,modal");
+	*/
+	window.openDialog("chrome:/messenger/content/importDialog.xul",
+					  "",
+					  "chrome,modal",
+					  {importType:importType});
+
+}
+
+
+</script>
+
+<p>
+<form name="form">
+<input type="button" value="Import Address Books" onclick="toImport( 'addressbook');"><br>
+<input type="button" value="Import Mail" onclick="toImport( 'mail');"><br>
+<input type="button" value="Import Settings" onclick="toImport( 'settings');"><br>
+<input type="button" value="Import Filters" onclick="toImport( 'filters');"><br>
+<form> 
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/mailnews/import/content/importDialog.js b/mailnews/import/content/importDialog.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2ad7c6fb3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/content/importDialog.js
@@ -0,0 +1,1066 @@
+/* -*- Mode: Javascript; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+"use strict";
+
+Components.utils.import("resource:///modules/mailServices.js");
+Components.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/Services.jsm");
+
+var gImportType = null;
+var gImportMsgsBundle;
+var gFeedsBundle;
+var gImportService = null;
+var gSuccessStr = null;
+var gErrorStr = null;
+var gInputStr = null;
+var gProgressInfo = null;
+var gSelectedModuleName = null;
+var gAddInterface = null;
+var gNewFeedAcctCreated = false;
+
+var Ci = Components.interfaces;
+var nsISupportsString = Ci.nsISupportsString;
+
+function OnLoadImportDialog()
+{
+  gImportMsgsBundle = document.getElementById("bundle_importMsgs");
+  gFeedsBundle = document.getElementById("bundle_feeds");
+  gImportService = Components.classes["@mozilla.org/import/import-service;1"]
+                             .getService(Ci.nsIImportService);
+
+  gProgressInfo = { };
+  gProgressInfo.progressWindow = null;
+  gProgressInfo.importInterface = null;
+  gProgressInfo.mainWindow = window;
+  gProgressInfo.intervalState = 0;
+  gProgressInfo.importSuccess = false;
+  gProgressInfo.importType = null;
+  gProgressInfo.localFolderExists = false;
+
+  gSuccessStr = Components.classes["@mozilla.org/supports-string;1"]
+                          .createInstance(nsISupportsString);
+  gErrorStr = Components.classes["@mozilla.org/supports-string;1"]
+                        .createInstance(nsISupportsString);
+  gInputStr = Components.classes["@mozilla.org/supports-string;1"]
+                        .createInstance(nsISupportsString);
+
+  // look in arguments[0] for parameters
+  if (("arguments" in window) && window.arguments.length >= 1 &&
+      ("importType" in window.arguments[0]) && window.arguments[0].importType)
+  {
+    // keep parameters in global for later
+    gImportType = window.arguments[0].importType;
+    gProgressInfo.importType = gImportType;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    gImportType = "all";
+    gProgressInfo.importType = "all";
+  }
+
+  SetUpImportType();
+
+  // on startup, set the focus to the control element
+  // for accessibility reasons.
+  // if we used the wizardOverlay, we would get this for free.
+  // see bug #101874
+  document.getElementById("importFields").focus();
+}
+
+
+function SetUpImportType()
+{
+  // set dialog title
+  document.getElementById("importFields").value = gImportType;
+
+  // Mac migration not working right now, so disable it.
+  if (Services.appinfo.OS == "Darwin")
+  {
+    document.getElementById("allRadio").setAttribute("disabled", "true");
+    if (gImportType == "all")
+      document.getElementById("importFields").value = "addressbook";
+  }
+
+  let descriptionDeck = document.getElementById("selectDescriptionDeck");
+  descriptionDeck.selectedIndex = 0;
+  if (gImportType == "feeds")
+  {
+    descriptionDeck.selectedIndex = 1;
+    ListFeedAccounts();
+  }
+  else
+    ListModules();
+}
+
+
+function SetDivText(id, text)
+{
+  var div = document.getElementById(id);
+
+  if (div) {
+    if (!div.hasChildNodes()) {
+      var textNode = document.createTextNode(text);
+      div.appendChild(textNode);
+    }
+    else if (div.childNodes.length == 1) {
+      div.childNodes[0].nodeValue = text;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+function CheckIfLocalFolderExists()
+{
+  try {
+    if (MailServices.accounts.localFoldersServer)
+      gProgressInfo.localFolderExists = true;
+  }
+  catch (ex) {
+    gProgressInfo.localFolderExists = false;
+  }
+}
+
+function ImportDialogOKButton()
+{
+  var listbox = document.getElementById("moduleList");
+  var deck = document.getElementById("stateDeck");
+  var header = document.getElementById("header");
+  var progressMeterEl = document.getElementById("progressMeter");
+  progressMeterEl.mode = "determined";
+  var progressStatusEl = document.getElementById("progressStatus");
+  var progressTitleEl = document.getElementById("progressTitle");
+
+  // better not mess around with navigation at this point
+  var nextButton = document.getElementById("forward");
+  nextButton.setAttribute("disabled", "true");
+  var backButton = document.getElementById("back");
+  backButton.setAttribute("disabled", "true");
+
+  if (listbox && (listbox.selectedCount == 1))
+  {
+    let module = "";
+    let name = "";
+    gImportType = document.getElementById("importFields").value;
+    let index = listbox.selectedItem.getAttribute("list-index");
+    if (index == -1)
+      return false;
+    if (gImportType == "feeds")
+      module = "Feeds";
+    else
+    {
+      module = gImportService.GetModule(gImportType, index);
+      name = gImportService.GetModuleName(gImportType, index);
+    }
+    gSelectedModuleName = name;
+    if (module)
+    {
+      // Fix for Bug 57839 & 85219
+      // We use localFoldersServer(in nsIMsgAccountManager) to check if Local Folder exists.
+      // We need to check localFoldersServer before importing "mail", "settings", or "filters".
+      // Reason: We will create an account with an incoming server of type "none" after
+      // importing "mail", so the localFoldersServer is valid even though the Local Folder
+      // is not created.
+      if (gImportType == "mail" || gImportType == "settings" || gImportType == "filters")
+        CheckIfLocalFolderExists();
+
+      let meterText = "";
+      let error = {};
+      switch(gImportType)
+      {
+        case "mail":
+          if (ImportMail(module, gSuccessStr, gErrorStr))
+          {
+            // We think it was a success, either, we need to
+            // wait for the import to finish
+            // or we are done!
+            if (gProgressInfo.importInterface == null) {
+              ShowImportResults(true, 'Mail');
+              return true;
+            }
+            else {
+              meterText = gImportMsgsBundle.getFormattedString('MailProgressMeterText',
+                                                               [ name ]);
+              header.setAttribute("description", meterText);
+
+              progressStatusEl.setAttribute("label", "");
+              progressTitleEl.setAttribute("label", meterText);
+
+              deck.selectedIndex = 2;
+              gProgressInfo.progressWindow = window;
+              gProgressInfo.intervalState = setInterval(ContinueImportCallback, 100);
+              return true;
+            }
+          }
+          else
+          {
+            ShowImportResults(false, 'Mail');
+            // Re-enable the next button, as we are here, because the user cancelled the picking.
+            // Enable next, so they can try again.
+            nextButton.removeAttribute("disabled");
+            // Also enable back button so that users can pick other import options.
+            backButton.removeAttribute("disabled");
+            return false;
+          }
+          break;
+
+        case "feeds":
+          if (ImportFeeds())
+          {
+            // Successful completion of pre processing and launch of async import.
+            meterText = document.getElementById("description").textContent;
+            header.setAttribute("description", meterText);
+
+            progressStatusEl.setAttribute("label", "");
+            progressTitleEl.setAttribute("label", meterText);
+            progressMeterEl.mode = "undetermined";
+
+            deck.selectedIndex = 2;
+            return true;
+          }
+          else
+          {
+            // Re-enable the next button, as we are here, because the user cancelled the picking.
+            // Enable next, so they can try again.
+            nextButton.removeAttribute("disabled");
+            // Also enable back button so that users can pick other import options.
+            backButton.removeAttribute("disabled");
+            return false;
+          }
+          break;
+
+        case "addressbook":
+          if (ImportAddress(module, gSuccessStr, gErrorStr)) {
+            // We think it was a success, either, we need to
+            // wait for the import to finish
+            // or we are done!
+            if (gProgressInfo.importInterface == null) {
+              ShowImportResults(true, 'Address');
+              return true;
+            }
+            else {
+              meterText = gImportMsgsBundle.getFormattedString('AddrProgressMeterText',
+                                                               [ name ]);
+              header.setAttribute("description", meterText);
+
+              progressStatusEl.setAttribute("label", "");
+              progressTitleEl.setAttribute("label", meterText);
+
+              deck.selectedIndex = 2;
+              gProgressInfo.progressWindow = window;
+              gProgressInfo.intervalState = setInterval(ContinueImportCallback, 100);
+
+              return true;
+            }
+          }
+          else
+          {
+            ShowImportResults(false, 'Address');
+            // Re-enable the next button, as we are here, because the user cancelled the picking.
+            // Enable next, so they can try again.
+            nextButton.removeAttribute("disabled");
+            // Also enable back button so that users can pick other import options.
+            backButton.removeAttribute("disabled");
+            return false;
+          }
+          break;
+
+        case "settings":
+          error.value = null;
+          let newAccount = {};
+          if (!ImportSettings(module, newAccount, error))
+          {
+            if (error.value)
+              ShowImportResultsRaw(gImportMsgsBundle.getString("ImportSettingsFailed"),
+                                   null, false);
+            // Re-enable the next button, as we are here, because the user cancelled the picking.
+            // Enable next, so they can try again.
+            nextButton.removeAttribute("disabled");
+            // Also enable back button so that users can pick other import options.
+            backButton.removeAttribute("disabled");
+            return false;
+          }
+          else
+            ShowImportResultsRaw(
+             gImportMsgsBundle.getFormattedString("ImportSettingsSuccess", [ name ]),
+             null, true);
+          break;
+
+        case "filters":
+          error.value = null;
+          if (!ImportFilters(module, error))
+          {
+            if (error.value)
+              ShowImportResultsRaw(
+                gImportMsgsBundle.getFormattedString("ImportFiltersFailed", [ name ]),
+                error.value, false);
+            // Re-enable the next button, as we are here, because the user cancelled the picking.
+            // Enable next, so they can try again.
+            nextButton.removeAttribute("disabled");
+            // Also enable back button so that users can pick other import options.
+            backButton.removeAttribute("disabled");
+            return false;
+          }
+          else
+          {
+            if (error.value)
+              ShowImportResultsRaw(
+                gImportMsgsBundle.getFormattedString('ImportFiltersPartial', [ name ]),
+                error.value, true);
+            else
+              ShowImportResultsRaw(
+                gImportMsgsBundle.getFormattedString('ImportFiltersSuccess', [ name ]),
+                null, true);
+          }
+          break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+function SetStatusText(val)
+{
+  var progressStatus = document.getElementById("progressStatus");
+  progressStatus.setAttribute("label", val);
+}
+
+function SetProgress(val)
+{
+  var progressMeter = document.getElementById("progressMeter");
+  progressMeter.value = val;
+}
+
+function ContinueImportCallback()
+{
+  gProgressInfo.mainWindow.ContinueImport(gProgressInfo);
+}
+
+function ImportSelectionChanged()
+{
+  let listbox = document.getElementById('moduleList');
+  let acctNameBox = document.getElementById('acctName-box');
+  if (listbox && (listbox.selectedCount == 1))
+  {
+    let index = listbox.selectedItem.getAttribute("list-index");
+    if (index == -1)
+      return;
+    acctNameBox.setAttribute('style', 'visibility: hidden;');
+    if (gImportType == "feeds")
+    {
+      if (index == 0)
+      {
+        SetDivText('description', gFeedsBundle.getString('ImportFeedsNewAccount'));
+        let defaultName = gFeedsBundle.getString("feeds-accountname");
+        document.getElementById("acctName").value = defaultName;
+        acctNameBox.removeAttribute('style');
+      }
+      else
+        SetDivText('description', gFeedsBundle.getString('ImportFeedsExistingAccount'));
+    }
+    else
+      SetDivText("description", gImportService.GetModuleDescription(gImportType, index));
+  }
+}
+
+function CompareImportModuleName(a, b)
+{
+  if (a.name > b.name)
+    return 1;
+  if (a.name < b.name)
+    return -1;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+function ListModules() {
+  if (gImportService == null)
+    return;
+
+  var body = document.getElementById("moduleList");
+  while (body.hasChildNodes()) {
+    body.lastChild.remove();
+  }
+
+  var count = gImportService.GetModuleCount(gImportType);
+  var i;
+
+  var moduleArray = new Array(count);
+  for (i = 0; i < count; i++) {
+    moduleArray[i] = { name: gImportService.GetModuleName(gImportType, i), index: i };
+  }
+
+  // sort the array of modules by name, so that they'll show up in the right order
+  moduleArray.sort(CompareImportModuleName);
+
+  for (i = 0; i < count; i++) {
+    AddModuleToList(moduleArray[i].name, moduleArray[i].index);
+  }
+}
+
+function AddModuleToList(moduleName, index)
+{
+  var body = document.getElementById("moduleList");
+
+  var item = document.createElement('listitem');
+  item.setAttribute('label', moduleName);
+
+  // Temporarily skip Outlook Import which are busted (Bug 1175055).
+  if (moduleName == "Outlook") {
+    item.setAttribute('list-index', -1);
+    item.setAttribute('disabled', true);
+    item.setAttribute('tooltiptext', "Currently disabled due to bug 1175055");
+  } else {
+    item.setAttribute('list-index', index);
+  }
+  body.appendChild(item);
+}
+
+function ListFeedAccounts() {
+  let body = document.getElementById("moduleList");
+  while (body.hasChildNodes())
+    body.lastChild.remove();
+
+  // Add item to allow for new account creation.
+  let item = document.createElement("listitem");
+  item.setAttribute("label", gFeedsBundle.getString('ImportFeedsCreateNewListItem'));
+  item.setAttribute("list-index", 0);
+  body.appendChild(item);
+
+  let index = 0;
+  let feedRootFolders = FeedUtils.getAllRssServerRootFolders();
+
+  feedRootFolders.forEach(function(rootFolder) {
+    item = document.createElement("listitem");
+    item.setAttribute("label", rootFolder.prettyName);
+    item.setAttribute("list-index", ++index);
+    item.server = rootFolder.server;
+    body.appendChild(item);
+  }, this);
+
+  if (index)
+    // If there is an existing feed account, select the first one.
+    body.selectedIndex = 1;
+}
+
+function ContinueImport(info) {
+  var isMail = info.importType == 'mail';
+  var clear = true;
+  var deck;
+  var pcnt;
+
+  if (info.importInterface) {
+    if (!info.importInterface.ContinueImport()) {
+      info.importSuccess = false;
+      clearInterval(info.intervalState);
+      if (info.progressWindow != null) {
+        deck = document.getElementById("stateDeck");
+        deck.selectedIndex = 3;
+        info.progressWindow = null;
+      }
+
+      ShowImportResults(false, isMail ? 'Mail' : 'Address');
+    }
+    else if ((pcnt = info.importInterface.GetProgress()) < 100) {
+      clear = false;
+      if (info.progressWindow != null) {
+        if (pcnt < 5)
+          pcnt = 5;
+        SetProgress(pcnt);
+        if (isMail) {
+          let mailName = info.importInterface.GetData("currentMailbox");
+          if (mailName) {
+            mailName = mailName.QueryInterface(Ci.nsISupportsString);
+            if (mailName)
+              SetStatusText(mailName.data);
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    else {
+      dump("*** WARNING! sometimes this shows results too early. \n");
+      dump("    something screwy here. this used to work fine.\n");
+      clearInterval(info.intervalState);
+      info.importSuccess = true;
+      if (info.progressWindow) {
+        deck = document.getElementById("stateDeck");
+        deck.selectedIndex = 3;
+        info.progressWindow = null;
+      }
+
+      ShowImportResults(true, isMail ? 'Mail' : 'Address');
+    }
+  }
+  if (clear) {
+    info.intervalState = null;
+    info.importInterface = null;
+  }
+}
+
+
+function ShowResults(doesWantProgress, result)
+{
+  if (result)
+  {
+    if (doesWantProgress)
+    {
+      let deck = document.getElementById("stateDeck");
+      let header = document.getElementById("header");
+      let progressStatusEl = document.getElementById("progressStatus");
+      let progressTitleEl = document.getElementById("progressTitle");
+
+      let meterText = gImportMsgsBundle.getFormattedString("AddrProgressMeterText", [ name ]);
+      header.setAttribute("description", meterText);
+
+      progressStatusEl.setAttribute("label", "");
+      progressTitleEl.setAttribute("label", meterText);
+
+      deck.selectedIndex = 2;
+      gProgressInfo.progressWindow = window;
+      gProgressInfo.intervalState = setInterval(ContinueImportCallback, 100);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      ShowImportResults(true, 'Address');
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    ShowImportResults(false, 'Address');
+  }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+function ShowImportResults(good, module)
+{
+  // String keys for ImportSettingsSuccess, ImportSettingsFailed,
+  // ImportMailSuccess, ImportMailFailed, ImportAddressSuccess,
+  // ImportAddressFailed, ImportFiltersSuccess, and ImportFiltersFailed.
+  var modSuccess = 'Import' + module + 'Success';
+  var modFailed = 'Import' + module + 'Failed';
+
+  // The callers seem to set 'good' to true even if there's something
+  // in the error log. So we should only make it a success case if
+  // error log/str is empty.
+  var results, title;
+  var moduleName = gSelectedModuleName ? gSelectedModuleName : "";
+  if (good && !gErrorStr.data) {
+    title = gImportMsgsBundle.getFormattedString(modSuccess, [ moduleName ]);
+    results = gSuccessStr.data;
+  }
+  else if (gErrorStr.data) {
+    title = gImportMsgsBundle.getFormattedString(modFailed, [ moduleName ]);
+    results = gErrorStr.data;
+  }
+
+  if (results && title)
+    ShowImportResultsRaw(title, results, good);
+}
+
+function ShowImportResultsRaw(title, results, good)
+{
+  SetDivText("status", title);
+  var header = document.getElementById("header");
+  header.setAttribute("description", title);
+  dump("*** results = " + results + "\n");
+  attachStrings("results", results);
+  var deck = document.getElementById("stateDeck");
+  deck.selectedIndex = 3;
+  var nextButton = document.getElementById("forward");
+  nextButton.label = nextButton.getAttribute("finishedval");
+  nextButton.removeAttribute("disabled");
+  var cancelButton = document.getElementById("cancel");
+  cancelButton.setAttribute("disabled", "true");
+  var backButton = document.getElementById("back");
+  backButton.setAttribute("disabled", "true");
+
+  // If the Local Folder doesn't exist, create it after successfully
+  // importing "mail" and "settings"
+  var checkLocalFolder = (gProgressInfo.importType == "mail" ||
+                          gProgressInfo.importType == "settings");
+  if (good && checkLocalFolder && !gProgressInfo.localFolderExists) {
+    MailServices.accounts.createLocalMailAccount();
+  }
+}
+
+function attachStrings(aNode, aString)
+{
+  var attachNode = document.getElementById(aNode);
+  if (!aString) {
+    attachNode.parentNode.setAttribute("hidden", "true");
+    return;
+  }
+  var strings = aString.split("\n");
+  for (let string of strings) {
+    if (string) {
+      let currNode = document.createTextNode(string);
+      attachNode.appendChild(currNode);
+      let br = document.createElementNS("http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml", 'br');
+      attachNode.appendChild(br);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+  Import Settings from a specific module, returns false if it failed
+  and true if successful.  A "local mail" account is returned in newAccount.
+  This is only useful in upgrading - import the settings first, then
+  import mail into the account returned from ImportSettings, then
+  import address books.
+  An error string is returned as error.value
+*/
+function ImportSettings(module, newAccount, error) {
+  var setIntf = module.GetImportInterface("settings");
+  if (!(setIntf instanceof Ci.nsIImportSettings)) {
+    error.value = gImportMsgsBundle.getString('ImportSettingsBadModule');
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  // determine if we can auto find the settings or if we need to ask the user
+  var location = {};
+  var description = {};
+  var result = setIntf.AutoLocate(description, location);
+  if (!result) {
+    // In this case, we couldn't find the settings
+    if (location.value != null) {
+      // Settings were not found, however, they are specified
+      // in a file, so ask the user for the settings file.
+      let filePicker = Components.classes["@mozilla.org/filepicker;1"].createInstance();
+      if (filePicker instanceof Ci.nsIFilePicker) {
+          let file = null;
+          try {
+            filePicker.init(window,
+                            gImportMsgsBundle.getString("ImportSelectSettings"),
+                            filePicker.modeOpen);
+            filePicker.appendFilters(filePicker.filterAll);
+            filePicker.show();
+            file = filePicker.file;
+          }
+          catch(ex) {
+            file = null;
+            error.value = null;
+            return false;
+          }
+          if (file != null) {
+            setIntf.SetLocation(file);
+          }
+          else {
+            error.value = null;
+            return false;
+          }
+      }
+      else {
+        error.value = gImportMsgsBundle.getString('ImportSettingsNotFound');
+        return false;
+      }
+    }
+    else {
+      error.value = gImportMsgsBundle.getString('ImportSettingsNotFound');
+      return false;
+    }
+  }
+
+  // interesting, we need to return the account that new
+  // mail should be imported into?
+  // that's really only useful for "Upgrade"
+  result = setIntf.Import(newAccount);
+  if (!result) {
+    error.value = gImportMsgsBundle.getString('ImportSettingsFailed');
+  }
+  return result;
+}
+
+function ImportMail(module, success, error) {
+  if (gProgressInfo.importInterface || gProgressInfo.intervalState) {
+    error.data = gImportMsgsBundle.getString('ImportAlreadyInProgress');
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  gProgressInfo.importSuccess = false;
+
+  var mailInterface = module.GetImportInterface("mail");
+  if (!(mailInterface instanceof Ci.nsIImportGeneric)) {
+    error.data = gImportMsgsBundle.getString('ImportMailBadModule');
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  var loc = mailInterface.GetData("mailLocation");
+
+  if (loc == null) {
+    // No location found, check to see if we can ask the user.
+    if (mailInterface.GetStatus("canUserSetLocation") != 0) {
+      let filePicker = Components.classes["@mozilla.org/filepicker;1"].createInstance();
+      if (filePicker instanceof Ci.nsIFilePicker) {
+          try {
+            filePicker.init(window,
+                            gImportMsgsBundle.getString("ImportSelectMailDir"),
+                            filePicker.modeGetFolder);
+            filePicker.appendFilters(filePicker.filterAll);
+            filePicker.show();
+            if (filePicker.file && (filePicker.file.path.length > 0))
+              mailInterface.SetData("mailLocation", filePicker.file);
+            else
+              return false;
+          } catch(ex) {
+            // don't show an error when we return!
+            return false;
+          }
+      }
+      else {
+        error.data = gImportMsgsBundle.getString('ImportMailNotFound');
+        return false;
+      }
+    }
+    else {
+      error.data = gImportMsgsBundle.getString('ImportMailNotFound');
+      return false;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (mailInterface.WantsProgress()) {
+   if (mailInterface.BeginImport(success, error)) {
+      gProgressInfo.importInterface = mailInterface;
+      // intervalState = setInterval(ContinueImport, 100);
+      return true;
+    }
+    else
+      return false;
+  }
+  else
+    return mailInterface.BeginImport(success, error);
+}
+
+
+// The address import!  A little more complicated than the mail import
+// due to field maps...
+function ImportAddress(module, success, error) {
+  if (gProgressInfo.importInterface || gProgressInfo.intervalState) {
+    error.data = gImportMsgsBundle.getString('ImportAlreadyInProgress');
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  gProgressInfo.importSuccess = false;
+
+  gAddInterface = module.GetImportInterface("addressbook");
+  if (!(gAddInterface instanceof Ci.nsIImportGeneric)) {
+    error.data = gImportMsgsBundle.getString('ImportAddressBadModule');
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  var loc = gAddInterface.GetStatus("autoFind");
+  if (loc == 0) {
+    loc = gAddInterface.GetData("addressLocation");
+    if ((loc instanceof Ci.nsIFile) && !loc.exists)
+      loc = null;
+  }
+
+  if (loc == null) {
+    // Couldn't find the address book, see if we can
+    // as the user for the location or not?
+    if (gAddInterface.GetStatus("canUserSetLocation") == 0) {
+      // an autofind address book that could not be found!
+      error.data = gImportMsgsBundle.getString('ImportAddressNotFound');
+      return false;
+    }
+
+    let filePicker = Components.classes["@mozilla.org/filepicker;1"].createInstance();
+    if (!(filePicker instanceof Ci.nsIFilePicker)) {
+      error.data = gImportMsgsBundle.getString('ImportAddressNotFound');
+      return false;
+    }
+
+    // The address book location was not found.
+    // Determine if we need to ask for a directory
+    // or a single file.
+    let file = null;
+    let fileIsDirectory = false;
+    if (gAddInterface.GetStatus("supportsMultiple") != 0) {
+      // ask for dir
+      try {
+        filePicker.init(window,
+                        gImportMsgsBundle.getString("ImportSelectAddrDir"),
+                        filePicker.modeGetFolder);
+        filePicker.appendFilters(filePicker.filterAll);
+        filePicker.show();
+        if (filePicker.file && (filePicker.file.path.length > 0)) {
+          file = filePicker.file;
+          fileIsDirectory = true;
+        }
+        else {
+          file = null;
+        }
+      } catch(ex) {
+        file = null;
+      }
+    }
+    else {
+      // ask for file
+      try {
+        filePicker.init(window,
+                        gImportMsgsBundle.getString("ImportSelectAddrFile"),
+                        filePicker.modeOpen);
+        let addressbookBundle = document.getElementById("bundle_addressbook");
+        if (gSelectedModuleName ==
+            document.getElementById("bundle_vcardImportMsgs")
+                    .getString("vCardImportName")) {
+          filePicker.appendFilter(addressbookBundle.getString('VCFFiles'), "*.vcf");
+        } else {
+          filePicker.appendFilter(addressbookBundle.getString('LDIFFiles'), "*.ldi; *.ldif");
+          filePicker.appendFilter(addressbookBundle.getString('CSVFiles'), "*.csv");
+          filePicker.appendFilter(addressbookBundle.getString('TABFiles'), "*.tab; *.txt");
+          filePicker.appendFilters(filePicker.filterAll);
+        }
+
+        if (filePicker.show() == filePicker.returnCancel)
+          return false;
+
+        if (filePicker.file && (filePicker.file.path.length > 0))
+          file = filePicker.file;
+        else
+          file = null;
+      } catch(ex) {
+        dump("ImportAddress(): failure when picking a file to import:  " + ex + "\n");
+        file = null;
+      }
+    }
+
+    if (file == null) {
+      return false;
+    }
+
+    if (!fileIsDirectory && (file.fileSize == 0)) {
+      let errorText = gImportMsgsBundle.getFormattedString("ImportEmptyAddressBook",
+                                                           [filePicker.file.leafName]);
+
+      Services.prompt.alert(window, document.title, errorText);
+      return false;
+    }
+    gAddInterface.SetData("addressLocation", file);
+  }
+
+  var map = gAddInterface.GetData("fieldMap");
+  if (map instanceof Ci.nsIImportFieldMap) {
+    let result = {};
+    result.ok = false;
+    window.openDialog(
+      "chrome://messenger/content/fieldMapImport.xul",
+      "",
+      "chrome,modal,titlebar",
+      { fieldMap: map,
+        addInterface: gAddInterface,
+        result: result });
+
+    if (!result.ok)
+      return false;
+  }
+
+  if (gAddInterface.WantsProgress()) {
+    if (gAddInterface.BeginImport(success, error)) {
+      gProgressInfo.importInterface = gAddInterface;
+      // intervalState = setInterval(ContinueImport, 100);
+      return true;
+    }
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  return gAddInterface.BeginImport(success, error);
+}
+
+/*
+  Import filters from a specific module.
+  Returns false if it failed and true if it succeeded.
+  An error string is returned as error.value.
+*/
+function ImportFilters(module, error)
+{
+  if (gProgressInfo.importInterface || gProgressInfo.intervalState) {
+    error.data = gImportMsgsBundle.getString('ImportAlreadyInProgress');
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  gProgressInfo.importSuccess = false;
+
+  var filtersInterface = module.GetImportInterface("filters");
+  if (!(filtersInterface instanceof Ci.nsIImportFilters)) {
+    error.data = gImportMsgsBundle.getString('ImportFiltersBadModule');
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  return filtersInterface.Import(error);
+}
+
+/*
+  Import feeds.
+*/
+function ImportFeeds()
+{
+  // Get file to open from filepicker.
+  let openFile = FeedSubscriptions.opmlPickOpenFile();
+  if (!openFile)
+    return false;
+
+  let acctName;
+  let acctNewExist = gFeedsBundle.getString("ImportFeedsExisting");
+  let fileName = openFile.path;
+  let server = document.getElementById("moduleList").selectedItem.server;
+  gNewFeedAcctCreated = false;
+
+  if (!server)
+  {
+    // Create a new Feeds account.
+    acctName = document.getElementById("acctName").value;
+    server = FeedUtils.createRssAccount(acctName).incomingServer;
+    acctNewExist = gFeedsBundle.getString("ImportFeedsNew");
+    gNewFeedAcctCreated = true;
+  }
+
+  acctName = server.rootFolder.prettyName;
+
+  let callback = function(aStatusReport, aLastFolder , aFeedWin)
+  {
+    let message = gFeedsBundle.getFormattedString("ImportFeedsDone",
+                                                  [fileName, acctNewExist, acctName]);
+    ShowImportResultsRaw(message + "  " + aStatusReport, null, true);
+    document.getElementById("back").removeAttribute("disabled");
+
+    let subscriptionsWindow = Services.wm.getMostRecentWindow("Mail:News-BlogSubscriptions");
+    if (subscriptionsWindow)
+    {
+      let feedWin = subscriptionsWindow.FeedSubscriptions;
+      if (aLastFolder)
+        feedWin.FolderListener.folderAdded(aLastFolder);
+      feedWin.mActionMode = null;
+      feedWin.updateButtons(feedWin.mView.currentItem);
+      feedWin.clearStatusInfo();
+      feedWin.updateStatusItem("statusText", aStatusReport);
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (!FeedSubscriptions.importOPMLFile(openFile, server, callback))
+    return false;
+
+  let subscriptionsWindow = Services.wm.getMostRecentWindow("Mail:News-BlogSubscriptions");
+  if (subscriptionsWindow)
+  {
+    let feedWin = subscriptionsWindow.FeedSubscriptions;
+    feedWin.mActionMode = feedWin.kImportingOPML;
+    feedWin.updateButtons(null);
+    let statusReport = gFeedsBundle.getString("subscribe-loading");
+    feedWin.updateStatusItem("statusText", statusReport);
+    feedWin.updateStatusItem("progressMeter", "?");
+  }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+function SwitchType(newType)
+{
+  if (gImportType == newType)
+    return;
+
+  gImportType = newType;
+  gProgressInfo.importType = newType;
+
+  SetUpImportType();
+
+  SetDivText('description', "");
+}
+
+
+function next()
+{
+  var deck = document.getElementById("stateDeck");
+  switch (deck.selectedIndex) {
+  case "0":
+    let backButton = document.getElementById("back");
+    backButton.removeAttribute("disabled");
+    let radioGroup = document.getElementById("importFields");
+
+    if (radioGroup.value == "all")
+    {
+      let args = { closeMigration: true };
+      let SEAMONKEY_ID = "{92650c4d-4b8e-4d2a-b7eb-24ecf4f6b63a}";
+      if (Services.appinfo.ID == SEAMONKEY_ID) {
+        window.openDialog("chrome://communicator/content/migration/migration.xul",
+                          "", "chrome,dialog,modal,centerscreen");
+      } else {
+        // Running as Thunderbird or its clone.
+        window.openDialog("chrome://messenger/content/migration/migration.xul",
+                          "", "chrome,dialog,modal,centerscreen", null, null, null, args);
+      }
+      if (args.closeMigration)
+        close();
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      SwitchType(radioGroup.value);
+      deck.selectedIndex = 1;
+      document.getElementById("modulesFound").selectedIndex =
+        (document.getElementById("moduleList").itemCount > 0) ? 0 : 1;
+      SelectFirstItem();
+      enableAdvance();
+    }
+    break;
+  case "1":
+    ImportDialogOKButton();
+    break;
+  case "3":
+    close();
+    break;
+  }
+}
+
+function SelectFirstItem()
+{
+  var listbox = document.getElementById("moduleList");
+  if ((listbox.selectedIndex == -1) && (listbox.itemCount > 0))
+    listbox.selectedIndex = 0;
+  ImportSelectionChanged();
+}
+
+function enableAdvance()
+{
+  var listbox = document.getElementById("moduleList");
+  var nextButton = document.getElementById("forward");
+  if (listbox.selectedCount > 0)
+    nextButton.removeAttribute("disabled");
+  else
+    nextButton.setAttribute("disabled", "true");
+}
+
+function back()
+{
+  var deck = document.getElementById("stateDeck");
+  var backButton = document.getElementById("back");
+  var nextButton = document.getElementById("forward");
+  switch (deck.selectedIndex) {
+  case "1":
+    backButton.setAttribute("disabled", "true");
+    nextButton.label = nextButton.getAttribute("nextval");
+    nextButton.removeAttribute("disabled");
+    deck.selectedIndex = 0;
+    break;
+  case "3":
+    // Clear out the results box.
+    let results = document.getElementById("results");
+    while (results.hasChildNodes())
+      results.lastChild.remove();
+
+    // Reset the next button.
+    nextButton.label = nextButton.getAttribute("nextval");
+    nextButton.removeAttribute("disabled");
+
+    // Enable the cancel button again.
+    document.getElementById("cancel").removeAttribute("disabled");
+
+    // If a new Feed account has been created, rebuild the list.
+    if (gNewFeedAcctCreated)
+      ListFeedAccounts();
+
+    // Now go back to the second page.
+    deck.selectedIndex = 1;
+    break;
+  }
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/import/content/importDialog.xul b/mailnews/import/content/importDialog.xul
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..383585f83
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/content/importDialog.xul
@@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
+<?xml version="1.0"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<?xml-stylesheet href="chrome://messenger/skin/dialogs.css" type="text/css"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE window [
+<!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+%brandDTD;
+<!ENTITY % importDTD SYSTEM "chrome://messenger/locale/importDialog.dtd" >
+%importDTD;
+]>
+
+<window xmlns:rdf="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#"
+        xmlns="http://www.mozilla.org/keymaster/gatekeeper/there.is.only.xul"
+        onload="OnLoadImportDialog()"
+#ifdef XP_MACOSX
+        style="width: &window.macWidth; !important;"
+#else
+        style="width: &window.width; !important;"
+#endif
+        title="&importDialog.windowTitle;">
+
+  <stringbundle id="bundle_importMsgs" src="chrome://messenger/locale/importMsgs.properties"/>
+  <stringbundle id="bundle_addressbook" src="chrome://messenger/locale/addressbook/addressBook.properties"/>
+  <stringbundle id="bundle_vcardImportMsgs" src="chrome://messenger/locale/vCardImportMsgs.properties"/>
+  <stringbundle id="bundle_feeds" src="chrome://messenger-newsblog/locale/newsblog.properties"/>
+  <script type="application/javascript" src="chrome://messenger/content/importDialog.js"/>
+  <script type="application/javascript" src="chrome://messenger-newsblog/content/feed-subscriptions.js"/>
+
+  <keyset id="dialogKeys"/>
+
+  <hbox class="box-header" id="header"
+       title="&importTitle.label;"
+       description="&importShortDesc.label;"/>
+
+  <deck id="stateDeck" selectedIndex="0" style="min-height: 30em">
+    <vbox class="wizard-box">
+      <description>&importDescription1.label;</description>
+      <description>&importDescription2.label;</description>
+      <separator/>
+      <radiogroup id="importFields">
+        <radio id="allRadio"
+               value="all"
+               label="&importAll.label;"
+               accesskey="&importAll.accesskey;"/>
+        <separator/>
+        <label control="importFields">&select.label;</label>
+        <separator class="thin"/>
+        <vbox class="indent">
+          <radio id="addressbookRadio"
+                 value="addressbook"
+                 label="&importAddressbook.label;"
+                 accesskey="&importAddressbook.accesskey;"/>
+          <radio id="mailRadio"
+                 value="mail"
+                 label="&importMail.label;"
+                 accesskey="&importMail.accesskey;"/>
+          <radio id="feedsRadio"
+                 value="feeds"
+                 label="&importFeeds.label;"
+                 accesskey="&importFeeds.accesskey;"/>
+          <radio id="settingsRadio"
+                 value="settings"
+                 label="&importSettings.label;"
+                 accesskey="&importSettings.accesskey;"/>
+          <radio id="filtersRadio"
+                 value="filters"
+                 label="&importFilters.label;"
+                 accesskey="&importFilters.accesskey;"/>
+        </vbox>
+      </radiogroup>
+    </vbox>
+    <vbox class="wizard-box">
+      <deck id="modulesFound"
+            selectedIndex="0">
+        <vbox>
+          <deck id="selectDescriptionDeck"
+                selectedIndex="0">
+            <label control="moduleList"
+                   value="&selectDescription.label;"
+                   accesskey="&selectDescription.accesskey;"/>
+            <label control="moduleList"
+                   value="&selectDescriptionB.label;"
+                   accesskey="&selectDescription.accesskey;"/>
+          </deck>
+          <listbox id="moduleList" flex="3"
+                   onselect="ImportSelectionChanged(); enableAdvance();"/>
+        </vbox>
+        <label>&noModulesFound.label;</label>
+      </deck>
+      <grid flex="1">
+        <columns><column flex="1"/></columns>
+        <rows>
+          <row>
+            <description control="moduleList" id="description" class="box-padded"/>
+          </row>
+          <row>
+            <hbox id="acctName-box" flex="1" style="visibility: hidden;">
+              <label control="acctName" class="box-padded"
+                     accesskey="&acctName.accesskey;"
+                     value="&acctName.label;"/>
+              <textbox id="acctName" clickSelectsAll="true"/>
+            </hbox>
+          </row>
+        </rows>
+      </grid>
+    </vbox>
+    <vbox class="wizard-box">
+      <spacer flex="1"/>
+      <groupbox>
+        <caption id="progressTitle" label="&title.label;"/>
+        <label class="indent" id="progressStatus" value="&processing.label;"/>
+        <vbox class="box-padded">
+          <progressmeter id="progressMeter" mode="determined" value="5"/>
+        </vbox>
+      </groupbox>
+    </vbox>
+    <vbox class="wizard-box">
+      <description id="status"/>
+      <hbox style="overflow: auto" class="inset" flex="1">
+        <description id="results" flex="1"/>
+      </hbox>
+    </vbox>
+  </deck>
+
+  <separator/>
+
+  <separator class="groove"/>
+
+  <hbox class="box-padded">
+    <spacer flex="1"/>
+    <button id="back" label="&back.label;" disabled="true"
+            oncommand="back();"/>
+    <button id="forward" label="&forward.label;" nextval="&forward.label;" finishedval="&finish.label;"
+            oncommand="next();"/>
+    <separator orient="vertical"/>
+    <button id="cancel" label="&cancel.label;"
+            oncommand="close();"/>
+  </hbox>
+
+</window>
diff --git a/mailnews/import/oexpress/OEDebugLog.h b/mailnews/import/oexpress/OEDebugLog.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..47cc6b2ea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/oexpress/OEDebugLog.h
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef OEDebugLog_h___
+#define OEDebugLog_h___
+
+// Use MOZ_LOG for logging.
+#include "mozilla/Logging.h"
+extern PRLogModuleInfo *OELOGMODULE;  // Logging module
+
+#define IMPORT_LOG0(x)          MOZ_LOG(OELOGMODULE, mozilla::LogLevel::Debug, (x))
+#define IMPORT_LOG1(x, y)       MOZ_LOG(OELOGMODULE, mozilla::LogLevel::Debug, (x, y))
+#define IMPORT_LOG2(x, y, z)    MOZ_LOG(OELOGMODULE, mozilla::LogLevel::Debug, (x, y, z))
+#define IMPORT_LOG3(a, b, c, d) MOZ_LOG(OELOGMODULE, mozilla::LogLevel::Debug, (a, b, c, d))
+
+
+
+#endif /* OEDebugLog_h___ */
diff --git a/mailnews/import/oexpress/WabObject.cpp b/mailnews/import/oexpress/WabObject.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e206b74f8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/oexpress/WabObject.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1132 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include <tchar.h>
+#include "nscore.h"
+#include "nsOE5File.h"
+#include "wabobject.h"
+#include <algorithm>
+
+enum {
+    ieidPR_DISPLAY_NAME = 0,
+    ieidPR_ENTRYID,
+    ieidPR_OBJECT_TYPE,
+    ieidMax
+};
+
+static const SizedSPropTagArray(ieidMax, ptaEid)=
+{
+    ieidMax,
+    {
+        PR_DISPLAY_NAME,
+        PR_ENTRYID,
+    PR_OBJECT_TYPE,
+    }
+};
+
+
+enum {
+    iemailPR_DISPLAY_NAME = 0,
+    iemailPR_ENTRYID,
+    iemailPR_EMAIL_ADDRESS,
+    iemailPR_OBJECT_TYPE,
+    iemailMax
+};
+static const SizedSPropTagArray(iemailMax, ptaEmail)=
+{
+    iemailMax,
+    {
+        PR_DISPLAY_NAME,
+        PR_ENTRYID,
+        PR_EMAIL_ADDRESS,
+        PR_OBJECT_TYPE
+    }
+};
+
+typedef struct {
+  bool      multiLine;
+  ULONG    tag;
+  char *    pLDIF;
+} AddrImportField;
+
+#define  kExtraUserFields  10
+AddrImportField    extraUserFields[kExtraUserFields] = {
+  {true, PR_COMMENT, "description:"},
+  {false, PR_BUSINESS_TELEPHONE_NUMBER, "telephonenumber:"},
+  {false, PR_HOME_TELEPHONE_NUMBER, "homephone:"},
+  {false, PR_COMPANY_NAME, "o:"},
+  {false, PR_TITLE, "title:"},
+  {false, PR_BUSINESS_FAX_NUMBER, "facsimiletelephonenumber:"},
+  {false, PR_LOCALITY, "locality:"},
+  {false, PR_STATE_OR_PROVINCE, "st:"},
+  {true, PR_STREET_ADDRESS, "streetaddress:"},
+  {false, PR_POSTAL_CODE, "postalcode:"}
+};
+
+#define  kWhitespace  " \t\b\r\n"
+
+#define TR_OUTPUT_EOL  "\r\n"
+
+#define  kLDIFPerson    "objectclass: top" TR_OUTPUT_EOL "objectclass: person" TR_OUTPUT_EOL
+#define kLDIFGroup    "objectclass: top" TR_OUTPUT_EOL "objectclass: groupOfNames" TR_OUTPUT_EOL
+
+/*********************************************************************************/
+
+
+// contructor for CWAB object
+//
+// pszFileName - FileName of WAB file to open
+//          if no file name is specified, opens the default
+//
+CWAB::CWAB(nsIFile *file)
+{
+    // Here we load the WAB Object and initialize it
+    m_pUniBuff = NULL;
+  m_uniBuffLen = 0;
+
+  m_bInitialized = false;
+  m_lpAdrBook = NULL;
+  m_lpWABObject = NULL;
+  m_hinstWAB = NULL;
+
+    {
+        TCHAR  szWABDllPath[MAX_PATH];
+        DWORD  dwType = 0;
+        ULONG  cbData = sizeof(szWABDllPath);
+        HKEY hKey = NULL;
+
+        *szWABDllPath = '\0';
+
+        // First we look under the default WAB DLL path location in the
+        // Registry.
+        // WAB_DLL_PATH_KEY is defined in wabapi.h
+        //
+        if (ERROR_SUCCESS == RegOpenKeyEx(HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE, WAB_DLL_PATH_KEY, 0, KEY_READ, &hKey)) {
+            RegQueryValueEx(hKey, "", NULL, &dwType, (LPBYTE) szWABDllPath, &cbData);
+            if (dwType == REG_EXPAND_SZ) {
+                // Expand the environment variables
+                DWORD bufferSize = ExpandEnvironmentStrings(szWABDllPath, NULL, 0);
+                if (bufferSize && bufferSize < MAX_PATH) {
+                    TCHAR tmp[MAX_PATH];
+                    ExpandEnvironmentStrings(szWABDllPath, tmp, bufferSize);
+                    _tcscpy(szWABDllPath, tmp);
+                }
+                else {
+                    // This is an error condition. Nothing else is initialized yet, so simply return.
+                    return;
+                }
+
+            }
+        }
+        else {
+            if (GetSystemDirectory(szWABDllPath, MAX_PATH)) {
+                _tcsncat(szWABDllPath, WAB_DLL_NAME,
+                         std::min(_tcslen(WAB_DLL_NAME), MAX_PATH - _tcslen(szWABDllPath) - 1));
+            }
+            else {
+                // Yet another error condition.
+                return;
+            }
+        }
+
+        if(hKey) RegCloseKey(hKey);
+
+        // if the Registry came up blank, we do a loadlibrary on the wab32.dll
+        // WAB_DLL_NAME is defined in wabapi.h
+        //
+        m_hinstWAB = LoadLibrary((lstrlen(szWABDllPath)) ? szWABDllPath : WAB_DLL_NAME);
+    }
+
+    if(m_hinstWAB)
+    {
+        // if we loaded the dll, get the entry point
+        //
+        m_lpfnWABOpen = (LPWABOPEN) GetProcAddress(m_hinstWAB, "WABOpen");
+
+        if(m_lpfnWABOpen)
+        {
+          char    fName[2] = {0, 0};
+            HRESULT hr = E_FAIL;
+            WAB_PARAM wp = {0};
+            wp.cbSize = sizeof(WAB_PARAM);
+            if (file != nullptr) {
+                nsCString path;
+              file->GetNativePath(path);
+              wp.szFileName = (LPTSTR) ToNewCString(path);
+            }
+            else
+              wp.szFileName = (LPTSTR) fName;
+
+            // if we choose not to pass in a WAB_PARAM object,
+            // the default WAB file will be opened up
+            //
+            hr = m_lpfnWABOpen(&m_lpAdrBook,&m_lpWABObject,&wp,0);
+
+            if(!hr)
+                m_bInitialized = TRUE;
+
+        }
+    }
+
+}
+
+
+// Destructor
+//
+CWAB::~CWAB()
+{
+  if (m_pUniBuff)
+    delete [] m_pUniBuff;
+
+    if(m_bInitialized)
+    {
+        if(m_lpAdrBook)
+            m_lpAdrBook->Release();
+
+        if(m_lpWABObject)
+            m_lpWABObject->Release();
+
+        if(m_hinstWAB)
+            FreeLibrary(m_hinstWAB);
+    }
+}
+
+
+HRESULT CWAB::IterateWABContents(CWabIterator *pIter, int *pDone)
+{
+  if (!m_bInitialized || !m_lpAdrBook)
+    return E_FAIL;
+
+  ULONG      ulObjType =   0;
+  LPMAPITABLE    lpAB =  NULL;
+  ULONG      cRows =       0;
+  LPSRowSet    lpRowAB = NULL;
+  LPABCONT    lpContainer = NULL;
+  int        cNumRows = 0;
+  nsresult      keepGoing;
+
+  HRESULT      hr = E_FAIL;
+
+  ULONG      lpcbEID = 0;
+  LPENTRYID    lpEID = NULL;
+  ULONG      rowCount = 0;
+  ULONG      curCount = 0;
+
+  nsString    uniStr;
+
+  // Get the entryid of the root PAB container
+  //
+  hr = m_lpAdrBook->GetPAB(&lpcbEID, &lpEID);
+
+  if (HR_FAILED(hr))
+    goto exit;
+
+  ulObjType = 0;
+
+  // Open the root PAB container
+  // This is where all the WAB contents reside
+  //
+  hr = m_lpAdrBook->OpenEntry(lpcbEID,
+    (LPENTRYID)lpEID,
+    NULL,
+    0,
+    &ulObjType,
+    (LPUNKNOWN *)&lpContainer);
+
+  m_lpWABObject->FreeBuffer(lpEID);
+
+  lpEID = NULL;
+
+  if(HR_FAILED(hr))
+    goto exit;
+
+  // Get a contents table of all the contents in the
+  // WABs root container
+  //
+  hr = lpContainer->GetContentsTable(0, &lpAB);
+
+  if(HR_FAILED(hr))
+    goto exit;
+
+  hr = lpAB->GetRowCount(0, &rowCount);
+  if (HR_FAILED(hr))
+    rowCount = 100;
+  if (rowCount == 0)
+    rowCount = 1;
+
+  // Order the columns in the ContentsTable to conform to the
+  // ones we want - which are mainly DisplayName, EntryID and
+  // ObjectType
+  // The table is gauranteed to set the columns in the order
+  // requested
+  //
+  hr =lpAB->SetColumns((LPSPropTagArray)&ptaEid, 0);
+
+  if(HR_FAILED(hr))
+    goto exit;
+
+
+  // Reset to the beginning of the table
+  //
+  hr = lpAB->SeekRow(BOOKMARK_BEGINNING, 0, NULL);
+
+  if(HR_FAILED(hr))
+    goto exit;
+
+  // Read all the rows of the table one by one
+  //
+
+  do {
+
+    hr = lpAB->QueryRows(1,  0, &lpRowAB);
+
+    if(HR_FAILED(hr))
+      break;
+
+    if(lpRowAB)
+    {
+      cNumRows = lpRowAB->cRows;
+
+      if (cNumRows)
+      {
+        LPTSTR lpsz = lpRowAB->aRow[0].lpProps[ieidPR_DISPLAY_NAME].Value.lpszA;
+        LPENTRYID lpEID = (LPENTRYID) lpRowAB->aRow[0].lpProps[ieidPR_ENTRYID].Value.bin.lpb;
+        ULONG cbEID = lpRowAB->aRow[0].lpProps[ieidPR_ENTRYID].Value.bin.cb;
+
+        // There are 2 kinds of objects - the MAPI_MAILUSER contact object
+        // and the MAPI_DISTLIST contact object
+        // For the purposes of this sample, we will only consider MAILUSER
+        // objects
+        //
+        if(lpRowAB->aRow[0].lpProps[ieidPR_OBJECT_TYPE].Value.l == MAPI_MAILUSER)
+        {
+          // We will now take the entry-id of each object and cache it
+          // on the listview item representing that object. This enables
+          // us to uniquely identify the object later if we need to
+          //
+          CStrToUnicode(lpsz, uniStr);
+          keepGoing = pIter->EnumUser(uniStr.get(), lpEID, cbEID);
+          curCount++;
+          if (pDone) {
+            *pDone = (curCount * 100) / rowCount;
+            if (*pDone > 100)
+              *pDone = 100;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      FreeProws(lpRowAB);
+    }
+
+
+  } while (SUCCEEDED(hr) && cNumRows && lpRowAB && NS_SUCCEEDED(keepGoing))  ;
+
+  hr = lpAB->SeekRow(BOOKMARK_BEGINNING, 0, NULL);
+
+  if(HR_FAILED(hr))
+    goto exit;
+
+  // Read all the rows of the table one by one
+  //
+  keepGoing = NS_OK;
+  do {
+
+    hr = lpAB->QueryRows(1,  0, &lpRowAB);
+
+    if(HR_FAILED(hr))
+      break;
+
+    if(lpRowAB)
+    {
+      cNumRows = lpRowAB->cRows;
+
+      if (cNumRows)
+      {
+        LPTSTR lpsz = lpRowAB->aRow[0].lpProps[ieidPR_DISPLAY_NAME].Value.lpszA;
+        LPENTRYID lpEID = (LPENTRYID) lpRowAB->aRow[0].lpProps[ieidPR_ENTRYID].Value.bin.lpb;
+        ULONG cbEID = lpRowAB->aRow[0].lpProps[ieidPR_ENTRYID].Value.bin.cb;
+
+        // There are 2 kinds of objects - the MAPI_MAILUSER contact object
+        // and the MAPI_DISTLIST contact object
+        // For the purposes of this sample, we will only consider MAILUSER
+        // objects
+        //
+        if(lpRowAB->aRow[0].lpProps[ieidPR_OBJECT_TYPE].Value.l == MAPI_DISTLIST)
+        {
+          LPABCONT distListContainer = NULL;
+          // We will now take the entry-id of each object and cache it
+          // on the listview item representing that object. This enables
+          // us to uniquely identify the object later if we need to
+          //
+          hr = m_lpAdrBook->OpenEntry(cbEID, lpEID, NULL,
+            0,&ulObjType,(LPUNKNOWN *)&distListContainer);
+
+          LPMAPITABLE    distListTable =  NULL;
+
+
+          // Get a contents table of the dist list
+          //
+          hr = distListContainer->GetContentsTable(0, &distListTable);
+          if (lpAB)
+          {
+            hr = distListTable->GetRowCount(0, &rowCount);
+            if (HR_FAILED(hr))
+              rowCount = 100;
+            if (rowCount == 0)
+              rowCount = 1;
+
+            // Order the columns in the ContentsTable to conform to the
+            // ones we want - which are mainly DisplayName, EntryID and
+            // ObjectType
+            // The table is gauranteed to set the columns in the order
+            // requested
+            //
+            hr = distListTable->SetColumns((LPSPropTagArray)&ptaEid, 0);
+            CStrToUnicode(lpsz, uniStr);
+            keepGoing = pIter->EnumList(uniStr.get(), lpEID, cbEID, distListTable);
+            curCount++;
+            if (pDone) {
+              *pDone = (curCount * 100) / rowCount;
+              if (*pDone > 100)
+                *pDone = 100;
+            }
+          }
+          if (distListContainer)
+            distListContainer->Release();
+          if (distListTable)
+            distListTable->Release();
+        }
+      }
+      FreeProws(lpRowAB);
+    }
+
+  } while (SUCCEEDED(hr) && cNumRows && lpRowAB && NS_SUCCEEDED(keepGoing))  ;
+
+
+exit:
+
+  if (lpContainer)
+    lpContainer->Release();
+
+  if (lpAB)
+    lpAB->Release();
+
+  return hr;
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+void CWAB::FreeProws(LPSRowSet prows)
+{
+  ULONG    irow;
+  if (!prows)
+    return;
+  for (irow = 0; irow < prows->cRows; ++irow)
+    m_lpWABObject->FreeBuffer(prows->aRow[irow].lpProps);
+  m_lpWABObject->FreeBuffer(prows);
+}
+
+
+LPDISTLIST CWAB::GetDistList(ULONG cbEid, LPENTRYID pEid)
+{
+  if (!m_bInitialized || !m_lpAdrBook)
+    return NULL;
+
+  LPDISTLIST  lpDistList = NULL;
+  ULONG    ulObjType;
+
+  m_lpAdrBook->OpenEntry(cbEid, pEid, NULL, 0, &ulObjType, (LPUNKNOWN *)&lpDistList);
+  return lpDistList;
+}
+
+LPSPropValue CWAB::GetListProperty(LPDISTLIST pUser, ULONG tag)
+{
+  if (!pUser)
+    return NULL;
+
+  int  sz = CbNewSPropTagArray(1);
+  SPropTagArray *pTag = (SPropTagArray *) new char[sz];
+  pTag->cValues = 1;
+  pTag->aulPropTag[0] = tag;
+  LPSPropValue  lpProp = NULL;
+  ULONG  cValues = 0;
+  HRESULT hr = pUser->GetProps(pTag, 0, &cValues, &lpProp);
+  delete [] pTag;
+  if (HR_FAILED(hr) || (cValues != 1)) {
+    if (lpProp)
+      m_lpWABObject->FreeBuffer(lpProp);
+    return NULL;
+  }
+  return lpProp;
+}
+
+LPMAILUSER CWAB::GetUser(ULONG cbEid, LPENTRYID pEid)
+{
+  if (!m_bInitialized || !m_lpAdrBook)
+    return NULL;
+
+  LPMAILUSER  lpMailUser = NULL;
+  ULONG    ulObjType;
+
+  m_lpAdrBook->OpenEntry(cbEid, pEid, NULL, 0, &ulObjType, (LPUNKNOWN *)&lpMailUser);
+  return lpMailUser;
+}
+
+LPSPropValue CWAB::GetUserProperty(LPMAILUSER pUser, ULONG tag)
+{
+  if (!pUser)
+    return NULL;
+
+  ULONG  uTag = tag;
+  /*
+    Getting Unicode does not help with getting the right
+    international charset.  Windoze bloze.
+  */
+  /*
+  if (PROP_TYPE(uTag) == PT_STRING8) {
+    uTag = CHANGE_PROP_TYPE(tag, PT_UNICODE);
+  }
+  */
+
+  int  sz = CbNewSPropTagArray(1);
+  SPropTagArray *pTag = (SPropTagArray *) new char[sz];
+  pTag->cValues = 1;
+  pTag->aulPropTag[0] = uTag;
+  LPSPropValue  lpProp = NULL;
+  ULONG  cValues = 0;
+  HRESULT hr = pUser->GetProps(pTag, 0, &cValues, &lpProp);
+  if (HR_FAILED(hr) || (cValues != 1)) {
+    if (lpProp)
+      m_lpWABObject->FreeBuffer(lpProp);
+    lpProp = NULL;
+    if (uTag != tag) {
+      pTag->cValues = 1;
+      pTag->aulPropTag[0] = tag;
+      cValues = 0;
+      hr = pUser->GetProps(pTag, 0, &cValues, &lpProp);
+      if (HR_FAILED(hr) || (cValues != 1)) {
+        if (lpProp)
+          m_lpWABObject->FreeBuffer(lpProp);
+        lpProp = NULL;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  delete [] pTag;
+  return lpProp;
+}
+
+void CWAB::CStrToUnicode(const char *pStr, nsString& result)
+{
+  result.Truncate();
+  int wLen = MultiByteToWideChar(CP_ACP, 0, pStr, -1, wwc(m_pUniBuff), 0);
+  if (wLen >= m_uniBuffLen) {
+    if (m_pUniBuff)
+      delete [] m_pUniBuff;
+    m_pUniBuff = new char16_t[wLen + 64];
+    m_uniBuffLen = wLen + 64;
+  }
+  if (wLen) {
+    MultiByteToWideChar(CP_ACP, 0, pStr, -1, wwc(m_pUniBuff), m_uniBuffLen);
+    result = m_pUniBuff;
+  }
+}
+
+// If the value is a string, get it...
+void CWAB::GetValueString(LPSPropValue pVal, nsString& val)
+{
+  val.Truncate();
+
+  if (!pVal)
+    return;
+
+  switch(PROP_TYPE(pVal->ulPropTag)) {
+    case PT_STRING8:
+      CStrToUnicode((const char *) (pVal->Value.lpszA), val);
+      break;
+    case PT_UNICODE:
+      val = (char16_t *) (pVal->Value.lpszW);
+      break;
+    case PT_MV_STRING8: {
+      nsString  tmp;
+      ULONG  j;
+      for(j = 0; j < pVal->Value.MVszA.cValues; j++) {
+        CStrToUnicode((const char *) (pVal->Value.MVszA.lppszA[j]), tmp);
+        val += tmp;
+        val.Append(NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16(TR_OUTPUT_EOL));
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case PT_MV_UNICODE: {
+      ULONG  j;
+      for(j = 0; j < pVal->Value.MVszW.cValues; j++) {
+        val += (char16_t *) (pVal->Value.MVszW.lppszW[j]);
+        val.Append(NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16(TR_OUTPUT_EOL));
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case PT_I2:
+    case PT_LONG:
+    case PT_R4:
+    case PT_DOUBLE:
+    case PT_BOOLEAN: {
+      /*
+      TCHAR sz[256];
+            wsprintf(sz,"%d", pVal->Value.l);
+            val = sz;
+      */
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case PT_BINARY:
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      break;
+  }
+
+  val.Trim(kWhitespace, true, true);
+}
+
+
+void CWAB::GetValueTime(LPSPropValue pVal, PRTime& val)
+{
+  if (!pVal)
+    return;
+
+  if (PROP_TYPE(pVal->ulPropTag) != PT_SYSTIME)
+    return;
+
+  nsOE5File::FileTimeToPRTime(&pVal->Value.ft, &val);
+}
+
+bool CWAB::IsAvailable()
+{
+  if (!m_bInitialized || !m_lpAdrBook)
+    return false;
+
+  ULONG lpcbEID = 0;
+  LPENTRYID lpEID = NULL;
+  HRESULT hr = m_lpAdrBook->GetPAB(&lpcbEID, &lpEID);
+  if (HR_FAILED(hr))
+    return false;
+
+  ULONG ulObjType = 0;
+  LPABCONT lpContainer = NULL;
+  hr = m_lpAdrBook->OpenEntry(lpcbEID,
+                              (LPENTRYID)lpEID,
+                              NULL,
+                              0,
+                              &ulObjType,
+                              (LPUNKNOWN *)&lpContainer);
+  m_lpWABObject->FreeBuffer(lpEID);
+
+  LPMAPITABLE lpAB = NULL;
+  hr = lpContainer->GetContentsTable(0, &lpAB);
+  if(HR_FAILED(hr)) {
+    lpContainer->Release();
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  ULONG rowCount = 0;
+  hr = lpAB->GetRowCount(0, &rowCount);
+  lpContainer->Release();
+  lpAB->Release();
+  return (rowCount != 0);
+}
+
+/*
+BOOL CWabIterateProcess::SanitizeMultiLine(CString& val)
+{
+  val.TrimLeft();
+  val.TrimRight();
+  int idx = val.FindOneOf("\x0D\x0A");
+  if (idx == -1)
+    return FALSE;
+
+  // needs encoding
+  U32 bufSz = UMimeEncode::GetBufferSize(val.GetLength());
+  P_U8 pBuf = new U8[bufSz];
+  U32 len = UMimeEncode::ConvertBuffer((PC_U8)((PC_S8)val), val.GetLength(), pBuf, 66, 52, "\x0D\x0A ");
+  pBuf[len] = 0;
+  val = pBuf;
+  delete pBuf;
+  return TRUE;
+}
+
+BOOL CWabIterateProcess::EnumUser(LPCTSTR pName, LPENTRYID pEid, ULONG cbEid)
+{
+  TRACE1("User: %s\n", pName);
+
+  LPMAILUSER  pUser = m_pWab->GetUser(cbEid, pEid);
+
+  // Get the "required" strings first
+  CString    lastName;
+  CString    firstName;
+  CString    eMail;
+  CString    nickName;
+  CString    middleName;
+
+  if (!pUser) {
+    UDialogs::ErrMessage1(IDS_ENTRY_ERROR, pName);
+    return FALSE;
+  }
+
+  LPSPropValue  pProp = m_pWab->GetUserProperty(pUser, PR_EMAIL_ADDRESS);
+  if (pProp) {
+    m_pWab->GetValueString(pProp, eMail);
+    SanitizeValue(eMail);
+    m_pWab->FreeProperty(pProp);
+  }
+  pProp = m_pWab->GetUserProperty(pUser, PR_GIVEN_NAME);
+  if (pProp) {
+    m_pWab->GetValueString(pProp, firstName);
+    SanitizeValue(firstName);
+    m_pWab->FreeProperty(pProp);
+  }
+  pProp = m_pWab->GetUserProperty(pUser, PR_SURNAME);
+  if (pProp) {
+    m_pWab->GetValueString(pProp, lastName);
+    SanitizeValue(lastName);
+    m_pWab->FreeProperty(pProp);
+  }
+  pProp = m_pWab->GetUserProperty(pUser, PR_MIDDLE_NAME);
+  if (pProp) {
+    m_pWab->GetValueString(pProp, middleName);
+    SanitizeValue(middleName);
+    m_pWab->FreeProperty(pProp);
+  }
+  pProp = m_pWab->GetUserProperty(pUser, PR_NICKNAME);
+  if (pProp) {
+    m_pWab->GetValueString(pProp, nickName);
+    SanitizeValue(nickName);
+    m_pWab->FreeProperty(pProp);
+  }
+  if (nickName.IsEmpty())
+    nickName = pName;
+  if (firstName.IsEmpty()) {
+    firstName = nickName;
+    middleName.Empty();
+    lastName.Empty();
+  }
+  if (lastName.IsEmpty())
+    middleName.Empty();
+
+  if (eMail.IsEmpty())
+    eMail = nickName;
+
+
+  // We now have the required fields
+  // write them out followed by any optional fields!
+  BOOL  result = TRUE;
+
+  if (m_recordsDone)
+    result = m_out.WriteEol();
+
+  CString    line;
+  CString    header;
+  line.LoadString(IDS_LDIF_DN_START);
+  line += firstName;
+  if (!middleName.IsEmpty()) {
+    line += ' ';
+    line += middleName;
+  }
+  if (!lastName.IsEmpty()) {
+    line += ' ';
+    line += lastName;
+  }
+  header.LoadString(IDS_LDIF_DN_MIDDLE);
+  line += header;
+  line += eMail;
+  result = result && m_out.WriteStr(line);
+  result = result && m_out.WriteEol();
+
+  line.LoadString(IDS_FIELD_LDIF_FULLNAME);
+  line += ' ';
+  line += firstName;
+  if (!middleName.IsEmpty()) {
+    line += ' ';
+    line += middleName;
+  }
+  if (!lastName.IsEmpty()) {
+    line += ' ';
+    line += lastName;
+  }
+  result = result && m_out.WriteStr(line);
+  result = result && m_out.WriteEol();
+
+
+  line.LoadString(IDS_FIELD_LDIF_GIVENNAME);
+  line += ' ';
+  line += firstName;
+  result = result && m_out.WriteStr(line);
+  result = result && m_out.WriteEol();
+
+  if (!lastName.IsEmpty()) {
+    line.LoadString(IDS_FIELD_LDIF_LASTNAME);
+    if (!middleName.IsEmpty()) {
+      line += ' ';
+      line += middleName;
+    }
+    line += ' ';
+    line += lastName;
+    result = result && m_out.WriteStr(line);
+    result = result && m_out.WriteEol();
+  }
+
+  result = result && m_out.WriteStr(kLDIFPerson);
+
+  line.LoadString(IDS_FIELD_LDIF_EMAIL);
+  line += ' ';
+  line += eMail;
+  result = result && m_out.WriteStr(line);
+  result = result && m_out.WriteEol();
+
+  line.LoadString(IDS_FIELD_LDIF_NICKNAME);
+  line += ' ';
+  line += nickName;
+  result = result && m_out.WriteStr(line);
+  result = result && m_out.WriteEol();
+
+  // Do all of the extra fields!
+  CString  value;
+  BOOL  encoded = FALSE;
+  for (int i = 0; i < kExtraUserFields; i++) {
+    value.Empty();
+    pProp = m_pWab->GetUserProperty(pUser, extraUserFields[i].tag);
+    if (pProp) {
+      m_pWab->GetValueString(pProp, value);
+      m_pWab->FreeProperty(pProp);
+    }
+    if (extraUserFields[i].multiLine) {
+      encoded = SanitizeMultiLine(value);
+    }
+    else
+      SanitizeValue(value);
+    if (!value.IsEmpty()) {
+      line = extraUserFields[i].pLDIF;
+      if (encoded) {
+        line += ": ";
+        encoded = FALSE;
+      }
+      else
+        line += ' ';
+      line += value;
+      result = result && m_out.WriteStr(line);
+      result = result && m_out.WriteEol();
+    }
+  }
+
+  m_pWab->ReleaseUser(pUser);
+
+  if (!result) {
+    UDialogs::ErrMessage0(IDS_ADDRESS_SAVE_ERROR);
+  }
+
+  m_totalDone += kValuePerUser;
+  m_recordsDone++;
+
+  return result;
+}
+*/
+
+
+
+
+/*
+BOOL CWabIterateProcess::EnumList(LPCTSTR pName, LPENTRYID pEid, ULONG cbEid)
+{
+  TRACE1("List: %s\n", pName);
+
+  LPDISTLIST    pList = m_pWab->GetDistList(cbEid, pEid);
+  if (!pList) {
+    UDialogs::ErrMessage1(IDS_ENTRY_ERROR, pName);
+    return FALSE;
+  }
+
+  // Find out if this is just a regular entry or a true list...
+  CString      eMail;
+  LPSPropValue  pProp = m_pWab->GetListProperty(pList, PR_EMAIL_ADDRESS);
+  if (pProp) {
+    m_pWab->GetValueString(pProp, eMail);
+    SanitizeValue(eMail);
+    m_pWab->FreeProperty(pProp);
+    // Treat this like a regular entry...
+    if (!eMail.IsEmpty()) {
+      m_pWab->ReleaseDistList(pList);
+      return WriteListUserEntry(pName, eMail);
+    }
+  }
+
+  // This may very well be a list, find the entries...
+  m_pListTable = OpenDistList(pList);
+  if (m_pListTable) {
+    m_pList = pList;
+    m_listName = pName;
+    m_listDone = 0;
+    m_listHeaderDone = FALSE;
+    m_state = kEnumListState;
+  }
+  else {
+    m_pWab->ReleaseDistList(pList);
+    m_recordsDone++;
+    m_totalDone += kValuePerUser;
+  }
+
+  return TRUE;
+}
+
+BOOL CWabIterateProcess::EnumNextListUser(BOOL *pDone)
+{
+  HRESULT      hr;
+  int        cNumRows = 0;
+  LPSRowSet    lpRowAB = NULL;
+  BOOL      keepGoing = TRUE;
+
+  if (!m_pListTable)
+    return FALSE;
+
+  hr = m_pListTable->QueryRows(1, 0, &lpRowAB);
+
+  if(HR_FAILED(hr)) {
+    UDialogs::ErrMessage0(IDS_ERROR_READING_WAB);
+    return FALSE;
+  }
+
+  if(lpRowAB) {
+    cNumRows = lpRowAB->cRows;
+
+    if (cNumRows) {
+      LPTSTR lpsz = lpRowAB->aRow[0].lpProps[ieidPR_DISPLAY_NAME].Value.lpszA;
+      LPENTRYID lpEID = (LPENTRYID) lpRowAB->aRow[0].lpProps[ieidPR_ENTRYID].Value.bin.lpb;
+      ULONG cbEID = lpRowAB->aRow[0].lpProps[ieidPR_ENTRYID].Value.bin.cb;
+            if(lpRowAB->aRow[0].lpProps[ieidPR_OBJECT_TYPE].Value.l == MAPI_DISTLIST) {
+        keepGoing = HandleListList(lpsz, lpEID, cbEID);
+        }
+      else if (lpRowAB->aRow[0].lpProps[ieidPR_OBJECT_TYPE].Value.l == MAPI_MAILUSER) {
+        keepGoing = HandleListUser(lpsz, lpEID, cbEID);
+      }
+    }
+    m_pWab->FreeProws(lpRowAB);
+   }
+
+  if (!cNumRows || !lpRowAB) {
+    *pDone = TRUE;
+    m_pListTable->Release();
+    m_pListTable = NULL;
+    if (m_pList)
+      m_pWab->ReleaseDistList(m_pList);
+    m_pList = NULL;
+    if (m_listDone < kValuePerUser)
+      m_totalDone += (kValuePerUser - m_listDone);
+    m_recordsDone++;
+    return keepGoing;
+  }
+
+  if (!keepGoing)
+    return FALSE;
+
+  if (m_listDone < kValuePerUser) {
+    m_listDone++;
+    m_totalDone++;
+  }
+
+  return TRUE;
+}
+
+BOOL CWabIterateProcess::HandleListList(LPCTSTR pName, LPENTRYID lpEid, ULONG cbEid)
+{
+  BOOL      result;
+  LPDISTLIST    pList = m_pWab->GetDistList(cbEid, lpEid);
+  if (!pList) {
+    UDialogs::ErrMessage1(IDS_ENTRY_ERROR, pName);
+    return FALSE;
+  }
+
+  CString      eMail;
+  LPSPropValue  pProp = m_pWab->GetListProperty(pList, PR_EMAIL_ADDRESS);
+  if (pProp) {
+    m_pWab->GetValueString(pProp, eMail);
+    SanitizeValue(eMail);
+    m_pWab->FreeProperty(pProp);
+    // Treat this like a regular entry...
+    if (!eMail.IsEmpty()) {
+      // write out a member based on pName and eMail
+      result = WriteGroupMember(pName, eMail);
+      m_pWab->ReleaseDistList(pList);
+      return result;
+    }
+  }
+
+  // iterate the list and add each member to the top level list
+  LPMAPITABLE  pTable = OpenDistList(pList);
+  if (!pTable) {
+    TRACE0("Error opening table for list\n");
+    m_pWab->ReleaseDistList(pList);
+    UDialogs::ErrMessage1(IDS_ENTRY_ERROR, pName);
+    return FALSE;
+  }
+
+  int        cNumRows = 0;
+  LPSRowSet    lpRowAB = NULL;
+  HRESULT      hr;
+  BOOL      keepGoing = TRUE;
+
+  do {
+    hr = pTable->QueryRows(1, 0, &lpRowAB);
+
+    if(HR_FAILED(hr)) {
+      UDialogs::ErrMessage0(IDS_ERROR_READING_WAB);
+      pTable->Release();
+      m_pWab->ReleaseDistList(pList);
+      return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    if(lpRowAB) {
+      cNumRows = lpRowAB->cRows;
+
+      if (cNumRows) {
+        LPTSTR lpsz = lpRowAB->aRow[0].lpProps[ieidPR_DISPLAY_NAME].Value.lpszA;
+        LPENTRYID lpEID = (LPENTRYID) lpRowAB->aRow[0].lpProps[ieidPR_ENTRYID].Value.bin.lpb;
+        ULONG cbEID = lpRowAB->aRow[0].lpProps[ieidPR_ENTRYID].Value.bin.cb;
+        if(lpRowAB->aRow[0].lpProps[ieidPR_OBJECT_TYPE].Value.l == MAPI_DISTLIST) {
+          keepGoing = HandleListList(lpsz, lpEID, cbEID);
+        }
+        else if (lpRowAB->aRow[0].lpProps[ieidPR_OBJECT_TYPE].Value.l == MAPI_MAILUSER) {
+          keepGoing = HandleListUser(lpsz, lpEID, cbEID);
+        }
+      }
+      m_pWab->FreeProws(lpRowAB);
+     }
+  }
+  while (keepGoing && cNumRows && lpRowAB);
+
+  pTable->Release();
+  m_pWab->ReleaseDistList(pList);
+  return keepGoing;
+}
+
+BOOL CWabIterateProcess::HandleListUser(LPCTSTR pName, LPENTRYID lpEid, ULONG cbEid)
+{
+  // Get the basic properties for building the member line
+  LPMAILUSER  pUser = m_pWab->GetUser(cbEid, lpEid);
+
+  // Get the "required" strings first
+  CString    lastName;
+  CString    firstName;
+  CString    eMail;
+  CString    nickName;
+  CString    middleName;
+
+  if (!pUser) {
+    UDialogs::ErrMessage1(IDS_ENTRY_ERROR, pName);
+    return FALSE;
+  }
+
+  LPSPropValue  pProp = m_pWab->GetUserProperty(pUser, PR_EMAIL_ADDRESS);
+  if (pProp) {
+    m_pWab->GetValueString(pProp, eMail);
+    SanitizeValue(eMail);
+    m_pWab->FreeProperty(pProp);
+  }
+  pProp = m_pWab->GetUserProperty(pUser, PR_GIVEN_NAME);
+  if (pProp) {
+    m_pWab->GetValueString(pProp, firstName);
+    SanitizeValue(firstName);
+    m_pWab->FreeProperty(pProp);
+  }
+  pProp = m_pWab->GetUserProperty(pUser, PR_SURNAME);
+  if (pProp) {
+    m_pWab->GetValueString(pProp, lastName);
+    SanitizeValue(lastName);
+    m_pWab->FreeProperty(pProp);
+  }
+  pProp = m_pWab->GetUserProperty(pUser, PR_MIDDLE_NAME);
+  if (pProp) {
+    m_pWab->GetValueString(pProp, middleName);
+    SanitizeValue(middleName);
+    m_pWab->FreeProperty(pProp);
+  }
+  pProp = m_pWab->GetUserProperty(pUser, PR_NICKNAME);
+  if (pProp) {
+    m_pWab->GetValueString(pProp, nickName);
+    SanitizeValue(nickName);
+    m_pWab->FreeProperty(pProp);
+  }
+  if (nickName.IsEmpty())
+    nickName = pName;
+  if (firstName.IsEmpty()) {
+    firstName = nickName;
+    middleName.Empty();
+    lastName.Empty();
+  }
+  if (lastName.IsEmpty())
+    middleName.Empty();
+
+  if (eMail.IsEmpty())
+    eMail = nickName;
+
+  m_pWab->ReleaseUser(pUser);
+
+  CString  name = firstName;
+  if (!middleName.IsEmpty()) {
+    name += ' ';
+    name += middleName;
+  }
+  if (!lastName.IsEmpty()) {
+    name += ' ';
+    name += lastName;
+  }
+  return WriteGroupMember(name, eMail);
+}
+
+BOOL CWabIterateProcess::WriteGroupMember(const char *pName, const char *pEmail)
+{
+  CString    middle;
+  CString    line;
+  BOOL    result;
+
+  // Check for the header first
+  if (!m_listHeaderDone) {
+    if (m_recordsDone)
+      result = m_out.WriteEol();
+    else
+      result = TRUE;
+    line.LoadString(IDS_LDIF_DN_START);
+    line += m_listName;
+    line += TR_OUTPUT_EOL;
+    middle.LoadString(IDS_FIELD_LDIF_FULLNAME);
+    line += middle;
+    line += m_listName;
+    line += TR_OUTPUT_EOL;
+    if (!result || !m_out.WriteStr(line) || !m_out.WriteStr(kLDIFGroup)) {
+      UDialogs::ErrMessage0(IDS_ADDRESS_SAVE_ERROR);
+      return FALSE;
+    }
+    m_listHeaderDone = TRUE;
+  }
+
+
+  line.LoadString(IDS_FIELD_LDIF_MEMBER_START);
+  line += pName;
+  middle.LoadString(IDS_LDIF_DN_MIDDLE);
+  line += middle;
+  line += pEmail;
+  line += TR_OUTPUT_EOL;
+  if (!m_out.WriteStr(line)) {
+    UDialogs::ErrMessage0(IDS_ADDRESS_SAVE_ERROR);
+    return FALSE;
+  }
+
+  if (m_listDone < kValuePerUser) {
+    m_listDone++;
+    m_totalDone++;
+  }
+
+  return TRUE;
+}
+*/
+
diff --git a/mailnews/import/oexpress/WabObject.h b/mailnews/import/oexpress/WabObject.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..482615697
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/oexpress/WabObject.h
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef WabObject_h___
+#define WabObject_h___
+
+#include "nscore.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsIFile.h"
+
+#include <windows.h>
+#include <wab.h>
+
+
+class CWabIterator {
+public:
+  virtual nsresult  EnumUser(const char16_t *pName, LPENTRYID pEid, ULONG cbEid) = 0;
+  virtual nsresult  EnumList(const char16_t *pName, LPENTRYID pEid, ULONG cbEid, LPMAPITABLE lpTable) = 0;
+};
+
+
+class CWAB
+{
+public:
+    CWAB(nsIFile *fileName);
+    ~CWAB();
+
+  bool      Loaded(void) { return m_bInitialized;}
+
+  HRESULT    IterateWABContents(CWabIterator *pIter, int *pDone);
+
+  // Methods for User entries
+  LPDISTLIST    GetDistList(ULONG cbEid, LPENTRYID pEid);
+  void      ReleaseDistList(LPDISTLIST pList) { if (pList) pList->Release();}
+  LPMAILUSER    GetUser(ULONG cbEid, LPENTRYID pEid);
+  void      ReleaseUser(LPMAILUSER pUser) { if (pUser) pUser->Release();}
+  LPSPropValue  GetUserProperty(LPMAILUSER pUser, ULONG tag);
+  LPSPropValue  GetListProperty(LPDISTLIST pList, ULONG tag);
+  void      FreeProperty(LPSPropValue pVal) { if (pVal) m_lpWABObject->FreeBuffer(pVal);}
+  void      GetValueString(LPSPropValue pVal, nsString& val);
+  void      GetValueTime(LPSPropValue pVal, PRTime& val);
+
+  void      CStrToUnicode(const char *pStr, nsString& result);
+
+  // Utility stuff used by iterate
+  void      FreeProws(LPSRowSet prows);
+
+  bool      IsAvailable();
+
+private:
+  char16_t *  m_pUniBuff;
+  int      m_uniBuffLen;
+  bool        m_bInitialized;
+    HINSTANCE   m_hinstWAB;
+    LPWABOPEN   m_lpfnWABOpen;
+    LPADRBOOK   m_lpAdrBook;
+    LPWABOBJECT m_lpWABObject;
+};
+
+#endif // WABOBJECT_INCLUDED
+
+
diff --git a/mailnews/import/oexpress/moz.build b/mailnews/import/oexpress/moz.build
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5a34ce8e6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/oexpress/moz.build
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+# vim: set filetype=python:
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+SOURCES += [
+    'nsOE5File.cpp',
+    'nsOEAddressIterator.cpp',
+    'nsOEImport.cpp',
+    'nsOEMailbox.cpp',
+    'nsOERegUtil.cpp',
+    'nsOEScanBoxes.cpp',
+    'nsOESettings.cpp',
+    'nsOEStringBundle.cpp',
+    'WabObject.cpp',
+]
+
+FINAL_LIBRARY = 'import'
+
diff --git a/mailnews/import/oexpress/nsOE5File.cpp b/mailnews/import/oexpress/nsOE5File.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fd1fd0e15
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/oexpress/nsOE5File.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,631 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsOE5File.h"
+#include "OEDebugLog.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "prprf.h"
+#include "nsMsgLocalFolderHdrs.h"
+#include "nsIOutputStream.h"
+#include "nsIInputStream.h"
+#include "nsIMsgPluggableStore.h"
+#include "nsIMsgHdr.h"
+#include "nsNetUtil.h"
+#include "nsISeekableStream.h"
+#include "nsMsgMessageFlags.h"
+#include <windows.h>
+
+#define  kIndexGrowBy    100
+#define  kSignatureSize    12
+#define  kDontSeek      0xFFFFFFFF
+#define  MARKED        0x20     //  4
+#define  READ          0x80     //  1
+#define  HASATTACHMENT 0x4000   //  268435456  10000000h
+#define  ISANSWERED    0x80000  //  2
+#define  ISFORWARDED   0x100000 //  4096
+#define  ISWATCHED     0x400000 //  256
+#define  ISIGNORED     0x800000 //  262144
+#define  XLATFLAGS(s)  (((MARKED & s) ? nsMsgMessageFlags::Marked : 0) | \
+                        ((READ & s) ? nsMsgMessageFlags::Read : 0) | \
+                        ((HASATTACHMENT & s) ? nsMsgMessageFlags::Attachment : 0) | \
+                        ((ISANSWERED & s) ? nsMsgMessageFlags::Replied : 0) | \
+                        ((ISFORWARDED & s) ? nsMsgMessageFlags::Forwarded : 0) | \
+                        ((ISWATCHED & s) ? nsMsgMessageFlags::Watched : 0) | \
+                        ((ISIGNORED & s) ? nsMsgMessageFlags::Ignored : 0))
+
+static char *gSig =
+  "\xCF\xAD\x12\xFE\xC5\xFD\x74\x6F\x66\xE3\xD1\x11";
+
+// copied from nsprpub/pr/src/{io/prfile.c | md/windows/w95io.c} :
+// PR_FileTimeToPRTime and _PR_FileTimeToPRTime
+void nsOE5File::FileTimeToPRTime(const FILETIME *filetime, PRTime *prtm)
+{
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+    const PRTime _pr_filetime_offset = 116444736000000000LL;
+#else
+    const PRTime _pr_filetime_offset = 116444736000000000i64;
+#endif
+
+    PR_ASSERT(sizeof(FILETIME) == sizeof(PRTime));
+    ::CopyMemory(prtm, filetime, sizeof(PRTime));
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+    *prtm = (*prtm - _pr_filetime_offset) / 10LL;
+#else
+    *prtm = (*prtm - _pr_filetime_offset) / 10i64;
+#endif
+}
+
+bool nsOE5File::VerifyLocalMailFile(nsIFile *pFile)
+{
+  char    sig[kSignatureSize];
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIInputStream> inputStream;
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(NS_NewLocalFileInputStream(getter_AddRefs(inputStream), pFile)))
+    return false;
+
+  if (!ReadBytes(inputStream, sig, 0, kSignatureSize))
+    return false;
+
+  bool    result = true;
+
+  for (int i = 0; (i < kSignatureSize) && result; i++) {
+    if (sig[i] != gSig[i])
+      result = false;
+  }
+
+  char  storeName[14];
+  if (!ReadBytes(inputStream, storeName, 0x24C1, 12))
+    result = false;
+
+  storeName[12] = 0;
+
+  if (PL_strcasecmp("LocalStore", storeName))
+    result = false;
+
+  return result;
+}
+
+bool nsOE5File::IsLocalMailFile(nsIFile *pFile)
+{
+  nsresult  rv;
+  bool      isFile = false;
+
+  rv = pFile->IsFile(&isFile);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !isFile)
+    return false;
+
+  bool result = VerifyLocalMailFile(pFile);
+
+  return result;
+}
+
+bool nsOE5File::ReadIndex(nsIInputStream *pInputStream, uint32_t **ppIndex, uint32_t *pSize)
+{
+  *ppIndex = nullptr;
+  *pSize = 0;
+
+  char    signature[4];
+  if (!ReadBytes(pInputStream, signature, 0, 4))
+    return false;
+
+  for (int i = 0; i < 4; i++) {
+    if (signature[i] != gSig[i]) {
+      IMPORT_LOG0("*** Outlook 5.0 dbx file signature doesn't match\n");
+      return false;
+    }
+  }
+
+  uint32_t  offset = 0x00e4;
+  uint32_t  indexStart = 0;
+  if (!ReadBytes(pInputStream, &indexStart, offset, 4)) {
+    IMPORT_LOG0("*** Unable to read offset to index start\n");
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  PRUint32Array array;
+  array.count = 0;
+  array.alloc = kIndexGrowBy;
+  array.pIndex = new uint32_t[kIndexGrowBy];
+
+  uint32_t next = ReadMsgIndex(pInputStream, indexStart, &array);
+  while (next) {
+    next = ReadMsgIndex(pInputStream, next, &array);
+  }
+
+  if (array.count) {
+    *pSize = array.count;
+    *ppIndex = array.pIndex;
+    return true;
+  }
+
+  delete [] array.pIndex;
+  return false;
+}
+
+
+uint32_t nsOE5File::ReadMsgIndex(nsIInputStream *pInputStream, uint32_t offset, PRUint32Array *pArray)
+{
+  // Record is:
+    // 4 byte marker
+    // 4 byte unknown
+    // 4 byte nextSubIndex
+    // 4 byte (parentIndex?)
+    // 2 bytes unknown
+    // 1 byte length - # of entries in this record
+    // 1 byte unknown
+    // 4 byte unknown
+    // length records consisting of 3 longs
+  //  1 - pointer to record
+  //  2 - child index pointer
+  //  3 - number of records in child
+
+  uint32_t  marker;
+
+  if (!ReadBytes(pInputStream, &marker, offset, 4))
+    return 0;
+
+  if (marker != offset)
+    return 0;
+
+
+  uint32_t  vals[3];
+
+  if (!ReadBytes(pInputStream, vals, offset + 4, 12))
+    return 0;
+
+
+  uint8_t  len[4];
+  if (!ReadBytes(pInputStream, len, offset + 16, 4))
+    return 0;
+
+
+
+  uint32_t  cnt = (uint32_t) len[1];
+  cnt *= 3;
+  uint32_t  *pData = new uint32_t[cnt];
+
+  if (!ReadBytes(pInputStream, pData, offset + 24, cnt * 4)) {
+    delete [] pData;
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  uint32_t  next;
+  uint32_t  indexOffset;
+  uint32_t *  pRecord = pData;
+  uint32_t *  pNewIndex;
+
+  for (uint8_t i = 0; i < (uint8_t)len[1]; i++, pRecord += 3) {
+    indexOffset = pRecord[0];
+
+    if (pArray->count >= pArray->alloc) {
+      pNewIndex = new uint32_t[ pArray->alloc + kIndexGrowBy];
+      memcpy(pNewIndex, pArray->pIndex, (pArray->alloc * 4));
+      (pArray->alloc) += kIndexGrowBy;
+      delete [] pArray->pIndex;
+      pArray->pIndex = pNewIndex;
+    }
+
+    /*
+    We could do some checking here if we wanted -
+    make sure the index is within the file,
+    make sure there isn't a duplicate index, etc.
+    */
+
+    pArray->pIndex[pArray->count] = indexOffset;
+    (pArray->count)++;
+
+
+
+    next = pRecord[1];
+    if (next)
+      while ((next = ReadMsgIndex(pInputStream, next, pArray)) != 0);
+  }
+  delete [] pData;
+
+  // return the pointer to the next subIndex
+  return vals[1];
+}
+
+bool nsOE5File::IsFromLine(char *pLine, uint32_t len)
+{
+   return (len > 5 && (pLine[0] == 'F') && (pLine[1] == 'r') && (pLine[2] == 'o') && (pLine[3] == 'm') && (pLine[4] == ' '));
+}
+
+// Anything over 16K will be assumed BAD, BAD, BAD!
+#define  kMailboxBufferSize  0x4000
+#define  kMaxAttrCount       0x0030
+const char *nsOE5File::m_pFromLineSep = "From - Mon Jan 1 00:00:00 1965\x0D\x0A";
+
+nsresult nsOE5File::ImportMailbox(uint32_t *pBytesDone, bool *pAbort,
+                                  nsString& name, nsIFile *inFile,
+                                  nsIMsgFolder *dstFolder, uint32_t *pCount)
+{
+  int32_t    msgCount = 0;
+  if (pCount)
+    *pCount = 0;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIInputStream> inputStream;
+  nsresult rv = NS_NewLocalFileInputStream(getter_AddRefs(inputStream), inFile);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgPluggableStore> msgStore;
+  rv = dstFolder->GetMsgStore(getter_AddRefs(msgStore));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  uint32_t *  pIndex;
+  uint32_t  indexSize;
+  uint32_t *  pFlags;
+  uint64_t  *  pTime;
+
+  if (!ReadIndex(inputStream, &pIndex, &indexSize)) {
+    IMPORT_LOG1("No messages found in mailbox: %s\n", NS_LossyConvertUTF16toASCII(name.get()));
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  pTime  = new uint64_t[ indexSize];
+  pFlags = new uint32_t[ indexSize];
+  char *  pBuffer = new char[kMailboxBufferSize];
+  if (!(*pAbort))
+    ConvertIndex(inputStream, pBuffer, pIndex, indexSize, pFlags, pTime);
+
+  uint32_t  block[4];
+  int32_t   sepLen = (int32_t) strlen(m_pFromLineSep);
+  uint32_t   written;
+
+  /*
+      Each block is:
+      marker - matches file offset
+      block length
+      text length in block
+      pointer to next block. (0 if end)
+
+      Each message is made up of a linked list of block data.
+      So what we do for each message is:
+      1. Read the first block data.
+      2. Write out the From message separator if the message doesn't already
+      start with one.
+      3. If the block of data doesn't end with CRLF then a line is broken into two blocks,
+      so save the incomplete line for later process when we read the next block. Then
+      write out the block excluding the partial line at the end of the block (if exists).
+      4. If there's next block of data then read next data block. Otherwise we're done.
+      If we found a partial line in step #3 then find the rest of the line from the
+      current block and write out this line separately.
+      5. Reset some of the control variables and repeat step #3.
+  */
+
+  uint32_t  didBytes = 0;
+  uint32_t  next, size;
+  char *pStart, *pEnd, *partialLineStart;
+  nsAutoCString partialLine, tempLine;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIOutputStream> outputStream;
+  rv = NS_OK;
+
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; (i < indexSize) && !(*pAbort); i++)
+  {
+    if (! pIndex[i])
+      continue;
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+    bool reusable;
+
+    rv = msgStore->GetNewMsgOutputStream(dstFolder, getter_AddRefs(msgHdr), &reusable,
+                                         getter_AddRefs(outputStream));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    {
+      IMPORT_LOG1( "Mbx getting outputstream error: 0x%lx\n", rv);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    if (ReadBytes(inputStream, block, pIndex[i], 16) && (block[0] == pIndex[i]) &&
+      (block[2] < kMailboxBufferSize) && (ReadBytes(inputStream, pBuffer, kDontSeek, block[2])))
+    {
+      // block[2] contains the chars in the buffer (ie, buf content size).
+      // block[3] contains offset to the next block of data (0 means no more data).
+      size = block[2];
+      pStart = pBuffer;
+      pEnd = pStart + size;
+
+      // write out the from separator.
+      rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+      if (IsFromLine(pBuffer, size))
+      {
+        char *pChar = pStart;
+        while ((pChar < pEnd) && (*pChar != '\r') && (*(pChar+1) != '\n'))
+          pChar++;
+
+        if (pChar < pEnd)
+        {
+          // Get the "From " line so write it out.
+          rv = outputStream->Write(pStart, pChar-pStart+2, &written);
+          if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+            // Now buffer starts from the 2nd line.
+            pStart = pChar + 2;
+        }
+      }
+      else if (pTime[i])
+      {
+        char              result[156] = "";
+        PRExplodedTime    xpldTime;
+        char              buffer[128] = "";
+        PRTime            prt;
+
+        nsOE5File::FileTimeToPRTime((FILETIME *)&pTime[i], &prt);
+        // modeled after nsMsgSend.cpp
+        PR_ExplodeTime(prt, PR_LocalTimeParameters, &xpldTime);
+        PR_FormatTimeUSEnglish(buffer, sizeof(buffer),
+                                "%a %b %d %H:%M:%S %Y",
+                                &xpldTime);
+        PL_strcpy(result, "From - ");
+        PL_strcpy(result + 7, buffer);
+        PL_strcpy(result + 7 + 24, CRLF);
+
+        rv = outputStream->Write(result, (int32_t) strlen(result), &written);
+      }
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      {
+        // Write out the default from line since there is none in the msg.
+        rv = outputStream->Write(m_pFromLineSep, sepLen, &written);
+        // FIXME: Do I need to check the return value of written???
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+          break;
+      }
+
+      char statusLine[50];
+      uint32_t msgFlags = XLATFLAGS(pFlags[i]);
+      PR_snprintf(statusLine, sizeof(statusLine), X_MOZILLA_STATUS_FORMAT MSG_LINEBREAK, msgFlags & 0xFFFF);
+      rv = outputStream->Write(statusLine, strlen(statusLine), &written);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+      PR_snprintf(statusLine, sizeof(statusLine), X_MOZILLA_STATUS2_FORMAT MSG_LINEBREAK, msgFlags & 0xFFFF0000);
+      rv = outputStream->Write(statusLine, strlen(statusLine), &written);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+      do
+      {
+        partialLine.Truncate();
+        partialLineStart = pEnd;
+
+        // If the buffer doesn't end with CRLF then a line is broken into two blocks,
+        // so save the incomplete line for later process when we read the next block.
+        if ((size > 1) && !(*(pEnd - 2) == '\r' && *(pEnd - 1) == '\n'))
+        {
+          partialLineStart -= 2;
+          while ((partialLineStart >= pStart) && (*partialLineStart != '\r') && (*(partialLineStart+1) != '\n'))
+            partialLineStart--;
+          if (partialLineStart != (pEnd - 2))
+            partialLineStart += 2; // skip over CRLF if we find them.
+          partialLine.Assign(partialLineStart, pEnd - partialLineStart);
+        }
+
+        // Now process the block of data which ends with CRLF.
+        rv = EscapeFromSpaceLine(outputStream, pStart, partialLineStart);
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+          break;
+
+        didBytes += block[2];
+
+        next = block[3];
+        if (! next)
+        {
+          // OK, we're done so flush out the partial line if it's not empty.
+          if (partialLine.Length())
+            rv = EscapeFromSpaceLine(outputStream, (char *)partialLine.get(), (partialLine.get()+partialLine.Length()));
+        }
+        else
+          if (ReadBytes(inputStream, block, next, 16) && (block[0] == next) &&
+            (block[2] < kMailboxBufferSize) && (ReadBytes(inputStream, pBuffer, kDontSeek, block[2])))
+          {
+            // See if we have a partial line from previous block. If so then build a complete
+            // line (ie, take the remaining chars from this block) and process this line. Need
+            // to adjust where data start and size in this case.
+            size = block[2];
+            pStart = pBuffer;
+            pEnd = pStart + size;
+            if (partialLine.Length())
+            {
+              while ((pStart < pEnd) && (*pStart != '\r') && (*(pStart+1) != '\n'))
+                pStart++;
+              if (pStart < pEnd)  // if we found a CRLF ..
+                pStart += 2;      // .. then copy that too.
+              tempLine.Assign(pBuffer, pStart - pBuffer);
+              partialLine.Append(tempLine);
+              rv = EscapeFromSpaceLine(outputStream, (char *)partialLine.get(), (partialLine.get()+partialLine.Length()));
+              if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+                break;
+
+              // Adjust where data start and size (since some of the data has been processed).
+              size -= (pStart - pBuffer);
+            }
+          }
+          else
+          {
+            IMPORT_LOG2("Error reading message from %s at 0x%lx\n", NS_LossyConvertUTF16toASCII(name.get()), pIndex[i]);
+            rv = outputStream->Write("\x0D\x0A", 2, &written);
+            next = 0;
+          }
+      } while (next);
+
+      // Always end a msg with CRLF. This will make sure that OE msgs without body is
+      // correctly recognized as msgs. Otherwise, we'll end up with the following in
+      // the msg folder where the 2nd msg starts right after the headers of the 1st msg:
+      //
+      // From - Jan 1965 00:00:00     <<<--- 1st msg starts here
+      // Subject: Test msg
+      // . . . (more headers)
+      // To: <someone@example.com>
+      // From - Jan 1965 00:00:00     <<<--- 2nd msg starts here
+      // Subject: How are you
+      // . . .(more headers)
+      //
+      // In this case, the 1st msg is not recognized as a msg (it's skipped)
+      // when you open the folder.
+      rv = outputStream->Write("\x0D\x0A", 2, &written);
+
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+        IMPORT_LOG0( "Error writing message during OE import\n");
+        msgStore->DiscardNewMessage(outputStream, msgHdr);
+        break;
+      }
+
+      msgStore->FinishNewMessage(outputStream, msgHdr);
+
+      if (!reusable)
+        outputStream->Close();
+
+      msgCount++;
+      if (pCount)
+        *pCount = msgCount;
+      if (pBytesDone)
+        *pBytesDone = didBytes;
+    }
+    else {
+      // Error reading message, should this be logged???
+      IMPORT_LOG2("Error reading message from %s at 0x%lx\n", NS_LossyConvertUTF16toASCII(name.get()), pIndex[i]);
+      *pAbort = true;
+    }
+  }
+  if (outputStream)
+    outputStream->Close();
+  delete [] pBuffer;
+  delete [] pFlags;
+  delete [] pTime;
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    *pAbort = true;
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+
+/*
+  A message index record consists of:
+  4 byte marker - matches record offset
+  4 bytes size - size of data after this header
+  2 bytes header length - not dependable
+  1 bytes - number of attributes
+  1 byte changes on this object
+  Each attribute is a 4 byte value with the 1st byte being the tag
+  and the remaing 3 bytes being data.  The data is either a direct
+  offset of an offset within the message index that points to the
+  data for the tag.
+  attr[0]:
+  -hi bit== 1 means PRUint24 data = attr[1]
+  -hi bit== 0 means (PRUint24) attr[1] = offset into data segment for data
+  -attr[0] & 7f == tag index
+  Header above is 0xC bytes, attr's are number * 4 bytes then follows data segment
+  The data segment length is undefined. The index data is either part of the 
+  index structure or the index structure points to address in data that follows
+  index structure table. Use that location to calculate file position of data.
+  MSDN indicates 0x28 attributes possible.
+
+  Current known tags are:
+  0x01 - flags addressed
+  0x81 - flags in attr's next 3 bytes
+  0x02 - a time value - addressed- 8 bytes
+  0x04 - text offset pointer, the data is the offset after the attribute
+         of a 4 byte pointer to the message text <-- addr into data
+  0x05 - offset to truncated subject
+  0x08 - offste to subject
+  0x0D - offset to from
+  0x0E - offset to from addresses
+  0x13 - offset to to name
+  0x45 - offset to to address <----correct --> 0x14
+  0x80 - msgId <-correction-> 0x07 addr to msg id
+  0x84 - direct text offset, direct pointer to message text
+*/
+
+void nsOE5File::ConvertIndex(nsIInputStream *pFile, char *pBuffer,
+                              uint32_t *pIndex, uint32_t size,
+                              uint32_t *pFlags, uint64_t *pTime)
+{
+  // for each index record, get the actual message offset!  If there is a
+  // problem just record the message offset as 0 and the message reading code
+  // can log that error information.
+  // XXXTODO- above error reporting is not done
+
+  uint8_t   recordHead[12];
+  uint32_t  marker;
+  uint32_t  recordSize;
+  uint32_t  numAttrs;
+  uint32_t  offset;
+  uint32_t  attrIndex;
+  uint32_t  attrOffset;
+  uint8_t   tag;
+  uint32_t  tagData;
+  uint32_t  flags;
+  uint64_t  time;
+  uint32_t  dataStart;
+
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < size; i++) {
+    offset = 0;
+    flags = 0;
+    time = 0;
+    if (ReadBytes(pFile, recordHead, pIndex[i], 12)) {
+      memcpy(&marker, recordHead, 4);
+      memcpy(&recordSize, recordHead + 4, 4);
+      numAttrs = (uint32_t) recordHead[10];
+      if (marker == pIndex[i] && numAttrs <= kMaxAttrCount) {
+        dataStart = pIndex[i] + 12 + (numAttrs * 4);
+        if (ReadBytes(pFile, pBuffer, kDontSeek, numAttrs * 4)) {
+          attrOffset = 0;
+          for (attrIndex = 0; attrIndex < numAttrs; attrIndex++, attrOffset += 4) {
+            tag = (uint8_t) pBuffer[attrOffset];
+            if (tag == (uint8_t) 0x84) {
+              tagData = 0;
+              memcpy(&tagData, pBuffer + attrOffset + 1, 3);
+              offset = tagData;
+            }
+            else if (tag == (uint8_t) 0x04) {
+              tagData = 0;
+              memcpy(&tagData, pBuffer + attrOffset + 1, 3);
+              ReadBytes(pFile, &offset, dataStart + tagData, 4);
+            }
+            else if (tag == (uint8_t) 0x81) {
+              tagData = 0;
+              memcpy(&tagData, pBuffer + attrOffset +1, 3);
+              flags = tagData;
+            }
+            else if (tag == (uint8_t) 0x01) {
+              tagData = 0;
+              memcpy(&tagData, pBuffer + attrOffset +1, 3);
+              ReadBytes(pFile, &flags, dataStart + tagData, 4);
+            }
+            else if (tag == (uint8_t) 0x02) {
+              tagData = 0;
+              memcpy(&tagData, pBuffer + attrOffset +1, 3);
+              ReadBytes(pFile, &time, dataStart + tagData, 4);
+            }
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    pIndex[i] = offset;
+    pFlags[i] = flags;
+    pTime[i] = time;
+  }
+}
+
+
+bool nsOE5File::ReadBytes(nsIInputStream *stream, void *pBuffer, uint32_t offset, uint32_t bytes)
+{
+  nsresult  rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsISeekableStream> seekableStream = do_QueryInterface(stream);
+  if (offset != kDontSeek) {
+    rv = seekableStream->Seek(nsISeekableStream::NS_SEEK_SET, offset);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      return false;
+  }
+
+  if (!bytes)
+    return true;
+
+  uint32_t  cntRead;
+  char *  pReadTo = (char *)pBuffer;
+  rv = stream->Read(pReadTo, bytes, &cntRead);
+  return NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && cntRead == bytes;
+
+}
+
diff --git a/mailnews/import/oexpress/nsOE5File.h b/mailnews/import/oexpress/nsOE5File.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..07498acfd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/oexpress/nsOE5File.h
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsOE5File_h___
+#define nsOE5File_h___
+
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsIFile.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolder.h"
+#include <windows.h>
+
+class nsIInputStream;
+
+class nsOE5File
+{
+public:
+    /* pFile must already be open for reading. */
+  static bool    VerifyLocalMailFile(nsIFile *pFile);
+    /* pFile must NOT be open for reading   */
+  static bool    IsLocalMailFile(nsIFile *pFile);
+
+  static bool    ReadIndex(nsIInputStream *pFile, uint32_t **ppIndex, uint32_t *pSize);
+
+  static nsresult ImportMailbox(uint32_t *pBytesDone, bool *pAbort,
+                                nsString& name, nsIFile *inFile,
+                                nsIMsgFolder *pDstFolder, uint32_t *pCount);
+
+  static void FileTimeToPRTime(const FILETIME *filetime, PRTime *prtm);
+
+private:
+  typedef struct {
+    uint32_t *  pIndex;
+    uint32_t  count;
+    uint32_t  alloc;
+  } PRUint32Array;
+
+  static const char *m_pFromLineSep;
+
+  static bool    ReadBytes(nsIInputStream *stream, void *pBuffer, uint32_t offset, uint32_t bytes);
+  static uint32_t ReadMsgIndex(nsIInputStream *file, uint32_t offset, PRUint32Array *pArray);
+  static void  ConvertIndex(nsIInputStream *pFile, char *pBuffer, uint32_t *pIndex,
+                            uint32_t size, uint32_t *pFlags, uint64_t *pTime);
+  static bool    IsFromLine(char *pLine, uint32_t len);
+
+
+};
+
+
+
+#endif /* nsOE5File_h___ */
diff --git a/mailnews/import/oexpress/nsOEAddressIterator.cpp b/mailnews/import/oexpress/nsOEAddressIterator.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..bc33b45fb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/oexpress/nsOEAddressIterator.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,396 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+
+/*
+
+  A sample of XPConnect. This file contains an implementation of
+  nsISample.
+
+*/
+#include "nscore.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "nsComponentManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsIServiceManager.h"
+#include "nsIImportService.h"
+#include "nsIImportFieldMap.h"
+#include "nsABBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsIAbCard.h"
+#include "prprf.h"
+
+#include "nsOEAddressIterator.h"
+
+#include "OEDebugLog.h"
+
+typedef struct {
+  int32_t    mozField;
+  int32_t    multiLine;
+  ULONG    mapiTag;
+} MAPIFields;
+
+enum {
+  ieidPR_DISPLAY_NAME = 0,
+  ieidPR_ENTRYID,
+  ieidPR_OBJECT_TYPE,
+  ieidMax
+};
+
+/*
+  Fields in MAPI, not in Mozilla
+  PR_OFFICE_LOCATION
+  FIX - PR_BIRTHDAY - stored as PT_SYSTIME - FIX to extract for moz address book birthday
+  PR_DISPLAY_NAME_PREFIX - Mr., Mrs. Dr., etc.
+  PR_SPOUSE_NAME
+  PR_GENDER - integer, not text
+  FIX - PR_CONTACT_EMAIL_ADDRESSES - multiuline strings for email addresses, needs
+    parsing to get secondary email address for mozilla
+*/
+
+#define kIsMultiLine  -2
+#define  kNoMultiLine  -1
+
+static MAPIFields  gMapiFields[] = {
+  { 35, kIsMultiLine, PR_COMMENT},
+  { 6, kNoMultiLine, PR_BUSINESS_TELEPHONE_NUMBER},
+  { 7, kNoMultiLine, PR_HOME_TELEPHONE_NUMBER},
+  { 25, kNoMultiLine, PR_COMPANY_NAME},
+  { 23, kNoMultiLine, PR_TITLE},
+  { 10, kNoMultiLine, PR_CELLULAR_TELEPHONE_NUMBER},
+  { 9, kNoMultiLine, PR_PAGER_TELEPHONE_NUMBER},
+  { 8, kNoMultiLine, PR_BUSINESS_FAX_NUMBER},
+  { 8, kNoMultiLine, PR_HOME_FAX_NUMBER},
+  { 22, kNoMultiLine, PR_COUNTRY},
+  { 19, kNoMultiLine, PR_LOCALITY},
+  { 20, kNoMultiLine, PR_STATE_OR_PROVINCE},
+  { 17, 18, PR_STREET_ADDRESS},
+  { 21, kNoMultiLine, PR_POSTAL_CODE},
+  { 27, kNoMultiLine, PR_PERSONAL_HOME_PAGE},
+  { 26, kNoMultiLine, PR_BUSINESS_HOME_PAGE},
+  { 13, kNoMultiLine, PR_HOME_ADDRESS_CITY},
+  { 16, kNoMultiLine, PR_HOME_ADDRESS_COUNTRY},
+  { 15, kNoMultiLine, PR_HOME_ADDRESS_POSTAL_CODE},
+  { 14, kNoMultiLine, PR_HOME_ADDRESS_STATE_OR_PROVINCE},
+  { 11, 12, PR_HOME_ADDRESS_STREET},
+  { 24, kNoMultiLine, PR_DEPARTMENT_NAME}
+};
+
+nsOEAddressIterator::nsOEAddressIterator(CWAB *pWab, nsIAddrDatabase *database)
+{
+  m_pWab = pWab;
+  m_database = database;
+}
+
+nsOEAddressIterator::~nsOEAddressIterator()
+{
+}
+
+nsresult nsOEAddressIterator::EnumUser(const char16_t * pName, LPENTRYID pEid, ULONG cbEid)
+{
+  IMPORT_LOG1("User: %S\n", pName);
+  nsresult   rv = NS_OK;
+  
+  if (m_database) {
+    LPMAILUSER  pUser = m_pWab->GetUser(cbEid, pEid);
+    if (pUser) {
+      // Get a new row from the database!
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIMdbRow> newRow;
+      rv = m_database->GetNewRow(getter_AddRefs(newRow));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      if (newRow && BuildCard(pName, newRow, pUser))
+      {
+        rv = m_database->AddCardRowToDB(newRow);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+        IMPORT_LOG0("* Added entry to address book database\n");
+        nsString  eMail;
+
+        LPSPropValue  pProp = m_pWab->GetUserProperty(pUser, PR_EMAIL_ADDRESS);
+        if (pProp) 
+        {
+          m_pWab->GetValueString(pProp, eMail);
+          SanitizeValue(eMail);
+          m_pWab->FreeProperty(pProp);
+          m_listRows.Put(eMail, newRow);
+        }
+      }
+      m_pWab->ReleaseUser(pUser);
+    }
+  }  
+  
+  return rv;
+}
+
+void nsOEAddressIterator::FindListRow(nsString &eMail, nsIMdbRow **cardRow)
+{
+  m_listRows.Get(eMail,cardRow);
+}
+
+nsresult nsOEAddressIterator::EnumList(const char16_t * pName, LPENTRYID pEid, ULONG cbEid, LPMAPITABLE lpTable)
+{
+  // If no name provided then we're done.
+  if (!pName || !(*pName))
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  nsresult rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  HRESULT hr = E_FAIL;
+  // Make sure we have db to work with.
+  if (!m_database)
+    return rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMdbRow>  listRow;
+  rv = m_database->GetNewListRow(getter_AddRefs(listRow));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = m_database->AddListName(listRow, NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(pName).get());
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  rv = m_database->AddCardRowToDB(listRow);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  rv = m_database->AddListDirNode(listRow);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  LPSRowSet   lpRowAB = NULL;
+  ULONG        lpcbEID = 0;
+  LPENTRYID   lpEID = NULL;
+  ULONG        rowCount = 0;
+  int         cNumRows = 0;
+  int         numListElems = 0;
+  nsAutoString    uniStr;
+
+  hr = lpTable->GetRowCount(0, &rowCount);
+  //
+  hr = lpTable->SeekRow(BOOKMARK_BEGINNING, 0, NULL);
+
+  if(HR_FAILED(hr))
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  // Read all the rows of the table one by one
+  do 
+  {
+    hr = lpTable->QueryRows(1, 0, &lpRowAB);
+  
+    if(HR_FAILED(hr))
+      break;
+  
+    if(lpRowAB)
+    {
+      cNumRows = lpRowAB->cRows;
+      if (cNumRows)
+      {
+        LPTSTR lpsz = lpRowAB->aRow[0].lpProps[ieidPR_DISPLAY_NAME].Value.lpszA;
+        LPENTRYID lpEID = (LPENTRYID) lpRowAB->aRow[0].lpProps[ieidPR_ENTRYID].Value.bin.lpb;
+        ULONG cbEID = lpRowAB->aRow[0].lpProps[ieidPR_ENTRYID].Value.bin.cb;
+      
+        // There are 2 kinds of objects - the MAPI_MAILUSER contact object
+        // and the MAPI_DISTLIST contact object
+        // For distribution lists, we will only consider MAILUSER
+        // objects since we can't nest lists yet.
+        if(lpRowAB->aRow[0].lpProps[ieidPR_OBJECT_TYPE].Value.l == MAPI_MAILUSER)
+        {
+          LPMAILUSER  pUser = m_pWab->GetUser(cbEID, lpEID);
+          LPSPropValue pProp = m_pWab->GetUserProperty(pUser, PR_EMAIL_ADDRESS);
+          nsString  eMail;
+
+          nsCOMPtr <nsIMdbRow> cardRow;
+
+          m_pWab->GetValueString(pProp, eMail);
+          SanitizeValue(eMail);
+          FindListRow(eMail, getter_AddRefs(cardRow));
+          if (cardRow)
+          {
+            nsCOMPtr <nsIAbCard> userCard;
+            nsCOMPtr <nsIAbCard> newCard;
+            userCard = do_CreateInstance(NS_ABMDBCARD_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+            NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+            m_database->InitCardFromRow(userCard,cardRow);
+
+            m_database->AddListCardColumnsToRow(userCard, listRow, ++numListElems,
+                                                getter_AddRefs(newCard),
+                                                true, nullptr, nullptr);
+          }
+          m_pWab->FreeProperty(pProp);
+          m_pWab->ReleaseUser(pUser);
+        }
+      }
+      m_pWab->FreeProws(lpRowAB);    
+    }
+  } while (SUCCEEDED(hr) && cNumRows && lpRowAB);
+
+  m_database->SetListAddressTotal(listRow, numListElems);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+void nsOEAddressIterator::SanitizeValue(nsString& val)
+{
+  MsgReplaceSubstring(val, NS_LITERAL_STRING("\r\n"), NS_LITERAL_STRING(", "));
+  MsgReplaceChar(val, "\r\n", ',');
+}
+
+void nsOEAddressIterator::SplitString(nsString& val1, nsString& val2)
+{
+  // Find the last line if there is more than one!
+  int32_t idx = val1.RFind("\x0D\x0A");
+  int32_t  cnt = 2;
+  if (idx == -1) {
+    cnt = 1;
+    idx = val1.RFindChar(13);
+  }
+  if (idx == -1)
+    idx= val1.RFindChar(10);
+  if (idx != -1) {
+    val2 = Substring(val1, idx + cnt);
+    val1.SetLength(idx);
+    SanitizeValue(val1);
+  }
+}
+
+void nsOEAddressIterator::SetBirthDay(nsIMdbRow *newRow, PRTime& birthDay)
+{
+  PRExplodedTime exploded;
+  PR_ExplodeTime(birthDay, PR_LocalTimeParameters, &exploded);
+
+  char stringValue[5];
+  PR_snprintf(stringValue, sizeof(stringValue), "%04d", exploded.tm_year);
+  m_database->AddBirthYear(newRow, stringValue);
+  PR_snprintf(stringValue, sizeof(stringValue), "%02d", exploded.tm_month + 1);
+  m_database->AddBirthMonth(newRow, stringValue);
+  PR_snprintf(stringValue, sizeof(stringValue), "%02d", exploded.tm_mday);
+  m_database->AddBirthDay(newRow, stringValue);
+}
+
+bool nsOEAddressIterator::BuildCard(const char16_t * pName, nsIMdbRow *newRow, LPMAILUSER pUser)
+{
+  
+  nsString    lastName;
+  nsString    firstName;
+  nsString    eMail;
+  nsString    nickName;
+  nsString    middleName;
+  PRTime      birthDay = 0;
+  
+  LPSPropValue  pProp = m_pWab->GetUserProperty(pUser, PR_EMAIL_ADDRESS);
+  if (pProp) {
+    m_pWab->GetValueString(pProp, eMail);
+    SanitizeValue(eMail);
+    m_pWab->FreeProperty(pProp);
+  }
+  pProp = m_pWab->GetUserProperty(pUser, PR_GIVEN_NAME);
+  if (pProp) {
+    m_pWab->GetValueString(pProp, firstName);
+    SanitizeValue(firstName);
+    m_pWab->FreeProperty(pProp);
+  }
+  pProp = m_pWab->GetUserProperty(pUser, PR_SURNAME);
+  if (pProp) {
+    m_pWab->GetValueString(pProp, lastName);
+    SanitizeValue(lastName);
+    m_pWab->FreeProperty(pProp);
+  }
+  pProp = m_pWab->GetUserProperty(pUser, PR_MIDDLE_NAME);
+  if (pProp) {
+    m_pWab->GetValueString(pProp, middleName);
+    SanitizeValue(middleName);
+    m_pWab->FreeProperty(pProp);
+  }
+  pProp = m_pWab->GetUserProperty(pUser, PR_NICKNAME);
+  if (pProp) {
+    m_pWab->GetValueString(pProp, nickName);
+    SanitizeValue(nickName);
+    m_pWab->FreeProperty(pProp);
+  }
+  
+  // The idea here is that firstName and lastName cannot both be empty!
+  if (firstName.IsEmpty() && lastName.IsEmpty())
+    firstName = pName;
+  
+  nsString  displayName;
+  pProp = m_pWab->GetUserProperty(pUser, PR_DISPLAY_NAME);
+  if (pProp) {
+    m_pWab->GetValueString(pProp, displayName);
+    SanitizeValue(displayName);
+    m_pWab->FreeProperty(pProp);
+  }
+  if (displayName.IsEmpty()) {
+    if (firstName.IsEmpty())
+      displayName = pName;
+    else {
+      displayName = firstName;
+      if (!middleName.IsEmpty()) {
+        displayName.Append(char16_t(' '));
+        displayName.Append(middleName);
+      }
+      if (!lastName.IsEmpty()) {
+        displayName.Append(char16_t(' '));
+        displayName.Append(lastName);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  pProp = m_pWab->GetUserProperty(pUser, PR_BIRTHDAY);
+  if (pProp) {
+    m_pWab->GetValueTime(pProp, birthDay);
+    m_pWab->FreeProperty(pProp);
+  }
+  
+  // We now have the required fields
+  // write them out followed by any optional fields!
+  if (!displayName.IsEmpty())
+    m_database->AddDisplayName(newRow, NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(displayName).get());
+  if (!firstName.IsEmpty())
+    m_database->AddFirstName(newRow, NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(firstName).get());
+  if (!lastName.IsEmpty())
+    m_database->AddLastName(newRow, NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(lastName).get());
+  if (!nickName.IsEmpty())
+    m_database->AddNickName(newRow, NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(nickName).get());
+  if (!eMail.IsEmpty())
+    m_database->AddPrimaryEmail(newRow, NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(eMail).get());
+
+  if (birthDay)
+    SetBirthDay(newRow, birthDay);
+  
+  // Do all of the extra fields!
+  
+  nsString  value;
+  nsString  line2;
+  nsresult  rv;
+  // Create a field map
+  
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImportService> impSvc(do_GetService(NS_IMPORTSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+    nsIImportFieldMap *    pFieldMap = nullptr;
+    rv = impSvc->CreateNewFieldMap(&pFieldMap);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && pFieldMap) {
+      int max = sizeof(gMapiFields) / sizeof(MAPIFields);
+      for (int i = 0; i < max; i++) {
+        pProp = m_pWab->GetUserProperty(pUser, gMapiFields[i].mapiTag);
+        if (pProp) {
+          m_pWab->GetValueString(pProp, value);
+          m_pWab->FreeProperty(pProp);
+          if (!value.IsEmpty()) {
+            if (gMapiFields[i].multiLine == kNoMultiLine) {
+              SanitizeValue(value);
+              pFieldMap->SetFieldValue(m_database, newRow, gMapiFields[i].mozField, value.get());
+            }
+            else if (gMapiFields[i].multiLine == kIsMultiLine) {
+              pFieldMap->SetFieldValue(m_database, newRow, gMapiFields[i].mozField, value.get());
+            }
+            else {
+              line2.Truncate();
+              SplitString(value, line2);
+              if (!value.IsEmpty())
+                pFieldMap->SetFieldValue(m_database, newRow, gMapiFields[i].mozField, value.get());
+              if (!line2.IsEmpty())
+                pFieldMap->SetFieldValue(m_database, newRow, gMapiFields[i].multiLine, line2.get());
+            }
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      // call fieldMap SetFieldValue based on the table of fields
+      
+      NS_RELEASE(pFieldMap);
+    }
+  }
+  return true;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/import/oexpress/nsOEAddressIterator.h b/mailnews/import/oexpress/nsOEAddressIterator.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fe6082736
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/oexpress/nsOEAddressIterator.h
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsOEAddressIterator_h___
+#define nsOEAddressIterator_h___
+
+#include "mozilla/Attributes.h"
+#include "WabObject.h"
+#include "nsIAddrDatabase.h"
+#include "mdb.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsInterfaceHashtable.h"
+
+class nsOEAddressIterator : public CWabIterator {
+public:
+  nsOEAddressIterator(CWAB *pWab, nsIAddrDatabase *database);
+  ~nsOEAddressIterator();
+  
+  virtual nsresult  EnumUser(const char16_t * pName, LPENTRYID pEid, ULONG cbEid) override;
+  virtual nsresult  EnumList(const char16_t * pName, LPENTRYID pEid, ULONG cbEid, LPMAPITABLE table) override;
+        void FindListRow(nsString &eMail, nsIMdbRow **cardRow);
+
+private:
+  bool      BuildCard(const char16_t * pName, nsIMdbRow *card, LPMAILUSER pUser);
+  void    SanitizeValue(nsString& val);
+  void    SplitString(nsString& val1, nsString& val2);
+  void    SetBirthDay(nsIMdbRow *card, PRTime& birthDay);
+
+  CWAB *                m_pWab;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAddrDatabase>     m_database;
+  nsInterfaceHashtable <nsStringHashKey, nsIMdbRow> m_listRows;
+};
+
+#endif 
diff --git a/mailnews/import/oexpress/nsOEImport.cpp b/mailnews/import/oexpress/nsOEImport.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..21016c59e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/oexpress/nsOEImport.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,657 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+
+/*
+
+  Outlook Express (Win32) import mail and addressbook interfaces
+
+*/
+#include "nscore.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsComponentManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsIImportService.h"
+#include "nsOEImport.h"
+#include "nsIMemory.h"
+#include "nsOEScanBoxes.h"
+#include "nsIImportService.h"
+#include "nsIImportMail.h"
+#include "nsIImportMailboxDescriptor.h"
+#include "nsIImportGeneric.h"
+#include "nsOEMailbox.h"
+#include "nsIImportAddressBooks.h"
+#include "nsIImportABDescriptor.h"
+#include "nsIImportFieldMap.h"
+#include "nsIMutableArray.h"
+#include "nsXPCOM.h"
+#include "nsISupportsPrimitives.h"
+#include "WabObject.h"
+#include "nsOEAddressIterator.h"
+#include "nsIOutputStream.h"
+#include "nsOE5File.h"
+#include "nsIAddrDatabase.h"
+#include "nsOESettings.h"
+#include "nsTextFormatter.h"
+#include "nsOEStringBundle.h"
+#include "nsIStringBundle.h"
+#include "nsUnicharUtils.h"
+#include "nsDirectoryServiceUtils.h"
+#include "nsDirectoryServiceDefs.h"
+
+#include "OEDebugLog.h"
+
+static NS_DEFINE_IID(kISupportsIID, NS_ISUPPORTS_IID);
+PRLogModuleInfo *OELOGMODULE = nullptr;
+
+class ImportOEMailImpl : public nsIImportMail
+{
+public:
+  ImportOEMailImpl();
+
+  static nsresult Create(nsIImportMail** aImport);
+
+  // nsISupports interface
+  NS_DECL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS
+
+  // nsIImportmail interface
+
+  /* void GetDefaultLocation (out nsIFile location, out boolean found, out boolean userVerify); */
+  NS_IMETHOD GetDefaultLocation(nsIFile **location, bool *found, bool *userVerify);
+
+  /* nsIArray FindMailboxes (in nsIFile location); */
+  NS_IMETHOD FindMailboxes(nsIFile *location, nsIArray **_retval);
+
+  NS_IMETHOD ImportMailbox(nsIImportMailboxDescriptor *source,
+                           nsIMsgFolder *dstFolder,
+                           char16_t **pErrorLog, char16_t **pSuccessLog,
+                           bool *fatalError);
+
+  /* unsigned long GetImportProgress (); */
+  NS_IMETHOD GetImportProgress(uint32_t *_retval);
+
+    NS_IMETHOD TranslateFolderName(const nsAString & aFolderName, nsAString & _retval);
+
+public:
+  static void ReportSuccess(nsString& name, int32_t count, nsString *pStream);
+  static void ReportError(int32_t errorNum, nsString& name, nsString *pStream);
+  static void AddLinebreak(nsString *pStream);
+  static void SetLogs(nsString& success, nsString& error, char16_t **pError, char16_t **pSuccess);
+
+private:
+  virtual ~ImportOEMailImpl();
+  uint32_t m_bytesDone;
+};
+
+
+class ImportOEAddressImpl : public nsIImportAddressBooks
+{
+public:
+    ImportOEAddressImpl();
+
+  static nsresult Create(nsIImportAddressBooks** aImport);
+
+  // nsISupports interface
+  NS_DECL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS
+
+    // nsIImportAddressBooks interface
+
+  NS_IMETHOD GetSupportsMultiple(bool *_retval) { *_retval = false; return NS_OK;}
+
+  NS_IMETHOD GetAutoFind(char16_t **description, bool *_retval);
+
+  NS_IMETHOD GetNeedsFieldMap(nsIFile *pLoc, bool *_retval) { *_retval = false; return NS_OK;}
+
+  NS_IMETHOD GetDefaultLocation(nsIFile **location, bool *found, bool *userVerify);
+
+  NS_IMETHOD FindAddressBooks(nsIFile *location, nsIArray **_retval);
+
+  NS_IMETHOD InitFieldMap(nsIImportFieldMap *fieldMap)
+    { return NS_ERROR_FAILURE; }
+
+  NS_IMETHOD ImportAddressBook(nsIImportABDescriptor *source,
+                               nsIAddrDatabase *destination,
+                               nsIImportFieldMap *fieldMap,
+                               nsISupports *aSupportService,
+                               char16_t **errorLog,
+                               char16_t **successLog,
+                               bool *fatalError);
+
+  NS_IMETHOD GetImportProgress(uint32_t *_retval);
+
+  NS_IMETHOD GetSampleData(int32_t index, bool *pFound, char16_t **pStr)
+    { return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;}
+
+  NS_IMETHOD SetSampleLocation(nsIFile *) { return NS_OK; }
+
+private:
+  virtual ~ImportOEAddressImpl();
+  static void ReportSuccess(nsString& name, nsString *pStream);
+
+private:
+  CWAB * m_pWab;
+  int m_doneSoFar;
+};
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+
+nsOEImport::nsOEImport()
+{
+  // Init logging module.
+  if (!OELOGMODULE)
+    OELOGMODULE = PR_NewLogModule("IMPORT");
+  IMPORT_LOG0("nsOEImport Module Created\n");
+  nsOEStringBundle::GetStringBundle();
+}
+
+
+nsOEImport::~nsOEImport()
+{
+  IMPORT_LOG0("nsOEImport Module Deleted\n");
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsOEImport, nsIImportModule)
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsOEImport::GetName(char16_t **name)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(name);
+
+  *name = nsOEStringBundle::GetStringByID(OEIMPORT_NAME);
+
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsOEImport::GetDescription(char16_t **name)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(name);
+
+  *name = nsOEStringBundle::GetStringByID(OEIMPORT_DESCRIPTION);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsOEImport::GetSupports(char **supports)
+{
+  NS_PRECONDITION(supports != nullptr, "null ptr");
+  if (! supports)
+      return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  *supports = strdup(kOESupportsString);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsOEImport::GetSupportsUpgrade(bool *pUpgrade)
+{
+  NS_PRECONDITION(pUpgrade != nullptr, "null ptr");
+  if (! pUpgrade)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  *pUpgrade = true;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsOEImport::GetImportInterface(const char *pImportType, nsISupports **ppInterface)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(pImportType);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(ppInterface);
+
+  *ppInterface = nullptr;
+  nsresult rv;
+  if (!strcmp(pImportType, "mail")) {
+    // create the nsIImportMail interface and return it!
+    nsIImportMail *  pMail = nullptr;
+    nsIImportGeneric *pGeneric = nullptr;
+    rv = ImportOEMailImpl::Create(&pMail);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIImportService> impSvc(do_GetService(NS_IMPORTSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+        rv = impSvc->CreateNewGenericMail(&pGeneric);
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+          pGeneric->SetData("mailInterface", pMail);
+          nsString name;
+          nsOEStringBundle::GetStringByID(OEIMPORT_NAME, name);
+          nsCOMPtr<nsISupportsString> nameString (do_CreateInstance(NS_SUPPORTS_STRING_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+          if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+            nameString->SetData(name);
+            pGeneric->SetData("name", nameString);
+            rv = pGeneric->QueryInterface(kISupportsIID, (void **)ppInterface);
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    NS_IF_RELEASE(pMail);
+    NS_IF_RELEASE(pGeneric);
+    return rv;
+  }
+
+  if (!strcmp(pImportType, "addressbook")) {
+    // create the nsIImportMail interface and return it!
+    nsIImportAddressBooks * pAddress = nullptr;
+    nsIImportGeneric * pGeneric = nullptr;
+    rv = ImportOEAddressImpl::Create(&pAddress);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIImportService> impSvc(do_GetService(NS_IMPORTSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+        rv = impSvc->CreateNewGenericAddressBooks(&pGeneric);
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+          pGeneric->SetData("addressInterface", pAddress);
+          rv = pGeneric->QueryInterface(kISupportsIID, (void **)ppInterface);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    NS_IF_RELEASE(pAddress);
+    NS_IF_RELEASE(pGeneric);
+    return rv;
+  }
+
+  if (!strcmp(pImportType, "settings")) {
+    nsIImportSettings *pSettings = nullptr;
+    rv = nsOESettings::Create(&pSettings);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      pSettings->QueryInterface(kISupportsIID, (void **)ppInterface);
+    NS_IF_RELEASE(pSettings);
+    return rv;
+  }
+
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_AVAILABLE;
+}
+
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+nsresult ImportOEMailImpl::Create(nsIImportMail** aImport)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aImport);
+  *aImport = new ImportOEMailImpl();
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(*aImport, NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY);
+  NS_ADDREF(*aImport);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+ImportOEMailImpl::ImportOEMailImpl()
+{
+}
+
+
+ImportOEMailImpl::~ImportOEMailImpl()
+{
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(ImportOEMailImpl, nsIImportMail)
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP ImportOEMailImpl::TranslateFolderName(const nsAString & aFolderName, nsAString & _retval)
+{
+  if (aFolderName.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("deleted items"))
+      _retval = NS_LITERAL_STRING(kDestTrashFolderName);
+  else if (aFolderName.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("sent items"))
+      _retval = NS_LITERAL_STRING(kDestSentFolderName);
+  else if (aFolderName.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("outbox"))
+      _retval = NS_LITERAL_STRING(kDestUnsentMessagesFolderName);
+  else
+      _retval = aFolderName;
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP ImportOEMailImpl::GetDefaultLocation(nsIFile **ppLoc, bool *found, bool *userVerify)
+{
+  NS_PRECONDITION(ppLoc != nullptr, "null ptr");
+  NS_PRECONDITION(found != nullptr, "null ptr");
+  NS_PRECONDITION(userVerify != nullptr, "null ptr");
+  if (!ppLoc || !found || !userVerify)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  // use scanboxes to find the location.
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIFile> file = do_CreateInstance(NS_LOCAL_FILE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  if (nsOEScanBoxes::FindMail(file)) {
+    *found = true;
+    NS_IF_ADDREF(*ppLoc = file);
+  }
+  else {
+    *found = false;
+    *ppLoc = nullptr;
+  }
+  *userVerify = true;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP ImportOEMailImpl::FindMailboxes(nsIFile *pLoc, nsIArray **ppArray)
+{
+    NS_PRECONDITION(pLoc != nullptr, "null ptr");
+    NS_PRECONDITION(ppArray != nullptr, "null ptr");
+    if (!pLoc || !ppArray)
+        return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  bool exists = false;
+  nsresult rv = pLoc->Exists(&exists);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !exists)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  nsOEScanBoxes  scan;
+
+  if (!scan.GetMailboxes(pLoc, ppArray))
+    *ppArray = nullptr;
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+void ImportOEMailImpl::AddLinebreak(nsString *pStream)
+{
+  if (pStream)
+    pStream->Append(char16_t('\n'));
+}
+
+void ImportOEMailImpl::ReportSuccess(nsString& name, int32_t count, nsString *pStream)
+{
+  if (!pStream)
+    return;
+  // load the success string
+  char16_t *pFmt = nsOEStringBundle::GetStringByID(OEIMPORT_MAILBOX_SUCCESS);
+  char16_t *pText = nsTextFormatter::smprintf(pFmt, name.get(), count);
+  pStream->Append(pText);
+  nsTextFormatter::smprintf_free(pText);
+  nsOEStringBundle::FreeString(pFmt);
+  AddLinebreak(pStream);
+}
+
+void ImportOEMailImpl::ReportError(int32_t errorNum, nsString& name, nsString *pStream)
+{
+  if (!pStream)
+    return;
+  // load the error string
+  char16_t *pFmt = nsOEStringBundle::GetStringByID(errorNum);
+  char16_t *pText = nsTextFormatter::smprintf(pFmt, name.get());
+  pStream->Append(pText);
+  nsTextFormatter::smprintf_free(pText);
+  nsOEStringBundle::FreeString(pFmt);
+  AddLinebreak(pStream);
+}
+
+
+void ImportOEMailImpl::SetLogs(nsString& success, nsString& error, char16_t **pError, char16_t **pSuccess)
+{
+  if (pError)
+    *pError = ToNewUnicode(error);
+  if (pSuccess)
+    *pSuccess = ToNewUnicode(success);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP ImportOEMailImpl::ImportMailbox(nsIImportMailboxDescriptor *pSource,
+                                              nsIMsgFolder *dstFolder,
+                                              char16_t **pErrorLog,
+                                              char16_t **pSuccessLog,
+                                              bool *fatalError)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(pSource);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(dstFolder);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(fatalError);
+
+  nsString success;
+  nsString error;
+  bool abort = false;
+  nsString name;
+  nsString pName;
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(pSource->GetDisplayName(getter_Copies(pName))))
+    name = pName;
+
+  uint32_t mailSize = 0;
+  pSource->GetSize(&mailSize);
+  if (mailSize == 0) {
+    ReportSuccess(name, 0, &success);
+    SetLogs(success, error, pErrorLog, pSuccessLog);
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIFile> inFile;
+  if (NS_FAILED(pSource->GetFile(getter_AddRefs(inFile)))) {
+    ReportError(OEIMPORT_MAILBOX_BADSOURCEFILE, name, &error);
+    SetLogs(success, error, pErrorLog, pSuccessLog);
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+
+  nsCString pPath;
+  inFile->GetNativePath(pPath);
+  IMPORT_LOG1("Importing Outlook Express mailbox: %s\n", pPath.get());
+
+  m_bytesDone = 0;
+  uint32_t msgCount = 0;
+  nsresult rv;
+  if (nsOE5File::IsLocalMailFile(inFile)) {
+    IMPORT_LOG1("Importing OE5 mailbox: %s!\n", NS_LossyConvertUTF16toASCII(name.get()));
+    rv = nsOE5File::ImportMailbox( &m_bytesDone, &abort, name, inFile, dstFolder, &msgCount);
+  }
+  else {
+    if (CImportMailbox::ImportMailbox( &m_bytesDone, &abort, name, inFile, dstFolder, &msgCount))
+       rv = NS_OK;
+    else
+      rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    ReportSuccess(name, msgCount, &success);
+  else
+    ReportError(OEIMPORT_MAILBOX_CONVERTERROR, name, &error);
+
+  SetLogs(success, error, pErrorLog, pSuccessLog);
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP ImportOEMailImpl::GetImportProgress(uint32_t *pDoneSoFar)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(pDoneSoFar);
+  *pDoneSoFar = m_bytesDone;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult ImportOEAddressImpl::Create(nsIImportAddressBooks** aImport)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aImport);
+
+  *aImport = new ImportOEAddressImpl();
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(*aImport, NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY);
+  NS_ADDREF(*aImport);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+ImportOEAddressImpl::ImportOEAddressImpl()
+{
+  m_pWab = nullptr;
+}
+
+
+ImportOEAddressImpl::~ImportOEAddressImpl()
+{
+  if (m_pWab)
+    delete m_pWab;
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(ImportOEAddressImpl, nsIImportAddressBooks)
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP ImportOEAddressImpl::GetDefaultLocation(nsIFile **aLocation,
+                                                      bool *aFound,
+                                                      bool *aUserVerify)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aLocation);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aFound);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aUserVerify);
+
+  *aLocation = nullptr;
+  *aUserVerify = true;
+
+  CWAB *wab = new CWAB(nullptr);
+  *aFound = wab->IsAvailable();
+  delete wab;
+
+  if (*aFound) {
+    // Unfortunately WAB interface has no function to obtain address book location.
+    // So we set a fake location here.
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(NS_GetSpecialDirectory(NS_XPCOM_CURRENT_PROCESS_DIR, aLocation)))
+      *aUserVerify = false;
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP ImportOEAddressImpl::GetAutoFind(char16_t **description, bool *_retval)
+{
+  NS_PRECONDITION(description != nullptr, "null ptr");
+  NS_PRECONDITION(_retval != nullptr, "null ptr");
+  if (! description || !_retval)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  *_retval = false;
+  nsString str;
+  str.Append(nsOEStringBundle::GetStringByID(OEIMPORT_AUTOFIND));
+  *description = ToNewUnicode(str);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP ImportOEAddressImpl::FindAddressBooks(nsIFile *location, nsIArray **_retval)
+{
+  NS_PRECONDITION(_retval != nullptr, "null ptr");
+  if (!_retval)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> array(do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  // Make sure we can load up the windows address book...
+  rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  if (m_pWab)
+    delete m_pWab;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> currentProcessDir;
+  rv = NS_GetSpecialDirectory(NS_XPCOM_CURRENT_PROCESS_DIR,
+                              getter_AddRefs(currentProcessDir));
+  bool equals = false;
+  currentProcessDir->Equals(location, &equals);
+  // If the location is not a fake, use it.
+  if (location && !equals) {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> localFile = do_QueryInterface(location, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    m_pWab = new CWAB(localFile);
+  } else {
+    m_pWab = new CWAB(nullptr);
+  }
+
+  nsIImportABDescriptor * pID;
+  nsISupports * pInterface;
+  nsString str;
+  str.Append(nsOEStringBundle::GetStringByID(OEIMPORT_DEFAULT_NAME));
+
+  if (m_pWab->Loaded()) {
+    // create a new nsIImportABDescriptor and add it to the array
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIImportService> impSvc(do_GetService(NS_IMPORTSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+      rv = impSvc->CreateNewABDescriptor(&pID);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+        pID->SetIdentifier(0x4F453334);
+        pID->SetRef(1);
+        pID->SetSize(100);
+        pID->SetPreferredName(str);
+        rv = pID->QueryInterface(kISupportsIID, (void **) &pInterface);
+        array->AppendElement(pInterface, false);
+        pInterface->Release();
+        pID->Release();
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+    delete m_pWab;
+    m_pWab = nullptr;
+  }
+  array.forget(_retval);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP ImportOEAddressImpl::ImportAddressBook(nsIImportABDescriptor *source,
+                                                     nsIAddrDatabase *destination,
+                                                     nsIImportFieldMap *fieldMap,
+                                                     nsISupports *aSupportService,
+                                                     char16_t **errorLog,
+                                                     char16_t **successLog,
+                                                     bool *fatalError)
+{
+    NS_PRECONDITION(source != nullptr, "null ptr");
+    // NS_PRECONDITION(destination != nullptr, "null ptr");
+    // NS_PRECONDITION(fieldMap != nullptr, "null ptr");
+    NS_PRECONDITION(fatalError != nullptr, "null ptr");
+    if (!source || !fatalError)
+        return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  // we assume it is our one and only address book.
+  if (!m_pWab) {
+    IMPORT_LOG0("Wab not loaded in ImportAddressBook call\n");
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+
+  IMPORT_LOG0("IMPORTING OUTLOOK EXPRESS ADDRESS BOOK\n");
+
+  nsString success;
+  nsString error;
+  if (!source || !destination || !fatalError)
+  {
+    nsOEStringBundle::GetStringByID(OEIMPORT_ADDRESS_BADPARAM, error);
+    if (fatalError)
+      *fatalError = true;
+    ImportOEMailImpl::SetLogs(success, error, errorLog, successLog);
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+  }
+
+  m_doneSoFar = 0;
+  nsOEAddressIterator * pIter = new nsOEAddressIterator(m_pWab, destination);
+  HRESULT hr = m_pWab->IterateWABContents(pIter, &m_doneSoFar);
+  delete pIter;
+
+  nsString name;
+  if (SUCCEEDED(hr) && NS_SUCCEEDED(source->GetPreferredName(name)))
+    ReportSuccess(name, &success);
+  else
+    ImportOEMailImpl::ReportError(OEIMPORT_ADDRESS_CONVERTERROR, name, &error);
+
+  ImportOEMailImpl::SetLogs(success, error, errorLog, successLog);
+
+  nsresult rv = destination->Commit(nsAddrDBCommitType::kLargeCommit);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP ImportOEAddressImpl::GetImportProgress(uint32_t *_retval)
+{
+  NS_PRECONDITION(_retval != nullptr, "null ptr");
+  if (! _retval)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  *_retval = (uint32_t) m_doneSoFar;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+void ImportOEAddressImpl::ReportSuccess(nsString& name, nsString *pStream)
+{
+  if (!pStream)
+    return;
+  // load the success string
+  char16_t *pFmt = nsOEStringBundle::GetStringByID(OEIMPORT_ADDRESS_SUCCESS);
+  char16_t *pText = nsTextFormatter::smprintf(pFmt, name.get());
+  pStream->Append(pText);
+  nsTextFormatter::smprintf_free(pText);
+  nsOEStringBundle::FreeString(pFmt);
+  ImportOEMailImpl::AddLinebreak(pStream);
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/import/oexpress/nsOEImport.h b/mailnews/import/oexpress/nsOEImport.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c637a7461
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/oexpress/nsOEImport.h
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsOEImport_h___
+#define nsOEImport_h___
+
+#include "nsIImportModule.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+
+#define NS_OEIMPORT_CID              \
+{ /* be0bc880-1742-11d3-a206-00a0cc26da63 */      \
+   0xbe0bc880, 0x1742, 0x11d3,                   \
+   {0xa2, 0x06, 0x0, 0xa0, 0xcc, 0x26, 0xda, 0x63}}
+
+
+
+#define kOESupportsString NS_IMPORT_MAIL_STR "," NS_IMPORT_ADDRESS_STR "," NS_IMPORT_SETTINGS_STR
+
+class nsOEImport : public nsIImportModule
+{
+public:
+
+  nsOEImport();
+
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+
+  ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+  // we suppport the nsIImportModule interface
+  ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+
+  NS_DECL_NSIIMPORTMODULE
+
+protected:
+  virtual ~nsOEImport();
+};
+
+
+
+#endif /* nsOEImport_h___ */
diff --git a/mailnews/import/oexpress/nsOEMailbox.cpp b/mailnews/import/oexpress/nsOEMailbox.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7a1fb0be7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/oexpress/nsOEMailbox.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,673 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsOEMailbox.h"
+
+#include "OEDebugLog.h"
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "prprf.h"
+#include "nsMsgLocalFolderHdrs.h"
+#include "nsCRT.h"
+#include "nsNetUtil.h"
+#include "nsIInputStream.h"
+#include "nsIOutputStream.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolder.h"
+#include "nsIMsgHdr.h"
+#include "nsIMsgPluggableStore.h"
+#include "nsISeekableStream.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+
+class CMbxScanner {
+public:
+  CMbxScanner(nsString& name, nsIFile * mbxFile, nsIMsgFolder *dstFolder);
+  ~CMbxScanner();
+
+  virtual bool    Initialize(void);
+  virtual bool    DoWork(bool *pAbort, uint32_t *pDone, uint32_t *pCount);
+
+  bool      WasErrorFatal(void) { return m_fatalError;}
+  uint32_t  BytesProcessed(void) { return m_didBytes;}
+
+protected:
+  bool    WriteMailItem(uint32_t flags, uint32_t offset, uint32_t size, uint32_t *pTotalMsgSize = nullptr);
+  virtual void  CleanUp(void);
+
+private:
+  void  ReportWriteError(nsIMsgFolder *folder, bool fatal = true);
+  void  ReportReadError(nsIFile * file, bool fatal = true);
+  bool CopyMbxFileBytes(uint32_t flags, uint32_t numBytes);
+  bool IsFromLineKey(uint8_t *pBuf, uint32_t max);
+
+public:
+  uint32_t      m_msgCount;
+
+protected:
+  uint32_t *    m_pDone;
+  nsString      m_name;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> m_mbxFile;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> m_dstFolder;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIInputStream> m_mbxFileInputStream;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIOutputStream> m_dstOutputStream;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgPluggableStore> m_msgStore;
+  uint8_t *     m_pInBuffer;
+  uint8_t *     m_pOutBuffer;
+  uint32_t      m_bufSz;
+  uint32_t      m_didBytes;
+  bool          m_fatalError;
+  int64_t      m_mbxFileSize;
+  uint32_t      m_mbxOffset;
+
+  static const char *  m_pFromLine;
+
+};
+
+
+class CIndexScanner : public CMbxScanner {
+public:
+  CIndexScanner(nsString& name, nsIFile * idxFile, nsIFile * mbxFile, nsIMsgFolder *dstFolder);
+  ~CIndexScanner();
+
+  virtual bool    Initialize(void);
+  virtual bool    DoWork(bool *pAbort, uint32_t *pDone, uint32_t *pCount);
+
+protected:
+  virtual void    CleanUp(void);
+
+private:
+  bool            ValidateIdxFile(void);
+  bool            GetMailItem(uint32_t *pFlags, uint32_t *pOffset, uint32_t *pSize);
+
+
+private:
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIFile>   m_idxFile;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIInputStream> m_idxFileInputStream;
+  uint32_t        m_numMessages;
+  uint32_t        m_idxOffset;
+  uint32_t        m_curItemIndex;
+};
+
+
+bool CImportMailbox::ImportMailbox(uint32_t *pDone, bool *pAbort,
+                                   nsString& name, nsIFile * inFile,
+                                   nsIMsgFolder *outFolder, uint32_t *pCount)
+{
+  bool    done = false;
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIFile> idxFile = do_CreateInstance(NS_LOCAL_FILE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    rv  = idxFile->InitWithFile(inFile);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+    IMPORT_LOG0("New file spec failed!\n");
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  if (GetIndexFile(idxFile)) {
+
+    IMPORT_LOG1("Using index file for: %S\n", name.get());
+
+    CIndexScanner *pIdxScanner = new CIndexScanner(name, idxFile, inFile, outFolder);
+    if (pIdxScanner->Initialize()) {
+      if (pIdxScanner->DoWork(pAbort, pDone, pCount)) {
+        done = true;
+      }
+      else {
+        IMPORT_LOG0("CIndexScanner::DoWork() failed\n");
+      }
+    }
+    else {
+      IMPORT_LOG0("CIndexScanner::Initialize() failed\n");
+    }
+
+    delete pIdxScanner;
+  }
+
+  if (done)
+    return done;
+
+    /*
+    something went wrong with the index file, just scan the mailbox
+    file itself.
+  */
+  CMbxScanner *pMbx = new CMbxScanner(name, inFile, outFolder);
+  if (pMbx->Initialize()) {
+    if (pMbx->DoWork(pAbort, pDone, pCount)) {
+      done = true;
+    }
+    else {
+      IMPORT_LOG0("CMbxScanner::DoWork() failed\n");
+    }
+  }
+  else {
+    IMPORT_LOG0("CMbxScanner::Initialize() failed\n");
+  }
+
+  delete pMbx;
+  return done;
+}
+
+
+bool CImportMailbox::GetIndexFile(nsIFile* file)
+{
+  nsCString pLeaf;
+  if (NS_FAILED(file->GetNativeLeafName(pLeaf)))
+    return false;
+  int32_t  len = pLeaf.Length();
+  if (len < 5)
+    return false;
+
+  pLeaf.Replace(len - 3, 3, NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("idx"));
+
+  IMPORT_LOG1("Looking for index leaf name: %s\n", pLeaf);
+
+  nsresult  rv;
+  rv = file->SetNativeLeafName(pLeaf);
+
+  bool    isFile = false;
+  bool    exists = false;
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) rv = file->IsFile(&isFile);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) rv = file->Exists(&exists);
+
+  return (isFile && exists);
+}
+
+
+const char *CMbxScanner::m_pFromLine = "From - Mon Jan 1 00:00:00 1965\x0D\x0A";
+// let's try a 16K buffer and see how well that works?
+#define  kBufferKB  16
+
+
+CMbxScanner::CMbxScanner(nsString& name, nsIFile* mbxFile,
+                         nsIMsgFolder* dstFolder)
+{
+  m_msgCount = 0;
+  m_name = name;
+  m_mbxFile = mbxFile;
+  m_dstFolder = dstFolder;
+  m_pInBuffer = nullptr;
+  m_pOutBuffer = nullptr;
+  m_bufSz = 0;
+  m_fatalError = false;
+  m_didBytes = 0;
+  m_mbxFileSize = 0;
+  m_mbxOffset = 0;
+}
+
+CMbxScanner::~CMbxScanner()
+{
+  CleanUp();
+}
+
+void CMbxScanner::ReportWriteError(nsIMsgFolder * folder, bool fatal)
+{
+  m_fatalError = fatal;
+}
+
+void CMbxScanner::ReportReadError(nsIFile * file, bool fatal)
+{
+  m_fatalError = fatal;
+}
+
+bool CMbxScanner::Initialize(void)
+{
+  m_bufSz = (kBufferKB * 1024);
+  m_pInBuffer = new uint8_t[m_bufSz];
+  m_pOutBuffer = new uint8_t[m_bufSz];
+  if (!m_pInBuffer || !m_pOutBuffer) {
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  m_mbxFile->GetFileSize(&m_mbxFileSize);
+  // open the mailbox file...
+  if (NS_FAILED(NS_NewLocalFileInputStream(getter_AddRefs(m_mbxFileInputStream), m_mbxFile))) {
+    CleanUp();
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(m_dstFolder->GetMsgStore(getter_AddRefs(m_msgStore)))) {
+    CleanUp();
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+
+#define  kMbxHeaderSize    0x0054
+#define kMbxMessageHeaderSz  16
+
+bool CMbxScanner::DoWork(bool *pAbort, uint32_t *pDone, uint32_t *pCount)
+{
+  m_mbxOffset = kMbxHeaderSize;
+  m_didBytes = kMbxHeaderSize;
+
+  while (!(*pAbort) && ((m_mbxOffset + kMbxMessageHeaderSz) < m_mbxFileSize)) {
+    uint32_t    msgSz;
+    if (!WriteMailItem(0, m_mbxOffset, 0, &msgSz)) {
+      if (!WasErrorFatal())
+        ReportReadError(m_mbxFile);
+      return false;
+    }
+    m_mbxOffset += msgSz;
+    m_didBytes += msgSz;
+    m_msgCount++;
+    if (pDone)
+      *pDone = m_didBytes;
+    if (pCount)
+      *pCount = m_msgCount;
+  }
+
+  CleanUp();
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+
+void CMbxScanner::CleanUp(void)
+{
+  if (m_mbxFileInputStream)
+    m_mbxFileInputStream->Close();
+  if (m_dstOutputStream)
+    m_dstOutputStream->Close();
+
+  delete [] m_pInBuffer;
+  m_pInBuffer = nullptr;
+
+  delete [] m_pOutBuffer;
+  m_pOutBuffer = nullptr;
+}
+
+
+#define  kNumMbxLongsToRead  4
+
+bool CMbxScanner::WriteMailItem(uint32_t flags, uint32_t offset, uint32_t size,
+                                uint32_t *pTotalMsgSize)
+{
+  uint32_t  values[kNumMbxLongsToRead];
+  int32_t    cnt = kNumMbxLongsToRead * sizeof(uint32_t);
+  nsresult  rv;
+  uint32_t    cntRead;
+  int8_t *  pChar = (int8_t *) values;
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsISeekableStream> seekableStream = do_QueryInterface(m_mbxFileInputStream);
+  rv = seekableStream->Seek(nsISeekableStream::NS_SEEK_SET,  offset);
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+    IMPORT_LOG1("Mbx seek error: 0x%lx\n", offset);
+    return false;
+  }
+  rv = m_mbxFileInputStream->Read((char *) pChar, cnt, &cntRead);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || (cntRead != cnt)) {
+    IMPORT_LOG1("Mbx read error at: 0x%lx\n", offset);
+    return false;
+  }
+  if (values[0] != 0x7F007F00) {
+    IMPORT_LOG2("Mbx tag field doesn't match: 0x%lx, at offset: 0x%lx\n", values[0], offset);
+    return false;
+  }
+  if (size && (values[2] != size)) {
+    IMPORT_LOG3("Mbx size doesn't match idx, mbx: %ld, idx: %ld, at offset: 0x%lx\n", values[2], size, offset);
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  if (pTotalMsgSize != nullptr)
+    *pTotalMsgSize = values[2];
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+  bool reusable;
+
+  rv = m_msgStore->GetNewMsgOutputStream(m_dstFolder, getter_AddRefs(msgHdr), &reusable,
+                                         getter_AddRefs(m_dstOutputStream));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+  {
+    IMPORT_LOG1( "Mbx getting outputstream error: 0x%lx\n", rv);
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  // everything looks kosher...
+  // the actual message text follows and is values[3] bytes long...
+  bool copyOK = CopyMbxFileBytes(flags,  values[3]);
+  if (copyOK)
+    m_msgStore->FinishNewMessage(m_dstOutputStream, msgHdr);
+  else {
+    m_msgStore->DiscardNewMessage(m_dstOutputStream, msgHdr);
+    IMPORT_LOG0( "Mbx CopyMbxFileBytes failed\n");
+  }
+  if (!reusable)
+  {
+    m_dstOutputStream->Close();
+    m_dstOutputStream = nullptr;
+  }
+  return copyOK;
+}
+
+bool CMbxScanner::IsFromLineKey(uint8_t * pBuf, uint32_t max)
+{
+  return (max > 5 && (pBuf[0] == 'F') && (pBuf[1] == 'r') && (pBuf[2] == 'o') && (pBuf[3] == 'm') && (pBuf[4] == ' '));
+}
+
+
+#define IS_ANY_SPACE(_ch) ((_ch == ' ') || (_ch == '\t') || (_ch == 10) || (_ch == 13))
+
+
+bool CMbxScanner::CopyMbxFileBytes(uint32_t flags, uint32_t numBytes)
+{
+  if (!numBytes)
+    return true;
+
+  uint32_t  cnt;
+  uint8_t   last[2] = {0, 0};
+  uint32_t  inIdx = 0;
+  bool      first = true;
+  uint8_t * pIn;
+  uint8_t * pStart;
+  int32_t   fromLen = strlen(m_pFromLine);
+  nsresult  rv;
+  uint32_t   cntRead;
+  uint8_t * pChar;
+
+  while (numBytes) {
+    if (numBytes > (m_bufSz - inIdx))
+      cnt = m_bufSz - inIdx;
+    else
+      cnt = numBytes;
+    // Read some of the message from the file...
+    pChar = m_pInBuffer + inIdx;
+    rv = m_mbxFileInputStream->Read((char *) pChar, (int32_t)cnt, &cntRead);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv) || (cntRead != (int32_t)cnt)) {
+      ReportReadError(m_mbxFile);
+      return false;
+    }
+    // Keep track of the last 2 bytes of the message for terminating EOL logic
+    if (cnt < 2) {
+      last[0] = last[1];
+      last[1] = m_pInBuffer[cnt - 1];
+    }
+    else {
+      last[0] = m_pInBuffer[cnt - 2];
+      last[1] = m_pInBuffer[cnt - 1];
+    }
+
+    inIdx = 0;
+    // Handle the beginning line, don't duplicate an existing From separator
+    if (first) {
+      // check the first buffer to see if it already starts with a From line
+      // If it does, throw it away and use our own
+      if (IsFromLineKey(m_pInBuffer, cnt)) {
+        // skip past the first line
+        while ((inIdx < cnt) && (m_pInBuffer[inIdx] != nsCRT::CR))
+          inIdx++;
+        while ((inIdx < cnt) && (IS_ANY_SPACE(m_pInBuffer[inIdx])))
+          inIdx++;
+        if (inIdx >= cnt) {
+          // This should not occurr - it means the message starts
+          // with a From separator line that is longer than our
+          // file buffer!  In this bizarre case, just skip this message
+          // since it is probably bogus anyway.
+          return true;
+        }
+
+      }
+      // Begin every message with a From separator
+      rv = m_dstOutputStream->Write(m_pFromLine, fromLen, &cntRead);
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv) || (cntRead != fromLen)) {
+        ReportWriteError(m_dstFolder);
+        return false;
+      }
+      char statusLine[50];
+      uint32_t msgFlags = flags; // need to convert from OE flags to mozilla flags
+      PR_snprintf(statusLine, sizeof(statusLine), X_MOZILLA_STATUS_FORMAT MSG_LINEBREAK, msgFlags & 0xFFFF);
+      rv = m_dstOutputStream->Write(statusLine, strlen(statusLine), &cntRead);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && cntRead == fromLen)
+      {
+        PR_snprintf(statusLine, sizeof(statusLine), X_MOZILLA_STATUS2_FORMAT MSG_LINEBREAK, msgFlags & 0xFFFF0000);
+        rv = m_dstOutputStream->Write(statusLine, strlen(statusLine), &cntRead);
+      }
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv) || (cntRead != fromLen)) {
+        ReportWriteError(m_dstFolder);
+        return false;
+      }
+      first = false;
+    }
+
+    // Handle generic data, escape any lines that begin with "From "
+    pIn = m_pInBuffer + inIdx;
+    numBytes -= cnt;
+    m_didBytes += cnt;
+    pStart = pIn;
+    cnt -= inIdx;
+    inIdx = 0;
+    while (cnt) {
+      if (*pIn == nsCRT::CR) {
+        // need more in buffer?
+        if ((cnt < 7) && numBytes)
+          break;
+
+        if (cnt > 6) {
+          if ((pIn[1] == nsCRT::LF) && IsFromLineKey(pIn + 2, cnt)) {
+            inIdx += 2;
+            // Match, escape it
+            rv = m_dstOutputStream->Write((const char *)pStart, (int32_t)inIdx, &cntRead);
+            if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && (cntRead == (int32_t)inIdx))
+              rv = m_dstOutputStream->Write(">", 1, &cntRead);
+            if (NS_FAILED(rv) || (cntRead != 1)) {
+              ReportWriteError(m_dstFolder);
+              return false;
+            }
+
+            cnt -= 2;
+            pIn += 2;
+            inIdx = 0;
+            pStart = pIn;
+            continue;
+          }
+        }
+      } // == nsCRT::CR
+
+      cnt--;
+      inIdx++;
+      pIn++;
+    }
+    rv = m_dstOutputStream->Write((const char *)pStart, (int32_t)inIdx, &cntRead);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv) || (cntRead != (int32_t)inIdx)) {
+      ReportWriteError(m_dstFolder);
+      return false;
+    }
+
+    if (cnt) {
+      inIdx = cnt;
+      memcpy(m_pInBuffer, pIn, cnt);
+    }
+    else
+      inIdx = 0;
+  }
+
+  // I used to check for an eol before writing one but
+  // it turns out that adding a proper EOL before the next
+  // separator never really hurts so better to be safe
+  // and always do it.
+  //  if ((last[0] != nsCRT::CR) || (last[1] != nsCRT::LF)) {
+  rv = m_dstOutputStream->Write("\x0D\x0A", 2, &cntRead);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || (cntRead != 2)) {
+    ReportWriteError(m_dstFolder);
+    return false;
+  }
+  //  } // != nsCRT::CR || != nsCRT::LF
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+CIndexScanner::CIndexScanner(nsString& name, nsIFile * idxFile,
+                             nsIFile * mbxFile, nsIMsgFolder * dstFolder)
+  : CMbxScanner( name, mbxFile, dstFolder)
+{
+  m_idxFile = idxFile;
+  m_curItemIndex = 0;
+  m_idxOffset = 0;
+}
+
+CIndexScanner::~CIndexScanner()
+{
+  CleanUp();
+}
+
+bool CIndexScanner::Initialize(void)
+{
+  if (!CMbxScanner::Initialize())
+    return false;
+
+
+  nsresult   rv = NS_NewLocalFileInputStream(getter_AddRefs(m_idxFileInputStream), m_idxFile);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+    CleanUp();
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+bool CIndexScanner::ValidateIdxFile(void)
+{
+  int8_t      id[4];
+  int32_t      cnt = 4;
+  nsresult    rv;
+  uint32_t      cntRead;
+  int8_t *    pReadTo;
+
+  pReadTo = id;
+  rv = m_idxFileInputStream->Read((char *) pReadTo, cnt, &cntRead);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || (cntRead != cnt))
+    return false;
+  if ((id[0] != 'J') || (id[1] != 'M') || (id[2] != 'F') || (id[3] != '9'))
+    return false;
+  cnt = 4;
+  uint32_t    subId;
+  pReadTo = (int8_t *) &subId;
+  rv = m_idxFileInputStream->Read((char *) pReadTo, cnt, &cntRead);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || (cntRead != cnt))
+    return false;
+  if (subId != 0x00010004) {
+    IMPORT_LOG1("Idx file subid doesn't match: 0x%lx\n", subId);
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  pReadTo = (int8_t *) &m_numMessages;
+  rv = m_idxFileInputStream->Read((char *) pReadTo, cnt, &cntRead);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || (cntRead != cnt))
+    return false;
+
+  IMPORT_LOG1("Idx file num messages: %ld\n", m_numMessages);
+
+  m_didBytes += 80;
+  m_idxOffset = 80;
+  return true;
+}
+
+/*
+Idx file...
+Header is 80 bytes, JMF9, subId? 0x00010004, numMessages, fileSize, 1, 0x00010010
+Entries start at byte 80
+4 byte numbers
+Flags? maybe
+?? who knows
+index
+start of this entry in the file
+length of this record
+msg offset in mbx
+msg length in mbx
+
+*/
+
+// #define DEBUG_SUBJECT_AND_FLAGS  1
+#define  kNumIdxLongsToRead    7
+
+bool CIndexScanner::GetMailItem(uint32_t *pFlags, uint32_t *pOffset, uint32_t *pSize)
+{
+  uint32_t  values[kNumIdxLongsToRead];
+  int32_t    cnt = kNumIdxLongsToRead * sizeof(uint32_t);
+  int8_t *  pReadTo = (int8_t *) values;
+  uint32_t    cntRead;
+  nsresult  rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsISeekableStream> seekableStream = do_QueryInterface(m_idxFileInputStream);
+  rv = seekableStream->Seek(nsISeekableStream::NS_SEEK_SET, m_idxOffset);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return false;
+
+  rv = m_idxFileInputStream->Read((char *) pReadTo, cnt, &cntRead);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || (cntRead != cnt))
+    return false;
+
+  if (values[3] != m_idxOffset) {
+    IMPORT_LOG2("Self pointer invalid: m_idxOffset=0x%lx, self=0x%lx\n", m_idxOffset, values[3]);
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  // So... what do we have here???
+#ifdef DEBUG_SUBJECT_AND_FLAGS
+  IMPORT_LOG2("Number: %ld, msg offset: 0x%lx, ", values[2], values[5]);
+  IMPORT_LOG2("msg length: %ld, Flags: 0x%lx\n", values[6], values[0]);
+  seekableStream->Seek(nsISeekableStream::NS_SEEK_SET, m_idxOffset + 212);
+  uint32_t  subSz = 0;
+  cnt = 4;
+  pReadTo = (int8_t *) &subSz;
+  m_idxFileInputStream->Read((char *) pReadTo, cnt, &cntRead);
+  if ((subSz >= 0) && (subSz < 1024)) {
+    char *pSub = new char[subSz + 1];
+    m_idxFileInputStream->Read(pSub, subSz, &cntRead);
+    pSub[subSz] = 0;
+    IMPORT_LOG1("    Subject: %s\n", pSub);
+    delete [] pSub;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  m_idxOffset += values[4];
+  m_didBytes += values[4];
+
+  *pFlags = values[0];
+  *pOffset = values[5];
+  *pSize = values[6];
+  return true;
+}
+
+#define  kOEDeletedFlag    0x0001
+
+bool CIndexScanner::DoWork(bool *pAbort, uint32_t *pDone, uint32_t *pCount)
+{
+  m_didBytes = 0;
+  if (!ValidateIdxFile())
+    return false;
+
+  bool    failed = false;
+  while ((m_curItemIndex < m_numMessages) && !failed && !(*pAbort)) {
+    uint32_t  flags, offset, size;
+    if (!GetMailItem(&flags, &offset, &size)) {
+      CleanUp();
+      return false;
+    }
+    m_curItemIndex++;
+    if (!(flags & kOEDeletedFlag)) {
+      if (!WriteMailItem(flags, offset, size))
+        failed = true;
+      else {
+        m_msgCount++;
+      }
+    }
+    m_didBytes += size;
+    if (pDone)
+      *pDone = m_didBytes;
+    if (pCount)
+      *pCount = m_msgCount;
+  }
+
+  CleanUp();
+  return !failed;
+}
+
+
+void CIndexScanner::CleanUp(void)
+{
+  CMbxScanner::CleanUp();
+  m_idxFileInputStream->Close();
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/import/oexpress/nsOEMailbox.h b/mailnews/import/oexpress/nsOEMailbox.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..656313aad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/oexpress/nsOEMailbox.h
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsOEMailbox_h___
+#define nsOEMailbox_h___
+
+#include "nscore.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsIFile.h"
+
+class nsIMsgFolder;
+
+class CImportMailbox {
+public:
+  static bool ImportMailbox(uint32_t *pDone, bool *pAbort, nsString& name,
+                            nsIFile * inFile, nsIMsgFolder * outFolder,
+                            uint32_t *pCount);
+
+private:
+  static bool    GetIndexFile(nsIFile* mbxFile);
+};
+
+
+
+#endif // nsOEMailbox_h__
diff --git a/mailnews/import/oexpress/nsOERegUtil.cpp b/mailnews/import/oexpress/nsOERegUtil.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e3aa9d647
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/oexpress/nsOERegUtil.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+#include "nsOERegUtil.h"
+
+#include "OEDebugLog.h"
+#include <windows.h>
+#include "nsIWindowsRegKey.h"
+#include "nsComponentManagerUtils.h"
+
+nsresult nsOERegUtil::GetDefaultUserId(nsAString &aUserId)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIWindowsRegKey> key =
+    do_CreateInstance("@mozilla.org/windows-registry-key;1", &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = key->Open(nsIWindowsRegKey::ROOT_KEY_CURRENT_USER,
+                 NS_LITERAL_STRING("Identities"),
+                 nsIWindowsRegKey::ACCESS_QUERY_VALUE);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  return key->ReadStringValue(NS_LITERAL_STRING("Default User ID"), aUserId);
+}
+
diff --git a/mailnews/import/oexpress/nsOERegUtil.h b/mailnews/import/oexpress/nsOERegUtil.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9a873d63b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/oexpress/nsOERegUtil.h
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsOERegUtil_h___
+#define nsOERegUtil_h___
+
+#include <windows.h>
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+
+class nsOERegUtil
+{
+public:
+  static nsresult GetDefaultUserId(nsAString &aUserId);
+};
+
+
+
+#endif /* nsOERegUtil_h___ */
diff --git a/mailnews/import/oexpress/nsOEScanBoxes.cpp b/mailnews/import/oexpress/nsOEScanBoxes.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7c30aa68d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/oexpress/nsOEScanBoxes.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,859 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+#include "nsOEScanBoxes.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "nsIComponentManager.h"
+#include "nsIServiceManager.h"
+#include "nsIImportService.h"
+#include "nsIFile.h"
+#include "nsIImportMailboxDescriptor.h"
+#include "nsOERegUtil.h"
+#include "nsOE5File.h"
+#include "nsNetUtil.h"
+#include "OEDebugLog.h"
+#include "nsIInputStream.h"
+#include "nsISeekableStream.h"
+#include "plstr.h"
+#include <windows.h>
+#include "nsIWindowsRegKey.h"
+
+#ifdef MOZILLA_INTERNAL_API
+#include "nsNativeCharsetUtils.h"
+#else
+#include "nsMsgI18N.h"
+#define NS_CopyNativeToUnicode(source, dest) \
+        nsMsgI18NConvertToUnicode(nsMsgI18NFileSystemCharset(), source, dest)
+#define NS_CopyUnicodeToNative(source, dest) \
+        nsMsgI18NConvertFromUnicode(nsMsgI18NFileSystemCharset(), source, dest)
+#endif
+
+/*
+  .nch file format???
+
+  offset 20 - long = offset to first record
+
+*/
+
+static NS_DEFINE_IID(kISupportsIID,      NS_ISUPPORTS_IID);
+
+nsOEScanBoxes::nsOEScanBoxes()
+{
+  m_pFirst = nullptr;
+}
+
+nsOEScanBoxes::~nsOEScanBoxes()
+{
+  int i, max;
+  MailboxEntry *pEntry;
+  for (i = 0, max = m_entryArray.Length(); i < max; i++) {
+    pEntry = m_entryArray.ElementAt(i);
+    delete pEntry;
+  }
+  // Now free the unprocessed child entries (ie, those without parents for some reason).
+  for (i = 0, max = m_pendingChildArray.Length(); i < max; i++)
+  {
+    pEntry = m_pendingChildArray.ElementAt(i);
+    if (!pEntry->processed)
+      delete pEntry;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+ 3.x & 4.x registry
+  Software/Microsoft/Outlook Express/
+
+ 5.0 registry
+  Identies - value of "Default User ID" is {GUID}
+  Identities/{GUID}/Software/Microsoft/Outlook Express/5.0/
+*/
+
+bool nsOEScanBoxes::Find50Mail(nsIFile *pWhere)
+{
+  nsAutoString userId;
+  nsresult rv = nsOERegUtil::GetDefaultUserId(userId);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, false);
+
+  nsAutoString path(NS_LITERAL_STRING("Identities\\"));
+  path.Append(userId);
+  path.AppendLiteral("\\Software\\Microsoft\\Outlook Express\\5.0");
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIWindowsRegKey> key =
+    do_CreateInstance("@mozilla.org/windows-registry-key;1", &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, false);
+
+  rv = key->Open(nsIWindowsRegKey::ROOT_KEY_CURRENT_USER,
+                 path,
+                 nsIWindowsRegKey::ACCESS_QUERY_VALUE);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, false);
+
+  nsAutoString storeRoot;
+  key->ReadStringValue(NS_LITERAL_STRING("Store Root"), storeRoot);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, false);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> localWhere = do_QueryInterface(pWhere);
+  localWhere->InitWithPath(storeRoot);
+
+  nsAutoCString nativeStoreRoot;
+  NS_CopyUnicodeToNative(storeRoot, nativeStoreRoot);
+  IMPORT_LOG1("Setting native path: %s\n", nativeStoreRoot.get());
+
+  bool isDir = false;
+  rv = localWhere->IsDirectory(&isDir);
+  return isDir;
+}
+
+bool nsOEScanBoxes::FindMail(nsIFile *pWhere)
+{
+  if (Find50Mail(pWhere))
+    return true;
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIWindowsRegKey> key =
+    do_CreateInstance("@mozilla.org/windows-registry-key;1", &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, false);
+
+  rv = key->Open(nsIWindowsRegKey::ROOT_KEY_CURRENT_USER,
+                 NS_LITERAL_STRING("Software\\Microsoft\\Outlook Express"),
+                 nsIWindowsRegKey::ACCESS_QUERY_VALUE);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, false);
+
+  nsAutoString storeRoot;
+  key->ReadStringValue(NS_LITERAL_STRING("Store Root"), storeRoot);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, false);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> localWhere = do_QueryInterface(pWhere);
+  localWhere->InitWithPath(storeRoot);
+  localWhere->AppendNative(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("Mail"));
+
+  bool isDir = false;
+  localWhere->IsDirectory(&isDir);
+
+  return isDir;
+}
+
+bool nsOEScanBoxes::GetMailboxes(nsIFile *pWhere, nsIArray **pArray)
+{
+  nsCString path;
+  pWhere->GetNativePath(path);
+  if (!path.IsEmpty()) {
+    IMPORT_LOG1("Looking for mail in: %s\n", path.get());
+  }
+  else {
+    pWhere->GetNativeLeafName(path);
+    if (!path.IsEmpty())
+      IMPORT_LOG1("Looking for mail in: %s\n", path.get());
+    else
+      IMPORT_LOG0("Unable to get info about where to look for mail\n");
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIFile> location;
+  pWhere->Clone(getter_AddRefs(location));
+  // 1. Look for 5.0 folders.dbx
+  // 2. Look for 3.x & 4.x folders.nch
+  // 3. Look for 5.0 *.dbx mailboxes
+  // 4. Look for 3.x & 4.x *.mbx mailboxes
+
+  bool    result;
+
+  location->AppendNative(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("folders.dbx"));
+  if (Find50MailBoxes(location)) {
+    result = GetMailboxList(pWhere, pArray);
+  }
+  else {
+    // 2. Look for 4.x mailboxes
+    pWhere->Clone(getter_AddRefs(location));
+    location->AppendNative(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("folders.nch"));
+
+    if (FindMailBoxes(location)) {
+      result = GetMailboxList(pWhere, pArray);
+    }
+    else {
+      // 3 & 4, look for the specific mailbox files.
+      pWhere->Clone(getter_AddRefs(location));
+      ScanMailboxDir(location);
+      result = GetMailboxList(pWhere, pArray);
+    }
+  }
+
+  return result;
+}
+
+
+
+void nsOEScanBoxes::Reset(void)
+{
+  int max = m_entryArray.Length();
+  for (int i = 0; i < max; i++) {
+    MailboxEntry *pEntry = m_entryArray.ElementAt(i);
+    delete pEntry;
+  }
+  m_entryArray.Clear();
+  m_pFirst = nullptr;
+}
+
+
+bool nsOEScanBoxes::FindMailBoxes(nsIFile* descFile)
+{
+  Reset();
+
+  nsresult  rv;
+  bool      isFile = false;
+
+  rv = descFile->IsFile(&isFile);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !isFile)
+    return false;
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIInputStream> descInputStream;
+  rv = NS_NewLocalFileInputStream(getter_AddRefs(descInputStream), descFile);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, false);
+
+  IMPORT_LOG0("Reading the folders.nch file\n");
+
+  uint32_t    curRec;
+  if (!ReadLong(descInputStream, curRec, 20)) {
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  // Now for each record
+  bool        done = false;
+  uint32_t    equal;
+  uint32_t    size;
+  uint32_t    previous;
+  uint32_t    next;
+  MailboxEntry *  pEntry;
+  bool        failed;
+
+  while (!done) {
+    if (!ReadLong(descInputStream, equal, curRec)) return false;
+    if (curRec != equal) {
+      IMPORT_LOG1("Record start invalid: %ld\n", curRec);
+      break;
+    }
+    if (!ReadLong(descInputStream, size, curRec + 4)) return false;
+    if (!ReadLong(descInputStream, previous, curRec + 8)) return false;
+    if (!ReadLong(descInputStream, next, curRec + 12)) return false;
+    failed = false;
+    pEntry = new MailboxEntry;
+    if (!ReadLong(descInputStream, pEntry->index, curRec + 16)) failed = true;
+    if (!ReadString(descInputStream, pEntry->mailName, curRec + 20)) failed = true;
+    if (!ReadString(descInputStream, pEntry->fileName, curRec + 279)) failed = true;
+    if (!ReadLong(descInputStream, pEntry->parent, curRec + 539)) failed = true;
+    if (!ReadLong(descInputStream, pEntry->child, curRec + 543)) failed = true;
+    if (!ReadLong(descInputStream, pEntry->sibling, curRec + 547)) failed = true;
+    if (!ReadLong(descInputStream, pEntry->type, curRec + 551)) failed = true;
+    if (failed) {
+      delete pEntry;
+      return false;
+    }
+
+    #ifdef _TRACE_MAILBOX_ENTRIES
+    IMPORT_LOG0("------------\n");
+    IMPORT_LOG2("    Offset: %lx, index: %ld\n", curRec, pEntry->index);
+    IMPORT_LOG2("      previous: %lx, next: %lx\n", previous, next);
+    IMPORT_LOG2("      Name: %S, File: %s\n", (char16_t *) pEntry->mailName, (const char *) pEntry->fileName);
+    IMPORT_LOG3("      Parent: %ld, Child: %ld, Sibling: %ld\n", pEntry->parent, pEntry->child, pEntry->sibling);
+    #endif
+
+    if (!StringEndsWith(pEntry->fileName, NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(".mbx")))
+      pEntry->fileName.Append(".mbx");
+
+    m_entryArray.AppendElement(pEntry);
+
+    curRec = next;
+    if (!next)
+      done = true;
+  }
+
+  MailboxEntry *pZero = GetIndexEntry(0);
+  if (pZero)
+    m_pFirst = GetIndexEntry(pZero->child);
+
+  IMPORT_LOG1("Read the folders.nch file, found %ld mailboxes\n", (long) m_entryArray.Length());
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+bool nsOEScanBoxes::Find50MailBoxes(nsIFile* descFile)
+{
+  Reset();
+
+  nsresult  rv;
+  bool      isFile = false;
+
+  rv = descFile->IsFile(&isFile);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !isFile)
+    return false;
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIInputStream> descInputStream;
+  rv = NS_NewLocalFileInputStream(getter_AddRefs(descInputStream), descFile);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, false);
+
+  IMPORT_LOG0("Reading the folders.dbx file\n");
+
+  uint32_t *pIndex;
+  uint32_t indexSize = 0;
+  if (!nsOE5File::ReadIndex(descInputStream, &pIndex, &indexSize)) {
+    IMPORT_LOG0("*** NOT USING FOLDERS.DBX!!!\n");
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  uint32_t  marker;
+  uint32_t  size;
+  char      *pBytes;
+  uint32_t   cntRead;
+  int32_t    recordId;
+  int32_t    strOffset;
+
+  uint8_t    tag;
+  uint32_t   data;
+  int32_t    dataOffset;
+
+  uint32_t    id;
+  uint32_t    parent;
+  uint32_t    numMessages;
+  char *      pFileName;
+  char *      pDataSource;
+
+  MailboxEntry *  pEntry;
+  MailboxEntry *  pLastEntry = nullptr;
+
+  uint32_t  localStoreId = 0;
+
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < indexSize; i++) {
+    if (!ReadLong(descInputStream, marker, pIndex[i])) continue;
+    if (marker != pIndex[i]) continue;
+    if (!ReadLong(descInputStream, size, pIndex[i] + 4)) continue;
+    size += 4;
+    pBytes = new char[size];
+    rv = descInputStream->Read(pBytes, size, &cntRead);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv) || ((uint32_t)cntRead != size)) {
+      delete [] pBytes;
+      continue;
+    }
+    recordId = pBytes[2];
+    strOffset = (recordId * 4) + 4;
+    if (recordId == 4)
+      strOffset += 4;
+
+    id = 0;
+    parent = 0;
+    numMessages = 0;
+    pFileName = nullptr;
+    pDataSource = nullptr;
+    dataOffset = 4;
+    while (dataOffset < strOffset) {
+      tag = (uint8_t) pBytes[dataOffset];
+
+      data = 0; // make sure all bytes are 0 before copying 3 bytes over.
+      memcpy(&data, &(pBytes[dataOffset + 1]), 3);
+      switch(tag) {
+        case 0x80: // id record
+          id = data;
+        break;
+        case 0x81:  // parent id
+          parent = data;
+        break;
+        case 0x87:  // number of messages in this mailbox
+          numMessages = data;
+        break;
+        case 0x03:  // file name for this mailbox
+          if (((uint32_t)strOffset + data) < size)
+            pFileName = (char *)(pBytes + strOffset + data);
+        break;
+        case 0x05:  // data source for this record (this is not a mailbox!)
+          if (((uint32_t)strOffset + data) < size)
+            pDataSource = (char *) (pBytes + strOffset + data);
+        break;
+      }
+      dataOffset += 4;
+    }
+
+    // now build an entry if necessary!
+    if (pDataSource) {
+      if (!PL_strcasecmp(pDataSource, "LocalStore"))
+      {
+        localStoreId = id;
+        // See if we have any child folders that need to be added/processed for this top level parent.
+        ProcessPendingChildEntries(localStoreId, localStoreId, m_pendingChildArray);
+        // Clean up the pending list.
+        RemoveProcessedChildEntries();
+      }
+    }
+    else if (id && localStoreId && parent) {
+      // veryify that this mailbox is in the local store
+      data = parent;
+      while (data && (data != localStoreId)) {
+        pEntry = GetIndexEntry(data);
+        if (pEntry)
+          data = pEntry->parent;
+        else
+          data = 0;
+      }
+      if (data == localStoreId) {
+        // Create an entry for this bugger
+        pEntry = NewMailboxEntry(id, parent, (const char *) (pBytes + strOffset), pFileName);
+        if (pEntry)
+        {
+          AddChildEntry(pEntry, localStoreId);
+          pEntry->processed =  true;
+          // See if we have any child folders that need to be added/processed.
+          ProcessPendingChildEntries(id, localStoreId, m_pendingChildArray);
+          // Clean up the pending list.
+          RemoveProcessedChildEntries();
+        }
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        // Put this folder into child array and process it when its parent shows up.
+        pEntry = NewMailboxEntry(id, parent, (const char *) (pBytes + strOffset), pFileName);
+        if (pEntry)
+          m_pendingChildArray.AppendElement(pEntry);
+      }
+    }
+    else if (pFileName)
+    {
+      // Put this folder into child array and process it when its parent shows up.
+      // For some reason, it's likely that child folders come before their parents.
+      pEntry = NewMailboxEntry(id, parent, (const char *) (pBytes + strOffset), pFileName);
+      if (pEntry)
+        m_pendingChildArray.AppendElement(pEntry);
+    }
+
+    delete [] pBytes;
+  }
+
+
+  delete [] pIndex;
+
+  return m_entryArray.Length();
+}
+
+nsOEScanBoxes::MailboxEntry *nsOEScanBoxes::NewMailboxEntry(uint32_t id, uint32_t parent, const char *prettyName, char *pFileName)
+{
+  MailboxEntry *pEntry = new MailboxEntry();
+  if (!pEntry)
+    return nullptr;
+
+  pEntry->index = id;
+  pEntry->parent = parent;
+  pEntry->child = 0;
+  pEntry->type = 0;
+  pEntry->sibling = -1;
+  pEntry->processed =  false;
+  NS_CopyNativeToUnicode(nsDependentCString(prettyName), pEntry->mailName);
+  if (pFileName)
+    pEntry->fileName = pFileName;
+  return pEntry;
+}
+
+void nsOEScanBoxes::ProcessPendingChildEntries(uint32_t parent, uint32_t rootIndex, nsTArray<MailboxEntry*>  &childArray)
+{
+  int32_t i, max;
+  MailboxEntry *pEntry;
+  for (i = 0, max = childArray.Length(); i < max; i++)
+  {
+    pEntry = childArray.ElementAt(i);
+    if ((!pEntry->processed) && (pEntry->parent == parent))
+    {
+      AddChildEntry(pEntry, rootIndex);
+      pEntry->processed =  true; // indicate it's been processed.
+      // See if there are unprocessed child folders for this child in the
+      // array as well (ie, both child and grand-child are on the list).
+      ProcessPendingChildEntries(pEntry->index, rootIndex, childArray);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+void nsOEScanBoxes::RemoveProcessedChildEntries()
+{
+  // Remove already processed entries from the pending list. Note that these entries are also
+  // on 'm_entryArray' list so we don't want to deallocate the space for the entries now.
+  MailboxEntry * pEntry;
+  int32_t i;
+  for (i = m_pendingChildArray.Length()-1; i >= 0; i--)
+  {
+    pEntry = m_pendingChildArray.ElementAt(i);
+    if (pEntry->processed)
+      m_pendingChildArray.RemoveElementAt(i);
+  }
+}
+
+void nsOEScanBoxes::AddChildEntry(MailboxEntry *pEntry, uint32_t rootIndex)
+{
+  if (!m_pFirst) {
+    if (pEntry->parent == rootIndex) {
+      m_pFirst = pEntry;
+      m_entryArray.AppendElement(pEntry);
+    }
+    else {
+      delete pEntry;
+    }
+    return;
+  }
+
+  MailboxEntry *  pParent = nullptr;
+  MailboxEntry *  pSibling = nullptr;
+  if (pEntry->parent == rootIndex) {
+    pSibling = m_pFirst;
+  }
+  else {
+    pParent = GetIndexEntry(pEntry->parent);
+  }
+
+  if (!pParent && !pSibling) {
+    delete pEntry;
+    return;
+  }
+
+  if (pParent && (pParent->child == 0)) {
+    pParent->child = pEntry->index;
+    m_entryArray.AppendElement(pEntry);
+    return;
+  }
+
+  if (!pSibling)
+    pSibling = GetIndexEntry(pParent->child);
+
+  while (pSibling && (pSibling->sibling != -1)) {
+    pSibling = GetIndexEntry(pSibling->sibling);
+  }
+
+  if (!pSibling) {
+    delete pEntry;
+    return;
+  }
+
+  pSibling->sibling = pEntry->index;
+  m_entryArray.AppendElement(pEntry);
+}
+
+bool nsOEScanBoxes::Scan50MailboxDir(nsIFile * srcDir)
+{
+  Reset();
+
+  MailboxEntry *pEntry;
+  int32_t      index = 1;
+  char         *pLeaf;
+
+  bool hasMore;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleEnumerator> directoryEnumerator;
+  nsresult rv = srcDir->GetDirectoryEntries(getter_AddRefs(directoryEnumerator));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, false);
+
+  directoryEnumerator->HasMoreElements(&hasMore);
+  bool              isFile;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> entry;
+  nsCString         fName;
+
+  while (hasMore && NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> aSupport;
+    rv = directoryEnumerator->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(aSupport));
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> entry(do_QueryInterface(aSupport, &rv));
+    directoryEnumerator->HasMoreElements(&hasMore);
+
+    isFile = false;
+    rv = entry->IsFile(&isFile);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && isFile) {
+      pLeaf = nullptr;
+      rv = entry->GetNativeLeafName(fName);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)  &&
+        (StringEndsWith(fName, NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(".dbx")))) {
+          // This is a *.dbx file in the mail directory
+          if (nsOE5File::IsLocalMailFile(entry)) {
+            pEntry = new MailboxEntry;
+            pEntry->index = index;
+            index++;
+            pEntry->parent = 0;
+            pEntry->child = 0;
+            pEntry->sibling = index;
+            pEntry->type = -1;
+            fName.SetLength(fName.Length() - 4);
+            pEntry->fileName = fName.get();
+            NS_CopyNativeToUnicode(fName, pEntry->mailName);
+            m_entryArray.AppendElement(pEntry);
+          }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (m_entryArray.Length() > 0) {
+    pEntry = m_entryArray.ElementAt(m_entryArray.Length() - 1);
+    pEntry->sibling = -1;
+    return true;
+  }
+
+  return false;
+}
+
+void nsOEScanBoxes::ScanMailboxDir(nsIFile * srcDir)
+{
+  if (Scan50MailboxDir(srcDir))
+    return;
+
+  Reset();
+
+  MailboxEntry *  pEntry;
+  int32_t      index = 1;
+  nsAutoCString pLeaf;
+  uint32_t    sLen;
+
+  bool hasMore;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleEnumerator> directoryEnumerator;
+  nsresult rv = srcDir->GetDirectoryEntries(getter_AddRefs(directoryEnumerator));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS_VOID(rv);
+
+  directoryEnumerator->HasMoreElements(&hasMore);
+  bool              isFile;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> entry;
+  nsCString         fName;
+  nsCString         ext;
+  nsCString         name;
+
+  while (hasMore && NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> aSupport;
+    rv = directoryEnumerator->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(aSupport));
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> entry(do_QueryInterface(aSupport, &rv));
+    directoryEnumerator->HasMoreElements(&hasMore);
+
+    isFile = false;
+    rv = entry->IsFile(&isFile);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && isFile)
+    {
+      rv = entry->GetNativeLeafName(pLeaf);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !pLeaf.IsEmpty() &&
+        ((sLen = pLeaf.Length()) > 4) &&
+        (!PL_strcasecmp(pLeaf.get() + sLen - 3, "mbx")))
+      {
+          // This is a *.mbx file in the mail directory
+          pEntry = new MailboxEntry;
+          pEntry->index = index;
+          index++;
+          pEntry->parent = 0;
+          pEntry->child = 0;
+          pEntry->sibling = index;
+          pEntry->type = -1;
+          pEntry->fileName = pLeaf;
+          pLeaf.SetLength(sLen - 4);
+          NS_CopyNativeToUnicode(pLeaf, pEntry->mailName);
+          m_entryArray.AppendElement(pEntry);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (m_entryArray.Length() > 0) {
+    pEntry = m_entryArray.ElementAt(m_entryArray.Length() - 1);
+    pEntry->sibling = -1;
+  }
+}
+
+uint32_t nsOEScanBoxes::CountMailboxes(MailboxEntry *pBox)
+{
+  if (pBox == nullptr) {
+    if (m_pFirst != nullptr)
+      pBox = m_pFirst;
+    else {
+      if (m_entryArray.Length() > 0)
+        pBox = m_entryArray.ElementAt(0);
+    }
+  }
+  uint32_t    count = 0;
+
+  MailboxEntry *  pChild;
+  while (pBox) {
+    count++;
+    if (pBox->child) {
+      pChild = GetIndexEntry(pBox->child);
+      if (pChild != nullptr)
+        count += CountMailboxes(pChild);
+    }
+    if (pBox->sibling != -1) {
+      pBox = GetIndexEntry(pBox->sibling);
+    }
+    else
+      pBox = nullptr;
+  }
+
+  return count;
+}
+
+bool nsOEScanBoxes::GetMailboxList(nsIFile * root, nsIArray **pArray)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> array(do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+    IMPORT_LOG0("FAILED to allocate the nsIArray\n");
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  BuildMailboxList(nullptr, root, 1, array);
+  array.forget(pArray);
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+void nsOEScanBoxes::BuildMailboxList(MailboxEntry *pBox, nsIFile * root, int32_t depth, nsIMutableArray *pArray)
+{
+  if (pBox == nullptr) {
+    if (m_pFirst != nullptr) {
+      pBox = m_pFirst;
+
+      IMPORT_LOG0("Assigning start of mailbox list to m_pFirst\n");
+    }
+    else {
+      if (m_entryArray.Length() > 0) {
+        pBox = m_entryArray.ElementAt(0);
+
+        IMPORT_LOG0("Assigning start of mailbox list to entry at index 0\n");
+      }
+    }
+
+    if (pBox == nullptr) {
+      IMPORT_LOG0("ERROR ASSIGNING STARTING MAILBOX\n");
+    }
+
+  }
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> file;
+  MailboxEntry *pChild;
+  nsIImportMailboxDescriptor *pID;
+  nsISupports *pInterface;
+  int64_t size;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImportService> impSvc(do_GetService(NS_IMPORTSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS_VOID(rv);
+
+  while (pBox) {
+    rv = impSvc->CreateNewMailboxDescriptor(&pID);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+      pID->SetDepth(depth);
+      pID->SetIdentifier(pBox->index);
+      pID->SetDisplayName((char16_t *)pBox->mailName.get());
+      if (!pBox->fileName.IsEmpty()) {
+        pID->GetFile(getter_AddRefs(file));
+        file->InitWithFile(root);
+        file->AppendNative(pBox->fileName);
+        size = 0;
+        file->GetFileSize(&size);
+        pID->SetSize(size);
+      }
+      rv = pID->QueryInterface(kISupportsIID, (void **) &pInterface);
+      pArray->AppendElement(pInterface, false);
+      pInterface->Release();
+      pID->Release();
+    }
+
+    if (pBox->child) {
+      pChild = GetIndexEntry(pBox->child);
+      if (pChild != nullptr)
+        BuildMailboxList(pChild, root, depth + 1, pArray);
+    }
+    if (pBox->sibling != -1) {
+      pBox = GetIndexEntry(pBox->sibling);
+    }
+    else
+      pBox = nullptr;
+  }
+
+}
+
+nsOEScanBoxes::MailboxEntry * nsOEScanBoxes::GetIndexEntry(uint32_t index)
+{
+  int32_t max = m_entryArray.Length();
+  for (int32_t i = 0; i < max; i++) {
+    MailboxEntry *pEntry = m_entryArray.ElementAt(i);
+    if (pEntry->index == index)
+      return pEntry;
+  }
+
+  return nullptr;
+}
+
+
+// -------------------------------------------------------
+// File utility routines
+// -------------------------------------------------------
+
+bool nsOEScanBoxes::ReadLong(nsIInputStream * stream, int32_t& val, uint32_t offset)
+{
+  nsresult  rv;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsISeekableStream> seekStream = do_QueryInterface(stream, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, false);
+
+  rv = seekStream->Seek(nsISeekableStream::NS_SEEK_SET, offset);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, false);
+
+  uint32_t  cntRead;
+  char * pReadTo = (char *)&val;
+  rv = stream->Read(pReadTo, sizeof(val), &cntRead);
+
+  return NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && cntRead == sizeof(val);
+}
+
+bool nsOEScanBoxes::ReadLong(nsIInputStream * stream, uint32_t& val, uint32_t offset)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsISeekableStream> seekStream = do_QueryInterface(stream, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, false);
+  rv = seekStream->Seek(nsISeekableStream::NS_SEEK_SET, offset);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, false);
+
+  uint32_t  cntRead;
+  char * pReadTo = (char *)&val;
+  rv = stream->Read(pReadTo, sizeof(val), &cntRead);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || (cntRead != sizeof(val)))
+    return false;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+// It appears as though the strings for file name and mailbox
+// name are at least 254 chars - verified - they are probably 255
+// but why bother going that far!  If a file name is that long then
+// the heck with it.
+#define  kOutlookExpressStringLength  252
+bool nsOEScanBoxes::ReadString(nsIInputStream * stream, nsString& str, uint32_t offset)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISeekableStream> seekStream = do_QueryInterface(stream, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, false);
+
+  rv = seekStream->Seek(nsISeekableStream::NS_SEEK_SET, offset);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, false);
+
+  uint32_t cntRead;
+  char buffer[kOutlookExpressStringLength];
+  char *pReadTo = buffer;
+  rv = stream->Read(pReadTo, kOutlookExpressStringLength, &cntRead);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || (cntRead != kOutlookExpressStringLength))
+    return false;
+
+  buffer[kOutlookExpressStringLength - 1] = 0;
+  str.AssignASCII(buffer);
+  return true;
+}
+
+bool nsOEScanBoxes::ReadString(nsIInputStream * stream, nsCString& str, uint32_t offset)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISeekableStream> seekStream = do_QueryInterface(stream, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, false);
+
+  rv = seekStream->Seek(nsISeekableStream::NS_SEEK_SET, offset);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, false);
+
+  uint32_t  cntRead;
+  char  buffer[kOutlookExpressStringLength];
+  char *pReadTo = buffer;
+  rv = stream->Read(pReadTo, kOutlookExpressStringLength, &cntRead);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || (cntRead != kOutlookExpressStringLength))
+    return false;
+
+  buffer[kOutlookExpressStringLength - 1] = 0;
+  str = buffer;
+  return true;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/import/oexpress/nsOEScanBoxes.h b/mailnews/import/oexpress/nsOEScanBoxes.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e2e62b238
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/oexpress/nsOEScanBoxes.h
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsOEScanBoxes_h___
+#define nsOEScanBoxes_h___
+
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsIImportModule.h"
+#include "nsTArray.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsIArray.h"
+#include "nsIMutableArray.h"
+#include "nsIFile.h"
+#include "nsIImportService.h"
+
+class nsIInputStream;
+
+class nsOEScanBoxes {
+public:
+  nsOEScanBoxes();
+  ~nsOEScanBoxes();
+
+  static bool    FindMail(nsIFile *pWhere);
+
+  bool    GetMailboxes(nsIFile *pWhere, nsIArray **pArray);
+
+
+private:
+  typedef struct {
+    uint32_t  index;
+    uint32_t  parent;
+    int32_t    child;
+    int32_t    sibling;
+    int32_t    type;
+    nsString  mailName;
+    nsCString  fileName;
+    bool      processed; // used by entries on m_pendingChildArray list
+  } MailboxEntry;
+
+  static bool    Find50Mail(nsIFile *pWhere);
+
+  void  Reset(void);
+  bool    FindMailBoxes(nsIFile * descFile);
+  bool    Find50MailBoxes(nsIFile * descFile);
+
+  // If find mailboxes fails you can use this routine to get the raw mailbox file names
+  void  ScanMailboxDir(nsIFile * srcDir);
+  bool    Scan50MailboxDir(nsIFile * srcDir);
+
+  MailboxEntry *  GetIndexEntry(uint32_t index);
+  void      AddChildEntry(MailboxEntry *pEntry, uint32_t rootIndex);
+  MailboxEntry *  NewMailboxEntry(uint32_t id, uint32_t parent, const char *prettyName, char *pFileName);
+  void        ProcessPendingChildEntries(uint32_t parent, uint32_t rootIndex, nsTArray<MailboxEntry*> &childArray);
+  void        RemoveProcessedChildEntries();
+
+
+  bool        ReadLong(nsIInputStream * stream, int32_t& val, uint32_t offset);
+  bool        ReadLong(nsIInputStream * stream, uint32_t& val, uint32_t offset);
+  bool        ReadString(nsIInputStream * stream, nsString& str, uint32_t offset);
+  bool        ReadString(nsIInputStream * stream, nsCString& str, uint32_t offset);
+  uint32_t     CountMailboxes(MailboxEntry *pBox);
+
+  void       BuildMailboxList(MailboxEntry *pBox, nsIFile * root, int32_t depth, nsIMutableArray *pArray);
+  bool         GetMailboxList(nsIFile * root, nsIArray **pArray);
+
+private:
+  MailboxEntry *        m_pFirst;
+  nsTArray<MailboxEntry*>  m_entryArray;
+  nsTArray<MailboxEntry*>  m_pendingChildArray; // contains child folders whose parent folders have not showed up.
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImportService>  mService;
+};
+
+#endif // nsOEScanBoxes_h__
diff --git a/mailnews/import/oexpress/nsOESettings.cpp b/mailnews/import/oexpress/nsOESettings.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..600acf74c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/oexpress/nsOESettings.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,921 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/*
+
+  Outlook Express (Win32) settings
+
+*/
+
+#include "nsOESettings.h"
+#include "mozilla/WindowsVersion.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nscore.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "nsOEImport.h"
+#include "nsIComponentManager.h"
+#include "nsIServiceManager.h"
+#include "nsOERegUtil.h"
+#include "nsIMsgAccountManager.h"
+#include "nsIMsgAccount.h"
+#include "nsIImportSettings.h"
+#include "nsMsgBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsMsgCompCID.h"
+#include "nsMsgI18N.h"
+#include "nsISmtpService.h"
+#include "nsISmtpServer.h"
+#include "nsOEStringBundle.h"
+#include "OEDebugLog.h"
+#include "nsIPop3IncomingServer.h"
+#include "nsIImapIncomingServer.h"
+#include "nsINntpIncomingServer.h"
+#include "stdlib.h"
+#include <windows.h>
+#include "nsIWindowsRegKey.h"
+#include "nsComponentManagerUtils.h"
+
+#ifdef MOZILLA_INTERNAL_API
+#include "nsNativeCharsetUtils.h"
+#else
+#include "nsMsgI18N.h"
+#define NS_CopyNativeToUnicode(source, dest) \
+        nsMsgI18NConvertToUnicode(nsMsgI18NFileSystemCharset(), source, dest)
+#define NS_CopyUnicodeToNative(source, dest) \
+        nsMsgI18NConvertFromUnicode(nsMsgI18NFileSystemCharset(), source, dest)
+#endif
+
+class OESettings {
+public:
+  static nsresult GetDefaultMailAccount(nsAString &aMailAccount);
+  static nsresult GetCheckMailInterval(uint32_t *aInterval);
+  static nsresult Find50Key(nsIWindowsRegKey **aKey);
+  static nsresult Find40Key(nsIWindowsRegKey **aKey);
+  static nsresult FindAccountsKey(nsIWindowsRegKey **aKey);
+
+  static bool DoImport(nsIMsgAccount **ppAccount);
+
+  static bool DoIMAPServer(nsIMsgAccountManager *aMgr,
+                           nsIWindowsRegKey *aKey,
+                           const nsString &aServerName,
+                           nsIMsgAccount **ppAccount);
+  static bool DoPOP3Server(nsIMsgAccountManager *aMgr,
+                           nsIWindowsRegKey *aKey,
+                           const nsString &aServerName,
+                           nsIMsgAccount **ppAccount);
+  static bool DoNNTPServer(nsIMsgAccountManager *aMgr,
+                           nsIWindowsRegKey *aKey,
+                           const nsString &aServerName,
+                           nsIMsgAccount **ppAccount);
+
+  static void SetIncomingServerProperties(nsIMsgIncomingServer *aServer,
+                                          nsIWindowsRegKey *aKey,
+                                          const nsString &aKeyNamePrefix);
+
+  static void SetIdentities(nsIMsgAccountManager *aMgr,
+                            nsIMsgAccount *aAccount,
+                            nsIWindowsRegKey *aKey,
+                            const nsString &aIncomgUserName,
+                            int32_t authMethodIncoming, bool isNNTP);
+  static void SetSmtpServer(const nsString &aSmtpServer,
+                            nsIWindowsRegKey *aKey,
+                            nsIMsgIdentity *aId,
+                            const nsString &aIncomgUserName,
+                            int32_t authMethodIncoming);
+  static nsresult GetAccountName(nsIWindowsRegKey *aKey,
+                                 const nsString &aDefaultName,
+                                 nsAString &aAccountName);
+  static bool IsKB933612Applied();
+};
+
+static uint32_t checkNewMailTime;// OE global setting, let's default to 30
+static bool     checkNewMail;    // OE global setting, let's default to false
+                                 // This won't cause unwanted autodownloads-
+                                 // user can set prefs after import
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+nsresult nsOESettings::Create(nsIImportSettings** aImport)
+{
+    NS_PRECONDITION(aImport != nullptr, "null ptr");
+    if (! aImport)
+        return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+    *aImport = new nsOESettings();
+    if (! *aImport)
+        return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+    NS_ADDREF(*aImport);
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsOESettings::nsOESettings()
+{
+}
+
+nsOESettings::~nsOESettings()
+{
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsOESettings, nsIImportSettings)
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsOESettings::AutoLocate(char16_t **description, nsIFile **location, bool *_retval)
+{
+  NS_PRECONDITION(description != nullptr, "null ptr");
+  NS_PRECONDITION(_retval != nullptr, "null ptr");
+  if (!description || !_retval)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  *description = nsOEStringBundle::GetStringByID(OEIMPORT_NAME);
+
+  if (location)
+    *location = nullptr;
+
+  *_retval = false;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIWindowsRegKey> key;
+  if (NS_FAILED(OESettings::Find50Key(getter_AddRefs(key))) &&
+      NS_FAILED(OESettings::Find40Key(getter_AddRefs(key))))
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(OESettings::FindAccountsKey(getter_AddRefs(key))))
+    *_retval = true;
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsOESettings::SetLocation(nsIFile *location)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsOESettings::Import(nsIMsgAccount **localMailAccount, bool *_retval)
+{
+  NS_PRECONDITION(_retval != nullptr, "null ptr");
+
+  if (OESettings::DoImport(localMailAccount)) {
+    *_retval = true;
+    IMPORT_LOG0("Settings import appears successful\n");
+  }
+  else {
+    *_retval = false;
+    IMPORT_LOG0("Settings import returned FALSE\n");
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult OESettings::GetDefaultMailAccount(nsAString &aMailAccount)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIWindowsRegKey> key =
+    do_CreateInstance("@mozilla.org/windows-registry-key;1", &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsAutoString userId;
+  rv = nsOERegUtil::GetDefaultUserId(userId);
+  // OE has default mail account here when it has been
+  // set up by transfer or has multiple identities
+  // look below for orig code that looked in new OE installs
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+    nsAutoString path(NS_LITERAL_STRING("Identities\\"));
+    path.Append(userId);
+    path.AppendLiteral("\\Software\\Microsoft\\Internet Account Manager");
+    rv = key->Open(nsIWindowsRegKey::ROOT_KEY_CURRENT_USER,
+                   path,
+                   nsIWindowsRegKey::ACCESS_QUERY_VALUE);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      key->ReadStringValue(NS_LITERAL_STRING("Default Mail Account"), aMailAccount);
+  }
+
+  if (!aMailAccount.IsEmpty())
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  // else it must be here in original install location from orig code
+  rv = key->Open(nsIWindowsRegKey::ROOT_KEY_CURRENT_USER,
+                 NS_LITERAL_STRING("Software\\Microsoft\\Outlook Express"),
+                 nsIWindowsRegKey::ACCESS_QUERY_VALUE);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  return key->ReadStringValue(NS_LITERAL_STRING("Default Mail Account"), aMailAccount);
+}
+
+nsresult OESettings::GetCheckMailInterval(uint32_t *aInterval)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIWindowsRegKey> key;
+  // 'poll for messages' setting in OE is a global setting
+  // in OE options general tab and in following global OE
+  // registry location.
+  // for all accounts poll interval is a 32 bit value, 0 for
+  // "don't poll", else milliseconds
+  nsresult rv = Find50Key(getter_AddRefs(key));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    rv = Find40Key(getter_AddRefs(key));
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIWindowsRegKey> subKey;
+  rv = key->OpenChild(NS_LITERAL_STRING("Mail"),
+                      nsIWindowsRegKey::ACCESS_QUERY_VALUE,
+                      getter_AddRefs(subKey));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  uint32_t intValue;
+  rv = subKey->ReadIntValue(NS_LITERAL_STRING("Poll For Mail"), &intValue);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && intValue != PR_UINT32_MAX)
+    *aInterval = intValue / 60000;
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult OESettings::FindAccountsKey(nsIWindowsRegKey **aKey)
+{
+  nsAutoString userId;
+  nsresult rv = nsOERegUtil::GetDefaultUserId(userId);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  nsAutoString path(NS_LITERAL_STRING("Identities\\"));
+  path.Append(userId);
+  path.AppendLiteral("\\Software\\Microsoft\\Internet Account Manager\\Accounts");
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIWindowsRegKey> key =
+    do_CreateInstance("@mozilla.org/windows-registry-key;1", &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = key->Open(nsIWindowsRegKey::ROOT_KEY_CURRENT_USER,
+                 path,
+                 nsIWindowsRegKey::ACCESS_QUERY_VALUE |
+                 nsIWindowsRegKey::ACCESS_ENUMERATE_SUB_KEYS);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+    NS_ADDREF(*aKey = key);
+    return rv;
+  }
+
+  rv = key->Open(nsIWindowsRegKey::ROOT_KEY_CURRENT_USER,
+                 NS_LITERAL_STRING("Software\\Microsoft\\Internet Account Manager\\Accounts"),
+                 nsIWindowsRegKey::ACCESS_QUERY_VALUE |
+                 nsIWindowsRegKey::ACCESS_ENUMERATE_SUB_KEYS);
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aKey = key);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult OESettings::Find50Key(nsIWindowsRegKey **aKey)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIWindowsRegKey> key =
+    do_CreateInstance("@mozilla.org/windows-registry-key;1", &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsAutoString userId;
+  rv = nsOERegUtil::GetDefaultUserId(userId);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  nsAutoString path(NS_LITERAL_STRING("Identities\\"));
+  path.Append(userId);
+  path.AppendLiteral("\\Software\\Microsoft\\Outlook Express\\5.0");
+  rv = key->Open(nsIWindowsRegKey::ROOT_KEY_CURRENT_USER,
+                 path,
+                 nsIWindowsRegKey::ACCESS_QUERY_VALUE);
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aKey = key);
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult OESettings::Find40Key(nsIWindowsRegKey **aKey)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIWindowsRegKey> key =
+    do_CreateInstance("@mozilla.org/windows-registry-key;1", &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = key->Open(nsIWindowsRegKey::ROOT_KEY_CURRENT_USER,
+                 NS_LITERAL_STRING("Software\\Microsoft\\Outlook Express"),
+                 nsIWindowsRegKey::ACCESS_QUERY_VALUE);
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aKey = key);
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+bool OESettings::DoImport(nsIMsgAccount **aAccount)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIWindowsRegKey> key;
+  nsresult rv = FindAccountsKey(getter_AddRefs(key));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+    IMPORT_LOG0( "*** Error finding Outlook Express registry account keys\n");
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccountManager> accMgr =
+           do_GetService(NS_MSGACCOUNTMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+    IMPORT_LOG0("*** Failed to create a account manager!\n");
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  nsAutoString defMailName;
+  rv = GetDefaultMailAccount(defMailName);
+
+  checkNewMail = false;
+  checkNewMailTime = 30;
+  rv = GetCheckMailInterval(&checkNewMailTime);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    checkNewMail = true;
+
+  // Iterate the accounts looking for POP3 & IMAP accounts...
+  // Ignore LDAP for now!
+  uint32_t accounts = 0;
+  nsAutoString keyComp;
+  uint32_t childCount = 0;
+  key->GetChildCount(&childCount);
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < childCount; i++) {
+    nsAutoString keyName;
+    key->GetChildName(i, keyName);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIWindowsRegKey> subKey;
+    rv = key->OpenChild(keyName,
+                        nsIWindowsRegKey::ACCESS_QUERY_VALUE,
+                        getter_AddRefs(subKey));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      continue;
+
+    nsAutoCString nativeKeyName;
+    NS_CopyUnicodeToNative(keyName, nativeKeyName);
+    IMPORT_LOG1("Opened Outlook Express account: %s\n",
+                nativeKeyName.get());
+
+    nsIMsgAccount  *anAccount = nullptr;
+    nsAutoString value;
+    rv = subKey->ReadStringValue(NS_LITERAL_STRING("IMAP Server"), value);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && DoIMAPServer(accMgr, subKey, value, &anAccount))
+      accounts++;
+
+    rv = subKey->ReadStringValue(NS_LITERAL_STRING("NNTP Server"), value);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && DoNNTPServer(accMgr, subKey, value, &anAccount))
+      accounts++;
+
+    rv = subKey->ReadStringValue(NS_LITERAL_STRING("POP3 Server"), value);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && DoPOP3Server(accMgr, subKey, value, &anAccount))
+      accounts++;
+
+    if (anAccount) {
+      // Is this the default account?
+      keyComp = keyName;
+      if (keyComp.Equals(defMailName))
+        accMgr->SetDefaultAccount(anAccount);
+      NS_RELEASE(anAccount);
+    }
+  }
+
+  // Now save the new acct info to pref file.
+  rv = accMgr->SaveAccountInfo();
+  NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "Can't save account info to pref file");
+
+  return accounts != 0;
+}
+
+nsresult OESettings::GetAccountName(nsIWindowsRegKey *aKey,
+                                    const nsString &aDefaultName,
+                                    nsAString &aAccountName)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  rv = aKey->ReadStringValue(NS_LITERAL_STRING("Account Name"), aAccountName);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    aAccountName.Assign(aDefaultName);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+bool OESettings::DoIMAPServer(nsIMsgAccountManager *aMgr,
+                              nsIWindowsRegKey *aKey,
+                              const nsString &aServerName,
+                              nsIMsgAccount **ppAccount)
+{
+  if (ppAccount)
+    *ppAccount = nullptr;
+
+  nsAutoString userName;
+  nsresult rv;
+  rv = aKey->ReadStringValue(NS_LITERAL_STRING("IMAP User Name"), userName);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return false;
+
+  nsAutoCString nativeUserName;
+  NS_CopyUnicodeToNative(userName, nativeUserName);
+  nsAutoCString nativeServerName;
+  NS_CopyUnicodeToNative(aServerName, nativeServerName);
+  // I now have a user name/server name pair, find out if it already exists?
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> in;
+  rv = aMgr->FindServer(nativeUserName,
+                        nativeServerName,
+                        NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("imap"),
+                        getter_AddRefs(in));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+    // for an existing server we create another identity,
+    //  TB lists under 'manage identities'
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccount> account;
+    rv = aMgr->FindAccountForServer(in, getter_AddRefs(account));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      return false;
+
+    IMPORT_LOG0("Created an identity and added to existing IMAP incoming server\n");
+    // Fiddle with the identities
+    int32_t authMethod;
+    in->GetAuthMethod(&authMethod);
+    SetIdentities(aMgr, account, aKey, userName, authMethod, false);
+    if (ppAccount)
+      account->QueryInterface(NS_GET_IID(nsIMsgAccount),
+                              (void **)ppAccount);
+    return true;
+  }
+
+  // Create the incoming server and an account for it?
+  rv = aMgr->CreateIncomingServer(nativeUserName,
+                                  nativeServerName,
+                                  NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("imap"),
+                                  getter_AddRefs(in));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, false);
+
+  nsAutoString rootFolder;
+  rv = aKey->ReadStringValue(NS_LITERAL_STRING("IMAP Root Folder"), rootFolder);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !rootFolder.IsEmpty()) {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIImapIncomingServer> imapServer = do_QueryInterface(in);
+    nsAutoCString nativeRootFolder;
+    NS_CopyUnicodeToNative(rootFolder, nativeRootFolder);
+    imapServer->SetServerDirectory(nativeRootFolder);
+  }
+
+  SetIncomingServerProperties(in, aKey, NS_LITERAL_STRING("IMAP "));
+
+  IMPORT_LOG2("Created IMAP server named: %s, userName: %s\n",
+              nativeServerName.get(), nativeUserName.get());
+
+  nsAutoString prettyName;
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(GetAccountName(aKey, aServerName, prettyName)))
+    rv = in->SetPrettyName(prettyName);
+
+  // We have a server, create an account.
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccount> account;
+  rv = aMgr->CreateAccount(getter_AddRefs(account));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && account) {
+    rv = account->SetIncomingServer(in);
+
+    IMPORT_LOG0("Created an account and set the IMAP server as the incoming server\n");
+
+    // Fiddle with the identities
+    int32_t authMethod;
+    in->GetAuthMethod(&authMethod);
+    SetIdentities(aMgr, account, aKey, userName, authMethod, false);
+    if (ppAccount)
+      account->QueryInterface(NS_GET_IID(nsIMsgAccount), (void **)ppAccount);
+    return true;
+  }
+
+  return false;
+}
+
+bool OESettings::DoPOP3Server(nsIMsgAccountManager *aMgr,
+                              nsIWindowsRegKey *aKey,
+                              const nsString &aServerName,
+                              nsIMsgAccount **ppAccount)
+{
+  if (ppAccount)
+    *ppAccount = nullptr;
+
+  nsAutoString userName;
+  nsresult rv;
+  rv = aKey->ReadStringValue(NS_LITERAL_STRING("POP3 User Name"), userName);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return false;
+
+  nsAutoCString nativeUserName;
+  NS_CopyUnicodeToNative(userName, nativeUserName);
+  nsAutoCString nativeServerName;
+  NS_CopyUnicodeToNative(aServerName, nativeServerName);
+
+  // I now have a user name/server name pair, find out if it already exists?
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> in;
+  rv = aMgr->FindServer(nativeUserName,
+                        nativeServerName,
+                        NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("pop3"),
+                        getter_AddRefs(in));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+    IMPORT_LOG2("Existing POP3 server named: %s, userName: %s\n",
+                nativeUserName.get(), nativeServerName.get());
+    // for an existing server we create another identity,
+    // TB listed under 'manage identities'
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccount>  account;
+    rv = aMgr->FindAccountForServer(in, getter_AddRefs(account));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && account) {
+      IMPORT_LOG0("Created identity and added to existing POP3 incoming server.\n");
+      // Fiddle with the identities
+      int32_t authMethod;
+      in->GetAuthMethod(&authMethod);
+      SetIdentities(aMgr, account, aKey, userName, authMethod, false);
+      if (ppAccount)
+        account->QueryInterface(NS_GET_IID(nsIMsgAccount), (void **)ppAccount);
+      return true;
+    }
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  // Create the incoming server and an account for it?
+  rv = aMgr->CreateIncomingServer(nativeUserName,
+                                  nativeServerName,
+                                  NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("pop3"),
+                                  getter_AddRefs( in));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return false;
+
+  SetIncomingServerProperties(in, aKey, NS_LITERAL_STRING("POP3 "));
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPop3IncomingServer> pop3Server = do_QueryInterface(in);
+  if (pop3Server) {
+    // set local folders as the Inbox to use for this POP3 server
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> localFoldersServer;
+    aMgr->GetLocalFoldersServer(getter_AddRefs(localFoldersServer));
+
+    if (!localFoldersServer)
+    {
+      // If Local Folders does not exist already, create it
+
+      if (NS_FAILED(aMgr->CreateLocalMailAccount())) {
+        IMPORT_LOG0("*** Failed to create Local Folders!\n");
+        return false;
+      }
+
+      aMgr->GetLocalFoldersServer(getter_AddRefs(localFoldersServer));
+    }
+
+    // now get the account for this server
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccount> localFoldersAccount;
+    aMgr->FindAccountForServer(localFoldersServer, getter_AddRefs(localFoldersAccount));
+    if (localFoldersAccount)
+    {
+      nsCString localFoldersAcctKey;
+      localFoldersAccount->GetKey(localFoldersAcctKey);
+      pop3Server->SetDeferredToAccount(localFoldersAcctKey);
+    }
+
+    uint32_t intValue;
+    rv = aKey->ReadIntValue(NS_LITERAL_STRING("POP3 Skip Account"), &intValue);
+    // OE:0=='Include this account when receiving mail or synchronizing'==
+    // TB:1==AM:Server:advanced:Include this server when getting new mail
+    pop3Server->SetDeferGetNewMail(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && intValue == 0);
+
+    rv = aKey->ReadIntValue(NS_LITERAL_STRING("Leave Mail On Server"),
+                            &intValue);
+    pop3Server->SetLeaveMessagesOnServer(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && intValue == 1);
+
+    rv = aKey->ReadIntValue(NS_LITERAL_STRING("Remove When Deleted"),
+                            &intValue);
+    pop3Server->SetDeleteMailLeftOnServer(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && intValue == 1);
+
+    rv = aKey->ReadIntValue(NS_LITERAL_STRING("Remove When Expired"),
+                            &intValue);
+    pop3Server->SetDeleteByAgeFromServer(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && intValue == 1);
+
+    rv = aKey->ReadIntValue(NS_LITERAL_STRING("Expire Days"),
+                            &intValue);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      pop3Server->SetNumDaysToLeaveOnServer(static_cast<int32_t>(intValue));
+  }
+  IMPORT_LOG2("Created POP3 server named: %s, userName: %s\n",
+              nativeServerName.get(), nativeUserName.get());
+  nsString prettyName;
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(GetAccountName(aKey, aServerName, prettyName)))
+    rv = in->SetPrettyName(prettyName);
+
+  // We have a server, create an account.
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccount>  account;
+  rv = aMgr->CreateAccount(getter_AddRefs( account));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED( rv) && account) {
+    rv = account->SetIncomingServer(in);
+    IMPORT_LOG0("Created a new account and set the incoming server to the POP3 server.\n");
+
+    int32_t authMethod;
+    in->GetAuthMethod(&authMethod);
+    // Fiddle with the identities
+    SetIdentities(aMgr, account, aKey, userName, authMethod, false);
+    if (ppAccount)
+      account->QueryInterface(NS_GET_IID(nsIMsgAccount),
+                               (void **)ppAccount);
+    return true;
+  }
+
+  return false;
+}
+
+bool OESettings::DoNNTPServer(nsIMsgAccountManager *aMgr,
+                              nsIWindowsRegKey *aKey,
+                              const nsString &aServerName,
+                              nsIMsgAccount **ppAccount)
+{
+  if (ppAccount)
+    *ppAccount = nullptr;
+
+  nsAutoString userName;
+  nsresult rv;
+  // this only exists if NNTP server requires it or not anon login
+  rv = aKey->ReadStringValue(NS_LITERAL_STRING("NNTP User Name"), userName);
+
+  bool result = false;
+
+  nsAutoCString nativeServerName;
+  NS_CopyUnicodeToNative(aServerName, nativeServerName);
+  // I now have a user name/server name pair, find out if it already exists?
+  // NNTP can have empty user name.  This is wild card in findserver
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> in;
+  rv = aMgr->FindServer(EmptyCString(),
+                        nativeServerName,
+                        NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("nntp"),
+                        getter_AddRefs(in));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || (in == nullptr)) {
+    // Create the incoming server and an account for it?
+    rv = aMgr->CreateIncomingServer(EmptyCString(),
+                                    nativeServerName,
+                                    NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("nntp"),
+                                    getter_AddRefs(in));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && in) {
+      uint32_t port = 0;
+      rv = aKey->ReadIntValue(NS_LITERAL_STRING("NNTP Port"),
+                              &port);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && port && port != 119)
+        in->SetPort(static_cast<int32_t>(port));
+
+      nsAutoCString nativeUserName;
+      NS_CopyUnicodeToNative(userName, nativeUserName);
+      // do nntpincomingserver stuff
+      nsCOMPtr<nsINntpIncomingServer> nntpServer = do_QueryInterface(in);
+      if (nntpServer && !userName.IsEmpty()) {
+        nntpServer->SetPushAuth(true);
+        in->SetUsername(nativeUserName);
+      }
+
+      IMPORT_LOG2("Created NNTP server named: %s, userName: %s\n",
+                  nativeServerName.get(), nativeUserName.get());
+
+      nsString prettyName;
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(GetAccountName(aKey, aServerName, prettyName)))
+        rv = in->SetPrettyName(prettyName);
+
+      // We have a server, create an account.
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccount> account;
+      rv = aMgr->CreateAccount(getter_AddRefs(account));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && account) {
+        rv = account->SetIncomingServer(in);
+
+        IMPORT_LOG0("Created an account and set the NNTP server as the incoming server\n");
+
+        // Fiddle with the identities
+        SetIdentities(aMgr, account, aKey, userName, 0, true);
+        result = true;
+        if (ppAccount)
+          account->QueryInterface(NS_GET_IID(nsIMsgAccount), (void **)ppAccount);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  else if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && in) {
+    // for the existing server...
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccount> account;
+    rv = aMgr->FindAccountForServer(in, getter_AddRefs(account));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && account) {
+      IMPORT_LOG0("Using existing account and set the NNTP server as the incoming server\n");
+      // Fiddle with the identities
+      SetIdentities(aMgr, account, aKey, userName, 0, true);
+      if (ppAccount)
+        account->QueryInterface(NS_GET_IID(nsIMsgAccount),
+                                 (void **)ppAccount);
+      return true;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+    result = true;
+
+  return result;
+}
+
+void OESettings::SetIncomingServerProperties(nsIMsgIncomingServer *aServer,
+                                             nsIWindowsRegKey *aKey,
+                                             const nsString &aKeyNamePrefix)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  uint32_t secureConnection = 0;
+  nsString keyName(aKeyNamePrefix);
+  keyName.AppendLiteral("Secure Connection");
+  rv = aKey->ReadIntValue(keyName, &secureConnection);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && secureConnection == 1)
+    aServer->SetSocketType(nsMsgSocketType::SSL);
+
+  uint32_t port = 0;
+  keyName.SetLength(aKeyNamePrefix.Length());
+  keyName.AppendLiteral("Port");
+  rv = aKey->ReadIntValue(keyName, &port);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && port)
+    aServer->SetPort(static_cast<int32_t>(port));
+
+  int32_t authMethod;
+  uint32_t useSicily = 0;
+  keyName.SetLength(aKeyNamePrefix.Length());
+  keyName.AppendLiteral("Use Sicily");
+  rv = aKey->ReadIntValue(keyName, &useSicily);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && useSicily)
+    authMethod = nsMsgAuthMethod::secure;
+  else
+    authMethod = nsMsgAuthMethod::passwordCleartext;
+  aServer->SetAuthMethod(authMethod);
+
+  aServer->SetDoBiff(checkNewMail);
+  aServer->SetBiffMinutes(checkNewMailTime);
+}
+
+void OESettings::SetIdentities(nsIMsgAccountManager *aMgr,
+                               nsIMsgAccount *pAcc,
+                               nsIWindowsRegKey *aKey,
+                               const nsString &aIncomgUserName,
+                               int32_t authMethodIncoming,
+                               bool isNNTP)
+{
+  // Get the relevant information for an identity
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsAutoString name;
+  rv = aKey->ReadStringValue(isNNTP ?
+                             NS_LITERAL_STRING("NNTP Display Name") :
+                             NS_LITERAL_STRING("SMTP Display Name"),
+                             name);
+  nsAutoString email;
+  rv = aKey->ReadStringValue(isNNTP ?
+                             NS_LITERAL_STRING("NNTP Email Address") :
+                             NS_LITERAL_STRING("SMTP Email Address"),
+                             email);
+  nsAutoString reply;
+  rv = aKey->ReadStringValue(isNNTP ?
+                             NS_LITERAL_STRING("NNTP Reply To Email Address") :
+                             NS_LITERAL_STRING("SMTP Reply To Email Address"),
+                             reply);
+  nsAutoString orgName;
+  rv = aKey->ReadStringValue(isNNTP ?
+                             NS_LITERAL_STRING("NNTP Organization Name") :
+                             NS_LITERAL_STRING("SMTP Organization Name"),
+                             orgName);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIdentity> id;
+  rv = aMgr->CreateIdentity(getter_AddRefs(id));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return;
+
+  id->SetFullName(name);
+  id->SetOrganization(orgName);
+
+  nsAutoCString nativeEmail;
+  NS_CopyUnicodeToNative(email, nativeEmail);
+  id->SetEmail(nativeEmail);
+  if (!reply.IsEmpty()) {
+    nsAutoCString nativeReply;
+    NS_CopyUnicodeToNative(reply, nativeReply);
+    id->SetReplyTo(nativeReply);
+  }
+
+  // Outlook Express users are used to top style quoting.
+  id->SetReplyOnTop(isNNTP ? 0 : 1);
+  pAcc->AddIdentity(id);
+
+  nsAutoCString nativeName;
+  NS_CopyUnicodeToNative(name, nativeName);
+  IMPORT_LOG0("Created identity and added to the account\n");
+  IMPORT_LOG1("\tname: %s\n", nativeName.get());
+  IMPORT_LOG1("\temail: %s\n", nativeEmail.get());
+
+  if (isNNTP)  // NNTP does not use SMTP in OE or TB
+    return;
+  nsAutoString smtpServer;
+  rv = aKey->ReadStringValue(NS_LITERAL_STRING("SMTP Server"), smtpServer);
+  SetSmtpServer(smtpServer, aKey, id, aIncomgUserName, authMethodIncoming);
+}
+
+void OESettings::SetSmtpServer(const nsString &aSmtpServer,
+                               nsIWindowsRegKey *aKey,
+                               nsIMsgIdentity *aId,
+                               const nsString &aIncomgUserName,
+                               int32_t authMethodIncoming)
+{
+  // set the id.smtpserver accordingly
+  // first we have to calculate the smtp user name which is based on sicily
+  if (!aKey || !aId || aIncomgUserName.IsEmpty() || aSmtpServer.IsEmpty())
+    return;
+  nsCString smtpServerKey;
+  // smtp user name depends on sicily which may or not exist
+  uint32_t useSicily = 0;
+  nsresult rv = aKey->ReadIntValue(NS_LITERAL_STRING("SMTP Use Sicily"),
+                                   &useSicily);
+  nsAutoString userName;
+  switch (useSicily) {
+    case 1:
+    case 3:
+      // has to go in whether empty or no
+      // shouldn't be empty but better safe than sorry
+      aKey->ReadStringValue(NS_LITERAL_STRING("SMTP User Name"), userName);
+      break;
+    case 2:
+      userName = aIncomgUserName;
+      break;
+    default:
+      break; // initial userName == ""
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISmtpService> smtpService(do_GetService(NS_SMTPSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && smtpService) {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISmtpServer> foundServer;
+    // don't try to make another server
+    // regardless if username doesn't match
+    nsAutoCString nativeUserName;
+    NS_CopyUnicodeToNative(userName, nativeUserName);
+    nsAutoCString nativeSmtpServer;
+    NS_CopyUnicodeToNative(aSmtpServer, nativeSmtpServer);
+    rv = smtpService->FindServer(nativeUserName.get(),
+                                 nativeSmtpServer.get(),
+                                 getter_AddRefs(foundServer));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && foundServer) {
+      // set our account keyed to this smptserver key
+      foundServer->GetKey(getter_Copies(smtpServerKey));
+      aId->SetSmtpServerKey(smtpServerKey);
+
+      IMPORT_LOG1("SMTP server already exists: %s\n",
+                  nativeSmtpServer.get());
+    }
+    else {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsISmtpServer> smtpServer;
+      rv = smtpService->CreateServer(getter_AddRefs(smtpServer));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && smtpServer) {
+        uint32_t port = 0;
+        rv = aKey->ReadIntValue(NS_LITERAL_STRING("SMTP Port"),
+                                &port);
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && port)
+          smtpServer->SetPort(static_cast<int32_t>(port));
+
+        int32_t socketType = nsMsgSocketType::plain;
+        uint32_t secureConnection = 0;
+        rv = aKey->ReadIntValue(NS_LITERAL_STRING("SMTP Secure Connection"),
+                                &secureConnection);
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && secureConnection == 1) {
+          // Outlook Express does not support STARTTLS without KB933612 fix.
+          if (IsKB933612Applied() && port != 465)
+            socketType = nsMsgSocketType::alwaysSTARTTLS;
+          else
+            socketType = nsMsgSocketType::SSL;
+        }
+        smtpServer->SetSocketType(socketType);
+        smtpServer->SetUsername(nativeUserName);
+        switch (useSicily) {
+          case 1 :
+            smtpServer->SetAuthMethod(nsMsgAuthMethod::secure);
+            break;
+          case 2 : // requires SMTP authentication to use the incoming server settings
+            smtpServer->SetAuthMethod(authMethodIncoming);
+            break;
+          case 3 :
+            smtpServer->SetAuthMethod(nsMsgAuthMethod::passwordCleartext);
+            break;
+          default:
+            smtpServer->SetAuthMethod(nsMsgAuthMethod::none);
+        }
+
+        smtpServer->SetHostname(nativeSmtpServer);
+
+        smtpServer->GetKey(getter_Copies(smtpServerKey));
+        aId->SetSmtpServerKey(smtpServerKey);
+
+        IMPORT_LOG1("Created new SMTP server: %s\n",
+                    nativeSmtpServer.get());
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+bool OESettings::IsKB933612Applied()
+{
+  // The following versions of Windows include KB933612 fix:
+  // - Windows 7 and future versions of Windows
+  // - Windows Vista, SP1 or later
+  // - Windows Server 2003, SP2 or later
+  // - Windows XP, SP3 or later
+  //
+  // The following versions do not:
+  // - Windows Vista SP0
+  // - Windows Server 2003, SP1 or earlier
+  // - Windows XP, SP2 or earlier
+  //
+  // See http://support.microsoft.com/kb/929123 and
+  // http://support.microsoft.com/kb/933612
+  //
+  // Note that mozilla::IsWin2003SP2OrLater() will return true for
+  // Windows Vista and mozilla::IsXPSP3OrLater() will return true
+  // for Windows Server 2003.
+  return mozilla::IsVistaSP1OrLater() ||
+         !mozilla::IsWin2003OrLater() && mozilla::IsXPSP3OrLater() ||
+         !mozilla::IsVistaOrLater() && mozilla::IsWin2003SP2OrLater();
+}
+
diff --git a/mailnews/import/oexpress/nsOESettings.h b/mailnews/import/oexpress/nsOESettings.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8d2525423
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/oexpress/nsOESettings.h
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsOESettings_h___
+#define nsOESettings_h___
+
+#include "nsIImportSettings.h"
+
+class nsOESettings : public nsIImportSettings {
+public:
+  nsOESettings();
+  static nsresult Create(nsIImportSettings** aImport);
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIIMPORTSETTINGS
+
+private:
+  virtual ~nsOESettings();
+};
+
+#endif /* nsOESettings_h___ */
diff --git a/mailnews/import/oexpress/nsOEStringBundle.cpp b/mailnews/import/oexpress/nsOEStringBundle.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3d3b4035a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/oexpress/nsOEStringBundle.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+#include "prprf.h"
+#include "prmem.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "nsIStringBundle.h"
+#include "nsOEStringBundle.h"
+#include "nsIServiceManager.h"
+#include "nsIURI.h"
+#include "mozilla/Services.h"
+
+#define OE_MSGS_URL       "chrome://messenger/locale/oeImportMsgs.properties"
+
+nsIStringBundle *  nsOEStringBundle::m_pBundle = nullptr;
+
+nsIStringBundle *nsOEStringBundle::GetStringBundle(void)
+{
+  if (m_pBundle)
+    return m_pBundle;
+
+  char*        propertyURL = OE_MSGS_URL;
+  nsIStringBundle*  sBundle = nullptr;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundleService> sBundleService =
+    mozilla::services::GetStringBundleService();
+  if (sBundleService) {
+    sBundleService->CreateBundle(propertyURL, &sBundle);
+  }
+
+  m_pBundle = sBundle;
+
+  return sBundle;
+}
+
+
+void nsOEStringBundle::GetStringByID(int32_t stringID, nsString& result)
+{
+  char16_t *ptrv = GetStringByID(stringID);
+  result.Adopt(ptrv);
+}
+
+char16_t *nsOEStringBundle::GetStringByID(int32_t stringID)
+{
+  if (!m_pBundle)
+    m_pBundle = GetStringBundle();
+
+  if (m_pBundle) {
+    char16_t *ptrv = nullptr;
+    nsresult rv = m_pBundle->GetStringFromID(stringID, &ptrv);
+
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && ptrv)
+      return ptrv;
+  }
+
+  nsString resultString;
+  resultString.AppendLiteral("[StringID ");
+  resultString.AppendInt(stringID);
+  resultString.AppendLiteral("?]");
+
+  return ToNewUnicode(resultString);
+}
+
+void nsOEStringBundle::Cleanup(void)
+{
+  if (m_pBundle)
+    m_pBundle->Release();
+  m_pBundle = nullptr;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/import/oexpress/nsOEStringBundle.h b/mailnews/import/oexpress/nsOEStringBundle.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..36829e5e3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/oexpress/nsOEStringBundle.h
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _nsOEStringBundle_H__
+#define _nsOEStringBundle_H__
+
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+
+class nsIStringBundle;
+
+class nsOEStringBundle {
+public:
+  static char16_t     *    GetStringByID(int32_t stringID);
+  static void          GetStringByID(int32_t stringID, nsString& result);
+  static nsIStringBundle *  GetStringBundle(void); // don't release
+  static void          FreeString(char16_t *pStr) { NS_Free(pStr);}
+  static void          Cleanup(void);
+
+private:
+  static nsIStringBundle *  m_pBundle;
+};
+
+
+
+#define OEIMPORT_NAME                     2000
+#define OEIMPORT_DESCRIPTION              2011
+#define OEIMPORT_MAILBOX_SUCCESS          2002
+#define OEIMPORT_MAILBOX_BADPARAM         2003
+#define OEIMPORT_MAILBOX_BADSOURCEFILE    2004
+#define OEIMPORT_MAILBOX_CONVERTERROR     2005
+#define OEIMPORT_DEFAULT_NAME             2006
+#define OEIMPORT_AUTOFIND                 2007
+#define OEIMPORT_ADDRESS_SUCCESS          2008
+#define OEIMPORT_ADDRESS_CONVERTERROR     2009
+#define OEIMPORT_ADDRESS_BADPARAM         2010
+
+#endif /* _nsOEStringBundle_H__ */
diff --git a/mailnews/import/outlook/src/MapiApi.cpp b/mailnews/import/outlook/src/MapiApi.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d6a159754
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/outlook/src/MapiApi.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1940 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "MapiDbgLog.h"
+#include "MapiApi.h"
+
+#include <sstream>
+#include "rtfMailDecoder.h"
+
+#include "prprf.h"
+#include "nsMemory.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "nsUnicharUtils.h"
+
+int      CMapiApi::m_clients = 0;
+BOOL    CMapiApi::m_initialized = false;
+nsTArray<CMsgStore*>  *CMapiApi::m_pStores = NULL;
+LPMAPISESSION CMapiApi::m_lpSession = NULL;
+LPMDB    CMapiApi::m_lpMdb = NULL;
+HRESULT    CMapiApi::m_lastError;
+char16_t *  CMapiApi::m_pUniBuff = NULL;
+int      CMapiApi::m_uniBuffLen = 0;
+/*
+Type: 1, name: Calendar, class: IPF.Appointment
+Type: 1, name: Contacts, class: IPF.Contact
+Type: 1, name: Journal, class: IPF.Journal
+Type: 1, name: Notes, class: IPF.StickyNote
+Type: 1, name: Tasks, class: IPF.Task
+Type: 1, name: Drafts, class: IPF.Note
+*/
+
+HINSTANCE  CMapiApi::m_hMapi32 = NULL;
+
+LPMAPIUNINITIALIZE    gpMapiUninitialize = NULL;
+LPMAPIINITIALIZE    gpMapiInitialize = NULL;
+LPMAPIALLOCATEBUFFER  gpMapiAllocateBuffer = NULL;
+LPMAPIFREEBUFFER    gpMapiFreeBuffer = NULL;
+LPMAPILOGONEX      gpMapiLogonEx = NULL;
+LPOPENSTREAMONFILE    gpMapiOpenStreamOnFile = NULL;
+
+typedef HRESULT (STDMETHODCALLTYPE WRAPCOMPRESSEDRTFSTREAM) (
+  LPSTREAM lpCompressedRTFStream, ULONG ulFlags, LPSTREAM FAR *lpUncompressedRTFStream);
+typedef WRAPCOMPRESSEDRTFSTREAM *LPWRAPCOMPRESSEDRTFSTREAM;
+LPWRAPCOMPRESSEDRTFSTREAM gpWrapCompressedRTFStream = NULL;
+
+// WrapCompressedRTFStreamEx related stuff - see http://support.microsoft.com/kb/839560
+typedef struct {
+  ULONG       size;
+  ULONG       ulFlags;
+  ULONG       ulInCodePage;
+  ULONG       ulOutCodePage;
+} RTF_WCSINFO;
+typedef struct {
+  ULONG       size;
+  ULONG       ulStreamFlags;
+} RTF_WCSRETINFO;
+
+typedef HRESULT (STDMETHODCALLTYPE WRAPCOMPRESSEDRTFSTREAMEX) (
+  LPSTREAM lpCompressedRTFStream, CONST RTF_WCSINFO * pWCSInfo,
+  LPSTREAM * lppUncompressedRTFStream, RTF_WCSRETINFO * pRetInfo);
+typedef WRAPCOMPRESSEDRTFSTREAMEX *LPWRAPCOMPRESSEDRTFSTREAMEX;
+LPWRAPCOMPRESSEDRTFSTREAMEX gpWrapCompressedRTFStreamEx = NULL;
+
+BOOL CMapiApi::LoadMapiEntryPoints(void)
+{
+  if (!(gpMapiUninitialize = (LPMAPIUNINITIALIZE) GetProcAddress(
+      m_hMapi32, "MAPIUninitialize")))
+    return FALSE;
+  if (!(gpMapiInitialize = (LPMAPIINITIALIZE) GetProcAddress(
+      m_hMapi32, "MAPIInitialize")))
+    return FALSE;
+  if (!(gpMapiAllocateBuffer = (LPMAPIALLOCATEBUFFER) GetProcAddress(
+      m_hMapi32, "MAPIAllocateBuffer")))
+    return FALSE;
+  if (!(gpMapiFreeBuffer = (LPMAPIFREEBUFFER) GetProcAddress(
+      m_hMapi32, "MAPIFreeBuffer")))
+    return FALSE;
+  if (!(gpMapiLogonEx = (LPMAPILOGONEX) GetProcAddress(m_hMapi32,
+                                                       "MAPILogonEx")))
+    return FALSE;
+  if (!(gpMapiOpenStreamOnFile = (LPOPENSTREAMONFILE) GetProcAddress(
+      m_hMapi32, "OpenStreamOnFile")))
+    return FALSE;
+
+  // Available from the Outlook 2002 post-SP3 hotfix (http://support.microsoft.com/kb/883924/)
+  // Exported by msmapi32.dll; so it's unavailable to us using mapi32.dll
+  gpWrapCompressedRTFStreamEx = (LPWRAPCOMPRESSEDRTFSTREAMEX) GetProcAddress(
+    m_hMapi32, "WrapCompressedRTFStreamEx");
+  // Available always
+  gpWrapCompressedRTFStream = (LPWRAPCOMPRESSEDRTFSTREAM) GetProcAddress(
+    m_hMapi32, "WrapCompressedRTFStream");
+
+  return TRUE;
+}
+
+// Gets the PR_RTF_COMPRESSED tag property
+// Codepage is used only if the WrapCompressedRTFStreamEx is available
+BOOL CMapiApi::GetRTFPropertyDecodedAsUTF16(LPMAPIPROP pProp, nsString& val,
+                                            unsigned long& nativeBodyType,
+                                            unsigned long codepage)
+{
+  if (!m_hMapi32 || !(gpWrapCompressedRTFStreamEx || gpWrapCompressedRTFStream))
+    return FALSE; // Fallback to the default processing
+
+  LPSTREAM icstream = 0; // for the compressed stream
+  LPSTREAM iunstream = 0; // for the uncompressed stream
+  HRESULT hr = pProp->OpenProperty(PR_RTF_COMPRESSED,
+                                   &IID_IStream, STGM_READ | STGM_DIRECT,
+                                   0, (LPUNKNOWN *)&icstream);
+  if (HR_FAILED(hr))
+    return FALSE;
+
+  if (gpWrapCompressedRTFStreamEx) { // Impossible - we use mapi32.dll!
+    RTF_WCSINFO     wcsinfo = {0};
+    RTF_WCSRETINFO  retinfo = {0};
+
+    retinfo.size = sizeof(RTF_WCSRETINFO);
+
+    wcsinfo.size = sizeof(RTF_WCSINFO);
+    wcsinfo.ulFlags = MAPI_NATIVE_BODY;
+    wcsinfo.ulInCodePage = codepage;
+    wcsinfo.ulOutCodePage = CP_UTF8;
+
+    if(HR_SUCCEEDED(hr = gpWrapCompressedRTFStreamEx(icstream, &wcsinfo,
+                                                     &iunstream, &retinfo)))
+      nativeBodyType = retinfo.ulStreamFlags;
+  }
+  else { // mapi32.dll
+    gpWrapCompressedRTFStream(icstream,0,&iunstream);
+  }
+  icstream->Release();
+
+  if(iunstream) { // Succeeded
+    std::string streamData;
+    // Stream.Stat doesn't work for this stream!
+    bool done = false;
+    while (!done) {
+      // I think 10K is a good guess to minimize the number of reads while keeping memory usage low
+      const int bufsize = 10240; 
+      char buf[bufsize];
+      ULONG read;
+      hr = iunstream->Read(buf, bufsize, &read);
+      done = (read < bufsize) || (hr != S_OK);
+      if (read)
+        streamData.append(buf, read);
+    }
+    iunstream->Release();
+    // if rtf -> convert to plain text.
+    if (!gpWrapCompressedRTFStreamEx ||
+        (nativeBodyType==MAPI_NATIVE_BODY_TYPE_RTF)) {
+      std::stringstream s(streamData);
+      CRTFMailDecoder decoder;
+      DecodeRTF(s, decoder);
+      if (decoder.mode() == CRTFMailDecoder::mHTML)
+        nativeBodyType = MAPI_NATIVE_BODY_TYPE_HTML;
+      else if (decoder.mode() == CRTFMailDecoder::mText)
+        nativeBodyType = MAPI_NATIVE_BODY_TYPE_PLAINTEXT;
+      else
+        nativeBodyType = MAPI_NATIVE_BODY_TYPE_RTF;
+      val.Assign(decoder.text(), decoder.textSize());
+    }
+    else { // WrapCompressedRTFStreamEx available and original type is not rtf
+      CopyUTF8toUTF16(nsDependentCString(streamData.c_str()), val);
+    }
+    return TRUE;
+  }
+  return FALSE;
+}
+
+void CMapiApi::MAPIUninitialize(void)
+{
+  if (m_hMapi32 && gpMapiUninitialize)
+    (*gpMapiUninitialize)();
+}
+
+HRESULT CMapiApi::MAPIInitialize(LPVOID lpInit)
+{
+  return (m_hMapi32 && gpMapiInitialize) ? (*gpMapiInitialize)(lpInit) :
+          MAPI_E_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+}
+
+SCODE CMapiApi::MAPIAllocateBuffer(ULONG cbSize, LPVOID FAR * lppBuffer)
+{
+  return (m_hMapi32 && gpMapiAllocateBuffer) ?
+          (*gpMapiAllocateBuffer)(cbSize, lppBuffer) : MAPI_E_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+}
+
+ULONG CMapiApi::MAPIFreeBuffer(LPVOID lpBuff)
+{
+  return (m_hMapi32 && gpMapiFreeBuffer) ? (*gpMapiFreeBuffer)(lpBuff) :
+          MAPI_E_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+}
+
+HRESULT CMapiApi::MAPILogonEx(ULONG ulUIParam, LPTSTR lpszProfileName,
+                              LPTSTR lpszPassword, FLAGS flFlags,
+                              LPMAPISESSION FAR * lppSession)
+{
+  return (m_hMapi32 && gpMapiLogonEx) ?
+    (*gpMapiLogonEx)(ulUIParam, lpszProfileName, lpszPassword, flFlags, lppSession) :
+     MAPI_E_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+}
+
+HRESULT CMapiApi::OpenStreamOnFile(LPALLOCATEBUFFER lpAllocateBuffer,
+                                   LPFREEBUFFER lpFreeBuffer, ULONG ulFlags,
+                                   LPTSTR lpszFileName, LPTSTR lpszPrefix,
+                                   LPSTREAM FAR * lppStream)
+{
+  return (m_hMapi32 && gpMapiOpenStreamOnFile) ?
+    (*gpMapiOpenStreamOnFile)(lpAllocateBuffer, lpFreeBuffer, ulFlags,
+                              lpszFileName, lpszPrefix, lppStream) :
+    MAPI_E_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+}
+
+void CMapiApi::FreeProws(LPSRowSet prows)
+{
+  ULONG    irow;
+  if (!prows)
+    return;
+  for (irow = 0; irow < prows->cRows; ++irow)
+    MAPIFreeBuffer(prows->aRow[irow].lpProps);
+  MAPIFreeBuffer(prows);
+}
+
+BOOL CMapiApi::LoadMapi(void)
+{
+  if (m_hMapi32)
+    return TRUE;
+
+  HINSTANCE  hInst = ::LoadLibrary("MAPI32.DLL");
+  if (!hInst)
+    return FALSE;
+  FARPROC pProc = GetProcAddress(hInst, "MAPIGetNetscapeVersion");
+  if (pProc) {
+    ::FreeLibrary(hInst);
+    hInst = ::LoadLibrary("MAPI32BAK.DLL");
+    if (!hInst)
+      return FALSE;
+  }
+
+  m_hMapi32 = hInst;
+  return LoadMapiEntryPoints();
+}
+
+void CMapiApi::UnloadMapi(void)
+{
+  if (m_hMapi32)
+    ::FreeLibrary(m_hMapi32);
+  m_hMapi32 = NULL;
+}
+
+CMapiApi::CMapiApi()
+{
+  m_clients++;
+  LoadMapi();
+  if (!m_pStores)
+    m_pStores = new nsTArray<CMsgStore*>();
+}
+
+CMapiApi::~CMapiApi()
+{
+  m_clients--;
+  if (!m_clients) {
+    HRESULT  hr;
+
+    ClearMessageStores();
+    delete m_pStores;
+    m_pStores = NULL;
+
+    m_lpMdb = NULL;
+
+    if (m_lpSession) {
+      hr = m_lpSession->Logoff(NULL, 0, 0);
+      if (FAILED(hr)) {
+        MAPI_TRACE2("Logoff failed: 0x%lx, %d\n", (long)hr, (int)hr);
+      }
+      m_lpSession->Release();
+      m_lpSession = NULL;
+    }
+
+    if (m_initialized) {
+      MAPIUninitialize();
+      m_initialized = FALSE;
+    }
+
+    UnloadMapi();
+
+    if (m_pUniBuff)
+      delete [] m_pUniBuff;
+    m_pUniBuff = NULL;
+    m_uniBuffLen = 0;
+  }
+}
+
+void CMapiApi::CStrToUnicode(const char *pStr, nsString& result)
+{
+  result.Truncate();
+  int wLen = MultiByteToWideChar(CP_ACP, 0, pStr, -1, wwc(m_pUniBuff), 0);
+  if (wLen >= m_uniBuffLen) {
+    if (m_pUniBuff)
+      delete [] m_pUniBuff;
+    m_pUniBuff = new char16_t[wLen + 64];
+    m_uniBuffLen = wLen + 64;
+  }
+  if (wLen) {
+    MultiByteToWideChar(CP_ACP, 0, pStr, -1, wwc(m_pUniBuff), m_uniBuffLen);
+    result = m_pUniBuff;
+  }
+}
+
+BOOL CMapiApi::Initialize(void)
+{
+  if (m_initialized)
+    return TRUE;
+
+  HRESULT    hr;
+
+  hr = MAPIInitialize(NULL);
+
+  if (FAILED(hr)) {
+    MAPI_TRACE2("MAPI Initialize failed: 0x%lx, %d\n", (long)hr, (int)hr);
+    return FALSE;
+  }
+
+  m_initialized = TRUE;
+  MAPI_TRACE0("MAPI Initialized\n");
+
+  return TRUE;
+}
+
+BOOL CMapiApi::LogOn(void)
+{
+  if (!m_initialized) {
+    MAPI_TRACE0("Tried to LogOn before initializing MAPI\n");
+    return FALSE;
+  }
+
+  if (m_lpSession)
+    return TRUE;
+
+  HRESULT hr;
+
+  hr = MAPILogonEx( 0, // might need to be passed in HWND
+            NULL, // profile name, 64 char max (LPTSTR)
+            NULL, // profile password, 64 char max (LPTSTR)
+            // MAPI_NEW_SESSION | MAPI_NO_MAIL | MAPI_LOGON_UI | MAPI_EXPLICIT_PROFILE,
+            // MAPI_NEW_SESSION | MAPI_NO_MAIL | MAPI_LOGON_UI,
+            // MAPI_NO_MAIL | MAPI_LOGON_UI,
+            MAPI_NO_MAIL | MAPI_USE_DEFAULT | MAPI_EXTENDED | MAPI_NEW_SESSION,
+            &m_lpSession);
+
+  if (FAILED(hr)) {
+    m_lpSession = NULL;
+    MAPI_TRACE2("LogOn failed: 0x%lx, %d\n", (long)hr, (int)hr);
+    return FALSE;
+  }
+
+  MAPI_TRACE0("MAPI Logged on\n");
+  return TRUE;
+}
+
+class CGetStoreFoldersIter : public CMapiHierarchyIter {
+public:
+  CGetStoreFoldersIter(CMapiApi *pApi, CMapiFolderList& folders, int depth, BOOL isMail = TRUE);
+
+  virtual BOOL HandleHierarchyItem(ULONG oType, ULONG cb, LPENTRYID pEntry);
+
+protected:
+  BOOL  ExcludeFolderClass(const char16_t *pName);
+
+  BOOL        m_isMail;
+  CMapiApi *      m_pApi;
+  CMapiFolderList *  m_pList;
+  int          m_depth;
+};
+
+CGetStoreFoldersIter::CGetStoreFoldersIter(CMapiApi *pApi, CMapiFolderList& folders, int depth, BOOL isMail)
+{
+  m_pApi = pApi;
+  m_pList = &folders;
+  m_depth = depth;
+  m_isMail = isMail;
+}
+
+BOOL CGetStoreFoldersIter::ExcludeFolderClass(const char16_t *pName)
+{
+  BOOL bResult;
+    nsDependentString pNameStr(pName);
+  if (m_isMail) {
+    bResult = FALSE;
+        if (pNameStr.EqualsLiteral("IPF.Appointment"))
+      bResult = TRUE;
+    else if (pNameStr.EqualsLiteral("IPF.Contact"))
+      bResult = TRUE;
+    else if (pNameStr.EqualsLiteral("IPF.Journal"))
+      bResult = TRUE;
+        else if (pNameStr.EqualsLiteral("IPF.StickyNote"))
+      bResult = TRUE;
+    else if (pNameStr.EqualsLiteral("IPF.Task"))
+      bResult = TRUE;
+    // Skip IMAP folders
+    else if (pNameStr.EqualsLiteral("IPF.Imap"))
+      bResult = TRUE;
+    // else if (!stricmp(pName, "IPF.Note"))
+    //  bResult = TRUE;
+  }
+  else {
+    bResult = TRUE;
+    if (pNameStr.EqualsLiteral("IPF.Contact"))
+      bResult = FALSE;
+  }
+
+  return bResult;
+}
+
+BOOL CGetStoreFoldersIter::HandleHierarchyItem(ULONG oType, ULONG cb, LPENTRYID pEntry)
+{
+  if (oType == MAPI_FOLDER) {
+    LPMAPIFOLDER pFolder;
+    if (m_pApi->OpenEntry(cb, pEntry, (LPUNKNOWN *) &pFolder)) {
+      LPSPropValue    pVal;
+      nsString      name;
+
+      pVal = m_pApi->GetMapiProperty(pFolder, PR_CONTAINER_CLASS);
+      if (pVal)
+        m_pApi->GetStringFromProp(pVal, name);
+      else
+        name.Truncate();
+
+      if ((name.IsEmpty() && m_isMail) || (!ExcludeFolderClass(name.get()))) {
+        pVal = m_pApi->GetMapiProperty(pFolder, PR_DISPLAY_NAME);
+        m_pApi->GetStringFromProp(pVal, name);
+        CMapiFolder  *pNewFolder = new CMapiFolder(name.get(), cb, pEntry, m_depth);
+        m_pList->AddItem(pNewFolder);
+
+        pVal = m_pApi->GetMapiProperty(pFolder, PR_FOLDER_TYPE);
+        MAPI_TRACE2("Type: %d, name: %s\n",
+                    m_pApi->GetLongFromProp(pVal), name.get());
+        // m_pApi->ListProperties(pFolder);
+
+        CGetStoreFoldersIter  nextIter(m_pApi, *m_pList, m_depth + 1, m_isMail);
+        m_pApi->IterateHierarchy(&nextIter, pFolder);
+      }
+      pFolder->Release();
+    }
+    else {
+      MAPI_TRACE0("GetStoreFolders - HandleHierarchyItem: Error opening folder entry.\n");
+      return FALSE;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+    MAPI_TRACE1("GetStoreFolders - HandleHierarchyItem: Unhandled ObjectType: %ld\n", oType);
+  return TRUE;
+}
+
+BOOL CMapiApi::GetStoreFolders(ULONG cbEid, LPENTRYID lpEid, CMapiFolderList& folders, int startDepth)
+{
+  // Fill in the array with the folders in the given store
+  if (!m_initialized || !m_lpSession) {
+    MAPI_TRACE0("MAPI not initialized for GetStoreFolders\n");
+    return FALSE;
+  }
+
+  m_lpMdb = NULL;
+
+  CMsgStore *    pStore = FindMessageStore(cbEid, lpEid);
+  BOOL      bResult = FALSE;
+  LPSPropValue  pVal;
+
+  if (pStore && pStore->Open(m_lpSession, &m_lpMdb)) {
+    // Successful open, do the iteration of the store
+    pVal = GetMapiProperty(m_lpMdb, PR_IPM_SUBTREE_ENTRYID);
+    if (pVal) {
+      ULONG      cbEntry;
+      LPENTRYID    pEntry;
+      LPMAPIFOLDER  lpSubTree = NULL;
+
+      if (GetEntryIdFromProp(pVal, cbEntry, pEntry)) {
+        // Open up the folder!
+        bResult = OpenEntry(cbEntry, pEntry, (LPUNKNOWN *)&lpSubTree);
+        MAPIFreeBuffer(pEntry);
+        if (bResult && lpSubTree) {
+          // Iterate the subtree with the results going into the folder list
+          CGetStoreFoldersIter iterHandler(this, folders, startDepth);
+          bResult = IterateHierarchy(&iterHandler, lpSubTree);
+          lpSubTree->Release();
+        }
+        else {
+          MAPI_TRACE0("GetStoreFolders: Error opening sub tree.\n");
+        }
+      }
+      else {
+        MAPI_TRACE0("GetStoreFolders: Error getting entryID from sub tree property val.\n");
+      }
+    }
+    else {
+      MAPI_TRACE0("GetStoreFolders: Error getting sub tree property.\n");
+    }
+  }
+  else {
+    MAPI_TRACE0("GetStoreFolders: Error opening message store.\n");
+  }
+
+  return bResult;
+}
+
+BOOL CMapiApi::GetStoreAddressFolders(ULONG cbEid, LPENTRYID lpEid, CMapiFolderList& folders)
+{
+  // Fill in the array with the folders in the given store
+  if (!m_initialized || !m_lpSession) {
+    MAPI_TRACE0("MAPI not initialized for GetStoreAddressFolders\n");
+    return FALSE;
+  }
+
+  m_lpMdb = NULL;
+
+  CMsgStore *    pStore = FindMessageStore(cbEid, lpEid);
+  BOOL      bResult = FALSE;
+  LPSPropValue  pVal;
+
+  if (pStore && pStore->Open(m_lpSession, &m_lpMdb)) {
+    // Successful open, do the iteration of the store
+    pVal = GetMapiProperty(m_lpMdb, PR_IPM_SUBTREE_ENTRYID);
+    if (pVal) {
+      ULONG      cbEntry;
+      LPENTRYID    pEntry;
+      LPMAPIFOLDER  lpSubTree = NULL;
+
+      if (GetEntryIdFromProp(pVal, cbEntry, pEntry)) {
+        // Open up the folder!
+        bResult = OpenEntry(cbEntry, pEntry, (LPUNKNOWN *)&lpSubTree);
+        MAPIFreeBuffer(pEntry);
+        if (bResult && lpSubTree) {
+          // Iterate the subtree with the results going into the folder list
+          CGetStoreFoldersIter iterHandler(this, folders, 1, FALSE);
+          bResult = IterateHierarchy(&iterHandler, lpSubTree);
+          lpSubTree->Release();
+        }
+        else {
+          MAPI_TRACE0("GetStoreAddressFolders: Error opening sub tree.\n");
+        }
+      }
+      else {
+        MAPI_TRACE0("GetStoreAddressFolders: Error getting entryID from sub tree property val.\n");
+      }
+    }
+    else {
+      MAPI_TRACE0("GetStoreAddressFolders: Error getting sub tree property.\n");
+    }
+  }
+  else
+    MAPI_TRACE0("GetStoreAddressFolders: Error opening message store.\n");
+
+  return bResult;
+}
+
+
+BOOL CMapiApi::OpenStore(ULONG cbEid, LPENTRYID lpEid, LPMDB *ppMdb)
+{
+  if (!m_lpSession) {
+    MAPI_TRACE0("OpenStore called before a session was opened\n");
+    return FALSE;
+  }
+
+  CMsgStore *    pStore = FindMessageStore(cbEid, lpEid);
+  if (pStore && pStore->Open(m_lpSession, ppMdb))
+    return TRUE;
+  return FALSE;
+}
+
+
+BOOL CMapiApi::OpenEntry(ULONG cbEntry, LPENTRYID pEntryId, LPUNKNOWN *ppOpen)
+{
+  if (!m_lpMdb) {
+    MAPI_TRACE0("OpenEntry called before the message store is open\n");
+    return FALSE;
+  }
+
+  return OpenMdbEntry(m_lpMdb, cbEntry, pEntryId, ppOpen);
+}
+
+BOOL CMapiApi::OpenMdbEntry(LPMDB lpMdb, ULONG cbEntry, LPENTRYID pEntryId, LPUNKNOWN *ppOpen)
+{
+  ULONG    ulObjType;
+  HRESULT    hr;
+  hr = m_lpSession->OpenEntry(cbEntry,
+              pEntryId,
+              NULL,
+              0,
+              &ulObjType,
+              (LPUNKNOWN *) ppOpen);
+  if (FAILED(hr)) {
+    MAPI_TRACE2("OpenMdbEntry failed: 0x%lx, %d\n", (long)hr, (int)hr);
+    return FALSE;
+  }
+  return TRUE;
+}
+
+enum {
+  ieidPR_ENTRYID = 0,
+  ieidPR_OBJECT_TYPE,
+  ieidMax
+};
+
+static const SizedSPropTagArray(ieidMax, ptaEid)=
+{
+  ieidMax,
+  {
+      PR_ENTRYID,
+    PR_OBJECT_TYPE,
+  }
+};
+
+BOOL CMapiApi::IterateContents(CMapiContentIter *pIter, LPMAPIFOLDER pFolder, ULONG flags)
+{
+  // flags can be 0 or MAPI_ASSOCIATED
+  // MAPI_ASSOCIATED is usually used for forms and views
+
+  HRESULT    hr;
+  LPMAPITABLE  lpTable;
+  hr = pFolder->GetContentsTable(flags, &lpTable);
+  if (FAILED(hr)) {
+    MAPI_TRACE2("GetContentsTable failed: 0x%lx, %d\n", (long)hr, (int)hr);
+    return FALSE;
+  }
+
+  ULONG rowCount;
+  hr = lpTable->GetRowCount(0, &rowCount);
+  if (!rowCount) {
+    MAPI_TRACE0("  Empty Table\n");
+  }
+
+  hr = lpTable->SetColumns((LPSPropTagArray)&ptaEid, 0);
+  if (FAILED(hr)) {
+    lpTable->Release();
+    MAPI_TRACE2("SetColumns failed: 0x%lx, %d\n", (long)hr, (int)hr);
+    return FALSE;
+  }
+
+  hr = lpTable->SeekRow(BOOKMARK_BEGINNING, 0, NULL);
+  if (FAILED(hr)) {
+    lpTable->Release();
+    MAPI_TRACE2("SeekRow failed: 0x%lx, %d\n", (long)hr, (int)hr);
+    return FALSE;
+  }
+
+  int      cNumRows = 0;
+  LPSRowSet  lpRow;
+  BOOL    keepGoing = TRUE;
+  BOOL    bResult = TRUE;
+  do {
+    lpRow = NULL;
+    hr = lpTable->QueryRows(1, 0, &lpRow);
+    if(HR_FAILED(hr)) {
+      MAPI_TRACE2("QueryRows failed: 0x%lx, %d\n", (long)hr, (int)hr);
+      bResult = FALSE;
+      break;
+    }
+
+    if(lpRow) {
+      cNumRows = lpRow->cRows;
+      if (cNumRows) {
+        LPENTRYID  lpEID = (LPENTRYID) lpRow->aRow[0].lpProps[ieidPR_ENTRYID].Value.bin.lpb;
+        ULONG    cbEID = lpRow->aRow[0].lpProps[ieidPR_ENTRYID].Value.bin.cb;
+        ULONG    oType = lpRow->aRow[0].lpProps[ieidPR_OBJECT_TYPE].Value.ul;
+        keepGoing = HandleContentsItem(oType, cbEID, lpEID);
+        MAPI_TRACE1("    ObjectType: %ld\n", oType);
+      }
+      FreeProws(lpRow);
+    }
+
+  } while (SUCCEEDED(hr) && cNumRows && lpRow && keepGoing);
+
+  lpTable->Release();
+  return bResult;
+}
+
+BOOL CMapiApi::HandleContentsItem(ULONG oType, ULONG cb, LPENTRYID pEntry)
+{
+  if (oType == MAPI_MESSAGE) {
+    LPMESSAGE pMsg;
+    if (OpenEntry(cb, pEntry, (LPUNKNOWN *) &pMsg)) {
+      LPSPropValue pVal;
+      pVal = GetMapiProperty(pMsg, PR_SUBJECT);
+      ReportStringProp("PR_SUBJECT:", pVal);
+      pVal = GetMapiProperty(pMsg, PR_DISPLAY_BCC);
+      ReportStringProp("PR_DISPLAY_BCC:", pVal);
+      pVal = GetMapiProperty(pMsg, PR_DISPLAY_CC);
+      ReportStringProp("PR_DISPLAY_CC:", pVal);
+      pVal = GetMapiProperty(pMsg, PR_DISPLAY_TO);
+      ReportStringProp("PR_DISPLAY_TO:", pVal);
+      pVal = GetMapiProperty(pMsg, PR_MESSAGE_CLASS);
+      ReportStringProp("PR_MESSAGE_CLASS:", pVal);
+      ListProperties(pMsg);
+      pMsg->Release();
+    }
+    else {
+      MAPI_TRACE0("    Folder type - error opening\n");
+    }
+  }
+  else
+    MAPI_TRACE1("    ObjectType: %ld\n", oType);
+
+  return TRUE;
+}
+
+void CMapiApi::ListProperties(LPMAPIPROP lpProp, BOOL getValues)
+{
+  LPSPropTagArray    pArray;
+  HRESULT        hr = lpProp->GetPropList(0, &pArray);
+  if (FAILED(hr)) {
+    MAPI_TRACE0("    Unable to retrieve property list\n");
+    return;
+  }
+  ULONG count = 0;
+  LPMAPINAMEID FAR * lppPropNames;
+  SPropTagArray    tagArray;
+  LPSPropTagArray lpTagArray = &tagArray;
+  tagArray.cValues = (ULONG)1;
+  nsCString  desc;
+  for (ULONG i = 0; i < pArray->cValues; i++) {
+    GetPropTagName(pArray->aulPropTag[i], desc);
+    if (getValues) {
+      tagArray.aulPropTag[0] = pArray->aulPropTag[i];
+      hr = lpProp->GetNamesFromIDs(&lpTagArray, nullptr, 0, &count, &lppPropNames);
+      if (hr == S_OK)
+        MAPIFreeBuffer(lppPropNames);
+
+      LPSPropValue pVal = GetMapiProperty(lpProp, pArray->aulPropTag[i]);
+      if (pVal) {
+        desc += ", ";
+        ListPropertyValue(pVal, desc);
+        MAPIFreeBuffer(pVal);
+      }
+    }
+    MAPI_TRACE2("    Tag #%d: %s\n", (int) i, desc.get());
+  }
+
+  MAPIFreeBuffer(pArray);
+}
+
+ULONG CMapiApi::GetEmailPropertyTag(LPMAPIPROP lpProp, LONG nameID)
+{
+static GUID emailGUID = {
+   0x00062004, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0xc0, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x46
+};
+
+  MAPINAMEID mapiNameID;
+  mapiNameID.lpguid = &emailGUID;
+  mapiNameID.ulKind = MNID_ID;
+  mapiNameID.Kind.lID = nameID;
+
+  LPMAPINAMEID lpMapiNames = &mapiNameID;
+  LPSPropTagArray lpMailTagArray = nullptr;
+
+  HRESULT result = lpProp->GetIDsFromNames(1L, &lpMapiNames, 0, &lpMailTagArray);
+  if (result == S_OK)
+  {
+    ULONG lTag = lpMailTagArray->aulPropTag[0];
+    MAPIFreeBuffer(lpMailTagArray);
+    return lTag;
+  }
+  else
+    return 0L;
+}
+
+BOOL CMapiApi::HandleHierarchyItem(ULONG oType, ULONG cb, LPENTRYID pEntry)
+{
+  if (oType == MAPI_FOLDER) {
+    LPMAPIFOLDER pFolder;
+    if (OpenEntry(cb, pEntry, (LPUNKNOWN *) &pFolder)) {
+      LPSPropValue pVal;
+      pVal = GetMapiProperty(pFolder, PR_DISPLAY_NAME);
+      ReportStringProp("Folder name:", pVal);
+      IterateContents(NULL, pFolder);
+      IterateHierarchy(NULL, pFolder);
+      pFolder->Release();
+    }
+    else {
+      MAPI_TRACE0("    Folder type - error opening\n");
+    }
+  }
+  else
+    MAPI_TRACE1("    ObjectType: %ld\n", oType);
+
+  return TRUE;
+}
+
+BOOL CMapiApi::IterateHierarchy(CMapiHierarchyIter *pIter, LPMAPIFOLDER pFolder, ULONG flags)
+{
+  // flags can be CONVENIENT_DEPTH or 0
+  // CONVENIENT_DEPTH will return all depths I believe instead
+  // of just children
+  HRESULT    hr;
+  LPMAPITABLE  lpTable;
+  hr = pFolder->GetHierarchyTable(flags, &lpTable);
+  if (HR_FAILED(hr)) {
+    m_lastError = hr;
+    MAPI_TRACE2("IterateHierarchy: GetContentsTable failed: 0x%lx, %d\n", (long)hr, (int)hr);
+    return FALSE;
+  }
+
+  ULONG rowCount;
+  hr = lpTable->GetRowCount(0, &rowCount);
+  if (!rowCount) {
+    lpTable->Release();
+    return TRUE;
+  }
+
+  hr = lpTable->SetColumns((LPSPropTagArray)&ptaEid, 0);
+  if (HR_FAILED(hr)) {
+    m_lastError = hr;
+    lpTable->Release();
+    MAPI_TRACE2("IterateHierarchy: SetColumns failed: 0x%lx, %d\n", (long)hr, (int)hr);
+    return FALSE;
+  }
+
+  hr = lpTable->SeekRow(BOOKMARK_BEGINNING, 0, NULL);
+  if (HR_FAILED(hr)) {
+    m_lastError = hr;
+    lpTable->Release();
+    MAPI_TRACE2("IterateHierarchy: SeekRow failed: 0x%lx, %d\n", (long)hr, (int)hr);
+    return FALSE;
+  }
+
+  int      cNumRows = 0;
+  LPSRowSet  lpRow;
+  BOOL    keepGoing = TRUE;
+  BOOL    bResult = TRUE;
+  do {
+    lpRow = NULL;
+    hr = lpTable->QueryRows(1, 0, &lpRow);
+
+    if(HR_FAILED(hr)) {
+      MAPI_TRACE2("QueryRows failed: 0x%lx, %d\n", (long)hr, (int)hr);
+      m_lastError = hr;
+      bResult = FALSE;
+      break;
+    }
+
+    if(lpRow) {
+      cNumRows = lpRow->cRows;
+
+      if (cNumRows) {
+        LPENTRYID  lpEntry = (LPENTRYID) lpRow->aRow[0].lpProps[ieidPR_ENTRYID].Value.bin.lpb;
+        ULONG    cb = lpRow->aRow[0].lpProps[ieidPR_ENTRYID].Value.bin.cb;
+        ULONG    oType = lpRow->aRow[0].lpProps[ieidPR_OBJECT_TYPE].Value.ul;
+
+        if (pIter)
+          keepGoing = pIter->HandleHierarchyItem(oType, cb, lpEntry);
+        else
+          keepGoing = HandleHierarchyItem(oType, cb, lpEntry);
+
+      }
+      FreeProws(lpRow);
+    }
+  } while (SUCCEEDED(hr) && cNumRows && lpRow && keepGoing);
+
+  lpTable->Release();
+
+  if (bResult && !keepGoing)
+    bResult = FALSE;
+
+  return bResult;
+}
+
+
+enum {
+  itblPR_DISPLAY_NAME,
+    itblPR_ENTRYID,
+    itblMax
+};
+
+static const SizedSPropTagArray(itblMax, ptaTbl)=
+{
+    itblMax,
+    {
+    PR_DISPLAY_NAME,
+        PR_ENTRYID,
+    }
+};
+
+BOOL CMapiApi::IterateStores(CMapiFolderList& stores)
+{
+  stores.ClearAll();
+
+  if (!m_lpSession) {
+    MAPI_TRACE0("IterateStores called before session is open\n");
+    m_lastError = -1;
+    return FALSE;
+  }
+
+
+  HRESULT    hr;
+
+  /* -- Some Microsoft sample code just to see if things are working --- *//*
+
+  ULONG    cbEIDStore;
+  LPENTRYID  lpEIDStore;
+
+    hr = HrMAPIFindDefaultMsgStore(m_lpSession, &cbEIDStore, &lpEIDStore);
+    if (HR_FAILED(hr)) {
+        MAPI_TRACE0("Default message store not found\n");
+    // MessageBoxW(NULL, L"Message Store Not Found", NULL, MB_OK);
+    }
+  else {
+    LPMDB  lpStore;
+    MAPI_TRACE0("Default Message store FOUND\n");
+    hr = m_lpSession->OpenMsgStore(NULL, cbEIDStore,
+                                  lpEIDStore, NULL,
+                                  MDB_NO_MAIL | MDB_NO_DIALOG, &lpStore);
+    if (HR_FAILED(hr)) {
+      MAPI_TRACE1("Unable to open default message store: 0x%lx\n", hr);
+    }
+    else {
+      MAPI_TRACE0("Default message store OPENED\n");
+      lpStore->Release();
+    }
+   }
+     */
+
+
+
+  LPMAPITABLE  lpTable;
+
+  hr = m_lpSession->GetMsgStoresTable(0, &lpTable);
+  if (FAILED(hr)) {
+    MAPI_TRACE0("GetMsgStoresTable failed\n");
+    m_lastError = hr;
+    return FALSE;
+  }
+
+
+  ULONG rowCount;
+  hr = lpTable->GetRowCount(0, &rowCount);
+  MAPI_TRACE1("MsgStores Table rowCount: %ld\n", rowCount);
+
+  hr = lpTable->SetColumns((LPSPropTagArray)&ptaTbl, 0);
+  if (FAILED(hr)) {
+    lpTable->Release();
+    MAPI_TRACE2("SetColumns failed: 0x%lx, %d\n", (long)hr, (int)hr);
+    m_lastError = hr;
+    return FALSE;
+  }
+
+  hr = lpTable->SeekRow(BOOKMARK_BEGINNING, 0, NULL);
+  if (FAILED(hr)) {
+    lpTable->Release();
+    MAPI_TRACE2("SeekRow failed: 0x%lx, %d\n", (long)hr, (int)hr);
+    m_lastError = hr;
+    return FALSE;
+  }
+
+  int      cNumRows = 0;
+  LPSRowSet  lpRow;
+  BOOL    keepGoing = TRUE;
+  BOOL    bResult = TRUE;
+  do {
+    lpRow = NULL;
+    hr = lpTable->QueryRows(1, 0, &lpRow);
+
+    if(HR_FAILED(hr)) {
+      MAPI_TRACE2("QueryRows failed: 0x%lx, %d\n", (long)hr, (int)hr);
+      bResult = FALSE;
+      m_lastError = hr;
+      break;
+    }
+
+    if(lpRow) {
+      cNumRows = lpRow->cRows;
+
+      if (cNumRows) {
+        LPCTSTR    lpStr = (LPCTSTR) lpRow->aRow[0].lpProps[itblPR_DISPLAY_NAME].Value.LPSZ;
+        LPENTRYID  lpEID = (LPENTRYID) lpRow->aRow[0].lpProps[itblPR_ENTRYID].Value.bin.lpb;
+        ULONG    cbEID = lpRow->aRow[0].lpProps[itblPR_ENTRYID].Value.bin.cb;
+
+        // In the future, GetStoreInfo needs to somehow return
+        // whether or not the store is from an IMAP server.
+        // Currently, GetStoreInfo opens the store and attempts
+        // to get the hierarchy tree.  If the tree is empty or
+        // does not exist, then szContents will be zero.  We'll
+        // assume that any store that doesn't have anything in
+        // it's hierarchy tree is not a store we want to import -
+        // there would be nothing to import from anyway!
+        // Currently, this does exclude IMAP server accounts
+        // which is the desired behaviour.
+
+        int         strLen = strlen(lpStr);
+        char16_t * pwszStr = (char16_t *) moz_xmalloc((strLen + 1) * sizeof(WCHAR));
+        if (!pwszStr) {
+          // out of memory
+          FreeProws(lpRow);
+          lpTable->Release();
+          return FALSE;
+        }
+        ::MultiByteToWideChar(CP_ACP, 0, lpStr, strlen(lpStr) + 1, wwc(pwszStr), (strLen + 1) * sizeof(WCHAR));
+        CMapiFolder *pFolder = new CMapiFolder(pwszStr, cbEID, lpEID, 0, MAPI_STORE);
+        free(pwszStr);
+
+        long szContents = 1;
+        GetStoreInfo(pFolder, &szContents);
+
+        MAPI_TRACE1("    DisplayName: %s\n", lpStr);
+        if (szContents)
+          stores.AddItem(pFolder);
+        else {
+          delete pFolder;
+          MAPI_TRACE0("    ^^^^^ Not added to store list\n");
+        }
+
+        keepGoing = TRUE;
+      }
+      FreeProws(lpRow);
+    }
+  } while (SUCCEEDED(hr) && cNumRows && lpRow && keepGoing);
+
+  lpTable->Release();
+
+  return bResult;
+}
+
+void CMapiApi::GetStoreInfo(CMapiFolder *pFolder, long *pSzContents)
+{
+  HRESULT  hr;
+  LPMDB  lpMdb;
+
+  if (pSzContents)
+    *pSzContents = 0;
+
+  if (!OpenStore(pFolder->GetCBEntryID(), pFolder->GetEntryID(), &lpMdb))
+    return;
+
+  LPSPropValue pVal;
+  /*
+  pVal = GetMapiProperty(lpMdb, PR_DISPLAY_NAME);
+  ReportStringProp("    Message store name:", pVal);
+  pVal = GetMapiProperty(lpMdb, PR_MDB_PROVIDER);
+  ReportUIDProp("    Message store provider:", pVal);
+  pVal = GetMapiProperty(lpMdb, PR_COMMENT);
+  ReportStringProp("    Message comment:", pVal);
+  pVal = GetMapiProperty(lpMdb, PR_ACCESS_LEVEL);
+  ReportLongProp("    Message store Access Level:", pVal);
+  pVal = GetMapiProperty(lpMdb, PR_STORE_SUPPORT_MASK);
+  ReportLongProp("    Message store support mask:", pVal);
+  pVal = GetMapiProperty(lpMdb, PR_STORE_STATE);
+  ReportLongProp("    Message store state:", pVal);
+  pVal = GetMapiProperty(lpMdb, PR_OBJECT_TYPE);
+  ReportLongProp("    Message store object type:", pVal);
+  pVal = GetMapiProperty(lpMdb, PR_VALID_FOLDER_MASK);
+  ReportLongProp("    Message store valid folder mask:", pVal);
+
+  pVal = GetMapiProperty(lpMdb, 0x8001001e);
+  ReportStringProp("    Message prop 0x8001001e:", pVal);
+
+  // This key appears to be the OMI Account Manager account that corresponds
+  // to this message store.  This is important for IMAP accounts
+  // since we may not want to import messages from an IMAP store!
+  // Seems silly if you ask me!
+  // In order to test this, we'll need the registry key to look under to determine
+  // if it contains the "IMAP Server" value, if it does then we are an
+  // IMAP store, if not, then we are a non-IMAP store - which may always mean
+  // a regular store that should be imported.
+
+  pVal = GetMapiProperty(lpMdb, 0x80000003);
+  ReportLongProp("    Message prop 0x80000003:", pVal);
+
+  // ListProperties(lpMdb);
+  */
+
+  pVal = GetMapiProperty(lpMdb, PR_IPM_SUBTREE_ENTRYID);
+  if (pVal) {
+    ULONG      cbEntry;
+    LPENTRYID    pEntry;
+    LPMAPIFOLDER  lpSubTree = NULL;
+
+    if (GetEntryIdFromProp(pVal, cbEntry, pEntry)) {
+      // Open up the folder!
+      ULONG    ulObjType;
+      hr = lpMdb->OpenEntry(cbEntry, pEntry, NULL, 0, &ulObjType, (LPUNKNOWN *) &lpSubTree);
+      MAPIFreeBuffer(pEntry);
+      if (SUCCEEDED(hr) && lpSubTree) {
+        // Find out if there are any contents in the
+        // tree.
+        LPMAPITABLE  lpTable;
+        hr = lpSubTree->GetHierarchyTable(0, &lpTable);
+        if (HR_FAILED(hr)) {
+          MAPI_TRACE2("GetStoreInfo: GetHierarchyTable failed: 0x%lx, %d\n", (long)hr, (int)hr);
+        }
+        else {
+          ULONG rowCount;
+          hr = lpTable->GetRowCount(0, &rowCount);
+          lpTable->Release();
+          if (SUCCEEDED(hr) && pSzContents)
+            *pSzContents = (long) rowCount;
+        }
+
+        lpSubTree->Release();
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+
+void CMapiApi::ClearMessageStores(void)
+{
+  if (m_pStores) {
+    CMsgStore *  pStore;
+    for (size_t i = 0; i < m_pStores->Length(); i++) {
+      pStore = m_pStores->ElementAt(i);
+      delete pStore;
+    }
+    m_pStores->Clear();
+  }
+}
+
+void CMapiApi::AddMessageStore(CMsgStore *pStore)
+{
+  if (m_pStores)
+    m_pStores->AppendElement(pStore);
+}
+
+CMsgStore *  CMapiApi::FindMessageStore(ULONG cbEid, LPENTRYID lpEid)
+{
+  if (!m_lpSession) {
+    MAPI_TRACE0("FindMessageStore called before session is open\n");
+    m_lastError = -1;
+    return NULL;
+  }
+
+  ULONG    result;
+  HRESULT    hr;
+  CMsgStore *  pStore;
+  for (size_t i = 0; i < m_pStores->Length(); i++) {
+    pStore = m_pStores->ElementAt(i);
+    hr = m_lpSession->CompareEntryIDs(cbEid, lpEid, pStore->GetCBEntryID(), pStore->GetLPEntryID(),
+                      0, &result);
+    if (HR_FAILED(hr)) {
+      MAPI_TRACE2("CompareEntryIDs failed: 0x%lx, %d\n", (long)hr, (int)hr);
+      m_lastError = hr;
+      return NULL;
+    }
+    if (result) {
+      return pStore;
+    }
+  }
+
+  pStore = new CMsgStore(cbEid, lpEid);
+  AddMessageStore(pStore);
+  return pStore;
+}
+
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Utility stuff
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+LPSPropValue CMapiApi::GetMapiProperty(LPMAPIPROP pProp, ULONG tag)
+{
+  if (!pProp)
+    return NULL;
+
+  int  sz = CbNewSPropTagArray(1);
+  SPropTagArray *pTag = (SPropTagArray *) new char[sz];
+  pTag->cValues = 1;
+  pTag->aulPropTag[0] = tag;
+  LPSPropValue  lpProp = NULL;
+  ULONG  cValues = 0;
+  HRESULT hr = pProp->GetProps(pTag, 0, &cValues, &lpProp);
+  delete [] pTag;
+  if (HR_FAILED(hr) || (cValues != 1)) {
+    if (lpProp)
+      MAPIFreeBuffer(lpProp);
+    return NULL;
+  }
+  else {
+    if (PROP_TYPE(lpProp->ulPropTag) == PT_ERROR) {
+      if (lpProp->Value.l == MAPI_E_NOT_FOUND) {
+        MAPIFreeBuffer(lpProp);
+        lpProp = NULL;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return lpProp;
+}
+
+BOOL CMapiApi::IsLargeProperty(LPSPropValue pVal)
+{
+  return ((PROP_TYPE(pVal->ulPropTag) == PT_ERROR) && (pVal->Value.l == E_OUTOFMEMORY));
+}
+
+// The output buffer (result) must be freed with operator delete[]
+BOOL CMapiApi::GetLargeProperty(LPMAPIPROP pProp, ULONG tag, void** result)
+{
+  LPSTREAM  lpStream;
+  HRESULT    hr = pProp->OpenProperty(tag, &IID_IStream, 0, 0, (LPUNKNOWN *)&lpStream);
+  if (HR_FAILED(hr))
+    return FALSE;
+  STATSTG    st;
+  BOOL bResult = TRUE;
+  hr = lpStream->Stat(&st, STATFLAG_NONAME);
+  if (HR_FAILED(hr))
+    bResult = FALSE;
+  else {
+    if (!st.cbSize.QuadPart)
+      st.cbSize.QuadPart = 1;
+    char *pVal = new char[ (int) st.cbSize.QuadPart + 2];
+    if (pVal) {
+      ULONG  sz;
+      hr = lpStream->Read(pVal, (ULONG) st.cbSize.QuadPart, &sz);
+      if (HR_FAILED(hr)) {
+        bResult = FALSE;
+        delete[] pVal;
+      }
+      else {
+         // Just in case it's a UTF16 string
+        pVal[(int) st.cbSize.QuadPart] = pVal[(int) st.cbSize.QuadPart+1] = 0;
+        *result = pVal;
+      }
+    }
+    else
+      bResult = FALSE;
+  }
+
+  lpStream->Release();
+
+  return bResult;
+}
+
+BOOL CMapiApi::GetLargeStringProperty(LPMAPIPROP pProp, ULONG tag, nsCString& val)
+{
+  void* result;
+  if (!GetLargeProperty(pProp, tag, &result))
+    return FALSE;
+  if (PROP_TYPE(tag) == PT_UNICODE) // unicode string
+    LossyCopyUTF16toASCII(nsDependentString(static_cast<wchar_t*>(result)), val);
+  else // either PT_STRING8 or some other binary - use as is
+    val.Assign(static_cast<char*>(result));
+  delete[] result;
+  return TRUE;
+}
+
+BOOL CMapiApi::GetLargeStringProperty(LPMAPIPROP pProp, ULONG tag, nsString& val)
+{
+  void* result;
+  if (!GetLargeProperty(pProp, tag, &result))
+    return FALSE;
+  if (PROP_TYPE(tag) == PT_UNICODE) // We already get the unicode string
+    val.Assign(static_cast<wchar_t*>(result));
+  else // either PT_STRING8 or some other binary
+    CStrToUnicode(static_cast<char*>(result), val);
+  delete[] result;
+  return TRUE;
+}
+// If the value is a string, get it...
+BOOL CMapiApi::GetEntryIdFromProp(LPSPropValue pVal, ULONG& cbEntryId,
+                                  LPENTRYID& lpEntryId, BOOL delVal)
+{
+  if (!pVal)
+    return FALSE;
+
+  BOOL bResult = TRUE;
+    switch(PROP_TYPE(pVal->ulPropTag)) {
+    case PT_BINARY:
+      cbEntryId = pVal->Value.bin.cb;
+      MAPIAllocateBuffer(cbEntryId, (LPVOID *) &lpEntryId);
+      memcpy(lpEntryId, pVal->Value.bin.lpb, cbEntryId);
+    break;
+
+    default:
+      MAPI_TRACE0("EntryId not in BINARY prop value\n");
+      bResult = FALSE;
+        break;
+    }
+
+  if (pVal && delVal)
+    MAPIFreeBuffer(pVal);
+
+  return bResult;
+}
+
+BOOL CMapiApi::GetStringFromProp(LPSPropValue pVal, nsCString& val, BOOL delVal)
+{
+  BOOL bResult = TRUE;
+  if (pVal && (PROP_TYPE(pVal->ulPropTag) == PT_STRING8))
+    val = pVal->Value.lpszA;
+  else if (pVal && (PROP_TYPE(pVal->ulPropTag) == PT_UNICODE))
+    LossyCopyUTF16toASCII(nsDependentString(pVal->Value.lpszW), val);
+  else if (pVal && (PROP_TYPE(pVal->ulPropTag) == PT_NULL))
+    val.Truncate();
+  else if (pVal && (PROP_TYPE(pVal->ulPropTag) == PT_ERROR)) {
+    val.Truncate();
+    bResult = FALSE;
+  }
+  else {
+    if (pVal) {
+      MAPI_TRACE1("GetStringFromProp: invalid value, expecting string - %d\n", (int) PROP_TYPE(pVal->ulPropTag));
+    }
+    else {
+      MAPI_TRACE0("GetStringFromProp: invalid value, expecting string, got null pointer\n");
+    }
+    val.Truncate();
+    bResult = FALSE;
+  }
+  if (pVal && delVal)
+    MAPIFreeBuffer(pVal);
+
+  return bResult;
+}
+
+BOOL CMapiApi::GetStringFromProp(LPSPropValue pVal, nsString& val, BOOL delVal)
+{
+  BOOL bResult = TRUE;
+  if (pVal && (PROP_TYPE(pVal->ulPropTag) == PT_STRING8)) {
+    CStrToUnicode((const char *)pVal->Value.lpszA, val);
+  }
+  else if (pVal && (PROP_TYPE(pVal->ulPropTag) == PT_UNICODE)) {
+    val = (char16_t *) pVal->Value.lpszW;
+  }
+  else if (pVal && (PROP_TYPE(pVal->ulPropTag) == PT_NULL)) {
+    val.Truncate();
+  }
+  else if (pVal && (PROP_TYPE(pVal->ulPropTag) == PT_ERROR)) {
+    val.Truncate();
+    bResult = FALSE;
+  }
+  else {
+    if (pVal) {
+      MAPI_TRACE1("GetStringFromProp: invalid value, expecting string - %d\n", (int) PROP_TYPE(pVal->ulPropTag));
+    }
+    else {
+      MAPI_TRACE0("GetStringFromProp: invalid value, expecting string, got null pointer\n");
+    }
+    val.Truncate();
+    bResult = FALSE;
+  }
+  if (pVal && delVal)
+    MAPIFreeBuffer(pVal);
+
+  return bResult;
+}
+
+
+LONG CMapiApi::GetLongFromProp(LPSPropValue pVal, BOOL delVal)
+{
+  LONG val = 0;
+  if (pVal && (PROP_TYPE(pVal->ulPropTag) == PT_LONG)) {
+    val = pVal->Value.l;
+  }
+  else if (pVal && (PROP_TYPE(pVal->ulPropTag) == PT_NULL)) {
+    val = 0;
+  }
+  else if (pVal && (PROP_TYPE(pVal->ulPropTag) == PT_ERROR)) {
+    val = 0;
+    MAPI_TRACE0("GetLongFromProp: Error retrieving property\n");
+  }
+  else {
+    MAPI_TRACE0("GetLongFromProp: invalid value, expecting long\n");
+  }
+  if (pVal && delVal)
+    MAPIFreeBuffer(pVal);
+
+  return val;
+}
+
+
+void CMapiApi::ReportUIDProp(const char *pTag, LPSPropValue pVal)
+{
+  if (pVal && (PROP_TYPE(pVal->ulPropTag) == PT_BINARY)) {
+    if (pVal->Value.bin.cb != 16) {
+      MAPI_TRACE1("%s - INVALID, expecting 16 bytes of binary data for UID\n", pTag);
+    }
+    else {
+      nsIID  uid;
+      memcpy(&uid, pVal->Value.bin.lpb, 16);
+      char *  pStr = uid.ToString();
+      if (pStr) {
+        MAPI_TRACE2("%s %s\n", pTag, (const char *)pStr);
+        NS_Free(pStr);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  else if (pVal && (PROP_TYPE(pVal->ulPropTag) == PT_NULL)) {
+    MAPI_TRACE1("%s {NULL}\n", pTag);
+  }
+  else if (pVal && (PROP_TYPE(pVal->ulPropTag) == PT_ERROR)) {
+    MAPI_TRACE1("%s {Error retrieving property}\n", pTag);
+  }
+  else {
+    MAPI_TRACE1("%s invalid value, expecting binary\n", pTag);
+  }
+  if (pVal)
+    MAPIFreeBuffer(pVal);
+}
+
+void CMapiApi::ReportLongProp(const char *pTag, LPSPropValue pVal)
+{
+  if (pVal && (PROP_TYPE(pVal->ulPropTag) == PT_LONG)) {
+    nsCString  num;
+    nsCString  num2;
+
+    num.AppendInt((int32_t) pVal->Value.l);
+    num2.AppendInt((int32_t) pVal->Value.l, 16);
+    MAPI_TRACE3("%s %s, 0x%s\n", pTag, num, num2);
+  }
+  else if (pVal && (PROP_TYPE(pVal->ulPropTag) == PT_NULL)) {
+    MAPI_TRACE1("%s {NULL}\n", pTag);
+  }
+  else if (pVal && (PROP_TYPE(pVal->ulPropTag) == PT_ERROR)) {
+    MAPI_TRACE1("%s {Error retrieving property}\n", pTag);
+  }
+  else if (pVal && (PROP_TYPE(pVal->ulPropTag) == PT_ERROR)) {
+    MAPI_TRACE1("%s {Error retrieving property}\n", pTag);
+  }
+  else {
+    MAPI_TRACE1("%s invalid value, expecting long\n", pTag);
+  }
+  if (pVal)
+    MAPIFreeBuffer(pVal);
+}
+
+void CMapiApi::ReportStringProp(const char *pTag, LPSPropValue pVal)
+{
+  if (pVal && (PROP_TYPE(pVal->ulPropTag) == PT_TSTRING)) {
+    nsCString val((LPCTSTR) (pVal->Value.LPSZ));
+    MAPI_TRACE2("%s %s\n", pTag, val.get());
+  }
+  else if (pVal && (PROP_TYPE(pVal->ulPropTag) == PT_NULL)) {
+    MAPI_TRACE1("%s {NULL}\n", pTag);
+  }
+  else if (pVal && (PROP_TYPE(pVal->ulPropTag) == PT_ERROR)) {
+    MAPI_TRACE1("%s {Error retrieving property}\n", pTag);
+  }
+  else {
+    MAPI_TRACE1("%s invalid value, expecting string\n", pTag);
+  }
+  if (pVal)
+    MAPIFreeBuffer(pVal);
+}
+
+void CMapiApi::GetPropTagName(ULONG tag, nsCString& s)
+{
+  char numStr[256];
+  PR_snprintf(numStr, 256, "0x%lx, %ld", tag, tag);
+  s = numStr;
+  switch(tag) {
+#include "mapitagstrs.cpp"
+  }
+  s += ", data: ";
+  switch(PROP_TYPE(tag)) {
+    case PT_UNSPECIFIED: s += "PT_UNSPECIFIED"; break;
+    case PT_NULL: s += "PT_NULL"; break;
+    case PT_I2: s += "PT_I2"; break;
+    case PT_LONG: s += "PT_LONG"; break;
+    case PT_R4: s += "PT_R4"; break;
+    case PT_DOUBLE: s += "PT_DOUBLE"; break;
+    case PT_CURRENCY: s += "PT_CURRENCY"; break;
+    case PT_APPTIME: s += "PT_APPTIME"; break;
+    case PT_ERROR: s += "PT_ERROR"; break;
+    case PT_BOOLEAN: s += "PT_BOOLEAN"; break;
+    case PT_OBJECT: s += "PT_OBJECT"; break;
+    case PT_I8: s += "PT_I8"; break;
+    case PT_STRING8: s += "PT_STRING8"; break;
+    case PT_UNICODE: s += "PT_UNICODE"; break;
+    case PT_SYSTIME: s += "PT_SYSTIME"; break;
+    case PT_CLSID: s += "PT_CLSID"; break;
+    case PT_BINARY: s += "PT_BINARY"; break;
+    case PT_MV_I2: s += "PT_MV_I2"; break;
+    case PT_MV_LONG: s += "PT_MV_LONG"; break;
+    case PT_MV_R4: s += "PT_MV_R4"; break;
+    case PT_MV_DOUBLE: s += "PT_MV_DOUBLE"; break;
+    case PT_MV_CURRENCY: s += "PT_MV_CURRENCY"; break;
+    case PT_MV_APPTIME: s += "PT_MV_APPTIME"; break;
+    case PT_MV_SYSTIME: s += "PT_MV_SYSTIME"; break;
+    case PT_MV_STRING8: s += "PT_MV_STRING8"; break;
+    case PT_MV_BINARY: s += "PT_MV_BINARY"; break;
+    case PT_MV_UNICODE: s += "PT_MV_UNICODE"; break;
+    case PT_MV_CLSID: s += "PT_MV_CLSID"; break;
+    case PT_MV_I8: s += "PT_MV_I8"; break;
+    default:
+      s += "Unknown";
+  }
+}
+
+void CMapiApi::ListPropertyValue(LPSPropValue pVal, nsCString& s)
+{
+  nsCString    strVal;
+  char      nBuff[64];
+
+  s += "value: ";
+  switch (PROP_TYPE(pVal->ulPropTag)) {
+    case PT_STRING8:
+      GetStringFromProp(pVal, strVal, FALSE);
+      if (strVal.Length() > 60) {
+        strVal.SetLength(60);
+        strVal += "...";
+      }
+      MsgReplaceSubstring(strVal, "\r", "\\r");
+      MsgReplaceSubstring(strVal, "\n", "\\n");
+      s += strVal;
+    break;
+    case PT_LONG:
+      s.AppendInt((int32_t) pVal->Value.l);
+      s += ", 0x";
+      s.AppendInt((int32_t) pVal->Value.l, 16);
+      s += nBuff;
+    break;
+    case PT_BOOLEAN:
+      if (pVal->Value.b)
+        s += "True";
+      else
+        s += "False";
+    break;
+    case PT_NULL:
+      s += "--NULL--";
+    break;
+    case PT_SYSTIME: {
+      /*
+      COleDateTime  tm(pVal->Value.ft);
+      s += tm.Format();
+      */
+      s += "-- Figure out how to format time in mozilla, PT_SYSTIME --";
+    }
+    break;
+    default:
+     s += "?";
+  }
+}
+
+
+
+// -------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Folder list stuff
+// -------------------------------------------------------------------
+CMapiFolderList::CMapiFolderList()
+{
+}
+
+CMapiFolderList::~CMapiFolderList()
+{
+  ClearAll();
+}
+
+void CMapiFolderList::AddItem(CMapiFolder *pFolder)
+{
+  EnsureUniqueName(pFolder);
+  GenerateFilePath(pFolder);
+  m_array.AppendElement(pFolder);
+}
+
+void CMapiFolderList::ChangeName(nsString& name)
+{
+  if (name.IsEmpty()) {
+    name.AssignLiteral("1");
+    return;
+  }
+  char16_t lastC = name.Last();
+  if ((lastC >= '0') && (lastC <= '9')) {
+    lastC++;
+    if (lastC > '9') {
+      lastC = '1';
+      name.SetCharAt(lastC, name.Length() - 1);
+      name.AppendLiteral("0");
+    }
+    else {
+      name.SetCharAt(lastC, name.Length() - 1);
+    }
+  }
+  else {
+    name.AppendLiteral(" 2");
+  }
+}
+
+void CMapiFolderList::EnsureUniqueName(CMapiFolder *pFolder)
+{
+  // For everybody in the array before me with the SAME
+  // depth, my name must be unique
+  CMapiFolder *  pCurrent;
+  int        i;
+  BOOL      done;
+  nsString    name;
+  nsString    cName;
+
+  pFolder->GetDisplayName(name);
+  do {
+    done = TRUE;
+    i = m_array.Length() - 1;
+    while (i >= 0) {
+      pCurrent = GetAt(i);
+      if (pCurrent->GetDepth() == pFolder->GetDepth()) {
+        pCurrent->GetDisplayName(cName);
+        if (cName.Equals(name, nsCaseInsensitiveStringComparator())) {
+          ChangeName(name);
+          pFolder->SetDisplayName(name.get());
+          done = FALSE;
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+      else if (pCurrent->GetDepth() < pFolder->GetDepth())
+        break;
+      i--;
+    }
+  } while (!done);
+}
+
+void CMapiFolderList::GenerateFilePath(CMapiFolder *pFolder)
+{
+  // A file path, includes all of my parent's path, plus mine
+  nsString    name;
+  nsString    path;
+  if (!pFolder->GetDepth()) {
+    pFolder->GetDisplayName(name);
+    pFolder->SetFilePath(name.get());
+    return;
+  }
+
+  CMapiFolder *  pCurrent;
+  int        i = m_array.Length() - 1;
+  while (i >= 0) {
+    pCurrent = GetAt(i);
+    if (pCurrent->GetDepth() == (pFolder->GetDepth() - 1)) {
+      pCurrent->GetFilePath(path);
+      path.AppendLiteral(".sbd\\");
+      pFolder->GetDisplayName(name);
+      path += name;
+      pFolder->SetFilePath(path.get());
+      return;
+    }
+    i--;
+  }
+  pFolder->GetDisplayName(name);
+  pFolder->SetFilePath(name.get());
+}
+
+void CMapiFolderList::ClearAll(void)
+{
+  CMapiFolder *pFolder;
+  for (size_t i = 0; i < m_array.Length(); i++) {
+    pFolder = GetAt(i);
+    delete pFolder;
+  }
+  m_array.Clear();
+}
+
+void CMapiFolderList::DumpList(void)
+{
+  CMapiFolder *pFolder;
+  nsString  str;
+  int      depth;
+  char    prefix[256];
+
+  MAPI_TRACE0("Folder List ---------------------------------\n");
+  for (size_t i = 0; i < m_array.Length(); i++) {
+    pFolder = GetAt(i);
+    depth = pFolder->GetDepth();
+    pFolder->GetDisplayName(str);
+    depth *= 2;
+    if (depth > 255)
+      depth = 255;
+    memset(prefix, ' ', depth);
+    prefix[depth] = 0;
+#ifdef MAPI_DEBUG
+        char *ansiStr = ToNewCString(str);
+    MAPI_TRACE2("%s%s: ", prefix, ansiStr);
+    NS_Free(ansiStr);
+#endif
+    pFolder->GetFilePath(str);
+#ifdef MAPI_DEBUG
+        ansiStr = ToNewCString(str);
+    MAPI_TRACE2("depth=%d, filePath=%s\n", pFolder->GetDepth(), ansiStr);
+    NS_Free(ansiStr);
+#endif
+  }
+  MAPI_TRACE0("---------------------------------------------\n");
+}
+
+
+CMapiFolder::CMapiFolder()
+{
+  m_objectType = MAPI_FOLDER;
+  m_cbEid = 0;
+  m_lpEid = NULL;
+  m_depth = 0;
+  m_doImport = TRUE;
+}
+
+CMapiFolder::CMapiFolder(const char16_t *pDisplayName, ULONG cbEid, LPENTRYID lpEid, int depth, LONG oType)
+{
+  m_cbEid = 0;
+  m_lpEid = NULL;
+  SetDisplayName(pDisplayName);
+  SetEntryID(cbEid, lpEid);
+  SetDepth(depth);
+  SetObjectType(oType);
+  SetDoImport(TRUE);
+}
+
+CMapiFolder::CMapiFolder(const CMapiFolder *pCopyFrom)
+{
+  m_lpEid = NULL;
+  m_cbEid = 0;
+  SetDoImport(pCopyFrom->GetDoImport());
+  SetDisplayName(pCopyFrom->m_displayName.get());
+  SetObjectType(pCopyFrom->GetObjectType());
+  SetEntryID(pCopyFrom->GetCBEntryID(), pCopyFrom->GetEntryID());
+  SetDepth(pCopyFrom->GetDepth());
+  SetFilePath(pCopyFrom->m_mailFilePath.get());
+}
+
+CMapiFolder::~CMapiFolder()
+{
+  if (m_lpEid)
+    delete m_lpEid;
+}
+
+void CMapiFolder::SetEntryID(ULONG cbEid, LPENTRYID lpEid)
+{
+  if (m_lpEid)
+    delete m_lpEid;
+  m_lpEid = NULL;
+  m_cbEid = cbEid;
+  if (cbEid) {
+    m_lpEid = new BYTE[cbEid];
+    memcpy(m_lpEid, lpEid, cbEid);
+  }
+}
+
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Message store stuff
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+CMsgStore::CMsgStore(ULONG cbEid, LPENTRYID lpEid)
+{
+  m_lpEid = NULL;
+  m_lpMdb = NULL;
+  SetEntryID(cbEid, lpEid);
+}
+
+CMsgStore::~CMsgStore()
+{
+  if (m_lpEid)
+    delete m_lpEid;
+
+  if (m_lpMdb) {
+    ULONG flags = LOGOFF_NO_WAIT;
+    HRESULT hr = m_lpMdb->StoreLogoff(&flags);
+    m_lpMdb->Release();
+    m_lpMdb = NULL;
+  }
+}
+
+void CMsgStore::SetEntryID(ULONG cbEid, LPENTRYID lpEid)
+{
+  HRESULT    hr;
+
+  if (m_lpEid)
+    delete m_lpEid;
+
+  m_lpEid = NULL;
+  if (cbEid) {
+    m_lpEid = new BYTE[cbEid];
+    memcpy(m_lpEid, lpEid, cbEid);
+  }
+  m_cbEid = cbEid;
+
+  if (m_lpMdb) {
+    ULONG flags = LOGOFF_NO_WAIT;
+    hr = m_lpMdb->StoreLogoff(&flags);
+    m_lpMdb->Release();
+    m_lpMdb = NULL;
+  }
+}
+
+BOOL CMsgStore::Open(LPMAPISESSION pSession, LPMDB *ppMdb)
+{
+  if (m_lpMdb) {
+    if (ppMdb)
+      *ppMdb = m_lpMdb;
+    return TRUE;
+  }
+
+  BOOL bResult = TRUE;
+  HRESULT hr = pSession->OpenMsgStore(NULL, m_cbEid, (LPENTRYID)m_lpEid, NULL, MDB_NO_MAIL, &m_lpMdb);    // MDB pointer
+  if (HR_FAILED(hr)) {
+    m_lpMdb = NULL;
+    MAPI_TRACE2("OpenMsgStore failed: 0x%lx, %d\n", (long)hr, (int)hr);
+    bResult = FALSE;
+  }
+
+  if (ppMdb)
+    *ppMdb = m_lpMdb;
+  return bResult;
+}
+
+
+
+// ------------------------------------------------------------
+// Contents Iterator
+// -----------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+CMapiFolderContents::CMapiFolderContents(LPMDB lpMdb, ULONG cbEid, LPENTRYID lpEid)
+{
+  m_lpMdb = lpMdb;
+  m_fCbEid = cbEid;
+  m_fLpEid = new BYTE[cbEid];
+  memcpy(m_fLpEid, lpEid, cbEid);
+  m_count = 0;
+  m_iterCount = 0;
+  m_failure = FALSE;
+  m_lastError = 0;
+  m_lpFolder = NULL;
+  m_lpTable = NULL;
+  m_lastLpEid = NULL;
+  m_lastCbEid = 0;
+}
+
+CMapiFolderContents::~CMapiFolderContents()
+{
+  if (m_lastLpEid)
+    delete m_lastLpEid;
+  delete m_fLpEid;
+  if (m_lpTable)
+    m_lpTable->Release();
+  if (m_lpFolder)
+    m_lpFolder->Release();
+}
+
+
+BOOL CMapiFolderContents::SetUpIter(void)
+{
+  // First, open up the MAPIFOLDER object
+  ULONG    ulObjType;
+  HRESULT    hr;
+  hr = m_lpMdb->OpenEntry(m_fCbEid, (LPENTRYID) m_fLpEid, NULL, 0, &ulObjType, (LPUNKNOWN *) &m_lpFolder);
+
+  if (FAILED(hr) || !m_lpFolder) {
+    m_lpFolder = NULL;
+    m_lastError = hr;
+    MAPI_TRACE2("CMapiFolderContents OpenEntry failed: 0x%lx, %d\n", (long)hr, (int)hr);
+    return FALSE;
+  }
+
+  if (ulObjType != MAPI_FOLDER) {
+    m_lastError = -1;
+    MAPI_TRACE0("CMapiFolderContents - bad object type, not a folder.\n");
+    return FALSE;
+  }
+
+
+  hr = m_lpFolder->GetContentsTable(0, &m_lpTable);
+  if (FAILED(hr) || !m_lpTable) {
+    m_lastError = hr;
+    m_lpTable = NULL;
+    MAPI_TRACE2("CMapiFolderContents - GetContentsTable failed: 0x%lx, %d\n", (long)hr, (int)hr);
+    return FALSE;
+  }
+
+  hr = m_lpTable->GetRowCount(0, &m_count);
+  if (FAILED(hr)) {
+    m_lastError = hr;
+    MAPI_TRACE0("CMapiFolderContents - GetRowCount failed\n");
+    return FALSE;
+  }
+
+  hr = m_lpTable->SetColumns((LPSPropTagArray)&ptaEid, 0);
+  if (FAILED(hr)) {
+    m_lastError = hr;
+    MAPI_TRACE2("CMapiFolderContents - SetColumns failed: 0x%lx, %d\n", (long)hr, (int)hr);
+    return FALSE;
+  }
+
+  hr = m_lpTable->SeekRow(BOOKMARK_BEGINNING, 0, NULL);
+  if (FAILED(hr)) {
+    m_lastError = hr;
+    MAPI_TRACE2("CMapiFolderContents - SeekRow failed: 0x%lx, %d\n", (long)hr, (int)hr);
+    return FALSE;
+  }
+
+  return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+BOOL CMapiFolderContents::GetNext(ULONG *pcbEid, LPENTRYID *ppEid, ULONG *poType, BOOL *pDone)
+{
+  *pDone = FALSE;
+  if (m_failure)
+    return FALSE;
+  if (!m_lpFolder) {
+    if (!SetUpIter()) {
+      m_failure = TRUE;
+      return FALSE;
+    }
+    if (!m_count) {
+      *pDone = TRUE;
+      return TRUE;
+    }
+  }
+
+  int      cNumRows = 0;
+  LPSRowSet  lpRow = NULL;
+  HRESULT    hr = m_lpTable->QueryRows(1, 0, &lpRow);
+
+  if(HR_FAILED(hr)) {
+    m_lastError = hr;
+    m_failure = TRUE;
+    MAPI_TRACE2("CMapiFolderContents - QueryRows failed: 0x%lx, %d\n", (long)hr, (int)hr);
+    return FALSE;
+  }
+
+  if(lpRow) {
+    cNumRows = lpRow->cRows;
+    if (cNumRows) {
+            LPENTRYID  lpEID = (LPENTRYID) lpRow->aRow[0].lpProps[ieidPR_ENTRYID].Value.bin.lpb;
+            ULONG    cbEID = lpRow->aRow[0].lpProps[ieidPR_ENTRYID].Value.bin.cb;
+      ULONG    oType = lpRow->aRow[0].lpProps[ieidPR_OBJECT_TYPE].Value.ul;
+
+      if (m_lastCbEid != cbEID) {
+        if (m_lastLpEid)
+          delete m_lastLpEid;
+        m_lastLpEid = new BYTE[cbEID];
+        m_lastCbEid = cbEID;
+      }
+      memcpy(m_lastLpEid, lpEID, cbEID);
+
+      *ppEid = (LPENTRYID) m_lastLpEid;
+      *pcbEid = cbEID;
+      *poType = oType;
+    }
+    else
+      *pDone = TRUE;
+    CMapiApi::FreeProws(lpRow);
+    }
+  else
+    *pDone = TRUE;
+
+  return TRUE;
+}
+
diff --git a/mailnews/import/outlook/src/MapiApi.h b/mailnews/import/outlook/src/MapiApi.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8b59b80d8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/outlook/src/MapiApi.h
@@ -0,0 +1,265 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+#ifndef MapiApi_h___
+#define MapiApi_h___
+
+#include "nscore.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsTArray.h"
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#include <windows.h>
+#include <mapi.h>
+#include <mapix.h>
+#include <mapidefs.h>
+#include <mapicode.h>
+#include <mapitags.h>
+#include <mapiutil.h>
+// wabutil.h expects mapiutil to define _MAPIUTIL_H but it actually
+// defines _MAPIUTIL_H_
+#define _MAPIUTIL_H
+
+#ifndef PR_INTERNET_CPID
+#define PR_INTERNET_CPID (PROP_TAG(PT_LONG,0x3FDE))
+#endif
+#ifndef MAPI_NATIVE_BODY
+#define MAPI_NATIVE_BODY (0x00010000)
+#endif
+#ifndef MAPI_NATIVE_BODY_TYPE_RTF
+#define MAPI_NATIVE_BODY_TYPE_RTF (0x00000001)
+#endif
+#ifndef MAPI_NATIVE_BODY_TYPE_HTML
+#define MAPI_NATIVE_BODY_TYPE_HTML (0x00000002)
+#endif
+#ifndef MAPI_NATIVE_BODY_TYPE_PLAINTEXT
+#define MAPI_NATIVE_BODY_TYPE_PLAINTEXT (0x00000004)
+#endif
+#ifndef PR_BODY_HTML_A
+#define PR_BODY_HTML_A (PROP_TAG(PT_STRING8,0x1013))
+#endif
+#ifndef PR_BODY_HTML_W
+#define PR_BODY_HTML_W (PROP_TAG(PT_UNICODE,0x1013))
+#endif
+#ifndef PR_BODY_HTML
+#define PR_BODY_HTML (PROP_TAG(PT_TSTRING,0x1013))
+#endif
+
+class CMapiFolderList;
+class CMsgStore;
+class CMapiFolder;
+
+class CMapiContentIter {
+public:
+  virtual BOOL HandleContentItem(ULONG oType, ULONG cb, LPENTRYID pEntry) = 0;
+};
+
+class CMapiHierarchyIter {
+public:
+  virtual BOOL HandleHierarchyItem(ULONG oType, ULONG cb, LPENTRYID pEntry) = 0;
+};
+
+class CMapiApi {
+public:
+  CMapiApi();
+  ~CMapiApi();
+
+  static BOOL    LoadMapi(void);
+  static BOOL    LoadMapiEntryPoints(void);
+  static void    UnloadMapi(void);
+
+  static HINSTANCE  m_hMapi32;
+
+  static void    MAPIUninitialize(void);
+  static HRESULT  MAPIInitialize(LPVOID lpInit);
+  static SCODE  MAPIAllocateBuffer(ULONG cbSize, LPVOID FAR * lppBuffer);
+  static ULONG  MAPIFreeBuffer(LPVOID lpBuff);
+  static HRESULT  MAPILogonEx(ULONG ulUIParam, LPTSTR lpszProfileName, LPTSTR lpszPassword, FLAGS flFlags, LPMAPISESSION FAR * lppSession);
+  static HRESULT  OpenStreamOnFile(LPALLOCATEBUFFER lpAllocateBuffer, LPFREEBUFFER lpFreeBuffer, ULONG ulFlags, LPTSTR lpszFileName, LPTSTR lpszPrefix, LPSTREAM FAR * lppStream);
+  static void    FreeProws(LPSRowSet prows);
+
+
+  BOOL  Initialize(void);
+  BOOL  LogOn(void);
+
+  void  AddMessageStore(CMsgStore *pStore);
+  void  SetCurrentMsgStore(LPMDB lpMdb) { m_lpMdb = lpMdb;}
+
+  // Open any given entry from the current Message Store
+  BOOL  OpenEntry(ULONG cbEntry, LPENTRYID pEntryId, LPUNKNOWN *ppOpen);
+  static BOOL OpenMdbEntry(LPMDB lpMdb, ULONG cbEntry, LPENTRYID pEntryId, LPUNKNOWN *ppOpen);
+
+  // Fill in the folders list with the hierarchy from the given
+  // message store.
+  BOOL  GetStoreFolders(ULONG cbEid, LPENTRYID lpEid, CMapiFolderList& folders, int startDepth);
+  BOOL  GetStoreAddressFolders(ULONG cbEid, LPENTRYID lpEid, CMapiFolderList& folders);
+  BOOL  OpenStore(ULONG cbEid, LPENTRYID lpEid, LPMDB *ppMdb);
+
+  // Iteration
+  BOOL  IterateStores(CMapiFolderList& list);
+  BOOL  IterateContents(CMapiContentIter *pIter, LPMAPIFOLDER pFolder, ULONG flags = 0);
+  BOOL  IterateHierarchy(CMapiHierarchyIter *pIter, LPMAPIFOLDER pFolder, ULONG flags = 0);
+
+  // Properties
+  static LPSPropValue  GetMapiProperty(LPMAPIPROP pProp, ULONG tag);
+  // If delVal is true, functions will call CMapiApi::MAPIFreeBuffer on pVal.
+  static BOOL      GetEntryIdFromProp(LPSPropValue pVal, ULONG& cbEntryId,
+                                      LPENTRYID& lpEntryId, BOOL delVal = TRUE);
+  static BOOL      GetStringFromProp(LPSPropValue pVal, nsCString& val, BOOL delVal = TRUE);
+  static BOOL      GetStringFromProp(LPSPropValue pVal, nsString& val, BOOL delVal = TRUE);
+  static LONG      GetLongFromProp(LPSPropValue pVal, BOOL delVal = TRUE);
+  static BOOL      GetLargeStringProperty(LPMAPIPROP pProp, ULONG tag, nsCString& val);
+  static BOOL      GetLargeStringProperty(LPMAPIPROP pProp, ULONG tag, nsString& val);
+  static BOOL      IsLargeProperty(LPSPropValue pVal);
+  static ULONG    GetEmailPropertyTag(LPMAPIPROP lpProp, LONG nameID);
+
+  static BOOL GetRTFPropertyDecodedAsUTF16(LPMAPIPROP pProp, nsString& val,
+                                           unsigned long& nativeBodyType,
+                                           unsigned long codepage = 0);
+
+  // Debugging & reporting stuff
+  static void      ListProperties(LPMAPIPROP lpProp, BOOL getValues = TRUE);
+  static void      ListPropertyValue(LPSPropValue pVal, nsCString& s);
+
+protected:
+  BOOL      HandleHierarchyItem(ULONG oType, ULONG cb, LPENTRYID pEntry);
+  BOOL      HandleContentsItem(ULONG oType, ULONG cb, LPENTRYID pEntry);
+  void      GetStoreInfo(CMapiFolder *pFolder, long *pSzContents);
+
+  // array of available message stores, cached so that
+  // message stores are only opened once, preventing multiple
+  // logon's by the user if the store requires a logon.
+  CMsgStore *    FindMessageStore(ULONG cbEid, LPENTRYID lpEid);
+  void      ClearMessageStores(void);
+
+  static void      CStrToUnicode(const char *pStr, nsString& result);
+
+  // Debugging & reporting stuff
+  static void      GetPropTagName(ULONG tag, nsCString& s);
+  static void      ReportStringProp(const char *pTag, LPSPropValue pVal);
+  static void      ReportUIDProp(const char *pTag, LPSPropValue pVal);
+  static void      ReportLongProp(const char *pTag, LPSPropValue pVal);
+
+
+private:
+  static int        m_clients;
+  static BOOL        m_initialized;
+  static nsTArray<CMsgStore*> *  m_pStores;
+  static LPMAPISESSION  m_lpSession;
+  static LPMDB      m_lpMdb;
+  static HRESULT      m_lastError;
+  static char16_t *    m_pUniBuff;
+  static int        m_uniBuffLen;
+
+  static BOOL      GetLargeProperty(LPMAPIPROP pProp, ULONG tag, void** result);
+};
+
+class CMapiFolder {
+public:
+  CMapiFolder();
+  CMapiFolder(const CMapiFolder *pCopyFrom);
+  CMapiFolder(const char16_t *pDisplayName, ULONG cbEid, LPENTRYID lpEid, int depth, LONG oType = MAPI_FOLDER);
+  ~CMapiFolder();
+
+  void  SetDoImport(BOOL doIt) { m_doImport = doIt;}
+  void  SetObjectType(long oType) { m_objectType = oType;}
+  void  SetDisplayName(const char16_t *pDisplayName) { m_displayName = pDisplayName;}
+  void  SetEntryID(ULONG cbEid, LPENTRYID lpEid);
+  void  SetDepth(int depth) { m_depth = depth;}
+  void  SetFilePath(const char16_t *pFilePath) { m_mailFilePath = pFilePath;}
+
+  BOOL  GetDoImport(void) const { return m_doImport;}
+  LONG  GetObjectType(void) const { return m_objectType;}
+  void  GetDisplayName(nsString& name) const { name = m_displayName;}
+  void  GetFilePath(nsString& path) const { path = m_mailFilePath;}
+  BOOL  IsStore(void) const { return m_objectType == MAPI_STORE;}
+  BOOL  IsFolder(void) const { return m_objectType == MAPI_FOLDER;}
+  int    GetDepth(void) const { return m_depth;}
+
+  LPENTRYID  GetEntryID(ULONG *pCb = NULL) const { if (pCb) *pCb = m_cbEid; return (LPENTRYID) m_lpEid;}
+  ULONG    GetCBEntryID(void) const { return m_cbEid;}
+
+private:
+  LONG    m_objectType;
+  ULONG    m_cbEid;
+  BYTE *    m_lpEid;
+  nsString  m_displayName;
+  int      m_depth;
+  nsString  m_mailFilePath;
+  BOOL    m_doImport;
+
+};
+
+class CMapiFolderList {
+public:
+  CMapiFolderList();
+  ~CMapiFolderList();
+
+  void      AddItem(CMapiFolder *pFolder);
+  CMapiFolder *  GetItem(int index) { if ((index >= 0) && (index < (int)m_array.Length())) return GetAt(index); else return NULL;}
+  void      ClearAll(void);
+
+  // Debugging and reporting
+  void      DumpList(void);
+
+  CMapiFolder *  GetAt(int index) { return m_array.ElementAt(index);}
+  int        GetSize(void) { return m_array.Length();}
+
+protected:
+  void  EnsureUniqueName(CMapiFolder *pFolder);
+  void  GenerateFilePath(CMapiFolder *pFolder);
+  void  ChangeName(nsString& name);
+
+private:
+  nsTArray<CMapiFolder*>    m_array;
+};
+
+
+class CMsgStore {
+public:
+  CMsgStore(ULONG cbEid = 0, LPENTRYID lpEid = NULL);
+  ~CMsgStore();
+
+  void    SetEntryID(ULONG cbEid, LPENTRYID lpEid);
+  BOOL    Open(LPMAPISESSION pSession, LPMDB *ppMdb);
+
+  ULONG    GetCBEntryID(void) { return m_cbEid;}
+  LPENTRYID  GetLPEntryID(void) { return (LPENTRYID) m_lpEid;}
+
+private:
+  ULONG    m_cbEid;
+  BYTE *    m_lpEid;
+  LPMDB    m_lpMdb;
+};
+
+
+class CMapiFolderContents {
+public:
+  CMapiFolderContents(LPMDB lpMdb, ULONG cbEID, LPENTRYID lpEid);
+  ~CMapiFolderContents();
+
+  BOOL  GetNext(ULONG *pcbEid, LPENTRYID *ppEid, ULONG *poType, BOOL *pDone);
+
+  ULONG  GetCount(void) { return m_count;}
+
+protected:
+  BOOL SetUpIter(void);
+
+private:
+  HRESULT      m_lastError;
+  BOOL      m_failure;
+  LPMDB      m_lpMdb;
+  LPMAPIFOLDER  m_lpFolder;
+  LPMAPITABLE    m_lpTable;
+  ULONG      m_fCbEid;
+  BYTE *      m_fLpEid;
+  ULONG      m_count;
+  ULONG      m_iterCount;
+  BYTE *      m_lastLpEid;
+  ULONG      m_lastCbEid;
+};
+
+
+#endif /* MapiApi_h__ */
diff --git a/mailnews/import/outlook/src/MapiDbgLog.h b/mailnews/import/outlook/src/MapiDbgLog.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..668418c42
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/outlook/src/MapiDbgLog.h
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef MapiDbgLog_h___
+#define MapiDbgLog_h___
+
+/*
+#ifdef NS_DEBUG
+#define MAPI_DEBUG  1
+#endif
+*/
+
+#ifdef MAPI_DEBUG
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#define MAPI_DUMP_STRING(x)    printf("%s", (const char *)x)
+#define MAPI_TRACE0(x)        printf(x)
+#define MAPI_TRACE1(x, y)      printf(x, y)
+#define MAPI_TRACE2(x, y, z)    printf(x, y, z)
+#define MAPI_TRACE3(x, y, z, a)  printf(x, y, z, a)
+#define MAPI_TRACE4(x, y, z, a, b) printf(x, y, z, a, b)
+
+
+#else
+
+#define MAPI_DUMP_STRING(x)
+#define  MAPI_TRACE0(x)
+#define  MAPI_TRACE1(x, y)
+#define  MAPI_TRACE2(x, y, z)
+#define MAPI_TRACE3(x, y, z, a)
+#define MAPI_TRACE4(x, y, z, a, b)
+
+#endif
+
+
+
+#endif /* MapiDbgLog_h___ */
+
diff --git a/mailnews/import/outlook/src/MapiMessage.cpp b/mailnews/import/outlook/src/MapiMessage.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..52ec2e4c0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/outlook/src/MapiMessage.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1474 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef INITGUID
+#define INITGUID
+#endif
+
+#ifndef USES_IID_IMessage
+#define USES_IID_IMessage
+#endif
+
+#include "nscore.h"
+#include <time.h>
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsDirectoryServiceDefs.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "nsMimeTypes.h"
+#include "nsIOutputStream.h"
+
+#include "nsMsgCompCID.h"
+#include "nsIMutableArray.h"
+#include "MapiDbgLog.h"
+#include "MapiApi.h"
+
+#include "MapiMimeTypes.h"
+
+#include <algorithm>
+#include "nsMsgI18N.h"
+#include "nsICharsetConverterManager.h"
+#include "nsCRT.h"
+#include "nsNetUtil.h"
+#include "MapiMessage.h"
+
+#include "nsOutlookMail.h"
+
+// needed for the call the OpenStreamOnFile
+extern LPMAPIALLOCATEBUFFER gpMapiAllocateBuffer;
+extern LPMAPIFREEBUFFER gpMapiFreeBuffer;
+
+// Sample From line: From - 1 Jan 1965 00:00:00
+
+typedef const char * PC_S8;
+
+static const char * kWhitespace = "\b\t\r\n ";
+static const char * sFromLine = "From - ";
+static const char * sFromDate = "Mon Jan 1 00:00:00 1965";
+static const char * sDaysOfWeek[7] = {
+  "Sun", "Mon", "Tue", "Wed", "Thu", "Fri", "Sat"
+};
+
+static const char *sMonths[12] = {
+  "Jan", "Feb", "Mar", "Apr", "May", "Jun", "Jul", "Aug", "Sep", "Oct", "Nov", "Dec"
+};
+
+CMapiMessage::CMapiMessage(LPMESSAGE lpMsg)
+  : m_lpMsg(lpMsg), m_dldStateHeadersOnly(false), m_msgFlags(0)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  m_pIOService = do_GetService(NS_IOSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return;
+
+  FetchHeaders();
+  if (ValidState()) {
+    BuildFromLine();
+    FetchFlags();
+    GetDownloadState();
+    if (FullMessageDownloaded()) {
+      FetchBody();
+      ProcessAttachments();
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+CMapiMessage::~CMapiMessage()
+{
+  ClearAttachments();
+  if (m_lpMsg)
+    m_lpMsg->Release();
+}
+
+void CMapiMessage::FormatDateTime(SYSTEMTIME& tm, nsCString& s, bool includeTZ)
+{
+  long offset = _timezone;
+  s += sDaysOfWeek[tm.wDayOfWeek];
+  s += ", ";
+  s.AppendInt((int32_t) tm.wDay);
+  s += " ";
+  s += sMonths[tm.wMonth - 1];
+  s += " ";
+  s.AppendInt((int32_t) tm.wYear);
+  s += " ";
+  int val = tm.wHour;
+  if (val < 10)
+    s += "0";
+  s.AppendInt((int32_t) val);
+  s += ":";
+  val = tm.wMinute;
+  if (val < 10)
+    s += "0";
+  s.AppendInt((int32_t) val);
+  s += ":";
+  val = tm.wSecond;
+  if (val < 10)
+    s += "0";
+  s.AppendInt((int32_t) val);
+  if (includeTZ) {
+    s += " ";
+    if (offset < 0) {
+      offset *= -1;
+      s += "+";
+    }
+    else
+      s += "-";
+    offset /= 60;
+    val = (int) (offset / 60);
+    if (val < 10)
+      s += "0";
+    s.AppendInt((int32_t) val);
+    val = (int) (offset % 60);
+    if (val < 10)
+      s += "0";
+    s.AppendInt((int32_t) val);
+  }
+}
+
+bool CMapiMessage::EnsureHeader(CMapiMessageHeaders::SpecialHeader special,
+                                ULONG mapiTag)
+{
+  if (m_headers.Value(special))
+    return true;
+
+  LPSPropValue pVal = CMapiApi::GetMapiProperty(m_lpMsg, mapiTag);
+  bool success = false;
+  if (pVal) {
+    if (PROP_TYPE(pVal->ulPropTag) == PT_STRING8) {
+      if (pVal->Value.lpszA && strlen(pVal->Value.lpszA)) {
+        m_headers.SetValue(special, pVal->Value.lpszA);
+        success = true;
+      }
+    }
+    else if (PROP_TYPE(pVal->ulPropTag) == PT_UNICODE) {
+      if (pVal->Value.lpszW && wcslen(pVal->Value.lpszW)) {
+        m_headers.SetValue(special, NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(pVal->Value.lpszW).get());
+        success = true;
+      }
+    }
+    CMapiApi::MAPIFreeBuffer(pVal);
+  }
+
+  return success;
+}
+
+bool CMapiMessage::EnsureDate()
+{
+  if (m_headers.Value(CMapiMessageHeaders::hdrDate))
+    return true;
+
+  LPSPropValue pVal = CMapiApi::GetMapiProperty(m_lpMsg, PR_MESSAGE_DELIVERY_TIME);
+  if (!pVal)
+    pVal = CMapiApi::GetMapiProperty(m_lpMsg, PR_CREATION_TIME);
+  if (pVal) {
+    SYSTEMTIME st;
+    // the following call returns UTC
+    ::FileTimeToSystemTime(&(pVal->Value.ft), &st);
+    CMapiApi::MAPIFreeBuffer(pVal);
+    // FormatDateTime would append the local time zone, so don't use it.
+    // Instead, we just append +0000 for GMT/UTC here.
+    nsCString str;
+    FormatDateTime(st, str, false);
+    str += " +0000";
+    m_headers.SetValue(CMapiMessageHeaders::hdrDate, str.get());
+    return true;
+  }
+
+  return false;
+}
+
+void CMapiMessage::BuildFromLine(void)
+{
+  m_fromLine = sFromLine;
+  LPSPropValue pVal = CMapiApi::GetMapiProperty(m_lpMsg, PR_CREATION_TIME);
+  if (pVal) {
+    SYSTEMTIME st;
+    ::FileTimeToSystemTime(&(pVal->Value.ft), &st);
+    CMapiApi::MAPIFreeBuffer(pVal);
+    FormatDateTime(st, m_fromLine, FALSE);
+  }
+  else
+    m_fromLine += sFromDate;
+
+  m_fromLine += "\x0D\x0A";
+}
+
+#ifndef dispidHeaderItem
+#define dispidHeaderItem 0x8578
+#endif
+DEFINE_OLEGUID(PSETID_Common, MAKELONG(0x2000+(8),0x0006),0,0);
+
+void CMapiMessage::GetDownloadState()
+{
+  // See http://support.microsoft.com/kb/912239
+  HRESULT         hRes = S_OK;
+  ULONG           ulVal = 0;
+  LPSPropValue    lpPropVal = NULL;
+  LPSPropTagArray lpNamedPropTag = NULL;
+  MAPINAMEID      NamedID = {0};
+  LPMAPINAMEID    lpNamedID = NULL;
+
+  NamedID.lpguid = (LPGUID) &PSETID_Common;
+  NamedID.ulKind = MNID_ID;
+  NamedID.Kind.lID = dispidHeaderItem;
+  lpNamedID = &NamedID;
+
+  hRes = m_lpMsg->GetIDsFromNames(1, &lpNamedID, NULL, &lpNamedPropTag);
+
+  if (lpNamedPropTag && 1 == lpNamedPropTag->cValues)
+  {
+    lpNamedPropTag->aulPropTag[0] = CHANGE_PROP_TYPE(lpNamedPropTag->aulPropTag[0], PT_LONG);
+
+    //Get the value of the property.
+    hRes = m_lpMsg->GetProps(lpNamedPropTag, 0, &ulVal, &lpPropVal);
+    if (lpPropVal && 1 == ulVal && PT_LONG == PROP_TYPE(lpPropVal->ulPropTag) &&
+        lpPropVal->Value.ul)
+      m_dldStateHeadersOnly = true;
+  }
+
+  CMapiApi::MAPIFreeBuffer(lpPropVal);
+  CMapiApi::MAPIFreeBuffer(lpNamedPropTag);
+}
+
+// Headers - fetch will get PR_TRANSPORT_MESSAGE_HEADERS
+// or if they do not exist will build a header from
+//  PR_DISPLAY_TO, _CC, _BCC
+//  PR_SUBJECT
+//  PR_MESSAGE_RECIPIENTS
+// and PR_CREATION_TIME if needed?
+bool CMapiMessage::FetchHeaders(void)
+{
+  ULONG tag = PR_TRANSPORT_MESSAGE_HEADERS_A;
+  LPSPropValue pVal = CMapiApi::GetMapiProperty(m_lpMsg, tag);
+  if (!pVal)
+    pVal = CMapiApi::GetMapiProperty(m_lpMsg, tag = PR_TRANSPORT_MESSAGE_HEADERS_W);
+  if (pVal) {
+    if (CMapiApi::IsLargeProperty(pVal)) {
+      nsCString headers;
+      CMapiApi::GetLargeStringProperty(m_lpMsg, tag, headers);
+      m_headers.Assign(headers.get());
+    }
+    else if ((PROP_TYPE(pVal->ulPropTag) == PT_STRING8) &&
+             (pVal->Value.lpszA) && (*(pVal->Value.lpszA)))
+      m_headers.Assign(pVal->Value.lpszA);
+    else if ((PROP_TYPE(pVal->ulPropTag) == PT_UNICODE) &&
+             (pVal->Value.lpszW) && (*(pVal->Value.lpszW))) {
+      nsCString headers;
+      LossyCopyUTF16toASCII(nsDependentString(pVal->Value.lpszW), headers);
+      m_headers.Assign(headers.get());
+    }
+
+    CMapiApi::MAPIFreeBuffer(pVal);
+  }
+
+  EnsureDate();
+  if (!EnsureHeader(CMapiMessageHeaders::hdrFrom, PR_SENDER_NAME_W))
+    EnsureHeader(CMapiMessageHeaders::hdrFrom, PR_SENDER_EMAIL_ADDRESS_W);
+  EnsureHeader(CMapiMessageHeaders::hdrSubject, PR_SUBJECT_W);
+  EnsureHeader(CMapiMessageHeaders::hdrTo, PR_DISPLAY_TO_W);
+  EnsureHeader(CMapiMessageHeaders::hdrCc, PR_DISPLAY_CC_W);
+  EnsureHeader(CMapiMessageHeaders::hdrBcc, PR_DISPLAY_BCC_W);
+
+  ProcessContentType();
+
+  return !m_headers.IsEmpty();
+}
+
+// Mime-Version: 1.0
+// Content-Type: text/plain; charset="US-ASCII"
+// Content-Type: multipart/mixed; boundary="=====================_874475278==_"
+
+void CMapiMessage::ProcessContentType()
+{
+  m_mimeContentType.Truncate();
+  m_mimeBoundary.Truncate();
+  m_mimeCharset.Truncate();
+
+  const char* contentType = m_headers.Value(CMapiMessageHeaders::hdrContentType);
+  if (!contentType)
+    return;
+
+  const char *begin = contentType, *end;
+  nsCString tStr;
+
+  // Note: this isn't a complete parser, the content type
+  // we extract could have rfc822 comments in it
+  while (*begin && IsSpace(*begin))
+    begin++;
+  if (!(*begin))
+    return;
+  end = begin;
+  while (*end && (*end != ';'))
+    end++;
+  m_mimeContentType.Assign(begin, end-begin);
+  if (!(*end))
+    return;
+  // look for "boundary="
+  begin = end + 1;
+  bool haveB;
+  bool haveC;
+  while (*begin) {
+    haveB = false;
+    haveC = false;
+    while (*begin && IsSpace(*begin))
+      begin++;
+    if (!(*begin))
+      return;
+    end = begin;
+    while (*end && (*end != '='))
+      end++;
+    if (end - begin) {
+      tStr.Assign(begin, end-begin);
+      if (tStr.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("boundary"))
+        haveB = true;
+      else if (tStr.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("charset"))
+        haveC = true;
+    }
+    if (!(*end))
+      return;
+    begin = end+1;
+    while (*begin && IsSpace(*begin))
+      begin++;
+    if (*begin == '"') {
+      begin++;
+      bool slash = false;
+      tStr.Truncate();
+      while (*begin) {
+        if (slash) {
+          slash = false;
+          tStr.Append(*begin);
+        }
+        else if (*begin == '"')
+          break;
+        else if (*begin != '\\')
+          tStr.Append(*begin);
+        else
+          slash = true;
+        begin++;
+      }
+      if (haveB) {
+        m_mimeBoundary = tStr;
+        haveB = false;
+      }
+      if (haveC) {
+        m_mimeCharset = tStr;
+        haveC = false;
+      }
+      if (!(*begin))
+        return;
+      begin++;
+    }
+    tStr.Truncate();
+    while (*begin && (*begin != ';')) {
+      tStr.Append(*(begin++));
+    }
+    if (haveB) {
+      tStr.Trim(kWhitespace);
+      m_mimeBoundary = tStr;
+    }
+    if (haveC) {
+      tStr.Trim(kWhitespace);
+      m_mimeCharset = tStr;
+    }
+    if (*begin)
+      begin++;
+  }
+}
+
+const char* CpToCharset(unsigned int cp)
+{
+  struct CODEPAGE_TO_CHARSET {
+    unsigned long cp;
+    const char* charset;
+  };
+
+  // This table is based on http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/dd317756(v=VS.85).aspx#1;
+  // Please extend as appropriate. The codepage values are sorted ascending.
+  static const CODEPAGE_TO_CHARSET cptocharset[] =
+    {
+      {37, "IBM037"}, // IBM EBCDIC US-Canada
+      {437, "IBM437"}, //OEM United States
+      {500, "IBM500"}, //IBM EBCDIC International
+      {708, "ASMO-708"}, //Arabic (ASMO 708)
+      //709  Arabic (ASMO-449+, BCON V4)
+      //710  Arabic - Transparent Arabic
+      {720, "DOS-720"}, //Arabic (Transparent ASMO); Arabic (DOS)
+      {737, "ibm737"}, // OEM Greek (formerly 437G); Greek (DOS)
+      {775, "ibm775"}, // OEM Baltic; Baltic (DOS)
+      {850, "ibm850"}, // OEM Multilingual Latin 1; Western European (DOS)
+      {852, "ibm852"}, // OEM Latin 2; Central European (DOS)
+      {855, "IBM855"}, // OEM Cyrillic (primarily Russian)
+      {857, "ibm857"}, // OEM Turkish; Turkish (DOS)
+      {858, "IBM00858"}, // OEM Multilingual Latin 1 + Euro symbol
+      {860, "IBM860"}, // OEM Portuguese; Portuguese (DOS)
+      {861, "ibm861"}, // OEM Icelandic; Icelandic (DOS)
+      {862, "DOS-862"}, // OEM Hebrew; Hebrew (DOS)
+      {863, "IBM863"}, // OEM French Canadian; French Canadian (DOS)
+      {864, "IBM864"}, // OEM Arabic; Arabic (864)
+      {865, "IBM865"}, // OEM Nordic; Nordic (DOS)
+      {866, "cp866"}, // OEM Russian; Cyrillic (DOS)
+      {869, "ibm869"}, // OEM Modern Greek; Greek, Modern (DOS)
+      {870, "IBM870"}, // IBM EBCDIC Multilingual/ROECE (Latin 2); IBM EBCDIC Multilingual Latin 2
+      {874, "windows-874"}, // ANSI/OEM Thai (same as 28605, ISO 8859-15); Thai (Windows)
+      {875, "cp875"}, // IBM EBCDIC Greek Modern
+      {932, "shift_jis"}, // ANSI/OEM Japanese; Japanese (Shift-JIS)
+      {936, "gb2312"}, // ANSI/OEM Simplified Chinese (PRC, Singapore); Chinese Simplified (GB2312)
+      {949, "ks_c_5601-1987"}, // ANSI/OEM Korean (Unified Hangul Code)
+      {950, "big5"}, // ANSI/OEM Traditional Chinese (Taiwan; Hong Kong SAR, PRC); Chinese Traditional (Big5)
+      {1026, "IBM1026"}, // IBM EBCDIC Turkish (Latin 5)
+      {1047, "IBM01047"}, // IBM EBCDIC Latin 1/Open System
+      {1140, "IBM01140"}, // IBM EBCDIC US-Canada (037 + Euro symbol); IBM EBCDIC (US-Canada-Euro)
+      {1141, "IBM01141"}, // IBM EBCDIC Germany (20273 + Euro symbol); IBM EBCDIC (Germany-Euro)
+      {1142, "IBM01142"}, // IBM EBCDIC Denmark-Norway (20277 + Euro symbol); IBM EBCDIC (Denmark-Norway-Euro)
+      {1143, "IBM01143"}, // IBM EBCDIC Finland-Sweden (20278 + Euro symbol); IBM EBCDIC (Finland-Sweden-Euro)
+      {1144, "IBM01144"}, // IBM EBCDIC Italy (20280 + Euro symbol); IBM EBCDIC (Italy-Euro)
+      {1145, "IBM01145"}, // IBM EBCDIC Latin America-Spain (20284 + Euro symbol); IBM EBCDIC (Spain-Euro)
+      {1146, "IBM01146"}, // IBM EBCDIC United Kingdom (20285 + Euro symbol); IBM EBCDIC (UK-Euro)
+      {1147, "IBM01147"}, // IBM EBCDIC France (20297 + Euro symbol); IBM EBCDIC (France-Euro)
+      {1148, "IBM01148"}, // IBM EBCDIC International (500 + Euro symbol); IBM EBCDIC (International-Euro)
+      {1149, "IBM01149"}, // IBM EBCDIC Icelandic (20871 + Euro symbol); IBM EBCDIC (Icelandic-Euro)
+      {1200, "utf-16"}, // Unicode UTF-16, little endian byte order (BMP of ISO 10646); available only to managed applications
+      {1201, "unicodeFFFE"}, // Unicode UTF-16, big endian byte order; available only to managed applications
+      {1250, "windows-1250"}, // ANSI Central European; Central European (Windows)
+      {1251, "windows-1251"}, // ANSI Cyrillic; Cyrillic (Windows)
+      {1252, "windows-1252"}, // ANSI Latin 1; Western European (Windows)
+      {1253, "windows-1253"}, // ANSI Greek; Greek (Windows)
+      {1254, "windows-1254"}, // ANSI Turkish; Turkish (Windows)
+      {1255, "windows-1255"}, // ANSI Hebrew; Hebrew (Windows)
+      {1256, "windows-1256"}, // ANSI Arabic; Arabic (Windows)
+      {1257, "windows-1257"}, // ANSI Baltic; Baltic (Windows)
+      {1258, "windows-1258"}, // ANSI/OEM Vietnamese; Vietnamese (Windows)
+      {1361, "Johab"}, // Korean (Johab)
+      {10000, "macintosh"}, // MAC Roman; Western European (Mac)
+      {10001, "x-mac-japanese"}, // Japanese (Mac)
+      {10002, "x-mac-chinesetrad"}, // MAC Traditional Chinese (Big5); Chinese Traditional (Mac)
+      {10003, "x-mac-korean"}, // Korean (Mac)
+      {10004, "x-mac-arabic"}, // Arabic (Mac)
+      {10005, "x-mac-hebrew"}, // Hebrew (Mac)
+      {10006, "x-mac-greek"}, // Greek (Mac)
+      {10007, "x-mac-cyrillic"}, // Cyrillic (Mac)
+      {10008, "x-mac-chinesesimp"}, // MAC Simplified Chinese (GB 2312); Chinese Simplified (Mac)
+      {10010, "x-mac-romanian"}, // Romanian (Mac)
+      {10017, "x-mac-ukrainian"}, // Ukrainian (Mac)
+      {10021, "x-mac-thai"}, // Thai (Mac)
+      {10029, "x-mac-ce"}, // MAC Latin 2; Central European (Mac)
+      {10079, "x-mac-icelandic"}, // Icelandic (Mac)
+      {10081, "x-mac-turkish"}, // Turkish (Mac)
+      {10082, "x-mac-croatian"}, // Croatian (Mac)
+      // Unicode UTF-32, little endian byte order; available only to managed applications
+      // impossible in 8-bit mail
+      {12000, "utf-32"},
+       // Unicode UTF-32, big endian byte order; available only to managed applications
+       // impossible in 8-bit mail
+      {12001, "utf-32BE"},
+      {20000, "x-Chinese_CNS"}, // CNS Taiwan; Chinese Traditional (CNS)
+      {20001, "x-cp20001"}, // TCA Taiwan
+      {20002, "x_Chinese-Eten"}, // Eten Taiwan; Chinese Traditional (Eten)
+      {20003, "x-cp20003"}, // IBM5550 Taiwan
+      {20004, "x-cp20004"}, // TeleText Taiwan
+      {20005, "x-cp20005"}, // Wang Taiwan
+      {20105, "x-IA5"}, // IA5 (IRV International Alphabet No. 5, 7-bit); Western European (IA5)
+      {20106, "x-IA5-German"}, // IA5 German (7-bit)
+      {20107, "x-IA5-Swedish"}, // IA5 Swedish (7-bit)
+      {20108, "x-IA5-Norwegian"}, // IA5 Norwegian (7-bit)
+      {20127, "us-ascii"}, // US-ASCII (7-bit)
+      {20261, "x-cp20261"}, // T.61
+      {20269, "x-cp20269"}, // ISO 6937 Non-Spacing Accent
+      {20273, "IBM273"}, // IBM EBCDIC Germany
+      {20277, "IBM277"}, // IBM EBCDIC Denmark-Norway
+      {20278, "IBM278"}, // IBM EBCDIC Finland-Sweden
+      {20280, "IBM280"}, // IBM EBCDIC Italy
+      {20284, "IBM284"}, // IBM EBCDIC Latin America-Spain
+      {20285, "IBM285"}, // IBM EBCDIC United Kingdom
+      {20290, "IBM290"}, // IBM EBCDIC Japanese Katakana Extended
+      {20297, "IBM297"}, // IBM EBCDIC France
+      {20420, "IBM420"}, // IBM EBCDIC Arabic
+      {20423, "IBM423"}, // IBM EBCDIC Greek
+      {20424, "IBM424"}, // IBM EBCDIC Hebrew
+      {20833, "x-EBCDIC-KoreanExtended"}, // IBM EBCDIC Korean Extended
+      {20838, "IBM-Thai"}, // IBM EBCDIC Thai
+      {20866, "koi8-r"}, // Russian (KOI8-R); Cyrillic (KOI8-R)
+      {20871, "IBM871"}, // IBM EBCDIC Icelandic
+      {20880, "IBM880"}, // IBM EBCDIC Cyrillic Russian
+      {20905, "IBM905"}, // IBM EBCDIC Turkish
+      {20924, "IBM00924"}, // IBM EBCDIC Latin 1/Open System (1047 + Euro symbol)
+      {20932, "EUC-JP"}, // Japanese (JIS 0208-1990 and 0121-1990)
+      {20936, "x-cp20936"}, // Simplified Chinese (GB2312); Chinese Simplified (GB2312-80)
+      {20949, "x-cp20949"}, // Korean Wansung
+      {21025, "cp1025"}, // IBM EBCDIC Cyrillic Serbian-Bulgarian
+      //21027  (deprecated)
+      {21866, "koi8-u"}, // Ukrainian (KOI8-U); Cyrillic (KOI8-U)
+      {28591, "iso-8859-1"}, // ISO 8859-1 Latin 1; Western European (ISO)
+      {28592, "iso-8859-2"}, // ISO 8859-2 Central European; Central European (ISO)
+      {28593, "iso-8859-3"}, // ISO 8859-3 Latin 3
+      {28594, "iso-8859-4"}, // ISO 8859-4 Baltic
+      {28595, "iso-8859-5"}, // ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic
+      {28596, "iso-8859-6"}, // ISO 8859-6 Arabic
+      {28597, "iso-8859-7"}, // ISO 8859-7 Greek
+      {28598, "iso-8859-8"}, // ISO 8859-8 Hebrew; Hebrew (ISO-Visual)
+      {28599, "iso-8859-9"}, // ISO 8859-9 Turkish
+      {28603, "iso-8859-13"}, // ISO 8859-13 Estonian
+      {28605, "iso-8859-15"}, // ISO 8859-15 Latin 9
+      {29001, "x-Europa"}, // Europa 3
+      {38598, "iso-8859-8-i"}, // ISO 8859-8 Hebrew; Hebrew (ISO-Logical)
+      {50220, "iso-2022-jp"}, // ISO 2022 Japanese with no halfwidth Katakana; Japanese (JIS)
+      {50221, "csISO2022JP"}, // ISO 2022 Japanese with halfwidth Katakana; Japanese (JIS-Allow 1 byte Kana)
+      {50222, "iso-2022-jp"}, // ISO 2022 Japanese JIS X 0201-1989; Japanese (JIS-Allow 1 byte Kana - SO/SI)
+      {50225, "iso-2022-kr"}, // ISO 2022 Korean
+      {50227, "x-cp50227"}, // ISO 2022 Simplified Chinese; Chinese Simplified (ISO 2022)
+      //50229  ISO 2022 Traditional Chinese
+      //50930  EBCDIC Japanese (Katakana) Extended
+      //50931  EBCDIC US-Canada and Japanese
+      //50933  EBCDIC Korean Extended and Korean
+      //50935  EBCDIC Simplified Chinese Extended and Simplified Chinese
+      //50936  EBCDIC Simplified Chinese
+      //50937  EBCDIC US-Canada and Traditional Chinese
+      //50939  EBCDIC Japanese (Latin) Extended and Japanese
+      {51932, "euc-jp"}, // EUC Japanese
+      {51936, "EUC-CN"}, // EUC Simplified Chinese; Chinese Simplified (EUC)
+      {51949, "euc-kr"}, // EUC Korean
+      //51950  EUC Traditional Chinese
+      {52936, "hz-gb-2312"}, // HZ-GB2312 Simplified Chinese; Chinese Simplified (HZ)
+      {54936, "GB18030"}, // Windows XP and later: GB18030 Simplified Chinese (4 byte); Chinese Simplified (GB18030)
+      {57002, "x-iscii-de"}, // ISCII Devanagari
+      {57003, "x-iscii-be"}, // ISCII Bengali
+      {57004, "x-iscii-ta"}, // ISCII Tamil
+      {57005, "x-iscii-te"}, // ISCII Telugu
+      {57006, "x-iscii-as"}, // ISCII Assamese
+      {57007, "x-iscii-or"}, // ISCII Oriya (Odia)
+      {57008, "x-iscii-ka"}, // ISCII Kannada
+      {57009, "x-iscii-ma"}, // ISCII Malayalam
+      {57010, "x-iscii-gu"}, // ISCII Gujarati
+      {57011, "x-iscii-pa"}, // ISCII Punjabi
+      {65000, "utf-7"}, // Unicode (UTF-7)
+      {65001, "utf-8"}, // Unicode (UTF-8)
+    };
+
+  // Binary search
+  int begin = 0, end = sizeof(cptocharset)/sizeof(cptocharset[0])-1;
+  while (begin <= end) {
+    int mid = (begin+end)/2;
+    unsigned int mid_cp = cptocharset[mid].cp;
+    if (cp == mid_cp)
+      return cptocharset[mid].charset;
+    if (cp < mid_cp)
+      end = mid - 1;
+    else // cp > cptocharset[mid].cp
+      begin = mid + 1;
+  }
+  return 0; // not found
+}
+
+// We don't use nsMsgI18Ncheck_data_in_charset_range because it returns true
+// even if there's no such charset:
+// 1. result initialized by true and returned if, eg, GetUnicodeEncoderRaw fail
+// 2. it uses GetUnicodeEncoderRaw(), not GetUnicodeEncoder() (to normalize the
+//    charset string) (see nsMsgI18N.cpp)
+// This function returns true only if the unicode (utf-16) text can be
+// losslessly represented in specified charset
+bool CMapiMessage::CheckBodyInCharsetRange(const char* charset)
+{
+  if (m_body.IsEmpty())
+    return true;
+  if (!_stricmp(charset, "utf-8"))
+    return true;
+  if (!_stricmp(charset, "utf-7"))
+    return true;
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  static nsCOMPtr<nsICharsetConverterManager> ccm =
+    do_GetService(NS_CHARSETCONVERTERMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, false);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIUnicodeEncoder> encoder;
+
+  // get an unicode converter
+  rv = ccm->GetUnicodeEncoder(charset, getter_AddRefs(encoder));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, false);
+  rv = encoder->SetOutputErrorBehavior(nsIUnicodeEncoder::kOnError_Signal, nullptr, 0);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, false);
+
+  const char16_t *txt = m_body.get();
+  int32_t txtLen = m_body.Length();
+  const char16_t *currentSrcPtr = txt;
+  int srcLength;
+  int dstLength;
+  char localbuf[512];
+  int consumedLen = 0;
+
+  // convert
+  while (consumedLen < txtLen) {
+    srcLength = txtLen - consumedLen;
+    dstLength = sizeof(localbuf)/sizeof(localbuf[0]);
+    rv = encoder->Convert(currentSrcPtr, &srcLength, localbuf, &dstLength);
+    if (rv == NS_ERROR_UENC_NOMAPPING)
+      return false;
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv) || dstLength == 0)
+      break;
+
+    currentSrcPtr += srcLength;
+    consumedLen = currentSrcPtr - txt; // src length used so far
+  }
+  return true;
+}
+
+bool CaseInsensitiveComp (wchar_t elem1, wchar_t elem2)
+{
+  return _wcsnicmp(&elem1, &elem2, 1) == 0;
+}
+
+void ExtractMetaCharset(const wchar_t* body, int bodySz, /*out*/nsCString& charset)
+{
+  charset.Truncate();
+  const wchar_t* body_end = body+bodySz;
+  const wchar_t str_eohd[] = L"/head";
+  const wchar_t *str_eohd_end = str_eohd+sizeof(str_eohd)/sizeof(str_eohd[0])-1;
+  const wchar_t* eohd_pos = std::search(body, body_end, str_eohd, str_eohd_end,
+                                        CaseInsensitiveComp);
+  if (eohd_pos == body_end) // No header!
+    return;
+  const wchar_t str_chset[] = L"charset=";
+  const wchar_t *str_chset_end =
+    str_chset + sizeof(str_chset)/sizeof(str_chset[0])-1;
+  const wchar_t* chset_pos = std::search(body, eohd_pos, str_chset,
+                                         str_chset_end, CaseInsensitiveComp);
+  if (chset_pos == eohd_pos) // No charset!
+    return;
+  chset_pos += 8;
+
+  // remove everything from the string after the next ; or " or space,
+  // whichever comes first.
+  // The inital sting looks something like
+  // <META content="text/html; charset=utf-8" http-equiv=Content-Type>
+  // <META content="text/html; charset=utf-8;" http-equiv=Content-Type>
+  // <META content="text/html; charset=utf-8 ;" http-equiv=Content-Type>
+  // <META content="text/html; charset=utf-8 " http-equiv=Content-Type>
+  const wchar_t term[] = L";\" ", *term_end= term+sizeof(term)/sizeof(term[0])-1;
+  const wchar_t* chset_end = std::find_first_of(chset_pos, eohd_pos, term,
+                                                term_end);
+  if (chset_end != eohd_pos)
+    LossyCopyUTF16toASCII(Substring(wwc(const_cast<wchar_t *>(chset_pos)),
+                                    wwc(const_cast<wchar_t *>(chset_end))),
+                                    charset);
+}
+
+bool CMapiMessage::FetchBody(void)
+{
+  m_bodyIsHtml = false;
+  m_body.Truncate();
+
+  // Get the Outlook codepage info; if unsuccessful then it defaults to 0 (CP_ACP) -> system default
+  // Maybe we can use this info later?
+  unsigned int codepage=0;
+  LPSPropValue pVal = CMapiApi::GetMapiProperty(m_lpMsg, PR_INTERNET_CPID);
+  if (pVal) {
+    if (PROP_TYPE(pVal->ulPropTag) == PT_LONG)
+      codepage = pVal->Value.l;
+    CMapiApi::MAPIFreeBuffer(pVal);
+  }
+
+  unsigned long nativeBodyType = 0;
+  if (CMapiApi::GetRTFPropertyDecodedAsUTF16(m_lpMsg, m_body, nativeBodyType,
+                                             codepage)) {
+    m_bodyIsHtml = nativeBodyType == MAPI_NATIVE_BODY_TYPE_HTML;
+  }
+  else { // Cannot get RTF version
+    // Is it html?
+    pVal = CMapiApi::GetMapiProperty(m_lpMsg, PR_BODY_HTML_W);
+    if (pVal) {
+      if (CMapiApi::IsLargeProperty(pVal))
+        CMapiApi::GetLargeStringProperty(m_lpMsg, PR_BODY_HTML_W, m_body);
+      else if ((PROP_TYPE(pVal->ulPropTag) == PT_UNICODE) &&
+               (pVal->Value.lpszW) && (*(pVal->Value.lpszW)))
+        m_body.Assign(pVal->Value.lpszW);
+      CMapiApi::MAPIFreeBuffer(pVal);
+    }
+
+    // Kind-hearted Outlook will give us html even for a plain text message.
+    // But it will include a comment saying it did the conversion.
+    // We'll use this as a hack to really use the plain text part.
+    //
+    // Sadly there are cases where this string is returned despite the fact
+    // that the message is indeed HTML.
+    //
+    // To detect the "true" plain text messages, we look for our string
+    // immediately following the <BODY> tag.
+    if (!m_body.IsEmpty() &&
+        m_body.Find("<BODY>\r\n<!-- Converted from text/plain format -->") ==
+        kNotFound) {
+      m_bodyIsHtml = true;
+    }
+    else {
+      pVal = CMapiApi::GetMapiProperty(m_lpMsg, PR_BODY_W);
+      if (pVal) {
+        if (CMapiApi::IsLargeProperty(pVal))
+          CMapiApi::GetLargeStringProperty(m_lpMsg, PR_BODY_W, m_body);
+        else if ((PROP_TYPE(pVal->ulPropTag) == PT_UNICODE) &&
+                 (pVal->Value.lpszW) && (*(pVal->Value.lpszW)))
+          m_body.Assign(pVal->Value.lpszW);
+        CMapiApi::MAPIFreeBuffer(pVal);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  // OK, now let's restore the original encoding!
+  // 1. We may have a header defining the charset (we already called the FetchHeaders(), and there ProcessHeaders();
+  //    in this case, the m_mimeCharset is set. See nsOutlookMail::ImportMailbox())
+  // 2. We may have the codepage walue provided by Outlook ("codepage" at the very beginning of this function)
+  // 3. We may have an HTML charset header.
+
+  bool bFoundCharset = false;
+
+  if (!m_mimeCharset.IsEmpty()) // The top-level header data
+    bFoundCharset = CheckBodyInCharsetRange(m_mimeCharset.get());
+  // No valid charset in the message header - try the HTML header.
+  // arguably may be useless
+  if (!bFoundCharset && m_bodyIsHtml) {
+    ExtractMetaCharset(m_body.get(), m_body.Length(), m_mimeCharset);
+    if (!m_mimeCharset.IsEmpty())
+      bFoundCharset = CheckBodyInCharsetRange(m_mimeCharset.get());
+  }
+  // Get from Outlook (seems like it keeps the MIME part header encoding info)
+  if (!bFoundCharset && codepage) {
+    const char* charset = CpToCharset(codepage);
+    if (charset) {
+      bFoundCharset = CheckBodyInCharsetRange(charset);
+      if (bFoundCharset)
+        m_mimeCharset.Assign(charset);
+    }
+  }
+  if (!bFoundCharset) { // Use system default
+    const char* charset = nsMsgI18NFileSystemCharset();
+    if (charset) {
+      bFoundCharset = CheckBodyInCharsetRange(charset);
+      if (bFoundCharset)
+        m_mimeCharset.Assign(charset);
+    }
+  }
+  if (!bFoundCharset) // Everything else failed, let's use the lossless utf-8...
+    m_mimeCharset.Assign("utf-8");
+
+  MAPI_DUMP_STRING(m_body.get());
+  MAPI_TRACE0("\r\n");
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+void CMapiMessage::GetBody(nsCString& dest) const
+{
+  nsMsgI18NConvertFromUnicode(m_mimeCharset.get(), m_body, dest);
+}
+
+void CMapiMessage::FetchFlags(void)
+{
+  LPSPropValue pVal = CMapiApi::GetMapiProperty(m_lpMsg, PR_MESSAGE_FLAGS);
+  if (pVal)
+    m_msgFlags = CMapiApi::GetLongFromProp(pVal);
+  pVal = CMapiApi::GetMapiProperty(m_lpMsg, PR_LAST_VERB_EXECUTED);
+  if (pVal)
+    m_msgLastVerb = CMapiApi::GetLongFromProp(pVal);
+}
+
+enum {
+  ieidPR_ATTACH_NUM = 0,
+  ieidAttachMax
+};
+
+static const SizedSPropTagArray(ieidAttachMax, ptaEid)=
+{
+  ieidAttachMax,
+  {
+    PR_ATTACH_NUM
+  }
+};
+
+bool CMapiMessage::IterateAttachTable(LPMAPITABLE lpTable)
+{
+  ULONG rowCount;
+  HRESULT hr = lpTable->GetRowCount(0, &rowCount);
+  if (!rowCount) {
+    return true;
+  }
+
+  hr = lpTable->SetColumns((LPSPropTagArray)&ptaEid, 0);
+  if (FAILED(hr)) {
+    MAPI_TRACE2("SetColumns for attachment table failed: 0x%lx, %d\r\n", (long)hr, (int)hr);
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  hr = lpTable->SeekRow(BOOKMARK_BEGINNING, 0, NULL);
+  if (FAILED(hr)) {
+    MAPI_TRACE2("SeekRow for attachment table failed: 0x%lx, %d\r\n", (long)hr, (int)hr);
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  int cNumRows = 0;
+  LPSRowSet lpRow;
+  bool bResult = true;
+  do {
+
+    lpRow = NULL;
+    hr = lpTable->QueryRows(1, 0, &lpRow);
+
+    if(HR_FAILED(hr)) {
+      MAPI_TRACE2("QueryRows for attachment table failed: 0x%lx, %d\n", (long)hr, (int)hr);
+      bResult = false;
+      break;
+    }
+
+    if (lpRow) {
+      cNumRows = lpRow->cRows;
+
+      if (cNumRows) {
+        DWORD aNum = lpRow->aRow[0].lpProps[ieidPR_ATTACH_NUM].Value.ul;
+        AddAttachment(aNum);
+        MAPI_TRACE1("\t\t****Attachment found - #%d\r\n", (int)aNum);
+      }
+      CMapiApi::FreeProws(lpRow);
+    }
+
+  } while (SUCCEEDED(hr) && cNumRows && lpRow);
+
+  return bResult;
+}
+
+bool CMapiMessage::GetTmpFile(/*out*/ nsIFile **aResult)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> tmpFile;
+  nsresult rv = GetSpecialDirectoryWithFileName(NS_OS_TEMP_DIR,
+    "mapiattach.tmp",
+    getter_AddRefs(tmpFile));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return false;
+
+  rv = tmpFile->CreateUnique(nsIFile::NORMAL_FILE_TYPE, 00600);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return false;
+
+  tmpFile.forget(aResult);
+  return true;
+}
+
+bool CMapiMessage::CopyMsgAttachToFile(LPATTACH lpAttach, /*out*/ nsIFile **tmp_file)
+{
+  bool bResult = true;
+  LPMESSAGE  lpMsg;
+  HRESULT hr = lpAttach->OpenProperty(PR_ATTACH_DATA_OBJ, &IID_IMessage, 0, 0,
+                                      reinterpret_cast<LPUNKNOWN *>(&lpMsg));
+  if (HR_FAILED(hr))
+    return false;
+
+  if (!GetTmpFile(tmp_file))
+    return false;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIOutputStream> destOutputStream;
+  nsresult rv = MsgNewBufferedFileOutputStream(getter_AddRefs(destOutputStream), *tmp_file, -1, 0600);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    rv = nsOutlookMail::ImportMessage(lpMsg, destOutputStream, nsIMsgSend::nsMsgSaveAsDraft);
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+    (*tmp_file)->Remove(false);
+    (*tmp_file)->Release();
+    *tmp_file = 0;
+  }
+
+  return NS_SUCCEEDED(rv);
+}
+
+bool CMapiMessage::CopyBinAttachToFile(LPATTACH lpAttach,
+                                       nsIFile **tmp_file)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> _tmp_file;
+  nsresult rv = GetSpecialDirectoryWithFileName(NS_OS_TEMP_DIR,
+    "mapiattach.tmp",
+    getter_AddRefs(_tmp_file));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, false);
+
+  rv = _tmp_file->CreateUnique(nsIFile::NORMAL_FILE_TYPE, 00600);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, false);
+
+  nsCString tmpPath;
+  _tmp_file->GetNativePath(tmpPath);
+  LPSTREAM lpStreamFile;
+  HRESULT hr = CMapiApi::OpenStreamOnFile(gpMapiAllocateBuffer, gpMapiFreeBuffer, STGM_READWRITE | STGM_CREATE,
+    const_cast<char*>(tmpPath.get()), NULL, &lpStreamFile);
+  if (HR_FAILED(hr)) {
+    MAPI_TRACE1("~~ERROR~~ OpenStreamOnFile failed - temp path: %s\r\n",
+                tmpPath.get());
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  bool bResult = true;
+  LPSTREAM lpAttachStream;
+  hr = lpAttach->OpenProperty(PR_ATTACH_DATA_BIN, &IID_IStream, 0, 0, (LPUNKNOWN *)&lpAttachStream);
+
+  if (HR_FAILED(hr)) {
+    MAPI_TRACE0("~~ERROR~~ OpenProperty failed for PR_ATTACH_DATA_BIN.\r\n");
+    lpAttachStream = NULL;
+    bResult = false;
+  }
+  else {
+    STATSTG st;
+    hr = lpAttachStream->Stat(&st, STATFLAG_NONAME);
+    if (HR_FAILED(hr)) {
+      MAPI_TRACE0("~~ERROR~~ Stat failed for attachment stream\r\n");
+      bResult = false;
+    }
+    else {
+      hr = lpAttachStream->CopyTo(lpStreamFile, st.cbSize, NULL, NULL);
+      if (HR_FAILED(hr)) {
+        MAPI_TRACE0("~~ERROR~~ Attach Stream CopyTo temp file failed.\r\n");
+        bResult = false;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (lpAttachStream)
+    lpAttachStream->Release();
+  lpStreamFile->Release();
+  if (!bResult)
+    _tmp_file->Remove(false);
+  else
+    _tmp_file.forget(tmp_file);
+
+  return bResult;
+}
+
+bool CMapiMessage::GetURL(nsIFile *aFile, nsIURI **url)
+{
+  if (!m_pIOService)
+    return false;
+
+  nsresult rv = m_pIOService->NewFileURI(aFile, url);
+  return NS_SUCCEEDED(rv);
+}
+
+bool CMapiMessage::AddAttachment(DWORD aNum)
+{
+  LPATTACH lpAttach = NULL;
+  HRESULT hr = m_lpMsg->OpenAttach(aNum, NULL, 0, &lpAttach);
+  if (HR_FAILED(hr)) {
+    MAPI_TRACE2("\t\t****Attachment error, unable to open attachment: %d, 0x%lx\r\n", idx, hr);
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  bool bResult = false;
+  attach_data *data = new attach_data;
+  ULONG aMethod;
+  if (data) {
+    bResult = true;
+
+    // 1. Get the file that contains the attachment data
+    LPSPropValue pVal = CMapiApi::GetMapiProperty(lpAttach, PR_ATTACH_METHOD);
+    if (pVal) {
+      aMethod = CMapiApi::GetLongFromProp(pVal);
+      switch (aMethod) {
+      case ATTACH_BY_VALUE:
+        MAPI_TRACE1("\t\t** Attachment #%d by value.\r\n", aNum);
+        bResult = CopyBinAttachToFile(lpAttach, getter_AddRefs(data->tmp_file));
+        data->delete_file = true;
+        break;
+      case ATTACH_BY_REFERENCE:
+      case ATTACH_BY_REF_RESOLVE:
+      case ATTACH_BY_REF_ONLY:
+        pVal = CMapiApi::GetMapiProperty(lpAttach, PR_ATTACH_PATHNAME_W);
+        if (pVal) {
+          nsCString path;
+          CMapiApi::GetStringFromProp(pVal, path);
+          nsresult rv;
+          data->tmp_file = do_CreateInstance(NS_LOCAL_FILE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+          if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !data->tmp_file) {
+            MAPI_TRACE0("*** Error creating file spec for attachment\n");
+            bResult = false;
+          }
+          else data->tmp_file->InitWithNativePath(path);
+        }
+        MAPI_TRACE2("\t\t** Attachment #%d by ref: %s\r\n",
+          aNum, m_attachPath.get());
+        break;
+      case ATTACH_EMBEDDED_MSG:
+        MAPI_TRACE1("\t\t** Attachment #%d by Embedded Message??\r\n", aNum);
+        // Convert the embedded IMessage from PR_ATTACH_DATA_OBJ to rfc822 attachment
+        // (see http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc842329.aspx)
+        // This is a recursive call.
+        bResult = CopyMsgAttachToFile(lpAttach, getter_AddRefs(data->tmp_file));
+        data->delete_file = true;
+        break;
+      case ATTACH_OLE:
+        MAPI_TRACE1("\t\t** Attachment #%d by OLE - yuck!!!\r\n", aNum);
+        break;
+      default:
+        MAPI_TRACE2("\t\t** Attachment #%d unknown attachment method - 0x%lx\r\n", aNum, aMethod);
+        bResult = false;
+      }
+    }
+    else
+      bResult = false;
+
+    if (bResult)
+      bResult = data->tmp_file;
+
+    if (bResult) {
+      bool isFile = false;
+      bool exists = false;
+      data->tmp_file->Exists(&exists);
+      data->tmp_file->IsFile(&isFile);
+
+      if (!exists || !isFile) {
+        bResult = false;
+        MAPI_TRACE0("Attachment file does not exist\n");
+      }
+    }
+
+    if (bResult)
+      bResult = GetURL(data->tmp_file, getter_AddRefs(data->orig_url));
+
+    if (bResult) {
+      // Now we have the file; proceed to the other properties
+
+      data->encoding = NS_strdup(ENCODING_BINARY);
+
+      nsString fname, fext;
+      pVal = CMapiApi::GetMapiProperty(lpAttach, PR_ATTACH_LONG_FILENAME_W);
+      if (!pVal)
+        pVal = CMapiApi::GetMapiProperty(lpAttach, PR_ATTACH_FILENAME_W);
+      CMapiApi::GetStringFromProp(pVal, fname);
+      pVal = CMapiApi::GetMapiProperty(lpAttach, PR_ATTACH_EXTENSION_W);
+      CMapiApi::GetStringFromProp(pVal, fext);
+      MAPI_TRACE2("\t\t\t--- File name: %s, extension: %s\r\n",
+        fname.get(), fext.get());
+
+      if (fext.IsEmpty()) {
+        int idx = fname.RFindChar(L'.');
+        if (idx != -1)
+          fext = Substring(fname, idx);
+      }
+      else if (fname.RFindChar(L'.') == -1) {
+        fname += L".";
+        fname += fext;
+      }
+      if (fname.IsEmpty()) {
+        // If no description use "Attachment i" format.
+        fname = L"Attachment ";
+        fname.AppendInt(static_cast<uint32_t>(aNum));
+      }
+      data->real_name = ToNewUTF8String(fname);
+
+      nsCString tmp;
+       // We have converted it to the rfc822 document
+      if (aMethod == ATTACH_EMBEDDED_MSG) {
+        data->type = NS_strdup(MESSAGE_RFC822);
+      } else {
+        pVal = CMapiApi::GetMapiProperty(lpAttach, PR_ATTACH_MIME_TAG_A);
+        CMapiApi::GetStringFromProp(pVal, tmp);
+        MAPI_TRACE1("\t\t\t--- Mime type: %s\r\n", tmp.get());
+        if (tmp.IsEmpty()) {
+          uint8_t *pType = NULL;
+          if (!fext.IsEmpty()) {
+            pType = CMimeTypes::GetMimeType(fext);
+          }
+          if (pType)
+            data->type = NS_strdup((PC_S8)pType);
+          else
+            data->type = NS_strdup(APPLICATION_OCTET_STREAM);
+        }
+        else
+          data->type = ToNewCString(tmp);
+      }
+
+      pVal = CMapiApi::GetMapiProperty(lpAttach, PR_ATTACH_CONTENT_ID_A);
+      CMapiApi::GetStringFromProp(pVal, tmp);
+      if (!tmp.IsEmpty())
+        data->cid = ToNewCString(tmp);
+    }
+    if (bResult) {
+      // Now we need to decide if this attachment is embedded or not.
+      // At first, I tried to simply check for the presence of the Content-Id.
+      // But it turned out that this method is unreliable, since there exist cases
+      // when an attachment has a Content-Id while isn't embedded (even in a message
+      // with a plain-text body!). So next I tried to look for <img> tags that contain
+      // the found Content-Id. But this is unreliable, too, because there exist cases
+      // where other places of HTML reference the embedded messages (e.g. it may be
+      // a background of a table cell, or some CSS; further, it is possible that the
+      // reference to an embedded object is not in the main body, but in another
+      // embedded object - like body references a CSS attachment that in turn references
+      // a picture as a background of its element). From the other hand, it's unreliable
+      // to relax the search criteria to any occurence of the Content-Id string in the body -
+      // partly because the string may be simply in a text or other non-referencing part,
+      // partly because of the abovementioned possibility that the reference is outside
+      // the body at all.
+      // There exist the PR_ATTACH_FLAGS property of the attachment. The MS documentation
+      // tells about two possible flags in it: ATT_INVISIBLE_IN_HTML and ATT_INVISIBLE_IN_RTF.
+      // There is at least one more undocumented flag: ATT_MHTML_REF. Some sources in Internet
+      // suggest simply check for the latter flag to distinguish between the embedded
+      // and ordinary attachments. But my observations indicate that even if the flags
+      // don't include ATT_MHTML_REF, the attachment is still may be embedded.
+      // However, my observations always show that the message is embedded if the flags
+      // is not 0.
+      // So now I will simply test for the non-zero flags to decide whether the attachment
+      // is embedded or not. Possible advantage is reliability (I hope).
+      // Another advantage is that it's much faster than search the body for Content-Id.
+
+      DWORD flags = 0;
+
+      pVal = CMapiApi::GetMapiProperty(lpAttach, PR_ATTACH_FLAGS);
+      if (pVal)
+        flags = CMapiApi::GetLongFromProp(pVal);
+      if (m_bodyIsHtml && data->cid && (flags != 0)) // this is the embedded attachment
+        m_embattachments.push_back(data);
+      else // this is ordinary attachment
+        m_stdattachments.push_back(data);
+    }
+    else {
+      delete data;
+    }
+  }
+
+  lpAttach->Release();
+  return bResult;
+}
+
+void CMapiMessage::ClearAttachment(attach_data* data)
+{
+  if (data->delete_file && data->tmp_file)
+    data->tmp_file->Remove(false);
+
+  if (data->type)
+    NS_Free(data->type);
+  if (data->encoding)
+    NS_Free(data->encoding);
+  if (data->real_name)
+    NS_Free(data->real_name);
+  if (data->cid)
+    NS_Free(data->cid);
+
+  delete data;
+}
+
+void CMapiMessage::ClearAttachments()
+{
+  std::for_each(m_stdattachments.begin(), m_stdattachments.end(), ClearAttachment);
+  m_stdattachments.clear();
+  std::for_each(m_embattachments.begin(), m_embattachments.end(), ClearAttachment);
+  m_embattachments.clear();
+}
+
+// This method must be called AFTER the retrieval of the body,
+// since the decision if an attachment is embedded or not is made
+// based on the body type and contents
+void CMapiMessage::ProcessAttachments()
+{
+  LPSPropValue pVal = CMapiApi::GetMapiProperty(m_lpMsg, PR_HASATTACH);
+  bool hasAttach = true;
+
+  if (pVal) {
+    if (PROP_TYPE(pVal->ulPropTag) == PT_BOOLEAN)
+      hasAttach = (pVal->Value.b != 0);
+    CMapiApi::MAPIFreeBuffer(pVal);
+  }
+
+  if (!hasAttach)
+    return;
+
+  // Get the attachment table?
+  LPMAPITABLE pTable = NULL;
+  HRESULT hr = m_lpMsg->GetAttachmentTable(0, &pTable);
+  if (FAILED(hr) || !pTable)
+    return;
+  IterateAttachTable(pTable);
+  pTable->Release();
+}
+
+nsresult CMapiMessage::GetAttachments(nsIArray **aArray)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> attachments (do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aArray = attachments);
+
+  for (std::vector<attach_data*>::const_iterator it = m_stdattachments.begin();
+       it != m_stdattachments.end(); it++) {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAttachedFile> a(do_CreateInstance(NS_MSGATTACHEDFILE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    a->SetOrigUrl((*it)->orig_url);
+    a->SetTmpFile((*it)->tmp_file);
+    a->SetEncoding(nsDependentCString((*it)->encoding));
+    a->SetRealName(nsDependentCString((*it)->real_name));
+    a->SetType(nsDependentCString((*it)->type));
+    attachments->AppendElement(a, false);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+bool CMapiMessage::GetEmbeddedAttachmentInfo(unsigned int i, nsIURI **uri,
+                                             const char **cid,
+                                             const char **name) const
+{
+  if ((i < 0) || (i >= m_embattachments.size()))
+    return false;
+  attach_data* data = m_embattachments[i];
+  if (!data)
+    return false;
+  *uri = data->orig_url;
+  *cid = data->cid;
+  *name = data->real_name;
+  return true;
+}
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+// begin and end MUST point to the same string
+char* dup(const char* begin, const char* end)
+{
+  if (begin >= end)
+    return 0;
+  char* str = new char[end-begin+1];
+  memcpy(str, begin, (end-begin)*sizeof(begin[0]));
+  str[end - begin] = 0;
+  return str;
+}
+
+// See RFC822
+// 9 = '\t', 32 = ' '.
+inline bool IsPrintableASCII(char c) { return (c > ' ') && (c < 127); }
+inline bool IsWSP(char c) { return (c == ' ') || (c == '\t'); }
+
+CMapiMessageHeaders::CHeaderField::CHeaderField(const char* begin, int len)
+  : m_fname(0), m_fbody(0), m_fbody_utf8(false)
+{
+  const char *end = begin+len, *fname_end = begin;
+  while ((fname_end < end) && IsPrintableASCII(*fname_end) && (*fname_end != ':'))
+    ++fname_end;
+  if ((fname_end == end) || (*fname_end != ':'))
+    return; // Not a valid header!
+  m_fname = dup(begin, fname_end+1); // including colon
+  m_fbody = dup(fname_end+1, end);
+}
+
+CMapiMessageHeaders::CHeaderField::CHeaderField(const char* name, const char* body, bool utf8)
+  : m_fname(dup(name, name+strlen(name))), m_fbody(dup(body, body+strlen(body))), m_fbody_utf8(utf8)
+{
+}
+
+CMapiMessageHeaders::CHeaderField::~CHeaderField()
+{
+  delete[] m_fname;
+  delete[] m_fbody;
+}
+
+void CMapiMessageHeaders::CHeaderField::set_fbody(const char* txt)
+{
+  if (m_fbody == txt)
+    return; // to avoid assigning to self
+  char* oldbody = m_fbody;
+  m_fbody = dup(txt, txt+strlen(txt));
+  delete[] oldbody;
+  m_fbody_utf8 = true;
+}
+
+void CMapiMessageHeaders::CHeaderField::GetUnfoldedString(nsString& dest,
+                                          const char* fallbackCharset) const
+{
+  dest.Truncate();
+  if (!m_fbody)
+    return;
+
+  nsCString unfolded;
+  const char* pos = m_fbody;
+  while (*pos) {
+    if ((*pos == nsCRT::CR) && (*(pos+1) == nsCRT::LF) && IsWSP(*(pos+2)))
+      pos += 2; // Skip CRLF if it is followed by SPACE or TAB
+    else
+      unfolded.Append(*(pos++));
+  }
+  if (m_fbody_utf8)
+    CopyUTF8toUTF16(unfolded, dest);
+  else
+    nsMsgI18NConvertToUnicode(fallbackCharset, unfolded, dest);
+}
+
+////////////////////////////////////////
+
+const char* CMapiMessageHeaders::Specials[hdrMax] = {
+  "Date:",
+  "From:",
+  "Sender:",
+  "Reply-To:",
+  "To:",
+  "Cc:",
+  "Bcc:",
+  "Message-ID:",
+  "Subject:",
+  "Mime-Version:",
+  "Content-Type:",
+  "Content-Transfer-Encoding:"
+};
+
+CMapiMessageHeaders::~CMapiMessageHeaders()
+{
+  ClearHeaderFields();
+}
+
+void Delete(void* p) { delete p; }
+
+void CMapiMessageHeaders::ClearHeaderFields()
+{
+  std::for_each(m_headerFields.begin(), m_headerFields.end(), Delete);
+  m_headerFields.clear();
+}
+
+void CMapiMessageHeaders::Assign(const char* headers)
+{
+  for (int i=0; i<hdrMax; i++)
+    m_SpecialHeaders[i] = 0;
+  ClearHeaderFields();
+  if (!headers)
+    return;
+
+  const char *start=headers, *end=headers;
+  while (*end) {
+    if ((*end == nsCRT::CR) && (*(end+1) == nsCRT::LF)) {
+      if (!IsWSP(*(end+2))) { // Not SPACE nor TAB (avoid FSP) -> next header or EOF
+        Add(new CHeaderField(start, end-start));
+        start = ++end + 1;
+      }
+    }
+    ++end;
+  }
+
+  if (start < end) { // Last header left
+    Add(new CHeaderField(start, end-start));
+  }
+}
+
+void CMapiMessageHeaders::Add(CHeaderField* f)
+{
+  if (!f)
+    return;
+  if (!f->Valid()) {
+    delete f;
+    return;
+  }
+
+  SpecialHeader idx = CheckSpecialHeader(f->fname());
+  if (idx != hdrNone) {
+    // Now check if the special header was already inserted;
+    // if so, remove previous and add this new
+    CHeaderField* PrevSpecial = m_SpecialHeaders[idx];
+    if (PrevSpecial) {
+      std::vector<CHeaderField*>::iterator iter = std::find(m_headerFields.begin(), m_headerFields.end(), PrevSpecial);
+      if (iter != m_headerFields.end())
+        m_headerFields.erase(iter);
+      delete PrevSpecial;
+    }
+    m_SpecialHeaders[idx] = f;
+  }
+  m_headerFields.push_back(f);
+}
+
+CMapiMessageHeaders::SpecialHeader CMapiMessageHeaders::CheckSpecialHeader(const char* fname)
+{
+  for (int i = hdrFirst; i < hdrMax; i++)
+    if (stricmp(fname, Specials[i]) == 0)
+      return static_cast<SpecialHeader>(i);
+
+  return hdrNone;
+}
+
+const CMapiMessageHeaders::CHeaderField* CMapiMessageHeaders::CFind(const char* name) const
+{
+  SpecialHeader special = CheckSpecialHeader(name);
+  if ((special > hdrNone) && (special < hdrMax))
+    return m_SpecialHeaders[special]; // No need to search further, because it MUST be here
+
+  std::vector<CHeaderField*>::const_iterator iter = std::find_if(m_headerFields.begin(), m_headerFields.end(), fname_equals(name));
+  if (iter == m_headerFields.end())
+    return 0;
+  return *iter;
+}
+
+const char* CMapiMessageHeaders::SpecialName(SpecialHeader special)
+{
+  if ((special <= hdrNone) || (special >= hdrMax))
+    return 0;
+  return Specials[special];
+}
+
+const char* CMapiMessageHeaders::Value(SpecialHeader special) const
+{
+  if ((special <= hdrNone) || (special >= hdrMax))
+    return 0;
+  return (m_SpecialHeaders[special]) ? m_SpecialHeaders[special]->fbody() : 0;
+}
+
+const char* CMapiMessageHeaders::Value(const char* name) const
+{
+  const CHeaderField* result = CFind(name);
+  return result ? result->fbody() : 0;
+}
+
+void CMapiMessageHeaders::UnfoldValue(const char* name, nsString& dest, const char* fallbackCharset) const
+{
+  const CHeaderField* result = CFind(name);
+  if (result)
+    result->GetUnfoldedString(dest, fallbackCharset);
+  else
+    dest.Truncate();
+}
+
+void CMapiMessageHeaders::UnfoldValue(SpecialHeader special, nsString& dest, const char* fallbackCharset) const
+{
+  if ((special <= hdrNone) || (special >= hdrMax) || (!m_SpecialHeaders[special]))
+    dest.Truncate();
+  else
+    m_SpecialHeaders[special]->GetUnfoldedString(dest, fallbackCharset);
+}
+
+int CMapiMessageHeaders::SetValue(const char* name, const char* value, bool replace)
+{
+  if (!replace) {
+    CHeaderField* result = Find(name);
+    if (result) {
+      result->set_fbody(value);
+      return 0;
+    }
+  }
+  Add(new CHeaderField(name, value, true));
+  return 0; // No sensible result is returned; maybe do something senseful later
+}
+
+int CMapiMessageHeaders::SetValue(SpecialHeader special, const char* value)
+{
+  CHeaderField* result = m_SpecialHeaders[special];
+  if (result)
+    result->set_fbody(value);
+  else
+    Add(new CHeaderField(Specials[special], value, true));
+  return 0;
+}
+
+void CMapiMessageHeaders::write_to_stream::operator () (const CHeaderField* f)
+{
+  if (!f || NS_FAILED(m_rv))
+    return;
+
+  uint32_t written;
+  m_rv = m_pDst->Write(f->fname(), strlen(f->fname()), &written);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS_VOID(m_rv);
+  if (f->fbody()) {
+    m_rv = m_pDst->Write(f->fbody(), strlen(f->fbody()), &written);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS_VOID(m_rv);
+  }
+  m_rv = m_pDst->Write("\x0D\x0A", 2, &written);
+}
+
+nsresult CMapiMessageHeaders::ToStream(nsIOutputStream *pDst) const
+{
+  nsresult rv = std::for_each(m_headerFields.begin(), m_headerFields.end(),
+                              write_to_stream(pDst));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+    uint32_t written;
+    rv = pDst->Write("\x0D\x0A", 2, &written); // Separator line
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/import/outlook/src/MapiMessage.h b/mailnews/import/outlook/src/MapiMessage.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..dc6a6cda1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/outlook/src/MapiMessage.h
@@ -0,0 +1,271 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+#ifndef MapiMessage_h___
+#define MapiMessage_h___
+
+#include "nsTArray.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsIFile.h"
+#include "MapiApi.h"
+#include "nsIMsgSend.h"
+
+#include <vector>
+
+#ifndef PR_LAST_VERB_EXECUTED
+#define PR_LAST_VERB_EXECUTED PROP_TAG(PT_LONG, 0x1081)
+#endif
+
+#define EXCHIVERB_REPLYTOSENDER (102)
+#define EXCHIVERB_REPLYTOALL    (103)
+#define EXCHIVERB_FORWARD       (104)
+
+#ifndef PR_ATTACH_CONTENT_ID
+#define PR_ATTACH_CONTENT_ID PROP_TAG(PT_TSTRING,	0x3712)
+#endif
+#ifndef PR_ATTACH_CONTENT_ID_W
+#define PR_ATTACH_CONTENT_ID_W PROP_TAG(PT_UNICODE,	0x3712)
+#endif
+#ifndef PR_ATTACH_CONTENT_ID_A
+#define PR_ATTACH_CONTENT_ID_A PROP_TAG(PT_STRING8,	0x3712)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef PR_ATTACH_FLAGS
+#define PR_ATTACH_FLAGS PROP_TAG(PT_LONG,	0x3714)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef ATT_INVISIBLE_IN_HTML
+#define ATT_INVISIBLE_IN_HTML (0x1)
+#endif
+#ifndef ATT_INVISIBLE_IN_RTF
+#define ATT_INVISIBLE_IN_RTF  (0x2)
+#endif
+#ifndef ATT_MHTML_REF
+#define ATT_MHTML_REF         (0x4)
+#endif
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+class CMapiMessageHeaders {
+public:
+  // Special headers that MUST appear at most once (see RFC822)
+  enum SpecialHeader { hdrNone=-1, hdrFirst = 0, // utility values
+                       hdrDate=hdrFirst,
+                       hdrFrom,
+                       hdrSender,
+                       hdrReplyTo,
+                       hdrTo,
+                       hdrCc,
+                       hdrBcc,
+                       hdrMessageID,
+                       hdrSubject,
+                       hdrMimeVersion,
+                       hdrContentType,
+                       hdrContentTransferEncoding,
+                       hdrMax // utility value
+                     };
+
+  CMapiMessageHeaders(const char* headers = 0) { Assign(headers); }
+  ~CMapiMessageHeaders();
+  void Assign(const char* headers);
+
+  inline bool IsEmpty() const { return m_headerFields.empty(); }
+  // if no such header exists then 0 is returned, else the first value returned
+  const char* Value(const char* name) const;
+  // if no such header exists then 0 is returned
+  const char* Value(SpecialHeader special) const;
+
+  void UnfoldValue(const char* name, nsString& dest, const char* fallbackCharset) const;
+  void UnfoldValue(SpecialHeader special, nsString& dest, const char* fallbackCharset) const;
+
+  // value must be utf-8 or 7-bit; supposed that this function will be called
+  // when the charset of the value is known
+  // TODO: if replace is set, then all headers with this name will be removed
+  //  and one with this value will be added, otherwise a new header is added
+  // (Unnecessary for now)
+  int SetValue(const char* name, const char* value, bool replace = true);
+  int SetValue(SpecialHeader special, const char* value);
+
+  static const char* SpecialName(SpecialHeader special);
+
+  nsresult ToStream(nsIOutputStream *pDst) const;
+private:
+  class CHeaderField {
+  public:
+    CHeaderField(const char* begin, int len);
+    CHeaderField(const char* name, const char* body, bool utf8 = false);
+    ~CHeaderField();
+    inline bool Valid() const { return m_fname; }
+    inline const char* fname() const { return m_fname; }
+    inline const char* fbody() const { return m_fbody; }
+    
+    // txt must be utf-8 or 7-bit; supposed that this function will be called
+    // when the charset of the txt is known
+    void set_fbody(const char* txt);
+
+    void GetUnfoldedString(nsString& dest, const char* fallbackCharset) const;
+  private:
+    char* m_fname;
+    char* m_fbody;
+    bool m_fbody_utf8;
+  }; //class HeaderField
+
+  class write_to_stream {
+  public:
+    write_to_stream(nsIOutputStream *pDst) : m_pDst(pDst), m_rv(NS_OK) {}
+    void operator () (const CHeaderField* f);
+    inline operator nsresult() const { return m_rv; }
+  private:
+    nsIOutputStream *m_pDst;
+    nsresult m_rv;
+  };
+
+  // Search helper
+  class fname_equals {
+  public:
+    fname_equals(const char* search) : m_search(search) {}
+    inline bool operator () (const CHeaderField* f) const { return stricmp(f->fname(), m_search) == 0; }
+  private:
+    const char* m_search;
+  }; // class fname_equals
+
+  // The common array of special headers' names
+  static const char* Specials[hdrMax];
+  
+  std::vector<CHeaderField*> m_headerFields;
+  CHeaderField* m_SpecialHeaders[hdrMax]; // Pointers into the m_headerFields
+
+  void ClearHeaderFields();
+  void Add(CHeaderField* f);
+  static SpecialHeader CheckSpecialHeader(const char* fname);
+  const CHeaderField* CFind(const char* name) const;
+  inline CHeaderField* Find(const char* name) { return const_cast<CHeaderField*>(CFind(name)); }
+
+}; // class CMapiMessageHeaders
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+class CMapiMessage {
+public:
+  CMapiMessage(LPMESSAGE  lpMsg);
+  ~CMapiMessage();
+
+  // Attachments
+  // Ordinary (not embedded) attachments.
+  nsresult GetAttachments(nsIArray **aArray);
+  // Embedded attachments
+  size_t EmbeddedAttachmentsCount() const { return m_embattachments.size(); }
+  bool GetEmbeddedAttachmentInfo(unsigned int i, nsIURI **uri, const char **cid,
+                                 const char **name) const;
+  // We don't check MSGFLAG_HASATTACH, since it returns true even if there are
+  // only embedded attachmentsin the message. TB only counts the ordinary
+  // attachments when shows the message status, so here we check only for the
+  // ordinary attachments.
+  inline bool HasAttach() const { return !m_stdattachments.empty(); }
+
+  // Retrieve info for message
+  inline bool BodyIsHtml(void) const { return m_bodyIsHtml;}
+  const char *GetFromLine(int& len) const {
+    if (m_fromLine.IsEmpty())
+      return NULL; 
+    else {
+      len = m_fromLine.Length();
+      return m_fromLine.get();}
+  }
+  inline CMapiMessageHeaders *GetHeaders() { return &m_headers; }
+  inline const wchar_t *GetBody(void) const { return m_body.get(); }
+  inline size_t GetBodyLen(void) const { return m_body.Length(); }
+  void GetBody(nsCString& dest) const;
+  inline const char *GetBodyCharset(void) const { return m_mimeCharset.get();}
+  inline bool IsRead() const { return m_msgFlags & MSGFLAG_READ; }
+  inline bool IsReplied() const {
+    return (m_msgLastVerb == EXCHIVERB_REPLYTOSENDER) ||
+           (m_msgLastVerb == EXCHIVERB_REPLYTOALL); }
+  inline bool IsForvarded() const {
+    return m_msgLastVerb == EXCHIVERB_FORWARD; }
+
+  bool    HasContentHeader(void) const {
+    return !m_mimeContentType.IsEmpty();}
+  bool    HasMimeVersion(void) const {
+    return m_headers.Value(CMapiMessageHeaders::hdrMimeVersion); }
+  const char *GetMimeContent(void) const { return m_mimeContentType.get();}
+  int32_t     GetMimeContentLen(void) const { return m_mimeContentType.Length();}
+  const char *GetMimeBoundary(void) const { return m_mimeBoundary.get();}
+
+   // The only required part of a message is its header
+  inline bool ValidState() const { return !m_headers.IsEmpty(); }
+  inline bool FullMessageDownloaded() const { return !m_dldStateHeadersOnly; }
+
+private:
+  struct attach_data {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> orig_url;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> tmp_file;
+    char *type;
+    char *encoding;
+    char *real_name;
+    char *cid;
+    bool delete_file;
+    attach_data() : type(0), encoding(0), real_name(0), cid(0), delete_file(false) {}
+  };
+
+  static const nsCString    m_whitespace;
+
+  LPMESSAGE    m_lpMsg;
+
+  bool         m_dldStateHeadersOnly; // if the message has not been downloaded yet
+  CMapiMessageHeaders     m_headers;
+  nsCString    m_fromLine; // utf-8
+  nsCString    m_mimeContentType; // utf-8
+  nsCString    m_mimeBoundary; // utf-8
+  nsCString    m_mimeCharset; // utf-8
+
+  std::vector<attach_data*> m_stdattachments;
+  std::vector<attach_data*> m_embattachments; // Embedded
+
+  nsString     m_body; // to be converted from UTF-16 using m_mimeCharset
+  bool         m_bodyIsHtml;
+
+  uint32_t m_msgFlags;
+  uint32_t m_msgLastVerb;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIIOService> m_pIOService;
+
+  void    GetDownloadState();
+
+  // Headers - fetch will get PR_TRANSPORT_MESSAGE_HEADERS
+  // or if they do not exist will build a header from
+  //  PR_DISPLAY_TO, _CC, _BCC
+  //  PR_SUBJECT
+  //  PR_MESSAGE_RECIPIENTS
+  // and PR_CREATION_TIME if needed?
+  bool    FetchHeaders(void);
+  bool    FetchBody(void);
+  void    FetchFlags(void);
+
+  static bool GetTmpFile(/*out*/ nsIFile **aResult);
+  static bool CopyMsgAttachToFile(LPATTACH lpAttach, /*out*/ nsIFile **tmp_file);
+  static bool CopyBinAttachToFile(LPATTACH lpAttach, nsIFile **tmp_file);
+
+  static void ClearAttachment(attach_data* data);
+  void    ClearAttachments();
+  bool    AddAttachment(DWORD aNum);
+  bool    IterateAttachTable(LPMAPITABLE tbl);
+  bool    GetURL(nsIFile *aFile, nsIURI **url);
+  void    ProcessAttachments();
+
+  bool    EnsureHeader(CMapiMessageHeaders::SpecialHeader special, ULONG mapiTag);
+  bool    EnsureDate();
+
+  void    ProcessContentType();
+  bool    CheckBodyInCharsetRange(const char* charset);
+  void    FormatDateTime(SYSTEMTIME& tm, nsCString& s, bool includeTZ = true);
+  void    BuildFromLine(void);
+
+  inline static bool IsSpace(char c) {
+    return c == ' ' || c == '\r' || c == '\n' || c == '\b' || c == '\t';}
+  inline static bool IsSpace(wchar_t c) { 
+    return ((c & 0xFF) == c) && IsSpace(static_cast<char>(c)); } // Avoid false detections
+};
+
+#endif /* MapiMessage_h__ */
diff --git a/mailnews/import/outlook/src/MapiMimeTypes.cpp b/mailnews/import/outlook/src/MapiMimeTypes.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..38b2046db
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/outlook/src/MapiMimeTypes.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nscore.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "MapiMimeTypes.h"
+
+uint8_t CMimeTypes::m_mimeBuffer[kMaxMimeTypeSize];
+
+
+BOOL CMimeTypes::GetKey(HKEY root, LPCTSTR pName, PHKEY pKey)
+{
+  LONG result = RegOpenKeyEx(root, pName, 0, KEY_QUERY_VALUE | KEY_ENUMERATE_SUB_KEYS, pKey);
+  return result == ERROR_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+BOOL CMimeTypes::GetValueBytes(HKEY rootKey, LPCTSTR pValName, LPBYTE *ppBytes)
+{
+  LONG  err;
+  DWORD  bufSz;
+
+  *ppBytes = NULL;
+  // Get the installed directory
+  err = RegQueryValueEx(rootKey, pValName, NULL, NULL, NULL, &bufSz);
+  if (err == ERROR_SUCCESS) {
+    *ppBytes = new BYTE[bufSz];
+    err = RegQueryValueEx(rootKey, pValName, NULL, NULL, *ppBytes, &bufSz);
+    if (err == ERROR_SUCCESS) {
+      return TRUE;
+    }
+    delete *ppBytes;
+    *ppBytes = NULL;
+  }
+  return FALSE;
+}
+
+void CMimeTypes::ReleaseValueBytes(LPBYTE pBytes)
+{
+  if (pBytes)
+    delete pBytes;
+}
+
+BOOL CMimeTypes::GetMimeTypeFromReg(const nsCString& ext, LPBYTE *ppBytes)
+{
+  HKEY  extensionKey;
+  BOOL  result = FALSE;
+  *ppBytes = NULL;
+  if (GetKey(HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT, ext.get(), &extensionKey)) {
+    result = GetValueBytes(extensionKey, "Content Type", ppBytes);
+    RegCloseKey(extensionKey);
+  }
+
+  return result;
+}
+
+uint8_t * CMimeTypes::GetMimeType(const nsString& theExt)
+{
+  nsCString ext;
+  LossyCopyUTF16toASCII(theExt, ext);
+  return GetMimeType(ext);
+}
+
+uint8_t * CMimeTypes::GetMimeType(const nsCString& theExt)
+{
+  nsCString  ext = theExt;
+  if (ext.Length()) {
+    if (ext.First() != '.') {
+      ext = ".";
+      ext += theExt;
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  BOOL  result = FALSE;
+  int    len;
+
+  if (!ext.Length())
+    return NULL;
+  LPBYTE  pByte;
+  if (GetMimeTypeFromReg(ext, &pByte)) {
+    len = strlen((const char *) pByte);
+    if (len && (len < kMaxMimeTypeSize)) {
+      memcpy(m_mimeBuffer, pByte, len);
+      m_mimeBuffer[len] = 0;
+      result = TRUE;
+    }
+    ReleaseValueBytes(pByte);
+  }
+
+  if (result)
+    return m_mimeBuffer;
+
+  return NULL;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/import/outlook/src/MapiMimeTypes.h b/mailnews/import/outlook/src/MapiMimeTypes.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..61a90dd19
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/outlook/src/MapiMimeTypes.h
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef MapiMimeTypes_h___
+#define MapiMimeTypes_h___
+
+#include <windows.h>
+
+#define kMaxMimeTypeSize  256
+
+class CMimeTypes {
+public:
+
+static uint8_t *  GetMimeType(const nsCString& theExt);
+static uint8_t *  GetMimeType(const nsString& theExt);
+
+protected:
+  // Registry stuff
+static BOOL  GetKey(HKEY root, LPCTSTR pName, PHKEY pKey);
+static BOOL  GetValueBytes(HKEY rootKey, LPCTSTR pValName, LPBYTE *ppBytes);
+static void  ReleaseValueBytes(LPBYTE pBytes);
+static BOOL  GetMimeTypeFromReg(const nsCString& ext, LPBYTE *ppBytes);
+
+
+static uint8_t          m_mimeBuffer[kMaxMimeTypeSize];
+};
+
+#endif /* MapiMimeTypes_h__ */
+
diff --git a/mailnews/import/outlook/src/MapiTagStrs.cpp b/mailnews/import/outlook/src/MapiTagStrs.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..217b2186c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/outlook/src/MapiTagStrs.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1070 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/*
+ *  Message envelope properties
+ */
+
+case PR_ACKNOWLEDGEMENT_MODE:
+  s = "PR_ACKNOWLEDGEMENT_MODE"; break;
+case PR_ALTERNATE_RECIPIENT_ALLOWED:
+  s = "PR_ALTERNATE_RECIPIENT_ALLOWED"; break;
+case PR_AUTHORIZING_USERS:
+  s = "PR_AUTHORIZING_USERS"; break;
+case PR_AUTO_FORWARD_COMMENT:
+  s = "PR_AUTO_FORWARD_COMMENT"; break;
+case PR_AUTO_FORWARDED:
+  s = "PR_AUTO_FORWARDED"; break;
+case PR_CONTENT_CONFIDENTIALITY_ALGORITHM_ID:
+  s = "PR_CONTENT_CONFIDENTIALITY_ALGORITHM_ID"; break;
+case PR_CONTENT_CORRELATOR:
+  s = "PR_CONTENT_CORRELATOR"; break;
+case PR_CONTENT_IDENTIFIER:
+  s = "PR_CONTENT_IDENTIFIER"; break;
+case PR_CONTENT_LENGTH:
+  s = "PR_CONTENT_LENGTH"; break;
+case PR_CONTENT_RETURN_REQUESTED:
+  s = "PR_CONTENT_RETURN_REQUESTED"; break;
+
+
+
+case PR_CONVERSATION_KEY:
+  s = "PR_CONVERSATION_KEY"; break;
+
+case PR_CONVERSION_EITS:
+  s = "PR_CONVERSION_EITS"; break;
+case PR_CONVERSION_WITH_LOSS_PROHIBITED:
+  s = "PR_CONVERSION_WITH_LOSS_PROHIBITED"; break;
+case PR_CONVERTED_EITS:
+  s = "PR_CONVERTED_EITS"; break;
+case PR_DEFERRED_DELIVERY_TIME:
+  s = "PR_DEFERRED_DELIVERY_TIME"; break;
+case PR_DELIVER_TIME:
+  s = "PR_DELIVER_TIME"; break;
+case PR_DISCARD_REASON:
+  s = "PR_DISCARD_REASON"; break;
+case PR_DISCLOSURE_OF_RECIPIENTS:
+  s = "PR_DISCLOSURE_OF_RECIPIENTS"; break;
+case PR_DL_EXPANSION_HISTORY:
+  s = "PR_DL_EXPANSION_HISTORY"; break;
+case PR_DL_EXPANSION_PROHIBITED:
+  s = "PR_DL_EXPANSION_PROHIBITED"; break;
+case PR_EXPIRY_TIME:
+  s = "PR_EXPIRY_TIME"; break;
+case PR_IMPLICIT_CONVERSION_PROHIBITED:
+  s = "PR_IMPLICIT_CONVERSION_PROHIBITED"; break;
+case PR_IMPORTANCE:
+  s = "PR_IMPORTANCE"; break;
+case PR_IPM_ID:
+  s = "PR_IPM_ID"; break;
+case PR_LATEST_DELIVERY_TIME:
+  s = "PR_LATEST_DELIVERY_TIME"; break;
+case PR_MESSAGE_CLASS:
+  s = "PR_MESSAGE_CLASS"; break;
+case PR_MESSAGE_DELIVERY_ID:
+  s = "PR_MESSAGE_DELIVERY_ID"; break;
+
+
+
+
+
+case PR_MESSAGE_SECURITY_LABEL:
+  s = "PR_MESSAGE_SECURITY_LABEL"; break;
+case PR_OBSOLETED_IPMS:
+  s = "PR_OBSOLETED_IPMS"; break;
+case PR_ORIGINALLY_INTENDED_RECIPIENT_NAME:
+  s = "PR_ORIGINALLY_INTENDED_RECIPIENT_NAME"; break;
+case PR_ORIGINAL_EITS:
+  s = "PR_ORIGINAL_EITS"; break;
+case PR_ORIGINATOR_CERTIFICATE:
+  s = "PR_ORIGINATOR_CERTIFICATE"; break;
+case PR_ORIGINATOR_DELIVERY_REPORT_REQUESTED:
+  s = "PR_ORIGINATOR_DELIVERY_REPORT_REQUESTED"; break;
+case PR_ORIGINATOR_RETURN_ADDRESS:
+  s = "PR_ORIGINATOR_RETURN_ADDRESS"; break;
+
+
+
+case PR_PARENT_KEY:
+  s = "PR_PARENT_KEY"; break;
+case PR_PRIORITY:
+  s = "PR_PRIORITY"; break;
+
+
+
+case PR_ORIGIN_CHECK:
+  s = "PR_ORIGIN_CHECK"; break;
+case PR_PROOF_OF_SUBMISSION_REQUESTED:
+  s = "PR_PROOF_OF_SUBMISSION_REQUESTED"; break;
+case PR_READ_RECEIPT_REQUESTED:
+  s = "PR_READ_RECEIPT_REQUESTED"; break;
+case PR_RECEIPT_TIME:
+  s = "PR_RECEIPT_TIME"; break;
+case PR_RECIPIENT_REASSIGNMENT_PROHIBITED:
+  s = "PR_RECIPIENT_REASSIGNMENT_PROHIBITED"; break;
+case PR_REDIRECTION_HISTORY:
+  s = "PR_REDIRECTION_HISTORY"; break;
+case PR_RELATED_IPMS:
+  s = "PR_RELATED_IPMS"; break;
+case PR_ORIGINAL_SENSITIVITY:
+  s = "PR_ORIGINAL_SENSITIVITY"; break;
+case PR_LANGUAGES:
+  s = "PR_LANGUAGES"; break;
+case PR_REPLY_TIME:
+  s = "PR_REPLY_TIME"; break;
+case PR_REPORT_TAG:
+  s = "PR_REPORT_TAG"; break;
+case PR_REPORT_TIME:
+  s = "PR_REPORT_TIME"; break;
+case PR_RETURNED_IPM:
+  s = "PR_RETURNED_IPM"; break;
+case PR_SECURITY:
+  s = "PR_SECURITY"; break;
+case PR_INCOMPLETE_COPY:
+  s = "PR_INCOMPLETE_COPY"; break;
+case PR_SENSITIVITY:
+  s = "PR_SENSITIVITY"; break;
+case PR_SUBJECT:
+  s = "PR_SUBJECT"; break;
+case PR_SUBJECT_IPM:
+  s = "PR_SUBJECT_IPM"; break;
+case PR_CLIENT_SUBMIT_TIME:
+  s = "PR_CLIENT_SUBMIT_TIME"; break;
+case PR_REPORT_NAME:
+  s = "PR_REPORT_NAME"; break;
+case PR_SENT_REPRESENTING_SEARCH_KEY:
+  s = "PR_SENT_REPRESENTING_SEARCH_KEY"; break;
+case PR_X400_CONTENT_TYPE:
+  s = "PR_X400_CONTENT_TYPE"; break;
+case PR_SUBJECT_PREFIX:
+  s = "PR_SUBJECT_PREFIX"; break;
+case PR_NON_RECEIPT_REASON:
+  s = "PR_NON_RECEIPT_REASON"; break;
+case PR_RECEIVED_BY_ENTRYID:
+  s = "PR_RECEIVED_BY_ENTRYID"; break;
+case PR_RECEIVED_BY_NAME:
+  s = "PR_RECEIVED_BY_NAME"; break;
+case PR_SENT_REPRESENTING_ENTRYID:
+  s = "PR_SENT_REPRESENTING_ENTRYID"; break;
+case PR_SENT_REPRESENTING_NAME:
+  s = "PR_SENT_REPRESENTING_NAME"; break;
+case PR_RCVD_REPRESENTING_ENTRYID:
+  s = "PR_RCVD_REPRESENTING_ENTRYID"; break;
+case PR_RCVD_REPRESENTING_NAME:
+  s = "PR_RCVD_REPRESENTING_NAME"; break;
+case PR_REPORT_ENTRYID:
+  s = "PR_REPORT_ENTRYID"; break;
+case PR_READ_RECEIPT_ENTRYID:
+  s = "PR_READ_RECEIPT_ENTRYID"; break;
+case PR_MESSAGE_SUBMISSION_ID:
+  s = "PR_MESSAGE_SUBMISSION_ID"; break;
+case PR_PROVIDER_SUBMIT_TIME:
+  s = "PR_PROVIDER_SUBMIT_TIME"; break;
+case PR_ORIGINAL_SUBJECT:
+  s = "PR_ORIGINAL_SUBJECT"; break;
+case PR_DISC_VAL:
+  s = "PR_DISC_VAL"; break;
+case PR_ORIG_MESSAGE_CLASS:
+  s = "PR_ORIG_MESSAGE_CLASS"; break;
+case PR_ORIGINAL_AUTHOR_ENTRYID:
+  s = "PR_ORIGINAL_AUTHOR_ENTRYID"; break;
+case PR_ORIGINAL_AUTHOR_NAME:
+  s = "PR_ORIGINAL_AUTHOR_NAME"; break;
+case PR_ORIGINAL_SUBMIT_TIME:
+  s = "PR_ORIGINAL_SUBMIT_TIME"; break;
+case PR_REPLY_RECIPIENT_ENTRIES:
+  s = "PR_REPLY_RECIPIENT_ENTRIES"; break;
+case PR_REPLY_RECIPIENT_NAMES:
+  s = "PR_REPLY_RECIPIENT_NAMES"; break;
+
+case PR_RECEIVED_BY_SEARCH_KEY:
+  s = "PR_RECEIVED_BY_SEARCH_KEY"; break;
+case PR_RCVD_REPRESENTING_SEARCH_KEY:
+  s = "PR_RCVD_REPRESENTING_SEARCH_KEY"; break;
+case PR_READ_RECEIPT_SEARCH_KEY:
+  s = "PR_READ_RECEIPT_SEARCH_KEY"; break;
+case PR_REPORT_SEARCH_KEY:
+  s = "PR_REPORT_SEARCH_KEY"; break;
+case PR_ORIGINAL_DELIVERY_TIME:
+  s = "PR_ORIGINAL_DELIVERY_TIME"; break;
+case PR_ORIGINAL_AUTHOR_SEARCH_KEY:
+  s = "PR_ORIGINAL_AUTHOR_SEARCH_KEY"; break;
+
+case PR_MESSAGE_TO_ME:
+  s = "PR_MESSAGE_TO_ME"; break;
+case PR_MESSAGE_CC_ME:
+  s = "PR_MESSAGE_CC_ME"; break;
+case PR_MESSAGE_RECIP_ME:
+  s = "PR_MESSAGE_RECIP_ME"; break;
+
+case PR_ORIGINAL_SENDER_NAME:
+  s = "PR_ORIGINAL_SENDER_NAME"; break;
+case PR_ORIGINAL_SENDER_ENTRYID:
+  s = "PR_ORIGINAL_SENDER_ENTRYID"; break;
+case PR_ORIGINAL_SENDER_SEARCH_KEY:
+  s = "PR_ORIGINAL_SENDER_SEARCH_KEY"; break;
+case PR_ORIGINAL_SENT_REPRESENTING_NAME:
+  s = "PR_ORIGINAL_SENT_REPRESENTING_NAME"; break;
+case PR_ORIGINAL_SENT_REPRESENTING_ENTRYID:
+  s = "PR_ORIGINAL_SENT_REPRESENTING_ENTRYID"; break;
+case PR_ORIGINAL_SENT_REPRESENTING_SEARCH_KEY:
+  s = "PR_ORIGINAL_SENT_REPRESENTING_SEARCH_KEY"; break;
+
+case PR_START_DATE:
+  s = "PR_START_DATE"; break;
+case PR_END_DATE:
+  s = "PR_END_DATE"; break;
+case PR_OWNER_APPT_ID:
+  s = "PR_OWNER_APPT_ID"; break;
+case PR_RESPONSE_REQUESTED:
+  s = "PR_RESPONSE_REQUESTED"; break;
+
+case PR_SENT_REPRESENTING_ADDRTYPE:
+  s = "PR_SENT_REPRESENTING_ADDRTYPE"; break;
+case PR_SENT_REPRESENTING_EMAIL_ADDRESS:
+  s = "PR_SENT_REPRESENTING_EMAIL_ADDRESS"; break;
+
+case PR_ORIGINAL_SENDER_ADDRTYPE:
+  s = "PR_ORIGINAL_SENDER_ADDRTYPE"; break;
+case PR_ORIGINAL_SENDER_EMAIL_ADDRESS:
+  s = "PR_ORIGINAL_SENDER_EMAIL_ADDRESS"; break;
+
+case PR_ORIGINAL_SENT_REPRESENTING_ADDRTYPE:
+  s = "PR_ORIGINAL_SENT_REPRESENTING_ADDRTYPE"; break;
+case PR_ORIGINAL_SENT_REPRESENTING_EMAIL_ADDRESS:
+  s = "PR_ORIGINAL_SENT_REPRESENTING_EMAIL_ADDRESS"; break;
+
+case PR_CONVERSATION_TOPIC:
+  s = "PR_CONVERSATION_TOPIC"; break;
+case PR_CONVERSATION_INDEX:
+  s = "PR_CONVERSATION_INDEX"; break;
+
+case PR_ORIGINAL_DISPLAY_BCC:
+  s = "PR_ORIGINAL_DISPLAY_BCC"; break;
+case PR_ORIGINAL_DISPLAY_CC:
+  s = "PR_ORIGINAL_DISPLAY_CC"; break;
+case PR_ORIGINAL_DISPLAY_TO:
+  s = "PR_ORIGINAL_DISPLAY_TO"; break;
+
+case PR_RECEIVED_BY_ADDRTYPE:
+  s = "PR_RECEIVED_BY_ADDRTYPE"; break;
+case PR_RECEIVED_BY_EMAIL_ADDRESS:
+  s = "PR_RECEIVED_BY_EMAIL_ADDRESS"; break;
+
+case PR_RCVD_REPRESENTING_ADDRTYPE:
+  s = "PR_RCVD_REPRESENTING_ADDRTYPE"; break;
+case PR_RCVD_REPRESENTING_EMAIL_ADDRESS:
+  s = "PR_RCVD_REPRESENTING_EMAIL_ADDRESS"; break;
+
+case PR_ORIGINAL_AUTHOR_ADDRTYPE:
+  s = "PR_ORIGINAL_AUTHOR_ADDRTYPE"; break;
+case PR_ORIGINAL_AUTHOR_EMAIL_ADDRESS:
+  s = "PR_ORIGINAL_AUTHOR_EMAIL_ADDRESS"; break;
+
+case PR_ORIGINALLY_INTENDED_RECIP_ADDRTYPE:
+  s = "PR_ORIGINALLY_INTENDED_RECIP_ADDRTYPE"; break;
+case PR_ORIGINALLY_INTENDED_RECIP_EMAIL_ADDRESS:
+  s = "PR_ORIGINALLY_INTENDED_RECIP_EMAIL_ADDRESS"; break;
+
+case PR_TRANSPORT_MESSAGE_HEADERS:
+  s = "PR_TRANSPORT_MESSAGE_HEADERS"; break;
+
+case PR_DELEGATION:
+  s = "PR_DELEGATION"; break;
+
+case PR_TNEF_CORRELATION_KEY:
+  s = "PR_TNEF_CORRELATION_KEY"; break;
+
+
+
+/*
+ *  Message content properties
+ */
+
+case PR_BODY:
+  s = "PR_BODY"; break;
+case PR_REPORT_TEXT:
+  s = "PR_REPORT_TEXT"; break;
+case PR_ORIGINATOR_AND_DL_EXPANSION_HISTORY:
+  s = "PR_ORIGINATOR_AND_DL_EXPANSION_HISTORY"; break;
+case PR_REPORTING_DL_NAME:
+  s = "PR_REPORTING_DL_NAME"; break;
+case PR_REPORTING_MTA_CERTIFICATE:
+  s = "PR_REPORTING_MTA_CERTIFICATE"; break;
+
+/*  Removed PR_REPORT_ORIGIN_AUTHENTICATION_CHECK with DCR 3865, use PR_ORIGIN_CHECK */
+
+case PR_RTF_SYNC_BODY_CRC:
+  s = "PR_RTF_SYNC_BODY_CRC"; break;
+case PR_RTF_SYNC_BODY_COUNT:
+  s = "PR_RTF_SYNC_BODY_COUNT"; break;
+case PR_RTF_SYNC_BODY_TAG:
+  s = "PR_RTF_SYNC_BODY_TAG"; break;
+case PR_RTF_COMPRESSED:
+  s = "PR_RTF_COMPRESSED"; break;
+case PR_RTF_SYNC_PREFIX_COUNT:
+  s = "PR_RTF_SYNC_PREFIX_COUNT"; break;
+case PR_RTF_SYNC_TRAILING_COUNT:
+  s = "PR_RTF_SYNC_TRAILING_COUNT"; break;
+case PR_ORIGINALLY_INTENDED_RECIP_ENTRYID:
+  s = "PR_ORIGINALLY_INTENDED_RECIP_ENTRYID"; break;
+
+/*
+ *  Reserved 0x1100-0x1200
+ */
+
+
+/*
+ *  Message recipient properties
+ */
+
+case PR_CONTENT_INTEGRITY_CHECK:
+  s = "PR_CONTENT_INTEGRITY_CHECK"; break;
+case PR_EXPLICIT_CONVERSION:
+  s = "PR_EXPLICIT_CONVERSION"; break;
+case PR_IPM_RETURN_REQUESTED:
+  s = "PR_IPM_RETURN_REQUESTED"; break;
+case PR_MESSAGE_TOKEN:
+  s = "PR_MESSAGE_TOKEN"; break;
+case PR_NDR_REASON_CODE:
+  s = "PR_NDR_REASON_CODE"; break;
+case PR_NDR_DIAG_CODE:
+  s = "PR_NDR_DIAG_CODE"; break;
+case PR_NON_RECEIPT_NOTIFICATION_REQUESTED:
+  s = "PR_NON_RECEIPT_NOTIFICATION_REQUESTED"; break;
+case PR_DELIVERY_POINT:
+  s = "PR_DELIVERY_POINT"; break;
+
+case PR_ORIGINATOR_NON_DELIVERY_REPORT_REQUESTED:
+  s = "PR_ORIGINATOR_NON_DELIVERY_REPORT_REQUESTED"; break;
+case PR_ORIGINATOR_REQUESTED_ALTERNATE_RECIPIENT:
+  s = "PR_ORIGINATOR_REQUESTED_ALTERNATE_RECIPIENT"; break;
+case PR_PHYSICAL_DELIVERY_BUREAU_FAX_DELIVERY:
+  s = "PR_PHYSICAL_DELIVERY_BUREAU_FAX_DELIVERY"; break;
+case PR_PHYSICAL_DELIVERY_MODE:
+  s = "PR_PHYSICAL_DELIVERY_MODE"; break;
+case PR_PHYSICAL_DELIVERY_REPORT_REQUEST:
+  s = "PR_PHYSICAL_DELIVERY_REPORT_REQUEST"; break;
+case PR_PHYSICAL_FORWARDING_ADDRESS:
+  s = "PR_PHYSICAL_FORWARDING_ADDRESS"; break;
+case PR_PHYSICAL_FORWARDING_ADDRESS_REQUESTED:
+  s = "PR_PHYSICAL_FORWARDING_ADDRESS_REQUESTED"; break;
+case PR_PHYSICAL_FORWARDING_PROHIBITED:
+  s = "PR_PHYSICAL_FORWARDING_PROHIBITED"; break;
+case PR_PHYSICAL_RENDITION_ATTRIBUTES:
+  s = "PR_PHYSICAL_RENDITION_ATTRIBUTES"; break;
+case PR_PROOF_OF_DELIVERY:
+  s = "PR_PROOF_OF_DELIVERY"; break;
+case PR_PROOF_OF_DELIVERY_REQUESTED:
+  s = "PR_PROOF_OF_DELIVERY_REQUESTED"; break;
+case PR_RECIPIENT_CERTIFICATE:
+  s = "PR_RECIPIENT_CERTIFICATE"; break;
+case PR_RECIPIENT_NUMBER_FOR_ADVICE:
+  s = "PR_RECIPIENT_NUMBER_FOR_ADVICE"; break;
+case PR_RECIPIENT_TYPE:
+  s = "PR_RECIPIENT_TYPE"; break;
+case PR_REGISTERED_MAIL_TYPE:
+  s = "PR_REGISTERED_MAIL_TYPE"; break;
+case PR_REPLY_REQUESTED:
+  s = "PR_REPLY_REQUESTED"; break;
+case PR_REQUESTED_DELIVERY_METHOD:
+  s = "PR_REQUESTED_DELIVERY_METHOD"; break;
+case PR_SENDER_ENTRYID:
+  s = "PR_SENDER_ENTRYID"; break;
+case PR_SENDER_NAME:
+  s = "PR_SENDER_NAME"; break;
+case PR_SUPPLEMENTARY_INFO:
+  s = "PR_SUPPLEMENTARY_INFO"; break;
+case PR_TYPE_OF_MTS_USER:
+  s = "PR_TYPE_OF_MTS_USER"; break;
+case PR_SENDER_SEARCH_KEY:
+  s = "PR_SENDER_SEARCH_KEY"; break;
+case PR_SENDER_ADDRTYPE:
+  s = "PR_SENDER_ADDRTYPE"; break;
+case PR_SENDER_EMAIL_ADDRESS:
+  s = "PR_SENDER_EMAIL_ADDRESS"; break;
+
+/*
+ *  Message non-transmittable properties
+ */
+
+/*
+ * The two tags, PR_MESSAGE_RECIPIENTS and PR_MESSAGE_ATTACHMENTS,
+ * are to be used in the exclude list passed to
+ * IMessage::CopyTo when the caller wants either the recipients or attachments
+ * of the message to not get copied.  It is also used in the ProblemArray
+ * return from IMessage::CopyTo when an error is encountered copying them
+ */
+
+case PR_CURRENT_VERSION:
+  s = "PR_CURRENT_VERSION"; break;
+case PR_DELETE_AFTER_SUBMIT:
+  s = "PR_DELETE_AFTER_SUBMIT"; break;
+case PR_DISPLAY_BCC:
+  s = "PR_DISPLAY_BCC"; break;
+case PR_DISPLAY_CC:
+  s = "PR_DISPLAY_CC"; break;
+case PR_DISPLAY_TO:
+  s = "PR_DISPLAY_TO"; break;
+case PR_PARENT_DISPLAY:
+  s = "PR_PARENT_DISPLAY"; break;
+case PR_MESSAGE_DELIVERY_TIME:
+  s = "PR_MESSAGE_DELIVERY_TIME"; break;
+case PR_MESSAGE_FLAGS:
+  s = "PR_MESSAGE_FLAGS"; break;
+case PR_MESSAGE_SIZE:
+  s = "PR_MESSAGE_SIZE"; break;
+case PR_PARENT_ENTRYID:
+  s = "PR_PARENT_ENTRYID"; break;
+case PR_SENTMAIL_ENTRYID:
+  s = "PR_SENTMAIL_ENTRYID"; break;
+case PR_CORRELATE:
+  s = "PR_CORRELATE"; break;
+case PR_CORRELATE_MTSID:
+  s = "PR_CORRELATE_MTSID"; break;
+case PR_DISCRETE_VALUES:
+  s = "PR_DISCRETE_VALUES"; break;
+case PR_RESPONSIBILITY:
+  s = "PR_RESPONSIBILITY"; break;
+case PR_SPOOLER_STATUS:
+  s = "PR_SPOOLER_STATUS"; break;
+case PR_TRANSPORT_STATUS:
+  s = "PR_TRANSPORT_STATUS"; break;
+case PR_MESSAGE_RECIPIENTS:
+  s = "PR_MESSAGE_RECIPIENTS"; break;
+case PR_MESSAGE_ATTACHMENTS:
+  s = "PR_MESSAGE_ATTACHMENTS"; break;
+case PR_SUBMIT_FLAGS:
+  s = "PR_SUBMIT_FLAGS"; break;
+case PR_RECIPIENT_STATUS:
+  s = "PR_RECIPIENT_STATUS"; break;
+case PR_TRANSPORT_KEY:
+  s = "PR_TRANSPORT_KEY"; break;
+case PR_MSG_STATUS:
+  s = "PR_MSG_STATUS"; break;
+case PR_MESSAGE_DOWNLOAD_TIME:
+  s = "PR_MESSAGE_DOWNLOAD_TIME"; break;
+case PR_CREATION_VERSION:
+  s = "PR_CREATION_VERSION"; break;
+case PR_MODIFY_VERSION:
+  s = "PR_MODIFY_VERSION"; break;
+case PR_HASATTACH:
+  s = "PR_HASATTACH"; break;
+case PR_BODY_CRC:
+  s = "PR_BODY_CRC"; break;
+case PR_NORMALIZED_SUBJECT:
+  s = "PR_NORMALIZED_SUBJECT"; break;
+case PR_RTF_IN_SYNC:
+  s = "PR_RTF_IN_SYNC"; break;
+case PR_ATTACH_SIZE:
+  s = "PR_ATTACH_SIZE"; break;
+case PR_ATTACH_NUM:
+  s = "PR_ATTACH_NUM"; break;
+case PR_PREPROCESS:
+  s = "PR_PREPROCESS"; break;
+
+/* PR_ORIGINAL_DISPLAY_TO, _CC, and _BCC moved to transmittible range 03/09/95 */
+
+case PR_ORIGINATING_MTA_CERTIFICATE:
+  s = "PR_ORIGINATING_MTA_CERTIFICATE"; break;
+case PR_PROOF_OF_SUBMISSION:
+  s = "PR_PROOF_OF_SUBMISSION"; break;
+
+
+/*
+ * The range of non-message and non-recipient property IDs (0x3000 - 0x3FFF) is
+ * further broken down into ranges to make assigning new property IDs easier.
+ *
+ *  From    To      Kind of property
+ *  --------------------------------
+ *  3000    32FF    MAPI_defined common property
+ *  3200    33FF    MAPI_defined form property
+ *  3400    35FF    MAPI_defined message store property
+ *  3600    36FF    MAPI_defined Folder or AB Container property
+ *  3700    38FF    MAPI_defined attachment property
+ *  3900    39FF    MAPI_defined address book property
+ *  3A00    3BFF    MAPI_defined mailuser property
+ *  3C00    3CFF    MAPI_defined DistList property
+ *  3D00    3DFF    MAPI_defined Profile Section property
+ *  3E00    3EFF    MAPI_defined Status property
+ *  3F00    3FFF    MAPI_defined display table property
+ */
+
+/*
+ *  Properties common to numerous MAPI objects.
+ *
+ *  Those properties that can appear on messages are in the
+ *  non-transmittable range for messages. They start at the high
+ *  end of that range and work down.
+ *
+ *  Properties that never appear on messages are defined in the common
+ *  property range (see above).
+ */
+
+/*
+ * properties that are common to multiple objects (including message objects)
+ * -- these ids are in the non-transmittable range
+ */
+
+case PR_ENTRYID:
+  s = "PR_ENTRYID"; break;
+case PR_OBJECT_TYPE:
+  s = "PR_OBJECT_TYPE"; break;
+case PR_ICON:
+  s = "PR_ICON"; break;
+case PR_MINI_ICON:
+  s = "PR_MINI_ICON"; break;
+case PR_STORE_ENTRYID:
+  s = "PR_STORE_ENTRYID"; break;
+case PR_STORE_RECORD_KEY:
+  s = "PR_STORE_RECORD_KEY"; break;
+case PR_RECORD_KEY:
+  s = "PR_RECORD_KEY"; break;
+case PR_MAPPING_SIGNATURE:
+  s = "PR_MAPPING_SIGNATURE"; break;
+case PR_ACCESS_LEVEL:
+  s = "PR_ACCESS_LEVEL"; break;
+case PR_INSTANCE_KEY:
+  s = "PR_INSTANCE_KEY"; break;
+case PR_ROW_TYPE:
+  s = "PR_ROW_TYPE"; break;
+case PR_ACCESS:
+  s = "PR_ACCESS"; break;
+
+/*
+ * properties that are common to multiple objects (usually not including message objects)
+ * -- these ids are in the transmittable range
+ */
+
+case PR_ROWID:
+  s = "PR_ROWID"; break;
+case PR_DISPLAY_NAME:
+  s = "PR_DISPLAY_NAME"; break;
+case PR_ADDRTYPE:
+  s = "PR_ADDRTYPE"; break;
+case PR_EMAIL_ADDRESS:
+  s = "PR_EMAIL_ADDRESS"; break;
+case PR_COMMENT:
+  s = "PR_COMMENT"; break;
+case PR_DEPTH:
+  s = "PR_DEPTH"; break;
+case PR_PROVIDER_DISPLAY:
+  s = "PR_PROVIDER_DISPLAY"; break;
+case PR_CREATION_TIME:
+  s = "PR_CREATION_TIME"; break;
+case PR_LAST_MODIFICATION_TIME:
+  s = "PR_LAST_MODIFICATION_TIME"; break;
+case PR_RESOURCE_FLAGS:
+  s = "PR_RESOURCE_FLAGS"; break;
+case PR_PROVIDER_DLL_NAME:
+  s = "PR_PROVIDER_DLL_NAME"; break;
+case PR_SEARCH_KEY:
+  s = "PR_SEARCH_KEY"; break;
+case PR_PROVIDER_UID:
+  s = "PR_PROVIDER_UID"; break;
+case PR_PROVIDER_ORDINAL:
+  s = "PR_PROVIDER_ORDINAL"; break;
+
+/*
+ *  MAPI Form properties
+ */
+case PR_FORM_VERSION:
+  s = "PR_FORM_VERSION"; break;
+case PR_FORM_CLSID:
+  s = "PR_FORM_CLSID"; break;
+case PR_FORM_CONTACT_NAME:
+  s = "PR_FORM_CONTACT_NAME"; break;
+case PR_FORM_CATEGORY:
+  s = "PR_FORM_CATEGORY"; break;
+case PR_FORM_CATEGORY_SUB:
+  s = "PR_FORM_CATEGORY_SUB"; break;
+case PR_FORM_HOST_MAP:
+  s = "PR_FORM_HOST_MAP"; break;
+case PR_FORM_HIDDEN:
+  s = "PR_FORM_HIDDEN"; break;
+case PR_FORM_DESIGNER_NAME:
+  s = "PR_FORM_DESIGNER_NAME"; break;
+case PR_FORM_DESIGNER_GUID:
+  s = "PR_FORM_DESIGNER_GUID"; break;
+case PR_FORM_MESSAGE_BEHAVIOR:
+  s = "PR_FORM_MESSAGE_BEHAVIOR"; break;
+
+/*
+ *  Message store properties
+ */
+
+case PR_DEFAULT_STORE:
+  s = "PR_DEFAULT_STORE"; break;
+case PR_STORE_SUPPORT_MASK:
+  s = "PR_STORE_SUPPORT_MASK"; break;
+case PR_STORE_STATE:
+  s = "PR_STORE_STATE"; break;
+
+case PR_IPM_SUBTREE_SEARCH_KEY:
+  s = "PR_IPM_SUBTREE_SEARCH_KEY"; break;
+case PR_IPM_OUTBOX_SEARCH_KEY:
+  s = "PR_IPM_OUTBOX_SEARCH_KEY"; break;
+case PR_IPM_WASTEBASKET_SEARCH_KEY:
+  s = "PR_IPM_WASTEBASKET_SEARCH_KEY"; break;
+case PR_IPM_SENTMAIL_SEARCH_KEY:
+  s = "PR_IPM_SENTMAIL_SEARCH_KEY"; break;
+case PR_MDB_PROVIDER:
+  s = "PR_MDB_PROVIDER"; break;
+case PR_RECEIVE_FOLDER_SETTINGS:
+  s = "PR_RECEIVE_FOLDER_SETTINGS"; break;
+
+case PR_VALID_FOLDER_MASK:
+  s = "PR_VALID_FOLDER_MASK"; break;
+case PR_IPM_SUBTREE_ENTRYID:
+  s = "PR_IPM_SUBTREE_ENTRYID"; break;
+
+case PR_IPM_OUTBOX_ENTRYID:
+  s = "PR_IPM_OUTBOX_ENTRYID"; break;
+case PR_IPM_WASTEBASKET_ENTRYID:
+  s = "PR_IPM_WASTEBASKET_ENTRYID"; break;
+case PR_IPM_SENTMAIL_ENTRYID:
+  s = "PR_IPM_SENTMAIL_ENTRYID"; break;
+case PR_VIEWS_ENTRYID:
+  s = "PR_VIEWS_ENTRYID"; break;
+case PR_COMMON_VIEWS_ENTRYID:
+  s = "PR_COMMON_VIEWS_ENTRYID"; break;
+case PR_FINDER_ENTRYID:
+  s = "PR_FINDER_ENTRYID"; break;
+
+/* Proptags 0x35E8-0x35FF reserved for folders "guaranteed" by PR_VALID_FOLDER_MASK */
+
+
+/*
+ *  Folder and AB Container properties
+ */
+
+case PR_CONTAINER_FLAGS:
+  s = "PR_CONTAINER_FLAGS"; break;
+case PR_FOLDER_TYPE:
+  s = "PR_FOLDER_TYPE"; break;
+case PR_CONTENT_COUNT:
+  s = "PR_CONTENT_COUNT"; break;
+case PR_CONTENT_UNREAD:
+  s = "PR_CONTENT_UNREAD"; break;
+case PR_CREATE_TEMPLATES:
+  s = "PR_CREATE_TEMPLATES"; break;
+case PR_DETAILS_TABLE:
+  s = "PR_DETAILS_TABLE"; break;
+case PR_SEARCH:
+  s = "PR_SEARCH"; break;
+case PR_SELECTABLE:
+  s = "PR_SELECTABLE"; break;
+case PR_SUBFOLDERS:
+  s = "PR_SUBFOLDERS"; break;
+case PR_STATUS:
+  s = "PR_STATUS"; break;
+case PR_ANR:
+  s = "PR_ANR"; break;
+case PR_CONTENTS_SORT_ORDER:
+  s = "PR_CONTENTS_SORT_ORDER"; break;
+case PR_CONTAINER_HIERARCHY:
+  s = "PR_CONTAINER_HIERARCHY"; break;
+case PR_CONTAINER_CONTENTS:
+  s = "PR_CONTAINER_CONTENTS"; break;
+case PR_FOLDER_ASSOCIATED_CONTENTS:
+  s = "PR_FOLDER_ASSOCIATED_CONTENTS"; break;
+case PR_DEF_CREATE_DL:
+  s = "PR_DEF_CREATE_DL"; break;
+case PR_DEF_CREATE_MAILUSER:
+  s = "PR_DEF_CREATE_MAILUSER"; break;
+case PR_CONTAINER_CLASS:
+  s = "PR_CONTAINER_CLASS"; break;
+case PR_CONTAINER_MODIFY_VERSION:
+  s = "PR_CONTAINER_MODIFY_VERSION"; break;
+case PR_AB_PROVIDER_ID:
+  s = "PR_AB_PROVIDER_ID"; break;
+case PR_DEFAULT_VIEW_ENTRYID:
+  s = "PR_DEFAULT_VIEW_ENTRYID"; break;
+case PR_ASSOC_CONTENT_COUNT:
+  s = "PR_ASSOC_CONTENT_COUNT"; break;
+
+/* Reserved 0x36C0-0x36FF */
+
+/*
+ *  Attachment properties
+ */
+
+case PR_ATTACHMENT_X400_PARAMETERS:
+  s = "PR_ATTACHMENT_X400_PARAMETERS"; break;
+case PR_ATTACH_DATA_OBJ:
+  s = "PR_ATTACH_DATA_OBJ"; break;
+case PR_ATTACH_DATA_BIN:
+  s = "PR_ATTACH_DATA_BIN"; break;
+case PR_ATTACH_ENCODING:
+  s = "PR_ATTACH_ENCODING"; break;
+case PR_ATTACH_EXTENSION:
+  s = "PR_ATTACH_EXTENSION"; break;
+case PR_ATTACH_FILENAME:
+  s = "PR_ATTACH_FILENAME"; break;
+case PR_ATTACH_METHOD:
+  s = "PR_ATTACH_METHOD"; break;
+case PR_ATTACH_LONG_FILENAME:
+  s = "PR_ATTACH_LONG_FILENAME"; break;
+case PR_ATTACH_PATHNAME:
+  s = "PR_ATTACH_PATHNAME"; break;
+case PR_ATTACH_RENDERING:
+  s = "PR_ATTACH_RENDERING"; break;
+case PR_ATTACH_TAG:
+  s = "PR_ATTACH_TAG"; break;
+case PR_RENDERING_POSITION:
+  s = "PR_RENDERING_POSITION"; break;
+case PR_ATTACH_TRANSPORT_NAME:
+  s = "PR_ATTACH_TRANSPORT_NAME"; break;
+case PR_ATTACH_LONG_PATHNAME:
+  s = "PR_ATTACH_LONG_PATHNAME"; break;
+case PR_ATTACH_MIME_TAG:
+  s = "PR_ATTACH_MIME_TAG"; break;
+case PR_ATTACH_ADDITIONAL_INFO:
+  s = "PR_ATTACH_ADDITIONAL_INFO"; break;
+
+/*
+ *  AB Object properties
+ */
+
+case PR_DISPLAY_TYPE:
+  s = "PR_DISPLAY_TYPE"; break;
+case PR_TEMPLATEID:
+  s = "PR_TEMPLATEID"; break;
+case PR_PRIMARY_CAPABILITY:
+  s = "PR_PRIMARY_CAPABILITY"; break;
+
+
+/*
+ *  Mail user properties
+ */
+case PR_7BIT_DISPLAY_NAME:
+  s = "PR_7BIT_DISPLAY_NAME"; break;
+case PR_ACCOUNT:
+  s = "PR_ACCOUNT"; break;
+case PR_ALTERNATE_RECIPIENT:
+  s = "PR_ALTERNATE_RECIPIENT"; break;
+case PR_CALLBACK_TELEPHONE_NUMBER:
+  s = "PR_CALLBACK_TELEPHONE_NUMBER"; break;
+case PR_CONVERSION_PROHIBITED:
+  s = "PR_CONVERSION_PROHIBITED"; break;
+case PR_DISCLOSE_RECIPIENTS:
+  s = "PR_DISCLOSE_RECIPIENTS"; break;
+case PR_GENERATION:
+  s = "PR_GENERATION"; break;
+case PR_GIVEN_NAME:
+  s = "PR_GIVEN_NAME"; break;
+case PR_GOVERNMENT_ID_NUMBER:
+  s = "PR_GOVERNMENT_ID_NUMBER"; break;
+case PR_BUSINESS_TELEPHONE_NUMBER:
+  s = "PR_BUSINESS_TELEPHONE_NUMBER or PR_OFFICE_TELEPHONE_NUMBER"; break;
+case PR_HOME_TELEPHONE_NUMBER:
+  s = "PR_HOME_TELEPHONE_NUMBER"; break;
+case PR_INITIALS:
+  s = "PR_INITIALS"; break;
+case PR_KEYWORD:
+  s = "PR_KEYWORD"; break;
+case PR_LANGUAGE:
+  s = "PR_LANGUAGE"; break;
+case PR_LOCATION:
+  s = "PR_LOCATION"; break;
+case PR_MAIL_PERMISSION:
+  s = "PR_MAIL_PERMISSION"; break;
+case PR_MHS_COMMON_NAME:
+  s = "PR_MHS_COMMON_NAME"; break;
+case PR_ORGANIZATIONAL_ID_NUMBER:
+  s = "PR_ORGANIZATIONAL_ID_NUMBER"; break;
+case PR_SURNAME:
+  s = "PR_SURNAME"; break;
+case PR_ORIGINAL_ENTRYID:
+  s = "PR_ORIGINAL_ENTRYID"; break;
+case PR_ORIGINAL_DISPLAY_NAME:
+  s = "PR_ORIGINAL_DISPLAY_NAME"; break;
+case PR_ORIGINAL_SEARCH_KEY:
+  s = "PR_ORIGINAL_SEARCH_KEY"; break;
+case PR_POSTAL_ADDRESS:
+  s = "PR_POSTAL_ADDRESS"; break;
+case PR_COMPANY_NAME:
+  s = "PR_COMPANY_NAME"; break;
+case PR_TITLE:
+  s = "PR_TITLE"; break;
+case PR_DEPARTMENT_NAME:
+  s = "PR_DEPARTMENT_NAME"; break;
+case PR_OFFICE_LOCATION:
+  s = "PR_OFFICE_LOCATION"; break;
+case PR_PRIMARY_TELEPHONE_NUMBER:
+  s = "PR_PRIMARY_TELEPHONE_NUMBER"; break;
+case PR_BUSINESS2_TELEPHONE_NUMBER:
+  s = "PR_BUSINESS2_TELEPHONE_NUMBER or PR_OFFICE2_TELEPHONE_NUMBER"; break;
+case PR_MOBILE_TELEPHONE_NUMBER:
+  s = "PR_MOBILE_TELEPHONE_NUMBER or PR_CELLULAR_TELEPHONE_NUMBER"; break;
+case PR_RADIO_TELEPHONE_NUMBER:
+  s = "PR_RADIO_TELEPHONE_NUMBER"; break;
+case PR_CAR_TELEPHONE_NUMBER:
+  s = "PR_CAR_TELEPHONE_NUMBER"; break;
+case PR_OTHER_TELEPHONE_NUMBER:
+  s = "PR_OTHER_TELEPHONE_NUMBER"; break;
+case PR_TRANSMITABLE_DISPLAY_NAME:
+  s = "PR_TRANSMITABLE_DISPLAY_NAME"; break;
+case PR_PAGER_TELEPHONE_NUMBER:
+  s = "PR_PAGER_TELEPHONE_NUMBER or PR_BEEPER_TELEPHONE_NUMBER"; break;
+case PR_USER_CERTIFICATE:
+  s = "PR_USER_CERTIFICATE"; break;
+case PR_PRIMARY_FAX_NUMBER:
+  s = "PR_PRIMARY_FAX_NUMBER"; break;
+case PR_BUSINESS_FAX_NUMBER:
+  s = "PR_BUSINESS_FAX_NUMBER"; break;
+case PR_HOME_FAX_NUMBER:
+  s = "PR_HOME_FAX_NUMBER"; break;
+case PR_COUNTRY:
+  s = "PR_COUNTRY or PR_BUSINESS_ADDRESS_COUNTRY"; break;
+
+case PR_LOCALITY:
+  s = "PR_LOCALITY or PR_BUSINESS_ADDRESS_CITY"; break;
+
+case PR_STATE_OR_PROVINCE:
+  s = "PR_STATE_OR_PROVINCE or PR_BUSINESS_ADDRESS_STATE_OR_PROVINCE"; break;
+
+case PR_STREET_ADDRESS:
+  s = "PR_STREET_ADDRESS or PR_BUSINESS_ADDRESS_STREET"; break;
+
+case PR_POSTAL_CODE:
+  s = "PR_POSTAL_CODE or PR_BUSINESS_ADDRESS_POSTAL_CODE"; break;
+
+
+case PR_POST_OFFICE_BOX:
+  s = "PR_POST_OFFICE_BOX or PR_BUSINESS_ADDRESS_POST_OFFICE_BOX"; break;
+
+
+case PR_TELEX_NUMBER:
+  s = "PR_TELEX_NUMBER"; break;
+case PR_ISDN_NUMBER:
+  s = "PR_ISDN_NUMBER"; break;
+case PR_ASSISTANT_TELEPHONE_NUMBER:
+  s = "PR_ASSISTANT_TELEPHONE_NUMBER"; break;
+case PR_HOME2_TELEPHONE_NUMBER:
+  s = "PR_HOME2_TELEPHONE_NUMBER"; break;
+case PR_ASSISTANT:
+  s = "PR_ASSISTANT"; break;
+case PR_SEND_RICH_INFO:
+  s = "PR_SEND_RICH_INFO"; break;
+
+case PR_WEDDING_ANNIVERSARY:
+  s = "PR_WEDDING_ANNIVERSARY"; break;
+case PR_BIRTHDAY:
+  s = "PR_BIRTHDAY"; break;
+
+
+case PR_HOBBIES:
+  s = "PR_HOBBIES"; break;
+
+case PR_MIDDLE_NAME:
+  s = "PR_MIDDLE_NAME"; break;
+
+case PR_DISPLAY_NAME_PREFIX:
+  s = "PR_DISPLAY_NAME_PREFIX"; break;
+
+case PR_PROFESSION:
+  s = "PR_PROFESSION"; break;
+
+case PR_PREFERRED_BY_NAME:
+  s = "PR_PREFERRED_BY_NAME"; break;
+
+case PR_SPOUSE_NAME:
+  s = "PR_SPOUSE_NAME"; break;
+
+case PR_COMPUTER_NETWORK_NAME:
+  s = "PR_COMPUTER_NETWORK_NAME"; break;
+
+case PR_CUSTOMER_ID:
+  s = "PR_CUSTOMER_ID"; break;
+
+case PR_TTYTDD_PHONE_NUMBER:
+  s = "PR_TTYTDD_PHONE_NUMBER"; break;
+
+case PR_FTP_SITE:
+  s = "PR_FTP_SITE"; break;
+
+case PR_GENDER:
+  s = "PR_GENDER"; break;
+
+case PR_MANAGER_NAME:
+  s = "PR_MANAGER_NAME"; break;
+
+case PR_NICKNAME:
+  s = "PR_NICKNAME"; break;
+
+case PR_PERSONAL_HOME_PAGE:
+  s = "PR_PERSONAL_HOME_PAGE"; break;
+
+
+case PR_BUSINESS_HOME_PAGE:
+  s = "PR_BUSINESS_HOME_PAGE"; break;
+
+case PR_CONTACT_VERSION:
+  s = "PR_CONTACT_VERSION"; break;
+case PR_CONTACT_ENTRYIDS:
+  s = "PR_CONTACT_ENTRYIDS"; break;
+
+case PR_CONTACT_ADDRTYPES:
+  s = "PR_CONTACT_ADDRTYPES"; break;
+
+case PR_CONTACT_DEFAULT_ADDRESS_INDEX:
+  s = "PR_CONTACT_DEFAULT_ADDRESS_INDEX"; break;
+
+case PR_CONTACT_EMAIL_ADDRESSES:
+  s = "PR_CONTACT_EMAIL_ADDRESSES"; break;
+
+
+case PR_COMPANY_MAIN_PHONE_NUMBER:
+  s = "PR_COMPANY_MAIN_PHONE_NUMBER"; break;
+
+case PR_CHILDRENS_NAMES:
+  s = "PR_CHILDRENS_NAMES"; break;
+
+
+
+case PR_HOME_ADDRESS_CITY:
+  s = "PR_HOME_ADDRESS_CITY"; break;
+
+case PR_HOME_ADDRESS_COUNTRY:
+  s = "PR_HOME_ADDRESS_COUNTRY"; break;
+
+case PR_HOME_ADDRESS_POSTAL_CODE:
+  s = "PR_HOME_ADDRESS_POSTAL_CODE"; break;
+
+case PR_HOME_ADDRESS_STATE_OR_PROVINCE:
+  s = "PR_HOME_ADDRESS_STATE_OR_PROVINCE"; break;
+
+case PR_HOME_ADDRESS_STREET:
+  s = "PR_HOME_ADDRESS_STREET"; break;
+
+case PR_HOME_ADDRESS_POST_OFFICE_BOX:
+  s = "PR_HOME_ADDRESS_POST_OFFICE_BOX"; break;
+
+case PR_OTHER_ADDRESS_CITY:
+  s = "PR_OTHER_ADDRESS_CITY"; break;
+
+case PR_OTHER_ADDRESS_COUNTRY:
+  s = "PR_OTHER_ADDRESS_COUNTRY"; break;
+
+case PR_OTHER_ADDRESS_POSTAL_CODE:
+  s = "PR_OTHER_ADDRESS_POSTAL_CODE"; break;
+
+case PR_OTHER_ADDRESS_STATE_OR_PROVINCE:
+  s = "PR_OTHER_ADDRESS_STATE_OR_PROVINCE"; break;
+
+case PR_OTHER_ADDRESS_STREET:
+  s = "PR_OTHER_ADDRESS_STREET"; break;
+
+case PR_OTHER_ADDRESS_POST_OFFICE_BOX:
+  s = "PR_OTHER_ADDRESS_POST_OFFICE_BOX"; break;
+
+
+/*
+ *  Profile section properties
+ */
+
+case PR_STORE_PROVIDERS:
+  s = "PR_STORE_PROVIDERS"; break;
+case PR_AB_PROVIDERS:
+  s = "PR_AB_PROVIDERS"; break;
+case PR_TRANSPORT_PROVIDERS:
+  s = "PR_TRANSPORT_PROVIDERS"; break;
+
+case PR_DEFAULT_PROFILE:
+  s = "PR_DEFAULT_PROFILE"; break;
+case PR_AB_SEARCH_PATH:
+  s = "PR_AB_SEARCH_PATH"; break;
+case PR_AB_DEFAULT_DIR:
+  s = "PR_AB_DEFAULT_DIR"; break;
+case PR_AB_DEFAULT_PAB:
+  s = "PR_AB_DEFAULT_PAB"; break;
+
+case PR_FILTERING_HOOKS:
+  s = "PR_FILTERING_HOOKS"; break;
+case PR_SERVICE_NAME:
+  s = "PR_SERVICE_NAME"; break;
+case PR_SERVICE_DLL_NAME:
+  s = "PR_SERVICE_DLL_NAME"; break;
+case PR_SERVICE_ENTRY_NAME:
+  s = "PR_SERVICE_ENTRY_NAME"; break;
+case PR_SERVICE_UID:
+  s = "PR_SERVICE_UID"; break;
+case PR_SERVICE_EXTRA_UIDS:
+  s = "PR_SERVICE_EXTRA_UIDS"; break;
+case PR_SERVICES:
+  s = "PR_SERVICES"; break;
+case PR_SERVICE_SUPPORT_FILES:
+  s = "PR_SERVICE_SUPPORT_FILES"; break;
+case PR_SERVICE_DELETE_FILES:
+  s = "PR_SERVICE_DELETE_FILES"; break;
+case PR_AB_SEARCH_PATH_UPDATE:
+  s = "PR_AB_SEARCH_PATH_UPDATE"; break;
+case PR_PROFILE_NAME:
+  s = "PR_PROFILE_NAME"; break;
+
+/*
+ *  Status object properties
+ */
+
+case PR_IDENTITY_DISPLAY:
+  s = "PR_IDENTITY_DISPLAY"; break;
+case PR_IDENTITY_ENTRYID:
+  s = "PR_IDENTITY_ENTRYID"; break;
+case PR_RESOURCE_METHODS:
+  s = "PR_RESOURCE_METHODS"; break;
+case PR_RESOURCE_TYPE:
+  s = "PR_RESOURCE_TYPE"; break;
+case PR_STATUS_CODE:
+  s = "PR_STATUS_CODE"; break;
+case PR_IDENTITY_SEARCH_KEY:
+  s = "PR_IDENTITY_SEARCH_KEY"; break;
+case PR_OWN_STORE_ENTRYID:
+  s = "PR_OWN_STORE_ENTRYID"; break;
+case PR_RESOURCE_PATH:
+  s = "PR_RESOURCE_PATH"; break;
+case PR_STATUS_STRING:
+  s = "PR_STATUS_STRING"; break;
+case PR_X400_DEFERRED_DELIVERY_CANCEL:
+  s = "PR_X400_DEFERRED_DELIVERY_CANCEL"; break;
+case PR_HEADER_FOLDER_ENTRYID:
+  s = "PR_HEADER_FOLDER_ENTRYID"; break;
+case PR_REMOTE_PROGRESS:
+  s = "PR_REMOTE_PROGRESS"; break;
+case PR_REMOTE_PROGRESS_TEXT:
+  s = "PR_REMOTE_PROGRESS_TEXT"; break;
+case PR_REMOTE_VALIDATE_OK:
+  s = "PR_REMOTE_VALIDATE_OK"; break;
+
+/*
+ * Display table properties
+ */
+
+case PR_CONTROL_FLAGS:
+  s = "PR_CONTROL_FLAGS"; break;
+case PR_CONTROL_STRUCTURE:
+  s = "PR_CONTROL_STRUCTURE"; break;
+case PR_CONTROL_TYPE:
+  s = "PR_CONTROL_TYPE"; break;
+case PR_DELTAX:
+  s = "PR_DELTAX"; break;
+case PR_DELTAY:
+  s = "PR_DELTAY"; break;
+case PR_XPOS:
+  s = "PR_XPOS"; break;
+case PR_YPOS:
+  s = "PR_YPOS"; break;
+case PR_CONTROL_ID:
+  s = "PR_CONTROL_ID"; break;
+case PR_INITIAL_DETAILS_PANE:
+  s = "PR_INITIAL_DETAILS_PANE"; break;
+/*
+ * Secure property id range
+ */
+
+case PROP_ID_SECURE_MIN:
+  s = "PROP_ID_SECURE_MIN"; break;
+case PROP_ID_SECURE_MAX:
+  s = "PROP_ID_SECURE_MAX"; break;
diff --git a/mailnews/import/outlook/src/OutlookDebugLog.h b/mailnews/import/outlook/src/OutlookDebugLog.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5b189bf9b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/outlook/src/OutlookDebugLog.h
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef OutlookDebugLog_h___
+#define OutlookDebugLog_h___
+
+#ifdef NS_DEBUG
+#define IMPORT_DEBUG  1
+#endif
+
+// Use PR_LOG for logging.
+#include "mozilla/Logging.h"
+extern PRLogModuleInfo *OUTLOOKLOGMODULE;  // Logging module
+
+#define IMPORT_LOG0(x)          MOZ_LOG(OUTLOOKLOGMODULE, mozilla::LogLevel::Debug, (x))
+#define IMPORT_LOG1(x, y)       MOZ_LOG(OUTLOOKLOGMODULE, mozilla::LogLevel::Debug, (x, y))
+#define IMPORT_LOG2(x, y, z)    MOZ_LOG(OUTLOOKLOGMODULE, mozilla::LogLevel::Debug, (x, y, z))
+#define IMPORT_LOG3(a, b, c, d) MOZ_LOG(OUTLOOKLOGMODULE, mozilla::LogLevel::Debug, (a, b, c, d))
+
+
+
+#endif /* OutlookDebugLog_h___ */
diff --git a/mailnews/import/outlook/src/moz.build b/mailnews/import/outlook/src/moz.build
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4ffbad572
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/outlook/src/moz.build
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+# vim: set filetype=python:
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+SOURCES += [
+    'MapiApi.cpp',
+    'MapiMessage.cpp',
+    'MapiMimeTypes.cpp',
+    'nsOutlookCompose.cpp',
+    'nsOutlookImport.cpp',
+    'nsOutlookMail.cpp',
+    'nsOutlookSettings.cpp',
+    'nsOutlookStringBundle.cpp',
+    'rtfDecoder.cpp',
+    'rtfMailDecoder.cpp',
+]
+
+FINAL_LIBRARY = 'import'
+
+LOCAL_INCLUDES += [
+    '../../src'
+]
+
diff --git a/mailnews/import/outlook/src/nsOutlookCompose.cpp b/mailnews/import/outlook/src/nsOutlookCompose.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..eb47a29fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/outlook/src/nsOutlookCompose.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,815 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nscore.h"
+#include "prthread.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "nsUnicharUtils.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsIFile.h"
+#include "nsIComponentManager.h"
+#include "nsIServiceManager.h"
+#include "nsIIOService.h"
+#include "nsIURI.h"
+#include "nsMsgI18N.h"
+#include "nsINetUtil.h"
+#include "nsIOutputStream.h"
+#include "nsIInputStream.h"
+#include "nsMsgAttachmentData.h"
+#include "nsMsgBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsMsgCompCID.h"
+#include "nsIArray.h"
+#include "nsIMsgCompose.h"
+#include "nsIMsgCompFields.h"
+#include "nsIMsgAccountManager.h"
+#include "nsIMsgSend.h"
+#include "nsIMutableArray.h"
+#include "nsImportEmbeddedImageData.h"
+#include "nsNetCID.h"
+#include "nsCRT.h"
+#include "nsOutlookCompose.h"
+
+#include "OutlookDebugLog.h"
+
+#include "nsMimeTypes.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+
+#include "nsAutoPtr.h"
+
+#include "nsMsgMessageFlags.h"
+#include "nsMsgLocalFolderHdrs.h"
+
+#include <algorithm>
+
+static NS_DEFINE_CID(kMsgSendCID, NS_MSGSEND_CID);
+static NS_DEFINE_CID(kMsgCompFieldsCID, NS_MSGCOMPFIELDS_CID);
+
+// We need to do some calculations to set these numbers to something reasonable!
+// Unless of course, CreateAndSendMessage will NEVER EVER leave us in the lurch
+#define kHungCount 100000
+#define kHungAbortCount 1000
+
+#ifdef IMPORT_DEBUG
+static const char *p_test_headers =
+"Received: from netppl.invalid (IDENT:monitor@get.freebsd.because.microsoftsucks.invalid [209.3.31.115])\n\
+ by mail4.sirius.invalid (8.9.1/8.9.1) with SMTP id PAA27232;\n\
+ Mon, 17 May 1999 15:27:43 -0700 (PDT)\n\
+Message-ID: <ikGD3jRTsKklU.Ggm2HmE2A1Jsqd0p@netppl.invalid>\n\
+From: \"adsales@qualityservice.invalid\" <adsales@qualityservice.invalid>\n\
+Subject: Re: Your College Diploma (36822)\n\
+Date: Mon, 17 May 1999 15:09:29 -0400 (EDT)\n\
+MIME-Version: 1.0\n\
+Content-Type: TEXT/PLAIN; charset=\"US-ASCII\"\n\
+Content-Transfer-Encoding: 7bit\n\
+X-UIDL: 19990517.152941\n\
+Status: RO";
+
+static const char *p_test_body =
+"Hello world?\n\
+";
+#else
+#define p_test_headers nullptr
+#define p_test_body nullptr
+#endif
+
+#define kWhitespace "\b\t\r\n "
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+// A replacement for SimpleBufferTonyRCopiedTwice round-robin buffer and ReadFileState classes
+class CCompositionFile {
+public:
+  // fifoBuffer is used for memory allocation optimization
+  // convertCRs controls if we want to convert standalone CRs to CRLFs
+  CCompositionFile(nsIFile* aFile, void* fifoBuffer, uint32_t fifoBufferSize, bool convertCRs=false);
+
+  operator bool() const { return m_fileSize && m_pInputStream; }
+
+  // Reads up to and including the term sequence, or entire file if term isn't found
+  // termSize may be used to include NULLs in the terminator sequences.
+  // termSize value of -1 means "zero-terminated string" -> size is calculated with strlen
+  nsresult ToString(nsCString& dest, const char* term=0, int termSize=-1);
+  nsresult ToStream(nsIOutputStream *dest, const char* term=0, int termSize=-1);
+  char LastChar() { return m_lastChar; }
+private:
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile>  m_pFile;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIInputStream> m_pInputStream;
+  int64_t m_fileSize;
+  int64_t m_fileReadPos;
+  char* m_fifoBuffer;
+  uint32_t m_fifoBufferSize;
+  char* m_fifoBufferReadPos; // next character to read
+  char* m_fifoBufferWrittenPos; // if we have read less than buffer size then this will show it
+  bool m_convertCRs;
+  char m_lastChar;
+
+  nsresult EnsureHasDataInBuffer();
+  template <class _OutFn> nsresult ToDest(_OutFn dest, const char* term, int termSize);
+};
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+// First off, a listener
+class OutlookSendListener : public nsIMsgSendListener
+{
+public:
+  OutlookSendListener() {
+    m_done = false;
+    m_location = nullptr;
+  }
+
+  // nsISupports interface
+  NS_DECL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS
+
+  /* void OnStartSending (in string aMsgID, in uint32_t aMsgSize); */
+  NS_IMETHOD OnStartSending(const char *aMsgID, uint32_t aMsgSize) {return NS_OK;}
+
+  /* void OnProgress (in string aMsgID, in uint32_t aProgress, in uint32_t aProgressMax); */
+  NS_IMETHOD OnProgress(const char *aMsgID, uint32_t aProgress, uint32_t aProgressMax) {return NS_OK;}
+
+  /* void OnStatus (in string aMsgID, in wstring aMsg); */
+  NS_IMETHOD OnStatus(const char *aMsgID, const char16_t *aMsg) {return NS_OK;}
+
+  /* void OnStopSending (in string aMsgID, in nsresult aStatus, in wstring aMsg, in nsIFile returnFile); */
+  NS_IMETHOD OnStopSending(const char *aMsgID, nsresult aStatus, const char16_t *aMsg,
+               nsIFile *returnFile) {
+    m_done = true;
+    NS_IF_ADDREF(m_location = returnFile);
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+   /* void OnSendNotPerformed */
+   NS_IMETHOD OnSendNotPerformed(const char *aMsgID, nsresult aStatus) {return NS_OK;}
+
+  /* void OnGetDraftFolderURI (); */
+  NS_IMETHOD OnGetDraftFolderURI(const char *aFolderURI) {return NS_OK;}
+
+  static nsresult CreateSendListener(nsIMsgSendListener **ppListener);
+  void Reset() { m_done = false; NS_IF_RELEASE(m_location);}
+
+public:
+  virtual ~OutlookSendListener() { NS_IF_RELEASE(m_location); }
+
+  bool m_done;
+  nsIFile * m_location;
+};
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(OutlookSendListener, nsIMsgSendListener)
+
+nsresult OutlookSendListener::CreateSendListener(nsIMsgSendListener **ppListener)
+{
+  NS_PRECONDITION(ppListener != nullptr, "null ptr");
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(ppListener);
+
+  *ppListener = new OutlookSendListener();
+  if (! *ppListener)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+  NS_ADDREF(*ppListener);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#define hackBeginA "begin"
+#define hackBeginW u"begin"
+#define hackEndA "\015\012end"
+#define hackEndW u"\015\012end"
+#define hackCRLFA "crlf"
+#define hackCRLFW u"crlf"
+#define hackAmpersandA "amp"
+#define hackAmpersandW u"amp"
+
+nsOutlookCompose::nsOutlookCompose()
+{
+  m_pListener = nullptr;
+  m_pMsgFields = nullptr;
+
+  m_optimizationBuffer = new char[FILE_IO_BUFFER_SIZE];
+}
+
+nsOutlookCompose::~nsOutlookCompose()
+{
+  NS_IF_RELEASE(m_pListener);
+  NS_IF_RELEASE(m_pMsgFields);
+  if (m_pIdentity) {
+    nsresult rv = m_pIdentity->ClearAllValues();
+    NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv),"failed to clear values");
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      return;
+  }
+  delete[] m_optimizationBuffer;
+}
+
+nsIMsgIdentity * nsOutlookCompose::m_pIdentity = nullptr;
+
+nsresult nsOutlookCompose::CreateIdentity(void)
+{
+  if (m_pIdentity)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccountManager> accMgr =
+    do_GetService(NS_MSGACCOUNTMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  rv = accMgr->CreateIdentity(&m_pIdentity);
+  nsString name;
+  name.AssignLiteral("Import Identity");
+  if (m_pIdentity) {
+    m_pIdentity->SetFullName(name);
+    m_pIdentity->SetEmail(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("import@service.invalid"));
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+void nsOutlookCompose::ReleaseIdentity()
+{
+  NS_IF_RELEASE(m_pIdentity);
+}
+
+nsresult nsOutlookCompose::CreateComponents(void)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  NS_IF_RELEASE(m_pMsgFields);
+  if (!m_pListener && NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    rv = OutlookSendListener::CreateSendListener(&m_pListener);
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+      rv = CallCreateInstance(kMsgCompFieldsCID, &m_pMsgFields);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && m_pMsgFields) {
+      // IMPORT_LOG0("nsOutlookCompose - CreateComponents succeeded\n");
+      m_pMsgFields->SetForcePlainText(false);
+      return NS_OK;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+nsresult nsOutlookCompose::ComposeTheMessage(nsMsgDeliverMode mode, CMapiMessage &msg, nsIFile **pMsg)
+{
+  nsresult rv = CreateComponents();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  rv = CreateIdentity();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // IMPORT_LOG0("Outlook Compose created necessary components\n");
+
+  CMapiMessageHeaders* headers = msg.GetHeaders();
+
+  nsString unival;
+  headers->UnfoldValue(CMapiMessageHeaders::hdrFrom, unival, msg.GetBodyCharset());
+  m_pMsgFields->SetFrom(unival);
+  headers->UnfoldValue(CMapiMessageHeaders::hdrTo, unival, msg.GetBodyCharset());
+  m_pMsgFields->SetTo(unival);
+  headers->UnfoldValue(CMapiMessageHeaders::hdrSubject, unival, msg.GetBodyCharset());
+  m_pMsgFields->SetSubject(unival);
+  m_pMsgFields->SetCharacterSet(msg.GetBodyCharset());
+  headers->UnfoldValue(CMapiMessageHeaders::hdrCc, unival, msg.GetBodyCharset());
+  m_pMsgFields->SetCc(unival);
+  headers->UnfoldValue(CMapiMessageHeaders::hdrReplyTo, unival, msg.GetBodyCharset());
+  m_pMsgFields->SetReplyTo(unival);
+  m_pMsgFields->SetMessageId(headers->Value(CMapiMessageHeaders::hdrMessageID));
+
+  // We only use those headers that may need to be processed by Thunderbird
+  // to create a good rfc822 document, or need to be encoded (like To and Cc).
+  // These will replace the originals on import. All the other headers
+  // will be copied to the destination unaltered in CopyComposedMessage().
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIArray> pAttach;
+  msg.GetAttachments(getter_AddRefs(pAttach));
+
+  nsString bodyW;
+  // Bug 593907
+  if (GenerateHackSequence(msg.GetBody(), msg.GetBodyLen()))
+    HackBody(msg.GetBody(), msg.GetBodyLen(), bodyW);
+  else
+    bodyW = msg.GetBody();
+  // End Bug 593907
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> embeddedObjects;
+
+  if (msg.BodyIsHtml()) {
+    for (unsigned int i = 0; i <msg.EmbeddedAttachmentsCount(); i++) {
+      nsIURI *uri;
+      const char* cid;
+      const char* name;
+      if (msg.GetEmbeddedAttachmentInfo(i, &uri, &cid, &name)) {
+        if (!embeddedObjects) {
+          embeddedObjects = do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+        }
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgEmbeddedImageData> imageData =
+          new nsImportEmbeddedImageData(uri, nsDependentCString(cid),
+                                     nsDependentCString(name));
+        embeddedObjects->AppendElement(imageData, false);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  nsCString bodyA;
+  nsMsgI18NConvertFromUnicode(msg.GetBodyCharset(), bodyW, bodyA);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImportService> impService(do_GetService(NS_IMPORTSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = impService->CreateRFC822Message(
+                        m_pIdentity,                  // dummy identity
+                        m_pMsgFields,                 // message fields
+                        msg.BodyIsHtml() ? "text/html" : "text/plain",
+                        bodyA,                        // body pointer
+                        mode == nsIMsgSend::nsMsgSaveAsDraft,
+                        pAttach,                      // local attachments
+                        embeddedObjects,
+                        m_pListener);                 // listener
+
+  OutlookSendListener *pListen = (OutlookSendListener *)m_pListener;
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+    IMPORT_LOG1("*** Error, CreateAndSendMessage FAILED: 0x%lx\n", rv);
+  }
+  else {
+    // wait for the listener to get done!
+    int32_t abortCnt = 0;
+    int32_t cnt = 0;
+    int32_t sleepCnt = 1;
+    while (!pListen->m_done && (abortCnt < kHungAbortCount)) {
+      PR_Sleep(sleepCnt);
+      cnt++;
+      if (cnt > kHungCount) {
+        abortCnt++;
+        sleepCnt *= 2;
+        cnt = 0;
+      }
+    }
+
+    if (abortCnt >= kHungAbortCount) {
+      IMPORT_LOG0("**** Create and send message hung\n");
+      rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (pListen->m_location) {
+    pListen->m_location->Clone(pMsg);
+    rv = NS_OK;
+  }
+  else {
+    rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    IMPORT_LOG0("*** Error, Outlook compose unsuccessful\n");
+  }
+
+  pListen->Reset();
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsOutlookCompose::CopyComposedMessage(nsIFile *pSrc,
+                                               nsIOutputStream *pDst,
+                                               CMapiMessage& origMsg)
+{
+  // I'm unsure if we really need the convertCRs feature here.
+  // The headers in the file are generated by TB, the body was generated by rtf reader that always used CRLF,
+  // and the attachments were processed by TB either... However, I let it stay as it was in the original code.
+  CCompositionFile f(pSrc, m_optimizationBuffer, FILE_IO_BUFFER_SIZE, true);
+  if (!f) {
+    IMPORT_LOG0("*** Error, unexpected zero file size for composed message\n");
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+
+  // The "From ..." separates the messages. Without it, TB cannot see the messages in the mailbox file.
+  // Thus, the lines that look like "From ..." in the message must be escaped (see EscapeFromSpaceLine())
+  int fromLineLen;
+  const char* fromLine = origMsg.GetFromLine(fromLineLen);
+  uint32_t written;
+  nsresult rv = pDst->Write(fromLine, fromLineLen, &written);
+
+  // Bug 219269
+  // Write out the x-mozilla-status headers.
+  char statusLine[50];
+  uint32_t msgFlags = 0;
+  if (origMsg.IsRead())
+    msgFlags |= nsMsgMessageFlags::Read;
+  if (!origMsg.FullMessageDownloaded())
+    msgFlags |= nsMsgMessageFlags::Partial;
+  if (origMsg.IsForvarded())
+    msgFlags |= nsMsgMessageFlags::Forwarded;
+  if (origMsg.IsReplied())
+    msgFlags |= nsMsgMessageFlags::Replied;
+  if (origMsg.HasAttach())
+    msgFlags |= nsMsgMessageFlags::Attachment;
+  _snprintf(statusLine, sizeof(statusLine), X_MOZILLA_STATUS_FORMAT MSG_LINEBREAK, msgFlags & 0xFFFF);
+  rv = pDst->Write(statusLine, strlen(statusLine), &written);
+  _snprintf(statusLine, sizeof(statusLine), X_MOZILLA_STATUS2_FORMAT MSG_LINEBREAK, msgFlags & 0xFFFF0000);
+  rv = pDst->Write(statusLine, strlen(statusLine), &written);
+  // End Bug 219269
+
+  // well, isn't this a hoot!
+  // Read the headers from the new message, get the ones we like
+  // and write out only the headers we want from the new message,
+  // along with all of the other headers from the "old" message!
+
+  nsCString newHeadersStr;
+  rv = f.ToString(newHeadersStr, MSG_LINEBREAK MSG_LINEBREAK); // Read all the headers
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  UpdateHeaders(*origMsg.GetHeaders(), newHeadersStr.get());
+  rv = origMsg.GetHeaders()->ToStream(pDst);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // Bug 593907
+  if (!m_hackedPostfix.IsEmpty()) {
+    nsCString hackedPartEnd;
+    LossyCopyUTF16toASCII(m_hackedPostfix, hackedPartEnd);
+    hackedPartEnd.Insert(hackEndA, 0);
+    nsCString body;
+    rv = f.ToString(body, hackedPartEnd.get(), hackedPartEnd.Length());
+    UnhackBody(body);
+    EscapeFromSpaceLine(pDst, const_cast<char*>(body.get()), body.get()+body.Length());
+  }
+  // End Bug 593907
+
+  // I use the terminating sequence here to avoid a possible situation when a "From " line
+  // gets split over two sequential reads and thus will not be escaped.
+  // This is done by reading up to CRLF (one line every time), though it may be slower
+
+  // Here I revert the changes that were made when the multipart/related message
+  // was composed in nsMsgSend::ProcessMultipartRelated() - the Content-Ids of
+  // attachments were replaced with new ones.
+  nsCString line;
+  while (NS_SUCCEEDED(f.ToString(line, MSG_LINEBREAK))) {
+    EscapeFromSpaceLine(pDst, const_cast<char*>(line.get()), line.get()+line.Length());
+  }
+
+  if (f.LastChar() != nsCRT::LF) {
+    rv = pDst->Write(MSG_LINEBREAK, 2, &written);
+    if (written != 2)
+      rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsOutlookCompose::ProcessMessage(nsMsgDeliverMode mode,
+                                          CMapiMessage &msg,
+                                          nsIOutputStream *pDst)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> compositionFile;
+  nsresult rv = ComposeTheMessage(mode, msg, getter_AddRefs(compositionFile));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  rv = CopyComposedMessage(compositionFile, pDst, msg);
+  compositionFile->Remove(false);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+    IMPORT_LOG0("*** Error copying composed message to destination mailbox\n");
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+void nsOutlookCompose::UpdateHeader(CMapiMessageHeaders& oldHeaders,
+                                    const CMapiMessageHeaders& newHeaders,
+                                    CMapiMessageHeaders::SpecialHeader header,
+                                    bool addIfAbsent)
+{
+  const char* oldVal = oldHeaders.Value(header);
+  if (!addIfAbsent && !oldVal)
+    return;
+  const char* newVal = newHeaders.Value(header);
+  if (!newVal)
+    return;
+  // Bug 145150 - Turn "Content-Type: application/ms-tnef" into "Content-Type: text/plain"
+  //              so the body text can be displayed normally (instead of in an attachment).
+  if (header == CMapiMessageHeaders::hdrContentType)
+    if (stricmp(newVal, "application/ms-tnef") == 0)
+      newVal = "text/plain";
+  // End Bug 145150
+  if (oldVal) {
+    if (strcmp(oldVal, newVal) == 0)
+      return;
+    // Backup the old header value
+    nsCString backupHdrName("X-MozillaBackup-");
+    backupHdrName += CMapiMessageHeaders::SpecialName(header);
+    oldHeaders.SetValue(backupHdrName.get(), oldVal, false);
+  }
+  // Now replace it with new value
+  oldHeaders.SetValue(header, newVal);
+}
+
+void nsOutlookCompose::UpdateHeaders(CMapiMessageHeaders& oldHeaders, const CMapiMessageHeaders& newHeaders)
+{
+  // Well, ain't this a peach?
+  // This is rather disgusting but there really isn't much to be done about it....
+
+  // 1. For each "old" header, replace it with the new one if we want,
+  // then right it out.
+  // 2. Then if we haven't written the "important" new headers, write them out
+  // 3. Terminate the headers with an extra eol.
+
+  // Important headers:
+  //  "Content-type",
+  //  "MIME-Version",
+  //  "Content-transfer-encoding"
+  // consider "X-Accept-Language"?
+
+  UpdateHeader(oldHeaders, newHeaders, CMapiMessageHeaders::hdrContentType);
+  UpdateHeader(oldHeaders, newHeaders, CMapiMessageHeaders::hdrMimeVersion);
+  UpdateHeader(oldHeaders, newHeaders, CMapiMessageHeaders::hdrContentTransferEncoding);
+
+  // Other replaced headers (only if they exist):
+  //  "From",
+  //  "To",
+  //  "Subject",
+  //  "Reply-to",
+  //  "Cc"
+
+  UpdateHeader(oldHeaders, newHeaders, CMapiMessageHeaders::hdrFrom, false);
+  UpdateHeader(oldHeaders, newHeaders, CMapiMessageHeaders::hdrTo, false);
+  UpdateHeader(oldHeaders, newHeaders, CMapiMessageHeaders::hdrSubject, false);
+  UpdateHeader(oldHeaders, newHeaders, CMapiMessageHeaders::hdrReplyTo, false);
+  UpdateHeader(oldHeaders, newHeaders, CMapiMessageHeaders::hdrCc, false);
+}
+
+// Bug 593907
+// This is just a workaround of the deficiency of the nsMsgComposeAndSend::EnsureLineBreaks().
+// The import from Outlook will stay OK (I hope), but other messages may still suffer.
+// However, I cannot deny the possibility that the (possible) recode of the body
+// may interfere with this hack. A possible scenario is if a multi-byte character will either
+// contain 0x0D 0x0A sequence, or end with 0x0D, after which MAC-style standalone LF will go.
+// I hope that this possibility is insignificant (eg, utf-8 doesn't contain such sequences).
+// This hack will slow down the import, but as the import is one-time procedure, I hope that
+// the user will agree to wait a little longer to get better results.
+
+// The process of composing the message differs depending on whether the editor is present or not.
+// If the editor is absent, the "attachment1_body" parameter of CreateAndSendMessage() is taken as is,
+// while in the presence o the editor, the body that is taken from it is further processed in the
+// nsMsgComposeAndSend::GetBodyFromEditor(). Specifically, the TXTToHTML::ScanHTML() first calls
+// UnescapeStr() to properly handle a limited number of HTML character entities (namely &amp; &lt; &gt; &quot;)
+// and then calls ScanTXT() where escapes all ampersands and quotes again. As the UnescapeStr() works so
+// selectively (i.e. handling only a subset of valid entities), the so often seen "&nbsp;" becomes "&amp;nbsp;"
+// in the resulting body, which leads to text "&nbsp;" interspersed all over the imported mail. The same
+// applies to html &#XXXX; (where XXXX is unicode codepoint).
+// See also Bug 503690, where the same issue in Eudora import is reported.
+// By the way, the root of the Bug 359303 lies in the same place - the nsMsgComposeAndSend::GetBodyFromEditor()
+// changes the 0xA0 codes to 0x20 when it converts the body to plain text.
+// We scan the body here to find all the & and convert them to the safe character sequense to revert later.
+
+void nsOutlookCompose::HackBody(const wchar_t* orig, size_t origLen, nsString& hack)
+{
+#ifdef MOZILLA_INTERNAL_API
+  hack.SetCapacity(static_cast<size_t>(origLen*1.4));
+#endif
+  hack.Assign(hackBeginW);
+  hack.Append(m_hackedPostfix);
+
+  while (*orig) {
+    if (*orig == L'&') {
+      hack.Append(hackAmpersandW);
+      hack.Append(m_hackedPostfix);
+    } else if ((*orig == L'\x0D') && (*(orig+1) == L'\x0A')) {
+      hack.Append(hackCRLFW);
+      hack.Append(m_hackedPostfix);
+      ++orig;
+    } else
+      hack.Append(*orig);
+    ++orig;
+  }
+
+  hack.Append(hackEndW);
+  hack.Append(m_hackedPostfix);
+}
+
+void nsOutlookCompose::UnhackBody(nsCString& txt)
+{
+  nsCString hackedPostfixA;
+  LossyCopyUTF16toASCII(m_hackedPostfix, hackedPostfixA);
+
+  nsCString hackedString(hackBeginA);
+  hackedString.Append(hackedPostfixA);
+  int32_t begin = txt.Find(hackedString);
+  if (begin == kNotFound)
+    return;
+  txt.Cut(begin, hackedString.Length());
+
+  hackedString.Assign(hackEndA);
+  hackedString.Append(hackedPostfixA);
+  int32_t end = MsgFind(txt, hackedString, false, begin);
+  if (end == kNotFound)
+    return; // ?
+  txt.Cut(end, hackedString.Length());
+
+  nsCString range;
+  range.Assign(Substring(txt, begin, end - begin));
+  // 1. Remove all CRLFs from the selected range
+  MsgReplaceSubstring(range, MSG_LINEBREAK, "");
+  // 2. Restore the original CRLFs
+  hackedString.Assign(hackCRLFA);
+  hackedString.Append(hackedPostfixA);
+  MsgReplaceSubstring(range, hackedString.get(), MSG_LINEBREAK);
+
+  // 3. Restore the original ampersands
+  hackedString.Assign(hackAmpersandA);
+  hackedString.Append(hackedPostfixA);
+  MsgReplaceSubstring(range, hackedString.get(), "&");
+
+  txt.Replace(begin, end - begin, range);
+}
+
+bool nsOutlookCompose::GenerateHackSequence(const wchar_t* body, size_t origLen)
+{
+  nsDependentString nsBody(body, origLen);
+  const wchar_t* hack_base = L"hacked";
+  int i = 0;
+  do {
+    if (++i == 0) { // Cycle complete :) - could not generate an unique string
+      m_hackedPostfix.Truncate();
+      return false;
+    }
+    m_hackedPostfix.Assign(hack_base);
+    m_hackedPostfix.AppendInt(i);
+  } while (nsBody.Find(m_hackedPostfix) != kNotFound);
+
+  return true;
+}
+// End Bug 593907
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+CCompositionFile::CCompositionFile(nsIFile* aFile, void* fifoBuffer,
+                                   uint32_t fifoBufferSize, bool convertCRs)
+  : m_pFile(aFile), m_fileSize(0), m_fileReadPos(0),
+    m_fifoBuffer(static_cast<char*>(fifoBuffer)),
+    m_fifoBufferSize(fifoBufferSize),
+    m_fifoBufferReadPos(static_cast<char*>(fifoBuffer)),
+    m_fifoBufferWrittenPos(static_cast<char*>(fifoBuffer)),
+    m_convertCRs(convertCRs),
+    m_lastChar(0)
+{
+  m_pFile->GetFileSize(&m_fileSize);
+  if (!m_fileSize) {
+    IMPORT_LOG0("*** Error, unexpected zero file size for composed message\n");
+    return;
+  }
+
+  nsresult rv = NS_NewLocalFileInputStream(getter_AddRefs(m_pInputStream), m_pFile);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+    IMPORT_LOG0("*** Error, unable to open composed message file\n");
+    return;
+  }
+}
+
+nsresult CCompositionFile::EnsureHasDataInBuffer()
+{
+  if (m_fifoBufferReadPos < m_fifoBufferWrittenPos)
+    return NS_OK;
+  // Populate the buffer with new data!
+  uint32_t count = m_fifoBufferSize;
+  if ((m_fileReadPos + count) > m_fileSize)
+    count = m_fileSize - m_fileReadPos;
+  if (!count)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE; // Isn't there a "No more data" error?
+
+  uint32_t bytesRead = 0;
+  nsresult rv = m_pInputStream->Read(m_fifoBuffer, count, &bytesRead);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  if (!bytesRead || (bytesRead > count))
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  m_fifoBufferWrittenPos = m_fifoBuffer+bytesRead;
+  m_fifoBufferReadPos = m_fifoBuffer;
+  m_fileReadPos += bytesRead;
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+class CTermGuard {
+public:
+  CTermGuard(const char* term, int termSize)
+    : m_term(term),
+    m_termSize(term ? ((termSize!=-1) ? termSize : strlen(term)) : 0),
+    m_matchPos(0)
+  {}
+
+   // if the guard triggered
+  inline bool IsTriggered() const {
+    return m_termSize && (m_matchPos == m_termSize); }
+  // indicates if the guard has something to check
+  inline bool IsChecking() const { return m_termSize; }
+
+  bool Check(char c) // returns true only if the whole sequence passed
+  {
+    if (!m_termSize) // no guard
+      return false;
+    if (m_matchPos >= m_termSize) // check past success!
+      m_matchPos = 0;
+    if (m_term[m_matchPos] != c) // Reset sequence
+      m_matchPos = 0;
+    if (m_term[m_matchPos] == c) { // Sequence continues
+      return ++m_matchPos == m_termSize; // If equal then sequence complete!
+    }
+    // Sequence broken
+    return false;
+  }
+private:
+  const char* m_term;
+  int m_termSize;
+  int m_matchPos;
+};
+
+template <class _OutFn>
+nsresult CCompositionFile::ToDest(_OutFn dest, const char* term, int termSize)
+{
+  CTermGuard guard(term, termSize);
+
+#ifdef MOZILLA_INTERNAL_API
+  // We already know the required string size, so reduce future reallocations
+  if (!guard.IsChecking() && !m_convertCRs)
+    dest.SetCapacity(m_fileSize - m_fileReadPos);
+#endif
+
+  bool wasCR = false;
+  char c = 0;
+  nsresult rv;
+  while (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv = EnsureHasDataInBuffer())) {
+    if (!guard.IsChecking() && !m_convertCRs) { // Use efficient algorithm
+      dest.Append(m_fifoBufferReadPos, m_fifoBufferWrittenPos-m_fifoBufferReadPos);
+    }
+    else { // Check character by character to convert CRs and find terminating sequence
+      while (m_fifoBufferReadPos < m_fifoBufferWrittenPos) {
+        c = *m_fifoBufferReadPos;
+        if (m_convertCRs && wasCR) {
+          wasCR = false;
+          if (c != nsCRT::LF) {
+            const char kTmpLF = nsCRT::LF;
+            dest.Append(&kTmpLF, 1);
+            if (guard.Check(nsCRT::LF)) {
+              c = nsCRT::LF; // save last char
+              break;
+            }
+          }
+        }
+        dest.Append(&c, 1);
+        m_fifoBufferReadPos++;
+
+        if (guard.Check(c))
+          break;
+
+        if (m_convertCRs && (c == nsCRT::CR))
+          wasCR = true;
+      }
+      if (guard.IsTriggered())
+        break;
+    }
+  }
+
+  // check for trailing CR (only if caller didn't specify the terminating sequence that ends with CR -
+  // in this case he knows what he does!)
+  if (m_convertCRs && !guard.IsTriggered() && (c == nsCRT::CR)) {
+    c = nsCRT::LF;
+    dest.Append(&c, 1);
+  }
+
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  m_lastChar = c;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+class dest_nsCString {
+public:
+  dest_nsCString(nsCString& str) : m_str(str) { m_str.Truncate(); }
+#ifdef MOZILLA_INTERNAL_API
+  void SetCapacity(int32_t sz) { m_str.SetCapacity(sz); }
+#endif
+  nsresult Append(const char* buf, uint32_t count) {
+    m_str.Append(buf, count); return NS_OK; }
+private:
+  nsCString& m_str;
+};
+
+class dest_Stream {
+public:
+  dest_Stream(nsIOutputStream *dest) : m_stream(dest) {}
+#ifdef MOZILLA_INTERNAL_API
+  void SetCapacity(int32_t) { /*do nothing*/ }
+#endif
+  // const_cast here is due to the poor design of the EscapeFromSpaceLine()
+  // that requires a non-constant pointer while doesn't modify its data
+  nsresult Append(const char* buf, uint32_t count) {
+    return EscapeFromSpaceLine(m_stream, const_cast<char*>(buf), buf+count); }
+private:
+  nsIOutputStream *m_stream;
+};
+
+nsresult CCompositionFile::ToString(nsCString& dest, const char* term,
+                                    int termSize)
+{
+  return ToDest(dest_nsCString(dest), term, termSize);
+}
+
+nsresult CCompositionFile::ToStream(nsIOutputStream *dest, const char* term,
+                                    int termSize)
+{
+  return ToDest(dest_Stream(dest), term, termSize);
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/import/outlook/src/nsOutlookCompose.h b/mailnews/import/outlook/src/nsOutlookCompose.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..68f07f754
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/outlook/src/nsOutlookCompose.h
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsOutlookCompose_h__
+#define nsOutlookCompose_h__
+
+#include "nscore.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsIFile.h"
+#include "nsIImportService.h"
+
+class nsIMsgSend;
+class nsIMsgCompFields;
+class nsIMsgIdentity;
+class nsIMsgSendListener;
+class nsIIOService;
+
+#include "nsIMsgSend.h"
+#include "nsNetUtil.h"
+
+#include "MapiMessage.h"
+
+#include <list>
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+class nsOutlookCompose {
+public:
+  nsOutlookCompose();
+  ~nsOutlookCompose();
+
+  nsresult ProcessMessage(nsMsgDeliverMode mode, CMapiMessage &msg, nsIOutputStream *pDst);
+  static nsresult CreateIdentity(void);
+  static void ReleaseIdentity(void);
+private:
+  nsresult  CreateComponents(void);
+
+  void      UpdateHeader(CMapiMessageHeaders& oldHeaders, const CMapiMessageHeaders& newHeaders, CMapiMessageHeaders::SpecialHeader header, bool addIfAbsent = true);
+  void      UpdateHeaders(CMapiMessageHeaders& oldHeaders, const CMapiMessageHeaders& newHeaders);
+
+  nsresult  ComposeTheMessage(nsMsgDeliverMode mode, CMapiMessage &msg, nsIFile **pMsg);
+  nsresult  CopyComposedMessage(nsIFile *pSrc, nsIOutputStream *pDst, CMapiMessage& origMsg);
+
+  // Bug 593907
+  void HackBody(const wchar_t* orig, size_t origLen, nsString& hack);
+  void UnhackBody(nsCString& body);
+  bool GenerateHackSequence(const wchar_t* body, size_t origLen);
+  // End Bug 593907
+
+private:
+  nsIMsgSendListener *  m_pListener;
+  nsIMsgCompFields *    m_pMsgFields;
+  static nsIMsgIdentity *    m_pIdentity;
+  char* m_optimizationBuffer;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImportService>  m_pImportService;
+
+  // Bug 593907
+  nsString m_hackedPostfix;
+  // End Bug 593907
+};
+
+
+#endif /* nsOutlookCompose_h__ */
diff --git a/mailnews/import/outlook/src/nsOutlookImport.cpp b/mailnews/import/outlook/src/nsOutlookImport.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..eaaf24fc3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/outlook/src/nsOutlookImport.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,589 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/*
+  Outlook Express (Win32) import mail and addressbook interfaces
+*/
+#include "nscore.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "nsIServiceManager.h"
+#include "nsIImportService.h"
+#include "nsIComponentManager.h"
+#include "nsOutlookImport.h"
+#include "nsIMemory.h"
+#include "nsIImportService.h"
+#include "nsIImportMail.h"
+#include "nsIImportMailboxDescriptor.h"
+#include "nsIImportGeneric.h"
+#include "nsIImportAddressBooks.h"
+#include "nsIImportABDescriptor.h"
+#include "nsIImportFieldMap.h"
+#include "nsXPCOM.h"
+#include "nsISupportsPrimitives.h"
+#include "nsIOutputStream.h"
+#include "nsIAddrDatabase.h"
+#include "nsOutlookSettings.h"
+#include "nsTextFormatter.h"
+#include "nsOutlookStringBundle.h"
+#include "nsIStringBundle.h"
+#include "OutlookDebugLog.h"
+#include "nsUnicharUtils.h"
+
+#include "nsOutlookMail.h"
+
+#include "MapiApi.h"
+
+static NS_DEFINE_IID(kISupportsIID,      NS_ISUPPORTS_IID);
+PRLogModuleInfo *OUTLOOKLOGMODULE = nullptr;
+
+class ImportOutlookMailImpl : public nsIImportMail
+{
+public:
+  ImportOutlookMailImpl();
+
+  static nsresult Create(nsIImportMail** aImport);
+
+  // nsISupports interface
+  NS_DECL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS
+
+  // nsIImportmail interface
+
+  /* void GetDefaultLocation (out nsIFile location, out boolean found, out boolean userVerify); */
+  NS_IMETHOD GetDefaultLocation(nsIFile **location, bool *found, bool *userVerify);
+
+  /* nsIArray FindMailboxes (in nsIFile location); */
+  NS_IMETHOD FindMailboxes(nsIFile *location, nsIArray **_retval);
+
+  NS_IMETHOD ImportMailbox(nsIImportMailboxDescriptor *source,
+                           nsIMsgFolder *dstFolder,
+                           char16_t **pErrorLog, char16_t **pSuccessLog,
+                           bool *fatalError);
+
+  /* unsigned long GetImportProgress (); */
+  NS_IMETHOD GetImportProgress(uint32_t *_retval);
+
+  NS_IMETHOD TranslateFolderName(const nsAString & aFolderName, nsAString & _retval);
+
+public:
+  static void  ReportSuccess(nsString& name, int32_t count, nsString *pStream);
+  static void ReportError(int32_t errorNum, nsString& name, nsString *pStream);
+  static void  AddLinebreak(nsString *pStream);
+  static void  SetLogs(nsString& success, nsString& error, char16_t **pError, char16_t **pSuccess);
+
+private:
+  virtual ~ImportOutlookMailImpl();
+  nsOutlookMail  m_mail;
+  uint32_t    m_bytesDone;
+};
+
+
+class ImportOutlookAddressImpl : public nsIImportAddressBooks
+{
+public:
+  ImportOutlookAddressImpl();
+
+  static nsresult Create(nsIImportAddressBooks** aImport);
+
+  // nsISupports interface
+  NS_DECL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS
+
+  // nsIImportAddressBooks interface
+
+  NS_IMETHOD GetSupportsMultiple(bool *_retval) { *_retval = true; return NS_OK;}
+
+  NS_IMETHOD GetAutoFind(char16_t **description, bool *_retval);
+
+  NS_IMETHOD GetNeedsFieldMap(nsIFile *location, bool *_retval) { *_retval = false; return NS_OK;}
+
+  NS_IMETHOD GetDefaultLocation(nsIFile **location, bool *found, bool *userVerify)
+    { return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;}
+
+  NS_IMETHOD FindAddressBooks(nsIFile *location, nsIArray **_retval);
+
+  NS_IMETHOD InitFieldMap(nsIImportFieldMap *fieldMap)
+    { return NS_ERROR_FAILURE; }
+
+  NS_IMETHOD ImportAddressBook(nsIImportABDescriptor *source,
+                               nsIAddrDatabase *destination,
+                               nsIImportFieldMap *fieldMap,
+                               nsISupports *aSupportService,
+                               char16_t **errorLog,
+                               char16_t **successLog,
+                               bool *fatalError);
+
+  NS_IMETHOD GetImportProgress(uint32_t *_retval);
+
+  NS_IMETHOD GetSampleData(int32_t index, bool *pFound, char16_t **pStr)
+    { return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;}
+
+  NS_IMETHOD SetSampleLocation(nsIFile *) { return NS_OK; }
+
+private:
+  virtual ~ImportOutlookAddressImpl();
+  void  ReportSuccess(nsString& name, nsString *pStream);
+
+private:
+  uint32_t    m_msgCount;
+  uint32_t    m_msgTotal;
+  nsOutlookMail  m_address;
+};
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+
+nsOutlookImport::nsOutlookImport()
+{
+  // Init logging module.
+  if (!OUTLOOKLOGMODULE)
+    OUTLOOKLOGMODULE = PR_NewLogModule("IMPORT");
+
+  IMPORT_LOG0("nsOutlookImport Module Created\n");
+
+  nsOutlookStringBundle::GetStringBundle();
+}
+
+
+nsOutlookImport::~nsOutlookImport()
+{
+  IMPORT_LOG0("nsOutlookImport Module Deleted\n");
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsOutlookImport, nsIImportModule)
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsOutlookImport::GetName(char16_t **name)
+{
+  NS_PRECONDITION(name != nullptr, "null ptr");
+  if (! name)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  *name = nsOutlookStringBundle::GetStringByID(OUTLOOKIMPORT_NAME);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsOutlookImport::GetDescription(char16_t **name)
+{
+  NS_PRECONDITION(name != nullptr, "null ptr");
+  if (!name)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  *name = nsOutlookStringBundle::GetStringByID(OUTLOOKIMPORT_DESCRIPTION);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsOutlookImport::GetSupports(char **supports)
+{
+  NS_PRECONDITION(supports != nullptr, "null ptr");
+  if (! supports)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  *supports = strdup(kOutlookSupportsString);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsOutlookImport::GetSupportsUpgrade(bool *pUpgrade)
+{
+  NS_PRECONDITION(pUpgrade != nullptr, "null ptr");
+  if (! pUpgrade)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  *pUpgrade = true;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsOutlookImport::GetImportInterface(const char *pImportType, nsISupports **ppInterface)
+{
+  NS_PRECONDITION(pImportType != nullptr, "null ptr");
+  if (! pImportType)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+  NS_PRECONDITION(ppInterface != nullptr, "null ptr");
+  if (! ppInterface)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  *ppInterface = nullptr;
+  nsresult  rv;
+  if (!strcmp(pImportType, "mail")) {
+    // create the nsIImportMail interface and return it!
+    nsIImportMail *  pMail = nullptr;
+    nsIImportGeneric *pGeneric = nullptr;
+    rv = ImportOutlookMailImpl::Create(&pMail);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIImportService> impSvc(do_GetService(NS_IMPORTSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+        rv = impSvc->CreateNewGenericMail(&pGeneric);
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+          pGeneric->SetData("mailInterface", pMail);
+          nsString name;
+          nsOutlookStringBundle::GetStringByID(OUTLOOKIMPORT_NAME, name);
+          nsCOMPtr<nsISupportsString> nameString (do_CreateInstance(NS_SUPPORTS_STRING_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+          if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+            nameString->SetData(name);
+            pGeneric->SetData("name", nameString);
+            rv = pGeneric->QueryInterface(kISupportsIID, (void **)ppInterface);
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    NS_IF_RELEASE(pMail);
+    NS_IF_RELEASE(pGeneric);
+    return rv;
+  }
+
+  if (!strcmp(pImportType, "addressbook")) {
+    // create the nsIImportAddressBook interface and return it!
+    nsIImportAddressBooks *  pAddress = nullptr;
+    nsIImportGeneric *    pGeneric = nullptr;
+    rv = ImportOutlookAddressImpl::Create(&pAddress);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIImportService> impSvc(do_GetService(NS_IMPORTSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+        rv = impSvc->CreateNewGenericAddressBooks(&pGeneric);
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+          pGeneric->SetData("addressInterface", pAddress);
+          rv = pGeneric->QueryInterface(kISupportsIID, (void **)ppInterface);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    NS_IF_RELEASE(pAddress);
+    NS_IF_RELEASE(pGeneric);
+    return rv;
+  }
+
+  if (!strcmp(pImportType, "settings")) {
+    nsIImportSettings *pSettings = nullptr;
+    rv = nsOutlookSettings::Create(&pSettings);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      pSettings->QueryInterface(kISupportsIID, (void **)ppInterface);
+    NS_IF_RELEASE(pSettings);
+    return rv;
+  }
+
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_AVAILABLE;
+}
+
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+nsresult ImportOutlookMailImpl::Create(nsIImportMail** aImport)
+{
+  NS_PRECONDITION(aImport != nullptr, "null ptr");
+  if (! aImport)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  *aImport = new ImportOutlookMailImpl();
+  if (! *aImport)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+  NS_ADDREF(*aImport);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+ImportOutlookMailImpl::ImportOutlookMailImpl()
+{
+  nsOutlookCompose::CreateIdentity();
+}
+
+ImportOutlookMailImpl::~ImportOutlookMailImpl()
+{
+  nsOutlookCompose::ReleaseIdentity();
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(ImportOutlookMailImpl, nsIImportMail)
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP ImportOutlookMailImpl::GetDefaultLocation(nsIFile **ppLoc, bool *found, bool *userVerify)
+{
+  NS_PRECONDITION(ppLoc != nullptr, "null ptr");
+  NS_PRECONDITION(found != nullptr, "null ptr");
+  NS_PRECONDITION(userVerify != nullptr, "null ptr");
+  if (!ppLoc || !found || !userVerify)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  *found = false;
+  *ppLoc = nullptr;
+  *userVerify = false;
+  // We need to verify here that we can get the mail, if true then
+  // return a dummy location, otherwise return no location
+  CMapiApi  mapi;
+  if (!mapi.Initialize())
+    return NS_OK;
+  if (!mapi.LogOn())
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  CMapiFolderList  store;
+  if (!mapi.IterateStores(store))
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  if (store.GetSize() == 0)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+
+  nsresult  rv;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIFile> resultFile = do_CreateInstance(NS_LOCAL_FILE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  *found = true;
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*ppLoc = resultFile);
+  *userVerify = false;
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP ImportOutlookMailImpl::FindMailboxes(nsIFile *pLoc, nsIArray **ppArray)
+{
+  NS_PRECONDITION(pLoc != nullptr, "null ptr");
+  NS_PRECONDITION(ppArray != nullptr, "null ptr");
+  if (!pLoc || !ppArray)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+  return m_mail.GetMailFolders(ppArray);
+}
+
+void ImportOutlookMailImpl::AddLinebreak(nsString *pStream)
+{
+  if (pStream)
+    pStream->Append(char16_t('\n'));
+}
+
+void ImportOutlookMailImpl::ReportSuccess(nsString& name, int32_t count, nsString *pStream)
+{
+  if (!pStream)
+    return;
+  // load the success string
+  char16_t *pFmt = nsOutlookStringBundle::GetStringByID(OUTLOOKIMPORT_MAILBOX_SUCCESS);
+  char16_t *pText = nsTextFormatter::smprintf(pFmt, name.get(), count);
+  pStream->Append(pText);
+  nsTextFormatter::smprintf_free(pText);
+  nsOutlookStringBundle::FreeString(pFmt);
+  AddLinebreak(pStream);
+}
+
+void ImportOutlookMailImpl::ReportError(int32_t errorNum, nsString& name, nsString *pStream)
+{
+  if (!pStream)
+    return;
+  // load the error string
+  char16_t *pFmt = nsOutlookStringBundle::GetStringByID(errorNum);
+  char16_t *pText = nsTextFormatter::smprintf(pFmt, name.get());
+  pStream->Append(pText);
+  nsTextFormatter::smprintf_free(pText);
+  nsOutlookStringBundle::FreeString(pFmt);
+  AddLinebreak(pStream);
+}
+
+
+void ImportOutlookMailImpl::SetLogs(nsString& success, nsString& error, char16_t **pError, char16_t **pSuccess)
+{
+  if (pError)
+    *pError = ToNewUnicode(error);
+  if (pSuccess)
+    *pSuccess = ToNewUnicode(success);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+ImportOutlookMailImpl::ImportMailbox(nsIImportMailboxDescriptor *pSource,
+                                     nsIMsgFolder *dstFolder,
+                                     char16_t **pErrorLog,
+                                     char16_t **pSuccessLog,
+                                     bool *fatalError)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(pSource);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(dstFolder);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(fatalError);
+
+  nsString  success;
+  nsString  error;
+  bool abort = false;
+  nsString name;
+  char16_t *pName;
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED( pSource->GetDisplayName( &pName))) {
+    name = pName;
+    NS_Free( pName);
+ }
+
+  uint32_t mailSize = 0;
+  pSource->GetSize(&mailSize);
+  if (mailSize == 0) {
+    ReportSuccess(name, 0, &success);
+    SetLogs(success, error, pErrorLog, pSuccessLog);
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  uint32_t index = 0;
+  pSource->GetIdentifier(&index);
+  int32_t  msgCount = 0;
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  m_bytesDone = 0;
+
+  rv = m_mail.ImportMailbox(&m_bytesDone, &abort, (int32_t)index, name.get(),
+                            dstFolder, &msgCount);
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    ReportSuccess(name, msgCount, &success);
+  else
+    ReportError(OUTLOOKIMPORT_MAILBOX_CONVERTERROR, name, &error);
+
+  SetLogs(success, error, pErrorLog, pSuccessLog);
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP ImportOutlookMailImpl::GetImportProgress(uint32_t *pDoneSoFar)
+{
+  NS_PRECONDITION(pDoneSoFar != nullptr, "null ptr");
+  if (! pDoneSoFar)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  *pDoneSoFar = m_bytesDone;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP ImportOutlookMailImpl::TranslateFolderName(const nsAString & aFolderName, nsAString & _retval)
+{
+  if (aFolderName.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("deleted items"))
+    _retval = NS_LITERAL_STRING(kDestTrashFolderName);
+  else if (aFolderName.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("sent items"))
+    _retval = NS_LITERAL_STRING(kDestSentFolderName);
+  else if (aFolderName.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("outbox"))
+    _retval = NS_LITERAL_STRING(kDestUnsentMessagesFolderName);
+  else
+    _retval = aFolderName;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult ImportOutlookAddressImpl::Create(nsIImportAddressBooks** aImport)
+{
+  NS_PRECONDITION(aImport != nullptr, "null ptr");
+  if (! aImport)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  *aImport = new ImportOutlookAddressImpl();
+  if (! *aImport)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+  NS_ADDREF(*aImport);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+ImportOutlookAddressImpl::ImportOutlookAddressImpl()
+{
+  m_msgCount = 0;
+  m_msgTotal = 0;
+}
+
+ImportOutlookAddressImpl::~ImportOutlookAddressImpl()
+{
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(ImportOutlookAddressImpl, nsIImportAddressBooks)
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP ImportOutlookAddressImpl::GetAutoFind(char16_t **description, bool *_retval)
+{
+  NS_PRECONDITION(description != nullptr, "null ptr");
+  NS_PRECONDITION(_retval != nullptr, "null ptr");
+  if (! description || !_retval)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  *_retval = true;
+  nsString str;
+  nsOutlookStringBundle::GetStringByID(OUTLOOKIMPORT_ADDRNAME, str);
+  *description = ToNewUnicode(str);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP ImportOutlookAddressImpl::FindAddressBooks(nsIFile *location, nsIArray **_retval)
+{
+  NS_PRECONDITION(_retval != nullptr, "null ptr");
+  if (!_retval)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  return m_address.GetAddressBooks(_retval);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP ImportOutlookAddressImpl::ImportAddressBook(nsIImportABDescriptor *source,
+                                                          nsIAddrDatabase *destination,
+                                                          nsIImportFieldMap *fieldMap,
+                                                          nsISupports *aSupportService,
+                                                          char16_t **pErrorLog,
+                                                          char16_t **pSuccessLog,
+                                                          bool *fatalError)
+{
+  m_msgCount = 0;
+  m_msgTotal = 0;
+    NS_PRECONDITION(source != nullptr, "null ptr");
+    NS_PRECONDITION(destination != nullptr, "null ptr");
+  NS_PRECONDITION(fatalError != nullptr, "null ptr");
+
+  nsString  success;
+  nsString  error;
+    if (!source || !destination || !fatalError) {
+    IMPORT_LOG0("*** Bad param passed to outlook address import\n");
+    nsOutlookStringBundle::GetStringByID(OUTLOOKIMPORT_ADDRESS_BADPARAM, error);
+    if (fatalError)
+      *fatalError = true;
+    ImportOutlookMailImpl::SetLogs(success, error, pErrorLog, pSuccessLog);
+      return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+  }
+
+    nsString name;
+    source->GetPreferredName(name);
+
+  uint32_t  id;
+  if (NS_FAILED(source->GetIdentifier(&id))) {
+    ImportOutlookMailImpl::ReportError(OUTLOOKIMPORT_ADDRESS_BADSOURCEFILE, name, &error);
+    ImportOutlookMailImpl::SetLogs(success, error, pErrorLog, pSuccessLog);
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  rv = m_address.ImportAddresses(&m_msgCount, &m_msgTotal, name.get(), id, destination, error);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && error.IsEmpty())
+    ReportSuccess(name, &success);
+  else
+    ImportOutlookMailImpl::ReportError(OUTLOOKIMPORT_ADDRESS_CONVERTERROR, name, &error);
+
+  ImportOutlookMailImpl::SetLogs(success, error, pErrorLog, pSuccessLog);
+  IMPORT_LOG0("*** Returning from outlook address import\n");
+  return destination->Commit(nsAddrDBCommitType::kLargeCommit);
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP ImportOutlookAddressImpl::GetImportProgress(uint32_t *_retval)
+{
+  NS_PRECONDITION(_retval != nullptr, "null ptr");
+  if (!_retval)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  uint32_t result = m_msgCount;
+  if (m_msgTotal) {
+    result *= 100;
+    result /= m_msgTotal;
+  }
+  else
+    result = 0;
+
+  if (result > 100)
+    result = 100;
+
+  *_retval = result;
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+void ImportOutlookAddressImpl::ReportSuccess(nsString& name, nsString *pStream)
+{
+  if (!pStream)
+    return;
+  // load the success string
+  char16_t *pFmt = nsOutlookStringBundle::GetStringByID(OUTLOOKIMPORT_ADDRESS_SUCCESS);
+  char16_t *pText = nsTextFormatter::smprintf(pFmt, name.get());
+  pStream->Append(pText);
+  nsTextFormatter::smprintf_free(pText);
+  nsOutlookStringBundle::FreeString(pFmt);
+  ImportOutlookMailImpl::AddLinebreak(pStream);
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/import/outlook/src/nsOutlookImport.h b/mailnews/import/outlook/src/nsOutlookImport.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e017d6efc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/outlook/src/nsOutlookImport.h
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsOutlookImport_h___
+#define nsOutlookImport_h___
+
+#include "nsIImportModule.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+
+
+#define NS_OUTLOOKIMPORT_CID          \
+{ /* 1DB469A0-8B00-11d3-A206-00A0CC26DA63 */      \
+  0x1db469a0, 0x8b00, 0x11d3,            \
+  {0xa2, 0x6, 0x0, 0xa0, 0xcc, 0x26, 0xda, 0x63 }}
+
+
+
+
+#define kOutlookSupportsString NS_IMPORT_MAIL_STR "," NS_IMPORT_ADDRESS_STR "," NS_IMPORT_SETTINGS_STR
+
+class nsOutlookImport : public nsIImportModule
+{
+public:
+
+  nsOutlookImport();
+
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+
+  ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+  // we suppport the nsIImportModule interface
+  ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+  NS_DECL_NSIIMPORTMODULE
+
+protected:
+  virtual ~nsOutlookImport();
+};
+
+
+
+
+#endif /* nsOutlookImport_h___ */
diff --git a/mailnews/import/outlook/src/nsOutlookMail.cpp b/mailnews/import/outlook/src/nsOutlookMail.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b9a851ce8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/outlook/src/nsOutlookMail.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,863 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/*
+  Outlook mail import
+*/
+
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nscore.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "nsIServiceManager.h"
+#include "nsIImportService.h"
+#include "nsIImportFieldMap.h"
+#include "nsIImportMailboxDescriptor.h"
+#include "nsIImportABDescriptor.h"
+#include "nsIMutableArray.h"
+#include "nsOutlookStringBundle.h"
+#include "nsABBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsIAbCard.h"
+#include "mdb.h"
+#include "OutlookDebugLog.h"
+#include "nsOutlookMail.h"
+#include "nsUnicharUtils.h"
+#include "nsIInputStream.h"
+#include "nsIOutputStream.h"
+#include "nsIMsgPluggableStore.h"
+#include "nsIMsgHdr.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolder.h"
+#include "nsMsgI18N.h"
+#include "nsNetUtil.h"
+
+static NS_DEFINE_IID(kISupportsIID,      NS_ISUPPORTS_IID);
+
+/* ------------ Address book stuff ----------------- */
+typedef struct {
+  int32_t    mozField;
+  int32_t    multiLine;
+  ULONG    mapiTag;
+} MAPIFields;
+
+/*
+  Fields in MAPI, not in Mozilla
+  PR_OFFICE_LOCATION
+  FIX - PR_BIRTHDAY - stored as PT_SYSTIME - FIX to extract for moz address book birthday
+  PR_DISPLAY_NAME_PREFIX - Mr., Mrs. Dr., etc.
+  PR_SPOUSE_NAME
+  PR_GENDER - integer, not text
+  FIX - PR_CONTACT_EMAIL_ADDRESSES - multiuline strings for email addresses, needs
+    parsing to get secondary email address for mozilla
+*/
+
+#define kIsMultiLine  -2
+#define  kNoMultiLine  -1
+
+static MAPIFields  gMapiFields[] = {
+  { 35, kIsMultiLine, PR_BODY},
+  { 6, kNoMultiLine, PR_BUSINESS_TELEPHONE_NUMBER},
+  { 7, kNoMultiLine, PR_HOME_TELEPHONE_NUMBER},
+  { 25, kNoMultiLine, PR_COMPANY_NAME},
+  { 23, kNoMultiLine, PR_TITLE},
+  { 10, kNoMultiLine, PR_CELLULAR_TELEPHONE_NUMBER},
+  { 9, kNoMultiLine, PR_PAGER_TELEPHONE_NUMBER},
+  { 8, kNoMultiLine, PR_BUSINESS_FAX_NUMBER},
+  { 8, kNoMultiLine, PR_HOME_FAX_NUMBER},
+  { 22, kNoMultiLine, PR_COUNTRY},
+  { 19, kNoMultiLine, PR_LOCALITY},
+  { 20, kNoMultiLine, PR_STATE_OR_PROVINCE},
+  { 17, 18, PR_STREET_ADDRESS},
+  { 21, kNoMultiLine, PR_POSTAL_CODE},
+  { 27, kNoMultiLine, PR_PERSONAL_HOME_PAGE},
+  { 26, kNoMultiLine, PR_BUSINESS_HOME_PAGE},
+  { 13, kNoMultiLine, PR_HOME_ADDRESS_CITY},
+  { 16, kNoMultiLine, PR_HOME_ADDRESS_COUNTRY},
+  { 15, kNoMultiLine, PR_HOME_ADDRESS_POSTAL_CODE},
+  { 14, kNoMultiLine, PR_HOME_ADDRESS_STATE_OR_PROVINCE},
+  { 11, 12, PR_HOME_ADDRESS_STREET},
+  { 24, kNoMultiLine, PR_DEPARTMENT_NAME}
+};
+/* ---------------------------------------------------- */
+
+
+#define  kCopyBufferSize    (16 * 1024)
+
+// The email address in Outlook Contacts doesn't have a named
+// property,  we need to use this mapi name ID to access the email
+// The MAPINAMEID for email address has ulKind=MNID_ID
+// Outlook stores each email address in two IDs,  32899/32900 for Email1
+// 32915/32916 for Email2, 32931/32932 for Email3
+// Current we use OUTLOOK_EMAIL1_MAPI_ID1 for primary email
+// OUTLOOK_EMAIL2_MAPI_ID1 for secondary email
+#define  OUTLOOK_EMAIL1_MAPI_ID1 32899
+#define  OUTLOOK_EMAIL1_MAPI_ID2 32900
+#define  OUTLOOK_EMAIL2_MAPI_ID1 32915
+#define  OUTLOOK_EMAIL2_MAPI_ID2 32916
+#define  OUTLOOK_EMAIL3_MAPI_ID1 32931
+#define  OUTLOOK_EMAIL3_MAPI_ID2 32932
+
+nsOutlookMail::nsOutlookMail()
+{
+  m_gotAddresses = false;
+  m_gotFolders = false;
+  m_haveMapi = CMapiApi::LoadMapi();
+  m_lpMdb = NULL;
+}
+
+nsOutlookMail::~nsOutlookMail()
+{
+//  EmptyAttachments();
+}
+
+nsresult nsOutlookMail::GetMailFolders(nsIArray **pArray)
+{
+  if (!m_haveMapi) {
+    IMPORT_LOG0("GetMailFolders called before Mapi is initialized\n");
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> array(do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+    IMPORT_LOG0("FAILED to allocate the nsIMutableArray for the mail folder list\n");
+    return rv;
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImportService> impSvc(do_GetService(NS_IMPORTSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  m_gotFolders = true;
+
+  m_folderList.ClearAll();
+
+  m_mapi.Initialize();
+  m_mapi.LogOn();
+
+  if (m_storeList.GetSize() == 0)
+    m_mapi.IterateStores(m_storeList);
+
+  int i = 0;
+  CMapiFolder *pFolder;
+  if (m_storeList.GetSize() > 1) {
+    while ((pFolder = m_storeList.GetItem(i))) {
+      CMapiFolder *pItem = new CMapiFolder(pFolder);
+      pItem->SetDepth(1);
+      m_folderList.AddItem(pItem);
+      if (!m_mapi.GetStoreFolders(pItem->GetCBEntryID(), pItem->GetEntryID(), m_folderList, 2)) {
+        IMPORT_LOG1("GetStoreFolders for index %d failed.\n", i);
+      }
+      i++;
+    }
+  }
+  else {
+    if ((pFolder = m_storeList.GetItem(i))) {
+      if (!m_mapi.GetStoreFolders(pFolder->GetCBEntryID(), pFolder->GetEntryID(), m_folderList, 1)) {
+        IMPORT_LOG1("GetStoreFolders for index %d failed.\n", i);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  // Create the mailbox descriptors for the list of folders
+  nsIImportMailboxDescriptor *  pID;
+  nsISupports *          pInterface;
+  nsString            name;
+  nsString            uniName;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < m_folderList.GetSize(); i++) {
+    pFolder = m_folderList.GetItem(i);
+    rv = impSvc->CreateNewMailboxDescriptor(&pID);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+      pID->SetDepth(pFolder->GetDepth());
+      pID->SetIdentifier(i);
+
+      pFolder->GetDisplayName(name);
+      pID->SetDisplayName(name.get());
+
+      pID->SetSize(1000);
+      rv = pID->QueryInterface(kISupportsIID, (void **) &pInterface);
+      array->AppendElement(pInterface, false);
+      pInterface->Release();
+      pID->Release();
+    }
+  }
+  array.forget(pArray);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+bool nsOutlookMail::IsAddressBookNameUnique(nsString& name, nsString& list)
+{
+  nsString    usedName;
+  usedName.AppendLiteral("[");
+  usedName.Append(name);
+  usedName.AppendLiteral("],");
+
+  return list.Find(usedName) == -1;
+}
+
+void nsOutlookMail::MakeAddressBookNameUnique(nsString& name, nsString& list)
+{
+  nsString    newName;
+  int        idx = 1;
+
+  newName = name;
+  while (!IsAddressBookNameUnique(newName, list)) {
+    newName = name;
+    newName.Append(char16_t(' '));
+    newName.AppendInt((int32_t) idx);
+    idx++;
+  }
+
+  name = newName;
+  list.AppendLiteral("[");
+  list.Append(name);
+  list.AppendLiteral("],");
+}
+
+nsresult nsOutlookMail::GetAddressBooks(nsIArray **pArray)
+{
+  if (!m_haveMapi) {
+    IMPORT_LOG0("GetAddressBooks called before Mapi is initialized\n");
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> array(do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+    IMPORT_LOG0("FAILED to allocate the nsIMutableArray for the address book list\n");
+    return rv;
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImportService> impSvc(do_GetService(NS_IMPORTSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  m_gotAddresses = true;
+
+  m_addressList.ClearAll();
+  m_mapi.Initialize();
+  m_mapi.LogOn();
+  if (m_storeList.GetSize() == 0)
+    m_mapi.IterateStores(m_storeList);
+
+  int i = 0;
+  CMapiFolder *pFolder;
+  if (m_storeList.GetSize() > 1) {
+    while ((pFolder = m_storeList.GetItem(i))) {
+      CMapiFolder *pItem = new CMapiFolder(pFolder);
+      pItem->SetDepth(1);
+      m_addressList.AddItem(pItem);
+      if (!m_mapi.GetStoreAddressFolders(pItem->GetCBEntryID(), pItem->GetEntryID(), m_addressList)) {
+        IMPORT_LOG1("GetStoreAddressFolders for index %d failed.\n", i);
+      }
+      i++;
+    }
+  }
+  else {
+    if ((pFolder = m_storeList.GetItem(i))) {
+      if (!m_mapi.GetStoreAddressFolders(pFolder->GetCBEntryID(), pFolder->GetEntryID(), m_addressList)) {
+        IMPORT_LOG1("GetStoreFolders for index %d failed.\n", i);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  // Create the mailbox descriptors for the list of folders
+  nsIImportABDescriptor *      pID;
+  nsISupports *          pInterface;
+  nsString            name;
+  nsString            list;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < m_addressList.GetSize(); i++) {
+    pFolder = m_addressList.GetItem(i);
+    if (!pFolder->IsStore()) {
+      rv = impSvc->CreateNewABDescriptor(&pID);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+        pID->SetIdentifier(i);
+        pFolder->GetDisplayName(name);
+        MakeAddressBookNameUnique(name, list);
+        pID->SetPreferredName(name);
+        pID->SetSize(100);
+        rv = pID->QueryInterface(kISupportsIID, (void **) &pInterface);
+        array->AppendElement(pInterface, false);
+        pInterface->Release();
+        pID->Release();
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  array.forget(pArray);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+void nsOutlookMail::OpenMessageStore(CMapiFolder *pNextFolder)
+{
+  // Open the store specified
+  if (pNextFolder->IsStore()) {
+    if (!m_mapi.OpenStore(pNextFolder->GetCBEntryID(), pNextFolder->GetEntryID(), &m_lpMdb)) {
+      m_lpMdb = NULL;
+      IMPORT_LOG0("CMapiApi::OpenStore failed\n");
+    }
+
+    return;
+  }
+
+  // Check to see if we should open the one and only store
+  if (!m_lpMdb) {
+    if (m_storeList.GetSize() == 1) {
+      CMapiFolder * pFolder = m_storeList.GetItem(0);
+      if (pFolder) {
+        if (!m_mapi.OpenStore(pFolder->GetCBEntryID(), pFolder->GetEntryID(), &m_lpMdb)) {
+          m_lpMdb = NULL;
+          IMPORT_LOG0("CMapiApi::OpenStore failed\n");
+        }
+      }
+      else {
+        IMPORT_LOG0("Error retrieving the one & only message store\n");
+      }
+    }
+    else {
+      IMPORT_LOG0("*** Error importing a folder without a valid message store\n");
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+// Roles and responsibilities:
+// nsOutlookMail
+//   - Connect to Outlook
+//   - Enumerate the mailboxes
+//   - Iterate the mailboxes
+//   - For each mail, create one nsOutlookCompose object
+//   - For each mail, create one CMapiMessage object
+//
+// nsOutlookCompose
+//   - Establish a TB session
+//   - Connect to all required services
+//   - Perform the composition of the RC822 document from the data gathered by CMapiMessage
+//   - Save the composed message to the TB mailbox
+//   - Ensure the proper cleanup
+//
+// CMapiMessage
+//   - Encapsulate the MAPI message interface
+//   - Gather the information required to (re)compose the message
+
+nsresult nsOutlookMail::ImportMailbox(uint32_t *pDoneSoFar, bool *pAbort,
+                                      int32_t index, const char16_t *pName,
+                                      nsIMsgFolder *dstFolder,
+                                      int32_t *pMsgCount)
+{
+  if ((index < 0) || (index >= m_folderList.GetSize())) {
+    IMPORT_LOG0("*** Bad mailbox identifier, unable to import\n");
+    *pAbort = true;
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+
+  int32_t    dummyMsgCount = 0;
+  if (pMsgCount)
+    *pMsgCount = 0;
+  else
+    pMsgCount = &dummyMsgCount;
+
+  CMapiFolder *pFolder = m_folderList.GetItem(index);
+  OpenMessageStore(pFolder);
+  if (!m_lpMdb) {
+    IMPORT_LOG1("*** Unable to obtain mapi message store for mailbox: %S\n", pName);
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+
+  if (pFolder->IsStore())
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  // now what?
+  CMapiFolderContents    contents(m_lpMdb, pFolder->GetCBEntryID(), pFolder->GetEntryID());
+
+  BOOL    done = FALSE;
+  ULONG    cbEid;
+  LPENTRYID  lpEid;
+  ULONG    oType;
+  LPMESSAGE  lpMsg = nullptr;
+  ULONG    totalCount;
+  double  doneCalc;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIOutputStream> outputStream;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgPluggableStore> msgStore;
+  nsresult rv = dstFolder->GetMsgStore(getter_AddRefs(msgStore));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  while (!done) {
+    if (!contents.GetNext(&cbEid, &lpEid, &oType, &done)) {
+      IMPORT_LOG1("*** Error iterating mailbox: %S\n", pName);
+      return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    }
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+    bool reusable;
+
+    rv = msgStore->GetNewMsgOutputStream(dstFolder, getter_AddRefs(msgHdr), &reusable,
+                                         getter_AddRefs(outputStream));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+      IMPORT_LOG1("*** Error getting nsIOutputStream of mailbox: %S\n", pName);
+      return rv;
+    }
+    totalCount = contents.GetCount();
+    doneCalc = *pMsgCount;
+    doneCalc /= totalCount;
+    doneCalc *= 1000;
+    if (pDoneSoFar) {
+      *pDoneSoFar = (uint32_t) doneCalc;
+      if (*pDoneSoFar > 1000)
+        *pDoneSoFar = 1000;
+    }
+
+    if (!done && (oType == MAPI_MESSAGE)) {
+      if (!m_mapi.OpenMdbEntry(m_lpMdb, cbEid, lpEid, (LPUNKNOWN *) &lpMsg)) {
+        IMPORT_LOG1("*** Error opening messages in mailbox: %S\n", pName);
+        return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+      }
+
+      // See if it's a drafts folder. Outlook doesn't allow drafts
+      // folder to be configured so it's ok to hard code it here.
+      nsAutoString folderName(pName);
+      nsMsgDeliverMode mode = nsIMsgSend::nsMsgDeliverNow;
+      mode = nsIMsgSend::nsMsgSaveAsDraft;
+      if (folderName.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("drafts"))
+        mode = nsIMsgSend::nsMsgSaveAsDraft;
+
+      rv = ImportMessage(lpMsg, outputStream, mode);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)){ // No errors & really imported
+         (*pMsgCount)++;
+        msgStore->FinishNewMessage(outputStream, msgHdr);
+      }
+      else {
+        IMPORT_LOG1( "*** Error reading message from mailbox: %S\n", pName);
+        msgStore->DiscardNewMessage(outputStream, msgHdr);
+      }
+      if (!reusable)
+        outputStream->Close();
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (outputStream)
+    outputStream->Close();
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsOutlookMail::ImportMessage(LPMESSAGE lpMsg, nsIOutputStream *pDest, nsMsgDeliverMode mode)
+{
+  CMapiMessage  msg(lpMsg);
+  // If we wanted to skip messages that were downloaded in header only mode, we
+  // would return NS_ERROR_FAILURE if !msg.FullMessageDownloaded. However, we
+  // don't do this because it may cause seemingly wrong import results.
+  // A user will get less mails in his imported folder than were in the original folder,
+  // and this may make user feel like TB import is bad.
+  // In reality, the skipped messages are those that have not been downloaded yet, because
+  // they were downloaded in the "headers-only" mode. This is different from the case when
+  // the message is downloaded completely, but consists only of headers - in this case
+  // the message will be imported anyway.
+
+  if (!msg.ValidState())
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  // I have to create a composer for each message, since it turns out that if we create
+  // one composer for several messages, the Send Proxy object that is shared between those messages
+  // isn't reset properly (at least in the current implementation), which leads to crash.
+  // If there's a proper way to reinitialize the Send Proxy object,
+  // then we could slightly optimize the send process.
+  nsOutlookCompose compose;
+  nsresult rv = compose.ProcessMessage(mode, msg, pDest);
+
+  // Just for YUCKS, let's try an extra endline
+  WriteData(pDest, "\x0D\x0A", 2);
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+BOOL nsOutlookMail::WriteData(nsIOutputStream *pDest, const char *pData, int32_t len)
+{
+  uint32_t    written;
+  nsresult rv = pDest->Write(pData, len, &written);
+  return NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && written == len;
+}
+
+nsresult nsOutlookMail::ImportAddresses(uint32_t *pCount, uint32_t *pTotal, const char16_t *pName, uint32_t id, nsIAddrDatabase *pDb, nsString& errors)
+{
+  if (id >= (uint32_t)(m_addressList.GetSize())) {
+    IMPORT_LOG0("*** Bad address identifier, unable to import\n");
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+
+  uint32_t  dummyCount = 0;
+  if (pCount)
+    *pCount = 0;
+  else
+    pCount = &dummyCount;
+
+  CMapiFolder *pFolder;
+  if (id > 0) {
+    int32_t idx = (int32_t) id;
+    idx--;
+    while (idx >= 0) {
+      pFolder = m_addressList.GetItem(idx);
+      if (pFolder->IsStore()) {
+        OpenMessageStore(pFolder);
+        break;
+      }
+      idx--;
+    }
+  }
+
+  pFolder = m_addressList.GetItem(id);
+  OpenMessageStore(pFolder);
+  if (!m_lpMdb) {
+    IMPORT_LOG1("*** Unable to obtain mapi message store for address book: %S\n", pName);
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+
+  if (pFolder->IsStore())
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  nsresult  rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImportFieldMap>    pFieldMap;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImportService> impSvc(do_GetService(NS_IMPORTSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+    rv = impSvc->CreateNewFieldMap(getter_AddRefs(pFieldMap));
+  }
+
+  CMapiFolderContents    contents(m_lpMdb, pFolder->GetCBEntryID(), pFolder->GetEntryID());
+
+  BOOL      done = FALSE;
+  ULONG      cbEid;
+  LPENTRYID    lpEid;
+  ULONG      oType;
+  LPMESSAGE    lpMsg;
+  nsCString    type;
+  LPSPropValue  pVal;
+  nsString    subject;
+
+  while (!done) {
+    (*pCount)++;
+
+    if (!contents.GetNext(&cbEid, &lpEid, &oType, &done)) {
+      IMPORT_LOG1("*** Error iterating address book: %S\n", pName);
+      return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    }
+
+    if (pTotal && (*pTotal == 0))
+      *pTotal = contents.GetCount();
+
+    if (!done && (oType == MAPI_MESSAGE)) {
+      if (!m_mapi.OpenMdbEntry(m_lpMdb, cbEid, lpEid, (LPUNKNOWN *) &lpMsg)) {
+        IMPORT_LOG1("*** Error opening messages in mailbox: %S\n", pName);
+        return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+      }
+
+      // Get the PR_MESSAGE_CLASS attribute,
+      // ensure that it is IPM.Contact
+      pVal = m_mapi.GetMapiProperty(lpMsg, PR_MESSAGE_CLASS);
+      if (pVal) {
+        type.Truncate();
+        m_mapi.GetStringFromProp(pVal, type);
+        if (type.EqualsLiteral("IPM.Contact")) {
+          // This is a contact, add it to the address book!
+          subject.Truncate();
+          pVal = m_mapi.GetMapiProperty(lpMsg, PR_SUBJECT);
+          if (pVal)
+            m_mapi.GetStringFromProp(pVal, subject);
+
+          nsIMdbRow* newRow = nullptr;
+          pDb->GetNewRow(&newRow);
+          // FIXME: Check with Candice about releasing the newRow if it
+          // isn't added to the database.  Candice's code in nsAddressBook
+          // never releases it but that doesn't seem right to me!
+          if (newRow) {
+            if (BuildCard(subject.get(), pDb, newRow, lpMsg, pFieldMap)) {
+              pDb->AddCardRowToDB(newRow);
+            }
+          }
+        }
+        else if (type.EqualsLiteral("IPM.DistList"))
+        {
+          // This is a list/group, add it to the address book!
+          subject.Truncate();
+          pVal = m_mapi.GetMapiProperty(lpMsg, PR_SUBJECT);
+          if (pVal)
+            m_mapi.GetStringFromProp(pVal, subject);
+          CreateList(subject.get(), pDb, lpMsg, pFieldMap);
+        }
+      }
+
+      lpMsg->Release();
+    }
+  }
+
+  rv = pDb->Commit(nsAddrDBCommitType::kLargeCommit);
+  return rv;
+}
+nsresult nsOutlookMail::CreateList(const char16_t * pName,
+                                   nsIAddrDatabase *pDb,
+                                   LPMAPIPROP pUserList,
+                                   nsIImportFieldMap *pFieldMap)
+{
+  // If no name provided then we're done.
+  if (!pName || !(*pName))
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  nsresult rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  // Make sure we have db to work with.
+  if (!pDb)
+    return rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMdbRow> newListRow;
+  rv = pDb->GetNewListRow(getter_AddRefs(newListRow));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  nsAutoCString column;
+  LossyCopyUTF16toASCII(nsDependentString(pName), column);
+  rv = pDb->AddListName(newListRow, column.get());
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  HRESULT             hr;
+  LPSPropValue value = NULL;
+  ULONG valueCount = 0;
+
+  LPSPropTagArray properties = NULL;
+  m_mapi.MAPIAllocateBuffer(CbNewSPropTagArray(1),
+    (void **)&properties);
+  properties->cValues = 1;
+  properties->aulPropTag [0] = m_mapi.GetEmailPropertyTag(pUserList, 0x8054);
+  hr = pUserList->GetProps(properties, 0, &valueCount, &value);
+  m_mapi.MAPIFreeBuffer(properties);
+  if (HR_FAILED(hr))
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  if (!value)
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_AVAILABLE;
+  // XXX from here out, value must be freed with MAPIFreeBuffer 
+
+  SBinaryArray *sa=(SBinaryArray *)&value->Value.bin;
+  if (!sa || !sa->lpbin) {
+    m_mapi.MAPIFreeBuffer(value);
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+  }
+
+  LPENTRYID    lpEid;
+  ULONG        cbEid;
+  ULONG        idx;
+  LPMESSAGE    lpMsg;
+  nsCString    type;
+  LPSPropValue pVal;
+  nsString     subject;
+  ULONG        total;
+
+  total = sa->cValues;
+  for (idx = 0; idx < total; idx++)
+  {
+    lpEid= (LPENTRYID) sa->lpbin[idx].lpb;
+    cbEid = sa->lpbin[idx].cb;
+
+    if (!m_mapi.OpenEntry(cbEid, lpEid, (LPUNKNOWN *) &lpMsg))
+    {
+
+      IMPORT_LOG1("*** Error opening messages in mailbox: %S\n", pName);
+      m_mapi.MAPIFreeBuffer(value);
+      return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    }
+    // This is a contact, add it to the address book!
+    subject.Truncate();
+    pVal = m_mapi.GetMapiProperty(lpMsg, PR_SUBJECT);
+    if (pVal)
+      m_mapi.GetStringFromProp(pVal, subject);
+
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMdbRow> newRow;
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMdbRow> oldRow;
+    pDb->GetNewRow(getter_AddRefs(newRow));
+    if (newRow) {
+      if (BuildCard(subject.get(), pDb, newRow, lpMsg, pFieldMap))
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr <nsIAbCard> userCard;
+        nsCOMPtr <nsIAbCard> newCard;
+        userCard = do_CreateInstance(NS_ABMDBCARD_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+        pDb->InitCardFromRow(userCard,newRow);
+
+        //add card to db
+        pDb->FindRowByCard(userCard,getter_AddRefs(oldRow));
+        if (oldRow)
+          newRow = oldRow;
+        else
+          pDb->AddCardRowToDB(newRow);
+
+        //add card list
+        pDb->AddListCardColumnsToRow(userCard,
+                                     newListRow,idx+1, getter_AddRefs(newCard),
+                                     true, nullptr, nullptr);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  m_mapi.MAPIFreeBuffer(value);
+
+  rv = pDb->AddCardRowToDB(newListRow);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = pDb->SetListAddressTotal(newListRow, (uint32_t)total);
+  rv = pDb->AddListDirNode(newListRow);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+void nsOutlookMail::SanitizeValue(nsString& val)
+{
+  MsgReplaceSubstring(val, NS_LITERAL_STRING("\r\n"), NS_LITERAL_STRING(", "));
+  MsgReplaceChar(val, "\r\n", ',');
+}
+
+void nsOutlookMail::SplitString(nsString& val1, nsString& val2)
+{
+  // Find the last line if there is more than one!
+  int32_t idx = val1.RFind("\x0D\x0A");
+  int32_t  cnt = 2;
+  if (idx == -1) {
+    cnt = 1;
+    idx = val1.RFindChar(13);
+  }
+  if (idx == -1)
+    idx= val1.RFindChar(10);
+  if (idx != -1) {
+    val2 = Substring(val1, idx + cnt);
+    val1.SetLength(idx);
+    SanitizeValue(val1);
+  }
+}
+
+bool nsOutlookMail::BuildCard(const char16_t *pName, nsIAddrDatabase *pDb, nsIMdbRow *newRow, LPMAPIPROP pUser, nsIImportFieldMap *pFieldMap)
+{
+
+  nsString    lastName;
+  nsString    firstName;
+  nsString    eMail;
+  nsString    nickName;
+  nsString    middleName;
+  nsString    secondEMail;
+  ULONG       emailTag;
+
+  LPSPropValue  pProp = m_mapi.GetMapiProperty(pUser, PR_EMAIL_ADDRESS);
+  if (!pProp) {
+    emailTag = m_mapi.GetEmailPropertyTag(pUser, OUTLOOK_EMAIL1_MAPI_ID1);
+    if (emailTag) {
+      pProp = m_mapi.GetMapiProperty(pUser, emailTag);
+    }
+  }
+  if (pProp) {
+    m_mapi.GetStringFromProp(pProp, eMail);
+    SanitizeValue(eMail);
+  }
+
+  // for secondary email
+  emailTag = m_mapi.GetEmailPropertyTag(pUser, OUTLOOK_EMAIL2_MAPI_ID1);
+  if (emailTag) {
+    pProp = m_mapi.GetMapiProperty(pUser, emailTag);
+    if (pProp) {
+      m_mapi.GetStringFromProp(pProp, secondEMail);
+      SanitizeValue(secondEMail);
+    }
+  }
+
+  pProp = m_mapi.GetMapiProperty(pUser, PR_GIVEN_NAME);
+  if (pProp) {
+    m_mapi.GetStringFromProp(pProp, firstName);
+    SanitizeValue(firstName);
+  }
+  pProp = m_mapi.GetMapiProperty(pUser, PR_SURNAME);
+  if (pProp) {
+    m_mapi.GetStringFromProp(pProp, lastName);
+    SanitizeValue(lastName);
+  }
+  pProp = m_mapi.GetMapiProperty(pUser, PR_MIDDLE_NAME);
+  if (pProp) {
+    m_mapi.GetStringFromProp(pProp, middleName);
+    SanitizeValue(middleName);
+  }
+  pProp = m_mapi.GetMapiProperty(pUser, PR_NICKNAME);
+  if (pProp) {
+    m_mapi.GetStringFromProp(pProp, nickName);
+    SanitizeValue(nickName);
+  }
+  if (firstName.IsEmpty() && lastName.IsEmpty()) {
+    firstName = pName;
+  }
+
+  nsString  displayName;
+  pProp = m_mapi.GetMapiProperty(pUser, PR_DISPLAY_NAME);
+  if (pProp) {
+    m_mapi.GetStringFromProp(pProp, displayName);
+    SanitizeValue(displayName);
+  }
+  if (displayName.IsEmpty()) {
+    if (firstName.IsEmpty())
+      displayName = pName;
+    else {
+      displayName = firstName;
+      if (!middleName.IsEmpty()) {
+        displayName.Append(char16_t(' '));
+        displayName.Append(middleName);
+      }
+      if (!lastName.IsEmpty()) {
+        displayName.Append(char16_t(' '));
+        displayName.Append(lastName);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  // We now have the required fields
+  // write them out followed by any optional fields!
+  if (!displayName.IsEmpty()) {
+    pDb->AddDisplayName(newRow, NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(displayName).get());
+  }
+  if (!firstName.IsEmpty()) {
+    pDb->AddFirstName(newRow, NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(firstName).get());
+  }
+  if (!lastName.IsEmpty()) {
+    pDb->AddLastName(newRow, NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(lastName).get());
+  }
+  if (!nickName.IsEmpty()) {
+    pDb->AddNickName(newRow, NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(nickName).get());
+  }
+  if (!eMail.IsEmpty()) {
+    pDb->AddPrimaryEmail(newRow, NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(eMail).get());
+  }
+  if (!secondEMail.IsEmpty()) {
+    pDb->Add2ndEmail(newRow, NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(secondEMail).get());
+  }
+
+  // Do all of the extra fields!
+
+  nsString  value;
+  nsString  line2;
+
+  if (pFieldMap) {
+    int max = sizeof(gMapiFields) / sizeof(MAPIFields);
+    for (int i = 0; i < max; i++) {
+      pProp = m_mapi.GetMapiProperty(pUser, gMapiFields[i].mapiTag);
+      if (pProp) {
+        m_mapi.GetStringFromProp(pProp, value);
+        if (!value.IsEmpty()) {
+          if (gMapiFields[i].multiLine == kNoMultiLine) {
+            SanitizeValue(value);
+            pFieldMap->SetFieldValue(pDb, newRow, gMapiFields[i].mozField, value.get());
+          }
+          else if (gMapiFields[i].multiLine == kIsMultiLine) {
+            pFieldMap->SetFieldValue(pDb, newRow, gMapiFields[i].mozField, value.get());
+          }
+          else {
+            line2.Truncate();
+            SplitString(value, line2);
+            if (!value.IsEmpty())
+              pFieldMap->SetFieldValue(pDb, newRow, gMapiFields[i].mozField, value.get());
+            if (!line2.IsEmpty())
+              pFieldMap->SetFieldValue(pDb, newRow, gMapiFields[i].multiLine, line2.get());
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return true;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/import/outlook/src/nsOutlookMail.h b/mailnews/import/outlook/src/nsOutlookMail.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3aa317ece
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/outlook/src/nsOutlookMail.h
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsOutlookMail_h___
+#define nsOutlookMail_h___
+
+#include "nsIArray.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsOutlookCompose.h"
+#include "nsIFile.h"
+#include "MapiApi.h"
+#include "MapiMessage.h"
+#include "nsIAddrDatabase.h"
+
+class nsIAddrDatabase;
+class nsIImportFieldMap;
+
+class nsOutlookMail {
+public:
+  nsOutlookMail();
+  ~nsOutlookMail();
+  
+  nsresult GetMailFolders(nsIArray **pArray);
+  nsresult GetAddressBooks(nsIArray **pArray);
+  nsresult ImportMailbox(uint32_t *pDoneSoFar, bool *pAbort, int32_t index,
+                         const char16_t *pName, nsIMsgFolder *pDest,
+                         int32_t *pMsgCount);
+  static nsresult ImportMessage(LPMESSAGE lpMsg, nsIOutputStream *destOutputStream, nsMsgDeliverMode mode);
+  nsresult ImportAddresses(uint32_t *pCount, uint32_t *pTotal, const char16_t *pName, uint32_t id, nsIAddrDatabase *pDb, nsString& errors);
+private:
+  void  OpenMessageStore(CMapiFolder *pNextFolder);
+  static BOOL  WriteData(nsIOutputStream *pDest, const char *pData, int32_t len);
+  
+  bool      IsAddressBookNameUnique(nsString& name, nsString& list);
+  void      MakeAddressBookNameUnique(nsString& name, nsString& list);
+  void      SanitizeValue(nsString& val);
+  void      SplitString(nsString& val1, nsString& val2);
+  bool      BuildCard(const char16_t *pName, nsIAddrDatabase *pDb, nsIMdbRow *newRow, LPMAPIPROP pUser, nsIImportFieldMap *pFieldMap);
+  nsresult  CreateList(const char16_t * pName, nsIAddrDatabase *pDb, LPMAPIPROP pUserList, nsIImportFieldMap *pFieldMap);
+  
+private:
+  bool              m_gotFolders;
+  bool              m_gotAddresses;
+  bool              m_haveMapi;
+  CMapiApi          m_mapi;
+  CMapiFolderList   m_folderList;
+  CMapiFolderList   m_addressList;
+  CMapiFolderList   m_storeList;
+  LPMDB             m_lpMdb;
+};
+
+#endif /* nsOutlookMail_h___ */
diff --git a/mailnews/import/outlook/src/nsOutlookSettings.cpp b/mailnews/import/outlook/src/nsOutlookSettings.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ec03c8ee2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/outlook/src/nsOutlookSettings.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,567 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/*
+
+  Outlook (Win32) settings
+
+*/
+
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nscore.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "nsOutlookImport.h"
+#include "nsIComponentManager.h"
+#include "nsIServiceManager.h"
+#include "nsIImportService.h"
+#include "nsIMsgAccountManager.h"
+#include "nsIMsgAccount.h"
+#include "nsIImportSettings.h"
+#include "nsOutlookSettings.h"
+#include "nsMsgBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsMsgCompCID.h"
+#include "nsISmtpService.h"
+#include "nsISmtpServer.h"
+#include "nsOutlookStringBundle.h"
+#include "OutlookDebugLog.h"
+#include "nsIPop3IncomingServer.h"
+#include "nsMsgI18N.h"
+#include <windows.h>
+#include "nsIWindowsRegKey.h"
+#include "nsComponentManagerUtils.h"
+#ifdef MOZILLA_INTERNAL_API
+#include "nsNativeCharsetUtils.h"
+#else
+#include "nsMsgI18N.h"
+#define NS_CopyNativeToUnicode(source, dest) \
+        nsMsgI18NConvertToUnicode(nsMsgI18NFileSystemCharset(), source, dest)
+#define NS_CopyUnicodeToNative(source, dest) \
+        nsMsgI18NConvertFromUnicode(nsMsgI18NFileSystemCharset(), source, dest)
+#endif
+
+class OutlookSettings {
+public:
+  static nsresult FindAccountsKey(nsIWindowsRegKey **aKey);
+  static nsresult QueryAccountSubKey(nsIWindowsRegKey **aKey);
+  static nsresult GetDefaultMailAccountName(nsAString &aName);
+
+  static bool DoImport(nsIMsgAccount **aAccount);
+
+  static bool DoIMAPServer(nsIMsgAccountManager *aMgr,
+                           nsIWindowsRegKey *aKey,
+                           const nsString &aServerName,
+                           nsIMsgAccount **aAccount);
+  static bool DoPOP3Server(nsIMsgAccountManager *aMgr,
+                           nsIWindowsRegKey *aKey,
+                           const nsString &aServerName,
+                           nsIMsgAccount **aAccount);
+
+  static void SetIdentities(nsIMsgAccountManager *pMgr,
+                            nsIMsgAccount *pAcc,
+                            nsIWindowsRegKey *aKey);
+
+  static nsresult SetSmtpServer(nsIMsgAccountManager *aMgr,
+                                nsIMsgAccount *aAcc,
+                                nsIMsgIdentity *aId,
+                                const nsString &aServer,
+                                const nsString &aUser);
+  static nsresult SetSmtpServerKey(nsIMsgIdentity *aId,
+                                   nsISmtpServer *aServer);
+  static nsresult GetAccountName(nsIWindowsRegKey *aKey,
+                                 const nsString &aDefaultName,
+                                 nsAString &aAccountName);
+};
+
+#define OUTLOOK2003_REGISTRY_KEY  "Software\\Microsoft\\Office\\Outlook\\OMI Account Manager"
+#define OUTLOOK98_REGISTRY_KEY  "Software\\Microsoft\\Office\\8.0\\Outlook\\OMI Account Manager"
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+nsresult nsOutlookSettings::Create(nsIImportSettings** aImport)
+{
+    NS_PRECONDITION(aImport != nullptr, "null ptr");
+    if (! aImport)
+        return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+    *aImport = new nsOutlookSettings();
+    if (! *aImport)
+        return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+    NS_ADDREF(*aImport);
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsOutlookSettings::nsOutlookSettings()
+{
+}
+
+nsOutlookSettings::~nsOutlookSettings()
+{
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsOutlookSettings, nsIImportSettings)
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsOutlookSettings::AutoLocate(char16_t **description, nsIFile **location, bool *_retval)
+{
+    NS_PRECONDITION(description != nullptr, "null ptr");
+    NS_PRECONDITION(_retval != nullptr, "null ptr");
+  if (!description || !_retval)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  *description = nsOutlookStringBundle::GetStringByID(OUTLOOKIMPORT_NAME);
+  *_retval = false;
+
+  if (location)
+    *location = nullptr;
+
+  // look for the registry key for the accounts
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIWindowsRegKey> key;
+  *_retval = NS_SUCCEEDED(OutlookSettings::FindAccountsKey(getter_AddRefs(key)));
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsOutlookSettings::SetLocation(nsIFile *location)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsOutlookSettings::Import(nsIMsgAccount **localMailAccount, bool *_retval)
+{
+  NS_PRECONDITION(_retval != nullptr, "null ptr");
+
+  if (OutlookSettings::DoImport(localMailAccount)) {
+    *_retval = true;
+    IMPORT_LOG0("Settings import appears successful\n");
+  }
+  else {
+    *_retval = false;
+    IMPORT_LOG0("Settings import returned FALSE\n");
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+nsresult OutlookSettings::FindAccountsKey(nsIWindowsRegKey **aKey)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIWindowsRegKey> key =
+    do_CreateInstance("@mozilla.org/windows-registry-key;1", &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = key->Open(nsIWindowsRegKey::ROOT_KEY_CURRENT_USER,
+                 NS_LITERAL_STRING(OUTLOOK2003_REGISTRY_KEY),
+                 nsIWindowsRegKey::ACCESS_QUERY_VALUE |
+                 nsIWindowsRegKey::ACCESS_ENUMERATE_SUB_KEYS);
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+    rv = key->Open(nsIWindowsRegKey::ROOT_KEY_CURRENT_USER,
+                   NS_LITERAL_STRING(OUTLOOK98_REGISTRY_KEY),
+                   nsIWindowsRegKey::ACCESS_QUERY_VALUE |
+                   nsIWindowsRegKey::ACCESS_ENUMERATE_SUB_KEYS);
+  }
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    key.forget(aKey);
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult OutlookSettings::QueryAccountSubKey(nsIWindowsRegKey **aKey)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIWindowsRegKey> key =
+    do_CreateInstance("@mozilla.org/windows-registry-key;1", &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = key->Open(nsIWindowsRegKey::ROOT_KEY_CURRENT_USER,
+                 NS_LITERAL_STRING(OUTLOOK2003_REGISTRY_KEY),
+                 nsIWindowsRegKey::ACCESS_QUERY_VALUE |
+                 nsIWindowsRegKey::ACCESS_ENUMERATE_SUB_KEYS);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+    key.forget(aKey);
+    return rv;
+  }
+
+  rv = key->Open(nsIWindowsRegKey::ROOT_KEY_CURRENT_USER,
+                 NS_LITERAL_STRING(OUTLOOK98_REGISTRY_KEY),
+                 nsIWindowsRegKey::ACCESS_QUERY_VALUE |
+                 nsIWindowsRegKey::ACCESS_ENUMERATE_SUB_KEYS);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+    key.forget(aKey);
+    return rv;
+  }
+
+  return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+nsresult OutlookSettings::GetDefaultMailAccountName(nsAString &aName)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIWindowsRegKey> key;
+  nsresult rv = QueryAccountSubKey(getter_AddRefs(key));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  return key->ReadStringValue(NS_LITERAL_STRING("Default Mail Account"), aName);
+}
+
+bool OutlookSettings::DoImport(nsIMsgAccount **aAccount)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIWindowsRegKey> key;
+  nsresult rv = OutlookSettings::FindAccountsKey(getter_AddRefs(key));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+    IMPORT_LOG0("*** Error finding Outlook registry account keys\n");
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccountManager> accMgr =
+           do_GetService(NS_MSGACCOUNTMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+    IMPORT_LOG0("*** Failed to create a account manager!\n");
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  nsAutoString defMailName;
+  rv = GetDefaultMailAccountName(defMailName);
+
+  uint32_t childCount;
+  key->GetChildCount(&childCount);
+
+  uint32_t accounts = 0;
+  uint32_t popCount = 0;
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < childCount; i++) {
+    nsAutoString keyName;
+    key->GetChildName(i, keyName);
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIWindowsRegKey> subKey;
+    rv = key->OpenChild(keyName,
+                        nsIWindowsRegKey::ACCESS_QUERY_VALUE,
+                        getter_AddRefs(subKey));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      continue;
+
+    // Get the values for this account.
+    nsAutoCString nativeKeyName;
+    NS_CopyUnicodeToNative(keyName, nativeKeyName);
+    IMPORT_LOG1("Opened Outlook account: %s\n", nativeKeyName.get());
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccount> account;
+    nsAutoString value;
+    rv = subKey->ReadStringValue(NS_LITERAL_STRING("IMAP Server"), value);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) &&
+        DoIMAPServer(accMgr, subKey, value, getter_AddRefs(account)))
+      accounts++;
+
+    rv = subKey->ReadStringValue(NS_LITERAL_STRING("POP3 Server"), value);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) &&
+        DoPOP3Server(accMgr, subKey, value, getter_AddRefs(account))) {
+      popCount++;
+      accounts++;
+      if (aAccount && account) {
+        // If we created a mail account, get rid of it since
+        // we have 2 POP accounts!
+        if (popCount > 1)
+          NS_RELEASE(*aAccount);
+        else
+          NS_ADDREF(*aAccount = account);
+      }
+    }
+
+    // Is this the default account?
+    if (account && keyName.Equals(defMailName))
+      accMgr->SetDefaultAccount(account);
+  }
+
+  // Now save the new acct info to pref file.
+  rv = accMgr->SaveAccountInfo();
+  NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "Can't save account info to pref file");
+
+  return accounts != 0;
+}
+
+nsresult OutlookSettings::GetAccountName(nsIWindowsRegKey *aKey,
+                                         const nsString &aDefaultName,
+                                         nsAString &aAccountName)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  rv = aKey->ReadStringValue(NS_LITERAL_STRING("Account Name"), aAccountName);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    aAccountName.Assign(aDefaultName);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+bool OutlookSettings::DoIMAPServer(nsIMsgAccountManager *aMgr,
+                                   nsIWindowsRegKey *aKey,
+                                   const nsString &aServerName,
+                                   nsIMsgAccount **aAccount)
+{
+  nsAutoString userName;
+  nsresult rv;
+  rv = aKey->ReadStringValue(NS_LITERAL_STRING("IMAP User Name"), userName);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return false;
+
+  bool result = false;
+
+  // I now have a user name/server name pair, find out if it already exists?
+  nsAutoCString nativeUserName;
+  NS_CopyUnicodeToNative(userName, nativeUserName);
+  nsAutoCString nativeServerName;
+  NS_CopyUnicodeToNative(aServerName, nativeServerName);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> in;
+  rv = aMgr->FindServer(nativeUserName,
+                        nativeServerName,
+                        NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("imap"),
+                        getter_AddRefs(in));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || (in == nullptr)) {
+    // Create the incoming server and an account for it?
+    rv = aMgr->CreateIncomingServer(nativeUserName,
+                                    nativeServerName,
+                                    NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("imap"),
+                                    getter_AddRefs(in));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && in) {
+      rv = in->SetType(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("imap"));
+      // TODO SSL, auth method
+
+      IMPORT_LOG2("Created IMAP server named: %s, userName: %s\n",
+                  nativeServerName.get(), nativeUserName.get());
+
+      nsAutoString prettyName;
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(GetAccountName(aKey, aServerName, prettyName)))
+        rv = in->SetPrettyName(prettyName);
+      // We have a server, create an account.
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccount>  account;
+      rv = aMgr->CreateAccount(getter_AddRefs(account));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && account) {
+        rv = account->SetIncomingServer(in);
+
+        IMPORT_LOG0("Created an account and set the IMAP server as the incoming server\n");
+
+        // Fiddle with the identities
+        SetIdentities(aMgr, account, aKey);
+        result = true;
+        if (aAccount)
+          account.forget(aAccount);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  else
+    result = true;
+
+  return result;
+}
+
+bool OutlookSettings::DoPOP3Server(nsIMsgAccountManager *aMgr,
+                                   nsIWindowsRegKey *aKey,
+                                   const nsString &aServerName,
+                                   nsIMsgAccount **aAccount)
+{
+  nsAutoString userName;
+  nsresult rv;
+  rv = aKey->ReadStringValue(NS_LITERAL_STRING("POP3 User Name"), userName);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return false;
+
+  // I now have a user name/server name pair, find out if it already exists?
+  nsAutoCString nativeUserName;
+  NS_CopyUnicodeToNative(userName, nativeUserName);
+  nsAutoCString nativeServerName;
+  NS_CopyUnicodeToNative(aServerName, nativeServerName);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> in;
+  rv = aMgr->FindServer(nativeUserName,
+                        nativeServerName,
+                        NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("pop3"),
+                        getter_AddRefs(in));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    return true;
+
+  // Create the incoming server and an account for it?
+  rv = aMgr->CreateIncomingServer(nativeUserName,
+                                  nativeServerName,
+                                  NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("pop3"),
+                                  getter_AddRefs(in));
+  rv = in->SetType(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("pop3"));
+
+  // TODO SSL, auth method
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPop3IncomingServer> pop3Server = do_QueryInterface(in);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, false);
+
+  // set local folders as the Inbox to use for this POP3 server
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> localFoldersServer;
+  aMgr->GetLocalFoldersServer(getter_AddRefs(localFoldersServer));
+
+  if (!localFoldersServer) {
+    // XXX: We may need to move this local folder creation code to the generic nsImportSettings code
+    // if the other import modules end up needing to do this too.
+    // if Local Folders does not exist already, create it
+    rv = aMgr->CreateLocalMailAccount();
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+      IMPORT_LOG0("*** Failed to create Local Folders!\n");
+      return false;
+    }
+    aMgr->GetLocalFoldersServer(getter_AddRefs(localFoldersServer));
+  }
+
+  // now get the account for this server
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccount> localFoldersAccount;
+  aMgr->FindAccountForServer(localFoldersServer, getter_AddRefs(localFoldersAccount));
+  if (localFoldersAccount) {
+    nsCString localFoldersAcctKey;
+    localFoldersAccount->GetKey(localFoldersAcctKey);
+    pop3Server->SetDeferredToAccount(localFoldersAcctKey);
+    pop3Server->SetDeferGetNewMail(true);
+  }
+
+  IMPORT_LOG2("Created POP3 server named: %s, userName: %s\n",
+              nativeServerName.get(),
+              nativeUserName.get());
+
+  nsString prettyName;
+  rv = GetAccountName(aKey, aServerName, prettyName);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return false;
+
+  rv = in->SetPrettyName(prettyName);
+  // We have a server, create an account.
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccount>  account;
+  rv = aMgr->CreateAccount(getter_AddRefs(account));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return false;
+
+  rv = account->SetIncomingServer(in);
+
+  IMPORT_LOG0("Created a new account and set the incoming server to the POP3 server.\n");
+
+  uint32_t leaveOnServer;
+  rv = aKey->ReadIntValue(NS_LITERAL_STRING("Leave Mail On Server"), &leaveOnServer);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    pop3Server->SetLeaveMessagesOnServer(leaveOnServer == 1 ? true : false);
+
+  // Fiddle with the identities
+  SetIdentities(aMgr, account, aKey);
+
+  if (aAccount)
+    account.forget(aAccount);
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+void OutlookSettings::SetIdentities(nsIMsgAccountManager *aMgr,
+                                    nsIMsgAccount *aAcc,
+                                    nsIWindowsRegKey *aKey)
+{
+  // Get the relevant information for an identity
+  nsAutoString name;
+  aKey->ReadStringValue(NS_LITERAL_STRING("SMTP Display Name"), name);
+
+  nsAutoString server;
+  aKey->ReadStringValue(NS_LITERAL_STRING("SMTP Server"), server);
+
+  nsAutoString email;
+  aKey->ReadStringValue(NS_LITERAL_STRING("SMTP Email Address"), email);
+
+  nsAutoString reply;
+  aKey->ReadStringValue(NS_LITERAL_STRING("SMTP Reply To Email Address"), reply);
+
+  nsAutoString userName;
+  aKey->ReadStringValue(NS_LITERAL_STRING("SMTP User Name"), userName);
+
+  nsAutoString orgName;
+  aKey->ReadStringValue(NS_LITERAL_STRING("SMTP Organization Name"), orgName);
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIdentity>  id;
+  if (!email.IsEmpty() && !name.IsEmpty() && !server.IsEmpty()) {
+    // The default identity, nor any other identities matched,
+    // create a new one and add it to the account.
+    rv = aMgr->CreateIdentity(getter_AddRefs(id));
+    if (id) {
+      id->SetFullName(name);
+      id->SetOrganization(orgName);
+
+      nsAutoCString nativeEmail;
+      NS_CopyUnicodeToNative(email, nativeEmail);
+      id->SetEmail(nativeEmail);
+      if (!reply.IsEmpty()) {
+        nsAutoCString nativeReply;
+        NS_CopyUnicodeToNative(reply, nativeReply);
+        id->SetReplyTo(nativeReply);
+      }
+      aAcc->AddIdentity(id);
+
+      nsAutoCString nativeName;
+      NS_CopyUnicodeToNative(name, nativeName);
+      IMPORT_LOG0("Created identity and added to the account\n");
+      IMPORT_LOG1("\tname: %s\n", nativeName.get());
+      IMPORT_LOG1("\temail: %s\n", nativeEmail.get());
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (userName.IsEmpty()) {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer>  incomingServer;
+    rv = aAcc->GetIncomingServer(getter_AddRefs(incomingServer));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && incomingServer) {
+      nsAutoCString nativeUserName;
+      rv = incomingServer->GetUsername(nativeUserName);
+      NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "Unable to get UserName from incomingServer");
+      NS_CopyNativeToUnicode(nativeUserName, userName);
+    }
+  }
+
+  SetSmtpServer(aMgr, aAcc, id, server, userName);
+}
+
+nsresult OutlookSettings::SetSmtpServerKey(nsIMsgIdentity *aId,
+                                           nsISmtpServer *aServer)
+{
+  nsAutoCString smtpServerKey;
+  aServer->GetKey(getter_Copies(smtpServerKey));
+  return aId->SetSmtpServerKey(smtpServerKey);
+}
+
+nsresult OutlookSettings::SetSmtpServer(nsIMsgAccountManager *aMgr,
+                                        nsIMsgAccount *aAcc,
+                                        nsIMsgIdentity *aId,
+                                        const nsString &aServer,
+                                        const nsString &aUser)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISmtpService> smtpService(do_GetService(NS_SMTPSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsAutoCString nativeUserName;
+  NS_CopyUnicodeToNative(aUser, nativeUserName);
+  nsAutoCString nativeServerName;
+  NS_CopyUnicodeToNative(aServer, nativeServerName);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISmtpServer> foundServer;
+  rv = smtpService->FindServer(nativeUserName.get(),
+                               nativeServerName.get(),
+                               getter_AddRefs(foundServer));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && foundServer) {
+    if (aId)
+      SetSmtpServerKey(aId, foundServer);
+    IMPORT_LOG1("SMTP server already exists: %s\n",
+                nativeServerName.get());
+    return rv;
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISmtpServer> smtpServer;
+  rv = smtpService->CreateServer(getter_AddRefs(smtpServer));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  smtpServer->SetHostname(nativeServerName);
+  if (!aUser.IsEmpty())
+    smtpServer->SetUsername(nativeUserName);
+
+  if (aId)
+    SetSmtpServerKey(aId, smtpServer);
+
+  // TODO SSL, auth method
+  IMPORT_LOG1("Ceated new SMTP server: %s\n",
+              nativeServerName.get());
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
diff --git a/mailnews/import/outlook/src/nsOutlookSettings.h b/mailnews/import/outlook/src/nsOutlookSettings.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ea074e5b4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/outlook/src/nsOutlookSettings.h
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsOutlookSettings_h___
+#define nsOutlookSettings_h___
+
+#include "nsIImportSettings.h"
+
+
+class nsOutlookSettings : public nsIImportSettings {
+public:
+    nsOutlookSettings();
+
+  static nsresult Create(nsIImportSettings** aImport);
+
+    // nsISupports interface
+    NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+
+  // nsIImportSettings interface
+  NS_DECL_NSIIMPORTSETTINGS
+
+private:
+  virtual ~nsOutlookSettings();
+
+};
+
+#endif /* nsOutlookSettings_h___ */
diff --git a/mailnews/import/outlook/src/nsOutlookStringBundle.cpp b/mailnews/import/outlook/src/nsOutlookStringBundle.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..826e30e40
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/outlook/src/nsOutlookStringBundle.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+#include "prprf.h"
+#include "prmem.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "nsIStringBundle.h"
+#include "nsOutlookStringBundle.h"
+#include "nsIServiceManager.h"
+#include "nsIURI.h"
+#include "mozilla/Services.h"
+
+#define OUTLOOK_MSGS_URL       "chrome://messenger/locale/outlookImportMsgs.properties"
+
+nsIStringBundle *  nsOutlookStringBundle::m_pBundle = nullptr;
+
+nsIStringBundle *nsOutlookStringBundle::GetStringBundle(void)
+{
+  if (m_pBundle)
+    return m_pBundle;
+
+  char*        propertyURL = OUTLOOK_MSGS_URL;
+  nsIStringBundle*  sBundle = nullptr;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundleService> sBundleService =
+    mozilla::services::GetStringBundleService();
+  if (sBundleService) {
+    sBundleService->CreateBundle(propertyURL, &sBundle);
+  }
+
+  m_pBundle = sBundle;
+
+  return sBundle;
+}
+
+void nsOutlookStringBundle::GetStringByID(int32_t stringID, nsString& result)
+{
+  char16_t *ptrv = GetStringByID(stringID);
+  result = ptrv;
+  FreeString(ptrv);
+}
+
+char16_t *nsOutlookStringBundle::GetStringByID(int32_t stringID)
+{
+  if (m_pBundle)
+    m_pBundle = GetStringBundle();
+
+  if (m_pBundle) {
+    char16_t *ptrv = nullptr;
+    nsresult rv = m_pBundle->GetStringFromID(stringID, &ptrv);
+
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && ptrv)
+      return ptrv;
+  }
+
+  nsString resultString;
+  resultString.AppendLiteral("[StringID ");
+  resultString.AppendInt(stringID);
+  resultString.AppendLiteral("?]");
+
+  return ToNewUnicode(resultString);
+}
+
+void nsOutlookStringBundle::Cleanup(void)
+{
+  if (m_pBundle)
+    m_pBundle->Release();
+  m_pBundle = nullptr;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/import/outlook/src/nsOutlookStringBundle.h b/mailnews/import/outlook/src/nsOutlookStringBundle.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1351088d4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/outlook/src/nsOutlookStringBundle.h
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _nsOutlookStringBundle_H__
+#define _nsOutlookStringBundle_H__
+
+#include "nsCRTGlue.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+
+class nsIStringBundle;
+
+class nsOutlookStringBundle {
+public:
+  static char16_t     * GetStringByID(int32_t stringID);
+  static void GetStringByID(int32_t stringID, nsString& result);
+  static nsIStringBundle * GetStringBundle(void); // don't release
+  static void FreeString(char16_t *pStr) { NS_Free(pStr);}
+  static void Cleanup(void);
+private:
+  static nsIStringBundle * m_pBundle;
+};
+
+
+
+#define OUTLOOKIMPORT_NAME                     2000
+#define OUTLOOKIMPORT_DESCRIPTION              2010
+#define OUTLOOKIMPORT_MAILBOX_SUCCESS          2002
+#define OUTLOOKIMPORT_MAILBOX_BADPARAM         2003
+#define OUTLOOKIMPORT_MAILBOX_CONVERTERROR     2004
+#define OUTLOOKIMPORT_ADDRNAME                 2005
+#define OUTLOOKIMPORT_ADDRESS_SUCCESS          2006
+#define OUTLOOKIMPORT_ADDRESS_BADPARAM         2007
+#define OUTLOOKIMPORT_ADDRESS_BADSOURCEFILE    2008
+#define OUTLOOKIMPORT_ADDRESS_CONVERTERROR     2009
+
+
+#endif /* _nsOutlookStringBundle_H__ */
diff --git a/mailnews/import/outlook/src/rtfDecoder.cpp b/mailnews/import/outlook/src/rtfDecoder.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..837beec0b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/outlook/src/rtfDecoder.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,520 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include <stack>
+#include <map>
+#include <sstream>
+#include "Windows.h"
+#include "rtfDecoder.h"
+
+#define SIZEOF(x) (sizeof(x)/sizeof((x)[0]))
+#define IS_DIGIT(i)   ((i) >= '0' && (i) <= '9')
+#define IS_ALPHA(VAL) (((VAL) >= 'a' && (VAL) <= 'z') || ((VAL) >= 'A' && (VAL) <= 'Z'))
+
+inline int HexToInt(char ch)
+{
+  switch (ch) {
+  case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
+    return ch-'0';
+  case 'A': case 'B': case 'C': case 'D': case 'E': case 'F':
+    return ch-'A'+10;
+  case 'a': case 'b': case 'c': case 'd': case 'e': case 'f':
+    return ch-'a'+10;
+  default:
+    return 0;
+  }
+}
+
+inline int CharsetToCP(int charset)
+{
+  // We don't know the Code page for the commented out charsets.
+  switch (charset) {
+  case 0: return 1252; // ANSI
+  case 1: return 0;   // Default
+//case 2: return 42; // Symbol
+  case 2: return 1252; // Symbol
+  case 77: return 10000; // Mac Roman
+  case 78: return 10001; // Mac Shift Jis
+  case 79: return 10003; // Mac Hangul
+  case 80: return 10008; // Mac GB2312
+  case 81: return 10002; // Mac Big5
+//case 82: Mac Johab (old)
+  case 83: return 10005; // Mac Hebrew
+  case 84: return 10004; // Mac Arabic
+  case 85: return 10006; // Mac Greek
+  case 86: return 10081; // Mac Turkish
+  case 87: return 10021; // Mac Thai
+  case 88: return 10029; // Mac East Europe
+  case 89: return 10007; // Mac Russian
+  case 128: return 932; // Shift JIS
+  case 129: return 949; // Hangul
+  case 130: return 1361; // Johab
+  case 134: return 936; // GB2312
+  case 136: return 950; // Big5
+  case 161: return 1253; // Greek
+  case 162: return 1254; // Turkish
+  case 163: return 1258; // Vietnamese
+  case 177: return 1255; // Hebrew
+  case 178: return 1256; // Arabic
+//case 179: Arabic Traditional (old)
+//case 180: Arabic user (old)
+//case 181: Hebrew user (old)
+  case 186: return 1257; // Baltic
+  case 204: return 1251; // Russian
+  case 222: return 874; // Thai
+  case 238: return 1250; // Eastern European
+  case 254: return 437; // PC 437
+  case 255: return 850; // OEM
+  default: return CP_ACP;
+  }
+}
+
+struct FontInfo {
+  enum Options {has_fcharset = 0x0001,
+                has_cpg      = 0x0002};
+  unsigned int options;
+  int fcharset;
+  unsigned int cpg;
+  FontInfo() : options(0), fcharset(0), cpg(0xFFFFFFFF) {}
+  unsigned int Codepage()
+  {
+    if (options & has_cpg)
+      return cpg;
+    else if (options & has_fcharset)
+      return CharsetToCP(fcharset);
+    else return 0xFFFFFFFF;
+  }
+};
+typedef std::map<int, FontInfo> Fonttbl;
+
+struct LocalState {
+  bool fonttbl;         // When fonts are being defined
+  int f;                // Index of the font being defined/used; defines the codepage if no \cpg
+  unsigned int uc;      // ucN keyword value; its default is 1
+  unsigned int codepage;// defined by \cpg
+};
+typedef std::stack<LocalState> StateStack;
+
+struct GlobalState {
+  enum Pcdata_state { pcdsno, pcdsin, pcdsfinished };
+  std::istream& stream;
+  Fonttbl fonttbl;
+  StateStack stack;
+  unsigned int codepage; // defined by \ansi, \mac, \pc, \pca, and \ansicpgN
+  int deff;
+  std::stringstream pcdata_a;
+  unsigned int pcdata_a_codepage;
+  Pcdata_state pcdata_a_state;
+
+  GlobalState(std::istream& s)
+    : stream(s), codepage(CP_ACP), deff(-1), pcdata_a_state(pcdsno)
+  {
+    LocalState st;
+    st.fonttbl = false;
+    st.f = -1;
+    st.uc = 1;
+    st.codepage = 0xFFFFFFFF;
+    stack.push(st);
+  }
+  unsigned int GetCurrentCP()
+  {
+    if (stack.top().codepage != 0xFFFFFFFF) // \cpg in use
+      return stack.top().codepage;
+    // \cpg not used; use font settings
+    int f = (stack.top().f != -1) ? stack.top().f : deff; 
+    if (f != -1) {
+      Fonttbl::iterator iter = fonttbl.find(f);
+      if (iter != fonttbl.end()) {
+        unsigned int cp = iter->second.Codepage();
+        if (cp != 0xFFFFFFFF)
+          return cp;
+      }
+    }
+    return codepage; // No overrides; use the top-level legacy setting
+  }
+};
+
+struct Keyword {
+  char name[33];
+  bool hasVal;
+  int val;
+};
+
+class Lexem {
+public:
+  enum Type {ltGroupBegin, ltGroupEnd, ltKeyword, ltPCDATA_A, ltPCDATA_W,
+             ltBDATA, ltEOF, ltError};
+  Lexem(Type t=ltError) : m_type(t) {}
+  Lexem(Lexem& from) // Move pointers when copying
+  {
+    switch (m_type = from.m_type) {
+    case ltKeyword:
+      m_keyword = from.m_keyword;
+      break;
+    case ltPCDATA_A:
+      m_pcdata_a = from.m_pcdata_a;
+      break;
+    case ltPCDATA_W:
+      m_pcdata_w = from.m_pcdata_w;
+      break;
+    case ltBDATA:
+      m_bdata = from.m_bdata;
+      from.m_type = ltError;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  ~Lexem() { Clear(); }
+  Lexem& operator = (Lexem& from)
+  {
+    if (&from != this) {
+      Clear();
+      switch (m_type = from.m_type) {
+      case ltKeyword:
+        m_keyword = from.m_keyword;
+        break;
+      case ltPCDATA_A:
+        m_pcdata_a = from.m_pcdata_a;
+        break;
+      case ltPCDATA_W:
+        m_pcdata_w = from.m_pcdata_w;
+        break;
+      case ltBDATA:
+        m_bdata = from.m_bdata;
+        from.m_type = ltError;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    return *this;
+  }
+  Type type() const { return m_type; }
+  void SetPCDATA_A(char chdata)
+  {
+    Clear();
+    m_pcdata_a = chdata;
+    m_type = ltPCDATA_A;
+  }
+  void SetPCDATA_W(wchar_t chdata)
+  {
+    Clear();
+    m_pcdata_w = chdata;
+    m_type = ltPCDATA_W;
+  }
+  void SetBDATA(const char* data, int sz)
+  {
+    char* tmp = new char[sz]; // to allow getting the data from itself
+    if (tmp) {
+      memcpy(tmp, data, sz);
+      Clear();
+      m_bdata.data = tmp;
+      m_bdata.sz = sz;
+      m_type = ltBDATA;
+    }
+    else m_type = ltError;
+  }
+  void SetKeyword(const Keyword& src)
+  {
+    Clear();
+    m_type = ltKeyword;
+    m_keyword = src;
+  }
+  void SetKeyword(const char* name, bool hasVal=false, int val=0)
+  {
+    char tmp[SIZEOF(m_keyword.name)];
+    strncpy(tmp, name, SIZEOF(m_keyword.name)-1); // to allow copy drom itself
+    tmp[SIZEOF(m_keyword.name)-1]=0;
+    Clear();
+    m_type = ltKeyword;
+    memcpy(m_keyword.name, tmp, SIZEOF(m_keyword.name));
+    m_keyword.hasVal=hasVal;
+    m_keyword.val=val;
+  }
+  const char* KeywordName() const {
+    return (m_type == ltKeyword) ? m_keyword.name : 0; }
+  const int* KeywordVal() const {
+    return ((m_type == ltKeyword) && m_keyword.hasVal) ? &m_keyword.val : 0; }
+  char pcdata_a() const { return (m_type == ltPCDATA_A) ? m_pcdata_a : 0; }
+  wchar_t pcdata_w() const { return (m_type == ltPCDATA_W) ? m_pcdata_w : 0; }
+  const char* bdata() const { return (m_type == ltBDATA) ? m_bdata.data : 0; }
+  int bdata_sz() const { return (m_type == ltBDATA) ? m_bdata.sz : 0; }
+  static Lexem eof;
+  static Lexem groupBegin;
+  static Lexem groupEnd;
+  static Lexem error;
+private:
+  struct BDATA {
+    size_t sz;
+    char* data;
+  };
+
+  Type m_type;
+  union {
+    Keyword m_keyword;
+    char m_pcdata_a;
+    wchar_t m_pcdata_w;
+    BDATA m_bdata;
+  };
+  // This function leaves the object in the broken state. Must be followed
+  // by a correct initialization.
+  void Clear() 
+  {
+    switch (m_type) {
+    case ltBDATA:
+      delete[] m_bdata.data;
+      break;
+    }
+//  m_type = ltError;
+  }
+};
+
+Lexem Lexem::eof(ltEOF);
+Lexem Lexem::groupBegin(ltGroupBegin);
+Lexem Lexem::groupEnd(ltGroupEnd);
+Lexem Lexem::error(ltError);
+
+// This function moves pos. When calling the function, pos must be next to the
+// backslash; pos must be in the same sequence and before end!
+Keyword GetKeyword(std::istream& stream)
+{
+  Keyword keyword = {"", false, 0};
+  char ch;
+  if (stream.get(ch).eof())
+    return keyword;
+  // Control word; maybe delimiter and value
+  if (IS_ALPHA(ch)) { 
+    int i = 0;
+    do {
+      // We take up to 32 characters into account, skipping over extra
+      // characters (allowing for some non-conformant implementation).
+      if (i < 32)
+        keyword.name[i++] = ch;
+    } while (!stream.get(ch).eof() && IS_ALPHA(ch));
+    keyword.name[i] = 0; // NULL-terminating
+    if (!stream.eof() && (IS_DIGIT(ch) || (ch == '-'))) { // Value begin
+      keyword.hasVal = true;
+      bool negative = (ch == '-');
+      if (negative) stream.get(ch);
+      i = 0;
+      while (!stream.eof() && IS_DIGIT(ch)) {
+        // We take into account only 10 digits, skip other. Older specs stated
+        // that we must be ready for an arbitrary number of digits.
+        if (i++ < 10) 
+          keyword.val = keyword.val*10 + (ch - '0');
+        stream.get(ch);
+      }
+      if (negative) keyword.val = -keyword.val;
+    }
+     // End of control word; the space is just a delimiter - skip it
+    if (!stream.eof() && !(ch == ' '))
+      stream.unget();
+  }
+  else { // Control symbol
+    keyword.name[0] = ch, keyword.name[1] = 0;
+  }
+  return keyword;
+}
+
+Lexem GetLexem(std::istream& stream)
+{
+  Lexem result;
+  // We always stay at the beginning of the next lexem or a crlf
+  // If it's a brace then it's group begin/end
+  // If it's a backslash -> Preprocess
+  // - if it's a \u or \' -> make UTF16 character
+  // - else it's a keyword -> Process (e.g., remember the codepage)
+  // - (if the keyword is \bin then the following is #BDATA)
+  // If it's some other character -> Preprocess
+  // - if it's 0x09 -> it's the keyword \tab
+  // - else it's a PCDATA
+  char ch;
+  while (!stream.get(ch).eof() && ((ch == '\n') || (ch == '\r'))); // Skip crlf
+  if (stream.eof())
+    result = Lexem::eof;
+  else {
+    switch (ch) {
+    case '{': // Group begin
+    case '}': // Group end
+      result = (ch == '{') ? Lexem::groupBegin : Lexem::groupEnd;
+      break;
+    case '\\': // Keyword
+      result.SetKeyword(GetKeyword(stream));
+      break;
+    case '\t': // tab
+      result.SetKeyword("tab");
+      break;
+    default: // PSDATA?
+      result.SetPCDATA_A(ch);
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  return result;
+}
+
+void PreprocessLexem(/*inout*/Lexem& lexem, std::istream& stream, int uc)
+{
+  if (lexem.type() == Lexem::ltKeyword) {
+    if (lexem.KeywordName()[0] == 0) // Empty keyword - maybe eof?
+      lexem = Lexem::error;
+    else if (eq(lexem.KeywordName(), "u")) {
+       // Unicode character - get the UTF16 and skip the uc characters
+      if (const int* val = lexem.KeywordVal()) {
+        lexem.SetPCDATA_W(*val);
+        stream.ignore(uc);
+      }
+      else lexem = Lexem::error;
+    }
+    else if (eq(lexem.KeywordName(), "'")) {
+       // 8-bit character (\'hh) -> use current codepage
+      char ch, ch1;
+      if (!stream.get(ch).eof()) ch1 = HexToInt(ch);
+      if (!stream.get(ch).eof()) (ch1 <<= 4) += HexToInt(ch);
+      lexem.SetPCDATA_A(ch1);
+    }
+    else if (eq(lexem.KeywordName(), "\\") || eq(lexem.KeywordName(), "{") ||
+             eq(lexem.KeywordName(), "}")) // escaped characters
+      lexem.SetPCDATA_A(lexem.KeywordName()[0]);
+    else if (eq(lexem.KeywordName(), "bin")) {
+      if (const int* i = lexem.KeywordVal()) {
+        char* data = new char[*i];
+        if (data) {
+          stream.read(data, *i);
+          if (stream.fail())
+            lexem = Lexem::error;
+          else
+            lexem.SetBDATA(data, *i);
+          delete[] data;
+        }
+        else lexem = Lexem::error;
+      }
+      else lexem = Lexem::error;
+    }
+    else if (eq(lexem.KeywordName(), "\n") || eq(lexem.KeywordName(), "\r")) {
+      // escaped cr or lf
+      lexem.SetKeyword("par");
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+void UpdateState(const Lexem& lexem, /*inout*/GlobalState& globalState)
+{
+  switch (globalState.pcdata_a_state) {
+  case GlobalState::pcdsfinished: // Last time we finished the pcdata
+    globalState.pcdata_a_state = GlobalState::pcdsno;
+    break;
+  case GlobalState::pcdsin:
+     // to be reset later if still in the pcdata
+    globalState.pcdata_a_state = GlobalState::pcdsfinished;
+    break;
+  }
+
+  switch (lexem.type()) {
+  case Lexem::ltGroupBegin:
+    globalState.stack.push(globalState.stack.top());
+    break;
+  case Lexem::ltGroupEnd:
+    globalState.stack.pop();
+    break;
+  case Lexem::ltKeyword:
+    {
+      const int* val = lexem.KeywordVal();
+      if (eq(lexem.KeywordName(), "ansi")) globalState.codepage = CP_ACP;
+      else if (eq(lexem.KeywordName(), "mac")) globalState.codepage = CP_MACCP;
+      else if (eq(lexem.KeywordName(), "pc")) globalState.codepage = 437;
+      else if (eq(lexem.KeywordName(), "pca")) globalState.codepage = 850;
+      else if (eq(lexem.KeywordName(), "ansicpg") && val)
+        globalState.codepage = static_cast<unsigned int>(*val);
+      else if (eq(lexem.KeywordName(), "deff") && val)
+        globalState.deff = *val;
+      else if (eq(lexem.KeywordName(), "fonttbl")) globalState.stack.top().fonttbl = true;
+      else if (eq(lexem.KeywordName(), "f") && val) {
+        globalState.stack.top().f = *val;
+      }
+      else if (eq(lexem.KeywordName(), "fcharset") &&
+               globalState.stack.top().fonttbl &&
+               (globalState.stack.top().f != -1) && val) {
+        FontInfo& f = globalState.fonttbl[globalState.stack.top().f];
+        f.options |= FontInfo::has_fcharset;
+        f.fcharset = *val;
+      }
+      else if (eq(lexem.KeywordName(), "cpg") && val) {
+        if (globalState.stack.top().fonttbl && (globalState.stack.top().f != -1)) { // Defining a font
+          FontInfo& f = globalState.fonttbl[globalState.stack.top().f];
+          f.options |= FontInfo::has_cpg;
+          f.cpg = *val;
+        }
+        else { // Overriding the codepage for the block - may be in filenames
+          globalState.stack.top().codepage = *val;
+        }
+      }
+      else if (eq(lexem.KeywordName(), "plain"))
+        globalState.stack.top().f = -1;
+      else if (eq(lexem.KeywordName(), "uc") && val)
+        globalState.stack.top().uc = *val;
+    }
+    break;
+  case Lexem::ltPCDATA_A:
+    if (globalState.pcdata_a_state == GlobalState::pcdsno) // Beginning of the pcdata
+      globalState.pcdata_a_codepage = globalState.GetCurrentCP(); // to use later to convert to utf16
+    globalState.pcdata_a_state = GlobalState::pcdsin;
+    globalState.pcdata_a << lexem.pcdata_a();
+    break;
+  }
+}
+
+void DecodeRTF(std::istream& rtf, CRTFDecoder& decoder)
+{
+  // Check if this is the rtf
+  Lexem lexem = GetLexem(rtf);
+  if (lexem.type() != Lexem::ltGroupBegin)
+    return;
+  decoder.BeginGroup();
+  lexem = GetLexem(rtf);
+  if ((lexem.type() != Lexem::ltKeyword) || !eq(lexem.KeywordName(), "rtf") ||
+      !lexem.KeywordVal() || (*lexem.KeywordVal() != 1))
+    return;
+  decoder.Keyword(lexem.KeywordName(), lexem.KeywordVal());
+
+  GlobalState state(rtf);
+  // Level is the count of elements in the stack
+
+  while (!state.stream.eof() && (state.stack.size()>0)) { // Don't go past the global group
+    lexem = GetLexem(state.stream);
+    PreprocessLexem(lexem, state.stream, state.stack.top().uc);
+    UpdateState(lexem, state);
+
+    if (state.pcdata_a_state == GlobalState::pcdsfinished) {
+      std::string s = state.pcdata_a.str();
+      int sz = ::MultiByteToWideChar(state.pcdata_a_codepage, 0, s.c_str(), s.size(), 0, 0);
+      if (sz) {
+        wchar_t* data = new wchar_t[sz];
+        ::MultiByteToWideChar(state.pcdata_a_codepage, 0, s.c_str(), s.size(), data, sz);
+        decoder.PCDATA(data, sz);
+        delete[] data;
+      }
+      state.pcdata_a.str(""); // reset
+    }
+
+    switch (lexem.type()) {
+    case Lexem::ltGroupBegin:
+      decoder.BeginGroup();
+      break;
+    case Lexem::ltGroupEnd:
+      decoder.EndGroup();
+      break;
+    case Lexem::ltKeyword:
+      decoder.Keyword(lexem.KeywordName(), lexem.KeywordVal());
+      break;
+    case Lexem::ltPCDATA_W:
+      {
+        wchar_t ch = lexem.pcdata_w();
+        decoder.PCDATA(&ch, 1);
+      }
+      break;
+    case Lexem::ltBDATA:
+      decoder.BDATA(lexem.bdata(), lexem.bdata_sz());
+      break;
+    case Lexem::ltError:
+      break; // Just silently skip the erroneous data - basic error recovery
+    }
+  } // while
+} // DecodeRTF
diff --git a/mailnews/import/outlook/src/rtfDecoder.h b/mailnews/import/outlook/src/rtfDecoder.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..85a17721d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/outlook/src/rtfDecoder.h
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include <istream>
+
+template <size_t len>
+inline bool eq(const char* str1, const char (&str2)[len])
+{
+  return ::strncmp(str1, str2, len) == 0;
+};
+
+class CRTFDecoder {
+public:
+  virtual void BeginGroup() = 0;
+  virtual void EndGroup() = 0;
+  virtual void Keyword(const char* name, const int* Val) = 0;
+  virtual void PCDATA(const wchar_t* data, size_t cch) = 0;
+  virtual void BDATA(const char* data, size_t sz) = 0;
+};
+
+void DecodeRTF(std::istream& rtf, CRTFDecoder& decoder);
diff --git a/mailnews/import/outlook/src/rtfMailDecoder.cpp b/mailnews/import/outlook/src/rtfMailDecoder.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9a6b34725
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/outlook/src/rtfMailDecoder.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "rtfMailDecoder.h"
+
+void CRTFMailDecoder::BeginGroup()
+{
+  ClearState(sAsterisk);
+  SetState(sBeginGroup);
+  if (m_skipLevel)
+    ++m_skipLevel;
+}
+
+void CRTFMailDecoder::EndGroup()
+{
+  ClearState(sAsterisk|sBeginGroup);
+  if (m_skipLevel)
+    --m_skipLevel;
+}
+
+void CRTFMailDecoder::AddText(const wchar_t* txt, size_t cch)
+{
+  if (!IsHtmlRtf()) {
+    if (cch == static_cast<size_t>(-1))
+      m_text += txt;
+    else
+      m_text.append(txt, cch);
+  }
+}
+
+void CRTFMailDecoder::Keyword(const char* name, const int* Val)
+{
+  bool asterisk = IsAsterisk(); ClearState(sAsterisk); // for inside use only
+  bool beginGroup = IsBeginGroup(); ClearState(sBeginGroup); // for inside use only
+  if (!m_skipLevel) {
+    if (eq(name, "*") && beginGroup) SetState(sAsterisk);
+    else if (asterisk) {
+      if (eq(name, "htmltag") && (m_mode == mHTML)) { // \*\htmltag -> don't ignore; include the following text
+      }
+      else ++m_skipLevel;
+    }
+    else if (eq(name, "htmlrtf")) {
+      if (Val && (*Val==0))
+        ClearState(sHtmlRtf);
+      else
+        SetState(sHtmlRtf);
+    }
+    else if (eq(name, "par") || eq(name, "line")) {
+      AddText(L"\r\n");
+    }
+    else if (eq(name, "tab")) {
+      AddText(L"\t");
+    }
+    else if (eq(name, "rquote")) {
+      AddText(L"\x2019"); // Unicode right single quotation mark
+    }
+    else if (eq(name, "fromtext") && (m_mode==mNone)) { // avoid double "fromX"
+      m_mode = mText;
+    }
+    else if (eq(name, "fromhtml") && (m_mode==mNone)) { // avoid double "fromX"
+      m_mode = mHTML;
+    }
+    else if (eq(name, "fonttbl") || eq(name, "colortbl") || eq(name, "stylesheet") || eq(name, "pntext"))
+      ++m_skipLevel;
+  }
+}
+
+void CRTFMailDecoder::PCDATA(const wchar_t* data, size_t cch)
+{
+  ClearState(sAsterisk|sBeginGroup);
+  if (!m_skipLevel)
+    AddText(data, cch);
+}
+
+void CRTFMailDecoder::BDATA(const char* data, size_t sz)
+{
+  ClearState(sAsterisk|sBeginGroup);
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/import/outlook/src/rtfMailDecoder.h b/mailnews/import/outlook/src/rtfMailDecoder.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2b621577f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/outlook/src/rtfMailDecoder.h
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "mozilla/Attributes.h"
+#include <string>
+#include "rtfDecoder.h"
+
+class CRTFMailDecoder: public CRTFDecoder {
+public:
+  enum Mode {mNone, mText, mHTML};
+  CRTFMailDecoder() : m_mode(mNone), m_state(sNormal), m_skipLevel(0) {}
+  void BeginGroup() override;
+  void EndGroup() override;
+  void Keyword(const char* name, const int* Val) override;
+  void PCDATA(const wchar_t* data, size_t cch) override;
+  void BDATA(const char* data, size_t sz) override;
+  const wchar_t* text() { return m_text.c_str(); }
+  std::wstring::size_type textSize() { return m_text.size(); }
+  Mode mode() { return m_mode; }
+private:
+  enum State {sNormal = 0x0000,
+              sBeginGroup = 0x0001,
+              sAsterisk = 0x0002,
+              sHtmlRtf = 0x0004};
+
+  std::wstring m_text;
+  Mode m_mode;
+  unsigned int m_state; // bitmask of State
+// bool m_beginGroup; // true just after the {
+//bool m_asterisk; // true just after the {\*
+  int m_skipLevel; // if >0 then we ignore everything
+// bool m_htmlrtf;
+  inline void SetState(unsigned int s) { m_state |= s; }
+  inline void ClearState(unsigned int s) { m_state &= ~s; }
+  inline bool CheckState(State s) { return (m_state & s) != 0; }
+  inline bool IsAsterisk() { return CheckState(sAsterisk); }
+  inline bool IsBeginGroup() { return CheckState(sBeginGroup); }
+  inline bool IsHtmlRtf() { return CheckState(sHtmlRtf); }
+  void AddText(const wchar_t* txt, size_t cch=static_cast<size_t>(-1));
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/import/public/moz.build b/mailnews/import/public/moz.build
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..69efefb66
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/public/moz.build
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+# vim: set filetype=python:
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+XPIDL_SOURCES += [
+    'nsIImportABDescriptor.idl',
+    'nsIImportAddressBooks.idl',
+    'nsIImportFieldMap.idl',
+    'nsIImportFilters.idl',
+    'nsIImportGeneric.idl',
+    'nsIImportMail.idl',
+    'nsIImportMailboxDescriptor.idl',
+    'nsIImportMimeEncode.idl',
+    'nsIImportModule.idl',
+    'nsIImportService.idl',
+    'nsIImportSettings.idl',
+]
+
+XPIDL_MODULE = 'import'
+
diff --git a/mailnews/import/public/nsIImportABDescriptor.idl b/mailnews/import/public/nsIImportABDescriptor.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fe0ca1b31
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/public/nsIImportABDescriptor.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/*
+
+  Interface for importing mail - ui provided by the import module.  If
+  you wish to provide your own UI then implement the nsIImportGeneric
+  interface.
+
+  Can I get an attribute set method to take a const value???
+
+ */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+interface nsIFile;
+
+/**
+ * Implementation Note:
+ *
+ * The default implementation can be obtained from
+ * nsIImportService::CreateNewABDescriptor();
+ *
+ * You should only be interested in using this class if you implement
+ * the nsIImportAddressBooks interface in which case, just using the service to
+ * create new ones should work fine for you.  If not, implement your
+ * own.
+ */
+[scriptable, uuid(2d8983b2-cea6-4ae2-9145-eb772481fa18)]
+interface nsIImportABDescriptor : nsISupports
+{
+  /**
+   *  use the following 2 attributes however you'd like to
+   * refer to a specific address book
+   */
+  attribute unsigned long identifier;
+  attribute unsigned long ref;
+
+  /**
+   * Doesn't have to be accurate, this is merely used to report progress.
+   * If you're importing a file, using file size and reporting progress
+   * as the number of bytes processed so far makes sense.  For other formats
+   * returning the number of records may make more sense.
+   */
+  attribute unsigned long size;
+
+  /**
+   * The preferred name for this address book.  Depending upon how the
+   * user selected import, the caller of the nsIImportAddressBooks interface
+   * may use this name to create the destination address book or it may
+   * ignore it.  However, this must be provided in all cases as it is
+   * also displayed in the UI to the user.
+   */
+  attribute AString preferredName;
+
+  /**
+   * For address books that want a file descriptor to locate the address book.
+   * For formats that do not, use identifier & ref to refer to the address book
+   * OR implement your own nsIImportABDescriptor that contains additional data
+   * necessary to identify specific address books,
+   */
+  attribute nsIFile abFile;
+
+  /**
+   * Set by the UI to indicate whether or not this address book should be imported.
+   */
+   attribute boolean import;
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/import/public/nsIImportAddressBooks.idl b/mailnews/import/public/nsIImportAddressBooks.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a6f9a7800
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/public/nsIImportAddressBooks.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,153 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/*
+  Interface for importing address books using the standard UI.  Address
+  book import occurs in several forms (yuck!).
+  The destination can be 1..n new address books corresponding to the source
+  format.  For instance a text file would import into a new address book
+  with the same name as the text file.
+  The destination can be 1 pre-defined address book, all entries will be
+  added to the supplied address book - this allows the address book UI so provide
+  an import command specific for an individual address book.
+
+  The source can import 1 or multiple address books.
+  The address books can be auto-discoverable or user specified.
+  The address books can require field mapping or not.
+
+  All of this is rather complicated but it should work out OK.
+  1) The first UI
+  panel will allow selection of the address book and will indicate to the user
+  if the address book will be imported into an existing address book or new address
+  books.  (This could be 2 separate xul UI's?).
+  2) The second panel will show field mapping if it is required - if it is required then
+  there will be one panel per address book for formats that support multiple
+  address books.  If it is not required then there will be no second panel.
+  3) Show the progress dialog for the import - this could be per address book if
+  mapping is required? what to do, what to doooooo.....
+  4) All done, maybe a what was done panel??
+*/
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+interface   nsIFile;
+interface   nsIArray;
+interface  nsIImportABDescriptor;
+interface  nsIAddrDatabase;
+interface  nsIImportFieldMap;
+
+[scriptable, uuid(6bba48be-331c-41e3-bc9f-c2ea3754d977)]
+interface nsIImportAddressBooks : nsISupports
+{
+
+  /*
+    Does this interface supports 1 or 1..n address books.  You only
+    get to choose 1 location so for formats where 1..n address books
+    are imported from a directory, then return true.  For a 1 to 1 relationship
+    between location and address books return false.
+  */
+  boolean GetSupportsMultiple();
+
+  /*
+    If the address book is not found via a file location.then return true
+    along with a description string of how or where the address book is
+    located.  If it is a file location then return false.
+    If true, return a string like: "Outlook Express standard address book,
+    also known as the Windows address book" or just "Outlook Express address book".
+    If false, GetDefaultLocation will be called.
+  */
+
+  boolean GetAutoFind( out wstring description);
+
+  /*
+    Returns true if the address book needs the user to specify a field map
+    for address books imported from this format.
+  */
+  boolean GetNeedsFieldMap( in nsIFile location);
+
+  /*
+    If found and userVerify BOTH return false, then it is assumed that this
+    means an error - address book cannot be found on this machine.
+    If userVerify is true, the user will have an opportunity to specify
+    a different location to import address book from.
+  */
+  void   GetDefaultLocation( out nsIFile location,
+                out boolean  found,
+                out boolean  userVerify);
+  /*
+    Returns an nsIArray which contains an nsIImportABDescriptor for each
+    address book.  The array is not sorted before display to the user.
+    location is null if GetAutoFind returned true.
+  */
+  nsIArray FindAddressBooks(in nsIFile location);
+
+  /*
+    Fill in defaults (if any) for a field map for importing address
+    books from this location.
+  */
+  void InitFieldMap(in nsIImportFieldMap fieldMap);
+
+  /**
+   * Import a specific address book into the destination file supplied.
+   * If an error occurs that is non-fatal, the destination will be deleted and
+   * other adress book will be imported.  If a fatal error occurs, the
+   * destination will be deleted and the import operation will abort.
+   *
+   * @param aSource         The source data for the import.
+   * @param aDestination    The proxy database for the destination of the
+   *                        import.
+   * @param aFieldMap       The field map containing the mapping of fields to be
+   *                        used in cvs and tab type imports.
+   * @param aSupportService An optional proxy support service (nullptr is
+   *                        acceptable if it is not required), may be required
+   *                        for certain import types (e.g. nsIAbLDIFService for
+   *                        LDIF import).
+   * @param aErrorLog       The error log from the import.
+   * @param aSuccessLog     The success log from the import.
+   * @param aFatalError     True if there was a fatal error doing the import.
+   */
+  void ImportAddressBook(in nsIImportABDescriptor aSource,
+                         in nsIAddrDatabase aDestination,
+                         in nsIImportFieldMap aFieldMap,
+                         in nsISupports aSupportService,
+                         out wstring aErrorLog,
+                         out wstring aSuccessLog,
+                         out boolean aFatalError);
+
+  /*
+    Return the amount of the address book that has been imported so far.  This number
+    is used to present progress information and must never be larger than the
+    size specified in nsIImportABDescriptor.GetSize();  May be called from
+    a different thread than ImportAddressBook()
+  */
+  unsigned long GetImportProgress();
+
+  /*
+    Set the location for reading sample data, this should be the same
+    as what is passed later to FindAddressBooks
+  */
+  void  SetSampleLocation( in nsIFile location);
+
+  /*
+   * Return a string of sample data for a record, each field
+   * is separated by a newline (which means no newlines in the fields!)
+   * This is only supported by address books which use field maps and
+   * is used by the field map UI to allow the user to properly
+   * align fields to be imported.
+   *
+   * @param recordNumber index of the recrds, starting from 0.
+   * @param recordExists true if the record exists.
+   *
+   * @returns a string of sample data for the desired record
+   */
+  wstring GetSampleData(in long recordNumber, out boolean recordExists);
+
+};
+
+
+
+%{ C++
+
+%}
diff --git a/mailnews/import/public/nsIImportFieldMap.idl b/mailnews/import/public/nsIImportFieldMap.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..693e4be87
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/public/nsIImportFieldMap.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/*
+    Field map interface for importing address books
+
+  A field map is an arbitrary sized list of mozilla address book fields.
+  The field map is used by import to map fields from the import format
+  to mozilla fields.
+  For export, the map contains the ordered list of mozilla fields to
+  export!
+*/
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+interface nsIAddrDatabase;
+interface nsIMdbRow;
+interface nsIAbCard;
+
+[scriptable, uuid(deee9264-1fe3-47b1-b745-47b22de454e2)]
+interface nsIImportFieldMap : nsISupports
+{
+  /*
+    Flag to indicate whether or not to skip the first record,
+    for instance csv files often have field names as the first
+    record
+  */
+  attribute boolean skipFirstRecord;
+
+  readonly attribute long  numMozFields;
+  readonly attribute long  mapSize;
+
+  wstring GetFieldDescription( in long index);
+
+  /*
+    Set the size of the field map, all unpopulated entries
+    will default to -1
+  */
+  void  SetFieldMapSize( in long size);
+
+  /*
+    Initialize the field map to a given size with default values
+  */
+  void  DefaultFieldMap( in long size);
+
+  /*
+    Return the field number that this index maps to, -1 for no field
+  */
+  long  GetFieldMap( in long index);
+
+  /*
+    Set the field that this index maps to, -1 for no field
+  */
+  void  SetFieldMap( in long index, in long fieldNum);
+
+  /*
+    Return if this field is "active" in the map.
+  */
+  boolean  GetFieldActive( in long index);
+
+  /*
+    Set the active state of this field
+  */
+  void  SetFieldActive( in long index, in boolean active);
+
+  /*
+    Set the value of the given field in the database row
+  */
+  void  SetFieldValue( in nsIAddrDatabase database, in nsIMdbRow row, in long fieldNum, in wstring value);
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/import/public/nsIImportFilters.idl b/mailnews/import/public/nsIImportFilters.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d8e480617
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/public/nsIImportFilters.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/*
+  Interface for importing filters.
+*/
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+interface nsIMsgAccount;
+interface nsIFile;
+
+[scriptable, uuid(f2680ccf-d110-4b5b-954d-e072d4a16129)]
+interface nsIImportFilters : nsISupports
+{
+  boolean  AutoLocate( out wstring aDescription, out nsIFile aLocation);
+
+  void     SetLocation( in nsIFile aLocation);
+
+  /*
+    Import filters and put any problems in the error out parameter.
+  */
+  boolean  Import( out wstring aError);
+};
+
+
+
+%{ C++
+
+%}
diff --git a/mailnews/import/public/nsIImportGeneric.idl b/mailnews/import/public/nsIImportGeneric.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1496bac65
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/public/nsIImportGeneric.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/*
+    Interface for importing anything.  You are responsible for opening
+    up UI and doing all of the work to make it happen.
+
+*/
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+interface nsISupportsString;
+
+[scriptable, uuid(469d7d5f-144c-4f07-9661-e49e40156348)]
+interface nsIImportGeneric : nsISupports
+{
+  /* Use these to prepare for the import */
+    /*
+      "mailInterface" - nsIImportMail interface
+      "mailBoxes" - nsIArray of nsIImportMailboxDescriptors
+      "mailLocation" - nsIFile, source location for mail
+
+      "addressInterface" - nsIImportAddressBooks interface
+      "addressBooks" - nsIArray of nsIImportABDescriptors
+      "addressLocation" - src location of address books (if needed!)
+      "addressDestination" - uri of destination address book or null if
+                new address books will be created.
+    */
+  nsISupports  GetData( in string dataId);
+
+  void    SetData( in string dataId, in nsISupports pData);
+
+    /*
+      "isInstalled" - if true then mail can be automatically located.
+      "canUserSetLocation" - if true then the user can specify the location
+        to look for mail.  If both are false, then there is no way
+        to import mail from this format!
+        TBD: How to specify whether or not a file or a directory
+        should be specified?
+      "autoFind" - for address books, is the address book located without
+        using the file system - i.e. addressLocation is irrelevant.
+      "supportsMultiple" - 1 or 1..n address books are imported by this format?
+
+    */
+  long    GetStatus( in string statusKind);
+
+  /*
+    When you are ready to import call this.  If it returns TRUE then
+    you must call BeginImport and then repeatedly call GetProgress until
+    it returns 100 % done or until ContinueImport returns FALSE.
+    If this returns FALSE then BeginImport will begin and finish the import
+    before it returns.
+  */
+  boolean    WantsProgress();
+
+  /* Use these for the actual import */
+    /* Begin import is expected to start a new thread UNLESS WantsProgress returned
+      FALSE.  It is REQUIRED to call WantsProgress before calling BeginImport.
+      If WantsProgress was false then this will return the success or
+      failure of the import.  Failure can be reported even if WantsProgress
+      returned TRUE.
+     */
+  boolean BeginImport(in nsISupportsString successLog,
+                      in nsISupportsString errorLog);
+    /*
+      If WantsProgress returned TRUE then this will indicate if the import should
+      continue.  If this returns FALSE then no other methods should be called
+      and the error log should be shown to the user.
+    */
+  boolean    ContinueImport();
+    /*
+      Returns the percentage done.  When this returns 100 then the import is done.
+      (only valid if WantsProgress returned true)
+    */
+  long    GetProgress();
+    /*
+      Cancel an import in progress.  Again, this is only valid if WantsProgress
+      returned true.
+    */
+  void    CancelImport();
+};
+
+
+
+%{ C++
+
+%}
diff --git a/mailnews/import/public/nsIImportMail.idl b/mailnews/import/public/nsIImportMail.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..dcc4dd7ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/public/nsIImportMail.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/*
+
+  Interface for importing mail - ui provided by the import module.  If
+  you wish to provide your own UI then implement the nsIImportGeneric
+  interface.
+
+*/
+
+/*
+  If you support this interface then the standard mailbox import UI
+  can be used to drive your import of mailboxes, which means you don't have
+  to worry about anything other than implementing this interface
+  (and nsIImportModule) to import mailboxes.
+*/
+
+/*
+  The general process is:
+  1) Do you know where the mail is located
+  2) Do you want the user to "verify" this location and have
+  the option of specifying a different mail directory?
+  3) Given a directory (either specified in 1 or 2) build a list
+  of all of the mailboxes to be imported.
+  4) Import each mail box to the destination provided!
+  5) Update the portion of the mailbox imported so far.  This should
+  always be less than the mailbox size until you are done.  This
+  is used for progress bar updating and MAY BE CALLED FROM ANOTHER
+  THREAD!
+
+*/
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+interface nsIFile;
+interface nsIArray;
+interface nsIImportMailboxDescriptor;
+interface nsIMsgFolder;
+
+[scriptable, uuid(a14a3308-0849-420b-86d3-13a2948b5504)]
+interface nsIImportMail : nsISupports
+{
+
+  /*
+    If found and userVerify BOTH return false, then it is assumed that this
+    means an error - mail cannot be found on this machine.
+    If userVerify is true, the user will have an opportunity to specify
+    a different location to import mail from.
+  */
+  void   GetDefaultLocation( out nsIFile location,
+                out boolean  found,
+                out boolean  userVerify);
+  /*
+    Returns an nsIArray which contains an nsIImportMailboxID for each
+    mailbox.  The array is not sorted before display to the user.
+  */
+  nsIArray FindMailboxes(in nsIFile location);
+
+  /*
+    Import a specific mailbox into the destination folder supplied.  If an error
+    occurs that is non-fatal, the destination will be deleted and other mailboxes
+    will be imported.  If a fatal error occurs, the destination will be deleted
+    and the import operation will abort.
+  */
+  void   ImportMailbox(in nsIImportMailboxDescriptor source,
+                       in nsIMsgFolder dstFolder,
+                       out wstring errorLog,
+                       out wstring successLog,
+                       out boolean fatalError);
+
+  /*
+    Return the amount of the mailbox that has been imported so far.  This number
+    is used to present progress information and must never be larger than the
+    size specified in nsIImportMailboxID.GetSize();  May be called from
+    a different thread than ImportMailbox()
+  */
+  unsigned long GetImportProgress();
+
+    /*
+   * When migrating the local folders from the import source into mozilla,
+   * we want to translate reserved folder names from the import source to
+   * equivalent values for Mozilla.
+   * Localization Impact is unknown here.
+   */
+  AString translateFolderName(in AString aFolderName);
+};
+
+
+
+%{ C++
+#define kDestTrashFolderName "Trash"
+#define kDestUnsentMessagesFolderName "Unsent Messages"
+#define kDestSentFolderName "Sent"
+#define kDestInboxFolderName "Inbox"
+%}
diff --git a/mailnews/import/public/nsIImportMailboxDescriptor.idl b/mailnews/import/public/nsIImportMailboxDescriptor.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..24d24e694
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/public/nsIImportMailboxDescriptor.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/*
+
+  Interface for importing mail - ui provided by the import module.  If
+  you wish to provide your own UI then implement the nsIImportGeneric
+  interface.
+
+ */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+interface nsIFile;
+
+[scriptable, uuid(69eba744-9c4f-4f79-a964-2134746b3656)]
+interface nsIImportMailboxDescriptor : nsISupports
+{
+  attribute unsigned long identifier;
+  attribute unsigned long  depth;
+  attribute unsigned long  size;
+
+  wstring  GetDisplayName();
+  void  SetDisplayName( [const] in wstring name);
+
+  attribute boolean import;
+  readonly attribute nsIFile file;
+};
+
+
+
+%{ C++
+
+/*
+  The default implementation can be obtained from
+  nsIImportService::CreateNewMailboxDescriptor();
+
+  You should only be interested in using this class if you implement
+  the nsIImportMail interface in which case, just using the service to
+  create new ones should work fine for you.  If not, implement your
+  own.
+*/
+
+%}
diff --git a/mailnews/import/public/nsIImportMimeEncode.idl b/mailnews/import/public/nsIImportMimeEncode.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a03646831
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/public/nsIImportMimeEncode.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/*
+  Encodes a file from disk into an output stream including properly
+  encoded mime headers.
+*/
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+interface nsIFile;
+
+[noscript, uuid(1d63892f-f660-465c-a550-95d4cb089de4)]
+interface nsIImportMimeEncode : nsISupports
+{
+
+  void  EncodeFile( in nsIFile inFile, in nsIFile outFile, [const] in string fileName, [const] in string mimeType);
+
+  boolean  DoWork( out boolean done);
+
+  long  NumBytesProcessed();
+
+  boolean  DoEncoding();
+  void  Initialize( in nsIFile inFile, in nsIFile outFile, [const] in string fileName, [const] in string mimeType);
+
+};
+
+
+
+%{ C++
+
+#define NS_IMPORTMIMEENCODE_CID                      \
+{ /* e4a1a340-8de2-11d3-a206-00a0cc26da63 */         \
+    0xe4a1a340,                                      \
+    0x8de2,                                          \
+    0x11d3,                                          \
+    {0xa2, 0x06, 0x00, 0xa0, 0xcc, 0x26, 0xda, 0x63} \
+}
+
+%}
diff --git a/mailnews/import/public/nsIImportModule.idl b/mailnews/import/public/nsIImportModule.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..116cad767
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/public/nsIImportModule.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/*
+
+  An import module.
+
+ */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+
+[scriptable, uuid(624f0280-173f-11d3-a206-00a0cc26da63)]
+interface nsIImportModule : nsISupports
+{
+  readonly attribute wstring   name;
+  readonly attribute wstring   description;
+  readonly attribute string   supports;
+  readonly attribute boolean  supportsUpgrade;
+
+  nsISupports GetImportInterface( in string importType);
+};
+
+
+%{ C++
+#define NS_IMPORT_MAIL_STR      "mail"
+#define NS_IMPORT_ADDRESS_STR   "addressbook"
+#define NS_IMPORT_SETTINGS_STR  "settings"
+#define NS_IMPORT_FILTERS_STR   "filters"
+%}
diff --git a/mailnews/import/public/nsIImportService.idl b/mailnews/import/public/nsIImportService.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..160fdccdf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/public/nsIImportService.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/*
+
+  The import service.
+
+ */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+interface nsIImportModule;
+interface nsIImportMailboxDescriptor;
+interface nsIImportABDescriptor;
+interface nsIImportGeneric;
+interface nsIImportFieldMap;
+interface nsIMsgSendListener;
+interface nsIMsgIdentity;
+interface nsIMsgCompFields;
+interface nsIArray;
+
+[scriptable, uuid(d0ed4c50-5997-49c9-8a6a-045f0680ed29)]
+interface nsIImportService : nsISupports
+{
+    void DiscoverModules();
+
+  long GetModuleCount( in string filter);
+  void GetModuleInfo( in string filter, in long index, out wstring name, out wstring description);
+  wstring GetModuleName( in string filter, in long index);
+  wstring GetModuleDescription( in string filter, in long index);
+  nsIImportModule  GetModule( in string filter, in long index);
+  nsIImportModule GetModuleWithCID( in nsCIDRef cid);
+
+  nsIImportFieldMap      CreateNewFieldMap();
+  nsIImportMailboxDescriptor  CreateNewMailboxDescriptor();
+  nsIImportABDescriptor    CreateNewABDescriptor();
+  nsIImportGeneric      CreateNewGenericMail();
+  nsIImportGeneric      CreateNewGenericAddressBooks();
+  void CreateRFC822Message(in nsIMsgIdentity aIdentity,
+                           in nsIMsgCompFields aMsgFields,
+                           in string aBodytype,
+                           in ACString aBody,
+                           in boolean aCreateAsDraft,
+                           in nsIArray aLoadedAttachments,
+                           in nsIArray aEmbeddedObjects,
+                           in nsIMsgSendListener aListener);
+
+};
+
+%{ C++
+#define NS_IMPORTSERVICE_CID              \
+{ /* 5df96d60-1726-11d3-a206-00a0cc26da63 */      \
+   0x5df96d60, 0x1726, 0x11d3,                   \
+   {0xa2, 0x06, 0x0, 0xa0, 0xcc, 0x26, 0xda, 0x63}}
+
+#define NS_IMPORTSERVICE_CONTRACTID "@mozilla.org/import/import-service;1"
+%}
diff --git a/mailnews/import/public/nsIImportSettings.idl b/mailnews/import/public/nsIImportSettings.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9ff90d168
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/public/nsIImportSettings.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/*
+    Interface for importing settings.  Settings can be auto-located or
+  specified by a specific file.  Depends upon the app that the settings
+  are coming from.
+
+*/
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+interface nsIMsgAccount;
+interface nsIFile;
+
+[scriptable, uuid(1c0e3012-bc4d-4fb2-be6a-0335c7bab9ac)]
+interface nsIImportSettings : nsISupports
+{
+  boolean    AutoLocate( out wstring description, out nsIFile location);
+
+  void    SetLocation( in nsIFile location);
+
+  /*
+    Create all of the accounts, identities, and servers.  Return an
+    account where any local mail from this app should be imported.
+    The returned account can be null which indicates that no suitable
+    account for local mail was created and a new account specifically for
+    the imported mail should be created.
+  */
+  boolean    Import( out nsIMsgAccount localMailAccount);
+};
+
+
+
+%{ C++
+
+%}
diff --git a/mailnews/import/src/ImportCharSet.cpp b/mailnews/import/src/ImportCharSet.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a8bc48d19
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/src/ImportCharSet.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+
+#include "ImportCharSet.h"
+
+char ImportCharSet::m_upperCaseMap[256];
+char ImportCharSet::m_Ascii[256] = {0}; // the initialiser makes it strong
+
+class UInitMaps {
+public:
+  UInitMaps();
+};
+
+UInitMaps  gInitMaps;
+
+UInitMaps::UInitMaps()
+{
+  int  i;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < 256; i++)
+    ImportCharSet::m_upperCaseMap[i] = i;
+  for (i = 'a'; i <= 'z'; i++)
+    ImportCharSet::m_upperCaseMap[i] = i - 'a' + 'A';
+
+  for (i = 0; i < 256; i++)
+    ImportCharSet::m_Ascii[i] = 0;
+
+  for (i = ImportCharSet::cUpperAChar; i <= ImportCharSet::cUpperZChar; i++)
+    ImportCharSet::m_Ascii[i] |= (ImportCharSet::cAlphaNumChar | ImportCharSet::cAlphaChar);
+  for (i = ImportCharSet::cLowerAChar; i <= ImportCharSet::cLowerZChar; i++)
+    ImportCharSet::m_Ascii[i] |= (ImportCharSet::cAlphaNumChar | ImportCharSet::cAlphaChar);
+  for (i = ImportCharSet::cZeroChar; i <= ImportCharSet::cNineChar; i++)
+    ImportCharSet::m_Ascii[i] |= (ImportCharSet::cAlphaNumChar | ImportCharSet::cDigitChar);
+
+  ImportCharSet::m_Ascii[ImportCharSet::cTabChar] |= ImportCharSet::cWhiteSpaceChar;
+  ImportCharSet::m_Ascii[ImportCharSet::cCRChar] |= ImportCharSet::cWhiteSpaceChar;
+  ImportCharSet::m_Ascii[ImportCharSet::cLinefeedChar] |= ImportCharSet::cWhiteSpaceChar;
+  ImportCharSet::m_Ascii[ImportCharSet::cSpaceChar] |= ImportCharSet::cWhiteSpaceChar;
+
+  ImportCharSet::m_Ascii[uint8_t('(')] |= ImportCharSet::c822SpecialChar;
+  ImportCharSet::m_Ascii[uint8_t(')')] |= ImportCharSet::c822SpecialChar;
+  ImportCharSet::m_Ascii[uint8_t('<')] |= ImportCharSet::c822SpecialChar;
+  ImportCharSet::m_Ascii[uint8_t('>')] |= ImportCharSet::c822SpecialChar;
+  ImportCharSet::m_Ascii[uint8_t('@')] |= ImportCharSet::c822SpecialChar;
+  ImportCharSet::m_Ascii[uint8_t(',')] |= ImportCharSet::c822SpecialChar;
+  ImportCharSet::m_Ascii[uint8_t(';')] |= ImportCharSet::c822SpecialChar;
+  ImportCharSet::m_Ascii[uint8_t(':')] |= ImportCharSet::c822SpecialChar;
+  ImportCharSet::m_Ascii[uint8_t('\\')] |= ImportCharSet::c822SpecialChar;
+  ImportCharSet::m_Ascii[uint8_t('"')] |= ImportCharSet::c822SpecialChar;
+  ImportCharSet::m_Ascii[uint8_t('.')] |= ImportCharSet::c822SpecialChar;
+  ImportCharSet::m_Ascii[uint8_t('[')] |= ImportCharSet::c822SpecialChar;
+  ImportCharSet::m_Ascii[uint8_t(']')] |= ImportCharSet::c822SpecialChar;
+
+
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/import/src/ImportCharSet.h b/mailnews/import/src/ImportCharSet.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c1f649ef2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/src/ImportCharSet.h
@@ -0,0 +1,175 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef ImportCharSet_h___
+#define ImportCharSet_h___
+
+#include "nscore.h"
+
+
+// Some useful ASCII values
+//  'A' = 65, 0x41
+//  'Z' = 90, 0x5a
+//  '_' = 95, 0x5f
+//  'a' = 97, 0x61
+//  'z' = 122, 0x7a
+//  '0' = 48, 0x30
+//  '1' = 49, 0x31
+//  '9' = 57, 0x39
+//  ' ' = 32, 0x20
+//   whitespace, 10, 13, 32, 9 (linefeed, cr, space, tab) - 0x0a, 0x0d, 0x20, 0x09
+//  ':' = 58, 0x3a
+
+
+// a typedef enum would be nicer but some compilers still have trouble with treating
+// enum's as plain numbers when needed
+
+class ImportCharSet {
+public:
+  enum {
+    cTabChar = 9,
+    cLinefeedChar = 10,
+    cCRChar = 13,
+    cSpaceChar = 32,
+    cUpperAChar = 65,
+    cUpperZChar = 90,
+    cUnderscoreChar = 95,
+    cLowerAChar = 97,
+    cLowerZChar = 122,
+    cZeroChar = 48,
+    cNineChar = 57,
+
+    cAlphaNumChar = 1,
+    cAlphaChar = 2,
+    cWhiteSpaceChar = 4,
+    cDigitChar = 8,
+    c822SpecialChar = 16
+  };
+
+  static char      m_upperCaseMap[256];
+  static char      m_Ascii[256];
+
+  inline static bool IsUSAscii(uint8_t ch) { return (((ch & (uint8_t)0x80) == 0));}
+  inline static bool Is822CtlChar(uint8_t ch) { return (ch < 32);}
+  inline static bool Is822SpecialChar(uint8_t ch) { return ((m_Ascii[ch] & c822SpecialChar) == c822SpecialChar);}
+  inline static bool IsWhiteSpace(uint8_t ch) { return ((m_Ascii[ch] & cWhiteSpaceChar) == cWhiteSpaceChar); }
+  inline static bool IsAlphaNum(uint8_t ch) { return ((m_Ascii[ch] & cAlphaNumChar) == cAlphaNumChar); }
+  inline static bool IsDigit(uint8_t ch) { return ((m_Ascii[ch] & cDigitChar) == cDigitChar); }
+
+  inline static uint8_t ToLower(uint8_t ch) { if ((m_Ascii[ch] & cAlphaChar) == cAlphaChar) { return cLowerAChar + (m_upperCaseMap[ch] - cUpperAChar); } else return ch; }
+
+  inline static long AsciiToLong(const uint8_t * pChar, uint32_t len) {
+    long num = 0;
+    while (len) {
+      if ((m_Ascii[*pChar] & cDigitChar) == 0)
+        return num;
+      num *= 10;
+      num += (*pChar - cZeroChar);
+      len--;
+      pChar++;
+    }
+    return num;
+  }
+
+  inline static void ByteToHex(uint8_t byte, uint8_t * pHex) {
+    uint8_t val = byte;
+    val /= 16;
+    if (val < 10)
+      *pHex = '0' + val;
+    else
+      *pHex = 'A' + (val - 10);
+    pHex++;
+    val = byte;
+    val &= 0x0F;
+    if (val < 10)
+      *pHex = '0' + val;
+    else
+      *pHex = 'A' + (val - 10);
+  }
+
+  inline static void  LongToHexBytes(uint32_t type, uint8_t * pStr) {
+    ByteToHex((uint8_t) (type >> 24), pStr);
+    pStr += 2;
+    ByteToHex((uint8_t) ((type >> 16) & 0x0FF), pStr);
+    pStr += 2;
+    ByteToHex((uint8_t) ((type >> 8) & 0x0FF), pStr);
+    pStr += 2;
+    ByteToHex((uint8_t) (type & 0x0FF), pStr);
+  }
+
+  inline static void SkipWhiteSpace(const uint8_t * & pChar, uint32_t & pos, uint32_t max) {
+    while ((pos < max) && (IsWhiteSpace(*pChar))) {
+      pos++; pChar++;
+    }
+  }
+
+  inline static void SkipSpaceTab(const uint8_t * & pChar, uint32_t& pos, uint32_t max) {
+    while ((pos < max) && ((*pChar == (uint8_t)cSpaceChar) || (*pChar == (uint8_t)cTabChar))) {
+      pos++; pChar++;
+    }
+  }
+
+  inline static void SkipTilSpaceTab(const uint8_t * & pChar, uint32_t& pos, uint32_t max) {
+    while ((pos < max) && (*pChar != (uint8_t)cSpaceChar) && (*pChar != (uint8_t)cTabChar)) {
+      pos++;
+      pChar++;
+    }
+  }
+
+  inline static bool StrNICmp(const uint8_t * pChar, const uint8_t * pSrc, uint32_t len) {
+    while (len && (m_upperCaseMap[*pChar] == m_upperCaseMap[*pSrc])) {
+      pChar++; pSrc++; len--;
+    }
+    return len == 0;
+  }
+
+  inline static bool StrNCmp(const uint8_t * pChar, const uint8_t *pSrc, uint32_t len) {
+    while (len && (*pChar == *pSrc)) {
+      pChar++; pSrc++; len--;
+    }
+    return len == 0;
+  }
+
+  inline static int FindChar(const uint8_t * pChar, uint8_t ch, uint32_t max) {
+    uint32_t    pos = 0;
+    while ((pos < max) && (*pChar != ch)) {
+      pos++; pChar++;
+    }
+    if (pos < max)
+      return (int) pos;
+    else
+      return -1;
+  }
+
+  inline static bool NextChar(const uint8_t * & pChar, uint8_t ch, uint32_t& pos, uint32_t max) {
+    if ((pos < max) && (*pChar == ch)) {
+      pos++;
+      pChar++;
+      return true;
+    }
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  inline static int32_t strcmp(const char * pS1, const char * pS2) {
+    while (*pS1 && *pS2 && (*pS1 == *pS2)) {
+      pS1++;
+      pS2++;
+    }
+    return *pS1 - *pS2;
+  }
+
+  inline static int32_t stricmp(const char * pS1, const char * pS2) {
+    while (*pS1 && *pS2 && (m_upperCaseMap[uint8_t(*pS1)] == m_upperCaseMap[uint8_t(*pS2)])) {
+      pS1++;
+      pS2++;
+    }
+    return m_upperCaseMap[uint8_t(*pS1)] - m_upperCaseMap[uint8_t(*pS2)];
+  }
+
+};
+
+
+#endif /* ImportCharSet_h__ */
+
diff --git a/mailnews/import/src/ImportDebug.h b/mailnews/import/src/ImportDebug.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b905aa4a9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/src/ImportDebug.h
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef ImportDebug_h___
+#define ImportDebug_h___
+
+#ifdef NS_DEBUG
+#define IMPORT_DEBUG  1
+#endif
+
+// Use MOZ_LOG for logging.
+#include "mozilla/Logging.h"
+extern PRLogModuleInfo *IMPORTLOGMODULE;  // Logging module
+
+#define IMPORT_LOG0(x)          MOZ_LOG(IMPORTLOGMODULE, mozilla::LogLevel::Debug, (x))
+#define IMPORT_LOG1(x, y)       MOZ_LOG(IMPORTLOGMODULE, mozilla::LogLevel::Debug, (x, y))
+#define IMPORT_LOG2(x, y, z)    MOZ_LOG(IMPORTLOGMODULE, mozilla::LogLevel::Debug, (x, y, z))
+#define IMPORT_LOG3(a, b, c, d) MOZ_LOG(IMPORTLOGMODULE, mozilla::LogLevel::Debug, (a, b, c, d))
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/import/src/ImportOutFile.cpp b/mailnews/import/src/ImportOutFile.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..beeb8903a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/src/ImportOutFile.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,299 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nscore.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "prio.h"
+#include "nsNetUtil.h"
+#include "nsISeekableStream.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "ImportOutFile.h"
+#include "ImportCharSet.h"
+
+#include "ImportDebug.h"
+
+/*
+#ifdef _MAC
+#define  kMacNoCreator    '????'
+#define kMacTextFile    'TEXT'
+#else
+#define  kMacNoCreator    0
+#define kMacTextFile    0
+#endif
+*/
+
+ImportOutFile::ImportOutFile()
+{
+  m_ownsFileAndBuffer = false;
+  m_pos = 0;
+  m_pBuf = nullptr;
+  m_bufSz = 0;
+  m_pTrans = nullptr;
+  m_pTransOut = nullptr;
+  m_pTransBuf = nullptr;
+}
+
+ImportOutFile::ImportOutFile(nsIFile *pFile, uint8_t * pBuf, uint32_t sz)
+{
+  m_pTransBuf = nullptr;
+  m_pTransOut = nullptr;
+  m_pTrans = nullptr;
+  m_ownsFileAndBuffer = false;
+  InitOutFile(pFile, pBuf, sz);
+}
+
+ImportOutFile::~ImportOutFile()
+{
+  if (m_ownsFileAndBuffer)
+  {
+    Flush();
+    delete [] m_pBuf;
+  }
+
+  delete m_pTrans;
+  delete m_pTransOut;
+  delete [] m_pTransBuf;
+}
+
+bool ImportOutFile::Set8bitTranslator(nsImportTranslator *pTrans)
+{
+  if (!Flush())
+    return false;
+
+  m_engaged = false;
+  m_pTrans = pTrans;
+  m_supports8to7 = pTrans->Supports8bitEncoding();
+
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+bool ImportOutFile::End8bitTranslation(bool *pEngaged, nsCString& useCharset, nsCString& encoding)
+{
+  if (!m_pTrans)
+    return false;
+
+
+  bool bResult = Flush();
+  if (m_supports8to7 && m_pTransOut) {
+    if (bResult)
+      bResult = m_pTrans->FinishConvertToFile(m_pTransOut);
+    if (bResult)
+      bResult = Flush();
+  }
+
+  if (m_supports8to7) {
+    m_pTrans->GetCharset(useCharset);
+    m_pTrans->GetEncoding(encoding);
+  }
+  else
+    useCharset.Truncate();
+  *pEngaged = m_engaged;
+  delete m_pTrans;
+  m_pTrans = nullptr;
+  delete m_pTransOut;
+  m_pTransOut = nullptr;
+  delete [] m_pTransBuf;
+  m_pTransBuf = nullptr;
+
+  return bResult;
+}
+
+bool ImportOutFile::InitOutFile(nsIFile *pFile, uint32_t bufSz)
+{
+  if (!bufSz)
+    bufSz = 32 * 1024;
+  if (!m_pBuf)
+    m_pBuf = new uint8_t[ bufSz];
+
+  if (!m_outputStream)
+  {
+    nsresult rv;
+    rv = MsgNewBufferedFileOutputStream(getter_AddRefs(m_outputStream),
+                                        pFile,
+                                        PR_CREATE_FILE | PR_WRONLY | PR_TRUNCATE,
+                                        0644);
+
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    {
+      IMPORT_LOG0("Couldn't create outfile\n");
+      delete [] m_pBuf;
+      m_pBuf = nullptr;
+      return false;
+    }
+  }
+  m_pFile = pFile;
+  m_ownsFileAndBuffer = true;
+  m_pos = 0;
+  m_bufSz = bufSz;
+  return true;
+}
+
+void ImportOutFile::InitOutFile(nsIFile *pFile, uint8_t * pBuf, uint32_t sz)
+{
+  m_ownsFileAndBuffer = false;
+  m_pFile = pFile;
+  m_pBuf = pBuf;
+  m_bufSz = sz;
+  m_pos = 0;
+}
+
+
+
+bool ImportOutFile::Flush(void)
+{
+  if (!m_pos)
+    return true;
+
+  uint32_t  transLen;
+  bool      duddleyDoWrite = false;
+
+  // handle translations if appropriate
+  if (m_pTrans) {
+    if (m_engaged && m_supports8to7) {
+      // Markers can get confused by this crap!!!
+      // TLR: FIXME: Need to update the markers based on
+      // the difference between the translated len and untranslated len
+
+      if (!m_pTrans->ConvertToFile( m_pBuf, m_pos, m_pTransOut, &transLen))
+        return false;
+      if (!m_pTransOut->Flush())
+        return false;
+      // now update our buffer...
+      if (transLen < m_pos) {
+        memcpy(m_pBuf, m_pBuf + transLen, m_pos - transLen);
+      }
+      m_pos -= transLen;
+    }
+    else if (m_engaged) {
+      // does not actually support translation!
+      duddleyDoWrite = true;
+    }
+    else {
+      // should we engage?
+      uint8_t *  pChar = m_pBuf;
+      uint32_t  len = m_pos;
+      while (len) {
+        if (!ImportCharSet::IsUSAscii(*pChar))
+          break;
+        pChar++;
+        len--;
+      }
+      if (len) {
+        m_engaged = true;
+        if (m_supports8to7) {
+          // allocate our translation output buffer and file...
+          m_pTransBuf = new uint8_t[m_bufSz];
+          m_pTransOut = new ImportOutFile(m_pFile, m_pTransBuf, m_bufSz);
+          return Flush();
+        }
+        else
+          duddleyDoWrite = true;
+      }
+      else {
+        duddleyDoWrite = true;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  else
+    duddleyDoWrite = true;
+
+  if (duddleyDoWrite) {
+    uint32_t written = 0;
+    nsresult rv = m_outputStream->Write((const char *)m_pBuf, (int32_t)m_pos, &written);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv) || ((uint32_t)written != m_pos))
+      return false;
+    m_pos = 0;
+  }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+bool ImportOutFile::WriteU8NullTerm(const uint8_t * pSrc, bool includeNull)
+{
+  while (*pSrc) {
+    if (m_pos >= m_bufSz) {
+      if (!Flush())
+        return false;
+    }
+    *(m_pBuf + m_pos) = *pSrc;
+    m_pos++;
+    pSrc++;
+  }
+  if (includeNull) {
+    if (m_pos >= m_bufSz) {
+      if (!Flush())
+        return false;
+    }
+    *(m_pBuf + m_pos) = 0;
+    m_pos++;
+  }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+bool ImportOutFile::SetMarker(int markerID)
+{
+  if (!Flush()) {
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  if (markerID < kMaxMarkers) {
+    int64_t pos = 0;
+    if (m_outputStream)
+                {
+                  // do we need to flush for the seek to give us the right pos?
+                  m_outputStream->Flush();
+                  nsresult rv;
+                  nsCOMPtr <nsISeekableStream> seekStream = do_QueryInterface(m_outputStream, &rv);
+                  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, false);
+      rv = seekStream->Tell(&pos);
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+        IMPORT_LOG0("*** Error, Tell failed on output stream\n");
+        return false;
+      }
+    }
+    m_markers[markerID] = (uint32_t)pos + m_pos;
+  }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+void ImportOutFile::ClearMarker(int markerID)
+{
+  if (markerID < kMaxMarkers)
+    m_markers[markerID] = 0;
+}
+
+bool ImportOutFile::WriteStrAtMarker(int markerID, const char *pStr)
+{
+  if (markerID >= kMaxMarkers)
+    return false;
+
+  if (!Flush())
+    return false;
+  int64_t    pos;
+        m_outputStream->Flush();
+        nsresult rv;
+        nsCOMPtr <nsISeekableStream> seekStream = do_QueryInterface(m_outputStream, &rv);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, false);
+  rv = seekStream->Tell(&pos);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return false;
+  rv = seekStream->Seek(nsISeekableStream::NS_SEEK_SET, (int32_t) m_markers[markerID]);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return false;
+  uint32_t written;
+  rv = m_outputStream->Write(pStr, strlen(pStr), &written);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return false;
+
+  rv = seekStream->Seek(nsISeekableStream::NS_SEEK_SET, pos);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return false;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
diff --git a/mailnews/import/src/ImportOutFile.h b/mailnews/import/src/ImportOutFile.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..461728c22
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/src/ImportOutFile.h
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+#ifndef ImportOutFile_h___
+#define ImportOutFile_h___
+
+#include "nsImportTranslator.h"
+#include "nsIOutputStream.h"
+#include "nsIFile.h"
+
+#define kMaxMarkers    10
+
+class ImportOutFile;
+
+class ImportOutFile {
+public:
+  ImportOutFile();
+  ImportOutFile(nsIFile *pFile, uint8_t * pBuf, uint32_t sz);
+  ~ImportOutFile();
+
+  bool    InitOutFile(nsIFile *pFile, uint32_t bufSz = 4096);
+  void  InitOutFile(nsIFile *pFile, uint8_t * pBuf, uint32_t sz);
+  inline bool    WriteData(const uint8_t * pSrc, uint32_t len);
+  inline bool    WriteByte(uint8_t byte);
+  bool    WriteStr(const char *pStr) {return WriteU8NullTerm((const uint8_t *) pStr, false); }
+  bool    WriteU8NullTerm(const uint8_t * pSrc, bool includeNull);
+  bool    WriteEol(void) { return WriteStr("\x0D\x0A"); }
+  bool    Done(void) {return Flush();}
+
+  // Marker support
+  bool    SetMarker(int markerID);
+  void  ClearMarker(int markerID);
+  bool    WriteStrAtMarker(int markerID, const char *pStr);
+
+  // 8-bit to 7-bit translation
+  bool    Set8bitTranslator(nsImportTranslator *pTrans);
+  bool    End8bitTranslation(bool *pEngaged, nsCString& useCharset, nsCString& encoding);
+
+protected:
+  bool    Flush(void);
+
+protected:
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIFile>      m_pFile;
+        nsCOMPtr <nsIOutputStream> m_outputStream;
+  uint8_t *    m_pBuf;
+  uint32_t    m_bufSz;
+  uint32_t    m_pos;
+  bool        m_ownsFileAndBuffer;
+
+  // markers
+  uint32_t    m_markers[kMaxMarkers];
+
+  // 8 bit to 7 bit translations
+  nsImportTranslator  *  m_pTrans;
+  bool            m_engaged;
+  bool            m_supports8to7;
+  ImportOutFile *      m_pTransOut;
+  uint8_t *        m_pTransBuf;
+};
+
+inline bool    ImportOutFile::WriteData(const uint8_t * pSrc, uint32_t len) {
+  while ((len + m_pos) > m_bufSz) {
+    if ((m_bufSz - m_pos)) {
+      memcpy(m_pBuf + m_pos, pSrc, m_bufSz - m_pos);
+      len -= (m_bufSz - m_pos);
+      pSrc += (m_bufSz - m_pos);
+      m_pos = m_bufSz;
+    }
+    if (!Flush())
+      return false;
+  }
+
+  if (len) {
+    memcpy(m_pBuf + m_pos, pSrc, len);
+    m_pos += len;
+  }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+inline bool    ImportOutFile::WriteByte(uint8_t byte) {
+  if (m_pos == m_bufSz) {
+    if (!Flush())
+      return false;
+  }
+  *(m_pBuf + m_pos) = byte;
+  m_pos++;
+  return true;
+}
+
+#endif /* ImportOutFile_h__ */
+
+
diff --git a/mailnews/import/src/ImportTranslate.cpp b/mailnews/import/src/ImportTranslate.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f7f32f552
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/src/ImportTranslate.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "ImportTranslate.h"
+
+int ImportTranslate::m_useTranslator = -1;
+
+
+bool ImportTranslate::ConvertString(const nsCString& inStr, nsCString& outStr, bool mimeHeader)
+{
+  if (inStr.IsEmpty()) {
+    outStr = inStr;
+    return true;
+  }
+
+  nsImportTranslator *pTrans = GetTranslator();
+  // int      maxLen = (int) pTrans->GetMaxBufferSize(inStr.Length());
+  // int      hLen = 0;
+  nsCString  set;
+  nsCString  lang;
+
+  if (mimeHeader) {
+    // add the charset and language
+    pTrans->GetCharset(set);
+    pTrans->GetLanguage(lang);
+  }
+
+  // Unfortunatly, we didn't implement ConvertBuffer for all translators,
+  // just ConvertToFile.  This means that this data will not always
+  // be converted to the charset of pTrans.  In that case...
+  // We don't always have the data in the same charset as the current
+  // translator...
+  // It is safer to leave the charset and language field blank
+  set.Truncate();
+  lang.Truncate();
+
+  uint8_t *  pBuf;
+  /*
+  pBuf = (P_U8) outStr.GetBuffer(maxLen);
+  if (!pBuf) {
+    delete pTrans;
+    return FALSE;
+  }
+  pTrans->ConvertBuffer((PC_U8)(PC_S8)inStr, inStr.GetLength(), pBuf);
+  outStr.ReleaseBuffer();
+  */
+  outStr = inStr;
+  delete pTrans;
+
+
+  // Now I need to run the string through the mime-header special char
+  // encoder.
+
+  pTrans = new CMHTranslator;
+  pBuf = new uint8_t[pTrans->GetMaxBufferSize(outStr.Length())];
+  pTrans->ConvertBuffer((const uint8_t *)(outStr.get()), outStr.Length(), pBuf);
+  delete pTrans;
+  outStr.Truncate();
+  if (mimeHeader) {
+    outStr = set;
+    outStr += "'";
+    outStr += lang;
+    outStr += "'";
+  }
+  outStr += (const char *)pBuf;
+  delete [] pBuf;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+
+nsImportTranslator *ImportTranslate::GetTranslator(void)
+{
+  if (m_useTranslator == -1) {
+    // get the translator to use...
+    // CString    trans;
+    // trans.LoadString(IDS_LANGUAGE_TRANSLATION);
+    m_useTranslator = 0;
+    // if (!trans.CompareNoCase("iso-2022-jp"))
+    //  gWizData.m_useTranslator = 1;
+  }
+
+  switch(m_useTranslator) {
+  case 0:
+    return new nsImportTranslator;
+  //case 1:
+  //  return new CSJis2JisTranslator;
+  default:
+    return new nsImportTranslator;
+  }
+}
+
+nsImportTranslator *ImportTranslate::GetMatchingTranslator(const char *pCharSet)
+{
+/*
+  CString    jp = "iso-2022-jp";
+  if (!jp.CompareNoCase(pCharSet))
+    return new CSJis2JisTranslator;
+*/
+
+  return nullptr;
+}
+
diff --git a/mailnews/import/src/ImportTranslate.h b/mailnews/import/src/ImportTranslate.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3e6c596d4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/src/ImportTranslate.h
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef ImportTranslate_h___
+#define ImportTranslate_h___
+
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsImportTranslator.h"
+
+class ImportTranslate {
+public:
+  static bool ConvertString(const nsCString& inStr, nsCString& outStr, bool mimeHeader);
+  static nsImportTranslator *GetTranslator(void);
+  static nsImportTranslator *GetMatchingTranslator(const char *pCharSet);
+
+protected:
+  static int m_useTranslator;
+};
+
+
+#endif  /* ImportTranslate_h__ */
diff --git a/mailnews/import/src/moz.build b/mailnews/import/src/moz.build
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2df4926d5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/src/moz.build
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+# vim: set filetype=python:
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+SOURCES += [
+    'ImportCharSet.cpp',
+    'ImportOutFile.cpp',
+    'ImportTranslate.cpp',
+    'nsImportABDescriptor.cpp',
+    'nsImportAddressBooks.cpp',
+    'nsImportEmbeddedImageData.cpp',
+    'nsImportEncodeScan.cpp',
+    'nsImportFieldMap.cpp',
+    'nsImportMail.cpp',
+    'nsImportMailboxDescriptor.cpp',
+    'nsImportMimeEncode.cpp',
+    'nsImportScanFile.cpp',
+    'nsImportService.cpp',
+    'nsImportStringBundle.cpp',
+    'nsImportTranslator.cpp',
+]
+
+FINAL_LIBRARY = 'import'
+
diff --git a/mailnews/import/src/nsImportABDescriptor.cpp b/mailnews/import/src/nsImportABDescriptor.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..05605d09e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/src/nsImportABDescriptor.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+
+#include "nscore.h"
+#include "nsImportABDescriptor.h"
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+NS_METHOD nsImportABDescriptor::Create(nsISupports *aOuter, REFNSIID aIID, void **aResult)
+{
+  if (aOuter)
+    return NS_ERROR_NO_AGGREGATION;
+
+  nsImportABDescriptor *it = new nsImportABDescriptor();
+  if (it == nullptr)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+  NS_ADDREF(it);
+  nsresult rv = it->QueryInterface(aIID, aResult);
+  NS_RELEASE(it);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsImportABDescriptor, nsIImportABDescriptor)
+
+nsImportABDescriptor::nsImportABDescriptor()
+  : mId(0), mRef(0), mSize(0), mImport(true)
+{
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/import/src/nsImportABDescriptor.h b/mailnews/import/src/nsImportABDescriptor.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a8fa6fbad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/src/nsImportABDescriptor.h
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsImportABDescriptor_h___
+#define nsImportABDescriptor_h___
+
+#include "mozilla/Attributes.h"
+#include "nscore.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsIImportABDescriptor.h"
+#include "nsIFile.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+class nsImportABDescriptor : public nsIImportABDescriptor
+{
+public:
+  NS_DECL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS
+
+  NS_IMETHOD GetIdentifier(uint32_t *pIdentifier) override {
+    *pIdentifier = mId;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  NS_IMETHOD SetIdentifier(uint32_t ident) override {
+    mId = ident;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  NS_IMETHOD GetRef(uint32_t *pRef) override {
+    *pRef = mRef;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  NS_IMETHOD SetRef(uint32_t ref) override {
+    mRef = ref;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  /* attribute unsigned long size; */
+  NS_IMETHOD GetSize(uint32_t *pSize) override {
+    *pSize = mSize;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  NS_IMETHOD SetSize(uint32_t theSize) override {
+    mSize = theSize;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  /* attribute AString displayName; */
+  NS_IMETHOD GetPreferredName(nsAString &aName) override {
+    aName = mDisplayName;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  NS_IMETHOD SetPreferredName(const nsAString &aName) override {
+    mDisplayName = aName;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  /* readonly attribute nsIFile fileSpec; */
+  NS_IMETHOD GetAbFile(nsIFile **aFile) override {
+    if (!mFile)
+      return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+    return mFile->Clone(aFile);
+  }
+
+  NS_IMETHOD SetAbFile(nsIFile *aFile) override {
+    if (!aFile) {
+      mFile = nullptr;
+      return NS_OK;
+    }
+
+    return aFile->Clone(getter_AddRefs(mFile));
+  }
+
+  /* attribute boolean import; */
+  NS_IMETHOD GetImport(bool *pImport) override {
+    *pImport = mImport;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  NS_IMETHOD SetImport(bool doImport) override {
+    mImport = doImport;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  nsImportABDescriptor();
+
+  static NS_METHOD Create(nsISupports *aOuter, REFNSIID aIID, void **aResult);
+
+private:
+  virtual ~nsImportABDescriptor() {}
+  uint32_t mId; // used by creator of the structure
+  uint32_t mRef; // depth in the hierarchy
+  nsString mDisplayName; // name of this mailbox
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> mFile; // source file (if applicable)
+  uint32_t mSize; // size
+  bool mImport; // import it or not?
+};
+
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/import/src/nsImportAddressBooks.cpp b/mailnews/import/src/nsImportAddressBooks.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8791efb42
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/src/nsImportAddressBooks.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,894 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "prprf.h"
+#include "plstr.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "nsIImportService.h"
+#include "nsIImportAddressBooks.h"
+#include "nsIImportGeneric.h"
+#include "nsISupportsPrimitives.h"
+#include "nsIImportABDescriptor.h"
+#include "nsIImportFieldMap.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsIFile.h"
+#include "nsIAddrDatabase.h"
+#include "nsIAbManager.h"
+#include "nsIAbLDIFService.h"
+#include "nsAbBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsIStringBundle.h"
+#include "nsImportStringBundle.h"
+#include "nsTextFormatter.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "ImportDebug.h"
+#include "nsIAbMDBDirectory.h"
+#include "nsComponentManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsIArray.h"
+#include "nsCOMArray.h"
+#include "nsArrayUtils.h"
+
+static void ImportAddressThread(void *stuff);
+
+class AddressThreadData;
+
+class nsImportGenericAddressBooks : public nsIImportGeneric
+{
+public:
+
+  nsImportGenericAddressBooks();
+
+  NS_DECL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS
+
+  /* nsISupports GetData (in string dataId); */
+  NS_IMETHOD GetData(const char *dataId, nsISupports **_retval) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD SetData(const char *dataId, nsISupports *pData) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD GetStatus(const char *statusKind, int32_t *_retval) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD WantsProgress(bool *_retval) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD BeginImport(nsISupportsString *successLog, nsISupportsString *errorLog, bool *_retval) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD ContinueImport(bool *_retval) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD GetProgress(int32_t *_retval) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD CancelImport(void) override;
+
+private:
+  virtual ~nsImportGenericAddressBooks();
+  void  GetDefaultLocation(void);
+  void  GetDefaultBooks(void);
+  void  GetDefaultFieldMap(void);
+
+public:
+  static void  SetLogs(nsString& success, nsString& error, nsISupportsString *pSuccess, nsISupportsString *pError);
+  static void ReportError(const char16_t *pName, nsString *pStream,
+                          nsIStringBundle *aBundle);
+
+private:
+  nsIImportAddressBooks *    m_pInterface;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIArray> m_Books;
+  nsCOMArray<nsIAddrDatabase> m_DBs;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIFile>              m_pLocation;
+  nsIImportFieldMap *      m_pFieldMap;
+  bool              m_autoFind;
+  char16_t *          m_description;
+  bool              m_gotLocation;
+  bool              m_found;
+  bool              m_userVerify;
+  nsISupportsString *    m_pSuccessLog;
+  nsISupportsString *    m_pErrorLog;
+  uint32_t          m_totalSize;
+  bool              m_doImport;
+  AddressThreadData *      m_pThreadData;
+  char *            m_pDestinationUri;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundle>   m_stringBundle;
+};
+
+class AddressThreadData {
+public:
+  bool              driverAlive;
+  bool              threadAlive;
+  bool              abort;
+  bool              fatalError;
+  uint32_t          currentTotal;
+  uint32_t          currentSize;
+  nsIArray         *books;
+  nsCOMArray<nsIAddrDatabase>* dBs;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbLDIFService> ldifService;
+  nsIImportAddressBooks *    addressImport;
+  nsIImportFieldMap *      fieldMap;
+  nsISupportsString *    successLog;
+  nsISupportsString *    errorLog;
+  char *            pDestinationUri;
+    nsIStringBundle*            stringBundle;
+
+  AddressThreadData();
+  ~AddressThreadData();
+};
+
+
+nsresult NS_NewGenericAddressBooks(nsIImportGeneric** aImportGeneric)
+{
+    NS_PRECONDITION(aImportGeneric != nullptr, "null ptr");
+    if (! aImportGeneric)
+        return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  nsImportGenericAddressBooks *pGen = new nsImportGenericAddressBooks();
+
+  if (pGen == nullptr)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+  NS_ADDREF(pGen);
+  nsresult rv = pGen->QueryInterface(NS_GET_IID(nsIImportGeneric), (void **)aImportGeneric);
+  NS_RELEASE(pGen);
+
+    return rv;
+}
+
+nsImportGenericAddressBooks::nsImportGenericAddressBooks()
+{
+  m_pInterface = nullptr;
+  m_pSuccessLog = nullptr;
+  m_pErrorLog = nullptr;
+  m_totalSize = 0;
+  m_doImport = false;
+  m_pThreadData = nullptr;
+  m_pDestinationUri = nullptr;
+  m_pFieldMap = nullptr;
+
+  m_autoFind = false;
+  m_description = nullptr;
+  m_gotLocation = false;
+  m_found = false;
+  m_userVerify = false;
+
+  nsImportStringBundle::GetStringBundle(IMPORT_MSGS_URL, getter_AddRefs(m_stringBundle));
+}
+
+
+nsImportGenericAddressBooks::~nsImportGenericAddressBooks()
+{
+  if (m_pDestinationUri)
+    NS_Free(m_pDestinationUri);
+
+  if (m_description)
+    NS_Free(m_description);
+
+  NS_IF_RELEASE(m_pFieldMap);
+  NS_IF_RELEASE(m_pInterface);
+  NS_IF_RELEASE(m_pSuccessLog);
+  NS_IF_RELEASE(m_pErrorLog);
+}
+
+
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsImportGenericAddressBooks, nsIImportGeneric)
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImportGenericAddressBooks::GetData(const char *dataId, nsISupports **_retval)
+{
+  NS_PRECONDITION(_retval != nullptr, "null ptr");
+  if (!_retval)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  *_retval = nullptr;
+  if (!PL_strcasecmp(dataId, "addressInterface")) {
+    *_retval = m_pInterface;
+    NS_IF_ADDREF(m_pInterface);
+  }
+
+  if (!PL_strcasecmp(dataId, "addressLocation")) {
+    if (!m_pLocation)
+      GetDefaultLocation();
+    NS_IF_ADDREF(*_retval = m_pLocation);
+  }
+
+  if (!PL_strcasecmp(dataId, "addressBooks")) {
+    if (!m_pLocation)
+      GetDefaultLocation();
+    if (!m_Books)
+      GetDefaultBooks();
+    *_retval = m_Books;
+  }
+
+  if (!PL_strcasecmp(dataId, "addressDestination")) {
+    if (m_pDestinationUri) {
+            nsCOMPtr<nsISupportsCString> abString = do_CreateInstance(NS_SUPPORTS_CSTRING_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+            NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+            abString->SetData(nsDependentCString(m_pDestinationUri));
+            NS_IF_ADDREF(*_retval = abString);
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (!PL_strcasecmp(dataId, "fieldMap")) {
+    if (m_pFieldMap) {
+      *_retval = m_pFieldMap;
+      m_pFieldMap->AddRef();
+    }
+    else {
+      if (m_pInterface && m_pLocation) {
+        bool needsIt = false;
+        m_pInterface->GetNeedsFieldMap(m_pLocation, &needsIt);
+        if (needsIt) {
+          GetDefaultFieldMap();
+          if (m_pFieldMap) {
+            *_retval = m_pFieldMap;
+            m_pFieldMap->AddRef();
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (!PL_strncasecmp(dataId, "sampleData-", 11)) {
+    // extra the record number
+    const char *pNum = dataId + 11;
+    int32_t  rNum = 0;
+    while (*pNum) {
+      rNum *= 10;
+      rNum += (*pNum - '0');
+      pNum++;
+    }
+    IMPORT_LOG1("Requesting sample data #: %ld\n", (long)rNum);
+    if (m_pInterface) {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsISupportsString>  data = do_CreateInstance(NS_SUPPORTS_STRING_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        return rv;
+      char16_t *  pData = nullptr;
+      bool      found = false;
+      rv = m_pInterface->GetSampleData(rNum, &found, &pData);
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        return rv;
+      if (found) {
+        data->SetData(nsDependentString(pData));
+        *_retval = data;
+        NS_ADDREF(*_retval);
+      }
+      NS_Free(pData);
+    }
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImportGenericAddressBooks::SetData(const char *dataId, nsISupports *item)
+{
+  NS_PRECONDITION(dataId != nullptr, "null ptr");
+  if (!dataId)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  if (!PL_strcasecmp(dataId, "addressInterface")) {
+    NS_IF_RELEASE(m_pInterface);
+    if (item)
+      item->QueryInterface(NS_GET_IID(nsIImportAddressBooks), (void **) &m_pInterface);
+  }
+  if (!PL_strcasecmp(dataId, "addressBooks")) {
+    if (item)
+      item->QueryInterface(NS_GET_IID(nsIArray), (void **) &m_Books);
+  }
+
+  if (!PL_strcasecmp(dataId, "addressLocation")) {
+    m_pLocation = nullptr;
+
+    if (item) {
+      nsresult rv;
+      m_pLocation = do_QueryInterface(item, &rv);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+    }
+
+    if (m_pInterface)
+      m_pInterface->SetSampleLocation(m_pLocation);
+  }
+
+  if (!PL_strcasecmp(dataId, "addressDestination")) {
+    if (item) {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsISupportsCString> abString;
+      item->QueryInterface(NS_GET_IID(nsISupportsCString), getter_AddRefs(abString));
+      if (abString) {
+        if (m_pDestinationUri)
+          NS_Free(m_pDestinationUri);
+        m_pDestinationUri = nullptr;
+                nsAutoCString tempUri;
+                abString->GetData(tempUri);
+                m_pDestinationUri = ToNewCString(tempUri);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (!PL_strcasecmp(dataId, "fieldMap")) {
+    NS_IF_RELEASE(m_pFieldMap);
+    if (item)
+      item->QueryInterface(NS_GET_IID(nsIImportFieldMap), (void **) &m_pFieldMap);
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImportGenericAddressBooks::GetStatus(const char *statusKind, int32_t *_retval)
+{
+  NS_PRECONDITION(statusKind != nullptr, "null ptr");
+  NS_PRECONDITION(_retval != nullptr, "null ptr");
+  if (!statusKind || !_retval)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  *_retval = 0;
+
+  if (!PL_strcasecmp(statusKind, "isInstalled")) {
+    GetDefaultLocation();
+    *_retval = (int32_t) m_found;
+  }
+
+  if (!PL_strcasecmp(statusKind, "canUserSetLocation")) {
+    GetDefaultLocation();
+    *_retval = (int32_t) m_userVerify;
+  }
+
+  if (!PL_strcasecmp(statusKind, "autoFind")) {
+    GetDefaultLocation();
+    *_retval = (int32_t) m_autoFind;
+  }
+
+  if (!PL_strcasecmp(statusKind, "supportsMultiple")) {
+    bool      multi = false;
+    if (m_pInterface)
+      m_pInterface->GetSupportsMultiple(&multi);
+    *_retval = (int32_t) multi;
+  }
+
+  if (!PL_strcasecmp(statusKind, "needsFieldMap")) {
+    bool      needs = false;
+    if (m_pInterface && m_pLocation)
+      m_pInterface->GetNeedsFieldMap(m_pLocation, &needs);
+    *_retval = (int32_t) needs;
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+void nsImportGenericAddressBooks::GetDefaultLocation(void)
+{
+  if (!m_pInterface)
+    return;
+
+  if ((m_pLocation && m_gotLocation) || m_autoFind)
+    return;
+
+  if (m_description)
+    NS_Free(m_description);
+  m_description = nullptr;
+  m_pInterface->GetAutoFind(&m_description, &m_autoFind);
+  m_gotLocation = true;
+  if (m_autoFind) {
+    m_found = true;
+    m_userVerify = false;
+    return;
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIFile> pLoc;
+  m_pInterface->GetDefaultLocation(getter_AddRefs(pLoc), &m_found, &m_userVerify);
+  if (!m_pLocation)
+    m_pLocation = pLoc;
+}
+
+void nsImportGenericAddressBooks::GetDefaultBooks(void)
+{
+  if (!m_pInterface || m_Books)
+    return;
+
+  if (!m_pLocation && !m_autoFind)
+    return;
+
+  nsresult rv = m_pInterface->FindAddressBooks(m_pLocation, getter_AddRefs(m_Books));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+    IMPORT_LOG0("*** Error: FindAddressBooks failed\n");
+  }
+}
+
+void nsImportGenericAddressBooks::GetDefaultFieldMap(void)
+{
+  if (!m_pInterface || !m_pLocation)
+    return;
+
+  NS_IF_RELEASE(m_pFieldMap);
+
+  nsresult  rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImportService> impSvc(do_GetService(NS_IMPORTSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+    IMPORT_LOG0("*** Unable to get nsIImportService.\n");
+    return;
+  }
+
+  rv = impSvc->CreateNewFieldMap(&m_pFieldMap);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return;
+
+  int32_t  sz = 0;
+  rv = m_pFieldMap->GetNumMozFields(&sz);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    rv = m_pFieldMap->DefaultFieldMap(sz);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    rv = m_pInterface->InitFieldMap(m_pFieldMap);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+    IMPORT_LOG0("*** Error: Unable to initialize field map\n");
+    NS_IF_RELEASE(m_pFieldMap);
+  }
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImportGenericAddressBooks::WantsProgress(bool *_retval)
+{
+  NS_PRECONDITION(_retval != nullptr, "null ptr");
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(_retval);
+
+  GetDefaultLocation();
+  GetDefaultBooks();
+
+  bool result = false;
+
+  if (m_Books) {
+    uint32_t    count = 0;
+    uint32_t    i;
+    bool        import;
+    uint32_t    size;
+    uint32_t    totalSize = 0;
+
+    m_Books->GetLength(&count);
+
+    for (i = 0; i < count; i++) {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIImportABDescriptor> book = do_QueryElementAt(m_Books, i);
+      if (book) {
+        import = false;
+        size = 0;
+        nsresult rv = book->GetImport(&import);
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && import) {
+          (void) book->GetSize(&size);
+          result = true;
+        }
+        totalSize += size;
+      }
+    }
+
+    m_totalSize = totalSize;
+  }
+
+  m_doImport = result;
+
+  *_retval = result;
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+void nsImportGenericAddressBooks::SetLogs(nsString& success, nsString& error, nsISupportsString *pSuccess, nsISupportsString *pError)
+{
+  nsAutoString str;
+  if (pSuccess) {
+    pSuccess->GetData(str);
+        str.Append(success);
+        pSuccess->SetData(success);
+  }
+  if (pError) {
+    pError->GetData(str);
+        str.Append(error);
+        pError->SetData(error);
+  }
+}
+
+already_AddRefed<nsIAddrDatabase> GetAddressBookFromUri(const char *pUri)
+{
+  if (!pUri)
+    return nullptr;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbManager> abManager = do_GetService(NS_ABMANAGER_CONTRACTID);
+  if (!abManager)
+    return nullptr;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbDirectory> directory;
+  abManager->GetDirectory(nsDependentCString(pUri),
+                          getter_AddRefs(directory));
+  if (!directory)
+    return nullptr;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbMDBDirectory> mdbDirectory = do_QueryInterface(directory);
+  if (!mdbDirectory)
+    return nullptr;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAddrDatabase> pDatabase;
+  mdbDirectory->GetDatabase(getter_AddRefs(pDatabase));
+  return pDatabase.forget();
+}
+
+already_AddRefed<nsIAddrDatabase> GetAddressBook(const char16_t *name,
+                                                 bool makeNew)
+{
+  if (!makeNew) {
+    // FIXME: How do I get the list of address books and look for a
+    // specific name.  Major bogosity!
+    // For now, assume we didn't find anything with that name
+  }
+
+  IMPORT_LOG0("In GetAddressBook\n");
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAddrDatabase> pDatabase;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> dbPath;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbManager> abManager = do_GetService(NS_ABMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    /* Get the profile directory */
+    rv = abManager->GetUserProfileDirectory(getter_AddRefs(dbPath));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      // Create a new address book file - we don't care what the file
+      // name is, as long as it's unique
+      rv = dbPath->Append(NS_LITERAL_STRING("impab.mab"));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      {
+        rv = dbPath->CreateUnique(nsIFile::NORMAL_FILE_TYPE, 0600);
+
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        {
+          IMPORT_LOG0("Getting the address database factory\n");
+
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIAddrDatabase> addrDBFactory =
+            do_GetService(NS_ADDRDATABASE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+          if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+            return nullptr;
+
+          IMPORT_LOG0("Opening the new address book\n");
+          rv = addrDBFactory->Open(dbPath, true, true,
+                                   getter_AddRefs(pDatabase));
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+  {
+    IMPORT_LOG0("Failed to get the user profile directory from the address book session\n");
+  }
+
+  if (pDatabase && dbPath)
+  {
+    // We made a database, add it to the UI?!?!?!?!?!?!
+    // This is major bogosity again!  Why doesn't the address book
+    // just handle this properly for me?  Uggggg...
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAbDirectory> parentDir;
+    abManager->GetDirectory(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(kAllDirectoryRoot),
+                            getter_AddRefs(parentDir));
+    if (parentDir)
+    {
+      nsAutoCString URI("moz-abmdbdirectory://");
+      nsAutoCString leafName;
+      rv = dbPath->GetNativeLeafName(leafName);
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        IMPORT_LOG0("*** Error: Unable to get name of database file\n");
+      else
+      {
+        URI.Append(leafName);
+        rv = parentDir->CreateDirectoryByURI(nsDependentString(name), URI);
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+          IMPORT_LOG0("*** Error: Unable to create address book directory\n");
+      }
+    }
+
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      IMPORT_LOG0("Added new address book to the UI\n");
+    else
+      IMPORT_LOG0("*** Error: An error occurred while adding the address book to the UI\n");
+  }
+
+  return pDatabase.forget();
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImportGenericAddressBooks::BeginImport(nsISupportsString *successLog, nsISupportsString *errorLog, bool *_retval)
+{
+  NS_PRECONDITION(_retval != nullptr, "null ptr");
+    if (!_retval)
+        return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  nsString  success;
+  nsString  error;
+
+  if (!m_doImport) {
+    *_retval = true;
+    nsImportStringBundle::GetStringByID(IMPORT_NO_ADDRBOOKS, m_stringBundle,
+                                        success);
+    SetLogs(success, error, successLog, errorLog);
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  if (!m_pInterface || !m_Books) {
+    nsImportStringBundle::GetStringByID(IMPORT_ERROR_AB_NOTINITIALIZED,
+                                        m_stringBundle, error);
+    SetLogs(success, error, successLog, errorLog);
+    *_retval = false;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  bool needsFieldMap = false;
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(m_pInterface->GetNeedsFieldMap(m_pLocation, &needsFieldMap)) ||
+      (needsFieldMap && !m_pFieldMap)) {
+    nsImportStringBundle::GetStringByID(IMPORT_ERROR_AB_NOTINITIALIZED,
+                                        m_stringBundle, error);
+    SetLogs(success, error, successLog, errorLog);
+    *_retval = false;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  NS_IF_RELEASE(m_pSuccessLog);
+  NS_IF_RELEASE(m_pErrorLog);
+  m_pSuccessLog = successLog;
+  m_pErrorLog = errorLog;
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(m_pSuccessLog);
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(m_pErrorLog);
+
+
+  // create the info need to drive address book import. We're
+  // not going to create a new thread for this since address books
+  // don't tend to be large, and import is rare.
+  m_pThreadData = new AddressThreadData();
+  m_pThreadData->books = m_Books;
+  NS_ADDREF(m_Books);
+  m_pThreadData->addressImport = m_pInterface;
+  NS_ADDREF(m_pInterface);
+  m_pThreadData->fieldMap = m_pFieldMap;
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(m_pFieldMap);
+  m_pThreadData->errorLog = m_pErrorLog;
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(m_pErrorLog);
+  m_pThreadData->successLog = m_pSuccessLog;
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(m_pSuccessLog);
+  if (m_pDestinationUri)
+    m_pThreadData->pDestinationUri = strdup(m_pDestinationUri);
+
+  uint32_t count = 0;
+  m_Books->GetLength(&count);
+  // Create/obtain any address books that we need here, so that we don't need
+  // to do so inside the import thread which would just proxy the create
+  // operations back to the main thread anyway.
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAddrDatabase> db = GetAddressBookFromUri(m_pDestinationUri);
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < count; ++i)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIImportABDescriptor> book = do_QueryElementAt(m_Books, i);
+    if (book)
+    {
+      if (!db)
+      {
+        nsString name;
+        book->GetPreferredName(name);
+        db = GetAddressBook(name.get(), true);
+      }
+      m_DBs.AppendObject(db);
+    }
+  }
+  m_pThreadData->dBs = &m_DBs;
+
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(m_pThreadData->stringBundle = m_stringBundle);
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  m_pThreadData->ldifService = do_GetService(NS_ABLDIFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+
+  ImportAddressThread(m_pThreadData);
+  delete m_pThreadData;
+  m_pThreadData = nullptr;
+  *_retval = true;
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImportGenericAddressBooks::ContinueImport(bool *_retval)
+{
+    NS_PRECONDITION(_retval != nullptr, "null ptr");
+    if (!_retval)
+        return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  *_retval = true;
+  if (m_pThreadData) {
+    if (m_pThreadData->fatalError)
+      *_retval = false;
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImportGenericAddressBooks::GetProgress(int32_t *_retval)
+{
+  // This returns the progress from the the currently
+  // running import mail or import address book thread.
+    NS_PRECONDITION(_retval != nullptr, "null ptr");
+    if (!_retval)
+        return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  if (!m_pThreadData || !(m_pThreadData->threadAlive)) {
+    *_retval = 100;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  uint32_t sz = 0;
+  if (m_pThreadData->currentSize && m_pInterface) {
+    if (NS_FAILED(m_pInterface->GetImportProgress(&sz)))
+      sz = 0;
+  }
+
+  if (m_totalSize)
+    *_retval = ((m_pThreadData->currentTotal + sz) * 100) / m_totalSize;
+  else
+    *_retval = 0;
+
+  // never return less than 5 so it looks like we are doing something!
+  if (*_retval < 5)
+    *_retval = 5;
+
+  // as long as the thread is alive don't return completely
+  // done.
+  if (*_retval > 99)
+    *_retval = 99;
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImportGenericAddressBooks::CancelImport(void)
+{
+  if (m_pThreadData) {
+    m_pThreadData->abort = true;
+    m_pThreadData = nullptr;
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+AddressThreadData::AddressThreadData()
+{
+  fatalError = false;
+  driverAlive = true;
+  threadAlive = true;
+  abort = false;
+  currentTotal = 0;
+  currentSize = 0;
+  books = nullptr;
+  addressImport = nullptr;
+  successLog = nullptr;
+  errorLog = nullptr;
+  pDestinationUri = nullptr;
+  fieldMap = nullptr;
+  stringBundle = nullptr;
+  ldifService = nullptr;
+}
+
+AddressThreadData::~AddressThreadData()
+{
+  if (pDestinationUri)
+    NS_Free(pDestinationUri);
+
+  NS_IF_RELEASE(books);
+  NS_IF_RELEASE(addressImport);
+  NS_IF_RELEASE(errorLog);
+  NS_IF_RELEASE(successLog);
+  NS_IF_RELEASE(fieldMap);
+  NS_IF_RELEASE(stringBundle);
+}
+
+void nsImportGenericAddressBooks::ReportError(const char16_t *pName,
+                                              nsString *pStream,
+                                              nsIStringBundle* aBundle)
+{
+  if (!pStream)
+    return;
+  // load the error string
+  char16_t *pFmt = nsImportStringBundle::GetStringByID(IMPORT_ERROR_GETABOOK, aBundle);
+  char16_t *pText = nsTextFormatter::smprintf(pFmt, pName);
+  pStream->Append(pText);
+  nsTextFormatter::smprintf_free(pText);
+  NS_Free(pFmt);
+  pStream->AppendLiteral(MSG_LINEBREAK);
+}
+
+static void ImportAddressThread(void *stuff)
+{
+  IMPORT_LOG0("In Begin ImportAddressThread\n");
+
+  AddressThreadData *pData = (AddressThreadData *)stuff;
+  uint32_t          count = 0;
+  uint32_t          i;
+  bool              import;
+  uint32_t          size;
+
+  nsString          success;
+  nsString          error;
+
+  (void) pData->books->GetLength(&count);
+
+  for (i = 0; (i < count) && !(pData->abort); i++) {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIImportABDescriptor> book =
+      do_QueryElementAt(pData->books, i);
+
+    if (book) {
+      import = false;
+      size = 0;
+      nsresult rv = book->GetImport(&import);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && import)
+        rv = book->GetSize(&size);
+
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && size && import) {
+        nsString name;
+        book->GetPreferredName(name);
+
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIAddrDatabase> db = pData->dBs->ObjectAt(i);
+
+        bool fatalError = false;
+        pData->currentSize = size;
+        if (db) {
+          char16_t *pSuccess = nullptr;
+          char16_t *pError = nullptr;
+
+          /*
+          if (pData->fieldMap) {
+            int32_t    sz = 0;
+            int32_t    mapIndex;
+            bool      active;
+            pData->fieldMap->GetMapSize(&sz);
+            IMPORT_LOG1("**** Field Map Size: %d\n", (int) sz);
+            for (int32_t i = 0; i < sz; i++) {
+              pData->fieldMap->GetFieldMap(i, &mapIndex);
+              pData->fieldMap->GetFieldActive(i, &active);
+              IMPORT_LOG3("Field map #%d: index=%d, active=%d\n", (int) i, (int) mapIndex, (int) active);
+            }
+          }
+          */
+
+          rv = pData->addressImport->ImportAddressBook(book,
+                                                       db,
+                                                       pData->fieldMap,
+                                                       pData->ldifService,
+                                                       &pError,
+                                                       &pSuccess,
+                                                       &fatalError);
+          if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && pSuccess) {
+            success.Append(pSuccess);
+            NS_Free(pSuccess);
+          }
+          if (pError) {
+            error.Append(pError);
+            NS_Free(pError);
+          }
+        }
+        else {
+          nsImportGenericAddressBooks::ReportError(name.get(), &error, pData->stringBundle);
+        }
+
+        pData->currentSize = 0;
+        pData->currentTotal += size;
+
+        if (db)
+          db->Close(true);
+
+        if (fatalError) {
+          pData->fatalError = true;
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  nsImportGenericAddressBooks::SetLogs(success, error, pData->successLog, pData->errorLog);
+
+  if (pData->abort || pData->fatalError) {
+    // FIXME: do what is necessary to get rid of what has been imported so far.
+    // Nothing if we went into an existing address book!  Otherwise, delete
+    // the ones we created?
+  }
+
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/import/src/nsImportEmbeddedImageData.cpp b/mailnews/import/src/nsImportEmbeddedImageData.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..526f9c21c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/src/nsImportEmbeddedImageData.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsImportEmbeddedImageData.h"
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsImportEmbeddedImageData, nsIMsgEmbeddedImageData)
+
+nsImportEmbeddedImageData::nsImportEmbeddedImageData()
+{
+}
+
+nsImportEmbeddedImageData::nsImportEmbeddedImageData(
+  nsIURI *aUri, const nsACString &aCid) : m_uri(aUri), m_cid(aCid)
+{
+}
+
+nsImportEmbeddedImageData::nsImportEmbeddedImageData(
+  nsIURI *aUri, const nsACString &aCid, const nsACString &aName)
+  : m_uri(aUri), m_cid(aCid), m_name(aName)
+{
+}
+
+nsImportEmbeddedImageData::~nsImportEmbeddedImageData()
+{
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImportEmbeddedImageData::GetUri(nsIURI **aUri)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aUri);
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aUri = m_uri);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImportEmbeddedImageData::SetUri(nsIURI *aUri)
+{
+  m_uri = aUri;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImportEmbeddedImageData::GetCid(nsACString &aCid)
+{
+  aCid = m_cid;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImportEmbeddedImageData::SetCid(const nsACString &aCid)
+{
+  m_cid = aCid;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImportEmbeddedImageData::GetName(nsACString &aName)
+{
+  aName = m_name;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImportEmbeddedImageData::SetName(const nsACString &aName)
+{
+  m_name = aName;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/import/src/nsImportEmbeddedImageData.h b/mailnews/import/src/nsImportEmbeddedImageData.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5635dc512
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/src/nsImportEmbeddedImageData.h
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef __IMPORTEMBEDDEDIMAGETDATA_H__
+#define __IMPORTEMBEDDEDIMAGETDATA_H__
+
+#include "nsIMsgSend.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsIURI.h"
+
+class nsImportEmbeddedImageData final : public nsIMsgEmbeddedImageData
+{
+public:
+  nsImportEmbeddedImageData(nsIURI *aUri, const nsACString &aCID);
+  nsImportEmbeddedImageData(nsIURI *aUri, const nsACString &aCID, const nsACString &aName);
+  nsImportEmbeddedImageData();
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGEMBEDDEDIMAGEDATA
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> m_uri;
+  nsCString m_cid;
+  nsCString m_name;
+
+private:
+  ~nsImportEmbeddedImageData();
+};
+
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/import/src/nsImportEncodeScan.cpp b/mailnews/import/src/nsImportEncodeScan.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..77e89198d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/src/nsImportEncodeScan.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,374 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nscore.h"
+#include "nsImportEncodeScan.h"
+#include "nsNetUtil.h"
+
+#define  kBeginAppleSingle    0
+#define  kBeginDataFork      1
+#define  kBeginResourceFork    2
+#define  kAddEntries        3
+#define  kScanningDataFork    4
+#define  kScanningRsrcFork    5
+#define  kDoneWithFile      6
+
+uint32_t  gAppleSingleHeader[6] = {0x00051600, 0x00020000, 0, 0, 0, 0};
+#define kAppleSingleHeaderSize  (6 * sizeof(uint32_t))
+
+#ifdef _MAC_IMPORT_CODE
+#include "MoreFilesExtras.h"
+#include "MoreDesktopMgr.h"
+
+CInfoPBRec  gCatInfoPB;
+U32      g2000Secs = 0;
+long    gGMTDelta = 0;
+
+long GetGmtDelta(void);
+U32 Get2000Secs(void);
+
+
+long GetGmtDelta(void)
+{
+  MachineLocation myLocation;
+  ReadLocation(&myLocation);
+  long  myDelta = BitAnd(myLocation.u.gmtDelta, 0x00FFFFFF);
+  if (BitTst(&myDelta, 23))
+    myDelta = BitOr(myDelta, 0xFF000000);
+  return myDelta;
+}
+
+U32 Get2000Secs(void)
+{
+  DateTimeRec  dr;
+  dr.year = 2000;
+  dr.month = 1;
+  dr.day = 1;
+  dr.hour = 0;
+  dr.minute = 0;
+  dr.second = 0;
+  dr.dayOfWeek = 0;
+  U32  result;
+  DateToSeconds(&dr, &result);
+  return result;
+}
+#endif
+
+nsImportEncodeScan::nsImportEncodeScan()
+{
+  m_isAppleSingle = false;
+  m_encodeScanState = 0;
+  m_resourceForkSize = 0;
+  m_dataForkSize = 0;
+}
+
+nsImportEncodeScan::~nsImportEncodeScan()
+{
+}
+
+bool nsImportEncodeScan::InitEncodeScan(bool appleSingleEncode, nsIFile *fileLoc, const char *pName, uint8_t * pBuf, uint32_t sz)
+{
+  CleanUpEncodeScan();
+  m_isAppleSingle = appleSingleEncode;
+  m_encodeScanState = kBeginAppleSingle;
+  m_pInputFile = do_QueryInterface(fileLoc);
+  m_useFileName = pName;
+  m_pBuf = pBuf;
+  m_bufSz = sz;
+  if (!m_isAppleSingle)
+        {
+    if (!m_inputStream)
+                {
+                  nsresult rv = NS_NewLocalFileInputStream(getter_AddRefs(m_inputStream), m_pInputFile);
+                  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, false);
+    }
+
+    InitScan(m_inputStream, pBuf, sz);
+  }
+  else {
+  #ifdef _MAC_IMPORT_CODE
+    // Fill in the file sizes
+    m_resourceForkSize = fileLoc.GetMacFileSize(UFileLocation::eResourceFork);
+    m_dataForkSize = fileLoc.GetMacFileSize(UFileLocation::eDataFork);
+  #endif
+  }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+void nsImportEncodeScan::CleanUpEncodeScan(void)
+{
+  m_pInputStream->Close();
+  m_pInputStream = nullptr;
+  m_pInputFile = nullptr;
+}
+
+
+// 26 + 12 per entry
+
+void nsImportEncodeScan::FillInEntries(int numEntries)
+{
+#ifdef _MAC_IMPORT_CODE
+  int    len = m_useFileName.GetLength();
+  if (len < 32)
+    len = 32;
+  long  entry[3];
+  long  fileOffset = 26 + (12 * numEntries);
+  entry[0] = 3;
+  entry[1] = fileOffset;
+  entry[2] = m_useFileName.GetLength();
+  fileOffset += len;
+  MemCpy(m_pBuf + m_bytesInBuf, entry, 12);
+  m_bytesInBuf += 12;
+
+
+  Str255  comment;
+  comment[0] = 0;
+  OSErr err = FSpDTGetComment(m_inputFileLoc, comment);
+  if (comment[0] > 200)
+    comment[0] = 200;
+  entry[0] = 4;
+  entry[1] = fileOffset;
+  entry[2] = comment[0];
+  fileOffset += 200;
+  MemCpy(m_pBuf + m_bytesInBuf, entry, 12);
+  m_bytesInBuf += 12;
+
+
+  entry[0] = 8;
+  entry[1] = fileOffset;
+  entry[2] = 16;
+  fileOffset += 16;
+  MemCpy(m_pBuf + m_bytesInBuf, entry, 12);
+  m_bytesInBuf += 12;
+
+  entry[0] = 9;
+  entry[1] = fileOffset;
+  entry[2] = 32;
+  fileOffset += 32;
+  MemCpy(m_pBuf + m_bytesInBuf, entry, 12);
+  m_bytesInBuf += 12;
+
+
+  entry[0] = 10;
+  entry[1] = fileOffset;
+  entry[2] = 4;
+  fileOffset += 4;
+  MemCpy(m_pBuf + m_bytesInBuf, entry, 12);
+  m_bytesInBuf += 12;
+
+  if (m_resourceForkSize) {
+    entry[0] = 2;
+    entry[1] = fileOffset;
+    entry[2] = m_resourceForkSize;
+    fileOffset += m_resourceForkSize;
+    MemCpy(m_pBuf + m_bytesInBuf, entry, 12);
+    m_bytesInBuf += 12;
+  }
+
+  if (m_dataForkSize) {
+    entry[0] = 1;
+    entry[1] = fileOffset;
+    entry[2] = m_dataForkSize;
+    fileOffset += m_dataForkSize;
+    MemCpy(m_pBuf + m_bytesInBuf, entry, 12);
+    m_bytesInBuf += 12;
+  }
+
+#endif
+}
+
+bool nsImportEncodeScan::AddEntries(void)
+{
+#ifdef _MAC_IMPORT_CODE
+  if (!g2000Secs) {
+    g2000Secs = Get2000Secs();
+    gGMTDelta = GetGmtDelta();
+  }
+  MemCpy(m_pBuf + m_bytesInBuf, (PC_S8) m_useFileName, m_useFileName.GetLength());
+  m_bytesInBuf += m_useFileName.GetLength();
+  if (m_useFileName.GetLength() < 32) {
+    int len = m_useFileName.GetLength();
+    while (len < 32) {
+      *((P_S8)m_pBuf + m_bytesInBuf) = 0;
+      m_bytesInBuf++;
+      len++;
+    }
+  }
+
+  Str255  comment;
+  comment[0] = 0;
+  OSErr err = FSpDTGetComment(m_inputFileLoc, comment);
+  comment[0] = 200;
+  MemCpy(m_pBuf + m_bytesInBuf, &(comment[1]), comment[0]);
+  m_bytesInBuf += comment[0];
+
+  long  dates[4];
+  dates[0] = gCatInfoPB.hFileInfo.ioFlCrDat;
+  dates[1] = gCatInfoPB.hFileInfo.ioFlMdDat;
+  dates[2] = gCatInfoPB.hFileInfo.ioFlBkDat;
+  dates[3] = 0x80000000;
+  for (short i = 0; i < 3; i++) {
+    dates[i] -= g2000Secs;
+    dates[i] += gGMTDelta;
+  }
+  MemCpy(m_pBuf + m_bytesInBuf, dates, 16);
+  m_bytesInBuf += 16;
+
+
+  FInfo  fInfo = gCatInfoPB.hFileInfo.ioFlFndrInfo;
+  FXInfo  fxInfo = gCatInfoPB.hFileInfo.ioFlXFndrInfo;
+  fInfo.fdFlags = 0;
+  fInfo.fdLocation.h = 0;
+  fInfo.fdLocation.v = 0;
+  fInfo.fdFldr = 0;
+  MemSet(&fxInfo, 0, sizeof(fxInfo));
+  MemCpy(m_pBuf + m_bytesInBuf, &fInfo, 16);
+  m_bytesInBuf += 16;
+  MemCpy(m_pBuf + m_bytesInBuf, &fxInfo, 16);
+  m_bytesInBuf += 16;
+
+
+  dates[0] = 0;
+  if ((gCatInfoPB.hFileInfo.ioFlAttrib & 1) != 0)
+    dates[0] |= 1;
+  MemCpy(m_pBuf + m_bytesInBuf, dates, 4);
+  m_bytesInBuf += 4;
+
+
+#endif
+  return true;
+}
+
+bool nsImportEncodeScan::Scan(bool *pDone)
+{
+  nsresult  rv;
+
+  *pDone = false;
+  if (m_isAppleSingle) {
+    // Stuff the buffer with things needed to encode the file...
+    // then just allow UScanFile to handle each fork, but be careful
+    // when handling eof.
+    switch(m_encodeScanState) {
+      case kBeginAppleSingle: {
+#ifdef _MAC_IMPORT_CODE
+        OSErr err = GetCatInfoNoName(m_inputFileLoc.GetVRefNum(), m_inputFileLoc.GetParID(), m_inputFileLoc.GetFileNamePtr(), &gCatInfoPB);
+        if (err != noErr)
+          return FALSE;
+#endif
+        m_eof = false;
+        m_pos = 0;
+        memcpy(m_pBuf, gAppleSingleHeader, kAppleSingleHeaderSize);
+        m_bytesInBuf = kAppleSingleHeaderSize;
+        int numEntries = 5;
+        if (m_dataForkSize)
+          numEntries++;
+        if (m_resourceForkSize)
+          numEntries++;
+        memcpy(m_pBuf + m_bytesInBuf, &numEntries, sizeof(numEntries));
+        m_bytesInBuf += sizeof(numEntries);
+        FillInEntries(numEntries);
+        m_encodeScanState = kAddEntries;
+        return ScanBuffer(pDone);
+      }
+      break;
+
+      case kBeginDataFork: {
+        if (!m_dataForkSize) {
+          m_encodeScanState = kDoneWithFile;
+          return true;
+        }
+        // Initialize the scan of the data fork...
+        if (!m_inputStream)
+                                {
+                                  rv = NS_NewLocalFileInputStream(getter_AddRefs(m_inputStream), m_pInputFile);
+                                  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, false);
+                                }
+        m_encodeScanState = kScanningDataFork;
+        return true;
+      }
+      break;
+
+      case kScanningDataFork: {
+        bool result = FillBufferFromFile();
+        if (!result)
+          return false;
+        if (m_eof) {
+          m_eof = false;
+          result = ScanBuffer(pDone);
+          if (!result)
+            return false;
+          m_inputStream->Close();
+                                        m_inputStream = nullptr;
+          m_encodeScanState = kDoneWithFile;
+          return true;
+        }
+        else
+          return ScanBuffer(pDone);
+      }
+      break;
+
+      case kScanningRsrcFork: {
+        bool result = FillBufferFromFile();
+        if (!result)
+          return false;
+        if (m_eof) {
+          m_eof = false;
+          result = ScanBuffer(pDone);
+          if (!result)
+            return false;
+          m_inputStream->Close();
+                                        m_inputStream = nullptr;
+          m_encodeScanState = kBeginDataFork;
+          return true;
+        }
+        else
+          return ScanBuffer(pDone);
+      }
+      break;
+
+      case kBeginResourceFork: {
+        if (!m_resourceForkSize) {
+          m_encodeScanState = kBeginDataFork;
+          return true;
+        }
+        /*
+        // FIXME: Open the resource fork on the Mac!!!
+        m_fH = UFile::OpenRsrcFileRead(m_inputFileLoc);
+        if (m_fH == TR_FILE_ERROR)
+          return FALSE;
+        */
+        m_encodeScanState = kScanningRsrcFork;
+        return true;
+      }
+      break;
+
+      case kAddEntries: {
+        ShiftBuffer();
+        if (!AddEntries())
+          return false;
+        m_encodeScanState = kBeginResourceFork;
+        return ScanBuffer(pDone);
+      }
+      break;
+
+      case kDoneWithFile: {
+        ShiftBuffer();
+        m_eof = true;
+        if (!ScanBuffer(pDone))
+          return false;
+        *pDone = true;
+        return true;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+
+  }
+  else
+    return nsImportScanFile::Scan(pDone);
+
+  return false;
+}
+
diff --git a/mailnews/import/src/nsImportEncodeScan.h b/mailnews/import/src/nsImportEncodeScan.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3f0e246f1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/src/nsImportEncodeScan.h
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsImportEncodeScan_h___
+#define nsImportEncodeScan_h___
+
+#include "mozilla/Attributes.h"
+#include "nsIFile.h"
+#include "nsImportScanFile.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+
+class nsImportEncodeScan : public nsImportScanFile {
+public:
+  nsImportEncodeScan();
+  ~nsImportEncodeScan();
+
+  bool    InitEncodeScan(bool appleSingleEncode, nsIFile *pFile, const char *pName, uint8_t * pBuf, uint32_t sz);
+  void  CleanUpEncodeScan(void);
+
+  virtual bool    Scan(bool *pDone) override;
+
+protected:
+  void   FillInEntries(int numEntries);
+  bool     AddEntries(void);
+
+protected:
+  bool        m_isAppleSingle;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile>   m_pInputFile;
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIInputStream> m_inputStream;
+  int      m_encodeScanState;
+  long      m_resourceForkSize;
+  long      m_dataForkSize;
+  nsCString    m_useFileName;
+};
+
+#endif /* nsImportEncodeScan_h__ */
+
diff --git a/mailnews/import/src/nsImportFieldMap.cpp b/mailnews/import/src/nsImportFieldMap.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d5e9748dc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/src/nsImportFieldMap.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,384 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+
+#include "nscore.h"
+#include "nsIStringBundle.h"
+#include "nsImportFieldMap.h"
+#include "nsImportStringBundle.h"
+#include "nsCRTGlue.h"
+#include "ImportDebug.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+NS_METHOD nsImportFieldMap::Create(nsIStringBundle *aBundle, nsISupports *aOuter, REFNSIID aIID, void **aResult)
+{
+  if (aOuter)
+    return NS_ERROR_NO_AGGREGATION;
+
+  nsImportFieldMap *it = new nsImportFieldMap(aBundle);
+  if (it == nullptr)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+  NS_ADDREF(it);
+  nsresult rv = it->QueryInterface(aIID, aResult);
+  NS_RELEASE(it);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsImportFieldMap, nsIImportFieldMap)
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImportFieldMap::GetSkipFirstRecord(bool *result)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(result);
+  *result = m_skipFirstRecord;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImportFieldMap::SetSkipFirstRecord(bool aResult)
+{
+  m_skipFirstRecord = aResult;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsImportFieldMap::nsImportFieldMap(nsIStringBundle *aBundle)
+{
+  m_numFields = 0;
+  m_pFields = nullptr;
+  m_pActive = nullptr;
+  m_allocated = 0;
+  // need to init the description array
+  m_mozFieldCount = 0;
+    m_skipFirstRecord = false;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundle> pBundle = aBundle;
+
+  nsString *pStr;
+  for (int32_t i = IMPORT_FIELD_DESC_START; i <= IMPORT_FIELD_DESC_END; i++, m_mozFieldCount++) {
+    pStr = new nsString();
+    if (pBundle) {
+      nsImportStringBundle::GetStringByID(i, pBundle, *pStr);
+    }
+    else
+      pStr->AppendInt(i);
+    m_descriptions.AppendElement(pStr);
+  }
+}
+
+nsImportFieldMap::~nsImportFieldMap()
+{
+  if (m_pFields)
+    delete [] m_pFields;
+  if (m_pActive)
+    delete [] m_pActive;
+
+  nsString *  pStr;
+  for (int32_t i = 0; i < m_mozFieldCount; i++) {
+    pStr = m_descriptions.ElementAt(i);
+    delete pStr;
+  }
+  m_descriptions.Clear();
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImportFieldMap::GetNumMozFields(int32_t *aNumFields)
+{
+    NS_PRECONDITION(aNumFields != nullptr, "null ptr");
+  if (!aNumFields)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  *aNumFields = m_mozFieldCount;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImportFieldMap::GetMapSize(int32_t *aNumFields)
+{
+    NS_PRECONDITION(aNumFields != nullptr, "null ptr");
+  if (!aNumFields)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  *aNumFields = m_numFields;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImportFieldMap::GetFieldDescription(int32_t index, char16_t **_retval)
+{
+    NS_PRECONDITION(_retval != nullptr, "null ptr");
+  if (!_retval)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  *_retval = nullptr;
+  if ((index < 0) || ((size_t)index >= m_descriptions.Length()))
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  *_retval = ToNewUnicode(*(m_descriptions.ElementAt(index)));
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImportFieldMap::SetFieldMapSize(int32_t size)
+{
+  nsresult rv = Allocate(size);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  m_numFields = size;
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImportFieldMap::DefaultFieldMap(int32_t size)
+{
+  nsresult rv = SetFieldMapSize(size);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+  for (int32_t i = 0; i < size; i++) {
+    m_pFields[i] = i;
+    m_pActive[i] = true;
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImportFieldMap::GetFieldMap(int32_t index, int32_t *_retval)
+{
+    NS_PRECONDITION(_retval != nullptr, "null ptr");
+  if (!_retval)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+
+  if ((index < 0) || (index >= m_numFields))
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  *_retval = m_pFields[index];
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImportFieldMap::SetFieldMap(int32_t index, int32_t fieldNum)
+{
+  if (index == -1) {
+    nsresult rv = Allocate(m_numFields + 1);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      return rv;
+    index = m_numFields;
+    m_numFields++;
+  }
+  else {
+    if ((index < 0) || (index >= m_numFields))
+      return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+
+  if ((fieldNum != -1) && ((fieldNum < 0) || (fieldNum >= m_mozFieldCount)))
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  m_pFields[index] = fieldNum;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImportFieldMap::GetFieldActive(int32_t index, bool *active)
+{
+    NS_PRECONDITION(active != nullptr, "null ptr");
+  if (!active)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+  if ((index < 0) || (index >= m_numFields))
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  *active = m_pActive[index];
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImportFieldMap::SetFieldActive(int32_t index, bool active)
+{
+  if ((index < 0) || (index >= m_numFields))
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  m_pActive[index] = active;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImportFieldMap::SetFieldValue(nsIAddrDatabase *database, nsIMdbRow *row, int32_t fieldNum, const char16_t *value)
+{
+  NS_PRECONDITION(database != nullptr, "null ptr");
+  NS_PRECONDITION(row != nullptr, "null ptr");
+  NS_PRECONDITION(value != nullptr, "null ptr");
+  if (!database || !row || !value)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  // Allow the special value for a null field
+  if (fieldNum == -1)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  if ((fieldNum < 0) || (fieldNum >= m_mozFieldCount))
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  // UGGG!!!!! lot's of typing here!
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  nsString str(value);
+  char *pVal = ToNewUTF8String(str);
+
+  switch(fieldNum) {
+  case 0:
+    rv = database->AddFirstName(row, pVal);
+    break;
+  case 1:
+    rv = database->AddLastName(row, pVal);
+    break;
+  case 2:
+    rv = database->AddDisplayName(row, pVal);
+    break;
+  case 3:
+    rv = database->AddNickName(row, pVal);
+    break;
+  case 4:
+    rv = database->AddPrimaryEmail(row, pVal);
+    break;
+  case 5:
+    rv = database->Add2ndEmail(row, pVal);
+    break;
+  case 6:
+    rv = database->AddWorkPhone(row, pVal);
+    break;
+  case 7:
+    rv = database->AddHomePhone(row, pVal);
+    break;
+  case 8:
+    rv = database->AddFaxNumber(row, pVal);
+    break;
+  case 9:
+    rv = database->AddPagerNumber(row, pVal);
+    break;
+  case 10:
+    rv = database->AddCellularNumber(row, pVal);
+    break;
+  case 11:
+    rv = database->AddHomeAddress(row, pVal);
+    break;
+  case 12:
+    rv = database->AddHomeAddress2(row, pVal);
+    break;
+  case 13:
+    rv = database->AddHomeCity(row, pVal);
+    break;
+  case 14:
+    rv = database->AddHomeState(row, pVal);
+    break;
+  case 15:
+    rv = database->AddHomeZipCode(row, pVal);
+    break;
+  case 16:
+    rv = database->AddHomeCountry(row, pVal);
+    break;
+  case 17:
+    rv = database->AddWorkAddress(row, pVal);
+    break;
+  case 18:
+    rv = database->AddWorkAddress2(row, pVal);
+    break;
+  case 19:
+    rv = database->AddWorkCity(row, pVal);
+    break;
+  case 20:
+    rv = database->AddWorkState(row, pVal);
+    break;
+  case 21:
+    rv = database->AddWorkZipCode(row, pVal);
+    break;
+  case 22:
+    rv = database->AddWorkCountry(row, pVal);
+    break;
+  case 23:
+    rv = database->AddJobTitle(row, pVal);
+    break;
+  case 24:
+    rv = database->AddDepartment(row, pVal);
+    break;
+  case 25:
+    rv = database->AddCompany(row, pVal);
+    break;
+  case 26:
+    rv = database->AddWebPage1(row, pVal);
+    break;
+  case 27:
+    rv = database->AddWebPage2(row, pVal);
+    break;
+  case 28:
+    rv = database->AddBirthYear(row, pVal);
+    break;
+  case 29:
+    rv = database->AddBirthMonth(row, pVal);
+    break;
+  case 30:
+    rv = database->AddBirthDay(row, pVal);
+    break;
+  case 31:
+    rv = database->AddCustom1(row, pVal);
+    break;
+  case 32:
+    rv = database->AddCustom2(row, pVal);
+    break;
+  case 33:
+    rv = database->AddCustom3(row, pVal);
+    break;
+  case 34:
+    rv = database->AddCustom4(row, pVal);
+    break;
+  case 35:
+    rv = database->AddNotes(row, pVal);
+    break;
+  case 36:
+    rv = database->AddAimScreenName(row, pVal);
+    break;
+  default:
+    /* Get the field description, and add it as an anonymous attr? */
+    /* OR WHAT???? */
+    {
+      rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    }
+  }
+
+  NS_Free(pVal);
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+
+nsresult nsImportFieldMap::Allocate(int32_t newSize)
+{
+  if (newSize <= m_allocated)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  int32_t sz = m_allocated;
+  while (sz < newSize)
+    sz += 30;
+
+  int32_t  *pData = new int32_t[ sz];
+  if (!pData)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+  bool *pActive = new bool[sz];
+  if (!pActive) {
+    delete [] pData;
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+  }
+
+  int32_t  i;
+  for (i = 0; i < sz; i++) {
+    pData[i] = -1;
+    pActive[i] = true;
+  }
+  if (m_numFields) {
+    for (i = 0; i < m_numFields; i++) {
+      pData[i] = m_pFields[i];
+      pActive[i] = m_pActive[i];
+    }
+    delete [] m_pFields;
+    delete [] m_pActive;
+  }
+  m_allocated = sz;
+  m_pFields = pData;
+  m_pActive = pActive;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/import/src/nsImportFieldMap.h b/mailnews/import/src/nsImportFieldMap.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a25069b1e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/src/nsImportFieldMap.h
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsImportFieldMap_h___
+#define nsImportFieldMap_h___
+
+#include "nscore.h"
+#include "nsIImportFieldMap.h"
+#include "nsIAddrDatabase.h"
+#include "nsTArray.h"
+#include "nsString.h"
+
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+class nsIStringBundle;
+
+class nsImportFieldMap : public nsIImportFieldMap
+{
+public:
+  NS_DECL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS
+
+  NS_DECL_NSIIMPORTFIELDMAP
+
+  nsImportFieldMap(nsIStringBundle *aBundle);
+
+   static NS_METHOD Create(nsIStringBundle *aBundle, nsISupports *aOuter, REFNSIID aIID, void **aResult);
+
+private:
+  virtual ~nsImportFieldMap();
+  nsresult  Allocate(int32_t newSize);
+
+private:
+  int32_t    m_numFields;
+  int32_t  *  m_pFields;
+  bool *  m_pActive;
+  int32_t    m_allocated;
+  nsTArray<nsString*>  m_descriptions;
+  int32_t    m_mozFieldCount;
+  bool        m_skipFirstRecord;
+};
+
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/import/src/nsImportMail.cpp b/mailnews/import/src/nsImportMail.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ad584b8a6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/src/nsImportMail.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1208 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/*
+*/
+
+#include "prthread.h"
+#include "prprf.h"
+#include "nscore.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsIArray.h"
+#include "nsArrayUtils.h"
+
+#include "nsIImportMail.h"
+#include "nsIImportGeneric.h"
+#include "nsXPCOM.h"
+#include "nsISupportsPrimitives.h"
+#include "nsIImportMailboxDescriptor.h"
+
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsUnicharUtils.h"
+
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "nsIMsgAccountManager.h"
+#include "nsMsgBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolder.h"
+#include "nsImportStringBundle.h"
+#include "nsIStringBundle.h"
+#include "nsTextFormatter.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsComponentManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsIImportService.h"
+#include "ImportDebug.h"
+#include "plstr.h"
+#include "MailNewsTypes.h"
+#include "nsThreadUtils.h"
+#include "mozilla/Services.h"
+
+#define IMPORT_MSGS_URL       "chrome://messenger/locale/importMsgs.properties"
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+static void ImportMailThread(void *stuff);
+
+class ImportThreadData;
+
+class nsImportGenericMail : public nsIImportGeneric
+{
+public:
+
+  nsImportGenericMail();
+
+  NS_DECL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS
+
+  /* nsISupports GetData (in string dataId); */
+  NS_IMETHOD GetData(const char *dataId, nsISupports **_retval) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD SetData(const char *dataId, nsISupports *pData) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD GetStatus(const char *statusKind, int32_t *_retval) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD WantsProgress(bool *_retval) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHODIMP BeginImport(nsISupportsString *successLog, nsISupportsString *errorLog, bool *_retval) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD ContinueImport(bool *_retval) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD GetProgress(int32_t *_retval) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD CancelImport(void) override;
+
+private:
+  virtual ~nsImportGenericMail();
+  bool    CreateFolder(nsIMsgFolder **ppFolder);
+  void  GetDefaultMailboxes(void);
+  void  GetDefaultLocation(void);
+  void  GetDefaultDestination(void);
+  void  GetMailboxName(uint32_t index, nsISupportsString *pStr);
+
+public:
+  static void  SetLogs(nsString& success, nsString& error, nsISupportsString *pSuccess, nsISupportsString *pError);
+  static void ReportError(int32_t id, const char16_t *pName, nsString *pStream, nsIStringBundle* aBundle);
+
+private:
+  nsString      m_pName;  // module name that created this interface
+  nsIMsgFolder *    m_pDestFolder;
+  bool          m_deleteDestFolder;
+  bool          m_createdFolder;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIFile> m_pSrcLocation;
+  bool          m_gotLocation;
+  bool          m_found;
+  bool          m_userVerify;
+  nsIImportMail *m_pInterface;
+  nsIArray *  m_pMailboxes;
+  nsISupportsString *m_pSuccessLog;
+  nsISupportsString *m_pErrorLog;
+  uint32_t      m_totalSize;
+  bool          m_doImport;
+  ImportThreadData *  m_pThreadData;
+    bool          m_performingMigration;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundle> m_stringBundle;
+};
+
+class ImportThreadData {
+public:
+  bool            driverAlive;
+  bool            threadAlive;
+  bool            abort;
+  bool            fatalError;
+  uint32_t        currentTotal;
+  uint32_t        currentSize;
+  nsIMsgFolder *      destRoot;
+  bool            ownsDestRoot;
+  nsIArray *boxes;
+  nsIImportMail *      mailImport;
+  nsISupportsString *  successLog;
+  nsISupportsString *  errorLog;
+  uint32_t        currentMailbox;
+    bool            performingMigration;
+  nsIStringBundle *stringBundle;
+
+  ImportThreadData();
+  ~ImportThreadData();
+  void DriverDelete();
+  void ThreadDelete();
+  void DriverAbort();
+};
+
+// forward decl for proxy methods
+nsresult ProxyGetSubFolders(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder);
+nsresult ProxyGetChildNamed(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder,const nsAString & aName,
+                            nsIMsgFolder **aChild);
+nsresult ProxyGetParent(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder, nsIMsgFolder **aParent);
+nsresult ProxyContainsChildNamed(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder, const nsAString &aName,
+                                 bool *aResult);
+nsresult ProxyGenerateUniqueSubfolderName(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder,
+                                          const nsAString& aPrefix,
+                                          nsIMsgFolder *aOtherFolder,
+                                          nsAString& aName);
+nsresult ProxyCreateSubfolder(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder, const nsAString &aName);
+nsresult ProxyForceDBClosed(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder);
+
+nsresult NS_NewGenericMail(nsIImportGeneric** aImportGeneric)
+{
+    NS_PRECONDITION(aImportGeneric != nullptr, "null ptr");
+    if (! aImportGeneric)
+        return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  nsImportGenericMail *pGen = new nsImportGenericMail();
+
+  if (pGen == nullptr)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+  NS_ADDREF(pGen);
+  nsresult rv = pGen->QueryInterface(NS_GET_IID(nsIImportGeneric), (void **)aImportGeneric);
+  NS_RELEASE(pGen);
+
+    return rv;
+}
+
+nsImportGenericMail::nsImportGenericMail()
+{
+  m_found = false;
+  m_userVerify = false;
+  m_gotLocation = false;
+  m_pInterface = nullptr;
+  m_pMailboxes = nullptr;
+  m_pSuccessLog = nullptr;
+  m_pErrorLog = nullptr;
+  m_totalSize = 0;
+  m_doImport = false;
+  m_pThreadData = nullptr;
+
+  m_pDestFolder = nullptr;
+  m_deleteDestFolder = false;
+  m_createdFolder = false;
+    m_performingMigration = false;
+
+  // Init logging module.
+  if (!IMPORTLOGMODULE)
+    IMPORTLOGMODULE = PR_NewLogModule("IMPORT");
+
+  nsresult rv = nsImportStringBundle::GetStringBundle(IMPORT_MSGS_URL, getter_AddRefs(m_stringBundle));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    IMPORT_LOG0("Failed to get string bundle for Importing Mail");
+}
+
+
+nsImportGenericMail::~nsImportGenericMail()
+{
+  if (m_pThreadData) {
+    m_pThreadData->DriverAbort();
+    m_pThreadData = nullptr;
+  }
+
+  NS_IF_RELEASE(m_pDestFolder);
+  NS_IF_RELEASE(m_pInterface);
+  NS_IF_RELEASE(m_pMailboxes);
+  NS_IF_RELEASE(m_pSuccessLog);
+  NS_IF_RELEASE(m_pErrorLog);
+}
+
+
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsImportGenericMail, nsIImportGeneric)
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImportGenericMail::GetData(const char *dataId, nsISupports **_retval)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  NS_PRECONDITION(_retval != nullptr, "null ptr");
+  if (!_retval)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  *_retval = nullptr;
+  if (!PL_strcasecmp(dataId, "mailInterface")) {
+    *_retval = m_pInterface;
+    NS_IF_ADDREF(m_pInterface);
+  }
+
+  if (!PL_strcasecmp(dataId, "mailBoxes")) {
+    if (!m_pMailboxes)
+      GetDefaultMailboxes();
+    *_retval = m_pMailboxes;
+    NS_IF_ADDREF(m_pMailboxes);
+  }
+
+  if (!PL_strcasecmp(dataId, "mailLocation")) {
+    if (!m_pSrcLocation)
+      GetDefaultLocation();
+    NS_IF_ADDREF(*_retval = m_pSrcLocation);
+  }
+
+  if (!PL_strcasecmp(dataId, "mailDestination")) {
+    if (!m_pDestFolder)
+      GetDefaultDestination();
+    NS_IF_ADDREF(*_retval = m_pDestFolder);
+  }
+
+  if (!PL_strcasecmp(dataId, "migration")) {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsISupportsPRBool> migrationString = do_CreateInstance(NS_SUPPORTS_PRBOOL_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+        migrationString->SetData(m_performingMigration);
+        NS_IF_ADDREF(*_retval = migrationString);
+  }
+
+  if (!PL_strcasecmp(dataId, "currentMailbox")) {
+    // create an nsISupportsString, get the current mailbox
+    // name being imported and put it in the string
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISupportsString>  data = do_CreateInstance(NS_SUPPORTS_STRING_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      return rv;
+    if (m_pThreadData) {
+      GetMailboxName(m_pThreadData->currentMailbox, data);
+    }
+    NS_ADDREF(*_retval = data);
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImportGenericMail::SetData(const char *dataId, nsISupports *item)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  NS_PRECONDITION(dataId != nullptr, "null ptr");
+  if (!dataId)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  if (!PL_strcasecmp(dataId, "mailInterface")) {
+    NS_IF_RELEASE(m_pInterface);
+    if (item)
+      item->QueryInterface(NS_GET_IID(nsIImportMail), (void **) &m_pInterface);
+  }
+  if (!PL_strcasecmp(dataId, "mailBoxes")) {
+    NS_IF_RELEASE(m_pMailboxes);
+    if (item)
+      item->QueryInterface(NS_GET_IID(nsIArray), (void **) &m_pMailboxes);
+  }
+
+  if (!PL_strcasecmp(dataId, "mailLocation")) {
+    NS_IF_RELEASE(m_pMailboxes);
+    m_pSrcLocation = nullptr;
+    if (item) {
+      nsresult rv;
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIFile> location = do_QueryInterface(item, &rv);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+      m_pSrcLocation = location;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (!PL_strcasecmp(dataId, "mailDestination")) {
+    NS_IF_RELEASE(m_pDestFolder);
+    if (item)
+      item->QueryInterface(NS_GET_IID(nsIMsgFolder), (void **) &m_pDestFolder);
+    m_deleteDestFolder = false;
+  }
+
+  if (!PL_strcasecmp(dataId, "name")) {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISupportsString> nameString;
+    if (item) {
+      item->QueryInterface(NS_GET_IID(nsISupportsString), getter_AddRefs(nameString));
+      rv = nameString->GetData(m_pName);
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (!PL_strcasecmp(dataId, "migration")) {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISupportsPRBool> migrationString;
+    if (item) {
+      item->QueryInterface(NS_GET_IID(nsISupportsPRBool), getter_AddRefs(migrationString));
+      rv = migrationString->GetData(&m_performingMigration);
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImportGenericMail::GetStatus(const char *statusKind, int32_t *_retval)
+{
+  NS_PRECONDITION(statusKind != nullptr, "null ptr");
+  NS_PRECONDITION(_retval != nullptr, "null ptr");
+  if (!statusKind || !_retval)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  *_retval = 0;
+
+  if (!PL_strcasecmp(statusKind, "isInstalled")) {
+    GetDefaultLocation();
+    *_retval = (int32_t) m_found;
+  }
+
+  if (!PL_strcasecmp(statusKind, "canUserSetLocation")) {
+    GetDefaultLocation();
+    *_retval = (int32_t) m_userVerify;
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+void nsImportGenericMail::GetDefaultLocation(void)
+{
+  if (!m_pInterface)
+    return;
+
+  if (m_pSrcLocation && m_gotLocation)
+    return;
+
+  m_gotLocation = true;
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIFile> pLoc;
+  m_pInterface->GetDefaultLocation(getter_AddRefs(pLoc), &m_found, &m_userVerify);
+  if (!m_pSrcLocation)
+    m_pSrcLocation = pLoc;
+}
+
+void nsImportGenericMail::GetDefaultMailboxes(void)
+{
+  if (!m_pInterface || m_pMailboxes || !m_pSrcLocation)
+    return;
+
+  m_pInterface->FindMailboxes(m_pSrcLocation, &m_pMailboxes);
+}
+
+void nsImportGenericMail::GetDefaultDestination(void)
+{
+  if (m_pDestFolder)
+    return;
+  if (!m_pInterface)
+    return;
+
+  nsIMsgFolder *  rootFolder;
+  m_deleteDestFolder = false;
+  m_createdFolder = false;
+  if (CreateFolder(&rootFolder)) {
+    m_pDestFolder = rootFolder;
+    m_deleteDestFolder = true;
+    m_createdFolder = true;
+    return;
+  }
+  IMPORT_LOG0("*** GetDefaultDestination: Failed to create a default import destination folder.");
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImportGenericMail::WantsProgress(bool *_retval)
+{
+  NS_PRECONDITION(_retval != nullptr, "null ptr");
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(_retval);
+
+  if (m_pThreadData) {
+    m_pThreadData->DriverAbort();
+    m_pThreadData = nullptr;
+  }
+
+  if (!m_pMailboxes) {
+    GetDefaultLocation();
+    GetDefaultMailboxes();
+  }
+
+  if (!m_pDestFolder) {
+    GetDefaultDestination();
+  }
+
+  bool result = false;
+
+  if (m_pMailboxes) {
+    uint32_t    i;
+    bool        import;
+    uint32_t    count = 0;
+    uint32_t    size;
+    uint32_t    totalSize = 0;
+
+    (void) m_pMailboxes->GetLength(&count);
+    for (i = 0; i < count; i++) {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIImportMailboxDescriptor> box =
+        do_QueryElementAt(m_pMailboxes, i);
+      if (box) {
+        import = false;
+        size = 0;
+        nsresult rv = box->GetImport(&import);
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && import) {
+          (void) box->GetSize(&size);
+          result = true;
+        }
+        totalSize += size;
+      }
+    }
+
+    m_totalSize = totalSize;
+  }
+
+  m_doImport = result;
+
+  *_retval = result;
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+void nsImportGenericMail::GetMailboxName(uint32_t index, nsISupportsString *pStr)
+{
+  if (m_pMailboxes) {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIImportMailboxDescriptor> box(do_QueryElementAt(m_pMailboxes, index));
+    if (box) {
+      nsAutoString name;
+      box->GetDisplayName(getter_Copies(name));
+      if (!name.IsEmpty()) {
+        pStr->SetData(name);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImportGenericMail::BeginImport(nsISupportsString *successLog, nsISupportsString *errorLog, bool *_retval)
+{
+  NS_PRECONDITION(_retval != nullptr, "null ptr");
+    if (!_retval)
+        return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  nsString  success;
+  nsString  error;
+
+  if (!m_doImport) {
+    nsImportStringBundle::GetStringByID(IMPORT_NO_MAILBOXES,
+                                        m_stringBundle, success);
+    SetLogs(success, error, successLog, errorLog);
+    *_retval = true;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  if (!m_pInterface || !m_pMailboxes) {
+    IMPORT_LOG0("*** BeginImport: Either the interface or source mailbox is not set properly.");
+    nsImportStringBundle::GetStringByID(IMPORT_ERROR_MB_NOTINITIALIZED,
+                                        m_stringBundle, error);
+    SetLogs(success, error, successLog, errorLog);
+    *_retval = false;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  if (!m_pDestFolder) {
+    IMPORT_LOG0("*** BeginImport: The destination mailbox is not set properly.");
+    nsImportStringBundle::GetStringByID(IMPORT_ERROR_MB_NODESTFOLDER,
+                                        m_stringBundle, error);
+    SetLogs(success, error, successLog, errorLog);
+    *_retval = false;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  if (m_pThreadData) {
+    m_pThreadData->DriverAbort();
+    m_pThreadData = nullptr;
+  }
+
+  NS_IF_RELEASE(m_pSuccessLog);
+  NS_IF_RELEASE(m_pErrorLog);
+  m_pSuccessLog = successLog;
+  m_pErrorLog = errorLog;
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(m_pSuccessLog);
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(m_pErrorLog);
+
+
+  // kick off the thread to do the import!!!!
+  m_pThreadData = new ImportThreadData();
+  m_pThreadData->boxes = m_pMailboxes;
+  NS_ADDREF(m_pMailboxes);
+  m_pThreadData->mailImport = m_pInterface;
+  NS_ADDREF(m_pInterface);
+  m_pThreadData->errorLog = m_pErrorLog;
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(m_pErrorLog);
+  m_pThreadData->successLog = m_pSuccessLog;
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(m_pSuccessLog);
+
+  m_pThreadData->ownsDestRoot = m_deleteDestFolder;
+  m_pThreadData->destRoot = m_pDestFolder;
+    m_pThreadData->performingMigration = m_performingMigration;
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(m_pDestFolder);
+
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(m_pThreadData->stringBundle = m_stringBundle);
+
+  PRThread *pThread = PR_CreateThread(PR_USER_THREAD, &ImportMailThread, m_pThreadData,
+                  PR_PRIORITY_NORMAL,
+                  PR_LOCAL_THREAD,
+                  PR_UNJOINABLE_THREAD,
+                  0);
+  if (!pThread) {
+    m_pThreadData->ThreadDelete();
+    m_pThreadData->abort = true;
+    m_pThreadData->DriverAbort();
+    m_pThreadData = nullptr;
+    *_retval = false;
+    nsImportStringBundle::GetStringByID(IMPORT_ERROR_MB_NOTHREAD,
+                                        m_stringBundle, error);
+    SetLogs(success, error, successLog, errorLog);
+  }
+  else
+    *_retval = true;
+
+  return NS_OK;
+
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImportGenericMail::ContinueImport(bool *_retval)
+{
+    NS_PRECONDITION(_retval != nullptr, "null ptr");
+    if (!_retval)
+        return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  *_retval = true;
+  if (m_pThreadData) {
+    if (m_pThreadData->fatalError)
+      *_retval = false;
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImportGenericMail::GetProgress(int32_t *_retval)
+{
+  // This returns the progress from the the currently
+  // running import mail or import address book thread.
+    NS_PRECONDITION(_retval != nullptr, "null ptr");
+    if (!_retval)
+        return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  if (!m_pThreadData || !(m_pThreadData->threadAlive)) {
+    *_retval = 100;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  uint32_t sz = 0;
+  if (m_pThreadData->currentSize && m_pInterface) {
+    if (NS_FAILED(m_pInterface->GetImportProgress(&sz)))
+      sz = 0;
+  }
+
+
+  // *_retval = (int32_t) (((uint32_t)(m_pThreadData->currentTotal + sz) * (uint32_t)100) / m_totalSize);
+
+  if (m_totalSize) {
+    double  perc;
+    perc = (double) m_pThreadData->currentTotal;
+    perc += sz;
+    perc *= 100;
+    perc /= m_totalSize;
+    *_retval = (int32_t) perc;
+    if (*_retval > 100)
+      *_retval = 100;
+  }
+  else
+    *_retval = 0;
+
+  // never return 100% while the thread is still alive
+  if (*_retval > 99)
+    *_retval = 99;
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+void nsImportGenericMail::ReportError(int32_t id, const char16_t *pName, nsString *pStream, nsIStringBundle *aBundle)
+{
+  if (!pStream)
+    return;
+
+  // load the error string
+  char16_t *pFmt = nsImportStringBundle::GetStringByID(id, aBundle);
+  char16_t *pText = nsTextFormatter::smprintf(pFmt, pName);
+  pStream->Append(pText);
+  nsTextFormatter::smprintf_free(pText);
+  NS_Free(pFmt);
+  pStream->Append(NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16(MSG_LINEBREAK));
+}
+
+
+void nsImportGenericMail::SetLogs(nsString& success, nsString& error, nsISupportsString *pSuccess, nsISupportsString *pError)
+{
+    nsAutoString str;
+    if (pSuccess) {
+        pSuccess->GetData(str);
+        str.Append(success);
+        pSuccess->SetData(str);
+    }
+    if (pError) {
+        pError->GetData(str);
+        str.Append(error);
+        pError->SetData(str);
+    }
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImportGenericMail::CancelImport(void)
+{
+  if (m_pThreadData) {
+    m_pThreadData->abort = true;
+    m_pThreadData->DriverAbort();
+    m_pThreadData = nullptr;
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+ImportThreadData::ImportThreadData()
+{
+  fatalError = false;
+  driverAlive = true;
+  threadAlive = true;
+  abort = false;
+  currentTotal = 0;
+  currentSize = 0;
+  destRoot = nullptr;
+  ownsDestRoot = false;
+  boxes = nullptr;
+  mailImport = nullptr;
+  successLog = nullptr;
+  errorLog = nullptr;
+  stringBundle = nullptr;
+}
+
+ImportThreadData::~ImportThreadData()
+{
+  NS_IF_RELEASE(destRoot);
+  NS_IF_RELEASE(boxes);
+  NS_IF_RELEASE(mailImport);
+  NS_IF_RELEASE(errorLog);
+  NS_IF_RELEASE(successLog);
+  NS_IF_RELEASE(stringBundle);
+}
+
+void ImportThreadData::DriverDelete(void)
+{
+  driverAlive = false;
+  if (!driverAlive && !threadAlive)
+    delete this;
+}
+
+void ImportThreadData::ThreadDelete()
+{
+  threadAlive = false;
+  if (!driverAlive && !threadAlive)
+    delete this;
+}
+
+void ImportThreadData::DriverAbort()
+{
+  if (abort && !threadAlive && destRoot) {
+    if (ownsDestRoot) {
+      destRoot->RecursiveDelete(true, nullptr);
+    }
+    else {
+      // FIXME: just delete the stuff we created?
+    }
+  }
+  else
+    abort = true;
+  DriverDelete();
+}
+
+
+
+static void
+ImportMailThread(void *stuff)
+{
+  ImportThreadData *pData = (ImportThreadData *)stuff;
+
+  IMPORT_LOG0("ImportMailThread: Starting...");
+
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder>    destRoot(pData->destRoot);
+
+  uint32_t  count = 0;
+  rv = pData->boxes->GetLength(&count);
+
+  uint32_t    i;
+  bool        import;
+  uint32_t    size;
+  uint32_t    depth = 1;
+  uint32_t    newDepth;
+  nsString    lastName;
+  char16_t *    pName;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder>    curFolder(destRoot);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder>          newFolder;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder>          subFolder;
+
+  bool              exists;
+
+  nsString  success;
+  nsString  error;
+
+  // GetSubFolders() will initialize folders if they are not already initialized.
+  ProxyGetSubFolders(curFolder);
+
+  IMPORT_LOG1("ImportMailThread: Total number of folders to import = %d.", count);
+
+  // Note that the front-end js script only displays one import result string so
+  // we combine both good and bad import status into one string (in var 'success').
+
+  for (i = 0; (i < count) && !(pData->abort); i++) {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIImportMailboxDescriptor> box =
+      do_QueryElementAt(pData->boxes, i);
+    if (box) {
+      pData->currentMailbox = i;
+
+      import = false;
+      size = 0;
+      rv = box->GetImport(&import);
+      if (import)
+        rv = box->GetSize(&size);
+      rv = box->GetDepth(&newDepth);
+      if (newDepth > depth) {
+          // OK, we are going to add a subfolder under the last/previous folder we processed, so
+          // find this folder (stored in 'lastName') who is going to be the new parent folder.
+        IMPORT_LOG1("ImportMailThread: Processing child folder '%s'.", NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(lastName).get());
+        rv = ProxyGetChildNamed(curFolder, lastName, getter_AddRefs(subFolder));
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+          IMPORT_LOG1("*** ImportMailThread: Failed to get the interface for child folder '%s'.", NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(lastName).get());
+          nsImportGenericMail::ReportError(IMPORT_ERROR_MB_FINDCHILD,
+                                           lastName.get(),
+                                           &error, pData->stringBundle);
+          pData->fatalError = true;
+          break;
+        }
+        curFolder = subFolder;
+        // Make sure this new parent folder obj has the correct subfolder list so far.
+        rv = ProxyGetSubFolders(curFolder);
+      }
+      else if (newDepth < depth) {
+        rv = NS_OK;
+        while ((newDepth < depth) && NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+          rv = curFolder->GetParent(getter_AddRefs(curFolder));
+          if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+            IMPORT_LOG1("*** ImportMailThread: Failed to get the interface for parent folder '%s'.", lastName.get());
+            nsImportGenericMail::ReportError(IMPORT_ERROR_MB_FINDCHILD,
+                                             lastName.get(), &error,
+                                             pData->stringBundle);
+            pData->fatalError = true;
+            break;
+          }
+          depth--;
+        }
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+          IMPORT_LOG1("*** ImportMailThread: Failed to get the proxy interface for parent folder '%s'.", lastName.get());
+          nsImportStringBundle::GetStringByID(IMPORT_ERROR_MB_NOPROXY,
+                                              pData->stringBundle, error);
+          pData->fatalError = true;
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+      depth = newDepth;
+      pName = nullptr;
+      box->GetDisplayName(&pName);
+      if (pName) {
+        lastName = pName;
+        NS_Free(pName);
+      }
+      else
+        lastName.AssignLiteral("Unknown!");
+
+      // translate the folder name if we are doing migration, but
+      // only for special folders which are at the root level
+      if (pData->performingMigration && depth == 1)
+        pData->mailImport->TranslateFolderName(lastName, lastName);
+
+      exists = false;
+      rv = ProxyContainsChildNamed(curFolder, lastName, &exists);
+
+      // If we are performing profile migration (as opposed to importing) then we are starting
+      // with empty local folders. In that case, always choose to over-write the existing local folder
+      // with this name. Don't create a unique subfolder name. Otherwise you end up with "Inbox, Inbox0"
+      // or "Unsent Folders, UnsentFolders0"
+      if (exists && !pData->performingMigration) {
+        nsString subName;
+        ProxyGenerateUniqueSubfolderName(curFolder, lastName, nullptr, subName);
+        if (!subName.IsEmpty())
+          lastName.Assign(subName);
+      }
+
+      IMPORT_LOG1("ImportMailThread: Creating new import folder '%s'.", NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(lastName).get());
+      ProxyCreateSubfolder(curFolder, lastName); // this may fail if the folder already exists..that's ok
+
+      rv = ProxyGetChildNamed(curFolder, lastName, getter_AddRefs(newFolder));
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+        IMPORT_LOG1("*** ImportMailThread: Failed to locate subfolder '%s' after it's been created.", lastName.get());
+        nsImportGenericMail::ReportError(IMPORT_ERROR_MB_CREATE, lastName.get(),
+                                         &error, pData->stringBundle);
+      }
+
+      if (size && import && newFolder && NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+        bool fatalError = false;
+        pData->currentSize = size;
+        char16_t *pSuccess = nullptr;
+        char16_t *pError = nullptr;
+        rv = pData->mailImport->ImportMailbox(box, newFolder, &pError, &pSuccess, &fatalError);
+        if (pError) {
+          error.Append(pError);
+          NS_Free(pError);
+        }
+        if (pSuccess) {
+          success.Append(pSuccess);
+          NS_Free(pSuccess);
+        }
+
+        pData->currentSize = 0;
+        pData->currentTotal += size;
+        
+        // commit to the db synchronously, but using a proxy since it doesn't like being used
+        // elsewhere than from the main thread.
+        // OK, we've copied the actual folder/file over if the folder size is not 0
+        // (ie, the msg summary is no longer valid) so close the msg database so that
+        // when the folder is reopened the folder db can be reconstructed (which
+        // validates msg summary and forces folder to be reparsed).
+        rv = ProxyForceDBClosed(newFolder);
+        fatalError = NS_FAILED(rv);
+
+        if (fatalError) {
+          IMPORT_LOG1("*** ImportMailThread: ImportMailbox returned fatalError, mailbox #%d\n", (int) i);
+          pData->fatalError = true;
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  // Now save the new acct info to pref file.
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgAccountManager> accMgr = do_GetService(NS_MSGACCOUNTMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && accMgr) {
+    rv = accMgr->SaveAccountInfo();
+    NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "Can't save account info to pref file");
+  }
+
+  nsImportGenericMail::SetLogs(success, error, pData->successLog, pData->errorLog);
+
+  if (pData->abort || pData->fatalError) {
+    IMPORT_LOG0("*** ImportMailThread: Abort or fatalError flag was set\n");
+    if (pData->ownsDestRoot) {
+      IMPORT_LOG0("Calling destRoot->RecursiveDelete\n");
+      destRoot->RecursiveDelete(true, nullptr);
+    }
+    else {
+      // FIXME: just delete the stuff we created?
+    }
+  }
+
+  IMPORT_LOG1("Import mailbox thread done: %d\n", (int) pData->currentTotal);
+
+  pData->ThreadDelete();
+
+}
+
+// Creates a folder in Local Folders with the module name + mail
+// for e.g: Outlook Mail
+bool nsImportGenericMail::CreateFolder(nsIMsgFolder **ppFolder)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  *ppFolder = nullptr;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundle> bundle;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundleService> bundleService =
+    mozilla::services::GetStringBundleService();
+  if (!bundleService)
+      return false;
+  rv = bundleService->CreateBundle(IMPORT_MSGS_URL, getter_AddRefs(bundle));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      return false;
+  nsString folderName;
+  if (!m_pName.IsEmpty()) {
+    const char16_t *moduleName[] = { m_pName.get() };
+    rv = bundle->FormatStringFromName(u"ImportModuleFolderName",
+                                      moduleName, 1,
+                                      getter_Copies(folderName));
+  }
+  else {
+    rv = bundle->GetStringFromName(u"DefaultFolderName",
+                                   getter_Copies(folderName));
+  }
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+      IMPORT_LOG0("*** Failed to get Folder Name!\n");
+      return false;
+  }
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgAccountManager> accMgr = do_GetService(NS_MSGACCOUNTMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+    IMPORT_LOG0("*** Failed to create account manager!\n");
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+  rv = accMgr->GetLocalFoldersServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+  // if Local Folders does not exist already, create it
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !server)
+  {
+    rv = accMgr->CreateLocalMailAccount();
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+      IMPORT_LOG0("*** Failed to create Local Folders!\n");
+      return false;
+    }
+
+    rv = accMgr->GetLocalFoldersServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+  }
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && server) {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> localRootFolder;
+    rv = server->GetRootMsgFolder(getter_AddRefs(localRootFolder));
+    if (localRootFolder) {
+      // we need to call GetSubFolders() so that the folders get initialized
+      // if they are not initialized yet.
+      nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleEnumerator> aEnumerator;
+      rv = localRootFolder->GetSubFolders(getter_AddRefs(aEnumerator));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+        // check if the folder name we picked already exists.
+        bool exists = false;
+        rv = localRootFolder->ContainsChildNamed(folderName, &exists);
+        if (exists) {
+          nsString name;
+          localRootFolder->GenerateUniqueSubfolderName(folderName, nullptr, name);
+          if (!name.IsEmpty())
+            folderName.Assign(name);
+          else {
+            IMPORT_LOG0("*** Failed to find a unique folder name!\n");
+            return false;
+          }
+        }
+        IMPORT_LOG1("Creating folder for importing mail: '%s'\n", NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(folderName).get());
+
+        // Bug 564162 identifies a dataloss design flaw.
+        // A working Thunderbird client can have mail in Local Folders and a
+        // subsequent import 'Everything' will trigger a migration which
+        // overwrites existing mailboxes with the imported mailboxes.
+        rv = localRootFolder->CreateSubfolder(folderName, nullptr);
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+          rv = localRootFolder->GetChildNamed(folderName, ppFolder);
+          if (*ppFolder) {
+            IMPORT_LOG1("Folder '%s' created successfully\n", NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(folderName).get());
+            return true;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    } // if localRootFolder
+  } // if server
+  IMPORT_LOG0("****** FAILED TO CREATE FOLDER FOR IMPORT\n");
+  return false;
+}
+
+/**
+ * These are the proxy objects we use to proxy nsIMsgFolder methods back
+ * the the main thread. Since there are only five, we can hand roll them.
+ * A better design might be a co-routine-ish design where the ui thread
+ * hands off each folder to the import thread and when the thread finishes
+ * the folder, the main thread hands it the next folder.
+ */
+
+class GetSubFoldersRunnable : public mozilla::Runnable
+{
+public:
+  GetSubFoldersRunnable(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder);
+  NS_DECL_NSIRUNNABLE
+private:
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> m_folder;
+};
+
+GetSubFoldersRunnable::GetSubFoldersRunnable(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder) :
+  m_folder(aFolder)
+{
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP GetSubFoldersRunnable::Run()
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleEnumerator> dummy;
+  return m_folder->GetSubFolders(getter_AddRefs(dummy));
+}
+
+
+nsresult ProxyGetSubFolders(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder)
+{
+  RefPtr<GetSubFoldersRunnable> getSubFolders =
+    new GetSubFoldersRunnable(aFolder);
+  return NS_DispatchToMainThread(getSubFolders, NS_DISPATCH_SYNC);
+}
+
+class GetChildNamedRunnable : public mozilla::Runnable
+{
+public:
+  GetChildNamedRunnable(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder, const nsAString& aName, nsIMsgFolder **aChild);
+  NS_DECL_NSIRUNNABLE
+protected:
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> m_folder;
+  nsString m_name;
+  nsIMsgFolder **m_child;
+};
+
+GetChildNamedRunnable::GetChildNamedRunnable(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder,
+                                             const nsAString & aName,
+                                             nsIMsgFolder **aChild) :
+  m_folder(aFolder), m_name(aName), m_child(aChild)
+{
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP GetChildNamedRunnable::Run()
+{
+  return m_folder->GetChildNamed(m_name, m_child);
+}
+
+
+nsresult ProxyGetChildNamed(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder, const nsAString & aName,
+                            nsIMsgFolder **aChild)
+{
+  RefPtr<GetChildNamedRunnable> getChildNamed =
+    new GetChildNamedRunnable(aFolder, aName, aChild);
+  return NS_DispatchToMainThread(getChildNamed, NS_DISPATCH_SYNC);
+}
+
+class GetParentRunnable : public mozilla::Runnable
+{
+public:
+  GetParentRunnable(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder, nsIMsgFolder **aParent);
+  NS_DECL_NSIRUNNABLE
+protected:
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> m_folder;
+  nsIMsgFolder **m_parent;
+};
+
+GetParentRunnable::GetParentRunnable(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder, nsIMsgFolder **aParent) :
+  m_folder(aFolder), m_parent(aParent)
+{
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP GetParentRunnable::Run()
+{
+  return m_folder->GetParent(m_parent);
+}
+
+
+nsresult ProxyGetParent(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder, nsIMsgFolder **aParent)
+{
+  RefPtr<GetParentRunnable> getParent =
+    new GetParentRunnable(aFolder, aParent);
+  return NS_DispatchToMainThread(getParent, NS_DISPATCH_SYNC);
+}
+
+class ContainsChildNamedRunnable : public mozilla::Runnable
+{
+public:
+  ContainsChildNamedRunnable(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder, const nsAString& aName, bool *aResult);
+  NS_DECL_NSIRUNNABLE
+protected:
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> m_folder;
+  nsString m_name;
+  bool *m_result;
+};
+
+ContainsChildNamedRunnable::ContainsChildNamedRunnable(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder,
+                                                       const nsAString &aName,
+                                                       bool *aResult) :
+  m_folder(aFolder), m_name(aName), m_result(aResult)
+{
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP ContainsChildNamedRunnable::Run()
+{
+  return m_folder->ContainsChildNamed(m_name, m_result);
+}
+
+
+nsresult ProxyContainsChildNamed(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder, const nsAString &aName,
+                                 bool *aResult)
+{
+  RefPtr<ContainsChildNamedRunnable> containsChildNamed =
+    new ContainsChildNamedRunnable(aFolder, aName, aResult);
+  return NS_DispatchToMainThread(containsChildNamed, NS_DISPATCH_SYNC);
+}
+
+
+class GenerateUniqueSubfolderNameRunnable : public mozilla::Runnable
+{
+public:
+  GenerateUniqueSubfolderNameRunnable(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder,
+                                      const nsAString& prefix,
+                                      nsIMsgFolder *otherFolder,
+                                      nsAString& name);
+  NS_DECL_NSIRUNNABLE
+protected:
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> m_folder;
+  nsString m_prefix;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> m_otherFolder;
+  nsString m_name;
+};
+
+GenerateUniqueSubfolderNameRunnable::GenerateUniqueSubfolderNameRunnable(
+  nsIMsgFolder *aFolder, const nsAString& aPrefix, nsIMsgFolder *aOtherFolder,
+  nsAString& aName)
+  : m_folder(aFolder), m_prefix(aPrefix), m_otherFolder(aOtherFolder), m_name(aName)
+{
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP GenerateUniqueSubfolderNameRunnable::Run()
+{
+  return m_folder->GenerateUniqueSubfolderName(m_prefix, m_otherFolder, m_name);
+}
+
+
+nsresult ProxyGenerateUniqueSubfolderName(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder,
+                                          const nsAString& aPrefix,
+                                          nsIMsgFolder *aOtherFolder,
+                                          nsAString& aName)
+
+{
+  RefPtr<GenerateUniqueSubfolderNameRunnable> generateUniqueSubfolderName =
+    new GenerateUniqueSubfolderNameRunnable(aFolder, aPrefix, aOtherFolder, aName);
+  return NS_DispatchToMainThread(generateUniqueSubfolderName, NS_DISPATCH_SYNC);
+}
+
+class CreateSubfolderRunnable : public mozilla::Runnable
+{
+public:
+  CreateSubfolderRunnable(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder, const nsAString& aName);
+  NS_DECL_NSIRUNNABLE
+protected:
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> m_folder;
+  nsString m_name;
+};
+
+CreateSubfolderRunnable::CreateSubfolderRunnable(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder,
+                                                 const nsAString &aName) :
+  m_folder(aFolder), m_name(aName)
+{
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP CreateSubfolderRunnable::Run()
+{
+  return m_folder->CreateSubfolder(m_name, nullptr);
+}
+
+
+nsresult ProxyCreateSubfolder(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder, const nsAString &aName)
+{
+  RefPtr<CreateSubfolderRunnable> createSubfolder =
+    new CreateSubfolderRunnable(aFolder, aName);
+  return NS_DispatchToMainThread(createSubfolder, NS_DISPATCH_SYNC);
+}
+
+class ForceDBClosedRunnable : public mozilla::Runnable
+{
+public:
+  ForceDBClosedRunnable(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder);
+  NS_DECL_NSIRUNNABLE
+protected:
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> m_folder;
+};
+
+ForceDBClosedRunnable::ForceDBClosedRunnable(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder) :
+  m_folder(aFolder)
+{
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP ForceDBClosedRunnable::Run()
+{
+  return m_folder->ForceDBClosed();
+}
+
+nsresult ProxyForceDBClosed(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder)
+{
+  RefPtr<ForceDBClosedRunnable> forceDBClosed =
+    new ForceDBClosedRunnable(aFolder);
+  return NS_DispatchToMainThread(forceDBClosed, NS_DISPATCH_SYNC);
+}
+
+
diff --git a/mailnews/import/src/nsImportMailboxDescriptor.cpp b/mailnews/import/src/nsImportMailboxDescriptor.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ab0ea5db4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/src/nsImportMailboxDescriptor.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+
+#include "nscore.h"
+#include "nsImportMailboxDescriptor.h"
+#include "nsComponentManagerUtils.h"
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+
+
+NS_METHOD nsImportMailboxDescriptor::Create(nsISupports *aOuter, REFNSIID aIID, void **aResult)
+{
+  if (aOuter)
+    return NS_ERROR_NO_AGGREGATION;
+
+  nsImportMailboxDescriptor *it = new nsImportMailboxDescriptor();
+  if (it == nullptr)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+  NS_ADDREF(it);
+  nsresult rv = it->QueryInterface(aIID, aResult);
+  NS_RELEASE(it);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsImportMailboxDescriptor, nsIImportMailboxDescriptor)
+
+nsImportMailboxDescriptor::nsImportMailboxDescriptor()
+{
+  m_import = true;
+  m_size = 0;
+  m_depth = 0;
+  m_id = 0;
+        m_pFile = do_CreateInstance(NS_LOCAL_FILE_CONTRACTID);
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/import/src/nsImportMailboxDescriptor.h b/mailnews/import/src/nsImportMailboxDescriptor.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1f4c30b31
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/src/nsImportMailboxDescriptor.h
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsImportMailboxDescriptor_h___
+#define nsImportMailboxDescriptor_h___
+
+#include "mozilla/Attributes.h"
+#include "nscore.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsIImportMailboxDescriptor.h"
+#include "nsIFile.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+
+class nsImportMailboxDescriptor : public nsIImportMailboxDescriptor
+{
+public:
+  NS_DECL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS
+
+  NS_IMETHOD  GetIdentifier(uint32_t *pIdentifier) override { *pIdentifier = m_id; return NS_OK;}
+  NS_IMETHOD  SetIdentifier(uint32_t ident) override { m_id = ident; return NS_OK;}
+
+  /* attribute unsigned long depth; */
+  NS_IMETHOD  GetDepth(uint32_t *pDepth) override { *pDepth = m_depth; return NS_OK;}
+  NS_IMETHOD  SetDepth(uint32_t theDepth) override { m_depth = theDepth; return NS_OK;}
+
+  /* attribute unsigned long size; */
+  NS_IMETHOD  GetSize(uint32_t *pSize) override { *pSize = m_size; return NS_OK;}
+  NS_IMETHOD  SetSize(uint32_t theSize) override { m_size = theSize; return NS_OK;}
+
+  /* attribute wstring displayName; */
+  NS_IMETHOD  GetDisplayName(char16_t **pName) override { *pName = ToNewUnicode(m_displayName); return NS_OK;}
+  NS_IMETHOD  SetDisplayName(const char16_t * pName) override { m_displayName = pName; return NS_OK;}
+
+  /* attribute boolean import; */
+  NS_IMETHOD  GetImport(bool *pImport) override { *pImport = m_import; return NS_OK;}
+  NS_IMETHOD  SetImport(bool doImport) override { m_import = doImport; return NS_OK;}
+
+  /* readonly attribute nsIFile file; */
+  NS_IMETHOD GetFile(nsIFile * *aFile) override { if (m_pFile) { NS_ADDREF(*aFile = m_pFile); return NS_OK;} else return NS_ERROR_FAILURE; }
+
+
+
+  nsImportMailboxDescriptor();
+
+   static NS_METHOD Create(nsISupports *aOuter, REFNSIID aIID, void **aResult);
+
+private:
+  virtual ~nsImportMailboxDescriptor() {}
+  uint32_t    m_id;      // used by creator of the structure
+  uint32_t    m_depth;    // depth in the hierarchy
+  nsString    m_displayName;// name of this mailbox
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIFile> m_pFile;  // source file (if applicable)
+  uint32_t    m_size;
+  bool        m_import;    // import it or not?
+};
+
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/import/src/nsImportMimeEncode.cpp b/mailnews/import/src/nsImportMimeEncode.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e13ea1f94
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/src/nsImportMimeEncode.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,411 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nscore.h"
+#include "nsImportMimeEncode.h"
+
+#include "ImportCharSet.h"
+#include "ImportTranslate.h"
+
+#define  kNoState    0
+#define  kStartState    1
+#define  kEncodeState  2
+#define kDoneState    3
+
+#define kEncodeBufferSz  (8192 * 8)
+
+nsImportMimeEncode::nsImportMimeEncode()
+{
+  m_pOut = nullptr;
+  m_state = kNoState;
+  m_bytesProcessed = 0;
+  m_pInputBuf = nullptr;
+}
+
+nsImportMimeEncode::~nsImportMimeEncode()
+{
+  delete [] m_pInputBuf;
+}
+
+void nsImportMimeEncode::EncodeFile(nsIFile *pInFile, ImportOutFile *pOut, const char *pFileName, const char *pMimeType)
+{
+  m_fileName = pFileName;
+  m_mimeType = pMimeType;
+
+  m_pMimeFile = pInFile;
+
+  m_pOut = pOut;
+  m_state = kStartState;
+}
+
+void nsImportMimeEncode::CleanUp(void)
+{
+  CleanUpEncodeScan();
+}
+
+bool nsImportMimeEncode::SetUpEncode(void)
+{
+  nsCString    errStr;
+  if (!m_pInputBuf) {
+    m_pInputBuf = new uint8_t[kEncodeBufferSz];
+  }
+
+  m_appleSingle = false;
+
+#ifdef _MAC_IMPORT_CODE
+  // First let's see just what kind of beast we have?
+  // For files with only a data fork and a known mime type
+  // proceed with normal mime encoding just as on the PC.
+  // For unknown mime types and files with both forks,
+  // encode as AppleSingle format.
+  if (m_filePath.GetMacFileSize(UFileLocation::eResourceFork) || !pMimeType) {
+    m_appleSingle = TRUE;
+    m_mimeType = "application/applefile";
+  }
+#endif
+
+  if (!InitEncodeScan(m_appleSingle, m_pMimeFile, m_fileName.get(), m_pInputBuf, kEncodeBufferSz)) {
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  m_state = kEncodeState;
+  m_lineLen = 0;
+
+  // Write out the boundary header
+  bool bResult = true;
+  bResult = m_pOut->WriteStr("Content-type: ");
+  if (bResult)
+    bResult = m_pOut->WriteStr(m_mimeType.get());
+
+#ifdef _MAC_IMPORT_CODE
+  // include the type an creator here
+  if (bResult)
+    bResult = m_pOut->WriteStr("; x-mac-type=\"");
+  U8  hex[8];
+  LongToHexBytes(m_filePath.GetFileType(), hex);
+  if (bResult)
+    bResult = m_pOut->WriteData(hex, 8);
+  LongToHexBytes(m_filePath.GetFileCreator(), hex);
+  if (bResult)
+    bResult = m_pOut->WriteStr("\"; x-mac-creator=\"");
+  if (bResult)
+    bResult = m_pOut->WriteData(hex, 8);
+  if (bResult)
+    bResult = m_pOut->WriteStr("\"");
+#endif
+
+  /*
+  if (bResult)
+    bResult = m_pOut->WriteStr(gMimeTypeFileName);
+  */
+  if (bResult)
+    bResult = m_pOut->WriteStr(";\x0D\x0A");
+
+  nsCString    fName;
+  bool        trans = TranslateFileName(m_fileName, fName);
+  if (bResult)
+    bResult = WriteFileName(fName, trans, "name");
+  if (bResult)
+    bResult = m_pOut->WriteStr("Content-transfer-encoding: base64");
+  if (bResult)
+    bResult = m_pOut->WriteEol();
+  if (bResult)
+    bResult = m_pOut->WriteStr("Content-Disposition: attachment;\x0D\x0A");
+  if (bResult)
+    bResult = WriteFileName(fName, trans, "filename");
+  if (bResult)
+    bResult = m_pOut->WriteEol();
+
+  if (!bResult) {
+    CleanUp();
+  }
+
+  return bResult;
+}
+
+bool nsImportMimeEncode::DoWork(bool *pDone)
+{
+  *pDone = false;
+  switch(m_state) {
+  case kNoState:
+    return false;
+    break;
+  case kStartState:
+    return SetUpEncode();
+    break;
+  case kEncodeState:
+    if (!Scan(pDone)) {
+      CleanUp();
+      return false;
+    }
+    if (*pDone) {
+      *pDone = false;
+      m_state = kDoneState;
+    }
+    break;
+  case kDoneState:
+    CleanUp();
+    m_state = kNoState;
+    *pDone = true;
+    break;
+  }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+static uint8_t gBase64[] = "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz0123456789+/";
+
+bool nsImportMimeEncode::ScanBuffer(bool *pDone)
+{
+
+  uint32_t  pos = m_pos;
+  uint32_t  start = pos;
+  uint8_t *  pChar = m_pBuf + pos;
+  uint32_t  max = m_bytesInBuf;
+  uint8_t    byte[4];
+  uint32_t  lineLen = m_lineLen;
+
+  while ((pos + 2) < max) {
+    // Encode 3 bytes
+    byte[0] = gBase64[*pChar >> 2];
+    byte[1] = gBase64[(((*pChar) & 0x3)<< 4) | (((*(pChar + 1)) & 0xF0) >> 4)];
+    pChar++;
+    byte[2] = gBase64[(((*pChar) & 0xF) << 2) | (((*(pChar + 1)) & 0xC0) >>6)];
+    pChar++;
+    byte[3] = gBase64[(*pChar) & 0x3F];
+    if (!m_pOut->WriteData(byte, 4))
+      return false;
+    pos += 3;
+    pChar++;
+    lineLen += 4;
+    if (lineLen > 71) {
+      if (!m_pOut->WriteEol())
+        return false;
+      lineLen = 0;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if ((pos < max) && m_eof) {
+    // Get the last few bytes!
+    byte[0] = gBase64[*pChar >> 2];
+    pos++;
+    if (pos < max) {
+      byte[1] = gBase64[(((*pChar) & 0x3)<< 4) | (((*(pChar + 1)) & 0xF0) >> 4)];
+      pChar++;
+      pos++;
+      if (pos < max) {
+        // Should be dead code!! (Then why is it here doofus?)
+        byte[2] = gBase64[(((*pChar) & 0xF) << 2) | (((*(pChar + 1)) & 0xC0) >>6)];
+        pChar++;
+        byte[3] = gBase64[(*pChar) & 0x3F];
+        pos++;
+      }
+      else {
+        byte[2] = gBase64[(((*pChar) & 0xF) << 2)];
+        byte[3] = '=';
+      }
+    }
+    else {
+      byte[1] = gBase64[(((*pChar) & 0x3)<< 4)];
+      byte[2] = '=';
+      byte[3] = '=';
+    }
+
+    if (!m_pOut->WriteData(byte, 4))
+      return false;
+    if (!m_pOut->WriteEol())
+      return false;
+  }
+  else if (m_eof) {
+    /*
+    byte[0] = '=';
+    if (!m_pOut->WriteData(byte, 1))
+      return FALSE;
+    */
+    if (!m_pOut->WriteEol())
+      return false;
+  }
+
+  m_lineLen = (int) lineLen;
+  m_pos = pos;
+  m_bytesProcessed += (pos - start);
+  return true;
+}
+
+bool nsImportMimeEncode::TranslateFileName(nsCString& inFile, nsCString& outFile)
+{
+  const uint8_t * pIn = (const uint8_t *) inFile.get();
+  int    len = inFile.Length();
+
+  while (len) {
+    if (!ImportCharSet::IsUSAscii(*pIn))
+      break;
+    len--;
+    pIn++;
+  }
+  if (len) {
+    // non US ascii!
+    // assume this string needs translating...
+    if (!ImportTranslate::ConvertString(inFile, outFile, true)) {
+      outFile = inFile;
+      return false;
+    }
+    else {
+      return true;
+    }
+  }
+  else {
+    outFile = inFile;
+    return false;
+  }
+}
+
+bool nsImportMimeEncode::WriteFileName(nsCString& fName, bool wasTrans, const char *pTag)
+{
+  int      tagNum = 0;
+  int      idx = 0;
+  bool      result = true;
+  int      len;
+  nsCString  numStr;
+
+  while ((((fName.Length() - idx) + strlen(pTag)) > 70) && result) {
+    len = 68 - strlen(pTag) - 5;
+    if (wasTrans) {
+      if (fName.CharAt(idx + len - 1) == '%')
+        len--;
+      else if (fName.CharAt(idx + len - 2) == '%')
+        len -= 2;
+    }
+
+    if (result)
+      result = m_pOut->WriteStr("\x09");
+    if (result)
+      result = m_pOut->WriteStr(pTag);
+    numStr = "*";
+    numStr.AppendInt(tagNum);
+    if (result)
+      result = m_pOut->WriteStr(numStr.get());
+    if (wasTrans && result)
+      result = m_pOut->WriteStr("*=");
+    else if (result)
+      result = m_pOut->WriteStr("=\"");
+    if (result)
+      result = m_pOut->WriteData(((const uint8_t *)fName.get()) + idx, len);
+    if (wasTrans && result)
+      result = m_pOut->WriteStr("\x0D\x0A");
+    else if (result)
+      result = m_pOut->WriteStr("\"\x0D\x0A");
+    idx += len;
+    tagNum++;
+  }
+
+  if (idx) {
+    if ((fName.Length() - idx) > 0) {
+      if (result)
+        result = m_pOut->WriteStr("\x09");
+      if (result)
+        result = m_pOut->WriteStr(pTag);
+      numStr = "*";
+      numStr.AppendInt(tagNum);
+      if (result)
+        result = m_pOut->WriteStr(numStr.get());
+      if (wasTrans && result)
+        result = m_pOut->WriteStr("*=");
+      else if (result)
+        result = m_pOut->WriteStr("=\"");
+      if (result)
+        result = m_pOut->WriteData(((const uint8_t *)fName.get()) + idx, fName.Length() - idx);
+      if (wasTrans && result)
+        result = m_pOut->WriteStr("\x0D\x0A");
+      else if (result)
+        result = m_pOut->WriteStr("\"\x0D\x0A");
+    }
+  }
+  else {
+    if (result)
+      result = m_pOut->WriteStr("\x09");
+    if (result)
+      result = m_pOut->WriteStr(pTag);
+    if (wasTrans && result)
+      result = m_pOut->WriteStr("*=");
+    else if (result)
+      result = m_pOut->WriteStr("=\"");
+    if (result)
+      result = m_pOut->WriteStr(fName.get());
+    if (wasTrans && result)
+      result = m_pOut->WriteStr("\x0D\x0A");
+    else if (result)
+      result = m_pOut->WriteStr("\"\x0D\x0A");
+  }
+
+  return result;
+
+}
+
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+nsIImportMimeEncodeImpl::nsIImportMimeEncodeImpl()
+{
+  m_pOut = nullptr;
+  m_pEncode = nullptr;
+}
+
+nsIImportMimeEncodeImpl::~nsIImportMimeEncodeImpl()
+{
+  if (m_pOut)
+    delete m_pOut;
+  if (m_pEncode)
+    delete m_pEncode;
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsIImportMimeEncodeImpl, nsIImportMimeEncode)
+
+NS_METHOD nsIImportMimeEncodeImpl::EncodeFile(nsIFile *inFile, nsIFile *outFile, const char *fileName, const char *mimeType)
+{
+  return Initialize(inFile, outFile, fileName, mimeType);
+}
+
+NS_METHOD nsIImportMimeEncodeImpl::DoWork(bool *done, bool *_retval)
+{
+  if (done && _retval && m_pEncode) {
+    *_retval = m_pEncode->DoWork(done);
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+NS_METHOD nsIImportMimeEncodeImpl::NumBytesProcessed(int32_t *_retval)
+{
+  if (m_pEncode && _retval)
+    *_retval = m_pEncode->NumBytesProcessed();
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_METHOD nsIImportMimeEncodeImpl::DoEncoding(bool *_retval)
+{
+  if (_retval && m_pEncode) {
+    bool    done = false;
+    while (m_pEncode->DoWork(&done) && !done);
+    *_retval = done;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+NS_METHOD nsIImportMimeEncodeImpl::Initialize(nsIFile *inFile, nsIFile *outFile, const char *fileName, const char *mimeType)
+{
+  delete m_pEncode;
+  delete m_pOut;
+
+  m_pOut = new ImportOutFile();
+  m_pOut->InitOutFile(outFile);
+
+  m_pEncode = new nsImportMimeEncode();
+  m_pEncode->EncodeFile(inFile, m_pOut, fileName, mimeType);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
diff --git a/mailnews/import/src/nsImportMimeEncode.h b/mailnews/import/src/nsImportMimeEncode.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1447d11c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/src/nsImportMimeEncode.h
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+#ifndef nsImportMimeEncode_h__
+#define nsImportMimeEncode_h__
+
+#include "mozilla/Attributes.h"
+#include "nsImportScanFile.h"
+#include "ImportOutFile.h"
+#include "nsImportEncodeScan.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsIImportMimeEncode.h"
+
+
+// Content-Type: image/gif; name="blah.xyz"
+// Content-Transfer-Encoding: base64
+// Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="blah.xyz"
+
+class nsImportMimeEncode : public nsImportEncodeScan {
+public:
+	nsImportMimeEncode();
+	~nsImportMimeEncode();
+	
+	void	EncodeFile(nsIFile *pInFile, ImportOutFile *pOut, const char *pFileName, const char *pMimeType);
+
+	bool	DoWork(bool *pDone);
+	
+	long	NumBytesProcessed(void) { long val = m_bytesProcessed; m_bytesProcessed = 0; return val;}
+
+protected:
+	void	CleanUp(void);
+	bool	SetUpEncode(void);
+	bool	WriteFileName(nsCString& fName, bool wasTrans, const char *pTag);
+	bool	TranslateFileName(nsCString& inFile, nsCString& outFile);
+
+
+	virtual bool	ScanBuffer(bool *pDone) override;
+
+
+protected:
+	nsCString             m_fileName;
+	nsCOMPtr <nsIFile>    m_pMimeFile;
+	ImportOutFile *		m_pOut;
+	nsCString			m_mimeType;
+
+	int				m_state;
+	long			m_bytesProcessed;
+	uint8_t *		m_pInputBuf;
+	bool			m_appleSingle;
+	
+	// Actual encoding variables
+	int			m_lineLen;
+};
+
+
+class nsIImportMimeEncodeImpl : public nsIImportMimeEncode {
+public:
+	NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+
+	NS_DECL_NSIIMPORTMIMEENCODE
+
+	nsIImportMimeEncodeImpl();
+
+private:
+	virtual ~nsIImportMimeEncodeImpl();
+	ImportOutFile *			m_pOut;
+	nsImportMimeEncode *	m_pEncode;
+};
+
+
+#endif /* nsImportMimeEncode_h__ */
+
diff --git a/mailnews/import/src/nsImportScanFile.cpp b/mailnews/import/src/nsImportScanFile.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c4eefef3b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/src/nsImportScanFile.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,172 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nscore.h"
+#include "nsIFile.h"
+#include "nsImportScanFile.h"
+#include "ImportCharSet.h"
+
+nsImportScanFile::nsImportScanFile()
+{
+  m_allocated = false;
+  m_eof = false;
+  m_pBuf = nullptr;
+}
+
+nsImportScanFile::~nsImportScanFile()
+{
+  if (m_allocated)
+    CleanUpScan();
+}
+
+void nsImportScanFile::InitScan(nsIInputStream *pInputStream, uint8_t * pBuf, uint32_t sz)
+{
+  m_pInputStream = pInputStream;
+  m_pBuf = pBuf;
+  m_bufSz = sz;
+  m_bytesInBuf = 0;
+  m_pos = 0;
+}
+
+void nsImportScanFile::CleanUpScan(void)
+{
+  m_pInputStream = nullptr;
+  if (m_allocated) {
+    delete [] m_pBuf;
+    m_pBuf = NULL;
+  }
+}
+
+void nsImportScanFile::ShiftBuffer(void)
+{
+  uint8_t *  pTop;
+  uint8_t *  pCurrent;
+
+  if (m_pos < m_bytesInBuf) {
+    pTop = m_pBuf;
+    pCurrent = pTop + m_pos;
+    uint32_t    cnt = m_bytesInBuf - m_pos;
+    while (cnt) {
+      *pTop = *pCurrent;
+      pTop++; pCurrent++;
+      cnt--;
+    }
+  }
+
+  m_bytesInBuf -= m_pos;
+  m_pos = 0;
+}
+
+bool nsImportScanFile::FillBufferFromFile(void)
+{
+  uint64_t available;
+  nsresult rv = m_pInputStream->Available(&available);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return false;
+
+  // Fill up a buffer and scan it
+  ShiftBuffer();
+
+  // Read in some more bytes
+  uint32_t  cnt = m_bufSz - m_bytesInBuf;
+  // To distinguish from disk errors
+  // Check first for end of file?
+  // Set a done flag if true...
+  uint32_t read;
+  char *pBuf = (char *)m_pBuf;
+  pBuf += m_bytesInBuf;
+  rv = m_pInputStream->Read(pBuf, (int32_t) cnt, &read);
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return false;
+  rv = m_pInputStream->Available(&available);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+          m_eof = true;
+
+  m_bytesInBuf += cnt;
+  return true;
+}
+
+bool nsImportScanFile::Scan(bool *pDone)
+{
+  uint64_t available;
+  nsresult rv = m_pInputStream->Available(&available);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        {
+    if (m_pos < m_bytesInBuf)
+      ScanBuffer(pDone);
+    *pDone = true;
+    return true;
+  }
+
+  // Fill up a buffer and scan it
+  if (!FillBufferFromFile())
+    return false;
+
+  return ScanBuffer(pDone);
+}
+
+bool nsImportScanFile::ScanBuffer(bool *)
+{
+  return true;
+}
+
+
+bool nsImportScanFileLines::ScanBuffer(bool *pDone)
+{
+  // m_pos, m_bytesInBuf, m_eof, m_pBuf are relevant
+
+  uint32_t    pos = m_pos;
+  uint32_t    max = m_bytesInBuf;
+  uint8_t *    pChar = m_pBuf + pos;
+  uint32_t    startPos;
+
+  while (pos < max) {
+    if (m_needEol) {
+      // Find the next eol...
+      while ((pos < max) && (*pChar != ImportCharSet::cCRChar) && (*pChar != ImportCharSet::cLinefeedChar)) {
+        pos++;
+        pChar++;
+      }
+      m_pos = pos;
+      if (pos < max)
+        m_needEol = false;
+      if (pos == max) // need more buffer for an end of line
+        break;
+    }
+    // Skip past any eol characters
+    while ((pos < max) && ((*pChar == ImportCharSet::cCRChar) || (*pChar == ImportCharSet::cLinefeedChar))) {
+      pos++;
+      pChar++;
+    }
+    m_pos = pos;
+    if (pos == max)
+      break;
+    // Make sure we can find either the eof or the
+    // next end of line
+    startPos = pos;
+    while ((pos < max) && (*pChar != ImportCharSet::cCRChar) && (*pChar != ImportCharSet::cLinefeedChar)) {
+      pos++;
+      pChar++;
+    }
+
+    // Is line too big for our buffer?
+    if ((pos == max) && !m_eof) {
+      if (!m_pos) { // line too big for our buffer
+        m_pos = pos;
+        m_needEol = true;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+
+    if (!ProcessLine(m_pBuf + startPos, pos - startPos, pDone)) {
+      return false;
+    }
+    m_pos = pos;
+  }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
diff --git a/mailnews/import/src/nsImportScanFile.h b/mailnews/import/src/nsImportScanFile.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..abe5b1cdd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/src/nsImportScanFile.h
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsImportScanFile_h__
+#define nsImportScanFile_h__
+#include "mozilla/Attributes.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsIInputStream.h"
+
+class nsImportScanFile {
+public:
+  nsImportScanFile();
+  virtual ~nsImportScanFile();
+
+  void  InitScan(nsIInputStream *pInputStream, uint8_t * pBuf, uint32_t sz);
+
+  void  CleanUpScan(void);
+
+  virtual  bool    Scan(bool *pDone);
+
+protected:
+  void      ShiftBuffer(void);
+  bool        FillBufferFromFile(void);
+  virtual bool    ScanBuffer(bool *pDone);
+
+protected:
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIInputStream> m_pInputStream;
+  uint8_t *    m_pBuf;
+  uint32_t    m_bufSz;
+  uint32_t    m_bytesInBuf;
+  uint32_t    m_pos;
+  bool        m_eof;
+  bool        m_allocated;
+};
+
+class nsImportScanFileLines : public nsImportScanFile {
+public:
+  nsImportScanFileLines() {m_needEol = false;}
+
+  void  ResetLineScan(void) { m_needEol = false;}
+
+  virtual bool ProcessLine(uint8_t * /* pLine */, uint32_t /* len */, bool * /* pDone */) {return true;}
+
+protected:
+  virtual bool    ScanBuffer(bool *pDone) override;
+
+  bool    m_needEol;
+
+};
+
+
+#endif /* nsImportScanFile_h__ */
diff --git a/mailnews/import/src/nsImportService.cpp b/mailnews/import/src/nsImportService.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0013c1146
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/src/nsImportService.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,583 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsICharsetConverterManager.h"
+#include "nsIPlatformCharset.h"
+#include "nsICharsetConverterManager.h"
+
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsIComponentManager.h"
+#include "nsIServiceManager.h"
+#include "nsMemory.h"
+#include "nsIImportModule.h"
+#include "nsIImportService.h"
+#include "nsImportMailboxDescriptor.h"
+#include "nsImportABDescriptor.h"
+#include "nsIImportGeneric.h"
+#include "nsImportFieldMap.h"
+#include "nsICategoryManager.h"
+#include "nsXPCOM.h"
+#include "nsISupportsPrimitives.h"
+#include "plstr.h"
+#include "prmem.h"
+#include "nsMsgCompCID.h"
+#include "nsThreadUtils.h"
+#include "nsIEditor.h"
+#include "ImportDebug.h"
+#include "nsImportService.h"
+#include "nsImportStringBundle.h"
+#include "nsCRTGlue.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsComponentManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsIMutableArray.h"
+#include "nsIArray.h"
+#include "nsIMsgSend.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+
+PRLogModuleInfo *IMPORTLOGMODULE = nullptr;
+
+static nsIImportService *  gImportService = nullptr;
+static const char *  kWhitespace = "\b\t\r\n ";
+
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+
+nsImportService::nsImportService() : m_pModules(nullptr)
+{
+  // Init logging module.
+  if (!IMPORTLOGMODULE)
+    IMPORTLOGMODULE = PR_NewLogModule("IMPORT");
+  IMPORT_LOG0("* nsImport Service Created\n");
+
+  m_didDiscovery = false;
+  m_pDecoder = nullptr;
+  m_pEncoder = nullptr;
+
+  nsresult rv = nsImportStringBundle::GetStringBundle(IMPORT_MSGS_URL, getter_AddRefs(m_stringBundle));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    IMPORT_LOG0("Failed to get string bundle for Importing Mail");
+}
+
+
+nsImportService::~nsImportService()
+{
+  NS_IF_RELEASE(m_pDecoder);
+  NS_IF_RELEASE(m_pEncoder);
+
+  gImportService = nullptr;
+
+    if (m_pModules != nullptr)
+        delete m_pModules;
+
+  IMPORT_LOG0("* nsImport Service Deleted\n");
+}
+
+
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsImportService, nsIImportService)
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImportService::DiscoverModules(void)
+{
+  m_didDiscovery = false;
+  return DoDiscover();
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImportService::CreateNewFieldMap(nsIImportFieldMap **_retval)
+{
+  return nsImportFieldMap::Create(m_stringBundle, nullptr, NS_GET_IID(nsIImportFieldMap), (void**)_retval);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImportService::CreateNewMailboxDescriptor(nsIImportMailboxDescriptor **_retval)
+{
+  return nsImportMailboxDescriptor::Create(nullptr, NS_GET_IID(nsIImportMailboxDescriptor), (void**)_retval);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImportService::CreateNewABDescriptor(nsIImportABDescriptor **_retval)
+{
+  return nsImportABDescriptor::Create(nullptr, NS_GET_IID(nsIImportABDescriptor), (void**)_retval);
+}
+
+extern nsresult NS_NewGenericMail(nsIImportGeneric** aImportGeneric);
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImportService::CreateNewGenericMail(nsIImportGeneric **_retval)
+{
+    NS_PRECONDITION(_retval != nullptr, "null ptr");
+    if (! _retval)
+        return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  return NS_NewGenericMail(_retval);
+}
+
+extern nsresult NS_NewGenericAddressBooks(nsIImportGeneric** aImportGeneric);
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImportService::CreateNewGenericAddressBooks(nsIImportGeneric **_retval)
+{
+    NS_PRECONDITION(_retval != nullptr, "null ptr");
+    if (! _retval)
+        return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  return NS_NewGenericAddressBooks(_retval);
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImportService::GetModuleCount(const char *filter, int32_t *_retval)
+{
+    NS_PRECONDITION(_retval != nullptr, "null ptr");
+    if (! _retval)
+        return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  DoDiscover();
+
+  if (m_pModules != nullptr) {
+    ImportModuleDesc *  pDesc;
+    int32_t  count = 0;
+    for (int32_t i = 0; i < m_pModules->GetCount(); i++) {
+      pDesc = m_pModules->GetModuleDesc(i);
+      if (pDesc->SupportsThings(filter))
+        count++;
+    }
+    *_retval = count;
+  }
+  else
+    *_retval = 0;
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImportService::GetModuleWithCID(const nsCID& cid, nsIImportModule **ppModule)
+{
+  NS_PRECONDITION(ppModule != nullptr, "null ptr");
+  if (!ppModule)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  *ppModule = nullptr;
+  nsresult rv = DoDiscover();
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+  if (m_pModules == nullptr)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  int32_t  cnt = m_pModules->GetCount();
+  ImportModuleDesc *pDesc;
+  for (int32_t i = 0; i < cnt; i++) {
+    pDesc = m_pModules->GetModuleDesc(i);
+    if (!pDesc)
+      return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    if (pDesc->GetCID().Equals(cid)) {
+      *ppModule = pDesc->GetModule();
+
+      IMPORT_LOG0("* nsImportService::GetSpecificModule - attempted to load module\n");
+
+      if (*ppModule == nullptr)
+        return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+      return NS_OK;
+    }
+  }
+
+  IMPORT_LOG0("* nsImportService::GetSpecificModule - module not found\n");
+
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_AVAILABLE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImportService::GetModuleInfo(const char *filter, int32_t index, char16_t **name, char16_t **moduleDescription)
+{
+    NS_PRECONDITION(name != nullptr, "null ptr");
+    NS_PRECONDITION(moduleDescription != nullptr, "null ptr");
+    if (!name || !moduleDescription)
+        return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  *name = nullptr;
+  *moduleDescription = nullptr;
+
+    DoDiscover();
+    if (!m_pModules)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  if ((index < 0) || (index >= m_pModules->GetCount()))
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  ImportModuleDesc *  pDesc;
+  int32_t  count = 0;
+  for (int32_t i = 0; i < m_pModules->GetCount(); i++) {
+    pDesc = m_pModules->GetModuleDesc(i);
+    if (pDesc->SupportsThings(filter)) {
+      if (count == index) {
+        *name = NS_strdup(pDesc->GetName());
+        *moduleDescription = NS_strdup(pDesc->GetDescription());
+        return NS_OK;
+      }
+      else
+        count++;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImportService::GetModuleName(const char *filter, int32_t index, char16_t **_retval)
+{
+    NS_PRECONDITION(_retval != nullptr, "null ptr");
+    if (!_retval)
+        return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  *_retval = nullptr;
+
+    DoDiscover();
+    if (!m_pModules)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  if ((index < 0) || (index >= m_pModules->GetCount()))
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  ImportModuleDesc *  pDesc;
+  int32_t  count = 0;
+  for (int32_t i = 0; i < m_pModules->GetCount(); i++) {
+    pDesc = m_pModules->GetModuleDesc(i);
+    if (pDesc->SupportsThings(filter)) {
+      if (count == index) {
+        *_retval = NS_strdup(pDesc->GetName());
+        return NS_OK;
+      }
+      else
+        count++;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImportService::GetModuleDescription(const char *filter, int32_t index, char16_t **_retval)
+{
+    NS_PRECONDITION(_retval != nullptr, "null ptr");
+    if (!_retval)
+        return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  *_retval = nullptr;
+
+    DoDiscover();
+    if (!m_pModules)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  if ((index < 0) || (index >= m_pModules->GetCount()))
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  ImportModuleDesc *  pDesc;
+  int32_t  count = 0;
+  for (int32_t i = 0; i < m_pModules->GetCount(); i++) {
+    pDesc = m_pModules->GetModuleDesc(i);
+    if (pDesc->SupportsThings(filter)) {
+      if (count == index) {
+        *_retval = NS_strdup(pDesc->GetDescription());
+        return NS_OK;
+      }
+      else
+        count++;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+class nsProxySendRunnable : public mozilla::Runnable
+{
+public:
+  nsProxySendRunnable(nsIMsgIdentity *aIdentity,
+                       nsIMsgCompFields *aMsgFields,
+                       const char *attachment1_type,
+                       const nsACString &attachment1_body,
+                       bool aIsDraft,
+                       nsIArray *aLoadedAttachments,
+                       nsIArray *aEmbeddedAttachments,
+                       nsIMsgSendListener *aListener);
+  NS_DECL_NSIRUNNABLE
+private:
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIdentity> m_identity;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgCompFields> m_compFields;
+  bool m_isDraft;
+  nsCString m_bodyType;
+  nsCString m_body;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIArray> m_loadedAttachments;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIArray> m_embeddedAttachments;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgSendListener> m_listener;
+
+};
+
+nsProxySendRunnable::nsProxySendRunnable(nsIMsgIdentity *aIdentity,
+                                         nsIMsgCompFields *aMsgFields,
+                                         const char *aBodyType,
+                                         const nsACString &aBody,
+                                         bool aIsDraft,
+                                         nsIArray *aLoadedAttachments,
+                                         nsIArray *aEmbeddedAttachments,
+                                         nsIMsgSendListener *aListener) :
+  m_identity(aIdentity), m_compFields(aMsgFields),
+  m_isDraft(aIsDraft), m_bodyType(aBodyType),
+  m_body(aBody), m_loadedAttachments(aLoadedAttachments),
+  m_embeddedAttachments(aEmbeddedAttachments),
+  m_listener(aListener)
+{
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsProxySendRunnable::Run()
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgSend> msgSend = do_CreateInstance(NS_MSGSEND_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  return msgSend->CreateRFC822Message(m_identity, m_compFields,
+                                      m_bodyType.get(), m_body,
+                                      m_isDraft, m_loadedAttachments,
+                                      m_embeddedAttachments,
+                                      m_listener);
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImportService::CreateRFC822Message(nsIMsgIdentity *aIdentity,
+                                     nsIMsgCompFields *aMsgFields,
+                                     const char *aBodyType,
+                                     const nsACString &aBody,
+                                     bool aIsDraft,
+                                     nsIArray *aLoadedAttachments,
+                                     nsIArray *aEmbeddedAttachments,
+                                     nsIMsgSendListener *aListener)
+{
+    RefPtr<nsProxySendRunnable> runnable =
+      new nsProxySendRunnable(aIdentity,
+                              aMsgFields,
+                              aBodyType,
+                              aBody,
+                              aIsDraft,
+                              aLoadedAttachments,
+                              aEmbeddedAttachments,
+                              aListener);
+    // invoke the callback
+    return NS_DispatchToMainThread(runnable);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImportService::GetModule(const char *filter, int32_t index, nsIImportModule **_retval)
+{
+    NS_PRECONDITION(_retval != nullptr, "null ptr");
+    if (!_retval)
+        return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+  *_retval = nullptr;
+
+    DoDiscover();
+    if (!m_pModules)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  if ((index < 0) || (index >= m_pModules->GetCount()))
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  ImportModuleDesc *  pDesc;
+  int32_t  count = 0;
+  for (int32_t i = 0; i < m_pModules->GetCount(); i++) {
+    pDesc = m_pModules->GetModuleDesc(i);
+    if (pDesc->SupportsThings(filter)) {
+      if (count == index) {
+        *_retval = pDesc->GetModule();
+        break;
+      }
+      else
+        count++;
+    }
+  }
+  if (! (*_retval))
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+nsresult nsImportService::DoDiscover(void)
+{
+  if (m_didDiscovery)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  if (m_pModules != nullptr)
+    m_pModules->ClearList();
+
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsICategoryManager> catMan = do_GetService(NS_CATEGORYMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleEnumerator> e;
+  rv = catMan->EnumerateCategory("mailnewsimport", getter_AddRefs(e));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> supports;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupportsCString> contractid;
+  rv = e->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(supports));
+  while (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && supports)
+  {
+    contractid = do_QueryInterface(supports);
+    if (!contractid)
+      break;
+
+    nsCString contractIdStr;
+    contractid->ToString(getter_Copies(contractIdStr));
+    nsCString supportsStr;
+    rv = catMan->GetCategoryEntry("mailnewsimport", contractIdStr.get(), getter_Copies(supportsStr));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      LoadModuleInfo(contractIdStr.get(), supportsStr.get());
+    rv = e->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(supports));
+  }
+
+  m_didDiscovery = true;
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsImportService::LoadModuleInfo(const char *pClsId, const char *pSupports)
+{
+  if (!pClsId || !pSupports)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  if (m_pModules == nullptr)
+    m_pModules = new nsImportModuleList();
+
+  // load the component and get all of the info we need from it....
+  // then call AddModule
+  nsresult  rv;
+
+  nsCID        clsId;
+  clsId.Parse(pClsId);
+  nsIImportModule *  module;
+  rv = CallCreateInstance(clsId, &module);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  nsString  theTitle;
+  nsString  theDescription;
+  rv = module->GetName(getter_Copies(theTitle));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    theTitle.AssignLiteral("Unknown");
+
+  rv = module->GetDescription(getter_Copies(theDescription));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    theDescription.AssignLiteral("Unknown description");
+
+  // call the module to get the info we need
+  m_pModules->AddModule(clsId, pSupports, theTitle.get(), theDescription.get());
+
+  module->Release();
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+nsIImportModule *ImportModuleDesc::GetModule(bool keepLoaded)
+{
+  if (m_pModule)
+  {
+    m_pModule->AddRef();
+    return m_pModule;
+  }
+
+  nsresult  rv;
+  rv = CallCreateInstance(m_cid, &m_pModule);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+  {
+    m_pModule = nullptr;
+    return nullptr;
+  }
+
+  if (keepLoaded)
+  {
+    m_pModule->AddRef();
+    return m_pModule;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    nsIImportModule *pModule = m_pModule;
+    m_pModule = nullptr;
+    return pModule;
+  }
+}
+
+void ImportModuleDesc::ReleaseModule(void)
+{
+  if (m_pModule)
+  {
+    m_pModule->Release();
+    m_pModule = nullptr;
+  }
+}
+
+bool ImportModuleDesc::SupportsThings(const char *pThings)
+{
+  if (!pThings || !*pThings)
+    return true;
+
+  nsCString thing(pThings);
+  nsCString item;
+  int32_t idx;
+
+  while ((idx = thing.FindChar(',')) != -1)
+  {
+    item = StringHead(thing, idx);
+    item.Trim(kWhitespace);
+    ToLowerCase(item);
+    if (item.Length() && (m_supports.Find(item) == -1))
+      return false;
+    thing = Substring(thing, idx + 1);
+  }
+  thing.Trim(kWhitespace);
+  ToLowerCase(thing);
+  return thing.IsEmpty() || (m_supports.Find(thing) != -1);
+}
+
+void nsImportModuleList::ClearList(void)
+{
+  if (m_pList)
+  {
+    for (int i = 0; i < m_count; i++)
+    {
+      delete m_pList[i];
+      m_pList[i] = nullptr;
+    }
+    m_count = 0;
+    delete [] m_pList;
+    m_pList = nullptr;
+    m_alloc = 0;
+  }
+
+}
+
+void nsImportModuleList::AddModule(const nsCID& cid, const char *pSupports, const char16_t *pName, const char16_t *pDesc)
+{
+  if (!m_pList)
+  {
+    m_alloc = 10;
+    m_pList = new ImportModuleDesc *[m_alloc];
+    m_count = 0;
+    memset(m_pList, 0, sizeof(ImportModuleDesc *) * m_alloc);
+  }
+
+  if (m_count == m_alloc)
+  {
+    ImportModuleDesc **pList = new ImportModuleDesc *[m_alloc + 10];
+    memset(&(pList[m_alloc]), 0, sizeof(ImportModuleDesc *) * 10);
+    memcpy(pList, m_pList, sizeof(ImportModuleDesc *) * m_alloc);
+    for(int i = 0; i < m_count; i++)
+      delete m_pList[i];
+    delete [] m_pList;
+    m_pList = pList;
+    m_alloc += 10;
+  }
+
+  m_pList[m_count] = new ImportModuleDesc();
+  m_pList[m_count]->SetCID(cid);
+  m_pList[m_count]->SetSupports(pSupports);
+  m_pList[m_count]->SetName(pName);
+  m_pList[m_count]->SetDescription(pDesc);
+
+  m_count++;
+#ifdef IMPORT_DEBUG
+  IMPORT_LOG3("* nsImportService registered import module: %s, %s, %s\n", NS_LossyConvertUTF16toASCII(pName).get(), NS_LossyConvertUTF16toASCII(pDesc).get(), pSupports);
+#endif
+}
+
diff --git a/mailnews/import/src/nsImportService.h b/mailnews/import/src/nsImportService.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..889cfa6c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/src/nsImportService.h
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsImportService_h__
+#define nsImportService_h__
+
+#include "nsICharsetConverterManager.h"
+
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsIComponentManager.h"
+#include "nsIServiceManager.h"
+#include "nsMemory.h"
+#include "nsIImportModule.h"
+#include "nsIImportService.h"
+#include "nsICategoryManager.h"
+#include "nsIStringBundle.h"
+
+class nsImportModuleList;
+
+class nsImportService : public nsIImportService
+{
+public:
+
+  nsImportService();
+
+  NS_DECL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS
+
+    NS_DECL_NSIIMPORTSERVICE
+
+private:
+  virtual ~nsImportService();
+    nsresult LoadModuleInfo(const char*pClsId, const char *pSupports);
+  nsresult DoDiscover(void);
+
+private:
+    nsImportModuleList * m_pModules;
+  bool m_didDiscovery;
+  nsCString m_sysCharset;
+  nsIUnicodeDecoder * m_pDecoder;
+  nsIUnicodeEncoder * m_pEncoder;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundle> m_stringBundle;
+};
+
+class ImportModuleDesc {
+public:
+  ImportModuleDesc() { m_pModule = nullptr;}
+  ~ImportModuleDesc() { ReleaseModule();  }
+
+  void  SetCID(const nsCID& cid) { m_cid = cid;}
+  void  SetName(const char16_t *pName) { m_name = pName;}
+  void  SetDescription(const char16_t *pDesc) { m_description = pDesc;}
+  void  SetSupports(const char *pSupports) { m_supports = pSupports;}
+
+  nsCID      GetCID(void) { return m_cid;}
+  const char16_t *GetName(void) { return m_name.get();}
+  const char16_t *GetDescription(void) { return m_description.get();}
+  const char *  GetSupports(void) { return m_supports.get();}
+
+  nsIImportModule *  GetModule(bool keepLoaded = false); // Adds ref
+  void        ReleaseModule(void);
+
+  bool        SupportsThings(const char *pThings);
+
+private:
+    nsCID m_cid;
+  nsString m_name;
+  nsString m_description;
+  nsCString m_supports;
+  nsIImportModule *m_pModule;
+};
+
+class nsImportModuleList {
+public:
+  nsImportModuleList() { m_pList = nullptr; m_alloc = 0; m_count = 0;}
+  ~nsImportModuleList() { ClearList(); }
+
+  void  AddModule(const nsCID& cid, const char *pSupports, const char16_t *pName, const char16_t *pDesc);
+
+  void  ClearList(void);
+
+  int32_t  GetCount(void) { return m_count;}
+
+  ImportModuleDesc *  GetModuleDesc(int32_t idx)
+    { if ((idx < 0) || (idx >= m_count)) return nullptr; else return m_pList[idx];}
+
+private:
+
+private:
+    ImportModuleDesc **  m_pList;
+  int32_t        m_alloc;
+  int32_t        m_count;
+};
+
+#endif // nsImportService_h__
diff --git a/mailnews/import/src/nsImportStringBundle.cpp b/mailnews/import/src/nsImportStringBundle.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3adb6655a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/src/nsImportStringBundle.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+#include "prprf.h"
+#include "prmem.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsIStringBundle.h"
+#include "nsImportStringBundle.h"
+#include "nsIServiceManager.h"
+#include "nsIURI.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsComponentManagerUtils.h"
+#include "mozilla/Services.h"
+
+nsresult nsImportStringBundle::GetStringBundle(const char *aPropertyURL,
+                                               nsIStringBundle **aBundle)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundleService> sBundleService =
+    mozilla::services::GetStringBundleService();
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(sBundleService, NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED);
+  rv = sBundleService->CreateBundle(aPropertyURL, aBundle);
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+void nsImportStringBundle::GetStringByID(int32_t aStringID,
+                                         nsIStringBundle *aBundle,
+                                         nsString &aResult)
+{
+  aResult.Adopt(GetStringByID(aStringID, aBundle));
+}
+
+char16_t *nsImportStringBundle::GetStringByID(int32_t aStringID,
+                                               nsIStringBundle *aBundle)
+{
+  if (aBundle)
+  {
+    char16_t *ptrv = nullptr;
+    nsresult rv = aBundle->GetStringFromID(aStringID, &ptrv);
+
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && ptrv)
+      return ptrv;
+  }
+
+  nsString resultString(NS_LITERAL_STRING("[StringID "));
+  resultString.AppendInt(aStringID);
+  resultString.AppendLiteral("?]");
+
+  return ToNewUnicode(resultString);
+}
+
+void nsImportStringBundle::GetStringByName(const char *aName,
+                                           nsIStringBundle *aBundle,
+                                           nsString &aResult)
+{
+  aResult.Adopt(GetStringByName(aName, aBundle));
+}
+
+char16_t *nsImportStringBundle::GetStringByName(const char *aName,
+                                                 nsIStringBundle *aBundle)
+{
+  if (aBundle)
+  {
+    char16_t *ptrv = nullptr;
+    nsresult rv = aBundle->GetStringFromName(
+        NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16(aName).get(), &ptrv);
+
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && ptrv)
+      return ptrv;
+  }
+
+  nsString resultString(NS_LITERAL_STRING("[StringName "));
+  resultString.Append(NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16(aName).get());
+  resultString.AppendLiteral("?]");
+
+  return ToNewUnicode(resultString);
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/import/src/nsImportStringBundle.h b/mailnews/import/src/nsImportStringBundle.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c9db012e6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/src/nsImportStringBundle.h
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _nsImportStringBundle_H__
+#define _nsImportStringBundle_H__
+
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+
+class nsIStringBundle;
+
+class nsImportStringBundle
+{
+public:
+  static char16_t* GetStringByID(int32_t aStringID,
+                                  nsIStringBundle *aBundle = nullptr);
+  static void GetStringByID(int32_t aStringID,
+                            nsIStringBundle *aBundle,
+                            nsString &aResult);
+  static char16_t* GetStringByName(const char *aName,
+                                    nsIStringBundle *aBundle = nullptr);
+  static void GetStringByName(const char *aName,
+                                nsIStringBundle *aBundle,
+                                nsString &aResult);
+  static nsresult GetStringBundle(const char *aPropertyURL,
+                                  nsIStringBundle **aBundle);
+};
+
+#define IMPORT_MSGS_URL       "chrome://messenger/locale/importMsgs.properties"
+
+
+#define  IMPORT_NO_ADDRBOOKS                            2000
+#define  IMPORT_ERROR_AB_NOTINITIALIZED            2001
+#define IMPORT_ERROR_AB_NOTHREAD              2002
+#define IMPORT_ERROR_GETABOOK                2003
+#define  IMPORT_NO_MAILBOXES                            2004
+#define  IMPORT_ERROR_MB_NOTINITIALIZED            2005
+#define IMPORT_ERROR_MB_NOTHREAD              2006
+#define IMPORT_ERROR_MB_NOPROXY                2007
+#define IMPORT_ERROR_MB_FINDCHILD              2008
+#define IMPORT_ERROR_MB_CREATE                2009
+#define IMPORT_ERROR_MB_NODESTFOLDER            2010
+
+#define IMPORT_FIELD_DESC_START                2100
+#define IMPORT_FIELD_DESC_END                2136
+
+
+#endif /* _nsImportStringBundle_H__ */
diff --git a/mailnews/import/src/nsImportTranslator.cpp b/mailnews/import/src/nsImportTranslator.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..beec8b93a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/src/nsImportTranslator.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,296 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "ImportOutFile.h"
+#include "nsImportTranslator.h"
+
+#include "ImportCharSet.h"
+
+
+bool nsImportTranslator::ConvertToFile(const uint8_t * pIn, uint32_t inLen, ImportOutFile *pOutFile, uint32_t *pProcessed)
+{
+  if (pProcessed)
+    *pProcessed = inLen;
+  return (pOutFile->WriteData(pIn, inLen));
+}
+
+void CMHTranslator::ConvertBuffer(const uint8_t * pIn, uint32_t inLen, uint8_t * pOut)
+{
+  while (inLen) {
+    if (!ImportCharSet::IsUSAscii(*pIn) || ImportCharSet::Is822SpecialChar(*pIn) || ImportCharSet::Is822CtlChar(*pIn) ||
+      (*pIn == ImportCharSet::cSpaceChar) || (*pIn == '*') || (*pIn == '\'') ||
+      (*pIn == '%')) {
+      // needs to be encode as %hex val
+      *pOut = '%'; pOut++;
+      ImportCharSet::ByteToHex(*pIn, pOut);
+      pOut += 2;
+    }
+    else {
+      *pOut = *pIn;
+      pOut++;
+    }
+    pIn++; inLen--;
+  }
+  *pOut = 0;
+}
+
+bool CMHTranslator::ConvertToFile(const uint8_t * pIn, uint32_t inLen, ImportOutFile *pOutFile, uint32_t *pProcessed)
+{
+  uint8_t    hex[2];
+  while (inLen) {
+    if (!ImportCharSet::IsUSAscii(*pIn) || ImportCharSet::Is822SpecialChar(*pIn) || ImportCharSet::Is822CtlChar(*pIn) ||
+      (*pIn == ImportCharSet::cSpaceChar) || (*pIn == '*') || (*pIn == '\'') ||
+      (*pIn == '%')) {
+      // needs to be encode as %hex val
+      if (!pOutFile->WriteByte('%'))
+        return false;
+      ImportCharSet::ByteToHex(*pIn, hex);
+      if (!pOutFile->WriteData(hex, 2))
+        return false;
+    }
+    else {
+      if (!pOutFile->WriteByte(*pIn))
+        return false;
+    }
+    pIn++; inLen--;
+  }
+
+  if (pProcessed)
+    *pProcessed = inLen;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+
+bool C2047Translator::ConvertToFileQ(const uint8_t * pIn, uint32_t inLen, ImportOutFile *pOutFile, uint32_t *pProcessed)
+{
+  if (!inLen)
+    return true;
+
+  int    maxLineLen = 64;
+  int    curLineLen = m_startLen;
+  bool    startLine = true;
+
+  uint8_t  hex[2];
+  while (inLen) {
+    if (startLine) {
+      if (!pOutFile->WriteStr(" =?"))
+        return false;
+      if (!pOutFile->WriteStr(m_charset.get()))
+        return false;
+      if (!pOutFile->WriteStr("?q?"))
+        return false;
+      curLineLen += (6 + m_charset.Length());
+      startLine = false;
+    }
+
+    if (!ImportCharSet::IsUSAscii(*pIn) || ImportCharSet::Is822SpecialChar(*pIn) || ImportCharSet::Is822CtlChar(*pIn) ||
+      (*pIn == ImportCharSet::cSpaceChar) || (*pIn == '?') || (*pIn == '=')) {
+      // needs to be encode as =hex val
+      if (!pOutFile->WriteByte('='))
+        return false;
+      ImportCharSet::ByteToHex(*pIn, hex);
+      if (!pOutFile->WriteData(hex, 2))
+        return false;
+      curLineLen += 3;
+    }
+    else {
+      if (!pOutFile->WriteByte(*pIn))
+        return false;
+      curLineLen++;
+    }
+    pIn++; inLen--;
+    if (curLineLen > maxLineLen) {
+      if (!pOutFile->WriteStr("?="))
+        return false;
+      if (inLen) {
+        if (!pOutFile->WriteStr("\x0D\x0A "))
+          return false;
+      }
+
+      startLine = true;
+      curLineLen = 0;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (!startLine) {
+    // end the encoding!
+    if (!pOutFile->WriteStr("?="))
+      return false;
+  }
+
+  if (pProcessed)
+    *pProcessed = inLen;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+bool C2047Translator::ConvertToFile(const uint8_t * pIn, uint32_t inLen, ImportOutFile *pOutFile, uint32_t *pProcessed)
+{
+  if (m_useQuotedPrintable)
+    return ConvertToFileQ(pIn, inLen, pOutFile, pProcessed);
+
+  if (!inLen)
+    return true;
+
+  int      maxLineLen = 64;
+  int      curLineLen = m_startLen;
+  bool      startLine = true;
+  int      encodeMax;
+  uint8_t *  pEncoded = new uint8_t[maxLineLen * 2];
+
+  while (inLen) {
+    if (startLine) {
+      if (!pOutFile->WriteStr(" =?")) {
+        delete [] pEncoded;
+        return false;
+      }
+      if (!pOutFile->WriteStr(m_charset.get())) {
+        delete [] pEncoded;
+        return false;
+      }
+      if (!pOutFile->WriteStr("?b?")) {
+        delete [] pEncoded;
+        return false;
+      }
+      curLineLen += (6 + m_charset.Length());
+      startLine = false;
+    }
+    encodeMax = maxLineLen - curLineLen;
+    encodeMax *= 3;
+    encodeMax /= 4;
+    if ((uint32_t)encodeMax > inLen)
+      encodeMax = (int)inLen;
+
+    // encode the line, end the line
+    // then continue. Update curLineLen, pIn, startLine, and inLen
+    UMimeEncode::ConvertBuffer(pIn, encodeMax, pEncoded, maxLineLen, maxLineLen, "\x0D\x0A");
+
+    if (!pOutFile->WriteStr((const char *)pEncoded)) {
+      delete [] pEncoded;
+      return false;
+    }
+
+    pIn += encodeMax;
+    inLen -= encodeMax;
+    startLine = true;
+    curLineLen = 0;
+    if (!pOutFile->WriteStr("?=")) {
+      delete [] pEncoded;
+      return false;
+    }
+    if (inLen) {
+      if (!pOutFile->WriteStr("\x0D\x0A ")) {
+        delete [] pEncoded;
+        return false;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  delete [] pEncoded;
+
+  if (pProcessed)
+    *pProcessed = inLen;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+
+uint32_t  UMimeEncode::GetBufferSize(uint32_t inBytes)
+{
+  // it takes 4 base64 bytes to represent 3 regular bytes
+  inBytes += 3;
+  inBytes /= 3;
+  inBytes *= 4;
+  // This should be plenty, but just to be safe
+  inBytes += 4;
+
+  // now allow for end of line characters
+  inBytes += ((inBytes + 39) / 40) * 4;
+
+  return inBytes;
+}
+
+static uint8_t gBase64[] = "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz0123456789+/";
+
+uint32_t UMimeEncode::ConvertBuffer(const uint8_t * pIn, uint32_t inLen, uint8_t * pOut, uint32_t maxLen, uint32_t firstLineLen, const char * pEolStr)
+{
+
+  uint32_t  pos = 0;
+  uint32_t  len = 0;
+  uint32_t  lineLen = 0;
+  uint32_t  maxLine = firstLineLen;
+  int  eolLen = 0;
+  if (pEolStr)
+    eolLen = strlen(pEolStr);
+
+  while ((pos + 2) < inLen) {
+    // Encode 3 bytes
+    *pOut = gBase64[*pIn >> 2];
+    pOut++; len++; lineLen++;
+    *pOut = gBase64[(((*pIn) & 0x3)<< 4) | (((*(pIn + 1)) & 0xF0) >> 4)];
+    pIn++; pOut++; len++; lineLen++;
+    *pOut = gBase64[(((*pIn) & 0xF) << 2) | (((*(pIn + 1)) & 0xC0) >>6)];
+    pIn++; pOut++; len++; lineLen++;
+    *pOut = gBase64[(*pIn) & 0x3F];
+    pIn++; pOut++; len++; lineLen++;
+    pos += 3;
+    if (lineLen >= maxLine) {
+      lineLen = 0;
+      maxLine = maxLen;
+      if (pEolStr) {
+        memcpy(pOut, pEolStr, eolLen);
+        pOut += eolLen;
+        len += eolLen;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  if ((pos < inLen) && ((lineLen + 3) > maxLine)) {
+    lineLen = 0;
+    maxLine = maxLen;
+    if (pEolStr) {
+      memcpy(pOut, pEolStr, eolLen);
+      pOut += eolLen;
+      len += eolLen;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (pos < inLen) {
+    // Get the last few bytes!
+    *pOut = gBase64[*pIn >> 2];
+    pOut++; len++;
+    pos++;
+    if (pos < inLen) {
+      *pOut = gBase64[(((*pIn) & 0x3)<< 4) | (((*(pIn + 1)) & 0xF0) >> 4)];
+      pIn++; pOut++; pos++; len++;
+      if (pos < inLen) {
+        // Should be dead code!! (Then why is it here doofus?)
+        *pOut = gBase64[(((*pIn) & 0xF) << 2) | (((*(pIn + 1)) & 0xC0) >>6)];
+        pIn++; pOut++; len++;
+        *pOut = gBase64[(*pIn) & 0x3F];
+        pos++; pOut++; len++;
+      }
+      else {
+        *pOut = gBase64[(((*pIn) & 0xF) << 2)];
+        pOut++; len++;
+        *pOut = '=';
+        pOut++; len++;
+      }
+    }
+    else {
+      *pOut = gBase64[(((*pIn) & 0x3)<< 4)];
+      pOut++; len++;
+      *pOut = '=';
+      pOut++; len++;
+      *pOut = '=';
+      pOut++; len++;
+    }
+  }
+
+  *pOut = 0;
+
+  return len;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/import/src/nsImportTranslator.h b/mailnews/import/src/nsImportTranslator.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..998616063
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/src/nsImportTranslator.h
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsImportTranslator_h___
+#define nsImportTranslator_h___
+
+#include "mozilla/Attributes.h"
+#include "nscore.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+
+class ImportOutFile;
+
+class UMimeEncode {
+public:
+  static uint32_t  GetBufferSize(uint32_t inByes);
+  static uint32_t  ConvertBuffer(const uint8_t * pIn, uint32_t inLen, uint8_t *pOut, uint32_t maxLen = 72, uint32_t firstLineLen = 72, const char * pEolStr = nullptr);
+};
+
+
+class nsImportTranslator {
+public:
+  virtual ~nsImportTranslator() {}
+  virtual bool      Supports8bitEncoding(void) { return false;}
+  virtual uint32_t  GetMaxBufferSize(uint32_t inLen) { return inLen + 1;}
+  virtual void    ConvertBuffer(const uint8_t * pIn, uint32_t inLen, uint8_t * pOut) { memcpy(pOut, pIn, inLen); pOut[inLen] = 0;}
+  virtual bool      ConvertToFile(const uint8_t * pIn, uint32_t inLen, ImportOutFile *pOutFile, uint32_t *pProcessed = nullptr);
+  virtual bool      FinishConvertToFile(ImportOutFile * /* pOutFile */) { return true;}
+
+  virtual void  GetCharset(nsCString& charSet) { charSet = "us-ascii";}
+  virtual void  GetLanguage(nsCString& lang) { lang = "en";}
+  virtual void  GetEncoding(nsCString& encoding) { encoding.Truncate();}
+};
+
+// Specialized encoder, not a vaild language translator, used for Mime headers.
+// rfc2231
+class CMHTranslator : public nsImportTranslator {
+public:
+  virtual uint32_t  GetMaxBufferSize(uint32_t inLen) override { return (inLen * 3) + 1;}
+  virtual void    ConvertBuffer(const uint8_t * pIn, uint32_t inLen, uint8_t * pOut) override;
+  virtual bool      ConvertToFile(const uint8_t * pIn, uint32_t inLen, ImportOutFile *pOutFile, uint32_t *pProcessed = nullptr) override;
+};
+
+// Specialized encoder, not a vaild language translator, used for mail headers
+// rfc2047
+class C2047Translator : public nsImportTranslator {
+public:
+  virtual ~C2047Translator() {}
+
+  C2047Translator(const char *pCharset, uint32_t headerLen) { m_charset = pCharset; m_startLen = headerLen; m_useQuotedPrintable = false;}
+
+  void  SetUseQuotedPrintable(void) { m_useQuotedPrintable = true;}
+
+  virtual bool    ConvertToFile(const uint8_t * pIn, uint32_t inLen, ImportOutFile *pOutFile, uint32_t *pProcessed = nullptr) override;
+  bool    ConvertToFileQ(const uint8_t * pIn, uint32_t inLen, ImportOutFile *pOutFile, uint32_t *pProcessed);
+
+protected:
+  bool        m_useQuotedPrintable;
+  nsCString    m_charset;
+  uint32_t    m_startLen;
+};
+
+#endif /* nsImportTranslator_h__ */
+
diff --git a/mailnews/import/text/src/TextDebugLog.h b/mailnews/import/text/src/TextDebugLog.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3f9bf1ec4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/text/src/TextDebugLog.h
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef TextDebugLog_h___
+#define TextDebugLog_h___
+
+// Use PR_LOG for logging.
+#include "mozilla/Logging.h"
+extern PRLogModuleInfo *TEXTIMPORTLOGMODULE;  // Logging module
+
+#define IMPORT_LOG0(x)          MOZ_LOG(TEXTIMPORTLOGMODULE, mozilla::LogLevel::Debug, (x))
+#define IMPORT_LOG1(x, y)       MOZ_LOG(TEXTIMPORTLOGMODULE, mozilla::LogLevel::Debug, (x, y))
+#define IMPORT_LOG2(x, y, z)    MOZ_LOG(TEXTIMPORTLOGMODULE, mozilla::LogLevel::Debug, (x, y, z))
+#define IMPORT_LOG3(a, b, c, d) MOZ_LOG(TEXTIMPORTLOGMODULE, mozilla::LogLevel::Debug, (a, b, c, d))
+
+
+
+#endif /* TextDebugLog_h___ */
diff --git a/mailnews/import/text/src/moz.build b/mailnews/import/text/src/moz.build
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1bdbb07c9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/text/src/moz.build
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+# vim: set filetype=python:
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+SOURCES += [
+    'nsTextAddress.cpp',
+    'nsTextImport.cpp',
+]
+
+FINAL_LIBRARY = 'import'
+
+LOCAL_INCLUDES += [
+    '../../src'
+]
+
diff --git a/mailnews/import/text/src/nsTextAddress.cpp b/mailnews/import/text/src/nsTextAddress.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6b0b82ed1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/text/src/nsTextAddress.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,471 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsTextAddress.h"
+#include "nsIAddrDatabase.h"
+#include "nsNativeCharsetUtils.h"
+#include "nsIFile.h"
+#include "nsIInputStream.h"
+#include "nsILineInputStream.h"
+#include "nsNetUtil.h"
+#include "nsMsgI18N.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "mdb.h"
+#include "nsIConverterInputStream.h"
+#include "nsIUnicharLineInputStream.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+
+#include "TextDebugLog.h"
+#include "plstr.h"
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include <algorithm>
+
+#ifndef MOZILLA_INTERNAL_API
+#include "nsMsgI18N.h"
+#define NS_CopyNativeToUnicode(source, dest) \
+        nsMsgI18NConvertToUnicode(nsMsgI18NFileSystemCharset(), source, dest)
+#endif
+
+#define kWhitespace    " \t\b\r\n"
+
+nsTextAddress::nsTextAddress()
+{
+    m_database = nullptr;
+    m_fieldMap = nullptr;
+    m_LFCount = 0;
+    m_CRCount = 0;
+}
+
+nsTextAddress::~nsTextAddress()
+{
+    NS_IF_RELEASE(m_database);
+    NS_IF_RELEASE(m_fieldMap);
+}
+
+nsresult nsTextAddress::GetUnicharLineStreamForFile(nsIFile *aFile,
+                                                    nsIInputStream *aInputStream,
+                                                    nsIUnicharLineInputStream **aStream)
+{
+  nsAutoCString charset;
+  nsresult rv = MsgDetectCharsetFromFile(aFile, charset);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+    charset.Assign(nsMsgI18NFileSystemCharset());
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIConverterInputStream> converterStream =
+    do_CreateInstance("@mozilla.org/intl/converter-input-stream;1", &rv);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+    rv = converterStream->Init(aInputStream,
+                               charset.get(),
+                               8192,
+                               nsIConverterInputStream::DEFAULT_REPLACEMENT_CHARACTER);
+  }
+
+  return CallQueryInterface(converterStream, aStream);
+}
+
+nsresult nsTextAddress::ImportAddresses(bool *pAbort, const char16_t *pName, nsIFile *pSrc, nsIAddrDatabase *pDb, nsIImportFieldMap *fieldMap, nsString& errors, uint32_t *pProgress)
+{
+  // Open the source file for reading, read each line and process it!
+  NS_IF_RELEASE(m_database);
+  NS_IF_RELEASE(m_fieldMap);
+  m_database = pDb;
+  m_fieldMap = fieldMap;
+  NS_ADDREF(m_fieldMap);
+  NS_ADDREF(m_database);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIInputStream> inputStream;
+  nsresult rv = NS_NewLocalFileInputStream(getter_AddRefs(inputStream), pSrc);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+    IMPORT_LOG0("*** Error opening address file for reading\n");
+    return rv;
+  }
+
+  // Here we use this to work out the size of the file, so we can update
+  // an integer as we go through the file which will update a progress
+  // bar if required by the caller.
+  uint64_t bytesLeft = 0;
+  rv = inputStream->Available(&bytesLeft);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+    IMPORT_LOG0("*** Error checking address file for size\n");
+    inputStream->Close();
+    return rv;
+  }
+
+  uint64_t totalBytes = bytesLeft;
+  bool skipRecord = false;
+
+  rv = m_fieldMap->GetSkipFirstRecord(&skipRecord);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+    IMPORT_LOG0("*** Error checking to see if we should skip the first record\n");
+    return rv;
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIUnicharLineInputStream> lineStream;
+  rv = GetUnicharLineStreamForFile(pSrc, inputStream, getter_AddRefs(lineStream));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+    IMPORT_LOG0("*** Error opening converter stream for importer\n");
+    return rv;
+  }
+
+  bool more = true;
+  nsAutoString line;
+
+  // Skip the first record if the user has requested it.
+  if (skipRecord)
+    rv = ReadRecord(lineStream, line, &more);
+
+  while (!(*pAbort) && more && NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+    // Read the line in
+    rv = ReadRecord(lineStream, line, &more);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+      // Now proces it to add it to the database
+      rv = ProcessLine(line, errors);
+
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+        IMPORT_LOG0("*** Error processing text record.\n");
+      }
+    }
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && pProgress) {
+      // This won't be totally accurate, but its the best we can do
+      // considering that lineStream won't give us how many bytes
+      // are actually left.
+      bytesLeft -= line.Length();
+      *pProgress = std::min(totalBytes - bytesLeft, uint64_t(PR_UINT32_MAX));
+    }
+  }
+
+  inputStream->Close();
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+    IMPORT_LOG0("*** Error reading the address book - probably incorrect ending\n");
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+
+  return pDb->Commit(nsAddrDBCommitType::kLargeCommit);
+}
+
+nsresult nsTextAddress::ReadRecord(nsIUnicharLineInputStream *aLineStream,
+                                   nsAString &aLine,
+                                   bool *aMore)
+{
+  bool more = true;
+  uint32_t numQuotes = 0;
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsAutoString line;
+
+  // ensure aLine is empty
+  aLine.Truncate();
+
+  do {
+    if (!more) {
+      // No more, so we must have an incorrect file.
+      rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    }
+    else {
+      // Read the line and append it
+      rv = aLineStream->ReadLine(line, &more);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+        if (!aLine.IsEmpty())
+          aLine.AppendLiteral(MSG_LINEBREAK);
+        aLine.Append(line);
+
+        numQuotes += MsgCountChar(line, char16_t('"'));
+      }
+    }
+    // Continue whilst everything is ok, and we have an odd number of quotes.
+  } while (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && (numQuotes % 2 != 0));
+
+  *aMore = more;
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsTextAddress::ReadRecordNumber(nsIFile *aSrc, nsAString &aLine, int32_t rNum)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIInputStream> inputStream;
+  nsresult rv = NS_NewLocalFileInputStream(getter_AddRefs(inputStream), aSrc);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+    IMPORT_LOG0("*** Error opening address file for reading\n");
+    return rv;
+  }
+
+  int32_t rIndex = 0;
+  uint64_t bytesLeft = 0;
+
+  rv = inputStream->Available(&bytesLeft);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+    IMPORT_LOG0("*** Error checking address file for eof\n");
+    inputStream->Close();
+    return rv;
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIUnicharLineInputStream> lineStream;
+  rv = GetUnicharLineStreamForFile(aSrc, inputStream, getter_AddRefs(lineStream));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+    IMPORT_LOG0("*** Error opening converter stream for importer\n");
+    return rv;
+  }
+
+  bool more = true;
+
+  while (more && (rIndex <= rNum)) {
+    rv = ReadRecord(lineStream, aLine, &more);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+      inputStream->Close();
+      return rv;
+    }
+    if (rIndex == rNum) {
+      inputStream->Close();
+      return NS_OK;
+    }
+
+    rIndex++;
+  }
+
+  return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+int32_t nsTextAddress::CountFields(const nsAString &aLine, char16_t delim)
+{
+    int32_t pos = 0;
+    int32_t maxLen = aLine.Length();
+    int32_t count = 0;
+    char16_t tab = char16_t('\t');
+    char16_t doubleQuote = char16_t('"');
+
+    if (delim == tab)
+        tab = char16_t('\0');
+
+    while (pos < maxLen) {
+        while (((aLine[pos] == char16_t(' ')) || (aLine[pos] == tab)) &&
+               (pos < maxLen)) {
+            pos++;
+        }
+        if ((pos < maxLen) && (aLine[pos] == doubleQuote)) {
+            pos++;
+            while ((pos < maxLen) && (aLine[pos] != doubleQuote)) {
+                pos++;
+                if (((pos + 1) < maxLen) &&
+                    (aLine[pos] == doubleQuote) &&
+                    (aLine[pos + 1] == doubleQuote)) {
+                    pos += 2;
+                }
+            }
+            if (pos < maxLen)
+                pos++;
+        }
+        while ((pos < maxLen) && (aLine[pos] != delim))
+            pos++;
+
+        count++;
+        pos++;
+    }
+
+    return count;
+}
+
+bool nsTextAddress::GetField(const nsAString &aLine,
+                             int32_t index,
+                             nsString &field,
+                             char16_t delim)
+{
+    bool result = false;
+    int32_t pos = 0;
+    int32_t maxLen = aLine.Length();
+    char16_t tab = char16_t('\t');
+    char16_t doubleQuote = char16_t('"');
+
+    field.Truncate();
+
+    if (delim == tab)
+        tab = 0;
+
+    while (index && (pos < maxLen)) {
+        while (((aLine[pos] == char16_t(' ')) || (aLine[pos] == tab)) &&
+               (pos < maxLen)) {
+            pos++;
+        }
+        if (pos >= maxLen)
+            break;
+        if (aLine[pos] == doubleQuote) {
+            do {
+                pos++;
+                if (((pos + 1) < maxLen) &&
+                    (aLine[pos] == doubleQuote) &&
+                    (aLine[pos + 1] == doubleQuote)) {
+                    pos += 2;
+                }
+            } while ((pos < maxLen) && (aLine[pos] != doubleQuote));
+            if (pos < maxLen)
+                pos++;
+        }
+        if (pos >= maxLen)
+            break;
+
+        while ((pos < maxLen) && (aLine[pos] != delim))
+            pos++;
+
+        if (pos >= maxLen)
+            break;
+
+        index--;
+        pos++;
+    }
+
+    if (pos >= maxLen)
+        return result;
+
+    result = true;
+
+    while ((pos < maxLen) && ((aLine[pos] == ' ') || (aLine[pos] == tab)))
+        pos++;
+
+    int32_t fLen = 0;
+    int32_t startPos = pos;
+    bool    quoted = false;
+    if (aLine[pos] == '"') {
+        startPos++;
+        fLen = -1;
+        do {
+            pos++;
+            fLen++;
+            if (((pos + 1) < maxLen) &&
+                (aLine[pos] == doubleQuote) &&
+                (aLine[pos + 1] == doubleQuote)) {
+                quoted = true;
+                pos += 2;
+                fLen += 2;
+            }
+        } while ((pos < maxLen) && (aLine[pos] != doubleQuote));
+    }
+    else {
+        while ((pos < maxLen) && (aLine[pos] != delim)) {
+            pos++;
+            fLen++;
+        }
+    }
+
+    if (!fLen) {
+        return result;
+    }
+
+    field.Append(nsDependentSubstring(aLine, startPos, fLen));
+    field.Trim(kWhitespace);
+
+    if (quoted) {
+      int32_t offset = field.Find("\"\"");
+      while (offset != -1) {
+        field.Cut(offset, 1);
+        offset = MsgFind(field, "\"\"", false, offset + 1);
+      }
+    }
+
+    return result;
+}
+
+nsresult nsTextAddress::DetermineDelim(nsIFile *aSrc)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIInputStream> inputStream;
+  nsresult rv = NS_NewLocalFileInputStream(getter_AddRefs(inputStream), aSrc);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+    IMPORT_LOG0("*** Error opening address file for reading\n");
+    return rv;
+  }
+
+  int32_t lineCount = 0;
+  int32_t tabCount = 0;
+  int32_t commaCount = 0;
+  int32_t tabLines = 0;
+  int32_t commaLines = 0;
+  nsAutoString line;
+  bool more = true;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIUnicharLineInputStream> lineStream;
+  rv = GetUnicharLineStreamForFile(aSrc, inputStream, getter_AddRefs(lineStream));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+    IMPORT_LOG0("*** Error opening converter stream for importer\n");
+    return rv;
+  }
+
+  while (more && NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && (lineCount < 100)) {
+    rv = lineStream->ReadLine(line, &more);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+      tabCount = CountFields(line, char16_t('\t'));
+      commaCount = CountFields(line, char16_t(','));
+      if (tabCount > commaCount)
+        tabLines++;
+      else if (commaCount)
+        commaLines++;
+    }
+    lineCount++;
+  }
+
+  rv = inputStream->Close();
+
+  if (tabLines > commaLines)
+    m_delim = char16_t('\t');
+  else
+    m_delim = char16_t(',');
+
+  IMPORT_LOG2( "Tab count = %d, Comma count = %d\n", tabLines, commaLines);
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+/*
+    This is where the real work happens!
+    Go through the field map and set the data in a new database row
+*/
+nsresult nsTextAddress::ProcessLine(const nsAString &aLine, nsString& errors)
+{
+    if (!m_fieldMap) {
+        IMPORT_LOG0("*** Error, text import needs a field map\n");
+        return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    }
+
+    nsresult rv;
+
+    // Wait until we get our first non-empty field, then create a new row,
+    // fill in the data, then add the row to the database.
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMdbRow> newRow;
+    nsAutoString   fieldVal;
+    int32_t        fieldNum;
+    int32_t        numFields = 0;
+    bool           active;
+    rv = m_fieldMap->GetMapSize(&numFields);
+    for (int32_t i = 0; (i < numFields) && NS_SUCCEEDED(rv); i++) {
+        active = false;
+        rv = m_fieldMap->GetFieldMap(i, &fieldNum);
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+            rv = m_fieldMap->GetFieldActive(i, &active);
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && active) {
+            if (GetField(aLine, i, fieldVal, m_delim)) {
+                if (!fieldVal.IsEmpty()) {
+                    if (!newRow) {
+                        rv = m_database->GetNewRow(getter_AddRefs(newRow));
+                        if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+                            IMPORT_LOG0("*** Error getting new address database row\n");
+                        }
+                    }
+                    if (newRow) {
+                        rv = m_fieldMap->SetFieldValue(m_database, newRow, fieldNum, fieldVal.get());
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+            else
+                break;
+        }
+        else if (active) {
+          IMPORT_LOG1("*** Error getting field map for index %ld\n", (long) i);
+        }
+    }
+
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && newRow)
+      rv = m_database->AddCardRowToDB(newRow);
+
+    return rv;
+}
+
diff --git a/mailnews/import/text/src/nsTextAddress.h b/mailnews/import/text/src/nsTextAddress.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..69a311be4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/text/src/nsTextAddress.h
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsTextAddress_h__
+#define nsTextAddress_h__
+
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsIImportFieldMap.h"
+#include "nsIImportService.h"
+
+class nsIAddrDatabase;
+class nsIFile;
+class nsIInputStream;
+class nsIUnicharLineInputStream;
+
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+class nsTextAddress {
+public:
+  nsTextAddress();
+  virtual ~nsTextAddress();
+
+  nsresult ImportAddresses(bool *pAbort, const char16_t *pName, nsIFile *pSrc, nsIAddrDatabase *pDb, nsIImportFieldMap *fieldMap, nsString& errors, uint32_t *pProgress);
+
+  nsresult DetermineDelim(nsIFile *pSrc);
+  char16_t GetDelim(void) { return m_delim; }
+
+  static nsresult ReadRecordNumber(nsIFile *pSrc, nsAString &aLine, int32_t rNum);
+  static bool GetField(const nsAString &aLine, int32_t index, nsString &field, char16_t delim);
+
+private:
+  nsresult ProcessLine(const nsAString &aLine, nsString &errors);
+
+  static int32_t CountFields(const nsAString &aLine, char16_t delim);
+  static nsresult ReadRecord(nsIUnicharLineInputStream *pSrc, nsAString &aLine, bool *aMore);
+  static nsresult GetUnicharLineStreamForFile(nsIFile *aFile,
+                                              nsIInputStream *aInputStream,
+                                              nsIUnicharLineInputStream **aStream);
+
+  char16_t m_delim;
+  int32_t m_LFCount;
+  int32_t m_CRCount;
+  nsIAddrDatabase *m_database;
+  nsIImportFieldMap *m_fieldMap;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImportService> m_pService;
+};
+
+
+
+#endif /* nsTextAddress_h__ */
+
diff --git a/mailnews/import/text/src/nsTextImport.cpp b/mailnews/import/text/src/nsTextImport.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..61615e4d7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/text/src/nsTextImport.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,714 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+
+/*
+
+  Text import addressbook interfaces
+
+*/
+#include "nscore.h"
+#include "nsIServiceManager.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsIImportService.h"
+#include "nsMsgI18N.h"
+#include "nsIComponentManager.h"
+#include "nsTextImport.h"
+#include "nsIMemory.h"
+#include "nsIMutableArray.h"
+#include "nsIImportGeneric.h"
+#include "nsIImportAddressBooks.h"
+#include "nsIImportABDescriptor.h"
+#include "nsIImportFieldMap.h"
+#include "nsIOutputStream.h"
+#include "nsIAddrDatabase.h"
+#include "nsIAbLDIFService.h"
+#include "nsAbBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsTextFormatter.h"
+#include "nsImportStringBundle.h"
+#include "nsTextAddress.h"
+#include "nsIPrefService.h"
+#include "nsIPrefBranch.h"
+#include "TextDebugLog.h"
+#include "nsNetUtil.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+
+#define TEXT_MSGS_URL "chrome://messenger/locale/textImportMsgs.properties"
+#define TEXTIMPORT_NAME                  2000
+#define TEXTIMPORT_DESCRIPTION           2001
+#define TEXTIMPORT_ADDRESS_NAME          2002
+#define TEXTIMPORT_ADDRESS_SUCCESS       2003
+#define TEXTIMPORT_ADDRESS_BADPARAM      2004
+#define TEXTIMPORT_ADDRESS_BADSOURCEFILE 2005
+#define TEXTIMPORT_ADDRESS_CONVERTERROR  2006
+
+static NS_DEFINE_IID(kISupportsIID, NS_ISUPPORTS_IID);
+PRLogModuleInfo* TEXTIMPORTLOGMODULE;
+
+class ImportAddressImpl final : public nsIImportAddressBooks
+{
+public:
+  ImportAddressImpl(nsIStringBundle* aStringBundle);
+
+  static nsresult Create(nsIImportAddressBooks** aImport,
+                         nsIStringBundle *aStringBundle);
+
+    // nsISupports interface
+    NS_DECL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS
+
+    // nsIImportAddressBooks interface
+
+  NS_IMETHOD GetSupportsMultiple(bool *_retval) override { *_retval = false; return NS_OK;}
+
+  NS_IMETHOD GetAutoFind(char16_t **description, bool *_retval) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD GetNeedsFieldMap(nsIFile *location, bool *_retval) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD GetDefaultLocation(nsIFile **location, bool *found, bool *userVerify) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD FindAddressBooks(nsIFile *location, nsIArray **_retval) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD InitFieldMap(nsIImportFieldMap *fieldMap) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD ImportAddressBook(nsIImportABDescriptor *source,
+                               nsIAddrDatabase *destination,
+                               nsIImportFieldMap *fieldMap,
+                               nsISupports *aSupportService,
+                               char16_t **errorLog,
+                               char16_t **successLog,
+                               bool *fatalError) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD GetImportProgress(uint32_t *_retval) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD GetSampleData(int32_t index, bool *pFound, char16_t **pStr) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD SetSampleLocation(nsIFile *) override;
+
+private:
+  void ClearSampleFile(void);
+  void SaveFieldMap(nsIImportFieldMap *pMap);
+
+  static void ReportSuccess(nsString& name, nsString *pStream,
+                            nsIStringBundle* pBundle);
+  static void SetLogs(nsString& success, nsString& error, char16_t **pError,
+                      char16_t **pSuccess);
+  static void ReportError(int32_t errorNum, nsString& name, nsString *pStream,
+                          nsIStringBundle* pBundle);
+  static void SanitizeSampleData(nsString& val);
+
+private:
+  ~ImportAddressImpl() {}
+  nsTextAddress m_text;
+  bool m_haveDelim;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> m_fileLoc;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundle> m_notProxyBundle;
+  char16_t m_delim;
+  uint32_t m_bytesImported;
+};
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+nsTextImport::nsTextImport()
+{
+  // Init logging module.
+  if (!TEXTIMPORTLOGMODULE)
+    TEXTIMPORTLOGMODULE = PR_NewLogModule("IMPORT");
+  IMPORT_LOG0("nsTextImport Module Created\n");
+
+  nsImportStringBundle::GetStringBundle(TEXT_MSGS_URL,
+                                        getter_AddRefs(m_stringBundle));
+}
+
+nsTextImport::~nsTextImport()
+{
+  IMPORT_LOG0("nsTextImport Module Deleted\n");
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsTextImport, nsIImportModule)
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsTextImport::GetName(char16_t **name)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(name);
+  *name = nsImportStringBundle::GetStringByID(TEXTIMPORT_NAME, m_stringBundle);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsTextImport::GetDescription(char16_t **name)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(name);
+  *name = nsImportStringBundle::GetStringByID(TEXTIMPORT_DESCRIPTION,
+                                              m_stringBundle);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsTextImport::GetSupports(char **supports)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(supports);
+  *supports = strdup(kTextSupportsString);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsTextImport::GetSupportsUpgrade(bool *pUpgrade)
+{
+  NS_PRECONDITION(pUpgrade != nullptr, "null ptr");
+  if (! pUpgrade)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  *pUpgrade = false;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsTextImport::GetImportInterface(const char *pImportType, nsISupports **ppInterface)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(pImportType);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(ppInterface);
+
+  *ppInterface = nullptr;
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  if (!strcmp(pImportType, "addressbook")) {
+    // create the nsIImportMail interface and return it!
+    nsIImportAddressBooks * pAddress = nullptr;
+    nsIImportGeneric * pGeneric = nullptr;
+    rv = ImportAddressImpl::Create(&pAddress, m_stringBundle);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIImportService> impSvc(do_GetService(NS_IMPORTSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+        rv = impSvc->CreateNewGenericAddressBooks(&pGeneric);
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+          pGeneric->SetData("addressInterface", pAddress);
+          rv = pGeneric->QueryInterface(kISupportsIID, (void **)ppInterface);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    NS_IF_RELEASE(pAddress);
+    NS_IF_RELEASE(pGeneric);
+    return rv;
+  }
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_AVAILABLE;
+}
+
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+
+
+nsresult ImportAddressImpl::Create(nsIImportAddressBooks** aImport,
+                                   nsIStringBundle* aStringBundle)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aImport);
+  *aImport = new ImportAddressImpl(aStringBundle);
+  if (! *aImport)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+  NS_ADDREF(*aImport);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+ImportAddressImpl::ImportAddressImpl(nsIStringBundle* aStringBundle) :
+  m_notProxyBundle(aStringBundle)
+{
+  m_haveDelim = false;
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(ImportAddressImpl, nsIImportAddressBooks)
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP ImportAddressImpl::GetAutoFind(char16_t **addrDescription, bool *_retval)
+{
+  NS_PRECONDITION(addrDescription != nullptr, "null ptr");
+  NS_PRECONDITION(_retval != nullptr, "null ptr");
+  if (! addrDescription || !_retval)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  nsString str;
+  *_retval = false;
+
+  if (!m_notProxyBundle)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  nsImportStringBundle::GetStringByID(TEXTIMPORT_ADDRESS_NAME, m_notProxyBundle, str);
+  *addrDescription = ToNewUnicode(str);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP ImportAddressImpl::GetDefaultLocation(nsIFile **ppLoc, bool *found, bool *userVerify)
+{
+  NS_PRECONDITION(found != nullptr, "null ptr");
+  NS_PRECONDITION(ppLoc != nullptr, "null ptr");
+  NS_PRECONDITION(userVerify != nullptr, "null ptr");
+  if (! found || !userVerify || !ppLoc)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  *ppLoc = nullptr;
+  *found = false;
+  *userVerify = true;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP ImportAddressImpl::FindAddressBooks(nsIFile *pLoc, nsIArray **ppArray)
+{
+  NS_PRECONDITION(pLoc != nullptr, "null ptr");
+  NS_PRECONDITION(ppArray != nullptr, "null ptr");
+  if (!pLoc || !ppArray)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  ClearSampleFile();
+
+  *ppArray = nullptr;
+  bool exists = false;
+  nsresult rv = pLoc->Exists(&exists);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !exists)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  bool isFile = false;
+  rv = pLoc->IsFile(&isFile);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !isFile)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  rv = m_text.DetermineDelim(pLoc);
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+    IMPORT_LOG0("*** Error determining delimitter\n");
+    return rv;
+  }
+  m_haveDelim = true;
+  m_delim = m_text.GetDelim();
+
+  m_fileLoc = do_QueryInterface(pLoc);
+
+  /* Build an address book descriptor based on the file passed in! */
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> array(do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+    IMPORT_LOG0("FAILED to allocate the nsIMutableArray\n");
+    return rv;
+  }
+
+  nsString name;
+  m_fileLoc->GetLeafName(name);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+    IMPORT_LOG0("*** Failed getting leaf name of file\n");
+    return rv;
+  }
+
+  int32_t idx = name.RFindChar('.');
+  if ((idx != -1) && (idx > 0) && ((name.Length() - idx - 1) < 5)) {
+    name.SetLength(idx);
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImportABDescriptor>  desc;
+  nsISupports * pInterface;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImportService> impSvc(do_GetService(NS_IMPORTSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+    IMPORT_LOG0("*** Failed to obtain the import service\n");
+    return rv;
+  }
+
+  rv = impSvc->CreateNewABDescriptor(getter_AddRefs(desc));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+    int64_t sz = 0;
+    pLoc->GetFileSize(&sz);
+    desc->SetPreferredName(name);
+    desc->SetSize((uint32_t) sz);
+    desc->SetAbFile(m_fileLoc);
+    rv = desc->QueryInterface(kISupportsIID, (void **) &pInterface);
+    array->AppendElement(pInterface, false);
+    pInterface->Release();
+  }
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+    IMPORT_LOG0("*** Error creating address book descriptor for text import\n");
+    return rv;
+  }
+  array.forget(ppArray);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+void ImportAddressImpl::ReportSuccess(nsString& name, nsString *pStream,
+                                      nsIStringBundle* pBundle)
+{
+  if (!pStream)
+    return;
+
+  // load the success string
+  char16_t *pFmt =
+    nsImportStringBundle::GetStringByID(TEXTIMPORT_ADDRESS_SUCCESS, pBundle);
+
+  char16_t *pText = nsTextFormatter::smprintf(pFmt, name.get());
+  pStream->Append(pText);
+  nsTextFormatter::smprintf_free(pText);
+  NS_Free(pFmt);
+  pStream->Append(char16_t('\n'));
+}
+
+void ImportAddressImpl::ReportError(int32_t errorNum, nsString& name,
+                                    nsString *pStream, nsIStringBundle* pBundle)
+{
+  if (!pStream)
+    return;
+
+  // load the error string
+  char16_t *pFmt = nsImportStringBundle::GetStringByID(errorNum, pBundle);
+  char16_t *pText = nsTextFormatter::smprintf(pFmt, name.get());
+  pStream->Append(pText);
+  nsTextFormatter::smprintf_free(pText);
+  NS_Free(pFmt);
+  pStream->Append(char16_t('\n'));
+}
+
+void ImportAddressImpl::SetLogs(nsString& success, nsString& error, char16_t **pError, char16_t **pSuccess)
+{
+  if (pError)
+    *pError = ToNewUnicode(error);
+  if (pSuccess)
+    *pSuccess = ToNewUnicode(success);
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+ImportAddressImpl::ImportAddressBook(nsIImportABDescriptor *pSource,
+                                     nsIAddrDatabase *pDestination,
+                                     nsIImportFieldMap *fieldMap,
+                                     nsISupports *aSupportService,
+                                     char16_t ** pErrorLog,
+                                     char16_t ** pSuccessLog,
+                                     bool * fatalError)
+{
+  NS_PRECONDITION(pSource != nullptr, "null ptr");
+  NS_PRECONDITION(pDestination != nullptr, "null ptr");
+  NS_PRECONDITION(fatalError != nullptr, "null ptr");
+
+  m_bytesImported = 0;
+
+  nsString success, error;
+  if (!pSource || !pDestination || !fatalError) {
+    IMPORT_LOG0("*** Bad param passed to text address import\n");
+    nsImportStringBundle::GetStringByID(TEXTIMPORT_ADDRESS_BADPARAM,
+                                        m_notProxyBundle,
+                                        error);
+
+    SetLogs(success, error, pErrorLog, pSuccessLog);
+
+    if (fatalError)
+      *fatalError = true;
+
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+  }
+
+  ClearSampleFile();
+
+  bool addrAbort = false;
+  nsString name;
+  pSource->GetPreferredName(name);
+
+  uint32_t addressSize = 0;
+  pSource->GetSize(&addressSize);
+  if (addressSize == 0) {
+    IMPORT_LOG0("Address book size is 0, skipping import.\n");
+    ReportSuccess(name, &success, m_notProxyBundle);
+    SetLogs(success, error, pErrorLog, pSuccessLog);
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> inFile;
+  if (NS_FAILED(pSource->GetAbFile(getter_AddRefs(inFile)))) {
+    ReportError(TEXTIMPORT_ADDRESS_BADSOURCEFILE, name, &error, m_notProxyBundle);
+    SetLogs(success, error, pErrorLog, pSuccessLog);
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+
+  if (!aSupportService) {
+    IMPORT_LOG0("Missing support service to import call");
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+
+  bool isLDIF = false;
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbLDIFService> ldifService(do_QueryInterface(aSupportService, &rv));
+
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+      rv = ldifService->IsLDIFFile(inFile, &isLDIF);
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+        IMPORT_LOG0("*** Error reading address file\n");
+      }
+    }
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+    ReportError(TEXTIMPORT_ADDRESS_CONVERTERROR, name, &error, m_notProxyBundle);
+    SetLogs(success, error, pErrorLog, pSuccessLog);
+    return rv;
+  }
+
+  if (isLDIF) {
+    if (ldifService)
+      rv = ldifService->ImportLDIFFile(pDestination, inFile, false, &m_bytesImported);
+    else
+      return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+  else {
+    rv = m_text.ImportAddresses(&addrAbort, name.get(), inFile, pDestination, fieldMap, error, &m_bytesImported);
+    SaveFieldMap(fieldMap);
+  }
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && error.IsEmpty()) {
+    ReportSuccess(name, &success, m_notProxyBundle);
+    SetLogs(success, error, pErrorLog, pSuccessLog);
+  }
+  else {
+    ReportError(TEXTIMPORT_ADDRESS_CONVERTERROR, name, &error, m_notProxyBundle);
+    SetLogs(success, error, pErrorLog, pSuccessLog);
+  }
+
+  IMPORT_LOG0("*** Text address import done\n");
+  return rv;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP ImportAddressImpl::GetImportProgress(uint32_t *_retval)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(_retval);
+  *_retval = m_bytesImported;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP ImportAddressImpl::GetNeedsFieldMap(nsIFile *aLocation, bool *_retval)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(_retval);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aLocation);
+
+  *_retval = true;
+  bool exists = false;
+  bool isFile = false;
+
+  nsresult rv = aLocation->Exists(&exists);
+  rv = aLocation->IsFile(&isFile);
+
+  if (!exists || !isFile)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  bool    isLDIF = false;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbLDIFService> ldifService = do_GetService(NS_ABLDIFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    rv = ldifService->IsLDIFFile(aLocation, &isLDIF);
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+    IMPORT_LOG0("*** Error determining if file is of type LDIF\n");
+    return rv;
+  }
+
+  if (isLDIF)
+    *_retval = false;
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+void ImportAddressImpl::SanitizeSampleData(nsString& val)
+{
+  // remove any line-feeds...
+  int32_t offset = val.Find(NS_LITERAL_STRING("\x0D\x0A"));
+  while (offset != -1) {
+    val.Replace(offset, 2, NS_LITERAL_STRING(", "));
+    offset = val.Find(NS_LITERAL_STRING("\x0D\x0A"), offset + 2);
+  }
+  offset = val.FindChar(13);
+  while (offset != -1) {
+    val.Replace(offset, 1, ',');
+    offset = val.FindChar(13, offset + 2);
+  }
+  offset = val.FindChar(10);
+  while (offset != -1) {
+    val.Replace(offset, 1, ',');
+    offset = val.FindChar(10, offset + 2);
+  }
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP ImportAddressImpl::GetSampleData(int32_t index, bool *pFound, char16_t **pStr)
+{
+  NS_PRECONDITION(pFound != nullptr, "null ptr");
+  NS_PRECONDITION(pStr != nullptr, "null ptr");
+  if (!pFound || !pStr)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  if (!m_fileLoc) {
+    IMPORT_LOG0("*** Error, called GetSampleData before SetSampleLocation\n");
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  *pStr = nullptr;
+  char16_t term = 0;
+
+  if (!m_haveDelim) {
+    rv = m_text.DetermineDelim(m_fileLoc);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    m_haveDelim = true;
+    m_delim = m_text.GetDelim();
+  }
+
+  bool fileExists;
+  rv = m_fileLoc->Exists(&fileExists);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  if (!fileExists) {
+    *pFound = false;
+    *pStr = NS_strdup(&term);
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  nsAutoString line;
+  rv = nsTextAddress::ReadRecordNumber(m_fileLoc, line, index);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+    nsString str;
+    nsString field;
+    int32_t fNum = 0;
+    while (nsTextAddress::GetField(line, fNum, field, m_delim)) {
+      if (fNum)
+        str.Append(char16_t('\n'));
+      SanitizeSampleData(field);
+      str.Append(field);
+      fNum++;
+      field.Truncate();
+    }
+
+    *pStr = ToNewUnicode(str);
+    *pFound = true;
+
+    /* IMPORT_LOG1("Sample data: %S\n", str.get()); */
+  }
+  else {
+    *pFound = false;
+    *pStr = NS_strdup(&term);
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP ImportAddressImpl::SetSampleLocation(nsIFile *pLocation)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(pLocation);
+
+  m_fileLoc = do_QueryInterface(pLocation);
+  m_haveDelim = false;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+void ImportAddressImpl::ClearSampleFile(void)
+{
+  m_fileLoc = nullptr;
+  m_haveDelim = false;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP ImportAddressImpl::InitFieldMap(nsIImportFieldMap *fieldMap)
+{
+  // Let's remember the last one the user used!
+  // This should be normal for someone importing multiple times, it's usually
+  // from the same file format.
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefs(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+    nsCString  prefStr;
+    rv = prefs->GetCharPref("mailnews.import.text.fieldmap", getter_Copies(prefStr));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+      const char *pStr = prefStr.get();
+      if (pStr) {
+        fieldMap->SetFieldMapSize(0);
+        long fNum;
+        bool active;
+        long fIndex = 0;
+        while (*pStr) {
+          while (*pStr && (*pStr != '+') && (*pStr != '-'))
+            pStr++;
+          if (*pStr == '+')
+            active = true;
+          else if (*pStr == '-')
+            active = false;
+          else
+            break;
+          fNum = 0;
+          while (*pStr && ((*pStr < '0') || (*pStr > '9')))
+            pStr++;
+          if (!(*pStr))
+            break;
+          while (*pStr && (*pStr >= '0') && (*pStr <= '9')) {
+            fNum *= 10;
+            fNum += (*pStr - '0');
+            pStr++;
+          }
+          while (*pStr && (*pStr != ','))
+            pStr++;
+          if (*pStr == ',')
+            pStr++;
+          fieldMap->SetFieldMap(-1, fNum);
+          fieldMap->SetFieldActive(fIndex, active);
+          fIndex++;
+        }
+        if (!fIndex) {
+          int num;
+          fieldMap->GetNumMozFields(&num);
+          fieldMap->DefaultFieldMap(num);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    // Now also get the last used skip first record value.
+    bool skipFirstRecord = false;
+    rv = prefs->GetBoolPref("mailnews.import.text.skipfirstrecord", &skipFirstRecord);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      fieldMap->SetSkipFirstRecord(skipFirstRecord);
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+void ImportAddressImpl::SaveFieldMap(nsIImportFieldMap *pMap)
+{
+  if (!pMap)
+    return;
+
+  int size;
+  int index;
+  bool active;
+  nsCString str;
+
+  pMap->GetMapSize(&size);
+  for (long i = 0; i < size; i++) {
+    index = i;
+    active = false;
+    pMap->GetFieldMap(i, &index);
+    pMap->GetFieldActive(i, &active);
+    if (active)
+      str.Append('+');
+    else
+      str.Append('-');
+
+    str.AppendInt(index);
+    str.Append(',');
+  }
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefs(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+    nsCString prefStr;
+    rv = prefs->GetCharPref("mailnews.import.text.fieldmap", getter_Copies(prefStr));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !str.Equals(prefStr))
+      rv = prefs->SetCharPref("mailnews.import.text.fieldmap", str.get());
+  }
+
+  // Now also save last used skip first record value.
+  bool skipFirstRecord = false;
+  rv = pMap->GetSkipFirstRecord(&skipFirstRecord);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    prefs->SetBoolPref("mailnews.import.text.skipfirstrecord", skipFirstRecord);
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/import/text/src/nsTextImport.h b/mailnews/import/text/src/nsTextImport.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4c3c440e0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/text/src/nsTextImport.h
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsTextImport_h___
+#define nsTextImport_h___
+
+#include "nsIImportModule.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsIStringBundle.h"
+
+#define NS_TEXTIMPORT_CID          \
+{ /* A5991D01-ADA7-11d3-A9C2-00A0CC26DA63 */      \
+  0xa5991d01, 0xada7, 0x11d3,            \
+  {0xa9, 0xc2, 0x0, 0xa0, 0xcc, 0x26, 0xda, 0x63 }}
+
+#define kTextSupportsString NS_IMPORT_ADDRESS_STR
+
+class nsTextImport : public nsIImportModule
+{
+public:
+  nsTextImport();
+
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+
+  ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+  // we suppport the nsIImportModule interface
+  ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+  NS_DECL_NSIIMPORTMODULE
+
+protected:
+  virtual ~nsTextImport();
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundle>   m_stringBundle;
+};
+
+#endif /* nsTextImport_h___ */
diff --git a/mailnews/import/vcard/src/moz.build b/mailnews/import/vcard/src/moz.build
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9e6c49698
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/vcard/src/moz.build
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+# vim: set filetype=python:
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+SOURCES += [
+    'nsVCardAddress.cpp',
+    'nsVCardImport.cpp',
+]
+
+EXPORTS += [
+    'nsVCardAddress.h',
+]
+
+FINAL_LIBRARY = 'import'
+
+LOCAL_INCLUDES += [
+    '../../src'
+]
+
diff --git a/mailnews/import/vcard/src/nsVCardAddress.cpp b/mailnews/import/vcard/src/nsVCardAddress.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7495d4c26
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/vcard/src/nsVCardAddress.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsAbBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsNativeCharsetUtils.h"
+#include "nsNetUtil.h"
+#include "nsVCardAddress.h"
+
+#include "nsIAbCard.h"
+#include "nsIAbManager.h"
+#include "nsIAddrDatabase.h"
+#include "nsIFile.h"
+#include "nsIInputStream.h"
+#include "nsILineInputStream.h"
+
+#include "plstr.h"
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+
+nsVCardAddress::nsVCardAddress()
+{
+}
+
+nsVCardAddress::~nsVCardAddress()
+{
+}
+
+nsresult nsVCardAddress::ImportAddresses(
+    bool *pAbort,
+    const char16_t *pName,
+    nsIFile *pSrc,
+    nsIAddrDatabase *pDb,
+    nsString& errors,
+    uint32_t *pProgress)
+{
+  // Open the source file for reading, read each line and process it!
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIInputStream> inputStream;
+  nsresult rv = NS_NewLocalFileInputStream(getter_AddRefs(inputStream), pSrc);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+    IMPORT_LOG0("*** Error opening address file for reading\n");
+    return rv;
+  }
+
+  // Open the source file for reading, read each line and process it!
+  // Here we use this to work out the size of the file, so we can update
+  // an integer as we go through the file which will update a progress
+  // bar if required by the caller.
+  uint64_t bytesLeft = 0;
+  rv = inputStream->Available(&bytesLeft);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+    IMPORT_LOG0("*** Error checking address file for size\n");
+    inputStream->Close();
+    return rv;
+  }
+
+  uint64_t totalBytes = bytesLeft;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsILineInputStream> lineStream(do_QueryInterface(inputStream, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbManager> ab = do_GetService(NS_ABMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  bool more = true;
+  nsCString record;
+  while (!(*pAbort) && more && NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+    rv = ReadRecord(lineStream, record, &more);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !record.IsEmpty()) {
+      // Parse the vCard and build an nsIAbCard from it
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIAbCard> cardFromVCard;
+      rv = ab->EscapedVCardToAbCard(record.get(), getter_AddRefs(cardFromVCard));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      rv = pDb->CreateNewCardAndAddToDB(cardFromVCard, false, nullptr);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+        IMPORT_LOG0("*** Error processing vCard record.\n");
+      }
+    }
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && pProgress) {
+      // This won't be totally accurate, but its the best we can do
+      // considering that lineStream won't give us how many bytes
+      // are actually left.
+      bytesLeft -= record.Length();
+      *pProgress = totalBytes - bytesLeft;
+    }
+  }
+  inputStream->Close();
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+    IMPORT_LOG0("*** Error reading the address book - probably incorrect ending\n");
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+
+  return pDb->Commit(nsAddrDBCommitType::kLargeCommit);
+}
+
+nsresult nsVCardAddress::ReadRecord(
+    nsILineInputStream *aLineStream, nsCString &aRecord, bool *aMore)
+{
+  bool more = true;
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCString line;
+
+  aRecord.Truncate();
+
+  // remove the empty lines.
+  do {
+    rv = aLineStream->ReadLine(line, aMore);
+  }
+  while (line.IsEmpty() && *aMore);
+  if (!*aMore)
+    return rv;
+
+  // read BEGIN:VCARD
+  if (!line.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("begin:vcard")) {
+    IMPORT_LOG0("*** Expected case-insensitive BEGIN:VCARD at start of vCard\n");
+    rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    *aMore = more;
+    return rv;
+  }
+  aRecord.Append(line);
+
+  // read until END:VCARD
+  do {
+    if (!more) {
+      IMPORT_LOG0("*** Expected case-insensitive END:VCARD at start of vCard\n");
+      rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+      break;
+    }
+    rv = aLineStream->ReadLine(line, &more);
+    aRecord.AppendLiteral(MSG_LINEBREAK);
+    aRecord.Append(line);
+  } while (!line.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("end:vcard"));
+
+  *aMore = more;
+  return rv;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/import/vcard/src/nsVCardAddress.h b/mailnews/import/vcard/src/nsVCardAddress.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..bc5e2bd06
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/vcard/src/nsVCardAddress.h
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsVCardAddress_h__
+#define nsVCardAddress_h__
+
+#include "mozilla/Logging.h"
+
+extern PRLogModuleInfo *VCARDLOGMODULE;  // Logging module
+
+#define IMPORT_LOG0(x)          MOZ_LOG(VCARDLOGMODULE, mozilla::LogLevel::Debug, (x))
+#define IMPORT_LOG1(x, y)       MOZ_LOG(VCARDLOGMODULE, mozilla::LogLevel::Debug, (x, y))
+#define IMPORT_LOG2(x, y, z)    MOZ_LOG(VCARDLOGMODULE, mozilla::LogLevel::Debug, (x, y, z))
+#define IMPORT_LOG3(a, b, c, d) MOZ_LOG(VCARDLOGMODULE, mozilla::LogLevel::Debug, (a, b, c, d))
+
+class nsIAddrDatabase;
+class nsIFile;
+class nsILineInputStream;
+
+class nsVCardAddress {
+public:
+  nsVCardAddress();
+  virtual ~nsVCardAddress();
+
+  nsresult ImportAddresses(
+      bool *pAbort,
+      const char16_t *pName,
+      nsIFile *pSrc,
+      nsIAddrDatabase *pDb,
+      nsString& errors,
+      uint32_t *pProgress);
+
+private:
+  static nsresult ReadRecord(
+      nsILineInputStream *aLineStream, nsCString &aRecord, bool *aMore);
+};
+
+#endif /* nsVCardAddress_h__ */
+
diff --git a/mailnews/import/vcard/src/nsVCardImport.cpp b/mailnews/import/vcard/src/nsVCardImport.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6081c36d7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/vcard/src/nsVCardImport.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,398 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/*
+  VCard import addressbook interfaces
+*/
+#include "nscore.h"
+#include "nsIAddrDatabase.h"
+#include "nsIFile.h"
+#include "nsIImportABDescriptor.h"
+#include "nsIImportAddressBooks.h"
+#include "nsIImportFieldMap.h"
+#include "nsIImportGeneric.h"
+#include "nsIMutableArray.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsIImportService.h"
+#include "nsIFile.h"
+#include "nsImportStringBundle.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "nsComponentManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsTextFormatter.h"
+#include "nsVCardAddress.h"
+#include "nsVCardImport.h"
+
+PRLogModuleInfo *VCARDLOGMODULE = nullptr;
+static NS_DEFINE_IID(kISupportsIID, NS_ISUPPORTS_IID);
+
+class ImportVCardAddressImpl : public nsIImportAddressBooks
+{
+public:
+  ImportVCardAddressImpl(nsIStringBundle* aStringBundle); 
+
+  static nsresult Create(
+      nsIImportAddressBooks** aImport, nsIStringBundle* aStringBundle);
+
+  // nsISupports interface
+  NS_DECL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS
+
+  // nsIImportAddressBooks interface
+
+  // TODO: support multiple vCard files in future - shouldn't be too hard,
+  // since you just import each file in turn.
+  NS_IMETHOD GetSupportsMultiple(bool *_retval) override
+  { *_retval = false; return NS_OK;}
+
+  NS_IMETHOD GetAutoFind(char16_t **description, bool *_retval) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD GetNeedsFieldMap(nsIFile *location, bool *_retval) override
+  { *_retval = false; return NS_OK;}
+
+  NS_IMETHOD GetDefaultLocation(
+      nsIFile **location, bool *found, bool *userVerify) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD FindAddressBooks(nsIFile *location, nsIArray **_retval) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD InitFieldMap(nsIImportFieldMap *fieldMap) override
+  { return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;}
+
+  NS_IMETHOD ImportAddressBook(nsIImportABDescriptor *source,
+                               nsIAddrDatabase *destination,
+                               nsIImportFieldMap *fieldMap,
+                               nsISupports *aSupportService,
+                               char16_t **errorLog,
+                               char16_t **successLog,
+                               bool *fatalError) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD GetImportProgress(uint32_t *_retval) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD GetSampleData(int32_t index, bool *pFound, char16_t **pStr) override
+  { return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;}
+
+  NS_IMETHOD SetSampleLocation(nsIFile *) override
+  { return NS_ERROR_FAILURE; }
+
+private:
+  virtual ~ImportVCardAddressImpl();
+  static void ReportSuccess(
+      nsString& name, nsString *pStream, nsIStringBundle* pBundle);
+  static void SetLogs(
+      nsString& success, nsString& error,
+      char16_t **pError, char16_t **pSuccess);
+  static void ReportError(
+      const char *errorName, nsString& name, nsString *pStream,
+      nsIStringBundle* pBundle);
+
+private:
+  nsVCardAddress m_vCard;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> m_fileLoc;
+  uint32_t m_bytesImported;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundle> m_notProxyBundle;
+};
+
+nsVCardImport::nsVCardImport()
+{
+  if (!VCARDLOGMODULE)
+    VCARDLOGMODULE = PR_NewLogModule("IMPORT");
+
+  nsImportStringBundle::GetStringBundle(
+      VCARDIMPORT_MSGS_URL, getter_AddRefs(m_stringBundle));
+
+  IMPORT_LOG0("nsVCardImport Module Created\n");
+}
+
+nsVCardImport::~nsVCardImport()
+{
+  IMPORT_LOG0("nsVCardImport Module Deleted\n");
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsVCardImport, nsIImportModule)
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsVCardImport::GetName(char16_t **name)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(name);
+  *name = nsImportStringBundle::GetStringByName(
+      "vCardImportName", m_stringBundle);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsVCardImport::GetDescription(char16_t **name)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(name);
+  *name = nsImportStringBundle::GetStringByName(
+      "vCardImportDescription", m_stringBundle);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsVCardImport::GetSupports(char **supports)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(supports);
+  *supports = strdup(NS_IMPORT_ADDRESS_STR);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsVCardImport::GetSupportsUpgrade(bool *pUpgrade)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(pUpgrade);
+  *pUpgrade = true;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsVCardImport::GetImportInterface(
+    const char *pImportType, nsISupports **ppInterface)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(pImportType);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(ppInterface);
+  *ppInterface = nullptr;
+  if (!strcmp(pImportType, "addressbook")) {
+    nsresult rv;
+    // create the nsIImportMail interface and return it!
+    nsIImportAddressBooks *pAddress = nullptr;
+    nsIImportGeneric *pGeneric = nullptr;
+    rv = ImportVCardAddressImpl::Create(&pAddress, m_stringBundle);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIImportService> impSvc(
+          do_GetService(NS_IMPORTSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+        rv = impSvc->CreateNewGenericAddressBooks(&pGeneric);
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+          pGeneric->SetData("addressInterface", pAddress);
+          rv = pGeneric->QueryInterface(kISupportsIID, (void **)ppInterface);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    NS_IF_RELEASE(pAddress);
+    NS_IF_RELEASE(pGeneric);
+    return rv;
+  }
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_AVAILABLE;
+}
+
+nsresult ImportVCardAddressImpl::Create(
+    nsIImportAddressBooks** aImport, nsIStringBundle* aStringBundle)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aImport);
+  *aImport = new ImportVCardAddressImpl(aStringBundle);
+  if (!*aImport)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+  NS_ADDREF(*aImport);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+ImportVCardAddressImpl::ImportVCardAddressImpl(
+    nsIStringBundle* aStringBundle) : m_notProxyBundle(aStringBundle)
+{
+}
+
+ImportVCardAddressImpl::~ImportVCardAddressImpl()
+{
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(ImportVCardAddressImpl, nsIImportAddressBooks)
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP ImportVCardAddressImpl::GetAutoFind(
+    char16_t **addrDescription, bool *_retval)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(addrDescription);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(_retval);
+
+  nsString str;
+  *_retval = false;
+
+  if (!m_notProxyBundle)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  nsImportStringBundle::GetStringByName("vCardImportAddressName", m_notProxyBundle, str);
+  *addrDescription = ToNewUnicode(str);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP ImportVCardAddressImpl::GetDefaultLocation(
+    nsIFile **ppLoc, bool *found, bool *userVerify)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(found);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(ppLoc);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(userVerify);
+
+  *ppLoc = nullptr;
+  *found = false;
+  *userVerify = true;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP ImportVCardAddressImpl::FindAddressBooks(
+    nsIFile *pLoc, nsIArray **ppArray)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(pLoc);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(ppArray);
+
+  *ppArray = nullptr;
+  bool exists = false;
+  nsresult rv = pLoc->Exists(&exists);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !exists)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  bool isFile = false;
+  rv = pLoc->IsFile(&isFile);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !isFile)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  m_fileLoc = do_QueryInterface(pLoc);
+  
+  /* Build an address book descriptor based on the file passed in! */
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> array(do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+    IMPORT_LOG0("FAILED to allocate the nsIMutableArray\n");
+    return rv;
+  }
+
+  nsString name;
+  m_fileLoc->GetLeafName(name);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+    IMPORT_LOG0("*** Failed getting leaf name of file\n");
+    return rv;
+  }
+
+  int32_t idx = name.RFindChar('.');
+  if ((idx != -1) && (idx > 0) && ((name.Length() - idx - 1) < 5)) {
+    name.SetLength(idx);
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImportABDescriptor>  desc;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIImportService> impSvc(
+      do_GetService(NS_IMPORTSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+    IMPORT_LOG0("*** Failed to obtain the import service\n");
+    return rv;
+  }
+
+  rv = impSvc->CreateNewABDescriptor(getter_AddRefs(desc));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+    int64_t sz = 0;
+    pLoc->GetFileSize(&sz);
+    desc->SetPreferredName(name);
+    desc->SetSize((uint32_t) sz);
+    desc->SetAbFile(m_fileLoc);
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> pInterface(do_QueryInterface(desc, &rv));
+    array->AppendElement(pInterface, false);
+  }
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+    IMPORT_LOG0(
+        "*** Error creating address book descriptor for vCard import\n");
+    return rv;
+  }
+
+  array.forget(ppArray);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+void ImportVCardAddressImpl::ReportSuccess(
+    nsString& name, nsString *pStream, nsIStringBundle* pBundle)
+{
+  if (!pStream)
+    return;
+
+  // load the success string
+  char16_t *pFmt = nsImportStringBundle::GetStringByName(
+      "vCardImportAddressSuccess", pBundle);
+
+  char16_t *pText = nsTextFormatter::smprintf(pFmt, name.get());
+  pStream->Append(pText);
+  nsTextFormatter::smprintf_free(pText);
+  NS_Free(pFmt);
+  pStream->Append(char16_t('\n'));
+}
+
+void ImportVCardAddressImpl::ReportError(
+    const char *errorName, nsString& name, nsString *pStream,
+    nsIStringBundle* pBundle)
+{
+  if (!pStream)
+    return;
+
+  // load the error string
+  char16_t *pFmt = nsImportStringBundle::GetStringByName(errorName, pBundle);
+  char16_t *pText = nsTextFormatter::smprintf(pFmt, name.get());
+  pStream->Append(pText);
+  nsTextFormatter::smprintf_free(pText);
+  NS_Free(pFmt);
+  pStream->Append(char16_t('\n'));
+}
+
+void ImportVCardAddressImpl::SetLogs(
+    nsString& success, nsString& error,
+    char16_t **pError, char16_t **pSuccess)
+{ 
+  if (pError) 
+    *pError = ToNewUnicode(error);
+  if (pSuccess) 
+    *pSuccess = ToNewUnicode(success);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP ImportVCardAddressImpl::ImportAddressBook(
+    nsIImportABDescriptor *pSource,
+    nsIAddrDatabase *pDestination,
+    nsIImportFieldMap *fieldMap,
+    nsISupports *aSupportService,
+    char16_t ** pErrorLog,
+    char16_t ** pSuccessLog,
+    bool * fatalError)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(pSource);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(pDestination);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(fatalError);
+
+  if (!m_notProxyBundle)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  m_bytesImported = 0;
+  nsString success, error;
+  bool addrAbort = false;
+  nsString name;
+  pSource->GetPreferredName(name);
+
+  uint32_t addressSize = 0;
+  pSource->GetSize(&addressSize);
+  if (addressSize == 0) {
+    IMPORT_LOG0("Address book size is 0, skipping import.\n");
+    ReportSuccess(name, &success, m_notProxyBundle);
+    SetLogs(success, error, pErrorLog, pSuccessLog);
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> inFile;
+  if (NS_FAILED(pSource->GetAbFile(getter_AddRefs(inFile)))) {
+    ReportError("vCardImportAddressBadSourceFile", name, &error, m_notProxyBundle);
+    SetLogs(success, error, pErrorLog, pSuccessLog);
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+
+  if (!aSupportService) {
+    IMPORT_LOG0("Missing support service to import call\n");
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+
+  nsresult rv = m_vCard.ImportAddresses(
+      &addrAbort, name.get(), inFile, pDestination, error, &m_bytesImported);
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && error.IsEmpty()) {
+    ReportSuccess(name, &success, m_notProxyBundle);
+    SetLogs(success, error, pErrorLog, pSuccessLog);
+  }
+  else {
+    ReportError("vCardImportAddressConvertError", name, &error, m_notProxyBundle);
+    SetLogs(success, error, pErrorLog, pSuccessLog);
+  }
+
+  IMPORT_LOG0("*** VCard address import done\n");
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP ImportVCardAddressImpl::GetImportProgress(uint32_t *_retval)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(_retval);
+  *_retval = m_bytesImported;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/import/vcard/src/nsVCardImport.h b/mailnews/import/vcard/src/nsVCardImport.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3204412a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/vcard/src/nsVCardImport.h
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsVCardImport_h___
+#define nsVCardImport_h___
+
+#include "nsIImportModule.h"
+#include "nsIStringBundle.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+
+#define NS_VCARDIMPORT_CID \
+{ /* 0EB034A3-964A-4E2F-92EBCC55D9AE9DD2 */ \
+  0x0eb034a3, 0x964a, 0x4e2f, \
+  {0x92, 0xeb, 0xcc, 0x55, 0xd9, 0xae, 0x9d, 0xd2}}
+
+#define VCARDIMPORT_MSGS_URL "chrome://messenger/locale/vCardImportMsgs.properties"
+
+class nsVCardImport : public nsIImportModule
+{
+public:
+
+  nsVCardImport();
+
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+
+  ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+  // we suppport the nsIImportModule interface
+  ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+  NS_DECL_NSIIMPORTMODULE
+
+protected:
+  virtual ~nsVCardImport();
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundle> m_stringBundle;
+};
+
+#endif /* nsVCardImport_h___ */
diff --git a/mailnews/import/winlivemail/WMDebugLog.h b/mailnews/import/winlivemail/WMDebugLog.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c565880a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/winlivemail/WMDebugLog.h
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef WMDebugLog_h___
+#define WMDebugLog_h___
+
+// Use PR_LOG for logging.
+#include "mozilla/Logging.h"
+extern PRLogModuleInfo *WMLOGMODULE;  // Logging module
+
+#define IMPORT_LOG0(x)          MOZ_LOG(WMLOGMODULE, mozilla::LogLevel::Debug, (x))
+#define IMPORT_LOG1(x, y)       MOZ_LOG(WMLOGMODULE, mozilla::LogLevel::Debug, (x, y))
+#define IMPORT_LOG2(x, y, z)    MOZ_LOG(WMLOGMODULE, mozilla::LogLevel::Debug, (x, y, z))
+#define IMPORT_LOG3(a, b, c, d) MOZ_LOG(WMLOGMODULE, mozilla::LogLevel::Debug, (a, b, c, d))
+
+
+
+#endif /* WMDebugLog_h___ */
diff --git a/mailnews/import/winlivemail/moz.build b/mailnews/import/winlivemail/moz.build
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cb69b1548
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/winlivemail/moz.build
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+# vim: set filetype=python:
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+SOURCES += [
+    'nsWMImport.cpp',
+    'nsWMSettings.cpp',
+    'nsWMStringBundle.cpp',
+    'nsWMUtils.cpp',
+]
+
+FINAL_LIBRARY = 'import'
+
diff --git a/mailnews/import/winlivemail/nsWMImport.cpp b/mailnews/import/winlivemail/nsWMImport.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f9795816a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/winlivemail/nsWMImport.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,248 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+
+/*
+
+  Windows Live Mail (Win32) import mail and addressbook interfaces
+
+*/
+#include "nscore.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "nsIServiceManager.h"
+#include "nsIImportService.h"
+#include "nsWMImport.h"
+#include "nsIMemory.h"
+#include "nsIImportService.h"
+#include "nsIImportMail.h"
+#include "nsIImportMailboxDescriptor.h"
+#include "nsIImportGeneric.h"
+#include "nsIImportAddressBooks.h"
+#include "nsIImportABDescriptor.h"
+#include "nsIImportFieldMap.h"
+#include "nsXPCOM.h"
+#include "nsISupportsPrimitives.h"
+#include "nsIOutputStream.h"
+#include "nsIAddrDatabase.h"
+#include "nsWMSettings.h"
+#include "nsTextFormatter.h"
+#include "nsWMStringBundle.h"
+#include "nsIStringBundle.h"
+#include "nsUnicharUtils.h"
+
+#include "WMDebugLog.h"
+
+static NS_DEFINE_IID(kISupportsIID, NS_ISUPPORTS_IID);
+PRLogModuleInfo *WMLOGMODULE = nullptr;
+
+class ImportWMMailImpl : public nsIImportMail
+{
+public:
+  ImportWMMailImpl();
+
+  static nsresult Create(nsIImportMail** aImport);
+
+  // nsISupports interface
+  NS_DECL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS
+
+  // nsIImportmail interface
+
+  /* void GetDefaultLocation (out nsIFile location, out boolean found, out boolean userVerify); */
+  NS_IMETHOD GetDefaultLocation(nsIFile **location, bool *found, bool *userVerify);
+
+  /* nsIArray FindMailboxes (in nsIFile location); */
+  NS_IMETHOD FindMailboxes(nsIFile *location, nsIArray **_retval);
+
+  NS_IMETHOD ImportMailbox(nsIImportMailboxDescriptor *source,
+                           nsIMsgFolder *dstFolder,
+                           char16_t **pErrorLog, char16_t **pSuccessLog,
+                           bool *fatalError);
+
+  /* unsigned long GetImportProgress (); */
+  NS_IMETHOD GetImportProgress(uint32_t *_retval);
+
+  NS_IMETHOD TranslateFolderName(const nsAString & aFolderName, nsAString & _retval);
+
+public:
+  static void ReportSuccess(nsString& name, int32_t count, nsString *pStream);
+  static void ReportError(int32_t errorNum, nsString& name, nsString *pStream);
+  static void AddLinebreak(nsString *pStream);
+  static void SetLogs(nsString& success, nsString& error, char16_t **pError, char16_t **pSuccess);
+
+private:
+  virtual ~ImportWMMailImpl();
+  uint32_t m_bytesDone;
+};
+
+nsWMImport::nsWMImport()
+{
+  // Init logging module.
+  if (!WMLOGMODULE)
+    WMLOGMODULE = PR_NewLogModule("IMPORT");
+  IMPORT_LOG0("nsWMImport Module Created\n");
+  nsWMStringBundle::GetStringBundle();
+}
+
+nsWMImport::~nsWMImport()
+{
+  IMPORT_LOG0("nsWMImport Module Deleted\n");
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsWMImport, nsIImportModule)
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsWMImport::GetName(char16_t **name)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(name);
+  // nsString  title = "Windows Live Mail";
+  // *name = ToNewUnicode(title);
+  *name = nsWMStringBundle::GetStringByID(WMIMPORT_NAME);
+
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsWMImport::GetDescription(char16_t **name)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(name);
+
+  // nsString  desc = "Windows Live Mail mail and address books";
+  // *name = ToNewUnicode(desc);
+  *name = nsWMStringBundle::GetStringByID(WMIMPORT_DESCRIPTION);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsWMImport::GetSupports(char **supports)
+{
+  NS_PRECONDITION(supports != nullptr, "null ptr");
+  if (! supports)
+      return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  *supports = strdup(kWMSupportsString);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsWMImport::GetSupportsUpgrade(bool *pUpgrade)
+{
+  NS_PRECONDITION(pUpgrade != nullptr, "null ptr");
+  if (! pUpgrade)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  *pUpgrade = true;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsWMImport::GetImportInterface(const char *pImportType,
+                                             nsISupports **ppInterface)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(pImportType);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(ppInterface);
+
+  *ppInterface = nullptr;
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  if (!strcmp(pImportType, "settings")) {
+    nsIImportSettings *pSettings = nullptr;
+    rv = nsWMSettings::Create(&pSettings);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+      pSettings->QueryInterface(kISupportsIID, (void **)ppInterface);
+    }
+    NS_IF_RELEASE(pSettings);
+    return rv;
+  }
+
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_AVAILABLE;
+}
+
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+nsresult ImportWMMailImpl::Create(nsIImportMail** aImport)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aImport);
+  *aImport = new ImportWMMailImpl();
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(*aImport, NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY);
+  NS_ADDREF(*aImport);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+ImportWMMailImpl::ImportWMMailImpl()
+{
+}
+
+ImportWMMailImpl::~ImportWMMailImpl()
+{
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(ImportWMMailImpl, nsIImportMail)
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP ImportWMMailImpl::TranslateFolderName(const nsAString & aFolderName, nsAString & _retval)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP ImportWMMailImpl::GetDefaultLocation(nsIFile **ppLoc, bool *found,
+                                                   bool *userVerify)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP ImportWMMailImpl::FindMailboxes(nsIFile *pLoc,
+                                              nsIArray **ppArray)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+void ImportWMMailImpl::AddLinebreak(nsString *pStream)
+{
+  if (pStream)
+    pStream->Append(char16_t('\n'));
+}
+
+void ImportWMMailImpl::ReportSuccess(nsString& name, int32_t count, nsString *pStream)
+{
+  if (!pStream)
+    return;
+  // load the success string
+  char16_t *pFmt = nsWMStringBundle::GetStringByID(WMIMPORT_MAILBOX_SUCCESS);
+  char16_t *pText = nsTextFormatter::smprintf(pFmt, name.get(), count);
+  pStream->Append(pText);
+  nsTextFormatter::smprintf_free(pText);
+  nsWMStringBundle::FreeString(pFmt);
+  AddLinebreak(pStream);
+}
+
+void ImportWMMailImpl::ReportError(int32_t errorNum, nsString& name, nsString *pStream)
+{
+  if (!pStream)
+    return;
+  // load the error string
+  char16_t *pFmt = nsWMStringBundle::GetStringByID(errorNum);
+  char16_t *pText = nsTextFormatter::smprintf(pFmt, name.get());
+  pStream->Append(pText);
+  nsTextFormatter::smprintf_free(pText);
+  nsWMStringBundle::FreeString(pFmt);
+  AddLinebreak(pStream);
+}
+
+void ImportWMMailImpl::SetLogs(nsString& success, nsString& error,
+                               char16_t **pError, char16_t **pSuccess)
+{
+  if (pError)
+    *pError = ToNewUnicode(error);
+  if (pSuccess)
+    *pSuccess = ToNewUnicode(success);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP ImportWMMailImpl::ImportMailbox(nsIImportMailboxDescriptor *pSource,
+                                              nsIMsgFolder *pDstFolder,
+                                              char16_t **pErrorLog,
+                                              char16_t **pSuccessLog,
+                                              bool *fatalError)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP ImportWMMailImpl::GetImportProgress(uint32_t *pDoneSoFar)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/import/winlivemail/nsWMImport.h b/mailnews/import/winlivemail/nsWMImport.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..60b34047c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/winlivemail/nsWMImport.h
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsWMImport_h___
+#define nsWMImport_h___
+
+#include "nsIImportModule.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+
+#define NS_WMIMPORT_CID   \
+{ /* 42bc82bc-8e9f-4597-8b6e-e529daaf3af1 */      \
+   0x42bc82bc, 0x8e9f, 0x4597,   \
+   {0x8b, 0x6e, 0xe5, 0x29, 0xda, 0xaf, 0x3a, 0xf1}}
+
+// currently only support setting import
+#define kWMSupportsString NS_IMPORT_SETTINGS_STR
+
+class nsWMImport : public nsIImportModule
+{
+public:
+
+  nsWMImport();
+
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+
+  ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+  // we suppport the nsIImportModule interface
+  ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+  NS_DECL_NSIIMPORTMODULE
+
+protected:
+  virtual ~nsWMImport();
+};
+
+#endif /* nsWMImport_h___ */
diff --git a/mailnews/import/winlivemail/nsWMSettings.cpp b/mailnews/import/winlivemail/nsWMSettings.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..383a31bb8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/winlivemail/nsWMSettings.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,758 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/*
+
+  Windows Live Mail (Win32) settings
+
+*/
+
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nscore.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "nsWMImport.h"
+#include "nsIComponentManager.h"
+#include "nsIServiceManager.h"
+#include "nsIMsgAccountManager.h"
+#include "nsIMsgAccount.h"
+#include "nsIImportSettings.h"
+#include "nsWMSettings.h"
+#include "nsMsgBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsMsgCompCID.h"
+#include "nsMsgI18N.h"
+#include "nsISmtpService.h"
+#include "nsISmtpServer.h"
+#include "nsWMStringBundle.h"
+#include "WMDebugLog.h"
+#include "nsIPop3IncomingServer.h"
+#include "nsIImapIncomingServer.h"
+#include "nsINntpIncomingServer.h"
+#include "stdlib.h"
+#include "nsIFile.h"
+#include "nsISimpleEnumerator.h"
+#include "nsIMutableArray.h"
+#include "nsIDOMDocument.h"
+#include "nsNetUtil.h"
+#include "nsIDOMNodeList.h"
+#include "nsIFileStreams.h"
+#include "nsIDOMParser.h"
+#include "nsIDOMElement.h"
+#include "nsTArray.h"
+#include <windows.h>
+#include "nsIWindowsRegKey.h"
+#include "nsCOMArray.h"
+#include "nsWMUtils.h"
+
+class WMSettings {
+public:
+  static bool DoImport(nsIMsgAccount **ppAccount);
+  static bool DoIMAPServer(nsIMsgAccountManager *pMgr,
+                             nsIDOMDocument *xmlDoc,
+                             const nsString& serverName,
+                             nsIMsgAccount **ppAccount);
+  static bool DoPOP3Server(nsIMsgAccountManager *pMgr,
+                             nsIDOMDocument *xmlDoc,
+                             const nsString& serverName,
+                             nsIMsgAccount **ppAccount);
+  static bool DoNNTPServer(nsIMsgAccountManager *pMgr,
+                             nsIDOMDocument *xmlDoc,
+                             const nsString& serverName,
+                             nsIMsgAccount **ppAccount);
+  static void SetIdentities(nsIMsgAccountManager *pMgr, nsIMsgAccount *pAcc,
+                            nsIDOMDocument *xmlDoc, nsAutoString &userName,
+                            int32_t authMethodIncoming, bool isNNTP);
+  static void SetSmtpServer(nsIDOMDocument *xmlDoc, nsIMsgIdentity *id,
+                            nsAutoString& inUserName, int32_t authMethodIncoming);
+};
+
+static int32_t checkNewMailTime;// WM global setting, let's default to 30
+static bool    checkNewMail;    // WM global setting, let's default to false
+                                // This won't cause unwanted autodownloads-
+                                // user can set prefs after import
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+nsresult nsWMSettings::Create(nsIImportSettings** aImport)
+{
+    NS_PRECONDITION(aImport != nullptr, "null ptr");
+    if (! aImport)
+        return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+    *aImport = new nsWMSettings();
+    if (! *aImport)
+        return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+    NS_ADDREF(*aImport);
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsWMSettings::nsWMSettings()
+{
+}
+
+nsWMSettings::~nsWMSettings()
+{
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsWMSettings, nsIImportSettings)
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsWMSettings::AutoLocate(char16_t **description,
+                                       nsIFile **location, bool *_retval)
+{
+  NS_PRECONDITION(description != nullptr, "null ptr");
+  NS_PRECONDITION(_retval != nullptr, "null ptr");
+  if (!description || !_retval)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  *description = nsWMStringBundle::GetStringByID(WMIMPORT_NAME);
+  *_retval = false;
+
+  if (location)
+    *location = nullptr;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIWindowsRegKey> key;
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(nsWMUtils::FindWMKey(getter_AddRefs(key))))
+    *_retval = true;
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsWMSettings::SetLocation(nsIFile *location)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsWMSettings::Import(nsIMsgAccount **localMailAccount,
+                                   bool *_retval)
+{
+  NS_PRECONDITION(_retval != nullptr, "null ptr");
+
+  if (WMSettings::DoImport(localMailAccount)) {
+    *_retval = true;
+    IMPORT_LOG0("Settings import appears successful\n");
+  }
+  else {
+    *_retval = false;
+    IMPORT_LOG0("Settings import returned FALSE\n");
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+bool WMSettings::DoImport(nsIMsgAccount **ppAccount)
+{
+  // do the windows registry stuff first
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIWindowsRegKey> key;
+  if (NS_FAILED(nsWMUtils::FindWMKey(getter_AddRefs(key)))) {
+    IMPORT_LOG0("*** Error finding Windows Live Mail registry account keys\n");
+    return false;
+  }
+  // 'poll for messages' setting in WM is a global setting-Like OE
+  // for all accounts dword ==0xffffffff for don't poll else 1/60000 = minutes
+  checkNewMailTime = 30;
+  checkNewMail = false;
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIWindowsRegKey> subKey;
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(key->OpenChild(NS_LITERAL_STRING("mail"),
+                                  nsIWindowsRegKey::ACCESS_QUERY_VALUE,
+                                  getter_AddRefs(subKey)))) {
+    uint32_t dwordResult = -1;
+    rv = subKey->ReadIntValue(NS_LITERAL_STRING("Poll For Mail"), &dwordResult); // reg_dword
+    subKey->Close();
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && dwordResult != -1){
+      checkNewMail = true;
+      checkNewMailTime = dwordResult / 60000;
+    }
+  }
+  // these are in main windowsmail key and if they don't exist-not to worry
+  // (less than 64 chars) e.g. account{4A18B81E-83CA-472A-8D7F-5301C0B97B8D}.oeaccount
+  nsAutoString  defMailAcct, defNewsAcct;
+  key->ReadStringValue(NS_LITERAL_STRING("Default Mail Account"), defMailAcct); // ref_sz
+  key->ReadStringValue(NS_LITERAL_STRING("Default News Account"), defNewsAcct); // ref_sz
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccountManager> accMgr =
+           do_GetService(NS_MSGACCOUNTMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+    IMPORT_LOG0("*** Failed to create an account manager!\n");
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  nsCOMArray<nsIFile> fileArray;
+  if (NS_FAILED(nsWMUtils::GetOEAccountFiles(fileArray))) {
+    IMPORT_LOG0("*** Failed to get .oeaccount file!\n");
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  // Loop through *.oeaccounts files looking for POP3 & IMAP & NNTP accounts
+  // Ignore LDAP for now!
+  int accounts = 0;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMDocument> xmlDoc;
+
+  for (int32_t i = fileArray.Count() - 1 ; i >= 0; i--){
+    nsWMUtils::MakeXMLdoc(getter_AddRefs(xmlDoc), fileArray[i]);
+
+    nsAutoCString name;
+    fileArray[i]->GetNativeLeafName(name);
+    nsAutoString value;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccount> anAccount;
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(nsWMUtils::GetValueForTag(xmlDoc,
+                                               "IMAP_Server",
+                                               value)))
+      if (DoIMAPServer(accMgr, xmlDoc, value, getter_AddRefs(anAccount)))
+        accounts++;
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(nsWMUtils::GetValueForTag(xmlDoc,
+                                               "NNTP_Server",
+                                               value)))
+      if (DoNNTPServer(accMgr, xmlDoc, value, getter_AddRefs(anAccount)))
+        accounts++;
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(nsWMUtils::GetValueForTag(xmlDoc,
+                                               "POP3_Server",
+                                               value)))
+      if (DoPOP3Server(accMgr, xmlDoc, value, getter_AddRefs(anAccount)))
+        accounts++;
+
+    if (anAccount) {
+      nsString name;
+      // Is this the default account?
+      fileArray[i]->GetLeafName(name);
+      if (defMailAcct.Equals(name))
+        accMgr->SetDefaultAccount(anAccount);
+    }
+  }
+
+  // Now save the new acct info to pref file.
+  rv = accMgr->SaveAccountInfo();
+  NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "Can't save account info to pref file");
+
+  return accounts != 0;
+}
+
+bool WMSettings::DoIMAPServer(nsIMsgAccountManager *pMgr,
+                                nsIDOMDocument *xmlDoc,
+                                const nsString& serverName,
+                                nsIMsgAccount **ppAccount)
+{
+  int32_t authMethod;   // Secure Password Authentication (SPA)
+  nsresult errorCode;
+  if (ppAccount)
+    *ppAccount = nullptr;
+
+  nsAutoString userName, value;
+  if (NS_FAILED(nsWMUtils::GetValueForTag(xmlDoc,
+                                          "IMAP_User_Name",
+                                          userName)))
+    return false;
+  bool result = false;
+  // I now have a user name/server name pair, find out if it already exists?
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> in;
+  nsresult rv = pMgr->FindServer(NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(userName),
+                                 NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(serverName),
+                                 NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("imap"),
+                                 getter_AddRefs(in));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || (in == nullptr)) {
+    // Create the incoming server and an account for it?
+    rv = pMgr->CreateIncomingServer(NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(userName),
+                                    NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(serverName),
+                                    NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("imap"),
+                                    getter_AddRefs(in));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && in) {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIImapIncomingServer> imapServer = do_QueryInterface(in);
+      if (!imapServer){
+        IMPORT_LOG1("*** Failed to create nsIImapIncomingServer for %S!\n",
+                    serverName.get());
+        return false;
+      }
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(nsWMUtils::GetValueForTag(xmlDoc,
+                                                 "IMAP_Root_Folder",
+                                                 value))) {
+        imapServer->SetServerDirectory(NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(value));
+      }
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(nsWMUtils::GetValueForTag(xmlDoc,
+                                                 "IMAP_Secure_Connection",
+                                                 value))) {
+        if (value.ToInteger(&errorCode, 16))
+          in->SetSocketType(nsMsgSocketType::SSL);
+      }
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(nsWMUtils::GetValueForTag(xmlDoc,
+                                                 "IMAP_Use_Sicily",
+                                                 value))) {
+        bool secAuth = (bool)value.ToInteger(&errorCode, 16);
+        authMethod = secAuth ? nsMsgAuthMethod::secure :
+                               nsMsgAuthMethod::passwordCleartext;
+        in->SetAuthMethod(authMethod);
+      }
+
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(nsWMUtils::GetValueForTag(xmlDoc,
+                                                 "IMAP_Port",
+                                                 value))) {
+        in->SetPort(value.ToInteger(&errorCode, 16));
+      }
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(nsWMUtils::GetValueForTag(xmlDoc,
+                                                "Account_Name",
+                                                value))) {
+        rv = in->SetPrettyName(value);
+      }
+      in->SetDoBiff(checkNewMail);
+      in->SetBiffMinutes(checkNewMailTime);
+
+      IMPORT_LOG2("Created IMAP server named: %S, userName: %S\n",
+                  serverName.get(), userName.get());
+
+      // We have a server, create an account.
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccount> account;
+      rv = pMgr->CreateAccount(getter_AddRefs(account));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && account) {
+        rv = account->SetIncomingServer(in);
+
+        IMPORT_LOG0("Created an account and set the IMAP server "
+                    "as the incoming server\n");
+
+        // Fiddle with the identities
+        SetIdentities(pMgr, account, xmlDoc, userName, authMethod, false);
+        result = true;
+        if (ppAccount)
+          account.forget(ppAccount);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  else if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && in) {
+    // for an existing server we create another identity,
+    //  TB lists under 'manage identities'
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccount> account;
+    rv = pMgr->FindAccountForServer(in, getter_AddRefs(account));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && account) {
+      IMPORT_LOG0("Created an identity and added to existing "
+                  "IMAP incoming server\n");
+      // Fiddle with the identities
+      in->GetAuthMethod(&authMethod);
+      SetIdentities(pMgr, account, xmlDoc, userName, authMethod, false);
+      result = true;
+      if (ppAccount)
+        account.forget(ppAccount);
+    }
+  }
+  else
+    result = true;
+  return result;
+}
+
+bool WMSettings::DoPOP3Server(nsIMsgAccountManager *pMgr,
+                                nsIDOMDocument *xmlDoc,
+                                const nsString& serverName,
+                                nsIMsgAccount **ppAccount)
+{
+  int32_t authMethod;   // Secure Password Authentication (SPA)
+  nsresult errorCode;
+  if (ppAccount)
+    *ppAccount = nullptr;
+
+  nsAutoString userName, value;
+  if (NS_FAILED(nsWMUtils::GetValueForTag(xmlDoc,
+                                          "POP3_User_Name",
+                                          userName)))
+    return false;
+  bool result = false;
+  // I now have a user name/server name pair, find out if it already exists?
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> in;
+  nsresult rv = pMgr->FindServer(NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(userName),
+                                 NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(serverName),
+                                 NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("pop3"),
+                                 getter_AddRefs(in));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || (in == nullptr)) {
+    // Create the incoming server and an account for it?
+    rv = pMgr->CreateIncomingServer(NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(userName),
+                                    NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(serverName),
+                                    NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("pop3"),
+                                    getter_AddRefs(in));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && in) {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIPop3IncomingServer> pop3Server = do_QueryInterface(in);
+      if (!pop3Server){
+        IMPORT_LOG1("*** Failed to create nsIPop3IncomingServer for %S!\n",
+          serverName.get());
+        return false;
+      }
+
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(nsWMUtils::GetValueForTag(xmlDoc,
+                                                "POP3_Secure_Connection",
+                                                value)) &&
+          value.ToInteger(&errorCode, 16)) {
+          in->SetSocketType(nsMsgSocketType::SSL);
+      }
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(nsWMUtils::GetValueForTag(xmlDoc,
+                                                 "POP3_Use_Sicily",
+                                                 value))) {
+        bool secAuth = (bool)value.ToInteger(&errorCode, 16);
+        authMethod = secAuth ? nsMsgAuthMethod::secure :
+                               nsMsgAuthMethod::passwordCleartext;
+        in->SetAuthMethod(authMethod);
+      }
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(nsWMUtils::GetValueForTag(xmlDoc,
+                                                 "POP3_Port",
+                                                 value))) {
+        in->SetPort(value.ToInteger(&errorCode, 16));
+      }
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(nsWMUtils::GetValueForTag(xmlDoc,
+                                                 "POP3_Skip_Account",
+                                                 value))) {
+        if (!value.IsEmpty())
+          // OE:0=='Include this account when receiving mail or synchronizing'==
+          // TB:1==ActMgr:Server:advanced:Include this server when getting new mail
+          pop3Server->SetDeferGetNewMail(value.ToInteger(&errorCode, 16) == 0);
+        else
+          pop3Server->SetDeferGetNewMail(false);
+      }
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(nsWMUtils::GetValueForTag(xmlDoc,
+                                                 "Leave_Mail_On_Server",
+                                                 value))) {
+        pop3Server->SetLeaveMessagesOnServer((bool)value.ToInteger(&errorCode, 16));
+      }
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(nsWMUtils::GetValueForTag(xmlDoc,
+                                                 "Remove_When_Deleted",
+                                                 value))) {
+        pop3Server->SetDeleteMailLeftOnServer((bool)value.ToInteger(&errorCode, 16));
+      }
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(nsWMUtils::GetValueForTag(xmlDoc,
+                                                 "Remove_When_Expired",
+                                                 value))) {
+        pop3Server->SetDeleteByAgeFromServer((bool)value.ToInteger(&errorCode, 16));
+      }
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(nsWMUtils::GetValueForTag(xmlDoc,
+                                                 "Expire_Days",
+                                                 value))) {
+        pop3Server->SetNumDaysToLeaveOnServer(value.ToInteger(&errorCode, 16));
+      }
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(nsWMUtils::GetValueForTag(xmlDoc,
+                                                 "Account_Name",
+                                                 value))) {
+        rv = in->SetPrettyName(value);
+      }
+
+      in->SetDoBiff(checkNewMail);
+      in->SetBiffMinutes(checkNewMailTime);
+
+      // set local folders as the Inbox to use for this POP3 server
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> localFoldersServer;
+      pMgr->GetLocalFoldersServer(getter_AddRefs(localFoldersServer));
+      if (!localFoldersServer) {
+        // XXX: We may need to move this local folder creation
+        // code to the generic nsImportSettings code
+        // if the other import modules end up needing to do this too.
+        // if Local Folders does not exist already, create it
+        rv = pMgr->CreateLocalMailAccount();
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+          IMPORT_LOG0("*** Failed to create Local Folders!\n");
+          return false;
+        }
+        pMgr->GetLocalFoldersServer(getter_AddRefs(localFoldersServer));
+      }
+
+      // now get the account for this server
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccount> localFoldersAccount;
+      pMgr->FindAccountForServer(localFoldersServer,
+                                 getter_AddRefs(localFoldersAccount));
+      if (localFoldersAccount) {
+        nsCString localFoldersAcctKey;
+        localFoldersAccount->GetKey(localFoldersAcctKey);
+        pop3Server->SetDeferredToAccount(localFoldersAcctKey);
+      }
+
+      IMPORT_LOG2("Created POP3 server named: %S, userName: %S\n",
+                  serverName.get(), userName.get());
+
+      // We have a server, create an account.
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccount> account;
+      rv = pMgr->CreateAccount(getter_AddRefs(account));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && account) {
+        rv = account->SetIncomingServer(in);
+        IMPORT_LOG0("Created a new account and set the incoming "
+                    "server to the POP3 server.\n");
+
+        // Fiddle with the identities
+        SetIdentities(pMgr, account, xmlDoc, userName, authMethod, false);
+        result = true;
+        if (ppAccount)
+          account.forget(ppAccount);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  else if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && in) {
+    IMPORT_LOG2("Existing POP3 server named: %S, userName: %S\n",
+                serverName.get(), userName.get());
+    // for an existing server we create another identity,
+    // TB listed under 'manage identities'
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccount>  account;
+    rv = pMgr->FindAccountForServer(in, getter_AddRefs(account));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && account) {
+      IMPORT_LOG0("Created identity and added to existing POP3 incoming server.\n");
+      // Fiddle with the identities
+      in->GetAuthMethod(&authMethod);
+      SetIdentities(pMgr, account, xmlDoc, userName, authMethod, false);
+      result = true;
+      if (ppAccount)
+        account.forget(ppAccount);
+    }
+  }
+  else
+    result = true;
+  return result;
+}
+
+bool WMSettings::DoNNTPServer(nsIMsgAccountManager *pMgr,
+                                nsIDOMDocument *xmlDoc,
+                                const nsString& serverName,
+                                nsIMsgAccount **ppAccount)
+{
+  int32_t authMethod;
+  nsresult errorCode;
+  if (ppAccount)
+    *ppAccount = nullptr;
+
+  nsAutoString userName, value;
+  // this only exists if NNTP server requires it or not, anonymous login
+  nsWMUtils::GetValueForTag(xmlDoc, "NNTP_User_Name", userName);
+  bool result = false;
+
+  // I now have a user name/server name pair, find out if it already exists?
+  // NNTP can have empty user name.  This is wild card in findserver
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> in;
+  nsresult rv = pMgr->FindServer(EmptyCString(),
+                         NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(serverName),
+                         NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("nntp"),
+                         getter_AddRefs(in));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || (in == nullptr)) {
+    // Create the incoming server and an account for it?
+    rv = pMgr->CreateIncomingServer(nsDependentCString(""),
+                                    NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(serverName),
+                                    NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("nntp"),
+                                    getter_AddRefs(in));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && in) {
+
+      nsCOMPtr<nsINntpIncomingServer> nntpServer = do_QueryInterface(in);
+      if (!nntpServer) {
+        IMPORT_LOG1("*** Failed to create nsINnntpIncomingServer for %S!\n",
+          serverName.get());
+        return false;
+      }
+      if (!userName.IsEmpty()) {  // if username req'd then auth req'd
+        nntpServer->SetPushAuth(true);
+        in->SetUsername(NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(userName));
+      }
+
+      nsAutoString value;
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(nsWMUtils::GetValueForTag(xmlDoc,
+                                                 "NNTP_Port",
+                                                 value))) {
+        in->SetPort(value.ToInteger(&errorCode, 16));
+      }
+
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(nsWMUtils::GetValueForTag(xmlDoc,
+                                                 "Account_Name",
+                                                 value))) {
+        in->SetPrettyName(value);
+      }
+
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(nsWMUtils::GetValueForTag(xmlDoc,
+                                                 "NNTP_Use_Sicily",
+                                                 value))) {
+        bool secAuth = (bool)value.ToInteger(&errorCode, 16);
+        authMethod = secAuth ? nsMsgAuthMethod::secure :
+                               nsMsgAuthMethod::passwordCleartext;
+        in->SetAuthMethod(authMethod);
+      }
+
+      IMPORT_LOG2("Created NNTP server named: %S, userName: %S\n",
+                  serverName.get(), userName.get());
+
+      // We have a server, create an account.
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccount> account;
+      rv = pMgr->CreateAccount(getter_AddRefs(account));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && account) {
+        rv = account->SetIncomingServer(in);
+
+        IMPORT_LOG0("Created an account and set the NNTP server "
+                    "as the incoming server\n");
+
+        // Fiddle with the identities
+        SetIdentities(pMgr, account, xmlDoc, userName, authMethod, true);
+        result = true;
+        if (ppAccount)
+          account.forget(ppAccount);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  else if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && in) {
+    // for the existing server...
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccount> account;
+    rv = pMgr->FindAccountForServer(in, getter_AddRefs(account));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && account) {
+      IMPORT_LOG0("Using existing account and set the "
+                  "NNTP server as the incoming server\n");
+      // Fiddle with the identities
+      in->GetAuthMethod(&authMethod);
+      SetIdentities(pMgr, account, xmlDoc, userName, authMethod, true);
+      result = true;
+      if (ppAccount)
+        account.forget(ppAccount);
+    }
+  }
+  else
+    result = true;
+  return result;
+}
+
+void WMSettings::SetIdentities(nsIMsgAccountManager *pMgr, nsIMsgAccount *pAcc,
+                               nsIDOMDocument *xmlDoc, nsAutoString &inUserName,
+                               int32_t authMethodIncoming, bool isNNTP)
+{
+  // Get the relevant information for an identity
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsAutoString value;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIdentity> id;
+  rv = pMgr->CreateIdentity(getter_AddRefs(id));
+  if (id) {
+    IMPORT_LOG0("Created identity and added to the account\n");
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(nsWMUtils::GetValueForTag(xmlDoc,
+                                               isNNTP ?
+                                                 "NNTP_Display_Name" :
+                                                 "SMTP_Display_Name",
+                                               value))) {
+      id->SetFullName(value);
+      IMPORT_LOG1("\tname: %S\n", value.get());
+    }
+
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(nsWMUtils::GetValueForTag(xmlDoc,
+                                               isNNTP ?
+                                                 "NNTP_Organization_Name" :
+                                                 "SMTP_Organization_Name",
+                                               value))) {
+      id->SetOrganization(value);
+    }
+
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(nsWMUtils::GetValueForTag(xmlDoc,
+                                               isNNTP ?
+                                                 "NNTP_Email_Address" :
+                                                 "SMTP_Email_Address",
+                                               value))) {
+      id->SetEmail(NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(value));
+      IMPORT_LOG1("\temail: %S\n", value.get());
+    }
+
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(nsWMUtils::GetValueForTag(xmlDoc,
+                                               isNNTP ?
+                                                 "NNTP_Reply_To_Email_Address" :
+                                                 "SMTP_Reply_To_Email_Address",
+                                               value))) {
+      id->SetReplyTo(NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(value));
+    }
+
+    // Windows users are used to top style quoting.
+    id->SetReplyOnTop(isNNTP ? 0 : 1);
+    pAcc->AddIdentity(id);
+  }
+
+  if (!isNNTP)  // NNTP does not use SMTP in OE or TB
+    SetSmtpServer(xmlDoc, id, inUserName, authMethodIncoming);
+}
+
+void WMSettings::SetSmtpServer(nsIDOMDocument *xmlDoc, nsIMsgIdentity *id,
+                               nsAutoString& inUserName, int32_t authMethodIncoming)
+{
+  nsresult errorCode;
+
+  // set the id.smtpserver accordingly
+  if (!id)
+    return;
+  nsCString smtpServerKey, userName;
+  nsAutoString value, smtpName;
+  if (NS_FAILED(nsWMUtils::GetValueForTag(xmlDoc, "SMTP_Server", smtpName)))
+    return;
+
+  // first we have to calculate the smtp user name which is based on sicily
+  // smtp user name depends on sicily which may or not exist
+  int32_t useSicily = 0;
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(nsWMUtils::GetValueForTag(xmlDoc,
+                                             "SMTP_Use_Sicily",
+                                             value))) {
+    useSicily = (int32_t)value.ToInteger(&errorCode,16);
+  }
+  switch (useSicily) {
+    case 1 : case 3 :
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(nsWMUtils::GetValueForTag(xmlDoc,
+                                                 "SMTP_User_Name",
+                                                 value))) {
+        CopyUTF16toUTF8(value, userName);
+      }
+      else {
+        CopyUTF16toUTF8(inUserName, userName);
+      }
+      break;
+    case 2 :
+      CopyUTF16toUTF8(inUserName, userName);
+      break;
+    default :
+      break; // initial userName == ""
+  }
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISmtpService>
+    smtpService(do_GetService(NS_SMTPSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && smtpService) {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISmtpServer> extgServer;
+    // don't try to make another server
+    // regardless if username doesn't match
+    rv = smtpService->FindServer(userName.get(),
+                                 NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(smtpName).get(),
+                                 getter_AddRefs(extgServer));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && extgServer) {
+      // set our account keyed to this smptserver key
+      extgServer->GetKey(getter_Copies(smtpServerKey));
+      id->SetSmtpServerKey(smtpServerKey);
+
+      IMPORT_LOG1("SMTP server already exists: %S\n", smtpName);
+    }
+    else {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsISmtpServer> smtpServer;
+      rv = smtpService->CreateServer(getter_AddRefs(smtpServer));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && smtpServer) {
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(nsWMUtils::GetValueForTag(xmlDoc,
+                                                   "SMTP_Port",
+                                                   value))) {
+          smtpServer->SetPort(value.ToInteger(&errorCode,16));
+        }
+
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(nsWMUtils::GetValueForTag(xmlDoc,
+                                                   "SMTP_Secure_Connection",
+                                                   value))) {
+          if (value.ToInteger(&errorCode, 16) == 1)
+            smtpServer->SetSocketType(nsMsgSocketType::SSL);
+          else
+            smtpServer->SetSocketType(nsMsgSocketType::plain);
+        }
+        smtpServer->SetUsername(userName);
+        switch (useSicily) {
+          case 1 :
+            smtpServer->SetAuthMethod(nsMsgAuthMethod::secure);
+            break;
+           case 2 : // requires SMTP authentication to use the incoming server settings
+            smtpServer->SetAuthMethod(authMethodIncoming);
+            break;
+          case 3 :
+            smtpServer->SetAuthMethod(nsMsgAuthMethod::passwordCleartext);
+            break;
+          default:
+            smtpServer->SetAuthMethod(nsMsgAuthMethod::none);
+        }
+
+        smtpServer->SetHostname(NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(smtpName));
+
+        smtpServer->GetKey(getter_Copies(smtpServerKey));
+        id->SetSmtpServerKey(smtpServerKey);
+
+        IMPORT_LOG1("Created new SMTP server: %S\n", smtpName);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/import/winlivemail/nsWMSettings.h b/mailnews/import/winlivemail/nsWMSettings.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3a17e7999
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/winlivemail/nsWMSettings.h
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsWMSettings_h___
+#define nsWMSettings_h___
+
+#include "nsIImportSettings.h"
+
+class nsWMSettings : public nsIImportSettings {
+public:
+  nsWMSettings();
+  static nsresult Create(nsIImportSettings** aImport);
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIIMPORTSETTINGS
+
+private:
+  virtual ~nsWMSettings();
+};
+
+#endif /* nsWMSettings_h___ */
diff --git a/mailnews/import/winlivemail/nsWMStringBundle.cpp b/mailnews/import/winlivemail/nsWMStringBundle.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8edd21513
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/winlivemail/nsWMStringBundle.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+#include "prprf.h"
+#include "prmem.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "nsIStringBundle.h"
+#include "nsWMStringBundle.h"
+#include "nsIServiceManager.h"
+#include "nsIURI.h"
+#include "mozilla/Services.h"
+
+#define WM_MSGS_URL       "chrome://messenger/locale/wmImportMsgs.properties"
+
+nsIStringBundle *  nsWMStringBundle::m_pBundle = nullptr;
+
+nsIStringBundle *nsWMStringBundle::GetStringBundle(void)
+{
+  if (m_pBundle)
+    return m_pBundle;
+
+  char*        propertyURL = WM_MSGS_URL;
+  nsIStringBundle*  sBundle = nullptr;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundleService> sBundleService =
+    mozilla::services::GetStringBundleService();
+  if (sBundleService) {
+    sBundleService->CreateBundle(propertyURL, &sBundle);
+  }
+
+  m_pBundle = sBundle;
+
+  return sBundle;
+}
+
+void nsWMStringBundle::GetStringByID(int32_t stringID, nsString& result)
+{
+  char16_t *ptrv = GetStringByID(stringID);
+  result = ptrv;
+  FreeString(ptrv);
+}
+
+char16_t *nsWMStringBundle::GetStringByID(int32_t stringID)
+{
+  if (!m_pBundle)
+    m_pBundle = GetStringBundle();
+
+  if (m_pBundle) {
+    char16_t *ptrv = nullptr;
+    nsresult rv = m_pBundle->GetStringFromID(stringID, &ptrv);
+
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && ptrv)
+      return ptrv;
+  }
+
+  nsString resultString;
+  resultString.AppendLiteral("[StringID ");
+  resultString.AppendInt(stringID);
+  resultString.AppendLiteral("?]");
+
+  return ToNewUnicode(resultString);
+}
+
+void nsWMStringBundle::Cleanup(void)
+{
+  if (m_pBundle)
+    m_pBundle->Release();
+  m_pBundle = nullptr;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/import/winlivemail/nsWMStringBundle.h b/mailnews/import/winlivemail/nsWMStringBundle.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..414d66435
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/winlivemail/nsWMStringBundle.h
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _nsWMStringBundle_H__
+#define _nsWMStringBundle_H__
+
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+
+class nsIStringBundle;
+
+class nsWMStringBundle {
+public:
+  static char16_t     *    GetStringByID(int32_t stringID);
+  static void          GetStringByID(int32_t stringID, nsString& result);
+  static nsIStringBundle *  GetStringBundle(void); // don't release
+  static void          FreeString(char16_t *pStr) { NS_Free(pStr);}
+  static void          Cleanup(void);
+
+private:
+  static nsIStringBundle *  m_pBundle;
+};
+
+
+
+#define WMIMPORT_NAME                     2000
+#define WMIMPORT_DESCRIPTION              2001
+#define WMIMPORT_MAILBOX_SUCCESS          2002
+#define WMIMPORT_MAILBOX_BADPARAM         2003
+#define WMIMPORT_MAILBOX_BADSOURCEFILE    2004
+#define WMIMPORT_MAILBOX_CONVERTERROR     2005
+#define WMIMPORT_DEFAULT_NAME             2006
+#define WMIMPORT_AUTOFIND                 2007
+#define WMIMPORT_ADDRESS_SUCCESS          2008
+#define WMIMPORT_ADDRESS_CONVERTERROR     2009
+#define WMIMPORT_ADDRESS_BADPARAM         2010
+
+#endif /* _nsWMStringBundle_H__ */
diff --git a/mailnews/import/winlivemail/nsWMUtils.cpp b/mailnews/import/winlivemail/nsWMUtils.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3e60597b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/winlivemail/nsWMUtils.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,164 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this file,
+  * You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsCOMArray.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsComponentManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsNetCID.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsWMUtils.h"
+#include "nsIDOMDocument.h"
+#include "nsIDOMNodeList.h"
+#include "nsIDOMParser.h"
+#include "nsIFileStreams.h"
+#include "nsIFile.h"
+#include "nsISimpleEnumerator.h"
+#include "WMDebugLog.h"
+#include "prio.h"
+
+nsresult
+nsWMUtils::FindWMKey(nsIWindowsRegKey **aKey)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIWindowsRegKey> key =
+    do_CreateInstance("@mozilla.org/windows-registry-key;1", &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = key->Open(nsIWindowsRegKey::ROOT_KEY_CURRENT_USER,
+                 NS_LITERAL_STRING("Software\\Microsoft\\Windows Live Mail"),
+                 nsIWindowsRegKey::ACCESS_QUERY_VALUE);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+    NS_ADDREF(*aKey = key);
+    return rv;
+  }
+
+  rv = key->Open(nsIWindowsRegKey::ROOT_KEY_CURRENT_USER,
+                 NS_LITERAL_STRING("Software\\Microsoft\\Windows Mail"),
+                 nsIWindowsRegKey::ACCESS_QUERY_VALUE);
+  key.forget(aKey);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsWMUtils::GetRootFolder(nsIFile **aRootFolder)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIWindowsRegKey> key;
+  if (NS_FAILED(nsWMUtils::FindWMKey(getter_AddRefs(key)))) {
+    IMPORT_LOG0("*** Error finding Windows Live Mail registry account keys\n");
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_AVAILABLE;
+  }
+  // This is essential to proceed; it is the location on disk of xml-type account files;
+  // it is in reg_expand_sz so it will need expanding to absolute path.
+  nsString  storeRoot;
+  nsresult rv = key->ReadStringValue(NS_LITERAL_STRING("Store Root"), storeRoot);
+  key->Close();  // Finished with windows registry key. We do not want to return before this closing
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || storeRoot.IsEmpty()) {
+    IMPORT_LOG0("*** Error finding Windows Live Mail Store Root\n");
+    return rv;
+  }
+
+  uint32_t size = ::ExpandEnvironmentStringsW((LPCWSTR)storeRoot.get(), nullptr, 0);
+  nsString expandedStoreRoot;
+  expandedStoreRoot.SetLength(size - 1);
+  if (expandedStoreRoot.Length() != size - 1)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  ::ExpandEnvironmentStringsW((LPCWSTR)storeRoot.get(),
+                              (LPWSTR)expandedStoreRoot.BeginWriting(),
+                              size);
+  storeRoot = expandedStoreRoot;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> rootFolder(do_CreateInstance(NS_LOCAL_FILE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = rootFolder->InitWithPath(storeRoot);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rootFolder.forget(aRootFolder);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsWMUtils::GetOEAccountFiles(nsCOMArray<nsIFile> &aFileArray)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> rootFolder;
+
+  nsresult rv = GetRootFolder(getter_AddRefs(rootFolder));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  return GetOEAccountFilesInFolder(rootFolder, aFileArray);
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsWMUtils::GetOEAccountFilesInFolder(nsIFile *aFolder,
+                                     nsCOMArray<nsIFile> &aFileArray)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleEnumerator> entries;
+  nsresult rv = aFolder->GetDirectoryEntries(getter_AddRefs(entries));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !entries)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  bool hasMore;
+  while (NS_SUCCEEDED(entries->HasMoreElements(&hasMore)) && hasMore) {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> supports;
+    rv = entries->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(supports));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> file = do_QueryInterface(supports);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    bool isDirectory;
+    rv = file->IsDirectory(&isDirectory);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    if (isDirectory) {
+      GetOEAccountFilesInFolder(file, aFileArray);
+    }
+    else {
+      nsString name;
+      rv = file->GetLeafName(name);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      if (StringEndsWith(name, NS_LITERAL_STRING(".oeaccount")))
+        aFileArray.AppendObject(file);
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsWMUtils::MakeXMLdoc(nsIDOMDocument **aXmlDoc,
+                      nsIFile *aFile)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFileInputStream> stream =
+    do_CreateInstance(NS_LOCALFILEINPUTSTREAM_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = stream->Init(aFile, PR_RDONLY, -1, 0);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMParser> parser = do_CreateInstance(NS_DOMPARSER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  int64_t filesize;
+  aFile->GetFileSize(&filesize);
+  return parser->ParseFromStream(stream, nullptr, int32_t(filesize),
+                                 "application/xml", aXmlDoc);
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsWMUtils::GetValueForTag(nsIDOMDocument *aXmlDoc,
+                          const char *aTagName,
+                          nsAString &aValue)
+{
+  nsAutoString tagName;
+  tagName.AssignASCII(aTagName);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMNodeList> list;
+  if (NS_FAILED(aXmlDoc->GetElementsByTagName(tagName, getter_AddRefs(list))))
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMNode> domNode;
+  list->Item(0, getter_AddRefs(domNode));
+  if (!domNode)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  return domNode->GetTextContent(aValue);
+}
+
diff --git a/mailnews/import/winlivemail/nsWMUtils.h b/mailnews/import/winlivemail/nsWMUtils.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e1bf54286
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/import/winlivemail/nsWMUtils.h
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this file,
+  * You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsWMUtils_h___
+#define nsWMUtils_h___
+
+#include <windows.h>
+#include "nsIWindowsRegKey.h"
+
+class nsIDOMDocument;
+
+class nsWMUtils {
+public:
+  static nsresult FindWMKey(nsIWindowsRegKey **aKey);
+  static nsresult GetRootFolder(nsIFile **aRootFolder);
+  static nsresult GetOEAccountFiles(nsCOMArray<nsIFile> &aFileArray);
+  static nsresult GetOEAccountFilesInFolder(nsIFile *aFolder,
+                                            nsCOMArray<nsIFile> &aFileArray);
+  static nsresult MakeXMLdoc(nsIDOMDocument **aXmlDoc,
+                             nsIFile *aFile);
+  static nsresult GetValueForTag(nsIDOMDocument *aXmlDoc,
+                                 const char *aTagName,
+                                 nsAString &aValue);
+};
+
+#endif /* nsWMUtils_h___ */
diff --git a/mailnews/intl/charsetData.properties b/mailnews/intl/charsetData.properties
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..66bdacf7c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/intl/charsetData.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+## Rule of this file:
+## 1. key should always be in lower case ascii so we can do case insensitive
+##    comparison in the code faster.
+
+## Format of this file:
+##
+## charset_name.isInternal = anything - specifies that this charset should
+## not be exposed to web content because of the vulnerability to XSS attacks
+## or some other reasons
+##
+## charset_name.LangGroup = 
+##
+## charset_name.isMultibyte = multi byte charsets
+
+x-mac-arabic.isInternal                 = true
+x-mac-farsi.isInternal                  = true
+x-mac-hebrew.isInternal                 = true
+x-imap4-modified-utf7.isInternal        = true
+replacement.isInternal                  = true
+
+# XXX : todo: move to something based on BCP 47 (RFC 5646);
+# these should primarily specify script (and sometimes region),
+# but NOT language.
+# See also https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=756022
+# e.g. x-western      -> *-Latn-155 (Western Europe),
+#                        *-Latn-151 (Eastern Europe),
+#                        *-Latn-154 (Northern Europe),
+#                        *-Latn-TR
+#      x-cyrillic     -> *-Cyrl
+#      zh-TW          -> *-Hant-TW
+#      zh-HK          -> *-Hant-HK
+#      zh-CN          -> *-Hans
+#      ja             -> *-Jpan
+#      ko             -> *-Hang
+#      he             -> *-Hebr
+#      ar             -> *-Arab
+# etc
+
+big5.LangGroup                     = zh-TW
+x-x-big5.LangGroup                 = zh-TW
+big5-hkscs.LangGroup               = zh-HK
+euc-jp.LangGroup                   = ja
+euc-kr.LangGroup                   = ko
+gb2312.LangGroup                   = zh-CN
+gb18030.LangGroup                  = zh-CN
+gb18030.2000-0.LangGroup           = zh-CN
+gb18030.2000-1.LangGroup           = zh-CN
+hkscs-1.LangGroup                  = zh-HK
+ibm866.LangGroup                   = x-cyrillic
+ibm1125.LangGroup                  = x-cyrillic
+ibm1131.LangGroup                  = x-cyrillic
+iso-2022-jp.LangGroup              = ja
+iso-8859-1.LangGroup               = x-western
+iso-8859-10.LangGroup              = x-western
+iso-8859-14.LangGroup              = x-western
+iso-8859-15.LangGroup              = x-western
+iso-8859-2.LangGroup               = x-western
+iso-8859-16.LangGroup              = x-western
+iso-8859-3.LangGroup               = x-western
+iso-8859-4.LangGroup               = x-western
+iso-8859-13.LangGroup              = x-western
+iso-8859-5.LangGroup               = x-cyrillic
+iso-8859-6.LangGroup               = ar
+iso-8859-7.LangGroup               = el
+iso-8859-8.LangGroup               = he
+iso-8859-8-i.LangGroup             = he
+jis_0208-1983.LangGroup            = ja
+koi8-r.LangGroup                   = x-cyrillic
+koi8-u.LangGroup                   = x-cyrillic
+shift_jis.LangGroup                = ja
+windows-874.LangGroup              = th
+utf-8.LangGroup                    = x-unicode
+utf-16.LangGroup                   = x-unicode
+utf-16be.LangGroup                 = x-unicode
+utf-16le.LangGroup                 = x-unicode
+utf-7.LangGroup                    = x-unicode
+x-imap4-modified-utf7.LangGroup    = x-unicode
+replacement.LangGroup              = x-unicode
+windows-1250.LangGroup             = x-western
+windows-1251.LangGroup             = x-cyrillic
+windows-1252.LangGroup             = x-western
+windows-1253.LangGroup             = el
+windows-1254.LangGroup             = x-western
+windows-1255.LangGroup             = he
+windows-1256.LangGroup             = ar
+windows-1257.LangGroup             = x-western
+windows-1258.LangGroup             = x-western
+gbk.LangGroup                      = zh-CN
+x-mac-ce.LangGroup                 = x-western
+x-mac-croatian.LangGroup           = x-western
+x-mac-cyrillic.LangGroup           = x-cyrillic
+x-mac-devanagari.LangGroup         = x-devanagari
+x-mac-farsi.LangGroup              = ar
+x-mac-greek.LangGroup              = el
+x-mac-gujarati.LangGroup           = x-gujr
+x-mac-gurmukhi.LangGroup           = x-guru
+x-mac-icelandic.LangGroup          = x-western
+macintosh.LangGroup                = x-western
+x-mac-turkish.LangGroup            = x-western
+x-mac-ukrainian.LangGroup          = x-cyrillic
+x-mac-romanian.LangGroup           = x-western
+x-user-defined.LangGroup           = x-unicode
+ks_c_5601-1987.LangGroup           = ko
+x-mac-hebrew.LangGroup             = he
+x-mac-arabic.LangGroup             = ar
+
+iso-2022-jp.isMultibyte     = true
+shift_jis.isMultibyte       = true
+euc-jp.isMultibyte          = true
+big5.isMultibyte            = true
+big5-hkscs.isMultibyte      = true
+gb2312.isMultibyte          = true
+euc-kr.isMultibyte          = true
+utf-7.isMultibyte           = true
+utf-8.isMultibyte           = true
+replacement.isMultibyte     = true
diff --git a/mailnews/intl/charsetalias.properties b/mailnews/intl/charsetalias.properties
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b3edb83b9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/intl/charsetalias.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+# Rule of this file:
+# 1. key should always be in lower case ascii so we can do case insensitive
+#    comparison in the code faster.
+# 2. value should be the one used in unicode converter
+# 3. If the charset is not used for document charset, but font charset
+#    (e.g. XLFD charset- such as JIS x0201, JIS x0208), don't put here
+#
+# This file contains mainly aliases. Actual labels for encodings are in
+# labelsencodings.properties. Besides aliases it contains labels for charsets
+# that are not part of the HTML5 world, but still are supported for e-mail.
+
+646=windows-1252
+iso-8859-1=ISO-8859-1
+utf-16=UTF-16
+utf-7=UTF-7
+
+# Netscape private ...
+x-imap4-modified-utf7=x-imap4-modified-utf7
+x-mac-ce=x-mac-ce
+x-mac-turkish=x-mac-turkish
+x-mac-greek=x-mac-greek
+x-mac-icelandic=x-mac-icelandic
+x-mac-croatian=x-mac-croatian
+x-mac-romanian=x-mac-romanian
+x-mac-hebrew=x-mac-hebrew
+x-mac-arabic=x-mac-arabic
+x-mac-farsi=x-mac-farsi
+x-mac-devanagari=x-mac-devanagari
+x-mac-gujarati=x-mac-gujarati
+x-mac-gurmukhi=x-mac-gurmukhi
+iso-10646-ucs-2=UTF-16BE
+x-iso-10646-ucs-2-be=UTF-16BE
+x-iso-10646-ucs-2-le=UTF-16LE
+
+# Aliases for ISO-8859-1
+latin1=ISO-8859-1
+iso_8859-1=ISO-8859-1
+iso8859-1=ISO-8859-1
+iso_8859-1:1987=ISO-8859-1
+iso-ir-100=ISO-8859-1
+l1=ISO-8859-1
+cp819=ISO-8859-1
+csisolatin1=ISO-8859-1
+
+# Aliases for ISO-8859-8-I
+iso-8859-8i=ISO-8859-8-I
+
+# Aliases for Shift_JIS
+cp932=Shift_JIS
+
+# Aliases for ISO-2022-JP
+# The following are really not aliases ISO-2022-JP, but sharing the same decoder
+iso-2022-jp-2=ISO-2022-JP
+csiso2022jp2=ISO-2022-JP
+
+# Aliases for Big5
+# x-x-big5 is not really a alias for Big5, add it only for MS FrontPage
+# Sun Solaris
+
+zh_tw-big5=Big5
+
+# Aliases for EUC-KR
+5601=EUC-KR
+
+# Aliases for windows-874 
+tis620=windows-874
+
+# Aliases for IBM866
+cp-866=IBM866
+
+# Aliases for UTF-7
+x-unicode-2-0-utf-7=UTF-7
+unicode-2-0-utf-7=UTF-7
+unicode-1-1-utf-7=UTF-7
+csunicode11utf7=UTF-7
+
+# Aliases for ISO-10646-UCS-2
+csunicode=UTF-16BE
+csunicode11=UTF-16BE
+iso-10646-ucs-basic=UTF-16BE
+csunicodeascii=UTF-16BE
+iso-10646-unicode-latin1=UTF-16BE
+csunicodelatin1=UTF-16BE
+iso-10646=UTF-16BE
+iso-10646-j-1=UTF-16BE
+
+# Following names appears in unix nl_langinfo(CODESET)
+# They can be compiled as platform specific if necessary
+# DONT put things here if it does not look generic enough (like hp15CN)
+iso88591=ISO-8859-1
+iso885912=ISO-8859-12
+windows-936=gbk
+ansi-1251=windows-1251
+
+cp936=gbk
diff --git a/mailnews/intl/jar.mn b/mailnews/intl/jar.mn
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ab02275d9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/intl/jar.mn
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+toolkit.jar:
+    res/charsetData.properties                         (charsetData.properties)
diff --git a/mailnews/intl/moz.build b/mailnews/intl/moz.build
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..935468da1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/intl/moz.build
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+# -*- Mode: python; c-basic-offset: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; tab-width: 40 -*-
+# vim: set filetype=python:
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+XPIDL_SOURCES += [
+    'nsICharsetConverterManager.idl',
+]
+
+UNIFIED_SOURCES += [
+    'nsCharsetAlias.cpp',
+    'nsCharsetConverterManager.cpp',
+    'nsMUTF7ToUnicode.cpp',
+    'nsUnicodeToMUTF7.cpp',
+    'nsUnicodeToUTF7.cpp',
+    'nsUTF7ToUnicode.cpp',
+]
+
+XPIDL_MODULE = 'commuconv'
+
+LOCAL_INCLUDES += [
+    '/mozilla/intl/locale',
+]
+
+GENERATED_FILES += [
+    'charsetalias.properties.h',
+]
+charsetalias = GENERATED_FILES['charsetalias.properties.h']
+charsetalias.script = '../../mozilla/intl/locale/props2arrays.py'
+charsetalias.inputs = ['charsetalias.properties']
+
+FINAL_LIBRARY = 'mail'
+
+JAR_MANIFESTS += ['jar.mn']
diff --git a/mailnews/intl/nsCharsetAlias.cpp b/mailnews/intl/nsCharsetAlias.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c10725596
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/intl/nsCharsetAlias.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "mozilla/ArrayUtils.h"
+#include "mozilla/dom/EncodingUtils.h"
+
+#include "nsCharsetAlias.h"
+
+// for NS_ERROR_UCONV_NOCONV
+#include "nsCharsetConverterManager.h"
+
+#include "nsUConvPropertySearch.h"
+
+using namespace mozilla;
+using namespace mozilla::dom;
+
+//
+static const nsUConvProp kAliases[] = {
+#include "charsetalias.properties.h"
+};
+
+//--------------------------------------------------------------
+// static
+nsresult
+nsCharsetAlias::GetPreferredInternal(const nsACString& aAlias,
+                                     nsACString& oResult)
+{
+   // First check charsetalias.properties and if there is no match, continue to
+   // call EncodingUtils::FindEncodingForLabel.
+   nsAutoCString key(aAlias);
+   ToLowerCase(key);
+
+   nsresult rv = nsUConvPropertySearch::SearchPropertyValue(kAliases,
+      ArrayLength(kAliases), key, oResult);
+   if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+     return NS_OK;
+   }
+   return EncodingUtils::FindEncodingForLabel(key, oResult) ?
+      NS_OK: NS_ERROR_NOT_AVAILABLE;
+}
+
+//--------------------------------------------------------------
+// static
+nsresult
+nsCharsetAlias::GetPreferred(const nsACString& aAlias,
+                             nsACString& oResult)
+{
+   if (aAlias.IsEmpty()) return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+   nsresult res = GetPreferredInternal(aAlias, oResult);
+   if (NS_FAILED(res))
+      return res;
+
+   if (nsCharsetConverterManager::IsInternal(oResult))
+      return NS_ERROR_UCONV_NOCONV;
+
+   return res;
+}
+
+//--------------------------------------------------------------
+// static
+nsresult
+nsCharsetAlias::Equals(const nsACString& aCharset1,
+                       const nsACString& aCharset2, bool* oResult)
+{
+   nsresult res = NS_OK;
+
+   if(aCharset1.Equals(aCharset2, nsCaseInsensitiveCStringComparator())) {
+      *oResult = true;
+      return res;
+   }
+
+   if(aCharset1.IsEmpty() || aCharset2.IsEmpty()) {
+      *oResult = false;
+      return res;
+   }
+
+   *oResult = false;
+   nsAutoCString name1;
+   res = GetPreferredInternal(aCharset1, name1);
+   if (NS_FAILED(res))
+     return res;
+
+   nsAutoCString name2;
+   res = GetPreferredInternal(aCharset2, name2);
+   if (NS_FAILED(res))
+     return res;
+
+   *oResult = name1.Equals(name2);
+   return NS_OK;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/intl/nsCharsetAlias.h b/mailnews/intl/nsCharsetAlias.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c792d8de1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/intl/nsCharsetAlias.h
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsCharsetAlias_h___
+#define nsCharsetAlias_h___
+
+#include "nscore.h"
+#include "nsString.h"
+
+class nsCharsetConverterManager;
+class nsScriptableUnicodeConverter;
+
+class nsCharsetAlias
+{
+   friend class nsCharsetConverterManager;
+   friend class nsScriptableUnicodeConverter;
+   static nsresult GetPreferredInternal(const nsACString& aAlias, nsACString& aResult);
+public:
+   static nsresult GetPreferred(const nsACString& aAlias, nsACString& aResult);
+   static nsresult Equals(const nsACString& aCharset1, const nsACString& aCharset2, bool* aResult);
+};
+
+#endif /* nsCharsetAlias_h___ */
diff --git a/mailnews/intl/nsCharsetConverterManager.cpp b/mailnews/intl/nsCharsetConverterManager.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e434ecd41
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/intl/nsCharsetConverterManager.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,356 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsString.h"
+#include "nsUnicharUtils.h"
+#include "nsCharsetAlias.h"
+#include "nsICategoryManager.h"
+#include "nsICharsetConverterManager.h"
+#include "nsEncoderDecoderUtils.h"
+#include "nsIStringBundle.h"
+#include "nsTArray.h"
+#include "nsStringEnumerator.h"
+#include "mozilla/Services.h"
+
+#include "nsComponentManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsISupportsPrimitives.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+
+// just for CONTRACTIDs
+#include "nsCharsetConverterManager.h"
+
+static nsIStringBundle * sDataBundle;
+static nsIStringBundle * sTitleBundle;
+
+// Class nsCharsetConverterManager [implementation]
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsCharsetConverterManager, nsICharsetConverterManager)
+
+nsCharsetConverterManager::nsCharsetConverterManager() 
+{
+}
+
+nsCharsetConverterManager::~nsCharsetConverterManager() 
+{
+}
+
+//static
+void nsCharsetConverterManager::Shutdown()
+{
+  NS_IF_RELEASE(sDataBundle);
+  NS_IF_RELEASE(sTitleBundle);
+}
+
+static
+nsresult LoadExtensibleBundle(const char* aCategory, 
+                              nsIStringBundle ** aResult)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundleService> sbServ =
+    mozilla::services::GetStringBundleService();
+  if (!sbServ)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  return sbServ->CreateExtensibleBundle(aCategory, aResult);
+}
+
+static
+nsresult GetBundleValue(nsIStringBundle * aBundle, 
+                        const char * aName, 
+                        const nsAFlatString& aProp, 
+                        char16_t ** aResult)
+{
+  nsAutoString key; 
+
+  key.AssignWithConversion(aName);
+  ToLowerCase(key); // we lowercase the main comparison key
+  key.Append(aProp);
+
+  return aBundle->GetStringFromName(key.get(), aResult);
+}
+
+static
+nsresult GetBundleValue(nsIStringBundle * aBundle, 
+                        const char * aName, 
+                        const nsAFlatString& aProp, 
+                        nsAString& aResult)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  nsXPIDLString value;
+  rv = GetBundleValue(aBundle, aName, aProp, getter_Copies(value));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  aResult = value;
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+static
+nsresult GetCharsetDataImpl(const char * aCharset, const char16_t * aProp,
+                            nsAString& aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aCharset);
+  // aProp can be nullptr
+
+  if (!sDataBundle) {
+    nsresult rv = LoadExtensibleBundle(NS_DATA_BUNDLE_CATEGORY, &sDataBundle);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      return rv;
+  }
+
+  return GetBundleValue(sDataBundle, aCharset, nsDependentString(aProp), aResult);
+}
+
+//static
+bool nsCharsetConverterManager::IsInternal(const nsACString& aCharset)
+{
+  nsAutoString str;
+  // fully qualify to possibly avoid vtable call
+  nsresult rv = GetCharsetDataImpl(PromiseFlatCString(aCharset).get(),
+                                   u".isInternal",
+                                   str);
+
+  return NS_SUCCEEDED(rv);
+}
+
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Interface nsICharsetConverterManager [implementation]
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsCharsetConverterManager::GetUnicodeEncoder(const char * aDest, 
+                                             nsIUnicodeEncoder ** aResult)
+{
+  // resolve the charset first
+  nsAutoCString charset;
+  
+  // fully qualify to possibly avoid vtable call
+  nsCharsetConverterManager::GetCharsetAlias(aDest, charset);
+
+  return nsCharsetConverterManager::GetUnicodeEncoderRaw(charset.get(),
+                                                         aResult);
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsCharsetConverterManager::GetUnicodeEncoderRaw(const char * aDest, 
+                                                nsIUnicodeEncoder ** aResult)
+{
+  *aResult= nullptr;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIUnicodeEncoder> encoder;
+
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  nsAutoCString
+    contractid(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(NS_UNICODEENCODER_CONTRACTID_BASE) +
+               nsDependentCString(aDest));
+
+  // Always create an instance since encoders hold state.
+  encoder = do_CreateInstance(contractid.get(), &rv);
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    rv = NS_ERROR_UCONV_NOCONV;
+  else
+  {
+    *aResult = encoder.get();
+    NS_ADDREF(*aResult);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsCharsetConverterManager::GetUnicodeDecoder(const char * aSrc, 
+                                             nsIUnicodeDecoder ** aResult)
+{
+  // resolve the charset first
+  nsAutoCString charset;
+
+  // fully qualify to possibly avoid vtable call
+  if (NS_FAILED(nsCharsetConverterManager::GetCharsetAlias(aSrc, charset)))
+    return NS_ERROR_UCONV_NOCONV;
+
+  return nsCharsetConverterManager::GetUnicodeDecoderRaw(charset.get(),
+                                                         aResult);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsCharsetConverterManager::GetUnicodeDecoderInternal(const char * aSrc, 
+                                                     nsIUnicodeDecoder ** aResult)
+{
+  // resolve the charset first
+  nsAutoCString charset;
+
+  nsresult rv = nsCharsetAlias::GetPreferredInternal(nsDependentCString(aSrc),
+                                                     charset);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  return nsCharsetConverterManager::GetUnicodeDecoderRaw(charset.get(),
+                                                         aResult);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsCharsetConverterManager::GetUnicodeDecoderRaw(const char * aSrc, 
+                                                nsIUnicodeDecoder ** aResult)
+{
+  *aResult= nullptr;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIUnicodeDecoder> decoder;
+
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  NS_NAMED_LITERAL_CSTRING(contractbase, NS_UNICODEDECODER_CONTRACTID_BASE);
+  nsDependentCString src(aSrc);
+
+  decoder = do_CreateInstance(PromiseFlatCString(contractbase + src).get(),
+                              &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, NS_ERROR_UCONV_NOCONV);
+
+  decoder.forget(aResult);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+static
+nsresult GetList(const nsACString& aCategory,
+                 const nsACString& aPrefix,
+                 nsIUTF8StringEnumerator** aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+  *aResult = nullptr;
+
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsICategoryManager> catman = do_GetService(NS_CATEGORYMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  nsTArray<nsCString>* array = new nsTArray<nsCString>;
+  if (!array)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+  
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleEnumerator> enumerator;
+  catman->EnumerateCategory(PromiseFlatCString(aCategory).get(), 
+                            getter_AddRefs(enumerator));
+
+  bool hasMore;
+  while (NS_SUCCEEDED(enumerator->HasMoreElements(&hasMore)) && hasMore) {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> supports;
+    if (NS_FAILED(enumerator->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(supports))))
+      continue;
+    
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISupportsCString> supStr = do_QueryInterface(supports);
+    if (!supStr)
+      continue;
+
+    nsAutoCString name;
+    if (NS_FAILED(supStr->GetData(name)))
+      continue;
+
+    nsAutoCString fullName(aPrefix);
+    fullName.Append(name);
+    NS_ENSURE_TRUE(array->AppendElement(fullName), NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY);
+  }
+    
+  return NS_NewAdoptingUTF8StringEnumerator(aResult, array);
+}
+
+// we should change the interface so that we can just pass back a enumerator!
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsCharsetConverterManager::GetDecoderList(nsIUTF8StringEnumerator ** aResult)
+{
+  return GetList(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(NS_UNICODEDECODER_NAME),
+                 EmptyCString(), aResult);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsCharsetConverterManager::GetEncoderList(nsIUTF8StringEnumerator ** aResult)
+{
+  return GetList(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(NS_UNICODEENCODER_NAME),
+                 EmptyCString(), aResult);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsCharsetConverterManager::GetCharsetDetectorList(nsIUTF8StringEnumerator** aResult)
+{
+  return GetList(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("charset-detectors"),
+                 NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("chardet."), aResult);
+}
+
+// XXX Improve the implementation of this method. Right now, it is build on 
+// top of the nsCharsetAlias service. We can make the nsCharsetAlias
+// better, with its own hash table (not the StringBundle anymore) and
+// a nicer file format.
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsCharsetConverterManager::GetCharsetAlias(const char * aCharset, 
+                                           nsACString& aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aCharset);
+
+  // We try to obtain the preferred name for this charset from the charset 
+  // aliases.
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  rv = nsCharsetAlias::GetPreferred(nsDependentCString(aCharset), aResult);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsCharsetConverterManager::GetCharsetTitle(const char * aCharset, 
+                                           nsAString& aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aCharset);
+
+  if (!sTitleBundle) {
+    nsresult rv = LoadExtensibleBundle(NS_TITLE_BUNDLE_CATEGORY, &sTitleBundle);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+
+  return GetBundleValue(sTitleBundle, aCharset, NS_LITERAL_STRING(".title"), aResult);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsCharsetConverterManager::GetCharsetData(const char * aCharset, 
+                                          const char16_t * aProp,
+                                          nsAString& aResult)
+{
+  return GetCharsetDataImpl(aCharset, aProp, aResult);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsCharsetConverterManager::GetCharsetLangGroup(const char * aCharset, 
+                                               nsIAtom** aResult)
+{
+  // resolve the charset first
+  nsAutoCString charset;
+
+  nsresult rv = GetCharsetAlias(aCharset, charset);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // fully qualify to possibly avoid vtable call
+  return nsCharsetConverterManager::GetCharsetLangGroupRaw(charset.get(),
+                                                           aResult);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsCharsetConverterManager::GetCharsetLangGroupRaw(const char * aCharset, 
+                                                  nsIAtom** aResult)
+{
+
+  *aResult = nullptr;
+  nsAutoString langGroup;
+  // fully qualify to possibly avoid vtable call
+  nsresult rv = nsCharsetConverterManager::GetCharsetData(
+      aCharset, u".LangGroup", langGroup);
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+    ToLowerCase(langGroup); // use lowercase for all language atoms
+    *aResult = NS_Atomize(langGroup).take();
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/intl/nsCharsetConverterManager.h b/mailnews/intl/nsCharsetConverterManager.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3cc1f5830
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/intl/nsCharsetConverterManager.h
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+#ifndef nsCharsetConverterManager_h__
+#define nsCharsetConverterManager_h__
+
+#include "nsISupports.h"
+#include "nsICharsetConverterManager.h"
+
+#define NS_DATA_BUNDLE_CATEGORY     "uconv-charset-data"
+#define NS_TITLE_BUNDLE_CATEGORY    "uconv-charset-titles"
+
+class nsCharsetAlias;
+
+class nsCharsetConverterManager : public nsICharsetConverterManager
+{
+  friend class nsCharsetAlias;
+
+  NS_DECL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSICHARSETCONVERTERMANAGER
+
+public:
+  nsCharsetConverterManager();
+
+  static void Shutdown();
+
+private:
+  virtual ~nsCharsetConverterManager();
+
+  static bool IsInternal(const nsACString& aCharset);
+};
+
+#endif // nsCharsetConverterManager_h__
+
+
diff --git a/mailnews/intl/nsCommUConvCID.h b/mailnews/intl/nsCommUConvCID.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4f1686098
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/intl/nsCommUConvCID.h
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+// Class ID for our UTF7ToUnicode charset converter
+// {77CFAAF1-1CF4-11d3-8AAF-00600811A836}
+#define NS_UTF7TOUNICODE_CID \
+  { 0x77cfaaf1, 0x1cf4, 0x11d3, {0x8a, 0xaf, 0x0, 0x60, 0x8, 0x11, 0xa8, 0x36}}
+
+// Class ID for our MUTF7ToUnicode charset converter
+// {B57F97C1-0D70-11d3-8AAE-00600811A836}
+#define NS_MUTF7TOUNICODE_CID \
+  { 0xb57f97c1, 0xd70, 0x11d3, {0x8a, 0xae, 0x0, 0x60, 0x8, 0x11, 0xa8, 0x36}}
+
+// Class ID for our UnicodeToUTF7 charset converter
+// {77CFAAF2-1CF4-11d3-8AAF-00600811A836}
+#define NS_UNICODETOUTF7_CID \
+  { 0x77cfaaf2, 0x1cf4, 0x11d3, {0x8a, 0xaf, 0x0, 0x60, 0x8, 0x11, 0xa8, 0x36}}
+
+// Class ID for our UnicodeToMUTF7 charset converter
+// {B57F97C2-0D70-11d3-8AAE-00600811A836}
+#define NS_UNICODETOMUTF7_CID \
+  { 0xb57f97c2, 0xd70, 0x11d3, {0x8a, 0xae, 0x0, 0x60, 0x8, 0x11, 0xa8, 0x36}}
+
+
diff --git a/mailnews/intl/nsICharsetConverterManager.idl b/mailnews/intl/nsICharsetConverterManager.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..026f0887c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/intl/nsICharsetConverterManager.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+/* -*- Mode: IDL; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+#include "nsIAtom.idl"
+
+%{ C++
+#include "nsIUnicodeDecoder.h"
+#include "nsIUnicodeEncoder.h"
+
+// XXX change to NS_CHARSETCONVERTERMANAGER_CID
+#define NS_ICHARSETCONVERTERMANAGER_CID \
+  {0x3c1c0163, 0x9bd0, 0x11d3, { 0x9d, 0x9, 0x0, 0x50, 0x4, 0x0, 0x7, 0xb2}}
+
+#define NS_CHARSETCONVERTERMANAGER_CONTRACTID "@mozilla.org/charset-converter-manager;1"
+%}
+
+interface nsIUnicodeDecoder;
+interface nsIUnicodeEncoder;
+interface nsIUTF8StringEnumerator;
+
+/**
+ * DON'T ADD NEW USES OF THIS INTERFACE TO MOZILLA-CENTRAL. Use 
+ * mozilla::dom::EncodingUtils instead.
+ *
+ * Here Charsets are identified by ASCII strings. Charset alias
+ * resolution is provided by default in most methods. "Raw"
+ * versions that do not need this resolution are also provided.
+ *
+ * @deprecated Use mozilla::dom::EncodingUtils in mozilla-central instead.
+ * @created         21/Feb/2000
+ * @author  Catalin Rotaru [CATA]
+ */
+[scriptable, uuid(a0550d46-8d9c-47dd-acc7-c083620dff12)]
+interface nsICharsetConverterManager : nsISupports
+{
+    /**
+     * Get the Unicode decoder for the given charset.
+     * The "Raw" version skips charset alias resolution
+     */
+    [noscript] nsIUnicodeDecoder getUnicodeDecoder(in string charset);
+    [noscript] nsIUnicodeDecoder getUnicodeDecoderRaw(in string charset);
+    [noscript] nsIUnicodeDecoder getUnicodeDecoderInternal(in string charset);
+
+    /**
+     * Get the Unicode encoder for the given charset.
+     * The "Raw" version skips charset alias resolution
+     */
+    [noscript] nsIUnicodeEncoder getUnicodeEncoder(in string charset);
+    [noscript] nsIUnicodeEncoder getUnicodeEncoderRaw(in string charset);
+
+    /**
+     * A shortcut to calling nsICharsetAlias to do alias resolution
+     * @throws if aCharset is an unknown charset.
+     */
+    ACString getCharsetAlias(in string aCharset);
+    
+    /**
+     * Get the complete list of available decoders.
+     */
+    nsIUTF8StringEnumerator getDecoderList();
+
+    /**
+     * Get the complete list of available encoders.
+     */
+    nsIUTF8StringEnumerator getEncoderList();
+
+    /**
+     * Get the complete list of available charset detectors.
+     */
+    nsIUTF8StringEnumerator GetCharsetDetectorList();
+
+    /**
+     * Get the human-readable name for the given charset.
+     * @throws if aCharset is an unknown charset.
+     */
+    AString getCharsetTitle(in string aCharset);
+
+    /**
+     * Get some data about the given charset. This includes whether the 
+     * character encoding may be used for certain purposes, if it is 
+     * multi-byte, and the language code for it. See charsetData.properties
+     * for the source of this data. Some known property names:
+     *    LangGroup      - language code for charset, e.g. 'he' and 'zh-CN'.
+     *    isMultibyte    - is this a multi-byte charset?
+     *    isInternal     - not to be used in untrusted web content.
+     * 
+     * @param aCharset name of the character encoding, e.g. 'iso-8859-15'.
+     * @param aProp property desired for the character encoding.
+     * @throws if aCharset is an unknown charset.
+     * @return the value of the property, for the character encoding.
+     */
+    AString getCharsetData(in string aCharset, 
+                           in wstring aProp);
+
+    /**
+     * Get the language group for the given charset. This is similar to 
+     * calling <tt>getCharsetData</tt> with the <tt>prop</tt> "LangGroup".
+     * 
+     * @param aCharset name of the character encoding, e.g. 'iso-8859-15'.
+     * @throws if aCharset is an unknown charset.
+     * @return the language code for the character encoding.
+     */
+    nsIAtom getCharsetLangGroup(in string aCharset);
+    nsIAtom getCharsetLangGroupRaw(in string aCharset);
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/intl/nsMUTF7ToUnicode.cpp b/mailnews/intl/nsMUTF7ToUnicode.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c513e4fb0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/intl/nsMUTF7ToUnicode.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsMUTF7ToUnicode.h"
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Class nsMUTF7ToUnicode [implementation]
+
+nsMUTF7ToUnicode::nsMUTF7ToUnicode()
+: nsBasicUTF7Decoder(',', '&')
+{
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/intl/nsMUTF7ToUnicode.h b/mailnews/intl/nsMUTF7ToUnicode.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1b5046e82
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/intl/nsMUTF7ToUnicode.h
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsMUTF7ToUnicode_h___
+#define nsMUTF7ToUnicode_h___
+
+#include "nsUTF7ToUnicode.h"
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Class nsMUTF7ToUnicode [declaration]
+
+/**
+ * A character set converter from Modified UTF7 to Unicode.
+ *
+ * @created         18/May/1999
+ * @author  Catalin Rotaru [CATA]
+ */
+class nsMUTF7ToUnicode : public nsBasicUTF7Decoder
+{
+public:
+
+  /**
+   * Class constructor.
+   */
+  nsMUTF7ToUnicode();
+
+};
+
+#endif /* nsMUTF7ToUnicode_h___ */
diff --git a/mailnews/intl/nsUTF7ToUnicode.cpp b/mailnews/intl/nsUTF7ToUnicode.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..201bcccb9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/intl/nsUTF7ToUnicode.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,228 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsUTF7ToUnicode.h"
+
+#define ENC_DIRECT      0
+#define ENC_BASE64      1
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Class nsBasicUTF7Decoder [implementation]
+
+nsBasicUTF7Decoder::nsBasicUTF7Decoder(char aLastChar, char aEscChar)
+: nsBufferDecoderSupport(1)
+{
+  mLastChar = aLastChar;
+  mEscChar = aEscChar;
+  Reset();
+}
+
+nsresult nsBasicUTF7Decoder::DecodeDirect(
+                             const char * aSrc,
+                             int32_t * aSrcLength,
+                             char16_t * aDest,
+                             int32_t * aDestLength)
+{
+  const char * srcEnd = aSrc + *aSrcLength;
+  const char * src = aSrc;
+  char16_t * destEnd = aDest + *aDestLength;
+  char16_t * dest = aDest;
+  nsresult res = NS_OK;
+  char ch;
+
+  while (src < srcEnd) {
+    ch = *src;
+
+    // stop when we meet other chars or end of direct encoded seq.
+    // if (!(DirectEncodable(ch)) || (ch == mEscChar)) {
+    // but we are decoding; so we should be lax; pass everything until escchar
+    if (ch == mEscChar) {
+      res = NS_ERROR_UDEC_ILLEGALINPUT;
+      break;
+    }
+
+    if (dest >= destEnd) {
+      res = NS_OK_UDEC_MOREOUTPUT;
+      break;
+    } else {
+      *dest++ = ch;
+      src++;
+    }
+  }
+
+  *aSrcLength = src - aSrc;
+  *aDestLength = dest - aDest;
+  return res;
+}
+
+nsresult nsBasicUTF7Decoder::DecodeBase64(
+                             const char * aSrc,
+                             int32_t * aSrcLength,
+                             char16_t * aDest,
+                             int32_t * aDestLength)
+{
+  const char * srcEnd = aSrc + *aSrcLength;
+  const char * src = aSrc;
+  char16_t * destEnd = aDest + *aDestLength;
+  char16_t * dest = aDest;
+  nsresult res = NS_OK;
+  char ch;
+  uint32_t value;
+
+  while (src < srcEnd) {
+    ch = *src;
+
+    // stop when we meet other chars or end of direct encoded seq.
+    value = CharToValue(ch);
+    if (value > 0xff) {
+      res = NS_ERROR_UDEC_ILLEGALINPUT;
+      break;
+    }
+
+    switch (mEncStep) {
+      case 0:
+        mEncBits = value << 10;
+        break;
+      case 1:
+        mEncBits += value << 4;
+        break;
+      case 2:
+        if (dest >= destEnd) {
+          res = NS_OK_UDEC_MOREOUTPUT;
+          break;
+        }
+        mEncBits += value >> 2;
+        *(dest++) = (char16_t) mEncBits;
+        mEncBits = (value & 0x03) << 14;
+        break;
+      case 3:
+        mEncBits += value << 8;
+        break;
+      case 4:
+        mEncBits += value << 2;
+        break;
+      case 5:
+        if (dest >= destEnd) {
+          res = NS_OK_UDEC_MOREOUTPUT;
+          break;
+        }
+        mEncBits += value >> 4;
+        *(dest++) = (char16_t) mEncBits;
+        mEncBits = (value & 0x0f) << 12;
+        break;
+      case 6:
+        mEncBits += value << 6;
+        break;
+      case 7:
+        if (dest >= destEnd) {
+          res = NS_OK_UDEC_MOREOUTPUT;
+          break;
+        }
+        mEncBits += value;
+        *(dest++) = (char16_t) mEncBits;
+        mEncBits = 0;
+        break;
+    }
+
+    if (res != NS_OK) break;
+
+    src++;
+    (++mEncStep)%=8;
+  }
+
+  *aSrcLength = src - aSrc;
+  *aDestLength = dest - aDest;
+  return res;
+}
+
+uint32_t nsBasicUTF7Decoder::CharToValue(char aChar) {
+  if ((aChar>='A')&&(aChar<='Z'))
+    return (uint8_t)(aChar-'A');
+  else if ((aChar>='a')&&(aChar<='z'))
+    return (uint8_t)(26+aChar-'a');
+  else if ((aChar>='0')&&(aChar<='9'))
+    return (uint8_t)(26+26+aChar-'0');
+  else if (aChar=='+')
+    return (uint8_t)(26+26+10);
+  else if (aChar==mLastChar)
+    return (uint8_t)(26+26+10+1);
+  else
+    return 0xffff;
+}
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Subclassing of nsBufferDecoderSupport class [implementation]
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsBasicUTF7Decoder::ConvertNoBuff(const char * aSrc,
+                                                int32_t * aSrcLength,
+                                                char16_t * aDest,
+                                                int32_t * aDestLength)
+{
+  const char * srcEnd = aSrc + *aSrcLength;
+  const char * src = aSrc;
+  char16_t * destEnd = aDest + *aDestLength;
+  char16_t * dest = aDest;
+  int32_t bcr,bcw;
+  nsresult res = NS_OK;
+
+  while (src < srcEnd) {
+
+    // fist, attept to decode in the current mode
+    bcr = srcEnd - src;
+    bcw = destEnd - dest;
+    if (mEncoding == ENC_DIRECT)
+      res = DecodeDirect(src, &bcr, dest, &bcw);
+    else if ((mFreshBase64) && (*src == '-')) {
+      *dest = mEscChar;
+      bcr = 0;
+      bcw = 1;
+      res = NS_ERROR_UDEC_ILLEGALINPUT;
+    } else {
+      mFreshBase64 = false;
+      res = DecodeBase64(src, &bcr, dest, &bcw);
+    }
+    src += bcr;
+    dest += bcw;
+
+    // if an illegal char was encountered, test if it is an escape seq.
+    if (res == NS_ERROR_UDEC_ILLEGALINPUT) {
+      if (mEncoding == ENC_DIRECT) {
+        if (*src == mEscChar) {
+          mEncoding = ENC_BASE64;
+          mFreshBase64 = true;
+          mEncBits = 0;
+          mEncStep = 0;
+          src++;
+          res = NS_OK;
+        } else break;
+      } else {
+        mEncoding = ENC_DIRECT;
+        res = NS_OK;
+        // absorbe end of escape sequence
+        if (*src == '-') src++;
+      }
+    } else if (res != NS_OK) break;
+  }
+
+  *aSrcLength = src - aSrc;
+  *aDestLength = dest - aDest;
+  return res;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsBasicUTF7Decoder::Reset()
+{
+  mEncoding = ENC_DIRECT;
+  mEncBits = 0;
+  mEncStep = 0;
+  return nsBufferDecoderSupport::Reset();
+}
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Class nsUTF7ToUnicode [implementation]
+
+nsUTF7ToUnicode::nsUTF7ToUnicode()
+: nsBasicUTF7Decoder('/', '+')
+{
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/intl/nsUTF7ToUnicode.h b/mailnews/intl/nsUTF7ToUnicode.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..74bf295a0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/intl/nsUTF7ToUnicode.h
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsUTF7ToUnicode_h___
+#define nsUTF7ToUnicode_h___
+
+#include "nsUCSupport.h"
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Class nsBasicUTF7Decoder [declaration]
+
+/**
+ * Basic class for a character set converter from UTF-7 to Unicode.
+ *
+ * @created         03/Jun/1999
+ * @author  Catalin Rotaru [CATA]
+ */
+class nsBasicUTF7Decoder : public nsBufferDecoderSupport
+{
+public:
+
+  /**
+   * Class constructor.
+   */
+  nsBasicUTF7Decoder(char aLastChar, char aEscChar);
+
+protected:
+
+  int32_t                   mEncoding;      // current encoding
+  uint32_t                  mEncBits;
+  int32_t                   mEncStep;
+  char                      mLastChar;
+  char                      mEscChar;
+  bool                      mFreshBase64;
+
+  nsresult DecodeDirect(const char * aSrc, int32_t * aSrcLength,
+      char16_t * aDest, int32_t * aDestLength);
+  nsresult DecodeBase64(const char * aSrc, int32_t * aSrcLength,
+      char16_t * aDest, int32_t * aDestLength);
+  uint32_t CharToValue(char aChar);
+
+  //--------------------------------------------------------------------
+  // Subclassing of nsBufferDecoderSupport class [declaration]
+
+  NS_IMETHOD ConvertNoBuff(const char * aSrc, int32_t * aSrcLength,
+      char16_t * aDest, int32_t * aDestLength);
+  NS_IMETHOD Reset();
+};
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Class nsUTF7ToUnicode [declaration]
+
+/**
+ * A character set converter from Modified UTF7 to Unicode.
+ *
+ * @created         18/May/1999
+ * @author  Catalin Rotaru [CATA]
+ */
+class nsUTF7ToUnicode : public nsBasicUTF7Decoder
+{
+public:
+
+  /**
+   * Class constructor.
+   */
+  nsUTF7ToUnicode();
+
+};
+
+#endif /* nsUTF7ToUnicode_h___ */
diff --git a/mailnews/intl/nsUnicodeToMUTF7.cpp b/mailnews/intl/nsUnicodeToMUTF7.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a9c368ce8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/intl/nsUnicodeToMUTF7.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsUnicodeToMUTF7.h"
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Class nsUnicodeToMUTF7 [implementation]
+
+nsUnicodeToMUTF7::nsUnicodeToMUTF7()
+: nsBasicUTF7Encoder(',', '&')
+{
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/intl/nsUnicodeToMUTF7.h b/mailnews/intl/nsUnicodeToMUTF7.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..83aea6ce4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/intl/nsUnicodeToMUTF7.h
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsUnicodeToMUTF7_h___
+#define nsUnicodeToMUTF7_h___
+
+#include "nsUnicodeToUTF7.h"
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Class nsUnicodeToMUTF7 [declaration]
+
+/**
+ * A character set converter from Unicode to Modified UTF-7.
+ *
+ * @created         18/May/1999
+ * @author  Catalin Rotaru [CATA]
+ */
+class nsUnicodeToMUTF7 : public nsBasicUTF7Encoder
+{
+public:
+
+  /**
+   * Class constructor.
+   */
+  nsUnicodeToMUTF7();
+
+};
+
+#endif /* nsUnicodeToMUTF7_h___ */
diff --git a/mailnews/intl/nsUnicodeToUTF7.cpp b/mailnews/intl/nsUnicodeToUTF7.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5db623a17
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/intl/nsUnicodeToUTF7.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,298 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsUnicodeToUTF7.h"
+#include <string.h>
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Global functions and data [declaration]
+
+#define ENC_DIRECT      0
+#define ENC_BASE64      1
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Class nsBasicUTF7Encoder [implementation]
+
+nsBasicUTF7Encoder::nsBasicUTF7Encoder(char aLastChar, char aEscChar)
+: nsEncoderSupport(5)
+{
+  mLastChar = aLastChar;
+  mEscChar = aEscChar;
+  Reset();
+}
+
+nsresult nsBasicUTF7Encoder::ShiftEncoding(int32_t aEncoding,
+                                          char * aDest,
+                                          int32_t * aDestLength)
+{
+  if (aEncoding == mEncoding) {
+    *aDestLength = 0;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  nsresult res = NS_OK;
+  char * dest = aDest;
+  char * destEnd = aDest + *aDestLength;
+
+  if (mEncStep != 0) {
+    if (dest >= destEnd) return NS_OK_UENC_MOREOUTPUT;
+    *(dest++)=ValueToChar(mEncBits);
+    mEncStep = 0;
+    mEncBits = 0;
+  }
+
+  if (dest >= destEnd) {
+    res = NS_OK_UENC_MOREOUTPUT;
+  } else {
+    switch (aEncoding) {
+      case 0:
+        *(dest++) = '-';
+        mEncStep = 0;
+        mEncBits = 0;
+        break;
+      case 1:
+        *(dest++) = mEscChar;
+        break;
+    }
+    mEncoding = aEncoding;
+  }
+
+  *aDestLength  = dest - aDest;
+  return res;
+}
+
+nsresult nsBasicUTF7Encoder::EncodeDirect(
+                            const char16_t * aSrc,
+                            int32_t * aSrcLength,
+                            char * aDest,
+                            int32_t * aDestLength)
+{
+  nsresult res = NS_OK;
+  const char16_t * src = aSrc;
+  const char16_t * srcEnd = aSrc + *aSrcLength;
+  char * dest = aDest;
+  char * destEnd = aDest + *aDestLength;
+  char16_t ch;
+
+  while (src < srcEnd) {
+    ch = *src;
+
+    // stop when we reach Unicode chars
+    if (!DirectEncodable(ch)) break;
+
+    if (ch == mEscChar) {
+      // special case for the escape char
+      if (destEnd - dest < 1) {
+        res = NS_OK_UENC_MOREOUTPUT;
+        break;
+      } else {
+        *dest++ = (char)ch;
+        *dest++ = (char)'-';
+        src++;
+      }
+    } else {
+      //classic direct encoding
+      if (dest >= destEnd) {
+        res = NS_OK_UENC_MOREOUTPUT;
+        break;
+      } else {
+        *dest++ = (char)ch;
+        src++;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  *aSrcLength = src - aSrc;
+  *aDestLength  = dest - aDest;
+  return res;
+}
+
+nsresult nsBasicUTF7Encoder::EncodeBase64(
+                             const char16_t * aSrc,
+                             int32_t * aSrcLength,
+                             char * aDest,
+                             int32_t * aDestLength)
+{
+  nsresult res = NS_OK;
+  const char16_t * src = aSrc;
+  const char16_t * srcEnd = aSrc + *aSrcLength;
+  char * dest = aDest;
+  char * destEnd = aDest + *aDestLength;
+  char16_t ch;
+  uint32_t value;
+
+  while (src < srcEnd) {
+    ch = *src;
+
+    // stop when we reach printable US-ASCII chars
+    if (DirectEncodable(ch)) break;
+
+    switch (mEncStep) {
+      case 0:
+        if (destEnd - dest < 2) {
+          res = NS_OK_UENC_MOREOUTPUT;
+          break;
+        }
+        value=ch>>10;
+        *(dest++)=ValueToChar(value);
+        value=(ch>>4)&0x3f;
+        *(dest++)=ValueToChar(value);
+        mEncBits=(ch&0x0f)<<2;
+        break;
+      case 1:
+        if (destEnd - dest < 3) {
+          res = NS_OK_UENC_MOREOUTPUT;
+          break;
+        }
+        value=mEncBits+(ch>>14);
+        *(dest++)=ValueToChar(value);
+        value=(ch>>8)&0x3f;
+        *(dest++)=ValueToChar(value);
+        value=(ch>>2)&0x3f;
+        *(dest++)=ValueToChar(value);
+        mEncBits=(ch&0x03)<<4;
+        break;
+      case 2:
+        if (destEnd - dest < 3) {
+          res = NS_OK_UENC_MOREOUTPUT;
+          break;
+        }
+        value=mEncBits+(ch>>12);
+        *(dest++)=ValueToChar(value);
+        value=(ch>>6)&0x3f;
+        *(dest++)=ValueToChar(value);
+        value=ch&0x3f;
+        *(dest++)=ValueToChar(value);
+        mEncBits=0;
+        break;
+    }
+
+    if (res != NS_OK) break;
+
+    src++;
+    (++mEncStep)%=3;
+  }
+
+  *aSrcLength = src - aSrc;
+  *aDestLength  = dest - aDest;
+  return res;
+}
+
+char nsBasicUTF7Encoder::ValueToChar(uint32_t aValue) {
+  if (aValue < 26)
+    return (char)('A'+aValue);
+  else if (aValue < 26 + 26)
+    return (char)('a' + aValue - 26);
+  else if (aValue < 26 + 26 + 10)
+    return (char)('0' + aValue - 26 - 26);
+  else if (aValue == 26 + 26 + 10)
+    return '+';
+  else if (aValue == 26 + 26 + 10 + 1)
+    return mLastChar;
+  else
+    return -1;
+}
+
+bool nsBasicUTF7Encoder::DirectEncodable(char16_t aChar) {
+  // spec says: printable US-ASCII chars
+  if ((aChar >= 0x20) && (aChar <= 0x7e)) return true;
+  else return false;
+}
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Subclassing of nsEncoderSupport class [implementation]
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsBasicUTF7Encoder::ConvertNoBuffNoErr(
+                                  const char16_t * aSrc,
+                                  int32_t * aSrcLength,
+                                  char * aDest,
+                                  int32_t * aDestLength)
+{
+  nsresult res = NS_OK;
+  const char16_t * src = aSrc;
+  const char16_t * srcEnd = aSrc + *aSrcLength;
+  char * dest = aDest;
+  char * destEnd = aDest + *aDestLength;
+  int32_t bcr,bcw;
+  char16_t ch;
+  int32_t enc;
+
+  while (src < srcEnd) {
+    // find the encoding for the next char
+    ch = *src;
+    if (DirectEncodable(ch))
+      enc = ENC_DIRECT;
+    else
+      enc = ENC_BASE64;
+
+    // if necessary, shift into the required encoding
+    bcw = destEnd - dest;
+    res = ShiftEncoding(enc, dest, &bcw);
+    dest += bcw;
+    if (res != NS_OK) break;
+
+    // now encode (as much as you can)
+    bcr = srcEnd - src;
+    bcw = destEnd - dest;
+    if (enc == ENC_DIRECT)
+      res = EncodeDirect(src, &bcr, dest, &bcw);
+    else
+      res = EncodeBase64(src, &bcr, dest, &bcw);
+    src += bcr;
+    dest += bcw;
+
+    if (res != NS_OK) break;
+  }
+
+  *aSrcLength = src - aSrc;
+  *aDestLength  = dest - aDest;
+  return res;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsBasicUTF7Encoder::FinishNoBuff(char * aDest,
+                                               int32_t * aDestLength)
+{
+  return ShiftEncoding(ENC_DIRECT, aDest, aDestLength);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsBasicUTF7Encoder::Reset()
+{
+  mEncoding = ENC_DIRECT;
+  mEncBits = 0;
+  mEncStep = 0;
+  return nsEncoderSupport::Reset();
+}
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Class nsUnicodeToUTF7 [implementation]
+
+nsUnicodeToUTF7::nsUnicodeToUTF7()
+: nsBasicUTF7Encoder('/', '+')
+{
+}
+
+
+bool nsUnicodeToUTF7::DirectEncodable(char16_t aChar) {
+  if ((aChar >= 'A') && (aChar <= 'Z')) return true;
+  else if ((aChar >= 'a') && (aChar <= 'z')) return true;
+  else if ((aChar >= '0') && (aChar <= '9')) return true;
+  else if ((aChar >= 39) && (aChar <= 41)) return true;
+  else if ((aChar >= 44) && (aChar <= 47)) return true;
+  else if (aChar == 58) return true;
+  else if (aChar == 63) return true;
+  else if (aChar == ' ') return true;
+  else if (aChar == 9) return true;
+  else if (aChar == 13) return true;
+  else if (aChar == 10) return true;
+  else if (aChar == 60) return true;  // '<'
+  else if (aChar == 33) return true;  // '!'
+  else if (aChar == 34) return true;  // '"'
+  else if (aChar == 62) return true;  // '>'
+  else if (aChar == 61) return true;  // '='
+  else if (aChar == 59) return true;  // ';'
+  else if (aChar == 91) return true;  // '['
+  else if (aChar == 93) return true;  // ']'
+  else return false;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/intl/nsUnicodeToUTF7.h b/mailnews/intl/nsUnicodeToUTF7.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..dc8cc678e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/intl/nsUnicodeToUTF7.h
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsUnicodeToUTF7_h___
+#define nsUnicodeToUTF7_h___
+
+#include "nsUCSupport.h"
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Class nsBasicUTF7Encoder [declaration]
+
+/**
+ * Basic class for a character set converter from Unicode to UTF-7.
+ *
+ * @created         03/Jun/1999
+ * @author  Catalin Rotaru [CATA]
+ */
+class nsBasicUTF7Encoder : public nsEncoderSupport
+{
+public:
+
+  /**
+   * Class constructor.
+   */
+  nsBasicUTF7Encoder(char aLastChar, char aEscChar);
+
+protected:
+
+  int32_t                   mEncoding;      // current encoding
+  uint32_t                  mEncBits;
+  int32_t                   mEncStep;
+  char                      mLastChar;
+  char                      mEscChar;
+
+  nsresult ShiftEncoding(int32_t aEncoding, char * aDest,
+      int32_t * aDestLength);
+  nsresult EncodeDirect(const char16_t * aSrc, int32_t * aSrcLength,
+      char * aDest, int32_t * aDestLength);
+  nsresult EncodeBase64(const char16_t * aSrc, int32_t * aSrcLength,
+      char * aDest, int32_t * aDestLength);
+  char ValueToChar(uint32_t aValue);
+  virtual bool DirectEncodable(char16_t aChar);
+
+  //--------------------------------------------------------------------
+  // Subclassing of nsEncoderSupport class [declaration]
+
+  NS_IMETHOD ConvertNoBuffNoErr(const char16_t * aSrc, int32_t * aSrcLength,
+      char * aDest, int32_t * aDestLength);
+  NS_IMETHOD FinishNoBuff(char * aDest, int32_t * aDestLength);
+  NS_IMETHOD Reset();
+};
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Class nsUnicodeToUTF7 [declaration]
+
+/**
+ * A character set converter from Unicode to UTF-7.
+ *
+ * @created         03/Jun/1999
+ * @author  Catalin Rotaru [CATA]
+ */
+class nsUnicodeToUTF7 : public nsBasicUTF7Encoder
+{
+public:
+
+  /**
+   * Class constructor.
+   */
+  nsUnicodeToUTF7();
+
+protected:
+
+  virtual bool DirectEncodable(char16_t aChar);
+};
+
+#endif /* nsUnicodeToUTF7_h___ */
diff --git a/mailnews/jar.mn b/mailnews/jar.mn
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e87badf34
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/jar.mn
@@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+messenger.jar:
+    content/messenger/addressbook/pref-directory-add.js                        (addrbook/prefs/content/pref-directory-add.js)
+    content/messenger/addressbook/pref-directory-add.xul                       (addrbook/prefs/content/pref-directory-add.xul)
+    content/messenger/addressbook/pref-editdirectories.js                      (addrbook/prefs/content/pref-editdirectories.js)
+    content/messenger/addressbook/pref-editdirectories.xul                     (addrbook/prefs/content/pref-editdirectories.xul)
+    content/messenger/addressbook/abAddressBookNameDialog.js                   (addrbook/content/abAddressBookNameDialog.js)
+    content/messenger/addressbook/abAddressBookNameDialog.xul                  (addrbook/content/abAddressBookNameDialog.xul)
+    content/messenger/addressbook/abEditCardDialog.xul                         (addrbook/content/abEditCardDialog.xul)
+    content/messenger/addressbook/abNewCardDialog.xul                          (addrbook/content/abNewCardDialog.xul)
+    content/messenger/addressbook/abResultsPaneOverlay.xul                     (addrbook/content/abResultsPaneOverlay.xul)
+    content/messenger/addressbook/abResultsPane.js                             (addrbook/content/abResultsPane.js)
+    content/messenger/addressbook/addrbookWidgets.xml                          (addrbook/content/addrbookWidgets.xml)
+    content/messenger/addressbook/abDragDrop.js                                (addrbook/content/abDragDrop.js)
+    content/messenger/addressbook/abMailListDialog.js                          (addrbook/content/abMailListDialog.js)
+    content/messagebody/addressbook/print.css                                  (addrbook/content/print.css)
+*   content/messenger/AccountManager.xul                                       (base/prefs/content/AccountManager.xul)
+    content/messenger/AccountManager.js                                        (base/prefs/content/AccountManager.js)
+    content/messenger/am-main.xul                                              (base/prefs/content/am-main.xul)
+    content/messenger/am-main.js                                               (base/prefs/content/am-main.js)
+    content/messenger/am-help.js                                               (base/prefs/content/am-help.js)
+    content/messenger/am-server.xul                                            (base/prefs/content/am-server.xul)
+    content/messenger/am-serverwithnoidentities.xul                            (base/prefs/content/am-serverwithnoidentities.xul)
+    content/messenger/am-serverwithnoidentities.js                             (base/prefs/content/am-serverwithnoidentities.js)
+    content/messenger/am-server.js                                             (base/prefs/content/am-server.js)
+    content/messenger/am-server-top.xul                                        (base/prefs/content/am-server-top.xul)
+    content/messenger/am-copies.xul                                            (base/prefs/content/am-copies.xul)
+    content/messenger/am-copies.js                                             (base/prefs/content/am-copies.js)
+    content/messenger/am-junk.xul                                              (base/prefs/content/am-junk.xul)
+    content/messenger/am-junk.js                                               (base/prefs/content/am-junk.js)
+    content/messenger/am-offline.xul                                           (base/prefs/content/am-offline.xul)
+    content/messenger/am-offline.js                                            (base/prefs/content/am-offline.js)
+    content/messenger/am-addressing.xul                                        (base/prefs/content/am-addressing.xul)
+*   content/messenger/am-addressingOverlay.xul                                 (base/prefs/content/am-addressingOverlay.xul)
+    content/messenger/am-addressing.js                                         (base/prefs/content/am-addressing.js)
+    content/messenger/am-server-advanced.xul                                   (base/prefs/content/am-server-advanced.xul)
+    content/messenger/am-server-advanced.js                                    (base/prefs/content/am-server-advanced.js)
+    content/messenger/am-smtp.xul                                              (base/prefs/content/am-smtp.xul)
+    content/messenger/am-smtp.js                                               (base/prefs/content/am-smtp.js)
+    content/messenger/am-prefs.js                                              (base/prefs/content/am-prefs.js)
+    content/messenger/am-identities-list.js                                    (base/prefs/content/am-identities-list.js)
+    content/messenger/am-identities-list.xul                                   (base/prefs/content/am-identities-list.xul)
+    content/messenger/am-identity-edit.js                                      (base/prefs/content/am-identity-edit.js)
+    content/messenger/am-identity-edit.xul                                     (base/prefs/content/am-identity-edit.xul)
+    content/messenger/am-copiesOverlay.xul                                     (base/prefs/content/am-copiesOverlay.xul)
+    content/messenger/am-archiveoptions.xul                                    (base/prefs/content/am-archiveoptions.xul)
+    content/messenger/am-archiveoptions.js                                     (base/prefs/content/am-archiveoptions.js)
+*   content/messenger/AccountWizard.xul                                        (base/prefs/content/AccountWizard.xul)
+    content/messenger/AccountWizard.js                                         (base/prefs/content/AccountWizard.js)
+    content/messenger/aw-accounttype.js                                        (base/prefs/content/aw-accounttype.js)
+    content/messenger/aw-identity.js                                           (base/prefs/content/aw-identity.js)
+    content/messenger/aw-incoming.js                                           (base/prefs/content/aw-incoming.js)
+    content/messenger/aw-outgoing.js                                           (base/prefs/content/aw-outgoing.js)
+    content/messenger/aw-accname.js                                            (base/prefs/content/aw-accname.js)
+    content/messenger/aw-done.js                                               (base/prefs/content/aw-done.js)
+    content/messenger/accountUtils.js                                          (base/prefs/content/accountUtils.js)
+    content/messenger/amUtils.js                                               (base/prefs/content/amUtils.js)
+    content/messenger/ispUtils.js                                              (base/prefs/content/ispUtils.js)
+    content/messenger/SmtpServerEdit.xul                                       (base/prefs/content/SmtpServerEdit.xul)
+    content/messenger/SmtpServerEdit.js                                        (base/prefs/content/SmtpServerEdit.js)
+    content/messenger/smtpEditOverlay.xul                                      (base/prefs/content/smtpEditOverlay.xul)
+    content/messenger/smtpEditOverlay.js                                       (base/prefs/content/smtpEditOverlay.js)
+    content/messenger/removeAccount.xul                                        (base/prefs/content/removeAccount.xul)
+    content/messenger/removeAccount.js                                         (base/prefs/content/removeAccount.js)
+#ifdef MOZ_THUNDERBIRD
+    content/messenger/accountcreation/accountConfig.js                         (base/prefs/content/accountcreation/accountConfig.js)
+    content/messenger/accountcreation/createInBackend.js                       (base/prefs/content/accountcreation/createInBackend.js)
+    content/messenger/accountcreation/emailWizard.js                           (base/prefs/content/accountcreation/emailWizard.js)
+    content/messenger/accountcreation/emailWizard.xul                          (base/prefs/content/accountcreation/emailWizard.xul)
+    content/messenger/accountcreation/fetchConfig.js                           (base/prefs/content/accountcreation/fetchConfig.js)
+    content/messenger/accountcreation/fetchhttp.js                             (base/prefs/content/accountcreation/fetchhttp.js)
+    content/messenger/accountcreation/guessConfig.js                           (base/prefs/content/accountcreation/guessConfig.js)
+    content/messenger/accountcreation/MyBadCertHandler.js                      (base/prefs/content/accountcreation/MyBadCertHandler.js)
+    content/messenger/accountcreation/readFromXML.js                           (base/prefs/content/accountcreation/readFromXML.js)
+    content/messenger/accountcreation/sanitizeDatatypes.js                     (base/prefs/content/accountcreation/sanitizeDatatypes.js)
+    content/messenger/accountcreation/util.js                                  (base/prefs/content/accountcreation/util.js)
+    content/messenger/accountcreation/verifyConfig.js                          (base/prefs/content/accountcreation/verifyConfig.js)
+#endif
+    content/messenger/msgSynchronize.xul                                       (base/content/msgSynchronize.xul)
+    content/messenger/msgSynchronize.js                                        (base/content/msgSynchronize.js)
+    content/messenger/folderProps.xul                                          (base/content/folderProps.xul)
+    content/messenger/folderProps.js                                           (base/content/folderProps.js)
+    content/messenger/folderWidgets.xml                                        (base/content/folderWidgets.xml)
+    content/messenger/charsetList.xml                                          (base/content/charsetList.xml)
+    content/messenger/charsetList.css                                          (base/content/charsetList.css)
+    content/messenger/retention.js                                             (base/content/retention.js)
+    content/messenger/shareglue.js                                             (base/content/shareglue.js)
+    content/messenger/newFolderDialog.xul                                      (base/content/newFolderDialog.xul)
+    content/messenger/newFolderDialog.js                                       (base/content/newFolderDialog.js)
+*   content/messenger/msgAccountCentral.xul                                    (base/content/msgAccountCentral.xul)
+    content/messenger/msgAccountCentral.js                                     (base/content/msgAccountCentral.js)
+    content/messenger/msgFolderPickerOverlay.js                                (base/content/msgFolderPickerOverlay.js)
+    content/messenger/renameFolderDialog.xul                                   (base/content/renameFolderDialog.xul)
+    content/messenger/renameFolderDialog.js                                    (base/content/renameFolderDialog.js)
+    content/messenger/virtualFolderProperties.xul                              (base/content/virtualFolderProperties.xul)
+    content/messenger/virtualFolderProperties.js                               (base/content/virtualFolderProperties.js)
+    content/messenger/virtualFolderListDialog.xul                              (base/content/virtualFolderListDialog.xul)
+    content/messenger/virtualFolderListDialog.js                               (base/content/virtualFolderListDialog.js)
+    content/messenger/msgPrintEngine.js                                        (base/content/msgPrintEngine.js)
+*   content/messenger/junkMailInfo.xul                                         (base/content/junkMailInfo.xul)
+    content/messenger/junkCommands.js                                          (base/content/junkCommands.js)
+    content/messenger/junkLog.xul                                              (base/content/junkLog.xul)
+    content/messenger/junkLog.js                                               (base/content/junkLog.js)
+    content/messenger/jsTreeView.js                                            (base/content/jsTreeView.js)
+    content/messenger/searchTermOverlay.js                                     (base/search/content/searchTermOverlay.js)
+    content/messenger/searchTermOverlay.xul                                    (base/search/content/searchTermOverlay.xul)
+    content/messenger/CustomHeaders.xul                                        (base/search/content/CustomHeaders.xul)
+    content/messenger/CustomHeaders.js                                         (base/search/content/CustomHeaders.js)
+    content/messenger/FilterEditor.xul                                         (base/search/content/FilterEditor.xul)
+    content/messenger/FilterEditor.js                                          (base/search/content/FilterEditor.js)
+    content/messenger/searchWidgets.xml                                        (base/search/content/searchWidgets.xml)
+    content/messenger/viewLog.xul                                              (base/search/content/viewLog.xul)
+    content/messenger/viewLog.js                                               (base/search/content/viewLog.js)
+    content/messenger/messengercompose/askSendFormat.js                        (compose/content/askSendFormat.js)
+    content/messenger/messengercompose/askSendFormat.xul                       (compose/content/askSendFormat.xul)
+    content/messenger/messengercompose/sendProgress.xul                        (compose/content/sendProgress.xul)
+    content/messenger/messengercompose/sendProgress.js                         (compose/content/sendProgress.js)
+    content/messenger/messengercompose/mailComposeEditorOverlay.xul            (compose/content/mailComposeEditorOverlay.xul)
+    content/messenger/messengercompose/menulistCompactBindings.xml             (compose/content/menulistCompactBindings.xml)
+    content/messenger/importDialog.js                                          (import/content/importDialog.js)
+*   content/messenger/importDialog.xul                                         (import/content/importDialog.xul)
+    content/messenger/fieldMapImport.xul                                       (import/content/fieldMapImport.xul)
+    content/messenger/fieldMapImport.js                                        (import/content/fieldMapImport.js)
+    content/messenger/downloadheaders.js                                       (news/content/downloadheaders.js)
+    content/messenger/downloadheaders.xul                                      (news/content/downloadheaders.xul)
+    content/messenger/markByDate.js                                            (base/content/markByDate.js)
+    content/messenger/markByDate.xul                                           (base/content/markByDate.xul)
+    content/messenger/dateFormat.js                                            (base/content/dateFormat.js)
+    content/messenger/shutdownWindow.xul                                       (base/content/shutdownWindow.xul)
+    content/messenger/shutdownWindow.js                                        (base/content/shutdownWindow.js)
+#ifndef XP_MACOSX
+    content/messenger/newmailalert.css                                         (base/content/newmailalert.css)
+    content/messenger/newmailalert.js                                          (base/content/newmailalert.js)
+    content/messenger/newmailalert.xul                                         (base/content/newmailalert.xul)
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/jsaccount/modules/JSAccountUtils.jsm b/mailnews/jsaccount/modules/JSAccountUtils.jsm
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b5ce34682
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/jsaccount/modules/JSAccountUtils.jsm
@@ -0,0 +1,285 @@
+/* -*- indent-tabs-mode: nil; js-indent-level: 2 -*- */
+/* vim: set ts=2 et sw=2 tw=80 filetype=javascript: */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/**
+ * This file implements helper methods to make the transition of base mailnews
+ * objects from JS to C++ easier, and also to allow creating specialized
+ * versions of those accounts using only JS XPCOM implementations.
+ *
+ * In C++ land, the XPCOM component is a generic C++ class that does nothing
+ * but delegate any calls to interfaces known in C++ to either the generic
+ * C++ implementation (such as nsMsgIncomingServer.cpp) or a JavaScript
+ * implementation of those methods. Those delegations could be used for either
+ * method-by-method replacement of the generic C++ methods with JavaScript
+ * versions, or for specialization of the generic class using JavaScript to
+ * implement a particular class type. We use a C++ class as the main XPCOM
+ * version for two related reasons: First, we do not want to go through a
+ * C++->js->C++ XPCOM transition just to execute a C++ method. Second, C++
+ * inheritance is different from JS inheritance, and sometimes the C++ code
+ * will ignore the XPCOM parts of the JS, and just execute using C++
+ * inheritance.
+ *
+ * In JavaScript land, the implementation currently uses the XPCOM object for
+ * JavaScript calls, with the last object in the prototype chain defaulting
+ * to calling using the CPP object, specified in an instance-specific
+ * this.cppBase object.
+ *
+ * Examples of use can be found in the test files for jsaccount stuff.
+ */
+
+const EXPORTED_SYMBOLS = ["JSAccountUtils"];
+var JSAccountUtils = {};
+
+var Cc = Components.classes;
+var Ci = Components.interfaces;
+var Cu = Components.utils;
+var Cr = Components.results;
+
+Cu.import("resource://gre/modules/Log.jsm");
+Cu.import("resource://gre/modules/Preferences.jsm");
+Cu.import("resource://gre/modules/XPCOMUtils.jsm");
+
+// Logger definitions.
+const LOGGER_NAME = "JsAccount";
+const PREF_BRANCH_LOG = "mailnews.jsaccount.log.";
+const PREF_LOG_LEVEL = PREF_BRANCH_LOG + "level";
+const PREF_LOG_DUMP = PREF_BRANCH_LOG + "dump";
+
+// Set default logging levels.
+const LOG_LEVEL_DEFAULT = "Info"
+const LOG_DUMP_DEFAULT = true;
+
+// Logging usage: set mailnews.jsaccount.log.level to the word "Debug" to
+// increase logging level.
+
+var log = configureLogging();
+
+/**
+ *
+ *  Generic factory to create XPCOM components under JsAccount.
+ *
+ *  @param aProperties   This a a const JS object that describes the specific
+ *                       details of a particular JsAccount XPCOM object:
+ *     {
+ *       baseContractID: string contractID used to create the base generic C++
+ *                       object. This object must implement the interfaces in
+ *                       baseInterfaces, plus msgIOverride.
+ *
+ *       baseInterfaces: JS array of interfaces implemented by the base, generic
+ *                       C++ object.
+ *
+ *       extraInterfaces: JS array of additional interfaces implemented by the
+ *                        component (accessed using getInterface())
+ *
+ *       contractID:     string contract ID for the JS object that will be
+ *                       created by the factory.
+ *
+ *       classID:        Components.ID(CID) for the JS object that will be
+ *                       created by the factory, where CID is a string uuid.
+ *      }
+ *
+ *   @param aJsDelegateConstructor: a JS contructor class, called using new,
+ *                                  that will create the JS object to which
+ *                                  XPCOM methods calls will be delegated.
+ */
+
+JSAccountUtils.jaFactory = function (aProperties, aJsDelegateConstructor)
+{
+  let factory = {};
+  factory.QueryInterface = XPCOMUtils.generateQI([Ci.nsIFactory]);
+  factory.lockFactory = function() {};
+
+  factory.createInstance = function(outer, iid)
+  {
+    if (outer != null)
+      throw Cr.NS_ERROR_NO_AGGREGATION;
+
+    // C++ delegator class.
+    let delegator = Cc[aProperties.baseContractID]
+                      .createInstance(Ci.msgIOverride);
+
+    // Make sure the delegator JS wrapper knows its interfaces.
+    aProperties.baseInterfaces.forEach(iface => delegator instanceof iface);
+
+    // JavaScript overrides of base class functions.
+    let jsDelegate = new aJsDelegateConstructor(delegator, aProperties.baseInterfaces);
+    delegator.jsDelegate = jsDelegate;
+
+    // Get the delegate list for this current class. Use OwnProperty in case it
+    // inherits from another JsAccount class.
+
+    let delegateList = null;
+    if (Object.getPrototypeOf(jsDelegate).hasOwnProperty("delegateList")) {
+      delegateList = Object.getPrototypeOf(jsDelegate).delegateList;
+    }
+    if (delegateList instanceof Ci.msgIDelegateList) {
+      delegator.methodsToDelegate = delegateList;
+    } else {
+      // Lazily create and populate the list of methods to delegate.
+      log.info("creating delegate list for contractID " + aProperties.contractID);
+      let delegateList = delegator.methodsToDelegate;
+      Object.keys(delegator).forEach(name => {log.debug("delegator has key " + name);});
+
+      // jsMethods contains the methods that may be targets of the C++ delegation to JS.
+      let jsMethods = Object.getPrototypeOf(delegator.jsDelegate.wrappedJSObject);
+      for (let name in jsMethods)
+      {
+        log.debug("processing jsDelegate method: " + name);
+        if (name[0] == '_') { // don't bother with methods explicitly marked as internal.
+          log.debug("skipping " + name);
+          continue;
+        }
+        // Other methods to skip.
+        if (["QueryInterface",  // nsISupports
+             "methodsToDelegate", "jsDelegate", "cppBase", // msgIOverride
+             "delegateList", "wrappedJSObject", // non-XPCOM methods to skip
+            ].includes(name)) {
+          log.debug("skipping " + name);
+          continue;
+        }
+
+        let jsDescriptor = getPropertyDescriptor(jsMethods, name);
+        if (!jsDescriptor) {
+          log.debug("no jsDescriptor for " + name);
+          continue;
+        }
+        let cppDescriptor = Object.getOwnPropertyDescriptor(delegator, name);
+        if (!cppDescriptor) {
+          log.debug("no cppDescriptor found for " + name);
+          // It is OK for jsMethods to have methods that are not used in override of C++.
+          continue;
+        }
+
+        let upperCaseName = name[0].toUpperCase() + name.substr(1);
+        if ('value' in jsDescriptor) {
+          log.info("delegating " + upperCaseName);
+          delegateList.add(upperCaseName);
+        }
+        else {
+          if (jsDescriptor.set) {
+            log.info("delegating Set" + upperCaseName);
+            delegateList.add("Set" + upperCaseName);
+          }
+          if (jsDescriptor.get) {
+            log.info("delegating Get" + upperCaseName);
+            delegateList.add("Get" + upperCaseName);
+          }
+        }
+      }
+
+      // Save the delegate list for reuse, statically for all instances.
+      Object.getPrototypeOf(jsDelegate).delegateList = delegateList;
+    }
+
+    for (let iface of aProperties.baseInterfaces)
+      if (iid.equals(iface)) {
+        log.debug("Successfully returning delegator " + delegator);
+        return delegator;
+      }
+    throw Cr.NS_ERROR_NO_INTERFACE;
+  };
+
+  return factory;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Create a JS object that contains calls to each of the methods in a CPP
+ * base class, that will reference the cpp object defined on a particular
+ * instance of the object. This is intended to be the last item in the
+ * prototype chain for a JsAccount implementation.
+ *
+ * @param aProperties see definition in jsFactory above
+ *
+ * @returns a JS object suitable as the prototype of a JsAccount implementation.
+ */
+JSAccountUtils.makeCppDelegator = function(aProperties)
+{
+  log.info("Making cppDelegator for contractID " + aProperties.contractID);
+  let cppDelegator = {};
+  let cppDummy = Cc[aProperties.baseContractID].createInstance(Ci.nsISupports);
+  // Add methods from all interfaces.
+  for (let iface of aProperties.baseInterfaces)
+    cppDummy instanceof Ci[iface];
+
+  for (let method in cppDummy) {
+    // skip nsISupports and msgIOverride methods
+    if (["QueryInterface", "methodsToDelegate", "jsDelegate", "cppBase", "getInterface"].includes(method)) {
+      log.config("Skipping " + method + "\n");
+      continue;
+    }
+    log.config("processing " + method + "\n");
+    let descriptor = Object.getOwnPropertyDescriptor(cppDummy, method);
+    let property = { enumerable: true };
+    // We must use Immediately Invoked Function Expressions to pass method, otherwise it is
+    // a closure containing just the last value it was set to.
+    if ('value' in descriptor) {
+      log.debug("Adding value for " + method);
+      property.value = function(aMethod) {
+        return function(...args) {
+          return Reflect.apply(this.cppBase[aMethod], undefined, args);
+        };
+      }(method);
+    }
+    if (descriptor.set) {
+      log.debug("Adding setter for " + method);
+      property.set = function(aMethod) {
+        return function(aVal) {
+          this.cppBase[aMethod] = aVal;
+        };
+      }(method);
+    }
+    if (descriptor.get) {
+      log.debug("Adding getter for " + method);
+      property.get = function(aMethod) {
+        return function() {
+          return this.cppBase[aMethod];
+        };
+      }(method);
+    }
+    Object.defineProperty(cppDelegator, method, property);
+  }
+  return cppDelegator;
+}
+
+// Utility functions.
+
+// Iterate over an object and its prototypes to get a property descriptor.
+function getPropertyDescriptor(obj, name)
+{
+  let descriptor = null;
+
+  // Eventually we will hit an object that will delegate JS calls to a CPP
+  // object, which are not JS overrides of CPP methods. Locate this item, and
+  // skip, because it will not have _JsPrototypeToDelegate defined.
+  while (obj && ("_JsPrototypeToDelegate" in obj)) {
+    descriptor = Object.getOwnPropertyDescriptor(obj, name);
+    if (descriptor)
+      break;
+    obj = Object.getPrototypeOf(obj);
+  }
+  return descriptor;
+}
+
+// Configure the logger based on the preferences.
+function configureLogging()
+{
+  let log = Log.repository.getLogger(LOGGER_NAME);
+
+  // Log messages need to go to the browser console.
+  let consoleAppender = new Log.ConsoleAppender(new Log.BasicFormatter());
+  log.addAppender(consoleAppender);
+
+  // Make sure the logger keeps up with the logging level preference.
+  log.level = Log.Level[Preferences.get(PREF_LOG_LEVEL, LOG_LEVEL_DEFAULT)];
+
+  // If enabled in the preferences, add a dump appender.
+  let logDumping = Preferences.get(PREF_LOG_DUMP, LOG_DUMP_DEFAULT);
+  if (logDumping) {
+    let dumpAppender = new Log.DumpAppender(new Log.BasicFormatter());
+    log.addAppender(dumpAppender);
+  }
+  return log;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/jsaccount/modules/JaBaseUrl.jsm b/mailnews/jsaccount/modules/JaBaseUrl.jsm
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..21a10847a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/jsaccount/modules/JaBaseUrl.jsm
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+/* -*- indent-tabs-mode: nil; js-indent-level: 2 -*- */
+/* vim: set ts=2 et sw=2 tw=80 filetype=javascript: */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+const EXPORTED_SYMBOLS = ["JaBaseUrlProperties", "JaBaseUrl"];
+
+var Cc = Components.classes;
+var Ci = Components.interfaces;
+var Cr = Components.results;
+var Cu = Components.utils;
+
+Cu.import("resource://gre/modules/XPCOMUtils.jsm");
+Cu.import("resource://gre/modules/jsaccount/JSAccountUtils.jsm");
+
+// A partial JavaScript implementation of the base server methods.
+
+const JaBaseUrlProperties = {
+
+  // The CPP object that delgates to CPP or JS.
+  baseContractID:     "@mozilla.org/jacppurldelegator;1",
+
+  // Interfaces implemented by the base CPP version of this object.
+  baseInterfaces:     [ Ci.nsIURI,
+                        Ci.nsIURL,
+                        Ci.nsIMsgMailNewsUrl,
+                        Ci.nsIMsgMessageUrl,
+                        Ci.msgIOverride,
+                        Ci.nsISupports,
+                        Ci.nsIInterfaceRequestor,
+                        ],
+
+  // We don't typically define this as a creatable component, but if we do use
+  // these. Subclasses for particular account types require these defined for
+  // that type.
+  contractID:         "@mozilla.org/jsaccount/jaurl;1",
+  classID:            Components.ID("{1E7B42CA-E6D9-408F-A4E4-8D2F82AECBBD}"),
+};
+
+function JaBaseUrl(aDelegator, aBaseInterfaces) {
+
+// Typical boilerplate to include in all implementations.
+
+  // Object delegating method calls to the appropriate XPCOM object.
+  // Weak because it owns us.
+  this._delegatorWeak = Cu.getWeakReference(aDelegator);
+
+  // Base implementation of methods with no overrides.
+  this.cppBase = aDelegator.cppBase;
+
+  // cppBase class sees all interfaces
+  aBaseInterfaces.forEach(iface => this.cppBase instanceof iface);
+}
+
+JaBaseUrl.prototype = {
+// Typical boilerplate to include in all implementations.
+  __proto__: JSAccountUtils.makeCppDelegator(JaBaseUrlProperties),
+
+  // Flag this item as CPP needs to delegate to JS.
+  _JsPrototypeToDelegate: true,
+
+  // QI to the interfaces.
+  QueryInterface: XPCOMUtils.generateQI(JaBaseUrlProperties.baseInterfaces),
+
+  // Used to access an instance as JS, bypassing XPCOM.
+  get wrappedJSObject() {
+    return this;
+  },
+
+  // Accessor to the weak cpp delegator.
+  get delegator() {
+    return this._delegatorWeak.get();
+  },
+
+  // Dynamically-generated list of delegate methods.
+  delegateList: null,
+
+  // Implementation in JS  (if any) of methods in XPCOM interfaces.
+
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/jsaccount/moz.build b/mailnews/jsaccount/moz.build
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6e080b863
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/jsaccount/moz.build
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+# -*- Mode: python; c-basic-offset: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; tab-width: 40 -*-
+# vim: set filetype=python:
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+DIRS += [
+  'public',
+  'src'
+]
+
+EXTRA_JS_MODULES.jsaccount += [
+    'modules/JaBaseUrl.jsm',
+    'modules/JSAccountUtils.jsm',
+]
diff --git a/mailnews/jsaccount/public/moz.build b/mailnews/jsaccount/public/moz.build
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a635ffca9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/jsaccount/public/moz.build
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+# -*- Mode: python; c-basic-offset: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; tab-width: 40 -*-
+# vim: set filetype=python:
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+XPIDL_SOURCES += [
+    'msgIDelegateList.idl',
+    'msgIOverride.idl',
+]
+
+EXPORTS += [
+    'msgJsAccountCID.h',
+]
+
+XPIDL_MODULE = 'msgjsaccount'
+
diff --git a/mailnews/jsaccount/public/msgIDelegateList.idl b/mailnews/jsaccount/public/msgIDelegateList.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..dce1b0bb6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/jsaccount/public/msgIDelegateList.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* vim:set ts=2 sw=2 sts=2 et cindent: */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+/**
+ * This interface provides a list of methods that should be delegated to
+ * a JsObject rather than a C++ XPCOM base object in JsAccount classes.
+ */
+
+[scriptable, builtinclass, uuid(627D3A34-F8A3-40eb-91FE-E413D6638D27)]
+interface msgIDelegateList : nsISupports
+{
+  /// Method name to delegate to JavaScript.
+  void add(in string aMethod);
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/jsaccount/public/msgIOverride.idl b/mailnews/jsaccount/public/msgIOverride.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cad1bf415
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/jsaccount/public/msgIOverride.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* vim:set ts=2 sw=2 sts=2 et cindent: */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+#include "msgIDelegateList.idl"
+
+/**
+ * Mailnews code typically has a C++ base class for objects, which is then
+ * specialized for each account type with a C++ subclass of the base class.
+ *
+ * This interface provides the ability of JavaScript-based account
+ * implementations to use the same C++ base classes as core objects, but
+ * use JavaScript to override methods instead of C++.
+ */
+
+[scriptable, uuid(68075269-8BBD-4a09-AC04-3241BF44F633)]
+interface msgIOverride : nsISupports
+{
+  /**
+   *
+   * A list of methods in the C++ base class that will be delegated to the JS
+   * delegate. This is calculated once, and then a fixed value is set to
+   * all subsequent instances so that it does not need to be recalculated each
+   * time. If the value has not yet been set, this will return a new instance.
+   */
+  attribute msgIDelegateList methodsToDelegate;
+
+  /**
+   * JavaScript-based xpcom object that overrides C++ methods.
+   */
+  attribute nsISupports jsDelegate;
+
+  /**
+   * C++ class used to implement default functionality. This is used when
+   * JavaScript methods want to call the base class default action, bypassing a
+   * possible JS override.
+   */
+  readonly attribute nsISupports cppBase;
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/jsaccount/public/msgJsAccountCID.h b/mailnews/jsaccount/public/msgJsAccountCID.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..330569312
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/jsaccount/public/msgJsAccountCID.h
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 8; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* vim: set ts=8 sts=2 et sw=2 tw=80: */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+// Contains the definitions of contract IDs for modules in JsAccounts.
+
+#ifndef _msgJsAccountCID_H_
+#define _msgJsAccountCID_H_
+
+#define JACPPURLDELEGATOR_CID \
+{ 0x1a0b778c, 0x2fe6, 0x4012, { 0xb4, 0xf3, 0xe8, 0x1c, 0xc, 0x11, 0x64, 0x9 } }
+#define JACPPURLDELEGATOR_CONTRACTID "@mozilla.org/jacppurldelegator;1"
+
+#define JACPPABDIRECTORYDELEGATOR_CID \
+{ 0x77b5592c, 0x5018, 0x436d, { 0xa4, 0x66, 0xc4, 0xe5, 0x44, 0x3a, 0x16, 0x69 } }
+#define JACPPABDIRECTORYDELEGATOR_CONTRACTID "@mozilla.org/jacppabdirectorydelegator;1"
+
+#define JACPPINCOMINGSERVERDELEGATOR_CID \
+{ 0x7aa11dd3, 0x5590, 0x4e01, { 0xbd, 0x87, 0x91, 0xf6, 0x02, 0x72, 0xd0, 0x1a } }
+#define JACPPINCOMINGSERVERDELEGATOR_CONTRACTID "@mozilla.org/jacppincomingserverdelegator;1"
+
+#define JACPPCOMPOSEDELEGATOR_CID \
+{ 0xcfcd1caa, 0x00d9, 0x40d0, { 0x83, 0x1e, 0x67, 0x38, 0x20, 0xe0, 0x4f, 0xc6 } }
+#define JACPPCOMPOSEDELEGATOR_CONTRACTID "@mozilla.org/jacppcomposedelegator;1"
+
+#define JACPPMSGFOLDERDELEGATOR_CID \
+{ 0xd6bd81fa, 0xb1d4, 0x424a, { 0x88, 0xea, 0xbb, 0x3e, 0xa8, 0x38, 0x1d, 0x50 } }
+#define JACPPMSGFOLDERDELEGATOR_CONTRACTID "@mozilla.org/jacppmsgfolderdelegator;1"
+
+#define JACPPSENDDELEGATOR_CID \
+{ 0x36fcb887, 0x2b04, 0x42d4, { 0x92, 0xc9, 0xae, 0xd2, 0xac, 0xa1, 0xd4, 0x5b } }
+#define JACPPSENDDELEGATOR_CONTRACTID "@mozilla.org/jacppsenddelegator;1"
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/jsaccount/readme.html b/mailnews/jsaccount/readme.html
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..317b3c227
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/jsaccount/readme.html
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html>
+<html>
+  <head>
+    <meta charset="utf-8" />
+    <title>JsAccount Usage and Architecture</title>
+  </head>
+  <body>
+    <h1>Overview</h1>
+    <p>JsAccount is a technology that allows message account types to be created
+      in Mozilla Mailnews code using JavaScript. Although this is primarily
+      targeted at allowing extensions to create new accounts, it might also be
+      useful as a bridge to convert existing account types from being C++ based
+      to JavaScript based.</p>
+    <h2>Existing C++-based architecture of mailnews accounts</h2>
+    <p>In mailnews code, an account type is a set of classes that allow
+      implementation of a messaging particular protocol. The account type is
+      given a short string identifier ("imap", "news", "pop3") and is then used
+      to create objects of the appropriate type by appending that string to the
+      end of a base XPCOM contractID. So, for example, to create an imap server,
+      you generate a contractID using a base ID,
+      NS_MSGINCOMINGSERVER_CONTRACTID_PREFIX
+      "@mozilla.org/messenger/server;1?type=", then append "imap" to get:</p>
+    <p>@mozilla.org/messenger/server;1?type=imap</p>
+    <p>In the C++ code, there is a base object implementing shared
+      functionality. An account-specific class inherits that base functionality,
+      then extends it to represent the account-specific behavior that is needed.
+      This same basic concept is used to represent a whole series of classes
+      that are necessary to implement a specific mailnews account type.</p>
+    <p>For the server example, there is a base class named
+      nsMsgIncomingServer.cpp that implements that base interface
+      nsIMsgIncomingServer.idl. For imap, there is a specific class
+      nsImapIncomingServer.cpp that inherits from nsMsgIncomingServer.cpp,
+      overrides some of the methods in nsIMsgIncomingServer.idl, and also
+      implements an imap-specific interface nsIImapIncomingServer.idl. All of
+      this works fine using C++ inheritance and polymorphism.</p>
+    <p>Although JsAccount is intended mostly for mailnews accounts, the same
+      basic method of using a base class extended for specific types is also used
+      in other ways in mailnews code, including for addressbook types and views.
+      The technology may also be applied to those other object types as well.</p>
+    <h2>Role of JsAccount</h2>
+    <p>The JavaScript class system works very differently than the C++ system,
+      and you cannot use normal language constructs to override a C++ class with
+      a JavaScript class. What JsAccount allows you to do is to create XPCOM
+      objects in JavaScript, and use those objects to override or extend the
+      methods from the C++ base class in a way that will function correctly
+      whether those objects are executed from within C++ code or JavaScript
+      code. This allows you to create a new account using JavaScript code, while
+      using the same base class functionality that is used by the core C++
+      account types. Thus a new account type may be created in JavaScript-based
+      extension. The technology may also be used to create JavaScript
+      versions of existing account types in an incremental manner, slowly
+      converting methods from C++ to JavaScript.</p>
+    <p><br>
+    </p>
+  </body>
+</html>
diff --git a/mailnews/jsaccount/src/DelegateList.cpp b/mailnews/jsaccount/src/DelegateList.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7d2bae30c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/jsaccount/src/DelegateList.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 8; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* vim: set ts=8 sts=2 et sw=2 tw=80: */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "DelegateList.h"
+
+// This class is used within JsAccount to allow static storage of a list
+// of methods to be overridden by JS implementations, in a way that can
+// be stored and manipulated in JS, but used efficiently in C++.
+
+namespace mozilla {
+namespace mailnews {
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(DelegateList, msgIDelegateList)
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP DelegateList::Add(const char *aMethodName)
+{
+  // __FUNCTION__ is the undecorated function name in gcc, but decorated in
+  // Windows. __func__ will resolve this when supported in VS 2015.
+  nsCString prettyFunction;
+#if defined (_MSC_VER)
+  prettyFunction.Append(mPrefix);
+#endif
+  prettyFunction.Append(nsDependentCString(aMethodName));
+
+  mMethods.Put(prettyFunction, true);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+} // namespace mailnews
+} // namespace mozilla
diff --git a/mailnews/jsaccount/src/DelegateList.h b/mailnews/jsaccount/src/DelegateList.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..943b3e726
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/jsaccount/src/DelegateList.h
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 8; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* vim: set ts=8 sts=2 et sw=2 tw=80: */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _DelegateList_H_
+#define _DelegateList_H_
+
+#include "nsISupports.h"
+#include "msgIDelegateList.h"
+#include "nsDataHashtable.h"
+
+namespace mozilla {
+namespace mailnews {
+
+// This class provides a list of method names to delegate to another object.
+class DelegateList : public msgIDelegateList
+{
+public:
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_MSGIDELEGATELIST
+  DelegateList(const char *aWindowsPrefix) :
+    mPrefix(aWindowsPrefix)
+  { }
+  nsDataHashtable<nsCStringHashKey, bool> mMethods;
+
+protected:
+  virtual ~DelegateList() { }
+  nsCString mPrefix; // Windows decorated method prefix.
+};
+
+} // namespace mailnews
+} // namespace mozilla
+
+/*
+ * This macro is used in forwarding functions.
+ *   _interface: the interface being forwarded.
+ *   _jsdelegate: the name of the JS pointer that implements a particular
+ *                interface.
+ *
+ * You must follow the naming convention:
+ *   1) use mCppBase as the name of the C++ base class instance.
+ *   2) use mMethod as the name of the DelegateList object.
+ **/
+
+#define DELEGATE_JS(_interface, _jsdelegate) (\
+    _jsdelegate && mMethods && \
+    mMethods->Contains(nsLiteralCString(__FUNCTION__)) ? \
+       _jsdelegate : nsCOMPtr<_interface>(do_QueryInterface(mCppBase)))
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/jsaccount/src/JaAbDirectory.cpp b/mailnews/jsaccount/src/JaAbDirectory.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7d9c16d78
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/jsaccount/src/JaAbDirectory.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 8; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* vim: set ts=8 sts=2 et sw=2 tw=80: */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "JaAbDirectory.h"
+#include "nsISupportsUtils.h"
+#include "nsIFile.h"
+#include "nsIMsgHdr.h"
+#include "nsIMessenger.h"
+#include "nsMsgBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsComponentManagerUtils.h"
+
+namespace mozilla {
+namespace mailnews {
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED(JaBaseCppAbDirectory, nsAbDirProperty,
+                            nsIInterfaceRequestor)
+
+// nsIInterfaceRequestor implementation
+NS_IMETHODIMP JaBaseCppAbDirectory::GetInterface(const nsIID & aIID, void **aSink)
+{
+  return QueryInterface(aIID, aSink);
+}
+
+// Delegator
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED(JaCppAbDirectoryDelegator,
+                           JaBaseCppAbDirectory,
+                           msgIOverride)
+
+// Delegator object to bypass JS method override.
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(JaCppAbDirectoryDelegator::Super,
+                  nsIAbDirectory,
+                  nsIAbCollection,
+                  nsIAbItem,
+                  nsIInterfaceRequestor)
+
+JaCppAbDirectoryDelegator::JaCppAbDirectoryDelegator() :
+  mCppBase(new Super(this)),
+  mMethods(nullptr)
+{ }
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP JaCppAbDirectoryDelegator::SetMethodsToDelegate(msgIDelegateList* aDelegateList)
+{
+  if (!aDelegateList)
+  {
+    NS_WARNING("Null delegate list");
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+  }
+  // We static_cast since we want to use the hash object directly.
+  mDelegateList = static_cast<DelegateList*> (aDelegateList);
+  mMethods = &(mDelegateList->mMethods);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP JaCppAbDirectoryDelegator::GetMethodsToDelegate(msgIDelegateList** aDelegateList)
+{
+  if (!mDelegateList)
+    mDelegateList = new DelegateList("mozilla::mailnews::JaCppAbDirectoryDelegator::");
+  mMethods = &(mDelegateList->mMethods);
+  NS_ADDREF(*aDelegateList = mDelegateList);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP JaCppAbDirectoryDelegator::SetJsDelegate(nsISupports* aJsDelegate)
+{
+  // If these QIs fail, then overrides are not provided for methods in that
+  // interface, which is OK.
+  mJsISupports = aJsDelegate;
+  mJsIAbDirectory = do_QueryInterface(aJsDelegate);
+  mJsIAbCollection = do_QueryInterface(aJsDelegate);
+  mJsIAbItem = do_QueryInterface(aJsDelegate);
+  mJsIInterfaceRequestor = do_QueryInterface(aJsDelegate);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP JaCppAbDirectoryDelegator::GetJsDelegate(nsISupports **aJsDelegate)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aJsDelegate);
+  if (mJsISupports)
+  {
+    NS_ADDREF(*aJsDelegate = mJsISupports);
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP JaCppAbDirectoryDelegator::GetCppBase(nsISupports** aCppBase)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> cppBaseSupports;
+  cppBaseSupports = NS_ISUPPORTS_CAST(nsIAbDirectory*, mCppBase);
+  NS_ENSURE_STATE(cppBaseSupports);
+  cppBaseSupports.forget(aCppBase);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+} // namespace mailnews
+} // namespace mozilla
diff --git a/mailnews/jsaccount/src/JaAbDirectory.h b/mailnews/jsaccount/src/JaAbDirectory.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4ada7c761
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/jsaccount/src/JaAbDirectory.h
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 8; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* vim: set ts=8 sts=2 et sw=2 tw=80: */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _JaAbDirectory_H_
+#define _JaAbDirectory_H_
+
+#include "DelegateList.h"
+#include "msgIOverride.h"
+#include "nsAbDirProperty.h"
+#include "nsAutoPtr.h"
+#include "nsDataHashtable.h"
+#include "nsIInterfaceRequestor.h"
+
+namespace mozilla {
+namespace mailnews {
+
+/* Header file */
+
+// This class is an XPCOM component, usable in JS, that calls the methods
+// in the C++ base class (bypassing any JS override).
+class JaBaseCppAbDirectory : public nsAbDirProperty,
+                             public nsIInterfaceRequestor
+{
+public:
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED
+  NS_DECL_NSIINTERFACEREQUESTOR
+  JaBaseCppAbDirectory() { }
+
+protected:
+  virtual ~JaBaseCppAbDirectory() { }
+
+};
+
+class JaCppAbDirectoryDelegator : public JaBaseCppAbDirectory,
+                                  public msgIOverride
+{
+public:
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED
+  NS_DECL_MSGIOVERRIDE
+
+  NS_FORWARD_NSIABDIRECTORY(DELEGATE_JS(nsIAbDirectory, mJsIAbDirectory)->)
+  NS_FORWARD_NSIABCOLLECTION(DELEGATE_JS(nsIAbCollection, mJsIAbCollection)->)
+  NS_FORWARD_NSIABITEM(DELEGATE_JS(nsIAbItem, mJsIAbItem)->)
+  NS_FORWARD_NSIINTERFACEREQUESTOR(DELEGATE_JS(nsIInterfaceRequestor, mJsIInterfaceRequestor)->)
+
+  JaCppAbDirectoryDelegator();
+
+private:
+  virtual ~JaCppAbDirectoryDelegator() {
+  }
+
+  class Super : public nsIAbDirectory,
+                public nsIInterfaceRequestor
+  {
+    public:
+      Super(JaCppAbDirectoryDelegator* aFakeThis) {mFakeThis = aFakeThis;}
+      NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+      NS_FORWARD_NSIABDIRECTORY(mFakeThis->JaBaseCppAbDirectory::)
+      NS_FORWARD_NSIABCOLLECTION(mFakeThis->JaBaseCppAbDirectory::)
+      NS_FORWARD_NSIABITEM(mFakeThis->JaBaseCppAbDirectory::)
+      NS_FORWARD_NSIINTERFACEREQUESTOR(mFakeThis->JaBaseCppAbDirectory::)
+    private:
+      virtual ~Super() {}
+      JaCppAbDirectoryDelegator* mFakeThis;
+  };
+
+  // Interfaces that may be overridden by JS.
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbDirectory> mJsIAbDirectory;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbCollection> mJsIAbCollection;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbItem> mJsIAbItem;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIInterfaceRequestor> mJsIInterfaceRequestor;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> mJsISupports;
+
+  // Class to bypass JS delegates. nsCOMPtr for when we do cycle collection.
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAbDirectory> mCppBase;
+
+  RefPtr<DelegateList> mDelegateList;
+  nsDataHashtable<nsCStringHashKey, bool>* mMethods;
+
+};
+
+} // namespace mailnews
+} // namespace mozilla
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/jsaccount/src/JaCompose.cpp b/mailnews/jsaccount/src/JaCompose.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a6c1d59f3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/jsaccount/src/JaCompose.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 8; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* vim: set ts=8 sts=2 et sw=2 tw=80: */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "JaCompose.h"
+#include "nsISupportsUtils.h"
+#include "nsComponentManagerUtils.h"
+
+// This file specifies the implementation of nsIMsgCompose.idl objects
+// in the JsAccount system.
+
+namespace mozilla {
+namespace mailnews {
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED(JaBaseCppCompose,
+                            nsMsgCompose,
+                            nsIInterfaceRequestor)
+
+// nsIInterfaceRequestor implementation
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+JaBaseCppCompose::GetInterface(const nsIID & aIID, void **aSink)
+{
+  return QueryInterface(aIID, aSink);
+}
+
+// Delegator object to bypass JS method override.
+
+JaCppComposeDelegator::JaCppComposeDelegator() {
+  mCppBase = do_QueryInterface(
+      NS_ISUPPORTS_CAST(nsIMsgCompose*, new Super(this)));
+  mMethods = nullptr;
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED(JaCppComposeDelegator,
+                            JaBaseCppCompose,
+                            msgIOverride)
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(JaCppComposeDelegator::Super,
+                  nsIMsgCompose,
+                  nsIMsgSendListener,
+                  nsIInterfaceRequestor)
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+JaCppComposeDelegator::SetMethodsToDelegate(msgIDelegateList* aDelegateList)
+{
+  if (!aDelegateList)
+  {
+    NS_WARNING("Null delegate list");
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+  }
+  // We static_cast since we want to use the hash object directly.
+  mDelegateList = static_cast<DelegateList*> (aDelegateList);
+  mMethods = &(mDelegateList->mMethods);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+JaCppComposeDelegator::GetMethodsToDelegate(msgIDelegateList** aDelegateList)
+{
+  if (!mDelegateList)
+    mDelegateList = new DelegateList("mozilla::mailnews::JaCppComposeDelegator::");
+  mMethods = &(mDelegateList->mMethods);
+  NS_ADDREF(*aDelegateList = mDelegateList);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+JaCppComposeDelegator::SetJsDelegate(nsISupports* aJsDelegate)
+{
+  // If these QIs fail, then overrides are not provided for methods in that
+  // interface, which is OK.
+  mJsISupports = aJsDelegate;
+  mJsIMsgCompose = do_QueryInterface(aJsDelegate);
+  mJsIMsgSendListener = do_QueryInterface(aJsDelegate);
+  mJsIInterfaceRequestor = do_QueryInterface(aJsDelegate);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+JaCppComposeDelegator::GetJsDelegate(nsISupports **aJsDelegate)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aJsDelegate);
+  if (mJsISupports)
+  {
+    NS_ADDREF(*aJsDelegate = mJsISupports);
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+JaCppComposeDelegator::GetCppBase(nsISupports** aCppBase)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> cppBaseSupports;
+  cppBaseSupports = NS_ISUPPORTS_CAST(nsIMsgCompose*, mCppBase);
+  NS_ENSURE_STATE(cppBaseSupports);
+  cppBaseSupports.forget(aCppBase);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+} // namespace mailnews
+} // namespace mozilla
diff --git a/mailnews/jsaccount/src/JaCompose.h b/mailnews/jsaccount/src/JaCompose.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b81adda5c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/jsaccount/src/JaCompose.h
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 8; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* vim: set ts=8 sts=2 et sw=2 tw=80: */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _JaCompose_H_
+#define _JaCompose_H_
+
+#include "DelegateList.h"
+#include "msgIOverride.h"
+#include "nsMsgCompose.h"
+#include "nsAutoPtr.h"
+#include "nsDataHashtable.h"
+#include "nsIInterfaceRequestor.h"
+
+// This file specifies the definition of nsIMsgCompose.idl objects
+// in the JsAccount system.
+
+namespace mozilla {
+namespace mailnews {
+
+/* Header file */
+
+// This class is an XPCOM component, usable in JS, that calls the methods
+// in the C++ base class (bypassing any JS override).
+class JaBaseCppCompose : public nsMsgCompose,
+                                public nsIInterfaceRequestor
+{
+public:
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED
+  NS_DECL_NSIINTERFACEREQUESTOR
+  JaBaseCppCompose() { }
+
+protected:
+  virtual ~JaBaseCppCompose() { }
+
+};
+
+class JaCppComposeDelegator : public JaBaseCppCompose,
+                                     public msgIOverride
+{
+public:
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED
+  NS_DECL_MSGIOVERRIDE
+
+  NS_FORWARD_NSIMSGCOMPOSE(DELEGATE_JS(nsIMsgCompose, mJsIMsgCompose)->)
+  NS_FORWARD_NSIMSGSENDLISTENER(DELEGATE_JS(nsIMsgSendListener, mJsIMsgSendListener)->)
+  NS_FORWARD_NSIINTERFACEREQUESTOR(DELEGATE_JS(nsIInterfaceRequestor, mJsIInterfaceRequestor)->)
+
+  JaCppComposeDelegator();
+
+private:
+  virtual ~JaCppComposeDelegator() {
+  }
+
+  // This class will call a method on the delegator, but force the use of the
+  // C++ cppBase class, bypassing any JS Delegate.
+  class Super : public nsIMsgCompose,
+                public nsIInterfaceRequestor
+  {
+    public:
+      Super(JaCppComposeDelegator* aFakeThis) {mFakeThis = aFakeThis;}
+      NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+      // Forward all overridable methods, bypassing JS override.
+      NS_FORWARD_NSIMSGCOMPOSE(mFakeThis->JaBaseCppCompose::)
+      NS_FORWARD_NSIMSGSENDLISTENER(mFakeThis->JaBaseCppCompose::)
+      NS_FORWARD_NSIINTERFACEREQUESTOR(mFakeThis->JaBaseCppCompose::)
+    private:
+      virtual ~Super() {};
+      JaCppComposeDelegator* mFakeThis;
+  };
+
+  // Interfaces that may be overridden by JS.
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgCompose> mJsIMsgCompose;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgSendListener> mJsIMsgSendListener;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIInterfaceRequestor> mJsIInterfaceRequestor;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> mJsISupports;
+
+  // Class to bypass JS delegates.
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgCompose> mCppBase;
+
+  RefPtr<DelegateList> mDelegateList;
+  nsDataHashtable<nsCStringHashKey, bool>* mMethods;
+
+};
+
+} // namespace mailnews
+} // namespace mozilla
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/jsaccount/src/JaIncomingServer.cpp b/mailnews/jsaccount/src/JaIncomingServer.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..74296ac06
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/jsaccount/src/JaIncomingServer.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 8; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* vim: set ts=8 sts=2 et sw=2 tw=80: */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "JaIncomingServer.h"
+#include "nsISupportsUtils.h"
+#include "nsComponentManagerUtils.h"
+
+// This file specifies the implementation of nsIMsgIncomingServer.idl objects
+// in the JsAccount system.
+
+namespace mozilla {
+namespace mailnews {
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED(JaBaseCppIncomingServer,
+                            nsMsgIncomingServer,
+                            nsIInterfaceRequestor)
+
+// nsMsgIncomingServer overrides
+nsresult
+JaBaseCppIncomingServer::CreateRootFolderFromUri(const nsCString &serverUri,
+                                         nsIMsgFolder **rootFolder)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+// nsIInterfaceRequestor implementation
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+JaBaseCppIncomingServer::GetInterface(const nsIID & aIID, void **aSink)
+{
+  return QueryInterface(aIID, aSink);
+}
+
+// Delegator object to bypass JS method override.
+
+JaCppIncomingServerDelegator::JaCppIncomingServerDelegator() {
+  mCppBase = do_QueryInterface(
+      NS_ISUPPORTS_CAST(nsIMsgIncomingServer*, new Super(this)));
+  mMethods = nullptr;
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED(JaCppIncomingServerDelegator,
+                            JaBaseCppIncomingServer,
+                            msgIOverride)
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(JaCppIncomingServerDelegator::Super,
+                  nsIMsgIncomingServer,
+                  nsIInterfaceRequestor)
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+JaCppIncomingServerDelegator::SetMethodsToDelegate(msgIDelegateList* aDelegateList)
+{
+  if (!aDelegateList)
+  {
+    NS_WARNING("Null delegate list");
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+  }
+  // We static_cast since we want to use the hash object directly.
+  mDelegateList = static_cast<DelegateList*> (aDelegateList);
+  mMethods = &(mDelegateList->mMethods);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+JaCppIncomingServerDelegator::GetMethodsToDelegate(msgIDelegateList** aDelegateList)
+{
+  if (!mDelegateList)
+    mDelegateList = new DelegateList("mozilla::mailnews::JaCppIncomingServerDelegator::");
+  mMethods = &(mDelegateList->mMethods);
+  NS_ADDREF(*aDelegateList = mDelegateList);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+JaCppIncomingServerDelegator::SetJsDelegate(nsISupports* aJsDelegate)
+{
+  // If these QIs fail, then overrides are not provided for methods in that
+  // interface, which is OK.
+  mJsISupports = aJsDelegate;
+  mJsIMsgIncomingServer = do_QueryInterface(aJsDelegate);
+  mJsIInterfaceRequestor = do_QueryInterface(aJsDelegate);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+JaCppIncomingServerDelegator::GetJsDelegate(nsISupports **aJsDelegate)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aJsDelegate);
+  if (mJsISupports)
+  {
+    NS_ADDREF(*aJsDelegate = mJsISupports);
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+JaCppIncomingServerDelegator::GetCppBase(nsISupports** aCppBase)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> cppBaseSupports;
+  cppBaseSupports = NS_ISUPPORTS_CAST(nsIMsgIncomingServer*, mCppBase);
+  NS_ENSURE_STATE(cppBaseSupports);
+  cppBaseSupports.forget(aCppBase);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+} // namespace mailnews
+} // namespace mozilla
diff --git a/mailnews/jsaccount/src/JaIncomingServer.h b/mailnews/jsaccount/src/JaIncomingServer.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5b0362324
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/jsaccount/src/JaIncomingServer.h
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 8; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* vim: set ts=8 sts=2 et sw=2 tw=80: */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _JaIncomingServer_H_
+#define _JaIncomingServer_H_
+
+#include "DelegateList.h"
+#include "msgIOverride.h"
+#include "nsMsgIncomingServer.h"
+#include "nsAutoPtr.h"
+#include "nsDataHashtable.h"
+#include "nsIInterfaceRequestor.h"
+
+// This file specifies the definition of nsIMsgIncomingServer.idl objects
+// in the JsAccount system.
+
+namespace mozilla {
+namespace mailnews {
+
+/* Header file */
+
+// This class is an XPCOM component, usable in JS, that calls the methods
+// in the C++ base class (bypassing any JS override).
+class JaBaseCppIncomingServer : public nsMsgIncomingServer,
+                                public nsIInterfaceRequestor
+{
+public:
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED
+  NS_DECL_NSIINTERFACEREQUESTOR
+  JaBaseCppIncomingServer() { }
+
+  // nsMsgIncomingServer overrides
+  nsresult CreateRootFolderFromUri(const nsCString &serverUri,
+                                         nsIMsgFolder **rootFolder) override;
+
+protected:
+  virtual ~JaBaseCppIncomingServer() { }
+
+};
+
+class JaCppIncomingServerDelegator : public JaBaseCppIncomingServer,
+                                     public msgIOverride
+{
+public:
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED
+  NS_DECL_MSGIOVERRIDE
+
+  NS_FORWARD_NSIMSGINCOMINGSERVER(DELEGATE_JS(nsIMsgIncomingServer, mJsIMsgIncomingServer)->)
+  NS_FORWARD_NSIINTERFACEREQUESTOR(DELEGATE_JS(nsIInterfaceRequestor, mJsIInterfaceRequestor)->)
+
+  JaCppIncomingServerDelegator();
+
+private:
+  virtual ~JaCppIncomingServerDelegator() {
+  }
+
+  // This class will call a method on the delegator, but force the use of the
+  // C++ parent class, bypassing any JS Delegate.
+  class Super : public nsIMsgIncomingServer,
+                public nsIInterfaceRequestor
+  {
+    public:
+      Super(JaCppIncomingServerDelegator* aFakeThis) {mFakeThis = aFakeThis;}
+      NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+      // Forward all overridable methods, bypassing JS override.
+      NS_FORWARD_NSIMSGINCOMINGSERVER(mFakeThis->JaBaseCppIncomingServer::)
+      NS_FORWARD_NSIINTERFACEREQUESTOR(mFakeThis->JaBaseCppIncomingServer::)
+    private:
+      virtual ~Super() {};
+      JaCppIncomingServerDelegator* mFakeThis;
+  };
+
+  // Interfaces that may be overridden by JS.
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> mJsIMsgIncomingServer;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIInterfaceRequestor> mJsIInterfaceRequestor;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> mJsISupports;
+
+  // Class to bypass JS delegates.
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> mCppBase;
+
+  RefPtr<DelegateList> mDelegateList;
+  nsDataHashtable<nsCStringHashKey, bool>* mMethods;
+
+
+};
+
+} // namespace mailnews
+} // namespace mozilla
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/jsaccount/src/JaMsgFolder.cpp b/mailnews/jsaccount/src/JaMsgFolder.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e51528e11
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/jsaccount/src/JaMsgFolder.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,207 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 8; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* vim: set ts=8 sts=2 et sw=2 tw=80: */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "JaMsgFolder.h"
+#include "nsISupportsUtils.h"
+#include "nsMsgBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsComponentManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsIUUIDGenerator.h"
+#include "nsIComponentRegistrar.h"
+#include "nsMsgDBCID.h"
+
+#define MAILDATABASE_CONTRACTID_BASE "@mozilla.org/nsMsgDatabase/msgDB-"
+
+namespace mozilla {
+namespace mailnews {
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED(JaBaseCppMsgFolder, nsMsgDBFolder,
+                            nsIInterfaceRequestor)
+
+// nsIInterfaceRequestor implementation
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+JaBaseCppMsgFolder::GetInterface(const nsIID & aIID, void **aSink)
+{
+  return QueryInterface(aIID, aSink);
+}
+
+// Definition of abstract nsMsgDBFolder methods.
+nsresult
+JaBaseCppMsgFolder::GetDatabase()
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  if (!mDatabase)
+  {
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBService> msgDBService = do_GetService(NS_MSGDB_SERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    // Create the database, keeping it if it is "out of date"
+    rv = msgDBService->OpenFolderDB(this, true, getter_AddRefs(mDatabase));
+    if (rv == NS_MSG_ERROR_FOLDER_SUMMARY_MISSING)
+    {
+      rv = msgDBService->CreateNewDB(this, getter_AddRefs(mDatabase));
+      NS_ENSURE_STATE(mDatabase);
+      // not sure about this ... the issue is that if the summary is not valid, then
+      //  the db does not get added to the cache in the future, and reindexes
+      //  do not show all of the messages.
+      //mDatabase->SetSummaryValid(true);
+      mDatabase->SetSummaryValid(false);
+      CreateDummyFile(this);
+    }
+
+    if (rv != NS_MSG_ERROR_FOLDER_SUMMARY_OUT_OF_DATE)
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    else if (mDatabase)
+    {
+      // Not going to warn here, because on initialization we set all
+      //  databases as invalid.
+      //NS_WARNING("Mail Summary database is out of date");
+      // Grrr, the only way to get this into the cache is to set the db as valid,
+      //  close, reopen, then set as invalid.
+      mDatabase->SetSummaryValid(true);
+      msgDBService->ForceFolderDBClosed(this);
+      rv = msgDBService->OpenFolderDB(this, true, getter_AddRefs(mDatabase));
+      if (mDatabase)
+        mDatabase->SetSummaryValid(false);
+    }
+
+    if (mDatabase)
+    {
+      //
+      // When I inadvertently deleted the out-of-date database, I hit this code with
+      //  the db's m_dbFolderInfo as null from the delete, yet the local mDatabase
+      //  reference kept the database alive. So I hit an assert when I tried to open
+      //  the database. Be careful if you try to fix the out-of-date issues!
+      //
+      //UpdateNewMessages();
+      if(mAddListener)
+        mDatabase->AddListener(this);
+      // UpdateSummaryTotals can null mDatabase during initialization, so we save a local copy
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> database(mDatabase);
+      UpdateSummaryTotals(true);
+      mDatabase = database;
+
+    }
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+/*
+ * The utility function GetSummaryFileLocation takes a folder file,
+ *  then appends .msf to come up with the name of the database file. So
+ *  we need a placeholder file with simply the folder name. This method
+ *  creates an appropriate file as a placeholder, or you may use the file if
+ *  appropriate.
+ */
+nsresult
+JaBaseCppMsgFolder::CreateDummyFile(nsIMsgFolder* aMailFolder)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  if (!aMailFolder)
+    return NS_OK;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIFile> path;
+  // need to make sure folder exists...
+  aMailFolder->GetFilePath(getter_AddRefs(path));
+  if (path)
+  {
+    bool exists;
+    rv = path->Exists(&exists);
+    if (!exists)
+    {
+      rv = path->Create(nsIFile::NORMAL_FILE_TYPE, 0644);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// AFAICT this is unused in mailnews code.
+nsresult
+JaBaseCppMsgFolder::CreateChildFromURI(const nsCString &uri, nsIMsgFolder **folder)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+// Delegator object to bypass JS method override.
+
+JaCppMsgFolderDelegator::JaCppMsgFolderDelegator() :
+  mCppBase(new Super(this)),
+  mMethods(nullptr)
+{ }
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED(JaCppMsgFolderDelegator, JaBaseCppMsgFolder,
+                            msgIOverride)
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(JaCppMsgFolderDelegator::Super,
+                  nsIMsgFolder,
+                  nsIRDFResource,
+                  nsIRDFNode,
+                  nsIDBChangeListener,
+                  nsIUrlListener,
+                  nsIJunkMailClassificationListener,
+                  nsIMsgTraitClassificationListener,
+                  nsIInterfaceRequestor)
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+JaCppMsgFolderDelegator::SetMethodsToDelegate(msgIDelegateList* aDelegateList)
+{
+  if (!aDelegateList)
+  {
+    NS_WARNING("Null delegate list");
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+  }
+  // We static_cast since we want to use the hash object directly.
+  mDelegateList = static_cast<DelegateList*> (aDelegateList);
+  mMethods = &(mDelegateList->mMethods);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+JaCppMsgFolderDelegator::GetMethodsToDelegate(msgIDelegateList** aDelegateList)
+{
+  if (!mDelegateList)
+    mDelegateList = new DelegateList("mozilla::mailnews::JaCppMsgFolderDelegator::");
+  mMethods = &(mDelegateList->mMethods);
+  NS_ADDREF(*aDelegateList = mDelegateList);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP JaCppMsgFolderDelegator::SetJsDelegate(nsISupports* aJsDelegate)
+{
+  // If these QIs fail, then overrides are not provided for methods in that
+  // interface, which is OK.
+  mJsISupports = aJsDelegate;
+  mJsIMsgFolder = do_QueryInterface(aJsDelegate);
+  mJsIDBChangeListener = do_QueryInterface(aJsDelegate);
+  mJsIUrlListener = do_QueryInterface(aJsDelegate);
+  mJsIJunkMailClassificationListener = do_QueryInterface(aJsDelegate);
+  mJsIMsgTraitClassificationListener = do_QueryInterface(aJsDelegate);
+  mJsIInterfaceRequestor = do_QueryInterface(aJsDelegate);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP JaCppMsgFolderDelegator::GetJsDelegate(nsISupports **aJsDelegate)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aJsDelegate);
+  if (mJsISupports)
+  {
+    NS_ADDREF(*aJsDelegate = mJsISupports);
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP JaCppMsgFolderDelegator::GetCppBase(nsISupports** aCppBase)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> cppBaseSupports;
+  cppBaseSupports = NS_ISUPPORTS_CAST(nsIMsgFolder*, mCppBase);
+  NS_ENSURE_STATE(cppBaseSupports);
+  cppBaseSupports.forget(aCppBase);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+} // namespace mailnews
+} // namespace mozilla
diff --git a/mailnews/jsaccount/src/JaMsgFolder.h b/mailnews/jsaccount/src/JaMsgFolder.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..514d6e07f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/jsaccount/src/JaMsgFolder.h
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 8; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* vim: set ts=8 sts=2 et sw=2 tw=80: */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _JaMsgFolder_H_
+#define _JaMsgFolder_H_
+
+#include "DelegateList.h"
+#include "msgIOverride.h"
+#include "nsMsgDBFolder.h"
+#include "nsAutoPtr.h"
+#include "nsCycleCollectionParticipant.h"
+#include "nsDataHashtable.h"
+#include "nsIInterfaceRequestor.h"
+#include "nsWeakReference.h"
+#include "nsNetUtil.h"
+
+namespace mozilla {
+namespace mailnews {
+
+/* Header file */
+
+// This class is an XPCOM component, usable in JS, that calls the methods
+// in the C++ base class (bypassing any JS override).
+class JaBaseCppMsgFolder : public nsMsgDBFolder,
+                           public nsIInterfaceRequestor
+
+{
+public:
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED
+  NS_DECL_NSIINTERFACEREQUESTOR
+  JaBaseCppMsgFolder() { }
+
+  // nsMsgDBFolder overrides
+
+  nsresult CreateChildFromURI(const nsCString &uri, nsIMsgFolder **folder) override;
+  nsresult GetDatabase() override;
+
+  // Local Utility Functions
+
+  // Create a placeholder file to represent a folder.
+  nsresult CreateDummyFile(nsIMsgFolder* aMailFolder);
+
+protected:
+  virtual ~JaBaseCppMsgFolder() { }
+
+};
+
+class JaCppMsgFolderDelegator : public JaBaseCppMsgFolder,
+                                public msgIOverride
+{
+public:
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED
+  NS_DECL_MSGIOVERRIDE
+
+  // Note that we do not support override of RDF methods.
+  NS_FORWARD_NSIRDFRESOURCE(JaBaseCppMsgFolder::)
+  NS_FORWARD_NSIRDFNODE(JaBaseCppMsgFolder::)
+  NS_FORWARD_NSIMSGFOLDER(DELEGATE_JS(nsIMsgFolder, mJsIMsgFolder)->)
+  NS_FORWARD_NSIDBCHANGELISTENER(
+    DELEGATE_JS(nsIDBChangeListener, mJsIDBChangeListener)->)
+  NS_FORWARD_NSIURLLISTENER(DELEGATE_JS(nsIUrlListener, mJsIUrlListener)->)
+  NS_FORWARD_NSIJUNKMAILCLASSIFICATIONLISTENER(
+      DELEGATE_JS(nsIJunkMailClassificationListener,
+                  mJsIJunkMailClassificationListener)->)
+  NS_FORWARD_NSIMSGTRAITCLASSIFICATIONLISTENER(
+      DELEGATE_JS(nsIMsgTraitClassificationListener,
+                  mJsIMsgTraitClassificationListener)->)
+  NS_FORWARD_NSIINTERFACEREQUESTOR(
+      DELEGATE_JS(nsIInterfaceRequestor, mJsIInterfaceRequestor)->)
+
+  JaCppMsgFolderDelegator();
+
+private:
+  virtual ~JaCppMsgFolderDelegator() {
+  }
+
+  class Super : public nsIMsgFolder,
+                public nsIRDFResource,
+                public nsIDBChangeListener,
+                public nsIUrlListener,
+                public nsIJunkMailClassificationListener,
+                public nsIMsgTraitClassificationListener,
+                public nsIInterfaceRequestor
+  {
+    public:
+      // Why fake this? Because this method is fully owned by
+      // JaCppMsgFolderDelegator, and this reference is to the "this" of the
+      // main method. But it is not really the local "this".
+      Super(JaCppMsgFolderDelegator* aFakeThis) {mFakeThis = aFakeThis;}
+      NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+      NS_FORWARD_NSIMSGFOLDER(mFakeThis->JaBaseCppMsgFolder::)
+      NS_FORWARD_NSIRDFRESOURCE(mFakeThis->JaBaseCppMsgFolder::)
+      NS_FORWARD_NSIRDFNODE(mFakeThis->JaBaseCppMsgFolder::)
+      NS_FORWARD_NSIDBCHANGELISTENER(mFakeThis->JaBaseCppMsgFolder::)
+      NS_FORWARD_NSIURLLISTENER(mFakeThis->JaBaseCppMsgFolder::)
+      NS_FORWARD_NSIJUNKMAILCLASSIFICATIONLISTENER(mFakeThis->JaBaseCppMsgFolder::)
+      NS_FORWARD_NSIMSGTRAITCLASSIFICATIONLISTENER(mFakeThis->JaBaseCppMsgFolder::)
+      NS_FORWARD_NSIINTERFACEREQUESTOR(mFakeThis->JaBaseCppMsgFolder::)
+    private:
+      virtual ~Super() {}
+      JaCppMsgFolderDelegator* mFakeThis;
+  };
+
+  // Interfaces that may be overridden by JS.
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> mJsIMsgFolder;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIDBChangeListener> mJsIDBChangeListener;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIUrlListener> mJsIUrlListener;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIJunkMailClassificationListener> mJsIJunkMailClassificationListener;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgTraitClassificationListener> mJsIMsgTraitClassificationListener;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIInterfaceRequestor> mJsIInterfaceRequestor;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> mJsISupports;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> mCppBase;
+  RefPtr<DelegateList> mDelegateList;
+  nsDataHashtable<nsCStringHashKey, bool>* mMethods;
+
+};
+
+} // namespace mailnews
+} // namespace mozilla
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/jsaccount/src/JaSend.cpp b/mailnews/jsaccount/src/JaSend.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5a473d2f8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/jsaccount/src/JaSend.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 8; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* vim: set ts=8 sts=2 et sw=2 tw=80: */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "JaSend.h"
+#include "nsISupportsUtils.h"
+#include "nsComponentManagerUtils.h"
+
+// This file specifies the implementation of nsIMsgSend.idl objects
+// in the JsAccount system.
+
+namespace mozilla {
+namespace mailnews {
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED(JaBaseCppSend,
+                            nsMsgComposeAndSend,
+                            nsIInterfaceRequestor)
+
+// nsIInterfaceRequestor implementation
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+JaBaseCppSend::GetInterface(const nsIID & aIID, void **aSink)
+{
+  return QueryInterface(aIID, aSink);
+}
+
+// Delegator object to bypass JS method override.
+
+JaCppSendDelegator::JaCppSendDelegator() {
+  mCppBase = do_QueryInterface(
+      NS_ISUPPORTS_CAST(nsIMsgSend*, new Super(this)));
+  mMethods = nullptr;
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED(JaCppSendDelegator,
+                            JaBaseCppSend,
+                            msgIOverride)
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(JaCppSendDelegator::Super,
+                  nsIMsgSend,
+                  nsIMsgOperationListener,
+                  nsIInterfaceRequestor)
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+JaCppSendDelegator::SetMethodsToDelegate(msgIDelegateList* aDelegateList)
+{
+  if (!aDelegateList)
+  {
+    NS_WARNING("Null delegate list");
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+  }
+  // We static_cast since we want to use the hash object directly.
+  mDelegateList = static_cast<DelegateList*> (aDelegateList);
+  mMethods = &(mDelegateList->mMethods);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+JaCppSendDelegator::GetMethodsToDelegate(msgIDelegateList** aDelegateList)
+{
+  if (!mDelegateList)
+    mDelegateList = new DelegateList("mozilla::mailnews::JaCppSendDelegator::");
+  mMethods = &(mDelegateList->mMethods);
+  NS_ADDREF(*aDelegateList = mDelegateList);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+JaCppSendDelegator::SetJsDelegate(nsISupports* aJsDelegate)
+{
+  // If these QIs fail, then overrides are not provided for methods in that
+  // interface, which is OK.
+  mJsISupports = aJsDelegate;
+  mJsIMsgSend = do_QueryInterface(aJsDelegate);
+  mJsIInterfaceRequestor = do_QueryInterface(aJsDelegate);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+JaCppSendDelegator::GetJsDelegate(nsISupports **aJsDelegate)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aJsDelegate);
+  if (mJsISupports)
+  {
+    NS_ADDREF(*aJsDelegate = mJsISupports);
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+JaCppSendDelegator::GetCppBase(nsISupports** aCppBase)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> cppBaseSupports;
+  cppBaseSupports = NS_ISUPPORTS_CAST(nsIMsgSend*, mCppBase);
+  NS_ENSURE_STATE(cppBaseSupports);
+  cppBaseSupports.forget(aCppBase);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+} // namespace mailnews
+} // namespace mozilla
diff --git a/mailnews/jsaccount/src/JaSend.h b/mailnews/jsaccount/src/JaSend.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c4d8ac3b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/jsaccount/src/JaSend.h
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 8; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* vim: set ts=8 sts=2 et sw=2 tw=80: */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _JaSend_H_
+#define _JaSend_H_
+
+#include "DelegateList.h"
+#include "msgIOverride.h"
+#include "nsMsgSend.h"
+#include "nsAutoPtr.h"
+#include "nsDataHashtable.h"
+#include "nsIInterfaceRequestor.h"
+
+// This file specifies the definition of nsIMsgSend.idl objects
+// in the JsAccount system.
+
+namespace mozilla {
+namespace mailnews {
+
+/* Header file */
+
+// This class is an XPCOM component, usable in JS, that calls the methods
+// in the C++ base class (bypassing any JS override).
+class JaBaseCppSend : public nsMsgComposeAndSend,
+                      public nsIInterfaceRequestor
+{
+public:
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED
+  NS_DECL_NSIINTERFACEREQUESTOR
+  JaBaseCppSend() { }
+
+protected:
+  virtual ~JaBaseCppSend() { }
+
+};
+
+class JaCppSendDelegator : public JaBaseCppSend,
+                           public msgIOverride
+{
+public:
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED
+  NS_DECL_MSGIOVERRIDE
+
+  NS_FORWARD_NSIMSGSEND(DELEGATE_JS(nsIMsgSend, mJsIMsgSend)->)
+  NS_FORWARD_NSIMSGOPERATIONLISTENER(
+      DELEGATE_JS(nsIMsgOperationListener, mJsIMsgOperationListener)->)
+  NS_FORWARD_NSIINTERFACEREQUESTOR(
+      DELEGATE_JS(nsIInterfaceRequestor, mJsIInterfaceRequestor)->)
+
+  JaCppSendDelegator();
+
+private:
+  virtual ~JaCppSendDelegator() {
+  }
+
+  // This class will call a method on the delegator, but force the use of the
+  // C++ parent class, bypassing any JS Delegate.
+  class Super : public nsIMsgSend,
+                public nsIMsgOperationListener,
+                public nsIInterfaceRequestor
+  {
+    public:
+      Super(JaCppSendDelegator* aFakeThis) {mFakeThis = aFakeThis;}
+      NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+      // Forward all overridable methods, bypassing JS override.
+      NS_FORWARD_NSIMSGSEND(mFakeThis->JaBaseCppSend::)
+      NS_FORWARD_NSIMSGOPERATIONLISTENER(mFakeThis->JaBaseCppSend::)
+      NS_FORWARD_NSIINTERFACEREQUESTOR(mFakeThis->JaBaseCppSend::)
+    private:
+      virtual ~Super() {};
+      JaCppSendDelegator* mFakeThis;
+  };
+
+  // Interfaces that may be overridden by JS.
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgSend> mJsIMsgSend;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgOperationListener> mJsIMsgOperationListener;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIInterfaceRequestor> mJsIInterfaceRequestor;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> mJsISupports;
+
+  // Class to bypass JS delegates.
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgSend> mCppBase;
+
+  RefPtr<DelegateList> mDelegateList;
+  nsDataHashtable<nsCStringHashKey, bool>* mMethods;
+
+
+};
+
+} // namespace mailnews
+} // namespace mozilla
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/jsaccount/src/JaUrl.cpp b/mailnews/jsaccount/src/JaUrl.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..70b19329c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/jsaccount/src/JaUrl.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,230 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 8; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* vim: set ts=8 sts=2 et sw=2 tw=80: */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "JaUrl.h"
+#include "nsComponentManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsIFile.h"
+#include "nsIMessenger.h"
+#include "nsIMsgHdr.h"
+#include "nsISupportsUtils.h"
+#include "nsMsgBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+
+// This file contains an implementation of mailnews URLs in JsAccount.
+
+namespace mozilla {
+namespace mailnews {
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED(JaBaseCppUrl, nsMsgMailNewsUrl,
+                            nsIMsgMessageUrl,
+                            nsIInterfaceRequestor,
+                            nsISupportsWeakReference)
+
+// nsIMsgMailNewsUrl overrides
+NS_IMETHODIMP JaBaseCppUrl::GetFolder(nsIMsgFolder **aFolder)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aFolder);
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aFolder = mFolder);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP JaBaseCppUrl::SetFolder(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder)
+{
+  mFolder = aFolder;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// nsIMsgMessageUrl implementation
+NS_IMETHODIMP JaBaseCppUrl::GetUri(char **aUri)
+{
+  if (!mUri.IsEmpty())
+    *aUri = ToNewCString(mUri);
+  else
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP JaBaseCppUrl::SetUri(const char *aUri)
+{
+  mUri = aUri;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP JaBaseCppUrl::GetMessageFile(nsIFile **aMessageFile)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMessageFile);
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aMessageFile = mMessageFile);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP JaBaseCppUrl::SetMessageFile(nsIFile *aMessageFile)
+{
+  mMessageFile = aMessageFile;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP JaBaseCppUrl::GetAddDummyEnvelope(bool *aAddDummyEnvelope)
+{
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP JaBaseCppUrl::SetAddDummyEnvelope(bool aAddDummyEnvelope)
+{
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP JaBaseCppUrl::GetCanonicalLineEnding(bool *aCanonicalLineEnding)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aCanonicalLineEnding);
+  *aCanonicalLineEnding = mCanonicalLineEnding;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP JaBaseCppUrl::SetCanonicalLineEnding(bool aCanonicalLineEnding)
+{
+  mCanonicalLineEnding = aCanonicalLineEnding;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP JaBaseCppUrl::GetOriginalSpec(char **aOriginalSpec)
+{
+  if (!aOriginalSpec || mOriginalSpec.IsEmpty())
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+  *aOriginalSpec = ToNewCString(mOriginalSpec);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP JaBaseCppUrl::SetOriginalSpec(const char *aOriginalSpec)
+{
+  mOriginalSpec = aOriginalSpec;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP JaBaseCppUrl::GetPrincipalSpec(nsACString& aPrincipalSpec)
+{
+  // URLs contain a lot of query parts. We want need a normalised form:
+  // scheme://server/folder?number=123
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailnewsURL;
+  QueryInterface(NS_GET_IID(nsIMsgMailNewsUrl), getter_AddRefs(mailnewsURL));
+
+  nsAutoCString spec;
+  mailnewsURL->GetSpecIgnoringRef(spec);
+
+  nsAutoCString queryPart = MsgExtractQueryPart(spec, "number=");
+
+  // Strip any query part beginning with ? or /;
+  int32_t ind = spec.Find("/;");
+  if (ind != kNotFound)
+    spec.SetLength(ind);
+
+  ind = spec.FindChar('?');
+  if (ind != kNotFound)
+    spec.SetLength(ind);
+
+  if (!queryPart.IsEmpty())
+    spec += NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("?") + queryPart;
+
+  aPrincipalSpec.Assign(spec);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP JaBaseCppUrl::GetMessageHeader(nsIMsgDBHdr **aMessageHeader)
+{
+  // This routine does a lookup using messenger, assumming that the message URI
+  // has been set in mUri.
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(!mUri.IsEmpty(), NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED);
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMessenger> messenger(do_CreateInstance(NS_MESSENGER_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+  rv = messenger->MsgHdrFromURI(mUri, getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  msgHdr.forget(aMessageHeader);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP JaBaseCppUrl::SetMessageHeader(nsIMsgDBHdr *aMsgHdr)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+// nsIInterfaceRequestor implementation
+NS_IMETHODIMP JaBaseCppUrl::GetInterface(const nsIID & aIID, void **aSink)
+{
+  return QueryInterface(aIID, aSink);
+}
+
+// Delegator
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED(JaCppUrlDelegator,
+                            JaBaseCppUrl,
+                            msgIOverride)
+
+// Delegator object to bypass JS method override.
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(JaCppUrlDelegator::Super,
+                  nsIMsgMailNewsUrl,
+                  nsIMsgMessageUrl,
+                  nsIURI,
+                  nsIURIWithQuery,
+                  nsIURL,
+                  nsIInterfaceRequestor)
+
+JaCppUrlDelegator::JaCppUrlDelegator() :
+  mCppBase(new Super(this)),
+  mMethods(nullptr)
+{ }
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP JaCppUrlDelegator::SetMethodsToDelegate(msgIDelegateList *aDelegateList)
+{
+  if (!aDelegateList)
+  {
+    NS_WARNING("Null delegate list");
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+  }
+  // We static_cast since we want to use the hash object directly.
+  mDelegateList = static_cast<DelegateList*> (aDelegateList);
+  mMethods = &(mDelegateList->mMethods);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP JaCppUrlDelegator::GetMethodsToDelegate(msgIDelegateList **aDelegateList)
+{
+  if (!mDelegateList)
+    mDelegateList = new DelegateList("mozilla::mailnews::JaCppUrlDelegator::");
+  mMethods = &(mDelegateList->mMethods);
+  NS_ADDREF(*aDelegateList = mDelegateList);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP JaCppUrlDelegator::SetJsDelegate(nsISupports *aJsDelegate)
+{
+  // If these QIs fail, then overrides are not provided for methods in that
+  // interface, which is OK.
+  mJsISupports = aJsDelegate;
+  mJsIMsgMailNewsUrl = do_QueryInterface(aJsDelegate);
+  mJsIURI = do_QueryInterface(aJsDelegate);
+  mJsIURIWithQuery = do_QueryInterface(aJsDelegate);
+  mJsIURL = do_QueryInterface(aJsDelegate);
+  mJsIMsgMessageUrl = do_QueryInterface(aJsDelegate);
+  mJsIInterfaceRequestor = do_QueryInterface(aJsDelegate);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP JaCppUrlDelegator::GetJsDelegate(nsISupports **aJsDelegate)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aJsDelegate);
+  if (mJsISupports)
+  {
+    NS_ADDREF(*aJsDelegate = mJsISupports);
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP JaCppUrlDelegator::GetCppBase(nsISupports **aCppBase)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> cppBaseSupports;
+  cppBaseSupports = NS_ISUPPORTS_CAST(nsIMsgMailNewsUrl*, mCppBase);
+  NS_ENSURE_STATE(cppBaseSupports);
+  cppBaseSupports.forget(aCppBase);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+} // namespace mailnews
+} // namespace mozilla
diff --git a/mailnews/jsaccount/src/JaUrl.h b/mailnews/jsaccount/src/JaUrl.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..57c902eee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/jsaccount/src/JaUrl.h
@@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 8; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* vim: set ts=8 sts=2 et sw=2 tw=80: */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _JaUrl_H_
+#define _JaUrl_H_
+
+#include "DelegateList.h"
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "msgIOverride.h"
+#include "nsAutoPtr.h"
+#include "nsCycleCollectionParticipant.h"
+#include "nsDataHashtable.h"
+#include "nsIFile.h"
+#include "nsIInterfaceRequestor.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolder.h"
+#include "nsISupports.h"
+#include "nsMsgMailNewsUrl.h"
+#include "nsWeakReference.h"
+
+namespace mozilla {
+namespace mailnews {
+
+/* Header file */
+
+// This class is an XPCOM component, usable in JS, that calls the methods
+// in the C++ base class (bypassing any JS override).
+class JaBaseCppUrl : public nsMsgMailNewsUrl,
+                     public nsIMsgMessageUrl,
+                     public nsIInterfaceRequestor,
+                     public nsSupportsWeakReference
+
+{
+public:
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGMESSAGEURL
+  NS_DECL_NSIINTERFACEREQUESTOR
+  JaBaseCppUrl() { }
+
+  // nsIMsgMailNewsUrl overrides
+  NS_IMETHOD GetFolder(nsIMsgFolder **aFolder) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD SetFolder(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder) override;
+
+protected:
+  virtual ~JaBaseCppUrl() { }
+
+  // nsIMsgMailUrl variables.
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> mFolder;
+
+  // nsIMsgMessageUrl variables.
+
+  // the uri for the original message, like ews-message://server/folder#123
+  nsCString mUri;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> mMessageFile;
+  bool mCanonicalLineEnding;
+  nsCString mOriginalSpec;
+};
+
+class JaCppUrlDelegator : public JaBaseCppUrl,
+                          public msgIOverride
+{
+public:
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED
+  NS_DECL_MSGIOVERRIDE
+
+  NS_FORWARD_NSIMSGMAILNEWSURL(DELEGATE_JS(nsIMsgMailNewsUrl, mJsIMsgMailNewsUrl)->)
+  NS_FORWARD_NSIURI(DELEGATE_JS(nsIURI, mJsIURI)->)
+  NS_FORWARD_NSIURIWITHQUERY(DELEGATE_JS(nsIURIWithQuery, mJsIURIWithQuery)->)
+  NS_FORWARD_NSIURL(DELEGATE_JS(nsIURL, mJsIURL)->)
+  NS_FORWARD_NSIMSGMESSAGEURL(DELEGATE_JS(nsIMsgMessageUrl, mJsIMsgMessageUrl)->)
+  NS_FORWARD_NSIINTERFACEREQUESTOR(DELEGATE_JS(nsIInterfaceRequestor, mJsIInterfaceRequestor)->)
+
+  JaCppUrlDelegator();
+
+  class Super : public nsIMsgMailNewsUrl,
+                public nsIMsgMessageUrl,
+                public nsIInterfaceRequestor
+  {
+    public:
+      Super(JaCppUrlDelegator *aFakeThis) {mFakeThis = aFakeThis;}
+      NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+      NS_FORWARD_NSIMSGMAILNEWSURL(mFakeThis->JaBaseCppUrl::)
+      NS_FORWARD_NSIURI(mFakeThis->JaBaseCppUrl::)
+      NS_FORWARD_NSIURIWITHQUERY(mFakeThis->JaBaseCppUrl::)
+      NS_FORWARD_NSIURL(mFakeThis->JaBaseCppUrl::)
+      NS_FORWARD_NSIMSGMESSAGEURL(mFakeThis->JaBaseCppUrl::)
+      NS_FORWARD_NSIINTERFACEREQUESTOR(mFakeThis->JaBaseCppUrl::)
+    private:
+      virtual ~Super() {}
+      JaCppUrlDelegator *mFakeThis;
+  };
+
+private:
+  virtual ~JaCppUrlDelegator() {
+  }
+
+  // Interfaces that may be overridden by JS.
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mJsIMsgMailNewsUrl;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> mJsIURI;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIURIWithQuery> mJsIURIWithQuery;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIURL> mJsIURL;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMessageUrl> mJsIMsgMessageUrl;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIInterfaceRequestor> mJsIInterfaceRequestor;
+
+  // Owning reference to the JS override.
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> mJsISupports;
+
+  // Class to bypass JS delegates. nsCOMPtr for when we do cycle collection.
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mCppBase;
+
+  RefPtr<DelegateList> mDelegateList;
+  nsDataHashtable<nsCStringHashKey, bool> *mMethods;
+};
+
+} // namespace mailnews
+} // namespace mozilla
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/jsaccount/src/moz.build b/mailnews/jsaccount/src/moz.build
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..761bb04ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/jsaccount/src/moz.build
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+# -*- Mode: python; c-basic-offset: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; tab-width: 40 -*-
+# vim: set filetype=python:
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+SOURCES += [
+    'DelegateList.cpp',
+    'JaAbDirectory.cpp',
+    'JaCompose.cpp',
+    'JaIncomingServer.cpp',
+    'JaMsgFolder.cpp',
+    'JaSend.cpp',
+    'JaUrl.cpp',
+]
+
+EXPORTS += [
+    'DelegateList.h',
+    'JaAbDirectory.h',
+    'JaCompose.h',
+    'JaIncomingServer.h',
+    'JaMsgFolder.h',
+    'JaSend.h',
+    'JaUrl.h',
+]
+
+Library('JsAccount')
+FINAL_LIBRARY = 'mail'
diff --git a/mailnews/local/public/moz.build b/mailnews/local/public/moz.build
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0c656b24b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/local/public/moz.build
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+# vim: set filetype=python:
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+XPIDL_SOURCES += [
+    'nsILocalMailIncomingServer.idl',
+    'nsIMailboxService.idl',
+    'nsIMailboxUrl.idl',
+    'nsIMovemailIncomingServer.idl',
+    'nsIMovemailService.idl',
+    'nsIMsgLocalMailFolder.idl',
+    'nsIMsgParseMailMsgState.idl',
+    'nsINewsBlogFeedDownloader.idl',
+    'nsINoIncomingServer.idl',
+    'nsINoneService.idl',
+    'nsIPop3IncomingServer.idl',
+    'nsIPop3Protocol.idl',
+    'nsIPop3Service.idl',
+    'nsIPop3Sink.idl',
+    'nsIPop3URL.idl',
+    'nsIRssIncomingServer.idl',
+    'nsIRssService.idl',
+]
+
+XPIDL_MODULE = 'msglocal'
+
+EXPORTS += [
+    'nsMsgLocalCID.h',
+]
+
diff --git a/mailnews/local/public/nsILocalMailIncomingServer.idl b/mailnews/local/public/nsILocalMailIncomingServer.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..05bcc0ff2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/local/public/nsILocalMailIncomingServer.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+/* -*- Mode: IDL; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+interface nsIURI;
+interface nsIMsgWindow;
+interface nsIUrlListener;
+interface nsIMsgFolder;
+
+[scriptable, uuid(f465a3ee-5b29-4da6-8b2e-d764bcba468e)]
+interface nsILocalMailIncomingServer : nsISupports
+{
+  /// Create the necessary default folders that must always exist in an account (e.g. Inbox/Trash).
+  void createDefaultMailboxes();
+
+  /// Set special folder flags on the default folders.
+  void setFlagsOnDefaultMailboxes();
+
+  nsIURI getNewMail(in nsIMsgWindow aMsgWindow, in nsIUrlListener aUrlListener, in nsIMsgFolder aInbox);
+};
+
diff --git a/mailnews/local/public/nsIMailboxService.idl b/mailnews/local/public/nsIMailboxService.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..13d998844
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/local/public/nsIMailboxService.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+#include "nsIUrlListener.idl"
+
+interface nsIURI;
+interface nsIStreamListener;
+interface nsIMsgWindow;
+interface nsIFile;
+
+[scriptable, uuid(809FCD02-B9EA-4DC0-84F0-3FBC55AE11F1)]
+interface nsIMailboxService : nsISupports {
+
+  /*
+   * All of these functions build mailbox urls and run them. If you want a
+   * handle on the running task, pass in a valid nsIURI ptr. You can later
+   * interrupt this action by asking the netlib service manager to interrupt
+   * the url you are given back. Remember to release aURL when you are done
+   * with it. Pass nullptr in for aURL if you don't care about the returned URL.
+   */
+
+  /*
+   * Pass in a file path for the mailbox you wish to parse. You also need to
+   * pass in a mailbox  parser (the consumer). The url listener can be null
+   * if you have no interest in tracking the url.
+   */
+  nsIURI ParseMailbox(in nsIMsgWindow aMsgWindow, in nsIFile aMailboxPath,
+                                 in nsIStreamListener aMailboxParser,
+                                 in nsIUrlListener aUrlListener);
+
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/local/public/nsIMailboxUrl.idl b/mailnews/local/public/nsIMailboxUrl.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d301db6c5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/local/public/nsIMailboxUrl.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+#include "MailNewsTypes2.idl"
+
+interface nsIStreamListener;
+interface nsIMsgDBHdr;
+
+typedef long nsMailboxAction;
+
+[scriptable, uuid(2ac72280-90f4-4d80-8af1-5e7a1997e2a8)]
+interface nsIMailboxUrl : nsISupports {
+
+  // Mailbox urls which parse a mailbox folder require a consumer of the
+  // stream which will represent the mailbox. This consumer is the mailbox
+  // parser. As data from the mailbox folder is read in, the data will be
+  // written to a stream and the consumer will be notified through
+  // nsIStreamListenter::OnDataAvailable that the stream has data
+  // available...
+  // mscott: I wonder if the caller should be allowed to create and set
+  // the stream they want the data written to as well? Hmm....
+
+  attribute nsIStreamListener mailboxParser;
+
+  /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+  // Copy/Move mailbox urls require a mailbox copy handler which actually
+  // performs the copy.
+  /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+  attribute nsIStreamListener mailboxCopyHandler;
+
+  // Some mailbox urls include a message key for the message in question.
+  readonly attribute nsMsgKey messageKey;
+
+  // this is to support multiple msg move/copy in one url
+  void setMoveCopyMsgKeys(out nsMsgKey keysToFlag, in long numKeys);
+  void getMoveCopyMsgHdrForIndex(in unsigned long msgIndex, out nsIMsgDBHdr msgHdr);
+  readonly attribute unsigned long numMoveCopyMsgs;
+  attribute unsigned long curMoveCopyMsgIndex;
+  // mailbox urls to fetch a mail message can specify the size of
+  // the message...
+  // this saves us the trouble of having to open up the msg db and ask
+  // ourselves...
+  attribute unsigned long messageSize;
+
+  attribute nsMailboxAction mailboxAction;
+
+  /* these are nsMailboxActions */
+  const long ActionParseMailbox = 0;
+  const long ActionFetchMessage = 1;
+  const long ActionCopyMessage = 2;
+  const long ActionMoveMessage = 3;
+  const long ActionSaveMessageToDisk = 4;
+  const long ActionAppendMessageToDisk = 5;
+  const long ActionFetchPart = 6;
+};
+
diff --git a/mailnews/local/public/nsIMovemailIncomingServer.idl b/mailnews/local/public/nsIMovemailIncomingServer.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..623ee83b3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/local/public/nsIMovemailIncomingServer.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+/* -*- Mode: IDL; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+[scriptable, uuid(0dbfa510-1dd2-11b2-9f0e-849c5a241ab6)]
+interface nsIMovemailIncomingServer : nsISupports {
+};
+
diff --git a/mailnews/local/public/nsIMovemailService.idl b/mailnews/local/public/nsIMovemailService.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..564c06413
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/local/public/nsIMovemailService.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+interface nsIMsgWindow;
+interface nsIMsgFolder;
+interface nsIMovemailIncomingServer;
+interface nsIUrlListener;
+interface nsIURI;
+
+[scriptable, uuid(4c7786a4-1dd2-11b2-9fbe-c59d742de59b)]
+interface nsIMovemailService : nsISupports {
+
+    nsIURI GetNewMail(in nsIMsgWindow aMsgWindow,
+                      in nsIUrlListener aUrlListener,
+                      in nsIMsgFolder aMsgFolder,
+                      in nsIMovemailIncomingServer movemailServer);
+    
+    nsIURI CheckForNewMail(in nsIUrlListener aUrlListener,
+                           in nsIMsgFolder inbox,
+                           in nsIMovemailIncomingServer movemailServer);
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/local/public/nsIMsgLocalMailFolder.idl b/mailnews/local/public/nsIMsgLocalMailFolder.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6bf1c5c5b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/local/public/nsIMsgLocalMailFolder.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+interface nsIArray;
+interface nsIMsgWindow;
+interface nsIUrlListener;
+interface nsIMsgDatabase;
+interface nsIMsgDBHdr;
+interface nsIMsgFolder;
+interface nsIMsgCopyServiceListener;
+
+[ptr] native nsLocalFolderScanState(nsLocalFolderScanState);
+
+%{C++
+/* flags for markMsgsOnPop3Server */
+#define POP3_NONE 0
+#define POP3_DELETE 1
+#define POP3_FETCH_BODY 2
+#define POP3_FORCE_DEL 3
+
+struct nsLocalFolderScanState;
+%}
+
+[scriptable, uuid(ebf7576c-e15f-4aba-b021-cc6e9266e90c)]
+interface nsIMsgLocalMailFolder : nsISupports {
+  /**
+   * Set the default flags on the subfolders of this folder, such as
+   * Drafts, Templates, etc.
+   * @param flags bitwise OR matching the type of mailboxes you want to flag.
+   *              This function will be smart and find the right names.
+   *              E.g. nsMsgFolderFlags::Inbox | nsMsgFolderFlags::Drafts
+   */
+  void setFlagsOnDefaultMailboxes(in unsigned long flags);
+
+  /* 
+   * This will return null if the db is out of date
+   */
+  nsIMsgDatabase getDatabaseWOReparse();
+
+  /*
+   * This will kick off a url to reparse the db if it's out of date.
+   * If aReparseUrlListener is null, folder will use itself as the listener
+   */
+  nsIMsgDatabase getDatabaseWithReparse(in nsIUrlListener aReparseUrlListener, in nsIMsgWindow aMsgWindow);
+  void parseFolder(in nsIMsgWindow aMsgWindow, in nsIUrlListener listener);
+  void copyFolderLocal(in nsIMsgFolder srcFolder, in boolean isMove, in nsIMsgWindow msgWindow, in nsIMsgCopyServiceListener listener );
+  void copyAllSubFolders(in nsIMsgFolder srcFolder, in nsIMsgWindow msgWindow, in nsIMsgCopyServiceListener listener );
+  void onCopyCompleted(in nsISupports aSrcSupport, in boolean aMoveCopySucceeded);
+  attribute boolean checkForNewMessagesAfterParsing;
+  void markMsgsOnPop3Server(in nsIArray aMessages, in int32_t aMark);
+
+  /**
+   * File size on disk has possibly changed - update and notify.
+   */
+  void refreshSizeOnDisk();
+
+  /**
+   * Creates a subfolder to the current folder with the passed in folder name.
+   * @param aFolderName name of the folder to create.
+   * @return newly created folder.
+   */
+  nsIMsgFolder createLocalSubfolder(in AString aFolderName);
+
+  /**
+   * Adds a message to the end of the folder, parsing it as it goes, and
+   * applying filters, if applicable.
+   * @param aMessage string containing the entire body of the message to add
+   * @return the nsIMsgDBHdr of the added message
+   */
+  nsIMsgDBHdr addMessage(in string aMessage);
+
+  /**
+   * Add one or more messages to the end of the folder in a single batch. Each
+   * batch requires an fsync() on the mailbox file so it is a good idea to
+   * try and minimize the number of calls you make to this method or addMessage.
+   *
+   * Filters are applied, if applicable.
+   *
+   * @param aMessageCount The number of messages.
+   * @param aMessages An array of pointers to strings containing entire message
+   *                  bodies.
+   * @return an array of nsIMsgDBHdr of the added messages
+   */
+  nsIArray addMessageBatch(in uint32_t aMessageCount,
+                           [array, size_is(aMessageCount)] in string aMessages);
+
+  /**
+   * Functions for updating the UI while running DownloadMessagesForOffline:
+   * delete the old message before adding its newly downloaded body, and
+   * select the new message after it has replaced the old one
+   */
+  void deleteDownloadMsg(in nsIMsgDBHdr aMsgHdr, out boolean aDoSelect);
+  void selectDownloadMsg();
+  void notifyDelete();
+
+  /**
+   * Functions for grubbing through a folder to find the Uidl for a
+   * given msgDBHdr.
+   */
+  [noscript] void getFolderScanState(in nsLocalFolderScanState aState);
+  [noscript] void getUidlFromFolder(in nsLocalFolderScanState aState, in nsIMsgDBHdr aMsgHdr);
+
+
+  /**
+   * Shows warning if there is not enough space in the message store
+   * for a message of the given size.
+   */
+  boolean warnIfLocalFileTooBig(in nsIMsgWindow aWindow,
+                                [optional] in long long aSpaceRequested);
+
+  /**
+   * Update properties on a new header from an old header, for cases where
+   * a partial message will be replaced with a full message.
+   *
+   * @param   aOldHdr  message header used as properties source
+   * @param   aNewHdr  message header used as properties destination
+   */
+  void updateNewMsgHdr(in nsIMsgDBHdr aOldHdr, in nsIMsgDBHdr aNewHdr);
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/local/public/nsIMsgParseMailMsgState.idl b/mailnews/local/public/nsIMsgParseMailMsgState.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..94f3ac317
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/local/public/nsIMsgParseMailMsgState.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+#include "MailNewsTypes2.idl"  // for nsMsgKey typedef
+
+interface nsIMsgDatabase;
+interface nsIMsgDBHdr;
+
+typedef long nsMailboxParseState;
+
+[scriptable, uuid(0d44646c-0759-43a2-954d-dc2a9a9660ec)]
+interface nsIMsgParseMailMsgState : nsISupports {
+    attribute unsigned long long envelopePos;
+    void SetMailDB(in nsIMsgDatabase aDatabase);
+    /*
+     * Set a backup mail database, whose data will be read during parsing to
+     * attempt to recover message metadata
+     *
+     * @param aDatabase   the backup database
+     */
+    void SetBackupMailDB(in nsIMsgDatabase aDatabase);
+    void Clear();
+
+    void ParseAFolderLine(in string line, in unsigned long lineLength);
+    /// db header for message we're currently parsing
+    attribute nsIMsgDBHdr newMsgHdr;
+    void FinishHeader();
+
+    long GetAllHeaders(out string headers);
+    readonly attribute string headers;
+    attribute nsMailboxParseState state;
+    /* these are nsMailboxParseState */
+    const long ParseEnvelopeState=0;
+    const long ParseHeadersState=1;
+    const long ParseBodyState=2;
+
+    /**
+     * Set the key to be used for the new message header.
+     *
+     * @param aNewKey  the new db key
+     *
+     */
+    void setNewKey(in nsMsgKey aKey);
+};
+
diff --git a/mailnews/local/public/nsINewsBlogFeedDownloader.idl b/mailnews/local/public/nsINewsBlogFeedDownloader.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5bad134bd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/local/public/nsINewsBlogFeedDownloader.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+interface nsIMsgFolder;
+interface nsIUrlListener;
+interface nsIMsgWindow;
+
+[scriptable, uuid(86e5bd0e-c324-11e3-923a-00269e4fddc1)]
+interface nsINewsBlogFeedDownloader : nsISupports
+{
+  void downloadFeed(in nsIMsgFolder aFolder,
+                    in nsIUrlListener aUrlListener,
+                    in bool aIsBiff,
+                    in nsIMsgWindow aMsgWindow);
+
+  /**
+   * A convient method to subscribe to feeds without going through the Subscribe
+   * dialog; used by drag and drop and commandline.
+   */
+  void subscribeToFeed(in string aUrl,
+                       in nsIMsgFolder aFolder,
+                       in nsIMsgWindow aMsgWindow);
+
+  /**
+   * Called when the RSS Incoming Server detects a change to an RSS folder name,
+   * such as delete (move to trash), move/copy, or rename. We then need to update
+   * the feeds.rdf subscriptions data source.
+   *
+   * @param  nsIMsgFolder aFolder      - the folder, new if rename or target of
+   *                                      move/copy folder (new parent)
+   * @param  nsIMsgFolder aOrigFolder  - original folder
+   * @param  string aAction            - "move" or "copy" or "rename"
+   */
+  void updateSubscriptionsDS(in nsIMsgFolder aFolder,
+                             in nsIMsgFolder aOrigFolder,
+                             in string aAction);
+};
+
diff --git a/mailnews/local/public/nsINoIncomingServer.idl b/mailnews/local/public/nsINoIncomingServer.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..717689f58
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/local/public/nsINoIncomingServer.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+/* -*- Mode: IDL; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+[scriptable, uuid(dacd4917-ddbe-47bb-8a49-6a8d91c49a86)]
+interface nsINoIncomingServer : nsISupports {
+  /**
+   * Copy the default messages (e.g. Templates) from
+   * bin/defaults/messenger/<folderNameOnDisk> to <rootFolder>/<folderNameOnDisk>.
+   * This is useful when first creating the standard folders (like Templates).
+   */
+  void copyDefaultMessages(in string folderNameOnDisk);
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/local/public/nsINoneService.idl b/mailnews/local/public/nsINoneService.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..045a018ff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/local/public/nsINoneService.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+[scriptable, uuid(14714890-1dd2-11b2-87de-d265839520d6)]
+interface nsINoneService : nsISupports {
+  /* nothing yet, but soon. */
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/local/public/nsIPop3IncomingServer.idl b/mailnews/local/public/nsIPop3IncomingServer.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3499789a9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/local/public/nsIPop3IncomingServer.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+/* -*- Mode: IDL; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+interface nsIPop3Protocol;
+interface nsIMsgFolder;
+interface nsIUrlListener;
+interface nsIMsgWindow;
+
+[scriptable, uuid(8494584a-49b7-49df-9001-80ccdd0b50aa)]
+interface nsIPop3IncomingServer : nsISupports {
+  attribute boolean leaveMessagesOnServer;
+  attribute boolean headersOnly;
+  attribute boolean deleteMailLeftOnServer;
+  attribute boolean dotFix;
+  attribute unsigned long pop3CapabilityFlags;
+  attribute boolean deleteByAgeFromServer;
+  attribute long numDaysToLeaveOnServer;
+  attribute nsIPop3Protocol runningProtocol;
+  // client adds uidls to mark one by one, then calls markMessages
+  void addUidlToMark(in string aUidl, in int32_t newStatus);
+  void markMessages();
+  attribute boolean authenticated;
+  /* account to which this server defers storage, for global inbox */
+  attribute ACString deferredToAccount;
+  // whether get new mail in deferredToAccount gets
+  // new mail with this server.
+  attribute boolean deferGetNewMail;
+  void downloadMailFromServers(
+    [array, size_is(count)]in nsIPop3IncomingServer aServers,
+    in unsigned long count, in nsIMsgWindow aMsgWindow,
+    in nsIMsgFolder aFolder, in nsIUrlListener aListener);
+};
+
+
diff --git a/mailnews/local/public/nsIPop3Protocol.idl b/mailnews/local/public/nsIPop3Protocol.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9bcdb28d2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/local/public/nsIPop3Protocol.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+/* -*- Mode: IDL; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+[ptr] native Pop3UidlEntryArrayRef(nsTArray<Pop3UidlEntry*>);
+
+%{C++
+#include "nsTArray.h"
+struct Pop3UidlEntry;
+%}
+
+[scriptable, uuid(3aff0550-87de-4337-9bc1-c84eb5462afe)]
+interface nsIPop3Protocol : nsISupports {
+  /* aUidl is an array of pointers to Pop3UidlEntry's. That structure is
+   * currently defined in nsPop3Protocol.h, perhaps it should be here
+   * instead...
+   */
+  [noscript] void markMessages(in Pop3UidlEntryArrayRef aUidl);
+  boolean checkMessage(in string aUidl);
+};
+
+
diff --git a/mailnews/local/public/nsIPop3Service.idl b/mailnews/local/public/nsIPop3Service.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4c3e9a28e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/local/public/nsIPop3Service.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+#include "nsIUrlListener.idl"
+#include "nsIPop3IncomingServer.idl"
+#include "nsIMsgFolder.idl"
+
+interface nsIURI;
+interface nsIMsgWindow;
+interface nsIMsgFolder;
+
+[scriptable, uuid(7302fd8e-946f-4ae3-9468-0fb3a7706c51)]
+interface nsIPop3ServiceListener : nsISupports {
+  /**
+   * Notification that a pop3 download has started.
+   *
+   * @param aFolder folder in which the download is started.
+   */
+  void onDownloadStarted(in nsIMsgFolder aFolder);
+
+  /**
+   * Notification about download progress.
+   *
+   * @param aFolder folder in which the download is happening.
+   * @param aNumDownloaded number of the messages that have been downloaded.
+   * @param aTotalToDownload total number of messages to download.
+   */
+  void onDownloadProgress(in nsIMsgFolder aFolder,
+                          in unsigned long aNumDownloaded,
+                          in unsigned long aTotalToDownload);
+
+  /**
+   * Notification that a download has completed.
+   *
+   * @param aFolder folder to which the download has completed.
+   * @param aNumberOfMessages number of the messages that were downloaded.
+   */
+  void onDownloadCompleted(in nsIMsgFolder aFolder,
+                           in unsigned long aNumberOfMessages);
+};
+
+/*
+ * The Pop3 Service is an interface designed to make building and running
+ * pop3 urls easier.
+ */
+[scriptable, uuid(96d3cc14-a842-4cdf-98f8-a4cc695f8b3b)]
+interface nsIPop3Service : nsISupports {
+  /*
+   * All of these functions build pop3 urls and run them. If you want
+   * a handle on the running task, pass in a valid nsIURI ptr. You can later
+   * interrupt this action by asking the netlib service manager to interrupt
+   * the url you are given back. Remember to release aURL when you are
+   * done with it. Pass nullptr in for aURL if you
+   * don't care about the returned URL.
+   */
+
+  /*
+   * right now getting new mail doesn't require any user specific data.
+   * We use the default current identity for this information. I suspect that
+   * we'll eventually pass in an identity to this call so you can get
+   * mail on different pop3 accounts....
+   */
+
+  nsIURI GetNewMail(in nsIMsgWindow aMsgWindow, in nsIUrlListener aUrlListener,
+                    in nsIMsgFolder aInbox, in nsIPop3IncomingServer popServer);
+
+  nsIURI CheckForNewMail(in nsIMsgWindow aMsgWindow, in nsIUrlListener aUrlListener,
+                         in nsIMsgFolder inbox, in nsIPop3IncomingServer popServer);
+
+  /**
+   * Verify that we can logon
+   *
+   * @param  aServer - pop3 server we're logging on to.
+   * @param  aUrlListener - gets called back with success or failure.
+   * @param aMsgWindow    - nsIMsgWindow to use for notification callbacks.
+   * @return - the url that we run.
+   *
+   */
+  nsIURI verifyLogon(in nsIMsgIncomingServer aServer,
+                     in nsIUrlListener aUrlListener,
+                     in nsIMsgWindow aMsgWindow);
+
+  /**
+   * Add a listener for pop3 events like message download. This is
+   * used by the activity manager.
+   *
+   * @param aListener listener that gets notified of pop3 events.
+   */
+  void addListener(in nsIPop3ServiceListener aListener);
+
+  /**
+   * Remove a listener for pop3 events like message download.
+   *
+   * @param aListener listener to remove.
+   */
+  void removeListener(in nsIPop3ServiceListener aListener);
+
+  /**
+   * Send the notification that a pop3 download has started.
+   * This is called from the nsIPop3Sink code.
+   *
+   * @param aFolder folder in which the download is started.
+   */
+  void notifyDownloadStarted(in nsIMsgFolder aFolder);
+
+  /**
+   * Send notification about download progress.
+   *
+   * @param aFolder folder in which the download is happening.
+   * @param aNumDownloaded number of the messages that have been downloaded.
+   * @param aTotalToDownload total number of messages to download.
+   */
+  void notifyDownloadProgress(in nsIMsgFolder aFolder,
+                              in unsigned long aNumDownloaded,
+                              in unsigned long aTotalToDownload);
+  /**
+   * Send the notification that a download has completed.
+   * This is called from the nsIPop3Sink code.
+   *
+   * @param aFolder folder to which the download has completed.
+   * @param aNumberOfMessages number of the messages that were downloaded.
+   */
+  void notifyDownloadCompleted(in nsIMsgFolder aFolder,
+                               in unsigned long aNumberOfMessages);
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/local/public/nsIPop3Sink.idl b/mailnews/local/public/nsIPop3Sink.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..00fc4ccba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/local/public/nsIPop3Sink.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+#include "nsIPop3IncomingServer.idl"
+#include "nsIMsgFolder.idl"
+
+interface nsIURI;
+
+[scriptable, uuid(ceabfc6b-f139-4c25-890f-efb7c3069d40)]
+interface nsIPop3Sink : nsISupports {
+
+  attribute boolean userAuthenticated;
+  attribute ACString mailAccountURL;
+  attribute boolean buildMessageUri;
+  attribute string messageUri;
+  attribute string baseMessageUri;
+
+  /// message uri for header-only message version
+  attribute ACString origMessageUri;
+
+  boolean BeginMailDelivery(in boolean uidlDownload, in nsIMsgWindow msgWindow);
+  void endMailDelivery(in nsIPop3Protocol protocol);
+  void AbortMailDelivery(in nsIPop3Protocol protocol);
+
+  /* returns a closure ? */
+  [noscript] voidPtr IncorporateBegin(in string uidlString, in nsIURI aURL,
+                                      in unsigned long flags);
+
+  [noscript] void IncorporateWrite(in string block,
+                                   in long length);
+
+  [noscript] void IncorporateComplete(in nsIMsgWindow aMsgWindow, in int32_t aSize);
+  [noscript] void IncorporateAbort(in boolean uidlDownload);
+
+  void BiffGetNewMail();
+
+  /**
+   * Tell the pop3sink how many messages we're going to download.
+   *
+   * @param aNumMessages how many messages we're going to download.
+   */
+  void setMsgsToDownload(in unsigned long aNumMessages);
+
+  void SetBiffStateAndUpdateFE(in unsigned long biffState, in long numNewMessages, in boolean notify);
+
+  [noscript] void SetSenderAuthedFlag(in voidPtr closure, in boolean authed);
+
+  attribute nsIPop3IncomingServer popServer;
+  attribute nsIMsgFolder folder;
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/local/public/nsIPop3URL.idl b/mailnews/local/public/nsIPop3URL.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c992fef2d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/local/public/nsIPop3URL.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+/* -*- Mode: IDL; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+#include "nsIPop3Sink.idl"
+
+[scriptable, uuid(5fb87ae7-a3a0-440a-8b49-6bca42fb7ff2)]
+interface nsIPop3URL : nsISupports {
+  attribute nsIPop3Sink pop3Sink;
+  attribute string messageUri;
+
+  /// Constant for the default POP3 port number
+  const int32_t DEFAULT_POP3_PORT = 110;
+
+  /// Constant for the default POP3 over ssl port number
+  const int32_t DEFAULT_POP3S_PORT = 995;
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/local/public/nsIRssIncomingServer.idl b/mailnews/local/public/nsIRssIncomingServer.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c20c3d97f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/local/public/nsIRssIncomingServer.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+interface nsIFile;
+
+[scriptable, uuid(6d744e7f-2218-45c6-8734-998a56cb3c6d)]
+interface nsIRssIncomingServer : nsISupports {
+  // Path to the subscriptions data source for this RSS server
+  readonly attribute nsIFile subscriptionsDataSourcePath;
+
+  // Path to the feed items data source for this RSS server
+  readonly attribute nsIFile feedItemsDataSourcePath;
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/local/public/nsIRssService.idl b/mailnews/local/public/nsIRssService.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..19a1d1f34
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/local/public/nsIRssService.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+[scriptable, uuid(4b31bdd9-6f4c-46d4-a766-a94f11b599bc)]
+interface nsIRssService : nsISupports 
+{
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/local/public/nsMsgLocalCID.h b/mailnews/local/public/nsMsgLocalCID.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..260ba985e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/local/public/nsMsgLocalCID.h
@@ -0,0 +1,227 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsMsgLocalCID_h__
+#define nsMsgLocalCID_h__
+
+#include "nsISupports.h"
+#include "nsIFactory.h"
+#include "nsIComponentManager.h"
+#include "nsMsgBaseCID.h"
+
+#define NS_POP3INCOMINGSERVER_TYPE "pop3"
+
+//
+// nsLocalMailFolderResourceCID
+//
+#define NS_LOCALMAILFOLDERRESOURCE_CONTRACTID \
+  NS_RDF_RESOURCE_FACTORY_CONTRACTID_PREFIX "mailbox"
+#define  NS_LOCALMAILFOLDERRESOURCE_CID              \
+{ /* e490d22c-cd67-11d2-8cca-0060b0fc14a3 */         \
+  0xe490d22c,                     \
+    0xcd67,                                          \
+    0x11d2,                                          \
+    {0x8c, 0xca, 0x00, 0x60, 0xb0, 0xfc, 0x14, 0xa3} \
+}
+
+//
+// nsPop3IncomingServer
+//
+#define NS_POP3INCOMINGSERVER_CONTRACTID \
+  NS_MSGINCOMINGSERVER_CONTRACTID_PREFIX NS_POP3INCOMINGSERVER_TYPE
+
+#define NS_POP3INCOMINGSERVER_CID                  \
+{ /* D2876E51-E62C-11d2-B7FC-00805F05FFA5 */      \
+ 0xd2876e51, 0xe62c, 0x11d2,                      \
+ {0xb7, 0xfc, 0x0, 0x80, 0x5f, 0x5, 0xff, 0xa5 }}
+
+#ifdef HAVE_MOVEMAIL
+//
+// nsMovemailIncomingServer
+//
+#define NS_MOVEMAILINCOMINGSERVER_CONTRACTID \
+  NS_MSGINCOMINGSERVER_CONTRACTID_PREFIX "movemail"
+
+#define NS_MOVEMAILINCOMINGSERVER_CID                  \
+{ /* efbb77e4-1dd2-11b2-bbcf-961563396fec */      \
+ 0xefbb77e4, 0x1dd2, 0x11b2,                      \
+ {0xbb, 0xcf, 0x96, 0x15, 0x63, 0x39, 0x6f, 0xec }}
+
+#endif /* HAVE_MOVEMAIL */
+
+//
+// nsNoIncomingServer
+//
+#define NS_NOINCOMINGSERVER_CONTRACTID \
+  NS_MSGINCOMINGSERVER_CONTRACTID_PREFIX "none"
+
+#define NS_NOINCOMINGSERVER_CID              \
+{ /* {ca5ffe7e-5f47-11d3-9a51-004005263078} */  \
+  0xca5ffe7e, 0x5f47, 0x11d3,       \
+  {0x9a, 0x51, 0x00, 0x40, 0x05, 0x26, 0x30, 0x78}}
+
+
+//
+// nsMsgMailboxService
+#define NS_MAILBOXSERVICE_CONTRACTID1  \
+  "@mozilla.org/messenger/mailboxservice;1"
+
+#define NS_MAILBOXSERVICE_CONTRACTID2 \
+  "@mozilla.org/messenger/messageservice;1?type=mailbox"
+
+#define NS_MAILBOXSERVICE_CONTRACTID3 \
+  "@mozilla.org/messenger/messageservice;1?type=mailbox-message"
+
+#define NS_MAILBOXSERVICE_CONTRACTID4 \
+  NS_NETWORK_PROTOCOL_CONTRACTID_PREFIX "mailbox"
+
+#define NS_MAILBOXSERVICE_CID                         \
+{ /* EEF82462-CB69-11d2-8065-006008128C4E */      \
+ 0xeef82462, 0xcb69, 0x11d2,                      \
+ {0x80, 0x65, 0x0, 0x60, 0x8, 0x12, 0x8c, 0x4e}}
+
+
+//
+// nsMailboxUrl
+//
+#define NS_MAILBOXURL_CONTRACTID  \
+  "@mozilla.org/messenger/mailboxurl;1"
+
+/* 46EFCB10-CB6D-11d2-8065-006008128C4E */
+#define NS_MAILBOXURL_CID                      \
+{ 0x46efcb10, 0xcb6d, 0x11d2,                  \
+    { 0x80, 0x65, 0x0, 0x60, 0x8, 0x12, 0x8c, 0x4e } }
+
+
+//
+// nsPop3Url
+//
+#define NS_POP3URL_CONTRACTID \
+  "@mozilla.org/messenger/popurl;1"
+
+/* EA1B0A11-E6F4-11d2-8070-006008128C4E */
+#define NS_POP3URL_CID                         \
+{ 0xea1b0a11, 0xe6f4, 0x11d2,                   \
+    { 0x80, 0x70, 0x0, 0x60, 0x8, 0x12, 0x8c, 0x4e } }
+
+
+//
+// nsPop3Service
+//
+
+#define NS_POP3SERVICE_CONTRACTID1 \
+  "@mozilla.org/messenger/popservice;1"
+
+#define NS_POP3SERVICE_CONTRACTID2 \
+  NS_NETWORK_PROTOCOL_CONTRACTID_PREFIX "pop"
+
+// Mailnews has used "pop" as the protocol scheme for pop3 in some places,
+// but "pop3" in others. Necko code needs to be able to locate protocolInfo
+// based on pop3 to get proxy information.
+//
+// TODO: fix the mailnews code to use a consistent POP3 protocol scheme.
+
+#define NS_POP3SERVICE_CONTRACTID3 \
+  NS_NETWORK_PROTOCOL_CONTRACTID_PREFIX "pop3"
+
+#define NS_POP3PROTOCOLINFO_CONTRACTID \
+  NS_MSGPROTOCOLINFO_CONTRACTID_PREFIX NS_POP3INCOMINGSERVER_TYPE
+
+#define NS_POP3SERVICE_CID                \
+{ /* 3BB459E3-D746-11d2-806A-006008128C4E */      \
+ 0x3bb459e3, 0xd746, 0x11d2,              \
+  { 0x80, 0x6a, 0x0, 0x60, 0x8, 0x12, 0x8c, 0x4e }}
+
+//
+// nsNoneService
+//
+
+#define NS_NONESERVICE_CONTRACTID \
+  "@mozilla.org/messenger/noneservice;1"
+
+#define NS_NONEPROTOCOLINFO_CONTRACTID \
+  NS_MSGPROTOCOLINFO_CONTRACTID_PREFIX "none"
+
+#define NS_NONESERVICE_CID                \
+{ /* 75b63b46-1dd2-11b2-9873-bb375e1550fa */      \
+ 0x75b63b46, 0x1dd2, 0x11b2,              \
+ { 0x98, 0x73, 0xbb, 0x37, 0x5e, 0x15, 0x50, 0xfa }}
+
+#ifdef HAVE_MOVEMAIL
+//
+// nsMovemailService
+//
+
+#define NS_MOVEMAILSERVICE_CONTRACTID \
+  "@mozilla.org/messenger/movemailservice;1"
+
+#define NS_MOVEMAILPROTOCOLINFO_CONTRACTID \
+  NS_MSGPROTOCOLINFO_CONTRACTID_PREFIX "movemail"
+
+#define NS_MOVEMAILSERVICE_CID                \
+{ /* 0e4db62e-1dd2-11b2-a5e4-f128fe4f1b69 */      \
+ 0x0e4db62e, 0x1dd2, 0x11b2,              \
+ { 0xa5, 0xe4, 0xf1, 0x28, 0xfe, 0x4f, 0x1b, 0x69 }}
+#endif /* HAVE_MOVEMAIL */
+
+//
+// nsParseMailMsgState
+//
+#define NS_PARSEMAILMSGSTATE_CONTRACTID \
+  "@mozilla.org/messenger/messagestateparser;1"
+
+#define NS_PARSEMAILMSGSTATE_CID \
+{ /* 2B79AC51-1459-11d3-8097-006008128C4E */ \
+ 0x2b79ac51, 0x1459, 0x11d3, \
+  {0x80, 0x97, 0x0, 0x60, 0x8, 0x12, 0x8c, 0x4e} }
+
+//
+// nsMsgMailboxParser
+//
+
+#define NS_MAILBOXPARSER_CONTRACTID \
+  "@mozilla.org/messenger/mailboxparser;1"
+
+/* 46EFCB10-CB6D-11d2-8065-006008128C4E */
+#define NS_MAILBOXPARSER_CID                      \
+{ 0x8597ab60, 0xd4e2, 0x11d2,                  \
+    { 0x80, 0x69, 0x0, 0x60, 0x8, 0x12, 0x8c, 0x4e } }
+
+#define NS_RSSSERVICE_CONTRACTID \
+  "@mozilla.org/messenger/rssservice;1"
+
+#define NS_RSSPROTOCOLINFO_CONTRACTID \
+  NS_MSGPROTOCOLINFO_CONTRACTID_PREFIX "rss"
+
+#define NS_RSSSERVICE_CID                \
+{ /* 44aef4ce-475b-42e3-bc42-7730d5ce7365 */      \
+ 0x44aef4ce, 0x475b, 0x42e3,              \
+ { 0xbc, 0x42, 0x77, 0x30, 0xd5, 0xce, 0x73, 0x65 }}
+
+#define NS_RSSINCOMINGSERVER_CONTRACTID \
+  NS_MSGINCOMINGSERVER_CONTRACTID_PREFIX "rss"
+
+#define NS_RSSINCOMINGSERVER_CID                  \
+{ /* 3a874285-5520-41a0-bcda-a3dee3dbf4f3 */      \
+ 0x3a874285, 0x5520, 0x41a0,                      \
+ {0xbc, 0xda, 0xa3, 0xde, 0xe3, 0xdb, 0xf4, 0xf3 }}
+
+#define NS_BRKMBOXSTORE_CID \
+{ /* 36358199-a0e4-4b68-929f-77c01de34c67 */ \
+ 0x36358199, 0xa0e4, 0x4b68, \
+ {0x92, 0x9f, 0x77, 0xc0, 0x1d, 0xe3, 0x4c, 0x67}}
+
+#define NS_BRKMBOXSTORE_CONTRACTID \
+  "@mozilla.org/msgstore/berkeleystore;1"
+
+#define NS_MAILDIRSTORE_CID \
+{ /* 1F993EDA-7DD9-11DF-819A-6257DFD72085 */ \
+ 0x1F993EDA, 0x7DD9, 0x11DF, \
+ { 0x81, 0x9A, 0x62, 0x57, 0xDF, 0xD7, 0x20, 0x85 }}
+
+#define NS_MAILDIRSTORE_CONTRACTID \
+  "@mozilla.org/msgstore/maildirstore;1"
+
+#endif // nsMsgLocalCID_h__
diff --git a/mailnews/local/src/moz.build b/mailnews/local/src/moz.build
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5f999ce46
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/local/src/moz.build
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+# vim: set filetype=python:
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+SOURCES += [
+    'nsLocalMailFolder.cpp',
+    'nsLocalUndoTxn.cpp',
+    'nsLocalUtils.cpp',
+    'nsMailboxProtocol.cpp',
+    'nsMailboxServer.cpp',
+    'nsMailboxService.cpp',
+    'nsMailboxUrl.cpp',
+    'nsMsgBrkMBoxStore.cpp',
+    'nsMsgLocalStoreUtils.cpp',
+    'nsMsgMaildirStore.cpp',
+    'nsNoIncomingServer.cpp',
+    'nsNoneService.cpp',
+    'nsParseMailbox.cpp',
+    'nsPop3IncomingServer.cpp',
+    'nsPop3Protocol.cpp',
+    'nsPop3Service.cpp',
+    'nsPop3Sink.cpp',
+    'nsPop3URL.cpp',
+    'nsRssIncomingServer.cpp',
+    'nsRssService.cpp',
+]
+
+if CONFIG['MOZ_MOVEMAIL']:
+    SOURCES += [
+        'nsMovemailIncomingServer.cpp',
+        'nsMovemailService.cpp',
+    ]
+
+FINAL_LIBRARY = 'mail'
+
diff --git a/mailnews/local/src/nsLocalMailFolder.cpp b/mailnews/local/src/nsLocalMailFolder.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..14135fe46
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/local/src/nsLocalMailFolder.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,3852 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsIPrefService.h"
+#include "nsIPrefBranch.h"
+#include "prlog.h"
+
+#include "msgCore.h"    // precompiled header...
+#include "nsArrayEnumerator.h"
+#include "nsLocalMailFolder.h"
+#include "nsMsgLocalFolderHdrs.h"
+#include "nsMsgFolderFlags.h"
+#include "nsMsgMessageFlags.h"
+#include "prprf.h"
+#include "prmem.h"
+#include "nsIArray.h"
+#include "nsIServiceManager.h"
+#include "nsIMailboxService.h"
+#include "nsParseMailbox.h"
+#include "nsIMsgAccountManager.h"
+#include "nsIMsgWindow.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsIRDFService.h"
+#include "nsMsgDBCID.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "nsLocalUtils.h"
+#include "nsIPop3IncomingServer.h"
+#include "nsILocalMailIncomingServer.h"
+#include "nsIMsgIncomingServer.h"
+#include "nsMsgBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsMsgLocalCID.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolderCacheElement.h"
+#include "nsUnicharUtils.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "nsICopyMsgStreamListener.h"
+#include "nsIMsgCopyService.h"
+#include "nsMsgTxn.h"
+#include "nsIMessenger.h"
+#include "nsMsgBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsNativeCharsetUtils.h"
+#include "nsIDocShell.h"
+#include "nsIPrompt.h"
+#include "nsIInterfaceRequestor.h"
+#include "nsIInterfaceRequestorUtils.h"
+#include "nsIPop3URL.h"
+#include "nsIMsgMailSession.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolderCompactor.h"
+#include "nsNetCID.h"
+#include "nsIMsgMailNewsUrl.h"
+#include "nsISpamSettings.h"
+#include "nsINoIncomingServer.h"
+#include "nsNativeCharsetUtils.h"
+#include "nsMailHeaders.h"
+#include "nsCOMArray.h"
+#include "nsILineInputStream.h"
+#include "nsIFileStreams.h"
+#include "nsAutoPtr.h"
+#include "nsIRssIncomingServer.h"
+#include "nsNetUtil.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolderNotificationService.h"
+#include "nsReadLine.h"
+#include "nsArrayUtils.h"
+#include "nsIMsgTraitService.h"
+#include "nsIStringEnumerator.h"
+#include "mozilla/Services.h"
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// nsLocal
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+nsLocalMailCopyState::nsLocalMailCopyState() :
+  m_flags(0),
+  m_lastProgressTime(PR_IntervalToMilliseconds(PR_IntervalNow())),
+  m_curDstKey(nsMsgKey_None),
+  m_curCopyIndex(0),
+  m_totalMsgCount(0),
+  m_dataBufferSize(0),
+  m_leftOver(0),
+  m_isMove(false),
+  m_dummyEnvelopeNeeded(false),
+  m_fromLineSeen(false),
+  m_writeFailed(false),
+  m_notifyFolderLoaded(false)
+{
+}
+
+nsLocalMailCopyState::~nsLocalMailCopyState()
+{
+  PR_Free(m_dataBuffer);
+  if (m_fileStream)
+    m_fileStream->Close();
+  if (m_messageService)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> srcFolder = do_QueryInterface(m_srcSupport);
+    if (srcFolder && m_message)
+    {
+      nsCString uri;
+      srcFolder->GetUriForMsg(m_message, uri);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+nsLocalFolderScanState::nsLocalFolderScanState() : m_uidl(nullptr)
+{
+}
+
+nsLocalFolderScanState::~nsLocalFolderScanState()
+{
+}
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// nsMsgLocalMailFolder interface
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+nsMsgLocalMailFolder::nsMsgLocalMailFolder(void)
+  : mCopyState(nullptr), mHaveReadNameFromDB(false),
+    mInitialized(false),
+    mCheckForNewMessagesAfterParsing(false), m_parsingFolder(false),
+    mDownloadState(DOWNLOAD_STATE_NONE)
+{
+}
+
+nsMsgLocalMailFolder::~nsMsgLocalMailFolder(void)
+{
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED(nsMsgLocalMailFolder,
+                             nsMsgDBFolder,
+                             nsICopyMessageListener,
+                             nsIMsgLocalMailFolder)
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgLocalMailFolder::Init(const char* aURI)
+{
+  return nsMsgDBFolder::Init(aURI);
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgLocalMailFolder::CreateChildFromURI(const nsCString &uri, nsIMsgFolder **folder)
+{
+  nsMsgLocalMailFolder *newFolder = new nsMsgLocalMailFolder;
+  if (!newFolder)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+  NS_ADDREF(*folder = newFolder);
+  newFolder->Init(uri.get());
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgLocalMailFolder::CreateLocalSubfolder(const nsAString &aFolderName,
+                                                         nsIMsgFolder **aChild)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aChild);
+  nsresult rv = CreateSubfolderInternal(aFolderName, nullptr, aChild);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolderNotificationService> notifier(
+    do_GetService(NS_MSGNOTIFICATIONSERVICE_CONTRACTID));
+  if (notifier)
+    notifier->NotifyFolderAdded(*aChild);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgLocalMailFolder::GetManyHeadersToDownload(bool *retval)
+{
+  bool isLocked;
+  // if the folder is locked, we're probably reparsing - let's build the
+  // view when we've finished reparsing.
+  GetLocked(&isLocked);
+  if (isLocked)
+  {
+    *retval = true;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  return nsMsgDBFolder::GetManyHeadersToDownload(retval);
+}
+
+//run the url to parse the mailbox
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgLocalMailFolder::ParseFolder(nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow,
+                                                nsIUrlListener *aListener)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgPluggableStore> msgStore;
+  nsresult rv = GetMsgStore(getter_AddRefs(msgStore));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  if (aListener != this)
+    mReparseListener = aListener;
+  // if parsing is synchronous, we need to set m_parsingFolder to
+  // true before starting. And we need to open the db before
+  // setting m_parsingFolder to true.
+//  OpenDatabase();
+  rv = msgStore->RebuildIndex(this, mDatabase, aMsgWindow, this);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    m_parsingFolder = true;
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+// this won't force a reparse of the folder if the db is invalid.
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgLocalMailFolder::GetMsgDatabase(nsIMsgDatabase** aMsgDatabase)
+{
+  return GetDatabaseWOReparse(aMsgDatabase);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgLocalMailFolder::GetSubFolders(nsISimpleEnumerator **aResult)
+{
+  if (!mInitialized)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+    nsresult rv = GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, NS_MSG_INVALID_OR_MISSING_SERVER);
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgPluggableStore> msgStore;
+    // need to set this flag here to avoid infinite recursion
+    mInitialized = true;
+    rv = server->GetMsgStore(getter_AddRefs(msgStore));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    // This should add all existing folders as sub-folders of this folder.
+    rv = msgStore->DiscoverSubFolders(this, true);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> path;
+    rv = GetFilePath(getter_AddRefs(path));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      return rv;
+
+    bool directory;
+    path->IsDirectory(&directory);
+    if (directory)
+    {
+      SetFlag(nsMsgFolderFlags::Mail | nsMsgFolderFlags::Elided |
+              nsMsgFolderFlags::Directory);
+
+      bool isServer;
+      GetIsServer(&isServer);
+      if (isServer)
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+        rv = GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, NS_MSG_INVALID_OR_MISSING_SERVER);
+
+        nsCOMPtr<nsILocalMailIncomingServer> localMailServer;
+        localMailServer = do_QueryInterface(server, &rv);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, NS_MSG_INVALID_OR_MISSING_SERVER);
+
+        // first create the folders on disk (as empty files)
+        rv = localMailServer->CreateDefaultMailboxes();
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv) && rv != NS_MSG_FOLDER_EXISTS)
+          return rv;
+
+        // must happen after CreateSubFolders, or the folders won't exist.
+        rv = localMailServer->SetFlagsOnDefaultMailboxes();
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+          return rv;
+      }
+    }
+    UpdateSummaryTotals(false);
+  }
+
+  return aResult ? NS_NewArrayEnumerator(aResult, mSubFolders) : NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgLocalMailFolder::GetDatabase()
+{
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDatabase> msgDB;
+  return GetDatabaseWOReparse(getter_AddRefs(msgDB));
+}
+
+//we treat failure as null db returned
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgLocalMailFolder::GetDatabaseWOReparse(nsIMsgDatabase **aDatabase)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(aDatabase);
+  if (m_parsingFolder)
+    return NS_MSG_ERROR_FOLDER_SUMMARY_OUT_OF_DATE;
+
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  if (!mDatabase)
+  {
+    rv = OpenDatabase();
+    if (mDatabase)
+    {
+      mDatabase->AddListener(this);
+      UpdateNewMessages();
+    }
+  }
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aDatabase = mDatabase);
+  if (mDatabase)
+    mDatabase->SetLastUseTime(PR_Now());
+  return rv;
+}
+
+
+// Makes sure the database is open and exists.  If the database is out of date,
+// then this call will run an async url to reparse the folder. The passed in
+// url listener will get called when the url is done.
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgLocalMailFolder::GetDatabaseWithReparse(nsIUrlListener *aReparseUrlListener, nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow,
+                                                           nsIMsgDatabase **aMsgDatabase)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  // if we're already reparsing, just remember the listener so we can notify it
+  // when we've finished.
+  if (m_parsingFolder)
+  {
+    NS_ASSERTION(!mReparseListener, "can't have an existing listener");
+    mReparseListener = aReparseUrlListener;
+    return NS_MSG_ERROR_FOLDER_SUMMARY_OUT_OF_DATE;
+  }
+
+  if (!mDatabase)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIFile> pathFile;
+    rv = GetFilePath(getter_AddRefs(pathFile));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      return rv;
+
+    bool exists;
+    rv = pathFile->Exists(&exists);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+    if (!exists)
+      return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;  //mDatabase will be null at this point.
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBService> msgDBService = do_GetService(NS_MSGDB_SERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    nsresult folderOpen = msgDBService->OpenFolderDB(this, true,
+                                                     getter_AddRefs(mDatabase));
+    if (folderOpen == NS_MSG_ERROR_FOLDER_SUMMARY_OUT_OF_DATE)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIDBFolderInfo> dbFolderInfo;
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIDBFolderInfo> transferInfo;
+      if (mDatabase)
+      {
+        mDatabase->GetDBFolderInfo(getter_AddRefs(dbFolderInfo));
+        if (dbFolderInfo)
+        {
+          dbFolderInfo->SetNumMessages(0);
+          dbFolderInfo->SetNumUnreadMessages(0);
+          dbFolderInfo->GetTransferInfo(getter_AddRefs(transferInfo));
+        }
+        dbFolderInfo = nullptr;
+
+        // A backup message database might have been created earlier, for example
+        // if the user requested a reindex. We'll use the earlier one if we can,
+        // otherwise we'll try to backup at this point.
+        if (NS_FAILED(OpenBackupMsgDatabase()))
+        {
+          CloseAndBackupFolderDB(EmptyCString());
+          if (NS_FAILED(OpenBackupMsgDatabase()) && mBackupDatabase)
+          {
+            mBackupDatabase->RemoveListener(this);
+            mBackupDatabase = nullptr;
+          }
+        }
+        else
+          mDatabase->ForceClosed();
+
+        mDatabase = nullptr;
+      }
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIFile> summaryFile;
+      rv = GetSummaryFileLocation(pathFile, getter_AddRefs(summaryFile));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      // Remove summary file.
+      summaryFile->Remove(false);
+
+      // if it's out of date then reopen with upgrade.
+      rv = msgDBService->CreateNewDB(this, getter_AddRefs(mDatabase));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      if (transferInfo && mDatabase)
+      {
+        SetDBTransferInfo(transferInfo);
+        mDatabase->SetSummaryValid(false);
+      }
+    }
+    else if (folderOpen == NS_MSG_ERROR_FOLDER_SUMMARY_MISSING)
+    {
+      rv = msgDBService->CreateNewDB(this, getter_AddRefs(mDatabase));
+    }
+
+    if (mDatabase)
+    {
+      if (mAddListener)
+        mDatabase->AddListener(this);
+
+      // if we have to regenerate the folder, run the parser url.
+      if (folderOpen == NS_MSG_ERROR_FOLDER_SUMMARY_MISSING ||
+          folderOpen == NS_MSG_ERROR_FOLDER_SUMMARY_OUT_OF_DATE)
+      {
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv = ParseFolder(aMsgWindow, aReparseUrlListener)))
+        {
+          if (rv == NS_MSG_FOLDER_BUSY)
+          {
+            mDatabase->RemoveListener(this);  //we need to null out the db so that parsing gets kicked off again.
+            mDatabase = nullptr;
+            ThrowAlertMsg("parsingFolderFailed", aMsgWindow);
+          }
+          return rv;
+        }
+
+        return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+      }
+
+      // We have a valid database so lets extract necessary info.
+      UpdateSummaryTotals(true);
+    }
+  }
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aMsgDatabase = mDatabase);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgLocalMailFolder::UpdateFolder(nsIMsgWindow *aWindow)
+{
+  (void) RefreshSizeOnDisk();
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  if (!PromptForMasterPasswordIfNecessary())
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  //If we don't currently have a database, get it.  Otherwise, the folder has been updated (presumably this
+  //changes when we download headers when opening inbox).  If it's updated, send NotifyFolderLoaded.
+  if (!mDatabase)
+  {
+    // return of NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED means running parsing URL
+    // We don't need the return value, and assigning it to mDatabase which
+    // is already set internally leaks.
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> returnedDb;
+    rv = GetDatabaseWithReparse(this, aWindow, getter_AddRefs(returnedDb));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      NotifyFolderEvent(mFolderLoadedAtom);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    bool valid;
+    rv = mDatabase->GetSummaryValid(&valid);
+    // don't notify folder loaded or try compaction if db isn't valid
+    // (we're probably reparsing or copying msgs to it)
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && valid)
+      NotifyFolderEvent(mFolderLoadedAtom);
+    else if (mCopyState)
+      mCopyState->m_notifyFolderLoaded = true; //defer folder loaded notification
+    else if (!m_parsingFolder)// if the db was already open, it's probably OK to load it if not parsing
+      NotifyFolderEvent(mFolderLoadedAtom);
+  }
+  bool filtersRun;
+  bool hasNewMessages;
+  GetHasNewMessages(&hasNewMessages);
+  if (mDatabase)
+    ApplyRetentionSettings();
+  // if we have new messages, try the filter plugins.
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && hasNewMessages)
+    (void) CallFilterPlugins(aWindow, &filtersRun);
+  // Callers should rely on folder loaded event to ensure completion of loading. So we'll
+  // return NS_OK even if parsing is still in progress
+  if (rv == NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED)
+    rv = NS_OK;
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgLocalMailFolder::GetMessages(nsISimpleEnumerator **result)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDatabase> msgDB;
+  nsresult rv = GetDatabaseWOReparse(getter_AddRefs(msgDB));
+  return NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) ? msgDB->EnumerateMessages(result) : rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgLocalMailFolder::GetFolderURL(nsACString& aUrl)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> path;
+  rv = GetFilePath(getter_AddRefs(path));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  rv = NS_GetURLSpecFromFile(path, aUrl);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  aUrl.Replace(0, strlen("file:"), "mailbox:");
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgLocalMailFolder::CreateStorageIfMissing(nsIUrlListener* aUrlListener)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> msgParent;
+  GetParent(getter_AddRefs(msgParent));
+
+  // parent is probably not set because *this* was probably created by rdf
+  // and not by folder discovery. So, we have to compute the parent.
+  if (!msgParent)
+  {
+    nsAutoCString folderName(mURI);
+    nsAutoCString uri;
+    int32_t leafPos = folderName.RFindChar('/');
+    nsAutoCString parentName(folderName);
+    if (leafPos > 0)
+    {
+      // If there is a hierarchy, there is a parent.
+      // Don't strip off slash if it's the first character
+      parentName.SetLength(leafPos);
+      // get the corresponding RDF resource
+      // RDF will create the folder resource if it doesn't already exist
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFService> rdf = do_GetService("@mozilla.org/rdf/rdf-service;1", &rv);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFResource> resource;
+      rv = rdf->GetResource(parentName, getter_AddRefs(resource));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+      msgParent = do_QueryInterface(resource, &rv);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (msgParent)
+  {
+    nsString folderName;
+    GetName(folderName);
+    rv = msgParent->CreateSubfolder(folderName, nullptr);
+    // by definition, this is OK.
+    if (rv == NS_MSG_FOLDER_EXISTS)
+      return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgLocalMailFolder::CreateSubfolder(const nsAString& folderName, nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> newFolder;
+  nsresult rv = CreateSubfolderInternal(folderName, msgWindow, getter_AddRefs(newFolder));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolderNotificationService> notifier(do_GetService(NS_MSGNOTIFICATIONSERVICE_CONTRACTID));
+  if (notifier)
+    notifier->NotifyFolderAdded(newFolder);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgLocalMailFolder::CreateSubfolderInternal(const nsAString& folderName,
+                                              nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow,
+                                              nsIMsgFolder **aNewFolder)
+{
+  nsresult rv = CheckIfFolderExists(folderName, this, msgWindow);
+  // No need for an assertion: we already throw an alert.
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgPluggableStore> msgStore;
+  rv = GetMsgStore(getter_AddRefs(msgStore));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  rv = msgStore->CreateFolder(this, folderName, aNewFolder);
+  if (rv == NS_MSG_ERROR_INVALID_FOLDER_NAME)
+  {
+    ThrowAlertMsg("folderCreationFailed", msgWindow);
+  }
+  else if (rv == NS_MSG_FOLDER_EXISTS)
+  {
+    ThrowAlertMsg("folderExists", msgWindow);
+  }
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> child = *aNewFolder;
+    //we need to notify explicitly the flag change because it failed when we did AddSubfolder
+    child->OnFlagChange(mFlags);
+    child->SetPrettyName(folderName);  //because empty trash will create a new trash folder
+    NotifyItemAdded(child);
+    if (aNewFolder)
+      child.swap(*aNewFolder);
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgLocalMailFolder::CompactAll(nsIUrlListener *aListener,
+                                               nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow,
+                                               bool aCompactOfflineAlso)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> folderArray;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> rootFolder;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIArray> allDescendents;
+  rv = GetRootFolder(getter_AddRefs(rootFolder));
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgPluggableStore> msgStore;
+  GetMsgStore(getter_AddRefs(msgStore));
+  bool storeSupportsCompaction;
+  msgStore->GetSupportsCompaction(&storeSupportsCompaction);
+  if (!storeSupportsCompaction)
+    return NotifyCompactCompleted();
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && rootFolder)
+  {
+    rv = rootFolder->GetDescendants(getter_AddRefs(allDescendents));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    uint32_t cnt = 0;
+    rv = allDescendents->GetLength(&cnt);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    folderArray = do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    int64_t expungedBytes = 0;
+    for (uint32_t i = 0; i < cnt; i++)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder = do_QueryElementAt(allDescendents, i, &rv);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      expungedBytes = 0;
+      if (folder)
+        rv = folder->GetExpungedBytes(&expungedBytes);
+
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      if (expungedBytes > 0)
+        rv = folderArray->AppendElement(folder, false);
+    }
+    rv = folderArray->GetLength(&cnt);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+    if (cnt == 0)
+      return NotifyCompactCompleted();
+  }
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolderCompactor> folderCompactor =  do_CreateInstance(NS_MSGLOCALFOLDERCOMPACTOR_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  return folderCompactor->CompactFolders(folderArray, nullptr,
+                                         aListener, aMsgWindow);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgLocalMailFolder::Compact(nsIUrlListener *aListener, nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgPluggableStore> msgStore;
+  nsresult rv = GetMsgStore(getter_AddRefs(msgStore));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  bool supportsCompaction;
+  msgStore->GetSupportsCompaction(&supportsCompaction);
+  if (supportsCompaction)
+    return msgStore->CompactFolder(this, aListener, aMsgWindow);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgLocalMailFolder::EmptyTrash(nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow,
+                                               nsIUrlListener *aListener)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> trashFolder;
+  rv = GetTrashFolder(getter_AddRefs(trashFolder));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    uint32_t flags;
+    nsCString trashUri;
+    trashFolder->GetURI(trashUri);
+    trashFolder->GetFlags(&flags);
+    int32_t totalMessages = 0;
+    rv = trashFolder->GetTotalMessages(true, &totalMessages);
+    if (totalMessages <= 0)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleEnumerator> enumerator;
+      rv = trashFolder->GetSubFolders(getter_AddRefs(enumerator));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+      // Any folders to deal with?
+      bool hasMore;
+      rv = enumerator->HasMoreElements(&hasMore);
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !hasMore)
+        return NS_OK;
+    }
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> parentFolder;
+    rv = trashFolder->GetParent(getter_AddRefs(parentFolder));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && parentFolder)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIDBFolderInfo> transferInfo;
+      trashFolder->GetDBTransferInfo(getter_AddRefs(transferInfo));
+      trashFolder->SetParent(nullptr);
+      parentFolder->PropagateDelete(trashFolder, true, msgWindow);
+      parentFolder->CreateSubfolder(NS_LITERAL_STRING("Trash"), nullptr);
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> newTrashFolder;
+      rv = GetTrashFolder(getter_AddRefs(newTrashFolder));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && newTrashFolder)
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgLocalMailFolder> localTrash = do_QueryInterface(newTrashFolder);
+        newTrashFolder->SetDBTransferInfo(transferInfo);
+        if (localTrash)
+          localTrash->RefreshSizeOnDisk();
+        // update the summary totals so the front end will
+        // show the right thing for the new trash folder
+        // see bug #161999
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIDBFolderInfo> dbFolderInfo;
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> db;
+        newTrashFolder->GetDBFolderInfoAndDB(getter_AddRefs(dbFolderInfo), getter_AddRefs(db));
+        if (dbFolderInfo)
+        {
+          dbFolderInfo->SetNumUnreadMessages(0);
+          dbFolderInfo->SetNumMessages(0);
+        }
+        newTrashFolder->UpdateSummaryTotals(true);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgLocalMailFolder::IsChildOfTrash(bool *result)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(result);
+  uint32_t parentFlags = 0;
+  *result = false;
+  bool isServer;
+  nsresult rv = GetIsServer(&isServer);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || isServer)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  rv= GetFlags(&parentFlags);  //this is the parent folder
+  if (parentFlags & nsMsgFolderFlags::Trash)
+  {
+    *result = true;
+    return rv;
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> parentFolder;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> thisFolder;
+  rv = QueryInterface(NS_GET_IID(nsIMsgFolder), (void **) getter_AddRefs(thisFolder));
+
+  while (!isServer)
+  {
+    thisFolder->GetParent(getter_AddRefs(parentFolder));
+    if (!parentFolder)
+      return NS_OK;
+
+    rv = parentFolder->GetIsServer(&isServer);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv) || isServer)
+      return NS_OK;
+
+    rv = parentFolder->GetFlags(&parentFlags);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      return NS_OK;
+
+    if (parentFlags & nsMsgFolderFlags::Trash)
+    {
+      *result = true;
+      return rv;
+    }
+
+    thisFolder = parentFolder;
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgLocalMailFolder::Delete()
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBService> msgDBService = do_GetService(NS_MSGDB_SERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  msgDBService->CachedDBForFolder(this, getter_AddRefs(mDatabase));
+  if (mDatabase)
+  {
+    mDatabase->ForceClosed();
+    mDatabase = nullptr;
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+  rv = GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgPluggableStore> msgStore;
+
+  rv = server->GetMsgStore(getter_AddRefs(msgStore));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIFile> summaryFile;
+  rv = GetSummaryFile(getter_AddRefs(summaryFile));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  //Clean up .sbd folder if it exists.
+  // Remove summary file.
+  rv = summaryFile->Remove(false);
+  NS_WARNING_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "Could not delete msg summary file");
+
+  rv = msgStore->DeleteFolder(this);
+  if (rv == NS_ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND ||
+      rv == NS_ERROR_FILE_TARGET_DOES_NOT_EXIST)
+    rv = NS_OK; // virtual folders do not have a msgStore file
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgLocalMailFolder::DeleteSubFolders(nsIArray *folders, nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  bool isChildOfTrash;
+  IsChildOfTrash(&isChildOfTrash);
+
+  // we don't allow multiple folder selection so this is ok.
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder = do_QueryElementAt(folders, 0);
+  uint32_t folderFlags = 0;
+  if (folder)
+    folder->GetFlags(&folderFlags);
+  // when deleting from trash, or virtual folder, just delete it.
+  if (isChildOfTrash || folderFlags & nsMsgFolderFlags::Virtual)
+    return nsMsgDBFolder::DeleteSubFolders(folders, msgWindow);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> trashFolder;
+  rv = GetTrashFolder(getter_AddRefs(trashFolder));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    if (folder)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgCopyService> copyService(do_GetService(NS_MSGCOPYSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      rv = copyService->CopyFolders(folders, trashFolder, true, nullptr, msgWindow);
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgLocalMailFolder::ConfirmFolderDeletion(nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow,
+                                                     nsIMsgFolder *aFolder, bool *aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(aResult);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(aMsgWindow);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(aFolder);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIDocShell> docShell;
+  aMsgWindow->GetRootDocShell(getter_AddRefs(docShell));
+  if (docShell)
+  {
+    bool confirmDeletion = true;
+    nsresult rv;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> pPrefBranch(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    pPrefBranch->GetBoolPref("mailnews.confirm.moveFoldersToTrash", &confirmDeletion);
+    if (confirmDeletion)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundleService> bundleService =
+        mozilla::services::GetStringBundleService();
+      NS_ENSURE_TRUE(bundleService, NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED);
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundle> bundle;
+      rv = bundleService->CreateBundle("chrome://messenger/locale/localMsgs.properties", getter_AddRefs(bundle));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      nsAutoString folderName;
+      rv = aFolder->GetName(folderName);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      const char16_t *formatStrings[1] = { folderName.get() };
+
+      nsAutoString deleteFolderDialogTitle;
+      rv = bundle->GetStringFromName(
+        u"pop3DeleteFolderDialogTitle",
+        getter_Copies(deleteFolderDialogTitle));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      nsAutoString deleteFolderButtonLabel;
+      rv = bundle->GetStringFromName(
+        u"pop3DeleteFolderButtonLabel",
+        getter_Copies(deleteFolderButtonLabel));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      nsAutoString confirmationStr;
+      rv = bundle->FormatStringFromName(
+        u"pop3MoveFolderToTrash", formatStrings, 1,
+        getter_Copies(confirmationStr));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIPrompt> dialog(do_GetInterface(docShell));
+      if (dialog)
+      {
+        int32_t buttonPressed = 0;
+        // Default the dialog to "cancel".
+        const uint32_t buttonFlags =
+          (nsIPrompt::BUTTON_TITLE_IS_STRING * nsIPrompt::BUTTON_POS_0) +
+          (nsIPrompt::BUTTON_TITLE_CANCEL * nsIPrompt::BUTTON_POS_1);
+        bool dummyValue = false;
+        rv = dialog->ConfirmEx(deleteFolderDialogTitle.get(), confirmationStr.get(),
+                               buttonFlags,  deleteFolderButtonLabel.get(),
+                               nullptr, nullptr, nullptr, &dummyValue,
+                               &buttonPressed);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+        *aResult = !buttonPressed; // "ok" is in position 0
+      }
+    }
+    else
+      *aResult = true;
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgLocalMailFolder::Rename(const nsAString& aNewName, nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow)
+{
+  // Renaming to the same name is easy
+  if (mName.Equals(aNewName))
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> parentFolder;
+  nsresult rv = GetParent(getter_AddRefs(parentFolder));
+  if (!parentFolder)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  rv = CheckIfFolderExists(aNewName, parentFolder, msgWindow);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgPluggableStore> msgStore;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> newFolder;
+  rv = GetMsgStore(getter_AddRefs(msgStore));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  rv = msgStore->RenameFolder(this, aNewName, getter_AddRefs(newFolder));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+  {
+    if (msgWindow)
+      (void) ThrowAlertMsg((rv == NS_MSG_FOLDER_EXISTS) ?
+                            "folderExists" : "folderRenameFailed", msgWindow);
+    return rv;
+  }
+
+  int32_t count = mSubFolders.Count();
+    if (newFolder)
+    {
+      // Because we just renamed the db, w/o setting the pretty name in it,
+      // we need to force the pretty name to be correct.
+      // SetPrettyName won't write the name to the db if it doesn't think the
+      // name has changed. This hack forces the pretty name to get set in the db.
+      // We could set the new pretty name on the db before renaming the .msf file,
+      // but if the rename failed, it would be out of sync.
+      newFolder->SetPrettyName(EmptyString());
+      newFolder->SetPrettyName(aNewName);
+      bool changed = false;
+      MatchOrChangeFilterDestination(newFolder, true /*caseInsenstive*/, &changed);
+      if (changed)
+        AlertFilterChanged(msgWindow);
+
+      if (count > 0)
+        newFolder->RenameSubFolders(msgWindow, this);
+
+      // Discover the subfolders inside this folder (this is recursive)
+      nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleEnumerator> dummy;
+      newFolder->GetSubFolders(getter_AddRefs(dummy));
+
+      // the newFolder should have the same flags
+      newFolder->SetFlags(mFlags);
+      if (parentFolder)
+      {
+        SetParent(nullptr);
+        parentFolder->PropagateDelete(this, false, msgWindow);
+        parentFolder->NotifyItemAdded(newFolder);
+      }
+      SetFilePath(nullptr); // forget our path, since this folder object renamed itself
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIAtom> folderRenameAtom = MsgGetAtom("RenameCompleted");
+      newFolder->NotifyFolderEvent(folderRenameAtom);
+
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolderNotificationService> notifier(do_GetService(NS_MSGNOTIFICATIONSERVICE_CONTRACTID));
+      if (notifier)
+        notifier->NotifyFolderRenamed(this, newFolder);
+    }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgLocalMailFolder::RenameSubFolders(nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow, nsIMsgFolder *oldFolder)
+{
+  nsresult rv =NS_OK;
+  mInitialized = true;
+
+  uint32_t flags;
+  oldFolder->GetFlags(&flags);
+  SetFlags(flags);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleEnumerator> enumerator;
+  rv = oldFolder->GetSubFolders(getter_AddRefs(enumerator));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  bool hasMore;
+  while (NS_SUCCEEDED(enumerator->HasMoreElements(&hasMore)) && hasMore)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> item;
+    enumerator->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(item));
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> msgFolder(do_QueryInterface(item));
+    if (!msgFolder)
+      continue;
+
+    nsString folderName;
+    rv = msgFolder->GetName(folderName);
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> newFolder;
+    AddSubfolder(folderName, getter_AddRefs(newFolder));
+    if (newFolder)
+    {
+      newFolder->SetPrettyName(folderName);
+      bool changed = false;
+      msgFolder->MatchOrChangeFilterDestination(newFolder, true /*caseInsenstive*/, &changed);
+      if (changed)
+        msgFolder->AlertFilterChanged(msgWindow);
+      newFolder->RenameSubFolders(msgWindow, msgFolder);
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgLocalMailFolder::GetPrettyName(nsAString& prettyName)
+{
+  return nsMsgDBFolder::GetPrettyName(prettyName);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgLocalMailFolder::SetPrettyName(const nsAString& aName)
+{
+  nsresult rv = nsMsgDBFolder::SetPrettyName(aName);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  nsCString folderName;
+  rv = GetStringProperty("folderName", folderName);
+  NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8 utf8FolderName(mName);
+  return NS_FAILED(rv) || !folderName.Equals(utf8FolderName) ? SetStringProperty("folderName", utf8FolderName) : rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgLocalMailFolder::GetName(nsAString& aName)
+{
+  ReadDBFolderInfo(false);
+  return nsMsgDBFolder::GetName(aName);
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgLocalMailFolder::OpenDatabase()
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBService> msgDBService = do_GetService(NS_MSGDB_SERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIFile> file;
+  rv = GetFilePath(getter_AddRefs(file));
+
+  rv = msgDBService->OpenFolderDB(this, true, getter_AddRefs(mDatabase));
+    if (rv == NS_MSG_ERROR_FOLDER_SUMMARY_MISSING)
+    {
+    // check if we're a real folder by looking at the parent folder.
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> parent;
+    GetParent(getter_AddRefs(parent));
+    if (parent)
+    {
+      // This little dance creates an empty .msf file and then checks
+      // if the db is valid - this works if the folder is empty, which
+      // we don't have a direct way of checking.
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> db;
+      rv = msgDBService->CreateNewDB(this, getter_AddRefs(db));
+      if (db)
+      {
+        UpdateSummaryTotals(true);
+        db->Close(true);
+        mDatabase = nullptr;
+        db = nullptr;
+        rv = msgDBService->OpenFolderDB(this, false,
+                                        getter_AddRefs(mDatabase));
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+          mDatabase = nullptr;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  else if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    mDatabase = nullptr;
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgLocalMailFolder::GetDBFolderInfoAndDB(nsIDBFolderInfo **folderInfo, nsIMsgDatabase **db)
+{
+  if (!db || !folderInfo || !mPath || mIsServer)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;   //ducarroz: should we use NS_ERROR_INVALID_ARG?
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  if (mDatabase)
+    rv = NS_OK;
+  else
+  {
+    rv = OpenDatabase();
+
+    if (mAddListener && mDatabase)
+      mDatabase->AddListener(this);
+  }
+
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*db = mDatabase);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && *db)
+    rv = (*db)->GetDBFolderInfo(folderInfo);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgLocalMailFolder::ReadFromFolderCacheElem(nsIMsgFolderCacheElement *element)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(element);
+  nsresult rv = nsMsgDBFolder::ReadFromFolderCacheElem(element);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  nsCString utf8Name;
+  rv = element->GetStringProperty("folderName", utf8Name);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  CopyUTF8toUTF16(utf8Name, mName);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgLocalMailFolder::WriteToFolderCacheElem(nsIMsgFolderCacheElement *element)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(element);
+  nsMsgDBFolder::WriteToFolderCacheElem(element);
+  return element->SetStringProperty("folderName", NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(mName));
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgLocalMailFolder::GetDeletable(bool *deletable)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(deletable);
+
+  bool isServer;
+  GetIsServer(&isServer);
+  *deletable = !(isServer || (mFlags & nsMsgFolderFlags::SpecialUse));
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgLocalMailFolder::RefreshSizeOnDisk()
+{
+  int64_t oldFolderSize = mFolderSize;
+  // we set this to unknown to force it to get recalculated from disk
+  mFolderSize = kSizeUnknown;
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(GetSizeOnDisk(&mFolderSize)))
+    NotifyIntPropertyChanged(kFolderSizeAtom, oldFolderSize, mFolderSize);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgLocalMailFolder::GetSizeOnDisk(int64_t *aSize)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aSize);
+
+  bool isServer = false;
+  nsresult rv = GetIsServer(&isServer);
+  // If this is the rootFolder, return 0 as a safe value.
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || isServer)
+    mFolderSize = 0;
+
+  if (mFolderSize == kSizeUnknown)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> file;
+    rv = GetFilePath(getter_AddRefs(file));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    // Use a temporary variable so that we keep mFolderSize on kSizeUnknown
+    // if GetFileSize() fails.
+    int64_t folderSize;
+    rv = file->GetFileSize(&folderSize);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    mFolderSize = folderSize;
+  }
+  *aSize = mFolderSize;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgLocalMailFolder::GetTrashFolder(nsIMsgFolder** result)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(result);
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> rootFolder;
+  rv = GetRootFolder(getter_AddRefs(rootFolder));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    rootFolder->GetFolderWithFlags(nsMsgFolderFlags::Trash, result);
+    if (!*result)
+      rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgLocalMailFolder::DeleteMessages(nsIArray *messages,
+                                     nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow,
+                                     bool deleteStorage, bool isMove,
+                                     nsIMsgCopyServiceListener* listener, bool allowUndo)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(messages);
+
+  uint32_t messageCount;
+  nsresult rv = messages->GetLength(&messageCount);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // shift delete case - (delete to trash is handled in EndMove)
+  // this is also the case when applying retention settings.
+  if (deleteStorage && !isMove)
+  {
+    MarkMsgsOnPop3Server(messages, POP3_DELETE);
+  }
+
+  bool isTrashFolder = mFlags & nsMsgFolderFlags::Trash;
+
+  // notify on delete from trash and shift-delete
+  if (!isMove && (deleteStorage || isTrashFolder))
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolderNotificationService> notifier(do_GetService(NS_MSGNOTIFICATIONSERVICE_CONTRACTID));
+    if (notifier)
+        notifier->NotifyMsgsDeleted(messages);
+  }
+
+  if (!deleteStorage && !isTrashFolder)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> trashFolder;
+    rv = GetTrashFolder(getter_AddRefs(trashFolder));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgCopyService> copyService = do_GetService(NS_MSGCOPYSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      return copyService->CopyMessages(this, messages, trashFolder,
+                                       true, listener, msgWindow, allowUndo);
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDatabase> msgDB;
+    rv = GetDatabaseWOReparse(getter_AddRefs(msgDB));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      if (deleteStorage && isMove && GetDeleteFromServerOnMove())
+        MarkMsgsOnPop3Server(messages, POP3_DELETE);
+
+      nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> msgSupport;
+      rv = EnableNotifications(allMessageCountNotifications, false, true /*dbBatching*/);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgPluggableStore> msgStore;
+        rv = GetMsgStore(getter_AddRefs(msgStore));
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        {
+          rv = msgStore->DeleteMessages(messages);
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> msgDBHdr;
+          for (uint32_t i = 0; i < messageCount; ++i)
+          {
+            msgDBHdr = do_QueryElementAt(messages, i, &rv);
+            rv = msgDB->DeleteHeader(msgDBHdr, nullptr, false, true);
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      else if (rv == NS_MSG_FOLDER_BUSY)
+        ThrowAlertMsg("deletingMsgsFailed", msgWindow);
+
+      // we are the source folder here for a move or shift delete
+      //enable notifications because that will close the file stream
+      // we've been caching, mark the db as valid, and commit it.
+      EnableNotifications(allMessageCountNotifications, true, true /*dbBatching*/);
+      if (!isMove)
+        NotifyFolderEvent(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) ? mDeleteOrMoveMsgCompletedAtom : mDeleteOrMoveMsgFailedAtom);
+      if (msgWindow && !isMove)
+        AutoCompact(msgWindow);
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (msgWindow && !isMove && (deleteStorage || isTrashFolder)) {
+    // Clear undo and redo stack.
+    nsCOMPtr<nsITransactionManager> txnMgr;
+    msgWindow->GetTransactionManager(getter_AddRefs(txnMgr));
+    if (txnMgr) {
+      txnMgr->Clear();
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgLocalMailFolder::AddMessageDispositionState(nsIMsgDBHdr *aMessage, nsMsgDispositionState aDispositionFlag)
+{
+  nsMsgMessageFlagType msgFlag = 0;
+  switch (aDispositionFlag) {
+    case nsIMsgFolder::nsMsgDispositionState_Replied:
+      msgFlag = nsMsgMessageFlags::Replied;
+      break;
+    case nsIMsgFolder::nsMsgDispositionState_Forwarded:
+      msgFlag = nsMsgMessageFlags::Forwarded;
+      break;
+    default:
+      return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+  }
+
+  nsresult rv = nsMsgDBFolder::AddMessageDispositionState(aMessage, aDispositionFlag);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgPluggableStore> msgStore;
+  rv = GetMsgStore(getter_AddRefs(msgStore));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> messages(do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  messages->AppendElement(aMessage, false);
+  return msgStore->ChangeFlags(messages, msgFlag, true);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgLocalMailFolder::MarkMessagesRead(nsIArray *aMessages, bool aMarkRead)
+{
+  nsresult rv = nsMsgDBFolder::MarkMessagesRead(aMessages, aMarkRead);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgPluggableStore> msgStore;
+  rv = GetMsgStore(getter_AddRefs(msgStore));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  return msgStore->ChangeFlags(aMessages, nsMsgMessageFlags::Read, aMarkRead);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgLocalMailFolder::MarkMessagesFlagged(nsIArray *aMessages,
+                                          bool aMarkFlagged)
+{
+  nsresult rv = nsMsgDBFolder::MarkMessagesFlagged(aMessages, aMarkFlagged);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgPluggableStore> msgStore;
+  rv = GetMsgStore(getter_AddRefs(msgStore));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  return msgStore->ChangeFlags(aMessages, nsMsgMessageFlags::Marked,
+                               aMarkFlagged);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgLocalMailFolder::MarkAllMessagesRead(nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow)
+{
+  nsresult rv = GetDatabase();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsMsgKey *thoseMarked = nullptr;
+  uint32_t numMarked = 0;
+  EnableNotifications(allMessageCountNotifications, false, true /*dbBatching*/);
+  rv = mDatabase->MarkAllRead(&numMarked, &thoseMarked);
+  EnableNotifications(allMessageCountNotifications, true, true /*dbBatching*/);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !numMarked || !thoseMarked)
+    return rv;
+
+  do {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> messages;
+    rv = MsgGetHdrsFromKeys(mDatabase, thoseMarked, numMarked, getter_AddRefs(messages));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      break;
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgPluggableStore> msgStore;
+    rv = GetMsgStore(getter_AddRefs(msgStore));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      break;
+
+    rv = msgStore->ChangeFlags(messages, nsMsgMessageFlags::Read, true);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      break;
+
+    mDatabase->Commit(nsMsgDBCommitType::kLargeCommit);
+
+    // Setup a undo-state
+    if (aMsgWindow)
+      rv = AddMarkAllReadUndoAction(aMsgWindow, thoseMarked, numMarked);
+  } while (false);
+
+  free(thoseMarked);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgLocalMailFolder::MarkThreadRead(nsIMsgThread *thread)
+{
+  nsresult rv = GetDatabase();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsMsgKey *thoseMarked = nullptr;
+  uint32_t numMarked = 0;
+  rv = mDatabase->MarkThreadRead(thread, nullptr, &numMarked, &thoseMarked);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !numMarked || !thoseMarked)
+    return rv;
+
+  do {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> messages;
+    rv = MsgGetHdrsFromKeys(mDatabase, thoseMarked, numMarked, getter_AddRefs(messages));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      break;
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgPluggableStore> msgStore;
+    rv = GetMsgStore(getter_AddRefs(msgStore));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      break;
+
+    rv = msgStore->ChangeFlags(messages, nsMsgMessageFlags::Read, true);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      break;
+
+    mDatabase->Commit(nsMsgDBCommitType::kLargeCommit);
+  } while (false);
+
+  free(thoseMarked);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgLocalMailFolder::InitCopyState(nsISupports* aSupport,
+                                    nsIArray* messages,
+                                    bool isMove,
+                                    nsIMsgCopyServiceListener* listener,
+                                    nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow, bool isFolder,
+                                    bool allowUndo)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> path;
+
+  NS_ASSERTION(!mCopyState, "already copying a msg into this folder");
+  if (mCopyState)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE; // already has a  copy in progress
+
+  // get mDatabase set, so we can use it to add new hdrs to this db.
+  // calling GetDatabase will set mDatabase - we use the comptr
+  // here to avoid doubling the refcnt on mDatabase. We don't care if this
+  // fails - we just want to give it a chance. It will definitely fail in
+  // nsLocalMailFolder::EndCopy because we will have written data to the folder
+  // and changed its size.
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDatabase> msgDB;
+  GetDatabaseWOReparse(getter_AddRefs(msgDB));
+  bool isLocked;
+
+  GetLocked(&isLocked);
+  if (isLocked)
+    return NS_MSG_FOLDER_BUSY;
+
+  AcquireSemaphore(static_cast<nsIMsgLocalMailFolder*>(this));
+
+  mCopyState = new nsLocalMailCopyState();
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(mCopyState, NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY);
+
+  mCopyState->m_dataBuffer = (char*) PR_CALLOC(COPY_BUFFER_SIZE+1);
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(mCopyState->m_dataBuffer, NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY);
+
+  mCopyState->m_dataBufferSize = COPY_BUFFER_SIZE;
+  mCopyState->m_destDB = msgDB;
+
+  //Before we continue we should verify that there is enough diskspace.
+  //XXX How do we do this?
+  nsresult rv;
+  mCopyState->m_srcSupport = do_QueryInterface(aSupport, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  mCopyState->m_messages = messages;
+  mCopyState->m_curCopyIndex = 0;
+  mCopyState->m_isMove = isMove;
+  mCopyState->m_isFolder = isFolder;
+  mCopyState->m_allowUndo = allowUndo;
+  mCopyState->m_msgWindow = msgWindow;
+  rv = messages->GetLength(&mCopyState->m_totalMsgCount);
+  if (listener)
+    mCopyState->m_listener = do_QueryInterface(listener, &rv);
+  mCopyState->m_copyingMultipleMessages = false;
+  mCopyState->m_wholeMsgInStream = false;
+
+  // If we have source messages then we need destination messages too.
+  if (messages)
+    mCopyState->m_destMessages = do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID);
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgLocalMailFolder::OnAnnouncerGoingAway(nsIDBChangeAnnouncer *instigator)
+{
+  if (mCopyState)
+    mCopyState->m_destDB = nullptr;
+  return nsMsgDBFolder::OnAnnouncerGoingAway(instigator);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgLocalMailFolder::OnCopyCompleted(nsISupports *srcSupport, bool moveCopySucceeded)
+{
+  if (mCopyState && mCopyState->m_notifyFolderLoaded)
+    NotifyFolderEvent(mFolderLoadedAtom);
+
+  (void) RefreshSizeOnDisk();
+  // we are the destination folder for a move/copy
+  bool haveSemaphore;
+  nsresult rv = TestSemaphore(static_cast<nsIMsgLocalMailFolder*>(this), &haveSemaphore);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && haveSemaphore)
+    ReleaseSemaphore(static_cast<nsIMsgLocalMailFolder*>(this));
+
+  if (mCopyState && !mCopyState->m_newMsgKeywords.IsEmpty() &&
+      mCopyState->m_newHdr)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> messageArray(do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+    NS_ENSURE_TRUE(messageArray, rv);
+    messageArray->AppendElement(mCopyState->m_newHdr, false);
+    AddKeywordsToMessages(messageArray, mCopyState->m_newMsgKeywords);
+  }
+  if (moveCopySucceeded && mDatabase)
+  {
+    mDatabase->SetSummaryValid(true);
+    (void) CloseDBIfFolderNotOpen();
+  }
+
+  delete mCopyState;
+  mCopyState = nullptr;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgCopyService> copyService = do_GetService(NS_MSGCOPYSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  return copyService->NotifyCompletion(srcSupport, this, moveCopySucceeded ? NS_OK : NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+}
+
+bool nsMsgLocalMailFolder::CheckIfSpaceForCopy(nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow,
+                                                 nsIMsgFolder *srcFolder,
+                                                 nsISupports *srcSupports,
+                                                 bool isMove,
+                                                 int64_t totalMsgSize)
+{
+  bool spaceNotAvailable = true;
+  nsresult rv = WarnIfLocalFileTooBig(msgWindow, totalMsgSize, &spaceNotAvailable);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || spaceNotAvailable)
+  {
+    if (isMove && srcFolder)
+      srcFolder->NotifyFolderEvent(mDeleteOrMoveMsgFailedAtom);
+    OnCopyCompleted(srcSupports, false);
+    return false;
+  }
+  return true;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgLocalMailFolder::CopyMessages(nsIMsgFolder* srcFolder, nsIArray*
+                                   messages, bool isMove,
+                                   nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow,
+                                   nsIMsgCopyServiceListener* listener,
+                                   bool isFolder, bool allowUndo)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> srcSupport = do_QueryInterface(srcFolder);
+  bool isServer;
+  nsresult rv = GetIsServer(&isServer);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && isServer)
+  {
+    NS_ERROR("Destination is the root folder. Cannot move/copy here");
+    if (isMove)
+      srcFolder->NotifyFolderEvent(mDeleteOrMoveMsgFailedAtom);
+    return OnCopyCompleted(srcSupport, false);
+  }
+
+  UpdateTimestamps(allowUndo);
+  nsCString protocolType;
+  rv = srcFolder->GetURI(protocolType);
+  protocolType.SetLength(protocolType.FindChar(':'));
+
+  bool needOfflineBody = (WeAreOffline() &&
+    (MsgLowerCaseEqualsLiteral(protocolType, "imap") ||
+     MsgLowerCaseEqualsLiteral(protocolType, "news")));
+  int64_t totalMsgSize = 0;
+  uint32_t numMessages = 0;
+  messages->GetLength(&numMessages);
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < numMessages; i++)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> message(do_QueryElementAt(messages, i, &rv));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && message)
+    {
+      nsMsgKey key;
+      uint32_t msgSize;
+      message->GetMessageSize(&msgSize);
+
+      /* 200 is a per-message overhead to account for any extra data added
+         to the message.
+      */
+      totalMsgSize += msgSize + 200;
+
+      if (needOfflineBody)
+      {
+        bool hasMsgOffline = false;
+        message->GetMessageKey(&key);
+        srcFolder->HasMsgOffline(key, &hasMsgOffline);
+        if (!hasMsgOffline)
+        {
+          if (isMove)
+            srcFolder->NotifyFolderEvent(mDeleteOrMoveMsgFailedAtom);
+          ThrowAlertMsg("cantMoveMsgWOBodyOffline", msgWindow);
+          return OnCopyCompleted(srcSupport, false);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (!CheckIfSpaceForCopy(msgWindow, srcFolder, srcSupport, isMove,
+                           totalMsgSize))
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  bool storeDidCopy = false;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgPluggableStore> msgStore;
+  rv = GetMsgStore(getter_AddRefs(msgStore));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsITransaction> undoTxn;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIArray> dstHdrs;
+  rv = msgStore->CopyMessages(isMove, messages, this, listener,
+                              getter_AddRefs(dstHdrs), getter_AddRefs(undoTxn),
+                              &storeDidCopy);
+  if (storeDidCopy)
+  {
+    NS_ASSERTION(undoTxn, "if store does copy, it needs to add undo action");
+    if (msgWindow && undoTxn)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsITransactionManager> txnMgr;
+      msgWindow->GetTransactionManager(getter_AddRefs(txnMgr));
+      if (txnMgr)
+        txnMgr->DoTransaction(undoTxn);
+    }
+    if (isMove)
+      srcFolder->NotifyFolderEvent(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) ? mDeleteOrMoveMsgCompletedAtom :
+                                                      mDeleteOrMoveMsgFailedAtom);
+
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+      // If the store did the copy, like maildir, we need to mark messages on the server.
+      // Otherwise that's done in EndMove().
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgLocalMailFolder> localDstFolder;
+      QueryInterface(NS_GET_IID(nsIMsgLocalMailFolder), getter_AddRefs(localDstFolder));
+      if (localDstFolder)
+      {
+        // If we are the trash and a local msg is being moved to us, mark the source
+        // for delete from server, if so configured.
+        if (mFlags & nsMsgFolderFlags::Trash)
+        {
+          // If we're deleting on all moves, we'll mark this message for deletion when
+          // we call DeleteMessages on the source folder. So don't mark it for deletion
+          // here, in that case.
+          if (!GetDeleteFromServerOnMove())
+            localDstFolder->MarkMsgsOnPop3Server(dstHdrs, POP3_DELETE);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    return rv;
+  }
+  // If the store doesn't do the copy, we'll stream the source messages into
+  // the target folder, using getMsgInputStream and getNewMsgOutputStream.
+
+  // don't update the counts in the dest folder until it is all over
+  EnableNotifications(allMessageCountNotifications, false, false /*dbBatching*/);  //dest folder doesn't need db batching
+
+  // sort the message array by key
+  uint32_t numMsgs = 0;
+  messages->GetLength(&numMsgs);
+  nsTArray<nsMsgKey> keyArray(numMsgs);
+  if (numMsgs > 1)
+  {
+    for (uint32_t i = 0; i < numMsgs; i++)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> aMessage = do_QueryElementAt(messages, i, &rv);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && aMessage)
+      {
+        nsMsgKey key;
+        aMessage->GetMessageKey(&key);
+        keyArray.AppendElement(key);
+      }
+    }
+
+    keyArray.Sort();
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> sortedMsgs(do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID));
+    rv = MessagesInKeyOrder(keyArray, srcFolder, sortedMsgs);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    rv = InitCopyState(srcSupport, sortedMsgs, isMove, listener, msgWindow, isFolder, allowUndo);
+  }
+  else
+    rv = InitCopyState(srcSupport, messages, isMove, listener, msgWindow, isFolder, allowUndo);
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+  {
+    ThrowAlertMsg("operationFailedFolderBusy", msgWindow);
+    (void) OnCopyCompleted(srcSupport, false);
+    return rv;
+  }
+
+  if (!MsgLowerCaseEqualsLiteral(protocolType, "mailbox"))
+  {
+    mCopyState->m_dummyEnvelopeNeeded = true;
+    nsParseMailMessageState* parseMsgState = new nsParseMailMessageState();
+    if (parseMsgState)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> msgDb;
+      mCopyState->m_parseMsgState = parseMsgState;
+      GetDatabaseWOReparse(getter_AddRefs(msgDb));
+      if (msgDb)
+        parseMsgState->SetMailDB(msgDb);
+    }
+  }
+
+  // undo stuff
+  if (allowUndo)    //no undo for folder move/copy or or move/copy from search window
+  {
+    RefPtr<nsLocalMoveCopyMsgTxn> msgTxn = new nsLocalMoveCopyMsgTxn;
+    if (msgTxn && NS_SUCCEEDED(msgTxn->Init(srcFolder, this, isMove)))
+    {
+      msgTxn->SetMsgWindow(msgWindow);
+      if (isMove)
+      {
+        if (mFlags & nsMsgFolderFlags::Trash)
+          msgTxn->SetTransactionType(nsIMessenger::eDeleteMsg);
+        else
+          msgTxn->SetTransactionType(nsIMessenger::eMoveMsg);
+      }
+      else
+        msgTxn->SetTransactionType(nsIMessenger::eCopyMsg);
+      msgTxn.swap(mCopyState->m_undoMsgTxn);
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (numMsgs > 1 && ((MsgLowerCaseEqualsLiteral(protocolType, "imap") && !WeAreOffline()) ||
+                      MsgLowerCaseEqualsLiteral(protocolType, "mailbox")))
+  {
+    mCopyState->m_copyingMultipleMessages = true;
+    rv = CopyMessagesTo(mCopyState->m_messages, keyArray, msgWindow, this, isMove);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    {
+      NS_ERROR("copy message failed");
+      (void) OnCopyCompleted(srcSupport, false);
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> msgSupport = do_QueryElementAt(mCopyState->m_messages, 0);
+    if (msgSupport)
+    {
+      rv = CopyMessageTo(msgSupport, this, msgWindow, isMove);
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      {
+        NS_ASSERTION(false, "copy message failed");
+        (void) OnCopyCompleted(srcSupport, false);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  // if this failed immediately, need to turn back on notifications and inform FE.
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+  {
+    if (isMove)
+      srcFolder->NotifyFolderEvent(mDeleteOrMoveMsgFailedAtom);
+    EnableNotifications(allMessageCountNotifications, true, false /*dbBatching*/);  //dest folder doesn't need db batching
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+// for srcFolder that are on different server than the dstFolder.
+// "this" is the parent of the new dest folder.
+nsresult
+nsMsgLocalMailFolder::CopyFolderAcrossServer(nsIMsgFolder* srcFolder, nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow,
+                  nsIMsgCopyServiceListener *listener )
+{
+  mInitialized = true;
+
+  nsString folderName;
+  srcFolder->GetName(folderName);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> newMsgFolder;
+  nsresult rv = CreateSubfolderInternal(folderName, msgWindow, getter_AddRefs(newMsgFolder));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleEnumerator> messages;
+  rv = srcFolder->GetMessages(getter_AddRefs(messages));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> msgArray(do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID));
+
+  bool hasMoreElements = false;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> aSupport;
+
+  if (messages)
+    rv = messages->HasMoreElements(&hasMoreElements);
+
+  while (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && hasMoreElements)
+  {
+    rv = messages->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(aSupport));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    rv = msgArray->AppendElement(aSupport, false);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    rv = messages->HasMoreElements(&hasMoreElements);
+  }
+
+  uint32_t numMsgs=0;
+  msgArray->GetLength(&numMsgs);
+
+  if (numMsgs > 0 )   //if only srcFolder has messages..
+    newMsgFolder->CopyMessages(srcFolder, msgArray, false, msgWindow, listener, true /* is folder*/, false /* allowUndo */);
+  else
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgLocalMailFolder> localFolder = do_QueryInterface(newMsgFolder);
+    if (localFolder)
+    {
+      // normally these would get called from ::EndCopy when the last message
+      // was finished copying. But since there are no messages, we have to call
+      // them explicitly.
+      nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> srcSupports = do_QueryInterface(newMsgFolder);
+      localFolder->CopyAllSubFolders(srcFolder, msgWindow, listener);
+      return localFolder->OnCopyCompleted(srcSupports, true);
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_OK;  // otherwise the front-end will say Exception::CopyFolder
+}
+
+nsresult    //copy the sub folders
+nsMsgLocalMailFolder::CopyAllSubFolders(nsIMsgFolder *srcFolder,
+                                      nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow,
+                                      nsIMsgCopyServiceListener *listener )
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleEnumerator> enumerator;
+  nsresult rv = srcFolder->GetSubFolders(getter_AddRefs(enumerator));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  bool hasMore;
+  while (NS_SUCCEEDED(enumerator->HasMoreElements(&hasMore)) && hasMore)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> item;
+    enumerator->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(item));
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder(do_QueryInterface(item));
+    if (folder)
+      CopyFolderAcrossServer(folder, msgWindow, listener);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgLocalMailFolder::CopyFolder( nsIMsgFolder* srcFolder, bool isMoveFolder,
+                                   nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow,
+                                   nsIMsgCopyServiceListener* listener)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(srcFolder);
+  // isMoveFolder == true when "this" and srcFolder are on same server
+  return isMoveFolder ? CopyFolderLocal(srcFolder, isMoveFolder, msgWindow, listener ) :
+                      CopyFolderAcrossServer(srcFolder, msgWindow, listener );
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgLocalMailFolder::CopyFolderLocal(nsIMsgFolder *srcFolder,
+                                      bool isMoveFolder,
+                                      nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow,
+                                      nsIMsgCopyServiceListener *aListener)
+{
+  mInitialized = true;
+  bool isChildOfTrash;
+  nsresult rv = IsChildOfTrash(&isChildOfTrash);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && isChildOfTrash)
+  {
+    // do it just for the parent folder (isMoveFolder is true for parent only) if we are deleting/moving a folder tree
+    // don't confirm for rss folders.
+    if (isMoveFolder)
+    {
+      // if there's a msgWindow, confirm the deletion
+      if (msgWindow) 
+      {
+
+        bool okToDelete = false;
+        ConfirmFolderDeletion(msgWindow, srcFolder, &okToDelete);
+        if (!okToDelete)
+          return NS_MSG_ERROR_COPY_FOLDER_ABORTED;
+      }
+      // if we are moving a favorite folder to trash, we should clear the favorites flag
+      // so it gets removed from the view.
+      srcFolder->ClearFlag(nsMsgFolderFlags::Favorite);
+    }
+
+    bool match = false;
+    rv = srcFolder->MatchOrChangeFilterDestination(nullptr, false, &match);
+    if (match && msgWindow)
+    {
+      bool confirmed = false;
+      srcFolder->ConfirmFolderDeletionForFilter(msgWindow, &confirmed);
+      if (!confirmed)
+        return NS_MSG_ERROR_COPY_FOLDER_ABORTED;
+    }
+  }
+
+  nsAutoString newFolderName;
+  nsAutoString folderName;
+  rv = srcFolder->GetName(folderName);
+  if (NS_WARN_IF(NS_FAILED(rv))) {
+    return rv;
+  }
+
+  if (!isMoveFolder) {
+    rv = CheckIfFolderExists(folderName, this, msgWindow);
+    if (NS_WARN_IF(NS_FAILED(rv))) {
+      return rv;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    // If folder name already exists in destination, generate a new unique name.
+    bool containsChild = true;
+    uint32_t i;
+    for (i = 1; containsChild; i++) {
+      newFolderName.Assign(folderName);
+      if (i > 1) {
+        // This could be localizable but Toolkit is fine without it, see
+        // mozilla/toolkit/content/contentAreaUtils.js::uniqueFile()
+        newFolderName.Append('(');
+        newFolderName.AppendInt(i);
+        newFolderName.Append(')');
+      }
+      rv = ContainsChildNamed(newFolderName, &containsChild);
+      if (NS_WARN_IF(NS_FAILED(rv))) {
+        return rv;
+      }
+    }
+
+    // 'i' is one more than the number of iterations done
+    // and the number tacked onto the name of the folder.
+    if (i > 2 && !isChildOfTrash) {
+      // Folder name already exists, ask if rename is OK.
+      // If moving to Trash, don't ask and do it.
+      if (!ConfirmAutoFolderRename(msgWindow, folderName, newFolderName))
+        return NS_MSG_ERROR_COPY_FOLDER_ABORTED;
+    }
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgPluggableStore> msgStore;
+  rv = GetMsgStore(getter_AddRefs(msgStore));
+  if (NS_WARN_IF(NS_FAILED(rv))) {
+    return rv;
+  }
+
+  return msgStore->CopyFolder(srcFolder, this, isMoveFolder, msgWindow,
+                              aListener, newFolderName);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgLocalMailFolder::CopyFileMessage(nsIFile* aFile, 
+                                      nsIMsgDBHdr *msgToReplace,
+                                      bool isDraftOrTemplate,
+                                      uint32_t newMsgFlags,
+                                      const nsACString &aNewMsgKeywords,
+                                      nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow,
+                                      nsIMsgCopyServiceListener* listener)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aFile);
+  nsresult rv = NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+  nsParseMailMessageState* parseMsgState = nullptr;
+  int64_t fileSize = 0;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> fileSupport(do_QueryInterface(aFile, &rv));
+
+  aFile->GetFileSize(&fileSize);
+  if (!CheckIfSpaceForCopy(msgWindow, nullptr, fileSupport, false, fileSize))
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> messages(do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID));
+
+  if (msgToReplace)
+    messages->AppendElement(msgToReplace, false);
+
+  rv = InitCopyState(fileSupport, messages, msgToReplace ? true : false,
+                     listener, msgWindow, false, false);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    if (mCopyState)
+      mCopyState->m_newMsgKeywords = aNewMsgKeywords;
+
+    parseMsgState = new nsParseMailMessageState();
+    NS_ENSURE_TRUE(parseMsgState, NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY);
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> msgDb;
+      mCopyState->m_parseMsgState = parseMsgState;
+      GetDatabaseWOReparse(getter_AddRefs(msgDb));
+      if (msgDb)
+        parseMsgState->SetMailDB(msgDb);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIInputStream> inputStream;
+    rv = NS_NewLocalFileInputStream(getter_AddRefs(inputStream), aFile);
+
+    // All or none for adding a message file to the store
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && fileSize > PR_INT32_MAX)
+        rv = NS_ERROR_ILLEGAL_VALUE; // may need error code for max msg size
+
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && inputStream) 
+    {
+      char buffer[5];
+      uint32_t readCount;
+      rv = inputStream->Read(buffer, 5, &readCount);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) 
+      {
+        if (strncmp(buffer, "From ", 5))
+          mCopyState->m_dummyEnvelopeNeeded = true;
+        nsCOMPtr <nsISeekableStream> seekableStream = do_QueryInterface(inputStream, &rv);
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+          seekableStream->Seek(nsISeekableStream::NS_SEEK_SET, 0);
+      }
+    }
+
+     mCopyState->m_wholeMsgInStream = true;
+     if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      rv = BeginCopy(nullptr);
+
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      rv = CopyData(inputStream, (int32_t) fileSize);
+
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      rv = EndCopy(true);
+
+    //mDatabase should have been initialized above - if we got msgDb
+    // If we were going to delete, here is where we would do it. But because
+    // existing code already supports doing those deletes, we are just going
+    // to end the copy.
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && msgToReplace && mDatabase)
+      rv = OnCopyCompleted(fileSupport, true);
+
+    if (inputStream)
+      inputStream->Close();
+  }
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    (void) OnCopyCompleted(fileSupport, false);
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgLocalMailFolder::DeleteMessage(nsISupports *message,
+                                             nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow,
+                                             bool deleteStorage, bool commit)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  if (deleteStorage)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> msgDBHdr(do_QueryInterface(message, &rv));
+
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      GetDatabase();
+      if (mDatabase)
+        rv = mDatabase->DeleteHeader(msgDBHdr, nullptr, commit, true);
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgLocalMailFolder::GetNewMessages(nsIMsgWindow *aWindow, nsIUrlListener *aListener)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+  nsresult rv = GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, NS_MSG_INVALID_OR_MISSING_SERVER);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsILocalMailIncomingServer> localMailServer = do_QueryInterface(server, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, NS_MSG_INVALID_OR_MISSING_SERVER);
+
+  // XXX todo, move all this into nsILocalMailIncomingServer's GetNewMail
+  // so that we don't have to have RSS foo here.
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIRssIncomingServer> rssServer = do_QueryInterface(server, &rv);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    return localMailServer->GetNewMail(aWindow, aListener, this, nullptr);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> inbox;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> rootFolder;
+  rv = server->GetRootMsgFolder(getter_AddRefs(rootFolder));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && rootFolder)
+  {
+    rootFolder->GetFolderWithFlags(nsMsgFolderFlags::Inbox, getter_AddRefs(inbox));
+  }
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgLocalMailFolder> localInbox = do_QueryInterface(inbox, &rv);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    bool valid = false;
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDatabase> db;
+    // this will kick off a reparse if the db is out of date.
+    rv = localInbox->GetDatabaseWithReparse(nullptr, aWindow, getter_AddRefs(db));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      db->GetSummaryValid(&valid);
+      rv = valid ? localMailServer->GetNewMail(aWindow, aListener, inbox, nullptr) :
+                   localInbox->SetCheckForNewMessagesAfterParsing(true);
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgLocalMailFolder::WriteStartOfNewMessage()
+{
+  nsCOMPtr <nsISeekableStream> seekableStream = do_QueryInterface(mCopyState->m_fileStream);
+  int64_t filePos;
+  seekableStream->Tell(&filePos);
+
+  // CopyFileMessage() and CopyMessages() from servers other than pop3
+  if (mCopyState->m_parseMsgState)
+  {
+    if (mCopyState->m_parseMsgState->m_newMsgHdr)
+      mCopyState->m_parseMsgState->m_newMsgHdr->GetMessageKey(&mCopyState->m_curDstKey);
+    mCopyState->m_parseMsgState->SetEnvelopePos(filePos);
+    mCopyState->m_parseMsgState->SetState(nsIMsgParseMailMsgState::ParseHeadersState);
+  }
+  if (mCopyState->m_dummyEnvelopeNeeded)
+  {
+    nsCString result;
+    nsAutoCString nowStr;
+    MsgGenerateNowStr(nowStr);
+    result.AppendLiteral("From - ");
+    result.Append(nowStr);
+    result.Append(MSG_LINEBREAK);
+
+    // *** jt - hard code status line for now; come back later
+    nsresult rv;
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> curSourceMessage = do_QueryElementAt(mCopyState->m_messages,
+                                                                mCopyState->m_curCopyIndex, &rv);
+
+    char statusStrBuf[50];
+    if (curSourceMessage)
+    {
+      uint32_t dbFlags = 0;
+      curSourceMessage->GetFlags(&dbFlags);
+
+      // write out x-mozilla-status, but make sure we don't write out nsMsgMessageFlags::Offline
+      PR_snprintf(statusStrBuf, sizeof(statusStrBuf), X_MOZILLA_STATUS_FORMAT MSG_LINEBREAK,
+        dbFlags & ~(nsMsgMessageFlags::RuntimeOnly | nsMsgMessageFlags::Offline) & 0x0000FFFF);
+    }
+    else
+      strcpy(statusStrBuf, "X-Mozilla-Status: 0001" MSG_LINEBREAK);
+    uint32_t bytesWritten;
+    mCopyState->m_fileStream->Write(result.get(), result.Length(), &bytesWritten);
+    if (mCopyState->m_parseMsgState)
+        mCopyState->m_parseMsgState->ParseAFolderLine(
+          result.get(), result.Length());
+    mCopyState->m_fileStream->Write(statusStrBuf, strlen(statusStrBuf), &bytesWritten);
+    if (mCopyState->m_parseMsgState)
+        mCopyState->m_parseMsgState->ParseAFolderLine(
+        statusStrBuf, strlen(statusStrBuf));
+    result = "X-Mozilla-Status2: 00000000" MSG_LINEBREAK;
+    mCopyState->m_fileStream->Write(result.get(), result.Length(), &bytesWritten);
+    if (mCopyState->m_parseMsgState)
+        mCopyState->m_parseMsgState->ParseAFolderLine(
+          result.get(), result.Length());
+    result = X_MOZILLA_KEYWORDS;
+    mCopyState->m_fileStream->Write(result.get(), result.Length(), &bytesWritten);
+    if (mCopyState->m_parseMsgState)
+        mCopyState->m_parseMsgState->ParseAFolderLine(
+          result.get(), result.Length());
+   mCopyState->m_fromLineSeen = true;
+  }
+  else
+    mCopyState->m_fromLineSeen = false;
+
+  mCopyState->m_curCopyIndex++;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgLocalMailFolder::InitCopyMsgHdrAndFileStream()
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgPluggableStore> msgStore;
+  nsresult rv = GetMsgStore(getter_AddRefs(mCopyState->m_msgStore));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  bool reusable;
+  rv = mCopyState->m_msgStore->
+         GetNewMsgOutputStream(this, getter_AddRefs(mCopyState->m_newHdr),
+                               &reusable,
+                               getter_AddRefs(mCopyState->m_fileStream));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  if (mCopyState->m_parseMsgState)
+    mCopyState->m_parseMsgState->SetNewMsgHdr(mCopyState->m_newHdr);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+//nsICopyMessageListener
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgLocalMailFolder::BeginCopy(nsIMsgDBHdr *message)
+{
+  if (!mCopyState)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  if (!mCopyState->m_copyingMultipleMessages)
+  {
+    rv = InitCopyMsgHdrAndFileStream();
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+  nsCOMPtr <nsISeekableStream> seekableStream = do_QueryInterface(mCopyState->m_fileStream, &rv);
+
+  //  XXX ToDo: When copying multiple messages from a non-offline-enabled IMAP
+  //  server, this fails. (The copy succeeds because the file stream is created
+  //  subsequently in StartMessage) We should not be warning on an expected error.
+  //  Perhaps there are unexpected consequences of returning early?
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  seekableStream->Seek(nsISeekableStream::NS_SEEK_END, 0);
+
+  int32_t messageIndex = (mCopyState->m_copyingMultipleMessages) ? mCopyState->m_curCopyIndex - 1 : mCopyState->m_curCopyIndex;
+  NS_ASSERTION(!mCopyState->m_copyingMultipleMessages || messageIndex >= 0, "messageIndex invalid");
+  // by the time we get here, m_curCopyIndex is 1 relative because WriteStartOfNewMessage increments it
+  mCopyState->m_messages->QueryElementAt(messageIndex, NS_GET_IID(nsIMsgDBHdr),
+                                  (void **)getter_AddRefs(mCopyState->m_message));
+  // The flags of the source message can get changed when it is deleted, so
+  // save them here.
+  if (mCopyState->m_message)
+    mCopyState->m_message->GetFlags(&(mCopyState->m_flags));
+  DisplayMoveCopyStatusMsg();
+  if (mCopyState->m_listener)
+    mCopyState->m_listener->OnProgress(mCopyState->m_curCopyIndex, mCopyState->m_totalMsgCount);
+  // if we're copying more than one message, StartMessage will handle this.
+  return !mCopyState->m_copyingMultipleMessages ? WriteStartOfNewMessage() : rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgLocalMailFolder::CopyData(nsIInputStream *aIStream, int32_t aLength)
+{
+  //check to make sure we have control of the write.
+  bool haveSemaphore;
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  rv = TestSemaphore(static_cast<nsIMsgLocalMailFolder*>(this), &haveSemaphore);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+  if (!haveSemaphore)
+    return NS_MSG_FOLDER_BUSY;
+
+  if (!mCopyState)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+  uint32_t readCount;
+  //allocate one extra byte for '\0' at the end and another extra byte at the
+  //front to insert a '>' if we have a "From" line
+  //allocate 2 more for crlf that may be needed for those without crlf at end of file
+  if ( aLength + mCopyState->m_leftOver + 4 > mCopyState->m_dataBufferSize )
+  {
+    char *newBuffer = (char *) PR_REALLOC(mCopyState->m_dataBuffer, aLength + mCopyState->m_leftOver + 4);
+    if (!newBuffer)
+      return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+    mCopyState->m_dataBuffer = newBuffer;
+    mCopyState->m_dataBufferSize = aLength + mCopyState->m_leftOver + 3;
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsISeekableStream> seekableStream = do_QueryInterface(mCopyState->m_fileStream, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  seekableStream->Seek(nsISeekableStream::NS_SEEK_END, 0);
+
+  rv = aIStream->Read(mCopyState->m_dataBuffer + mCopyState->m_leftOver + 1, aLength, &readCount);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  mCopyState->m_leftOver += readCount;
+  mCopyState->m_dataBuffer[mCopyState->m_leftOver + 1] ='\0';
+  char *start = mCopyState->m_dataBuffer + 1;
+  char *endBuffer = mCopyState->m_dataBuffer + mCopyState->m_leftOver + 1;
+
+  uint32_t lineLength;
+  uint32_t bytesWritten;
+
+  while (1)
+  {
+    char *end = PL_strnpbrk(start, "\r\n", endBuffer - start);
+    if (!end)
+    {
+      mCopyState->m_leftOver -= (start - mCopyState->m_dataBuffer - 1);
+      // In CopyFileMessage, a complete message is being copied in a single
+      // call to CopyData, and if it does not have a LINEBREAK at the EOF,
+      // then end will be null after reading the last line, and we need
+      // to append the LINEBREAK to the buffer to enable transfer of the last line.
+      if (mCopyState->m_wholeMsgInStream)
+      {
+        end = start + mCopyState->m_leftOver;
+        memcpy(end, MSG_LINEBREAK "\0", MSG_LINEBREAK_LEN + 1);
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        memmove (mCopyState->m_dataBuffer + 1, start, mCopyState->m_leftOver);
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+
+    //need to set the linebreak_len each time
+    uint32_t linebreak_len = 1; //assume CR or LF
+    if (*end == '\r' && *(end+1) == '\n')
+      linebreak_len = 2;  //CRLF
+
+    if (!mCopyState->m_fromLineSeen)
+    {
+      mCopyState->m_fromLineSeen = true;
+      NS_ASSERTION(strncmp(start, "From ", 5) == 0,
+        "Fatal ... bad message format\n");
+    }
+    else if (strncmp(start, "From ", 5) == 0)
+    {
+      //if we're at the beginning of the buffer, we've reserved a byte to
+      //insert a '>'.  If we're in the middle, we're overwriting the previous
+      //line ending, but we've already written it to m_fileStream, so it's OK.
+      *--start = '>';
+    }
+
+    lineLength = end - start + linebreak_len;
+    rv = mCopyState->m_fileStream->Write(start, lineLength, &bytesWritten);
+    if (bytesWritten != lineLength || NS_FAILED(rv))
+    {
+      ThrowAlertMsg("copyMsgWriteFailed", mCopyState->m_msgWindow);
+      mCopyState->m_writeFailed = true;
+      return NS_MSG_ERROR_WRITING_MAIL_FOLDER;
+    }
+
+    if (mCopyState->m_parseMsgState)
+      mCopyState->m_parseMsgState->ParseAFolderLine(start, lineLength);
+
+    start = end + linebreak_len;
+    if (start >= endBuffer)
+    {
+      mCopyState->m_leftOver = 0;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+void nsMsgLocalMailFolder::CopyPropertiesToMsgHdr(nsIMsgDBHdr *destHdr,
+                                                  nsIMsgDBHdr *srcHdr,
+                                                  bool aIsMove)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefBranch(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS_VOID(rv);
+
+  nsCString dontPreserve;
+
+  // These preferences exist so that extensions can control which properties
+  // are preserved in the database when a message is moved or copied. All
+  // properties are preserved except those listed in these preferences
+  if (aIsMove)
+    prefBranch->GetCharPref("mailnews.database.summary.dontPreserveOnMove",
+                            getter_Copies(dontPreserve));
+  else
+    prefBranch->GetCharPref("mailnews.database.summary.dontPreserveOnCopy",
+                            getter_Copies(dontPreserve));
+
+  CopyHdrPropertiesWithSkipList(destHdr, srcHdr, dontPreserve);
+}
+
+void
+nsMsgLocalMailFolder::CopyHdrPropertiesWithSkipList(nsIMsgDBHdr *destHdr,
+                                                    nsIMsgDBHdr *srcHdr,
+                                                    const nsCString &skipList)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIUTF8StringEnumerator> propertyEnumerator;
+  nsresult rv = srcHdr->GetPropertyEnumerator(getter_AddRefs(propertyEnumerator));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS_VOID(rv);
+
+  // We'll add spaces at beginning and end so we can search for space-name-space
+  nsCString dontPreserveEx(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(" "));
+  dontPreserveEx.Append(skipList);
+  dontPreserveEx.AppendLiteral(" ");
+
+  nsAutoCString property;
+  nsCString sourceString;
+  bool hasMore;
+  while (NS_SUCCEEDED(propertyEnumerator->HasMore(&hasMore)) && hasMore)
+  {
+    propertyEnumerator->GetNext(property);
+    nsAutoCString propertyEx(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(" "));
+    propertyEx.Append(property);
+    propertyEx.AppendLiteral(" ");
+    if (dontPreserveEx.Find(propertyEx) != -1) // -1 is not found
+      continue;
+
+    srcHdr->GetStringProperty(property.get(), getter_Copies(sourceString));
+    destHdr->SetStringProperty(property.get(), sourceString.get());
+  }
+
+  nsMsgLabelValue label = 0;
+  srcHdr->GetLabel(&label);
+  destHdr->SetLabel(label);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgLocalMailFolder::EndCopy(bool aCopySucceeded)
+{
+  if (!mCopyState)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  // we are the destination folder for a move/copy
+  nsresult rv = aCopySucceeded ? NS_OK : NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  if (!aCopySucceeded || mCopyState->m_writeFailed)
+  {
+    if (mCopyState->m_fileStream)
+    {
+      if (mCopyState->m_curDstKey != nsMsgKey_None)
+        mCopyState->m_msgStore->DiscardNewMessage(mCopyState->m_fileStream,
+                                                  mCopyState->m_newHdr);
+      mCopyState->m_fileStream->Close();
+    }
+
+    if (!mCopyState->m_isMove)
+    {
+      // passing true because the messages that have been successfully
+      // copied have their corresponding hdrs in place. The message that has
+      // failed has been truncated so the msf file and berkeley mailbox
+      // are in sync.
+      (void) OnCopyCompleted(mCopyState->m_srcSupport, true);
+      // enable the dest folder
+      EnableNotifications(allMessageCountNotifications, true, false /*dbBatching*/); //dest folder doesn't need db batching
+    }
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  bool multipleCopiesFinished = (mCopyState->m_curCopyIndex >= mCopyState->m_totalMsgCount);
+
+  RefPtr<nsLocalMoveCopyMsgTxn> localUndoTxn = mCopyState->m_undoMsgTxn;
+
+  NS_ASSERTION(mCopyState->m_leftOver == 0, "whoops, something wrong with previous copy");
+  mCopyState->m_leftOver = 0; // reset to 0.
+  // need to reset this in case we're move/copying multiple msgs.
+  mCopyState->m_fromLineSeen = false;
+
+  // flush the copied message. We need a close at the end to get the
+  // file size and time updated correctly.
+  //
+  // These filestream closes are handled inconsistently in the code. In some
+  // cases, this is done in EndMessage, while in others it is done here in
+  // EndCopy. When we do the close in EndMessage, we'll set
+  // mCopyState->m_fileStream to null since it is no longer needed, and detect
+  // here the null stream so we know that we don't have to close it here.
+  //
+  // Similarly, m_parseMsgState->GetNewMsgHdr() returns a null hdr if the hdr
+  // has already been processed by EndMessage so it is not doubly added here.
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsISeekableStream> seekableStream(do_QueryInterface(mCopyState->m_fileStream));
+  if (seekableStream)
+  {
+    if (mCopyState->m_dummyEnvelopeNeeded)
+    {
+      uint32_t bytesWritten;
+      seekableStream->Seek(nsISeekableStream::NS_SEEK_END, 0);
+      mCopyState->m_fileStream->Write(MSG_LINEBREAK, MSG_LINEBREAK_LEN, &bytesWritten);
+      if (mCopyState->m_parseMsgState)
+        mCopyState->m_parseMsgState->ParseAFolderLine(CRLF, MSG_LINEBREAK_LEN);
+    }
+    rv = mCopyState->m_msgStore->FinishNewMessage(mCopyState->m_fileStream,
+                                                  mCopyState->m_newHdr);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && mCopyState->m_newHdr)
+      mCopyState->m_newHdr->GetMessageKey(&mCopyState->m_curDstKey);
+    if (multipleCopiesFinished)
+      mCopyState->m_fileStream->Close();
+    else
+      mCopyState->m_fileStream->Flush();
+  }
+  //Copy the header to the new database
+  if (mCopyState->m_message)
+  {
+    //  CopyMessages() goes here, and CopyFileMessages() with metadata to save;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> newHdr;
+    if (!mCopyState->m_parseMsgState)
+    {
+      if (mCopyState->m_destDB)
+      {
+        if (mCopyState->m_newHdr)
+        {
+          newHdr = mCopyState->m_newHdr;
+          CopyHdrPropertiesWithSkipList(newHdr, mCopyState->m_message,
+                                        NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("storeToken msgOffset"));
+//          UpdateNewMsgHdr(mCopyState->m_message, newHdr);
+          // We need to copy more than just what UpdateNewMsgHdr does. In fact,
+          // I think we want to copy almost every property other than
+          // storeToken and msgOffset.
+          mCopyState->m_destDB->AddNewHdrToDB(newHdr, true);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+        rv = mCopyState->m_destDB->CopyHdrFromExistingHdr(mCopyState->m_curDstKey,
+          mCopyState->m_message, true,
+          getter_AddRefs(newHdr));
+        }
+        uint32_t newHdrFlags;
+        if (newHdr)
+        {
+          // turn off offline flag - it's not valid for local mail folders.
+          newHdr->AndFlags(~nsMsgMessageFlags::Offline, &newHdrFlags);
+          mCopyState->m_destMessages->AppendElement(newHdr, false);
+        }
+      }
+      // we can do undo with the dest folder db, see bug #198909
+      //else
+      //  mCopyState->m_undoMsgTxn = nullptr; //null out the transaction because we can't undo w/o the msg db
+    }
+
+    // if we plan on allowing undo, (if we have a mCopyState->m_parseMsgState or not)
+    // we need to save the source and dest keys on the undo txn.
+    // see bug #179856 for details
+    bool isImap;
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && localUndoTxn) {
+      localUndoTxn->GetSrcIsImap(&isImap);
+      if (!isImap || !mCopyState->m_copyingMultipleMessages)
+      {
+        nsMsgKey aKey;
+        uint32_t statusOffset;
+        mCopyState->m_message->GetMessageKey(&aKey);
+        mCopyState->m_message->GetStatusOffset(&statusOffset);
+        localUndoTxn->AddSrcKey(aKey);
+        localUndoTxn->AddSrcStatusOffset(statusOffset);
+        localUndoTxn->AddDstKey(mCopyState->m_curDstKey);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> newHdr;
+  // CopyFileMessage() and CopyMessages() from servers other than mailbox
+  if (mCopyState->m_parseMsgState)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> msgDb;
+    mCopyState->m_parseMsgState->FinishHeader();
+    GetDatabaseWOReparse(getter_AddRefs(msgDb));
+    if (msgDb)
+    {
+      nsresult result = mCopyState->m_parseMsgState->GetNewMsgHdr(getter_AddRefs(newHdr));
+      // we need to copy newHdr because mCopyState will get cleared 
+      // in OnCopyCompleted, but we need OnCopyCompleted to know about
+      // the newHdr, via mCopyState. And we send a notification about newHdr
+      // after OnCopyCompleted.
+      mCopyState->m_newHdr = newHdr;
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(result) && newHdr)
+      {
+        // Copy message metadata.
+        if (mCopyState->m_message)
+        {
+          // Propagate the new flag on an imap to local folder filter action
+          // Flags may get changed when deleting the original source message in
+          // IMAP. We have a copy of the original flags, but parseMsgState has
+          // already tried to decide what those flags should be. Who to believe?
+          // Let's only deal here with the flags that might get changed, Read
+          // and New, and trust upstream code for everything else.
+          uint32_t readAndNew = nsMsgMessageFlags::New | nsMsgMessageFlags::Read;
+          uint32_t newFlags;
+          newHdr->GetFlags(&newFlags);
+          newHdr->SetFlags( (newFlags & ~readAndNew) | 
+                            ((mCopyState->m_flags) & readAndNew));
+
+          // Copy other message properties.
+          CopyPropertiesToMsgHdr(newHdr, mCopyState->m_message, mCopyState->m_isMove);
+        }
+        msgDb->AddNewHdrToDB(newHdr, true);
+        if (localUndoTxn)
+        {
+          // ** jt - recording the message size for possible undo use; the
+          // message size is different for pop3 and imap4 messages
+          uint32_t msgSize;
+          newHdr->GetMessageSize(&msgSize);
+          localUndoTxn->AddDstMsgSize(msgSize);
+        }
+
+        mCopyState->m_destMessages->AppendElement(newHdr, false);
+      }
+      // msgDb->SetSummaryValid(true);
+      // msgDb->Commit(nsMsgDBCommitType::kLargeCommit);
+    }
+    else
+      mCopyState->m_undoMsgTxn = nullptr; //null out the transaction because we can't undo w/o the msg db
+
+    mCopyState->m_parseMsgState->Clear();
+    if (mCopyState->m_listener) // CopyFileMessage() only
+      mCopyState->m_listener->SetMessageKey(mCopyState->m_curDstKey);
+  }
+
+  if (!multipleCopiesFinished && !mCopyState->m_copyingMultipleMessages)
+  {
+    // CopyMessages() goes here; CopyFileMessage() never gets in here because
+    // curCopyIndex will always be less than the mCopyState->m_totalMsgCount
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> aSupport = do_QueryElementAt(mCopyState->m_messages, mCopyState->m_curCopyIndex);
+    rv = CopyMessageTo(aSupport, this, mCopyState->m_msgWindow, mCopyState->m_isMove);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    // If we have some headers, then there is a source, so notify itemMoveCopyCompleted.
+    // If we don't have any headers already, (eg save as draft, send) then notify itemAdded.
+    // This notification is done after the messages are deleted, so that saving a new draft
+    // of a message works correctly -- first an itemDeleted is sent for the old draft, then
+    // an itemAdded for the new draft.
+    uint32_t numHdrs;
+    mCopyState->m_messages->GetLength(&numHdrs);
+
+    if (multipleCopiesFinished && numHdrs && !mCopyState->m_isFolder)
+    {
+      // we need to send this notification before we delete the source messages,
+      // because deleting the source messages clears out the src msg db hdr.
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolderNotificationService> notifier(do_GetService(NS_MSGNOTIFICATIONSERVICE_CONTRACTID));
+      if (notifier)
+        notifier->NotifyMsgsMoveCopyCompleted(mCopyState->m_isMove,
+                                              mCopyState->m_messages,
+                                              this, mCopyState->m_destMessages);
+    }
+
+    if (!mCopyState->m_isMove)
+    {
+      if (multipleCopiesFinished)
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> srcFolder;
+        srcFolder = do_QueryInterface(mCopyState->m_srcSupport);
+        if (mCopyState->m_isFolder)
+          CopyAllSubFolders(srcFolder, nullptr, nullptr);  //Copy all subfolders then notify completion
+
+        if (mCopyState->m_msgWindow && mCopyState->m_undoMsgTxn)
+        {
+          nsCOMPtr<nsITransactionManager> txnMgr;
+          mCopyState->m_msgWindow->GetTransactionManager(getter_AddRefs(txnMgr));
+          if (txnMgr)
+            txnMgr->DoTransaction(mCopyState->m_undoMsgTxn);
+        }
+
+        // enable the dest folder
+        EnableNotifications(allMessageCountNotifications, true, false /*dbBatching*/); //dest folder doesn't need db batching
+        if (srcFolder && !mCopyState->m_isFolder)
+        {
+          // I'm not too sure of the proper location of this event. It seems to need to be
+          // after the EnableNotifications, or the folder counts can be incorrect
+          // during the mDeleteOrMoveMsgCompletedAtom call.
+          srcFolder->NotifyFolderEvent(mDeleteOrMoveMsgCompletedAtom);
+        }
+        (void) OnCopyCompleted(mCopyState->m_srcSupport, true);
+      }
+    }
+    // Send the itemAdded notification in case we didn't send the itemMoveCopyCompleted notification earlier.
+    // Posting news messages involves this, yet doesn't have the newHdr initialized, so don't send any
+    // notifications in that case.
+    if (!numHdrs && newHdr)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolderNotificationService> notifier(do_GetService(NS_MSGNOTIFICATIONSERVICE_CONTRACTID));
+      if (notifier)
+      {
+        notifier->NotifyMsgAdded(newHdr);
+        // We do not appear to trigger classification in this case, so let's
+        // paper over the abyss by just sending the classification notification.
+        nsCOMPtr <nsIMutableArray> oneHeaderArray =
+          do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID);
+        oneHeaderArray->AppendElement(newHdr, false);
+        notifier->NotifyMsgsClassified(oneHeaderArray, false, false);
+        // (We do not add the NotReportedClassified processing flag since we
+        // just reported it!)
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+static bool gGotGlobalPrefs;
+static bool gDeleteFromServerOnMove;
+
+bool nsMsgLocalMailFolder::GetDeleteFromServerOnMove()
+{
+  if (!gGotGlobalPrefs)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> pPrefBranch(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID));
+    if (pPrefBranch)
+    {
+      pPrefBranch->GetBoolPref("mail.pop3.deleteFromServerOnMove", &gDeleteFromServerOnMove);
+      gGotGlobalPrefs = true;
+    }
+  }
+  return gDeleteFromServerOnMove;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgLocalMailFolder::EndMove(bool moveSucceeded)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  if (!mCopyState)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  if (!moveSucceeded || mCopyState->m_writeFailed)
+  {
+    //Notify that a completion finished.
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> srcFolder = do_QueryInterface(mCopyState->m_srcSupport, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    srcFolder->NotifyFolderEvent(mDeleteOrMoveMsgFailedAtom);
+
+    /* passing true because the messages that have been successfully copied have their corressponding
+               hdrs in place. The message that has failed has been truncated so the msf file and berkeley mailbox
+               are in sync*/
+
+    (void) OnCopyCompleted(mCopyState->m_srcSupport, true);
+    // enable the dest folder
+    EnableNotifications(allMessageCountNotifications, true, false /*dbBatching*/ );  //dest folder doesn't need db batching
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  if (mCopyState && mCopyState->m_curCopyIndex >= mCopyState->m_totalMsgCount)
+  {
+    //Notify that a completion finished.
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> srcFolder = do_QueryInterface(mCopyState->m_srcSupport, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgLocalMailFolder> localSrcFolder = do_QueryInterface(srcFolder);
+    if (localSrcFolder)
+    {
+      // if we are the trash and a local msg is being moved to us, mark the source
+      // for delete from server, if so configured.
+      if (mFlags & nsMsgFolderFlags::Trash)
+      {
+        // if we're deleting on all moves, we'll mark this message for deletion when
+        // we call DeleteMessages on the source folder. So don't mark it for deletion
+        // here, in that case.
+        if (!GetDeleteFromServerOnMove())
+          localSrcFolder->MarkMsgsOnPop3Server(mCopyState->m_messages, POP3_DELETE);
+      }
+    }
+    // lets delete these all at once - much faster that way
+    rv = srcFolder->DeleteMessages(mCopyState->m_messages, mCopyState->m_msgWindow, true, true, nullptr, mCopyState->m_allowUndo);
+    AutoCompact(mCopyState->m_msgWindow);
+
+    // enable the dest folder
+    EnableNotifications(allMessageCountNotifications, true, false /*dbBatching*/); //dest folder doesn't need db batching
+    // I'm not too sure of the proper location of this event. It seems to need to be
+    // after the EnableNotifications, or the folder counts can be incorrect
+    // during the mDeleteOrMoveMsgCompletedAtom call.
+    srcFolder->NotifyFolderEvent(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) ? mDeleteOrMoveMsgCompletedAtom : mDeleteOrMoveMsgFailedAtom);
+
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && mCopyState->m_msgWindow && mCopyState->m_undoMsgTxn)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsITransactionManager> txnMgr;
+      mCopyState->m_msgWindow->GetTransactionManager(getter_AddRefs(txnMgr));
+      if (txnMgr)
+        txnMgr->DoTransaction(mCopyState->m_undoMsgTxn);
+    }
+    (void) OnCopyCompleted(mCopyState->m_srcSupport, NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) ? true : false);  //clear the copy state so that the next message from a different folder can be move
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+
+}
+
+// this is the beginning of the next message copied
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgLocalMailFolder::StartMessage()
+{
+  // We get crashes that we don't understand (bug 284876), so stupidly prevent that.
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(mCopyState);
+  nsresult rv = InitCopyMsgHdrAndFileStream();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  return WriteStartOfNewMessage();
+}
+
+// just finished the current message.
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgLocalMailFolder::EndMessage(nsMsgKey key)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(mCopyState);
+
+  RefPtr<nsLocalMoveCopyMsgTxn> localUndoTxn = mCopyState->m_undoMsgTxn;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgWindow> msgWindow;
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  if (localUndoTxn)
+  {
+    localUndoTxn->GetMsgWindow(getter_AddRefs(msgWindow));
+    localUndoTxn->AddSrcKey(key);
+    localUndoTxn->AddDstKey(mCopyState->m_curDstKey);
+  }
+
+  // I think this is always true for online to offline copy
+  mCopyState->m_dummyEnvelopeNeeded = true;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsISeekableStream> seekableStream = do_QueryInterface(mCopyState->m_fileStream, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  seekableStream->Seek(nsISeekableStream::NS_SEEK_END, 0);
+  uint32_t bytesWritten;
+  mCopyState->m_fileStream->Write(MSG_LINEBREAK, MSG_LINEBREAK_LEN, &bytesWritten);
+  if (mCopyState->m_parseMsgState)
+    mCopyState->m_parseMsgState->ParseAFolderLine(CRLF, MSG_LINEBREAK_LEN);
+
+  rv = mCopyState->m_msgStore->FinishNewMessage(mCopyState->m_fileStream,
+                                                mCopyState->m_newHdr);
+  mCopyState->m_fileStream->Close();
+  mCopyState->m_fileStream = nullptr; // all done with the file stream
+
+  // CopyFileMessage() and CopyMessages() from servers other than mailbox
+  if (mCopyState->m_parseMsgState)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> msgDb;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> newHdr;
+
+    mCopyState->m_parseMsgState->FinishHeader();
+
+    rv = mCopyState->m_parseMsgState->GetNewMsgHdr(getter_AddRefs(newHdr));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && newHdr)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> srcFolder = do_QueryInterface(mCopyState->m_srcSupport, &rv);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> srcDB;
+      srcFolder->GetMsgDatabase(getter_AddRefs(srcDB));
+      if (srcDB)
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> srcMsgHdr;
+        srcDB->GetMsgHdrForKey(key, getter_AddRefs(srcMsgHdr));
+        if (srcMsgHdr)
+          CopyPropertiesToMsgHdr(newHdr, srcMsgHdr, mCopyState->m_isMove);
+      }
+      rv = GetDatabaseWOReparse(getter_AddRefs(msgDb));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && msgDb)
+      {
+        msgDb->AddNewHdrToDB(newHdr, true);
+        if (localUndoTxn)
+        {
+          // ** jt - recording the message size for possible undo use; the
+          // message size is different for pop3 and imap4 messages
+          uint32_t msgSize;
+          newHdr->GetMessageSize(&msgSize);
+          localUndoTxn->AddDstMsgSize(msgSize);
+        }
+      }
+      else
+        mCopyState->m_undoMsgTxn = nullptr; //null out the transaction because we can't undo w/o the msg db
+    }
+    mCopyState->m_parseMsgState->Clear();
+
+    if (mCopyState->m_listener) // CopyFileMessage() only
+      mCopyState->m_listener->SetMessageKey(mCopyState->m_curDstKey);
+  }
+
+  if (mCopyState->m_fileStream)
+    mCopyState->m_fileStream->Flush();
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+nsresult nsMsgLocalMailFolder::CopyMessagesTo(nsIArray *messages, nsTArray<nsMsgKey> &keyArray,
+                                             nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow, nsIMsgFolder *dstFolder,
+                                             bool isMove)
+{
+  if (!mCopyState)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsICopyMessageStreamListener> copyStreamListener = do_CreateInstance(NS_COPYMESSAGESTREAMLISTENER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsICopyMessageListener> copyListener(do_QueryInterface(dstFolder, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, NS_ERROR_NO_INTERFACE);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> srcFolder(do_QueryInterface(mCopyState->m_srcSupport, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, NS_ERROR_NO_INTERFACE);
+
+  rv = copyStreamListener->Init(srcFolder, copyListener, nullptr);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  if (!mCopyState->m_messageService)
+  {
+    nsCString uri;
+    srcFolder->GetURI(uri);
+    rv = GetMessageServiceFromURI(uri, getter_AddRefs(mCopyState->m_messageService));
+  }
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && mCopyState->m_messageService)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIStreamListener> streamListener(do_QueryInterface(copyStreamListener, &rv));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, NS_ERROR_NO_INTERFACE);
+
+    mCopyState->m_curCopyIndex = 0;
+    // we need to kick off the first message - subsequent messages
+    // are kicked off by nsMailboxProtocol when it finishes a message
+    // before starting the next message. Only do this if the source folder
+    // is a local folder, however. IMAP will handle calling StartMessage for
+    // each message that gets downloaded, and news doesn't go through here
+    // because news only downloads one message at a time, and this routine
+    // is for multiple message copy.
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgLocalMailFolder> srcLocalFolder = do_QueryInterface(srcFolder);
+    if (srcLocalFolder)
+      StartMessage();
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> dummyNull;
+    rv = mCopyState->m_messageService->CopyMessages(keyArray.Length(),
+                                                    keyArray.Elements(),
+                                                    srcFolder, streamListener,
+                                                    isMove, nullptr, aMsgWindow,
+                                                    getter_AddRefs(dummyNull));
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgLocalMailFolder::CopyMessageTo(nsISupports *message,
+                                             nsIMsgFolder *dstFolder /* dst same as "this" */,
+                                             nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow,
+                                             bool isMove)
+{
+  if (!mCopyState)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr(do_QueryInterface(message, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, NS_ERROR_NO_INTERFACE);
+
+  mCopyState->m_message = do_QueryInterface(msgHdr, &rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> srcFolder(do_QueryInterface(mCopyState->m_srcSupport, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, NS_ERROR_NO_INTERFACE);
+  nsCString uri;
+  srcFolder->GetUriForMsg(msgHdr, uri);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsICopyMessageStreamListener> copyStreamListener = do_CreateInstance(NS_COPYMESSAGESTREAMLISTENER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsICopyMessageListener> copyListener(do_QueryInterface(dstFolder, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, NS_ERROR_NO_INTERFACE);
+
+  rv = copyStreamListener->Init(srcFolder, copyListener, nullptr);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  if (!mCopyState->m_messageService)
+    rv = GetMessageServiceFromURI(uri, getter_AddRefs(mCopyState->m_messageService));
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && mCopyState->m_messageService)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIStreamListener> streamListener(do_QueryInterface(copyStreamListener, &rv));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, NS_ERROR_NO_INTERFACE);
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> dummyNull;
+    rv = mCopyState->m_messageService->CopyMessage(uri.get(), streamListener, isMove, nullptr, aMsgWindow,
+                                                   getter_AddRefs(dummyNull));
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+// A message is being deleted from a POP3 mail file, so check and see if we have the message
+// being deleted in the server. If so, then we need to remove the message from the server as well.
+// We have saved the UIDL of the message in the popstate.dat file and we must match this uidl, so
+// read the message headers and see if we have it, then mark the message for deletion from the server.
+// The next time we look at mail the message will be deleted from the server.
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgLocalMailFolder::MarkMsgsOnPop3Server(nsIArray *aMessages, int32_t aMark)
+{
+  nsLocalFolderScanState folderScanState;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPop3IncomingServer> curFolderPop3MailServer;
+  nsCOMArray<nsIPop3IncomingServer> pop3Servers; // servers with msgs deleted...
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> incomingServer;
+  nsresult rv = GetServer(getter_AddRefs(incomingServer));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, NS_MSG_INVALID_OR_MISSING_SERVER);
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgAccountManager> accountManager = do_GetService(NS_MSGACCOUNTMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  // I wonder if we should run through the pop3 accounts and see if any of them have
+  // leave on server set. If not, we could short-circuit some of this.
+
+  curFolderPop3MailServer = do_QueryInterface(incomingServer, &rv);
+  rv = GetFolderScanState(&folderScanState);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  uint32_t srcCount;
+  aMessages->GetLength(&srcCount);
+
+  // Filter delete requests are always honored, others are subject
+  // to the deleteMailLeftOnServer preference.
+  int32_t mark;
+  mark = (aMark == POP3_FORCE_DEL) ? POP3_DELETE : aMark;
+
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < srcCount; i++)
+  {
+    /* get uidl for this message */
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> msgDBHdr (do_QueryElementAt(aMessages, i, &rv));
+
+    uint32_t flags = 0;
+
+    if (msgDBHdr)
+    {
+      msgDBHdr->GetFlags(&flags);
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIPop3IncomingServer> msgPop3Server = curFolderPop3MailServer;
+      bool leaveOnServer = false;
+      bool deleteMailLeftOnServer = false;
+      // set up defaults, in case there's no x-mozilla-account header
+      if (curFolderPop3MailServer)
+      {
+        curFolderPop3MailServer->GetDeleteMailLeftOnServer(&deleteMailLeftOnServer);
+        curFolderPop3MailServer->GetLeaveMessagesOnServer(&leaveOnServer);
+      }
+
+      rv = GetUidlFromFolder(&folderScanState, msgDBHdr);
+      if (!NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        continue;
+
+      if (folderScanState.m_uidl)
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgAccount> account;
+        rv = accountManager->GetAccount(folderScanState.m_accountKey, getter_AddRefs(account));
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && account)
+        {
+          account->GetIncomingServer(getter_AddRefs(incomingServer));
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIPop3IncomingServer> curMsgPop3MailServer = do_QueryInterface(incomingServer);
+          if (curMsgPop3MailServer)
+          {
+            msgPop3Server = curMsgPop3MailServer;
+            msgPop3Server->GetDeleteMailLeftOnServer(&deleteMailLeftOnServer);
+            msgPop3Server->GetLeaveMessagesOnServer(&leaveOnServer);
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      // ignore this header if not partial and leaveOnServer not set...
+      // or if we can't find the pop3 server.
+      if (!msgPop3Server || (! (flags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Partial) && !leaveOnServer))
+        continue;
+      // if marking deleted, ignore header if we're not deleting from
+      // server when deleting locally.
+      if (aMark == POP3_DELETE && leaveOnServer && !deleteMailLeftOnServer)
+        continue;
+      if (folderScanState.m_uidl)
+      {
+        msgPop3Server->AddUidlToMark(folderScanState.m_uidl, mark);
+        // remember this pop server in list of servers with msgs deleted
+        if (pop3Servers.IndexOfObject(msgPop3Server) == -1)
+          pop3Servers.AppendObject(msgPop3Server);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  if (folderScanState.m_inputStream)
+    folderScanState.m_inputStream->Close();
+  // need to do this for all pop3 mail servers that had messages deleted.
+  uint32_t serverCount = pop3Servers.Count();
+  for (uint32_t index = 0; index < serverCount; index++)
+    pop3Servers[index]->MarkMessages();
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgLocalMailFolder::DeleteDownloadMsg(nsIMsgDBHdr *aMsgHdr, bool *aDoSelect)
+{
+  uint32_t numMsgs;
+  char *newMsgId;
+
+  // This method is only invoked thru DownloadMessagesForOffline()
+  if (mDownloadState != DOWNLOAD_STATE_NONE)
+  {
+    // We only remember the first key, no matter how many
+    // messages were originally selected.
+    if (mDownloadState == DOWNLOAD_STATE_INITED)
+    {
+      aMsgHdr->GetMessageKey(&mDownloadSelectKey);
+      mDownloadState = DOWNLOAD_STATE_GOTMSG;
+    }
+
+    aMsgHdr->GetMessageId(&newMsgId);
+
+    // Walk through all the selected headers, looking for a matching
+    // Message-ID.
+    numMsgs = mDownloadMessages.Length();
+    for (uint32_t i = 0; i < numMsgs; i++)
+    {
+      nsresult rv;
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> msgDBHdr = mDownloadMessages[i];
+      char *oldMsgId = nullptr;
+      msgDBHdr->GetMessageId(&oldMsgId);
+
+      // Delete the first match and remove it from the array
+      if (!PL_strcmp(newMsgId, oldMsgId))
+      {
+        rv = GetDatabase();
+        if (!mDatabase)
+          return rv;
+
+        UpdateNewMsgHdr(msgDBHdr, aMsgHdr);
+
+#if DOWNLOAD_NOTIFY_STYLE == DOWNLOAD_NOTIFY_LAST
+        msgDBHdr->GetMessageKey(&mDownloadOldKey);
+        msgDBHdr->GetThreadParent(&mDownloadOldParent);
+        msgDBHdr->GetFlags(&mDownloadOldFlags);
+        mDatabase->DeleteHeader(msgDBHdr, nullptr, false, false);
+        // Tell caller we want to select this message
+        if (aDoSelect)
+          *aDoSelect = true;
+#else
+        mDatabase->DeleteHeader(msgDBHdr, nullptr, false, true);
+        // Tell caller we want to select this message
+        if (aDoSelect && mDownloadState == DOWNLOAD_STATE_GOTMSG)
+          *aDoSelect = true;
+#endif
+        mDownloadMessages.RemoveElementAt(i);
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgLocalMailFolder::SelectDownloadMsg()
+{
+#if DOWNLOAD_NOTIFY_STYLE == DOWNLOAD_NOTIFY_LAST
+  if (mDownloadState >= DOWNLOAD_STATE_GOTMSG)
+  {
+    nsresult rv = GetDatabase();
+    if (!mDatabase)
+      return rv;
+    }
+    mDatabase->NotifyKeyDeletedAll(mDownloadOldKey, mDownloadOldParent, mDownloadOldFlags, nullptr);
+  }
+#endif
+
+  if (mDownloadState == DOWNLOAD_STATE_GOTMSG && mDownloadWindow)
+  {
+    nsAutoCString newuri;
+    nsBuildLocalMessageURI(mBaseMessageURI.get(), mDownloadSelectKey, newuri);
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgWindowCommands> windowCommands;
+    mDownloadWindow->GetWindowCommands(getter_AddRefs(windowCommands));
+    if (windowCommands)
+      windowCommands->SelectMessage(newuri);
+    mDownloadState = DOWNLOAD_STATE_DIDSEL;
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgLocalMailFolder::DownloadMessagesForOffline(nsIArray *aMessages, nsIMsgWindow *aWindow)
+{
+  if (mDownloadState != DOWNLOAD_STATE_NONE)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE; // already has a download in progress
+
+  // We're starting a download...
+  mDownloadState = DOWNLOAD_STATE_INITED;
+
+  MarkMsgsOnPop3Server(aMessages, POP3_FETCH_BODY);
+
+  // Pull out all the PARTIAL messages into a new array
+  uint32_t srcCount;
+  aMessages->GetLength(&srcCount);
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < srcCount; i++)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> msgDBHdr (do_QueryElementAt(aMessages, i, &rv));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      uint32_t flags = 0;
+      msgDBHdr->GetFlags(&flags);
+      if (flags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Partial)
+        mDownloadMessages.AppendElement(msgDBHdr);
+    }
+  }
+  mDownloadWindow = aWindow;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+  rv = GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, NS_MSG_INVALID_OR_MISSING_SERVER);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsILocalMailIncomingServer> localMailServer = do_QueryInterface(server, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, NS_MSG_INVALID_OR_MISSING_SERVER);
+  return localMailServer->GetNewMail(aWindow, this, this, nullptr);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgLocalMailFolder::NotifyDelete()
+{
+  NotifyFolderEvent(mDeleteOrMoveMsgCompletedAtom);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// TODO:  once we move certain code into the IncomingServer (search for TODO)
+// this method will go away.
+// sometimes this gets called when we don't have the server yet, so
+// that's why we're not calling GetServer()
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgLocalMailFolder::GetIncomingServerType(nsACString& aServerType)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  if (mType.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIURL> url = do_CreateInstance(NS_STANDARDURL_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      return rv;
+
+    rv = url->SetSpec(mURI);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      return rv;
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccountManager> accountManager =
+             do_GetService(NS_MSGACCOUNTMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      return rv;
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+    // try "none" first
+    url->SetScheme(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("none"));
+    rv = accountManager->FindServerByURI(url, false, getter_AddRefs(server));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && server)
+      mType.AssignLiteral("none");
+    else
+    {
+      // next try "pop3"
+      url->SetScheme(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("pop3"));
+      rv = accountManager->FindServerByURI(url, false, getter_AddRefs(server));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && server)
+        mType.AssignLiteral("pop3");
+      else
+      {
+        // next try "rss"
+        url->SetScheme(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("rss"));
+        rv = accountManager->FindServerByURI(url, false, getter_AddRefs(server));
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && server)
+          mType.AssignLiteral("rss");
+        else
+        {
+#ifdef HAVE_MOVEMAIL
+          // next try "movemail"
+          url->SetScheme(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("movemail"));
+          rv = accountManager->FindServerByURI(url, false, getter_AddRefs(server));
+          if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && server)
+            mType.AssignLiteral("movemail");
+#endif /* HAVE_MOVEMAIL */
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  aServerType = mType;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgLocalMailFolder::CreateBaseMessageURI(const nsACString& aURI)
+{
+  return nsCreateLocalBaseMessageURI(aURI, mBaseMessageURI);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgLocalMailFolder::OnStartRunningUrl(nsIURI * aUrl)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPop3URL> popurl = do_QueryInterface(aUrl, &rv);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    nsAutoCString aSpec;
+    rv = aUrl->GetSpec(aSpec);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    if (strstr(aSpec.get(), "uidl="))
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIPop3Sink> popsink;
+      rv = popurl->GetPop3Sink(getter_AddRefs(popsink));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      {
+        popsink->SetBaseMessageUri(mBaseMessageURI.get());
+        nsCString messageuri;
+        popurl->GetMessageUri(getter_Copies(messageuri));
+        popsink->SetOrigMessageUri(messageuri);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return nsMsgDBFolder::OnStartRunningUrl(aUrl);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgLocalMailFolder::OnStopRunningUrl(nsIURI * aUrl, nsresult aExitCode)
+{
+  // If we just finished a DownloadMessages call, reset...
+  if (mDownloadState != DOWNLOAD_STATE_NONE)
+  {
+    mDownloadState = DOWNLOAD_STATE_NONE;
+    mDownloadMessages.Clear();
+    mDownloadWindow = nullptr;
+    return nsMsgDBFolder::OnStopRunningUrl(aUrl, aExitCode);
+  }
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(aExitCode))
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailSession> mailSession = do_GetService(NS_MSGMAILSESSION_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgWindow> msgWindow;
+    rv = mailSession->GetTopmostMsgWindow(getter_AddRefs(msgWindow));
+    nsAutoCString aSpec;
+    if (aUrl) {
+      rv = aUrl->GetSpec(aSpec);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    }
+
+    if (strstr(aSpec.get(), "uidl="))
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIPop3URL> popurl = do_QueryInterface(aUrl, &rv);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      {
+        nsCString messageuri;
+        rv = popurl->GetMessageUri(getter_Copies(messageuri));
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        {
+          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+          nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> msgDBHdr;
+          rv = GetMsgDBHdrFromURI(messageuri.get(), getter_AddRefs(msgDBHdr));
+          if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+          {
+            GetDatabase();
+            if (mDatabase)
+              mDatabase->DeleteHeader(msgDBHdr, nullptr, true, true);
+          }
+
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIPop3Sink> pop3sink;
+          nsCString newMessageUri;
+          rv = popurl->GetPop3Sink(getter_AddRefs(pop3sink));
+          if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+          {
+            pop3sink->GetMessageUri(getter_Copies(newMessageUri));
+            if (msgWindow)
+            {
+              nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgWindowCommands> windowCommands;
+              msgWindow->GetWindowCommands(getter_AddRefs(windowCommands));
+              if (windowCommands)
+                windowCommands->SelectMessage(newMessageUri);
+            }
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    if (mFlags & nsMsgFolderFlags::Inbox)
+    {
+      if (mDatabase && mCheckForNewMessagesAfterParsing)
+      {
+        bool valid = false; // GetSummaryValid may return without setting valid.
+        mDatabase->GetSummaryValid(&valid);
+        if (valid && msgWindow)
+          rv = GetNewMessages(msgWindow, nullptr);
+        mCheckForNewMessagesAfterParsing = false;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (m_parsingFolder)
+  {
+    // Clear this before calling OnStopRunningUrl, in case the url listener
+    // tries to get the database.
+    m_parsingFolder = false;
+
+    // TODO: Updating the size should be pushed down into the msg store backend
+    // so that the size is recalculated as part of parsing the folder data
+    // (important for maildir), once GetSizeOnDisk is pushed into the msgStores
+    // (bug 1032360).
+    (void)RefreshSizeOnDisk();
+
+    // Update the summary totals so the front end will
+    // show the right thing.
+    UpdateSummaryTotals(true);
+
+    if (mReparseListener)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIUrlListener> saveReparseListener = mReparseListener;
+      mReparseListener = nullptr;
+      saveReparseListener->OnStopRunningUrl(aUrl, aExitCode);
+    }
+  }
+  if (mFlags & nsMsgFolderFlags::Inbox)
+  {
+    // if we are the inbox and running pop url
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIPop3URL> popurl = do_QueryInterface(aUrl, &rv);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+      GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+      // this is the deferred to account, in the global inbox case
+      if (server)
+        server->SetPerformingBiff(false);  //biff is over
+    }
+  }
+  return nsMsgDBFolder::OnStopRunningUrl(aUrl, aExitCode);
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgLocalMailFolder::DisplayMoveCopyStatusMsg()
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  if (mCopyState)
+  {
+    if (!mCopyState->m_statusFeedback)
+    {
+      // get msgWindow from undo txn
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgWindow> msgWindow;
+      if (mCopyState->m_undoMsgTxn)
+        mCopyState->m_undoMsgTxn->GetMsgWindow(getter_AddRefs(msgWindow));
+      if (!msgWindow)
+        return NS_OK; // not a fatal error.
+
+      msgWindow->GetStatusFeedback(getter_AddRefs(mCopyState->m_statusFeedback));
+    }
+
+    if (!mCopyState->m_stringBundle)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundleService> bundleService =
+        mozilla::services::GetStringBundleService();
+      NS_ENSURE_TRUE(bundleService, NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED);
+      rv = bundleService->CreateBundle("chrome://messenger/locale/localMsgs.properties", getter_AddRefs(mCopyState->m_stringBundle));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    }
+    if (mCopyState->m_statusFeedback && mCopyState->m_stringBundle)
+    {
+      nsString folderName;
+      GetName(folderName);
+      nsAutoString numMsgSoFarString;
+      numMsgSoFarString.AppendInt((mCopyState->m_copyingMultipleMessages) ? mCopyState->m_curCopyIndex : 1);
+
+      nsAutoString totalMessagesString;
+      totalMessagesString.AppendInt(mCopyState->m_totalMsgCount);
+      nsString finalString;
+      const char16_t * stringArray[] = { numMsgSoFarString.get(), totalMessagesString.get(), folderName.get() };
+      rv = mCopyState->m_stringBundle->FormatStringFromName(
+        (mCopyState->m_isMove) ?
+        u"movingMessagesStatus" :
+        u"copyingMessagesStatus",
+        stringArray, 3, getter_Copies(finalString));
+      int64_t nowMS = PR_IntervalToMilliseconds(PR_IntervalNow());
+
+      // only update status/progress every half second
+      if (nowMS - mCopyState->m_lastProgressTime < 500 &&
+          mCopyState->m_curCopyIndex < mCopyState->m_totalMsgCount)
+        return NS_OK;
+
+      mCopyState->m_lastProgressTime = nowMS;
+      mCopyState->m_statusFeedback->ShowStatusString(finalString);
+      mCopyState->m_statusFeedback->ShowProgress(mCopyState->m_curCopyIndex * 100 / mCopyState->m_totalMsgCount);
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgLocalMailFolder::SetFlagsOnDefaultMailboxes(uint32_t flags)
+{
+  if (flags & nsMsgFolderFlags::Inbox)
+    setSubfolderFlag(NS_LITERAL_STRING("Inbox"), nsMsgFolderFlags::Inbox);
+
+  if (flags & nsMsgFolderFlags::SentMail)
+    setSubfolderFlag(NS_LITERAL_STRING("Sent"), nsMsgFolderFlags::SentMail);
+
+  if (flags & nsMsgFolderFlags::Drafts)
+    setSubfolderFlag(NS_LITERAL_STRING("Drafts"), nsMsgFolderFlags::Drafts);
+
+  if (flags & nsMsgFolderFlags::Templates)
+    setSubfolderFlag(NS_LITERAL_STRING("Templates"), nsMsgFolderFlags::Templates);
+
+  if (flags & nsMsgFolderFlags::Trash)
+    setSubfolderFlag(NS_LITERAL_STRING("Trash"), nsMsgFolderFlags::Trash);
+
+  if (flags & nsMsgFolderFlags::Queue)
+    setSubfolderFlag(NS_LITERAL_STRING("Unsent Messages"), nsMsgFolderFlags::Queue);
+
+  if (flags & nsMsgFolderFlags::Junk)
+    setSubfolderFlag(NS_LITERAL_STRING("Junk"), nsMsgFolderFlags::Junk);
+
+  if (flags & nsMsgFolderFlags::Archive)
+    setSubfolderFlag(NS_LITERAL_STRING("Archives"), nsMsgFolderFlags::Archive);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgLocalMailFolder::setSubfolderFlag(const nsAString& aFolderName, uint32_t flags)
+{
+  // FindSubFolder() expects the folder name to be escaped
+  // see bug #192043
+  nsAutoCString escapedFolderName;
+  nsresult rv = NS_MsgEscapeEncodeURLPath(aFolderName, escapedFolderName);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> msgFolder;
+  rv = FindSubFolder(escapedFolderName, getter_AddRefs(msgFolder));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // we only want to do this if the folder *really* exists,
+  // so check if it has a parent. Otherwise, we'll create the
+  // .msf file when we don't want to.
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> parent;
+  msgFolder->GetParent(getter_AddRefs(parent));
+  if (!parent)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  rv = msgFolder->SetFlag(flags);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  return msgFolder->SetPrettyName(aFolderName);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgLocalMailFolder::GetCheckForNewMessagesAfterParsing(bool *aCheckForNewMessagesAfterParsing)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aCheckForNewMessagesAfterParsing);
+  *aCheckForNewMessagesAfterParsing = mCheckForNewMessagesAfterParsing;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgLocalMailFolder::SetCheckForNewMessagesAfterParsing(bool aCheckForNewMessagesAfterParsing)
+{
+  mCheckForNewMessagesAfterParsing = aCheckForNewMessagesAfterParsing;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgLocalMailFolder::NotifyCompactCompleted()
+{
+  mExpungedBytes = 0;
+  m_newMsgs.Clear(); // if compacted, m_newMsgs probably aren't valid.
+  // if compacted, processing flags probably also aren't valid.
+  ClearProcessingFlags();
+  (void) RefreshSizeOnDisk();
+  (void) CloseDBIfFolderNotOpen();
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIAtom> compactCompletedAtom;
+  compactCompletedAtom = MsgGetAtom("CompactCompleted");
+  NotifyFolderEvent(compactCompletedAtom);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgLocalMailFolder::Shutdown(bool shutdownChildren)
+{
+  mInitialized = false;
+  return nsMsgDBFolder::Shutdown(shutdownChildren);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgLocalMailFolder::OnMessageClassified(const char *aMsgURI,
+  nsMsgJunkStatus aClassification,
+  uint32_t aJunkPercent)
+
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+  nsresult rv = GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISpamSettings> spamSettings;
+  rv = server->GetSpamSettings(getter_AddRefs(spamSettings));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCString spamFolderURI;
+  rv = spamSettings->GetSpamFolderURI(getter_Copies(spamFolderURI));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  if (aMsgURI) // not end of batch
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+    rv = GetMsgDBHdrFromURI(aMsgURI, getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    nsMsgKey msgKey;
+    rv = msgHdr->GetMessageKey(&msgKey);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    // check if this message needs junk classification
+    uint32_t processingFlags;
+    GetProcessingFlags(msgKey, &processingFlags);
+
+    if (processingFlags & nsMsgProcessingFlags::ClassifyJunk)
+    {
+      nsMsgDBFolder::OnMessageClassified(aMsgURI, aClassification, aJunkPercent);
+
+      if (aClassification == nsIJunkMailPlugin::JUNK)
+      {
+        bool willMoveMessage = false;
+
+        // don't do the move when we are opening up
+        // the junk mail folder or the trash folder
+        // or when manually classifying messages in those folders
+        if (!(mFlags & nsMsgFolderFlags::Junk || mFlags & nsMsgFolderFlags::Trash))
+        {
+          bool moveOnSpam = false;
+          rv = spamSettings->GetMoveOnSpam(&moveOnSpam);
+          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+          if (moveOnSpam)
+          {
+            nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder;
+            rv = GetExistingFolder(spamFolderURI, getter_AddRefs(folder));
+            if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && folder)
+            {
+              rv = folder->SetFlag(nsMsgFolderFlags::Junk);
+              NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+              mSpamKeysToMove.AppendElement(msgKey);
+              willMoveMessage = true;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+              // XXX TODO
+              // JUNK MAIL RELATED
+              // the listener should do
+              // rv = folder->SetFlag(nsMsgFolderFlags::Junk);
+              // NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+              // mSpamKeysToMove.AppendElement(msgKey);
+              // willMoveMessage = true;
+              rv = GetOrCreateFolder(spamFolderURI, nullptr /* aListener */);
+              NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "GetOrCreateFolder failed");
+            }
+          }
+        }
+        rv = spamSettings->LogJunkHit(msgHdr, willMoveMessage);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  else // end of batch
+  {
+    // Parent will apply post bayes filters.
+    nsMsgDBFolder::OnMessageClassified(nullptr, nsIJunkMailPlugin::UNCLASSIFIED, 0);
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> messages(do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID));
+    if (!mSpamKeysToMove.IsEmpty())
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder;
+      if (!spamFolderURI.IsEmpty())
+        rv = GetExistingFolder(spamFolderURI, getter_AddRefs(folder));
+      for (uint32_t keyIndex = 0; keyIndex < mSpamKeysToMove.Length(); keyIndex++)
+      {
+        // If an upstream filter moved this message, don't move it here.
+        nsMsgKey msgKey = mSpamKeysToMove.ElementAt(keyIndex);
+        nsMsgProcessingFlagType processingFlags;
+        GetProcessingFlags(msgKey, &processingFlags);
+        if (folder && !(processingFlags & nsMsgProcessingFlags::FilterToMove))
+        {
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> mailHdr;
+          rv = GetMessageHeader(msgKey, getter_AddRefs(mailHdr));
+          if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && mailHdr)
+            messages->AppendElement(mailHdr, false);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          // We don't need the processing flag any more.
+          AndProcessingFlags(msgKey, ~nsMsgProcessingFlags::FilterToMove);
+        }
+      }
+
+      if (folder)
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgCopyService> copySvc = do_GetService(NS_MSGCOPYSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+        rv = copySvc->CopyMessages(this, messages, folder, true,
+          /*nsIMsgCopyServiceListener* listener*/ nullptr, nullptr, false /*allowUndo*/);
+        NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "CopyMessages failed");
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        {
+          nsAutoCString logMsg("failed to copy junk messages to junk folder rv = ");
+          logMsg.AppendInt(static_cast<uint32_t>(rv), 16);
+          spamSettings->LogJunkString(logMsg.get());
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    int32_t numNewMessages;
+    GetNumNewMessages(false, &numNewMessages);
+    uint32_t length;
+    messages->GetLength(&length);
+    SetNumNewMessages(numNewMessages - length);
+    mSpamKeysToMove.Clear();
+    // check if this is the inbox first...
+    if (mFlags & nsMsgFolderFlags::Inbox)
+      PerformBiffNotifications();
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgLocalMailFolder::GetFolderScanState(nsLocalFolderScanState *aState)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aState);
+
+  nsresult rv = GetMsgStore(getter_AddRefs(aState->m_msgStore));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    aState->m_uidl = nullptr;
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgLocalMailFolder::GetUidlFromFolder(nsLocalFolderScanState *aState, nsIMsgDBHdr *aMsgDBHdr)
+{
+  bool more = false;
+  uint32_t size = 0, len = 0;
+  const char *accountKey = nullptr;
+  nsresult rv = GetMsgInputStream(aMsgDBHdr, &aState->m_streamReusable,
+                                  getter_AddRefs(aState->m_inputStream));
+  aState->m_seekableStream = do_QueryInterface(aState->m_inputStream);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  nsAutoPtr<nsLineBuffer<char> > lineBuffer(new nsLineBuffer<char>);
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(lineBuffer, NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY);
+
+  aState->m_uidl = nullptr;
+
+  aMsgDBHdr->GetMessageSize(&len);
+  while (len > 0)
+  {
+    rv = NS_ReadLine(aState->m_inputStream.get(), lineBuffer.get(), aState->m_header, &more);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      size = aState->m_header.Length();
+      if (!size)
+        break;
+      // this isn't quite right - need to account for line endings
+      len -= size;
+      // account key header will always be before X_UIDL header
+      if (!accountKey)
+      {
+        accountKey = strstr(aState->m_header.get(), HEADER_X_MOZILLA_ACCOUNT_KEY);
+        if (accountKey)
+        {
+          accountKey += strlen(HEADER_X_MOZILLA_ACCOUNT_KEY) + 2;
+          aState->m_accountKey = accountKey;
+        }
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        aState->m_uidl = strstr(aState->m_header.get(), X_UIDL);
+        if (aState->m_uidl)
+        {
+          aState->m_uidl += X_UIDL_LEN + 2; // skip UIDL: header
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  if (!aState->m_streamReusable)
+  {
+    aState->m_inputStream->Close();
+    aState->m_inputStream = nullptr;
+  }
+  lineBuffer = nullptr;
+  return rv;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Adds a message to the end of the folder, parsing it as it goes, and
+ * applying filters, if applicable.
+ */
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgLocalMailFolder::AddMessage(const char *aMessage, nsIMsgDBHdr **aHdr)
+{
+  const char *aMessages[] = {aMessage};
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIArray> hdrs;
+  nsresult rv = AddMessageBatch(1, aMessages, getter_AddRefs(hdrs));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> hdr(do_QueryElementAt(hdrs, 0, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  hdr.forget(aHdr);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgLocalMailFolder::AddMessageBatch(uint32_t aMessageCount,
+                                      const char **aMessages,
+                                      nsIArray **aHdrArray)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aHdrArray);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+  nsresult rv = GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgPluggableStore> msgStore;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIOutputStream> outFileStream;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> newHdr;
+
+  rv = server->GetMsgStore(getter_AddRefs(msgStore));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> rootFolder;
+  rv = GetRootFolder(getter_AddRefs(rootFolder));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  bool isLocked;
+
+  GetLocked(&isLocked);
+  if (isLocked)
+    return NS_MSG_FOLDER_BUSY;
+
+  AcquireSemaphore(static_cast<nsIMsgLocalMailFolder*>(this));
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> hdrArray =
+      do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    for (uint32_t i = 0; i < aMessageCount; i++)
+    {
+      RefPtr<nsParseNewMailState> newMailParser = new nsParseNewMailState;
+      NS_ENSURE_TRUE(newMailParser, NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY);
+      if (!mGettingNewMessages)
+        newMailParser->DisableFilters();
+      bool reusable;
+      rv = msgStore->GetNewMsgOutputStream(this, getter_AddRefs(newHdr),
+                                      &reusable,
+                                      getter_AddRefs(outFileStream));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      // Get a msgWindow. Proceed without one, but filter actions to imap folders
+      // will silently fail if not signed in and no window for a prompt.
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgWindow> msgWindow;
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailSession> mailSession = do_GetService(NS_MSGMAILSESSION_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        mailSession->GetTopmostMsgWindow(getter_AddRefs(msgWindow));
+
+      rv = newMailParser->Init(rootFolder, this,
+                               msgWindow, newHdr, outFileStream);
+
+      uint32_t bytesWritten, messageLen = strlen(aMessages[i]);
+      outFileStream->Write(aMessages[i], messageLen, &bytesWritten);
+      newMailParser->BufferInput(aMessages[i], messageLen);
+
+      msgStore->FinishNewMessage(outFileStream, newHdr);
+      outFileStream->Close();
+      outFileStream = nullptr;
+      newMailParser->OnStopRequest(nullptr, nullptr, NS_OK);
+      newMailParser->EndMsgDownload();
+      hdrArray->AppendElement(newHdr, false);
+    }
+    NS_ADDREF(*aHdrArray = hdrArray);
+  }
+  ReleaseSemaphore(static_cast<nsIMsgLocalMailFolder*>(this));
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgLocalMailFolder::WarnIfLocalFileTooBig(nsIMsgWindow *aWindow,
+                                            int64_t aSpaceRequested,
+                                            bool *aTooBig)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aTooBig);
+
+  *aTooBig = true;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgPluggableStore> msgStore;
+  nsresult rv = GetMsgStore(getter_AddRefs(msgStore));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  bool spaceAvailable = false;
+  // check if we have a reasonable amount of space left
+  rv = msgStore->HasSpaceAvailable(this, aSpaceRequested, &spaceAvailable);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && spaceAvailable) {
+    *aTooBig = false;
+  } else if (rv == NS_ERROR_FILE_TOO_BIG) {
+    ThrowAlertMsg("mailboxTooLarge", aWindow);
+  } else {
+    ThrowAlertMsg("outOfDiskSpace", aWindow);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgLocalMailFolder::FetchMsgPreviewText(nsMsgKey *aKeysToFetch, uint32_t aNumKeys,
+                                                 bool aLocalOnly, nsIUrlListener *aUrlListener,
+                                                 bool *aAsyncResults)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aKeysToFetch);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aAsyncResults);
+
+  *aAsyncResults = false;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIInputStream> inputStream;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgPluggableStore> msgStore;
+  nsresult rv = GetMsgStore(getter_AddRefs(msgStore));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < aNumKeys; i++)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+    nsCString prevBody;
+    rv = GetMessageHeader(aKeysToFetch[i], getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    // ignore messages that already have a preview body.
+    msgHdr->GetStringProperty("preview", getter_Copies(prevBody));
+    if (!prevBody.IsEmpty())
+      continue;
+
+    bool reusable;
+    rv = GetMsgInputStream(msgHdr, &reusable, getter_AddRefs(inputStream));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+    rv = GetMsgPreviewTextFromStream(msgHdr, inputStream);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgLocalMailFolder::AddKeywordsToMessages(nsIArray *aMessages, const nsACString& aKeywords)
+{
+  return ChangeKeywordForMessages(aMessages, aKeywords, true /* add */);
+}
+nsresult nsMsgLocalMailFolder::ChangeKeywordForMessages(nsIArray *aMessages, const nsACString& aKeywords, bool add)
+{
+  nsresult rv = (add) ? nsMsgDBFolder::AddKeywordsToMessages(aMessages, aKeywords)
+                      : nsMsgDBFolder::RemoveKeywordsFromMessages(aMessages, aKeywords);
+
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgPluggableStore> msgStore;
+  GetMsgStore(getter_AddRefs(msgStore));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  return msgStore->ChangeKeywords(aMessages, aKeywords, add);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgLocalMailFolder::RemoveKeywordsFromMessages(nsIArray *aMessages, const nsACString& aKeywords)
+{
+  return ChangeKeywordForMessages(aMessages, aKeywords, false /* remove */);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgLocalMailFolder::UpdateNewMsgHdr(nsIMsgDBHdr* aOldHdr, nsIMsgDBHdr* aNewHdr)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aOldHdr);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aNewHdr);
+  // Preserve any properties set on the message.
+  CopyPropertiesToMsgHdr(aNewHdr, aOldHdr, true);
+
+  // Preserve keywords manually, since they are set as don't preserve.
+  nsCString keywordString;
+  aOldHdr->GetStringProperty("keywords", getter_Copies(keywordString));
+  aNewHdr->SetStringProperty("keywords", keywordString.get());
+
+  // If the junk score was set by the plugin, remove junkscore to force a new
+  // junk analysis, this time using the body.
+  nsCString junkScoreOrigin;
+  aOldHdr->GetStringProperty("junkscoreorigin", getter_Copies(junkScoreOrigin));
+  if (junkScoreOrigin.EqualsLiteral("plugin"))
+    aNewHdr->SetStringProperty("junkscore", "");
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/local/src/nsLocalMailFolder.h b/mailnews/local/src/nsLocalMailFolder.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e8c395342
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/local/src/nsLocalMailFolder.h
@@ -0,0 +1,276 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/**
+   Interface for representing Local Mail folders.
+*/
+
+#ifndef nsMsgLocalMailFolder_h__
+#define nsMsgLocalMailFolder_h__
+
+#include "mozilla/Attributes.h"
+#include "nsMsgDBFolder.h" /* include the interface we are going to support */
+#include "nsAutoPtr.h"
+#include "nsICopyMessageListener.h"
+#include "nsIFileStreams.h"
+#include "nsIPop3IncomingServer.h"  // need this for an interface ID
+#include "nsMsgTxn.h"
+#include "nsIMsgMessageService.h"
+#include "nsIMsgParseMailMsgState.h"
+#include "nsITransactionManager.h"
+#include "nsIMsgLocalMailFolder.h"
+#include "nsISeekableStream.h"
+#include "nsIMutableArray.h"
+#include "nsLocalUndoTxn.h"
+
+#define COPY_BUFFER_SIZE 16384
+
+class nsParseMailMessageState;
+
+struct nsLocalMailCopyState
+{
+  nsLocalMailCopyState();
+  virtual ~nsLocalMailCopyState();
+  
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIOutputStream> m_fileStream;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgPluggableStore> m_msgStore;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> m_srcSupport;
+  /// Source nsIMsgDBHdr instances.
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIArray> m_messages;
+  /// Destination nsIMsgDBHdr instances.
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> m_destMessages;
+  RefPtr<nsLocalMoveCopyMsgTxn> m_undoMsgTxn;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> m_message; // current copy message
+  nsMsgMessageFlagType m_flags; // current copy message flags
+  RefPtr<nsParseMailMessageState> m_parseMsgState;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgCopyServiceListener> m_listener;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgWindow> m_msgWindow;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> m_destDB;
+
+  // for displaying status;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgStatusFeedback> m_statusFeedback;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIStringBundle> m_stringBundle;
+  int64_t m_lastProgressTime;
+
+  nsMsgKey m_curDstKey;
+  uint32_t m_curCopyIndex;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgMessageService> m_messageService;
+  /// The number of messages in m_messages.
+  uint32_t m_totalMsgCount;
+  char *m_dataBuffer;
+  uint32_t m_dataBufferSize;
+  uint32_t m_leftOver;
+  bool m_isMove;
+  bool m_isFolder;   // isFolder move/copy
+  bool m_dummyEnvelopeNeeded;
+  bool m_copyingMultipleMessages;
+  bool m_fromLineSeen;
+  bool m_allowUndo;
+  bool m_writeFailed;
+  bool m_notifyFolderLoaded;
+  bool m_wholeMsgInStream;
+  nsCString    m_newMsgKeywords;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> m_newHdr;
+};
+
+struct nsLocalFolderScanState
+{
+  nsLocalFolderScanState();
+  ~nsLocalFolderScanState();
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIInputStream> m_inputStream;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISeekableStream> m_seekableStream;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgPluggableStore> m_msgStore;
+  nsCString m_header;
+  nsCString m_accountKey;
+  const char *m_uidl; // memory is owned by m_header
+  // false if we need a new input stream for each message
+  bool m_streamReusable;
+};
+
+class nsMsgLocalMailFolder : public nsMsgDBFolder,
+                             public nsIMsgLocalMailFolder,
+                             public nsICopyMessageListener
+{
+public:
+  nsMsgLocalMailFolder(void);
+  NS_DECL_NSICOPYMESSAGELISTENER
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGLOCALMAILFOLDER
+  NS_DECL_NSIJUNKMAILCLASSIFICATIONLISTENER
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED
+  // nsIRDFResource methods:
+  NS_IMETHOD Init(const char *aURI) override;
+
+  // nsIUrlListener methods
+  NS_IMETHOD OnStartRunningUrl(nsIURI * aUrl) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD OnStopRunningUrl(nsIURI * aUrl, nsresult aExitCode) override;
+
+  // nsIMsgFolder methods:
+  NS_IMETHOD GetSubFolders(nsISimpleEnumerator* *aResult) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetMsgDatabase(nsIMsgDatabase **aMsgDatabase) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD OnAnnouncerGoingAway(nsIDBChangeAnnouncer *instigator) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetMessages(nsISimpleEnumerator **result) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD UpdateFolder(nsIMsgWindow *aWindow) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD CreateSubfolder(const nsAString& folderName ,nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD Compact(nsIUrlListener *aListener, nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD CompactAll(nsIUrlListener *aListener, nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow, bool aCompactOfflineAlso) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD EmptyTrash(nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow, nsIUrlListener *aListener) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD Delete () override;
+  NS_IMETHOD DeleteSubFolders(nsIArray *folders, nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD CreateStorageIfMissing(nsIUrlListener* urlListener) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD Rename (const nsAString& aNewName, nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD RenameSubFolders (nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow, nsIMsgFolder *oldFolder) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD GetPrettyName(nsAString& prettyName) override; // Override of the base, for top-level mail folder
+  NS_IMETHOD SetPrettyName(const nsAString& aName) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD GetFolderURL(nsACString& url) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD GetManyHeadersToDownload(bool *retval) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD GetDeletable (bool *deletable) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetSizeOnDisk(int64_t *size) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD GetDBFolderInfoAndDB(nsIDBFolderInfo **folderInfo, nsIMsgDatabase **db) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD DeleteMessages(nsIArray *messages, 
+                      nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow, bool
+                      deleteStorage, bool isMove,
+                      nsIMsgCopyServiceListener* listener, bool allowUndo) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD CopyMessages(nsIMsgFolder *srcFolder, nsIArray* messages,
+                          bool isMove, nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow,
+                          nsIMsgCopyServiceListener* listener, bool isFolder, bool allowUndo) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD CopyFolder(nsIMsgFolder *srcFolder, bool isMoveFolder, nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow,
+                          nsIMsgCopyServiceListener* listener) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD CopyFileMessage(nsIFile* aFile, nsIMsgDBHdr* msgToReplace,
+                             bool isDraftOrTemplate, 
+                             uint32_t newMsgFlags,
+                             const nsACString &aNewMsgKeywords,
+                             nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow,
+                             nsIMsgCopyServiceListener* listener) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD AddMessageDispositionState(nsIMsgDBHdr *aMessage, nsMsgDispositionState aDispositionFlag) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD MarkMessagesRead(nsIArray *aMessages, bool aMarkRead) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD MarkMessagesFlagged(nsIArray *aMessages, bool aMarkFlagged) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD MarkAllMessagesRead(nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD MarkThreadRead(nsIMsgThread *thread) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetNewMessages(nsIMsgWindow *aWindow, nsIUrlListener *aListener) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD NotifyCompactCompleted() override;
+  NS_IMETHOD Shutdown(bool shutdownChildren) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD WriteToFolderCacheElem(nsIMsgFolderCacheElement *element) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD ReadFromFolderCacheElem(nsIMsgFolderCacheElement *element) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD GetName(nsAString& aName) override;
+
+  // Used when headers_only is TRUE
+  NS_IMETHOD DownloadMessagesForOffline(nsIArray *aMessages, nsIMsgWindow *aWindow) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD FetchMsgPreviewText(nsMsgKey *aKeysToFetch, uint32_t aNumKeys,
+                                                 bool aLocalOnly, nsIUrlListener *aUrlListener, 
+                                                 bool *aAsyncResults) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD AddKeywordsToMessages(nsIArray *aMessages, const nsACString& aKeywords) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD RemoveKeywordsFromMessages(nsIArray *aMessages, const nsACString& aKeywords) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetIncomingServerType(nsACString& serverType) override;
+
+protected:
+  virtual ~nsMsgLocalMailFolder();
+  nsresult CreateChildFromURI(const nsCString &uri, nsIMsgFolder **folder) override;
+  nsresult CopyFolderAcrossServer(nsIMsgFolder *srcFolder, nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow,nsIMsgCopyServiceListener* listener);
+
+  nsresult CreateSubFolders(nsIFile *path);
+  nsresult GetTrashFolder(nsIMsgFolder** trashFolder);
+  nsresult WriteStartOfNewMessage();
+
+  // CreateSubfolder, but without the nsIMsgFolderListener notification
+  nsresult CreateSubfolderInternal(const nsAString& folderName, nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow,
+                                   nsIMsgFolder **aNewFolder);
+
+  nsresult IsChildOfTrash(bool *result);
+  nsresult RecursiveSetDeleteIsMoveTrash(bool bVal);
+  nsresult ConfirmFolderDeletion(nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow, nsIMsgFolder *aFolder, bool *aResult);
+
+  nsresult DeleteMessage(nsISupports *message, nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow,
+                   bool deleteStorage, bool commit);
+  nsresult GetDatabase() override;
+  // this will set mDatabase, if successful. It will also create a .msf file
+  // for an empty local mail folder. It will leave invalid DBs in place, and
+  // return an error.
+  nsresult OpenDatabase();
+
+  // copy message helper
+  nsresult DisplayMoveCopyStatusMsg();
+
+  nsresult CopyMessageTo(nsISupports *message, nsIMsgFolder *dstFolder,
+                         nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow, bool isMove);
+
+  /**
+   * Checks if there's room in the target folder to copy message(s) into.
+   * If not, handles alerting the user, and sending the copy notifications.
+   */
+  bool CheckIfSpaceForCopy(nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow,
+                             nsIMsgFolder *srcFolder,
+                             nsISupports *srcSupports,
+                             bool isMove,
+                             int64_t totalMsgSize);
+
+  // copy multiple messages at a time from this folder
+  nsresult CopyMessagesTo(nsIArray *messages, nsTArray<nsMsgKey> &keyArray,
+                                       nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow,
+                                       nsIMsgFolder *dstFolder,
+                                       bool isMove);
+  nsresult InitCopyState(nsISupports* aSupport, nsIArray* messages,
+                         bool isMove, nsIMsgCopyServiceListener* listener, nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow, bool isMoveFolder, bool allowUndo);
+  nsresult InitCopyMsgHdrAndFileStream();
+  // preserve message metadata when moving or copying messages
+  void CopyPropertiesToMsgHdr(nsIMsgDBHdr *destHdr, nsIMsgDBHdr *srcHdr, bool isMove);
+  virtual nsresult CreateBaseMessageURI(const nsACString& aURI) override;
+  nsresult ChangeKeywordForMessages(nsIArray *aMessages, const nsACString& aKeyword, bool add);
+  bool GetDeleteFromServerOnMove();
+  void CopyHdrPropertiesWithSkipList(nsIMsgDBHdr *destHdr,
+                                     nsIMsgDBHdr *srcHdr,
+                                     const nsCString &skipList);
+
+protected:
+  nsLocalMailCopyState *mCopyState; //We only allow one of these at a time
+  nsCString mType;
+  bool mHaveReadNameFromDB;
+  bool mInitialized;
+  bool mCheckForNewMessagesAfterParsing;
+  bool m_parsingFolder;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIUrlListener> mReparseListener;
+  nsTArray<nsMsgKey> mSpamKeysToMove;
+  nsresult setSubfolderFlag(const nsAString& aFolderName, uint32_t flags);
+
+  // state variables for DownloadMessagesForOffline
+
+  // Do we notify the owning window of Delete's before or after
+  // Adding the new msg?
+#define DOWNLOAD_NOTIFY_FIRST 1
+#define DOWNLOAD_NOTIFY_LAST  2
+
+#ifndef DOWNLOAD_NOTIFY_STYLE
+#define DOWNLOAD_NOTIFY_STYLE DOWNLOAD_NOTIFY_FIRST
+#endif
+
+  nsCOMArray<nsIMsgDBHdr> mDownloadMessages;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgWindow> mDownloadWindow;
+  nsMsgKey mDownloadSelectKey;
+  uint32_t mDownloadState;
+#define DOWNLOAD_STATE_NONE 0
+#define DOWNLOAD_STATE_INITED 1
+#define DOWNLOAD_STATE_GOTMSG 2
+#define DOWNLOAD_STATE_DIDSEL 3
+
+#if DOWNLOAD_NOTIFY_STYLE == DOWNLOAD_NOTIFY_LAST
+  nsMsgKey mDownloadOldKey;
+  nsMsgKey mDownloadOldParent;
+  uint32_t mDownloadOldFlags;
+#endif
+};
+
+#endif // nsMsgLocalMailFolder_h__
diff --git a/mailnews/local/src/nsLocalUndoTxn.cpp b/mailnews/local/src/nsLocalUndoTxn.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a53ac992e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/local/src/nsLocalUndoTxn.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,560 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "nsIMsgHdr.h"
+#include "nsLocalUndoTxn.h"
+#include "nsImapCore.h"
+#include "nsMsgImapCID.h"
+#include "nsIImapService.h"
+#include "nsIUrlListener.h"
+#include "nsIMsgLocalMailFolder.h"
+#include "nsIMsgMailSession.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolderNotificationService.h"
+#include "nsThreadUtils.h"
+#include "nsIMsgDatabase.h"
+#include "nsIMutableArray.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsComponentManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED(nsLocalMoveCopyMsgTxn, nsMsgTxn, nsIFolderListener)
+
+nsLocalMoveCopyMsgTxn::nsLocalMoveCopyMsgTxn()  : m_srcIsImap4(false),
+  m_canUndelete(false)
+{
+}
+
+nsLocalMoveCopyMsgTxn::~nsLocalMoveCopyMsgTxn()
+{
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsLocalMoveCopyMsgTxn::Init(nsIMsgFolder* srcFolder, nsIMsgFolder* dstFolder,
+                            bool isMove)
+{
+    nsresult rv;
+    rv = SetSrcFolder(srcFolder);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    rv = SetDstFolder(dstFolder);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    m_isMove = isMove;
+
+    mUndoFolderListener = nullptr;
+
+    nsCString protocolType;
+    rv = srcFolder->GetURI(protocolType);
+    protocolType.SetLength(protocolType.FindChar(':'));
+    if (MsgLowerCaseEqualsLiteral(protocolType, "imap"))
+      m_srcIsImap4 = true;
+    return nsMsgTxn::Init();
+}
+nsresult 
+nsLocalMoveCopyMsgTxn::GetSrcIsImap(bool *isImap)
+{
+  *isImap = m_srcIsImap4;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+nsresult
+nsLocalMoveCopyMsgTxn::SetSrcFolder(nsIMsgFolder* srcFolder)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+  if (srcFolder)
+    m_srcFolder = do_GetWeakReference(srcFolder, &rv);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsLocalMoveCopyMsgTxn::SetDstFolder(nsIMsgFolder* dstFolder)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+  if (dstFolder)
+    m_dstFolder = do_GetWeakReference(dstFolder, &rv);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsLocalMoveCopyMsgTxn::AddSrcKey(nsMsgKey aKey)
+{
+  m_srcKeyArray.AppendElement(aKey);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsLocalMoveCopyMsgTxn::AddSrcStatusOffset(uint32_t aStatusOffset)
+{
+  m_srcStatusOffsetArray.AppendElement(aStatusOffset);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+nsresult
+nsLocalMoveCopyMsgTxn::AddDstKey(nsMsgKey aKey)
+{
+  m_dstKeyArray.AppendElement(aKey);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsLocalMoveCopyMsgTxn::AddDstMsgSize(uint32_t msgSize)
+{
+    m_dstSizeArray.AppendElement(msgSize);
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsLocalMoveCopyMsgTxn::UndoImapDeleteFlag(nsIMsgFolder* folder, 
+                                          nsTArray<nsMsgKey>& keyArray,
+                                          bool deleteFlag)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  if (m_srcIsImap4)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIImapService> imapService = do_GetService(NS_IMAPSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIUrlListener> urlListener;
+    nsCString msgIds;
+    uint32_t i, count = keyArray.Length();
+    urlListener = do_QueryInterface(folder, &rv);
+    for (i=0; i < count; i++)
+    {
+      if (!msgIds.IsEmpty())
+          msgIds.Append(',');
+      msgIds.AppendInt((int32_t) keyArray[i]);
+    }
+    // This is to make sure that we are in the selected state
+    // when executing the imap url; we don't want to load the
+    // folder so use lite select to do the trick
+    rv = imapService->LiteSelectFolder(folder,
+                                       urlListener, nullptr, nullptr);
+    if (!deleteFlag)
+        rv =imapService->AddMessageFlags(folder,
+                                         urlListener, nullptr,
+                                         msgIds,
+                                         kImapMsgDeletedFlag,
+                                         true);
+    else
+        rv = imapService->SubtractMessageFlags(folder,
+                                               urlListener, nullptr,
+                                               msgIds,
+                                               kImapMsgDeletedFlag,
+                                               true);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && m_msgWindow)
+        folder->UpdateFolder(m_msgWindow);
+    rv = NS_OK; // always return NS_OK to indicate that the src is imap
+  }
+  else
+    rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsLocalMoveCopyMsgTxn::UndoTransaction()
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> dstDB;
+  
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> dstFolder = do_QueryReferent(m_dstFolder, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgLocalMailFolder> dstlocalMailFolder = do_QueryReferent(m_dstFolder, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  dstlocalMailFolder->GetDatabaseWOReparse(getter_AddRefs(dstDB));
+
+  if (!dstDB)
+  {
+    // This will listen for the db reparse finishing, and the corresponding
+    // FolderLoadedNotification. When it gets that, it will then call
+    // UndoTransactionInternal.
+    mUndoFolderListener = new nsLocalUndoFolderListener(this, dstFolder);
+    if (!mUndoFolderListener)
+      return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY; 
+    NS_ADDREF(mUndoFolderListener);
+    
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailSession> mailSession = 
+      do_GetService(NS_MSGMAILSESSION_CONTRACTID, &rv); 
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+    
+    rv = mailSession->AddFolderListener(mUndoFolderListener, nsIFolderListener::event);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+    
+    rv = dstFolder->GetMsgDatabase(getter_AddRefs(dstDB));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  }
+  else
+    rv = UndoTransactionInternal();
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult 
+nsLocalMoveCopyMsgTxn::UndoTransactionInternal()
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  if (mUndoFolderListener)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailSession> mailSession = 
+      do_GetService(NS_MSGMAILSESSION_CONTRACTID, &rv); 
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+    
+    rv = mailSession->RemoveFolderListener(mUndoFolderListener);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+    
+    NS_RELEASE(mUndoFolderListener);
+    mUndoFolderListener = nullptr;
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> srcDB;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> dstDB;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> srcFolder = do_QueryReferent(m_srcFolder, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> dstFolder = do_QueryReferent(m_dstFolder, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  
+  rv = srcFolder->GetMsgDatabase(getter_AddRefs(srcDB));
+  if(NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  rv = dstFolder->GetMsgDatabase(getter_AddRefs(dstDB));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  uint32_t count = m_srcKeyArray.Length();
+  uint32_t i;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> oldHdr;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> newHdr;
+
+  // protect against a bogus undo txn without any source keys
+  // see bug #179856 for details
+  NS_ASSERTION(count, "no source keys");
+  if (!count)
+    return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+
+  if (m_isMove)
+  {
+    if (m_srcIsImap4)
+    {
+      bool deleteFlag = true;  //message has been deleted -we are trying to undo it
+      CheckForToggleDelete(srcFolder, m_srcKeyArray[0], &deleteFlag); //there could have been a toggle.
+      rv = UndoImapDeleteFlag(srcFolder, m_srcKeyArray, deleteFlag);
+    }
+    else if (m_canUndelete)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> srcMessages =
+        do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID);
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> dstMessages =
+        do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID);
+
+      srcDB->StartBatch();
+      for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
+      {
+        rv = dstDB->GetMsgHdrForKey(m_dstKeyArray[i], 
+                                    getter_AddRefs(oldHdr));
+        NS_ASSERTION(oldHdr, "fatal ... cannot get old msg header\n");
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && oldHdr)
+        {
+          rv = srcDB->CopyHdrFromExistingHdr(m_srcKeyArray[i],
+                                             oldHdr, true,
+                                             getter_AddRefs(newHdr));
+          NS_ASSERTION(newHdr, 
+                       "fatal ... cannot create new msg header\n");
+          if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && newHdr)
+          {
+            newHdr->SetStatusOffset(m_srcStatusOffsetArray[i]);
+            srcDB->UndoDelete(newHdr);
+            srcMessages->AppendElement(newHdr, false);
+            // (we want to keep these two lists in sync)
+            dstMessages->AppendElement(oldHdr, false);
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      srcDB->EndBatch();
+
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolderNotificationService>
+        notifier(do_GetService(NS_MSGNOTIFICATIONSERVICE_CONTRACTID));
+      if (notifier)
+      {
+        // Remember that we're actually moving things back from the destination
+        //  to the source!
+        notifier->NotifyMsgsMoveCopyCompleted(true, dstMessages,
+                                              srcFolder, srcMessages);
+      }
+
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgLocalMailFolder> localFolder = do_QueryInterface(srcFolder);
+      if (localFolder)
+        localFolder->MarkMsgsOnPop3Server(srcMessages, POP3_NONE /*deleteMsgs*/);
+    }
+    else // undoing a move means moving the messages back.
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> dstMessages =
+        do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID);
+      m_numHdrsCopied = 0;
+      m_srcKeyArray.Clear();
+      for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
+      {
+        // GetMsgHdrForKey is not a test for whether the key exists, so check.
+        bool hasKey = false;
+        dstDB->ContainsKey(m_dstKeyArray[i], &hasKey);
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> dstHdr;
+        if (hasKey)
+          dstDB->GetMsgHdrForKey(m_dstKeyArray[i], getter_AddRefs(dstHdr));
+        if (dstHdr)
+        {
+          nsCString messageId;
+          dstHdr->GetMessageId(getter_Copies(messageId));
+          dstMessages->AppendElement(dstHdr, false);
+          m_copiedMsgIds.AppendElement(messageId);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          NS_WARNING("Cannot get old msg header");
+        }
+      }
+      if (m_copiedMsgIds.Length())
+      {
+        srcFolder->AddFolderListener(this);
+        m_undoing = true;
+        return srcFolder->CopyMessages(dstFolder, dstMessages,
+                                       true, nullptr, nullptr, false,
+                                       false);
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        // Nothing to do, probably because original messages were deleted.
+        NS_WARNING("Undo did not find any messages to move");
+      }
+    }
+    srcDB->SetSummaryValid(true);
+  }
+
+  dstDB->DeleteMessages(m_dstKeyArray.Length(), m_dstKeyArray.Elements(), nullptr);
+  dstDB->SetSummaryValid(true);
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsLocalMoveCopyMsgTxn::RedoTransaction()
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> srcDB;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> dstDB;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> srcFolder = do_QueryReferent(m_srcFolder, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> dstFolder = do_QueryReferent(m_dstFolder, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  
+  rv = srcFolder->GetMsgDatabase(getter_AddRefs(srcDB));
+  if(NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+  rv = dstFolder->GetMsgDatabase(getter_AddRefs(dstDB));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  uint32_t count = m_srcKeyArray.Length();
+  uint32_t i;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> oldHdr;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> newHdr;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> srcMessages = do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID);
+  nsCOMPtr <nsISupports> msgSupports;
+  
+  for (i=0; i<count; i++)
+  {
+    rv = srcDB->GetMsgHdrForKey(m_srcKeyArray[i], 
+                                getter_AddRefs(oldHdr));
+    NS_ASSERTION(oldHdr, "fatal ... cannot get old msg header\n");
+
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && oldHdr)
+    {
+      msgSupports =do_QueryInterface(oldHdr);
+      srcMessages->AppendElement(msgSupports, false);
+      
+      if (m_canUndelete)
+      {
+      rv = dstDB->CopyHdrFromExistingHdr(m_dstKeyArray[i],
+                                         oldHdr, true,
+                                         getter_AddRefs(newHdr));
+      NS_ASSERTION(newHdr, "fatal ... cannot get new msg header\n");
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && newHdr)
+      {
+        if (i < m_dstSizeArray.Length())
+          rv = newHdr->SetMessageSize(m_dstSizeArray[i]);
+        dstDB->UndoDelete(newHdr);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  }
+  dstDB->SetSummaryValid(true);
+
+  if (m_isMove)
+  {
+    if (m_srcIsImap4)
+    {
+      // protect against a bogus undo txn without any source keys
+      // see bug #179856 for details
+      NS_ASSERTION(!m_srcKeyArray.IsEmpty(), "no source keys");
+      if (m_srcKeyArray.IsEmpty())
+        return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+    
+      bool deleteFlag = false; //message is un-deleted- we are trying to redo
+      CheckForToggleDelete(srcFolder, m_srcKeyArray[0], &deleteFlag); // there could have been a toggle
+      rv = UndoImapDeleteFlag(srcFolder, m_srcKeyArray, deleteFlag);
+    }
+    else if (m_canUndelete)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgLocalMailFolder> localFolder = do_QueryInterface(srcFolder);
+      if (localFolder)
+        localFolder->MarkMsgsOnPop3Server(srcMessages, POP3_DELETE /*deleteMsgs*/);
+
+      rv = srcDB->DeleteMessages(m_srcKeyArray.Length(), m_srcKeyArray.Elements(), nullptr);
+      srcDB->SetSummaryValid(true);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> srcHdr;
+      m_numHdrsCopied = 0;
+      m_dstKeyArray.Clear();
+      for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
+      {
+        srcDB->GetMsgHdrForKey(m_srcKeyArray[i], getter_AddRefs(srcHdr));
+        NS_ASSERTION(srcHdr, "fatal ... cannot get old msg header\n");
+        if (srcHdr)
+        {
+          nsCString messageId;
+          srcHdr->GetMessageId(getter_Copies(messageId));
+          m_copiedMsgIds.AppendElement(messageId);
+        }
+      }
+      dstFolder->AddFolderListener(this);
+      m_undoing = false;
+      return dstFolder->CopyMessages(srcFolder, srcMessages, true, nullptr,
+                                     nullptr, false, false);
+    }
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsLocalMoveCopyMsgTxn::OnItemAdded(nsIMsgFolder *parentItem, nsISupports *item)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr(do_QueryInterface(item));
+  if (msgHdr)
+  {
+    nsresult rv;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder = do_QueryReferent(m_undoing ? m_srcFolder :
+                                                     m_dstFolder, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+    nsCString messageId;
+    msgHdr->GetMessageId(getter_Copies(messageId));
+    if (m_copiedMsgIds.Contains(messageId))
+    {
+      nsMsgKey msgKey;
+      msgHdr->GetMessageKey(&msgKey);
+      if (m_undoing)
+        m_srcKeyArray.AppendElement(msgKey);
+      else
+        m_dstKeyArray.AppendElement(msgKey);
+      if (++m_numHdrsCopied == m_copiedMsgIds.Length())
+      {
+        folder->RemoveFolderListener(this);
+        m_copiedMsgIds.Clear();
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsLocalMoveCopyMsgTxn::OnItemRemoved(nsIMsgFolder *parentItem, nsISupports *item)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsLocalMoveCopyMsgTxn::OnItemPropertyChanged(nsIMsgFolder *item, nsIAtom *property, const char *oldValue, const char *newValue)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsLocalMoveCopyMsgTxn::OnItemIntPropertyChanged(nsIMsgFolder *item, nsIAtom *property, int64_t oldValue, int64_t newValue)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsLocalMoveCopyMsgTxn::OnItemBoolPropertyChanged(nsIMsgFolder *item, nsIAtom *property, bool oldValue, bool newValue)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsLocalMoveCopyMsgTxn::OnItemUnicharPropertyChanged(nsIMsgFolder *item, nsIAtom *property, const char16_t *oldValue, const char16_t *newValue)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsLocalMoveCopyMsgTxn::OnItemPropertyFlagChanged(nsIMsgDBHdr *item, nsIAtom *property, uint32_t oldFlag, uint32_t newFlag)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsLocalMoveCopyMsgTxn::OnItemEvent(nsIMsgFolder *aItem, nsIAtom *aEvent)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsLocalUndoFolderListener, nsIFolderListener)
+
+nsLocalUndoFolderListener::nsLocalUndoFolderListener(nsLocalMoveCopyMsgTxn *aTxn, nsIMsgFolder *aFolder)
+{
+  mTxn = aTxn;
+  mFolder = aFolder;
+}
+
+nsLocalUndoFolderListener::~nsLocalUndoFolderListener()
+{
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsLocalUndoFolderListener::OnItemAdded(nsIMsgFolder *parentItem, nsISupports *item)
+{
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsLocalUndoFolderListener::OnItemRemoved(nsIMsgFolder *parentItem, nsISupports *item)
+{
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsLocalUndoFolderListener::OnItemPropertyChanged(nsIMsgFolder *item, nsIAtom *property, const char *oldValue, const char *newValue)
+{
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsLocalUndoFolderListener::OnItemIntPropertyChanged(nsIMsgFolder *item, nsIAtom *property, int64_t oldValue, int64_t newValue)
+{
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsLocalUndoFolderListener::OnItemBoolPropertyChanged(nsIMsgFolder *item, nsIAtom *property, bool oldValue, bool newValue)
+{
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsLocalUndoFolderListener::OnItemUnicharPropertyChanged(nsIMsgFolder *item, nsIAtom *property, const char16_t *oldValue, const char16_t *newValue)
+{
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsLocalUndoFolderListener::OnItemPropertyFlagChanged(nsIMsgDBHdr *item, nsIAtom *property, uint32_t oldFlag, uint32_t newFlag)
+{
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsLocalUndoFolderListener::OnItemEvent(nsIMsgFolder *aItem, nsIAtom *aEvent)
+{
+  if (mTxn && mFolder && aItem == mFolder) {
+      bool isEqual = false;
+      aEvent->ScriptableEquals(NS_LITERAL_STRING("FolderLoaded"), &isEqual);
+      if (isEqual)
+        return mTxn->UndoTransactionInternal();
+  }
+
+  return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/local/src/nsLocalUndoTxn.h b/mailnews/local/src/nsLocalUndoTxn.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..62f93f20a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/local/src/nsLocalUndoTxn.h
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsLocalUndoTxn_h__
+#define nsLocalUndoTxn_h__
+
+#include "mozilla/Attributes.h"
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolder.h"
+#include "nsMailboxService.h"
+#include "nsMsgTxn.h"
+#include "MailNewsTypes.h"
+#include "nsTArray.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsIUrlListener.h"
+#include "nsIWeakReference.h"
+#include "nsIWeakReferenceUtils.h"
+
+class nsLocalUndoFolderListener;
+
+class nsLocalMoveCopyMsgTxn : public nsIFolderListener, public nsMsgTxn
+{
+public:
+    nsLocalMoveCopyMsgTxn();
+    NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED
+    NS_DECL_NSIFOLDERLISTENER
+
+    // overloading nsITransaction methods
+    NS_IMETHOD UndoTransaction(void) override;
+    NS_IMETHOD RedoTransaction(void) override;
+
+    // helper
+    nsresult AddSrcKey(nsMsgKey aKey);
+    nsresult AddSrcStatusOffset(uint32_t statusOffset);
+    nsresult AddDstKey(nsMsgKey aKey);
+    nsresult AddDstMsgSize(uint32_t msgSize);
+    nsresult SetSrcFolder(nsIMsgFolder* srcFolder);
+    nsresult GetSrcIsImap(bool *isImap);
+    nsresult SetDstFolder(nsIMsgFolder* dstFolder);
+    nsresult Init(nsIMsgFolder* srcFolder,
+                  nsIMsgFolder* dstFolder, bool isMove);
+    nsresult UndoImapDeleteFlag(nsIMsgFolder* aFolder,
+                                nsTArray<nsMsgKey>& aKeyArray,
+                                bool deleteFlag);
+    nsresult UndoTransactionInternal();
+    // If the store using this undo transaction can "undelete" a message,
+    // it will call this function on the transaction; This makes undo/redo
+    // easy because message keys don't change after undo/redo. Otherwise,
+    // we need to adjust the src or dst keys after every undo/redo action
+    // to note the new keys.
+    void SetCanUndelete(bool canUndelete) {m_canUndelete = canUndelete;}
+
+private:
+    virtual ~nsLocalMoveCopyMsgTxn();
+    nsWeakPtr m_srcFolder;
+    nsTArray<nsMsgKey> m_srcKeyArray; // used when src is local or imap
+    nsTArray<uint32_t> m_srcStatusOffsetArray; // used when src is local
+    nsWeakPtr m_dstFolder;
+    nsTArray<nsMsgKey> m_dstKeyArray;
+    bool m_isMove;
+    bool m_srcIsImap4;
+    bool m_canUndelete;
+    nsTArray<uint32_t> m_dstSizeArray;
+    bool m_undoing; // if false, re-doing
+    uint32_t m_numHdrsCopied;
+    nsTArray<nsCString> m_copiedMsgIds;
+    nsLocalUndoFolderListener *mUndoFolderListener;
+};
+
+class nsLocalUndoFolderListener : public nsIFolderListener
+{
+public:
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIFOLDERLISTENER
+
+  nsLocalUndoFolderListener(nsLocalMoveCopyMsgTxn *aTxn, nsIMsgFolder *aFolder);
+
+private:
+  virtual ~nsLocalUndoFolderListener();
+  nsLocalMoveCopyMsgTxn *mTxn;
+  nsIMsgFolder *mFolder;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/local/src/nsLocalUtils.cpp b/mailnews/local/src/nsLocalUtils.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..14a6a2f21
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/local/src/nsLocalUtils.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,244 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "nsLocalUtils.h"
+#include "nsIServiceManager.h"
+#include "prsystem.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "prmem.h"
+// stuff for temporary root folder hack
+#include "nsIMsgAccountManager.h"
+#include "nsIMsgIncomingServer.h"
+#include "nsIPop3IncomingServer.h"
+#include "nsINoIncomingServer.h"
+#include "nsMsgBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsComponentManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "nsNetCID.h"
+
+// it would be really cool to:
+// - cache the last hostname->path match
+// - if no such server exists, behave like an old-style mailbox URL
+// (i.e. return the mail.directory preference or something)
+static nsresult
+nsGetMailboxServer(const char *uriStr, nsIMsgIncomingServer** aResult)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIURL> aUrl = do_CreateInstance(NS_STANDARDURL_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  rv = aUrl->SetSpec(nsDependentCString(uriStr));  
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  // retrieve the AccountManager
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccountManager> accountManager = 
+    do_GetService(NS_MSGACCOUNTMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+  
+  // find all local mail "no servers" matching the given hostname
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> none_server;
+  aUrl->SetScheme(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("none"));
+  // No unescaping of username or hostname done here.
+  // The unescaping is done inside of FindServerByURI
+  rv = accountManager->FindServerByURI(aUrl, false,
+                                  getter_AddRefs(none_server));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+    NS_ADDREF(*aResult = none_server);
+    return rv;
+  }
+  
+  // if that fails, look for the rss hosts matching the given hostname
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> rss_server;
+  aUrl->SetScheme(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("rss"));
+  rv = accountManager->FindServerByURI(aUrl, false,
+                                  getter_AddRefs(rss_server));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+     NS_ADDREF(*aResult = rss_server);
+     return rv;
+  }
+#ifdef HAVE_MOVEMAIL
+  // find all movemail "servers" matching the given hostname
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> movemail_server;
+  aUrl->SetScheme(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("movemail"));
+  rv = accountManager->FindServerByURI(aUrl, false,
+                                  getter_AddRefs(movemail_server));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+    NS_ADDREF(*aResult = movemail_server);
+    return rv;
+  }
+#endif /* HAVE_MOVEMAIL */
+
+  // if that fails, look for the pop hosts matching the given hostname
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) 
+  {
+    aUrl->SetScheme(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("pop3"));
+    rv = accountManager->FindServerByURI(aUrl, false,
+                                    getter_AddRefs(server));
+
+    // if we can't find a pop server, maybe it's a local message 
+    // in an imap hierarchy. look for an imap server.
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) 
+    {
+      aUrl->SetScheme(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("imap"));
+      rv = accountManager->FindServerByURI(aUrl, false,
+                                    getter_AddRefs(server));
+    }
+  }
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) 
+  {
+    NS_ADDREF(*aResult = server);
+    return rv;
+  }
+
+// if you fail after looking at all "pop3", "movemail" and "none" servers, you fail.
+return rv;
+}
+
+static nsresult
+nsLocalURI2Server(const char* uriStr,
+                  nsIMsgIncomingServer ** aResult)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+  rv = nsGetMailboxServer(uriStr, getter_AddRefs(server));
+
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aResult = server);
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+// given rootURI and rootURI##folder, return on-disk path of folder
+nsresult
+nsLocalURI2Path(const char* rootURI, const char* uriStr,
+                nsCString& pathResult)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  // verify that rootURI starts with "mailbox:/" or "mailbox-message:/"
+  if ((PL_strcmp(rootURI, kMailboxRootURI) != 0) && 
+      (PL_strcmp(rootURI, kMailboxMessageRootURI) != 0)) {
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+
+  // verify that uristr starts with rooturi
+  nsAutoCString uri(uriStr);
+  if (uri.Find(rootURI) != 0)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+  rv = nsLocalURI2Server(uriStr, getter_AddRefs(server));
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  // now ask the server what it's root is
+  // and begin pathResult with the mailbox root
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> localPath;
+  rv = server->GetLocalPath(getter_AddRefs(localPath));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCString localNativePath;
+
+  localPath->GetNativePath(localNativePath);
+  nsEscapeNativePath(localNativePath);
+  pathResult = localNativePath.get();
+  const char *curPos = uriStr + PL_strlen(rootURI);
+  if (curPos) {
+    // advance past hostname
+    while ((*curPos)=='/') curPos++;
+    while (*curPos && (*curPos)!='/') curPos++;
+
+    nsAutoCString newPath("");
+
+    // Unescape folder name
+    if (curPos) {
+      nsCString unescapedStr;
+      MsgUnescapeString(nsDependentCString(curPos), 0, unescapedStr);
+      NS_MsgCreatePathStringFromFolderURI(unescapedStr.get(), newPath, NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("none"));
+    } else
+      NS_MsgCreatePathStringFromFolderURI(curPos, newPath, NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("none"));
+
+    pathResult.Append('/');
+    pathResult.Append(newPath);
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* parses LocalMessageURI
+ * mailbox-message://folder1/folder2#123?header=none or
+ * mailbox-message://folder1/folder2#1234&part=1.2
+ *
+ * puts folder URI in folderURI (mailbox://folder1/folder2)
+ * message key number in key
+ */
+nsresult nsParseLocalMessageURI(const char* uri,
+                                nsCString& folderURI,
+                                nsMsgKey *key)
+{
+  if(!key)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  nsAutoCString uriStr(uri);
+  int32_t keySeparator = uriStr.FindChar('#');
+  if(keySeparator != -1)
+  {
+    int32_t keyEndSeparator = MsgFindCharInSet(uriStr, "?&", keySeparator);
+    folderURI = StringHead(uriStr, keySeparator);
+    folderURI.Cut(7, 8);    // cut out the -message part of mailbox-message:
+
+    nsAutoCString keyStr;
+    if (keyEndSeparator != -1)
+      keyStr = Substring(uriStr, keySeparator + 1,
+                         keyEndSeparator - (keySeparator + 1));
+    else
+      keyStr = StringTail(uriStr, uriStr.Length() - (keySeparator + 1));
+
+    *key = msgKeyFromInt(ParseUint64Str(keyStr.get()));
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+}
+
+nsresult nsBuildLocalMessageURI(const char *baseURI, nsMsgKey key, nsCString& uri)
+{
+  // need to convert mailbox://hostname/.. to mailbox-message://hostname/..
+  uri.Append(baseURI);
+  uri.Append('#');
+  uri.AppendInt(key);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsCreateLocalBaseMessageURI(const nsACString& baseURI, nsCString &baseMessageURI)
+{
+  nsAutoCString tailURI(baseURI);
+
+  // chop off mailbox:/
+  if (tailURI.Find(kMailboxRootURI) == 0)
+    tailURI.Cut(0, PL_strlen(kMailboxRootURI));
+  
+  baseMessageURI = kMailboxMessageRootURI;
+  baseMessageURI += tailURI;
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+void nsEscapeNativePath(nsCString& nativePath)
+{
+#if defined(XP_WIN)
+  nativePath.Insert('/', 0);
+  MsgReplaceChar(nativePath, '\\', '/');
+#endif
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/local/src/nsLocalUtils.h b/mailnews/local/src/nsLocalUtils.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4419e6baa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/local/src/nsLocalUtils.h
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef NS_LOCALUTILS_H
+#define NS_LOCALUTILS_H
+
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsIMsgIncomingServer.h"
+
+static const char kMailboxRootURI[] = "mailbox:/";
+static const char kMailboxMessageRootURI[] = "mailbox-message:/";
+
+nsresult
+nsLocalURI2Path(const char* rootURI, const char* uriStr, nsCString& pathResult);
+
+nsresult
+nsParseLocalMessageURI(const char* uri, nsCString& folderURI, nsMsgKey *key);
+
+nsresult 
+nsBuildLocalMessageURI(const char* baseURI, nsMsgKey key, nsCString& uri);
+
+nsresult
+nsCreateLocalBaseMessageURI(const nsACString& baseURI, nsCString &baseMessageURI);
+
+void
+nsEscapeNativePath(nsCString& nativePath);
+
+#endif //NS_LOCALUTILS_H
diff --git a/mailnews/local/src/nsMailboxProtocol.cpp b/mailnews/local/src/nsMailboxProtocol.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fad77aa93
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/local/src/nsMailboxProtocol.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,725 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "msgCore.h"
+
+#include "nsMailboxProtocol.h"
+#include "nscore.h"
+#include "nsIOutputStream.h"
+#include "nsIInputStreamPump.h"
+#include "nsIMsgDatabase.h"
+#include "nsIMsgHdr.h"
+#include "nsMsgLineBuffer.h"
+#include "nsMsgDBCID.h"
+#include "nsIMsgMailNewsUrl.h"
+#include "nsICopyMsgStreamListener.h"
+#include "nsMsgMessageFlags.h"
+#include "prtime.h"
+#include "mozilla/Logging.h"
+#include "prerror.h"
+#include "prprf.h"
+#include "nspr.h"
+
+PRLogModuleInfo *MAILBOX;
+#include "nsIFileStreams.h"
+#include "nsIStreamTransportService.h"
+#include "nsIStreamConverterService.h"
+#include "nsIIOService.h"
+#include "nsNetUtil.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "nsIMsgWindow.h"
+#include "nsIMimeHeaders.h"
+#include "nsIMsgPluggableStore.h"
+#include "nsISeekableStream.h"
+
+#include "nsIMsgMdnGenerator.h"
+
+/* the output_buffer_size must be larger than the largest possible line
+ * 2000 seems good for news
+ *
+ * jwz: I increased this to 4k since it must be big enough to hold the
+ * entire button-bar HTML, and with the new "mailto" format, that can
+ * contain arbitrarily long header fields like "references".
+ *
+ * fortezza: proxy auth is huge, buffer increased to 8k (sigh).
+ */
+#define OUTPUT_BUFFER_SIZE (4096*2)
+
+nsMailboxProtocol::nsMailboxProtocol(nsIURI * aURI)
+    : nsMsgProtocol(aURI)
+{
+  m_lineStreamBuffer =nullptr;
+
+  // initialize the pr log if it hasn't been initialiezed already
+  if (!MAILBOX)
+    MAILBOX = PR_NewLogModule("MAILBOX");
+}
+
+nsMailboxProtocol::~nsMailboxProtocol()
+{
+  // free our local state
+  delete m_lineStreamBuffer;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMailboxProtocol::OpenMultipleMsgTransport(uint64_t offset, int32_t size)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStreamTransportService> serv =
+      do_GetService(NS_STREAMTRANSPORTSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // XXX 64-bit
+  rv = serv->CreateInputTransport(m_multipleMsgMoveCopyStream, int64_t(offset),
+                                  int64_t(size), false,
+                                  getter_AddRefs(m_transport));
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMailboxProtocol::Initialize(nsIURI * aURL)
+{
+  NS_PRECONDITION(aURL, "invalid URL passed into MAILBOX Protocol");
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  if (aURL)
+  {
+    rv = aURL->QueryInterface(NS_GET_IID(nsIMailboxUrl), (void **) getter_AddRefs(m_runningUrl));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && m_runningUrl)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgWindow> window;
+      rv = m_runningUrl->GetMailboxAction(&m_mailboxAction);
+      // clear stopped flag on msg window, because we care.
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailnewsUrl = do_QueryInterface(m_runningUrl);
+      if (mailnewsUrl)
+      {
+        mailnewsUrl->GetMsgWindow(getter_AddRefs(window));
+        if (window)
+          window->SetStopped(false);
+      }
+
+      if (m_mailboxAction == nsIMailboxUrl::ActionParseMailbox)
+      {
+        // Set the length of the file equal to the max progress
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> file;
+        GetFileFromURL(aURL, getter_AddRefs(file));
+        if (file)
+        {
+          int64_t fileSize = 0;
+          file->GetFileSize(&fileSize);
+          mailnewsUrl->SetMaxProgress(fileSize);
+        }
+
+        rv = OpenFileSocket(aURL, 0, -1 /* read in all the bytes in the file */);
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        // we need to specify a byte range to read in so we read in JUST the message we want.
+        rv = SetupMessageExtraction();
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+        uint32_t aMsgSize = 0;
+        rv = m_runningUrl->GetMessageSize(&aMsgSize);
+        NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "oops....i messed something up");
+        SetContentLength(aMsgSize);
+        mailnewsUrl->SetMaxProgress(aMsgSize);
+
+        if (RunningMultipleMsgUrl())
+        {
+          // if we're running multiple msg url, we clear the event sink because the multiple
+          // msg urls will handle setting the progress.
+          mProgressEventSink = nullptr;
+        }
+
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMessageUrl> msgUrl = do_QueryInterface(m_runningUrl, &rv);
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        {
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder;
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+          rv = msgUrl->GetMessageHeader(getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+          if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && msgHdr)
+          {
+            rv = msgHdr->GetFolder(getter_AddRefs(folder));
+            if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && folder)
+            {
+              nsCOMPtr<nsIInputStream> stream;
+              int64_t offset = 0;
+              bool reusable = false;
+
+              rv = folder->GetMsgInputStream(msgHdr, &reusable, getter_AddRefs(stream));
+              NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+              nsCOMPtr<nsISeekableStream> seekableStream(do_QueryInterface(stream, &rv));
+              NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+              seekableStream->Tell(&offset);
+              // create input stream transport
+              nsCOMPtr<nsIStreamTransportService> sts =
+                  do_GetService(NS_STREAMTRANSPORTSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+              if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+              m_readCount = aMsgSize;
+              // Save the stream for reuse, but only for multiple URLs.
+              if (reusable && RunningMultipleMsgUrl())
+                m_multipleMsgMoveCopyStream = stream;
+              else
+                reusable = false;
+              rv = sts->CreateInputTransport(stream, offset,
+                                             int64_t(aMsgSize), !reusable,
+                                             getter_AddRefs(m_transport));
+
+              m_socketIsOpen = false;
+            }
+          }
+          if (!folder) // must be a .eml file
+            rv = OpenFileSocket(aURL, 0, aMsgSize);
+        }
+        NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "oops....i messed something up");
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  m_lineStreamBuffer = new nsMsgLineStreamBuffer(OUTPUT_BUFFER_SIZE, true);
+
+  m_nextState = MAILBOX_READ_FOLDER;
+  m_initialState = MAILBOX_READ_FOLDER;
+  mCurrentProgress = 0;
+
+  // do we really need both?
+  m_tempMessageFile = m_tempMsgFile;
+  return rv;
+}
+
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// we suppport the nsIStreamListener interface
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMailboxProtocol::OnStartRequest(nsIRequest *request, nsISupports *ctxt)
+{
+  // extract the appropriate event sinks from the url and initialize them in our protocol data
+  // the URL should be queried for a nsINewsURL. If it doesn't support a news URL interface then
+  // we have an error.
+  if (m_nextState == MAILBOX_READ_FOLDER && m_mailboxParser)
+  {
+    // we need to inform our mailbox parser that it's time to start...
+    m_mailboxParser->OnStartRequest(request, ctxt);
+  }
+  return nsMsgProtocol::OnStartRequest(request, ctxt);
+}
+
+bool nsMailboxProtocol::RunningMultipleMsgUrl()
+{
+  if (m_mailboxAction == nsIMailboxUrl::ActionCopyMessage || m_mailboxAction == nsIMailboxUrl::ActionMoveMessage)
+  {
+    uint32_t numMoveCopyMsgs;
+    nsresult rv = m_runningUrl->GetNumMoveCopyMsgs(&numMoveCopyMsgs);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && numMoveCopyMsgs > 1)
+      return true;
+  }
+  return false;
+}
+
+// stop binding is a "notification" informing us that the stream associated with aURL is going away.
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMailboxProtocol::OnStopRequest(nsIRequest *request, nsISupports *ctxt, nsresult aStatus)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  if (m_nextState == MAILBOX_READ_FOLDER && m_mailboxParser)
+  {
+    // we need to inform our mailbox parser that there is no more incoming data...
+    m_mailboxParser->OnStopRequest(request, ctxt, aStatus);
+  }
+  else if (m_nextState == MAILBOX_READ_MESSAGE)
+  {
+    DoneReadingMessage();
+  }
+  // I'm not getting cancel status - maybe the load group still has the status.
+  bool stopped = false;
+  if (m_runningUrl)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailnewsUrl = do_QueryInterface(m_runningUrl);
+    if (mailnewsUrl)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgWindow> window;
+      mailnewsUrl->GetMsgWindow(getter_AddRefs(window));
+      if (window)
+        window->GetStopped(&stopped);
+    }
+
+    if (!stopped && NS_SUCCEEDED(aStatus) && (m_mailboxAction == nsIMailboxUrl::ActionCopyMessage || m_mailboxAction == nsIMailboxUrl::ActionMoveMessage))
+    {
+      uint32_t numMoveCopyMsgs;
+      uint32_t curMoveCopyMsgIndex;
+      rv = m_runningUrl->GetNumMoveCopyMsgs(&numMoveCopyMsgs);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && numMoveCopyMsgs > 0)
+      {
+        m_runningUrl->GetCurMoveCopyMsgIndex(&curMoveCopyMsgIndex);
+        if (++curMoveCopyMsgIndex < numMoveCopyMsgs)
+        {
+          if (!mSuppressListenerNotifications && m_channelListener)
+          {
+            nsCOMPtr<nsICopyMessageStreamListener> listener = do_QueryInterface(m_channelListener, &rv);
+            if (listener)
+            {
+              listener->EndCopy(ctxt, aStatus);
+              listener->StartMessage(); // start next message.
+            }
+          }
+          m_runningUrl->SetCurMoveCopyMsgIndex(curMoveCopyMsgIndex);
+          nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> nextMsg;
+          rv = m_runningUrl->GetMoveCopyMsgHdrForIndex(curMoveCopyMsgIndex, getter_AddRefs(nextMsg));
+          if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && nextMsg)
+          {
+            uint32_t msgSize = 0;
+            nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> msgFolder;
+            nextMsg->GetFolder(getter_AddRefs(msgFolder));
+            NS_ASSERTION(msgFolder, "couldn't get folder for next msg in multiple msg local copy");
+            if (msgFolder)
+            {
+              nsCString uri;
+              msgFolder->GetUriForMsg(nextMsg, uri);
+              nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMessageUrl> msgUrl = do_QueryInterface(m_runningUrl);
+              if (msgUrl)
+              {
+                msgUrl->SetOriginalSpec(uri.get());
+                msgUrl->SetUri(uri.get());
+
+                uint64_t msgOffset;
+                nextMsg->GetMessageOffset(&msgOffset);
+                nextMsg->GetMessageSize(&msgSize);
+                // now we have to seek to the right position in the file and
+                // basically re-initialize the transport with the correct message size.
+                // then, we have to make sure the url keeps running somehow.
+                nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> urlSupports = do_QueryInterface(m_runningUrl);
+                //
+                // put us in a state where we are always notified of incoming data
+                //
+
+                m_transport = nullptr; // open new stream transport
+                m_inputStream = nullptr;
+                m_outputStream = nullptr;
+
+                if (m_multipleMsgMoveCopyStream)
+                {
+                  rv = OpenMultipleMsgTransport(msgOffset, msgSize);
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                  nsCOMPtr<nsIInputStream> stream;
+                  bool reusable = false;
+                  rv = msgFolder->GetMsgInputStream(nextMsg, &reusable,
+                                                    getter_AddRefs(stream));
+                  NS_ASSERTION(!reusable, "We thought streams were not reusable!");
+
+                  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+                  {
+                    // create input stream transport
+                    nsCOMPtr<nsIStreamTransportService> sts =
+                        do_GetService(NS_STREAMTRANSPORTSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+
+                    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+                    {
+                      m_readCount = msgSize;
+                      rv = sts->CreateInputTransport(stream, msgOffset,
+                                                     int64_t(msgSize), true,
+                                                     getter_AddRefs(m_transport));
+                    }
+                  }
+                }
+
+                if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+                {
+                  if (!m_inputStream)
+                    rv = m_transport->OpenInputStream(0, 0, 0, getter_AddRefs(m_inputStream));
+
+                  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+                  {
+                    nsCOMPtr<nsIInputStreamPump> pump;
+                    rv = NS_NewInputStreamPump(getter_AddRefs(pump), m_inputStream);
+                    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+                      rv = pump->AsyncRead(this, urlSupports);
+                      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+                        m_request = pump;
+                    }
+                  }
+                }
+
+                NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "AsyncRead failed");
+                if (m_loadGroup)
+                  m_loadGroup->RemoveRequest(static_cast<nsIRequest *>(this), nullptr, aStatus);
+                m_socketIsOpen = true; // mark the channel as open
+                return aStatus;
+              }
+            }
+          }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  // and we want to mark ourselves for deletion or some how inform our protocol manager that we are
+  // available for another url if there is one.
+
+  // mscott --> maybe we should set our state to done because we don't run multiple urls in a mailbox
+  // protocol connection....
+  m_nextState = MAILBOX_DONE;
+
+  // the following is for smoke test purposes. QA is looking at this "Mailbox Done" string which
+  // is printed out to the console and determining if the mail app loaded up correctly...obviously
+  // this solution is not very good so we should look at something better, but don't remove this
+  // line before talking to me (mscott) and mailnews QA....
+
+  MOZ_LOG(MAILBOX, mozilla::LogLevel::Info, ("Mailbox Done\n"));
+
+  // when on stop binding is called, we as the protocol are done...let's close down the connection
+  // releasing all of our interfaces. It's important to remember that this on stop binding call
+  // is coming from netlib so they are never going to ping us again with on data available. This means
+  // we'll never be going through the Process loop...
+
+  if (m_multipleMsgMoveCopyStream)
+  {
+    m_multipleMsgMoveCopyStream->Close();
+    m_multipleMsgMoveCopyStream = nullptr;
+  }
+  nsMsgProtocol::OnStopRequest(request, ctxt, aStatus);
+  return CloseSocket();
+}
+
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// End of nsIStreamListenerSupport
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+nsresult nsMailboxProtocol::DoneReadingMessage()
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  // and close the article file if it was open....
+
+  if (m_mailboxAction == nsIMailboxUrl::ActionSaveMessageToDisk && m_msgFileOutputStream)
+    rv = m_msgFileOutputStream->Close();
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMailboxProtocol::SetupMessageExtraction()
+{
+  // Determine the number of bytes we are going to need to read out of the
+  // mailbox url....
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  NS_ASSERTION(m_runningUrl, "Not running a url");
+  if (m_runningUrl)
+  {
+    uint32_t messageSize = 0;
+    m_runningUrl->GetMessageSize(&messageSize);
+    if (!messageSize)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMessageUrl> msgUrl = do_QueryInterface(m_runningUrl, &rv);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+      rv = msgUrl->GetMessageHeader(getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && msgHdr)
+      {
+        msgHdr->GetMessageSize(&messageSize);
+        m_runningUrl->SetMessageSize(messageSize);
+        msgHdr->GetMessageOffset(&m_msgOffset);
+      }
+      else
+        NS_ASSERTION(false, "couldn't get message header");
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Begin protocol state machine functions...
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+nsresult nsMailboxProtocol::LoadUrl(nsIURI * aURL, nsISupports * aConsumer)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  // if we were already initialized with a consumer, use it...
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStreamListener> consumer = do_QueryInterface(aConsumer);
+  if (consumer)
+    m_channelListener = consumer;
+
+  if (aURL)
+  {
+    m_runningUrl = do_QueryInterface(aURL);
+    if (m_runningUrl)
+    {
+      // find out from the url what action we are supposed to perform...
+      rv = m_runningUrl->GetMailboxAction(&m_mailboxAction);
+
+      bool convertData = false;
+
+      // need to check if we're fetching an rfc822 part in order to
+      // quote a message.
+      if (m_mailboxAction == nsIMailboxUrl::ActionFetchMessage)
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> msgUrl = do_QueryInterface(m_runningUrl, &rv);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+        nsAutoCString queryStr;
+        rv = msgUrl->GetQuery(queryStr);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+        // check if this is a filter plugin requesting the message.
+        // in that case, set up a text converter
+        convertData = (queryStr.Find("header=filter") != -1 ||
+                       queryStr.Find("header=attach") != -1);
+      }
+      else if (m_mailboxAction == nsIMailboxUrl::ActionFetchPart)
+      {
+        // when fetching a part, we need to insert a converter into the listener chain order to
+        // force just the part out of the message. Our channel listener is the consumer we'll
+        // pass in to AsyncConvertData.
+        convertData = true;
+        consumer = m_channelListener;
+      }
+      if (convertData)
+      {
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIStreamConverterService> streamConverter = do_GetService("@mozilla.org/streamConverters;1", &rv);
+          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+          nsCOMPtr <nsIStreamListener> conversionListener;
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIChannel> channel;
+          QueryInterface(NS_GET_IID(nsIChannel), getter_AddRefs(channel));
+
+          rv = streamConverter->AsyncConvertData("message/rfc822",
+                                                 "*/*",
+                                                 consumer, channel, getter_AddRefs(m_channelListener));
+      }
+
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      {
+        switch (m_mailboxAction)
+        {
+        case nsIMailboxUrl::ActionParseMailbox:
+          // extract the mailbox parser..
+          rv = m_runningUrl->GetMailboxParser(getter_AddRefs(m_mailboxParser));
+          m_nextState = MAILBOX_READ_FOLDER;
+          break;
+        case nsIMailboxUrl::ActionSaveMessageToDisk:
+          // ohhh, display message already writes a msg to disk (as part of a hack)
+          // so we can piggy back off of that!! We just need to change m_tempMessageFile
+          // to be the name of our save message to disk file. Since save message to disk
+          // urls are run without a docshell to display the msg into, we won't be trying
+          // to display the message after we write it to disk...
+          {
+            nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMessageUrl> messageUrl = do_QueryInterface(m_runningUrl, &rv);
+            if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+            {
+              messageUrl->GetMessageFile(getter_AddRefs(m_tempMessageFile));
+              rv = MsgNewBufferedFileOutputStream(getter_AddRefs(m_msgFileOutputStream), m_tempMessageFile, -1, 00600);
+              NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+              bool addDummyEnvelope = false;
+              messageUrl->GetAddDummyEnvelope(&addDummyEnvelope);
+              if (addDummyEnvelope)
+                SetFlag(MAILBOX_MSG_PARSE_FIRST_LINE);
+              else
+                ClearFlag(MAILBOX_MSG_PARSE_FIRST_LINE);
+            }
+          }
+          m_nextState = MAILBOX_READ_MESSAGE;
+          break;
+        case nsIMailboxUrl::ActionCopyMessage:
+        case nsIMailboxUrl::ActionMoveMessage:
+        case nsIMailboxUrl::ActionFetchMessage:
+          ClearFlag(MAILBOX_MSG_PARSE_FIRST_LINE);
+          m_nextState = MAILBOX_READ_MESSAGE;
+          break;
+        case nsIMailboxUrl::ActionFetchPart:
+            m_nextState = MAILBOX_READ_MESSAGE;
+            break;
+        default:
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+
+      rv = nsMsgProtocol::LoadUrl(aURL, m_channelListener);
+
+    } // if we received an MAILBOX url...
+  } // if we received a url!
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+int32_t nsMailboxProtocol::ReadFolderResponse(nsIInputStream * inputStream, uint64_t sourceOffset, uint32_t length)
+{
+  // okay we are doing a folder read in 8K chunks of a mail folder....
+  // this is almost too easy....we can just forward the data in this stream on to our
+  // folder parser object!!!
+
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  mCurrentProgress += length;
+
+  if (m_mailboxParser)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIURI> url = do_QueryInterface(m_runningUrl);
+    rv = m_mailboxParser->OnDataAvailable(nullptr, url, inputStream, sourceOffset, length); // let the parser deal with it...
+  }
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+  {
+    m_nextState = MAILBOX_ERROR_DONE; // drop out of the loop....
+    return -1;
+  }
+
+  // now wait for the next 8K chunk to come in.....
+  SetFlag(MAILBOX_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+
+  // leave our state alone so when the next chunk of the mailbox comes in we jump to this state
+  // and repeat....how does this process end? Well when the file is done being read in, core net lib
+  // will issue an ::OnStopRequest to us...we'll use that as our sign to drop out of this state and to
+  // close the protocol instance...
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int32_t nsMailboxProtocol::ReadMessageResponse(nsIInputStream * inputStream, uint64_t sourceOffset, uint32_t length)
+{
+  char *line = nullptr;
+  uint32_t status = 0;
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  mCurrentProgress += length;
+
+  // if we are doing a move or a copy, forward the data onto the copy handler...
+  // if we want to display the message then parse the incoming data...
+
+  if (m_channelListener)
+  {
+    // just forward the data we read in to the listener...
+    rv = m_channelListener->OnDataAvailable(this, m_channelContext, inputStream, sourceOffset, length);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    bool pauseForMoreData = false;
+    bool canonicalLineEnding = false;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMessageUrl> msgurl = do_QueryInterface(m_runningUrl);
+
+    if (msgurl)
+      msgurl->GetCanonicalLineEnding(&canonicalLineEnding);
+
+    while ((line = m_lineStreamBuffer->ReadNextLine(inputStream, status, pauseForMoreData)) &&
+           !pauseForMoreData)
+    {
+      /* When we're sending this line to a converter (ie,
+      it's a message/rfc822) use the local line termination
+      convention, not CRLF.  This makes text articles get
+      saved with the local line terminators.  Since SMTP
+      and NNTP mandate the use of CRLF, it is expected that
+      the local system will convert that to the local line
+      terminator as it is read.
+      */
+      // mscott - the firstline hack is aimed at making sure we don't write
+      // out the dummy header when we are trying to display the message.
+      // The dummy header is the From line with the date tag on it.
+      if (m_msgFileOutputStream && TestFlag(MAILBOX_MSG_PARSE_FIRST_LINE))
+      {
+        uint32_t count = 0;
+        rv = m_msgFileOutputStream->Write(line, PL_strlen(line), &count);
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+          break;
+
+        if (canonicalLineEnding)
+          rv = m_msgFileOutputStream->Write(CRLF, 2, &count);
+        else
+          rv = m_msgFileOutputStream->Write(MSG_LINEBREAK,
+                                            MSG_LINEBREAK_LEN, &count);
+
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+          break;
+      }
+      else
+        SetFlag(MAILBOX_MSG_PARSE_FIRST_LINE);
+      PR_Free(line);
+    }
+    PR_Free(line);
+  }
+
+  SetFlag(MAILBOX_PAUSE_FOR_READ); // wait for more data to become available...
+  if (mProgressEventSink && m_runningUrl)
+  {
+    int64_t maxProgress;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailnewsUrl(do_QueryInterface(m_runningUrl));
+    mailnewsUrl->GetMaxProgress(&maxProgress);
+    mProgressEventSink->OnProgress(this, m_channelContext,
+                                   mCurrentProgress,
+                                   maxProgress);
+  }
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return -1;
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * returns negative if the transfer is finished or error'd out
+ *
+ * returns zero or more if the transfer needs to be continued.
+ */
+nsresult nsMailboxProtocol::ProcessProtocolState(nsIURI * url, nsIInputStream * inputStream, uint64_t offset, uint32_t length)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  int32_t status = 0;
+  ClearFlag(MAILBOX_PAUSE_FOR_READ); /* already paused; reset */
+
+  while(!TestFlag(MAILBOX_PAUSE_FOR_READ))
+  {
+
+    switch(m_nextState)
+    {
+    case MAILBOX_READ_MESSAGE:
+      if (inputStream == nullptr)
+        SetFlag(MAILBOX_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+      else
+        status = ReadMessageResponse(inputStream, offset, length);
+      break;
+    case MAILBOX_READ_FOLDER:
+      if (inputStream == nullptr)
+        SetFlag(MAILBOX_PAUSE_FOR_READ);   // wait for file socket to read in the next chunk...
+      else
+        status = ReadFolderResponse(inputStream, offset, length);
+      break;
+    case MAILBOX_DONE:
+    case MAILBOX_ERROR_DONE:
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> anotherUrl = do_QueryInterface(m_runningUrl);
+        rv = m_nextState == MAILBOX_DONE ? NS_OK : NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+        anotherUrl->SetUrlState(false, rv);
+        m_nextState = MAILBOX_FREE;
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case MAILBOX_FREE:
+      // MAILBOX is a one time use connection so kill it if we get here...
+      CloseSocket();
+      return rv; /* final end */
+
+    default: /* should never happen !!! */
+      m_nextState = MAILBOX_ERROR_DONE;
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /* check for errors during load and call error
+    * state if found
+    */
+    if(status < 0 && m_nextState != MAILBOX_FREE)
+    {
+      m_nextState = MAILBOX_ERROR_DONE;
+      /* don't exit! loop around again and do the free case */
+      ClearFlag(MAILBOX_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+    }
+  } /* while(!MAILBOX_PAUSE_FOR_READ) */
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMailboxProtocol::CloseSocket()
+{
+  // how do you force a release when closing the connection??
+  nsMsgProtocol::CloseSocket();
+  m_runningUrl = nullptr;
+  m_mailboxParser = nullptr;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// vim: ts=2 sw=2
diff --git a/mailnews/local/src/nsMailboxProtocol.h b/mailnews/local/src/nsMailboxProtocol.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..53c65b40f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/local/src/nsMailboxProtocol.h
@@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsMailboxProtocol_h___
+#define nsMailboxProtocol_h___
+
+#include "mozilla/Attributes.h"
+#include "nsMsgProtocol.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsIFile.h"
+#include "nsIChannel.h"
+#include "nsIInputStreamPump.h"
+#include "nsIOutputStream.h"
+#include "nsIMailboxUrl.h"
+// State Flags (Note, I use the word state in terms of storing
+// state information about the connection (authentication, have we sent
+// commands, etc. I do not intend it to refer to protocol state)
+
+#define MAILBOX_PAUSE_FOR_READ      0x00000001  /* should we pause for the next read */
+#define MAILBOX_MSG_PARSE_FIRST_LINE    0x00000002 /* have we read in the first line of the msg */
+
+/* states of the machine
+ */
+typedef enum _MailboxStatesEnum {
+  MAILBOX_READ_FOLDER,
+  MAILBOX_FINISH_OPEN_FOLDER,
+  MAILBOX_OPEN_MESSAGE,
+  MAILBOX_OPEN_STREAM,
+  MAILBOX_READ_MESSAGE,
+  MAILBOX_COMPRESS_FOLDER,
+  MAILBOX_FINISH_COMPRESS_FOLDER,
+  MAILBOX_BACKGROUND,
+  MAILBOX_NULL,
+  MAILBOX_NULL2,
+  MAILBOX_DELIVER_QUEUED,
+  MAILBOX_FINISH_DELIVER_QUEUED,
+  MAILBOX_DONE,
+  MAILBOX_ERROR_DONE,
+  MAILBOX_FREE,
+  MAILBOX_COPY_MESSAGES,
+  MAILBOX_FINISH_COPY_MESSAGES
+} MailboxStatesEnum;
+
+class nsMsgLineStreamBuffer;
+
+class nsMailboxProtocol : public nsMsgProtocol
+{
+public:
+  // Creating a protocol instance requires the URL which needs to be run AND it requires
+  // a transport layer.
+  nsMailboxProtocol(nsIURI * aURL);
+  virtual ~nsMailboxProtocol();
+
+  // initialization function given a new url and transport layer
+  nsresult Initialize(nsIURI * aURL);
+
+  // the consumer of the url might be something like an nsIDocShell....
+  virtual nsresult LoadUrl(nsIURI * aURL, nsISupports * aConsumer) override;
+
+  ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+  // we suppport the nsIStreamListener interface
+  ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+  NS_IMETHOD OnStartRequest(nsIRequest *request, nsISupports *ctxt) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD OnStopRequest(nsIRequest *request, nsISupports *ctxt, nsresult aStatus) override;
+
+private:
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMailboxUrl>  m_runningUrl; // the nsIMailboxURL that is currently running
+  nsMailboxAction m_mailboxAction; // current mailbox action associated with this connnection...
+  uint64_t m_msgOffset;
+  // Event sink handles
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStreamListener> m_mailboxParser;
+
+  // Local state for the current operation
+  nsMsgLineStreamBuffer   * m_lineStreamBuffer; // used to efficiently extract lines from the incoming data stream
+
+  // Generic state information -- What state are we in? What state do we want to go to
+  // after the next response? What was the last response code? etc.
+  MailboxStatesEnum  m_nextState;
+  MailboxStatesEnum  m_initialState;
+
+  int64_t   mCurrentProgress;
+
+        // can we just use the base class m_tempMsgFile?
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> m_tempMessageFile;
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIOutputStream> m_msgFileOutputStream;
+
+  // this is used to hold the source mailbox file open when move/copying
+  // multiple messages.
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIInputStream> m_multipleMsgMoveCopyStream;
+
+  virtual nsresult ProcessProtocolState(nsIURI * url, nsIInputStream * inputStream,
+                                        uint64_t sourceOffset, uint32_t length) override;
+  virtual nsresult CloseSocket() override;
+
+  nsresult SetupMessageExtraction();
+  nsresult OpenMultipleMsgTransport(uint64_t offset, int32_t size);
+  bool RunningMultipleMsgUrl();
+
+  ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+  // Protocol Methods --> This protocol is state driven so each protocol method is
+  //            designed to re-act to the current "state". I've attempted to
+  //            group them together based on functionality.
+  ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+  // When parsing a mailbox folder in chunks, this protocol state reads in the current chunk
+  // and forwards it to the mailbox parser.
+  int32_t ReadFolderResponse(nsIInputStream * inputStream, uint64_t sourceOffset, uint32_t length);
+  int32_t ReadMessageResponse(nsIInputStream * inputStream, uint64_t sourceOffset, uint32_t length);
+  nsresult DoneReadingMessage();
+
+  ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+  // End of Protocol Methods
+  ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+};
+
+#endif  // nsMailboxProtocol_h___
+
+
+
+
+
+
diff --git a/mailnews/local/src/nsMailboxServer.cpp b/mailnews/local/src/nsMailboxServer.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..005204f0d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/local/src/nsMailboxServer.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+/**
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsMailboxServer.h"
+#include "nsLocalMailFolder.h"
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMailboxServer::GetLocalStoreType(nsACString& type)
+{
+  type.AssignLiteral("mailbox");
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMailboxServer::GetLocalDatabaseType(nsACString& type)
+{
+  type.AssignLiteral("mailbox");
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMailboxServer::CreateRootFolderFromUri(const nsCString &serverUri,
+                                         nsIMsgFolder **rootFolder)
+{
+  nsMsgLocalMailFolder *newRootFolder = new nsMsgLocalMailFolder;
+  if (!newRootFolder)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+  NS_ADDREF(*rootFolder = newRootFolder);
+  newRootFolder->Init(serverUri.get());
+  return NS_OK;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/local/src/nsMailboxServer.h b/mailnews/local/src/nsMailboxServer.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..70e914f52
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/local/src/nsMailboxServer.h
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+/**
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsMailboxServer_h__
+#define nsMailboxServer_h__
+
+#include "mozilla/Attributes.h"
+#include "nsMsgIncomingServer.h"
+
+class nsMailboxServer : public nsMsgIncomingServer
+{
+public:
+  NS_IMETHOD GetLocalStoreType(nsACString& type) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetLocalDatabaseType(nsACString& type) override;
+protected:
+  virtual nsresult CreateRootFolderFromUri(const nsCString &serverUri,
+                                           nsIMsgFolder **rootFolder) override;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/local/src/nsMailboxService.cpp b/mailnews/local/src/nsMailboxService.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..00a0d87c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/local/src/nsMailboxService.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,677 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "msgCore.h"    // precompiled header...
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+
+#include "nsMailboxService.h"
+#include "nsMailboxUrl.h"
+#include "nsIMsgMailNewsUrl.h"
+#include "nsMailboxProtocol.h"
+#include "nsIMsgDatabase.h"
+#include "nsMsgDBCID.h"
+#include "MailNewsTypes.h"
+#include "nsTArray.h"
+#include "nsLocalUtils.h"
+#include "nsMsgLocalCID.h"
+#include "nsMsgBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsIDocShell.h"
+#include "nsIPop3Service.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "nsNetUtil.h"
+#include "nsIDocShellLoadInfo.h"
+#include "nsIWebNavigation.h"
+#include "prprf.h"
+#include "nsIMsgHdr.h"
+#include "nsIFileURL.h"
+#include "mozilla/RefPtr.h"
+
+nsMailboxService::nsMailboxService()
+{
+    mPrintingOperation = false;
+}
+
+nsMailboxService::~nsMailboxService()
+{}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMailboxService, nsIMailboxService, nsIMsgMessageService, nsIProtocolHandler, nsIMsgMessageFetchPartService)
+
+nsresult nsMailboxService::ParseMailbox(nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow, nsIFile *aMailboxPath, nsIStreamListener *aMailboxParser,
+                    nsIUrlListener * aUrlListener, nsIURI ** aURL)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMailboxPath);
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMailboxUrl> mailboxurl =
+    do_CreateInstance(NS_MAILBOXURL_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && mailboxurl)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> url = do_QueryInterface(mailboxurl);
+    // okay now generate the url string
+    nsCString mailboxPath;
+
+    aMailboxPath->GetNativePath(mailboxPath);
+    nsAutoCString buf;
+    MsgEscapeURL(mailboxPath,
+                 nsINetUtil::ESCAPE_URL_MINIMAL | nsINetUtil::ESCAPE_URL_FORCED, buf);
+    nsEscapeNativePath(buf);
+    url->SetUpdatingFolder(true);
+    url->SetMsgWindow(aMsgWindow);
+    nsAutoCString uriSpec("mailbox://");
+    uriSpec.Append(buf);
+    rv = url->SetSpec(uriSpec);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    mailboxurl->SetMailboxParser(aMailboxParser);
+    if (aUrlListener)
+      url->RegisterListener(aUrlListener);
+
+    rv = RunMailboxUrl(url, nullptr);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    if (aURL)
+    {
+      *aURL = url;
+      NS_IF_ADDREF(*aURL);
+    }
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMailboxService::CopyMessage(const char * aSrcMailboxURI,
+                              nsIStreamListener * aMailboxCopyHandler,
+                              bool moveMessage,
+                              nsIUrlListener * aUrlListener,
+                              nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow,
+                              nsIURI **aURL)
+{
+    nsMailboxAction mailboxAction = nsIMailboxUrl::ActionMoveMessage;
+    if (!moveMessage)
+        mailboxAction = nsIMailboxUrl::ActionCopyMessage;
+  return FetchMessage(aSrcMailboxURI, aMailboxCopyHandler, aMsgWindow, aUrlListener, nullptr, mailboxAction, nullptr, aURL);
+}
+
+nsresult nsMailboxService::CopyMessages(uint32_t aNumKeys,
+                                        nsMsgKey* aMsgKeys,
+                                        nsIMsgFolder *srcFolder,
+                                        nsIStreamListener * aMailboxCopyHandler,
+                                        bool moveMessage,
+                                        nsIUrlListener * aUrlListener,
+                                        nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow,
+                                        nsIURI **aURL)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(srcFolder);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(aMsgKeys);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMailboxUrl> mailboxurl;
+
+  nsMailboxAction actionToUse = nsIMailboxUrl::ActionMoveMessage;
+  if (!moveMessage)
+     actionToUse = nsIMailboxUrl::ActionCopyMessage;
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDatabase> db;
+  srcFolder->GetMsgDatabase(getter_AddRefs(db));
+  if (db)
+  {
+    db->GetMsgHdrForKey(aMsgKeys[0], getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+    if (msgHdr)
+    {
+      nsCString uri;
+      srcFolder->GetUriForMsg(msgHdr, uri);
+      rv = PrepareMessageUrl(uri.get(), aUrlListener, actionToUse , getter_AddRefs(mailboxurl), aMsgWindow);
+
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> url = do_QueryInterface(mailboxurl);
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> msgUrl (do_QueryInterface(url));
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMailboxUrl> mailboxUrl (do_QueryInterface(url));
+        msgUrl->SetMsgWindow(aMsgWindow);
+
+        mailboxUrl->SetMoveCopyMsgKeys(aMsgKeys, aNumKeys);
+        rv = RunMailboxUrl(url, aMailboxCopyHandler);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  if (aURL && mailboxurl)
+    CallQueryInterface(mailboxurl, aURL);
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMailboxService::FetchMessage(const char* aMessageURI,
+                                        nsISupports * aDisplayConsumer,
+                                        nsIMsgWindow * aMsgWindow,
+                                        nsIUrlListener * aUrlListener,
+                                        const char * aFileName, /* only used by open attachment... */
+                                        nsMailboxAction mailboxAction,
+                                        const char * aCharsetOverride,
+                                        nsIURI ** aURL)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMailboxUrl> mailboxurl;
+  nsMailboxAction actionToUse = mailboxAction;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> url;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> msgUrl;
+  nsAutoCString uriString(aMessageURI);
+
+  if (!strncmp(aMessageURI, "file:", 5))
+  {
+    int64_t fileSize;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> fileUri;
+    rv = NS_NewURI(getter_AddRefs(fileUri), aMessageURI);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIFileURL> fileUrl = do_QueryInterface(fileUri, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIFile> file;
+    rv = fileUrl->GetFile(getter_AddRefs(file));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    file->GetFileSize(&fileSize);
+    uriString.Replace(0, 5, NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("mailbox:"));
+    uriString.Append(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("&number=0"));
+    rv = NS_NewURI(getter_AddRefs(url), uriString);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    msgUrl = do_QueryInterface(url);
+    if (msgUrl)
+    {
+      msgUrl->SetMsgWindow(aMsgWindow);
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIMailboxUrl> mailboxUrl = do_QueryInterface(msgUrl, &rv);
+      mailboxUrl->SetMessageSize((uint32_t) fileSize);
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgHeaderSink> headerSink;
+       // need to tell the header sink to capture some headers to create a fake db header
+       // so we can do reply to a .eml file or a rfc822 msg attachment.
+      if (aMsgWindow)
+        aMsgWindow->GetMsgHeaderSink(getter_AddRefs(headerSink));
+      if (headerSink)
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> dummyHeader;
+        headerSink->GetDummyMsgHeader(getter_AddRefs(dummyHeader));
+        if (dummyHeader)
+          dummyHeader->SetMessageSize((uint32_t) fileSize);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    // this happens with forward inline of message/rfc822 attachment
+    // opened in a stand-alone msg window.
+    int32_t typeIndex = uriString.Find("&type=application/x-message-display");
+    if (typeIndex != -1)
+    {
+      uriString.Cut(typeIndex, sizeof("&type=application/x-message-display") - 1);
+      rv = NS_NewURI(getter_AddRefs(url), uriString.get());
+      mailboxurl = do_QueryInterface(url);
+    }
+    else
+      rv = PrepareMessageUrl(aMessageURI, aUrlListener, actionToUse , getter_AddRefs(mailboxurl), aMsgWindow);
+
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      url = do_QueryInterface(mailboxurl);
+      msgUrl = do_QueryInterface(url);
+      msgUrl->SetMsgWindow(aMsgWindow);
+      if (aFileName)
+        msgUrl->SetFileName(nsDependentCString(aFileName));
+    }
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgI18NUrl> i18nurl(do_QueryInterface(msgUrl));
+  if (i18nurl)
+    i18nurl->SetCharsetOverRide(aCharsetOverride);
+
+  // instead of running the mailbox url like we used to, let's try to run the url in the docshell...
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIDocShell> docShell(do_QueryInterface(aDisplayConsumer, &rv));
+  // if we were given a docShell, run the url in the docshell..otherwise just run it normally.
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && docShell)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIDocShellLoadInfo> loadInfo;
+    // DIRTY LITTLE HACK --> if we are opening an attachment we want the docshell to
+    // treat this load as if it were a user click event. Then the dispatching stuff will be much
+    // happier.
+    if (mailboxAction == nsIMailboxUrl::ActionFetchPart)
+    {
+      docShell->CreateLoadInfo(getter_AddRefs(loadInfo));
+      loadInfo->SetLoadType(nsIDocShellLoadInfo::loadLink);
+    }
+    rv = docShell->LoadURI(url, loadInfo, nsIWebNavigation::LOAD_FLAGS_NONE, false);
+  }
+  else
+    rv = RunMailboxUrl(url, aDisplayConsumer);
+
+  if (aURL && mailboxurl)
+    CallQueryInterface(mailboxurl, aURL);
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMailboxService::FetchMimePart(nsIURI *aURI, const char *aMessageURI, nsISupports *aDisplayConsumer, nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow, nsIUrlListener *aUrlListener, nsIURI **aURL)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> msgUrl (do_QueryInterface(aURI, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  msgUrl->SetMsgWindow(aMsgWindow);
+
+  // set up the url listener
+  if (aUrlListener)
+    msgUrl->RegisterListener(aUrlListener);
+
+  return RunMailboxUrl(msgUrl, aDisplayConsumer);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMailboxService::DisplayMessage(const char* aMessageURI,
+                                               nsISupports * aDisplayConsumer,
+                                               nsIMsgWindow * aMsgWindow,
+                                               nsIUrlListener * aUrlListener,
+                                               const char * aCharsetOveride,
+                                               nsIURI ** aURL)
+{
+  return FetchMessage(aMessageURI, aDisplayConsumer,
+    aMsgWindow,aUrlListener, nullptr,
+    nsIMailboxUrl::ActionFetchMessage, aCharsetOveride, aURL);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMailboxService::StreamMessage(const char *aMessageURI,
+                                nsISupports *aConsumer,
+                                nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow,
+                                nsIUrlListener *aUrlListener,
+                                bool /* aConvertData */,
+                                const nsACString &aAdditionalHeader,
+                                bool aLocalOnly,
+                                nsIURI **aURL)
+{
+    // The mailbox protocol object will look for "header=filter" or
+    // "header=attach" to decide if it wants to convert the data instead of
+    // using aConvertData. It turns out to be way too hard to pass aConvertData
+    // all the way over to the mailbox protocol object.
+    nsAutoCString aURIString(aMessageURI);
+    if (!aAdditionalHeader.IsEmpty())
+    {
+      aURIString.FindChar('?') == -1 ? aURIString += "?" : aURIString += "&";
+      aURIString += "header=";
+      aURIString += aAdditionalHeader;
+    }
+
+    return FetchMessage(aURIString.get(), aConsumer, aMsgWindow, aUrlListener, nullptr,
+                                        nsIMailboxUrl::ActionFetchMessage, nullptr, aURL);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMailboxService::StreamHeaders(const char *aMessageURI,
+                                              nsIStreamListener *aConsumer,
+                                              nsIUrlListener *aUrlListener,
+                                              bool aLocalOnly,
+                                              nsIURI **aURL)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMessageURI);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aConsumer);
+  nsAutoCString folderURI;
+  nsMsgKey msgKey;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder;
+  nsresult rv = DecomposeMailboxURI(aMessageURI, getter_AddRefs(folder), &msgKey);
+  if (msgKey == nsMsgKey_None)
+    return NS_MSG_MESSAGE_NOT_FOUND;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIInputStream> inputStream;
+  int64_t messageOffset;
+  uint32_t messageSize;
+  rv = folder->GetOfflineFileStream(msgKey, &messageOffset, &messageSize, getter_AddRefs(inputStream));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // GetOfflineFileStream returns NS_OK but null inputStream when there is an error getting the database
+  if (!inputStream)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  return MsgStreamMsgHeaders(inputStream, aConsumer);
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMailboxService::IsMsgInMemCache(nsIURI *aUrl,
+                                                nsIMsgFolder *aFolder,
+                                                bool *aResult)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMailboxService::OpenAttachment(const char *aContentType,
+                                               const char *aFileName,
+                                               const char *aUrl,
+                                               const char *aMessageUri,
+                                               nsISupports *aDisplayConsumer,
+                                               nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow,
+                                               nsIUrlListener *aUrlListener)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIURI> URL;
+  nsAutoCString urlString(aUrl);
+  urlString += "&type=";
+  urlString += aContentType;
+  urlString += "&filename=";
+  urlString += aFileName;
+  CreateStartupUrl(urlString.get(), getter_AddRefs(URL));
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  // try to run the url in the docshell...
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIDocShell> docShell(do_QueryInterface(aDisplayConsumer, &rv));
+  // if we were given a docShell, run the url in the docshell..otherwise just run it normally.
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && docShell)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIDocShellLoadInfo> loadInfo;
+    // DIRTY LITTLE HACK --> since we are opening an attachment we want the docshell to
+    // treat this load as if it were a user click event. Then the dispatching stuff will be much
+    // happier.
+    docShell->CreateLoadInfo(getter_AddRefs(loadInfo));
+    loadInfo->SetLoadType(nsIDocShellLoadInfo::loadLink);
+    return docShell->LoadURI(URL, loadInfo, nsIWebNavigation::LOAD_FLAGS_NONE, false);
+  }
+  return RunMailboxUrl(URL, aDisplayConsumer);
+
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMailboxService::SaveMessageToDisk(const char *aMessageURI,
+                                    nsIFile *aFile,
+                                    bool aAddDummyEnvelope,
+                                    nsIUrlListener *aUrlListener,
+                                    nsIURI **aURL,
+                                    bool canonicalLineEnding,
+                                    nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMailboxUrl> mailboxurl;
+
+  rv = PrepareMessageUrl(aMessageURI, aUrlListener, nsIMailboxUrl::ActionSaveMessageToDisk, getter_AddRefs(mailboxurl), aMsgWindow);
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMessageUrl> msgUrl = do_QueryInterface(mailboxurl);
+    if (msgUrl)
+    {
+      msgUrl->SetMessageFile(aFile);
+      msgUrl->SetAddDummyEnvelope(aAddDummyEnvelope);
+      msgUrl->SetCanonicalLineEnding(canonicalLineEnding);
+    }
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> url = do_QueryInterface(mailboxurl);
+    rv = RunMailboxUrl(url);
+  }
+
+  if (aURL && mailboxurl)
+    CallQueryInterface(mailboxurl, aURL);
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMailboxService::GetUrlForUri(const char *aMessageURI, nsIURI **aURL, nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aURL);
+  if (!strncmp(aMessageURI, "file:", 5) || PL_strstr(aMessageURI, "type=application/x-message-display")
+    || !strncmp(aMessageURI, "mailbox:", 8))
+    return NS_NewURI(aURL, aMessageURI);
+
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMailboxUrl> mailboxurl;
+  rv = PrepareMessageUrl(aMessageURI, nullptr, nsIMailboxUrl::ActionFetchMessage, getter_AddRefs(mailboxurl), aMsgWindow);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && mailboxurl)
+    rv = CallQueryInterface(mailboxurl, aURL);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+// Takes a mailbox url, this method creates a protocol instance and loads the url
+// into the protocol instance.
+nsresult nsMailboxService::RunMailboxUrl(nsIURI * aMailboxUrl, nsISupports * aDisplayConsumer)
+{
+  // create a protocol instance to run the url..
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  nsMailboxProtocol * protocol = new nsMailboxProtocol(aMailboxUrl);
+
+  if (protocol)
+  {
+    rv = protocol->Initialize(aMailboxUrl);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    {
+      delete protocol;
+      return rv;
+    }
+    NS_ADDREF(protocol);
+    rv = protocol->LoadUrl(aMailboxUrl, aDisplayConsumer);
+    NS_RELEASE(protocol); // after loading, someone else will have a ref cnt on the mailbox
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+// This function takes a message uri, converts it into a file path & msgKey
+// pair. It then turns that into a mailbox url object. It also registers a url
+// listener if appropriate. AND it can take in a mailbox action and set that field
+// on the returned url as well.
+nsresult nsMailboxService::PrepareMessageUrl(const char * aSrcMsgMailboxURI, nsIUrlListener * aUrlListener,
+                                             nsMailboxAction aMailboxAction, nsIMailboxUrl ** aMailboxUrl,
+                                             nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow)
+{
+  nsresult rv = CallCreateInstance(NS_MAILBOXURL_CONTRACTID, aMailboxUrl);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && aMailboxUrl && *aMailboxUrl)
+  {
+    // okay now generate the url string
+    char * urlSpec;
+    nsAutoCString folderURI;
+    nsMsgKey msgKey;
+    nsCString folderPath;
+    const char *part = PL_strstr(aSrcMsgMailboxURI, "part=");
+    const char *header = PL_strstr(aSrcMsgMailboxURI, "header=");
+    rv = nsParseLocalMessageURI(aSrcMsgMailboxURI, folderURI, &msgKey);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+    rv = nsLocalURI2Path(kMailboxRootURI, folderURI.get(), folderPath);
+
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      // set up the url spec and initialize the url with it.
+      nsAutoCString buf;
+      MsgEscapeURL(folderPath,
+                   nsINetUtil::ESCAPE_URL_DIRECTORY | nsINetUtil::ESCAPE_URL_FORCED, buf);
+      if (mPrintingOperation)
+        urlSpec = PR_smprintf("mailbox://%s?number=%lu&header=print", buf.get(), msgKey);
+      else if (part)
+        urlSpec = PR_smprintf("mailbox://%s?number=%lu&%s", buf.get(), msgKey, part);
+      else if (header)
+        urlSpec = PR_smprintf("mailbox://%s?number=%lu&%s", buf.get(), msgKey, header);
+      else
+        urlSpec = PR_smprintf("mailbox://%s?number=%lu", buf.get(), msgKey);
+
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> url = do_QueryInterface(*aMailboxUrl);
+      rv = url->SetSpec(nsDependentCString(urlSpec));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      PR_smprintf_free(urlSpec);
+
+      (*aMailboxUrl)->SetMailboxAction(aMailboxAction);
+
+      // set up the url listener
+      if (aUrlListener)
+        rv = url->RegisterListener(aUrlListener);
+
+      url->SetMsgWindow(msgWindow);
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMessageUrl> msgUrl = do_QueryInterface(url);
+      if (msgUrl)
+      {
+        msgUrl->SetOriginalSpec(aSrcMsgMailboxURI);
+        msgUrl->SetUri(aSrcMsgMailboxURI);
+      }
+
+    } // if we got a url
+  } // if we got a url
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMailboxService::GetScheme(nsACString &aScheme)
+{
+  aScheme = "mailbox";
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMailboxService::GetDefaultPort(int32_t *aDefaultPort)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aDefaultPort);
+  *aDefaultPort = -1;  // mailbox doesn't use a port!!!!!
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMailboxService::AllowPort(int32_t port, const char *scheme, bool *_retval)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(_retval);
+  // don't override anything.
+  *_retval = false;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMailboxService::GetProtocolFlags(uint32_t *result)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(result);
+  *result = URI_STD | URI_FORBIDS_AUTOMATIC_DOCUMENT_REPLACEMENT |
+            URI_DANGEROUS_TO_LOAD | URI_FORBIDS_COOKIE_ACCESS
+#ifdef IS_ORIGIN_IS_FULL_SPEC_DEFINED
+            | ORIGIN_IS_FULL_SPEC
+#endif
+  ;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMailboxService::NewURI(const nsACString &aSpec,
+                                       const char *aOriginCharset,
+                                       nsIURI *aBaseURI,
+                                       nsIURI **_retval)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(_retval);
+  *_retval = 0;
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> aMsgUri = do_CreateInstance(NS_MAILBOXURL_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  // SetSpec calls below may fail if the mailbox url is of the form
+  // mailbox://<account>/<mailbox name>?... instead of
+  // mailbox://<path to folder>?.... This is the case for pop3 download urls.
+  // We know this, and the failure is harmless.
+  if (aBaseURI)
+  {
+    nsAutoCString newSpec;
+    rv = aBaseURI->Resolve(aSpec, newSpec);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    (void) aMsgUri->SetSpec(newSpec);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    (void) aMsgUri->SetSpec(aSpec);
+  }
+  aMsgUri.swap(*_retval);
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMailboxService::NewChannel(nsIURI *aURI, nsIChannel **_retval)
+{
+  return NewChannel2(aURI, nullptr, _retval);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMailboxService::NewChannel2(nsIURI *aURI,
+                                            nsILoadInfo *aLoadInfo,
+                                            nsIChannel **_retval)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aURI);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(_retval);
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  nsAutoCString spec;
+  rv = aURI->GetSpec(spec);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  if (spec.Find("?uidl=") >= 0 || spec.Find("&uidl=") >= 0)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIProtocolHandler> handler =
+             do_GetService(NS_POP3SERVICE_CONTRACTID1, &rv);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIURI> pop3Uri;
+
+      rv = handler->NewURI(spec, "" /* ignored */, aURI, getter_AddRefs(pop3Uri));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      return handler->NewChannel2(pop3Uri, aLoadInfo, _retval);
+    }
+  }
+
+  RefPtr<nsMailboxProtocol> protocol = new nsMailboxProtocol(aURI);
+  if (!protocol) {
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+  }
+
+  rv = protocol->Initialize(aURI);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = protocol->SetLoadInfo(aLoadInfo);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  return CallQueryInterface(protocol, _retval);
+}
+
+nsresult nsMailboxService::DisplayMessageForPrinting(const char* aMessageURI,
+                                                     nsISupports * aDisplayConsumer,
+                                                     nsIMsgWindow * aMsgWindow,
+                                                     nsIUrlListener * aUrlListener,
+                                                     nsIURI ** aURL)
+{
+  mPrintingOperation = true;
+  nsresult rv = FetchMessage(aMessageURI, aDisplayConsumer, aMsgWindow,aUrlListener, nullptr,
+    nsIMailboxUrl::ActionFetchMessage, nullptr, aURL);
+  mPrintingOperation = false;
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMailboxService::Search(nsIMsgSearchSession *aSearchSession, nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow, nsIMsgFolder *aMsgFolder, const char *aMessageUri)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMailboxService::DecomposeMailboxURI(const char * aMessageURI, nsIMsgFolder ** aFolder, nsMsgKey *aMsgKey)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMessageURI);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aFolder);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMsgKey);
+
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  nsAutoCString folderURI;
+  rv = nsParseLocalMessageURI(aMessageURI, folderURI, aMsgKey);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIRDFService> rdf = do_GetService("@mozilla.org/rdf/rdf-service;1",&rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFResource> res;
+  rv = rdf->GetResource(folderURI, getter_AddRefs(res));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  rv = res->QueryInterface(NS_GET_IID(nsIMsgFolder), (void **) aFolder);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMailboxService::MessageURIToMsgHdr(const char *uri, nsIMsgDBHdr **_retval)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(uri);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(_retval);
+
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder;
+  nsMsgKey msgKey;
+
+  rv = DecomposeMailboxURI(uri, getter_AddRefs(folder), &msgKey);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  rv = folder->GetMessageHeader(msgKey, _retval);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/local/src/nsMailboxService.h b/mailnews/local/src/nsMailboxService.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c7fc759ee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/local/src/nsMailboxService.h
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsMailboxService_h___
+#define nsMailboxService_h___
+
+#include "nscore.h"
+#include "nsISupports.h"
+
+#include "nsIMailboxService.h"
+#include "nsIMsgMessageService.h"
+#include "nsIMailboxUrl.h"
+#include "nsIURL.h"
+#include "nsIUrlListener.h"
+#include "nsIStreamListener.h"
+#include "nsIFile.h"
+#include "nsIProtocolHandler.h"
+#include "nsIRDFService.h"
+
+class nsMailboxService : public nsIMailboxService, public nsIMsgMessageService, public nsIMsgMessageFetchPartService, public nsIProtocolHandler
+{
+public:
+
+  nsMailboxService();
+
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIMAILBOXSERVICE
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGMESSAGESERVICE
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGMESSAGEFETCHPARTSERVICE
+  NS_DECL_NSIPROTOCOLHANDLER
+
+protected:
+  virtual ~nsMailboxService();
+  bool          mPrintingOperation;
+
+  // helper functions used by the service
+  nsresult PrepareMessageUrl(const char * aSrcMsgMailboxURI, nsIUrlListener * aUrlListener,
+                 nsMailboxAction aMailboxAction, nsIMailboxUrl ** aMailboxUrl,
+                 nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow);
+
+  nsresult RunMailboxUrl(nsIURI * aMailboxUrl, nsISupports * aDisplayConsumer = nullptr);
+
+  nsresult FetchMessage(const char* aMessageURI,
+                        nsISupports * aDisplayConsumer,
+                        nsIMsgWindow * aMsgWindow,
+                        nsIUrlListener * aUrlListener,
+                        const char * aFileName, /* only used by open attachment */
+                        nsMailboxAction mailboxAction,
+                        const char * aCharsetOverride,
+                        nsIURI ** aURL);
+
+  nsresult DecomposeMailboxURI(const char * aMessageURI, nsIMsgFolder ** aFolder, nsMsgKey *aMsgKey);
+};
+
+#endif /* nsMailboxService_h___ */
diff --git a/mailnews/local/src/nsMailboxUrl.cpp b/mailnews/local/src/nsMailboxUrl.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..25fe4f35f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/local/src/nsMailboxUrl.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,556 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "msgCore.h"    // precompiled header...
+
+#include "nsIURI.h"
+#include "nsIMailboxUrl.h"
+#include "nsMailboxUrl.h"
+
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsLocalUtils.h"
+#include "nsIMsgDatabase.h"
+#include "nsMsgDBCID.h"
+#include "nsMsgBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsIMsgHdr.h"
+
+#include "nsIMsgFolder.h"
+#include "prprf.h"
+#include "prmem.h"
+#include "nsIMsgMailSession.h"
+#include "nsNetUtil.h"
+#include "nsIFileURL.h"
+
+// this is totally lame and MUST be removed by M6
+// the real fix is to attach the URI to the URL as it runs through netlib
+// then grab it and use it on the other side
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsMsgBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsIMsgAccountManager.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "mozilla/Services.h"
+
+// helper function for parsing the search field of a url
+char * extractAttributeValue(const char * searchString, const char * attributeName);
+
+nsMailboxUrl::nsMailboxUrl()
+{
+  m_mailboxAction = nsIMailboxUrl::ActionParseMailbox;
+  m_filePath = nullptr;
+  m_messageID = nullptr;
+  m_messageKey = nsMsgKey_None;
+  m_messageSize = 0;
+  m_messageFile = nullptr;
+  m_addDummyEnvelope = false;
+  m_canonicalLineEnding = false;
+  m_curMsgIndex = 0;
+}
+
+nsMailboxUrl::~nsMailboxUrl()
+{
+    PR_Free(m_messageID);
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ADDREF_INHERITED(nsMailboxUrl, nsMsgMailNewsUrl)
+NS_IMPL_RELEASE_INHERITED(nsMailboxUrl, nsMsgMailNewsUrl)
+
+NS_INTERFACE_MAP_BEGIN(nsMailboxUrl)
+   NS_INTERFACE_MAP_ENTRY_AMBIGUOUS(nsISupports, nsIMailboxUrl)
+   NS_INTERFACE_MAP_ENTRY(nsIMailboxUrl)
+   NS_INTERFACE_MAP_ENTRY(nsIMsgMessageUrl)
+   NS_INTERFACE_MAP_ENTRY(nsIMsgI18NUrl)
+NS_INTERFACE_MAP_END_INHERITING(nsMsgMailNewsUrl)
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Begin nsIMailboxUrl specific support
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+nsresult nsMailboxUrl::SetMailboxParser(nsIStreamListener * aMailboxParser)
+{
+  if (aMailboxParser)
+    m_mailboxParser = aMailboxParser;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMailboxUrl::GetMailboxParser(nsIStreamListener ** aConsumer)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aConsumer);
+
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aConsumer = m_mailboxParser);
+  return  NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMailboxUrl::SetMailboxCopyHandler(nsIStreamListener * aMailboxCopyHandler)
+{
+  if (aMailboxCopyHandler)
+    m_mailboxCopyHandler = aMailboxCopyHandler;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMailboxUrl::GetMailboxCopyHandler(nsIStreamListener ** aMailboxCopyHandler)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMailboxCopyHandler);
+
+  if (aMailboxCopyHandler)
+  {
+    *aMailboxCopyHandler = m_mailboxCopyHandler;
+    NS_IF_ADDREF(*aMailboxCopyHandler);
+  }
+
+  return  NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMailboxUrl::GetMessageKey(nsMsgKey* aMessageKey)
+{
+  *aMessageKey = m_messageKey;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMailboxUrl::GetMessageSize(uint32_t * aMessageSize)
+{
+  if (aMessageSize)
+  {
+    *aMessageSize = m_messageSize;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  else
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMailboxUrl::SetMessageSize(uint32_t aMessageSize)
+{
+  m_messageSize = aMessageSize;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMailboxUrl::GetPrincipalSpec(nsACString& aPrincipalSpec)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailnewsURL;
+  QueryInterface(NS_GET_IID(nsIMsgMailNewsUrl), getter_AddRefs(mailnewsURL));
+
+  nsAutoCString spec;
+  mailnewsURL->GetSpecIgnoringRef(spec);
+
+  // mailbox: URLs contain a lot of query parts. We want need a normalised form:
+  // mailbox:///path/to/folder?number=nn.
+  // We also need to translate the second form mailbox://user@domain@server/folder?number=nn.
+
+  char* messageKey = extractAttributeValue(spec.get(), "number=");
+
+  // Strip any query part beginning with ? or /;
+  int32_t ind = spec.Find("/;");
+  if (ind != kNotFound)
+    spec.SetLength(ind);
+
+  ind = spec.FindChar('?');
+  if (ind != kNotFound)
+    spec.SetLength(ind);
+
+  // Check for format lacking absolute path.
+  if (spec.Find("///") == kNotFound) {
+    nsCString folderPath;
+    nsresult rv = nsLocalURI2Path(kMailboxRootURI, spec.get(), folderPath);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED (rv)) {
+      nsAutoCString buf;
+      MsgEscapeURL(folderPath,
+                   nsINetUtil::ESCAPE_URL_DIRECTORY | nsINetUtil::ESCAPE_URL_FORCED, buf);
+      spec = NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("mailbox://") + buf;
+    }
+  }
+
+  spec += NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("?number=");
+  spec.Append(messageKey);
+  PR_Free(messageKey);
+
+  aPrincipalSpec.Assign(spec);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMailboxUrl::SetUri(const char * aURI)
+{
+  mURI= aURI;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMailboxUrl::CloneInternal(uint32_t aRefHandlingMode,
+                                          const nsACString& newRef,
+                                          nsIURI **_retval)
+{
+  nsresult rv = nsMsgMailNewsUrl::CloneInternal(aRefHandlingMode,
+                                                newRef, _retval);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  // also clone the mURI member, because GetUri below won't work if
+  // mURI isn't set due to nsIFile fun.
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgMessageUrl> clonedUrl = do_QueryInterface(*_retval);
+  if (clonedUrl)
+    clonedUrl->SetUri(mURI.get());
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMailboxUrl::GetUri(char ** aURI)
+{
+  // if we have been given a uri to associate with this url, then use it
+  // otherwise try to reconstruct a URI on the fly....
+
+  if (!mURI.IsEmpty())
+    *aURI = ToNewCString(mURI);
+  else
+  {
+    if (m_filePath)
+    {
+      nsAutoCString baseUri;
+      nsresult rv;
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccountManager> accountManager =
+        do_GetService(NS_MSGACCOUNTMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      // we blow off errors here so that we can open attachments
+      // in .eml files.
+      (void) accountManager->FolderUriForPath(m_filePath, baseUri);
+      if (baseUri.IsEmpty()) {
+        rv = m_baseURL->GetSpec(baseUri);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      }
+      nsCString baseMessageURI;
+      nsCreateLocalBaseMessageURI(baseUri, baseMessageURI);
+      nsAutoCString uriStr;
+      nsBuildLocalMessageURI(baseMessageURI.get(), m_messageKey, uriStr);
+      *aURI = ToNewCString(uriStr);
+    }
+    else
+      *aURI = nullptr;
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMailboxUrl::GetMsgHdrForKey(nsMsgKey  msgKey, nsIMsgDBHdr ** aMsgHdr)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  if (aMsgHdr && m_filePath)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> mailDBFactory;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> mailDB;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBService> msgDBService = do_GetService(NS_MSGDB_SERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+
+    if (msgDBService)
+      rv = msgDBService->OpenMailDBFromFile(m_filePath, nullptr, false,
+                                            false, getter_AddRefs(mailDB));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && mailDB) // did we get a db back?
+      rv = mailDB->GetMsgHdrForKey(msgKey, aMsgHdr);
+    else
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgWindow> msgWindow(do_QueryReferent(m_msgWindowWeak));
+      if (!msgWindow)
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailSession> mailSession = do_GetService(NS_MSGMAILSESSION_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+        mailSession->GetTopmostMsgWindow(getter_AddRefs(msgWindow));
+      }
+
+      // maybe this is .eml file we're trying to read. See if we can get a header from the header sink.
+      if (msgWindow)
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgHeaderSink> headerSink;
+        msgWindow->GetMsgHeaderSink(getter_AddRefs(headerSink));
+        if (headerSink)
+        {
+          rv = headerSink->GetDummyMsgHeader(aMsgHdr);
+          if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+          {
+            int64_t fileSize = 0;
+            m_filePath->GetFileSize(&fileSize);
+            (*aMsgHdr)->SetMessageSize(fileSize);
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  else
+    rv = NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMailboxUrl::GetMessageHeader(nsIMsgDBHdr ** aMsgHdr)
+{
+  if (m_dummyHdr)
+  {
+    NS_IF_ADDREF(*aMsgHdr = m_dummyHdr);
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  return GetMsgHdrForKey(m_messageKey, aMsgHdr);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMailboxUrl::SetMessageHeader(nsIMsgDBHdr *aMsgHdr)
+{
+  m_dummyHdr = aMsgHdr;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_GETSET(nsMailboxUrl, AddDummyEnvelope, bool, m_addDummyEnvelope)
+NS_IMPL_GETSET(nsMailboxUrl, CanonicalLineEnding, bool, m_canonicalLineEnding)
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMailboxUrl::GetOriginalSpec(char **aSpec)
+{
+  if (!aSpec || m_originalSpec.IsEmpty())
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+  *aSpec = ToNewCString(m_originalSpec);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMailboxUrl::SetOriginalSpec(const char *aSpec)
+{
+  m_originalSpec = aSpec;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMailboxUrl::SetMessageFile(nsIFile * aFile)
+{
+  m_messageFile = aFile;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMailboxUrl::GetMessageFile(nsIFile ** aFile)
+{
+  // why don't we return an error for null aFile?
+  if (aFile)
+    NS_IF_ADDREF(*aFile = m_messageFile);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMailboxUrl::IsUrlType(uint32_t type, bool *isType)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(isType);
+
+  switch(type)
+  {
+    case nsIMsgMailNewsUrl::eCopy:
+      *isType = (m_mailboxAction == nsIMailboxUrl::ActionCopyMessage);
+      break;
+    case nsIMsgMailNewsUrl::eMove:
+      *isType = (m_mailboxAction == nsIMailboxUrl::ActionMoveMessage);
+      break;
+    case nsIMsgMailNewsUrl::eDisplay:
+      *isType = (m_mailboxAction == nsIMailboxUrl::ActionFetchMessage ||
+                 m_mailboxAction == nsIMailboxUrl::ActionFetchPart);
+      break;
+    default:
+      *isType = false;
+  };
+
+  return NS_OK;
+
+}
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// End nsIMailboxUrl specific support
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// possible search part phrases include: MessageID=id&number=MessageKey
+
+nsresult nsMailboxUrl::ParseSearchPart()
+{
+  nsAutoCString searchPart;
+  nsresult rv = GetQuery(searchPart);
+  // add code to this function to decompose everything past the '?'.....
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !searchPart.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    // the action for this mailbox must be a display message...
+    char * msgPart = extractAttributeValue(searchPart.get(), "part=");
+    if (msgPart)  // if we have a part in the url then we must be fetching just the part.
+      m_mailboxAction = nsIMailboxUrl::ActionFetchPart;
+    else
+      m_mailboxAction = nsIMailboxUrl::ActionFetchMessage;
+
+    char * messageKey = extractAttributeValue(searchPart.get(), "number=");
+    m_messageID = extractAttributeValue(searchPart.get(),"messageid=");
+    if (messageKey)
+      m_messageKey = (nsMsgKey) ParseUint64Str(messageKey); // convert to a uint32_t...
+
+    PR_Free(msgPart);
+    PR_Free(messageKey);
+  }
+  else
+    m_mailboxAction = nsIMailboxUrl::ActionParseMailbox;
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+// warning: don't assume when parsing the url that the protocol part is "news"...
+nsresult nsMailboxUrl::ParseUrl()
+{
+  GetFilePath(m_file);
+
+  ParseSearchPart();
+  // ### fix me.
+  // this hack is to avoid asserting on every local message loaded because the security manager
+  // is creating an empty "mailbox://" uri for every message.
+  if (m_file.Length() < 2)
+    m_filePath = nullptr;
+  else
+  {
+    nsCString fileUri("file://");
+    fileUri.Append(m_file);
+    nsresult rv;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIIOService> ioService =
+      mozilla::services::GetIOService();
+    NS_ENSURE_TRUE(ioService, NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED);
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIURI> uri;
+    rv = ioService->NewURI(fileUri, nullptr, nullptr, getter_AddRefs(uri));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIFileURL> fileURL = do_QueryInterface(uri);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIFile> fileURLFile;
+    fileURL->GetFile(getter_AddRefs(fileURLFile));
+    m_filePath = do_QueryInterface(fileURLFile, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+
+  GetPath(m_file);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMailboxUrl::SetSpec(const nsACString &aSpec)
+{
+  nsresult rv = nsMsgMailNewsUrl::SetSpec(aSpec);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    rv = ParseUrl();
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMailboxUrl::SetQuery(const nsACString &aQuery)
+{
+  nsresult rv = nsMsgMailNewsUrl::SetQuery(aQuery);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    rv = ParseUrl();
+  return rv;
+}
+
+// takes a string like ?messageID=fooo&number=MsgKey and returns a new string
+// containing just the attribute value. i.e you could pass in this string with
+// an attribute name of messageID and I'll return fooo. Use PR_Free to delete
+// this string...
+
+// Assumption: attribute pairs in the string are separated by '&'.
+char * extractAttributeValue(const char * searchString, const char * attributeName)
+{
+  char * attributeValue = nullptr;
+
+  if (searchString && attributeName)
+  {
+    // search the string for attributeName
+    uint32_t attributeNameSize = PL_strlen(attributeName);
+    char * startOfAttribute = PL_strcasestr(searchString, attributeName);
+    if (startOfAttribute)
+    {
+      startOfAttribute += attributeNameSize; // skip over the attributeName
+      if (startOfAttribute) // is there something after the attribute name
+      {
+        char * endOfAttribute = startOfAttribute ? PL_strchr(startOfAttribute, '&') : nullptr;
+        nsDependentCString attributeValueStr;
+        if (startOfAttribute && endOfAttribute) // is there text after attribute value
+          attributeValueStr.Assign(startOfAttribute, endOfAttribute - startOfAttribute);
+        else // there is nothing left so eat up rest of line.
+          attributeValueStr.Assign(startOfAttribute);
+
+        // now unescape the string...
+        nsCString unescapedValue;
+        MsgUnescapeString(attributeValueStr, 0, unescapedValue);
+        attributeValue = PL_strdup(unescapedValue.get());
+      } // if we have a attribute value
+
+    } // if we have a attribute name
+  } // if we got non-null search string and attribute name values
+
+  return attributeValue;
+}
+
+// nsIMsgI18NUrl support
+
+nsresult nsMailboxUrl::GetFolder(nsIMsgFolder **msgFolder)
+{
+  // if we have a RDF URI, then try to get the folder for that URI and then ask the folder
+  // for it's charset....
+  nsCString uri;
+  GetUri(getter_Copies(uri));
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(!uri.IsEmpty(), NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> msg;
+  GetMsgDBHdrFromURI(uri.get(), getter_AddRefs(msg));
+  if (!msg)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  return msg->GetFolder(msgFolder);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMailboxUrl::GetFolderCharset(char ** aCharacterSet)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aCharacterSet);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder;
+  nsresult rv = GetFolder(getter_AddRefs(folder));
+  
+  // In cases where a file is not associated with a folder, for
+  // example standalone .eml files, failure is normal.
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+  nsCString tmpStr;
+  folder->GetCharset(tmpStr);
+  *aCharacterSet = ToNewCString(tmpStr);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMailboxUrl::GetFolderCharsetOverride(bool * aCharacterSetOverride)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder;
+  nsresult rv = GetFolder(getter_AddRefs(folder));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(folder, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+  folder->GetCharsetOverride(aCharacterSetOverride);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMailboxUrl::GetCharsetOverRide(char ** aCharacterSet)
+{
+  if (!mCharsetOverride.IsEmpty())
+    *aCharacterSet = ToNewCString(mCharsetOverride);
+  else
+    *aCharacterSet = nullptr;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMailboxUrl::SetCharsetOverRide(const char * aCharacterSet)
+{
+  mCharsetOverride = aCharacterSet;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* void setMoveCopyMsgKeys (out nsMsgKey keysToFlag, in long numKeys); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMailboxUrl::SetMoveCopyMsgKeys(nsMsgKey *keysToFlag, int32_t numKeys)
+{
+  m_keys.ReplaceElementsAt(0, m_keys.Length(), keysToFlag, numKeys);
+  if (!m_keys.IsEmpty() && m_messageKey == nsMsgKey_None)
+    m_messageKey = m_keys[0];
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMailboxUrl::GetMoveCopyMsgHdrForIndex(uint32_t msgIndex, nsIMsgDBHdr **msgHdr)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(msgHdr);
+  if (msgIndex < m_keys.Length())
+  {
+    nsMsgKey nextKey = m_keys[msgIndex];
+    return GetMsgHdrForKey(nextKey, msgHdr);
+  }
+  return NS_MSG_MESSAGE_NOT_FOUND;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMailboxUrl::GetNumMoveCopyMsgs(uint32_t *numMsgs)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(numMsgs);
+  *numMsgs = m_keys.Length();
+  return NS_OK;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/local/src/nsMailboxUrl.h b/mailnews/local/src/nsMailboxUrl.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..63973a916
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/local/src/nsMailboxUrl.h
@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsMailboxUrl_h__
+#define nsMailboxUrl_h__
+
+#include "mozilla/Attributes.h"
+#include "nsIMailboxUrl.h"
+#include "nsMsgMailNewsUrl.h"
+#include "nsIStreamListener.h"
+#include "nsIFile.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "MailNewsTypes.h"
+#include "nsTArray.h"
+
+class nsMailboxUrl : public nsIMailboxUrl, public nsMsgMailNewsUrl, public nsIMsgMessageUrl, public nsIMsgI18NUrl
+{
+public:
+  // nsIURI over-ride...
+  NS_IMETHOD SetSpec(const nsACString &aSpec) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD SetQuery(const nsACString &aQuery) override;
+
+  // from nsIMailboxUrl:
+  NS_IMETHOD SetMailboxParser(nsIStreamListener * aConsumer) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetMailboxParser(nsIStreamListener ** aConsumer) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD SetMailboxCopyHandler(nsIStreamListener *  aConsumer) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetMailboxCopyHandler(nsIStreamListener ** aConsumer) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD GetMessageKey(nsMsgKey* aMessageKey) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetMessageSize(uint32_t *aMessageSize) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD SetMessageSize(uint32_t aMessageSize) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetMailboxAction(nsMailboxAction *result) override
+  {
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(result);
+    *result = m_mailboxAction;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  NS_IMETHOD SetMailboxAction(nsMailboxAction aAction) override
+  {
+    m_mailboxAction = aAction;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  NS_IMETHOD IsUrlType(uint32_t type, bool *isType) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD SetMoveCopyMsgKeys(nsMsgKey *keysToFlag, int32_t numKeys) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetMoveCopyMsgHdrForIndex(uint32_t msgIndex, nsIMsgDBHdr **msgHdr) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetNumMoveCopyMsgs(uint32_t *numMsgs) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetCurMoveCopyMsgIndex(uint32_t *result) override
+  {
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(result);
+    *result = m_curMsgIndex;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  NS_IMETHOD SetCurMoveCopyMsgIndex(uint32_t aIndex) override
+  {
+    m_curMsgIndex = aIndex;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  NS_IMETHOD GetFolder(nsIMsgFolder **msgFolder) override;
+
+  // nsIMsgMailNewsUrl override
+  NS_IMETHOD CloneInternal(uint32_t aRefHandlingMode,
+                           const nsACString& newRef,
+                           nsIURI **_retval) override;
+
+  // nsMailboxUrl
+  nsMailboxUrl();
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGMESSAGEURL
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGI18NURL
+
+protected:
+  virtual ~nsMailboxUrl();
+  // protocol specific code to parse a url...
+  virtual nsresult ParseUrl();
+  nsresult GetMsgHdrForKey(nsMsgKey  msgKey, nsIMsgDBHdr ** aMsgHdr);
+
+  // mailboxurl specific state
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStreamListener> m_mailboxParser;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStreamListener> m_mailboxCopyHandler;
+
+  nsMailboxAction m_mailboxAction; // the action this url represents...parse mailbox, display messages, etc.
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIFile>  m_filePath;
+  char *m_messageID;
+  uint32_t m_messageSize;
+  nsMsgKey m_messageKey;
+  nsCString m_file;
+  // This is currently only set when we're doing something with a .eml file.
+  // If that changes, we should change the name of this var.
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> m_dummyHdr;
+
+  // used by save message to disk
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> m_messageFile;
+  bool                  m_addDummyEnvelope;
+  bool                  m_canonicalLineEnding;
+  nsresult ParseSearchPart();
+
+  // for multiple msg move/copy
+  nsTArray<nsMsgKey> m_keys;
+  int32_t m_curMsgIndex;
+
+  // truncated message support
+  nsCString m_originalSpec;
+  nsCString mURI; // the RDF URI associated with this url.
+  nsCString mCharsetOverride; // used by nsIMsgI18NUrl...
+};
+
+#endif // nsMailboxUrl_h__
diff --git a/mailnews/local/src/nsMovemailIncomingServer.cpp b/mailnews/local/src/nsMovemailIncomingServer.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cee915e25
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/local/src/nsMovemailIncomingServer.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,178 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsMsgLocalCID.h"
+#include "nsMsgFolderFlags.h"
+#include "nsIMsgLocalMailFolder.h"
+#include "nsIMovemailService.h"
+#include "nsIFile.h"
+#include "msgCore.h" // pre-compiled headers
+#include "nsMovemailIncomingServer.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+
+
+static NS_DEFINE_CID(kCMovemailServiceCID, NS_MOVEMAILSERVICE_CID);
+
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED(nsMovemailIncomingServer,
+                             nsMsgIncomingServer,
+                             nsIMovemailIncomingServer,
+                             nsILocalMailIncomingServer)
+
+                            
+
+nsMovemailIncomingServer::nsMovemailIncomingServer()
+{    
+    m_canHaveFilters = true;
+}
+
+nsMovemailIncomingServer::~nsMovemailIncomingServer()
+{
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP 
+nsMovemailIncomingServer::PerformBiff(nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow)
+{
+    nsresult rv;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMovemailService> movemailService(do_GetService(
+                                                 kCMovemailServiceCID, &rv));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> inbox;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> rootMsgFolder;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIUrlListener> urlListener;
+    rv = GetRootMsgFolder(getter_AddRefs(rootMsgFolder));
+    if(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && rootMsgFolder)
+    {
+         rootMsgFolder->GetFolderWithFlags(nsMsgFolderFlags::Inbox,
+                                           getter_AddRefs(inbox));
+         if (!inbox) return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    }
+
+    SetPerformingBiff(true);
+    urlListener = do_QueryInterface(inbox);
+
+    bool downloadOnBiff = false;
+    rv = GetDownloadOnBiff(&downloadOnBiff);
+    if (downloadOnBiff)
+    {
+       nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgLocalMailFolder> localInbox = do_QueryInterface(inbox,
+                                                                       &rv);
+       if (localInbox && NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+       {
+           bool valid = false;
+           nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDatabase> db;
+           rv = inbox->GetMsgDatabase(getter_AddRefs(db));
+           if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && db)
+           {
+               rv = db->GetSummaryValid(&valid);
+           }
+           if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && valid)
+           {
+               rv = movemailService->GetNewMail(aMsgWindow, urlListener, inbox,
+                                                this, nullptr);
+           }
+           else
+           {
+              bool isLocked;
+              inbox->GetLocked(&isLocked);
+              if (!isLocked)
+              {
+                 rv = localInbox->ParseFolder(aMsgWindow, urlListener);
+              }
+              if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+              {
+                 rv = localInbox->SetCheckForNewMessagesAfterParsing(true);
+              }
+           }
+       }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        movemailService->CheckForNewMail(urlListener, inbox, this, nullptr); 
+    }
+
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMovemailIncomingServer::SetFlagsOnDefaultMailboxes()
+{
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> rootFolder;
+    nsresult rv = GetRootFolder(getter_AddRefs(rootFolder));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgLocalMailFolder> localFolder =
+        do_QueryInterface(rootFolder, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    return localFolder->SetFlagsOnDefaultMailboxes(nsMsgFolderFlags::SpecialUse);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMovemailIncomingServer::CreateDefaultMailboxes()
+{
+  nsresult rv = CreateLocalFolder(NS_LITERAL_STRING("Inbox"));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  return CreateLocalFolder(NS_LITERAL_STRING("Trash"));
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMovemailIncomingServer::GetNewMail(nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow,
+                                     nsIUrlListener *aUrlListener,
+                                     nsIMsgFolder *aMsgFolder,
+                                     nsIURI **aResult)
+{
+    nsresult rv;
+    
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMovemailService> movemailService = 
+             do_GetService(kCMovemailServiceCID, &rv);
+    
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+    
+    rv = movemailService->GetNewMail(aMsgWindow, aUrlListener,
+                                     aMsgFolder, this, aResult);
+
+    return rv;
+}        
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMovemailIncomingServer::GetDownloadMessagesAtStartup(bool *getMessagesAtStartup)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(getMessagesAtStartup);
+    *getMessagesAtStartup = true;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMovemailIncomingServer::GetCanBeDefaultServer(bool *aCanBeDefaultServer)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aCanBeDefaultServer);
+  *aCanBeDefaultServer = true;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMovemailIncomingServer::GetCanSearchMessages(bool *canSearchMessages)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(canSearchMessages);
+    *canSearchMessages = true;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP 
+nsMovemailIncomingServer::GetServerRequiresPasswordForBiff(bool *aServerRequiresPasswordForBiff)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aServerRequiresPasswordForBiff);
+    *aServerRequiresPasswordForBiff = false;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP 
+nsMovemailIncomingServer::GetAccountManagerChrome(nsAString& aResult)
+{
+    aResult.AssignLiteral("am-main.xul");
+    return NS_OK;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/local/src/nsMovemailIncomingServer.h b/mailnews/local/src/nsMovemailIncomingServer.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7fefec965
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/local/src/nsMovemailIncomingServer.h
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef __nsMovemailIncomingServer_h
+#define __nsMovemailIncomingServer_h
+
+#include "mozilla/Attributes.h"
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "nsIMovemailIncomingServer.h"
+#include "nsILocalMailIncomingServer.h"
+#include "nsMailboxServer.h"
+
+/* get some implementation from nsMsgIncomingServer */
+class nsMovemailIncomingServer : public nsMailboxServer,
+                                 public nsIMovemailIncomingServer,
+                                 public nsILocalMailIncomingServer
+
+{
+public:
+    NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED
+    NS_DECL_NSIMOVEMAILINCOMINGSERVER
+    NS_DECL_NSILOCALMAILINCOMINGSERVER
+
+    nsMovemailIncomingServer();
+
+    NS_IMETHOD PerformBiff(nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow) override;
+    NS_IMETHOD GetDownloadMessagesAtStartup(bool *getMessages) override;
+    NS_IMETHOD GetCanBeDefaultServer(bool *canBeDefaultServer) override;
+    NS_IMETHOD GetCanSearchMessages(bool *canSearchMessages) override;
+    NS_IMETHOD GetServerRequiresPasswordForBiff(bool *aServerRequiresPasswordForBiff) override;
+    NS_IMETHOD GetAccountManagerChrome(nsAString& aResult) override;
+
+private:
+    virtual ~nsMovemailIncomingServer();
+};
+
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/local/src/nsMovemailService.cpp b/mailnews/local/src/nsMovemailService.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a4280c975
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/local/src/nsMovemailService.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,694 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include <unistd.h>    // for link(), used in spool-file locking
+
+#include "prenv.h"
+#include "private/pprio.h"     // for our kernel-based locking
+#include "nspr.h"
+
+#include "msgCore.h"    // precompiled header...
+
+#include "nsMovemailService.h"
+#include "nsIMovemailService.h"
+#include "nsIMsgIncomingServer.h"
+#include "nsIMovemailIncomingServer.h"
+#include "nsIMsgProtocolInfo.h"
+#include "nsParseMailbox.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolder.h"
+#include "nsIPrompt.h"
+
+#include "nsIFile.h"
+#include "nsMailDirServiceDefs.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsMsgFolderFlags.h"
+
+#include "nsILineInputStream.h"
+#include "nsISeekableStream.h"
+#include "nsNetUtil.h"
+#include "nsAutoPtr.h"
+#include "nsIStringBundle.h"
+#include "nsIMsgPluggableStore.h"
+#include "mozilla/Services.h"
+#include "nsIInputStream.h"
+#include "nsIOutputStream.h"
+
+#include "mozilla/Logging.h"
+#if defined(PR_LOGGING)
+//
+// export NSPR_LOG_MODULES=Movemail:5
+//
+static PRLogModuleInfo *gMovemailLog = nullptr;
+#define LOG(args) MOZ_LOG(gMovemailLog, mozilla::LogLevel::Debug, args)
+#else
+#define LOG(args)
+#endif
+
+#define PREF_MAIL_ROOT_MOVEMAIL "mail.root.movemail"            // old - for backward compatibility only
+#define PREF_MAIL_ROOT_MOVEMAIL_REL "mail.root.movemail-rel"
+
+#define LOCK_SUFFIX ".lock"
+#define MOZLOCK_SUFFIX ".mozlock"
+
+const char * gDefaultSpoolPaths[] = {
+  "/var/spool/mail/",
+  "/usr/spool/mail/",
+  "/var/mail/",
+  "/usr/mail/"
+};
+#define NUM_DEFAULT_SPOOL_PATHS (sizeof(gDefaultSpoolPaths)/sizeof(gDefaultSpoolPaths[0]))
+
+namespace {
+class MOZ_STACK_CLASS SpoolLock
+{
+public:
+  /**
+   * Try to create a lock for the spool file while we operate on it.
+   *
+   * @param aSpoolName  The path to the spool file.
+   * @param aSeconds    The number of seconds to retry the locking.
+   * @param aMovemail   The movemail service requesting the lock.
+   * @param aServer     The nsIMsgIncomingServer requesting the lock.
+   */
+  SpoolLock(nsACString *aSpoolPath, int aSeconds, nsMovemailService &aMovemail,
+            nsIMsgIncomingServer *aServer);
+
+  ~SpoolLock();
+
+  bool isLocked();
+
+private:
+  bool mLocked;
+  nsCString mSpoolName;
+  bool mUsingLockFile;
+  RefPtr<nsMovemailService> mOwningService;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> mServer;
+
+  bool ObtainSpoolLock(unsigned int aSeconds);
+  bool YieldSpoolLock();
+};
+
+}
+
+nsMovemailService::nsMovemailService()
+{
+#if defined(PR_LOGGING)
+  if (!gMovemailLog)
+      gMovemailLog = PR_NewLogModule("Movemail");
+#endif
+  LOG(("nsMovemailService created: 0x%x\n", this));
+}
+
+nsMovemailService::~nsMovemailService()
+{}
+
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMovemailService,
+                   nsIMovemailService,
+                   nsIMsgProtocolInfo)
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMovemailService::CheckForNewMail(nsIUrlListener * aUrlListener,
+                                   nsIMsgFolder *inbox,
+                                   nsIMovemailIncomingServer *movemailServer,
+                                   nsIURI ** aURL)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  LOG(("nsMovemailService::CheckForNewMail\n"));
+  return rv;
+}
+
+void
+nsMovemailService::Error(const char* errorCode,
+                         const char16_t **params,
+                         uint32_t length)
+{
+  if (!mMsgWindow) return;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrompt> dialog;
+  nsresult rv = mMsgWindow->GetPromptDialog(getter_AddRefs(dialog));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundleService> bundleService =
+    mozilla::services::GetStringBundleService();
+  if (!bundleService)
+    return;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundle> bundle;
+  rv = bundleService->CreateBundle("chrome://messenger/locale/localMsgs.properties", getter_AddRefs(bundle));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return;
+
+  nsString errStr;
+  // Format the error string if necessary
+  if (params)
+    bundle->FormatStringFromName(NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16(errorCode).get(),
+                                 params, length, getter_Copies(errStr));
+  else
+    bundle->GetStringFromName(NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16(errorCode).get(),
+                              getter_Copies(errStr));
+
+  if (!errStr.IsEmpty()) {
+    dialog->Alert(nullptr, errStr.get());
+  }
+}
+
+SpoolLock::SpoolLock(nsACString *aSpoolName, int aSeconds,
+                     nsMovemailService &aMovemail,
+                     nsIMsgIncomingServer *aServer)
+: mLocked(false),
+  mSpoolName(*aSpoolName),
+  mOwningService(&aMovemail),
+  mServer(aServer)
+{
+  if (!ObtainSpoolLock(aSeconds)) {
+    NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16 lockFile(mSpoolName);
+    lockFile.AppendLiteral(LOCK_SUFFIX);
+    const char16_t* params[] = { lockFile.get() };
+    mOwningService->Error("movemailCantCreateLock", params, 1);
+    return;
+  }
+  mServer->SetServerBusy(true);
+  mLocked = true;
+}
+
+SpoolLock::~SpoolLock() {
+  if (mLocked && !YieldSpoolLock()) {
+    NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16 lockFile(mSpoolName);
+    lockFile.AppendLiteral(LOCK_SUFFIX);
+    const char16_t* params[] = { lockFile.get() };
+    mOwningService->Error("movemailCantDeleteLock", params, 1);
+  }
+  mServer->SetServerBusy(false);
+}
+
+bool
+SpoolLock::isLocked() {
+  return mLocked;
+}
+
+bool
+SpoolLock::ObtainSpoolLock(unsigned int aSeconds /* number of seconds to retry */)
+{
+  /*
+   * Locking procedures:
+   * If the directory is not writable, we want to use the appropriate system
+   * utilites to lock the file.
+   * If the directory is writable, we want to go through the create-and-link
+   * locking procedures to make it atomic for certain networked file systems.
+   * This involves creating a .mozlock file and attempting to hard-link it to
+   * the customary .lock file.
+   */
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> spoolFile;
+  nsresult rv = NS_NewNativeLocalFile(mSpoolName,
+                                      true,
+                                      getter_AddRefs(spoolFile));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, false);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> directory;
+  rv = spoolFile->GetParent(getter_AddRefs(directory));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, false);
+
+  rv = directory->IsWritable(&mUsingLockFile);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, false);
+
+  if (!mUsingLockFile) {
+    LOG(("Attempting to use kernel file lock"));
+    PRFileDesc *fd;
+    rv = spoolFile->OpenNSPRFileDesc(PR_RDWR, 0, &fd);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, false);
+    PRStatus lock_result;
+    unsigned int retry_count = 0;
+
+    do {
+      lock_result = PR_TLockFile(fd);
+  
+      retry_count++;
+      LOG(("Attempt %d of %d to lock file", retry_count, aSeconds));
+      if (aSeconds > 0 && lock_result == PR_FAILURE) {
+        // pause 1sec, waiting for .lock to go away
+        PRIntervalTime sleepTime = 1000; // 1 second
+        PR_Sleep(sleepTime);
+      }
+    } while (lock_result == PR_FAILURE && retry_count < aSeconds);
+    LOG(("Lock result: %d", lock_result));
+    PR_Close(fd);
+    return lock_result == PR_SUCCESS;
+  }
+  // How to lock using files:
+  // step 1: create SPOOLNAME.mozlock
+  //        1a: can remove it if it already exists (probably crash-droppings)
+  // step 2: hard-link SPOOLNAME.mozlock to SPOOLNAME.lock for NFS atomicity
+  //        2a: if SPOOLNAME.lock is >60sec old then nuke it from orbit
+  //        2b: repeat step 2 until retry-count expired or hard-link succeeds
+  // step 3: remove SPOOLNAME.mozlock
+  // step 4: If step 2 hard-link failed, fail hard; we do not hold the lock
+  // DONE.
+  //
+  // (step 2a not yet implemented)
+
+  nsAutoCString mozlockstr(mSpoolName);
+  mozlockstr.AppendLiteral(MOZLOCK_SUFFIX);
+  nsAutoCString lockstr(mSpoolName);
+  lockstr.AppendLiteral(LOCK_SUFFIX);
+
+  // Create nsIFile for the spool.mozlock file
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> tmplocfile;
+  rv = NS_NewNativeLocalFile(mozlockstr, true, getter_AddRefs(tmplocfile));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, false);
+
+  // THOUGHT: hmm, perhaps use MakeUnique to generate us a unique mozlock?
+  // ... perhaps not, MakeUnique implementation looks racey -- use mktemp()?
+
+  // step 1: create SPOOLNAME.mozlock
+  rv = tmplocfile->Create(nsIFile::NORMAL_FILE_TYPE, 0666);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) && rv != NS_ERROR_FILE_ALREADY_EXISTS) {
+    // can't create our .mozlock file... game over already
+    LOG(("Failed to create file %s\n", mozlockstr.get()));
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  // step 2: hard-link .mozlock file to .lock file (this wackiness
+  //         is necessary for non-racey locking on NFS-mounted spool dirs)
+  // n.b. XPCOM utilities don't support hard-linking yet, so we
+  // skip out to <unistd.h> and the POSIX interface for link()
+  int link_result = 0;
+  unsigned int retry_count = 0;
+
+  do {
+    link_result = link(mozlockstr.get(), lockstr.get());
+
+    retry_count++;
+    LOG(("Attempt %d of %d to create lock file", retry_count, aSeconds));
+
+    if (aSeconds > 0 && link_result == -1) {
+      // pause 1sec, waiting for .lock to go away
+      PRIntervalTime sleepTime = 1000; // 1 second
+      PR_Sleep(sleepTime);
+    }
+  } while (link_result == -1 && retry_count < aSeconds);
+  LOG(("Link result: %d", link_result));
+
+  // step 3: remove .mozlock file, in any case
+  rv = tmplocfile->Remove(false /* non-recursive */);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+    // Could not delete our .mozlock file... very unusual, but
+    // not fatal.
+    LOG(("Unable to delete %s", mozlockstr.get()));
+  }
+
+  // step 4: now we know whether we succeeded or failed
+  return link_result == 0;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Remove our mail-spool-file lock (n.b. we should only try this if
+ * we're the ones who made the lock in the first place! I.e. if mLocked is true.)
+ */
+bool
+SpoolLock::YieldSpoolLock()
+{
+  LOG(("YieldSpoolLock(%s)", mSpoolName.get()));
+
+  if (!mUsingLockFile) {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> spoolFile;
+    nsresult rv = NS_NewNativeLocalFile(mSpoolName,
+                                        true,
+                                        getter_AddRefs(spoolFile));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, false);
+
+    PRFileDesc *fd;
+    rv = spoolFile->OpenNSPRFileDesc(PR_RDWR, 0, &fd);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, false);
+
+    bool unlockSucceeded = PR_UnlockFile(fd) == PR_SUCCESS;
+    PR_Close(fd);
+    if (unlockSucceeded)
+      LOG(("YieldSpoolLock was successful."));
+    return unlockSucceeded;
+  }
+
+  nsAutoCString lockstr(mSpoolName);
+  lockstr.AppendLiteral(LOCK_SUFFIX);
+
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  // Create nsIFile for the spool.lock file
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> locklocfile;
+  rv = NS_NewNativeLocalFile(lockstr, true, getter_AddRefs(locklocfile));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, false);
+
+  // Check if the lock file exists
+  bool exists;
+  rv = locklocfile->Exists(&exists);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, false);
+
+  // Delete the file if it exists
+  if (exists) {
+    rv = locklocfile->Remove(false /* non-recursive */);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, false);
+  }
+
+  LOG(("YieldSpoolLock was successful."));
+
+  // Success.
+  return true;
+}
+
+static nsresult
+LocateSpoolFile(nsACString & spoolPath)
+{
+  bool isFile;
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> spoolFile;
+  rv = NS_NewNativeLocalFile(EmptyCString(), true, getter_AddRefs(spoolFile));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  char * mailEnv = PR_GetEnv("MAIL");
+  char * userEnv = PR_GetEnv("USER");
+  if (!userEnv)
+    userEnv = PR_GetEnv("USERNAME");
+
+  if (mailEnv) {
+    rv = spoolFile->InitWithNativePath(nsDependentCString(mailEnv));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    rv = spoolFile->IsFile(&isFile);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && isFile)
+      spoolPath = mailEnv;
+  }
+  else if (userEnv) {
+    // Try to build the mailbox path from the username and a number
+    // of guessed spool directory paths.
+    nsAutoCString tmpPath;
+    uint32_t i;
+    for (i = 0; i < NUM_DEFAULT_SPOOL_PATHS; i++) {
+      tmpPath = gDefaultSpoolPaths[i];
+      tmpPath += userEnv;
+      rv = spoolFile->InitWithNativePath(tmpPath);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      rv = spoolFile->IsFile(&isFile);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && isFile) {
+        spoolPath = tmpPath;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMovemailService::GetNewMail(nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow,
+                              nsIUrlListener* /* aUrlListener */,
+                              nsIMsgFolder* /* aMsgFolder */,
+                              nsIMovemailIncomingServer *aMovemailServer,
+                              nsIURI ** /* aURL */)
+{
+  LOG(("nsMovemailService::GetNewMail"));
+
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMovemailServer);
+  // It is OK if aMsgWindow is null.
+  mMsgWindow = aMsgWindow;
+
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> in_server =
+      do_QueryInterface(aMovemailServer, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && in_server,
+    NS_MSG_INVALID_OR_MISSING_SERVER);
+
+  // Attempt to locate the mail spool file
+  nsAutoCString spoolPath;
+  rv = in_server->GetCharValue("spoolDir", spoolPath);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || spoolPath.IsEmpty())
+    rv = LocateSpoolFile(spoolPath);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || spoolPath.IsEmpty()) {
+    Error("movemailSpoolFileNotFound", nullptr, 0);
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+
+  NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16 wideSpoolPath(spoolPath);
+  const char16_t* spoolPathString[] = { wideSpoolPath.get() };
+
+  // Create an input stream for the spool file
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> spoolFile;
+  rv = NS_NewNativeLocalFile(spoolPath, true, getter_AddRefs(spoolFile));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIInputStream> spoolInputStream;
+  rv = NS_NewLocalFileInputStream(getter_AddRefs(spoolInputStream), spoolFile);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+    Error("movemailCantOpenSpoolFile", spoolPathString, 1);
+    return rv;
+  }
+
+  // Get a line input interface for the spool file
+  nsCOMPtr<nsILineInputStream> lineInputStream =
+    do_QueryInterface(spoolInputStream, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && lineInputStream, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> serverFolder;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> inbox;
+
+  rv = in_server->GetRootFolder(getter_AddRefs(serverFolder));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = serverFolder->GetFolderWithFlags(nsMsgFolderFlags::Inbox,
+                                        getter_AddRefs(inbox));
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && inbox, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgPluggableStore> msgStore;
+  rv = in_server->GetMsgStore(getter_AddRefs(msgStore));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // create a new mail parser
+  RefPtr<nsParseNewMailState> newMailParser = new nsParseNewMailState;
+
+  // Try and obtain the lock for the spool file.
+  SpoolLock lock(&spoolPath, 5, *this, in_server);
+  if (!lock.isLocked())
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> newHdr;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIOutputStream> outputStream;
+
+  // MIDDLE of the FUN : consume the mailbox data.
+  bool isMore = true;
+  nsAutoCString buffer;
+  uint32_t bytesWritten = 0;
+  while (isMore &&
+         NS_SUCCEEDED(lineInputStream->ReadLine(buffer, &isMore)))
+  {
+    // If first string is empty and we're now at EOF then abort parsing.
+    if (buffer.IsEmpty() && !isMore && !bytesWritten) {
+      LOG(("Empty spool file"));
+      break;
+    }
+
+    buffer.AppendLiteral(MSG_LINEBREAK);
+
+    if (isMore && StringBeginsWith(buffer, NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("From "))) {
+      // Finish previous header and message, if any.
+      if (newHdr) {
+        outputStream->Flush();
+        newMailParser->PublishMsgHeader(nullptr);
+        rv = msgStore->FinishNewMessage(outputStream, newHdr);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+        newMailParser->Clear();
+      }
+      bool reusable;
+      rv = msgStore->GetNewMsgOutputStream(inbox, getter_AddRefs(newHdr),
+                                           &reusable, getter_AddRefs(outputStream));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      rv = newMailParser->Init(serverFolder, inbox,
+                               nullptr, newHdr, outputStream);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    }
+    if (!outputStream) {
+      // If we do not have outputStream here, something bad happened.
+      // We probably didn't find the proper message start delimiter "From "
+      // and are now reading in the middle of a message. Bail out.
+      Error("movemailCantParseSpool", spoolPathString, 1);
+      return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+    }
+
+    newMailParser->HandleLine(buffer.BeginWriting(), buffer.Length());
+    rv = outputStream->Write(buffer.get(), buffer.Length(), &bytesWritten);
+    NS_ENSURE_TRUE(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && (bytesWritten == buffer.Length()),
+                   NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+
+    // "From " lines delimit messages, start a new one here.
+    if (isMore && StringBeginsWith(buffer, NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("From "))) {
+      buffer.AssignLiteral("X-Mozilla-Status: 8000" MSG_LINEBREAK);
+      newMailParser->HandleLine(buffer.BeginWriting(), buffer.Length());
+      rv = outputStream->Write(buffer.get(), buffer.Length(), &bytesWritten);
+      NS_ENSURE_TRUE(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && (bytesWritten == buffer.Length()),
+                     NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+
+      buffer.AssignLiteral("X-Mozilla-Status2: 00000000" MSG_LINEBREAK);
+      newMailParser->HandleLine(buffer.BeginWriting(), buffer.Length());
+      rv = outputStream->Write(buffer.get(), buffer.Length(), &bytesWritten);
+      NS_ENSURE_TRUE(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && (bytesWritten == buffer.Length()),
+                     NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+    }
+  }
+  if (outputStream) {
+    outputStream->Flush();
+    newMailParser->PublishMsgHeader(nullptr);
+    newMailParser->OnStopRequest(nullptr, nullptr, NS_OK);
+    rv = msgStore->FinishNewMessage(outputStream, newHdr);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    outputStream->Close();
+  }
+  // Truncate the spool file as we parsed it successfully.
+  rv = spoolFile->SetFileSize(0);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+    Error("movemailCantTruncateSpoolFile", spoolPathString, 1);
+  }
+
+  LOG(("GetNewMail returning rv=%d", rv));
+  return rv;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMovemailService::SetDefaultLocalPath(nsIFile *aPath)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(aPath);
+  return NS_SetPersistentFile(PREF_MAIL_ROOT_MOVEMAIL_REL, PREF_MAIL_ROOT_MOVEMAIL, aPath);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMovemailService::GetDefaultLocalPath(nsIFile ** aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+  *aResult = nullptr;
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  bool havePref;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> localFile;
+  rv = NS_GetPersistentFile(PREF_MAIL_ROOT_MOVEMAIL_REL,
+                            PREF_MAIL_ROOT_MOVEMAIL,
+                            NS_APP_MAIL_50_DIR,
+                            havePref,
+                            getter_AddRefs(localFile));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  bool exists;
+  rv = localFile->Exists(&exists);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !exists)
+    rv = localFile->Create(nsIFile::DIRECTORY_TYPE, 0775);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  if (!havePref || !exists) {
+    rv = NS_SetPersistentFile(PREF_MAIL_ROOT_MOVEMAIL_REL, PREF_MAIL_ROOT_MOVEMAIL, localFile);
+    NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "Failed to set root dir pref.");
+  }
+
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aResult = localFile);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMovemailService::GetServerIID(nsIID* *aServerIID)
+{
+  *aServerIID = new nsIID(NS_GET_IID(nsIMovemailIncomingServer));
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMovemailService::GetRequiresUsername(bool *aRequiresUsername)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aRequiresUsername);
+  *aRequiresUsername = false;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMovemailService::GetPreflightPrettyNameWithEmailAddress(bool *aPreflightPrettyNameWithEmailAddress)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aPreflightPrettyNameWithEmailAddress);
+  *aPreflightPrettyNameWithEmailAddress = true;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMovemailService::GetCanLoginAtStartUp(bool *aCanLoginAtStartUp)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aCanLoginAtStartUp);
+  *aCanLoginAtStartUp = true;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMovemailService::GetCanDelete(bool *aCanDelete)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aCanDelete);
+  *aCanDelete = true;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMovemailService::GetCanGetMessages(bool *aCanGetMessages)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aCanGetMessages);
+  *aCanGetMessages = true;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMovemailService::GetCanGetIncomingMessages(bool *aCanGetIncomingMessages)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aCanGetIncomingMessages);
+  *aCanGetIncomingMessages = true;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMovemailService::GetCanDuplicate(bool *aCanDuplicate)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aCanDuplicate);
+  *aCanDuplicate = false;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMovemailService::GetDefaultDoBiff(bool *aDoBiff)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aDoBiff);
+  // by default, do biff for movemail
+  *aDoBiff = true;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMovemailService::GetDefaultServerPort(bool isSecure, int32_t *aDefaultPort)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aDefaultPort);
+  *aDefaultPort = -1;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMovemailService::GetShowComposeMsgLink(bool *showComposeMsgLink)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(showComposeMsgLink);
+  *showComposeMsgLink = true;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMovemailService::GetFoldersCreatedAsync(bool *aAsyncCreation)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aAsyncCreation);
+  *aAsyncCreation = false;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/local/src/nsMovemailService.h b/mailnews/local/src/nsMovemailService.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5b1ae1053
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/local/src/nsMovemailService.h
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsMovemailService_h___
+#define nsMovemailService_h___
+
+#include "nscore.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+
+#include "nsIMovemailService.h"
+#include "nsIMsgProtocolInfo.h"
+#include "nsIMsgWindow.h"
+
+class nsMovemailService : public nsIMsgProtocolInfo, public nsIMovemailService
+{
+public:
+  nsMovemailService();
+
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIMOVEMAILSERVICE
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGPROTOCOLINFO
+
+  void Error(const char* errorCode, const char16_t **params, uint32_t length);
+
+private:
+  virtual ~nsMovemailService();
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgWindow> mMsgWindow;
+};
+
+#endif /* nsMovemailService_h___ */
diff --git a/mailnews/local/src/nsMsgBrkMBoxStore.cpp b/mailnews/local/src/nsMsgBrkMBoxStore.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6eb3063ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/local/src/nsMsgBrkMBoxStore.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1124 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/**
+   Class for handling Berkeley Mailbox stores.
+*/
+
+#include "prlog.h"
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "nsMsgBrkMBoxStore.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolder.h"
+#include "nsMsgFolderFlags.h"
+#include "nsILocalMailIncomingServer.h"
+#include "nsIMsgLocalMailFolder.h"
+#include "nsCOMArray.h"
+#include "nsIFile.h"
+#include "nsIMsgHdr.h"
+#include "nsNetUtil.h"
+#include "nsIMsgDatabase.h"
+#include "nsNativeCharsetUtils.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "nsMsgDBCID.h"
+#include "nsIDBFolderInfo.h"
+#include "nsIArray.h"
+#include "nsArrayUtils.h"
+#include "nsMsgLocalFolderHdrs.h"
+#include "nsMailHeaders.h"
+#include "nsReadLine.h"
+#include "nsParseMailbox.h"
+#include "nsIMailboxService.h"
+#include "nsMsgLocalCID.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolderCompactor.h"
+#include "nsIPrefService.h"
+#include "nsIPrefBranch.h"
+#include "mozilla/Preferences.h"
+#include "prprf.h"
+#include <cstdlib> // for std::abs(int/long)
+#include <cmath> // for std::abs(float/double)
+
+nsMsgBrkMBoxStore::nsMsgBrkMBoxStore()
+{
+}
+
+nsMsgBrkMBoxStore::~nsMsgBrkMBoxStore()
+{
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMsgBrkMBoxStore, nsIMsgPluggableStore)
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgBrkMBoxStore::DiscoverSubFolders(nsIMsgFolder *aParentFolder,
+                                                    bool aDeep)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aParentFolder);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> path;
+  nsresult rv = aParentFolder->GetFilePath(getter_AddRefs(path));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  bool exists;
+  path->Exists(&exists);
+  if (!exists) {
+    rv = path->Create(nsIFile::DIRECTORY_TYPE, 0755);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+
+  return AddSubFolders(aParentFolder, path, aDeep);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgBrkMBoxStore::CreateFolder(nsIMsgFolder *aParent,
+                                              const nsAString &aFolderName,
+                                              nsIMsgFolder **aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aParent);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+  if (aFolderName.IsEmpty())
+    return NS_MSG_ERROR_INVALID_FOLDER_NAME;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> path;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> child;
+  nsresult rv = aParent->GetFilePath(getter_AddRefs(path));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+  //Get a directory based on our current path.
+  rv = CreateDirectoryForFolder(path);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  // Now we have a valid directory or we have returned.
+  // Make sure the new folder name is valid
+  nsAutoString safeFolderName(aFolderName);
+  NS_MsgHashIfNecessary(safeFolderName);
+
+  path->Append(safeFolderName);
+  bool exists;
+  path->Exists(&exists);
+  if (exists) //check this because localized names are different from disk names
+    return NS_MSG_FOLDER_EXISTS;
+
+  rv = path->Create(nsIFile::NORMAL_FILE_TYPE, 0600);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  //GetFlags and SetFlags in AddSubfolder will fail because we have no db at
+  // this point but mFlags is set.
+  rv = aParent->AddSubfolder(safeFolderName, getter_AddRefs(child));
+  if (!child || NS_FAILED(rv))
+  {
+    path->Remove(false);
+    return rv;
+  }
+  // Create an empty database for this mail folder, set its name from the user
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBService> msgDBService =
+    do_GetService(NS_MSGDB_SERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  if (msgDBService)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> unusedDB;
+    rv = msgDBService->OpenFolderDB(child, true, getter_AddRefs(unusedDB));
+    if (rv == NS_MSG_ERROR_FOLDER_SUMMARY_MISSING)
+      rv = msgDBService->CreateNewDB(child, getter_AddRefs(unusedDB));
+
+    if ((NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) || rv == NS_MSG_ERROR_FOLDER_SUMMARY_OUT_OF_DATE) &&
+        unusedDB)
+    {
+      //need to set the folder name
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIDBFolderInfo> folderInfo;
+      rv = unusedDB->GetDBFolderInfo(getter_AddRefs(folderInfo));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        folderInfo->SetMailboxName(safeFolderName);
+
+      unusedDB->SetSummaryValid(true);
+      unusedDB->Close(true);
+      aParent->UpdateSummaryTotals(true);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      path->Remove(false);
+      rv = NS_MSG_CANT_CREATE_FOLDER;
+    }
+  }
+  child.forget(aResult);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+// Get the current attributes of the mbox file, corrected for caching
+void nsMsgBrkMBoxStore::GetMailboxModProperties(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder,
+                                                int64_t *aSize, uint32_t *aDate)
+{
+  // We'll simply return 0 on errors.
+  *aDate = 0;
+  *aSize = 0;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> pathFile;
+  nsresult rv = aFolder->GetFilePath(getter_AddRefs(pathFile));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS_VOID(rv);
+
+  rv = pathFile->GetFileSize(aSize);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return; // expected result for virtual folders
+
+  PRTime lastModTime;
+  rv = pathFile->GetLastModifiedTime(&lastModTime);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS_VOID(rv);
+
+  *aDate = (uint32_t) (lastModTime / PR_MSEC_PER_SEC);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgBrkMBoxStore::HasSpaceAvailable(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder,
+                                                   int64_t aSpaceRequested,
+                                                   bool *aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aFolder);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> pathFile;
+  nsresult rv = aFolder->GetFilePath(getter_AddRefs(pathFile));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  bool allow4GBfolders = mozilla::Preferences::GetBool("mailnews.allowMboxOver4GB", true);
+
+  if (!allow4GBfolders) {
+    // Allow the mbox to only reach 0xFFC00000 = 4 GiB - 4 MiB.
+    int64_t fileSize;
+    rv = pathFile->GetFileSize(&fileSize);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    *aResult = ((fileSize + aSpaceRequested) < 0xFFC00000LL);
+    if (!*aResult)
+      return NS_ERROR_FILE_TOO_BIG;
+  }
+
+  *aResult = DiskSpaceAvailableInStore(pathFile, aSpaceRequested);
+  if (!*aResult)
+    return NS_ERROR_FILE_DISK_FULL;
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+static bool gGotGlobalPrefs = false;
+static int32_t gTimeStampLeeway = 60;
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgBrkMBoxStore::IsSummaryFileValid(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder,
+                                                    nsIMsgDatabase *aDB,
+                                                    bool *aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aFolder);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aDB);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+  // We only check local folders for db validity.
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgLocalMailFolder> localFolder(do_QueryInterface(aFolder));
+  if (!localFolder)
+  {
+    *aResult = true;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> pathFile;
+  nsresult rv = aFolder->GetFilePath(getter_AddRefs(pathFile));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIDBFolderInfo> folderInfo;
+  rv = aDB->GetDBFolderInfo(getter_AddRefs(folderInfo));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  int64_t folderSize;
+  uint32_t folderDate;
+  int32_t numUnreadMessages;
+
+  *aResult = false;
+
+  folderInfo->GetNumUnreadMessages(&numUnreadMessages);
+  folderInfo->GetFolderSize(&folderSize);
+  folderInfo->GetFolderDate(&folderDate);
+
+  int64_t fileSize = 0;
+  uint32_t actualFolderTimeStamp = 0;
+  GetMailboxModProperties(aFolder, &fileSize, &actualFolderTimeStamp);
+
+  if (folderSize == fileSize && numUnreadMessages >= 0)
+  {
+    if (!folderSize)
+    {
+      *aResult = true;
+      return NS_OK;
+    }
+    if (!gGotGlobalPrefs)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> pPrefBranch(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID));
+      if (pPrefBranch)
+      {
+        rv = pPrefBranch->GetIntPref("mail.db_timestamp_leeway", &gTimeStampLeeway);
+        gGotGlobalPrefs = true;
+      }
+    }
+    // if those values are ok, check time stamp
+    if (gTimeStampLeeway == 0)
+      *aResult = folderDate == actualFolderTimeStamp;
+    else
+      *aResult = std::abs((int32_t) (actualFolderTimeStamp - folderDate)) <= gTimeStampLeeway;
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgBrkMBoxStore::SetSummaryFileValid(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder,
+                                                     nsIMsgDatabase *aDB,
+                                                     bool aValid)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aFolder);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aDB);
+  // We only need to do this for local folders.
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgLocalMailFolder> localFolder(do_QueryInterface(aFolder));
+  if (!localFolder)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> pathFile;
+  nsresult rv = aFolder->GetFilePath(getter_AddRefs(pathFile));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIDBFolderInfo> folderInfo;
+  rv = aDB->GetDBFolderInfo(getter_AddRefs(folderInfo));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  bool exists;
+  pathFile->Exists(&exists);
+  if (!exists)
+    return NS_MSG_ERROR_FOLDER_MISSING;
+
+  if (aValid)
+  {
+    uint32_t actualFolderTimeStamp;
+    int64_t fileSize;
+    GetMailboxModProperties(aFolder, &fileSize, &actualFolderTimeStamp);
+    folderInfo->SetFolderSize(fileSize);
+    folderInfo->SetFolderDate(actualFolderTimeStamp);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    folderInfo->SetVersion(0); // that ought to do the trick.
+  }
+  aDB->Commit(nsMsgDBCommitType::kLargeCommit);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgBrkMBoxStore::DeleteFolder(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aFolder);
+  //Delete mailbox
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> pathFile;
+  nsresult rv = aFolder->GetFilePath(getter_AddRefs(pathFile));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  pathFile->Remove(false);
+
+  bool isDirectory = false;
+  pathFile->IsDirectory(&isDirectory);
+  if (!isDirectory)
+  {
+    nsAutoString leafName;
+    pathFile->GetLeafName(leafName);
+    leafName.AppendLiteral(FOLDER_SUFFIX);
+    pathFile->SetLeafName(leafName);
+  }
+  isDirectory = false;
+  pathFile->IsDirectory(&isDirectory);
+  //If this is a directory, then remove it.
+  return isDirectory ? pathFile->Remove(true) : NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgBrkMBoxStore::RenameFolder(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder,
+                                              const nsAString & aNewName,
+                                              nsIMsgFolder **aNewFolder)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aFolder);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aNewFolder);
+
+  uint32_t numChildren;
+  aFolder->GetNumSubFolders(&numChildren);
+  nsString existingName;
+  aFolder->GetName(existingName);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> oldPathFile;
+  nsresult rv = aFolder->GetFilePath(getter_AddRefs(oldPathFile));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> parentFolder;
+  rv = aFolder->GetParent(getter_AddRefs(parentFolder));
+  if (!parentFolder)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> parentSupport = do_QueryInterface(parentFolder);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> oldSummaryFile;
+  rv = aFolder->GetSummaryFile(getter_AddRefs(oldSummaryFile));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> dirFile;
+  oldPathFile->Clone(getter_AddRefs(dirFile));
+
+  if (numChildren > 0)
+  {
+    rv = CreateDirectoryForFolder(dirFile);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+
+  nsAutoString safeName(aNewName);
+  NS_MsgHashIfNecessary(safeName);
+
+  nsAutoCString oldLeafName;
+  oldPathFile->GetNativeLeafName(oldLeafName);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> parentPathFile;
+  parentFolder->GetFilePath(getter_AddRefs(parentPathFile));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  bool isDirectory = false;
+  parentPathFile->IsDirectory(&isDirectory);
+  if (!isDirectory)
+  {
+    nsAutoString leafName;
+    parentPathFile->GetLeafName(leafName);
+    leafName.AppendLiteral(FOLDER_SUFFIX);
+    rv = parentPathFile->SetLeafName(leafName);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+
+  aFolder->ForceDBClosed();
+  //save off dir name before appending .msf
+  rv = oldPathFile->MoveTo(nullptr, safeName);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  nsString dbName(safeName);
+  dbName += NS_LITERAL_STRING(SUMMARY_SUFFIX);
+  oldSummaryFile->MoveTo(nullptr, dbName);
+
+  if (numChildren > 0)
+  {
+    // rename "*.sbd" directory
+    nsAutoString newNameDirStr(safeName);
+    newNameDirStr += NS_LITERAL_STRING(".sbd");
+    dirFile->MoveTo(nullptr, newNameDirStr);
+  }
+
+  return parentFolder->AddSubfolder(safeName, aNewFolder);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgBrkMBoxStore::CopyFolder(nsIMsgFolder *aSrcFolder,
+                                            nsIMsgFolder *aDstFolder,
+                                            bool aIsMoveFolder,
+                                            nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow,
+                                            nsIMsgCopyServiceListener *aListener,
+                                            const nsAString &aNewName)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aSrcFolder);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aDstFolder);
+
+  nsAutoString folderName;
+  if (aNewName.IsEmpty())
+    aSrcFolder->GetName(folderName);
+  else
+    folderName.Assign(aNewName);
+
+  nsAutoString safeFolderName(folderName);
+  NS_MsgHashIfNecessary(safeFolderName);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgLocalMailFolder> localSrcFolder(do_QueryInterface(aSrcFolder));
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> srcDB;
+  if (localSrcFolder)
+    localSrcFolder->GetDatabaseWOReparse(getter_AddRefs(srcDB));
+  bool summaryValid = !!srcDB;
+  srcDB = nullptr;
+  aSrcFolder->ForceDBClosed();
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> oldPath;
+  nsresult rv = aSrcFolder->GetFilePath(getter_AddRefs(oldPath));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> summaryFile;
+  GetSummaryFileLocation(oldPath, getter_AddRefs(summaryFile));
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> newPath;
+  rv = aDstFolder->GetFilePath(getter_AddRefs(newPath));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  bool newPathIsDirectory = false;
+  newPath->IsDirectory(&newPathIsDirectory);
+  if (!newPathIsDirectory)
+  {
+    AddDirectorySeparator(newPath);
+    rv = newPath->Create(nsIFile::DIRECTORY_TYPE, 0700);
+    if (rv == NS_ERROR_FILE_ALREADY_EXISTS)
+      rv = NS_OK;
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> origPath;
+  oldPath->Clone(getter_AddRefs(origPath));
+
+   //copying necessary for aborting.... if failure return
+  rv = oldPath->CopyTo(newPath, safeFolderName);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv); // Will fail if a file by that name exists
+
+  // Copy to dir can fail if filespec does not exist. If copy fails, we test
+  // if the filespec exist or not, if it does not that's ok, we continue
+  // without copying it. If it fails and filespec exist and is not zero sized
+  // there is real problem
+  // Copy the file to the new dir
+  nsAutoString dbName(safeFolderName);
+  dbName += NS_LITERAL_STRING(SUMMARY_SUFFIX);
+  rv = summaryFile->CopyTo(newPath, dbName);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) // Test if the copy is successful
+  {
+    // Test if the filespec has data
+    bool exists;
+    int64_t fileSize;
+    summaryFile->Exists(&exists);
+    summaryFile->GetFileSize(&fileSize);
+    if (exists && fileSize > 0)
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv); // Yes, it should have worked !
+    // else case is filespec is zero sized, no need to copy it,
+    // not an error
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> newMsgFolder;
+  rv = aDstFolder->AddSubfolder(safeFolderName, getter_AddRefs(newMsgFolder));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // linux and mac are not good about maintaining the file stamp when copying
+  // folders around. So if the source folder db is good, set the dest db as
+  // good too.
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> destDB;
+  if (summaryValid)
+  {
+    nsAutoString folderLeafName;
+    origPath->GetLeafName(folderLeafName);
+    newPath->Append(folderLeafName);
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBService> msgDBService =
+      do_GetService(NS_MSGDB_SERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    rv = msgDBService->OpenMailDBFromFile(newPath, newMsgFolder, false,
+                                          true, getter_AddRefs(destDB));
+    if (rv == NS_MSG_ERROR_FOLDER_SUMMARY_OUT_OF_DATE && destDB)
+      destDB->SetSummaryValid(true);
+  }
+  newMsgFolder->SetPrettyName(folderName);
+  uint32_t flags;
+  aSrcFolder->GetFlags(&flags);
+  newMsgFolder->SetFlags(flags);
+  bool changed = false;
+  rv = aSrcFolder->MatchOrChangeFilterDestination(newMsgFolder, true, &changed);
+  if (changed)
+    aSrcFolder->AlertFilterChanged(aMsgWindow);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleEnumerator> enumerator;
+  rv = aSrcFolder->GetSubFolders(getter_AddRefs(enumerator));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // Copy subfolders to the new location
+  nsresult copyStatus = NS_OK;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgLocalMailFolder> localNewFolder(do_QueryInterface(newMsgFolder, &rv));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    bool hasMore;
+    while (NS_SUCCEEDED(enumerator->HasMoreElements(&hasMore)) && hasMore &&
+           NS_SUCCEEDED(copyStatus))
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> item;
+      enumerator->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(item));
+
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder(do_QueryInterface(item));
+      if (!folder)
+        continue;
+
+      copyStatus = localNewFolder->CopyFolderLocal(folder, false,
+                                                   aMsgWindow, aListener);
+      // Test if the call succeeded, if not we have to stop recursive call
+      if (NS_FAILED(copyStatus))
+      {
+        // Copy failed we have to notify caller to handle the error and stop
+        // moving the folders. In case this happens to the topmost level of
+        // recursive call, then we just need to break from the while loop and
+        // go to error handling code.
+        if (!aIsMoveFolder)
+          return copyStatus;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (aIsMoveFolder && NS_SUCCEEDED(copyStatus))
+  {
+    if (localNewFolder)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> srcSupport(do_QueryInterface(aSrcFolder));
+      localNewFolder->OnCopyCompleted(srcSupport, true);
+    }
+
+    // Notify the "folder" that was dragged and dropped has been created. No
+    // need to do this for its subfolders. isMoveFolder will be true for folder.
+    aDstFolder->NotifyItemAdded(newMsgFolder);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> msgParent;
+    aSrcFolder->GetParent(getter_AddRefs(msgParent));
+    aSrcFolder->SetParent(nullptr);
+    if (msgParent)
+    {
+      // The files have already been moved, so delete storage false
+      msgParent->PropagateDelete(aSrcFolder, false, aMsgWindow);
+      oldPath->Remove(false);  //berkeley mailbox
+     // We need to force closed the source db
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> srcDB;
+      aSrcFolder->Delete();
+
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> parentPath;
+      rv = msgParent->GetFilePath(getter_AddRefs(parentPath));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+      AddDirectorySeparator(parentPath);
+      nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleEnumerator> children;
+      parentPath->GetDirectoryEntries(getter_AddRefs(children));
+      bool more;
+      // checks if the directory is empty or not
+      if (children && NS_SUCCEEDED(children->HasMoreElements(&more)) && !more)
+        parentPath->Remove(true);
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    // This is the case where the copy of a subfolder failed.
+    // We have to delete the newDirectory tree to make a "rollback".
+    // Someone should add a popup to warn the user that the move was not
+    // possible.
+    if (aIsMoveFolder && NS_FAILED(copyStatus))
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> msgParent;
+      newMsgFolder->ForceDBClosed();
+      newMsgFolder->GetParent(getter_AddRefs(msgParent));
+      newMsgFolder->SetParent(nullptr);
+      if (msgParent)
+      {
+        msgParent->PropagateDelete(newMsgFolder, false, aMsgWindow);
+        newMsgFolder->Delete();
+        newMsgFolder->ForceDBClosed();
+        AddDirectorySeparator(newPath);
+        newPath->Remove(true);  //berkeley mailbox
+      }
+      return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgBrkMBoxStore::GetNewMsgOutputStream(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder,
+                                         nsIMsgDBHdr **aNewMsgHdr,
+                                         bool *aReusable,
+                                         nsIOutputStream **aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aFolder);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aNewMsgHdr);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aReusable);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+
+#ifdef _DEBUG
+  NS_ASSERTION(m_streamOutstandingFolder != aFolder, "didn't finish prev msg");
+  m_streamOutstandingFolder = aFolder;
+#endif
+  *aReusable = true;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> mboxFile;
+  aFolder->GetFilePath(getter_AddRefs(mboxFile));
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> db;
+  aFolder->GetMsgDatabase(getter_AddRefs(db));
+  if (!db && !*aNewMsgHdr)
+    NS_WARNING("no db, and no message header");
+  bool exists;
+  nsresult rv;
+  mboxFile->Exists(&exists);
+  if (!exists) {
+    rv = mboxFile->Create(nsIFile::NORMAL_FILE_TYPE, 0600);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+
+  nsCString URI;
+  aFolder->GetURI(URI);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISeekableStream> seekable;
+  if (m_outputStreams.Get(URI, aResult))
+  {
+    seekable = do_QueryInterface(*aResult, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    rv = seekable->Seek(nsISeekableStream::NS_SEEK_END, 0);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    {
+      m_outputStreams.Remove(URI);
+      NS_RELEASE(*aResult);
+    }
+  }
+  if (!*aResult)
+  {
+    rv = MsgGetFileStream(mboxFile, aResult);
+    NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "failed opening offline store for output");
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      printf("failed opening offline store for %s\n", URI.get());
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    seekable = do_QueryInterface(*aResult, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    rv = seekable->Seek(nsISeekableStream::NS_SEEK_END, 0);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    m_outputStreams.Put(URI, *aResult);
+  }
+  int64_t filePos;
+  seekable->Tell(&filePos);
+
+  if (db && !*aNewMsgHdr)
+  {
+    db->CreateNewHdr(nsMsgKey_None, aNewMsgHdr);
+  }
+
+  if (*aNewMsgHdr)
+  {
+    char storeToken[100];
+    PR_snprintf(storeToken, sizeof(storeToken), "%lld", filePos);
+    (*aNewMsgHdr)->SetMessageOffset(filePos);
+    (*aNewMsgHdr)->SetStringProperty("storeToken", storeToken);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgBrkMBoxStore::DiscardNewMessage(nsIOutputStream *aOutputStream,
+                                     nsIMsgDBHdr *aNewHdr)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aOutputStream);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aNewHdr);
+#ifdef _DEBUG
+  m_streamOutstandingFolder = nullptr;
+#endif
+  uint64_t hdrOffset;
+  aNewHdr->GetMessageOffset(&hdrOffset);
+  aOutputStream->Close();
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> mboxFile;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder;
+  nsresult rv = aNewHdr->GetFolder(getter_AddRefs(folder));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  folder->GetFilePath(getter_AddRefs(mboxFile));
+  return mboxFile->SetFileSize(hdrOffset);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgBrkMBoxStore::FinishNewMessage(nsIOutputStream *aOutputStream,
+                                     nsIMsgDBHdr *aNewHdr)
+{
+#ifdef _DEBUG
+  m_streamOutstandingFolder = nullptr;
+#endif
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aOutputStream);
+//  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aNewHdr);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgBrkMBoxStore::MoveNewlyDownloadedMessage(nsIMsgDBHdr *aNewHdr,
+                                              nsIMsgFolder *aDestFolder,
+                                              bool *aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aNewHdr);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aDestFolder);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+  *aResult = false;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgBrkMBoxStore::GetMsgInputStream(nsIMsgFolder *aMsgFolder,
+                                     const nsACString &aMsgToken,
+                                     int64_t *aOffset,
+                                     nsIMsgDBHdr *aMsgHdr,
+                                     bool *aReusable,
+                                     nsIInputStream **aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMsgFolder);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aOffset);
+
+  // If there is no store token, then we set it to the existing message offset.
+  if (aMsgToken.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    uint64_t offset;
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMsgHdr);
+    aMsgHdr->GetMessageOffset(&offset);
+    *aOffset = int64_t(offset);
+    char storeToken[100];
+    PR_snprintf(storeToken, sizeof(storeToken), "%lld", *aOffset);
+    aMsgHdr->SetStringProperty("storeToken", storeToken);
+  }
+  else
+    *aOffset = ParseUint64Str(PromiseFlatCString(aMsgToken).get());
+  *aReusable = true;
+  nsCString URI;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> mboxFile;
+
+  aMsgFolder->GetURI(URI);
+  aMsgFolder->GetFilePath(getter_AddRefs(mboxFile));
+  return NS_NewLocalFileInputStream(aResult, mboxFile);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgBrkMBoxStore::DeleteMessages(nsIArray *aHdrArray)
+{
+  return ChangeFlags(aHdrArray, nsMsgMessageFlags::Expunged, true);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgBrkMBoxStore::CopyMessages(bool isMove, nsIArray *aHdrArray,
+                               nsIMsgFolder *aDstFolder,
+                               nsIMsgCopyServiceListener *aListener,
+                               nsIArray **aDstHdrs,
+                               nsITransaction **aUndoAction,
+                               bool *aCopyDone)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aHdrArray);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aDstFolder);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aDstHdrs);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aCopyDone);
+  *aDstHdrs = nullptr;
+  *aUndoAction = nullptr;
+  *aCopyDone = false;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgBrkMBoxStore::GetSupportsCompaction(bool *aSupportsCompaction)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aSupportsCompaction);
+  *aSupportsCompaction = true;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgBrkMBoxStore::CompactFolder(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder,
+                                               nsIUrlListener *aListener,
+                                               nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aFolder);
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolderCompactor> folderCompactor =
+    do_CreateInstance(NS_MSGLOCALFOLDERCOMPACTOR_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  int64_t expungedBytes = 0;
+  aFolder->GetExpungedBytes(&expungedBytes);
+  // check if we need to compact the folder
+  return (expungedBytes > 0) ?
+    folderCompactor->Compact(aFolder, false, aListener, aMsgWindow) :
+    aFolder->NotifyCompactCompleted();
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgBrkMBoxStore::RebuildIndex(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder,
+                                              nsIMsgDatabase *aMsgDB,
+                                              nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow,
+                                              nsIUrlListener *aListener)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aFolder);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> pathFile;
+  nsresult rv = aFolder->GetFilePath(getter_AddRefs(pathFile));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  bool isLocked;
+  aFolder->GetLocked(&isLocked);
+  if (isLocked)
+  {
+    NS_ASSERTION(false, "Could not get folder lock");
+    return NS_MSG_FOLDER_BUSY;
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMailboxService> mailboxService =
+    do_GetService(NS_MAILBOXSERVICE_CONTRACTID1, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  RefPtr<nsMsgMailboxParser> parser = new nsMsgMailboxParser(aFolder);
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(parser, NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY);
+  rv = parser->Init();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = mailboxService->ParseMailbox(aMsgWindow, pathFile, parser, aListener,
+                                    nullptr);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    ResetForceReparse(aMsgDB);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgBrkMBoxStore::GetOutputStream(nsIArray *aHdrArray,
+                                   nsCOMPtr<nsIOutputStream> &outputStream,
+                                   nsCOMPtr<nsISeekableStream> &seekableStream,
+                                   int64_t &restorePos)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr = do_QueryElementAt(aHdrArray, 0, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder;
+  msgHdr->GetFolder(getter_AddRefs(folder));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  nsCString URI;
+  folder->GetURI(URI);
+  restorePos = -1;
+  if (m_outputStreams.Get(URI, getter_AddRefs(outputStream)))
+  {
+    seekableStream = do_QueryInterface(outputStream);
+    rv = seekableStream->Tell(&restorePos);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    {
+      outputStream = nullptr;
+      m_outputStreams.Remove(URI);
+    }
+  }
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> mboxFile;
+  folder->GetFilePath(getter_AddRefs(mboxFile));
+  if (!outputStream)
+  {
+    rv = MsgGetFileStream(mboxFile, getter_AddRefs(outputStream));
+    seekableStream = do_QueryInterface(outputStream);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      m_outputStreams.Put(URI, outputStream);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+void nsMsgBrkMBoxStore::SetDBValid(nsIMsgDBHdr *aHdr)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder;
+  aHdr->GetFolder(getter_AddRefs(folder));
+  if (folder)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> db;
+    folder->GetMsgDatabase(getter_AddRefs(db));
+    if (db)
+      SetSummaryFileValid(folder, db, true);
+  }
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgBrkMBoxStore::ChangeFlags(nsIArray *aHdrArray,
+                                             uint32_t aFlags,
+                                             bool aSet)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aHdrArray);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIOutputStream> outputStream;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISeekableStream> seekableStream;
+  int64_t restoreStreamPos;
+
+  uint32_t messageCount;
+  nsresult rv = aHdrArray->GetLength(&messageCount);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  if (!messageCount)
+    return NS_ERROR_INVALID_ARG;
+
+  rv = GetOutputStream(aHdrArray, outputStream, seekableStream,
+                       restoreStreamPos);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < messageCount; i++)
+  {
+    msgHdr = do_QueryElementAt(aHdrArray, i, &rv);
+    // Seek to x-mozilla-status offset and rewrite value.
+    rv = UpdateFolderFlag(msgHdr, aSet, aFlags, outputStream);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    {
+      NS_WARNING("updateFolderFlag failed");
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  if (restoreStreamPos != -1)
+    seekableStream->Seek(nsISeekableStream::NS_SEEK_SET, restoreStreamPos);
+  else if (outputStream)
+    outputStream->Close();
+  if (messageCount > 0)
+  {
+    msgHdr = do_QueryElementAt(aHdrArray, 0);
+    SetDBValid(msgHdr);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgBrkMBoxStore::ChangeKeywords(nsIArray *aHdrArray,
+                                             const nsACString &aKeywords,
+                                             bool aAdd)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aHdrArray);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIOutputStream> outputStream;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISeekableStream> seekableStream;
+  int64_t restoreStreamPos;
+
+  uint32_t messageCount;
+  nsresult rv = aHdrArray->GetLength(&messageCount);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  if (!messageCount)
+    return NS_ERROR_INVALID_ARG;
+
+  rv = GetOutputStream(aHdrArray, outputStream, seekableStream,
+                       restoreStreamPos);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIInputStream> inputStream = do_QueryInterface(outputStream, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsAutoPtr<nsLineBuffer<char> > lineBuffer(new nsLineBuffer<char>);
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(lineBuffer, NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY);
+
+  // For each message, we seek to the beginning of the x-mozilla-status header,
+  // and start reading lines, looking for x-mozilla-keys: headers; If we're
+  // adding the keyword and we find
+  // a header with the desired keyword already in it, we don't need to
+  // do anything. Likewise, if removing keyword and we don't find it,
+  // we don't need to do anything. Otherwise, if adding, we need to
+  // see if there's an x-mozilla-keys
+  // header with room for the new keyword. If so, we replace the
+  // corresponding number of spaces with the keyword. If no room,
+  // we can't do anything until the folder is compacted and another
+  // x-mozilla-keys header is added. In that case, we set a property
+  // on the header, which the compaction code will check.
+
+  nsTArray<nsCString> keywordArray;
+  ParseString(aKeywords, ' ', keywordArray);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < messageCount; ++i) // for each message
+  {
+    msgHdr = do_QueryElementAt(aHdrArray, i, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    uint64_t messageOffset;
+    msgHdr->GetMessageOffset(&messageOffset);
+    uint32_t statusOffset = 0;
+    (void)msgHdr->GetStatusOffset(&statusOffset);
+    uint64_t desiredOffset = messageOffset + statusOffset;
+
+    ChangeKeywordsHelper(msgHdr, desiredOffset, lineBuffer, keywordArray,
+                         aAdd, outputStream, seekableStream, inputStream);
+  }
+  lineBuffer = nullptr;
+  if (restoreStreamPos != -1)
+    seekableStream->Seek(nsISeekableStream::NS_SEEK_SET, restoreStreamPos);
+  else if (outputStream)
+    outputStream->Close();
+  if (messageCount > 0)
+  {
+    msgHdr = do_QueryElementAt(aHdrArray, 0);
+    SetDBValid(msgHdr);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgBrkMBoxStore::GetStoreType(nsACString& aType)
+{
+  aType.AssignLiteral("mbox");
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// Iterates over the files in the "path" directory, and adds subfolders to
+// parent for each mailbox file found.
+nsresult
+nsMsgBrkMBoxStore::AddSubFolders(nsIMsgFolder *parent, nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> &path,
+                                 bool deep)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> tmp; // at top level so we can safely assign to path
+  bool isDirectory;
+  path->IsDirectory(&isDirectory);
+  if (!isDirectory)
+  {
+    rv = path->Clone(getter_AddRefs(tmp));
+    path = tmp;
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    nsAutoString leafName;
+    path->GetLeafName(leafName);
+    leafName.AppendLiteral(".sbd");
+    path->SetLeafName(leafName);
+    path->IsDirectory(&isDirectory);
+  }
+  if (!isDirectory)
+    return NS_OK;
+  // first find out all the current subfolders and files, before using them
+  // while creating new subfolders; we don't want to modify and iterate the same
+  // directory at once.
+  nsCOMArray<nsIFile> currentDirEntries;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleEnumerator> directoryEnumerator;
+  rv = path->GetDirectoryEntries(getter_AddRefs(directoryEnumerator));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  bool hasMore;
+  while (NS_SUCCEEDED(directoryEnumerator->HasMoreElements(&hasMore)) &&
+         hasMore)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> aSupport;
+    directoryEnumerator->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(aSupport));
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> currentFile(do_QueryInterface(aSupport, &rv));
+    if (currentFile)
+      currentDirEntries.AppendObject(currentFile);
+  }
+
+  // add the folders
+  int32_t count = currentDirEntries.Count();
+  for (int32_t i = 0; i < count; ++i)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> currentFile(currentDirEntries[i]);
+
+    nsAutoString leafName;
+    currentFile->GetLeafName(leafName);
+    directoryEnumerator->HasMoreElements(&hasMore);
+    // here we should handle the case where the current file is a .sbd directory
+    // w/o a matching folder file, or a directory w/o the name .sbd
+    if (nsShouldIgnoreFile(leafName))
+      continue;
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> child;
+    rv = parent->AddSubfolder(leafName, getter_AddRefs(child));
+    if (child)
+    {
+      nsString folderName;
+      child->GetName(folderName);  // try to get it from cache/db
+      if (folderName.IsEmpty())
+        child->SetPrettyName(leafName);
+      if (deep)
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> path;
+        rv = child->GetFilePath(getter_AddRefs(path));
+        AddSubFolders(child, path, true);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return rv == NS_MSG_FOLDER_EXISTS ? NS_OK : rv;
+}
+
+/* Finds the directory associated with this folder.  That is if the path is
+   c:\Inbox, it will return c:\Inbox.sbd if it succeeds.  If that path doesn't
+   currently exist then it will create it. Path is strictly an out parameter.
+  */
+nsresult nsMsgBrkMBoxStore::CreateDirectoryForFolder(nsIFile *path)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  bool pathIsDirectory = false;
+  path->IsDirectory(&pathIsDirectory);
+  if (!pathIsDirectory)
+  {
+    // If the current path isn't a directory, add directory separator
+    // and test it out.
+    nsAutoString leafName;
+    path->GetLeafName(leafName);
+    leafName.AppendLiteral(FOLDER_SUFFIX);
+    rv = path->SetLeafName(leafName);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      return rv;
+
+    //If that doesn't exist, then we have to create this directory
+    pathIsDirectory = false;
+    path->IsDirectory(&pathIsDirectory);
+    if (!pathIsDirectory)
+    {
+      bool pathExists;
+      path->Exists(&pathExists);
+      //If for some reason there's a file with the directory separator
+      //then we are going to fail.
+      rv = pathExists ? NS_MSG_COULD_NOT_CREATE_DIRECTORY :
+             path->Create(nsIFile::DIRECTORY_TYPE, 0700);
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
diff --git a/mailnews/local/src/nsMsgBrkMBoxStore.h b/mailnews/local/src/nsMsgBrkMBoxStore.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4d10e672d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/local/src/nsMsgBrkMBoxStore.h
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/**
+   Class for handling Berkeley Mailbox stores.
+*/
+
+#ifndef nsMsgBrkMboxStore_h__
+#define nsMsgBrkMboxStore_h__
+
+#include "nsMsgLocalStoreUtils.h"
+#include "nsIFile.h"
+#include "nsInterfaceHashtable.h"
+#include "nsISeekableStream.h"
+
+class nsMsgBrkMBoxStore final : public nsMsgLocalStoreUtils, nsIMsgPluggableStore
+{
+public:
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGPLUGGABLESTORE
+
+  nsMsgBrkMBoxStore();
+
+private:
+  ~nsMsgBrkMBoxStore();
+
+protected:
+  nsresult AddSubFolders(nsIMsgFolder *parent, nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> &path, bool deep);
+  nsresult CreateDirectoryForFolder(nsIFile *path);
+  nsresult GetOutputStream(nsIArray *aHdrArray,
+                           nsCOMPtr<nsIOutputStream> &outputStream,
+                           nsCOMPtr<nsISeekableStream> &seekableStream,
+                           int64_t &restorePos);
+  void GetMailboxModProperties(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder,
+                               int64_t *aSize, uint32_t *aDate);
+  void SetDBValid(nsIMsgDBHdr *aHdr);
+  // We don't want to keep re-opening an output stream when downloading
+  // multiple pop3 messages, or adjusting x-mozilla-status headers, so
+  // we cache output streams based on folder uri's. If the caller has closed
+  // the stream, we'll get a new one.
+  nsInterfaceHashtable<nsCStringHashKey, nsIOutputStream> m_outputStreams;
+
+#ifdef _DEBUG
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> m_streamOutstandingFolder;
+#endif
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/local/src/nsMsgLocalStoreUtils.cpp b/mailnews/local/src/nsMsgLocalStoreUtils.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..17d9b0f29
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/local/src/nsMsgLocalStoreUtils.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,345 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+ 
+#include "msgCore.h"    // precompiled header...
+#include "nsMsgLocalStoreUtils.h"
+#include "nsIFile.h"
+#include "nsIDBFolderInfo.h"
+#include "nsIMsgDatabase.h"
+#include "prprf.h"
+
+#define EXTRA_SAFETY_SPACE 0x400000 // (4MiB)
+
+nsMsgLocalStoreUtils::nsMsgLocalStoreUtils()
+{
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgLocalStoreUtils::AddDirectorySeparator(nsIFile *path)
+{
+  nsAutoString leafName;
+  path->GetLeafName(leafName);
+  leafName.AppendLiteral(FOLDER_SUFFIX);
+  return path->SetLeafName(leafName);
+}
+
+bool
+nsMsgLocalStoreUtils::nsShouldIgnoreFile(nsAString& name)
+{
+  char16_t firstChar = name.First();
+  if (firstChar == '.' || firstChar == '#' ||
+      name.CharAt(name.Length() - 1) == '~')
+    return true;
+
+  if (name.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("msgfilterrules.dat") ||
+      name.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("rules.dat") ||
+      name.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("filterlog.html") ||
+      name.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("junklog.html") ||
+      name.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("rulesbackup.dat"))
+    return true;
+
+  // don't add summary files to the list of folders;
+  // don't add popstate files to the list either, or rules (sort.dat).
+  if (StringEndsWith(name, NS_LITERAL_STRING(".snm")) ||
+      name.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("popstate.dat") ||
+      name.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("sort.dat") ||
+      name.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("mailfilt.log") ||
+      name.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("filters.js") ||
+      StringEndsWith(name, NS_LITERAL_STRING(".toc")))
+    return true;
+
+  // ignore RSS data source files
+  if (name.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("feeds.rdf") ||
+      name.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("feeditems.rdf") ||
+      StringBeginsWith(name, NS_LITERAL_STRING("feeditems_error")))
+    return true;
+
+  // The .mozmsgs dir is for spotlight support
+    return (StringEndsWith(name, NS_LITERAL_STRING(".mozmsgs")) ||
+            StringEndsWith(name, NS_LITERAL_STRING(".sbd")) ||
+            StringEndsWith(name, NS_LITERAL_STRING(SUMMARY_SUFFIX)));
+}
+
+/**
+ * We're passed a stream positioned at the start of the message.
+ * We start reading lines, looking for x-mozilla-keys: headers; If we're
+ * adding the keyword and we find a header with the desired keyword already
+ * in it, we don't need to do anything. Likewise, if removing keyword and we
+ * don't find it,we don't need to do anything. Otherwise, if adding, we need
+ * to see if there's an x-mozilla-keys header with room for the new keyword.
+ *  If so, we replace the corresponding number of spaces with the keyword.
+ * If no room, we can't do anything until the folder is compacted and another
+ * x-mozilla-keys header is added. In that case, we set a property
+ * on the header, which the compaction code will check.
+ * This is not true for maildir, however, since it won't require compaction.
+ */
+
+void
+nsMsgLocalStoreUtils::ChangeKeywordsHelper(nsIMsgDBHdr *message,
+                                           uint64_t desiredOffset,
+                                           nsLineBuffer<char> *lineBuffer,
+                                           nsTArray<nsCString> &keywordArray,
+                                           bool aAdd,
+                                           nsIOutputStream *outputStream,
+                                           nsISeekableStream *seekableStream,
+                                           nsIInputStream *inputStream)
+{
+  uint32_t bytesWritten;
+
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < keywordArray.Length(); i++)
+  {
+    nsAutoCString header;
+    nsAutoCString keywords;
+    bool done = false;
+    uint32_t len = 0;
+    nsAutoCString keywordToWrite(" ");
+
+    keywordToWrite.Append(keywordArray[i]);
+    seekableStream->Seek(nsISeekableStream::NS_SEEK_SET, desiredOffset);
+    // need to reset lineBuffer, which is cheaper than creating a new one.
+    lineBuffer->start = lineBuffer->end = lineBuffer->buf;
+    bool inKeywordHeader = false;
+    bool foundKeyword = false;
+    int64_t offsetToAddKeyword = 0;
+    bool more;
+    message->GetMessageSize(&len);
+    // loop through
+    while (!done)
+    {
+      int64_t lineStartPos;
+      seekableStream->Tell(&lineStartPos);
+      // we need to adjust the linestart pos by how much extra the line
+      // buffer has read from the stream.
+      lineStartPos -= (lineBuffer->end - lineBuffer->start);
+      // NS_ReadLine doesn't return line termination chars.
+      nsCString keywordHeaders;
+      nsresult rv = NS_ReadLine(inputStream, lineBuffer, keywordHeaders, &more);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      {
+        if (keywordHeaders.IsEmpty())
+          break; // passed headers; no x-mozilla-keywords header; give up.
+        if (StringBeginsWith(keywordHeaders,
+                             NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(HEADER_X_MOZILLA_KEYWORDS)))
+          inKeywordHeader = true;
+        else if (inKeywordHeader && (keywordHeaders.CharAt(0) == ' ' ||
+                                     keywordHeaders.CharAt(0) == '\t'))
+          ; // continuation header line
+        else if (inKeywordHeader)
+          break;
+        else
+          continue;
+        uint32_t keywordHdrLength = keywordHeaders.Length();
+        int32_t startOffset, keywordLength;
+        // check if we have the keyword
+        if (MsgFindKeyword(keywordArray[i], keywordHeaders, &startOffset,
+                           &keywordLength))
+        {
+          foundKeyword = true;
+          if (!aAdd) // if we're removing, remove it, and break;
+          {
+            keywordHeaders.Cut(startOffset, keywordLength);
+            for (int32_t j = keywordLength; j > 0; j--)
+              keywordHeaders.Append(' ');
+            seekableStream->Seek(nsISeekableStream::NS_SEEK_SET, lineStartPos);
+            outputStream->Write(keywordHeaders.get(), keywordHeaders.Length(),
+                                &bytesWritten);
+          }
+          offsetToAddKeyword = 0;
+          // if adding and we already have the keyword, done
+          done = true;
+          break;
+        }
+        // argh, we need to check all the lines to see if we already have the
+        // keyword, but if we don't find it, we want to remember the line and
+        // position where we have room to add the keyword.
+        if (aAdd)
+        {
+          nsAutoCString curKeywordHdr(keywordHeaders);
+          // strip off line ending spaces.
+          curKeywordHdr.Trim(" ", false, true);
+          if (!offsetToAddKeyword && curKeywordHdr.Length() +
+                keywordToWrite.Length() < keywordHdrLength)
+            offsetToAddKeyword = lineStartPos + curKeywordHdr.Length();
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    if (aAdd && !foundKeyword)
+    {
+      if (!offsetToAddKeyword)
+        message->SetUint32Property("growKeywords", 1);
+      else
+      {
+        seekableStream->Seek(nsISeekableStream::NS_SEEK_SET,
+                             offsetToAddKeyword);
+        outputStream->Write(keywordToWrite.get(), keywordToWrite.Length(),
+                            &bytesWritten);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgLocalStoreUtils::UpdateFolderFlag(nsIMsgDBHdr *mailHdr, bool bSet,
+                                       nsMsgMessageFlagType flag,
+                                       nsIOutputStream *fileStream)
+{
+  uint32_t statusOffset;
+  uint64_t msgOffset;
+  nsresult rv = mailHdr->GetStatusOffset(&statusOffset);
+  // This probably means there's no x-mozilla-status header, so
+  // we just ignore this.
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || (statusOffset == 0))
+    return NS_OK;
+  rv = mailHdr->GetMessageOffset(&msgOffset);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  uint64_t statusPos = msgOffset + statusOffset;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISeekableStream> seekableStream(do_QueryInterface(fileStream, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  rv = seekableStream->Seek(nsISeekableStream::NS_SEEK_SET, statusPos);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  char buf[50];
+  buf[0] = '\0';
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIInputStream> inputStream = do_QueryInterface(fileStream, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  uint32_t bytesRead;
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(inputStream->Read(buf, X_MOZILLA_STATUS_LEN + 6,
+                                     &bytesRead)))
+  {
+    buf[bytesRead] = '\0';
+    if (strncmp(buf, X_MOZILLA_STATUS, X_MOZILLA_STATUS_LEN) == 0 &&
+      strncmp(buf + X_MOZILLA_STATUS_LEN, ": ", 2) == 0 &&
+      strlen(buf) >= X_MOZILLA_STATUS_LEN + 6)
+    {
+      uint32_t flags;
+      uint32_t bytesWritten;
+      (void)mailHdr->GetFlags(&flags);
+      if (!(flags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Expunged))
+      {
+        char *p = buf + X_MOZILLA_STATUS_LEN + 2;
+
+        nsresult errorCode = NS_OK;
+        flags = nsDependentCString(p).ToInteger(&errorCode, 16);
+
+        uint32_t curFlags;
+        (void)mailHdr->GetFlags(&curFlags);
+        flags = (flags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Queued) |
+          (curFlags & ~nsMsgMessageFlags::RuntimeOnly);
+        if (bSet)
+          flags |= flag;
+        else
+          flags &= ~flag;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        flags &= ~nsMsgMessageFlags::RuntimeOnly;
+      }
+      seekableStream->Seek(nsISeekableStream::NS_SEEK_SET, statusPos);
+      // We are filing out x-mozilla-status flags here
+      PR_snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), X_MOZILLA_STATUS_FORMAT,
+        flags & 0x0000FFFF);
+      int32_t lineLen = PL_strlen(buf);
+      uint64_t status2Pos = statusPos + lineLen;
+      fileStream->Write(buf, lineLen, &bytesWritten);
+
+      if (flag & 0xFFFF0000)
+      {
+        // Time to update x-mozilla-status2,
+        // first find it by finding end of previous line, see bug 234935.
+        seekableStream->Seek(nsISeekableStream::NS_SEEK_SET, status2Pos);
+        do
+        {
+          rv = inputStream->Read(buf, 1, &bytesRead);
+          status2Pos++;
+        } while (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && (*buf == '\n' || *buf == '\r'));
+        status2Pos--;
+        seekableStream->Seek(nsISeekableStream::NS_SEEK_SET, status2Pos);
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(inputStream->Read(buf, X_MOZILLA_STATUS2_LEN + 10,
+                                           &bytesRead)))
+        {
+          if (strncmp(buf, X_MOZILLA_STATUS2, X_MOZILLA_STATUS2_LEN) == 0 &&
+            strncmp(buf + X_MOZILLA_STATUS2_LEN, ": ", 2) == 0 &&
+            strlen(buf) >= X_MOZILLA_STATUS2_LEN + 10)
+          {
+            uint32_t dbFlags;
+            (void)mailHdr->GetFlags(&dbFlags);
+            dbFlags &= 0xFFFF0000;
+            seekableStream->Seek(nsISeekableStream::NS_SEEK_SET, status2Pos);
+            PR_snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), X_MOZILLA_STATUS2_FORMAT, dbFlags);
+            fileStream->Write(buf, PL_strlen(buf), &bytesWritten);
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+#ifdef DEBUG
+      printf("Didn't find %s where expected at position %ld\n"
+        "instead, found %s.\n",
+        X_MOZILLA_STATUS, (long) statusPos, buf);
+#endif
+      rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+    rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  return rv;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Returns true if there is enough space on disk.
+ *
+ * @param aFile  Any file in the message store that is on a logical
+ *               disk volume so that it can be queried for disk space.
+ * @param aSpaceRequested  The size of free space there must be on the disk
+ *                         to return true.
+ */
+bool
+nsMsgLocalStoreUtils::DiskSpaceAvailableInStore(nsIFile *aFile, uint64_t aSpaceRequested)
+{
+  int64_t diskFree;
+  nsresult rv = aFile->GetDiskSpaceAvailable(&diskFree);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+#ifdef DEBUG
+    printf("GetDiskSpaceAvailable returned: %lld bytes\n", (long long)diskFree);
+#endif
+    // When checking for disk space available, take into consideration
+    // possible database changes, therefore ask for a little more
+    // (EXTRA_SAFETY_SPACE) than what the requested size is. Also, due to disk
+    // sector sizes, allocation blocks, etc. The space "available" may be greater
+    // than the actual space usable.
+    return ((aSpaceRequested + EXTRA_SAFETY_SPACE) < (uint64_t) diskFree);
+  } else if (rv == NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED) {
+    // The call to GetDiskSpaceAvailable is not implemented!
+    // This will happen on certain platforms where GetDiskSpaceAvailable
+    // is not implemented. Since people on those platforms still need
+    // to download mail, we will simply bypass the disk-space check.
+    //
+    // We'll leave a debug message to warn people.
+#ifdef DEBUG
+    printf("Call to GetDiskSpaceAvailable FAILED because it is not implemented!\n");
+#endif
+    return true;
+  } else {
+    printf("Call to GetDiskSpaceAvailable FAILED!\n");
+    return false;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Resets forceReparse in the database.
+ *
+ * @param aMsgDb The database to reset.
+ */
+void
+nsMsgLocalStoreUtils::ResetForceReparse(nsIMsgDatabase *aMsgDB)
+{
+  if (aMsgDB)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIDBFolderInfo> folderInfo;
+    aMsgDB->GetDBFolderInfo(getter_AddRefs(folderInfo));
+    if (folderInfo)
+      folderInfo->SetBooleanProperty("forceReparse", false);
+  }
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/local/src/nsMsgLocalStoreUtils.h b/mailnews/local/src/nsMsgLocalStoreUtils.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..182e0d15a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/local/src/nsMsgLocalStoreUtils.h
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+#ifndef nsMsgLocalStoreUtils_h__
+#define nsMsgLocalStoreUtils_h__
+
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "nsIMsgPluggableStore.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsReadLine.h"
+#include "nsISeekableStream.h"
+#include "nsIMsgHdr.h"
+#include "nsMsgLocalFolderHdrs.h"
+#include "nsMailHeaders.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "nsIOutputStream.h"
+#include "nsMsgMessageFlags.h"
+
+/**
+ * Utility Class for handling local mail stores. Berkeley Mailbox
+ * and MailDir stores inherit from this class to share some code.
+*/
+
+class nsMsgLocalStoreUtils
+{
+public:
+  nsMsgLocalStoreUtils();
+
+  static nsresult AddDirectorySeparator(nsIFile *path);
+  static bool nsShouldIgnoreFile(nsAString& name);
+  static void ChangeKeywordsHelper(nsIMsgDBHdr *message,
+                            uint64_t desiredOffset,
+                            nsLineBuffer<char> *lineBuffer,
+                            nsTArray<nsCString> &keywordArray,
+                            bool aAdd,
+                            nsIOutputStream *outputStream,
+                            nsISeekableStream *seekableStream,
+                            nsIInputStream *inputStream);
+  static void ResetForceReparse(nsIMsgDatabase *aMsgDB);
+
+  nsresult UpdateFolderFlag(nsIMsgDBHdr *mailHdr, bool bSet,
+                            nsMsgMessageFlagType flag,
+                            nsIOutputStream *fileStream);
+  bool DiskSpaceAvailableInStore(nsIFile *aFile,
+                                 uint64_t aSpaceRequested);
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/local/src/nsMsgMaildirStore.cpp b/mailnews/local/src/nsMsgMaildirStore.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7a4633367
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/local/src/nsMsgMaildirStore.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1453 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/**
+   Class for handling Maildir stores.
+*/
+
+#include "prprf.h"
+#include "mozilla/Logging.h"
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "nsMsgMaildirStore.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolder.h"
+#include "nsISimpleEnumerator.h"
+#include "nsMsgFolderFlags.h"
+#include "nsILocalMailIncomingServer.h"
+#include "nsCOMArray.h"
+#include "nsIFile.h"
+#include "nsNetUtil.h"
+#include "nsIMsgDatabase.h"
+#include "nsNativeCharsetUtils.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "nsMsgDBCID.h"
+#include "nsIDBFolderInfo.h"
+#include "nsIMutableArray.h"
+#include "nsArrayUtils.h"
+#include "nsMailHeaders.h"
+#include "nsParseMailbox.h"
+#include "nsIMailboxService.h"
+#include "nsMsgLocalCID.h"
+#include "nsIMsgLocalMailFolder.h"
+#include "nsITimer.h"
+#include "nsIMailboxUrl.h"
+#include "nsIMsgMailNewsUrl.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFilterPlugin.h"
+#include "nsLocalUndoTxn.h"
+#include "nsIMessenger.h"
+
+static PRLogModuleInfo* MailDirLog;
+
+nsMsgMaildirStore::nsMsgMaildirStore()
+{
+  MailDirLog = PR_NewLogModule("MailDirStore");
+}
+
+nsMsgMaildirStore::~nsMsgMaildirStore()
+{
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMsgMaildirStore, nsIMsgPluggableStore)
+
+// Iterates over the folders in the "path" directory, and adds subfolders to
+// parent for each Maildir folder found.
+nsresult nsMsgMaildirStore::AddSubFolders(nsIMsgFolder *parent, nsIFile *path,
+                                          bool deep)
+{
+  nsCOMArray<nsIFile> currentDirEntries;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleEnumerator> directoryEnumerator;
+  nsresult rv = path->GetDirectoryEntries(getter_AddRefs(directoryEnumerator));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  bool hasMore;
+  while (NS_SUCCEEDED(directoryEnumerator->HasMoreElements(&hasMore)) &&
+         hasMore)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> aSupport;
+    directoryEnumerator->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(aSupport));
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> currentFile(do_QueryInterface(aSupport, &rv));
+    if (currentFile) {
+      nsAutoString leafName;
+      currentFile->GetLeafName(leafName);
+      bool isDirectory = false;
+      currentFile->IsDirectory(&isDirectory);
+      // Make sure this really is a mail folder dir (i.e., a directory that
+      // contains cur and tmp sub-dirs, and not a .sbd or .mozmsgs dir).
+      if (isDirectory && !nsShouldIgnoreFile(leafName))
+        currentDirEntries.AppendObject(currentFile);
+    }
+  }
+
+  // add the folders
+  int32_t count = currentDirEntries.Count();
+  for (int32_t i = 0; i < count; ++i)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> currentFile(currentDirEntries[i]);
+
+    nsAutoString leafName;
+    currentFile->GetLeafName(leafName);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> child;
+    rv = parent->AddSubfolder(leafName, getter_AddRefs(child));
+    if (child)
+    {
+      nsString folderName;
+      child->GetName(folderName);  // try to get it from cache/db
+      if (folderName.IsEmpty())
+        child->SetPrettyName(leafName);
+      if (deep)
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> path;
+        rv = child->GetFilePath(getter_AddRefs(path));
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+        // Construct the .sbd directory path for the possible children of the
+        // folder.
+        GetDirectoryForFolder(path);
+        bool directory = false;
+        // Check that <folder>.sbd really is a directory.
+        path->IsDirectory(&directory);
+        if (directory)
+          AddSubFolders(child, path, true);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return rv == NS_MSG_FOLDER_EXISTS ? NS_OK : rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMaildirStore::DiscoverSubFolders(nsIMsgFolder *aParentFolder,
+                                                    bool aDeep)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aParentFolder);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> path;
+  nsresult rv = aParentFolder->GetFilePath(getter_AddRefs(path));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  bool isServer, directory = false;
+  aParentFolder->GetIsServer(&isServer);
+  if (!isServer)
+    GetDirectoryForFolder(path);
+
+  path->IsDirectory(&directory);
+  if (directory)
+    rv = AddSubFolders(aParentFolder, path, aDeep);
+
+  return (rv == NS_MSG_FOLDER_EXISTS) ? NS_OK : rv;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Create if missing a Maildir-style folder with "tmp" and "cur" subfolders
+ * but no "new" subfolder, because it doesn't make sense in the mail client
+ * context. ("new" directory is for messages on the server that haven't been
+*  seen by a mail client).
+ * aFolderName is already "safe" - it has been through NS_MsgHashIfNecessary.
+ */
+nsresult nsMsgMaildirStore::CreateMaildir(nsIFile *path)
+{
+  nsresult rv = path->Create(nsIFile::DIRECTORY_TYPE, 0700);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) && rv != NS_ERROR_FILE_ALREADY_EXISTS)
+  {
+    NS_WARNING("Could not create root directory for message folder");
+    return rv;
+  }
+
+  // Create tmp, cur leaves
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> leaf(do_CreateInstance(NS_LOCAL_FILE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  leaf->InitWithFile(path);
+
+  leaf->AppendNative(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("tmp"));
+  rv = leaf->Create(nsIFile::DIRECTORY_TYPE, 0700);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) && rv != NS_ERROR_FILE_ALREADY_EXISTS)
+  {
+    NS_WARNING("Could not create tmp directory for message folder");
+    return rv;
+  }
+
+  leaf->SetNativeLeafName(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("cur"));
+  rv = leaf->Create(nsIFile::DIRECTORY_TYPE, 0700);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) && rv != NS_ERROR_FILE_ALREADY_EXISTS)
+  {
+    NS_WARNING("Could not create cur directory for message folder");
+    return rv;
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMaildirStore::CreateFolder(nsIMsgFolder *aParent,
+                                              const nsAString &aFolderName,
+                                              nsIMsgFolder **aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aParent);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+  if (aFolderName.IsEmpty())
+    return NS_MSG_ERROR_INVALID_FOLDER_NAME;
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIFile> path;
+  nsresult rv = aParent->GetFilePath(getter_AddRefs(path));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // Get a directory based on our current path
+  bool isServer;
+  aParent->GetIsServer(&isServer);
+  rv = CreateDirectoryForFolder(path, isServer);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // Make sure the new folder name is valid
+  nsAutoString safeFolderName(aFolderName);
+  NS_MsgHashIfNecessary(safeFolderName);
+
+  path->Append(safeFolderName);
+  bool exists;
+  path->Exists(&exists);
+  if (exists) //check this because localized names are different from disk names
+    return NS_MSG_FOLDER_EXISTS;
+
+  rv = CreateMaildir(path);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> child;
+  // GetFlags and SetFlags in AddSubfolder will fail because we have no db at
+  // this point but mFlags is set.
+  rv = aParent->AddSubfolder(safeFolderName, getter_AddRefs(child));
+  if (!child || NS_FAILED(rv))
+  {
+    path->Remove(true); // recursive
+    return rv;
+  }
+
+  // Create an empty database for this mail folder, set its name from the user
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBService> msgDBService =
+    do_GetService(NS_MSGDB_SERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  if (msgDBService)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> unusedDB;
+    rv = msgDBService->OpenFolderDB(child, true, getter_AddRefs(unusedDB));
+    if (rv == NS_MSG_ERROR_FOLDER_SUMMARY_MISSING)
+      rv = msgDBService->CreateNewDB(child, getter_AddRefs(unusedDB));
+
+    if ((NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) || rv == NS_MSG_ERROR_FOLDER_SUMMARY_OUT_OF_DATE) &&
+        unusedDB)
+    {
+      //need to set the folder name
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIDBFolderInfo> folderInfo;
+      rv = unusedDB->GetDBFolderInfo(getter_AddRefs(folderInfo));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        folderInfo->SetMailboxName(safeFolderName);
+
+      unusedDB->SetSummaryValid(true);
+      unusedDB->Close(true);
+      aParent->UpdateSummaryTotals(true);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      MOZ_LOG(MailDirLog, mozilla::LogLevel::Info,
+            ("CreateFolder - failed creating db for new folder\n"));
+      path->Remove(true); // recursive
+      rv = NS_MSG_CANT_CREATE_FOLDER;
+    }
+  }
+  child.swap(*aResult);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMaildirStore::HasSpaceAvailable(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder,
+                                                   int64_t aSpaceRequested,
+                                                   bool *aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aFolder);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> pathFile;
+  nsresult rv = aFolder->GetFilePath(getter_AddRefs(pathFile));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  *aResult = DiskSpaceAvailableInStore(pathFile, aSpaceRequested);
+  if (!*aResult)
+    return NS_ERROR_FILE_DISK_FULL;
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMaildirStore::IsSummaryFileValid(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder,
+                                                    nsIMsgDatabase *aDB,
+                                                    bool *aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aFolder);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aDB);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+  *aResult = true;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIDBFolderInfo> dbFolderInfo;
+  aDB->GetDBFolderInfo(getter_AddRefs(dbFolderInfo));
+  nsresult rv = dbFolderInfo->GetBooleanProperty("maildirValid", false,
+                                                 aResult);
+  if (!*aResult)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> newFile;
+    rv = aFolder->GetFilePath(getter_AddRefs(newFile));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    newFile->Append(NS_LITERAL_STRING("cur"));
+
+    // If the "cur" sub-dir doesn't exist, and there are no messages
+    // in the db, then the folder is probably new and the db is valid.
+    bool exists;
+    newFile->Exists(&exists);
+    if (!exists)
+    {
+      int32_t numMessages;
+      dbFolderInfo->GetNumMessages(&numMessages);
+      if (!numMessages)
+        *aResult = true;
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMaildirStore::SetSummaryFileValid(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder,
+                                                     nsIMsgDatabase *aDB,
+                                                     bool aValid)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aFolder);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aDB);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIDBFolderInfo> dbFolderInfo;
+  aDB->GetDBFolderInfo(getter_AddRefs(dbFolderInfo));
+  NS_ENSURE_STATE(dbFolderInfo);
+  return dbFolderInfo->SetBooleanProperty("maildirValid", aValid);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMaildirStore::DeleteFolder(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aFolder);
+
+  // Delete Maildir structure
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> pathFile;
+  nsresult rv = aFolder->GetFilePath(getter_AddRefs(pathFile));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = pathFile->Remove(true); // recursive
+  AddDirectorySeparator(pathFile);
+  bool exists;
+  pathFile->Exists(&exists);
+  if (exists)
+    pathFile->Remove(true);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMaildirStore::RenameFolder(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder,
+                                              const nsAString & aNewName,
+                                              nsIMsgFolder **aNewFolder)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aFolder);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aNewFolder);
+
+  // old path
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> oldPathFile;
+  nsresult rv = aFolder->GetFilePath(getter_AddRefs(oldPathFile));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // old sbd directory
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> sbdPathFile;
+  uint32_t numChildren;
+  aFolder->GetNumSubFolders(&numChildren);
+  if (numChildren > 0)
+  {
+    sbdPathFile = do_CreateInstance(NS_LOCAL_FILE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    rv = sbdPathFile->InitWithFile(oldPathFile);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    GetDirectoryForFolder(sbdPathFile);
+  }
+
+  // old summary
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> oldSummaryFile;
+  rv = aFolder->GetSummaryFile(getter_AddRefs(oldSummaryFile));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // Validate new name
+  nsAutoString safeName(aNewName);
+  NS_MsgHashIfNecessary(safeName);
+
+  aFolder->ForceDBClosed();
+
+  // rename folder
+  rv = oldPathFile->MoveTo(nullptr, safeName);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  if (numChildren > 0)
+  {
+    // rename "*.sbd" directory
+    nsAutoString sbdName = safeName;
+    sbdName += NS_LITERAL_STRING(FOLDER_SUFFIX);
+    sbdPathFile->MoveTo(nullptr, sbdName);
+  }
+
+  // rename summary
+  nsAutoString summaryName(safeName);
+  summaryName += NS_LITERAL_STRING(SUMMARY_SUFFIX);
+  oldSummaryFile->MoveTo(nullptr, summaryName);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> parentFolder;
+  rv = aFolder->GetParent(getter_AddRefs(parentFolder));
+  if (!parentFolder)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  return parentFolder->AddSubfolder(safeName, aNewFolder);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMaildirStore::CopyFolder(nsIMsgFolder *aSrcFolder,
+                                            nsIMsgFolder *aDstFolder,
+                                            bool aIsMoveFolder,
+                                            nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow,
+                                            nsIMsgCopyServiceListener *aListener,
+                                            const nsAString &aNewName)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aSrcFolder);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aDstFolder);
+
+  nsAutoString folderName;
+  if (aNewName.IsEmpty())
+    aSrcFolder->GetName(folderName);
+  else
+    folderName.Assign(aNewName);
+
+  nsAutoString safeFolderName(folderName);
+  NS_MsgHashIfNecessary(safeFolderName);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgLocalMailFolder> localSrcFolder(do_QueryInterface(aSrcFolder));
+  aSrcFolder->ForceDBClosed();
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> oldPath;
+  nsresult rv = aSrcFolder->GetFilePath(getter_AddRefs(oldPath));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> summaryFile;
+  GetSummaryFileLocation(oldPath, getter_AddRefs(summaryFile));
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> newPath;
+  rv = aDstFolder->GetFilePath(getter_AddRefs(newPath));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // create target directory based on our current path
+  bool isServer;
+  aDstFolder->GetIsServer(&isServer);
+  rv = CreateDirectoryForFolder(newPath, isServer);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> origPath;
+  oldPath->Clone(getter_AddRefs(origPath));
+
+  rv = oldPath->CopyTo(newPath, safeFolderName);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv); //will fail if a file by that name exists
+
+  // Copy to dir can fail if file does not exist. If copy fails, we test
+  // if the file exists or not, if it does not that's ok, we continue
+  // without copying it. If it fails and file exist and is not zero sized
+  // there is real problem.
+  nsAutoString dbName(safeFolderName);
+  dbName += NS_LITERAL_STRING(SUMMARY_SUFFIX);
+  rv = summaryFile->CopyTo(newPath, dbName);
+  if (!NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    // Test if the file is not empty
+    bool exists;
+    int64_t fileSize;
+    summaryFile->Exists(&exists);
+    summaryFile->GetFileSize(&fileSize);
+    if (exists && fileSize > 0)
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv); // Yes, it should have worked!
+    // else case is file is zero sized, no need to copy it,
+    // not an error
+    // else case is file does not exist - not an error
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> newMsgFolder;
+  rv = aDstFolder->AddSubfolder(safeFolderName, getter_AddRefs(newMsgFolder));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  newMsgFolder->SetPrettyName(folderName);
+  uint32_t flags;
+  aSrcFolder->GetFlags(&flags);
+  newMsgFolder->SetFlags(flags);
+  bool changed = false;
+  rv = aSrcFolder->MatchOrChangeFilterDestination(newMsgFolder, true, &changed);
+  if (changed)
+    aSrcFolder->AlertFilterChanged(aMsgWindow);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleEnumerator> enumerator;
+  rv = aSrcFolder->GetSubFolders(getter_AddRefs(enumerator));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // Copy subfolders to the new location
+  nsresult copyStatus = NS_OK;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgLocalMailFolder> localNewFolder(do_QueryInterface(newMsgFolder, &rv));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    bool hasMore;
+    while (NS_SUCCEEDED(enumerator->HasMoreElements(&hasMore)) && hasMore &&
+           NS_SUCCEEDED(copyStatus))
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> item;
+      enumerator->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(item));
+
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder(do_QueryInterface(item));
+      if (!folder)
+        continue;
+
+      copyStatus = localNewFolder->CopyFolderLocal(folder, false, aMsgWindow,
+                                                   aListener);
+      // Test if the call succeeded, if not we have to stop recursive call
+      if (NS_FAILED(copyStatus))
+      {
+        // Copy failed we have to notify caller to handle the error and stop
+        // moving the folders. In case this happens to the topmost level of
+        // recursive call, then we just need to break from the while loop and
+        // go to error handling code.
+        if (!aIsMoveFolder)
+          return copyStatus;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (aIsMoveFolder && NS_SUCCEEDED(copyStatus))
+  {
+    if (localNewFolder)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> srcSupport(do_QueryInterface(aSrcFolder));
+      localNewFolder->OnCopyCompleted(srcSupport, true);
+    }
+
+    // Notify that the folder that was dragged and dropped has been created.
+    // No need to do this for its subfolders - isMoveFolder will be true for folder.
+    aDstFolder->NotifyItemAdded(newMsgFolder);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> msgParent;
+    aSrcFolder->GetParent(getter_AddRefs(msgParent));
+    aSrcFolder->SetParent(nullptr);
+    if (msgParent)
+    {
+      // The files have already been moved, so delete storage false
+      msgParent->PropagateDelete(aSrcFolder, false, aMsgWindow);
+      oldPath->Remove(true);
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> srcDB; // we need to force closed the source db
+      aSrcFolder->Delete();
+
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> parentPath;
+      rv = msgParent->GetFilePath(getter_AddRefs(parentPath));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+      AddDirectorySeparator(parentPath);
+      nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleEnumerator> children;
+      parentPath->GetDirectoryEntries(getter_AddRefs(children));
+      bool more;
+      // checks if the directory is empty or not
+      if (children && NS_SUCCEEDED(children->HasMoreElements(&more)) && !more)
+        parentPath->Remove(true);
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    // This is the case where the copy of a subfolder failed.
+    // We have to delete the newDirectory tree to make a "rollback".
+    // Someone should add a popup to warn the user that the move was not
+    // possible.
+    if (aIsMoveFolder && NS_FAILED(copyStatus))
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> msgParent;
+      newMsgFolder->ForceDBClosed();
+      newMsgFolder->GetParent(getter_AddRefs(msgParent));
+      newMsgFolder->SetParent(nullptr);
+      if (msgParent)
+      {
+        msgParent->PropagateDelete(newMsgFolder, false, aMsgWindow);
+        newMsgFolder->Delete();
+        newMsgFolder->ForceDBClosed();
+        AddDirectorySeparator(newPath);
+        newPath->Remove(true); //berkeley mailbox
+      }
+      return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgMaildirStore::GetNewMsgOutputStream(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder,
+                                         nsIMsgDBHdr **aNewMsgHdr,
+                                         bool *aReusable,
+                                         nsIOutputStream **aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aFolder);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aNewMsgHdr);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aReusable);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+
+  *aReusable = false; // message per file
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> db;
+  aFolder->GetMsgDatabase(getter_AddRefs(db));
+  if (!db)
+    NS_ERROR("no db");
+
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  if (!*aNewMsgHdr)
+  {
+    rv = db->CreateNewHdr(nsMsgKey_None, aNewMsgHdr);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  }
+  (*aNewMsgHdr)->SetMessageOffset(0);
+  // path to the message download folder
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> newFile;
+  rv = aFolder->GetFilePath(getter_AddRefs(newFile));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  newFile->Append(NS_LITERAL_STRING("tmp"));
+
+  // let's check if the folder exists
+  bool exists;
+  newFile->Exists(&exists);
+  if (!exists) {
+    MOZ_LOG(MailDirLog, mozilla::LogLevel::Info,
+           ("GetNewMsgOutputStream - tmp subfolder does not exist!!\n"));
+    rv = newFile->Create(nsIFile::DIRECTORY_TYPE, 0755);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+
+  // generate new file name
+  nsAutoCString newName;
+  newName.AppendInt(static_cast<int64_t>(PR_Now()));
+  newFile->AppendNative(newName);
+  // CreateUnique, in case we get more than one message per millisecond :-)
+  rv = newFile->CreateUnique(nsIFile::NORMAL_FILE_TYPE, 0600);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  newFile->GetNativeLeafName(newName);
+  // save the file name in the message header - otherwise no way to retrieve it
+  (*aNewMsgHdr)->SetStringProperty("storeToken", newName.get());
+  return MsgNewBufferedFileOutputStream(aResult, newFile,
+                                        PR_WRONLY | PR_CREATE_FILE, 00600);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgMaildirStore::DiscardNewMessage(nsIOutputStream *aOutputStream,
+                                     nsIMsgDBHdr *aNewHdr)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aOutputStream);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aNewHdr);
+
+  aOutputStream->Close();
+  // file path is stored in message header property "storeToken"
+  nsAutoCString fileName;
+  aNewHdr->GetStringProperty("storeToken", getter_Copies(fileName));
+  if (fileName.IsEmpty())
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> path;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder;
+  nsresult rv = aNewHdr->GetFolder(getter_AddRefs(folder));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  rv = folder->GetFilePath(getter_AddRefs(path));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // path to the message download folder
+  path->Append(NS_LITERAL_STRING("tmp"));
+  path->AppendNative(fileName);
+
+  return path->Remove(false);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgMaildirStore::FinishNewMessage(nsIOutputStream *aOutputStream,
+                                    nsIMsgDBHdr *aNewHdr)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aOutputStream);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aNewHdr);
+
+  aOutputStream->Close();
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> folderPath;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder;
+  nsresult rv = aNewHdr->GetFolder(getter_AddRefs(folder));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  rv = folder->GetFilePath(getter_AddRefs(folderPath));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // file path is stored in message header property
+  nsAutoCString fileName;
+  aNewHdr->GetStringProperty("storeToken", getter_Copies(fileName));
+  if (fileName.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    NS_ERROR("FinishNewMessage - no storeToken in msg hdr!!\n");
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+
+  // path to the new destination
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> toPath;
+  folderPath->Clone(getter_AddRefs(toPath));
+  toPath->Append(NS_LITERAL_STRING("cur"));
+
+  // let's check if the folder exists
+  bool exists;
+  toPath->Exists(&exists);
+  if (!exists)
+  {
+    rv = toPath->Create(nsIFile::DIRECTORY_TYPE, 0755);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+
+  // path to the downloaded message
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> fromPath;
+  folderPath->Clone(getter_AddRefs(fromPath));
+  fromPath->Append(NS_LITERAL_STRING("tmp"));
+  fromPath->AppendNative(fileName);
+
+  // let's check if the tmp file exists
+  fromPath->Exists(&exists);
+  if (!exists)
+  {
+    // Perhaps the message has already moved. See bug 1028372 to fix this.
+    toPath->AppendNative(fileName);
+    toPath->Exists(&exists);
+    if (exists) // then there is nothing to do
+      return NS_OK;
+
+    NS_ERROR("FinishNewMessage - oops! file does not exist!");
+    return NS_ERROR_FILE_TARGET_DOES_NOT_EXIST;
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> existingPath;
+  toPath->Clone(getter_AddRefs(existingPath));
+  existingPath->AppendNative(fileName);
+  existingPath->Exists(&exists);
+
+  if (exists) {
+    rv = existingPath->CreateUnique(nsIFile::NORMAL_FILE_TYPE, 0600);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    existingPath->GetNativeLeafName(fileName);
+    aNewHdr->SetStringProperty("storeToken", fileName.get());
+  }
+
+  return fromPath->MoveToNative(toPath, fileName);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgMaildirStore::MoveNewlyDownloadedMessage(nsIMsgDBHdr *aHdr,
+                                              nsIMsgFolder *aDestFolder,
+                                              bool *aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aHdr);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aDestFolder);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> folderPath;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder;
+  nsresult rv = aHdr->GetFolder(getter_AddRefs(folder));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  rv = folder->GetFilePath(getter_AddRefs(folderPath));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // file path is stored in message header property
+  nsAutoCString fileName;
+  aHdr->GetStringProperty("storeToken", getter_Copies(fileName));
+  if (fileName.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    NS_ERROR("FinishNewMessage - no storeToken in msg hdr!!\n");
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+
+  // path to the downloaded message
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> fromPath;
+  folderPath->Clone(getter_AddRefs(fromPath));
+  fromPath->Append(NS_LITERAL_STRING("cur"));
+  fromPath->AppendNative(fileName);
+
+  // let's check if the tmp file exists
+  bool exists;
+  fromPath->Exists(&exists);
+  if (!exists)
+  {
+    NS_ERROR("FinishNewMessage - oops! file does not exist!");
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+
+  // move to the "cur" subfolder
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> toPath;
+  aDestFolder->GetFilePath(getter_AddRefs(folderPath));
+  folderPath->Clone(getter_AddRefs(toPath));
+  toPath->Append(NS_LITERAL_STRING("cur"));
+
+  // let's check if the folder exists
+  toPath->Exists(&exists);
+  if (!exists)
+  {
+    rv = toPath->Create(nsIFile::DIRECTORY_TYPE, 0755);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> destMailDB;
+  rv = aDestFolder->GetMsgDatabase(getter_AddRefs(destMailDB));
+  NS_WARNING_ASSERTION(destMailDB && NS_SUCCEEDED(rv),
+                       "failed to open mail db moving message");
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> newHdr;
+  if (destMailDB)
+    rv = destMailDB->CopyHdrFromExistingHdr(nsMsgKey_None, aHdr, true,
+                                            getter_AddRefs(newHdr));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !newHdr)
+    rv = NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+    aDestFolder->ThrowAlertMsg("filterFolderHdrAddFailed", nullptr);
+    return rv;
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> existingPath;
+  toPath->Clone(getter_AddRefs(existingPath));
+  existingPath->AppendNative(fileName);
+  existingPath->Exists(&exists);
+
+  if (exists) {
+    rv = existingPath->CreateUnique(nsIFile::NORMAL_FILE_TYPE, 0600);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    existingPath->GetNativeLeafName(fileName);
+    newHdr->SetStringProperty("storeToken", fileName.get());
+  }
+
+  rv = fromPath->MoveToNative(toPath, fileName);
+  *aResult = NS_SUCCEEDED(rv);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    aDestFolder->ThrowAlertMsg("filterFolderWriteFailed", nullptr);
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+    if (destMailDB)
+      destMailDB->Close(true);
+
+    return NS_MSG_ERROR_WRITING_MAIL_FOLDER;
+  }
+
+  bool movedMsgIsNew = false;
+  // if we have made it this far then the message has successfully been
+  // written to the new folder now add the header to the destMailDB.
+
+  uint32_t newFlags;
+  newHdr->GetFlags(&newFlags);
+  nsMsgKey msgKey;
+  newHdr->GetMessageKey(&msgKey);
+  if (!(newFlags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Read))
+  {
+    nsCString junkScoreStr;
+    (void) newHdr->GetStringProperty("junkscore", getter_Copies(junkScoreStr));
+    if (atoi(junkScoreStr.get()) != nsIJunkMailPlugin::IS_SPAM_SCORE) {
+      newHdr->OrFlags(nsMsgMessageFlags::New, &newFlags);
+      destMailDB->AddToNewList(msgKey);
+      movedMsgIsNew = true;
+    }
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolderNotificationService> notifier(
+    do_GetService(NS_MSGNOTIFICATIONSERVICE_CONTRACTID));
+  if (notifier)
+    notifier->NotifyMsgAdded(newHdr);
+
+  if (movedMsgIsNew) {
+    aDestFolder->SetHasNewMessages(true);
+
+    // Notify the message was moved.
+    if (notifier) {
+      notifier->NotifyItemEvent(folder,
+                                NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("UnincorporatedMessageMoved"),
+                                newHdr);
+    }
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> sourceDB;
+  rv = folder->GetMsgDatabase(getter_AddRefs(sourceDB));
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && sourceDB)
+    sourceDB->RemoveHeaderMdbRow(aHdr);
+
+  destMailDB->SetSummaryValid(true);
+  aDestFolder->UpdateSummaryTotals(true);
+  destMailDB->Commit(nsMsgDBCommitType::kLargeCommit);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgMaildirStore::GetMsgInputStream(nsIMsgFolder *aMsgFolder,
+                                     const nsACString &aMsgToken,
+                                     int64_t *aOffset,
+                                     nsIMsgDBHdr *aMsgHdr,
+                                     bool *aReusable,
+                                     nsIInputStream **aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMsgFolder);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aOffset);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+
+  *aReusable = false; // message per file
+  *aOffset = 0;
+
+  // construct path to file
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> path;
+  nsresult rv = aMsgFolder->GetFilePath(getter_AddRefs(path));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  if (aMsgToken.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    MOZ_LOG(MailDirLog, mozilla::LogLevel::Info,
+           ("GetMsgInputStream - empty storeToken!!\n"));
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+
+  path->Append(NS_LITERAL_STRING("cur"));
+
+  // let's check if the folder exists
+  bool exists;
+  path->Exists(&exists);
+  if (!exists) {
+    MOZ_LOG(MailDirLog, mozilla::LogLevel::Info,
+           ("GetMsgInputStream - oops! cur subfolder does not exist!\n"));
+    rv = path->Create(nsIFile::DIRECTORY_TYPE, 0755);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+
+  path->AppendNative(aMsgToken);
+  return NS_NewLocalFileInputStream(aResult, path);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMaildirStore::DeleteMessages(nsIArray *aHdrArray)
+{
+  uint32_t messageCount;
+  nsresult rv = aHdrArray->GetLength(&messageCount);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder;
+
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < messageCount; i++)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr = do_QueryElementAt(aHdrArray, i, &rv);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      continue;
+    msgHdr->GetFolder(getter_AddRefs(folder));
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> path;
+    rv = folder->GetFilePath(getter_AddRefs(path));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    nsAutoCString fileName;
+    msgHdr->GetStringProperty("storeToken", getter_Copies(fileName));
+
+    if (fileName.IsEmpty())
+    {
+      MOZ_LOG(MailDirLog, mozilla::LogLevel::Info,
+             ("DeleteMessages - empty storeToken!!\n"));
+      // Perhaps an offline store has not downloaded this particular message.
+      continue;
+    }
+
+    path->Append(NS_LITERAL_STRING("cur"));
+    path->AppendNative(fileName);
+
+    // Let's check if the message exists.
+    bool exists;
+    path->Exists(&exists);
+    if (!exists)
+    {
+      MOZ_LOG(MailDirLog, mozilla::LogLevel::Info,
+             ("DeleteMessages - file does not exist !!\n"));
+      // Perhaps an offline store has not downloaded this particular message.
+      continue;
+    }
+    path->Remove(false);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgMaildirStore::CopyMessages(bool aIsMove, nsIArray *aHdrArray,
+                               nsIMsgFolder *aDstFolder,
+                               nsIMsgCopyServiceListener *aListener,
+                               nsIArray **aDstHdrs,
+                               nsITransaction **aUndoAction,
+                               bool *aCopyDone)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aHdrArray);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aDstFolder);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aCopyDone);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aUndoAction);
+
+  *aCopyDone = false;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> srcFolder;
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr = do_QueryElementAt(aHdrArray, 0, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  rv = msgHdr->GetFolder(getter_AddRefs(srcFolder));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // Both source and destination folders must use maildir type store.
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgPluggableStore> srcStore;
+  nsAutoCString srcType;
+  srcFolder->GetMsgStore(getter_AddRefs(srcStore));
+  if (srcStore)
+    srcStore->GetStoreType(srcType);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgPluggableStore> dstStore;
+  nsAutoCString dstType;
+  aDstFolder->GetMsgStore(getter_AddRefs(dstStore));
+  if (dstStore)
+    dstStore->GetStoreType(dstType);
+  if (!srcType.EqualsLiteral("maildir") || !dstType.EqualsLiteral("maildir"))
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  // Both source and destination must be local folders. In theory we could
+  //   do efficient copies of the offline store of IMAP, but this is not
+  //   supported yet. For that, we need to deal with both correct handling
+  //   of deletes from the src server, and msgKey = UIDL in the dst folder.
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgLocalMailFolder> destLocalFolder(do_QueryInterface(aDstFolder));
+  if (!destLocalFolder)
+    return NS_OK;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgLocalMailFolder> srcLocalFolder(do_QueryInterface(srcFolder));
+  if (!srcLocalFolder)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  // We should be able to use a file move for an efficient copy.
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> destFolderPath;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> destDB;
+  aDstFolder->GetMsgDatabase(getter_AddRefs(destDB));
+  rv = aDstFolder->GetFilePath(getter_AddRefs(destFolderPath));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  destFolderPath->Append(NS_LITERAL_STRING("cur"));
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> srcFolderPath;
+  rv = srcFolder->GetFilePath(getter_AddRefs(srcFolderPath));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  srcFolderPath->Append(NS_LITERAL_STRING("cur"));
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> srcDB;
+  srcFolder->GetMsgDatabase(getter_AddRefs(srcDB));
+  RefPtr<nsLocalMoveCopyMsgTxn> msgTxn = new nsLocalMoveCopyMsgTxn;
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(msgTxn, NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(msgTxn->Init(srcFolder, aDstFolder, aIsMove)))
+  {
+    if (aIsMove)
+      msgTxn->SetTransactionType(nsIMessenger::eMoveMsg);
+    else
+      msgTxn->SetTransactionType(nsIMessenger::eCopyMsg);
+  }
+
+  if (aListener)
+    aListener->OnStartCopy();
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> dstHdrs(do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  uint32_t messageCount;
+  rv = aHdrArray->GetLength(&messageCount);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < messageCount; i++)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> srcHdr = do_QueryElementAt(aHdrArray, i, &rv);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    {
+      MOZ_LOG(MailDirLog, mozilla::LogLevel::Info,
+             ("srcHdr null\n"));
+      continue;
+    }
+    nsMsgKey srcKey;
+    srcHdr->GetMessageKey(&srcKey);
+    msgTxn->AddSrcKey(srcKey);
+    nsAutoCString fileName;
+    srcHdr->GetStringProperty("storeToken", getter_Copies(fileName));
+    if (fileName.IsEmpty())
+    {
+      MOZ_LOG(MailDirLog, mozilla::LogLevel::Info,
+             ("GetMsgInputStream - empty storeToken!!\n"));
+      return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    }
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> srcFile;
+    rv = srcFolderPath->Clone(getter_AddRefs(srcFile));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    srcFile->AppendNative(fileName);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> destFile;
+    destFolderPath->Clone(getter_AddRefs(destFile));
+    destFile->AppendNative(fileName);
+    bool exists;
+    destFile->Exists(&exists);
+    if (exists)
+    {
+      rv = destFile->CreateUnique(nsIFile::NORMAL_FILE_TYPE, 0600);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      destFile->GetNativeLeafName(fileName);
+    }
+    if (aIsMove)
+      rv = srcFile->MoveToNative(destFolderPath, fileName);
+    else
+      rv = srcFile->CopyToNative(destFolderPath, fileName);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> destHdr;
+    if (destDB)
+    {
+      rv = destDB->CopyHdrFromExistingHdr(nsMsgKey_None, srcHdr, true, getter_AddRefs(destHdr));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      destHdr->SetStringProperty("storeToken", fileName.get());
+      dstHdrs->AppendElement(destHdr, false);
+      nsMsgKey dstKey;
+      destHdr->GetMessageKey(&dstKey);
+      msgTxn->AddDstKey(dstKey);
+      if (aListener)
+        aListener->SetMessageKey(dstKey);
+    }
+  }
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolderNotificationService> notifier(do_GetService(NS_MSGNOTIFICATIONSERVICE_CONTRACTID));
+  if (notifier)
+    notifier->NotifyMsgsMoveCopyCompleted(aIsMove, aHdrArray, aDstFolder,
+                                          dstHdrs);
+
+  // For now, we only support local dest folders, and for those we are done and
+  // can delete the messages. Perhaps this should be moved into the folder
+  // when we try to support other folder types.
+  if (aIsMove)
+  {
+    for (uint32_t i = 0; i < messageCount; ++i)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> msgDBHdr(do_QueryElementAt(aHdrArray, i, &rv));
+      rv = srcDB->DeleteHeader(msgDBHdr, nullptr, false, true);
+    }
+  }
+
+  *aCopyDone = true;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> srcSupports(do_QueryInterface(srcFolder));
+  if (destLocalFolder)
+    destLocalFolder->OnCopyCompleted(srcSupports, true);
+  if (aListener)
+    aListener->OnStopCopy(NS_OK);
+  msgTxn.forget(aUndoAction);
+  dstHdrs.forget(aDstHdrs);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgMaildirStore::GetSupportsCompaction(bool *aSupportsCompaction)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aSupportsCompaction);
+  *aSupportsCompaction = false;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMaildirStore::CompactFolder(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder,
+                                               nsIUrlListener *aListener,
+                                               nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+class MaildirStoreParser
+{
+public:
+  MaildirStoreParser(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder, nsIMsgDatabase *aMsgDB,
+                     nsISimpleEnumerator *aDirectoryEnumerator,
+                     nsIUrlListener *aUrlListener);
+  virtual ~MaildirStoreParser();
+
+  nsresult ParseNextMessage(nsIFile *aFile);
+  static void TimerCallback(nsITimer *aTimer, void *aClosure);
+  nsresult StartTimer();
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleEnumerator> m_directoryEnumerator;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> m_folder;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> m_db;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsITimer> m_timer;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIUrlListener> m_listener;
+};
+
+MaildirStoreParser::MaildirStoreParser(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder,
+                                       nsIMsgDatabase *aMsgDB,
+                                       nsISimpleEnumerator *aDirEnum,
+                                       nsIUrlListener *aUrlListener)
+{
+  m_folder = aFolder;
+  m_db = aMsgDB;
+  m_directoryEnumerator = aDirEnum;
+  m_listener = aUrlListener;
+}
+
+MaildirStoreParser::~MaildirStoreParser()
+{
+}
+
+nsresult MaildirStoreParser::ParseNextMessage(nsIFile *aFile)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIInputStream> inputStream;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgParseMailMsgState> msgParser =
+    do_CreateInstance(NS_PARSEMAILMSGSTATE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  msgParser->SetMailDB(m_db);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> newMsgHdr;
+  rv = m_db->CreateNewHdr(nsMsgKey_None, getter_AddRefs(newMsgHdr));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  newMsgHdr->SetMessageOffset(0);
+
+  rv = NS_NewLocalFileInputStream(getter_AddRefs(inputStream), aFile);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && inputStream)
+  {
+    nsMsgLineStreamBuffer *inputStreamBuffer =
+      new nsMsgLineStreamBuffer(FILE_IO_BUFFER_SIZE, true, false);
+    int64_t fileSize;
+    aFile->GetFileSize(&fileSize);
+    msgParser->SetNewMsgHdr(newMsgHdr);
+    msgParser->SetState(nsIMsgParseMailMsgState::ParseHeadersState);
+    msgParser->SetEnvelopePos(0);
+    bool needMoreData = false;
+    char * newLine = nullptr;
+    uint32_t numBytesInLine = 0;
+    // we only have to read the headers, because we know the message size
+    // from the file size. So we can do this in one time slice.
+    do
+    {
+      newLine = inputStreamBuffer->ReadNextLine(inputStream, numBytesInLine,
+                                                needMoreData);
+      if (newLine)
+      {
+        msgParser->ParseAFolderLine(newLine, numBytesInLine);
+        NS_Free(newLine);
+      }
+    } while (newLine && numBytesInLine > 0);
+
+    msgParser->FinishHeader();
+    // A single message needs to be less than 4GB
+    newMsgHdr->SetMessageSize((uint32_t) fileSize);
+    m_db->AddNewHdrToDB(newMsgHdr, true);
+    nsAutoCString storeToken;
+    aFile->GetNativeLeafName(storeToken);
+    newMsgHdr->SetStringProperty("storeToken", storeToken.get());
+  }
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+void MaildirStoreParser::TimerCallback(nsITimer *aTimer, void *aClosure)
+{
+  MaildirStoreParser *parser = (MaildirStoreParser *) aClosure;
+  bool hasMore;
+  parser->m_directoryEnumerator->HasMoreElements(&hasMore);
+  if (!hasMore)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgPluggableStore> store;
+    parser->m_folder->GetMsgStore(getter_AddRefs(store));
+    parser->m_timer->Cancel();
+    parser->m_db->SetSummaryValid(true);
+//    store->SetSummaryFileValid(parser->m_folder, parser->m_db, true);
+    if (parser->m_listener)
+    {
+      nsresult rv;
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMailboxUrl> mailboxurl =
+        do_CreateInstance(NS_MAILBOXURL_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && mailboxurl)
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> url = do_QueryInterface(mailboxurl);
+        url->SetUpdatingFolder(true);
+        nsAutoCString uriSpec("mailbox://");
+        // ### TODO - what if SetSpec fails?
+        (void) url->SetSpec(uriSpec);
+        parser->m_listener->OnStopRunningUrl(url, NS_OK);
+      }
+    }
+    // Parsing complete and timer cancelled, so we release the parser object.
+    delete parser;
+    return;
+  }
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> aSupport;
+  parser->m_directoryEnumerator->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(aSupport));
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> currentFile(do_QueryInterface(aSupport, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS_VOID(rv);
+  parser->ParseNextMessage(currentFile);
+  // ### TODO - what if this fails?
+}
+
+nsresult MaildirStoreParser::StartTimer()
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  m_timer = do_CreateInstance("@mozilla.org/timer;1", &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  m_timer->InitWithFuncCallback(TimerCallback, (void *) this, 0,
+                                          nsITimer::TYPE_REPEATING_SLACK);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMaildirStore::RebuildIndex(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder,
+                                              nsIMsgDatabase *aMsgDB,
+                                              nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow,
+                                              nsIUrlListener *aListener)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aFolder);
+  // This code needs to iterate over the maildir files, and parse each
+  // file and add a msg hdr to the db for the file.
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> path;
+  nsresult rv = aFolder->GetFilePath(getter_AddRefs(path));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  path->Append(NS_LITERAL_STRING("cur"));
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleEnumerator> directoryEnumerator;
+  rv = path->GetDirectoryEntries(getter_AddRefs(directoryEnumerator));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  MaildirStoreParser *fileParser = new MaildirStoreParser(aFolder, aMsgDB,
+                                                          directoryEnumerator,
+                                                          aListener);
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(fileParser, NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY);
+  fileParser->StartTimer();
+  ResetForceReparse(aMsgDB);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMaildirStore::ChangeFlags(nsIArray *aHdrArray,
+                                             uint32_t aFlags,
+                                             bool aSet)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aHdrArray);
+
+  uint32_t messageCount;
+  nsresult rv = aHdrArray->GetLength(&messageCount);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < messageCount; i++)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr = do_QueryElementAt(aHdrArray, i, &rv);
+    // get output stream for header
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIOutputStream> outputStream;
+    rv = GetOutputStream(msgHdr, outputStream);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    // Seek to x-mozilla-status offset and rewrite value.
+    rv = UpdateFolderFlag(msgHdr, aSet, aFlags, outputStream);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      NS_WARNING("updateFolderFlag failed");
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// get output stream from header
+nsresult
+nsMsgMaildirStore::GetOutputStream(nsIMsgDBHdr *aHdr,
+                                   nsCOMPtr<nsIOutputStream> &aOutputStream)
+{
+  // file name is stored in message header property "storeToken"
+  nsAutoCString fileName;
+  aHdr->GetStringProperty("storeToken", getter_Copies(fileName));
+  if (fileName.IsEmpty())
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder;
+  nsresult rv = aHdr->GetFolder(getter_AddRefs(folder));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> folderPath;
+  rv = folder->GetFilePath(getter_AddRefs(folderPath));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> maildirFile;
+  folderPath->Clone(getter_AddRefs(maildirFile));
+  maildirFile->Append(NS_LITERAL_STRING("cur"));
+  maildirFile->AppendNative(fileName);
+
+  return MsgGetFileStream(maildirFile, getter_AddRefs(aOutputStream));
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMaildirStore::ChangeKeywords(nsIArray *aHdrArray,
+                                             const nsACString &aKeywords,
+                                             bool aAdd)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aHdrArray);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aHdrArray);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIOutputStream> outputStream;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISeekableStream> seekableStream;
+
+  uint32_t messageCount;
+  nsresult rv = aHdrArray->GetLength(&messageCount);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  if (!messageCount)
+    return NS_ERROR_INVALID_ARG;
+
+  nsAutoPtr<nsLineBuffer<char> > lineBuffer(new nsLineBuffer<char>);
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(lineBuffer, NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY);
+
+  nsTArray<nsCString> keywordArray;
+  ParseString(aKeywords, ' ', keywordArray);
+
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < messageCount; ++i) // for each message
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> message = do_QueryElementAt(aHdrArray, i, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    // get output stream for header
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIOutputStream> outputStream;
+    rv = GetOutputStream(message, outputStream);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIInputStream> inputStream = do_QueryInterface(outputStream, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    nsCOMPtr <nsISeekableStream> seekableStream(do_QueryInterface(inputStream, &rv));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    uint32_t statusOffset = 0;
+    (void)message->GetStatusOffset(&statusOffset);
+    uint64_t desiredOffset = statusOffset;
+
+    ChangeKeywordsHelper(message, desiredOffset, lineBuffer, keywordArray,
+                         aAdd, outputStream, seekableStream, inputStream);
+    if (inputStream)
+      inputStream->Close();
+    // ### TODO - if growKeywords property is set on the message header,
+    // we need to rewrite the message file with extra room for the keywords,
+    // or schedule some sort of background task to do this.
+  }
+  lineBuffer = nullptr;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMaildirStore::GetStoreType(nsACString& aType)
+{
+  aType.AssignLiteral("maildir");
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Finds the directory associated with this folder. That is if the path is
+ * c:\Inbox, it will return c:\Inbox.sbd if it succeeds. Path is strictly
+ * an out parameter.
+ */
+nsresult nsMsgMaildirStore::GetDirectoryForFolder(nsIFile *path)
+{
+  // add directory separator to the path
+  nsAutoString leafName;
+  path->GetLeafName(leafName);
+  leafName.AppendLiteral(FOLDER_SUFFIX);
+  return path->SetLeafName(leafName);
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgMaildirStore::CreateDirectoryForFolder(nsIFile *path,
+                                                     bool aIsServer)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  if (!aIsServer)
+  {
+    rv = GetDirectoryForFolder(path);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+  bool pathIsDirectory = false;
+  path->IsDirectory(&pathIsDirectory);
+  if (!pathIsDirectory)
+  {
+    bool pathExists;
+    path->Exists(&pathExists);
+    //If for some reason there's a file with the directory separator
+    //then we are going to fail.
+    rv = pathExists ? NS_MSG_COULD_NOT_CREATE_DIRECTORY :
+         path->Create(nsIFile::DIRECTORY_TYPE, 0700);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/local/src/nsMsgMaildirStore.h b/mailnews/local/src/nsMsgMaildirStore.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f15944e5d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/local/src/nsMsgMaildirStore.h
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/**
+   Class for handling Maildir stores.
+*/
+
+#ifndef nsMsgMaildirStore_h__
+#define nsMsgMaildirStore_h__
+
+#include "nsMsgLocalStoreUtils.h"
+#include "nsIFile.h"
+#include "nsMsgMessageFlags.h"
+
+class nsMsgMaildirStore final : public nsMsgLocalStoreUtils, nsIMsgPluggableStore
+{
+public:
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGPLUGGABLESTORE
+
+  nsMsgMaildirStore();
+
+private:
+  ~nsMsgMaildirStore();
+
+protected:
+  nsresult GetDirectoryForFolder(nsIFile *path);
+  nsresult CreateDirectoryForFolder(nsIFile *path, bool aIsServer);
+
+  nsresult CreateMaildir(nsIFile *path);
+  nsresult AddSubFolders(nsIMsgFolder *parent, nsIFile *path, bool deep);
+  nsresult GetOutputStream(nsIMsgDBHdr *aHdr,
+                           nsCOMPtr<nsIOutputStream> &aOutputStream);
+
+};
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/local/src/nsNoIncomingServer.cpp b/mailnews/local/src/nsNoIncomingServer.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1c18bf7fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/local/src/nsNoIncomingServer.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,206 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "msgCore.h" // pre-compiled headers
+
+#include "prmem.h"
+#include "plstr.h"
+#include "prprf.h"
+#include "nsNoIncomingServer.h"
+#include "nsMsgLocalCID.h"
+#include "nsMsgFolderFlags.h"
+#include "nsIMsgLocalMailFolder.h"
+#include "nsIMsgMailSession.h"
+#include "nsMsgBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsIMsgAccountManager.h"
+#include "nsIPop3IncomingServer.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED(nsNoIncomingServer,
+                            nsMsgIncomingServer,
+                            nsINoIncomingServer,
+                            nsILocalMailIncomingServer)
+
+nsNoIncomingServer::nsNoIncomingServer()
+{
+}
+
+nsNoIncomingServer::~nsNoIncomingServer()
+{
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNoIncomingServer::GetLocalStoreType(nsACString& type)
+{
+  type.AssignLiteral("mailbox");
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNoIncomingServer::GetLocalDatabaseType(nsACString& type)
+{
+  type.AssignLiteral("mailbox");
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNoIncomingServer::GetAccountManagerChrome(nsAString& aResult)
+{
+  aResult.AssignLiteral("am-serverwithnoidentities.xul");
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNoIncomingServer::SetFlagsOnDefaultMailboxes()
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> rootFolder;
+  nsresult rv = GetRootFolder(getter_AddRefs(rootFolder));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgLocalMailFolder> localFolder =
+      do_QueryInterface(rootFolder, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // None server may have an inbox if it's deferred to,
+  // or if it's the smart mailboxes account.
+  localFolder->SetFlagsOnDefaultMailboxes(nsMsgFolderFlags::SpecialUse);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// TODO: make this work with maildir message store, bug 890742.
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNoIncomingServer::CopyDefaultMessages(const char *folderNameOnDisk)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(folderNameOnDisk);
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailSession> mailSession = do_GetService(NS_MSGMAILSESSION_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // Get defaults directory for messenger files. MailSession service appends 'messenger' to the
+  // the app defaults folder and returns it. Locale will be added to the path, if there is one.
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> defaultMessagesFile;
+  rv = mailSession->GetDataFilesDir("messenger", getter_AddRefs(defaultMessagesFile));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // check if bin/defaults/messenger/<folderNameOnDisk>
+  // (or bin/defaults/messenger/<locale>/<folderNameOnDisk> if we had a locale provide) exists.
+  // it doesn't have to exist.  if it doesn't, return
+  rv = defaultMessagesFile->AppendNative(nsDependentCString(folderNameOnDisk));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  bool exists;
+  rv = defaultMessagesFile->Exists(&exists);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  if (!exists)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> parentDir;
+  rv = GetLocalPath(getter_AddRefs(parentDir));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // check if parentDir/<folderNameOnDisk> exists
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> testDir;
+    rv = parentDir->Clone(getter_AddRefs(testDir));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    rv = testDir->AppendNative(nsDependentCString(folderNameOnDisk));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    rv = testDir->Exists(&exists);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+
+  // if it exists add to the end, else copy
+  if (exists)
+  {
+#ifdef DEBUG
+    printf("append default %s (unimplemented)\n", folderNameOnDisk);
+#endif
+    // todo for bug #1181 (the bug ID seems wrong...)
+    // open folderFile, seek to end
+    // read defaultMessagesFile, write to folderFile
+  }
+  else {
+#ifdef DEBUG
+    printf("copy default %s\n",folderNameOnDisk);
+#endif
+    rv = defaultMessagesFile->CopyTo(parentDir, EmptyString());
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNoIncomingServer::CreateDefaultMailboxes()
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  bool isHidden = false;
+  GetHidden(&isHidden);
+  if (isHidden)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  // notice, no Inbox, unless we're deferred to...
+  bool isDeferredTo;
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(GetIsDeferredTo(&isDeferredTo)) && isDeferredTo)
+  {
+    rv = CreateLocalFolder(NS_LITERAL_STRING("Inbox"));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+
+  rv = CreateLocalFolder(NS_LITERAL_STRING("Trash"));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // copy the default templates into the Templates folder
+  rv = CopyDefaultMessages("Templates");
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  return CreateLocalFolder(NS_LITERAL_STRING("Unsent Messages"));
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNoIncomingServer::GetNewMail(nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow, nsIUrlListener *aUrlListener, nsIMsgFolder *aInbox, nsIURI **aResult)
+{
+  nsCOMArray<nsIPop3IncomingServer> deferredServers;
+  nsresult rv = GetDeferredServers(this, deferredServers);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  if (!deferredServers.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    rv = deferredServers[0]->DownloadMailFromServers(deferredServers.Elements(),
+       deferredServers.Length(), aMsgWindow, aInbox, aUrlListener);
+  }
+  // listener might be counting on us to send a notification.
+  else if (aUrlListener)
+    aUrlListener->OnStopRunningUrl(nullptr, NS_OK);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNoIncomingServer::GetCanSearchMessages(bool *canSearchMessages)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(canSearchMessages);
+  *canSearchMessages = true;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNoIncomingServer::GetServerRequiresPasswordForBiff(bool *aServerRequiresPasswordForBiff)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aServerRequiresPasswordForBiff);
+  *aServerRequiresPasswordForBiff = false;  // for local folders, we don't require a password
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNoIncomingServer::GetSortOrder(int32_t* aSortOrder)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aSortOrder);
+  *aSortOrder = 200000000;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
diff --git a/mailnews/local/src/nsNoIncomingServer.h b/mailnews/local/src/nsNoIncomingServer.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..809531627
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/local/src/nsNoIncomingServer.h
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef __nsNoIncomingServer_h
+#define __nsNoIncomingServer_h
+
+#include "mozilla/Attributes.h"
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "nsINoIncomingServer.h"
+#include "nsILocalMailIncomingServer.h"
+#include "nsMsgIncomingServer.h"
+#include "nsMailboxServer.h"
+
+/* get some implementation from nsMsgIncomingServer */
+class nsNoIncomingServer : public nsMailboxServer,
+                           public nsINoIncomingServer,
+                           public nsILocalMailIncomingServer
+
+{
+public:
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED
+  NS_DECL_NSINOINCOMINGSERVER
+  NS_DECL_NSILOCALMAILINCOMINGSERVER
+
+  nsNoIncomingServer();
+
+  NS_IMETHOD GetLocalStoreType(nsACString& type) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetLocalDatabaseType(nsACString& type) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetCanSearchMessages(bool *canSearchMessages) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetServerRequiresPasswordForBiff(bool *aServerRequiresPasswordForBiff) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetAccountManagerChrome(nsAString& aResult) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetSortOrder(int32_t* aSortOrder) override;
+
+private:
+  virtual ~nsNoIncomingServer();
+};
+
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/local/src/nsNoneService.cpp b/mailnews/local/src/nsNoneService.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..dad56c063
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/local/src/nsNoneService.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,168 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "msgCore.h"    // precompiled header...
+
+#include "nsNoneService.h"
+#include "nsINoIncomingServer.h"
+#include "nsINoneService.h"
+#include "nsIMsgProtocolInfo.h"
+
+#include "nsMsgLocalCID.h"
+#include "nsMsgBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsIFile.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+
+#include "nsIDirectoryService.h"
+#include "nsMailDirServiceDefs.h"
+
+#define PREF_MAIL_ROOT_NONE "mail.root.none"        // old - for backward compatibility only
+#define PREF_MAIL_ROOT_NONE_REL "mail.root.none-rel"
+
+nsNoneService::nsNoneService()
+{
+}
+
+nsNoneService::~nsNoneService()
+{}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsNoneService, nsINoneService, nsIMsgProtocolInfo)
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNoneService::SetDefaultLocalPath(nsIFile *aPath)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG(aPath);
+    return NS_SetPersistentFile(PREF_MAIL_ROOT_NONE_REL, PREF_MAIL_ROOT_NONE, aPath);
+}     
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNoneService::GetDefaultLocalPath(nsIFile ** aResult)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+    *aResult = nullptr;
+    
+    bool havePref;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> localFile;    
+    nsresult rv = NS_GetPersistentFile(PREF_MAIL_ROOT_NONE_REL,
+                              PREF_MAIL_ROOT_NONE,
+                              NS_APP_MAIL_50_DIR,
+                              havePref,
+                              getter_AddRefs(localFile));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+    
+    bool exists;
+    rv = localFile->Exists(&exists);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !exists)
+        rv = localFile->Create(nsIFile::DIRECTORY_TYPE, 0775);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+    
+    if (!havePref || !exists) 
+    {
+        rv = NS_SetPersistentFile(PREF_MAIL_ROOT_NONE_REL, PREF_MAIL_ROOT_NONE, localFile);
+        NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "Failed to set root dir pref.");
+    }
+        
+    NS_IF_ADDREF(*aResult = localFile);
+    return NS_OK;
+
+}
+    
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNoneService::GetServerIID(nsIID* *aServerIID)
+{
+    *aServerIID = new nsIID(NS_GET_IID(nsINoIncomingServer));
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNoneService::GetRequiresUsername(bool *aRequiresUsername)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aRequiresUsername);
+  *aRequiresUsername = true;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNoneService::GetPreflightPrettyNameWithEmailAddress(bool *aPreflightPrettyNameWithEmailAddress)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aPreflightPrettyNameWithEmailAddress);
+  *aPreflightPrettyNameWithEmailAddress = true;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNoneService::GetCanLoginAtStartUp(bool *aCanLoginAtStartUp)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aCanLoginAtStartUp);
+  *aCanLoginAtStartUp = false;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNoneService::GetCanDelete(bool *aCanDelete)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aCanDelete);
+  *aCanDelete = false;
+  return NS_OK;
+}  
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNoneService::GetCanDuplicate(bool *aCanDuplicate)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aCanDuplicate);
+  *aCanDuplicate = false;
+  return NS_OK;
+}  
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNoneService::GetCanGetMessages(bool *aCanGetMessages)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aCanGetMessages);
+    *aCanGetMessages = false;
+    return NS_OK;
+}  
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNoneService::GetCanGetIncomingMessages(bool *aCanGetIncomingMessages)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aCanGetIncomingMessages);
+    *aCanGetIncomingMessages = false;
+    return NS_OK;
+} 
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP 
+nsNoneService::GetDefaultDoBiff(bool *aDoBiff)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aDoBiff);
+    // by default, don't do biff for "none" servers
+    *aDoBiff = false;    
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNoneService::GetDefaultServerPort(bool isSecure, int32_t *aDefaultPort)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aDefaultPort);
+    *aDefaultPort = -1;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP 
+nsNoneService::GetShowComposeMsgLink(bool *showComposeMsgLink)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(showComposeMsgLink);
+    *showComposeMsgLink = false;    
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNoneService::GetFoldersCreatedAsync(bool *aAsyncCreation)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aAsyncCreation);
+  *aAsyncCreation = false;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/local/src/nsNoneService.h b/mailnews/local/src/nsNoneService.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fe8495528
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/local/src/nsNoneService.h
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsNoneService_h___
+#define nsNoneService_h___
+
+#include "nscore.h"
+
+#include "nsIMsgProtocolInfo.h"
+#include "nsINoneService.h"
+
+class nsNoneService : public nsIMsgProtocolInfo, public nsINoneService
+{
+public:
+
+  nsNoneService();
+
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+    NS_DECL_NSIMSGPROTOCOLINFO
+  NS_DECL_NSINONESERVICE
+
+private:
+  virtual ~nsNoneService();
+};
+
+#endif /* nsNoneService_h___ */
diff --git a/mailnews/local/src/nsParseMailbox.cpp b/mailnews/local/src/nsParseMailbox.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9d68e5cd1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/local/src/nsParseMailbox.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,2624 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "nsIURI.h"
+#include "nsParseMailbox.h"
+#include "nsIMsgHdr.h"
+#include "nsIMsgDatabase.h"
+#include "nsMsgMessageFlags.h"
+#include "nsIDBFolderInfo.h"
+#include "nsIInputStream.h"
+#include "nsIFile.h"
+#include "nsMsgLocalFolderHdrs.h"
+#include "nsMsgBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsMsgDBCID.h"
+#include "nsIMailboxUrl.h"
+#include "nsNetUtil.h"
+#include "nsMsgFolderFlags.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolder.h"
+#include "nsIURL.h"
+#include "nsIMsgMailNewsUrl.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFilterList.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFilter.h"
+#include "nsIIOService.h"
+#include "nsNetCID.h"
+#include "nsRDFCID.h"
+#include "nsIRDFService.h"
+#include "nsMsgI18N.h"
+#include "nsAppDirectoryServiceDefs.h"
+#include "nsIMsgLocalMailFolder.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "prprf.h"
+#include "prmem.h"
+#include "nsISeekableStream.h"
+#include "nsIMimeHeaders.h"
+#include "nsIMsgMdnGenerator.h"
+#include "nsMsgSearchCore.h"
+#include "nsMailHeaders.h"
+#include "nsIMsgMailSession.h"
+#include "nsIMsgComposeParams.h"
+#include "nsMsgCompCID.h"
+#include "nsIInterfaceRequestor.h"
+#include "nsIInterfaceRequestorUtils.h"
+#include "nsIDocShell.h"
+#include "nsIMsgCompose.h"
+#include "nsIPrefBranch.h"
+#include "nsIPrefService.h"
+#include "nsIMsgComposeService.h"
+#include "nsIMsgCopyService.h"
+#include "nsICryptoHash.h"
+#include "nsIStringBundle.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFilterPlugin.h"
+#include "nsIMutableArray.h"
+#include "nsArrayUtils.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFilterCustomAction.h"
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include "nsIMsgPluggableStore.h"
+#include "mozilla/Services.h"
+#include "nsQueryObject.h"
+#include "nsIOutputStream.h"
+#include "mozilla/Attributes.h"
+
+static NS_DEFINE_CID(kRDFServiceCID, NS_RDFSERVICE_CID);
+
+/* the following macros actually implement addref, release and query interface for our component. */
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED(nsMsgMailboxParser,
+                             nsParseMailMessageState,
+                             nsIStreamListener,
+                             nsIRequestObserver)
+
+// Whenever data arrives from the connection, core netlib notifices the protocol by calling
+// OnDataAvailable. We then read and process the incoming data from the input stream.
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailboxParser::OnDataAvailable(nsIRequest *request, nsISupports *ctxt, nsIInputStream *aIStream, uint64_t sourceOffset, uint32_t aLength)
+{
+    // right now, this really just means turn around and process the url
+    nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> url = do_QueryInterface(ctxt, &rv);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        rv = ProcessMailboxInputStream(url, aIStream, aLength);
+    return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailboxParser::OnStartRequest(nsIRequest *request, nsISupports *ctxt)
+{
+    m_startTime = PR_Now();
+
+
+    // extract the appropriate event sinks from the url and initialize them in our protocol data
+    // the URL should be queried for a nsIMailboxURL. If it doesn't support a mailbox URL interface then
+    // we have an error.
+    nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIIOService> ioServ =
+      mozilla::services::GetIOService();
+    NS_ENSURE_TRUE(ioServ, NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMailboxUrl> runningUrl = do_QueryInterface(ctxt, &rv);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> url = do_QueryInterface(ctxt);
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder = do_QueryReferent(m_folder);
+
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && runningUrl && folder)
+    {
+        url->GetStatusFeedback(getter_AddRefs(m_statusFeedback));
+
+        // okay, now fill in our event sinks...Note that each getter ref counts before
+        // it returns the interface to us...we'll release when we are done
+
+        folder->GetName(m_folderName);
+
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> path;
+        folder->GetFilePath(getter_AddRefs(path));
+
+        if (path)
+        {
+          int64_t fileSize;
+          path->GetFileSize(&fileSize);
+            // the size of the mailbox file is our total base line for measuring progress
+            m_graph_progress_total = fileSize;
+            UpdateStatusText("buildingSummary");
+            nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBService> msgDBService = do_GetService(NS_MSGDB_SERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+            if (msgDBService)
+            {
+                // Use OpenFolderDB to always open the db so that db's m_folder
+                // is set correctly.
+                rv = msgDBService->OpenFolderDB(folder, true,
+                                                getter_AddRefs(m_mailDB));
+                if (rv == NS_MSG_ERROR_FOLDER_SUMMARY_MISSING)
+                  rv = msgDBService->CreateNewDB(folder,
+                                                 getter_AddRefs(m_mailDB));
+
+                if (m_mailDB)
+                    m_mailDB->AddListener(this);
+            }
+            NS_ASSERTION(m_mailDB, "failed to open mail db parsing folder");
+
+            // try to get a backup message database
+            nsresult rvignore = folder->GetBackupMsgDatabase(
+                getter_AddRefs(m_backupMailDB));
+
+            // We'll accept failures and move on, as we're dealing with some
+            // sort of unknown problem to begin with.
+            if (NS_FAILED(rvignore))
+            {
+              if (m_backupMailDB)
+                m_backupMailDB->RemoveListener(this);
+              m_backupMailDB = nullptr;
+            }
+            else if (m_backupMailDB)
+            {
+              m_backupMailDB->AddListener(this);
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    // need to get the mailbox name out of the url and call SetMailboxName with it.
+    // then, we need to open the mail db for this parser.
+    return rv;
+}
+
+// stop binding is a "notification" informing us that the stream associated with aURL is going away.
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailboxParser::OnStopRequest(nsIRequest *request, nsISupports *ctxt, nsresult aStatus)
+{
+    DoneParsingFolder(aStatus);
+    // what can we do? we can close the stream?
+    m_urlInProgress = false;  // don't close the connection...we may be re-using it.
+
+    if (m_mailDB)
+        m_mailDB->RemoveListener(this);
+    // and we want to mark ourselves for deletion or some how inform our protocol manager that we are
+    // available for another url if there is one....
+
+    ReleaseFolderLock();
+    // be sure to clear any status text and progress info..
+    m_graph_progress_received = 0;
+    UpdateProgressPercent();
+    UpdateStatusText("localStatusDocumentDone");
+
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsParseMailMessageState::OnHdrPropertyChanged(nsIMsgDBHdr *aHdrToChange,
+    bool aPreChange, uint32_t *aStatus, nsIDBChangeListener * aInstigator)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsParseMailMessageState::OnHdrFlagsChanged(nsIMsgDBHdr *aHdrChanged,
+    uint32_t aOldFlags, uint32_t aNewFlags, nsIDBChangeListener *aInstigator)
+{
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsParseMailMessageState::OnHdrDeleted(nsIMsgDBHdr *aHdrChanged,
+    nsMsgKey aParentKey, int32_t aFlags, nsIDBChangeListener *aInstigator)
+{
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsParseMailMessageState::OnHdrAdded(nsIMsgDBHdr *aHdrAdded,
+    nsMsgKey aParentKey, int32_t aFlags, nsIDBChangeListener *aInstigator)
+{
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* void OnParentChanged (in nsMsgKey aKeyChanged, in nsMsgKey oldParent, in nsMsgKey newParent, in nsIDBChangeListener aInstigator); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsParseMailMessageState::OnParentChanged(nsMsgKey aKeyChanged,
+    nsMsgKey oldParent, nsMsgKey newParent, nsIDBChangeListener *aInstigator)
+{
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* void OnAnnouncerGoingAway (in nsIDBChangeAnnouncer instigator); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsParseMailMessageState::OnAnnouncerGoingAway(nsIDBChangeAnnouncer *instigator)
+{
+  if (m_backupMailDB && m_backupMailDB == instigator)
+  {
+    m_backupMailDB->RemoveListener(this);
+    m_backupMailDB = nullptr;
+  }
+  else if (m_mailDB)
+  {
+    m_mailDB->RemoveListener(this);
+    m_mailDB = nullptr;
+    m_newMsgHdr = nullptr;
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsParseMailMessageState::OnEvent(nsIMsgDatabase *aDB, const char *aEvent)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* void OnReadChanged (in nsIDBChangeListener instigator); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsParseMailMessageState::OnReadChanged(nsIDBChangeListener *instigator)
+{
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* void OnJunkScoreChanged (in nsIDBChangeListener instigator); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsParseMailMessageState::OnJunkScoreChanged(nsIDBChangeListener *instigator)
+{
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsMsgMailboxParser::nsMsgMailboxParser() : nsMsgLineBuffer(nullptr, false)
+{
+  Init();
+}
+
+nsMsgMailboxParser::nsMsgMailboxParser(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder) : nsMsgLineBuffer(nullptr, false)
+{
+  m_folder = do_GetWeakReference(aFolder);
+}
+
+nsMsgMailboxParser::~nsMsgMailboxParser()
+{
+  ReleaseFolderLock();
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgMailboxParser::Init()
+{
+  m_obuffer = nullptr;
+  m_obuffer_size = 0;
+  m_graph_progress_total = 0;
+  m_graph_progress_received = 0;
+  return AcquireFolderLock();
+}
+
+void nsMsgMailboxParser::UpdateStatusText (const char* stringName)
+{
+  if (m_statusFeedback)
+  {
+    nsresult rv;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundleService> bundleService =
+      mozilla::services::GetStringBundleService();
+    if (!bundleService)
+      return;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundle> bundle;
+    rv = bundleService->CreateBundle("chrome://messenger/locale/localMsgs.properties", getter_AddRefs(bundle));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      return;
+    nsString finalString;
+    const char16_t * stringArray[] = { m_folderName.get() };
+    rv = bundle->FormatStringFromName(NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16(stringName).get(),
+                                      stringArray, 1, getter_Copies(finalString));
+    m_statusFeedback->ShowStatusString(finalString);
+  }
+}
+
+void nsMsgMailboxParser::UpdateProgressPercent ()
+{
+  if (m_statusFeedback && m_graph_progress_total != 0)
+  {
+    // prevent overflow by dividing both by 100
+    int64_t progressTotal = m_graph_progress_total / 100;
+    int64_t progressReceived = m_graph_progress_received / 100;
+    if (progressTotal > 0)
+      m_statusFeedback->ShowProgress((100 *(progressReceived))  / progressTotal);
+  }
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgMailboxParser::ProcessMailboxInputStream(nsIURI* aURL, nsIInputStream *aIStream, uint32_t aLength)
+{
+  nsresult ret = NS_OK;
+
+  uint32_t bytesRead = 0;
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(m_inputStream.GrowBuffer(aLength)))
+  {
+    // OK, this sucks, but we're going to have to copy into our
+    // own byte buffer, and then pass that to the line buffering code,
+    // which means a couple buffer copies.
+    ret = aIStream->Read(m_inputStream.GetBuffer(), aLength, &bytesRead);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(ret))
+      ret = BufferInput(m_inputStream.GetBuffer(), bytesRead);
+  }
+  if (m_graph_progress_total > 0)
+  {
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(ret))
+      m_graph_progress_received += bytesRead;
+  }
+  return (ret);
+}
+
+void nsMsgMailboxParser::DoneParsingFolder(nsresult status)
+{
+  /* End of file.  Flush out any partial line remaining in the buffer. */
+  FlushLastLine();
+  PublishMsgHeader(nullptr);
+
+  // only mark the db valid if we've succeeded.
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(status) && m_mailDB)  // finished parsing, so flush db folder info
+    UpdateDBFolderInfo();
+  else if (m_mailDB)
+    m_mailDB->SetSummaryValid(false);
+
+  // remove the backup database
+  if (m_backupMailDB)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder = do_QueryReferent(m_folder);
+    if (folder)
+      folder->RemoveBackupMsgDatabase();
+    m_backupMailDB = nullptr;
+  }
+
+  //  if (m_folder != nullptr)
+  //    m_folder->SummaryChanged();
+  FreeBuffers();
+}
+
+void nsMsgMailboxParser::FreeBuffers()
+{
+  /* We're done reading the folder - we don't need these things
+   any more. */
+  PR_FREEIF (m_obuffer);
+  m_obuffer_size = 0;
+}
+
+void nsMsgMailboxParser::UpdateDBFolderInfo()
+{
+  UpdateDBFolderInfo(m_mailDB);
+}
+
+// update folder info in db so we know not to reparse.
+void nsMsgMailboxParser::UpdateDBFolderInfo(nsIMsgDatabase *mailDB)
+{
+  mailDB->SetSummaryValid(true);
+}
+
+// Tell the world about the message header (add to db, and view, if any)
+int32_t nsMsgMailboxParser::PublishMsgHeader(nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow)
+{
+  FinishHeader();
+  if (m_newMsgHdr)
+  {
+    char storeToken[100];
+    PR_snprintf(storeToken, sizeof(storeToken), "%lld", m_envelope_pos);
+    m_newMsgHdr->SetStringProperty("storeToken", storeToken);
+
+    uint32_t flags;
+    (void)m_newMsgHdr->GetFlags(&flags);
+    if (flags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Expunged)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIDBFolderInfo> folderInfo;
+      m_mailDB->GetDBFolderInfo(getter_AddRefs(folderInfo));
+      uint32_t size;
+      (void)m_newMsgHdr->GetMessageSize(&size);
+      folderInfo->ChangeExpungedBytes(size);
+      m_newMsgHdr = nullptr;
+    }
+    else if (m_mailDB)
+    {
+      // add hdr but don't notify - shouldn't be requiring notifications
+      // during summary file rebuilding
+      m_mailDB->AddNewHdrToDB(m_newMsgHdr, false);
+      m_newMsgHdr = nullptr;
+    }
+    else
+      NS_ASSERTION(false, "no database while parsing local folder");  // should have a DB, no?
+  }
+  else if (m_mailDB)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIDBFolderInfo> folderInfo;
+    m_mailDB->GetDBFolderInfo(getter_AddRefs(folderInfo));
+    if (folderInfo)
+      folderInfo->ChangeExpungedBytes(m_position - m_envelope_pos);
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+void nsMsgMailboxParser::AbortNewHeader()
+{
+  if (m_newMsgHdr && m_mailDB)
+    m_newMsgHdr = nullptr;
+}
+
+void nsMsgMailboxParser::OnNewMessage(nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow)
+{
+  PublishMsgHeader(msgWindow);
+  Clear();
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgMailboxParser::HandleLine(const char *line, uint32_t lineLength)
+{
+  /* If this is the very first line of a non-empty folder, make sure it's an envelope */
+  if (m_graph_progress_received == 0)
+  {
+    /* This is the first block from the file.  Check to see if this
+       looks like a mail file. */
+    const char *s = line;
+    const char *end = s + lineLength;
+    while (s < end && IS_SPACE(*s))
+      s++;
+    if ((end - s) < 20 || !IsEnvelopeLine(s, end - s))
+    {
+//      char buf[500];
+//      PR_snprintf (buf, sizeof(buf),
+//             XP_GetString(MK_MSG_NON_MAIL_FILE_READ_QUESTION),
+//             folder_name);
+//      else if (!FE_Confirm (m_context, buf))
+//        return NS_MSG_NOT_A_MAIL_FOLDER; /* #### NOT_A_MAIL_FILE */
+    }
+  }
+//  m_graph_progress_received += lineLength;
+
+  // mailbox parser needs to do special stuff when it finds an envelope
+  // after parsing a message body. So do that.
+  if (line[0] == 'F' && IsEnvelopeLine(line, lineLength))
+  {
+    // **** This used to be
+    // PR_ASSERT (m_parseMsgState->m_state == nsMailboxParseBodyState);
+    // **** I am not sure this is a right thing to do. This happens when
+    // going online, downloading a message while playing back append
+    // draft/template offline operation. We are mixing
+        // nsMailboxParseBodyState &&
+    // nsMailboxParseHeadersState. David I need your help here too. **** jt
+
+    NS_ASSERTION (m_state == nsIMsgParseMailMsgState::ParseBodyState ||
+           m_state == nsIMsgParseMailMsgState::ParseHeadersState, "invalid parse state"); /* else folder corrupted */
+    OnNewMessage(nullptr);
+    nsresult rv = StartNewEnvelope(line, lineLength);
+    NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), " error starting envelope parsing mailbox");
+    // at the start of each new message, update the progress bar
+    UpdateProgressPercent();
+    return rv;
+  }
+
+  // otherwise, the message parser can handle it completely.
+  if (m_mailDB != nullptr)  // if no DB, do we need to parse at all?
+    return ParseFolderLine(line, lineLength);
+
+  return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER; // need to error out if we don't have a db.
+}
+
+void
+nsMsgMailboxParser::ReleaseFolderLock()
+{
+  nsresult result;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder = do_QueryReferent(m_folder);
+  if (!folder)
+    return;
+  bool haveSemaphore;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsISupports> supports = do_QueryInterface(static_cast<nsIMsgParseMailMsgState*>(this));
+  result = folder->TestSemaphore(supports, &haveSemaphore);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(result) && haveSemaphore)
+    (void) folder->ReleaseSemaphore(supports);
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgMailboxParser::AcquireFolderLock()
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder = do_QueryReferent(m_folder);
+  if (!folder)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> supports = do_QueryObject(this);
+  return folder->AcquireSemaphore(supports);
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsParseMailMessageState, nsIMsgParseMailMsgState, nsIDBChangeListener)
+
+nsParseMailMessageState::nsParseMailMessageState()
+{
+  m_position = 0;
+  m_new_key = nsMsgKey_None;
+  m_IgnoreXMozillaStatus = false;
+  m_state = nsIMsgParseMailMsgState::ParseBodyState;
+
+  // setup handling of custom db headers, headers that are added to .msf files
+  // as properties of the nsMsgHdr objects, controlled by the
+  // pref mailnews.customDBHeaders, a space-delimited list of headers.
+  // E.g., if mailnews.customDBHeaders is "X-Spam-Score", and we're parsing
+  // a mail message with the X-Spam-Score header, we'll set the
+  // "x-spam-score" property of nsMsgHdr to the value of the header.
+  m_customDBHeaderValues = nullptr;
+  nsCString customDBHeaders; // not shown in search UI
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> pPrefBranch(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID));
+  if (pPrefBranch)
+  {
+     pPrefBranch->GetCharPref("mailnews.customDBHeaders",  getter_Copies(customDBHeaders));
+     ToLowerCase(customDBHeaders);
+     if (customDBHeaders.Find("content-base") == -1)
+      customDBHeaders.Insert(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("content-base "), 0);
+     ParseString(customDBHeaders, ' ', m_customDBHeaders);
+
+     // now add customHeaders
+     nsCString customHeadersString; // shown in search UI
+     nsTArray<nsCString> customHeadersArray;
+     pPrefBranch->GetCharPref("mailnews.customHeaders", getter_Copies(customHeadersString));
+     ToLowerCase(customHeadersString);
+     customHeadersString.StripWhitespace();
+     ParseString(customHeadersString, ':', customHeadersArray);
+     for (uint32_t i = 0; i < customHeadersArray.Length(); i++)
+     {
+       if (!m_customDBHeaders.Contains(customHeadersArray[i]))
+         m_customDBHeaders.AppendElement(customHeadersArray[i]);
+     }
+
+     if (m_customDBHeaders.Length())
+     {
+       m_customDBHeaderValues = new struct message_header [m_customDBHeaders.Length()];
+       if (!m_customDBHeaderValues)
+         m_customDBHeaders.Clear();
+     }
+  }
+  Clear();
+}
+
+nsParseMailMessageState::~nsParseMailMessageState()
+{
+  ClearAggregateHeader (m_toList);
+  ClearAggregateHeader (m_ccList);
+  delete [] m_customDBHeaderValues;
+}
+
+void nsParseMailMessageState::Init(uint64_t fileposition)
+{
+  m_state = nsIMsgParseMailMsgState::ParseBodyState;
+  m_position = fileposition;
+  m_newMsgHdr = nullptr;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsParseMailMessageState::Clear()
+{
+  m_message_id.length = 0;
+  m_references.length = 0;
+  m_date.length = 0;
+  m_delivery_date.length = 0;
+  m_from.length = 0;
+  m_sender.length = 0;
+  m_newsgroups.length = 0;
+  m_subject.length = 0;
+  m_status.length = 0;
+  m_mozstatus.length = 0;
+  m_mozstatus2.length = 0;
+  m_envelope_from.length = 0;
+  m_envelope_date.length = 0;
+  m_priority.length = 0;
+  m_keywords.length = 0;
+  m_mdn_dnt.length = 0;
+  m_return_path.length = 0;
+  m_account_key.length = 0;
+  m_in_reply_to.length = 0;
+  m_replyTo.length = 0;
+  m_content_type.length = 0;
+  m_mdn_original_recipient.length = 0;
+  m_bccList.length = 0;
+  m_body_lines = 0;
+  m_newMsgHdr = nullptr;
+  m_envelope_pos = 0;
+  m_new_key = nsMsgKey_None;
+  ClearAggregateHeader (m_toList);
+  ClearAggregateHeader (m_ccList);
+  m_headers.ResetWritePos();
+  m_envelope.ResetWritePos();
+  m_receivedTime = 0;
+  m_receivedValue.Truncate();
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < m_customDBHeaders.Length(); i++)
+    m_customDBHeaderValues[i].length = 0;
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsParseMailMessageState::SetState(nsMailboxParseState aState)
+{
+  m_state = aState;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsParseMailMessageState::GetState(nsMailboxParseState *aState)
+{
+  if (!aState)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  *aState = m_state;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsParseMailMessageState::GetEnvelopePos(uint64_t *aEnvelopePos)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aEnvelopePos);
+
+  *aEnvelopePos = m_envelope_pos;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsParseMailMessageState::SetEnvelopePos(uint64_t aEnvelopePos)
+{
+  m_envelope_pos = aEnvelopePos;
+  m_position = m_envelope_pos;
+  m_headerstartpos = m_position;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsParseMailMessageState::GetNewMsgHdr(nsIMsgDBHdr ** aMsgHeader)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMsgHeader);
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aMsgHeader = m_newMsgHdr);
+  return m_newMsgHdr ? NS_OK : NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsParseMailMessageState::SetNewMsgHdr(nsIMsgDBHdr *aMsgHeader)
+{
+  m_newMsgHdr = aMsgHeader;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsParseMailMessageState::ParseAFolderLine(const char *line, uint32_t lineLength)
+{
+  ParseFolderLine(line, lineLength);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsParseMailMessageState::ParseFolderLine(const char *line, uint32_t lineLength)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  if (m_state == nsIMsgParseMailMsgState::ParseHeadersState)
+  {
+    if (EMPTY_MESSAGE_LINE(line))
+    {
+      /* End of headers.  Now parse them. */
+      rv = ParseHeaders();
+      NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "error parsing headers parsing mailbox");
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      rv = FinalizeHeaders();
+      NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "error finalizing headers parsing mailbox");
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      m_state = nsIMsgParseMailMsgState::ParseBodyState;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Otherwise, this line belongs to a header.  So append it to the
+         header data, and stay in MBOX `MIME_PARSE_HEADERS' state.
+      */
+      m_headers.AppendBuffer(line, lineLength);
+    }
+  }
+  else if ( m_state == nsIMsgParseMailMsgState::ParseBodyState)
+  {
+    m_body_lines++;
+  }
+
+  m_position += lineLength;
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsParseMailMessageState::SetMailDB(nsIMsgDatabase *mailDB)
+{
+  m_mailDB = mailDB;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsParseMailMessageState::SetBackupMailDB(nsIMsgDatabase *aBackupMailDB)
+{
+  m_backupMailDB = aBackupMailDB;
+  if (m_backupMailDB)
+    m_backupMailDB->AddListener(this);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsParseMailMessageState::SetNewKey(nsMsgKey aKey)
+{
+  m_new_key = aKey;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* #define STRICT_ENVELOPE */
+
+bool
+nsParseMailMessageState::IsEnvelopeLine(const char *buf, int32_t buf_size)
+{
+#ifdef STRICT_ENVELOPE
+  /* The required format is
+     From jwz  Fri Jul  1 09:13:09 1994
+   But we should also allow at least:
+     From jwz  Fri, Jul 01 09:13:09 1994
+     From jwz  Fri Jul  1 09:13:09 1994 PST
+     From jwz  Fri Jul  1 09:13:09 1994 (+0700)
+
+   We can't easily call XP_ParseTimeString() because the string is not
+   null terminated (ok, we could copy it after a quick check...) but
+   XP_ParseTimeString() may be too lenient for our purposes.
+
+   DANGER!!  The released version of 2.0b1 was (on some systems,
+   some Unix, some NT, possibly others) writing out envelope lines
+   like "From - 10/13/95 11:22:33" which STRICT_ENVELOPE will reject!
+   */
+  const char *date, *end;
+
+  if (buf_size < 29) return false;
+  if (*buf != 'F') return false;
+  if (strncmp(buf, "From ", 5)) return false;
+
+  end = buf + buf_size;
+  date = buf + 5;
+
+  /* Skip horizontal whitespace between "From " and user name. */
+  while ((*date == ' ' || *date == '\t') && date < end)
+  date++;
+
+  /* If at the end, it doesn't match. */
+  if (IS_SPACE(*date) || date == end)
+  return false;
+
+  /* Skip over user name. */
+  while (!IS_SPACE(*date) && date < end)
+  date++;
+
+  /* Skip horizontal whitespace between user name and date. */
+  while ((*date == ' ' || *date == '\t') && date < end)
+  date++;
+
+  /* Don't want this to be localized. */
+# define TMP_ISALPHA(x) (((x) >= 'A' && (x) <= 'Z') || \
+             ((x) >= 'a' && (x) <= 'z'))
+
+  /* take off day-of-the-week. */
+  if (date >= end - 3)
+  return false;
+  if (!TMP_ISALPHA(date[0]) || !TMP_ISALPHA(date[1]) || !TMP_ISALPHA(date[2]))
+  return false;
+  date += 3;
+  /* Skip horizontal whitespace (and commas) between dotw and month. */
+  if (*date != ' ' && *date != '\t' && *date != ',')
+  return false;
+  while ((*date == ' ' || *date == '\t' || *date == ',') && date < end)
+  date++;
+
+  /* take off month. */
+  if (date >= end - 3)
+  return false;
+  if (!TMP_ISALPHA(date[0]) || !TMP_ISALPHA(date[1]) || !TMP_ISALPHA(date[2]))
+  return false;
+  date += 3;
+  /* Skip horizontal whitespace between month and dotm. */
+  if (date == end || (*date != ' ' && *date != '\t'))
+  return false;
+  while ((*date == ' ' || *date == '\t') && date < end)
+  date++;
+
+  /* Skip over digits and whitespace. */
+  while (((*date >= '0' && *date <= '9') || *date == ' ' || *date == '\t') &&
+     date < end)
+  date++;
+  /* Next character should be a colon. */
+  if (date >= end || *date != ':')
+  return false;
+
+  /* Ok, that ought to be enough... */
+
+# undef TMP_ISALPHA
+
+#else  /* !STRICT_ENVELOPE */
+
+  if (buf_size < 5) return false;
+  if (*buf != 'F') return false;
+  if (strncmp(buf, "From ", 5)) return false;
+
+#endif /* !STRICT_ENVELOPE */
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+// We've found the start of the next message, so finish this one off.
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsParseMailMessageState::FinishHeader()
+{
+  if (m_newMsgHdr)
+  {
+    m_newMsgHdr->SetMessageOffset(m_envelope_pos);
+    m_newMsgHdr->SetMessageSize(m_position - m_envelope_pos);
+    m_newMsgHdr->SetLineCount(m_body_lines);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsParseMailMessageState::GetAllHeaders(char ** pHeaders, int32_t *pHeadersSize)
+{
+  if (!pHeaders || !pHeadersSize)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+  *pHeaders = m_headers.GetBuffer();
+  *pHeadersSize = m_headers.GetBufferPos();
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// generate headers as a string, with CRLF between the headers
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsParseMailMessageState::GetHeaders(char ** pHeaders)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(pHeaders);
+  nsCString crlfHeaders;
+  char *curHeader = m_headers.GetBuffer();
+  for (uint32_t headerPos = 0; headerPos < m_headers.GetBufferPos();)
+  {
+    crlfHeaders.Append(curHeader);
+    crlfHeaders.Append(CRLF);
+    int32_t headerLen = strlen(curHeader);
+    curHeader += headerLen + 1;
+    headerPos += headerLen + 1;
+  }
+  *pHeaders = ToNewCString(crlfHeaders);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+struct message_header *nsParseMailMessageState::GetNextHeaderInAggregate (nsTArray<struct message_header*> &list)
+{
+  // When parsing a message with multiple To or CC header lines, we're storing each line in a
+  // list, where the list represents the "aggregate" total of all the header. Here we get a new
+  // line for the list
+
+  struct message_header *header = (struct message_header*) PR_Calloc (1, sizeof(struct message_header));
+  list.AppendElement (header);
+  return header;
+}
+
+void nsParseMailMessageState::GetAggregateHeader (nsTArray<struct message_header*> &list, struct message_header *outHeader)
+{
+  // When parsing a message with multiple To or CC header lines, we're storing each line in a
+  // list, where the list represents the "aggregate" total of all the header. Here we combine
+  // all the lines together, as though they were really all found on the same line
+
+  struct message_header *header = nullptr;
+  int length = 0;
+  size_t i;
+
+  // Count up the bytes required to allocate the aggregated header
+  for (i = 0; i < list.Length(); i++)
+  {
+    header = list.ElementAt(i);
+    length += (header->length + 1); //+ for ","
+  }
+
+  if (length > 0)
+  {
+    char *value = (char*) PR_CALLOC (length + 1); //+1 for null term
+    if (value)
+    {
+      // Catenate all the To lines together, separated by commas
+      value[0] = '\0';
+      size_t size = list.Length();
+      for (i = 0; i < size; i++)
+      {
+        header = list.ElementAt(i);
+        PL_strncat (value, header->value, header->length);
+        if (i + 1 < size)
+          PL_strcat (value, ",");
+      }
+      outHeader->length = length;
+      outHeader->value = value;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    outHeader->length = 0;
+    outHeader->value = nullptr;
+  }
+}
+
+void nsParseMailMessageState::ClearAggregateHeader (nsTArray<struct message_header*> &list)
+{
+  // Reset the aggregate headers. Free only the message_header struct since
+  // we don't own the value pointer
+
+  for (size_t i = 0; i < list.Length(); i++)
+    PR_Free (list.ElementAt(i));
+  list.Clear();
+}
+
+// We've found a new envelope to parse.
+nsresult nsParseMailMessageState::StartNewEnvelope(const char *line, uint32_t lineLength)
+{
+  m_envelope_pos = m_position;
+  m_state = nsIMsgParseMailMsgState::ParseHeadersState;
+  m_position += lineLength;
+  m_headerstartpos = m_position;
+  return ParseEnvelope (line, lineLength);
+}
+
+/* largely lifted from mimehtml.c, which does similar parsing, sigh...
+*/
+nsresult nsParseMailMessageState::ParseHeaders ()
+{
+  char *buf = m_headers.GetBuffer();
+  uint32_t buf_length = m_headers.GetBufferPos();
+  if (buf_length == 0)
+  {
+    // No header of an expected type is present. Consider this a successful
+    // parse so email still shows on summary and can be accessed and deleted.
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  char *buf_end = buf + buf_length;
+  if (!(buf_length > 1 && (buf[buf_length - 1] == '\r' ||
+        buf[buf_length - 1] == '\n')))
+  {
+    NS_WARNING("Header text should always end in a newline");
+    return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+  }
+  while (buf < buf_end)
+  {
+    char *colon = PL_strnchr(buf, ':', buf_end - buf);
+    char *end;
+    char *value = 0;
+    struct message_header *header = 0;
+    struct message_header receivedBy;
+
+    if (!colon)
+      break;
+
+    end = colon;
+
+    switch (buf [0])
+    {
+    case 'B': case 'b':
+      if (!PL_strncasecmp ("BCC", buf, end - buf))
+        header = &m_bccList;
+      break;
+    case 'C': case 'c':
+      if (!PL_strncasecmp ("CC", buf, end - buf))
+        header = GetNextHeaderInAggregate(m_ccList);
+      else if (!PL_strncasecmp ("Content-Type", buf, end - buf))
+        header = &m_content_type;
+      break;
+    case 'D': case 'd':
+      if (!PL_strncasecmp ("Date", buf, end - buf))
+        header = &m_date;
+      else if (!PL_strncasecmp("Disposition-Notification-To", buf, end - buf))
+        header = &m_mdn_dnt;
+      else if (!PL_strncasecmp("Delivery-date", buf, end - buf))
+        header = &m_delivery_date;
+      break;
+    case 'F': case 'f':
+      if (!PL_strncasecmp ("From", buf, end - buf))
+        header = &m_from;
+      break;
+    case 'I' : case 'i':
+      if (!PL_strncasecmp ("In-Reply-To", buf, end - buf))
+        header = &m_in_reply_to;
+      break;
+    case 'M': case 'm':
+      if (!PL_strncasecmp ("Message-ID", buf, end - buf))
+        header = &m_message_id;
+      break;
+    case 'N': case 'n':
+      if (!PL_strncasecmp ("Newsgroups", buf, end - buf))
+        header = &m_newsgroups;
+      break;
+    case 'O': case 'o':
+      if (!PL_strncasecmp ("Original-Recipient", buf, end - buf))
+        header = &m_mdn_original_recipient;
+      break;
+    case 'R': case 'r':
+      if (!PL_strncasecmp ("References", buf, end - buf))
+        header = &m_references;
+      else if (!PL_strncasecmp ("Return-Path", buf, end - buf))
+        header = &m_return_path;
+      // treat conventional Return-Receipt-To as MDN
+      // Disposition-Notification-To
+      else if (!PL_strncasecmp ("Return-Receipt-To", buf, end - buf))
+        header = &m_mdn_dnt;
+      else if (!PL_strncasecmp("Reply-To", buf, end - buf))
+        header = &m_replyTo;
+      else if (!PL_strncasecmp("Received", buf, end - buf))
+      {
+        header = &receivedBy;
+        header->length = 0;
+      }
+      break;
+    case 'S': case 's':
+      if (!PL_strncasecmp ("Subject", buf, end - buf) && !m_subject.length)
+        header = &m_subject;
+      else if (!PL_strncasecmp ("Sender", buf, end - buf))
+        header = &m_sender;
+      else if (!PL_strncasecmp ("Status", buf, end - buf))
+        header = &m_status;
+      break;
+    case 'T': case 't':
+      if (!PL_strncasecmp ("To", buf, end - buf))
+        header = GetNextHeaderInAggregate(m_toList);
+      break;
+    case 'X':
+      if (X_MOZILLA_STATUS2_LEN == end - buf &&
+        !PL_strncasecmp(X_MOZILLA_STATUS2, buf, end - buf) &&
+        !m_IgnoreXMozillaStatus && !m_mozstatus2.length)
+        header = &m_mozstatus2;
+      else if ( X_MOZILLA_STATUS_LEN == end - buf &&
+        !PL_strncasecmp(X_MOZILLA_STATUS, buf, end - buf) && !m_IgnoreXMozillaStatus
+        && !m_mozstatus.length)
+        header = &m_mozstatus;
+      else if (!PL_strncasecmp(HEADER_X_MOZILLA_ACCOUNT_KEY, buf, end - buf)
+        && !m_account_key.length)
+        header = &m_account_key;
+      // we could very well care what the priority header was when we
+      // remember its value. If so, need to remember it here. Also,
+      // different priority headers can appear in the same message,
+      // but we only rememeber the last one that we see.
+      else if (!PL_strncasecmp("X-Priority", buf, end - buf)
+        || !PL_strncasecmp("Priority", buf, end - buf))
+        header = &m_priority;
+      else if (!PL_strncasecmp(HEADER_X_MOZILLA_KEYWORDS, buf, end - buf)
+        && !m_keywords.length)
+        header = &m_keywords;
+      break;
+    }
+    if (!header && m_customDBHeaders.Length())
+    {
+#ifdef MOZILLA_INTERNAL_API
+      nsDependentCSubstring headerStr(buf, end);
+#else
+      nsDependentCSubstring headerStr(buf, end - buf);
+#endif
+
+      ToLowerCase(headerStr);
+      size_t customHeaderIndex = m_customDBHeaders.IndexOf(headerStr);
+      if (customHeaderIndex != m_customDBHeaders.NoIndex)
+        header = & m_customDBHeaderValues[customHeaderIndex];
+    }
+
+    buf = colon + 1;
+    uint32_t writeOffset = 0; // number of characters replaced with a folded space
+
+SEARCH_NEWLINE:
+    // move past any non terminating characters, rewriting them if folding white space
+    // exists
+    while (buf < buf_end && *buf != '\r' && *buf != '\n')
+    {
+      if (writeOffset)
+        *(buf - writeOffset) = *buf;
+      buf++;
+    }
+
+    /* If "\r\n " or "\r\n\t" is next, that doesn't terminate the header. */
+    if ((buf + 2 < buf_end && (buf[0] == '\r' && buf[1] == '\n') &&
+                              (buf[2] == ' ' || buf[2] == '\t')) ||
+    /* If "\r " or "\r\t" or "\n " or "\n\t" is next, that doesn't terminate
+       the header either. */
+        (buf + 1 < buf_end && (buf[0] == '\r' || buf[0] == '\n') &&
+                              (buf[1] == ' ' || buf[1] == '\t')))
+    {
+      // locate the proper location for a folded space by eliminating any
+      // leading spaces before the end-of-line character
+      char* foldedSpace = buf;
+      while (*(foldedSpace - 1) == ' ' || *(foldedSpace - 1) == '\t')
+        foldedSpace--;
+
+      // put a single folded space character
+      *(foldedSpace - writeOffset) = ' ';
+      writeOffset += (buf - foldedSpace);
+      buf++;
+
+      // eliminate any additional white space
+      while (buf < buf_end &&
+              (*buf == '\n' || *buf == '\r' || *buf == ' ' || *buf == '\t'))
+      {
+        buf++;
+        writeOffset++;
+      }
+
+      // If we get here, the message headers ended in an empty line, like:
+      // To: blah blah blah<CR><LF>  <CR><LF>[end of buffer]. The code below
+      // requires buf to land on a newline to properly null-terminate the
+      // string, so back up a tad so that it is pointing to one.
+      if (buf == buf_end)
+      {
+        --buf;
+        MOZ_ASSERT(*buf == '\n' || *buf == '\r',
+          "Header text should always end in a newline.");
+      }
+      goto SEARCH_NEWLINE;
+    }
+
+    if (header)
+    {
+      value = colon + 1;
+      // eliminate trailing blanks after the colon
+      while (value < (buf - writeOffset) && (*value == ' ' || *value == '\t'))
+        value++;
+
+      header->value = value;
+      header->length = buf - header->value - writeOffset;
+      if (header->length < 0)
+        header->length = 0;
+    }
+    if (*buf == '\r' || *buf == '\n')
+    {
+      char *last = buf - writeOffset;
+      char *saveBuf = buf;
+      if (*buf == '\r' && buf + 1 < buf_end && buf[1] == '\n')
+        buf++;
+      buf++;
+      // null terminate the left-over slop so we don't confuse msg filters.
+      *saveBuf = 0;
+      *last = 0;  /* short-circuit const, and null-terminate header. */
+    }
+
+    if (header)
+    {
+      /* More const short-circuitry... */
+      /* strip trailing whitespace */
+      while (header->length > 0 &&
+        IS_SPACE (header->value [header->length - 1]))
+        ((char *) header->value) [--header->length] = 0;
+      if (header == &receivedBy)
+      {
+        if (m_receivedTime == 0)
+        {
+          // parse Received: header for date.
+          // We trust the first header as that is closest to recipient,
+          // and less likely to be spoofed.
+          nsAutoCString receivedHdr(header->value, header->length);
+          int32_t lastSemicolon = receivedHdr.RFindChar(';');
+          if (lastSemicolon != -1)
+          {
+            nsAutoCString receivedDate;
+            receivedDate = Substring(receivedHdr, lastSemicolon + 1);
+            receivedDate.Trim(" \t\b\r\n");
+            PRTime resultTime;
+            if (PR_ParseTimeString (receivedDate.get(), false, &resultTime) == PR_SUCCESS)
+              m_receivedTime = resultTime;
+            else
+              NS_WARNING("PR_ParseTimeString failed in ParseHeaders().");
+          }
+        }
+        // Someone might want the received header saved.
+        if (m_customDBHeaders.Length())
+        {
+          if (m_customDBHeaders.Contains(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("received")))
+          {
+            if (!m_receivedValue.IsEmpty())
+              m_receivedValue.Append(' ');
+            m_receivedValue.Append(header->value, header->length);
+          }
+        }
+      }
+
+      MOZ_ASSERT(header->value[header->length] == 0,
+        "Non-null-terminated strings cause very, very bad problems");
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsParseMailMessageState::ParseEnvelope (const char *line, uint32_t line_size)
+{
+  const char *end;
+  char *s;
+
+  m_envelope.AppendBuffer(line, line_size);
+  end = m_envelope.GetBuffer() + line_size;
+  s = m_envelope.GetBuffer() + 5;
+
+  while (s < end && IS_SPACE (*s))
+    s++;
+  m_envelope_from.value = s;
+  while (s < end && !IS_SPACE (*s))
+    s++;
+  m_envelope_from.length = s - m_envelope_from.value;
+
+  while (s < end && IS_SPACE (*s))
+    s++;
+  m_envelope_date.value = s;
+  m_envelope_date.length = (uint16_t) (line_size - (s - m_envelope.GetBuffer()));
+
+  while (m_envelope_date.length > 0 &&
+         IS_SPACE (m_envelope_date.value [m_envelope_date.length - 1]))
+    m_envelope_date.length--;
+
+  /* #### short-circuit const */
+  ((char *) m_envelope_from.value) [m_envelope_from.length] = 0;
+  ((char *) m_envelope_date.value) [m_envelope_date.length] = 0;
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsParseMailMessageState::InternSubject (struct message_header *header)
+{
+  if (!header || header->length == 0)
+  {
+    m_newMsgHdr->SetSubject("");
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  const char *key = header->value;
+
+  uint32_t flags;
+  (void)m_newMsgHdr->GetFlags(&flags);
+  /* strip "Re: " */
+  /**
+        We trust the X-Mozilla-Status line to be the smartest in almost
+        all things.  One exception, however, is the HAS_RE flag.  Since
+         we just parsed the subject header anyway, we expect that parsing
+         to be smartest.  (After all, what if someone just went in and
+        edited the subject line by hand?)
+     */
+  nsCString modifiedSubject;
+  if (NS_MsgStripRE(nsDependentCString(key), modifiedSubject))
+    flags |= nsMsgMessageFlags::HasRe;
+  else
+    flags &= ~nsMsgMessageFlags::HasRe;
+  m_newMsgHdr->SetFlags(flags); // this *does not* update the mozilla-status header in the local folder
+
+  // Condense the subject text into as few MIME-2 encoded words as possible.
+  m_newMsgHdr->SetSubject(modifiedSubject.IsEmpty() ? key : modifiedSubject.get());
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// we've reached the end of the envelope, and need to turn all our accumulated message_headers
+// into a single nsIMsgDBHdr to store in a database.
+nsresult nsParseMailMessageState::FinalizeHeaders()
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  struct message_header *sender;
+  struct message_header *recipient;
+  struct message_header *subject;
+  struct message_header *id;
+  struct message_header *inReplyTo;
+  struct message_header *replyTo;
+  struct message_header *references;
+  struct message_header *date;
+  struct message_header *deliveryDate;
+  struct message_header *statush;
+  struct message_header *mozstatus;
+  struct message_header *mozstatus2;
+  struct message_header *priority;
+  struct message_header *keywords;
+  struct message_header *account_key;
+  struct message_header *ccList;
+  struct message_header *bccList;
+  struct message_header *mdn_dnt;
+  struct message_header md5_header;
+  struct message_header *content_type;
+  char md5_data [50];
+
+  uint32_t flags = 0;
+  uint32_t delta = 0;
+  nsMsgPriorityValue priorityFlags = nsMsgPriority::notSet;
+  uint32_t labelFlags = 0;
+
+  if (!m_mailDB)    // if we don't have a valid db, skip the header.
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  struct message_header to;
+  GetAggregateHeader (m_toList, &to);
+  struct message_header cc;
+  GetAggregateHeader (m_ccList, &cc);
+  // we don't aggregate bcc, as we only generate it locally,
+  // and we don't use multiple lines
+
+  sender     = (m_from.length          ? &m_from :
+  m_sender.length        ? &m_sender :
+  m_envelope_from.length ? &m_envelope_from :
+  0);
+  recipient  = (to.length         ? &to :
+  cc.length         ? &cc :
+  m_newsgroups.length ? &m_newsgroups :
+  0);
+  ccList     = (cc.length ? &cc : 0);
+  bccList    = (m_bccList.length    ? &m_bccList    : 0);
+  subject    = (m_subject.length    ? &m_subject    : 0);
+  id         = (m_message_id.length ? &m_message_id : 0);
+  references = (m_references.length ? &m_references : 0);
+  statush    = (m_status.length     ? &m_status     : 0);
+  mozstatus  = (m_mozstatus.length  ? &m_mozstatus  : 0);
+  mozstatus2 = (m_mozstatus2.length  ? &m_mozstatus2  : 0);
+  date       = (m_date.length       ? &m_date :
+  m_envelope_date.length ? &m_envelope_date :
+  0);
+  deliveryDate = (m_delivery_date.length ? &m_delivery_date : 0);
+  priority   = (m_priority.length   ? &m_priority   : 0);
+  keywords   =  (m_keywords.length   ? &m_keywords  : 0);
+  mdn_dnt     = (m_mdn_dnt.length    ? &m_mdn_dnt    : 0);
+  inReplyTo = (m_in_reply_to.length ? &m_in_reply_to : 0);
+  replyTo = (m_replyTo.length ? &m_replyTo : 0);
+  content_type = (m_content_type.length ? &m_content_type : 0);
+  account_key = (m_account_key.length ? &m_account_key :0);
+
+  if (mozstatus)
+  {
+    if (mozstatus->length == 4)
+    {
+      NS_ASSERTION(MsgIsHex(mozstatus->value, 4), "Expected 4 hex digits for flags.");
+      flags = MsgUnhex(mozstatus->value, 4);
+      // strip off and remember priority bits.
+      flags &= ~nsMsgMessageFlags::RuntimeOnly;
+      priorityFlags = (nsMsgPriorityValue) ((flags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Priorities) >> 13);
+      flags &= ~nsMsgMessageFlags::Priorities;
+    }
+    delta = (m_headerstartpos +
+      (mozstatus->value - m_headers.GetBuffer()) -
+      (2 + X_MOZILLA_STATUS_LEN)    /* 2 extra bytes for ": ". */
+      ) - m_envelope_pos;
+  }
+
+  if (mozstatus2)
+  {
+    uint32_t flags2 = 0;
+    sscanf(mozstatus2->value, " %x ", &flags2);
+    flags |= flags2;
+  }
+
+  if (!(flags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Expunged))  // message was deleted, don't bother creating a hdr.
+  {
+    // We'll need the message id first to recover data from the backup database
+    nsAutoCString rawMsgId;
+    /* Take off <> around message ID. */
+    if (id)
+    {
+      if (id->length > 0 && id->value[0] == '<')
+        id->length--, id->value++;
+
+      NS_WARNING_ASSERTION(id->length > 0, "id->length failure in FinalizeHeaders().");
+
+      if (id->length > 0 && id->value[id->length - 1] == '>')
+        /* generate a new null-terminated string without the final > */
+        rawMsgId.Assign(id->value, id->length - 1);
+      else
+        rawMsgId.Assign(id->value);
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Try to copy the data from the backup database, referencing the MessageID
+     * If that fails, just create a new header
+     */
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> oldHeader;
+    nsresult ret = NS_OK;
+
+    if (m_backupMailDB && !rawMsgId.IsEmpty())
+      ret = m_backupMailDB->GetMsgHdrForMessageID(
+              rawMsgId.get(), getter_AddRefs(oldHeader));
+
+    // m_new_key is set in nsImapMailFolder::ParseAdoptedHeaderLine to be
+    // the UID of the message, so that the key can get created as UID. That of
+    // course is extremely confusing, and we really need to clean that up. We
+    // really should not conflate the meaning of envelope position, key, and
+    // UID.
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(ret) && oldHeader)
+        ret = m_mailDB->CopyHdrFromExistingHdr(m_new_key,
+                oldHeader, false, getter_AddRefs(m_newMsgHdr));
+    else if (!m_newMsgHdr)
+    {
+      // Should assert that this is not a local message
+      ret = m_mailDB->CreateNewHdr(m_new_key, getter_AddRefs(m_newMsgHdr));
+    }
+
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(ret) && m_newMsgHdr)
+    {
+      uint32_t origFlags;
+      (void)m_newMsgHdr->GetFlags(&origFlags);
+      if (origFlags & nsMsgMessageFlags::HasRe)
+        flags |= nsMsgMessageFlags::HasRe;
+      else
+        flags &= ~nsMsgMessageFlags::HasRe;
+
+      flags &= ~nsMsgMessageFlags::Offline; // don't keep nsMsgMessageFlags::Offline for local msgs
+      if (mdn_dnt && !(origFlags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Read) &&
+          !(origFlags & nsMsgMessageFlags::MDNReportSent) &&
+          !(flags & nsMsgMessageFlags::MDNReportSent))
+        flags |= nsMsgMessageFlags::MDNReportNeeded;
+
+      m_newMsgHdr->SetFlags(flags);
+      if (priorityFlags != nsMsgPriority::notSet)
+        m_newMsgHdr->SetPriority(priorityFlags);
+
+      // if we have a reply to header, and it's different from the from: header,
+      // set the "replyTo" attribute on the msg hdr.
+      if (replyTo && (!sender || replyTo->length != sender->length || strncmp(replyTo->value, sender->value, sender->length)))
+        m_newMsgHdr->SetStringProperty("replyTo", replyTo->value);
+      // convert the flag values (0xE000000) to label values (0-5)
+      if (mozstatus2) // only do this if we have a mozstatus2 header
+      {
+        labelFlags = ((flags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Labels) >> 25);
+        m_newMsgHdr->SetLabel(labelFlags);
+      }
+      if (delta < 0xffff)
+      {    /* Only use if fits in 16 bits. */
+        m_newMsgHdr->SetStatusOffset((uint16_t) delta);
+        if (!m_IgnoreXMozillaStatus) {  // imap doesn't care about X-MozillaStatus
+          uint32_t offset;
+          (void)m_newMsgHdr->GetStatusOffset(&offset);
+          NS_ASSERTION(offset < 10000, "invalid status offset"); /* ### Debugging hack */
+        }
+      }
+      if (sender)
+        m_newMsgHdr->SetAuthor(sender->value);
+      if (recipient == &m_newsgroups)
+      {
+      /* In the case where the recipient is a newsgroup, truncate the string
+      at the first comma.  This is used only for presenting the thread list,
+      and newsgroup lines tend to be long and non-shared, and tend to bloat
+      the string table.  So, by only showing the first newsgroup, we can
+      reduce memory and file usage at the expense of only showing the one
+      group in the summary list, and only being able to sort on the first
+        group rather than the whole list.  It's worth it. */
+        char * ch;
+        ch = PL_strchr(recipient->value, ',');
+        if (ch)
+        {
+          /* generate a new string that terminates before the , */
+          nsAutoCString firstGroup;
+          firstGroup.Assign(recipient->value, ch - recipient->value);
+          m_newMsgHdr->SetRecipients(firstGroup.get());
+        }
+        m_newMsgHdr->SetRecipients(recipient->value);
+      }
+      else if (recipient)
+      {
+        m_newMsgHdr->SetRecipients(recipient->value);
+      }
+      if (ccList)
+      {
+        m_newMsgHdr->SetCcList(ccList->value);
+      }
+
+      if (bccList)
+      {
+        m_newMsgHdr->SetBccList(bccList->value);
+      }
+
+      rv = InternSubject (subject);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      {
+        if (!id)
+        {
+          // what to do about this? we used to do a hash of all the headers...
+          nsAutoCString hash;
+          const char *md5_b64 = "dummy.message.id";
+          nsresult rv;
+          nsCOMPtr<nsICryptoHash> hasher = do_CreateInstance("@mozilla.org/security/hash;1", &rv);
+          if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+          {
+            if (NS_SUCCEEDED(hasher->Init(nsICryptoHash::MD5)) &&
+                NS_SUCCEEDED(hasher->Update((const uint8_t*) m_headers.GetBuffer(), m_headers.GetSize())) &&
+                NS_SUCCEEDED(hasher->Finish(true, hash)))
+              md5_b64 = hash.get();
+          }
+          PR_snprintf (md5_data, sizeof(md5_data), "<md5:%s>", md5_b64);
+          md5_header.value = md5_data;
+          md5_header.length = strlen(md5_data);
+          id = &md5_header;
+        }
+
+        if (!rawMsgId.IsEmpty())
+          m_newMsgHdr->SetMessageId(rawMsgId.get());
+        else
+          m_newMsgHdr->SetMessageId(id->value);
+        m_mailDB->UpdatePendingAttributes(m_newMsgHdr);
+
+        if (!mozstatus && statush)
+        {
+          /* Parse a little bit of the Berkeley Mail status header. */
+          for (const char *s = statush->value; *s; s++) {
+            uint32_t msgFlags = 0;
+            (void)m_newMsgHdr->GetFlags(&msgFlags);
+            switch (*s)
+            {
+            case 'R': case 'r':
+              m_newMsgHdr->SetFlags(msgFlags | nsMsgMessageFlags::Read);
+              break;
+            case 'D': case 'd':
+              /* msg->flags |= nsMsgMessageFlags::Expunged;  ### Is this reasonable? */
+              break;
+            case 'N': case 'n':
+            case 'U': case 'u':
+              m_newMsgHdr->SetFlags(msgFlags & ~nsMsgMessageFlags::Read);
+              break;
+            default:            // Should check for corrupt file.
+              NS_ERROR("Corrupt file. Should not happen.");
+              break;
+            }
+          }
+        }
+
+        if (account_key != nullptr)
+          m_newMsgHdr->SetAccountKey(account_key->value);
+        // use in-reply-to header as references, if there's no references header
+        if (references != nullptr)
+          m_newMsgHdr->SetReferences(references->value);
+        else if (inReplyTo != nullptr)
+          m_newMsgHdr->SetReferences(inReplyTo->value);
+
+        // 'Received' should be as reliable an indicator of the receipt
+        // date+time as possible, whilst always giving something *from
+        // the message*.  It won't use PR_Now() under any circumstance.
+        // Therefore, the fall-thru order for 'Received' is:
+        // Received: -> Delivery-date: -> date
+        // 'Date' uses:
+        // date -> PR_Now()
+        //
+        // date is:
+        // Date: -> m_envelope_date
+
+        uint32_t rcvTimeSecs = 0;
+        if (date)
+        {  // Date:
+          PRTime resultTime;
+          PRStatus timeStatus = PR_ParseTimeString (date->value, false, &resultTime);
+          if (PR_SUCCESS == timeStatus)
+          {
+            m_newMsgHdr->SetDate(resultTime);
+            PRTime2Seconds(resultTime, &rcvTimeSecs);
+          }
+          else
+            NS_WARNING("PR_ParseTimeString of date failed in FinalizeHeader().");
+        }
+        else
+        {  // PR_Now()
+          // If there was some problem parsing the Date header *AND* we
+          // couldn't get a valid envelope date, use now as the time.
+          // PR_ParseTimeString won't touch resultTime unless it succeeds.
+          // This doesn't affect local (POP3) messages, because we use the envelope
+          // date if there's no Date: header, but it will affect IMAP msgs
+          // w/o a Date: hdr or Received: headers.
+          PRTime resultTime = PR_Now();
+          m_newMsgHdr->SetDate(resultTime);
+        }
+        if (m_receivedTime != 0)
+        {  // Upgrade 'Received' to Received: ?
+          PRTime2Seconds(m_receivedTime, &rcvTimeSecs);
+        }
+        else if (deliveryDate)
+        {  // Upgrade 'Received' to Delivery-date: ?
+          PRTime resultTime;
+          PRStatus timeStatus = PR_ParseTimeString (deliveryDate->value, false, &resultTime);
+          if (PR_SUCCESS == timeStatus)
+            PRTime2Seconds(resultTime, &rcvTimeSecs);
+          else // TODO/FIXME: We need to figure out what to do in this case!
+            NS_WARNING("PR_ParseTimeString of delivery date failed in FinalizeHeader().");
+        }
+        m_newMsgHdr->SetUint32Property("dateReceived", rcvTimeSecs);
+
+        if (priority)
+          m_newMsgHdr->SetPriorityString(priority->value);
+        else if (priorityFlags == nsMsgPriority::notSet)
+          m_newMsgHdr->SetPriority(nsMsgPriority::none);
+        if (keywords)
+        {
+          // When there are many keywords, some may not have been written
+          // to the message file, so add extra keywords from the backup
+          nsAutoCString oldKeywords;
+          m_newMsgHdr->GetStringProperty("keywords", getter_Copies(oldKeywords));
+          nsTArray<nsCString> newKeywordArray, oldKeywordArray;
+          ParseString(Substring(keywords->value, keywords->value + keywords->length), ' ', newKeywordArray);
+          ParseString(oldKeywords, ' ', oldKeywordArray);
+          for (uint32_t i = 0; i < oldKeywordArray.Length(); i++)
+            if (!newKeywordArray.Contains(oldKeywordArray[i]))
+              newKeywordArray.AppendElement(oldKeywordArray[i]);
+          nsAutoCString newKeywords;
+          for (uint32_t i = 0; i < newKeywordArray.Length(); i++)
+          {
+            if (i)
+              newKeywords.Append(" ");
+            newKeywords.Append(newKeywordArray[i]);
+          }
+          m_newMsgHdr->SetStringProperty("keywords", newKeywords.get());
+        }
+        for (uint32_t i = 0; i < m_customDBHeaders.Length(); i++)
+        {
+          if (m_customDBHeaderValues[i].length)
+            m_newMsgHdr->SetStringProperty(m_customDBHeaders[i].get(), m_customDBHeaderValues[i].value);
+          // The received header is accumulated separately
+          if (m_customDBHeaders[i].EqualsLiteral("received") && !m_receivedValue.IsEmpty())
+            m_newMsgHdr->SetStringProperty("received", m_receivedValue.get());
+        }
+        if (content_type)
+        {
+          char *substring = PL_strstr(content_type->value, "charset");
+          if (substring)
+          {
+            char *charset = PL_strchr (substring, '=');
+            if (charset)
+            {
+              charset++;
+              /* strip leading whitespace and double-quote */
+              while (*charset && (IS_SPACE (*charset) || '\"' == *charset))
+                charset++;
+              /* strip trailing whitespace and double-quote */
+              char *end = charset;
+              while (*end && !IS_SPACE (*end) && '\"' != *end && ';' != *end)
+                end++;
+              if (*charset)
+              {
+                if (*end != '\0') {
+                  // if we're not at the very end of the line, we need
+                  // to generate a new string without the trailing crud
+                  nsAutoCString rawCharSet;
+                  rawCharSet.Assign(charset, end - charset);
+                  m_newMsgHdr->SetCharset(rawCharSet.get());
+                } else {
+                  m_newMsgHdr->SetCharset(charset);
+                }
+              }
+            }
+          }
+          substring = PL_strcasestr(content_type->value, "multipart/mixed");
+          if (substring)
+          {
+            uint32_t newFlags;
+            m_newMsgHdr->OrFlags(nsMsgMessageFlags::Attachment, &newFlags);
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      NS_ASSERTION(false, "error creating message header");
+      rv = NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+    rv = NS_OK;
+
+  //### why is this stuff const?
+  char *tmp = (char*) to.value;
+  PR_Free(tmp);
+  tmp = (char*) cc.value;
+  PR_Free(tmp);
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsParseNewMailState::nsParseNewMailState()
+    : m_disableFilters(false)
+{
+  m_ibuffer = nullptr;
+  m_ibuffer_size = 0;
+  m_ibuffer_fp = 0;
+  m_numNotNewMessages = 0;
+ }
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED(nsParseNewMailState, nsMsgMailboxParser, nsIMsgFilterHitNotify)
+
+nsresult
+nsParseNewMailState::Init(nsIMsgFolder *serverFolder, nsIMsgFolder *downloadFolder,
+                          nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow, nsIMsgDBHdr *aHdr,
+                          nsIOutputStream *aOutputStream)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  Clear();
+  m_rootFolder = serverFolder;
+  m_msgWindow = aMsgWindow;
+  m_downloadFolder = downloadFolder;
+
+  m_newMsgHdr = aHdr;
+  m_outputStream = aOutputStream;
+  // the new mail parser isn't going to get the stream input, it seems, so we can't use
+  // the OnStartRequest mechanism the mailbox parser uses. So, let's open the db right now.
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBService> msgDBService = do_GetService(NS_MSGDB_SERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  if (msgDBService && !m_mailDB)
+    rv = msgDBService->OpenFolderDB(downloadFolder, false,
+                                    getter_AddRefs(m_mailDB));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> rootMsgFolder = do_QueryInterface(serverFolder, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+  rv = rootMsgFolder->GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    rv = server->GetFilterList(aMsgWindow, getter_AddRefs(m_filterList));
+
+    if (m_filterList)
+      rv = server->ConfigureTemporaryFilters(m_filterList);
+    // check if this server defers to another server, in which case
+    // we'll use that server's filters as well.
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> deferredToRootFolder;
+    server->GetRootMsgFolder(getter_AddRefs(deferredToRootFolder));
+    if (rootMsgFolder != deferredToRootFolder)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgIncomingServer> deferredToServer;
+      deferredToRootFolder->GetServer(getter_AddRefs(deferredToServer));
+      if (deferredToServer)
+        deferredToServer->GetFilterList(aMsgWindow, getter_AddRefs(m_deferredToServerFilterList));
+    }
+  }
+  m_disableFilters = false;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsParseNewMailState::~nsParseNewMailState()
+{
+  if (m_mailDB)
+    m_mailDB->Close(true);
+  if (m_backupMailDB)
+    m_backupMailDB->ForceClosed();
+#ifdef DOING_JSFILTERS
+  JSFilter_cleanup();
+#endif
+}
+
+// not an IMETHOD so we don't need to do error checking or return an error.
+// We only have one caller.
+void nsParseNewMailState::GetMsgWindow(nsIMsgWindow **aMsgWindow)
+{
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aMsgWindow = m_msgWindow);
+}
+
+
+// This gets called for every message because libnet calls IncorporateBegin,
+// IncorporateWrite (once or more), and IncorporateComplete for every message.
+void nsParseNewMailState::DoneParsingFolder(nsresult status)
+{
+  /* End of file.  Flush out any partial line remaining in the buffer. */
+  if (m_ibuffer_fp > 0)
+  {
+    ParseFolderLine(m_ibuffer, m_ibuffer_fp);
+    m_ibuffer_fp = 0;
+  }
+  PublishMsgHeader(nullptr);
+  if (m_mailDB)  // finished parsing, so flush db folder info
+    UpdateDBFolderInfo();
+
+    /* We're done reading the folder - we don't need these things
+   any more. */
+  PR_FREEIF (m_ibuffer);
+  m_ibuffer_size = 0;
+  PR_FREEIF (m_obuffer);
+  m_obuffer_size = 0;
+}
+
+void nsParseNewMailState::OnNewMessage(nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow)
+{
+}
+
+int32_t nsParseNewMailState::PublishMsgHeader(nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow)
+{
+  bool moved = false;
+  FinishHeader();
+
+  if (m_newMsgHdr)
+  {
+    uint32_t newFlags, oldFlags;
+    m_newMsgHdr->GetFlags(&oldFlags);
+    if (!(oldFlags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Read)) // don't mark read messages as new.
+      m_newMsgHdr->OrFlags(nsMsgMessageFlags::New, &newFlags);
+
+    if (!m_disableFilters)
+    {
+      uint64_t msgOffset;
+      (void) m_newMsgHdr->GetMessageOffset(&msgOffset);
+      m_curHdrOffset = msgOffset;
+
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+      nsresult rv = m_rootFolder->GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, 0);
+      int32_t duplicateAction;
+      server->GetIncomingDuplicateAction(&duplicateAction);
+      if (duplicateAction != nsIMsgIncomingServer::keepDups)
+      {
+        bool isDup;
+        server->IsNewHdrDuplicate(m_newMsgHdr, &isDup);
+        if (isDup)
+        {
+          // we want to do something similar to applying filter hits.
+          // if a dup is marked read, it shouldn't trigger biff.
+          // Same for deleting it or moving it to trash.
+          switch (duplicateAction)
+          {
+            case nsIMsgIncomingServer::deleteDups:
+              {
+              nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgPluggableStore> msgStore;
+              nsresult rv =
+                m_downloadFolder->GetMsgStore(getter_AddRefs(msgStore));
+              if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+              {
+                rv = msgStore->DiscardNewMessage(m_outputStream, m_newMsgHdr);
+                if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+                  m_rootFolder->ThrowAlertMsg("dupDeleteFolderTruncateFailed", msgWindow);
+              }
+                m_mailDB->RemoveHeaderMdbRow(m_newMsgHdr);
+              }
+              break;
+
+            case nsIMsgIncomingServer::moveDupsToTrash:
+              {
+                nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> trash;
+                GetTrashFolder(getter_AddRefs(trash));
+                if (trash) {
+                  uint32_t newFlags;
+                  bool msgMoved;
+                  m_newMsgHdr->AndFlags(~nsMsgMessageFlags::New, &newFlags);
+                  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgPluggableStore> msgStore;
+                  rv = m_downloadFolder->GetMsgStore(getter_AddRefs(msgStore));
+                  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+                    rv = msgStore->MoveNewlyDownloadedMessage(m_newMsgHdr, trash, &msgMoved);
+                  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !msgMoved) {
+                    rv = MoveIncorporatedMessage(m_newMsgHdr, m_mailDB, trash,
+                                            nullptr, msgWindow);
+                    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+                      rv = m_mailDB->RemoveHeaderMdbRow(m_newMsgHdr);
+                  }
+                  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+                    NS_WARNING("moveDupsToTrash failed for some reason.");
+                }
+              }
+              break;
+            case nsIMsgIncomingServer::markDupsRead:
+              MarkFilteredMessageRead(m_newMsgHdr);
+              break;
+          }
+          int32_t numNewMessages;
+          m_downloadFolder->GetNumNewMessages(false, &numNewMessages);
+          m_downloadFolder->SetNumNewMessages(numNewMessages - 1);
+
+          m_newMsgHdr = nullptr;
+          return 0;
+        }
+      }
+
+      ApplyFilters(&moved, msgWindow, msgOffset);
+    }
+    if (!moved)
+    {
+      if (m_mailDB)
+      {
+        m_mailDB->AddNewHdrToDB(m_newMsgHdr, true);
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolderNotificationService> notifier(do_GetService(NS_MSGNOTIFICATIONSERVICE_CONTRACTID));
+        if (notifier)
+          notifier->NotifyMsgAdded(m_newMsgHdr);
+        // mark the header as not yet reported classified
+        nsMsgKey msgKey;
+        m_newMsgHdr->GetMessageKey(&msgKey);
+        m_downloadFolder->OrProcessingFlags(
+           msgKey, nsMsgProcessingFlags::NotReportedClassified);
+      }
+    } // if it was moved by imap filter, m_parseMsgState->m_newMsgHdr == nullptr
+    m_newMsgHdr = nullptr;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+// We've found the start of the next message, so finish this one off.
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsParseNewMailState::FinishHeader()
+{
+  if (m_newMsgHdr)
+  {
+    m_newMsgHdr->SetMessageSize(m_position - m_envelope_pos);
+    m_newMsgHdr->SetLineCount(m_body_lines);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsParseNewMailState::GetTrashFolder(nsIMsgFolder **pTrashFolder)
+{
+  nsresult rv=NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+  if (!pTrashFolder)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  if (m_downloadFolder)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgIncomingServer> incomingServer;
+    m_downloadFolder->GetServer(getter_AddRefs(incomingServer));
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> rootMsgFolder;
+    incomingServer->GetRootMsgFolder(getter_AddRefs(rootMsgFolder));
+    if (rootMsgFolder)
+    {
+      rv = rootMsgFolder->GetFolderWithFlags(nsMsgFolderFlags::Trash, pTrashFolder);
+      if (!*pTrashFolder)
+        rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+void nsParseNewMailState::ApplyFilters(bool *pMoved, nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow, uint64_t msgOffset)
+{
+  m_msgMovedByFilter = m_msgCopiedByFilter = false;
+  m_curHdrOffset = msgOffset;
+
+  if (!m_disableFilters)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr = m_newMsgHdr;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> downloadFolder = m_downloadFolder;
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> rootMsgFolder = do_QueryInterface(m_rootFolder);
+    if (rootMsgFolder)
+    {
+      if (!downloadFolder)
+        rootMsgFolder->GetFolderWithFlags(nsMsgFolderFlags::Inbox,
+                                          getter_AddRefs(downloadFolder));
+      if (downloadFolder)
+        downloadFolder->GetURI(m_inboxUri);
+      char * headers = m_headers.GetBuffer();
+      uint32_t headersSize = m_headers.GetBufferPos();
+      if (m_filterList)
+        (void) m_filterList->
+          ApplyFiltersToHdr(nsMsgFilterType::InboxRule, msgHdr, downloadFolder,
+                            m_mailDB, headers, headersSize, this, msgWindow);
+      if (!m_msgMovedByFilter && m_deferredToServerFilterList)
+      {
+        (void) m_deferredToServerFilterList->
+          ApplyFiltersToHdr(nsMsgFilterType::InboxRule, msgHdr, downloadFolder,
+                            m_mailDB, headers, headersSize, this, msgWindow);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  if (pMoved)
+    *pMoved = m_msgMovedByFilter;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsParseNewMailState::ApplyFilterHit(nsIMsgFilter *filter, nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow, bool *applyMore)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(filter);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(applyMore);
+
+  uint32_t newFlags;
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  *applyMore = true;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr = m_newMsgHdr;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIArray> filterActionList;
+
+  rv = filter->GetSortedActionList(getter_AddRefs(filterActionList));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  uint32_t numActions;
+  rv = filterActionList->GetLength(&numActions);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  bool loggingEnabled = false;
+  if (m_filterList && numActions)
+    m_filterList->GetLoggingEnabled(&loggingEnabled);
+
+  bool msgIsNew = true;
+  for (uint32_t actionIndex = 0; actionIndex < numActions && *applyMore; actionIndex++)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgRuleAction> filterAction;
+    rv = filterActionList->QueryElementAt(actionIndex, NS_GET_IID(nsIMsgRuleAction),
+                                                       getter_AddRefs(filterAction));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !filterAction)
+      continue;
+
+    nsMsgRuleActionType actionType;
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(filterAction->GetType(&actionType)))
+    {
+      if (loggingEnabled)
+        (void)filter->LogRuleHit(filterAction, msgHdr);
+
+      nsCString actionTargetFolderUri;
+      if (actionType == nsMsgFilterAction::MoveToFolder ||
+          actionType == nsMsgFilterAction::CopyToFolder)
+      {
+
+        rv = filterAction->GetTargetFolderUri(actionTargetFolderUri);
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv) || actionTargetFolderUri.IsEmpty())
+        {
+          NS_ASSERTION(false, "actionTargetFolderUri is empty");
+          continue;
+        }
+      }
+      switch (actionType)
+      {
+      case nsMsgFilterAction::Delete:
+        {
+          nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> trash;
+          // set value to trash folder
+          rv = GetTrashFolder(getter_AddRefs(trash));
+          if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && trash)
+            rv = trash->GetURI(actionTargetFolderUri);
+
+          msgHdr->OrFlags(nsMsgMessageFlags::Read, &newFlags); // mark read in trash.
+          msgIsNew = false;
+        }
+
+        // FALLTHROUGH
+        MOZ_FALLTHROUGH;
+      case nsMsgFilterAction::MoveToFolder:
+        // if moving to a different file, do it.
+        if (actionTargetFolderUri.get() && !m_inboxUri.Equals(actionTargetFolderUri,
+                                                              nsCaseInsensitiveCStringComparator()))
+        {
+          nsresult err;
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFService> rdf(do_GetService(kRDFServiceCID, &err));
+          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(err, err);
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFResource> res;
+          err = rdf->GetResource(actionTargetFolderUri, getter_AddRefs(res));
+          if (NS_FAILED(err))
+            return err;
+
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> destIFolder(do_QueryInterface(res, &err));
+          if (NS_FAILED(err))
+            return err;
+          bool msgMoved = false;
+          // If we're moving to an imap folder, or this message has already
+          // has a pending copy action, use the imap coalescer so that
+          // we won't truncate the inbox before the copy fires.
+          if (m_msgCopiedByFilter ||
+              StringBeginsWith(actionTargetFolderUri, NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("imap:")))
+          {
+            if (!m_moveCoalescer)
+              m_moveCoalescer = new nsImapMoveCoalescer(m_downloadFolder, m_msgWindow);
+            NS_ENSURE_TRUE(m_moveCoalescer, NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY);
+            nsMsgKey msgKey;
+            (void) msgHdr->GetMessageKey(&msgKey);
+            m_moveCoalescer->AddMove(destIFolder, msgKey);
+            err = NS_OK;
+            msgIsNew = false;
+          }
+          else
+          {
+            nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgPluggableStore> msgStore;
+            err = m_downloadFolder->GetMsgStore(getter_AddRefs(msgStore));
+            if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err))
+              err = msgStore->MoveNewlyDownloadedMessage(msgHdr, destIFolder, &msgMoved);
+            if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err) && !msgMoved)
+              err = MoveIncorporatedMessage(msgHdr, m_mailDB, destIFolder,
+                                            filter, msgWindow);
+            m_msgMovedByFilter = NS_SUCCEEDED(err);
+            if (!m_msgMovedByFilter /* == NS_FAILED(err) */)
+            {
+              // XXX: Invoke MSG_LOG_TO_CONSOLE once bug 1135265 lands.
+              if (loggingEnabled)
+                (void) filter->LogRuleHitFail(filterAction, msgHdr, err, "Move failed");
+            }
+          }
+        }
+        *applyMore = false;
+        break;
+
+        case nsMsgFilterAction::CopyToFolder:
+        {
+          nsCString uri;
+          rv = m_rootFolder->GetURI(uri);
+
+          if (!actionTargetFolderUri.IsEmpty() && !actionTargetFolderUri.Equals(uri))
+          {
+            nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> messageArray(do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID));
+            messageArray->AppendElement(msgHdr, false);
+
+            nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> dstFolder;
+            nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgCopyService> copyService;
+            rv = GetExistingFolder(actionTargetFolderUri,
+                                   getter_AddRefs(dstFolder));
+            if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+              copyService = do_GetService(NS_MSGCOPYSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+            }
+            else {
+              // Let's show a more specific warning.
+              NS_WARNING("Target Folder does not exist.");
+              return rv;
+            }
+            if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+              rv = copyService->CopyMessages(m_downloadFolder, messageArray, dstFolder,
+                                             false, nullptr, msgWindow, false);
+
+            if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+              // XXX: Invoke MSG_LOG_TO_CONSOLE once bug 1135265 lands.
+              if (loggingEnabled)
+                (void) filter->LogRuleHitFail(filterAction, msgHdr, rv, "Copy failed");
+            }
+            else
+              m_msgCopiedByFilter = true;
+          }
+        }
+        break;
+      case nsMsgFilterAction::MarkRead:
+        msgIsNew = false;
+        MarkFilteredMessageRead(msgHdr);
+        break;
+      case nsMsgFilterAction::MarkUnread:
+        msgIsNew = true;
+        MarkFilteredMessageUnread(msgHdr);
+        break;
+      case nsMsgFilterAction::KillThread:
+        msgHdr->SetUint32Property("ProtoThreadFlags", nsMsgMessageFlags::Ignored);
+        break;
+      case nsMsgFilterAction::KillSubthread:
+        msgHdr->OrFlags(nsMsgMessageFlags::Ignored, &newFlags);
+        break;
+      case nsMsgFilterAction::WatchThread:
+        msgHdr->OrFlags(nsMsgMessageFlags::Watched, &newFlags);
+        break;
+      case nsMsgFilterAction::MarkFlagged:
+        {
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> messageArray(do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID));
+          messageArray->AppendElement(msgHdr, false);
+          m_downloadFolder->MarkMessagesFlagged(messageArray, true);
+        }
+        break;
+      case nsMsgFilterAction::ChangePriority:
+        nsMsgPriorityValue filterPriority;
+        filterAction->GetPriority(&filterPriority);
+        msgHdr->SetPriority(filterPriority);
+        break;
+      case nsMsgFilterAction::AddTag:
+      {
+        nsCString keyword;
+        filterAction->GetStrValue(keyword);
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> messageArray(do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID));
+        messageArray->AppendElement(msgHdr, false);
+        m_downloadFolder->AddKeywordsToMessages(messageArray, keyword);
+        break;
+      }
+      case nsMsgFilterAction::Label:
+        nsMsgLabelValue filterLabel;
+        filterAction->GetLabel(&filterLabel);
+        nsMsgKey msgKey;
+        msgHdr->GetMessageKey(&msgKey);
+        m_mailDB->SetLabel(msgKey, filterLabel);
+        break;
+      case nsMsgFilterAction::JunkScore:
+      {
+        nsAutoCString junkScoreStr;
+        int32_t junkScore;
+        filterAction->GetJunkScore(&junkScore);
+        junkScoreStr.AppendInt(junkScore);
+        if (junkScore == nsIJunkMailPlugin::IS_SPAM_SCORE)
+          msgIsNew = false;
+        nsMsgKey msgKey;
+        msgHdr->GetMessageKey(&msgKey);
+        msgHdr->SetStringProperty("junkscore", junkScoreStr.get());
+        msgHdr->SetStringProperty("junkscoreorigin", "filter");
+        break;
+      }
+      case nsMsgFilterAction::Forward:
+        {
+          nsCString forwardTo;
+          filterAction->GetStrValue(forwardTo);
+          m_forwardTo.AppendElement(forwardTo);
+          m_msgToForwardOrReply = msgHdr;
+        }
+        break;
+      case nsMsgFilterAction::Reply:
+        {
+          nsCString replyTemplateUri;
+          filterAction->GetStrValue(replyTemplateUri);
+          m_replyTemplateUri.AppendElement(replyTemplateUri);
+          m_msgToForwardOrReply = msgHdr;
+          m_ruleAction = filterAction;
+          m_filter = filter;
+        }
+        break;
+      case nsMsgFilterAction::DeleteFromPop3Server:
+        {
+          uint32_t flags = 0;
+          nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> downloadFolder;
+          msgHdr->GetFolder(getter_AddRefs(downloadFolder));
+          nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgLocalMailFolder> localFolder = do_QueryInterface(downloadFolder);
+          msgHdr->GetFlags(&flags);
+          if (localFolder)
+          {
+            nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> messages = do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+            NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+            messages->AppendElement(msgHdr, false);
+            // This action ignores the deleteMailLeftOnServer preference
+            localFolder->MarkMsgsOnPop3Server(messages, POP3_FORCE_DEL);
+
+            // If this is just a header, throw it away. It's useless now
+            // that the server copy is being deleted.
+            if (flags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Partial)
+            {
+              m_msgMovedByFilter = true;
+              msgIsNew = false;
+            }
+          }
+        }
+        break;
+      case nsMsgFilterAction::FetchBodyFromPop3Server:
+        {
+          uint32_t flags = 0;
+          nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> downloadFolder;
+          msgHdr->GetFolder(getter_AddRefs(downloadFolder));
+          nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgLocalMailFolder> localFolder = do_QueryInterface(downloadFolder);
+          msgHdr->GetFlags(&flags);
+          if (localFolder && (flags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Partial))
+          {
+            nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> messages = do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+            NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+            messages->AppendElement(msgHdr, false);
+            localFolder->MarkMsgsOnPop3Server(messages, POP3_FETCH_BODY);
+            // Don't add this header to the DB, we're going to replace it
+            // with the full message.
+            m_msgMovedByFilter = true;
+            msgIsNew = false;
+            // Don't do anything else in this filter, wait until we
+            // have the full message.
+            *applyMore = false;
+          }
+        }
+        break;
+
+      case nsMsgFilterAction::StopExecution:
+      {
+        // don't apply any more filters
+        *applyMore = false;
+      }
+      break;
+
+      case nsMsgFilterAction::Custom:
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFilterCustomAction> customAction;
+        rv = filterAction->GetCustomAction(getter_AddRefs(customAction));
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+        nsAutoCString value;
+        filterAction->GetStrValue(value);
+
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> messageArray(
+            do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+        NS_ENSURE_TRUE(messageArray, rv);
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+          rv = messageArray->AppendElement(msgHdr, false);
+
+
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+          rv = customAction->Apply(messageArray, value, nullptr,
+                                   nsMsgFilterType::InboxRule, msgWindow);
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+            // XXX: Invoke MSG_LOG_TO_CONSOLE once bug 1135265 lands.
+            if (loggingEnabled)
+              (void) filter->LogRuleHitFail(filterAction, msgHdr, rv, "Copy failed");
+        }
+      }
+      break;
+
+
+      default:
+        // XXX should not be reached. Check in debug build.
+        NS_ERROR("This default should not be reached.");
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  if (!msgIsNew)
+  {
+    int32_t numNewMessages;
+    m_downloadFolder->GetNumNewMessages(false, &numNewMessages);
+    if (numNewMessages > 0)
+      m_downloadFolder->SetNumNewMessages(numNewMessages - 1);
+    m_numNotNewMessages++;
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+// this gets run in a second pass, after apply filters to a header.
+nsresult nsParseNewMailState::ApplyForwardAndReplyFilter(nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+
+  uint32_t i;
+  uint32_t count = m_forwardTo.Length();
+  for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
+  {
+    if (!m_forwardTo[i].IsEmpty())
+    {
+      nsAutoString forwardStr;
+      CopyASCIItoUTF16(m_forwardTo[i], forwardStr);
+      rv = m_rootFolder->GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgComposeService> compService =
+          do_GetService (NS_MSGCOMPOSESERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+        rv = compService->ForwardMessage(forwardStr, m_msgToForwardOrReply,
+                                         msgWindow, server,
+                                         nsIMsgComposeService::kForwardAsDefault);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  m_forwardTo.Clear();
+
+  count = m_replyTemplateUri.Length();
+  for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
+  {
+    if (!m_replyTemplateUri[i].IsEmpty())
+    {
+      // copy this and truncate the original, so we don't accidentally re-use it on the next hdr.
+      rv = m_rootFolder->GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+      if (server)
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgComposeService> compService = do_GetService (NS_MSGCOMPOSESERVICE_CONTRACTID) ;
+        if (compService) {
+          rv = compService->ReplyWithTemplate(m_msgToForwardOrReply,
+                                              m_replyTemplateUri[i].get(),
+                                              msgWindow, server);
+          if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+            NS_WARNING("ReplyWithTemplate failed");
+            if (rv == NS_ERROR_ABORT) {
+              m_filter->LogRuleHitFail(m_ruleAction, m_msgToForwardOrReply, rv,
+                                       "Sending reply aborted");
+            } else {
+              m_filter->LogRuleHitFail(m_ruleAction, m_msgToForwardOrReply, rv,
+                                       "Error sending reply");
+            }
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  m_replyTemplateUri.Clear();
+  m_msgToForwardOrReply = nullptr;
+  return rv;
+}
+
+void nsParseNewMailState::MarkFilteredMessageRead(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> messageArray(do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID));
+  messageArray->AppendElement(msgHdr, false);
+  m_downloadFolder->MarkMessagesRead(messageArray, true);
+}
+
+void nsParseNewMailState::MarkFilteredMessageUnread(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr)
+{
+  uint32_t newFlags;
+  if (m_mailDB)
+  {
+    nsMsgKey msgKey;
+    msgHdr->GetMessageKey(&msgKey);
+    m_mailDB->AddToNewList(msgKey);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    msgHdr->OrFlags(nsMsgMessageFlags::New, &newFlags);
+  }
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> messageArray(do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID));
+  messageArray->AppendElement(msgHdr, false);
+  m_downloadFolder->MarkMessagesRead(messageArray, false);
+}
+
+nsresult nsParseNewMailState::EndMsgDownload()
+{
+  if (m_moveCoalescer)
+    m_moveCoalescer->PlaybackMoves();
+
+  // need to do this for all folders that had messages filtered into them
+  uint32_t serverCount = m_filterTargetFolders.Count();
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailSession> session =
+           do_GetService(NS_MSGMAILSESSION_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && session) // don't use NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS here - we need to release semaphore below
+  {
+    for (uint32_t index = 0; index < serverCount; index++)
+    {
+      bool folderOpen;
+      session->IsFolderOpenInWindow(m_filterTargetFolders[index], &folderOpen);
+      if (!folderOpen)
+      {
+        uint32_t folderFlags;
+        m_filterTargetFolders[index]->GetFlags(&folderFlags);
+        if (! (folderFlags & (nsMsgFolderFlags::Trash | nsMsgFolderFlags::Inbox)))
+        {
+          bool filtersRun;
+          m_filterTargetFolders[index]->CallFilterPlugins(nullptr, &filtersRun);
+          if (!filtersRun)
+            m_filterTargetFolders[index]->SetMsgDatabase(nullptr);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  m_filterTargetFolders.Clear();
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsParseNewMailState::AppendMsgFromStream(nsIInputStream *fileStream,
+                                                  nsIMsgDBHdr *aHdr,
+                                                  uint32_t length,
+                                                  nsIMsgFolder *destFolder)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr <nsISeekableStream> seekableStream = do_QueryInterface(fileStream);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgPluggableStore> store;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIOutputStream> destOutputStream;
+  nsresult rv = destFolder->GetMsgStore(getter_AddRefs(store));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  bool reusable;
+  rv = store->GetNewMsgOutputStream(destFolder, &aHdr, &reusable,
+                                    getter_AddRefs(destOutputStream));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  if (!m_ibuffer)
+  {
+    m_ibuffer_size = FILE_IO_BUFFER_SIZE;
+    m_ibuffer = (char *) PR_Malloc(m_ibuffer_size);
+    NS_ASSERTION(m_ibuffer != nullptr, "couldn't get memory to move msg");
+  }
+  m_ibuffer_fp = 0;
+
+  while (length > 0 && m_ibuffer)
+  {
+    uint32_t nRead;
+    fileStream->Read (m_ibuffer, length > m_ibuffer_size ? m_ibuffer_size  : length, &nRead);
+    if (nRead == 0)
+      break;
+
+    uint32_t bytesWritten;
+    // Check the number of bytes actually written to the stream.
+    destOutputStream->Write(m_ibuffer, nRead, &bytesWritten);
+    if (bytesWritten != nRead)
+    {
+      destOutputStream->Close();
+      return NS_MSG_ERROR_WRITING_MAIL_FOLDER;
+    }
+
+    length -= nRead;
+  }
+
+  NS_ASSERTION(length == 0, "didn't read all of original message in filter move");
+
+  // non-reusable streams will get closed by the store.
+  if (reusable)
+    destOutputStream->Close();
+  return store->FinishNewMessage(destOutputStream, aHdr);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Moves message pointed to by mailHdr into folder destIFolder.
+ * After successful move mailHdr is no longer usable by the caller.
+ */
+nsresult nsParseNewMailState::MoveIncorporatedMessage(nsIMsgDBHdr *mailHdr,
+                                                      nsIMsgDatabase *sourceDB,
+                                                      nsIMsgFolder *destIFolder,
+                                                      nsIMsgFilter *filter,
+                                                      nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(destIFolder);
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  // check if the destination is a real folder (by checking for null parent)
+  // and if it can file messages (e.g., servers or news folders can't file messages).
+  // Or read only imap folders...
+  bool canFileMessages = true;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> parentFolder;
+  destIFolder->GetParent(getter_AddRefs(parentFolder));
+  if (parentFolder)
+    destIFolder->GetCanFileMessages(&canFileMessages);
+  if (!parentFolder || !canFileMessages)
+  {
+    if (filter)
+    {
+      filter->SetEnabled(false);
+      // we need to explicitly save the filter file.
+      if (m_filterList)
+        m_filterList->SaveToDefaultFile();
+      destIFolder->ThrowAlertMsg("filterDisabled", msgWindow);
+    }
+    return NS_MSG_NOT_A_MAIL_FOLDER;
+  }
+
+  uint32_t messageLength;
+  mailHdr->GetMessageSize(&messageLength);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgLocalMailFolder> localFolder = do_QueryInterface(destIFolder);
+  if (localFolder) {
+    bool destFolderTooBig = true;
+    rv = localFolder->WarnIfLocalFileTooBig(msgWindow, messageLength,
+                                            &destFolderTooBig);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv) || destFolderTooBig)
+      return NS_MSG_ERROR_WRITING_MAIL_FOLDER;
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> myISupports =
+    do_QueryInterface(static_cast<nsIMsgParseMailMsgState*>(this));
+
+  // Make sure no one else is writing into this folder
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv = destIFolder->AcquireSemaphore (myISupports)))
+  {
+    destIFolder->ThrowAlertMsg("filterFolderDeniedLocked", msgWindow);
+    return rv;
+  }
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIInputStream> inputStream;
+  bool reusable;
+  rv = m_downloadFolder->GetMsgInputStream(mailHdr, &reusable, getter_AddRefs(inputStream));
+  if (!inputStream)
+  {
+    NS_ERROR("couldn't get source msg input stream in move filter");
+    destIFolder->ReleaseSemaphore (myISupports);
+    return NS_MSG_FOLDER_UNREADABLE;  // ### dmb
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> destMailDB;
+
+  if (!localFolder)
+    return NS_MSG_POP_FILTER_TARGET_ERROR;
+
+  // don't force upgrade in place - open the db here before we start writing to the
+  // destination file because XP_Stat can return file size including bytes written...
+  rv = localFolder->GetDatabaseWOReparse(getter_AddRefs(destMailDB));
+  NS_WARNING_ASSERTION(destMailDB && NS_SUCCEEDED(rv),
+                       "failed to open mail db parsing folder");
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> newHdr;
+
+  if (destMailDB)
+    rv = destMailDB->CopyHdrFromExistingHdr(m_new_key, mailHdr, true,
+                                            getter_AddRefs(newHdr));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !newHdr)
+    rv = NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+  {
+    destIFolder->ThrowAlertMsg("filterFolderHdrAddFailed", msgWindow);
+  } else {
+    rv = AppendMsgFromStream(inputStream, newHdr, messageLength, destIFolder);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      destIFolder->ThrowAlertMsg("filterFolderWriteFailed", msgWindow);
+  }
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+  {
+    if (destMailDB)
+      destMailDB->Close(true);
+
+    destIFolder->ReleaseSemaphore(myISupports);
+
+    return NS_MSG_ERROR_WRITING_MAIL_FOLDER;
+  }
+
+  bool movedMsgIsNew = false;
+  // if we have made it this far then the message has successfully been written to the new folder
+  // now add the header to the destMailDB.
+
+  uint32_t newFlags;
+  newHdr->GetFlags(&newFlags);
+  nsMsgKey msgKey;
+  newHdr->GetMessageKey(&msgKey);
+  if (!(newFlags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Read))
+  {
+    nsCString junkScoreStr;
+    (void) newHdr->GetStringProperty("junkscore", getter_Copies(junkScoreStr));
+    if (atoi(junkScoreStr.get()) == nsIJunkMailPlugin::IS_HAM_SCORE)
+    {
+      newHdr->OrFlags(nsMsgMessageFlags::New, &newFlags);
+      destMailDB->AddToNewList(msgKey);
+      movedMsgIsNew = true;
+    }
+  }
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolderNotificationService> notifier(do_GetService(NS_MSGNOTIFICATIONSERVICE_CONTRACTID));
+  if (notifier)
+    notifier->NotifyMsgAdded(newHdr);
+  // mark the header as not yet reported classified
+  destIFolder->OrProcessingFlags(
+    msgKey, nsMsgProcessingFlags::NotReportedClassified);
+  m_msgToForwardOrReply = newHdr;
+
+  if (movedMsgIsNew)
+    destIFolder->SetHasNewMessages(true);
+  if (!m_filterTargetFolders.Contains(destIFolder))
+    m_filterTargetFolders.AppendObject(destIFolder);
+
+  destIFolder->ReleaseSemaphore (myISupports);
+
+  (void) localFolder->RefreshSizeOnDisk();
+
+  // Notify the message was moved.
+  if (notifier) {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder;
+    nsresult rv = mailHdr->GetFolder(getter_AddRefs(folder));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+      notifier->NotifyItemEvent(folder,
+                                NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("UnincorporatedMessageMoved"),
+                                newHdr);
+    } else {
+      NS_WARNING("Can't get folder for message that was moved.");
+    }
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgPluggableStore> store;
+  rv = m_downloadFolder->GetMsgStore(getter_AddRefs(store));
+  if (store)
+    store->DiscardNewMessage(m_outputStream, mailHdr);
+  if (sourceDB)
+    sourceDB->RemoveHeaderMdbRow(mailHdr);
+
+  // update the folder size so we won't reparse.
+  UpdateDBFolderInfo(destMailDB);
+  destIFolder->UpdateSummaryTotals(true);
+
+  destMailDB->Commit(nsMsgDBCommitType::kLargeCommit);
+  return rv;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/local/src/nsParseMailbox.h b/mailnews/local/src/nsParseMailbox.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..388f1e1b2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/local/src/nsParseMailbox.h
@@ -0,0 +1,271 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsParseMailbox_H
+#define nsParseMailbox_H
+
+#include "mozilla/Attributes.h"
+#include "nsIURI.h"
+#include "nsIMsgParseMailMsgState.h"
+#include "nsIStreamListener.h"
+#include "nsMsgLineBuffer.h"
+#include "nsIMsgDatabase.h"
+#include "nsIMsgHdr.h"
+#include "nsIMsgStatusFeedback.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsCOMArray.h"
+#include "nsIDBChangeListener.h"
+#include "nsIWeakReference.h"
+#include "nsIWeakReferenceUtils.h"
+#include "nsIMsgWindow.h"
+#include "nsImapMoveCoalescer.h"
+#include "nsAutoPtr.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFilterList.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFilter.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFilterHitNotify.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolderNotificationService.h"
+#include "nsTArray.h"
+
+class nsByteArray;
+class nsOutputFileStream;
+class nsIOFileStream;
+class nsInputFileStream;
+class nsIMsgFilter;
+class MSG_FolderInfoMail;
+class nsIMsgFilterList;
+class nsIMsgFolder;
+
+/* Used for the various things that parse RFC822 headers...
+ */
+typedef struct message_header
+{
+  const char *value; /* The contents of a header (after ": ") */
+  int32_t length;      /* The length of the data (it is not NULL-terminated.) */
+} message_header;
+
+// This object maintains the parse state for a single mail message.
+class nsParseMailMessageState : public nsIMsgParseMailMsgState, public nsIDBChangeListener
+{
+public:
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGPARSEMAILMSGSTATE
+  NS_DECL_NSIDBCHANGELISTENER
+
+  nsParseMailMessageState();
+
+  void                  Init(uint64_t fileposition);
+  virtual nsresult      ParseFolderLine(const char *line, uint32_t lineLength);
+  virtual nsresult      StartNewEnvelope(const char *line, uint32_t lineLength);
+  nsresult              ParseHeaders();
+  nsresult              FinalizeHeaders();
+  nsresult              ParseEnvelope (const char *line, uint32_t line_size);
+  nsresult              InternSubject (struct message_header *header);
+
+  static bool    IsEnvelopeLine(const char *buf, int32_t buf_size);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> m_newMsgHdr; /* current message header we're building */
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase>  m_mailDB;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> m_backupMailDB;
+
+  nsMailboxParseState   m_state;
+  int64_t              m_position;
+  uint64_t              m_envelope_pos;
+  uint64_t              m_headerstartpos;
+  nsMsgKey              m_new_key;    // DB key for the new header.
+
+  nsByteArray           m_headers;
+
+  nsByteArray           m_envelope;
+
+  struct message_header m_message_id;
+  struct message_header m_references;
+  struct message_header m_date;
+  struct message_header m_delivery_date;
+  struct message_header m_from;
+  struct message_header m_sender;
+  struct message_header m_newsgroups;
+  struct message_header m_subject;
+  struct message_header m_status;
+  struct message_header m_mozstatus;
+  struct message_header m_mozstatus2;
+  struct message_header m_in_reply_to;
+  struct message_header m_replyTo;
+  struct message_header m_content_type;
+  struct message_header m_bccList;
+
+  // Support for having multiple To or Cc header lines in a message
+  nsTArray<struct message_header*> m_toList;
+  nsTArray<struct message_header*> m_ccList;
+  struct message_header *GetNextHeaderInAggregate (nsTArray<struct message_header*> &list);
+  void GetAggregateHeader (nsTArray<struct message_header*> &list, struct message_header *);
+  void ClearAggregateHeader (nsTArray<struct message_header*> &list);
+
+  struct message_header m_envelope_from;
+  struct message_header m_envelope_date;
+  struct message_header m_priority;
+  struct message_header m_account_key;
+  struct message_header m_keywords;
+  // Mdn support
+  struct message_header m_mdn_original_recipient;
+  struct message_header m_return_path;
+  struct message_header m_mdn_dnt; /* MDN Disposition-Notification-To: header */
+
+  PRTime m_receivedTime;
+  uint16_t              m_body_lines;
+
+  bool                  m_IgnoreXMozillaStatus;
+
+  // this enables extensions to add the values of particular headers to
+  // the .msf file as properties of nsIMsgHdr. It is initialized from a
+  // pref, mailnews.customDBHeaders
+  nsTArray<nsCString>   m_customDBHeaders;
+  struct message_header *m_customDBHeaderValues;
+  nsCString m_receivedValue; // accumulated received header
+protected:
+  virtual ~nsParseMailMessageState();
+};
+
+// This class is part of the mailbox parsing state machine
+class nsMsgMailboxParser : public nsIStreamListener, public nsParseMailMessageState, public nsMsgLineBuffer
+{
+public:
+  nsMsgMailboxParser(nsIMsgFolder *);
+  nsMsgMailboxParser();
+  nsresult Init();
+
+  bool    IsRunningUrl() { return m_urlInProgress;} // returns true if we are currently running a url and false otherwise...
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED
+
+  ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+  // we suppport the nsIStreamListener interface
+  ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+  NS_DECL_NSIREQUESTOBSERVER
+  NS_DECL_NSISTREAMLISTENER
+
+  void    SetDB (nsIMsgDatabase *mailDB) {m_mailDB = mailDB; }
+
+  // message socket libnet callbacks, which come through folder pane
+  nsresult ProcessMailboxInputStream(nsIURI* aURL, nsIInputStream *aIStream, uint32_t aLength);
+
+  virtual void  DoneParsingFolder(nsresult status);
+  virtual void  AbortNewHeader();
+
+  // for nsMsgLineBuffer
+  virtual nsresult HandleLine(const char *line, uint32_t line_length) override;
+
+  void  UpdateDBFolderInfo();
+  void  UpdateDBFolderInfo(nsIMsgDatabase *mailDB);
+  void  UpdateStatusText(const char* stringName);
+
+  // Update the progress bar based on what we know.
+  virtual void    UpdateProgressPercent ();
+  virtual void OnNewMessage(nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow);
+
+protected:
+  virtual ~nsMsgMailboxParser();
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgStatusFeedback> m_statusFeedback;
+
+  virtual int32_t     PublishMsgHeader(nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow);
+  void                FreeBuffers();
+
+  // data
+  nsString        m_folderName;
+  nsCString       m_inboxUri;
+  nsByteArray     m_inputStream;
+  int32_t         m_obuffer_size;
+  char            *m_obuffer;
+  uint64_t        m_graph_progress_total;
+  uint64_t        m_graph_progress_received;
+  bool            m_parsingDone;
+  PRTime          m_startTime;
+private:
+  // the following flag is used to determine when a url is currently being run. It is cleared on calls
+  // to ::StopBinding and it is set whenever we call Load on a url
+  bool      m_urlInProgress;
+  nsWeakPtr m_folder;
+  void ReleaseFolderLock();
+  nsresult AcquireFolderLock();
+
+};
+
+class nsParseNewMailState : public nsMsgMailboxParser
+, public nsIMsgFilterHitNotify
+{
+public:
+  nsParseNewMailState();
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED
+
+  NS_IMETHOD FinishHeader() override;
+
+  nsresult Init(nsIMsgFolder *rootFolder, nsIMsgFolder *downloadFolder,
+                nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow, nsIMsgDBHdr *aHdr,
+                nsIOutputStream *aOutputStream);
+
+  virtual void  DoneParsingFolder(nsresult status) override;
+
+  void DisableFilters() {m_disableFilters = true;}
+
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGFILTERHITNOTIFY
+
+  nsOutputFileStream *GetLogFile();
+  virtual int32_t PublishMsgHeader(nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow) override;
+  void            GetMsgWindow(nsIMsgWindow **aMsgWindow);
+  nsresult EndMsgDownload();
+
+  nsresult AppendMsgFromStream(nsIInputStream *fileStream, nsIMsgDBHdr *aHdr,
+                               uint32_t length, nsIMsgFolder *destFolder);
+
+  virtual void ApplyFilters(bool *pMoved, nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow,
+                            uint64_t msgOffset);
+  nsresult    ApplyForwardAndReplyFilter(nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow);
+  virtual void OnNewMessage(nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow) override;
+
+  // this keeps track of how many messages we downloaded that
+  // aren't new - e.g., marked read, or moved to an other server.
+  int32_t     m_numNotNewMessages;
+protected:
+  virtual ~nsParseNewMailState();
+  virtual nsresult GetTrashFolder(nsIMsgFolder **pTrashFolder);
+  virtual nsresult MoveIncorporatedMessage(nsIMsgDBHdr *mailHdr,
+                                          nsIMsgDatabase *sourceDB,
+                                          nsIMsgFolder *destIFolder,
+                                          nsIMsgFilter *filter,
+                                          nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow);
+  virtual void     MarkFilteredMessageRead(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr);
+  virtual void     MarkFilteredMessageUnread(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr);
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFilterList> m_filterList;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFilterList> m_deferredToServerFilterList;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> m_rootFolder;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgWindow> m_msgWindow;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> m_downloadFolder;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIOutputStream> m_outputStream;
+  nsCOMArray <nsIMsgFolder> m_filterTargetFolders;
+
+  RefPtr<nsImapMoveCoalescer> m_moveCoalescer;
+
+  bool          m_msgMovedByFilter;
+  bool          m_msgCopiedByFilter;
+  bool          m_disableFilters;
+  uint32_t      m_ibuffer_fp;
+  char          *m_ibuffer;
+  uint32_t      m_ibuffer_size;
+  // used for applying move filters, because in the case of using a temporary
+  // download file, the offset/key in the msg hdr is not right.
+  uint64_t      m_curHdrOffset;
+
+  // we have to apply the reply/forward filters in a second pass, after
+  // msg quarantining and moving to other local folders, so we remember the
+  // info we'll need to apply them with these vars.
+  // these need to be arrays in case we have multiple reply/forward filters.
+  nsTArray<nsCString> m_forwardTo;
+  nsTArray<nsCString> m_replyTemplateUri;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> m_msgToForwardOrReply;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFilter> m_filter;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgRuleAction> m_ruleAction;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/local/src/nsPop3IncomingServer.cpp b/mailnews/local/src/nsPop3IncomingServer.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..261d141a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/local/src/nsPop3IncomingServer.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,744 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "prmem.h"
+#include "plstr.h"
+#include "prprf.h"
+
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsIStringBundle.h"
+#include "nsIPop3IncomingServer.h"
+#include "nsPop3IncomingServer.h"
+#include "nsIPop3Service.h"
+#include "nsMsgBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsMsgLocalCID.h"
+#include "nsMsgFolderFlags.h"
+#include "nsPop3Protocol.h"
+#include "nsAutoPtr.h"
+#include "nsMsgKeyArray.h"
+#include "nsIMsgLocalMailFolder.h"
+#include "nsIMsgAccountManager.h"
+#include "nsIMsgMailNewsUrl.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsIMutableArray.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "nsComponentManagerUtils.h"
+#include "mozilla/Likely.h"
+
+static NS_DEFINE_CID(kCPop3ServiceCID, NS_POP3SERVICE_CID);
+
+class nsPop3GetMailChainer final : public nsIUrlListener
+{
+public:
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIURLLISTENER
+
+  nsPop3GetMailChainer();
+  nsresult GetNewMailForServers(nsIPop3IncomingServer** servers, uint32_t count,
+                                nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow,
+                                nsIMsgFolder *folderToDownloadTo, nsIUrlListener *listener);
+  nsresult RunNextGetNewMail();
+protected:
+  ~nsPop3GetMailChainer();
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> m_folderToDownloadTo;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgWindow> m_downloadingMsgWindow;
+  nsCOMArray<nsIPop3IncomingServer> m_serversToGetNewMailFor;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIUrlListener> m_listener;
+};
+
+
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED(nsPop3IncomingServer,
+                             nsMsgIncomingServer,
+                             nsIPop3IncomingServer,
+                             nsILocalMailIncomingServer)
+
+nsPop3IncomingServer::nsPop3IncomingServer()
+{
+  m_capabilityFlags =
+  POP3_AUTH_MECH_UNDEFINED |
+  POP3_HAS_AUTH_USER |               // should be always there
+  POP3_GURL_UNDEFINED |
+  POP3_UIDL_UNDEFINED |
+  POP3_TOP_UNDEFINED |
+  POP3_XTND_XLST_UNDEFINED;
+
+  m_canHaveFilters = true;
+  m_authenticated = false;
+}
+
+nsPop3IncomingServer::~nsPop3IncomingServer()
+{
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_SERVERPREF_BOOL(nsPop3IncomingServer,
+                        LeaveMessagesOnServer,
+                        "leave_on_server")
+
+NS_IMPL_SERVERPREF_BOOL(nsPop3IncomingServer,
+                        HeadersOnly,
+                        "headers_only")
+
+NS_IMPL_SERVERPREF_BOOL(nsPop3IncomingServer,
+                        DeleteMailLeftOnServer,
+                        "delete_mail_left_on_server")
+
+NS_IMPL_SERVERPREF_BOOL(nsPop3IncomingServer,
+                        DotFix,
+                        "dot_fix")
+
+NS_IMPL_SERVERPREF_BOOL(nsPop3IncomingServer,
+                        DeleteByAgeFromServer,
+                        "delete_by_age_from_server")
+
+NS_IMPL_SERVERPREF_INT(nsPop3IncomingServer,
+                        NumDaysToLeaveOnServer,
+                        "num_days_to_leave_on_server")
+
+
+NS_IMPL_SERVERPREF_BOOL(nsPop3IncomingServer,
+                            DeferGetNewMail,
+                            "defer_get_new_mail")
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsPop3IncomingServer::GetDeferredToAccount(nsACString& aRetVal)
+{
+  nsresult rv = GetCharValue("deferred_to_account", aRetVal);
+  if (aRetVal.IsEmpty())
+    return rv;
+  // We need to repair broken profiles that defer to hidden or invalid servers,
+  // so find out if the deferred to account has a valid non-hidden server, and
+  // if not, defer to the local folders inbox.
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccountManager> acctMgr =
+                      do_GetService(NS_MSGACCOUNTMANAGER_CONTRACTID);
+  bool invalidAccount = true;
+  if (acctMgr)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccount> account;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+    rv = acctMgr->GetAccount(aRetVal, getter_AddRefs(account));
+    if (account)
+    {
+      account->GetIncomingServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+      if (server)
+        server->GetHidden(&invalidAccount);
+    }
+    if (invalidAccount)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> localServer;
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccount> localAccount;
+
+      rv = acctMgr->GetLocalFoldersServer(getter_AddRefs(localServer));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      // Try to copy any folders that have been stranded in the hidden account
+      // into the local folders account.
+      if (server)
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> hiddenRootFolder;
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> localFoldersRoot;
+        server->GetRootFolder(getter_AddRefs(hiddenRootFolder));
+        localServer->GetRootFolder(getter_AddRefs(localFoldersRoot));
+        if (hiddenRootFolder && localFoldersRoot)
+        {
+          // We're going to iterate over the folders in Local Folders-1,
+          // though I suspect only the Inbox will have messages. I don't
+          // think Sent Mail could end up here, but if any folders have
+          // messages, might as well copy them to the real Local Folders
+          // account.
+          nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleEnumerator> enumerator;
+          rv = hiddenRootFolder->GetSubFolders(getter_AddRefs(enumerator));
+          if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+          {
+            bool hasMore;
+            while (NS_SUCCEEDED(enumerator->HasMoreElements(&hasMore)) &&
+                   hasMore)
+            {
+              nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> item;
+              enumerator->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(item));
+              nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> subFolder(do_QueryInterface(item));
+              if (subFolder)
+              {
+                nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> subFolderDB;
+                subFolder->GetMsgDatabase(getter_AddRefs(subFolderDB));
+                if (subFolderDB)
+                {
+                  // Copy any messages in this sub-folder of the hidden
+                  // account to the corresponding folder in Local Folders.
+                  RefPtr<nsMsgKeyArray> keys = new nsMsgKeyArray;
+                  rv = subFolderDB->ListAllKeys(keys);
+                  nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> hdrsToCopy(do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID));
+                  MsgGetHeadersFromKeys(subFolderDB, keys->m_keys, hdrsToCopy);
+                  uint32_t numHdrs = 0;
+                  if (hdrsToCopy)
+                    hdrsToCopy->GetLength(&numHdrs);
+                  if (numHdrs)
+                  {
+                    // Look for a folder with the same name in Local Folders.
+                    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> dest;
+                    nsString folderName;
+                    subFolder->GetName(folderName);
+                    localFoldersRoot->GetChildNamed(folderName,
+                                                    getter_AddRefs(dest));
+                    if (dest)
+                      dest->CopyMessages(subFolder, hdrsToCopy, false,
+                                         nullptr, nullptr, false,false);
+                    // Should we copy the folder if the dest doesn't exist?
+                  }
+                }
+              }
+            }
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      rv = acctMgr->FindAccountForServer(localServer, getter_AddRefs(localAccount));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      if (!localAccount)
+        return NS_ERROR_NOT_AVAILABLE;
+
+      localAccount->GetKey(aRetVal);
+      // Can't call SetDeferredToAccount because it calls GetDeferredToAccount.
+      return SetCharValue("deferred_to_account", aRetVal);
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsPop3IncomingServer::SetDeferredToAccount(const nsACString& aAccountKey)
+{
+  nsCString deferredToAccount;
+  GetDeferredToAccount(deferredToAccount);
+  m_rootMsgFolder = nullptr; // clear this so we'll recalculate it on demand.
+  //Notify listeners who listen to every folder
+
+  nsresult rv =  SetCharValue("deferred_to_account", aAccountKey);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFolderListener> folderListenerManager =
+           do_GetService(NS_MSGMAILSESSION_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> rootFolder;
+    // use GetRootFolder, because that returns the real
+    // root, not the deferred to root.
+    rv = GetRootFolder(getter_AddRefs(rootFolder));
+    if (rootFolder)
+    {
+      // if isDeferred state has changed, send notification
+      if (aAccountKey.IsEmpty() != deferredToAccount.IsEmpty())
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr <nsIAtom> deferAtom = MsgGetAtom("isDeferred");
+        nsCOMPtr <nsIAtom> canFileAtom = MsgGetAtom("CanFileMessages");
+        folderListenerManager->OnItemBoolPropertyChanged(rootFolder, deferAtom,
+                  !deferredToAccount.IsEmpty(), deferredToAccount.IsEmpty());
+        folderListenerManager->OnItemBoolPropertyChanged(rootFolder, canFileAtom,
+                  deferredToAccount.IsEmpty(), !deferredToAccount.IsEmpty());
+
+        // this hack causes the account manager ds to send notifications to the
+        // xul content builder that make the changed acct appear or disappear
+        // from the folder pane and related menus.
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccountManager> acctMgr =
+                            do_GetService(NS_MSGACCOUNTMANAGER_CONTRACTID);
+        if (acctMgr)
+        {
+          acctMgr->NotifyServerUnloaded(this);
+          acctMgr->NotifyServerLoaded(this);
+          // check if this newly deferred to account is the local folders account
+          // and needs to have a newly created INBOX.
+          if (!aAccountKey.IsEmpty())
+          {
+            nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgAccount> account;
+            acctMgr->GetAccount(aAccountKey, getter_AddRefs(account));
+            if (account)
+            {
+              nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+              account->GetIncomingServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+              if (server)
+              {
+                nsCOMPtr <nsILocalMailIncomingServer> incomingLocalServer = do_QueryInterface(server);
+                if (incomingLocalServer)
+                {
+                  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> rootFolder;
+                  rv = server->GetRootFolder(getter_AddRefs(rootFolder));
+                  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+                  // this will fail if it already exists, which is fine.
+                  rootFolder->CreateSubfolder(NS_LITERAL_STRING("Inbox"), nullptr);
+                }
+              }
+            }
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+//NS_IMPL_GETSET(nsPop3IncomingServer, Authenticated, bool, m_authenticated);
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsPop3IncomingServer::GetAuthenticated(bool *aAuthenticated)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aAuthenticated);
+  *aAuthenticated = m_authenticated;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsPop3IncomingServer::SetAuthenticated(bool aAuthenticated)
+{
+  m_authenticated = aAuthenticated;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsPop3IncomingServer::GetPop3CapabilityFlags(uint32_t *flags)
+{
+  *flags = m_capabilityFlags;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsPop3IncomingServer::SetPop3CapabilityFlags(uint32_t flags)
+{
+  m_capabilityFlags = flags;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsPop3IncomingServer::GetRootMsgFolder(nsIMsgFolder **aRootMsgFolder)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aRootMsgFolder);
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  if (!m_rootMsgFolder)
+  {
+    nsCString deferredToAccount;
+    GetDeferredToAccount(deferredToAccount);
+    if (deferredToAccount.IsEmpty())
+    {
+      rv = CreateRootFolder();
+      m_rootMsgFolder = m_rootFolder;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgAccountManager> accountManager = do_GetService(NS_MSGACCOUNTMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgAccount> account;
+      rv = accountManager->GetAccount(deferredToAccount, getter_AddRefs(account));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+      if (account)
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgIncomingServer> incomingServer;
+        rv = account->GetIncomingServer(getter_AddRefs(incomingServer));
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+        // make sure we're not deferred to ourself...
+        if (incomingServer && incomingServer != this)
+          rv = incomingServer->GetRootMsgFolder(getter_AddRefs(m_rootMsgFolder));
+        else
+          rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aRootMsgFolder = m_rootMsgFolder);
+  return m_rootMsgFolder ? rv : NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+nsresult nsPop3IncomingServer::GetInbox(nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow, nsIMsgFolder **inbox)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(inbox);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> rootFolder;
+  nsresult rv = GetRootMsgFolder(getter_AddRefs(rootFolder));
+  if(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && rootFolder)
+  {
+    rootFolder->GetFolderWithFlags(nsMsgFolderFlags::Inbox, inbox);
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgLocalMailFolder> localInbox = do_QueryInterface(*inbox, &rv);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && localInbox)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDatabase> db;
+    rv = (*inbox)->GetMsgDatabase(getter_AddRefs(db));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    {
+      (*inbox)->SetMsgDatabase(nullptr);
+      (void) localInbox->SetCheckForNewMessagesAfterParsing(true);
+      // this will cause a reparse of the mail folder.
+      localInbox->GetDatabaseWithReparse(nullptr, msgWindow, getter_AddRefs(db));
+      rv = NS_MSG_ERROR_FOLDER_SUMMARY_OUT_OF_DATE;
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsPop3IncomingServer::PerformBiff(nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPop3Service> pop3Service(do_GetService(kCPop3ServiceCID, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> inbox;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> rootMsgFolder;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIUrlListener> urlListener;
+  rv = GetRootMsgFolder(getter_AddRefs(rootMsgFolder));
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(rootMsgFolder, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+
+  rootMsgFolder->GetFolderWithFlags(nsMsgFolderFlags::Inbox,
+                                    getter_AddRefs(inbox));
+  if (!inbox)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+  inbox->GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+
+  server->SetPerformingBiff(true);
+
+  urlListener = do_QueryInterface(inbox);
+
+  bool downloadOnBiff = false;
+  rv = GetDownloadOnBiff(&downloadOnBiff);
+  if (downloadOnBiff)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgLocalMailFolder> localInbox = do_QueryInterface(inbox, &rv);
+    if (localInbox && NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      bool valid = false;
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDatabase> db;
+      rv = inbox->GetMsgDatabase(getter_AddRefs(db));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && db)
+        rv = db->GetSummaryValid(&valid);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && valid)
+        rv = pop3Service->GetNewMail(aMsgWindow, urlListener, inbox, this, nullptr);
+      else
+      {
+        bool isLocked;
+        inbox->GetLocked(&isLocked);
+        if (!isLocked)
+          rv = localInbox->GetDatabaseWithReparse(urlListener, aMsgWindow, getter_AddRefs(db));
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+          rv = localInbox->SetCheckForNewMessagesAfterParsing(true);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  else
+    rv = pop3Service->CheckForNewMail(aMsgWindow, urlListener, inbox, this, nullptr);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsPop3IncomingServer::SetFlagsOnDefaultMailboxes()
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> rootFolder;
+  nsresult rv = GetRootFolder(getter_AddRefs(rootFolder));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgLocalMailFolder> localFolder = do_QueryInterface(rootFolder, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // pop3 gets an inbox, but no queue (unsent messages)
+  localFolder->SetFlagsOnDefaultMailboxes(nsMsgFolderFlags::SpecialUse &
+                                         ~nsMsgFolderFlags::Queue);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsPop3IncomingServer::CreateDefaultMailboxes()
+{
+  nsresult rv = CreateLocalFolder(NS_LITERAL_STRING("Inbox"));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  return CreateLocalFolder(NS_LITERAL_STRING("Trash"));
+}
+
+// override this so we can say that deferred accounts can't have messages
+// filed to them, which will remove them as targets of all the move/copy
+// menu items.
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsPop3IncomingServer::GetCanFileMessagesOnServer(bool *aCanFileMessagesOnServer)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aCanFileMessagesOnServer);
+
+  nsCString deferredToAccount;
+  GetDeferredToAccount(deferredToAccount);
+  *aCanFileMessagesOnServer = deferredToAccount.IsEmpty();
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsPop3IncomingServer::GetCanCreateFoldersOnServer(bool *aCanCreateFoldersOnServer)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aCanCreateFoldersOnServer);
+
+  nsCString deferredToAccount;
+  GetDeferredToAccount(deferredToAccount);
+  *aCanCreateFoldersOnServer = deferredToAccount.IsEmpty();
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsPop3IncomingServer::VerifyLogon(nsIUrlListener *aUrlListener,
+                                  nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow, nsIURI **aURL)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPop3Service> pop3Service = do_GetService(kCPop3ServiceCID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  return pop3Service->VerifyLogon(this, aUrlListener, aMsgWindow, aURL);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsPop3IncomingServer::DownloadMailFromServers(nsIPop3IncomingServer** aServers,
+                              uint32_t aCount,
+                              nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow,
+                              nsIMsgFolder *aFolder,
+                              nsIUrlListener *aUrlListener)
+{
+  nsPop3GetMailChainer *getMailChainer = new nsPop3GetMailChainer;
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(getMailChainer, NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY);
+  getMailChainer->AddRef(); // this object owns itself and releases when done.
+  return getMailChainer->GetNewMailForServers(aServers, aCount, aMsgWindow, aFolder, aUrlListener);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsPop3IncomingServer::GetNewMail(nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow,
+                                               nsIUrlListener *aUrlListener,
+                                               nsIMsgFolder *aInbox,
+                                               nsIURI **aResult)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPop3Service> pop3Service = do_GetService(kCPop3ServiceCID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  return pop3Service->GetNewMail(aMsgWindow, aUrlListener, aInbox, this, aResult);
+}
+
+// user has clicked get new messages on this server. If other servers defer to this server,
+// we need to get new mail for them. But if this server defers to an other server,
+// I think we only get new mail for this server.
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsPop3IncomingServer::GetNewMessages(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder, nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow,
+                      nsIUrlListener *aUrlListener)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPop3Service> pop3Service = do_GetService(kCPop3ServiceCID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> inbox;
+  rv = GetInbox(aMsgWindow, getter_AddRefs(inbox));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIURI> url;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+  nsCOMArray<nsIPop3IncomingServer> deferredServers;
+  nsCString deferredToAccount;
+  GetDeferredToAccount(deferredToAccount);
+
+  if (deferredToAccount.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    aFolder->GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+    GetDeferredServers(server, deferredServers);
+  }
+  if (deferredToAccount.IsEmpty() && !deferredServers.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    nsPop3GetMailChainer *getMailChainer = new nsPop3GetMailChainer;
+    NS_ENSURE_TRUE(getMailChainer, NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY);
+    getMailChainer->AddRef(); // this object owns itself and releases when done.
+    deferredServers.InsertElementAt(0, this);
+    return getMailChainer->GetNewMailForServers(deferredServers.Elements(),
+          deferredServers.Length(), aMsgWindow, inbox, aUrlListener);
+  }
+  if (m_runningProtocol)
+    return NS_MSG_FOLDER_BUSY;
+
+  return pop3Service->GetNewMail(aMsgWindow, aUrlListener, inbox, this, getter_AddRefs(url));
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsPop3IncomingServer::GetDownloadMessagesAtStartup(bool *getMessagesAtStartup)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(getMessagesAtStartup);
+  // GetMessages is not automatically done for pop servers at startup.
+  // We need to trigger that action. Return true.
+  *getMessagesAtStartup = true;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsPop3IncomingServer::GetCanBeDefaultServer(bool *canBeDefaultServer)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(canBeDefaultServer);
+  *canBeDefaultServer = true;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsPop3IncomingServer::GetCanSearchMessages(bool *canSearchMessages)
+{
+  // this will return false if this server is deferred, which is what we want.
+  return GetCanFileMessagesOnServer(canSearchMessages);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsPop3IncomingServer::CloseCachedConnections()
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIRequest> channel = do_QueryInterface(m_runningProtocol);
+  if (channel)
+    channel->Cancel(NS_ERROR_ABORT);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsPop3IncomingServer::GetOfflineSupportLevel(int32_t *aSupportLevel)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aSupportLevel);
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  rv = GetIntValue("offline_support_level", aSupportLevel);
+  if (*aSupportLevel != OFFLINE_SUPPORT_LEVEL_UNDEFINED) return rv;
+
+  // set default value
+  *aSupportLevel = OFFLINE_SUPPORT_LEVEL_NONE;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsPop3IncomingServer::SetRunningProtocol(nsIPop3Protocol *aProtocol)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(!aProtocol || !m_runningProtocol, "overriding running protocol");
+  m_runningProtocol = aProtocol;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsPop3IncomingServer::GetRunningProtocol(nsIPop3Protocol **aProtocol)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aProtocol);
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aProtocol = m_runningProtocol);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsPop3IncomingServer::AddUidlToMark(const char *aUidl, int32_t aMark)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aUidl);
+
+  Pop3UidlEntry *uidlEntry = PR_NEWZAP(Pop3UidlEntry);
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(uidlEntry, NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY);
+
+  uidlEntry->uidl = strdup(aUidl);
+  if (MOZ_UNLIKELY(!uidlEntry->uidl)) {
+    PR_Free(uidlEntry);
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+  }
+
+  uidlEntry->status = (aMark == POP3_DELETE) ? DELETE_CHAR :
+                      (aMark == POP3_FETCH_BODY) ? FETCH_BODY : KEEP;
+  m_uidlsToMark.AppendElement(uidlEntry);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsPop3IncomingServer::MarkMessages()
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  if (m_runningProtocol)
+    rv = m_runningProtocol->MarkMessages(&m_uidlsToMark);
+  else
+  {
+    nsCString hostName;
+    nsCString userName;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> localPath;
+
+    GetLocalPath(getter_AddRefs(localPath));
+
+    GetHostName(hostName);
+    GetUsername(userName);
+    // do it all in one fell swoop
+    rv = nsPop3Protocol::MarkMsgForHost(hostName.get(), userName.get(), localPath, m_uidlsToMark);
+  }
+  uint32_t count = m_uidlsToMark.Length();
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < count; i++)
+  {
+    Pop3UidlEntry *ue = m_uidlsToMark[i];
+    PR_Free(ue->uidl);
+    PR_Free(ue);
+  }
+  m_uidlsToMark.Clear();
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsPop3GetMailChainer, nsIUrlListener)
+
+nsPop3GetMailChainer::nsPop3GetMailChainer()
+{
+}
+nsPop3GetMailChainer::~nsPop3GetMailChainer()
+{
+}
+
+nsresult nsPop3GetMailChainer::GetNewMailForServers(nsIPop3IncomingServer** servers,
+                                uint32_t count, nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow,
+                                nsIMsgFolder *folderToDownloadTo, nsIUrlListener *listener)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(folderToDownloadTo);
+
+  m_serversToGetNewMailFor.AppendElements(servers, count);
+  m_folderToDownloadTo = folderToDownloadTo;
+  m_downloadingMsgWindow = msgWindow;
+  m_listener = listener;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDatabase> destFolderDB;
+
+  nsresult rv = folderToDownloadTo->GetMsgDatabase(getter_AddRefs(destFolderDB));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !destFolderDB)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgLocalMailFolder> localFolder = do_QueryInterface(folderToDownloadTo);
+    if (localFolder)
+    {
+      localFolder->GetDatabaseWithReparse(this, msgWindow, getter_AddRefs(destFolderDB));
+      return NS_OK;
+    }
+  }
+  return RunNextGetNewMail();
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsPop3GetMailChainer::OnStartRunningUrl(nsIURI *url)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsPop3GetMailChainer::OnStopRunningUrl(nsIURI *aUrl, nsresult aExitCode)
+{
+  return RunNextGetNewMail();
+}
+
+nsresult nsPop3GetMailChainer::RunNextGetNewMail()
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  uint32_t numServersLeft = m_serversToGetNewMailFor.Count();
+
+  for (; numServersLeft > 0;)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIPop3IncomingServer> popServer(m_serversToGetNewMailFor[0]);
+    m_serversToGetNewMailFor.RemoveObjectAt(0);
+    numServersLeft--;
+    if (popServer)
+    {
+      bool deferGetNewMail = false;
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgIncomingServer> downloadingToServer;
+      m_folderToDownloadTo->GetServer(getter_AddRefs(downloadingToServer));
+      popServer->GetDeferGetNewMail(&deferGetNewMail);
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server = do_QueryInterface(popServer);
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIPop3Protocol> protocol;
+      popServer->GetRunningProtocol(getter_AddRefs(protocol));
+      if ((deferGetNewMail || downloadingToServer == server) && !protocol)
+      {
+        // have to call routine that just gets mail for one server,
+        // and ignores deferred servers...
+        if (server)
+        {
+          nsCOMPtr <nsIURI> url;
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIPop3Service> pop3Service = do_GetService(kCPop3ServiceCID, &rv);
+          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+          return pop3Service->GetNewMail(m_downloadingMsgWindow, this, m_folderToDownloadTo, popServer, getter_AddRefs(url));
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  rv = m_listener ? m_listener->OnStopRunningUrl(nullptr, NS_OK) : NS_OK;
+  Release(); // release ref to ourself.
+  return rv;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/local/src/nsPop3IncomingServer.h b/mailnews/local/src/nsPop3IncomingServer.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3c98f3bd2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/local/src/nsPop3IncomingServer.h
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef __nsPop3IncomingServer_h
+#define __nsPop3IncomingServer_h
+
+#include "mozilla/Attributes.h"
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "nsIPop3IncomingServer.h"
+#include "nsILocalMailIncomingServer.h"
+#include "nsMsgIncomingServer.h"
+#include "nsIPop3Protocol.h"
+#include "nsIMsgWindow.h"
+#include "nsMailboxServer.h"
+
+/* get some implementation from nsMsgIncomingServer */
+class nsPop3IncomingServer : public nsMailboxServer,
+                             public nsIPop3IncomingServer,
+                             public nsILocalMailIncomingServer
+
+{
+public:
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED
+  NS_DECL_NSIPOP3INCOMINGSERVER
+  NS_DECL_NSILOCALMAILINCOMINGSERVER
+
+  nsPop3IncomingServer();
+
+  NS_IMETHOD PerformBiff(nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetDownloadMessagesAtStartup(bool *getMessages) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetCanBeDefaultServer(bool *canBeDefaultServer) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetCanSearchMessages(bool *canSearchMessages) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetOfflineSupportLevel(int32_t *aSupportLevel) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD CloseCachedConnections() override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetRootMsgFolder(nsIMsgFolder **aRootMsgFolder) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetCanFileMessagesOnServer(bool *aCanFileMessagesOnServer) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetCanCreateFoldersOnServer(bool *aCanCreateFoldersOnServer) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD VerifyLogon(nsIUrlListener *aUrlListener, nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow,
+                         nsIURI **aURL) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetNewMessages(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder, nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow,
+                            nsIUrlListener *aUrlListener) override;
+
+protected:
+  virtual ~nsPop3IncomingServer();
+  nsresult GetInbox(nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow, nsIMsgFolder **inbox);
+
+private:
+  uint32_t m_capabilityFlags;
+  bool m_authenticated;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIPop3Protocol> m_runningProtocol;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> m_rootMsgFolder;
+  nsTArray<Pop3UidlEntry*> m_uidlsToMark;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/local/src/nsPop3Protocol.cpp b/mailnews/local/src/nsPop3Protocol.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..825f45ab3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/local/src/nsPop3Protocol.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,4176 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This Original Code has been modified by IBM Corporation. Modifications made by IBM
+ * described herein are Copyright (c) International Business Machines Corporation, 2000.
+ * Modifications to Mozilla code or documentation identified per MPL Section 3.3
+ *
+ * Jason Eager <jce2@po.cwru.edu>
+ *
+ * Date             Modified by     Description of modification
+ * 04/20/2000       IBM Corp.      OS/2 VisualAge build.
+ * 06/07/2000       Jason Eager    Added check for out of disk space
+ */
+
+#include "nscore.h"
+#include "msgCore.h"    // precompiled header...
+#include "nsNetUtil.h"
+#include "nspr.h"
+#include "plbase64.h"
+#include "nsIMsgMailNewsUrl.h"
+#include "nsISafeOutputStream.h"
+#include "nsPop3Protocol.h"
+#include "MailNewsTypes.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsIPrompt.h"
+#include "nsIMsgIncomingServer.h"
+#include "nsIMsgPluggableStore.h"
+#include "nsTextFormatter.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsIMsgWindow.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolder.h" // TO include biffState enum. Change to bool later...
+#include "nsIMsgLocalMailFolder.h"
+#include "nsIDocShell.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "nsISocketTransport.h"
+#include "nsISSLSocketControl.h"
+#include "nsILineInputStream.h"
+#include "nsIInterfaceRequestor.h"
+#include "nsMsgMessageFlags.h"
+#include "nsMsgBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsIProxyInfo.h"
+#include "nsCRT.h"
+#include "mozilla/Services.h"
+#include "mozilla/Logging.h"
+#include "mozilla/Attributes.h"
+
+using namespace mozilla;
+
+PRLogModuleInfo *POP3LOGMODULE = nullptr;
+#define POP3LOG(str) "%s: [this=%p] " str, POP3LOGMODULE->name, this
+
+static int
+net_pop3_remove_messages_marked_delete(PLHashEntry* he,
+                                       int msgindex,
+                                       void *arg)
+{
+  Pop3UidlEntry *uidlEntry = (Pop3UidlEntry *) he->value;
+  return (uidlEntry->status == DELETE_CHAR)
+    ? HT_ENUMERATE_REMOVE : HT_ENUMERATE_NEXT;
+}
+
+uint32_t TimeInSecondsFromPRTime(PRTime prTime)
+{
+  return (uint32_t)(prTime / PR_USEC_PER_SEC);
+}
+
+static void
+put_hash(PLHashTable* table, const char* key, char value, uint32_t dateReceived)
+{
+  // don't put not used slots or empty uid into hash
+  if (key && *key)
+  {
+    Pop3UidlEntry* tmp = PR_NEWZAP(Pop3UidlEntry);
+    if (tmp)
+    {
+      tmp->uidl = PL_strdup(key);
+      if (tmp->uidl)
+      {
+        tmp->dateReceived = dateReceived;
+        tmp->status = value;
+        PL_HashTableAdd(table, (const void *)tmp->uidl, (void*) tmp);
+      }
+      else
+        PR_Free(tmp);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+static int
+net_pop3_copy_hash_entries(PLHashEntry* he, int msgindex, void *arg)
+{
+  Pop3UidlEntry *uidlEntry = (Pop3UidlEntry *) he->value;
+  put_hash((PLHashTable *) arg, uidlEntry->uidl, uidlEntry->status, uidlEntry->dateReceived);
+  return HT_ENUMERATE_NEXT;
+}
+
+static void *
+AllocUidlTable(void * /* pool */, size_t size)
+{
+  return PR_MALLOC(size);
+}
+
+static void
+FreeUidlTable(void * /* pool */, void *item)
+{
+    PR_Free(item);
+}
+
+static PLHashEntry *
+AllocUidlInfo(void *pool, const void *key)
+{
+    return PR_NEWZAP(PLHashEntry);
+}
+
+static void
+FreeUidlInfo(void * /* pool */, PLHashEntry *he, unsigned flag)
+{
+  if (flag == HT_FREE_ENTRY)
+  {
+    Pop3UidlEntry *uidlEntry = (Pop3UidlEntry *) he->value;
+    if (uidlEntry)
+    {
+      PR_Free(uidlEntry->uidl);
+      PR_Free(uidlEntry);
+    }
+    PR_Free(he);
+  }
+}
+
+static PLHashAllocOps gHashAllocOps = {
+    AllocUidlTable, FreeUidlTable,
+    AllocUidlInfo, FreeUidlInfo
+};
+
+
+static Pop3UidlHost*
+net_pop3_load_state(const char* searchhost,
+                    const char* searchuser,
+                    nsIFile *mailDirectory)
+{
+  Pop3UidlHost* result = nullptr;
+  Pop3UidlHost* current = nullptr;
+  Pop3UidlHost* tmp;
+
+  result = PR_NEWZAP(Pop3UidlHost);
+  if (!result)
+    return nullptr;
+  result->host = PL_strdup(searchhost);
+  result->user = PL_strdup(searchuser);
+  result->hash = PL_NewHashTable(20, PL_HashString, PL_CompareStrings, PL_CompareValues, &gHashAllocOps, nullptr);
+
+  if (!result->host || !result->user || !result->hash)
+  {
+    PR_Free(result->host);
+    PR_Free(result->user);
+    if (result->hash)
+      PL_HashTableDestroy(result->hash);
+    PR_Free(result);
+    return nullptr;
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIFile> popState;
+  mailDirectory->Clone(getter_AddRefs(popState));
+  if (!popState)
+    return nullptr;
+  popState->AppendNative(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("popstate.dat"));
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIInputStream> fileStream;
+  nsresult rv = NS_NewLocalFileInputStream(getter_AddRefs(fileStream), popState);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, result);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsILineInputStream> lineInputStream(do_QueryInterface(fileStream, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, result);
+
+  bool more = true;
+  nsCString line;
+
+  while (more && NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    lineInputStream->ReadLine(line, &more);
+    if (line.IsEmpty())
+      continue;
+    char firstChar = line.CharAt(0);
+    if (firstChar == '#')
+      continue;
+    if (firstChar == '*') {
+      /* It's a host&user line. */
+      current = nullptr;
+      char *lineBuf = line.BeginWriting() + 1; // ok because we know the line isn't empty
+      char *host = NS_strtok(" \t\r\n", &lineBuf);
+      /* without space to also get realnames - see bug 225332 */
+      char *user = NS_strtok("\t\r\n", &lineBuf);
+      if (!host || !user)
+        continue;
+      for (tmp = result ; tmp ; tmp = tmp->next)
+      {
+        if (!strcmp(host, tmp->host) && !strcmp(user, tmp->user))
+        {
+          current = tmp;
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+      if (!current)
+      {
+        current = PR_NEWZAP(Pop3UidlHost);
+        if (current)
+        {
+          current->host = strdup(host);
+          current->user = strdup(user);
+          current->hash = PL_NewHashTable(20, PL_HashString, PL_CompareStrings, PL_CompareValues, &gHashAllocOps, nullptr);
+          if (!current->host || !current->user || !current->hash)
+          {
+            PR_Free(current->host);
+            PR_Free(current->user);
+            if (current->hash)
+              PL_HashTableDestroy(current->hash);
+            PR_Free(current);
+          }
+          else
+          {
+            current->next = result->next;
+            result->next = current;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* It's a line with a UIDL on it. */
+      if (current)
+      {
+        for (int32_t pos = line.FindChar('\t'); pos != -1; pos = line.FindChar('\t', pos))
+          line.Replace(pos, 1, ' ');
+
+        nsTArray<nsCString> lineElems;
+        ParseString(line, ' ', lineElems);
+        if (lineElems.Length() < 2)
+          continue;
+        nsCString *flags = &lineElems[0];
+        nsCString *uidl = &lineElems[1];
+        uint32_t dateReceived = TimeInSecondsFromPRTime(PR_Now()); // if we don't find a date str, assume now.
+        if (lineElems.Length() > 2)
+          dateReceived = atoi(lineElems[2].get());
+        if (!flags->IsEmpty() && !uidl->IsEmpty())
+        {
+          char flag = flags->CharAt(0);
+          if ((flag == KEEP) || (flag == DELETE_CHAR) ||
+            (flag == TOO_BIG) || (flag == FETCH_BODY))
+          {
+            put_hash(current->hash, uidl->get(), flag, dateReceived);
+          }
+          else
+          {
+            NS_ASSERTION(false, "invalid flag in popstate.dat");
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  fileStream->Close();
+
+  return result;
+}
+
+static int
+hash_clear_mapper(PLHashEntry* he, int msgindex, void* arg)
+{
+  Pop3UidlEntry *uidlEntry = (Pop3UidlEntry *) he->value;
+  PR_Free(uidlEntry->uidl);
+  PR_Free(uidlEntry);
+  he->value = nullptr;
+
+  return HT_ENUMERATE_REMOVE;
+}
+
+static int
+hash_empty_mapper(PLHashEntry* he, int msgindex, void* arg)
+{
+  *((bool*) arg) = false;
+  return HT_ENUMERATE_STOP;
+}
+
+static bool
+hash_empty(PLHashTable* hash)
+{
+  bool result = true;
+  PL_HashTableEnumerateEntries(hash, hash_empty_mapper, (void *)&result);
+  return result;
+}
+
+
+static int
+net_pop3_write_mapper(PLHashEntry* he, int msgindex, void* arg)
+{
+  nsIOutputStream* file = (nsIOutputStream*) arg;
+  Pop3UidlEntry *uidlEntry = (Pop3UidlEntry *) he->value;
+  NS_ASSERTION((uidlEntry->status == KEEP) ||
+    (uidlEntry->status == DELETE_CHAR) ||
+    (uidlEntry->status == FETCH_BODY) ||
+    (uidlEntry->status == TOO_BIG), "invalid status");
+  char* tmpBuffer = PR_smprintf("%c %s %d" MSG_LINEBREAK, uidlEntry->status, (char*)
+    uidlEntry->uidl, uidlEntry->dateReceived);
+  PR_ASSERT(tmpBuffer);
+  uint32_t numBytesWritten;
+  file->Write(tmpBuffer, strlen(tmpBuffer), &numBytesWritten);
+  PR_Free(tmpBuffer);
+  return HT_ENUMERATE_NEXT;
+}
+
+static int
+net_pop3_delete_old_msgs_mapper(PLHashEntry* he, int msgindex, void* arg)
+{
+  PRTime cutOffDate = (PRTime) arg;
+  Pop3UidlEntry *uidlEntry = (Pop3UidlEntry *) he->value;
+  if (uidlEntry->dateReceived < cutOffDate)
+    uidlEntry->status = DELETE_CHAR; // mark for deletion
+  return HT_ENUMERATE_NEXT;
+}
+
+static void
+net_pop3_write_state(Pop3UidlHost* host, nsIFile *mailDirectory)
+{
+  int32_t len = 0;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIFile> popState;
+
+  mailDirectory->Clone(getter_AddRefs(popState));
+  if (!popState)
+    return;
+  popState->AppendNative(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("popstate.dat"));
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIOutputStream> fileOutputStream;
+  nsresult rv = MsgNewSafeBufferedFileOutputStream(getter_AddRefs(fileOutputStream), popState, -1, 00600);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return;
+
+  const char tmpBuffer[] =
+    "# POP3 State File" MSG_LINEBREAK
+    "# This is a generated file!  Do not edit." MSG_LINEBREAK
+    MSG_LINEBREAK;
+
+  uint32_t numBytesWritten;
+  fileOutputStream->Write(tmpBuffer, strlen(tmpBuffer), &numBytesWritten);
+
+  for (; host && (len >= 0); host = host->next)
+  {
+    if (!hash_empty(host->hash))
+    {
+      fileOutputStream->Write("*", 1, &numBytesWritten);
+      fileOutputStream->Write(host->host, strlen(host->host), &numBytesWritten);
+      fileOutputStream->Write(" ", 1, &numBytesWritten);
+      fileOutputStream->Write(host->user, strlen(host->user), &numBytesWritten);
+      fileOutputStream->Write(MSG_LINEBREAK, MSG_LINEBREAK_LEN, &numBytesWritten);
+      PL_HashTableEnumerateEntries(host->hash, net_pop3_write_mapper, (void *)fileOutputStream);
+    }
+  }
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISafeOutputStream> safeStream = do_QueryInterface(fileOutputStream);
+  NS_ASSERTION(safeStream, "expected a safe output stream!");
+  if (safeStream) {
+    rv = safeStream->Finish();
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+      NS_WARNING("failed to save pop state! possible data loss");
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+static void
+net_pop3_free_state(Pop3UidlHost* host)
+{
+  Pop3UidlHost* h;
+  while (host)
+  {
+    h = host->next;
+    PR_Free(host->host);
+    PR_Free(host->user);
+    PL_HashTableDestroy(host->hash);
+    PR_Free(host);
+    host = h;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+Look for a specific UIDL string in our hash tables, if we have it then we need
+to mark the message for deletion so that it can be deleted later. If the uidl of the
+message is not found, then the message was downloaded completely and already deleted
+from the server. So this only applies to messages kept on the server or too big
+for download. */
+/* static */
+void nsPop3Protocol::MarkMsgInHashTable(PLHashTable *hashTable, const Pop3UidlEntry *uidlE, bool *changed)
+{
+  if (uidlE->uidl)
+  {
+    Pop3UidlEntry *uidlEntry = (Pop3UidlEntry *) PL_HashTableLookup(hashTable, uidlE->uidl);
+    if (uidlEntry)
+    {
+      if (uidlEntry->status != uidlE->status)
+      {
+        uidlEntry->status = uidlE->status;
+        *changed = true;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/* static */
+nsresult
+nsPop3Protocol::MarkMsgForHost(const char *hostName, const char *userName,
+                                      nsIFile *mailDirectory,
+                                       nsTArray<Pop3UidlEntry*> &UIDLArray)
+{
+  if (!hostName || !userName || !mailDirectory)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  Pop3UidlHost *uidlHost = net_pop3_load_state(hostName, userName, mailDirectory);
+  if (!uidlHost)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+  bool changed = false;
+
+  uint32_t count = UIDLArray.Length();
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < count; i++)
+  {
+    MarkMsgInHashTable(uidlHost->hash, UIDLArray[i], &changed);
+  }
+
+  if (changed)
+    net_pop3_write_state(uidlHost, mailDirectory);
+  net_pop3_free_state(uidlHost);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+
+NS_IMPL_ADDREF_INHERITED(nsPop3Protocol, nsMsgProtocol)
+NS_IMPL_RELEASE_INHERITED(nsPop3Protocol, nsMsgProtocol)
+
+
+
+NS_INTERFACE_MAP_BEGIN(nsPop3Protocol)
+  NS_INTERFACE_MAP_ENTRY(nsIPop3Protocol)
+  NS_INTERFACE_MAP_ENTRY(nsIMsgAsyncPromptListener)
+NS_INTERFACE_MAP_END_INHERITING(nsMsgProtocol)
+
+// nsPop3Protocol class implementation
+
+nsPop3Protocol::nsPop3Protocol(nsIURI* aURL)
+: nsMsgProtocol(aURL),
+  m_bytesInMsgReceived(0),
+  m_totalFolderSize(0),
+  m_totalDownloadSize(0),
+  m_totalBytesReceived(0),
+  m_lineStreamBuffer(nullptr),
+  m_pop3ConData(nullptr)
+{
+}
+
+nsresult nsPop3Protocol::Initialize(nsIURI * aURL)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  if (!POP3LOGMODULE)
+    POP3LOGMODULE = PR_NewLogModule("POP3");
+
+  MOZ_LOG(POP3LOGMODULE, LogLevel::Debug, (POP3LOG("Initialize()")));
+
+  m_pop3ConData = (Pop3ConData *)PR_NEWZAP(Pop3ConData);
+  if(!m_pop3ConData)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+  m_totalBytesReceived = 0;
+  m_bytesInMsgReceived = 0;
+  m_totalFolderSize = 0;
+  m_totalDownloadSize = 0;
+  m_totalBytesReceived = 0;
+  m_tlsEnabled = false;
+  m_socketType = nsMsgSocketType::trySTARTTLS;
+  m_prefAuthMethods = POP3_AUTH_MECH_UNDEFINED;
+  m_failedAuthMethods = 0;
+  m_password_already_sent = false;
+  m_currentAuthMethod = POP3_AUTH_MECH_UNDEFINED;
+  m_needToRerunUrl = false;
+
+  if (aURL)
+  {
+    // extract out message feedback if there is any.
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailnewsUrl = do_QueryInterface(aURL);
+    if (mailnewsUrl)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+      mailnewsUrl->GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+      NS_ENSURE_TRUE(server, NS_MSG_INVALID_OR_MISSING_SERVER);
+
+      rv = server->GetSocketType(&m_socketType);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+      int32_t authMethod = 0;
+      rv = server->GetAuthMethod(&authMethod);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+      InitPrefAuthMethods(authMethod);
+
+      m_pop3Server = do_QueryInterface(server);
+      if (m_pop3Server)
+        m_pop3Server->GetPop3CapabilityFlags(&m_pop3ConData->capability_flags);
+    }
+
+    m_url = do_QueryInterface(aURL);
+
+    // When we are making a secure connection, we need to make sure that we
+    // pass an interface requestor down to the socket transport so that PSM can
+    // retrieve a nsIPrompt instance if needed.
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIInterfaceRequestor> ir;
+    if (m_socketType != nsMsgSocketType::plain)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgWindow> msgwin;
+      mailnewsUrl->GetMsgWindow(getter_AddRefs(msgwin));
+      if (!msgwin)
+        GetTopmostMsgWindow(getter_AddRefs(msgwin));
+      if (msgwin)
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIDocShell> docshell;
+        msgwin->GetRootDocShell(getter_AddRefs(docshell));
+        ir = do_QueryInterface(docshell);
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIInterfaceRequestor> notificationCallbacks;
+        msgwin->GetNotificationCallbacks(getter_AddRefs(notificationCallbacks));
+        if (notificationCallbacks)
+        {
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIInterfaceRequestor> aggregrateIR;
+          MsgNewInterfaceRequestorAggregation(notificationCallbacks, ir, getter_AddRefs(aggregrateIR));
+          ir = aggregrateIR;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    int32_t port = 0;
+    nsCString hostName;
+    aURL->GetPort(&port);
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server = do_QueryInterface(m_pop3Server);
+    if (server)
+      server->GetRealHostName(hostName);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIProxyInfo> proxyInfo;
+    rv = MsgExamineForProxy(this, getter_AddRefs(proxyInfo));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) proxyInfo = nullptr;
+
+    const char *connectionType = nullptr;
+    if (m_socketType == nsMsgSocketType::SSL)
+      connectionType = "ssl";
+    else if (m_socketType == nsMsgSocketType::trySTARTTLS ||
+          m_socketType == nsMsgSocketType::alwaysSTARTTLS)
+        connectionType = "starttls";
+
+    rv = OpenNetworkSocketWithInfo(hostName.get(), port, connectionType, proxyInfo, ir);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv) && m_socketType == nsMsgSocketType::trySTARTTLS)
+    {
+      m_socketType = nsMsgSocketType::plain;
+      rv = OpenNetworkSocketWithInfo(hostName.get(), port, nullptr, proxyInfo, ir);
+    }
+
+    if(NS_FAILED(rv))
+      return rv;
+  } // if we got a url...
+
+  m_lineStreamBuffer = new nsMsgLineStreamBuffer(OUTPUT_BUFFER_SIZE, true);
+  if(!m_lineStreamBuffer)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundleService> bundleService =
+    mozilla::services::GetStringBundleService();
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(bundleService, NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED);
+  return bundleService->CreateBundle("chrome://messenger/locale/localMsgs.properties", getter_AddRefs(mLocalBundle));
+}
+
+nsPop3Protocol::~nsPop3Protocol()
+{
+  Cleanup();
+  MOZ_LOG(POP3LOGMODULE, LogLevel::Debug, (POP3LOG("~nsPop3Protocol()")));
+}
+
+void nsPop3Protocol::Cleanup()
+{
+  if (m_pop3ConData->newuidl)
+  {
+    PL_HashTableDestroy(m_pop3ConData->newuidl);
+    m_pop3ConData->newuidl = nullptr;
+  }
+
+  net_pop3_free_state(m_pop3ConData->uidlinfo);
+
+  FreeMsgInfo();
+  PR_Free(m_pop3ConData->only_uidl);
+  PR_Free(m_pop3ConData);
+
+  delete m_lineStreamBuffer;
+  m_lineStreamBuffer = nullptr;
+}
+
+void nsPop3Protocol::SetCapFlag(uint32_t flag)
+{
+    m_pop3ConData->capability_flags |= flag;
+}
+
+void nsPop3Protocol::ClearCapFlag(uint32_t flag)
+{
+    m_pop3ConData->capability_flags &= ~flag;
+}
+
+bool nsPop3Protocol::TestCapFlag(uint32_t flag)
+{
+    return m_pop3ConData->capability_flags & flag;
+}
+
+uint32_t nsPop3Protocol::GetCapFlags()
+{
+    return m_pop3ConData->capability_flags;
+}
+
+nsresult nsPop3Protocol::FormatCounterString(const nsString &stringName,
+                                             uint32_t count1,
+                                             uint32_t count2,
+                                             nsString &resultString)
+{
+  nsAutoString count1String;
+  count1String.AppendInt(count1);
+
+  nsAutoString count2String;
+  count2String.AppendInt(count2);
+
+  const char16_t *formatStrings[] = {
+    count1String.get(),
+    count2String.get()
+  };
+
+  return mLocalBundle->FormatStringFromName(stringName.get(),
+                                            formatStrings, 2,
+                                            getter_Copies(resultString));
+}
+
+void nsPop3Protocol::UpdateStatus(const char16_t *aStatusName)
+{
+  nsString statusMessage;
+  mLocalBundle->GetStringFromName(aStatusName,
+                                  getter_Copies(statusMessage));
+  UpdateStatusWithString(statusMessage.get());
+}
+
+void nsPop3Protocol::UpdateStatusWithString(const char16_t *aStatusString)
+{
+    if (mProgressEventSink)
+    {
+      mozilla::DebugOnly<nsresult> rv =
+        mProgressEventSink->OnStatus(this, m_channelContext,
+                                     NS_OK, aStatusString); // XXX i18n message
+      NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "dropping error result");
+    }
+}
+
+void nsPop3Protocol::UpdateProgressPercent(int64_t totalDone, int64_t total)
+{
+  if (mProgressEventSink)
+    mProgressEventSink->OnProgress(this, m_channelContext, totalDone, total);
+}
+
+// note:  SetUsername() expects an unescaped string
+// do not pass in an escaped string
+void nsPop3Protocol::SetUsername(const char* name)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(name, "no name specified!");
+    if (name)
+      m_username = name;
+}
+
+nsresult nsPop3Protocol::RerunUrl()
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> url = do_QueryInterface(m_url);
+  ClearFlag(POP3_PASSWORD_FAILED);
+  m_pop3Server->SetRunningProtocol(nullptr);
+  Cleanup();
+  return LoadUrl(url, nullptr);
+}
+
+Pop3StatesEnum nsPop3Protocol::GetNextPasswordObtainState()
+{
+  switch (m_pop3ConData->next_state)
+  {
+  case POP3_OBTAIN_PASSWORD_EARLY:
+    return POP3_FINISH_OBTAIN_PASSWORD_EARLY;
+  case POP3_SEND_USERNAME:
+  case POP3_OBTAIN_PASSWORD_BEFORE_USERNAME:
+    return POP3_FINISH_OBTAIN_PASSWORD_BEFORE_USERNAME;
+  case POP3_SEND_PASSWORD:
+  case POP3_OBTAIN_PASSWORD_BEFORE_PASSWORD:
+    return POP3_FINISH_OBTAIN_PASSWORD_BEFORE_PASSWORD;
+  default:
+    // Should never get here.
+    NS_NOTREACHED("Invalid next_state in GetNextPasswordObtainState");
+  }
+  return POP3_ERROR_DONE;
+}
+
+nsresult nsPop3Protocol::StartGetAsyncPassword(Pop3StatesEnum aNextState)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  // Try and avoid going async if possible - if we haven't got into a password
+  // failure state and the server has a password stored for this session, then
+  // use it.
+  if (!TestFlag(POP3_PASSWORD_FAILED))
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server =
+      do_QueryInterface(m_pop3Server, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    rv = server->GetPassword(m_passwordResult);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !m_passwordResult.IsEmpty())
+    {
+      m_pop3ConData->next_state = GetNextPasswordObtainState();
+      return NS_OK;
+    }
+  }
+
+  // We're now going to need to do something that will end up with us either
+  // poking the login manger or prompting the user. We need to ensure we only
+  // do one prompt at a time (and loging manager could cause a master password
+  // prompt), so we need to use the async prompter.
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAsyncPrompter> asyncPrompter =
+    do_GetService(NS_MSGASYNCPROMPTER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  m_pop3ConData->next_state = aNextState;
+
+  // Although we're not actually pausing for a read, we'll do so anyway to let
+  // the async prompt run. Once it is our turn again we'll call back into
+  // ProcessProtocolState.
+  m_pop3ConData->pause_for_read = true;
+
+  nsCString server("unknown");
+  m_url->GetPrePath(server);
+
+  rv = asyncPrompter->QueueAsyncAuthPrompt(server, false, this);
+  // Explict NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS for debug purposes as errors tend to get
+  // hidden.
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsPop3Protocol::OnPromptStart(bool *aResult)
+{
+  MOZ_LOG(POP3LOGMODULE, LogLevel::Debug, (POP3LOG("OnPromptStart()")));
+
+  *aResult = false;
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server = do_QueryInterface(m_pop3Server, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsAutoCString passwordResult;
+
+  // pass the failed password into the password prompt so that
+  // it will be pre-filled, in case it failed because of a
+  // server problem and not because it was wrong.
+  if (!m_lastPasswordSent.IsEmpty())
+    passwordResult = m_lastPasswordSent;
+
+  // Set up some items that we're going to need for the prompting.
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailnewsUrl = do_QueryInterface(m_url, &rv);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgWindow> msgWindow;
+  if (mailnewsUrl)
+    mailnewsUrl->GetMsgWindow(getter_AddRefs(msgWindow));
+
+  nsCString userName;
+  server->GetRealUsername(userName);
+
+  nsCString hostName;
+  server->GetRealHostName(hostName);
+
+  nsString passwordPrompt;
+  NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16 userNameUTF16(userName);
+  NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16 hostNameUTF16(hostName);
+  const char16_t* passwordParams[] = { userNameUTF16.get(),
+                                        hostNameUTF16.get() };
+
+  // if the last prompt got us a bad password then show a special dialog
+  if (TestFlag(POP3_PASSWORD_FAILED))
+  {
+    // Biff case (no msgWindow) shouldn't cause prompts or passwords to get forgotten at all
+    // TODO shouldn't we skip the new password prompt below as well for biff? Just exit here?
+    if (msgWindow)
+    {
+      MOZ_LOG(POP3LOGMODULE, LogLevel::Warning,
+              (POP3LOG("POP: ask user what to do (after password failed): new password, retry or cancel")));
+
+      int32_t buttonPressed = 0;
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(MsgPromptLoginFailed(msgWindow, hostName,
+                                            &buttonPressed)))
+      {
+        if (buttonPressed == 1) // Cancel button
+        {
+          MOZ_LOG(POP3LOGMODULE, LogLevel::Warning, (POP3LOG("cancel button pressed")));
+          // Abort quickly and stop trying for now.
+
+          // If we haven't actually connected yet (i.e. we're doing an early
+          // attempt to get the username/password but we've previously failed
+          // for some reason), then skip straight to POP3_FREE as it isn't an
+          // error in this connection, and just ends up with us closing the
+          // socket and saying we've aborted the bind. Otherwise, pretend this
+          // is an error and move on.
+          m_pop3ConData->next_state =
+            m_pop3ConData->next_state == POP3_OBTAIN_PASSWORD_EARLY ?
+                                         POP3_FREE : POP3_ERROR_DONE;
+
+          // Clear the password we're going to return to force failure in
+          // the get mail instance.
+          passwordResult.Truncate();
+
+          // We also have to clear the password failed flag, otherwise we'll
+          // automatically try again.
+          ClearFlag(POP3_PASSWORD_FAILED);
+
+          // As we're async, calling ProcessProtocolState gets things going
+          // again.
+          ProcessProtocolState(nullptr, nullptr, 0, 0);
+          return NS_OK;
+        }
+        else if (buttonPressed == 2) // "New password" button
+        {
+          MOZ_LOG(POP3LOGMODULE, LogLevel::Warning, (POP3LOG("new password button pressed")));
+          // Forget the stored password
+          // and we'll prompt for a new one next time around.
+          rv = server->ForgetPassword();
+          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+          // try all methods again with new password
+          ResetAuthMethods();
+          // ... apart from GSSAPI, which doesn't care about passwords
+          MarkAuthMethodAsFailed(POP3_HAS_AUTH_GSSAPI);
+          if (m_needToRerunUrl)
+            return RerunUrl();
+        }
+        else if (buttonPressed == 0) // "Retry" button
+        {
+          MOZ_LOG(POP3LOGMODULE, LogLevel::Warning, (POP3LOG("retry button pressed")));
+          // try all methods again, including GSSAPI
+          ResetAuthMethods();
+          ClearFlag(POP3_PASSWORD_FAILED|POP3_AUTH_FAILURE);
+
+          if (m_needToRerunUrl)
+            return RerunUrl();
+
+          // It is a bit strange that we're going onto the next state that 
+          // would essentially send the password. However in resetting the
+          // auth methods above, we're setting up SendUsername, SendPassword
+          // and friends to abort and return to the POP3_SEND_CAPA state.
+          // Hence we can do this safely.
+          m_pop3ConData->next_state = GetNextPasswordObtainState();
+          // As we're async, calling ProcessProtocolState gets things going
+          // again.
+          ProcessProtocolState(nullptr, nullptr, 0, 0);
+          return NS_OK;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    mLocalBundle->FormatStringFromName(
+      u"pop3PreviouslyEnteredPasswordIsInvalidPrompt",
+      passwordParams, 2, getter_Copies(passwordPrompt));
+  }
+  else
+    // Otherwise this is the first time we've asked about the server's
+    // password so show a first time prompt.
+    mLocalBundle->FormatStringFromName(
+      u"pop3EnterPasswordPrompt",
+      passwordParams, 2, getter_Copies(passwordPrompt));
+
+  nsString passwordTitle;
+  mLocalBundle->GetStringFromName(
+    u"pop3EnterPasswordPromptTitle",
+    getter_Copies(passwordTitle));
+
+  // Now go and get the password.
+  if (!passwordPrompt.IsEmpty() && !passwordTitle.IsEmpty())
+    rv = server->GetPasswordWithUI(passwordPrompt, passwordTitle,
+                                    msgWindow, passwordResult);
+  ClearFlag(POP3_PASSWORD_FAILED|POP3_AUTH_FAILURE);
+
+  // If it failed or the user cancelled the prompt, just abort the
+  // connection.
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) ||
+      rv == NS_MSG_PASSWORD_PROMPT_CANCELLED)
+  {
+    m_pop3ConData->next_state = POP3_ERROR_DONE;
+    m_passwordResult.Truncate();
+    *aResult = false;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    m_passwordResult = passwordResult;
+    m_pop3ConData->next_state = GetNextPasswordObtainState();
+    *aResult = true;
+  }
+  // Because this was done asynchronously, now call back into
+  // ProcessProtocolState to get the protocol going again.
+  ProcessProtocolState(nullptr, nullptr, 0, 0);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsPop3Protocol::OnPromptAuthAvailable()
+{
+  NS_NOTREACHED("Did not expect to get POP3 protocol queuing up auth "
+                "connections for same server");
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsPop3Protocol::OnPromptCanceled()
+{
+  // A prompt was cancelled, so just abort out the connection
+  m_pop3ConData->next_state = POP3_ERROR_DONE;
+  // As we're async, calling ProcessProtocolState gets things going again.
+  ProcessProtocolState(nullptr, nullptr, 0, 0);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsPop3Protocol::OnTransportStatus(nsITransport *aTransport, nsresult aStatus, int64_t aProgress, int64_t aProgressMax)
+{
+  return nsMsgProtocol::OnTransportStatus(aTransport, aStatus, aProgress, aProgressMax);
+}
+
+// stop binding is a "notification" informing us that the stream associated with aURL is going away.
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsPop3Protocol::OnStopRequest(nsIRequest *aRequest, nsISupports * aContext, nsresult aStatus)
+{
+  // If the server dropped the connection, m_socketIsOpen will be true, before
+  // we call nsMsgProtocol::OnStopRequest. The call will force a close socket,
+  // but we still want to go through the state machine one more time to cleanup
+  // the protocol object.
+  if (m_socketIsOpen)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> msgUrl = do_QueryInterface(m_url);
+
+    // Check if the connection was dropped before getting back an auth error.
+    // If we got the auth error, the next state would be
+    // POP3_OBTAIN_PASSWORD_EARLY.
+    if ((m_pop3ConData->next_state_after_response == POP3_NEXT_AUTH_STEP ||
+         m_pop3ConData->next_state_after_response == POP3_AUTH_LOGIN_RESPONSE) &&
+        m_pop3ConData->next_state != POP3_OBTAIN_PASSWORD_EARLY)
+    {
+      MOZ_LOG(POP3LOGMODULE, LogLevel::Debug, (POP3LOG("dropped connection before auth error")));
+      SetFlag(POP3_AUTH_FAILURE);
+      m_pop3ConData->command_succeeded = false;
+      m_needToRerunUrl = true;
+      m_pop3ConData->next_state = POP3_NEXT_AUTH_STEP;
+      ProcessProtocolState(nullptr, nullptr, 0, 0);
+    }
+    // We can't call nsMsgProtocol::OnStopRequest because it calls SetUrlState,
+    // which notifies the URLListeners, but we need to do a bit of cleanup
+    // before running the url again.
+    CloseSocket();
+    if (m_loadGroup)
+      m_loadGroup->RemoveRequest(static_cast<nsIRequest *>(this), nullptr, aStatus);
+    m_pop3ConData->next_state = POP3_ERROR_DONE;
+    ProcessProtocolState(nullptr, nullptr, 0, 0);
+
+    if (NS_FAILED(aStatus) && aStatus != NS_BINDING_ABORTED)
+      nsMsgProtocol::ShowAlertMessage(msgUrl, aStatus);
+
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  nsresult rv = nsMsgProtocol::OnStopRequest(aRequest, aContext, aStatus);
+
+  // turn off the server busy flag on stop request - we know we're done, right?
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server = do_QueryInterface(m_pop3Server);
+  if (server)
+  {
+    MOZ_LOG(POP3LOGMODULE, LogLevel::Debug,
+            (POP3LOG("Clearing server busy in nsPop3Protocol::OnStopRequest")));
+    server->SetServerBusy(false); // the server is not busy
+  }
+  if(m_pop3ConData->list_done)
+    CommitState(true);
+  if (NS_FAILED(aStatus) && aStatus != NS_BINDING_ABORTED)
+    Abort();
+  return rv;
+}
+
+void nsPop3Protocol::Abort()
+{
+  MOZ_LOG(POP3LOGMODULE, LogLevel::Debug, (POP3LOG("Abort")));
+
+  if(m_pop3ConData->msg_closure)
+  {
+      m_nsIPop3Sink->IncorporateAbort(m_pop3ConData->only_uidl != nullptr);
+      m_pop3ConData->msg_closure = nullptr;
+  }
+  // need this to close the stream on the inbox.
+  m_nsIPop3Sink->AbortMailDelivery(this);
+  MOZ_LOG(POP3LOGMODULE, LogLevel::Debug,
+          (POP3LOG("Clearing running protocol in nsPop3Protocol::Abort()")));
+  m_pop3Server->SetRunningProtocol(nullptr);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsPop3Protocol::Cancel(nsresult status)  // handle stop button
+{
+  Abort();
+  return nsMsgProtocol::Cancel(NS_BINDING_ABORTED);
+}
+
+
+nsresult nsPop3Protocol::LoadUrl(nsIURI* aURL, nsISupports * /* aConsumer */)
+{
+  MOZ_LOG(POP3LOGMODULE, LogLevel::Debug, (POP3LOG("LoadUrl()")));
+
+  nsresult rv = Initialize(aURL);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  if (aURL)
+    m_url = do_QueryInterface(aURL);
+  else
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIURL> url = do_QueryInterface(aURL, &rv);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  int32_t port;
+  rv = url->GetPort(&port);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = NS_CheckPortSafety(port, "pop");
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsAutoCString queryPart;
+  rv = url->GetQuery(queryPart);
+  NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "unable to get the url spect");
+
+  m_pop3ConData->only_check_for_new_mail = (PL_strcasestr(queryPart.get(), "check") != nullptr);
+  m_pop3ConData->verify_logon = (PL_strcasestr(queryPart.get(), "verifyLogon") != nullptr);
+  m_pop3ConData->get_url = (PL_strcasestr(queryPart.get(), "gurl") != nullptr);
+
+  bool deleteByAgeFromServer = false;
+  int32_t numDaysToLeaveOnServer = -1;
+  if (!m_pop3ConData->verify_logon)
+  {
+    // Pick up pref setting regarding leave messages on server, message size limit
+
+    m_pop3Server->GetLeaveMessagesOnServer(&m_pop3ConData->leave_on_server);
+    m_pop3Server->GetHeadersOnly(&m_pop3ConData->headers_only);
+    bool limitMessageSize = false;
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server = do_QueryInterface(m_pop3Server);
+    if (server)
+    {
+      // size limits are superseded by headers_only mode
+      if (!m_pop3ConData->headers_only)
+      {
+        server->GetLimitOfflineMessageSize(&limitMessageSize);
+        if (limitMessageSize)
+        {
+          int32_t max_size = 0; // default size
+          server->GetMaxMessageSize(&max_size);
+          m_pop3ConData->size_limit = (max_size) ? max_size * 1024 : 50 * 1024;
+       }
+      }
+      m_pop3Server->GetDeleteByAgeFromServer(&deleteByAgeFromServer);
+      if (deleteByAgeFromServer)
+        m_pop3Server->GetNumDaysToLeaveOnServer(&numDaysToLeaveOnServer);
+    }
+  }
+
+  // UIDL stuff
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPop3URL> pop3Url = do_QueryInterface(m_url);
+  if (pop3Url)
+    pop3Url->GetPop3Sink(getter_AddRefs(m_nsIPop3Sink));
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> mailDirectory;
+
+  nsCString hostName;
+  nsCString userName;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server = do_QueryInterface(m_pop3Server);
+  if (server)
+  {
+    rv = server->GetLocalPath(getter_AddRefs(mailDirectory));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    server->SetServerBusy(true); // the server is now busy
+    server->GetHostName(hostName);
+    server->GetUsername(userName);
+    MOZ_LOG(POP3LOGMODULE, LogLevel::Info,
+            (POP3LOG("Connecting to server %s:%d"), hostName.get(), port));
+
+    MOZ_LOG(POP3LOGMODULE, LogLevel::Debug,
+            (POP3LOG("Setting server busy in nsPop3Protocol::LoadUrl()")));
+  }
+
+  if (!m_pop3ConData->verify_logon)
+    m_pop3ConData->uidlinfo = net_pop3_load_state(hostName.get(), userName.get(), mailDirectory);
+
+  m_pop3ConData->biffstate = nsIMsgFolder::nsMsgBiffState_NoMail;
+
+  if (m_pop3ConData->uidlinfo && numDaysToLeaveOnServer > 0)
+  {
+    uint32_t nowInSeconds = TimeInSecondsFromPRTime(PR_Now());
+    uint32_t cutOffDay = nowInSeconds - (60 * 60 * 24 * numDaysToLeaveOnServer);
+
+    PL_HashTableEnumerateEntries(m_pop3ConData->uidlinfo->hash, net_pop3_delete_old_msgs_mapper, (void *)(uintptr_t) cutOffDay);
+  }
+  const char* uidl = PL_strcasestr(queryPart.get(), "uidl=");
+  PR_FREEIF(m_pop3ConData->only_uidl);
+
+  if (uidl)
+  {
+    uidl += 5;
+    nsCString unescapedData;
+    MsgUnescapeString(nsDependentCString(uidl), 0, unescapedData);
+    m_pop3ConData->only_uidl = PL_strdup(unescapedData.get());
+
+    mSuppressListenerNotifications = true; // suppress on start and on stop because this url won't have any content to display
+  }
+
+  m_pop3ConData->next_state = POP3_START_CONNECT;
+  m_pop3ConData->next_state_after_response = POP3_FINISH_CONNECT;
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    m_pop3Server->SetRunningProtocol(this);
+    return nsMsgProtocol::LoadUrl(aURL);
+  }
+  else
+    return rv;
+}
+
+void
+nsPop3Protocol::FreeMsgInfo()
+{
+  int i;
+  if (m_pop3ConData->msg_info)
+  {
+    for (i=0 ; i<m_pop3ConData->number_of_messages ; i++)
+    {
+      if (m_pop3ConData->msg_info[i].uidl)
+        PR_Free(m_pop3ConData->msg_info[i].uidl);
+      m_pop3ConData->msg_info[i].uidl = nullptr;
+    }
+    PR_Free(m_pop3ConData->msg_info);
+    m_pop3ConData->msg_info = nullptr;
+  }
+}
+
+int32_t
+nsPop3Protocol::WaitForStartOfConnectionResponse(nsIInputStream* aInputStream,
+                                                 uint32_t length)
+{
+  char * line = nullptr;
+  uint32_t line_length = 0;
+  bool pauseForMoreData = false;
+  nsresult rv;
+  line = m_lineStreamBuffer->ReadNextLine(aInputStream, line_length, pauseForMoreData, &rv);
+
+  MOZ_LOG(POP3LOGMODULE, LogLevel::Info, (POP3LOG("RECV: %s"), line));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return -1;
+
+  if(pauseForMoreData || !line)
+  {
+    m_pop3ConData->pause_for_read = true; /* pause */
+    PR_Free(line);
+    return(line_length);
+  }
+
+  if(*line == '+')
+  {
+    m_pop3ConData->command_succeeded = true;
+    if(PL_strlen(line) > 4)
+      m_commandResponse = line + 4;
+    else
+      m_commandResponse = line;
+
+    if (m_prefAuthMethods & POP3_HAS_AUTH_APOP)
+    {
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(GetApopTimestamp()))
+        SetCapFlag(POP3_HAS_AUTH_APOP);
+    }
+    else
+      ClearCapFlag(POP3_HAS_AUTH_APOP);
+
+    m_pop3Server->SetPop3CapabilityFlags(m_pop3ConData->capability_flags);
+
+    m_pop3ConData->next_state = POP3_PROCESS_AUTH;
+    m_pop3ConData->pause_for_read = false; /* don't pause */
+  }
+
+  PR_Free(line);
+  return(1);  /* everything ok */
+}
+
+int32_t
+nsPop3Protocol::WaitForResponse(nsIInputStream* inputStream, uint32_t length)
+{
+  char * line;
+  uint32_t ln = 0;
+  bool pauseForMoreData = false;
+  nsresult rv;
+  line = m_lineStreamBuffer->ReadNextLine(inputStream, ln, pauseForMoreData, &rv);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return -1;
+
+  if(pauseForMoreData || !line)
+  {
+    m_pop3ConData->pause_for_read = true; /* pause */
+
+    PR_Free(line);
+    return(ln);
+  }
+
+  MOZ_LOG(POP3LOGMODULE, LogLevel::Info, (POP3LOG("RECV: %s"), line));
+
+  if(*line == '+')
+  {
+    m_pop3ConData->command_succeeded = true;
+    if(PL_strlen(line) > 4)
+    {
+      if(!PL_strncasecmp(line, "+OK", 3))
+        m_commandResponse = line + 4;
+      else  // challenge answer to AUTH CRAM-MD5 and LOGIN username/password
+        m_commandResponse = line + 2;
+    }
+    else
+      m_commandResponse = line;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    m_pop3ConData->command_succeeded = false;
+    if(PL_strlen(line) > 5)
+      m_commandResponse = line + 5;
+    else
+      m_commandResponse  = line;
+
+    // search for the response codes (RFC 2449, chapter 8 and RFC 3206)
+    if(TestCapFlag(POP3_HAS_RESP_CODES | POP3_HAS_AUTH_RESP_CODE))
+    {
+        // code for authentication failure due to the user's credentials
+        if(m_commandResponse.Find("[AUTH", true) >= 0)
+        {
+          MOZ_LOG(POP3LOGMODULE, LogLevel::Debug, (POP3LOG("setting auth failure")));
+          SetFlag(POP3_AUTH_FAILURE);
+        }
+
+        // codes for failures due to other reasons
+        if(m_commandResponse.Find("[LOGIN-DELAY", true) >= 0 ||
+           m_commandResponse.Find("[IN-USE", true) >= 0 ||
+           m_commandResponse.Find("[SYS", true) >= 0)
+      SetFlag(POP3_STOPLOGIN);
+
+      // remove the codes from the response string presented to the user
+      int32_t i = m_commandResponse.FindChar(']');
+      if(i >= 0)
+        m_commandResponse.Cut(0, i + 2);
+    }
+  }
+
+  m_pop3ConData->next_state = m_pop3ConData->next_state_after_response;
+  m_pop3ConData->pause_for_read = false; /* don't pause */
+
+  PR_Free(line);
+  return(1);  /* everything ok */
+}
+
+int32_t
+nsPop3Protocol::Error(const char* err_code,
+                      const char16_t **params,
+                      uint32_t length)
+{
+    MOZ_LOG(POP3LOGMODULE, LogLevel::Info, (POP3LOG("ERROR: %s"), err_code));
+
+    // the error code is just the resource name for the error string...
+    // so print out that error message!
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server = do_QueryInterface(m_pop3Server);
+    nsString accountName;
+    nsresult rv = server->GetPrettyName(accountName);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, -1);
+    const char16_t *titleParams[] = { accountName.get() };
+    nsString dialogTitle;
+    mLocalBundle->FormatStringFromName(
+      u"pop3ErrorDialogTitle",
+      titleParams, 1, getter_Copies(dialogTitle));
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailnewsUrl = do_QueryInterface(m_url, &rv);
+    // we handle "pop3TmpDownloadError" earlier...
+    if (strcmp(err_code, "pop3TmpDownloadError") && NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgWindow> msgWindow;
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIPrompt> dialog;
+        rv = mailnewsUrl->GetMsgWindow(getter_AddRefs(msgWindow)); //it is ok to have null msgWindow, for example when biffing
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && msgWindow)
+        {
+            rv = msgWindow->GetPromptDialog(getter_AddRefs(dialog));
+            if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+            {
+              nsString alertString;
+              // Format the alert string if parameter list isn't empty
+              if (params)
+                mLocalBundle->FormatStringFromName(NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16(err_code).get(),
+                                                   params, length, getter_Copies(alertString));
+              else
+                mLocalBundle->GetStringFromName(NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16(err_code).get(),
+                                                getter_Copies(alertString));
+              if (m_pop3ConData->command_succeeded)  //not a server error message
+                dialog->Alert(dialogTitle.get(), alertString.get());
+              else
+              {
+                nsString serverSaidPrefix;
+                nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server = do_QueryInterface(m_pop3Server);
+                nsCString hostName;
+                // Fomat string with hostname.
+                if (server)
+                  rv = server->GetRealHostName(hostName);
+                if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+                {
+                  nsAutoString hostStr;
+                  CopyASCIItoUTF16(hostName, hostStr);
+                  const char16_t *params[] = { hostStr.get() };
+                  mLocalBundle->FormatStringFromName(
+                    u"pop3ServerSaid",
+                    params, 1, getter_Copies(serverSaidPrefix));
+                }
+
+                nsAutoString message(alertString);
+                message.AppendLiteral(" ");
+                message.Append(serverSaidPrefix);
+                message.AppendLiteral(" ");
+                message.Append(NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16(m_commandResponse));
+                dialog->Alert(dialogTitle.get(), message.get());
+              }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    m_pop3ConData->next_state = POP3_ERROR_DONE;
+    m_pop3ConData->pause_for_read = false;
+    return -1;
+}
+
+int32_t nsPop3Protocol::Pop3SendData(const char * dataBuffer, bool aSuppressLogging)
+{
+  // remove any leftover bytes in the line buffer
+  // this can happen if the last message line doesn't end with a (CR)LF
+  // or a server sent two reply lines
+  m_lineStreamBuffer->ClearBuffer();
+
+  nsresult result = nsMsgProtocol::SendData(dataBuffer);
+
+  if (!aSuppressLogging)
+      MOZ_LOG(POP3LOGMODULE, LogLevel::Info, (POP3LOG("SEND: %s"), dataBuffer));
+  else
+      MOZ_LOG(POP3LOGMODULE, LogLevel::Info,
+              (POP3LOG("Logging suppressed for this command (it probably contained authentication information)")));
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(result))
+  {
+    m_pop3ConData->pause_for_read = true;
+    m_pop3ConData->next_state = POP3_WAIT_FOR_RESPONSE;
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  m_pop3ConData->next_state = POP3_ERROR_DONE;
+  MOZ_LOG(POP3LOGMODULE, LogLevel::Info, (POP3LOG("Pop3SendData failed: %lx"), result));
+  return -1;
+}
+
+/*
+ * POP3 AUTH extension
+ */
+
+int32_t nsPop3Protocol::SendAuth()
+{
+  MOZ_LOG(POP3LOGMODULE, LogLevel::Debug, (POP3LOG("SendAuth()")));
+
+  if(!m_pop3ConData->command_succeeded)
+    return Error("pop3ServerError");
+
+  nsAutoCString command("AUTH" CRLF);
+
+  m_pop3ConData->next_state_after_response = POP3_AUTH_RESPONSE;
+  return Pop3SendData(command.get());
+}
+
+int32_t nsPop3Protocol::AuthResponse(nsIInputStream* inputStream,
+                             uint32_t length)
+{
+    char * line;
+    uint32_t ln = 0;
+    nsresult rv;
+
+    if (TestCapFlag(POP3_AUTH_MECH_UNDEFINED))
+    {
+        ClearCapFlag(POP3_AUTH_MECH_UNDEFINED);
+        m_pop3Server->SetPop3CapabilityFlags(m_pop3ConData->capability_flags);
+    }
+
+    if (!m_pop3ConData->command_succeeded)
+    {
+        /* AUTH command not implemented
+         * so no secure mechanisms available
+         */
+        m_pop3ConData->command_succeeded = true;
+        m_pop3Server->SetPop3CapabilityFlags(m_pop3ConData->capability_flags);
+        m_pop3ConData->next_state = POP3_SEND_CAPA;
+        return 0;
+    }
+
+    bool pauseForMoreData = false;
+    line = m_lineStreamBuffer->ReadNextLine(inputStream, ln, pauseForMoreData, &rv);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      return -1;
+
+    if(pauseForMoreData || !line)
+    {
+        m_pop3ConData->pause_for_read = true; /* pause */
+        PR_Free(line);
+        return(0);
+    }
+
+    MOZ_LOG(POP3LOGMODULE, LogLevel::Info, (POP3LOG("RECV: %s"), line));
+
+    if (!PL_strcmp(line, "."))
+    {
+        m_pop3Server->SetPop3CapabilityFlags(m_pop3ConData->capability_flags);
+
+        // now that we've read all the AUTH responses, go for it
+        m_pop3ConData->next_state = POP3_SEND_CAPA;
+        m_pop3ConData->pause_for_read = false; /* don't pause */
+    }
+    else if (!PL_strcasecmp (line, "CRAM-MD5"))
+      SetCapFlag(POP3_HAS_AUTH_CRAM_MD5);
+    else if (!PL_strcasecmp (line, "NTLM"))
+      SetCapFlag(POP3_HAS_AUTH_NTLM);
+    else if (!PL_strcasecmp (line, "MSN"))
+      SetCapFlag(POP3_HAS_AUTH_NTLM|POP3_HAS_AUTH_MSN);
+    else if (!PL_strcasecmp (line, "GSSAPI"))
+        SetCapFlag(POP3_HAS_AUTH_GSSAPI);
+    else if (!PL_strcasecmp (line, "PLAIN"))
+        SetCapFlag(POP3_HAS_AUTH_PLAIN);
+    else if (!PL_strcasecmp (line, "LOGIN"))
+        SetCapFlag(POP3_HAS_AUTH_LOGIN);
+
+    PR_Free(line);
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * POP3 CAPA extension, see RFC 2449, chapter 5
+ */
+
+int32_t nsPop3Protocol::SendCapa()
+{
+    MOZ_LOG(POP3LOGMODULE, LogLevel::Debug, (POP3LOG("SendCapa()")));
+    if(!m_pop3ConData->command_succeeded)
+        return Error("pop3ServerError");
+
+    nsAutoCString command("CAPA" CRLF);
+
+    m_pop3ConData->next_state_after_response = POP3_CAPA_RESPONSE;
+    return Pop3SendData(command.get());
+}
+
+int32_t nsPop3Protocol::CapaResponse(nsIInputStream* inputStream,
+                             uint32_t length)
+{
+    char * line;
+    uint32_t ln = 0;
+
+    if (!m_pop3ConData->command_succeeded)
+    {
+        /* CAPA command not implemented */
+        m_pop3ConData->command_succeeded = true;
+        m_pop3Server->SetPop3CapabilityFlags(m_pop3ConData->capability_flags);
+        m_pop3ConData->next_state = POP3_PROCESS_AUTH;
+        return 0;
+    }
+
+    bool pauseForMoreData = false;
+    nsresult rv;
+    line = m_lineStreamBuffer->ReadNextLine(inputStream, ln, pauseForMoreData, &rv);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      return -1;
+
+    if(pauseForMoreData || !line)
+    {
+        m_pop3ConData->pause_for_read = true; /* pause */
+        PR_Free(line);
+        return(0);
+    }
+
+    MOZ_LOG(POP3LOGMODULE, LogLevel::Info, (POP3LOG("RECV: %s"), line));
+
+    if (!PL_strcmp(line, "."))
+    {
+        // now that we've read all the CAPA responses, go for it
+        m_pop3ConData->next_state = POP3_PROCESS_AUTH;
+        m_pop3ConData->pause_for_read = false; /* don't pause */
+    }
+    else
+    if (!PL_strcasecmp(line, "XSENDER"))
+    {
+        SetCapFlag(POP3_HAS_XSENDER);
+        m_pop3Server->SetPop3CapabilityFlags(m_pop3ConData->capability_flags);
+    }
+    else
+    // see RFC 2449, chapter 6.4
+    if (!PL_strcasecmp(line, "RESP-CODES"))
+    {
+        SetCapFlag(POP3_HAS_RESP_CODES);
+        m_pop3Server->SetPop3CapabilityFlags(m_pop3ConData->capability_flags);
+    }
+    else
+    // see RFC 3206, chapter 6
+    if (!PL_strcasecmp(line, "AUTH-RESP-CODE"))
+    {
+        SetCapFlag(POP3_HAS_AUTH_RESP_CODE);
+        m_pop3Server->SetPop3CapabilityFlags(m_pop3ConData->capability_flags);
+    }
+    else
+    // see RFC 2595, chapter 4
+    if (!PL_strcasecmp(line, "STLS"))
+    {
+      SetCapFlag(POP3_HAS_STLS);
+      m_pop3Server->SetPop3CapabilityFlags(m_pop3ConData->capability_flags);
+    }
+    else
+    // see RFC 2449, chapter 6.3
+    if (!PL_strncasecmp(line, "SASL", 4) && strlen(line) > 6)
+    {
+        nsAutoCString responseLine;
+        responseLine.Assign(line + 5);
+
+        if (responseLine.Find("PLAIN", CaseInsensitiveCompare) >= 0)
+            SetCapFlag(POP3_HAS_AUTH_PLAIN);
+
+        if (responseLine.Find("LOGIN", CaseInsensitiveCompare) >= 0)
+            SetCapFlag(POP3_HAS_AUTH_LOGIN);
+
+        if (responseLine.Find("GSSAPI", CaseInsensitiveCompare) >= 0)
+            SetCapFlag(POP3_HAS_AUTH_GSSAPI);
+
+        if (responseLine.Find("CRAM-MD5", CaseInsensitiveCompare) >= 0)
+          SetCapFlag(POP3_HAS_AUTH_CRAM_MD5);
+
+        if (responseLine.Find("NTLM", CaseInsensitiveCompare) >= 0)
+          SetCapFlag(POP3_HAS_AUTH_NTLM);
+
+        if (responseLine.Find("MSN", CaseInsensitiveCompare) >= 0)
+          SetCapFlag(POP3_HAS_AUTH_NTLM|POP3_HAS_AUTH_MSN);
+
+        m_pop3Server->SetPop3CapabilityFlags(m_pop3ConData->capability_flags);
+    }
+
+    PR_Free(line);
+    MOZ_LOG(POP3LOGMODULE, LogLevel::Debug, (POP3LOG("Capability entry processed")));
+    return 0;
+}
+
+int32_t nsPop3Protocol::SendTLSResponse()
+{
+  // only tear down our existing connection and open a new one if we received
+  // a +OK response from the pop server after we issued the STLS command
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  if (m_pop3ConData->command_succeeded)
+  {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> secInfo;
+      nsCOMPtr<nsISocketTransport> strans = do_QueryInterface(m_transport, &rv);
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        return -1;
+
+      rv = strans->GetSecurityInfo(getter_AddRefs(secInfo));
+
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && secInfo)
+      {
+          nsCOMPtr<nsISSLSocketControl> sslControl = do_QueryInterface(secInfo, &rv);
+
+          if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && sslControl)
+              rv = sslControl->StartTLS();
+      }
+
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      m_pop3ConData->next_state = POP3_SEND_AUTH;
+      m_tlsEnabled = true;
+
+      // certain capabilities like POP3_HAS_AUTH_APOP should be
+      // preserved across the connections.
+      uint32_t preservedCapFlags = m_pop3ConData->capability_flags & POP3_HAS_AUTH_APOP;
+      m_pop3ConData->capability_flags =     // resetting the flags
+        POP3_AUTH_MECH_UNDEFINED |
+        POP3_HAS_AUTH_USER |                // should be always there
+        POP3_GURL_UNDEFINED |
+        POP3_UIDL_UNDEFINED |
+        POP3_TOP_UNDEFINED |
+        POP3_XTND_XLST_UNDEFINED |
+        preservedCapFlags;
+      m_pop3Server->SetPop3CapabilityFlags(m_pop3ConData->capability_flags);
+      return 0;
+    }
+  }
+
+  ClearFlag(POP3_HAS_STLS);
+  m_pop3ConData->next_state = POP3_PROCESS_AUTH;
+
+  return (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) ? 0 : -1);
+}
+
+void nsPop3Protocol::InitPrefAuthMethods(int32_t authMethodPrefValue)
+{
+  // for m_prefAuthMethods, using the same flags as server capablities.
+  switch (authMethodPrefValue)
+  {
+    case nsMsgAuthMethod::none:
+      m_prefAuthMethods = POP3_HAS_AUTH_NONE;
+      break;
+    case nsMsgAuthMethod::old:
+      m_prefAuthMethods = POP3_HAS_AUTH_USER;
+      break;
+    case nsMsgAuthMethod::passwordCleartext:
+      m_prefAuthMethods = POP3_HAS_AUTH_USER |
+          POP3_HAS_AUTH_LOGIN | POP3_HAS_AUTH_PLAIN;
+      break;
+    case nsMsgAuthMethod::passwordEncrypted:
+      m_prefAuthMethods = POP3_HAS_AUTH_CRAM_MD5 |
+          POP3_HAS_AUTH_APOP;
+      break;
+    case nsMsgAuthMethod::NTLM:
+      m_prefAuthMethods = POP3_HAS_AUTH_NTLM | POP3_HAS_AUTH_MSN;
+      break;
+    case nsMsgAuthMethod::GSSAPI:
+      m_prefAuthMethods = POP3_HAS_AUTH_GSSAPI;
+      break;
+    case nsMsgAuthMethod::secure:
+      m_prefAuthMethods = POP3_HAS_AUTH_APOP |
+          POP3_HAS_AUTH_CRAM_MD5 | POP3_HAS_AUTH_GSSAPI |
+          POP3_HAS_AUTH_NTLM | POP3_HAS_AUTH_MSN;
+      break;
+    default:
+      NS_ASSERTION(false, "POP: authMethod pref invalid");
+      // TODO log to error console
+      MOZ_LOG(POP3LOGMODULE, LogLevel::Error,
+              (POP3LOG("POP: bad pref authMethod = %d\n"), authMethodPrefValue));
+      // fall to any
+      MOZ_FALLTHROUGH;
+    case nsMsgAuthMethod::anything:
+      m_prefAuthMethods = POP3_HAS_AUTH_USER |
+          POP3_HAS_AUTH_LOGIN | POP3_HAS_AUTH_PLAIN |
+          POP3_HAS_AUTH_CRAM_MD5 | POP3_HAS_AUTH_APOP |
+          POP3_HAS_AUTH_GSSAPI |
+          POP3_HAS_AUTH_NTLM | POP3_HAS_AUTH_MSN;
+      // TODO needed?
+      break;
+  }
+  NS_ASSERTION(m_prefAuthMethods != POP3_AUTH_MECH_UNDEFINED,
+      "POP: InitPrefAuthMethods() didn't work");
+}
+
+/**
+ * Changes m_currentAuthMethod to pick the best one
+ * which is allowed by server and prefs and not marked failed.
+ * The order of preference and trying of auth methods is encoded here.
+ */
+nsresult nsPop3Protocol::ChooseAuthMethod()
+{
+  int32_t availCaps = GetCapFlags() & m_prefAuthMethods & ~m_failedAuthMethods;
+
+  MOZ_LOG(POP3LOGMODULE, LogLevel::Debug,
+          (POP3LOG("POP auth: server caps 0x%X, pref 0x%X, failed 0x%X, avail caps 0x%X"),
+           GetCapFlags(), m_prefAuthMethods, m_failedAuthMethods, availCaps));
+  MOZ_LOG(POP3LOGMODULE, LogLevel::Debug,
+          (POP3LOG("(GSSAPI = 0x%X, CRAM = 0x%X, APOP = 0x%X, NTLM = 0x%X, "
+           "MSN =  0x%X, PLAIN = 0x%X, LOGIN = 0x%X, USER/PASS = 0x%X)"),
+           POP3_HAS_AUTH_GSSAPI, POP3_HAS_AUTH_CRAM_MD5, POP3_HAS_AUTH_APOP,
+           POP3_HAS_AUTH_NTLM, POP3_HAS_AUTH_MSN, POP3_HAS_AUTH_PLAIN,
+           POP3_HAS_AUTH_LOGIN, POP3_HAS_AUTH_USER));
+
+  if (POP3_HAS_AUTH_GSSAPI & availCaps)
+    m_currentAuthMethod = POP3_HAS_AUTH_GSSAPI;
+  else if (POP3_HAS_AUTH_CRAM_MD5 & availCaps)
+    m_currentAuthMethod = POP3_HAS_AUTH_CRAM_MD5;
+  else if (POP3_HAS_AUTH_APOP & availCaps)
+    m_currentAuthMethod = POP3_HAS_AUTH_APOP;
+  else if (POP3_HAS_AUTH_NTLM & availCaps)
+    m_currentAuthMethod = POP3_HAS_AUTH_NTLM;
+  else if (POP3_HAS_AUTH_MSN & availCaps)
+    m_currentAuthMethod = POP3_HAS_AUTH_MSN;
+  else if (POP3_HAS_AUTH_PLAIN & availCaps)
+    m_currentAuthMethod = POP3_HAS_AUTH_PLAIN;
+  else if (POP3_HAS_AUTH_LOGIN & availCaps)
+    m_currentAuthMethod = POP3_HAS_AUTH_LOGIN;
+  else if (POP3_HAS_AUTH_USER & availCaps)
+    m_currentAuthMethod = POP3_HAS_AUTH_USER;
+  else
+  {
+    // there are no matching login schemes at all, per server and prefs
+    m_currentAuthMethod = POP3_AUTH_MECH_UNDEFINED;
+    MOZ_LOG(POP3LOGMODULE, LogLevel::Debug, (POP3LOG("no auth method remaining")));
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+  MOZ_LOG(POP3LOGMODULE, LogLevel::Debug,
+          (POP3LOG("trying auth method 0x%X"), m_currentAuthMethod));
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+void nsPop3Protocol::MarkAuthMethodAsFailed(int32_t failedAuthMethod)
+{
+  MOZ_LOG(POP3LOGMODULE, LogLevel::Debug,
+          (POP3LOG("marking auth method 0x%X failed"), failedAuthMethod));
+  m_failedAuthMethods |= failedAuthMethod;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Start over, trying all auth methods again
+ */
+void nsPop3Protocol::ResetAuthMethods()
+{
+  MOZ_LOG(POP3LOGMODULE, LogLevel::Debug, (POP3LOG("resetting (failed) auth methods")));
+  m_currentAuthMethod = POP3_AUTH_MECH_UNDEFINED;
+  m_failedAuthMethods = 0;
+}
+
+/**
+ * state POP3_PROCESS_AUTH
+ * Called when we should try to authenticate to the server.
+ * Also called when one auth method fails and we want to try and start
+ * the next best auth method.
+ */
+int32_t nsPop3Protocol::ProcessAuth()
+{
+    MOZ_LOG(POP3LOGMODULE, LogLevel::Debug, (POP3LOG("ProcessAuth()")));
+
+    // Try to upgrade to STARTTLS -- TODO move into its own function
+    if (!m_tlsEnabled)
+    {
+      if(TestCapFlag(POP3_HAS_STLS))
+      {
+        if (m_socketType == nsMsgSocketType::trySTARTTLS ||
+            m_socketType == nsMsgSocketType::alwaysSTARTTLS)
+        {
+            nsAutoCString command("STLS" CRLF);
+
+            m_pop3ConData->next_state_after_response = POP3_TLS_RESPONSE;
+            return Pop3SendData(command.get());
+        }
+      }
+      else if (m_socketType == nsMsgSocketType::alwaysSTARTTLS)
+      {
+          m_pop3ConData->next_state = POP3_ERROR_DONE;
+          return Error("nsErrorCouldNotConnectViaTls");
+      }
+    }
+
+    m_password_already_sent = false;
+
+    nsresult rv = ChooseAuthMethod();
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    {
+      // Pref doesn't match server. Now, find an appropriate error msg.
+      MOZ_LOG(POP3LOGMODULE, LogLevel::Debug,
+              (POP3LOG("ProcessAuth() early exit because no auth methods")));
+
+      // AuthGSSAPI* falls in here in case of an auth failure.
+      // If Kerberos was the only method, assume that
+      // the user is just not logged in yet, and show an appropriate error.
+      if (m_prefAuthMethods == POP3_HAS_AUTH_GSSAPI &&
+          m_failedAuthMethods == POP3_HAS_AUTH_GSSAPI)
+        return Error("pop3GssapiFailure");
+
+      // pref has plaintext pw & server claims to support encrypted pw
+      if (m_prefAuthMethods == (POP3_HAS_AUTH_USER | POP3_HAS_AUTH_LOGIN |
+              POP3_HAS_AUTH_PLAIN) &&
+          GetCapFlags() & (POP3_HAS_AUTH_CRAM_MD5 | POP3_HAS_AUTH_APOP))
+        // tell user to change to encrypted pw
+        return Error("pop3AuthChangePlainToEncrypt");
+      // pref has encrypted pw & server claims to support plaintext pw
+      else if (m_prefAuthMethods == (POP3_HAS_AUTH_CRAM_MD5 |
+                    POP3_HAS_AUTH_APOP) &&
+               GetCapFlags() & (POP3_HAS_AUTH_USER | POP3_HAS_AUTH_LOGIN |
+                    POP3_HAS_AUTH_PLAIN))
+      {
+        // have SSL
+        if (m_socketType == nsMsgSocketType::SSL ||
+            m_socketType == nsMsgSocketType::alwaysSTARTTLS)
+          // tell user to change to plaintext pw
+          return Error("pop3AuthChangeEncryptToPlainSSL");
+        else
+          // tell user to change to plaintext pw, with big warning
+          return Error("pop3AuthChangeEncryptToPlainNoSSL");
+      }
+      else
+        // just "change auth method"
+        return Error("pop3AuthMechNotSupported");
+    }
+
+    switch (m_currentAuthMethod)
+    {
+      case POP3_HAS_AUTH_GSSAPI:
+        MOZ_LOG(POP3LOGMODULE, LogLevel::Debug, (POP3LOG("POP GSSAPI")));
+        m_pop3ConData->next_state = POP3_AUTH_GSSAPI;
+        break;
+      case POP3_HAS_AUTH_APOP:
+        MOZ_LOG(POP3LOGMODULE, LogLevel::Debug, (POP3LOG("POP APOP")));
+        m_pop3ConData->next_state = POP3_SEND_PASSWORD;
+        break;
+      case POP3_HAS_AUTH_CRAM_MD5:
+        MOZ_LOG(POP3LOGMODULE, LogLevel::Debug, (POP3LOG("POP CRAM")));
+        MOZ_FALLTHROUGH;
+      case POP3_HAS_AUTH_PLAIN:
+      case POP3_HAS_AUTH_USER:
+        MOZ_LOG(POP3LOGMODULE, LogLevel::Debug, (POP3LOG("POP username")));
+        m_pop3ConData->next_state = POP3_SEND_USERNAME;
+        break;
+      case POP3_HAS_AUTH_LOGIN:
+        MOZ_LOG(POP3LOGMODULE, LogLevel::Debug, (POP3LOG("POP AUTH=LOGIN")));
+        m_pop3ConData->next_state = POP3_AUTH_LOGIN;
+        break;
+      case POP3_HAS_AUTH_NTLM:
+        MOZ_LOG(POP3LOGMODULE, LogLevel::Debug, (POP3LOG("POP NTLM")));
+        m_pop3ConData->next_state = POP3_AUTH_NTLM;
+        break;
+      case POP3_HAS_AUTH_NONE:
+        MOZ_LOG(POP3LOGMODULE, LogLevel::Debug, (POP3LOG("POP no auth")));
+        m_pop3ConData->command_succeeded = true;
+        m_pop3ConData->next_state = POP3_NEXT_AUTH_STEP;
+        break;
+      default:
+        MOZ_LOG(POP3LOGMODULE, LogLevel::Error,
+                (POP3LOG("POP: m_currentAuthMethod has unknown value")));
+        return Error("pop3AuthMechNotSupported");
+    }
+
+    m_pop3ConData->pause_for_read = false;
+
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/**
+ * state POP3_NEXT_AUTH_STEP
+ * This is called when we finished one auth step (e.g. sending username
+ * or password are separate steps, similarly for AUTH LOGIN, NTLM etc.)
+ * and want to proceed to the next one.
+ */
+int32_t nsPop3Protocol::NextAuthStep()
+{
+    MOZ_LOG(POP3LOGMODULE, LogLevel::Debug, (POP3LOG("NextAuthStep()")));
+    if (m_pop3ConData->command_succeeded)
+    {
+        if (m_password_already_sent || // (also true for GSSAPI)
+            m_currentAuthMethod == POP3_HAS_AUTH_NONE)
+        {
+            MOZ_LOG(POP3LOGMODULE, LogLevel::Debug, (POP3LOG("login succeeded")));
+            m_nsIPop3Sink->SetUserAuthenticated(true);
+            ClearFlag(POP3_PASSWORD_FAILED);
+            if (m_pop3ConData->verify_logon)
+              m_pop3ConData->next_state = POP3_SEND_QUIT;
+            else
+              m_pop3ConData->next_state = (m_pop3ConData->get_url)
+                                          ? POP3_SEND_GURL : POP3_SEND_STAT;
+        }
+        else
+            m_pop3ConData->next_state = POP3_SEND_PASSWORD;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        MOZ_LOG(POP3LOGMODULE, LogLevel::Debug, (POP3LOG("command did not succeed")));
+        // response code received shows that login failed not because of
+        // wrong credential -> stop login without retry or pw dialog, only alert
+        // parameter list -> user
+        nsCString userName;
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server = do_QueryInterface(m_pop3Server);
+        nsresult rv = server->GetRealUsername(userName);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, -1);
+        NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16 userNameUTF16(userName);
+        const char16_t* params[] = { userNameUTF16.get() };
+        if (TestFlag(POP3_STOPLOGIN))
+        {
+          if (m_password_already_sent)
+            return Error("pop3PasswordFailed", params, 1);
+
+          return Error("pop3UsernameFailure");
+        }
+        // response code received shows that server is certain about the
+        // credential was wrong -> no fallback, show alert and pw dialog
+        if (TestFlag(POP3_AUTH_FAILURE))
+        {
+            MOZ_LOG(POP3LOGMODULE, LogLevel::Debug,
+                    (POP3LOG("auth failure, setting password failed")));
+            if (m_password_already_sent)
+              Error("pop3PasswordFailed", params, 1);
+            else
+              Error("pop3UsernameFailure");
+            SetFlag(POP3_PASSWORD_FAILED);
+            ClearFlag(POP3_AUTH_FAILURE);
+            return 0;
+        }
+
+        // We have no certain response code -> fallback and try again.
+        // Mark the auth method failed, to use a different method next round.
+        MarkAuthMethodAsFailed(m_currentAuthMethod);
+
+        if (m_currentAuthMethod == POP3_HAS_AUTH_USER &&
+            !m_password_already_sent)
+        {
+            MOZ_LOG(POP3LOGMODULE, LogLevel::Debug, (POP3LOG("USER username failed")));
+            // if USER auth method failed before sending the password,
+            // the username was wrong.
+            // no fallback but return error
+            return Error("pop3UsernameFailure");
+        }
+
+        // If we have no auth method left, ask user to try with new password
+        rv = ChooseAuthMethod();
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        {
+            MOZ_LOG(POP3LOGMODULE, LogLevel::Error,
+                    (POP3LOG("POP: no auth methods remaining, setting password failure")));
+            /* Sever the connection and go back to the `read password' state,
+               which, upon success, will re-open the connection.  Set a flag
+               which causes the prompt to be different that time (to indicate
+               that the old password was bogus.)
+
+               But if we're just checking for new mail (biff) then don't bother
+               prompting the user for a password: just fail silently.
+            */
+            SetFlag(POP3_PASSWORD_FAILED);
+            Error("pop3PasswordFailed", params, 1);
+            return 0;
+        }
+        MOZ_LOG(POP3LOGMODULE, LogLevel::Debug,
+                (POP3LOG("still have some auth methods to try")));
+
+        // TODO needed?
+        //m_pop3Server->SetPop3CapabilityFlags(m_pop3ConData->capability_flags);
+
+        m_pop3ConData->command_succeeded = true;
+
+        m_pop3ConData->next_state = POP3_PROCESS_AUTH;
+    }
+
+    if (TestCapFlag(POP3_AUTH_MECH_UNDEFINED))
+    {
+        ClearCapFlag(POP3_AUTH_MECH_UNDEFINED);
+        m_pop3Server->SetPop3CapabilityFlags(m_pop3ConData->capability_flags);
+    }
+
+    m_pop3ConData->pause_for_read = false;
+
+    return 0;
+}
+
+// LOGIN consists of three steps not two as USER/PASS or CRAM-MD5,
+// so we've to start here and continue in SendUsername if the server
+// responds + to "AUTH LOGIN"
+int32_t nsPop3Protocol::AuthLogin()
+{
+    nsAutoCString command("AUTH LOGIN" CRLF);
+    m_pop3ConData->next_state_after_response = POP3_AUTH_LOGIN_RESPONSE;
+    m_pop3ConData->pause_for_read = true;
+
+    return Pop3SendData(command.get());
+}
+
+int32_t nsPop3Protocol::AuthLoginResponse()
+{
+    // need the test to be here instead in NextAuthStep() to
+    // differentiate between command AUTH LOGIN failed and
+    // sending username using LOGIN mechanism failed.
+    if (!m_pop3ConData->command_succeeded)
+    {
+        // we failed with LOGIN, remove it
+        MarkAuthMethodAsFailed(POP3_HAS_AUTH_LOGIN);
+        m_pop3ConData->next_state = POP3_PROCESS_AUTH;
+    }
+    else
+        m_pop3ConData->next_state = POP3_SEND_USERNAME;
+
+    m_pop3ConData->pause_for_read = false;
+
+    return 0;
+}
+
+// NTLM, like LOGIN consists of three steps not two as USER/PASS or CRAM-MD5,
+// so we've to start here and continue in SendUsername if the server
+// responds + to "AUTH NTLM"
+int32_t nsPop3Protocol::AuthNtlm()
+{
+    nsAutoCString command (m_currentAuthMethod == POP3_HAS_AUTH_MSN
+          ? "AUTH MSN" CRLF : "AUTH NTLM" CRLF);
+    m_pop3ConData->next_state_after_response = POP3_AUTH_NTLM_RESPONSE;
+    m_pop3ConData->pause_for_read = true;
+
+    return Pop3SendData(command.get());
+}
+
+int32_t nsPop3Protocol::AuthNtlmResponse()
+{
+    // need the test to be here instead in NextAuthStep() to
+    // differentiate between command AUTH NTLM failed and
+    // sending username using NTLM mechanism failed.
+    if (!m_pop3ConData->command_succeeded)
+    {
+        MarkAuthMethodAsFailed(POP3_HAS_AUTH_NTLM);
+        MarkAuthMethodAsFailed(POP3_HAS_AUTH_MSN);
+        m_pop3ConData->next_state = POP3_PROCESS_AUTH;
+    }
+    else
+        m_pop3ConData->next_state = POP3_SEND_USERNAME;
+
+    m_pop3ConData->pause_for_read = false;
+
+    return 0;
+}
+
+int32_t nsPop3Protocol::AuthGSSAPI()
+{
+    MOZ_LOG(POP3LOGMODULE, LogLevel::Debug, (POP3LOG("AuthGSSAPI()")));
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server = do_QueryInterface(m_pop3Server);
+    if (server) {
+        nsAutoCString cmd;
+        nsAutoCString service("pop@");
+        nsCString hostName;
+        nsresult rv;
+        server->GetRealHostName(hostName);
+        service.Append(hostName);
+        rv = DoGSSAPIStep1(service.get(), m_username.get(), cmd);
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+            m_GSSAPICache.Assign(cmd);
+            m_pop3ConData->next_state_after_response = POP3_AUTH_GSSAPI_FIRST;
+            m_pop3ConData->pause_for_read = true;
+            return Pop3SendData("AUTH GSSAPI" CRLF);
+        }
+    }
+
+    MarkAuthMethodAsFailed(POP3_HAS_AUTH_GSSAPI);
+    m_pop3ConData->next_state = POP3_PROCESS_AUTH;
+    m_pop3ConData->pause_for_read = false;
+    return 0;
+}
+
+int32_t nsPop3Protocol::AuthGSSAPIResponse(bool first)
+{
+    if (!m_pop3ConData->command_succeeded)
+    {
+        if (first)
+            m_GSSAPICache.Truncate();
+        MarkAuthMethodAsFailed(POP3_HAS_AUTH_GSSAPI);
+        m_pop3ConData->next_state = POP3_PROCESS_AUTH;
+        m_pop3ConData->pause_for_read = false;
+        return 0;
+    }
+
+    int32_t result;
+
+    m_pop3ConData->next_state_after_response = POP3_AUTH_GSSAPI_STEP;
+    m_pop3ConData->pause_for_read = true;
+
+    if (first) {
+        m_GSSAPICache += CRLF;
+        result = Pop3SendData(m_GSSAPICache.get());
+        m_GSSAPICache.Truncate();
+    }
+    else {
+        nsAutoCString cmd;
+        MOZ_LOG(POP3LOGMODULE, LogLevel::Debug, (POP3LOG("GSSAPI step 2")));
+        nsresult rv = DoGSSAPIStep2(m_commandResponse, cmd);
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+            cmd = "*";
+        if (rv == NS_SUCCESS_AUTH_FINISHED) {
+            m_pop3ConData->next_state_after_response = POP3_NEXT_AUTH_STEP;
+            m_password_already_sent = true;
+        }
+        cmd += CRLF;
+        result = Pop3SendData(cmd.get());
+    }
+
+    return result;
+}
+
+int32_t nsPop3Protocol::SendUsername()
+{
+    MOZ_LOG(POP3LOGMODULE, LogLevel::Debug, (POP3LOG("SendUsername()")));
+    if(m_username.IsEmpty())
+      return Error("pop3UsernameUndefined");
+
+    // <copied from="SendPassword()">
+    // Needed for NTLM
+
+    // The POP3_SEND_PASSWORD/POP3_WAIT_SEND_PASSWORD states have already
+    // got the password - they will have cancelled if necessary.
+    // If the password is still empty here, don't try to go on.
+    if (m_passwordResult.IsEmpty())
+    {
+      m_pop3ConData->next_state = POP3_ERROR_DONE;
+      return Error("pop3PasswordUndefined");
+    }
+    // </copied>
+
+    nsAutoCString cmd;
+
+    if (m_currentAuthMethod == POP3_HAS_AUTH_NTLM)
+        (void) DoNtlmStep1(m_username.get(), m_passwordResult.get(), cmd);
+    else if (m_currentAuthMethod == POP3_HAS_AUTH_CRAM_MD5)
+        cmd = "AUTH CRAM-MD5";
+    else if (m_currentAuthMethod == POP3_HAS_AUTH_PLAIN)
+        cmd = "AUTH PLAIN";
+    else if (m_currentAuthMethod == POP3_HAS_AUTH_LOGIN)
+    {
+        char *base64Str = PL_Base64Encode(m_username.get(), m_username.Length(), nullptr);
+        cmd = base64Str;
+        PR_Free(base64Str);
+    }
+    else if (m_currentAuthMethod == POP3_HAS_AUTH_USER)
+    {
+        MOZ_LOG(POP3LOGMODULE, LogLevel::Debug, (POP3LOG("USER login")));
+        cmd = "USER ";
+        cmd += m_username;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      MOZ_LOG(POP3LOGMODULE, LogLevel::Error,
+              (POP3LOG("In nsPop3Protocol::SendUsername(), m_currentAuthMethod is 0x%X, "
+                       "but that is unexpected"), m_currentAuthMethod));
+      return Error("pop3AuthInternalError");
+    }
+
+    cmd += CRLF;
+
+    m_pop3ConData->next_state_after_response = POP3_NEXT_AUTH_STEP;
+
+    m_pop3ConData->pause_for_read = true;
+
+    return Pop3SendData(cmd.get());
+}
+
+int32_t nsPop3Protocol::SendPassword()
+{
+  MOZ_LOG(POP3LOGMODULE, LogLevel::Debug, (POP3LOG("SendPassword()")));
+  if (m_username.IsEmpty())
+    return Error("pop3UsernameUndefined");
+
+  // <copied to="SendUsername()">
+  // Needed here, too, because APOP skips SendUsername()
+  // The POP3_SEND_PASSWORD/POP3_WAIT_SEND_PASSWORD states have already
+  // got the password - they will have cancelled if necessary.
+  // If the password is still empty here, don't try to go on.
+  if (m_passwordResult.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    m_pop3ConData->next_state = POP3_ERROR_DONE;
+    return Error("pop3PasswordUndefined");
+  }
+  // </copied>
+
+  nsAutoCString cmd;
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  if (m_currentAuthMethod == POP3_HAS_AUTH_NTLM)
+    rv = DoNtlmStep2(m_commandResponse, cmd);
+  else if (m_currentAuthMethod == POP3_HAS_AUTH_CRAM_MD5)
+  {
+    MOZ_LOG(POP3LOGMODULE, LogLevel::Debug, (POP3LOG("CRAM login")));
+    char buffer[512]; // TODO nsAutoCString
+    unsigned char digest[DIGEST_LENGTH];
+
+    char *decodedChallenge = PL_Base64Decode(m_commandResponse.get(),
+    m_commandResponse.Length(), nullptr);
+
+    if (decodedChallenge)
+      rv = MSGCramMD5(decodedChallenge, strlen(decodedChallenge),
+                      m_passwordResult.get(), m_passwordResult.Length(), digest);
+    else
+      rv = NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      nsAutoCString encodedDigest;
+      char hexVal[8];
+
+      for (uint32_t j = 0; j < 16; j++)
+      {
+        PR_snprintf (hexVal,8, "%.2x", 0x0ff & (unsigned short)digest[j]);
+        encodedDigest.Append(hexVal);
+      }
+
+      PR_snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer), "%s %s", m_username.get(),
+                  encodedDigest.get());
+      char *base64Str = PL_Base64Encode(buffer, strlen(buffer), nullptr);
+      cmd = base64Str;
+      PR_Free(base64Str);
+    }
+
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      cmd = "*";
+  }
+  else if (m_currentAuthMethod == POP3_HAS_AUTH_APOP)
+  {
+    MOZ_LOG(POP3LOGMODULE, LogLevel::Debug, (POP3LOG("APOP login")));
+    char buffer[512];
+    unsigned char digest[DIGEST_LENGTH];
+
+    rv = MSGApopMD5(m_ApopTimestamp.get(), m_ApopTimestamp.Length(),
+                    m_passwordResult.get(), m_passwordResult.Length(), digest);
+
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      nsAutoCString encodedDigest;
+      char hexVal[8];
+
+      for (uint32_t j=0; j<16; j++)
+      {
+        PR_snprintf (hexVal,8, "%.2x", 0x0ff & (unsigned short)digest[j]);
+        encodedDigest.Append(hexVal);
+      }
+
+      PR_snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer), "APOP %s %s", m_username.get(),
+                  encodedDigest.get());
+      cmd = buffer;
+    }
+
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      cmd = "*";
+  }
+  else if (m_currentAuthMethod == POP3_HAS_AUTH_PLAIN)
+  {
+    MOZ_LOG(POP3LOGMODULE, LogLevel::Debug, (POP3LOG("PLAIN login")));
+    // workaround for IPswitch's IMail server software
+    // this server goes into LOGIN mode even if we send "AUTH PLAIN"
+    // "VXNlc" is the beginning of the base64 encoded prompt ("Username:") for LOGIN
+    if (StringBeginsWith(m_commandResponse, NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("VXNlc")))
+    {
+      // disable PLAIN and enable LOGIN (in case it's not already enabled)
+      ClearCapFlag(POP3_HAS_AUTH_PLAIN);
+      SetCapFlag(POP3_HAS_AUTH_LOGIN);
+      m_pop3Server->SetPop3CapabilityFlags(m_pop3ConData->capability_flags);
+
+      // reenter authentication again at LOGIN response handler
+      m_pop3ConData->next_state = POP3_AUTH_LOGIN_RESPONSE;
+      m_pop3ConData->pause_for_read = false;
+      return 0;
+    }
+
+    char plain_string[512]; // TODO nsCString
+    int len = 1; /* first <NUL> char */
+    memset(plain_string, 0, 512);
+    PR_snprintf(&plain_string[1], 510, "%s", m_username.get());
+    len += m_username.Length();
+    len++; /* second <NUL> char */
+    PR_snprintf(&plain_string[len], 511-len, "%s", m_passwordResult.get());
+    len += m_passwordResult.Length();
+
+    char *base64Str = PL_Base64Encode(plain_string, len, nullptr);
+    cmd = base64Str;
+    PR_Free(base64Str);
+  }
+  else if (m_currentAuthMethod == POP3_HAS_AUTH_LOGIN)
+  {
+    MOZ_LOG(POP3LOGMODULE, LogLevel::Debug, (POP3LOG("LOGIN password")));
+    char * base64Str =
+        PL_Base64Encode(m_passwordResult.get(), m_passwordResult.Length(),
+                        nullptr);
+    cmd = base64Str;
+    PR_Free(base64Str);
+  }
+  else if (m_currentAuthMethod == POP3_HAS_AUTH_USER)
+  {
+    MOZ_LOG(POP3LOGMODULE, LogLevel::Debug, (POP3LOG("PASS password")));
+    cmd = "PASS ";
+    cmd += m_passwordResult;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    MOZ_LOG(POP3LOGMODULE, LogLevel::Error,
+            (POP3LOG("In nsPop3Protocol::SendPassword(), m_currentAuthMethod is %X, "
+                     "but that is unexpected"), m_currentAuthMethod));
+    return Error("pop3AuthInternalError");
+  }
+
+  cmd += CRLF;
+
+  // TODO needed?
+  //m_pop3Server->SetPop3CapabilityFlags(m_pop3ConData->capability_flags);
+
+  m_pop3ConData->next_state_after_response = POP3_NEXT_AUTH_STEP;
+
+  m_pop3ConData->pause_for_read = true;
+
+  m_password_already_sent = true;
+  m_lastPasswordSent = m_passwordResult;
+  return Pop3SendData(cmd.get(), true);
+}
+
+int32_t nsPop3Protocol::SendStatOrGurl(bool sendStat)
+{
+  nsAutoCString cmd;
+  if (sendStat)
+  {
+    cmd  = "STAT" CRLF;
+    m_pop3ConData->next_state_after_response = POP3_GET_STAT;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    cmd = "GURL" CRLF;
+    m_pop3ConData->next_state_after_response = POP3_GURL_RESPONSE;
+  }
+  return Pop3SendData(cmd.get());
+}
+
+
+int32_t
+nsPop3Protocol::SendStat()
+{
+  return SendStatOrGurl(true);
+}
+
+
+int32_t
+nsPop3Protocol::GetStat()
+{
+  // check stat response
+  if (!m_pop3ConData->command_succeeded)
+    return Error("pop3StatFail");
+
+    /* stat response looks like:  %d %d
+     * The first number is the number of articles
+     * The second number is the number of bytes
+     *
+     *  grab the first and second arg of stat response
+     */
+  nsCString oldStr (m_commandResponse);
+  char *newStr = oldStr.BeginWriting();
+  char *num = NS_strtok(" ", &newStr);  // msg num
+  if (num)
+  {
+    m_pop3ConData->number_of_messages = atol(num);  // bytes
+    num = NS_strtok(" ", &newStr);
+    m_commandResponse = newStr;
+    if (num)
+      m_totalFolderSize = nsCRT::atoll(num);  //we always initialize m_totalFolderSize to 0
+  }
+  else
+    m_pop3ConData->number_of_messages = 0;
+
+  m_pop3ConData->really_new_messages = 0;
+  m_pop3ConData->real_new_counter = 1;
+
+  m_totalDownloadSize = -1; // Means we need to calculate it, later.
+
+  if (m_pop3ConData->number_of_messages <= 0)
+  {
+    // We're all done. We know we have no mail.
+    m_pop3ConData->next_state = POP3_SEND_QUIT;
+    PL_HashTableEnumerateEntries(m_pop3ConData->uidlinfo->hash, hash_clear_mapper, nullptr);
+    // Hack - use nsPop3Sink to wipe out any stale Partial messages
+    m_nsIPop3Sink->BeginMailDelivery(false, nullptr, nullptr);
+    m_nsIPop3Sink->AbortMailDelivery(this);
+    return(0);
+  }
+
+  /* We're just checking for new mail, and we're not playing any games that
+     involve keeping messages on the server.  Therefore, we now know enough
+     to finish up.  If we had no messages, that would have been handled
+     above; therefore, we know we have some new messages. 
+  */
+  if (m_pop3ConData->only_check_for_new_mail && !m_pop3ConData->leave_on_server)
+  {
+    m_nsIPop3Sink->SetBiffStateAndUpdateFE(nsIMsgFolder::nsMsgBiffState_NewMail,
+                                           m_pop3ConData->number_of_messages,
+                                           true);
+    m_pop3ConData->next_state = POP3_SEND_QUIT;
+    return(0);
+  }
+
+
+  if (!m_pop3ConData->only_check_for_new_mail)
+  {
+      /* The following was added to prevent the loss of Data when we try and
+         write to somewhere we don't have write access error to (See bug 62480)
+         (Note: This is only a temp hack until the underlying XPCOM is fixed
+         to return errors) */
+
+      nsresult rv;
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgWindow> msgWindow;
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailnewsUrl = do_QueryInterface(m_url);
+      if (mailnewsUrl)
+        rv = mailnewsUrl->GetMsgWindow(getter_AddRefs(msgWindow));
+//      NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && msgWindow, "no msg window");
+
+      rv = m_nsIPop3Sink->BeginMailDelivery(m_pop3ConData->only_uidl != nullptr, msgWindow,
+                                                    &m_pop3ConData->msg_del_started);
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      {
+        m_nsIPop3Sink->AbortMailDelivery(this);
+        if (rv == NS_MSG_FOLDER_BUSY) {
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server = do_QueryInterface(m_pop3Server);
+          nsString accountName;
+          rv = server->GetPrettyName(accountName);
+          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, -1);
+
+          const char16_t *params[] = { accountName.get() };
+          return Error("pop3ServerBusy", params, 1);
+        }
+
+        return Error("pop3MessageWriteError");
+      }
+
+      if(!m_pop3ConData->msg_del_started)
+        return Error("pop3MessageWriteError");
+  }
+
+  m_pop3ConData->next_state = POP3_SEND_LIST;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+
+int32_t
+nsPop3Protocol::SendGurl()
+{
+    if (m_pop3ConData->capability_flags == POP3_CAPABILITY_UNDEFINED ||
+        TestCapFlag(POP3_GURL_UNDEFINED | POP3_HAS_GURL))
+        return SendStatOrGurl(false);
+    else
+        return -1;
+}
+
+
+int32_t
+nsPop3Protocol::GurlResponse()
+{
+    ClearCapFlag(POP3_GURL_UNDEFINED);
+
+    if (m_pop3ConData->command_succeeded)
+    {
+        SetCapFlag(POP3_HAS_GURL);
+        if (m_nsIPop3Sink)
+            m_nsIPop3Sink->SetMailAccountURL(m_commandResponse);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        ClearCapFlag(POP3_HAS_GURL);
+    }
+    m_pop3Server->SetPop3CapabilityFlags(m_pop3ConData->capability_flags);
+    m_pop3ConData->next_state = POP3_SEND_QUIT;
+
+    return 0;
+}
+
+int32_t nsPop3Protocol::SendList()
+{
+    // check for server returning number of messages that will cause the calculation
+    // of the size of the block for msg_info to
+    // overflow a 32 bit int, in turn causing us to allocate a block of memory much
+    // smaller than we think we're allocating, and
+    // potentially allowing the server to make us overwrite memory outside our heap
+    // block.
+
+    if (m_pop3ConData->number_of_messages > (int) (0xFFFFF000 / sizeof(Pop3MsgInfo)))
+        return MK_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+
+    m_pop3ConData->msg_info = (Pop3MsgInfo *)
+      PR_CALLOC(sizeof(Pop3MsgInfo) * m_pop3ConData->number_of_messages);
+    if (!m_pop3ConData->msg_info)
+        return(MK_OUT_OF_MEMORY);
+    m_pop3ConData->next_state_after_response = POP3_GET_LIST;
+    m_listpos = 0;
+    return Pop3SendData("LIST" CRLF);
+}
+
+
+
+int32_t
+nsPop3Protocol::GetList(nsIInputStream* inputStream,
+                        uint32_t length)
+{
+  /* check list response
+  * This will get called multiple times
+  * but it's alright since command_succeeded
+  * will remain constant
+  */
+  if(!m_pop3ConData->command_succeeded)
+    return Error("pop3ListFailure");
+
+  uint32_t ln = 0;
+  bool pauseForMoreData = false;
+  nsresult rv;
+  char *line = m_lineStreamBuffer->ReadNextLine(inputStream, ln, pauseForMoreData, &rv);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return -1;
+
+  if (pauseForMoreData || !line)
+  {
+    m_pop3ConData->pause_for_read = true;
+    PR_Free(line);
+    return(ln);
+  }
+
+  MOZ_LOG(POP3LOGMODULE, LogLevel::Info, (POP3LOG("RECV: %s"), line));
+
+  /* parse the line returned from the list command
+  * it looks like
+  * #msg_number #bytes
+  *
+  * list data is terminated by a ".CRLF" line
+  */
+  if (!PL_strcmp(line, "."))
+  {
+    // limit the list if fewer entries than given in STAT response
+    if(m_listpos < m_pop3ConData->number_of_messages)
+      m_pop3ConData->number_of_messages = m_listpos;
+    m_pop3ConData->next_state = POP3_SEND_UIDL_LIST;
+    m_pop3ConData->pause_for_read = false;
+    PR_Free(line);
+    return(0);
+  }
+
+  char *newStr = line;
+  char *token = NS_strtok(" ", &newStr);
+  if (token)
+  {
+    int32_t msg_num = atol(token);
+
+    if (++m_listpos <= m_pop3ConData->number_of_messages)
+    {
+      token = NS_strtok(" ", &newStr);
+      if (token)
+      {
+        m_pop3ConData->msg_info[m_listpos-1].size = atol(token);
+        m_pop3ConData->msg_info[m_listpos-1].msgnum = msg_num;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  PR_Free(line);
+  return(0);
+}
+
+
+/* UIDL and XTND are both unsupported for this mail server.
+   If not enabled any advanced features, we're able to live
+   without them. We're simply downloading and deleting everything
+   on the server.
+
+   Advanced features are:
+   *'Keep Mail on Server' with aging or deletion support
+   *'Fetch Headers Only'
+   *'Limit Message Size'
+   *only download a specific UID
+
+   These require knowledge of of all messages UID's on the server at
+   least when it comes to deleting deleting messages on server that
+   have been deleted on client or vice versa. TOP doesn't help here
+   without generating huge traffic and is mostly not supported at all
+   if the server lacks UIDL and XTND XLST.
+
+   In other cases the user has to join the 20th century.
+   Tell the user this, and refuse to download any messages until
+   they've gone into preferences and turned off any of the above
+   prefs.
+*/
+int32_t nsPop3Protocol::HandleNoUidListAvailable()
+{
+  m_pop3ConData->pause_for_read = false;
+
+  if(!m_pop3ConData->leave_on_server &&
+     !m_pop3ConData->headers_only &&
+     m_pop3ConData->size_limit <= 0 &&
+     !m_pop3ConData->only_uidl)
+  {
+    m_pop3ConData->next_state = POP3_GET_MSG;
+    return 0;
+  }
+  m_pop3ConData->next_state = POP3_SEND_QUIT;
+  nsCString hostName;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server = do_QueryInterface(m_pop3Server);
+  nsresult rv = server->GetRealHostName(hostName);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, -1);
+  NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16 hostNameUnicode(hostName);
+  const char16_t *params[] = { hostNameUnicode.get() };
+  return Error("pop3ServerDoesNotSupportUidlEtc", params, 1);  
+}
+
+
+/* km
+ *
+ *  net_pop3_send_xtnd_xlst_msgid
+ *
+ *  Process state: POP3_SEND_XTND_XLST_MSGID
+ *
+ *  If we get here then UIDL is not supported by the mail server.
+ *  Some mail servers support a similar command:
+ *
+ *    XTND XLST Message-Id
+ *
+ *  Here is a sample transaction from a QUALCOMM server
+
+ >>XTND XLST Message-Id
+ <<+OK xlst command accepted; headers coming.
+ <<1 Message-ID: <3117E4DC.2699@netscape.invalid>
+ <<2 Message-Id: <199602062335.PAA19215@lemon.example.com>
+
+ * This function will send the xtnd command and put us into the
+ * POP3_GET_XTND_XLST_MSGID state
+ *
+*/
+int32_t nsPop3Protocol::SendXtndXlstMsgid()
+{
+  if (TestCapFlag(POP3_HAS_XTND_XLST | POP3_XTND_XLST_UNDEFINED))
+  {
+    m_pop3ConData->next_state_after_response = POP3_GET_XTND_XLST_MSGID;
+    m_pop3ConData->pause_for_read = true;
+    m_listpos = 0;
+    return Pop3SendData("XTND XLST Message-Id" CRLF);
+  }
+  else
+    return HandleNoUidListAvailable();
+}
+
+
+/* km
+ *
+ *  net_pop3_get_xtnd_xlst_msgid
+ *
+ *  This code was created from the net_pop3_get_uidl_list boiler plate.
+ *  The difference is that the XTND reply strings have one more token per
+ *  string than the UIDL reply strings do.
+ *
+ */
+
+int32_t
+nsPop3Protocol::GetXtndXlstMsgid(nsIInputStream* inputStream,
+                                 uint32_t length)
+{
+  /* check list response
+  * This will get called multiple times
+  * but it's alright since command_succeeded
+  * will remain constant
+  */
+  ClearCapFlag(POP3_XTND_XLST_UNDEFINED);
+
+  if (!m_pop3ConData->command_succeeded)
+  {
+    ClearCapFlag(POP3_HAS_XTND_XLST);
+    m_pop3Server->SetPop3CapabilityFlags(m_pop3ConData->capability_flags);
+    HandleNoUidListAvailable();
+    return(0);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    SetCapFlag(POP3_HAS_XTND_XLST);
+    m_pop3Server->SetPop3CapabilityFlags(m_pop3ConData->capability_flags);
+  }
+
+  uint32_t ln = 0;
+  bool pauseForMoreData = false;
+  nsresult rv;
+  char *line = m_lineStreamBuffer->ReadNextLine(inputStream, ln, pauseForMoreData, &rv);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return -1;
+
+  if (pauseForMoreData || !line)
+  {
+    m_pop3ConData->pause_for_read = true;
+    PR_Free(line);
+    return ln;
+  }
+
+  MOZ_LOG(POP3LOGMODULE, LogLevel::Info, (POP3LOG("RECV: %s"), line));
+
+  /* parse the line returned from the list command
+  * it looks like
+  * 1 Message-ID: <3117E4DC.2699@example.com>
+  *
+  * list data is terminated by a ".CRLF" line
+  */
+  if (!PL_strcmp(line, "."))
+  {
+    // limit the list if fewer entries than given in STAT response
+    if(m_listpos < m_pop3ConData->number_of_messages)
+      m_pop3ConData->number_of_messages = m_listpos;
+    m_pop3ConData->list_done = true;
+    m_pop3ConData->next_state = POP3_GET_MSG;
+    m_pop3ConData->pause_for_read = false;
+    PR_Free(line);
+    return(0);
+  }
+
+  char *newStr = line;
+  char *token = NS_strtok(" ", &newStr);  // msg num
+  if (token)
+  {
+    int32_t msg_num = atol(token);
+    if (++m_listpos <= m_pop3ConData->number_of_messages)
+    {
+      NS_strtok(" ", &newStr);  // eat message ID token
+      const char *uid = NS_strtok(" ", &newStr); // not really a UID but a unique token -km
+      if (!uid)
+        /* This is bad.  The server didn't give us a UIDL for this message.
+        I've seen this happen when somehow the mail spool has a message
+        that contains a header that reads "X-UIDL: \n".  But how that got
+        there, I have no idea; must be a server bug.  Or something. */
+        uid = "";
+
+      // seeking right entry, but try the one that should it be first
+      int32_t i;
+      if(m_pop3ConData->msg_info[m_listpos - 1].msgnum == msg_num)
+        i = m_listpos - 1;
+      else
+        for(i = 0; i < m_pop3ConData->number_of_messages &&
+                   m_pop3ConData->msg_info[i].msgnum != msg_num; i++)
+          ;
+
+      // only if found a matching slot
+      if (i < m_pop3ConData->number_of_messages)
+      {
+        // to protect us from memory leak in case of getting a msg num twice
+        m_pop3ConData->msg_info[i].uidl = PL_strdup(uid);
+        if (!m_pop3ConData->msg_info[i].uidl)
+        {
+          PR_Free(line);
+          return MK_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  PR_Free(line);
+  return(0);
+}
+
+
+int32_t nsPop3Protocol::SendUidlList()
+{
+    if (TestCapFlag(POP3_HAS_UIDL | POP3_UIDL_UNDEFINED))
+    {
+      m_pop3ConData->next_state_after_response = POP3_GET_UIDL_LIST;
+      m_pop3ConData->pause_for_read = true;
+      m_listpos = 0;
+      return Pop3SendData("UIDL" CRLF);
+    }
+    else
+      return SendXtndXlstMsgid();
+}
+
+
+int32_t nsPop3Protocol::GetUidlList(nsIInputStream* inputStream,
+                            uint32_t length)
+{
+    /* check list response
+     * This will get called multiple times
+     * but it's alright since command_succeeded
+     * will remain constant
+     */
+    ClearCapFlag(POP3_UIDL_UNDEFINED);
+
+    if (!m_pop3ConData->command_succeeded)
+    {
+      m_pop3ConData->next_state = POP3_SEND_XTND_XLST_MSGID;
+      m_pop3ConData->pause_for_read = false;
+      ClearCapFlag(POP3_HAS_UIDL);
+      m_pop3Server->SetPop3CapabilityFlags(m_pop3ConData->capability_flags);
+      return(0);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      SetCapFlag(POP3_HAS_UIDL);
+      m_pop3Server->SetPop3CapabilityFlags(m_pop3ConData->capability_flags);
+    }
+
+    uint32_t ln = 0;
+    bool pauseForMoreData = false;
+    nsresult rv;
+    char *line = m_lineStreamBuffer->ReadNextLine(inputStream, ln, pauseForMoreData, &rv);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      return -1;
+
+    if (pauseForMoreData || !line)
+    {
+      PR_Free(line);
+      m_pop3ConData->pause_for_read = true;
+      return ln;
+    }
+
+    MOZ_LOG(POP3LOGMODULE, LogLevel::Info, (POP3LOG("RECV: %s"), line));
+
+    /* parse the line returned from the list command
+     * it looks like
+     * #msg_number uidl
+     *
+     * list data is terminated by a ".CRLF" line
+     */
+    if (!PL_strcmp(line, "."))
+    {
+      // limit the list if fewer entries than given in STAT response
+      if (m_listpos < m_pop3ConData->number_of_messages)
+        m_pop3ConData->number_of_messages = m_listpos;
+      m_pop3ConData->list_done = true;
+      m_pop3ConData->next_state = POP3_GET_MSG;
+      m_pop3ConData->pause_for_read = false;
+      PR_Free(line);
+      return(0);
+    }
+
+    char *newStr = line;
+    char *token = NS_strtok(" ", &newStr);  // msg num
+    if (token)
+    {
+      int32_t msg_num = atol(token);
+      if (++m_listpos <= m_pop3ConData->number_of_messages)
+      {
+        const char *uid = NS_strtok(" ", &newStr); // UID
+        if (!uid)
+          /* This is bad.  The server didn't give us a UIDL for this message.
+             I've seen this happen when somehow the mail spool has a message
+             that contains a header that reads "X-UIDL: \n".  But how that got
+             there, I have no idea; must be a server bug.  Or something. */
+          uid = "";
+
+        // seeking right entry, but try the one that should it be first
+        int32_t i;
+        if(m_pop3ConData->msg_info[m_listpos - 1].msgnum == msg_num)
+          i = m_listpos - 1;
+        else
+          for(i = 0; i < m_pop3ConData->number_of_messages &&
+                     m_pop3ConData->msg_info[i].msgnum != msg_num; i++)
+            ;
+
+        // only if found a matching slot
+        if (i < m_pop3ConData->number_of_messages)
+        {
+          // to protect us from memory leak in case of getting a msg num twice
+          m_pop3ConData->msg_info[i].uidl = PL_strdup(uid);
+          if (!m_pop3ConData->msg_info[i].uidl)
+          {
+            PR_Free(line);
+            return MK_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    PR_Free(line);
+    return(0);
+}
+
+
+
+/* this function decides if we are going to do a
+ * normal RETR or a TOP.  The first time, it also decides the total number
+ * of bytes we're probably going to get.
+ */
+int32_t nsPop3Protocol::GetMsg()
+{
+  int32_t popstateTimestamp = TimeInSecondsFromPRTime(PR_Now());
+
+  if (m_pop3ConData->last_accessed_msg >= m_pop3ConData->number_of_messages)
+  {
+    /* Oh, gee, we're all done. */
+    if(m_pop3ConData->msg_del_started)
+    {
+      if (!m_pop3ConData->only_uidl)
+      {
+        if (m_pop3ConData->only_check_for_new_mail)
+          m_nsIPop3Sink->SetBiffStateAndUpdateFE(m_pop3ConData->biffstate, m_pop3ConData->really_new_messages, true);
+        /* update old style biff */
+        else
+          m_nsIPop3Sink->SetBiffStateAndUpdateFE(nsIMsgFolder::nsMsgBiffState_NewMail, m_pop3ConData->really_new_messages, false);
+      }
+      m_nsIPop3Sink->EndMailDelivery(this);
+    }
+
+    m_pop3ConData->next_state = POP3_SEND_QUIT;
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  if (m_totalDownloadSize < 0)
+  {
+    /* First time.  Figure out how many bytes we're about to get.
+    If we didn't get any message info, then we are going to get
+    everything, and it's easy.  Otherwise, if we only want one
+    uidl, than that's the only one we'll get.  Otherwise, go
+    through each message info, decide if we're going to get that
+    message, and add the number of bytes for it. When a message is too
+    large (per user's preferences) only add the size we are supposed
+    to get. */
+    m_pop3ConData->really_new_messages = 0;
+    m_pop3ConData->real_new_counter = 1;
+    if (m_pop3ConData->msg_info)
+    {
+      m_totalDownloadSize = 0;
+      for (int32_t i = 0; i < m_pop3ConData->number_of_messages; i++)
+      {
+        if (m_pop3ConData->only_uidl)
+        {
+          if (m_pop3ConData->msg_info[i].uidl &&
+            !PL_strcmp(m_pop3ConData->msg_info[i].uidl, m_pop3ConData->only_uidl))
+          {
+            m_totalDownloadSize = m_pop3ConData->msg_info[i].size;
+            m_pop3ConData->really_new_messages = 1;
+            // we are only getting one message
+            m_pop3ConData->real_new_counter = 1;
+            break;
+          }
+          continue;
+        }
+
+        char c = 0;
+        popstateTimestamp = TimeInSecondsFromPRTime(PR_Now());
+        if (m_pop3ConData->msg_info[i].uidl)
+        {
+          Pop3UidlEntry *uidlEntry = (Pop3UidlEntry *) PL_HashTableLookup(m_pop3ConData->uidlinfo->hash,
+            m_pop3ConData->msg_info[i].uidl);
+          if (uidlEntry)
+          {
+            c = uidlEntry->status;
+            popstateTimestamp = uidlEntry->dateReceived;
+          }
+        }
+        if ((c == KEEP) && !m_pop3ConData->leave_on_server)
+        { /* This message has been downloaded but kept on server, we
+           * no longer want to keep it there */
+          if (!m_pop3ConData->newuidl)
+          {
+            m_pop3ConData->newuidl = PL_NewHashTable(20, PL_HashString, PL_CompareStrings,
+                                              PL_CompareValues, &gHashAllocOps, nullptr);
+            if (!m_pop3ConData->newuidl)
+              return MK_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+          }
+          c = DELETE_CHAR;
+          // Mark message to be deleted in new table
+          put_hash(m_pop3ConData->newuidl,
+            m_pop3ConData->msg_info[i].uidl, DELETE_CHAR, popstateTimestamp);
+          // and old one too
+          put_hash(m_pop3ConData->uidlinfo->hash,
+            m_pop3ConData->msg_info[i].uidl, DELETE_CHAR, popstateTimestamp);
+        }
+        if ((c != KEEP) && (c != DELETE_CHAR) && (c != TOO_BIG))
+        { // message left on server
+          m_totalDownloadSize += m_pop3ConData->msg_info[i].size;
+          m_pop3ConData->really_new_messages++;
+          // a message we will really download
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      m_totalDownloadSize = m_totalFolderSize;
+    }
+    if (m_pop3ConData->only_check_for_new_mail)
+    {
+      if (m_totalDownloadSize > 0)
+      {
+        m_pop3ConData->biffstate = nsIMsgFolder::nsMsgBiffState_NewMail;
+        m_nsIPop3Sink->SetBiffStateAndUpdateFE(nsIMsgFolder::nsMsgBiffState_NewMail, m_pop3ConData->really_new_messages, true);
+      }
+      m_pop3ConData->next_state = POP3_SEND_QUIT;
+      return(0);
+    }
+    /* get the amount of available space on the drive
+     * and make sure there is enough
+     */
+    if (m_totalDownloadSize > 0) // skip all this if there aren't any messages
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder;
+
+      // Get the current mailbox folder
+      NS_ENSURE_TRUE(m_nsIPop3Sink, -1);
+      nsresult rv = m_nsIPop3Sink->GetFolder(getter_AddRefs(folder));
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        return -1;
+
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailnewsUrl = do_QueryInterface(m_url, &rv);
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !mailnewsUrl)
+        return -1;
+
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgWindow> msgWindow;
+      (void)mailnewsUrl->GetMsgWindow(getter_AddRefs(msgWindow));
+
+      bool spaceNotAvailable = true;
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgLocalMailFolder> localFolder(do_QueryInterface(folder, &rv));
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !localFolder)
+        return -1;
+
+      // check if we have a reasonable amount of space left
+      rv = localFolder->WarnIfLocalFileTooBig(msgWindow, m_totalDownloadSize, &spaceNotAvailable);
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv) || spaceNotAvailable) {
+#ifdef DEBUG
+        printf("Not enough disk space! Raising error!\n");
+#endif
+        return -1;
+      }
+
+      // Here we know how many messages we're going to download, so let
+      // the pop3 sink know.
+      rv = m_nsIPop3Sink->SetMsgsToDownload(m_pop3ConData->really_new_messages);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Look at this message, and decide whether to ignore it, get it, just get
+  the TOP of it, or delete it. */
+
+  // if this is a message we've seen for the first time, we won't find it in
+  // m_pop3ConData-uidlinfo->hash.  By default, we retrieve messages, unless they have a status,
+  // or are too big, in which case we figure out what to do.
+  if (m_prefAuthMethods != POP3_HAS_AUTH_USER && TestCapFlag(POP3_HAS_XSENDER))
+    m_pop3ConData->next_state = POP3_SEND_XSENDER;
+  else
+    m_pop3ConData->next_state = POP3_SEND_RETR;
+  m_pop3ConData->truncating_cur_msg = false;
+  m_pop3ConData->pause_for_read = false;
+  if (m_pop3ConData->msg_info)
+  {
+    Pop3MsgInfo* info = m_pop3ConData->msg_info + m_pop3ConData->last_accessed_msg;
+    if (m_pop3ConData->only_uidl)
+    {
+      if (info->uidl == NULL || PL_strcmp(info->uidl, m_pop3ConData->only_uidl))
+        m_pop3ConData->next_state = POP3_GET_MSG;
+      else
+        m_pop3ConData->next_state = POP3_SEND_RETR;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      char c = 0;
+      if (!m_pop3ConData->newuidl)
+      {
+        m_pop3ConData->newuidl = PL_NewHashTable(20, PL_HashString, PL_CompareStrings, PL_CompareValues, &gHashAllocOps, nullptr);
+        if (!m_pop3ConData->newuidl)
+          return MK_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+      }
+      if (info->uidl)
+      {
+        Pop3UidlEntry *uidlEntry = (Pop3UidlEntry *) PL_HashTableLookup(m_pop3ConData->uidlinfo->hash, info->uidl);
+        if (uidlEntry)
+        {
+          c = uidlEntry->status;
+          popstateTimestamp = uidlEntry->dateReceived;
+        }
+      }
+      if (c == DELETE_CHAR)
+      {
+        m_pop3ConData->next_state = POP3_SEND_DELE;
+      }
+      else if (c == KEEP)
+      {
+        // this is a message we've already downloaded and left on server;
+        // Advance to next message.
+        m_pop3ConData->next_state = POP3_GET_MSG;
+      }
+      else if (c == FETCH_BODY)
+      {
+        m_pop3ConData->next_state = POP3_SEND_RETR;
+        PL_HashTableRemove (m_pop3ConData->uidlinfo->hash, (void*)info->uidl);
+      }
+      else if ((c != TOO_BIG) &&
+        (TestCapFlag(POP3_TOP_UNDEFINED | POP3_HAS_TOP)) &&
+        (m_pop3ConData->headers_only ||
+         ((m_pop3ConData->size_limit > 0) &&
+          (info->size > m_pop3ConData->size_limit) &&
+          !m_pop3ConData->only_uidl)) &&
+        info->uidl && *info->uidl)
+      {
+        // message is too big
+        m_pop3ConData->truncating_cur_msg = true;
+        m_pop3ConData->next_state = POP3_SEND_TOP;
+        put_hash(m_pop3ConData->newuidl, info->uidl, TOO_BIG, popstateTimestamp);
+      }
+      else if (c == TOO_BIG)
+      {
+        /* message previously left on server, see if the max download size
+        has changed, because we may want to download the message this time
+        around. Otherwise ignore the message, we have the header. */
+        if ((m_pop3ConData->size_limit > 0) && (info->size <=
+          m_pop3ConData->size_limit))
+          PL_HashTableRemove (m_pop3ConData->uidlinfo->hash, (void*)info->uidl);
+        // remove from our table, and download
+        else
+        {
+          m_pop3ConData->truncating_cur_msg = true;
+          m_pop3ConData->next_state = POP3_GET_MSG;
+          // ignore this message and get next one
+          put_hash(m_pop3ConData->newuidl, info->uidl, TOO_BIG, popstateTimestamp);
+        }
+      }
+
+      if (m_pop3ConData->next_state != POP3_SEND_DELE &&
+          info->uidl)
+      {
+        /* This is a message we have decided to keep on the server. Notate
+            that now for the future. (Don't change the popstate file at all
+            if only_uidl is set; in that case, there might be brand new messages
+            on the server that we *don't* want to mark KEEP; we just want to
+            leave them around until the user next does a GetNewMail.) */
+
+        /* If this is a message we already know about (i.e., it was
+            in popstate.dat already), we need to maintain the original
+            date the message was downloaded. */
+        if (m_pop3ConData->truncating_cur_msg)
+          put_hash(m_pop3ConData->newuidl, info->uidl, TOO_BIG, popstateTimestamp);
+        else
+          put_hash(m_pop3ConData->newuidl, info->uidl, KEEP, popstateTimestamp);
+      }
+    }
+    if (m_pop3ConData->next_state == POP3_GET_MSG)
+      m_pop3ConData->last_accessed_msg++;
+    // Make sure we check the next message next time!
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+/* start retreiving just the first 20 lines
+ */
+int32_t nsPop3Protocol::SendTop()
+{
+   char * cmd = PR_smprintf( "TOP %ld %d" CRLF,
+     m_pop3ConData->msg_info[m_pop3ConData->last_accessed_msg].msgnum,
+     m_pop3ConData->headers_only ? 0 : 20);
+   int32_t status = -1;
+   if (cmd)
+   {
+     m_pop3ConData->next_state_after_response = POP3_TOP_RESPONSE;
+     m_pop3ConData->cur_msg_size = -1;
+
+     /* zero the bytes received in message in preparation for
+     * the next
+     */
+     m_bytesInMsgReceived = 0;
+     status = Pop3SendData(cmd);
+   }
+   PR_Free(cmd);
+   return status;
+}
+
+/* send the xsender command
+ */
+int32_t nsPop3Protocol::SendXsender()
+{
+  char * cmd = PR_smprintf("XSENDER %ld" CRLF, m_pop3ConData->msg_info[m_pop3ConData->last_accessed_msg].msgnum);
+  int32_t status = -1;
+  if (cmd)
+  {
+    m_pop3ConData->next_state_after_response = POP3_XSENDER_RESPONSE;
+    status = Pop3SendData(cmd);
+    PR_Free(cmd);
+  }
+  return status;
+}
+
+int32_t nsPop3Protocol::XsenderResponse()
+{
+    m_pop3ConData->seenFromHeader = false;
+    m_senderInfo = "";
+
+    if (m_pop3ConData->command_succeeded) {
+        if (m_commandResponse.Length() > 4)
+            m_senderInfo = m_commandResponse;
+    }
+    else {
+        ClearCapFlag(POP3_HAS_XSENDER);
+        m_pop3Server->SetPop3CapabilityFlags(m_pop3ConData->capability_flags);
+    }
+
+    if (m_pop3ConData->truncating_cur_msg)
+        m_pop3ConData->next_state = POP3_SEND_TOP;
+    else
+        m_pop3ConData->next_state = POP3_SEND_RETR;
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/* retreive the whole message
+ */
+int32_t
+nsPop3Protocol::SendRetr()
+{
+
+  char * cmd = PR_smprintf("RETR %ld" CRLF, m_pop3ConData->msg_info[m_pop3ConData->last_accessed_msg].msgnum);
+  int32_t status = -1;
+  if (cmd)
+  {
+    m_pop3ConData->next_state_after_response = POP3_RETR_RESPONSE;
+    m_pop3ConData->cur_msg_size = -1;
+
+
+    /* zero the bytes received in message in preparation for
+    * the next
+    */
+    m_bytesInMsgReceived = 0;
+
+    if (m_pop3ConData->only_uidl)
+    {
+      /* Display bytes if we're only downloading one message. */
+      PR_ASSERT(!m_pop3ConData->graph_progress_bytes_p);
+      UpdateProgressPercent(0, m_totalDownloadSize);
+      m_pop3ConData->graph_progress_bytes_p = true;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      nsString finalString;
+      mozilla::DebugOnly<nsresult> rv =
+        FormatCounterString(NS_LITERAL_STRING("receivingMessages"),
+                            m_pop3ConData->real_new_counter,
+                            m_pop3ConData->really_new_messages,
+                            finalString);
+      NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "couldn't format string");
+      if (mProgressEventSink) {
+        rv = mProgressEventSink->OnStatus(this, m_channelContext, NS_OK,
+                                          finalString.get());
+        NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "dropping error result");
+      }
+    }
+
+    status = Pop3SendData(cmd);
+  } // if cmd
+  PR_Free(cmd);
+  return status;
+}
+
+/* digest the message
+ */
+int32_t
+nsPop3Protocol::RetrResponse(nsIInputStream* inputStream,
+                             uint32_t length)
+{
+    uint32_t buffer_size;
+    int32_t flags = 0;
+    char *uidl = NULL;
+    nsresult rv;
+    uint32_t status = 0;
+
+    if(m_pop3ConData->cur_msg_size == -1)
+    {
+        /* this is the beginning of a message
+         * get the response code and byte size
+         */
+        if(!m_pop3ConData->command_succeeded)
+            return Error("pop3RetrFailure");
+
+        /* a successful RETR response looks like: #num_bytes Junk
+           from TOP we only get the +OK and data
+           */
+        if (m_pop3ConData->truncating_cur_msg)
+        { /* TOP, truncated message */
+            flags |= nsMsgMessageFlags::Partial;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          nsCString cmdResp(m_commandResponse);
+          char *newStr = cmdResp.BeginWriting();
+          char *num = NS_strtok( " ", &newStr);
+          if (num)
+            m_pop3ConData->cur_msg_size = atol(num);
+          m_commandResponse = newStr;
+        }
+
+        /* RETR complete message */
+        if (!m_senderInfo.IsEmpty())
+            flags |= nsMsgMessageFlags::SenderAuthed;
+
+        if(m_pop3ConData->cur_msg_size <= 0)
+        {
+          if (m_pop3ConData->msg_info)
+            m_pop3ConData->cur_msg_size = m_pop3ConData->msg_info[m_pop3ConData->last_accessed_msg].size;
+          else
+            m_pop3ConData->cur_msg_size = 0;
+        }
+
+        if (m_pop3ConData->msg_info &&
+            m_pop3ConData->msg_info[m_pop3ConData->last_accessed_msg].uidl)
+            uidl = m_pop3ConData->msg_info[m_pop3ConData->last_accessed_msg].uidl;
+
+        m_pop3ConData->parsed_bytes = 0;
+        m_pop3ConData->pop3_size = m_pop3ConData->cur_msg_size;
+        m_pop3ConData->assumed_end = false;
+
+        m_pop3Server->GetDotFix(&m_pop3ConData->dot_fix);
+
+        MOZ_LOG(POP3LOGMODULE,LogLevel::Info,
+                (POP3LOG("Opening message stream: MSG_IncorporateBegin")));
+
+        /* open the message stream so we have someplace
+         * to put the data
+         */
+        m_pop3ConData->real_new_counter++;
+        /* (rb) count only real messages being downloaded */
+        rv = m_nsIPop3Sink->IncorporateBegin(uidl, m_url, flags,
+                                        &m_pop3ConData->msg_closure);
+
+        MOZ_LOG(POP3LOGMODULE, LogLevel::Info, (POP3LOG("Done opening message stream!")));
+
+        if(!m_pop3ConData->msg_closure || NS_FAILED(rv))
+            return Error("pop3MessageWriteError");
+    }
+
+    m_pop3ConData->pause_for_read = true;
+
+    bool pauseForMoreData = false;
+    char *line = m_lineStreamBuffer->ReadNextLine(inputStream, status, pauseForMoreData, &rv, true);
+    MOZ_LOG(POP3LOGMODULE, LogLevel::Info, (POP3LOG("RECV: %s"), line));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      return -1;
+
+    buffer_size = status;
+
+    if (status == 0 && !line)  // no bytes read in...
+      return (0);
+
+    if (m_pop3ConData->msg_closure) /* not done yet */
+    {
+      // buffer the line we just read in, and buffer all remaining lines in the stream
+      status = buffer_size;
+      do
+      {
+        if (m_pop3ConData->msg_closure)
+        {
+          rv = HandleLine(line, buffer_size);
+          if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+            return Error("pop3MessageWriteError");
+
+          // buffer_size already includes MSG_LINEBREAK_LEN so
+          // subtract and add CRLF
+          // but not really sure we always had CRLF in input since
+          // we also treat a single LF as line ending!
+          m_pop3ConData->parsed_bytes += buffer_size - MSG_LINEBREAK_LEN + 2;
+        }
+
+        // now read in the next line
+        PR_Free(line);
+        line = m_lineStreamBuffer->ReadNextLine(inputStream, buffer_size,
+                                                pauseForMoreData, &rv, true);
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+          return -1;
+
+        MOZ_LOG(POP3LOGMODULE, LogLevel::Info, (POP3LOG("RECV: %s"), line));
+        // buffer_size already includes MSG_LINEBREAK_LEN so
+        // subtract and add CRLF
+        // but not really sure we always had CRLF in input since
+        // we also treat a single LF as line ending!
+        status += buffer_size - MSG_LINEBREAK_LEN + 2;
+      } while (line);
+    }
+
+    buffer_size = status;  // status holds # bytes we've actually buffered so far...
+
+    /* normal read. Yay! */
+    if ((int32_t) (m_bytesInMsgReceived + buffer_size) > m_pop3ConData->cur_msg_size)
+        buffer_size = m_pop3ConData->cur_msg_size - m_bytesInMsgReceived;
+
+    m_bytesInMsgReceived += buffer_size;
+    m_totalBytesReceived += buffer_size;
+
+    // *** jefft in case of the message size that server tells us is different
+    // from the actual message size
+    if (pauseForMoreData && m_pop3ConData->dot_fix &&
+        m_pop3ConData->assumed_end && m_pop3ConData->msg_closure)
+    {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailnewsUrl = do_QueryInterface(m_url, &rv);
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgWindow> msgWindow;
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+          rv = mailnewsUrl->GetMsgWindow(getter_AddRefs(msgWindow));
+        rv = m_nsIPop3Sink->IncorporateComplete(msgWindow,
+          m_pop3ConData->truncating_cur_msg ? m_pop3ConData->cur_msg_size : 0);
+
+        // The following was added to prevent the loss of Data when we try
+        // and write to somewhere we don't have write access error to (See
+        // bug 62480)
+        // (Note: This is only a temp hack until the underlying XPCOM is
+        // fixed to return errors)
+
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+            return Error((rv == NS_MSG_ERROR_COPYING_FROM_TMP_DOWNLOAD) ?
+                         "pop3TmpDownloadError" :
+                         "pop3MessageWriteError");
+
+        m_pop3ConData->msg_closure = nullptr;
+    }
+
+    if (!m_pop3ConData->msg_closure)
+        /* meaning _handle_line read ".\r\n" at end-of-msg */
+    {
+        m_pop3ConData->pause_for_read = false;
+
+        if (m_pop3ConData->truncating_cur_msg ||
+            m_pop3ConData->leave_on_server )
+        {
+            Pop3UidlEntry *uidlEntry = NULL;
+            Pop3MsgInfo* info = m_pop3ConData->msg_info + m_pop3ConData->last_accessed_msg;
+
+            /* Check for filter actions - FETCH or DELETE */
+            if ((m_pop3ConData->newuidl) && (info->uidl))
+              uidlEntry = (Pop3UidlEntry *)PL_HashTableLookup(m_pop3ConData->newuidl, info->uidl);
+
+            if (uidlEntry && uidlEntry->status == FETCH_BODY &&
+                m_pop3ConData->truncating_cur_msg)
+            {
+            /* A filter decided to retrieve this full msg.
+               Use GetMsg() so the popstate will update correctly,
+               but don't let this msg get counted twice. */
+               m_pop3ConData->next_state = POP3_GET_MSG;
+               m_pop3ConData->real_new_counter--;
+            /* Make sure we don't try to come through here again. */
+               PL_HashTableRemove (m_pop3ConData->newuidl, (void*)info->uidl);
+               put_hash(m_pop3ConData->uidlinfo->hash, info->uidl, FETCH_BODY, uidlEntry->dateReceived);
+
+            } else if (uidlEntry && uidlEntry->status == DELETE_CHAR)
+            {
+            // A filter decided to delete this msg from the server
+               m_pop3ConData->next_state = POP3_SEND_DELE;
+            } else
+            {
+            /* We've retrieved all or part of this message, but we want to
+               keep it on the server.  Go on to the next message. */
+               m_pop3ConData->last_accessed_msg++;
+               m_pop3ConData->next_state = POP3_GET_MSG;
+            }
+            if (m_pop3ConData->only_uidl)
+            {
+            /* GetMsg didn't update this field. Do it now */
+              uidlEntry = (Pop3UidlEntry *)PL_HashTableLookup(m_pop3ConData->uidlinfo->hash, m_pop3ConData->only_uidl);
+              NS_ASSERTION(uidlEntry, "uidl not found in uidlinfo");
+              if (uidlEntry)
+                put_hash(m_pop3ConData->uidlinfo->hash, m_pop3ConData->only_uidl, KEEP, uidlEntry->dateReceived);
+            }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+           m_pop3ConData->next_state = POP3_SEND_DELE;
+        }
+
+        /* if we didn't get the whole message add the bytes that we didn't get
+           to the bytes received part so that the progress percent stays sane.
+           */
+        if (m_bytesInMsgReceived < m_pop3ConData->cur_msg_size)
+          m_totalBytesReceived += (m_pop3ConData->cur_msg_size -
+                                   m_bytesInMsgReceived);
+    }
+
+    /* set percent done to portion of total bytes of all messages
+       that we're going to download. */
+    if (m_totalDownloadSize)
+      UpdateProgressPercent(m_totalBytesReceived, m_totalDownloadSize);
+
+    PR_Free(line);
+    return(0);
+}
+
+
+int32_t
+nsPop3Protocol::TopResponse(nsIInputStream* inputStream, uint32_t length)
+{
+  if (TestCapFlag(POP3_TOP_UNDEFINED))
+  {
+    ClearCapFlag(POP3_TOP_UNDEFINED);
+    if (m_pop3ConData->command_succeeded)
+      SetCapFlag(POP3_HAS_TOP);
+    else
+      ClearCapFlag(POP3_HAS_TOP);
+    m_pop3Server->SetPop3CapabilityFlags(m_pop3ConData->capability_flags);
+  }
+
+  if(m_pop3ConData->cur_msg_size == -1 &&  /* first line after TOP command sent */
+    !m_pop3ConData->command_succeeded)  /* and TOP command failed */
+  {
+  /* TOP doesn't work so we can't retrieve the first part of this msg.
+  So just go download the whole thing, and warn the user.
+
+    Note that the progress bar will not be accurate in this case.
+    Oops. #### */
+    m_pop3ConData->truncating_cur_msg = false;
+
+    nsString statusTemplate;
+    mLocalBundle->GetStringFromName(
+      u"pop3ServerDoesNotSupportTopCommand",
+      getter_Copies(statusTemplate));
+    if (!statusTemplate.IsEmpty())
+    {
+      nsAutoCString hostName;
+      char16_t * statusString = nullptr;
+      m_url->GetHost(hostName);
+
+      statusString = nsTextFormatter::smprintf(statusTemplate.get(), hostName.get());
+      UpdateStatusWithString(statusString);
+      nsTextFormatter::smprintf_free(statusString);
+    }
+
+    if (m_prefAuthMethods != POP3_HAS_AUTH_USER &&
+        TestCapFlag(POP3_HAS_XSENDER))
+      m_pop3ConData->next_state = POP3_SEND_XSENDER;
+    else
+      m_pop3ConData->next_state = POP3_SEND_RETR;
+    return(0);
+  }
+
+  /* If TOP works, we handle it in the same way as RETR. */
+  return RetrResponse(inputStream, length);
+}
+
+/* line is handed over as null-terminated string with MSG_LINEBREAK */
+nsresult
+nsPop3Protocol::HandleLine(char *line, uint32_t line_length)
+{
+    nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+    NS_ASSERTION(m_pop3ConData->msg_closure, "m_pop3ConData->msg_closure is null in nsPop3Protocol::HandleLine()");
+    if (!m_pop3ConData->msg_closure)
+        return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+    if (!m_senderInfo.IsEmpty() && !m_pop3ConData->seenFromHeader)
+    {
+        if (line_length > 6 && !PL_strncasecmp("From: ", line, 6))
+        {
+            m_pop3ConData->seenFromHeader = true;
+            if (PL_strstr(line, m_senderInfo.get()) == NULL)
+                m_nsIPop3Sink->SetSenderAuthedFlag(m_pop3ConData->msg_closure,
+                                                     false);
+        }
+    }
+
+    // line contains only a single dot and linebreak -> message end
+    if (line_length == 1 + MSG_LINEBREAK_LEN && line[0] == '.')
+    {
+        m_pop3ConData->assumed_end = true;  /* in case byte count from server is */
+                                    /* wrong, mark we may have had the end */
+        if (!m_pop3ConData->dot_fix || m_pop3ConData->truncating_cur_msg ||
+            (m_pop3ConData->parsed_bytes >= (m_pop3ConData->pop3_size -3)))
+        {
+            nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailnewsUrl = do_QueryInterface(m_url, &rv);
+            nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgWindow> msgWindow;
+            if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+              rv = mailnewsUrl->GetMsgWindow(getter_AddRefs(msgWindow));
+            rv = m_nsIPop3Sink->IncorporateComplete(msgWindow,
+              m_pop3ConData->truncating_cur_msg ? m_pop3ConData->cur_msg_size : 0);
+
+            // The following was added to prevent the loss of Data when we try
+            // and write to somewhere we don't have write access error to (See
+            // bug 62480)
+            // (Note: This is only a temp hack until the underlying XPCOM is
+            // fixed to return errors)
+
+            if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+              Error((rv == NS_MSG_ERROR_COPYING_FROM_TMP_DOWNLOAD) ?
+                    "pop3TmpDownloadError" :
+                    "pop3MessageWriteError");
+              return rv;
+            }
+
+            m_pop3ConData->msg_closure = nullptr;
+            return rv;
+        }
+    }
+    /* Check if the line begins with the termination octet. If so
+       and if another termination octet follows, we step over the
+       first occurence of it. */
+    else if (line_length > 1 && line[0] == '.' && line[1] == '.') {
+        line++;
+        line_length--;
+
+    }
+
+    return m_nsIPop3Sink->IncorporateWrite(line, line_length);
+}
+
+int32_t nsPop3Protocol::SendDele()
+{
+    /* increment the last accessed message since we have now read it
+     */
+    char * cmd = PR_smprintf("DELE %ld" CRLF, m_pop3ConData->msg_info[m_pop3ConData->last_accessed_msg].msgnum);
+    m_pop3ConData->last_accessed_msg++;
+    int32_t status = -1;
+    if (cmd)
+    {
+      m_pop3ConData->next_state_after_response = POP3_DELE_RESPONSE;
+      status = Pop3SendData(cmd);
+    }
+    PR_Free(cmd);
+    return status;
+}
+
+int32_t nsPop3Protocol::DeleResponse()
+{
+  Pop3UidlHost *host = NULL;
+
+  host = m_pop3ConData->uidlinfo;
+
+  /* the return from the delete will come here
+  */
+  if(!m_pop3ConData->command_succeeded)
+    return Error("pop3DeleFailure");
+
+
+  /*  ###chrisf
+  the delete succeeded.  Write out state so that we
+  keep track of all the deletes which have not yet been
+  committed on the server.  Flush this state upon successful
+  QUIT.
+
+  We will do this by adding each successfully deleted message id
+  to a list which we will write out to popstate.dat in
+  net_pop3_write_state().
+  */
+  if (host)
+  {
+    if (m_pop3ConData->msg_info &&
+      m_pop3ConData->msg_info[m_pop3ConData->last_accessed_msg-1].uidl)
+    {
+      if (m_pop3ConData->newuidl)
+        if (m_pop3ConData->leave_on_server)
+        {
+          PL_HashTableRemove(m_pop3ConData->newuidl, (void*)
+            m_pop3ConData->msg_info[m_pop3ConData->last_accessed_msg-1].uidl);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          put_hash(m_pop3ConData->newuidl,
+            m_pop3ConData->msg_info[m_pop3ConData->last_accessed_msg-1].uidl, DELETE_CHAR, 0);
+          /* kill message in new hash table */
+        }
+      else
+        PL_HashTableRemove(host->hash,
+            (void*) m_pop3ConData->msg_info[m_pop3ConData->last_accessed_msg-1].uidl);
+    }
+  }
+
+  m_pop3ConData->next_state = POP3_GET_MSG;
+  m_pop3ConData->pause_for_read = false;
+
+  return(0);
+}
+
+
+int32_t
+nsPop3Protocol::CommitState(bool remove_last_entry)
+{
+  // only use newuidl if we successfully finished looping through all the
+  // messages in the inbox.
+  if (m_pop3ConData->newuidl)
+  {
+    if (m_pop3ConData->last_accessed_msg >= m_pop3ConData->number_of_messages)
+    {
+      PL_HashTableDestroy(m_pop3ConData->uidlinfo->hash);
+      m_pop3ConData->uidlinfo->hash = m_pop3ConData->newuidl;
+      m_pop3ConData->newuidl = nullptr;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* If we are leaving messages on the server, pull out the last
+        uidl from the hash, because it might have been put in there before
+        we got it into the database.
+      */
+      if (remove_last_entry && m_pop3ConData->msg_info &&
+          !m_pop3ConData->only_uidl && m_pop3ConData->newuidl->nentries > 0)
+      {
+        Pop3MsgInfo* info = m_pop3ConData->msg_info + m_pop3ConData->last_accessed_msg;
+        if (info && info->uidl)
+        {
+          mozilla::DebugOnly<bool> val = PL_HashTableRemove(m_pop3ConData->newuidl,
+                                                            info->uidl);
+          NS_ASSERTION(val, "uidl not in hash table");
+        }
+      }
+
+      // Add the entries in newuidl to m_pop3ConData->uidlinfo->hash to keep
+      // track of the messages we *did* download in this session.
+      PL_HashTableEnumerateEntries(m_pop3ConData->newuidl, net_pop3_copy_hash_entries, (void *)m_pop3ConData->uidlinfo->hash);
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (!m_pop3ConData->only_check_for_new_mail)
+  {
+    nsresult rv;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> mailDirectory;
+
+    // get the mail directory
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server =
+      do_QueryInterface(m_pop3Server, &rv);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return -1;
+
+    rv = server->GetLocalPath(getter_AddRefs(mailDirectory));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return -1;
+
+    // write the state in the mail directory
+    net_pop3_write_state(m_pop3ConData->uidlinfo, mailDirectory.get());
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+/* NET_process_Pop3  will control the state machine that
+ * loads messages from a pop3 server
+ *
+ * returns negative if the transfer is finished or error'd out
+ *
+ * returns zero or more if the transfer needs to be continued.
+ */
+nsresult nsPop3Protocol::ProcessProtocolState(nsIURI * url, nsIInputStream * aInputStream,
+                                              uint64_t sourceOffset, uint32_t aLength)
+{
+  int32_t status = 0;
+  bool urlStatusSet = false;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailnewsurl = do_QueryInterface(m_url);
+
+  MOZ_LOG(POP3LOGMODULE, LogLevel::Info, (POP3LOG("Entering NET_ProcessPop3 %d"),
+                                          aLength));
+
+  m_pop3ConData->pause_for_read = false; /* already paused; reset */
+
+  if(m_username.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    // net_pop3_block = false;
+    Error("pop3UsernameUndefined");
+    return NS_MSG_SERVER_USERNAME_MISSING;
+  }
+
+  while(!m_pop3ConData->pause_for_read)
+  {
+    MOZ_LOG(POP3LOGMODULE, LogLevel::Info,
+            (POP3LOG("Entering state: %d"), m_pop3ConData->next_state));
+
+    switch(m_pop3ConData->next_state)
+    {
+    case POP3_READ_PASSWORD:
+      // This is a separate state so that we're waiting for the user to type
+      // in a password while we don't actually have a connection to the pop
+      // server open; this saves us from having to worry about the server
+      // timing out on us while we wait for user input.
+      if (NS_FAILED(StartGetAsyncPassword(POP3_OBTAIN_PASSWORD_EARLY)))
+        status = -1;
+      break;
+    case POP3_FINISH_OBTAIN_PASSWORD_EARLY:
+      {
+        if (m_passwordResult.IsEmpty() || m_username.IsEmpty())
+        {
+          status = MK_POP3_PASSWORD_UNDEFINED;
+          m_pop3ConData->biffstate = nsIMsgFolder::nsMsgBiffState_Unknown;
+          m_nsIPop3Sink->SetBiffStateAndUpdateFE(m_pop3ConData->biffstate, 0, false);
+
+          /* update old style biff */
+          m_pop3ConData->next_state = POP3_FREE;
+          m_pop3ConData->pause_for_read = false;
+          break;
+        }
+
+        m_pop3ConData->pause_for_read = false;
+        // we are already connected so just go on and send the username
+        if (m_prefAuthMethods == POP3_HAS_AUTH_USER)
+        {
+          m_currentAuthMethod = POP3_HAS_AUTH_USER;
+          m_pop3ConData->next_state = POP3_SEND_USERNAME;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          if (TestCapFlag(POP3_AUTH_MECH_UNDEFINED))
+            m_pop3ConData->next_state = POP3_SEND_AUTH;
+          else
+            m_pop3ConData->next_state = POP3_SEND_CAPA;
+        }
+        break;
+      }
+
+
+    case POP3_START_CONNECT:
+      {
+        m_pop3ConData->next_state = POP3_FINISH_CONNECT;
+        m_pop3ConData->pause_for_read = false;
+        break;
+      }
+
+    case POP3_FINISH_CONNECT:
+      {
+        m_pop3ConData->pause_for_read = false;
+        m_pop3ConData->next_state = POP3_WAIT_FOR_START_OF_CONNECTION_RESPONSE;
+        break;
+      }
+
+    case POP3_WAIT_FOR_RESPONSE:
+      status = WaitForResponse(aInputStream, aLength);
+      break;
+
+    case POP3_WAIT_FOR_START_OF_CONNECTION_RESPONSE:
+      {
+        status = WaitForStartOfConnectionResponse(aInputStream, aLength);
+
+        if(status)
+        {
+          if (m_prefAuthMethods == POP3_HAS_AUTH_USER)
+          {
+            m_currentAuthMethod = POP3_HAS_AUTH_USER;
+            m_pop3ConData->next_state = POP3_SEND_USERNAME;
+          }
+          else
+          {
+            if (TestCapFlag(POP3_AUTH_MECH_UNDEFINED))
+              m_pop3ConData->next_state = POP3_SEND_AUTH;
+            else
+              m_pop3ConData->next_state = POP3_SEND_CAPA;
+          }
+        }
+
+        break;
+      }
+
+    case POP3_SEND_AUTH:
+      status = SendAuth();
+      break;
+
+    case POP3_AUTH_RESPONSE:
+      status = AuthResponse(aInputStream, aLength);
+      break;
+
+   case POP3_SEND_CAPA:
+      status = SendCapa();
+      break;
+
+    case POP3_CAPA_RESPONSE:
+      status = CapaResponse(aInputStream, aLength);
+      break;
+
+    case POP3_TLS_RESPONSE:
+      status = SendTLSResponse();
+      break;
+
+    case POP3_PROCESS_AUTH:
+      status = ProcessAuth();
+      break;
+
+    case POP3_NEXT_AUTH_STEP:
+      status = NextAuthStep();
+      break;
+
+    case POP3_AUTH_LOGIN:
+      status = AuthLogin();
+      break;
+
+    case POP3_AUTH_LOGIN_RESPONSE:
+      status = AuthLoginResponse();
+      break;
+
+    case POP3_AUTH_NTLM:
+      status = AuthNtlm();
+      break;
+
+    case POP3_AUTH_NTLM_RESPONSE:
+      status = AuthNtlmResponse();
+      break;
+
+    case POP3_AUTH_GSSAPI:
+      status = AuthGSSAPI();
+      break;
+
+    case POP3_AUTH_GSSAPI_FIRST:
+      UpdateStatus(u"hostContact");
+      status = AuthGSSAPIResponse(true);
+      break;
+
+    case POP3_AUTH_GSSAPI_STEP:
+      status = AuthGSSAPIResponse(false);
+      break;
+
+    case POP3_SEND_USERNAME:
+      if (NS_FAILED(StartGetAsyncPassword(POP3_OBTAIN_PASSWORD_BEFORE_USERNAME)))
+        status = -1;
+      break;
+
+    case POP3_OBTAIN_PASSWORD_BEFORE_USERNAME:
+      status = -1;
+      break;
+
+    case POP3_FINISH_OBTAIN_PASSWORD_BEFORE_USERNAME:
+      UpdateStatus(u"hostContact");
+      status = SendUsername();
+      break;
+
+    case POP3_SEND_PASSWORD:
+      if (NS_FAILED(StartGetAsyncPassword(POP3_OBTAIN_PASSWORD_BEFORE_PASSWORD)))
+        status = -1;
+      break;
+
+    case POP3_FINISH_OBTAIN_PASSWORD_BEFORE_PASSWORD:
+      status = SendPassword();
+      break;
+
+    case POP3_SEND_GURL:
+      status = SendGurl();
+      break;
+
+    case POP3_GURL_RESPONSE:
+      status = GurlResponse();
+      break;
+
+    case POP3_SEND_STAT:
+      status = SendStat();
+      break;
+
+    case POP3_GET_STAT:
+      status = GetStat();
+      break;
+
+    case POP3_SEND_LIST:
+      status = SendList();
+      break;
+
+    case POP3_GET_LIST:
+      status = GetList(aInputStream, aLength);
+      break;
+
+    case POP3_SEND_UIDL_LIST:
+      status = SendUidlList();
+      break;
+
+    case POP3_GET_UIDL_LIST:
+      status = GetUidlList(aInputStream, aLength);
+      break;
+
+    case POP3_SEND_XTND_XLST_MSGID:
+      status = SendXtndXlstMsgid();
+      break;
+
+    case POP3_GET_XTND_XLST_MSGID:
+      status = GetXtndXlstMsgid(aInputStream, aLength);
+      break;
+
+    case POP3_GET_MSG:
+      status = GetMsg();
+      break;
+
+    case POP3_SEND_TOP:
+      status = SendTop();
+      break;
+
+    case POP3_TOP_RESPONSE:
+      status = TopResponse(aInputStream, aLength);
+      break;
+
+    case POP3_SEND_XSENDER:
+      status = SendXsender();
+      break;
+
+    case POP3_XSENDER_RESPONSE:
+      status = XsenderResponse();
+      break;
+
+    case POP3_SEND_RETR:
+      status = SendRetr();
+      break;
+
+    case POP3_RETR_RESPONSE:
+      status = RetrResponse(aInputStream, aLength);
+      break;
+
+    case POP3_SEND_DELE:
+      status = SendDele();
+      break;
+
+    case POP3_DELE_RESPONSE:
+      status = DeleResponse();
+      break;
+
+    case POP3_SEND_QUIT:
+    /* attempt to send a server quit command.  Since this means
+    everything went well, this is a good time to update the
+    status file and the FE's biff state.
+      */
+      if (!m_pop3ConData->only_uidl)
+      {
+        /* update old style biff */
+        if (!m_pop3ConData->only_check_for_new_mail)
+        {
+        /* We don't want to pop up a warning message any more (see
+        bug 54116), so instead we put the "no new messages" or
+        "retrieved x new messages"
+        in the status line.  Unfortunately, this tends to be running
+        in a progress pane, so we try to get the real pane and
+          show the message there. */
+
+          if (m_totalDownloadSize <= 0)
+          {
+            UpdateStatus(u"noNewMessages");
+            /* There are no new messages.  */
+          }
+          else
+          {
+            nsString statusString;
+            nsresult rv = FormatCounterString(NS_LITERAL_STRING("receivedMsgs"),
+                                              m_pop3ConData->real_new_counter - 1,
+                                              m_pop3ConData->really_new_messages,
+                                              statusString);
+            if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+              UpdateStatusWithString(statusString.get());
+          }
+        }
+      }
+
+      status = Pop3SendData("QUIT" CRLF);
+      m_pop3ConData->next_state = POP3_WAIT_FOR_RESPONSE;
+      m_pop3ConData->next_state_after_response = POP3_QUIT_RESPONSE;
+      break;
+
+    case POP3_QUIT_RESPONSE:
+      if(m_pop3ConData->command_succeeded)
+      {
+      /*  the QUIT succeeded.  We can now flush the state in popstate.dat which
+        keeps track of any uncommitted DELE's */
+
+        /* clear the hash of all our uncommitted deletes */
+        if (!m_pop3ConData->leave_on_server && m_pop3ConData->newuidl)
+        {
+          PL_HashTableEnumerateEntries(m_pop3ConData->newuidl,
+                                        net_pop3_remove_messages_marked_delete,
+                                       (void *)m_pop3ConData);
+        }
+        m_pop3ConData->next_state = POP3_DONE;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        m_pop3ConData->next_state = POP3_ERROR_DONE;
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case POP3_DONE:
+      CommitState(false);
+      m_pop3ConData->urlStatus = NS_OK;
+      urlStatusSet = true;
+      m_pop3ConData->next_state = POP3_FREE;
+      break;
+
+    case POP3_ERROR_DONE:
+      /*  write out the state */
+      if(m_pop3ConData->list_done)
+        CommitState(true);
+
+      if(m_pop3ConData->msg_closure)
+      {
+        m_nsIPop3Sink->IncorporateAbort(m_pop3ConData->only_uidl != nullptr);
+        m_pop3ConData->msg_closure = NULL;
+        m_nsIPop3Sink->AbortMailDelivery(this);
+      }
+
+      if(m_pop3ConData->msg_del_started)
+      {
+        nsString statusString;
+        nsresult rv = FormatCounterString(NS_LITERAL_STRING("receivedMsgs"),
+                                 m_pop3ConData->real_new_counter - 1,
+                                 m_pop3ConData->really_new_messages,
+                                 statusString);
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+          UpdateStatusWithString(statusString.get());
+
+        NS_ASSERTION (!TestFlag(POP3_PASSWORD_FAILED), "POP3_PASSWORD_FAILED set when del_started");
+        m_nsIPop3Sink->AbortMailDelivery(this);
+      }
+      { // this brace is to avoid compiler error about vars in switch case.
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgWindow> msgWindow;
+
+        if (mailnewsurl)
+          mailnewsurl->GetMsgWindow(getter_AddRefs(msgWindow));
+        // no msgWindow means no re-prompt, so treat as error.
+        if (TestFlag(POP3_PASSWORD_FAILED) && msgWindow)
+        {
+          // We get here because the password was wrong.
+          if (!m_socketIsOpen && mailnewsurl)
+          {
+            // The server dropped the connection, so we're going
+            // to re-run the url.
+            MOZ_LOG(POP3LOGMODULE, LogLevel::Debug,
+                    (POP3LOG("need to rerun url because connection dropped during auth")));
+            m_needToRerunUrl = true;
+            return NS_OK;
+          }
+          m_pop3ConData->next_state = POP3_READ_PASSWORD;
+          m_pop3ConData->command_succeeded = true;
+          status = 0;
+          break;
+        }
+        else
+          /* Else we got a "real" error, so finish up. */
+          m_pop3ConData->next_state = POP3_FREE;
+      }
+      m_pop3ConData->urlStatus = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+      urlStatusSet = true;
+      m_pop3ConData->pause_for_read = false;
+      break;
+
+    case POP3_FREE:
+      {
+        UpdateProgressPercent(0,0); // clear out the progress meter
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server = do_QueryInterface(m_pop3Server);
+        if (server)
+        {
+          MOZ_LOG(POP3LOGMODULE, LogLevel::Debug, (POP3LOG("Clearing server busy in POP3_FREE")));
+          server->SetServerBusy(false); // the server is now not busy
+        }
+        MOZ_LOG(POP3LOGMODULE, LogLevel::Debug, (POP3LOG("Clearing running protocol in POP3_FREE")));
+        CloseSocket();
+        m_pop3Server->SetRunningProtocol(nullptr);
+        if (mailnewsurl && urlStatusSet)
+          mailnewsurl->SetUrlState(false, m_pop3ConData->urlStatus);
+
+        m_url = nullptr;
+        return NS_OK;
+      }
+    default:
+      NS_ERROR("Got to unexpected state in nsPop3Protocol::ProcessProtocolState");
+      status = -1;
+    }  /* end switch */
+
+    if((status < 0) && m_pop3ConData->next_state != POP3_FREE)
+    {
+      m_pop3ConData->pause_for_read = false;
+      m_pop3ConData->next_state = POP3_ERROR_DONE;
+    }
+
+  }  /* end while */
+
+  return NS_OK;
+
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsPop3Protocol::MarkMessages(nsTArray<Pop3UidlEntry*> *aUIDLArray)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aUIDLArray);
+  uint32_t count = aUIDLArray->Length();
+
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < count; i++)
+  {
+    bool changed;
+    if (m_pop3ConData->newuidl)
+      MarkMsgInHashTable(m_pop3ConData->newuidl, aUIDLArray->ElementAt(i), &changed);
+    if (m_pop3ConData->uidlinfo)
+      MarkMsgInHashTable(m_pop3ConData->uidlinfo->hash, aUIDLArray->ElementAt(i), &changed);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsPop3Protocol::CheckMessage(const char *aUidl, bool *aBool)
+{
+  Pop3UidlEntry *uidlEntry = nullptr;
+
+  if (aUidl)
+  {
+    if (m_pop3ConData->newuidl)
+      uidlEntry = (Pop3UidlEntry *) PL_HashTableLookup(m_pop3ConData->newuidl, aUidl);
+    else if (m_pop3ConData->uidlinfo)
+      uidlEntry = (Pop3UidlEntry *) PL_HashTableLookup(m_pop3ConData->uidlinfo->hash, aUidl);
+  }
+
+  *aBool = uidlEntry ? true : false;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+/* Function for finding an APOP Timestamp and simple check
+   it for its validity. If returning NS_OK m_ApopTimestamp
+   contains the validated substring of m_commandResponse. */
+nsresult nsPop3Protocol::GetApopTimestamp()
+{
+  int32_t startMark = m_commandResponse.Length(), endMark = -1;
+
+  while (true)
+  {
+    // search for previous <
+    if ((startMark = MsgRFindChar(m_commandResponse, '<', startMark - 1)) < 0)
+      return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+    // search for next >
+    if ((endMark = m_commandResponse.FindChar('>', startMark)) < 0)
+      continue;
+
+    // look for an @ between start and end as a raw test
+    int32_t at = m_commandResponse.FindChar('@', startMark);
+    if (at < 0 || at >= endMark)
+      continue;
+
+    // now test if sub only consists of chars in ASCII range
+    nsCString sub(Substring(m_commandResponse, startMark, endMark - startMark + 1));
+    if (NS_IsAscii(sub.get()))
+    {
+      // set m_ApopTimestamp to the validated substring
+      m_ApopTimestamp.Assign(sub);
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/local/src/nsPop3Protocol.h b/mailnews/local/src/nsPop3Protocol.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a937427d1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/local/src/nsPop3Protocol.h
@@ -0,0 +1,402 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsPop3Protocol_h__
+#define nsPop3Protocol_h__
+
+#include "mozilla/Attributes.h"
+#include "nsIStreamListener.h"
+#include "nsIOutputStream.h"
+#include "nsIInputStream.h"
+#include "nsIPop3URL.h"
+#include "nsIPop3Sink.h"
+#include "nsMsgLineBuffer.h"
+#include "nsMsgProtocol.h"
+#include "nsIPop3Protocol.h"
+#include "MailNewsTypes.h"
+#include "nsIStringBundle.h"
+#include "nsIMsgStatusFeedback.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolder.h" // TO include biffState enum. Change to bool later...
+#include "nsIAuthModule.h"
+#include "nsITimer.h"
+#include "nsIMsgAsyncPrompter.h"
+
+#include "prerror.h"
+#include "plhash.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+
+/* A more guaranteed way of making sure that we never get duplicate messages
+is to always get each message's UIDL (if the server supports it)
+and use these for storing up deletes which were not committed on the
+server.  Based on our experience, it looks like we do NOT need to
+do this (it has performance tradeoffs, etc.).  To turn it on, three
+things need to happen: #define POP_ALWAYS_USE_UIDL_FOR_DUPLICATES, verify that
+the uidl's are correctly getting added when the delete response is received,
+and change the POP3_QUIT_RESPONSE state to flush the newly committed deletes. */
+
+/*
+ * Cannot have the following line uncommented. It is defined.
+ * #ifdef POP_ALWAYS_USE_UIDL_FOR_DUPLICATES will always be evaluated
+ * as true.
+ *
+#define POP_ALWAYS_USE_UIDL_FOR_DUPLICATES 0
+ *
+ */
+
+#define MK_OUT_OF_MEMORY -207
+#define MK_POP3_PASSWORD_UNDEFINED -313
+#define XP_NO_ANSWER 14401
+#define XP_THE_PREVIOUSLY_ENTERED_PASSWORD_IS_INVALID_ETC 14405
+#define XP_PASSWORD_FOR_POP3_USER 14590
+
+#define OUTPUT_BUFFER_SIZE 8192 // maximum size of command string
+
+/* structure to hold data pertaining to the active state of
+ * a transfer in progress.
+ *
+ */
+
+enum Pop3CapabilityEnum {
+    POP3_CAPABILITY_UNDEFINED   = 0x00000000,
+    POP3_HAS_XSENDER            = 0x00000001,
+    POP3_GURL_UNDEFINED         = 0x00000002,
+    POP3_HAS_GURL               = 0x00000004,
+    POP3_UIDL_UNDEFINED         = 0x00000008,
+    POP3_HAS_UIDL               = 0x00000010,
+    POP3_XTND_XLST_UNDEFINED    = 0x00000020,
+    POP3_HAS_XTND_XLST          = 0x00000040,
+    POP3_TOP_UNDEFINED          = 0x00000080,
+    POP3_HAS_TOP                = 0x00000100,
+    POP3_AUTH_MECH_UNDEFINED    = 0x00000200,
+    POP3_HAS_AUTH_USER          = 0x00000400,
+    POP3_HAS_AUTH_LOGIN         = 0x00000800,
+    POP3_HAS_AUTH_PLAIN         = 0x00001000,
+    POP3_HAS_AUTH_CRAM_MD5      = 0x00002000,
+    POP3_HAS_AUTH_APOP          = 0x00004000,
+    POP3_HAS_AUTH_NTLM          = 0x00008000,
+    POP3_HAS_AUTH_MSN           = 0x00010000,
+    POP3_HAS_RESP_CODES         = 0x00020000,
+    POP3_HAS_AUTH_RESP_CODE     = 0x00040000,
+    POP3_HAS_STLS               = 0x00080000,
+    POP3_HAS_AUTH_GSSAPI        = 0x00100000
+};
+
+// TODO use value > 0?
+#define POP3_HAS_AUTH_NONE        0
+#define POP3_HAS_AUTH_ANY         0x00001C00
+#define POP3_HAS_AUTH_ANY_SEC     0x0011E000
+
+enum Pop3StatesEnum {
+    POP3_READ_PASSWORD,                         // 0
+                                                //
+    POP3_START_CONNECT,                         // 1
+    POP3_FINISH_CONNECT,                        // 2
+    POP3_WAIT_FOR_RESPONSE,                     // 3
+    POP3_WAIT_FOR_START_OF_CONNECTION_RESPONSE, // 4
+    POP3_SEND_USERNAME,                         // 5
+
+    POP3_SEND_PASSWORD,                         // 6
+    POP3_SEND_STAT,                             // 7
+    POP3_GET_STAT,                              // 8
+    POP3_SEND_LIST,                             // 9
+    POP3_GET_LIST,                              // 10
+
+    POP3_SEND_UIDL_LIST,                        // 11
+    POP3_GET_UIDL_LIST,                         // 12
+    POP3_SEND_XTND_XLST_MSGID,                  // 13
+    POP3_GET_XTND_XLST_MSGID,                   // 14
+    POP3_GET_MSG,                               // 15
+
+    POP3_SEND_TOP,                              // 16
+    POP3_TOP_RESPONSE,                          // 17
+    POP3_SEND_RETR,                             // 18
+    POP3_RETR_RESPONSE,                         // 19
+    POP3_SEND_DELE,                             // 20
+
+    POP3_DELE_RESPONSE,                         // 21
+    POP3_SEND_QUIT,                             // 22
+    POP3_DONE,                                  // 23
+    POP3_ERROR_DONE,                            // 24
+    POP3_FREE,                                  // 25
+    POP3_SEND_AUTH,                             // 26
+    POP3_AUTH_RESPONSE,                         // 27
+    POP3_SEND_CAPA,                             // 28
+    POP3_CAPA_RESPONSE,                         // 29
+    POP3_PROCESS_AUTH,                          // 30
+    POP3_NEXT_AUTH_STEP,                        // 31
+
+    POP3_AUTH_LOGIN,                            // 32
+    POP3_AUTH_LOGIN_RESPONSE,                   // 33
+    POP3_AUTH_NTLM,                             // 34
+    POP3_AUTH_NTLM_RESPONSE,                    // 35
+    POP3_SEND_XSENDER,                          // 36
+    POP3_XSENDER_RESPONSE,                      // 37
+    POP3_SEND_GURL,                             // 38
+
+    POP3_GURL_RESPONSE,                         // 39
+    POP3_QUIT_RESPONSE,                         // 40
+    POP3_TLS_RESPONSE,                          // 41
+
+    POP3_AUTH_GSSAPI,                           // 42
+    POP3_AUTH_GSSAPI_FIRST,                     // 43
+    POP3_AUTH_GSSAPI_STEP,                      // 44
+
+    /**
+     * Async wait to obtain the password and deal with the result.
+     * The *PREOBTAIN* states are used for where we try and get the password
+     * before we've initiated a connection to the server.
+     */
+    POP3_OBTAIN_PASSWORD_EARLY,                 // 45
+    POP3_FINISH_OBTAIN_PASSWORD_EARLY,          // 46
+    POP3_OBTAIN_PASSWORD_BEFORE_USERNAME,       // 47
+    POP3_FINISH_OBTAIN_PASSWORD_BEFORE_USERNAME,// 48
+    POP3_OBTAIN_PASSWORD_BEFORE_PASSWORD,       // 49
+    POP3_FINISH_OBTAIN_PASSWORD_BEFORE_PASSWORD // 50
+};
+
+
+#define KEEP        'k'         /* If we want to keep this item on server. */
+#define DELETE_CHAR 'd'         /* If we want to delete this item. */
+#define TOO_BIG     'b'         /* item left on server because it was too big */
+#define FETCH_BODY  'f'         /* Fetch full body of a partial msg */
+
+typedef struct Pop3UidlEntry { /* information about this message */
+    char* uidl;
+    char  status; // KEEP=='k', DELETE='d' TOO_BIG='b' FETCH_BODY='f'
+    uint32_t dateReceived; // time message received, used for aging
+} Pop3UidlEntry;
+
+typedef struct Pop3UidlHost {
+    char* host;
+    char* user;
+    PLHashTable * hash;
+    Pop3UidlEntry* uidlEntries;
+    struct Pop3UidlHost* next;
+} Pop3UidlHost;
+
+typedef struct Pop3MsgInfo {
+    int32_t msgnum;
+    int32_t size;
+    char* uidl;
+} Pop3MsgInfo;
+
+typedef struct _Pop3ConData {
+    bool leave_on_server;     /* Whether we're supposed to leave messages
+                                   on server. */
+    bool headers_only;        /* Whether to just fetch headers on initial
+                                   downloads. */
+    int32_t size_limit;         /* Leave messages bigger than this on the
+                                   server and only download a partial
+                                   message. */
+    uint32_t capability_flags; /* What capability this server has? */
+
+    Pop3StatesEnum next_state;  /* the next state or action to be taken */
+    Pop3StatesEnum next_state_after_response;
+    bool pause_for_read;       /* Pause now for next read? */
+
+    bool command_succeeded;   /* did the last command succeed? */
+    bool list_done;    /* did we get the complete list of msgIDs? */
+    int32_t first_msg;
+
+    uint32_t obuffer_size;
+    uint32_t obuffer_fp;
+
+    int32_t  really_new_messages;
+    int32_t  real_new_counter;
+    int32_t number_of_messages;
+    Pop3MsgInfo  *msg_info;      /* Message sizes and uidls (used only if we
+                                   are playing games that involve leaving
+                                   messages on the server). */
+    int32_t last_accessed_msg;
+    int32_t cur_msg_size;
+    bool truncating_cur_msg;  /* are we using top and uidl? */
+    bool msg_del_started;     /* True if MSG_BeginMailDel...
+                                 * called
+                                 */
+    bool only_check_for_new_mail;
+    nsMsgBiffState biffstate;     /* If just checking for, what the answer is. */
+
+    bool verify_logon;        /* true if we're just seeing if we can logon */
+
+    void *msg_closure;
+
+    bool graph_progress_bytes_p; /* whether we should display info about
+                                      the bytes transferred (usually we
+                                      display info about the number of
+                                      messages instead.) */
+
+    Pop3UidlHost *uidlinfo;
+    PLHashTable *newuidl;
+    char *only_uidl;              /* If non-NULL, then load only this UIDL. */
+
+    bool get_url;
+    bool seenFromHeader;
+    int32_t parsed_bytes;
+    int32_t pop3_size;
+    bool dot_fix;
+    bool assumed_end;
+    nsresult urlStatus;
+} Pop3ConData;
+
+// State Flags (Note, I use the word state in terms of storing
+// state information about the connection (authentication, have we sent
+// commands, etc. I do not intend it to refer to protocol state)
+#define POP3_PAUSE_FOR_READ      0x00000001  /* should we pause for the next read */
+#define POP3_PASSWORD_FAILED    0x00000002
+#define POP3_STOPLOGIN              0x00000004  /* error loging in, so stop here */
+#define POP3_AUTH_FAILURE           0x00000008  /* extended code said authentication failed */
+
+
+class nsPop3Protocol : public nsMsgProtocol,
+                       public nsIPop3Protocol,
+                       public nsIMsgAsyncPromptListener
+{
+public:
+  nsPop3Protocol(nsIURI* aURL);
+
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED
+  NS_DECL_NSIPOP3PROTOCOL
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGASYNCPROMPTLISTENER
+
+  nsresult Initialize(nsIURI * aURL);
+  virtual nsresult LoadUrl(nsIURI *aURL, nsISupports * aConsumer = nullptr) override;
+  void Cleanup();
+
+  const char* GetUsername() { return m_username.get(); }
+  void SetUsername(const char* name);
+
+  nsresult StartGetAsyncPassword(Pop3StatesEnum aNextState);
+
+  NS_IMETHOD OnTransportStatus(nsITransport *transport, nsresult status, int64_t progress, int64_t progressMax) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD OnStopRequest(nsIRequest *request, nsISupports * aContext, nsresult aStatus) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD Cancel(nsresult status) override;
+
+  static void MarkMsgInHashTable(PLHashTable *hashTable, const Pop3UidlEntry *uidl,
+                                  bool *changed);
+
+  static nsresult MarkMsgForHost(const char *hostName, const char *userName,
+                                      nsIFile *mailDirectory,
+                                      nsTArray<Pop3UidlEntry*> &UIDLArray);
+private:
+  virtual ~nsPop3Protocol();
+  nsCString m_ApopTimestamp;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundle> mLocalBundle;
+
+  nsCString m_username;
+  nsCString m_senderInfo;
+  nsCString m_commandResponse;
+  nsCString m_GSSAPICache;
+
+  // Used for asynchronous password prompts to store the password temporarily.
+  nsCString m_passwordResult;
+
+  // progress state information
+  void UpdateProgressPercent(int64_t totalDone, int64_t total);
+  void UpdateStatus(const char16_t *aStatusName);
+  void UpdateStatusWithString(const char16_t *aString);
+  nsresult FormatCounterString(const nsString &stringName,
+                               uint32_t count1,
+                               uint32_t count2,
+                               nsString &resultString);
+
+  int32_t m_bytesInMsgReceived;
+  int64_t m_totalFolderSize;
+  int64_t m_totalDownloadSize;  /* Number of bytes we're going to
+                                   download.  Might be much less
+                                   than the total_folder_size. */
+  int64_t m_totalBytesReceived; // total # bytes received for the connection
+
+  virtual nsresult ProcessProtocolState(nsIURI * url, nsIInputStream * inputStream,
+                                        uint64_t sourceOffset, uint32_t length) override;
+  virtual int32_t Pop3SendData(const char * dataBuffer, bool aSuppressLogging = false);
+
+  virtual const char* GetType() override {return "pop3";}
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> m_url;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPop3Sink> m_nsIPop3Sink;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPop3IncomingServer> m_pop3Server;
+
+  nsMsgLineStreamBuffer   * m_lineStreamBuffer; // used to efficiently extract lines from the incoming data stream
+  Pop3ConData* m_pop3ConData;
+  void FreeMsgInfo();
+  void Abort();
+
+  bool m_tlsEnabled;
+  int32_t m_socketType;
+  bool m_password_already_sent;
+  bool m_needToRerunUrl;
+
+  void SetCapFlag(uint32_t flag);
+  void ClearCapFlag(uint32_t flag);
+  bool TestCapFlag(uint32_t flag);
+  uint32_t GetCapFlags();
+
+  void    InitPrefAuthMethods(int32_t authMethodPrefValue);
+  nsresult ChooseAuthMethod();
+  void    MarkAuthMethodAsFailed(int32_t failedAuthMethod);
+  void    ResetAuthMethods();
+  int32_t m_prefAuthMethods; // set of capability flags for auth methods
+  int32_t m_failedAuthMethods; // ditto
+  int32_t m_currentAuthMethod; // exactly one capability flag, or 0
+
+  int32_t m_listpos;
+
+  nsresult HandleLine(char *line, uint32_t line_length);
+
+  nsresult GetApopTimestamp();
+
+  //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+      // Begin Pop3 protocol state handlers
+      //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+  int32_t WaitForStartOfConnectionResponse(nsIInputStream* inputStream,
+                                           uint32_t length);
+  int32_t WaitForResponse(nsIInputStream* inputStream,
+                          uint32_t length);
+  int32_t Error(const char* err_code, const char16_t **params = nullptr,
+                uint32_t length = 0);
+  int32_t SendAuth();
+  int32_t AuthResponse(nsIInputStream* inputStream, uint32_t length);
+  int32_t SendCapa();
+  int32_t CapaResponse(nsIInputStream* inputStream, uint32_t length);
+  int32_t SendTLSResponse();
+  int32_t ProcessAuth();
+  int32_t NextAuthStep();
+  int32_t AuthLogin();
+  int32_t AuthLoginResponse();
+  int32_t AuthNtlm();
+  int32_t AuthNtlmResponse();
+  int32_t AuthGSSAPI();
+  int32_t AuthGSSAPIResponse(bool first);
+  int32_t SendUsername();
+  int32_t SendPassword();
+  int32_t SendStatOrGurl(bool sendStat);
+  int32_t SendStat();
+  int32_t GetStat();
+  int32_t SendGurl();
+  int32_t GurlResponse();
+  int32_t SendList();
+  int32_t GetList(nsIInputStream* inputStream, uint32_t length);
+  int32_t HandleNoUidListAvailable();
+  int32_t SendXtndXlstMsgid();
+  int32_t GetXtndXlstMsgid(nsIInputStream* inputStream, uint32_t length);
+  int32_t SendUidlList();
+  int32_t GetUidlList(nsIInputStream* inputStream, uint32_t length);
+  int32_t GetMsg();
+  int32_t SendTop();
+  int32_t SendXsender();
+  int32_t XsenderResponse();
+  int32_t SendRetr();
+
+  int32_t RetrResponse(nsIInputStream* inputStream, uint32_t length);
+  int32_t TopResponse(nsIInputStream* inputStream, uint32_t length);
+  int32_t SendDele();
+  int32_t DeleResponse();
+  int32_t CommitState(bool remove_last_entry);
+
+  Pop3StatesEnum GetNextPasswordObtainState();
+  nsresult RerunUrl();
+};
+
+#endif /* nsPop3Protocol_h__ */
diff --git a/mailnews/local/src/nsPop3Service.cpp b/mailnews/local/src/nsPop3Service.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d0177b559
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/local/src/nsPop3Service.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,711 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "msgCore.h"    // precompiled header...
+
+#include "nsPop3Service.h"
+#include "nsIMsgIncomingServer.h"
+#include "nsIPop3IncomingServer.h"
+
+#include "nsPop3URL.h"
+#include "nsPop3Sink.h"
+#include "nsPop3Protocol.h"
+#include "nsMsgLocalCID.h"
+#include "nsMsgBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsIMsgWindow.h"
+#include "nsINetUtil.h"
+
+#include "nsIRDFService.h"
+#include "nsRDFCID.h"
+#include "nsIDirectoryService.h"
+#include "nsMailDirServiceDefs.h"
+#include "prprf.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "nsIMsgAccountManager.h"
+#include "nsIMsgAccount.h"
+#include "nsLocalMailFolder.h"
+#include "nsIMailboxUrl.h"
+#include "nsIPrompt.h"
+#include "nsINetUtil.h"
+#include "nsComponentManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+#include "mozilla/Services.h"
+
+#define PREF_MAIL_ROOT_POP3 "mail.root.pop3"        // old - for backward compatibility only
+#define PREF_MAIL_ROOT_POP3_REL "mail.root.pop3-rel"
+
+static NS_DEFINE_CID(kPop3UrlCID, NS_POP3URL_CID);
+static NS_DEFINE_CID(kRDFServiceCID, NS_RDFSERVICE_CID);
+
+nsPop3Service::nsPop3Service()
+{
+}
+
+nsPop3Service::~nsPop3Service()
+{}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsPop3Service,
+                   nsIPop3Service,
+                   nsIProtocolHandler,
+                   nsIMsgProtocolInfo)
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsPop3Service::CheckForNewMail(nsIMsgWindow* aMsgWindow,
+                                             nsIUrlListener *aUrlListener,
+                                             nsIMsgFolder *aInbox,
+                                             nsIPop3IncomingServer *aPopServer,
+                                             nsIURI **aURL)
+{
+  return GetMail(false /* don't download, just check */,
+                 aMsgWindow, aUrlListener, aInbox, aPopServer, aURL);
+}
+
+
+nsresult nsPop3Service::GetNewMail(nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow,
+                                   nsIUrlListener *aUrlListener,
+                                   nsIMsgFolder *aInbox,
+                                   nsIPop3IncomingServer *aPopServer,
+                                   nsIURI **aURL)
+{
+  return GetMail(true /* download */,
+                 aMsgWindow, aUrlListener, aInbox, aPopServer, aURL);
+}
+
+nsresult nsPop3Service::GetMail(bool downloadNewMail,
+                                nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow,
+                                nsIUrlListener *aUrlListener,
+                                nsIMsgFolder *aInbox,
+                                nsIPop3IncomingServer *aPopServer,
+                                nsIURI **aURL)
+{
+
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aInbox);
+  int32_t popPort = -1;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> url;
+
+  server = do_QueryInterface(aPopServer);
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(server, NS_MSG_INVALID_OR_MISSING_SERVER);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgLocalMailFolder> destLocalFolder = do_QueryInterface(aInbox);
+  if (destLocalFolder)
+  {
+    // We don't know the needed size yet, so at least check
+    // if there is some free space (1MB) in the message store.
+    bool destFolderTooBig;
+    destLocalFolder->WarnIfLocalFileTooBig(aMsgWindow, 0xFFFF, &destFolderTooBig);
+    if (destFolderTooBig)
+      return NS_MSG_ERROR_WRITING_MAIL_FOLDER;
+  }
+
+  nsCString popHost;
+  nsCString popUser;
+  nsresult rv = server->GetHostName(popHost);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  if (popHost.IsEmpty())
+    return NS_MSG_INVALID_OR_MISSING_SERVER;
+
+  rv = server->GetPort(&popPort);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = server->GetUsername(popUser);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  if (popUser.IsEmpty())
+    return NS_MSG_SERVER_USERNAME_MISSING;
+
+  nsCString escapedUsername;
+  MsgEscapeString(popUser, nsINetUtil::ESCAPE_XALPHAS, escapedUsername);
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && aPopServer)
+  {
+    // now construct a pop3 url...
+    // we need to escape the username because it may contain
+    // characters like / % or @
+    char * urlSpec = (downloadNewMail)
+      ? PR_smprintf("pop3://%s@%s:%d", escapedUsername.get(), popHost.get(), popPort)
+      : PR_smprintf("pop3://%s@%s:%d/?check", escapedUsername.get(), popHost.get(), popPort);
+    rv = BuildPop3Url(urlSpec, aInbox, aPopServer, aUrlListener, getter_AddRefs(url), aMsgWindow);
+    PR_smprintf_free(urlSpec);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(url, rv);
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    rv = RunPopUrl(server, url);
+
+  if (aURL) // we already have a ref count on pop3url...
+    NS_IF_ADDREF(*aURL = url);
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsPop3Service::VerifyLogon(nsIMsgIncomingServer *aServer,
+                                         nsIUrlListener *aUrlListener,
+                                         nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow,
+                                         nsIURI **aURL)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aServer);
+  nsCString popHost;
+  nsCString popUser;
+  int32_t popPort = -1;
+
+  nsresult rv = aServer->GetHostName(popHost);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  if (popHost.IsEmpty())
+    return NS_MSG_INVALID_OR_MISSING_SERVER;
+
+  rv = aServer->GetPort(&popPort);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = aServer->GetUsername(popUser);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  if (popUser.IsEmpty())
+    return NS_MSG_SERVER_USERNAME_MISSING;
+
+  nsCString escapedUsername;
+  MsgEscapeString(popUser, nsINetUtil::ESCAPE_XALPHAS, escapedUsername);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPop3IncomingServer> popServer = do_QueryInterface(aServer, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  // now construct a pop3 url...
+  // we need to escape the username because it may contain
+  // characters like / % or @
+  char *urlSpec = PR_smprintf("pop3://%s@%s:%d/?verifyLogon",
+                              escapedUsername.get(), popHost.get(), popPort);
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(urlSpec, NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> url;
+  rv = BuildPop3Url(urlSpec, nullptr, popServer, aUrlListener,
+                    getter_AddRefs(url), aMsgWindow);
+  PR_smprintf_free(urlSpec);
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && url)
+  {
+    rv = RunPopUrl(aServer, url);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && aURL)
+      url.forget(aURL);
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsPop3Service::BuildPop3Url(const char *urlSpec,
+                                     nsIMsgFolder *inbox,
+                                     nsIPop3IncomingServer *server,
+                                     nsIUrlListener *aUrlListener,
+                                     nsIURI **aUrl,
+                                     nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  nsPop3Sink *pop3Sink = new nsPop3Sink();
+
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(pop3Sink, NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY);
+
+  pop3Sink->SetPopServer(server);
+  pop3Sink->SetFolder(inbox);
+
+  // now create a pop3 url and a protocol instance to run the url....
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPop3URL> pop3Url = do_CreateInstance(kPop3UrlCID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  pop3Url->SetPop3Sink(pop3Sink);
+
+  rv = CallQueryInterface(pop3Url, aUrl);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  rv = (*aUrl)->SetSpec(nsDependentCString(urlSpec));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailnewsurl = do_QueryInterface(pop3Url);
+  if (mailnewsurl)
+  {
+    if (aUrlListener)
+      mailnewsurl->RegisterListener(aUrlListener);
+    if (aMsgWindow)
+      mailnewsurl->SetMsgWindow(aMsgWindow);
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsPop3Service::RunPopUrl(nsIMsgIncomingServer *aServer, nsIURI *aUrlToRun)
+{
+
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aServer);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aUrlToRun);
+
+  nsCString userName;
+
+  // load up required server information
+  // we store the username unescaped in the server
+  // so there is no need to unescape it
+  nsresult rv = aServer->GetRealUsername(userName);
+
+  // find out if the server is busy or not...if the server is busy, we are
+  // *NOT* going to run the url
+  bool serverBusy = false;
+  rv = aServer->GetServerBusy(&serverBusy);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  if (!serverBusy)
+  {
+    RefPtr<nsPop3Protocol> protocol = new nsPop3Protocol(aUrlToRun);
+    if (protocol)
+    {
+      // the protocol stores the unescaped username, so there is no need to escape it.
+      protocol->SetUsername(userName.get());
+      rv = protocol->LoadUrl(aUrlToRun);
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        aServer->SetServerBusy(false);
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> url = do_QueryInterface(aUrlToRun);
+    if (url)
+      AlertServerBusy(url);
+    rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsPop3Service::GetScheme(nsACString &aScheme)
+{
+    aScheme.AssignLiteral("pop3");
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsPop3Service::GetDefaultPort(int32_t *aDefaultPort)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aDefaultPort);
+    *aDefaultPort = nsIPop3URL::DEFAULT_POP3_PORT;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsPop3Service::AllowPort(int32_t port, const char *scheme, bool *_retval)
+{
+    *_retval = true; // allow pop on any port
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsPop3Service::GetDefaultDoBiff(bool *aDoBiff)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aDoBiff);
+    // by default, do biff for POP3 servers
+    *aDoBiff = true;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsPop3Service::GetProtocolFlags(uint32_t *result)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(result);
+    *result = URI_NORELATIVE | URI_DANGEROUS_TO_LOAD | ALLOWS_PROXY |
+              URI_FORBIDS_COOKIE_ACCESS;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsPop3Service::NewURI(const nsACString &aSpec,
+                                    const char *aOriginCharset, // ignored
+                                    nsIURI *aBaseURI,
+                                    nsIURI **_retval)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(_retval);
+
+    nsAutoCString folderUri(aSpec);
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFResource> resource;
+    int32_t offset = folderUri.FindChar('?');
+    if (offset != kNotFound)
+      folderUri.SetLength(offset);
+
+    const char *uidl = PL_strstr(nsCString(aSpec).get(), "uidl=");
+    NS_ENSURE_TRUE(uidl, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+
+    nsresult rv;
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFService> rdfService(do_GetService(kRDFServiceCID, &rv));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    rv = rdfService->GetResource(folderUri, getter_AddRefs(resource));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder = do_QueryInterface(resource, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+
+    nsLocalFolderScanState folderScanState;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgLocalMailFolder> localFolder = do_QueryInterface(folder);
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMailboxUrl> mailboxUrl = do_QueryInterface(aBaseURI);
+
+    if (mailboxUrl && localFolder)
+    {
+      rv = localFolder->GetFolderScanState(&folderScanState);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+      nsMsgKey msgKey;
+      mailboxUrl->GetMessageKey(&msgKey);
+      folder->GetMessageHeader(msgKey, getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+      // we do this to get the account key
+      if (msgHdr)
+        localFolder->GetUidlFromFolder(&folderScanState, msgHdr);
+      if (!folderScanState.m_accountKey.IsEmpty())
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccountManager> accountManager =
+                 do_GetService(NS_MSGACCOUNTMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+        if (accountManager)
+        {
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccount> account;
+          accountManager->GetAccount(folderScanState.m_accountKey, getter_AddRefs(account));
+          if (account)
+            account->GetIncomingServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    if (!server)
+      rv = folder->GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIPop3IncomingServer> popServer = do_QueryInterface(server,&rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    nsCString hostname;
+    nsCString username;
+    server->GetHostName(hostname);
+    server->GetUsername(username);
+
+    int32_t port;
+    server->GetPort(&port);
+    if (port == -1) port = nsIPop3URL::DEFAULT_POP3_PORT;
+
+    // we need to escape the username because it may contain
+    // characters like / % or @
+    nsCString escapedUsername;
+    MsgEscapeString(username, nsINetUtil::ESCAPE_XALPHAS, escapedUsername);
+
+    nsAutoCString popSpec("pop://");
+    popSpec += escapedUsername;
+    popSpec += "@";
+    popSpec += hostname;
+    popSpec += ":";
+    popSpec.AppendInt(port);
+    popSpec += "?";
+    popSpec += uidl;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIUrlListener> urlListener = do_QueryInterface(folder, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    rv = BuildPop3Url(popSpec.get(), folder, popServer,
+                      urlListener, _retval, nullptr);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailnewsurl = do_QueryInterface(*_retval, &rv);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      // escape the username before we call SetUsername().  we do this because GetUsername()
+      // will unescape the username
+      mailnewsurl->SetUsername(escapedUsername);
+    }
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIPop3URL> popurl = do_QueryInterface(mailnewsurl, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    nsAutoCString messageUri (aSpec);
+    if (!strncmp(messageUri.get(), "mailbox:", 8))
+      messageUri.Replace(0, 8, "mailbox-message:");
+    offset = messageUri.Find("?number=");
+    if (offset != kNotFound)
+      messageUri.Replace(offset, 8, "#");
+    offset = messageUri.FindChar('&');
+    if (offset != kNotFound)
+      messageUri.SetLength(offset);
+    popurl->SetMessageUri(messageUri.get());
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIPop3Sink> pop3Sink;
+    rv = popurl->GetPop3Sink(getter_AddRefs(pop3Sink));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    pop3Sink->SetBuildMessageUri(true);
+
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+void nsPop3Service::AlertServerBusy(nsIMsgMailNewsUrl *url)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundleService> bundleService =
+    mozilla::services::GetStringBundleService();
+  if (!bundleService)
+    return;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundle> bundle;
+  rv = bundleService->CreateBundle("chrome://messenger/locale/localMsgs.properties", getter_AddRefs(bundle));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS_VOID(rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgWindow> msgWindow;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrompt> dialog;
+  rv = url->GetMsgWindow(getter_AddRefs(msgWindow)); //it is ok to have null msgWindow, for example when biffing
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !msgWindow)
+    return;
+
+  rv = msgWindow->GetPromptDialog(getter_AddRefs(dialog));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS_VOID(rv);
+
+  nsString accountName;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+  rv = url->GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS_VOID(rv);
+  rv = server->GetPrettyName(accountName);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS_VOID(rv);
+
+  const char16_t *params[] = { accountName.get() };
+  nsString alertString;
+  nsString dialogTitle;
+  bundle->FormatStringFromName(
+    u"pop3ServerBusy",
+    params, 1, getter_Copies(alertString));
+  bundle->FormatStringFromName(
+    u"pop3ErrorDialogTitle",
+    params, 1, getter_Copies(dialogTitle));
+  if (!alertString.IsEmpty())
+    dialog->Alert(dialogTitle.get(), alertString.get());
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsPop3Service::NewChannel(nsIURI *aURI, nsIChannel **_retval)
+{
+  return NewChannel2(aURI, nullptr, _retval);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsPop3Service::NewChannel2(nsIURI *aURI,
+                                         nsILoadInfo *aLoadInfo,
+                                         nsIChannel **_retval)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aURI);
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> url = do_QueryInterface(aURI, &rv);
+  nsCString realUserName;
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && url)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+    url->GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+    if (server)
+    {
+      // find out if the server is busy or not...if the server is busy, we are
+      // *NOT* going to run the url. The error code isn't quite right...
+      // We might want to put up an error right here.
+      bool serverBusy = false;
+      rv = server->GetServerBusy(&serverBusy);
+      if (serverBusy)
+      {
+        AlertServerBusy(url);
+        return NS_MSG_FOLDER_BUSY;
+      }
+      server->GetRealUsername(realUserName);
+    }
+  }
+
+  RefPtr<nsPop3Protocol> protocol = new nsPop3Protocol(aURI);
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(protocol, NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY);
+
+  rv = protocol->Initialize(aURI);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = protocol->SetLoadInfo(aLoadInfo);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  protocol->SetUsername(realUserName.get());
+
+  return CallQueryInterface(protocol, _retval);
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsPop3Service::SetDefaultLocalPath(nsIFile *aPath)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG(aPath);
+    return NS_SetPersistentFile(PREF_MAIL_ROOT_POP3_REL, PREF_MAIL_ROOT_POP3, aPath);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsPop3Service::GetDefaultLocalPath(nsIFile **aResult)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+    *aResult = nullptr;
+
+    bool havePref;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> localFile;
+    nsresult rv = NS_GetPersistentFile(PREF_MAIL_ROOT_POP3_REL,
+                                       PREF_MAIL_ROOT_POP3,
+                                       NS_APP_MAIL_50_DIR,
+                                       havePref,
+                                       getter_AddRefs(localFile));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    bool exists;
+    rv = localFile->Exists(&exists);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !exists)
+        rv = localFile->Create(nsIFile::DIRECTORY_TYPE, 0775);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    if (!havePref || !exists) {
+        rv = NS_SetPersistentFile(PREF_MAIL_ROOT_POP3_REL, PREF_MAIL_ROOT_POP3, localFile);
+        NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "Failed to set root dir pref.");
+    }
+
+    NS_IF_ADDREF(*aResult = localFile);
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsPop3Service::GetServerIID(nsIID **aServerIID)
+{
+    *aServerIID = new nsIID(NS_GET_IID(nsIPop3IncomingServer));
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsPop3Service::GetRequiresUsername(bool *aRequiresUsername)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aRequiresUsername);
+    *aRequiresUsername = true;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsPop3Service::GetPreflightPrettyNameWithEmailAddress(bool *aPreflightPrettyNameWithEmailAddress)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aPreflightPrettyNameWithEmailAddress);
+    *aPreflightPrettyNameWithEmailAddress = true;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsPop3Service::GetCanLoginAtStartUp(bool *aCanLoginAtStartUp)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aCanLoginAtStartUp);
+    *aCanLoginAtStartUp = true;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsPop3Service::GetCanDelete(bool *aCanDelete)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aCanDelete);
+    *aCanDelete = true;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsPop3Service::GetCanDuplicate(bool *aCanDuplicate)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aCanDuplicate);
+    *aCanDuplicate = true;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsPop3Service::GetCanGetMessages(bool *aCanGetMessages)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aCanGetMessages);
+    *aCanGetMessages = true;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsPop3Service::GetCanGetIncomingMessages(bool *aCanGetIncomingMessages)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aCanGetIncomingMessages);
+    *aCanGetIncomingMessages = true;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsPop3Service::GetShowComposeMsgLink(bool *showComposeMsgLink)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(showComposeMsgLink);
+    *showComposeMsgLink = true;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsPop3Service::GetFoldersCreatedAsync(bool *aAsyncCreation)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aAsyncCreation);
+  *aAsyncCreation = false;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsPop3Service::GetDefaultServerPort(bool isSecure, int32_t *aPort)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aPort);
+
+    if (!isSecure)
+      return GetDefaultPort(aPort);
+
+    *aPort = nsIPop3URL::DEFAULT_POP3S_PORT;
+
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsPop3Service::NotifyDownloadStarted(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder)
+{
+  nsTObserverArray<nsCOMPtr<nsIPop3ServiceListener> >::ForwardIterator
+    iter(mListeners);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPop3ServiceListener> listener;
+  while (iter.HasMore()) {
+    listener = iter.GetNext();
+    listener->OnDownloadStarted(aFolder);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsPop3Service::NotifyDownloadProgress(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder,
+                                      uint32_t aNumMessages,
+                                      uint32_t aNumTotalMessages)
+{
+  nsTObserverArray<nsCOMPtr<nsIPop3ServiceListener> >::ForwardIterator
+    iter(mListeners);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPop3ServiceListener> listener;
+  while (iter.HasMore()) {
+    listener = iter.GetNext();
+    listener->OnDownloadProgress(aFolder, aNumMessages, aNumTotalMessages);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsPop3Service::NotifyDownloadCompleted(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder,
+                                       uint32_t aNumMessages)
+{
+  nsTObserverArray<nsCOMPtr<nsIPop3ServiceListener> >::ForwardIterator
+    iter(mListeners);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPop3ServiceListener> listener;
+  while (iter.HasMore()) {
+    listener = iter.GetNext();
+    listener->OnDownloadCompleted(aFolder, aNumMessages);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsPop3Service::AddListener(nsIPop3ServiceListener *aListener)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aListener);
+  mListeners.AppendElementUnlessExists(aListener);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsPop3Service::RemoveListener(nsIPop3ServiceListener *aListener)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aListener);
+  mListeners.RemoveElement(aListener);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/local/src/nsPop3Service.h b/mailnews/local/src/nsPop3Service.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..61dd9cf5c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/local/src/nsPop3Service.h
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsPop3Service_h___
+#define nsPop3Service_h___
+
+#include "nscore.h"
+
+#include "nsIPop3Service.h"
+#include "nsIPop3URL.h"
+#include "nsIUrlListener.h"
+#include "nsIStreamListener.h"
+#include "nsIProtocolHandler.h"
+#include "nsIMsgProtocolInfo.h"
+#include "nsTObserverArray.h"
+
+class nsIMsgMailNewsUrl;
+
+class nsPop3Service : public nsIPop3Service,
+                      public nsIProtocolHandler,
+                      public nsIMsgProtocolInfo
+{
+public:
+
+  nsPop3Service();
+  
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIPOP3SERVICE
+  NS_DECL_NSIPROTOCOLHANDLER
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGPROTOCOLINFO
+
+protected:
+  virtual ~nsPop3Service();
+  nsresult GetMail(bool downloadNewMail,
+                   nsIMsgWindow* aMsgWindow, 
+                   nsIUrlListener * aUrlListener,
+                   nsIMsgFolder *inbox, 
+                   nsIPop3IncomingServer *popServer,
+                   nsIURI ** aURL);
+  // convience function to make constructing of the pop3 url easier...
+  nsresult BuildPop3Url(const char * urlSpec, nsIMsgFolder *inbox,
+                    nsIPop3IncomingServer *, nsIUrlListener * aUrlListener,
+                    nsIURI ** aUrl, nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow);
+
+  nsresult RunPopUrl(nsIMsgIncomingServer * aServer, nsIURI * aUrlToRun);
+  void AlertServerBusy(nsIMsgMailNewsUrl *url);
+  nsTObserverArray<nsCOMPtr<nsIPop3ServiceListener> > mListeners;
+};
+
+#endif /* nsPop3Service_h___ */
diff --git a/mailnews/local/src/nsPop3Sink.cpp b/mailnews/local/src/nsPop3Sink.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..af68ea2be
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/local/src/nsPop3Sink.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1026 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "msgCore.h"    // precompiled header...
+#include "nsPop3Sink.h"
+#include "prprf.h"
+#include "prlog.h"
+#include "nscore.h"
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <time.h>
+#include "nsParseMailbox.h"
+#include "nsIMsgLocalMailFolder.h"
+#include "nsIMsgIncomingServer.h"
+#include "nsLocalUtils.h"
+#include "nsMsgLocalFolderHdrs.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolder.h" // TO include biffState enum. Change to bool later...
+#include "nsMailHeaders.h"
+#include "nsIMsgAccountManager.h"
+#include "nsILineInputStream.h"
+#include "nsIPop3Protocol.h"
+#include "nsLocalMailFolder.h"
+#include "nsIPrefBranch.h"
+#include "nsIPrefService.h"
+#include "nsDirectoryServiceDefs.h"
+#include "nsIPrompt.h"
+#include "nsIPromptService.h"
+#include "nsIInterfaceRequestor.h"
+#include "nsIInterfaceRequestorUtils.h"
+#include "nsIDocShell.h"
+#include "mozIDOMWindow.h"
+#include "nsEmbedCID.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "nsMsgBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsIPop3Service.h"
+#include "nsMsgLocalCID.h"
+#include "mozilla/Services.h"
+#include "mozilla/Logging.h"
+
+/* for logging to Error Console */
+#include "nsIScriptError.h"
+#include "nsIConsoleService.h"
+
+extern PRLogModuleInfo *POP3LOGMODULE; // defined in nsPop3Protocol.cpp
+#define POP3LOG(str) "%s sink: [this=%p] " str, POP3LOGMODULE->name, this
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsPop3Sink, nsIPop3Sink)
+
+nsPop3Sink::nsPop3Sink()
+{
+    m_authed = false;
+    m_downloadingToTempFile = false;
+    m_biffState = 0;
+    m_numNewMessages = 0;
+    m_numNewMessagesInFolder = 0;
+    m_numMsgsDownloaded = 0;
+    m_senderAuthed = false;
+    m_outFileStream = nullptr;
+    m_uidlDownload = false;
+    m_buildMessageUri = false;
+    if (!POP3LOGMODULE)
+      POP3LOGMODULE = PR_NewLogModule("POP3");
+}
+
+nsPop3Sink::~nsPop3Sink()
+{
+    MOZ_LOG(POP3LOGMODULE, mozilla::LogLevel::Debug,
+            (POP3LOG("Calling ReleaseFolderLock from ~nsPop3Sink")));
+    ReleaseFolderLock();
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsPop3Sink::SetUserAuthenticated(bool authed)
+{
+  m_authed = authed;
+  m_popServer->SetAuthenticated(authed);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsPop3Sink::GetUserAuthenticated(bool* authed)
+{
+  return m_popServer->GetAuthenticated(authed);
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsPop3Sink::SetSenderAuthedFlag(void* closure, bool authed)
+{
+  m_authed = authed;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsPop3Sink::SetMailAccountURL(const nsACString &urlString)
+{
+  m_accountUrl.Assign(urlString);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsPop3Sink::GetMailAccountURL(nsACString &urlString)
+{
+  urlString.Assign(m_accountUrl);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+partialRecord::partialRecord() :
+  m_msgDBHdr(nullptr)
+{
+}
+
+partialRecord::~partialRecord()
+{
+}
+
+// Walk through all the messages in this folder and look for any
+// PARTIAL messages. For each of those, dig thru the mailbox and
+// find the Account that the message belongs to. If that Account
+// matches the current Account, then look for the Uidl and save
+// this message for later processing.
+nsresult
+nsPop3Sink::FindPartialMessages()
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleEnumerator> messages;
+  bool hasMore = false;
+  bool isOpen = false;
+  nsLocalFolderScanState folderScanState;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> db;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgLocalMailFolder> localFolder = do_QueryInterface(m_folder);
+  m_folder->GetMsgDatabase(getter_AddRefs(db));
+  if (!localFolder || !db)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;  // we need it to grub thru the folder
+
+  nsresult rv = db->EnumerateMessages(getter_AddRefs(messages));
+  if (messages)
+    messages->HasMoreElements(&hasMore);
+  while(hasMore && NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> aSupport;
+    uint32_t flags = 0;
+    rv = messages->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(aSupport));
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> msgDBHdr(do_QueryInterface(aSupport, &rv));
+    msgDBHdr->GetFlags(&flags);
+    if (flags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Partial)
+    {
+      // Open the various streams we need to seek and read from the mailbox
+      if (!isOpen)
+      {
+        rv = localFolder->GetFolderScanState(&folderScanState);
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+          isOpen = true;
+        else
+          break;
+      }
+      rv = localFolder->GetUidlFromFolder(&folderScanState, msgDBHdr);
+      if (!NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        break;
+
+      // If we got the uidl, see if this partial message belongs to this
+      // account. Add it to the array if so...
+      if (folderScanState.m_uidl &&
+          m_accountKey.Equals(folderScanState.m_accountKey, nsCaseInsensitiveCStringComparator()))
+      {
+        partialRecord *partialMsg = new partialRecord();
+        if (partialMsg)
+        {
+          partialMsg->m_uidl = folderScanState.m_uidl;
+          partialMsg->m_msgDBHdr = msgDBHdr;
+          m_partialMsgsArray.AppendElement(partialMsg);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    messages->HasMoreElements(&hasMore);
+  }
+  if (isOpen && folderScanState.m_inputStream)
+    folderScanState.m_inputStream->Close();
+  return rv;
+}
+
+// For all the partial messages saved by FindPartialMessages,
+// ask the protocol handler if they still exist on the server.
+// Any messages that don't exist any more are deleted from the
+// msgDB.
+void
+nsPop3Sink::CheckPartialMessages(nsIPop3Protocol *protocol)
+{
+  uint32_t count = m_partialMsgsArray.Length();
+  bool deleted = false;
+
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < count; i++)
+  {
+    partialRecord *partialMsg;
+    bool found = true;
+    partialMsg = m_partialMsgsArray.ElementAt(i);
+    protocol->CheckMessage(partialMsg->m_uidl.get(), &found);
+    if (!found && partialMsg->m_msgDBHdr)
+    {
+      if (m_newMailParser)
+        m_newMailParser->m_mailDB->DeleteHeader(partialMsg->m_msgDBHdr, nullptr, false, true);
+      deleted = true;
+    }
+    delete partialMsg;
+  }
+  m_partialMsgsArray.Clear();
+  if (deleted)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgLocalMailFolder> localFolder = do_QueryInterface(m_folder);
+    if (localFolder)
+      localFolder->NotifyDelete();
+  }
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsPop3Sink::BeginMailDelivery(bool uidlDownload, nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow, bool* aBool)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server = do_QueryInterface(m_popServer);
+  if (!server)
+    return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+
+  m_window = aMsgWindow;
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgAccountManager> acctMgr = do_GetService(NS_MSGACCOUNTMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgAccount> account;
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  acctMgr->FindAccountForServer(server, getter_AddRefs(account));
+  if (account)
+    account->GetKey(m_accountKey);
+
+  bool isLocked;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsISupports> supports = do_QueryInterface(static_cast<nsIPop3Sink*>(this));
+  m_folder->GetLocked(&isLocked);
+  if(!isLocked)
+  {
+    MOZ_LOG(POP3LOGMODULE, mozilla::LogLevel::Debug,
+            (POP3LOG("BeginMailDelivery acquiring semaphore")));
+    m_folder->AcquireSemaphore(supports);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    MOZ_LOG(POP3LOGMODULE, mozilla::LogLevel::Debug,
+            (POP3LOG("BeginMailDelivery folder locked")));
+    return NS_MSG_FOLDER_BUSY;
+  }
+  m_uidlDownload = uidlDownload;
+  if (!uidlDownload)
+    FindPartialMessages();
+
+  m_folder->GetNumNewMessages(false, &m_numNewMessagesInFolder);
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+  printf("Begin mail message delivery.\n");
+#endif
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPop3Service> pop3Service(do_GetService(NS_POP3SERVICE_CONTRACTID1, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  pop3Service->NotifyDownloadStarted(m_folder);
+  if (aBool)
+    *aBool = true;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsPop3Sink::EndMailDelivery(nsIPop3Protocol *protocol)
+{
+  CheckPartialMessages(protocol);
+
+  if (m_newMailParser)
+  {
+    if (m_outFileStream)
+      m_outFileStream->Flush();  // try this.
+    m_newMailParser->OnStopRequest(nullptr, nullptr, NS_OK);
+    m_newMailParser->EndMsgDownload();
+  }
+  if (m_outFileStream)
+  {
+    m_outFileStream->Close();
+    m_outFileStream = nullptr;
+  }
+
+  if (m_downloadingToTempFile)
+    m_tmpDownloadFile->Remove(false);
+
+  // tell the parser to mark the db valid *after* closing the mailbox.
+  if (m_newMailParser)
+    m_newMailParser->UpdateDBFolderInfo();
+
+  MOZ_LOG(POP3LOGMODULE, mozilla::LogLevel::Debug,
+          (POP3LOG("Calling ReleaseFolderLock from EndMailDelivery")));
+  nsresult rv = ReleaseFolderLock();
+  NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv),"folder lock not released successfully");
+
+  bool filtersRun;
+  m_folder->CallFilterPlugins(nullptr, &filtersRun); // ??? do we need msgWindow?
+  int32_t numNewMessagesInFolder;
+  // if filters have marked msgs read or deleted, the num new messages count
+  // will go negative by the number of messages marked read or deleted,
+  // so if we add that number to the number of msgs downloaded, that will give
+  // us the number of actual new messages.
+  m_folder->GetNumNewMessages(false, &numNewMessagesInFolder);
+  m_numNewMessages -= (m_numNewMessagesInFolder  - numNewMessagesInFolder);
+  m_folder->SetNumNewMessages(m_numNewMessages); // we'll adjust this for spam later
+  if (!filtersRun && m_numNewMessages > 0)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+    m_folder->GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+    if (server)
+    {
+      server->SetPerformingBiff(true);
+      m_folder->SetBiffState(m_biffState);
+      server->SetPerformingBiff(false);
+    }
+  }
+  // note that size on disk has possibly changed.
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgLocalMailFolder> localFolder = do_QueryInterface(m_folder);
+  if (localFolder)
+    (void) localFolder->RefreshSizeOnDisk();
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server = do_QueryInterface(m_popServer);
+  if (server)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFilterList> filterList;
+    rv = server->GetFilterList(nullptr, getter_AddRefs(filterList));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    if (filterList)
+      (void) filterList->FlushLogIfNecessary();
+  }
+
+  // fix for bug #161999
+  // we should update the summary totals for the folder (inbox)
+  // in case it's not the open folder
+  m_folder->UpdateSummaryTotals(true);
+
+  // check if the folder open in this window is not the current folder, and if it has new
+  // message, in which case we need to try to run the filter plugin.
+  if (m_newMailParser)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgWindow> msgWindow;
+    m_newMailParser->GetMsgWindow(getter_AddRefs(msgWindow));
+    // this breaks down if it's biff downloading new mail because
+    // there's no msgWindow...
+    if (msgWindow)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> openFolder;
+      (void) msgWindow->GetOpenFolder(getter_AddRefs(openFolder));
+      if (openFolder && openFolder != m_folder)
+      {
+        // only call filter plugins if folder is a local folder, because only
+        // local folders get messages filtered into them synchronously by pop3.
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgLocalMailFolder> localFolder = do_QueryInterface(openFolder);
+        if (localFolder)
+        {
+          bool hasNew, isLocked;
+          (void) openFolder->GetHasNewMessages(&hasNew);
+          if (hasNew)
+          {
+            // if the open folder is locked, we shouldn't run the spam filters
+            // on it because someone is using the folder. see 218433.
+            // Ideally, the filter plugin code would try to grab the folder lock
+            // and hold onto it until done, but that's more difficult and I think
+            // this will actually fix the problem.
+            openFolder->GetLocked(&isLocked);
+            if(!isLocked)
+              openFolder->CallFilterPlugins(nullptr, &filtersRun);
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+#ifdef DEBUG
+  printf("End mail message delivery.\n");
+#endif
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPop3Service> pop3Service(do_GetService(NS_POP3SERVICE_CONTRACTID1, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  pop3Service->NotifyDownloadCompleted(m_folder, m_numNewMessages);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsPop3Sink::ReleaseFolderLock()
+{
+  nsresult result = NS_OK;
+  if (!m_folder)
+    return result;
+  bool haveSemaphore;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsISupports> supports = do_QueryInterface(static_cast<nsIPop3Sink*>(this));
+  result = m_folder->TestSemaphore(supports, &haveSemaphore);
+  MOZ_LOG(POP3LOGMODULE, mozilla::LogLevel::Debug,
+          (POP3LOG("ReleaseFolderLock haveSemaphore = %s"), haveSemaphore ? "TRUE" : "FALSE"));
+
+  if(NS_SUCCEEDED(result) && haveSemaphore)
+    result = m_folder->ReleaseSemaphore(supports);
+  return result;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsPop3Sink::AbortMailDelivery(nsIPop3Protocol *protocol)
+{
+  CheckPartialMessages(protocol);
+
+  // ### PS TODO - discard any new message?
+
+  if (m_outFileStream)
+  {
+    m_outFileStream->Close();
+    m_outFileStream = nullptr;
+  }
+
+  if (m_downloadingToTempFile && m_tmpDownloadFile)
+    m_tmpDownloadFile->Remove(false);
+
+  /* tell the parser to mark the db valid *after* closing the mailbox.
+  we have truncated the inbox, so berkeley mailbox and msf file are in sync*/
+  if (m_newMailParser)
+    m_newMailParser->UpdateDBFolderInfo();
+  MOZ_LOG(POP3LOGMODULE, mozilla::LogLevel::Debug,
+          (POP3LOG("Calling ReleaseFolderLock from AbortMailDelivery")));
+
+  nsresult rv = ReleaseFolderLock();
+  NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv),"folder lock not released successfully");
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+    printf("Abort mail message delivery.\n");
+#endif
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPop3Service> pop3Service(do_GetService(NS_POP3SERVICE_CONTRACTID1, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  pop3Service->NotifyDownloadCompleted(m_folder, 0);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsPop3Sink::IncorporateBegin(const char* uidlString,
+                             nsIURI* aURL,
+                             uint32_t flags,
+                             void** closure)
+{
+#ifdef DEBUG
+    printf("Incorporate message begin:\n");
+    if (uidlString)
+        printf("uidl string: %s\n", uidlString);
+#endif
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> path;
+
+  m_folder->GetFilePath(getter_AddRefs(path));
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> pPrefBranch(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  if (pPrefBranch)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+    m_folder->GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+    nsCString plugStoreContract;
+    server->GetCharValue("storeContractID", plugStoreContract);
+    // Maildir doesn't care about quaranting, but other stores besides berkeley
+    // mailbox might. We should probably make this an attribute on the pluggable
+    // store, though.
+    if (plugStoreContract.Equals(
+          NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("@mozilla.org/msgstore/berkeleystore;1")))
+      pPrefBranch->GetBoolPref("mailnews.downloadToTempFile", &m_downloadingToTempFile);
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> newHdr;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server = do_QueryInterface(m_popServer);
+  if (!server)
+    return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+
+  if (m_downloadingToTempFile)
+  {
+    // need to create an nsIOFileStream from a temp file...
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> tmpDownloadFile;
+    rv = GetSpecialDirectoryWithFileName(NS_OS_TEMP_DIR,
+                                         "newmsg",
+                                         getter_AddRefs(tmpDownloadFile));
+
+    NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv),
+                 "writing tmp pop3 download file: failed to append filename");
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      return rv;
+
+    if (!m_tmpDownloadFile)
+    {
+      //need a unique tmp file to prevent dataloss in multiuser environment
+      rv = tmpDownloadFile->CreateUnique(nsIFile::NORMAL_FILE_TYPE, 00600);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      m_tmpDownloadFile = do_QueryInterface(tmpDownloadFile, &rv);
+    }
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      rv = MsgGetFileStream(m_tmpDownloadFile, getter_AddRefs(m_outFileStream));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    rv = server->GetMsgStore(getter_AddRefs(m_msgStore));
+    bool reusable;
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    m_msgStore->GetNewMsgOutputStream(m_folder, getter_AddRefs(newHdr),
+                                      &reusable, getter_AddRefs(m_outFileStream));
+  }
+  // The following (!m_outFileStream etc) was added to make sure that we don't
+  // write somewhere where for some reason or another we can't write to and
+  // lose the messages. See bug 62480
+  if (!m_outFileStream)
+      return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISeekableStream> seekableOutStream = do_QueryInterface(m_outFileStream);
+
+  // create a new mail parser
+  if (!m_newMailParser)
+    m_newMailParser = new nsParseNewMailState;
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(m_newMailParser, NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY);
+  if (m_uidlDownload)
+    m_newMailParser->DisableFilters();
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> serverFolder;
+  rv = GetServerFolder(getter_AddRefs(serverFolder));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  rv = m_newMailParser->Init(serverFolder, m_folder,
+                             m_window, newHdr, m_outFileStream);
+  // If we failed to initialize the parser, then just don't use it!!!
+  // We can still continue without one.
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+  {
+    m_newMailParser = nullptr;
+    rv = NS_OK;
+  }
+
+    if (closure)
+        *closure = (void*) this;
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+    // Debugging, see bug 1116055.
+    int64_t first_pre_seek_pos;
+    nsresult rv3 = seekableOutStream->Tell(&first_pre_seek_pos);
+#endif
+
+    // XXX Handle error such as network error for remote file system.
+    seekableOutStream->Seek(nsISeekableStream::NS_SEEK_END, 0);
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+    // Debugging, see bug 1116055.
+    int64_t first_post_seek_pos;
+    nsresult rv4 = seekableOutStream->Tell(&first_post_seek_pos);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv3) && NS_SUCCEEDED(rv4)) {
+      if (first_pre_seek_pos != first_post_seek_pos) {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> localFolder = do_QueryInterface(m_folder);
+        nsString folderName;
+        if (localFolder)
+          localFolder->GetPrettiestName(folderName);
+        if (!folderName.IsEmpty()) {
+          fprintf(stderr,"(seekdebug) Seek was necessary in IncorporateBegin() for folder %s.\n",
+                  NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(folderName).get());
+        } else {
+          fprintf(stderr,"(seekdebug) Seek was necessary in IncorporateBegin().\n");
+        }
+        fprintf(stderr,"(seekdebug) first_pre_seek_pos = 0x%016llx, first_post_seek_pos=0x%016llx\n",
+                (unsigned long long) first_pre_seek_pos, (unsigned long long) first_post_seek_pos);
+      }
+    }
+#endif
+
+    nsCString outputString(GetDummyEnvelope());
+    rv = WriteLineToMailbox(outputString);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    // Write out account-key before UIDL so the code that looks for
+    // UIDL will find the account first and know it can stop looking
+    // once it finds the UIDL line.
+    if (!m_accountKey.IsEmpty())
+    {
+      outputString.AssignLiteral(HEADER_X_MOZILLA_ACCOUNT_KEY ": ");
+      outputString.Append(m_accountKey);
+      outputString.AppendLiteral(MSG_LINEBREAK);
+      rv = WriteLineToMailbox(outputString);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    }
+    if (uidlString)
+    {
+      outputString.AssignLiteral("X-UIDL: ");
+      outputString.Append(uidlString);
+      outputString.AppendLiteral(MSG_LINEBREAK);
+      rv = WriteLineToMailbox(outputString);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    }
+
+    // WriteLineToMailbox("X-Mozilla-Status: 8000" MSG_LINEBREAK);
+    char *statusLine = PR_smprintf(X_MOZILLA_STATUS_FORMAT MSG_LINEBREAK, flags);
+    outputString.Assign(statusLine);
+    rv = WriteLineToMailbox(outputString);
+    PR_smprintf_free(statusLine);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    rv = WriteLineToMailbox(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("X-Mozilla-Status2: 00000000" MSG_LINEBREAK));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    // leave space for 60 bytes worth of keys/tags
+    rv = WriteLineToMailbox(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(X_MOZILLA_KEYWORDS));
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsPop3Sink::SetPopServer(nsIPop3IncomingServer *server)
+{
+  m_popServer = server;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsPop3Sink::GetPopServer(nsIPop3IncomingServer **aServer)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aServer);
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aServer = m_popServer);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsPop3Sink::GetFolder(nsIMsgFolder **aFolder)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aFolder);
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aFolder = m_folder);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsPop3Sink::SetFolder(nsIMsgFolder * aFolder)
+{
+  m_folder = aFolder;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsPop3Sink::GetServerFolder(nsIMsgFolder **aFolder)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aFolder);
+
+  if (m_popServer)
+  {
+    // not sure what this is used for - might be wrong if we have a deferred account.
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgIncomingServer> incomingServer = do_QueryInterface(m_popServer);
+    if (incomingServer)
+      return incomingServer->GetRootFolder(aFolder);
+  }
+  *aFolder = nullptr;
+  return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsPop3Sink::SetMsgsToDownload(uint32_t aNumMessages)
+{
+  m_numNewMessages = aNumMessages;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+char*
+nsPop3Sink::GetDummyEnvelope(void)
+{
+  static char result[75];
+  char *ct;
+  time_t now = time ((time_t *) 0);
+#if defined (XP_WIN)
+  if (now < 0 || now > 0x7FFFFFFF)
+    now = 0x7FFFFFFF;
+#endif
+  ct = ctime(&now);
+  PR_ASSERT(ct[24] == '\r' || ct[24] == '\n');
+  ct[24] = 0;
+  /* This value must be in ctime() format, with English abbreviations.
+   strftime("... %c ...") is no good, because it is localized. */
+  PL_strcpy(result, "From - ");
+  PL_strcpy(result + 7, ct);
+  PL_strcpy(result + 7 + 24, MSG_LINEBREAK);
+  return result;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsPop3Sink::IncorporateWrite(const char* block,
+                             int32_t length)
+{
+  m_outputBuffer.Truncate();
+  if (!strncmp(block, "From ", 5))
+    m_outputBuffer.Assign('>');
+
+  m_outputBuffer.Append(block);
+
+  return WriteLineToMailbox(m_outputBuffer);
+}
+
+nsresult nsPop3Sink::WriteLineToMailbox(const nsACString& buffer)
+{
+  if (!buffer.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    uint32_t bufferLen = buffer.Length();
+    if (m_newMailParser)
+      m_newMailParser->HandleLine(buffer.BeginReading(), bufferLen);
+    // The following (!m_outFileStream etc) was added to make sure that we don't write somewhere
+    // where for some reason or another we can't write to and lose the messages
+    // See bug 62480
+    NS_ENSURE_TRUE(m_outFileStream, NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY);
+
+    // To remove seeking to the end for each line to be written, remove the
+    // following line. See bug 1116055 for details.
+#define SEEK_TO_END
+#ifdef  SEEK_TO_END
+    // seek to the end in case someone else has seeked elsewhere in our stream.
+    nsCOMPtr <nsISeekableStream> seekableOutStream = do_QueryInterface(m_outFileStream);
+
+    int64_t before_seek_pos;
+    nsresult rv2 = seekableOutStream->Tell(&before_seek_pos);
+    MOZ_ASSERT(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv2), "seekableOutStream->Tell(&before_seek_pos) failed");
+
+    // XXX Handle error such as network error for remote file system.
+    seekableOutStream->Seek(nsISeekableStream::NS_SEEK_END, 0);
+
+    int64_t after_seek_pos;
+    nsresult rv3 = seekableOutStream->Tell(&after_seek_pos);
+    MOZ_ASSERT(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv3), "seekableOutStream->Tell(&after_seek_pos) failed");
+
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv2) && NS_SUCCEEDED(rv3)) {
+      if (before_seek_pos != after_seek_pos) {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> localFolder = do_QueryInterface(m_folder);
+        nsString folderName;
+        if (localFolder)
+          localFolder->GetPrettiestName(folderName);
+        // This merits a console message, it's poor man's telemetry.
+        MsgLogToConsole4(
+          NS_LITERAL_STRING("Unexpected file position change detected") +
+          (folderName.IsEmpty() ? EmptyString() : NS_LITERAL_STRING(" in folder ")) +
+          (folderName.IsEmpty() ? EmptyString() : folderName) + NS_LITERAL_STRING(". "
+          "If you can reliably reproduce this, please report the steps "
+          "you used to dev-apps-thunderbird@lists.mozilla.org or to bug 1308335 at bugzilla.mozilla.org. "
+          "Resolving this problem will allow speeding up message downloads."),
+          NS_LITERAL_STRING(__FILE__), __LINE__, nsIScriptError::errorFlag);
+#ifdef DEBUG
+        // Debugging, see bug 1116055.
+        if (!folderName.IsEmpty()) {
+          fprintf(stderr,"(seekdebug) WriteLineToMailbox() detected an unexpected file position change in folder %s.\n",
+                  NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(folderName).get());
+        } else {
+          fprintf(stderr,"(seekdebug) WriteLineToMailbox() detected an unexpected file position change.\n");
+        }
+        fprintf(stderr,"(seekdebug) before_seek_pos=0x%016llx, after_seek_pos=0x%016llx\n",
+                (long long unsigned int) before_seek_pos, (long long unsigned int) after_seek_pos);
+#endif
+      }
+    }
+#endif
+
+    uint32_t bytesWritten;
+    m_outFileStream->Write(buffer.BeginReading(), bufferLen, &bytesWritten);
+    NS_ENSURE_TRUE(bytesWritten == bufferLen, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsPop3Sink::HandleTempDownloadFailed(nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundleService> bundleService =
+    mozilla::services::GetStringBundleService();
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(bundleService, NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundle> bundle;
+  rv = bundleService->CreateBundle("chrome://messenger/locale/localMsgs.properties", getter_AddRefs(bundle));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  nsString fromStr, subjectStr, confirmString;
+
+  m_newMailParser->m_newMsgHdr->GetMime2DecodedSubject(subjectStr);
+  m_newMailParser->m_newMsgHdr->GetMime2DecodedAuthor(fromStr);
+  const char16_t *params[] = { fromStr.get(), subjectStr.get() };
+  bundle->FormatStringFromName(
+    u"pop3TmpDownloadError",
+    params, 2, getter_Copies(confirmString));
+  nsCOMPtr<mozIDOMWindowProxy> parentWindow;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPromptService> promptService = do_GetService(NS_PROMPTSERVICE_CONTRACTID);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIDocShell> docShell;
+  if (msgWindow)
+  {
+    (void) msgWindow->GetRootDocShell(getter_AddRefs(docShell));
+    parentWindow = do_QueryInterface(docShell);
+  }
+  if (promptService && !confirmString.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    int32_t dlgResult  = -1;
+    bool dummyValue = false;
+    rv = promptService->ConfirmEx(parentWindow, nullptr, confirmString.get(),
+                      nsIPromptService::STD_YES_NO_BUTTONS,
+                      nullptr,
+                      nullptr,
+                      nullptr,
+                      nullptr,
+                      &dummyValue,
+                      &dlgResult);
+    m_newMailParser->m_newMsgHdr = nullptr;
+
+    return (dlgResult == 0) ? NS_OK : NS_MSG_ERROR_COPYING_FROM_TMP_DOWNLOAD;
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsPop3Sink::IncorporateComplete(nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow, int32_t aSize)
+{
+  if (m_buildMessageUri && !m_baseMessageUri.IsEmpty() && m_newMailParser &&
+      m_newMailParser->m_newMsgHdr)
+  {
+    nsMsgKey msgKey;
+    m_newMailParser->m_newMsgHdr->GetMessageKey(&msgKey);
+    m_messageUri.Truncate();
+    nsBuildLocalMessageURI(m_baseMessageUri.get(), msgKey, m_messageUri);
+  }
+
+  nsresult rv = WriteLineToMailbox(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(MSG_LINEBREAK));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  bool leaveOnServer = false;
+  m_popServer->GetLeaveMessagesOnServer(&leaveOnServer);
+  // We need to flush the output stream, in case mail filters move
+  // the new message, which relies on all the data being flushed.
+  rv = m_outFileStream->Flush(); // Make sure the message is written to the disk
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  NS_ASSERTION(m_newMailParser, "could not get m_newMailParser");
+  if (m_newMailParser)
+  {
+    // PublishMsgHdr clears m_newMsgHdr, so we need a comptr to
+    // hold onto it.
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> hdr = m_newMailParser->m_newMsgHdr;
+    NS_ASSERTION(hdr, "m_newMailParser->m_newMsgHdr wasn't set");
+    if (!hdr)
+      return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgLocalMailFolder> localFolder = do_QueryInterface(m_folder);
+    bool doSelect = false;
+
+    // aSize is only set for partial messages. For full messages,
+    // check to see if we're replacing an old partial message.
+    if (!aSize && localFolder)
+      (void) localFolder->DeleteDownloadMsg(hdr, &doSelect);
+
+    // If a header already exists for this message (for example, when
+    // getting a complete message when a partial exists), then update the new
+    // header from the old.
+    if (!m_origMessageUri.IsEmpty() && localFolder)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> oldMsgHdr;
+      rv = GetMsgDBHdrFromURI(m_origMessageUri.get(), getter_AddRefs(oldMsgHdr));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && oldMsgHdr)
+        localFolder->UpdateNewMsgHdr(oldMsgHdr, hdr);
+    }
+
+    if (m_downloadingToTempFile)
+    {
+      // close file to give virus checkers a chance to do their thing...
+      m_outFileStream->Flush();
+      m_outFileStream->Close();
+      m_newMailParser->FinishHeader();
+      // need to re-open the inbox file stream.
+      bool exists;
+      m_tmpDownloadFile->Exists(&exists);
+      if (!exists)
+        return HandleTempDownloadFailed(aMsgWindow);
+
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIInputStream> inboxInputStream = do_QueryInterface(m_outFileStream);
+      rv = MsgReopenFileStream(m_tmpDownloadFile, inboxInputStream);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, HandleTempDownloadFailed(aMsgWindow));
+      if (m_outFileStream)
+      {
+        int64_t tmpDownloadFileSize;
+        uint32_t msgSize;
+        hdr->GetMessageSize(&msgSize);
+        // we need to clone because nsLocalFileUnix caches its stat result,
+        // so it doesn't realize the file has changed size.
+        nsCOMPtr <nsIFile> tmpClone;
+        rv = m_tmpDownloadFile->Clone(getter_AddRefs(tmpClone));
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+        tmpClone->GetFileSize(&tmpDownloadFileSize);
+
+        if (msgSize > tmpDownloadFileSize)
+          rv = NS_MSG_ERROR_WRITING_MAIL_FOLDER;
+        else
+          rv = m_newMailParser->AppendMsgFromStream(inboxInputStream, hdr,
+                                                    msgSize, m_folder);
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+          return HandleTempDownloadFailed(aMsgWindow);
+
+        m_outFileStream->Close(); // close so we can truncate.
+        m_tmpDownloadFile->SetFileSize(0);
+      }
+      else
+      {
+          return HandleTempDownloadFailed(aMsgWindow);
+        // need to give an error here.
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      m_msgStore->FinishNewMessage(m_outFileStream, hdr);
+    }
+    m_newMailParser->PublishMsgHeader(aMsgWindow);
+    // run any reply/forward filter after we've finished with the
+    // temp quarantine file, and/or moved the message to another folder.
+    m_newMailParser->ApplyForwardAndReplyFilter(aMsgWindow);
+    if (aSize)
+      hdr->SetUint32Property("onlineSize", aSize);
+
+    // if DeleteDownloadMsg requested it, select the new message
+    else if (doSelect)
+      (void) localFolder->SelectDownloadMsg();
+  }
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+  printf("Incorporate message complete.\n");
+#endif
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPop3Service> pop3Service(do_GetService(NS_POP3SERVICE_CONTRACTID1, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  pop3Service->NotifyDownloadProgress(m_folder, ++m_numMsgsDownloaded, m_numNewMessages);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsPop3Sink::IncorporateAbort(bool uidlDownload)
+{
+  nsresult rv = m_outFileStream->Close();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  if (!m_downloadingToTempFile && m_msgStore && m_newMailParser &&
+      m_newMailParser->m_newMsgHdr)
+  {
+      m_msgStore->DiscardNewMessage(m_outFileStream,
+                                    m_newMailParser->m_newMsgHdr);
+  }
+#ifdef DEBUG
+  printf("Incorporate message abort.\n");
+#endif
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsPop3Sink::BiffGetNewMail()
+{
+#ifdef DEBUG
+    printf("Biff get new mail.\n");
+#endif
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsPop3Sink::SetBiffStateAndUpdateFE(uint32_t aBiffState, int32_t numNewMessages, bool notify)
+{
+  m_biffState = aBiffState;
+  if (m_newMailParser)
+    numNewMessages -= m_newMailParser->m_numNotNewMessages;
+
+  if (notify && m_folder && numNewMessages > 0 && numNewMessages != m_numNewMessages
+      && aBiffState == nsIMsgFolder::nsMsgBiffState_NewMail)
+  {
+    m_folder->SetNumNewMessages(numNewMessages);
+    m_folder->SetBiffState(aBiffState);
+  }
+  m_numNewMessages = numNewMessages;
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsPop3Sink::GetBuildMessageUri(bool *bVal)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(bVal);
+  *bVal = m_buildMessageUri;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsPop3Sink::SetBuildMessageUri(bool bVal)
+{
+  m_buildMessageUri = bVal;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsPop3Sink::GetMessageUri(char **messageUri)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(messageUri);
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(!m_messageUri.IsEmpty(), NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+  *messageUri = ToNewCString(m_messageUri);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsPop3Sink::SetMessageUri(const char *messageUri)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(messageUri);
+  m_messageUri = messageUri;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsPop3Sink::GetBaseMessageUri(char ** baseMessageUri)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(baseMessageUri);
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(!m_baseMessageUri.IsEmpty(), NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+  *baseMessageUri = ToNewCString(m_baseMessageUri);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsPop3Sink::SetBaseMessageUri(const char *baseMessageUri)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(baseMessageUri);
+  m_baseMessageUri = baseMessageUri;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsPop3Sink::GetOrigMessageUri(nsACString& aOrigMessageUri)
+{
+  aOrigMessageUri.Assign(m_origMessageUri);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsPop3Sink::SetOrigMessageUri(const nsACString& aOrigMessageUri)
+{
+  m_origMessageUri.Assign(aOrigMessageUri);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/local/src/nsPop3Sink.h b/mailnews/local/src/nsPop3Sink.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..bd11eba35
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/local/src/nsPop3Sink.h
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+#ifndef nsPop3Sink_h__
+#define nsPop3Sink_h__
+
+#include "nscore.h"
+#include "nsIURL.h"
+#include "nsIPop3Sink.h"
+#include "nsIOutputStream.h"
+#include "prmem.h"
+#include "prio.h"
+#include "plstr.h"
+#include "prenv.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolder.h"
+#include "nsAutoPtr.h"
+#include "nsTArray.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+
+class nsParseNewMailState;
+class nsIMsgFolder;
+
+struct partialRecord
+{
+  partialRecord();
+  ~partialRecord();
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> m_msgDBHdr;
+  nsCString m_uidl;
+};
+
+class nsPop3Sink : public nsIPop3Sink
+{
+public:
+    nsPop3Sink();
+
+    NS_DECL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS
+    NS_DECL_NSIPOP3SINK
+    nsresult GetServerFolder(nsIMsgFolder **aFolder);
+    nsresult FindPartialMessages();
+    void CheckPartialMessages(nsIPop3Protocol *protocol);
+
+    static char*  GetDummyEnvelope(void);
+
+protected:
+    virtual ~nsPop3Sink();
+    nsresult WriteLineToMailbox(const nsACString& buffer);
+    nsresult ReleaseFolderLock();
+    nsresult HandleTempDownloadFailed(nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow);
+
+    bool m_authed;
+    nsCString m_accountUrl;
+    uint32_t m_biffState;
+    int32_t m_numNewMessages;
+    int32_t m_numNewMessagesInFolder;
+    int32_t m_numMsgsDownloaded;
+    bool m_senderAuthed;
+    nsCString m_outputBuffer;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIPop3IncomingServer> m_popServer;
+    //Currently the folder we want to update about biff info
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> m_folder;
+    RefPtr<nsParseNewMailState> m_newMailParser;
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIOutputStream> m_outFileStream; // the file we write to, which may be temporary
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgPluggableStore> m_msgStore;
+    bool m_uidlDownload;
+    bool m_buildMessageUri;
+    bool m_downloadingToTempFile;
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIFile> m_tmpDownloadFile;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgWindow> m_window;
+    nsCString m_messageUri;
+    nsCString m_baseMessageUri;
+    nsCString m_origMessageUri;
+    nsCString m_accountKey;
+    nsTArray<partialRecord*> m_partialMsgsArray;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/local/src/nsPop3URL.cpp b/mailnews/local/src/nsPop3URL.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f3d724793
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/local/src/nsPop3URL.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "msgCore.h"    // precompiled header...
+
+#include "nsIURL.h"
+#include "nsPop3URL.h"
+#include "nsPop3Protocol.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "prmem.h"
+#include "plstr.h"
+#include "prprf.h"
+
+nsPop3URL::nsPop3URL(): nsMsgMailNewsUrl()
+{
+}
+
+nsPop3URL::~nsPop3URL()
+{
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED(nsPop3URL, nsMsgMailNewsUrl, nsIPop3URL)
+
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Begin nsIPop3URL specific support
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+nsresult nsPop3URL::SetPop3Sink(nsIPop3Sink* aPop3Sink)
+{
+    if (aPop3Sink)
+        m_pop3Sink = aPop3Sink;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsPop3URL::GetPop3Sink(nsIPop3Sink** aPop3Sink)
+{
+    if (aPop3Sink)
+    {
+        *aPop3Sink = m_pop3Sink;
+        NS_IF_ADDREF(*aPop3Sink);
+    }
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsPop3URL::GetMessageUri(char ** aMessageUri)
+{
+    if(!aMessageUri || m_messageUri.IsEmpty())
+        return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+    *aMessageUri = ToNewCString(m_messageUri);
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsPop3URL::SetMessageUri(const char *aMessageUri)
+{
+    if (aMessageUri)
+        m_messageUri = aMessageUri;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/local/src/nsPop3URL.h b/mailnews/local/src/nsPop3URL.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4c6ec6b0a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/local/src/nsPop3URL.h
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsPop3URL_h__
+#define nsPop3URL_h__
+
+#include "nsIPop3URL.h"
+#include "nsMsgMailNewsUrl.h"
+#include "nsIMsgIncomingServer.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+
+class nsPop3URL : public nsIPop3URL, public nsMsgMailNewsUrl
+{
+public:
+  NS_DECL_NSIPOP3URL
+  nsPop3URL();
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED
+
+protected:
+  virtual ~nsPop3URL();
+
+  nsCString m_messageUri;
+
+  /* Pop3 specific event sinks */
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPop3Sink> m_pop3Sink;
+};
+
+#endif // nsPop3URL_h__
diff --git a/mailnews/local/src/nsRssIncomingServer.cpp b/mailnews/local/src/nsRssIncomingServer.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fe1e8abe3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/local/src/nsRssIncomingServer.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,260 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsIRssService.h"
+#include "nsRssIncomingServer.h"
+#include "nsMsgFolderFlags.h"
+#include "nsINewsBlogFeedDownloader.h"
+#include "nsMsgBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsIFile.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolderNotificationService.h"
+
+#include "nsIMsgLocalMailFolder.h"
+#include "nsIDBFolderInfo.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsComponentManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsArrayUtils.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+
+nsrefcnt nsRssIncomingServer::gInstanceCount    = 0;
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED(nsRssIncomingServer,
+                             nsMsgIncomingServer,
+                             nsIRssIncomingServer,
+                             nsIMsgFolderListener,
+                             nsILocalMailIncomingServer)
+
+nsRssIncomingServer::nsRssIncomingServer()
+{
+  m_canHaveFilters = true;
+
+  if (gInstanceCount == 0)
+  {
+    nsresult rv;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolderNotificationService> notifyService =
+      do_GetService(NS_MSGNOTIFICATIONSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      notifyService->AddListener(this,
+          nsIMsgFolderNotificationService::folderAdded |
+          nsIMsgFolderNotificationService::folderDeleted |
+          nsIMsgFolderNotificationService::folderMoveCopyCompleted |
+          nsIMsgFolderNotificationService::folderRenamed);
+  }
+
+  gInstanceCount++;
+}
+
+nsRssIncomingServer::~nsRssIncomingServer()
+{
+  gInstanceCount--;
+
+  if (gInstanceCount == 0)
+  {
+    nsresult rv;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolderNotificationService> notifyService =
+      do_GetService(NS_MSGNOTIFICATIONSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      notifyService->RemoveListener(this);
+  }
+}
+
+nsresult nsRssIncomingServer::FillInDataSourcePath(const nsAString& aDataSourceName,
+                                                   nsIFile ** aLocation)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  // Get the local path for this server.
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> localFile;
+  rv = GetLocalPath(getter_AddRefs(localFile));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // Append the name of the subscriptions data source.
+  rv = localFile->Append(aDataSourceName);
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aLocation = localFile);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+// nsIRSSIncomingServer methods
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsRssIncomingServer::GetSubscriptionsDataSourcePath(nsIFile ** aLocation)
+{
+  return FillInDataSourcePath(NS_LITERAL_STRING("feeds.rdf"), aLocation);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsRssIncomingServer::GetFeedItemsDataSourcePath(nsIFile ** aLocation)
+{
+  return FillInDataSourcePath(NS_LITERAL_STRING("feeditems.rdf"), aLocation);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsRssIncomingServer::CreateDefaultMailboxes()
+{
+  // For Feeds, all we have is Trash.
+  return CreateLocalFolder(NS_LITERAL_STRING("Trash"));
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsRssIncomingServer::SetFlagsOnDefaultMailboxes()
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> rootFolder;
+  nsresult rv = GetRootFolder(getter_AddRefs(rootFolder));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgLocalMailFolder> localFolder = do_QueryInterface(rootFolder, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  localFolder->SetFlagsOnDefaultMailboxes(nsMsgFolderFlags::Trash);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsRssIncomingServer::PerformBiff(nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow)
+{
+  // Get the account root (server) folder and pass it on.
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> rootRSSFolder;
+  GetRootMsgFolder(getter_AddRefs(rootRSSFolder));
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIUrlListener> urlListener = do_QueryInterface(rootRSSFolder);
+  nsresult rv;
+  bool isBiff = true;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsINewsBlogFeedDownloader> rssDownloader =
+    do_GetService("@mozilla.org/newsblog-feed-downloader;1", &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  rssDownloader->DownloadFeed(rootRSSFolder, urlListener, isBiff, aMsgWindow);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsRssIncomingServer::GetNewMail(nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow,
+                                              nsIUrlListener *aUrlListener,
+                                              nsIMsgFolder *aFolder,
+                                              nsIURI **_retval)
+{
+  // Pass the selected folder on to the downloader.
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aFolder);
+  nsresult rv;
+  bool isBiff = false;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsINewsBlogFeedDownloader> rssDownloader =
+    do_GetService("@mozilla.org/newsblog-feed-downloader;1", &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  rssDownloader->DownloadFeed(aFolder, aUrlListener, isBiff, aMsgWindow);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsRssIncomingServer::GetAccountManagerChrome(nsAString& aResult)
+{
+  aResult.AssignLiteral("am-newsblog.xul");
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsRssIncomingServer::GetOfflineSupportLevel(int32_t *aSupportLevel)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aSupportLevel);
+  *aSupportLevel = OFFLINE_SUPPORT_LEVEL_NONE;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsRssIncomingServer::GetSupportsDiskSpace(bool *aSupportsDiskSpace)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aSupportsDiskSpace);
+  *aSupportsDiskSpace = true;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsRssIncomingServer::GetServerRequiresPasswordForBiff(bool *aServerRequiresPasswordForBiff)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aServerRequiresPasswordForBiff);
+  // For Feed folders, we don't require a password.
+  *aServerRequiresPasswordForBiff = false;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsRssIncomingServer::GetCanSearchMessages(bool *canSearchMessages)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(canSearchMessages);
+  *canSearchMessages = true;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsRssIncomingServer::MsgAdded(nsIMsgDBHdr *aMsg)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsRssIncomingServer::MsgsClassified(nsIArray *aMsgs,
+                                                  bool aJunkProcessed,
+                                                  bool aTraitProcessed)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsRssIncomingServer::MsgsDeleted(nsIArray *aMsgs)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsRssIncomingServer::MsgsMoveCopyCompleted(bool aMove,
+                                                         nsIArray *aSrcMsgs,
+                                                         nsIMsgFolder *aDestFolder,
+  nsIArray *aDestMsgs)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsRssIncomingServer::MsgKeyChanged(nsMsgKey aOldKey,
+                                                 nsIMsgDBHdr *aNewHdr)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsRssIncomingServer::FolderAdded(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder)
+{
+  // Nothing to do. Not necessary for new folder adds, as a new folder never
+  // has a subscription.
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsRssIncomingServer::FolderDeleted(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder)
+{
+  // Not necessary for folder deletes, which are move to Trash and handled by
+  // movecopy. Virtual folder or trash folder deletes send a folderdeleted,
+  // but these should have no subscriptions already.
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsRssIncomingServer::FolderMoveCopyCompleted(bool aMove,
+                                                           nsIMsgFolder *aSrcFolder,
+                                                           nsIMsgFolder *aDestFolder)
+{
+  return FolderChanged(aDestFolder, aSrcFolder, (aMove ? "move" : "copy"));
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsRssIncomingServer::FolderRenamed(nsIMsgFolder *aOrigFolder,
+                                                 nsIMsgFolder *aNewFolder)
+{
+  return FolderChanged(aNewFolder, aOrigFolder, "rename");
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsRssIncomingServer::ItemEvent(nsISupports *aItem,
+                                             const nsACString &aEvent,
+                                             nsISupports *aData)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+nsresult nsRssIncomingServer::FolderChanged(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder,
+                                            nsIMsgFolder *aOrigFolder,
+                                            const char *aAction)
+{
+  if (!aFolder)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsINewsBlogFeedDownloader> rssDownloader =
+    do_GetService("@mozilla.org/newsblog-feed-downloader;1", &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  rssDownloader->UpdateSubscriptionsDS(aFolder, aOrigFolder, aAction);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsRssIncomingServer::GetSortOrder(int32_t* aSortOrder)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aSortOrder);
+  *aSortOrder = 400000000;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/local/src/nsRssIncomingServer.h b/mailnews/local/src/nsRssIncomingServer.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..67406f19a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/local/src/nsRssIncomingServer.h
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef __nsRssIncomingServer_h
+#define __nsRssIncomingServer_h
+
+#include "mozilla/Attributes.h"
+#include "nsIRssIncomingServer.h"
+#include "nsILocalMailIncomingServer.h"
+#include "nsMsgIncomingServer.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolderListener.h"
+#include "nsMailboxServer.h"
+
+class nsRssIncomingServer : public nsMailboxServer,
+                            public nsIRssIncomingServer,
+                            public nsILocalMailIncomingServer,
+                            public nsIMsgFolderListener
+
+{
+public:
+    NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED
+    NS_DECL_NSIRSSINCOMINGSERVER
+    NS_DECL_NSILOCALMAILINCOMINGSERVER
+    NS_DECL_NSIMSGFOLDERLISTENER
+
+    NS_IMETHOD GetOfflineSupportLevel(int32_t *aSupportLevel) override;
+    NS_IMETHOD GetSupportsDiskSpace(bool *aSupportsDiskSpace) override;
+    NS_IMETHOD GetAccountManagerChrome(nsAString& aResult) override;
+    NS_IMETHOD PerformBiff(nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow) override;
+    NS_IMETHOD GetServerRequiresPasswordForBiff(bool *aServerRequiresPasswordForBiff) override;
+    NS_IMETHOD GetCanSearchMessages(bool *canSearchMessages) override;
+    NS_IMETHOD GetSortOrder(int32_t* aSortOrder) override;
+
+    nsRssIncomingServer();
+protected:
+    virtual ~nsRssIncomingServer();
+    nsresult FolderChanged(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder, nsIMsgFolder *aOrigFolder, const char *aAction);
+    nsresult FillInDataSourcePath(const nsAString& aDataSourceName, nsIFile ** aLocation);
+    static nsrefcnt gInstanceCount;
+};
+
+#endif /* __nsRssIncomingServer_h */
diff --git a/mailnews/local/src/nsRssService.cpp b/mailnews/local/src/nsRssService.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f5caac257
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/local/src/nsRssService.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsRssService.h"
+#include "nsIRssIncomingServer.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsIFile.h"
+#include "nsMailDirServiceDefs.h"
+#include "nsIProperties.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+
+nsRssService::nsRssService()
+{
+}
+
+nsRssService::~nsRssService()
+{
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsRssService,
+                   nsIRssService,
+                   nsIMsgProtocolInfo)
+                   
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsRssService::GetDefaultLocalPath(nsIFile * *aDefaultLocalPath)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aDefaultLocalPath);
+    *aDefaultLocalPath = nullptr;
+    
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> localFile;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIProperties> dirService(do_GetService("@mozilla.org/file/directory_service;1"));
+    if (!dirService) return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    dirService->Get(NS_APP_MAIL_50_DIR, NS_GET_IID(nsIFile), getter_AddRefs(localFile));
+    if (!localFile) return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+    bool exists;
+    nsresult rv = localFile->Exists(&exists);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !exists)
+        rv = localFile->Create(nsIFile::DIRECTORY_TYPE, 0775);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+   
+    NS_IF_ADDREF(*aDefaultLocalPath = localFile);
+    return NS_OK;
+
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsRssService::SetDefaultLocalPath(nsIFile * aDefaultLocalPath)
+{
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsRssService::GetServerIID(nsIID * *aServerIID)
+{
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsRssService::GetRequiresUsername(bool *aRequiresUsername)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aRequiresUsername);
+    *aRequiresUsername = false;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsRssService::GetPreflightPrettyNameWithEmailAddress(bool *aPreflightPrettyNameWithEmailAddress)
+{
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsRssService::GetCanDelete(bool *aCanDelete)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aCanDelete);
+    *aCanDelete = true;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsRssService::GetCanLoginAtStartUp(bool *aCanLoginAtStartUp)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aCanLoginAtStartUp);
+    *aCanLoginAtStartUp = true;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsRssService::GetCanDuplicate(bool *aCanDuplicate)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aCanDuplicate);
+    *aCanDuplicate = true;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsRssService::GetDefaultServerPort(bool isSecure, int32_t *_retval)
+{
+    *_retval = -1;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsRssService::GetCanGetMessages(bool *aCanGetMessages)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aCanGetMessages);
+    *aCanGetMessages = true;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsRssService::GetCanGetIncomingMessages(bool *aCanGetIncomingMessages)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aCanGetIncomingMessages);
+    *aCanGetIncomingMessages = true;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsRssService::GetDefaultDoBiff(bool *aDefaultDoBiff)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aDefaultDoBiff);
+    // by default, do biff for RSS feeds
+    *aDefaultDoBiff = true;    
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsRssService::GetShowComposeMsgLink(bool *aShowComposeMsgLink)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aShowComposeMsgLink);
+    *aShowComposeMsgLink = false;    
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsRssService::GetFoldersCreatedAsync(bool *aAsyncCreation)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aAsyncCreation);
+  *aAsyncCreation = false;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/local/src/nsRssService.h b/mailnews/local/src/nsRssService.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..45893bba7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/local/src/nsRssService.h
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsRssService_h___
+#define nsRssService_h___
+
+#include "nsIRssService.h"
+#include "nsIMsgProtocolInfo.h"
+
+class nsRssService : public nsIMsgProtocolInfo, public nsIRssService
+{
+public:
+
+  nsRssService();
+  
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIRSSSERVICE
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGPROTOCOLINFO
+
+private:
+  virtual ~nsRssService();
+};
+
+#endif /* nsRssService_h___ */
diff --git a/mailnews/mailnews.js b/mailnews/mailnews.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..11aa5ab2e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mailnews.js
@@ -0,0 +1,931 @@
+/* -*- Mode: javascript; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+// SpaceHit() function: whether spacebar advances to next unread message.
+pref("mail.advance_on_spacebar", true);
+
+//mailnews.timeline_is_enabled should be set to true ONLY for perf measurement-timeline builds.
+pref("mailnews.timeline_is_enabled", false);
+
+pref("mailnews.logComposePerformance", false);
+
+pref("mail.wrap_long_lines",                true);
+pref("mail.inline_attachments",             true);
+pref("mail.reply_quote_inline",             false);
+// When in a message the List-Post header contains the content of the Reply-To
+// (which is called "Reply-To Munging") we override the Reply-To header with
+// the From header.
+pref("mail.override_list_reply_to", true);
+
+// hidden pref for controlling if the user agent string
+// is displayed in the message pane or not...
+pref("mailnews.headers.showUserAgent",       false);
+
+// hidden pref for controlling if the organization string
+// is displayed in the message pane or not...
+pref("mailnews.headers.showOrganization",    false);
+
+// hidden pref for controlling if the references header
+// is displayed in the message pane or not...
+pref("mailnews.headers.showReferences",      false);
+
+// hidden pref for controlling if the message-id header
+// is displayed in the message pane or not...
+pref("mailnews.headers.showMessageId",       false);
+
+// hidden pref for controlling if the message to a message-id
+// is opened in a new window or in the same window
+pref("mailnews.messageid.openInNewWindow",   false);
+
+// hidden pref for url which will be used to open  message-ids
+// in browser (%mid ist replaced with the message-id)
+pref("mailnews.messageid_browser.url", "chrome://messenger-region/locale/region.properties");
+
+
+// hidden pref for whether or not to warn when deleting filters. Default YES
+pref("mailnews.filters.confirm_delete", true);
+
+// space-delimited list of extra headers to show in msg header display area.
+pref("mailnews.headers.extraExpandedHeaders", "");
+
+// default sort order settings (when creating new folder views)
+// sort_order is an int value reflecting nsMsgViewSortOrder values
+//   as defined in nsIMsgDBView.idl (ascending = 1, descending = 2)
+// sort_type is an int value reflecting nsMsgViewSortType values
+//   as defined in nsIMsgDBView.idl (byDate = 18, byId = 21 etc.)
+pref("mailnews.default_sort_order", 1); // for Mail/RSS/... (nsMsgDatabase)
+pref("mailnews.default_sort_type", 18); //
+pref("mailnews.default_news_sort_order", 1); // for News (nsNewsDatabase)
+pref("mailnews.default_news_sort_type", 21); //
+
+// hidden pref for whether "sort by date" and "sort by received date" in
+// threaded mode should be based on the newest message in the thread, or on
+// the thread root
+pref("mailnews.sort_threads_by_root", false);
+
+// default view flags for new folders
+// both flags are int values reflecting nsMsgViewFlagsType values
+// as defined in nsIMsgDBView.idl (kNone = 0, kThreadedDisplay = 1 etc.)
+pref("mailnews.default_view_flags", 0); // for Mail/RSS/... (nsMsgDatabase)
+pref("mailnews.default_news_view_flags", 1); // for News (nsNewsDatabase)
+
+// If true, delete will use the direction of the sort order
+// in determining the next message to select.
+pref("mail.delete_matches_sort_order", false);
+
+// mailnews tcp read+write timeout in seconds.
+pref("mailnews.tcptimeout", 100);
+
+pref("mailnews.headers.showSender", false);
+
+// set to 0 if you don't want to ignore timestamp differences between
+// local mail folders and the value stored in the corresponding .msf file.
+// 0 was the default up to and including 1.5. I've made the default
+// be greater than one hour so daylight savings time changes don't affect us.
+// We will still always regenerate .msf files if the file size changes.
+pref("mail.db_timestamp_leeway", 4000);
+// How long should we leave idle db's open, in milliseconds.
+pref("mail.db.idle_limit", 300000);
+// How many db's should we leave open? LRU db's will be closed first
+pref("mail.db.max_open", 30);
+
+// Should we allow folders over 4GB in size?
+pref("mailnews.allowMboxOver4GB", true);
+
+// For IMAP caching lift the limits since they are designed for HTML pages.
+// Note that the maximum size of a cache entry is limited by
+// max_entry_size and (capacity >> 3), so devided by 8.
+// Larger messages or attachments won't be cached.
+pref("browser.cache.memory.max_entry_size", 25000); //  25 MB
+pref("browser.cache.memory.capacity",      200000); // 200 MB = 8*25 MB
+
+pref("mail.imap.chunk_size",                65536);
+pref("mail.imap.min_chunk_size_threshold",  98304);
+pref("mail.imap.chunk_fast",                2);
+pref("mail.imap.chunk_ideal",               4);
+pref("mail.imap.chunk_add",                 8192);
+pref("mail.imap.hide_other_users",          false);
+pref("mail.imap.hide_unused_namespaces",    true);
+pref("mail.imap.auto_unsubscribe_from_noselect_folders",    true);
+pref("mail.imap.mime_parts_on_demand",      true);
+pref("mail.imap.mime_parts_on_demand_threshold", 30000);
+pref("mail.imap.use_literal_plus",          true);
+pref("mail.imap.expunge_after_delete",      false);
+pref("mail.imap.check_deleted_before_expunge", false);
+pref("mail.imap.expunge_option",            0);
+pref("mail.imap.expunge_threshold_number",  20);
+pref("mail.imap.hdr_chunk_size", 200);
+// Should we filter imap messages based on new messages since the previous
+// highest UUID seen instead of unread?
+pref("mail.imap.filter_on_new", true);
+
+// if true, we assume that a user access a folder in the other users namespace
+// is acting as a delegate for that folder, and wishes to use the other users
+// identity when acting on messages in other users folders.
+pref("mail.imap.delegateOtherUsersFolders", false);
+pref("mail.thread_without_re",              false); // if false, only thread by subject if Re:
+pref("mail.strict_threading",               true);  // if true, don't thread by subject at all
+pref("mail.correct_threading",              true);  // if true, makes sure threading works correctly always (see bug 181446)
+pref("mail.pop3.deleteFromServerOnMove",    false);
+pref("mail.fixed_width_messages",           true);
+pref("mail.citation_color",                 "#000000"); // quoted color
+pref("mail.strip_sig_on_reply", true); // If true, remove the everything after the "-- \n" signature delimiter when replying.
+pref("mail.quoted_style",                   0); // 0=plain, 1=bold, 2=italic, 3=bolditalic
+pref("mail.quoted_size",                    0); // 0=normal, 1=big, 2=small
+pref("mail.quoted_graphical",               true); // use HTML-style quoting for displaying plain text
+pref("mail.quoteasblock",                   true); // use HTML-style quoting for quoting plain text
+pref("mail.strictly_mime",                  false);
+pref("mail.strictly_mime_headers",          true);
+// 0/1 (name param is encoded in a legacy way), 2(RFC 2231 only)
+// 0 the name param is never separated to multiple lines.
+pref("mail.strictly_mime.parm_folding",     1);
+pref("mail.label_ascii_only_mail_as_us_ascii", false);
+pref("mail.file_attach_binary",             false);
+pref("mail.show_headers",                   1); // some
+pref("mailnews.p7m_external", false);           // S/MIME parts are not external (but inline decrypted).
+pref("mailnews.p7m_subparts_external", false);  // S/MIME child parts are external. Protect against efail.
+pref("mail.pane_config.dynamic",            0);
+pref("mail.addr_book.mapit_url.format", "chrome://messenger-region/locale/region.properties");
+pref("mail.addr_book.mapit_url.1.name", "chrome://messenger-region/locale/region.properties");
+pref("mail.addr_book.mapit_url.1.format", "chrome://messenger-region/locale/region.properties");
+pref("mail.addr_book.mapit_url.2.name", "chrome://messenger-region/locale/region.properties");
+pref("mail.addr_book.mapit_url.2.format", "chrome://messenger-region/locale/region.properties");
+pref("mail.addr_book.mapit_url.3.name", "chrome://messenger-region/locale/region.properties");
+pref("mail.addr_book.mapit_url.3.format", "chrome://messenger-region/locale/region.properties");
+pref("mail.addr_book.mapit_url.4.name", "chrome://messenger-region/locale/region.properties");
+pref("mail.addr_book.mapit_url.4.format", "chrome://messenger-region/locale/region.properties");
+pref("mail.addr_book.mapit_url.5.name", "chrome://messenger-region/locale/region.properties");
+pref("mail.addr_book.mapit_url.5.format", "chrome://messenger-region/locale/region.properties");
+#ifdef MOZ_SUITE
+pref("mailnews.start_page.url", "chrome://messenger-region/locale/region.properties");
+pref("messenger.throbber.url", "chrome://messenger-region/locale/region.properties");
+pref("compose.throbber.url", "chrome://messenger-region/locale/region.properties");
+pref("addressbook.throbber.url", "chrome://messenger-region/locale/region.properties");
+pref("mail.accountwizard.deferstorage", false);
+// |false|: Show both name and address, even for people in my addressbook.
+pref("mail.showCondensedAddresses", false);
+#endif
+
+// mail.addr_book.quicksearchquery.format is the model query used for:
+// * TB: AB Quick Search and composition's Contact Side Bar
+// * SM: AB Quick Search and composition's Select Addresses dialogue
+//
+// The format for "mail.addr_book.quicksearchquery.format" is:
+// @V == the escaped value typed in the quick search bar in the address book
+// c  == contains | bw == beginsWith | ...
+//
+// Note, changing the fields searched might require changing labels:
+// SearchNameOrEmail.label in messenger.dtd,
+// searchNameAndEmail.emptytext in abMainWindow.dtd, etc.
+//
+// mail.addr_book.quicksearchquery.format will be used if mail.addr_book.show_phonetic_fields is "false"
+pref("mail.addr_book.quicksearchquery.format", "(or(DisplayName,c,@V)(FirstName,c,@V)(LastName,c,@V)(NickName,c,@V)(PrimaryEmail,c,@V)(SecondEmail,c,@V)(and(IsMailList,=,TRUE)(Notes,c,@V))(Company,c,@V)(Department,c,@V)(JobTitle,c,@V)(WebPage1,c,@V)(WebPage2,c,@V))");
+// mail.addr_book.quicksearchquery.format.phonetic will be used if mail.addr_book.show_phonetic_fields is "true"
+pref("mail.addr_book.quicksearchquery.format.phonetic", "(or(DisplayName,c,@V)(FirstName,c,@V)(LastName,c,@V)(NickName,c,@V)(PrimaryEmail,c,@V)(SecondEmail,c,@V)(and(IsMailList,=,TRUE)(Notes,c,@V))(Company,c,@V)(Department,c,@V)(JobTitle,c,@V)(WebPage1,c,@V)(WebPage2,c,@V)(PhoneticFirstName,c,@V)(PhoneticLastName,c,@V))");
+
+// mail.addr_book.autocompletequery.format is the model query used for:
+// * TB: Recipient Autocomplete (composition, mailing list properties dialogue)
+// * SM: Recipient Autocomplete (composition, mailing list properties dialogue)
+//
+// mail.addr_book.autocompletequery.format will be used if mail.addr_book.show_phonetic_fields is "false"
+pref("mail.addr_book.autocompletequery.format", "(or(DisplayName,c,@V)(FirstName,c,@V)(LastName,c,@V)(NickName,c,@V)(PrimaryEmail,c,@V)(SecondEmail,c,@V)(and(IsMailList,=,TRUE)(Notes,c,@V)))");
+// mail.addr_book.autocompletequery.format.phonetic will be used if mail.addr_book.show_phonetic_fields is "true"
+pref("mail.addr_book.autocompletequery.format.phonetic", "(or(DisplayName,c,@V)(FirstName,c,@V)(LastName,c,@V)(NickName,c,@V)(PrimaryEmail,c,@V)(SecondEmail,c,@V)(and(IsMailList,=,TRUE)(Notes,c,@V))(PhoneticFirstName,c,@V)(PhoneticLastName,c,@V))");
+
+// values for "mail.addr_book.lastnamefirst" are:
+//0=displayname, 1=lastname first, 2=firstname first
+pref("mail.addr_book.lastnamefirst", 0);
+pref("mail.addr_book.displayName.autoGeneration", true);
+pref("mail.addr_book.displayName.lastnamefirst", "chrome://messenger/locale/messenger.properties");
+pref("mail.addr_book.show_phonetic_fields", "chrome://messenger/locale/messenger.properties");
+pref("mail.html_compose",                   true);
+// you can specify multiple, option headers
+// this will show up in the address picker in the compose window
+// examples: "X-Face" or "Approved,X-No-Archive"
+pref("mail.compose.other.header", "");
+pref("mail.compose.autosave", true);
+pref("mail.compose.autosaveinterval", 5); // in minutes
+pref("mail.compose.default_to_paragraph", false);
+
+// true:  If the message has practically no HTML formatting, bypass recipient-centric
+//        auto-detection of delivery format; auto-downgrade and silently send as plain text.
+// false: Don't auto-downgrade; use recipient-centric auto-detection of best delivery format,
+//        including send options.
+pref("mailnews.sendformat.auto_downgrade", true);
+pref("mail.default_html_action", 0);          // 0=ask, 1=plain, 2=html, 3=both
+
+pref("mail.mdn.report.not_in_to_cc", 2);               // 0: Never 1: Always 2: Ask me
+pref("mail.mdn.report.outside_domain", 2);             // 0: Never 1: Always 2: Ask me
+pref("mail.mdn.report.other", 2);                      // 0: Never 1: Always 2: Ask me 3: Denial
+
+pref("mail.incorporate.return_receipt", 0);            // 0: Inbox/filter 1: Sent folder
+pref("mail.request.return_receipt", 2);                // 1: DSN 2: MDN 3: Both
+pref("mail.receipt.request_header_type", 0);           // 0: MDN-DNT header  1: RRT header 2: Both (MC)
+pref("mail.receipt.request_return_receipt_on", false);
+pref("mail.mdn.report.enabled", true);                 // false: Never send true: Send sometimes
+
+pref("mail.dsn.always_request_on", false);
+pref("mail.dsn.request_on_success_on", true);          // DSN request is sent with SUCCESS option
+pref("mail.dsn.request_on_failure_on", true);          // DSN request is sent with FAILURE option
+pref("mail.dsn.request_on_delay_on", true);            // DSN request is sent with DELAY option
+pref("mail.dsn.request_never_on", false);              // DSN request is not sent with NEVER option
+pref("mail.dsn.ret_full_on", true);                    // DSN request is sent with RET FULL option
+
+pref("news.show_size_in_lines",             true);
+pref("news.update_unread_on_expand",        true);
+pref("news.get_messages_on_select",         true);
+
+pref("mailnews.wraplength",                 72);
+
+// 0=no header, 1="<author> wrote:", 2="On <date> <author> wrote:", 3="<author> wrote On <date>:", 4=user specified
+pref("mailnews.reply_header_type",          1);
+// locale which affects date format, set empty string to use application default locale
+pref("mailnews.reply_header_locale",        "");
+pref("mailnews.reply_header_authorwrotesingle", "chrome://messenger/locale/messengercompose/composeMsgs.properties");
+pref("mailnews.reply_header_ondateauthorwrote", "chrome://messenger/locale/messengercompose/composeMsgs.properties");
+pref("mailnews.reply_header_authorwroteondate", "chrome://messenger/locale/messengercompose/composeMsgs.properties");
+pref("mailnews.reply_header_originalmessage",   "chrome://messenger/locale/messengercompose/composeMsgs.properties");
+pref("mailnews.forward_header_originalmessage", "chrome://messenger/locale/messengercompose/composeMsgs.properties");
+
+pref("mailnews.reply_to_self_check_all_ident", false);
+
+pref("mailnews.reply_quoting_selection",               true);
+pref("mailnews.reply_quoting_selection.only_if_chars", "");
+pref("mailnews.reply_quoting_selection.multi_word",    true);
+
+pref("mail.operate_on_msgs_in_collapsed_threads", false);
+pref("mail.warn_on_collapsed_thread_operation", true);
+pref("mail.warn_on_shift_delete", true);
+pref("news.warn_on_delete", true);
+pref("mail.warn_on_delete_from_trash", true);
+pref("mail.purge_threshhold_mb", 20);
+pref("mail.prompt_purge_threshhold",       true);
+pref("mail.purge.ask",                     true);
+
+pref("mailnews.offline_sync_mail",         false);
+pref("mailnews.offline_sync_news",         false);
+pref("mailnews.offline_sync_send_unsent",  true);
+pref("mailnews.offline_sync_work_offline", false);
+pref("mailnews.force_ascii_search",        false);
+
+pref("mailnews.send_default_charset",       "chrome://messenger/locale/messenger.properties");
+pref("mailnews.view_default_charset",       "chrome://messenger/locale/messenger.properties");
+pref("mailnews.force_charset_override",     false); // ignore specified MIME encoding and use the default encoding for display
+pref("mailnews.reply_in_default_charset",   false);
+// mailnews.disable_fallback_to_utf8.<charset>
+// don't fallback from <charset> to UTF-8 even if some characters are not found in <charset>.
+// those characters will be crippled.
+pref("mailnews.disable_fallback_to_utf8.ISO-2022-JP", false);
+pref("mailnews.localizedRe",                "chrome://messenger-region/locale/region.properties");
+
+pref("mailnews.search_date_format",        "chrome://messenger/locale/messenger.properties");
+pref("mailnews.search_date_separator",     "chrome://messenger/locale/messenger.properties");
+pref("mailnews.search_date_leading_zeros", "chrome://messenger/locale/messenger.properties");
+
+pref("mailnews.quotingPrefs.version",       0);  // used to decide whether to migrate global quoting prefs
+
+// the first time, we'll warn the user about the blind send, and they can disable the warning if they want.
+pref("mapi.blind-send.enabled",             true);
+
+pref("offline.autoDetect",                  false); // automatically move the user offline or online based on the network connection
+
+pref("ldap_2.autoComplete.useDirectory", false);
+pref("ldap_2.autoComplete.directoryServer", "");
+
+pref("ldap_2.servers.pab.position", 1);
+pref("ldap_2.servers.pab.description", "chrome://messenger/locale/addressbook/addressBook.properties");
+pref("ldap_2.servers.pab.dirType", 2);
+pref("ldap_2.servers.pab.filename", "abook.mab");
+pref("ldap_2.servers.pab.isOffline", false);
+
+pref("ldap_2.servers.history.position", 2);
+pref("ldap_2.servers.history.description", "chrome://messenger/locale/addressbook/addressBook.properties");
+pref("ldap_2.servers.history.dirType", 2);
+pref("ldap_2.servers.history.filename", "history.mab");
+pref("ldap_2.servers.history.isOffline", false);
+
+// default mapping of addressbook properties to ldap attributes
+pref("ldap_2.servers.default.attrmap.FirstName", "givenName");
+pref("ldap_2.servers.default.attrmap.LastName", "sn,surname");
+pref("ldap_2.servers.default.attrmap.DisplayName", "cn,commonname");
+pref("ldap_2.servers.default.attrmap.NickName", "mozillaNickname,xmozillanickname");
+pref("ldap_2.servers.default.attrmap.PrimaryEmail", "mail");
+pref("ldap_2.servers.default.attrmap.SecondEmail", "mozillaSecondEmail,xmozillasecondemail");
+pref("ldap_2.servers.default.attrmap.WorkPhone", "telephoneNumber");
+pref("ldap_2.servers.default.attrmap.HomePhone", "homePhone");
+pref("ldap_2.servers.default.attrmap.FaxNumber", "facsimiletelephonenumber,fax");
+pref("ldap_2.servers.default.attrmap.PagerNumber", "pager,pagerphone");
+pref("ldap_2.servers.default.attrmap.CellularNumber", "mobile,cellphone,carphone");
+pref("ldap_2.servers.default.attrmap.WorkAddress", "street,streetaddress,postOfficeBox");
+pref("ldap_2.servers.default.attrmap.HomeAddress", "mozillaHomeStreet");
+pref("ldap_2.servers.default.attrmap.WorkAddress2", "mozillaWorkStreet2");
+pref("ldap_2.servers.default.attrmap.HomeAddress2", "mozillaHomeStreet2");
+pref("ldap_2.servers.default.attrmap.WorkCity", "l,locality");
+pref("ldap_2.servers.default.attrmap.HomeCity", "mozillaHomeLocalityName");
+pref("ldap_2.servers.default.attrmap.WorkState", "st,region");
+pref("ldap_2.servers.default.attrmap.HomeState", "mozillaHomeState");
+pref("ldap_2.servers.default.attrmap.WorkZipCode", "postalCode,zip");
+pref("ldap_2.servers.default.attrmap.HomeZipCode", "mozillaHomePostalCode");
+pref("ldap_2.servers.default.attrmap.WorkCountry", "c,countryname");
+pref("ldap_2.servers.default.attrmap.HomeCountry", "mozillaHomeCountryName");
+pref("ldap_2.servers.default.attrmap.JobTitle", "title");
+pref("ldap_2.servers.default.attrmap.Department", "ou,department,departmentnumber,orgunit");
+pref("ldap_2.servers.default.attrmap.Company", "o,company");
+pref("ldap_2.servers.default.attrmap._AimScreenName", "nsAIMid,nscpaimscreenname");
+pref("ldap_2.servers.default.attrmap.WebPage1", "mozillaWorkUrl,workurl,labeledURI");
+pref("ldap_2.servers.default.attrmap.WebPage2", "mozillaHomeUrl,homeurl");
+pref("ldap_2.servers.default.attrmap.BirthYear", "birthyear");
+pref("ldap_2.servers.default.attrmap.BirthMonth", "birthmonth");
+pref("ldap_2.servers.default.attrmap.BirthDay", "birthday");
+pref("ldap_2.servers.default.attrmap.Custom1", "mozillaCustom1,custom1");
+pref("ldap_2.servers.default.attrmap.Custom2", "mozillaCustom2,custom2");
+pref("ldap_2.servers.default.attrmap.Custom3", "mozillaCustom3,custom3");
+pref("ldap_2.servers.default.attrmap.Custom4", "mozillaCustom4,custom4");
+pref("ldap_2.servers.default.attrmap.Notes", "description,notes");
+pref("ldap_2.servers.default.attrmap.PreferMailFormat", "mozillaUseHtmlMail,xmozillausehtmlmail");
+pref("ldap_2.servers.default.attrmap.LastModifiedDate", "modifytimestamp");
+
+pref("ldap_2.user_id", 0);
+pref("ldap_2.version", 3); /* Update kCurrentListVersion in include/dirprefs.h if you change this */
+
+pref("mailnews.confirm.moveFoldersToTrash", true);
+
+// space-delimited list of extra headers to add to .msf file
+pref("mailnews.customDBHeaders", "");
+
+// close standalone message window when deleting the displayed message
+pref("mail.close_message_window.on_delete", false);
+
+#ifdef MOZ_SUITE
+pref("mailnews.reuse_message_window", true);
+#endif
+
+pref("mailnews.open_window_warning", 10); // warn user if they attempt to open more than this many messages at once
+pref("mailnews.open_tab_warning", 20); // warn user if they attempt to open more than this many messages at once
+
+pref("mailnews.start_page.enabled", true);
+
+pref("mailnews.remember_selected_message", true);
+pref("mailnews.scroll_to_new_message", true);
+
+// if true, any click on a column header other than the thread column will unthread the view
+pref("mailnews.thread_pane_column_unthreads", false);
+
+pref("mailnews.account_central_page.url", "chrome://messenger/locale/messenger.properties");
+
+/* default prefs for Mozilla 5.0 */
+pref("mail.identity.default.compose_html", true);
+pref("mail.identity.default.valid", true);
+pref("mail.identity.default.fcc", true);
+pref("mail.identity.default.fcc_folder", "mailbox://nobody@Local%20Folders/Sent");
+pref("mail.identity.default.fcc_reply_follows_parent", false);
+pref("mail.identity.default.autocompleteToMyDomain", false);
+
+pref("mail.identity.default.archive_enabled", true);
+// archive into 0: single folder, 1: yearly folder, 2: year/year-month folder
+pref("mail.identity.default.archive_granularity", 1);
+pref("mail.identity.default.archive_keep_folder_structure", false);
+
+// keep these defaults for backwards compatibility and migration
+
+// but .doBcc and .doBccList are the right ones from now on.
+pref("mail.identity.default.bcc_self", false);
+pref("mail.identity.default.bcc_others", false);
+pref("mail.identity.default.bcc_list", "");
+
+pref("mail.identity.default.draft_folder", "mailbox://nobody@Local%20Folders/Drafts");
+pref("mail.identity.default.stationery_folder", "mailbox://nobody@Local%20Folders/Templates");
+pref("mail.identity.default.directoryServer", "");
+pref("mail.identity.default.overrideGlobal_Pref", false);
+pref("mail.identity.default.auto_quote", true);
+pref("mail.identity.default.reply_on_top", 0); // 0=bottom 1=top 2=select
+pref("mail.identity.default.sig_bottom", true); // true=below quoted false=above quoted
+pref("mail.identity.default.sig_on_fwd", false); // Include signature on fwd?
+pref("mail.identity.default.sig_on_reply", true); // Include signature on re?
+
+// Suppress double-dash signature separator
+pref("mail.identity.default.suppress_signature_separator", false);
+ 
+// default to archives folder on same server.
+pref("mail.identity.default.archives_folder_picker_mode", "0");
+
+// Headers to always add to outgoing mail
+// examples: "header1,header2"
+// pref("mail.identity.id1.headers", "header1");
+// user_pref("mail.identity.id1.header.header1", "X-Mozilla-Rocks: True")
+pref("mail.identity.default.headers", "");
+
+// by default, only collect addresses the user sends to (outgoing)
+// incoming is all spam anyways
+#ifdef MOZ_SUITE
+pref("mail.collect_email_address_incoming", false);
+pref("mail.collect_email_address_newsgroup", false);
+#endif
+pref("mail.collect_email_address_outgoing", true);
+// by default, use the Collected Addressbook for collection
+pref("mail.collect_addressbook", "moz-abmdbdirectory://history.mab");
+
+pref("mail.default_sendlater_uri", "mailbox://nobody@Local%20Folders/Unsent%20Messages");
+
+pref("mail.smtpservers", "");
+pref("mail.accountmanager.accounts", "");
+
+// Last used account key value
+pref("mail.account.lastKey", 0);
+
+pref("mail.server.default.port", -1);
+pref("mail.server.default.offline_support_level", -1);
+pref("mail.server.default.leave_on_server", false);
+pref("mail.server.default.download_on_biff", false);
+pref("mail.server.default.check_time", 10);
+pref("mail.server.default.delete_by_age_from_server", false);
+pref("mail.server.default.num_days_to_leave_on_server", 7);
+pref("mail.server.default.dot_fix", true);
+pref("mail.server.default.limit_offline_message_size", false);
+pref("mail.server.default.max_size", 50);
+pref("mail.server.default.delete_mail_left_on_server", false);
+pref("mail.server.default.valid", true);
+pref("mail.server.default.abbreviate", true);
+pref("mail.server.default.isSecure", false);
+pref("mail.server.default.authMethod", 3); // cleartext password. @see nsIMsgIncomingServer.authMethod.
+pref("mail.server.default.socketType", 0); // @see nsIMsgIncomingServer.socketType
+pref("mail.server.default.override_namespaces", true);
+pref("mail.server.default.deferred_to_account", "");
+
+pref("mail.server.default.delete_model", 1);
+pref("mail.server.default.fetch_by_chunks", true);
+pref("mail.server.default.mime_parts_on_demand", true);
+// Send IMAP RFC 2971 ID Info to server
+pref("mail.server.default.send_client_info", true);
+pref("mail.server.default.always_authenticate", false);
+pref("mail.server.default.singleSignon", true);
+pref("mail.server.default.max_articles", 500);
+pref("mail.server.default.notify.on", true);
+pref("mail.server.default.mark_old_read", false);
+pref("mail.server.default.empty_trash_on_exit", false);
+// 0 = Keep Dupes, leave them alone
+// 1 = delete dupes
+// 2 = Move Dupes to trash
+// 3 = Mark Dupes as Read
+pref("mail.server.default.dup_action", 0);
+pref("mail.server.default.hidden", false);
+
+pref("mail.server.default.using_subscription", true);
+pref("mail.server.default.dual_use_folders", true);
+pref("mail.server.default.canDelete", false);
+pref("mail.server.default.login_at_startup", false);
+pref("mail.server.default.allows_specialfolders_usage", true);
+pref("mail.server.default.canCreateFolders", true);
+pref("mail.server.default.canFileMessages", true);
+
+// special enhancements for IMAP servers
+pref("mail.server.default.is_gmail", false);
+pref("mail.server.default.use_idle", true);
+// in case client or server has bugs in condstore implementation
+pref("mail.server.default.use_condstore", false);
+// in case client or server has bugs in compress implementation
+pref("mail.server.default.use_compress_deflate", true);
+// for spam
+pref("mail.server.default.spamLevel", 100); // 0 off, 100 on.  not doing bool since we might have real levels one day.
+pref("mail.server.default.moveOnSpam", false);
+pref("mail.server.default.moveTargetMode", 0); // 0 == "Junk" on server, 1 == specific folder
+pref("mail.server.default.spamActionTargetAccount", "");
+pref("mail.server.default.spamActionTargetFolder", "");
+pref("mail.server.default.useWhiteList", true);
+pref("mail.server.default.whiteListAbURI", "moz-abmdbdirectory://abook.mab"); // the Personal addressbook.
+pref("mail.server.default.useServerFilter", false);
+pref("mail.server.default.serverFilterName", "SpamAssassin");
+pref("mail.server.default.serverFilterTrustFlags", 1); // 1 == trust positives, 2 == trust negatives, 3 == trust both
+pref("mail.server.default.purgeSpam", false);
+pref("mail.server.default.purgeSpamInterval", 14); // 14 days
+pref("mail.server.default.check_all_folders_for_new", false);
+// should we inhibit whitelisting of the email addresses for a server's identities?
+pref("mail.server.default.inhibitWhiteListingIdentityUser", true);
+// should we inhibit whitelisting of the domain for a server's identities?
+pref("mail.server.default.inhibitWhiteListingIdentityDomain", false);
+
+// When force_select is "auto" the ID response for the server will be compared to
+// force_select_detect below and, if they compare, an extra imap select will
+// be sent when checking for new mail. If force_select is "no", the extra
+// select will never occur, and, if "yes" it will always occur when checking for
+// new email (both regardless of the ID response string).
+// The extra select insures that new emails are automatically detected by servers
+// requiring it. Also, if a server does not support IDLE, setting this to "yes"
+// can insure messages are marked as "read" after being read in other email clients.
+pref("mail.server.default.force_select", "auto");
+
+// Specify imap ID response substrings that must occur to cause the extra/forced
+// imap select for server(s).  Substrings are comma separated within a given server
+// (all substrings within a server must be found in the ID response string) and
+// servers are semicolon separated. Currently only 1 server type is known
+// to require the extra select -- Openwave server used by Charter-Spectrum ISP.
+pref("mail.imap.force_select_detect", "\"name\" \"Email Mx\",\"vendor\" \"Openwave Messaging\"");
+// Example if ever another server requires the extra select (ID substrings from Yahoo! added):
+//pref("mail.imap.force_select_detect", "\"name\" \"Email Mx\",\"vendor\" \"Openwave Messaging\";\"vendor\" \"Yahoo! Inc.\",\"name\" \"Y!IMAP\";");
+
+// to activate auto-sync feature (preemptive message download for imap) by default
+pref("mail.server.default.autosync_offline_stores",true);
+pref("mail.server.default.offline_download",true);
+
+// -1 means no limit, no purging of offline stores.
+pref("mail.server.default.autosync_max_age_days", -1);
+
+// can we change the store type?
+pref("mail.server.default.canChangeStoreType", false);
+
+// This is the default store contractID for newly created servers.
+// We don't use mail.server.default because we want to ensure that the
+// store contract id is always written out to prefs.js
+pref("mail.serverDefaultStoreContractID", "@mozilla.org/msgstore/berkeleystore;1");
+// the probablilty threshold over which messages are classified as junk
+// this number is divided by 100 before it is used. The classifier can be fine tuned
+// by changing this pref. Typical values are .99, .95, .90, .5, etc.
+pref("mail.adaptivefilters.junk_threshold", 90);
+pref("mail.spam.version", 0); // used to determine when to migrate global spam settings
+pref("mail.spam.logging.enabled", false);
+pref("mail.spam.manualMark", false);
+pref("mail.spam.markAsReadOnSpam", false);
+pref("mail.spam.manualMarkMode", 0); // 0 == "move to junk folder", 1 == "delete"
+pref("mail.spam.markAsNotJunkMarksUnRead", true);
+pref("mail.spam.display.sanitize", true); // display simple html for html junk messages
+// the number of allowed bayes tokens before the database is shrunk
+pref("mailnews.bayesian_spam_filter.junk_maxtokens", 100000);
+
+// pref to warn the users of exceeding the size of the message being composed. (Default 20MB).
+pref("mailnews.message_warning_size", 20971520);
+
+// set default traits for junk and good. Index should match the values in nsIJunkMailPlugin
+pref("mailnews.traits.id.1", "mailnews@mozilla.org#good");
+pref("mailnews.traits.name.1", "Good");
+pref("mailnews.traits.enabled.1", false);
+pref("mailnews.traits.id.2", "mailnews@mozilla.org#junk");
+pref("mailnews.traits.name.2", "Junk");
+pref("mailnews.traits.enabled.2", true);
+pref("mailnews.traits.antiId.2", "mailnews@mozilla.org#good");
+// traits 3 - 1000 are reserved for use by mailnews@mozilla.org
+// the first externally defined trait will have index 1001
+pref("mailnews.traits.lastIndex", 1000);
+
+pref("mail.autoComplete.highlightNonMatches", true);
+
+// if true, we'll use the password from an incoming server with
+// matching username and domain
+pref("mail.smtp.useMatchingDomainServer", false);
+
+// if true, we'll use the password from an incoming server with
+// matching username and host name
+pref("mail.smtp.useMatchingHostNameServer", false);
+
+pref("mail.smtpserver.default.authMethod", 3); // cleartext password. @see nsIMsgIncomingServer.authMethod.
+pref("mail.smtpserver.default.try_ssl", 0); // @see nsISmtpServer.socketType
+
+// For the next 3 prefs, see <http://www.bucksch.org/1/projects/mozilla/16507>
+pref("mail.display_glyph", true);   // TXT->HTML :-) etc. in viewer
+pref("mail.display_struct", true);  // TXT->HTML *bold* etc. in viewer; ditto
+pref("mail.send_struct", false);   // HTML->HTML *bold* etc. during Send; ditto
+// display time and date in message pane using senders timezone
+pref("mailnews.display.date_senders_timezone", false);
+// For the next 4 prefs, see <http://www.bucksch.org/1/projects/mozilla/108153>
+pref("mailnews.display.prefer_plaintext", false);  // Ignore HTML parts in multipart/alternative
+pref("mailnews.display.html_as", 0);  // How to display HTML/MIME parts. 0 = Render the sender's HTML; 1 = HTML->TXT->HTML; 2 = Show HTML source; 3 = Sanitize HTML; 4 = Show all body parts
+pref("mailnews.display.show_all_body_parts_menu", false); // Whether the View > Message body as > All body parts menu item is available
+pref("mailnews.display.html_sanitizer.drop_non_css_presentation", true); // whether to drop <font>, <center>, align='...', etc.
+pref("mailnews.display.html_sanitizer.drop_media", false); // whether to drop <img>, <video> and <audio>
+pref("mailnews.display.disallow_mime_handlers", 0);  /* Let only a few classes process incoming data. This protects from bugs (e.g. buffer overflows) and from security loopholes (e.g. allowing unchecked HTML in some obscure classes, although the user has html_as > 0).
+This option is mainly for the UI of html_as.
+0 = allow all available classes
+1 = Use hardcoded blacklist to avoid rendering (incoming) HTML
+2 = ... and inline images
+3 = ... and some other uncommon content types
+100 = Use hardcoded whitelist to avoid even more bugs(buffer overflows).
+      This mode will limit the features available (e.g. uncommon
+      attachment types and inline images) and is for paranoid users.
+*/
+// RSS rendering options, see prior 4 prefs above.
+pref("rss.display.prefer_plaintext", false);
+pref("rss.display.html_as", 0);
+pref("rss.display.disallow_mime_handlers", 0);
+
+// Feed message display (summary or web page), on select.
+// 0 - global override, load web page
+// 1 - global override, load summary
+// 2 - use default feed folder setting from Subscribe dialog; if no setting default to 1
+pref("rss.show.summary", 1);
+
+// Feed message display (summary or web page), on open.
+// Action on double click or enter in threadpane for a feed message.
+// 0 - open content-base url in new window
+// 1 - open summary in new window
+// 2 - toggle load summary and content-base url in message pane
+// 3 - load content-base url in browser
+pref("rss.show.content-base", 0);
+
+// Feed message additional web page display.
+// 0 - no action
+// 1 - load web page in default browser, on select
+pref("rss.message.loadWebPageOnSelect", 0);
+
+// Feeds system logging, uses log4moz conventions.
+pref("Feeds.logging.console", "Info");
+
+pref("mail.forward_message_mode", 0); // 0=default as attachment 2=forward as inline with attachments, (obsolete 4.x value)1=forward as quoted (mapped to 2 in mozilla)
+pref("mail.forward_add_extension", true); // add .eml extension when forwarding as attachment
+// Prefix of for mail forwards. E.g. "Fwd" -> subject will be Fwd: <subject>
+pref("mail.forward_subject_prefix", "Fwd");
+
+pref("mail.startup.enabledMailCheckOnce", false);
+
+pref("mailnews.send_plaintext_flowed", true); // RFC 2646=======
+pref("mailnews.display.disable_format_flowed_support", false);
+pref("mailnews.nav_crosses_folders", 1); // prompt user when crossing folders
+
+// these two news.cancel.* prefs are for use by QA for automated testing.  see bug #31057
+pref("news.cancel.confirm", true);
+pref("news.cancel.alert_on_success", true);
+pref("mail.SpellCheckBeforeSend", false);
+pref("mail.spellcheck.inline", true);
+pref("mail.phishing.detection.enabled", true); // enable / disable phishing detection for link clicks
+pref("mail.warn_on_send_accel_key", true);
+pref("mail.enable_autocomplete", true);
+pref("mailnews.html_domains", "");
+pref("mailnews.plaintext_domains", "");
+pref("mailnews.global_html_domains.version", 1);
+
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Privacy Controls for Handling Remote Content
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Specific plugins pref just for message content. RSS is not covered by this.
+pref("mailnews.message_display.allow_plugins", false);
+pref("mailnews.message_display.disable_remote_image", true);
+
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Trusted Mail Domains
+//
+// Specific domains can be white listed to bypass various privacy controls in Thunderbird
+// such as blocking remote images, the phishing detector, etc. This is particularly
+// useful for business deployments where images or links reference servers inside a
+// corporate intranet. For multiple domains, separate them with a comma. i.e.
+// pref("mail.trusteddomains", "mozilla.org,mozillafoundation.org");
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+pref("mail.trusteddomains", "");
+
+pref("mail.imap.use_status_for_biff", true);
+
+pref("mail.quota.mainwindow_threshold.show", 75); // in percent. when the quota meter starts showing up at all. decrease this for it to be more than a warning.
+pref("mail.quota.mainwindow_threshold.warning", 80); // when it gets yellow
+pref("mail.quota.mainwindow_threshold.critical", 95); // when it gets red
+
+// Pref controlling the updates on the pre-configured accounts.
+// In order to add new pre-configured accounts (after a version),
+// increase the following version number besides updating the
+// pref mail.accountmanager.appendaccounts
+pref("mailnews.append_preconfig_accounts.version", 1);
+
+// Pref controlling the updates on the pre-configured smtp servers.
+// In order to add new pre-configured smtp servers (after a version),
+// increase the following version number besides updating the
+// pref mail.smtpservers.appendsmtpservers
+pref("mail.append_preconfig_smtpservers.version", 1);
+
+pref("mail.biff.alert.show_preview", true);
+pref("mail.biff.alert.show_subject", true);
+pref("mail.biff.alert.show_sender",  true);
+pref("mail.biff.alert.preview_length", 40);
+
+#ifdef XP_MACOSX
+pref("mail.biff.play_sound", false);
+#else
+pref("mail.biff.play_sound", true);
+#endif
+// 0 == default system sound, 1 == user specified wav
+pref("mail.biff.play_sound.type", 0);
+// _moz_mailbeep is a magic key, for the default sound.
+// otherwise, this needs to be a file url
+pref("mail.biff.play_sound.url", "");
+pref("mail.biff.show_alert", true);
+#ifdef XP_WIN
+pref("mail.biff.show_tray_icon", true);
+pref("mail.biff.show_balloon", false);
+#elifdef XP_MACOSX
+pref("mail.biff.animate_dock_icon", false);
+#elifdef XP_UNIX
+pref("mail.biff.use_system_alert", false);
+#endif
+
+// add jitter to biff interval
+pref("mail.biff.add_interval_jitter", true);
+
+#ifdef MOZ_SUITE
+// if true, check for new mail even when opening non-mail windows
+pref("mail.biff.on_new_window", true);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef XP_MACOSX
+// If true, the number used in the Mac OS X dock notification will be the
+// the number of "new" messages, as per the classic Thunderbird definition.
+// Defaults to false, which notifies about the number of unread messages.
+pref("mail.biff.use_new_count_in_mac_dock", false);
+#endif
+
+// For feed account serverType=rss sound on biff; if true, mail.biff.play_sound.* settings are used.
+pref("mail.feed.play_sound", false);
+
+// Content disposition for attachments (except binary files and vcards).
+//   0= Content-Disposition: inline
+//   1= Content-Disposition: attachment
+pref("mail.content_disposition_type", 1);
+
+// Experimental option to send message in the background - don't wait to close window.
+pref("mailnews.sendInBackground", false);
+// Will show a progress dialog when saving or sending a message
+pref("mailnews.show_send_progress", true);
+pref("mail.server.default.retainBy", 1);
+
+pref("mailnews.ui.junk.firstuse", true);
+pref("mailnews.ui.junk.manualMarkAsJunkMarksRead", true);
+
+// for manual upgrades of certain UI features.
+// 1 -> 2 is for the folder pane tree landing, to hide the
+// unread and total columns, see msgMail3PaneWindow.js
+pref("mail.ui.folderpane.version", 1);
+
+// for manual upgrades of certain UI features.
+// 1 -> 2 is for the ab results pane tree landing
+// to hide the non default columns in the addressbook dialog
+// see abCommon.js and addressbook.js
+pref("mailnews.ui.addressbook_results.version", 1);
+// for manual upgrades of certain UI features.
+// 1 -> 2 is for the ab results pane tree landing
+// to hide the non default columns in the addressbook sidebar panel
+// see abCommon.js and addressbook-panel.js
+pref("mailnews.ui.addressbook_panel_results.version", 1);
+// for manual upgrades of certain UI features.
+// 1 -> 2 is for the ab results pane tree landing
+// to hide the non default columns in the select addresses dialog
+// see abCommon.js and abSelectAddressesDialog.js
+pref("mailnews.ui.select_addresses_results.version", 1);
+// for manual upgrades of certain UI features.
+// 1 -> 2 is for the ab results pane
+// to hide the non default columns in the advanced directory search dialog
+// see abCommon.js and ABSearchDialog.js
+pref("mailnews.ui.advanced_directory_search_results.version", 1);
+
+// default description and color prefs for tags
+// (we keep the .labels. names for backwards compatibility)
+pref("mailnews.labels.description.1", "chrome://messenger/locale/messenger.properties");
+pref("mailnews.labels.description.2", "chrome://messenger/locale/messenger.properties");
+pref("mailnews.labels.description.3", "chrome://messenger/locale/messenger.properties");
+pref("mailnews.labels.description.4", "chrome://messenger/locale/messenger.properties");
+pref("mailnews.labels.description.5", "chrome://messenger/locale/messenger.properties");
+pref("mailnews.labels.color.1", "#FF0000"); // default: red
+pref("mailnews.labels.color.2", "#FF9900"); // default: orange
+pref("mailnews.labels.color.3", "#009900"); // default: green
+pref("mailnews.labels.color.4", "#3333FF"); // default: blue
+pref("mailnews.labels.color.5", "#993399"); // default: purple
+
+// Whether the colors from tags should be applied only to the message(s)
+// actually tagged, or also to any collapsed threads which contain tagged
+// messages.
+pref("mailnews.display_reply_tag_colors_for_collapsed_threads", true);
+
+//default null headers
+//example "X-Warn: XReply", list of hdrs separated by ": "
+pref("mailnews.customHeaders", "");
+
+// default msg compose font prefs
+pref("msgcompose.font_face",                "");
+pref("msgcompose.font_size",                "medium");
+pref("msgcompose.text_color",               "#000000");
+pref("msgcompose.background_color",         "#FFFFFF");
+
+// When there is no disclosed recipients (only bcc), we should address the message to empty group
+// to prevent some mail server to disclose the bcc recipients
+pref("mail.compose.add_undisclosed_recipients", true);
+
+pref("mail.compose.dontWarnMail2Newsgroup", false);
+
+// Attach http image resources to composed messages.
+pref("mail.compose.attach_http_images", false);
+
+// these prefs (in minutes) are here to help QA test this feature
+// "mail.purge.min_delay", never purge a junk folder more than once every 480 minutes (60 mins/hour * 8 hours)
+// "mail.purge.timer_interval", fire the purge timer every 5 minutes, starting 5 minutes after we load accounts
+pref("mail.purge.min_delay", 480);
+pref("mail.purge.timer_interval", 5);
+
+// Set to false if opening a message in the standalone message window or viewing
+// it in the message pane should never mark it as read.
+pref("mailnews.mark_message_read.auto", true);
+
+// Set to true if viewing a message should mark it as read after the msg is
+// viewed in the message pane for a specified time interval in seconds.
+pref("mailnews.mark_message_read.delay", false);
+pref("mailnews.mark_message_read.delay.interval", 5); // measured in seconds
+
+// delay after which messages are showed when moving through them with cursors
+// during thread pane navigation
+pref("mailnews.threadpane_select_delay", 250); // measured in milliseconds
+
+// require a password before showing imap or local headers in thread pane
+pref("mail.password_protect_local_cache", false);
+
+// import option to skip the first record, recorded so that we can save
+// the users last used preference.
+pref("mailnews.import.text.skipfirstrecord", true);
+
+#ifdef MOZ_SUITE
+// automatically scale attached images that are displayed inline
+pref("mail.enable_automatic_image_resizing", true);
+
+#ifdef XP_WIN
+pref("ldap_2.servers.oe.uri", "moz-aboutlookdirectory://oe/");
+pref("ldap_2.servers.oe.description", "chrome://messenger/locale/addressbook/addressBook.properties");
+pref("ldap_2.servers.oe.dirType", 3);
+#endif
+#endif
+#ifdef XP_MACOSX
+pref("ldap_2.servers.osx.uri", "moz-abosxdirectory:///");
+pref("ldap_2.servers.osx.description", "chrome://messenger/locale/addressbook/addressBook.properties");
+pref("ldap_2.servers.osx.dirType", 3);
+pref("mail.notification.sound",             "");
+pref("mail.notification.count.inbox_only", true);
+// Work around bug 482811 by disabling slow script warning for chrome scripts on Mac
+pref("dom.max_chrome_script_run_time", 0);
+#endif
+
+// gtk2 (*nix) lacks transparent/translucent drag support (bug 376238), so we
+// want to disable it so people can see where they are dragging things.
+// (Stock gtk drag icons will be used instead.)
+#ifdef MOZ_WIDGET_GTK
+pref("nglayout.enable_drag_images", false);
+#endif
+
+// For the Empty Junk/Trash confirmation dialogs.
+pref("mailnews.emptyJunk.dontAskAgain", false);
+pref("mailnews.emptyTrash.dontAskAgain", false);
+
+// where to fetch auto config information from.
+pref("mailnews.auto_config_url", "https://live.mozillamessaging.com/autoconfig/v1.1/");
+// Added in bug 551519. Remove when bug 545866 is fixed.
+pref("mailnews.mx_service_url", "https://live.mozillamessaging.com/dns/mx/");
+// Allow to contact ISP (email address domain)
+// This happens via insecure means (HTTP), so the config cannot be trusted,
+// and also contains the email address
+pref("mailnews.auto_config.fetchFromISP.enabled", true);
+// Allow the fetch from ISP via HTTP, but not the email address
+pref("mailnews.auto_config.fetchFromISP.sendEmailAddress", true);
+pref("mailnews.auto_config.guess.enabled", true);
+
+// -- Summary Database options
+// dontPreserveOnCopy: a space separated list of properties that are not
+//                     copied to the new nsIMsgHdr when a message is copied.
+//                     Allows extensions to control preservation of properties.
+pref("mailnews.database.summary.dontPreserveOnCopy",
+  "account msgOffset threadParent msgThreadId statusOfset flags size numLines ProtoThreadFlags label gloda-id gloda-dirty storeToken");
+
+// dontPreserveOnMove: a space separated list of properties that are not
+//                     copied to the new nsIMsgHdr when a message is moved.
+//                     Allows extensions to control preservation of properties.
+pref("mailnews.database.summary.dontPreserveOnMove",
+  "account msgOffset threadParent msgThreadId statusOfset flags size numLines ProtoThreadFlags label storeToken");
+// Should we output dbcache log via dump? Set to "Debug" to show.
+pref("mailnews.database.dbcache.logging.dump", "None");
+// Should we output dbcache log to the "error console"? Set to "Debug" to show.
+pref("mailnews.database.dbcache.logging.console", "None");
+
+// -- Global Database (gloda) options
+// Should the indexer be enabled?
+pref("mailnews.database.global.indexer.enabled", false);
+// Should we output warnings and errors to the "error console"?
+pref("mailnews.database.global.logging.console", false);
+// Should we output all output levels to stdout via dump?
+pref("mailnews.database.global.logging.dump", false);
+// Should we consider outputting all levels via the network?
+pref("mailnews.database.global.logging.net", false);
+// Rate of growth of the gloda cache, whose maximum value is 8 MiB and max is 64 MiB.
+// See more: https://developer.mozilla.org/en/Thunderbird/gloda#Cache_Size"
+pref("mailnews.database.global.datastore.cache_to_memory_permillage", 10);
+
+// default field order in the fieldmap
+pref("mailnews.import.text.fieldmap", "+0,+1,+2,+3,+4,+5,+36,+6,+7,+8,+9,+10,+11,+12,+13,+14,+15,+16,+17,+18,+19,+20,+21,+22,+23,+24,+25,+26,+27,+28,+29,+30,+31,+32,+33,+34,+35");
+
+// On networks deploying QoS, it is recommended that these be lockpref()'d,
+// since inappropriate marking can easily overwhelm bandwidth reservations
+// for certain services (i.e. EF for VoIP, AF4x for interactive video,
+// AF3x for broadcast/streaming video, etc)
+
+// default value for SMTP and POP3.
+// in a DSCP environment this should be 48 (0x30, or AF12) per RFC-4594,
+// Section 4.8 "High-Throughput Data Service Class"
+pref("mail.pop3.qos", 0);
+pref("mail.smtp.qos", 0);
+pref("mail.nntp.qos", 0);
+
+// default value for IMAP4
+// in a DSCP environment this should be 56 (0x38, or AF13), ibid.
+pref("mail.imap.qos", 0);
+
+// PgpMime Addon
+pref("mail.pgpmime.addon_url", "https://addons.mozilla.org/addon/enigmail/");
diff --git a/mailnews/mailnews.mozbuild b/mailnews/mailnews.mozbuild
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..12ae6cd2e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mailnews.mozbuild
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+# vim: set filetype=python:
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+if CONFIG['MOZ_LDAP_XPCOM']:
+    DIRS += [
+        '/ldap',
+        '/ldap/xpcom',
+    ]
+
+if CONFIG['MOZ_MORK']:
+    DIRS += ['/db']
+
+DIRS += ['/mailnews']
+
diff --git a/mailnews/mapi/mapiDll/Makefile.in b/mailnews/mapi/mapiDll/Makefile.in
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b6769e314
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mapi/mapiDll/Makefile.in
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+#
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+EMBED_MANIFEST_AT = 2
diff --git a/mailnews/mapi/mapiDll/Mapi32.DEF b/mailnews/mapi/mapiDll/Mapi32.DEF
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5e95396b0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mapi/mapiDll/Mapi32.DEF
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+; This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+; License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+; file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+LIBRARY         mozMapi32.dll
+
+EXPORTS
+        MAPILogon
+        MAPILogoff
+        MAPISendMail
+        MAPISendDocuments
+        MAPIFindNext
+        MAPIReadMail
+        MAPISaveMail
+        MAPIDeleteMail
+        MAPIAddress
+        MAPIDetails
+        MAPIResolveName
+        MAPIFreeBuffer
+        GetMapiDllVersion
+
diff --git a/mailnews/mapi/mapiDll/MapiDll.cpp b/mailnews/mapi/mapiDll/MapiDll.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b6b6ddbf7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mapi/mapiDll/MapiDll.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,513 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#pragma warning (disable : 4996) // MAPILogoff is deprecated
+
+#include <windows.h>
+#include <tchar.h>
+#include <mapidefs.h>
+#include <mapi.h>
+#include "msgMapi.h"
+
+#define MAX_RECIPS  2000
+#define MAX_FILES   100
+
+
+#define           MAX_NAME_LEN    256
+#define           MAX_PW_LEN      256
+#define           MAX_MSGINFO_LEN 512
+#define           MAX_POINTERS    32
+
+const CLSID CLSID_CMapiImp = {0x29f458be, 0x8866, 0x11d5,
+                              {0xa3, 0xdd, 0x0, 0xb0, 0xd0, 0xf3, 0xba, 0xa7}};
+const IID IID_nsIMapi = {0x6EDCD38E,0x8861,0x11d5,
+                        {0xA3,0xDD,0x00,0xB0,0xD0,0xF3,0xBA,0xA7}};
+
+DWORD tId = 0;
+
+#define   MAPI_MESSAGE_TYPE     0
+#define   MAPI_RECIPIENT_TYPE   1
+ 
+typedef struct {
+  LPVOID    lpMem;
+  UCHAR     memType;
+} memTrackerType;
+
+
+// this can't be right.
+memTrackerType    memArray[MAX_POINTERS];
+
+//
+// For remembering memory...how ironic.
+//
+void
+SetPointerArray(LPVOID ptr, BYTE type)
+{
+int i;
+  
+  for (i=0; i<MAX_POINTERS; i++)
+  {
+    if (memArray[i].lpMem == NULL)
+    {
+      memArray[i].lpMem = ptr;
+      memArray[i].memType = type;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+
+BOOL WINAPI DllMain(HINSTANCE aInstance, DWORD aReason, LPVOID aReserved)
+{
+    switch (aReason)
+    {
+        case DLL_PROCESS_ATTACH : tId = TlsAlloc();
+                                  if (tId == 0xFFFFFFFF)
+                                      return FALSE;
+                                  break;
+
+        case DLL_PROCESS_DETACH : TlsFree(tId);
+                                  break;
+    }
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+BOOL InitMozillaReference(nsIMapi **aRetValue)
+{
+    // Check whether this thread has a valid Interface
+    // by looking into thread-specific-data variable
+
+    *aRetValue = (nsIMapi *)TlsGetValue(tId);
+
+    // Check whether the pointer actually resolves to
+    // a valid method call; otherwise mozilla is not running
+
+    if ((*aRetValue) && (*aRetValue)->IsValid() == S_OK)
+         return TRUE;
+
+    HRESULT hRes = ::CoInitialize(NULL) ;
+
+    hRes = ::CoCreateInstance(CLSID_CMapiImp, NULL, CLSCTX_LOCAL_SERVER,
+                                         IID_nsIMapi, (LPVOID *)aRetValue);
+
+    if (hRes == S_OK && (*aRetValue)->Initialize() == S_OK)
+        if (TlsSetValue(tId, (LPVOID)(*aRetValue)))
+            return TRUE;
+
+    // Either CoCreate or TlsSetValue failed; so return FALSE
+
+    if ((*aRetValue))
+        (*aRetValue)->Release();
+
+    ::CoUninitialize();
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// The MAPILogon function begins a Simple MAPI session, loading the default message ////
+// store and address book providers                            ////
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+ULONG FAR PASCAL MAPILogon(ULONG aUIParam, LPTSTR aProfileName,
+                            LPTSTR aPassword, FLAGS aFlags,
+                            ULONG aReserved, LPLHANDLE aSession)
+{
+    HRESULT hr = 0;
+    ULONG nSessionId = 0;
+    nsIMapi *pNsMapi = NULL;
+
+    if (!InitMozillaReference(&pNsMapi))
+        return MAPI_E_FAILURE;
+
+    if (!(aFlags & MAPI_UNICODE))
+    {
+        // Need to convert the parameters to Unicode.
+
+        char *pUserName = (char *) aProfileName;
+        char *pPassWord = (char *) aPassword;
+
+        TCHAR ProfileName[MAX_NAME_LEN] = {0};
+        TCHAR PassWord[MAX_PW_LEN] = {0};
+
+        if (pUserName != NULL)
+        {
+            if (!MultiByteToWideChar(CP_ACP, 0, pUserName, -1, ProfileName,
+                                                            MAX_NAME_LEN))
+                return MAPI_E_FAILURE;
+        }
+
+        if (pPassWord != NULL)
+        {
+            if (!MultiByteToWideChar(CP_ACP, 0, pPassWord, -1, PassWord,
+                                                            MAX_NAME_LEN))
+                return MAPI_E_FAILURE;
+        }
+
+        hr = pNsMapi->Login(aUIParam, ProfileName, PassWord, aFlags,
+                                                        &nSessionId);
+    }
+    else
+        hr = pNsMapi->Login(aUIParam, aProfileName, aPassword,
+                                                aFlags, &nSessionId);
+    if (hr == S_OK)
+        (*aSession) = (LHANDLE) nSessionId;
+    else
+        return nSessionId;
+
+    return SUCCESS_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+ULONG FAR PASCAL MAPILogoff (LHANDLE aSession, ULONG aUIParam,
+                                            FLAGS aFlags, ULONG aReserved)
+{
+    nsIMapi *pNsMapi = (nsIMapi *)TlsGetValue(tId);
+    if (pNsMapi != NULL)
+    {
+        if (pNsMapi->Logoff((ULONG) aSession) == S_OK)
+            pNsMapi->Release();
+        pNsMapi = NULL;
+    }
+
+    TlsSetValue(tId, NULL);
+
+    ::CoUninitialize();
+
+    return SUCCESS_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+ULONG FAR PASCAL MAPISendMail (LHANDLE lhSession, ULONG ulUIParam, nsMapiMessage *lpMessage,
+                FLAGS flFlags, ULONG ulReserved )
+{
+    HRESULT hr = 0;
+    BOOL bTempSession = FALSE ;
+    nsIMapi *pNsMapi = NULL;
+
+    if (!InitMozillaReference(&pNsMapi))
+        return MAPI_E_FAILURE;
+
+    if (lpMessage->nRecipCount > MAX_RECIPS)
+        return MAPI_E_TOO_MANY_RECIPIENTS ;
+
+    if (lpMessage->nFileCount > MAX_FILES)
+        return MAPI_E_TOO_MANY_FILES ;
+
+    if ( (!(flFlags & MAPI_DIALOG)) && (lpMessage->lpRecips == NULL) )
+        return MAPI_E_UNKNOWN_RECIPIENT ;
+
+    if (!lhSession || pNsMapi->IsValidSession(lhSession) != S_OK)
+    {
+        FLAGS LoginFlag ;
+        if ( (flFlags & MAPI_LOGON_UI) && (flFlags & MAPI_NEW_SESSION) )
+            LoginFlag = MAPI_LOGON_UI | MAPI_NEW_SESSION ;
+        else if (flFlags & MAPI_LOGON_UI) 
+            LoginFlag = MAPI_LOGON_UI ;
+
+        hr = MAPILogon (ulUIParam, (LPTSTR) NULL, (LPTSTR) NULL, LoginFlag, 0, &lhSession) ;
+        if (hr != SUCCESS_SUCCESS)
+            return MAPI_E_LOGIN_FAILURE ;
+        bTempSession = TRUE ;
+    }
+
+    // we need to deal with null data passed in by MAPI clients, specially when MAPI_DIALOG is set.
+    // The MS COM type lib code generated by MIDL for the MS COM interfaces checks for these parameters
+    // to be non null, although null is a valid value for them here. 
+    nsMapiRecipDesc * lpRecips ;
+    nsMapiFileDesc * lpFiles ;
+
+    nsMapiMessage Message ;
+    memset (&Message, 0, sizeof (nsMapiMessage) ) ;
+    nsMapiRecipDesc Recipient ;
+    memset (&Recipient, 0, sizeof (nsMapiRecipDesc) );
+    nsMapiFileDesc Files ;
+    memset (&Files, 0, sizeof (nsMapiFileDesc) ) ;
+
+    if(!lpMessage)
+    {
+       lpMessage = &Message ;
+    }
+    if(!lpMessage->lpRecips)
+    {
+        lpRecips = &Recipient ;
+    }
+    else
+        lpRecips = lpMessage->lpRecips ;
+    if(!lpMessage->lpFiles)
+    {
+        lpFiles = &Files ;
+    }
+    else
+        lpFiles = lpMessage->lpFiles ;
+
+    hr = pNsMapi->SendMail (lhSession, lpMessage, 
+                            (short) lpMessage->nRecipCount, lpRecips,
+                            (short) lpMessage->nFileCount, lpFiles,
+                            flFlags, ulReserved);
+
+    // we are seeing a problem when using Word, although we return success from the MAPI support
+    // MS COM interface in mozilla, we are getting this error here. This is a temporary hack !!
+    if (hr == 0x800703e6)
+        hr = SUCCESS_SUCCESS;
+    
+    if (bTempSession)
+        MAPILogoff (lhSession, ulUIParam, 0,0) ;
+
+    return hr ; 
+}
+
+
+ULONG FAR PASCAL MAPISendDocuments(ULONG ulUIParam, LPTSTR lpszDelimChar, LPTSTR lpszFilePaths,
+                                LPTSTR lpszFileNames, ULONG ulReserved)
+{
+    LHANDLE lhSession ;
+    nsIMapi *pNsMapi = NULL;
+
+    if (!InitMozillaReference(&pNsMapi))
+        return MAPI_E_FAILURE;
+
+    unsigned long result = MAPILogon (ulUIParam, (LPTSTR) NULL, (LPTSTR) NULL, MAPI_LOGON_UI, 0, &lhSession) ;
+    if (result != SUCCESS_SUCCESS)
+        return MAPI_E_LOGIN_FAILURE ;
+
+    HRESULT hr;
+
+    hr = pNsMapi->SendDocuments(lhSession, (LPTSTR) lpszDelimChar, (LPTSTR) lpszFilePaths, 
+                                    (LPTSTR) lpszFileNames, ulReserved) ;
+
+    MAPILogoff (lhSession, ulUIParam, 0,0) ;
+
+    return hr ;
+}
+
+ULONG FAR PASCAL MAPIFindNext(LHANDLE lhSession, ULONG ulUIParam, LPTSTR lpszMessageType,
+                              LPTSTR lpszSeedMessageID, FLAGS flFlags, ULONG ulReserved,
+                              unsigned char lpszMessageID[64])
+{
+  nsIMapi *pNsMapi = NULL;
+
+  if (!InitMozillaReference(&pNsMapi))
+    return MAPI_E_FAILURE;
+
+  if (lhSession == 0)
+    return MAPI_E_INVALID_SESSION;
+
+  if (!lpszMessageType)
+    lpszMessageType = L"";
+
+  if (!lpszSeedMessageID)
+    lpszSeedMessageID = L"";
+
+  return pNsMapi->FindNext(lhSession, ulUIParam, lpszMessageType,
+                              lpszSeedMessageID, flFlags, ulReserved,
+                              lpszMessageID) ;
+}
+
+
+ULONG FAR PASCAL MAPIReadMail(LHANDLE lhSession, ULONG ulUIParam, LPTSTR lpszMessageID,
+                              FLAGS flFlags, ULONG ulReserved, nsMapiMessage **lppMessage)
+{
+  nsIMapi *pNsMapi = NULL;
+
+  if (!InitMozillaReference(&pNsMapi))
+    return MAPI_E_FAILURE;
+
+  if (lhSession == 0)
+    return MAPI_E_INVALID_SESSION;
+
+  return pNsMapi->ReadMail(lhSession, ulUIParam,
+                              lpszMessageID, flFlags, ulReserved,
+                              lppMessage) ;
+
+}
+
+ULONG FAR PASCAL MAPISaveMail(LHANDLE lhSession, ULONG ulUIParam, lpnsMapiMessage lpMessage,
+                              FLAGS flFlags, ULONG ulReserved, LPTSTR lpszMessageID)
+{
+  nsIMapi *pNsMapi = NULL;
+
+  if (lhSession == 0)
+    return MAPI_E_INVALID_SESSION;
+
+  if (!InitMozillaReference(&pNsMapi))
+    return MAPI_E_FAILURE;
+
+  return MAPI_E_FAILURE;
+}
+
+ULONG FAR PASCAL MAPIDeleteMail(LHANDLE lhSession, ULONG ulUIParam, LPTSTR lpszMessageID,
+                                FLAGS flFlags, ULONG ulReserved)
+{
+  nsIMapi *pNsMapi = NULL;
+
+  if (lhSession == 0)
+    return MAPI_E_INVALID_SESSION;
+
+  if (!InitMozillaReference(&pNsMapi))
+    return MAPI_E_FAILURE;
+
+  return pNsMapi->DeleteMail(lhSession, ulUIParam,
+                              lpszMessageID, flFlags, ulReserved) ;
+}
+
+ULONG FAR PASCAL MAPIAddress(LHANDLE lhSession, ULONG ulUIParam, LPTSTR lpszCaption,
+                             ULONG nEditFields, LPTSTR lpszLabels, ULONG nRecips,
+                             lpMapiRecipDesc lpRecips, FLAGS flFlags,
+                             ULONG ulReserved, LPULONG lpnNewRecips,
+                             lpMapiRecipDesc FAR *lppNewRecips)
+{
+    return MAPI_E_NOT_SUPPORTED;
+}
+
+ULONG FAR PASCAL MAPIDetails(LHANDLE lhSession, ULONG ulUIParam, lpMapiRecipDesc lpRecip,
+                             FLAGS flFlags, ULONG ulReserved)
+{
+    return MAPI_E_NOT_SUPPORTED;
+}
+
+ULONG FAR PASCAL MAPIResolveName(LHANDLE lhSession, ULONG ulUIParam, LPTSTR lpszName,
+                                 FLAGS flFlags, ULONG ulReserved, lpMapiRecipDesc FAR *lppRecip)
+{
+  char* lpszRecipName = new char[(strlen((const char*)lpszName) + 1)];
+  if (lpszRecipName == NULL)
+    return MAPI_E_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY;
+  char* lpszRecipAddress = new char[(strlen((const char*)lpszName) + 6)];
+  if (!lpszRecipAddress) {
+    delete[] lpszRecipName;
+    return MAPI_E_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY;
+  }
+  strcpy(lpszRecipName, (const char*)lpszName);
+  strcpy(lpszRecipAddress, (const char*)lpszName);
+  (*lppRecip) = (lpMapiRecipDesc FAR)malloc(sizeof(MapiRecipDesc));
+  if (!(*lppRecip)) {
+    delete[] lpszRecipName;
+    delete[] lpszRecipAddress;
+    return MAPI_E_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY;
+  }
+  (*lppRecip)->ulRecipClass = 1;
+  (*lppRecip)->lpszName = lpszRecipName;
+  (*lppRecip)->lpszAddress = lpszRecipAddress;
+  (*lppRecip)->ulEIDSize = 0;
+  (*lppRecip)->lpEntryID = 0;
+  return SUCCESS_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+void FreeMAPIRecipient(lpMapiRecipDesc pv);
+void FreeMAPIMessage(lpMapiMessage pv);
+
+ULONG FAR PASCAL MAPIFreeBuffer(LPVOID pv)
+{
+  int   i;
+
+  if (!pv)
+    return S_OK;
+
+  for (i=0; i<MAX_POINTERS; i++)
+  {
+    if (pv == memArray[i].lpMem)
+    {
+      if (memArray[i].memType == MAPI_MESSAGE_TYPE)
+      {
+        FreeMAPIMessage((MapiMessage *)pv);
+        memArray[i].lpMem = NULL;
+      }
+      else if (memArray[i].memType == MAPI_RECIPIENT_TYPE)
+      {
+        FreeMAPIRecipient((MapiRecipDesc *)pv);
+        memArray[i].lpMem = NULL;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  pv = NULL;
+  return S_OK;
+}
+
+ULONG FAR PASCAL GetMapiDllVersion()
+{
+  return 94;
+}
+
+void
+FreeMAPIFile(lpMapiFileDesc pv)
+{
+  if (!pv)
+    return;
+
+  if (pv->lpszPathName != NULL)
+    free(pv->lpszPathName);
+
+  if (pv->lpszFileName != NULL)
+    free(pv->lpszFileName);
+}
+
+void
+FreeMAPIMessage(lpMapiMessage pv)
+{
+  ULONG i;
+
+  if (!pv)
+    return;
+
+  if (pv->lpszSubject != NULL)
+    free(pv->lpszSubject);
+
+  if (pv->lpszNoteText)
+      free(pv->lpszNoteText);
+
+  if (pv->lpszMessageType)
+    free(pv->lpszMessageType);
+
+  if (pv->lpszDateReceived)
+    free(pv->lpszDateReceived);
+
+  if (pv->lpszConversationID)
+    free(pv->lpszConversationID);
+
+  if (pv->lpOriginator)
+    FreeMAPIRecipient(pv->lpOriginator);
+
+  for (i=0; i<pv->nRecipCount; i++)
+  {
+    if (&(pv->lpRecips[i]) != NULL)
+    {
+      FreeMAPIRecipient(&(pv->lpRecips[i]));
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (pv->lpRecips != NULL)
+  {
+    free(pv->lpRecips);
+  }
+
+  for (i=0; i<pv->nFileCount; i++)
+  {
+    if (&(pv->lpFiles[i]) != NULL)
+    {
+      FreeMAPIFile(&(pv->lpFiles[i]));
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (pv->lpFiles != NULL)
+  {
+    free(pv->lpFiles);
+  }
+
+  free(pv);
+  pv = NULL;
+}
+
+void
+FreeMAPIRecipient(lpMapiRecipDesc pv)
+{
+  if (!pv)
+    return;
+
+  if (pv->lpszName != NULL)
+    free(pv->lpszName);
+
+  if (pv->lpszAddress != NULL)
+    free(pv->lpszAddress);
+
+  if (pv->lpEntryID != NULL)
+    free(pv->lpEntryID);
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/mapi/mapiDll/module.ver b/mailnews/mapi/mapiDll/module.ver
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d62b9e99c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mapi/mapiDll/module.ver
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+WIN32_MODULE_FILEVERSION=0,8,0,0
+WIN32_MODULE_FILEVERSION_STRING=0.8
+WIN32_MODULE_COPYRIGHT=©Thunderbird and Mozilla Developers, according to the MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1 licenses, as applicable.
+WIN32_MODULE_COMPANYNAME=Mozilla.org
+WIN32_MODULE_TRADEMARKS=Mozilla
+WIN32_MODULE_COMMENT=Mozilla Thunderbird MAPI Dll
+
diff --git a/mailnews/mapi/mapiDll/moz.build b/mailnews/mapi/mapiDll/moz.build
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d501c2308
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mapi/mapiDll/moz.build
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+# vim: set filetype=python:
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+# Statically link against the CRT, so that we don't go hunting around for it
+# and not find it when we're loaded into explorer.exe or similar
+GeckoSharedLibrary('mozMapi32', msvcrt='static', linkage=None)
+
+SOURCES += [
+    'MapiDll.cpp',
+]
+
+OS_LIBS += [
+    'ole32',
+]
+
+DEFINES['UNICODE'] = True
+DEFINES['_UNICODE'] = True
+
+if not CONFIG['MOZ_INCOMPLETE_EXTERNAL_LINKAGE']:
+    DEFINES['MOZILLA_INTERNAL_API'] = True
+
+DEFFILE	= SRCDIR + '/Mapi32.def'
diff --git a/mailnews/mapi/mapihook/build/Makefile.in b/mailnews/mapi/mapihook/build/Makefile.in
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0614220e9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mapi/mapihook/build/Makefile.in
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+#
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+MIDL_GENERATED_FILES = msgMapi.h msgMapi_p.c msgMapi_i.c dlldata.c
+
+INSTALL_TARGETS += msgmapi
+msgmapi_FILES := msgMapi.h
+msgmapi_DEST = $(DIST)/include
+msgmapi_TARGET := export
+
+SRCDIR_CSRCS	= $(addprefix $(srcdir)/,$(CSRCS))
+
+GARBAGE	+= $(MIDL_GENERATED_FILES) done_gen $(CSRCS) $(SRCDIR_CSRCS)
+
+EMBED_MANIFEST_AT = 2
+
+CSRCS += \
+  dlldata.c \
+  msgMapi_i.c \
+  msgMapi_p.c \
+  $(NULL)
+
+include $(topsrcdir)/config/rules.mk
+
+$(MIDL_GENERATED_FILES): done_gen
+
+done_gen: msgMapi.idl
+	$(RM) $(SRCDIR_CSRCS)
+	$(MIDL) $(MIDL_FLAGS) $(UNICODE_FLAGS) $(srcdir)/msgMapi.idl
+	touch $@
+
+export:: done_gen
+
+
diff --git a/mailnews/mapi/mapihook/build/MapiProxy.def b/mailnews/mapi/mapihook/build/MapiProxy.def
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4da08eb7d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mapi/mapihook/build/MapiProxy.def
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+; This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+; License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+; file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+LIBRARY         MapiProxy.dll
+
+EXPORTS
+                DllGetClassObject    PRIVATE
+                DllCanUnloadNow      PRIVATE
+                GetProxyDllInfo      PRIVATE
+                DllRegisterServer    PRIVATE
+                DllUnregisterServer  PRIVATE
+
diff --git a/mailnews/mapi/mapihook/build/module.ver b/mailnews/mapi/mapihook/build/module.ver
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7691020c2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mapi/mapihook/build/module.ver
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+WIN32_MODULE_FILEVERSION=0,8,0,0
+WIN32_MODULE_FILEVERSION_STRING=0.8
+WIN32_MODULE_COPYRIGHT=©Thunderbird and Mozilla Developers, according to the MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1 licenses, as applicable.
+WIN32_MODULE_COMPANYNAME=Mozilla.org
+WIN32_MODULE_TRADEMARKS=Mozilla
+WIN32_MODULE_COMMENT=Mozilla Thunderbird Thunderbird MAPI Proxy Dll
diff --git a/mailnews/mapi/mapihook/build/moz.build b/mailnews/mapi/mapihook/build/moz.build
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5c42875cc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mapi/mapihook/build/moz.build
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+# vim: set filetype=python:
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+SharedLibrary('MapiProxy')
+
+OS_LIBS += [
+    'rpcrt4',
+]
+
+for var in ('REGISTER_PROXY_DLL', 'UNICODE', '_UNICODE'):
+    DEFINES[var] = True
+
+# This produces a compile warning mozilla-config.h(145): warning C4005: '_WIN32_WINNT': macro redefinition
+#DEFINES['_WIN32_WINNT'] = '0x400'
+
+if not CONFIG['MOZ_INCOMPLETE_EXTERNAL_LINKAGE']:
+    DEFINES['MOZILLA_INTERNAL_API'] = True
+
+DEFFILE = SRCDIR + '/MapiProxy.def'
+
diff --git a/mailnews/mapi/mapihook/build/msgMapi.idl b/mailnews/mapi/mapihook/build/msgMapi.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3ca3fd493
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mapi/mapihook/build/msgMapi.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+// This idl will be compiled by MIDL.  MS-COM is used 
+// as bridge between MAPI clients and the Mozilla.
+
+import "unknwn.idl";
+
+typedef wchar_t LOGIN_PW_TYPE[256];
+
+typedef struct
+{
+    unsigned long     ulReserved;            
+    unsigned long     flFlags;               /* Flags */
+    unsigned long     nPosition_NotUsed;     /* character in text to be replaced by attachment */
+    LPTSTR            lpszPathName;          /* Full path name including file name */
+    LPTSTR            lpszFileName;          /* Real (original) file name */
+    unsigned char *   lpFileType_NotUsed ;
+} nsMapiFileDesc, * lpnsMapiFileDesc;
+
+
+typedef struct
+{
+    unsigned long      ulReserved;           
+    unsigned long      ulRecipClass;  /* MAPI_TO, MAPI_CC, MAPI_BCC, MAPI_ORIG    */
+    LPSTR             lpszName;      /* Recipient name to display */
+    LPSTR             lpszAddress;   /* Recipient email address */
+    unsigned long      ulEIDSize_NotUsed;     
+    unsigned char  *   lpEntryID_NotUsed ;
+} nsMapiRecipDesc, * lpnsMapiRecipDesc;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+    unsigned long    ulReserved;					
+    LPSTR           lpszSubject;  /* Message Subject */
+    LPSTR           lpszNoteText; /* Message Text */
+    LPSTR           lpszMessageType;		
+    LPSTR           lpszDateReceived;	 /* in YYYY/MM/DD HH:MM format */
+    LPSTR           lpszConversationID_NotUsed; /* conversation thread ID */
+    unsigned long    flFlags; /* unread,return receipt */
+    lpnsMapiRecipDesc  lpOriginator;  /* Originator descriptor  */
+    unsigned long      nRecipCount;   /* Number of recipients   */
+    [size_is (nRecipCount)]	lpnsMapiRecipDesc lpRecips;/* Recipient descriptors  */
+    unsigned long      nFileCount;    /* # of file attachments  */
+    [size_is (nFileCount)]	lpnsMapiFileDesc   lpFiles;       /* Attachment descriptors */
+} nsMapiMessage, * lpnsMapiMessage;
+
+[
+    object,
+    uuid(6EDCD38E-8861-11d5-A3DD-00B0D0F3BAA7),
+    helpstring("nsIMapi Inteface"),
+    pointer_default(unique)
+]
+
+interface nsIMapi : IUnknown
+{
+    HRESULT Login([in] unsigned long aUIArg, [in, unique] LOGIN_PW_TYPE aLogin,
+                  [in, unique] LOGIN_PW_TYPE aPassWord, [in] unsigned long aFlags,
+                  [out] unsigned long *aSessionId);
+
+    HRESULT Initialize();
+    HRESULT IsValid();
+    HRESULT IsValidSession([in] unsigned long aSession);
+
+    HRESULT SendMail([in] unsigned long aSession, [in, unique] lpnsMapiMessage aMessage,
+                  [in] short aRecipCount, [in, size_is(aRecipCount)] lpnsMapiRecipDesc aRecips, 
+                  [in] short aFileCount, [in, size_is(aFileCount)] lpnsMapiFileDesc aFiles, 
+                  [in] unsigned long aFlags, [in] unsigned long aReserved) ;
+
+    HRESULT SendDocuments( [in] unsigned long aSession, 
+                  [in, unique] LPTSTR aDelimChar, [in, unique] LPTSTR aFilePaths,
+                  [in, unique] LPTSTR aFileNames, [in] ULONG aFlags ) ;
+
+    HRESULT FindNext(  [in] unsigned long aSession, [in] ULONG ulUIParam, [in, unique] LPTSTR lpszMessageType,
+                              [in, unique] LPTSTR lpszSeedMessageID, [in] ULONG flFlags, [in] ULONG ulReserved,
+                              [in] [out] char lpszMessageID[64] ) ;
+
+    HRESULT ReadMail( [in] unsigned long lhSession, [in] ULONG ulUIParam, [in, unique] LPTSTR lpszMessageID,
+                              [in] ULONG flFlags, [in] ULONG ulReserved, [out] lpnsMapiMessage *lppMessage);
+
+    HRESULT DeleteMail( [in] unsigned long lhSession, [in] ULONG ulUIParam, [in, unique] LPTSTR lpszMessageID,
+                              [in] ULONG flFlags, [in] ULONG ulReserved);
+
+    HRESULT SaveMail( [in] unsigned long lhSession, [in] ULONG ulUIParam, [in, unique] lpnsMapiMessage lppMessage,
+                      [in] ULONG flFlags, [in] ULONG ulReserved, [in, unique] LPTSTR lpszMessageID);
+
+    HRESULT Logoff (unsigned long aSession);
+    HRESULT CleanUp();
+};
+
+
+
diff --git a/mailnews/mapi/mapihook/moz.build b/mailnews/mapi/mapihook/moz.build
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..65ca38934
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mapi/mapihook/moz.build
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+# vim: set filetype=python:
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+DIRS += [
+    'public',
+    'build',
+    'src',
+]
+
diff --git a/mailnews/mapi/mapihook/public/moz.build b/mailnews/mapi/mapihook/public/moz.build
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a2d2b2ef9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mapi/mapihook/public/moz.build
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+# vim: set filetype=python:
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+XPIDL_SOURCES += [
+    'nsIMapiSupport.idl',
+]
+
+XPIDL_MODULE = 'mapihook'
+
diff --git a/mailnews/mapi/mapihook/public/nsIMapiSupport.idl b/mailnews/mapi/mapihook/public/nsIMapiSupport.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e160566a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mapi/mapihook/public/nsIMapiSupport.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+/**
+ * This interface provides support for registering Mozilla as a COM component
+ * for extending the use of Mail/News through Simple MAPI.
+ * 
+ */
+
+[noscript, uuid(2907B676-C4BD-49af-880A-E27A0616291E)]
+interface nsIMapiSupport : nsISupports {
+
+   /** Initiates MAPI support
+    */
+
+   void initializeMAPISupport();
+
+   /**  Shuts down the MAPI support
+    */
+
+   void shutdownMAPISupport();
+
+   /**  registerServer - register the mapi DLL with the desktop
+    *   Typically called by the window shell service when we are
+    *   made the default mail app
+    */
+   void registerServer();
+   
+   /**  unRegisterServer - unregister the mapi DLL with the desktop
+    *   Typically called by the window shell service when we are
+    *   removed as the default mail app.
+    */   
+   void unRegisterServer();
+};
+
+%{C++
+#define NS_IMAPISUPPORT_CONTRACTID    "@mozilla.org/mapisupport;1"
+#define NS_IMAPISUPPORT_CLASSNAME     "Mozilla MAPI Support"
+%}
+
+
diff --git a/mailnews/mapi/mapihook/src/Makefile.in b/mailnews/mapi/mapihook/src/Makefile.in
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..10e6172bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mapi/mapihook/src/Makefile.in
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+#
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+CSRCS += ../build/msgMapi_i.c
diff --git a/mailnews/mapi/mapihook/src/Registry.cpp b/mailnews/mapi/mapihook/src/Registry.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..31db7520b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mapi/mapihook/src/Registry.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,291 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#undef _UNICODE
+#undef UNICODE
+
+#include <objbase.h>
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "Registry.h"
+
+#define MAPI_PROXY_DLL_NAME   "MapiProxy.dll"
+#define MAPI_STARTUP_ARG      " /MAPIStartUp"
+#define MAX_SIZE              2048
+
+// Size of a CLSID as a string
+const int CLSID_STRING_SIZE = 39;
+
+// Proxy/Stub Dll Routines
+
+typedef HRESULT (__stdcall ProxyServer)();
+
+
+// Convert a CLSID to a char string.
+
+BOOL CLSIDtochar(const CLSID& clsid, char* szCLSID,
+                 int length)
+{
+    LPOLESTR wszCLSID = NULL;
+
+    // Get CLSID
+    HRESULT hr = StringFromCLSID(clsid, &wszCLSID);
+    if (FAILED(hr))
+        return FALSE;
+
+    // Covert from wide characters to non-wide.
+    wcstombs(szCLSID, wszCLSID, length);
+
+    // Free memory.
+    CoTaskMemFree(wszCLSID);
+
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+// Create a key and set its value.
+
+BOOL setKeyAndValue(nsAutoCString keyName, const char* subKey,
+                    const char* theValue)
+{
+    HKEY hKey;
+    BOOL retValue = TRUE;
+
+    nsAutoCString theKey(keyName);
+    if (subKey != NULL)
+    {
+        theKey += "\\";
+        theKey += subKey;
+    }
+
+    // Create and open key and subkey.
+    long lResult = RegCreateKeyEx(HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT, theKey.get(), 
+                                  0, NULL, REG_OPTION_NON_VOLATILE,
+                                  KEY_ALL_ACCESS, NULL, &hKey, NULL);
+    if (lResult != ERROR_SUCCESS)
+        return FALSE ;
+
+    // Set the Value.
+    if (theValue != NULL)
+    {
+       lResult = RegSetValueEx(hKey, NULL, 0, REG_SZ, (BYTE *)theValue, 
+                      strlen(theValue)+1);
+       if (lResult != ERROR_SUCCESS)
+           retValue = FALSE;
+    }
+
+    RegCloseKey(hKey);
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+// Delete a key and all of its descendents.
+
+LONG recursiveDeleteKey(HKEY hKeyParent,           // Parent of key to delete
+                        const char* lpszKeyChild)  // Key to delete
+{
+    // Open the child.
+    HKEY hKeyChild ;
+    LONG lRes = RegOpenKeyEx(hKeyParent, lpszKeyChild, 0,
+                             KEY_ALL_ACCESS, &hKeyChild) ;
+    if (lRes != ERROR_SUCCESS)
+    {
+        return lRes ;
+    }
+
+    // Enumerate all of the decendents of this child.
+    FILETIME time ;
+    char szBuffer[MAX_SIZE] ;
+    DWORD dwSize = MAX_SIZE ;
+    while (RegEnumKeyEx(hKeyChild, 0, szBuffer, &dwSize, NULL,
+                        NULL, NULL, &time) == S_OK)
+    {
+        // Delete the decendents of this child.
+        lRes = recursiveDeleteKey(hKeyChild, szBuffer) ;
+        if (lRes != ERROR_SUCCESS)
+        {
+            // Cleanup before exiting.
+            RegCloseKey(hKeyChild) ;
+            return lRes;
+        }
+        dwSize = MAX_SIZE;
+    }
+
+    // Close the child.
+    RegCloseKey(hKeyChild) ;
+
+    // Delete this child.
+    return RegDeleteKey(hKeyParent, lpszKeyChild) ;
+}
+
+void RegisterProxy()
+{
+    HINSTANCE h = NULL;
+    ProxyServer *RegisterFunc = NULL;
+
+    char szModule[MAX_SIZE];
+    char *pTemp = NULL;
+
+    HMODULE hModule = GetModuleHandle(NULL);
+    DWORD dwResult  = ::GetModuleFileName(hModule, szModule,
+                                          sizeof(szModule)/sizeof(char));
+    if (dwResult == 0)
+        return;
+
+    pTemp = strrchr(szModule, '\\');
+    if (pTemp == NULL)
+        return;
+
+    *pTemp = '\0';
+    nsAutoCString proxyPath(szModule);
+
+    proxyPath += "\\";
+    proxyPath += MAPI_PROXY_DLL_NAME;
+
+    h = LoadLibrary(proxyPath.get());
+    if (h == NULL)
+        return;
+
+    RegisterFunc = (ProxyServer *) GetProcAddress(h, "DllRegisterServer");
+    if (RegisterFunc)
+        RegisterFunc();
+
+    FreeLibrary(h);
+}
+
+void UnRegisterProxy()
+{
+    HINSTANCE h = NULL;
+    ProxyServer *UnRegisterFunc = NULL;
+
+    char szModule[MAX_SIZE];
+    char *pTemp = NULL;
+
+    HMODULE hModule = GetModuleHandle(NULL);
+    DWORD dwResult  = ::GetModuleFileName(hModule, szModule,
+                                          sizeof(szModule)/sizeof(char));
+    if (dwResult == 0)
+        return;
+
+    pTemp = strrchr(szModule, '\\');
+    if (pTemp == NULL)
+        return;
+
+    *pTemp = '\0';
+    nsAutoCString proxyPath(szModule);
+
+    proxyPath += "\\";
+    proxyPath += MAPI_PROXY_DLL_NAME;
+
+    h = LoadLibrary(proxyPath.get());
+    if (h == NULL)
+        return;
+
+    UnRegisterFunc = (ProxyServer *) GetProcAddress(h, "DllUnregisterServer");
+    if (UnRegisterFunc)
+        UnRegisterFunc();
+
+    FreeLibrary(h);
+}
+
+// Register the component in the registry.
+
+HRESULT RegisterServer(const CLSID& clsid,         // Class ID
+                       const char* szFriendlyName, // Friendly Name
+                       const char* szVerIndProgID, // Programmatic
+                       const char* szProgID)       //   IDs
+{
+    HMODULE hModule = GetModuleHandle(NULL);
+    char szModuleName[MAX_SIZE];
+    char szCLSID[CLSID_STRING_SIZE];
+
+    nsAutoCString independentProgId(szVerIndProgID);
+    nsAutoCString progId(szProgID);
+
+    DWORD dwResult = ::GetModuleFileName(hModule, szModuleName,
+                              sizeof(szModuleName)/sizeof(char));
+
+    if (dwResult == 0)
+        return S_FALSE;
+
+    nsAutoCString moduleName(szModuleName);
+    nsAutoCString registryKey("CLSID\\");
+
+    moduleName += MAPI_STARTUP_ARG;
+
+    // Convert the CLSID into a char.
+
+    if (!CLSIDtochar(clsid, szCLSID, sizeof(szCLSID)))
+        return S_FALSE;
+    registryKey += szCLSID;
+
+    // Add the CLSID to the registry.
+    if (!setKeyAndValue(registryKey, NULL, szFriendlyName))
+        return S_FALSE;
+
+    if (!setKeyAndValue(registryKey, "LocalServer32", moduleName.get()))
+        return S_FALSE;
+
+    // Add the ProgID subkey under the CLSID key.
+    if (!setKeyAndValue(registryKey, "ProgID", szProgID))
+        return S_FALSE;
+
+    // Add the version-independent ProgID subkey under CLSID key.
+    if (!setKeyAndValue(registryKey, "VersionIndependentProgID", szVerIndProgID))
+        return S_FALSE;
+
+    // Add the version-independent ProgID subkey under HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT.
+    if (!setKeyAndValue(independentProgId, NULL, szFriendlyName))
+        return S_FALSE; 
+    if (!setKeyAndValue(independentProgId, "CLSID", szCLSID))
+        return S_FALSE;
+    if (!setKeyAndValue(independentProgId, "CurVer", szProgID))
+        return S_FALSE;
+
+    // Add the versioned ProgID subkey under HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT.
+    if (!setKeyAndValue(progId, NULL, szFriendlyName))
+        return S_FALSE; 
+    if (!setKeyAndValue(progId, "CLSID", szCLSID))
+        return S_FALSE;
+
+    RegisterProxy();
+
+    return S_OK;
+}
+
+LONG UnregisterServer(const CLSID& clsid,         // Class ID
+                      const char* szVerIndProgID, // Programmatic
+                      const char* szProgID)       //   IDs
+{
+    LONG lResult = S_OK;
+
+    // Convert the CLSID into a char.
+
+    char szCLSID[CLSID_STRING_SIZE];
+    if (!CLSIDtochar(clsid, szCLSID, sizeof(szCLSID)))
+        return S_FALSE;
+
+    UnRegisterProxy();
+
+    nsAutoCString registryKey("CLSID\\");
+    registryKey += szCLSID;
+
+    lResult = recursiveDeleteKey(HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT, registryKey.get());
+    if (lResult == ERROR_SUCCESS || lResult == ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND)
+        return lResult;
+
+    registryKey += "\\LocalServer32";
+
+    // Delete only the path for this server.
+
+    lResult = recursiveDeleteKey(HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT, registryKey.get());
+    if (lResult != ERROR_SUCCESS && lResult != ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND)
+        return lResult;
+
+    // Delete the version-independent ProgID Key.
+    lResult = recursiveDeleteKey(HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT, szVerIndProgID);
+    if (lResult != ERROR_SUCCESS && lResult != ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND)
+        return lResult;
+
+    lResult = recursiveDeleteKey(HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT, szProgID);
+
+    return lResult;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/mapi/mapihook/src/Registry.h b/mailnews/mapi/mapihook/src/Registry.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..34a4efca7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mapi/mapihook/src/Registry.h
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _REGISTRY_H_
+#define _REGISTRY_H_
+
+#include <objbase.h>
+
+// This function will register a component in the Registry.
+
+HRESULT RegisterServer(const CLSID& clsid, 
+                       const char* szFriendlyName,
+                       const char* szVerIndProgID,
+                       const char* szProgID) ;
+
+// This function will unregister a component.
+
+HRESULT UnregisterServer(const CLSID& clsid,
+                         const char* szVerIndProgID,
+                         const char* szProgID) ;
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/mapi/mapihook/src/moz.build b/mailnews/mapi/mapihook/src/moz.build
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3e8cd3450
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mapi/mapihook/src/moz.build
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+# vim: set filetype=python:
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+SOURCES += [
+    'msgMapiFactory.cpp',
+    'msgMapiHook.cpp',
+    'msgMapiImp.cpp',
+    'msgMapiMain.cpp',
+    'msgMapiSupport.cpp',
+    'Registry.cpp',
+]
+
+if CONFIG['MOZ_INCOMPLETE_EXTERNAL_LINKAGE']:
+    XPCOMBinaryComponent('msgMapi')
+else:
+    FINAL_LIBRARY = 'xul'
+
+OS_LIBS += [
+    'ole32',
+]
+
+DEFINES['UNICODE'] = True
+DEFINES['_UNICODE'] = True
diff --git a/mailnews/mapi/mapihook/src/msgMapiFactory.cpp b/mailnews/mapi/mapihook/src/msgMapiFactory.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..829279f62
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mapi/mapihook/src/msgMapiFactory.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#undef UNICODE
+#undef _UNICODE
+
+#include "msgMapiFactory.h"
+#include "msgMapiImp.h"
+#include "msgMapi.h"
+
+CMapiFactory ::CMapiFactory()
+: m_cRef(1)
+{
+}
+
+CMapiFactory::~CMapiFactory()
+{
+}
+
+STDMETHODIMP CMapiFactory::QueryInterface(const IID& aIid, void** aPpv)
+{    
+    if ((aIid == IID_IUnknown) || (aIid == IID_IClassFactory))
+    {
+        *aPpv = static_cast<IClassFactory*>(this); 
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        *aPpv = nullptr;
+        return E_NOINTERFACE;
+    }
+    reinterpret_cast<IUnknown*>(*aPpv)->AddRef();
+    return S_OK;
+}
+
+STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) CMapiFactory::AddRef()
+{
+    return ++m_cRef;
+}
+
+STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) CMapiFactory::Release() 
+{
+    int32_t temp = --m_cRef;
+    if (m_cRef == 0)
+    {
+        delete this;
+        return 0;
+    }
+
+    return temp;
+}
+
+STDMETHODIMP CMapiFactory::CreateInstance(IUnknown* aUnknownOuter,
+                                           const IID& aIid,
+                                           void** aPpv) 
+{
+    // Cannot aggregate.
+
+    if (aUnknownOuter != nullptr)
+    {
+        return CLASS_E_NOAGGREGATION ;
+    }
+
+    // Create component.
+
+    CMapiImp* pImp = new CMapiImp();
+    if (pImp == nullptr)
+    {
+        return E_OUTOFMEMORY ;
+    }
+
+    // Get the requested interface.
+    HRESULT hr = pImp->QueryInterface(aIid, aPpv);
+
+    // Release the IUnknown pointer.
+    // (If QueryInterface failed, component will delete itself.)
+
+    pImp->Release();
+    return hr;
+}
+
+STDMETHODIMP CMapiFactory::LockServer(BOOL aLock) 
+{
+    return S_OK ;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/mapi/mapihook/src/msgMapiFactory.h b/mailnews/mapi/mapihook/src/msgMapiFactory.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7ae2f2ed3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mapi/mapihook/src/msgMapiFactory.h
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef MSG_MAPI_FACTORY_H
+#define MSG_MAPI_FACTORY_H
+
+#include <windows.h>
+#include <objbase.h>
+#include "nspr.h"
+#include "nsISupportsImpl.h" // ThreadSafeAutoRefCnt
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+
+class CMapiFactory : public IClassFactory
+{
+public :
+
+    // IUnknown
+
+    STDMETHODIMP            QueryInterface (REFIID aIid, void** aPpv);
+    STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG)    AddRef(void);
+    STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG)    Release(void);
+
+    // IClassFactory
+
+    STDMETHODIMP        CreateInstance (LPUNKNOWN aUnkOuter, REFIID aIid, void **aPpv);
+    STDMETHODIMP        LockServer (BOOL aLock);
+
+    CMapiFactory ();
+
+private:
+    mozilla::ThreadSafeAutoRefCnt m_cRef;
+
+    ~CMapiFactory ();
+};
+
+#endif  // MSG_MAPI_FACTORY_H
+
diff --git a/mailnews/mapi/mapihook/src/msgMapiHook.cpp b/mailnews/mapi/mapihook/src/msgMapiHook.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..02696fe94
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mapi/mapihook/src/msgMapiHook.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,829 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#define MAPI_STARTUP_ARG       "/MAPIStartUp"
+
+#include <mapidefs.h>
+#include <mapi.h>
+#include <tchar.h>
+#include <direct.h>
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsIComponentManager.h"
+#include "nsIServiceManager.h"
+#include "nsISupports.h"
+#include "nsIPromptService.h"
+#include "nsIAppStartup.h"
+#include "nsIAppShellService.h"
+#include "mozIDOMWindow.h"
+#include "nsINativeAppSupport.h"
+#include "nsIMsgAccountManager.h"
+#include "nsMsgBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsIStringBundle.h"
+#include "nsIPrefService.h"
+#include "nsIPrefBranch.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsUnicharUtils.h"
+#include "nsIMsgAttachment.h"
+#include "nsIMsgCompFields.h"
+#include "nsIMsgComposeParams.h"
+#include "nsIMsgCompose.h"
+#include "nsMsgCompCID.h"
+#include "nsIMsgSend.h"
+#include "nsIMsgComposeService.h"
+#include "nsDirectoryServiceDefs.h"
+#include "nsIDirectoryService.h"
+#include "nsMsgI18N.h"
+#include "msgMapi.h"
+#include "msgMapiHook.h"
+#include "msgMapiSupport.h"
+#include "msgMapiMain.h"
+#include "nsThreadUtils.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "nsNetUtil.h"
+#include "mozilla/Services.h"
+#include "nsIArray.h"
+#include "nsArrayUtils.h"
+#include "nsEmbedCID.h"
+#include "mozilla/Logging.h"
+
+extern PRLogModuleInfo *MAPI;
+
+class nsMAPISendListener : public nsIMsgSendListener
+{
+public:
+
+    // nsISupports interface
+    NS_DECL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS
+
+    /* void OnStartSending (in string aMsgID, in uint32_t aMsgSize); */
+    NS_IMETHOD OnStartSending(const char *aMsgID, uint32_t aMsgSize) { return NS_OK; }
+
+    /* void OnProgress (in string aMsgID, in uint32_t aProgress, in uint32_t aProgressMax); */
+    NS_IMETHOD OnProgress(const char *aMsgID, uint32_t aProgress, uint32_t aProgressMax) { return NS_OK;}
+
+    /* void OnStatus (in string aMsgID, in wstring aMsg); */
+    NS_IMETHOD OnStatus(const char *aMsgID, const char16_t *aMsg) { return NS_OK;}
+
+    /* void OnStopSending (in string aMsgID, in nsresult aStatus, in wstring aMsg, in nsIFile returnFile); */
+    NS_IMETHOD OnStopSending(const char *aMsgID, nsresult aStatus, const char16_t *aMsg,
+                           nsIFile *returnFile) {
+        PR_CEnterMonitor(this);
+        PR_CNotifyAll(this);
+        m_done = true;
+        PR_CExitMonitor(this);
+        return NS_OK ;
+    }
+
+	/* void OnSendNotPerformed */
+	NS_IMETHOD OnSendNotPerformed(const char *aMsgID, nsresult aStatus)
+	{
+		return OnStopSending(aMsgID, aStatus, nullptr, nullptr) ;
+	}
+
+    /* void OnGetDraftFolderURI (); */
+    NS_IMETHOD OnGetDraftFolderURI(const char *aFolderURI) {return NS_OK;}
+
+    static nsresult CreateMAPISendListener( nsIMsgSendListener **ppListener);
+
+    bool IsDone() { return m_done ; }
+
+protected :
+    nsMAPISendListener() {
+        m_done = false;
+    }
+
+    bool            m_done;
+private:
+    virtual ~nsMAPISendListener() { }
+
+};
+
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMAPISendListener, nsIMsgSendListener)
+
+nsresult nsMAPISendListener::CreateMAPISendListener( nsIMsgSendListener **ppListener)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(ppListener) ;
+
+    *ppListener = new nsMAPISendListener();
+    if (! *ppListener)
+        return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+    NS_ADDREF(*ppListener);
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+bool nsMapiHook::isMapiService = false;
+
+void nsMapiHook::CleanUp()
+{
+    // This routine will be fully implemented in future
+    // to cleanup mapi related stuff inside mozilla code.
+}
+
+bool nsMapiHook::DisplayLoginDialog(bool aLogin, char16_t **aUsername,
+                      char16_t **aPassword)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  bool btnResult = false;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPromptService> dlgService(do_GetService(NS_PROMPTSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && dlgService)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundleService> bundleService =
+      mozilla::services::GetStringBundleService();
+    if (!bundleService) return false;
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundle> bundle;
+    rv = bundleService->CreateBundle(MAPI_PROPERTIES_CHROME, getter_AddRefs(bundle));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !bundle) return false;
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundle> brandBundle;
+    rv = bundleService->CreateBundle(
+                    "chrome://branding/locale/brand.properties",
+                    getter_AddRefs(brandBundle));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return false;
+
+    nsString brandName;
+    rv = brandBundle->GetStringFromName(
+                       u"brandFullName",
+                       getter_Copies(brandName));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return false;
+
+    nsString loginTitle;
+    const char16_t *brandStrings[] = { brandName.get() };
+    NS_NAMED_LITERAL_STRING(loginTitlePropertyTag, "loginTitle");
+    const char16_t *dTitlePropertyTag = loginTitlePropertyTag.get();
+    rv = bundle->FormatStringFromName(dTitlePropertyTag, brandStrings, 1,
+                                      getter_Copies(loginTitle));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return false;
+
+    if (aLogin)
+    {
+      nsString loginText;
+      rv = bundle->GetStringFromName(u"loginTextwithName",
+                                     getter_Copies(loginText));
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv) || loginText.IsEmpty()) return false;
+
+      bool dummyValue = false;
+      rv = dlgService->PromptUsernameAndPassword(nullptr, loginTitle.get(),
+                                                 loginText.get(), aUsername, aPassword,
+                                                 nullptr, &dummyValue, &btnResult);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      //nsString loginString;
+      nsString loginText;
+      const char16_t *userNameStrings[] = { *aUsername };
+
+      NS_NAMED_LITERAL_STRING(loginTextPropertyTag, "loginText");
+      const char16_t *dpropertyTag = loginTextPropertyTag.get();
+      rv = bundle->FormatStringFromName(dpropertyTag, userNameStrings, 1,
+                                        getter_Copies(loginText));
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return false;
+
+      bool dummyValue = false;
+      rv = dlgService->PromptPassword(nullptr, loginTitle.get(), loginText.get(),
+                                      aPassword, nullptr, &dummyValue, &btnResult);
+    }
+  }
+
+  return btnResult;
+}
+
+bool nsMapiHook::VerifyUserName(const nsString& aUsername, nsCString& aIdKey)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  if (aUsername.IsEmpty())
+    return false;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccountManager> accountManager(do_GetService(NS_MSGACCOUNTMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return false;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIArray> identities;
+  rv = accountManager->GetAllIdentities(getter_AddRefs(identities));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return false;
+
+  uint32_t numIndentities = 0;
+  identities->GetLength(&numIndentities);
+
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < numIndentities; i++)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIdentity> thisIdentity(do_QueryElementAt(identities, i, &rv));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && thisIdentity)
+    {
+      nsCString email;
+      rv = thisIdentity->GetEmail(email);
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv)) continue;
+
+      // get the username from the email and compare with the username
+      int32_t index = email.FindChar('@');
+      if (index != -1)
+        email.SetLength(index);
+
+      if (aUsername.Equals(NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16(email)))
+        return NS_SUCCEEDED(thisIdentity->GetKey(aIdKey));
+    }
+  }
+
+  return false;
+}
+
+bool
+nsMapiHook::IsBlindSendAllowed()
+{
+  bool enabled = false;
+  bool warn = true;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefBranch = do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID);
+  if (prefBranch) {
+      prefBranch->GetBoolPref(PREF_MAPI_WARN_PRIOR_TO_BLIND_SEND, &warn);
+      prefBranch->GetBoolPref(PREF_MAPI_BLIND_SEND_ENABLED, &enabled);
+  }
+  if (!enabled)
+      return false;
+
+  if (!warn)
+      return true; // Everything is okay.
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundleService> bundleService =
+    mozilla::services::GetStringBundleService();
+  if (!bundleService) return false;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundle> bundle;
+  rv = bundleService->CreateBundle(MAPI_PROPERTIES_CHROME, getter_AddRefs(bundle));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !bundle) return false;
+
+  nsString warningMsg;
+  rv = bundle->GetStringFromName(u"mapiBlindSendWarning",
+                                      getter_Copies(warningMsg));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return false;
+
+  nsString dontShowAgainMessage;
+  rv = bundle->GetStringFromName(u"mapiBlindSendDontShowAgain",
+                                      getter_Copies(dontShowAgainMessage));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return false;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPromptService> dlgService(do_GetService(NS_PROMPTSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !dlgService) return false;
+
+  bool continueToWarn = true;
+  bool okayToContinue = false;
+  dlgService->ConfirmCheck(nullptr, nullptr, warningMsg.get(), dontShowAgainMessage.get(), &continueToWarn, &okayToContinue);
+
+  if (!continueToWarn && okayToContinue && prefBranch)
+    prefBranch->SetBoolPref(PREF_MAPI_WARN_PRIOR_TO_BLIND_SEND, false);
+
+  return okayToContinue;
+}
+
+// this is used for Send without UI
+nsresult nsMapiHook::BlindSendMail (unsigned long aSession, nsIMsgCompFields * aCompFields)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK ;
+
+  if (!IsBlindSendAllowed())
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  /** create nsIMsgComposeParams obj and other fields to populate it **/
+
+  nsCOMPtr<mozIDOMWindowProxy> hiddenWindow;
+  // get parent window
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAppShellService> appService = do_GetService( "@mozilla.org/appshell/appShellService;1", &rv);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)|| (!appService) ) return rv ;
+
+  rv = appService->GetHiddenDOMWindow(getter_AddRefs(hiddenWindow));
+  if ( NS_FAILED(rv) ) return rv ;
+  // smtp password and Logged in used IdKey from MapiConfig (session obj)
+  nsMAPIConfiguration * pMapiConfig = nsMAPIConfiguration::GetMAPIConfiguration() ;
+  if (!pMapiConfig) return NS_ERROR_FAILURE ;  // get the singelton obj
+  char16_t * password = pMapiConfig->GetPassword(aSession) ;
+  // password
+  nsAutoCString smtpPassword;
+  LossyCopyUTF16toASCII(password, smtpPassword);
+
+  // Id key
+  nsCString MsgIdKey;
+  pMapiConfig->GetIdKey(aSession, MsgIdKey);
+
+  // get the MsgIdentity for the above key using AccountManager
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgAccountManager> accountManager = do_GetService (NS_MSGACCOUNTMANAGER_CONTRACTID) ;
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || (!accountManager) ) return rv ;
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgIdentity> pMsgId ;
+  rv = accountManager->GetIdentity (MsgIdKey, getter_AddRefs(pMsgId)) ;
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) ) return rv ;
+
+  // create a send listener to get back the send status
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgSendListener> sendListener ;
+  rv = nsMAPISendListener::CreateMAPISendListener(getter_AddRefs(sendListener)) ;
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || (!sendListener) ) return rv;
+
+  // create the compose params object
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgComposeParams> pMsgComposeParams (do_CreateInstance(NS_MSGCOMPOSEPARAMS_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || (!pMsgComposeParams) ) return rv ;
+
+  // populate the compose params
+  bool forcePlainText;
+  aCompFields->GetForcePlainText(&forcePlainText);
+  pMsgComposeParams->SetType(nsIMsgCompType::New);
+  pMsgComposeParams->SetFormat(forcePlainText ? nsIMsgCompFormat::PlainText : nsIMsgCompFormat::HTML);
+  pMsgComposeParams->SetIdentity(pMsgId);
+  pMsgComposeParams->SetComposeFields(aCompFields);
+  pMsgComposeParams->SetSendListener(sendListener) ;
+  pMsgComposeParams->SetSmtpPassword(smtpPassword.get());
+
+  // create the nsIMsgCompose object to send the object
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgCompose> pMsgCompose (do_CreateInstance(NS_MSGCOMPOSE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || (!pMsgCompose) ) return rv ;
+
+  /** initialize nsIMsgCompose, Send the message, wait for send completion response **/
+
+  rv = pMsgCompose->Initialize(pMsgComposeParams, hiddenWindow, nullptr);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv ;
+
+  // If we're in offline mode, we'll need to queue it for later. No point in trying to send it.
+  return pMsgCompose->SendMsg(WeAreOffline() ? nsIMsgSend::nsMsgQueueForLater : nsIMsgSend::nsMsgDeliverNow,
+			      pMsgId, nullptr, nullptr, nullptr);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv ;
+
+  // assign to interface pointer from nsCOMPtr to facilitate typecast below
+  nsIMsgSendListener * pSendListener = sendListener ;
+
+  // we need to wait here to make sure that we return only after send is completed
+  // so we will have a event loop here which will process the events till the Send IsDone.
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIThread> thread(do_GetCurrentThread());
+  while ( !((nsMAPISendListener *) pSendListener)->IsDone() )
+  {
+    PR_CEnterMonitor(pSendListener);
+    PR_CWait(pSendListener, PR_MicrosecondsToInterval(1000UL));
+    PR_CExitMonitor(pSendListener);
+    NS_ProcessPendingEvents(thread);
+  }
+
+  return rv ;
+}
+
+// this is used to populate comp fields with Unicode data
+nsresult nsMapiHook::PopulateCompFields(lpnsMapiMessage aMessage,
+                                    nsIMsgCompFields * aCompFields)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK ;
+
+  if (aMessage->lpOriginator)
+    aCompFields->SetFrom (NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16((char *) aMessage->lpOriginator->lpszAddress));
+
+  nsAutoString To ;
+  nsAutoString Cc ;
+  nsAutoString Bcc ;
+
+  NS_NAMED_LITERAL_STRING(Comma, ",");
+
+  if (aMessage->lpRecips)
+  {
+    for (int i=0 ; i < (int) aMessage->nRecipCount ; i++)
+    {
+      if (aMessage->lpRecips[i].lpszAddress || aMessage->lpRecips[i].lpszName)
+      {
+        const char *addressWithoutType = (aMessage->lpRecips[i].lpszAddress)
+          ? aMessage->lpRecips[i].lpszAddress : aMessage->lpRecips[i].lpszName;
+        if (!PL_strncasecmp(addressWithoutType, "SMTP:", 5))
+          addressWithoutType += 5;
+        switch (aMessage->lpRecips[i].ulRecipClass)
+        {
+        case MAPI_TO :
+          if (!To.IsEmpty())
+            To += Comma;
+          To.Append(NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16(addressWithoutType));
+          break;
+
+        case MAPI_CC :
+          if (!Cc.IsEmpty())
+            Cc += Comma;
+          Cc.Append(NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16(addressWithoutType));
+          break;
+
+        case MAPI_BCC :
+          if (!Bcc.IsEmpty())
+            Bcc += Comma;
+          Bcc.Append(NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16(addressWithoutType));
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  MOZ_LOG(MAPI, mozilla::LogLevel::Debug, ("to: %s cc: %s bcc: %s \n", NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(To).get(), NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(Cc).get(), NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(Bcc).get()));
+  // set To, Cc, Bcc
+  aCompFields->SetTo (To) ;
+  aCompFields->SetCc (Cc) ;
+  aCompFields->SetBcc (Bcc) ;
+
+  // set subject
+  if (aMessage->lpszSubject)
+    aCompFields->SetSubject(NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16(aMessage->lpszSubject));
+
+  // handle attachments as File URL
+  rv = HandleAttachments (aCompFields, aMessage->nFileCount, aMessage->lpFiles, true) ;
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv ;
+
+  // set body
+  if (aMessage->lpszNoteText)
+  {
+      nsString Body;
+      CopyASCIItoUTF16(aMessage->lpszNoteText, Body);
+      if (Body.IsEmpty() || Body.Last() != '\n')
+        Body.AppendLiteral(CRLF);
+
+      // This is needed when Simple MAPI is used without a compose window.
+      // See bug 1366196.
+      if (Body.Find("<html>") == kNotFound)
+        aCompFields->SetForcePlainText(true);
+
+      rv = aCompFields->SetBody(Body) ;
+  }
+  return rv ;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMapiHook::HandleAttachments (nsIMsgCompFields * aCompFields, int32_t aFileCount,
+                                        lpnsMapiFileDesc aFiles, BOOL aIsUnicode)
+{
+    nsresult rv = NS_OK ;
+
+    nsAutoCString Attachments ;
+    nsAutoCString TempFiles ;
+
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIFile> pFile = do_CreateInstance (NS_LOCAL_FILE_CONTRACTID, &rv) ;
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv) || (!pFile) ) return rv ;
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIFile> pTempDir = do_CreateInstance (NS_LOCAL_FILE_CONTRACTID, &rv) ;
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv) || (!pTempDir) ) return rv ;
+
+    for (int i=0 ; i < aFileCount ; i++)
+    {
+        if (aFiles[i].lpszPathName)
+        {
+            // check if attachment exists
+            if (aIsUnicode)
+                pFile->InitWithPath (nsDependentString(aFiles[i].lpszPathName));
+            else
+                pFile->InitWithNativePath (nsDependentCString((const char*)aFiles[i].lpszPathName));
+
+            bool bExist ;
+            rv = pFile->Exists(&bExist) ;
+            MOZ_LOG(MAPI, mozilla::LogLevel::Debug, ("nsMapiHook::HandleAttachments: filename: %s path: %s exists = %s \n", (const char*)aFiles[i].lpszFileName, (const char*)aFiles[i].lpszPathName, bExist ? "true" : "false"));
+            if (NS_FAILED(rv) || (!bExist) ) return NS_ERROR_FILE_TARGET_DOES_NOT_EXIST ;
+
+            //Temp Directory
+            nsCOMPtr <nsIFile> pTempDir;
+            NS_GetSpecialDirectory(NS_OS_TEMP_DIR, getter_AddRefs(pTempDir));
+
+            // create a new sub directory called moz_mapi underneath the temp directory
+            pTempDir->AppendRelativePath(NS_LITERAL_STRING("moz_mapi"));
+            pTempDir->Exists (&bExist) ;
+            if (!bExist)
+            {
+                rv = pTempDir->Create(nsIFile::DIRECTORY_TYPE, 777) ;
+                if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv ;
+            }
+
+            // rename or copy the existing temp file with the real file name
+
+            nsAutoString leafName ;
+            // convert to Unicode using Platform charset
+            // leafName already contains a unicode leafName from lpszPathName. If we were given
+            // a value for lpszFileName, use it. Otherwise stick with leafName
+            if (aFiles[i].lpszFileName)
+            {
+              nsAutoString wholeFileName;
+                if (aIsUnicode)
+                    wholeFileName.Assign(aFiles[i].lpszFileName);
+                else
+                    ConvertToUnicode(nsMsgI18NFileSystemCharset(), (char *) aFiles[i].lpszFileName, wholeFileName);
+                // need to find the last '\' and find the leafname from that.
+                int32_t lastSlash = wholeFileName.RFindChar(char16_t('\\'));
+                if (lastSlash != kNotFound)
+                  leafName.Assign(Substring(wholeFileName, lastSlash + 1));
+                else
+                  leafName.Assign(wholeFileName);
+            }
+            else
+              pFile->GetLeafName (leafName);
+
+            nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAttachment> attachment = do_CreateInstance(NS_MSGATTACHMENT_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+            NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+            attachment->SetName(leafName);
+
+            nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> pTempFile;
+            rv = pTempDir->Clone(getter_AddRefs(pTempFile));
+            if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !pTempFile)
+              return rv;
+
+            pTempFile->Append(leafName);
+            pTempFile->Exists(&bExist);
+            if (bExist)
+            {
+              rv = pTempFile->CreateUnique(nsIFile::NORMAL_FILE_TYPE, 0777);
+              NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+              pTempFile->Remove(false); // remove so we can copy over it.
+              pTempFile->GetLeafName(leafName);
+            }
+            // copy the file to its new location and file name
+            pFile->CopyTo(pTempDir, leafName);
+            // point pFile to the new location of the attachment
+            pFile->InitWithFile(pTempDir);
+            pFile->Append(leafName);
+
+            // create MsgCompose attachment object
+            attachment->SetTemporary(true); // this one is a temp file so set the flag for MsgCompose
+
+            // now set the attachment object
+            nsAutoCString pURL ;
+            NS_GetURLSpecFromFile(pFile, pURL);
+            attachment->SetUrl(pURL);
+
+            // set the file size
+            int64_t fileSize;
+            pFile->GetFileSize(&fileSize);
+            attachment->SetSize(fileSize);
+
+            // add the attachment
+            rv = aCompFields->AddAttachment (attachment);
+            if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+              MOZ_LOG(MAPI, mozilla::LogLevel::Debug, ("nsMapiHook::HandleAttachments: AddAttachment rv =  %lx\n", rv));
+        }
+    }
+    return rv ;
+}
+
+
+// this is used to convert non Unicode data and then populate comp fields
+nsresult nsMapiHook::PopulateCompFieldsWithConversion(lpnsMapiMessage aMessage,
+                                    nsIMsgCompFields * aCompFields)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  if (aMessage->lpOriginator)
+  {
+    nsAutoString From;
+    From.Append(NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16((char *) aMessage->lpOriginator->lpszAddress));
+    aCompFields->SetFrom (From);
+  }
+
+  nsAutoString To;
+  nsAutoString Cc;
+  nsAutoString Bcc;
+  NS_NAMED_LITERAL_STRING(Comma, ",");
+  if (aMessage->lpRecips)
+  {
+    for (int i=0 ; i < (int) aMessage->nRecipCount ; i++)
+    {
+      if (aMessage->lpRecips[i].lpszAddress || aMessage->lpRecips[i].lpszName)
+      {
+        const char *addressWithoutType = (aMessage->lpRecips[i].lpszAddress)
+          ? aMessage->lpRecips[i].lpszAddress : aMessage->lpRecips[i].lpszName;
+        if (!PL_strncasecmp(addressWithoutType, "SMTP:", 5))
+          addressWithoutType += 5;
+
+        switch (aMessage->lpRecips[i].ulRecipClass)
+        {
+        case MAPI_TO :
+          if (!To.IsEmpty())
+            To += Comma ;
+          To.Append(NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16(addressWithoutType));
+          break ;
+
+        case MAPI_CC :
+          if (!Cc.IsEmpty())
+            Cc += Comma ;
+          Cc.Append(NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16(addressWithoutType));
+          break ;
+
+        case MAPI_BCC :
+          if (!Bcc.IsEmpty())
+              Bcc += Comma ;
+          Bcc.Append(NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16(addressWithoutType));
+          break ;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  // set To, Cc, Bcc
+  aCompFields->SetTo (To) ;
+  aCompFields->SetCc (Cc) ;
+  aCompFields->SetBcc (Bcc) ;
+
+  MOZ_LOG(MAPI, mozilla::LogLevel::Debug, ("to: %s cc: %s bcc: %s \n", NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(To).get(), NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(Cc).get(), NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(Bcc).get()));
+
+  nsAutoCString platformCharSet;
+  // set subject
+  if (aMessage->lpszSubject)
+  {
+    nsAutoString Subject ;
+    if (platformCharSet.IsEmpty())
+      platformCharSet.Assign(nsMsgI18NFileSystemCharset());
+    rv = ConvertToUnicode(platformCharSet.get(), (char *) aMessage->lpszSubject, Subject);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+    aCompFields->SetSubject(Subject);
+  }
+
+  // handle attachments as File URL
+  rv = HandleAttachments (aCompFields, aMessage->nFileCount, aMessage->lpFiles, false) ;
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv ;
+
+  // set body
+  if (aMessage->lpszNoteText)
+  {
+    nsAutoString Body ;
+    if (platformCharSet.IsEmpty())
+      platformCharSet.Assign(nsMsgI18NFileSystemCharset());
+    rv = ConvertToUnicode(platformCharSet.get(), (char *) aMessage->lpszNoteText, Body);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv ;
+    if (Body.IsEmpty() || Body.Last() != '\n')
+      Body.AppendLiteral(CRLF);
+
+    // This is needed when Simple MAPI is used without a compose window.
+    // See bug 1366196.
+    if (Body.Find("<html>") == kNotFound)
+      aCompFields->SetForcePlainText(true);
+
+    rv = aCompFields->SetBody(Body) ;
+  }
+
+#ifdef RAJIV_DEBUG
+  // testing what all was set in CompFields
+  printf ("To : %S \n", To.get()) ;
+  printf ("CC : %S \n", Cc.get() ) ;
+  printf ("BCC : %S \n", Bcc.get() ) ;
+#endif
+
+  return rv ;
+}
+
+// this is used to populate the docs as attachments in the Comp fields for Send Documents
+nsresult nsMapiHook::PopulateCompFieldsForSendDocs(nsIMsgCompFields * aCompFields, ULONG aFlags,
+                                                   LPTSTR aDelimChar, LPTSTR aFilePaths)
+{
+  nsAutoString strDelimChars ;
+  nsString strFilePaths;
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK ;
+  bool bExist ;
+
+  if (aDelimChar)
+    strDelimChars.Assign(aDelimChar);
+  if (aFilePaths)
+    strFilePaths.Assign(aFilePaths);
+
+  // check for comma in filename
+  if (strDelimChars.FindChar(',') == kNotFound)  // if comma is not in the delimiter specified by user
+  {
+    if (strFilePaths.FindChar(',') != kNotFound) // if comma found in filenames return error
+      return NS_ERROR_FILE_INVALID_PATH;
+  }
+
+  nsCString Attachments ;
+
+  // only 1 file is to be sent, no delim specified
+  if (strDelimChars.IsEmpty())
+      strDelimChars.AssignLiteral(";");
+
+  int32_t offset = 0 ;
+  int32_t FilePathsLen = strFilePaths.Length() ;
+  if (FilePathsLen)
+  {
+    nsAutoString Subject ;
+
+    // multiple files to be sent, delim specified
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIFile> pFile = do_CreateInstance (NS_LOCAL_FILE_CONTRACTID, &rv) ;
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv) || (!pFile) ) return rv ;
+
+    char16_t * newFilePaths = (char16_t *) strFilePaths.get() ;
+    while (offset != kNotFound)
+    {
+      //Temp Directory
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIFile> pTempDir;
+      NS_GetSpecialDirectory(NS_OS_TEMP_DIR, getter_AddRefs(pTempDir));
+
+      // if not already existing, create another temp dir for mapi within Win temp dir
+      // this is windows only so we can do "\\"
+      pTempDir->AppendRelativePath (NS_LITERAL_STRING("moz_mapi"));
+      pTempDir->Exists(&bExist) ;
+      if (!bExist)
+      {
+        rv = pTempDir->Create(nsIFile::DIRECTORY_TYPE, 777) ;
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv ;
+      }
+
+      nsString RemainingPaths ;
+      RemainingPaths.Assign(newFilePaths) ;
+      offset = RemainingPaths.Find (strDelimChars) ;
+      if (offset != kNotFound)
+      {
+        RemainingPaths.SetLength (offset) ;
+        if ((offset + (int32_t)strDelimChars.Length()) < FilePathsLen)
+          newFilePaths += offset + strDelimChars.Length() ;
+        else
+          offset = kNotFound;
+        FilePathsLen -= offset + strDelimChars.Length();
+      }
+
+      if (RemainingPaths[1] != ':' && RemainingPaths[1] != '\\')
+      {
+        char cwd[MAX_PATH];
+        if (_getdcwd(_getdrive(), cwd, MAX_PATH))
+        {
+          nsAutoString cwdStr;
+          CopyASCIItoUTF16(cwd, cwdStr);
+          cwdStr.Append('\\');
+          RemainingPaths.Insert(cwdStr, 0);
+        }
+      }
+
+      pFile->InitWithPath (RemainingPaths) ;
+
+      rv = pFile->Exists(&bExist) ;
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv) || (!bExist) ) return NS_ERROR_FILE_TARGET_DOES_NOT_EXIST ;
+
+      // filename of the file attachment
+      nsAutoString leafName ;
+      pFile->GetLeafName (leafName) ;
+      if(NS_FAILED(rv) || leafName.IsEmpty()) return rv ;
+
+      if (!Subject.IsEmpty())
+          Subject.AppendLiteral(", ");
+      Subject += leafName;
+
+      // create MsgCompose attachment object
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAttachment> attachment = do_CreateInstance(NS_MSGATTACHMENT_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      nsDependentString fileNameNative(leafName.get());
+      rv = pFile->CopyTo(pTempDir, fileNameNative);
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+      // now turn pTempDir into a full file path to the temp file
+      pTempDir->Append(fileNameNative);
+
+      // this one is a temp file so set the flag for MsgCompose
+      attachment->SetTemporary(true);
+
+      // now set the attachment object
+      nsAutoCString pURL;
+      NS_GetURLSpecFromFile(pTempDir, pURL);
+      attachment->SetUrl(pURL);
+
+      // set the file size
+      int64_t fileSize;
+      pFile->GetFileSize(&fileSize);
+      attachment->SetSize(fileSize);
+
+      // add the attachment
+      rv = aCompFields->AddAttachment (attachment);
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+    }
+
+    rv = aCompFields->SetBody(Subject) ;
+  }
+
+  return rv ;
+}
+
+// this used for Send with UI
+nsresult nsMapiHook::ShowComposerWindow (unsigned long aSession, nsIMsgCompFields * aCompFields)
+{
+    nsresult rv = NS_OK ;
+
+    // create a send listener to get back the send status
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgSendListener> sendListener ;
+    rv = nsMAPISendListener::CreateMAPISendListener(getter_AddRefs(sendListener)) ;
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv) || (!sendListener) ) return rv ;
+
+    // create the compose params object
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgComposeParams> pMsgComposeParams (do_CreateInstance(NS_MSGCOMPOSEPARAMS_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv) || (!pMsgComposeParams) ) return rv ;
+
+    // If we found HTML, compose in HTML.
+    bool forcePlainText;
+    aCompFields->GetForcePlainText(&forcePlainText);
+    pMsgComposeParams->SetFormat(forcePlainText ? nsIMsgCompFormat::Default : nsIMsgCompFormat::HTML);
+
+    // populate the compose params
+    pMsgComposeParams->SetType(nsIMsgCompType::New);
+
+    // Never force to plain text, the default format will take care of that.
+    // Undo the forcing that happened in PopulateCompFields/PopulateCompFieldsWithConversion.
+    // See bug 1095629 and bug 1366196.
+    aCompFields->SetForcePlainText(false);
+    pMsgComposeParams->SetComposeFields(aCompFields);
+    pMsgComposeParams->SetSendListener(sendListener);
+
+    /** get the nsIMsgComposeService object to open the compose window **/
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgComposeService> compService = do_GetService (NS_MSGCOMPOSESERVICE_CONTRACTID) ;
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)|| (!compService) ) return rv ;
+
+    rv = compService->OpenComposeWindowWithParams(nullptr, pMsgComposeParams) ;
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv ;
+
+    return rv ;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/mapi/mapihook/src/msgMapiHook.h b/mailnews/mapi/mapihook/src/msgMapiHook.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8860d5227
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mapi/mapihook/src/msgMapiHook.h
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef MSG_MAPI_HOOK_H_
+#define MSG_MAPI_HOOK_H_
+
+#include "prtypes.h"
+
+class nsMapiHook
+{
+    public :
+
+        static bool DisplayLoginDialog(bool aLogin, char16_t **aUsername, 
+                        char16_t **aPassword);
+        static bool VerifyUserName(const nsString& aUsername, nsCString& aIdKey);
+
+        static bool IsBlindSendAllowed () ;
+        static nsresult BlindSendMail (unsigned long aSession, nsIMsgCompFields * aCompFields) ;
+        static nsresult ShowComposerWindow (unsigned long aSession, nsIMsgCompFields * aCompFields) ;
+        static nsresult PopulateCompFields(lpnsMapiMessage aMessage, nsIMsgCompFields * aCompFields) ;
+        static nsresult PopulateCompFieldsWithConversion(lpnsMapiMessage aMessage, 
+                                        nsIMsgCompFields * aCompFields) ;
+        static nsresult PopulateCompFieldsForSendDocs(nsIMsgCompFields * aCompFields, 
+                                        ULONG aFlags, LPTSTR aDelimChar, LPTSTR aFilePaths) ;
+        static nsresult HandleAttachments (nsIMsgCompFields * aCompFields, int32_t aFileCount, 
+                                        lpnsMapiFileDesc aFiles, BOOL aIsUnicode) ;
+        static void CleanUp();
+
+        static bool isMapiService;
+};
+
+#endif  // MSG_MAPI_HOOK_H_
diff --git a/mailnews/mapi/mapihook/src/msgMapiImp.cpp b/mailnews/mapi/mapihook/src/msgMapiImp.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9139d68c6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mapi/mapihook/src/msgMapiImp.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,878 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include <mapidefs.h>
+#include <mapi.h>
+#include "msgMapi.h"
+#include "msgMapiImp.h"
+#include "msgMapiFactory.h"
+#include "msgMapiMain.h"
+
+#include "nsIMsgCompFields.h"
+#include "msgMapiHook.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsISupports.h"
+#include "nsMsgCompCID.h"
+#include "nsIMsgDatabase.h"
+#include "nsMsgFolderFlags.h"
+#include "nsIMsgHdr.h"
+#include "MailNewsTypes.h"
+#include "nsMsgBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsIMsgAccountManager.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolder.h"
+#include "nsIMsgImapMailFolder.h"
+#include <time.h>
+#include "nsIInputStream.h"
+#include "nsILineInputStream.h"
+#include "nsISeekableStream.h"
+#include "nsIFile.h"
+#include "nsIFileStreams.h"
+#include "nsNetCID.h"
+#include "nsMsgMessageFlags.h"
+#include "mozilla/mailnews/MimeHeaderParser.h"
+#include "mozilla/Logging.h"
+
+using namespace mozilla::mailnews;
+
+PRLogModuleInfo *MAPI;
+
+CMapiImp::CMapiImp()
+: m_cRef(1)
+{
+    m_Lock = PR_NewLock();
+  if (!MAPI)
+    MAPI = PR_NewLogModule("MAPI");
+}
+
+CMapiImp::~CMapiImp() 
+{ 
+    if (m_Lock)
+        PR_DestroyLock(m_Lock);
+}
+
+STDMETHODIMP CMapiImp::QueryInterface(const IID& aIid, void** aPpv)
+{    
+    if (aIid == IID_IUnknown)
+    {
+        *aPpv = static_cast<nsIMapi*>(this); 
+    }
+    else if (aIid == IID_nsIMapi)
+    {
+        *aPpv = static_cast<nsIMapi*>(this);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        *aPpv = nullptr;
+        return E_NOINTERFACE;
+    }
+
+    reinterpret_cast<IUnknown*>(*aPpv)->AddRef();
+    return S_OK;
+}
+
+STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) CMapiImp::AddRef()
+{
+    return ++m_cRef;
+}
+
+STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) CMapiImp::Release() 
+{
+    int32_t temp = --m_cRef;
+    if (m_cRef == 0)
+    {
+        delete this;
+        return 0;
+    }
+
+    return temp;
+}
+
+STDMETHODIMP CMapiImp::IsValid()
+{
+    return S_OK;
+}
+
+STDMETHODIMP CMapiImp::IsValidSession(unsigned long aSession)
+{
+    nsMAPIConfiguration *pConfig = nsMAPIConfiguration::GetMAPIConfiguration();
+    if (pConfig && pConfig->IsSessionValid(aSession))
+        return S_OK;
+
+    return E_FAIL;
+}
+
+STDMETHODIMP CMapiImp::Initialize()
+{
+    HRESULT hr = E_FAIL;
+
+    if (!m_Lock)
+        return E_FAIL;
+
+    PR_Lock(m_Lock);
+
+    // Initialize MAPI Configuration
+
+    nsMAPIConfiguration *pConfig = nsMAPIConfiguration::GetMAPIConfiguration();
+    if (pConfig != nullptr)
+      hr = S_OK;
+
+    PR_Unlock(m_Lock);
+
+    return hr;
+}
+
+STDMETHODIMP CMapiImp::Login(unsigned long aUIArg, LOGIN_PW_TYPE aLogin, LOGIN_PW_TYPE aPassWord,
+                unsigned long aFlags, unsigned long *aSessionId)
+{
+    HRESULT hr = E_FAIL;
+     bool bNewSession = false;
+    nsCString id_key;
+
+    MOZ_LOG(MAPI, mozilla::LogLevel::Debug, ("CMapiImp::Login using flags %d\n", aFlags));
+    if (aFlags & MAPI_NEW_SESSION)
+        bNewSession = true;
+
+    // Check For Profile Name
+    if (aLogin != nullptr && aLogin[0] != '\0')
+    {
+        if (!nsMapiHook::VerifyUserName(nsString(aLogin), id_key))
+        {
+            *aSessionId = MAPI_E_LOGIN_FAILURE;
+            MOZ_LOG(MAPI, mozilla::LogLevel::Debug, ("CMapiImp::Login failed for username %s\n", aLogin));
+            NS_ASSERTION(false, "failed verifying user name");
+            return hr;
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      // get default account
+      nsresult rv;
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgAccountManager> accountManager = 
+        do_GetService(NS_MSGACCOUNTMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv); 
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,MAPI_E_LOGIN_FAILURE);
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgAccount> account;
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgIdentity> identity;
+      rv = accountManager->GetDefaultAccount(getter_AddRefs(account));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,MAPI_E_LOGIN_FAILURE);
+      rv = account->GetDefaultIdentity(getter_AddRefs(identity));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,MAPI_E_LOGIN_FAILURE);
+      if (!identity)
+        return MAPI_E_LOGIN_FAILURE;
+      identity->GetKey(id_key);
+    }
+
+    // finally register(create) the session.
+    uint32_t nSession_Id;
+    int16_t nResult = 0;
+
+    nsMAPIConfiguration *pConfig = nsMAPIConfiguration::GetMAPIConfiguration();
+    if (pConfig != nullptr)
+        nResult = pConfig->RegisterSession(aUIArg, wwc(aLogin), wwc(aPassWord),
+                                           (aFlags & MAPI_FORCE_DOWNLOAD), bNewSession,
+                                           &nSession_Id, id_key.get());
+    switch (nResult)
+    {
+        case -1 :
+        {
+            *aSessionId = MAPI_E_TOO_MANY_SESSIONS;
+            return hr;
+        }
+        case 0 :
+        {
+            *aSessionId = MAPI_E_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY;
+            return hr;
+        }
+        default :
+        {
+            *aSessionId = nSession_Id;
+            MOZ_LOG(MAPI, mozilla::LogLevel::Debug, ("CMapiImp::Login succeeded\n"));
+            break;
+        }
+    }
+
+    return S_OK;
+}
+
+STDMETHODIMP CMapiImp::SendMail( unsigned long aSession, lpnsMapiMessage aMessage,
+     short aRecipCount, lpnsMapiRecipDesc aRecips , short aFileCount, lpnsMapiFileDesc aFiles , 
+     unsigned long aFlags, unsigned long aReserved)
+{
+    nsresult rv = NS_OK ;
+
+    MOZ_LOG(MAPI, mozilla::LogLevel::Debug, ("CMapiImp::SendMail using flags %d\n", aFlags));
+    // Assign the pointers in the aMessage struct to the array of Recips and Files
+    // received here from MS COM. These are used in BlindSendMail and ShowCompWin fns 
+    aMessage->lpRecips = aRecips ;
+    aMessage->lpFiles = aFiles ;
+
+    MOZ_LOG(MAPI, mozilla::LogLevel::Debug, ("CMapiImp::SendMail flags=%x subject: %s sender: %s\n", 
+      aFlags, (char *) aMessage->lpszSubject, (aMessage->lpOriginator) ? aMessage->lpOriginator->lpszAddress : ""));
+
+    /** create nsIMsgCompFields obj and populate it **/
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgCompFields> pCompFields = do_CreateInstance(NS_MSGCOMPFIELDS_CONTRACTID, &rv) ;
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv) || (!pCompFields) ) return MAPI_E_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY ;
+
+    if (aFlags & MAPI_UNICODE)
+        rv = nsMapiHook::PopulateCompFields(aMessage, pCompFields) ;
+    else
+        rv = nsMapiHook::PopulateCompFieldsWithConversion(aMessage, pCompFields) ;
+    
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED (rv))
+    {
+        // see flag to see if UI needs to be brought up
+        if (!(aFlags & MAPI_DIALOG))
+        {
+            rv = nsMapiHook::BlindSendMail(aSession, pCompFields);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            rv = nsMapiHook::ShowComposerWindow(aSession, pCompFields);
+        }
+    }
+    
+    return nsMAPIConfiguration::GetMAPIErrorFromNSError (rv) ;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CMapiImp::SendDocuments( unsigned long aSession, LPTSTR aDelimChar,
+                            LPTSTR aFilePaths, LPTSTR aFileNames, ULONG aFlags)
+{
+    nsresult rv = NS_OK ;
+
+    MOZ_LOG(MAPI, mozilla::LogLevel::Debug, ("CMapiImp::SendDocument using flags %d\n", aFlags));
+    /** create nsIMsgCompFields obj and populate it **/
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgCompFields> pCompFields = do_CreateInstance(NS_MSGCOMPFIELDS_CONTRACTID, &rv) ;
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv) || (!pCompFields) ) return MAPI_E_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY ;
+
+    if (aFilePaths)
+    {
+        rv = nsMapiHook::PopulateCompFieldsForSendDocs(pCompFields, aFlags, aDelimChar, aFilePaths) ;
+    }
+
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED (rv)) 
+        rv = nsMapiHook::ShowComposerWindow(aSession, pCompFields);
+    else
+      MOZ_LOG(MAPI, mozilla::LogLevel::Debug, ("CMapiImp::SendDocument error rv = %lx, paths = %s names = %s\n", rv, aFilePaths, aFileNames));
+
+    return nsMAPIConfiguration::GetMAPIErrorFromNSError (rv) ;
+}
+
+nsresult CMapiImp::GetDefaultInbox(nsIMsgFolder **inboxFolder)
+{
+  // get default account
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgAccountManager> accountManager = 
+    do_GetService(NS_MSGACCOUNTMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv); 
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgAccount> account;
+  rv = accountManager->GetDefaultAccount(getter_AddRefs(account));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  // get incoming server
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+  rv = account->GetIncomingServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  nsCString type;
+  rv = server->GetType(type);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  // we only care about imap and pop3
+  if (type.EqualsLiteral("imap") || type.EqualsLiteral("pop3"))
+  {
+    // imap and pop3 account should have an Inbox
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> rootMsgFolder;
+    rv = server->GetRootMsgFolder(getter_AddRefs(rootMsgFolder));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+ 
+    if (!rootMsgFolder)
+      return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+ 
+    rootMsgFolder->GetFolderWithFlags(nsMsgFolderFlags::Inbox, inboxFolder);
+    if (!*inboxFolder)
+     return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+ 
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+//*****************************************************************************
+// Encapsulate the XP DB stuff required to enumerate messages
+
+class MsgMapiListContext 
+{
+public:
+  MsgMapiListContext () {}
+  ~MsgMapiListContext ();
+  
+  nsresult OpenDatabase (nsIMsgFolder *folder);
+  
+  nsMsgKey GetNext ();
+  nsresult MarkRead (nsMsgKey key, bool read);
+  
+  lpnsMapiMessage GetMessage (nsMsgKey, unsigned long flFlags);
+  bool IsIMAPHost(void);
+  bool DeleteMessage(nsMsgKey key);
+  
+protected:
+  
+  char *ConvertDateToMapiFormat (time_t);
+  char *ConvertBodyToMapiFormat (nsIMsgDBHdr *hdr);
+  void ConvertRecipientsToMapiFormat(const nsCOMArray<msgIAddressObject> &ourRecips,
+                                     lpnsMapiRecipDesc mapiRecips,
+                                     int mapiRecipClass);
+  
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> m_folder;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDatabase> m_db;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsISimpleEnumerator> m_msgEnumerator;
+};
+
+
+LONG CMapiImp::InitContext(unsigned long session, MsgMapiListContext **listContext)
+{
+  nsMAPIConfiguration * pMapiConfig = nsMAPIConfiguration::GetMAPIConfiguration() ;
+  if (!pMapiConfig)
+    return MAPI_E_FAILURE ;  // get the singelton obj
+  *listContext = (MsgMapiListContext *) pMapiConfig->GetMapiListContext(session);
+  // This is the first message
+  if (!*listContext)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> inboxFolder;
+    nsresult rv = GetDefaultInbox(getter_AddRefs(inboxFolder));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    {
+      NS_ASSERTION(false, "in init context, no inbox");
+      return(MAPI_E_NO_MESSAGES);
+    }
+
+    *listContext = new MsgMapiListContext;
+    if (!*listContext)
+      return MAPI_E_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY;
+
+    rv = (*listContext)->OpenDatabase(inboxFolder);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    {
+      pMapiConfig->SetMapiListContext(session, NULL);
+      delete *listContext;
+      NS_ASSERTION(false, "in init context, unable to open db");
+      return MAPI_E_NO_MESSAGES;
+    }
+    else
+      pMapiConfig->SetMapiListContext(session, *listContext);
+  }
+  return SUCCESS_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+STDMETHODIMP CMapiImp::FindNext(unsigned long aSession, unsigned long ulUIParam, LPTSTR lpszMessageType,
+                              LPTSTR lpszSeedMessageID, unsigned long flFlags, unsigned long ulReserved,
+                              unsigned char lpszMessageID[64])
+
+{
+  //
+  // If this is true, then this is the first call to this FindNext function
+  // and we should start the enumeration operation.
+  //
+
+  *lpszMessageID = '\0';
+  nsMAPIConfiguration * pMapiConfig = nsMAPIConfiguration::GetMAPIConfiguration() ;
+  if (!pMapiConfig) 
+  {
+    NS_ASSERTION(false, "failed to get config in findnext");
+    return MAPI_E_FAILURE ;  // get the singelton obj
+  }
+  MsgMapiListContext *listContext;
+  LONG ret = InitContext(aSession, &listContext);
+  if (ret != SUCCESS_SUCCESS)
+  {
+    NS_ASSERTION(false, "init context failed");
+    return ret;
+  }
+  NS_ASSERTION(listContext, "initContext returned null context");
+  if (listContext)
+  {
+//    NS_ASSERTION(false, "find next init context succeeded");
+    nsMsgKey nextKey = listContext->GetNext();
+    if (nextKey == nsMsgKey_None)
+    {
+      pMapiConfig->SetMapiListContext(aSession, NULL);
+      delete listContext;
+      return(MAPI_E_NO_MESSAGES);
+    }
+
+//    TRACE("MAPI: ProcessMAPIFindNext() Found message id = %d\n", nextKey);
+
+    sprintf((char *) lpszMessageID, "%d", nextKey);
+  }
+
+  MOZ_LOG(MAPI, mozilla::LogLevel::Debug, ("CMapiImp::FindNext returning key %s\n", (char *) lpszMessageID));
+  return(SUCCESS_SUCCESS);
+}
+
+STDMETHODIMP CMapiImp::ReadMail(unsigned long aSession, unsigned long ulUIParam, LPTSTR lpszMessageID,
+                              unsigned long flFlags, unsigned long ulReserved, lpnsMapiMessage *lppMessage)
+{
+  nsresult irv;
+  nsAutoCString keyString((char *) lpszMessageID);
+  MOZ_LOG(MAPI, mozilla::LogLevel::Debug, ("CMapiImp::ReadMail asking for key %s\n", (char *) lpszMessageID));
+  nsMsgKey msgKey = keyString.ToInteger(&irv);
+  if (NS_FAILED(irv))
+  {
+    NS_ASSERTION(false, "invalid lpszMessageID");
+    return MAPI_E_INVALID_MESSAGE;
+  }
+  MsgMapiListContext *listContext;
+  LONG ret = InitContext(aSession, &listContext);
+  if (ret != SUCCESS_SUCCESS)
+  {
+    NS_ASSERTION(false, "init context failed in ReadMail");
+    return ret;
+  }
+  *lppMessage = listContext->GetMessage (msgKey, flFlags);
+  NS_ASSERTION(*lppMessage, "get message failed");
+
+  return (*lppMessage) ? SUCCESS_SUCCESS : E_FAIL;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CMapiImp::DeleteMail(unsigned long aSession, unsigned long ulUIParam, LPTSTR lpszMessageID,
+                              unsigned long flFlags, unsigned long ulReserved)
+{
+  nsresult irv;
+  nsAutoCString keyString((char *) lpszMessageID);
+  nsMsgKey msgKey = keyString.ToInteger(&irv);
+  // XXX Why do we return success on failure?
+  if (NS_FAILED(irv))
+    return SUCCESS_SUCCESS;
+  MsgMapiListContext *listContext;
+  LONG ret = InitContext(aSession, &listContext);
+  if (ret != SUCCESS_SUCCESS)
+    return ret;
+  return (listContext->DeleteMessage(msgKey)) ? SUCCESS_SUCCESS : MAPI_E_INVALID_MESSAGE;
+}
+
+STDMETHODIMP CMapiImp::SaveMail(unsigned long aSession, unsigned long ulUIParam,  lpnsMapiMessage lppMessage,
+                              unsigned long flFlags, unsigned long ulReserved, LPTSTR lpszMessageID)
+{
+  MsgMapiListContext *listContext;
+  LONG ret = InitContext(aSession, &listContext);
+  if (ret != SUCCESS_SUCCESS)
+    return ret;
+  return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CMapiImp::Logoff (unsigned long aSession)
+{
+    nsMAPIConfiguration *pConfig = nsMAPIConfiguration::GetMAPIConfiguration();
+
+    if (pConfig->UnRegisterSession((uint32_t)aSession))
+        return S_OK;
+
+    return E_FAIL;
+}
+
+STDMETHODIMP CMapiImp::CleanUp()
+{
+    nsMapiHook::CleanUp();
+    return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+#define           MAX_NAME_LEN    256
+
+
+MsgMapiListContext::~MsgMapiListContext ()
+{
+  if (m_db)
+    m_db->Close(false);
+}
+
+
+nsresult MsgMapiListContext::OpenDatabase (nsIMsgFolder *folder)
+{
+  nsresult dbErr = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  if (folder)
+  {
+    m_folder = folder;
+    dbErr = folder->GetMsgDatabase(getter_AddRefs(m_db));
+    if (m_db)
+      dbErr = m_db->EnumerateMessages(getter_AddRefs(m_msgEnumerator));
+  }
+  return dbErr;
+}
+
+bool 
+MsgMapiListContext::IsIMAPHost(void)
+{
+  if (!m_folder) 
+    return FALSE;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgImapMailFolder> imapFolder = do_QueryInterface(m_folder);
+
+  return imapFolder != nullptr;
+}
+
+nsMsgKey MsgMapiListContext::GetNext ()
+{
+  nsMsgKey key = nsMsgKey_None;
+  bool      keepTrying = TRUE;
+  
+//  NS_ASSERTION (m_msgEnumerator && m_db, "need enumerator and db");
+  if (m_msgEnumerator && m_db)
+  {
+    
+    do 
+    {
+      keepTrying = FALSE;  
+      nsCOMPtr <nsISupports> hdrISupports;
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(m_msgEnumerator->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(hdrISupports))) && hdrISupports)
+      {
+        msgHdr = do_QueryInterface(hdrISupports);
+        msgHdr->GetMessageKey(&key);
+        
+        // Check here for IMAP message...if not, just return...
+        if (!IsIMAPHost())
+          return key;
+        
+        // If this is an IMAP message, we have to make sure we have a valid
+        // body to work with.
+        uint32_t  flags = 0;
+        
+        (void) msgHdr->GetFlags(&flags);
+        if (flags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Offline) 
+          return key;
+        
+        // Ok, if we get here, we have an IMAP message without a body!
+        // We need to keep trying by calling the GetNext member recursively...
+        keepTrying = TRUE;
+      }
+    } while (keepTrying);
+  }
+  
+  return key;
+}
+
+
+nsresult MsgMapiListContext::MarkRead (nsMsgKey key, bool read)
+{
+  nsresult err = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  NS_ASSERTION(m_db, "no db");
+  if (m_db)
+    err = m_db->MarkRead (key, read, nullptr);
+  return err;
+}
+
+
+lpnsMapiMessage MsgMapiListContext::GetMessage (nsMsgKey key, unsigned long flFlags)
+{
+  lpnsMapiMessage message = (lpnsMapiMessage) CoTaskMemAlloc (sizeof(nsMapiMessage));
+  memset(message, 0, sizeof(nsMapiMessage));
+  if (message)
+  {
+    nsCString subject;
+    nsCString author;
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+
+    nsresult rv = m_db->GetMsgHdrForKey (key, getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+    if (msgHdr)
+    {
+      msgHdr->GetSubject (getter_Copies(subject));
+      message->lpszSubject = (char *) CoTaskMemAlloc(subject.Length() + 1);
+      strcpy((char *) message->lpszSubject, subject.get());
+      uint32_t date;
+      (void) msgHdr->GetDateInSeconds(&date);
+      message->lpszDateReceived = ConvertDateToMapiFormat (date);
+      
+      // Pull out the flags info
+      // anything to do with MAPI_SENT? Since we're only reading the Inbox, I guess not
+      uint32_t ourFlags;
+      (void) msgHdr->GetFlags(&ourFlags);
+      if (!(ourFlags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Read))
+        message->flFlags |= MAPI_UNREAD;
+      if (ourFlags & (nsMsgMessageFlags::MDNReportNeeded | nsMsgMessageFlags::MDNReportSent))
+        message->flFlags |= MAPI_RECEIPT_REQUESTED;
+      
+      // Pull out the author/originator info
+      message->lpOriginator = (lpnsMapiRecipDesc) CoTaskMemAlloc (sizeof(nsMapiRecipDesc));
+      memset(message->lpOriginator, 0, sizeof(nsMapiRecipDesc));
+      if (message->lpOriginator)
+      {
+        msgHdr->GetAuthor (getter_Copies(author));
+        ConvertRecipientsToMapiFormat(EncodedHeader(author),
+          message->lpOriginator, MAPI_ORIG);
+      }
+      // Pull out the To/CC info
+      nsCString recipients, ccList;
+      msgHdr->GetRecipients(getter_Copies(recipients));
+      msgHdr->GetCcList(getter_Copies(ccList));
+
+      nsCOMArray<msgIAddressObject> parsedToRecips = EncodedHeader(recipients);
+      nsCOMArray<msgIAddressObject> parsedCCRecips = EncodedHeader(ccList);
+      uint32_t numToRecips = parsedToRecips.Length();
+      uint32_t numCCRecips = parsedCCRecips.Length();
+
+      message->lpRecips = (lpnsMapiRecipDesc) CoTaskMemAlloc ((numToRecips + numCCRecips) * sizeof(MapiRecipDesc));
+      memset(message->lpRecips, 0, (numToRecips + numCCRecips) * sizeof(MapiRecipDesc));
+      if (message->lpRecips)
+      {
+        ConvertRecipientsToMapiFormat(parsedToRecips, message->lpRecips,
+          MAPI_TO);
+        ConvertRecipientsToMapiFormat(parsedCCRecips,
+          &message->lpRecips[numToRecips], MAPI_CC);
+      }
+  
+      MOZ_LOG(MAPI, mozilla::LogLevel::Debug, ("MsgMapiListContext::GetMessage flags=%x subject %s date %s sender %s\n", 
+        flFlags, (char *) message->lpszSubject,(char *) message->lpszDateReceived, author.get()) );
+
+      // Convert any body text that we have locally
+      if (!(flFlags & MAPI_ENVELOPE_ONLY))
+        message->lpszNoteText = (char *) ConvertBodyToMapiFormat (msgHdr);
+      
+    }
+    if (! (flFlags & (MAPI_PEEK | MAPI_ENVELOPE_ONLY)))
+      m_db->MarkRead(key, true, nullptr);
+  }
+  return message;
+}
+
+
+char *MsgMapiListContext::ConvertDateToMapiFormat (time_t ourTime)
+{
+  char *date = (char*) CoTaskMemAlloc(32);
+  if (date)
+  {
+    // MAPI time format is YYYY/MM/DD HH:MM
+    // Note that we're not using XP_StrfTime because that localizes the time format,
+    // and the way I read the MAPI spec is that their format is canonical, not localized.
+    struct tm *local = localtime (&ourTime);
+    if (local)
+      strftime (date, 32, "%Y/%m/%d %I:%M", local); //use %H if hours should be 24 hour format
+  }
+  return date;
+}
+
+
+void MsgMapiListContext::ConvertRecipientsToMapiFormat(
+    const nsCOMArray<msgIAddressObject> &recipients,
+    lpnsMapiRecipDesc mapiRecips, int mapiRecipClass)
+{
+  nsTArray<nsCString> names, addresses;
+  ExtractAllAddresses(recipients, UTF16ArrayAdapter<>(names),
+    UTF16ArrayAdapter<>(addresses));
+  
+  size_t numAddresses = names.Length();
+  for (size_t i = 0; i < numAddresses; i++)
+  {
+    if (!names[i].IsEmpty())
+    {
+      mapiRecips[i].lpszName = (char *) CoTaskMemAlloc(names[i].Length() + 1);
+      if (mapiRecips[i].lpszName)
+        strcpy((char *)mapiRecips[i].lpszName, names[i].get());
+    }
+    if (!addresses[i].IsEmpty())
+    {
+      mapiRecips[i].lpszName = (char *) CoTaskMemAlloc(addresses[i].Length() + 1);
+      if (mapiRecips[i].lpszName)
+        strcpy((char *)mapiRecips[i].lpszName, addresses[i].get());
+    }
+    mapiRecips[i].ulRecipClass = mapiRecipClass;
+  }
+}
+
+
+char *MsgMapiListContext::ConvertBodyToMapiFormat (nsIMsgDBHdr *hdr)
+{
+  const int kBufLen = 64000; // I guess we only return the first 64K of a message.
+#define EMPTY_MESSAGE_LINE(buf) (buf[0] == '\r' || buf[0] == '\n' || buf[0] == '\0')
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> folder;
+  hdr->GetFolder(getter_AddRefs(folder));
+  if (!folder)
+    return nullptr;
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIInputStream> inputStream;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIFile> localFile;
+  folder->GetFilePath(getter_AddRefs(localFile));
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFileInputStream> fileStream = do_CreateInstance(NS_LOCALFILEINPUTSTREAM_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, nullptr);
+
+  rv = fileStream->Init(localFile,  PR_RDONLY, 0664, false);  //just have to read the messages
+  inputStream = do_QueryInterface(fileStream);
+
+  if (inputStream)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsILineInputStream> fileLineStream = do_QueryInterface(inputStream);
+    if (!fileLineStream)
+      return nullptr;
+    // ### really want to skip past headers...
+    uint64_t messageOffset;
+    uint32_t lineCount;
+    hdr->GetMessageOffset(&messageOffset);
+    hdr->GetLineCount(&lineCount);
+    nsCOMPtr <nsISeekableStream> seekableStream = do_QueryInterface(inputStream);
+    seekableStream->Seek(PR_SEEK_SET, messageOffset);
+    bool hasMore = true;
+    nsAutoCString curLine;
+    nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+    while (hasMore) // advance past message headers
+    {
+      nsresult rv = fileLineStream->ReadLine(curLine, &hasMore);
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv) || EMPTY_MESSAGE_LINE(curLine))
+        break;
+    }
+    uint32_t msgSize;
+    hdr->GetMessageSize(&msgSize);
+    if (msgSize > kBufLen)
+      msgSize = kBufLen - 1;
+    // this is too big, since it includes the msg hdr size...oh well
+    char *body = (char*) CoTaskMemAlloc (msgSize + 1);
+
+    if (!body)
+      return nullptr;
+    int32_t bytesCopied = 0;
+    for (hasMore = TRUE; lineCount > 0 && hasMore && NS_SUCCEEDED(rv); lineCount--)
+    {
+      rv = fileLineStream->ReadLine(curLine, &hasMore);
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        break;
+      curLine.Append(CRLF);
+      // make sure we have room left
+      if (bytesCopied + curLine.Length() < msgSize)
+      {
+        strcpy(body + bytesCopied, curLine.get());
+        bytesCopied += curLine.Length();
+      }
+    }
+    MOZ_LOG(MAPI, mozilla::LogLevel::Debug, ("ConvertBodyToMapiFormat size=%x allocated size %x body = %100.100s\n", 
+        bytesCopied, msgSize + 1, (char *) body) );
+    body[bytesCopied] = '\0';   // rhp - fix last line garbage...
+    return body;
+  }
+  return nullptr;
+}
+
+
+//*****************************************************************************
+// MSGMAPI API implementation
+
+
+
+static void msg_FreeMAPIFile(lpMapiFileDesc f)
+{
+  if (f)
+  {
+    CoTaskMemFree(f->lpszPathName);
+    CoTaskMemFree(f->lpszFileName);
+  }
+}
+
+static void msg_FreeMAPIRecipient(lpMapiRecipDesc rd)
+{
+  if (rd)
+  {
+    if (rd->lpszName)
+      CoTaskMemFree(rd->lpszName);
+    if (rd->lpszAddress)
+      CoTaskMemFree(rd->lpszAddress);
+    // CoTaskMemFree(rd->lpEntryID);  
+  }
+}
+
+extern "C" void MSG_FreeMapiMessage (lpMapiMessage msg)
+{
+  ULONG i;
+  
+  if (msg)
+  {
+    CoTaskMemFree(msg->lpszSubject);
+    CoTaskMemFree(msg->lpszNoteText);
+    CoTaskMemFree(msg->lpszMessageType);
+    CoTaskMemFree(msg->lpszDateReceived);
+    CoTaskMemFree(msg->lpszConversationID);
+    
+    if (msg->lpOriginator)
+      msg_FreeMAPIRecipient(msg->lpOriginator);
+    
+    for (i=0; i<msg->nRecipCount; i++)
+      if (&(msg->lpRecips[i]) != nullptr)
+        msg_FreeMAPIRecipient(&(msg->lpRecips[i]));
+      
+      CoTaskMemFree(msg->lpRecips);
+      
+      for (i=0; i<msg->nFileCount; i++)
+        if (&(msg->lpFiles[i]) != nullptr)
+          msg_FreeMAPIFile(&(msg->lpFiles[i]));
+        
+      CoTaskMemFree(msg->lpFiles);
+      
+      CoTaskMemFree(msg);
+  }
+}
+
+
+extern "C" bool MsgMarkMapiMessageRead (nsIMsgFolder *folder, nsMsgKey key, bool read)
+{
+  bool success = FALSE;
+  MsgMapiListContext *context = new MsgMapiListContext();
+  if (context)
+  {
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(context->OpenDatabase(folder)))
+    {
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(context->MarkRead (key, read)))
+        success = TRUE;
+    }
+    delete context;
+  }
+  return success;
+}
+
+bool 
+MsgMapiListContext::DeleteMessage(nsMsgKey key)
+{
+  if (!m_db)
+    return FALSE;
+  
+  if ( !IsIMAPHost() )
+  {
+    return NS_SUCCEEDED((m_db->DeleteMessages(1, &key, nullptr)));
+  }
+#if 0 
+  else if ( m_folder->GetIMAPFolderInfoMail() )
+  {
+    AutoTArray<nsMsgKey, 1> messageKeys;
+    messageKeys.AppendElement(key);
+
+    (m_folder->GetIMAPFolderInfoMail())->DeleteSpecifiedMessages(pane, messageKeys, nsMsgKey_None);
+    m_db->DeleteMessage(key, nullptr, FALSE);
+    return TRUE;
+  }
+#endif
+  else
+  {
+    return FALSE;
+  }
+}
+
+/* Return TRUE on success, FALSE on failure */
+extern "C" bool MSG_DeleteMapiMessage(nsIMsgFolder *folder, nsMsgKey key)
+{
+  bool success = FALSE;
+  MsgMapiListContext *context = new MsgMapiListContext();
+  if (context) 
+  {
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(context->OpenDatabase(folder)))
+    {
+      success = context->DeleteMessage(key);
+    }
+    
+    delete context;
+  }
+  
+  return success;
+}
+
diff --git a/mailnews/mapi/mapihook/src/msgMapiImp.h b/mailnews/mapi/mapihook/src/msgMapiImp.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..875e9c6cf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mapi/mapihook/src/msgMapiImp.h
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef MSG_MAPI_IMP_H
+#define MSG_MAPI_IMP_H
+
+#include <windows.h>
+#include <mapi.h>
+#include "msgMapi.h"
+#include "nspr.h"
+#include "nscore.h"
+#include "nsISupportsImpl.h" // ThreadSafeAutoRefCnt
+
+class nsIMsgFolder;
+class MsgMapiListContext;
+
+const CLSID CLSID_CMapiImp = {0x29f458be, 0x8866, 0x11d5, {0xa3, 0xdd, 0x0, 0xb0, 0xd0, 0xf3, 0xba, 0xa7}};
+
+// this class implements the MS COM interface nsIMapi that provides the methods
+// called by mapi32.dll to perform the mail operations as specified by MAPI.
+// These class methods in turn use the Mozilla Mail XPCOM interfaces to do so.
+class CMapiImp : public nsIMapi
+{
+
+public :
+
+  // IUnknown
+
+  STDMETHODIMP            QueryInterface(const IID& aIid, void** aPpv);
+  STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG)    AddRef();
+  STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG)    Release();
+
+  // Interface INsMapi
+
+  STDMETHODIMP Login(unsigned long aUIArg, LOGIN_PW_TYPE aLogin, 
+                     LOGIN_PW_TYPE aPassWord, unsigned long aFlags,
+                     unsigned long *aSessionId);
+
+  STDMETHODIMP SendMail( unsigned long aSession, lpnsMapiMessage aMessage,
+       short aRecipCount, lpnsMapiRecipDesc aRecips , 
+       short aFileCount, lpnsMapiFileDesc aFiles , 
+       unsigned long aFlags, unsigned long aReserved) ;
+
+  STDMETHODIMP SendDocuments( unsigned long aSession, LPTSTR aDelimChar,
+                              LPTSTR aFilePaths, LPTSTR aFileNames, ULONG aFlags);
+
+  STDMETHODIMP FindNext(  unsigned long aSession, unsigned long ulUIParam, LPTSTR lpszMessageType,
+                            LPTSTR lpszSeedMessageID, unsigned long flFlags, unsigned long ulReserved,
+                            unsigned char lpszMessageID[64] );
+
+  STDMETHODIMP ReadMail(unsigned long lhSession, unsigned long ulUIParam, LPTSTR lpszMessageID,
+                            unsigned long flFlags, unsigned long ulReserved, lpnsMapiMessage *lppMessage);
+  STDMETHODIMP DeleteMail(unsigned long lhSession, unsigned long ulUIParam, LPTSTR lpszMessageID,
+                            unsigned long flFlags, unsigned long ulReserved);
+  STDMETHODIMP SaveMail(unsigned long lhSession, unsigned long ulUIParam, lpnsMapiMessage lppMessage,
+                            unsigned long flFlags, unsigned long ulReserved, LPTSTR lpszMessageID);
+
+  STDMETHODIMP Initialize();
+  STDMETHODIMP IsValid();
+  STDMETHODIMP IsValidSession(unsigned long aSession);
+
+  STDMETHODIMP Logoff (unsigned long aSession);
+  STDMETHODIMP CleanUp();
+
+  CMapiImp();
+  ~CMapiImp();
+
+  LONG InitContext(unsigned long session, MsgMapiListContext **listContext);
+  nsresult GetDefaultInbox(nsIMsgFolder **inboxFolder);
+
+private :
+  PRLock *m_Lock;
+  mozilla::ThreadSafeAutoRefCnt m_cRef;
+};
+
+#endif // MSG_MAPI_IMP_H
diff --git a/mailnews/mapi/mapihook/src/msgMapiMain.cpp b/mailnews/mapi/mapihook/src/msgMapiMain.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..adb5cc14c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mapi/mapihook/src/msgMapiMain.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,306 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include <mapidefs.h>
+#include <mapi.h>
+
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "nsComposeStrings.h"
+#include "msgMapiMain.h"
+#include "nsIServiceManager.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+
+nsMAPIConfiguration *nsMAPIConfiguration::m_pSelfRef = nullptr;
+uint32_t nsMAPIConfiguration::session_generator = 0;
+uint32_t nsMAPIConfiguration::sessionCount = 0;
+
+nsMAPIConfiguration *nsMAPIConfiguration::GetMAPIConfiguration()
+{
+  if (m_pSelfRef == nullptr)
+    m_pSelfRef = new nsMAPIConfiguration();
+
+  return m_pSelfRef;
+}
+
+nsMAPIConfiguration::nsMAPIConfiguration()
+: m_nMaxSessions(MAX_SESSIONS)
+{
+  m_Lock = PR_NewLock();
+}
+
+nsMAPIConfiguration::~nsMAPIConfiguration()
+{
+  if (m_Lock)
+    PR_DestroyLock(m_Lock);
+}
+
+void nsMAPIConfiguration::OpenConfiguration()
+{
+  // No. of max. sessions is set to MAX_SESSIONS.  In future
+  // if it is decided to have configuration (registry)
+  // parameter, this function can be used to set the
+  // max sessions;
+
+  return;
+}
+
+int16_t nsMAPIConfiguration::RegisterSession(uint32_t aHwnd,
+                const char16_t *aUserName, const char16_t *aPassword,
+                bool aForceDownLoad, bool aNewSession,
+                uint32_t *aSession, const char *aIdKey)
+{
+  int16_t nResult = 0;
+  uint32_t n_SessionId = 0;
+
+  PR_Lock(m_Lock);
+
+  // Check whether max sessions is exceeded
+
+  if (sessionCount >= m_nMaxSessions)
+  {
+    PR_Unlock(m_Lock);
+    return -1;
+  }
+
+  if (aUserName != nullptr && aUserName[0] != '\0')
+    m_ProfileMap.Get(nsDependentString(aUserName), &n_SessionId);
+
+  // try to share a session; if not create a session
+  if (n_SessionId > 0)
+  {
+    nsMAPISession *pTemp = nullptr;
+    m_SessionMap.Get(n_SessionId, &pTemp);
+    if (pTemp != nullptr)
+    {
+      pTemp->IncrementSession();
+      *aSession = n_SessionId;
+      nResult = 1;
+    }
+  }
+  else if (aNewSession || n_SessionId == 0) // checking for n_SessionId is a concession
+  {
+    // create a new session; if new session is specified OR there is no session
+    nsMAPISession *pTemp = nullptr;
+    pTemp = new nsMAPISession(aHwnd, aUserName,
+                           aPassword, aForceDownLoad, aIdKey);
+
+    if (pTemp != nullptr)
+    {
+      session_generator++;
+
+      // I don't think there will be (2 power 32) sessions alive
+      // in a cycle.  This is an assumption
+
+      if (session_generator == 0)
+          session_generator++;
+      m_SessionMap.Put(session_generator, pTemp);
+      if (aUserName != nullptr && aUserName[0] != '\0')
+        m_ProfileMap.Put(nsDependentString(aUserName), session_generator);
+      *aSession = session_generator;
+      sessionCount++;
+      nResult = 1;
+    }
+  }
+
+  PR_Unlock(m_Lock);
+  return nResult;
+}
+
+bool nsMAPIConfiguration::UnRegisterSession(uint32_t aSessionID)
+{
+  bool bResult = false;
+
+  PR_Lock(m_Lock);
+
+  if (aSessionID != 0)
+  {
+    nsMAPISession *pTemp = nullptr;
+    m_SessionMap.Get(aSessionID, &pTemp);
+
+    if (pTemp != nullptr)
+    {
+      if (pTemp->DecrementSession() == 0)
+      {
+        if (pTemp->m_pProfileName.get() != nullptr)
+          m_ProfileMap.Remove(pTemp->m_pProfileName);
+        m_SessionMap.Remove(aSessionID);
+        sessionCount--;
+        bResult = true;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  PR_Unlock(m_Lock);
+  return bResult;
+}
+
+bool nsMAPIConfiguration::IsSessionValid(uint32_t aSessionID)
+{
+  if (aSessionID == 0)
+    return false;
+  bool retValue = false;
+  PR_Lock(m_Lock);
+  retValue = m_SessionMap.Get(aSessionID, NULL);
+  PR_Unlock(m_Lock);
+  return retValue;
+}
+
+char16_t *nsMAPIConfiguration::GetPassword(uint32_t aSessionID)
+{
+  char16_t *pResult = nullptr;
+
+  PR_Lock(m_Lock);
+
+  if (aSessionID != 0)
+  {
+    nsMAPISession *pTemp = nullptr;
+    m_SessionMap.Get(aSessionID, &pTemp);
+
+    if (pTemp)
+      pResult = pTemp->GetPassword();
+  }
+  PR_Unlock(m_Lock);
+  return pResult;
+}
+
+void *nsMAPIConfiguration::GetMapiListContext(uint32_t aSessionID)
+{
+  void *pResult = nullptr;
+
+  PR_Lock(m_Lock);
+
+  if (aSessionID != 0)
+  {
+    nsMAPISession *pTemp = nullptr;
+    m_SessionMap.Get(aSessionID, &pTemp);
+    if (pTemp)
+      pResult = pTemp->GetMapiListContext();
+  }
+
+  PR_Unlock(m_Lock);
+  return pResult;
+}
+
+void nsMAPIConfiguration::SetMapiListContext(uint32_t aSessionID, void *mapiListContext)
+{
+  PR_Lock(m_Lock);
+
+  if (aSessionID != 0)
+  {
+    nsMAPISession *pTemp = nullptr;
+    m_SessionMap.Get(aSessionID, &pTemp);
+    if (pTemp)
+      pTemp->SetMapiListContext(mapiListContext);
+  }
+
+  PR_Unlock(m_Lock);
+}
+
+void nsMAPIConfiguration::GetIdKey(uint32_t aSessionID, nsCString& aKey)
+{
+  PR_Lock(m_Lock);
+  if (aSessionID != 0)
+  {
+    nsMAPISession *pTemp = nullptr;
+    m_SessionMap.Get(aSessionID, &pTemp);
+    if (pTemp)
+      pTemp->GetIdKey(aKey);
+  }
+  PR_Unlock(m_Lock);
+  return;
+}
+
+// util func
+HRESULT nsMAPIConfiguration::GetMAPIErrorFromNSError (nsresult res)
+{
+  HRESULT hr = SUCCESS_SUCCESS;
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED (res)) return hr;
+
+  // if failure return the related MAPI failure code
+  switch (res)
+  {
+    case NS_MSG_NO_RECIPIENTS :
+      hr = MAPI_E_BAD_RECIPTYPE;
+      break;
+    case NS_ERROR_COULD_NOT_GET_USERS_MAIL_ADDRESS :
+      hr = MAPI_E_INVALID_RECIPS;
+      break;
+    case NS_ERROR_SMTP_AUTH_FAILURE :
+    case NS_ERROR_SMTP_AUTH_GSSAPI :
+    case NS_ERROR_SMTP_AUTH_MECH_NOT_SUPPORTED :
+    case NS_ERROR_SMTP_AUTH_NOT_SUPPORTED :
+    case NS_ERROR_SMTP_AUTH_CHANGE_ENCRYPT_TO_PLAIN_NO_SSL :
+    case NS_ERROR_SMTP_AUTH_CHANGE_ENCRYPT_TO_PLAIN_SSL :
+    case NS_ERROR_SMTP_AUTH_CHANGE_PLAIN_TO_ENCRYPT :
+      hr = MAPI_E_LOGIN_FAILURE;
+      break;
+    case NS_MSG_UNABLE_TO_OPEN_FILE :
+    case NS_MSG_UNABLE_TO_OPEN_TMP_FILE :
+    case NS_MSG_COULDNT_OPEN_FCC_FOLDER :
+    case NS_ERROR_FILE_INVALID_PATH :
+      hr = MAPI_E_ATTACHMENT_OPEN_FAILURE;
+      break;
+    case NS_ERROR_FILE_TARGET_DOES_NOT_EXIST :
+      hr = MAPI_E_ATTACHMENT_NOT_FOUND;
+      break;
+    case NS_MSG_CANCELLING :
+      hr = MAPI_E_USER_ABORT;
+      break;
+    case NS_MSG_ERROR_WRITING_FILE :
+    case NS_MSG_UNABLE_TO_SAVE_TEMPLATE :
+    case NS_MSG_UNABLE_TO_SAVE_DRAFT :
+      hr = MAPI_E_ATTACHMENT_WRITE_FAILURE;
+      break;
+    default:
+      hr = MAPI_E_FAILURE;
+      break;
+  }
+
+  return hr;
+}
+
+
+nsMAPISession::nsMAPISession(uint32_t aHwnd, const char16_t *aUserName,
+                             const char16_t *aPassword, 
+                             bool aForceDownLoad, const char *aKey)
+: m_bIsForcedDownLoad(aForceDownLoad),
+  m_hAppHandle(aHwnd),
+  m_nShared(1),
+  m_pIdKey(aKey)
+{
+  m_listContext = NULL;
+  m_pProfileName.Assign(aUserName);
+  m_pPassword.Assign(aPassword);
+}
+
+nsMAPISession::~nsMAPISession()
+{
+}
+
+uint32_t nsMAPISession::IncrementSession()
+{
+  return ++m_nShared;
+}
+
+uint32_t nsMAPISession::DecrementSession()
+{
+  return --m_nShared;
+}
+
+uint32_t nsMAPISession::GetSessionCount()
+{
+  return m_nShared;
+}
+
+char16_t *nsMAPISession::GetPassword()
+{
+  return (char16_t *)m_pPassword.get();
+}
+
+void nsMAPISession::GetIdKey(nsCString& aKey)
+{
+  aKey = m_pIdKey;
+  return;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/mapi/mapihook/src/msgMapiMain.h b/mailnews/mapi/mapihook/src/msgMapiMain.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..be74c5db1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mapi/mapihook/src/msgMapiMain.h
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef MSG_MAPI_MAIN_H_
+#define NSG_MAPI_MAIN_H_
+
+#define        MAX_NAME_LEN    256
+#define        MAX_PW_LEN      256
+#define        MAX_SESSIONS    50
+#define        MAPI_SENDCOMPLETE_EVENT   "SendCompletionEvent"
+
+#define MAPI_PROPERTIES_CHROME "chrome://messenger-mapi/locale/mapi.properties"
+#define PREF_MAPI_WARN_PRIOR_TO_BLIND_SEND "mapi.blind-send.warn"
+#define PREF_MAPI_BLIND_SEND_ENABLED "mapi.blind-send.enabled"
+
+#include "nspr.h"
+#include "nsDataHashtable.h"
+#include "nsClassHashtable.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+
+class nsMAPISession;
+
+class nsMAPIConfiguration
+{
+private :
+
+  static uint32_t session_generator;
+  static uint32_t sessionCount;
+  static nsMAPIConfiguration *m_pSelfRef;
+  PRLock *m_Lock;
+  uint32_t  m_nMaxSessions;
+
+  nsDataHashtable<nsStringHashKey, uint32_t> m_ProfileMap;
+  nsClassHashtable<nsUint32HashKey, nsMAPISession> m_SessionMap;
+  nsMAPIConfiguration();
+  ~nsMAPIConfiguration();
+
+public :
+  static nsMAPIConfiguration *GetMAPIConfiguration();
+  void OpenConfiguration();
+  int16_t RegisterSession(uint32_t aHwnd, const char16_t *aUserName, \
+                          const char16_t *aPassword, bool aForceDownLoad, \
+                          bool aNewSession, uint32_t *aSession, const char *aIdKey);
+  bool IsSessionValid(uint32_t aSessionID);
+  bool UnRegisterSession(uint32_t aSessionID);
+  char16_t *GetPassword(uint32_t aSessionID);
+  void GetIdKey(uint32_t aSessionID, nsCString& aKey);
+  void *GetMapiListContext(uint32_t aSessionID);
+  void SetMapiListContext(uint32_t aSessionID, void *mapiListContext);
+
+  // a util func
+  static HRESULT GetMAPIErrorFromNSError (nsresult res) ;
+};
+
+class nsMAPISession
+{
+  friend class nsMAPIConfiguration;
+
+  private :
+    bool     m_bIsForcedDownLoad;
+    bool     m_bApp_or_Service;
+    uint32_t m_hAppHandle;
+    uint32_t m_nShared;
+    nsCString m_pIdKey;
+    nsString m_pProfileName;
+    nsString m_pPassword;
+    int32_t m_messageIndex;
+    void   *m_listContext; // used by findNext
+
+  public :
+    nsMAPISession(uint32_t aHwnd, const char16_t *aUserName, \
+                  const char16_t *aPassword, \
+                  bool aForceDownLoad, const char *aKey);
+    uint32_t IncrementSession();
+    uint32_t DecrementSession();
+    uint32_t GetSessionCount();
+    char16_t *nsMAPISession::GetPassword();
+    void GetIdKey(nsCString& aKey);
+    ~nsMAPISession();
+    // For enumerating Messages...
+    void SetMapiListContext( void *listContext) { m_listContext = listContext; } 
+    void *GetMapiListContext( ) { return m_listContext; }
+};
+
+#endif    // MSG_MAPI_MAIN_H_
diff --git a/mailnews/mapi/mapihook/src/msgMapiSupport.cpp b/mailnews/mapi/mapihook/src/msgMapiSupport.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5c57f087d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mapi/mapihook/src/msgMapiSupport.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,151 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "objbase.h"
+#include "nsISupports.h"
+
+#include "mozilla/ModuleUtils.h"
+#include "mozilla/Services.h"
+#include "nsIObserverService.h"
+#include "nsIAppStartupNotifier.h"
+#include "nsIServiceManager.h"
+#include "nsIComponentManager.h"
+#include "nsICategoryManager.h"
+#include "Registry.h"
+#include "msgMapiSupport.h"
+
+#include "msgMapiImp.h"
+
+/** Implementation of the nsIMapiSupport interface.
+ *  Use standard implementation of nsISupports stuff.
+ */
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMapiSupport, nsIMapiSupport, nsIObserver)
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMapiSupport::Observe(nsISupports *aSubject, const char *aTopic, const char16_t *aData)
+{
+    nsresult rv = NS_OK ;
+
+    if (!strcmp(aTopic, "profile-after-change"))
+        return InitializeMAPISupport();
+
+    if (!strcmp(aTopic, NS_XPCOM_SHUTDOWN_OBSERVER_ID))
+        return ShutdownMAPISupport();
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIObserverService> observerService =
+      mozilla::services::GetObserverService();
+    NS_ENSURE_TRUE(observerService, NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED);
+ 
+    rv = observerService->AddObserver(this,"profile-after-change", false);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+    rv = observerService->AddObserver(this, NS_XPCOM_SHUTDOWN_OBSERVER_ID, false);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))  return rv;
+
+    return rv;
+}
+
+
+nsMapiSupport::nsMapiSupport()
+: m_dwRegister(0),
+  m_nsMapiFactory(nullptr)
+{
+}
+
+nsMapiSupport::~nsMapiSupport()
+{
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMapiSupport::InitializeMAPISupport()
+{
+    ::OleInitialize(nullptr) ;
+
+    if (m_nsMapiFactory == nullptr)    // No Registering if already done.  Sanity Check!!
+    {
+        m_nsMapiFactory = new CMapiFactory();
+
+        if (m_nsMapiFactory != nullptr)
+        {
+            HRESULT hr = ::CoRegisterClassObject(CLSID_CMapiImp, \
+                                                 m_nsMapiFactory, \
+                                                 CLSCTX_LOCAL_SERVER, \
+                                                 REGCLS_MULTIPLEUSE, \
+                                                 &m_dwRegister);
+
+            if (FAILED(hr))
+            {
+                m_nsMapiFactory->Release() ;
+                m_nsMapiFactory = nullptr;
+                return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMapiSupport::ShutdownMAPISupport()
+{
+    if (m_dwRegister != 0)
+        ::CoRevokeClassObject(m_dwRegister);
+
+    if (m_nsMapiFactory != nullptr)
+    {
+        m_nsMapiFactory->Release();
+        m_nsMapiFactory = nullptr;
+    }
+
+    ::OleUninitialize();
+
+    return NS_OK ;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMapiSupport::RegisterServer()
+{
+  // TODO: Figure out what kind of error propogation to pass back
+  ::RegisterServer(CLSID_CMapiImp, "Mozilla MAPI", "MozillaMapi", "MozillaMapi.1");
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMapiSupport::UnRegisterServer()
+{
+  // TODO: Figure out what kind of error propogation to pass back
+  ::UnregisterServer(CLSID_CMapiImp, "MozillaMapi", "MozillaMapi.1");
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_DEFINE_NAMED_CID(NS_IMAPISUPPORT_CID);
+
+NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(nsMapiSupport)
+
+static const mozilla::Module::CategoryEntry kMAPICategories[] = {
+  { APPSTARTUP_CATEGORY, "Mapi Support", "service," NS_IMAPISUPPORT_CONTRACTID, },
+  { NULL }
+};
+
+const mozilla::Module::CIDEntry kMAPICIDs[] = {
+  { &kNS_IMAPISUPPORT_CID, false, NULL, nsMapiSupportConstructor },
+  { NULL }
+};
+
+const mozilla::Module::ContractIDEntry kMAPIContracts[] = {
+  { NS_IMAPISUPPORT_CONTRACTID, &kNS_IMAPISUPPORT_CID },
+  { NULL }
+};
+
+static const mozilla::Module kMAPIModule = {
+    mozilla::Module::kVersion,
+    kMAPICIDs,
+    kMAPIContracts,
+    kMAPICategories
+};
+
+NSMODULE_DEFN(msgMapiModule) = &kMAPIModule;
+
+
diff --git a/mailnews/mapi/mapihook/src/msgMapiSupport.h b/mailnews/mapi/mapihook/src/msgMapiSupport.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ff7ffca9f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mapi/mapihook/src/msgMapiSupport.h
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef MSG_MAPI_SUPPORT_H_
+#define MSG_MAPI_SUPPORT_H_
+
+#include "nsIObserver.h"
+#include "nsIMapiSupport.h"
+#include "msgMapiFactory.h"
+
+#define NS_IMAPISUPPORT_CID \
+  {0x8967fed2, 0xc8bb, 0x11d5, \
+    { 0xa3, 0xe9, 0x00, 0xb0, 0xd0, 0xf3, 0xba, 0xa7 }}
+
+class nsMapiSupport : public nsIMapiSupport,
+                      public nsIObserver
+{
+    public :
+        nsMapiSupport();
+
+        // Declare all interface methods we must implement.
+        NS_DECL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS
+        NS_DECL_NSIOBSERVER
+        NS_DECL_NSIMAPISUPPORT
+
+    private :
+        ~nsMapiSupport();
+
+        DWORD   m_dwRegister;
+        CMapiFactory *m_nsMapiFactory;
+};
+
+#endif  // MSG_MAPI_SUPPORT_H_
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/cthandlers/glue/mimexpcom.cpp b/mailnews/mime/cthandlers/glue/mimexpcom.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..094f61e37
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/cthandlers/glue/mimexpcom.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,132 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+#include "nsIComponentManager.h" 
+#include "nsIMimeObjectClassAccess.h"
+#include "nsMsgMimeCID.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsComponentManagerUtils.h"
+static NS_DEFINE_CID(kMimeObjectClassAccessCID, NS_MIME_OBJECT_CLASS_ACCESS_CID); 
+
+/*
+ * These calls are necessary to expose the object class hierarchy 
+ * to externally developed content type handlers.
+ */
+extern "C" void *
+COM_GetmimeInlineTextClass(void)
+{
+  void *ptr = NULL;
+
+  nsresult res;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMimeObjectClassAccess>  objAccess =
+      do_CreateInstance(kMimeObjectClassAccessCID, &res);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(res) && objAccess)
+    objAccess->GetmimeInlineTextClass(&ptr);
+
+  return ptr;
+}
+
+extern "C" void *
+COM_GetmimeLeafClass(void)
+{
+  void *ptr = NULL;
+
+  nsresult res;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMimeObjectClassAccess> objAccess =
+      do_CreateInstance(kMimeObjectClassAccessCID, &res);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(res) && objAccess)
+    objAccess->GetmimeLeafClass(&ptr);
+
+  return ptr;
+}
+
+extern "C" void *
+COM_GetmimeObjectClass(void)
+{
+  void *ptr = NULL;
+
+  nsresult res;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMimeObjectClassAccess> objAccess =
+      do_CreateInstance(kMimeObjectClassAccessCID, &res);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(res) && objAccess)
+    objAccess->GetmimeObjectClass(&ptr);
+
+  return ptr;
+}
+
+extern "C" void *
+COM_GetmimeContainerClass(void)
+{
+  void *ptr = NULL;
+
+  nsresult res;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMimeObjectClassAccess> objAccess =
+      do_CreateInstance(kMimeObjectClassAccessCID, &res);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(res) && objAccess)
+    objAccess->GetmimeContainerClass(&ptr);
+
+  return ptr;
+}
+
+extern "C" void *
+COM_GetmimeMultipartClass(void)
+{
+  void *ptr = NULL;
+
+  nsresult res;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMimeObjectClassAccess> objAccess =
+      do_CreateInstance(kMimeObjectClassAccessCID, &res);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(res) && objAccess)
+    objAccess->GetmimeMultipartClass(&ptr);
+
+  return ptr;
+}
+
+extern "C" void *
+COM_GetmimeMultipartSignedClass(void)
+{
+  void *ptr = NULL;
+
+  nsresult res;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMimeObjectClassAccess> objAccess =
+      do_CreateInstance(kMimeObjectClassAccessCID, &res);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(res) && objAccess)
+    objAccess->GetmimeMultipartSignedClass(&ptr);
+
+  return ptr;
+}
+
+extern "C" int  
+COM_MimeObject_write(void *mimeObject, char *data, int32_t length, 
+                     bool user_visible_p)
+{
+  int32_t rc = -1;
+
+  nsresult res;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMimeObjectClassAccess> objAccess =
+      do_CreateInstance(kMimeObjectClassAccessCID, &res);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(res) && objAccess)
+  { 
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(objAccess->MimeObjectWrite(mimeObject, data, length, user_visible_p)))
+      rc = length;
+    else
+      rc = -1;
+  } 
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+extern "C" void *
+COM_MimeCreate(char * content_type, void * hdrs, void * opts)
+{
+  void *ptr = NULL;
+
+  nsresult res;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMimeObjectClassAccess> objAccess =
+      do_CreateInstance(kMimeObjectClassAccessCID, &res);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(res) && objAccess)
+    objAccess->MimeCreate(content_type, hdrs, opts, &ptr);
+
+  return ptr;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/cthandlers/glue/mimexpcom.h b/mailnews/mime/cthandlers/glue/mimexpcom.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9468b22b4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/cthandlers/glue/mimexpcom.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/*
+ * This is the definitions for the Content Type Handler plugins to
+ * access internals of libmime via XP-COM calls
+ */
+#ifndef _MIMEXPCOM_H_
+#define _MIMEXPCOM_H_
+
+/*
+  This header exposes functions that are necessary to access the
+  object hierarchy for the mime chart. The class hierarchy is:
+
+     MimeObject (abstract)
+      |
+      |--- MimeContainer (abstract)
+      |     |
+      |     |--- MimeMultipart (abstract)
+      |     |     |
+      |     |     |--- MimeMultipartMixed
+      |     |     |
+      |     |     |--- MimeMultipartDigest
+      |     |     |
+      |     |     |--- MimeMultipartParallel
+      |     |     |
+      |     |     |--- MimeMultipartAlternative
+      |     |     |
+      |     |     |--- MimeMultipartRelated
+      |     |     |
+      |     |     |--- MimeMultipartAppleDouble
+      |     |     |
+      |     |     |--- MimeSunAttachment
+      |     |     |
+      |     |     |--- MimeMultipartSigned (abstract)
+      |     |          |
+      |     |          |--- MimeMultipartSigned
+      |     |
+      |     |--- MimeXlateed (abstract)
+      |     |     |
+      |     |     |--- MimeXlateed
+      |     |
+      |     |--- MimeMessage
+      |     |
+      |     |--- MimeUntypedText
+      |
+      |--- MimeLeaf (abstract)
+      |     |
+      |     |--- MimeInlineText (abstract)
+      |     |     |
+      |     |     |--- MimeInlineTextPlain
+      |     |     |
+      |     |     |--- MimeInlineTextHTML
+      |     |     |
+      |     |     |--- MimeInlineTextRichtext
+      |     |     |     |
+      |     |     |     |--- MimeInlineTextEnriched
+      |     |      |
+      |     |      |--- MimeInlineTextVCard
+      |     |
+      |     |--- MimeInlineImage
+      |     |
+      |     |--- MimeExternalObject
+      |
+      |--- MimeExternalBody
+ */
+
+/*
+ * These functions are exposed by libmime to be used by content type
+ * handler plugins for processing stream data.
+ */
+/*
+ * This is the write call for outputting processed stream data.
+ */
+extern "C" int  COM_MimeObject_write(void *mimeObject, const char *data,
+                                      int32_t length,
+                                      bool user_visible_p);
+/*
+ * The following group of calls expose the pointers for the object
+ * system within libmime.
+ */
+extern "C" void *COM_GetmimeInlineTextClass(void);
+extern "C" void *COM_GetmimeLeafClass(void);
+extern "C" void *COM_GetmimeObjectClass(void);
+extern "C" void *COM_GetmimeContainerClass(void);
+extern "C" void *COM_GetmimeMultipartClass(void);
+extern "C" void *COM_GetmimeMultipartSignedClass(void);
+
+extern "C" void *COM_MimeCreate(char * content_type, void * hdrs, void * opts);
+
+#endif /* _MIMEXPCOM_H_ */
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/cthandlers/glue/moz.build b/mailnews/mime/cthandlers/glue/moz.build
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f51518ca9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/cthandlers/glue/moz.build
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+# vim: set filetype=python:
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+EXPORTS += [
+    'nsMimeContentTypeHandler.h',
+]
+
+SOURCES += [
+    'mimexpcom.cpp',
+    'nsMimeContentTypeHandler.cpp',
+]
+
+FINAL_LIBRARY = 'mail'
+
+Library('mimecthglue_s')
+
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/cthandlers/glue/nsMimeContentTypeHandler.cpp b/mailnews/mime/cthandlers/glue/nsMimeContentTypeHandler.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..369f8c4bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/cthandlers/glue/nsMimeContentTypeHandler.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include "nscore.h"
+#include "plstr.h"
+//#include "mimecth.h"
+#include "nsMimeContentTypeHandler.h"
+
+/*
+ * The following macros actually implement addref, release and
+ * query interface for our component.
+ */
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMimeContentTypeHandler, nsIMimeContentTypeHandler)
+
+/*
+ * nsIMimeEmitter definitions....
+ */
+nsMimeContentTypeHandler::nsMimeContentTypeHandler(const char *aMimeType,
+                                                   MCTHCreateCTHClass callback)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(aMimeType, "nsMimeContentTypeHandler should be initialized with non-null mime type");
+  NS_ASSERTION(callback, "nsMimeContentTypeHandler should be initialized with non-null callback");
+  mimeType = PL_strdup(aMimeType);
+  realCreateContentTypeHandlerClass = callback;
+}
+
+nsMimeContentTypeHandler::~nsMimeContentTypeHandler(void)
+{
+  if (mimeType) {
+    NS_Free(mimeType);
+    mimeType = 0;
+  }
+  realCreateContentTypeHandlerClass = 0;
+}
+
+// Get the content type if necessary
+nsresult
+nsMimeContentTypeHandler::GetContentType(char **contentType)
+{
+  *contentType = PL_strdup(mimeType);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// Set the output stream for processed data.
+nsresult
+nsMimeContentTypeHandler::CreateContentTypeHandlerClass(const char *content_type,
+                                                contentTypeHandlerInitStruct *initStruct,
+                                                MimeObjectClass **objClass)
+{
+  *objClass = realCreateContentTypeHandlerClass(content_type, initStruct);
+  if (!*objClass)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY; /* we couldn't allocate the object */
+  else
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/cthandlers/glue/nsMimeContentTypeHandler.h b/mailnews/mime/cthandlers/glue/nsMimeContentTypeHandler.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8cc142268
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/cthandlers/glue/nsMimeContentTypeHandler.h
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+ 
+/*
+ * This interface is implemented by content type handlers that will be
+ * called upon by libmime to process various attachments types. The primary
+ * purpose of these handlers will be to represent the attached data in a
+ * viewable HTML format that is useful for the user
+ *
+ * Note: These will all register by their content type prefixed by the
+ *       following:  mimecth:text/vcard
+ * 
+ *       libmime will then use the XPCOM Component Manager to 
+ *       locate the appropriate Content Type handler
+ */
+#ifndef nsMimeContentTypeHandler_h_
+#define nsMimeContentTypeHandler_h_
+
+#include "mozilla/Attributes.h"
+#include "nsIMimeContentTypeHandler.h"
+
+typedef MimeObjectClass  *
+(* MCTHCreateCTHClass)(const char *content_type, 
+                       contentTypeHandlerInitStruct *initStruct);
+
+class nsMimeContentTypeHandler : public nsIMimeContentTypeHandler {
+public: 
+    nsMimeContentTypeHandler (const char *aMimeType, 
+                              MCTHCreateCTHClass callback);
+
+    /* this macro defines QueryInterface, AddRef and Release for this class */
+    NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS 
+
+    NS_IMETHOD    GetContentType(char **contentType) override;
+
+    NS_IMETHOD    CreateContentTypeHandlerClass(const char *content_type, 
+                                                contentTypeHandlerInitStruct *initStruct, 
+                                                MimeObjectClass **objClass) override;
+ private:
+    virtual ~nsMimeContentTypeHandler();
+    char *mimeType;
+    MCTHCreateCTHClass realCreateContentTypeHandlerClass;
+}; 
+
+#endif /* nsMimeContentTypeHandler_h_ */
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/cthandlers/moz.build b/mailnews/mime/cthandlers/moz.build
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..31807499d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/cthandlers/moz.build
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+# vim: set filetype=python:
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+# pgpmime depends on glue.
+DIRS += [
+    'glue',
+    'vcard',
+    'pgpmime',
+]
+
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/cthandlers/pgpmime/moz.build b/mailnews/mime/cthandlers/pgpmime/moz.build
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..878bd5bfa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/cthandlers/pgpmime/moz.build
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+# vim: set filetype=python:
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+EXPORTS += [
+    'nsPgpMimeProxy.h',
+]
+
+SOURCES += [
+    'nsPgpMimeProxy.cpp',
+]
+
+FINAL_LIBRARY = 'mail'
+
+Library('pgpmime_s')
+
+LOCAL_INCLUDES += [
+    '../glue',
+]
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/cthandlers/pgpmime/nsPgpMimeProxy.cpp b/mailnews/mime/cthandlers/pgpmime/nsPgpMimeProxy.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..de4ec3174
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/cthandlers/pgpmime/nsPgpMimeProxy.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,634 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsPgpMimeProxy.h"
+#include "nspr.h"
+#include "plstr.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "mozilla/Services.h"
+#include "nsIRequest.h"
+#include "nsIStringBundle.h"
+#include "nsIPrefService.h"
+#include "nsIPrefBranch.h"
+#include "nsIURI.h"
+#include "mimexpcom.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+
+#include "nsMsgMimeCID.h"
+
+#include "mimecth.h"
+#include "mimemoz2.h"
+#include "nspr.h"
+#include "plstr.h"
+#include "nsIPgpMimeProxy.h"
+#include "nsComponentManagerUtils.h"
+
+#define MIME_SUPERCLASS mimeEncryptedClass
+MimeDefClass(MimeEncryptedPgp, MimeEncryptedPgpClass,
+             mimeEncryptedPgpClass, &MIME_SUPERCLASS);
+
+#define kCharMax 1024
+
+extern "C" MimeObjectClass *
+MIME_PgpMimeCreateContentTypeHandlerClass(
+                                    const char *content_type,
+                                    contentTypeHandlerInitStruct *initStruct)
+{
+  MimeObjectClass *objClass = (MimeObjectClass *) &mimeEncryptedPgpClass;
+
+  initStruct->force_inline_display = false;
+
+  return objClass;
+}
+
+static void *MimePgpe_init(MimeObject *,
+                           int (*output_fn) (const char *, int32_t, void *),
+                           void *);
+static int MimePgpe_write (const char *, int32_t, void *);
+static int MimePgpe_eof (void *, bool);
+static char* MimePgpe_generate (void *);
+static void MimePgpe_free (void *);
+
+/* Returns a string describing the location of the part (like "2.5.3").
+   This is not a full URL, just a part-number.
+ */
+static nsCString determineMimePart(MimeObject* obj);
+
+
+#define PGPMIME_PROPERTIES_URL        "chrome://messenger/locale/pgpmime.properties"
+#define PGPMIME_STR_NOT_SUPPORTED_ID  u"pgpMimeNeedsAddon"
+#define PGPMIME_URL_PREF              "mail.pgpmime.addon_url"
+
+static void PgpMimeGetNeedsAddonString(nsCString &aResult)
+{
+  aResult.AssignLiteral("???");
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundleService> stringBundleService =
+    mozilla::services::GetStringBundleService();
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundle> stringBundle;
+  nsresult rv = stringBundleService->CreateBundle(PGPMIME_PROPERTIES_URL,
+                                                  getter_AddRefs(stringBundle));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefs(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return;
+
+  nsCString url;
+  if (NS_FAILED(prefs->GetCharPref("mail.pgpmime.addon_url",
+                                   getter_Copies(url))))
+    return;
+
+  NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16 url16(url);
+  const char16_t *formatStrings[] = { url16.get() };
+
+  nsString result;
+  rv = stringBundle->FormatStringFromName(PGPMIME_STR_NOT_SUPPORTED_ID,
+                                          formatStrings, 1, getter_Copies(result));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return;
+  aResult = NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(result);
+}
+
+static int
+MimeEncryptedPgpClassInitialize(MimeEncryptedPgpClass *clazz)
+{
+  mozilla::DebugOnly<MimeObjectClass *> oclass = (MimeObjectClass *) clazz;
+  NS_ASSERTION(!oclass->class_initialized, "oclass is not initialized");
+
+  MimeEncryptedClass *eclass = (MimeEncryptedClass *) clazz;
+
+  eclass->crypto_init          = MimePgpe_init;
+  eclass->crypto_write         = MimePgpe_write;
+  eclass->crypto_eof           = MimePgpe_eof;
+  eclass->crypto_generate_html = MimePgpe_generate;
+  eclass->crypto_free          = MimePgpe_free;
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+class MimePgpeData : public nsISupports
+{
+public:
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+
+  int (*output_fn) (const char *buf, int32_t buf_size, void *output_closure);
+  void *output_closure;
+  MimeObject *self;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPgpMimeProxy> mimeDecrypt;
+
+  MimePgpeData()
+    : output_fn(nullptr),
+      output_closure(nullptr)
+  {
+  }
+
+private:
+  virtual ~MimePgpeData()
+  {
+  }
+};
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS0(MimePgpeData)
+
+static void*
+MimePgpe_init(MimeObject *obj,
+              int (*output_fn) (const char *buf, int32_t buf_size,
+                                void *output_closure),
+              void *output_closure)
+{
+  if (!(obj && obj->options && output_fn))
+    return nullptr;
+
+  MimePgpeData* data = new MimePgpeData();
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(data, nullptr);
+
+  data->self = obj;
+  data->output_fn = output_fn;
+  data->output_closure = output_closure;
+  data->mimeDecrypt = nullptr;
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  data->mimeDecrypt = do_CreateInstance(NS_PGPMIMEPROXY_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return data;
+
+  char *ct = MimeHeaders_get(obj->headers, HEADER_CONTENT_TYPE, false, false);
+
+  rv = (ct ? data->mimeDecrypt->SetContentType(nsDependentCString(ct))
+        : data->mimeDecrypt->SetContentType(EmptyCString()));
+
+  PR_Free(ct);
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return nullptr;
+
+  nsCString mimePart = determineMimePart(obj);
+
+  rv = data->mimeDecrypt->SetMimePart(mimePart);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return nullptr;
+
+  mime_stream_data *msd = (mime_stream_data *) (data->self->options->stream_closure);
+  nsIChannel *channel = msd->channel;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> uri;
+  if (channel)
+    channel->GetURI(getter_AddRefs(uri));
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(data->mimeDecrypt->SetMimeCallback(output_fn, output_closure, uri)))
+    return nullptr;
+
+  return data;
+}
+
+static int
+MimePgpe_write(const char *buf, int32_t buf_size, void *output_closure)
+{
+  MimePgpeData* data = (MimePgpeData *) output_closure;
+
+  if (!data || !data->output_fn)
+    return -1;
+
+  if (!data->mimeDecrypt)
+    return 0;
+
+  return (NS_SUCCEEDED(data->mimeDecrypt->Write(buf, buf_size)) ? 0 : -1);
+}
+
+static int
+MimePgpe_eof(void* output_closure, bool abort_p)
+{
+  MimePgpeData* data = (MimePgpeData *) output_closure;
+
+  if (!data || !data->output_fn)
+    return -1;
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(data->mimeDecrypt->Finish()))
+    return -1;
+
+  data->mimeDecrypt = nullptr;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+static char*
+MimePgpe_generate(void *output_closure)
+{
+  const char htmlMsg[] = "<html><body><b>GEN MSG<b></body></html>";
+  char* msg = (char *) PR_MALLOC(strlen(htmlMsg) + 1);
+  if (msg)
+    PL_strcpy(msg, htmlMsg);
+
+  return msg;
+}
+
+static void
+MimePgpe_free(void *output_closure)
+{
+}
+
+/* Returns a string describing the location of the part (like "2.5.3").
+   This is not a full URL, just a part-number.
+ */
+static nsCString
+determineMimePart(MimeObject* obj)
+{
+  char mimePartNum[20];
+  MimeObject *kid;
+  MimeContainer *cont;
+  int32_t i;
+
+  nsCString mimePart;
+
+  while (obj->parent) {
+    cont = (MimeContainer *) obj->parent;
+    for (i = 0; i < cont->nchildren; i++) {
+      kid = cont->children[i];
+      if (kid == obj) {
+        sprintf(mimePartNum, ".%d", i + 1);
+        mimePart.Insert(mimePartNum, 0);
+      }
+    }
+    obj = obj->parent;
+  }
+
+  // remove leading "."
+  if (mimePart.Length() > 0)
+    mimePart.Cut(0, 1);
+
+  return mimePart;
+}
+
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsPgpMimeProxy,
+                              nsIPgpMimeProxy,
+                              nsIRequestObserver,
+                              nsIStreamListener,
+                              nsIRequest,
+                              nsIInputStream)
+
+// nsPgpMimeProxy implementation
+nsPgpMimeProxy::nsPgpMimeProxy()
+  : mInitialized(false),
+    mDecryptor(nullptr),
+    mLoadGroup(nullptr),
+    mLoadFlags(LOAD_NORMAL),
+    mCancelStatus(NS_OK)
+{
+}
+
+nsPgpMimeProxy::~nsPgpMimeProxy()
+{
+  Finalize();
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsPgpMimeProxy::Finalize()
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsPgpMimeProxy::SetMimeCallback(MimeDecodeCallbackFun outputFun,
+                        void* outputClosure,
+                        nsIURI* myUri)
+{
+  if (!outputFun || !outputClosure)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  mOutputFun     = outputFun;
+  mOutputClosure = outputClosure;
+  mInitialized   = true;
+
+  mStreamOffset = 0;
+  mByteBuf.Truncate();
+
+  if (mDecryptor)
+    return mDecryptor->OnStartRequest((nsIRequest*) this, myUri);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsPgpMimeProxy::Init()
+{
+  mByteBuf.Truncate();
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> pbi(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  mDecryptor = do_CreateInstance(PGPMIME_JS_DECRYPTOR_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    mDecryptor = nullptr;
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsPgpMimeProxy::Write(const char *buf, uint32_t buf_size)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(mInitialized, NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED);
+
+  mByteBuf.Assign(buf, buf_size);
+  mStreamOffset = 0;
+
+  if (mDecryptor)
+    return mDecryptor->OnDataAvailable((nsIRequest*) this, nullptr, (nsIInputStream*) this,
+                                      0, buf_size);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsPgpMimeProxy::Finish() {
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(mInitialized, NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED);
+
+  if (mDecryptor) {
+    return mDecryptor->OnStopRequest((nsIRequest*) this, nullptr, NS_OK);
+  }
+  else {
+    nsCString temp;
+    temp.Append("Content-Type: text/html\r\nCharset: UTF-8\r\n\r\n<html><body>");
+    temp.Append("<BR><text=\"#000000\" bgcolor=\"#FFFFFF\" link=\"#FF0000\" vlink=\"#800080\" alink=\"#0000FF\">");
+    temp.Append("<center><table BORDER=1 ><tr><td><CENTER>");
+
+    nsCString tString;
+    PgpMimeGetNeedsAddonString(tString);
+    temp.Append(tString);
+    temp.Append("</CENTER></td></tr></table></center><BR></body></html>\r\n");
+
+    PR_SetError(0,0);
+    int status = mOutputFun(temp.get(), temp.Length(), mOutputClosure);
+    if (status < 0) {
+      PR_SetError(status, 0);
+      mOutputFun = nullptr;
+      return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsPgpMimeProxy::GetDecryptor(nsIStreamListener **aDecryptor)
+{
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aDecryptor = mDecryptor);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsPgpMimeProxy::SetDecryptor(nsIStreamListener *aDecryptor)
+{
+  mDecryptor = aDecryptor;
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsPgpMimeProxy::GetContentType(nsACString &aContentType)
+{
+  aContentType = mContentType;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsPgpMimeProxy::SetContentType(const nsACString &aContentType)
+{
+  mContentType = aContentType;
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsPgpMimeProxy::GetMimePart(nsACString &aMimePart)
+{
+  aMimePart = mMimePart;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsPgpMimeProxy::SetMimePart(const nsACString &aMimePart)
+{
+  mMimePart = aMimePart;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// nsIRequest methods
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsPgpMimeProxy::GetName(nsACString &result)
+{
+  result = "pgpmimeproxy";
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsPgpMimeProxy::IsPending(bool *result)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(mInitialized, NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED);
+
+  *result = NS_SUCCEEDED(mCancelStatus);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsPgpMimeProxy::GetStatus(nsresult *status)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(mInitialized, NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED);
+
+  *status = mCancelStatus;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// NOTE: We assume that OnStopRequest should not be called if
+// request is canceled. This may be wrong!
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsPgpMimeProxy::Cancel(nsresult status)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(mInitialized, NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED);
+
+  // Need a non-zero status code to cancel
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(status))
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(mCancelStatus))
+    mCancelStatus = status;
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsPgpMimeProxy::Suspend(void)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsPgpMimeProxy::Resume(void)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsPgpMimeProxy::GetLoadGroup(nsILoadGroup * *aLoadGroup)
+{
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aLoadGroup = mLoadGroup);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsPgpMimeProxy::SetLoadGroup(nsILoadGroup* aLoadGroup)
+{
+  mLoadGroup = aLoadGroup;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsPgpMimeProxy::GetLoadFlags(nsLoadFlags *aLoadFlags)
+{
+  *aLoadFlags = mLoadFlags;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsPgpMimeProxy::SetLoadFlags(nsLoadFlags aLoadFlags)
+{
+  mLoadFlags = aLoadFlags;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// nsIInputStream methods
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsPgpMimeProxy::Available(uint64_t* _retval)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(_retval);
+
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(mInitialized, NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED);
+
+  *_retval = (mByteBuf.Length() > mStreamOffset) ?
+              mByteBuf.Length() - mStreamOffset : 0;
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsPgpMimeProxy::Read(char* buf, uint32_t count,
+                         uint32_t *readCount)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(mInitialized, NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED);
+
+  if (!buf || !readCount)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  int32_t avail = (mByteBuf.Length() > mStreamOffset) ?
+                   mByteBuf.Length() - mStreamOffset : 0;
+
+  uint32_t readyCount = ((uint32_t) avail > count) ? count : avail;
+
+  if (readyCount) {
+    memcpy(buf, mByteBuf.get()+mStreamOffset, readyCount);
+    *readCount = readyCount;
+  }
+
+  mStreamOffset += *readCount;
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsPgpMimeProxy::ReadSegments(nsWriteSegmentFun writer,
+                          void * aClosure, uint32_t count,
+                          uint32_t *readCount)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsPgpMimeProxy::IsNonBlocking(bool *aNonBlocking)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(mInitialized, NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED);
+
+  *aNonBlocking = true;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsPgpMimeProxy::Close()
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(mInitialized, NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED);
+
+  mStreamOffset = 0;
+  mByteBuf.Truncate();
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// nsIStreamListener methods
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsPgpMimeProxy::OnStartRequest(nsIRequest *aRequest, nsISupports *aContext)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsPgpMimeProxy::OnStopRequest(nsIRequest* aRequest, nsISupports* aContext,
+                             nsresult aStatus)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// nsIStreamListener method
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsPgpMimeProxy::OnDataAvailable(nsIRequest* aRequest, nsISupports* aContext,
+                              nsIInputStream *aInputStream,
+                              uint64_t aSourceOffset,
+                              uint32_t aLength)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(mInitialized, NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED);
+
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(aInputStream);
+
+  char buf[kCharMax];
+  uint32_t readCount, readMax;
+
+  while (aLength > 0) {
+    readMax = (aLength < kCharMax) ? aLength : kCharMax;
+
+    nsresult rv;
+    rv = aInputStream->Read((char *) buf, readMax, &readCount);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    int status = mOutputFun(buf, readCount, mOutputClosure);
+    if (status < 0) {
+      PR_SetError(status, 0);
+      mOutputFun = nullptr;
+      return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    }
+
+    aLength -= readCount;
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/cthandlers/pgpmime/nsPgpMimeProxy.h b/mailnews/mime/cthandlers/pgpmime/nsPgpMimeProxy.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..41e7f59cc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/cthandlers/pgpmime/nsPgpMimeProxy.h
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _nsPgpmimeDecrypt_h_
+#define _nsPgpmimeDecrypt_h_
+
+#include "mimecth.h"
+#include "nsIPgpMimeProxy.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsIStreamListener.h"
+#include "nsIInputStream.h"
+#include "nsILoadGroup.h"
+
+#define PGPMIME_JS_DECRYPTOR_CONTRACTID "@mozilla.org/mime/pgp-mime-js-decrypt;1"
+
+typedef struct MimeEncryptedPgpClass MimeEncryptedPgpClass;
+typedef struct MimeEncryptedPgp      MimeEncryptedPgp;
+
+struct MimeEncryptedPgpClass {
+  MimeEncryptedClass encrypted;
+};
+
+struct MimeEncryptedPgp {
+  MimeEncrypted encrypted;
+};
+
+class nsPgpMimeProxy : public nsIPgpMimeProxy,
+                       public nsIRequest,
+                       public nsIInputStream
+{
+public:
+  NS_DECL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIPGPMIMEPROXY
+  NS_DECL_NSIREQUESTOBSERVER
+  NS_DECL_NSISTREAMLISTENER
+  NS_DECL_NSIREQUEST
+  NS_DECL_NSIINPUTSTREAM
+
+  nsPgpMimeProxy();
+
+  // Define a Create method to be used with a factory:
+  static NS_METHOD
+  Create(nsISupports *aOuter, REFNSIID aIID, void **aResult);
+
+protected:
+  virtual ~nsPgpMimeProxy();
+  bool                          mInitialized;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStreamListener>   mDecryptor;
+
+  MimeDecodeCallbackFun         mOutputFun;
+  void*                         mOutputClosure;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsILoadGroup>        mLoadGroup;
+  nsLoadFlags                   mLoadFlags;
+  nsresult                      mCancelStatus;
+
+  uint32_t                      mStreamOffset;
+  nsCString                     mByteBuf;
+  nsCString                     mContentType;
+  nsCString                     mMimePart;
+
+  nsresult Finalize();
+};
+
+#define MimeEncryptedPgpClassInitializer(ITYPE,CSUPER) \
+  { MimeEncryptedClassInitializer(ITYPE,CSUPER) }
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/cthandlers/vcard/mimevcrd.cpp b/mailnews/mime/cthandlers/vcard/mimevcrd.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..140afb5aa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/cthandlers/vcard/mimevcrd.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,378 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "mimevcrd.h"
+ 
+#include "mimecth.h"
+#include "mimexpcom.h"
+#include "nsIMsgVCardService.h"
+#include "nsINetUtil.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "prmem.h"
+#include "prprf.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+
+static int MimeInlineTextVCard_parse_line (const char *, int32_t, MimeObject *);
+static int MimeInlineTextVCard_parse_eof (MimeObject *, bool);
+static int MimeInlineTextVCard_parse_begin (MimeObject *obj);
+
+static int s_unique = 0;
+
+static int BeginVCard (MimeObject *obj);
+static int EndVCard (MimeObject *obj);
+static int WriteOutVCard (MimeObject *obj, VObject* v);
+
+static int GenerateVCardData(MimeObject * aMimeObj, VObject* aVcard);
+static int OutputVcardAttribute(MimeObject *aMimeObj, VObject *aVcard, const char* id, nsACString& vCardOutput);
+static int OutputBasicVcard(MimeObject *aMimeObj, VObject *aVcard, nsACString& vCardOutput);
+
+typedef struct
+  {
+    const char *attributeName;
+    int resourceId;
+  } AttributeName;
+
+#define kNumAttributes 12
+
+#define     MSGVCARDSERVICE_CONTRACT_ID "@mozilla.org/addressbook/msgvcardservice;1"
+
+/* This is the object definition. Note: we will set the superclass
+   to NULL and manually set this on the class creation */
+MimeDefClass(MimeInlineTextVCard, MimeInlineTextVCardClass,
+             mimeInlineTextVCardClass, NULL);
+
+extern "C" MimeObjectClass *
+MIME_VCardCreateContentTypeHandlerClass(const char *content_type,
+                                   contentTypeHandlerInitStruct *initStruct)
+{
+  MimeObjectClass *clazz = (MimeObjectClass *)&mimeInlineTextVCardClass;
+  /*
+   * Must set the superclass by hand.
+   */
+  if (!COM_GetmimeInlineTextClass())
+    return NULL;
+
+  clazz->superclass = (MimeObjectClass *)COM_GetmimeInlineTextClass();
+  initStruct->force_inline_display = true;
+  return clazz;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Implementation of VCard clazz
+ */
+static int
+MimeInlineTextVCardClassInitialize(MimeInlineTextVCardClass *clazz)
+{
+  MimeObjectClass *oclass = (MimeObjectClass *) clazz;
+  NS_ASSERTION(!oclass->class_initialized, "1.1 <rhp@netscape.com> 19 Mar 1999 12:11");
+  oclass->parse_begin = MimeInlineTextVCard_parse_begin;
+  oclass->parse_line  = MimeInlineTextVCard_parse_line;
+  oclass->parse_eof   = MimeInlineTextVCard_parse_eof;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+MimeInlineTextVCard_parse_begin (MimeObject *obj)
+{
+  int status = ((MimeObjectClass*)COM_GetmimeLeafClass())->parse_begin(obj);
+  MimeInlineTextVCardClass *clazz;
+  if (status < 0) return status;
+
+  if (!obj->output_p) return 0;
+  if (!obj->options || !obj->options->write_html_p) return 0;
+
+  /* This is a fine place to write out any HTML before the real meat begins.
+  In this sample code, we tell it to start a table. */
+
+  clazz = ((MimeInlineTextVCardClass *) obj->clazz);
+  /* initialize vcard string to empty; */
+  NS_MsgSACopy(&(clazz->vCardString), "");
+
+  obj->options->state->separator_suppressed_p = true;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+char *strcpySafe (char *dest, const char *src, size_t destLength)
+{
+  char *result = strncpy (dest, src, --destLength);
+  dest[destLength] = '\0';
+  return result;
+}
+
+static int
+MimeInlineTextVCard_parse_line (const char *line, int32_t length, MimeObject *obj)
+{
+  // This routine gets fed each line of data, one at a time.
+  char* linestring;
+  MimeInlineTextVCardClass *clazz = ((MimeInlineTextVCardClass *) obj->clazz);
+
+  if (!obj->output_p) return 0;
+  if (!obj->options || !obj->options->output_fn) return 0;
+  if (!obj->options->write_html_p)
+  {
+    return COM_MimeObject_write(obj, line, length, true);
+  }
+
+  linestring = (char *) PR_MALLOC (length + 1);
+  memset(linestring, 0, (length + 1));
+
+  if (linestring)
+  {
+    strcpySafe((char *)linestring, line, length + 1);
+    NS_MsgSACat (&clazz->vCardString, linestring);
+    PR_Free (linestring);
+  }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+static int
+MimeInlineTextVCard_parse_eof (MimeObject *obj, bool abort_p)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgVCardService> vCardService =
+             do_GetService(MSGVCARDSERVICE_CONTRACT_ID);
+  if (!vCardService)
+      return -1;
+
+  int status = 0;
+  MimeInlineTextVCardClass *clazz = ((MimeInlineTextVCardClass *) obj->clazz);
+
+  VObject *t, *v;
+
+  if (obj->closed_p) return 0;
+
+  /* Run parent method first, to flush out any buffered data. */
+  //    status = ((MimeObjectClass*)&MIME_SUPERCLASS)->parse_eof(obj, abort_p);
+  status = ((MimeObjectClass*)COM_GetmimeInlineTextClass())->parse_eof(obj, abort_p);
+  if (status < 0) return status;
+
+  // Don't quote vCards...
+  if (  (obj->options) &&
+    ((obj->options->format_out == nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageQuoting) ||
+    (obj->options->format_out == nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageBodyQuoting))
+    )
+    return 0;
+
+  if (!clazz->vCardString) return 0;
+
+  v = vCardService->Parse_MIME(clazz->vCardString, strlen(clazz->vCardString));
+  NS_ASSERTION(v, "parse of vCard failed");
+
+  if (clazz->vCardString) {
+    PR_Free ((char*) clazz->vCardString);
+    clazz->vCardString = NULL;
+  }
+
+  if (obj->output_p && obj->options && obj->options->write_html_p &&
+    obj->options->headers != MimeHeadersCitation) {
+    /* This is a fine place to write any closing HTML.  In fact, you may
+    want all the writing to be here, and all of the above would just
+    collect data into datastructures, though that isn't very
+    "streaming". */
+    t = v;
+    while (v && status >= 0) {
+      /* write out html */
+      status = WriteOutVCard (obj, v);
+      /* parse next vcard incase they're embedded */
+      v = vCardService->NextVObjectInList(v);
+    }
+
+    (void)vCardService->CleanVObject(t);
+  }
+
+  if (status < 0)
+    return status;
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+static int EndVCard (MimeObject *obj)
+{
+  int status = 0;
+
+  /* Scribble HTML-ending stuff into the stream */
+  char htmlFooters[32];
+  PR_snprintf (htmlFooters, sizeof(htmlFooters), "</BODY>%s</HTML>%s", MSG_LINEBREAK, MSG_LINEBREAK);
+  status = COM_MimeObject_write(obj, htmlFooters, strlen(htmlFooters), false);
+
+  if (status < 0) return status;
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+static int BeginVCard (MimeObject *obj)
+{
+  int status = 0;
+
+  /* Scribble HTML-starting stuff into the stream */
+  char htmlHeaders[32];
+
+  s_unique++;
+  PR_snprintf (htmlHeaders, sizeof(htmlHeaders), "<HTML>%s<BODY>%s", MSG_LINEBREAK, MSG_LINEBREAK);
+    status = COM_MimeObject_write(obj, htmlHeaders, strlen(htmlHeaders), true);
+
+  if (status < 0) return status;
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+static int WriteOutVCard (MimeObject * aMimeObj, VObject* aVcard)
+{
+  BeginVCard (aMimeObj);
+
+  GenerateVCardData(aMimeObj, aVcard);
+
+  return EndVCard (aMimeObj);
+}
+
+
+static int GenerateVCardData(MimeObject * aMimeObj, VObject* aVcard)
+{
+  // style is driven from CSS not here. Just layout the minimal vCard data
+  nsCString vCardOutput;
+
+  vCardOutput = "<table class=\"moz-vcard-table\"> <tr> ";  // outer table plus the first (and only row) we use for this table
+
+  // we need to get an escaped vCard url to bind to our add to address book button
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgVCardService> vCardService = do_GetService(MSGVCARDSERVICE_CONTRACT_ID);
+  if (!vCardService)
+      return -1;
+
+  nsAutoCString vCard;
+  nsAutoCString vEscCard;
+  int len = 0;
+
+  vCard.Adopt(vCardService->WriteMemoryVObjects(0, &len, aVcard, false));
+  MsgEscapeString(vCard, nsINetUtil::ESCAPE_XALPHAS, vEscCard);
+
+  // first cell in the outer table row is a clickable image which brings up the rich address book UI for the vcard
+  vCardOutput += "<td valign=\"top\"> <a class=\"moz-vcard-badge\" href=\"addbook:add?action=add?vcard=";
+  vCardOutput += vEscCard; // the href is the vCard
+  vCardOutput += "\"></a></td>";
+
+  // the 2nd cell in the outer table row is a nested table containing the actual vCard properties
+  vCardOutput += "<td> <table id=\"moz-vcard-properties-table\"> <tr> ";
+
+  OutputBasicVcard(aMimeObj, aVcard, vCardOutput);
+
+  // close the properties table
+  vCardOutput += "</table> </td> ";
+
+  // 2nd  cell in the outer table is our vCard image
+
+  vCardOutput += "</tr> </table>";
+
+  // now write out the vCard
+  return COM_MimeObject_write(aMimeObj, (char *) vCardOutput.get(), vCardOutput.Length(), true);
+}
+
+
+static int OutputBasicVcard(MimeObject *aMimeObj, VObject *aVcard, nsACString& vCardOutput)
+{
+  VObject *prop = NULL;
+  nsAutoCString urlstring;
+  nsAutoCString namestring;
+  nsAutoCString emailstring;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgVCardService> vCardService =  do_GetService(MSGVCARDSERVICE_CONTRACT_ID);
+  if (!vCardService)
+      return -1;
+
+  /* get the name and email */
+  prop = vCardService->IsAPropertyOf(aVcard, VCFullNameProp);
+  if (prop)
+  {
+    if (VALUE_TYPE(prop))
+    {
+      if (VALUE_TYPE(prop) != VCVT_RAW)
+        namestring.Adopt(vCardService->FakeCString(prop));
+      else
+        namestring.Adopt(vCardService->VObjectAnyValue(prop));
+
+      if (!namestring.IsEmpty())
+      {
+        vCardOutput += "<td class=\"moz-vcard-title-property\"> ";
+
+        prop = vCardService->IsAPropertyOf(aVcard, VCURLProp);
+        if (prop)
+        {
+          urlstring.Adopt(vCardService->FakeCString(prop));
+          if (urlstring.IsEmpty())
+            vCardOutput += namestring;
+          else
+          {
+            char buf[512];
+            PR_snprintf(buf, 512, "<a href=""%s"" private>%s</a>", urlstring.get(), namestring.get());
+            vCardOutput.Append(buf);
+          }
+        }
+        else
+          vCardOutput += namestring;
+
+        /* get the email address */
+        prop = vCardService->IsAPropertyOf(aVcard, VCEmailAddressProp);
+        if (prop)
+        {
+          emailstring.Adopt(vCardService->FakeCString(prop));
+          if (!emailstring.IsEmpty())
+          {
+            char buf[512];
+            PR_snprintf(buf, 512, "&nbsp;&lt;<a href=""mailto:%s"" private>%s</a>&gt;", emailstring.get(), emailstring.get());
+            vCardOutput.Append(buf);
+          }
+        } // if email address property
+
+        vCardOutput += "</td> </tr> "; // end the cell for the name/email address
+      } // if we have a name property
+    }
+  } // if full name property
+
+  // now each basic property goes on its own line
+
+  // title
+  (void) OutputVcardAttribute (aMimeObj, aVcard, VCTitleProp, vCardOutput);
+
+  // org name and company name
+  prop = vCardService->IsAPropertyOf(aVcard, VCOrgProp);
+  if (prop)
+  {
+    OutputVcardAttribute (aMimeObj, prop, VCOrgUnitProp, vCardOutput);
+    OutputVcardAttribute (aMimeObj, prop, VCOrgNameProp, vCardOutput);
+  }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+static int OutputVcardAttribute(MimeObject *aMimeObj, VObject *aVcard, const char* id, nsACString& vCardOutput)
+{
+  VObject *prop = NULL;
+  nsAutoCString string;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgVCardService> vCardService = do_GetService(MSGVCARDSERVICE_CONTRACT_ID);
+  if (!vCardService)
+      return -1;
+
+  prop = vCardService->IsAPropertyOf(aVcard, id);
+  if (prop)
+    if (VALUE_TYPE(prop))
+    {
+      if (VALUE_TYPE(prop) != VCVT_RAW)
+        string.Adopt(vCardService->FakeCString(prop));
+      else
+        string.Adopt(vCardService->VObjectAnyValue(prop));
+
+      if (!string.IsEmpty())
+      {
+        vCardOutput += "<tr> <td class=\"moz-vcard-property\">";
+        vCardOutput += string;
+        vCardOutput += "</td> </tr> ";
+      }
+    }
+
+  return 0;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/cthandlers/vcard/mimevcrd.h b/mailnews/mime/cthandlers/vcard/mimevcrd.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6e731f555
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/cthandlers/vcard/mimevcrd.h
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _MIMEVCRD_H_
+#define _MIMEVCRD_H_
+
+#include "mimetext.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+
+/* The MimeInlineTextHTML class implements the text/x-vcard and (maybe?
+   someday?) the application/directory MIME content types.
+ */
+
+typedef struct MimeInlineTextVCardClass MimeInlineTextVCardClass;
+typedef struct MimeInlineTextVCard      MimeInlineTextVCard;
+
+struct MimeInlineTextVCardClass {
+  MimeInlineTextClass         text;
+  char                        *vCardString;
+};
+
+extern MimeInlineTextVCardClass mimeInlineTextVCardClass;
+
+struct MimeInlineTextVCard {
+  MimeInlineText text;
+};
+
+#define MimeInlineTextVCardClassInitializer(ITYPE,CSUPER) \
+  { MimeInlineTextClassInitializer(ITYPE,CSUPER) }
+
+#endif /* _MIMEVCRD_H_ */
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/cthandlers/vcard/moz.build b/mailnews/mime/cthandlers/vcard/moz.build
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..55de22391
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/cthandlers/vcard/moz.build
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+# vim: set filetype=python:
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+SOURCES += [
+    'mimevcrd.cpp',
+]
+
+FINAL_LIBRARY = 'mail'
+
+LOCAL_INCLUDES += [
+    '../glue',
+]
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/emitters/moz.build b/mailnews/mime/emitters/moz.build
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b1e3390bd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/emitters/moz.build
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+# vim: set filetype=python:
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+EXPORTS += [
+    'nsMimeEmitterCID.h',
+]
+
+SOURCES += [
+    'nsEmitterUtils.cpp',
+    'nsMimeBaseEmitter.cpp',
+    'nsMimeHtmlEmitter.cpp',
+    'nsMimePlainEmitter.cpp',
+    'nsMimeRawEmitter.cpp',
+    'nsMimeRebuffer.cpp',
+    'nsMimeXmlEmitter.cpp',
+]
+
+FINAL_LIBRARY = 'mail'
+
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/emitters/nsEmitterUtils.cpp b/mailnews/mime/emitters/nsEmitterUtils.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..551bf5b31
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/emitters/nsEmitterUtils.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "prmem.h"
+#include "plstr.h"
+#include "nsMailHeaders.h"
+#include "nsIMimeEmitter.h"
+#include "nsIStringBundle.h"
+#include "nsIServiceManager.h"
+#include "nsIIOService.h"
+#include "nsIURI.h"
+#include "prprf.h"
+
+
+extern "C" bool
+EmitThisHeaderForPrefSetting(int32_t dispType, const char *header)
+{
+  if (nsMimeHeaderDisplayTypes::AllHeaders == dispType)
+    return true;
+
+  if ((!header) || (!*header))
+    return false;
+
+  if (nsMimeHeaderDisplayTypes::MicroHeaders == dispType)
+  {
+    if (
+          (!strcmp(header, HEADER_SUBJECT)) ||
+          (!strcmp(header, HEADER_FROM)) ||
+          (!strcmp(header, HEADER_DATE))
+       )
+      return true;
+    else
+      return false;
+  }
+
+  if (nsMimeHeaderDisplayTypes::NormalHeaders == dispType)
+  {
+    if (
+        (!strcmp(header, HEADER_DATE)) ||
+        (!strcmp(header, HEADER_TO)) ||
+        (!strcmp(header, HEADER_SUBJECT)) ||
+        (!strcmp(header, HEADER_SENDER)) ||
+        (!strcmp(header, HEADER_RESENT_TO)) ||
+        (!strcmp(header, HEADER_RESENT_SENDER)) ||
+        (!strcmp(header, HEADER_RESENT_FROM)) ||
+        (!strcmp(header, HEADER_RESENT_CC)) ||
+        (!strcmp(header, HEADER_REPLY_TO)) ||
+        (!strcmp(header, HEADER_REFERENCES)) ||
+        (!strcmp(header, HEADER_NEWSGROUPS)) ||
+        (!strcmp(header, HEADER_MESSAGE_ID)) ||
+        (!strcmp(header, HEADER_FROM)) ||
+        (!strcmp(header, HEADER_FOLLOWUP_TO)) ||
+        (!strcmp(header, HEADER_CC)) ||
+        (!strcmp(header, HEADER_ORGANIZATION)) ||
+        (!strcmp(header, HEADER_REPLY_TO)) ||
+        (!strcmp(header, HEADER_BCC))
+       )
+       return true;
+    else
+      return false;
+  }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/emitters/nsEmitterUtils.h b/mailnews/mime/emitters/nsEmitterUtils.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..965c1e33c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/emitters/nsEmitterUtils.h
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+#ifndef _nsEmitterUtils_h_
+#define _nsEmitterUtils_h_
+
+#include "prmem.h"
+#include "plstr.h"
+
+extern "C" bool     EmitThisHeaderForPrefSetting(int32_t dispType, const char *header);
+
+#endif // _nsEmitterUtils_h_
+
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/emitters/nsMimeBaseEmitter.cpp b/mailnews/mime/emitters/nsMimeBaseEmitter.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..223eef433
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/emitters/nsMimeBaseEmitter.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1092 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include "nsMimeBaseEmitter.h"
+#include "nsMailHeaders.h"
+#include "nscore.h"
+#include "nsIPrefService.h"
+#include "nsIPrefBranch.h"
+#include "nsIServiceManager.h"
+#include "prmem.h"
+#include "nsEmitterUtils.h"
+#include "nsMimeStringResources.h"
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "nsIComponentManager.h"
+#include "nsEmitterUtils.h"
+#include "nsIMimeStreamConverter.h"
+#include "nsIMimeConverter.h"
+#include "nsMsgMimeCID.h"
+#include "mozilla/Logging.h"
+#include "prprf.h"
+#include "nsIMimeHeaders.h"
+#include "nsIMsgWindow.h"
+#include "nsIMsgMailNewsUrl.h"
+#include "nsDateTimeFormatCID.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsComponentManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "nsTextFormatter.h"
+#include "mozilla/Services.h"
+#include <algorithm>
+
+static PRLogModuleInfo * gMimeEmitterLogModule = nullptr;
+
+#define   MIME_HEADER_URL      "chrome://messenger/locale/mimeheader.properties"
+#define   MIME_URL             "chrome://messenger/locale/mime.properties"
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMimeBaseEmitter, nsIMimeEmitter, nsIInterfaceRequestor)
+
+nsMimeBaseEmitter::nsMimeBaseEmitter()
+{
+  // Initialize data output vars...
+  mFirstHeaders = true;
+
+  mBufferMgr = nullptr;
+  mTotalWritten = 0;
+  mTotalRead = 0;
+  mInputStream = nullptr;
+  mOutStream = nullptr;
+  mOutListener = nullptr;
+
+  // Display output control vars...
+  mDocHeader = false;
+  m_stringBundle = nullptr;
+  mURL = nullptr;
+  mHeaderDisplayType = nsMimeHeaderDisplayTypes::NormalHeaders;
+
+  // Setup array for attachments
+  mAttachCount = 0;
+  mAttachArray = new nsTArray<attachmentInfoType*>();
+  mCurrentAttachment = nullptr;
+
+  // Header cache...
+  mHeaderArray = new nsTArray<headerInfoType*>();
+
+  // Embedded Header Cache...
+  mEmbeddedHeaderArray = nullptr;
+
+  // HTML Header Data...
+//  mHTMLHeaders = "";
+//  mCharset = "";
+
+  // Init the body...
+  mBodyStarted = false;
+//  mBody = "";
+
+  // This is needed for conversion of I18N Strings...
+  mUnicodeConverter = do_GetService(NS_MIME_CONVERTER_CONTRACTID);
+
+  if (!gMimeEmitterLogModule)
+    gMimeEmitterLogModule = PR_NewLogModule("MIME");
+
+  // Do prefs last since we can live without this if it fails...
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> pPrefBranch(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID));
+  if (pPrefBranch)
+    pPrefBranch->GetIntPref("mail.show_headers", &mHeaderDisplayType);
+}
+
+nsMimeBaseEmitter::~nsMimeBaseEmitter(void)
+{
+  // Delete the buffer manager...
+  if (mBufferMgr)
+  {
+    delete mBufferMgr;
+    mBufferMgr = nullptr;
+  }
+
+  // Clean up the attachment array structures...
+  if (mAttachArray)
+  {
+    for (size_t i = 0; i < mAttachArray->Length(); i++)
+    {
+      attachmentInfoType *attachInfo = mAttachArray->ElementAt(i);
+      if (!attachInfo)
+        continue;
+
+      PR_FREEIF(attachInfo->contentType);
+      if (attachInfo->displayName)
+        NS_Free(attachInfo->displayName);
+      PR_FREEIF(attachInfo->urlSpec);
+      PR_FREEIF(attachInfo);
+    }
+    delete mAttachArray;
+  }
+
+  // Cleanup allocated header arrays...
+  CleanupHeaderArray(mHeaderArray);
+  mHeaderArray = nullptr;
+
+  CleanupHeaderArray(mEmbeddedHeaderArray);
+  mEmbeddedHeaderArray = nullptr;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMimeBaseEmitter::GetInterface(const nsIID & aIID, void * *aInstancePtr)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aInstancePtr);
+  return QueryInterface(aIID, aInstancePtr);
+}
+
+void
+nsMimeBaseEmitter::CleanupHeaderArray(nsTArray<headerInfoType*> *aArray)
+{
+  if (!aArray)
+    return;
+
+  for (size_t i = 0; i < aArray->Length(); i++)
+  {
+    headerInfoType *headerInfo = aArray->ElementAt(i);
+    if (!headerInfo)
+      continue;
+
+    PR_FREEIF(headerInfo->name);
+    PR_FREEIF(headerInfo->value);
+    PR_FREEIF(headerInfo);
+  }
+
+  delete aArray;
+}
+
+static int32_t MapHeaderNameToID(const char *header)
+{
+  // emitter passes UPPERCASE for header names
+  if (!strcmp(header, "DATE"))
+    return MIME_MHTML_DATE;
+  else if (!strcmp(header, "FROM"))
+    return MIME_MHTML_FROM;
+  else if (!strcmp(header, "SUBJECT"))
+    return MIME_MHTML_SUBJECT;
+  else if (!strcmp(header, "TO"))
+    return MIME_MHTML_TO;
+  else if (!strcmp(header, "SENDER"))
+    return MIME_MHTML_SENDER;
+  else if (!strcmp(header, "RESENT-TO"))
+    return MIME_MHTML_RESENT_TO;
+  else if (!strcmp(header, "RESENT-SENDER"))
+    return MIME_MHTML_RESENT_SENDER;
+  else if (!strcmp(header, "RESENT-FROM"))
+    return MIME_MHTML_RESENT_FROM;
+  else if (!strcmp(header, "RESENT-CC"))
+    return MIME_MHTML_RESENT_CC;
+  else if (!strcmp(header, "REPLY-TO"))
+    return MIME_MHTML_REPLY_TO;
+  else if (!strcmp(header, "REFERENCES"))
+    return MIME_MHTML_REFERENCES;
+  else if (!strcmp(header, "NEWSGROUPS"))
+    return MIME_MHTML_NEWSGROUPS;
+  else if (!strcmp(header, "MESSAGE-ID"))
+    return MIME_MHTML_MESSAGE_ID;
+  else if (!strcmp(header, "FOLLOWUP-TO"))
+    return MIME_MHTML_FOLLOWUP_TO;
+  else if (!strcmp(header, "CC"))
+    return MIME_MHTML_CC;
+  else if (!strcmp(header, "ORGANIZATION"))
+    return MIME_MHTML_ORGANIZATION;
+  else if (!strcmp(header, "BCC"))
+    return MIME_MHTML_BCC;
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+char *
+nsMimeBaseEmitter::MimeGetStringByName(const char *aHeaderName)
+{
+  nsresult res = NS_OK;
+
+  if (!m_headerStringBundle)
+  {
+    static const char propertyURL[] = MIME_HEADER_URL;
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundleService> sBundleService =
+      mozilla::services::GetStringBundleService();
+    if (sBundleService)
+    {
+      res = sBundleService->CreateBundle(propertyURL, getter_AddRefs(m_headerStringBundle));
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (m_headerStringBundle)
+  {
+    nsString val;
+
+    res = m_headerStringBundle->GetStringFromName(NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16(aHeaderName).get(),
+                                                  getter_Copies(val));
+
+    if (NS_FAILED(res))
+      return nullptr;
+
+    // Here we need to return a new copy of the string
+    // This returns a UTF-8 string so the caller needs to perform a conversion
+    // if this is used as UCS-2 (e.g. cannot do nsString(utfStr);
+    //
+    return ToNewUTF8String(val);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return nullptr;
+  }
+}
+
+char *
+nsMimeBaseEmitter::MimeGetStringByID(int32_t aID)
+{
+  nsresult res = NS_OK;
+
+  if (!m_stringBundle)
+  {
+    static const char propertyURL[] = MIME_URL;
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundleService> sBundleService =
+      mozilla::services::GetStringBundleService();
+    if (sBundleService)
+      res = sBundleService->CreateBundle(propertyURL, getter_AddRefs(m_stringBundle));
+  }
+
+  if (m_stringBundle)
+  {
+    nsString val;
+
+    res = m_stringBundle->GetStringFromID(aID, getter_Copies(val));
+
+    if (NS_FAILED(res))
+      return nullptr;
+
+    return ToNewUTF8String(val);
+  }
+  else
+    return nullptr;
+}
+
+//
+// This will search a string bundle (eventually) to find a descriptive header
+// name to match what was found in the mail message. aHeaderName is passed in
+// in all caps and a dropback default name is provided. The caller needs to free
+// the memory returned by this function.
+//
+char *
+nsMimeBaseEmitter::LocalizeHeaderName(const char *aHeaderName, const char *aDefaultName)
+{
+  char *retVal = nullptr;
+
+  // prefer to use translated strings if not for quoting
+  if (mFormat != nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageQuoting &&
+      mFormat != nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageBodyQuoting)
+  {
+    // map name to id and get the translated string
+    int32_t id = MapHeaderNameToID(aHeaderName);
+    if (id > 0)
+      retVal = MimeGetStringByID(id);
+  }
+
+  // get the string from the other bundle (usually not translated)
+  if (!retVal)
+    retVal = MimeGetStringByName(aHeaderName);
+
+  if (retVal)
+    return retVal;
+  else
+    return strdup(aDefaultName);
+}
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// nsMimeBaseEmitter Interface
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMimeBaseEmitter::SetPipe(nsIInputStream * aInputStream, nsIOutputStream *outStream)
+{
+  mInputStream = aInputStream;
+  mOutStream = outStream;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// Note - these is setup only...you should not write
+// anything to the stream since these may be image data
+// output streams, etc...
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMimeBaseEmitter::Initialize(nsIURI *url, nsIChannel * aChannel, int32_t aFormat)
+{
+  // set the url
+  mURL = url;
+  mChannel = aChannel;
+
+  // Create rebuffering object
+  delete mBufferMgr;
+  mBufferMgr = new MimeRebuffer();
+
+  // Counters for output stream
+  mTotalWritten = 0;
+  mTotalRead = 0;
+  mFormat = aFormat;
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMimeBaseEmitter::SetOutputListener(nsIStreamListener *listener)
+{
+  mOutListener = listener;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMimeBaseEmitter::GetOutputListener(nsIStreamListener **listener)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(listener);
+
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*listener = mOutListener);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+// Attachment handling routines
+nsresult
+nsMimeBaseEmitter::StartAttachment(const nsACString &name,
+                                   const char *contentType,
+                                   const char *url,
+                                   bool aIsExternalAttachment)
+{
+  // Ok, now we will setup the attachment info
+  mCurrentAttachment = (attachmentInfoType *) PR_NEWZAP(attachmentInfoType);
+  if ( (mCurrentAttachment) && mAttachArray)
+  {
+    ++mAttachCount;
+
+    mCurrentAttachment->displayName = ToNewCString(name);
+    mCurrentAttachment->urlSpec = strdup(url);
+    mCurrentAttachment->contentType = strdup(contentType);
+    mCurrentAttachment->isExternalAttachment = aIsExternalAttachment;
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMimeBaseEmitter::EndAttachment()
+{
+  // Ok, add the attachment info to the attachment array...
+  if ( (mCurrentAttachment) && (mAttachArray) )
+  {
+    mAttachArray->AppendElement(mCurrentAttachment);
+    mCurrentAttachment = nullptr;
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMimeBaseEmitter::EndAllAttachments()
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMimeBaseEmitter::AddAttachmentField(const char *field, const char *value)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMimeBaseEmitter::UtilityWrite(const char *buf)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(buf);
+
+  uint32_t    written;
+  Write(nsDependentCString(buf), &written);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMimeBaseEmitter::UtilityWrite(const nsACString &buf)
+{
+  uint32_t    written;
+  Write(buf, &written);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMimeBaseEmitter::UtilityWriteCRLF(const char *buf)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(buf);
+
+  uint32_t    written;
+  Write(nsDependentCString(buf), &written);
+  Write(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(CRLF), &written);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMimeBaseEmitter::Write(const nsACString &buf, uint32_t *amountWritten)
+{
+  unsigned int        written = 0;
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  uint32_t            needToWrite;
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_BenB
+  // If you want to see libmime output...
+  printf("%s", buf);
+#endif
+
+  MOZ_LOG(gMimeEmitterLogModule, mozilla::LogLevel::Info, ("%s", PromiseFlatCString(buf).get()));
+  //
+  // Make sure that the buffer we are "pushing" into has enough room
+  // for the write operation. If not, we have to buffer, return, and get
+  // it on the next time through
+  //
+  *amountWritten = 0;
+
+  needToWrite = mBufferMgr->GetSize();
+  // First, handle any old buffer data...
+  if (needToWrite > 0)
+  {
+    rv = WriteHelper(mBufferMgr->GetBuffer(), &written);
+
+    mTotalWritten += written;
+    mBufferMgr->ReduceBuffer(written);
+    *amountWritten = written;
+
+    // if we couldn't write all the old data, buffer the new data
+    // and return
+    if (mBufferMgr->GetSize() > 0)
+    {
+      mBufferMgr->IncreaseBuffer(buf);
+      return rv;
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  // if we get here, we are dealing with new data...try to write
+  // and then do the right thing...
+  rv = WriteHelper(buf, &written);
+  *amountWritten = written;
+  mTotalWritten += written;
+
+  if (written < buf.Length()) {
+    const nsACString &remainder = Substring(buf, written);
+    mBufferMgr->IncreaseBuffer(remainder);
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMimeBaseEmitter::WriteHelper(const nsACString &buf, uint32_t *countWritten)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(mOutStream, NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED);
+
+  nsresult rv = mOutStream->Write(buf.BeginReading(), buf.Length(), countWritten);
+  if (rv == NS_BASE_STREAM_WOULD_BLOCK) {
+    // pipe is full, push contents of pipe to listener...
+    uint64_t avail;
+    rv = mInputStream->Available(&avail);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && avail) {
+      mOutListener->OnDataAvailable(mChannel, mURL, mInputStream, 0, 
+                                    std::min(avail, uint64_t(PR_UINT32_MAX)));
+
+      // try writing again...
+      rv = mOutStream->Write(buf.BeginReading(), buf.Length(), countWritten);
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+//
+// Find a cached header! Note: Do NOT free this value!
+//
+const char *
+nsMimeBaseEmitter::GetHeaderValue(const char  *aHeaderName)
+{
+  char        *retVal = nullptr;
+  nsTArray<headerInfoType*> *array = mDocHeader? mHeaderArray : mEmbeddedHeaderArray;
+
+  if (!array)
+    return nullptr;
+
+  for (size_t i = 0; i < array->Length(); i++)
+  {
+    headerInfoType *headerInfo = array->ElementAt(i);
+    if ( (!headerInfo) || (!headerInfo->name) || (!(*headerInfo->name)) )
+      continue;
+
+    if (!PL_strcasecmp(aHeaderName, headerInfo->name))
+    {
+      retVal = headerInfo->value;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return retVal;
+}
+
+//
+// This is called at the start of the header block for all header information in ANY
+// AND ALL MESSAGES (yes, quoted, attached, etc...)
+//
+// NOTE: This will be called even when headers are will not follow. This is
+// to allow us to be notified of the charset of the original message. This is
+// important for forward and reply operations
+//
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMimeBaseEmitter::StartHeader(bool rootMailHeader, bool headerOnly, const char *msgID,
+                               const char *outCharset)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(outCharset);
+
+  mDocHeader = rootMailHeader;
+
+  // If this is not the mail messages header, then we need to create
+  // the mEmbeddedHeaderArray structure for use with this internal header
+  // structure.
+  if (!mDocHeader)
+  {
+    if (mEmbeddedHeaderArray)
+      CleanupHeaderArray(mEmbeddedHeaderArray);
+
+    mEmbeddedHeaderArray = new nsTArray<headerInfoType*>();
+    NS_ENSURE_TRUE(mEmbeddedHeaderArray, NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY);
+  }
+
+  // If the main doc, check on updated character set
+  if (mDocHeader)
+    UpdateCharacterSet(outCharset);
+  CopyASCIItoUTF16(nsDependentCString(outCharset), mCharset);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// Ok, if we are here, and we have a aCharset passed in that is not
+// UTF-8 or US-ASCII, then we should tag the mChannel member with this
+// charset. This is because replying to messages with specified charset's
+// need to be tagged as that charset by default.
+//
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMimeBaseEmitter::UpdateCharacterSet(const char *aCharset)
+{
+  if (aCharset)
+  {
+    nsAutoCString contentType;
+
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(mChannel->GetContentType(contentType)) && !contentType.IsEmpty())
+    {
+      char *cBegin = contentType.BeginWriting();
+
+      const char *cPtr = PL_strcasestr(cBegin, "charset=");
+
+      if (cPtr)
+      {
+        char  *ptr = cBegin;
+        while (*ptr)
+        {
+          if ( (*ptr == ' ') || (*ptr == ';') )
+          {
+            if ((ptr + 1) >= cPtr)
+            {
+              *ptr = '\0';
+              break;
+            }
+          }
+
+          ++ptr;
+        }
+      }
+
+      // have to set content-type since it could have an embedded null byte
+      mChannel->SetContentType(nsDependentCString(cBegin));
+      if (PL_strcasecmp(aCharset, "US-ASCII") == 0) {
+        mChannel->SetContentCharset(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("ISO-8859-1"));
+      } else {
+        mChannel->SetContentCharset(nsDependentCString(aCharset));
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+//
+// This will be called for every header field regardless if it is in an
+// internal body or the outer message.
+//
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMimeBaseEmitter::AddHeaderField(const char *field, const char *value)
+{
+  if ( (!field) || (!value) )
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  nsTArray<headerInfoType*>  *tPtr;
+  if (mDocHeader)
+    tPtr = mHeaderArray;
+  else
+    tPtr = mEmbeddedHeaderArray;
+
+  // This is a header so we need to cache and output later.
+  // Ok, now we will setup the header info for the header array!
+  headerInfoType  *ptr = (headerInfoType *) PR_NEWZAP(headerInfoType);
+  if ( (ptr) && tPtr)
+  {
+    ptr->name = strdup(field);
+    ptr->value = strdup(value);
+    tPtr->AppendElement(ptr);
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMimeBaseEmitter::AddAllHeaders(const nsACString &allheaders)
+{
+  if (mDocHeader) //We want to set only the main headers of a message, not the potentially embedded one
+  {
+    nsresult rv;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> msgurl (do_QueryInterface(mURL));
+    if (msgurl)
+    {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMimeHeaders> mimeHeaders = do_CreateInstance(NS_IMIMEHEADERS_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+        mimeHeaders->Initialize(allheaders);
+        msgurl->SetMimeHeaders(mimeHeaders);
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// The following code is responsible for formatting headers in a manner that is
+// identical to the normal XUL output.
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+nsresult
+nsMimeBaseEmitter::GenerateDateString(const char * dateString,
+                                      nsACString &formattedDate,
+                                      bool showDateForToday)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  if (!mDateFormatter) {
+    mDateFormatter = do_CreateInstance(NS_DATETIMEFORMAT_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+
+  /**
+   * See if the user wants to have the date displayed in the senders
+   * timezone (including the timezone offset).
+   * We also evaluate the pref original_date which was introduced
+   * as makeshift in bug 118899.
+   */
+  bool displaySenderTimezone = false;
+  bool displayOriginalDate = false;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefService> prefs = do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> dateFormatPrefs;
+  rv = prefs->GetBranch("mailnews.display.", getter_AddRefs(dateFormatPrefs));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  dateFormatPrefs->GetBoolPref("date_senders_timezone", &displaySenderTimezone);
+  dateFormatPrefs->GetBoolPref("original_date", &displayOriginalDate);
+  // migrate old pref to date_senders_timezone
+  if (displayOriginalDate && !displaySenderTimezone)
+    dateFormatPrefs->SetBoolPref("date_senders_timezone", true);
+
+  PRExplodedTime explodedMsgTime;
+
+  // Bogus date string may leave some fields uninitialized, so take precaution.
+  memset(&explodedMsgTime, 0, sizeof (PRExplodedTime));
+
+  if (PR_ParseTimeStringToExplodedTime(dateString, false, &explodedMsgTime) != PR_SUCCESS)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  /**
+   * To determine the date format to use, comparison of current and message
+   * time has to be made. If displaying in local time, both timestamps have
+   * to be in local time. If displaying in senders time zone, leave the compare
+   * time in that time zone.
+   * Otherwise in TZ+0100 on 2009-03-12 a message from 2009-03-11T20:49-0700
+   * would be displayed as "20:49 -0700" though it in fact is not from the
+   * same day.
+   */
+  PRExplodedTime explodedCompTime;
+  if (displaySenderTimezone)
+    explodedCompTime = explodedMsgTime;
+  else
+    PR_ExplodeTime(PR_ImplodeTime(&explodedMsgTime), PR_LocalTimeParameters, &explodedCompTime);
+
+  PRExplodedTime explodedCurrentTime;
+  PR_ExplodeTime(PR_Now(), PR_LocalTimeParameters, &explodedCurrentTime);
+
+  // If we want short dates, check if the message is from today, and if so
+  // only show the time (e.g. 3:15 pm).
+  nsDateFormatSelector dateFormat = kDateFormatShort;
+  if (!showDateForToday &&
+      explodedCurrentTime.tm_year == explodedCompTime.tm_year &&
+      explodedCurrentTime.tm_month == explodedCompTime.tm_month &&
+      explodedCurrentTime.tm_mday == explodedCompTime.tm_mday)
+  {
+    // same day...
+    dateFormat = kDateFormatNone;
+  }
+
+  nsAutoString formattedDateString;
+
+  rv = mDateFormatter->FormatPRExplodedTime(nullptr /* nsILocale* locale */,
+                                            dateFormat,
+                                            kTimeFormatNoSeconds,
+                                            &explodedCompTime,
+                                            formattedDateString);
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    if (displaySenderTimezone)
+    {
+      // offset of local time from UTC in minutes
+      int32_t senderoffset = (explodedMsgTime.tm_params.tp_gmt_offset +
+                              explodedMsgTime.tm_params.tp_dst_offset) / 60;
+      // append offset to date string
+      char16_t *tzstring =
+        nsTextFormatter::smprintf(u" %+05d",
+                                  (senderoffset / 60 * 100) +
+                                  (senderoffset % 60));
+      formattedDateString.Append(tzstring);
+      nsTextFormatter::smprintf_free(tzstring);
+    }
+
+    CopyUTF16toUTF8(formattedDateString, formattedDate);
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+char*
+nsMimeBaseEmitter::GetLocalizedDateString(const char * dateString)
+{
+  char *i18nValue = nullptr;
+
+  bool displayOriginalDate = false;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefBranch(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID));
+
+  if (prefBranch)
+    prefBranch->GetBoolPref("mailnews.display.original_date",
+                            &displayOriginalDate);
+
+  if (!displayOriginalDate)
+  {
+    nsAutoCString convertedDateString;
+    nsresult rv = GenerateDateString(dateString, convertedDateString, true);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      i18nValue = strdup(convertedDateString.get());
+    else
+      i18nValue = strdup(dateString);
+  }
+  else
+    i18nValue = strdup(dateString);
+
+  return i18nValue;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMimeBaseEmitter::WriteHeaderFieldHTML(const char *field, const char *value)
+{
+  char *newValue = nullptr;
+  char *i18nValue = nullptr;
+
+  if ( (!field) || (!value) )
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  //
+  // This is a check to see what the pref is for header display. If
+  // We should only output stuff that corresponds with that setting.
+  //
+  if (!EmitThisHeaderForPrefSetting(mHeaderDisplayType, field))
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  //
+  // If we encounter the 'Date' header we try to convert it's value
+  // into localized format.
+  //
+  if ( strcmp(field, "Date") == 0 )
+    i18nValue = GetLocalizedDateString(value);
+  else
+    i18nValue = strdup(value);
+
+  if ( (mUnicodeConverter) && (mFormat != nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageSaveAs) )
+  {
+    nsCString tValue;
+
+    // we're going to need a converter to convert
+    nsresult rv = mUnicodeConverter->DecodeMimeHeaderToUTF8(
+      nsDependentCString(i18nValue), nullptr, false, true, tValue);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !tValue.IsEmpty())
+      newValue = MsgEscapeHTML(tValue.get());
+    else
+      newValue = MsgEscapeHTML(i18nValue);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    newValue = MsgEscapeHTML(i18nValue);
+  }
+
+  free(i18nValue);
+
+  if (!newValue)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  mHTMLHeaders.Append("<tr>");
+  mHTMLHeaders.Append("<td>");
+
+  if (mFormat == nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageSaveAs)
+    mHTMLHeaders.Append("<b>");
+  else
+    mHTMLHeaders.Append("<div class=\"headerdisplayname\" style=\"display:inline;\">");
+
+  // Here is where we are going to try to L10N the tagName so we will always
+  // get a field name next to an emitted header value. Note: Default will always
+  // be the name of the header itself.
+  //
+  nsCString newTagName(field);
+  newTagName.StripWhitespace();
+  ToUpperCase(newTagName);
+
+  char *l10nTagName = LocalizeHeaderName(newTagName.get(), field);
+  if ( (!l10nTagName) || (!*l10nTagName) )
+    mHTMLHeaders.Append(field);
+  else
+  {
+    mHTMLHeaders.Append(l10nTagName);
+    PR_FREEIF(l10nTagName);
+  }
+
+  mHTMLHeaders.Append(": ");
+  if (mFormat == nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageSaveAs)
+    mHTMLHeaders.Append("</b>");
+  else
+    mHTMLHeaders.Append("</div>");
+
+  // Now write out the actual value itself and move on!
+  //
+  mHTMLHeaders.Append(newValue);
+  mHTMLHeaders.Append("</td>");
+
+  mHTMLHeaders.Append("</tr>");
+
+  PR_FREEIF(newValue);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMimeBaseEmitter::WriteHeaderFieldHTMLPrefix(const nsACString &name)
+{
+  if (
+      ( (mFormat == nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageSaveAs) && (mFirstHeaders) ) ||
+      ( (mFormat == nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessagePrintOutput) && (mFirstHeaders) )
+     )
+     /* DO NOTHING */ ;   // rhp: Do nothing...leaving the conditional like this so its
+                          //      easier to see the logic of what is going on.
+  else {
+    mHTMLHeaders.Append("<br><fieldset class=\"mimeAttachmentHeader\">");
+    if (!name.IsEmpty()) {
+      mHTMLHeaders.Append("<legend class=\"mimeAttachmentHeaderName\">");
+      nsCString escapedName;
+      escapedName.Adopt(MsgEscapeHTML(nsCString(name).get()));
+      mHTMLHeaders.Append(escapedName);
+      mHTMLHeaders.Append("</legend>");
+    }
+    mHTMLHeaders.Append("</fieldset>");
+  }
+
+  mFirstHeaders = false;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMimeBaseEmitter::WriteHeaderFieldHTMLPostfix()
+{
+  mHTMLHeaders.Append("<br>");
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMimeBaseEmitter::WriteHTMLHeaders(const nsACString &name)
+{
+  WriteHeaderFieldHTMLPrefix(name);
+
+  // Start with the subject, from date info!
+  DumpSubjectFromDate();
+
+  // Continue with the to and cc headers
+  DumpToCC();
+
+  // Do the rest of the headers, but these will only be written if
+  // the user has the "show all headers" pref set
+  if (mHeaderDisplayType == nsMimeHeaderDisplayTypes::AllHeaders)
+    DumpRestOfHeaders();
+
+  WriteHeaderFieldHTMLPostfix();
+
+  // Now, we need to either append the headers we built up to the
+  // overall body or output to the stream.
+  UtilityWriteCRLF(mHTMLHeaders.get());
+
+  mHTMLHeaders = "";
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMimeBaseEmitter::DumpSubjectFromDate()
+{
+  mHTMLHeaders.Append("<table border=0 cellspacing=0 cellpadding=0 width=\"100%\" class=\"header-part1\">");
+
+    // This is the envelope information
+    OutputGenericHeader(HEADER_SUBJECT);
+    OutputGenericHeader(HEADER_FROM);
+    OutputGenericHeader(HEADER_DATE);
+
+    // If we are Quoting a message, then we should dump the To: also
+    if ( ( mFormat == nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageQuoting ) ||
+         ( mFormat == nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageBodyQuoting ) )
+      OutputGenericHeader(HEADER_TO);
+
+  mHTMLHeaders.Append("</table>");
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMimeBaseEmitter::DumpToCC()
+{
+  const char * toField = GetHeaderValue(HEADER_TO);
+  const char * ccField = GetHeaderValue(HEADER_CC);
+  const char * bccField = GetHeaderValue(HEADER_BCC);
+  const char * newsgroupField = GetHeaderValue(HEADER_NEWSGROUPS);
+
+  // only dump these fields if we have at least one of them! When displaying news
+  // messages that didn't have a To or Cc field, we'd always get an empty box
+  // which looked weird.
+  if (toField || ccField || bccField || newsgroupField)
+  {
+    mHTMLHeaders.Append("<table border=0 cellspacing=0 cellpadding=0 width=\"100%\" class=\"header-part2\">");
+
+    if (toField)
+      WriteHeaderFieldHTML(HEADER_TO, toField);
+    if (ccField)
+      WriteHeaderFieldHTML(HEADER_CC, ccField);
+    if (bccField)
+      WriteHeaderFieldHTML(HEADER_BCC, bccField);
+    if (newsgroupField)
+      WriteHeaderFieldHTML(HEADER_NEWSGROUPS, newsgroupField);
+
+    mHTMLHeaders.Append("</table>");
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMimeBaseEmitter::DumpRestOfHeaders()
+{
+  nsTArray<headerInfoType*> *array = mDocHeader? mHeaderArray : mEmbeddedHeaderArray;
+
+  mHTMLHeaders.Append("<table border=0 cellspacing=0 cellpadding=0 width=\"100%\" class=\"header-part3\">");
+
+  for (size_t i = 0; i < array->Length(); i++)
+  {
+    headerInfoType *headerInfo = array->ElementAt(i);
+    if ( (!headerInfo) || (!headerInfo->name) || (!(*headerInfo->name)) ||
+      (!headerInfo->value) || (!(*headerInfo->value)))
+      continue;
+
+    if ( (!PL_strcasecmp(HEADER_SUBJECT, headerInfo->name)) ||
+      (!PL_strcasecmp(HEADER_DATE, headerInfo->name)) ||
+      (!PL_strcasecmp(HEADER_FROM, headerInfo->name)) ||
+      (!PL_strcasecmp(HEADER_TO, headerInfo->name)) ||
+      (!PL_strcasecmp(HEADER_CC, headerInfo->name)) )
+      continue;
+
+    WriteHeaderFieldHTML(headerInfo->name, headerInfo->value);
+  }
+
+  mHTMLHeaders.Append("</table>");
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMimeBaseEmitter::OutputGenericHeader(const char *aHeaderVal)
+{
+  const char *val = GetHeaderValue(aHeaderVal);
+
+  if (val)
+    return WriteHeaderFieldHTML(aHeaderVal, val);
+
+  return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// These are the methods that should be implemented by the child class!
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+//
+// This should be implemented by the child class if special processing
+// needs to be done when the entire message is read.
+//
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMimeBaseEmitter::Complete()
+{
+  // If we are here and still have data to write, we should try
+  // to flush it...if we try and fail, we should probably return
+  // an error!
+  uint32_t      written;
+
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  while ( NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && (mBufferMgr) && (mBufferMgr->GetSize() > 0))
+    rv = Write(EmptyCString(), &written);
+
+  if (mOutListener)
+  {
+    uint64_t bytesInStream = 0;
+    mozilla::DebugOnly<nsresult> rv2 = mInputStream->Available(&bytesInStream);
+    NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv2), "Available failed");
+    if (bytesInStream)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIRequest> request = do_QueryInterface(mChannel);
+      mOutListener->OnDataAvailable(request, mURL, mInputStream, 0, std::min(bytesInStream, uint64_t(PR_UINT32_MAX)));
+    }
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+//
+// This needs to do the right thing with the stored information. It only
+// has to do the output functions, this base class will take care of the
+// memory cleanup
+//
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMimeBaseEmitter::EndHeader(const nsACString &name)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// body handling routines
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMimeBaseEmitter::StartBody(bool bodyOnly, const char *msgID, const char *outCharset)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMimeBaseEmitter::WriteBody(const nsACString &buf, uint32_t *amountWritten)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMimeBaseEmitter::EndBody()
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/emitters/nsMimeBaseEmitter.h b/mailnews/mime/emitters/nsMimeBaseEmitter.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c33bc2687
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/emitters/nsMimeBaseEmitter.h
@@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+#ifndef _nsMimeBaseEmitter_h_
+#define _nsMimeBaseEmitter_h_
+
+#include "prio.h"
+#include "nsIMimeEmitter.h"
+#include "nsMimeRebuffer.h"
+#include "nsIStreamListener.h"
+#include "nsIInputStream.h"
+#include "nsIOutputStream.h"
+#include "nsIAsyncInputStream.h"
+#include "nsIURI.h"
+#include "nsIChannel.h"
+#include "nsIMimeMiscStatus.h"
+#include "nsIPipe.h"
+#include "nsIStringBundle.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsTArray.h"
+#include "nsIMimeConverter.h"
+#include "nsIInterfaceRequestor.h"
+#include "nsIInterfaceRequestorUtils.h"
+#include "nsIDateTimeFormat.h"
+
+//
+// The base emitter will serve as the place to do all of the caching,
+// sorting, etc... of mail headers and bodies for this internally developed
+// emitter library. The other emitter classes in this file (nsMimeHTMLEmitter, etc.)
+// will only be concerned with doing output processing ONLY.
+//
+
+//
+// Used for keeping track of the attachment information...
+//
+typedef struct {
+  char      *displayName;
+  char      *urlSpec;
+  char      *contentType;
+  bool      isExternalAttachment;
+} attachmentInfoType;
+
+//
+// For header info...
+//
+typedef struct {
+  char      *name;
+  char      *value;
+} headerInfoType;
+
+class nsMimeBaseEmitter : public nsIMimeEmitter,
+                          public nsIInterfaceRequestor
+{
+public:
+  nsMimeBaseEmitter ();
+
+  // nsISupports interface
+  NS_DECL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS
+
+  NS_DECL_NSIMIMEEMITTER
+  NS_DECL_NSIINTERFACEREQUESTOR
+
+  // Utility output functions...
+  NS_IMETHOD          UtilityWrite(const nsACString &buf);
+  NS_IMETHOD          UtilityWriteCRLF(const char *buf);
+
+  // For string bundle usage...
+  char                *MimeGetStringByName(const char *aHeaderName);
+  char                *MimeGetStringByID(int32_t aID);
+  char                *LocalizeHeaderName(const char *aHeaderName, const char *aDefaultName);
+
+  // For header processing...
+  const char          *GetHeaderValue(const char  *aHeaderName);
+
+  // To write out a stored header array as HTML
+  virtual nsresult            WriteHeaderFieldHTMLPrefix(const nsACString &name);
+  virtual nsresult            WriteHeaderFieldHTML(const char *field, const char *value);
+  virtual nsresult            WriteHeaderFieldHTMLPostfix();
+
+protected:
+  virtual ~nsMimeBaseEmitter();
+  // Internal methods...
+  void                CleanupHeaderArray(nsTArray<headerInfoType*> *aArray);
+
+  // For header output...
+  nsresult            DumpSubjectFromDate();
+  nsresult            DumpToCC();
+  nsresult            DumpRestOfHeaders();
+  nsresult            OutputGenericHeader(const char *aHeaderVal);
+
+  nsresult            WriteHelper(const nsACString &buf, uint32_t *countWritten);
+
+  // For string bundle usage...
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundle>  m_stringBundle;        // for translated strings
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundle>  m_headerStringBundle;  // for non-translated header strings
+
+  // For buffer management on output
+  MimeRebuffer        *mBufferMgr;
+
+  // mscott
+  // don't ref count the streams....the emitter is owned by the converter
+  // which owns these streams...
+  //
+  nsIOutputStream     *mOutStream;
+  nsIInputStream      *mInputStream;
+  nsIStreamListener   *mOutListener;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIChannel> mChannel;
+
+  // For gathering statistics on processing...
+  uint32_t            mTotalWritten;
+  uint32_t            mTotalRead;
+
+  // Output control and info...
+  bool                mDocHeader;         // For header determination...
+  nsIURI              *mURL;              // the url for the data being processed...
+  int32_t             mHeaderDisplayType; // The setting for header output...
+  nsCString           mHTMLHeaders;       // HTML Header Data...
+
+  // For attachment processing...
+  int32_t             mAttachCount;
+  nsTArray<attachmentInfoType*>  *mAttachArray;
+  attachmentInfoType  *mCurrentAttachment;
+
+  // For header caching...
+  nsTArray<headerInfoType*>  *mHeaderArray;
+  nsTArray<headerInfoType*>  *mEmbeddedHeaderArray;
+
+  // For body caching...
+  bool                mBodyStarted;
+  nsCString           mBody;
+  bool                mFirstHeaders;
+
+  // For the format being used...
+  int32_t             mFormat;
+
+  // For I18N Conversion...
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMimeConverter> mUnicodeConverter;
+  nsString            mCharset;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIDateTimeFormat> mDateFormatter;
+  nsresult GenerateDateString(const char * dateString, nsACString& formattedDate,
+                              bool showDateForToday);
+  // The caller is expected to free the result of GetLocalizedDateString
+  char* GetLocalizedDateString(const char * dateString);
+};
+
+#endif /* _nsMimeBaseEmitter_h_ */
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/emitters/nsMimeEmitterCID.h b/mailnews/mime/emitters/nsMimeEmitterCID.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f2e8c6039
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/emitters/nsMimeEmitterCID.h
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsMimeEmitterCID_h__
+#define nsMimeEmitterCID_h__
+
+#include "nsISupports.h"
+#include "nsIFactory.h"
+#include "nsIComponentManager.h"
+
+#define NS_MIME_EMITTER_CONTRACTID_PREFIX \
+  "@mozilla.org/messenger/mimeemitter;1?type="
+
+#define NS_HTML_MIME_EMITTER_CONTRACTID   \
+  NS_MIME_EMITTER_CONTRACTID_PREFIX "text/html"
+// {F0A8AF16-DCCE-11d2-A411-00805F613C79}
+#define NS_HTML_MIME_EMITTER_CID   \
+    { 0xf0a8af16, 0xdcce, 0x11d2,         \
+    { 0xa4, 0x11, 0x0, 0x80, 0x5f, 0x61, 0x3c, 0x79 } }
+
+#define NS_XML_MIME_EMITTER_CONTRACTID   \
+  NS_MIME_EMITTER_CONTRACTID_PREFIX "text/xml"
+// {977E418F-E392-11d2-A2AC-00A024A7D144}
+#define NS_XML_MIME_EMITTER_CID   \
+    { 0x977e418f, 0xe392, 0x11d2, \
+    { 0xa2, 0xac, 0x0, 0xa0, 0x24, 0xa7, 0xd1, 0x44 } }
+
+#define NS_RAW_MIME_EMITTER_CONTRACTID   \
+  NS_MIME_EMITTER_CONTRACTID_PREFIX "raw"
+// {F0A8AF16-DCFF-11d2-A411-00805F613C79}
+#define NS_RAW_MIME_EMITTER_CID   \
+    { 0xf0a8af16, 0xdcff, 0x11d2,         \
+    { 0xa4, 0x11, 0x0, 0x80, 0x5f, 0x61, 0x3c, 0x79 } }
+
+#define NS_XUL_MIME_EMITTER_CONTRACTID   \
+  NS_MIME_EMITTER_CONTRACTID_PREFIX "application/vnd.mozilla.xul+xml"
+// {FAA8AF16-DCFF-11d2-A411-00805F613C19}
+#define NS_XUL_MIME_EMITTER_CID   \
+    { 0xfaa8af16, 0xdcff, 0x11d2,         \
+    { 0xa4, 0x11, 0x0, 0x80, 0x5f, 0x61, 0x3c, 0x19 } }
+
+#define NS_PLAIN_MIME_EMITTER_CONTRACTID   \
+  NS_MIME_EMITTER_CONTRACTID_PREFIX "text/plain"
+// {E8892265-7653-46c5-A290-307F3404D0F3}
+#define NS_PLAIN_MIME_EMITTER_CID   \
+    { 0xe8892265, 0x7653, 0x46c5,         \
+    { 0xa2, 0x90, 0x30, 0x7f, 0x34, 0x4, 0xd0, 0xf3 } }
+
+#endif // nsMimeEmitterCID_h__
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/emitters/nsMimeHtmlEmitter.cpp b/mailnews/mime/emitters/nsMimeHtmlEmitter.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d68d7f15c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/emitters/nsMimeHtmlEmitter.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,543 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include "nsMimeRebuffer.h"
+#include "nsMimeHtmlEmitter.h"
+#include "plstr.h"
+#include "nsMailHeaders.h"
+#include "nscore.h"
+#include "nsEmitterUtils.h"
+#include "nsIPrefService.h"
+#include "nsIPrefBranch.h"
+#include "nsIMimeStreamConverter.h"
+#include "nsIMsgWindow.h"
+#include "nsIMsgMailNewsUrl.h"
+#include "nsMimeTypes.h"
+#include "prtime.h"
+#include "prprf.h"
+#include "nsIStringEnumerator.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+// hack: include this to fix opening news attachments.
+#include "nsINntpUrl.h"
+#include "nsComponentManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsIMimeConverter.h"
+#include "nsMsgMimeCID.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "nsAutoPtr.h"
+#include "nsINetUtil.h"
+#include "nsMemory.h"
+#include "mozilla/Services.h"
+
+#define VIEW_ALL_HEADERS 2
+
+/**
+ * A helper class to implement nsIUTF8StringEnumerator
+ */
+
+class nsMimeStringEnumerator final : public nsIUTF8StringEnumerator {
+public:
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIUTF8STRINGENUMERATOR
+
+  nsMimeStringEnumerator() : mCurrentIndex(0) {}
+
+  template<class T>
+  nsCString* Append(T value) { return mValues.AppendElement(value); }
+
+protected:
+  ~nsMimeStringEnumerator() {}
+  nsTArray<nsCString> mValues;
+  uint32_t mCurrentIndex; // consumers expect first-in first-out enumeration
+};
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMimeStringEnumerator, nsIUTF8StringEnumerator)
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMimeStringEnumerator::HasMore(bool *result)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(result);
+  *result = mCurrentIndex < mValues.Length();
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMimeStringEnumerator::GetNext(nsACString& result)
+{
+  if (mCurrentIndex >= mValues.Length())
+    return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+
+  result = mValues[mCurrentIndex++];
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+ * nsMimeHtmlEmitter definitions....
+ */
+nsMimeHtmlDisplayEmitter::nsMimeHtmlDisplayEmitter() : nsMimeBaseEmitter()
+{
+  mFirst = true;
+  mSkipAttachment = false;
+}
+
+nsMimeHtmlDisplayEmitter::~nsMimeHtmlDisplayEmitter(void)
+{
+}
+
+nsresult nsMimeHtmlDisplayEmitter::Init()
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+bool nsMimeHtmlDisplayEmitter::BroadCastHeadersAndAttachments()
+{
+  // try to get a header sink if there is one....
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgHeaderSink> headerSink;
+  nsresult rv = GetHeaderSink(getter_AddRefs(headerSink));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && headerSink && mDocHeader)
+    return true;
+  else
+    return false;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMimeHtmlDisplayEmitter::WriteHeaderFieldHTMLPrefix(const nsACString &name)
+{
+  if (!BroadCastHeadersAndAttachments() || (mFormat == nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessagePrintOutput))
+    return nsMimeBaseEmitter::WriteHeaderFieldHTMLPrefix(name);
+  else
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMimeHtmlDisplayEmitter::WriteHeaderFieldHTML(const char *field, const char *value)
+{
+  if (!BroadCastHeadersAndAttachments() || (mFormat == nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessagePrintOutput))
+    return nsMimeBaseEmitter::WriteHeaderFieldHTML(field, value);
+  else
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMimeHtmlDisplayEmitter::WriteHeaderFieldHTMLPostfix()
+{
+  if (!BroadCastHeadersAndAttachments() || (mFormat == nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessagePrintOutput))
+    return nsMimeBaseEmitter::WriteHeaderFieldHTMLPostfix();
+  else
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMimeHtmlDisplayEmitter::GetHeaderSink(nsIMsgHeaderSink ** aHeaderSink)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  if ( (mChannel) && (!mHeaderSink) )
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> uri;
+    mChannel->GetURI(getter_AddRefs(uri));
+    if (uri)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> msgurl (do_QueryInterface(uri));
+      if (msgurl)
+      {
+        msgurl->GetMsgHeaderSink(getter_AddRefs(mHeaderSink));
+        if (!mHeaderSink)  // if the url is not overriding the header sink, then just get the one from the msg window
+        {
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgWindow> msgWindow;
+          msgurl->GetMsgWindow(getter_AddRefs(msgWindow));
+          if (msgWindow)
+            msgWindow->GetMsgHeaderSink(getter_AddRefs(mHeaderSink));
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  *aHeaderSink = mHeaderSink;
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aHeaderSink);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMimeHtmlDisplayEmitter::BroadcastHeaders(nsIMsgHeaderSink * aHeaderSink, int32_t aHeaderMode, bool aFromNewsgroup)
+{
+  // two string enumerators to pass out to the header sink
+  RefPtr<nsMimeStringEnumerator> headerNameEnumerator = new nsMimeStringEnumerator();
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(headerNameEnumerator, NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY);
+  RefPtr<nsMimeStringEnumerator> headerValueEnumerator = new nsMimeStringEnumerator();
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(headerValueEnumerator, NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY);
+
+  nsCString extraExpandedHeaders;
+  nsTArray<nsCString> extraExpandedHeadersArray;
+  nsAutoCString convertedDateString;
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> pPrefBranch(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  if (pPrefBranch)
+  {
+    pPrefBranch->GetCharPref("mailnews.headers.extraExpandedHeaders", getter_Copies(extraExpandedHeaders));
+    // todo - should make this upper case
+    if (!extraExpandedHeaders.IsEmpty())
+    {
+      ToLowerCase(extraExpandedHeaders);
+      ParseString(extraExpandedHeaders, ' ', extraExpandedHeadersArray);
+    }
+  }
+
+  for (size_t i = 0; i < mHeaderArray->Length(); i++)
+  {
+    headerInfoType * headerInfo = mHeaderArray->ElementAt(i);
+    if ( (!headerInfo) || (!headerInfo->name) || (!(*headerInfo->name)) || (!headerInfo->value) || (!(*headerInfo->value)))
+      continue;
+
+    const char * headerValue = headerInfo->value;
+
+    // optimization: if we aren't in view all header view mode, we only show a small set of the total # of headers.
+    // don't waste time sending those out to the UI since the UI is going to ignore them anyway.
+    if (aHeaderMode != VIEW_ALL_HEADERS && (mFormat != nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageFilterSniffer))
+    {
+      nsDependentCString headerStr(headerInfo->name);
+      if (PL_strcasecmp("to", headerInfo->name) && PL_strcasecmp("from", headerInfo->name) &&
+          PL_strcasecmp("cc", headerInfo->name) && PL_strcasecmp("newsgroups", headerInfo->name) &&
+          PL_strcasecmp("bcc", headerInfo->name) && PL_strcasecmp("followup-to", headerInfo->name) &&
+          PL_strcasecmp("reply-to", headerInfo->name) && PL_strcasecmp("subject", headerInfo->name) &&
+          PL_strcasecmp("organization", headerInfo->name) && PL_strcasecmp("user-agent", headerInfo->name) &&
+          PL_strcasecmp("content-base", headerInfo->name) && PL_strcasecmp("sender", headerInfo->name) &&
+          PL_strcasecmp("date", headerInfo->name) && PL_strcasecmp("x-mailer", headerInfo->name) &&
+          PL_strcasecmp("content-type", headerInfo->name) && PL_strcasecmp("message-id", headerInfo->name) &&
+          PL_strcasecmp("x-newsreader", headerInfo->name) && PL_strcasecmp("x-mimeole", headerInfo->name) &&
+          PL_strcasecmp("references", headerInfo->name) && PL_strcasecmp("in-reply-to", headerInfo->name) &&
+          PL_strcasecmp("list-post", headerInfo->name) && PL_strcasecmp("delivered-to", headerInfo->name) &&
+          // make headerStr lower case because IndexOf is case-sensitive
+         (!extraExpandedHeadersArray.Length() || (ToLowerCase(headerStr),
+            !extraExpandedHeadersArray.Contains(headerStr))))
+            continue;
+    }
+
+    headerNameEnumerator->Append(headerInfo->name);
+    headerValueEnumerator->Append(headerValue);
+
+    // Add a localized version of the date header if we encounter it.
+    if (!PL_strcasecmp("Date", headerInfo->name))
+    {
+      headerNameEnumerator->Append("X-Mozilla-LocalizedDate");
+      GenerateDateString(headerValue, convertedDateString, false);
+      headerValueEnumerator->Append(convertedDateString);
+    }
+  }
+
+  aHeaderSink->ProcessHeaders(headerNameEnumerator, headerValueEnumerator, aFromNewsgroup);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMimeHtmlDisplayEmitter::WriteHTMLHeaders(const nsACString &name)
+{
+  // if we aren't broadcasting headers OR printing...just do whatever
+  // our base class does...
+  if (mFormat == nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessagePrintOutput)
+  {
+    return nsMimeBaseEmitter::WriteHTMLHeaders(name);
+  }
+  else if (!BroadCastHeadersAndAttachments() || !mDocHeader)
+  {
+    // This needs to be here to correct the output format if we are
+    // not going to broadcast headers to the XUL document.
+    if (mFormat == nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageBodyDisplay)
+      mFormat = nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessagePrintOutput;
+
+    return nsMimeBaseEmitter::WriteHTMLHeaders(name);
+  }
+  else
+    mFirstHeaders = false;
+
+  bool bFromNewsgroups = false;
+  for (size_t j = 0; j < mHeaderArray->Length(); j++)
+  {
+    headerInfoType *headerInfo = mHeaderArray->ElementAt(j);
+    if (!(headerInfo && headerInfo->name && *headerInfo->name))
+      continue;
+
+    if (!PL_strcasecmp("Newsgroups", headerInfo->name))
+    {
+      bFromNewsgroups = true;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+
+  // try to get a header sink if there is one....
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgHeaderSink> headerSink;
+  nsresult rv = GetHeaderSink(getter_AddRefs(headerSink));
+
+  if (headerSink)
+  {
+    int32_t viewMode = 0;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> pPrefBranch(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+    if (pPrefBranch)
+      rv = pPrefBranch->GetIntPref("mail.show_headers", &viewMode);
+
+    rv = BroadcastHeaders(headerSink, viewMode, bFromNewsgroups);
+  } // if header Sink
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMimeHtmlDisplayEmitter::EndHeader(const nsACString &name)
+{
+  if (mDocHeader && (mFormat != nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageFilterSniffer))
+  {
+    UtilityWriteCRLF("<html>");
+    UtilityWriteCRLF("<head>");
+
+    const char * val = GetHeaderValue(HEADER_SUBJECT); // do not free this value
+    if (val)
+    {
+      char * subject = MsgEscapeHTML(val);
+      if (subject)
+      {
+        int32_t bufLen = strlen(subject) + 16;
+        char *buf = new char[bufLen];
+        if (!buf)
+          return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+        PR_snprintf(buf, bufLen, "<title>%s</title>", subject);
+        UtilityWriteCRLF(buf);
+        delete [] buf;
+        free(subject);
+      }
+    }
+
+    // Stylesheet info!
+    UtilityWriteCRLF("<link rel=\"important stylesheet\" href=\"chrome://messagebody/skin/messageBody.css\">");
+
+    UtilityWriteCRLF("</head>");
+    UtilityWriteCRLF("<body>");
+  }
+
+  WriteHTMLHeaders(name);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMimeHtmlDisplayEmitter::StartAttachment(const nsACString &name,
+                                          const char *contentType,
+                                          const char *url,
+                                          bool aIsExternalAttachment)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgHeaderSink> headerSink;
+  rv = GetHeaderSink(getter_AddRefs(headerSink));
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && headerSink)
+  {
+    nsCString uriString;
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMessageUrl> msgurl (do_QueryInterface(mURL, &rv));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      // HACK: news urls require us to use the originalSpec. Everyone
+      // else uses GetURI to get the RDF resource which describes the message.
+      nsCOMPtr<nsINntpUrl> nntpUrl (do_QueryInterface(mURL, &rv));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && nntpUrl)
+        rv = msgurl->GetOriginalSpec(getter_Copies(uriString));
+      else
+        rv = msgurl->GetUri(getter_Copies(uriString));
+    }
+
+    // we need to convert the attachment name from UTF-8 to unicode before
+    // we emit it.  The attachment name has already been rfc2047 processed
+    // upstream of us.  (Namely, mime_decode_filename has been called, deferring
+    // to nsIMimeHeaderParam.decodeParameter.)
+    nsString unicodeHeaderValue;
+    CopyUTF8toUTF16(name, unicodeHeaderValue);
+
+    headerSink->HandleAttachment(contentType, url /* was escapedUrl */,
+                                 unicodeHeaderValue.get(), uriString.get(),
+                                 aIsExternalAttachment);
+
+    mSkipAttachment = false;
+  }
+  else if (mFormat == nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessagePrintOutput)
+  {
+    // then we need to deal with the attachments in the body by inserting
+    // them into a table..
+    rv = StartAttachmentInBody(name, contentType, url);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    // If we don't need or cannot broadcast attachment info, just ignore it
+    mSkipAttachment = true;
+    rv = NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+// Attachment handling routines
+// Ok, we are changing the way we handle these now...It used to be that we output
+// HTML to make a clickable link, etc... but now, this should just be informational
+// and only show up during printing
+// XXX should they also show up during quoting?
+nsresult
+nsMimeHtmlDisplayEmitter::StartAttachmentInBody(const nsACString &name,
+                                                const char *contentType,
+                                                const char *url)
+{
+  mSkipAttachment = false;
+  bool p7mExternal = false;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefs(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID));
+  if (prefs)
+    prefs->GetBoolPref("mailnews.p7m_external", &p7mExternal);
+
+  if ( (contentType) &&
+       ((!p7mExternal && !strcmp(contentType, APPLICATION_XPKCS7_MIME)) ||
+        (!p7mExternal && !strcmp(contentType, APPLICATION_PKCS7_MIME)) ||
+        (!strcmp(contentType, APPLICATION_XPKCS7_SIGNATURE)) ||
+        (!strcmp(contentType, APPLICATION_PKCS7_SIGNATURE)) ||
+        (!strcmp(contentType, TEXT_VCARD)))
+     )
+  {
+     mSkipAttachment = true;
+     return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  if (mFirst)
+  {
+    UtilityWrite("<br><fieldset class=\"mimeAttachmentHeader\">");
+    if (!name.IsEmpty())
+    {
+      nsresult rv;
+
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundleService> bundleSvc =
+        mozilla::services::GetStringBundleService();
+      NS_ENSURE_TRUE(bundleSvc, NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED);
+
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundle> bundle;
+      rv = bundleSvc->CreateBundle("chrome://messenger/locale/messenger.properties",
+                                   getter_AddRefs(bundle));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      nsString attachmentsHeader;
+      bundle->GetStringFromName(u"attachmentsPrintHeader",
+                                getter_Copies(attachmentsHeader)); 
+
+      UtilityWrite("<legend class=\"mimeAttachmentHeaderName\">");
+      nsCString escapedName;
+      escapedName.Adopt(MsgEscapeHTML(NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(attachmentsHeader).get()));
+      UtilityWrite(escapedName.get());
+      UtilityWrite("</legend>");
+    }
+    UtilityWrite("</fieldset>");
+    UtilityWrite("<div class=\"mimeAttachmentWrap\">");
+    UtilityWrite("<table class=\"mimeAttachmentTable\">");
+  }
+
+  UtilityWrite("<tr>");
+
+  UtilityWrite("<td class=\"mimeAttachmentFile\">");
+  UtilityWrite(name);
+  UtilityWrite("</td>");
+
+  mFirst = false;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMimeHtmlDisplayEmitter::AddAttachmentField(const char *field, const char *value)
+{
+  if (mSkipAttachment)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  // Don't let bad things happen
+  if ( !value || !*value )
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  // Don't output this ugly header...
+  if (!strcmp(field, HEADER_X_MOZILLA_PART_URL))
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgHeaderSink> headerSink;
+  nsresult rv = GetHeaderSink(getter_AddRefs(headerSink));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && headerSink)
+  {
+    headerSink->AddAttachmentField(field, value);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    // Currently, we only care about the part size.
+    if (strcmp(field, HEADER_X_MOZILLA_PART_SIZE))
+      return NS_OK;
+
+    uint64_t size = atoi(value);
+    nsAutoString sizeString;
+    rv = FormatFileSize(size, false, sizeString);
+    UtilityWrite("<td class=\"mimeAttachmentSize\">");
+    UtilityWrite(NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(sizeString).get());
+    UtilityWrite("</td>");
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMimeHtmlDisplayEmitter::EndAttachment()
+{
+  if (mSkipAttachment)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  mSkipAttachment = false; // reset it for next attachment round
+
+  if (BroadCastHeadersAndAttachments())
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  if (mFormat == nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessagePrintOutput)
+    UtilityWrite("</tr>");
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMimeHtmlDisplayEmitter::EndAllAttachments()
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgHeaderSink> headerSink;
+  rv = GetHeaderSink(getter_AddRefs(headerSink));
+  if (headerSink)
+    headerSink->OnEndAllAttachments();
+
+  if (mFormat == nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessagePrintOutput)
+  {
+    UtilityWrite("</table>");
+    UtilityWrite("</div>");
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMimeHtmlDisplayEmitter::WriteBody(const nsACString &buf,
+                                    uint32_t *amountWritten)
+{
+  Write(buf, amountWritten);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMimeHtmlDisplayEmitter::EndBody()
+{
+  if (mFormat != nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageFilterSniffer)
+  {
+    UtilityWriteCRLF("</body>");
+    UtilityWriteCRLF("</html>");
+  }
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgHeaderSink> headerSink;
+  nsresult rv = GetHeaderSink(getter_AddRefs(headerSink));
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailnewsUrl (do_QueryInterface(mURL, &rv));
+  if (headerSink)
+    headerSink->OnEndMsgHeaders(mailnewsUrl);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/emitters/nsMimeHtmlEmitter.h b/mailnews/mime/emitters/nsMimeHtmlEmitter.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..886687763
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/emitters/nsMimeHtmlEmitter.h
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+#ifndef _nsMimeHtmlEmitter_h_
+#define _nsMimeHtmlEmitter_h_
+
+#include "mozilla/Attributes.h"
+#include "prio.h"
+#include "nsMimeBaseEmitter.h"
+#include "nsMimeRebuffer.h"
+#include "nsIStreamListener.h"
+#include "nsIOutputStream.h"
+#include "nsIInputStream.h"
+#include "nsIURI.h"
+#include "nsIChannel.h"
+#include "nsIMimeMiscStatus.h"
+#include "nsIMimeConverter.h"
+
+class nsMimeHtmlDisplayEmitter : public nsMimeBaseEmitter {
+public:
+    nsMimeHtmlDisplayEmitter ();
+    nsresult Init();
+
+    virtual       ~nsMimeHtmlDisplayEmitter (void);
+
+    // Header handling routines.
+    NS_IMETHOD    EndHeader(const nsACString &name) override;
+
+    // Attachment handling routines
+    NS_IMETHOD    StartAttachment(const nsACString &name,
+                                  const char *contentType, const char *url,
+                                  bool aIsExternalAttachment) override;
+    NS_IMETHOD    AddAttachmentField(const char *field, const char *value) override;
+    NS_IMETHOD    EndAttachment() override;
+    NS_IMETHOD    EndAllAttachments() override;
+
+    // Body handling routines
+    NS_IMETHOD    WriteBody(const nsACString &buf, uint32_t *amountWritten) override;
+    NS_IMETHOD    EndBody() override;
+    NS_IMETHOD    WriteHTMLHeaders(const nsACString &name) override;
+
+    virtual nsresult    WriteHeaderFieldHTMLPrefix(const nsACString &name
+                                                   ) override;
+    virtual nsresult    WriteHeaderFieldHTML(const char *field,
+                                             const char *value) override;
+    virtual nsresult    WriteHeaderFieldHTMLPostfix() override;
+
+protected:
+    bool          mFirst;  // Attachment flag...
+    bool          mSkipAttachment;  // attachments we shouldn't show...
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgHeaderSink> mHeaderSink;
+
+    nsresult GetHeaderSink(nsIMsgHeaderSink ** aHeaderSink);
+    bool BroadCastHeadersAndAttachments();
+    nsresult StartAttachmentInBody(const nsACString &name,
+                                   const char *contentType, const char *url);
+
+    nsresult BroadcastHeaders(nsIMsgHeaderSink * aHeaderSink, int32_t aHeaderMode, bool aFromNewsgroup);
+};
+
+
+#endif /* _nsMimeHtmlEmitter_h_ */
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/emitters/nsMimePlainEmitter.cpp b/mailnews/mime/emitters/nsMimePlainEmitter.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8e6fae742
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/emitters/nsMimePlainEmitter.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include "nsMimeRebuffer.h"
+#include "nsMimePlainEmitter.h"
+#include "plstr.h"
+#include "nsMailHeaders.h"
+#include "nscore.h"
+#include "prmem.h"
+#include "nsEmitterUtils.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsUnicharUtils.h"
+
+/*
+ * nsMimePlainEmitter definitions....
+ */
+nsMimePlainEmitter::nsMimePlainEmitter()
+{
+}
+
+
+nsMimePlainEmitter::~nsMimePlainEmitter(void)
+{
+}
+
+
+// Header handling routines.
+nsresult
+nsMimePlainEmitter::StartHeader(bool rootMailHeader, bool headerOnly, const char *msgID,
+                           const char *outCharset)
+{
+  mDocHeader = rootMailHeader;
+  return NS_OK; 
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMimePlainEmitter::AddHeaderField(const char *field, const char *value)
+{
+  if ( (!field) || (!value) )
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  UtilityWrite(field);
+  UtilityWrite(":\t");
+  UtilityWriteCRLF(value);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMimePlainEmitter::EndHeader(const nsACString &name)
+{
+  UtilityWriteCRLF("");
+  return NS_OK; 
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMimePlainEmitter::WriteBody(const nsACString &buf, uint32_t *amountWritten)
+{
+  Write(buf, amountWritten);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/emitters/nsMimePlainEmitter.h b/mailnews/mime/emitters/nsMimePlainEmitter.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..94cc0cc47
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/emitters/nsMimePlainEmitter.h
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+#ifndef _nsMimePlainEmitter_h_
+#define _nsMimePlainEmitter_h_
+
+#include "mozilla/Attributes.h"
+#include "prio.h"
+#include "nsMimeBaseEmitter.h"
+#include "nsMimeRebuffer.h"
+#include "nsIStreamListener.h"
+#include "nsIOutputStream.h"
+#include "nsIURI.h"
+#include "nsIChannel.h"
+
+class nsMimePlainEmitter : public nsMimeBaseEmitter {
+public: 
+    nsMimePlainEmitter ();
+    virtual       ~nsMimePlainEmitter (void);
+
+    // Header handling routines.
+    NS_IMETHOD    StartHeader(bool rootMailHeader, bool headerOnly, const char *msgID,
+                              const char *outCharset) override;
+    NS_IMETHOD    AddHeaderField(const char *field, const char *value) override;
+    NS_IMETHOD    EndHeader(const nsACString &buf) override;
+
+    NS_IMETHOD    WriteBody(const nsACString &buf, uint32_t *amountWritten) override;
+};
+
+#endif /* _nsMimePlainEmitter_h_ */
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/emitters/nsMimeRawEmitter.cpp b/mailnews/mime/emitters/nsMimeRawEmitter.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..28e5f53ec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/emitters/nsMimeRawEmitter.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include "nsMimeRebuffer.h"
+#include "nsMimeRawEmitter.h"
+#include "plstr.h"
+#include "nsIMimeEmitter.h"
+#include "nsMailHeaders.h"
+#include "nscore.h"
+#include "prmem.h"
+#include "nsEmitterUtils.h"
+
+/*
+ * nsMimeRawEmitter definitions....
+ */
+nsMimeRawEmitter::nsMimeRawEmitter()
+{
+}
+
+
+nsMimeRawEmitter::~nsMimeRawEmitter(void)
+{
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMimeRawEmitter::WriteBody(const nsACString &buf, uint32_t *amountWritten)
+{
+  Write(buf, amountWritten);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/emitters/nsMimeRawEmitter.h b/mailnews/mime/emitters/nsMimeRawEmitter.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..07542efb9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/emitters/nsMimeRawEmitter.h
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+#ifndef _nsMimeRawEmitter_h_
+#define _nsMimeRawEmitter_h_
+
+#include "mozilla/Attributes.h"
+#include "prio.h"
+#include "nsMimeBaseEmitter.h"
+#include "nsMimeRebuffer.h"
+#include "nsIStreamListener.h"
+#include "nsIOutputStream.h"
+#include "nsIURI.h"
+#include "nsIChannel.h"
+
+class nsMimeRawEmitter : public nsMimeBaseEmitter {
+public: 
+    nsMimeRawEmitter ();
+    virtual       ~nsMimeRawEmitter (void);
+
+    NS_IMETHOD    WriteBody(const nsACString &buf,
+                            uint32_t *amountWritten) override;
+
+protected:
+};
+
+
+#endif /* _nsMimeRawEmitter_h_ */
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/emitters/nsMimeRebuffer.cpp b/mailnews/mime/emitters/nsMimeRebuffer.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0e68a586c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/emitters/nsMimeRebuffer.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+#include <string.h>
+#include "nsMimeRebuffer.h"
+#include "prmem.h"
+
+MimeRebuffer::MimeRebuffer(void)
+{
+}
+
+MimeRebuffer::~MimeRebuffer(void)
+{
+}
+
+uint32_t
+MimeRebuffer::GetSize()
+{
+  return mBuf.Length();
+}
+
+uint32_t
+MimeRebuffer::IncreaseBuffer(const nsACString &addBuf)
+{
+  mBuf.Append(addBuf);
+  return mBuf.Length();
+}
+
+uint32_t
+MimeRebuffer::ReduceBuffer(uint32_t numBytes)
+{
+  if (numBytes == 0)
+    return mBuf.Length();
+
+  if (numBytes >= mBuf.Length())
+  {
+    mBuf.Truncate();
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  mBuf.Cut(0, numBytes);
+  return mBuf.Length();
+}
+
+nsACString &
+MimeRebuffer::GetBuffer()
+{
+  return mBuf;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/emitters/nsMimeRebuffer.h b/mailnews/mime/emitters/nsMimeRebuffer.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..568960206
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/emitters/nsMimeRebuffer.h
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+#ifndef _rebuffer_h_
+#define _rebuffer_h_
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// A rebuffering class necessary for stream output buffering
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+class MimeRebuffer {
+public: 
+    MimeRebuffer (void);
+    virtual       ~MimeRebuffer (void);
+
+    uint32_t      GetSize();
+    uint32_t      IncreaseBuffer(const nsACString &addBuf);
+    uint32_t      ReduceBuffer(uint32_t numBytes);
+    nsACString &  GetBuffer();
+
+protected:
+    nsCString     mBuf;
+};
+
+#endif /* _rebuffer_h_ */
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/emitters/nsMimeXmlEmitter.cpp b/mailnews/mime/emitters/nsMimeXmlEmitter.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f9cd1ece2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/emitters/nsMimeXmlEmitter.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,184 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include "nsMimeRebuffer.h"
+#include "nsMimeXmlEmitter.h"
+#include "plstr.h"
+#include "nsMailHeaders.h"
+#include "nscore.h"
+#include "prmem.h"
+#include "nsEmitterUtils.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsUnicharUtils.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+
+/*
+ * nsMimeXmlEmitter definitions....
+ */
+nsMimeXmlEmitter::nsMimeXmlEmitter()
+{
+}
+
+
+nsMimeXmlEmitter::~nsMimeXmlEmitter(void)
+{
+}
+
+
+// Note - this is teardown only...you should not write
+// anything to the stream since these may be image data
+// output streams, etc...
+nsresult
+nsMimeXmlEmitter::Complete()
+{
+  char  buf[16];
+
+  // Now write out the total count of attachments for this message
+  UtilityWrite("<mailattachcount>");
+  sprintf(buf, "%d", mAttachCount);
+  UtilityWrite(buf);
+  UtilityWrite("</mailattachcount>");
+
+  UtilityWrite("</message>");
+
+  return nsMimeBaseEmitter::Complete();
+
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMimeXmlEmitter::WriteXMLHeader(const char *msgID)
+{
+  if ( (!msgID) || (!*msgID) )
+    msgID = "none";
+
+  char  *newValue = MsgEscapeHTML(msgID);
+  if (!newValue)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+  UtilityWrite("<?xml version=\"1.0\"?>");
+
+  UtilityWriteCRLF("<?xml-stylesheet href=\"chrome://messagebody/skin/messageBody.css\" type=\"text/css\"?>");
+
+  UtilityWrite("<message id=\"");
+  UtilityWrite(newValue);
+  UtilityWrite("\">");
+
+  mXMLHeaderStarted = true;
+  PR_FREEIF(newValue);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMimeXmlEmitter::WriteXMLTag(const char *tagName, const char *value)
+{
+  if ( (!value) || (!*value) )
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  char  *upCaseTag = NULL;
+  char  *newValue = MsgEscapeHTML(value);
+  if (!newValue)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  nsCString newTagName(tagName);
+  newTagName.StripWhitespace();
+  ToUpperCase(newTagName);
+  upCaseTag = ToNewCString(newTagName);
+
+  UtilityWrite("<header field=\"");
+  UtilityWrite(upCaseTag);
+  UtilityWrite("\">");
+
+  // Here is where we are going to try to L10N the tagName so we will always
+  // get a field name next to an emitted header value. Note: Default will always
+  // be the name of the header itself.
+  //
+  UtilityWrite("<headerdisplayname>");
+  char *l10nTagName = LocalizeHeaderName(upCaseTag, tagName);
+  if ( (!l10nTagName) || (!*l10nTagName) )
+    UtilityWrite(tagName);
+  else
+  {
+    UtilityWrite(l10nTagName);
+  }
+  PR_FREEIF(l10nTagName);
+
+  UtilityWrite(": ");
+  UtilityWrite("</headerdisplayname>");
+
+  // Now write out the actual value itself and move on!
+  //
+  UtilityWrite(newValue);
+  UtilityWrite("</header>");
+
+  NS_Free(upCaseTag);
+  PR_FREEIF(newValue);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// Header handling routines.
+nsresult
+nsMimeXmlEmitter::StartHeader(bool rootMailHeader, bool headerOnly, const char *msgID,
+                           const char *outCharset)
+{
+  mDocHeader = rootMailHeader;
+  WriteXMLHeader(msgID);
+  UtilityWrite("<mailheader>");
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMimeXmlEmitter::AddHeaderField(const char *field, const char *value)
+{
+  if ( (!field) || (!value) )
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  WriteXMLTag(field, value);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMimeXmlEmitter::EndHeader(const nsACString &name)
+{
+  UtilityWrite("</mailheader>");
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+// Attachment handling routines
+nsresult
+nsMimeXmlEmitter::StartAttachment(const nsACString &name,
+                                  const char *contentType,
+                                  const char *url,
+                                  bool aIsExternalAttachment)
+{
+  char    buf[128];
+
+  ++mAttachCount;
+
+  sprintf(buf, "<mailattachment id=\"%d\">", mAttachCount);
+  UtilityWrite(buf);
+
+  AddAttachmentField(HEADER_PARM_FILENAME, PromiseFlatCString(name).get());
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMimeXmlEmitter::AddAttachmentField(const char *field, const char *value)
+{
+  WriteXMLTag(field, value);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMimeXmlEmitter::EndAttachment()
+{
+  UtilityWrite("</mailattachment>");
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/emitters/nsMimeXmlEmitter.h b/mailnews/mime/emitters/nsMimeXmlEmitter.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f9e83948d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/emitters/nsMimeXmlEmitter.h
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+#ifndef _nsMimeXmlEmitter_h_
+#define _nsMimeXmlEmitter_h_
+
+#include "mozilla/Attributes.h"
+#include "prio.h"
+#include "nsMimeBaseEmitter.h"
+#include "nsMimeRebuffer.h"
+#include "nsIStreamListener.h"
+#include "nsIOutputStream.h"
+#include "nsIURI.h"
+#include "nsIChannel.h"
+
+class nsMimeXmlEmitter : public nsMimeBaseEmitter {
+public: 
+    nsMimeXmlEmitter ();
+    virtual       ~nsMimeXmlEmitter (void);
+
+    NS_IMETHOD    Complete() override;
+
+    // Header handling routines.
+    NS_IMETHOD    StartHeader(bool rootMailHeader, bool headerOnly, const char *msgID,
+                              const char *outCharset) override;
+    NS_IMETHOD    AddHeaderField(const char *field, const char *value) override;
+    NS_IMETHOD    EndHeader(const nsACString &buf) override;
+
+    // Attachment handling routines
+    NS_IMETHOD    StartAttachment(const nsACString &name,
+                                  const char *contentType, const char *url,
+                                  bool aIsExternalAttachment) override;
+    NS_IMETHOD    AddAttachmentField(const char *field, const char *value) override;
+    NS_IMETHOD    EndAttachment() override;
+
+    NS_IMETHOD    WriteXMLHeader(const char *msgID);
+    NS_IMETHOD    WriteXMLTag(const char *tagName, const char *value);
+
+protected:
+
+    // For header determination...
+    bool                mXMLHeaderStarted; 
+    int32_t             mAttachCount;
+};
+
+#endif /* _nsMimeXmlEmitter_h_ */
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/jsmime/LICENSE b/mailnews/mime/jsmime/LICENSE
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9ddc547d9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/jsmime/LICENSE
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+Copyright (c) 2013 Joshua Cranmer
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
+OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
+THE SOFTWARE.
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/jsmime/README.md b/mailnews/mime/jsmime/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a418516ea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/jsmime/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+Code Layout
+===========
+
+JSMime is a MIME parsing and composition library that is written completely in
+JavaScript using ES6 functionality and WebAPIs (where such APIs exist). There
+are a few features for which a standardized WebAPI does not exist; for these,
+external JavaScript libraries are used.
+
+The MIME parser consists of three logical phases of translation:
+
+1. Build the MIME (and pseudo-MIME) tree.
+2. Convert the MIME tree into a list of body parts and attachments.
+3. Use the result to drive a displayed version of the message.
+
+The first stage is located in `mimeparser.js`. The latter stages have yet to be
+implemented.
+
+Dependencies
+============
+
+This code depends on the following ES6 features and Web APIs:
+* ES6 generators
+* ES6 Map and Set
+* ES6 @@iterator support (especially for Map and Set)
+* ES6 let
+* ES6 let-destructuring
+* ES6 const
+* Typed arrays (predominantly Uint8Array)
+* btoa, atob (found on global Windows or WorkerScopes)
+* TextDecoder
+
+Versions and API stability
+==========================
+
+As APIs require some use and experimentation to get a feel for what works best,
+the APIs may change between successive version updates as uses indicate
+substandard or error-prone APIs. Therefore, there will be no guarantee of API
+stability until version 1.0 is released.
+
+This code is being initially developed as an effort to replace the MIME library
+within Thunderbird. New versions will be released as needed to bring new support
+into the Thunderbird codebase; version 1.0 will correspond to the version where
+feature-parity with the old MIME library is reached. The set of features which
+will be added before 1.0 are the following:
+* S/MIME encryption and decryption
+* PGP encryption and decryption
+* IMAP parts-on-demand support
+* Support for text/plain to HTML conversion for display
+* Support for HTML downgrading and sanitization for display
+* Support for all major multipart types
+* Ability to convert HTML documents to text/plain and multipart/related
+* Support for building outgoing messages
+* Support for IDN and EAI
+* yEnc and uuencode decoding support
+* Support for date and Message-ID/References-like headers
+
+Other features than these may be added before version 1.0 is released (most
+notably TNEF decoding support), but they are not considered necessary to release
+a version 1.0.
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/jsmime/jsmime.js b/mailnews/mime/jsmime/jsmime.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..253b5da0f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/jsmime/jsmime.js
@@ -0,0 +1,3300 @@
+(function (root, fn) {
+  if (typeof define === 'function' && define.amd) {
+    define(fn);
+  } else if (typeof module !== 'undefined' && module.exports) {
+    module.exports = fn();
+  } else {
+    root.jsmime = fn();
+  }
+}(this, function() {
+  var mods = {};
+  function req(id) {
+    return mods[id.replace(/^\.\//, '')];
+  }
+
+  function def(id, fn) {
+    mods[id] = fn(req);
+  }
+def('mimeutils', function() {
+"use strict";
+
+/**
+ * Decode a quoted-printable buffer into a binary string.
+ *
+ * @param buffer {BinaryString} The string to decode.
+ * @param more   {Boolean}      This argument is ignored.
+ * @returns {Array(BinaryString, BinaryString)} The first element of the array
+ *          is the decoded string. The second element is always the empty
+ *          string.
+ */
+function decode_qp(buffer, more) {
+  // Unlike base64, quoted-printable isn't stateful across multiple lines, so
+  // there is no need to buffer input, so we can always ignore more.
+  let decoded = buffer.replace(
+    // Replace either =<hex><hex> or =<wsp>CRLF
+    /=([0-9A-F][0-9A-F]|[ \t]*(\r\n|[\r\n]|$))/gi,
+    function replace_chars(match, param) {
+      // If trailing text matches [ \t]*CRLF, drop everything, since it's a
+      // soft line break.
+      if (param.trim().length == 0)
+        return '';
+      return String.fromCharCode(parseInt(param, 16));
+    });
+  return [decoded, ''];
+}
+
+/**
+ * Decode a base64 buffer into a binary string. Unlike window.atob, the buffer
+ * may contain non-base64 characters that will be ignored.
+ *
+ * @param buffer {BinaryString} The string to decode.
+ * @param more   {Boolean}      If true, we expect that this function could be
+ *                              called again and should retain extra data. If
+ *                              false, we should flush all pending output.
+ * @returns {Array(BinaryString, BinaryString)} The first element of the array
+ *          is the decoded string. The second element contains the data that
+ *          could not be decoded and needs to be retained for the next call.
+ */
+function decode_base64(buffer, more) {
+  // Drop all non-base64 characters
+  let sanitize = buffer.replace(/[^A-Za-z0-9+\/=]/g,'');
+  // Remove harmful `=' chars in the middle.
+  sanitize = sanitize.replace(/=+([A-Za-z0-9+\/])/g, '$1');
+  // We need to encode in groups of 4 chars. If we don't have enough, leave the
+  // excess for later. If there aren't any more, drop enough to make it 4.
+  let excess = sanitize.length % 4;
+  if (excess != 0 && more)
+    buffer = sanitize.slice(-excess);
+  else
+    buffer = '';
+  sanitize = sanitize.substring(0, sanitize.length - excess);
+  // Use the atob function we (ought to) have in global scope.
+  return [atob(sanitize), buffer];
+}
+
+/**
+ * Converts a binary string into a Uint8Array buffer.
+ *
+ * @param buffer {BinaryString} The string to convert.
+ * @returns {Uint8Array} The converted data.
+ */
+function stringToTypedArray(buffer) {
+  var typedarray = new Uint8Array(buffer.length);
+  for (var i = 0; i < buffer.length; i++)
+    typedarray[i] = buffer.charCodeAt(i);
+  return typedarray;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Converts a Uint8Array buffer to a binary string.
+ *
+ * @param buffer {BinaryString} The string to convert.
+ * @returns {Uint8Array} The converted data.
+ */
+function typedArrayToString(buffer) {
+  var string = '';
+  for (var i = 0; i < buffer.length; i+= 100)
+    string += String.fromCharCode.apply(undefined, buffer.subarray(i, i + 100));
+  return string;
+}
+
+/** A list of month names for Date parsing. */
+var kMonthNames = ["Jan", "Feb", "Mar", "Apr", "May", "Jun", "Jul", "Aug",
+  "Sep", "Oct", "Nov", "Dec"];
+
+return {
+  decode_base64: decode_base64,
+  decode_qp: decode_qp,
+  kMonthNames: kMonthNames,
+  stringToTypedArray: stringToTypedArray,
+  typedArrayToString: typedArrayToString,
+};
+});
+/**
+ * This file implements knowledge of how to encode or decode structured headers
+ * for several key headers. It is not meant to be used externally to jsmime.
+ */
+
+def('structuredHeaders', function (require) {
+"use strict";
+
+var structuredDecoders = new Map();
+var structuredEncoders = new Map();
+var preferredSpellings = new Map();
+
+function addHeader(name, decoder, encoder) {
+  var lowerName = name.toLowerCase();
+  structuredDecoders.set(lowerName, decoder);
+  structuredEncoders.set(lowerName, encoder);
+  preferredSpellings.set(lowerName, name);
+}
+
+
+// Addressing headers: We assume that they can be specified in 1* form (this is
+// false for From, but it's close enough to the truth that it shouldn't matter).
+// There is no need to specialize the results for the header, so just pun it
+// back to parseAddressingHeader.
+function parseAddress(value) {
+  let results = [];
+  let headerparser = this;
+  return value.reduce(function (results, header) {
+    return results.concat(headerparser.parseAddressingHeader(header, true));
+  }, []);
+}
+function writeAddress(value) {
+  // Make sure the input is an array (accept a single entry)
+  if (!Array.isArray(value))
+    value = [value];
+  this.addAddresses(value);
+}
+
+// Addressing headers from RFC 5322:
+addHeader("Bcc", parseAddress, writeAddress);
+addHeader("Cc", parseAddress, writeAddress);
+addHeader("From", parseAddress, writeAddress);
+addHeader("Reply-To", parseAddress, writeAddress);
+addHeader("Resent-Bcc", parseAddress, writeAddress);
+addHeader("Resent-Cc", parseAddress, writeAddress);
+addHeader("Resent-From", parseAddress, writeAddress);
+addHeader("Resent-Reply-To", parseAddress, writeAddress);
+addHeader("Resent-Sender", parseAddress, writeAddress);
+addHeader("Resent-To", parseAddress, writeAddress);
+addHeader("Sender", parseAddress, writeAddress);
+addHeader("To", parseAddress, writeAddress);
+// From RFC 5536:
+addHeader("Approved", parseAddress, writeAddress);
+// From RFC 3798:
+addHeader("Disposition-Notification-To", parseAddress, writeAddress);
+// Non-standard headers:
+addHeader("Delivered-To", parseAddress, writeAddress);
+addHeader("Return-Receipt-To", parseAddress, writeAddress);
+
+// http://cr.yp.to/proto/replyto.html
+addHeader("Mail-Reply-To", parseAddress, writeAddress);
+addHeader("Mail-Followup-To", parseAddress, writeAddress);
+
+// Parameter-based headers. Note that all parameters are slightly different, so
+// we use slightly different variants here.
+function parseParameterHeader(value, do2231, do2047) {
+  // Only use the first header for parameters; ignore subsequent redefinitions.
+  return this.parseParameterHeader(value[0], do2231, do2047);
+}
+
+// RFC 2045
+function parseContentType(value) {
+  let params = parseParameterHeader.call(this, value, false, false);
+  let origtype = params.preSemi;
+  let parts = origtype.split('/');
+  if (parts.length != 2) {
+    // Malformed. Return to text/plain. Evil, ain't it?
+    params = new Map();
+    parts = ["text", "plain"];
+  }
+  let mediatype = parts[0].toLowerCase();
+  let subtype = parts[1].toLowerCase();
+  let type = mediatype + '/' + subtype;
+  let structure = new Map();
+  structure.mediatype = mediatype;
+  structure.subtype = subtype;
+  structure.type = type;
+  params.forEach(function (value, name) {
+    structure.set(name.toLowerCase(), value);
+  });
+  return structure;
+}
+structuredDecoders.set("Content-Type", parseContentType);
+
+// Unstructured headers (just decode RFC 2047 for the first header value)
+function parseUnstructured(values) {
+  return this.decodeRFC2047Words(values[0]);
+}
+function writeUnstructured(value) {
+  this.addUnstructured(value);
+}
+
+// Message-ID headers.
+function parseMessageID(values) {
+  // TODO: Proper parsing support for these headers is currently unsupported).
+  return this.decodeRFC2047Words(values[0]);
+}
+function writeMessageID(value) {
+  // TODO: Proper parsing support for these headers is currently unsupported).
+  this.addUnstructured(value);
+}
+
+// RFC 5322
+addHeader("Comments", parseUnstructured, writeUnstructured);
+addHeader("Keywords", parseUnstructured, writeUnstructured);
+addHeader("Subject", parseUnstructured, writeUnstructured);
+
+// RFC 2045
+addHeader("MIME-Version", parseUnstructured, writeUnstructured);
+addHeader("Content-Description", parseUnstructured, writeUnstructured);
+
+// RFC 7231
+addHeader("User-Agent", parseUnstructured, writeUnstructured);
+
+// Date headers
+function parseDate(values) { return this.parseDateHeader(values[0]); }
+function writeDate(value) { this.addDate(value); }
+
+// RFC 5322
+addHeader("Date", parseDate, writeDate);
+addHeader("Resent-Date", parseDate, writeDate);
+// RFC 5536
+addHeader("Expires", parseDate, writeDate);
+addHeader("Injection-Date", parseDate, writeDate);
+addHeader("NNTP-Posting-Date", parseDate, writeDate);
+
+// RFC 5322
+addHeader("Message-ID", parseMessageID, writeMessageID);
+addHeader("Resent-Message-ID", parseMessageID, writeMessageID);
+
+// Miscellaneous headers (those that don't fall under the above schemes):
+
+// RFC 2047
+structuredDecoders.set("Content-Transfer-Encoding", function (values) {
+  return values[0].toLowerCase();
+});
+structuredEncoders.set("Content-Transfer-Encoding", writeUnstructured);
+
+// Some clients like outlook.com send non-compliant References headers that
+// separate values using commas. Also, some clients don't separate References
+// with spaces, since these are optional according to RFC2822. So here we
+// preprocess these headers (see bug 1154521 and bug 1197686).
+function preprocessMessageIDs(values) {
+  let msgId = /<[^>]*>/g;
+  let match, ids = [];
+  while ((match = msgId.exec(values)) !== null) {
+    ids.push(match[0]);
+  }
+  return ids.join(' ');
+}
+structuredDecoders.set("References", preprocessMessageIDs);
+structuredDecoders.set("In-Reply-To", preprocessMessageIDs);
+
+return Object.freeze({
+  decoders: structuredDecoders,
+  encoders: structuredEncoders,
+  spellings: preferredSpellings,
+});
+
+});
+def('headerparser', function(require) {
+/**
+ * This file implements the structured decoding of message header fields. It is
+ * part of the same system as found in mimemimeutils.js, and occasionally makes
+ * references to globals defined in that file or other dependencies thereof. See
+ * documentation in that file for more information about external dependencies.
+ */
+
+"use strict";
+var mimeutils = require('./mimeutils');
+
+/**
+ * This is the API that we ultimately return.
+ *
+ * We define it as a global here, because we need to pass it as a |this|
+ * argument to a few functions.
+ */
+var headerparser = {};
+
+/**
+ * Tokenizes a message header into a stream of tokens as a generator.
+ *
+ * The low-level tokens are meant to be loosely correspond to the tokens as
+ * defined in RFC 5322. For reasons of saner error handling, however, the two
+ * definitions are not exactly equivalent. The tokens we emit are the following:
+ * 1. Special delimiters: Any char in the delimiters string is emitted as a
+ *    string by itself. Parsing parameter headers, for example, would use ";="
+ *    for the delimiter string.
+ * 2. Quoted-strings (if opt.qstring is true): A string which is surrounded by
+ *    double quotes. Escapes in the string are omitted when returning.
+ * 3. Domain Literals (if opt.dliteral is true): A string which matches the
+ *    dliteral construct in RFC 5322. Escapes here are NOT omitted.
+ * 4. Comments (if opt.comments is true): Comments are handled specially. In
+ *    practice, decoding the comments in To headers appears to be necessary, so
+ *    comments are not stripped in the output value. Instead, they are emitted
+ *    as if they are a special delimiter. However, all delimiters found within a
+ *    comment are returned as if they were a quoted string, so that consumers
+ *    ignore delimiters within comments. If ignoring comment text completely is
+ *    desired, upon seeing a "(" token, consumers should ignore all tokens until
+ *    a matching ")" is found (note that comments can be nested).
+ * 5. RFC 2047 encoded-words (if opts.rfc2047 is true): These are strings which
+ *    are the decoded contents of RFC 2047's =?UTF-8?Q?blah?=-style words.
+ * 6. Atoms: Atoms are defined not in the RFC 5322 sense, but rather as the
+ *    longest sequence of characters that is neither whitespace nor any of the
+ *    special characters above.
+ *
+ * The intended interpretation of the stream of output tokens is that they are
+ * the portions of text which can be safely wrapped in whitespace with no ill
+ * effect. The output tokens are either strings (which represent individual
+ * delimiter tokens) or instances of a class that has a customized .toString()
+ * for output (for quoted strings, atoms, domain literals, and encoded-words).
+ * Checking for a delimiter MUST use the strictly equals operator (===). For
+ * example, the proper way to call this method is as follows:
+ *
+ *    for (let token of getHeaderTokens(rest, ";=", opts)) {
+ *      if (token === ';') {
+ *        // This represents a literal ';' in the string
+ *      } else if (token === '=') {
+ *        // This represents a literal '=' in the string
+ *      } else {
+ *        // If a ";" qstring was parsed, we fall through to here!
+ *        token = token.toString();
+ *      }
+ *    }
+ *
+ * This method does not properly tokenize 5322 in all corner cases; however,
+ * this is equivalent in those corner cases to an older header parsing
+ * algorithm, so the algorithm should be correct for all real-world cases. The
+ * corner cases are as follows:
+ * 1. Quoted-strings and domain literals are parsed even if they are within a
+ *    comment block (we effectively treat ctext as containing qstring).
+ * 2. WSP need not be between a qstring and an atom (a"b" produces two tokens,
+ *    a and b). This is an error case, though.
+ * 3. Legacy comments as display names: We recognize address fields with
+ *    comments, and (a) either drop them if inside addr-spec or (b) preserve
+ *    them as part of the display-name if not. If the display-name is empty
+ *    while the last comment is not, we assume it's the legacy form above and
+ *    take the comment content as the display-name.
+ *
+ * @param {String} value      The header value, post charset conversion but
+ *                            before RFC 2047 decoding, to be parsed.
+ * @param {String} delimiters A set of delimiters to include as individual
+ *                            tokens.
+ * @param {Object} opts       A set of options selecting what to parse.
+ * @param {Boolean} [opts.qstring]  If true, recognize quoted strings.
+ * @param {Boolean} [opts.dliteral] If true, recognize domain literals.
+ * @param {Boolean} [opts.comments] If true, recognize comments.
+ * @param {Boolean} [opts.rfc2047]  If true, parse and decode RFC 2047
+ *                                  encoded-words.
+ * @returns {(Token|String)[]} An array of Token objects (which have a toString
+ *                             method returning their value) or String objects
+ *                             (representing delimiters).
+ */
+function getHeaderTokens(value, delimiters, opts) {
+  // The array of parsed tokens. This method used to be a generator, but it
+  // appears that generators are poorly optimized in current engines, so it was
+  // converted to not be one.
+  let tokenList = [];
+
+  /// Represents a non-delimiter token
+  function Token(token) {
+    // Unescape all quoted pairs. Any trailing \ is deleted.
+    this.token = token.replace(/\\(.?)/g, "$1");
+  }
+  Token.prototype.toString = function () { return this.token; };
+
+  // The start of the current token (e.g., atoms, strings)
+  let tokenStart = undefined;
+  // The set of whitespace characters, as defined by RFC 5322
+  let wsp = " \t\r\n";
+  // If we are a domain literal ([]) or a quoted string ("), this is set to the
+  // character to look for at the end.
+  let endQuote = undefined;
+  // The current depth of comments, since they can be nested. A value 0 means we
+  // are not in a comment.
+  let commentDepth = 0;
+
+  // Iterate over every character one character at a time.
+  let length = value.length;
+  for (let i = 0; i < length; i++) {
+    let ch = value[i];
+    // If we see a \, no matter what context we are in, ignore the next
+    // character.
+    if (ch == '\\') {
+      i++;
+      continue;
+    }
+
+    // If we are in a qstring or a dliteral, process the character only if it is
+    // what we are looking for to end the quote.
+    if (endQuote !== undefined) {
+      if (ch == endQuote && ch == '"') {
+        // Quoted strings don't include their delimiters.
+        let text = value.slice(tokenStart + 1, i);
+
+        // If RFC 2047 is enabled, always decode the qstring.
+        if (opts.rfc2047)
+          text = decodeRFC2047Words(text);
+
+        tokenList.push(new Token(text));
+        endQuote = undefined;
+        tokenStart = undefined;
+      } else if (ch == endQuote && ch == ']') {
+        // Domain literals include their delimiters.
+        tokenList.push(new Token(value.slice(tokenStart, i + 1)));
+        endQuote = undefined;
+        tokenStart = undefined;
+      }
+      // Avoid any further processing.
+      continue;
+    }
+
+    // If we can match the RFC 2047 encoded-word pattern, we need to decode the
+    // entire word or set of words.
+    if (opts.rfc2047 && ch == '=' && i + 1 < value.length && value[i + 1] == '?') {
+      // RFC 2047 tokens separated only by whitespace are conceptually part of
+      // the same output token, so we need to decode them all at once.
+      let encodedWordsRE = /([ \t\r\n]*=\?[^?]*\?[BbQq]\?[^?]*\?=)+/;
+      let result = encodedWordsRE.exec(value.slice(i));
+      if (result !== null) {
+        // If we were in the middle of a prior token (i.e., something like
+        // foobar=?UTF-8?Q?blah?=), yield the previous segment as a token.
+        if (tokenStart !== undefined) {
+          tokenList.push(new Token(value.slice(tokenStart, i)));
+          tokenStart = undefined;
+        }
+
+        // Find out how much we need to decode...
+        let encWordsLen = result[0].length;
+        let string = decodeRFC2047Words(value.slice(i, i + encWordsLen),
+          "UTF-8");
+        // Don't make a new Token variable, since we do not want to unescape the
+        // decoded string.
+        tokenList.push({ toString: function() { return string; }});
+
+        // Skip everything we decoded. The -1 is because we don't want to
+        // include the starting character.
+        i += encWordsLen - 1;
+        continue;
+      }
+
+      // If we are here, then we failed to match the simple 2047 encoded-word
+      // regular expression, despite the fact that it matched the =? at the
+      // beginning. Fall through and treat the text as if we aren't trying to
+      // decode RFC 2047.
+    }
+
+    // If we reach this point, we're not inside of quoted strings, domain
+    // literals, or RFC 2047 encoded-words. This means that the characters we
+    // parse are potential delimiters (unless we're in comments, where
+    // everything starts to go really wonky). Several things could happen,
+    // depending on the kind of character we read and whether or not we were in
+    // the middle of a token. The three values here tell us what we could need
+    // to do at this point:
+    // tokenIsEnding: The current character is not able to be accumulated to an
+    // atom, so we need to flush the atom if there is one.
+    // tokenIsStarting: The current character could begin an atom (or
+    // anything that requires us to mark the starting point), so we need to save
+    // the location.
+    // isSpecial: The current character is a delimiter that needs to be output.
+    let tokenIsEnding = false, tokenIsStarting = false, isSpecial = false;
+    if (wsp.includes(ch)) {
+      // Whitespace ends current tokens, doesn't emit anything.
+      tokenIsEnding = true;
+    } else if (commentDepth == 0 && delimiters.includes(ch)) {
+      // Delimiters end the current token, and need to be output. They do not
+      // apply within comments.
+      tokenIsEnding = true;
+      isSpecial = true;
+    } else if (opts.qstring && ch == '"') {
+      // Quoted strings end the last token and start a new one.
+      tokenIsEnding = true;
+      tokenIsStarting = true;
+      endQuote = ch;
+    } else if (opts.dliteral && ch == '[') {
+      // Domain literals end the last token and start a new one.
+      tokenIsEnding = true;
+      tokenIsStarting = true;
+      endQuote = ']';
+    } else if (opts.comments && ch == '(') {
+      // Comments are nested (oh joy). We only really care for the outer
+      // delimiter, though, which also ends the prior token and needs to be
+      // output if the consumer requests it.
+      commentDepth++;
+      if (commentDepth == 1) {
+        tokenIsEnding = true;
+        isSpecial = true;
+      } else {
+        tokenIsStarting = true;
+      }
+    } else if (opts.comments && ch == ')') {
+      // Comments are nested (oh joy). We only really care for the outer
+      // delimiter, though, which also ends the prior token and needs to be
+      // output if the consumer requests it.
+      if (commentDepth > 0)
+        commentDepth--;
+      if (commentDepth == 0) {
+        tokenIsEnding = true;
+        isSpecial = true;
+      } else {
+        tokenIsStarting = true;
+      }
+    } else {
+      // Not a delimiter, whitespace, comment, domain literal, or quoted string.
+      // Must be part of an atom then!
+      tokenIsStarting = true;
+    }
+
+    // If our analysis concluded that we closed an open token, and there is an
+    // open token, then yield that token.
+    if (tokenIsEnding && tokenStart !== undefined) {
+      tokenList.push(new Token(value.slice(tokenStart, i)));
+      tokenStart = undefined;
+    }
+    // If we need to output a delimiter, do so.
+    if (isSpecial)
+      tokenList.push(ch);
+    // If our analysis concluded that we could open a token, and no token is
+    // opened yet, then start the token.
+    if (tokenIsStarting && tokenStart === undefined) {
+      tokenStart = i;
+    }
+  }
+
+  // That concludes the loop! If there is a currently open token, close that
+  // token now.
+  if (tokenStart !== undefined) {
+    // Error case: a partially-open quoted string is assumed to have a trailing
+    // " character.
+    if (endQuote == '"')
+      tokenList.push(new Token(value.slice(tokenStart + 1)));
+    else
+      tokenList.push(new Token(value.slice(tokenStart)));
+  }
+
+  return tokenList;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Convert a header value into UTF-16 strings by attempting to decode as UTF-8
+ * or another legacy charset. If the header is valid UTF-8, it will be decoded
+ * as UTF-8; if it is not, the fallbackCharset will be attempted instead.
+ *
+ * @param {String} headerValue       The header (as a binary string) to attempt
+ *                                   to convert to UTF-16.
+ * @param {String} [fallbackCharset] The optional charset to try if UTF-8
+ *                                   doesn't work.
+ * @returns {String} The UTF-16 representation of the string above.
+ */
+function convert8BitHeader(headerValue, fallbackCharset) {
+  // Only attempt to convert the headerValue if it contains non-ASCII
+  // characters.
+  if (/[\x80-\xff]/.exec(headerValue)) {
+    // First convert the value to a typed-array for TextDecoder.
+    let typedarray = mimeutils.stringToTypedArray(headerValue);
+
+    // Don't try UTF-8 as fallback (redundant), and don't try UTF-16 or UTF-32
+    // either, since they radically change header interpretation.
+    // If we have a fallback charset, we want to know if decoding will fail;
+    // otherwise, we want to replace with substitution chars.
+    let hasFallback = fallbackCharset &&
+                      !fallbackCharset.toLowerCase().startsWith("utf");
+    let utf8Decoder = new TextDecoder("utf-8", {fatal: hasFallback});
+    try {
+      headerValue = utf8Decoder.decode(typedarray);
+    } catch (e) {
+      // Failed, try the fallback
+      let decoder = new TextDecoder(fallbackCharset, {fatal: false});
+      headerValue = decoder.decode(typedarray);
+    }
+  }
+  return headerValue;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Decodes all RFC 2047 encoded-words in the input string. The string does not
+ * necessarily have to contain any such words. This is useful, for example, for
+ * parsing unstructured headers.
+ *
+ * @param {String} headerValue The header which may contain RFC 2047 encoded-
+ *                             words.
+ * @returns {String} A full UTF-16 string with all encoded words expanded.
+ */
+function decodeRFC2047Words(headerValue) {
+  // Unfortunately, many implementations of RFC 2047 encoding are actually wrong
+  // in that they split over-long encoded words without regard for whether or
+  // not the split point is in the middle of a multibyte character. Therefore,
+  // we need to be able to handle these situations gracefully. This is done by
+  // using the decoder in streaming mode so long as the next token is another
+  // 2047 token with the same charset.
+  let lastCharset = '', currentDecoder = undefined;
+
+  /**
+   * Decode a single RFC 2047 token. This function is inline so that we can
+   * easily close over the lastCharset/currentDecoder variables, needed for
+   * handling bad RFC 2047 productions properly.
+   */
+  function decode2047Token(token, isLastToken) {
+    let tokenParts = token.split("?");
+
+    // If it's obviously not a valid token, return false immediately.
+    if (tokenParts.length != 5 || tokenParts[4] != '=')
+      return false;
+
+    // The charset parameter is defined in RFC 2231 to be charset or
+    // charset*language. We only care about the charset here, so ignore any
+    // language parameter that gets passed in.
+    let charset = tokenParts[1].split('*', 1)[0];
+    let encoding = tokenParts[2], text = tokenParts[3];
+
+    let buffer;
+    if (encoding == 'B' || encoding == 'b') {
+      // Decode base64. If there's any non-base64 data, treat the string as
+      // an illegal token.
+      if (/[^A-Za-z0-9+\/=]/.exec(text))
+        return false;
+
+      // Decode the string
+      buffer = mimeutils.decode_base64(text, false)[0];
+    } else if (encoding == 'Q' || encoding == 'q') {
+      // Q encoding here looks a lot like quoted-printable text. The differences
+      // between quoted-printable and this are that quoted-printable allows you
+      // to quote newlines (this doesn't), while this replaces spaces with _.
+      // We can reuse the decode_qp code here, since newlines are already
+      // stripped from the header. There is one edge case that could trigger a
+      // false positive, namely when you have a single = or an = followed by
+      // whitespace at the end of the string. Such an input string is already
+      // malformed to begin with, so stripping the = and following input in that
+      // case should not be an important loss.
+      buffer = mimeutils.decode_qp(text.replace(/_/g, ' '), false)[0];
+    } else {
+      return false;
+    }
+
+    // Make the buffer be a typed array for what follows
+    let stringBuffer = buffer;
+    buffer = mimeutils.stringToTypedArray(buffer);
+
+    // If we cannot reuse the last decoder, flush out whatever remains.
+    var output = '';
+    if (charset != lastCharset && currentDecoder) {
+      output += currentDecoder.decode();
+      currentDecoder = null;
+    }
+
+    // Initialize the decoder for this token.
+    lastCharset = charset;
+    if (!currentDecoder) {
+      try {
+        currentDecoder = new TextDecoder(charset, {fatal: false});
+      } catch (e) {
+        // We don't recognize the charset, so give up.
+        return false;
+      }
+    }
+
+    // Convert this token with the buffer. Note the stream parameter--although
+    // RFC 2047 tokens aren't supposed to break in the middle of a multibyte
+    // character, a lot of software messes up and does so because it's hard not
+    // to (see headeremitter.js for exactly how hard!).
+    // We must not stream ISO-2022-JP if the buffer switches back to
+    // the ASCII state, that is, ends in "ESC(B".
+    // Also, we shouldn't do streaming on the last token.
+    let doStreaming;
+    if (isLastToken ||
+        (charset.toUpperCase() == "ISO-2022-JP" &&
+         stringBuffer.endsWith("\x1B(B")))
+      doStreaming = {stream: false};
+    else
+      doStreaming = {stream: true};
+    return output + currentDecoder.decode(buffer, doStreaming);
+  }
+
+  // The first step of decoding is to split the string into RFC 2047 and
+  // non-RFC 2047 tokens. RFC 2047 tokens look like the following:
+  // =?charset?c?text?=, where c is one of B, b, Q, and q. The split regex does
+  // some amount of semantic checking, so that malformed RFC 2047 tokens will
+  // get ignored earlier.
+  let components = headerValue.split(/(=\?[^?]*\?[BQbq]\?[^?]*\?=)/);
+
+  // Find last RFC 2047 token.
+  let lastRFC2047Index = -1;
+  for (let i = 0; i < components.length; i++) {
+    if (components[i].substring(0, 2) == "=?")
+      lastRFC2047Index = i;
+  }
+  for (let i = 0; i < components.length; i++) {
+    if (components[i].substring(0, 2) == "=?") {
+      let decoded = decode2047Token(components[i], i == lastRFC2047Index);
+      if (decoded !== false) {
+        // If 2047 decoding succeeded for this bit, rewrite the original value
+        // with the proper decoding.
+        components[i] = decoded;
+
+        // We're done processing, so continue to the next link.
+        continue;
+      }
+    } else if (/^[ \t\r\n]*$/.exec(components[i])) {
+      // Whitespace-only tokens get squashed into nothing, so 2047 tokens will
+      // be concatenated together.
+      components[i] = '';
+      continue;
+    }
+
+    // If there was stuff left over from decoding the last 2047 token, flush it
+    // out.
+    lastCharset = '';
+    if (currentDecoder) {
+      components[i] = currentDecoder.decode() + components[i];
+      currentDecoder = null;
+    }
+  }
+
+  // After the for loop, we'll have a set of decoded strings. Concatenate them
+  // together to make the return value.
+  return components.join('');
+}
+
+///////////////////////////////
+// Structured field decoders //
+///////////////////////////////
+
+/**
+ * Extract a list of addresses from a header which matches the RFC 5322
+ * address-list production, possibly doing RFC 2047 decoding along the way.
+ *
+ * The output of this method is an array of elements corresponding to the
+ * addresses and the groups in the input header. An address is represented by
+ * an object of the form:
+ * {
+ *   name: The display name of the address
+ *   email: The address of the object
+ * }
+ * while a group is represented by an object of the form:
+ * {
+ *   name: The display name of the group
+ *   group: An array of address object for members in the group.
+ * }
+ *
+ * @param {String} header     The MIME header text to be parsed
+ * @param {Boolean} doRFC2047 If true, decode RFC 2047 parameters found in the
+ *                            header.
+ * @returns {(Address|Group)[]} An array of the addresses found in the header,
+ *                              where each element is of the form mentioned
+ *                              above.
+ */
+function parseAddressingHeader(header, doRFC2047) {
+  // Default to true
+  if (doRFC2047 === undefined)
+    doRFC2047 = true;
+
+  // The final (top-level) results list to append to.
+  let results = [];
+  // Temporary results
+  let addrlist = [];
+
+  // Build up all of the values
+  let name = '', groupName = '', localPart = '', address = '', comment = '';
+  // Indicators of current state
+  let inAngle = false, inComment = false, needsSpace = false;
+  let preserveSpace = false;
+  let commentClosed = false;
+
+  // RFC 5322 §3.4 notes that legacy implementations exist which use a simple
+  // recipient form where the addr-spec appears without the angle brackets,
+  // but includes the name of the recipient in parentheses as a comment
+  // following the addr-spec. While we do not create this format, we still
+  // want to recognize it, though.
+  // Furthermore, despite allowing comments in addresses, RFC 5322 §3.4 notes
+  // that legacy implementations may interpret the comment, and thus it
+  // recommends not to use them. (Also, they may be illegal as per RFC 5321.)
+  // While we do not create address fields with comments, we recognize such
+  // comments during parsing and (a) either drop them if inside addr-spec or
+  // (b) preserve them as part of the display-name if not.
+  // If the display-name is empty while the last comment is not, we assume it's
+  // the legacy form above and take the comment content as the display-name.
+  //
+  // When parsing the address field, we at first do not know whether any
+  // strings belong to the display-name (which may include comments) or to the
+  // local-part of an addr-spec (where we ignore comments) until we find an
+  // '@' or an '<' token. Thus, we collect both variants until the fog lifts,
+  // plus the last comment seen.
+  let lastComment = '';
+
+  /**
+   * Add the parsed mailbox object to the address list.
+   * If it's in the legacy form above, correct the display-name.
+   * Also reset any faked flags.
+   * @param {String} displayName   display-name as per RFC 5322
+   * @param {String} addrSpec      addr-spec as per RFC 5322
+   */
+  function addToAddrList(displayName, addrSpec) {
+    // Keep the local-part quoted if it needs to be.
+    let lp = addrSpec.substring(0, addrSpec.lastIndexOf("@"));
+    if (/[ !()<>\[\]:;@\\,"]/.exec(lp) !== null) {
+      addrSpec = '"' + lp.replace(/([\\"])/g, "\\$1") + '"' +
+                 addrSpec.substring(addrSpec.lastIndexOf("@"));
+    }
+
+    if (displayName === '' && lastComment !== '') {
+      // Take last comment content as the display-name.
+      let offset = lastComment[0] === ' ' ? 2 : 1;
+      displayName = lastComment.substr(offset, lastComment.length - offset - 1);
+    }
+    if (displayName !== '' || addrSpec !== '')
+      addrlist.push({name: displayName, email: addrSpec});
+    // Clear pending flags and variables.
+    name = localPart = address = lastComment = '';
+    inAngle = inComment = needsSpace = false;
+  }
+
+  // Main parsing loop
+  for (let token of getHeaderTokens(header, ":,;<>@",
+        {qstring: true, comments: true, dliteral: true, rfc2047: doRFC2047})) {
+    if (token === ':') {
+      groupName = name;
+      name = '';
+      localPart = '';
+      // If we had prior email address results, commit them to the top-level.
+      if (addrlist.length > 0)
+        results = results.concat(addrlist);
+      addrlist = [];
+    } else if (token === '<') {
+      if (inAngle) {
+        // Interpret the address we were parsing as a name.
+        if (address.length > 0) {
+          name = address;
+        }
+        localPart = address = '';
+      } else {
+        inAngle = true;
+      }
+    } else if (token === '>') {
+      inAngle = false;
+      // Forget addr-spec comments.
+      lastComment = '';
+    } else if (token === '(') {
+      inComment = true;
+      // The needsSpace flag may not always be set even if it should be,
+      // e.g. for a comment behind an angle-addr.
+      // Also, we need to restore the needsSpace flag if we ignore the comment.
+      preserveSpace = needsSpace;
+      if (!needsSpace)
+        needsSpace = name !== '' && name.substr(-1) !== ' ';
+      comment = needsSpace ? ' (' : '(';
+      commentClosed = false;
+    } else if (token === ')') {
+      inComment = false;
+      comment += ')';
+      lastComment = comment;
+      // The comment may be part of the name, but not of the local-part.
+      // Enforce a space behind the comment only when not ignoring it.
+      if (inAngle) {
+        needsSpace = preserveSpace;
+      } else {
+        name += comment;
+        needsSpace = true;
+      }
+      commentClosed = true;
+      continue;
+    } else if (token === '@') {
+      // An @ means we see an email address. If we're not within <> brackets,
+      // then we just parsed an email address instead of a display name. Empty
+      // out the display name for the current production.
+      if (!inAngle) {
+        address = localPart;
+        name = '';
+        localPart = '';
+        // The remainder of this mailbox is part of an addr-spec.
+        inAngle = true;
+      }
+      address += '@';
+    } else if (token === ',') {
+      // A comma ends the current name. If we have something that's kind of a
+      // name, add it to the result list. If we don't, then our input looks like
+      // To: , , -> don't bother adding an empty entry.
+      addToAddrList(name, address);
+    } else if (token === ';') {
+      // Add pending name to the list
+      addToAddrList(name, address);
+
+      // If no group name was found, treat the ';' as a ','. In any case, we
+      // need to copy the results of addrlist into either a new group object or
+      // the main list.
+      if (groupName === '') {
+        results = results.concat(addrlist);
+      } else {
+        results.push({
+          name: groupName,
+          group: addrlist
+        });
+      }
+      // ... and reset every other variable.
+      addrlist = [];
+      groupName = '';
+    } else {
+      // This is either comment content, a quoted-string, or some span of
+      // dots and atoms.
+
+      // Ignore the needs space if we're a "close" delimiter token.
+      let spacedToken = token;
+      if (needsSpace && token.toString()[0] != '.')
+        spacedToken = ' ' + spacedToken;
+
+      // Which field do we add this data to?
+      if (inComment) {
+        comment += spacedToken;
+      } else if (inAngle) {
+        address += spacedToken;
+      } else {
+        name += spacedToken;
+        // Never add a space to the local-part, if we just ignored a comment.
+        if (commentClosed) {
+          localPart += token;
+          commentClosed = false;
+        } else {
+          localPart += spacedToken;
+        }
+      }
+
+      // We need space for the next token if we aren't some kind of comment or
+      // . delimiter.
+      needsSpace = token.toString()[0] != '.';
+      // The fall-through case after this resets needsSpace to false, and we
+      // don't want that!
+      continue;
+    }
+
+    // If we just parsed a delimiter, we don't need any space for the next
+    // token.
+    needsSpace = false;
+  }
+
+  // If we're missing the final ';' of a group, assume it was present. Also, add
+  // in the details of any email/address that we previously saw.
+  addToAddrList(name, address);
+  if (groupName !== '') {
+    results.push({name: groupName, group: addrlist});
+    addrlist = [];
+  }
+
+  // Add the current address list build-up to the list of addresses, and return
+  // the whole array to the caller.
+  return results.concat(addrlist);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Extract parameters from a header which is a series of ;-separated
+ * attribute=value tokens.
+ *
+ * @param {String} headerValue The MIME header value to parse.
+ * @param {Boolean} doRFC2047  If true, decode RFC 2047 encoded-words.
+ * @param {Boolean} doRFC2231  If true, decode RFC 2231 encoded parameters.
+ * @return {Map(String -> String)} A map of parameter names to parameter values.
+ *                                 The property preSemi is set to the token that
+ *                                 precedes the first semicolon.
+ */
+function parseParameterHeader(headerValue, doRFC2047, doRFC2231) {
+  // The basic syntax of headerValue is token [; token = token-or-qstring]*
+  // Copying more or less liberally from nsMIMEHeaderParamImpl:
+  // The first token is the text to the first whitespace or semicolon.
+  var semi = headerValue.indexOf(";");
+  if (semi < 0) {
+    var start = headerValue;
+    var rest = '';
+  } else {
+    var start = headerValue.substring(0, semi);
+    var rest = headerValue.substring(semi); // Include the semicolon
+  }
+  // Strip start to be <WSP><nowsp><WSP>.
+  start = start.trim().split(/[ \t\r\n]/)[0];
+
+  // Decode the the parameter tokens.
+  let opts = {qstring: true, rfc2047: doRFC2047};
+  // Name is the name of the parameter, inName is true iff we don't have a name
+  // yet.
+  let name = '', inName = true;
+  // Matches is a list of [name, value] pairs, where we found something that
+  // looks like name=value in the input string.
+  let matches = [];
+  for (let token of getHeaderTokens(rest, ";=", opts)) {
+    if (token === ';') {
+      // If we didn't find a name yet (we have ... tokenA; tokenB), push the
+      // name with an empty token instead.
+      if (name != '' && inName == false)
+        matches.push([name, '']);
+      name = '';
+      inName = true;
+    } else if (token === '=') {
+      inName = false;
+    } else if (inName && name == '') {
+      name = token.toString();
+    } else if (!inName && name != '') {
+      token = token.toString();
+      // RFC 2231 doesn't make it clear if %-encoding is supposed to happen
+      // within a quoted string, but this is very much required in practice. If
+      // it ends with a '*', then the string is an extended-value, which means
+      // that its value may be %-encoded.
+      if (doRFC2231 && name.endsWith('*')) {
+        token = token.replace(/%([0-9A-Fa-f]{2})/g,
+          function percent_deencode(match, hexchars) {
+            return String.fromCharCode(parseInt(hexchars, 16));
+        });
+      }
+      matches.push([name, token]);
+      // Clear the name, so we ignore anything afterwards.
+      name = '';
+    } else if (inName) {
+      // We have ...; tokenA tokenB ... -> ignore both tokens
+      name = ''; // Error recovery, ignore this one
+    }
+  }
+  // If we have a leftover ...; tokenA, push the tokenA
+  if (name != '' && inName == false)
+    matches.push([name, '']);
+
+  // Now matches holds the parameters, so clean up for RFC 2231. There are three
+  // cases: param=val, param*=us-ascii'en-US'blah, and param*n= variants. The
+  // order of preference is to pick the middle, then the last, then the first.
+  // Note that we already unpacked %-encoded values.
+
+  // simpleValues is just a straight parameter -> value map.
+  // charsetValues is the parameter -> value map, although values are stored
+  // before charset decoding happens.
+  // continuationValues maps parameter -> array of values, with extra properties
+  // valid (if we decided we couldn't do anything anymore) and hasCharset (which
+  // records if we need to decode the charset parameter or not).
+  var simpleValues = new Map(), charsetValues = new Map(),
+      continuationValues = new Map();
+  for (let pair of matches) {
+    let name = pair[0];
+    let value = pair[1];
+    // Get first index, not last index, so we match param*0*= like param*0=.
+    let star = name.indexOf('*');
+    if (star == -1) {
+      // This is the case of param=val. Select the first value here, if there
+      // are multiple ones.
+      if (!simpleValues.has(name))
+        simpleValues.set(name, value);
+    } else if (star == name.length - 1) {
+      // This is the case of param*=us-ascii'en-US'blah.
+      name = name.substring(0, star);
+      // Again, select only the first value here.
+      if (!charsetValues.has(name))
+        charsetValues.set(name, value);
+    } else {
+      // This is the case of param*0= or param*0*=.
+      let param = name.substring(0, star);
+      let entry = continuationValues.get(param);
+      // Did we previously find this one to be bungled? Then ignore it.
+      if (continuationValues.has(param) && !entry.valid)
+        continue;
+
+      // If we haven't seen it yet, set up entry already. Note that entries are
+      // not straight string values but rather [valid, hasCharset, param0, ... ]
+      if (!continuationValues.has(param)) {
+        entry = new Array();
+        entry.valid = true;
+        entry.hasCharset = undefined;
+        continuationValues.set(param, entry);
+      }
+
+      // When the string ends in *, we need to charset decoding.
+      // Note that the star is only meaningful for the *0*= case.
+      let lastStar = name[name.length - 1] == '*';
+      let number = name.substring(star + 1, name.length - (lastStar ? 1 : 0));
+      if (number == '0')
+        entry.hasCharset = lastStar;
+
+      // Is the continuation number illegal?
+      else if ((number[0] == '0' && number != '0') ||
+          !(/^[0-9]+$/.test(number))) {
+        entry.valid = false;
+        continue;
+      }
+      // Normalize to an integer
+      number = parseInt(number, 10);
+
+      // Is this a repeat? If so, bail.
+      if (entry[number] !== undefined) {
+        entry.valid = false;
+        continue;
+      }
+
+      // Set the value for this continuation index. JS's magic array setter will
+      // expand the array if necessary.
+      entry[number] = value;
+    }
+  }
+
+  // Build the actual parameter array from the parsed values
+  var values = new Map();
+  // Simple values have lowest priority, so just add everything into the result
+  // now.
+  for (let pair of simpleValues) {
+    values.set(pair[0], pair[1]);
+  }
+
+  if (doRFC2231) {
+    // Continuation values come next
+    for (let pair of continuationValues) {
+      let name = pair[0];
+      let entry = pair[1];
+      // If we never saw a param*0= or param*0*= value, then we can't do any
+      // reasoning about what it looks like, so bail out now.
+      if (entry.hasCharset === undefined) continue;
+
+      // Use as many entries in the array as are valid--if we are missing an
+      // entry, stop there.
+      let valid = true;
+      for (var i = 0; valid && i < entry.length; i++)
+        if (entry[i] === undefined)
+          valid = false;
+
+      // Concatenate as many parameters as are valid. If we need to decode thec
+      // charset, do so now.
+      var value = entry.slice(0, i).join('');
+      if (entry.hasCharset) {
+        try {
+          value = decode2231Value(value);
+        } catch (e) {
+          // Bad charset, don't add anything.
+          continue;
+        }
+      }
+      // Finally, add this to the output array.
+      values.set(name, value);
+    }
+
+    // Highest priority is the charset conversion.
+    for (let pair of charsetValues) {
+      try {
+        values.set(pair[0], decode2231Value(pair[1]));
+      } catch (e) {
+        // Bad charset, don't add anything.
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  // Finally, return the values computed above.
+  values.preSemi = start;
+  return values;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Convert a RFC 2231-encoded string parameter into a Unicode version of the
+ * string. This assumes that percent-decoding has already been applied.
+ *
+ * @param {String} value The RFC 2231-encoded string to decode.
+ * @return The Unicode version of the string.
+ */
+function decode2231Value(value) {
+  let quote1 = value.indexOf("'");
+  let quote2 = quote1 >= 0 ? value.indexOf("'", quote1 + 1) : -1;
+
+  let charset = (quote1 >= 0 ? value.substring(0, quote1) : "");
+  // It turns out that the language isn't useful anywhere in our codebase for
+  // the present time, so we will safely ignore it.
+  //var language = (quote2 >= 0 ? value.substring(quote1 + 2, quote2) : "");
+  value = value.substring(Math.max(quote1, quote2) + 1);
+
+  // Convert the value into a typed array for decoding
+  let typedarray = mimeutils.stringToTypedArray(value);
+
+  // Decode the charset. If the charset isn't found, we throw an error. Try to
+  // fallback in that case.
+  return new TextDecoder(charset, {fatal: true})
+    .decode(typedarray, {stream: false});
+}
+
+// This is a map of known timezone abbreviations, for fallback in obsolete Date
+// productions.
+var kKnownTZs = {
+  // The following timezones are explicitly listed in RFC 5322.
+  "UT":  "+0000", "GMT": "+0000",
+  "EST": "-0500", "EDT": "-0400",
+  "CST": "-0600", "CDT": "-0500",
+  "MST": "-0700", "MDT": "-0600",
+  "PST": "-0800", "PDT": "-0700",
+  // The following are time zones copied from NSPR's prtime.c
+  "AST": "-0400", // Atlantic Standard Time
+  "NST": "-0330", // Newfoundland Standard Time
+  "BST": "+0100", // British Summer Time
+  "MET": "+0100", // Middle Europe Time
+  "EET": "+0200", // Eastern Europe Time
+  "JST": "+0900"  // Japan Standard Time
+};
+
+/**
+ * Parse a header that contains a date-time definition according to RFC 5322.
+ * The result is a JS date object with the same timestamp as the header.
+ *
+ * The dates returned by this parser cannot be reliably converted back into the
+ * original header for two reasons. First, JS date objects cannot retain the
+ * timezone information they were initialized with, so reserializing a date
+ * header would necessarily produce a date in either the current timezone or in
+ * UTC. Second, JS dates measure time as seconds elapsed from the POSIX epoch
+ * excluding leap seconds. Any timestamp containing a leap second is instead
+ * converted into one that represents the next second.
+ *
+ * Dates that do not match the RFC 5322 production are instead attempted to
+ * parse using the Date.parse function. The strings that are accepted by
+ * Date.parse are not fully defined by the standard, but most implementations
+ * should accept strings that look rather close to RFC 5322 strings. Truly
+ * invalid dates produce a formulation that results in an invalid date,
+ * detectable by having its .getTime() method return NaN.
+ *
+ * @param {String} header The MIME header value to parse.
+ * @returns {Date}        The date contained within the header, as described
+ *                        above.
+ */
+function parseDateHeader(header) {
+  let tokens = getHeaderTokens(header, ",:", {}).map(x => x.toString());
+  // What does a Date header look like? In practice, most date headers devolve
+  // into Date: [dow ,] dom mon year hh:mm:ss tzoff [(abbrev)], with the day of
+  // week mostly present and the timezone abbreviation mostly absent.
+
+  // First, ignore the day-of-the-week if present. This would be the first two
+  // tokens.
+  if (tokens.length > 1 && tokens[1] === ',')
+    tokens = tokens.slice(2);
+
+  // If there are too few tokens, the date is obviously invalid.
+  if (tokens.length < 8)
+    return new Date(NaN);
+
+  // Save off the numeric tokens
+  let day = parseInt(tokens[0]);
+  // month is tokens[1]
+  let year = parseInt(tokens[2]);
+  let hours = parseInt(tokens[3]);
+  // tokens[4] === ':'
+  let minutes = parseInt(tokens[5]);
+  // tokens[6] === ':'
+  let seconds = parseInt(tokens[7]);
+
+  // Compute the month. Check only the first three digits for equality; this
+  // allows us to accept, e.g., "January" in lieu of "Jan."
+  let month = mimeutils.kMonthNames.indexOf(tokens[1].slice(0, 3));
+  // If the month name is not recognized, make the result illegal.
+  if (month < 0)
+    month = NaN;
+
+  // Compute the full year if it's only 2 digits. RFC 5322 states that the
+  // cutoff is 50 instead of 70.
+  if (year < 100) {
+    year += year < 50 ? 2000 : 1900;
+  }
+
+  // Compute the timezone offset. If it's not in the form ±hhmm, convert it to
+  // that form.
+  let tzoffset = tokens[8];
+  if (tzoffset in kKnownTZs)
+    tzoffset = kKnownTZs[tzoffset];
+  let decompose = /^([+-])(\d\d)(\d\d)$/.exec(tzoffset);
+  // Unknown? Make it +0000
+  if (decompose === null)
+    decompose = ['+0000', '+', '00', '00'];
+  let tzOffsetInMin = parseInt(decompose[2]) * 60 + parseInt(decompose[3]);
+  if (decompose[1] == '-')
+    tzOffsetInMin = -tzOffsetInMin;
+
+  // How do we make the date at this point? Well, the JS date's constructor
+  // builds the time in terms of the local timezone. To account for the offset
+  // properly, we need to build in UTC.
+  let finalDate = new Date(Date.UTC(year, month, day, hours, minutes, seconds)
+    - tzOffsetInMin * 60 * 1000);
+
+  // Suppose our header was mangled and we couldn't read it--some of the fields
+  // became undefined. In that case, the date would become invalid, and the
+  // indication that it is so is that the underlying number is a NaN. In that
+  // scenario, we could build attempt to use JS Date parsing as a last-ditch
+  // attempt. But it's not clear that such messages really exist in practice,
+  // and the valid formats for Date in ES6 are unspecified.
+  return finalDate;
+}
+
+////////////////////////////////////////
+// Structured header decoding support //
+////////////////////////////////////////
+
+// Load the default structured decoders
+var structuredDecoders = new Map();
+var structuredHeaders = require('./structuredHeaders');
+var preferredSpellings = structuredHeaders.spellings;
+var forbiddenHeaders = new Set();
+for (let pair of structuredHeaders.decoders) {
+  addStructuredDecoder(pair[0], pair[1]);
+  forbiddenHeaders.add(pair[0].toLowerCase());
+}
+
+/**
+ * Use an already-registered structured decoder to parse the value of the header
+ * into a structured representation.
+ *
+ * As this method is designed to be used for the internal MIME Parser to convert
+ * the raw header values to well-structured values, value is intended to be an
+ * array consisting of all occurences of the header in order. However, for ease
+ * of use by other callers, it can also be treated as a string.
+ *
+ * If the decoder for the header is not found, an exception will be thrown.
+ *
+ * A large set of headers have pre-defined structured decoders; these decoders
+ * cannot be overrided with addStructuredDecoder, as doing so could prevent the
+ * MIME or message parsers from working properly. The pre-defined structured
+ * headers break down into five clases of results, plus some ad-hoc
+ * representations. They are:
+ *
+ * Addressing headers (results are the same as parseAddressingHeader):
+ * - Approved
+ * - Bcc
+ * - Cc
+ * - Delivered-To
+ * - Disposition-Notification-To
+ * - From
+ * - Mail-Reply-To
+ * - Mail-Followup-To
+ * - Reply-To
+ * - Resent-Bcc
+ * - Resent-Cc
+ * - Resent-From
+ * - Resent-Reply-To
+ * - Resent-Sender
+ * - Resent-To
+ * - Return-Receipt-To
+ * - Sender
+ * - To
+ *
+ * Date headers (results are the same as parseDateHeader):
+ * - Date
+ * - Expires
+ * - Injection-Date
+ * - NNTP-Posting-Date
+ * - Resent-Date
+ *
+ * References headers (results are the same as parseReferencesHeader):
+ * - (TODO: Parsing support for these headers is currently unsupported)
+ *
+ * Message-ID headers (results are the first entry of the result of
+ * parseReferencesHeader):
+ * - (TODO: Parsing support for these headers is currently unsupported)
+ *
+ * Unstructured headers (results are merely decoded according to RFC 2047):
+ * - Comments
+ * - Content-Description
+ * - Keywords
+ * - Subject
+ *
+ * The ad-hoc headers and their resulting formats are as follows:
+ * Content-Type: returns a JS Map of parameter names (in lower case) to their
+ * values, along with the following extra properties defined on the map:
+ * - mediatype: the type to the left of '/' (e.g., 'text', 'message')
+ * - subtype: the type to the right of '/' (e.g., 'plain', 'rfc822')
+ * - type: the full typename (e.g., 'text/plain')
+ * RFC 2047 and RFC 2231 decoding is applied where appropriate. The values of
+ * the type, mediatype, and subtype attributes are all normalized to lower-case,
+ * as are the names of all parameters.
+ *
+ * Content-Transfer-Encoding: the first value is converted to lower-case.
+ *
+ * @param {String}       header The name of the header of the values.
+ * @param {String|Array} value  The value(s) of the headers, after charset
+ *                              conversion (if any) has been applied. If it is
+ *                              an array, the headers are listed in the order
+ *                              they appear in the message.
+ * @returns {Object} A structured representation of the header values.
+ */
+function parseStructuredHeader(header, value) {
+  // Enforce that the parameter is an array. If it's a string, make it a
+  // 1-element array.
+  if (typeof value === "string" || value instanceof String)
+    value = [value];
+  if (!Array.isArray(value))
+    throw new TypeError("Header value is not an array: " + value);
+
+  // Lookup the header in our decoders; if present, use that to decode the
+  // header.
+  let lowerHeader = header.toLowerCase();
+  if (structuredDecoders.has(lowerHeader)) {
+    return structuredDecoders.get(lowerHeader).call(headerparser, value);
+  }
+
+  // If not present, throw an exception.
+  throw new Error("Unknown structured header: " + header);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Add a custom structured MIME decoder to the set of known decoders. These
+ * decoders are used for {@link parseStructuredHeader} and similar functions to
+ * encode richer, more structured values instead of relying on string
+ * representations everywhere.
+ *
+ * Structured decoders are functions which take in a single parameter consisting
+ * of an array of the string values of the header, in order that they appear in
+ * the message. These headers have had the charset conversion (if necessary)
+ * applied to them already. The this parameter of the function is set to be the
+ * jsmime.headerparser module.
+ *
+ * There is a large set of structured decoders built-in to the jsmime library
+ * already. As these headers are fundamental to the workings of jsmime,
+ * attempting to replace them with a custom version will instead produce an
+ * exception.
+ *
+ * @param {String}                       header  The header name (in any case)
+ *                                               for which the decoder will be
+ *                                               used.
+ * @param {Function(String[] -> Object)} decoder The structured decoder
+ *                                               function.
+ */
+function addStructuredDecoder(header, decoder) {
+  let lowerHeader = header.toLowerCase();
+  if (forbiddenHeaders.has(lowerHeader))
+    throw new Error("Cannot override header: " + header);
+  structuredDecoders.set(lowerHeader, decoder);
+  if (!preferredSpellings.has(lowerHeader))
+    preferredSpellings.set(lowerHeader, header);
+}
+
+headerparser.addStructuredDecoder = addStructuredDecoder;
+headerparser.convert8BitHeader = convert8BitHeader;
+headerparser.decodeRFC2047Words = decodeRFC2047Words;
+headerparser.getHeaderTokens = getHeaderTokens;
+headerparser.parseAddressingHeader = parseAddressingHeader;
+headerparser.parseDateHeader = parseDateHeader;
+headerparser.parseParameterHeader = parseParameterHeader;
+headerparser.parseStructuredHeader = parseStructuredHeader;
+return Object.freeze(headerparser);
+
+});
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//                        JavaScript Raw MIME Parser                          //
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+/**
+ * The parser implemented in this file produces a MIME part tree for a given
+ * input message via a streaming callback interface. It does not, by itself,
+ * understand concepts like attachments (hence the term 'Raw'); the consumer
+ * must translate output into such a format.
+ *
+ * Charsets:
+ * The MIME specifications permit a single message to contain multiple charsets
+ * (or perhaps none) as raw octets. As JavaScript strings are implicitly
+ * implemented in UTF-16, it is possible that some engines will attempt to
+ * convert these strings using an incorrect charset or simply fail to convert
+ * them at all. This parser assumes that its input is in the form of a "binary
+ * string", a string that uses only the first 256 characters of Unicode to
+ * represent the individual octets. To verify that charsets are not getting
+ * mangled elsewhere in the pipeline, the auxiliary test file test/data/charsets
+ * can be used.
+ *
+ * This parser attempts to hide the charset details from clients as much as
+ * possible. The resulting values of structured headers are always converted
+ * into proper Unicode strings before being exposed to clients; getting at the
+ * raw binary string data can only be done via getRawHeader. The .charset
+ * parameter on header objects, if changed, changes the fallback charset used
+ * for headers. It is initialized to the presumed charset of the corresponding
+ * part, taking into account the charset and force-charset options of the
+ * parser. Body parts are only converted into Unicode strings if the strformat
+ * option is set to Unicode. Even then, only the bodies of parts with a media
+ * type of text are converted to Unicode strings using available charset data;
+ * other parts are retained as Uint8Array objects.
+ *
+ * Part numbering:
+ * Since the output is a streaming format, individual parts are identified by a
+ * numbering scheme. The intent of the numbering scheme for parts is to comply
+ * with the part numbers as dictated by RFC 3501 as much possible; however,
+ * that scheme does have several edge cases which would, if strictly followed,
+ * make it impossible to refer to certain parts of the message. In addition, we
+ * wish to make it possible to refer to parts which are not discoverable in the
+ * original MIME tree but are still viewable as parts. The part numbering
+ * scheme is as follows:
+ * - Individual sections of a multipart/* body are numbered in increasing order
+ *   sequentially, starting from 1. Note that the prologue and the epilogue of
+ *   a multipart/* body are not considered entities and are therefore not
+ *   included in the part numbering scheme (there is no way to refer to them).
+ * - The numbers of multipart/* parts are separated by `.' characters.
+ * - The outermost message is referred to by use of the empty string.
+ * --> The following segments are not accounted for by IMAP part numbering. <--
+ * - The body of any message/rfc822 or similar part is distinguished from the
+ *   message part as a whole by appending a `$' character. This does not apply
+ *   to the outermost message/rfc822 envelope.
+ */
+
+def('mimeparser', function(require) {
+"use strict";
+
+var mimeutils = require('./mimeutils');
+var headerparser = require('./headerparser');
+var spellings = require('./structuredHeaders').spellings;
+
+/**
+ * An object that represents the structured MIME headers for a message.
+ *
+ * This class is primarily used as the 'headers' parameter in the startPart
+ * callback on handlers for MimeParser. As such, it is designed to do the right
+ * thing in common cases as much as possible, with some advanced customization
+ * possible for clients that need such flexibility.
+ *
+ * In a nutshell, this class stores the raw headers as an internal Map. The
+ * structured headers are not computed until they are actually used, which means
+ * that potentially expensive structuring (e.g., doing manual DKIM validation)
+ * can be performed as a structured decoder without impeding performance for
+ * those who just want a few common headers.
+ *
+ * The outer API of this class is intended to be similar to a read-only Map
+ * object (complete with iterability support), with a few extra properties to
+ * represent things that are hard to determine properly from headers. The keys
+ * used are "preferred spellings" of the headers, although the get and has
+ * methods will accept header parameters of any case. Preferred spellings are
+ * derived from the name passed to addStructuredDecoder/addStructuredEncoder; if
+ * no structured decoder has been registered, then the name capitalizes the
+ * first letter of every word in the header name.
+ *
+ * Extra properties compared to a Map object are:
+ * - charset: This field represents the assumed charset of the associated MIME
+ *   body. It is prefilled using a combination of the charset and force-charset
+ *   options on the associated MimeParser instance as well as attempting to find
+ *   a charset parameter in the Content-Type header.
+ *
+ *   If the force-charset option is false, the charset is guessed first using
+ *   the Content-Type header's charset parameter, falling back to the charset
+ *   option if it is present. If the force-charset option is true, the charset
+ *   is initially set to the charset option. This initial guessed value can be
+ *   overridden at any time by simply setting the field on this object.
+ *
+ *   The charset is better reflected as a parameter of the body rather than the
+ *   headers; this is ultimately the charset parameter that will be used if a
+ *   body part is being converted to a Unicode strformat. Headers are converted
+ *   using headerparser.convert8BitHeader, and this field is used as the
+ *   fallbackCharset parameter, which will always to attempt to decode as UTF-8
+ *   first (in accordance with RFC 6532) and will refuse to decode as UTF-16 or
+ *   UTF-32, as ASCII is not a subset of those charsets.
+ *
+ * - rawHeaderText: This read-only field contains the original header text from
+ *   which headers were parsed, preserving case and whitespace (including
+ *   alternate line endings instead of CRLF) exactly. If the header text begins
+ *   with the mbox delimiter (i.e., a line that begins with "From "), then that
+ *   is excluded from the rawHeaderText value and is not reflected anywhere in
+ *   this object.
+ *
+ * - contentType: This field contains the structured representation of the
+ *   Content-Type header, if it is present. If it is not present, it is set to
+ *   the structured representation of the default Content-Type for a part (as
+ *   this data is not easily guessed given only MIME tree events).
+ *
+ * The constructor for these objects is not externally exported, and thus they
+ * can only be created via MimeParser.
+ *
+ * @param rawHeaderText {BinaryString} The contents of the MIME headers to be
+ *                                     parsed.
+ * @param options    {Object}          Options for the header parser.
+ *   @param options.stripcontinuations {Boolean} If true, elide CRLFs from the
+ *                                               raw header output.
+ */
+function StructuredHeaders(rawHeaderText, options) {
+  // An individual header is terminated by a CRLF, except if the CRLF is
+  // followed by a SP or TAB. Use negative lookahead to capture the latter case,
+  // and don't capture the strings or else split results get nasty.
+  let values = rawHeaderText.split(/(?:\r\n|\n)(?![ \t])|\r(?![ \t\n])/);
+
+  // Ignore the first "header" if it begins with an mbox delimiter
+  if (values.length > 0 && values[0].substring(0, 5) == "From ") {
+    values.shift();
+    // Elide the mbox delimiter from this._headerData
+    if (values.length == 0)
+      rawHeaderText = '';
+    else
+      rawHeaderText = rawHeaderText.substring(rawHeaderText.indexOf(values[0]));
+  }
+
+  let headers = new Map();
+  for (let i = 0; i < values.length; i++) {
+    // Look for a colon. If it's not present, this header line is malformed,
+    // perhaps by premature EOF or similar.
+    let colon = values[i].indexOf(":");
+    if (colon >= 0) {
+      var header = values[i].substring(0, colon);
+      var val = values[i].substring(colon + 1).trim();
+      if (options.stripcontinuations)
+        val = val.replace(/[\r\n]/g, '');
+    } else {
+      var header = values[i];
+      var val = '';
+    }
+
+    // Canonicalize the header in lower-case form.
+    header = header.trim().toLowerCase();
+    // Omit "empty" headers
+    if (header == '')
+      continue;
+
+    // We keep an array of values for each header, since a given header may be
+    // repeated multiple times.
+    if (headers.has(header)) {
+      headers.get(header).push(val);
+    } else {
+      headers.set(header, [val]);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /**
+   * A map of header names to arrays of raw values found in this header block.
+   * @private
+   */
+  this._rawHeaders = headers;
+  /**
+   * Cached results of structured header parsing.
+   * @private
+   */
+  this._cachedHeaders = new Map();
+  Object.defineProperty(this, "rawHeaderText",
+    {get: function () { return rawHeaderText; }});
+  Object.defineProperty(this, "size",
+    {get: function () { return this._rawHeaders.size; }});
+  Object.defineProperty(this, "charset", {
+    get: function () { return this._charset; },
+    set: function (value) {
+      this._charset = value;
+      // Clear the cached headers, since this could change their values
+      this._cachedHeaders.clear();
+    }
+  });
+
+  // Default to the charset, until the message parser overrides us.
+  if ('charset' in options)
+    this._charset = options.charset;
+  else
+    this._charset = null;
+
+  // If we have a Content-Type header, set contentType to return the structured
+  // representation. We don't set the value off the bat, since we want to let
+  // someone who changes the charset affect the values of 8-bit parameters.
+  Object.defineProperty(this, "contentType", {
+    configurable: true,
+    get: function () { return this.get('Content-Type'); }
+  });
+}
+
+/**
+ * Get a raw header.
+ *
+ * Raw headers are an array of the header values, listed in order that they were
+ * specified in the header block, and without any attempt to convert charsets or
+ * apply RFC 2047 decoding. For example, in the following message (where the
+ * <XX> is meant to represent binary-octets):
+ *
+ * X-Header: Value A
+ * X-Header: V<C3><A5>lue B
+ * Header2: Q
+ *
+ * the result of calling getRawHeader('X-Header') or getRawHeader('x-header')
+ * would be ['Value A', 'V\xC3\xA5lue B'] and the result of
+ * getRawHeader('Header2') would be ['Q'].
+ *
+ * @param headerName {String} The header name for which to get header values.
+ * @returns {BinaryString[]} The raw header values (with no charset conversion
+ *                           applied).
+ */
+StructuredHeaders.prototype.getRawHeader = function (headerName) {
+  return this._rawHeaders.get(headerName.toLowerCase());
+};
+
+/**
+ * Retrieve a structured version of the header.
+ *
+ * If there is a registered structured decoder (registration happens via
+ * headerparser.addStructuredDecoder), then the result of calling that decoder
+ * on the charset-corrected version of the header is returned. Otherwise, the
+ * values are charset-corrected and RFC 2047 decoding is applied as if the
+ * header were an unstructured header.
+ *
+ * A substantial set of headers have pre-registed structured decoders, which, in
+ * some cases, are unable to be overridden due to their importance in the
+ * functioning of the parser code itself.
+ *
+ * @param headerName {String} The header name for which to get the header value.
+ * @returns The structured header value of the output.
+ */
+StructuredHeaders.prototype.get = function (headerName) {
+  // Normalize the header name to lower case
+  headerName = headerName.toLowerCase();
+
+  // First, check the cache for the header value
+  if (this._cachedHeaders.has(headerName))
+    return this._cachedHeaders.get(headerName);
+
+  // Not cached? Grab it [propagating lack of header to caller]
+  let headerValue = this._rawHeaders.get(headerName);
+  if (headerValue === undefined)
+    return headerValue;
+
+  // Convert the header to Unicode
+  let charset = this.charset;
+  headerValue = headerValue.map(function (value) {
+    return headerparser.convert8BitHeader(value, charset);
+  });
+
+  // If there is a structured decoder, use that; otherwise, assume that the
+  // header is unstructured and only do RFC 2047 conversion
+  let structured;
+  try {
+    structured = headerparser.parseStructuredHeader(headerName, headerValue);
+  } catch (e) {
+    structured = headerValue.map(function (value) {
+      return headerparser.decodeRFC2047Words(value);
+    });
+  }
+
+  // Cache the result and return it
+  this._cachedHeaders.set(headerName, structured);
+  return structured;
+};
+
+/**
+ * Check if the message has the given header.
+ *
+ * @param headerName {String} The header name for which to get the header value.
+ * @returns {Boolean} True if the header is present in this header block.
+ */
+StructuredHeaders.prototype.has = function (headerName) {
+  // Check for presence in the raw headers instead of cached headers.
+  return this._rawHeaders.has(headerName.toLowerCase());
+};
+
+// Make a custom iterator. Presently, support for Symbol isn't yet present in
+// SpiderMonkey (or V8 for that matter), so type-pun the name for now.
+var JS_HAS_SYMBOLS = typeof Symbol === "function";
+var ITERATOR_SYMBOL = JS_HAS_SYMBOLS ? Symbol.iterator : "@@iterator";
+
+/**
+ * An equivalent of Map.@@iterator, applied to the structured header
+ * representations. This is the function that makes
+ * for (let [header, value] of headers) work properly.
+ */
+StructuredHeaders.prototype[ITERATOR_SYMBOL] = function*() {
+  // Iterate over all the raw headers, and use the cached headers to retrieve
+  // them.
+  for (let headerName of this.keys()) {
+    yield [headerName, this.get(headerName)];
+  }
+};
+
+/**
+ * An equivalent of Map.forEach, applied to the structured header
+ * representations.
+ *
+ * @param callback {Function(value, name, headers)} The callback to call for
+ *                                                  each header/value combo.
+ * @param thisarg  {Object}                         The parameter that will be
+ *                                                  the |this| of the callback.
+ */
+StructuredHeaders.prototype.forEach = function (callback, thisarg) {
+  for (let [header, value] of this) {
+    callback.call(thisarg, value, header, this);
+  }
+};
+
+/**
+ * An equivalent of Map.entries, applied to the structured header
+ * representations.
+ */
+StructuredHeaders.prototype.entries =
+  StructuredHeaders.prototype[Symbol.iterator];
+
+/// This function maps lower case names to a pseudo-preferred spelling.
+function capitalize(headerName) {
+  return headerName.replace(/\b[a-z]/g, function (match) {
+    return match.toUpperCase();
+  });
+}
+
+/**
+ * An equivalent of Map.keys, applied to the structured header representations.
+ */
+StructuredHeaders.prototype.keys = function*() {
+  for (let name of this._rawHeaders.keys()) {
+    yield spellings.get(name) || capitalize(name);
+  }
+};
+
+/**
+ * An equivalent of Map.values, applied to the structured header
+ * representations.
+ */
+StructuredHeaders.prototype.values = function* () {
+  for (let [, value] of this) {
+    yield value;
+  }
+};
+
+
+/**
+ * A MIME parser.
+ *
+ * The inputs to the constructor consist of a callback object which receives
+ * information about the output data and an optional object containing the
+ * settings for the parser.
+ *
+ * The first parameter, emitter, is an object which contains several callbacks.
+ * Note that any and all of these methods are optional; the parser will not
+ * crash if one is missing. The callbacks are as follows:
+ *   startMessage()
+ *      Called when the stream to be parsed has started delivering data. This
+ *      will be called exactly once, before any other call.
+ *   endMessage()
+ *      Called after all data has been delivered and the message parsing has
+ *      been completed. This will be called exactly once, after any other call.
+ *   startPart(string partNum, object headers)
+ *      Called after the headers for a body part (including the top-level
+ *      message) have been parsed. The first parameter is the part number (see
+ *      the discussion on part numbering). The second parameter is an instance
+ *      of StructuredHeaders that represents all of the headers for the part.
+ *   endPart(string partNum)
+ *      Called after all of the data for a body part (including sub-parts) has
+ *      been parsed. The first parameter is the part number.
+ *   deliverPartData(string partNum, {string,typedarray} data)
+ *      Called when some data for a body part has been delivered. The first
+ *      parameter is the part number. The second parameter is the data which is
+ *      being delivered; the exact type of this data depends on the options
+ *      used. Note that data is only delivered for leaf body parts.
+ *
+ *  The second parameter, options, is an optional object containing the options
+ *  for the parser. The following are the options that the parser may use:
+ *    pruneat: <string> [default=""]
+ *      Treat the message as starting at the given part number, so that no parts
+ *      above <string> are returned.
+ *    bodyformat: one of {none, raw, nodecode, decode} [default=nodecode]
+ *      How to return the bodies of parts:
+ *        none: no part data is returned
+ *        raw: the body of the part is passed through raw
+ *        nodecode: the body is passed through without decoding QP/Base64
+ *        decode: quoted-printable and base64 are fully decoded
+ *    strformat: one of {binarystring, unicode, typedarray} [default=binarystring]
+ *      How to treat output strings:
+ *        binarystring: Data is a JS string with chars in the range [\x00-\xff]
+ *        unicode: Data for text parts is converted to UTF-16; data for other
+ *          parts is a typed array buffer, akin to typedarray.
+ *        typedarray: Data is a JS typed array buffer
+ *    charset: <string> [default=""]
+ *      What charset to assume if no charset information is explicitly provided.
+ *      This only matters if strformat is unicode. See above note on charsets
+ *      for more details.
+ *    force-charset: <boolean> [default=false]
+ *      If true, this coerces all types to use the charset option, even if the
+ *      message specifies a different content-type.
+ *    stripcontinuations: <boolean> [default=true]
+ *      If true, then the newlines in headers are removed in the returned
+ *      header objects.
+ *    onerror: <function(thrown error)> [default = nop-function]
+ *      An error function that is called if an emitter callback throws an error.
+ *      By default, such errors are swallowed by the parser. If you want the
+ *      parser itself to throw an error, rethrow it via the onerror function.
+ */
+function MimeParser(emitter, options) {
+  /// The actual emitter
+  this._emitter = emitter;
+  /// Options for the parser (those listed here are defaults)
+  this._options = {
+    pruneat: "",
+    bodyformat: "nodecode",
+    strformat: "binarystring",
+    stripcontinuations: true,
+    charset: "",
+    "force-charset": false,
+    onerror: function swallow(error) {}
+  };
+  // Load the options as a copy here (prevents people from changing on the fly).
+  if (options)
+    for (var opt in options) {
+      this._options[opt] = options[opt];
+    }
+
+  // Ensure that the error function is in fact a function
+  if (typeof this._options.onerror != "function")
+    throw new Exception("onerror callback must be a function");
+
+  // Reset the parser
+  this.resetParser();
+}
+
+/**
+ * Resets the parser to read a new message. This method need not be called
+ * immediately after construction.
+ */
+MimeParser.prototype.resetParser = function () {
+  /// Current parser state
+  this._state = PARSING_HEADERS;
+  /// Input data that needs to be held for buffer conditioning
+  this._holdData = '';
+  /// Complete collection of headers (also used to accumulate _headerData)
+  this._headerData = '';
+  /// Whether or not emitter.startMessage has been called
+  this._triggeredCall = false;
+
+  /// Splitting input
+  this._splitRegex = this._handleSplit = undefined;
+  /// Subparsing
+  this._subparser = this._subPartNum = undefined;
+  /// Data that has yet to be consumed by _convertData
+  this._savedBuffer = '';
+  /// Convert data
+  this._convertData = undefined;
+  /// String decoder
+  this._decoder = undefined;
+};
+
+/**
+ * Deliver a buffer of data to the parser.
+ *
+ * @param buffer {BinaryString} The raw data to add to the message.
+ */
+MimeParser.prototype.deliverData = function (buffer) {
+  // In ideal circumstances, we'd like to parse the message all at once. In
+  // reality, though, data will be coming to us in packets. To keep the amount
+  // of saved state low, we want to make basic guarantees about how packets get
+  // delivered. Our basic model is a twist on line-buffering, as the format of
+  // MIME and messages make it hard to not do so: we can handle multiple lines
+  // at once. To ensure this, we start by conditioning the packet by
+  // withholding data to make sure that the internal deliveries have the
+  // guarantees. This implies that we need to do the following steps:
+  // 1. We don't know if a `\r' comes from `\r\n' or the old mac line ending
+  // until we see the next character. So withhold the last `\r'.
+  // 2. Ensure that every packet ends on a newline. So scan for the end of the
+  // line and withhold until the \r\n comes through.
+  // [Note that this means that an input message that uses \r line endings and
+  // is being passed to us via a line-buffered input is going to have most of
+  // its data being withhold until the next buffer. Since \r is so uncommon of
+  // a line ending in modern times, this is acceptable lossage.]
+  // 3. Eliminate empty packets.
+
+  // Add in previously saved data
+  if (this._holdData) {
+    buffer = this._holdData + buffer;
+    this._holdData = '';
+  }
+
+  // Condition the input, so that we get the multiline-buffering mentioned in
+  // the above comment.
+  if (buffer.length > 0) {
+    [buffer, this._holdData] = conditionToEndOnCRLF(buffer);
+  }
+
+  // Ignore 0-length buffers.
+  if (buffer.length == 0)
+    return;
+
+  // Signal the beginning, if we haven't done so.
+  if (!this._triggeredCall) {
+    this._callEmitter("startMessage");
+    this._triggeredCall = true;
+  }
+
+  // Finally, send it the internal parser.
+  this._dispatchData("", buffer, true);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Ensure that a set of data always ends in an end-of-line character.
+ *
+ * @param buffer {BinaryString} The data with no guarantees about where it ends.
+ * @returns {BinaryString[]} An array of 2 binary strings where the first string
+ *                           ends in a newline and the last string contains the
+ *                           text in buffer following the first string.
+ */
+function conditionToEndOnCRLF(buffer) {
+  // Find the last occurrence of '\r' or '\n' to split the string. However, we
+  // don't want to consider '\r' if it is the very last character, as we need
+  // the next packet to tell if the '\r' is the beginning of a CRLF or a line
+  // ending by itself.
+  let lastCR = buffer.lastIndexOf('\r', buffer.length - 2);
+  let lastLF = buffer.lastIndexOf('\n');
+  let end = lastLF > lastCR ? lastLF : lastCR;
+  return [buffer.substring(0, end + 1), buffer.substring(end + 1)];
+};
+
+/**
+ * Tell the parser that all of the data has been delivered.
+ *
+ * This will flush all of the internal state of the parser.
+ */
+MimeParser.prototype.deliverEOF = function () {
+  // Start of input buffered too long? Call start message now.
+  if (!this._triggeredCall) {
+    this._triggeredCall = true;
+    this._callEmitter("startMessage");
+  }
+  // Force a flush of all of the data.
+  if (this._holdData)
+    this._dispatchData("", this._holdData, true);
+  this._dispatchEOF("");
+  // Signal to the emitter that we're done.
+  this._callEmitter("endMessage");
+};
+
+/**
+ * Calls a method on the emitter safely.
+ *
+ * This method ensures that errors in the emitter call won't cause the parser
+ * to exit with an error, unless the user wants it to.
+ *
+ * @param funcname {String} The function name to call on the emitter.
+ * @param args...           Extra arguments to pass into the emitter callback.
+ */
+MimeParser.prototype._callEmitter = function (funcname) {
+  if (this._emitter && funcname in this._emitter) {
+    let args = Array.prototype.splice.call(arguments, 1);
+    if (args.length > 0 && this._willIgnorePart(args[0])) {
+      // partNum is always the first argument, so check to make sure that it
+      // satisfies our emitter's pruneat requirement.
+      return;
+    }
+    try {
+      this._emitter[funcname].apply(this._emitter, args);
+    } catch (e) {
+      // We ensure that the onerror attribute in options is a function, so this
+      // is always safe.
+      this._options.onerror(e);
+    }
+  }
+};
+
+/**
+ * Helper function to decide if a part's output will never be seen.
+ *
+ * @param part {String} The number of the part.
+ * @returns {Boolean} True if the emitter is not interested in this part.
+ */
+MimeParser.prototype._willIgnorePart = function (part) {
+  if (this._options["pruneat"]) {
+    let match = this._options["pruneat"];
+    let start = part.substr(0, match.length);
+    // It needs to start with and follow with a new part indicator
+    // (i.e., don't let 10 match with 1, but let 1.1 or 1$ do so)
+    if (start != match || (match.length < part.length &&
+          "$.".indexOf(part[match.length]) == -1))
+      return true;
+  }
+  return false;
+};
+
+//////////////////////
+// MIME parser core //
+//////////////////////
+
+// This MIME parser is a stateful parser; handling of the MIME tree is mostly
+// done by creating new parsers and feeding data to them manually. In parallel
+// to the externally-visible deliverData and deliverEOF, the two methods
+// _dispatchData and _dispatchEOF are the internal counterparts that do the
+// main work of moving data to where it needs to go; helper functions are used
+// to handle translation.
+//
+// The overall flow of the parser is this. First, it buffers all of the data
+// until the dual-CRLF pattern is noticed. Once that is found, it parses the
+// entire header chunk at once. As a result of header parsing, the parser enters
+// one of three modes for handling data, and uses a special regex to change
+// modes and handle state changes. Specific details about the states the parser
+// can be in are as follows:
+//   PARSING_HEADERS: The input buffer is concatenated to the currently-received
+//     text, which is then searched for the CRLFCRLF pattern. If found, the data
+//     is split at this boundary; the first chunk is parsed using _parseHeaders,
+//     and the second chunk will fall through to buffer processing. After
+//     splitting, the headers are deliverd via the emitter, and _startBody is
+//     called to set up state for the parser.
+//   SEND_TO_BLACK_HOLE: All data in the input is ignored.
+//   SEND_TO_EMITTER: All data is passed into the emitter, if it is desired.
+//     Data can be optionally converted with this._convertData.
+//   SEND_TO_SUBPARSER: All data is passed into the subparser's _dispatchData
+//     method, using _subPartNum as the part number and _subparser as the object
+//     to call. Data can be optionally converted first with this._convertData.
+//
+// Additional state modifications can be done using a regex in _splitRegex and
+// the callback method this._handleSplit(partNum, regexResult). The _handleSplit
+// callback is free to do any modification to the current parser, including
+// modifying the _splitRegex value. Packet conditioning guarantees that every
+// buffer string passed into _dispatchData will have started immediately after a
+// newline character in the fully assembled message.
+//
+// The this._convertData method, if present, is expected to return an array of
+// two values, [{typedarray, string} decoded_buffer, string unused_buffer], and
+// has as its arguments (string buffer, bool moreToCome).
+//
+// The header parsing by itself does very little parsing, only parsing as if all
+// headers were unstructured fields. Values are munged so that embedded newlines
+// are stripped and the result is also trimmed. Headers themselves are
+// canonicalized into lower-case.
+
+
+// Parser states. See the large comment above.
+var PARSING_HEADERS = 1;
+var SEND_TO_BLACK_HOLE = 2;
+var SEND_TO_EMITTER = 3;
+var SEND_TO_SUBPARSER = 4;
+
+/**
+ * Main dispatch for incoming packet data.
+ *
+ * The incoming data needs to have been sanitized so that each packet begins on
+ * a newline boundary. The part number for the current parser also needs to be
+ * passed in. The checkSplit parameter controls whether or not the data in
+ * buffer needs to be checked against _splitRegex; this is used internally for
+ * the mechanics of splitting and should otherwise always be true.
+ *
+ * @param partNum    {String}       The part number being currently parsed.
+ * @param buffer     {BinaryString} The text (conditioned as mentioned above) to
+ *                                  pass to the parser.
+ * @param checkSplit {Boolean}      If true, split the text using _splitRegex.
+ *                                  This is set to false internally to handle
+ *                                  low-level splitting details.
+ */
+MimeParser.prototype._dispatchData = function (partNum, buffer, checkSplit) {
+  // Are we parsing headers?
+  if (this._state == PARSING_HEADERS) {
+    this._headerData += buffer;
+    // Find the end of the headers--either it's a CRLF at the beginning (in
+    // which case we have no headers), or it's a pair of CRLFs.
+    let result = /(?:^(?:\r\n|[\r\n]))|(\r\n|[\r\n])\1/.exec(this._headerData);
+    if (result != null) {
+      // If we found the end of headers, split the data at this point and send
+      // the stuff after the double-CRLF into the later body parsing.
+      let headers = this._headerData.substr(0, result.index);
+      buffer = this._headerData.substring(result.index + result[0].length);
+      this._headerData = headers;
+      this._headers = this._parseHeaders();
+      this._callEmitter("startPart", partNum, this._headers);
+      this._startBody(partNum);
+    } else {
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+
+  // We're in the middle of the body. Start by testing the split regex, to see
+  // if there are many things that need to be done.
+  if (checkSplit && this._splitRegex) {
+    let splitResult = this._splitRegex.exec(buffer);
+    if (splitResult) {
+      // Pass the text before the split through the current state.
+      let start = splitResult.index, len = splitResult[0].length;
+      if (start > 0)
+        this._dispatchData(partNum, buffer.substr(0, start), false);
+
+      // Tell the handler that we've seen the split. Note that this can change
+      // any method on `this'.
+      this._handleSplit(partNum, splitResult);
+
+      // Send the rest of the data to where it needs to go. There could be more
+      // splits in the data, so watch out!
+      buffer = buffer.substring(start + len);
+      if (buffer.length > 0)
+        this._dispatchData(partNum, buffer, true);
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+
+  // Where does the data go?
+  if (this._state == SEND_TO_BLACK_HOLE) {
+    // Don't send any data when going to the black hole.
+    return;
+  } else if (this._state == SEND_TO_EMITTER) {
+    // Don't pass body data if the format is to be none
+    let passData = this._options["bodyformat"] != "none";
+    if (!passData || this._willIgnorePart(partNum))
+      return;
+    buffer = this._applyDataConversion(buffer, this._options["strformat"]);
+    if (buffer.length > 0)
+      this._callEmitter("deliverPartData", partNum, buffer);
+  } else if (this._state == SEND_TO_SUBPARSER) {
+    buffer = this._applyDataConversion(buffer, "binarystring");
+    if (buffer.length > 0)
+      this._subparser._dispatchData(this._subPartNum, buffer, true);
+  }
+};
+
+/**
+ * Output data using the desired output format, saving data if data conversion
+ * needs extra data to be saved.
+ *
+ * @param buf  {BinaryString} The data to be sent to the output.
+ * @param type {String}       The type of the data to output. Valid values are
+ *                            the same as the strformat option.
+ * @returns Coerced and converted data that can be sent to the emitter or
+ *          subparser.
+ */
+MimeParser.prototype._applyDataConversion = function (buf, type) {
+  // If we need to convert data, do so.
+  if (this._convertData) {
+    // Prepend leftover data from the last conversion.
+    buf = this._savedBuffer + buf;
+    [buf, this._savedBuffer] = this._convertData(buf, true);
+  }
+  return this._coerceData(buf, type, true);
+};
+
+/**
+ * Coerce the input buffer into the given output type.
+ *
+ * @param buffer {BinaryString|Uint8Array} The data to be converted.
+ * @param type   {String}                  The type to convert the data to.
+ * @param more   {boolean}                 If true, this function will never be
+ *                                         called again.
+ * @returns {BinaryString|String|Uint8Array} The desired output format.
+ */
+/// Coerces the buffer (a string or typedarray) into a given type
+MimeParser.prototype._coerceData = function (buffer, type, more) {
+  if (typeof buffer == "string") {
+    // string -> binarystring is a nop
+    if (type == "binarystring")
+      return buffer;
+    // Either we're going to array or unicode. Both people need the array
+    var typedarray = mimeutils.stringToTypedArray(buffer);
+    // If it's unicode, do the coercion from the array
+    // If its typedarray, just return the synthesized one
+    return type == "unicode" ? this._coerceData(typedarray, "unicode", more)
+                             : typedarray;
+  } else if (type == "binarystring") {
+    // Doing array -> binarystring
+    return mimeutils.typedArrayToString(buffer);
+  } else if (type == "unicode") {
+    // Doing array-> unicode: Use the decoder set up earlier to convert
+    if (this._decoder)
+      return this._decoder.decode(buffer, {stream: more});
+    // If there is no charset, just return the typed array instead.
+    return buffer;
+  }
+  throw new Error("Invalid type: " + type);
+};
+
+/**
+ * Signal that no more data will be dispatched to this parser.
+ *
+ * @param partNum {String} The part number being currently parsed.
+ */
+MimeParser.prototype._dispatchEOF = function (partNum) {
+  if (this._state == PARSING_HEADERS) {
+    // Unexpected EOF in headers. Parse them now and call startPart/endPart
+    this._headers = this._parseHeaders();
+    this._callEmitter("startPart", partNum, this._headers);
+  } else if (this._state == SEND_TO_SUBPARSER) {
+    // Pass in any lingering data
+    if (this._convertData && this._savedBuffer)
+      this._subparser._dispatchData(this._subPartNum,
+        this._convertData(this._savedBuffer, false)[0], true);
+    this._subparser._dispatchEOF(this._subPartNum);
+    // Clean up after ourselves
+    this._subparser = null;
+  } else if (this._convertData && this._savedBuffer) {
+    // Convert lingering data
+    let [buffer, ] = this._convertData(this._savedBuffer, false);
+    buffer = this._coerceData(buffer, this._options["strformat"], false);
+    if (buffer.length > 0)
+      this._callEmitter("deliverPartData", partNum, buffer);
+  }
+
+  // We've reached EOF for this part; tell the emitter
+  this._callEmitter("endPart", partNum);
+};
+
+/**
+ * Produce a dictionary of all headers as if they were unstructured fields.
+ *
+ * @returns {StructuredHeaders} The structured header objects for the header
+ *                              block.
+ */
+MimeParser.prototype._parseHeaders = function () {
+  let headers = new StructuredHeaders(this._headerData, this._options);
+
+  // Fill the headers.contentType parameter of headers.
+  let contentType = headers.get('Content-Type');
+  if (typeof contentType === "undefined") {
+    contentType = headerparser.parseStructuredHeader('Content-Type',
+      this._defaultContentType || 'text/plain');
+    Object.defineProperty(headers, "contentType", {
+      get: function () { return contentType; }
+    });
+  } else {
+    Object.defineProperty(headers, "contentType", { configurable: false });
+  }
+
+  // Find the charset for the current part. If the user requested a forced
+  // conversion, use that first. Otherwise, check the content-type for one and
+  // fallback to a default if it is not present.
+  let charset = '';
+  if (this._options["force-charset"])
+    charset = this._options["charset"];
+  else if (contentType.has("charset"))
+    charset = contentType.get("charset");
+  else
+    charset = this._options["charset"];
+  headers.charset = charset;
+
+  // Retain a copy of the charset so that users don't override our decision for
+  // decoding body parts.
+  this._charset = charset;
+  return headers;
+};
+
+/**
+ * Initialize the parser state for the body of this message.
+ *
+ * @param partNum {String} The part number being currently parsed.
+ */
+MimeParser.prototype._startBody = function Parser_startBody(partNum) {
+  let contentType = this._headers.contentType;
+
+  // Should the bodyformat be raw, we just want to pass through all data without
+  // trying to interpret it.
+  if (this._options["bodyformat"] == "raw" &&
+      partNum == this._options["pruneat"]) {
+    this._state = SEND_TO_EMITTER;
+    return;
+  }
+
+  // The output depents on the content-type. Basic rule of thumb:
+  // 1. Discrete media types (text, video, audio, image, application) are passed
+  //    through with no alterations beyond Content-Transfer-Encoding unpacking.
+  // 2. Everything with a media type of multipart is treated the same.
+  // 3. Any message/* type that acts like a mail message (rfc822, news, global)
+  //    is parsed as a header/body pair again. Most of the other message/* types
+  //    have similar structures, but they don't have cascading child subparts,
+  //    so it's better to pass their entire contents to the emitter and let the
+  //    consumer deal with them.
+  // 4. For untyped data, there needs to be no Content-Type header. This helps
+  //    avoid false positives.
+  if (contentType.mediatype == 'multipart') {
+    // If there's no boundary type, everything will be part of the prologue of
+    // the multipart message, so just feed everything into a black hole.
+    if (!contentType.has('boundary')) {
+      this._state = SEND_TO_BLACK_HOLE;
+      return;
+    }
+    // The boundary of a multipart message needs to start with -- and be at the
+    // beginning of the line. If -- is after the boundary, it represents the
+    // terminator of the multipart. After the line, there may be only whitespace
+    // and then the CRLF at the end. Since the CRLFs in here are necessary for
+    // distinguishing the parts, they are not included in the subparts, so we
+    // need to capture them in the regex as well to prevent them leaking out.
+    this._splitRegex = new RegExp('(\r\n|[\r\n]|^)--' +
+      contentType.get('boundary').replace(/[\\^$*+?.()|{}[\]]/g, '\\$&') +
+      '(--)?[ \t]*(?:\r\n|[\r\n]|$)');
+    this._handleSplit = this._whenMultipart;
+    this._subparser = new MimeParser(this._emitter, this._options);
+    // multipart/digest defaults to message/rfc822 instead of text/plain
+    if (contentType.subtype == "digest")
+      this._subparser._defaultContentType = "message/rfc822";
+
+    // All text before the first boundary and after the closing boundary are
+    // supposed to be ignored ("must be ignored", according to RFC 2046 §5.1.1);
+    // in accordance with these wishes, ensure they don't get passed to any
+    // deliverPartData.
+    this._state = SEND_TO_BLACK_HOLE;
+
+    // Multipart MIME messages stipulate that the final CRLF before the boundary
+    // delimiter is not matched. When the packet ends on a CRLF, we don't know
+    // if the next text could be the boundary. Therefore, we need to withhold
+    // the last line of text to be sure of what's going on. The _convertData is
+    // how we do this, even though we're not really converting any data.
+    this._convertData = function mpart_no_leak_crlf(buffer, more) {
+      let splitPoint = buffer.length;
+      if (more) {
+        if (buffer.charAt(splitPoint - 1) == '\n')
+          splitPoint--;
+        if (splitPoint >= 0 && buffer.charAt(splitPoint - 1) == '\r')
+          splitPoint--;
+      }
+      let res = conditionToEndOnCRLF(buffer.substring(0, splitPoint));
+      let preLF = res[0];
+      let rest = res[1];
+      return [preLF, rest + buffer.substring(splitPoint)];
+    }
+  } else if (contentType.type == 'message/rfc822' ||
+      contentType.type == 'message/global' ||
+      contentType.type == 'message/news') {
+    // The subpart is just another header/body pair that goes to EOF, so just
+    // return the parse from that blob
+    this._state = SEND_TO_SUBPARSER;
+    this._subPartNum = partNum + "$";
+    this._subparser = new MimeParser(this._emitter, this._options);
+
+    // So, RFC 6532 happily allows message/global types to have CTE applied.
+    // This means that subparts would need to be decoded to determine their
+    // contents properly. There seems to be some evidence that message/rfc822
+    // that is illegally-encoded exists in the wild, so be lenient and decode
+    // for any message/* type that gets here.
+    let cte = this._extractHeader('content-transfer-encoding', '');
+    if (cte in ContentDecoders)
+      this._convertData = ContentDecoders[cte];
+  } else {
+    // Okay, we just have to feed the data into the output
+    this._state = SEND_TO_EMITTER;
+    if (this._options["bodyformat"] == "decode") {
+      // If we wish to decode, look it up in one of our decoders.
+      let cte = this._extractHeader('content-transfer-encoding', '');
+      if (cte in ContentDecoders)
+        this._convertData = ContentDecoders[cte];
+    }
+  }
+
+  // Set up the encoder for charset conversions; only do this for text parts.
+  // Other parts are almost certainly binary, so no translation should be
+  // applied to them.
+  if (this._options["strformat"] == "unicode" &&
+      contentType.mediatype == "text") {
+    // If the charset is nonempty, initialize the decoder
+    if (this._charset !== "") {
+      this._decoder = new TextDecoder(this._charset);
+    } else {
+      // There's no charset we can use for decoding, so pass through as an
+      // identity encoder or otherwise this._coerceData will complain.
+      this._decoder = {
+        decode: function identity_decoder(buffer) {
+          return MimeParser.prototype._coerceData(buffer, "binarystring", true);
+        }
+      };
+    }
+  } else {
+    this._decoder = null;
+  }
+};
+
+// Internal split handling for multipart messages.
+/**
+ * When a multipary boundary is found, handle the process of managing the
+ * subparser state. This is meant to be used as a value for this._handleSplit.
+ *
+ * @param partNum    {String} The part number being currently parsed.
+ * @param lastResult {Array}  The result of the regular expression match.
+ */
+MimeParser.prototype._whenMultipart = function (partNum, lastResult) {
+  // Fix up the part number (don't do '' -> '.4' and don't do '1' -> '14')
+  if (partNum != "") partNum += ".";
+  if (!this._subPartNum) {
+    // No count? This means that this is the first time we've seen the boundary,
+    // so do some initialization for later here.
+    this._count = 1;
+  } else {
+    // If we did not match a CRLF at the beginning of the line, strip CRLF from
+    // the saved buffer. We do this in the else block because it is not
+    // necessary for the prologue, since that gets ignored anyways.
+    if (this._savedBuffer != '' && lastResult[1] === '') {
+      let useEnd = this._savedBuffer.length - 1;
+      if (this._savedBuffer[useEnd] == '\n')
+        useEnd--;
+      if (useEnd >= 0 && this._savedBuffer[useEnd] == '\r')
+        useEnd--;
+      this._savedBuffer = this._savedBuffer.substring(0, useEnd + 1);
+    }
+    // If we have saved data and we matched a CRLF, pass the saved data in.
+    if (this._savedBuffer != '')
+      this._subparser._dispatchData(this._subPartNum, this._savedBuffer, true);
+    // We've seen the boundary at least once before, so this must end a subpart.
+    // Tell that subpart that it has reached EOF.
+    this._subparser._dispatchEOF(this._subPartNum);
+  }
+  this._savedBuffer = '';
+
+  // The regex feeder has a capture on the (--)?, so if its result is present,
+  // then we have seen the terminator. Alternatively, the message may have been
+  // mangled to exclude the terminator, so also check if EOF has occurred.
+  if (lastResult[2] == undefined) {
+    this._subparser.resetParser();
+    this._state = SEND_TO_SUBPARSER;
+    this._subPartNum = partNum + this._count;
+    this._count += 1;
+  } else {
+    // Ignore the epilogue
+    this._splitRegex = null;
+    this._state = SEND_TO_BLACK_HOLE;
+  }
+};
+
+/**
+ * Return the structured header from the current header block, or a default if
+ * it is not present.
+ *
+ * @param name {String} The header name to get.
+ * @param dflt {String} The default MIME value of the header.
+ * @returns The structured representation of the header.
+ */
+MimeParser.prototype._extractHeader = function (name, dflt) {
+  name = name.toLowerCase(); // Normalize name
+  return this._headers.has(name) ? this._headers.get(name) :
+    headerparser.parseStructuredHeader(name, [dflt]);
+};
+
+var ContentDecoders = {};
+ContentDecoders['quoted-printable'] = mimeutils.decode_qp;
+ContentDecoders['base64'] = mimeutils.decode_base64;
+
+return MimeParser;
+});
+def('headeremitter', function(require) {
+/**
+ * This module implements the code for emitting structured representations of
+ * MIME headers into their encoded forms. The code here is a companion to,
+ * but completely independent of, jsmime.headerparser: the structured
+ * representations that are used as input to the functions in this file are the
+ * same forms that would be parsed.
+ */
+
+"use strict";
+
+var mimeutils = require('./mimeutils');
+
+// Get the default structured encoders and add them to the map
+var structuredHeaders = require('./structuredHeaders');
+var encoders = new Map();
+var preferredSpellings = structuredHeaders.spellings;
+for (let [header, encoder] of structuredHeaders.encoders) {
+  addStructuredEncoder(header, encoder);
+}
+
+/// Clamp a value in the range [min, max], defaulting to def if it is undefined.
+function clamp(value, min, max, def) {
+  if (value === undefined)
+    return def;
+  if (value < min)
+    return min;
+  if (value > max)
+    return max;
+  return value;
+}
+
+/**
+ * An object that can assemble structured header representations into their MIME
+ * representation.
+ *
+ * The character-counting portion of this class operates using individual JS
+ * characters as its representation of logical character, which is not the same
+ * as the number of octets used as UTF-8. If non-ASCII characters are to be
+ * included in headers without some form of encoding, then care should be taken
+ * to set the maximum line length to account for the mismatch between character
+ * counts and octet counts: the maximum line is 998 octets, which could be as
+ * few as 332 JS characters (non-BMP characters, although they take up 4 octets
+ * in UTF-8, count as 2 in JS strings).
+ *
+ * This code takes care to only insert line breaks at the higher-level breaking
+ * points in a header (as recommended by RFC 5322), but it may need to resort to
+ * including them more aggressively if this is not possible. If even aggressive
+ * line-breaking cannot allow a header to be emitted without violating line
+ * length restrictions, the methods will throw an exception to indicate this
+ * situation.
+ *
+ * In general, this code does not attempt to modify its input; for example, it
+ * does not attempt to change the case of any input characters, apply any
+ * Unicode normalization algorithms, or convert email addresses to ACE where
+ * applicable. The biggest exception to this rule is that most whitespace is
+ * collapsed to a single space, even in unstructured headers, while most leading
+ * and trailing whitespace is trimmed from inputs.
+ *
+ * @param {StreamHandler} handler The handler to which all output is sent.
+ *   @param {Function(String)} handler.deliverData Receives encoded data.
+ *   @param {Function()} handler.deliverEOF Sent when all text is sent.
+ * @param {Object} options Options for the emitter.
+ *   @param [options.softMargin=78] {30 <= Integer <= 900}
+ *     The ideal maximum number of logical characters to include in a line, not
+ *     including the final CRLF pair. Lines may exceed this margin if parameters
+ *     are excessively long.
+ *   @param [options.hardMargin=332] {softMargin <= Integer <= 998}
+ *     The maximum number of logical characters that can be included in a line,
+ *     not including the final CRLF pair. If this count would be exceeded, then
+ *     an error will be thrown and encoding will not be possible.
+ *   @param [options.useASCII=true] {Boolean}
+ *     If true, then RFC 2047 and RFC 2231 encoding of headers will be performed
+ *     as needed to retain headers as ASCII.
+ */
+function HeaderEmitter(handler, options) {
+  /// The inferred value of options.useASCII
+  this._useASCII = options.useASCII === undefined ? true : options.useASCII;
+  /// The handler to use.
+  this._handler = handler;
+  /**
+   * The current line being built; note that we may insert a line break in the
+   * middle to keep under the maximum line length.
+   *
+   * @type String
+   * @private
+   */
+  this._currentLine = "";
+
+  // Our bounds for soft and margins are not completely arbitrary. The minimum
+  // amount we need to encode is 20 characters, which can encode a single
+  // non-BMP character with RFC 2047. The value of 30 is chosen to give some
+  // breathing room for delimiters or other unbreakable characters. The maximum
+  // length is 998 octets, per RFC 5322; soft margins are slightly lower to
+  // allow for breathing room as well. The default of 78 for the soft margin is
+  // recommended by RFC 5322; the default of 332 for the hard margin ensures
+  // that UTF-8 encoding the output never violates the 998 octet limit.
+  this._softMargin = clamp(options.softMargin, 30, 900, 78);
+  this._hardMargin = clamp(options.hardMargin, this._softMargin, 998, 332);
+
+  /**
+   * The index of the last preferred breakable position in the current line.
+   *
+   * @type Integer
+   * @private
+   */
+  this._preferredBreakpoint = 0;
+}
+
+
+///////////////////////
+// Low-level methods //
+///////////////////////
+
+// Explanation of the emitter internals:
+// RFC 5322 requires that we wrap our lines, ideally at 78 characters and at
+// least by 998 octets. We can't wrap in arbitrary places, but wherever CFWS is
+// valid... and ideally wherever clients are likely to expect it. In theory, we
+// can break between every token (this is how RFC 822 operates), but, in RFC
+// 5322, many of those breaks are relegated to obsolete productions, mostly
+// because it is common to not properly handle breaks in those locations.
+//
+// So how do we do line breaking? The algorithm we implement is greedy, to
+// simplify implementation. There are two margins: the soft margin, which we
+// want to keep within, and the hard margin, which we absolutely have to keep
+// within. There are also two kinds of break points: preferred and emergency.
+// As long as we keep the line within the hard margin, we will only break at
+// preferred breakpoints; emergency breakpoints are only used if we would
+// otherwise exceed the hard margin.
+//
+// For illustration, here is an example header and where these break points are
+// located:
+//
+//            To: John "The Rock" Smith <jsmith@a.long.domain.invalid>
+// Preferred:         ^          ^     ^
+// Emergency:         ^    ^     ^     ^^      ^ ^    ^      ^       ^
+//
+// Preferred breakpoints are indicated by setting the mayBreakAfter parameter of
+// addText to true, while emergency breakpoints are set after every token passed
+// into addText. This is handled implicitly by only adding text to _currentLine
+// if it ends in an emergency breakpoint.
+//
+// Internally, the code keeps track of margins by use of two variables. The
+// _softMargin and _hardMargin variables encode the positions at which code must
+// absolutely break, and are set up from the initial options parameter. Breaking
+// happens when _currentLine.length approaches these values, as mentioned above.
+
+/**
+ * Send a header line consisting of the first N characters to the handler.
+ *
+ * If the count parameter is missing, then we presume that the current header
+ * value being emitted is done and therefore we should not send a continuation
+ * space. Otherwise, we presume that we're still working, so we will send the
+ * continuation space.
+ *
+ * @private
+ * @param [count] {Integer} The number of characters in the current line to
+ *   include before wrapping.
+ */
+HeaderEmitter.prototype._commitLine = function (count) {
+  let isContinuing = typeof count !== "undefined";
+
+  // Split at the point, and lop off whitespace immediately before and after.
+  if (isContinuing) {
+    var firstN = this._currentLine.slice(0, count).trimRight();
+    var lastN = this._currentLine.slice(count).trimLeft();
+  } else {
+    var firstN = this._currentLine.trimRight();
+    var lastN = "";
+  }
+
+  // How many characters do we need to shift preferred/emergency breakpoints?
+  let shift = this._currentLine.length - lastN.length;
+
+  // Send the line plus the final CRLF.
+  this._handler.deliverData(firstN + '\r\n');
+
+  // Fill the start of the line with the new data.
+  this._currentLine = lastN;
+
+  // If this is a continuation, add an extra space at the beginning of the line.
+  // Adjust the breakpoint shift amount as well.
+  if (isContinuing) {
+    this._currentLine = ' ' + this._currentLine;
+    shift++;
+  }
+
+  // We will always break at a point at or after the _preferredBreakpoint, if it
+  // exists, so this always gets reset to 0.
+  this._preferredBreakpoint = 0;
+};
+
+/**
+ * Reserve at least length characters in the current line. If there aren't
+ * enough characters, insert a line break.
+ *
+ * @private
+ * @param length {Integer} The number of characters to reserve space for.
+ * @return {Boolean} Whether or not there is enough space for length characters.
+ */
+HeaderEmitter.prototype._reserveTokenSpace = function (length) {
+  // We are not going to do a sanity check that length is within the wrap
+  // margins. The rationale is that this lets code simply call this function to
+  // force a higher-level line break than normal preferred line breaks (see
+  // addAddress for an example use). The text that would be added may need to be
+  // itself broken up, so it might not need all the length anyways, but it
+  // starts the break already.
+
+  // If we have enough space, we don't need to do anything.
+  if (this._currentLine.length + length <= this._softMargin)
+    return true;
+
+  // If we have a preferred breakpoint, commit the line at that point, and see
+  // if that is sufficient line-breaking.
+  if (this._preferredBreakpoint > 0) {
+    this._commitLine(this._preferredBreakpoint);
+    if (this._currentLine.length + length <= this._softMargin)
+      return true;
+  }
+
+  // At this point, we can no longer keep within the soft margin. Let us see if
+  // we can fit within the hard margin.
+  if (this._currentLine.length + length <= this._hardMargin) {
+    return true;
+  }
+
+  // Adding the text to length would violate the hard margin as well. Break at
+  // the last emergency breakpoint.
+  if (this._currentLine.length > 0) {
+    this._commitLine(this._currentLine.length);
+  }
+
+  // At this point, if there is still insufficient room in the hard margin, we
+  // can no longer do anything to encode this word. Bail.
+  return this._currentLine.length + length <= this._hardMargin;
+};
+
+/**
+ * Adds a block of text to the current header, inserting a break if necessary.
+ * If mayBreakAfter is true and text does not end in whitespace, a single space
+ * character may be added to the output. If the text could not be added without
+ * violating line length restrictions, an error is thrown instead.
+ *
+ * @protected
+ * @param {String}  text          The text to add to the output.
+ * @param {Boolean} mayBreakAfter If true, the end of this text is a preferred
+ *                                breakpoint.
+ */
+HeaderEmitter.prototype.addText = function (text, mayBreakAfter) {
+  // Try to reserve space for the tokens. If we can't, give up.
+  if (!this._reserveTokenSpace(text.length))
+    throw new Error("Cannot encode " + text + " due to length.");
+
+  this._currentLine += text;
+  if (mayBreakAfter) {
+    // Make sure that there is an extra space if text could break afterwards.
+    this._preferredBreakpoint = this._currentLine.length;
+    if (text[text.length - 1] != ' ') {
+      this._currentLine += ' ';
+    }
+  }
+};
+
+/**
+ * Adds a block of text that may need quoting if it contains some character in
+ * qchars. If it is already quoted, no quoting will be applied. If the text
+ * cannot be added without violating maximum line length, an error is thrown
+ * instead.
+ *
+ * @protected
+ * @param {String}  text          The text to add to the output.
+ * @param {String}  qchars        The set of characters that cannot appear
+ *                                outside of a quoted string.
+ * @param {Boolean} mayBreakAfter If true, the end of this text is a preferred
+ *                                breakpoint.
+ */
+HeaderEmitter.prototype.addQuotable = function (text, qchars, mayBreakAfter) {
+  // No text -> no need to be quoted (prevents strict warning errors).
+  if (text.length == 0)
+    return;
+
+  // Figure out if we need to quote the string. Don't quote a string which
+  // already appears to be quoted.
+  let needsQuote = false;
+
+  if (!(text[0] == '"' && text[text.length - 1] == '"') && qchars != '') {
+    for (let i = 0; i < text.length; i++) {
+      if (qchars.includes(text[i])) {
+        needsQuote = true;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (needsQuote)
+    text = '"' + text.replace(/["\\]/g, "\\$&") + '"';
+  this.addText(text, mayBreakAfter);
+};
+
+/**
+ * Adds a block of text that corresponds to the phrase production in RFC 5322.
+ * Such text is a sequence of atoms, quoted-strings, or RFC-2047 encoded-words.
+ * This method will preprocess input to normalize all space sequences to a
+ * single space. If the text cannot be added without violating maximum line
+ * length, an error is thrown instead.
+ *
+ * @protected
+ * @param {String}  text          The text to add to the output.
+ * @param {String}  qchars        The set of characters that cannot appear
+ *                                outside of a quoted string.
+ * @param {Boolean} mayBreakAfter If true, the end of this text is a preferred
+ *                                breakpoint.
+ */
+HeaderEmitter.prototype.addPhrase = function (text, qchars, mayBreakAfter) {
+  // Collapse all whitespace spans into a single whitespace node.
+  text = text.replace(/[ \t\r\n]+/g, " ");
+
+  // If we have non-ASCII text, encode it using RFC 2047.
+  if (this._useASCII && nonAsciiRe.test(text)) {
+    this.encodeRFC2047Phrase(text, mayBreakAfter);
+    return;
+  }
+
+  // If quoting the entire string at once could fit in the line length, then do
+  // so. The check here is very loose, but this will inform is if we are going
+  // to definitely overrun the soft margin.
+  if ((this._currentLine.length + text.length) < this._softMargin) {
+    try {
+      this.addQuotable(text, qchars, mayBreakAfter);
+      // If we don't have a breakpoint, and the text is encoded as a sequence of
+      // atoms (and not a quoted-string), then make the last space we added a
+      // breakpoint, regardless of the mayBreakAfter setting.
+      if (this._preferredBreakpoint == 0 && text.includes(" ")) {
+        if (this._currentLine[this._currentLine.length - 1] != '"')
+          this._preferredBreakpoint = this._currentLine.lastIndexOf(" ");
+      }
+      return;
+    } catch (e) {
+      // If we get an error at this point, we failed to add the quoted string
+      // because the string was too long. Fall through to the case where we know
+      // that the input was too long to begin with.
+    }
+  }
+
+  // If the text is too long, split the quotable string at space boundaries and
+  // add each word invidually. If we still can't add all those words, there is
+  // nothing that we can do.
+  let words = text.split(' ');
+  for (let i = 0; i < words.length; i++) {
+    this.addQuotable(words[i], qchars,
+      i == words.length - 1 ? mayBreakAfter : true);
+  }
+};
+
+/// A regular expression for characters that need to be encoded.
+var nonAsciiRe = /[^\x20-\x7e]/;
+
+/// The beginnings of RFC 2047 encoded-word
+var b64Prelude = "=?UTF-8?B?", qpPrelude = "=?UTF-8?Q?";
+
+/// A list of ASCII characters forbidden in RFC 2047 encoded-words
+var qpForbidden = "=?_()\",";
+
+var hexString = "0123456789abcdef";
+
+/**
+ * Add a block of text as a single RFC 2047 encoded word. This does not try to
+ * split words if they are too long.
+ *
+ * @private
+ * @param {Uint8Array} encodedText   The octets to encode.
+ * @param {Boolean}    useQP         If true, use quoted-printable; if false,
+ *                                   use base64.
+ * @param {Boolean}    mayBreakAfter If true, the end of this text is a
+ *                                   preferred breakpoint.
+ */
+HeaderEmitter.prototype._addRFC2047Word = function (encodedText, useQP,
+    mayBreakAfter) {
+  let binaryString = mimeutils.typedArrayToString(encodedText);
+  if (useQP) {
+    var token = qpPrelude;
+    for (let i = 0; i < encodedText.length; i++) {
+      if (encodedText[i] < 0x20 || encodedText[i] >= 0x7F ||
+          qpForbidden.includes(binaryString[i])) {
+        let ch = encodedText[i];
+        token += "=" + hexString[(ch & 0xf0) >> 4] + hexString[ch & 0x0f];
+      } else if (binaryString[i] == " ") {
+        token += "_";
+      } else {
+        token += binaryString[i];
+      }
+    }
+    token += "?=";
+  } else {
+    var token = b64Prelude + btoa(binaryString) + "?=";
+  }
+  this.addText(token, mayBreakAfter);
+};
+
+/**
+ * Add a block of text as potentially several RFC 2047 encoded-word tokens.
+ *
+ * @protected
+ * @param {String}  text          The text to add to the output.
+ * @param {Boolean} mayBreakAfter If true, the end of this text is a preferred
+ *                                breakpoint.
+ */
+HeaderEmitter.prototype.encodeRFC2047Phrase = function (text, mayBreakAfter) {
+  // Start by encoding the text into UTF-8 directly.
+  let encodedText = new TextEncoder("UTF-8").encode(text);
+
+  // Make sure there's enough room for a single token.
+  let minLineLen = b64Prelude.length + 10; // Eight base64 characters plus ?=
+  if (!this._reserveTokenSpace(minLineLen)) {
+    this._commitLine(this._currentLine.length);
+  }
+
+  // Try to encode as much UTF-8 text as possible in each go.
+  let b64Len = 0, qpLen = 0, start = 0;
+  let maxChars = (this._softMargin - this._currentLine.length) -
+    (b64Prelude.length + 2);
+  for (let i = 0; i < encodedText.length; i++) {
+    let b64Inc = 0, qpInc = 0;
+    // The length we need for base64 is ceil(length / 3) * 4...
+    if ((i - start) % 3 == 0)
+      b64Inc += 4;
+
+    // The length for quoted-printable is 3 chars only if encoded
+    if (encodedText[i] < 0x20 || encodedText[i] >= 0x7f ||
+        qpForbidden.includes(String.fromCharCode(encodedText[i]))) {
+      qpInc = 3;
+    } else {
+      qpInc = 1;
+    }
+
+    if (b64Len + b64Inc > maxChars && qpLen + qpInc > maxChars) {
+      // Oops, we have too many characters! We need to encode everything through
+      // the current character. However, we can't split in the middle of a
+      // multibyte character. In UTF-8, characters that start with 10xx xxxx are
+      // the middle of multibyte characters, so backtrack until the start
+      // character is legal.
+      while ((encodedText[i] & 0xC0) == 0x80)
+        --i;
+
+      // Add this part of the word and then make a continuation.
+      this._addRFC2047Word(encodedText.subarray(start, i), b64Len >= qpLen,
+        true);
+
+      // Reset the array for parsing.
+      start = i;
+      --i; // Reparse this character as well
+      b64Len = qpLen = 0;
+      maxChars = this._softMargin - b64Prelude.length - 3;
+    } else {
+      // Add the counts for the current variable to the count to encode.
+      b64Len += b64Inc;
+      qpLen += qpInc;
+    }
+  }
+
+  // Add the entire array at this point.
+  this._addRFC2047Word(encodedText.subarray(start), b64Len >= qpLen,
+    mayBreakAfter);
+};
+
+////////////////////////
+// High-level methods //
+////////////////////////
+
+/**
+ * Add the header name, with the colon and trailing space, to the output.
+ *
+ * @public
+ * @param {String} name The name of the header.
+ */
+HeaderEmitter.prototype.addHeaderName = function (name) {
+  this._currentLine = this._currentLine.trimRight();
+  if (this._currentLine.length > 0) {
+    this._commitLine();
+  }
+  this.addText(name + ": ", false);
+};
+
+/**
+ * Add a header and its structured value to the output.
+ *
+ * The name can be any case-insensitive variant of a known structured header;
+ * the output will include the preferred name of the structure instead of the
+ * case put into the name. If no structured encoder can be found, and the input
+ * value is a string, then the header is assumed to be unstructured and the
+ * value is added as if {@link addUnstructured} were called.
+ *
+ * @public
+ * @param {String} name  The name of the header.
+ * @param          value The structured value of the header.
+ */
+HeaderEmitter.prototype.addStructuredHeader = function (name, value) {
+  let lowerName = name.toLowerCase();
+  if (encoders.has(lowerName)) {
+    this.addHeaderName(preferredSpellings.get(lowerName));
+    encoders.get(lowerName).call(this, value);
+  } else if (typeof value === "string") {
+    // Assume it's an unstructured header.
+    // All-lower-case-names are ugly, so capitalize first letters.
+    name = name.replace(/(^|-)[a-z]/g, function(match) {
+      return match.toUpperCase();
+    });
+    this.addHeaderName(name);
+    this.addUnstructured(value);
+  } else {
+    throw new Error("Unknown header " + name);
+  }
+};
+
+/**
+ * Add a single address to the header. The address is an object consisting of a
+ * possibly-empty display name and an email address.
+ *
+ * @public
+ * @param Address addr The address to be added.
+ * @param {String} addr.name  The (possibly-empty) name of the address to add.
+ * @param {String} addr.email The email of the address to add.
+ * @see headerparser.parseAddressingHeader
+ */
+HeaderEmitter.prototype.addAddress = function (addr) {
+  // If we have a display name, add that first.
+  if (addr.name) {
+    // This is a simple estimate that keeps names on one line if possible.
+    this._reserveTokenSpace(addr.name.length + addr.email.length + 3);
+    this.addPhrase(addr.name, ",()<>[]:;@.\"", true);
+
+    // If we don't have an email address, don't write out the angle brackets for
+    // the address. It's already an abnormal situation should this appear, and
+    // this has better round-tripping properties.
+    if (!addr.email)
+      return;
+
+    this.addText("<", false);
+  }
+
+  // Find the local-part and domain of the address, since the local-part may
+  // need to be quoted separately. Note that the @ goes to the domain, so that
+  // the local-part may be quoted if it needs to be.
+  let at = addr.email.lastIndexOf("@");
+  let localpart = "", domain = ""
+  if (at == -1)
+    localpart = addr.email;
+  else {
+    localpart = addr.email.slice(0, at);
+    domain = addr.email.slice(at);
+  }
+
+  this.addQuotable(localpart, "()<>[]:;@\\,\" !", false);
+  this.addText(domain + (addr.name ? ">" : ""), false);
+};
+
+/**
+ * Add an array of addresses and groups to the output. Such an array may be
+ * found as the output of {@link headerparser.parseAddressingHeader}. Each
+ * element is either an address (an object with properties name and email), or a
+ * group (an object with properties name and group).
+ *
+ * @public
+ * @param {(Address|Group)[]} addrs A collection of addresses to add.
+ * @param {String}    addrs[i].name    The (possibly-empty) name of the
+ *                                     address or the group to add.
+ * @param {String}    [addrs[i].email] The email of the address to add.
+ * @param {Address[]} [addrs[i].group] A list of email addresses in the group.
+ * @see HeaderEmitter.addAddress
+ * @see headerparser.parseAddressingHeader
+ */
+HeaderEmitter.prototype.addAddresses = function (addresses) {
+  let needsComma = false;
+  for (let addr of addresses) {
+    // Add a comma if this is not the first element.
+    if (needsComma)
+      this.addText(", ", true);
+    needsComma = true;
+
+    if ("email" in addr) {
+      this.addAddress(addr);
+    } else {
+      // A group has format name: member, member;
+      // Note that we still add a comma after the group is completed.
+      this.addPhrase(addr.name, ",()<>[]:;@.\"", false);
+      this.addText(":", true);
+
+      this.addAddresses(addr.group);
+      this.addText(";", true);
+    }
+  }
+};
+
+/**
+ * Add an unstructured header value to the output. This effectively means only
+ * inserting line breaks were necessary, and using RFC 2047 encoding where
+ * necessary.
+ *
+ * @public
+ * @param {String} text The text to add to the output.
+ */
+HeaderEmitter.prototype.addUnstructured = function (text) {
+  if (text.length == 0)
+    return;
+
+  // Unstructured text is basically a phrase that can't be quoted. So, if we
+  // have nothing in qchars, nothing should be quoted.
+  this.addPhrase(text, "", false);
+};
+
+/** RFC 822 labels for days of the week. */
+var kDaysOfWeek = ["Sun", "Mon", "Tue", "Wed", "Thu", "Fri", "Sat"];
+
+/**
+ * Formatting helper to output numbers between 0-9 as 00-09 instead.
+ */
+function padTo2Digits(num) {
+  return num < 10 ? "0" + num : num.toString();
+}
+
+/**
+ * Add a date/time field to the output, using the JS date object as the time
+ * representation. The value will be output using the timezone offset of the
+ * date object, which is usually the timezone of the user (modulo timezone and
+ * DST changes).
+ *
+ * Note that if the date is an invalid date (its internal date parameter is a
+ * NaN value), this method throws an error instead of generating an invalid
+ * string.
+ *
+ * @public
+ * @param {Date} date The date to be added to the output string.
+ */
+HeaderEmitter.prototype.addDate = function (date) {
+  // Rather than make a header plastered with NaN values, throw an error on
+  // specific invalid dates.
+  if (isNaN(date.getTime()))
+    throw new Error("Cannot encode an invalid date");
+
+  // RFC 5322 says years can't be before 1900. The after 9999 is a bit that
+  // derives from the specification saying that years have 4 digits.
+  if (date.getFullYear() < 1900 || date.getFullYear() > 9999)
+    throw new Error("Date year is out of encodable range");
+
+  // Start by computing the timezone offset for a day. We lack a good format, so
+  // the the 0-padding is done by hand. Note that the tzoffset we output is in
+  // the form ±hhmm, so we need to separate the offset (in minutes) into an hour
+  // and minute pair.
+  let tzOffset = date.getTimezoneOffset();
+  let tzOffHours = Math.abs(Math.trunc(tzOffset / 60));
+  let tzOffMinutes = Math.abs(tzOffset) % 60;
+  let tzOffsetStr = (tzOffset > 0 ? "-" : "+") +
+    padTo2Digits(tzOffHours) + padTo2Digits(tzOffMinutes);
+
+  // Convert the day-time figure into a single value to avoid unwanted line
+  // breaks in the middle.
+  let dayTime = [
+    kDaysOfWeek[date.getDay()] + ",",
+    date.getDate(),
+    mimeutils.kMonthNames[date.getMonth()],
+    date.getFullYear(),
+    padTo2Digits(date.getHours()) + ":" +
+      padTo2Digits(date.getMinutes()) + ":" +
+      padTo2Digits(date.getSeconds()),
+    tzOffsetStr
+  ].join(" ");
+  this.addText(dayTime, false);
+};
+
+/**
+ * Signal that the current header has been finished encoding.
+ *
+ * @public
+ * @param {Boolean} deliverEOF If true, signal to the handler that no more text
+ *                             will be arriving.
+ */
+HeaderEmitter.prototype.finish = function (deliverEOF) {
+  this._commitLine();
+  if (deliverEOF)
+    this._handler.deliverEOF();
+};
+
+/**
+ * Make a streaming header emitter that outputs on the given handler.
+ *
+ * @param {StreamHandler} handler The handler to consume output
+ * @param                 options Options to pass into the HeaderEmitter
+ *                                constructor.
+ * @returns {HeaderEmitter} A header emitter constructed with the given options.
+ */
+function makeStreamingEmitter(handler, options) {
+  return new HeaderEmitter(handler, options);
+}
+
+function StringHandler() {
+  this.value = "";
+  this.deliverData = function (str) { this.value += str; };
+  this.deliverEOF = function () { };
+}
+
+/**
+ * Given a header name and its structured value, output a string containing its
+ * MIME-encoded value. The trailing CRLF for the header is included.
+ *
+ * @param {String} name    The name of the structured header.
+ * @param          value   The value of the structured header.
+ * @param          options Options for the HeaderEmitter constructor.
+ * @returns {String} A MIME-encoded representation of the structured header.
+ * @see HeaderEmitter.addStructuredHeader
+ */
+function emitStructuredHeader(name, value, options) {
+  let handler = new StringHandler();
+  let emitter = new HeaderEmitter(handler, options);
+  emitter.addStructuredHeader(name, value);
+  emitter.finish(true);
+  return handler.value;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Given a map of header names and their structured values, output a string
+ * containing all of their headers and their MIME-encoded values.
+ *
+ * This method is designed to be able to emit header values given the headerData
+ * values produced by MIME parsing. Thus, the values of the map are arrays
+ * corresponding to header multiplicity.
+ *
+ * @param {Map(String->Object[])} headerValues A map of header names to arrays
+ *                                             of their structured values.
+ * @param                         options      Options for the HeaderEmitter
+ *                                             constructor.
+ * @returns {String} A MIME-encoded representation of the structured header.
+ * @see HeaderEmitter.addStructuredHeader
+ */
+function emitStructuredHeaders(headerValues, options) {
+  let handler = new StringHandler();
+  let emitter = new HeaderEmitter(handler, options);
+  for (let instance of headerValues) {
+    instance[1].forEach(function (e) {
+      emitter.addStructuredHeader(instance[0], e)
+    });
+  }
+  emitter.finish(true);
+  return handler.value;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Add a custom structured MIME encoder to the set of known encoders. These
+ * encoders are used for {@link emitStructuredHeader} and similar functions to
+ * encode richer, more structured values instead of relying on string
+ * representations everywhere.
+ *
+ * Structured encoders are functions which take in a single parameter
+ * representing their structured value. The this parameter is set to be an
+ * instance of {@link HeaderEmitter}, and it is intended that the several public
+ * or protected methods on that class are useful for encoding values.
+ *
+ * There is a large set of structured encoders built-in to the jsmime library
+ * already.
+ *
+ * @param {String}          header  The header name (in its preferred case) for
+ *                                  which the encoder will be used.
+ * @param {Function(Value)} encoder The structured encoder function.
+ */
+function addStructuredEncoder(header, encoder) {
+  let lowerName = header.toLowerCase();
+  encoders.set(lowerName, encoder);
+  if (!preferredSpellings.has(lowerName))
+    preferredSpellings.set(lowerName, header);
+}
+
+return Object.freeze({
+  addStructuredEncoder: addStructuredEncoder,
+  emitStructuredHeader: emitStructuredHeader,
+  emitStructuredHeaders: emitStructuredHeaders,
+  makeStreamingEmitter: makeStreamingEmitter
+});
+
+});
+
+def('jsmime', function(require) {
+  return {
+    MimeParser: require('./mimeparser'),
+    headerparser: require('./headerparser'),
+    headeremitter: require('./headeremitter')
+  }
+});
+  return mods['jsmime'];
+}));
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/moz.build b/mailnews/mime/moz.build
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0a7865a3d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/moz.build
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+# vim: set filetype=python:
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+DIRS += [
+    'public',
+    'src',
+    'emitters',
+    'cthandlers',
+]
+
+EXTRA_JS_MODULES.jsmime += [
+    'jsmime/jsmime.js',
+]
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/public/MimeEncoder.h b/mailnews/mime/public/MimeEncoder.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7883af70e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/public/MimeEncoder.h
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 8; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* vim: set ts=8 sts=2 et sw=2 tw=80: */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef MimeEncoder_h__
+#define MimeEncoder_h__
+
+#include "nscore.h"
+
+namespace mozilla {
+namespace mailnews {
+
+/// A class for encoding the bodies of MIME parts.
+class MimeEncoder {
+public:
+  virtual ~MimeEncoder() {}
+
+  /// A callback for writing the encoded output
+  typedef nsresult (*OutputCallback)
+    (const char *buf, int32_t size, void *closure);
+
+  /// Encodes the string in the buffer and sends it to the callback
+  virtual nsresult Write(const char *buffer, int32_t size) = 0;
+  /// Flush all pending data when no more data exists
+  virtual nsresult Flush() { return NS_OK; }
+
+  /// Get an encoder that outputs Base64-encoded data
+  static MimeEncoder *GetBase64Encoder(OutputCallback callback, void *closure);
+  /// Get an encoder that outputs quoted-printable data
+  static MimeEncoder *GetQPEncoder(OutputCallback callback, void *closure);
+
+protected:
+  MimeEncoder(OutputCallback callback, void *closure);
+  OutputCallback mCallback;
+  void *mClosure;
+  uint32_t mCurrentColumn;
+};
+
+} // namespace mailnews
+} // namespace mozilla
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/public/MimeHeaderParser.h b/mailnews/mime/public/MimeHeaderParser.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..429e759b1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/public/MimeHeaderParser.h
@@ -0,0 +1,174 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 8; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* vim: set ts=8 sts=2 et sw=2 tw=80: */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef MimeHeaderParser_h__
+#define MimeHeaderParser_h__
+
+#include "nsCOMArray.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsTArray.h"
+
+class msgIAddressObject;
+
+namespace mozilla {
+namespace mailnews {
+
+/**
+ * This is used to signal that the input header value has already been decoded
+ * according to RFC 2047 and is in UTF-16 form.
+ */
+nsCOMArray<msgIAddressObject> DecodedHeader(const nsAString &aHeader);
+
+/**
+ * This is used to signal that the input header value needs to be decoded
+ * according to RFC 2047. The charset parameter indicates the charset to assume
+ * that non-ASCII data is in; if the value is null (the default), then the
+ * charset is assumed to be UTF-8.
+ */
+nsCOMArray<msgIAddressObject> EncodedHeader(const nsACString &aHeader,
+                                            const char *aCharset = nullptr);
+
+namespace detail {
+void DoConversion(const nsTArray<nsString> &aUTF16, nsTArray<nsCString> &aUTF8);
+};
+/**
+ * This is a class designed for use as temporaries so that methods can pass
+ * an nsTArray<nsCString> into methods that expect nsTArray<nsString> for out
+ * parameters (this does not work for in-parameters).
+ *
+ * It works by internally providing an nsTArray<nsString> which it uses for its
+ * external API operations. If the user requests an array of nsCString elements
+ * instead, it converts the UTF-16 array to a UTF-8 array on destruction.
+ */
+template <uint32_t N = 5>
+class UTF16ArrayAdapter
+{
+public:
+  UTF16ArrayAdapter(nsTArray<nsCString> &aUTF8Array)
+  : mUTF8Array(aUTF8Array) {}
+  ~UTF16ArrayAdapter() { detail::DoConversion(mUTF16Array, mUTF8Array); }
+  operator nsTArray<nsString>&() { return mUTF16Array; }
+private:
+  nsTArray<nsCString> &mUTF8Array;
+  AutoTArray<nsString, N> mUTF16Array;
+};
+
+/**
+ * Given a name and an email, both encoded in UTF-8, produce a string suitable
+ * for writing in an email header by quoting where necessary.
+ *
+ * If name is not empty, the output string will be name <email>. If it is empty,
+ * the output string is just the email. Note that this DOES NOT do any RFC 2047
+ * encoding.
+ */
+void MakeMimeAddress(const nsACString &aName, const nsACString &aEmail,
+                     nsACString &full);
+
+/**
+ * Given a name and an email, produce a string suitable for writing in an email
+ * header by quoting where necessary.
+ *
+ * If name is not empty, the output string will be name <email>. If it is empty,
+ * the output string is just the email. Note that this DOES NOT do any RFC 2047
+ * encoding.
+ */
+void MakeMimeAddress(const nsAString &aName, const nsAString &aEmail,
+                     nsAString &full);
+
+/**
+ * Given a name and an email, both encoded in UTF-8, produce a string suitable
+ * for displaying in UI.
+ *
+ * If name is not empty, the output string will be name <email>. If it is empty,
+ * the output string is just the email.
+ */
+void MakeDisplayAddress(const nsAString &aName, const nsAString &aEmail,
+                        nsAString &full);
+
+/**
+ * Returns a copy of the input which may have had some addresses removed.
+ * Addresses are removed if they are already in either of the supplied
+ * address lists.
+ *
+ * Addresses are considered to be the same if they contain the same email
+ * address parts, ignoring case. Display names or comments are not compared.
+ *
+ * @param aHeader      The addresses to remove duplicates from.
+ * @param aOtherEmails Other addresses that the duplicate removal process also
+ *                     checks for duplicates against. Addresses in this list
+ *                     will not be added to the result.
+ * @return             The original header with duplicate addresses removed.
+ */
+void RemoveDuplicateAddresses(const nsACString &aHeader,
+                              const nsACString &aOtherEmails,
+                              nsACString &result);
+
+/**
+ * Given a message header, extract all names and email addresses found in that
+ * header into the two arrays.
+ */
+void ExtractAllAddresses(const nsCOMArray<msgIAddressObject> &aHeader,
+                         nsTArray<nsString> &names, nsTArray<nsString> &emails);
+
+/**
+ * Given a raw message header value, extract display names for every address
+ * found in the header.
+ */
+void ExtractDisplayAddresses(const nsCOMArray<msgIAddressObject> &aHeader,
+                             nsTArray<nsString> &addresses);
+
+/**
+ * Given a raw message header value, extract all the email addresses into an
+ * array.
+ *
+ * Duplicate email addresses are not removed from the output list.
+ */
+void ExtractEmails(const nsCOMArray<msgIAddressObject> &aHeader,
+                   nsTArray<nsString> &emails);
+
+/**
+ * Given a raw message header value, extract the first name/email address found
+ * in the header. This is essentially equivalent to grabbing the first entry of
+ * ExtractAllAddresses.
+ */
+void ExtractFirstAddress(const nsCOMArray<msgIAddressObject> &aHeader,
+                         nsACString &name, nsACString &email);
+
+/**
+ * Given an RFC 2047-decoded message header value, extract the first name/email
+ * address found in the header. This is essentially equivalent to grabbing the
+ * first entry of ExtractAllAddresses.
+ */
+void ExtractFirstAddress(const nsCOMArray<msgIAddressObject> &aHeader,
+                         nsAString &name, nsACString &email);
+
+/**
+ * Given a raw message header value, extract the first email address found in
+ * the header.
+ */
+void ExtractEmail(const nsCOMArray<msgIAddressObject> &aHeader,
+                  nsACString &email);
+
+/**
+ * Given a raw message header value, extract and clean up the first display
+ * name found in the header. If there is no display name, the email address is
+ * used instead.
+ */
+void ExtractName(const nsCOMArray<msgIAddressObject> &aHeader,
+                 nsACString &name);
+
+/**
+ * Given an RFC 2047-decoded message header value, extract the first display
+ * name found in the header. If there is no display name, the email address is
+ * returned instead.
+ */
+void ExtractName(const nsCOMArray<msgIAddressObject> &aDecodedHeader,
+                 nsAString &name);
+
+} // namespace mailnews
+} // namespace mozilla
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/public/moz.build b/mailnews/mime/public/moz.build
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..58243068e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/public/moz.build
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+# vim: set filetype=python:
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+XPIDL_SOURCES += [
+    'msgIStructuredHeaders.idl',
+    'nsICMSDecoder.idl',
+    'nsICMSEncoder.idl',
+    'nsICMSMessage.idl',
+    'nsICMSMessage2.idl',
+    'nsICMSMessageErrors.idl',
+    'nsICMSSecureMessage.idl',
+    'nsIMimeConverter.idl',
+    'nsIMimeEmitter.idl',
+    'nsIMimeHeaders.idl',
+    'nsIMimeMiscStatus.idl',
+    'nsIMimeStreamConverter.idl',
+    'nsIMsgHeaderParser.idl',
+    'nsIPgpMimeProxy.idl',
+    'nsISimpleMimeConverter.idl',
+]
+
+XPIDL_MODULE = 'mime'
+
+EXPORTS += [
+    'nsIMimeContentTypeHandler.h',
+    'nsIMimeObjectClassAccess.h',
+    'nsMailHeaders.h',
+    'nsMsgMimeCID.h',
+]
+
+EXPORTS.mozilla.mailnews += [
+    'MimeEncoder.h',
+    'MimeHeaderParser.h',
+]
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/public/msgIStructuredHeaders.idl b/mailnews/mime/public/msgIStructuredHeaders.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9d3b3aa9a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/public/msgIStructuredHeaders.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,209 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+%{C++
+#include "nsCOMArray.h"
+
+#define NS_ISTRUCTUREDHEADERS_CONTRACTID \
+  "@mozilla.org/messenger/structuredheaders;1"
+%}
+
+interface msgIAddressObject;
+interface nsIUTF8StringEnumerator;
+
+/**
+ * A collection of MIME headers that are stored in a rich, structured format.
+ *
+ * The structured forms defined in this method use the structured decoder and
+ * encoder functionality found in jsmime to interconvert between the raw string
+ * forms found in the actual message text and the structured forms supported by
+ * this interface. Extensions can register their own custom structured headers
+ * by listing the source URL of their code under the category
+ * "custom-mime-encoder".
+ *
+ * The alternative modes of access for specific headers are expected to only
+ * work for the headers for which that mode of access is the correct one. For
+ * example, retrieving the "To" header from getUnstructuredHeader would fail,
+ * since the To header is not an unstructured header but an addressing header.
+ * They are provided mostly as a convenience to C++ which is much less able to
+ * utilize a fully generic format.
+ *
+ * With the exception of mismatched headers, the methods do not throw an
+ * exception if the header is missing but rather return an appropriate default
+ * value as indicated in their documentation.
+ */
+[scriptable, uuid(e109bf4f-788f-47ba-bfa8-1236ede05597)]
+interface msgIStructuredHeaders : nsISupports {
+  /**
+   * Retrieve the value of the header stored in this set of headers. If the
+   * header is not present, then undefined is returned.
+   *
+   * @param aHeaderName     The name of the header to retrieve.
+   */
+  jsval getHeader(in string aHeaderName);
+
+  /**
+   * Return true if and only if the given header is already set.
+   *
+   * @param aHeaderName     The name of the header to retrieve.
+   */
+  bool hasHeader(in string aHeaderName);
+
+  /**
+   * Retrieve the value of the header as if it is an unstructured header. Such
+   * headers include most notably the Subject header. If the header is not
+   * present, then null is returned. This is reflected in C++ as an empty string
+   * with IsVoid() set to true (distinguishing it from a header that is present
+   * but contains an empty string).
+   *
+   * @param aHeaderName     The name of the header to retrieve.
+   */
+  AString getUnstructuredHeader(in string aHeaderName);
+
+  /**
+   * Retrieve the value of the header if it is an addressing header, such as the
+   * From or To headers. If the header is not present, then an empty array is
+   * returned.
+   *
+   * @param aHeaderName     The name of the header to retrieve.
+   * @param aPreserveGroups If false (the default), then the result is a flat
+   *                        list of addresses, with all group annotations
+   *                        removed.
+   *                        If true, then some address objects may represent
+   *                        groups in the header, preserving the original header
+   *                        structure.
+   */
+  void getAddressingHeader(in string aHeaderName,
+    [optional] in boolean aPreserveGroups, [optional] out unsigned long count,
+    [array, size_is(count), retval] out msgIAddressObject addresses);
+
+  /**
+   * Retrieve a raw version of the header value as would be represented in MIME.
+   * This form does not include the header name and colon, trailing whitespace,
+   * nor embedded CRLF pairs in the case of very long header names.
+   *
+   * @param aHeaderName     The name of the header to retrieve.
+   */
+  AUTF8String getRawHeader(in string aHeaderName);
+
+  /**
+   * Retrieve an enumerator of the names of all headers in this set of headers.
+   * The header names returned may be in different cases depending on the
+   * precise implementation of this interface, so implementations should not
+   * rely on an exact kind of case being returned.
+   */
+  readonly attribute nsIUTF8StringEnumerator headerNames;
+
+  /**
+   * Retrieve the MIME representation of all of the headers.
+   *
+   * The header values are emitted in an ASCII form, unless internationalized
+   * email addresses are involved. The extra CRLF indicating the end of headers
+   * is not included in this representation.
+   *
+   * This accessor is provided mainly for the benefit of C++ consumers of this
+   * interface, since the JSMime headeremitter functionality allows more
+   * fine-grained customization of the results.
+   */
+   AUTF8String buildMimeText();
+
+%{C++
+  /**
+   * A special variant of getAddressingHeader that is specialized better for C++
+   * users of this API.
+   */
+  nsresult GetAddressingHeader(const char *aPropertyName,
+                               nsCOMArray<msgIAddressObject> &addrs,
+                               bool aPreserveGroups = false)
+  {
+    msgIAddressObject **addrPtr;
+    uint32_t length;
+    nsresult rv = GetAddressingHeader(aPropertyName, aPreserveGroups, &length,
+      &addrPtr);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    addrs.Adopt(addrPtr, length);
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+%}
+
+};
+
+/**
+ * An interface that enhances msgIStructuredHeaders by allowing the values of
+ * headers to be modified.
+ */
+[scriptable, uuid(5dcbbef6-2356-45d8-86d7-b3e73f9c9a0c)]
+interface msgIWritableStructuredHeaders : msgIStructuredHeaders {
+  /**
+   * Store the given value for the given header, overwriting any previous value
+   * that was stored for said header.
+   *
+   * @param aHeaderName     The name of the header to store.
+   * @param aValue          The rich, structured value of the header to store.
+   */
+  void setHeader(in string aHeaderName, in jsval aValue);
+
+  /**
+   * Forget any previous value that was stored for the given header.
+   *
+   * @param aHeaderName     The name of the header to delete.
+   */
+  void deleteHeader(in string aHeaderName);
+
+  /**
+   * Copy all of the structured values from another set of structured headers to
+   * the current one, overwriting any values that may have been specified
+   * locally. Note that the copy is a shallow copy of the value.
+   *
+   * @param aOtherHeaders   A set of header values to be copied.
+   */
+  void addAllHeaders(in msgIStructuredHeaders aOtherHeaders);
+
+  /**
+   * Set the value of the header as if it were an unstructured header. Such
+   * headers include most notably the Subject header.
+   *
+   * @param aHeaderName     The name of the header to store.
+   * @param aValue          The value to store.
+   */
+  void setUnstructuredHeader(in string aHeaderName, in AString aValue);
+
+  /**
+   * Set the value of the header as if it were an addressing header, such as the
+   * From or To headers.
+   *
+   * @param aHeaderName     The name of the header to store.
+   */
+  void setAddressingHeader(in string aHeaderName,
+    [array, size_is(aCount)] in msgIAddressObject aAddresses,
+    in unsigned long aCount);
+
+  /**
+   * Store the value of the header using a raw version as would be represented
+   * in MIME. So as to handle 8-bit headers properly, the charset needs to be
+   * specified, although it may be null.
+   *
+   * @param aHeaderName     The name of the header to store.
+   * @param aValue          The raw MIME header value to store.
+   * @param aCharset        The expected charset of aValue.
+   */
+  void setRawHeader(in string aHeaderName, in ACString aValue,
+                    in string aCharset);
+
+%{C++
+  /**
+   * A special variant of setAddressingHeader that is specialized better for C++
+   * users of this API.
+   */
+  nsresult SetAddressingHeader(const char *aPropertyName,
+                               const nsCOMArray<msgIAddressObject> &addrs)
+  {
+    return SetAddressingHeader(aPropertyName,
+      const_cast<nsCOMArray<msgIAddressObject>&>(addrs).Elements(),
+      addrs.Length());
+  }
+%}
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/public/nsICMSDecoder.idl b/mailnews/mime/public/nsICMSDecoder.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f67f1e640
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/public/nsICMSDecoder.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+%{ C++
+typedef void (*NSSCMSContentCallback)(void *arg, const char *buf, unsigned long len);
+
+#define NS_CMSDECODER_CONTRACTID "@mozilla.org/nsCMSDecoder;1"
+%}
+
+native NSSCMSContentCallback(NSSCMSContentCallback);
+
+interface nsICMSMessage;
+
+/**
+ * nsICMSDecoder
+ *  Interface to decode an CMS message
+ */
+[uuid(c7c7033b-f341-4065-aadd-7eef55ce0dda)]
+interface nsICMSDecoder : nsISupports
+{
+  void start(in NSSCMSContentCallback cb, in voidPtr arg);
+  void update(in string aBuf, in long aLen);
+  void finish(out nsICMSMessage msg);
+};
+
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/public/nsICMSEncoder.idl b/mailnews/mime/public/nsICMSEncoder.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a82f5e0de
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/public/nsICMSEncoder.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+%{ C++
+typedef void (*NSSCMSContentCallback)(void *arg, const char *buf, unsigned long len);
+
+#define NS_CMSENCODER_CONTRACTID "@mozilla.org/nsCMSEncoder;1"
+%}
+
+native NSSCMSContentCallback(NSSCMSContentCallback);
+
+interface nsICMSMessage;
+
+/**
+ * nsICMSEncoder
+ *  Interface to Encode an CMS message
+ */
+[uuid(17dc4fb4-e379-4e56-a4a4-57cdcc74816f)]
+interface nsICMSEncoder : nsISupports
+{
+  void start(in nsICMSMessage aMsg, in NSSCMSContentCallback cb, in voidPtr arg);
+  void update(in string aBuf, in long aLen);
+  void finish();
+  void encode(in nsICMSMessage aMsg);
+};
+
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/public/nsICMSMessage.idl b/mailnews/mime/public/nsICMSMessage.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1d67bf51d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/public/nsICMSMessage.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+%{ C++
+#define NS_CMSMESSAGE_CONTRACTID "@mozilla.org/nsCMSMessage;1"
+%}
+
+[ptr] native UnsignedCharPtr(unsigned char);
+
+interface nsIX509Cert;
+interface nsIArray;
+
+/**
+ * nsICMSMessage
+ *  Interface to a CMS Message
+ */
+[uuid(c6d51c22-73e9-4dad-86b9-bde584e33c63)]
+interface nsICMSMessage : nsISupports
+{
+  void contentIsSigned(out boolean aSigned);
+  void contentIsEncrypted(out boolean aEncrypted);
+  void getSignerCommonName(out string aName);
+  void getSignerEmailAddress(out string aEmail);
+  void getSignerCert(out nsIX509Cert scert);
+  void getEncryptionCert(out nsIX509Cert ecert);
+  void verifySignature();
+  void verifyDetachedSignature(in UnsignedCharPtr aDigestData, in unsigned long aDigestDataLen);
+  void CreateEncrypted(in nsIArray aRecipientCerts);
+
+  /* The parameter aDigestType must be one of the values in nsICryptoHash */
+  void CreateSigned(in nsIX509Cert scert, in nsIX509Cert ecert,
+                    in UnsignedCharPtr aDigestData,
+                    in unsigned long aDigestDataLen, in int16_t aDigestType);
+};
+
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/public/nsICMSMessage2.idl b/mailnews/mime/public/nsICMSMessage2.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9360279c6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/public/nsICMSMessage2.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+interface nsISMimeVerificationListener;
+
+[ptr] native UnsignedCharPtr(unsigned char);
+
+/*
+ * This interface is currently not marked scriptable,
+ * because its verification functions are meant to look like those
+ * in nsICMSMessage. At the time the ptr type is eliminated in both 
+ * interfaces, both should be made scriptable.
+ */
+
+[uuid(b21a3636-2287-4b9f-9a22-25f245981ef0)]
+interface nsICMSMessage2 : nsISupports
+{
+  /**
+    * Async version of nsICMSMessage::VerifySignature.
+    * Code will be executed on a background thread and
+    * availability of results will be notified using a 
+    * call to nsISMimeVerificationListener.
+   */
+  void asyncVerifySignature(in nsISMimeVerificationListener listener);
+  
+  /**
+    * Async version of nsICMSMessage::VerifyDetachedSignature.
+    * Code will be executed on a background thread and
+    * availability of results will be notified using a 
+    * call to nsISMimeVerificationListener.
+    *
+    * We are using "native unsigned char" ptr, because the function 
+    * signatures of this one and nsICMSMessage::verifyDetachedSignature 
+    * should be the identical. Cleaning up nsICMSMessages needs to be
+    * postponed, because this async version is needed on MOZILLA_1_8_BRANCH.
+    *
+    * Once both interfaces get cleaned up, the function signature should
+    * look like:
+    *     [array, length_is(aDigestDataLen)]
+    *     in octet aDigestData,
+    *     in unsigned long aDigestDataLen);
+   */
+  void asyncVerifyDetachedSignature(in nsISMimeVerificationListener listener,
+                                     in UnsignedCharPtr aDigestData, 
+                                     in unsigned long aDigestDataLen);
+};
+
+[uuid(5226d698-0773-4f25-b94c-7944b3fc01d3)]
+interface nsISMimeVerificationListener : nsISupports {
+
+  /**
+   *  Notify that results are ready, that have been requested
+   *  using nsICMSMessage2::asyncVerify[Detached]Signature()
+   *
+   *  verificationResultCode matches synchronous result code from
+   *  nsICMSMessage::verify[Detached]Signature
+   */
+  void notify(in nsICMSMessage2 verifiedMessage,
+              in nsresult verificationResultCode);
+};
+
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/public/nsICMSMessageErrors.idl b/mailnews/mime/public/nsICMSMessageErrors.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d429cc671
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/public/nsICMSMessageErrors.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+/**
+ * nsICMSMessageErrors
+ *  Scriptable error constants for nsICMSMessage
+ */
+[scriptable,uuid(267f1a5b-88f7-413b-bc49-487e745282f1)]
+interface nsICMSMessageErrors : nsISupports
+{
+  const long SUCCESS = 0;
+  const long GENERAL_ERROR = 1;
+  const long VERIFY_NOT_SIGNED = 1024;
+  const long VERIFY_NO_CONTENT_INFO = 1025;
+  const long VERIFY_BAD_DIGEST = 1026;
+  const long VERIFY_NOCERT = 1028;
+  const long VERIFY_UNTRUSTED = 1029;
+  const long VERIFY_ERROR_UNVERIFIED = 1031;
+  const long VERIFY_ERROR_PROCESSING = 1032;
+  const long VERIFY_BAD_SIGNATURE = 1033;
+  const long VERIFY_DIGEST_MISMATCH = 1034;
+  const long VERIFY_UNKNOWN_ALGO = 1035;
+  const long VERIFY_UNSUPPORTED_ALGO = 1036;
+  const long VERIFY_MALFORMED_SIGNATURE = 1037;
+  const long VERIFY_HEADER_MISMATCH = 1038;
+  const long VERIFY_NOT_YET_ATTEMPTED = 1039;
+  const long VERIFY_CERT_WITHOUT_ADDRESS = 1040;
+
+  const long ENCRYPT_NO_BULK_ALG = 1056;
+  const long ENCRYPT_INCOMPLETE = 1057;
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/public/nsICMSSecureMessage.idl b/mailnews/mime/public/nsICMSSecureMessage.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6442e319a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/public/nsICMSSecureMessage.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+interface nsIX509Cert;
+
+/**
+ * nsICMSManager (service)
+ *  Interface to access users certificate store
+ */
+[scriptable, uuid(17103436-0111-4819-a751-0fc4aa6e3d79)]
+interface nsICMSSecureMessage : nsISupports
+{
+  /**
+   * getCertByPrefID - a BASE64 string representing a user's
+   *   certificate (or NULL if there isn't one)
+   */
+  string getCertByPrefID(in string certID);
+
+  /**
+   * decodeCert - decode a BASE64 string into an X509Certificate object
+   */
+  nsIX509Cert decodeCert(in string value);
+
+  /**
+   * sendMessage - send a text message to the recipient indicated
+   *   by the base64-encoded cert.
+   */
+  string sendMessage(in string msg, in string cert);
+
+  /**
+   * receiveMessage - receive an encrypted (enveloped) message
+   */
+  string receiveMessage(in string msg);
+};
+
+%{C++
+#define NS_CMSSECUREMESSAGE_CONTRACTID "@mozilla.org/nsCMSSecureMessage;1"
+%}
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/public/nsIMimeContentTypeHandler.h b/mailnews/mime/public/nsIMimeContentTypeHandler.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f1b828673
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/public/nsIMimeContentTypeHandler.h
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/*
+ * This interface is implemented by content type handlers that will be
+ * called upon by libmime to process various attachments types. The primary
+ * purpose of these handlers will be to represent the attached data in a
+ * viewable HTML format that is useful for the user
+ *
+ * Note: These will all register by their content type prefixed by the
+ *       following:  mimecth:text/vcard
+ *
+ *       libmime will then use the XPCOM Component Manager to
+ *       locate the appropriate Content Type handler
+ */
+#ifndef nsIMimeContentTypeHandler_h_
+#define nsIMimeContentTypeHandler_h_
+
+typedef struct {
+  bool        force_inline_display;
+} contentTypeHandlerInitStruct;
+
+#include "nsISupports.h"
+#include "mimecth.h"
+
+// {20DABD99-F8B5-11d2-8EE0-00A024A7D144}
+#define NS_IMIME_CONTENT_TYPE_HANDLER_IID \
+      { 0x20dabd99, 0xf8b5, 0x11d2,   \
+      { 0x8e, 0xe0, 0x0, 0xa0, 0x24, 0xa7, 0xd1, 0x44 } }
+
+// {20DABDA1-F8B5-11d2-8EE0-00A024A7D144}
+#define NS_VCARD_CONTENT_TYPE_HANDLER_CID \
+      { 0x20dabda1, 0xf8b5, 0x11d2, \
+      { 0x8e, 0xe0, 0x0, 0xa0, 0x24, 0xa7, 0xd1, 0x44 } }
+
+#define NS_SMIME_CONTENT_TYPE_HANDLER_CID \
+      { 0x20dabdac, 0xf8b5, 0x11d2, \
+      { 0xFF, 0xe0, 0x0, 0xa0, 0x24, 0xa7, 0xd1, 0x44 } }
+
+#define NS_SIGNED_CONTENT_TYPE_HANDLER_CID \
+      { 0x20dabdac, 0xf8b5, 0x11d2, \
+      { 0xFF, 0xe0, 0x0, 0xaf, 0x19, 0xa7, 0xd1, 0x44 } }
+
+#define NS_PGPMIME_CONTENT_TYPE_HANDLER_CID \
+      { 0x212f415f, 0xf8b5, 0x11d2, \
+      { 0xFF, 0xe0, 0x0, 0xaf, 0x19, 0xa7, 0xd1, 0x44 } }
+
+
+class nsIMimeContentTypeHandler : public nsISupports {
+public:
+  NS_DECLARE_STATIC_IID_ACCESSOR(NS_IMIME_CONTENT_TYPE_HANDLER_IID)
+
+  NS_IMETHOD    GetContentType(char **contentType) = 0;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD    CreateContentTypeHandlerClass(const char *content_type,
+                                              contentTypeHandlerInitStruct *initStruct,
+                                              MimeObjectClass **objClass) = 0;
+};
+
+NS_DEFINE_STATIC_IID_ACCESSOR(nsIMimeContentTypeHandler,
+                              NS_IMIME_CONTENT_TYPE_HANDLER_IID)
+
+#endif /* nsIMimeContentTypeHandler_h_ */
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/public/nsIMimeConverter.idl b/mailnews/mime/public/nsIMimeConverter.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..05aae7662
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/public/nsIMimeConverter.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+/**
+ * Encode/decode mail headers (via libmime).
+ */
+[scriptable, uuid(0d3f5531-2dbe-40d3-9280-f6ac45a6f5e0)]
+interface nsIMimeConverter : nsISupports {
+  /**
+   * Suggested byte length limit for use when calling encodeMimePartIIStr_UTF8.
+   */
+  const long MIME_ENCODED_WORD_SIZE = 72;
+  const long MAX_CHARSET_NAME_LENGTH = 64;
+
+  /**
+   * Encode a UTF-8 string into a form containing only ASCII characters using
+   * RFC 2047 encoded words where necessary.
+   *
+   * Note that, although allowed for the present time, encoding to charsets
+   * other than UTF-8 is considered deprecated.
+   *
+   * @param aHeader           UTF-8 header to encode.
+   * @param aAddressingHeader Is the header a list of email addresses?
+   * @param aMailCharset      Charset to use when encoding (see above for note).
+   * @param aFieldNameLen     Header field name length (ex: "From: " = 6)
+   * @param aMaxLineLen       Maximum length of an individual line. Use
+   *                          MIME_ENCODED_WORD_SIZE for best results.
+   *
+   * @return                  The encoded header.
+   */
+  AUTF8String encodeMimePartIIStr_UTF8(in AUTF8String aHeader,
+                                       in boolean     aAddressingHeader,
+                                       in string      aMailCharset,
+                                       in long        aFieldNameLen,
+                                       in long        aMaxLineLen);
+
+  /**
+   * Decode a MIME header to UTF-8 if conversion is required.  Marked as
+   * noscript because the return value may contain non-ASCII characters.
+   *
+   * @param header A (possibly encoded) header to decode.
+   * @param default_charset The charset to apply to un-labeled non-UTF-8 data.
+   * @param override_charset If true, default_charset is used instead of any
+   *     charset labeling other than UTF-8.
+   * @param eatContinuations If true, unfold headers.
+   *
+   * @return UTF-8 encoded value if conversion was required, nullptr if no
+   *     conversion was required.
+   */
+  AUTF8String decodeMimeHeaderToUTF8(in ACString header,
+                                     in string default_charset,
+                                     in boolean override_charset,
+                                     in boolean eatContinuations);
+
+  /**
+   * Decode a MIME header to UTF-16.
+   *
+   * @param header A (possibly encoded) header to decode.
+   * @param default_charset The charset to apply to un-labeled non-UTF-8 data.
+   * @param override_charset If true, default_charset is used instead of any
+   *     charset labeling other than UTF-8.
+   * @param eatContinuations If true, unfold headers.
+   *
+   * @return UTF-16 encoded value as an AString.
+   */
+  AString decodeMimeHeader(in string header,
+                           in string default_charset,
+                           in boolean override_charset,
+                           in boolean eatContinuations);
+};
+
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/public/nsIMimeEmitter.idl b/mailnews/mime/public/nsIMimeEmitter.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b129b4e86
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/public/nsIMimeEmitter.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+#include "nsrootidl.idl"
+
+interface nsIOutputStream;
+interface nsIInputStream;
+interface nsIURI;
+interface nsIStreamListener;
+interface nsIChannel;
+
+[scriptable, uuid(eb9beb09-44de-4ad2-a560-f572b1afd534)]
+interface nsMimeHeaderDisplayTypes
+{
+    const long MicroHeaders = 0;
+    const long NormalHeaders = 1;
+    const long AllHeaders = 2;
+};
+
+%{C++
+#define NS_IMIME_MISC_STATUS_KEY       "@mozilla.org/MimeMiscStatus;1?type="
+%}
+
+[scriptable, uuid(7a57166f-2891-4122-9a74-6c3fab0caac3)]
+interface nsIMimeEmitter : nsISupports {
+
+    // Output listener to allow access to it from mime.
+    attribute nsIStreamListener outputListener;
+
+    // These will be called to start and stop the total operation.
+    void initialize(in nsIURI url, in nsIChannel aChannel, in long aFormat);
+    void complete();
+
+    // Set the output stream/listener for processed data.
+    void setPipe(in nsIInputStream inputStream, in nsIOutputStream outStream);
+
+    // Header handling routines.
+    void startHeader(in boolean rootMailHeader, in boolean headerOnly,
+                     [const] in string msgID, [const] in string outCharset);
+    void addHeaderField([const] in string field, [const] in string value);
+    void addAllHeaders(in ACString allheaders);
+
+    /**
+     * Write the HTML Headers for the current attachment.
+     * Note: Book case this with an EndHeader call.
+     *
+     * @param name The name of this attachment.
+     */
+    void writeHTMLHeaders([const] in AUTF8String name);
+
+    /**
+     * Finish writing the headers for the current attachment.
+     *
+     * @param name The name of this attachment.
+     */
+    void endHeader([const] in AUTF8String name);
+
+    void updateCharacterSet([const] in string aCharset);
+
+    // Attachment handling routines.
+    void startAttachment([const] in AUTF8String name,
+                         [const] in string contentType,
+                         [const] in string url, in boolean aNotDownloaded);
+    void addAttachmentField([const] in string field, [const] in string value);
+    void endAttachment();
+
+    void endAllAttachments();
+
+    // Body handling routines.
+    void startBody(in boolean bodyOnly, [const] in string msgID, [const] in string outCharset);
+    void writeBody([const] in AUTF8String buf, out uint32_t amountWritten);
+    void endBody();
+
+    // Generic write routine. This is necessary for output that
+    // libmime needs to pass through without any particular parsing
+    // involved (i.e. decoded images, HTML Body Text, etc...
+    void write([const] in ACString buf, out uint32_t amountWritten);
+    void utilityWrite([const] in string buf);
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/public/nsIMimeHeaders.idl b/mailnews/mime/public/nsIMimeHeaders.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3a0d05c49
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/public/nsIMimeHeaders.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "msgIStructuredHeaders.idl"
+
+%{C++
+#define NS_IMIMEHEADERS_CONTRACTID \
+  "@mozilla.org/messenger/mimeheaders;1"
+%}
+
+/**
+ * An interface that can extract individual headers from a body of headers.
+ */
+[scriptable, uuid(a9222679-b991-4786-8314-f8819c3a2ba3)]
+interface nsIMimeHeaders : msgIStructuredHeaders {
+  /// Feed in the text of headers
+  void initialize(in ACString allHeaders);
+
+  /**
+   * Get the text of a header.
+   *
+   * Leading and trailing whitespace from headers will be stripped from the
+   * return value. If getAllOfThem is set to true, then the returned string will
+   * have all of the values of the header, in order, joined with the ',\r\n\t'.
+   *
+   * If the header is not present, then the returned value is NULL.
+   */
+  ACString extractHeader(in string headerName, in boolean getAllOfThem);
+
+  /**
+   * The current text of all header data.
+   *
+   * Unlike the asMimeText property, this result preserves the original
+   * representation of the header text, including alternative line endings or
+   * custom, non-8-bit text. For instances of this interface, this attribute is
+   * usually preferable to asMimeText.
+   */
+  readonly attribute ACString allHeaders;
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/public/nsIMimeMiscStatus.idl b/mailnews/mime/public/nsIMimeMiscStatus.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3621cdb85
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/public/nsIMimeMiscStatus.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+#include "nsrootidl.idl"
+
+interface nsIChannel;
+interface nsIMsgMailNewsUrl;
+interface nsIUTF8StringEnumerator;
+interface nsIMsgDBHdr;
+interface nsIURI;
+interface nsIWritablePropertyBag2;
+
+[scriptable, uuid(4644FB25-5255-11d3-82B8-444553540002)] 
+interface nsIMimeMiscStatus : nsISupports{
+
+    string  GetWindowXULandJS();
+    string  GetGlobalXULandJS();
+    string  GetIndividualXUL(in string aName, in string aHeader, in string aEmail);
+
+    long    GetMiscStatus(in string aName, in string aEmail);
+    string  GetImageURL(in long aStatus);
+};
+
+// this is a simple interface which allows someone to listen to all the headers 
+// that are discovered by mime. We can use this when displaying a message to update
+// the msg header in JS. 
+[scriptable, uuid(e0e821f0-cecf-4cb3-be5b-ee58b6868343)]
+interface nsIMsgHeaderSink : nsISupports 
+{
+  // You must finish consuming the iterators before returning from processHeaders. aHeaderNames and aHeaderValues will ALWAYS have the same
+  // number of elements in them
+  void processHeaders(in nsIUTF8StringEnumerator aHeaderNames, in nsIUTF8StringEnumerator aHeaderValues, in boolean dontCollectAddress);
+
+  void handleAttachment(in string contentType, in string url, in wstring displayName, in string uri,
+                        in boolean aNotDownloaded);
+
+  /**
+   * Add a metadata field to the current attachment, e.g. "X-Mozilla-PartSize".
+   *
+   * @param field The field to add
+   * @param value The value of the field
+   */
+  void addAttachmentField(in string field, in string value);
+  void onEndAllAttachments();
+    
+  // onEndMsgHeaders is called after libmime is done processing a message. At this point it is safe for
+  // elements like the UI to update junk status, process return receipts, etc.
+  void onEndMsgHeaders(in nsIMsgMailNewsUrl url);
+
+  // onEndMsgDownload is triggered when layout says it is actually done rendering 
+  // the message body in the UI. 
+  void onEndMsgDownload(in nsIMsgMailNewsUrl url);
+
+  attribute nsISupports securityInfo;
+
+  /**
+   * onMsgHasRemoteContent is called each time content policy encounters remote
+   * content that it will block from loading.
+   * @param aMsgHdr header of the message the content is located in
+   * @param aContentURI location that will be blocked.
+   * @param aCanOverride can the blocking be overridden or not
+   */
+  void onMsgHasRemoteContent(in nsIMsgDBHdr aMsgHdr, in nsIURI aContentURI, in boolean aCanOverride);
+
+  readonly attribute nsIMsgDBHdr dummyMsgHeader;
+  
+  // used as a hook for extension mime content handlers to store data that can later
+  // be accessed by other parts of the code, e.g., UI code.
+  // TODO - Should replace securityInfo
+  readonly attribute nsIWritablePropertyBag2 properties;
+  // When streaming a new message, properties should be reset, so that there are
+  // not previous values lurking around.
+  void resetProperties();
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/public/nsIMimeObjectClassAccess.h b/mailnews/mime/public/nsIMimeObjectClassAccess.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..55d7a86ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/public/nsIMimeObjectClassAccess.h
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/*
+ * This interface is implemented by libmime. This interface is used by
+ * a Content-Type handler "Plug In" (i.e. vCard) for accessing various
+ * internal information about the object class system of libmime. When
+ * libmime progresses to a C++ object class, this would probably change.
+ */
+#ifndef nsIMimeObjectClassAccess_h_
+#define nsIMimeObjectClassAccess_h_
+
+// {C09EDB23-B7AF-11d2-B35E-525400E2D63A}
+#define NS_IMIME_OBJECT_CLASS_ACCESS_IID \
+      { 0xc09edb23, 0xb7af, 0x11d2,   \
+      { 0xb3, 0x5e, 0x52, 0x54, 0x0, 0xe2, 0xd6, 0x3a } }
+
+class nsIMimeObjectClassAccess : public nsISupports {
+public:
+  NS_DECLARE_STATIC_IID_ACCESSOR(NS_IMIME_OBJECT_CLASS_ACCESS_IID)
+
+  // These methods are all implemented by libmime to be used by
+  // content type handler plugins for processing stream data.
+
+  // This is the write call for outputting processed stream data.
+  NS_IMETHOD    MimeObjectWrite(void *mimeObject,
+                                char *data,
+                                int32_t length,
+                                bool user_visible_p) = 0;
+
+  // The following group of calls expose the pointers for the object
+  // system within libmime.
+  NS_IMETHOD    GetmimeInlineTextClass(void **ptr) = 0;
+  NS_IMETHOD    GetmimeLeafClass(void **ptr) = 0;
+  NS_IMETHOD    GetmimeObjectClass(void **ptr) = 0;
+  NS_IMETHOD    GetmimeContainerClass(void **ptr) = 0;
+  NS_IMETHOD    GetmimeMultipartClass(void **ptr) = 0;
+  NS_IMETHOD    GetmimeMultipartSignedClass(void **ptr) = 0;
+  NS_IMETHOD    GetmimeEncryptedClass(void **ptr) = 0;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD    MimeCreate(char* content_type, void * hdrs, void * opts, void **ptr) = 0;
+};
+
+NS_DEFINE_STATIC_IID_ACCESSOR(nsIMimeObjectClassAccess,
+                              NS_IMIME_OBJECT_CLASS_ACCESS_IID)
+
+#endif /* nsIMimeObjectClassAccess_h_ */
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/public/nsIMimeStreamConverter.idl b/mailnews/mime/public/nsIMimeStreamConverter.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..bde6175c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/public/nsIMimeStreamConverter.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+#include "nsrootidl.idl"
+#include "nsIMimeHeaders.idl"
+#include "nsIMsgIdentity.idl"
+#include "nsIMsgHdr.idl"
+
+interface nsIURI;
+
+typedef long nsMimeOutputType;
+
+[scriptable, uuid(fdc2956e-d558-43fb-bfdd-fb9511229aa5)]
+interface nsMimeOutput
+{
+  const long nsMimeMessageSplitDisplay = 0;
+  const long nsMimeMessageHeaderDisplay = 1;
+  const long nsMimeMessageBodyDisplay = 2;
+  const long nsMimeMessageQuoting = 3;
+  const long nsMimeMessageBodyQuoting = 4;
+  const long nsMimeMessageRaw = 5;
+  const long nsMimeMessageDraftOrTemplate = 6;
+  const long nsMimeMessageEditorTemplate = 7;
+  const long nsMimeMessagePrintOutput = 9;
+  const long nsMimeMessageSaveAs = 10;
+  const long nsMimeMessageSource = 11;
+  const long nsMimeMessageFilterSniffer = 12;
+  const long nsMimeMessageDecrypt = 13;
+  const long nsMimeMessageAttach = 14;
+  const long nsMimeUnknown = 15;
+};
+
+[scriptable, uuid(FA81CAA0-6261-11d3-8311-00805F2A0107)]
+interface nsIMimeStreamConverterListener : nsISupports{
+      void onHeadersReady(in nsIMimeHeaders headers);
+};
+
+/**
+ * This interface contains mailnews mime specific information for stream
+ * converters. Most of the code is just stuff that has been moved out
+ * of nsIStreamConverter.idl to make it more generic.
+ */
+[scriptable, uuid(d894c833-29c5-495b-880c-9a9f847bfdc9)]
+interface nsIMimeStreamConverter : nsISupports {
+
+  /**
+   * Set the desired mime output type on the converer.
+   */
+  void SetMimeOutputType(in nsMimeOutputType aType);
+
+  void GetMimeOutputType(out nsMimeOutputType aOutFormat);
+
+  /**
+   * This is needed by libmime for MHTML link processing...the url is the URL
+   * string associated with this input stream.
+   */
+  void SetStreamURI(in nsIURI aURI);
+
+  /**
+   * Used to extract headers while parsing a message.
+   */
+  void SetMimeHeadersListener(in nsIMimeStreamConverterListener listener, in nsMimeOutputType aType);
+
+  /**
+   * This is used for forward inline, both as a filter action, and from the UI.
+   */
+  attribute boolean forwardInline;
+
+  /**
+   * This is used for a forward inline filter action. When streaming is done,
+   * we won't open a compose window with the editor contents.
+   */
+  attribute boolean forwardInlineFilter;
+
+  /**
+   * Address for the forward inline filter to forward the message to.
+   */
+  attribute AString forwardToAddress;
+  /**
+   * Use the opposite compose format, used for forward inline.
+   */
+  attribute boolean overrideComposeFormat;
+
+  /**
+   * This is used for OpenDraft, OpenEditorTemplate and Forward inline (which use OpenDraft)
+   */
+  attribute nsIMsgIdentity identity;
+  attribute string originalMsgURI;
+  attribute nsIMsgDBHdr origMsgHdr;
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/public/nsIMsgHeaderParser.idl b/mailnews/mime/public/nsIMsgHeaderParser.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2512623d8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/public/nsIMsgHeaderParser.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,235 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+%{C++
+#define NS_MAILNEWS_MIME_HEADER_PARSER_CONTRACTID \
+  "@mozilla.org/messenger/headerparser;1"
+%}
+
+/**
+ * A structured representation of an address.
+ *
+ * This is meant to correspond to the address production from RFC 5322. As a
+ * result, an instance of this interface is either a single mailbox or a group
+ * of mailboxes. The difference between the two forms is in which attribute is
+ * undefined: mailboxes leave the members attribute undefined while groups leave
+ * the email attribute undefined.
+ *
+ * For example, an address like "John Doe <jdoe@machine.example>" will, when
+ * parsed, result in an instance with the name attribute set to "John Doe", the
+ * email attribute set to "jdoe@machine.example", and the members variable left
+ * undefined.
+ *
+ * A group like "undisclosed-recipients:;" will, when parsed, result in an
+ * instance with the name attribute set to "undisclosed-recipients", the email
+ * attribute left defined, and the members variable set to an empty array.
+ *
+ * In general, the attributes of this interface are always meant to be in a form
+ * suitable for display purposes, and not in a form usable for MIME emission. In
+ * particular, email addresses could be fully internationalized and non-ASCII,
+ * RFC 2047-encoded words may appear in names, and the name or email parameters
+ * are unquoted.
+ */
+[scriptable, uuid(b19f5636-ebc4-470e-b46c-98b5fc7e88c9)]
+interface msgIAddressObject : nsISupports {
+  /// The name of the mailbox or group.
+  readonly attribute AString name;
+
+  /// The email of the mailbox.
+  readonly attribute AString email;
+
+  /**
+   * The member mailboxes of this group, which may be an empty list.
+   *
+   * Due to the limitations of XPIDL, the type of this attribute cannot be
+   * properly reflected. It is actually an array of msgIAddressObject instances,
+   * although it is instead undefined if this object does not represent a group.
+   */
+  readonly attribute jsval group;
+
+  /// Return a string form of this object that is suitable for display.
+  AString toString();
+};
+
+/**
+ * A utility service for manipulating addressing headers in email messages.
+ *
+ * This interface is designed primarily for use from JavaScript code; code in
+ * C++ should use the methods in MimeHeaderParser.h instead, as it is better
+ * designed to take advantage of C++'s features, particularly with respect to
+ * arrays.
+ *
+ * There are two methods for parsing MIME headers, one for RFC 2047-decoded
+ * strings, and one for non-RFC 2047-decoded strings.
+ *
+ * In general, this API attempts to preserve the format of addresses as
+ * faithfully as possible. No case normalization is performed at any point.
+ * However, internationalized email addresses generally need extra processing to
+ * work properly, so while this API should handle them without issues, consumers
+ * of this API may fail to work properly when presented with such addresses. To
+ * ease use for such cases, future versions of the API may incorporate necessary
+ * normalization steps to make oblivious consumers more likely to work properly.
+ */
+[scriptable, uuid(af2f9dd1-0226-4835-b981-a4f88b5e97cc)]
+interface nsIMsgHeaderParser : nsISupports {
+  /**
+   * Parse an address-based header that has not yet been 2047-decoded.
+   *
+   * The result of this method is an array of objects described in the above
+   * comment. Note that the header is a binary string that will be decoded as if
+   * passed into nsIMimeConverter.
+   *
+   * @param aEncodedHeader  The RFC 2047-encoded header to parse.
+   * @param aHeaderCharset  The charset to assume for raw octets.
+   * @param aPreserveGroups If false (the default), the result is a flat array
+   *                        of mailbox objects, containing no group objects.
+   * @return                An array corresponding to the header description.
+   */
+  void parseEncodedHeader(in ACString aEncodedHeader,
+                          in string aHeaderCharset,
+                          [optional] in bool aPreserveGroups,
+                          [optional] out unsigned long length,
+                          [retval, array, size_is(length)]
+                          out msgIAddressObject addresses);
+
+  /**
+   * Parse an address-based header that has been 2047-decoded.
+   *
+   * The result of this method is an array of objects described in the above
+   * comment. Note that the header is a binary string that will be decoded as if
+   * passed into nsIMimeConverter.
+   *
+   * @param aDecodedHeader  The non-RFC 2047-encoded header to parse.
+   * @param aPreserveGroups If false (the default), the result is a flat array
+   *                        of mailbox objects, containing no group objects.
+   * @return                An array corresponding to the header description.
+   */
+  void parseDecodedHeader(in AString aDecodedHeader,
+                          [optional] in bool aPreserveGroups,
+                          [optional] out unsigned long length,
+                          [retval, array, size_is(length)]
+                          out msgIAddressObject addresses);
+
+  /**
+   * Given an array of addresses, make a MIME header suitable for emission.
+   *
+   * The return value of this method is not directly suitable for use in a MIME
+   * message but rather needs to be passed through nsIMimeConverter first to
+   * have RFC-2047 encoding applied and the resulting output wrapped to adhere
+   * to maximum line length formats.
+   *
+   * @param aAddresses An array corresponding to the header description.
+   * @param aLength    The length of said array of addresses.
+   * @return           A string that is suitable for writing in a MIME message.
+   */
+  AString makeMimeHeader([array, size_is(aLength)]
+                         in msgIAddressObject aAddresses,
+                         in unsigned long aLength);
+
+  /**
+   * Return the first address in the list in a format suitable for display.
+   *
+   * This is largely a convience method for handling From headers (or similar),
+   * which are expected to only have a single element in them. It is exactly
+   * equivalent to saying (parseDecodedHeader(decodedHeader))[0].toString().
+   *
+   * @param decodedHeader   The non-RFC 2047-encoded header to parse.
+   * @return                The first address, suitable for display.
+   */
+  AString extractFirstName(in AString aDecodedHeader);
+
+  /**
+   * Returns a copy of the input which may have had some addresses removed.
+   * Addresses are removed if they are already in either of the supplied
+   * address lists.
+   *
+   * Addresses are considered to be the same if they contain the same email
+   * part (case-insensitive). Since the email part should never be RFC
+   * 2047-encoded, this method should work whether or not the header is
+   * RFC 2047-encoded.
+   *
+   * @param aAddrs      The addresses to remove duplicates from.
+   * @param aOtherAddrs Other addresses that the duplicate removal process also
+   *                    checks for duplicates against. Addresses in this list
+   *                    will not be added to the result.
+   * @return            The original header with duplicate addresses removed.
+   */
+  AUTF8String removeDuplicateAddresses(in AUTF8String aAddrs,
+                                       [optional] in AUTF8String aOtherAddrs);
+
+  /// Return a structured mailbox object having the given name and email.
+  msgIAddressObject makeMailboxObject(in AString aName, in AString aEmail);
+
+  /// Return a structured group object having the given name and members.
+  msgIAddressObject makeGroupObject(in AString aName,
+    [array, size_is(aLength)] in msgIAddressObject aMembers,
+    in unsigned long aLength);
+
+  /**
+   * Return an array of structured mailbox objects for the given display name
+   * string.
+   *
+   * The string is expected to be a comma-separated sequence of strings that
+   * would be produced by msgIAddressObject::toString(). For example, the string
+   * "Bond, James <agent007@mi5.invalid>" would produce one address object,
+   * while the string "webmaster@nowhere.invalid, child@nowhere.invalid" would
+   * produce two address objects.
+   *
+   * Note that the input string is RFC 2231 and RFC 2047 decoded but no UTF-8
+   * decoding takes place.
+   */
+  void makeFromDisplayAddress(in AString aDisplayAddresses,
+                              [optional] out unsigned long count,
+                              [retval, array, size_is(count)] out msgIAddressObject addresses);
+
+  [deprecated] void parseHeadersWithArray(in wstring aLine,
+                             [array, size_is(count)] out wstring aEmailAddresses,
+                             [array, size_is(count)] out wstring aNames,
+                             [array, size_is(count)] out wstring aFullNames,
+                             [retval] out unsigned long count);
+
+
+  /**
+   * Given a string which contains a list of Header addresses, returns a
+   * comma-separated list of just the `mailbox' portions.
+   *
+   * @param aLine          The header line to parse.
+   * @return               A comma-separated list of just the mailbox parts
+   *                       of the email-addresses.
+   */
+  [deprecated] ACString extractHeaderAddressMailboxes(in ACString aLine);
+
+  /**
+   * Given a string which contains a list of Header addresses, returns a
+   * comma-separated list of just the `user name' portions.  If any of
+   * the addresses doesn't have a name, then the mailbox is used instead.
+   *
+   * @param aLine          The header line to parse.
+   * @return               A comma-separated list of just the name parts
+   *                       of the addresses.
+   */
+  [deprecated] AUTF8String extractHeaderAddressNames(in AUTF8String aLine);
+
+  /*
+   * Like extractHeaderAddressNames, but only returns the first name in the
+   * header if there is one. This function will return unquoted strings suitable
+   * for display.
+   *
+   * @param aLine          The header line to parse.
+   * @return               The first name found in the list.
+   */
+  [deprecated] AUTF8String extractHeaderAddressName(in AUTF8String aLine);
+
+  /**
+   * Given a name and email address, produce a string that is suitable for
+   * emitting in a MIME header (after applying RFC 2047 encoding).
+   *
+   * @note This is a temporary method.
+   */
+  [deprecated] AString makeMimeAddress(in AString aName, in AString aEmail);
+};
+
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/public/nsIPgpMimeProxy.idl b/mailnews/mime/public/nsIPgpMimeProxy.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..375a7b776
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/public/nsIPgpMimeProxy.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsIStreamListener.idl"
+#include "nsIURI.idl"
+
+%{C++
+typedef int (*MimeDecodeCallbackFun)(const char *buf, int32_t buf_size, void *output_closure);
+
+#define NS_PGPMIMEPROXY_CLASSNAME "PGP/Mime Decryption"
+#define NS_PGPMIMEPROXY_CONTRACTID "@mozilla.org/mime/pgp-mime-decrypt;1"
+
+#define NS_PGPMIMEPROXY_CID                     \
+{ /* 6b7e094f-536b-40dc-b3a4-e3d729205ce1 */      \
+   0x6b7e094f, 0x536b, 0x40dc,                    \
+{0xb3, 0xa4, 0xe3, 0xd7, 0x29, 0x20, 0x5c, 0xe1 } }
+%}
+
+native MimeDecodeCallbackFun(MimeDecodeCallbackFun);
+
+/**
+ * nsIPgpMimeProxy is a proxy for a (JS-)addon for OpenPGP/MIME decryption
+ */
+
+[scriptable, uuid(6b7e094f-536b-40dc-b3a4-e3d729205ce1)]
+interface nsIPgpMimeProxy : nsIStreamListener
+{
+  /**
+   * set the decoder callback into mimelib
+   */
+  [noscript] void setMimeCallback(in MimeDecodeCallbackFun outputFun,
+                                  in voidPtr outputClosure,
+                                  in nsIURI myUri);
+
+  /**
+   * init function
+   */
+  void init();
+
+  /**
+   * process encoded data received from mimelib
+   */
+  void write(in string buf, in unsigned long count);
+
+  /**
+   * finish writing (EOF) from mimelib
+   */
+  void finish();
+
+  /**
+   * the listener that receives the OpenPGP/MIME data stream and decrypts
+   * the message
+   */
+  attribute nsIStreamListener     decryptor;
+
+  attribute ACString              contentType;
+
+  /**
+   * The particular part number of the multipart object we are working on. The
+   * numbering is the same as in URLs that use the form "...?part=1.1.2".
+   *
+   * The value stored in mimePart is only the number, e.g. "1" or "1.1.2"
+   */
+  attribute ACString mimePart;
+};
+
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/public/nsISimpleMimeConverter.idl b/mailnews/mime/public/nsISimpleMimeConverter.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..907a1bb0e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/public/nsISimpleMimeConverter.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 20; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+interface nsIURI;
+
+[scriptable, uuid(FC6E8234-BBF3-44A1-9802-5F023A929173)]
+interface nsISimpleMimeConverter : nsISupports
+{
+    // uri of message getting displayed
+    attribute nsIURI uri;
+    AUTF8String convertToHTML(in ACString contentType,
+                              in AUTF8String data);
+};
+
+%{C++
+
+#define NS_SIMPLEMIMECONVERTERS_CATEGORY "simple-mime-converters"
+
+%}
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/public/nsMailHeaders.h b/mailnews/mime/public/nsMailHeaders.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d8a3131a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/public/nsMailHeaders.h
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/*
+ * This interface allows any module to access the encoder/decoder
+ * routines for RFC822 headers. This will allow any mail/news module
+ * to call on these routines.
+ */
+#ifndef nsMailHeaders_h_
+#define nsMailHeaders_h_
+
+/*
+ * These are the defines for standard header field names.
+ */
+#define HEADER_BCC                          "BCC"
+#define HEADER_CC                            "CC"
+#define HEADER_CONTENT_BASE                  "Content-Base"
+#define HEADER_CONTENT_LOCATION              "Content-Location"
+#define HEADER_CONTENT_ID                    "Content-ID"
+#define HEADER_CONTENT_DESCRIPTION          "Content-Description"
+#define HEADER_CONTENT_DISPOSITION          "Content-Disposition"
+#define HEADER_CONTENT_ENCODING              "Content-Encoding"
+#define HEADER_CONTENT_LANGUAGE              "Content-Language"
+#define HEADER_CONTENT_LENGTH                "Content-Length"
+#define HEADER_CONTENT_NAME                  "Content-Name"
+#define HEADER_CONTENT_TRANSFER_ENCODING    "Content-Transfer-Encoding"
+#define HEADER_CONTENT_TYPE                  "Content-Type"
+#define HEADER_DATE                          "Date"
+#define HEADER_DISTRIBUTION                  "Distribution"
+#define HEADER_FCC                          "FCC"
+#define HEADER_FOLLOWUP_TO                  "Followup-To"
+#define HEADER_FROM                          "From"
+#define HEADER_STATUS                          "Status"
+#define HEADER_LINES                        "Lines"
+#define HEADER_LIST_POST                    "List-Post"
+#define HEADER_MAIL_FOLLOWUP_TO              "Mail-Followup-To"
+#define HEADER_MAIL_REPLY_TO               "Mail-Reply-To"
+#define HEADER_MESSAGE_ID                    "Message-ID"
+#define HEADER_MIME_VERSION                  "MIME-Version"
+#define HEADER_NEWSGROUPS                    "Newsgroups"
+#define HEADER_ORGANIZATION                  "Organization"
+#define HEADER_REFERENCES                    "References"
+#define HEADER_REPLY_TO                      "Reply-To"
+#define HEADER_RESENT_COMMENTS              "Resent-Comments"
+#define HEADER_RESENT_DATE                  "Resent-Date"
+#define HEADER_RESENT_FROM                  "Resent-From"
+#define HEADER_RESENT_MESSAGE_ID            "Resent-Message-ID"
+#define HEADER_RESENT_SENDER                "Resent-Sender"
+#define HEADER_RESENT_TO                    "Resent-To"
+#define HEADER_RESENT_CC                    "Resent-CC"
+#define HEADER_SENDER                        "Sender"
+#define HEADER_SUBJECT                      "Subject"
+#define HEADER_TO                            "To"
+#define HEADER_APPROVED_BY                  "Approved-By"
+#define HEADER_X_MAILER                      "X-Mailer"
+#define HEADER_USER_AGENT                    "User-Agent"
+#define HEADER_X_NEWSREADER                  "X-Newsreader"
+#define HEADER_X_POSTING_SOFTWARE            "X-Posting-Software"
+#define HEADER_X_MOZILLA_STATUS               "X-Mozilla-Status"
+#define HEADER_X_MOZILLA_STATUS2             "X-Mozilla-Status2"
+#define HEADER_X_MOZILLA_NEWSHOST            "X-Mozilla-News-Host"
+#define HEADER_X_MOZILLA_DRAFT_INFO          "X-Mozilla-Draft-Info"
+#define HEADER_X_UIDL                        "X-UIDL"
+#define HEADER_XREF                          "XREF"
+#define HEADER_X_SUN_CHARSET                "X-Sun-Charset"
+#define HEADER_X_SUN_CONTENT_LENGTH          "X-Sun-Content-Length"
+#define HEADER_X_SUN_CONTENT_LINES          "X-Sun-Content-Lines"
+#define HEADER_X_SUN_DATA_DESCRIPTION        "X-Sun-Data-Description"
+#define HEADER_X_SUN_DATA_NAME              "X-Sun-Data-Name"
+#define HEADER_X_SUN_DATA_TYPE              "X-Sun-Data-Type"
+#define HEADER_X_SUN_ENCODING_INFO          "X-Sun-Encoding-Info"
+#define HEADER_X_PRIORITY                   "X-Priority"
+
+#define HEADER_PARM_CHARSET                 "charset"
+#define HEADER_PARM_START                   "start"
+#define HEADER_PARM_BOUNDARY                "BOUNDARY"
+#define HEADER_PARM_FILENAME                "FILENAME"
+#define HEADER_PARM_NAME                    "NAME"
+#define HEADER_PARM_TYPE                    "TYPE"
+
+#define HEADER_X_MOZILLA_PART_URL           "X-Mozilla-PartURL"
+#define HEADER_X_MOZILLA_PART_SIZE          "X-Mozilla-PartSize"
+#define HEADER_X_MOZILLA_PART_DOWNLOADED    "X-Mozilla-PartDownloaded"
+#define HEADER_X_MOZILLA_CLOUD_PART          "X-Mozilla-Cloud-Part"
+#define HEADER_X_MOZILLA_IDENTITY_KEY       "X-Identity-Key"
+#define HEADER_X_MOZILLA_ACCOUNT_KEY       "X-Account-Key"
+#define HEADER_X_MOZILLA_KEYWORDS          "X-Mozilla-Keys"
+#endif /* nsMailHeaders_h_ */
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/public/nsMsgMimeCID.h b/mailnews/mime/public/nsMsgMimeCID.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..07dec95e5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/public/nsMsgMimeCID.h
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsMessageMimeCID_h__
+#define nsMessageMimeCID_h__
+
+#define NS_MAILNEWS_MIME_STREAM_CONVERTER_CONTRACTID \
+  NS_ISTREAMCONVERTER_KEY "?from=message/rfc822&to=application/vnd.mozilla.xul+xml"
+
+#define NS_MAILNEWS_MIME_STREAM_CONVERTER_CONTRACTID1 \
+  NS_ISTREAMCONVERTER_KEY "?from=message/rfc822&to=text/html"
+
+#define NS_MAILNEWS_MIME_STREAM_CONVERTER_CONTRACTID2 \
+  NS_ISTREAMCONVERTER_KEY "?from=message/rfc822&to=*/*"
+
+#define NS_MAILNEWS_MIME_STREAM_CONVERTER_CID                    \
+{ /* FAF4F9A6-60AD-11d3-989A-001083010E9B */         \
+ 0xfaf4f9a6, 0x60ad, 0x11d3, { 0x98, 0x9a, 0x0, 0x10, 0x83, 0x1, 0xe, 0x9b } }
+
+#define NS_MIME_CONVERTER_CONTRACTID \
+  "@mozilla.org/messenger/mimeconverter;1"
+
+// {403B0540-B7C3-11d2-B35E-525400E2D63A}
+#define NS_MIME_OBJECT_CLASS_ACCESS_CID   \
+        { 0x403b0540, 0xb7c3, 0x11d2,         \
+        { 0xb3, 0x5e, 0x52, 0x54, 0x0, 0xe2, 0xd6, 0x3a } }
+
+#define NS_MIME_OBJECT_CONTRACTID \
+  "@mozilla.org/messenger/mimeobject;1"
+
+#endif // nsMessageMimeCID_h__
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/src/MimeHeaderParser.cpp b/mailnews/mime/src/MimeHeaderParser.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..18d81023e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/src/MimeHeaderParser.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,229 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 8; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* vim: set ts=8 sts=2 et sw=2 tw=80: */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "mozilla/mailnews/MimeHeaderParser.h"
+#include "mozilla/mailnews/Services.h"
+#include "mozilla/DebugOnly.h"
+#include "nsMemory.h"
+#include "nsAutoPtr.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsIMimeConverter.h"
+#include "nsIMsgHeaderParser.h"
+
+namespace mozilla {
+namespace mailnews {
+
+void detail::DoConversion(const nsTArray<nsString> &aUTF16Array,
+                          nsTArray<nsCString> &aUTF8Array)
+{
+  uint32_t count = aUTF16Array.Length();
+  aUTF8Array.SetLength(count);
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < count; ++i)
+    CopyUTF16toUTF8(aUTF16Array[i], aUTF8Array[i]);
+}
+
+void MakeMimeAddress(const nsACString &aName, const nsACString &aEmail,
+                     nsACString &full)
+{
+  nsAutoString utf16Address;
+  MakeMimeAddress(NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16(aName), NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16(aEmail),
+                  utf16Address);
+
+  CopyUTF16toUTF8(utf16Address, full);
+}
+
+void MakeMimeAddress(const nsAString &aName, const nsAString &aEmail,
+                     nsAString &full)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgHeaderParser> headerParser(services::GetHeaderParser());
+
+  nsCOMPtr<msgIAddressObject> address;
+  headerParser->MakeMailboxObject(aName, aEmail, getter_AddRefs(address));
+  msgIAddressObject *obj = address;
+  headerParser->MakeMimeHeader(&obj, 1, full);
+}
+
+void MakeDisplayAddress(const nsAString &aName, const nsAString &aEmail,
+                        nsAString &full)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgHeaderParser> headerParser(services::GetHeaderParser());
+
+  nsCOMPtr<msgIAddressObject> object;
+  headerParser->MakeMailboxObject(aName, aEmail, getter_AddRefs(object));
+  object->ToString(full);
+}
+
+void RemoveDuplicateAddresses(const nsACString &aHeader,
+                              const nsACString &aOtherEmails,
+                              nsACString &result)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgHeaderParser> headerParser(services::GetHeaderParser());
+
+  headerParser->RemoveDuplicateAddresses(aHeader, aOtherEmails, result);
+}
+
+/////////////////////////////////////////////
+// These are the core shim methods we need //
+/////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+nsCOMArray<msgIAddressObject> DecodedHeader(const nsAString &aHeader)
+{
+  nsCOMArray<msgIAddressObject> retval;
+  if (aHeader.IsEmpty()) {
+    return retval;
+  }
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgHeaderParser> headerParser(services::GetHeaderParser());
+  msgIAddressObject **addresses = nullptr;
+  uint32_t length;
+  nsresult rv = headerParser->ParseDecodedHeader(aHeader, false,
+    &length, &addresses);
+  MOZ_ASSERT(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "Javascript jsmime returned an error!");
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && length > 0 && addresses) {
+    retval.Adopt(addresses, length);
+  }
+  return retval;
+}
+
+nsCOMArray<msgIAddressObject> EncodedHeader(const nsACString &aHeader,
+                                            const char *aCharset)
+{
+  nsCOMArray<msgIAddressObject> retval;
+  if (aHeader.IsEmpty()) {
+    return retval;
+  }
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgHeaderParser> headerParser(services::GetHeaderParser());
+  msgIAddressObject **addresses = nullptr;
+  uint32_t length;
+  nsresult rv = headerParser->ParseEncodedHeader(aHeader, aCharset,
+    false, &length, &addresses);
+  MOZ_ASSERT(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "This should never fail!");
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && length > 0 && addresses) {
+    retval.Adopt(addresses, length);
+  }
+  return retval;
+}
+
+void ExtractAllAddresses(const nsCOMArray<msgIAddressObject> &aHeader,
+                         nsTArray<nsString> &names, nsTArray<nsString> &emails)
+{
+  uint32_t count = aHeader.Length();
+
+  // Prefill arrays before we start
+  names.SetLength(count);
+  emails.SetLength(count);
+
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < count; i++)
+  {
+    aHeader[i]->GetName(names[i]);
+    aHeader[i]->GetEmail(emails[i]);
+  }
+
+  if (count == 1 && names[0].IsEmpty() && emails[0].IsEmpty())
+  {
+    names.Clear();
+    emails.Clear();
+  }
+}
+
+void ExtractDisplayAddresses(const nsCOMArray<msgIAddressObject> &aHeader,
+                             nsTArray<nsString> &displayAddrs)
+{
+  uint32_t count = aHeader.Length();
+
+  displayAddrs.SetLength(count);
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < count; i++)
+    aHeader[i]->ToString(displayAddrs[i]);
+
+  if (count == 1 && displayAddrs[0].IsEmpty())
+    displayAddrs.Clear();
+}
+
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// All of these are based on the above methods //
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+void ExtractEmails(const nsCOMArray<msgIAddressObject> &aHeader,
+                   nsTArray<nsString> &emails)
+{
+  nsTArray<nsString> names;
+  ExtractAllAddresses(aHeader, names, emails);
+}
+
+void ExtractEmail(const nsCOMArray<msgIAddressObject> &aHeader,
+                  nsACString &email)
+{
+  AutoTArray<nsString, 1> names;
+  AutoTArray<nsString, 1> emails;
+  ExtractAllAddresses(aHeader, names, emails);
+
+  if (emails.Length() > 0)
+    CopyUTF16toUTF8(emails[0], email);
+  else
+    email.Truncate();
+}
+
+void ExtractFirstAddress(const nsCOMArray<msgIAddressObject> &aHeader,
+                         nsACString &name, nsACString &email)
+{
+  AutoTArray<nsString, 1> names, emails;
+  ExtractAllAddresses(aHeader, names, emails);
+  if (names.Length() > 0)
+  {
+    CopyUTF16toUTF8(names[0], name);
+    CopyUTF16toUTF8(emails[0], email);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    name.Truncate();
+    email.Truncate();
+  }
+}
+
+void ExtractFirstAddress(const nsCOMArray<msgIAddressObject> &aHeader,
+                         nsAString &name, nsACString &email)
+{
+  AutoTArray<nsString, 1> names, emails;
+  ExtractAllAddresses(aHeader, names, emails);
+  if (names.Length() > 0)
+  {
+    name = names[0];
+    CopyUTF16toUTF8(emails[0], email);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    name.Truncate();
+    email.Truncate();
+  }
+}
+
+void ExtractName(const nsCOMArray<msgIAddressObject> &aHeader, nsACString &name)
+{
+  nsCString email;
+  ExtractFirstAddress(aHeader, name, email);
+  if (name.IsEmpty())
+    name = email;
+}
+
+void ExtractName(const nsCOMArray<msgIAddressObject> &aHeader, nsAString &name)
+{
+  AutoTArray<nsString, 1> names;
+  AutoTArray<nsString, 1> emails;
+  ExtractAllAddresses(aHeader, names, emails);
+  if (names.Length() > 0)
+  {
+    if (names[0].IsEmpty())
+      name = emails[0];
+    else
+      name = names[0];
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    name.Truncate();
+  }
+}
+
+} // namespace mailnews
+} // namespace mozilla
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/src/comi18n.cpp b/mailnews/mime/src/comi18n.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7425e32ff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/src/comi18n.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "comi18n.h"
+#include "nsIStringCharsetDetector.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "nsICharsetConverterManager.h"
+#include "nsIMIMEHeaderParam.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsComponentManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsMsgMimeCID.h"
+#include "nsIMimeConverter.h"
+
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// BEGIN PUBLIC INTERFACE
+extern "C" {
+
+
+void MIME_DecodeMimeHeader(const char *header, const char *default_charset,
+                           bool override_charset, bool eatContinuations,
+                           nsACString &result)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMimeConverter> mimeConverter =
+    do_GetService(NS_MIME_CONVERTER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+    result.Truncate();
+    return;
+  }
+  mimeConverter->DecodeMimeHeaderToUTF8(nsDependentCString(header),
+                                        default_charset, override_charset,
+                                        eatContinuations, result);
+}
+
+// UTF-8 utility functions.
+//detect charset soly based on aBuf. return in aCharset
+nsresult
+MIME_detect_charset(const char *aBuf, int32_t aLength, const char** aCharset)
+{
+  nsresult res = NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+  nsString detector_name;
+  *aCharset = nullptr;
+
+  NS_GetLocalizedUnicharPreferenceWithDefault(nullptr, "intl.charset.detector", EmptyString(), detector_name);
+
+  if (!detector_name.IsEmpty()) {
+    nsAutoCString detector_contractid;
+    detector_contractid.AssignLiteral(NS_STRCDETECTOR_CONTRACTID_BASE);
+    detector_contractid.Append(NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(detector_name));
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIStringCharsetDetector> detector = do_CreateInstance(detector_contractid.get(), &res);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(res)) {
+      nsDetectionConfident oConfident;
+      res = detector->DoIt(aBuf, aLength, aCharset, oConfident);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(res) && (eBestAnswer == oConfident || eSureAnswer == oConfident)) {
+        return NS_OK;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return res;
+}
+
+//Get unicode decoder(from inputcharset to unicode) for aInputCharset
+nsresult
+MIME_get_unicode_decoder(const char* aInputCharset, nsIUnicodeDecoder **aDecoder)
+{
+  nsresult res;
+
+  // get charset converters.
+  nsCOMPtr<nsICharsetConverterManager> ccm =
+           do_GetService(NS_CHARSETCONVERTERMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &res);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(res)) {
+
+    // create a decoder (conv to unicode), ok if failed if we do auto detection
+    if (!*aInputCharset || !PL_strcasecmp("us-ascii", aInputCharset))
+      res = ccm->GetUnicodeDecoderRaw("ISO-8859-1", aDecoder);
+    else
+      // GetUnicodeDecoderInternal in order to support UTF-7 messages
+      //
+      // XXX this means that even HTML messages in UTF-7 will be decoded
+      res = ccm->GetUnicodeDecoderInternal(aInputCharset, aDecoder);
+  }
+
+  return res;
+}
+
+//Get unicode encoder(from unicode to inputcharset) for aOutputCharset
+nsresult
+MIME_get_unicode_encoder(const char* aOutputCharset, nsIUnicodeEncoder **aEncoder)
+{
+  nsresult res;
+
+  // get charset converters.
+  nsCOMPtr<nsICharsetConverterManager> ccm =
+           do_GetService(NS_CHARSETCONVERTERMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &res);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(res) && *aOutputCharset) {
+      // create a encoder (conv from unicode)
+      res = ccm->GetUnicodeEncoder(aOutputCharset, aEncoder);
+  }
+
+  return res;
+}
+
+} /* end of extern "C" */
+// END PUBLIC INTERFACE
+
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/src/comi18n.h b/mailnews/mime/src/comi18n.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6be89cfc5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/src/comi18n.h
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+#ifndef _COMI18N_LOADED_H_
+#define _COMI18N_LOADED_H_
+
+#include "msgCore.h"
+
+class nsIUnicodeDecoder;
+class nsIUnicodeEncoder;
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+/**
+ * Decode MIME header to UTF-8.
+ * Uses MIME_ConvertCharset if the decoded string needs a conversion.
+ *
+ *
+ * @param header      [IN] A header to decode.
+ * @param default_charset     [IN] Default charset to apply to ulabeled non-UTF-8 8bit data
+ * @param override_charset    [IN] If true, default_charset used instead of any charset labeling other than UTF-8
+ * @param eatContinuations    [IN] If true, unfold headers
+ * @param result      [OUT] Decoded buffer
+ */
+void MIME_DecodeMimeHeader(const char *header, const char *default_charset,
+                           bool override_charset, bool eatContinuations,
+                           nsACString &result);
+
+nsresult MIME_detect_charset(const char *aBuf, int32_t aLength, const char** aCharset);
+nsresult MIME_get_unicode_decoder(const char* aInputCharset, nsIUnicodeDecoder **aDecoder);
+nsresult MIME_get_unicode_encoder(const char* aOutputCharset, nsIUnicodeEncoder **aEncoder);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+} /* extern "C" */
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+#endif // _COMI18N_LOADED_H_
+
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/src/extraMimeParsers.jsm b/mailnews/mime/src/extraMimeParsers.jsm
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..101eddc20
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/src/extraMimeParsers.jsm
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+function parseNewsgroups(headers) {
+  let ng = [];
+  for (let header of headers) {
+    ng = ng.concat(header.split(/\s*,\s*/));
+  }
+  return ng;
+}
+
+function emitNewsgroups(groups) {
+  // Don't encode the newsgroups names in RFC 2047...
+  if (groups.length == 1)
+    this.addText(groups[0], false);
+  else {
+    this.addText(groups[0], false);
+    for (let i = 1; i < groups.length; i++) {
+      this.addText(",", false); // only comma, no space!
+      this.addText(groups[i], false);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+jsmime.headerparser.addStructuredDecoder("Newsgroups", parseNewsgroups);
+jsmime.headerparser.addStructuredDecoder("Followup-To", parseNewsgroups);
+jsmime.headeremitter.addStructuredEncoder("Newsgroups", emitNewsgroups);
+jsmime.headeremitter.addStructuredEncoder("Followup-To", emitNewsgroups);
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/src/jsmime.jsm b/mailnews/mime/src/jsmime.jsm
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..70728fe9c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/src/jsmime.jsm
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this file,
+ * You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+// vim:set ts=2 sw=2 sts=2 et ft=javascript:
+
+Components.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/Services.jsm");
+
+/**
+ * This file exports the JSMime code, polyfilling code as appropriate for use in
+ * Gecko.
+ */
+
+// Load the core MIME parser. Since it doesn't define EXPORTED_SYMBOLS, we must
+// use the subscript loader instead.
+Services.scriptloader.loadSubScript("resource:///modules/jsmime/jsmime.js");
+
+var EXPORTED_SYMBOLS = ["jsmime"];
+
+
+// A polyfill to support non-encoding-spec charsets. Since the only converter
+// available to us from JavaScript has a very, very weak and inflexible API, we
+// choose to rely on the regular text decoder unless absolutely necessary.
+// support non-encoding-spec charsets.
+function FakeTextDecoder(label="UTF-8", options = {}) {
+  this._reset(label);
+  // So nsIScriptableUnicodeConverter only gives us fatal=false, unless we are
+  // using UTF-8, where we only get fatal=true. The internals of said class tell
+  // us to use a C++-only class if we need better behavior.
+}
+FakeTextDecoder.prototype = {
+  _reset: function (label) {
+    this._encoder = Components.classes[
+      "@mozilla.org/intl/scriptableunicodeconverter"]
+      .createInstance(Components.interfaces.nsIScriptableUnicodeConverter);
+    this._encoder.isInternal = true;
+    let manager = Components.classes[
+      "@mozilla.org/charset-converter-manager;1"]
+      .createInstance(Components.interfaces.nsICharsetConverterManager);
+    this._encoder.charset = manager.getCharsetAlias(label);
+  },
+  get encoding() { return this._encoder.charset; },
+  decode: function (input, options = {}) {
+    let more = 'stream' in options ? options.stream : false;
+    let result = "";
+    if (input !== undefined) {
+      let data = new Uint8Array(input);
+      result = this._encoder.convertFromByteArray(data, data.length);
+    }
+    // This isn't quite right--it won't handle errors if there are a few
+    // remaining bytes in the buffer, but it's the best we can do.
+    if (!more)
+      this._reset(this.encoding);
+    return result;
+  },
+};
+
+var RealTextDecoder = TextDecoder;
+function FallbackTextDecoder(charset, options) {
+  try {
+    return new RealTextDecoder(charset, options);
+  } catch (e) {
+    return new FakeTextDecoder(charset, options);
+  }
+}
+
+TextDecoder = FallbackTextDecoder;
+
+
+// The following code loads custom MIME encoders.
+var CATEGORY_NAME = "custom-mime-encoder";
+Services.obs.addObserver(function (subject, topic, data) {
+  subject = subject.QueryInterface(Components.interfaces.nsISupportsCString)
+                   .data;
+  if (data == CATEGORY_NAME) {
+    let url = catman.getCategoryEntry(CATEGORY_NAME, subject);
+    Services.scriptloader.loadSubScript(url, {}, "UTF-8");
+  }
+}, "xpcom-category-entry-added", false);
+
+var catman = Components.classes["@mozilla.org/categorymanager;1"]
+                       .getService(Components.interfaces.nsICategoryManager);
+
+var entries = catman.enumerateCategory(CATEGORY_NAME);
+while (entries.hasMoreElements()) {
+  let string = entries.getNext()
+                      .QueryInterface(Components.interfaces.nsISupportsCString)
+                      .data;
+  let url = catman.getCategoryEntry(CATEGORY_NAME, string);
+  Services.scriptloader.loadSubScript(url, {}, "UTF-8");
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/src/mime.def b/mailnews/mime/src/mime.def
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6b1c36bf9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/src/mime.def
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+; This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+; License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+; file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+LIBRARY mime.dll
+
+EXPORTS
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/src/mimeJSComponents.js b/mailnews/mime/src/mimeJSComponents.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5ba7ff084
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/src/mimeJSComponents.js
@@ -0,0 +1,512 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+Components.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/Deprecated.jsm");
+Components.utils.import("resource:///modules/jsmime.jsm");
+Components.utils.import("resource:///modules/mimeParser.jsm");
+Components.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/XPCOMUtils.jsm");
+
+function HeaderHandler() {
+  this.value = "";
+  this.deliverData = function (str) { this.value += str; };
+  this.deliverEOF = function () {};
+}
+
+function StringEnumerator(iterator) {
+  this._iterator = iterator;
+  this._next = undefined;
+}
+StringEnumerator.prototype = {
+  QueryInterface: XPCOMUtils.generateQI([
+    Components.interfaces.nsIUTF8StringEnumerator]),
+  _setNext: function () {
+    if (this._next !== undefined)
+      return;
+    this._next = this._iterator.next();
+  },
+  hasMore: function () {
+    this._setNext();
+    return !this._next.done;
+  },
+  getNext: function () {
+    this._setNext();
+    let result = this._next;
+    this._next = undefined;
+    if (result.done)
+      throw Components.results.NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+    return result.value;
+  }
+};
+
+/**
+ * If we get XPConnect-wrapped objects for msgIAddressObjects, we will have
+ * properties defined for 'group' that throws off jsmime. This function converts
+ * the addresses into the form that jsmime expects.
+ */
+function fixXpconnectAddresses(addrs) {
+  return addrs.map((addr) => {
+    // This is ideally !addr.group, but that causes a JS strict warning, if
+    // group is not in addr, since that's enabled in all chrome code now.
+    if (!('group' in addr) || addr.group === undefined || addr.group === null) {
+      return MimeAddressParser.prototype.makeMailboxObject(addr.name,
+        addr.email);
+    } else {
+      return MimeAddressParser.prototype.makeGroupObject(addr.name,
+        fixXpconnectAddresses(addr.group));
+    }
+  });
+}
+
+/**
+ * This is a base handler for supporting msgIStructuredHeaders, since we have
+ * two implementations that need the readable aspects of the interface.
+ */
+function MimeStructuredHeaders() {
+}
+MimeStructuredHeaders.prototype = {
+  getHeader: function (aHeaderName) {
+    let name = aHeaderName.toLowerCase();
+    return this._headers.get(name);
+  },
+
+  hasHeader: function (aHeaderName) {
+    return this._headers.has(aHeaderName.toLowerCase());
+  },
+
+  getUnstructuredHeader: function (aHeaderName) {
+    let result = this.getHeader(aHeaderName);
+    if (result === undefined || typeof result == "string")
+      return result;
+    throw Components.results.NS_ERROR_ILLEGAL_VALUE;
+  },
+
+  getAddressingHeader: function (aHeaderName, aPreserveGroups, count) {
+    let addrs = this.getHeader(aHeaderName);
+    if (addrs === undefined) {
+      addrs = [];
+    } else if (!Array.isArray(addrs)) {
+      throw Components.results.NS_ERROR_ILLEGAL_VALUE;
+    }
+    return fixArray(addrs, aPreserveGroups, count);
+  },
+
+  getRawHeader: function (aHeaderName) {
+    let result = this.getHeader(aHeaderName);
+    if (result === undefined)
+      return result;
+
+    let value = jsmime.headeremitter.emitStructuredHeader(aHeaderName,
+      result, {});
+    // Strip off the header name and trailing whitespace before returning...
+    value = value.substring(aHeaderName.length + 2).trim();
+    // ... as well as embedded newlines.
+    value = value.replace(/\r\n/g, '');
+    return value;
+  },
+
+  get headerNames() {
+    return new StringEnumerator(this._headers.keys());
+  },
+
+  buildMimeText: function () {
+    if (this._headers.size == 0) {
+      return "";
+    }
+    let handler = new HeaderHandler();
+    let emitter = jsmime.headeremitter.makeStreamingEmitter(handler, {
+      useASCII: true
+    });
+    for (let [value, header] of this._headers) {
+      emitter.addStructuredHeader(value, header);
+    }
+    emitter.finish();
+    return handler.value;
+  },
+};
+
+
+function MimeHeaders() {
+}
+MimeHeaders.prototype = {
+  __proto__: MimeStructuredHeaders.prototype,
+  classDescription: "Mime headers implementation",
+  classID: Components.ID("d1258011-f391-44fd-992e-c6f4b461a42f"),
+  contractID: "@mozilla.org/messenger/mimeheaders;1",
+  QueryInterface: XPCOMUtils.generateQI([Components.interfaces.nsIMimeHeaders,
+    Components.interfaces.msgIStructuredHeaders]),
+
+  initialize: function MimeHeaders_initialize(allHeaders) {
+    this._headers = MimeParser.extractHeaders(allHeaders);
+  },
+
+  extractHeader: function MimeHeaders_extractHeader(header, getAll) {
+    if (!this._headers)
+      throw Components.results.NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+    // Canonicalized to lower-case form
+    header = header.toLowerCase();
+    if (!this._headers.has(header))
+      return null;
+    var values = this._headers.getRawHeader(header);
+    if (getAll)
+      return values.join(",\r\n\t");
+    else
+      return values[0];
+  },
+
+  get allHeaders() {
+    return this._headers.rawHeaderText;
+  }
+};
+
+function MimeWritableStructuredHeaders() {
+  this._headers = new Map();
+}
+MimeWritableStructuredHeaders.prototype = {
+  __proto__: MimeStructuredHeaders.prototype,
+  classID: Components.ID("c560806a-425f-4f0f-bf69-397c58c599a7"),
+  QueryInterface: XPCOMUtils.generateQI([
+    Components.interfaces.msgIStructuredHeaders,
+    Components.interfaces.msgIWritableStructuredHeaders]),
+
+  setHeader: function (aHeaderName, aValue) {
+    this._headers.set(aHeaderName.toLowerCase(), aValue);
+  },
+
+  deleteHeader: function (aHeaderName) {
+    this._headers.delete(aHeaderName.toLowerCase());
+  },
+
+  addAllHeaders: function (aHeaders) {
+    let headerList = aHeaders.headerNames;
+    while (headerList.hasMore()) {
+      let header = headerList.getNext();
+      this.setHeader(header, aHeaders.getHeader(header));
+    }
+  },
+
+  setUnstructuredHeader: function (aHeaderName, aValue) {
+    this.setHeader(aHeaderName, aValue);
+  },
+
+  setAddressingHeader: function (aHeaderName, aAddresses, aCount) {
+    this.setHeader(aHeaderName, fixXpconnectAddresses(aAddresses));
+  },
+
+  setRawHeader: function (aHeaderName, aValue, aCharset) {
+    aValue = jsmime.headerparser.convert8BitHeader(aValue, aCharset);
+    try {
+      this.setHeader(aHeaderName,
+        jsmime.headerparser.parseStructuredHeader(aHeaderName, aValue));
+    } catch (e) {
+      // This means we don't have a structured encoder. Just assume it's a raw
+      // string value then.
+      this.setHeader(aHeaderName, aValue);
+    }
+  }
+};
+
+// These are prototypes for nsIMsgHeaderParser implementation
+var Mailbox = {
+  toString: function () {
+    return this.name ? this.name + " <" + this.email + ">" : this.email;
+  }
+};
+
+var EmailGroup = {
+  toString: function () {
+    return this.name + ": " + this.group.map(x => x.toString()).join(", ");
+  }
+};
+
+// A helper method for parse*Header that takes into account the desire to
+// preserve group and also tweaks the output to support the prototypes for the
+// XPIDL output.
+function fixArray(addresses, preserveGroups, count) {
+  function resetPrototype(obj, prototype) {
+    let prototyped = Object.create(prototype);
+    for (let key of Object.getOwnPropertyNames(obj)) {
+      if (typeof obj[key] == "string") {
+        prototyped[key] = obj[key].replace(/\x00/g, '');
+      } else {
+        prototyped[key] = obj[key];
+      }
+    }
+    return prototyped;
+  }
+  let outputArray = [];
+  for (let element of addresses) {
+    if ('group' in element) {
+      // Fix up the prototypes of the group and the list members
+      element = resetPrototype(element, EmailGroup);
+      element.group = element.group.map(e => resetPrototype(e, Mailbox));
+
+      // Add to the output array
+      if (preserveGroups)
+        outputArray.push(element);
+      else
+        outputArray = outputArray.concat(element.group);
+    } else {
+      element = resetPrototype(element, Mailbox);
+      outputArray.push(element);
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (count)
+    count.value = outputArray.length;
+  return outputArray;
+}
+
+function MimeAddressParser() {
+}
+MimeAddressParser.prototype = {
+  classID: Components.ID("96bd8769-2d0e-4440-963d-22b97fb3ba77"),
+  QueryInterface: XPCOMUtils.generateQI([Components.interfaces.nsIMsgHeaderParser]),
+
+  parseEncodedHeader: function (aHeader, aCharset, aPreserveGroups, count) {
+    aHeader = aHeader || "";
+    let value = MimeParser.parseHeaderField(aHeader,
+      MimeParser.HEADER_ADDRESS | MimeParser.HEADER_OPTION_ALL_I18N, aCharset);
+    return fixArray(value, aPreserveGroups, count);
+  },
+  parseDecodedHeader: function (aHeader, aPreserveGroups, count) {
+    aHeader = aHeader || "";
+    let value = MimeParser.parseHeaderField(aHeader, MimeParser.HEADER_ADDRESS);
+    return fixArray(value, aPreserveGroups, count);
+  },
+
+  makeMimeHeader: function (addresses, length) {
+    addresses = fixXpconnectAddresses(addresses);
+    // Don't output any necessary continuations, so make line length as large as
+    // possible first.
+    let options = {
+      softMargin: 900,
+      hardMargin: 900,
+      useASCII: false // We don't want RFC 2047 encoding here.
+    };
+    let handler = new HeaderHandler();
+    let emitter = new jsmime.headeremitter.makeStreamingEmitter(handler,
+      options);
+    emitter.addAddresses(addresses);
+    emitter.finish(true);
+    return handler.value.replace(/\r\n( |$)/g, '');
+  },
+
+  extractFirstName: function (aHeader) {
+    let address = this.parseDecodedHeader(aHeader, false)[0];
+    return address.name || address.email;
+  },
+
+  removeDuplicateAddresses: function (aAddrs, aOtherAddrs) {
+    // This is actually a rather complicated algorithm, especially if we want to
+    // preserve group structure. Basically, we use a set to identify which
+    // headers we have seen and therefore want to remove. To work in several
+    // various forms of edge cases, we need to normalize the entries in that
+    // structure.
+    function normalize(email) {
+      // XXX: This algorithm doesn't work with IDN yet. It looks like we have to
+      // convert from IDN then do lower case, but I haven't confirmed yet.
+      return email.toLowerCase();
+    }
+
+    // The filtration function, which removes email addresses that are
+    // duplicates of those we have already seen.
+    function filterAccept(e) {
+      if ('email' in e) {
+        // If we've seen the address, don't keep this one; otherwise, add it to
+        // the list.
+        let key = normalize(e.email);
+        if (allAddresses.has(key))
+          return false;
+        allAddresses.add(key);
+      } else {
+        // Groups -> filter out all the member addresses.
+        e.group = e.group.filter(filterAccept);
+      }
+      return true;
+    }
+
+    // First, collect all of the emails to forcibly delete.
+    let allAddresses = new Set();
+    for (let element of this.parseDecodedHeader(aOtherAddrs, false)) {
+      allAddresses.add(normalize(element.email));
+    }
+
+    // The actual data to filter
+    let filtered = this.parseDecodedHeader(aAddrs, true).filter(filterAccept);
+    return this.makeMimeHeader(filtered);
+  },
+
+  makeMailboxObject: function (aName, aEmail) {
+    let object = Object.create(Mailbox);
+    object.name = aName;
+    object.email = aEmail ? aEmail.trim() : aEmail;
+    return object;
+  },
+
+  makeGroupObject: function (aName, aMembers) {
+    let object = Object.create(EmailGroup);
+    object.name = aName;
+    object.group = aMembers;
+    return object;
+  },
+
+  makeFromDisplayAddress: function (aDisplay, count) {
+    // The basic idea is to split on every comma, so long as there is a
+    // preceding @.
+    let output = [];
+    while (aDisplay.length) {
+      let at = aDisplay.indexOf('@');
+      let comma = aDisplay.indexOf(',', at + 1);
+      let addr;
+      if (comma > 0) {
+        addr = aDisplay.substr(0, comma);
+        aDisplay = aDisplay.substr(comma + 1);
+      } else {
+        addr = aDisplay;
+        aDisplay = "";
+      }
+      output.push(this._makeSingleAddress(addr.trimLeft()));
+    }
+    if (count)
+      count.value = output.length;
+    return output;
+  },
+
+  /// Construct a single email address from a name <local@domain> token.
+  _makeSingleAddress: function (aDisplayName) {
+    if (aDisplayName.includes('<')) {
+      let lbracket = aDisplayName.lastIndexOf('<');
+      let rbracket = aDisplayName.lastIndexOf('>');
+      return this.makeMailboxObject(
+        lbracket == 0 ? '' : aDisplayName.slice(0, lbracket).trim(),
+        aDisplayName.slice(lbracket + 1, rbracket));
+    } else {
+      return this.makeMailboxObject('', aDisplayName);
+    }
+  },
+
+  // What follows is the deprecated API that will be removed shortly.
+
+  parseHeadersWithArray: function (aHeader, aAddrs, aNames, aFullNames) {
+    let addrs = [], names = [], fullNames = [];
+    // Parse header, but without HEADER_OPTION_ALLOW_RAW.
+    let value = MimeParser.parseHeaderField(aHeader || "",
+                                            MimeParser.HEADER_ADDRESS |
+                                            MimeParser.HEADER_OPTION_DECODE_2231 |
+                                            MimeParser.HEADER_OPTION_DECODE_2047,
+                                            undefined);
+    let allAddresses = fixArray(value, false);
+
+    // Don't index the dummy empty address.
+    if (aHeader.trim() == "")
+      allAddresses = [];
+    for (let address of allAddresses) {
+      addrs.push(address.email);
+      names.push(address.name || null);
+      fullNames.push(address.toString());
+    }
+
+    aAddrs.value = addrs;
+    aNames.value = names;
+    aFullNames.value = fullNames;
+    return allAddresses.length;
+  },
+
+  extractHeaderAddressMailboxes: function (aLine) {
+    return this.parseDecodedHeader(aLine).map(addr => addr.email).join(", ");
+  },
+
+  extractHeaderAddressNames: function (aLine) {
+    return this.parseDecodedHeader(aLine).map(addr => addr.name || addr.email)
+                                         .join(", ");
+  },
+
+  extractHeaderAddressName: function (aLine) {
+    let addrs = this.parseDecodedHeader(aLine).map(addr =>
+                 addr.name || addr.email);
+    return addrs.length == 0 ? "" : addrs[0];
+  },
+
+  makeMimeAddress: function (aName, aEmail) {
+    let object = this.makeMailboxObject(aName, aEmail);
+    return this.makeMimeHeader([object]);
+  },
+};
+
+function MimeConverter() {
+}
+MimeConverter.prototype = {
+  classID: Components.ID("93f8c049-80ed-4dda-9000-94ad8daba44c"),
+  QueryInterface: XPCOMUtils.generateQI([Components.interfaces.nsIMimeConverter]),
+
+  encodeMimePartIIStr_UTF8: function (aHeader, aStructured, aCharset,
+      aFieldNameLen, aLineLength) {
+    // The JSMime encoder only works in UTF-8, so if someone requests to not do
+    // it, they need to change their code.
+    if (aCharset.toLowerCase() != "utf-8") {
+      Deprecated.warning("Encoding to non-UTF-8 values is obsolete",
+        "http://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=790855");
+    }
+
+    // Compute the encoding options. The way our API is structured in this
+    // method is really horrendous and does not align with the way that JSMime
+    // handles it. Instead, we'll need to create a fake header to take into
+    // account the aFieldNameLen parameter.
+    let fakeHeader = '-'.repeat(aFieldNameLen);
+    let options = {
+      softMargin: aLineLength,
+      useASCII: true,
+    };
+    let handler = new HeaderHandler();
+    let emitter = new jsmime.headeremitter.makeStreamingEmitter(handler,
+      options);
+
+    // Add the text to the be encoded.
+    emitter.addHeaderName(fakeHeader);
+    if (aStructured) {
+      // Structured really means "this is an addressing header"
+      let addresses = MimeParser.parseHeaderField(aHeader,
+        MimeParser.HEADER_ADDRESS | MimeParser.HEADER_OPTION_DECODE_2047);
+      // This happens in one of our tests if there is a "bare" email but no
+      // @ sign. Without it, the result disappears since our emission code
+      // assumes that an empty email is not worth emitting.
+      if (addresses.length === 1 && addresses[0].email === "" &&
+          addresses[0].name !== "") {
+        addresses[0].email = addresses[0].name;
+        addresses[0].name = "";
+      }
+      emitter.addAddresses(addresses);
+    } else {
+      emitter.addUnstructured(aHeader);
+    }
+
+    // Compute the output. We need to strip off the fake prefix added earlier
+    // and the extra CRLF at the end.
+    emitter.finish(true);
+    let value = handler.value;
+    value = value.replace(new RegExp(fakeHeader + ":\\s*"), "");
+    return value.substring(0, value.length - 2);
+  },
+
+  decodeMimeHeader: function (aHeader, aDefaultCharset, aOverride, aUnfold) {
+    let value = MimeParser.parseHeaderField(aHeader,
+      MimeParser.HEADER_UNSTRUCTURED | MimeParser.HEADER_OPTION_ALL_I18N,
+      aDefaultCharset);
+    if (aUnfold) {
+      value = value.replace(/[\r\n]\t/g, ' ')
+                   .replace(/[\r\n]/g, '');
+    }
+    return value;
+  },
+
+  // This is identical to the above, except for factors that are handled by the
+  // xpconnect conversion process
+  decodeMimeHeaderToUTF8: function () {
+    return this.decodeMimeHeader.apply(this, arguments);
+  },
+};
+
+var components = [MimeHeaders, MimeWritableStructuredHeaders, MimeAddressParser,
+  MimeConverter];
+var NSGetFactory = XPCOMUtils.generateNSGetFactory(components);
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/src/mimeParser.jsm b/mailnews/mime/src/mimeParser.jsm
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..904675f10
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/src/mimeParser.jsm
@@ -0,0 +1,258 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this file,
+ * You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+// vim:set ts=2 sw=2 sts=2 et ft=javascript:
+
+Components.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/XPCOMUtils.jsm");
+Components.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/Services.jsm");
+Components.utils.import("resource:///modules/jsmime.jsm");
+
+var EXPORTED_SYMBOLS = ["MimeParser"];
+
+// Emitter helpers, for internal functions later on.
+var ExtractHeadersEmitter = {
+  startPart: function (partNum, headers) {
+    if (partNum == '') {
+      this.headers = headers;
+    }
+  }
+};
+
+var ExtractHeadersAndBodyEmitter = {
+  body: '',
+  startPart: ExtractHeadersEmitter.startPart,
+  deliverPartData: function (partNum, data) {
+    if (partNum == '')
+      this.body += data;
+  }
+};
+
+var Ci = Components.interfaces;
+var Cc = Components.classes;
+
+/// Sets appropriate default options for chrome-privileged environments
+function setDefaultParserOptions(opts) {
+  if (!("onerror" in opts)) {
+    opts.onerror = Components.utils.reportError;
+  }
+}
+
+var MimeParser = {
+  /**
+   * Triggers an asynchronous parse of the given input.
+   *
+   * The input is an input stream; the stream will be read until EOF and then
+   * closed upon completion. Both blocking and nonblocking streams are
+   * supported by this implementation, but it is still guaranteed that the first
+   * callback will not happen before this method returns.
+   *
+   * @param input   An input stream of text to parse.
+   * @param emitter The emitter to receive callbacks on.
+   * @param opts    A set of options for the parser.
+   */
+  parseAsync: function MimeParser_parseAsync(input, emitter, opts) {
+    // Normalize the input into an input stream.
+    if (!(input instanceof Ci.nsIInputStream)) {
+      throw new Error("input is not a recognizable type!");
+    }
+
+    // We need a pump for the listener
+    var pump = Cc["@mozilla.org/network/input-stream-pump;1"]
+                 .createInstance(Ci.nsIInputStreamPump);
+    pump.init(input, -1, -1, 0, 0, true);
+
+    // Make a stream listener with the given emitter and use it to read from
+    // the pump.
+    var parserListener = MimeParser.makeStreamListenerParser(emitter, opts);
+    pump.asyncRead(parserListener, null);
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Triggers an synchronous parse of the given input.
+   *
+   * The input is a string that is immediately parsed, calling all functions on
+   * the emitter before this function returns.
+   *
+   * @param input   A string or input stream of text to parse.
+   * @param emitter The emitter to receive callbacks on.
+   * @param opts    A set of options for the parser.
+   */
+  parseSync: function MimeParser_parseSync(input, emitter, opts) {
+    // We only support string parsing if we are trying to do this parse
+    // synchronously.
+    if (typeof input != "string") {
+      throw new Error("input is not a recognizable type!");
+    }
+    setDefaultParserOptions(opts);
+    var parser = new jsmime.MimeParser(emitter, opts);
+    parser.deliverData(input);
+    parser.deliverEOF();
+    return;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Returns a stream listener that feeds data into a parser.
+   *
+   * In addition to the functions on the emitter that the parser may use, the
+   * generated stream listener will also make calls to onStartRequest and
+   * onStopRequest on the emitter (if they exist).
+   *
+   * @param emitter The emitter to receive callbacks on.
+   * @param opts    A set of options for the parser.
+   */
+  makeStreamListenerParser: function MimeParser_makeSLParser(emitter, opts) {
+    var StreamListener = {
+      onStartRequest: function SLP_onStartRequest(aRequest, aContext) {
+        try {
+          if ("onStartRequest" in emitter)
+            emitter.onStartRequest(aRequest, aContext);
+        } finally {
+          this._parser.resetParser();
+        }
+      },
+      onStopRequest: function SLP_onStopRequest(aRequest, aContext, aStatus) {
+        this._parser.deliverEOF();
+        if ("onStopRequest" in emitter)
+          emitter.onStopRequest(aRequest, aContext, aStatus);
+      },
+      onDataAvailable: function SLP_onData(aRequest, aContext, aStream,
+                                           aOffset, aCount) {
+        var scriptIn = Cc["@mozilla.org/scriptableinputstream;1"]
+                         .createInstance(Ci.nsIScriptableInputStream);
+        scriptIn.init(aStream);
+        // Use readBytes instead of read to handle embedded NULs properly.
+        this._parser.deliverData(scriptIn.readBytes(aCount));
+      },
+      QueryInterface: XPCOMUtils.generateQI([Ci.nsIStreamListener,
+        Ci.nsIRequestObserver])
+    };
+    setDefaultParserOptions(opts);
+    StreamListener._parser = new jsmime.MimeParser(emitter, opts);
+    return StreamListener;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Returns a new raw MIME parser.
+   *
+   * Prefer one of the other methods where possible, since the input here must
+   * be driven manually.
+   *
+   * @param emitter The emitter to receive callbacks on.
+   * @param opts    A set of options for the parser.
+   */
+  makeParser: function MimeParser_makeParser(emitter, opts) {
+    setDefaultParserOptions(opts);
+    return new jsmime.MimeParser(emitter, opts);
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Returns a dictionary of headers for the given input.
+   *
+   * The input is any type of input that would be accepted by parseSync. What
+   * is returned is a JS object that represents the headers of the entire
+   * envelope as would be received by startPart when partNum is the empty
+   * string.
+   *
+   * @param input   A string of text to parse.
+   */
+  extractHeaders: function MimeParser_extractHeaders(input) {
+    var emitter = Object.create(ExtractHeadersEmitter);
+    MimeParser.parseSync(input, emitter, {pruneat: '', bodyformat: 'none'});
+    return emitter.headers;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Returns the headers and body for the given input message.
+   *
+   * The return value is an array whose first element is the dictionary of
+   * headers (as would be returned by extractHeaders) and whose second element
+   * is a binary string of the entire body of the message.
+   *
+   * @param input   A string of text to parse.
+   */
+  extractHeadersAndBody: function MimeParser_extractHeaders(input) {
+    var emitter = Object.create(ExtractHeadersAndBodyEmitter);
+    MimeParser.parseSync(input, emitter, {pruneat: '', bodyformat: 'raw'});
+    return [emitter.headers, emitter.body];
+  },
+
+  // Parameters for parseHeaderField
+
+  /**
+   * Parse the header as if it were unstructured.
+   *
+   * This results in the same string if no other options are specified. If other
+   * options are specified, this causes the string to be modified appropriately.
+   */
+  HEADER_UNSTRUCTURED:       0x00,
+  /**
+   * Parse the header as if it were in the form text; attr=val; attr=val.
+   *
+   * Such headers include Content-Type, Content-Disposition, and most other
+   * headers used by MIME as opposed to messages.
+   */
+  HEADER_PARAMETER:          0x02,
+  /**
+   * Parse the header as if it were a sequence of mailboxes.
+   */
+  HEADER_ADDRESS:            0x03,
+
+  /**
+   * This decodes parameter values according to RFC 2231.
+   *
+   * This flag means nothing if HEADER_PARAMETER is not specified.
+   */
+  HEADER_OPTION_DECODE_2231: 0x10,
+  /**
+   * This decodes the inline encoded-words that are in RFC 2047.
+   */
+  HEADER_OPTION_DECODE_2047: 0x20,
+  /**
+   * This converts the header from a raw string to proper Unicode.
+   */
+  HEADER_OPTION_ALLOW_RAW:   0x40,
+
+  /// Convenience for all three of the above.
+  HEADER_OPTION_ALL_I18N:    0x70,
+
+  /**
+   * Parse a header field according to the specification given by flags.
+   *
+   * Permissible flags begin with one of the HEADER_* flags, which may be or'd
+   * with any of the HEADER_OPTION_* flags to modify the result appropriately.
+   *
+   * If the option HEADER_OPTION_ALLOW_RAW is passed, the charset parameter, if
+   * present, is the charset to fallback to if the header is not decodable as
+   * UTF-8 text. If HEADER_OPTION_ALLOW_RAW is passed but the charset parameter
+   * is not provided, then no fallback decoding will be done. If
+   * HEADER_OPTION_ALLOW_RAW is not passed, then no attempt will be made to
+   * convert charsets.
+   *
+   * @param text    The value of a MIME or message header to parse.
+   * @param flags   A set of flags that controls interpretation of the header.
+   * @param charset A default charset to assume if no information may be found.
+   */
+  parseHeaderField: function MimeParser_parseHeaderField(text, flags, charset) {
+    // If we have a raw string, convert it to Unicode first
+    if (flags & MimeParser.HEADER_OPTION_ALLOW_RAW)
+      text = jsmime.headerparser.convert8BitHeader(text, charset);
+
+    // The low 4 bits indicate the type of the header we are parsing. All of the
+    // higher-order bits are flags.
+    switch (flags & 0x0f) {
+    case MimeParser.HEADER_UNSTRUCTURED:
+      if (flags & MimeParser.HEADER_OPTION_DECODE_2047)
+        text = jsmime.headerparser.decodeRFC2047Words(text);
+      return text;
+    case MimeParser.HEADER_PARAMETER:
+      return jsmime.headerparser.parseParameterHeader(text,
+        (flags & MimeParser.HEADER_OPTION_DECODE_2047) != 0,
+        (flags & MimeParser.HEADER_OPTION_DECODE_2231) != 0);
+    case MimeParser.HEADER_ADDRESS:
+      return jsmime.headerparser.parseAddressingHeader(text,
+        (flags & MimeParser.HEADER_OPTION_DECODE_2047) != 0);
+    default:
+      throw "Illegal type of header field";
+    }
+  },
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/src/mimeTextHTMLParsed.cpp b/mailnews/mime/src/mimeTextHTMLParsed.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2d45bd2c1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/src/mimeTextHTMLParsed.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,150 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/* Most of this code is copied from mimethsa. If you find a bug here, check that class, too. */
+
+/* This runs the entire HTML document through the Mozilla HTML parser, and
+   then outputs it as string again. This ensures that the HTML document is
+   syntactically correct and complete and all tags and attributes are closed.
+
+   That prevents "MIME in the middle" attacks like efail.de.
+   The base problem is that we concatenate different MIME parts in the output
+   and render them all together as a single HTML document in the display.
+
+   The better solution would be to put each MIME part into its own <iframe type="content">.
+   during rendering. Unfortunately, we'd need <iframe seamless> for that.
+   That would remove the need for this workaround, and stop even more attack classes.
+*/
+
+#include "mimeTextHTMLParsed.h"
+#include "prmem.h"
+#include "prlog.h"
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "nsIDOMParser.h"
+#include "nsIDOMDocument.h"
+#include "nsIDocument.h"
+#include "nsIDocumentEncoder.h"
+#include "mozilla/ErrorResult.h"
+#include "nsIPrefBranch.h"
+#include "mimethtm.h"
+
+#define MIME_SUPERCLASS mimeInlineTextHTMLClass
+MimeDefClass(MimeInlineTextHTMLParsed, MimeInlineTextHTMLParsedClass,
+             mimeInlineTextHTMLParsedClass, &MIME_SUPERCLASS);
+
+static int MimeInlineTextHTMLParsed_parse_line(const char *, int32_t,
+                                               MimeObject *);
+static int MimeInlineTextHTMLParsed_parse_begin(MimeObject *obj);
+static int MimeInlineTextHTMLParsed_parse_eof(MimeObject *, bool);
+static void MimeInlineTextHTMLParsed_finalize(MimeObject *obj);
+
+static int
+MimeInlineTextHTMLParsedClassInitialize(MimeInlineTextHTMLParsedClass *clazz)
+{
+  MimeObjectClass *oclass = (MimeObjectClass *)clazz;
+  NS_ASSERTION(!oclass->class_initialized, "problem with superclass");
+  oclass->parse_line  = MimeInlineTextHTMLParsed_parse_line;
+  oclass->parse_begin = MimeInlineTextHTMLParsed_parse_begin;
+  oclass->parse_eof   = MimeInlineTextHTMLParsed_parse_eof;
+  oclass->finalize    = MimeInlineTextHTMLParsed_finalize;
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+MimeInlineTextHTMLParsed_parse_begin(MimeObject *obj)
+{
+  MimeInlineTextHTMLParsed *me = (MimeInlineTextHTMLParsed *)obj;
+  me->complete_buffer = new nsString();
+  int status = ((MimeObjectClass*)&MIME_SUPERCLASS)->parse_begin(obj);
+  if (status < 0)
+    return status;
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+MimeInlineTextHTMLParsed_parse_eof(MimeObject *obj, bool abort_p)
+{
+
+  if (obj->closed_p)
+    return 0;
+  int status = ((MimeObjectClass*)&MIME_SUPERCLASS)->parse_eof(obj, abort_p);
+  if (status < 0)
+    return status;
+  MimeInlineTextHTMLParsed *me = (MimeInlineTextHTMLParsed *)obj;
+
+  // We have to cache all lines and parse the whole document at once.
+  // There's a useful sounding function parseFromStream(), but it only allows XML
+  // mimetypes, not HTML. Methinks that's because the HTML soup parser
+  // needs the entire doc to make sense of the gibberish that people write.
+  if (!me || !me->complete_buffer)
+    return 0;
+
+  nsString& rawHTML = *(me->complete_buffer);
+  if (rawHTML.IsEmpty())
+    return 0;
+  nsString parsed;
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  // Parse the HTML source.
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMDocument> document;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMParser> parser = do_GetService(NS_DOMPARSER_CONTRACTID);
+  rv = parser->ParseFromString(rawHTML.get(), "text/html",
+                               getter_AddRefs(document));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, -1);
+
+  // Serialize it back to HTML source again.
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIDocumentEncoder> encoder = do_CreateInstance(
+    "@mozilla.org/layout/documentEncoder;1?type=text/html");
+  uint32_t aFlags = nsIDocumentEncoder::OutputRaw |
+                    nsIDocumentEncoder::OutputDisallowLineBreaking;
+  rv = encoder->Init(document, NS_LITERAL_STRING("text/html"), aFlags);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, -1);
+  rv = encoder->EncodeToString(parsed);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, -1);
+
+  // Write it out.
+  NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8 resultCStr(parsed);
+  MimeInlineTextHTML_insert_lang_div(obj, resultCStr);
+  MimeInlineTextHTML_remove_plaintext_tag(obj, resultCStr);
+  status = ((MimeObjectClass*)&MIME_SUPERCLASS)->parse_line(
+    resultCStr.BeginWriting(), resultCStr.Length(), obj);
+  rawHTML.Truncate();
+  return status;
+}
+
+void
+MimeInlineTextHTMLParsed_finalize(MimeObject *obj)
+{
+  MimeInlineTextHTMLParsed *me = (MimeInlineTextHTMLParsed *)obj;
+
+  if (me && me->complete_buffer)
+  {
+    obj->clazz->parse_eof(obj, false);
+    delete me->complete_buffer;
+    me->complete_buffer = NULL;
+  }
+
+  ((MimeObjectClass*)&MIME_SUPERCLASS)->finalize(obj);
+}
+
+static int
+MimeInlineTextHTMLParsed_parse_line(const char *line, int32_t length,
+                                    MimeObject *obj)
+{
+  MimeInlineTextHTMLParsed *me = (MimeInlineTextHTMLParsed *)obj;
+
+  if (!me || !(me->complete_buffer))
+    return -1;
+
+  nsCString linestr(line, length);
+  NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16 line_ucs2(linestr.get());
+  if (length && line_ucs2.IsEmpty())
+    CopyASCIItoUTF16(linestr, line_ucs2);
+  (me->complete_buffer)->Append(line_ucs2);
+
+  return 0;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/src/mimeTextHTMLParsed.h b/mailnews/mime/src/mimeTextHTMLParsed.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..753a5153b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/src/mimeTextHTMLParsed.h
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _MIMETEXTHTMLPARSED_H_
+#define _MIMETEXTHTMLPARSED_H_
+
+#include "mimethtm.h"
+
+typedef struct MimeInlineTextHTMLParsedClass MimeInlineTextHTMLParsedClass;
+typedef struct MimeInlineTextHTMLParsed      MimeInlineTextHTMLParsed;
+
+struct MimeInlineTextHTMLParsedClass {
+  MimeInlineTextHTMLClass html;
+};
+
+extern MimeInlineTextHTMLParsedClass mimeInlineTextHTMLParsedClass;
+
+struct MimeInlineTextHTMLParsed {
+  MimeInlineTextHTML    html;
+  nsString             *complete_buffer;  // Gecko parser expects wide strings
+};
+
+#define MimeInlineTextHTMLParsedClassInitializer(ITYPE,CSUPER) \
+  { MimeInlineTextHTMLClassInitializer(ITYPE,CSUPER) }
+
+#endif /* _MIMETEXTHTMLPARSED_H_ */
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/src/mimebuf.cpp b/mailnews/mime/src/mimebuf.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f81047205
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/src/mimebuf.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,249 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ * This Original Code has been modified by IBM Corporation. Modifications made by IBM
+ * described herein are Copyright (c) International Business Machines Corporation, 2000.
+ * Modifications to Mozilla code or documentation identified per MPL Section 3.3
+ *
+ * Date             Modified by     Description of modification
+ * 04/20/2000       IBM Corp.      OS/2 VisualAge build.
+ */
+/*
+ * mimebuf.c -  libmsg like buffer handling routines for libmime
+ */
+#include "prmem.h"
+#include "plstr.h"
+#include "prlog.h"
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "nsMimeStringResources.h"
+
+extern "C" int
+mime_GrowBuffer (uint32_t desired_size, uint32_t element_size, uint32_t quantum,
+        char **buffer, int32_t *size)
+{
+  if ((uint32_t) *size <= desired_size)
+  {
+    char *new_buf;
+    uint32_t increment = desired_size - *size;
+    if (increment < quantum) /* always grow by a minimum of N bytes */
+    increment = quantum;
+
+    new_buf = (*buffer
+         ? (char *) PR_Realloc (*buffer, (*size + increment)
+                    * (element_size / sizeof(char)))
+         : (char *) PR_MALLOC ((*size + increment)
+                    * (element_size / sizeof(char))));
+    if (! new_buf)
+      return MIME_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+    *buffer = new_buf;
+    *size += increment;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* The opposite of mime_LineBuffer(): takes small buffers and packs them
+   up into bigger buffers before passing them along.
+
+   Pass in a desired_buffer_size 0 to tell it to flush (for example, in
+   in the very last call to this function.)
+ */
+extern "C" int
+mime_ReBuffer (const char *net_buffer, int32_t net_buffer_size,
+        uint32_t desired_buffer_size,
+        char **bufferP, int32_t *buffer_sizeP, uint32_t *buffer_fpP,
+        int32_t (*per_buffer_fn) (char *buffer, uint32_t buffer_size,
+                    void *closure),
+        void *closure)
+{
+  int status = 0;
+
+  if (desired_buffer_size >= (uint32_t) (*buffer_sizeP))
+  {
+    status = mime_GrowBuffer (desired_buffer_size, sizeof(char), 1024,
+                 bufferP, buffer_sizeP);
+    if (status < 0) return status;
+  }
+
+  do
+  {
+    int32_t size = *buffer_sizeP - *buffer_fpP;
+    if (size > net_buffer_size)
+    size = net_buffer_size;
+    if (size > 0)
+    {
+      memcpy ((*bufferP) + (*buffer_fpP), net_buffer, size);
+      (*buffer_fpP) += size;
+      net_buffer += size;
+      net_buffer_size -= size;
+    }
+
+    if (*buffer_fpP > 0 &&
+      *buffer_fpP >= desired_buffer_size)
+    {
+      status = (*per_buffer_fn) ((*bufferP), (*buffer_fpP), closure);
+      *buffer_fpP = 0;
+      if (status < 0) return status;
+    }
+  }
+  while (net_buffer_size > 0);
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+convert_and_send_buffer(char* buf, int length, bool convert_newlines_p,
+              int32_t (* per_line_fn) (char *line,
+                          uint32_t line_length,
+                          void *closure),
+              void *closure)
+{
+  /* Convert the line terminator to the native form.
+   */
+  char* newline;
+
+#if (MSG_LINEBREAK_LEN == 2)
+  /***
+  * This is a patch to support a mail DB corruption cause by earlier version that lead to a crash.
+  * What happened is that the line terminator is CR+NULL+LF. Therefore, we first process a line
+  * terminated by CR then a second line that contains only NULL+LF. We need to ignore this second
+  * line. See bug http://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=61412 for more information.
+  ***/
+  if (length == 2 && buf[0] == 0x00 && buf[1] == '\n')
+    return 0;
+#endif
+
+  NS_ASSERTION(buf && length > 0, "1.1 <rhp@netscape.com> 19 Mar 1999 12:00");
+  if (!buf || length <= 0) return -1;
+  newline = buf + length;
+  NS_ASSERTION(newline[-1] == '\r' || newline[-1] == '\n', "1.1 <rhp@netscape.com> 19 Mar 1999 12:00");
+  if (newline[-1] != '\r' && newline[-1] != '\n') return -1;
+
+  if (!convert_newlines_p)
+  {
+  }
+#if (MSG_LINEBREAK_LEN == 1)
+  else if ((newline - buf) >= 2 &&
+       newline[-2] == '\r' &&
+       newline[-1] == '\n')
+  {
+    /* CRLF -> CR or LF */
+    buf [length - 2] = MSG_LINEBREAK[0];
+    length--;
+  }
+  else if (newline > buf + 1 &&
+       newline[-1] != MSG_LINEBREAK[0])
+  {
+    /* CR -> LF or LF -> CR */
+    buf [length - 1] = MSG_LINEBREAK[0];
+  }
+#else
+  else if (((newline - buf) >= 2 && newline[-2] != '\r') ||
+       ((newline - buf) >= 1 && newline[-1] != '\n'))
+  {
+    /* LF -> CRLF or CR -> CRLF */
+    length++;
+    buf[length - 2] = MSG_LINEBREAK[0];
+    buf[length - 1] = MSG_LINEBREAK[1];
+  }
+#endif
+
+  return (*per_line_fn)(buf, length, closure);
+}
+
+extern "C" int
+mime_LineBuffer (const char *net_buffer, int32_t net_buffer_size,
+        char **bufferP, int32_t *buffer_sizeP, uint32_t *buffer_fpP,
+        bool convert_newlines_p,
+        int32_t (* per_line_fn) (char *line, uint32_t line_length,
+                    void *closure),
+        void *closure)
+{
+  int status = 0;
+  if (*buffer_fpP > 0 && *bufferP && (*bufferP)[*buffer_fpP - 1] == '\r' &&
+    net_buffer_size > 0 && net_buffer[0] != '\n') {
+  /* The last buffer ended with a CR.  The new buffer does not start
+     with a LF.  This old buffer should be shipped out and discarded. */
+  NS_ASSERTION((uint32_t) *buffer_sizeP > *buffer_fpP, "1.1 <rhp@netscape.com> 19 Mar 1999 12:00");
+  if ((uint32_t) *buffer_sizeP <= *buffer_fpP) return -1;
+  status = convert_and_send_buffer(*bufferP, *buffer_fpP,
+                     convert_newlines_p,
+                     per_line_fn, closure);
+  if (status < 0) return status;
+  *buffer_fpP = 0;
+  }
+  while (net_buffer_size > 0)
+  {
+    const char *net_buffer_end = net_buffer + net_buffer_size;
+    const char *newline = 0;
+    const char *s;
+
+
+    for (s = net_buffer; s < net_buffer_end; s++)
+    {
+      /* Move forward in the buffer until the first newline.
+       Stop when we see CRLF, CR, or LF, or the end of the buffer.
+       *But*, if we see a lone CR at the *very end* of the buffer,
+       treat this as if we had reached the end of the buffer without
+       seeing a line terminator.  This is to catch the case of the
+       buffers splitting a CRLF pair, as in "FOO\r\nBAR\r" "\nBAZ\r\n".
+       */
+      if (*s == '\r' || *s == '\n')
+      {
+        newline = s;
+        if (newline[0] == '\r')
+        {
+          if (s == net_buffer_end - 1)
+          {
+            /* CR at end - wait for the next character. */
+            newline = 0;
+            break;
+          }
+          else if (newline[1] == '\n')
+          /* CRLF seen; swallow both. */
+          newline++;
+        }
+        newline++;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Ensure room in the net_buffer and append some or all of the current
+     chunk of data to it. */
+    {
+    const char *end = (newline ? newline : net_buffer_end);
+    uint32_t desired_size = (end - net_buffer) + (*buffer_fpP) + 1;
+
+    if (desired_size >= (uint32_t) (*buffer_sizeP))
+      {
+      status = mime_GrowBuffer (desired_size, sizeof(char), 1024,
+                   bufferP, buffer_sizeP);
+      if (status < 0) return status;
+      }
+    memcpy ((*bufferP) + (*buffer_fpP), net_buffer, (end - net_buffer));
+    (*buffer_fpP) += (end - net_buffer);
+        (*bufferP)[*buffer_fpP] = '\0';
+    }
+
+    /* Now *bufferP contains either a complete line, or as complete
+     a line as we have read so far.
+
+     If we have a line, process it, and then remove it from `*bufferP'.
+     Then go around the loop again, until we drain the incoming data.
+     */
+    if (!newline)
+    return 0;
+
+    status = convert_and_send_buffer(*bufferP, *buffer_fpP,
+                       convert_newlines_p,
+                       per_line_fn, closure);
+    if (status < 0)
+      return status;
+
+    net_buffer_size -= (newline - net_buffer);
+    net_buffer = newline;
+    (*buffer_fpP) = 0;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/src/mimebuf.h b/mailnews/mime/src/mimebuf.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..38b9a68c7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/src/mimebuf.h
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ * This Original Code has been modified by IBM Corporation. Modifications made by IBM
+ * described herein are Copyright (c) International Business Machines Corporation, 2000.
+ * Modifications to Mozilla code or documentation identified per MPL Section 3.3
+ *
+ * Date             Modified by     Description of modification
+ * 04/20/2000       IBM Corp.      OS/2 VisualAge build.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MIMEBUF_H_
+#define _MIMEBUF_H_
+
+extern "C" int mime_GrowBuffer (uint32_t desired_size,
+               uint32_t element_size, uint32_t quantum,
+               char **buffer, int32_t *size);
+
+extern "C" int mime_LineBuffer (const char *net_buffer, int32_t net_buffer_size,
+               char **bufferP, int32_t *buffer_sizeP,
+               int32_t *buffer_fpP,
+               bool convert_newlines_p,
+               int32_t (* per_line_fn) (char *line, int32_t
+                         line_length, void *closure),
+               void *closure);
+
+extern "C" int mime_ReBuffer (const char *net_buffer, int32_t net_buffer_size,
+             uint32_t desired_buffer_size,
+             char **bufferP, uint32_t *buffer_sizeP,
+             uint32_t *buffer_fpP,
+             int32_t (*per_buffer_fn) (char *buffer,
+                         uint32_t buffer_size,
+                         void *closure),
+             void *closure);
+
+
+#endif /* _MIMEBUF_H_ */
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/src/mimecms.cpp b/mailnews/mime/src/mimecms.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..18d88acaa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/src/mimecms.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,716 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsICMSMessage.h"
+#include "nsICMSMessage2.h"
+#include "nsICMSMessageErrors.h"
+#include "nsICMSDecoder.h"
+#include "mimecms.h"
+#include "mimemsig.h"
+#include "nspr.h"
+#include "mimemsg.h"
+#include "mimemoz2.h"
+#include "nsIURI.h"
+#include "nsIMsgWindow.h"
+#include "nsIMsgMailNewsUrl.h"
+#include "nsIMimeMiscStatus.h"
+#include "nsIMsgSMIMEHeaderSink.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsAutoPtr.h"
+#include "nsIX509Cert.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsComponentManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsThreadUtils.h"
+#include "nsProxyRelease.h"
+#include "mozilla/mailnews/MimeHeaderParser.h"
+
+using namespace mozilla::mailnews;
+
+
+#define MIME_SUPERCLASS mimeEncryptedClass
+MimeDefClass(MimeEncryptedCMS, MimeEncryptedCMSClass,
+       mimeEncryptedCMSClass, &MIME_SUPERCLASS);
+
+static void *MimeCMS_init(MimeObject *, int (*output_fn) (const char *, int32_t, void *), void *);
+static int MimeCMS_write (const char *, int32_t, void *);
+static int MimeCMS_eof (void *, bool);
+static char * MimeCMS_generate (void *);
+static void MimeCMS_free (void *);
+
+extern int SEC_ERROR_CERT_ADDR_MISMATCH;
+
+static int MimeEncryptedCMSClassInitialize(MimeEncryptedCMSClass *clazz)
+{
+#ifdef DEBUG
+  MimeObjectClass    *oclass = (MimeObjectClass *)    clazz;
+  NS_ASSERTION(!oclass->class_initialized, "1.2 <mscott@netscape.com> 01 Nov 2001 17:59");
+#endif
+
+  MimeEncryptedClass *eclass = (MimeEncryptedClass *) clazz;
+  eclass->crypto_init          = MimeCMS_init;
+  eclass->crypto_write         = MimeCMS_write;
+  eclass->crypto_eof           = MimeCMS_eof;
+  eclass->crypto_generate_html = MimeCMS_generate;
+  eclass->crypto_free          = MimeCMS_free;
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+typedef struct MimeCMSdata
+{
+  int (*output_fn) (const char *buf, int32_t buf_size, void *output_closure);
+  void *output_closure;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsICMSDecoder> decoder_context;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsICMSMessage> content_info;
+  bool ci_is_encrypted;
+  char *sender_addr;
+  bool decoding_failed;
+  uint32_t decoded_bytes;
+  MimeObject *self;
+  bool parent_is_encrypted_p;
+  bool parent_holds_stamp_p;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgSMIMEHeaderSink> smimeHeaderSink;
+
+  MimeCMSdata()
+  :output_fn(nullptr),
+  output_closure(nullptr),
+  ci_is_encrypted(false),
+  sender_addr(nullptr),
+  decoding_failed(false),
+  decoded_bytes(0),
+  self(nullptr),
+  parent_is_encrypted_p(false),
+  parent_holds_stamp_p(false)
+  {
+  }
+
+  ~MimeCMSdata()
+  {
+    if(sender_addr)
+      PR_Free(sender_addr);
+
+    // Do an orderly release of nsICMSDecoder and nsICMSMessage //
+    if (decoder_context)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsICMSMessage> cinfo;
+      decoder_context->Finish(getter_AddRefs(cinfo));
+    }
+  }
+} MimeCMSdata;
+
+/*   SEC_PKCS7DecoderContentCallback for SEC_PKCS7DecoderStart() */
+static void MimeCMS_content_callback (void *arg, const char *buf, unsigned long length)
+{
+  int status;
+  MimeCMSdata *data = (MimeCMSdata *) arg;
+  if (!data) return;
+
+  if (!data->output_fn)
+    return;
+
+  PR_SetError(0,0);
+  status = data->output_fn (buf, length, data->output_closure);
+  if (status < 0)
+  {
+    PR_SetError(status, 0);
+    data->output_fn = 0;
+    return;
+  }
+
+  data->decoded_bytes += length;
+}
+
+bool MimeEncryptedCMS_encrypted_p (MimeObject *obj)
+{
+  bool encrypted;
+
+  if (!obj) return false;
+  if (mime_typep(obj, (MimeObjectClass *) &mimeEncryptedCMSClass))
+  {
+    MimeEncrypted *enc = (MimeEncrypted *) obj;
+    MimeCMSdata *data = (MimeCMSdata *) enc->crypto_closure;
+    if (!data || !data->content_info) return false;
+                data->content_info->ContentIsEncrypted(&encrypted);
+          return encrypted;
+  }
+  return false;
+}
+
+
+bool MimeCMSHeadersAndCertsMatch(nsICMSMessage *content_info,
+                                   nsIX509Cert *signerCert,
+                                   const char *from_addr,
+                                   const char *from_name,
+                                   const char *sender_addr,
+                                   const char *sender_name,
+                                   bool *signing_cert_without_email_address)
+{
+  nsCString cert_addr;
+  bool match = true;
+  bool foundFrom = false;
+  bool foundSender = false;
+
+  /* Find the name and address in the cert.
+   */
+  if (content_info)
+  {
+    // Extract any address contained in the cert.
+    // This will be used for testing, whether the cert contains no addresses at all.
+    content_info->GetSignerEmailAddress (getter_Copies(cert_addr));
+  }
+
+  if (signing_cert_without_email_address)
+    *signing_cert_without_email_address = cert_addr.IsEmpty();
+
+  /* Now compare them --
+   consider it a match if the address in the cert matches the
+   address in the From field (or as a fallback, the Sender field)
+   */
+
+  /* If there is no addr in the cert at all, it can not match and we fail. */
+  if (cert_addr.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    match = false;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    if (signerCert)
+    {
+      if (from_addr && *from_addr)
+      {
+        NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16 ucs2From(from_addr);
+        if (NS_FAILED(signerCert->ContainsEmailAddress(ucs2From, &foundFrom)))
+        {
+          foundFrom = false;
+        }
+      }
+      else if (sender_addr && *sender_addr)
+      {
+        NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16 ucs2Sender(sender_addr);
+        if (NS_FAILED(signerCert->ContainsEmailAddress(ucs2Sender, &foundSender)))
+        {
+          foundSender = false;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    if (!foundSender && !foundFrom)
+    {
+      match = false;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return match;
+}
+
+class nsSMimeVerificationListener : public nsISMimeVerificationListener
+{
+public:
+  NS_DECL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSISMIMEVERIFICATIONLISTENER
+
+  nsSMimeVerificationListener(const char *aFromAddr, const char *aFromName,
+                              const char *aSenderAddr, const char *aSenderName,
+                              nsIMsgSMIMEHeaderSink *aHeaderSink, int32_t aMimeNestingLevel);
+
+protected:
+  virtual ~nsSMimeVerificationListener() {}
+
+  /**
+   * It is safe to declare this implementation as thread safe,
+   * despite not using a lock to protect the members.
+   * Because of the way the object will be used, we don't expect a race.
+   * After construction, the object is passed to another thread,
+   * but will no longer be accessed on the original thread.
+   * The other thread is unable to access/modify self's data members.
+   * When the other thread is finished, it will call into the "Notify"
+   * callback. Self's members will be accessed on the other thread,
+   * but this is fine, because there is no race with the original thread.
+   * Race-protection for XPCOM reference counting is sufficient.
+   */
+  bool mSinkIsNull;
+  nsMainThreadPtrHandle<nsIMsgSMIMEHeaderSink> mHeaderSink;
+  int32_t mMimeNestingLevel;
+
+  nsCString mFromAddr;
+  nsCString mFromName;
+  nsCString mSenderAddr;
+  nsCString mSenderName;
+};
+
+class SignedStatusRunnable : public mozilla::Runnable
+{
+public:
+  SignedStatusRunnable(const nsMainThreadPtrHandle<nsIMsgSMIMEHeaderSink> &aSink, int32_t aNestingLevel,
+                       int32_t aSignatureStatus, nsIX509Cert *aSignerCert);
+  NS_DECL_NSIRUNNABLE
+protected:
+  nsMainThreadPtrHandle<nsIMsgSMIMEHeaderSink> m_sink;
+  int32_t m_nestingLevel;
+  int32_t m_signatureStatus;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIX509Cert> m_signerCert;
+};
+
+SignedStatusRunnable::SignedStatusRunnable(const nsMainThreadPtrHandle<nsIMsgSMIMEHeaderSink> &aSink,
+                                           int32_t aNestingLevel,
+                                           int32_t aSignatureStatus,
+                                           nsIX509Cert *aSignerCert) :
+  m_sink(aSink), m_nestingLevel(aNestingLevel),
+  m_signatureStatus(aSignatureStatus), m_signerCert(aSignerCert)
+{
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP SignedStatusRunnable::Run()
+{
+  return m_sink->SignedStatus(m_nestingLevel, m_signatureStatus, m_signerCert);
+}
+
+
+nsresult ProxySignedStatus(const nsMainThreadPtrHandle<nsIMsgSMIMEHeaderSink> &aSink,
+                           int32_t aNestingLevel,
+                           int32_t aSignatureStatus,
+                           nsIX509Cert *aSignerCert)
+{
+  RefPtr<SignedStatusRunnable> signedStatus =
+    new SignedStatusRunnable(aSink, aNestingLevel, aSignatureStatus, aSignerCert);
+  return NS_DispatchToMainThread(signedStatus, NS_DISPATCH_SYNC);
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsSMimeVerificationListener, nsISMimeVerificationListener)
+
+nsSMimeVerificationListener::nsSMimeVerificationListener(const char *aFromAddr, const char *aFromName,
+                                                         const char *aSenderAddr, const char *aSenderName,
+                                                         nsIMsgSMIMEHeaderSink *aHeaderSink, int32_t aMimeNestingLevel)
+{
+  mHeaderSink = new nsMainThreadPtrHolder<nsIMsgSMIMEHeaderSink>(aHeaderSink);
+  mSinkIsNull = !aHeaderSink;
+  mMimeNestingLevel = aMimeNestingLevel;
+
+  mFromAddr = aFromAddr;
+  mFromName = aFromName;
+  mSenderAddr = aSenderAddr;
+  mSenderName = aSenderName;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsSMimeVerificationListener::Notify(nsICMSMessage2 *aVerifiedMessage,
+                                                  nsresult aVerificationResultCode)
+{
+  // Only continue if we have a valid pointer to the UI
+  NS_ENSURE_FALSE(mSinkIsNull, NS_OK);
+
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(aVerifiedMessage, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsICMSMessage> msg = do_QueryInterface(aVerifiedMessage);
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(msg, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIX509Cert> signerCert;
+  msg->GetSignerCert(getter_AddRefs(signerCert));
+
+  int32_t signature_status = nsICMSMessageErrors::GENERAL_ERROR;
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(aVerificationResultCode))
+  {
+    if (NS_ERROR_MODULE_SECURITY == NS_ERROR_GET_MODULE(aVerificationResultCode))
+      signature_status = NS_ERROR_GET_CODE(aVerificationResultCode);
+    else if (NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED == aVerificationResultCode)
+      signature_status = nsICMSMessageErrors::VERIFY_ERROR_PROCESSING;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    bool signing_cert_without_email_address;
+
+    bool good_p = MimeCMSHeadersAndCertsMatch(msg, signerCert,
+                                                mFromAddr.get(), mFromName.get(),
+                                                mSenderAddr.get(), mSenderName.get(),
+                                                &signing_cert_without_email_address);
+    if (!good_p)
+    {
+      if (signing_cert_without_email_address)
+        signature_status = nsICMSMessageErrors::VERIFY_CERT_WITHOUT_ADDRESS;
+      else
+        signature_status = nsICMSMessageErrors::VERIFY_HEADER_MISMATCH;
+    }
+    else
+      signature_status = nsICMSMessageErrors::SUCCESS;
+  }
+
+  ProxySignedStatus(mHeaderSink, mMimeNestingLevel, signature_status, signerCert);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+int MIMEGetRelativeCryptoNestLevel(MimeObject *obj)
+{
+  /*
+    the part id of any mimeobj is mime_part_address(obj)
+    our currently displayed crypto part is obj
+    the part shown as the toplevel object in the current window is
+        obj->options->part_to_load
+        possibly stored in the toplevel object only ???
+        but hopefully all nested mimeobject point to the same displayooptions
+
+    we need to find out the nesting level of our currently displayed crypto object
+    wrt the shown part in the toplevel window
+  */
+
+  // if we are showing the toplevel message, aTopMessageNestLevel == 0
+  int aTopMessageNestLevel = 0;
+  MimeObject *aTopShownObject = nullptr;
+  if (obj && obj->options->part_to_load) {
+    bool aAlreadyFoundTop = false;
+    for (MimeObject *walker = obj; walker; walker = walker->parent) {
+      if (aAlreadyFoundTop) {
+        if (!mime_typep(walker, (MimeObjectClass *) &mimeEncryptedClass)
+            && !mime_typep(walker, (MimeObjectClass *) &mimeMultipartSignedClass)) {
+          ++aTopMessageNestLevel;
+        }
+      }
+      if (!aAlreadyFoundTop && !strcmp(mime_part_address(walker), walker->options->part_to_load)) {
+        aAlreadyFoundTop = true;
+        aTopShownObject = walker;
+      }
+      if (!aAlreadyFoundTop && !walker->parent) {
+        // The mime part part_to_load is not a parent of the
+        // the crypto mime part passed in to this function as parameter obj.
+        // That means the crypto part belongs to another branch of the mime tree.
+        return -1;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  bool CryptoObjectIsChildOfTopShownObject = false;
+  if (!aTopShownObject) {
+    // no sub part specified, top message is displayed, and
+    // our crypto object is definitively a child of it
+    CryptoObjectIsChildOfTopShownObject = true;
+  }
+
+  // if we are the child of the topmost message, aCryptoPartNestLevel == 1
+  int aCryptoPartNestLevel = 0;
+  if (obj) {
+    for (MimeObject *walker = obj; walker; walker = walker->parent) {
+      // Crypto mime objects are transparent wrt nesting.
+      if (!mime_typep(walker, (MimeObjectClass *) &mimeEncryptedClass)
+          && !mime_typep(walker, (MimeObjectClass *) &mimeMultipartSignedClass)) {
+        ++aCryptoPartNestLevel;
+      }
+      if (aTopShownObject && walker->parent == aTopShownObject) {
+        CryptoObjectIsChildOfTopShownObject = true;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (!CryptoObjectIsChildOfTopShownObject) {
+    return -1;
+  }
+
+  return aCryptoPartNestLevel - aTopMessageNestLevel;
+}
+
+static void *MimeCMS_init(MimeObject *obj,
+                          int (*output_fn) (const char *buf, int32_t buf_size, void *output_closure),
+                          void *output_closure)
+{
+  MimeCMSdata *data;
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  if (!(obj && obj->options && output_fn)) return 0;
+
+  data = new MimeCMSdata;
+  if (!data) return 0;
+
+  data->self = obj;
+  data->output_fn = output_fn;
+  data->output_closure = output_closure;
+  PR_SetError(0, 0);
+  data->decoder_context = do_CreateInstance(NS_CMSDECODER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+  {
+    delete data;
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  rv = data->decoder_context->Start(MimeCMS_content_callback, data);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+  {
+    delete data;
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  // XXX Fix later XXX //
+  data->parent_holds_stamp_p =
+  (obj->parent &&
+   (mime_crypto_stamped_p(obj->parent) ||
+    mime_typep(obj->parent, (MimeObjectClass *) &mimeEncryptedClass)));
+
+  data->parent_is_encrypted_p =
+  (obj->parent && MimeEncryptedCMS_encrypted_p (obj->parent));
+
+  /* If the parent of this object is a crypto-blob, then it's the grandparent
+   who would have written out the headers and prepared for a stamp...
+   (This shit sucks.)
+   */
+  if (data->parent_is_encrypted_p &&
+    !data->parent_holds_stamp_p &&
+    obj->parent && obj->parent->parent)
+  data->parent_holds_stamp_p =
+    mime_crypto_stamped_p (obj->parent->parent);
+
+  mime_stream_data *msd = (mime_stream_data *) (data->self->options->stream_closure);
+  if (msd)
+  {
+    nsIChannel *channel = msd->channel;  // note the lack of ref counting...
+    if (channel)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> uri;
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgWindow> msgWindow;
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgHeaderSink> headerSink;
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> msgurl;
+      nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> securityInfo;
+      channel->GetURI(getter_AddRefs(uri));
+      if (uri)
+      {
+        nsAutoCString urlSpec;
+        rv = uri->GetSpec(urlSpec);
+
+        // We only want to update the UI if the current mime transaction
+        // is intended for display.
+        // If the current transaction is intended for background processing,
+        // we can learn that by looking at the additional header=filter
+        // string contained in the URI.
+        //
+        // If we find something, we do not set smimeHeaderSink,
+        // which will prevent us from giving UI feedback.
+        //
+        // If we do not find header=filter, we assume the result of the
+        // processing will be shown in the UI.
+
+        if (!strstr(urlSpec.get(), "?header=filter") &&
+            !strstr(urlSpec.get(), "&header=filter") &&
+            !strstr(urlSpec.get(), "?header=attach") &&
+            !strstr(urlSpec.get(), "&header=attach"))
+        {
+          msgurl = do_QueryInterface(uri);
+          if (msgurl)
+            msgurl->GetMsgWindow(getter_AddRefs(msgWindow));
+          if (msgWindow)
+            msgWindow->GetMsgHeaderSink(getter_AddRefs(headerSink));
+          if (headerSink)
+            headerSink->GetSecurityInfo(getter_AddRefs(securityInfo));
+          if (securityInfo)
+            data->smimeHeaderSink = do_QueryInterface(securityInfo);
+        }
+      }
+    } // if channel
+  } // if msd
+
+  return data;
+}
+
+static int
+MimeCMS_write (const char *buf, int32_t buf_size, void *closure)
+{
+  MimeCMSdata *data = (MimeCMSdata *) closure;
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  if (!data || !data->output_fn || !data->decoder_context) return -1;
+
+  PR_SetError(0, 0);
+  rv = data->decoder_context->Update(buf, buf_size);
+  data->decoding_failed = NS_FAILED(rv);
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+void MimeCMSGetFromSender(MimeObject *obj,
+                          nsCString &from_addr,
+                          nsCString &from_name,
+                          nsCString &sender_addr,
+                          nsCString &sender_name)
+{
+  MimeHeaders *msg_headers = 0;
+
+  /* Find the headers of the MimeMessage which is the parent (or grandparent)
+   of this object (remember, crypto objects nest.) */
+  MimeObject *o2 = obj;
+  msg_headers = o2->headers;
+  while (o2 &&
+       o2->parent &&
+       !mime_typep(o2->parent, (MimeObjectClass *) &mimeMessageClass))
+    {
+    o2 = o2->parent;
+    msg_headers = o2->headers;
+    }
+
+  if (!msg_headers)
+    return;
+
+  /* Find the names and addresses in the From and/or Sender fields.
+   */
+  nsCString s;
+
+  /* Extract the name and address of the "From:" field. */
+  s.Adopt(MimeHeaders_get(msg_headers, HEADER_FROM, false, false));
+  if (!s.IsEmpty())
+    ExtractFirstAddress(EncodedHeader(s), from_name, from_addr);
+
+  /* Extract the name and address of the "Sender:" field. */
+  s.Adopt(MimeHeaders_get(msg_headers, HEADER_SENDER, false, false));
+  if (!s.IsEmpty())
+    ExtractFirstAddress(EncodedHeader(s), sender_name, sender_addr);
+}
+
+void MimeCMSRequestAsyncSignatureVerification(nsICMSMessage *aCMSMsg,
+                                              const char *aFromAddr, const char *aFromName,
+                                              const char *aSenderAddr, const char *aSenderName,
+                                              nsIMsgSMIMEHeaderSink *aHeaderSink, int32_t aMimeNestingLevel,
+                                              unsigned char* item_data, uint32_t item_len)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsICMSMessage2> msg2 = do_QueryInterface(aCMSMsg);
+  if (!msg2)
+    return;
+
+  RefPtr<nsSMimeVerificationListener> listener =
+    new nsSMimeVerificationListener(aFromAddr, aFromName, aSenderAddr, aSenderName,
+                                    aHeaderSink, aMimeNestingLevel);
+  if (!listener)
+    return;
+
+  if (item_data)
+    msg2->AsyncVerifyDetachedSignature(listener, item_data, item_len);
+  else
+    msg2->AsyncVerifySignature(listener);
+}
+
+static int
+MimeCMS_eof (void *crypto_closure, bool abort_p)
+{
+  MimeCMSdata *data = (MimeCMSdata *) crypto_closure;
+  nsresult rv;
+  int32_t status = nsICMSMessageErrors::SUCCESS;
+
+  if (!data || !data->output_fn || !data->decoder_context) {
+    return -1;
+  }
+
+  int aRelativeNestLevel = MIMEGetRelativeCryptoNestLevel(data->self);
+
+  /* Hand an EOF to the crypto library.  It may call data->output_fn.
+   (Today, the crypto library has no flushing to do, but maybe there
+   will be someday.)
+
+   We save away the value returned and will use it later to emit a
+   blurb about whether the signature validation was cool.
+   */
+
+  PR_SetError(0, 0);
+  rv = data->decoder_context->Finish(getter_AddRefs(data->content_info));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    status = nsICMSMessageErrors::GENERAL_ERROR;
+
+  data->decoder_context = nullptr;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIX509Cert> certOfInterest;
+
+  if (!data->smimeHeaderSink)
+    return 0;
+
+  if (aRelativeNestLevel < 0)
+    return 0;
+
+  int32_t maxNestLevel = 0;
+  data->smimeHeaderSink->MaxWantedNesting(&maxNestLevel);
+
+  if (aRelativeNestLevel > maxNestLevel)
+    return 0;
+
+  if (data->decoding_failed)
+    status = nsICMSMessageErrors::GENERAL_ERROR;
+
+  if (!data->content_info)
+  {
+    if (!data->decoded_bytes)
+    {
+      // We were unable to decode any data.
+      status = nsICMSMessageErrors::GENERAL_ERROR;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      // Some content got decoded, but we failed to decode
+      // the final summary, probably we got truncated data.
+      status = nsICMSMessageErrors::ENCRYPT_INCOMPLETE;
+    }
+
+    // Although a CMS message could be either encrypted or opaquely signed,
+    // what we see is most likely encrypted, because if it were
+    // signed only, we probably would have been able to decode it.
+
+    data->ci_is_encrypted = true;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    rv = data->content_info->ContentIsEncrypted(&data->ci_is_encrypted);
+
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && data->ci_is_encrypted) {
+      data->content_info->GetEncryptionCert(getter_AddRefs(certOfInterest));
+    }
+    else {
+      // Existing logic in mimei assumes, if !ci_is_encrypted, then it is signed.
+      // Make sure it indeed is signed.
+
+      bool testIsSigned;
+      rv = data->content_info->ContentIsSigned(&testIsSigned);
+
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !testIsSigned) {
+        // Neither signed nor encrypted?
+        // We are unable to understand what we got, do not try to indicate S/Mime status.
+        return 0;
+      }
+
+      nsCString from_addr;
+      nsCString from_name;
+      nsCString sender_addr;
+      nsCString sender_name;
+
+      MimeCMSGetFromSender(data->self,
+                           from_addr, from_name,
+                           sender_addr, sender_name);
+
+      MimeCMSRequestAsyncSignatureVerification(data->content_info,
+                                               from_addr.get(), from_name.get(),
+                                               sender_addr.get(), sender_name.get(),
+                                               data->smimeHeaderSink, aRelativeNestLevel,
+                                               nullptr, 0);
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (data->ci_is_encrypted)
+  {
+    data->smimeHeaderSink->EncryptionStatus(
+      aRelativeNestLevel,
+      status,
+      certOfInterest
+    );
+  }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+static void
+MimeCMS_free (void *crypto_closure)
+{
+  MimeCMSdata *data = (MimeCMSdata *) crypto_closure;
+  if (!data) return;
+
+  delete data;
+}
+
+static char *
+MimeCMS_generate (void *crypto_closure)
+{
+  return nullptr;
+}
+
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/src/mimecms.h b/mailnews/mime/src/mimecms.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fa08b28b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/src/mimecms.h
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _MIMECMS_H_
+#define _MIMECMS_H_
+
+#include "mimecryp.h"
+
+class nsICMSMessage;
+
+/* The MimeEncryptedCMS class implements a type of MIME object where the
+   object is passed through a CMS decryption engine to decrypt or verify
+   signatures.  That module returns a new MIME object, which is then presented
+   to the user.  See mimecryp.h for details of the general mechanism on which
+   this is built.
+ */
+
+typedef struct MimeEncryptedCMSClass MimeEncryptedCMSClass;
+typedef struct MimeEncryptedCMS      MimeEncryptedCMS;
+
+struct MimeEncryptedCMSClass {
+  MimeEncryptedClass encrypted;
+};
+
+extern MimeEncryptedCMSClass mimeEncryptedCMSClass;
+
+struct MimeEncryptedCMS {
+  MimeEncrypted encrypted;    /* superclass variables */
+};
+
+#define MimeEncryptedCMSClassInitializer(ITYPE,CSUPER) \
+  { MimeEncryptedClassInitializer(ITYPE,CSUPER) }
+
+#endif /* _MIMEPKCS_H_ */
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/src/mimecom.cpp b/mailnews/mime/src/mimecom.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..384542742
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/src/mimecom.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+#include "mimei.h"
+#include "mimeobj.h"  /*  MimeObject (abstract)              */
+#include "mimecont.h"  /*   |--- MimeContainer (abstract)          */
+#include "mimemult.h"  /*   |     |--- MimeMultipart (abstract)      */
+#include "mimemsig.h"  /*   |     |     |--- MimeMultipartSigned (abstract)*/
+#include "mimetext.h"  /*   |     |--- MimeInlineText (abstract)      */
+#include "mimecryp.h"
+#include "mimecth.h"
+
+/*
+ * These calls are necessary to expose the object class hierarchy
+ * to externally developed content type handlers.
+ */
+extern "C" void *
+XPCOM_GetmimeInlineTextClass(void)
+{
+  return (void *) &mimeInlineTextClass;
+}
+
+extern "C" void *
+XPCOM_GetmimeLeafClass(void)
+{
+  return (void *) &mimeLeafClass;
+}
+
+extern "C" void *
+XPCOM_GetmimeObjectClass(void)
+{
+  return (void *) &mimeObjectClass;
+}
+
+extern "C" void *
+XPCOM_GetmimeContainerClass(void)
+{
+  return (void *) &mimeContainerClass;
+}
+
+extern "C" void *
+XPCOM_GetmimeMultipartClass(void)
+{
+  return (void *) &mimeMultipartClass;
+}
+
+extern "C" void *
+XPCOM_GetmimeMultipartSignedClass(void)
+{
+  return (void *) &mimeMultipartSignedClass;
+}
+
+extern "C" void *
+XPCOM_GetmimeEncryptedClass(void)
+{
+  return (void *) &mimeEncryptedClass;
+}
+
+extern "C" int
+XPCOM_MimeObject_write(void *mimeObject,
+                       char *data,
+                       int32_t length,
+                       bool user_visible_p)
+{
+  return MIME_MimeObject_write((MimeObject *)mimeObject, data,
+                                length, user_visible_p);
+}
+
+extern "C" void *
+XPCOM_Mime_create(char *content_type, void* hdrs, void* opts)
+{
+  return mime_create(content_type, (MimeHeaders *)hdrs, (MimeDisplayOptions *)opts);
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/src/mimecom.h b/mailnews/mime/src/mimecom.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..83c654a34
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/src/mimecom.h
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/* 
+ * XP-COM Bridges for C function calls
+ */
+#ifndef _MIMECOM_H_
+#define _MIMECOM_H_
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/*
+ * These functions are exposed by libmime to be used by content type
+ * handler plugins for processing stream data. 
+ */
+/*
+ * This is the write call for outputting processed stream data.
+ */ 
+extern "C" int  XPCOM_MimeObject_write(void *mimeObject, const char *data, 
+                                  int32_t length, 
+                                  bool user_visible_p);
+/*
+ * The following group of calls expose the pointers for the object
+ * system within libmime. 
+ */                                                        
+extern "C" void *XPCOM_GetmimeInlineTextClass(void);
+extern "C" void *XPCOM_GetmimeLeafClass(void);
+extern "C" void *XPCOM_GetmimeObjectClass(void);
+extern "C" void *XPCOM_GetmimeContainerClass(void);
+extern "C" void *XPCOM_GetmimeMultipartClass(void);
+extern "C" void *XPCOM_GetmimeMultipartSignedClass(void);
+extern "C" void *XPCOM_GetmimeEncryptedClass(void);
+
+extern "C" void *XPCOM_Mime_create(char *content_type, void* hdrs, void* opts);
+
+#endif /* _MIMECOM_H_ */
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/src/mimecont.cpp b/mailnews/mime/src/mimecont.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c5755a87f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/src/mimecont.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,218 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+#include "prmem.h"
+#include "plstr.h"
+#include "prlog.h"
+#include "prio.h"
+#include "mimecont.h"
+#include "nsMimeStringResources.h"
+
+#define MIME_SUPERCLASS mimeObjectClass
+MimeDefClass(MimeContainer, MimeContainerClass,
+       mimeContainerClass, &MIME_SUPERCLASS);
+
+static int MimeContainer_initialize (MimeObject *);
+static void MimeContainer_finalize (MimeObject *);
+static int MimeContainer_add_child (MimeObject *, MimeObject *);
+static int MimeContainer_parse_eof (MimeObject *, bool);
+static int MimeContainer_parse_end (MimeObject *, bool);
+static bool MimeContainer_displayable_inline_p (MimeObjectClass *clazz,
+                           MimeHeaders *hdrs);
+
+#if defined(DEBUG) && defined(XP_UNIX)
+static int MimeContainer_debug_print (MimeObject *, PRFileDesc *, int32_t depth);
+#endif
+
+static int
+MimeContainerClassInitialize(MimeContainerClass *clazz)
+{
+  MimeObjectClass *oclass = (MimeObjectClass *) &clazz->object;
+
+  NS_ASSERTION(!oclass->class_initialized, "1.1 <rhp@netscape.com> 19 Mar 1999 12:00");
+  oclass->initialize  = MimeContainer_initialize;
+  oclass->finalize    = MimeContainer_finalize;
+  oclass->parse_eof   = MimeContainer_parse_eof;
+  oclass->parse_end   = MimeContainer_parse_end;
+  oclass->displayable_inline_p = MimeContainer_displayable_inline_p;
+  clazz->add_child    = MimeContainer_add_child;
+
+#if defined(DEBUG) && defined(XP_UNIX)
+  oclass->debug_print = MimeContainer_debug_print;
+#endif
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+static int
+MimeContainer_initialize (MimeObject *object)
+{
+  /* This is an abstract class; it shouldn't be directly instantiated. */
+  NS_ASSERTION(object->clazz != (MimeObjectClass *) &mimeContainerClass, "1.1 <rhp@netscape.com> 19 Mar 1999 12:00");
+
+  return ((MimeObjectClass*)&MIME_SUPERCLASS)->initialize(object);
+}
+
+static void
+MimeContainer_finalize (MimeObject *object)
+{
+  MimeContainer *cont = (MimeContainer *) object;
+
+  /* Do this first so that children have their parse_eof methods called
+   in forward order (0-N) but are destroyed in backward order (N-0)
+   */
+  if (!object->closed_p)
+  object->clazz->parse_eof (object, false);
+  if (!object->parsed_p)
+  object->clazz->parse_end (object, false);
+
+  if (cont->children)
+  {
+    int i;
+    for (i = cont->nchildren-1; i >= 0; i--)
+    {
+      MimeObject *kid = cont->children[i];
+      if (kid)
+      mime_free(kid);
+      cont->children[i] = 0;
+    }
+    PR_FREEIF(cont->children);
+    cont->nchildren = 0;
+  }
+  ((MimeObjectClass*)&MIME_SUPERCLASS)->finalize(object);
+}
+
+static int
+MimeContainer_parse_eof (MimeObject *object, bool abort_p)
+{
+  MimeContainer *cont = (MimeContainer *) object;
+  int status;
+
+  /* We must run all of this object's parent methods first, to get all the
+   data flushed down its stream, so that the children's parse_eof methods
+   can access it.  We do not access *this* object again after doing this,
+   only its children.
+   */
+  status = ((MimeObjectClass*)&MIME_SUPERCLASS)->parse_eof(object, abort_p);
+  if (status < 0) return status;
+
+  if (cont->children)
+  {
+    int i;
+    for (i = 0; i < cont->nchildren; i++)
+    {
+      MimeObject *kid = cont->children[i];
+      if (kid && !kid->closed_p)
+      {
+        int lstatus = kid->clazz->parse_eof(kid, abort_p);
+        if (lstatus < 0) return lstatus;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+MimeContainer_parse_end (MimeObject *object, bool abort_p)
+{
+  MimeContainer *cont = (MimeContainer *) object;
+  int status;
+
+  /* We must run all of this object's parent methods first, to get all the
+   data flushed down its stream, so that the children's parse_eof methods
+   can access it.  We do not access *this* object again after doing this,
+   only its children.
+   */
+  status = ((MimeObjectClass*)&MIME_SUPERCLASS)->parse_end(object, abort_p);
+  if (status < 0) return status;
+
+  if (cont->children)
+  {
+    int i;
+    for (i = 0; i < cont->nchildren; i++)
+    {
+      MimeObject *kid = cont->children[i];
+      if (kid && !kid->parsed_p)
+      {
+        int lstatus = kid->clazz->parse_end(kid, abort_p);
+        if (lstatus < 0) return lstatus;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+MimeContainer_add_child (MimeObject *parent, MimeObject *child)
+{
+  MimeContainer *cont = (MimeContainer *) parent;
+  MimeObject **old_kids, **new_kids;
+
+  NS_ASSERTION(parent && child, "1.1 <rhp@netscape.com> 19 Mar 1999 12:00");
+  if (!parent || !child) return -1;
+
+  old_kids = cont->children;
+  new_kids = (MimeObject **)PR_MALLOC(sizeof(MimeObject *) * (cont->nchildren + 1));
+  if (!new_kids) return MIME_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+  if (cont->nchildren > 0)
+    memcpy(new_kids, old_kids, sizeof(MimeObject *) * cont->nchildren);
+  new_kids[cont->nchildren] = child;
+  PR_Free(old_kids);
+  cont->children = new_kids;
+  cont->nchildren++;
+
+  child->parent = parent;
+
+  /* Copy this object's options into the child. */
+  child->options = parent->options;
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+static bool
+MimeContainer_displayable_inline_p (MimeObjectClass *clazz, MimeHeaders *hdrs)
+{
+  return true;
+}
+
+
+#if defined(DEBUG) && defined(XP_UNIX)
+static int
+MimeContainer_debug_print (MimeObject *obj, PRFileDesc *stream, int32_t depth)
+{
+  MimeContainer *cont = (MimeContainer *) obj;
+  int i;
+  char *addr = mime_part_address(obj);
+  for (i=0; i < depth; i++)
+  PR_Write(stream, "  ", 2);
+  /*
+  PR_Write(stream, "<%s %s (%d kid%s) 0x%08X>\n",
+      obj->clazz->class_name,
+      addr ? addr : "???",
+      cont->nchildren, (cont->nchildren == 1 ? "" : "s"),
+      (uint32_t) cont);
+  */
+  PR_FREEIF(addr);
+
+/*
+  if (cont->nchildren > 0)
+  fprintf(stream, "\n");
+ */
+
+  for (i = 0; i < cont->nchildren; i++)
+  {
+    MimeObject *kid = cont->children[i];
+    int status = kid->clazz->debug_print (kid, stream, depth+1);
+    if (status < 0) return status;
+  }
+
+/*
+  if (cont->nchildren > 0)
+  fprintf(stream, "\n");
+ */
+
+  return 0;
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/src/mimecont.h b/mailnews/mime/src/mimecont.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8f8edc566
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/src/mimecont.h
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _MIMECONT_H_
+#define _MIMECONT_H_
+
+#include "mimeobj.h"
+
+/* MimeContainer is the class for the objects representing all MIME
+   types which can contain other MIME objects within them.  In addition
+   to the methods inherited from MimeObject, it provides one method:
+
+   int add_child (MimeObject *parent, MimeObject *child)
+
+     Given a parent (a subclass of MimeContainer) this method adds the
+     child (any MIME object) to the parent's list of children.
+
+     The MimeContainer `finalize' method will finalize the children as well.
+ */
+
+typedef struct MimeContainerClass MimeContainerClass;
+typedef struct MimeContainer      MimeContainer;
+
+struct MimeContainerClass {
+  MimeObjectClass object;
+  int (*add_child) (MimeObject *parent, MimeObject *child);
+};
+
+extern MimeContainerClass mimeContainerClass;
+
+struct MimeContainer {
+  MimeObject object;    /* superclass variables */
+
+  MimeObject **children;  /* list of contained objects */
+  int32_t nchildren;      /* how many */
+};
+
+#define MimeContainerClassInitializer(ITYPE,CSUPER) \
+  { MimeObjectClassInitializer(ITYPE,CSUPER) }
+
+#endif /* _MIMECONT_H_ */
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/src/mimecryp.cpp b/mailnews/mime/src/mimecryp.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9f6e3630f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/src/mimecryp.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,571 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "mimecryp.h"
+#include "mimemoz2.h"
+#include "nsMimeTypes.h"
+#include "nsMimeStringResources.h"
+#include "mimebuf.h"
+#include "prmem.h"
+#include "plstr.h"
+#include "prlog.h"
+#include "mimemult.h"
+#include "nsIMimeConverter.h" // for MimeConverterOutputCallback
+
+
+#define MIME_SUPERCLASS mimeContainerClass
+MimeDefClass(MimeEncrypted, MimeEncryptedClass, mimeEncryptedClass,
+       &MIME_SUPERCLASS);
+
+static int MimeEncrypted_initialize (MimeObject *);
+static void MimeEncrypted_finalize (MimeObject *);
+static int MimeEncrypted_parse_begin (MimeObject *);
+static int MimeEncrypted_parse_buffer (const char *, int32_t, MimeObject *);
+static int MimeEncrypted_parse_line (const char *, int32_t, MimeObject *);
+static int MimeEncrypted_parse_decoded_buffer (const char *, int32_t, MimeObject *);
+static int MimeEncrypted_parse_eof (MimeObject *, bool);
+static int MimeEncrypted_parse_end (MimeObject *, bool);
+static int MimeEncrypted_add_child (MimeObject *, MimeObject *);
+
+static int MimeHandleDecryptedOutput (const char *, int32_t, void *);
+static int MimeHandleDecryptedOutputLine (char *, int32_t, MimeObject *);
+static int MimeEncrypted_close_headers (MimeObject *);
+static int MimeEncrypted_emit_buffered_child(MimeObject *);
+
+static int
+MimeEncryptedClassInitialize(MimeEncryptedClass *clazz)
+{
+  MimeObjectClass    *oclass = (MimeObjectClass *)    clazz;
+  MimeContainerClass *cclass = (MimeContainerClass *) clazz;
+
+  NS_ASSERTION(!oclass->class_initialized, "1.2 <mscott@netscape.com> 01 Nov 2001 17:59");
+  oclass->initialize   = MimeEncrypted_initialize;
+  oclass->finalize     = MimeEncrypted_finalize;
+  oclass->parse_begin  = MimeEncrypted_parse_begin;
+  oclass->parse_buffer = MimeEncrypted_parse_buffer;
+  oclass->parse_line   = MimeEncrypted_parse_line;
+  oclass->parse_eof    = MimeEncrypted_parse_eof;
+  oclass->parse_end    = MimeEncrypted_parse_end;
+
+  cclass->add_child    = MimeEncrypted_add_child;
+
+  clazz->parse_decoded_buffer = MimeEncrypted_parse_decoded_buffer;
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+static int
+MimeEncrypted_initialize (MimeObject *obj)
+{
+  return ((MimeObjectClass*)&MIME_SUPERCLASS)->initialize(obj);
+}
+
+
+static int
+MimeEncrypted_parse_begin (MimeObject *obj)
+{
+  MimeEncrypted *enc = (MimeEncrypted *) obj;
+  MimeDecoderData *(*fn) (MimeConverterOutputCallback, void*) = 0;
+
+  if (enc->crypto_closure)
+  return -1;
+
+  enc->crypto_closure = (((MimeEncryptedClass *) obj->clazz)->crypto_init) (obj, MimeHandleDecryptedOutput, obj);
+  if (!enc->crypto_closure)
+  return -1;
+
+
+  /* (Mostly duplicated from MimeLeaf, see comments in mimecryp.h.)
+     Initialize a decoder if necessary.
+   */
+  if (!obj->encoding)
+  ;
+  else if (!PL_strcasecmp(obj->encoding, ENCODING_BASE64))
+  fn = &MimeB64DecoderInit;
+  else if (!PL_strcasecmp(obj->encoding, ENCODING_QUOTED_PRINTABLE))
+  {
+    enc->decoder_data =
+    MimeQPDecoderInit (/* The (MimeConverterOutputCallback) cast is to turn the
+                          `void' argument into `MimeObject'. */
+      ((MimeConverterOutputCallback)
+       ((MimeEncryptedClass *)obj->clazz)->parse_decoded_buffer),
+      obj);
+
+    if (!enc->decoder_data)
+    return MIME_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+  }
+  else if (!PL_strcasecmp(obj->encoding, ENCODING_UUENCODE) ||
+       !PL_strcasecmp(obj->encoding, ENCODING_UUENCODE2) ||
+       !PL_strcasecmp(obj->encoding, ENCODING_UUENCODE3) ||
+       !PL_strcasecmp(obj->encoding, ENCODING_UUENCODE4))
+  fn = &MimeUUDecoderInit;
+  else if (!PL_strcasecmp(obj->encoding, ENCODING_YENCODE))
+    fn = &MimeYDecoderInit;
+  if (fn)
+  {
+    enc->decoder_data =
+    fn (/* The (MimeConverterOutputCallback) cast is to turn the `void'
+           argument into `MimeObject'. */
+      ((MimeConverterOutputCallback)
+       ((MimeEncryptedClass *)obj->clazz)->parse_decoded_buffer),
+      obj);
+
+    if (!enc->decoder_data)
+    return MIME_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+  }
+
+  return ((MimeObjectClass*)&MIME_SUPERCLASS)->parse_begin(obj);
+}
+
+
+static int
+MimeEncrypted_parse_buffer (const char *buffer, int32_t size, MimeObject *obj)
+{
+  /* (Duplicated from MimeLeaf, see comments in mimecryp.h.)
+   */
+
+  MimeEncrypted *enc = (MimeEncrypted *) obj;
+
+  if (obj->closed_p) return -1;
+
+  /* Don't consult output_p here, since at this point we're behaving as a
+   simple container object -- the output_p decision should be made by
+   the child of this object. */
+
+  if (enc->decoder_data)
+  return MimeDecoderWrite (enc->decoder_data, buffer, size, nullptr);
+  else
+  return ((MimeEncryptedClass *)obj->clazz)->parse_decoded_buffer (buffer,
+                                   size,
+                                   obj);
+}
+
+
+static int
+MimeEncrypted_parse_line (const char *line, int32_t length, MimeObject *obj)
+{
+  NS_ERROR("This method shouldn't ever be called.");
+  return -1;
+}
+
+static int
+MimeEncrypted_parse_decoded_buffer (const char *buffer, int32_t size, MimeObject *obj)
+{
+  MimeEncrypted *enc = (MimeEncrypted *) obj;
+  return
+  ((MimeEncryptedClass *) obj->clazz)->crypto_write (buffer, size,
+                             enc->crypto_closure);
+}
+
+
+static int
+MimeEncrypted_parse_eof (MimeObject *obj, bool abort_p)
+{
+  int status = 0;
+  MimeEncrypted *enc = (MimeEncrypted *) obj;
+
+  if (obj->closed_p) return 0;
+  NS_ASSERTION(!obj->parsed_p, "1.2 <mscott@netscape.com> 01 Nov 2001 17:59");
+
+  /* (Duplicated from MimeLeaf, see comments in mimecryp.h.)
+     Close off the decoder, to cause it to give up any buffered data that
+   it is still holding.
+   */
+  if (enc->decoder_data)
+  {
+    int status = MimeDecoderDestroy(enc->decoder_data, false);
+    enc->decoder_data = 0;
+    if (status < 0) return status;
+  }
+
+
+  /* If there is still data in the ibuffer, that means that the last
+   *decrypted* line of this part didn't end in a newline; so push it out
+   anyway (this means that the parse_line method will be called with a
+   string with no trailing newline, which isn't the usual case.)  */
+  if (!abort_p &&
+    obj->ibuffer_fp > 0)
+  {
+    int status = MimeHandleDecryptedOutputLine (obj->ibuffer,
+                          obj->ibuffer_fp, obj);
+    obj->ibuffer_fp = 0;
+    if (status < 0)
+    {
+      obj->closed_p = true;
+      return status;
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  /* Now run the superclass's parse_eof, which (because we've already taken
+   care of ibuffer in a way appropriate for this class, immediately above)
+   will ony set closed_p to true.
+   */
+  status = ((MimeObjectClass*)&MIME_SUPERCLASS)->parse_eof (obj, abort_p);
+  if (status < 0) return status;
+
+
+  /* Now close off the underlying crypto module.  At this point, the crypto
+   module has all of the input.  (DecoderDestroy called parse_decoded_buffer
+   which called crypto_write, with the last of the data.)
+   */
+  if (enc->crypto_closure)
+  {
+    status =
+    ((MimeEncryptedClass *) obj->clazz)->crypto_eof (enc->crypto_closure,
+                             abort_p);
+    if (status < 0 && !abort_p)
+    return status;
+  }
+
+  /* Now we have the entire child part in the part buffer.
+   We are now able to verify its signature, emit a blurb, and then
+   emit the part.
+   */
+  if (abort_p)
+  return 0;
+  else
+  return MimeEncrypted_emit_buffered_child (obj);
+}
+
+
+static int
+MimeEncrypted_parse_end (MimeObject *obj, bool abort_p)
+{
+  return ((MimeObjectClass*)&MIME_SUPERCLASS)->parse_end (obj, abort_p);
+}
+
+
+static void
+MimeEncrypted_cleanup (MimeObject *obj, bool finalizing_p)
+{
+  MimeEncrypted *enc = (MimeEncrypted *) obj;
+
+  if (enc->part_buffer)
+  {
+    MimePartBufferDestroy(enc->part_buffer);
+    enc->part_buffer = 0;
+  }
+
+  if (finalizing_p && enc->crypto_closure)
+  {
+    /* Don't free these until this object is really going away -- keep them
+     around for the lifetime of the MIME object, so that we can get at the
+     security info of sub-parts of the currently-displayed message. */
+    ((MimeEncryptedClass *) obj->clazz)->crypto_free (enc->crypto_closure);
+    enc->crypto_closure = 0;
+  }
+
+  /* (Duplicated from MimeLeaf, see comments in mimecryp.h.)
+   Free the decoder data, if it's still around. */
+  if (enc->decoder_data)
+  {
+    MimeDecoderDestroy(enc->decoder_data, true);
+    enc->decoder_data = 0;
+  }
+
+  if (enc->hdrs)
+  {
+    MimeHeaders_free(enc->hdrs);
+    enc->hdrs = 0;
+  }
+}
+
+
+static void
+MimeEncrypted_finalize (MimeObject *obj)
+{
+  MimeEncrypted_cleanup (obj, true);
+  ((MimeObjectClass*)&MIME_SUPERCLASS)->finalize (obj);
+}
+
+
+static int
+MimeHandleDecryptedOutput (const char *buf, int32_t buf_size,
+               void *output_closure)
+{
+  /* This method is invoked by the underlying decryption module.
+   The module is assumed to return a MIME object, and its associated
+   headers.  For example, if a text/plain document was encrypted,
+   the encryption module would return the following data:
+
+     Content-Type: text/plain
+
+     Decrypted text goes here.
+
+   This function will then extract a header block (up to the first
+   blank line, as usual) and will then handle the included data as
+   appropriate.
+   */
+  MimeObject *obj = (MimeObject *) output_closure;
+
+  /* Is it truly safe to use ibuffer here?  I think so... */
+  return mime_LineBuffer (buf, buf_size,
+             &obj->ibuffer, &obj->ibuffer_size, &obj->ibuffer_fp,
+             true,
+             ((int (*) (char *, int32_t, void *))
+              /* This cast is to turn void into MimeObject */
+              MimeHandleDecryptedOutputLine),
+             obj);
+}
+
+static int
+MimeHandleDecryptedOutputLine (char *line, int32_t length, MimeObject *obj)
+{
+  /* Largely the same as MimeMessage_parse_line (the other MIME container
+   type which contains exactly one child.)
+   */
+  MimeEncrypted *enc = (MimeEncrypted *) obj;
+  int status = 0;
+
+  if (!line || !*line) return -1;
+
+  /* If we're supposed to write this object, but aren't supposed to convert
+   it to HTML, simply pass it through unaltered. */
+  if (obj->output_p &&
+    obj->options &&
+    !obj->options->write_html_p &&
+    obj->options->output_fn)
+  return MimeObject_write(obj, line, length, true);
+
+  /* If we already have a child object in the buffer, then we're done parsing
+   headers, and all subsequent lines get passed to the inferior object
+   without further processing by us.  (Our parent will stop feeding us
+   lines when this MimeMessage part is out of data.)
+   */
+  if (enc->part_buffer)
+  return MimePartBufferWrite (enc->part_buffer, line, length);
+
+  /* Otherwise we don't yet have a child object in the buffer, which means
+   we're not done parsing our headers yet.
+   */
+  if (!enc->hdrs)
+  {
+    enc->hdrs = MimeHeaders_new();
+    if (!enc->hdrs) return MIME_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+  }
+
+  status = MimeHeaders_parse_line(line, length, enc->hdrs);
+  if (status < 0) return status;
+
+  /* If this line is blank, we're now done parsing headers, and should
+   examine our content-type to create our "body" part.
+   */
+  if (*line == '\r' || *line == '\n')
+  {
+    status = MimeEncrypted_close_headers(obj);
+    if (status < 0) return status;
+  }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+MimeEncrypted_close_headers (MimeObject *obj)
+{
+  MimeEncrypted *enc = (MimeEncrypted *) obj;
+
+  // Notify the JS Mime Emitter that this was an encrypted part that it should
+  // hopefully not analyze for indexing...
+  if (obj->options->notify_nested_bodies)
+    mimeEmitterAddHeaderField(obj->options, "x-jsemitter-encrypted", "1");
+
+  if (enc->part_buffer) return -1;
+  enc->part_buffer = MimePartBufferCreate();
+  if (!enc->part_buffer)
+  return MIME_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+static int
+MimeEncrypted_add_child (MimeObject *parent, MimeObject *child)
+{
+  MimeContainer *cont = (MimeContainer *) parent;
+  if (!parent || !child) return -1;
+
+  /* Encryption containers can only have one child. */
+  if (cont->nchildren != 0) return -1;
+
+  return ((MimeContainerClass*)&MIME_SUPERCLASS)->add_child (parent, child);
+}
+
+
+static int
+MimeEncrypted_emit_buffered_child(MimeObject *obj)
+{
+  MimeEncrypted *enc = (MimeEncrypted *) obj;
+  int status = 0;
+  char *ct = 0;
+  MimeObject *body;
+
+  NS_ASSERTION(enc->crypto_closure, "1.2 <mscott@netscape.com> 01 Nov 2001 17:59");
+
+  /* Emit some HTML saying whether the signature was cool.
+   But don't emit anything if in FO_QUOTE_MESSAGE mode.
+
+   Also, don't emit anything if the enclosed object is itself a signed
+   object -- in the case of an encrypted object which contains a signed
+   object, we only emit the HTML once (since the normal way of encrypting
+   and signing is to nest the signature inside the crypto envelope.)
+   */
+  if (enc->crypto_closure &&
+    obj->options &&
+    obj->options->headers != MimeHeadersCitation &&
+    obj->options->write_html_p &&
+    obj->options->output_fn)
+    // && !mime_crypto_object_p(enc->hdrs, true, obj->options)) // XXX fix later XXX //
+  {
+    char *html;
+#if 0 // XXX Fix this later XXX //
+    char *html = (((MimeEncryptedClass *) obj->clazz)->crypto_generate_html
+          (enc->crypto_closure));
+    if (!html) return -1; /* MK_OUT_OF_MEMORY? */
+
+    status = MimeObject_write(obj, html, strlen(html), false);
+    PR_FREEIF(html);
+    if (status < 0) return status;
+#endif
+
+    /* Now that we have written out the crypto stamp, the outermost header
+     block is well and truly closed.  If this is in fact the outermost
+     message, then run the post_header_html_fn now.
+     */
+    if (obj->options &&
+      obj->options->state &&
+      obj->options->generate_post_header_html_fn &&
+      !obj->options->state->post_header_html_run_p)
+    {
+      MimeHeaders *outer_headers = nullptr;
+      MimeObject *p;
+      for (p = obj; p->parent; p = p->parent)
+        outer_headers = p->headers;
+      NS_ASSERTION(obj->options->state->first_data_written_p, "1.2 <mscott@netscape.com> 01 Nov 2001 17:59");
+      html = obj->options->generate_post_header_html_fn(NULL,
+                          obj->options->html_closure,
+                              outer_headers);
+      obj->options->state->post_header_html_run_p = true;
+      if (html)
+      {
+        status = MimeObject_write(obj, html, strlen(html), false);
+        PR_FREEIF(html);
+        if (status < 0) return status;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  else if (enc->crypto_closure &&
+       obj->options &&
+     obj->options->decrypt_p)
+  {
+    /* Do this just to cause `mime_set_crypto_stamp' to be called, and to
+     cause the various `decode_error' and `verify_error' slots to be set:
+     we don't actually use the returned HTML, because we're not emitting
+     HTML.  It's maybe not such a good thing that the determination of
+     whether it was encrypted or not is tied up with generating HTML,
+     but oh well. */
+    char *html = (((MimeEncryptedClass *) obj->clazz)->crypto_generate_html
+          (enc->crypto_closure));
+    PR_FREEIF(html);
+  }
+
+  if (enc->hdrs)
+  ct = MimeHeaders_get (enc->hdrs, HEADER_CONTENT_TYPE, true, false);
+  body = mime_create((ct ? ct : TEXT_PLAIN), enc->hdrs, obj->options);
+
+#ifdef MIME_DRAFTS
+  if (obj->options->decompose_file_p) {
+  if (mime_typep (body, (MimeObjectClass*) &mimeMultipartClass) )
+    obj->options->is_multipart_msg = true;
+  else if (obj->options->decompose_file_init_fn)
+    obj->options->decompose_file_init_fn(obj->options->stream_closure,
+                       enc->hdrs);
+  }
+#endif /* MIME_DRAFTS */
+
+  PR_FREEIF(ct);
+
+  if (!body) return MIME_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+  status = ((MimeContainerClass *) obj->clazz)->add_child (obj, body);
+  if (status < 0)
+  {
+    mime_free(body);
+    return status;
+  }
+
+  /* Now that we've added this new object to our list of children,
+   start its parser going. */
+  status = body->clazz->parse_begin(body);
+  if (status < 0) return status;
+
+  /* If this object (or the parent) is being output, then by definition
+   the child is as well.  (This is only necessary because this is such
+   a funny sort of container...)
+   */
+  if (!body->output_p &&
+    (obj->output_p ||
+     (obj->parent && obj->parent->output_p)))
+  body->output_p = true;
+
+  /* If the body is being written raw (not as HTML) then make sure to
+   write its headers as well. */
+  if (body->output_p && obj->output_p && !obj->options->write_html_p)
+  {
+    status = MimeObject_write(body, "", 0, false);  /* initialize */
+    if (status < 0) return status;
+    status = MimeHeaders_write_raw_headers(body->headers, obj->options,
+                       false);
+    if (status < 0) return status;
+  }
+
+  if (enc->part_buffer)  /* part_buffer is 0 for 0-length encrypted data. */
+  {
+#ifdef MIME_DRAFTS
+    if (obj->options->decompose_file_p && !obj->options->is_multipart_msg)
+    {
+    status = MimePartBufferRead(enc->part_buffer,
+                /* The (MimeConverterOutputCallback) cast is to turn the `void'
+                   argument into `MimeObject'. */
+                 ((MimeConverterOutputCallback)
+                obj->options->decompose_file_output_fn),
+                obj->options->stream_closure);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+#endif /* MIME_DRAFTS */
+
+  status = MimePartBufferRead(enc->part_buffer,
+                /* The (MimeConverterOutputCallback) cast is to turn the `void'
+                   argument into `MimeObject'. */
+                 ((MimeConverterOutputCallback) body->clazz->parse_buffer),
+                body);
+#ifdef MIME_DRAFTS
+    }
+#endif /* MIME_DRAFTS */
+  }
+  if (status < 0) return status;
+
+  /* The child has been fully processed.  Close it off.
+   */
+  status = body->clazz->parse_eof(body, false);
+  if (status < 0) return status;
+
+  status = body->clazz->parse_end(body, false);
+  if (status < 0) return status;
+
+#ifdef MIME_DRAFTS
+  if (obj->options->decompose_file_p && !obj->options->is_multipart_msg)
+    obj->options->decompose_file_close_fn(obj->options->stream_closure);
+#endif /* MIME_DRAFTS */
+
+  /* Put out a separator after every encrypted object. */
+  status = MimeObject_write_separator(obj);
+  if (status < 0) return status;
+
+  MimeEncrypted_cleanup (obj, false);
+
+  return 0;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/src/mimecryp.h b/mailnews/mime/src/mimecryp.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c74770b18
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/src/mimecryp.h
@@ -0,0 +1,140 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _MIMECRYP_H_
+#define _MIMECRYP_H_
+
+#include "mimecont.h"
+// #include "mimeenc.h"
+#include "modmimee.h"
+#include "mimepbuf.h"
+
+/* The MimeEncrypted class implements a type of MIME object where the object
+   is passed to some other routine, which then returns a new MIME object.
+   This is the basis of a decryption module.
+
+   Oddly, this class behaves both as a container and as a leaf: it acts as a
+   container in that it parses out data in order to eventually present a
+   contained object; however, it acts as a leaf in that this container may
+   itself have a Content-Transfer-Encoding applied to its body.  This violates
+   the cardinal rule of MIME containers, which is that encodings don't nest,
+   and therefore containers can't have encodings.  But, the fact that the
+   S/MIME spec doesn't follow the groundwork laid down by previous MIME specs
+   isn't something we can do anything about at this point...
+
+   Therefore, this class duplicates some of the work done by the MimeLeaf
+   class, to meet its dual goals of container-hood and leaf-hood.  (We could
+   alternately have made this class be a subclass of leaf, and had it duplicate
+   the effort of MimeContainer, but that seemed like the harder approach.)
+
+   The MimeEncrypted class provides the following methods:
+
+   void *crypto_init(MimeObject *obj,
+           int (*output_fn) (const char *data, int32 data_size,
+                     void *output_closure),
+           void *output_closure)
+
+     This is called with the MimeObject representing the encrypted data.
+   The obj->headers should be used to initialize the decryption engine.
+   NULL indicates failure; otherwise, an opaque closure object should
+   be returned.
+
+   output_fn is what the decryption module should use to write a new MIME
+   object (the decrypted data.)  output_closure should be passed along to
+   every call to the output routine.
+
+   The data sent to output_fn should begin with valid MIME headers indicating
+   the type of the data.  For example, if decryption resulted in a text
+   document, the data fed through to the output_fn might minimally look like
+
+        Content-Type: text/plain
+
+        This is the decrypted data.
+        It is only two lines long.
+
+     Of course, the data may be of any MIME type, including multipart/mixed.
+   Any returned MIME object will be recursively processed and presented
+   appropriately.  (This also imples that encrypted objects may nest, and
+   thus that the underlying decryption module must be reentrant.)
+
+   int crypto_write (const char *data, int32 data_size, void *crypto_closure)
+
+     This is called with the raw encrypted data.  This data might not come
+   in line-based chunks: if there was a Content-Transfer-Encoding applied
+   to the data (base64 or quoted-printable) then it will have been decoded
+   first (handing binary data to the filter_fn.)  `crypto_closure' is the
+   object that `crypto_init' returned.  This may return negative on error.
+
+   int crypto_eof (void *crypto_closure, bool abort_p)
+
+     This is called when no more data remains.  It may call `output_fn' again
+   to flush out any buffered data.  If `abort_p' is true, then it may choose
+   to discard any data rather than processing it, as we're terminating
+   abnormally.
+
+   char * crypto_generate_html (void *crypto_closure)
+
+     This is called after `crypto_eof' but before `crypto_free'.  The crypto
+   module should return a newly-allocated string of HTML code which
+   explains the status of the decryption to the user (whether the signature
+   checked out, etc.)
+
+   void crypto_free (void *crypto_closure)
+
+     This will be called when we're all done, after `crypto_eof' and
+   `crypto_emit_html'.  It is intended to free any data represented
+   by the crypto_closure.  output_fn may not be called.
+
+
+   int (*parse_decoded_buffer) (const char *buf, int32 size, MimeObject *obj)
+
+     This method, of the same name as one in MimeLeaf, is a part of the
+   afforementioned leaf/container hybridization.  This method is invoked
+   with the content-transfer-decoded body of this part (without line
+   buffering.)  The default behavior of this method is to simply invoke
+   `crypto_write' on the data with which it is called.  It's unlikely that
+   a subclass will need to specialize this.
+ */
+
+typedef struct MimeEncryptedClass MimeEncryptedClass;
+typedef struct MimeEncrypted      MimeEncrypted;
+
+struct MimeEncryptedClass {
+  MimeContainerClass container;
+
+  /* Duplicated from MimeLeaf, see comments above.
+     This is the callback that is handed to the decoder. */
+  int (*parse_decoded_buffer) (const char *buf, int32_t size, MimeObject *obj);
+
+
+  /* Callbacks used by decryption module. */
+  void * (*crypto_init) (MimeObject *obj,
+             int (*output_fn) (const char *data, int32_t data_size,
+                       void *output_closure),
+             void *output_closure);
+  int (*crypto_write) (const char *data, int32_t data_size,
+             void *crypto_closure);
+  int (*crypto_eof) (void *crypto_closure, bool abort_p);
+  char * (*crypto_generate_html) (void *crypto_closure);
+  void (*crypto_free) (void *crypto_closure);
+};
+
+extern MimeEncryptedClass mimeEncryptedClass;
+
+struct MimeEncrypted {
+  MimeContainer container;     /* superclass variables */
+  void *crypto_closure;       /* Opaque data used by decryption module. */
+  MimeDecoderData *decoder_data; /* Opaque data for the Transfer-Encoding
+                  decoder. */
+  MimeHeaders *hdrs;       /* Headers of the enclosed object (including
+                  the type of the *decrypted* data.) */
+  MimePartBufferData *part_buffer;  /* The data of the decrypted enclosed
+                     object (see mimepbuf.h) */
+};
+
+#define MimeEncryptedClassInitializer(ITYPE,CSUPER) \
+  { MimeContainerClassInitializer(ITYPE,CSUPER) }
+
+#endif /* _MIMECRYP_H_ */
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/src/mimecth.cpp b/mailnews/mime/src/mimecth.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1cfaba82c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/src/mimecth.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+#include "mimecth.h"
+
+/*
+ * These calls are necessary to expose the object class hierarchy 
+ * to externally developed content type handlers.
+ */
+MimeInlineTextClass *
+MIME_GetmimeInlineTextClass(void)
+{
+  return &mimeInlineTextClass;
+}
+
+MimeLeafClass *
+MIME_GetmimeLeafClass(void)
+{
+  return &mimeLeafClass;
+}
+
+MimeObjectClass *
+MIME_GetmimeObjectClass(void)
+{
+  return &mimeObjectClass;
+}
+
+MimeContainerClass *
+MIME_GetmimeContainerClass(void)
+{
+  return &mimeContainerClass;
+}
+
+MimeMultipartClass *
+MIME_GetmimeMultipartClass(void)
+{
+  return &mimeMultipartClass;
+}
+
+MimeMultipartSignedClass *
+MIME_GetmimeMultipartSignedClass(void)
+{
+  return &mimeMultipartSignedClass;
+}
+
+MimeEncryptedClass *
+MIME_GetmimeEncryptedClass(void)
+{
+  return &mimeEncryptedClass;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/src/mimecth.h b/mailnews/mime/src/mimecth.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1f5d89663
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/src/mimecth.h
@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/*
+ * This is the definitions for the Content Type Handler plugins for
+ * libmime. This will allow developers the dynamically add the ability
+ * for libmime to render new content types in the MHTML rendering of
+ * HTML messages.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MIMECTH_H_
+#define _MIMECTH_H_
+
+#include "mimei.h"
+#include "mimeobj.h"  /*  MimeObject (abstract)              */
+#include "mimecont.h"  /*   |--- MimeContainer (abstract)          */
+#include "mimemult.h"  /*   |     |--- MimeMultipart (abstract)      */
+#include "mimemsig.h"  /*   |     |     |--- MimeMultipartSigned (abstract)*/
+#include "mimetext.h"  /*   |     |--- MimeInlineText (abstract)      */
+#include "mimecryp.h"
+
+/*
+  This header exposes functions that are necessary to access the
+  object hierarchy for the mime chart. The class hierarchy is:
+
+     MimeObject (abstract)
+      |
+      |--- MimeContainer (abstract)
+      |     |
+      |     |--- MimeMultipart (abstract)
+      |     |     |
+      |     |     |--- MimeMultipartMixed
+      |     |     |
+      |     |     |--- MimeMultipartDigest
+      |     |     |
+      |     |     |--- MimeMultipartParallel
+      |     |     |
+      |     |     |--- MimeMultipartAlternative
+      |     |     |
+      |     |     |--- MimeMultipartRelated
+      |     |     |
+      |     |     |--- MimeMultipartAppleDouble
+      |     |     |
+      |     |     |--- MimeSunAttachment
+      |     |     |
+      |     |     |--- MimeMultipartSigned (abstract)
+      |     |          |
+      |     |          |--- MimeMultipartSigned
+      |     |
+      |     |--- MimeXlateed (abstract)
+      |     |     |
+      |     |     |--- MimeXlateed
+      |     |
+      |     |--- MimeMessage
+      |     |
+      |     |--- MimeUntypedText
+      |
+      |--- MimeLeaf (abstract)
+      |     |
+      |     |--- MimeInlineText (abstract)
+      |     |     |
+      |     |     |--- MimeInlineTextPlain
+      |     |     |
+      |     |     |--- MimeInlineTextHTML
+      |     |     |
+      |     |     |--- MimeInlineTextRichtext
+      |     |     |     |
+      |     |     |     |--- MimeInlineTextEnriched
+      |     |      |
+      |     |      |--- MimeInlineTextVCard
+      |     |
+      |     |--- MimeInlineImage
+      |     |
+      |     |--- MimeExternalObject
+      |
+      |--- MimeExternalBody
+ */
+
+#include "nsIMimeContentTypeHandler.h"
+
+/*
+ * These functions are exposed by libmime to be used by content type
+ * handler plugins for processing stream data.
+ */
+/*
+ * This is the write call for outputting processed stream data.
+ */
+extern int                        MIME_MimeObject_write(MimeObject *,
+                                                        const char *data,
+                                                        int32_t length,
+                                                        bool user_visible_p);
+/*
+ * The following group of calls expose the pointers for the object
+ * system within libmime.
+ */
+extern MimeInlineTextClass       *MIME_GetmimeInlineTextClass(void);
+extern MimeLeafClass             *MIME_GetmimeLeafClass(void);
+extern MimeObjectClass           *MIME_GetmimeObjectClass(void);
+extern MimeContainerClass        *MIME_GetmimeContainerClass(void);
+extern MimeMultipartClass        *MIME_GetmimeMultipartClass(void);
+extern MimeMultipartSignedClass  *MIME_GetmimeMultipartSignedClass(void);
+extern MimeEncryptedClass        *MIME_GetmimeEncryptedClass(void);
+
+/*
+ * These are the functions that need to be implemented by the
+ * content type handler plugin. They will be called by by libmime
+ * when the module is loaded at runtime.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * MIME_GetContentType() is called by libmime to identify the content
+ * type handled by this plugin.
+ */
+extern "C"
+char            *MIME_GetContentType(void);
+
+/*
+ * This will create the MimeObjectClass object to be used by the libmime
+ * object system.
+ */
+extern "C"
+MimeObjectClass *MIME_CreateContentTypeHandlerClass(const char *content_type,
+                                   contentTypeHandlerInitStruct *initStruct);
+
+/*
+ * Typedefs for libmime to use when locating and calling the above
+ * defined functions.
+ */
+typedef char * (*mime_get_ct_fn_type)(void);
+typedef MimeObjectClass * (*mime_create_class_fn_type)
+                              (const char *, contentTypeHandlerInitStruct *);
+
+#endif /* _MIMECTH_H_ */
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/src/mimedrft.cpp b/mailnews/mime/src/mimedrft.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3293d8b96
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/src/mimedrft.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,2084 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ * This Original Code has been modified by IBM Corporation. Modifications made by IBM
+ * described herein are Copyright (c) International Business Machines Corporation, 2000.
+ * Modifications to Mozilla code or documentation identified per MPL Section 3.3
+ *
+ * Date             Modified by     Description of modification
+ * 04/20/2000       IBM Corp.      OS/2 VisualAge build.
+ */
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "modmimee.h"
+#include "mimeobj.h"
+#include "modlmime.h"
+#include "mimei.h"
+#include "mimebuf.h"
+#include "mimemoz2.h"
+#include "mimemsg.h"
+#include "nsMimeTypes.h"
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+#include "prmem.h"
+#include "plstr.h"
+#include "prprf.h"
+#include "prio.h"
+#include "nsIPrefService.h"
+#include "nsIPrefBranch.h"
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "nsIMsgSend.h"
+#include "nsMimeStringResources.h"
+#include "nsIIOService.h"
+#include "nsNetUtil.h"
+#include "comi18n.h"
+#include "nsIMsgAttachment.h"
+#include "nsIMsgCompFields.h"
+#include "nsMsgCompCID.h"
+#include "nsIMsgComposeService.h"
+#include "nsMsgAttachmentData.h"
+#include "nsMsgI18N.h"
+#include "nsNativeCharsetUtils.h"
+#include "nsDirectoryServiceDefs.h"
+#include "nsIMsgMessageService.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "nsCExternalHandlerService.h"
+#include "nsIMIMEService.h"
+#include "nsIMsgAccountManager.h"
+#include "nsMsgBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsIMimeConverter.h" // for MimeConverterOutputCallback
+#include "mozilla/mailnews/MimeHeaderParser.h"
+
+using namespace mozilla::mailnews;
+
+//
+// Header strings...
+//
+#define HEADER_NNTP_POSTING_HOST      "NNTP-Posting-Host"
+#define MIME_HEADER_TABLE             "<TABLE CELLPADDING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0 class=\"moz-email-headers-table\">"
+#define HEADER_START_JUNK             "<TR><TH VALIGN=BASELINE ALIGN=RIGHT NOWRAP>"
+#define HEADER_MIDDLE_JUNK            ": </TH><TD>"
+#define HEADER_END_JUNK               "</TD></TR>"
+
+//
+// Forward declarations...
+//
+extern "C" char     *MIME_StripContinuations(char *original);
+int                 mime_decompose_file_init_fn ( void *stream_closure, MimeHeaders *headers );
+int                 mime_decompose_file_output_fn ( const char *buf, int32_t size, void *stream_closure );
+int                 mime_decompose_file_close_fn ( void *stream_closure );
+extern int          MimeHeaders_build_heads_list(MimeHeaders *hdrs);
+
+// CID's
+static NS_DEFINE_CID(kCMsgComposeServiceCID,  NS_MSGCOMPOSESERVICE_CID);
+
+mime_draft_data::mime_draft_data() : url_name(nullptr), format_out(0),
+  stream(nullptr), obj(nullptr), options(nullptr), headers(nullptr),
+  messageBody(nullptr), curAttachment(nullptr),
+  decoder_data(nullptr), mailcharset(nullptr), forwardInline(false),
+  forwardInlineFilter(false), overrideComposeFormat(false),
+  originalMsgURI(nullptr)
+{
+}
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// THIS SHOULD ALL MOVE TO ANOTHER FILE AFTER LANDING!
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+// safe filename for all OSes
+#define SAFE_TMP_FILENAME "nsmime.tmp"
+
+//
+// Create a file for the a unique temp file
+// on the local machine. Caller must free memory
+//
+nsresult
+nsMsgCreateTempFile(const char *tFileName, nsIFile **tFile)
+{
+  if ((!tFileName) || (!*tFileName))
+    tFileName = SAFE_TMP_FILENAME;
+
+  nsresult rv = GetSpecialDirectoryWithFileName(NS_OS_TEMP_DIR,
+                                                tFileName,
+                                                tFile);
+
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = (*tFile)->CreateUnique(nsIFile::NORMAL_FILE_TYPE, 00600);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    NS_RELEASE(*tFile);
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// END OF - THIS SHOULD ALL MOVE TO ANOTHER FILE AFTER LANDING!
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+typedef enum {
+  nsMsg_RETURN_RECEIPT_BOOL_HEADER_MASK = 0,
+  nsMsg_ENCRYPTED_BOOL_HEADER_MASK,
+  nsMsg_SIGNED_BOOL_HEADER_MASK,
+  nsMsg_UUENCODE_BINARY_BOOL_HEADER_MASK,
+  nsMsg_ATTACH_VCARD_BOOL_HEADER_MASK,
+  nsMsg_LAST_BOOL_HEADER_MASK     // last boolean header mask; must be the last one
+                                  // DON'T remove.
+} nsMsgBoolHeaderSet;
+
+#ifdef NS_DEBUG
+extern "C" void
+mime_dump_attachments ( nsMsgAttachmentData *attachData )
+{
+  int32_t     i = 0;
+  class nsMsgAttachmentData  *tmp = attachData;
+
+  while ( (tmp) && (tmp->m_url) )
+  {
+    printf("Real Name         : %s\n", tmp->m_realName.get());
+
+    if ( tmp->m_url )
+    {
+      ;
+      printf("URL               : %s\n", tmp->m_url->GetSpecOrDefault().get());
+    }
+
+    printf("Desired Type      : %s\n", tmp->m_desiredType.get());
+    printf("Real Type         : %s\n", tmp->m_realType.get());
+    printf("Real Encoding     : %s\n", tmp->m_realEncoding.get());
+    printf("Description       : %s\n", tmp->m_description.get());
+    printf("Mac Type          : %s\n", tmp->m_xMacType.get());
+    printf("Mac Creator       : %s\n", tmp->m_xMacCreator.get());
+    printf("Size in bytes     : %d\n", tmp->m_size);
+    i++;
+    tmp++;
+  }
+}
+#endif
+
+nsresult CreateComposeParams(nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgComposeParams> &pMsgComposeParams,
+                             nsIMsgCompFields * compFields,
+                             nsMsgAttachmentData *attachmentList,
+                             MSG_ComposeType composeType,
+                             MSG_ComposeFormat composeFormat,
+                             nsIMsgIdentity * identity,
+                             const char *originalMsgURI,
+                             nsIMsgDBHdr *origMsgHdr)
+{
+#ifdef NS_DEBUG
+  mime_dump_attachments ( attachmentList );
+#endif
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsMsgAttachmentData *curAttachment = attachmentList;
+  if (curAttachment)
+  {
+    nsAutoCString spec;
+
+    while (curAttachment && curAttachment->m_url)
+    {
+      rv = curAttachment->m_url->GetSpec(spec);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAttachment> attachment = do_CreateInstance(NS_MSGATTACHMENT_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && attachment)
+        {
+          nsAutoString nameStr;
+          rv = ConvertToUnicode("UTF-8", curAttachment->m_realName.get(), nameStr);
+          if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+            CopyASCIItoUTF16(curAttachment->m_realName, nameStr);
+          attachment->SetName(nameStr);
+          attachment->SetUrl(spec);
+          attachment->SetTemporary(true);
+          attachment->SetContentType(curAttachment->m_realType.get());
+          attachment->SetMacType(curAttachment->m_xMacType.get());
+          attachment->SetMacCreator(curAttachment->m_xMacCreator.get());
+          attachment->SetSize(curAttachment->m_size);
+          if (!curAttachment->m_cloudPartInfo.IsEmpty())
+          {
+            nsCString provider;
+            nsCString cloudUrl;
+            attachment->SetSendViaCloud(true);
+            provider.Adopt(
+              MimeHeaders_get_parameter(curAttachment->m_cloudPartInfo.get(),
+                                        "provider", nullptr, nullptr));
+            cloudUrl.Adopt(
+              MimeHeaders_get_parameter(curAttachment->m_cloudPartInfo.get(),
+                                        "url", nullptr, nullptr));
+            attachment->SetCloudProviderKey(provider);
+            attachment->SetContentLocation(cloudUrl);
+          }
+          compFields->AddAttachment(attachment);
+        }
+      }
+      curAttachment++;
+    }
+  }
+
+  MSG_ComposeFormat format = composeFormat; // Format to actually use.
+  if (identity && composeType == nsIMsgCompType::ForwardInline)
+  {
+    bool composeHtml = false;
+    identity->GetComposeHtml(&composeHtml);
+    if (composeHtml)
+      format = (composeFormat == nsIMsgCompFormat::OppositeOfDefault) ?
+                 nsIMsgCompFormat::PlainText : nsIMsgCompFormat::HTML;
+    else
+      format = (composeFormat == nsIMsgCompFormat::OppositeOfDefault) ?
+                 nsIMsgCompFormat::HTML : nsIMsgCompFormat::PlainText;
+  }
+
+  pMsgComposeParams = do_CreateInstance(NS_MSGCOMPOSEPARAMS_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  pMsgComposeParams->SetType(composeType);
+  pMsgComposeParams->SetFormat(format);
+  pMsgComposeParams->SetIdentity(identity);
+  pMsgComposeParams->SetComposeFields(compFields);
+  if (originalMsgURI)
+    pMsgComposeParams->SetOriginalMsgURI(originalMsgURI);
+  if (origMsgHdr)
+    pMsgComposeParams->SetOrigMsgHdr(origMsgHdr);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+CreateTheComposeWindow(nsIMsgCompFields *   compFields,
+                       nsMsgAttachmentData *attachmentList,
+                       MSG_ComposeType      composeType,
+                       MSG_ComposeFormat    composeFormat,
+                       nsIMsgIdentity *     identity,
+                       const char *         originalMsgURI,
+                       nsIMsgDBHdr *        origMsgHdr
+                       )
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgComposeParams> pMsgComposeParams;
+  nsresult rv = CreateComposeParams(pMsgComposeParams, compFields,
+                       attachmentList,
+                       composeType,
+                       composeFormat,
+                       identity,
+                       originalMsgURI,
+                       origMsgHdr);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgComposeService> msgComposeService =
+           do_GetService(kCMsgComposeServiceCID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  return msgComposeService->OpenComposeWindowWithParams(nullptr /* default chrome */, pMsgComposeParams);
+}
+
+nsresult
+ForwardMsgInline(nsIMsgCompFields *compFields,
+                 nsMsgAttachmentData *attachmentList,
+                 MSG_ComposeFormat composeFormat,
+                 nsIMsgIdentity *identity,
+                 const char *originalMsgURI,
+                 nsIMsgDBHdr *origMsgHdr)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgComposeParams> pMsgComposeParams;
+  nsresult rv = CreateComposeParams(pMsgComposeParams, compFields,
+                                    attachmentList,
+                                    nsIMsgCompType::ForwardInline,
+                                    composeFormat,
+                                    identity,
+                                    originalMsgURI,
+                                    origMsgHdr);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgComposeService> msgComposeService =
+           do_GetService(kCMsgComposeServiceCID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  // create the nsIMsgCompose object to send the object
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgCompose> pMsgCompose (do_CreateInstance(NS_MSGCOMPOSE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  /** initialize nsIMsgCompose, Send the message, wait for send completion response **/
+  rv = pMsgCompose->Initialize(pMsgComposeParams, nullptr, nullptr);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  rv = pMsgCompose->SendMsg(nsIMsgSend::nsMsgDeliverNow, identity, nullptr, nullptr, nullptr);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> origFolder;
+    origMsgHdr->GetFolder(getter_AddRefs(origFolder));
+    if (origFolder)
+      origFolder->AddMessageDispositionState(
+                  origMsgHdr, nsIMsgFolder::nsMsgDispositionState_Forwarded);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult
+CreateCompositionFields(const char        *from,
+                        const char        *reply_to,
+                        const char        *to,
+                        const char        *cc,
+                        const char        *bcc,
+                        const char        *fcc,
+                        const char        *newsgroups,
+                        const char        *followup_to,
+                        const char        *organization,
+                        const char        *subject,
+                        const char        *references,
+                        const char        *priority,
+                        const char        *newspost_url,
+                        char              *charset,
+                        nsIMsgCompFields  **_retval)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(_retval);
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  *_retval = nullptr;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgCompFields> cFields = do_CreateInstance(NS_MSGCOMPFIELDS_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(cFields, NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY);
+
+  // Now set all of the passed in stuff...
+  cFields->SetCharacterSet(!PL_strcasecmp("us-ascii", charset) ? "ISO-8859-1" : charset);
+
+  nsAutoCString val;
+  nsAutoString outString;
+
+  if (from) {
+    ConvertRawBytesToUTF16(from, charset, outString);
+    cFields->SetFrom(outString);
+  }
+
+  if (subject) {
+    MIME_DecodeMimeHeader(subject, charset, false, true, val);
+    cFields->SetSubject(NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16(!val.IsEmpty() ? val.get() : subject));
+  }
+
+  if (reply_to) {
+    ConvertRawBytesToUTF16(reply_to, charset, outString);
+    cFields->SetReplyTo(outString);
+  }
+
+  if (to) {
+    ConvertRawBytesToUTF16(to, charset, outString);
+    cFields->SetTo(outString);
+  }
+
+  if (cc) {
+    ConvertRawBytesToUTF16(cc, charset, outString);
+    cFields->SetCc(outString);
+  }
+
+  if (bcc) {
+    ConvertRawBytesToUTF16(bcc, charset, outString);
+    cFields->SetBcc(outString);
+  }
+
+  if (fcc) {
+    MIME_DecodeMimeHeader(fcc, charset, false, true, val);
+    cFields->SetFcc(NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16(!val.IsEmpty() ? val.get() : fcc));
+  }
+
+  if (newsgroups) {
+    // fixme: the newsgroups header had better be decoded using the server-side
+    // character encoding,but this |charset| might be different from it.
+    MIME_DecodeMimeHeader(newsgroups, charset, false, true, val);
+    cFields->SetNewsgroups(NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16(!val.IsEmpty() ? val.get() : newsgroups));
+  }
+
+  if (followup_to) {
+    MIME_DecodeMimeHeader(followup_to, charset, false, true, val);
+    cFields->SetFollowupTo(NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16(!val.IsEmpty() ? val.get() : followup_to));
+  }
+
+  if (organization) {
+    MIME_DecodeMimeHeader(organization, charset, false, true, val);
+    cFields->SetOrganization(NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16(!val.IsEmpty() ? val.get() : organization));
+  }
+
+  if (references) {
+    MIME_DecodeMimeHeader(references, charset, false, true, val);
+    cFields->SetReferences(!val.IsEmpty() ? val.get() : references);
+  }
+
+  if (priority) {
+    MIME_DecodeMimeHeader(priority, charset, false, true, val);
+    nsMsgPriorityValue priorityValue;
+    NS_MsgGetPriorityFromString(!val.IsEmpty() ? val.get() : priority, priorityValue);
+    nsAutoCString priorityName;
+    NS_MsgGetUntranslatedPriorityName(priorityValue, priorityName);
+    cFields->SetPriority(priorityName.get());
+  }
+
+  if (newspost_url) {
+    MIME_DecodeMimeHeader(newspost_url, charset, false, true, val);
+    cFields->SetNewspostUrl(!val.IsEmpty() ? val.get() : newspost_url);
+  }
+
+  *_retval = cFields;
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*_retval);
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+static int
+dummy_file_write( char *buf, int32_t size, void *fileHandle )
+{
+  if (!fileHandle)
+    return -1;
+
+  nsIOutputStream  *tStream = (nsIOutputStream *) fileHandle;
+  uint32_t bytesWritten;
+  tStream->Write(buf, size, &bytesWritten);
+  return (int) bytesWritten;
+}
+
+static int
+mime_parse_stream_write ( nsMIMESession *stream, const char *buf, int32_t size )
+{
+  mime_draft_data *mdd = (mime_draft_data *) stream->data_object;
+  NS_ASSERTION ( mdd, "null mime draft data!" );
+
+  if ( !mdd || !mdd->obj )
+    return -1;
+
+  return mdd->obj->clazz->parse_buffer ((char *) buf, size, mdd->obj);
+}
+
+static void
+mime_free_attachments(nsTArray<nsMsgAttachedFile *> &attachments)
+{
+  if (attachments.Length() <= 0)
+    return;
+
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < attachments.Length(); i++)
+  {
+    if (attachments[i]->m_tmpFile)
+    {
+      attachments[i]->m_tmpFile->Remove(false);
+      attachments[i]->m_tmpFile = nullptr;
+    }
+    delete attachments[i];
+  }
+}
+
+static nsMsgAttachmentData *
+mime_draft_process_attachments(mime_draft_data *mdd)
+{
+  if (!mdd)
+    return nullptr;
+
+  nsMsgAttachmentData         *attachData = NULL, *tmp = NULL;
+  nsMsgAttachedFile           *tmpFile = NULL;
+
+  //It's possible we must treat the message body as attachment!
+  bool bodyAsAttachment = false;
+  if (mdd->messageBody &&
+      !mdd->messageBody->m_type.IsEmpty() &&
+      mdd->messageBody->m_type.Find("text/html", CaseInsensitiveCompare) == -1 &&
+      mdd->messageBody->m_type.Find("text/plain", CaseInsensitiveCompare) == -1 &&
+      !mdd->messageBody->m_type.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("text"))
+     bodyAsAttachment = true;
+
+  if (!mdd->attachments.Length() && !bodyAsAttachment)
+    return nullptr;
+
+  int32_t totalCount = mdd->attachments.Length();
+  if (bodyAsAttachment)
+    totalCount++;
+  attachData = new nsMsgAttachmentData[totalCount + 1];
+  if ( !attachData )
+    return nullptr;
+
+  tmp = attachData;
+
+  for (int i = 0, attachmentsIndex = 0; i < totalCount; i++, tmp++)
+  {
+    if (bodyAsAttachment && i == 0)
+      tmpFile = mdd->messageBody;
+    else
+      tmpFile = mdd->attachments[attachmentsIndex++];
+
+    if (tmpFile->m_type.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("text/x-vcard"))
+      tmp->m_realName = tmpFile->m_description;
+
+    if ( tmpFile->m_origUrl )
+    {
+      nsAutoCString tmpSpec;
+      if (NS_FAILED(tmpFile->m_origUrl->GetSpec(tmpSpec)))
+        goto FAIL;
+
+      if (NS_FAILED(nsMimeNewURI(getter_AddRefs(tmp->m_url), tmpSpec.get(), nullptr)))
+        goto FAIL;
+
+      if (tmp->m_realName.IsEmpty())
+      {
+        if (!tmpFile->m_realName.IsEmpty())
+          tmp->m_realName = tmpFile->m_realName;
+        else {
+          if (tmpFile->m_type.Find(MESSAGE_RFC822, CaseInsensitiveCompare) != -1)
+            // we have the odd case of processing an e-mail that had an unnamed
+            // eml message attached
+            tmp->m_realName = "ForwardedMessage.eml";
+
+          else
+            tmp->m_realName = tmpSpec.get();
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    tmp->m_desiredType = tmpFile->m_type;
+    tmp->m_realType = tmpFile->m_type;
+    tmp->m_realEncoding = tmpFile->m_encoding;
+    tmp->m_description = tmpFile->m_description;
+    tmp->m_cloudPartInfo = tmpFile->m_cloudPartInfo;
+    tmp->m_xMacType = tmpFile->m_xMacType;
+    tmp->m_xMacCreator = tmpFile->m_xMacCreator;
+    tmp->m_size = tmpFile->m_size;
+  }
+  return attachData;
+
+FAIL:
+  delete [] attachData;
+  return nullptr;
+}
+
+static void
+mime_intl_insert_message_header_1(char        **body,
+                                  const char  *hdr_value,
+                                  const char  *hdr_str,
+                                  const char  *html_hdr_str,
+                                  const char  *mailcharset,
+                                  bool        htmlEdit)
+{
+  if (!body || !hdr_value || !hdr_str)
+    return;
+
+  if (htmlEdit)
+  {
+    NS_MsgSACat(body, HEADER_START_JUNK);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    NS_MsgSACat(body, MSG_LINEBREAK);
+  }
+  if (!html_hdr_str)
+    html_hdr_str = hdr_str;
+  NS_MsgSACat(body, html_hdr_str);
+  if (htmlEdit)
+  {
+    NS_MsgSACat(body, HEADER_MIDDLE_JUNK);
+  }
+  else
+    NS_MsgSACat(body, ": ");
+
+    // MIME decode header
+    nsAutoCString utf8Value;
+    MIME_DecodeMimeHeader(hdr_value, mailcharset, false, true, utf8Value);
+    if (!utf8Value.IsEmpty()) {
+      char *escaped = nullptr;
+      if (htmlEdit)
+        escaped = MsgEscapeHTML(utf8Value.get());
+      NS_MsgSACat(body, escaped ? escaped : utf8Value.get());
+      NS_Free(escaped);
+    } else {
+        NS_MsgSACat(body, hdr_value); // raw MIME encoded string
+    }
+
+  if (htmlEdit)
+    NS_MsgSACat(body, HEADER_END_JUNK);
+}
+
+char *
+MimeGetNamedString(int32_t id)
+{
+  static char   retString[256];
+
+  retString[0] = '\0';
+  char *tString = MimeGetStringByID(id);
+  if (tString)
+  {
+    PL_strncpy(retString, tString, sizeof(retString));
+    PR_Free(tString);
+  }
+  return retString;
+}
+
+void
+MimeGetForwardHeaderDelimiter(nsACString &retString)
+{
+  nsCString defaultValue;
+  defaultValue.Adopt(MimeGetStringByID(MIME_FORWARDED_MESSAGE_HTML_USER_WROTE));
+
+  nsString tmpRetString;
+  NS_GetLocalizedUnicharPreferenceWithDefault(nullptr,
+    "mailnews.forward_header_originalmessage",
+    NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16(defaultValue),
+    tmpRetString);
+
+  CopyUTF16toUTF8(tmpRetString, retString);
+}
+
+/* given an address string passed though parameter "address", this one will be converted
+   and returned through the same parameter. The original string will be destroyed
+*/
+static void UnquoteMimeAddress(nsACString &mimeHeader, const char *charset)
+{
+  if (!mimeHeader.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    nsTArray<nsCString> addresses;
+    ExtractDisplayAddresses(EncodedHeader(mimeHeader, charset),
+      UTF16ArrayAdapter<>(addresses));
+    mimeHeader.Truncate();
+
+    uint32_t count = addresses.Length();
+    for (uint32_t i = 0; i < count; i++)
+    {
+      if (i != 0)
+        mimeHeader.AppendASCII(", ");
+      mimeHeader += addresses[i];
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+static void
+mime_insert_all_headers(char            **body,
+                        MimeHeaders     *headers,
+                        MSG_ComposeFormat composeFormat,
+                        char            *mailcharset)
+{
+  bool htmlEdit = (composeFormat == nsIMsgCompFormat::HTML);
+  char *newBody = NULL;
+  char *html_tag = nullptr;
+  if (*body && PL_strncasecmp(*body, "<HTML", 5) == 0)
+    html_tag = PL_strchr(*body, '>') + 1;
+  int i;
+
+  if (!headers->done_p)
+  {
+    MimeHeaders_build_heads_list(headers);
+    headers->done_p = true;
+  }
+
+  nsCString replyHeader;
+  MimeGetForwardHeaderDelimiter(replyHeader);
+  if (htmlEdit)
+  {
+    NS_MsgSACopy(&(newBody), MIME_FORWARD_HTML_PREFIX);
+    NS_MsgSACat(&newBody, replyHeader.get());
+    NS_MsgSACat(&newBody, MIME_HEADER_TABLE);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    NS_MsgSACopy(&(newBody), MSG_LINEBREAK MSG_LINEBREAK);
+    NS_MsgSACat(&newBody, replyHeader.get());
+  }
+
+  for (i = 0; i < headers->heads_size; i++)
+  {
+    char *head = headers->heads[i];
+    char *end = (i == headers->heads_size-1
+           ? headers->all_headers + headers->all_headers_fp
+           : headers->heads[i+1]);
+    char *colon, *ocolon;
+    char *contents;
+    char *name = 0;
+
+    // Hack for BSD Mailbox delimiter.
+    if (i == 0 && head[0] == 'F' && !strncmp(head, "From ", 5))
+    {
+      colon = head + 4;
+      contents = colon + 1;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Find the colon. */
+      for (colon = head; colon < end; colon++)
+      if (*colon == ':') break;
+
+      if (colon >= end) continue;   /* junk */
+
+      /* Back up over whitespace before the colon. */
+      ocolon = colon;
+      for (; colon > head && IS_SPACE(colon[-1]); colon--)
+      ;
+
+      contents = ocolon + 1;
+    }
+
+    /* Skip over whitespace after colon. */
+    while (contents <= end && IS_SPACE(*contents))
+    contents++;
+
+    /* Take off trailing whitespace... */
+    while (end > contents && IS_SPACE(end[-1]))
+    end--;
+
+    name = (char *)PR_MALLOC(colon - head + 1);
+    if (!name)
+      return /* MIME_OUT_OF_MEMORY */;
+    memcpy(name, head, colon - head);
+    name[colon - head] = 0;
+
+    nsAutoCString headerValue;
+    headerValue.Assign(contents, end - contents);
+
+    /* Do not reveal bcc recipients when forwarding a message!
+       See http://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=41150
+    */
+    if (PL_strcasecmp(name, "bcc") != 0)
+    {
+      if (!PL_strcasecmp(name, "resent-from") || !PL_strcasecmp(name, "from") ||
+          !PL_strcasecmp(name, "resent-to") || !PL_strcasecmp(name, "to") ||
+          !PL_strcasecmp(name, "resent-cc") || !PL_strcasecmp(name, "cc") ||
+          !PL_strcasecmp(name, "reply-to"))
+        UnquoteMimeAddress(headerValue, mailcharset);
+
+      mime_intl_insert_message_header_1(&newBody, headerValue.get(), name, name,
+        mailcharset, htmlEdit);
+    }
+    PR_Free(name);
+  }
+
+  if (htmlEdit)
+  {
+    NS_MsgSACat(&newBody, "</TABLE>");
+    NS_MsgSACat(&newBody, MSG_LINEBREAK "<BR><BR>");
+    if (html_tag)
+      NS_MsgSACat(&newBody, html_tag);
+    else if (*body)
+        NS_MsgSACat(&newBody, *body);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    NS_MsgSACat(&newBody, MSG_LINEBREAK MSG_LINEBREAK);
+    if (*body)
+      NS_MsgSACat(&newBody, *body);
+  }
+
+  if (newBody)
+  {
+    PR_FREEIF(*body);
+    *body = newBody;
+  }
+}
+
+static void
+mime_insert_normal_headers(char             **body,
+                           MimeHeaders      *headers,
+                           MSG_ComposeFormat  composeFormat,
+                           char             *mailcharset)
+{
+  char *newBody = nullptr;
+  char *subject = MimeHeaders_get(headers, HEADER_SUBJECT, false, false);
+  char *resent_comments = MimeHeaders_get(headers, HEADER_RESENT_COMMENTS, false, false);
+  char *resent_date = MimeHeaders_get(headers, HEADER_RESENT_DATE, false, true);
+  nsCString resent_from(MimeHeaders_get(headers, HEADER_RESENT_FROM, false, true));
+  nsCString resent_to(MimeHeaders_get(headers, HEADER_RESENT_TO, false, true));
+  nsCString resent_cc(MimeHeaders_get(headers, HEADER_RESENT_CC, false, true));
+  char *date = MimeHeaders_get(headers, HEADER_DATE, false, true);
+  nsCString from(MimeHeaders_get(headers, HEADER_FROM, false, true));
+  nsCString reply_to(MimeHeaders_get(headers, HEADER_REPLY_TO, false, true));
+  char *organization = MimeHeaders_get(headers, HEADER_ORGANIZATION, false, false);
+  nsCString to(MimeHeaders_get(headers, HEADER_TO, false, true));
+  nsCString cc(MimeHeaders_get(headers, HEADER_CC, false, true));
+  char *newsgroups = MimeHeaders_get(headers, HEADER_NEWSGROUPS, false, true);
+  char *followup_to = MimeHeaders_get(headers, HEADER_FOLLOWUP_TO, false, true);
+  char *references = MimeHeaders_get(headers, HEADER_REFERENCES, false, true);
+  const char *html_tag = nullptr;
+  if (*body && PL_strncasecmp(*body, "<HTML", 5) == 0)
+    html_tag = PL_strchr(*body, '>') + 1;
+  bool htmlEdit = composeFormat == nsIMsgCompFormat::HTML;
+
+  if (from.IsEmpty())
+    from.Adopt(MimeHeaders_get(headers, HEADER_SENDER, false, true));
+  if (resent_from.IsEmpty())
+    resent_from.Adopt(MimeHeaders_get(headers, HEADER_RESENT_SENDER, false,
+      true));
+
+  UnquoteMimeAddress(resent_from, mailcharset);
+  UnquoteMimeAddress(resent_to, mailcharset);
+  UnquoteMimeAddress(resent_cc, mailcharset);
+  UnquoteMimeAddress(reply_to, mailcharset);
+  UnquoteMimeAddress(from, mailcharset);
+  UnquoteMimeAddress(to, mailcharset);
+  UnquoteMimeAddress(cc, mailcharset);
+
+  nsCString replyHeader;
+  MimeGetForwardHeaderDelimiter(replyHeader);
+  if (htmlEdit)
+  {
+    NS_MsgSACopy(&(newBody), MIME_FORWARD_HTML_PREFIX);
+    NS_MsgSACat(&newBody, replyHeader.get());
+    NS_MsgSACat(&newBody, MIME_HEADER_TABLE);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    NS_MsgSACopy(&(newBody), MSG_LINEBREAK MSG_LINEBREAK);
+    NS_MsgSACat(&newBody, replyHeader.get());
+  }
+  if (subject)
+    mime_intl_insert_message_header_1(&newBody, subject, HEADER_SUBJECT,
+                      MimeGetNamedString(MIME_MHTML_SUBJECT),
+                      mailcharset, htmlEdit);
+  if (resent_comments)
+    mime_intl_insert_message_header_1(&newBody, resent_comments,
+                      HEADER_RESENT_COMMENTS,
+                      MimeGetNamedString(MIME_MHTML_RESENT_COMMENTS),
+                      mailcharset, htmlEdit);
+  if (resent_date)
+    mime_intl_insert_message_header_1(&newBody, resent_date,
+                      HEADER_RESENT_DATE,
+                      MimeGetNamedString(MIME_MHTML_RESENT_DATE),
+                      mailcharset, htmlEdit);
+  if (!resent_from.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    mime_intl_insert_message_header_1(&newBody, resent_from.get(),
+                      HEADER_RESENT_FROM,
+                      MimeGetNamedString(MIME_MHTML_RESENT_FROM),
+                      mailcharset, htmlEdit);
+  }
+  if (!resent_to.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    mime_intl_insert_message_header_1(&newBody, resent_to.get(),
+                      HEADER_RESENT_TO,
+                      MimeGetNamedString(MIME_MHTML_RESENT_TO),
+                      mailcharset, htmlEdit);
+  }
+  if (!resent_cc.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    mime_intl_insert_message_header_1(&newBody, resent_cc.get(),
+                      HEADER_RESENT_CC,
+                      MimeGetNamedString(MIME_MHTML_RESENT_CC),
+                      mailcharset, htmlEdit);
+  }
+  if (date)
+    mime_intl_insert_message_header_1(&newBody, date, HEADER_DATE,
+                      MimeGetNamedString(MIME_MHTML_DATE),
+                      mailcharset, htmlEdit);
+  if (!from.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    mime_intl_insert_message_header_1(&newBody, from.get(), HEADER_FROM,
+                      MimeGetNamedString(MIME_MHTML_FROM),
+                      mailcharset, htmlEdit);
+  }
+  if (!reply_to.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    mime_intl_insert_message_header_1(&newBody, reply_to.get(), HEADER_REPLY_TO,
+                      MimeGetNamedString(MIME_MHTML_REPLY_TO),
+                      mailcharset, htmlEdit);
+  }
+  if (organization)
+    mime_intl_insert_message_header_1(&newBody, organization,
+                      HEADER_ORGANIZATION,
+                      MimeGetNamedString(MIME_MHTML_ORGANIZATION),
+                      mailcharset, htmlEdit);
+  if (!to.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    mime_intl_insert_message_header_1(&newBody, to.get(), HEADER_TO,
+                      MimeGetNamedString(MIME_MHTML_TO),
+                      mailcharset, htmlEdit);
+  }
+  if (!cc.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    mime_intl_insert_message_header_1(&newBody, cc.get(), HEADER_CC,
+                      MimeGetNamedString(MIME_MHTML_CC),
+                      mailcharset, htmlEdit);
+  }
+    /*
+      Do not reveal bcc recipients when forwarding a message!
+      See http://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=41150
+    */
+  if (newsgroups)
+    mime_intl_insert_message_header_1(&newBody, newsgroups, HEADER_NEWSGROUPS,
+                      MimeGetNamedString(MIME_MHTML_NEWSGROUPS),
+                      mailcharset, htmlEdit);
+  if (followup_to)
+  {
+    mime_intl_insert_message_header_1(&newBody, followup_to,
+                      HEADER_FOLLOWUP_TO,
+                      MimeGetNamedString(MIME_MHTML_FOLLOWUP_TO),
+                      mailcharset, htmlEdit);
+  }
+  // only show references for newsgroups
+  if (newsgroups && references)
+  {
+    mime_intl_insert_message_header_1(&newBody, references,
+                      HEADER_REFERENCES,
+                      MimeGetNamedString(MIME_MHTML_REFERENCES),
+                      mailcharset, htmlEdit);
+  }
+  if (htmlEdit)
+  {
+    NS_MsgSACat(&newBody, "</TABLE>");
+    NS_MsgSACat(&newBody, MSG_LINEBREAK "<BR><BR>");
+    if (html_tag)
+      NS_MsgSACat(&newBody, html_tag);
+    else if (*body)
+        NS_MsgSACat(&newBody, *body);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    NS_MsgSACat(&newBody, MSG_LINEBREAK MSG_LINEBREAK);
+    if (*body)
+      NS_MsgSACat(&newBody, *body);
+  }
+  if (newBody)
+  {
+    PR_FREEIF(*body);
+    *body = newBody;
+  }
+  PR_FREEIF(subject);
+  PR_FREEIF(resent_comments);
+  PR_FREEIF(resent_date);
+  PR_FREEIF(date);
+  PR_FREEIF(organization);
+  PR_FREEIF(newsgroups);
+  PR_FREEIF(followup_to);
+  PR_FREEIF(references);
+}
+
+static void
+mime_insert_micro_headers(char            **body,
+                          MimeHeaders     *headers,
+                          MSG_ComposeFormat composeFormat,
+                          char            *mailcharset)
+{
+  char *newBody = NULL;
+  char *subject = MimeHeaders_get(headers, HEADER_SUBJECT, false, false);
+  nsCString from(MimeHeaders_get(headers, HEADER_FROM, false, true));
+  nsCString resent_from(MimeHeaders_get(headers, HEADER_RESENT_FROM, false, true));
+  char *date = MimeHeaders_get(headers, HEADER_DATE, false, true);
+  nsCString to(MimeHeaders_get(headers, HEADER_TO, false, true));
+  nsCString cc(MimeHeaders_get(headers, HEADER_CC, false, true));
+  char *newsgroups = MimeHeaders_get(headers, HEADER_NEWSGROUPS, false,
+                     true);
+  const char *html_tag = nullptr;
+  if (*body && PL_strncasecmp(*body, "<HTML", 5) == 0)
+    html_tag = PL_strchr(*body, '>') + 1;
+  bool htmlEdit = composeFormat == nsIMsgCompFormat::HTML;
+
+  if (from.IsEmpty())
+    from.Adopt(MimeHeaders_get(headers, HEADER_SENDER, false, true));
+  if (resent_from.IsEmpty())
+    resent_from.Adopt(MimeHeaders_get(headers, HEADER_RESENT_SENDER, false, true));
+  if (!date)
+    date = MimeHeaders_get(headers, HEADER_RESENT_DATE, false, true);
+
+  UnquoteMimeAddress(resent_from, mailcharset);
+  UnquoteMimeAddress(from, mailcharset);
+  UnquoteMimeAddress(to, mailcharset);
+  UnquoteMimeAddress(cc, mailcharset);
+
+  nsCString replyHeader;
+  MimeGetForwardHeaderDelimiter(replyHeader);
+  if (htmlEdit)
+  {
+    NS_MsgSACopy(&(newBody), MIME_FORWARD_HTML_PREFIX);
+    NS_MsgSACat(&newBody, replyHeader.get());
+    NS_MsgSACat(&newBody, MIME_HEADER_TABLE);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    NS_MsgSACopy(&(newBody), MSG_LINEBREAK MSG_LINEBREAK);
+    NS_MsgSACat(&newBody, replyHeader.get());
+  }
+
+  if (!from.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    mime_intl_insert_message_header_1(&newBody, from.get(), HEADER_FROM,
+                    MimeGetNamedString(MIME_MHTML_FROM),
+                    mailcharset, htmlEdit);
+  }
+  if (subject)
+    mime_intl_insert_message_header_1(&newBody, subject, HEADER_SUBJECT,
+                    MimeGetNamedString(MIME_MHTML_SUBJECT),
+                      mailcharset, htmlEdit);
+/*
+  if (date)
+    mime_intl_insert_message_header_1(&newBody, date, HEADER_DATE,
+                    MimeGetNamedString(MIME_MHTML_DATE),
+                    mailcharset, htmlEdit);
+*/
+  if (!resent_from.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    mime_intl_insert_message_header_1(&newBody, resent_from.get(),
+                    HEADER_RESENT_FROM,
+                    MimeGetNamedString(MIME_MHTML_RESENT_FROM),
+                    mailcharset, htmlEdit);
+  }
+  if (!to.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    mime_intl_insert_message_header_1(&newBody, to.get(), HEADER_TO,
+                    MimeGetNamedString(MIME_MHTML_TO),
+                    mailcharset, htmlEdit);
+  }
+  if (!cc.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    mime_intl_insert_message_header_1(&newBody, cc.get(), HEADER_CC,
+                    MimeGetNamedString(MIME_MHTML_CC),
+                    mailcharset, htmlEdit);
+  }
+  /*
+    Do not reveal bcc recipients when forwarding a message!
+    See http://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=41150
+  */
+  if (newsgroups)
+    mime_intl_insert_message_header_1(&newBody, newsgroups, HEADER_NEWSGROUPS,
+                    MimeGetNamedString(MIME_MHTML_NEWSGROUPS),
+                    mailcharset, htmlEdit);
+  if (htmlEdit)
+  {
+    NS_MsgSACat(&newBody, "</TABLE>");
+    NS_MsgSACat(&newBody, MSG_LINEBREAK "<BR><BR>");
+    if (html_tag)
+      NS_MsgSACat(&newBody, html_tag);
+    else if (*body)
+        NS_MsgSACat(&newBody, *body);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    NS_MsgSACat(&newBody, MSG_LINEBREAK MSG_LINEBREAK);
+    if (*body)
+      NS_MsgSACat(&newBody, *body);
+  }
+  if (newBody)
+  {
+    PR_FREEIF(*body);
+    *body = newBody;
+  }
+  PR_FREEIF(subject);
+  PR_FREEIF(date);
+  PR_FREEIF(newsgroups);
+
+}
+
+// body has to be encoded in UTF-8
+static void
+mime_insert_forwarded_message_headers(char            **body,
+                                      MimeHeaders     *headers,
+                                      MSG_ComposeFormat composeFormat,
+                                      char            *mailcharset)
+{
+  if (!body || !headers)
+    return;
+
+  int32_t     show_headers = 0;
+  nsresult    res;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefBranch(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &res));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(res))
+    prefBranch->GetIntPref("mail.show_headers", &show_headers);
+
+  switch (show_headers)
+  {
+  case 0:
+    mime_insert_micro_headers(body, headers, composeFormat, mailcharset);
+    break;
+  default:
+  case 1:
+    mime_insert_normal_headers(body, headers, composeFormat, mailcharset);
+    break;
+  case 2:
+    mime_insert_all_headers(body, headers, composeFormat, mailcharset);
+    break;
+  }
+}
+
+static void
+mime_parse_stream_complete (nsMIMESession *stream)
+{
+  mime_draft_data *mdd = (mime_draft_data *) stream->data_object;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgCompFields> fields;
+  int htmlAction = 0;
+  int lineWidth = 0;
+
+  char *host = 0;
+  char *news_host = 0;
+  char *to_and_cc = 0;
+  char *re_subject = 0;
+  char *new_refs = 0;
+  char *from = 0;
+  char *repl = 0;
+  char *subj = 0;
+  char *id = 0;
+  char *refs = 0;
+  char *to = 0;
+  char *cc = 0;
+  char *bcc = 0;
+  char *fcc = 0;
+  char *org = 0;
+  char *grps = 0;
+  char *foll = 0;
+  char *priority = 0;
+  char *draftInfo = 0;
+  char *contentLanguage = 0;
+  char *identityKey = 0;
+
+  bool forward_inline = false;
+  bool bodyAsAttachment = false;
+  bool charsetOverride = false;
+
+  NS_ASSERTION (mdd, "null mime draft data");
+
+  if (!mdd) return;
+
+  if (mdd->obj)
+  {
+    int status;
+
+    status = mdd->obj->clazz->parse_eof ( mdd->obj, false );
+    mdd->obj->clazz->parse_end( mdd->obj, status < 0 ? true : false );
+
+    // RICHIE
+    // We need to figure out how to pass the forwarded flag along with this
+    // operation.
+
+    //forward_inline = (mdd->format_out != FO_CMDLINE_ATTACHMENTS);
+    forward_inline = mdd->forwardInline;
+
+    NS_ASSERTION ( mdd->options == mdd->obj->options, "mime draft options not same as obj->options" );
+    mime_free (mdd->obj);
+    mdd->obj = 0;
+    if (mdd->options)
+    {
+      // save the override flag before it's unavailable
+      charsetOverride = mdd->options->override_charset;
+      if ((!mdd->mailcharset || charsetOverride) && mdd->options->default_charset)
+      {
+        PR_Free(mdd->mailcharset);
+        mdd->mailcharset = strdup(mdd->options->default_charset);
+      }
+
+      // mscott: aren't we leaking a bunch of strings here like the charset strings and such?
+      delete mdd->options;
+      mdd->options = 0;
+    }
+    if (mdd->stream)
+    {
+      mdd->stream->complete ((nsMIMESession *)mdd->stream->data_object);
+      PR_Free( mdd->stream );
+      mdd->stream = 0;
+    }
+  }
+
+  //
+  // Now, process the attachments that we have gathered from the message
+  // on disk
+  //
+  nsMsgAttachmentData *newAttachData = mime_draft_process_attachments(mdd);
+
+  //
+  // time to bring up the compose windows with all the info gathered
+  //
+  if ( mdd->headers )
+  {
+    subj = MimeHeaders_get(mdd->headers, HEADER_SUBJECT,  false, false);
+    if (forward_inline)
+    {
+      if (subj)
+      {
+        nsresult rv;
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefBranch(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        {
+          nsAutoCString fwdPrefix;
+          prefBranch->GetCharPref("mail.forward_subject_prefix",
+                                  getter_Copies(fwdPrefix));
+          char *newSubj = PR_smprintf("%s: %s", !fwdPrefix.IsEmpty() ?
+                                                fwdPrefix.get(): "Fwd", subj);
+          if (newSubj)
+          {
+            PR_Free(subj);
+            subj = newSubj;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      from = MimeHeaders_get(mdd->headers, HEADER_FROM,     false, false);
+      repl = MimeHeaders_get(mdd->headers, HEADER_REPLY_TO, false, false);
+      to   = MimeHeaders_get(mdd->headers, HEADER_TO,       false, true);
+      cc   = MimeHeaders_get(mdd->headers, HEADER_CC,       false, true);
+      bcc   = MimeHeaders_get(mdd->headers, HEADER_BCC,       false, true);
+
+      /* These headers should not be RFC-1522-decoded. */
+      grps = MimeHeaders_get(mdd->headers, HEADER_NEWSGROUPS,  false, true);
+      foll = MimeHeaders_get(mdd->headers, HEADER_FOLLOWUP_TO, false, true);
+
+      host = MimeHeaders_get(mdd->headers, HEADER_X_MOZILLA_NEWSHOST, false, false);
+      if (!host)
+        host = MimeHeaders_get(mdd->headers, HEADER_NNTP_POSTING_HOST, false, false);
+
+      id   = MimeHeaders_get(mdd->headers, HEADER_MESSAGE_ID,  false, false);
+      refs = MimeHeaders_get(mdd->headers, HEADER_REFERENCES,  false, true);
+      priority = MimeHeaders_get(mdd->headers, HEADER_X_PRIORITY, false, false);
+
+
+      if (host)
+      {
+        char *secure = NULL;
+
+        secure = PL_strcasestr(host, "secure");
+        if (secure)
+        {
+          *secure = 0;
+          news_host = PR_smprintf ("snews://%s", host);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          news_host = PR_smprintf ("news://%s", host);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+
+    CreateCompositionFields( from, repl, to, cc, bcc, fcc, grps, foll,
+      org, subj, refs, priority, news_host,
+      mdd->mailcharset,
+      getter_AddRefs(fields));
+
+    contentLanguage = MimeHeaders_get(mdd->headers, HEADER_CONTENT_LANGUAGE, false, false);
+    if (contentLanguage) {
+      fields->SetContentLanguage(contentLanguage);
+    }
+
+    draftInfo = MimeHeaders_get(mdd->headers, HEADER_X_MOZILLA_DRAFT_INFO, false, false);
+
+    // Keep the same message id when editing a draft unless we're
+    // editing a message "as new message" (template) or forwarding inline.
+    if (mdd->format_out != nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageEditorTemplate &&
+        fields && !forward_inline) {
+      fields->SetMessageId(id);
+    }
+
+    if (draftInfo && fields && !forward_inline)
+    {
+      char *parm = 0;
+      parm = MimeHeaders_get_parameter(draftInfo, "vcard", NULL, NULL);
+      fields->SetAttachVCard(parm && !strcmp(parm, "1"));
+      PR_FREEIF(parm);
+
+      parm = MimeHeaders_get_parameter(draftInfo, "receipt", NULL, NULL);
+      if (!parm || !strcmp(parm, "0"))
+        fields->SetReturnReceipt(false);
+      else
+      {
+        int receiptType = 0;
+        fields->SetReturnReceipt(true);
+        sscanf(parm, "%d", &receiptType);
+        // slight change compared to 4.x; we used to use receipt= to tell
+        // whether the draft/template has request for either MDN or DNS or both
+        // return receipt; since the DNS is out of the picture we now use the
+        // header type - 1 to tell whether user has requested the return receipt
+        fields->SetReceiptHeaderType(((int32_t)receiptType) - 1);
+      }
+      PR_FREEIF(parm);
+      parm = MimeHeaders_get_parameter(draftInfo, "DSN", NULL, NULL);
+      fields->SetDSN(parm && !strcmp(parm, "1"));
+      PR_Free(parm);
+      parm = MimeHeaders_get_parameter(draftInfo, "html", NULL, NULL);
+      if (parm)
+        sscanf(parm, "%d", &htmlAction);
+      PR_FREEIF(parm);
+      parm = MimeHeaders_get_parameter(draftInfo, "linewidth", NULL, NULL);
+      if (parm)
+        sscanf(parm, "%d", &lineWidth);
+      PR_FREEIF(parm);
+      parm = MimeHeaders_get_parameter(draftInfo, "attachmentreminder", NULL, NULL);
+      if (parm && !strcmp(parm, "1"))
+        fields->SetAttachmentReminder(true);
+      else
+        fields->SetAttachmentReminder(false);
+      PR_FREEIF(parm);
+      parm = MimeHeaders_get_parameter(draftInfo, "deliveryformat", NULL, NULL);
+      if (parm) {
+        int32_t deliveryFormat = nsIMsgCompSendFormat::AskUser;
+        sscanf(parm, "%d", &deliveryFormat);
+        fields->SetDeliveryFormat(deliveryFormat);
+      }
+      PR_FREEIF(parm);
+    }
+
+  // identity to prefer when opening the message in the compose window?
+    identityKey = MimeHeaders_get(mdd->headers, HEADER_X_MOZILLA_IDENTITY_KEY, false, false);
+    if ( identityKey && *identityKey )
+    {
+        nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+        nsCOMPtr< nsIMsgAccountManager > accountManager =
+                do_GetService( NS_MSGACCOUNTMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv );
+        if ( NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && accountManager )
+        {
+            nsCOMPtr< nsIMsgIdentity > overrulingIdentity;
+            rv = accountManager->GetIdentity( nsDependentCString(identityKey), getter_AddRefs( overrulingIdentity ) );
+
+            if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && overrulingIdentity) {
+                mdd->identity = overrulingIdentity;
+                fields->SetCreatorIdentityKey(identityKey);
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    if (mdd->messageBody)
+    {
+      MSG_ComposeFormat composeFormat = nsIMsgCompFormat::Default;
+      if (!mdd->messageBody->m_type.IsEmpty())
+      {
+        if(mdd->messageBody->m_type.Find("text/html", CaseInsensitiveCompare) != -1)
+          composeFormat = nsIMsgCompFormat::HTML;
+        else if (mdd->messageBody->m_type.Find("text/plain", CaseInsensitiveCompare) != -1 ||
+                 mdd->messageBody->m_type.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("text"))
+          composeFormat = nsIMsgCompFormat::PlainText;
+        else
+          //We cannot use this kind of data for the message body! Therefore, move it as attachment
+          bodyAsAttachment = true;
+      }
+      else
+        composeFormat = nsIMsgCompFormat::PlainText;
+
+      char *body = nullptr;
+      uint32_t bodyLen = 0;
+
+      if (!bodyAsAttachment && mdd->messageBody->m_tmpFile)
+      {
+        int64_t fileSize;
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> tempFileCopy;
+        mdd->messageBody->m_tmpFile->Clone(getter_AddRefs(tempFileCopy));
+        mdd->messageBody->m_tmpFile = do_QueryInterface(tempFileCopy);
+        tempFileCopy = nullptr;
+        mdd->messageBody->m_tmpFile->GetFileSize(&fileSize);
+
+        // The stream interface can only read up to 4GB (32bit uint).
+        // It is highly unlikely to encounter a body lager than that limit,
+        // so we just skip it instead of reading it in chunks.
+        if (fileSize < UINT32_MAX)
+        {
+          bodyLen = fileSize;
+          body = (char *)PR_MALLOC(bodyLen + 1);
+        }
+        if (body)
+        {
+          memset (body, 0, bodyLen+1);
+
+          uint32_t bytesRead;
+          nsCOMPtr <nsIInputStream> inputStream;
+
+          nsresult rv = NS_NewLocalFileInputStream(getter_AddRefs(inputStream), mdd->messageBody->m_tmpFile);
+          if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+            return;
+
+          inputStream->Read(body, bodyLen, &bytesRead);
+
+          inputStream->Close();
+
+          // Convert the body to UTF-8
+          char *mimeCharset = nullptr;
+          // Get a charset from the header if no override is set.
+          if (!charsetOverride)
+            mimeCharset = MimeHeaders_get_parameter (mdd->messageBody->m_type.get(), "charset", nullptr, nullptr);
+          // If no charset is specified in the header then use the default.
+          char *bodyCharset = mimeCharset ? mimeCharset : mdd->mailcharset;
+          if (bodyCharset)
+          {
+            nsAutoString tmpUnicodeBody;
+            rv = ConvertToUnicode(bodyCharset, body, tmpUnicodeBody);
+            if (NS_FAILED(rv)) // Tough luck, ASCII/ISO-8859-1 then...
+              CopyASCIItoUTF16(nsDependentCString(body), tmpUnicodeBody);
+
+            char *newBody = ToNewUTF8String(tmpUnicodeBody);
+            if (newBody)
+            {
+              PR_Free(body);
+              body = newBody;
+            }
+          }
+          PR_FREEIF(mimeCharset);
+        }
+      }
+
+      bool convertToPlainText = false;
+      if (forward_inline)
+      {
+        if (mdd->identity)
+        {
+          bool identityComposeHTML;
+          mdd->identity->GetComposeHtml(&identityComposeHTML);
+          if ((identityComposeHTML && !mdd->overrideComposeFormat) ||
+              (!identityComposeHTML && mdd->overrideComposeFormat))
+          {
+            // In the end, we're going to compose in HTML mode...
+
+            if (body && composeFormat == nsIMsgCompFormat::PlainText)
+            {
+              // ... but the message body is currently plain text.
+
+              //We need to convert the plain/text to HTML in order to escape any HTML markup
+              char *escapedBody = MsgEscapeHTML(body);
+              if (escapedBody)
+              {
+                PR_Free(body);
+                body = escapedBody;
+                bodyLen = strlen(body);
+              }
+
+               //+13 chars for <pre> & </pre> tags and CRLF
+              uint32_t newbodylen = bodyLen + 14;
+              char* newbody = (char *)PR_MALLOC (newbodylen);
+              if (newbody)
+              {
+                *newbody = 0;
+                PL_strcatn(newbody, newbodylen, "<PRE>");
+                PL_strcatn(newbody, newbodylen, body);
+                PL_strcatn(newbody, newbodylen, "</PRE>" CRLF);
+                PR_Free(body);
+                body = newbody;
+              }
+            }
+            // Body is now HTML, set the format too (so headers are inserted in
+            // correct format).
+            composeFormat = nsIMsgCompFormat::HTML;
+          }
+          else if ((identityComposeHTML && mdd->overrideComposeFormat) || !identityComposeHTML)
+          {
+            // In the end, we're going to compose in plain text mode...
+
+            if (composeFormat == nsIMsgCompFormat::HTML)
+            {
+              // ... but the message body is currently HTML.
+              // We'll do the conversion later on when headers have been
+              // inserted, body has been set and converted to unicode.
+              convertToPlainText = true;
+            }
+          }
+        }
+
+        mime_insert_forwarded_message_headers(&body, mdd->headers, composeFormat,
+          mdd->mailcharset);
+
+      }
+
+      // convert from UTF-8 to UTF-16
+      if (body)
+      {
+        fields->SetBody(NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16(body));
+        PR_Free(body);
+      }
+
+      //
+      // At this point, we need to create a message compose window or editor
+      // window via XP-COM with the information that we have retrieved from
+      // the message store.
+      //
+      if (mdd->format_out == nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageEditorTemplate)
+      {
+        MSG_ComposeType msgComposeType = PL_strstr(mdd->url_name,
+                                                   "&redirect=true") ?
+                                         nsIMsgCompType::Redirect :
+                                         nsIMsgCompType::Template;
+        CreateTheComposeWindow(fields, newAttachData, msgComposeType,
+                               composeFormat, mdd->identity,
+                               mdd->originalMsgURI, mdd->origMsgHdr);
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        if (mdd->forwardInline)
+        {
+          if (convertToPlainText)
+            fields->ConvertBodyToPlainText();
+          if (mdd->overrideComposeFormat)
+            composeFormat = nsIMsgCompFormat::OppositeOfDefault;
+          if (mdd->forwardInlineFilter)
+          {
+            fields->SetTo(mdd->forwardToAddress);
+            ForwardMsgInline(fields, newAttachData, composeFormat,
+                             mdd->identity, mdd->originalMsgURI,
+                             mdd->origMsgHdr);
+          }
+          else
+            CreateTheComposeWindow(fields, newAttachData,
+                                   nsIMsgCompType::ForwardInline, composeFormat,
+                                   mdd->identity, mdd->originalMsgURI,
+                                   mdd->origMsgHdr);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          fields->SetDraftId(mdd->url_name);
+          CreateTheComposeWindow(fields, newAttachData, nsIMsgCompType::Draft, composeFormat, mdd->identity, mdd->originalMsgURI, mdd->origMsgHdr);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      //
+      // At this point, we need to create a message compose window via
+      // XP-COM with the information that we have retrieved from the message store.
+      //
+      if (mdd->format_out == nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageEditorTemplate)
+      {
+#ifdef NS_DEBUG
+        printf("RICHIE: Time to create the EDITOR with this template - NO body!!!!\n");
+#endif
+        CreateTheComposeWindow(fields, newAttachData, nsIMsgCompType::Template, nsIMsgCompFormat::Default, mdd->identity, nullptr, mdd->origMsgHdr);
+      }
+      else
+      {
+#ifdef NS_DEBUG
+        printf("Time to create the composition window WITHOUT a body!!!!\n");
+#endif
+        if (mdd->forwardInline)
+        {
+          MSG_ComposeFormat composeFormat = (mdd->overrideComposeFormat) ?
+            nsIMsgCompFormat::OppositeOfDefault : nsIMsgCompFormat::Default;
+          CreateTheComposeWindow(fields, newAttachData,
+                                 nsIMsgCompType::ForwardInline, composeFormat,
+                                 mdd->identity, mdd->originalMsgURI,
+                                 mdd->origMsgHdr);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          fields->SetDraftId(mdd->url_name);
+          CreateTheComposeWindow(fields, newAttachData, nsIMsgCompType::Draft, nsIMsgCompFormat::Default, mdd->identity, nullptr, mdd->origMsgHdr);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    CreateCompositionFields( from, repl, to, cc, bcc, fcc, grps, foll,
+      org, subj, refs, priority, news_host,
+      mdd->mailcharset,
+      getter_AddRefs(fields));
+    if (fields)
+      CreateTheComposeWindow(fields, newAttachData, nsIMsgCompType::New, nsIMsgCompFormat::Default, mdd->identity, nullptr, mdd->origMsgHdr);
+  }
+
+  if ( mdd->headers )
+    MimeHeaders_free ( mdd->headers );
+
+  //
+  // Free the original attachment structure...
+  // Make sure we only cleanup the local copy of the memory and not kill
+  // files we need on disk
+  //
+  if (bodyAsAttachment)
+    mdd->messageBody->m_tmpFile = nullptr;
+  else if (mdd->messageBody && mdd->messageBody->m_tmpFile)
+    mdd->messageBody->m_tmpFile->Remove(false);
+
+  delete mdd->messageBody;
+
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < mdd->attachments.Length(); i++)
+    mdd->attachments[i]->m_tmpFile = nullptr;
+
+  PR_FREEIF(mdd->mailcharset);
+
+  mdd->identity = nullptr;
+  PR_Free(mdd->url_name);
+  PR_Free(mdd->originalMsgURI);
+  mdd->origMsgHdr = nullptr;
+  PR_Free(mdd);
+
+  PR_FREEIF(host);
+  PR_FREEIF(to_and_cc);
+  PR_FREEIF(re_subject);
+  PR_FREEIF(new_refs);
+  PR_FREEIF(from);
+  PR_FREEIF(repl);
+  PR_FREEIF(subj);
+  PR_FREEIF(id);
+  PR_FREEIF(refs);
+  PR_FREEIF(to);
+  PR_FREEIF(cc);
+  PR_FREEIF(grps);
+  PR_FREEIF(foll);
+  PR_FREEIF(priority);
+  PR_FREEIF(draftInfo);
+  PR_Free(identityKey);
+
+  delete [] newAttachData;
+}
+
+static void
+mime_parse_stream_abort (nsMIMESession *stream, int status )
+{
+  mime_draft_data *mdd = (mime_draft_data *) stream->data_object;
+  NS_ASSERTION (mdd, "null mime draft data");
+
+  if (!mdd)
+    return;
+
+  if (mdd->obj)
+  {
+    int status=0;
+
+    if ( !mdd->obj->closed_p )
+      status = mdd->obj->clazz->parse_eof ( mdd->obj, true );
+    if ( !mdd->obj->parsed_p )
+      mdd->obj->clazz->parse_end( mdd->obj, true );
+
+    NS_ASSERTION ( mdd->options == mdd->obj->options, "draft display options not same as mime obj" );
+    mime_free (mdd->obj);
+    mdd->obj = 0;
+    if (mdd->options)
+    {
+      delete mdd->options;
+      mdd->options = 0;
+    }
+
+    if (mdd->stream)
+    {
+      mdd->stream->abort ((nsMIMESession *)mdd->stream->data_object, status);
+      PR_Free( mdd->stream );
+      mdd->stream = 0;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if ( mdd->headers )
+    MimeHeaders_free (mdd->headers);
+
+
+  mime_free_attachments(mdd->attachments);
+
+  PR_FREEIF(mdd->mailcharset);
+
+  PR_Free (mdd);
+}
+
+static int
+make_mime_headers_copy ( void *closure, MimeHeaders *headers )
+{
+  mime_draft_data *mdd = (mime_draft_data *) closure;
+
+  NS_ASSERTION ( mdd && headers, "null mime draft data and/or headers" );
+
+  if ( !mdd || ! headers )
+    return 0;
+
+  NS_ASSERTION ( mdd->headers == NULL , "non null mime draft data headers");
+
+  mdd->headers = MimeHeaders_copy ( headers );
+  mdd->options->done_parsing_outer_headers = true;
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+mime_decompose_file_init_fn ( void *stream_closure, MimeHeaders *headers )
+{
+  mime_draft_data *mdd = (mime_draft_data *) stream_closure;
+  nsMsgAttachedFile *newAttachment = 0;
+  int nAttachments = 0;
+  //char *hdr_value = NULL;
+  char *parm_value = NULL;
+  bool creatingMsgBody = true;
+
+  NS_ASSERTION (mdd && headers, "null mime draft data and/or headers");
+  if (!mdd || !headers)
+    return -1;
+
+  if (mdd->options->decompose_init_count)
+  {
+    mdd->options->decompose_init_count++;
+    NS_ASSERTION(mdd->curAttachment, "missing attachment in mime_decompose_file_init_fn");
+    if (mdd->curAttachment)
+      mdd->curAttachment->m_type.Adopt(MimeHeaders_get(headers,
+                                                       HEADER_CONTENT_TYPE,
+                                                       false, true));
+    return 0;
+  }
+  else
+    mdd->options->decompose_init_count++;
+
+  nAttachments = mdd->attachments.Length();
+
+  if (!nAttachments && !mdd->messageBody)
+  {
+    // if we've been told to use an override charset then do so....otherwise use the charset
+    // inside the message header...
+    if (mdd->options && mdd->options->override_charset)
+        mdd->mailcharset = strdup(mdd->options->default_charset);
+    else
+    {
+      char *contentType;
+      contentType = MimeHeaders_get(headers, HEADER_CONTENT_TYPE, false, false);
+      if (contentType)
+      {
+        mdd->mailcharset = MimeHeaders_get_parameter(contentType, "charset", NULL, NULL);
+        PR_FREEIF(contentType);
+      }
+    }
+
+    mdd->messageBody = new nsMsgAttachedFile;
+    if (!mdd->messageBody)
+      return MIME_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+    newAttachment = mdd->messageBody;
+    creatingMsgBody = true;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* always allocate one more extra; don't ask me why */
+    newAttachment = new nsMsgAttachedFile;
+    if (!newAttachment)
+      return MIME_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+    mdd->attachments.AppendElement(newAttachment);
+  }
+
+  char *workURLSpec = nullptr;
+  char *contLoc = nullptr;
+
+  newAttachment->m_realName.Adopt(MimeHeaders_get_name(headers, mdd->options));
+  contLoc = MimeHeaders_get( headers, HEADER_CONTENT_LOCATION, false, false );
+  if (!contLoc)
+      contLoc = MimeHeaders_get( headers, HEADER_CONTENT_BASE, false, false );
+
+  if (!contLoc && !newAttachment->m_realName.IsEmpty())
+    workURLSpec = ToNewCString(newAttachment->m_realName);
+  if ( (contLoc) && (!workURLSpec) )
+    workURLSpec = strdup(contLoc);
+
+  PR_FREEIF(contLoc);
+
+  mdd->curAttachment = newAttachment;
+  newAttachment->m_type.Adopt(MimeHeaders_get ( headers, HEADER_CONTENT_TYPE, false, false ));
+
+  //
+  // This is to handle the degenerated Apple Double attachment.
+  //
+  parm_value = MimeHeaders_get( headers, HEADER_CONTENT_TYPE, false, false );
+  if (parm_value)
+  {
+    char *boundary = NULL;
+    char *tmp_value = NULL;
+    boundary = MimeHeaders_get_parameter(parm_value, "boundary", NULL, NULL);
+    if (boundary)
+      tmp_value = PR_smprintf("; boundary=\"%s\"", boundary);
+    if (tmp_value)
+      newAttachment->m_type = tmp_value;
+    newAttachment->m_xMacType.Adopt(
+      MimeHeaders_get_parameter(parm_value, "x-mac-type", NULL, NULL));
+    newAttachment->m_xMacCreator.Adopt(
+      MimeHeaders_get_parameter(parm_value, "x-mac-creator", NULL, NULL));
+    PR_FREEIF(parm_value);
+    PR_FREEIF(boundary);
+    PR_FREEIF(tmp_value);
+  }
+
+  newAttachment->m_size = 0;
+  newAttachment->m_encoding.Adopt(MimeHeaders_get (headers, HEADER_CONTENT_TRANSFER_ENCODING,
+                                                   false, false));
+  newAttachment->m_description.Adopt(MimeHeaders_get(headers, HEADER_CONTENT_DESCRIPTION,
+                                                     false, false ));
+  //
+  // If we came up empty for description or the orig URL, we should do something about it.
+  //
+  if (newAttachment->m_description.IsEmpty() && workURLSpec)
+    newAttachment->m_description = workURLSpec;
+
+  PR_FREEIF(workURLSpec);     // resource leak otherwise
+
+  newAttachment->m_cloudPartInfo.Adopt(MimeHeaders_get(headers,
+                                       HEADER_X_MOZILLA_CLOUD_PART,
+                                       false, false));
+
+  // There's no file in the message if it's a cloud part.
+  if (!newAttachment->m_cloudPartInfo.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    nsAutoCString fileURL;
+    fileURL.Adopt(
+      MimeHeaders_get_parameter(newAttachment->m_cloudPartInfo.get(), "file",
+                                nullptr, nullptr));
+    if (!fileURL.IsEmpty())
+      nsMimeNewURI(getter_AddRefs(newAttachment->m_origUrl), fileURL.get(),
+                   nullptr);
+    mdd->tmpFile = nullptr;
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIFile> tmpFile = nullptr;
+  {
+    // Let's build a temp file with an extension based on the content-type: nsmail.<extension>
+
+    nsAutoCString  newAttachName ("nsmail");
+    bool extensionAdded = false;
+    // the content type may contain a charset. i.e. text/html; ISO-2022-JP...we want to strip off the charset
+    // before we ask the mime service for a mime info for this content type.
+    nsAutoCString contentType (newAttachment->m_type);
+    int32_t pos = contentType.FindChar(';');
+    if (pos > 0)
+      contentType.SetLength(pos);
+    nsresult  rv = NS_OK;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMIMEService> mimeFinder (do_GetService(NS_MIMESERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && mimeFinder)
+    {
+      nsAutoCString fileExtension;
+      rv = mimeFinder->GetPrimaryExtension(contentType, EmptyCString(), fileExtension);
+
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !fileExtension.IsEmpty())
+      {
+        newAttachName.Append(".");
+        newAttachName.Append(fileExtension);
+        extensionAdded = true;
+      }
+    }
+
+    if (!extensionAdded)
+    {
+      newAttachName.Append(".tmp");
+    }
+
+    nsMsgCreateTempFile(newAttachName.get(), getter_AddRefs(tmpFile));
+  }
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  // This needs to be done so the attachment structure has a handle
+  // on the temp file for this attachment...
+  if (tmpFile)
+  {
+      nsAutoCString fileURL;
+      rv = NS_GetURLSpecFromFile(tmpFile, fileURL);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        nsMimeNewURI(getter_AddRefs(newAttachment->m_origUrl),
+                     fileURL.get(), nullptr);
+  }
+
+  if (!tmpFile)
+    return MIME_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+  mdd->tmpFile = do_QueryInterface(tmpFile);
+
+  newAttachment->m_tmpFile = mdd->tmpFile;
+
+  rv = MsgNewBufferedFileOutputStream(getter_AddRefs(mdd->tmpFileStream), tmpFile,PR_WRONLY | PR_CREATE_FILE, 00600);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return MIME_UNABLE_TO_OPEN_TMP_FILE;
+
+  // For now, we are always going to decode all of the attachments
+  // for the message. This way, we have native data
+  if (creatingMsgBody)
+  {
+    MimeDecoderData *(*fn) (MimeConverterOutputCallback, void*) = 0;
+
+    //
+    // Initialize a decoder if necessary.
+    //
+    if (newAttachment->m_encoding.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral(ENCODING_BASE64))
+      fn = &MimeB64DecoderInit;
+    else if (newAttachment->m_encoding.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral(ENCODING_QUOTED_PRINTABLE))
+    {
+      mdd->decoder_data = MimeQPDecoderInit (/* The (MimeConverterOutputCallback) cast is to turn the `void' argument into `MimeObject'. */
+                              ((MimeConverterOutputCallback) dummy_file_write),
+                              mdd->tmpFileStream);
+      if (!mdd->decoder_data)
+        return MIME_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+    }
+    else if (newAttachment->m_encoding.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral(ENCODING_UUENCODE) ||
+             newAttachment->m_encoding.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral(ENCODING_UUENCODE2) ||
+             newAttachment->m_encoding.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral(ENCODING_UUENCODE3) ||
+             newAttachment->m_encoding.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral(ENCODING_UUENCODE4))
+      fn = &MimeUUDecoderInit;
+    else if (newAttachment->m_encoding.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral(ENCODING_YENCODE))
+      fn = &MimeYDecoderInit;
+
+    if (fn)
+    {
+      mdd->decoder_data = fn (/* The (MimeConverterOutputCallback) cast is to
+                                 turn the `void' argument into `MimeObject'. */
+                              ((MimeConverterOutputCallback) dummy_file_write),
+                              mdd->tmpFileStream);
+      if (!mdd->decoder_data)
+        return MIME_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+mime_decompose_file_output_fn (const char     *buf,
+                               int32_t  size,
+                               void     *stream_closure )
+{
+  mime_draft_data *mdd = (mime_draft_data *) stream_closure;
+  int ret = 0;
+
+  NS_ASSERTION (mdd && buf, "missing mime draft data and/or buf");
+  if (!mdd || !buf) return -1;
+  if (!size) return 0;
+
+  if ( !mdd->tmpFileStream )
+    return 0;
+
+  if (mdd->decoder_data) {
+    int32_t outsize;
+    ret = MimeDecoderWrite(mdd->decoder_data, buf, size, &outsize);
+    if (ret == -1) return -1;
+    mdd->curAttachment->m_size += outsize;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    uint32_t bytesWritten;
+    mdd->tmpFileStream->Write(buf, size, &bytesWritten);
+    if ((int32_t)bytesWritten < size)
+      return MIME_ERROR_WRITING_FILE;
+    mdd->curAttachment->m_size += size;
+  }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+mime_decompose_file_close_fn ( void *stream_closure )
+{
+  mime_draft_data *mdd = (mime_draft_data *) stream_closure;
+
+  if (!mdd)
+    return -1;
+
+  if ( --mdd->options->decompose_init_count > 0 )
+      return 0;
+
+  if (mdd->decoder_data) {
+    MimeDecoderDestroy(mdd->decoder_data, false);
+    mdd->decoder_data = 0;
+  }
+
+  if (!mdd->tmpFileStream) {
+    // it's ok to have a null tmpFileStream if there's no tmpFile.
+    // This happens for cloud file attachments.
+    NS_ASSERTION(!mdd->tmpFile, "shouldn't have a tmp file bu no stream");
+    return 0;
+  }
+  mdd->tmpFileStream->Close();
+
+  mdd->tmpFileStream = nullptr;
+
+  mdd->tmpFile = nullptr;
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+extern "C" void  *
+mime_bridge_create_draft_stream(
+                          nsIMimeEmitter      *newEmitter,
+                          nsStreamConverter   *newPluginObj2,
+                          nsIURI              *uri,
+                          nsMimeOutputType    format_out)
+{
+  int                     status = 0;
+  nsMIMESession           *stream = nullptr;
+  mime_draft_data  *mdd = nullptr;
+  MimeObject              *obj = nullptr;
+
+  if ( !uri )
+    return nullptr;
+
+  mdd = new mime_draft_data;
+  if (!mdd)
+    return nullptr;
+
+  nsAutoCString turl;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgMessageService> msgService;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> aURL;
+  nsAutoCString urlString;
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  // first, convert the rdf msg uri into a url that represents the message...
+  if (NS_FAILED(uri->GetSpec(turl)))
+    goto FAIL;
+
+  rv = GetMessageServiceFromURI(turl, getter_AddRefs(msgService));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    goto FAIL;
+
+  rv = msgService->GetUrlForUri(turl.get(), getter_AddRefs(aURL), nullptr);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    goto FAIL;
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(aURL->GetSpec(urlString)))
+  {
+    int32_t typeIndex = urlString.Find("&type=application/x-message-display");
+    if (typeIndex != -1)
+      urlString.Cut(typeIndex, sizeof("&type=application/x-message-display") - 1);
+
+    mdd->url_name = ToNewCString(urlString);
+    if (!(mdd->url_name))
+      goto FAIL;
+  }
+
+  newPluginObj2->GetForwardInline(&mdd->forwardInline);
+  newPluginObj2->GetForwardInlineFilter(&mdd->forwardInlineFilter);
+  newPluginObj2->GetForwardToAddress(mdd->forwardToAddress);
+  newPluginObj2->GetOverrideComposeFormat(&mdd->overrideComposeFormat);
+  newPluginObj2->GetIdentity(getter_AddRefs(mdd->identity));
+  newPluginObj2->GetOriginalMsgURI(&mdd->originalMsgURI);
+  newPluginObj2->GetOrigMsgHdr(getter_AddRefs(mdd->origMsgHdr));
+  mdd->format_out = format_out;
+  mdd->options = new  MimeDisplayOptions ;
+  if (!mdd->options)
+    goto FAIL;
+
+  mdd->options->url = strdup(mdd->url_name);
+  mdd->options->format_out = format_out;     // output format
+  mdd->options->decompose_file_p = true; /* new field in MimeDisplayOptions */
+  mdd->options->stream_closure = mdd;
+  mdd->options->html_closure = mdd;
+  mdd->options->decompose_headers_info_fn = make_mime_headers_copy;
+  mdd->options->decompose_file_init_fn = mime_decompose_file_init_fn;
+  mdd->options->decompose_file_output_fn = mime_decompose_file_output_fn;
+  mdd->options->decompose_file_close_fn = mime_decompose_file_close_fn;
+
+  mdd->options->m_prefBranch = do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    goto FAIL;
+
+#ifdef ENABLE_SMIME
+  /* If we're attaching a message (for forwarding) then we must eradicate all
+   traces of xlateion from it, since forwarding someone else a message
+   that wasn't xlated for them doesn't work.  We have to dexlate it
+   before sending it.
+   */
+  mdd->options->decrypt_p = true;
+#endif /* ENABLE_SMIME */
+
+  obj = mime_new ( (MimeObjectClass *) &mimeMessageClass, (MimeHeaders *) NULL, MESSAGE_RFC822 );
+  if ( !obj )
+    goto FAIL;
+
+  obj->options = mdd->options;
+  mdd->obj = obj;
+
+  stream = PR_NEWZAP ( nsMIMESession );
+  if ( !stream )
+    goto FAIL;
+
+  stream->name = "MIME To Draft Converter Stream";
+  stream->complete = mime_parse_stream_complete;
+  stream->abort = mime_parse_stream_abort;
+  stream->put_block = mime_parse_stream_write;
+  stream->data_object = mdd;
+
+  status = obj->clazz->initialize ( obj );
+  if ( status >= 0 )
+    status = obj->clazz->parse_begin ( obj );
+  if ( status < 0 )
+    goto FAIL;
+
+  return stream;
+
+FAIL:
+  if (mdd)
+  {
+    PR_Free(mdd->url_name);
+    PR_Free(mdd->originalMsgURI);
+    if (mdd->options)
+      delete mdd->options;
+    PR_Free ( mdd );
+  }
+  PR_Free ( stream );
+  PR_Free ( obj );
+
+  return nullptr;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/src/mimeebod.cpp b/mailnews/mime/src/mimeebod.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2ca056feb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/src/mimeebod.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,509 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsIURL.h"
+#include "mimeebod.h"
+#include "prmem.h"
+#include "plstr.h"
+#include "prlog.h"
+#include "prio.h"
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "nsMimeStringResources.h"
+#include "mimemoz2.h"
+#include "nsComponentManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "nsINetUtil.h"
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+#define MIME_SUPERCLASS mimeObjectClass
+MimeDefClass(MimeExternalBody, MimeExternalBodyClass,
+       mimeExternalBodyClass, &MIME_SUPERCLASS);
+
+#ifdef XP_MACOSX
+extern MimeObjectClass mimeMultipartAppleDoubleClass;
+#endif
+
+static int MimeExternalBody_initialize (MimeObject *);
+static void MimeExternalBody_finalize (MimeObject *);
+static int MimeExternalBody_parse_line (const char *, int32_t, MimeObject *);
+static int MimeExternalBody_parse_eof (MimeObject *, bool);
+static bool MimeExternalBody_displayable_inline_p (MimeObjectClass *clazz,
+                            MimeHeaders *hdrs);
+
+#if 0
+#if defined(DEBUG) && defined(XP_UNIX)
+static int MimeExternalBody_debug_print (MimeObject *, PRFileDesc *, int32_t);
+#endif
+#endif /* 0 */
+
+static int
+MimeExternalBodyClassInitialize(MimeExternalBodyClass *clazz)
+{
+  MimeObjectClass *oclass = (MimeObjectClass *) clazz;
+
+  NS_ASSERTION(!oclass->class_initialized, "1.1 <rhp@netscape.com> 19 Mar 1999 12:00");
+  oclass->initialize  = MimeExternalBody_initialize;
+  oclass->finalize    = MimeExternalBody_finalize;
+  oclass->parse_line  = MimeExternalBody_parse_line;
+  oclass->parse_eof  = MimeExternalBody_parse_eof;
+  oclass->displayable_inline_p = MimeExternalBody_displayable_inline_p;
+
+#if 0
+#if defined(DEBUG) && defined(XP_UNIX)
+  oclass->debug_print = MimeExternalBody_debug_print;
+#endif
+#endif /* 0 */
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+static int
+MimeExternalBody_initialize (MimeObject *object)
+{
+  return ((MimeObjectClass*)&MIME_SUPERCLASS)->initialize(object);
+}
+
+static void
+MimeExternalBody_finalize (MimeObject *object)
+{
+  MimeExternalBody *bod = (MimeExternalBody *) object;
+  if (bod->hdrs)
+  {
+    MimeHeaders_free(bod->hdrs);
+    bod->hdrs = 0;
+  }
+  PR_FREEIF(bod->body);
+
+  ((MimeObjectClass*)&MIME_SUPERCLASS)->finalize(object);
+}
+
+static int
+MimeExternalBody_parse_line (const char *line, int32_t length, MimeObject *obj)
+{
+  MimeExternalBody *bod = (MimeExternalBody *) obj;
+  int status = 0;
+
+  NS_ASSERTION(line && *line, "1.1 <rhp@netscape.com> 19 Mar 1999 12:00");
+  if (!line || !*line) return -1;
+
+  if (!obj->output_p) return 0;
+
+  /* If we're supposed to write this object, but aren't supposed to convert
+   it to HTML, simply pass it through unaltered. */
+  if (obj->options &&
+    !obj->options->write_html_p &&
+    obj->options->output_fn)
+  return MimeObject_write(obj, line, length, true);
+
+
+  /* If we already have a `body' then we're done parsing headers, and all
+   subsequent lines get tacked onto the body. */
+  if (bod->body)
+  {
+    int L = strlen(bod->body);
+    char *new_str = (char *)PR_Realloc(bod->body, L + length + 1);
+    if (!new_str) return MIME_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+    bod->body = new_str;
+    memcpy(bod->body + L, line, length);
+    bod->body[L + length] = 0;
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  /* Otherwise we don't yet have a body, which means we're not done parsing
+   our headers.
+   */
+  if (!bod->hdrs)
+  {
+    bod->hdrs = MimeHeaders_new();
+    if (!bod->hdrs) return MIME_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+  }
+
+  status = MimeHeaders_parse_line(line, length, bod->hdrs);
+  if (status < 0) return status;
+
+  /* If this line is blank, we're now done parsing headers, and should
+   create a dummy body to show that.  Gag.
+   */
+  if (*line == '\r' || *line == '\n')
+  {
+    bod->body = strdup("");
+    if (!bod->body) return MIME_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+  }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+char *
+MimeExternalBody_make_url(const char *ct,
+              const char *at, const char *lexp, const char *size,
+              const char *perm, const char *dir, const char *mode,
+              const char *name, const char *url, const char *site,
+              const char *svr, const char *subj, const char *body)
+{
+  char *s;
+  uint32_t slen;
+  if (!at)
+  {
+    return 0;
+  }
+  else if (!PL_strcasecmp(at, "ftp") || !PL_strcasecmp(at, "anon-ftp"))
+  {
+    if (!site || !name)
+      return 0;
+	  
+    slen = strlen(name) + strlen(site) + (dir ? strlen(dir) : 0) + 20;
+    s = (char *) PR_MALLOC(slen);
+
+    if (!s) return 0;
+    PL_strncpyz(s, "ftp://", slen);
+    PL_strcatn(s, slen, site);
+    PL_strcatn(s, slen, "/");
+    if (dir) PL_strcatn(s, slen, (dir[0] == '/' ? dir+1 : dir));
+    if (s[strlen(s)-1] != '/')
+      PL_strcatn(s, slen, "/");
+    PL_strcatn(s, slen, name);
+    return s;
+  }
+  else if (!PL_strcasecmp(at, "local-file") || !PL_strcasecmp(at, "afs"))
+  {
+    if (!name)
+      return 0;
+
+#ifdef XP_UNIX
+    if (!PL_strcasecmp(at, "afs"))   /* only if there is a /afs/ directory */
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIFile> fs = do_CreateInstance(NS_LOCAL_FILE_CONTRACTID);
+      bool exists = false;
+      if (fs)
+      {
+        fs->InitWithNativePath(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("/afs/."));
+        fs->Exists(&exists);
+      }
+      if  (!exists)
+        return 0;
+    }
+#else  /* !XP_UNIX */
+    return 0;            /* never, if not Unix. */
+#endif /* !XP_UNIX */
+
+    slen = (strlen(name) * 3 + 20);
+    s = (char *) PR_MALLOC(slen);
+    if (!s) return 0;
+    PL_strncpyz(s, "file:", slen);
+
+    nsCString s2;
+    MsgEscapeString(nsDependentCString(name), nsINetUtil::ESCAPE_URL_PATH, s2);
+    PL_strcatn(s, slen, s2.get());
+    return s;
+  }
+else if (!PL_strcasecmp(at, "mail-server"))
+{
+  if (!svr)
+    return 0;
+	
+  slen =  (strlen(svr)*4 + (subj ? strlen(subj)*4 : 0) +
+                         (body ? strlen(body)*4 : 0) + 25); // dpv xxx: why 4x? %xx escaping should be 3x
+  s = (char *) PR_MALLOC(slen);
+  if (!s) return 0;
+  PL_strncpyz(s, "mailto:", slen);
+
+  nsCString s2;
+  MsgEscapeString(nsDependentCString(svr), nsINetUtil::ESCAPE_XALPHAS, s2);
+  PL_strcatn(s, slen, s2.get());
+
+  if (subj)
+    {
+      MsgEscapeString(nsDependentCString(subj), nsINetUtil::ESCAPE_XALPHAS, s2);
+      PL_strcatn(s, slen, "?subject=");
+      PL_strcatn(s, slen, s2.get());
+    }
+  if (body)
+    {
+      MsgEscapeString(nsDependentCString(body), nsINetUtil::ESCAPE_XALPHAS, s2);
+      PL_strcatn(s, slen, (subj ? "&body=" : "?body="));
+      PL_strcatn(s, slen, s2.get());
+    }
+  return s;
+}
+else if (!PL_strcasecmp(at, "url"))      /* RFC 2017 */
+                            {
+  if (url)
+    return strdup(url);       /* it's already quoted and everything */
+  else
+    return 0;
+                            }
+                            else
+                            return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+MimeExternalBody_parse_eof (MimeObject *obj, bool abort_p)
+{
+  int status = 0;
+  MimeExternalBody *bod = (MimeExternalBody *) obj;
+
+  if (obj->closed_p) return 0;
+
+  /* Run parent method first, to flush out any buffered data. */
+  status = ((MimeObjectClass*)&MIME_SUPERCLASS)->parse_eof(obj, abort_p);
+  if (status < 0) return status;
+
+#ifdef XP_MACOSX
+  if (obj->parent && mime_typep(obj->parent,
+                                (MimeObjectClass*) &mimeMultipartAppleDoubleClass))
+    goto done;
+#endif /* XP_MACOSX */
+
+  if (!abort_p &&
+      obj->output_p &&
+      obj->options &&
+      obj->options->write_html_p)
+  {
+    bool all_headers_p = obj->options->headers == MimeHeadersAll;
+    MimeDisplayOptions *newopt = obj->options;  /* copy it */
+
+    char *ct = MimeHeaders_get(obj->headers, HEADER_CONTENT_TYPE,
+                               false, false);
+    char *at, *lexp, *size, *perm;
+    char *url, *dir, *mode, *name, *site, *svr, *subj;
+    char *h = 0, *lname = 0, *lurl = 0, *body = 0;
+    MimeHeaders *hdrs = 0;
+
+    if (!ct) return MIME_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+    at   = MimeHeaders_get_parameter(ct, "access-type", NULL, NULL);
+    lexp  = MimeHeaders_get_parameter(ct, "expiration", NULL, NULL);
+    size = MimeHeaders_get_parameter(ct, "size", NULL, NULL);
+    perm = MimeHeaders_get_parameter(ct, "permission", NULL, NULL);
+    dir  = MimeHeaders_get_parameter(ct, "directory", NULL, NULL);
+    mode = MimeHeaders_get_parameter(ct, "mode", NULL, NULL);
+    name = MimeHeaders_get_parameter(ct, "name", NULL, NULL);
+    site = MimeHeaders_get_parameter(ct, "site", NULL, NULL);
+    svr  = MimeHeaders_get_parameter(ct, "server", NULL, NULL);
+    subj = MimeHeaders_get_parameter(ct, "subject", NULL, NULL);
+    url  = MimeHeaders_get_parameter(ct, "url", NULL, NULL);
+    PR_FREEIF(ct);
+
+    /* the *internal* content-type */
+    ct = MimeHeaders_get(bod->hdrs, HEADER_CONTENT_TYPE,
+                         true, false);
+						 
+    uint32_t hlen = ((at ? strlen(at) : 0) +
+                    (lexp ? strlen(lexp) : 0) +
+                    (size ? strlen(size) : 0) +
+                    (perm ? strlen(perm) : 0) +
+                    (dir ? strlen(dir) : 0) +
+                    (mode ? strlen(mode) : 0) +
+                    (name ? strlen(name) : 0) +
+                    (site ? strlen(site) : 0) +
+                    (svr ? strlen(svr) : 0) +
+                    (subj ? strlen(subj) : 0) +
+                    (ct ? strlen(ct) : 0) +
+                    (url ? strlen(url) : 0) + 100);
+					
+	h = (char *) PR_MALLOC(hlen);
+    if (!h)
+    {
+      status = MIME_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+      goto FAIL;
+    }
+
+    /* If there's a URL parameter, remove all whitespace from it.
+      (The URL parameter to one of these headers is stored with
+       lines broken every 40 characters or less; it's assumed that
+       all significant whitespace was URL-hex-encoded, and all the
+       rest of it was inserted just to keep the lines short.)
+      */
+    if (url)
+    {
+      char *in, *out;
+      for (in = url, out = url; *in; in++)
+        if (!IS_SPACE(*in))
+          *out++ = *in;
+      *out = 0;
+    }
+
+    hdrs = MimeHeaders_new();
+    if (!hdrs)
+    {
+      status = MIME_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+      goto FAIL;
+    }
+
+# define FROB(STR,VAR) \
+    if (VAR) \
+    { \
+      PL_strncpyz(h, STR ": ", hlen); \
+        PL_strcatn(h, hlen, VAR); \
+          PL_strcatn(h, hlen, MSG_LINEBREAK); \
+            status = MimeHeaders_parse_line(h, strlen(h), hdrs); \
+              if (status < 0) goto FAIL; \
+    }
+    FROB("Access-Type",  at);
+    FROB("URL",      url);
+    FROB("Site",      site);
+    FROB("Server",    svr);
+    FROB("Directory",    dir);
+    FROB("Name",      name);
+    FROB("Type",      ct);
+    FROB("Size",      size);
+    FROB("Mode",      mode);
+    FROB("Permission",  perm);
+    FROB("Expiration",  lexp);
+    FROB("Subject",    subj);
+# undef FROB
+    PL_strncpyz(h, MSG_LINEBREAK, hlen);
+    status = MimeHeaders_parse_line(h, strlen(h), hdrs);
+    if (status < 0) goto FAIL;
+
+    lurl = MimeExternalBody_make_url(ct, at, lexp, size, perm, dir, mode,
+                                     name, url, site, svr, subj, bod->body);
+    if (lurl)
+    {
+      lname = MimeGetStringByID(MIME_MSG_LINK_TO_DOCUMENT);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      lname = MimeGetStringByID(MIME_MSG_DOCUMENT_INFO);
+      all_headers_p = true;
+    }
+
+    all_headers_p = true;  /* #### just do this all the time? */
+
+    if (bod->body && all_headers_p)
+    {
+      char *s = bod->body;
+      while (IS_SPACE(*s)) s++;
+      if (*s)
+      {
+        char *s2;
+        const char *pre = "<P><PRE>";
+        const char *suf = "</PRE>";
+        int32_t i;
+        for(i = strlen(s)-1; i >= 0 && IS_SPACE(s[i]); i--)
+          s[i] = 0;
+        s2 = MsgEscapeHTML(s);
+        if (!s2) goto FAIL;
+        body = (char *) PR_MALLOC(strlen(pre) + strlen(s2) +
+                                  strlen(suf) + 1);
+        if (!body)
+        {
+          NS_Free(s2);
+          goto FAIL;
+        }
+        PL_strcpy(body, pre);
+        PL_strcat(body, s2);
+        PL_strcat(body, suf);
+      }
+    }
+
+    newopt->fancy_headers_p = true;
+    newopt->headers = (all_headers_p ? MimeHeadersAll : MimeHeadersSome);
+
+FAIL:
+      if (hdrs)
+        MimeHeaders_free(hdrs);
+    PR_FREEIF(h);
+    PR_FREEIF(lname);
+    PR_FREEIF(lurl);
+    PR_FREEIF(body);
+    PR_FREEIF(ct);
+    PR_FREEIF(at);
+    PR_FREEIF(lexp);
+    PR_FREEIF(size);
+    PR_FREEIF(perm);
+    PR_FREEIF(dir);
+    PR_FREEIF(mode);
+    PR_FREEIF(name);
+    PR_FREEIF(url);
+    PR_FREEIF(site);
+    PR_FREEIF(svr);
+    PR_FREEIF(subj);
+  }
+
+#ifdef XP_MACOSX
+done:
+#endif
+
+    return status;
+}
+
+#if 0
+#if defined(DEBUG) && defined(XP_UNIX)
+static int
+MimeExternalBody_debug_print (MimeObject *obj, PRFileDesc *stream, int32_t depth)
+{
+  MimeExternalBody *bod = (MimeExternalBody *) obj;
+  int i;
+  char *ct, *ct2;
+  char *addr = mime_part_address(obj);
+
+  if (obj->headers)
+  ct = MimeHeaders_get (obj->headers, HEADER_CONTENT_TYPE, false, false);
+  if (bod->hdrs)
+  ct2 = MimeHeaders_get (bod->hdrs, HEADER_CONTENT_TYPE, false, false);
+
+  for (i=0; i < depth; i++)
+  PR_Write(stream, "  ", 2);
+/***
+  fprintf(stream,
+      "<%s %s\n"
+      "\tcontent-type: %s\n"
+      "\tcontent-type: %s\n"
+      "\tBody:%s\n\t0x%08X>\n\n",
+      obj->clazz->class_name,
+      addr ? addr : "???",
+      ct ? ct : "<none>",
+      ct2 ? ct2 : "<none>",
+      bod->body ? bod->body : "<none>",
+      (uint32_t) obj);
+***/
+  PR_FREEIF(addr);
+  PR_FREEIF(ct);
+  PR_FREEIF(ct2);
+  return 0;
+}
+#endif
+#endif /* 0 */
+
+static bool
+MimeExternalBody_displayable_inline_p (MimeObjectClass *clazz,
+                     MimeHeaders *hdrs)
+{
+  char *ct = MimeHeaders_get (hdrs, HEADER_CONTENT_TYPE, false, false);
+  char *at = MimeHeaders_get_parameter(ct, "access-type", NULL, NULL);
+  bool inline_p = false;
+
+  if (!at)
+  ;
+  else if (!PL_strcasecmp(at, "ftp") ||
+       !PL_strcasecmp(at, "anon-ftp") ||
+       !PL_strcasecmp(at, "local-file") ||
+       !PL_strcasecmp(at, "mail-server") ||
+       !PL_strcasecmp(at, "url"))
+  inline_p = true;
+#ifdef XP_UNIX
+  else if (!PL_strcasecmp(at, "afs"))   /* only if there is a /afs/ directory */
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIFile> fs = do_CreateInstance(NS_LOCAL_FILE_CONTRACTID);
+    bool exists = false;
+    if (fs)
+    {
+      fs->InitWithNativePath(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("/afs/."));
+      fs->Exists(&exists);
+    }
+    if  (!exists)
+      return 0;
+
+    inline_p = true;
+  }
+#endif /* XP_UNIX */
+
+  PR_FREEIF(ct);
+  PR_FREEIF(at);
+  return inline_p;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/src/mimeebod.h b/mailnews/mime/src/mimeebod.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..560bef77c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/src/mimeebod.h
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _MIMEEBOD_H_
+#define _MIMEEBOD_H_
+
+#include "mimeobj.h"
+
+/* The MimeExternalBody class implements the message/external-body MIME type.
+   (This is not to be confused with MimeExternalObject, which implements the
+   handler for application/octet-stream and other types with no more specific
+   handlers.)
+ */
+
+typedef struct MimeExternalBodyClass MimeExternalBodyClass;
+typedef struct MimeExternalBody      MimeExternalBody;
+
+struct MimeExternalBodyClass {
+  MimeObjectClass object;
+};
+
+extern MimeExternalBodyClass mimeExternalBodyClass;
+
+struct MimeExternalBody {
+  MimeObject object;      /* superclass variables */
+  MimeHeaders *hdrs;      /* headers within this external-body, which
+                   describe the network data which this body
+                   is a pointer to. */
+  char *body;          /* The "phantom body" of this link. */
+};
+
+#define MimeExternalBodyClassInitializer(ITYPE,CSUPER) \
+  { MimeObjectClassInitializer(ITYPE,CSUPER) }
+
+#endif /* _MIMEEBOD_H_ */
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/src/mimeenc.cpp b/mailnews/mime/src/mimeenc.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d565a6067
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/src/mimeenc.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1107 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include "mimei.h"
+#include "prmem.h"
+#include "mimeobj.h"
+#include "mozilla/RangedPtr.h"
+#include "mozilla/mailnews/MimeEncoder.h"
+
+typedef enum mime_encoding {
+  mime_Base64, mime_QuotedPrintable, mime_uuencode, mime_yencode
+} mime_encoding;
+
+typedef enum mime_decoder_state {
+  DS_BEGIN, DS_BODY, DS_END
+} mime_decoder_state;
+
+struct MimeDecoderData {
+  mime_encoding encoding;    /* Which encoding to use */
+
+  /* A read-buffer used for QP and B64. */
+  char token[4];
+  int token_size;
+
+  /* State and read-buffer used for uudecode and yencode. */
+  mime_decoder_state ds_state;
+  char *line_buffer;
+  int line_buffer_size;
+
+  MimeObject *objectToDecode; // might be null, only used for QP currently
+  /* Where to write the decoded data */
+  MimeConverterOutputCallback write_buffer;
+  void *closure;
+};
+
+
+static int
+mime_decode_qp_buffer (MimeDecoderData *data, const char *buffer,
+          int32_t length, int32_t *outSize)
+{
+  /* Warning, we are overwriting the buffer which was passed in.
+   This is ok, because decoding these formats will never result
+   in larger data than the input, only smaller. */
+  const char *in  = buffer;
+  char *out = (char *) buffer;
+  char token [3];
+  int i;
+
+  NS_ASSERTION(data->encoding == mime_QuotedPrintable, "1.1 <rhp@netscape.com> 19 Mar 1999 12:00");
+  if (data->encoding != mime_QuotedPrintable) return -1;
+
+  /* For the first pass, initialize the token from the unread-buffer. */
+  i = 0;
+  while (i < 3 && data->token_size > 0)
+  {
+    token [i] = data->token[i];
+    data->token_size--;
+    i++;
+  }
+
+  /* #### BUG: when decoding quoted-printable, we are required to
+   strip trailing whitespace from lines -- since when encoding in
+   qp, one is required to quote such trailing whitespace, any
+   trailing whitespace which remains must have been introduced
+   by a stupid gateway. */
+
+  /* Treat null bytes as spaces when format_out is
+   nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageBodyDisplay (see bug 243199 comment 7) */
+  bool treatNullAsSpace = data->objectToDecode &&
+                            data->objectToDecode->options->format_out == nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageBodyDisplay;
+
+  while (length > 0 || i != 0)
+  {
+    while (i < 3 && length > 0)
+    {
+      token [i++] = *in;
+      in++;
+      length--;
+    }
+
+    if (i < 3)
+    {
+      /* Didn't get enough for a complete token.
+       If it might be a token, unread it.
+       Otherwise, just dump it.
+       */
+      memcpy (data->token, token, i);
+      data->token_size = i;
+      i = 0;
+      length = 0;
+      break;
+    }
+    i = 0;
+
+    if (token [0] == '=')
+    {
+      unsigned char c = 0;
+      if (token[1] >= '0' && token[1] <= '9')
+      c = token[1] - '0';
+      else if (token[1] >= 'A' && token[1] <= 'F')
+      c = token[1] - ('A' - 10);
+      else if (token[1] >= 'a' && token[1] <= 'f')
+      c = token[1] - ('a' - 10);
+      else if (token[1] == '\r' || token[1] == '\n')
+      {
+        /* =\n means ignore the newline. */
+        if (token[1] == '\r' && token[2] == '\n')
+        ;    /* swallow all three chars */
+        else
+        {
+          in--;  /* put the third char back */
+          length++;
+        }
+        continue;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* = followed by something other than hex or newline -
+         pass it through unaltered, I guess.  (But, if
+         this bogus token happened to occur over a buffer
+         boundary, we can't do this, since we don't have
+         space for it.  Oh well.  Screw it.)  */
+        if (in > out) *out++ = token[0];
+        if (in > out) *out++ = token[1];
+        if (in > out) *out++ = token[2];
+        continue;
+      }
+
+      /* Second hex digit */
+      c = (c << 4);
+      if (token[2] >= '0' && token[2] <= '9')
+      c += token[2] - '0';
+      else if (token[2] >= 'A' && token[2] <= 'F')
+      c += token[2] - ('A' - 10);
+      else if (token[2] >= 'a' && token[2] <= 'f')
+      c += token[2] - ('a' - 10);
+      else
+      {
+        /* We got =xy where "x" was hex and "y" was not, so
+         treat that as a literal "=", x, and y.  (But, if
+         this bogus token happened to occur over a buffer
+         boundary, we can't do this, since we don't have
+         space for it.  Oh well.  Screw it.) */
+        if (in > out) *out++ = token[0];
+        if (in > out) *out++ = token[1];
+        if (in > out) *out++ = token[2];
+        continue;
+      }
+
+      *out++ = c ? (char) c : ((treatNullAsSpace) ? ' ' : (char) c);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      *out++ = token[0];
+
+      token[0] = token[1];
+      token[1] = token[2];
+      i = 2;
+    }
+  }
+
+  // Fill the size
+  if (outSize)
+    *outSize = out - buffer;
+
+  /* Now that we've altered the data in place, write it. */
+  if (out > buffer)
+  return data->write_buffer (buffer, (out - buffer), data->closure);
+  else
+  return 1;
+}
+
+
+static int
+mime_decode_base64_token (const char *in, char *out)
+{
+  /* reads 4, writes 0-3.  Returns bytes written.
+   (Writes less than 3 only at EOF.) */
+  int j;
+  int eq_count = 0;
+  unsigned long num = 0;
+
+  for (j = 0; j < 4; j++)
+  {
+    unsigned char c = 0;
+    if (in[j] >= 'A' && in[j] <= 'Z')     c = in[j] - 'A';
+    else if (in[j] >= 'a' && in[j] <= 'z') c = in[j] - ('a' - 26);
+    else if (in[j] >= '0' && in[j] <= '9') c = in[j] - ('0' - 52);
+    else if (in[j] == '+')         c = 62;
+    else if (in[j] == '/')         c = 63;
+    else if (in[j] == '=')         c = 0, eq_count++;
+    else
+    NS_ERROR("Invalid character");
+    num = (num << 6) | c;
+  }
+
+  *out++ = (char) (num >> 16);
+  *out++ = (char) ((num >> 8) & 0xFF);
+  *out++ = (char) (num & 0xFF);
+
+  if (eq_count == 0)
+  return 3;        /* No "=" padding means 4 bytes mapped to 3. */
+  else if (eq_count == 1)
+  return 2;        /* "xxx=" means 3 bytes mapped to 2. */
+  else if (eq_count == 2)
+  return 1;        /* "xx==" means 2 bytes mapped to 1. */
+  else
+  {
+    // "x===" can't happen, because "x" would then be encoding only
+    // 6 bits, not the min of 8.
+    NS_ERROR("Count is 6 bits, should be at least 8");
+    return 1;
+  }
+}
+
+
+static int
+mime_decode_base64_buffer (MimeDecoderData *data,
+               const char *buffer, int32_t length, int32_t *outSize)
+{
+  /* Warning, we are overwriting the buffer which was passed in.
+   This is ok, because decoding these formats will never result
+   in larger data than the input, only smaller. */
+  const char *in  = buffer;
+  char *out = (char *) buffer;
+  char token [4];
+  int i;
+  bool leftover = (data->token_size > 0);
+
+  NS_ASSERTION(data->encoding == mime_Base64, "1.1 <rhp@netscape.com> 19 Mar 1999 12:00");
+
+  /* For the first pass, initialize the token from the unread-buffer. */
+  i = 0;
+  while (i < 4 && data->token_size > 0)
+  {
+    token [i] = data->token[i];
+    data->token_size--;
+    i++;
+  }
+
+  while (length > 0)
+  {
+    while (i < 4 && length > 0)
+    {
+      if ((*in >= 'A' && *in <= 'Z') ||
+        (*in >= 'a' && *in <= 'z') ||
+        (*in >= '0' && *in <= '9') ||
+        *in == '+' || *in == '/' || *in == '=')
+      token [i++] = *in;
+      in++;
+      length--;
+    }
+
+    if (i < 4)
+    {
+      /* Didn't get enough for a complete token. */
+      memcpy (data->token, token, i);
+      data->token_size = i;
+      length = 0;
+      break;
+    }
+    i = 0;
+
+    if (leftover)
+    {
+      /* If there are characters left over from the last time around,
+       we might not have space in the buffer to do our dirty work
+       (if there were 2 or 3 left over, then there is only room for
+       1 or 2 in the buffer right now, and we need 3.)  This is only
+       a problem for the first chunk in each buffer, so in that
+       case, just write prematurely. */
+      int n;
+      n = mime_decode_base64_token (token, token);
+      n = data->write_buffer (token, n, data->closure);
+      if (n < 0) /* abort */
+      return n;
+
+      /* increment buffer so that we don't write the 1 or 2 unused
+       characters now at the front. */
+      buffer = in;
+      out = (char *) buffer;
+
+      leftover = false;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      int n = mime_decode_base64_token (token, out);
+      /* Advance "out" by the number of bytes just written to it. */
+      out += n;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (outSize)
+    *outSize = out - buffer;
+  /* Now that we've altered the data in place, write it. */
+  if (out > buffer)
+  return data->write_buffer (buffer, (out - buffer), data->closure);
+  else
+  return 1;
+}
+
+
+static int
+mime_decode_uue_buffer (MimeDecoderData *data,
+            const char *input_buffer, int32_t input_length, int32_t *outSize)
+{
+  /* First, copy input_buffer into state->line_buffer until we have
+   a complete line.
+
+   Then decode that line in place (in the line_buffer) and write
+   it out.
+
+   Then pull the next line into line_buffer and continue.
+   */
+  if (!data->line_buffer)
+  {
+    data->line_buffer_size = 128;
+    data->line_buffer = (char *)PR_MALLOC(data->line_buffer_size);
+    if (!data->line_buffer)
+      return -1;
+    data->line_buffer[0] = 0;
+  }
+
+  int status = 0;
+  char *line = data->line_buffer;
+  char *line_end = data->line_buffer + data->line_buffer_size - 1;
+
+  NS_ASSERTION(data->encoding == mime_uuencode, "1.1 <rhp@netscape.com> 19 Mar 1999 12:00");
+  if (data->encoding != mime_uuencode) return -1;
+
+  if (data->ds_state == DS_END)
+  {
+    status = 0;
+    goto DONE;
+  }
+
+  while (input_length > 0)
+  {
+    /* Copy data from input_buffer to `line' until we have a complete line,
+     or until we've run out of input.
+
+     (line may have data in it already if the last time we were called,
+     we weren't called with a buffer that ended on a line boundary.)
+     */
+    {
+    char *out = line + strlen(line);
+    while (input_length > 0 &&
+         out < line_end)
+      {
+      *out++ = *input_buffer++;
+      input_length--;
+
+      if (out[-1] == '\r' || out[-1] == '\n')
+        {
+        /* If we just copied a CR, and an LF is waiting, grab it too.
+         */
+        if (out[-1] == '\r' &&
+          input_length > 0 &&
+          *input_buffer == '\n')
+          input_buffer++, input_length--;
+
+        /* We have a line. */
+        break;
+        }
+      }
+    *out = 0;
+
+    /* Ignore blank lines.
+     */
+    if (*line == '\r' || *line == '\n')
+      {
+      *line = 0;
+      continue;
+      }
+
+    /* If this line was bigger than our buffer, truncate it.
+       (This means the data was way corrupted, and there's basically
+       no chance of decoding it properly, but give it a shot anyway.)
+     */
+    if (out == line_end)
+      {
+      out--;
+      out[-1] = '\r';
+      out[0] = 0;
+      }
+
+    /* If we didn't get a complete line, simply return; we'll be called
+       with the rest of this line next time.
+     */
+    if (out[-1] != '\r' && out[-1] != '\n')
+      {
+      NS_ASSERTION (input_length == 0, "1.1 <rhp@netscape.com> 19 Mar 1999 12:00");
+      break;
+      }
+    }
+
+
+    /* Now we have a complete line.  Deal with it.
+     */
+
+
+    if (data->ds_state == DS_BODY &&
+      line[0] == 'e' &&
+      line[1] == 'n' &&
+      line[2] == 'd' &&
+      (line[3] == '\r' ||
+       line[3] == '\n'))
+    {
+      /* done! */
+      data->ds_state = DS_END;
+      *line = 0;
+      break;
+    }
+    else if (data->ds_state == DS_BEGIN)
+    {
+      if (!strncmp (line, "begin ", 6))
+      data->ds_state = DS_BODY;
+      *line = 0;
+      continue;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* We're in DS_BODY.  Decode the line. */
+      char *in, *out;
+      int32_t i;
+      long lost;
+
+      NS_ASSERTION (data->ds_state == DS_BODY, "1.1 <rhp@netscape.com> 19 Mar 1999 12:00");
+
+      /* We map down `line', reading four bytes and writing three.
+       That means that `out' always stays safely behind `in'.
+       */
+      in = line;
+      out = line;
+
+# undef DEC
+# define DEC(c) (((c) - ' ') & 077)
+      i = DEC (*in); /* get length */
+
+      /* all the parens and casts are because gcc was doing something evil.
+       */
+      lost = ((long) i) - (((((long) strlen (in)) - 2L) * 3L) / 4L);
+
+      if (lost > 0) /* Short line!! */
+      {
+        /* If we get here, then the line is shorter than the length byte
+         at the beginning says it should be.  However, the case where
+         the line is short because it was at the end of the buffer and
+         we didn't get the whole line was handled earlier (up by the
+         "didn't get a complete line" comment.)  So if we've gotten
+         here, then this is a complete line which is internally
+         inconsistent.  We will parse from it what we can...
+
+         This probably happened because some gateway stripped trailing
+         whitespace from the end of the line -- so pretend the line
+         was padded with spaces (which map to \000.)
+         */
+        i -= lost;
+      }
+
+      for (++in; i > 0; in += 4, i -= 3)
+      {
+        char ch;
+        NS_ASSERTION(out <= in, "1.1 <rhp@netscape.com> 19 Mar 1999 12:00");
+
+        if (i >= 3)
+        {
+          /* We read four; write three. */
+          ch = DEC (in[0]) << 2 | DEC (in[1]) >> 4;
+          *out++ = ch;
+
+          NS_ASSERTION(out <= in+1, "1.1 <rhp@netscape.com> 19 Mar 1999 12:00");
+
+          ch = DEC (in[1]) << 4 | DEC (in[2]) >> 2;
+          *out++ = ch;
+
+          NS_ASSERTION(out <= in+2, "1.1 <rhp@netscape.com> 19 Mar 1999 12:00");
+
+          ch = DEC (in[2]) << 6 | DEC (in[3]);
+          *out++ = ch;
+
+          NS_ASSERTION(out <= in+3, "1.1 <rhp@netscape.com> 19 Mar 1999 12:00");
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          /* Handle a line that isn't a multiple of 4 long.
+           (We read 1, 2, or 3, and will write 1 or 2.)
+           */
+          NS_ASSERTION (i > 0 && i < 3, "1.1 <rhp@netscape.com> 19 Mar 1999 12:00");
+
+          ch = DEC (in[0]) << 2 | DEC (in[1]) >> 4;
+          *out++ = ch;
+
+          NS_ASSERTION(out <= in+1, "1.1 <rhp@netscape.com> 19 Mar 1999 12:00");
+
+          if (i == 2)
+          {
+            ch = DEC (in[1]) << 4 | DEC (in[2]) >> 2;
+            *out++ = ch;
+
+            NS_ASSERTION(out <= in+2, "1.1 <rhp@netscape.com> 19 Mar 1999 12:00");
+          }
+        }
+      }
+
+      /* If the line was truncated, pad the missing bytes with 0 (SPC). */
+      while (lost > 0)
+      {
+        *out++ = 0;
+        lost--;
+        in = out+1; /* just to prevent the assert, below. */
+      }
+# undef DEC
+
+      /* Now write out what we decoded for this line.
+       */
+      NS_ASSERTION(out >= line && out < in, "1.1 <rhp@netscape.com> 19 Mar 1999 12:00");
+      if (out > line)
+      status = data->write_buffer (line, (out - line), data->closure);
+
+      // The assertion above tells us this is >= 0
+      if (outSize)
+        *outSize = out - line;
+
+      /* Reset the line so that we don't think it's partial next time. */
+      *line = 0;
+
+      if (status < 0) /* abort */
+      goto DONE;
+    }
+  }
+
+  status = 1;
+
+ DONE:
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+static int
+mime_decode_yenc_buffer (MimeDecoderData *data,
+            const char *input_buffer, int32_t input_length, int32_t *outSize)
+{
+  /* First, copy input_buffer into state->line_buffer until we have
+   a complete line.
+
+   Then decode that line in place (in the line_buffer) and write
+   it out.
+
+   Then pull the next line into line_buffer and continue.
+   */
+  if (!data->line_buffer)
+  {
+    data->line_buffer_size = 1000; // let make sure we have plenty of space for the header line
+    data->line_buffer = (char *)PR_MALLOC(data->line_buffer_size);
+    if (!data->line_buffer)
+      return -1;
+    data->line_buffer[0] = 0;
+  }
+
+  int status = 0;
+  char *line = data->line_buffer;
+  char *line_end = data->line_buffer + data->line_buffer_size - 1;
+
+  NS_ASSERTION(data->encoding == mime_yencode, "wrong decoder!");
+  if (data->encoding != mime_yencode) return -1;
+
+  if (data->ds_state == DS_END)
+    return 0;
+
+  while (input_length > 0)
+  {
+    /* Copy data from input_buffer to `line' until we have a complete line,
+       or until we've run out of input.
+
+       (line may have data in it already if the last time we were called,
+       we weren't called with a buffer that ended on a line boundary.)
+    */
+    {
+      char *out = line + strlen(line);
+      while (input_length > 0 && out < line_end)
+      {
+        *out++ = *input_buffer++;
+        input_length--;
+
+        if (out[-1] == '\r' || out[-1] == '\n')
+        {
+          /* If we just copied a CR, and an LF is waiting, grab it too. */
+          if (out[-1] == '\r' &&
+                  input_length > 0 &&
+                  *input_buffer == '\n')
+            input_buffer++, input_length--;
+
+           /* We have a line. */
+           break;
+        }
+      }
+      *out = 0;
+
+      /* Ignore blank lines. */
+      if (*line == '\r' || *line == '\n')
+      {
+        *line = 0;
+        continue;
+      }
+
+      /* If this line was bigger than our buffer, truncate it.
+         (This means the data was way corrupted, and there's basically
+         no chance of decoding it properly, but give it a shot anyway.)
+      */
+      if (out == line_end)
+      {
+        out--;
+        out[-1] = '\r';
+        out[0] = 0;
+      }
+
+      /* If we didn't get a complete line, simply return; we'll be called
+         with the rest of this line next time.
+      */
+      if (out[-1] != '\r' && out[-1] != '\n')
+      {
+        NS_ASSERTION (input_length == 0, "empty buffer!");
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+
+
+    /* Now we have a complete line.  Deal with it.
+     */
+    const char * endOfLine = line + strlen(line);
+
+    if (data->ds_state == DS_BEGIN)
+    {
+      int new_line_size = 0;
+      /* this yenc decoder does not support yenc v2 or multipart yenc.
+         Therefore, we are looking first for "=ybegin line="
+      */
+      if ((endOfLine - line) >= 13 && !strncmp (line, "=ybegin line=", 13))
+      {
+        /* ...then couple digits. */
+        for (line += 13; line < endOfLine; line ++)
+        {
+          if (*line < '0' || *line > '9')
+            break;
+          new_line_size = (new_line_size * 10) + *line - '0';
+        }
+
+        /* ...next, look for <space>size= */
+        if ((endOfLine - line) >= 6 && !strncmp (line, " size=", 6))
+        {
+          /* ...then couple digits. */
+          for (line += 6; line < endOfLine; line ++)
+            if (*line < '0' || *line > '9')
+              break;
+
+          /* ...next, look for <space>name= */
+          if ((endOfLine - line) >= 6 && !strncmp (line, " name=", 6))
+          {
+            /* we have found the yenc header line.
+               Now check if we need to grow our buffer line
+            */
+            data->ds_state = DS_BODY;
+            if (new_line_size > data->line_buffer_size && new_line_size <= 997) /* don't let bad value hurt us! */
+            {
+              PR_Free(data->line_buffer);
+              data->line_buffer_size = new_line_size + 4; //extra chars for line ending and potential escape char
+              data->line_buffer = (char *)PR_MALLOC(data->line_buffer_size);
+              if (!data->line_buffer)
+                return -1;
+            }
+          }
+        }
+
+      }
+      *data->line_buffer = 0;
+      continue;
+    }
+
+    if (data->ds_state == DS_BODY && line[0] == '=')
+    {
+      /* look if this this the final line */
+      if (!strncmp (line, "=yend size=", 11))
+      {
+        /* done! */
+        data->ds_state = DS_END;
+        *line = 0;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* We're in DS_BODY.  Decode the line in place. */
+    {
+      char *src = line;
+      char *dest = src;
+      char c;
+      for (; src < line_end; src ++)
+      {
+        c = *src;
+        if (!c || c == '\r' || c == '\n')
+          break;
+
+        if (c == '=')
+        {
+          src++;
+          c = *src;
+          if (c == 0)
+            return -1;  /* last character cannot be escape char */
+          c -= 64;
+        }
+        c -= 42;
+        *dest = c;
+        dest ++;
+      }
+
+      // The assertion below is helpful, too
+      if (outSize)
+        *outSize = dest - line;
+
+      /* Now write out what we decoded for this line. */
+      NS_ASSERTION(dest >= line && dest <= src, "nothing to write!");
+      if (dest > line)
+      {
+        status = data->write_buffer (line, dest - line, data->closure);
+        if (status < 0) /* abort */
+          return status;
+      }
+
+      /* Reset the line so that we don't think it's partial next time. */
+      *line = 0;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return 1;
+}
+
+int
+MimeDecoderDestroy (MimeDecoderData *data, bool abort_p)
+{
+  int status = 0;
+  /* Flush out the last few buffered characters. */
+  if (!abort_p &&
+    data->token_size > 0 &&
+    data->token[0] != '=')
+  {
+    if (data->encoding == mime_Base64)
+    while ((unsigned int)data->token_size < sizeof (data->token))
+      data->token [data->token_size++] = '=';
+
+    status = data->write_buffer (data->token, data->token_size,
+                   data->closure);
+  }
+
+  if (data->line_buffer)
+    PR_Free(data->line_buffer);
+  PR_Free (data);
+  return status;
+}
+
+
+static MimeDecoderData *
+mime_decoder_init (mime_encoding which,
+           MimeConverterOutputCallback output_fn,
+           void *closure)
+{
+  MimeDecoderData *data = PR_NEW(MimeDecoderData);
+  if (!data) return 0;
+  memset(data, 0, sizeof(*data));
+  data->encoding = which;
+  data->write_buffer = output_fn;
+  data->closure = closure;
+  data->line_buffer_size = 0;
+  data->line_buffer = nullptr;
+
+  return data;
+}
+
+MimeDecoderData *
+MimeB64DecoderInit (MimeConverterOutputCallback output_fn, void *closure)
+{
+  return mime_decoder_init (mime_Base64, output_fn, closure);
+}
+
+MimeDecoderData *
+MimeQPDecoderInit (MimeConverterOutputCallback output_fn,
+           void *closure, MimeObject *object)
+{
+  MimeDecoderData *retData = mime_decoder_init (mime_QuotedPrintable, output_fn, closure);
+  if (retData)
+    retData->objectToDecode = object;
+  return retData;
+}
+
+MimeDecoderData *
+MimeUUDecoderInit (MimeConverterOutputCallback output_fn,
+           void *closure)
+{
+  return mime_decoder_init (mime_uuencode, output_fn, closure);
+}
+
+MimeDecoderData *
+MimeYDecoderInit (MimeConverterOutputCallback output_fn,
+           void *closure)
+{
+  return mime_decoder_init (mime_yencode, output_fn, closure);
+}
+
+int
+MimeDecoderWrite (MimeDecoderData *data, const char *buffer, int32_t size,
+          int32_t *outSize)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(data, "1.1 <rhp@netscape.com> 19 Mar 1999 12:00");
+  if (!data) return -1;
+  switch(data->encoding)
+  {
+  case mime_Base64:
+    return mime_decode_base64_buffer (data, buffer, size, outSize);
+  case mime_QuotedPrintable:
+    return mime_decode_qp_buffer (data, buffer, size, outSize);
+  case mime_uuencode:
+    return mime_decode_uue_buffer (data, buffer, size, outSize);
+  case mime_yencode:
+    return mime_decode_yenc_buffer (data, buffer, size, outSize);
+  default:
+    NS_ERROR("Invalid decoding");
+    return -1;
+  }
+}
+
+
+namespace mozilla {
+namespace mailnews {
+
+MimeEncoder::MimeEncoder(OutputCallback callback, void *closure)
+: mCallback(callback),
+  mClosure(closure),
+  mCurrentColumn(0)
+{}
+
+class Base64Encoder : public MimeEncoder {
+  unsigned char in_buffer[3];
+  int32_t in_buffer_count;
+
+public:
+  Base64Encoder(OutputCallback callback, void *closure)
+    : MimeEncoder(callback, closure),
+      in_buffer_count(0) {}
+  virtual ~Base64Encoder() {}
+
+  virtual nsresult Write(const char *buffer, int32_t size) override;
+  virtual nsresult Flush() override;
+
+private:
+  static void Base64EncodeBits(RangedPtr<char> &out, uint32_t bits);
+};
+
+nsresult Base64Encoder::Write(const char *buffer, int32_t size)
+{
+  if (size == 0)
+    return NS_OK;
+  else if (size < 0)
+  {
+    NS_ERROR("Size is less than 0");
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+
+  // If this input buffer is too small, wait until next time.
+  if (size < (3 - in_buffer_count))
+  {
+    NS_ASSERTION(size == 1 || size == 2, "Unexpected size");
+    in_buffer[in_buffer_count++] = buffer[0];
+    if (size == 2)
+      in_buffer[in_buffer_count++] = buffer[1];
+    NS_ASSERTION(in_buffer_count < 3, "Unexpected out buffer size");
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+
+  // If there are bytes that were put back last time, take them now.
+  uint32_t i = in_buffer_count, bits = 0;
+  if (in_buffer_count > 0) bits = in_buffer[0];
+  if (in_buffer_count > 1) bits = (bits << 8) + in_buffer[1];
+  in_buffer_count = 0;
+
+  // If this buffer is not a multiple of three, put one or two bytes back.
+  uint32_t excess = ((size + i) % 3);
+  if (excess)
+  {
+    in_buffer[0] = buffer[size - excess];
+    if (excess > 1)
+      in_buffer [1] = buffer[size - excess + 1];
+    in_buffer_count = excess;
+    size -= excess;
+    NS_ASSERTION (! ((size + i) % 3), "1.1 <rhp@netscape.com> 19 Mar 1999 12:00");
+  }
+
+  const uint8_t *in = (const uint8_t *)buffer;
+  const uint8_t *end = (const uint8_t *)(buffer + size);
+  MOZ_ASSERT((end - in + i) % 3 == 0, "Need a multiple of 3 bytes to decode");
+
+  // Populate the out_buffer with base64 data, one line at a time.
+  char out_buffer[80]; // Max line length will be 80, so this is safe.
+  RangedPtr<char> out(out_buffer);
+  while (in < end)
+  {
+    // Accumulate the input bits.
+    while (i < 3)
+    {
+      bits = (bits << 8) | *in++;
+      i++;
+    }
+    i = 0;
+
+    Base64EncodeBits(out, bits);
+
+    mCurrentColumn += 4;
+    if (mCurrentColumn >= 72)
+    {
+      // Do a linebreak before column 76.  Flush out the line buffer.
+      mCurrentColumn = 0;
+      *out++ = '\x0D';
+      *out++ = '\x0A';
+      nsresult rv = mCallback(out_buffer, (out.get() - out_buffer), mClosure);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      out = out_buffer;
+    }
+  }
+
+  // Write out the unwritten portion of the last line buffer.
+  if (out.get() > out_buffer)
+  {
+    nsresult rv = mCallback(out_buffer, out.get() - out_buffer, mClosure);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult Base64Encoder::Flush()
+{
+  if (in_buffer_count == 0)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  // Since we need to some buffering to get a multiple of three bytes on each
+  // block, there may be a few bytes left in the buffer after the last block has
+  // been written. We need to flush those out now.
+  char buf[4];
+  RangedPtr<char> out(buf);
+  uint32_t bits = ((uint32_t)in_buffer[0]) << 16;
+  if (in_buffer_count > 1)
+    bits |= (((uint32_t)in_buffer[1]) << 8);
+
+  Base64EncodeBits(out, bits);
+
+  // Pad with equal-signs.
+  if (in_buffer_count == 1)
+    buf[2] = '=';
+  buf[3] = '=';
+
+  return mCallback(buf, 4, mClosure);
+}
+
+void Base64Encoder::Base64EncodeBits(RangedPtr<char> &out, uint32_t bits)
+{
+  // Convert 3 bytes to 4 base64 bytes
+  for (int32_t j = 18; j >= 0; j -= 6)
+  {
+    unsigned int k = (bits >> j) & 0x3F;
+    if (k < 26)       *out++ = k      + 'A';
+    else if (k < 52)  *out++ = k - 26 + 'a';
+    else if (k < 62)  *out++ = k - 52 + '0';
+    else if (k == 62) *out++ = '+';
+    else if (k == 63) *out++ = '/';
+    else MOZ_CRASH("6 bits should only be between 0 and 64");
+  }
+}
+
+class QPEncoder : public MimeEncoder {
+public:
+  QPEncoder(OutputCallback callback, void *closure)
+    : MimeEncoder(callback, closure) {}
+  virtual ~QPEncoder() {}
+
+  virtual nsresult Write(const char *buffer, int32_t size) override;
+};
+
+nsresult QPEncoder::Write(const char *buffer, int32_t size)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  static const char *hexdigits = "0123456789ABCDEF";
+  char out_buffer[80];
+  RangedPtr<char> out(out_buffer);
+  bool white = false;
+
+  // Populate the out_buffer with quoted-printable data, one line at a time.
+  const uint8_t *in = (uint8_t *)buffer;
+  const uint8_t *end = in + size;
+  for (; in < end; in++)
+  {
+    if (*in == '\r' || *in == '\n')
+    {
+      // If it's CRLF, swallow two chars instead of one.
+      if (in + 1 < end && in[0] == '\r' && in[1] == '\n')
+        in++;
+
+      // Whitespace cannot be allowed to occur at the end of the line, so we
+      // back up and replace the whitespace with its code.
+      if (white)
+      {
+        out--;
+        char whitespace_char = *out;
+        *out++ = '=';
+        *out++ = hexdigits[whitespace_char >> 4];
+        *out++ = hexdigits[whitespace_char & 0xF];
+      }
+
+      // Now write out the newline.
+      *out++ = '\r';
+      *out++ = '\n';
+      white = false;
+
+      rv = mCallback(out_buffer, out.get() - out_buffer, mClosure);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      out = out_buffer;
+      mCurrentColumn = 0;
+    }
+    else if (mCurrentColumn == 0 && *in == '.')
+    {
+      // Just to be SMTP-safe, if "." appears in column 0, encode it.
+      goto HEX;
+    }
+    else if (mCurrentColumn == 0 && *in == 'F'
+               && (in >= end-1 || in[1] == 'r')
+               && (in >= end-2 || in[2] == 'o')
+               && (in >= end-3 || in[3] == 'm')
+               && (in >= end-4 || in[4] == ' '))
+    {
+      // If this line begins with "From " (or it could but we don't have enough
+      // data in the buffer to be certain), encode the 'F' in hex to avoid
+      // potential problems with BSD mailbox formats.
+      goto HEX;
+    }
+    else if ((*in >= 33 && *in <= 60) |
+             (*in >= 62 && *in <= 126)) // Printable characters except for '='
+    {
+      white = false;
+      *out++ = *in;
+      mCurrentColumn++;
+    }
+    else if (*in == ' ' || *in == '\t') // Whitespace
+    {
+      white = true;
+      *out++ = *in;
+      mCurrentColumn++;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      // Encode the characters here
+HEX:
+      white = false;
+      *out++ = '=';
+      *out++ = hexdigits[*in >> 4];
+      *out++ = hexdigits[*in & 0xF];
+      mCurrentColumn += 3;
+    }
+
+    MOZ_ASSERT(mCurrentColumn <= 76, "Why haven't we added a line break yet?");
+
+    if (mCurrentColumn >= 73) // Soft line break for readability
+    {
+      *out++ = '=';
+      *out++ = '\r';
+      *out++ = '\n';
+
+      rv = mCallback(out_buffer, out.get() - out_buffer, mClosure);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      out = out_buffer;
+      white = false;
+      mCurrentColumn = 0;
+    }
+  }
+
+  // Write out the unwritten portion of the last line buffer.
+  if (out.get() != out_buffer)
+  {
+    rv = mCallback(out_buffer, out.get() - out_buffer, mClosure);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+MimeEncoder *MimeEncoder::GetBase64Encoder(OutputCallback callback,
+    void *closure)
+{
+  return new Base64Encoder(callback, closure);
+}
+
+MimeEncoder *MimeEncoder::GetQPEncoder(OutputCallback callback, void *closure)
+{
+  return new QPEncoder(callback, closure);
+}
+
+} // namespace mailnews
+} // namespace mozilla
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/src/mimeeobj.cpp b/mailnews/mime/src/mimeeobj.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..da59a9d62
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/src/mimeeobj.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,236 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "mimeeobj.h"
+#include "prmem.h"
+#include "plstr.h"
+#include "prlog.h"
+#include "nsMimeStringResources.h"
+#include "mimemoz2.h"
+#include "mimemapl.h"
+#include "nsMimeTypes.h"
+
+
+#define MIME_SUPERCLASS mimeLeafClass
+MimeDefClass(MimeExternalObject, MimeExternalObjectClass,
+       mimeExternalObjectClass, &MIME_SUPERCLASS);
+
+static int MimeExternalObject_initialize (MimeObject *);
+static void MimeExternalObject_finalize (MimeObject *);
+static int MimeExternalObject_parse_begin (MimeObject *);
+static int MimeExternalObject_parse_buffer (const char *, int32_t, MimeObject *);
+static int MimeExternalObject_parse_line (const char *, int32_t, MimeObject *);
+static int MimeExternalObject_parse_decoded_buffer (const char*, int32_t, MimeObject*);
+static bool MimeExternalObject_displayable_inline_p (MimeObjectClass *clazz,
+                            MimeHeaders *hdrs);
+
+static int
+MimeExternalObjectClassInitialize(MimeExternalObjectClass *clazz)
+{
+  MimeObjectClass *oclass = (MimeObjectClass *) clazz;
+  MimeLeafClass   *lclass = (MimeLeafClass *) clazz;
+
+  NS_ASSERTION(!oclass->class_initialized, "1.1 <rhp@netscape.com> 19 Mar 1999 12:00");
+  oclass->initialize   = MimeExternalObject_initialize;
+  oclass->finalize     = MimeExternalObject_finalize;
+  oclass->parse_begin  = MimeExternalObject_parse_begin;
+  oclass->parse_buffer = MimeExternalObject_parse_buffer;
+  oclass->parse_line   = MimeExternalObject_parse_line;
+  oclass->displayable_inline_p = MimeExternalObject_displayable_inline_p;
+  lclass->parse_decoded_buffer = MimeExternalObject_parse_decoded_buffer;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+static int
+MimeExternalObject_initialize (MimeObject *object)
+{
+  return ((MimeObjectClass*)&MIME_SUPERCLASS)->initialize(object);
+}
+
+static void
+MimeExternalObject_finalize (MimeObject *object)
+{
+  ((MimeObjectClass*)&MIME_SUPERCLASS)->finalize(object);
+}
+
+
+static int
+MimeExternalObject_parse_begin (MimeObject *obj)
+{
+  int status;
+
+  status = ((MimeObjectClass*)&MIME_SUPERCLASS)->parse_begin(obj);
+  if (status < 0) return status;
+
+  // If we're writing this object, and we're doing it in raw form, then
+  // now is the time to inform the backend what the type of this data is.
+  //
+  if (obj->output_p &&
+    obj->options &&
+    !obj->options->write_html_p &&
+    !obj->options->state->first_data_written_p)
+  {
+    status = MimeObject_output_init(obj, 0);
+    if (status < 0) return status;
+    NS_ASSERTION(obj->options->state->first_data_written_p, "1.1 <rhp@netscape.com> 19 Mar 1999 12:00");
+  }
+
+  //
+  // If we're writing this object as HTML, do all the work now -- just write
+  // out a table with a link in it.  (Later calls to the `parse_buffer' method
+  // will simply discard the data of the object itself.)
+  //
+  if (obj->options &&
+      obj->output_p &&
+      obj->options->write_html_p &&
+      obj->options->output_fn)
+  {
+    MimeDisplayOptions newopt = *obj->options;  // copy it
+    char *id = 0;
+    char *id_url = 0;
+    char *id_name = 0;
+    nsCString id_imap;
+    bool all_headers_p = obj->options->headers == MimeHeadersAll;
+
+    id = mime_part_address (obj);
+    if (obj->options->missing_parts)
+      id_imap.Adopt(mime_imap_part_address (obj));
+    if (! id) return MIME_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+    if (obj->options && obj->options->url)
+    {
+      const char *url = obj->options->url;
+      if (!id_imap.IsEmpty() && id)
+      {
+        // if this is an IMAP part.
+        id_url = mime_set_url_imap_part(url, id_imap.get(), id);
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        // This is just a normal MIME part as usual.
+        id_url = mime_set_url_part(url, id, true);
+      }
+      if (!id_url)
+      {
+        PR_Free(id);
+        return MIME_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+      }
+    }
+    if (!strcmp (id, "0"))
+    {
+      PR_Free(id);
+      id = MimeGetStringByID(MIME_MSG_ATTACHMENT);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      const char *p = "Part ";
+      uint32_t slen = strlen(p) + strlen(id) + 1;
+      char *s = (char *)PR_MALLOC(slen);
+      if (!s)
+      {
+        PR_Free(id);
+        PR_Free(id_url);
+        return MIME_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+      }
+      // we have a valid id
+      if (id)
+        id_name = mime_find_suggested_name_of_part(id, obj);
+      PL_strncpyz(s, p, slen);
+      PL_strcatn(s, slen, id);
+      PR_Free(id);
+      id = s;
+    }
+
+    if (all_headers_p &&
+    // Don't bother showing all headers on this part if it's the only
+    // part in the message: in that case, we've already shown these
+    // headers.
+    obj->options->state &&
+    obj->options->state->root == obj->parent)
+    all_headers_p = false;
+
+    newopt.fancy_headers_p = true;
+    newopt.headers = (all_headers_p ? MimeHeadersAll : MimeHeadersSome);
+
+/******
+RICHIE SHERRY
+GOTTA STILL DO THIS FOR QUOTING!
+     status = MimeHeaders_write_attachment_box (obj->headers, &newopt,
+                                                 obj->content_type,
+                                                 obj->encoding,
+                                                 id_name? id_name : id, id_url, 0)
+*****/
+
+    // obj->options really owns the storage for this.
+    newopt.part_to_load = nullptr;
+    newopt.default_charset = nullptr;
+    PR_FREEIF(id);
+    PR_FREEIF(id_url);
+    PR_FREEIF(id_name);
+    if (status < 0) return status;
+  }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+MimeExternalObject_parse_buffer (const char *buffer, int32_t size, MimeObject *obj)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(!obj->closed_p, "1.1 <rhp@netscape.com> 19 Mar 1999 12:00");
+  if (obj->closed_p) return -1;
+
+  // Currently, we always want to stream, in order to determine the size of the
+  // MIME object.
+
+  /* The data will be base64-decoded and passed to
+     MimeExternalObject_parse_decoded_buffer. */
+  return ((MimeObjectClass*)&MIME_SUPERCLASS)->parse_buffer(buffer, size, obj);
+}
+
+
+static int
+MimeExternalObject_parse_decoded_buffer (const char *buf, int32_t size,
+                     MimeObject *obj)
+{
+  /* This is called (by MimeLeafClass->parse_buffer) with blocks of data
+   that have already been base64-decoded.  This will only be called in
+   the case where we're not emitting HTML, and want access to the raw
+   data itself.
+
+   We override the `parse_decoded_buffer' method provided by MimeLeaf
+   because, unlike most children of MimeLeaf, we do not want to line-
+   buffer the decoded data -- we want to simply pass it along to the
+   backend, without going through our `parse_line' method.
+   */
+
+  /* Don't do a roundtrip through XPConnect when we're only interested in
+   * metadata and size. This includes when we are writing HTML (otherwise, the
+   * contents of binary attachments will just get dumped into messages when
+   * reading them) and the JS emitter (which doesn't care about attachment data
+   * at all). 0 means ok, the caller just checks for negative return value.
+   */
+  if (obj->options && (obj->options->metadata_only ||
+                       obj->options->write_html_p))
+    return 0;
+  else
+    return MimeObject_write(obj, buf, size, true);
+}
+
+
+static int
+MimeExternalObject_parse_line (const char *line, int32_t length, MimeObject *obj)
+{
+  NS_ERROR("This method should never be called (externals do no line buffering).");
+  return -1;
+}
+
+static bool
+MimeExternalObject_displayable_inline_p (MimeObjectClass *clazz,
+                     MimeHeaders *hdrs)
+{
+  return false;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/src/mimeeobj.h b/mailnews/mime/src/mimeeobj.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2b8ade5d5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/src/mimeeobj.h
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _MIMEEOBJ_H_
+#define _MIMEEOBJ_H_
+
+#include "mimeleaf.h"
+
+/* The MimeExternalObject class represents MIME parts which contain data
+   which cannot be displayed inline -- application/octet-stream and any
+   other type that is not otherwise specially handled.  (This is not to
+   be confused with MimeExternalBody, which is the handler for the 
+   message/external-object MIME type only.)
+ */
+
+typedef struct MimeExternalObjectClass MimeExternalObjectClass;
+typedef struct MimeExternalObject      MimeExternalObject;
+
+struct MimeExternalObjectClass {
+  MimeLeafClass leaf;
+};
+
+extern "C" MimeExternalObjectClass mimeExternalObjectClass;
+
+struct MimeExternalObject {
+  MimeLeaf leaf;
+};
+
+#define MimeExternalObjectClassInitializer(ITYPE,CSUPER) \
+  { MimeLeafClassInitializer(ITYPE,CSUPER) }
+
+#endif /* _MIMEEOBJ_H_ */
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/src/mimefilt.cpp b/mailnews/mime/src/mimefilt.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9ea4996b5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/src/mimefilt.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,399 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/*   mimefilt.c --- test harness for libmime.a
+
+   This program reads a message from stdin and writes the output of the MIME
+   parser on stdout.
+
+   Parameters can be passed to the parser through the usual URL mechanism:
+
+     mimefilt BASE-URL?headers=all&rot13 < in > out
+
+   Some parameters can't be affected that way, so some additional switches
+   may be passed on the command line after the URL:
+
+     -fancy    whether fancy headers should be generated (default)
+
+     -no-fancy  opposite; this uses the headers used in the cases of
+        FO_SAVE_AS_TEXT or FO_QUOTE_MESSAGE
+
+     -html    whether we should convert to HTML (like FO_PRESENT);
+        this is the default if no ?part= is specified.
+
+     -raw    don't convert to HTML (FO_SAVE_AS);
+        this is the default if a ?part= is specified.
+
+     -outline  at the end, print a debugging overview of the MIME structure
+
+   Before any output comes a blurb listing the content-type, charset, and
+   various other info that would have been put in the generated URL struct.
+   It's printed to the beginning of the output because otherwise this out-
+   of-band data would have been lost.  (So the output of this program is,
+   in fact, a raw HTTP response.)
+ */
+
+#include "mimemsg.h"
+#include "prglobal.h"
+
+#include "key.h"
+#include "cert.h"
+#include "secrng.h"
+#include "secmod.h"
+#include "pk11func.h"
+#include "nsMimeStringResources.h"
+
+#ifndef XP_UNIX
+ERROR!  This is a unix-only file for the "mimefilt" standalone program.
+    This does not go into libmime.a.
+#endif
+
+
+static char *
+test_file_type (const char *filename, void *stream_closure)
+{
+  const char *suf = PL_strrchr(filename, '.');
+  if (!suf)
+  return 0;
+  suf++;
+
+  if (!PL_strcasecmp(suf, "txt") ||
+    !PL_strcasecmp(suf, "text"))
+  return strdup("text/plain");
+  else if (!PL_strcasecmp(suf, "htm") ||
+       !PL_strcasecmp(suf, "html"))
+  return strdup("text/html");
+  else if (!PL_strcasecmp(suf, "gif"))
+  return strdup("image/gif");
+  else if (!PL_strcasecmp(suf, "svg"))
+  return strdup("image/svg+xml");
+  else if (!PL_strcasecmp(suf, "jpg") ||
+       !PL_strcasecmp(suf, "jpeg"))
+  return strdup("image/jpeg");
+  else if (!PL_strcasecmp(suf, "pjpg") ||
+       !PL_strcasecmp(suf, "pjpeg"))
+  return strdup("image/pjpeg");
+  else if (!PL_strcasecmp(suf, "xbm"))
+  return strdup("image/x-xbitmap");
+  else if (!PL_strcasecmp(suf, "xpm"))
+  return strdup("image/x-xpixmap");
+  else if (!PL_strcasecmp(suf, "xwd"))
+  return strdup("image/x-xwindowdump");
+  else if (!PL_strcasecmp(suf, "bmp"))
+  return strdup("image/x-MS-bmp");
+  else if (!PL_strcasecmp(suf, "au"))
+  return strdup("audio/basic");
+  else if (!PL_strcasecmp(suf, "aif") ||
+       !PL_strcasecmp(suf, "aiff") ||
+       !PL_strcasecmp(suf, "aifc"))
+  return strdup("audio/x-aiff");
+  else if (!PL_strcasecmp(suf, "ps"))
+  return strdup("application/postscript");
+  else
+  return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+test_output_fn(char *buf, int32_t size, void *closure)
+{
+  FILE *out = (FILE *) closure;
+  if (out)
+  return fwrite(buf, sizeof(*buf), size, out);
+  else
+  return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+test_output_init_fn (const char *type,
+           const char *charset,
+           const char *name,
+           const char *x_mac_type,
+           const char *x_mac_creator,
+           void *stream_closure)
+{
+  FILE *out = (FILE *) stream_closure;
+  fprintf(out, "CONTENT-TYPE: %s", type);
+  if (charset)
+  fprintf(out, "; charset=\"%s\"", charset);
+  if (name)
+  fprintf(out, "; name=\"%s\"", name);
+  if (x_mac_type || x_mac_creator)
+  fprintf(out, "; x-mac-type=\"%s\"; x-mac-creator=\"%s\"",
+      x_mac_type ? x_mac_type : "",
+      x_mac_creator ? x_mac_type : "");
+  fprintf(out, CRLF CRLF);
+  return 0;
+}
+
+static void *
+test_image_begin(const char *image_url, const char *content_type,
+         void *stream_closure)
+{
+  return ((void *) strdup(image_url));
+}
+
+static void
+test_image_end(void *image_closure, int status)
+{
+  char *url = (char *) image_closure;
+  if (url) PR_Free(url);
+}
+
+static char *
+test_image_make_image_html(void *image_data)
+{
+  char *url = (char *) image_data;
+#if 0
+  const char *prefix = "<P><CENTER><IMG SRC=\"";
+  const char *suffix = "\"></CENTER><P>";
+#else
+  const char *prefix = ("<P><CENTER><TABLE BORDER=2 CELLPADDING=20"
+            " BGCOLOR=WHITE>"
+            "<TR><TD ALIGN=CENTER>"
+            "an inlined image would have gone here for<BR>");
+  const char *suffix = "</TD></TR></TABLE></CENTER><P>";
+#endif
+  uint32_t buflen = strlen (prefix) + strlen (suffix) + strlen (url) + 20;
+  char *buf = (char *) PR_MALLOC (buflen);
+  if (!buf) return 0;
+  *buf = 0;
+  PL_strcatn (buf, buflen, prefix);
+  PL_strcatn (buf, buflen, url);
+  PL_strcatn (buf, buflen, suffix);
+  return buf;
+}
+
+static int test_image_write_buffer(const char *buf, int32_t size, void *image_closure)
+{
+  return 0;
+}
+
+static char *
+test_passwd_prompt (PK11SlotInfo *slot, void *wincx)
+{
+  char buf[2048], *s;
+  fprintf(stdout, "#### Password required: ");
+  s = fgets(buf, sizeof(buf)-1, stdin);
+  if (!s) return s;
+  if (s[strlen(s)-1] == '\r' ||
+    s[strlen(s)-1] == '\n')
+  s[strlen(s)-1] = '\0';
+  return s;
+}
+
+
+int
+test(FILE *in, FILE *out,
+   const char *url,
+   bool fancy_headers_p,
+   bool html_p,
+   bool outline_p,
+   bool dexlate_p,
+   bool variable_width_plaintext_p)
+{
+  int status = 0;
+  MimeObject *obj = 0;
+  MimeDisplayOptions *opt = new MimeDisplayOptions;
+//  memset(opt, 0, sizeof(*opt));
+
+  if (dexlate_p) html_p = false;
+
+  opt->fancy_headers_p = fancy_headers_p;
+  opt->headers = MimeHeadersSome;
+  opt->rot13_p = false;
+
+  status = mime_parse_url_options(url, opt);
+  if (status < 0)
+  {
+    PR_Free(opt);
+    return MIME_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+  }
+
+  opt->url          = url;
+  opt->write_html_p      = html_p;
+  opt->dexlate_p      = dexlate_p;
+  opt->output_init_fn    = test_output_init_fn;
+  opt->output_fn      = test_output_fn;
+  opt->charset_conversion_fn= 0;
+  opt->rfc1522_conversion_p = false;
+  opt->file_type_fn      = test_file_type;
+  opt->stream_closure    = out;
+
+  opt->image_begin      = test_image_begin;
+  opt->image_end      = test_image_end;
+  opt->make_image_html    = test_image_make_image_html;
+  opt->image_write_buffer  = test_image_write_buffer;
+
+  opt->variable_width_plaintext_p = variable_width_plaintext_p;
+
+  obj = mime_new ((MimeObjectClass *)&mimeMessageClass,
+          (MimeHeaders *) NULL,
+          MESSAGE_RFC822);
+  if (!obj)
+  {
+    PR_Free(opt);
+    return MIME_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+  }
+  obj->options = opt;
+
+  status = obj->class->initialize(obj);
+  if (status >= 0)
+  status = obj->class->parse_begin(obj);
+  if (status < 0)
+  {
+    PR_Free(opt);
+    PR_Free(obj);
+    return MIME_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+  }
+
+  while (1)
+  {
+    char buf[255];
+    int size = fread(buf, sizeof(*buf), sizeof(buf), stdin);
+    if (size <= 0) break;
+    status = obj->class->parse_buffer(buf, size, obj);
+    if (status < 0)
+    {
+      mime_free(obj);
+      PR_Free(opt);
+      return status;
+    }
+  }
+
+  status = obj->class->parse_eof(obj, false);
+  if (status >= 0)
+  status = obj->class->parse_end(obj, false);
+  if (status < 0)
+  {
+    mime_free(obj);
+    PR_Free(opt);
+    return status;
+  }
+
+  if (outline_p)
+  {
+    fprintf(out, "\n\n"
+      "###############################################################\n");
+    obj->class->debug_print(obj, stderr, 0);
+    fprintf(out,
+      "###############################################################\n");
+  }
+
+  mime_free (obj);
+  PR_Free(opt);
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+static char *
+test_cdb_name_cb (void *arg, int vers)
+{
+  static char f[1024];
+  if (vers <= 4)
+  sprintf(f, "%s/.netscape/cert.db", getenv("HOME"));
+  else
+  sprintf(f, "%s/.netscape/cert%d.db", getenv("HOME"), vers);
+  return f;
+}
+
+static char *
+test_kdb_name_cb (void *arg, int vers)
+{
+  static char f[1024];
+  if (vers <= 2)
+  sprintf(f, "%s/.netscape/key.db", getenv("HOME"));
+  else
+  sprintf(f, "%s/.netscape/key%d.db", getenv("HOME"), vers);
+  return f;
+}
+
+extern void SEC_Init(void);
+
+int
+main (int argc, char **argv)
+{
+  int32_t i = 1;
+  char *url = "";
+  bool fancy_p = true;
+  bool html_p = true;
+  bool outline_p = false;
+  bool dexlate_p = false;
+  char filename[1000];
+  CERTCertDBHandle *cdb_handle;
+  SECKEYKeyDBHandle *kdb_handle;
+
+  PR_Init("mimefilt", 24, 1, 0);
+
+  cdb_handle = (CERTCertDBHandle *)  calloc(1, sizeof(*cdb_handle));
+
+  if (SECSuccess != CERT_OpenCertDB(cdb_handle, false, test_cdb_name_cb, NULL))
+  CERT_OpenVolatileCertDB(cdb_handle);
+  CERT_SetDefaultCertDB(cdb_handle);
+
+  RNG_RNGInit();
+
+  kdb_handle = SECKEY_OpenKeyDB(false, test_kdb_name_cb, NULL);
+  SECKEY_SetDefaultKeyDB(kdb_handle);
+
+  PK11_SetPasswordFunc(test_passwd_prompt);
+
+  sprintf(filename, "%s/.netscape/secmodule.db", getenv("HOME"));
+  SECMOD_init(filename);
+
+  SEC_Init();
+
+
+  if (i < argc)
+  {
+    if (argv[i][0] == '-')
+    url = strdup("");
+    else
+    url = argv[i++];
+  }
+
+  if (url &&
+    (PL_strstr(url, "?part=") ||
+     PL_strstr(url, "&part=")))
+  html_p = false;
+
+  while (i < argc)
+  {
+    if (!strcmp(argv[i], "-fancy"))
+    fancy_p = true;
+    else if (!strcmp(argv[i], "-no-fancy"))
+    fancy_p = false;
+    else if (!strcmp(argv[i], "-html"))
+    html_p = true;
+    else if (!strcmp(argv[i], "-raw"))
+    html_p = false;
+    else if (!strcmp(argv[i], "-outline"))
+    outline_p = true;
+    else if (!strcmp(argv[i], "-dexlate"))
+    dexlate_p = true;
+    else
+    {
+      fprintf(stderr,
+      "usage: %s [ URL [ -fancy | -no-fancy | -html | -raw | -outline | -dexlate ]]\n"
+          "     < message/rfc822 > output\n",
+          (PL_strrchr(argv[0], '/') ?
+           PL_strrchr(argv[0], '/') + 1 :
+           argv[0]));
+      i = 1;
+      goto FAIL;
+    }
+    i++;
+  }
+
+  i = test(stdin, stdout, url, fancy_p, html_p, outline_p, dexlate_p, true);
+  fprintf(stdout, "\n");
+  fflush(stdout);
+
+ FAIL:
+
+  CERT_ClosePermCertDB(cdb_handle);
+  SECKEY_CloseKeyDB(kdb_handle);
+
+  exit(i);
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/src/mimehdrs.cpp b/mailnews/mime/src/mimehdrs.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6d187ed52
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/src/mimehdrs.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,888 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "mimei.h"
+#include "prmem.h"
+#include "prlog.h"
+#include "plstr.h"
+#include "mimebuf.h"
+#include "mimemoz2.h"
+#include "nsIMimeEmitter.h"
+#include "nsMsgMessageFlags.h"
+#include "comi18n.h"
+#include "nsMailHeaders.h"
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "nsMimeStringResources.h"
+#include "mimemoz2.h"
+#include "nsMsgI18N.h"
+#include "mimehdrs.h"
+#include "nsIMIMEHeaderParam.h"
+#include "nsNetCID.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsMemory.h"
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+
+// Forward declares...
+int32_t MimeHeaders_build_heads_list(MimeHeaders *hdrs);
+
+void
+MimeHeaders_convert_header_value(MimeDisplayOptions *opt, nsCString &value,
+                                 bool convert_charset_only)
+{
+  if (value.IsEmpty())
+    return;
+
+  if (convert_charset_only)
+  {
+    nsAutoCString output;
+    ConvertRawBytesToUTF8(value, opt->default_charset, output);
+    value.Assign(output);
+    return;
+  }
+
+  if (opt && opt->rfc1522_conversion_p)
+  {
+    nsAutoCString temporary;
+    MIME_DecodeMimeHeader(value.get(), opt->default_charset,
+                          opt->override_charset, true, temporary);
+
+    if (!temporary.IsEmpty())
+    {
+      value = temporary;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    // This behavior, though highly unusual, was carefully preserved
+    // from the previous implementation.  It may be that this is dead
+    // code, in which case opt->rfc1522_conversion_p is no longer
+    // needed.
+    value.Truncate();
+  }
+}
+
+MimeHeaders *
+MimeHeaders_new (void)
+{
+  MimeHeaders *hdrs = (MimeHeaders *) PR_MALLOC(sizeof(MimeHeaders));
+  if (!hdrs) return 0;
+
+  memset(hdrs, 0, sizeof(*hdrs));
+  hdrs->done_p = false;
+
+  return hdrs;
+}
+
+void
+MimeHeaders_free (MimeHeaders *hdrs)
+{
+  if (!hdrs) return;
+  PR_FREEIF(hdrs->all_headers);
+  PR_FREEIF(hdrs->heads);
+  PR_FREEIF(hdrs->obuffer);
+  PR_FREEIF(hdrs->munged_subject);
+  hdrs->obuffer_fp = 0;
+  hdrs->obuffer_size = 0;
+
+# ifdef DEBUG__
+  {
+  int i, size = sizeof(*hdrs);
+  uint32_t *array = (uint32_t*) hdrs;
+  for (i = 0; i < (size / sizeof(*array)); i++)
+    array[i] = (uint32_t) 0xDEADBEEF;
+  }
+# endif /* DEBUG */
+
+  PR_Free(hdrs);
+}
+
+int
+MimeHeaders_parse_line (const char *buffer, int32_t size, MimeHeaders *hdrs)
+{
+  int status = 0;
+  int desired_size;
+
+  NS_ASSERTION(hdrs, "1.22 <rhp@netscape.com> 22 Aug 1999 08:48");
+  if (!hdrs) return -1;
+
+  /* Don't try and feed me more data after having fed me a blank line... */
+  NS_ASSERTION(!hdrs->done_p, "1.22 <rhp@netscape.com> 22 Aug 1999 08:48");
+  if (hdrs->done_p) return -1;
+
+  if (!buffer || size == 0 || *buffer == '\r' || *buffer == '\n')
+  {
+    /* If this is a blank line, we're done.
+     */
+    hdrs->done_p = true;
+    return MimeHeaders_build_heads_list(hdrs);
+  }
+
+  /* Tack this data on to the end of our copy.
+   */
+  desired_size = hdrs->all_headers_fp + size + 1;
+  if (desired_size >= hdrs->all_headers_size)
+  {
+    status = mime_GrowBuffer (desired_size, sizeof(char), 255,
+                 &hdrs->all_headers, &hdrs->all_headers_size);
+    if (status < 0) return status;
+  }
+  memcpy(hdrs->all_headers+hdrs->all_headers_fp, buffer, size);
+  hdrs->all_headers_fp += size;
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+MimeHeaders *
+MimeHeaders_copy (MimeHeaders *hdrs)
+{
+  MimeHeaders *hdrs2;
+  if (!hdrs) return 0;
+
+  hdrs2 = (MimeHeaders *) PR_MALLOC(sizeof(*hdrs));
+  if (!hdrs2) return 0;
+  memset(hdrs2, 0, sizeof(*hdrs2));
+
+  if (hdrs->all_headers)
+  {
+    hdrs2->all_headers = (char *) PR_MALLOC(hdrs->all_headers_fp);
+    if (!hdrs2->all_headers)
+    {
+      PR_Free(hdrs2);
+      return 0;
+    }
+    memcpy(hdrs2->all_headers, hdrs->all_headers, hdrs->all_headers_fp);
+
+    hdrs2->all_headers_fp   = hdrs->all_headers_fp;
+    hdrs2->all_headers_size = hdrs->all_headers_fp;
+  }
+
+  hdrs2->done_p = hdrs->done_p;
+
+  if (hdrs->heads)
+  {
+    int i;
+    hdrs2->heads = (char **) PR_MALLOC(hdrs->heads_size
+                    * sizeof(*hdrs->heads));
+    if (!hdrs2->heads)
+    {
+      PR_FREEIF(hdrs2->all_headers);
+      PR_Free(hdrs2);
+      return 0;
+    }
+    hdrs2->heads_size = hdrs->heads_size;
+    for (i = 0; i < hdrs->heads_size; i++)
+    {
+      hdrs2->heads[i] = (hdrs2->all_headers +
+               (hdrs->heads[i] - hdrs->all_headers));
+    }
+  }
+  return hdrs2;
+}
+
+int
+MimeHeaders_build_heads_list(MimeHeaders *hdrs)
+{
+  char *s;
+  char *end;
+  int i;
+  NS_ASSERTION(hdrs, "1.1 <rhp@netscape.com> 19 Mar 1999 12:00");
+  if (!hdrs) return -1;
+
+  NS_ASSERTION(hdrs->done_p && !hdrs->heads, "1.1 <rhp@netscape.com> 19 Mar 1999 12:00");
+  if (!hdrs->done_p || hdrs->heads)
+  return -1;
+
+  if (hdrs->all_headers_fp == 0)
+  {
+    /* Must not have been any headers (we got the blank line right away.) */
+    PR_FREEIF (hdrs->all_headers);
+    hdrs->all_headers_size = 0;
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  /* At this point, we might as well realloc all_headers back down to the
+   minimum size it must be (it could be up to 1k bigger.)  But don't
+   bother if we're only off by a tiny bit. */
+  NS_ASSERTION(hdrs->all_headers_fp <= hdrs->all_headers_size, "1.1 <rhp@netscape.com> 19 Mar 1999 12:00");
+  if (hdrs->all_headers_fp + 60 <= hdrs->all_headers_size)
+  {
+    char *ls = (char *)PR_Realloc(hdrs->all_headers, hdrs->all_headers_fp);
+    if (ls) /* can this ever fail?  we're making it smaller... */
+    {
+      hdrs->all_headers = ls;  /* in case it got relocated */
+      hdrs->all_headers_size = hdrs->all_headers_fp;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* First go through and count up the number of headers in the block.
+   */
+  end = hdrs->all_headers + hdrs->all_headers_fp;
+  for (s = hdrs->all_headers; s < end; s++)
+  {
+    if (s < (end-1) && s[0] == '\r' && s[1] == '\n') /* CRLF -> LF */
+      s++;
+
+    if ((s[0] == '\r' || s[0] == '\n') &&      /* we're at a newline, and */
+      (s >= (end-1) ||            /* we're at EOF, or */
+       !(s[1] == ' ' || s[1] == '\t')))    /* next char is nonwhite */
+    hdrs->heads_size++;
+  }
+
+  /* Now allocate storage for the pointers to each of those headers.
+   */
+  hdrs->heads = (char **) PR_MALLOC((hdrs->heads_size + 1) * sizeof(char *));
+  if (!hdrs->heads)
+    return MIME_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+  memset(hdrs->heads, 0, (hdrs->heads_size + 1) * sizeof(char *));
+
+  /* Now make another pass through the headers, and this time, record the
+   starting position of each header.
+   */
+
+  i = 0;
+  hdrs->heads[i++] = hdrs->all_headers;
+  s = hdrs->all_headers;
+
+  while (s < end)
+  {
+  SEARCH_NEWLINE:
+    while (s < end && *s != '\r' && *s != '\n')
+      s++;
+
+    if (s >= end)
+      break;
+
+    /* If "\r\n " or "\r\n\t" is next, that doesn't terminate the header. */
+    else if (s+2 < end &&
+         (s[0] == '\r'  && s[1] == '\n') &&
+         (s[2] == ' ' || s[2] == '\t'))
+    {
+      s += 3;
+      goto SEARCH_NEWLINE;
+    }
+    /* If "\r " or "\r\t" or "\n " or "\n\t" is next, that doesn't terminate
+     the header either. */
+    else if (s+1 < end &&
+         (s[0] == '\r'  || s[0] == '\n') &&
+         (s[1] == ' ' || s[1] == '\t'))
+    {
+      s += 2;
+      goto SEARCH_NEWLINE;
+    }
+
+    /* At this point, `s' points before a header-terminating newline.
+     Move past that newline, and store that new position in `heads'.
+     */
+    if (*s == '\r')
+      s++;
+
+    if (s >= end)
+      break;
+
+    if (*s == '\n')
+      s++;
+
+    if (s < end)
+    {
+      NS_ASSERTION(! (i > hdrs->heads_size), "1.1 <rhp@netscape.com> 19 Mar 1999 12:00");
+      if (i > hdrs->heads_size)
+        return -1;
+      hdrs->heads[i++] = s;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+char *
+MimeHeaders_get (MimeHeaders *hdrs, const char *header_name,
+         bool strip_p, bool all_p)
+{
+  int i;
+  int name_length;
+  char *result = 0;
+
+  if (!hdrs) return 0;
+  NS_ASSERTION(header_name, "1.1 <rhp@netscape.com> 19 Mar 1999 12:00");
+  if (!header_name) return 0;
+
+  /* Specifying strip_p and all_p at the same time doesn't make sense... */
+  NS_ASSERTION(!(strip_p && all_p), "1.1 <rhp@netscape.com> 19 Mar 1999 12:00");
+
+  /* One shouldn't be trying to read headers when one hasn't finished
+   parsing them yet... but this can happen if the message ended
+   prematurely, and has no body at all (as opposed to a null body,
+   which is more normal.)   So, if we try to read from the headers,
+   let's assume that the headers are now finished.  If they aren't
+   in fact finished, then a later attempt to write to them will assert.
+   */
+  if (!hdrs->done_p)
+  {
+    int status;
+    hdrs->done_p = true;
+    status = MimeHeaders_build_heads_list(hdrs);
+    if (status < 0) return 0;
+  }
+
+  if (!hdrs->heads)    /* Must not have been any headers. */
+  {
+    NS_ASSERTION(hdrs->all_headers_fp == 0, "1.1 <rhp@netscape.com> 19 Mar 1999 12:00");
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  name_length = strlen(header_name);
+
+  for (i = 0; i < hdrs->heads_size; i++)
+  {
+    char *head = hdrs->heads[i];
+    char *end = (i == hdrs->heads_size-1
+           ? hdrs->all_headers + hdrs->all_headers_fp
+           : hdrs->heads[i+1]);
+    char *colon, *ocolon;
+
+    NS_ASSERTION(head, "1.1 <rhp@netscape.com> 19 Mar 1999 12:00");
+    if (!head) continue;
+
+    /* Quick hack to skip over BSD Mailbox delimiter. */
+    if (i == 0 && head[0] == 'F' && !strncmp(head, "From ", 5))
+    continue;
+
+    /* Find the colon. */
+    for (colon = head; colon < end; colon++)
+    if (*colon == ':') break;
+
+    if (colon >= end) continue;
+
+    /* Back up over whitespace before the colon. */
+    ocolon = colon;
+    for (; colon > head && IS_SPACE(colon[-1]); colon--)
+    ;
+
+    /* If the strings aren't the same length, it doesn't match. */
+    if (name_length != colon - head )
+    continue;
+
+    /* If the strings differ, it doesn't match. */
+    if (PL_strncasecmp(header_name, head, name_length))
+    continue;
+
+    /* Otherwise, we've got a match. */
+    {
+    char *contents = ocolon + 1;
+    char *s;
+
+    /* Skip over whitespace after colon. */
+    while (contents < end && IS_SPACE(contents[0])) {
+      /* Mac or Unix style line break, followed by space or tab. */
+      if (contents < (end - 1) &&
+         (contents[0] == '\r' || contents[0] == '\n') &&
+         (contents[1] == ' ' || contents[1] == '\t'))
+        contents += 2;
+      /* Windows style line break, followed by space or tab. */
+      else if (contents < (end - 2) &&
+               contents[0] == '\r' && contents[1] == '\n' &&
+              (contents[2] == ' ' || contents[2] == '\t'))
+        contents += 3;
+      /* Any space or tab. */
+      else if (contents[0] == ' ' || contents[0] == '\t')
+        contents++;
+      /* If we get here, it's because this character is a line break
+         followed by non-whitespace, or a line break followed by
+         another line break
+       */
+      else {
+        end = contents;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* If we're supposed to strip at the first token, pull `end' back to
+       the first whitespace or ';' after the first token.
+     */
+    if (strip_p)
+      {
+      for (s = contents;
+         s < end && *s != ';' && *s != ',' && !IS_SPACE(*s);
+         s++)
+        ;
+      end = s;
+      }
+
+    /* Now allocate some storage.
+       If `result' already has a value, enlarge it.
+       Otherwise, just allocate a block.
+       `s' gets set to the place where the new data goes.
+     */
+    if (!result)
+      {
+      result = (char *) PR_MALLOC(end - contents + 1);
+      if (!result)
+        return 0;
+      s = result;
+      }
+    else
+      {
+      int32_t L = strlen(result);
+      s = (char *) PR_Realloc(result, (L + (end - contents + 10)));
+      if (!s)
+        {
+        PR_Free(result);
+        return 0;
+        }
+      result = s;
+      s = result + L;
+
+      /* Since we are tacking more data onto the end of the header
+         field, we must make it be a well-formed continuation line,
+                          by separating the old and new data with CR-LF-TAB.
+       */
+      *s++ = ',';        /* #### only do this for addr headers? */
+      *s++ = MSG_LINEBREAK[0];
+# if (MSG_LINEBREAK_LEN == 2)
+      *s++ = MSG_LINEBREAK[1];
+# endif
+      *s++ = '\t';
+      }
+
+
+    /* Take off trailing whitespace... */
+    while (end > contents && IS_SPACE(end[-1]))
+      end--;
+
+    if (end > contents)
+      {
+        /* Now copy the header's contents in...
+         */
+        memcpy(s, contents, end - contents);
+        s[end - contents] = 0;
+      }
+    else
+      {
+        s[0] = 0;
+      }
+
+    /* If we only wanted the first occurence of this header, we're done. */
+    if (!all_p) break;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (result && !*result)  /* empty string */
+  {
+    PR_Free(result);
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  return result;
+}
+
+char *
+MimeHeaders_get_parameter (const char *header_value, const char *parm_name,
+                           char **charset, char **language)
+{
+  if (!header_value || !parm_name || !*header_value || !*parm_name)
+    return nullptr;
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMIMEHeaderParam> mimehdrpar =
+    do_GetService(NS_MIMEHEADERPARAM_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return nullptr;
+
+  nsCString result;
+  rv = mimehdrpar->GetParameterInternal(header_value, parm_name, charset,
+                                        language, getter_Copies(result));
+  return NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) ? PL_strdup(result.get()) : nullptr;
+}
+
+#define MimeHeaders_write(HDRS,OPT,DATA,LENGTH) \
+    MimeOptions_write((HDRS), (OPT), (DATA), (LENGTH), true);
+
+
+#define MimeHeaders_grow_obuffer(hdrs, desired_size) \
+  ((((long) (desired_size)) >= ((long) (hdrs)->obuffer_size)) ? \
+   mime_GrowBuffer ((desired_size), sizeof(char), 255, \
+           &(hdrs)->obuffer, &(hdrs)->obuffer_size) \
+   : 0)
+
+int
+MimeHeaders_write_all_headers (MimeHeaders *hdrs, MimeDisplayOptions *opt, bool attachment)
+{
+  int status = 0;
+  int i;
+  bool wrote_any_p = false;
+
+  NS_ASSERTION(hdrs, "1.1 <rhp@netscape.com> 19 Mar 1999 12:00");
+  if (!hdrs)
+    return -1;
+
+  /* One shouldn't be trying to read headers when one hasn't finished
+     parsing them yet... but this can happen if the message ended
+     prematurely, and has no body at all (as opposed to a null body,
+     which is more normal.)   So, if we try to read from the headers,
+     let's assume that the headers are now finished.  If they aren't
+     in fact finished, then a later attempt to write to them will assert.
+   */
+  if (!hdrs->done_p)
+  {
+    hdrs->done_p = true;
+    status = MimeHeaders_build_heads_list(hdrs);
+    if (status < 0) return 0;
+  }
+
+  char *charset = nullptr;
+  if (opt->format_out == nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageSaveAs)
+  {
+    if (opt->override_charset)
+      charset = PL_strdup(opt->default_charset);
+    else
+    {
+      char *contentType = MimeHeaders_get(hdrs, HEADER_CONTENT_TYPE, false, false);
+      if (contentType)
+        charset = MimeHeaders_get_parameter(contentType, HEADER_PARM_CHARSET, nullptr, nullptr);
+      PR_FREEIF(contentType);
+    }
+  }
+
+  for (i = 0; i < hdrs->heads_size; i++)
+  {
+    char *head = hdrs->heads[i];
+    char *end = (i == hdrs->heads_size-1
+                      ? hdrs->all_headers + hdrs->all_headers_fp
+                      : hdrs->heads[i+1]);
+    char *colon, *ocolon;
+    char *contents = end;
+
+    /* Hack for BSD Mailbox delimiter. */
+    if (i == 0 && head[0] == 'F' && !strncmp(head, "From ", 5))
+    {
+      /* For now, we don't really want this header to be output so
+         we are going to just continue */
+      continue;
+      /* colon = head + 4; contents = colon + 1; */
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Find the colon. */
+      for (colon = head; colon < end && *colon != ':'; colon++)
+        ;
+
+        /* Back up over whitespace before the colon. */
+        ocolon = colon;
+        for (; colon > head && IS_SPACE(colon[-1]); colon--)
+          ;
+
+        contents = ocolon + 1;
+    }
+
+    /* Skip over whitespace after colon. */
+    while (contents < end && IS_SPACE(*contents))
+      contents++;
+
+    /* Take off trailing whitespace... */
+    while (end > contents && IS_SPACE(end[-1]))
+      end--;
+
+    nsAutoCString name(Substring(head, colon));
+    nsAutoCString hdr_value;
+
+    if ( (end - contents) > 0 )
+    {
+      hdr_value = Substring(contents, end);
+    }
+
+    // MW Fixme: more?
+    bool convert_charset_only =
+          MsgLowerCaseEqualsLiteral(name, "to") || MsgLowerCaseEqualsLiteral(name, "from") ||
+          MsgLowerCaseEqualsLiteral(name, "cc") || MsgLowerCaseEqualsLiteral(name, "bcc") ||
+          MsgLowerCaseEqualsLiteral(name, "reply-to") || MsgLowerCaseEqualsLiteral(name, "sender");
+    MimeHeaders_convert_header_value(opt, hdr_value, convert_charset_only);
+    // if we're saving as html, we need to convert headers from utf8 to message charset, if any
+    if (opt->format_out == nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageSaveAs && charset)
+    {
+      nsAutoCString convertedStr;
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(ConvertFromUnicode(charset, NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16(hdr_value),
+                       convertedStr)))
+      {
+        hdr_value = convertedStr;
+      }
+    }
+
+    if (attachment) {
+      if (NS_FAILED(mimeEmitterAddAttachmentField(opt, name.get(), hdr_value.get())))
+        status = -1;
+    }
+    else {
+      if (NS_FAILED(mimeEmitterAddHeaderField(opt, name.get(), hdr_value.get())))
+        status = -1;
+    }
+
+    if (status < 0) return status;
+    if (!wrote_any_p)
+      wrote_any_p = (status > 0);
+  }
+  mimeEmitterAddAllHeaders(opt, hdrs->all_headers, hdrs->all_headers_fp);
+  PR_FREEIF(charset);
+
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/* Strip CR+LF runs within (original).
+   Since the string at (original) can only shrink,
+   this conversion is done in place. (original)
+   is returned. */
+extern "C" char *
+MIME_StripContinuations(char *original)
+{
+  char *p1, *p2;
+
+  /* If we were given a null string, return it as is */
+  if (!original) return NULL;
+
+  /* Start source and dest pointers at the beginning */
+  p1 = p2 = original;
+
+  while (*p2) {
+    /* p2 runs ahead at (CR and/or LF) */
+    if ((p2[0] == '\r') || (p2[0] == '\n'))
+      p2++;
+    else if (p2 > p1)
+      *p1++ = *p2++;
+    else {
+      p1++;
+      p2++;
+    }
+  }
+  *p1 = '\0';
+
+  return original;
+}
+
+extern int16_t INTL_DefaultMailToWinCharSetID(int16_t csid);
+
+/* Given text purporting to be a qtext header value, strip backslashes that
+  may be escaping other chars in the string. */
+char *
+mime_decode_filename(const char *name, const char *charset,
+                     MimeDisplayOptions *opt)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMIMEHeaderParam> mimehdrpar =
+    do_GetService(NS_MIMEHEADERPARAM_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return nullptr;
+  nsAutoCString result;
+  rv = mimehdrpar->DecodeParameter(nsDependentCString(name), charset,
+                                   opt ? opt->default_charset : nullptr,
+                                   opt ? opt->override_charset : false,
+                                   result);
+  return NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) ? PL_strdup(result.get()) : nullptr;
+}
+
+/* Pull the name out of some header or another.  Order is:
+   Content-Disposition: XXX; filename=NAME (RFC 1521/1806)
+   Content-Type: XXX; name=NAME (RFC 1341)
+   Content-Name: NAME (no RFC, but seen to occur)
+   X-Sun-Data-Name: NAME (no RFC, but used by MailTool)
+ */
+char *
+MimeHeaders_get_name(MimeHeaders *hdrs, MimeDisplayOptions *opt)
+{
+  char *s = 0, *name = 0, *cvt = 0;
+  char *charset = nullptr; // for RFC2231 support
+
+  s = MimeHeaders_get(hdrs, HEADER_CONTENT_DISPOSITION, false, false);
+  if (s)
+  {
+    name = MimeHeaders_get_parameter(s, HEADER_PARM_FILENAME, &charset, NULL);
+    PR_Free(s);
+  }
+
+  if (! name)
+  {
+    s = MimeHeaders_get(hdrs, HEADER_CONTENT_TYPE, false, false);
+    if (s)
+    {
+      free(charset);
+
+      name = MimeHeaders_get_parameter(s, HEADER_PARM_NAME, &charset, NULL);
+      PR_Free(s);
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (! name)
+    name = MimeHeaders_get (hdrs, HEADER_CONTENT_NAME, false, false);
+
+  if (! name)
+    name = MimeHeaders_get (hdrs, HEADER_X_SUN_DATA_NAME, false, false);
+
+  if (name)
+  {
+    /* First remove continuation delimiters (CR+LF+space), then
+       remove escape ('\\') characters, then attempt to decode
+       mime-2 encoded-words. The latter two are done in
+       mime_decode_filename.
+    */
+    MIME_StripContinuations(name);
+
+    /* Argh. What we should do if we want to be robust is to decode qtext
+       in all appropriate headers. Unfortunately, that would be too scary
+       at this juncture. So just decode qtext/mime2 here. */
+    cvt = mime_decode_filename(name, charset, opt);
+
+    free(charset);
+
+    if (cvt && cvt != name)
+    {
+      PR_Free(name);
+      name = cvt;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return name;
+}
+
+#ifdef XP_UNIX
+/* This piece of junk is so that I can use BBDB with Mozilla.
+   = Put bbdb-srv.perl on your path.
+   = Put bbdb-srv.el on your lisp path.
+   = Make sure gnudoit (comes with xemacs) is on your path.
+   = Put (gnuserv-start) in ~/.emacs
+   = setenv NS_MSG_DISPLAY_HOOK bbdb-srv.perl
+ */
+void
+MimeHeaders_do_unix_display_hook_hack(MimeHeaders *hdrs)
+{
+  static const char *cmd = 0;
+  if (!cmd)
+  {
+  /* The first time we're invoked, look up the command in the
+    environment.  Use "" as the `no command' tag. */
+    cmd = getenv("NS_MSG_DISPLAY_HOOK");
+    if (!cmd)
+      cmd = "";
+  }
+
+  /* Invoke "cmd" at the end of a pipe, and give it the headers on stdin.
+   The command is expected to be safe from hostile input!!
+  */
+  if (cmd && *cmd)
+  {
+    FILE *fp = popen(cmd, "w");
+    if (fp)
+    {
+      fwrite(hdrs->all_headers, 1, hdrs->all_headers_fp, fp);
+      pclose(fp);
+    }
+  }
+}
+#endif /* XP_UNIX */
+
+static void
+MimeHeaders_compact (MimeHeaders *hdrs)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(hdrs, "1.22 <rhp@netscape.com> 22 Aug 1999 08:48");
+  if (!hdrs) return;
+
+  PR_FREEIF(hdrs->obuffer);
+  hdrs->obuffer_fp = 0;
+  hdrs->obuffer_size = 0;
+
+  /* These really shouldn't have gotten out of whack again. */
+  NS_ASSERTION(hdrs->all_headers_fp <= hdrs->all_headers_size &&
+            hdrs->all_headers_fp + 100 > hdrs->all_headers_size, "1.22 <rhp@netscape.com> 22 Aug 1999 08:48");
+}
+
+/* Writes the headers as text/plain.
+   This writes out a blank line after the headers, unless
+   dont_write_content_type is true, in which case the header-block
+   is not closed off, and none of the Content- headers are written.
+ */
+int
+MimeHeaders_write_raw_headers (MimeHeaders *hdrs, MimeDisplayOptions *opt,
+                 bool dont_write_content_type)
+{
+  int status;
+
+  if (hdrs && !hdrs->done_p)
+  {
+    hdrs->done_p = true;
+    status = MimeHeaders_build_heads_list(hdrs);
+    if (status < 0) return 0;
+  }
+
+  if (!dont_write_content_type)
+  {
+    char nl[] = MSG_LINEBREAK;
+    if (hdrs)
+    {
+      status = MimeHeaders_write(hdrs, opt, hdrs->all_headers,
+                                 hdrs->all_headers_fp);
+      if (status < 0) return status;
+    }
+    status = MimeHeaders_write(hdrs, opt, nl, strlen(nl));
+    if (status < 0) return status;
+  }
+  else if (hdrs)
+  {
+    int32_t i;
+    for (i = 0; i < hdrs->heads_size; i++)
+    {
+      char *head = hdrs->heads[i];
+      char *end = (i == hdrs->heads_size-1
+             ? hdrs->all_headers + hdrs->all_headers_fp
+             : hdrs->heads[i+1]);
+
+      NS_ASSERTION(head, "1.22 <rhp@netscape.com> 22 Aug 1999 08:48");
+      if (!head) continue;
+
+      /* Don't write out any Content- header. */
+      if (!PL_strncasecmp(head, "Content-", 8))
+      continue;
+
+      /* Write out this (possibly multi-line) header. */
+      status = MimeHeaders_write(hdrs, opt, head, end - head);
+      if (status < 0) return status;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (hdrs)
+    MimeHeaders_compact(hdrs);
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+// XXX Fix this XXX //
+char *
+MimeHeaders_open_crypto_stamp(void)
+{
+  return nullptr;
+}
+
+char *
+MimeHeaders_finish_open_crypto_stamp(void)
+{
+  return nullptr;
+}
+
+char *
+MimeHeaders_close_crypto_stamp(void)
+{
+  return nullptr;
+}
+
+char *
+MimeHeaders_make_crypto_stamp(bool encrypted_p,
+                              bool signed_p,
+                              bool good_p,
+                              bool unverified_p,
+                              bool close_parent_stamp_p,
+                              const char *stamp_url)
+{
+  return nullptr;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/src/mimehdrs.h b/mailnews/mime/src/mimehdrs.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e854633af
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/src/mimehdrs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _MIMEHDRS_H_
+#define _MIMEHDRS_H_
+
+#include "modlmime.h"
+
+/* This file defines the interface to message-header parsing and formatting
+   code, including conversion to HTML. */
+
+/* Other structs defined later in this file.
+ */
+
+/* Creation and destruction.
+ */
+extern MimeHeaders *MimeHeaders_new (void);
+//extern void MimeHeaders_free (MimeHeaders *);
+//extern MimeHeaders *MimeHeaders_copy (MimeHeaders *);
+
+
+/* Feed this method the raw data from which you would like a header
+   block to be parsed, one line at a time.  Feed it a blank line when
+   you're done.  Returns negative on allocation-related failure.
+ */
+extern int MimeHeaders_parse_line (const char *buffer, int32_t size,
+                   MimeHeaders *hdrs);
+
+
+/* Converts a MimeHeaders object into HTML, by writing to the provided
+   output function.
+ */
+extern int MimeHeaders_write_headers_html (MimeHeaders *hdrs,
+                       MimeDisplayOptions *opt,
+                       bool               attachment);
+
+/*
+ * Writes all headers to the mime emitter.
+ */
+extern int
+MimeHeaders_write_all_headers (MimeHeaders *, MimeDisplayOptions *, bool);
+
+/* Writes the headers as text/plain.
+   This writes out a blank line after the headers, unless
+   dont_write_content_type is true, in which case the header-block
+   is not closed off, and none of the Content- headers are written.
+ */
+extern int MimeHeaders_write_raw_headers (MimeHeaders *hdrs,
+                      MimeDisplayOptions *opt,
+                      bool dont_write_content_type);
+
+
+/* Some crypto-related HTML-generated utility routines.
+ * XXX This may not be needed. XXX
+ */
+extern char *MimeHeaders_open_crypto_stamp(void);
+extern char *MimeHeaders_finish_open_crypto_stamp(void);
+extern char *MimeHeaders_close_crypto_stamp(void);
+extern char *MimeHeaders_make_crypto_stamp(bool encrypted_p,
+
+   bool signed_p,
+
+   bool good_p,
+
+   bool unverified_p,
+
+   bool close_parent_stamp_p,
+
+   const char *stamp_url);
+
+/* Does all the heuristic silliness to find the filename in the given headers.
+ */
+extern char *MimeHeaders_get_name(MimeHeaders *hdrs, MimeDisplayOptions *opt);
+
+extern char *mime_decode_filename(const char *name, const char* charset,
+                                  MimeDisplayOptions *opt);
+
+extern "C"  char * MIME_StripContinuations(char *original);
+
+/**
+ * Convert this value to a unicode string, based on the charset.
+ */
+extern void MimeHeaders_convert_header_value(MimeDisplayOptions *opt,
+                                             nsCString &value,
+                                             bool convert_charset_only);
+#endif /* _MIMEHDRS_H_ */
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/src/mimei.cpp b/mailnews/mime/src/mimei.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c0a134a62
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/src/mimei.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1920 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ * This Original Code has been modified by IBM Corporation. Modifications made by IBM
+ * described herein are Copyright (c) International Business Machines Corporation, 2000.
+ * Modifications to Mozilla code or documentation identified per MPL Section 3.3
+ *
+ * Date             Modified by     Description of modification
+ * 04/20/2000       IBM Corp.      OS/2 VisualAge build.
+ */
+
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "mimeobj.h"  /*  MimeObject (abstract)              */
+#include "mimecont.h"  /*   |--- MimeContainer (abstract)          */
+#include "mimemult.h"  /*   |     |--- MimeMultipart (abstract)      */
+#include "mimemmix.h"  /*   |     |     |--- MimeMultipartMixed      */
+#include "mimemdig.h"  /*   |     |     |--- MimeMultipartDigest      */
+#include "mimempar.h"  /*   |     |     |--- MimeMultipartParallel      */
+#include "mimemalt.h"  /*   |     |     |--- MimeMultipartAlternative    */
+#include "mimemrel.h"  /*   |     |     |--- MimeMultipartRelated      */
+#include "mimemapl.h"  /*   |     |     |--- MimeMultipartAppleDouble    */
+#include "mimesun.h"  /*   |     |     |--- MimeSunAttachment        */
+#include "mimemsig.h"  /*   |     |     |--- MimeMultipartSigned (abstract)*/
+#ifdef ENABLE_SMIME
+#include "mimemcms.h"   /*   |     |           |---MimeMultipartSignedCMS   */
+#endif
+#include "mimecryp.h"  /*   |     |--- MimeEncrypted (abstract)      */
+#ifdef ENABLE_SMIME
+#include "mimecms.h"  /*   |     |     |--- MimeEncryptedPKCS7      */
+#endif
+#include "mimemsg.h"  /*   |     |--- MimeMessage              */
+#include "mimeunty.h"  /*   |     |--- MimeUntypedText            */
+#include "mimeleaf.h"  /*   |--- MimeLeaf (abstract)            */
+#include "mimetext.h"  /*   |     |--- MimeInlineText (abstract)      */
+#include "mimetpla.h"  /*   |     |     |--- MimeInlineTextPlain      */
+#include "mimethpl.h"  /*   |     |     |     |--- M.I.TextHTMLAsPlaintext */
+#include "mimetpfl.h"   /*   |     |     |--- MimeInlineTextPlainFlowed     */
+#include "mimethtm.h"  /*   |     |     |--- MimeInlineTextHTML      */
+#include "mimethsa.h"  /*   |     |     |     |--- M.I.TextHTMLSanitized   */
+#include "mimeTextHTMLParsed.h" /*|     |     |--- M.I.TextHTMLParsed   */
+#include "mimetric.h"  /*   |     |     |--- MimeInlineTextRichtext    */
+#include "mimetenr.h"  /*   |     |     |     |--- MimeInlineTextEnriched  */
+/* SUPPORTED VIA PLUGIN      |     |     |--- MimeInlineTextVCard           */
+#include "mimeiimg.h"  /*   |     |--- MimeInlineImage            */
+#include "mimeeobj.h"  /*   |     |--- MimeExternalObject          */
+#include "mimeebod.h"  /*   |--- MimeExternalBody              */
+                        /* If you add classes here,also add them to mimei.h */
+#include "prlog.h"
+#include "prmem.h"
+#include "prenv.h"
+#include "plstr.h"
+#include "prlink.h"
+#include "prprf.h"
+#include "mimecth.h"
+#include "mimebuf.h"
+#include "nsIServiceManager.h"
+#include "mimemoz2.h"
+#include "nsIMimeContentTypeHandler.h"
+#include "nsIComponentManager.h"
+#include "nsCategoryManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsXPCOMCID.h"
+#include "nsISimpleMimeConverter.h"
+#include "nsSimpleMimeConverterStub.h"
+#include "nsTArray.h"
+#include "nsMimeStringResources.h"
+#include "nsMimeTypes.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "nsIPrefBranch.h"
+#include "mozilla/Preferences.h"
+#include "imgLoader.h"
+
+#include "nsIMsgMailNewsUrl.h"
+#include "nsIMsgHdr.h"
+
+using namespace mozilla;
+
+// forward declaration
+void getMsgHdrForCurrentURL(MimeDisplayOptions *opts, nsIMsgDBHdr ** aMsgHdr);
+
+#define  IMAP_EXTERNAL_CONTENT_HEADER "X-Mozilla-IMAP-Part"
+#define  EXTERNAL_ATTACHMENT_URL_HEADER "X-Mozilla-External-Attachment-URL"
+
+/* ==========================================================================
+   Allocation and destruction
+   ==========================================================================
+ */
+static int mime_classinit(MimeObjectClass *clazz);
+
+/*
+ * These are the necessary defines/variables for doing
+ * content type handlers in external plugins.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+  char        content_type[128];
+  bool        force_inline_display;
+} cthandler_struct;
+
+nsTArray<cthandler_struct*> *ctHandlerList = NULL;
+
+/*
+ * This will return TRUE if the content_type is found in the
+ * list, FALSE if it is not found.
+ */
+bool
+find_content_type_attribs(const char *content_type,
+                          bool       *force_inline_display)
+{
+  *force_inline_display = false;
+  if (!ctHandlerList)
+    return false;
+
+  for (size_t i = 0; i < ctHandlerList->Length(); i++) 
+  {
+    cthandler_struct *ptr = ctHandlerList->ElementAt(i);
+    if (PL_strcasecmp(content_type, ptr->content_type) == 0)
+    {
+      *force_inline_display = ptr->force_inline_display;
+      return true;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return false;
+}
+
+void
+add_content_type_attribs(const char *content_type,
+                         contentTypeHandlerInitStruct  *ctHandlerInfo)
+{
+  cthandler_struct    *ptr = NULL;
+  bool                force_inline_display;
+
+  if (find_content_type_attribs(content_type, &force_inline_display))
+    return;
+
+  if ( (!content_type) || (!ctHandlerInfo) )
+    return;
+
+  if (!ctHandlerList)
+    ctHandlerList = new nsTArray<cthandler_struct*>();
+
+  if (!ctHandlerList)
+    return;
+
+  ptr = (cthandler_struct *) PR_MALLOC(sizeof(cthandler_struct));
+  if (!ptr)
+    return;
+
+  PL_strncpy(ptr->content_type, content_type, sizeof(ptr->content_type));
+  ptr->force_inline_display = ctHandlerInfo->force_inline_display;
+  ctHandlerList->AppendElement(ptr);
+}
+
+/*
+ * This routine will find all content type handler for a specifc content
+ * type (if it exists)
+ */
+bool
+force_inline_display(const char *content_type)
+{
+  bool       force_inline_disp;
+
+  find_content_type_attribs(content_type, &force_inline_disp);
+  return (force_inline_disp);
+}
+
+/*
+ * This routine will find all content type handler for a specifc content
+ * type (if it exists) and is defined to the nsRegistry
+ */
+MimeObjectClass *
+mime_locate_external_content_handler(const char *content_type,
+                                     contentTypeHandlerInitStruct  *ctHandlerInfo)
+{
+  if (!content_type || !*(content_type)) // null or empty content type
+    return nullptr;
+
+  MimeObjectClass               *newObj = NULL;
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  nsAutoCString lookupID("@mozilla.org/mimecth;1?type=");
+  nsAutoCString contentType;
+  ToLowerCase(nsDependentCString(content_type), contentType);
+  lookupID += contentType;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMimeContentTypeHandler> ctHandler = do_CreateInstance(lookupID.get(), &rv);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !ctHandler) {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsICategoryManager> catman =
+      do_GetService(NS_CATEGORYMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      return nullptr;
+
+    nsCString value;
+    rv = catman->GetCategoryEntry(NS_SIMPLEMIMECONVERTERS_CATEGORY,
+                                  contentType.get(), getter_Copies(value));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv) || value.IsEmpty())
+      return nullptr;
+    rv = MIME_NewSimpleMimeConverterStub(contentType.get(),
+                                         getter_AddRefs(ctHandler));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !ctHandler)
+      return nullptr;
+  }
+
+  rv = ctHandler->CreateContentTypeHandlerClass(contentType.get(), ctHandlerInfo, &newObj);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return nullptr;
+
+  add_content_type_attribs(contentType.get(), ctHandlerInfo);
+  return newObj;
+}
+
+/* This is necessary to expose the MimeObject method outside of this DLL */
+int
+MIME_MimeObject_write(MimeObject *obj, const char *output, int32_t length, bool user_visible_p)
+{
+  return MimeObject_write(obj, output, length, user_visible_p);
+}
+
+MimeObject *
+mime_new (MimeObjectClass *clazz, MimeHeaders *hdrs,
+      const char *override_content_type)
+{
+  int size = clazz->instance_size;
+  MimeObject *object;
+  int status;
+
+  /* Some assertions to verify that this isn't random junk memory... */
+  NS_ASSERTION(clazz->class_name && strlen(clazz->class_name) > 0, "1.1 <rhp@netscape.com> 19 Mar 1999 12:00");
+  NS_ASSERTION(size > 0 && size < 1000, "1.1 <rhp@netscape.com> 19 Mar 1999 12:00");
+
+  if (!clazz->class_initialized)
+  {
+    status = mime_classinit(clazz);
+    if (status < 0) return 0;
+  }
+
+  NS_ASSERTION(clazz->initialize && clazz->finalize, "1.1 <rhp@netscape.com> 19 Mar 1999 12:00");
+
+  if (hdrs)
+  {
+    hdrs = MimeHeaders_copy (hdrs);
+    if (!hdrs) return 0;
+  }
+
+  object = (MimeObject *) PR_MALLOC(size);
+  if (!object) return 0;
+
+  memset(object, 0, size);
+  object->clazz = clazz;
+  object->headers = hdrs;
+  object->dontShowAsAttachment = false;
+
+  if (override_content_type && *override_content_type)
+    object->content_type = strdup(override_content_type);
+
+  status = clazz->initialize(object);
+  if (status < 0)
+  {
+    clazz->finalize(object);
+    PR_Free(object);
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  return object;
+}
+
+void
+mime_free (MimeObject *object)
+{
+# ifdef DEBUG__
+  int i, size = object->clazz->instance_size;
+  uint32_t *array = (uint32_t*) object;
+# endif /* DEBUG */
+
+  object->clazz->finalize(object);
+
+# ifdef DEBUG__
+  for (i = 0; i < (size / sizeof(*array)); i++)
+  array[i] = (uint32_t) 0xDEADBEEF;
+# endif /* DEBUG */
+
+  PR_Free(object);
+}
+
+
+bool mime_is_allowed_class(const MimeObjectClass *clazz,
+                             int32_t types_of_classes_to_disallow)
+{
+  if (types_of_classes_to_disallow == 0)
+    return true;
+  bool avoid_html = (types_of_classes_to_disallow >= 1);
+  bool avoid_images = (types_of_classes_to_disallow >= 2);
+  bool avoid_strange_content = (types_of_classes_to_disallow >= 3);
+  bool allow_only_vanilla_classes = (types_of_classes_to_disallow == 100);
+
+  if (allow_only_vanilla_classes)
+    /* A "safe" class is one that is unlikely to have security bugs or to
+       allow security exploits or one that is essential for the usefulness
+       of the application, even for paranoid users.
+       What's included here is more personal judgement than following
+       strict rules, though, unfortunately.
+       The function returns true only for known good classes, i.e. is a
+       "whitelist" in this case.
+       This idea comes from Georgi Guninski.
+    */
+    return
+      (
+        clazz == (MimeObjectClass *)&mimeInlineTextPlainClass ||
+        clazz == (MimeObjectClass *)&mimeInlineTextPlainFlowedClass ||
+        clazz == (MimeObjectClass *)&mimeInlineTextHTMLSanitizedClass ||
+        clazz == (MimeObjectClass *)&mimeInlineTextHTMLAsPlaintextClass ||
+           /* The latter 2 classes bear some risk, because they use the Gecko
+              HTML parser, but the user has the option to make an explicit
+              choice in this case, via html_as. */
+        clazz == (MimeObjectClass *)&mimeMultipartMixedClass ||
+        clazz == (MimeObjectClass *)&mimeMultipartAlternativeClass ||
+        clazz == (MimeObjectClass *)&mimeMultipartDigestClass ||
+        clazz == (MimeObjectClass *)&mimeMultipartAppleDoubleClass ||
+        clazz == (MimeObjectClass *)&mimeMessageClass ||
+        clazz == (MimeObjectClass *)&mimeExternalObjectClass ||
+                               /*    mimeUntypedTextClass? -- does uuencode */
+#ifdef ENABLE_SMIME
+        clazz == (MimeObjectClass *)&mimeMultipartSignedCMSClass ||
+        clazz == (MimeObjectClass *)&mimeEncryptedCMSClass ||
+#endif
+        clazz == 0
+      );
+
+  /* Contrairy to above, the below code is a "blacklist", i.e. it
+     *excludes* some "bad" classes. */
+  return
+     !(
+        (avoid_html
+         && (
+              clazz == (MimeObjectClass *)&mimeInlineTextHTMLParsedClass
+                         /* Should not happen - we protect against that in
+                            mime_find_class(). Still for safety... */
+            )) ||
+        (avoid_images
+         && (
+              clazz == (MimeObjectClass *)&mimeInlineImageClass
+            )) ||
+        (avoid_strange_content
+         && (
+              clazz == (MimeObjectClass *)&mimeInlineTextEnrichedClass ||
+              clazz == (MimeObjectClass *)&mimeInlineTextRichtextClass ||
+              clazz == (MimeObjectClass *)&mimeSunAttachmentClass ||
+              clazz == (MimeObjectClass *)&mimeExternalBodyClass
+            ))
+      );
+}
+
+void getMsgHdrForCurrentURL(MimeDisplayOptions *opts, nsIMsgDBHdr ** aMsgHdr)
+{
+  *aMsgHdr = nullptr;
+
+  if (!opts)
+    return;
+
+  mime_stream_data *msd = (mime_stream_data *) (opts->stream_closure);
+  if (!msd)
+    return;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIChannel> channel = msd->channel;  // note the lack of ref counting...
+  if (channel)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> uri;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMessageUrl> msgURI;
+    channel->GetURI(getter_AddRefs(uri));
+    if (uri)
+    {
+      msgURI = do_QueryInterface(uri);
+      if (msgURI)
+      {
+        msgURI->GetMessageHeader(aMsgHdr);
+        if (*aMsgHdr)
+          return;
+        nsCString rdfURI;
+        msgURI->GetUri(getter_Copies(rdfURI));
+        if (!rdfURI.IsEmpty())
+        {
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+          GetMsgDBHdrFromURI(rdfURI.get(), getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+          NS_IF_ADDREF(*aMsgHdr = msgHdr);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return;
+}
+
+MimeObjectClass *
+mime_find_class (const char *content_type, MimeHeaders *hdrs,
+         MimeDisplayOptions *opts, bool exact_match_p)
+{
+  MimeObjectClass *clazz = 0;
+  MimeObjectClass *tempClass = 0;
+  contentTypeHandlerInitStruct  ctHandlerInfo;
+
+  // Read some prefs
+  nsIPrefBranch *prefBranch = GetPrefBranch(opts);
+  int32_t html_as = 0;  // def. see below
+  int32_t types_of_classes_to_disallow = 0;  /* Let only a few libmime classes
+       process incoming data. This protects from bugs (e.g. buffer overflows)
+       and from security loopholes (e.g. allowing unchecked HTML in some
+       obscure classes, although the user has html_as > 0).
+       This option is mainly for the UI of html_as.
+       0 = allow all available classes
+       1 = Use hardcoded blacklist to avoid rendering (incoming) HTML
+       2 = ... and images
+       3 = ... and some other uncommon content types
+       4 = show all body parts
+       100 = Use hardcoded whitelist to avoid even more bugs(buffer overflows).
+           This mode will limit the features available (e.g. uncommon
+           attachment types and inline images) and is for paranoid users.
+       */
+  if (opts && opts->format_out != nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageFilterSniffer &&
+               opts->format_out != nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageDecrypt
+               && opts->format_out != nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageAttach)
+    if (prefBranch)
+    {
+      prefBranch->GetIntPref("mailnews.display.html_as", &html_as);
+      prefBranch->GetIntPref("mailnews.display.disallow_mime_handlers",
+                            &types_of_classes_to_disallow);
+      if (types_of_classes_to_disallow > 0 && html_as == 0)
+           // We have non-sensical prefs. Do some fixup.
+        html_as = 1;
+    }
+
+  // First, check to see if the message has been marked as JUNK. If it has,
+  // then force the message to be rendered as simple, unless this has been
+  // called by a filtering routine.
+  bool sanitizeJunkMail = false;
+
+  // it is faster to read the pref first then figure out the msg hdr for the current url only if we have to
+  // XXX instead of reading this pref every time, part of mime should be an observer listening to this pref change
+  // and updating internal state accordingly. But none of the other prefs in this file seem to be doing that...=(
+  if (prefBranch)
+    prefBranch->GetBoolPref("mail.spam.display.sanitize", &sanitizeJunkMail);
+
+  if (sanitizeJunkMail &&
+      !(opts && opts->format_out == nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageFilterSniffer))
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+    getMsgHdrForCurrentURL(opts, getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+    if (msgHdr)
+    {
+      nsCString junkScoreStr;
+      (void) msgHdr->GetStringProperty("junkscore", getter_Copies(junkScoreStr));
+      if (html_as == 0 && junkScoreStr.get() && atoi(junkScoreStr.get()) > 50)
+        html_as = 3; // 3 == Simple HTML
+    } // if msgHdr
+  } // if we are supposed to sanitize junk mail
+
+  /*
+  * What we do first is check for an external content handler plugin.
+  * This will actually extend the mime handling by calling a routine
+  * which will allow us to load an external content type handler
+  * for specific content types. If one is not found, we will drop back
+  * to the default handler.
+  */
+  if ((tempClass = mime_locate_external_content_handler(content_type, &ctHandlerInfo)) != NULL)
+  {
+#ifdef MOZ_THUNDERBIRD
+      // This is a case where we only want to add this property if we are a thunderbird build AND
+      // we have found an external mime content handler for text/calendar
+      // This will enable iMIP support in Lightning
+      if ( hdrs && (!PL_strncasecmp(content_type, "text/calendar", 13)))
+      {
+          char *full_content_type = MimeHeaders_get(hdrs, HEADER_CONTENT_TYPE, false, false);
+          if (full_content_type)
+          {
+              char *imip_method = MimeHeaders_get_parameter(full_content_type, "method", NULL, NULL);
+              nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+              getMsgHdrForCurrentURL(opts, getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+              if (msgHdr)
+                msgHdr->SetStringProperty("imip_method", (imip_method) ? imip_method : "nomethod");
+              // PR_Free checks for null
+              PR_Free(imip_method);
+              PR_Free(full_content_type);
+          }
+      }
+#endif
+
+    if (types_of_classes_to_disallow > 0
+        && (!PL_strncasecmp(content_type, "text/x-vcard", 12))
+       )
+      /* Use a little hack to prevent some dangerous plugins, which ship
+         with Mozilla, to run.
+         For the truely user-installed plugins, we rely on the judgement
+         of the user. */
+    {
+      if (!exact_match_p)
+        clazz = (MimeObjectClass *)&mimeExternalObjectClass; // As attachment
+    }
+    else
+      clazz = (MimeObjectClass *)tempClass;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    if (!content_type || !*content_type ||
+        !PL_strcasecmp(content_type, "text"))  /* with no / in the type */
+      clazz = (MimeObjectClass *)&mimeUntypedTextClass;
+
+    /* Subtypes of text...
+    */
+    else if (!PL_strncasecmp(content_type,      "text/", 5))
+    {
+      if      (!PL_strcasecmp(content_type+5,    "html"))
+      {
+        if (opts &&
+            (opts->format_out == nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageSaveAs ||
+             opts->format_out == nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageFilterSniffer ||
+             opts->format_out == nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageDecrypt ||
+             opts->format_out == nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageAttach))
+          // SaveAs in new modes doesn't work yet.
+        {
+          // Don't use the parsed HTML class if we're ...
+          // - saving the HTML of a message
+          // - getting message content for filtering
+          // - snarfing attachments (nsMimeMessageDecrypt used in SnarfMsgAttachment)
+          // - processing attachments (like deleting attachments).
+          clazz = (MimeObjectClass *)&mimeInlineTextHTMLClass;
+          types_of_classes_to_disallow = 0;
+        }
+        else if (html_as == 0 || html_as == 4) // Render sender's HTML
+          clazz = (MimeObjectClass *)&mimeInlineTextHTMLParsedClass;
+        else if (html_as == 1) // convert HTML to plaintext
+          // Do a HTML->TXT->HTML conversion, see mimethpl.h.
+          clazz = (MimeObjectClass *)&mimeInlineTextHTMLAsPlaintextClass;
+        else if (html_as == 2) // display HTML source
+          /* This is for the freaks. Treat HTML as plaintext,
+             which will cause the HTML source to be displayed.
+             Not very user-friendly, but some seem to want this. */
+          clazz = (MimeObjectClass *)&mimeInlineTextPlainClass;
+        else if (html_as == 3) // Sanitize
+          // Strip all but allowed HTML
+          clazz = (MimeObjectClass *)&mimeInlineTextHTMLSanitizedClass;
+        else // Goofy pref
+          /* User has an unknown pref value. Maybe he used a newer Mozilla
+             with a new alternative to avoid HTML. Defaulting to option 1,
+             which is less dangerous than defaulting to the raw HTML. */
+          clazz = (MimeObjectClass *)&mimeInlineTextHTMLAsPlaintextClass;
+      }
+      else if (!PL_strcasecmp(content_type+5,    "enriched"))
+        clazz = (MimeObjectClass *)&mimeInlineTextEnrichedClass;
+      else if (!PL_strcasecmp(content_type+5,    "richtext"))
+        clazz = (MimeObjectClass *)&mimeInlineTextRichtextClass;
+      else if (!PL_strcasecmp(content_type+5,    "rtf"))
+        clazz = (MimeObjectClass *)&mimeExternalObjectClass;
+      else if (!PL_strcasecmp(content_type+5,    "plain"))
+      {
+        // Preliminary use the normal plain text
+        clazz = (MimeObjectClass *)&mimeInlineTextPlainClass;
+
+        if (opts && opts->format_out != nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageFilterSniffer
+          && opts->format_out != nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageAttach
+          && opts->format_out != nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageRaw)
+        {
+          bool disable_format_flowed = false;
+          if (prefBranch)
+            prefBranch->GetBoolPref("mailnews.display.disable_format_flowed_support",
+                                    &disable_format_flowed);
+
+          if(!disable_format_flowed)
+          {
+            // Check for format=flowed, damn, it is already stripped away from
+            // the contenttype!
+            // Look in headers instead even though it's expensive and clumsy
+            // First find Content-Type:
+            char *content_type_row =
+              (hdrs
+               ? MimeHeaders_get(hdrs, HEADER_CONTENT_TYPE,
+                                 false, false)
+               : 0);
+            // Then the format parameter if there is one.
+            // I would rather use a PARAM_FORMAT but I can't find the right
+            // place to put the define. The others seems to be in net.h
+            // but is that really really the right place? There is also
+            // a nsMimeTypes.h but that one isn't included. Bug?
+            char *content_type_format =
+              (content_type_row
+               ? MimeHeaders_get_parameter(content_type_row, "format", NULL,NULL)
+               : 0);
+
+            if (content_type_format && !PL_strcasecmp(content_type_format,
+                                                          "flowed"))
+              clazz = (MimeObjectClass *)&mimeInlineTextPlainFlowedClass;
+            PR_FREEIF(content_type_format);
+            PR_FREEIF(content_type_row);
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      else if (!exact_match_p)
+        clazz = (MimeObjectClass *)&mimeInlineTextPlainClass;
+    }
+
+    /* Subtypes of multipart...
+    */
+    else if (!PL_strncasecmp(content_type,      "multipart/", 10))
+    {
+      // When html_as is 4, we want all MIME parts of the message to
+      // show up in the displayed message body, if they are MIME types
+      // that we know how to display, and also in the attachment pane
+      // if it's appropriate to put them there. Both
+      // multipart/alternative and multipart/related play games with
+      // hiding various MIME parts, and we don't want that to happen,
+      // so we prevent that by parsing those MIME types as
+      // multipart/mixed, which won't mess with anything.
+      //
+      // When our output format is nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageAttach,
+      // i.e., we are reformatting the message to remove attachments,
+      // we are in a similar boat. The code for deleting
+      // attachments properly in that mode is in mimemult.cpp
+      // functions which are inherited by mimeMultipartMixedClass but
+      // not by mimeMultipartAlternativeClass or
+      // mimeMultipartRelatedClass. Therefore, to ensure that
+      // everything is handled properly, in this context too we parse
+      // those MIME types as multipart/mixed.
+      bool basic_formatting = (html_as == 4) ||
+        (opts && opts->format_out == nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageAttach);
+      if      (!PL_strcasecmp(content_type+10,  "alternative"))
+        clazz = basic_formatting ? (MimeObjectClass *)&mimeMultipartMixedClass :
+          (MimeObjectClass *)&mimeMultipartAlternativeClass;
+      else if (!PL_strcasecmp(content_type+10,  "related"))
+        clazz = basic_formatting ? (MimeObjectClass *)&mimeMultipartMixedClass :
+          (MimeObjectClass *)&mimeMultipartRelatedClass;
+      else if (!PL_strcasecmp(content_type+10,  "digest"))
+        clazz = (MimeObjectClass *)&mimeMultipartDigestClass;
+      else if (!PL_strcasecmp(content_type+10,  "appledouble") ||
+               !PL_strcasecmp(content_type+10,  "header-set"))
+        clazz = (MimeObjectClass *)&mimeMultipartAppleDoubleClass;
+      else if (!PL_strcasecmp(content_type+10,  "parallel"))
+        clazz = (MimeObjectClass *)&mimeMultipartParallelClass;
+      else if (!PL_strcasecmp(content_type+10,  "mixed"))
+        clazz = (MimeObjectClass *)&mimeMultipartMixedClass;
+#ifdef ENABLE_SMIME
+      else if (!PL_strcasecmp(content_type+10,  "signed"))
+      {
+      /* Check that the "protocol" and "micalg" parameters are ones we
+        know about. */
+        char *ct = (hdrs
+          ? MimeHeaders_get(hdrs, HEADER_CONTENT_TYPE,
+                            false, false)
+                    : 0);
+        char *proto = (ct
+          ? MimeHeaders_get_parameter(ct, PARAM_PROTOCOL, NULL, NULL)
+          : 0);
+        char *micalg = (ct
+          ? MimeHeaders_get_parameter(ct, PARAM_MICALG, NULL, NULL)
+          : 0);
+
+          if (proto
+              && (
+                  (/* is a signature */
+                   !PL_strcasecmp(proto, APPLICATION_XPKCS7_SIGNATURE)
+                   ||
+                   !PL_strcasecmp(proto, APPLICATION_PKCS7_SIGNATURE))
+                  && micalg
+                  && (!PL_strcasecmp(micalg, PARAM_MICALG_MD5) ||
+                      !PL_strcasecmp(micalg, PARAM_MICALG_MD5_2) ||
+                      !PL_strcasecmp(micalg, PARAM_MICALG_SHA1) ||
+                      !PL_strcasecmp(micalg, PARAM_MICALG_SHA1_2) ||
+                      !PL_strcasecmp(micalg, PARAM_MICALG_SHA1_3) ||
+                      !PL_strcasecmp(micalg, PARAM_MICALG_SHA1_4) ||
+                      !PL_strcasecmp(micalg, PARAM_MICALG_SHA1_5) ||
+                      !PL_strcasecmp(micalg, PARAM_MICALG_SHA256) ||
+                      !PL_strcasecmp(micalg, PARAM_MICALG_SHA256_2) ||
+                      !PL_strcasecmp(micalg, PARAM_MICALG_SHA256_3) ||
+                      !PL_strcasecmp(micalg, PARAM_MICALG_SHA384) ||
+                      !PL_strcasecmp(micalg, PARAM_MICALG_SHA384_2) ||
+                      !PL_strcasecmp(micalg, PARAM_MICALG_SHA384_3) ||
+                      !PL_strcasecmp(micalg, PARAM_MICALG_SHA512) ||
+                      !PL_strcasecmp(micalg, PARAM_MICALG_SHA512_2) ||
+                      !PL_strcasecmp(micalg, PARAM_MICALG_SHA512_3) ||
+                      !PL_strcasecmp(micalg, PARAM_MICALG_MD2))))
+            clazz = (MimeObjectClass *)&mimeMultipartSignedCMSClass;
+          else
+            clazz = 0;
+        PR_FREEIF(proto);
+        PR_FREEIF(micalg);
+        PR_FREEIF(ct);
+      }
+#endif
+
+      if (!clazz && !exact_match_p)
+        /* Treat all unknown multipart subtypes as "multipart/mixed" */
+        clazz = (MimeObjectClass *)&mimeMultipartMixedClass;
+
+      /* If we are sniffing a message, let's treat alternative parts as mixed */
+      if (opts && opts->format_out == nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageFilterSniffer)
+        if (clazz == (MimeObjectClass *)&mimeMultipartAlternativeClass)
+          clazz = (MimeObjectClass *)&mimeMultipartMixedClass;
+    }
+
+    /* Subtypes of message...
+    */
+    else if (!PL_strncasecmp(content_type,      "message/", 8))
+    {
+      if      (!PL_strcasecmp(content_type+8,    "rfc822") ||
+        !PL_strcasecmp(content_type+8,    "news"))
+        clazz = (MimeObjectClass *)&mimeMessageClass;
+      else if (!PL_strcasecmp(content_type+8,    "external-body"))
+        clazz = (MimeObjectClass *)&mimeExternalBodyClass;
+      else if (!PL_strcasecmp(content_type+8,    "partial"))
+        /* I guess these are most useful as externals, for now... */
+        clazz = (MimeObjectClass *)&mimeExternalObjectClass;
+      else if (!exact_match_p)
+        /* Treat all unknown message subtypes as "text/plain" */
+        clazz = (MimeObjectClass *)&mimeInlineTextPlainClass;
+    }
+
+    /* The magic image types which we are able to display internally...
+    */
+    else if (!PL_strncasecmp(content_type,    "image/", 6)) {
+        if (imgLoader::SupportImageWithMimeType(content_type, AcceptedMimeTypes::IMAGES_AND_DOCUMENTS))
+          clazz = (MimeObjectClass *)&mimeInlineImageClass;
+        else
+          clazz = (MimeObjectClass *)&mimeExternalObjectClass;
+    }
+
+#ifdef ENABLE_SMIME
+    else if (!PL_strcasecmp(content_type, APPLICATION_XPKCS7_MIME)
+             || !PL_strcasecmp(content_type, APPLICATION_PKCS7_MIME)) {
+
+        if (Preferences::GetBool("mailnews.p7m_subparts_external", false) &&
+            opts->is_child) {
+          // We do not allow encrypted parts except as top level.
+          // Allowing them would leak the plain text in case the part is
+          // cleverly hidden and the decrypted content gets included in
+          // replies and forwards.
+          clazz = (MimeObjectClass *)&mimeExternalObjectClass;
+          return clazz;
+        }
+
+        char *ct = (hdrs ? MimeHeaders_get(hdrs, HEADER_CONTENT_TYPE,
+                                           false, false)
+                           : nullptr);
+        char *st = (ct ? MimeHeaders_get_parameter(ct, "smime-type", NULL, NULL)
+                         : nullptr);
+
+        /* by default, assume that it is an encrypted message */
+        clazz = (MimeObjectClass *)&mimeEncryptedCMSClass;
+
+        /* if the smime-type parameter says that it's a certs-only or
+           compressed file, then show it as an attachment, however
+           (MimeEncryptedCMS doesn't handle these correctly) */
+        if (st &&
+            (!PL_strcasecmp(st, "certs-only") ||
+             !PL_strcasecmp(st, "compressed-data")))
+          clazz = (MimeObjectClass *)&mimeExternalObjectClass;
+        else {
+          /* look at the file extension... less reliable, but still covered
+             by the S/MIME specification (RFC 3851, section 3.2.1)  */
+          char *name = (hdrs ? MimeHeaders_get_name(hdrs, opts) : nullptr);
+          if (name) {
+            char *suf = PL_strrchr(name, '.');
+            bool p7mExternal = false;
+
+            if (prefBranch)
+              prefBranch->GetBoolPref("mailnews.p7m_external", &p7mExternal);
+            if (suf &&
+                ((!PL_strcasecmp(suf, ".p7m") && p7mExternal) ||
+                 !PL_strcasecmp(suf, ".p7c") ||
+                 !PL_strcasecmp(suf, ".p7z")))
+              clazz = (MimeObjectClass *)&mimeExternalObjectClass;
+          }
+          PR_Free(name);
+        }
+        PR_Free(st);
+        PR_Free(ct);
+    }
+#endif
+    /* A few types which occur in the real world and which we would otherwise
+    treat as non-text types (which would be bad) without this special-case...
+    */
+    else if (!PL_strcasecmp(content_type,      APPLICATION_PGP) ||
+             !PL_strcasecmp(content_type,      APPLICATION_PGP2))
+      clazz = (MimeObjectClass *)&mimeInlineTextPlainClass;
+
+    else if (!PL_strcasecmp(content_type,      SUN_ATTACHMENT))
+      clazz = (MimeObjectClass *)&mimeSunAttachmentClass;
+
+    /* Everything else gets represented as a clickable link.
+    */
+    else if (!exact_match_p)
+      clazz = (MimeObjectClass *)&mimeExternalObjectClass;
+
+    if (!mime_is_allowed_class(clazz, types_of_classes_to_disallow))
+    {
+      /* Do that check here (not after the if block), because we want to allow
+         user-installed plugins. */
+      if(!exact_match_p)
+        clazz = (MimeObjectClass *)&mimeExternalObjectClass;
+      else
+        clazz = 0;
+    }
+  }
+
+#ifdef ENABLE_SMIME
+  // see bug #189988
+  if (opts && opts->format_out == nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageDecrypt &&
+       (clazz != (MimeObjectClass *)&mimeEncryptedCMSClass)) {
+    clazz = (MimeObjectClass *)&mimeExternalObjectClass;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  if (!exact_match_p)
+    NS_ASSERTION(clazz, "1.1 <rhp@netscape.com> 19 Mar 1999 12:00");
+  if (!clazz) return 0;
+
+  NS_ASSERTION(clazz, "1.1 <rhp@netscape.com> 19 Mar 1999 12:00");
+
+  if (clazz && !clazz->class_initialized)
+  {
+    int status = mime_classinit(clazz);
+    if (status < 0) return 0;
+  }
+
+  return clazz;
+}
+
+
+MimeObject *
+mime_create (const char *content_type, MimeHeaders *hdrs,
+       MimeDisplayOptions *opts, bool forceInline /* = false */)
+{
+  /* If there is no Content-Disposition header, or if the Content-Disposition
+   is ``inline'', then we display the part inline (and let mime_find_class()
+   decide how.)
+
+   If there is any other Content-Disposition (either ``attachment'' or some
+   disposition that we don't recognise) then we always display the part as
+   an external link, by using MimeExternalObject to display it.
+
+   But Content-Disposition is ignored for all containers except `message'.
+   (including multipart/mixed, and multipart/digest.)  It's not clear if
+   this is to spec, but from a usability standpoint, I think it's necessary.
+   */
+
+  MimeObjectClass *clazz = 0;
+  char *content_disposition = 0;
+  MimeObject *obj = 0;
+  char *override_content_type = 0;
+
+  /* We've had issues where the incoming content_type is invalid, of a format:
+     content_type="=?windows-1252?q?application/pdf" (bug 659355)
+     We decided to fix that by simply trimming the stuff before the ?
+  */
+  if (content_type)
+  {
+    const char *lastQuestion = strrchr(content_type, '?');
+    if (lastQuestion)
+      content_type = lastQuestion + 1;  // the substring after the last '?'
+  }
+
+  /* There are some clients send out all attachments with a content-type
+   of application/octet-stream.  So, if we have an octet-stream attachment,
+   try to guess what type it really is based on the file extension.  I HATE
+   that we have to do this...
+  */
+  if (hdrs && opts && opts->file_type_fn &&
+
+    /* ### mwelch - don't override AppleSingle */
+    (content_type ? PL_strcasecmp(content_type, APPLICATION_APPLEFILE) : true) &&
+    /* ## davidm Apple double shouldn't use this #$%& either. */
+    (content_type ? PL_strcasecmp(content_type, MULTIPART_APPLEDOUBLE) : true) &&
+    (!content_type ||
+     !PL_strcasecmp(content_type, APPLICATION_OCTET_STREAM) ||
+     !PL_strcasecmp(content_type, UNKNOWN_CONTENT_TYPE)))
+  {
+    char *name = MimeHeaders_get_name(hdrs, opts);
+    if (name)
+    {
+      override_content_type = opts->file_type_fn (name, opts->stream_closure);
+      // appledouble isn't a valid override content type, and makes
+      // attachments invisible.
+      if (!PL_strcasecmp(override_content_type, MULTIPART_APPLEDOUBLE))
+        override_content_type = nullptr;
+      PR_FREEIF(name);
+
+      // Workaroung for saving '.eml" file encoded with base64.
+      // Do not override with message/rfc822 whenever Transfer-Encoding is
+      // base64 since base64 encoding of message/rfc822 is invalid.
+      // Our MimeMessageClass has no capability to decode it.
+      if (!PL_strcasecmp(override_content_type, MESSAGE_RFC822)) {
+        nsCString encoding;
+        encoding.Adopt(MimeHeaders_get(hdrs,
+                                       HEADER_CONTENT_TRANSFER_ENCODING,
+                                       true, false));
+        if (encoding.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral(ENCODING_BASE64))
+          override_content_type = nullptr;
+      }
+
+      // If we get here and it is not the unknown content type from the
+      // file name, let's do some better checking not to inline something bad
+      if (override_content_type &&
+          *override_content_type &&
+          (PL_strcasecmp(override_content_type, UNKNOWN_CONTENT_TYPE)))
+        content_type = override_content_type;
+    }
+  }
+
+  clazz = mime_find_class(content_type, hdrs, opts, false);
+
+  NS_ASSERTION(clazz, "1.1 <rhp@netscape.com> 19 Mar 1999 12:00");
+  if (!clazz) goto FAIL;
+
+  if (opts && opts->part_to_load)
+  /* Always ignore Content-Disposition when we're loading some specific
+     sub-part (which may be within some container that we wouldn't otherwise
+     descend into, if the container itself had a Content-Disposition of
+     `attachment'. */
+  content_disposition = 0;
+
+  else if (mime_subclass_p(clazz,(MimeObjectClass *)&mimeContainerClass) &&
+       !mime_subclass_p(clazz,(MimeObjectClass *)&mimeMessageClass))
+  /* Ignore Content-Disposition on all containers except `message'.
+     That is, Content-Disposition is ignored for multipart/mixed objects,
+     but is obeyed for message/rfc822 objects. */
+  content_disposition = 0;
+
+  else
+  {
+    /* Check to see if the plugin should override the content disposition
+       to make it appear inline. One example is a vcard which has a content
+       disposition of an "attachment;" */
+    if (force_inline_display(content_type))
+      NS_MsgSACopy(&content_disposition, "inline");
+    else
+      content_disposition = (hdrs
+                 ? MimeHeaders_get(hdrs, HEADER_CONTENT_DISPOSITION, true, false)
+                 : 0);
+  }
+
+  if (!content_disposition || !PL_strcasecmp(content_disposition, "inline"))
+    ;  /* Use the class we've got. */
+  else
+  {
+    // override messages that have content disposition set to "attachment"
+    // even though we probably should show them inline.
+    if (  (clazz != (MimeObjectClass *)&mimeInlineTextClass) &&
+          (clazz != (MimeObjectClass *)&mimeInlineTextPlainClass) &&
+          (clazz != (MimeObjectClass *)&mimeInlineTextPlainFlowedClass) &&
+          (clazz != (MimeObjectClass *)&mimeInlineTextHTMLClass) &&
+          (clazz != (MimeObjectClass *)&mimeInlineTextHTMLParsedClass) &&
+          (clazz != (MimeObjectClass *)&mimeInlineTextHTMLSanitizedClass) &&
+          (clazz != (MimeObjectClass *)&mimeInlineTextHTMLAsPlaintextClass) &&
+          (clazz != (MimeObjectClass *)&mimeInlineTextRichtextClass) &&
+          (clazz != (MimeObjectClass *)&mimeInlineTextEnrichedClass) &&
+          (clazz != (MimeObjectClass *)&mimeMessageClass) &&
+          (clazz != (MimeObjectClass *)&mimeInlineImageClass) )
+      // not a special inline type, so show as attachment
+      clazz = (MimeObjectClass *)&mimeExternalObjectClass;
+  }
+
+  /* If the option `Show Attachments Inline' is off, now would be the time to change our mind... */
+  /* Also, if we're doing a reply (i.e. quoting the body), then treat that according to preference. */
+  if (opts && ((!opts->show_attachment_inline_p && !forceInline) ||
+               (!opts->quote_attachment_inline_p &&
+                (opts->format_out == nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageQuoting ||
+                 opts->format_out == nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageBodyQuoting))))
+  {
+    if (mime_subclass_p(clazz, (MimeObjectClass *)&mimeInlineTextClass))
+    {
+      /* It's a text type.  Write it only if it's the *first* part
+         that we're writing, and then only if it has no "filename"
+         specified (the assumption here being, if it has a filename,
+         it wasn't simply typed into the text field -- it was actually
+         an attached document.) */
+      if (opts->state && opts->state->first_part_written_p)
+        clazz = (MimeObjectClass *)&mimeExternalObjectClass;
+      else
+      {
+        /* If there's a name, then write this as an attachment. */
+        char *name = (hdrs ? MimeHeaders_get_name(hdrs, opts) : nullptr);
+        if (name)
+        {
+          clazz = (MimeObjectClass *)&mimeExternalObjectClass;
+          PR_Free(name);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    else
+      if (mime_subclass_p(clazz,(MimeObjectClass *)&mimeContainerClass) &&
+           !mime_subclass_p(clazz,(MimeObjectClass *)&mimeMessageClass))
+        /* Multipart subtypes are ok, except for messages; descend into
+           multiparts, and defer judgement.
+
+           Encrypted blobs are just like other containers (make the crypto
+           layer invisible, and treat them as simple containers.  So there's
+           no easy way to save encrypted data directly to disk; it will tend
+           to always be wrapped inside a message/rfc822.  That's ok.) */
+          ;
+        else if (opts && opts->part_to_load &&
+                  mime_subclass_p(clazz,(MimeObjectClass *)&mimeMessageClass))
+          /* Descend into messages only if we're looking for a specific sub-part. */
+            ;
+          else
+          {
+            /* Anything else, and display it as a link (and cause subsequent
+               text parts to also be displayed as links.) */
+            clazz = (MimeObjectClass *)&mimeExternalObjectClass;
+          }
+  }
+
+  PR_FREEIF(content_disposition);
+  obj = mime_new (clazz, hdrs, content_type);
+
+ FAIL:
+
+  /* If we decided to ignore the content-type in the headers of this object
+   (see above) then make sure that our new content-type is stored in the
+   object itself.  (Or free it, if we're in an out-of-memory situation.)
+   */
+  if (override_content_type)
+  {
+    if (obj)
+    {
+      PR_FREEIF(obj->content_type);
+      obj->content_type = override_content_type;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      PR_Free(override_content_type);
+    }
+  }
+
+  return obj;
+}
+
+
+
+static int mime_classinit_1(MimeObjectClass *clazz, MimeObjectClass *target);
+
+static int
+mime_classinit(MimeObjectClass *clazz)
+{
+  int status;
+  if (clazz->class_initialized)
+  return 0;
+
+  NS_ASSERTION(clazz->class_initialize, "1.1 <rhp@netscape.com> 19 Mar 1999 12:00");
+  if (!clazz->class_initialize)
+  return -1;
+
+  /* First initialize the superclass.
+   */
+  if (clazz->superclass && !clazz->superclass->class_initialized)
+  {
+    status = mime_classinit(clazz->superclass);
+    if (status < 0) return status;
+  }
+
+  /* Now run each of the superclass-init procedures in turn,
+   parentmost-first. */
+  status = mime_classinit_1(clazz, clazz);
+  if (status < 0) return status;
+
+  /* Now we're done. */
+  clazz->class_initialized = true;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+mime_classinit_1(MimeObjectClass *clazz, MimeObjectClass *target)
+{
+  int status;
+  if (clazz->superclass)
+  {
+    status = mime_classinit_1(clazz->superclass, target);
+    if (status < 0) return status;
+  }
+  return clazz->class_initialize(target);
+}
+
+
+bool
+mime_subclass_p(MimeObjectClass *child, MimeObjectClass *parent)
+{
+  if (child == parent)
+  return true;
+  else if (!child->superclass)
+  return false;
+  else
+  return mime_subclass_p(child->superclass, parent);
+}
+
+bool
+mime_typep(MimeObject *obj, MimeObjectClass *clazz)
+{
+  return mime_subclass_p(obj->clazz, clazz);
+}
+
+
+
+/* URL munging
+ */
+
+
+/* Returns a string describing the location of the part (like "2.5.3").
+   This is not a full URL, just a part-number.
+ */
+char *
+mime_part_address(MimeObject *obj)
+{
+  if (!obj->parent)
+  return strdup("0");
+  else
+  {
+    /* Find this object in its parent. */
+    int32_t i, j = -1;
+    char buf [20];
+    char *higher = 0;
+    MimeContainer *cont = (MimeContainer *) obj->parent;
+    NS_ASSERTION(mime_typep(obj->parent,
+                    (MimeObjectClass *)&mimeContainerClass), "1.1 <rhp@netscape.com> 19 Mar 1999 12:00");
+    for (i = 0; i < cont->nchildren; i++)
+    if (cont->children[i] == obj)
+      {
+      j = i+1;
+      break;
+      }
+    if (j == -1)
+    {
+      NS_ERROR("No children under MeimContainer");
+      return 0;
+    }
+
+    PR_snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%ld", j);
+    if (obj->parent->parent)
+    {
+      higher = mime_part_address(obj->parent);
+      if (!higher) return 0;  /* MIME_OUT_OF_MEMORY */
+    }
+
+    if (!higher)
+    return strdup(buf);
+    else
+    {
+      uint32_t slen = strlen(higher) + strlen(buf) + 3;
+      char *s = (char *)PR_MALLOC(slen);
+      if (!s)
+      {
+        PR_Free(higher);
+        return 0;  /* MIME_OUT_OF_MEMORY */
+      }
+      PL_strncpyz(s, higher, slen);
+      PL_strcatn(s, slen, ".");
+      PL_strcatn(s, slen, buf);
+      PR_Free(higher);
+      return s;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+
+/* Returns a string describing the location of the *IMAP* part (like "2.5.3").
+   This is not a full URL, just a part-number.
+   This part is explicitly passed in the X-Mozilla-IMAP-Part header.
+   Return value must be freed by the caller.
+ */
+char *
+mime_imap_part_address(MimeObject *obj)
+{
+  if (!obj || !obj->headers)
+    return 0;
+  else
+    return MimeHeaders_get(obj->headers, IMAP_EXTERNAL_CONTENT_HEADER, false, false);
+}
+
+/* Returns a full URL if the current mime object has a EXTERNAL_ATTACHMENT_URL_HEADER
+   header.
+   Return value must be freed by the caller.
+*/
+char *
+mime_external_attachment_url(MimeObject *obj)
+{
+  if (!obj || !obj->headers)
+    return 0;
+  else
+    return MimeHeaders_get(obj->headers, EXTERNAL_ATTACHMENT_URL_HEADER, false, false);
+}
+
+#ifdef ENABLE_SMIME
+/* Asks whether the given object is one of the cryptographically signed
+   or encrypted objects that we know about.  (MimeMessageClass uses this
+   to decide if the headers need to be presented differently.)
+ */
+bool
+mime_crypto_object_p(MimeHeaders *hdrs, bool clearsigned_counts, MimeDisplayOptions *opts)
+{
+  char *ct;
+  MimeObjectClass *clazz;
+
+  if (!hdrs) return false;
+
+  ct = MimeHeaders_get (hdrs, HEADER_CONTENT_TYPE, true, false);
+  if (!ct) return false;
+
+  /* Rough cut -- look at the string before doing a more complex comparison. */
+  if (PL_strcasecmp(ct, MULTIPART_SIGNED) &&
+    PL_strncasecmp(ct, "application/", 12))
+  {
+    PR_Free(ct);
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  /* It's a candidate for being a crypto object.  Let's find out for sure... */
+  clazz = mime_find_class(ct, hdrs, opts, true);
+  PR_Free(ct);
+
+  if (clazz == ((MimeObjectClass *)&mimeEncryptedCMSClass))
+  return true;
+  else if (clearsigned_counts &&
+       clazz == ((MimeObjectClass *)&mimeMultipartSignedCMSClass))
+  return true;
+  else
+  return false;
+}
+
+/* Whether the given object has written out the HTML version of its headers
+   in such a way that it will have a "crypto stamp" next to the headers.  If
+   this is true, then the child must write out its HTML slightly differently
+   to take this into account...
+ */
+bool
+mime_crypto_stamped_p(MimeObject *obj)
+{
+  if (!obj) return false;
+  if (mime_typep (obj, (MimeObjectClass *) &mimeMessageClass))
+  return ((MimeMessage *) obj)->crypto_stamped_p;
+  else
+  return false;
+}
+
+#endif // ENABLE_SMIME
+
+/* Puts a part-number into a URL.  If append_p is true, then the part number
+   is appended to any existing part-number already in that URL; otherwise,
+   it replaces it.
+ */
+char *
+mime_set_url_part(const char *url, const char *part, bool append_p)
+{
+  const char *part_begin = 0;
+  const char *part_end = 0;
+  bool got_q = false;
+  const char *s;
+  char *result;
+
+  if (!url || !part) return 0;
+
+  nsAutoCString urlString(url);
+  int32_t typeIndex = urlString.Find("?type=application/x-message-display");
+  if (typeIndex != -1)
+  {
+    urlString.Cut(typeIndex, sizeof("?type=application/x-message-display") - 1);
+    if (urlString.CharAt(typeIndex) == '&')
+      urlString.Replace(typeIndex, 1, '?');
+    url = urlString.get();
+  }
+
+  for (s = url; *s; s++)
+  {
+    if (*s == '?')
+    {
+      got_q = true;
+      if (!PL_strncasecmp(s, "?part=", 6))
+      part_begin = (s += 6);
+    }
+    else if (got_q && *s == '&' && !PL_strncasecmp(s, "&part=", 6))
+    part_begin = (s += 6);
+
+    if (part_begin)
+    {
+      for (; (*s && *s != '?' && *s != '&'); s++)
+      ;
+      part_end = s;
+      break;
+          }
+  }
+
+  uint32_t resultlen = strlen(url) + strlen(part) + 10;
+  result = (char *) PR_MALLOC(resultlen);
+  if (!result) return 0;
+
+  if (part_begin)
+  {
+    if (append_p)
+    {
+      memcpy(result, url, part_end - url);
+      result [part_end - url]     = '.';
+      result [part_end - url + 1] = 0;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      memcpy(result, url, part_begin - url);
+      result [part_begin - url] = 0;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    PL_strncpyz(result, url, resultlen);
+    if (got_q)
+    PL_strcatn(result, resultlen, "&part=");
+    else
+    PL_strcatn(result, resultlen, "?part=");
+  }
+
+  PL_strcatn(result, resultlen, part);
+
+  if (part_end && *part_end)
+  PL_strcatn(result, resultlen, part_end);
+
+  /* Semi-broken kludge to omit a trailing "?part=0". */
+  {
+  int L = strlen(result);
+  if (L > 6 &&
+    (result[L-7] == '?' || result[L-7] == '&') &&
+    !strcmp("part=0", result + L - 6))
+    result[L-7] = 0;
+  }
+
+  return result;
+}
+
+
+
+/* Puts an *IMAP* part-number into a URL.
+   Strips off any previous *IMAP* part numbers, since they are absolute, not relative.
+ */
+char *
+mime_set_url_imap_part(const char *url, const char *imappart, const char *libmimepart)
+{
+  char *result = 0;
+  char *whereCurrent = PL_strstr(url, "/;section=");
+  if (whereCurrent)
+  {
+    *whereCurrent = 0;
+  }
+
+  uint32_t resultLen = strlen(url) + strlen(imappart) + strlen(libmimepart) + 17;
+  result = (char *) PR_MALLOC(resultLen);
+  if (!result) return 0;
+
+  PL_strncpyz(result, url, resultLen);
+  PL_strcatn(result, resultLen, "/;section=");
+  PL_strcatn(result, resultLen, imappart);
+  PL_strcatn(result, resultLen, "?part=");
+  PL_strcatn(result, resultLen, libmimepart);
+
+  if (whereCurrent)
+    *whereCurrent = '/';
+
+  return result;
+}
+
+
+/* Given a part ID, looks through the MimeObject tree for a sub-part whose ID
+   number matches, and returns the MimeObject (else NULL.)
+   (part is not a URL -- it's of the form "1.3.5".)
+ */
+MimeObject *
+mime_address_to_part(const char *part, MimeObject *obj)
+{
+  /* Note: this is an N^2 operation, but the number of parts in a message
+   shouldn't ever be large enough that this really matters... */
+
+  bool match;
+
+  if (!part || !*part)
+  {
+    match = !obj->parent;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    char *part2 = mime_part_address(obj);
+    if (!part2) return 0;  /* MIME_OUT_OF_MEMORY */
+    match = !strcmp(part, part2);
+    PR_Free(part2);
+  }
+
+  if (match)
+  {
+    /* These are the droids we're looking for. */
+    return obj;
+  }
+  else if (!mime_typep(obj, (MimeObjectClass *) &mimeContainerClass))
+  {
+    /* Not a container, pull up, pull up! */
+    return 0;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    int32_t i;
+    MimeContainer *cont = (MimeContainer *) obj;
+    for (i = 0; i < cont->nchildren; i++)
+    {
+      MimeObject *o2 = mime_address_to_part(part, cont->children[i]);
+      if (o2) return o2;
+    }
+    return 0;
+  }
+}
+
+/* Given a part ID, looks through the MimeObject tree for a sub-part whose ID
+   number matches; if one is found, returns the Content-Name of that part.
+   Else returns NULL.  (part is not a URL -- it's of the form "1.3.5".)
+ */
+char *
+mime_find_content_type_of_part(const char *part, MimeObject *obj)
+{
+  char *result = 0;
+
+  obj = mime_address_to_part(part, obj);
+  if (!obj) return 0;
+
+  result = (obj->headers ? MimeHeaders_get(obj->headers, HEADER_CONTENT_TYPE, true, false) : 0);
+
+  return result;
+}
+
+/* Given a part ID, looks through the MimeObject tree for a sub-part whose ID
+   number matches; if one is found, returns the Content-Name of that part.
+   Else returns NULL.  (part is not a URL -- it's of the form "1.3.5".)
+ */
+char *
+mime_find_suggested_name_of_part(const char *part, MimeObject *obj)
+{
+  char *result = 0;
+
+  obj = mime_address_to_part(part, obj);
+  if (!obj) return 0;
+
+  result = (obj->headers ? MimeHeaders_get_name(obj->headers, obj->options) : 0);
+
+  /* If this part doesn't have a name, but this part is one fork of an
+   AppleDouble, and the AppleDouble itself has a name, then use that. */
+  if (!result &&
+    obj->parent &&
+    obj->parent->headers &&
+    mime_typep(obj->parent,
+         (MimeObjectClass *) &mimeMultipartAppleDoubleClass))
+  result = MimeHeaders_get_name(obj->parent->headers, obj->options);
+
+  /* Else, if this part is itself an AppleDouble, and one of its children
+   has a name, then use that (check data fork first, then resource.) */
+  if (!result &&
+    mime_typep(obj, (MimeObjectClass *) &mimeMultipartAppleDoubleClass))
+  {
+    MimeContainer *cont = (MimeContainer *) obj;
+    if (cont->nchildren > 1 &&
+      cont->children[1] &&
+      cont->children[1]->headers)
+    result = MimeHeaders_get_name(cont->children[1]->headers, obj->options);
+
+    if (!result &&
+      cont->nchildren > 0 &&
+      cont->children[0] &&
+      cont->children[0]->headers)
+    result = MimeHeaders_get_name(cont->children[0]->headers, obj->options);
+  }
+
+  /* Ok, now we have the suggested name, if any.
+   Now we remove any extensions that correspond to the
+   Content-Transfer-Encoding.  For example, if we see the headers
+
+    Content-Type: text/plain
+    Content-Disposition: inline; filename=foo.text.uue
+    Content-Transfer-Encoding: x-uuencode
+
+   then we would look up (in mime.types) the file extensions which are
+   associated with the x-uuencode encoding, find that "uue" is one of
+   them, and remove that from the end of the file name, thus returning
+   "foo.text" as the name.  This is because, by the time this file ends
+   up on disk, its content-transfer-encoding will have been removed;
+   therefore, we should suggest a file name that indicates that.
+   */
+  if (result && obj->encoding && *obj->encoding)
+  {
+    int32_t L = strlen(result);
+    const char **exts = 0;
+
+    /*
+     I'd like to ask the mime.types file, "what extensions correspond
+     to obj->encoding (which happens to be "x-uuencode") but doing that
+     in a non-sphagetti way would require brain surgery.  So, since
+     currently uuencode is the only content-transfer-encoding which we
+     understand which traditionally has an extension, we just special-
+     case it here!  Icepicks in my forehead!
+
+     Note that it's special-cased in a similar way in libmsg/compose.c.
+     */
+    if (!PL_strcasecmp(obj->encoding, ENCODING_UUENCODE))
+    {
+      static const char *uue_exts[] = { "uu", "uue", 0 };
+      exts = uue_exts;
+    }
+
+    while (exts && *exts)
+    {
+      const char *ext = *exts;
+      int32_t L2 = strlen(ext);
+      if (L > L2 + 1 &&              /* long enough */
+        result[L - L2 - 1] == '.' &&      /* '.' in right place*/
+        !PL_strcasecmp(ext, result + (L - L2)))  /* ext matches */
+      {
+        result[L - L2 - 1] = 0;    /* truncate at '.' and stop. */
+        break;
+      }
+      exts++;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return result;
+}
+
+/* Parse the various "?" options off the URL and into the options struct.
+ */
+int
+mime_parse_url_options(const char *url, MimeDisplayOptions *options)
+{
+  const char *q;
+
+  if (!url || !*url) return 0;
+  if (!options) return 0;
+
+  MimeHeadersState default_headers = options->headers;
+
+  q = PL_strrchr (url, '?');
+  if (! q) return 0;
+  q++;
+  while (*q)
+  {
+    const char *end, *value, *name_end;
+    for (end = q; *end && *end != '&'; end++)
+      ;
+    for (value = q; *value != '=' && value < end; value++)
+      ;
+    name_end = value;
+    if (value < end) value++;
+    if (name_end <= q)
+      ;
+    else if (!PL_strncasecmp ("headers", q, name_end - q))
+    {
+      if (end > value && !PL_strncasecmp ("only", value, end-value))
+        options->headers = MimeHeadersOnly;
+      else if (end > value && !PL_strncasecmp ("none", value, end-value))
+        options->headers = MimeHeadersNone;
+      else if (end > value && !PL_strncasecmp ("all", value, end - value))
+        options->headers = MimeHeadersAll;
+      else if (end > value && !PL_strncasecmp ("some", value, end - value))
+        options->headers = MimeHeadersSome;
+      else if (end > value && !PL_strncasecmp ("micro", value, end - value))
+        options->headers = MimeHeadersMicro;
+      else if (end > value && !PL_strncasecmp ("cite", value, end - value))
+        options->headers = MimeHeadersCitation;
+      else if (end > value && !PL_strncasecmp ("citation", value, end-value))
+        options->headers = MimeHeadersCitation;
+      else
+        options->headers = default_headers;
+    }
+    else if (!PL_strncasecmp ("part", q, name_end - q) &&
+      options->format_out != nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageBodyQuoting)
+    {
+      PR_FREEIF (options->part_to_load);
+      if (end > value)
+      {
+        options->part_to_load = (char *) PR_MALLOC(end - value + 1);
+        if (!options->part_to_load)
+          return MIME_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+        memcpy(options->part_to_load, value, end-value);
+        options->part_to_load[end-value] = 0;
+      }
+    }
+    else if (!PL_strncasecmp ("rot13", q, name_end - q))
+    {
+      options->rot13_p = end <= value || !PL_strncasecmp ("true", value, end - value);
+    }
+    else if (!PL_strncasecmp ("emitter", q, name_end - q))
+    {
+      if ((end > value) && !PL_strncasecmp ("js", value, end - value))
+      {
+        // the js emitter needs to hear about nested message bodies
+        //  in order to build a proper representation.
+        options->notify_nested_bodies = true;
+        // show_attachment_inline_p has the side-effect of letting the
+        //  emitter see all parts of a multipart/alternative, which it
+        //  really appreciates.
+        options->show_attachment_inline_p = true;
+        // however, show_attachment_inline_p also results in a few
+        //  subclasses writing junk into the body for display purposes.
+        // put a stop to these shenanigans by enabling write_pure_bodies.
+        //  current offenders are:
+        //  - MimeInlineImage
+        options->write_pure_bodies = true;
+        // we don't actually care about the data in the attachments, just the
+        // metadata (i.e. size)
+        options->metadata_only = true;
+      }
+    }
+
+    q = end;
+    if (*q)
+      q++;
+  }
+
+
+/* Compatibility with the "?part=" syntax used in the old (Mozilla 2.0)
+   MIME parser.
+
+   Basically, the problem is that the old part-numbering code was totally
+   busted: here's a comparison of the old and new numberings with a pair
+   of hypothetical messages (one with a single part, and one with nested
+   containers.)
+   NEW:      OLD:  OR:
+   message/rfc822
+   image/jpeg           1         0     0
+
+  message/rfc822
+  multipart/mixed      1         0     0
+  text/plain         1.1       1     1
+  image/jpeg         1.2       2     2
+  message/rfc822     1.3       -     3
+  text/plain       1.3.1     3     -
+  message/rfc822     1.4       -     4
+  multipart/mixed  1.4.1     4     -
+  text/plain     1.4.1.1   4.1   -
+  image/jpeg     1.4.1.2   4.2   -
+  text/plain         1.5       5     5
+
+ The "NEW" column is how the current code counts.  The "OLD" column is
+ what "?part=" references would do in 3.0b4 and earlier; you'll see that
+ you couldn't directly refer to the child message/rfc822 objects at all!
+ But that's when it got really weird, because if you turned on
+ "Attachments As Links" (or used a URL like "?inline=false&part=...")
+ then you got a totally different numbering system (seen in the "OR"
+ column.)  Gag!
+
+ So, the problem is, ClariNet had been using these part numbers in their
+ HTML news feeds, as a sleazy way of transmitting both complex HTML layouts
+ and images using NNTP as transport, without invoking HTTP.
+
+ The following clause is to provide some small amount of backward
+ compatibility.  By looking at that table, one can see that in the new
+ model, "part=0" has no meaning, and neither does "part=2" or "part=3"
+ and so on.
+
+ "part=1" is ambiguous between the old and new way, as is any part
+ specification that has a "." in it.
+
+ So, the compatibility hack we do here is: if the part is "0", then map
+ that to "1".  And if the part is >= "2", then prepend "1." to it (so that
+ we map "2" to "1.2", and "3" to "1.3".)
+
+ This leaves the URLs compatible in the cases of:
+
+ = single part messages
+ = references to elements of a top-level multipart except the first
+
+ and leaves them incompatible for:
+
+ = the first part of a top-level multipart
+ = all elements deeper than the outermost part
+
+ Life s#$%s when you don't properly think out things that end up turning
+ into de-facto standards...
+ */
+
+ if (options->part_to_load &&
+   !PL_strchr(options->part_to_load, '.'))    /* doesn't contain a dot */
+ {
+   if (!strcmp(options->part_to_load, "0"))    /* 0 */
+   {
+     PR_Free(options->part_to_load);
+     options->part_to_load = strdup("1");
+     if (!options->part_to_load)
+       return MIME_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+   }
+   else if (strcmp(options->part_to_load, "1"))  /* not 1 */
+   {
+     const char *prefix = "1.";
+     uint32_t slen = strlen(options->part_to_load) + strlen(prefix) + 1;
+     char *s = (char *) PR_MALLOC(slen);
+     if (!s) return MIME_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+     PL_strncpyz(s, prefix, slen);
+     PL_strcatn(s, slen, options->part_to_load);
+     PR_Free(options->part_to_load);
+     options->part_to_load = s;
+   }
+ }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+/* Some output-generation utility functions...
+ */
+
+int
+MimeOptions_write(MimeHeaders *hdrs, MimeDisplayOptions *opt, const char *data,
+                  int32_t length, bool user_visible_p)
+{
+  int status = 0;
+  void* closure = 0;
+  if (!opt || !opt->output_fn || !opt->state)
+  return 0;
+
+  closure = opt->output_closure;
+  if (!closure) closure = opt->stream_closure;
+
+//  PR_ASSERT(opt->state->first_data_written_p);
+
+  if (opt->state->separator_queued_p && user_visible_p)
+  {
+    opt->state->separator_queued_p = false;
+    if (opt->state->separator_suppressed_p)
+      opt->state->separator_suppressed_p = false;
+    else {
+      const char *sep = "<BR><FIELDSET CLASS=\"mimeAttachmentHeader\">";
+      int lstatus = opt->output_fn(sep, strlen(sep), closure);
+      opt->state->separator_suppressed_p = false;
+      if (lstatus < 0) return lstatus;
+
+      nsCString name;
+      name.Adopt(MimeHeaders_get_name(hdrs, opt));
+      MimeHeaders_convert_header_value(opt, name, false);
+
+      if (!name.IsEmpty()) {
+          sep = "<LEGEND CLASS=\"mimeAttachmentHeaderName\">";
+          lstatus = opt->output_fn(sep, strlen(sep), closure);
+          opt->state->separator_suppressed_p = false;
+          if (lstatus < 0) return lstatus;
+
+          nsCString escapedName;
+          escapedName.Adopt(MsgEscapeHTML(name.get()));
+
+          lstatus = opt->output_fn(escapedName.get(),
+                                   escapedName.Length(), closure);
+          opt->state->separator_suppressed_p = false;
+          if (lstatus < 0) return lstatus;
+
+          sep = "</LEGEND>";
+          lstatus = opt->output_fn(sep, strlen(sep), closure);
+          opt->state->separator_suppressed_p = false;
+          if (lstatus < 0) return lstatus;
+      }
+
+      sep = "</FIELDSET><BR/>";
+      lstatus = opt->output_fn(sep, strlen(sep), closure);
+      opt->state->separator_suppressed_p = false;
+      if (lstatus < 0) return lstatus;
+    }
+  }
+  if (user_visible_p)
+  opt->state->separator_suppressed_p = false;
+
+  if (length > 0)
+  {
+    status = opt->output_fn(data, length, closure);
+    if (status < 0) return status;
+  }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+MimeObject_write(MimeObject *obj, const char *output, int32_t length,
+         bool user_visible_p)
+{
+  if (!obj->output_p) return 0;
+
+  // if we're stripping attachments, check if any parent is not being ouput
+  if (obj->options->format_out == nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageAttach)
+  {
+    // if true, mime generates a separator in html - we don't want that.
+    user_visible_p = false;
+
+    for (MimeObject *parent = obj->parent; parent; parent = parent->parent)
+    {
+      if (!parent->output_p)
+        return 0;
+    }
+  }
+  if (!obj->options->state->first_data_written_p)
+  {
+    int status = MimeObject_output_init(obj, 0);
+    if (status < 0) return status;
+    NS_ASSERTION(obj->options->state->first_data_written_p, "1.1 <rhp@netscape.com> 19 Mar 1999 12:00");
+  }
+
+  return MimeOptions_write(obj->headers, obj->options, output, length, user_visible_p);
+}
+
+int
+MimeObject_write_separator(MimeObject *obj)
+{
+  if (obj->options && obj->options->state &&
+      // we never want separators if we are asking for pure bodies
+      !obj->options->write_pure_bodies)
+    obj->options->state->separator_queued_p = true;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+MimeObject_output_init(MimeObject *obj, const char *content_type)
+{
+  if (obj &&
+    obj->options &&
+    obj->options->state &&
+    !obj->options->state->first_data_written_p)
+  {
+    int status;
+    const char *charset = 0;
+    char *name = 0, *x_mac_type = 0, *x_mac_creator = 0;
+
+    if (!obj->options->output_init_fn)
+    {
+      obj->options->state->first_data_written_p = true;
+      return 0;
+    }
+
+    if (obj->headers)
+    {
+      char *ct;
+      name = MimeHeaders_get_name(obj->headers, obj->options);
+
+      ct = MimeHeaders_get(obj->headers, HEADER_CONTENT_TYPE,
+                 false, false);
+      if (ct)
+      {
+        x_mac_type   = MimeHeaders_get_parameter(ct, PARAM_X_MAC_TYPE, NULL, NULL);
+        x_mac_creator= MimeHeaders_get_parameter(ct, PARAM_X_MAC_CREATOR, NULL, NULL);
+        /* if don't have a x_mac_type and x_mac_creator, we need to try to get it from its parent */
+        if (!x_mac_type && !x_mac_creator && obj->parent && obj->parent->headers)
+        {
+          char * ctp = MimeHeaders_get(obj->parent->headers, HEADER_CONTENT_TYPE, false, false);
+          if (ctp)
+          {
+            x_mac_type   = MimeHeaders_get_parameter(ctp, PARAM_X_MAC_TYPE, NULL, NULL);
+            x_mac_creator= MimeHeaders_get_parameter(ctp, PARAM_X_MAC_CREATOR, NULL, NULL);
+            PR_Free(ctp);
+          }
+        }
+
+        if (!(obj->options->override_charset)) {
+          char *charset = MimeHeaders_get_parameter(ct, "charset", nullptr, nullptr);
+          if (charset)
+          {
+            PR_FREEIF(obj->options->default_charset);
+            obj->options->default_charset = charset;
+          }
+        }
+        PR_Free(ct);
+      }
+    }
+
+    if (mime_typep(obj, (MimeObjectClass *) &mimeInlineTextClass))
+    charset = ((MimeInlineText *)obj)->charset;
+
+    if (!content_type)
+    content_type = obj->content_type;
+    if (!content_type)
+    content_type = TEXT_PLAIN;
+
+    //
+    // Set the charset on the channel we are dealing with so people know
+    // what the charset is set to. Do this for quoting/Printing ONLY!
+    //
+    extern void   ResetChannelCharset(MimeObject *obj);
+    if ( (obj->options) &&
+         ( (obj->options->format_out == nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageQuoting) ||
+           (obj->options->format_out == nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageBodyQuoting) ||
+           (obj->options->format_out == nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageSaveAs) ||
+           (obj->options->format_out == nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessagePrintOutput) ) )
+      ResetChannelCharset(obj);
+
+    status = obj->options->output_init_fn (content_type, charset, name,
+                       x_mac_type, x_mac_creator,
+                       obj->options->stream_closure);
+    PR_FREEIF(name);
+    PR_FREEIF(x_mac_type);
+    PR_FREEIF(x_mac_creator);
+    obj->options->state->first_data_written_p = true;
+    return status;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+char *
+mime_get_base_url(const char *url)
+{
+  if (!url)
+    return nullptr;
+
+  const char *s = strrchr(url, '?');
+  if (s && !strncmp(s, "?type=application/x-message-display", sizeof("?type=application/x-message-display") - 1))
+  {
+    const char *nextTerm = strchr(s, '&');
+    s = (nextTerm) ? nextTerm : s + strlen(s) - 1;
+  }
+  // we need to keep the ?number part of the url, or we won't know
+  // which local message the part belongs to.
+  if (s && *s && *(s+1) && !strncmp(s + 1, "number=", sizeof("number=") - 1))
+  {
+    const char *nextTerm = strchr(++s, '&');
+    s = (nextTerm) ? nextTerm : s + strlen(s) - 1;
+  }
+  char *result = (char *) PR_MALLOC(strlen(url) + 1);
+  NS_ASSERTION(result, "out of memory");
+  if (!result)
+    return nullptr;
+
+  memcpy(result, url, s - url);
+  result[s - url] = 0;
+  return result;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/src/mimei.h b/mailnews/mime/src/mimei.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a2d8332cd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/src/mimei.h
@@ -0,0 +1,422 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _MIMEI_H_
+#define _MIMEI_H_
+
+/*
+  This module, libmime, implements a general-purpose MIME parser.
+  One of the methods provided by this parser is the ability to emit
+  an HTML representation of it.
+
+  All Mozilla-specific code is (and should remain) isolated in the
+  file mimemoz.c.  Generally, if the code involves images, netlib
+  streams it should be in mimemoz.c instead of in the main body of
+  the MIME parser.
+
+  The parser is object-oriented and fully buzzword-compliant.
+  There is a class for each MIME type, and each class is responsible
+  for parsing itself, and/or handing the input data off to one of its
+  child objects.
+
+  The class hierarchy is:
+
+     MimeObject (abstract)
+      |
+      +--- MimeContainer (abstract)
+      |     |
+      |     +--- MimeMultipart (abstract)
+      |     |     |
+      |     |     +--- MimeMultipartMixed
+      |     |     |
+      |     |     +--- MimeMultipartDigest
+      |     |     |
+      |     |     +--- MimeMultipartParallel
+      |     |     |
+      |     |     +--- MimeMultipartAlternative
+      |     |     |
+      |     |     +--- MimeMultipartRelated
+      |     |     |
+      |     |     +--- MimeMultipartAppleDouble
+      |     |     |
+      |     |     +--- MimeSunAttachment
+      |     |     |
+      |     |     \--- MimeMultipartSigned (abstract)
+      |     |          |
+      |     |          \--- MimeMultipartSignedCMS
+      |     |
+      |     +--- MimeEncrypted (abstract)
+      |     |     |
+      |     |     \--- MimeEncryptedPKCS7
+      |     |
+      |     +--- MimeXlateed (abstract)
+      |     |     |
+      |     |     \--- MimeXlateed
+      |     |
+      |     +--- MimeMessage
+      |     |
+      |     \--- MimeUntypedText
+      |
+      +--- MimeLeaf (abstract)
+      |     |
+      |     +--- MimeInlineText (abstract)
+      |     |     |
+      |     |     +--- MimeInlineTextPlain
+      |     |     |     |
+      |     |     |     \--- MimeInlineTextHTMLAsPlaintext
+      |     |     |
+      |     |     +--- MimeInlineTextPlainFlowed
+      |     |     |
+      |     |     +--- MimeInlineTextHTML
+      |     |     |     |
+      |     |     |     +--- MimeInlineTextHTMLParsed
+      |     |     |     |
+      |     |     |     \--- MimeInlineTextHTMLSanitized
+      |     |     |
+      |     |     +--- MimeInlineTextRichtext
+      |     |     |     |
+      |     |     |     \--- MimeInlineTextEnriched
+      |     |    |
+      |     |    +--- MimeInlineTextVCard
+      |     |
+      |     +--- MimeInlineImage
+      |     |
+      |     \--- MimeExternalObject
+      |
+      \--- MimeExternalBody
+
+
+  =========================================================================
+  The definition of these classes is somewhat idiosyncratic, since I defined
+  my own small object system, instead of giving the C++ virus another foothold.
+  (I would have liked to have written this in Java, but our runtime isn't
+  quite ready for prime time yet.)
+
+  There is one header file and one source file for each class (for example,
+  the MimeInlineText class is defined in "mimetext.h" and "mimetext.c".)
+  Each header file follows the following boiler-plate form:
+
+  TYPEDEFS: these come first to avoid circular dependencies.
+
+      typedef struct FoobarClass FoobarClass;
+      typedef struct Foobar      Foobar;
+
+  CLASS DECLARATION:
+  Theis structure defines the callback routines and other per-class data
+  of the class defined in this module.
+
+      struct FoobarClass {
+        ParentClass superclass;
+        ...any callbacks or class-variables...
+      };
+
+  CLASS DEFINITION:
+  This variable holds an instance of the one-and-only class record; the
+  various instances of this class point to this object.  (One interrogates
+  the type of an instance by comparing the value of its class pointer with
+  the address of this variable.)
+
+      extern FoobarClass foobarClass;
+
+  INSTANCE DECLARATION:
+  Theis structure defines the per-instance data of an object, and a pointer
+  to the corresponding class record.
+
+      struct Foobar {
+        Parent parent;
+        ...any instance variables...
+      };
+
+  Then, in the corresponding .c file, the following structure is used:
+
+  CLASS DEFINITION:
+  First we pull in the appropriate include file (which includes all necessary
+  include files for the parent classes) and then we define the class object
+  using the MimeDefClass macro:
+
+      #include "foobar.h"
+      #define MIME_SUPERCLASS parentlClass
+      MimeDefClass(Foobar, FoobarClass, foobarClass, &MIME_SUPERCLASS);
+
+  The definition of MIME_SUPERCLASS is just to move most of the knowlege of the
+  exact class hierarchy up to the file's header, instead of it being scattered
+  through the various methods; see below.
+
+  METHOD DECLARATIONS:
+  We will be putting function pointers into the class object, so we declare
+  them here.  They can generally all be static, since nobody outside of this
+  file needs to reference them by name; all references to these routines should
+  be through the class object.
+
+      extern int FoobarMethod(Foobar *);
+      ...etc...
+
+  CLASS INITIALIZATION FUNCTION:
+  The MimeDefClass macro expects us to define a function which will finish up
+  any initialization of the class object that needs to happen before the first
+  time it is instantiated.  Its name must be of the form "<class>Initialize",
+  and it should initialize the various method slots in the class as
+  appropriate.  Any methods or class variables which this class does not wish
+  to override will be automatically inherited from the parent class (by virtue
+  of its class-initialization function having been run first.)  Each class
+  object will only be initialized once.
+
+      static int
+      FoobarClassInitialize(FoobarClass *class)
+      {
+        clazz->method = FoobarMethod.
+        ...etc...
+      }
+
+  METHOD DEFINITIONS:
+  Next come the definitions of the methods we referred to in the class-init
+  function.  The way to access earlier methods (methods defined on the
+  superclass) is to simply extract them from the superclass's object.
+  But note that you CANNOT get at methods by indirecting through
+  object->clazz->superclass: that will only work to one level, and will
+  go into a loop if some subclass tries to continue on this method.
+
+  The easiest way to do this is to make use of the MIME_SUPERCLASS macro that
+  was defined at the top of the file, as shown below.  The alternative to that
+  involves typing the literal name of the direct superclass of the class
+  defined in this file, which will be a maintenance headache if the class
+  hierarchy changes.  If you use the MIME_SUPERCLASS idiom, then a textual
+  change is required in only one place if this class's superclass changes.
+
+      static void
+      Foobar_finalize (MimeObject *object)
+      {
+        ((MimeObjectClass*)&MIME_SUPERCLASS)->finalize(object);  //  RIGHT
+        parentClass.whatnot.object.finalize(object);             //  (works...)
+        object->clazz->superclass->finalize(object);             //  WRONG!!
+      }
+
+  If you write a libmime content type handler, libmime might create several
+  instances of your class at once and call e.g. the same finalize code for
+  3 different objects in a row.
+ */
+
+#include "mimehdrs.h"
+#include "nsTArray.h"
+
+typedef struct MimeObject      MimeObject;
+typedef struct MimeObjectClass MimeObjectClass;
+
+#ifdef ENABLE_SMIME
+class nsICMSMessage;
+#endif // ENABLE_SMIME
+
+/* (I don't pretend to understand this.) */
+#define cpp_stringify_noop_helper(x)#x
+#define cpp_stringify(x) cpp_stringify_noop_helper(x)
+
+#define MimeObjectClassInitializer(ITYPE,CSUPER) \
+  cpp_stringify(ITYPE), \
+  sizeof(ITYPE), \
+  (MimeObjectClass *) CSUPER, \
+  (int (*) (MimeObjectClass *)) ITYPE##ClassInitialize, \
+  0
+
+/* Macro used for setting up class definitions.
+ */
+#define MimeDefClass(ITYPE,CTYPE,CVAR,CSUPER) \
+ static int ITYPE##ClassInitialize(ITYPE##Class *); \
+ ITYPE##Class CVAR = { ITYPE##ClassInitializer(ITYPE,CSUPER) }
+
+
+/* Creates a new (subclass of) MimeObject of the given class, with the
+   given headers (which are copied.)
+ */
+extern MimeObject *mime_new (MimeObjectClass *clazz, MimeHeaders *hdrs,
+               const char *override_content_type);
+
+
+/* Destroys a MimeObject (or subclass) and all data associated with it.
+ */
+extern "C" void mime_free (MimeObject *object);
+
+/* Given a content-type string, finds and returns an appropriate subclass
+   of MimeObject.  A class object is returned.  If `exact_match_p' is true,
+   then only fully-known types will be returned; that is, if it is true,
+   then "text/x-unknown" will return MimeInlineTextPlainType, but if it is
+   false, it will return NULL.
+ */
+extern MimeObjectClass *mime_find_class (const char *content_type,
+                     MimeHeaders *hdrs,
+                     MimeDisplayOptions *opts,
+                     bool exact_match_p);
+
+/** Given a content-type string, creates and returns an appropriate subclass
+ * of MimeObject.  The headers (from which the content-type was presumably
+ * extracted) are copied. forceInline is set to true when the caller wants
+ * the function to ignore opts->show_attachment_inline_p and force inline
+ * display, e.g., mimemalt wants the body part to be shown inline.
+ */
+extern MimeObject *mime_create (const char *content_type, MimeHeaders *hdrs,
+                MimeDisplayOptions *opts, bool forceInline = false);
+
+
+/* Querying the type hierarchy */
+extern bool mime_subclass_p(MimeObjectClass *child,
+                 MimeObjectClass *parent);
+extern bool mime_typep(MimeObject *obj, MimeObjectClass *clazz);
+
+/* Returns a string describing the location of the part (like "2.5.3").
+   This is not a full URL, just a part-number.
+ */
+extern char *mime_part_address(MimeObject *obj);
+
+/* Returns a string describing the location of the *IMAP* part (like "2.5.3").
+   This is not a full URL, just a part-number.
+   This part is explicitly passed in the X-Mozilla-IMAP-Part header.
+   Return value must be freed by the caller.
+ */
+extern char *mime_imap_part_address(MimeObject *obj);
+
+extern char *mime_external_attachment_url(MimeObject *obj);
+
+/* Puts a part-number into a URL.  If append_p is true, then the part number
+   is appended to any existing part-number already in that URL; otherwise,
+   it replaces it.
+ */
+extern char *mime_set_url_part(const char *url, const char *part, bool append_p);
+
+/*
+  cut the part of url for display a attachment as a email.
+*/
+extern char *mime_get_base_url(const char *url);
+
+/* Puts an *IMAP* part-number into a URL.
+ */
+extern char *mime_set_url_imap_part(const char *url, const char *part, const char *libmimepart);
+
+
+/* Given a part ID, looks through the MimeObject tree for a sub-part whose ID
+   number matches, and returns the MimeObject (else NULL.)
+   (part is not a URL -- it's of the form "1.3.5".)
+ */
+extern MimeObject *mime_address_to_part(const char *part, MimeObject *obj);
+
+
+/* Given a part ID, looks through the MimeObject tree for a sub-part whose ID
+   number matches; if one is found, returns the Content-Name of that part.
+   Else returns NULL.  (part is not a URL -- it's of the form "1.3.5".)
+ */
+extern char *mime_find_suggested_name_of_part(const char *part,
+                        MimeObject *obj);
+
+/* Given a part ID, looks through the MimeObject tree for a sub-part whose ID
+   number matches; if one is found, returns the Content-Name of that part.
+   Else returns NULL.  (part is not a URL -- it's of the form "1.3.5".)
+ */
+extern char *mime_find_content_type_of_part(const char *part, MimeObject *obj);
+
+/* Parse the various "?" options off the URL and into the options struct.
+ */
+extern int mime_parse_url_options(const char *url, MimeDisplayOptions *);
+
+#ifdef ENABLE_SMIME
+
+/* Asks whether the given object is one of the cryptographically signed
+   or encrypted objects that we know about.  (MimeMessageClass uses this
+   to decide if the headers need to be presented differently.)
+ */
+extern bool mime_crypto_object_p(MimeHeaders *, bool clearsigned_counts, MimeDisplayOptions *);
+
+/* Tells whether the given MimeObject is a message which has been encrypted
+   or signed.  (Helper for MIME_GetMessageCryptoState()).
+ */
+extern void mime_get_crypto_state (MimeObject *obj,
+                   bool *signed_p, bool *encrypted_p,
+                   bool *signed_ok, bool *encrypted_ok);
+
+
+/* Whether the given object has written out the HTML version of its headers
+   in such a way that it will have a "crypto stamp" next to the headers.  If
+   this is true, then the child must write out its HTML slightly differently
+   to take this into account...
+ */
+extern bool mime_crypto_stamped_p(MimeObject *obj);
+
+/* How the crypto code tells the MimeMessage object what the crypto stamp
+   on it says. */
+extern void mime_set_crypto_stamp(MimeObject *obj,
+                  bool signed_p, bool encrypted_p);
+#endif // ENABLE_SMIME
+
+class MimeParseStateObject {
+public:
+
+  MimeParseStateObject()
+      {root = 0; separator_queued_p = false; separator_suppressed_p = false;
+        first_part_written_p = false; post_header_html_run_p = false; first_data_written_p = false;
+        decrypted_p = false; strippingPart = false;
+      }
+  MimeObject *root;        /* The outermost parser object. */
+
+  bool separator_queued_p;  /* Whether a separator should be written out
+                   before the next text is written (this lets
+                   us write separators lazily, so that one
+                   doesn't appear at the end, and so that more
+                   than one don't appear in a row.) */
+
+  bool separator_suppressed_p; /* Whether the currently-queued separator
+                   should not be printed; this is a kludge to
+                   prevent seps from being printed just after
+                   a header block... */
+
+  bool first_part_written_p;  /* State used for the `Show Attachments As
+                   Links' kludge. */
+
+  bool post_header_html_run_p; /* Whether we've run the
+                   options->generate_post_header_html_fn */
+
+  bool first_data_written_p;  /* State used for Mozilla lazy-stream-
+                   creation evilness. */
+
+  bool decrypted_p; /* If options->dexlate_p is true, then this
+                        will be set to indicate whether any
+                        dexlateion did in fact occur.
+                      */
+  nsTArray<nsCString> partsToStrip; /* if we're stripping parts, what parts to strip */
+  nsTArray<nsCString> detachToFiles; /* if we're detaching parts, where each part was detached to */
+  bool strippingPart;
+  nsCString detachedFilePath;       /* if we've detached this part, filepath of detached part */
+};
+
+
+/* Some output-generation utility functions...
+ */
+extern int MimeObject_output_init(MimeObject *obj, const char *content_type);
+
+/* The `user_visible_p' argument says whether the output that has just been
+   written will cause characters or images to show up on the screen, that
+   is, it should be false if the stuff being written is merely structural
+   HTML or whitespace ("<P>", "</TABLE>", etc.)  This information is used
+   when making the decision of whether a separating <HR> is needed.
+ */
+extern int MimeObject_write(MimeObject *, const char *data, int32_t length,
+                            bool user_visible_p);
+extern int MimeOptions_write(MimeHeaders *,
+                             MimeDisplayOptions *,
+                             const char *data, int32_t length,
+                             bool user_visible_p);
+
+/* Writes out the right kind of HR (or rather, queues it for writing.) */
+extern int MimeObject_write_separator(MimeObject *);
+
+extern bool MimeObjectIsMessageBody(MimeObject *obj);
+
+struct MimeDisplayData {            /* This struct is what we hang off of
+                                       (context)->mime_data, to remember info
+                                       about the last MIME object we've
+                                       parsed and displayed.  See
+                                       MimeGuessURLContentName() below.
+                                     */
+  MimeObject *last_parsed_object;
+  char *last_parsed_url;
+};
+
+#endif /* _MIMEI_H_ */
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/src/mimeiimg.cpp b/mailnews/mime/src/mimeiimg.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1d47db2ab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/src/mimeiimg.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,249 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "mimeiimg.h"
+#include "mimemoz2.h"
+#include "prmem.h"
+#include "plstr.h"
+#include "prlog.h"
+#include "nsMimeTypes.h"
+#include "nsMimeStringResources.h"
+#include "nsINetUtil.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+
+#define MIME_SUPERCLASS mimeLeafClass
+MimeDefClass(MimeInlineImage, MimeInlineImageClass,
+       mimeInlineImageClass, &MIME_SUPERCLASS);
+
+static int MimeInlineImage_initialize (MimeObject *);
+static void MimeInlineImage_finalize (MimeObject *);
+static int MimeInlineImage_parse_begin (MimeObject *);
+static int MimeInlineImage_parse_line (const char *, int32_t, MimeObject *);
+static int MimeInlineImage_parse_eof (MimeObject *, bool);
+static int MimeInlineImage_parse_decoded_buffer (const char *, int32_t, MimeObject *);
+
+static int
+MimeInlineImageClassInitialize(MimeInlineImageClass *clazz)
+{
+  MimeObjectClass *oclass = (MimeObjectClass *) clazz;
+  MimeLeafClass   *lclass = (MimeLeafClass *) clazz;
+
+  NS_ASSERTION(!oclass->class_initialized, "1.1 <rhp@netscape.com> 19 Mar 1999 12:00");
+  oclass->initialize   = MimeInlineImage_initialize;
+  oclass->finalize     = MimeInlineImage_finalize;
+  oclass->parse_begin  = MimeInlineImage_parse_begin;
+  oclass->parse_line   = MimeInlineImage_parse_line;
+  oclass->parse_eof    = MimeInlineImage_parse_eof;
+  lclass->parse_decoded_buffer = MimeInlineImage_parse_decoded_buffer;
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+static int
+MimeInlineImage_initialize (MimeObject *object)
+{
+  return ((MimeObjectClass*)&MIME_SUPERCLASS)->initialize(object);
+}
+
+static void
+MimeInlineImage_finalize (MimeObject *object)
+{
+  ((MimeObjectClass*)&MIME_SUPERCLASS)->finalize(object);
+}
+
+static int
+MimeInlineImage_parse_begin (MimeObject *obj)
+{
+  MimeInlineImage *img = (MimeInlineImage *) obj;
+
+  int status;
+
+  status = ((MimeObjectClass*)&MIME_SUPERCLASS)->parse_begin(obj);
+  if (status < 0) return status;
+
+  if (!obj->output_p) return 0;
+
+  if (!obj->options || !obj->options->output_fn ||
+      // don't bother processing if the consumer doesn't want us
+      //  gunking the body up.
+      obj->options->write_pure_bodies)
+    return 0;
+
+  if (obj->options &&
+    obj->options->image_begin &&
+    obj->options->write_html_p &&
+    obj->options->image_write_buffer)
+  {
+    char *html, *part, *image_url;
+    const char *ct;
+
+    part = mime_part_address(obj);
+    if (!part) return MIME_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+      char *no_part_url = nullptr;
+      if (obj->options->part_to_load && obj->options->format_out == nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageBodyDisplay)
+        no_part_url = mime_get_base_url(obj->options->url);
+
+        if (no_part_url)
+        {
+          image_url = mime_set_url_part(no_part_url, part, true);
+          PR_Free(no_part_url);
+        }
+        else
+          image_url = mime_set_url_part(obj->options->url, part, true);
+
+    if (!image_url)
+    {
+      PR_Free(part);
+      return MIME_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+    }
+    PR_Free(part);
+
+    ct = obj->content_type;
+    if (!ct) ct = IMAGE_GIF;  /* Can't happen?  Close enough. */
+
+    // Fill in content type and attachment name here.
+    nsAutoCString url_with_filename(image_url);
+    url_with_filename += "&type=";
+    url_with_filename += ct;
+    char * filename = MimeHeaders_get_name ( obj->headers, obj->options );
+    if (filename)
+    {
+      nsCString escapedName;
+      MsgEscapeString(nsDependentCString(filename), nsINetUtil::ESCAPE_URL_PATH,
+                      escapedName);
+      url_with_filename += "&filename=";
+      url_with_filename += escapedName;
+      PR_Free(filename);
+    }
+
+    // We need to separate images with HR's...
+    MimeObject_write_separator(obj);
+
+    img->image_data =
+      obj->options->image_begin(url_with_filename.get(), ct, obj->options->stream_closure);
+    PR_Free(image_url);
+
+    if (!img->image_data) return MIME_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+    html = obj->options->make_image_html(img->image_data);
+    if (!html) return MIME_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+    status = MimeObject_write(obj, html, strlen(html), true);
+    PR_Free(html);
+    if (status < 0) return status;
+  }
+
+  //
+  // Now we are going to see if we should set the content type in the
+  // URI for the url being run...
+  //
+  if (obj->options && obj->options->stream_closure && obj->content_type)
+  {
+    mime_stream_data  *msd = (mime_stream_data *) (obj->options->stream_closure);
+    if ( (msd) && (msd->channel) )
+    {
+      msd->channel->SetContentType(nsDependentCString(obj->content_type));
+    }
+  }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+static int
+MimeInlineImage_parse_eof (MimeObject *obj, bool abort_p)
+{
+  MimeInlineImage *img = (MimeInlineImage *) obj;
+  int status;
+  if (obj->closed_p) return 0;
+
+  /* Force out any buffered data from the superclass (the base64 decoder.) */
+  status = ((MimeObjectClass*)&MIME_SUPERCLASS)->parse_eof(obj, abort_p);
+  if (status < 0) abort_p = true;
+
+  if (img->image_data)
+  {
+    obj->options->image_end(img->image_data,
+                (status < 0 ? status : (abort_p ? -1 : 0)));
+    img->image_data = 0;
+  }
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+
+static int
+MimeInlineImage_parse_decoded_buffer (const char *buf, int32_t size, MimeObject *obj)
+{
+  /* This is called (by MimeLeafClass->parse_buffer) with blocks of data
+   that have already been base64-decoded.  Pass this raw image data
+   along to the backend-specific image display code.
+   */
+  MimeInlineImage *img  = (MimeInlineImage *) obj;
+  int status;
+
+  /* Don't do a roundtrip through XPConnect when we're only interested in
+   * metadata and size. 0 means ok, the caller just checks for negative return
+   * value
+   */
+  if (obj->options && obj->options->metadata_only)
+    return 0;
+
+  if (obj->output_p &&
+    obj->options &&
+    !obj->options->write_html_p)
+  {
+    /* in this case, we just want the raw data...
+     Make the stream, if it's not made, and dump the data out.
+     */
+
+    if (!obj->options->state->first_data_written_p)
+    {
+      status = MimeObject_output_init(obj, 0);
+      if (status < 0) return status;
+      NS_ASSERTION(obj->options->state->first_data_written_p, "1.1 <rhp@netscape.com> 19 Mar 1999 12:00");
+    }
+
+    return MimeObject_write(obj, buf, size, true);
+  }
+
+
+  if (!obj->options ||
+    !obj->options->image_write_buffer)
+  return 0;
+
+  /* If we don't have any image data, the image_end method must have already
+   been called, so don't call image_write_buffer again. */
+  if (!img->image_data) return 0;
+
+  /* Hand this data off to the backend-specific image display stream.
+   */
+  status = obj->options->image_write_buffer (buf, size, img->image_data);
+
+  /* If the image display stream fails, then close the stream - but do not
+   return the failure status, and do not give up on parsing this object.
+   Just because the image data was corrupt doesn't mean we need to give up
+   on the whole document; we can continue by just skipping over the rest of
+   this part, and letting our parent continue.
+   */
+  if (status < 0)
+  {
+    obj->options->image_end (img->image_data, status);
+    img->image_data = 0;
+    status = 0;
+  }
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+
+static int
+MimeInlineImage_parse_line (const char *line, int32_t length, MimeObject *obj)
+{
+  NS_ERROR("This method should never be called (inline images do no line buffering).");
+  return -1;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/src/mimeiimg.h b/mailnews/mime/src/mimeiimg.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ea8a9a3d1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/src/mimeiimg.h
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _MIMEIIMG_H_
+#define _MIMEIIMG_H_
+
+#include "mimeleaf.h"
+
+/* The MimeInlineImage class implements those MIME image types which can be
+   displayed inline.
+ */
+
+typedef struct MimeInlineImageClass MimeInlineImageClass;
+typedef struct MimeInlineImage      MimeInlineImage;
+
+struct MimeInlineImageClass {
+  MimeLeafClass leaf;
+};
+
+extern MimeInlineImageClass mimeInlineImageClass;
+
+struct MimeInlineImage {
+  MimeLeaf leaf;
+
+  /* Opaque data object for the backend-specific inline-image-display code
+   (internal-external-reconnect nastiness.) */
+  void *image_data;
+};
+
+#define MimeInlineImageClassInitializer(ITYPE,CSUPER) \
+  { MimeLeafClassInitializer(ITYPE,CSUPER) }
+
+#endif /* _MIMEIIMG_H_ */
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/src/mimeleaf.cpp b/mailnews/mime/src/mimeleaf.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5d35ead37
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/src/mimeleaf.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,221 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "modmimee.h"
+#include "mimeleaf.h"
+#include "nsMimeTypes.h"
+#include "prmem.h"
+#include "plstr.h"
+#include "prlog.h"
+#include "nsMimeStringResources.h"
+
+#define MIME_SUPERCLASS mimeObjectClass
+MimeDefClass(MimeLeaf, MimeLeafClass, mimeLeafClass, &MIME_SUPERCLASS);
+
+static int MimeLeaf_initialize (MimeObject *);
+static void MimeLeaf_finalize (MimeObject *);
+static int MimeLeaf_parse_begin (MimeObject *);
+static int MimeLeaf_parse_buffer (const char *, int32_t, MimeObject *);
+static int MimeLeaf_parse_line (const char *, int32_t, MimeObject *);
+static int MimeLeaf_close_decoder (MimeObject *);
+static int MimeLeaf_parse_eof (MimeObject *, bool);
+static bool MimeLeaf_displayable_inline_p (MimeObjectClass *clazz,
+                        MimeHeaders *hdrs);
+
+static int
+MimeLeafClassInitialize(MimeLeafClass *clazz)
+{
+  MimeObjectClass *oclass = (MimeObjectClass *) clazz;
+  NS_ASSERTION(!oclass->class_initialized, "1.1 <rhp@netscape.com> 19 Mar 1999 12:00");
+  oclass->initialize   = MimeLeaf_initialize;
+  oclass->finalize     = MimeLeaf_finalize;
+  oclass->parse_begin  = MimeLeaf_parse_begin;
+  oclass->parse_buffer = MimeLeaf_parse_buffer;
+  oclass->parse_line   = MimeLeaf_parse_line;
+  oclass->parse_eof    = MimeLeaf_parse_eof;
+  oclass->displayable_inline_p = MimeLeaf_displayable_inline_p;
+  clazz->close_decoder = MimeLeaf_close_decoder;
+
+  /* Default `parse_buffer' method is one which line-buffers the now-decoded
+   data and passes it on to `parse_line'.  (We snarf the implementation of
+   this method from our superclass's implementation of `parse_buffer', which
+   inherited it from MimeObject.)
+   */
+  clazz->parse_decoded_buffer =
+  ((MimeObjectClass*)&MIME_SUPERCLASS)->parse_buffer;
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+static int
+MimeLeaf_initialize (MimeObject *obj)
+{
+  /* This is an abstract class; it shouldn't be directly instantiated. */
+  NS_ASSERTION(obj->clazz != (MimeObjectClass *) &mimeLeafClass, "1.1 <rhp@netscape.com> 19 Mar 1999 12:00");
+
+  // Initial size is -1 (meaning "unknown size") - we'll correct it in
+  // parse_buffer.
+  MimeLeaf *leaf = (MimeLeaf *) obj;
+  leaf->sizeSoFar = -1;
+
+  return ((MimeObjectClass*)&MIME_SUPERCLASS)->initialize(obj);
+}
+
+
+static void
+MimeLeaf_finalize (MimeObject *object)
+{
+  MimeLeaf *leaf = (MimeLeaf *)object;
+  object->clazz->parse_eof (object, false);
+
+  /* Free the decoder data, if it's still around.  It was probably freed
+   in MimeLeaf_parse_eof(), but just in case... */
+  if (leaf->decoder_data)
+  {
+    MimeDecoderDestroy(leaf->decoder_data, true);
+    leaf->decoder_data = 0;
+  }
+
+  ((MimeObjectClass*)&MIME_SUPERCLASS)->finalize (object);
+}
+
+
+static int
+MimeLeaf_parse_begin (MimeObject *obj)
+{
+  MimeLeaf *leaf = (MimeLeaf *) obj;
+  MimeDecoderData *(*fn) (MimeConverterOutputCallback, void*) = 0;
+
+  /* Initialize a decoder if necessary.
+   */
+  if (!obj->encoding ||
+      // If we need the object as "raw" for saving or forwarding,
+      // don't decode text parts of message types. Other output formats,
+      // like "display" (nsMimeMessageBodyDisplay), need decoding.
+      (obj->options->format_out == nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageRaw &&
+       obj->parent &&
+       (!PL_strcasecmp(obj->parent->content_type, MESSAGE_NEWS) ||
+        !PL_strcasecmp(obj->parent->content_type, MESSAGE_RFC822)) &&
+       !PL_strncasecmp(obj->content_type, "text/", 5)))
+    /* no-op */ ;
+  else if (!PL_strcasecmp(obj->encoding, ENCODING_BASE64))
+  fn = &MimeB64DecoderInit;
+  else if (!PL_strcasecmp(obj->encoding, ENCODING_QUOTED_PRINTABLE))
+  leaf->decoder_data = 
+          MimeQPDecoderInit(((MimeConverterOutputCallback)
+                        ((MimeLeafClass *)obj->clazz)->parse_decoded_buffer),
+                        obj, obj);
+  else if (!PL_strcasecmp(obj->encoding, ENCODING_UUENCODE) ||
+       !PL_strcasecmp(obj->encoding, ENCODING_UUENCODE2) ||
+       !PL_strcasecmp(obj->encoding, ENCODING_UUENCODE3) ||
+       !PL_strcasecmp(obj->encoding, ENCODING_UUENCODE4))
+  fn = &MimeUUDecoderInit;
+  else if (!PL_strcasecmp(obj->encoding, ENCODING_YENCODE))
+    fn = &MimeYDecoderInit;
+
+  if (fn)
+  {
+    leaf->decoder_data =
+    fn (/* The MimeConverterOutputCallback cast is to turn the `void' argument
+           into `MimeObject'. */
+      ((MimeConverterOutputCallback)
+       ((MimeLeafClass *)obj->clazz)->parse_decoded_buffer),
+      obj);
+
+    if (!leaf->decoder_data)
+    return MIME_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+  }
+
+  return ((MimeObjectClass*)&MIME_SUPERCLASS)->parse_begin(obj);
+}
+
+
+static int
+MimeLeaf_parse_buffer (const char *buffer, int32_t size, MimeObject *obj)
+{
+  MimeLeaf *leaf = (MimeLeaf *) obj;
+
+  NS_ASSERTION(!obj->closed_p, "1.1 <rhp@netscape.com> 19 Mar 1999 12:00");
+  if (obj->closed_p) return -1;
+
+  /* If we're not supposed to write this object, bug out now.
+   */
+  if (!obj->output_p ||
+    !obj->options ||
+    !obj->options->output_fn)
+  return 0;
+
+  int rv;
+  if (leaf->sizeSoFar == -1)
+    leaf->sizeSoFar = 0;
+
+  if (leaf->decoder_data &&
+      obj->options && 
+      obj->options->format_out != nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageDecrypt
+      && obj->options->format_out != nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageAttach) {
+    int outSize = 0;
+    rv = MimeDecoderWrite (leaf->decoder_data, buffer, size, &outSize);
+    leaf->sizeSoFar += outSize;
+  }
+  else {
+    rv = ((MimeLeafClass *)obj->clazz)->parse_decoded_buffer (buffer, size,
+                                obj);
+    leaf->sizeSoFar += size;
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+static int
+MimeLeaf_parse_line (const char *line, int32_t length, MimeObject *obj)
+{
+  NS_ERROR("MimeLeaf_parse_line shouldn't ever be called.");
+  return -1;
+}
+
+
+static int
+MimeLeaf_close_decoder (MimeObject *obj)
+{
+  MimeLeaf *leaf = (MimeLeaf *) obj;
+
+  if (leaf->decoder_data)
+  {
+      int status = MimeDecoderDestroy(leaf->decoder_data, false);
+      leaf->decoder_data = 0;
+      return status;
+  }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+static int
+MimeLeaf_parse_eof (MimeObject *obj, bool abort_p)
+{
+  MimeLeaf *leaf = (MimeLeaf *) obj;
+  if (obj->closed_p) return 0;
+
+  /* Close off the decoder, to cause it to give up any buffered data that
+   it is still holding.
+   */
+  if (leaf->decoder_data)
+  {
+      int status = MimeLeaf_close_decoder(obj);
+      if (status < 0) return status;
+  }
+
+  /* Now run the superclass's parse_eof, which will force out the line
+   buffer (which we may have just repopulated, above.)
+   */
+  return ((MimeObjectClass*)&MIME_SUPERCLASS)->parse_eof (obj, abort_p);
+}
+
+
+static bool
+MimeLeaf_displayable_inline_p (MimeObjectClass *clazz, MimeHeaders *hdrs)
+{
+  return true;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/src/mimeleaf.h b/mailnews/mime/src/mimeleaf.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..10cfdc59a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/src/mimeleaf.h
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _MIMELEAF_H_
+#define _MIMELEAF_H_
+
+#include "mimeobj.h"
+#include "modmimee.h"
+
+/* MimeLeaf is the class for the objects representing all MIME types which
+   are not containers for other MIME objects.  The implication of this is
+   that they are MIME types which can have Content-Transfer-Encodings
+   applied to their data.  This class provides that service in its
+   parse_buffer() method:
+
+     int (*parse_decoded_buffer) (const char *buf, int32_t size, MimeObject *obj)
+
+   The `parse_buffer' method of MimeLeaf passes each block of data through
+   the appropriate decoder (if any) and then calls `parse_decoded_buffer'
+   on each block (not line) of output.
+
+   The default `parse_decoded_buffer' method of MimeLeaf line-buffers the
+   now-decoded data, handing each line to the `parse_line' method in turn.
+   If different behavior is desired (for example, if a class wants access
+   to the decoded data before it is line-buffered) the `parse_decoded_buffer'
+   method should be overridden.  (MimeExternalObject does this.)
+ */
+
+typedef struct MimeLeafClass MimeLeafClass;
+typedef struct MimeLeaf      MimeLeaf;
+
+struct MimeLeafClass {
+  MimeObjectClass object;
+  /* This is the callback that is handed to the decoder. */
+  int (*parse_decoded_buffer) (const char *buf, int32_t size, MimeObject *obj);
+  int (*close_decoder) (MimeObject *obj);
+};
+
+extern MimeLeafClass mimeLeafClass;
+
+struct MimeLeaf {
+  MimeObject object;    /* superclass variables */
+
+  /* If we're doing Base64, Quoted-Printable, or UU decoding, this is the
+   state object for the decoder. */
+  MimeDecoderData *decoder_data;
+
+  /* We want to count the size of the MimeObject to offer consumers the
+   * opportunity to display the sizes of attachments.
+   */
+  int sizeSoFar;
+};
+
+#define MimeLeafClassInitializer(ITYPE,CSUPER) \
+  { MimeObjectClassInitializer(ITYPE,CSUPER) }
+
+#endif /* _MIMELEAF_H_ */
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/src/mimemalt.cpp b/mailnews/mime/src/mimemalt.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3354b1f9b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/src/mimemalt.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,580 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/*
+  BACKGROUND
+  ----------
+
+  At the simplest level, multipart/alternative means "pick one of these and
+  display it." However, it's actually a lot more complicated than that.
+
+  The alternatives are in preference order, and counterintuitively, they go
+  from *least* to *most* preferred rather than the reverse. Therefore, when
+  we're parsing, we can't just take the first one we like and throw the rest
+  away -- we have to parse through the whole thing, discarding the n'th part if
+  we are capable of displaying the n+1'th.
+
+  Adding a wrinkle to that is the fact that we give the user the option of
+  demanding the plain-text alternative even though we are perfectly capable of
+  displaying the HTML, and it is almost always the preferred format, i.e., it
+  almost always comes after the plain-text alternative.
+
+  Speaking of which, you can't assume that each of the alternatives is just a
+  basic text/[whatever]. There may be, for example, a text/plain followed by a
+  multipart/related which contains text/html and associated embedded
+  images. Yikes!
+
+  You also can't assume that there will be just two parts. There can be an
+  arbitrary number, and the ones we are capable of displaying and the ones we
+  aren't could be interspersed in any order by the producer of the MIME.
+
+  We can't just throw away the parts we're not displaying when we're processing
+  the MIME for display. If we were to do that, then the MIME parts that
+  remained wouldn't get numbered properly, and that would mean, for example,
+  that deleting attachments wouldn't work in some messages. Indeed, that very
+  problem is what prompted a rewrite of this file into its current
+  architecture.
+
+  ARCHITECTURE
+  ------------
+
+  Parts are read and queued until we know whether we're going to display
+  them. If the first pending part is one we don't know how to display, then we
+  can add it to the MIME structure immediatelly, with output_p disabled. If the
+  first pending part is one we know how to display, then we can't add it to the
+  in-memory MIME structure until either (a) we encounter a later, more
+  preferred part we know how to display, or (b) we reach the end of the
+  parts. A display-capable part of the queue may be followed by one or more
+  display-incapable parts. We can't add them to the in-memory structure until
+  we figure out what to do with the first, display-capable pending part,
+  because otherwise the order and numbering will be wrong. All of the logic in
+  this paragraph is implemented in the flush_children function.
+
+  The display_cached_part function is what actually adds a MIME part to the
+  in-memory MIME structure. There is one complication there which forces us to
+  violate abstrations... Even if we set output_p on a child before adding it to
+  the parent, the parse_begin function resets it. The kluge I came up with to
+  prevent that was to give the child a separate options object and set
+  output_fn to nullptr in it, because that causes parse_begin to set output_p to
+  false. This seemed like the least onerous way to accomplish this, although I
+  can't say it's a solution I'm particularly fond of.
+
+  Another complication in display_cached_part is that if we were just a normal
+  multipart type, we could rely on MimeMultipart_parse_line to notify emitters
+  about content types, character sets, part numbers, etc. as our new children
+  get created. However, since we defer creation of some children, the
+  notification doesn't happen there, so we have to handle it
+  ourselves. Unfortunately, this requires a small abstraction violation in
+  MimeMultipart_parse_line -- we have to check there if the entity is
+  multipart/alternative and if so not notify emitters there because
+  MimeMultipartAlternative_create_child handles it.
+
+  - Jonathan Kamens, 2010-07-23
+
+  When the option prefer_plaintext is on, the last text/plain part
+  should be preferred over any other part that can be displayed. But
+  if no text/plain part is found, then the algorithm should go as
+  normal and convert any html part found to text. To achive this I
+  found that the simplest way was to change the function display_part_p
+  into returning priority as an integer instead of boolean can/can't
+  display. Then I also changed the function flush_children so it selects
+  the last part with the highest priority. (Priority 0 means it cannot
+  be displayed and the part is never choosen.)
+
+  - Terje Bråten, 2013-02-16
+*/
+
+#include "mimemalt.h"
+#include "prmem.h"
+#include "plstr.h"
+#include "prlog.h"
+#include "nsMimeTypes.h"
+#include "nsMimeStringResources.h"
+#include "nsIPrefBranch.h"
+#include "mimemoz2.h" // for prefs
+
+extern "C" MimeObjectClass mimeMultipartRelatedClass;
+
+#define MIME_SUPERCLASS mimeMultipartClass
+MimeDefClass(MimeMultipartAlternative, MimeMultipartAlternativeClass,
+       mimeMultipartAlternativeClass, &MIME_SUPERCLASS);
+
+static int MimeMultipartAlternative_initialize (MimeObject *);
+static void MimeMultipartAlternative_finalize (MimeObject *);
+static int MimeMultipartAlternative_parse_eof (MimeObject *, bool);
+static int MimeMultipartAlternative_create_child(MimeObject *);
+static int MimeMultipartAlternative_parse_child_line (MimeObject *, const char *,
+                            int32_t, bool);
+static int MimeMultipartAlternative_close_child(MimeObject *);
+
+static int MimeMultipartAlternative_flush_children(MimeObject *, bool, priority_t);
+static priority_t MimeMultipartAlternative_display_part_p(MimeObject *self,
+                             MimeHeaders *sub_hdrs);
+static priority_t MimeMultipartAlternative_prioritize_part(char *content_type,
+                             bool prefer_plaintext);
+
+static int MimeMultipartAlternative_display_cached_part(MimeObject *,
+                                                        MimeHeaders *,
+                                                        MimePartBufferData *,
+                                                        bool);
+
+static int
+MimeMultipartAlternativeClassInitialize(MimeMultipartAlternativeClass *clazz)
+{
+  MimeObjectClass    *oclass = (MimeObjectClass *)    clazz;
+  MimeMultipartClass *mclass = (MimeMultipartClass *) clazz;
+  PR_ASSERT(!oclass->class_initialized);
+  oclass->initialize       = MimeMultipartAlternative_initialize;
+  oclass->finalize         = MimeMultipartAlternative_finalize;
+  oclass->parse_eof        = MimeMultipartAlternative_parse_eof;
+  mclass->create_child     = MimeMultipartAlternative_create_child;
+  mclass->parse_child_line = MimeMultipartAlternative_parse_child_line;
+  mclass->close_child      = MimeMultipartAlternative_close_child;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+static int
+MimeMultipartAlternative_initialize (MimeObject *obj)
+{
+  MimeMultipartAlternative *malt = (MimeMultipartAlternative *) obj;
+
+  NS_ASSERTION(!malt->part_buffers, "object initialized multiple times");
+  NS_ASSERTION(!malt->buffered_hdrs, "object initialized multiple times");
+  malt->pending_parts = 0;
+  malt->max_parts = 0;
+  malt->buffered_priority = PRIORITY_UNDISPLAYABLE;
+  malt->buffered_hdrs = nullptr;
+  malt->part_buffers = nullptr;
+
+  return ((MimeObjectClass*)&MIME_SUPERCLASS)->initialize(obj);
+}
+
+static void
+MimeMultipartAlternative_cleanup(MimeObject *obj)
+{
+  MimeMultipartAlternative *malt = (MimeMultipartAlternative *) obj;
+  int32_t i;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < malt->pending_parts; i++) {
+    MimeHeaders_free(malt->buffered_hdrs[i]);
+    MimePartBufferDestroy(malt->part_buffers[i]);
+  }
+  PR_FREEIF(malt->buffered_hdrs);
+  PR_FREEIF(malt->part_buffers);
+  malt->pending_parts = 0;
+  malt->max_parts = 0;
+}
+
+
+static void
+MimeMultipartAlternative_finalize (MimeObject *obj)
+{
+  MimeMultipartAlternative_cleanup(obj);
+  ((MimeObjectClass*)&MIME_SUPERCLASS)->finalize(obj);
+}
+
+
+static int
+MimeMultipartAlternative_flush_children(MimeObject *obj,
+                                        bool finished,
+                                        priority_t next_priority)
+{
+  /*
+    The cache should always have at the head the part with highest priority.
+
+    Possible states:
+
+    1. Cache contains nothing: do nothing.
+
+    2. Finished, and the cache contains one displayable body followed
+       by zero or more bodies with lower priority:
+
+    3. Finished, and the cache contains one non-displayable body:
+       create it with output off.
+
+    4. Not finished, and the cache contains one displayable body
+       followed by zero or more bodies with lower priority, and the new
+       body we're about to create is higher or equal priority:
+       create all cached bodies with output off.
+
+    5. Not finished, and the cache contains one displayable body
+       followed by zero or more bodies with lower priority, and the new
+       body we're about to create has lower priority: do nothing.
+
+    6. Not finished, and the cache contains one non-displayable body:
+       create it with output off.
+  */
+  MimeMultipartAlternative *malt = (MimeMultipartAlternative *) obj;
+  bool have_displayable, do_flush, do_display;
+
+  /* Case 1 */
+  if (! malt->pending_parts)
+    return 0;
+
+  have_displayable = (malt->buffered_priority > next_priority);
+  
+  if (finished && have_displayable) {
+    /* Case 2 */
+    do_flush = true;
+    do_display = true;
+  }
+  else if (finished && ! have_displayable) {
+    /* Case 3 */
+    do_flush = true;
+    do_display = false;
+  }
+  else if (! finished && have_displayable) {
+    /* Case 5 */
+    do_flush = false;
+    do_display = false;
+  }
+  else if (! finished && ! have_displayable) {
+    /* Case 4 */
+    /* Case 6 */
+    do_flush = true;
+    do_display = false;
+  }
+  else {
+    NS_ERROR("mimemalt.cpp: logic error in flush_children");
+    return -1;
+  }
+
+  if (do_flush) {
+    int32_t i;
+    for (i = 0; i < malt->pending_parts; i++) {
+      MimeMultipartAlternative_display_cached_part(obj,
+                                                   malt->buffered_hdrs[i],
+                                                   malt->part_buffers[i],
+                                                   do_display && (i == 0));
+      MimeHeaders_free(malt->buffered_hdrs[i]);
+      MimePartBufferDestroy(malt->part_buffers[i]);
+    }
+    malt->pending_parts = 0;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+MimeMultipartAlternative_parse_eof (MimeObject *obj, bool abort_p)
+{
+  int status = 0;
+
+  if (obj->closed_p) return 0;
+
+  status = ((MimeObjectClass*)&MIME_SUPERCLASS)->parse_eof(obj, abort_p);
+  if (status < 0) return status;
+
+
+  status = MimeMultipartAlternative_flush_children(obj, true,
+                                                   PRIORITY_UNDISPLAYABLE);
+  if (status < 0)
+    return status;
+
+  MimeMultipartAlternative_cleanup(obj);
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+
+static int
+MimeMultipartAlternative_create_child(MimeObject *obj)
+{
+  MimeMultipart *mult = (MimeMultipart *) obj;
+  MimeMultipartAlternative *malt = (MimeMultipartAlternative *) obj;
+
+  priority_t priority =
+    MimeMultipartAlternative_display_part_p (obj, mult->hdrs);
+
+  MimeMultipartAlternative_flush_children(obj, false, priority);
+
+  mult->state = MimeMultipartPartFirstLine;
+  int32_t i = malt->pending_parts++;
+
+  if (i==0) {
+    malt->buffered_priority = priority;
+  }
+
+  if (malt->pending_parts > malt->max_parts) {
+    malt->max_parts = malt->pending_parts;
+    MimeHeaders **newBuf = (MimeHeaders **)
+      PR_REALLOC(malt->buffered_hdrs,
+                 malt->max_parts * sizeof(*malt->buffered_hdrs));
+    NS_ENSURE_TRUE(newBuf, MIME_OUT_OF_MEMORY);
+    malt->buffered_hdrs = newBuf;
+
+    MimePartBufferData **newBuf2 = (MimePartBufferData **)
+      PR_REALLOC(malt->part_buffers,
+                 malt->max_parts * sizeof(*malt->part_buffers));
+    NS_ENSURE_TRUE(newBuf2, MIME_OUT_OF_MEMORY);
+    malt->part_buffers = newBuf2;
+  }
+
+  malt->buffered_hdrs[i] = MimeHeaders_copy(mult->hdrs);
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(malt->buffered_hdrs[i], MIME_OUT_OF_MEMORY);
+
+  malt->part_buffers[i] = MimePartBufferCreate();
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(malt->part_buffers[i], MIME_OUT_OF_MEMORY);
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+static int
+MimeMultipartAlternative_parse_child_line (MimeObject *obj,
+                       const char *line, int32_t length,
+                       bool first_line_p)
+{
+  MimeMultipartAlternative *malt = (MimeMultipartAlternative *) obj;
+
+  NS_ASSERTION(malt->pending_parts, "should be pending parts, but there aren't");
+  if (!malt->pending_parts)
+    return -1;
+  int32_t i = malt->pending_parts - 1;
+
+  /* Push this line into the buffer for later retrieval. */
+  return MimePartBufferWrite (malt->part_buffers[i], line, length);
+}
+
+
+static int
+MimeMultipartAlternative_close_child(MimeObject *obj)
+{
+  MimeMultipartAlternative *malt = (MimeMultipartAlternative *) obj;
+  MimeMultipart *mult = (MimeMultipart *) obj;
+
+  /* PR_ASSERT(malt->part_buffer);      Some Mac brokenness trips this...
+  if (!malt->part_buffer) return -1; */
+
+  if (malt->pending_parts)
+    MimePartBufferClose(malt->part_buffers[malt->pending_parts-1]);
+
+  /* PR_ASSERT(mult->hdrs);         I expect the Mac trips this too */
+
+  if (mult->hdrs) {
+    MimeHeaders_free(mult->hdrs);
+    mult->hdrs = 0;
+  }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+static priority_t
+MimeMultipartAlternative_display_part_p(MimeObject *self,
+                    MimeHeaders *sub_hdrs)
+{
+  priority_t priority = PRIORITY_UNDISPLAYABLE;
+  char *ct = MimeHeaders_get (sub_hdrs, HEADER_CONTENT_TYPE, true, false);
+  if (!ct)
+    return priority;
+
+  /* RFC 1521 says:
+     Receiving user agents should pick and display the last format
+     they are capable of displaying.  In the case where one of the
+     alternatives is itself of type "multipart" and contains unrecognized
+     sub-parts, the user agent may choose either to show that alternative,
+     an earlier alternative, or both.
+   */
+
+  // We must pass 'true' as last parameter so that text/calendar is
+  // only displayable when Lightning is installed.
+  MimeObjectClass *clazz = mime_find_class(ct, sub_hdrs, self->options, true);
+  if (clazz && clazz->displayable_inline_p(clazz, sub_hdrs)) {
+    // prefer_plaintext pref
+    bool prefer_plaintext = false;
+    nsIPrefBranch *prefBranch = GetPrefBranch(self->options);
+    if (prefBranch) {
+      prefBranch->GetBoolPref("mailnews.display.prefer_plaintext",
+                              &prefer_plaintext);
+    }
+    prefer_plaintext = prefer_plaintext &&
+           (self->options->format_out != nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageSaveAs) &&
+           (self->options->format_out != nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageRaw);
+
+    priority = MimeMultipartAlternative_prioritize_part(ct, prefer_plaintext);
+  }
+
+  PR_FREEIF(ct);
+  return priority;
+}
+
+/**
+* RFC 1521 says we should display the last format we are capable of displaying.
+* But for various reasons (mainly to improve the user experience) we choose
+* to ignore that in some cases, and rather pick one that we prioritize.
+*/
+static priority_t
+MimeMultipartAlternative_prioritize_part(char *content_type,
+                                         bool prefer_plaintext)
+{
+  /*
+   * PRIORITY_NORMAL is the priority of text/html, multipart/..., etc. that
+   * we normally display. We should try to have as few exceptions from
+   * PRIORITY_NORMAL as possible
+   */
+
+  /* (with no / in the type) */
+  if (!PL_strcasecmp(content_type, "text")) {
+    if (prefer_plaintext) {
+       /* When in plain text view, a plain text part is what we want. */
+       return PRIORITY_HIGH;
+    }
+    /* We normally prefer other parts over the unspecified text type. */
+    return  PRIORITY_TEXT_UNKNOWN;
+  }
+
+  if (!PL_strncasecmp(content_type, "text/", 5)) {
+    char *text_type = content_type + 5;
+
+    if (!PL_strncasecmp(text_type, "plain", 5)) {
+      if (prefer_plaintext) {
+        /* When in plain text view,
+           the text/plain part is exactly what we want */
+        return PRIORITY_HIGHEST;
+      }
+      /*
+       * Because the html and the text part may be switched,
+       * or we have an extra text/plain added by f.ex. a buggy virus checker,
+       * we prioritize text/plain lower than normal.
+       */
+      return PRIORITY_TEXT_PLAIN;
+    }
+
+    if (!PL_strncasecmp(text_type, "calendar", 8) && prefer_plaintext) {
+      /*
+       * text/calendar receives an equally high priority so an invitation
+       * shows even in plaintext mode.
+       */
+      return PRIORITY_HIGHEST;
+    }
+
+    /* Need to white-list all text/... types that are or could be implemented. */
+    if (!PL_strncasecmp(text_type, "html", 4) ||
+        !PL_strncasecmp(text_type, "enriched", 8) ||
+        !PL_strncasecmp(text_type, "richtext", 8) ||
+        !PL_strncasecmp(text_type, "calendar", 8) ||
+        !PL_strncasecmp(text_type, "rtf", 3)) {
+      return PRIORITY_NORMAL;
+    }
+
+    /* We prefer other parts over unknown text types. */
+    return PRIORITY_TEXT_UNKNOWN;
+  }
+
+  // Guard against rogue messages with incorrect MIME structure and
+  // don't show images when plain text is requested.
+  if (!PL_strncasecmp(content_type, "image", 5)) {
+    if (prefer_plaintext)
+      return PRIORITY_UNDISPLAYABLE;
+    else
+      return PRIORITY_LOW;
+  }
+
+  return PRIORITY_NORMAL;
+}
+
+static int
+MimeMultipartAlternative_display_cached_part(MimeObject *obj,
+                                             MimeHeaders *hdrs,
+                                             MimePartBufferData *buffer,
+                                             bool do_display)
+{
+  int status;
+  bool old_options_no_output_p;
+
+  char *ct = (hdrs
+        ? MimeHeaders_get (hdrs, HEADER_CONTENT_TYPE, true, false)
+        : 0);
+  const char *dct = (((MimeMultipartClass *) obj->clazz)->default_part_type);
+  MimeObject *body;
+  /** Don't pass in NULL as the content-type (this means that the
+   * auto-uudecode-hack won't ever be done for subparts of a
+   * multipart, but only for untyped children of message/rfc822.
+   */
+  const char *uct = (ct && *ct) ? ct : (dct ? dct: TEXT_PLAIN);
+
+  // We always want to display the cached part inline.
+  body = mime_create(uct, hdrs, obj->options, true);
+  PR_FREEIF(ct);
+  if (!body) return MIME_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+  body->output_p = do_display;
+
+  status = ((MimeContainerClass *) obj->clazz)->add_child(obj, body);
+  if (status < 0)
+  {
+    mime_free(body);
+    return status;
+  }
+  /* add_child assigns body->options from obj->options, but that's
+     just a pointer so if we muck with it in the child it'll modify
+     the parent as well, which we definitely don't want. Therefore we
+     need to make a copy of the old value and restore it later. */
+  old_options_no_output_p = obj->options->no_output_p;
+  if (! do_display)
+    body->options->no_output_p = true;
+
+#ifdef MIME_DRAFTS
+  /* if this object is a child of a multipart/related object, the parent is
+     taking care of decomposing the whole part, don't need to do it at this level.
+     However, we still have to call decompose_file_init_fn and decompose_file_close_fn
+     in order to set the correct content-type. But don't call MimePartBufferRead
+  */
+  bool multipartRelatedChild = mime_typep(obj->parent,(MimeObjectClass*)&mimeMultipartRelatedClass);
+  bool decomposeFile = do_display && obj->options &&
+                  obj->options->decompose_file_p &&
+                  obj->options->decompose_file_init_fn &&
+                  !mime_typep(body, (MimeObjectClass *) &mimeMultipartClass);
+
+  if (decomposeFile)
+  {
+    status = obj->options->decompose_file_init_fn (
+                        obj->options->stream_closure, hdrs);
+    if (status < 0) return status;
+  }
+#endif /* MIME_DRAFTS */
+
+  /* Now that we've added this new object to our list of children,
+   notify emitters and start its parser going. */
+  MimeMultipart_notify_emitter(body);
+
+  status = body->clazz->parse_begin(body);
+  if (status < 0) return status;
+
+#ifdef MIME_DRAFTS
+  if (decomposeFile && !multipartRelatedChild)
+    status = MimePartBufferRead (buffer,
+                  obj->options->decompose_file_output_fn,
+                  obj->options->stream_closure);
+  else
+#endif /* MIME_DRAFTS */
+
+  status = MimePartBufferRead (buffer,
+                  /* The MimeConverterOutputCallback cast is to turn the
+                   `void' argument into `MimeObject'. */
+                  ((MimeConverterOutputCallback) body->clazz->parse_buffer),
+                  body);
+
+  if (status < 0) return status;
+
+  /* Done parsing. */
+  status = body->clazz->parse_eof(body, false);
+  if (status < 0) return status;
+  status = body->clazz->parse_end(body, false);
+  if (status < 0) return status;
+
+#ifdef MIME_DRAFTS
+  if (decomposeFile)
+  {
+    status = obj->options->decompose_file_close_fn ( obj->options->stream_closure );
+    if (status < 0) return status;
+  }
+#endif /* MIME_DRAFTS */
+
+  /* Restore options to what parent classes expects. */
+  obj->options->no_output_p = old_options_no_output_p;
+
+  return 0;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/src/mimemalt.h b/mailnews/mime/src/mimemalt.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6cd792f54
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/src/mimemalt.h
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _MIMEMALT_H_
+#define _MIMEMALT_H_
+
+#include "mimemult.h"
+#include "mimepbuf.h"
+
+/* The MimeMultipartAlternative class implements the multipart/alternative
+   MIME container, which displays only one (the `best') of a set of enclosed
+   documents.
+ */
+
+typedef struct MimeMultipartAlternativeClass MimeMultipartAlternativeClass;
+typedef struct MimeMultipartAlternative      MimeMultipartAlternative;
+
+struct MimeMultipartAlternativeClass {
+  MimeMultipartClass multipart;
+};
+
+extern "C" MimeMultipartAlternativeClass mimeMultipartAlternativeClass;
+
+enum priority_t {PRIORITY_UNDISPLAYABLE,
+                 PRIORITY_LOW,
+                 PRIORITY_TEXT_UNKNOWN,
+                 PRIORITY_TEXT_PLAIN,
+                 PRIORITY_NORMAL,
+                 PRIORITY_HIGH,
+                 PRIORITY_HIGHEST};
+
+struct MimeMultipartAlternative {
+  MimeMultipart multipart;      /* superclass variables */
+
+  MimeHeaders **buffered_hdrs;    /* The headers of pending parts */
+  MimePartBufferData **part_buffers;  /* The data of pending parts
+                                         (see mimepbuf.h) */
+  int32_t pending_parts;
+  int32_t max_parts;
+  priority_t buffered_priority; /* Priority of head of pending parts */
+};
+
+#define MimeMultipartAlternativeClassInitializer(ITYPE,CSUPER) \
+  { MimeMultipartClassInitializer(ITYPE,CSUPER) }
+
+#endif /* _MIMEMALT_H_ */
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/src/mimemapl.cpp b/mailnews/mime/src/mimemapl.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..449d80ac0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/src/mimemapl.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,189 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "mimemapl.h"
+#include "prmem.h"
+#include "plstr.h"
+#include "nsMimeStringResources.h"
+#include "mimemoz2.h"
+#include "nsMimeTypes.h"
+
+#define MIME_SUPERCLASS mimeMultipartClass
+MimeDefClass(MimeMultipartAppleDouble, MimeMultipartAppleDoubleClass,
+       mimeMultipartAppleDoubleClass, &MIME_SUPERCLASS);
+
+static int MimeMultipartAppleDouble_parse_begin (MimeObject *);
+static bool MimeMultipartAppleDouble_output_child_p(MimeObject *,
+                             MimeObject *);
+
+static int
+MimeMultipartAppleDoubleClassInitialize(MimeMultipartAppleDoubleClass *clazz)
+{
+  MimeObjectClass    *oclass = (MimeObjectClass *)    clazz;
+  MimeMultipartClass *mclass = (MimeMultipartClass *) clazz;
+
+  NS_ASSERTION(!oclass->class_initialized, "mime class not initialized");
+  oclass->parse_begin    = MimeMultipartAppleDouble_parse_begin;
+  mclass->output_child_p = MimeMultipartAppleDouble_output_child_p;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+MimeMultipartAppleDouble_parse_begin (MimeObject *obj)
+{
+  /* #### This method is identical to MimeExternalObject_parse_begin
+   which kinda s#$%s...
+   */
+  int status;
+
+  status = ((MimeObjectClass*)&MIME_SUPERCLASS)->parse_begin(obj);
+  if (status < 0) return status;
+
+  /* If we're writing this object, and we're doing it in raw form, then
+   now is the time to inform the backend what the type of this data is.
+   */
+  if (obj->output_p &&
+    obj->options &&
+    !obj->options->write_html_p &&
+    !obj->options->state->first_data_written_p)
+  {
+    status = MimeObject_output_init(obj, 0);
+    if (status < 0) return status;
+    NS_ASSERTION(obj->options->state->first_data_written_p, "first data not written");
+  }
+
+#ifdef XP_MACOSX
+  if (obj->options && obj->options->state)
+  {
+//  obj->options->state->separator_suppressed_p = true;
+  goto done;
+  }
+  /*
+   * It would be nice to not showing the resource fork links
+   * if we are displaying inline. But, there is no way we could
+   * know ahead of time that we could display the data fork and
+   * the data fork is always hidden on MAC platform.
+   */
+#endif
+  /* If we're writing this object as HTML, then emit a link for the
+   multipart/appledouble part (both links) that looks just like the
+   links that MimeExternalObject emits for external leaf parts.
+   */
+  if (obj->options &&
+    obj->output_p &&
+    obj->options->write_html_p &&
+    obj->options->output_fn)
+  {
+    char *id = 0;
+    char *id_url = 0;
+    char *id_imap = 0;
+
+    id = mime_part_address (obj);
+    if (! id) return MIME_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+    if (obj->options->missing_parts)
+    id_imap = mime_imap_part_address (obj);
+
+      if (obj->options && obj->options->url)
+    {
+      const char *url = obj->options->url;
+      if (id_imap && id)
+      {
+      /* if this is an IMAP part. */
+      id_url = mime_set_url_imap_part(url, id_imap, id);
+      }
+      else
+      {
+      /* This is just a normal MIME part as usual. */
+      id_url = mime_set_url_part(url, id, true);
+      }
+      if (!id_url)
+      {
+        PR_Free(id);
+        return MIME_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+      }
+    }
+
+/**********************
+    if (!strcmp (id, "0"))
+    {
+      PR_Free(id);
+      id = MimeGetStringByID(MIME_MSG_ATTACHMENT);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      const char *p = "Part ";
+      char *s = (char *)PR_MALLOC(strlen(p) + strlen(id) + 1);
+      if (!s)
+      {
+        PR_Free(id);
+        PR_Free(id_url);
+        return MIME_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+      }
+      PL_strcpy(s, p);
+      PL_strcat(s, id);
+      PR_Free(id);
+      id = s;
+    }
+
+    if (all_headers_p &&
+      // Don't bother showing all headers on this part if it's the only
+      // part in the message: in that case, we've already shown these
+      // headers.
+      obj->options->state &&
+      obj->options->state->root == obj->parent)
+    all_headers_p = false;
+
+    newopt.fancy_headers_p = true;
+    newopt.headers = (all_headers_p ? MimeHeadersAll : MimeHeadersSome);
+
+//
+RICHIE SHERRY
+GOTTA STILL DO THIS FOR QUOTING!
+     status = MimeHeaders_write_attachment_box (obj->headers, &newopt,
+                                                 obj->content_type,
+                                                 obj->encoding,
+                                                 id_name? id_name : id, id_url, 0
+//
+*********************************************************************************/
+
+//  FAIL:
+    PR_FREEIF(id);
+    PR_FREEIF(id_url);
+    PR_FREEIF(id_imap);
+    if (status < 0) return status;
+  }
+
+#ifdef XP_MACOSX
+done:
+#endif
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+static bool
+MimeMultipartAppleDouble_output_child_p(MimeObject *obj, MimeObject *child)
+{
+  MimeContainer *cont = (MimeContainer *) obj;
+
+  /* If this is the first child, and it's an application/applefile, then
+   don't emit a link for it.  (There *should* be only two children, and
+   the first one should always be an application/applefile.)
+   */
+
+  if (cont->nchildren >= 1 && cont->children[0] == child && child->content_type &&
+      !PL_strcasecmp(child->content_type, APPLICATION_APPLEFILE))
+  {
+#ifdef XP_MACOSX
+    if (obj->output_p && obj->options && obj->options->write_html_p) //output HTML
+      return false;
+#else
+    /* if we are not on a Macintosh, don't emitte the resources fork at all. */
+    return false;
+#endif
+  }
+
+  return true;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/src/mimemapl.h b/mailnews/mime/src/mimemapl.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2ba48afdc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/src/mimemapl.h
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _MIMEMAPL_H_
+#define _MIMEMAPL_H_
+
+#include "mimemult.h"
+
+/* The MimeMultipartAppleDouble class implements the multipart/appledouble
+   MIME container, which provides a method of encapsulating and reconstructing
+   a two-forked Macintosh file.
+ */
+
+typedef struct MimeMultipartAppleDoubleClass MimeMultipartAppleDoubleClass;
+typedef struct MimeMultipartAppleDouble      MimeMultipartAppleDouble;
+
+struct MimeMultipartAppleDoubleClass {
+  MimeMultipartClass multipart;
+};
+
+extern MimeMultipartAppleDoubleClass mimeMultipartAppleDoubleClass;
+
+struct MimeMultipartAppleDouble {
+  MimeMultipart multipart;
+};
+
+#define MimeMultipartAppleDoubleClassInitializer(ITYPE,CSUPER) \
+  { MimeMultipartClassInitializer(ITYPE,CSUPER) }
+
+#endif /* _MIMEMAPL_H_ */
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/src/mimemcms.cpp b/mailnews/mime/src/mimemcms.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d67f69899
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/src/mimemcms.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,470 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsICMSMessage.h"
+#include "nsICMSMessageErrors.h"
+#include "nsICMSDecoder.h"
+#include "nsICryptoHash.h"
+#include "mimemcms.h"
+#include "mimecryp.h"
+#include "nsMimeTypes.h"
+#include "nspr.h"
+#include "nsMimeStringResources.h"
+#include "mimemsg.h"
+#include "mimemoz2.h"
+#include "nsIURI.h"
+#include "nsIMsgWindow.h"
+#include "nsIMsgMailNewsUrl.h"
+#include "nsIMimeMiscStatus.h"
+#include "nsIMsgSMIMEHeaderSink.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsIX509Cert.h"
+#include "plstr.h"
+#include "nsComponentManagerUtils.h"
+
+#define MIME_SUPERCLASS mimeMultipartSignedClass
+MimeDefClass(MimeMultipartSignedCMS, MimeMultipartSignedCMSClass,
+       mimeMultipartSignedCMSClass, &MIME_SUPERCLASS);
+
+static int MimeMultipartSignedCMS_initialize (MimeObject *);
+
+static void *MimeMultCMS_init (MimeObject *);
+static int MimeMultCMS_data_hash (const char *, int32_t, void *);
+static int MimeMultCMS_sig_hash  (const char *, int32_t, void *);
+static int MimeMultCMS_data_eof (void *, bool);
+static int MimeMultCMS_sig_eof  (void *, bool);
+static int MimeMultCMS_sig_init (void *, MimeObject *, MimeHeaders *);
+static char * MimeMultCMS_generate (void *);
+static void MimeMultCMS_free (void *);
+
+extern int SEC_ERROR_CERT_ADDR_MISMATCH;
+
+static int
+MimeMultipartSignedCMSClassInitialize(MimeMultipartSignedCMSClass *clazz)
+{
+  MimeObjectClass          *oclass = (MimeObjectClass *)    clazz;
+  MimeMultipartSignedClass *sclass = (MimeMultipartSignedClass *) clazz;
+
+  oclass->initialize  = MimeMultipartSignedCMS_initialize;
+
+  sclass->crypto_init           = MimeMultCMS_init;
+  sclass->crypto_data_hash      = MimeMultCMS_data_hash;
+  sclass->crypto_data_eof       = MimeMultCMS_data_eof;
+  sclass->crypto_signature_init = MimeMultCMS_sig_init;
+  sclass->crypto_signature_hash = MimeMultCMS_sig_hash;
+  sclass->crypto_signature_eof  = MimeMultCMS_sig_eof;
+  sclass->crypto_generate_html  = MimeMultCMS_generate;
+  sclass->crypto_free           = MimeMultCMS_free;
+
+  PR_ASSERT(!oclass->class_initialized);
+  return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+MimeMultipartSignedCMS_initialize (MimeObject *object)
+{
+  return ((MimeObjectClass*)&MIME_SUPERCLASS)->initialize(object);
+}
+
+
+typedef struct MimeMultCMSdata
+{
+  int16_t hash_type;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsICryptoHash> data_hash_context;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsICMSDecoder> sig_decoder_context;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsICMSMessage> content_info;
+  char *sender_addr;
+  bool decoding_failed;
+  unsigned char* item_data;
+  uint32_t item_len;
+  MimeObject *self;
+  bool parent_is_encrypted_p;
+  bool parent_holds_stamp_p;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgSMIMEHeaderSink> smimeHeaderSink;
+
+  MimeMultCMSdata()
+  :hash_type(0),
+  sender_addr(nullptr),
+  decoding_failed(false),
+  item_data(nullptr),
+  self(nullptr),
+  parent_is_encrypted_p(false),
+  parent_holds_stamp_p(false)
+  {
+  }
+
+  ~MimeMultCMSdata()
+  {
+    PR_FREEIF(sender_addr);
+
+    // Do a graceful shutdown of the nsICMSDecoder and release the nsICMSMessage //
+    if (sig_decoder_context)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsICMSMessage> cinfo;
+      sig_decoder_context->Finish(getter_AddRefs(cinfo));
+    }
+
+    delete [] item_data;
+  }
+} MimeMultCMSdata;
+
+/* #### MimeEncryptedCMS and MimeMultipartSignedCMS have a sleazy,
+        incestuous, dysfunctional relationship. */
+extern bool MimeEncryptedCMS_encrypted_p (MimeObject *obj);
+extern void MimeCMSGetFromSender(MimeObject *obj,
+                                 nsCString &from_addr,
+                                 nsCString &from_name,
+                                 nsCString &sender_addr,
+                                 nsCString &sender_name);
+extern bool MimeCMSHeadersAndCertsMatch(MimeObject *obj,
+                                          nsICMSMessage *,
+                                          bool *signing_cert_without_email_address);
+extern void MimeCMSRequestAsyncSignatureVerification(nsICMSMessage *aCMSMsg,
+                                                     const char *aFromAddr, const char *aFromName,
+                                                     const char *aSenderAddr, const char *aSenderName,
+                                                     nsIMsgSMIMEHeaderSink *aHeaderSink, int32_t aMimeNestingLevel,
+                                                     unsigned char* item_data, uint32_t item_len);
+extern char *MimeCMS_MakeSAURL(MimeObject *obj);
+extern char *IMAP_CreateReloadAllPartsUrl(const char *url);
+extern int MIMEGetRelativeCryptoNestLevel(MimeObject *obj);
+
+static void *
+MimeMultCMS_init (MimeObject *obj)
+{
+  MimeHeaders *hdrs = obj->headers;
+  MimeMultCMSdata *data = 0;
+  char *ct, *micalg;
+  int16_t hash_type;
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  ct = MimeHeaders_get (hdrs, HEADER_CONTENT_TYPE, false, false);
+  if (!ct) return 0; /* #### bogus message?  out of memory? */
+  micalg = MimeHeaders_get_parameter (ct, PARAM_MICALG, NULL, NULL);
+  PR_Free(ct);
+  ct = 0;
+  if (!micalg) return 0; /* #### bogus message?  out of memory? */
+
+  if (!PL_strcasecmp(micalg, PARAM_MICALG_MD5) ||
+      !PL_strcasecmp(micalg, PARAM_MICALG_MD5_2))
+    hash_type = nsICryptoHash::MD5;
+  else if (!PL_strcasecmp(micalg, PARAM_MICALG_SHA1) ||
+       !PL_strcasecmp(micalg, PARAM_MICALG_SHA1_2) ||
+       !PL_strcasecmp(micalg, PARAM_MICALG_SHA1_3) ||
+       !PL_strcasecmp(micalg, PARAM_MICALG_SHA1_4) ||
+       !PL_strcasecmp(micalg, PARAM_MICALG_SHA1_5))
+    hash_type = nsICryptoHash::SHA1;
+  else if (!PL_strcasecmp(micalg, PARAM_MICALG_SHA256) ||
+       !PL_strcasecmp(micalg, PARAM_MICALG_SHA256_2) ||
+       !PL_strcasecmp(micalg, PARAM_MICALG_SHA256_3))
+    hash_type = nsICryptoHash::SHA256;
+  else if (!PL_strcasecmp(micalg, PARAM_MICALG_SHA384) ||
+       !PL_strcasecmp(micalg, PARAM_MICALG_SHA384_2) ||
+       !PL_strcasecmp(micalg, PARAM_MICALG_SHA384_3))
+    hash_type = nsICryptoHash::SHA384;
+  else if (!PL_strcasecmp(micalg, PARAM_MICALG_SHA512) ||
+       !PL_strcasecmp(micalg, PARAM_MICALG_SHA512_2) ||
+       !PL_strcasecmp(micalg, PARAM_MICALG_SHA512_3))
+    hash_type = nsICryptoHash::SHA512;
+  else if (!PL_strcasecmp(micalg, PARAM_MICALG_MD2))
+    hash_type = nsICryptoHash::MD2;
+  else
+    hash_type = -1;
+
+  PR_Free(micalg);
+  micalg = 0;
+
+  if (hash_type == -1) return 0; /* #### bogus message? */
+
+  data = new MimeMultCMSdata;
+  if (!data)
+    return 0;
+
+  data->self = obj;
+  data->hash_type = hash_type;
+
+  data->data_hash_context = do_CreateInstance("@mozilla.org/security/hash;1", &rv);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+  {
+    delete data;
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  rv = data->data_hash_context->Init(data->hash_type);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+  {
+    delete data;
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  PR_SetError(0,0);
+
+  data->parent_holds_stamp_p =
+  (obj->parent && mime_crypto_stamped_p(obj->parent));
+
+  data->parent_is_encrypted_p =
+  (obj->parent && MimeEncryptedCMS_encrypted_p (obj->parent));
+
+  /* If the parent of this object is a crypto-blob, then it's the grandparent
+   who would have written out the headers and prepared for a stamp...
+   (This s##t s$%#s.)
+   */
+  if (data->parent_is_encrypted_p &&
+    !data->parent_holds_stamp_p &&
+    obj->parent && obj->parent->parent)
+  data->parent_holds_stamp_p =
+    mime_crypto_stamped_p (obj->parent->parent);
+
+  mime_stream_data *msd = (mime_stream_data *) (data->self->options->stream_closure);
+  if (msd)
+  {
+    nsIChannel *channel = msd->channel;  // note the lack of ref counting...
+    if (channel)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> uri;
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgWindow> msgWindow;
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgHeaderSink> headerSink;
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> msgurl;
+      nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> securityInfo;
+      channel->GetURI(getter_AddRefs(uri));
+      if (uri)
+      {
+        nsAutoCString urlSpec;
+        rv = uri->GetSpec(urlSpec);
+
+        // We only want to update the UI if the current mime transaction
+        // is intended for display.
+        // If the current transaction is intended for background processing,
+        // we can learn that by looking at the additional header=filter
+        // string contained in the URI.
+        //
+        // If we find something, we do not set smimeHeaderSink,
+        // which will prevent us from giving UI feedback.
+        //
+        // If we do not find header=filter, we assume the result of the
+        // processing will be shown in the UI.
+
+        if (!strstr(urlSpec.get(), "?header=filter") &&
+            !strstr(urlSpec.get(), "&header=filter")&&
+            !strstr(urlSpec.get(), "?header=attach") &&
+            !strstr(urlSpec.get(), "&header=attach"))
+        {
+          msgurl = do_QueryInterface(uri);
+          if (msgurl)
+            msgurl->GetMsgWindow(getter_AddRefs(msgWindow));
+          if (msgWindow)
+            msgWindow->GetMsgHeaderSink(getter_AddRefs(headerSink));
+          if (headerSink)
+            headerSink->GetSecurityInfo(getter_AddRefs(securityInfo));
+          if (securityInfo)
+            data->smimeHeaderSink = do_QueryInterface(securityInfo);
+         }
+       }
+    } // if channel
+  } // if msd
+
+  return data;
+}
+
+static int
+MimeMultCMS_data_hash (const char *buf, int32_t size, void *crypto_closure)
+{
+  MimeMultCMSdata *data = (MimeMultCMSdata *) crypto_closure;
+  if (!data || !data->data_hash_context) {
+    return -1;
+  }
+
+  PR_SetError(0, 0);
+  nsresult rv = data->data_hash_context->Update((unsigned char *) buf, size);
+  data->decoding_failed = NS_FAILED(rv);
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+MimeMultCMS_data_eof (void *crypto_closure, bool abort_p)
+{
+  MimeMultCMSdata *data = (MimeMultCMSdata *) crypto_closure;
+  if (!data || !data->data_hash_context) {
+    return -1;
+  }
+
+  nsAutoCString hashString;
+  data->data_hash_context->Finish(false, hashString);
+  PR_SetError(0, 0);
+
+  data->item_len  = hashString.Length();
+  data->item_data = new unsigned char[data->item_len];
+  if (!data->item_data) return MIME_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+  memcpy(data->item_data, hashString.get(), data->item_len);
+
+  // Release our reference to nsICryptoHash //
+  data->data_hash_context = nullptr;
+
+  /* At this point, data->item.data contains a digest for the first part.
+   When we process the signature, the security library will compare this
+   digest to what's in the signature object. */
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+static int
+MimeMultCMS_sig_init (void *crypto_closure,
+            MimeObject *multipart_object,
+            MimeHeaders *signature_hdrs)
+{
+  MimeMultCMSdata *data = (MimeMultCMSdata *) crypto_closure;
+  char *ct;
+  int status = 0;
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  if (!signature_hdrs) {
+    return -1;
+  }
+
+  ct = MimeHeaders_get (signature_hdrs, HEADER_CONTENT_TYPE, true, false);
+
+  /* Verify that the signature object is of the right type. */
+  if (!ct || /* is not a signature type */
+             (PL_strcasecmp(ct, APPLICATION_XPKCS7_SIGNATURE) != 0
+              && PL_strcasecmp(ct, APPLICATION_PKCS7_SIGNATURE) != 0)) {
+    status = -1; /* #### error msg about bogus message */
+  }
+  PR_FREEIF(ct);
+  if (status < 0) return status;
+
+  data->sig_decoder_context = do_CreateInstance(NS_CMSDECODER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return 0;
+
+  rv = data->sig_decoder_context->Start(nullptr, nullptr);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+    status = PR_GetError();
+    if (status >= 0) status = -1;
+  }
+  return status;
+}
+
+
+static int
+MimeMultCMS_sig_hash (const char *buf, int32_t size, void *crypto_closure)
+{
+  MimeMultCMSdata *data = (MimeMultCMSdata *) crypto_closure;
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  if (!data || !data->sig_decoder_context) {
+    return -1;
+  }
+
+  rv = data->sig_decoder_context->Update(buf, size);
+  data->decoding_failed = NS_FAILED(rv);
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+MimeMultCMS_sig_eof (void *crypto_closure, bool abort_p)
+{
+  MimeMultCMSdata *data = (MimeMultCMSdata *) crypto_closure;
+
+  if (!data) {
+    return -1;
+  }
+
+  /* Hand an EOF to the crypto library.
+
+   We save away the value returned and will use it later to emit a
+   blurb about whether the signature validation was cool.
+   */
+
+  if (data->sig_decoder_context) {
+    data->sig_decoder_context->Finish(getter_AddRefs(data->content_info));
+
+    // Release our reference to nsICMSDecoder //
+    data->sig_decoder_context = nullptr;
+  }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+static void
+MimeMultCMS_free (void *crypto_closure)
+{
+  MimeMultCMSdata *data = (MimeMultCMSdata *) crypto_closure;
+  if (!data) return;
+
+  delete data;
+}
+
+static char *
+MimeMultCMS_generate (void *crypto_closure)
+{
+  MimeMultCMSdata *data = (MimeMultCMSdata *) crypto_closure;
+  if (!data) return 0;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIX509Cert> signerCert;
+
+  int aRelativeNestLevel = MIMEGetRelativeCryptoNestLevel(data->self);
+
+  if (aRelativeNestLevel < 0)
+    return nullptr;
+
+  int32_t maxNestLevel = 0;
+  if (data->smimeHeaderSink && aRelativeNestLevel >= 0)
+  {
+    data->smimeHeaderSink->MaxWantedNesting(&maxNestLevel);
+
+    if (aRelativeNestLevel > maxNestLevel)
+      return nullptr;
+  }
+
+  if (data->self->options->missing_parts)
+  {
+    // We were not given all parts of the message.
+    // We are therefore unable to verify correctness of the signature.
+
+    if (data->smimeHeaderSink)
+      data->smimeHeaderSink->SignedStatus(aRelativeNestLevel,
+                                          nsICMSMessageErrors::VERIFY_NOT_YET_ATTEMPTED,
+                                          nullptr);
+    return nullptr;
+  }
+
+  if (!data->content_info)
+  {
+    /* No content_info at all -- since we're inside a multipart/signed,
+     that means that we've either gotten a message that was truncated
+     before the signature part, or we ran out of memory, or something
+     awful has happened.
+     */
+     return nullptr;
+  }
+
+  nsCString from_addr;
+  nsCString from_name;
+  nsCString sender_addr;
+  nsCString sender_name;
+
+  MimeCMSGetFromSender(data->self,
+                       from_addr, from_name,
+                       sender_addr, sender_name);
+
+  MimeCMSRequestAsyncSignatureVerification(data->content_info,
+                                           from_addr.get(), from_name.get(),
+                                           sender_addr.get(), sender_name.get(),
+                                           data->smimeHeaderSink, aRelativeNestLevel,
+                                           data->item_data, data->item_len);
+
+  if (data->content_info)
+  {
+#if 0 // XXX Fix this. What do we do here? //
+    if (SEC_CMSContainsCertsOrCrls(data->content_info))
+    {
+      /* #### call libsec telling it to import the certs */
+    }
+#endif
+  }
+
+  return nullptr;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/src/mimemcms.h b/mailnews/mime/src/mimemcms.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..54f41da1b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/src/mimemcms.h
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _MIMEMPKC_H_
+#define _MIMEMPKC_H_
+
+#include "mimemsig.h"
+
+class nsICMSMessage;
+
+/* The MimeMultipartSignedCMS class implements a multipart/signed MIME 
+   container with protocol=application/x-CMS-signature, which passes the
+   signed object through CMS code to verify the signature.  See mimemsig.h
+   for details of the general mechanism on which this is built.
+ */
+
+typedef struct MimeMultipartSignedCMSClass MimeMultipartSignedCMSClass;
+typedef struct MimeMultipartSignedCMS      MimeMultipartSignedCMS;
+
+struct MimeMultipartSignedCMSClass {
+  MimeMultipartSignedClass msigned;
+};
+
+extern MimeMultipartSignedCMSClass mimeMultipartSignedCMSClass;
+
+struct MimeMultipartSignedCMS {
+  MimeMultipartSigned msigned;
+};
+
+#define MimeMultipartSignedCMSClassInitializer(ITYPE,CSUPER) \
+  { MimeMultipartSignedClassInitializer(ITYPE,CSUPER) }
+
+#endif /* _MIMEMPKC_H_ */
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/src/mimemdig.cpp b/mailnews/mime/src/mimemdig.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6b318fb2b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/src/mimemdig.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "mimemdig.h"
+#include "prlog.h"
+#include "nsMimeTypes.h"
+
+#define MIME_SUPERCLASS mimeMultipartClass
+MimeDefClass(MimeMultipartDigest, MimeMultipartDigestClass,
+       mimeMultipartDigestClass, &MIME_SUPERCLASS);
+
+static int
+MimeMultipartDigestClassInitialize(MimeMultipartDigestClass *clazz)
+{
+#ifdef DEBUG
+  MimeObjectClass    *oclass = (MimeObjectClass *)    clazz;
+  PR_ASSERT(!oclass->class_initialized);
+#endif
+  MimeMultipartClass *mclass = (MimeMultipartClass *) clazz;
+  mclass->default_part_type = MESSAGE_RFC822;
+  return 0;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/src/mimemdig.h b/mailnews/mime/src/mimemdig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6844c286f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/src/mimemdig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _MIMEMDIG_H_
+#define _MIMEMDIG_H_
+
+#include "mimemult.h"
+
+/* The MimeMultipartDigest class implements the multipart/digest MIME 
+   container, which is just like multipart/mixed, except that the default
+   type (for parts with no type explicitly specified) is message/rfc822
+   instead of text/plain.
+ */
+
+typedef struct MimeMultipartDigestClass MimeMultipartDigestClass;
+typedef struct MimeMultipartDigest      MimeMultipartDigest;
+
+struct MimeMultipartDigestClass {
+  MimeMultipartClass multipart;
+};
+
+extern MimeMultipartDigestClass mimeMultipartDigestClass;
+
+struct MimeMultipartDigest {
+  MimeMultipart multipart;
+};
+
+#define MimeMultipartDigestClassInitializer(ITYPE,CSUPER) \
+  { MimeMultipartClassInitializer(ITYPE,CSUPER) }
+
+#endif /* _MIMEMDIG_H_ */
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/src/mimemmix.cpp b/mailnews/mime/src/mimemmix.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f2d7e31cd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/src/mimemmix.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "mimemmix.h"
+#include "prlog.h"
+
+#define MIME_SUPERCLASS mimeMultipartClass
+MimeDefClass(MimeMultipartMixed, MimeMultipartMixedClass,
+       mimeMultipartMixedClass, &MIME_SUPERCLASS);
+
+static int
+MimeMultipartMixedClassInitialize(MimeMultipartMixedClass *clazz)
+{
+#ifdef DEBUG
+  MimeObjectClass *oclass = (MimeObjectClass *) clazz;
+  PR_ASSERT(!oclass->class_initialized);
+#endif
+  return 0;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/src/mimemmix.h b/mailnews/mime/src/mimemmix.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9f401fa31
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/src/mimemmix.h
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _MIMEMMIX_H_
+#define _MIMEMMIX_H_
+
+#include "mimemult.h"
+
+/* The MimeMultipartMixed class implements the multipart/mixed MIME container,
+   and is also used for any and all otherwise-unrecognised subparts of
+   multipart/.
+ */
+
+typedef struct MimeMultipartMixedClass MimeMultipartMixedClass;
+typedef struct MimeMultipartMixed      MimeMultipartMixed;
+
+struct MimeMultipartMixedClass {
+  MimeMultipartClass multipart;
+};
+
+extern MimeMultipartMixedClass mimeMultipartMixedClass;
+
+struct MimeMultipartMixed {
+  MimeMultipart multipart;
+};
+
+#define MimeMultipartMixedClassInitializer(ITYPE,CSUPER) \
+  { MimeMultipartClassInitializer(ITYPE,CSUPER) }
+
+#endif /* _MIMEMMIX_H_ */
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/src/mimemoz2.cpp b/mailnews/mime/src/mimemoz2.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..09ac52545
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/src/mimemoz2.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,2211 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+#include "prlog.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "modlmime.h"
+#include "mimeobj.h"
+#include "mimemsg.h"
+#include "mimetric.h"   /* for MIME_RichtextConverter */
+#include "mimethtm.h"
+#include "mimemsig.h"
+#include "mimemrel.h"
+#include "mimemalt.h"
+#include "mimebuf.h"
+#include "mimemapl.h"
+#include "prprf.h"
+#include "mimei.h"      /* for moved MimeDisplayData struct */
+#include "mimebuf.h"
+#include "prmem.h"
+#include "plstr.h"
+#include "prmem.h"
+#include "mimemoz2.h"
+#include "nsIPrefService.h"
+#include "nsIPrefBranch.h"
+#include "nsIServiceManager.h"
+#include "nsIStringBundle.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsMimeStringResources.h"
+#include "nsStreamConverter.h"
+#include "nsIMsgSend.h"
+#include "nsIMsgMailNewsUrl.h"
+#include "mozITXTToHTMLConv.h"
+#include "nsCExternalHandlerService.h"
+#include "nsIMIMEService.h"
+#include "nsIImapUrl.h"
+#include "nsMsgI18N.h"
+#include "nsICharsetConverterManager.h"
+#include "nsMimeTypes.h"
+#include "nsIIOService.h"
+#include "nsIURI.h"
+#include "nsNetCID.h"
+#include "nsIMsgWindow.h"
+#include "nsIMimeMiscStatus.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "nsIChannel.h"
+#include "nsITransport.h"
+#include "mimeebod.h"
+#include "mimeeobj.h"
+// <for functions="HTML2Plaintext,HTMLSantinize">
+#include "nsXPCOM.h"
+#include "nsLayoutCID.h"
+#include "nsIComponentManager.h"
+#include "nsIParserUtils.h"
+// </for>
+#include "mozilla/Services.h"
+#include "mozilla/Unused.h"
+
+void                 ValidateRealName(nsMsgAttachmentData *aAttach, MimeHeaders *aHdrs);
+
+static MimeHeadersState MIME_HeaderType;
+static bool MIME_WrapLongLines;
+static bool MIME_VariableWidthPlaintext;
+
+mime_stream_data::mime_stream_data() : url_name(nullptr), orig_url_name(nullptr),
+  pluginObj2(nullptr), istream(nullptr), obj(nullptr), options(nullptr),
+  headers(nullptr), output_emitter(nullptr), firstCheck(false)
+{
+}
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Attachment handling routines
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+MimeObject    *mime_get_main_object(MimeObject* obj);
+
+nsresult MimeGetSize(MimeObject *child, int32_t *size) {
+  bool isLeaf = mime_subclass_p(child->clazz, (MimeObjectClass *) &mimeLeafClass);
+  bool isContainer = mime_subclass_p(child->clazz, (MimeObjectClass *) &mimeContainerClass);
+  bool isMsg = mime_subclass_p(child->clazz, (MimeObjectClass *) &mimeMessageClass);
+
+  if (isLeaf) {
+    *size += ((MimeLeaf *)child)->sizeSoFar;
+  } else if (isMsg) {
+    *size += ((MimeMessage *)child)->sizeSoFar;
+  } else if (isContainer) {
+    int i;
+    MimeContainer *cont = (MimeContainer *)child;
+    for (i = 0; i < cont->nchildren; ++i) {
+      MimeGetSize(cont->children[i], size);
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+ProcessBodyAsAttachment(MimeObject *obj, nsMsgAttachmentData **data)
+{
+  nsMsgAttachmentData   *tmp;
+  char                  *disp = nullptr;
+  char                  *charset = nullptr;
+
+  // Ok, this is the special case when somebody sends an "attachment" as the
+  // body of an RFC822 message...I really don't think this is the way this
+  // should be done.  I belive this should really be a multipart/mixed message
+  // with an empty body part, but what can ya do...our friends to the North seem
+  // to do this.
+  MimeObject    *child = obj;
+
+  *data = new nsMsgAttachmentData[2];
+  if (!*data)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+  tmp = *data;
+  tmp->m_realType = child->content_type;
+  tmp->m_realEncoding = child->encoding;
+  disp = MimeHeaders_get(child->headers, HEADER_CONTENT_DISPOSITION, false, false);
+  tmp->m_realName.Adopt(MimeHeaders_get_parameter(disp, "name", &charset, NULL));
+  if (!tmp->m_realName.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    char *fname = NULL;
+    fname = mime_decode_filename(tmp->m_realName.get(), charset, obj->options);
+    free(charset);
+    if (fname)
+      tmp->m_realName.Adopt(fname);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    tmp->m_realName.Adopt(MimeHeaders_get_name(child->headers, obj->options));
+
+    if (tmp->m_realName.IsEmpty() &&
+        tmp->m_realType.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral(MESSAGE_RFC822))
+    {
+      // We haven't actually parsed the message "attachment", so just give it a
+      // generic name.
+      tmp->m_realName = "AttachedMessage.eml";
+    }
+  }
+
+  tmp->m_hasFilename = !tmp->m_realName.IsEmpty();
+
+  if (tmp->m_realName.IsEmpty() &&
+      StringBeginsWith(tmp->m_realType, NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("text"),
+                       nsCaseInsensitiveCStringComparator()))
+    ValidateRealName(tmp, child->headers);
+
+  tmp->m_displayableInline = obj->clazz->displayable_inline_p(obj->clazz,
+                                                              obj->headers);
+
+  char  *tmpURL = nullptr;
+  char  *id = nullptr;
+  char  *id_imap = nullptr;
+
+  id = mime_part_address (obj);
+  if (obj->options->missing_parts)
+    id_imap = mime_imap_part_address (obj);
+
+  tmp->m_isDownloaded = !id_imap;
+
+  if (! id)
+  {
+    delete [] *data;
+    *data = nullptr;
+    PR_FREEIF(id_imap);
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+  }
+
+  if (obj->options && obj->options->url)
+  {
+    const char  *url = obj->options->url;
+    nsresult    rv;
+    if (id_imap && id)
+    {
+      // if this is an IMAP part.
+      tmpURL = mime_set_url_imap_part(url, id_imap, id);
+      rv = nsMimeNewURI(getter_AddRefs(tmp->m_url), tmpURL, nullptr);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      // This is just a normal MIME part as usual.
+      tmpURL = mime_set_url_part(url, id, true);
+      rv = nsMimeNewURI(getter_AddRefs(tmp->m_url), tmpURL, nullptr);
+    }
+
+    if (!tmp->m_url || NS_FAILED(rv))
+    {
+      delete [] *data;
+      *data = nullptr;
+      PR_FREEIF(id);
+      PR_FREEIF(id_imap);
+      return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+    }
+  }
+  PR_FREEIF(id);
+  PR_FREEIF(id_imap);
+  PR_FREEIF(tmpURL);
+  tmp->m_description.Adopt(MimeHeaders_get(child->headers, HEADER_CONTENT_DESCRIPTION, false, false));
+
+  tmp->m_size = 0;
+  MimeGetSize(child, &tmp->m_size);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+int32_t
+CountTotalMimeAttachments(MimeContainer *aObj)
+{
+  int32_t     i;
+  int32_t     rc = 0;
+
+  if ( (!aObj) || (!aObj->children) || (aObj->nchildren <= 0) )
+    return 0;
+
+  if (!mime_typep(((MimeObject *) aObj), (MimeObjectClass*) &mimeContainerClass))
+    return 0;
+
+  for (i=0; i<aObj->nchildren; i++)
+    rc += CountTotalMimeAttachments((MimeContainer *)aObj->children[i]) + 1;
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+void
+ValidateRealName(nsMsgAttachmentData *aAttach, MimeHeaders *aHdrs)
+{
+  // Sanity.
+  if (!aAttach)
+    return;
+
+  // Do we need to validate?
+  if (!aAttach->m_realName.IsEmpty())
+    return;
+
+  // Internal MIME structures need not be named!
+  if (aAttach->m_realType.IsEmpty() ||
+      StringBeginsWith(aAttach->m_realType, NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("multipart"),
+                       nsCaseInsensitiveCStringComparator()))
+    return;
+
+  //
+  // Now validate any other name we have for the attachment!
+  //
+  if (aAttach->m_realName.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    aAttach->m_realName = "attachment";
+    nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+    nsAutoCString contentType (aAttach->m_realType);
+    int32_t pos = contentType.FindChar(';');
+    if (pos > 0)
+      contentType.SetLength(pos);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMIMEService> mimeFinder (do_GetService(NS_MIMESERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      nsAutoCString fileExtension;
+      rv = mimeFinder->GetPrimaryExtension(contentType, EmptyCString(), fileExtension);
+
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !fileExtension.IsEmpty())
+      {
+        aAttach->m_realName.Append('.');
+        aAttach->m_realName.Append(fileExtension);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+static  int32_t     attIndex = 0;
+
+nsresult
+GenerateAttachmentData(MimeObject *object, const char *aMessageURL, MimeDisplayOptions *options,
+                       bool isAnAppleDoublePart, int32_t attSize, nsMsgAttachmentData *aAttachData)
+{
+  nsCString imappart;
+  nsCString part;
+  bool isExternalAttachment = false;
+
+  /* be sure the object has not be marked as Not to be an attachment */
+  if (object->dontShowAsAttachment)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  part.Adopt(mime_part_address(object));
+  if (part.IsEmpty())
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+  if (options->missing_parts)
+    imappart.Adopt(mime_imap_part_address(object));
+
+  char *urlSpec = nullptr;
+  if (!imappart.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    urlSpec = mime_set_url_imap_part(aMessageURL, imappart.get(), part.get());
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    char *no_part_url = nullptr;
+    if (options->part_to_load && options->format_out == nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageBodyDisplay)
+      no_part_url = mime_get_base_url(aMessageURL);
+    if (no_part_url) {
+      urlSpec = mime_set_url_part(no_part_url, part.get(), true);
+      PR_Free(no_part_url);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      // if the mime object contains an external attachment URL, then use it, otherwise
+      // fall back to creating an attachment url based on the message URI and the
+      // part number.
+      urlSpec = mime_external_attachment_url(object);
+      isExternalAttachment = urlSpec ? true : false;
+      if (!urlSpec)
+        urlSpec = mime_set_url_part(aMessageURL, part.get(), true);
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (!urlSpec)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+  if ((options->format_out == nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageBodyDisplay) && (PL_strncasecmp(aMessageURL, urlSpec, strlen(urlSpec)) == 0))
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  nsCString urlString(urlSpec);
+
+  nsMsgAttachmentData *tmp = &(aAttachData[attIndex++]);
+
+  tmp->m_realType = object->content_type;
+  tmp->m_realEncoding = object->encoding;
+  tmp->m_isExternalAttachment = isExternalAttachment;
+  tmp->m_isExternalLinkAttachment =
+    (isExternalAttachment &&
+     StringBeginsWith(urlString, NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("http"),
+                      nsCaseInsensitiveCStringComparator()));
+  tmp->m_size = attSize;
+  tmp->m_sizeExternalStr = "-1";
+  tmp->m_disposition.Adopt(MimeHeaders_get(object->headers, HEADER_CONTENT_DISPOSITION, true, false));
+  tmp->m_displayableInline = object->clazz->displayable_inline_p(object->clazz, object->headers);
+
+  char *part_addr = mime_imap_part_address(object);
+  tmp->m_isDownloaded = !part_addr;
+  PR_FREEIF(part_addr);
+
+  int32_t i;
+  char *charset = nullptr;
+  char *disp = MimeHeaders_get(object->headers, HEADER_CONTENT_DISPOSITION, false, false);
+  if (disp)
+  {
+    tmp->m_realName.Adopt(MimeHeaders_get_parameter(disp, "filename", &charset, nullptr));
+    if (isAnAppleDoublePart)
+      for (i = 0; i < 2 && tmp->m_realName.IsEmpty(); i ++)
+      {
+        PR_FREEIF(disp);
+        free(charset);
+        disp = MimeHeaders_get(((MimeContainer *)object)->children[i]->headers, HEADER_CONTENT_DISPOSITION, false, false);
+        tmp->m_realName.Adopt(MimeHeaders_get_parameter(disp, "filename", &charset, nullptr));
+      }
+
+    if (!tmp->m_realName.IsEmpty())
+    {
+      // check encoded type
+      //
+      // The parameter of Content-Disposition must use RFC 2231.
+      // But old Netscape 4.x and Outlook Express etc. use RFC2047.
+      // So we should parse both types.
+
+      char *fname = nullptr;
+      fname = mime_decode_filename(tmp->m_realName.get(), charset, options);
+      free(charset);
+
+      if (fname)
+        tmp->m_realName.Adopt(fname);
+    }
+
+    PR_FREEIF(disp);
+  }
+
+  disp = MimeHeaders_get(object->headers, HEADER_CONTENT_TYPE, false, false);
+  if (disp)
+  {
+    tmp->m_xMacType.Adopt(MimeHeaders_get_parameter(disp, PARAM_X_MAC_TYPE, nullptr, nullptr));
+    tmp->m_xMacCreator.Adopt(MimeHeaders_get_parameter(disp, PARAM_X_MAC_CREATOR, nullptr, nullptr));
+
+    if (tmp->m_realName.IsEmpty())
+    {
+      tmp->m_realName.Adopt(MimeHeaders_get_parameter(disp, "name", &charset, nullptr));
+      if (isAnAppleDoublePart)
+        // the data fork is the 2nd part, and we should ALWAYS look there first for the file name
+        for (i = 1; i >= 0 && tmp->m_realName.IsEmpty(); i --)
+        {
+          PR_FREEIF(disp);
+          free(charset);
+          disp = MimeHeaders_get(((MimeContainer *)object)->children[i]->headers, HEADER_CONTENT_TYPE, false, false);
+          tmp->m_realName.Adopt(MimeHeaders_get_parameter(disp, "name", &charset, nullptr));
+          tmp->m_realType.Adopt(
+            MimeHeaders_get(((MimeContainer *)object)->children[i]->headers,
+                            HEADER_CONTENT_TYPE, true, false));
+        }
+
+      if (!tmp->m_realName.IsEmpty())
+      {
+        // check encoded type
+        //
+        // The parameter of Content-Disposition must use RFC 2231.
+        // But old Netscape 4.x and Outlook Express etc. use RFC2047.
+        // So we should parse both types.
+
+        char *fname = nullptr;
+        fname = mime_decode_filename(tmp->m_realName.get(), charset, options);
+        free(charset);
+
+        if (fname)
+          tmp->m_realName.Adopt(fname);
+      }
+    }
+
+    if (tmp->m_isExternalLinkAttachment)
+    {
+      // If an external link attachment part's Content-Type contains a
+      // |size| parm, store it in m_sizeExternalStr. Let the msgHeaderSink
+      // addAttachmentField() figure out if it's sane, and don't bother
+      // strtol'ing it to an int only to emit it as a string.
+      char* sizeStr = MimeHeaders_get_parameter(disp, "size", nullptr, nullptr);
+      if (sizeStr)
+        tmp->m_sizeExternalStr = sizeStr;
+    }
+
+    PR_FREEIF(disp);
+  }
+
+  tmp->m_description.Adopt(MimeHeaders_get(object->headers, HEADER_CONTENT_DESCRIPTION,
+                                           false, false));
+
+  // Now, do the right thing with the name!
+  if (tmp->m_realName.IsEmpty() && !(tmp->m_realType.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral(MESSAGE_RFC822)))
+  {
+    // Keep in mind that the name was provided by us and this is probably not a
+    // real attachment.
+    tmp->m_hasFilename = false;
+    /* If this attachment doesn't have a name, just give it one... */
+    tmp->m_realName.Adopt(MimeGetStringByID(MIME_MSG_DEFAULT_ATTACHMENT_NAME));
+    if (!tmp->m_realName.IsEmpty())
+    {
+      char *newName = PR_smprintf(tmp->m_realName.get(), part.get());
+      if (newName)
+        tmp->m_realName.Adopt(newName);
+    }
+    else
+      tmp->m_realName.Adopt(mime_part_address(object));
+  } else {
+    tmp->m_hasFilename = true;
+  }
+
+  if (!tmp->m_realName.IsEmpty() && !tmp->m_isExternalAttachment)
+  {
+    urlString.Append("&filename=");
+    nsAutoCString aResult;
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(MsgEscapeString(tmp->m_realName,
+                                     nsINetUtil::ESCAPE_XALPHAS, aResult)))
+      urlString.Append(aResult);
+    else
+      urlString.Append(tmp->m_realName);
+    if (tmp->m_realType.EqualsLiteral("message/rfc822") &&
+           !StringEndsWith(urlString, NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(".eml"), nsCaseInsensitiveCStringComparator()))
+      urlString.Append(".eml");
+  } else if (tmp->m_isExternalAttachment) {
+    // Allows the JS mime emitter to figure out the part information.
+    urlString.Append("?part=");
+    urlString.Append(part);
+  } else if (tmp->m_realType.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral(MESSAGE_RFC822)) {
+    // Special case...if this is a enclosed RFC822 message, give it a nice
+    // name.
+    if (object->headers->munged_subject)
+    {
+      nsCString subject;
+      subject.Assign(object->headers->munged_subject);
+      MimeHeaders_convert_header_value(options, subject, false);
+      tmp->m_realName.Assign(subject);
+      tmp->m_realName.Append(".eml");
+    }
+    else
+      tmp->m_realName = "ForwardedMessage.eml";
+  }
+
+  nsresult rv = nsMimeNewURI(getter_AddRefs(tmp->m_url), urlString.get(), nullptr);
+
+  PR_FREEIF(urlSpec);
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !tmp->m_url)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+  ValidateRealName(tmp, object->headers);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+BuildAttachmentList(MimeObject *anObject, nsMsgAttachmentData *aAttachData, const char *aMessageURL)
+{
+  nsresult              rv;
+  int32_t               i;
+  MimeContainer         *cobj = (MimeContainer *) anObject;
+  bool                  found_output = false;
+
+  if ( (!anObject) || (!cobj->children) || (!cobj->nchildren) ||
+       (mime_typep(anObject, (MimeObjectClass *)&mimeExternalBodyClass)))
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < cobj->nchildren ; i++)
+  {
+    MimeObject    *child = cobj->children[i];
+    char          *ct = child->content_type;
+
+    // We're going to ignore the output_p attribute because we want to output
+    // any part with a name to work around bug 674473
+
+    // Skip the first child that's being output if it's in fact a message body.
+    // Start by assuming that it is, until proven otherwise in the code below.
+    bool skip = true;
+    if (found_output)
+      // not first child being output
+      skip = false;
+    else if (! ct)
+      // no content type so can't be message body
+      skip = false;
+    else if (PL_strcasecmp (ct, TEXT_PLAIN) &&
+             PL_strcasecmp (ct, TEXT_HTML) &&
+             PL_strcasecmp (ct, TEXT_MDL))
+      // not a type we recognize as a message body
+      skip = false;
+    // we're displaying all body parts
+    if (child->options->html_as_p == 4)
+        skip = false;
+    if (skip && child->headers)
+    {
+      char * disp = MimeHeaders_get (child->headers,
+                                     HEADER_CONTENT_DISPOSITION,
+                                     true, false);
+      if (MimeHeaders_get_name(child->headers, nullptr) &&
+          (!disp || PL_strcasecmp(disp, "attachment")))
+        // it has a filename and isn't being displayed inline
+        skip = false;
+    }
+
+    found_output = true;
+    if (skip)
+      continue;
+
+    // We should generate an attachment for leaf object only but...
+    bool isALeafObject = mime_subclass_p(child->clazz, (MimeObjectClass *) &mimeLeafClass);
+
+    // ...we will generate an attachment for inline message too.
+    bool isAnInlineMessage = mime_typep(child, (MimeObjectClass *) &mimeMessageClass);
+
+    // AppleDouble part need special care: we need to fetch the part as well its two
+    // children for the needed info as they could be anywhere, eventually, they won't contain
+    // a name or file name. In any case we need to build only one attachment data
+    bool isAnAppleDoublePart = mime_typep(child, (MimeObjectClass *) &mimeMultipartAppleDoubleClass) &&
+                                 ((MimeContainer *)child)->nchildren == 2;
+
+    // The function below does not necessarily set the size to something (I
+    // don't think it will work for external objects, for instance, since they
+    // are neither containers nor leafs).
+    int32_t attSize = 0;
+    MimeGetSize(child, &attSize);
+
+    if (isALeafObject || isAnInlineMessage || isAnAppleDoublePart)
+    {
+      rv = GenerateAttachmentData(child, aMessageURL, anObject->options, isAnAppleDoublePart, attSize, aAttachData);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    }
+
+    // Now build the attachment list for the children of our object...
+    if (!isALeafObject && !isAnAppleDoublePart)
+    {
+      rv = BuildAttachmentList((MimeObject *)child, aAttachData, aMessageURL);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    }
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+
+}
+
+extern "C" nsresult
+MimeGetAttachmentList(MimeObject *tobj, const char *aMessageURL, nsMsgAttachmentData **data)
+{
+  MimeObject            *obj;
+  MimeContainer         *cobj;
+  int32_t               n;
+  bool                  isAnInlineMessage;
+
+  if (!data)
+    return NS_ERROR_INVALID_ARG;
+  *data = nullptr;
+
+  obj = mime_get_main_object(tobj);
+  if (!obj)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  if (!mime_subclass_p(obj->clazz, (MimeObjectClass*) &mimeContainerClass))
+    return ProcessBodyAsAttachment(obj, data);
+
+  isAnInlineMessage = mime_typep(obj, (MimeObjectClass *) &mimeMessageClass);
+
+  cobj = (MimeContainer*) obj;
+  n = CountTotalMimeAttachments(cobj);
+  if (n <= 0)
+    // XXX n is a regular number here, not meaningful as an nsresult
+    return static_cast<nsresult>(n);
+
+  // in case of an inline message (as body), we need an extra slot for the
+  // message itself that we will fill later...
+  if (isAnInlineMessage)
+    n ++;
+
+  *data = new nsMsgAttachmentData[n + 1];
+  if (!*data)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+  attIndex = 0;
+
+  // Now, build the list!
+
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  if (isAnInlineMessage)
+  {
+    int32_t size = 0;
+    MimeGetSize(obj, &size);
+    rv = GenerateAttachmentData(obj, aMessageURL, obj->options, false, size,
+                                *data);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    {
+      delete [] *data;             // release data in case of error return.
+      return rv;
+    }
+
+  }
+  rv = BuildAttachmentList((MimeObject *) cobj, *data, aMessageURL);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+  {
+    delete [] *data;             // release data in case of error return.
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+extern "C" void
+MimeFreeAttachmentList(nsMsgAttachmentData *data)
+{
+  delete [] data;
+}
+
+extern "C" void
+NotifyEmittersOfAttachmentList(MimeDisplayOptions     *opt,
+                               nsMsgAttachmentData    *data)
+{
+  int32_t     i = 0;
+  nsMsgAttachmentData  *tmp = data;
+
+  if (!tmp)
+    return;
+
+  while (tmp->m_url)
+  {
+    // The code below implements the following logic:
+    // - Always display the attachment if the Content-Disposition is
+    //   "attachment" or if it can't be displayed inline.
+    // - If there's no name at all, just skip it (we don't know what to do with
+    //   it then).
+    // - If the attachment has a "provided name" (i.e. not something like "Part
+    //   1.2"), display it.
+    // - If we're asking for all body parts and NOT asking for metadata only,
+    //   display it.
+    // - Otherwise, skip it.
+    if (!tmp->m_disposition.Equals("attachment") && tmp->m_displayableInline &&
+        (tmp->m_realName.IsEmpty() || (!tmp->m_hasFilename &&
+        (opt->html_as_p != 4 || opt->metadata_only))))
+    {
+      ++i;
+      ++tmp;
+      continue;
+    }
+
+    nsAutoCString spec;
+    if (tmp->m_url) {
+      if (tmp->m_isExternalLinkAttachment)
+        mozilla::Unused << tmp->m_url->GetAsciiSpec(spec);
+      else
+        mozilla::Unused << tmp->m_url->GetSpec(spec);
+    }
+
+    nsAutoCString sizeStr;
+    if (tmp->m_isExternalLinkAttachment)
+      sizeStr.Append(tmp->m_sizeExternalStr);
+    else
+      sizeStr.AppendInt(tmp->m_size);
+
+    nsAutoCString downloadedStr;
+    downloadedStr.AppendInt(tmp->m_isDownloaded);
+
+    mimeEmitterStartAttachment(opt, tmp->m_realName.get(), tmp->m_realType.get(),
+                               spec.get(), tmp->m_isExternalAttachment);
+    mimeEmitterAddAttachmentField(opt, HEADER_X_MOZILLA_PART_URL, spec.get());
+    mimeEmitterAddAttachmentField(opt, HEADER_X_MOZILLA_PART_SIZE, sizeStr.get());
+    mimeEmitterAddAttachmentField(opt, HEADER_X_MOZILLA_PART_DOWNLOADED, downloadedStr.get());
+
+    if ( (opt->format_out == nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageQuoting) ||
+         (opt->format_out == nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageBodyQuoting) ||
+         (opt->format_out == nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageSaveAs) ||
+         (opt->format_out == nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessagePrintOutput))
+    {
+      mimeEmitterAddAttachmentField(opt, HEADER_CONTENT_DESCRIPTION, tmp->m_description.get());
+      mimeEmitterAddAttachmentField(opt, HEADER_CONTENT_TYPE, tmp->m_realType.get());
+      mimeEmitterAddAttachmentField(opt, HEADER_CONTENT_ENCODING, tmp->m_realEncoding.get());
+    }
+
+    mimeEmitterEndAttachment(opt);
+    ++i;
+    ++tmp;
+  }
+  mimeEmitterEndAllAttachments(opt);
+}
+
+// Utility to create a nsIURI object...
+extern "C" nsresult
+nsMimeNewURI(nsIURI** aInstancePtrResult, const char *aSpec, nsIURI *aBase)
+{
+  if (nullptr == aInstancePtrResult)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIIOService> pService =
+    mozilla::services::GetIOService();
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(pService, NS_ERROR_FACTORY_NOT_REGISTERED);
+
+  return pService->NewURI(nsDependentCString(aSpec), nullptr, aBase, aInstancePtrResult);
+}
+
+extern "C" nsresult
+SetMailCharacterSetToMsgWindow(MimeObject *obj, const char *aCharacterSet)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  if (obj && obj->options)
+  {
+    mime_stream_data *msd = (mime_stream_data *) (obj->options->stream_closure);
+    if (msd)
+    {
+      nsIChannel *channel = msd->channel;
+      if (channel)
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> uri;
+        channel->GetURI(getter_AddRefs(uri));
+        if (uri)
+        {
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> msgurl (do_QueryInterface(uri));
+          if (msgurl)
+          {
+            nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgWindow> msgWindow;
+            msgurl->GetMsgWindow(getter_AddRefs(msgWindow));
+            if (msgWindow)
+              rv = msgWindow->SetMailCharacterSet(!PL_strcasecmp(aCharacterSet, "us-ascii") ?
+                                                  static_cast<const nsCString&>(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("ISO-8859-1")) :
+                                                  static_cast<const nsCString&>(nsDependentCString(aCharacterSet)));
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+static void ResetMsgHeaderSinkProps(nsIURI *uri)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> msgurl(do_QueryInterface(uri));
+  if (!msgurl)
+    return;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgWindow> msgWindow;
+  msgurl->GetMsgWindow(getter_AddRefs(msgWindow));
+  if (!msgWindow)
+    return;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgHeaderSink> msgHeaderSink;
+  msgWindow->GetMsgHeaderSink(getter_AddRefs(msgHeaderSink));
+  if (!msgHeaderSink)
+    return;
+
+  msgHeaderSink->ResetProperties();
+}
+
+static char *
+mime_file_type (const char *filename, void *stream_closure)
+{
+  char        *retType = nullptr;
+  char        *ext = nullptr;
+  nsresult    rv;
+
+  ext = PL_strrchr(filename, '.');
+  if (ext)
+  {
+    ext++;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMIMEService> mimeFinder (do_GetService(NS_MIMESERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+    if (mimeFinder) {
+      nsAutoCString type;
+      mimeFinder->GetTypeFromExtension(nsDependentCString(ext), type);
+      retType = ToNewCString(type);
+    }
+  }
+
+  return retType;
+}
+
+int ConvertUsingEncoderAndDecoder(const char *stringToUse, int32_t inLength,
+                                  nsIUnicodeEncoder *encoder, nsIUnicodeDecoder *decoder,
+                                  char **pConvertedString, int32_t *outLength)
+{
+  // buffer size 144 =
+  // 72 (default line len for compose)
+  // times 2 (converted byte len might be larger)
+  const int klocalbufsize = 144;
+  // do the conversion
+  char16_t *unichars;
+  int32_t unicharLength;
+  int32_t srcLen = inLength;
+  int32_t dstLength = 0;
+  char *dstPtr;
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  // use this local buffer if possible
+  char16_t localbuf[klocalbufsize+1];
+  if (inLength > klocalbufsize) {
+    rv = decoder->GetMaxLength(stringToUse, srcLen, &unicharLength);
+    // allocate temporary buffer to hold unicode string
+    unichars = new char16_t[unicharLength];
+  }
+  else {
+    unichars = localbuf;
+    unicharLength = klocalbufsize+1;
+  }
+  if (unichars == nullptr) {
+    rv = NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+  }
+  else {
+    // convert to unicode, replacing failed chars with 0xFFFD as in
+    // the methode used in nsXMLHttpRequest::ConvertBodyToText and nsScanner::Append
+    //
+    // We will need several pass to convert the whole string if it has invalid characters
+    // 'totalChars' is where the sum of the number of converted characters will be done
+    // 'dataLen' is the number of character left to convert
+    // 'outLen' is the number of characters still available in the output buffer as input of decoder->Convert
+    // and the number of characters written in it as output.
+    int32_t totalChars = 0,
+            inBufferIndex = 0,
+            outBufferIndex = 0;
+    int32_t dataLen = srcLen,
+            outLen = unicharLength;
+
+    do {
+      int32_t inBufferLength = dataLen;
+      rv = decoder->Convert(&stringToUse[inBufferIndex],
+                           &inBufferLength,
+                           &unichars[outBufferIndex],
+                           &outLen);
+      totalChars += outLen;
+      // Done if conversion successful
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+          break;
+
+      // We consume one byte, replace it with U+FFFD
+      // and try the conversion again.
+      outBufferIndex += outLen;
+      unichars[outBufferIndex++] = char16_t(0xFFFD);
+      // totalChars is updated here
+      outLen = unicharLength - (++totalChars);
+
+      inBufferIndex += inBufferLength + 1;
+      dataLen -= inBufferLength + 1;
+
+      decoder->Reset();
+
+      // If there is not at least one byte available after the one we
+      // consumed, we're done
+    } while ( dataLen > 0 );
+
+    rv = encoder->GetMaxLength(unichars, totalChars, &dstLength);
+    // allocale an output buffer
+    dstPtr = (char *) PR_Malloc(dstLength + 1);
+    if (dstPtr == nullptr) {
+      rv = NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+    }
+    else {
+      int32_t buffLength = dstLength;
+      // convert from unicode
+      rv = encoder->SetOutputErrorBehavior(nsIUnicodeEncoder::kOnError_Replace, nullptr, '?');
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+        rv = encoder->Convert(unichars, &totalChars, dstPtr, &dstLength);
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+          int32_t finLen = buffLength - dstLength;
+          rv = encoder->Finish((char *)(dstPtr+dstLength), &finLen);
+          if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+            dstLength += finLen;
+          }
+          dstPtr[dstLength] = '\0';
+          *pConvertedString = dstPtr;       // set the result string
+          *outLength = dstLength;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    if (inLength > klocalbufsize)
+      delete [] unichars;
+  }
+
+  return NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) ? 0 : -1;
+}
+
+
+static int
+mime_convert_charset (const char *input_line, int32_t input_length,
+                      const char *input_charset, const char *output_charset,
+                      char **output_ret, int32_t *output_size_ret,
+                      void *stream_closure, nsIUnicodeDecoder *decoder, nsIUnicodeEncoder *encoder)
+{
+  int32_t res = -1;
+  char  *convertedString = NULL;
+  int32_t convertedStringLen = 0;
+  if (encoder && decoder)
+  {
+    res = ConvertUsingEncoderAndDecoder(input_line, input_length, encoder, decoder, &convertedString, &convertedStringLen);
+  }
+  if (res != 0)
+  {
+      *output_ret = 0;
+      *output_size_ret = 0;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    *output_ret = (char *) convertedString;
+    *output_size_ret = convertedStringLen;
+  }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+mime_output_fn(const char *buf, int32_t size, void *stream_closure)
+{
+  uint32_t  written = 0;
+  mime_stream_data *msd = (mime_stream_data *) stream_closure;
+  if ( (!msd->pluginObj2) && (!msd->output_emitter) )
+    return -1;
+
+  // Fire pending start request
+  ((nsStreamConverter*)msd->pluginObj2)->FirePendingStartRequest();
+
+
+  // Now, write to the WriteBody method if this is a message body and not
+  // a part retrevial
+  if (!msd->options->part_to_load || msd->options->format_out == nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageBodyDisplay)
+  {
+    if (msd->output_emitter)
+    {
+      msd->output_emitter->WriteBody(Substring(buf, buf+size),
+                                     &written);
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    if (msd->output_emitter)
+    {
+      msd->output_emitter->Write(Substring(buf, buf+size), &written);
+    }
+  }
+  return written;
+}
+
+extern "C" int
+mime_display_stream_write (nsMIMESession *stream,
+                           const char* buf,
+                           int32_t size)
+{
+  mime_stream_data *msd = (mime_stream_data *) ((nsMIMESession *)stream)->data_object;
+
+  MimeObject *obj = (msd ? msd->obj : 0);
+  if (!obj) return -1;
+
+  //
+  // Ok, now check to see if this is a display operation for a MIME Parts on Demand
+  // enabled call.
+  //
+  if (msd->firstCheck)
+  {
+    if (msd->channel)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> aUri;
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(msd->channel->GetURI(getter_AddRefs(aUri))))
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIImapUrl> imapURL = do_QueryInterface(aUri);
+        if (imapURL)
+        {
+          nsImapContentModifiedType   cModified;
+          if (NS_SUCCEEDED(imapURL->GetContentModified(&cModified)))
+          {
+            if ( cModified != nsImapContentModifiedTypes::IMAP_CONTENT_NOT_MODIFIED )
+              msd->options->missing_parts = true;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    msd->firstCheck = false;
+  }
+
+  return obj->clazz->parse_buffer((char *) buf, size, obj);
+}
+
+extern "C" void
+mime_display_stream_complete (nsMIMESession *stream)
+{
+  mime_stream_data *msd = (mime_stream_data *) ((nsMIMESession *)stream)->data_object;
+  MimeObject *obj = (msd ? msd->obj : 0);
+  if (obj)
+  {
+    int       status;
+    bool      abortNow = false;
+
+    if ((obj->options) && (obj->options->headers == MimeHeadersOnly))
+      abortNow = true;
+
+    status = obj->clazz->parse_eof(obj, abortNow);
+    obj->clazz->parse_end(obj, (status < 0 ? true : false));
+
+    //
+    // Ok, now we are going to process the attachment data by getting all
+    // of the attachment info and then driving the emitter with this data.
+    //
+    if (!msd->options->part_to_load || msd->options->format_out == nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageBodyDisplay)
+    {
+      nsMsgAttachmentData *attachments;
+      nsresult rv = MimeGetAttachmentList(obj, msd->url_name, &attachments);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      {
+        NotifyEmittersOfAttachmentList(msd->options, attachments);
+        MimeFreeAttachmentList(attachments);
+      }
+    }
+
+    // Release the conversion object - this has to be done after
+    // we finish processing data.
+    if ( obj->options)
+    {
+      NS_IF_RELEASE(obj->options->conv);
+    }
+
+    // Destroy the object now.
+    PR_ASSERT(msd->options == obj->options);
+    mime_free(obj);
+    obj = NULL;
+    if (msd->options)
+    {
+      delete msd->options;
+      msd->options = 0;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (msd->headers)
+    MimeHeaders_free (msd->headers);
+
+  if (msd->url_name)
+    NS_Free(msd->url_name);
+
+  if (msd->orig_url_name)
+      NS_Free(msd->orig_url_name);
+
+  delete msd;
+}
+
+extern "C" void
+mime_display_stream_abort (nsMIMESession *stream, int status)
+{
+  mime_stream_data *msd = (mime_stream_data *) ((nsMIMESession *)stream)->data_object;
+
+  MimeObject *obj = (msd ? msd->obj : 0);
+  if (obj)
+  {
+    if (!obj->closed_p)
+      obj->clazz->parse_eof(obj, true);
+    if (!obj->parsed_p)
+      obj->clazz->parse_end(obj, true);
+
+    // Destroy code....
+    PR_ASSERT(msd->options == obj->options);
+    mime_free(obj);
+    if (msd->options)
+    {
+      delete msd->options;
+      msd->options = 0;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (msd->headers)
+    MimeHeaders_free (msd->headers);
+
+  if (msd->url_name)
+    NS_Free(msd->url_name);
+
+  if (msd->orig_url_name)
+      NS_Free(msd->orig_url_name);
+
+  delete msd;
+}
+
+static int
+mime_output_init_fn (const char *type,
+                     const char *charset,
+                     const char *name,
+                     const char *x_mac_type,
+                     const char *x_mac_creator,
+                     void *stream_closure)
+{
+  mime_stream_data *msd = (mime_stream_data *) stream_closure;
+
+  // Now, all of this stream creation is done outside of libmime, so this
+  // is just a check of the pluginObj member and returning accordingly.
+  if (!msd->pluginObj2)
+    return -1;
+  else
+    return 0;
+}
+
+static void   *mime_image_begin(const char *image_url, const char *content_type,
+                              void *stream_closure);
+static void   mime_image_end(void *image_closure, int status);
+static char   *mime_image_make_image_html(void *image_data);
+static int    mime_image_write_buffer(const char *buf, int32_t size, void *image_closure);
+
+/* Interface between libmime and inline display of images: the abomination
+   that is known as "internal-external-reconnect".
+ */
+class mime_image_stream_data {
+public:
+  mime_image_stream_data();
+
+  mime_stream_data *msd;
+  char                    *url;
+  nsMIMESession           *istream;
+};
+
+mime_image_stream_data::mime_image_stream_data()
+{
+  url = nullptr;
+  istream = nullptr;
+  msd = nullptr;
+}
+
+static void *
+mime_image_begin(const char *image_url, const char *content_type,
+                 void *stream_closure)
+{
+  mime_stream_data *msd = (mime_stream_data *) stream_closure;
+  class mime_image_stream_data *mid;
+
+  mid = new mime_image_stream_data;
+  if (!mid) return nullptr;
+
+
+  mid->msd = msd;
+
+  mid->url = (char *) strdup(image_url);
+  if (!mid->url)
+  {
+    PR_Free(mid);
+    return nullptr;
+  }
+
+  mid->istream = (nsMIMESession *) msd->pluginObj2;
+  return mid;
+}
+
+static void
+mime_image_end(void *image_closure, int status)
+{
+  mime_image_stream_data *mid =
+    (mime_image_stream_data *) image_closure;
+
+  PR_ASSERT(mid);
+  if (!mid)
+    return;
+
+  PR_FREEIF(mid->url);
+  delete mid;
+}
+
+
+static char *
+mime_image_make_image_html(void *image_closure)
+{
+  mime_image_stream_data *mid =
+    (mime_image_stream_data *) image_closure;
+
+  const char *prefix;
+  /* Wouldn't it be nice if attributes were case-sensitive? */
+  const char *scaledPrefix = "<P><CENTER><IMG CLASS=\"moz-attached-image\" shrinktofit=\"yes\" SRC=\"";
+  const char *unscaledPrefix = "<P><CENTER><IMG CLASS=\"moz-attached-image\" SRC=\"";
+  const char *suffix = "\"></CENTER><P>";
+  const char *url;
+  char *buf;
+
+  PR_ASSERT(mid);
+  if (!mid) return 0;
+
+  /* Internal-external-reconnect only works when going to the screen. */
+  if (!mid->istream)
+    return strdup("<P><CENTER><IMG SRC=\"resource://gre-resources/loading-image.png\" ALT=\"[Image]\"></CENTER><P>");
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefBranch;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefService> prefSvc(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID));
+  bool resize = true;
+
+  if (prefSvc)
+    prefSvc->GetBranch("", getter_AddRefs(prefBranch));
+  if (prefBranch)
+    prefBranch->GetBoolPref("mail.enable_automatic_image_resizing", &resize); // ignore return value
+  prefix = resize ? scaledPrefix : unscaledPrefix;
+
+  if ( (!mid->url) || (!(*mid->url)) )
+    url = "";
+  else
+    url = mid->url;
+
+  uint32_t buflen = strlen(prefix) + strlen(suffix) + strlen(url) + 20;
+  buf = (char *) PR_MALLOC (buflen);
+  if (!buf)
+    return 0;
+  *buf = 0;
+
+  PL_strcatn (buf, buflen, prefix);
+  PL_strcatn (buf, buflen, url);
+  PL_strcatn (buf, buflen, suffix);
+  return buf;
+}
+
+static int
+mime_image_write_buffer(const char *buf, int32_t size, void *image_closure)
+{
+  mime_image_stream_data *mid =
+                (mime_image_stream_data *) image_closure;
+  mime_stream_data *msd = mid->msd;
+
+  if ( ( (!msd->output_emitter) ) &&
+       ( (!msd->pluginObj2)     ) )
+    return -1;
+
+  return size;
+}
+
+MimeObject*
+mime_get_main_object(MimeObject* obj)
+{
+  MimeContainer *cobj;
+  if (!(mime_subclass_p(obj->clazz, (MimeObjectClass*) &mimeMessageClass)))
+  {
+    return obj;
+  }
+  cobj = (MimeContainer*) obj;
+  if (cobj->nchildren != 1) return obj;
+  obj = cobj->children[0];
+  while (obj)
+  {
+    if ( (!mime_subclass_p(obj->clazz,
+         (MimeObjectClass*) &mimeMultipartSignedClass)) &&
+         (PL_strcasecmp(obj->content_type, MULTIPART_SIGNED) != 0)
+       )
+    {
+        return obj;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      if (mime_subclass_p(obj->clazz, (MimeObjectClass*)&mimeContainerClass))
+      {
+        // We don't care about a signed/smime object; Go inside to the
+        // thing that we signed or smime'ed
+        //
+        cobj = (MimeContainer*) obj;
+        if (cobj->nchildren > 0)
+          obj = cobj->children[0];
+        else
+          obj = nullptr;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        // we received a message with a child object that looks like a signed
+        // object, but it is not a subclass of mimeContainer, so let's
+        // return the given child object.
+        return obj;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return nullptr;
+}
+
+static
+bool MimeObjectIsMessageBodyNoClimb(MimeObject *parent,
+                                      MimeObject *looking_for,
+                                      bool *stop)
+{
+  MimeContainer *container = (MimeContainer *)parent;
+  int32_t i;
+  char *disp;
+
+  NS_ASSERTION(stop, "NULL stop to MimeObjectIsMessageBodyNoClimb");
+
+  for (i = 0; i < container->nchildren; i++) {
+    MimeObject *child = container->children[i];
+    bool is_body = true;
+
+    // The body can't be something we're not displaying.
+    if (! child->output_p)
+      is_body = false;
+    else if ((disp = MimeHeaders_get (child->headers, HEADER_CONTENT_DISPOSITION,
+                                      true, false))) {
+      PR_Free(disp);
+      is_body = false;
+    }
+    else if (PL_strcasecmp (child->content_type, TEXT_PLAIN) &&
+             PL_strcasecmp (child->content_type, TEXT_HTML) &&
+             PL_strcasecmp (child->content_type, TEXT_MDL) &&
+             PL_strcasecmp (child->content_type, MESSAGE_NEWS) &&
+             PL_strcasecmp (child->content_type, MESSAGE_RFC822))
+      is_body = false;
+
+    if (is_body || child == looking_for) {
+      *stop = true;
+      return child == looking_for;
+    }
+
+    // The body could be down inside a multipart child, so search recursively.
+    if (mime_subclass_p(child->clazz, (MimeObjectClass*) &mimeContainerClass)) {
+      is_body = MimeObjectIsMessageBodyNoClimb(child, looking_for, stop);
+      if (is_body || *stop)
+        return is_body;
+    }
+  }
+  return false;
+}
+
+/* Should this be static in mimemult.cpp? */
+bool MimeObjectIsMessageBody(MimeObject *looking_for)
+{
+  bool stop = false;
+  MimeObject *root = looking_for;
+  while (root->parent)
+    root = root->parent;
+  return MimeObjectIsMessageBodyNoClimb(root, looking_for, &stop);
+}
+
+//
+// New Stream Converter Interface
+//
+
+// Get the connnection to prefs service manager
+nsIPrefBranch *
+GetPrefBranch(MimeDisplayOptions *opt)
+{
+  if (!opt)
+    return nullptr;
+
+  return opt->m_prefBranch;
+}
+
+// Get the text converter...
+mozITXTToHTMLConv *
+GetTextConverter(MimeDisplayOptions *opt)
+{
+  if (!opt)
+    return nullptr;
+
+  return opt->conv;
+}
+
+MimeDisplayOptions::MimeDisplayOptions()
+{
+  conv = nullptr;        // For text conversion...
+  format_out = 0;   // The format out type
+  url = nullptr;
+
+  memset(&headers,0, sizeof(headers));
+  fancy_headers_p = false;
+
+  output_vcard_buttons_p = false;
+
+  variable_width_plaintext_p = false;
+  wrap_long_lines_p = false;
+  rot13_p = false;
+  part_to_load = nullptr;
+
+  no_output_p = false;
+  write_html_p = false;
+
+  decrypt_p = false;
+
+  whattodo = 0 ;
+  default_charset = nullptr;
+  override_charset = false;
+  force_user_charset = false;
+  stream_closure = nullptr;
+
+  /* For setting up the display stream, so that the MIME parser can inform
+   the caller of the type of the data it will be getting. */
+  output_init_fn = nullptr;
+  output_fn = nullptr;
+
+  output_closure = nullptr;
+
+  charset_conversion_fn = nullptr;
+  rfc1522_conversion_p = false;
+
+  file_type_fn = nullptr;
+
+  passwd_prompt_fn = nullptr;
+
+  html_closure = nullptr;
+
+  generate_header_html_fn = nullptr;
+  generate_post_header_html_fn = nullptr;
+  generate_footer_html_fn = nullptr;
+  generate_reference_url_fn = nullptr;
+  generate_mailto_url_fn = nullptr;
+  generate_news_url_fn = nullptr;
+
+  image_begin = nullptr;
+  image_end = nullptr;
+  image_write_buffer = nullptr;
+  make_image_html = nullptr;
+  state = nullptr;
+
+#ifdef MIME_DRAFTS
+  decompose_file_p = false;
+  done_parsing_outer_headers = false;
+  is_multipart_msg = false;
+  decompose_init_count = 0;
+
+  signed_p = false;
+  caller_need_root_headers = false;
+  decompose_headers_info_fn = nullptr;
+  decompose_file_init_fn = nullptr;
+  decompose_file_output_fn = nullptr;
+  decompose_file_close_fn = nullptr;
+#endif /* MIME_DRAFTS */
+
+  attachment_icon_layer_id = 0;
+
+  missing_parts = false;
+  show_attachment_inline_p = false;
+  quote_attachment_inline_p = false;
+  notify_nested_bodies = false;
+  write_pure_bodies = false;
+  metadata_only = false;
+}
+
+MimeDisplayOptions::~MimeDisplayOptions()
+{
+  PR_FREEIF(part_to_load);
+  PR_FREEIF(default_charset);
+}
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Bridge routines for new stream converter XP-COM interface
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+extern "C" void  *
+mime_bridge_create_display_stream(
+                          nsIMimeEmitter      *newEmitter,
+                          nsStreamConverter   *newPluginObj2,
+                          nsIURI              *uri,
+                          nsMimeOutputType    format_out,
+                          uint32_t            whattodo,
+                          nsIChannel          *aChannel)
+{
+  int                       status = 0;
+  MimeObject                *obj;
+  mime_stream_data   *msd;
+  nsMIMESession             *stream = 0;
+
+  if (!uri)
+    return nullptr;
+
+  msd = new mime_stream_data;
+  if (!msd)
+    return NULL;
+
+  // Assign the new mime emitter - will handle output operations
+  msd->output_emitter = newEmitter;
+  msd->firstCheck = true;
+
+  // Store the URL string for this decode operation
+  nsAutoCString urlString;
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  // Keep a hold of the channel...
+  msd->channel = aChannel;
+  rv = uri->GetSpec(urlString);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    if (!urlString.IsEmpty())
+    {
+      msd->url_name = ToNewCString(urlString);
+      if (!(msd->url_name))
+      {
+        delete msd;
+        return NULL;
+      }
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMessageUrl> msgUrl = do_QueryInterface(uri);
+      if (msgUrl)
+          msgUrl->GetOriginalSpec(&msd->orig_url_name);
+    }
+  }
+
+  msd->format_out = format_out;       // output format
+  msd->pluginObj2 = newPluginObj2;    // the plugin object pointer
+
+  msd->options = new MimeDisplayOptions;
+  if (!msd->options)
+  {
+    delete msd;
+    return 0;
+  }
+//  memset(msd->options, 0, sizeof(*msd->options));
+  msd->options->format_out = format_out;     // output format
+
+  msd->options->m_prefBranch = do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+  {
+    delete msd;
+    return nullptr;
+  }
+
+  // Need the text converter...
+  rv = CallCreateInstance(MOZ_TXTTOHTMLCONV_CONTRACTID, &(msd->options->conv));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+  {
+    msd->options->m_prefBranch = nullptr;
+    delete msd;
+    return nullptr;
+  }
+
+  //
+  // Set the defaults, based on the context, and the output-type.
+  //
+  MIME_HeaderType = MimeHeadersAll;
+  msd->options->write_html_p = true;
+  switch (format_out)
+  {
+    case nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageSplitDisplay:   // the wrapper HTML output to produce the split header/body display
+    case nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageHeaderDisplay:  // the split header/body display
+    case nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageBodyDisplay:    // the split header/body display
+      msd->options->fancy_headers_p = true;
+      msd->options->output_vcard_buttons_p = true;
+      break;
+
+    case nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageSaveAs:         // Save As operations
+    case nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageQuoting:        // all HTML quoted/printed output
+    case nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessagePrintOutput:
+      msd->options->fancy_headers_p = true;
+      break;
+
+    case nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageBodyQuoting:        // only HTML body quoted output
+      MIME_HeaderType = MimeHeadersNone;
+      break;
+
+    case nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageAttach:           // handling attachment storage
+        msd->options->write_html_p = false;
+        break;
+    case nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageRaw:              // the raw RFC822 data (view source) and attachments
+    case nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageDraftOrTemplate:  // Loading drafts & templates
+    case nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageEditorTemplate:   // Loading templates into editor
+    case nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageFilterSniffer:    // generating an output that can be scan by a message filter
+      break;
+
+    case nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageDecrypt:
+      msd->options->decrypt_p = true;
+      msd->options->write_html_p = false;
+      break;
+  }
+
+  ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+  // Now, get the libmime prefs...
+  ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+  MIME_WrapLongLines = true;
+  MIME_VariableWidthPlaintext = true;
+  msd->options->force_user_charset = false;
+
+  if (msd->options->m_prefBranch)
+  {
+    msd->options->m_prefBranch->GetBoolPref("mail.wrap_long_lines", &MIME_WrapLongLines);
+    msd->options->m_prefBranch->GetBoolPref("mail.fixed_width_messages", &MIME_VariableWidthPlaintext);
+      //
+      // Charset overrides takes place here
+      //
+      // We have a bool pref (mail.force_user_charset) to deal with attachments.
+      // 1) If true - libmime does NO conversion and just passes it through to raptor
+      // 2) If false, then we try to use the charset of the part and if not available,
+      //    the charset of the root message
+      //
+    msd->options->m_prefBranch->GetBoolPref("mail.force_user_charset", &(msd->options->force_user_charset));
+    msd->options->m_prefBranch->GetBoolPref("mail.inline_attachments", &(msd->options->show_attachment_inline_p));
+    msd->options->m_prefBranch->GetBoolPref("mail.reply_quote_inline", &(msd->options->quote_attachment_inline_p));
+    msd->options->m_prefBranch->GetIntPref("mailnews.display.html_as", &(msd->options->html_as_p));
+  }
+  /* This pref is written down in with the
+     opposite sense of what we like to use... */
+  MIME_VariableWidthPlaintext = !MIME_VariableWidthPlaintext;
+
+  msd->options->wrap_long_lines_p = MIME_WrapLongLines;
+  msd->options->headers = MIME_HeaderType;
+
+  // We need to have the URL to be able to support the various
+  // arguments
+  status = mime_parse_url_options(msd->url_name, msd->options);
+  if (status < 0)
+  {
+    PR_FREEIF(msd->options->part_to_load);
+    PR_Free(msd->options);
+    delete msd;
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  if (msd->options->headers == MimeHeadersMicro &&
+     (msd->url_name == NULL || (strncmp(msd->url_name, "news:", 5) != 0 &&
+              strncmp(msd->url_name, "snews:", 6) != 0)) )
+    msd->options->headers = MimeHeadersMicroPlus;
+
+  msd->options->url = msd->url_name;
+  msd->options->output_init_fn        = mime_output_init_fn;
+
+  msd->options->output_fn             = mime_output_fn;
+
+  msd->options->whattodo              = whattodo;
+  msd->options->charset_conversion_fn = mime_convert_charset;
+  msd->options->rfc1522_conversion_p  = true;
+  msd->options->file_type_fn          = mime_file_type;
+  msd->options->stream_closure        = msd;
+  msd->options->passwd_prompt_fn      = 0;
+
+  msd->options->image_begin           = mime_image_begin;
+  msd->options->image_end             = mime_image_end;
+  msd->options->make_image_html       = mime_image_make_image_html;
+  msd->options->image_write_buffer    = mime_image_write_buffer;
+
+  msd->options->variable_width_plaintext_p = MIME_VariableWidthPlaintext;
+
+  // If this is a part, then we should emit the HTML to render the data
+  // (i.e. embedded images)
+  if (msd->options->part_to_load && msd->options->format_out != nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageBodyDisplay)
+    msd->options->write_html_p = false;
+
+  obj = mime_new ((MimeObjectClass *)&mimeMessageClass, (MimeHeaders *) NULL, MESSAGE_RFC822);
+  if (!obj)
+  {
+    delete msd->options;
+    delete msd;
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  obj->options = msd->options;
+  msd->obj = obj;
+
+  /* Both of these better not be true at the same time. */
+  PR_ASSERT(! (obj->options->decrypt_p && obj->options->write_html_p));
+
+  stream = PR_NEW(nsMIMESession);
+  if (!stream)
+  {
+    delete msd->options;
+    delete msd;
+    PR_Free(obj);
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  ResetMsgHeaderSinkProps(uri);
+
+  memset (stream, 0, sizeof (*stream));
+  stream->name           = "MIME Conversion Stream";
+  stream->complete       = mime_display_stream_complete;
+  stream->abort          = mime_display_stream_abort;
+  stream->put_block      = mime_display_stream_write;
+  stream->data_object    = msd;
+
+  status = obj->clazz->initialize(obj);
+  if (status >= 0)
+    status = obj->clazz->parse_begin(obj);
+  if (status < 0)
+  {
+    PR_Free(stream);
+    delete msd->options;
+    delete msd;
+    PR_Free(obj);
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  return stream;
+}
+
+//
+// Emitter Wrapper Routines!
+//
+nsIMimeEmitter *
+GetMimeEmitter(MimeDisplayOptions *opt)
+{
+  mime_stream_data  *msd = (mime_stream_data *)opt->stream_closure;
+  if (!msd)
+    return NULL;
+
+  nsIMimeEmitter     *ptr = (nsIMimeEmitter *)(msd->output_emitter);
+  return ptr;
+}
+
+mime_stream_data *
+GetMSD(MimeDisplayOptions *opt)
+{
+  if (!opt)
+    return nullptr;
+  mime_stream_data  *msd = (mime_stream_data *)opt->stream_closure;
+  return msd;
+}
+
+bool
+NoEmitterProcessing(nsMimeOutputType    format_out)
+{
+  if ( (format_out == nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageDraftOrTemplate) ||
+       (format_out == nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageEditorTemplate))
+    return true;
+  else
+    return false;
+}
+
+extern "C" nsresult
+mimeEmitterAddAttachmentField(MimeDisplayOptions *opt, const char *field, const char *value)
+{
+  // Check for draft processing...
+  if (NoEmitterProcessing(opt->format_out))
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  mime_stream_data  *msd = GetMSD(opt);
+  if (!msd)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  if (msd->output_emitter)
+  {
+    nsIMimeEmitter *emitter = (nsIMimeEmitter *)msd->output_emitter;
+    return emitter->AddAttachmentField(field, value);
+  }
+
+  return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+extern "C" nsresult
+mimeEmitterAddHeaderField(MimeDisplayOptions *opt, const char *field, const char *value)
+{
+  // Check for draft processing...
+  if (NoEmitterProcessing(opt->format_out))
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  mime_stream_data  *msd = GetMSD(opt);
+  if (!msd)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  if (msd->output_emitter)
+  {
+    nsIMimeEmitter *emitter = (nsIMimeEmitter *)msd->output_emitter;
+    return emitter->AddHeaderField(field, value);
+  }
+
+  return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+extern "C" nsresult
+mimeEmitterAddAllHeaders(MimeDisplayOptions *opt, const char *allheaders, const int32_t allheadersize)
+{
+  // Check for draft processing...
+  if (NoEmitterProcessing(opt->format_out))
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  mime_stream_data  *msd = GetMSD(opt);
+  if (!msd)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  if (msd->output_emitter)
+  {
+    nsIMimeEmitter *emitter = (nsIMimeEmitter *)msd->output_emitter;
+    return emitter->AddAllHeaders(Substring(allheaders,
+                                            allheaders + allheadersize));
+  }
+
+  return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+extern "C" nsresult
+mimeEmitterStartAttachment(MimeDisplayOptions *opt, const char *name, const char *contentType, const char *url,
+                           bool aIsExternalAttachment)
+{
+  // Check for draft processing...
+  if (NoEmitterProcessing(opt->format_out))
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  mime_stream_data  *msd = GetMSD(opt);
+  if (!msd)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  if (msd->output_emitter)
+  {
+    nsIMimeEmitter *emitter = (nsIMimeEmitter *)msd->output_emitter;
+    return emitter->StartAttachment(nsDependentCString(name), contentType, url,
+                                    aIsExternalAttachment);
+  }
+
+  return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+extern "C" nsresult
+mimeEmitterEndAttachment(MimeDisplayOptions *opt)
+{
+  // Check for draft processing...
+  if (NoEmitterProcessing(opt->format_out))
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  mime_stream_data  *msd = GetMSD(opt);
+  if (!msd)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  if (msd->output_emitter)
+  {
+    nsIMimeEmitter *emitter = (nsIMimeEmitter *)msd->output_emitter;
+    if (emitter)
+      return emitter->EndAttachment();
+    else
+      return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+extern "C" nsresult
+mimeEmitterEndAllAttachments(MimeDisplayOptions *opt)
+{
+  // Check for draft processing...
+  if (NoEmitterProcessing(opt->format_out))
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  mime_stream_data  *msd = GetMSD(opt);
+  if (!msd)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  if (msd->output_emitter)
+  {
+    nsIMimeEmitter *emitter = (nsIMimeEmitter *)msd->output_emitter;
+    if (emitter)
+      return emitter->EndAllAttachments();
+    else
+      return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+extern "C" nsresult
+mimeEmitterStartBody(MimeDisplayOptions *opt, bool bodyOnly, const char *msgID, const char *outCharset)
+{
+  // Check for draft processing...
+  if (NoEmitterProcessing(opt->format_out))
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  mime_stream_data  *msd = GetMSD(opt);
+  if (!msd)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  if (msd->output_emitter)
+  {
+    nsIMimeEmitter *emitter = (nsIMimeEmitter *)msd->output_emitter;
+    return emitter->StartBody(bodyOnly, msgID, outCharset);
+  }
+
+  return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+extern "C" nsresult
+mimeEmitterEndBody(MimeDisplayOptions *opt)
+{
+  // Check for draft processing...
+  if (NoEmitterProcessing(opt->format_out))
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  mime_stream_data  *msd = GetMSD(opt);
+  if (!msd)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  if (msd->output_emitter)
+  {
+    nsIMimeEmitter *emitter = (nsIMimeEmitter *)msd->output_emitter;
+    return emitter->EndBody();
+  }
+
+  return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+extern "C" nsresult
+mimeEmitterEndHeader(MimeDisplayOptions *opt, MimeObject *obj)
+{
+  // Check for draft processing...
+  if (NoEmitterProcessing(opt->format_out))
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  mime_stream_data  *msd = GetMSD(opt);
+  if (!msd)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  if (msd->output_emitter)
+  {
+    nsIMimeEmitter *emitter = (nsIMimeEmitter *)msd->output_emitter;
+
+    nsCString name;
+    if (msd->format_out == nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageSplitDisplay ||
+        msd->format_out == nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageHeaderDisplay ||
+        msd->format_out == nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageBodyDisplay ||
+        msd->format_out == nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageSaveAs ||
+        msd->format_out == nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessagePrintOutput) {
+      if (obj->headers) {
+        nsMsgAttachmentData attachment;
+        attIndex = 0;
+        nsresult rv = GenerateAttachmentData(obj, msd->url_name, opt, false,
+                                             0, &attachment);
+
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+          name.Assign(attachment.m_realName);
+      }
+    }
+
+    MimeHeaders_convert_header_value(opt, name, false);
+    return emitter->EndHeader(name);
+  }
+
+  return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+extern "C" nsresult
+mimeEmitterUpdateCharacterSet(MimeDisplayOptions *opt, const char *aCharset)
+{
+  // Check for draft processing...
+  if (NoEmitterProcessing(opt->format_out))
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  mime_stream_data  *msd = GetMSD(opt);
+  if (!msd)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  if (msd->output_emitter)
+  {
+    nsIMimeEmitter *emitter = (nsIMimeEmitter *)msd->output_emitter;
+    return emitter->UpdateCharacterSet(aCharset);
+  }
+
+  return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+extern "C" nsresult
+mimeEmitterStartHeader(MimeDisplayOptions *opt, bool rootMailHeader, bool headerOnly, const char *msgID,
+                       const char *outCharset)
+{
+  // Check for draft processing...
+  if (NoEmitterProcessing(opt->format_out))
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  mime_stream_data  *msd = GetMSD(opt);
+  if (!msd)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  if (msd->output_emitter)
+  {
+    nsIMimeEmitter *emitter = (nsIMimeEmitter *)msd->output_emitter;
+    return emitter->StartHeader(rootMailHeader, headerOnly, msgID, outCharset);
+  }
+
+  return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+
+extern "C" nsresult
+mimeSetNewURL(nsMIMESession *stream, char *url)
+{
+  if ( (!stream) || (!url) || (!*url) )
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  mime_stream_data  *msd = (mime_stream_data *)stream->data_object;
+  if (!msd)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  char *tmpPtr = strdup(url);
+  if (!tmpPtr)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+  PR_FREEIF(msd->url_name);
+  msd->url_name = tmpPtr;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+#define     MIME_URL "chrome://messenger/locale/mime.properties"
+
+extern "C"
+char *
+MimeGetStringByID(int32_t stringID)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundleService> stringBundleService =
+    mozilla::services::GetStringBundleService();
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundle> stringBundle;
+  stringBundleService->CreateBundle(MIME_URL, getter_AddRefs(stringBundle));
+  if (stringBundle)
+  {
+    nsString v;
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(stringBundle->GetStringFromID(stringID, getter_Copies(v))))
+      return ToNewUTF8String(v);
+  }
+
+  return strdup("???");
+}
+
+extern "C"
+char *
+MimeGetStringByName(const char16_t *stringName)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundleService> stringBundleService =
+    do_GetService(NS_STRINGBUNDLE_CONTRACTID);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundle> stringBundle;
+  stringBundleService->CreateBundle(MIME_URL, getter_AddRefs(stringBundle));
+  if (stringBundle)
+  {
+    nsString v;
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(stringBundle->GetStringFromName(stringName, getter_Copies(v))))
+      return ToNewUTF8String(v);
+  }
+
+  return strdup("???");
+}
+
+void
+ResetChannelCharset(MimeObject *obj)
+{
+  if (obj->options && obj->options->stream_closure &&
+      obj->options->default_charset && obj->headers )
+  {
+    mime_stream_data  *msd = (mime_stream_data *) (obj->options->stream_closure);
+    char *ct = MimeHeaders_get (obj->headers, HEADER_CONTENT_TYPE, false, false);
+    if ( (ct) && (msd) && (msd->channel) )
+    {
+      char *ptr = strstr(ct, "charset=");
+      if (ptr)
+      {
+        // First, setup the channel!
+        msd->channel->SetContentType(nsDependentCString(ct));
+
+        // Second, if this is a Save As operation, then we need to convert
+        // to override the output charset!
+        mime_stream_data  *msd = GetMSD(obj->options);
+        if ( (msd) && (msd->format_out == nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageSaveAs) )
+        {
+          // Extract the charset alone
+          char  *cSet = nullptr;
+          if (*(ptr+8) == '"')
+            cSet = strdup(ptr+9);
+          else
+            cSet = strdup(ptr+8);
+          if (cSet)
+          {
+            char *ptr2 = cSet;
+            while ( (*cSet) && (*cSet != ' ') && (*cSet != ';') &&
+                    (*cSet != '\r') && (*cSet != '\n') && (*cSet != '"') )
+              ptr2++;
+
+            if (*cSet) {
+              PR_FREEIF(obj->options->default_charset);
+              obj->options->default_charset = strdup(cSet);
+              obj->options->override_charset = true;
+            }
+
+            PR_FREEIF(cSet);
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      PR_FREEIF(ct);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+  ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+  // Function to get up mail/news fontlang
+  ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+
+nsresult GetMailNewsFont(MimeObject *obj, bool styleFixed,  int32_t *fontPixelSize,
+                         int32_t *fontSizePercentage, nsCString& fontLang)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  nsIPrefBranch *prefBranch = GetPrefBranch(obj->options);
+  if (prefBranch) {
+    MimeInlineText  *text = (MimeInlineText *) obj;
+    nsAutoCString charset;
+
+    // get a charset
+    if (!text->initializeCharset)
+      ((MimeInlineTextClass*)&mimeInlineTextClass)->initialize_charset(obj);
+
+    if (!text->charset || !(*text->charset))
+      charset.Assign("us-ascii");
+    else
+      charset.Assign(text->charset);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsICharsetConverterManager> charSetConverterManager2;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAtom> langGroupAtom;
+    nsAutoCString prefStr;
+
+    ToLowerCase(charset);
+
+    charSetConverterManager2 = do_GetService(NS_CHARSETCONVERTERMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    if ( NS_FAILED(rv))
+      return rv;
+
+    // get a language, e.g. x-western, ja
+    rv = charSetConverterManager2->GetCharsetLangGroup(charset.get(), getter_AddRefs(langGroupAtom));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      return rv;
+    rv = langGroupAtom->ToUTF8String(fontLang);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      return rv;
+
+    // get a font size from pref
+    prefStr.Assign(!styleFixed ? "font.size.variable." : "font.size.fixed.");
+    prefStr.Append(fontLang);
+    rv = prefBranch->GetIntPref(prefStr.get(), fontPixelSize);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      return rv;
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefDefBranch;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefService> prefSvc(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+    if(prefSvc)
+      rv = prefSvc->GetDefaultBranch("", getter_AddRefs(prefDefBranch));
+
+    if(!prefDefBranch)
+      return rv;
+
+    // get original font size
+    int32_t originalSize;
+    rv = prefDefBranch->GetIntPref(prefStr.get(), &originalSize);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      return rv;
+
+    // calculate percentage
+    *fontSizePercentage = originalSize ?
+                          (int32_t)((float)*fontPixelSize / (float)originalSize * 100) : 0;
+
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+
+/**
+ * This function synchronously converts an HTML document (as string)
+ * to plaintext (as string) using the Gecko converter.
+ *
+ * @param flags see nsIDocumentEncoder.h
+ */
+nsresult
+HTML2Plaintext(const nsString& inString, nsString& outString,
+               uint32_t flags, uint32_t wrapCol)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIParserUtils> utils =
+    do_GetService(NS_PARSERUTILS_CONTRACTID);
+  return utils->ConvertToPlainText(inString, flags, wrapCol, outString);
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * This function synchronously sanitizes an HTML document (string->string)
+ * using the Gecko nsTreeSanitizer.
+ */
+nsresult
+HTMLSanitize(const nsString& inString, nsString& outString)
+{
+  // If you want to add alternative sanitization, you can insert a conditional
+  // call to another sanitizer and an early return here.
+
+  uint32_t flags = nsIParserUtils::SanitizerCidEmbedsOnly |
+                   nsIParserUtils::SanitizerDropForms;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefs(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID));
+
+  bool dropPresentational = true;
+  bool dropMedia = false;
+  prefs->GetBoolPref(
+    "mailnews.display.html_sanitizer.drop_non_css_presentation",
+    &dropPresentational);
+  prefs->GetBoolPref(
+    "mailnews.display.html_sanitizer.drop_media",
+    &dropMedia);
+  if (dropPresentational)
+    flags |= nsIParserUtils::SanitizerDropNonCSSPresentation;
+  if (dropMedia)
+    flags |= nsIParserUtils::SanitizerDropMedia;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIParserUtils> utils = do_GetService(NS_PARSERUTILS_CONTRACTID);
+  return utils->Sanitize(inString, flags, outString);
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/src/mimemoz2.h b/mailnews/mime/src/mimemoz2.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..962a42ae0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/src/mimemoz2.h
@@ -0,0 +1,196 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _MIMEMOZ_H_
+#define _MIMEMOZ_H_
+
+#include "nsStreamConverter.h"
+#include "nsIMimeEmitter.h"
+#include "nsIURI.h"
+#include "mozITXTToHTMLConv.h"
+#include "nsIMsgSend.h"
+#include "modmimee.h"
+#include "nsMsgAttachmentData.h"
+
+// SHERRY - Need to get these out of here eventually
+
+#ifdef XP_UNIX
+#undef Bool
+#endif
+
+
+
+#include "mimei.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+#include "nsIPrefBranch.h"
+
+typedef struct _nsMIMESession nsMIMESession;
+
+/* stream functions */
+typedef unsigned int
+(*MKSessionWriteReadyFunc) (nsMIMESession *stream);
+
+#define MAX_WRITE_READY (((unsigned) (~0) << 1) >> 1)   /* must be <= than MAXINT!!!!! */
+
+typedef int
+(*MKSessionWriteFunc) (nsMIMESession *stream, const char *str, int32_t len);
+
+typedef void
+(*MKSessionCompleteFunc) (nsMIMESession *stream);
+
+typedef void
+(*MKSessionAbortFunc) (nsMIMESession *stream, int status);
+
+/* streamclass function */
+struct _nsMIMESession {
+
+    const char * name;         /* Just for diagnostics */
+
+    void       * window_id;    /* used for progress messages, etc. */
+
+    void       * data_object;  /* a pointer to whatever
+                                * structure you wish to have
+                                * passed to the routines below
+                                * during writes, etc...
+                                *
+                                * this data object should hold
+                                * the document, document
+                                * structure or a pointer to the
+                                * document.
+                                */
+
+    MKSessionWriteReadyFunc  is_write_ready;   /* checks to see if the stream is ready
+                                               * for writing.  Returns 0 if not ready
+                                               * or the number of bytes that it can
+                                               * accept for write
+                                               */
+    MKSessionWriteFunc       put_block;        /* writes a block of data to the stream */
+    MKSessionCompleteFunc    complete;         /* normal end */
+    MKSessionAbortFunc       abort;            /* abnormal end */
+
+    bool                    is_multipart;    /* is the stream part of a multipart sequence */
+};
+
+/*
+ * This is for the reworked mime parser.
+ */
+class mime_stream_data {           /* This object is the state we pass around
+                                       amongst the various stream functions
+                                       used by MIME_MessageConverter(). */
+public:
+  mime_stream_data();
+
+  char                *url_name;
+  char                *orig_url_name; /* original url name */
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIChannel> channel;
+  nsMimeOutputType    format_out;
+  void                *pluginObj2;  /* The new XP-COM stream converter object */
+  nsMIMESession       *istream;     /* Holdover - new stream we're writing out image data-if any. */
+  MimeObject          *obj;         /* The root parser object */
+  MimeDisplayOptions  *options;     /* Data for communicating with libmime.a */
+  MimeHeaders         *headers;     /* Copy of outer most mime header */
+
+  nsIMimeEmitter      *output_emitter;  /* Output emitter engine for libmime */
+  bool                firstCheck;   /* Is this the first look at the stream data */
+};
+
+//
+// This object is the state we use for loading drafts and templates...
+//
+class mime_draft_data
+{
+public:
+  mime_draft_data();
+  char                *url_name;           // original url name */
+  nsMimeOutputType    format_out;          // intended output format; should be FO_OPEN_DRAFT */
+  nsMIMESession       *stream;             // not used for now
+  MimeObject          *obj;                // The root
+  MimeDisplayOptions  *options;            // data for communicating with libmime
+  MimeHeaders         *headers;            // Copy of outer most mime header
+  nsTArray<nsMsgAttachedFile*> attachments;// attachments
+  nsMsgAttachedFile   *messageBody;        // message body
+  nsMsgAttachedFile   *curAttachment;       // temp
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIFile> tmpFile;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIOutputStream> tmpFileStream;      // output file handle
+
+  MimeDecoderData     *decoder_data;
+  char                *mailcharset;        // get it from CHARSET of Content-Type
+  bool                forwardInline;
+  bool                forwardInlineFilter;
+  bool                overrideComposeFormat; // Override compose format (for forward inline).
+  nsString            forwardToAddress;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIdentity>      identity;
+  char                *originalMsgURI;     // the original URI of the message we are currently processing
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr>         origMsgHdr;
+};
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Bridge routines for legacy mime code
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+// Create bridge stream for libmime
+extern "C"
+void         *mime_bridge_create_display_stream(nsIMimeEmitter      *newEmitter,
+                                                nsStreamConverter   *newPluginObj2,
+                                                nsIURI              *uri,
+                                                nsMimeOutputType    format_out,
+                                                uint32_t            whattodo,
+                                                nsIChannel          *aChannel);
+
+// To get the mime emitter...
+extern "C" nsIMimeEmitter   *GetMimeEmitter(MimeDisplayOptions *opt);
+
+// To support 2 types of emitters...we need these routines :-(
+extern "C" nsresult     mimeSetNewURL(nsMIMESession *stream, char *url);
+extern "C" nsresult     mimeEmitterAddAttachmentField(MimeDisplayOptions *opt, const char *field, const char *value);
+extern "C" nsresult     mimeEmitterAddHeaderField(MimeDisplayOptions *opt, const char *field, const char *value);
+extern "C" nsresult     mimeEmitterAddAllHeaders(MimeDisplayOptions *opt, const char *allheaders, const int32_t allheadersize);
+extern "C" nsresult     mimeEmitterStartAttachment(MimeDisplayOptions *opt, const char *name, const char *contentType, const char *url,
+                                                   bool aIsExternalAttachment);
+extern "C" nsresult     mimeEmitterEndAttachment(MimeDisplayOptions *opt);
+extern "C" nsresult     mimeEmitterEndAllAttachments(MimeDisplayOptions *opt);
+extern "C" nsresult     mimeEmitterStartBody(MimeDisplayOptions *opt, bool bodyOnly, const char *msgID, const char *outCharset);
+extern "C" nsresult     mimeEmitterEndBody(MimeDisplayOptions *opt);
+extern "C" nsresult     mimeEmitterEndHeader(MimeDisplayOptions *opt, MimeObject *obj);
+extern "C" nsresult     mimeEmitterStartHeader(MimeDisplayOptions *opt, bool rootMailHeader, bool headerOnly, const char *msgID,
+                                               const char *outCharset);
+extern "C" nsresult     mimeEmitterUpdateCharacterSet(MimeDisplayOptions *opt, const char *aCharset);
+
+extern "C" nsresult     MimeGetAttachmentList(MimeObject *tobj, const char *aMessageURL, nsMsgAttachmentData **data);
+
+/* To Get the connnection to prefs service manager */
+extern "C" nsIPrefBranch      *GetPrefBranch(MimeDisplayOptions *opt);
+
+// Get the text converter...
+mozITXTToHTMLConv           *GetTextConverter(MimeDisplayOptions *opt);
+
+nsresult
+HTML2Plaintext(const nsString& inString, nsString& outString,
+               uint32_t flags, uint32_t wrapCol);
+nsresult
+HTMLSanitize(const nsString& inString, nsString& outString);
+
+extern "C" char             *MimeGetStringByID(int32_t stringID);
+extern "C" char             *MimeGetStringByName(const char16_t *stringName);
+
+// Utility to create a nsIURI object...
+extern "C" nsresult         nsMimeNewURI(nsIURI** aInstancePtrResult, const char *aSpec, nsIURI *aBase);
+
+extern "C" nsresult SetMailCharacterSetToMsgWindow(MimeObject *obj, const char *aCharacterSet);
+
+extern "C"  nsresult GetMailNewsFont(MimeObject *obj, bool styleFixed, int32_t *fontPixelSize, int32_t *fontSizePercentage, nsCString& fontLang);
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+#endif /* _MIMEMOZ_H_ */
+
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/src/mimempar.cpp b/mailnews/mime/src/mimempar.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..efcd06445
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/src/mimempar.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "mimempar.h"
+#include "prlog.h"
+
+#define MIME_SUPERCLASS mimeMultipartClass
+MimeDefClass(MimeMultipartParallel, MimeMultipartParallelClass,
+       mimeMultipartParallelClass, &MIME_SUPERCLASS);
+
+static int
+MimeMultipartParallelClassInitialize(MimeMultipartParallelClass *clazz)
+{
+#ifdef DEBUG
+  MimeObjectClass *oclass = (MimeObjectClass *) clazz;
+  PR_ASSERT(!oclass->class_initialized);
+#endif
+  return 0;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/src/mimempar.h b/mailnews/mime/src/mimempar.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1ac39f1fc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/src/mimempar.h
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _MIMEMPAR_H_
+#define _MIMEMPAR_H_
+
+#include "mimemult.h"
+
+/* The MimeMultipartParallel class implements the multipart/parallel MIME 
+   container, which is currently no different from multipart/mixed, since
+   it's not clear that there's anything useful it could do differently.
+ */
+
+typedef struct MimeMultipartParallelClass MimeMultipartParallelClass;
+typedef struct MimeMultipartParallel      MimeMultipartParallel;
+
+struct MimeMultipartParallelClass {
+  MimeMultipartClass multipart;
+};
+
+extern MimeMultipartParallelClass mimeMultipartParallelClass;
+
+struct MimeMultipartParallel {
+  MimeMultipart multipart;
+};
+
+#define MimeMultipartParallelClassInitializer(ITYPE,CSUPER) \
+  { MimeMultipartClassInitializer(ITYPE,CSUPER) }
+
+#endif /* _MIMEMPAR_H_ */
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/src/mimemrel.cpp b/mailnews/mime/src/mimemrel.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..bbcb990b5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/src/mimemrel.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1199 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ * This Original Code has been modified by IBM Corporation. Modifications made by IBM
+ * described herein are Copyright (c) International Business Machines Corporation, 2000.
+ * Modifications to Mozilla code or documentation identified per MPL Section 3.3
+ *
+ * Date             Modified by     Description of modification
+ * 04/20/2000       IBM Corp.      OS/2 VisualAge build.
+ */
+
+/* Thoughts on how to implement this:
+
+   = if the type of this multipart/related is not text/html, then treat
+     it the same as multipart/mixed.
+
+   = For each part in this multipart/related
+     = if this part is not the "top" part
+       = then save this part to a tmp file or a memory object,
+         kind-of like what we do for multipart/alternative sub-parts.
+         If this is an object we're blocked on (see below) send its data along.
+     = else
+       = emit this part (remember, it's of type text/html)
+       = at some point, layout may load a URL for <IMG SRC="cid:xxxx">.
+         we intercept that.
+         = if one of our cached parts has that cid, return the data for it.
+         = else, "block", the same way the image library blocks layout when it
+           doesn't yet have the size of the image.
+       = at some point, layout may load a URL for <IMG SRC="relative/yyy">.
+         we need to intercept that too.
+         = expand the URL, and compare it to our cached objects.
+           if it matches, return it.
+         = else block on it.
+
+   = once we get to the end, if we have any sub-part references that we're
+     still blocked on, map over them:
+     = if they're cid: references, close them ("broken image" results.)
+     = if they're URLs, then load them in the normal way.
+
+  --------------------------------------------------
+
+  Ok, that's fairly complicated.  How about an approach where we go through
+  all the parts first, and don't emit until the end?
+
+   = if the type of this multipart/related is not text/html, then treat
+     it the same as multipart/mixed.
+
+   = For each part in this multipart/related
+       = save this part to a tmp file or a memory object,
+         like what we do for multipart/alternative sub-parts.
+
+   = Emit the "top" part (the text/html one)
+     = intercept all calls to NET_GetURL, to allow us to rewrite the URL.
+       (hook into netlib, or only into imglib's calls to GetURL?)
+       (make sure we're behaving in a context-local way.)
+
+       = when a URL is loaded, look through our cached parts for a match.
+         = if we find one, map that URL to a "cid:" URL
+         = else, let it load normally
+
+     = at some point, layout may load a URL for <IMG SRC="cid:xxxx">.
+       it will do this either because that's what was in the HTML, or because
+       that's how we "rewrote" the URLs when we intercepted NET_GetURL.
+
+       = if one of our cached parts has the requested cid, return the data
+         for it.
+       = else, generate a "broken image"
+
+   = free all the cached data
+
+  --------------------------------------------------
+
+  How hard would be an approach where we rewrite the HTML?
+  (Looks like it's not much easier, and might be more error-prone.)
+
+   = if the type of this multipart/related is not text/html, then treat
+     it the same as multipart/mixed.
+
+   = For each part in this multipart/related
+       = save this part to a tmp file or a memory object,
+         like what we do for multipart/alternative sub-parts.
+
+   = Parse the "top" part, and emit slightly different HTML:
+     = for each <IMG SRC>, <IMG LOWSRC>, <A HREF>?  Any others?
+       = look through our cached parts for a matching URL
+         = if we find one, map that URL to a "cid:" URL
+         = else, let it load normally
+
+     = at some point, layout may load a URL for <IMG SRC="cid:xxxx">.
+       = if one of our cached parts has the requested cid, return the data
+         for it.
+       = else, generate a "broken image"
+
+   = free all the cached data
+ */
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "mimemrel.h"
+#include "mimemapl.h"
+#include "prmem.h"
+#include "prprf.h"
+#include "prlog.h"
+#include "plstr.h"
+#include "mimemoz2.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsIURL.h"
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "nsMimeStringResources.h"
+#include "nsMimeTypes.h"
+#include "mimebuf.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+//
+// External Defines...
+//
+
+extern nsresult
+nsMsgCreateTempFile(const char *tFileName, nsIFile **tFile);
+
+#define MIME_SUPERCLASS mimeMultipartClass
+MimeDefClass(MimeMultipartRelated, MimeMultipartRelatedClass,
+       mimeMultipartRelatedClass, &MIME_SUPERCLASS);
+
+
+class MimeHashValue
+{
+public:
+  MimeHashValue(MimeObject *obj, char *url) {
+    m_obj = obj;
+    m_url = strdup(url);
+  }
+  virtual ~MimeHashValue() {
+    if (m_url)
+      PR_Free((void *)m_url);
+  }
+
+  MimeObject  *m_obj;
+  char        *m_url;
+};
+
+static int
+MimeMultipartRelated_initialize(MimeObject* obj)
+{
+  MimeMultipartRelated* relobj = (MimeMultipartRelated*) obj;
+  relobj->base_url = MimeHeaders_get(obj->headers, HEADER_CONTENT_BASE,
+                     false, false);
+  /* rhp: need this for supporting Content-Location */
+  if (!relobj->base_url)
+  {
+    relobj->base_url = MimeHeaders_get(obj->headers, HEADER_CONTENT_LOCATION,
+      false, false);
+  }
+  /* rhp: need this for supporting Content-Location */
+
+  /* I used to have code here to test if the type was text/html.  Then I
+     added multipart/alternative as being OK, too.  Then I found that the
+     VCard spec seems to talk about having the first part of a
+     multipart/related be an application/directory.  At that point, I decided
+     to punt.  We handle anything as the first part, and stomp on the HTML it
+     generates to adjust tags to point into the other parts.  This probably
+     works out to something reasonable in most cases. */
+
+  relobj->hash = PL_NewHashTable(20, PL_HashString, PL_CompareStrings, PL_CompareValues,
+                                (PLHashAllocOps *)NULL, NULL);
+
+  if (!relobj->hash) return MIME_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+  relobj->input_file_stream = nullptr;
+  relobj->output_file_stream = nullptr;
+
+  return ((MimeObjectClass*)&MIME_SUPERCLASS)->initialize(obj);
+}
+
+static int
+mime_multipart_related_nukehash(PLHashEntry *table,
+                                       int indx, void *arg)
+{
+  if (table->key)
+    PR_Free((char*) table->key);
+
+  if (table->value)
+    delete (MimeHashValue *)table->value;
+
+  return HT_ENUMERATE_NEXT;   /* XP_Maphash will continue traversing the hash */
+}
+
+static void
+MimeMultipartRelated_finalize (MimeObject *obj)
+{
+  MimeMultipartRelated* relobj = (MimeMultipartRelated*) obj;
+  PR_FREEIF(relobj->base_url);
+  PR_FREEIF(relobj->curtag);
+  if (relobj->buffered_hdrs) {
+	PR_FREEIF(relobj->buffered_hdrs->all_headers);
+	PR_FREEIF(relobj->buffered_hdrs->heads);
+	PR_FREEIF(relobj->buffered_hdrs);
+  }
+  PR_FREEIF(relobj->head_buffer);
+  relobj->head_buffer_fp = 0;
+  relobj->head_buffer_size = 0;
+  if (relobj->hash) {
+    PL_HashTableEnumerateEntries(relobj->hash, mime_multipart_related_nukehash, NULL);
+    PL_HashTableDestroy(relobj->hash);
+    relobj->hash = NULL;
+  }
+
+  if (relobj->input_file_stream)
+  {
+    relobj->input_file_stream->Close();
+    relobj->input_file_stream = nullptr;
+  }
+
+  if (relobj->output_file_stream)
+  {
+    relobj->output_file_stream->Close();
+    relobj->output_file_stream = nullptr;
+  }
+
+  if (relobj->file_buffer)
+  {
+    relobj->file_buffer->Remove(false);
+    relobj->file_buffer = nullptr;
+  }
+
+  if (relobj->headobj) {
+    // In some error conditions when MimeMultipartRelated_parse_eof() isn't run
+    // (for example, no temp disk space available to extract message parts),
+    // the head object is also referenced as a child.
+    // If we free it, we remove the child reference first ... or crash later :-(
+    MimeContainer *cont = (MimeContainer *)relobj;
+    for (int i = 0; i < cont->nchildren; i++) {
+      if (cont->children[i] == relobj->headobj) {
+        // Shift remaining children down.
+        for (int j = i+1; j < cont->nchildren; j++) {
+          cont->children[j-1] = cont->children[j];
+        }
+        cont->children[--cont->nchildren] = nullptr;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+
+    mime_free(relobj->headobj);
+    relobj->headobj = nullptr;
+  }
+
+  ((MimeObjectClass*)&MIME_SUPERCLASS)->finalize(obj);
+}
+
+#define ISHEX(c) ( ((c) >= '0' && (c) <= '9') || ((c) >= 'a' && (c) <= 'f') || ((c) >= 'A' && (c) <= 'F') )
+#define NONHEX(c) (!ISHEX(c))
+
+extern "C" char *
+escape_unescaped_percents(const char *incomingURL)
+{
+  const char *inC;
+  char *outC;
+  char *result = (char *) PR_Malloc(strlen(incomingURL)*3+1);
+
+  if (result)
+  {
+    for(inC = incomingURL, outC = result; *inC != '\0'; inC++)
+    {
+      if (*inC == '%')
+      {
+        /* Check if either of the next two characters are non-hex. */
+        if ( !*(inC+1) || NONHEX(*(inC+1)) || !*(inC+2) || NONHEX(*(inC+2)) )
+        {
+          /* Hex characters don't follow, escape the
+             percent char */
+          *outC++ = '%'; *outC++ = '2'; *outC++ = '5';
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          /* Hex characters follow, so assume the percent
+             is escaping something else */
+          *outC++ = *inC;
+        }
+      }
+      else
+        *outC++ = *inC;
+    }
+    *outC = '\0';
+  }
+
+  return result;
+}
+
+/* This routine is only necessary because the mailbox URL fed to us
+   by the winfe can contain spaces and '>'s in it. It's a hack. */
+static char *
+escape_for_mrel_subst(char *inURL)
+{
+  char *output, *inC, *outC, *temp;
+
+  int size = strlen(inURL) + 1;
+
+  for(inC = inURL; *inC; inC++)
+    if ((*inC == ' ') || (*inC == '>'))
+      size += 2; /* space -> '%20', '>' -> '%3E', etc. */
+
+  output = (char *)PR_MALLOC(size);
+  if (output)
+  {
+    /* Walk through the source string, copying all chars
+      except for spaces, which get escaped. */
+    inC = inURL;
+    outC = output;
+    while(*inC)
+    {
+      if (*inC == ' ')
+      {
+        *outC++ = '%'; *outC++ = '2'; *outC++ = '0';
+      }
+      else if (*inC == '>')
+      {
+        *outC++ = '%'; *outC++ = '3'; *outC++ = 'E';
+      }
+      else
+        *outC++ = *inC;
+
+      inC++;
+    }
+    *outC = '\0';
+
+    temp = escape_unescaped_percents(output);
+    if (temp)
+    {
+      PR_FREEIF(output);
+      output = temp;
+    }
+  }
+  return output;
+}
+
+static bool
+MimeStartParamExists(MimeObject *obj, MimeObject* child)
+{
+  char *ct = MimeHeaders_get (obj->headers, HEADER_CONTENT_TYPE, false, false);
+  char *st = (ct
+              ? MimeHeaders_get_parameter(ct, HEADER_PARM_START, NULL, NULL)
+              : 0);
+
+  PR_FREEIF(ct);
+  if (!st)
+    return false;
+
+  PR_FREEIF(st);
+  return true;
+}
+
+static bool
+MimeThisIsStartPart(MimeObject *obj, MimeObject* child)
+{
+  bool rval = false;
+  char *ct, *st, *cst;
+
+  ct = MimeHeaders_get (obj->headers, HEADER_CONTENT_TYPE, false, false);
+  st = (ct
+        ? MimeHeaders_get_parameter(ct, HEADER_PARM_START, NULL, NULL)
+        : 0);
+
+  PR_FREEIF(ct);
+  if (!st)
+    return false;
+
+  cst = MimeHeaders_get(child->headers, HEADER_CONTENT_ID, false, false);
+  if (!cst)
+    rval = false;
+  else
+  {
+    char *tmp = cst;
+    if (*tmp == '<')
+    {
+      int length;
+      tmp++;
+      length = strlen(tmp);
+      if (length > 0 && tmp[length - 1] == '>')
+      {
+        tmp[length - 1] = '\0';
+      }
+    }
+
+    rval = (!strcmp(st, tmp));
+  }
+
+  PR_FREEIF(st);
+  PR_FREEIF(cst);
+  return rval;
+}
+/* rhp - gotta support the "start" parameter */
+
+char *
+MakeAbsoluteURL(char *base_url, char *relative_url)
+{
+  char            *retString = nullptr;
+  nsIURI          *base = nullptr;
+
+  // if either is NULL, just return the relative if safe...
+  if (!base_url || !relative_url)
+  {
+    if (!relative_url)
+      return nullptr;
+
+    NS_MsgSACopy(&retString, relative_url);
+    return retString;
+  }
+
+  nsresult err = nsMimeNewURI(&base, base_url, nullptr);
+  if (NS_FAILED(err))
+    return nullptr;
+
+  nsAutoCString spec;
+
+  nsIURI    *url = nullptr;
+  err = nsMimeNewURI(&url, relative_url, base);
+  if (NS_FAILED(err))
+    goto done;
+
+  err = url->GetSpec(spec);
+  if (NS_FAILED(err))
+  {
+    retString = nullptr;
+    goto done;
+  }
+  retString = ToNewCString(spec);
+
+done:
+  NS_IF_RELEASE(url);
+  NS_IF_RELEASE(base);
+  return retString;
+}
+
+static bool
+MimeMultipartRelated_output_child_p(MimeObject *obj, MimeObject* child)
+{
+  MimeMultipartRelated *relobj = (MimeMultipartRelated *) obj;
+
+  /* rhp - Changed from "if (relobj->head_loaded)" alone to support the
+           start parameter
+   */
+  if (
+       (relobj->head_loaded) ||
+       (MimeStartParamExists(obj, child) && !MimeThisIsStartPart(obj, child))
+     )
+  {
+    /* This is a child part.  Just remember the mapping between the URL
+       it represents and the part-URL to get it back. */
+
+    char* location = MimeHeaders_get(child->headers, HEADER_CONTENT_LOCATION,
+                     false, false);
+    if (!location) {
+      char* tmp = MimeHeaders_get(child->headers, HEADER_CONTENT_ID,
+                    false, false);
+      if (tmp) {
+        char* tmp2 = tmp;
+        if (*tmp2 == '<') {
+          int length;
+          tmp2++;
+          length = strlen(tmp2);
+          if (length > 0 && tmp2[length - 1] == '>') {
+            tmp2[length - 1] = '\0';
+          }
+        }
+        location = PR_smprintf("cid:%s", tmp2);
+        PR_Free(tmp);
+      }
+    }
+
+    if (location) {
+      char *absolute;
+      char *base_url = MimeHeaders_get(child->headers, HEADER_CONTENT_BASE,
+                       false, false);
+      absolute = MakeAbsoluteURL(base_url ? base_url : relobj->base_url, location);
+
+      PR_FREEIF(base_url);
+      PR_Free(location);
+      if (absolute) {
+        nsAutoCString partnum;
+        nsAutoCString imappartnum;
+        partnum.Adopt(mime_part_address(child));
+        if (!partnum.IsEmpty()) {
+          if (obj->options->missing_parts)
+          {
+            char * imappart = mime_imap_part_address(child);
+            if (imappart)
+              imappartnum.Adopt(imappart);
+          }
+
+          /*
+            AppleDouble part need special care: we need to output only the data fork part of it.
+            The problem at this point is that we haven't yet decoded the children of the AppleDouble
+            part therfore we will have to hope the datafork is the second one!
+          */
+          if (mime_typep(child, (MimeObjectClass *) &mimeMultipartAppleDoubleClass))
+            partnum.Append(".2");
+
+          char* part;
+          if (!imappartnum.IsEmpty())
+            part = mime_set_url_imap_part(obj->options->url, imappartnum.get(), partnum.get());
+          else
+          {
+            char *no_part_url = nullptr;
+            if (obj->options->part_to_load && obj->options->format_out == nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageBodyDisplay)
+              no_part_url = mime_get_base_url(obj->options->url);
+            if (no_part_url)
+            {
+              part = mime_set_url_part(no_part_url, partnum.get(), false);
+              PR_Free(no_part_url);
+            }
+            else
+              part = mime_set_url_part(obj->options->url, partnum.get(), false);
+          }
+          if (part)
+          {
+            char *name = MimeHeaders_get_name(child->headers, child->options);
+            // let's stick the filename in the part so save as will work.
+            if (name)
+            {
+              char *savePart = part;
+              part = PR_smprintf("%s&filename=%s", savePart, name);
+              PR_Free(savePart);
+              PR_Free(name);
+            }
+            char *temp = part;
+            /* If there's a space in the url, escape the url.
+               (This happens primarily on Windows and Unix.) */
+            if (PL_strchr(part, ' ') || PL_strchr(part, '>') || PL_strchr(part, '%'))
+              temp = escape_for_mrel_subst(part);
+              MimeHashValue * value = new MimeHashValue(child, temp);
+              PL_HashTableAdd(relobj->hash, absolute, value);
+
+            /* rhp - If this part ALSO has a Content-ID we need to put that into
+                     the hash table and this is what this code does
+             */
+            {
+              char *tloc;
+              char *tmp = MimeHeaders_get(child->headers, HEADER_CONTENT_ID, false, false);
+              if (tmp)
+              {
+                char* tmp2 = tmp;
+                if (*tmp2 == '<')
+                {
+                  int length;
+                  tmp2++;
+                  length = strlen(tmp2);
+                  if (length > 0 && tmp2[length - 1] == '>')
+                  {
+                    tmp2[length - 1] = '\0';
+                  }
+                }
+
+                tloc = PR_smprintf("cid:%s", tmp2);
+                PR_Free(tmp);
+                if (tloc)
+                {
+                  MimeHashValue *value;
+                  value = (MimeHashValue*)PL_HashTableLookup(relobj->hash, tloc);
+
+                  if (!value)
+                  {
+                    value = new MimeHashValue(child, temp);
+                    PL_HashTableAdd(relobj->hash, tloc, value);
+                  }
+                  else
+                    PR_smprintf_free(tloc);
+                }
+              }
+            }
+            /*  rhp - End of putting more stuff into the hash table */
+
+              /* it's possible that temp pointer is the same than the part pointer,
+                 therefore be carefull to not freeing twice the same pointer */
+              if (temp && temp != part)
+                PR_Free(temp);
+              PR_Free(part);
+            }
+          }
+        }
+      }
+  } else {
+    /* Ah-hah!  We're the head object.  */
+    char* base_url;
+    relobj->head_loaded = true;
+    relobj->headobj = child;
+    relobj->buffered_hdrs = MimeHeaders_copy(child->headers);
+    base_url = MimeHeaders_get(child->headers, HEADER_CONTENT_BASE,
+                   false, false);
+    /* rhp: need this for supporting Content-Location */
+    if (!base_url)
+    {
+      base_url = MimeHeaders_get(child->headers, HEADER_CONTENT_LOCATION, false, false);
+    }
+    /* rhp: need this for supporting Content-Location */
+
+    if (base_url) {
+      /* If the head object has a base_url associated with it, use
+         that instead of any base_url that may have been associated
+         with the multipart/related. */
+      PR_FREEIF(relobj->base_url);
+      relobj->base_url = base_url;
+    }
+  }
+  if (obj->options && !obj->options->write_html_p
+#ifdef MIME_DRAFTS
+    && !obj->options->decompose_file_p
+#endif /* MIME_DRAFTS */
+    )
+    {
+    return true;
+    }
+
+  return false;      /* Don't actually parse this child; we'll handle
+                 all that at eof time. */
+}
+
+static int
+MimeMultipartRelated_parse_child_line (MimeObject *obj,
+                     const char *line, int32_t length,
+                     bool first_line_p)
+{
+  MimeContainer *cont = (MimeContainer *) obj;
+  MimeMultipartRelated *relobj = (MimeMultipartRelated *) obj;
+  MimeObject *kid;
+
+  if (obj->options && !obj->options->write_html_p
+#ifdef MIME_DRAFTS
+    && !obj->options->decompose_file_p
+#endif /* MIME_DRAFTS */
+    )
+    {
+    /* Oh, just go do the normal thing... */
+    return ((MimeMultipartClass*)&MIME_SUPERCLASS)->
+      parse_child_line(obj, line, length, first_line_p);
+    }
+
+  /* Throw it away if this isn't the head object.  (Someday, maybe we'll
+     cache it instead.) */
+  PR_ASSERT(cont->nchildren > 0);
+  if (cont->nchildren <= 0)
+    return -1;
+  kid = cont->children[cont->nchildren-1];
+  PR_ASSERT(kid);
+  if (!kid) return -1;
+  if (kid != relobj->headobj) return 0;
+
+  /* Buffer this up (###tw much code duplication from mimemalt.c) */
+  /* If we don't yet have a buffer (either memory or file) try and make a
+     memory buffer. */
+  if (!relobj->head_buffer && !relobj->file_buffer) {
+    int target_size = 1024 * 50;       /* try for 50k */
+    while (target_size > 0) {
+      relobj->head_buffer = (char *) PR_MALLOC(target_size);
+      if (relobj->head_buffer) break;  /* got it! */
+      target_size -= (1024 * 5);     /* decrease it and try again */
+    }
+
+    if (relobj->head_buffer) {
+      relobj->head_buffer_size = target_size;
+    } else {
+      relobj->head_buffer_size = 0;
+    }
+
+    relobj->head_buffer_fp = 0;
+  }
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  /* Ok, if at this point we still don't have either kind of buffer, try and
+     make a file buffer. */
+  if (!relobj->head_buffer && !relobj->file_buffer)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIFile> file;
+    rv = nsMsgCreateTempFile("nsma", getter_AddRefs(file));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, -1);
+    relobj->file_buffer = do_QueryInterface(file);
+
+    rv = MsgNewBufferedFileOutputStream(getter_AddRefs(relobj->output_file_stream), relobj->file_buffer, PR_WRONLY | PR_CREATE_FILE, 00600);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, -1);
+  }
+
+  PR_ASSERT(relobj->head_buffer || relobj->output_file_stream);
+
+
+  /* If this line will fit in the memory buffer, put it there.
+   */
+  if (relobj->head_buffer &&
+      relobj->head_buffer_fp + length < relobj->head_buffer_size) {
+    memcpy(relobj->head_buffer + relobj->head_buffer_fp, line, length);
+    relobj->head_buffer_fp += length;
+  } else {
+    /* Otherwise it won't fit; write it to the file instead. */
+
+    /* If the file isn't open yet, open it, and dump the memory buffer
+       to it. */
+    if (!relobj->output_file_stream)
+    {
+      if (!relobj->file_buffer)
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr <nsIFile> file;
+        rv = nsMsgCreateTempFile("nsma", getter_AddRefs(file));
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, -1);
+        relobj->file_buffer = do_QueryInterface(file);
+      }
+
+      nsresult rv = MsgNewBufferedFileOutputStream(getter_AddRefs(relobj->output_file_stream), relobj->file_buffer, PR_WRONLY | PR_CREATE_FILE, 00600);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, -1);
+
+      if (relobj->head_buffer && relobj->head_buffer_fp)
+      {
+        uint32_t bytesWritten;
+        rv = relobj->output_file_stream->Write(relobj->head_buffer, relobj->head_buffer_fp, &bytesWritten);
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv) || (bytesWritten < relobj->head_buffer_fp))
+          return MIME_UNABLE_TO_OPEN_TMP_FILE;
+      }
+
+      PR_FREEIF(relobj->head_buffer);
+      relobj->head_buffer_fp = 0;
+      relobj->head_buffer_size = 0;
+    }
+
+    /* Dump this line to the file. */
+    uint32_t bytesWritten;
+    rv = relobj->output_file_stream->Write(line, length, &bytesWritten);
+    if ((int32_t) bytesWritten < length || NS_FAILED(rv))
+      return MIME_UNABLE_TO_OPEN_TMP_FILE;
+  }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+
+
+static int
+real_write(MimeMultipartRelated* relobj, const char* buf, int32_t size)
+{
+  MimeObject* obj = (MimeObject*) relobj;
+  void* closure = relobj->real_output_closure;
+
+#ifdef MIME_DRAFTS
+  if ( obj->options &&
+     obj->options->decompose_file_p &&
+     obj->options->decompose_file_output_fn )
+  {
+
+    // the buf here has already been decoded, but we want to use general output
+    // functions here that permit decoded or encoded input, using the closure
+    // to tell the difference. We'll temporarily disable the closure's decoder, 
+    // then restore it when we are done. Not sure if we shouldn't just turn it off
+    // permanently though.
+
+    mime_draft_data *mdd = (mime_draft_data *) obj->options->stream_closure;
+    MimeDecoderData* old_decoder_data = mdd->decoder_data;
+    mdd->decoder_data = nullptr;
+    int status = obj->options->decompose_file_output_fn
+                 (buf, size, (void *)mdd);
+    mdd->decoder_data = old_decoder_data;
+    return status;
+  }
+  else
+#endif /* MIME_DRAFTS */
+  {
+    if (!closure) {
+      MimeObject* lobj = (MimeObject*) relobj;
+      closure = lobj->options->stream_closure;
+    }
+    return relobj->real_output_fn(buf, size, closure);
+  }
+}
+
+
+static int
+push_tag(MimeMultipartRelated* relobj, const char* buf, int32_t size)
+{
+  if (size + relobj->curtag_length > relobj->curtag_max) {
+    relobj->curtag_max += 2 * size;
+    if (relobj->curtag_max < 1024)
+      relobj->curtag_max = 1024;
+
+    char* newBuf = (char*) PR_Realloc(relobj->curtag, relobj->curtag_max);
+    NS_ENSURE_TRUE(newBuf, MIME_OUT_OF_MEMORY);
+    relobj->curtag = newBuf;
+  }
+  memcpy(relobj->curtag + relobj->curtag_length, buf, size);
+  relobj->curtag_length += size;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+static bool accept_related_part(MimeMultipartRelated* relobj, MimeObject* part_obj)
+{
+  if (!relobj || !part_obj)
+    return false;
+
+  /* before accepting it as a valid related part, make sure we
+     are able to display it inline as an embedded object. Else just ignore
+     it, that will prevent any bad surprise... */
+  MimeObjectClass *clazz = mime_find_class (part_obj->content_type, part_obj->headers, part_obj->options, false);
+  if (clazz ? clazz->displayable_inline_p(clazz, part_obj->headers) : false)
+    return true;
+
+  /* ...but we always accept it if it's referenced by an anchor */
+  return (relobj->curtag && relobj->curtag_length >= 3 &&
+    (relobj->curtag[1] == 'A' || relobj->curtag[1] == 'a') && IS_SPACE(relobj->curtag[2]));
+}
+
+static int
+flush_tag(MimeMultipartRelated* relobj)
+{
+  int length = relobj->curtag_length;
+  char* buf;
+  int status;
+
+  if (relobj->curtag == NULL || length == 0) return 0;
+
+  status = push_tag(relobj, "", 1); /* Push on a trailing NULL. */
+  if (status < 0) return status;
+  buf = relobj->curtag;
+  PR_ASSERT(*buf == '<' && buf[length - 1] == '>');
+  while (*buf) {
+    char c;
+    char* absolute;
+    char* part_url;
+    char* ptr = buf;
+    char *ptr2;
+    char quoteDelimiter = '\0';
+    while (*ptr && *ptr != '=') ptr++;
+    if (*ptr == '=') {
+      /* Ignore = and leading space. */
+      /* Safe, because there's a '>' at the end! */
+      do {ptr++;} while (IS_SPACE(*ptr));
+      if (*ptr == '"' || *ptr == '\'') {
+        quoteDelimiter = *ptr;
+        /* Take up the quote and leading space here as well. */
+        /* Safe because there's a '>' at the end */
+        do {ptr++;} while (IS_SPACE(*ptr));
+      }
+    }
+    status = real_write(relobj, buf, ptr - buf);
+    if (status < 0) return status;
+    buf = ptr;
+    if (!*buf) break;
+    if (quoteDelimiter)
+    {
+      ptr = PL_strnchr(buf, quoteDelimiter, length - (buf - relobj->curtag));
+    } else {
+      for (ptr = buf; *ptr ; ptr++) {
+        if (*ptr == '>' || IS_SPACE(*ptr)) break;
+      }
+      PR_ASSERT(*ptr);
+    }
+    if (!ptr || !*ptr) break;
+
+    while(buf < ptr)
+    {
+      /* ### mwelch For each word in the value string, see if
+                      the word is a cid: URL. If so, attempt to
+              substitute the appropriate mailbox part URL in
+              its place. */
+      ptr2=buf; /* walk from the left end rightward */
+      while((ptr2<ptr) && (!IS_SPACE(*ptr2)))
+        ptr2++;
+      /* Compare the beginning of the word with "cid:". Yuck. */
+      if (((ptr2 - buf) > 4) &&
+        ((buf[0]=='c' || buf[0]=='C') &&
+         (buf[1]=='i' || buf[1]=='I') &&
+         (buf[2]=='d' || buf[2]=='D') &&
+          buf[3]==':'))
+      {
+        // Make sure it's lowercase, otherwise it won't be found in the hash table
+        buf[0] = 'c'; buf[1] = 'i'; buf[2] = 'd';
+
+        /* Null terminate the word so we can... */
+        c = *ptr2;
+        *ptr2 = '\0';
+
+        /* Construct a URL out of the word. */
+        absolute = MakeAbsoluteURL(relobj->base_url, buf);
+
+        /* See if we have a mailbox part URL
+           corresponding to this cid. */
+        part_url = nullptr;
+        MimeHashValue * value = nullptr;
+        if (absolute)
+        {
+          value = (MimeHashValue *)PL_HashTableLookup(relobj->hash, buf);
+          part_url = value ? value->m_url : nullptr;
+          PR_FREEIF(absolute);
+        }
+
+        /*If we found a mailbox part URL, write that out instead.*/
+        if (part_url && accept_related_part(relobj, value->m_obj))
+        {
+          status = real_write(relobj, part_url, strlen(part_url));
+          if (status < 0) return status;
+          buf = ptr2; /* skip over the cid: URL we substituted */
+
+          /* don't show that object as attachment */
+          if (value->m_obj)
+            value->m_obj->dontShowAsAttachment = true;
+        }
+
+        /* Restore the character that we nulled. */
+        *ptr2 = c;
+      }
+      /* rhp - if we get here, we should still check against the hash table! */
+      else
+      {
+        char holder = *ptr2;
+        char *realout;
+
+        *ptr2 = '\0';
+
+        /* Construct a URL out of the word. */
+        absolute = MakeAbsoluteURL(relobj->base_url, buf);
+
+        /* See if we have a mailbox part URL
+           corresponding to this cid. */
+        MimeHashValue * value;
+        if (absolute)
+          value = (MimeHashValue *)PL_HashTableLookup(relobj->hash, absolute);
+        else
+          value = (MimeHashValue *)PL_HashTableLookup(relobj->hash, buf);
+        realout = value ? value->m_url : nullptr;
+
+        *ptr2 = holder;
+        PR_FREEIF(absolute);
+
+        if (realout && accept_related_part(relobj, value->m_obj))
+        {
+          status = real_write(relobj, realout, strlen(realout));
+          if (status < 0) return status;
+          buf = ptr2; /* skip over the cid: URL we substituted */
+
+          /* don't show that object as attachment */
+          if (value->m_obj)
+            value->m_obj->dontShowAsAttachment = true;
+        }
+      }
+      /* rhp - if we get here, we should still check against the hash table! */
+
+      /* Advance to the beginning of the next word, or to
+         the end of the value string. */
+      while((ptr2<ptr) && (IS_SPACE(*ptr2)))
+        ptr2++;
+
+      /* Write whatever original text remains after
+         cid: URL substitution. */
+      status = real_write(relobj, buf, ptr2-buf);
+      if (status < 0) return status;
+      buf = ptr2;
+    }
+  }
+  if (buf && *buf) {
+    status = real_write(relobj, buf, strlen(buf));
+    if (status < 0) return status;
+  }
+  relobj->curtag_length = 0;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+
+static int
+mime_multipart_related_output_fn(const char* buf, int32_t size, void *stream_closure)
+{
+  MimeMultipartRelated *relobj = (MimeMultipartRelated *) stream_closure;
+  char* ptr;
+  int32_t delta;
+  int status;
+  while (size > 0) {
+    if (relobj->curtag_length > 0) {
+      ptr = PL_strnchr(buf, '>', size);
+      if (!ptr) {
+        return push_tag(relobj, buf, size);
+      }
+      delta = ptr - buf + 1;
+      status = push_tag(relobj, buf, delta);
+      if (status < 0) return status;
+      status = flush_tag(relobj);
+      if (status < 0) return status;
+      buf += delta;
+      size -= delta;
+    }
+    ptr = PL_strnchr(buf, '<', size);
+    if (ptr && ptr - buf >= size) ptr = 0;
+    if (!ptr) {
+      return real_write(relobj, buf, size);
+    }
+    delta = ptr - buf;
+    status = real_write(relobj, buf, delta);
+    if (status < 0) return status;
+    buf += delta;
+    size -= delta;
+    PR_ASSERT(relobj->curtag_length == 0);
+    status = push_tag(relobj, buf, 1);
+    if (status < 0) return status;
+    PR_ASSERT(relobj->curtag_length == 1);
+    buf++;
+    size--;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+static int
+MimeMultipartRelated_parse_eof (MimeObject *obj, bool abort_p)
+{
+  /* OK, all the necessary data has been collected.  We now have to spew out
+     the HTML.  We let it go through all the normal mechanisms (which
+     includes content-encoding handling), and intercept the output data to do
+     translation of the tags.  Whee. */
+  MimeMultipartRelated *relobj = (MimeMultipartRelated *) obj;
+  MimeContainer *cont = (MimeContainer *)obj;
+  int status = 0;
+  MimeObject *body;
+  char* ct;
+  const char* dct;
+
+  status = ((MimeObjectClass*)&MIME_SUPERCLASS)->parse_eof(obj, abort_p);
+  if (status < 0) goto FAIL;
+
+  if (!relobj->headobj) return 0;
+
+  ct = (relobj->buffered_hdrs
+      ? MimeHeaders_get (relobj->buffered_hdrs, HEADER_CONTENT_TYPE,
+               true, false)
+      : 0);
+  dct = (((MimeMultipartClass *) obj->clazz)->default_part_type);
+
+  relobj->real_output_fn = obj->options->output_fn;
+  relobj->real_output_closure = obj->options->output_closure;
+
+  obj->options->output_fn = mime_multipart_related_output_fn;
+  obj->options->output_closure = obj;
+
+  body = mime_create(((ct && *ct) ? ct : (dct ? dct : TEXT_HTML)),
+             relobj->buffered_hdrs, obj->options);
+
+  PR_FREEIF(ct);
+  if (!body) {
+    status = MIME_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+    goto FAIL;
+  }
+  // replace the existing head object with the new object
+  for (int iChild = 0; iChild < cont->nchildren; iChild++) {
+    if (cont->children[iChild] == relobj->headobj) {
+      // cleanup of the headobj is performed explicitly in our finalizer now
+      //  that it does not get cleaned up as a child.
+      cont->children[iChild] = body;
+      body->parent = obj;
+      body->options = obj->options;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (!body->parent) {
+    NS_WARNING("unexpected mime multipart related structure");
+    goto FAIL;
+  }
+
+  body->dontShowAsAttachment = body->clazz->displayable_inline_p(body->clazz, body->headers);
+
+#ifdef MIME_DRAFTS
+  if ( obj->options &&
+     obj->options->decompose_file_p &&
+     obj->options->decompose_file_init_fn &&
+     (relobj->file_buffer || relobj->head_buffer))
+  {
+    status = obj->options->decompose_file_init_fn ( obj->options->stream_closure,
+                            relobj->buffered_hdrs );
+    if (status < 0) return status;
+  }
+#endif /* MIME_DRAFTS */
+
+  /* if the emitter wants to know about nested bodies, then it needs
+     to know that we jumped back to this body part. */
+  if (obj->options->notify_nested_bodies)
+  {
+    char *part_path = mime_part_address(body);
+    if (part_path)
+    {
+      mimeEmitterAddHeaderField(obj->options,
+                                "x-jsemitter-part-path",
+                                part_path);
+      PR_Free(part_path);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Now that we've added this new object to our list of children,
+     start its parser going. */
+  status = body->clazz->parse_begin(body);
+  if (status < 0) goto FAIL;
+
+  if (relobj->head_buffer)
+  {
+    /* Read it out of memory. */
+    PR_ASSERT(!relobj->file_buffer && !relobj->input_file_stream);
+
+    status = body->clazz->parse_buffer(relobj->head_buffer,
+                         relobj->head_buffer_fp,
+                         body);
+  }
+  else if (relobj->file_buffer)
+  {
+    /* Read it off disk. */
+    char *buf;
+
+    PR_ASSERT(relobj->head_buffer_size == 0 &&
+          relobj->head_buffer_fp == 0);
+    PR_ASSERT(relobj->file_buffer);
+    if (!relobj->file_buffer)
+    {
+      status = -1;
+      goto FAIL;
+    }
+
+    buf = (char *) PR_MALLOC(FILE_IO_BUFFER_SIZE);
+    if (!buf)
+    {
+      status = MIME_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+      goto FAIL;
+    }
+
+    // First, close the output file to open the input file!
+    if (relobj->output_file_stream)
+      relobj->output_file_stream->Close();
+
+    nsresult rv = NS_NewLocalFileInputStream(getter_AddRefs(relobj->input_file_stream), relobj->file_buffer);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    {
+      PR_Free(buf);
+      status = MIME_UNABLE_TO_OPEN_TMP_FILE;
+      goto FAIL;
+    }
+
+    while(1)
+    {
+      uint32_t bytesRead = 0;
+      rv = relobj->input_file_stream->Read(buf, FILE_IO_BUFFER_SIZE - 1, &bytesRead);
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !bytesRead)
+      {
+        status = NS_FAILED(rv) ? -1 : 0;
+        break;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* It would be really nice to be able to yield here, and let
+           some user events and other input sources get processed.
+           Oh well. */
+
+        status = body->clazz->parse_buffer(buf, bytesRead, body);
+        if (status < 0) break;
+      }
+    }
+    PR_Free(buf);
+  }
+
+  if (status < 0) goto FAIL;
+
+  /* Done parsing. */
+  status = body->clazz->parse_eof(body, false);
+  if (status < 0) goto FAIL;
+  status = body->clazz->parse_end(body, false);
+  if (status < 0) goto FAIL;
+
+FAIL:
+
+#ifdef MIME_DRAFTS
+  if ( obj->options &&
+     obj->options->decompose_file_p &&
+     obj->options->decompose_file_close_fn &&
+     (relobj->file_buffer || relobj->head_buffer)) {
+  status = obj->options->decompose_file_close_fn ( obj->options->stream_closure );
+  if (status < 0) return status;
+  }
+#endif /* MIME_DRAFTS */
+
+  obj->options->output_fn = relobj->real_output_fn;
+  obj->options->output_closure = relobj->real_output_closure;
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+
+
+
+static int
+MimeMultipartRelatedClassInitialize(MimeMultipartRelatedClass *clazz)
+{
+  MimeObjectClass    *oclass = (MimeObjectClass *) clazz;
+  MimeMultipartClass *mclass = (MimeMultipartClass *) clazz;
+  PR_ASSERT(!oclass->class_initialized);
+  oclass->initialize       = MimeMultipartRelated_initialize;
+  oclass->finalize         = MimeMultipartRelated_finalize;
+  oclass->parse_eof        = MimeMultipartRelated_parse_eof;
+  mclass->output_child_p   = MimeMultipartRelated_output_child_p;
+  mclass->parse_child_line = MimeMultipartRelated_parse_child_line;
+  return 0;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/src/mimemrel.h b/mailnews/mime/src/mimemrel.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0c56873cf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/src/mimemrel.h
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _MIMEMREL_H_
+#define _MIMEMREL_H_
+
+#include "mimemult.h"
+#include "plhash.h"
+#include "prio.h"
+#include "nsNetUtil.h"
+#include "nsIMimeConverter.h" // for MimeConverterOutputCallback
+
+/* The MimeMultipartRelated class implements the multipart/related MIME
+   container, which allows `sibling' sub-parts to refer to each other.
+ */
+
+typedef struct MimeMultipartRelatedClass MimeMultipartRelatedClass;
+typedef struct MimeMultipartRelated      MimeMultipartRelated;
+
+struct MimeMultipartRelatedClass {
+  MimeMultipartClass multipart;
+};
+
+extern "C" MimeMultipartRelatedClass mimeMultipartRelatedClass;
+
+struct MimeMultipartRelated {
+  MimeMultipart multipart;  /* superclass variables */
+
+  char* base_url;        /* Base URL (if any) for the whole
+                   multipart/related. */
+
+  char* head_buffer;      /* Buffer used to remember the text/html 'head'
+                   part. */
+  uint32_t head_buffer_fp;    /* Active length. */
+  uint32_t head_buffer_size;    /* How big it is. */
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIFile>          file_buffer;    /* The nsIFile of a temp file used when we
+                                               run out of room in the head_buffer. */
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIInputStream>   input_file_stream;    /* A stream to it. */
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIOutputStream>  output_file_stream;  /* A stream to it. */
+
+  MimeHeaders* buffered_hdrs;  /* The headers of the 'head' part. */
+
+  bool head_loaded;    /* Whether we've already passed the 'head'
+                   part. */
+  MimeObject* headobj;    /* The actual text/html head object. */
+
+  PLHashTable    *hash;
+
+  MimeConverterOutputCallback real_output_fn;
+  void* real_output_closure;
+
+  char* curtag;
+  int32_t curtag_max;
+  int32_t curtag_length;
+
+
+
+};
+
+#define MimeMultipartRelatedClassInitializer(ITYPE,CSUPER) \
+  { MimeMultipartClassInitializer(ITYPE,CSUPER) }
+
+#endif /* _MIMEMREL_H_ */
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/src/mimemsg.cpp b/mailnews/mime/src/mimemsg.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2d6957069
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/src/mimemsg.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,977 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsIMimeEmitter.h"
+#include "mimemsg.h"
+#include "mimemoz2.h"
+#include "prmem.h"
+#include "prio.h"
+#include "plstr.h"
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "prlog.h"
+#include "prprf.h"
+#include "nsMimeStringResources.h"
+#include "nsMimeTypes.h"
+#include "nsMsgMessageFlags.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "mimetext.h"
+#include "mimecryp.h"
+#include "mimetpfl.h"
+#include "nsINetUtil.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "nsMsgI18N.h"
+
+#define MIME_SUPERCLASS mimeContainerClass
+MimeDefClass(MimeMessage, MimeMessageClass, mimeMessageClass,
+       &MIME_SUPERCLASS);
+
+static int MimeMessage_initialize (MimeObject *);
+static void MimeMessage_finalize (MimeObject *);
+static int MimeMessage_add_child (MimeObject *, MimeObject *);
+static int MimeMessage_parse_begin (MimeObject *);
+static int MimeMessage_parse_line (const char *, int32_t, MimeObject *);
+static int MimeMessage_parse_eof (MimeObject *, bool);
+static int MimeMessage_close_headers (MimeObject *obj);
+static int MimeMessage_write_headers_html (MimeObject *);
+static char *MimeMessage_partial_message_html(const char *data,
+                        void *closure,
+                        MimeHeaders *headers);
+
+#ifdef XP_UNIX
+extern void MimeHeaders_do_unix_display_hook_hack(MimeHeaders *);
+#endif /* XP_UNIX */
+
+#if defined(DEBUG) && defined(XP_UNIX)
+static int MimeMessage_debug_print (MimeObject *, PRFileDesc *, int32_t depth);
+#endif
+
+extern MimeObjectClass mimeMultipartClass;
+
+static int
+MimeMessageClassInitialize(MimeMessageClass *clazz)
+{
+  MimeObjectClass    *oclass = (MimeObjectClass *)    clazz;
+  MimeContainerClass *cclass = (MimeContainerClass *) clazz;
+
+  PR_ASSERT(!oclass->class_initialized);
+  oclass->initialize  = MimeMessage_initialize;
+  oclass->finalize    = MimeMessage_finalize;
+  oclass->parse_begin = MimeMessage_parse_begin;
+  oclass->parse_line  = MimeMessage_parse_line;
+  oclass->parse_eof   = MimeMessage_parse_eof;
+  cclass->add_child   = MimeMessage_add_child;
+
+#if defined(DEBUG) && defined(XP_UNIX)
+  oclass->debug_print = MimeMessage_debug_print;
+#endif
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+static int
+MimeMessage_initialize (MimeObject *object)
+{
+  MimeMessage *msg = (MimeMessage *)object;
+  msg->grabSubject = false;
+  msg->bodyLength = 0;
+  msg->sizeSoFar = 0;
+
+  return ((MimeObjectClass*)&MIME_SUPERCLASS)->initialize(object);
+}
+
+static void
+MimeMessage_finalize (MimeObject *object)
+{
+  MimeMessage *msg = (MimeMessage *)object;
+  if (msg->hdrs)
+  MimeHeaders_free(msg->hdrs);
+  msg->hdrs = 0;
+  ((MimeObjectClass*)&MIME_SUPERCLASS)->finalize(object);
+}
+
+static int
+MimeMessage_parse_begin (MimeObject *obj)
+{
+  MimeMessage *msg = (MimeMessage *)obj;
+
+  int status = ((MimeObjectClass*)&MIME_SUPERCLASS)->parse_begin(obj);
+  if (status < 0) return status;
+
+  if (obj->parent)
+  {
+    msg->grabSubject = true;
+  }
+
+  /* Messages have separators before the headers, except for the outermost
+   message. */
+  return MimeObject_write_separator(obj);
+}
+
+
+static int
+MimeMessage_parse_line (const char *aLine, int32_t aLength, MimeObject *obj)
+{
+  const char * line = aLine;
+  int32_t length = aLength;
+
+  MimeMessage *msg = (MimeMessage *) obj;
+  int status = 0;
+
+  NS_ASSERTION(line && *line, "empty line in mime msg parse_line");
+  if (!line || !*line) return -1;
+
+  msg->sizeSoFar += length;
+
+  if (msg->grabSubject)
+  {
+    if ( (!PL_strncasecmp(line, "Subject: ", 9)) && (obj->parent) )
+    {
+      if ( (obj->headers) && (!obj->headers->munged_subject) )
+      {
+        obj->headers->munged_subject = (char *) PL_strndup(line + 9, length - 9);
+        char *tPtr = obj->headers->munged_subject;
+        while (*tPtr)
+        {
+          if ( (*tPtr == '\r') || (*tPtr == '\n') )
+          {
+            *tPtr = '\0';
+            break;
+          }
+          tPtr++;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If we already have a child object, then we're done parsing headers,
+   and all subsequent lines get passed to the inferior object without
+   further processing by us.  (Our parent will stop feeding us lines
+   when this MimeMessage part is out of data.)
+   */
+  if (msg->container.nchildren)
+  {
+    MimeObject *kid = msg->container.children[0];
+    bool nl;
+    PR_ASSERT(kid);
+    if (!kid) return -1;
+
+    msg->bodyLength += length;
+
+    /* Don't allow MimeMessage objects to not end in a newline, since it
+     would be inappropriate for any following part to appear on the same
+     line as the last line of the message.
+
+     #### This assumes that the only time the `parse_line' method is
+     called with a line that doesn't end in a newline is when that line
+     is the last line.
+     */
+    nl = (length > 0 && (line[length-1] == '\r' || line[length-1] == '\n'));
+
+#ifdef MIME_DRAFTS
+    if (!mime_typep (kid, (MimeObjectClass*) &mimeMessageClass) &&
+        obj->options &&
+        obj->options->decompose_file_p &&
+        !obj->options->is_multipart_msg &&
+        obj->options->decompose_file_output_fn &&
+        !obj->options->decrypt_p)
+    {
+      // If we are processing a flowed plain text line, we need to parse the
+      // line in mimeInlineTextPlainFlowedClass.
+      if (mime_typep(kid, (MimeObjectClass *)&mimeInlineTextPlainFlowedClass))
+      {
+        // Remove any stuffed space.
+        if (length > 0 && ' ' == *line)
+        {
+          line++;
+          length--;
+        }
+        return kid->clazz->parse_line (line, length, kid);
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        status = obj->options->decompose_file_output_fn (line,
+                                 length,
+                           obj->options->stream_closure);
+        if (status < 0) return status;
+        if (!nl) {
+        status = obj->options->decompose_file_output_fn (MSG_LINEBREAK,
+                                 MSG_LINEBREAK_LEN,
+                           obj->options->stream_closure);
+        if (status < 0) return status;
+        }
+        return status;
+      }
+    }
+#endif /* MIME_DRAFTS */
+
+
+    if (nl)
+    return kid->clazz->parse_buffer (line, length, kid);
+    else
+    {
+      /* Hack a newline onto the end. */
+      char *s = (char *)PR_MALLOC(length + MSG_LINEBREAK_LEN + 1);
+      if (!s) return MIME_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+      memcpy(s, line, length);
+      PL_strncpyz(s + length, MSG_LINEBREAK, MSG_LINEBREAK_LEN + 1);
+      status = kid->clazz->parse_buffer (s, length + MSG_LINEBREAK_LEN, kid);
+      PR_Free(s);
+      return status;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Otherwise we don't yet have a child object, which means we're not
+   done parsing our headers yet.
+   */
+  if (!msg->hdrs)
+  {
+    msg->hdrs = MimeHeaders_new();
+    if (!msg->hdrs) return MIME_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+  }
+
+#ifdef MIME_DRAFTS
+  if ( obj->options &&
+       obj->options->decompose_file_p &&
+       ! obj->options->is_multipart_msg &&
+       obj->options->done_parsing_outer_headers &&
+       obj->options->decompose_file_output_fn )
+  {
+    status =  obj->options->decompose_file_output_fn( line, length,
+                                                      obj->options->stream_closure );
+    if (status < 0)
+      return status;
+  }
+#endif /* MIME_DRAFTS */
+
+  status = MimeHeaders_parse_line(line, length, msg->hdrs);
+  if (status < 0) return status;
+
+  /* If this line is blank, we're now done parsing headers, and should
+   examine our content-type to create our "body" part.
+   */
+  if (*line == '\r' || *line == '\n')
+  {
+    status = MimeMessage_close_headers(obj);
+    if (status < 0) return status;
+  }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+MimeMessage_close_headers (MimeObject *obj)
+{
+  MimeMessage *msg = (MimeMessage *) obj;
+  int status = 0;
+  char *ct = 0;      /* Content-Type header */
+  MimeObject *body;
+
+  // Do a proper decoding of the munged subject.
+  if (obj->headers && msg->hdrs && msg->grabSubject && obj->headers->munged_subject) {
+    // nsMsgI18NConvertToUnicode wants nsAStrings...
+    nsDependentCString orig(obj->headers->munged_subject);
+    nsAutoString dest;
+    // First, get the Content-Type, then extract the charset="whatever" part of
+    // it.
+    nsCString charset;
+    nsCString contentType;
+    contentType.Adopt(MimeHeaders_get(msg->hdrs, HEADER_CONTENT_TYPE, false, false));
+    if (!contentType.IsEmpty())
+      charset.Adopt(MimeHeaders_get_parameter(contentType.get(), "charset", nullptr, nullptr));
+
+    // If we've got a charset, use nsMsgI18NConvertToUnicode to magically decode
+    // the munged subject.
+    if (!charset.IsEmpty()) {
+      nsresult rv = nsMsgI18NConvertToUnicode(charset.get(), orig, dest);
+      // If we managed to convert the string, replace munged_subject with the
+      // UTF8 version of it, otherwise, just forget about it (maybe there was an
+      // improperly encoded string in there).
+      PR_Free(obj->headers->munged_subject);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        obj->headers->munged_subject = ToNewUTF8String(dest);
+      else
+        obj->headers->munged_subject = nullptr;
+    } else {
+      PR_Free(obj->headers->munged_subject);
+      obj->headers->munged_subject = nullptr;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (msg->hdrs)
+  {
+    bool outer_p = !obj->headers; /* is this the outermost message? */
+
+
+#ifdef MIME_DRAFTS
+    if (outer_p &&
+      obj->options &&
+          (obj->options->decompose_file_p || obj->options->caller_need_root_headers) &&
+      obj->options->decompose_headers_info_fn)
+    {
+#ifdef ENABLE_SMIME
+      if (obj->options->decrypt_p && !mime_crypto_object_p(msg->hdrs, false, obj->options))
+        obj->options->decrypt_p = false;
+#endif /* ENABLE_SMIME */
+      if (!obj->options->caller_need_root_headers || (obj == obj->options->state->root))
+        status = obj->options->decompose_headers_info_fn (
+                         obj->options->stream_closure,
+                               msg->hdrs );
+    }
+#endif /* MIME_DRAFTS */
+
+
+    /* If this is the outermost message, we need to run the
+     `generate_header' callback.  This happens here instead of
+     in `parse_begin', because it's only now that we've parsed
+     our headers.  However, since this is the outermost message,
+     we have yet to write any HTML, so that's fine.
+     */
+    if (outer_p &&
+      obj->output_p &&
+      obj->options &&
+      obj->options->write_html_p &&
+      obj->options->generate_header_html_fn)
+    {
+      int lstatus = 0;
+      char *html = 0;
+
+      /* The generate_header_html_fn might return HTML, so it's important
+       that the output stream be set up with the proper type before we
+       make the MimeObject_write() call below. */
+      if (!obj->options->state->first_data_written_p)
+      {
+        lstatus = MimeObject_output_init (obj, TEXT_HTML);
+        if (lstatus < 0) return lstatus;
+        PR_ASSERT(obj->options->state->first_data_written_p);
+      }
+
+      html = obj->options->generate_header_html_fn(NULL,
+                           obj->options->html_closure,
+                             msg->hdrs);
+      if (html)
+      {
+        lstatus = MimeObject_write(obj, html, strlen(html), false);
+        PR_Free(html);
+        if (lstatus < 0) return lstatus;
+      }
+    }
+
+
+    /* Find the content-type of the body of this message.
+     */
+    {
+    bool ok = true;
+    char *mv = MimeHeaders_get (msg->hdrs, HEADER_MIME_VERSION,
+                  true, false);
+
+#ifdef REQUIRE_MIME_VERSION_HEADER
+    /* If this is the outermost message, it must have a MIME-Version
+       header with the value 1.0 for us to believe what might be in
+       the Content-Type header.  If the MIME-Version header is not
+       present, we must treat this message as untyped.
+     */
+    ok = (mv && !strcmp(mv, "1.0"));
+#else
+    /* #### actually, we didn't check this in Mozilla 2.0, and checking
+       it now could cause some compatibility nonsense, so for now, let's
+       just believe any Content-Type header we see.
+     */
+    ok = true;
+#endif
+
+    if (ok)
+      {
+      ct = MimeHeaders_get (msg->hdrs, HEADER_CONTENT_TYPE, true, false);
+
+      /* If there is no Content-Type header, but there is a MIME-Version
+         header, then assume that this *is* in fact a MIME message.
+         (I've seen messages with
+
+          MIME-Version: 1.0
+          Content-Transfer-Encoding: quoted-printable
+
+         and no Content-Type, and we should treat those as being of type
+         MimeInlineTextPlain rather than MimeUntypedText.)
+       */
+      if (mv && !ct)
+        ct = strdup(TEXT_PLAIN);
+      }
+
+    PR_FREEIF(mv);  /* done with this now. */
+    }
+
+    /* If this message has a body which is encrypted and we're going to
+       decrypt it (whithout converting it to HTML, since decrypt_p and
+       write_html_p are never true at the same time)
+    */
+    if (obj->output_p &&
+        obj->options &&
+        obj->options->decrypt_p
+#ifdef ENABLE_SMIME
+        && !mime_crypto_object_p(msg->hdrs, false, obj->options)
+#endif /* ENABLE_SMIME */
+        )
+    {
+      /* The body of this message is not an encrypted object, so we need
+         to turn off the decrypt_p flag (to prevent us from s#$%ing the
+         body of the internal object up into one.) In this case,
+         our output will end up being identical to our input.
+      */
+      obj->options->decrypt_p = false;
+    }
+
+    /* Emit the HTML for this message's headers.  Do this before
+     creating the object representing the body.
+     */
+    if (obj->output_p &&
+      obj->options &&
+      obj->options->write_html_p)
+    {
+      /* If citation headers are on, and this is not the outermost message,
+       turn them off. */
+      if (obj->options->headers == MimeHeadersCitation && !outer_p)
+      obj->options->headers = MimeHeadersSome;
+
+      /* Emit a normal header block. */
+      status = MimeMessage_write_headers_html(obj);
+      if (status < 0)
+      {
+        PR_FREEIF(ct);
+        return status;
+      }
+    }
+    else if (obj->output_p)
+    {
+      /* Dump the headers, raw. */
+      status = MimeObject_write(obj, "", 0, false);  /* initialize */
+      if (status < 0)
+      {
+        PR_FREEIF(ct);
+        return status;
+      }
+      status = MimeHeaders_write_raw_headers(msg->hdrs, obj->options,
+                         obj->options->decrypt_p);
+      if (status < 0)
+      {
+        PR_FREEIF(ct);
+        return status;
+      }
+    }
+
+#ifdef XP_UNIX
+    if (outer_p && obj->output_p)
+    /* Kludge from mimehdrs.c */
+    MimeHeaders_do_unix_display_hook_hack(msg->hdrs);
+#endif /* XP_UNIX */
+  }
+
+  /* Never put out a separator after a message header block. */
+  if (obj->options && obj->options->state)
+  obj->options->state->separator_suppressed_p = true;
+
+#ifdef MIME_DRAFTS
+  if ( !obj->headers &&    /* outer most message header */
+     obj->options &&
+     obj->options->decompose_file_p &&
+     ct )
+  obj->options->is_multipart_msg = PL_strcasestr(ct, "multipart/") != NULL;
+#endif /* MIME_DRAFTS */
+
+
+  body = mime_create(ct, msg->hdrs, obj->options);
+
+  PR_FREEIF(ct);
+  if (!body) return MIME_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+  status = ((MimeContainerClass *) obj->clazz)->add_child (obj, body);
+  if (status < 0)
+  {
+    mime_free(body);
+    return status;
+  }
+
+  // Only do this if this is a Text Object!
+  if ( mime_typep(body, (MimeObjectClass *) &mimeInlineTextClass) )
+  {
+    ((MimeInlineText *) body)->needUpdateMsgWinCharset = true;
+  }
+
+  /* Now that we've added this new object to our list of children,
+   start its parser going. */
+  status = body->clazz->parse_begin(body);
+  if (status < 0) return status;
+
+  // Now notify the emitter if this is the outer most message, unless
+  // it is a part that is not the head of the message. If it's a part,
+  // we need to figure out the content type/charset of the part
+  //
+  bool outer_p = !obj->headers;  /* is this the outermost message? */
+
+  if ( (outer_p || obj->options->notify_nested_bodies) &&
+       (!obj->options->part_to_load || obj->options->format_out == nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageBodyDisplay))
+  {
+    // call SetMailCharacterSetToMsgWindow() to set a menu charset
+    if (mime_typep(body, (MimeObjectClass *) &mimeInlineTextClass))
+    {
+      MimeInlineText  *text = (MimeInlineText *) body;
+      if (text && text->charset && *text->charset)
+        SetMailCharacterSetToMsgWindow(body, text->charset);
+    }
+
+    char  *msgID = MimeHeaders_get (msg->hdrs, HEADER_MESSAGE_ID,
+                                    false, false);
+
+    const char  *outCharset = NULL;
+    if (!obj->options->force_user_charset)  /* Only convert if the user prefs is false */
+      outCharset = "UTF-8";
+
+    mimeEmitterStartBody(obj->options, (obj->options->headers == MimeHeadersNone), msgID, outCharset);
+    PR_FREEIF(msgID);
+
+  // setting up truncated message html fotter function
+  char *xmoz = MimeHeaders_get(msg->hdrs, HEADER_X_MOZILLA_STATUS, false,
+                 false);
+  if (xmoz)
+  {
+    uint32_t flags = 0;
+    char dummy = 0;
+    if (sscanf(xmoz, " %x %c", &flags, &dummy) == 1 &&
+      flags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Partial)
+    {
+      obj->options->html_closure = obj;
+      obj->options->generate_footer_html_fn =
+        MimeMessage_partial_message_html;
+    }
+    PR_FREEIF(xmoz);
+  }
+  }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+
+static int
+MimeMessage_parse_eof (MimeObject *obj, bool abort_p)
+{
+  int status;
+  bool outer_p;
+  MimeMessage *msg = (MimeMessage *)obj;
+  if (obj->closed_p) return 0;
+
+  /* Run parent method first, to flush out any buffered data. */
+  status = ((MimeObjectClass*)&MIME_SUPERCLASS)->parse_eof(obj, abort_p);
+  if (status < 0) return status;
+
+  outer_p = !obj->headers;  /* is this the outermost message? */
+
+  // Hack for messages with truncated headers (bug 244722)
+  // If there is no empty line in a message, the parser can't figure out where
+  // the headers end, causing parsing to hang. So we insert an extra newline
+  // to keep it happy. This is OK, since a message without any empty lines is
+  // broken anyway...
+  if(outer_p && msg->hdrs && ! msg->hdrs->done_p) {
+    MimeMessage_parse_line("\n", 1, obj);
+  }
+
+  // Once we get to the end of parsing the message, we will notify
+  // the emitter that we are done the the body.
+
+  // Mark the end of the mail body if we are actually emitting the
+  // body of the message (i.e. not Header ONLY)
+  if ((outer_p || obj->options->notify_nested_bodies) && obj->options &&
+      obj->options->write_html_p)
+  {
+    if (obj->options->generate_footer_html_fn)
+    {
+      mime_stream_data *msd =
+        (mime_stream_data *) obj->options->stream_closure;
+      if (msd)
+      {
+        char *html = obj->options->generate_footer_html_fn
+          (msd->orig_url_name, obj->options->html_closure, msg->hdrs);
+        if (html)
+        {
+          int lstatus = MimeObject_write(obj, html,
+                         strlen(html),
+                         false);
+          PR_Free(html);
+          if (lstatus < 0) return lstatus;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    if ((!obj->options->part_to_load  || obj->options->format_out == nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageBodyDisplay) &&
+      obj->options->headers != MimeHeadersOnly)
+      mimeEmitterEndBody(obj->options);
+  }
+
+#ifdef MIME_DRAFTS
+  if ( obj->options &&
+     obj->options->decompose_file_p &&
+     obj->options->done_parsing_outer_headers &&
+     ! obj->options->is_multipart_msg &&
+     ! mime_typep(obj, (MimeObjectClass*) &mimeEncryptedClass) &&
+     obj->options->decompose_file_close_fn ) {
+  status = obj->options->decompose_file_close_fn (
+                         obj->options->stream_closure );
+
+  if ( status < 0 ) return status;
+  }
+#endif /* MIME_DRAFTS */
+
+
+  /* Put out a separator after every message/rfc822 object. */
+  if (!abort_p && !outer_p)
+  {
+    status = MimeObject_write_separator(obj);
+    if (status < 0) return status;
+  }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+static int
+MimeMessage_add_child (MimeObject *parent, MimeObject *child)
+{
+  MimeContainer *cont = (MimeContainer *) parent;
+  PR_ASSERT(parent && child);
+  if (!parent || !child) return -1;
+
+  /* message/rfc822 containers can only have one child. */
+  PR_ASSERT(cont->nchildren == 0);
+  if (cont->nchildren != 0) return -1;
+
+#ifdef MIME_DRAFTS
+  if ( parent->options &&
+     parent->options->decompose_file_p &&
+     ! parent->options->is_multipart_msg &&
+     ! mime_typep(child, (MimeObjectClass*) &mimeEncryptedClass) &&
+     parent->options->decompose_file_init_fn ) {
+  int status = 0;
+  status = parent->options->decompose_file_init_fn (
+                        parent->options->stream_closure,
+                        ((MimeMessage*)parent)->hdrs );
+  if ( status < 0 ) return status;
+  }
+#endif /* MIME_DRAFTS */
+
+  return ((MimeContainerClass*)&MIME_SUPERCLASS)->add_child (parent, child);
+}
+
+// This is necessary to determine which charset to use for a reply/forward
+char *
+DetermineMailCharset(MimeMessage *msg)
+{
+  char          *retCharset = nullptr;
+
+  if ( (msg) && (msg->hdrs) )
+  {
+    char *ct = MimeHeaders_get (msg->hdrs, HEADER_CONTENT_TYPE,
+                                false, false);
+    if (ct)
+    {
+      retCharset = MimeHeaders_get_parameter (ct, "charset", NULL, NULL);
+      PR_Free(ct);
+    }
+
+    if (!retCharset)
+    {
+      // If we didn't find "Content-Type: ...; charset=XX" then look
+      // for "X-Sun-Charset: XX" instead.  (Maybe this should be done
+      // in MimeSunAttachmentClass, but it's harder there than here.)
+      retCharset = MimeHeaders_get (msg->hdrs, HEADER_X_SUN_CHARSET,
+                                    false, false);
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (!retCharset)
+    return strdup("ISO-8859-1");
+  else
+    return retCharset;
+}
+
+static int
+MimeMessage_write_headers_html (MimeObject *obj)
+{
+  MimeMessage     *msg = (MimeMessage *) obj;
+  int             status;
+
+  if (!obj->options || !obj->options->output_fn)
+    return 0;
+
+  PR_ASSERT(obj->output_p && obj->options->write_html_p);
+
+  // To support the no header option! Make sure we are not
+  // suppressing headers on included email messages...
+  if ( (obj->options->headers == MimeHeadersNone) &&
+       (obj == obj->options->state->root) )
+  {
+    // Ok, we are going to kick the Emitter for a StartHeader
+    // operation ONLY WHEN THE CHARSET OF THE ORIGINAL MESSAGE IS
+    // NOT US-ASCII ("ISO-8859-1")
+    //
+    // This is only to notify the emitter of the charset of the
+    // original message
+    char    *mailCharset = DetermineMailCharset(msg);
+
+    if ( (mailCharset) && (PL_strcasecmp(mailCharset, "US-ASCII")) &&
+         (PL_strcasecmp(mailCharset, "ISO-8859-1")) )
+      mimeEmitterUpdateCharacterSet(obj->options, mailCharset);
+    PR_FREEIF(mailCharset);
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  if (!obj->options->state->first_data_written_p)
+  {
+    status = MimeObject_output_init (obj, TEXT_HTML);
+    if (status < 0)
+    {
+      mimeEmitterEndHeader(obj->options, obj);
+      return status;
+    }
+    PR_ASSERT(obj->options->state->first_data_written_p);
+  }
+
+  // Start the header parsing by the emitter
+  char *msgID = MimeHeaders_get (msg->hdrs, HEADER_MESSAGE_ID,
+                                    false, false);
+  bool outer_p = !obj->headers; /* is this the outermost message? */
+  if (!outer_p && obj->options->format_out == nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageBodyDisplay &&
+      obj->options->part_to_load)
+  {
+    //Maybe we are displaying a embedded message as outer part!
+    char *id = mime_part_address(obj);
+    if (id)
+    {
+      outer_p = !strcmp(id, obj->options->part_to_load);
+      PR_Free(id);
+    }
+  }
+
+  // Ok, we should really find out the charset of this part. We always
+  // output UTF-8 for display, but the original charset is necessary for
+  // reply and forward operations.
+  //
+  char    *mailCharset = DetermineMailCharset(msg);
+  mimeEmitterStartHeader(obj->options,
+                            outer_p,
+                            (obj->options->headers == MimeHeadersOnly),
+                            msgID,
+                            mailCharset);
+
+  // Change the default_charset by the charset of the original message
+  // ONLY WHEN THE CHARSET OF THE ORIGINAL MESSAGE IS NOT US-ASCII
+  // ("ISO-8859-1") and default_charset and mailCharset are different,
+  // or when there is no default_charset (this can happen with saved messages).
+  if ( (!obj->options->default_charset ||
+        ((mailCharset) && (PL_strcasecmp(mailCharset, "US-ASCII")) &&
+         (PL_strcasecmp(mailCharset, "ISO-8859-1")) &&
+         (PL_strcasecmp(obj->options->default_charset, mailCharset)))) &&
+       !obj->options->override_charset )
+  {
+    PR_FREEIF(obj->options->default_charset);
+    obj->options->default_charset = strdup(mailCharset);
+  }
+
+  PR_FREEIF(msgID);
+  PR_FREEIF(mailCharset);
+
+  status = MimeHeaders_write_all_headers (msg->hdrs, obj->options, false);
+  if (status < 0)
+  {
+    mimeEmitterEndHeader(obj->options, obj);
+    return status;
+  }
+
+  if (!msg->crypto_stamped_p)
+  {
+  /* If we're not writing a xlation stamp, and this is the outermost
+  message, then now is the time to run the post_header_html_fn.
+  (Otherwise, it will be run when the xlation-stamp is finally
+  closed off, in MimeXlateed_emit_buffered_child() or
+  MimeMultipartSigned_emit_child().)
+     */
+    if (obj->options &&
+      obj->options->state &&
+      obj->options->generate_post_header_html_fn &&
+      !obj->options->state->post_header_html_run_p)
+    {
+      char *html = 0;
+      PR_ASSERT(obj->options->state->first_data_written_p);
+      html = obj->options->generate_post_header_html_fn(NULL,
+                                          obj->options->html_closure,
+                                          msg->hdrs);
+      obj->options->state->post_header_html_run_p = true;
+      if (html)
+      {
+        status = MimeObject_write(obj, html, strlen(html), false);
+        PR_Free(html);
+        if (status < 0)
+        {
+          mimeEmitterEndHeader(obj->options, obj);
+          return status;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  mimeEmitterEndHeader(obj->options, obj);
+
+  // rhp:
+  // For now, we are going to parse the entire message, even if we are
+  // only interested in headers...why? Well, because this is the only
+  // way to build the attachment list. Now we will have the attachment
+  // list in the output being created by the XML emitter. If we ever
+  // want to go back to where we were before, just uncomment the conditional
+  // and it will stop at header parsing.
+  //
+  // if (obj->options->headers == MimeHeadersOnly)
+  //   return -1;
+  // else
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+static char *
+MimeMessage_partial_message_html(const char *data, void *closure,
+                                 MimeHeaders *headers)
+{
+  MimeMessage *msg = (MimeMessage *)closure;
+  nsAutoCString orig_url(data);
+  char *uidl = MimeHeaders_get(headers, HEADER_X_UIDL, false, false);
+  char *msgId = MimeHeaders_get(headers, HEADER_MESSAGE_ID, false,
+                  false);
+  char *msgIdPtr = PL_strchr(msgId, '<');
+
+  int32_t pos = orig_url.Find("mailbox-message");
+  if (pos != -1)
+    orig_url.Cut(pos + 7, 8);
+
+  pos = orig_url.FindChar('#');
+  if (pos != -1)
+    orig_url.Replace(pos, 1, "?number=", 8);
+
+  if (msgIdPtr)
+    msgIdPtr++;
+  else
+    msgIdPtr = msgId;
+  char *gtPtr = PL_strchr(msgIdPtr, '>');
+  if (gtPtr)
+    *gtPtr = 0;
+
+  bool msgBaseTruncated = (msg->bodyLength > MSG_LINEBREAK_LEN);
+
+  nsCString partialMsgHtml;
+  nsCString item;
+
+  partialMsgHtml.AppendLiteral("<div style=\"margin: 1em auto; border: 1px solid black; width: 80%\">");
+  partialMsgHtml.AppendLiteral("<div style=\"margin: 5px; padding: 10px; border: 1px solid gray; font-weight: bold; text-align: center;\">");
+
+  partialMsgHtml.AppendLiteral("<span style=\"font-size: 120%;\">");
+  if (msgBaseTruncated)
+    item.Adopt(MimeGetStringByName(u"MIME_MSG_PARTIAL_TRUNCATED"));
+  else
+    item.Adopt(MimeGetStringByName(u"MIME_MSG_PARTIAL_NOT_DOWNLOADED"));
+  partialMsgHtml += item;
+  partialMsgHtml.AppendLiteral("</span><hr>");
+
+  if (msgBaseTruncated)
+    item.Adopt(MimeGetStringByName(u"MIME_MSG_PARTIAL_TRUNCATED_EXPLANATION"));
+  else
+    item.Adopt(MimeGetStringByName(u"MIME_MSG_PARTIAL_NOT_DOWNLOADED_EXPLANATION"));
+  partialMsgHtml += item;
+  partialMsgHtml.AppendLiteral("<br><br>");
+
+  partialMsgHtml.AppendLiteral("<a href=\"");
+  partialMsgHtml.Append(orig_url);
+
+  if (msgIdPtr) {
+    partialMsgHtml.AppendLiteral("&messageid=");
+
+    MsgEscapeString(nsDependentCString(msgIdPtr), nsINetUtil::ESCAPE_URL_PATH,
+                    item);
+
+    partialMsgHtml.Append(item);
+  }
+
+  if (uidl) {
+    partialMsgHtml.AppendLiteral("&uidl=");
+
+    MsgEscapeString(nsDependentCString(uidl), nsINetUtil::ESCAPE_XALPHAS,
+                    item);
+
+    partialMsgHtml.Append(item);
+  }
+
+  partialMsgHtml.AppendLiteral("\">");
+  item.Adopt(MimeGetStringByName(u"MIME_MSG_PARTIAL_CLICK_FOR_REST"));
+  partialMsgHtml += item;
+  partialMsgHtml.AppendLiteral("</a>");
+
+  partialMsgHtml.AppendLiteral("</div></div>");
+
+  return ToNewCString(partialMsgHtml);
+}
+
+#if defined(DEBUG) && defined(XP_UNIX)
+static int
+MimeMessage_debug_print (MimeObject *obj, PRFileDesc *stream, int32_t depth)
+{
+  MimeMessage *msg = (MimeMessage *) obj;
+  char *addr = mime_part_address(obj);
+  int i;
+  for (i=0; i < depth; i++)
+  PR_Write(stream, "  ", 2);
+/*
+  fprintf(stream, "<%s %s%s 0x%08X>\n",
+      obj->clazz->class_name,
+      addr ? addr : "???",
+      (msg->container.nchildren == 0 ? " (no body)" : ""),
+      (uint32_t) msg);
+*/
+  PR_FREEIF(addr);
+
+#if 0
+  if (msg->hdrs)
+  {
+    char *s;
+
+    depth++;
+
+# define DUMP(HEADER) \
+    for (i=0; i < depth; i++)                        \
+        PR_Write(stream, "  ", 2);                        \
+    s = MimeHeaders_get (msg->hdrs, HEADER, false, true);
+/**
+    \
+    PR_Write(stream, HEADER ": %s\n", s ? s : "");              \
+**/
+
+    PR_FREEIF(s)
+
+      DUMP(HEADER_SUBJECT);
+      DUMP(HEADER_DATE);
+      DUMP(HEADER_FROM);
+      DUMP(HEADER_TO);
+      /* DUMP(HEADER_CC); */
+      DUMP(HEADER_NEWSGROUPS);
+      DUMP(HEADER_MESSAGE_ID);
+# undef DUMP
+
+    PR_Write(stream, "\n", 1);
+  }
+#endif
+
+  PR_ASSERT(msg->container.nchildren <= 1);
+  if (msg->container.nchildren == 1)
+  {
+    MimeObject *kid = msg->container.children[0];
+    int status = kid->clazz->debug_print (kid, stream, depth+1);
+    if (status < 0) return status;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/src/mimemsg.h b/mailnews/mime/src/mimemsg.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c4023ccf0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/src/mimemsg.h
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _MIMEMSG_H_
+#define _MIMEMSG_H_
+
+#include "mimecont.h"
+
+/* The MimeMessage class implements the message/rfc822 and message/news
+   MIME containers, which is to say, mail and news messages.
+ */
+
+typedef struct MimeMessageClass MimeMessageClass;
+typedef struct MimeMessage      MimeMessage;
+
+struct MimeMessageClass {
+  MimeContainerClass container;
+};
+
+extern MimeMessageClass mimeMessageClass;
+
+struct MimeMessage {
+  MimeContainer container;    /* superclass variables */
+  MimeHeaders *hdrs;      /* headers of this message */
+  bool newline_p;      /* whether the last line ended in a newline */
+  bool crypto_stamped_p;    /* whether the header of this message has been
+                   emitted expecting its child to emit HTML
+                   which says that it is xlated. */
+
+  bool crypto_msg_signed_p;  /* What the emitted xlation-stamp *says*. */
+  bool crypto_msg_encrypted_p;
+  bool grabSubject;  /* Should we try to grab the subject of this message */
+  int32_t bodyLength; /* Used for determining if the body has been truncated */
+  int32_t sizeSoFar; /* The total size of the MIME message, once parsing is
+                        finished. */
+};
+
+#define MimeMessageClassInitializer(ITYPE,CSUPER) \
+  { MimeContainerClassInitializer(ITYPE,CSUPER) }
+
+#endif /* _MIMEMSG_H_ */
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/src/mimemsig.cpp b/mailnews/mime/src/mimemsig.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d74cfb09a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/src/mimemsig.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,775 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "modmimee.h"
+#include "mimemsig.h"
+#include "nspr.h"
+
+#include "prmem.h"
+#include "plstr.h"
+#include "prerror.h"
+#include "nsMimeTypes.h"
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "nsMimeStringResources.h"
+#include "mimemoz2.h"
+#include "nsIMimeConverter.h" // for MimeConverterOutputCallback
+#include "mozilla/Attributes.h"
+
+#define MIME_SUPERCLASS mimeMultipartClass
+MimeDefClass(MimeMultipartSigned, MimeMultipartSignedClass,
+       mimeMultipartSignedClass, &MIME_SUPERCLASS);
+
+static int MimeMultipartSigned_initialize (MimeObject *);
+static int MimeMultipartSigned_create_child (MimeObject *);
+static int MimeMultipartSigned_close_child(MimeObject *);
+static int MimeMultipartSigned_parse_line (const char *, int32_t, MimeObject *);
+static int MimeMultipartSigned_parse_child_line (MimeObject *, const char *, int32_t,
+                         bool);
+static int MimeMultipartSigned_parse_eof (MimeObject *, bool);
+static void MimeMultipartSigned_finalize (MimeObject *);
+
+static int MimeMultipartSigned_emit_child (MimeObject *obj);
+
+static int
+MimeMultipartSignedClassInitialize(MimeMultipartSignedClass *clazz)
+{
+  MimeObjectClass    *oclass = (MimeObjectClass *)    clazz;
+  MimeMultipartClass *mclass = (MimeMultipartClass *) clazz;
+
+  oclass->initialize       = MimeMultipartSigned_initialize;
+  oclass->parse_line       = MimeMultipartSigned_parse_line;
+  oclass->parse_eof        = MimeMultipartSigned_parse_eof;
+  oclass->finalize         = MimeMultipartSigned_finalize;
+  mclass->create_child     = MimeMultipartSigned_create_child;
+  mclass->parse_child_line = MimeMultipartSigned_parse_child_line;
+  mclass->close_child      = MimeMultipartSigned_close_child;
+
+  PR_ASSERT(!oclass->class_initialized);
+  return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+MimeMultipartSigned_initialize (MimeObject *object)
+{
+  MimeMultipartSigned *sig = (MimeMultipartSigned *) object;
+
+  /* This is an abstract class; it shouldn't be directly instantiated. */
+  PR_ASSERT(object->clazz != (MimeObjectClass *) &mimeMultipartSignedClass);
+
+  sig->state = MimeMultipartSignedPreamble;
+
+  return ((MimeObjectClass*)&MIME_SUPERCLASS)->initialize(object);
+}
+
+static void
+MimeMultipartSigned_cleanup (MimeObject *obj, bool finalizing_p)
+{
+  MimeMultipart *mult = (MimeMultipart *) obj; /* #58075.  Fix suggested by jwz */
+  MimeMultipartSigned *sig = (MimeMultipartSigned *) obj;
+  if (sig->part_buffer)
+  {
+    MimePartBufferDestroy(sig->part_buffer);
+    sig->part_buffer = 0;
+  }
+  if (sig->body_hdrs)
+  {
+    MimeHeaders_free (sig->body_hdrs);
+    sig->body_hdrs = 0;
+  }
+  if (sig->sig_hdrs)
+  {
+    MimeHeaders_free (sig->sig_hdrs);
+    sig->sig_hdrs = 0;
+  }
+
+  mult->state = MimeMultipartEpilogue;  /* #58075.  Fix suggested by jwz */
+  sig->state = MimeMultipartSignedEpilogue;
+
+  if (finalizing_p && sig->crypto_closure) {
+    /* Don't free these until this object is really going away -- keep them
+       around for the lifetime of the MIME object, so that we can get at the
+       security info of sub-parts of the currently-displayed message. */
+    ((MimeMultipartSignedClass *) obj->clazz)->crypto_free (sig->crypto_closure);
+     sig->crypto_closure = 0;
+  }
+
+  if (sig->sig_decoder_data)
+  {
+    MimeDecoderDestroy(sig->sig_decoder_data, true);
+    sig->sig_decoder_data = 0;
+  }
+}
+
+static int
+MimeMultipartSigned_parse_eof (MimeObject *obj, bool abort_p)
+{
+  MimeMultipartSigned *sig = (MimeMultipartSigned *) obj;
+  int status = 0;
+
+  if (obj->closed_p) return 0;
+
+  /* Close off the signature, if we've gotten that far.
+   */
+  if (sig->state == MimeMultipartSignedSignatureHeaders ||
+    sig->state == MimeMultipartSignedSignatureFirstLine ||
+    sig->state == MimeMultipartSignedSignatureLine ||
+    sig->state == MimeMultipartSignedEpilogue)
+  {
+    status = (((MimeMultipartSignedClass *) obj->clazz)->crypto_signature_eof) (sig->crypto_closure, abort_p);
+    if (status < 0) return status;
+  }
+
+  if (!abort_p)
+  {
+    /* Now that we've read both the signed object and the signature (and
+     have presumably verified the signature) write out a blurb, and then
+     the signed object.
+     */
+    status = MimeMultipartSigned_emit_child(obj);
+    if (status < 0) return status;
+  }
+
+  MimeMultipartSigned_cleanup(obj, false);
+  return ((MimeObjectClass*)&MIME_SUPERCLASS)->parse_eof(obj, abort_p);
+}
+
+
+static void
+MimeMultipartSigned_finalize (MimeObject *obj)
+{
+  MimeMultipartSigned_cleanup(obj, true);
+  ((MimeObjectClass*)&MIME_SUPERCLASS)->finalize(obj);
+}
+
+
+static int
+MimeMultipartSigned_parse_line (const char *line, int32_t length, MimeObject *obj)
+{
+  MimeMultipart *mult = (MimeMultipart *) obj;
+  MimeMultipartSigned *sig = (MimeMultipartSigned *) obj;
+  MimeMultipartParseState old_state = mult->state;
+  bool hash_line_p = true;
+  bool no_headers_p = false;
+  int status = 0;
+
+  /* First do the parsing for normal multipart/ objects by handing it off to
+   the superclass method.  This includes calling the create_child and
+   close_child methods.
+   */
+  status = (((MimeObjectClass *)(&MIME_SUPERCLASS))
+      ->parse_line (line, length, obj));
+  if (status < 0) return status;
+
+  /* The instance variable MimeMultipartClass->state tracks motion through
+   the various stages of multipart/ parsing.  The instance variable
+   MimeMultipartSigned->state tracks the difference between the first
+   part (the body) and the second part (the signature.)  This second,
+   more specific state variable is updated by noticing the transitions
+   of the first, more general state variable.
+   */
+  if (old_state != mult->state)  /* there has been a state change */
+  {
+    switch (mult->state)
+    {
+    case MimeMultipartPreamble:
+      PR_ASSERT(0);  /* can't move *in* to preamble state. */
+      sig->state = MimeMultipartSignedPreamble;
+      break;
+
+    case MimeMultipartHeaders:
+      /* If we're moving in to the Headers state, then that means
+       that this line is the preceeding boundary string (and we
+       should ignore it.)
+       */
+      hash_line_p = false;
+
+      if (sig->state == MimeMultipartSignedPreamble)
+      sig->state = MimeMultipartSignedBodyFirstHeader;
+      else if (sig->state == MimeMultipartSignedBodyFirstLine ||
+           sig->state == MimeMultipartSignedBodyLine)
+      sig->state = MimeMultipartSignedSignatureHeaders;
+      else if (sig->state == MimeMultipartSignedSignatureFirstLine ||
+           sig->state == MimeMultipartSignedSignatureLine)
+      sig->state = MimeMultipartSignedEpilogue;
+      break;
+
+    case MimeMultipartPartFirstLine:
+      if (sig->state == MimeMultipartSignedBodyFirstHeader)
+      {      
+        sig->state = MimeMultipartSignedBodyFirstLine;
+        no_headers_p = true;
+      }
+      else if (sig->state == MimeMultipartSignedBodyHeaders)
+      sig->state = MimeMultipartSignedBodyFirstLine;
+      else if (sig->state == MimeMultipartSignedSignatureHeaders)
+      sig->state = MimeMultipartSignedSignatureFirstLine;
+      else
+      sig->state = MimeMultipartSignedEpilogue;
+      break;
+
+    case MimeMultipartPartLine:
+
+      PR_ASSERT(sig->state == MimeMultipartSignedBodyFirstLine ||
+          sig->state == MimeMultipartSignedBodyLine ||
+          sig->state == MimeMultipartSignedSignatureFirstLine ||
+          sig->state == MimeMultipartSignedSignatureLine);
+
+      if (sig->state == MimeMultipartSignedBodyFirstLine)
+      sig->state = MimeMultipartSignedBodyLine;
+      else if (sig->state == MimeMultipartSignedSignatureFirstLine)
+      sig->state = MimeMultipartSignedSignatureLine;
+      break;
+
+    case MimeMultipartEpilogue:
+      sig->state = MimeMultipartSignedEpilogue;
+      break;
+
+    default:  /* bad state */
+      NS_ERROR("bad state in MultipartSigned parse line");
+      return -1;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  /* Perform multipart/signed-related actions on this line based on the state
+   of the parser.
+   */
+  switch (sig->state)
+  {
+  case MimeMultipartSignedPreamble:
+    /* Do nothing. */
+    break;
+
+  case MimeMultipartSignedBodyFirstLine:
+    /* We have just moved out of the MimeMultipartSignedBodyHeaders
+     state, so cache away the headers that apply only to the body part.
+     */
+    NS_ASSERTION(mult->hdrs, "null multipart hdrs");
+    NS_ASSERTION(!sig->body_hdrs, "signed part shouldn't have already have body_hdrs");
+    sig->body_hdrs = mult->hdrs;
+    mult->hdrs = 0;
+
+    /* fall through. */
+   MOZ_FALLTHROUGH;
+  case MimeMultipartSignedBodyFirstHeader:
+  case MimeMultipartSignedBodyHeaders:
+  case MimeMultipartSignedBodyLine:
+
+    if (!sig->crypto_closure)
+    {
+      /* Set error change */
+      PR_SetError(0, 0);
+      /* Initialize the signature verification library. */
+      sig->crypto_closure = (((MimeMultipartSignedClass *) obj->clazz)
+                 ->crypto_init) (obj);
+      if (!sig->crypto_closure)
+      {
+        status = PR_GetError();
+        NS_ASSERTION(status < 0, "got non-negative status");
+        if (status >= 0)
+          status = -1;
+        return status;
+      }
+    }
+
+    if (hash_line_p)
+    {
+      /* this is the first hashed line if this is the first header
+       (that is, if it's the first line in the header state after
+       a state change.)
+       */
+      bool first_line_p
+      = (no_headers_p ||
+         sig->state == MimeMultipartSignedBodyFirstHeader);
+
+      if (sig->state == MimeMultipartSignedBodyFirstHeader)
+      sig->state = MimeMultipartSignedBodyHeaders;
+
+      /* The newline issues here are tricky, since both the newlines
+       before and after the boundary string are to be considered part
+       of the boundary: this is so that a part can be specified such
+       that it does not end in a trailing newline.
+
+       To implement this, we send a newline *before* each line instead
+       of after, except for the first line, which is not preceeded by a
+       newline.
+
+       For purposes of cryptographic hashing, we always hash line
+       breaks as CRLF -- the canonical, on-the-wire linebreaks, since
+       we have no idea of knowing what line breaks were used on the
+       originating system (SMTP rightly destroys that information.)
+       */
+
+      /* Remove the trailing newline... */
+      if (length > 0 && line[length-1] == '\n') length--;
+      if (length > 0 && line[length-1] == '\r') length--;
+
+      PR_ASSERT(sig->crypto_closure);
+
+      if (!first_line_p)
+      {
+        /* Push out a preceeding newline... */
+        char nl[] = CRLF;
+        status = (((MimeMultipartSignedClass *) obj->clazz)
+            ->crypto_data_hash (nl, 2, sig->crypto_closure));
+        if (status < 0) return status;
+      }
+
+      /* Now push out the line sans trailing newline. */
+      if (length > 0)
+      status = (((MimeMultipartSignedClass *) obj->clazz)
+            ->crypto_data_hash (line,length, sig->crypto_closure));
+      if (status < 0) return status;
+    }
+    break;
+
+  case MimeMultipartSignedSignatureHeaders:
+
+    if (sig->crypto_closure &&
+      old_state != mult->state)
+    {
+      /* We have just moved out of the MimeMultipartSignedBodyLine
+       state, so tell the signature verification library that we've
+       reached the end of the signed data.
+       */
+      status = (((MimeMultipartSignedClass *) obj->clazz)
+          ->crypto_data_eof) (sig->crypto_closure, false);
+      if (status < 0) return status;
+    }
+    break;
+
+  case MimeMultipartSignedSignatureFirstLine:
+    /* We have just moved out of the MimeMultipartSignedSignatureHeaders
+     state, so cache away the headers that apply only to the sig part.
+     */
+    PR_ASSERT(mult->hdrs);
+    PR_ASSERT(!sig->sig_hdrs);
+    sig->sig_hdrs = mult->hdrs;
+    mult->hdrs = 0;
+
+
+    /* If the signature block has an encoding, set up a decoder for it.
+     (Similar logic is in MimeLeafClass->parse_begin.)
+     */
+    {
+    MimeDecoderData *(*fn) (MimeConverterOutputCallback, void*) = 0;
+    nsCString encoding;
+    encoding.Adopt(MimeHeaders_get (sig->sig_hdrs,
+                   HEADER_CONTENT_TRANSFER_ENCODING,
+                   true, false));
+    if (encoding.IsEmpty())
+      ;
+    else if (!PL_strcasecmp(encoding.get(), ENCODING_BASE64))
+      fn = &MimeB64DecoderInit;
+    else if (!PL_strcasecmp(encoding.get(), ENCODING_QUOTED_PRINTABLE))
+    {
+      sig->sig_decoder_data =
+  MimeQPDecoderInit (((MimeConverterOutputCallback)
+     (((MimeMultipartSignedClass *) obj->clazz)
+          ->crypto_signature_hash)),
+    sig->crypto_closure);
+      if (!sig->sig_decoder_data)
+  return MIME_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+    }
+    else if (!PL_strcasecmp(encoding.get(), ENCODING_UUENCODE) ||
+             !PL_strcasecmp(encoding.get(), ENCODING_UUENCODE2) ||
+             !PL_strcasecmp(encoding.get(), ENCODING_UUENCODE3) ||
+             !PL_strcasecmp(encoding.get(), ENCODING_UUENCODE4))
+      fn = &MimeUUDecoderInit;
+    else if (!PL_strcasecmp(encoding.get(), ENCODING_YENCODE))
+      fn = &MimeYDecoderInit;
+    if (fn)
+      {
+      sig->sig_decoder_data =
+        fn (((MimeConverterOutputCallback)
+           (((MimeMultipartSignedClass *) obj->clazz)
+          ->crypto_signature_hash)),
+          sig->crypto_closure);
+      if (!sig->sig_decoder_data)
+        return MIME_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Show these headers to the crypto module. */
+    if (hash_line_p)
+    {
+      status = (((MimeMultipartSignedClass *) obj->clazz)
+          ->crypto_signature_init) (sig->crypto_closure,
+                        obj, sig->sig_hdrs);
+      if (status < 0) return status;
+    }
+
+    /* fall through. */
+   MOZ_FALLTHROUGH;
+  case MimeMultipartSignedSignatureLine:
+    if (hash_line_p)
+    {
+      /* Feed this line into the signature verification routines. */
+
+      if (sig->sig_decoder_data)
+      status = MimeDecoderWrite (sig->sig_decoder_data, line, length, nullptr);
+      else
+      status = (((MimeMultipartSignedClass *) obj->clazz)
+            ->crypto_signature_hash (line, length,
+                         sig->crypto_closure));
+      if (status < 0) return status;
+    }
+    break;
+
+  case MimeMultipartSignedEpilogue:
+    /* Nothing special to do here. */
+    break;
+
+  default:  /* bad state */
+    PR_ASSERT(0);
+    return -1;
+  }
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+
+static int
+MimeMultipartSigned_create_child (MimeObject *parent)
+{
+  /* Don't actually create a child -- we call the superclass create_child
+   method later, after we've fully parsed everything.  (And we only call
+   it once, for part #1, and never for part #2 (the signature.))
+   */
+  MimeMultipart *mult = (MimeMultipart *) parent;
+  mult->state = MimeMultipartPartFirstLine;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+static int
+MimeMultipartSigned_close_child (MimeObject *obj)
+{
+  /* The close_child method on MimeMultipartSigned doesn't actually do
+   anything to the children list, since the create_child method also
+   doesn't do anything.
+   */
+  MimeMultipart *mult = (MimeMultipart *) obj;
+  MimeContainer *cont = (MimeContainer *) obj;
+  MimeMultipartSigned *msig = (MimeMultipartSigned *) obj;
+
+  if (msig->part_buffer)
+  /* Closes the tmp file, if there is one: doesn't free the part_buffer. */
+  MimePartBufferClose(msig->part_buffer);
+
+  if (mult->hdrs)  /* duplicated from MimeMultipart_close_child, ugh. */
+  {
+    MimeHeaders_free(mult->hdrs);
+    mult->hdrs = 0;
+  }
+
+  /* Should be no kids yet. */
+  PR_ASSERT(cont->nchildren == 0);
+  if (cont->nchildren != 0) return -1;
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+static int
+MimeMultipartSigned_parse_child_line (MimeObject *obj,
+                    const char *line, int32_t length,
+                    bool first_line_p)
+{
+  MimeMultipartSigned *sig = (MimeMultipartSigned *) obj;
+  MimeContainer *cont = (MimeContainer *) obj;
+  int status = 0;
+
+  /* Shouldn't have made any sub-parts yet. */
+  PR_ASSERT(cont->nchildren == 0);
+  if (cont->nchildren != 0) return -1;
+
+  switch (sig->state)
+  {
+  case MimeMultipartSignedPreamble:
+  case MimeMultipartSignedBodyFirstHeader:
+  case MimeMultipartSignedBodyHeaders:
+    // How'd we get here?  Oh well, fall through.
+    NS_ERROR("wrong state in parse child line");
+    MOZ_FALLTHROUGH;
+  case MimeMultipartSignedBodyFirstLine:
+    PR_ASSERT(first_line_p);
+    if (!sig->part_buffer)
+    {
+      sig->part_buffer = MimePartBufferCreate();
+      if (!sig->part_buffer)
+      return MIME_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+    }
+    /* fall through */
+   MOZ_FALLTHROUGH;
+  case MimeMultipartSignedBodyLine:
+    {
+    /* This is the first part; we are buffering it, and will emit it all
+       at the end (so that we know whether the signature matches before
+       showing anything to the user.)
+     */
+
+    /* The newline issues here are tricky, since both the newlines
+       before and after the boundary string are to be considered part
+       of the boundary: this is so that a part can be specified such
+       that it does not end in a trailing newline.
+
+       To implement this, we send a newline *before* each line instead
+       of after, except for the first line, which is not preceeded by a
+       newline.
+     */
+
+    /* Remove the trailing newline... */
+    if (length > 0 && line[length-1] == '\n') length--;
+    if (length > 0 && line[length-1] == '\r') length--;
+
+    PR_ASSERT(sig->part_buffer);
+    PR_ASSERT(first_line_p ==
+          (sig->state == MimeMultipartSignedBodyFirstLine));
+
+    if (!first_line_p)
+      {
+      /* Push out a preceeding newline... */
+      char nl[] = MSG_LINEBREAK;
+      status = MimePartBufferWrite (sig->part_buffer, nl, MSG_LINEBREAK_LEN);
+      if (status < 0) return status;
+      }
+
+    /* Now push out the line sans trailing newline. */
+    if (length > 0)
+      status = MimePartBufferWrite (sig->part_buffer, line, length);
+    if (status < 0) return status;
+    }
+  break;
+
+  case MimeMultipartSignedSignatureHeaders:
+    // How'd we get here?  Oh well, fall through.
+    NS_ERROR("should have already parse sig hdrs");
+    MOZ_FALLTHROUGH;
+  case MimeMultipartSignedSignatureFirstLine:
+  case MimeMultipartSignedSignatureLine:
+    /* Nothing to do here -- hashing of the signature part is handled up
+     in MimeMultipartSigned_parse_line().
+     */
+    break;
+
+  case MimeMultipartSignedEpilogue:
+    /* Too many kids?  MimeMultipartSigned_create_child() should have
+     prevented us from getting here. */
+    NS_ERROR("too many kids?");
+    return -1;
+    break;
+
+  default: /* bad state */
+    NS_ERROR("bad state in multipart signed parse line");
+    return -1;
+    break;
+  }
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+
+static int
+MimeMultipartSigned_emit_child (MimeObject *obj)
+{
+  MimeMultipartSigned *sig = (MimeMultipartSigned *) obj;
+  MimeMultipart *mult = (MimeMultipart *) obj;
+  MimeContainer *cont = (MimeContainer *) obj;
+  int status = 0;
+  MimeObject *body;
+
+  NS_ASSERTION(sig->crypto_closure, "no crypto closure");
+
+  /* Emit some HTML saying whether the signature was cool.
+   But don't emit anything if in FO_QUOTE_MESSAGE mode.
+   */
+  if (obj->options &&
+    obj->options->headers != MimeHeadersCitation &&
+    obj->options->write_html_p &&
+    obj->options->output_fn &&
+    obj->options->headers != MimeHeadersCitation &&
+    sig->crypto_closure)
+  {
+    char *html = (((MimeMultipartSignedClass *) obj->clazz)
+          ->crypto_generate_html (sig->crypto_closure));
+#if 0 // XXX For the moment, no HTML output. Fix this XXX //
+    if (!html) return -1; /* MIME_OUT_OF_MEMORY? */
+
+    status = MimeObject_write(obj, html, strlen(html), false);
+    PR_Free(html);
+    if (status < 0) return status;
+#endif
+
+    /* Now that we have written out the crypto stamp, the outermost header
+     block is well and truly closed.  If this is in fact the outermost
+     message, then run the post_header_html_fn now.
+     */
+    if (obj->options &&
+      obj->options->state &&
+      obj->options->generate_post_header_html_fn &&
+      !obj->options->state->post_header_html_run_p)
+    {
+      MimeHeaders *outer_headers=nullptr;
+      MimeObject *p;
+      for (p = obj; p->parent; p = p->parent)
+      outer_headers = p->headers;
+      NS_ASSERTION(obj->options->state->first_data_written_p,
+                   "should have already written some data");
+      html = obj->options->generate_post_header_html_fn(NULL,
+                          obj->options->html_closure,
+                              outer_headers);
+      obj->options->state->post_header_html_run_p = true;
+      if (html)
+      {
+        status = MimeObject_write(obj, html, strlen(html), false);
+        PR_Free(html);
+        if (status < 0) return status;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  /* Oh, this is fairly nasty.  We're skipping over our "create child" method
+   and using the one our superclass defines.  Perhaps instead we should add
+   a new method on this class, and initialize that method to be the
+   create_child method of the superclass.  Whatever.
+   */
+
+
+  /* The superclass method expects to find the headers for the part that it's
+   to create in mult->hdrs, so ensure that they're there. */
+  NS_ASSERTION(!mult->hdrs, "shouldn't already have hdrs for multipart");
+  if (mult->hdrs) MimeHeaders_free(mult->hdrs);
+  mult->hdrs = sig->body_hdrs;
+  sig->body_hdrs = 0;
+
+  /* Run the superclass create_child method.
+   */
+  status = (((MimeMultipartClass *)(&MIME_SUPERCLASS))->create_child(obj));
+  if (status < 0) return status;
+
+  // Notify the charset of the first part.
+  if (obj->options && !(obj->options->override_charset)) {
+    MimeObject *firstChild = ((MimeContainer*) obj)->children[0];
+    char *disposition = MimeHeaders_get (firstChild->headers,
+                                         HEADER_CONTENT_DISPOSITION, 
+                                         true,
+                                         false);
+    // check if need to show as inline
+    if (!disposition)
+    {
+      const char *content_type = firstChild->content_type;
+      if (!PL_strcasecmp (content_type, TEXT_PLAIN) ||
+          !PL_strcasecmp (content_type, TEXT_HTML) ||
+          !PL_strcasecmp (content_type, TEXT_MDL) ||
+          !PL_strcasecmp (content_type, MULTIPART_ALTERNATIVE) ||
+          !PL_strcasecmp (content_type, MULTIPART_RELATED) ||
+          !PL_strcasecmp (content_type, MESSAGE_NEWS) ||
+          !PL_strcasecmp (content_type, MESSAGE_RFC822)) {
+        char *ct = MimeHeaders_get(mult->hdrs, HEADER_CONTENT_TYPE, false, false);
+        if (ct) {
+          char *cset = MimeHeaders_get_parameter (ct, "charset", NULL, NULL);
+          if (cset) {
+            mimeEmitterUpdateCharacterSet(obj->options, cset);
+            SetMailCharacterSetToMsgWindow(obj, cset);
+            PR_Free(cset);
+          }
+          PR_Free(ct);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  
+  // The js emitter wants to know about the newly created child.  Because
+  //  MimeMultipartSigned dummies out its create_child operation, the logic
+  //  in MimeMultipart_parse_line that would normally provide this notification
+  //  does not get to fire.
+  if (obj->options && obj->options->notify_nested_bodies) {
+    MimeObject *kid = ((MimeContainer*) obj)->children[0];
+    // The emitter is expecting the content type with parameters; not the fully
+    //  parsed thing, so get it from raw.  (We do not do it in the charset
+    //  notification block that just happened because it already has complex
+    //  if-checks that do not jive with us.
+    char *ct = MimeHeaders_get(mult->hdrs, HEADER_CONTENT_TYPE, false,
+                               false);
+    mimeEmitterAddHeaderField(obj->options, HEADER_CONTENT_TYPE,
+                              ct ? ct : "text/plain");
+    PR_Free(ct);
+    
+    char *part_path = mime_part_address(kid);
+    if (part_path) {
+      mimeEmitterAddHeaderField(obj->options,
+                                "x-jsemitter-part-path",
+                                part_path);
+      PR_Free(part_path);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Retrieve the child that it created.
+   */
+  NS_ASSERTION(cont->nchildren == 1, "should only have one child");
+  if (cont->nchildren != 1)
+    return -1;
+  body = cont->children[0];
+  NS_ASSERTION(body, "missing body");
+  if (!body)
+    return -1;
+
+#ifdef MIME_DRAFTS
+  if (body->options->decompose_file_p) {
+    body->options->signed_p = true;
+    if (!mime_typep(body, (MimeObjectClass*)&mimeMultipartClass) &&
+    body->options->decompose_file_init_fn)
+    body->options->decompose_file_init_fn ( body->options->stream_closure, body->headers );
+  }
+#endif /* MIME_DRAFTS */
+
+  /* If there's no part_buffer, this is a zero-length signed message? */
+  if (sig->part_buffer)
+  {
+#ifdef MIME_DRAFTS
+    if (body->options->decompose_file_p &&
+      !mime_typep(body, (MimeObjectClass*)&mimeMultipartClass)  &&
+      body->options->decompose_file_output_fn)
+      status = MimePartBufferRead (sig->part_buffer,
+                 /* The (MimeConverterOutputCallback) cast is to turn the
+                  `void' argument into `MimeObject'. */
+                 ((MimeConverterOutputCallback)
+                 body->options->decompose_file_output_fn),
+                 body->options->stream_closure);
+    else
+#endif /* MIME_DRAFTS */
+
+    status = MimePartBufferRead (sig->part_buffer,
+                 /* The (MimeConverterOutputCallback) cast is to turn the
+                  `void' argument into `MimeObject'. */
+                 ((MimeConverterOutputCallback) body->clazz->parse_buffer),
+                body);
+    if (status < 0) return status;
+  }
+
+  MimeMultipartSigned_cleanup(obj, false);
+
+  /* Done parsing. */
+  status = body->clazz->parse_eof(body, false);
+  if (status < 0) return status;
+  status = body->clazz->parse_end(body, false);
+  if (status < 0) return status;
+
+#ifdef MIME_DRAFTS
+  if (body->options->decompose_file_p &&
+    !mime_typep(body, (MimeObjectClass*)&mimeMultipartClass)  &&
+    body->options->decompose_file_close_fn)
+    body->options->decompose_file_close_fn(body->options->stream_closure);
+#endif /* MIME_DRAFTS */
+
+  /* Put out a separator after every multipart/signed object. */
+  status = MimeObject_write_separator(obj);
+  if (status < 0) return status;
+
+  return 0;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/src/mimemsig.h b/mailnews/mime/src/mimemsig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f8581c3a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/src/mimemsig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,134 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _MIMEMSIG_H_
+#define _MIMEMSIG_H_
+
+#include "mimemult.h"
+#include "mimepbuf.h"
+#include "modmimee.h"
+
+/* The MimeMultipartSigned class implements the multipart/signed MIME
+   container, which provides a general method of associating a cryptographic
+   signature to an arbitrary MIME object.
+
+   The MimeMultipartSigned class provides the following methods:
+
+   void *crypto_init (MimeObject *multipart_object)
+
+     This is called with the object, the object->headers of which should be
+   used to initialize the dexlateion engine.  NULL indicates failure;
+   otherwise, an opaque closure object should be returned.
+
+   int crypto_data_hash (const char *data, int32_t data_size,
+             void *crypto_closure)
+
+     This is called with the raw data, for which a signature has been computed.
+   The crypto module should examine this, and compute a signature for it.
+
+   int crypto_data_eof (void *crypto_closure, bool abort_p)
+
+     This is called when no more data remains.  If `abort_p' is true, then the
+   crypto module may choose to discard any data rather than processing it,
+   as we're terminating abnormally.
+
+   int crypto_signature_init (void *crypto_closure,
+                              MimeObject *multipart_object,
+                MimeHeaders *signature_hdrs)
+
+     This is called after crypto_data_eof() and just before the first call to
+   crypto_signature_hash().  The crypto module may wish to do some
+   initialization here, or may wish to examine the actual headers of the
+   signature object itself.
+
+   int crypto_signature_hash (const char *data, int32_t data_size,
+                void *crypto_closure)
+
+     This is called with the raw data of the detached signature block.  It will
+   be called after crypto_data_eof() has been called to signify the end of
+   the data which is signed.  This data is the data of the signature itself.
+
+   int crypto_signature_eof (void *crypto_closure, bool abort_p)
+
+     This is called when no more signature data remains.  If `abort_p' is true,
+   then the crypto module may choose to discard any data rather than
+   processing it, as we're terminating abnormally.
+
+   char * crypto_generate_html (void *crypto_closure)
+
+     This is called after `crypto_signature_eof' but before `crypto_free'.
+   The crypto module should return a newly-allocated string of HTML code
+   which explains the status of the dexlateion to the user (whether the
+   signature checks out, etc.)
+
+   void crypto_free (void *crypto_closure)
+
+     This will be called when we're all done, after `crypto_signature_eof' and
+   `crypto_emit_html'.  It is intended to free any data represented by the
+   crypto_closure.
+ */
+
+typedef struct MimeMultipartSignedClass MimeMultipartSignedClass;
+typedef struct MimeMultipartSigned      MimeMultipartSigned;
+
+typedef enum {
+  MimeMultipartSignedPreamble,
+  MimeMultipartSignedBodyFirstHeader,
+  MimeMultipartSignedBodyHeaders,
+  MimeMultipartSignedBodyFirstLine,
+  MimeMultipartSignedBodyLine,
+  MimeMultipartSignedSignatureHeaders,
+  MimeMultipartSignedSignatureFirstLine,
+  MimeMultipartSignedSignatureLine,
+  MimeMultipartSignedEpilogue
+} MimeMultipartSignedParseState;
+
+struct MimeMultipartSignedClass {
+  MimeMultipartClass multipart;
+
+  /* Callbacks used by dexlateion (really, signature verification) module. */
+  void * (*crypto_init) (MimeObject *multipart_object);
+
+  int (*crypto_data_hash)      (const char *data, int32_t data_size,
+                void *crypto_closure);
+  int (*crypto_signature_hash) (const char *data, int32_t data_size,
+                void *crypto_closure);
+
+  int (*crypto_data_eof)      (void *crypto_closure, bool abort_p);
+  int (*crypto_signature_eof) (void *crypto_closure, bool abort_p);
+
+  int (*crypto_signature_init) (void *crypto_closure,
+                MimeObject *multipart_object,
+                MimeHeaders *signature_hdrs);
+
+  char * (*crypto_generate_html) (void *crypto_closure);
+
+  void (*crypto_free) (void *crypto_closure);
+};
+
+extern "C" MimeMultipartSignedClass mimeMultipartSignedClass;
+
+struct MimeMultipartSigned {
+  MimeMultipart multipart;
+  MimeMultipartSignedParseState state;  /* State of parser */
+
+  void *crypto_closure;           /* Opaque data used by signature
+                      verification module. */
+
+  MimeHeaders *body_hdrs;        /* The headers of the signed object. */
+  MimeHeaders *sig_hdrs;        /* The headers of the signature. */
+
+  MimePartBufferData *part_buffer;      /* The buffered body of the signed
+                       object (see mimepbuf.h) */
+
+  MimeDecoderData *sig_decoder_data;  /* The signature is probably base64
+                       encoded; this is the decoder used
+                       to get raw bits out of it. */
+};
+
+#define MimeMultipartSignedClassInitializer(ITYPE,CSUPER) \
+  { MimeMultipartClassInitializer(ITYPE,CSUPER) }
+
+#endif /* _MIMEMSIG_H_ */
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/src/mimemult.cpp b/mailnews/mime/src/mimemult.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..64f292ec0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/src/mimemult.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,748 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "mimemult.h"
+#include "mimemoz2.h"
+#include "mimeeobj.h"
+
+#include "prlog.h"
+#include "prmem.h"
+#include "plstr.h"
+#include "prio.h"
+#include "nsMimeStringResources.h"
+#include "nsMimeTypes.h"
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+#ifdef XP_MACOSX
+  extern MimeObjectClass mimeMultipartAppleDoubleClass;
+#endif
+
+#define MIME_SUPERCLASS mimeContainerClass
+MimeDefClass(MimeMultipart, MimeMultipartClass,
+       mimeMultipartClass, &MIME_SUPERCLASS);
+
+static int MimeMultipart_initialize (MimeObject *);
+static void MimeMultipart_finalize (MimeObject *);
+static int MimeMultipart_parse_line (const char *line, int32_t length, MimeObject *);
+static int MimeMultipart_parse_eof (MimeObject *object, bool abort_p);
+
+static MimeMultipartBoundaryType MimeMultipart_check_boundary(MimeObject *,
+                                const char *,
+                                int32_t);
+static int MimeMultipart_create_child(MimeObject *);
+static bool MimeMultipart_output_child_p(MimeObject *, MimeObject *);
+static int MimeMultipart_parse_child_line (MimeObject *, const char *, int32_t,
+                       bool);
+static int MimeMultipart_close_child(MimeObject *);
+
+extern "C" MimeObjectClass mimeMultipartAlternativeClass;
+extern "C" MimeObjectClass mimeMultipartRelatedClass;
+extern "C" MimeObjectClass mimeMultipartSignedClass;
+extern "C" MimeObjectClass mimeInlineTextVCardClass;
+extern "C" MimeExternalObjectClass mimeExternalObjectClass;
+
+#if defined(DEBUG) && defined(XP_UNIX)
+static int MimeMultipart_debug_print (MimeObject *, PRFileDesc *, int32_t);
+#endif
+
+static int
+MimeMultipartClassInitialize(MimeMultipartClass *clazz)
+{
+  MimeObjectClass    *oclass = (MimeObjectClass *)    clazz;
+  MimeMultipartClass *mclass = (MimeMultipartClass *) clazz;
+
+  PR_ASSERT(!oclass->class_initialized);
+  oclass->initialize  = MimeMultipart_initialize;
+  oclass->finalize    = MimeMultipart_finalize;
+  oclass->parse_line  = MimeMultipart_parse_line;
+  oclass->parse_eof   = MimeMultipart_parse_eof;
+
+  mclass->check_boundary   = MimeMultipart_check_boundary;
+  mclass->create_child     = MimeMultipart_create_child;
+  mclass->output_child_p   = MimeMultipart_output_child_p;
+  mclass->parse_child_line = MimeMultipart_parse_child_line;
+  mclass->close_child      = MimeMultipart_close_child;
+
+#if defined(DEBUG) && defined(XP_UNIX)
+  oclass->debug_print = MimeMultipart_debug_print;
+#endif
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+static int
+MimeMultipart_initialize (MimeObject *object)
+{
+  MimeMultipart *mult = (MimeMultipart *) object;
+  char *ct;
+
+  /* This is an abstract class; it shouldn't be directly instantiated. */
+  PR_ASSERT(object->clazz != (MimeObjectClass *) &mimeMultipartClass);
+
+  ct = MimeHeaders_get (object->headers, HEADER_CONTENT_TYPE, false, false);
+  mult->boundary = (ct
+          ? MimeHeaders_get_parameter (ct, HEADER_PARM_BOUNDARY, NULL, NULL)
+          : 0);
+  PR_FREEIF(ct);
+  mult->state = MimeMultipartPreamble;
+  return ((MimeObjectClass*)&MIME_SUPERCLASS)->initialize(object);
+}
+
+
+static void
+MimeMultipart_finalize (MimeObject *object)
+{
+  MimeMultipart *mult = (MimeMultipart *) object;
+
+  object->clazz->parse_eof(object, false);
+
+  PR_FREEIF(mult->boundary);
+  if (mult->hdrs)
+  MimeHeaders_free(mult->hdrs);
+  mult->hdrs = 0;
+  ((MimeObjectClass*)&MIME_SUPERCLASS)->finalize(object);
+}
+
+int MimeWriteAString(MimeObject *obj, const nsACString &string)
+{
+  const nsCString &flatString = PromiseFlatCString(string);
+  return MimeObject_write(obj, flatString.get(), flatString.Length(), true);
+}
+
+static int
+MimeMultipart_parse_line (const char *line, int32_t length, MimeObject *obj)
+{
+  MimeMultipart *mult = (MimeMultipart *) obj;
+  MimeContainer *container = (MimeContainer*) obj; 
+  int status = 0;
+  MimeMultipartBoundaryType boundary;
+
+  NS_ASSERTION(line && *line, "empty line in multipart parse_line");
+  if (!line || !*line) return -1;
+
+  NS_ASSERTION(!obj->closed_p, "obj shouldn't already be closed");
+  if (obj->closed_p) return -1;
+
+  /* If we're supposed to write this object, but aren't supposed to convert
+     it to HTML, simply pass it through unaltered. */
+  if (obj->output_p &&
+    obj->options &&
+    !obj->options->write_html_p &&
+    obj->options->output_fn
+          && obj->options->format_out != nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageAttach)
+  return MimeObject_write(obj, line, length, true);
+
+  if (mult->state == MimeMultipartEpilogue)  /* already done */
+    boundary = MimeMultipartBoundaryTypeNone;
+  else
+    boundary = ((MimeMultipartClass *)obj->clazz)->check_boundary(obj, line,
+                                                                  length);
+
+  if (boundary == MimeMultipartBoundaryTypeTerminator ||
+    boundary == MimeMultipartBoundaryTypeSeparator)
+  {
+  /* Match!  Close the currently-open part, move on to the next
+     state, and discard this line.
+   */
+    bool endOfPart = (mult->state != MimeMultipartPreamble);
+    if (endOfPart)
+      status = ((MimeMultipartClass *)obj->clazz)->close_child(obj);
+    if (status < 0) return status;
+    
+    if (boundary == MimeMultipartBoundaryTypeTerminator)
+      mult->state = MimeMultipartEpilogue;
+    else
+    {
+      mult->state = MimeMultipartHeaders;
+      
+      /* Reset the header parser for this upcoming part. */
+      NS_ASSERTION(!mult->hdrs, "mult->hdrs should be null here");
+      if (mult->hdrs)
+        MimeHeaders_free(mult->hdrs);
+      mult->hdrs = MimeHeaders_new();
+      if (!mult->hdrs)
+        return MIME_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+      if (obj->options && obj->options->state &&
+          obj->options->state->partsToStrip.Length() > 0)
+      {
+        nsAutoCString newPart(mime_part_address(obj));
+        newPart.Append('.');
+        newPart.AppendInt(container->nchildren + 1);
+        obj->options->state->strippingPart = false;
+        // check if this is a sub-part of a part we're stripping.
+        for (uint32_t partIndex = 0; partIndex < obj->options->state->partsToStrip.Length(); partIndex++)
+        {
+          nsCString &curPartToStrip = obj->options->state->partsToStrip[partIndex];
+          if (newPart.Find(curPartToStrip) == 0 && (newPart.Length() == curPartToStrip.Length() || newPart.CharAt(curPartToStrip.Length()) == '.'))
+          {
+            obj->options->state->strippingPart = true;
+            if (partIndex < obj->options->state->detachToFiles.Length())
+              obj->options->state->detachedFilePath = obj->options->state->detachToFiles[partIndex];
+            break;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    
+    // if stripping out attachments, write the boundary line. Otherwise, return
+    // to ignore it.
+    if (obj->options && obj->options->format_out == nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageAttach)
+    {
+      // Because MimeMultipart_parse_child_line strips out the 
+      // the CRLF of the last line before the end of a part, we need to add that
+      // back in here.
+      if (endOfPart)
+        MimeWriteAString(obj, NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(MSG_LINEBREAK));
+
+      status = MimeObject_write(obj, line, length, true);
+    }
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  /* Otherwise, this isn't a boundary string.  So do whatever it is we
+   should do with this line (parse it as a header, feed it to the
+   child part, ignore it, etc.) */
+
+  switch (mult->state)
+  {
+    case MimeMultipartPreamble:
+    case MimeMultipartEpilogue:
+      /* Ignore this line. */
+      break;
+
+    case MimeMultipartHeaders:
+    /* Parse this line as a header for the sub-part. */
+    {
+      status = MimeHeaders_parse_line(line, length, mult->hdrs);
+      bool stripping = false;
+
+      if (status < 0) return status;
+      
+      // If this line is blank, we're now done parsing headers, and should
+      // now examine the content-type to create this "body" part.
+      //
+      if (*line == '\r' || *line == '\n')
+      {
+        if (obj->options && obj->options->state &&
+            obj->options->state->strippingPart)
+        {
+          stripping = true;
+          bool detachingPart = obj->options->state->detachedFilePath.Length() > 0;
+
+          nsAutoCString fileName;
+          fileName.Adopt(MimeHeaders_get_name(mult->hdrs, obj->options));
+          if (detachingPart)
+          {
+            char *contentType = MimeHeaders_get(mult->hdrs, "Content-Type", false, false);
+            if (contentType)
+            {
+              MimeWriteAString(obj, NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("Content-Type: "));
+              MimeWriteAString(obj, nsDependentCString(contentType));
+              PR_Free(contentType);
+            }
+            MimeWriteAString(obj, NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(MSG_LINEBREAK));
+            MimeWriteAString(obj, NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("Content-Disposition: attachment; filename=\""));
+            MimeWriteAString(obj, fileName);
+            MimeWriteAString(obj, NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("\"" MSG_LINEBREAK));
+            MimeWriteAString(obj, NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("X-Mozilla-External-Attachment-URL: "));
+            MimeWriteAString(obj, obj->options->state->detachedFilePath);
+            MimeWriteAString(obj, NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(MSG_LINEBREAK));
+            MimeWriteAString(obj, NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("X-Mozilla-Altered: AttachmentDetached; date=\""));
+          }
+          else
+          {
+            nsAutoCString header("Content-Type: text/x-moz-deleted; name=\"Deleted: ");
+            header.Append(fileName);
+            status = MimeWriteAString(obj, header);
+            if (status < 0) 
+              return status;
+            status = MimeWriteAString(obj, NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("\"" MSG_LINEBREAK "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit" MSG_LINEBREAK));
+            MimeWriteAString(obj, NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("Content-Disposition: inline; filename=\"Deleted: "));
+            MimeWriteAString(obj, fileName);
+            MimeWriteAString(obj, NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("\"" MSG_LINEBREAK "X-Mozilla-Altered: AttachmentDeleted; date=\""));
+          }
+          nsCString result;
+          char timeBuffer[128];
+          PRExplodedTime now;
+          PR_ExplodeTime(PR_Now(), PR_LocalTimeParameters, &now);
+          PR_FormatTimeUSEnglish(timeBuffer, sizeof(timeBuffer),
+                                 "%a %b %d %H:%M:%S %Y",
+                                 &now);
+          MimeWriteAString(obj, nsDependentCString(timeBuffer));
+          MimeWriteAString(obj, NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("\"" MSG_LINEBREAK));
+          MimeWriteAString(obj, NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(MSG_LINEBREAK "You deleted an attachment from this message. The original MIME headers for the attachment were:" MSG_LINEBREAK));
+          MimeHeaders_write_raw_headers(mult->hdrs, obj->options, false);
+        }
+        int32_t old_nchildren = container->nchildren;
+        status = ((MimeMultipartClass *) obj->clazz)->create_child(obj);
+        if (status < 0) return status;
+        NS_ASSERTION(mult->state != MimeMultipartHeaders,
+                     "mult->state shouldn't be MimeMultipartHeaders");
+
+        if (!stripping && container->nchildren > old_nchildren && obj->options &&
+            !mime_typep(obj, (MimeObjectClass*)&mimeMultipartAlternativeClass)) {
+          // Notify emitter about content type and part path.
+          MimeObject *kid = container->children[container->nchildren-1];
+          MimeMultipart_notify_emitter(kid);
+        }
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case MimeMultipartPartFirstLine:
+      /* Hand this line off to the sub-part. */
+      status = (((MimeMultipartClass *) obj->clazz)->parse_child_line(obj,
+                                                  line, length, true));
+      if (status < 0) return status;
+      mult->state = MimeMultipartPartLine;
+      break;
+
+    case MimeMultipartPartLine:
+      /* Hand this line off to the sub-part. */
+      status = (((MimeMultipartClass *) obj->clazz)->parse_child_line(obj,
+                  line, length, false));
+      if (status < 0) return status;
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      NS_ERROR("unexpected state in parse line");
+      return -1;
+  }
+
+  if (obj->options &&
+      obj->options->format_out == nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageAttach &&
+      (!(obj->options->state && obj->options->state->strippingPart) &&
+      mult->state != MimeMultipartPartLine))
+      return MimeObject_write(obj, line, length, false);
+  return 0;
+}
+
+void MimeMultipart_notify_emitter(MimeObject *obj)
+{
+  char *ct = nullptr;
+
+  NS_ASSERTION(obj->options, "MimeMultipart_notify_emitter called with null options");
+  if (! obj->options)
+    return;
+
+  ct = MimeHeaders_get(obj->headers, HEADER_CONTENT_TYPE,
+                       false, false);
+  if (obj->options->notify_nested_bodies) {
+    mimeEmitterAddHeaderField(obj->options, HEADER_CONTENT_TYPE,
+                              ct ? ct : TEXT_PLAIN);
+    char *part_path = mime_part_address(obj);
+    if (part_path) {
+      mimeEmitterAddHeaderField(obj->options, "x-jsemitter-part-path",
+                                part_path);
+      PR_Free(part_path);
+    }
+  }
+
+  // Examine the headers and see if there is a special charset
+  // (i.e. non US-ASCII) for this message. If so, we need to
+  // tell the emitter that this is the case for use in any
+  // possible reply or forward operation.
+  if (ct && (obj->options->notify_nested_bodies ||
+             MimeObjectIsMessageBody(obj))) {
+    char *cset = MimeHeaders_get_parameter(ct, "charset", NULL, NULL);
+    if (cset) {
+      mimeEmitterUpdateCharacterSet(obj->options, cset);
+      if (!obj->options->override_charset)
+        // Also set this charset to msgWindow
+        SetMailCharacterSetToMsgWindow(obj, cset);
+      PR_Free(cset);
+    }
+  }
+
+  PR_FREEIF(ct);
+}
+
+static MimeMultipartBoundaryType
+MimeMultipart_check_boundary(MimeObject *obj, const char *line, int32_t length)
+{
+  MimeMultipart *mult = (MimeMultipart *) obj;
+  int32_t blen;
+  bool term_p;
+
+  if (!mult->boundary ||
+    line[0] != '-' ||
+    line[1] != '-')
+  return MimeMultipartBoundaryTypeNone;
+
+  /* This is a candidate line to be a boundary.  Check it out... */
+  blen = strlen(mult->boundary);
+  term_p = false;
+
+  /* strip trailing whitespace (including the newline.) */
+  while(length > 2 && IS_SPACE(line[length-1]))
+  length--;
+
+  /* Could this be a terminating boundary? */
+  if (length == blen + 4 &&
+    line[length-1] == '-' &&
+    line[length-2] == '-')
+  {
+    term_p = true;
+  }
+
+  //looks like we have a separator but first, we need to check it's not for one of the part's children.
+  MimeContainer *cont = (MimeContainer *) obj;
+  if (cont->nchildren > 0)
+  {
+    MimeObject *kid = cont->children[cont->nchildren-1];
+    if (kid)
+      if (mime_typep(kid, (MimeObjectClass*) &mimeMultipartClass))
+      {
+        //Don't ask the kid to check the boundary if it has already detected a Teminator
+        MimeMultipart *mult = (MimeMultipart *) kid;
+        if (mult->state != MimeMultipartEpilogue)
+          if (MimeMultipart_check_boundary(kid, line, length) != MimeMultipartBoundaryTypeNone)
+            return MimeMultipartBoundaryTypeNone;
+      }
+  }
+
+  if (term_p)
+    length -= 2;
+
+  if (blen == length-2 && !strncmp(line+2, mult->boundary, length-2))
+    return (term_p
+      ? MimeMultipartBoundaryTypeTerminator
+      : MimeMultipartBoundaryTypeSeparator);
+  else
+    return MimeMultipartBoundaryTypeNone;
+}
+
+
+static int
+MimeMultipart_create_child(MimeObject *obj)
+{
+  MimeMultipart *mult = (MimeMultipart *) obj;
+  int           status;
+  char *ct = (mult->hdrs
+        ? MimeHeaders_get (mult->hdrs, HEADER_CONTENT_TYPE,
+                 true, false)
+        : 0);
+  const char *dct = (((MimeMultipartClass *) obj->clazz)->default_part_type);
+  MimeObject *body = NULL;
+
+  mult->state = MimeMultipartPartFirstLine;
+  if (obj->options)
+    obj->options->is_child = true;
+
+  /* Don't pass in NULL as the content-type (this means that the
+   auto-uudecode-hack won't ever be done for subparts of a
+   multipart, but only for untyped children of message/rfc822.
+   */
+  body = mime_create(((ct && *ct) ? ct : (dct ? dct: TEXT_PLAIN)),
+           mult->hdrs, obj->options);
+  PR_FREEIF(ct);
+  if (!body) return MIME_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+  status = ((MimeContainerClass *) obj->clazz)->add_child(obj, body);
+  if (status < 0)
+  {
+    mime_free(body);
+    return status;
+  }
+
+#ifdef MIME_DRAFTS
+  if ( obj->options && 
+     obj->options->decompose_file_p &&
+     obj->options->is_multipart_msg &&
+     obj->options->decompose_file_init_fn )
+  {
+    if ( !mime_typep(obj,(MimeObjectClass*)&mimeMultipartRelatedClass) &&
+           !mime_typep(obj,(MimeObjectClass*)&mimeMultipartAlternativeClass) &&
+       !mime_typep(obj,(MimeObjectClass*)&mimeMultipartSignedClass) &&
+#ifdef MIME_DETAIL_CHECK
+       !mime_typep(body, (MimeObjectClass*)&mimeMultipartRelatedClass) &&
+       !mime_typep(body, (MimeObjectClass*)&mimeMultipartAlternativeClass) &&
+       !mime_typep(body,(MimeObjectClass*)&mimeMultipartSignedClass) 
+#else
+           /* bug 21869 -- due to the fact that we are not generating the
+              correct mime class object for content-typ multipart/signed part
+              the above check failed. to solve the problem in general and not
+              to cause early temination when parsing message for opening as
+              draft we can simply make sure that the child is not a multipart
+              mime object. this way we could have a proper decomposing message
+              part functions set correctly */
+           !mime_typep(body, (MimeObjectClass*) &mimeMultipartClass)
+#endif
+    &&        ! (mime_typep(body, (MimeObjectClass*)&mimeExternalObjectClass) && !strcmp(body->content_type, "text/x-vcard"))
+       )
+    {
+    status = obj->options->decompose_file_init_fn ( obj->options->stream_closure, mult->hdrs );
+    if (status < 0) return status;
+    }
+  }
+#endif /* MIME_DRAFTS */
+
+
+  /* Now that we've added this new object to our list of children,
+   start its parser going (if we want to display it.)
+   */
+  body->output_p = (((MimeMultipartClass *) obj->clazz)->output_child_p(obj, body));
+  if (body->output_p)
+  {  
+    status = body->clazz->parse_begin(body);
+
+#ifdef XP_MACOSX
+    /* if we are saving an apple double attachment, we need to set correctly the conten type of the channel */
+    if (mime_typep(obj, (MimeObjectClass *) &mimeMultipartAppleDoubleClass))
+    {
+      mime_stream_data *msd = (mime_stream_data *)body->options->stream_closure;
+      if (!body->options->write_html_p && body->content_type && !PL_strcasecmp(body->content_type, APPLICATION_APPLEFILE))
+      {
+        if (msd && msd->channel)
+          msd->channel->SetContentType(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(APPLICATION_APPLEFILE));
+      }
+    }
+#endif
+
+    if (status < 0) return status;
+  }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+static bool
+MimeMultipart_output_child_p(MimeObject *obj, MimeObject *child)
+{
+  /* We don't output a child if we're stripping it. */
+  if (obj->options && obj->options->state && obj->options->state->strippingPart)
+    return false;
+  /* if we are saving an apple double attachment, ignore the appledouble wrapper part */
+  return (obj->options && obj->options->write_html_p) ||
+          PL_strcasecmp(child->content_type, MULTIPART_APPLEDOUBLE);
+}
+
+
+
+static int
+MimeMultipart_close_child(MimeObject *object)
+{
+  MimeMultipart *mult = (MimeMultipart *) object;
+  MimeContainer *cont = (MimeContainer *) object;
+
+  if (!mult->hdrs)
+  return 0;
+
+  MimeHeaders_free(mult->hdrs);
+  mult->hdrs = 0;
+
+  NS_ASSERTION(cont->nchildren > 0, "badly formed mime message");
+  if (cont->nchildren > 0)
+  {
+    MimeObject *kid = cont->children[cont->nchildren-1];
+    // If we have a child and it has not already been closed, process it.
+    // The kid would be already be closed if we encounter a multipart section
+    // that did not have a fully delineated header block.  No header block means
+    // no creation of a new child, but the termination case still happens and
+    // we still end up here.  Obviously, we don't want to close the child a
+    // second time and the best thing we can do is nothing.
+    if (kid && !kid->closed_p)
+    {
+      int status;
+      status = kid->clazz->parse_eof(kid, false);
+      if (status < 0) return status;
+      status = kid->clazz->parse_end(kid, false);
+      if (status < 0) return status;
+
+#ifdef MIME_DRAFTS
+      if ( object->options &&
+         object->options->decompose_file_p &&
+         object->options->is_multipart_msg &&
+         object->options->decompose_file_close_fn ) 
+      {
+        if ( !mime_typep(object,(MimeObjectClass*)&mimeMultipartRelatedClass) &&
+           !mime_typep(object,(MimeObjectClass*)&mimeMultipartAlternativeClass) &&
+           !mime_typep(object,(MimeObjectClass*)&mimeMultipartSignedClass) &&
+#ifdef MIME_DETAIL_CHECK
+           !mime_typep(kid,(MimeObjectClass*)&mimeMultipartRelatedClass) &&
+           !mime_typep(kid,(MimeObjectClass*)&mimeMultipartAlternativeClass) &&
+           !mime_typep(kid,(MimeObjectClass*)&mimeMultipartSignedClass) 
+#else
+                   /* bug 21869 -- due to the fact that we are not generating the
+                      correct mime class object for content-typ multipart/signed part
+                      the above check failed. to solve the problem in general and not
+                      to cause early temination when parsing message for opening as
+                      draft we can simply make sure that the child is not a multipart
+                      mime object. this way we could have a proper decomposing message
+                      part functions set correctly */
+                   !mime_typep(kid,(MimeObjectClass*) &mimeMultipartClass)
+#endif
+                                  && !(mime_typep(kid, (MimeObjectClass*)&mimeExternalObjectClass) && !strcmp(kid->content_type, "text/x-vcard"))
+           )
+        {
+          status = object->options->decompose_file_close_fn ( object->options->stream_closure );
+          if (status < 0) return status;
+        }
+      }
+#endif /* MIME_DRAFTS */
+
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+static int
+MimeMultipart_parse_child_line (MimeObject *obj, const char *line, int32_t length,
+                bool first_line_p)
+{
+  MimeContainer *cont = (MimeContainer *) obj;
+  int status;
+  MimeObject *kid;
+
+  PR_ASSERT(cont->nchildren > 0);
+  if (cont->nchildren <= 0)
+  return -1;
+
+  kid = cont->children[cont->nchildren-1];
+  PR_ASSERT(kid);
+  if (!kid) return -1;
+
+#ifdef MIME_DRAFTS
+  if ( obj->options &&
+     obj->options->decompose_file_p &&
+     obj->options->is_multipart_msg && 
+     obj->options->decompose_file_output_fn ) 
+  {
+  if (!mime_typep(obj,(MimeObjectClass*)&mimeMultipartAlternativeClass) &&
+    !mime_typep(obj,(MimeObjectClass*)&mimeMultipartRelatedClass) &&
+    !mime_typep(obj,(MimeObjectClass*)&mimeMultipartSignedClass) &&
+#ifdef MIME_DETAIL_CHECK
+    !mime_typep(kid,(MimeObjectClass*)&mimeMultipartAlternativeClass) &&
+    !mime_typep(kid,(MimeObjectClass*)&mimeMultipartRelatedClass) &&
+    !mime_typep(kid,(MimeObjectClass*)&mimeMultipartSignedClass)
+#else
+        /* bug 21869 -- due to the fact that we are not generating the
+           correct mime class object for content-typ multipart/signed part
+           the above check failed. to solve the problem in general and not
+           to cause early temination when parsing message for opening as
+           draft we can simply make sure that the child is not a multipart
+           mime object. this way we could have a proper decomposing message
+           part functions set correctly */
+        !mime_typep(kid, (MimeObjectClass*) &mimeMultipartClass)
+#endif
+    && !(mime_typep(kid, (MimeObjectClass*)&mimeExternalObjectClass) && !strcmp(kid->content_type, "text/x-vcard"))
+    )
+    return obj->options->decompose_file_output_fn (line, length, obj->options->stream_closure);
+  }
+#endif /* MIME_DRAFTS */
+
+  /* The newline issues here are tricky, since both the newlines before
+   and after the boundary string are to be considered part of the
+   boundary: this is so that a part can be specified such that it
+   does not end in a trailing newline.
+
+   To implement this, we send a newline *before* each line instead
+   of after, except for the first line, which is not preceeded by a
+   newline.
+   */
+
+  /* Remove the trailing newline... */
+  if (length > 0 && line[length-1] == '\n') length--;
+  if (length > 0 && line[length-1] == '\r') length--;
+
+  if (!first_line_p)
+  {
+    /* Push out a preceeding newline... */
+    char nl[] = MSG_LINEBREAK;
+    status = kid->clazz->parse_buffer (nl, MSG_LINEBREAK_LEN, kid);
+    if (status < 0) return status;
+  }
+
+  /* Now push out the line sans trailing newline. */
+  return kid->clazz->parse_buffer (line, length, kid);
+}
+
+
+static int
+MimeMultipart_parse_eof (MimeObject *obj, bool abort_p)
+{
+  MimeMultipart *mult = (MimeMultipart *) obj;
+  MimeContainer *cont = (MimeContainer *) obj;
+
+  if (obj->closed_p) return 0;
+
+  /* Push out the last trailing line if there's one in the buffer.  If
+   this happens, this object does not end in a trailing newline (and
+   the parse_line method will be called with a string with no trailing
+   newline, which isn't the usual case.)
+   */
+  if (!abort_p && obj->ibuffer_fp > 0)
+  {
+    /* There is leftover data without a terminating newline. */
+    int status = obj->clazz->parse_line(obj->ibuffer, obj->ibuffer_fp,obj);
+    obj->ibuffer_fp = 0;
+    if (status < 0)
+    {
+      obj->closed_p = true;
+      return status;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Now call parse_eof for our active child, if there is one.
+   */
+  if (cont->nchildren > 0 &&
+    (mult->state == MimeMultipartPartLine ||
+     mult->state == MimeMultipartPartFirstLine))
+  {
+    MimeObject *kid = cont->children[cont->nchildren-1];
+    NS_ASSERTION(kid, "not expecting null kid");
+    if (kid)
+    {
+      int status = kid->clazz->parse_eof(kid, abort_p);
+      if (status < 0) return status;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return ((MimeObjectClass*)&MIME_SUPERCLASS)->parse_eof(obj, abort_p);
+}
+
+
+#if defined(DEBUG) && defined(XP_UNIX)
+static int
+MimeMultipart_debug_print (MimeObject *obj, PRFileDesc *stream, int32_t depth)
+{
+  /*  MimeMultipart *mult = (MimeMultipart *) obj; */
+  MimeContainer *cont = (MimeContainer *) obj;
+  char *addr = mime_part_address(obj);
+  int i;
+  for (i=0; i < depth; i++)
+  PR_Write(stream, "  ", 2);
+/**
+  fprintf(stream, "<%s %s (%d kid%s) boundary=%s 0x%08X>\n",
+      obj->clazz->class_name,
+      addr ? addr : "???",
+      cont->nchildren, (cont->nchildren == 1 ? "" : "s"),
+      (mult->boundary ? mult->boundary : "(none)"),
+      (uint32_t) mult);
+**/
+  PR_FREEIF(addr);
+
+/*
+  if (cont->nchildren > 0)
+  fprintf(stream, "\n");
+ */
+
+  for (i = 0; i < cont->nchildren; i++)
+  {
+    MimeObject *kid = cont->children[i];
+    int status = kid->clazz->debug_print (kid, stream, depth+1);
+    if (status < 0) return status;
+  }
+
+/*
+  if (cont->nchildren > 0)
+  fprintf(stream, "\n");
+ */
+
+  return 0;
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/src/mimemult.h b/mailnews/mime/src/mimemult.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..877afb4d9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/src/mimemult.h
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _MIMEMULT_H_
+#define _MIMEMULT_H_
+
+#include "mimecont.h"
+
+/* The MimeMultipart class class implements the objects representing all of
+   the "multipart/" MIME types.  In addition to the methods inherited from
+   MimeContainer, it provides the following methods and class variables:
+
+   int create_child (MimeObject *obj)
+
+     When it has been determined that a new sub-part should be created,
+     this method is called to do that.  The default value for this method
+     does it in the usual multipart/mixed way.  The headers of the object-
+     to-be-created may be found in the `hdrs' slot of the `MimeMultipart'
+     object.
+
+   bool output_child_p (MimeObject *parent, MimeObject *child)
+
+     Whether this child should be output.  Default method always says `yes'.
+
+   int parse_child_line (MimeObject *obj, const char *line, int32_t length,
+             bool first_line_p)
+
+     When we have a line which should be handed off to the currently-active
+     child object, this method is called to do that.  The `first_line_p'
+     variable will be true only for the very first line handed off to this
+     sub-part.  The default method simply passes the line to the most-
+   recently-added child object.
+
+   int close_child (MimeObject *self)
+
+     When we reach the end of a sub-part (a separator line) this method is
+   called to shut down the currently-active child.  The default method
+   simply calls `parse_eof' on the most-recently-added child object.
+
+   MimeMultipartBoundaryType check_boundary (MimeObject *obj,
+                      const char *line, int32_t length)
+
+     This method is used to examine a line and determine whether it is a
+     part boundary, and if so, what kind.  It should return a member of
+     the MimeMultipartBoundaryType describing the line.
+
+   const char *default_part_type
+
+     This is the type which should be assumed for sub-parts which have
+     no explicit type specified.  The default is "text/plain", but the
+     "multipart/digest" subclass overrides this to "message/rfc822".
+ */
+
+typedef struct MimeMultipartClass MimeMultipartClass;
+typedef struct MimeMultipart      MimeMultipart;
+
+typedef enum {
+  MimeMultipartPreamble,
+  MimeMultipartHeaders,
+  MimeMultipartPartFirstLine,
+  MimeMultipartPartLine,
+  MimeMultipartEpilogue
+} MimeMultipartParseState;
+
+typedef enum {
+  MimeMultipartBoundaryTypeNone,
+  MimeMultipartBoundaryTypeSeparator,
+  MimeMultipartBoundaryTypeTerminator
+} MimeMultipartBoundaryType;
+
+
+struct MimeMultipartClass {
+  MimeContainerClass container;
+  const char *default_part_type;
+
+  int (*create_child) (MimeObject *);
+  bool (*output_child_p) (MimeObject *self, MimeObject *child);
+  int (*close_child) (MimeObject *);
+  int (*parse_child_line) (MimeObject *, const char *line, int32_t length,
+               bool first_line_p);
+  MimeMultipartBoundaryType (*check_boundary) (MimeObject *, const char *line,
+                         int32_t length);
+};
+
+extern MimeMultipartClass mimeMultipartClass;
+
+struct MimeMultipart {
+  MimeContainer container;      /* superclass variables */
+  char *boundary;          /* Inter-part delimiter string */
+  MimeHeaders *hdrs;        /* headers of the part currently
+                     being parsed, if any */
+  MimeMultipartParseState state;  /* State of parser */
+};
+
+extern void MimeMultipart_notify_emitter(MimeObject *);
+
+#define MimeMultipartClassInitializer(ITYPE,CSUPER) \
+  { MimeContainerClassInitializer(ITYPE,CSUPER) }
+
+#endif /* _MIMEMULT_H_ */
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/src/mimeobj.cpp b/mailnews/mime/src/mimeobj.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..26eb618ce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/src/mimeobj.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,327 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ * This Original Code has been modified by IBM Corporation. Modifications made by IBM
+ * described herein are Copyright (c) International Business Machines Corporation, 2000.
+ * Modifications to Mozilla code or documentation identified per MPL Section 3.3
+ *
+ * Date             Modified by     Description of modification
+ * 04/20/2000       IBM Corp.      OS/2 VisualAge build.
+ */
+
+#include "mimeobj.h"
+#include "prmem.h"
+#include "plstr.h"
+#include "prio.h"
+#include "mimebuf.h"
+#include "prlog.h"
+#include "nsMimeTypes.h"
+#include "nsMimeStringResources.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "mimemsg.h"
+#include "mimemapl.h"
+
+/* Way to destroy any notions of modularity or class hierarchy, Terry! */
+# include "mimetpla.h"
+# include "mimethtm.h"
+# include "mimecont.h"
+
+MimeDefClass (MimeObject, MimeObjectClass, mimeObjectClass, NULL);
+
+static int MimeObject_initialize (MimeObject *);
+static void MimeObject_finalize (MimeObject *);
+static int MimeObject_parse_begin (MimeObject *);
+static int MimeObject_parse_buffer (const char *, int32_t, MimeObject *);
+static int MimeObject_parse_line (const char *, int32_t, MimeObject *);
+static int MimeObject_parse_eof (MimeObject *, bool);
+static int MimeObject_parse_end (MimeObject *, bool);
+static bool MimeObject_displayable_inline_p (MimeObjectClass *clazz,
+                        MimeHeaders *hdrs);
+
+#if defined(DEBUG) && defined(XP_UNIX)
+static int MimeObject_debug_print (MimeObject *, PRFileDesc *, int32_t depth);
+#endif
+
+static int
+MimeObjectClassInitialize(MimeObjectClass *clazz)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(!clazz->class_initialized, "class shouldn't already be initialized");
+  clazz->initialize   = MimeObject_initialize;
+  clazz->finalize     = MimeObject_finalize;
+  clazz->parse_begin  = MimeObject_parse_begin;
+  clazz->parse_buffer = MimeObject_parse_buffer;
+  clazz->parse_line   = MimeObject_parse_line;
+  clazz->parse_eof    = MimeObject_parse_eof;
+  clazz->parse_end    = MimeObject_parse_end;
+  clazz->displayable_inline_p = MimeObject_displayable_inline_p;
+
+#if defined(DEBUG) && defined(XP_UNIX)
+  clazz->debug_print  = MimeObject_debug_print;
+#endif
+  return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+MimeObject_initialize (MimeObject *obj)
+{
+  /* This is an abstract class; it shouldn't be directly instantiated. */
+  NS_ASSERTION(obj->clazz != &mimeObjectClass, "should directly instantiate abstract class");
+
+  /* Set up the content-type and encoding. */
+  if (!obj->content_type && obj->headers)
+  obj->content_type = MimeHeaders_get (obj->headers, HEADER_CONTENT_TYPE,
+                     true, false);
+  if (!obj->encoding && obj->headers)
+  obj->encoding = MimeHeaders_get (obj->headers,
+                   HEADER_CONTENT_TRANSFER_ENCODING,
+                   true, false);
+
+  /* Special case to normalize some types and encodings to a canonical form.
+   (These are nonstandard types/encodings which have been seen to appear in
+   multiple forms; we normalize them so that things like looking up icons
+   and extensions has consistent behavior for the receiver, regardless of
+   the "alias" type that the sender used.)
+   */
+  if (!obj->content_type || !*(obj->content_type))
+  ;
+  else if (!PL_strcasecmp(obj->content_type, APPLICATION_UUENCODE2) ||
+       !PL_strcasecmp(obj->content_type, APPLICATION_UUENCODE3) ||
+       !PL_strcasecmp(obj->content_type, APPLICATION_UUENCODE4))
+  {
+    PR_Free(obj->content_type);
+    obj->content_type = strdup(APPLICATION_UUENCODE);
+  }
+  else if (!PL_strcasecmp(obj->content_type, IMAGE_XBM2) ||
+       !PL_strcasecmp(obj->content_type, IMAGE_XBM3))
+  {
+    PR_Free(obj->content_type);
+    obj->content_type = strdup(IMAGE_XBM);
+  }
+  else {
+    // MIME-types are case-insenitive, but let's make it lower case internally
+    // to avoid some hassle later down the road.
+    nsAutoCString lowerCaseContentType;
+    ToLowerCase(nsDependentCString(obj->content_type), lowerCaseContentType);
+    PR_Free(obj->content_type);
+    obj->content_type = ToNewCString(lowerCaseContentType);
+  }
+
+  if (!obj->encoding)
+  ;
+  else if (!PL_strcasecmp(obj->encoding, ENCODING_UUENCODE2) ||
+       !PL_strcasecmp(obj->encoding, ENCODING_UUENCODE3) ||
+       !PL_strcasecmp(obj->encoding, ENCODING_UUENCODE4))
+  {
+    PR_Free(obj->encoding);
+    obj->encoding = strdup(ENCODING_UUENCODE);
+  }
+  else if (!PL_strcasecmp(obj->encoding, ENCODING_COMPRESS2))
+  {
+    PR_Free(obj->encoding);
+    obj->encoding = strdup(ENCODING_COMPRESS);
+  }
+  else if (!PL_strcasecmp(obj->encoding, ENCODING_GZIP2))
+  {
+    PR_Free(obj->encoding);
+    obj->encoding = strdup(ENCODING_GZIP);
+  }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+static void
+MimeObject_finalize (MimeObject *obj)
+{
+  obj->clazz->parse_eof (obj, false);
+  obj->clazz->parse_end (obj, false);
+
+  if (obj->headers)
+  {
+    MimeHeaders_free(obj->headers);
+    obj->headers = 0;
+  }
+
+  /* Should have been freed by parse_eof, but just in case... */
+  NS_ASSERTION(!obj->ibuffer, "buffer not freed");
+  NS_ASSERTION(!obj->obuffer, "buffer not freed");
+  PR_FREEIF (obj->ibuffer);
+  PR_FREEIF (obj->obuffer);
+
+  PR_FREEIF(obj->content_type);
+  PR_FREEIF(obj->encoding);
+
+  if (obj->options && obj->options->state)
+  {
+    delete obj->options->state;
+    obj->options->state = nullptr;
+  }
+}
+
+static int
+MimeObject_parse_begin (MimeObject *obj)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION (!obj->closed_p, "object shouldn't be already closed");
+
+  /* If we haven't set up the state object yet, then this should be
+   the outermost object... */
+  if (obj->options && !obj->options->state)
+  {
+    NS_ASSERTION(!obj->headers, "headers should be null");  /* should be the outermost object. */
+
+    obj->options->state = new MimeParseStateObject;
+    if (!obj->options->state) return MIME_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+    obj->options->state->root = obj;
+    obj->options->state->separator_suppressed_p = true; /* no first sep */
+    const char *delParts = PL_strcasestr(obj->options->url, "&del=");
+    const char *detachLocations = PL_strcasestr(obj->options->url, "&detachTo=");
+    if (delParts)
+    {
+      const char *delEnd = PL_strcasestr(delParts + 1, "&");
+      if (!delEnd)
+        delEnd = delParts + strlen(delParts);
+      ParseString(Substring(delParts + 5, delEnd), ',', obj->options->state->partsToStrip);
+    }
+    if (detachLocations)
+    {
+      detachLocations += 10; // advance past "&detachTo="
+      ParseString(nsDependentCString(detachLocations), ',', obj->options->state->detachToFiles);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Decide whether this object should be output or not... */
+  if (!obj->options || obj->options->no_output_p || !obj->options->output_fn
+    /* if we are decomposing the message in files and processing a multipart object,
+       we must not output it without parsing it first */
+     || (obj->options->decompose_file_p && obj->options->decompose_file_output_fn &&
+      mime_typep(obj, (MimeObjectClass*) &mimeMultipartClass))
+    )
+    obj->output_p = false;
+  else if (!obj->options->part_to_load)
+    obj->output_p = true;
+  else
+  {
+    char *id = mime_part_address(obj);
+    if (!id) return MIME_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+    // We need to check if a part is the subpart of the part to load.
+    // If so and this is a raw or body display output operation, then
+    // we should mark the part for subsequent output.
+
+    // First, check for an exact match
+    obj->output_p = !strcmp(id, obj->options->part_to_load);
+    if (!obj->output_p && (obj->options->format_out == nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageRaw ||
+                           obj->options->format_out == nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageBodyDisplay ||
+                           obj->options->format_out == nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageAttach))
+    {
+      // Then, check for subpart
+      unsigned int partlen = strlen(obj->options->part_to_load);
+      obj->output_p = (strlen(id) >= partlen + 2) && (id[partlen] == '.') &&
+        !strncmp(id, obj->options->part_to_load, partlen);
+    }
+
+    PR_Free(id);
+  }
+
+  // If we've decided not to output this part, we also shouldn't be showing it
+  // as an attachment.
+  obj->dontShowAsAttachment = !obj->output_p;
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+MimeObject_parse_buffer (const char *buffer, int32_t size, MimeObject *obj)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(!obj->closed_p, "object shouldn't be closed");
+  if (obj->closed_p) return -1;
+
+  return mime_LineBuffer (buffer, size,
+             &obj->ibuffer, &obj->ibuffer_size, &obj->ibuffer_fp,
+             true,
+             ((int (*) (char *, int32_t, void *))
+              /* This cast is to turn void into MimeObject */
+              obj->clazz->parse_line),
+             obj);
+}
+
+static int
+MimeObject_parse_line (const char *line, int32_t length, MimeObject *obj)
+{
+  NS_ERROR("shouldn't call this method");
+  return -1;
+}
+
+static int
+MimeObject_parse_eof (MimeObject *obj, bool abort_p)
+{
+  if (obj->closed_p) return 0;
+  NS_ASSERTION(!obj->parsed_p, "obj already parsed");
+
+  /* If there is still data in the ibuffer, that means that the last line of
+   this part didn't end in a newline; so push it out anyway (this means that
+   the parse_line method will be called with a string with no trailing
+   newline, which isn't the usual case.)
+   */
+  if (!abort_p &&
+    obj->ibuffer_fp > 0)
+  {
+    int status = obj->clazz->parse_line (obj->ibuffer, obj->ibuffer_fp, obj);
+    obj->ibuffer_fp = 0;
+    if (status < 0)
+    {
+      obj->closed_p = true;
+      return status;
+    }
+  }
+
+  obj->closed_p = true;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+MimeObject_parse_end (MimeObject *obj, bool abort_p)
+{
+  if (obj->parsed_p)
+  {
+    NS_ASSERTION(obj->closed_p, "object should be closed");
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  /* We won't be needing these buffers any more; nuke 'em. */
+  PR_FREEIF(obj->ibuffer);
+  obj->ibuffer_fp = 0;
+  obj->ibuffer_size = 0;
+  PR_FREEIF(obj->obuffer);
+  obj->obuffer_fp = 0;
+  obj->obuffer_size = 0;
+
+  obj->parsed_p = true;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+static bool
+MimeObject_displayable_inline_p (MimeObjectClass *clazz, MimeHeaders *hdrs)
+{
+  NS_ERROR("shouldn't call this method");
+  return false;
+}
+
+#if defined(DEBUG) && defined(XP_UNIX)
+static int
+MimeObject_debug_print (MimeObject *obj, PRFileDesc *stream, int32_t depth)
+{
+  int i;
+  char *addr = mime_part_address(obj);
+  for (i=0; i < depth; i++)
+  PR_Write(stream, "  ", 2);
+/*
+  fprintf(stream, "<%s %s 0x%08X>\n", obj->clazz->class_name,
+      addr ? addr : "???",
+      (uint32_t) obj);
+*/
+  PR_FREEIF(addr);
+  return 0;
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/src/mimeobj.h b/mailnews/mime/src/mimeobj.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7ae3eda68
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/src/mimeobj.h
@@ -0,0 +1,186 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _MIMEOBJ_H_
+#define _MIMEOBJ_H_
+
+#include "mimei.h"
+#include "prio.h"
+/* MimeObject is the base-class for the objects representing all other
+   MIME types.  It provides several methods:
+
+   int initialize (MimeObject *obj)
+
+     This is called from mime_new() when a new instance is allocated.
+     Subclasses should do whatever setup is necessary from this method,
+     and should call the superclass's initialize method, unless there's
+     a specific reason not to.
+
+   void finalize (MimeObject *obj)
+
+     This is called from mime_free() and should free all data associated
+     with the object.  If the object points to other MIME objects, they
+     should be finalized as well (by calling mime_free(), not by calling
+     their finalize() methods directly.)
+
+   int parse_buffer (const char *buf, int32_t size, MimeObject *obj)
+
+     This is the method by which you feed arbitrary data into the parser
+     for this object.  Most subclasses will probably inherit this method
+     from the MimeObject base-class, which line-buffers the data and then
+     hands it off to the parse_line() method.
+
+   If this object uses a Content-Transfer-Encoding (base64, qp, uue)
+   then the data may be decoded by parse_buffer() before parse_line()
+   is called.  (The MimeLeaf class provides this functionality.)
+
+   int parse_begin (MimeObject *obj)
+     Called after `init' but before `parse_line' or `parse_buffer'.
+   Can be used to initialize various parsing machinery.
+
+   int parse_line (const char *line, int32_t length, MimeObject *obj)
+
+     This method is called (by parse_buffer()) for each complete line of
+     data handed to the parser, and is the method which most subclasses
+     will override to implement their parsers.
+
+     When handing data off to a MIME object for parsing, one should always
+     call the parse_buffer() method, and not call the parse_line() method
+     directly, since the parse_buffer() method may do other transformations
+     on the data (like base64 decoding.)
+
+   One should generally not call parse_line() directly, since that could
+   bypass decoding.  One should call parse_buffer() instead.
+
+   int parse_eof (MimeObject *obj, bool abort_p)
+
+     This is called when there is no more data to be handed to the object:
+   when the parent object is done feeding data to an object being parsed.
+   Implementors of this method should be sure to also call the parse_eof()
+   methods of any sub-objects to which they have pointers.
+
+     This is also called by the finalize() method, just before object
+     destruction, if it has not already been called.
+
+     The `closed_p' instance variable is used to prevent multiple calls to
+     `parse_eof'.
+
+   int parse_end (MimeObject *obj)
+     Called after `parse_eof' but before `finalize'.
+   This can be used to free up any memory no longer needed now that parsing
+   is done (to avoid surprises due to unexpected method combination, it's
+   best to free things in this method in preference to `parse_eof'.)
+   Implementors of this method should be sure to also call the parse_end()
+   methods of any sub-objects to which they have pointers.
+
+     This is also called by the finalize() method, just before object
+     destruction, if it has not already been called.
+
+     The `parsed_p' instance variable is used to prevent multiple calls to
+     `parse_end'.
+
+
+   bool displayable_inline_p (MimeObjectClass *class, MimeHeaders *hdrs)
+
+     This method should return true if this class of object will be displayed
+     directly, as opposed to being displayed as a link.  This information is
+     used by the "multipart/alternative" parser to decide which of its children
+     is the ``best'' one to display.   Note that this is a class method, not
+     an object method -- there is not yet an instance of this class at the time
+     that it is called.  The `hdrs' provided are the headers of the object that
+   might be instantiated -- from this, the method may extract additional
+   infomation that it might need to make its decision.
+ */
+
+
+/* this one is typdedef'ed in mimei.h, since it is the base-class. */
+struct MimeObjectClass {
+
+  /* Note: the order of these first five slots is known by MimeDefClass().
+   Technically, these are part of the object system, not the MIME code.
+   */
+  const char *class_name;
+  int instance_size;
+  struct MimeObjectClass *superclass;
+  int (*class_initialize) (MimeObjectClass *clazz);
+  bool class_initialized;
+
+  /* These are the methods shared by all MIME objects.  See comment above.
+   */
+  int (*initialize) (MimeObject *obj);
+  void (*finalize) (MimeObject *obj);
+  int (*parse_begin) (MimeObject *obj);
+  int (*parse_buffer) (const char *buf, int32_t size, MimeObject *obj);
+  int (*parse_line) (const char *line, int32_t length, MimeObject *obj);
+  int (*parse_eof) (MimeObject *obj, bool abort_p);
+  int (*parse_end) (MimeObject *obj, bool abort_p);
+
+  bool (*displayable_inline_p) (MimeObjectClass *clazz, MimeHeaders *hdrs);
+
+#if defined(DEBUG) && defined(XP_UNIX)
+  int (*debug_print) (MimeObject *obj, PRFileDesc *stream, int32_t depth);
+#endif
+};
+
+extern "C" MimeObjectClass mimeObjectClass;
+
+/* this one is typdedef'ed in mimei.h, since it is the base-class. */
+struct MimeObject {
+  MimeObjectClass *clazz;  /* Pointer to class object, for `type-of' */
+
+  MimeHeaders *headers;    /* The header data associated with this object;
+                 this is where the content-type, disposition,
+                 description, and other meta-data live.
+
+                 For example, the outermost message/rfc822 object
+                 would have NULL here (since it has no parent,
+                 thus no headers to describe it.)  However, a
+                 multipart/mixed object, which was the sole
+                 child of that message/rfc822 object, would have
+                 here a copy of the headers which began the
+                 parent object (the headers which describe the
+                 child.)
+               */
+
+  char *content_type;    /* The MIME content-type and encoding.  */
+  char *encoding;      /* In most cases, these will be the same as the
+                 values to be found in the `headers' object,
+                 but in some cases, the values in these slots
+                 will be more correct than the headers.
+               */
+
+
+  MimeObject *parent;    /* Backpointer to a MimeContainer object. */
+
+  MimeDisplayOptions *options;  /* Display preferences set by caller. */
+
+  bool closed_p;      /* Whether it's done being written to. */
+  bool parsed_p;      /* Whether the parser has been shut down. */
+  bool output_p;      /* Whether it should be written. */
+  bool dontShowAsAttachment; /* Force an object to not be shown as attachment,
+                                but when is false, it doesn't mean it will be
+                                shown as attachment; specifically, body parts
+                                are never shown as attachments. */
+
+  /* Read-buffer and write-buffer (on input, `parse_buffer' uses ibuffer to
+   compose calls to `parse_line'; on output, `obuffer' is used in various
+   ways by various routines.)  These buffers are created and grow as needed.
+   `ibuffer' should be generally be considered hands-off, and `obuffer'
+   should generally be considered fair game.
+   */
+  char *ibuffer, *obuffer;
+  int32_t ibuffer_size, obuffer_size;
+  int32_t ibuffer_fp, obuffer_fp;
+};
+
+
+#define MimeObject_grow_obuffer(obj, desired_size) \
+  (((desired_size) >= (obj)->obuffer_size) ? \
+   mime_GrowBuffer ((uint32_t)(desired_size), (uint32_t)sizeof(char), 1024, \
+           &(obj)->obuffer, (int32_t*)&(obj)->obuffer_size) \
+   : 0)
+
+
+#endif /* _MIMEOBJ_H_ */
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/src/mimepbuf.cpp b/mailnews/mime/src/mimepbuf.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8e352ed22
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/src/mimepbuf.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,296 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "mimepbuf.h"
+#include "mimemoz2.h"
+#include "prmem.h"
+#include "prio.h"
+#include "plstr.h"
+#include "nsMimeStringResources.h"
+#include "nsNetUtil.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+//
+// External Defines...
+//
+extern nsresult
+nsMsgCreateTempFile(const char *tFileName, nsIFile **tFile);
+
+/* See mimepbuf.h for a description of the mission of this file.
+
+   Implementation:
+
+     When asked to buffer an object, we first try to malloc() a buffer to
+   hold the upcoming part.  First we try to allocate a 50k buffer, and
+   then back off by 5k until we are able to complete the allocation,
+   or are unable to allocate anything.
+
+   As data is handed to us, we store it in the memory buffer, until the
+   size of the memory buffer is exceeded (including the case where no
+   memory buffer was able to be allocated at all.)
+
+   Once we've filled the memory buffer, we open a temp file on disk.
+   Anything that is currently in the memory buffer is then flushed out
+   to the disk file (and the memory buffer is discarded.)  Subsequent
+   data that is passed in is appended to the file.
+
+   Thus only one of the memory buffer or the disk buffer ever exist at
+   the same time; and small parts tend to live completely in memory
+   while large parts tend to live on disk.
+
+   When we are asked to read the data back out of the buffer, we call
+   the provided read-function with either: the contents of the memory
+   buffer; or blocks read from the disk file.
+ */
+
+#define TARGET_MEMORY_BUFFER_SIZE    (1024 * 50)  /* try for 50k mem buffer */
+#define TARGET_MEMORY_BUFFER_QUANTUM (1024 * 5)   /* decrease in steps of 5k */
+#define DISK_BUFFER_SIZE       (1024 * 10)  /* read disk in 10k chunks */
+
+
+struct MimePartBufferData
+{
+  char        *part_buffer;          /* Buffer used for part-lookahead. */
+  int32_t     part_buffer_fp;        /* Active length. */
+  int32_t     part_buffer_size;      /* How big it is. */
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIFile> file_buffer;    /* The nsIFile of a temp file used when we
+                                                          run out of room in the head_buffer. */
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIInputStream> input_file_stream;    /* A stream to it. */
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIOutputStream> output_file_stream;  /* A stream to it. */
+};
+
+MimePartBufferData *
+MimePartBufferCreate (void)
+{
+  MimePartBufferData *data = PR_NEW(MimePartBufferData);
+  if (!data) return 0;
+  memset(data, 0, sizeof(*data));
+  return data;
+}
+
+
+void
+MimePartBufferClose (MimePartBufferData *data)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(data, "MimePartBufferClose: no data");
+  if (!data) return;
+
+  if (data->input_file_stream)
+  {
+    data->input_file_stream->Close();
+    data->input_file_stream = nullptr;
+  }
+
+  if (data->output_file_stream)
+  {
+    data->output_file_stream->Close();
+    data->output_file_stream = nullptr;
+  }
+}
+
+
+void
+MimePartBufferReset (MimePartBufferData *data)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(data, "MimePartBufferReset: no data");
+  if (!data) return;
+
+  PR_FREEIF(data->part_buffer);
+  data->part_buffer_fp = 0;
+
+  if (data->input_file_stream)
+  {
+    data->input_file_stream->Close();
+    data->input_file_stream = nullptr;
+  }
+
+  if (data->output_file_stream)
+  {
+    data->output_file_stream->Close();
+    data->output_file_stream = nullptr;
+  }
+
+  if (data->file_buffer)
+  {
+    data->file_buffer->Remove(false);
+    data->file_buffer = nullptr;
+  }
+}
+
+
+void
+MimePartBufferDestroy (MimePartBufferData *data)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(data, "MimePartBufferDestroy: no data");
+  if (!data) return;
+  MimePartBufferReset (data);
+  PR_Free(data);
+}
+
+
+int
+MimePartBufferWrite (MimePartBufferData *data,
+           const char *buf, int32_t size)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(data && buf && size > 0, "MimePartBufferWrite: Bad param");
+  if (!data || !buf || size <= 0)
+    return -1;
+
+  /* If we don't yet have a buffer (either memory or file) try and make a
+    memory buffer.
+    */
+  if (!data->part_buffer &&
+      !data->file_buffer)
+  {
+    int target_size = TARGET_MEMORY_BUFFER_SIZE;
+    while (target_size > 0)
+    {
+      data->part_buffer = (char *) PR_MALLOC(target_size);
+      if (data->part_buffer) break;          /* got it! */
+      target_size -= TARGET_MEMORY_BUFFER_QUANTUM;  /* decrease it and try
+        again */
+    }
+
+    if (data->part_buffer)
+      data->part_buffer_size = target_size;
+    else
+      data->part_buffer_size = 0;
+
+    data->part_buffer_fp = 0;
+  }
+
+  /* Ok, if at this point we still don't have either kind of buffer, try and
+    make a file buffer. */
+  if (!data->part_buffer && !data->file_buffer)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIFile> tmpFile;
+    nsresult rv = nsMsgCreateTempFile("nsma", getter_AddRefs(tmpFile));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, MIME_UNABLE_TO_OPEN_TMP_FILE);
+    data->file_buffer = do_QueryInterface(tmpFile);
+
+    rv = MsgNewBufferedFileOutputStream(getter_AddRefs(data->output_file_stream), data->file_buffer, PR_WRONLY | PR_CREATE_FILE, 00600);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, MIME_UNABLE_TO_OPEN_TMP_FILE);
+  }
+
+  NS_ASSERTION(data->part_buffer || data->output_file_stream, "no part_buffer or file_stream");
+
+  /* If this buf will fit in the memory buffer, put it there.
+    */
+  if (data->part_buffer &&
+      data->part_buffer_fp + size < data->part_buffer_size)
+  {
+    memcpy(data->part_buffer + data->part_buffer_fp,
+           buf, size);
+    data->part_buffer_fp += size;
+  }
+
+  /* Otherwise it won't fit; write it to the file instead. */
+  else
+  {
+    /* If the file isn't open yet, open it, and dump the memory buffer
+    to it. */
+    if (!data->output_file_stream)
+    {
+      nsresult rv;
+      if (!data->file_buffer)
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr <nsIFile> tmpFile;
+        rv = nsMsgCreateTempFile("nsma", getter_AddRefs(tmpFile));
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, MIME_UNABLE_TO_OPEN_TMP_FILE);
+        data->file_buffer = do_QueryInterface(tmpFile);
+
+      }
+
+      rv = MsgNewBufferedFileOutputStream(getter_AddRefs(data->output_file_stream), data->file_buffer, PR_WRONLY | PR_CREATE_FILE, 00600);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, MIME_UNABLE_TO_OPEN_TMP_FILE);
+
+      if (data->part_buffer && data->part_buffer_fp)
+      {
+        uint32_t bytesWritten;
+        nsresult rv = data->output_file_stream->Write(data->part_buffer,
+                                                 data->part_buffer_fp, &bytesWritten);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, MIME_ERROR_WRITING_FILE);
+      }
+
+      PR_FREEIF(data->part_buffer);
+      data->part_buffer_fp = 0;
+      data->part_buffer_size = 0;
+    }
+
+    /* Dump this buf to the file. */
+    uint32_t bytesWritten;
+    nsresult rv = data->output_file_stream->Write (buf, size, &bytesWritten);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv) || (int32_t) bytesWritten < size)
+      return MIME_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+  }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+int
+MimePartBufferRead (MimePartBufferData *data,
+          MimeConverterOutputCallback read_fn,
+          void *closure)
+{
+  int status = 0;
+  NS_ASSERTION(data, "no data");
+  if (!data) return -1;
+
+  if (data->part_buffer)
+  {
+    // Read it out of memory.
+    status = read_fn(data->part_buffer, data->part_buffer_fp, closure);
+  }
+  else if (data->file_buffer)
+  {
+    /* Read it off disk.
+     */
+    char *buf;
+    int32_t buf_size = DISK_BUFFER_SIZE;
+
+    NS_ASSERTION(data->part_buffer_size == 0 && data->part_buffer_fp == 0, "buffer size is not null");
+    NS_ASSERTION(data->file_buffer, "no file buffer name");
+    if (!data->file_buffer)
+      return -1;
+
+    buf = (char *) PR_MALLOC(buf_size);
+    if (!buf)
+      return MIME_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+    // First, close the output file to open the input file!
+    if (data->output_file_stream)
+      data->output_file_stream->Close();
+
+    nsresult rv = NS_NewLocalFileInputStream(getter_AddRefs(data->input_file_stream), data->file_buffer);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    {
+      PR_Free(buf);
+      return MIME_UNABLE_TO_OPEN_TMP_FILE;
+    }
+    while(1)
+    {
+      uint32_t bytesRead = 0;
+      rv = data->input_file_stream->Read(buf, buf_size - 1, &bytesRead);
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !bytesRead)
+      {
+        break;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* It would be really nice to be able to yield here, and let
+        some user events and other input sources get processed.
+        Oh well. */
+
+        status = read_fn (buf, bytesRead, closure);
+        if (status < 0) break;
+      }
+    }
+    PR_Free(buf);
+  }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/src/mimepbuf.h b/mailnews/mime/src/mimepbuf.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..200b64a89
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/src/mimepbuf.h
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _MIMEPBUF_H_
+#define _MIMEPBUF_H_
+
+#include "mimei.h"
+#include "modmimee.h" // for MimeConverterOutputCallback
+
+/* This file provides the ability to save up the entire contents of a MIME
+   object (of arbitrary size), and then emit it all at once later.  The
+   buffering is done in an efficient way that works well for both very large
+   and very small objects.
+
+   This is used in two places:
+
+   = The implementation of multipart/alternative uses this code to do a
+     one-part-lookahead.  As it traverses its children, it moves forward
+     until it finds a part which cannot be displayed; and then it displays
+     the *previous* part (the last which *could* be displayed.)  This code
+     is used to hold the previous part until it is needed.
+*/
+
+/* An opaque object used to represent the buffered data.
+ */
+typedef struct MimePartBufferData MimePartBufferData;
+
+/* Create an empty part buffer object.
+ */
+extern MimePartBufferData *MimePartBufferCreate (void);
+
+/* Assert that the buffer is now full (EOF has been reached on the current
+   part.)  This will free some resources, but leaves the part in the buffer.
+   After calling MimePartBufferReset, the buffer may be used to store a
+   different object.
+ */
+void MimePartBufferClose (MimePartBufferData *data);
+
+/* Reset a part buffer object to the default state, discarding any currently-
+   buffered data.
+ */
+extern void MimePartBufferReset (MimePartBufferData *data);
+
+/* Free the part buffer itself, and discard any buffered data.
+ */
+extern void MimePartBufferDestroy (MimePartBufferData *data);
+
+/* Push a chunk of a MIME object into the buffer.
+ */
+extern int MimePartBufferWrite (MimePartBufferData *data,
+                const char *buf, int32_t size);
+
+/* Read the contents of the buffer back out.  This will invoke the provided
+   read_fn with successive chunks of data until the buffer has been drained.
+   The provided function may be called once, or multiple times.
+ */
+extern int
+MimePartBufferRead (MimePartBufferData *data,
+          MimeConverterOutputCallback read_fn,
+          void *closure);
+
+#endif /* _MIMEPBUF_H_ */
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/src/mimesun.cpp b/mailnews/mime/src/mimesun.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..84f06a885
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/src/mimesun.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,342 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "mimesun.h"
+#include "prmem.h"
+#include "plstr.h"
+#include "prlog.h"
+#include "nsMimeTypes.h"
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "nsMimeStringResources.h"
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+#define MIME_SUPERCLASS mimeMultipartClass
+MimeDefClass(MimeSunAttachment, MimeSunAttachmentClass,
+       mimeSunAttachmentClass, &MIME_SUPERCLASS);
+
+static MimeMultipartBoundaryType MimeSunAttachment_check_boundary(MimeObject *,
+                                  const char *,
+                                  int32_t);
+static int MimeSunAttachment_create_child(MimeObject *);
+static int MimeSunAttachment_parse_child_line (MimeObject *, const char *, int32_t,
+                         bool);
+static int MimeSunAttachment_parse_begin (MimeObject *);
+static int MimeSunAttachment_parse_eof (MimeObject *, bool);
+
+static int
+MimeSunAttachmentClassInitialize(MimeSunAttachmentClass *clazz)
+{
+  MimeObjectClass    *oclass = (MimeObjectClass *)    clazz;
+  MimeMultipartClass *mclass = (MimeMultipartClass *) clazz;
+
+  PR_ASSERT(!oclass->class_initialized);
+  oclass->parse_begin      = MimeSunAttachment_parse_begin;
+  oclass->parse_eof        = MimeSunAttachment_parse_eof;
+  mclass->check_boundary   = MimeSunAttachment_check_boundary;
+  mclass->create_child     = MimeSunAttachment_create_child;
+  mclass->parse_child_line = MimeSunAttachment_parse_child_line;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+static int
+MimeSunAttachment_parse_begin (MimeObject *obj)
+{
+  int status = ((MimeObjectClass*)&MIME_SUPERCLASS)->parse_begin(obj);
+  if (status < 0) return status;
+
+  /* Sun messages always have separators at the beginning. */
+  return MimeObject_write_separator(obj);
+}
+
+static int
+MimeSunAttachment_parse_eof (MimeObject *obj, bool abort_p)
+{
+  int status = 0;
+
+  status = ((MimeObjectClass*)&MIME_SUPERCLASS)->parse_eof(obj, abort_p);
+  if (status < 0) return status;
+
+  /* Sun messages always have separators at the end. */
+  if (!abort_p)
+  {
+    status = MimeObject_write_separator(obj);
+    if (status < 0) return status;
+  }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+static MimeMultipartBoundaryType
+MimeSunAttachment_check_boundary(MimeObject *obj, const char *line,
+                 int32_t length)
+{
+  /* ten dashes */
+
+  if (line &&
+    line[0] == '-' && line[1] == '-' && line[2] == '-' && line[3] == '-' &&
+    line[4] == '-' && line[5] == '-' && line[6] == '-' && line[7] == '-' &&
+    line[8] == '-' && line[9] == '-' &&
+    (line[10] == '\r' || line[10] == '\n'))
+  return MimeMultipartBoundaryTypeSeparator;
+  else
+  return MimeMultipartBoundaryTypeNone;
+}
+
+
+static int
+MimeSunAttachment_create_child(MimeObject *obj)
+{
+  MimeMultipart *mult = (MimeMultipart *) obj;
+  int status = 0;
+
+  char *sun_data_type = 0;
+  const char *mime_ct = 0, *sun_enc_info = 0, *mime_cte = 0;
+  char *mime_ct2 = 0;    /* sometimes we need to copy; this is for freeing. */
+  MimeObject *child = 0;
+
+  mult->state = MimeMultipartPartLine;
+
+  sun_data_type = (mult->hdrs
+           ? MimeHeaders_get (mult->hdrs, HEADER_X_SUN_DATA_TYPE,
+                    true, false)
+           : 0);
+  if (sun_data_type)
+  {
+    int i;
+    static const struct { const char *in, *out; } sun_types[] = {
+
+    /* Convert recognised Sun types to the corresponding MIME types,
+       and convert unrecognized ones based on the file extension and
+       the mime.types file.
+
+       These are the magic types used by MailTool that I can determine.
+       The only actual written spec I've found only listed the first few.
+       The rest were found by inspection (both of real-world messages,
+       and by running `strings' on the MailTool binary, and on the file
+       /usr/openwin/lib/cetables/cetables (the "Class Engine", Sun's
+       equivalent to .mailcap and mime.types.)
+     */
+    { "default",        TEXT_PLAIN },
+    { "default-doc",      TEXT_PLAIN },
+    { "text",          TEXT_PLAIN },
+    { "scribe",          TEXT_PLAIN },
+    { "sgml",          TEXT_PLAIN },
+    { "tex",          TEXT_PLAIN },
+    { "troff",          TEXT_PLAIN },
+    { "c-file",          TEXT_PLAIN },
+    { "h-file",          TEXT_PLAIN },
+    { "readme-file",      TEXT_PLAIN },
+    { "shell-script",      TEXT_PLAIN },
+    { "cshell-script",      TEXT_PLAIN },
+    { "makefile",        TEXT_PLAIN },
+    { "hidden-docs",      TEXT_PLAIN },
+    { "message",        MESSAGE_RFC822 },
+    { "mail-message",      MESSAGE_RFC822 },
+    { "mail-file",        TEXT_PLAIN },
+    { "gif-file",        IMAGE_GIF },
+    { "jpeg-file",        IMAGE_JPG },
+    { "ppm-file",        IMAGE_PPM },
+    { "pgm-file",        "image/x-portable-graymap" },
+    { "pbm-file",        "image/x-portable-bitmap" },
+    { "xpm-file",        "image/x-xpixmap" },
+    { "ilbm-file",        "image/ilbm" },
+    { "tiff-file",        "image/tiff" },
+    { "photocd-file",      "image/x-photo-cd" },
+    { "sun-raster",        "image/x-sun-raster" },
+    { "audio-file",        AUDIO_BASIC },
+    { "postscript",        APPLICATION_POSTSCRIPT },
+    { "postscript-file",    APPLICATION_POSTSCRIPT },
+    { "framemaker-document",  "application/x-framemaker" },
+    { "sundraw-document",    "application/x-sun-draw" },
+    { "sunpaint-document",    "application/x-sun-paint" },
+    { "sunwrite-document",    "application/x-sun-write" },
+    { "islanddraw-document",  "application/x-island-draw" },
+    { "islandpaint-document",  "application/x-island-paint" },
+    { "islandwrite-document",  "application/x-island-write" },
+    { "sun-executable",      APPLICATION_OCTET_STREAM },
+    { "default-app",      APPLICATION_OCTET_STREAM },
+    { 0, 0 }};
+    for (i = 0; sun_types[i].in; i++)
+    if (!PL_strcasecmp(sun_data_type, sun_types[i].in))
+      {
+      mime_ct = sun_types[i].out;
+      break;
+      }
+  }
+
+  /* If we didn't find a type, look at the extension on the file name.
+   */
+  if (!mime_ct &&
+    obj->options &&
+    obj->options->file_type_fn)
+  {
+    char *name = MimeHeaders_get_name(mult->hdrs, obj->options);
+    if (name)
+    {
+      mime_ct2 = obj->options->file_type_fn(name,
+                          obj->options->stream_closure);
+      mime_ct = mime_ct2;
+      PR_Free(name);
+      if (!mime_ct2 || !PL_strcasecmp (mime_ct2, UNKNOWN_CONTENT_TYPE))
+      {
+        PR_FREEIF(mime_ct2);
+        mime_ct = APPLICATION_OCTET_STREAM;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  if (!mime_ct)
+  mime_ct = APPLICATION_OCTET_STREAM;
+
+  PR_FREEIF(sun_data_type);
+
+
+  /* Convert recognised Sun encodings to the corresponding MIME encodings.
+   However, if the X-Sun-Encoding-Info field contains more than one
+   encoding (that is, contains a comma) then assign it the encoding of
+   the *rightmost* element in the list; and change its Content-Type to
+   application/octet-stream.  Examples:
+
+             Sun Type:                    Translates To:
+        ==================            ====================
+        type:     TEXT                type:     text/plain
+        encoding: COMPRESS            encoding: x-compress
+
+        type:     POSTSCRIPT          type:     application/x-compress
+        encoding: COMPRESS,UUENCODE   encoding: x-uuencode
+
+        type:     TEXT                type:     application/octet-stream
+        encoding: UNKNOWN,UUENCODE    encoding: x-uuencode
+   */
+
+  sun_data_type = (mult->hdrs
+           ? MimeHeaders_get (mult->hdrs, HEADER_X_SUN_ENCODING_INFO,
+                    false,false)
+           : 0);
+  sun_enc_info = sun_data_type;
+
+
+  /* this "adpcm-compress" pseudo-encoding is some random junk that
+   MailTool adds to the encoding description of .AU files: we can
+   ignore it if it is the leftmost element of the encoding field.
+   (It looks like it's created via `audioconvert -f g721'.  Why?
+   Who knows.)
+   */
+  if (sun_enc_info && !PL_strncasecmp (sun_enc_info, "adpcm-compress", 14))
+  {
+    sun_enc_info += 14;
+    while (IS_SPACE(*sun_enc_info) || *sun_enc_info == ',')
+    sun_enc_info++;
+  }
+
+  /* Extract the last element of the encoding field, changing the content
+   type if necessary (as described above.)
+   */
+  if (sun_enc_info && *sun_enc_info)
+  {
+    const char *prev;
+    const char *end = PL_strrchr(sun_enc_info, ',');
+    if (end)
+    {
+      const char *start = sun_enc_info;
+      sun_enc_info = end + 1;
+      while (IS_SPACE(*sun_enc_info))
+      sun_enc_info++;
+      for (prev = end-1; prev > start && *prev != ','; prev--)
+      ;
+      if (*prev == ',') prev++;
+
+      if (!PL_strncasecmp (prev, "uuencode", end-prev))
+      mime_ct = APPLICATION_UUENCODE;
+      else if (!PL_strncasecmp (prev, "gzip", end-prev))
+      mime_ct = APPLICATION_GZIP;
+      else if (!PL_strncasecmp (prev, "compress", end-prev))
+      mime_ct = APPLICATION_COMPRESS;
+      else if (!PL_strncasecmp (prev, "default-compress", end-prev))
+      mime_ct = APPLICATION_COMPRESS;
+      else
+      mime_ct = APPLICATION_OCTET_STREAM;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Convert the remaining Sun encoding to a MIME encoding.
+   If it isn't known, change the content-type instead.
+   */
+  if (!sun_enc_info || !*sun_enc_info)
+  ;
+  else if (!PL_strcasecmp(sun_enc_info,"compress")) mime_cte = ENCODING_COMPRESS;
+  else if (!PL_strcasecmp(sun_enc_info,"uuencode")) mime_cte = ENCODING_UUENCODE;
+  else if (!PL_strcasecmp(sun_enc_info,"gzip"))    mime_cte = ENCODING_GZIP;
+  else                    mime_ct = APPLICATION_OCTET_STREAM;
+
+  PR_FREEIF(sun_data_type);
+
+
+  /* Now that we know its type and encoding, create a MimeObject to represent
+   this part.
+   */
+  child = mime_create(mime_ct, mult->hdrs, obj->options);
+  if (!child)
+  {
+    status = MIME_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+    goto FAIL;
+  }
+
+  /* Fake out the child's content-type and encoding (it probably doesn't have
+   one right now, because the X-Sun- headers aren't generally recognised by
+   the rest of this library.)
+   */
+  PR_FREEIF(child->content_type);
+  PR_FREEIF(child->encoding);
+  PR_ASSERT(mime_ct);
+  child->content_type = (mime_ct  ? strdup(mime_ct)  : 0);
+  child->encoding     = (mime_cte ? strdup(mime_cte) : 0);
+
+  status = ((MimeContainerClass *) obj->clazz)->add_child(obj, child);
+  if (status < 0)
+  {
+    mime_free(child);
+    child = 0;
+    goto FAIL;
+  }
+
+  /* Sun attachments always have separators between parts. */
+  status = MimeObject_write_separator(obj);
+  if (status < 0) goto FAIL;
+
+  /* And now that we've added this new object to our list of
+   children, start its parser going. */
+  status = child->clazz->parse_begin(child);
+  if (status < 0) goto FAIL;
+
+ FAIL:
+  PR_FREEIF(mime_ct2);
+  PR_FREEIF(sun_data_type);
+  return status;
+}
+
+
+static int
+MimeSunAttachment_parse_child_line (MimeObject *obj, const char *line, int32_t length,
+                  bool first_line_p)
+{
+  MimeContainer *cont = (MimeContainer *) obj;
+  MimeObject *kid;
+
+  /* This is simpler than MimeMultipart->parse_child_line in that it doesn't
+   play games about body parts without trailing newlines.
+   */
+
+  PR_ASSERT(cont->nchildren > 0);
+  if (cont->nchildren <= 0)
+  return -1;
+
+  kid = cont->children[cont->nchildren-1];
+  PR_ASSERT(kid);
+  if (!kid) return -1;
+
+  return kid->clazz->parse_buffer (line, length, kid);
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/src/mimesun.h b/mailnews/mime/src/mimesun.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5ffd7dade
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/src/mimesun.h
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _MIMESUN_H_
+#define _MIMESUN_H_
+
+#include "mimemult.h"
+
+/* MimeSunAttachment is the class for X-Sun-Attachment message contents, which
+   is the Content-Type assigned by that pile of garbage called MailTool.  This
+   is not a MIME type per se, but it's very similar to multipart/mixed, so it's
+   easy to parse.  Lots of people use MailTool, so what the hell.
+
+   The format is this:
+
+    = Content-Type is X-Sun-Attachment
+  = parts are separated by lines of exactly ten dashes
+  = just after the dashes comes a block of headers, including:
+
+      X-Sun-Data-Type: (manditory)
+      Values are Text, Postscript, Scribe, SGML, TeX, Troff, DVI,
+      and Message.
+
+      X-Sun-Encoding-Info: (optional)
+        Ordered, comma-separated values, including Compress and Uuencode.
+
+      X-Sun-Data-Name: (optional)
+        File name, maybe.
+
+      X-Sun-Data-Description: (optional)
+      Longer text.
+
+      X-Sun-Content-Lines: (manditory, unless Length is present)
+      Number of lines in the body, not counting headers and the blank
+      line that follows them.
+
+      X-Sun-Content-Length: (manditory, unless Lines is present)
+        Bytes, presumably using Unix line terminators.
+ */
+
+typedef struct MimeSunAttachmentClass MimeSunAttachmentClass;
+typedef struct MimeSunAttachment      MimeSunAttachment;
+
+struct MimeSunAttachmentClass {
+  MimeMultipartClass multipart;
+};
+
+extern MimeSunAttachmentClass mimeSunAttachmentClass;
+
+struct MimeSunAttachment {
+  MimeMultipart multipart;
+};
+
+#define MimeSunAttachmentClassInitializer(ITYPE,CSUPER) \
+  { MimeMultipartClassInitializer(ITYPE,CSUPER) }
+
+#endif /* _MIMESUN_H_ */
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/src/mimetenr.cpp b/mailnews/mime/src/mimetenr.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4fecb6bcf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/src/mimetenr.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "mimetenr.h"
+#include "prlog.h"
+
+/* All the magic for this class is in mimetric.c; since text/enriched and
+   text/richtext are so similar, it was easiest to implement them in the
+   same method (but this is a subclass anyway just for general goodness.)
+ */
+
+#define MIME_SUPERCLASS mimeInlineTextRichtextClass
+MimeDefClass(MimeInlineTextEnriched, MimeInlineTextEnrichedClass,
+       mimeInlineTextEnrichedClass, &MIME_SUPERCLASS);
+
+static int
+MimeInlineTextEnrichedClassInitialize(MimeInlineTextEnrichedClass *clazz)
+{
+#ifdef DEBUG
+  MimeObjectClass *oclass = (MimeObjectClass *) clazz;
+  PR_ASSERT(!oclass->class_initialized);
+#endif
+  MimeInlineTextRichtextClass *rclass = (MimeInlineTextRichtextClass *) clazz;
+  rclass->enriched_p = true;
+  return 0;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/src/mimetenr.h b/mailnews/mime/src/mimetenr.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..34608f547
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/src/mimetenr.h
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _MIMETENR_H_
+#define _MIMETENR_H_
+
+#include "mimetric.h"
+
+/* The MimeInlineTextEnriched class implements the text/enriched MIME content
+   type, as defined in RFC 1563.  It does this largely by virtue of being a
+   subclass of the MimeInlineTextRichtext class.
+ */
+
+typedef struct MimeInlineTextEnrichedClass MimeInlineTextEnrichedClass;
+typedef struct MimeInlineTextEnriched      MimeInlineTextEnriched;
+
+struct MimeInlineTextEnrichedClass {
+  MimeInlineTextRichtextClass text;
+};
+
+extern MimeInlineTextEnrichedClass mimeInlineTextEnrichedClass;
+
+struct MimeInlineTextEnriched {
+  MimeInlineTextRichtext richtext;
+};
+
+#define MimeInlineTextEnrichedClassInitializer(ITYPE,CSUPER) \
+  { MimeInlineTextRichtextClassInitializer(ITYPE,CSUPER) }
+
+#endif /* _MIMETENR_H_ */
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/src/mimetext.cpp b/mailnews/mime/src/mimetext.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a854348c5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/src/mimetext.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,544 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ * This Original Code has been modified by IBM Corporation. Modifications made by IBM 
+ * described herein are Copyright (c) International Business Machines Corporation, 2000.
+ * Modifications to Mozilla code or documentation identified per MPL Section 3.3
+ *
+ * Date             Modified by     Description of modification
+ * 04/20/2000       IBM Corp.      OS/2 VisualAge build.
+ */
+#include "mimetext.h"
+#include "mimebuf.h"
+#include "mimethtm.h"
+#include "comi18n.h"
+#include "mimemoz2.h"
+
+#include "prlog.h"
+#include "prmem.h"
+#include "plstr.h"
+#include "nsIPrefService.h"
+#include "nsIPrefBranch.h"
+#include "nsIServiceManager.h"
+#include "nsIPrefLocalizedString.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "nsMimeTypes.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+
+#define MIME_SUPERCLASS mimeLeafClass
+MimeDefClass(MimeInlineText, MimeInlineTextClass, mimeInlineTextClass,
+       &MIME_SUPERCLASS);
+
+static int MimeInlineText_initialize (MimeObject *);
+static void MimeInlineText_finalize (MimeObject *);
+static int MimeInlineText_rot13_line (MimeObject *, char *line, int32_t length);
+static int MimeInlineText_parse_eof (MimeObject *obj, bool abort_p);
+static int MimeInlineText_parse_end  (MimeObject *, bool);
+static int MimeInlineText_parse_decoded_buffer (const char *, int32_t, MimeObject *);
+static int MimeInlineText_rotate_convert_and_parse_line(char *, int32_t,
+                 MimeObject *);
+static int MimeInlineText_open_dam(char *line, int32_t length, MimeObject *obj);
+static int MimeInlineText_initializeCharset(MimeObject *obj);
+
+static int
+MimeInlineTextClassInitialize(MimeInlineTextClass *clazz)
+{
+  MimeObjectClass *oclass = (MimeObjectClass *) clazz;
+  MimeLeafClass   *lclass = (MimeLeafClass *) clazz;
+  PR_ASSERT(!oclass->class_initialized);
+  oclass->initialize           = MimeInlineText_initialize;
+  oclass->finalize             = MimeInlineText_finalize;
+  oclass->parse_eof            = MimeInlineText_parse_eof;
+  oclass->parse_end            = MimeInlineText_parse_end;
+  clazz->rot13_line            = MimeInlineText_rot13_line;
+  clazz->initialize_charset    =  MimeInlineText_initializeCharset;
+  lclass->parse_decoded_buffer = MimeInlineText_parse_decoded_buffer;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+MimeInlineText_initialize (MimeObject *obj)
+{
+  /* This is an abstract class; it shouldn't be directly instantiated. */
+  PR_ASSERT(obj->clazz != (MimeObjectClass *) &mimeInlineTextClass);
+
+  ((MimeInlineText *) obj)->initializeCharset = false;
+  ((MimeInlineText *) obj)->needUpdateMsgWinCharset = false;
+  return ((MimeObjectClass*)&MIME_SUPERCLASS)->initialize(obj);
+}
+
+static int MimeInlineText_initializeCharset(MimeObject *obj)
+{
+  MimeInlineText  *text = (MimeInlineText *) obj;
+
+  text->inputAutodetect = false;
+  text->charsetOverridable = false;
+  
+  /* Figure out an appropriate charset for this object.
+  */
+  if (!text->charset && obj->headers)
+  {
+    if (obj->options && obj->options->override_charset)
+    {
+      text->charset = strdup(obj->options->default_charset);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      char *ct = MimeHeaders_get (obj->headers, HEADER_CONTENT_TYPE,
+                                  false, false);
+      if (ct)
+      {
+        text->charset = MimeHeaders_get_parameter (ct, "charset", NULL, NULL);
+        PR_Free(ct);
+      }
+    
+      if (!text->charset)
+      {
+        /* If we didn't find "Content-Type: ...; charset=XX" then look
+           for "X-Sun-Charset: XX" instead.  (Maybe this should be done
+           in MimeSunAttachmentClass, but it's harder there than here.)
+         */
+        text->charset = MimeHeaders_get (obj->headers,
+                                          HEADER_X_SUN_CHARSET,
+                                          false, false);
+      }
+
+      /* iMIP entities without an explicit charset parameter default to
+       US-ASCII (RFC 2447, section 2.4). However, Microsoft Outlook generates
+       UTF-8 but omits the charset parameter.
+       When no charset is defined by the container (e.g. iMIP), iCalendar
+       files default to UTF-8 (RFC 2445, section 4.1.4).
+       */
+      if (!text->charset &&
+          obj->content_type &&
+          !PL_strcasecmp(obj->content_type, TEXT_CALENDAR))
+        text->charset = strdup("UTF-8");
+
+      if (!text->charset)
+      {
+        nsresult res;
+        
+        text->charsetOverridable = true;
+
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefBranch(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &res)); 
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(res))
+        {
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefLocalizedString> str;
+          if (NS_SUCCEEDED(prefBranch->GetComplexValue("intl.charset.detector", NS_GET_IID(nsIPrefLocalizedString), getter_AddRefs(str)))) {
+            //only if we can get autodetector name correctly, do we set this to true
+            text->inputAutodetect = true;
+          }
+        }
+        
+        if (obj->options && obj->options->default_charset)
+          text->charset = strdup(obj->options->default_charset);
+        else
+        {
+          if (NS_SUCCEEDED(res))
+          {
+            nsString value;
+            NS_GetLocalizedUnicharPreferenceWithDefault(prefBranch, "mailnews.view_default_charset", EmptyString(), value);
+            text->charset = ToNewUTF8String(value);
+          }
+          else
+            text->charset = strdup("");
+        }
+      } 
+    }
+  }
+  
+  if (text->inputAutodetect)
+  {
+    //we need to prepare lineDam for charset detection
+    text->lineDamBuffer = (char*)PR_Malloc(DAM_MAX_BUFFER_SIZE);
+    text->lineDamPtrs = (char**)PR_Malloc(DAM_MAX_LINES*sizeof(char*));
+    text->curDamOffset = 0;
+    text->lastLineInDam = 0;
+    if (!text->lineDamBuffer || !text->lineDamPtrs)
+    {
+      text->inputAutodetect = false;
+      PR_FREEIF(text->lineDamBuffer);
+      PR_FREEIF(text->lineDamPtrs);
+    }
+  }
+
+  text->initializeCharset = true;
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+static void
+MimeInlineText_finalize (MimeObject *obj)
+{
+  MimeInlineText *text = (MimeInlineText *) obj;
+
+  obj->clazz->parse_eof (obj, false);
+  obj->clazz->parse_end (obj, false);
+
+  text->inputDecoder = nullptr;
+  text->utf8Encoder = nullptr;
+  PR_FREEIF(text->charset);
+
+  /* Should have been freed by parse_eof, but just in case... */
+  PR_ASSERT(!text->cbuffer);
+  PR_FREEIF (text->cbuffer);
+
+  if (text->inputAutodetect) {
+    PR_FREEIF(text->lineDamBuffer);
+    PR_FREEIF(text->lineDamPtrs);
+    text->inputAutodetect = false;
+  }
+
+  ((MimeObjectClass*)&MIME_SUPERCLASS)->finalize (obj);
+}
+
+
+static int
+MimeInlineText_parse_eof (MimeObject *obj, bool abort_p)
+{
+  int status;
+
+  if (obj->closed_p) return 0;
+  NS_ASSERTION(!obj->parsed_p, "obj already parsed");
+
+  MimeInlineText *text = (MimeInlineText *) obj;
+
+  /* Flush any buffered data from the MimeLeaf's decoder */
+  status = ((MimeLeafClass*)&MIME_SUPERCLASS)->close_decoder(obj);
+  if (status < 0) return status;
+
+  /* If there is still data in the ibuffer, that means that the last
+   line of this part didn't end in a newline; so push it out anyway
+   (this means that the parse_line method will be called with a string
+   with no trailing newline, which isn't the usual case).  We do this
+   here, rather than in MimeObject_parse_eof, because MimeObject isn't
+   aware of the rotating-and-converting / charset detection we need to
+   do first.
+  */
+  if (!abort_p && obj->ibuffer_fp > 0)
+  {
+    status = MimeInlineText_rotate_convert_and_parse_line (obj->ibuffer,
+                                                           obj->ibuffer_fp,
+                                                           obj);
+    obj->ibuffer_fp = 0;
+    if (status < 0)
+    {
+      //we haven't find charset yet? Do it before return
+      if (text->inputAutodetect)
+        status = MimeInlineText_open_dam(nullptr, 0, obj);
+
+      obj->closed_p = true;
+      return status;
+    }
+  }
+
+  //we haven't find charset yet? now its the time
+  if (text->inputAutodetect)
+     status = MimeInlineText_open_dam(nullptr, 0, obj);
+ 
+  return ((MimeObjectClass*)&MIME_SUPERCLASS)->parse_eof (obj, abort_p);
+}
+
+static int
+MimeInlineText_parse_end (MimeObject *obj, bool abort_p)
+{
+  MimeInlineText *text = (MimeInlineText *) obj;
+
+  if (obj->parsed_p)
+  {
+    PR_ASSERT(obj->closed_p);
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  /* We won't be needing this buffer any more; nuke it. */
+  PR_FREEIF(text->cbuffer);
+  text->cbuffer_size = 0;
+
+  return ((MimeObjectClass*)&MIME_SUPERCLASS)->parse_end (obj, abort_p);
+}
+
+
+/* This maps A-M to N-Z and N-Z to A-M.  All other characters are left alone.
+   (Comments in GNUS imply that for Japanese, one should rotate by 47?)
+ */
+static const unsigned char MimeInlineText_rot13_table[256] = {
+  0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20,
+  21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39,
+  40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58,
+  59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90,
+  65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96,
+  110, 111, 112, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 121, 122, 97, 98,
+  99, 100, 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 123, 124, 125, 126,
+  127, 128, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133, 134, 135, 136, 137, 138, 139, 140, 141,
+  142, 143, 144, 145, 146, 147, 148, 149, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 155, 156,
+  157, 158, 159, 160, 161, 162, 163, 164, 165, 166, 167, 168, 169, 170, 171,
+  172, 173, 174, 175, 176, 177, 178, 179, 180, 181, 182, 183, 184, 185, 186,
+  187, 188, 189, 190, 191, 192, 193, 194, 195, 196, 197, 198, 199, 200, 201,
+  202, 203, 204, 205, 206, 207, 208, 209, 210, 211, 212, 213, 214, 215, 216,
+  217, 218, 219, 220, 221, 222, 223, 224, 225, 226, 227, 228, 229, 230, 231,
+  232, 233, 234, 235, 236, 237, 238, 239, 240, 241, 242, 243, 244, 245, 246,
+  247, 248, 249, 250, 251, 252, 253, 254, 255 };
+
+static int
+MimeInlineText_rot13_line (MimeObject *obj, char *line, int32_t length)
+{
+  unsigned char *s, *end;
+  PR_ASSERT(line);
+  if (!line) return -1;
+  s = (unsigned char *) line;
+  end = s + length;
+  while (s < end)
+  {
+    *s = MimeInlineText_rot13_table[*s];
+    s++;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+static int
+MimeInlineText_parse_decoded_buffer (const char *buf, int32_t size, MimeObject *obj)
+{
+  PR_ASSERT(!obj->closed_p);
+  if (obj->closed_p) return -1;
+
+  /* MimeLeaf takes care of this. */
+  PR_ASSERT(obj->output_p && obj->options && obj->options->output_fn);
+  if (!obj->options) return -1;
+
+  /* If we're supposed to write this object, but aren't supposed to convert
+   it to HTML, simply pass it through unaltered. */
+  if (!obj->options->write_html_p && obj->options->format_out != nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageAttach)
+  return MimeObject_write(obj, buf, size, true);
+
+  /* This is just like the parse_decoded_buffer method we inherit from the
+   MimeLeaf class, except that we line-buffer to our own wrapper on the
+   `parse_line' method instead of calling the `parse_line' method directly.
+   */
+  return mime_LineBuffer (buf, size,
+             &obj->ibuffer, &obj->ibuffer_size, &obj->ibuffer_fp,
+             true,
+             ((int (*) (char *, int32_t, void *))
+              /* This cast is to turn void into MimeObject */
+              MimeInlineText_rotate_convert_and_parse_line),
+             obj);
+}
+
+
+#define MimeInlineText_grow_cbuffer(text, desired_size) \
+  (((desired_size) >= (text)->cbuffer_size) ? \
+   mime_GrowBuffer ((desired_size), sizeof(char), 100, \
+           &(text)->cbuffer, &(text)->cbuffer_size) \
+   : 0)
+
+static int 
+MimeInlineText_convert_and_parse_line(char *line, int32_t length, MimeObject *obj)
+{
+  int status;
+  char *converted = 0;
+  int32_t converted_len = 0;
+  
+  MimeInlineText *text = (MimeInlineText *) obj;
+
+  //in case of charset autodetection, charset can be override by meta charset
+  if (text->charsetOverridable) {
+    if (mime_typep(obj, (MimeObjectClass *) &mimeInlineTextHTMLClass))
+    {
+      MimeInlineTextHTML  *textHTML = (MimeInlineTextHTML *) obj;
+      if (textHTML->charset && 
+          *textHTML->charset &&
+          strcmp(textHTML->charset, text->charset))
+      {
+        //if meta tag specified charset is different from our detected result, use meta charset.
+        //but we don't want to redo previous lines
+        MIME_get_unicode_decoder(textHTML->charset, getter_AddRefs(text->inputDecoder));
+        PR_FREEIF(text->charset);
+        text->charset = strdup(textHTML->charset);
+
+        //update MsgWindow charset if we are instructed to do so
+        if (text->needUpdateMsgWinCharset && *text->charset)
+          SetMailCharacterSetToMsgWindow(obj, text->charset);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  //initiate decoder if not yet
+  if (text->inputDecoder == nullptr)
+    MIME_get_unicode_decoder(text->charset, getter_AddRefs(text->inputDecoder));
+  // If no decoder found, use ""UTF-8"", that will map most non-US-ASCII chars as invalid
+  // A pure-ASCII only decoder would be better, but there is none
+  if (text->inputDecoder == nullptr)
+    MIME_get_unicode_decoder("UTF-8", getter_AddRefs(text->inputDecoder));
+  if (text->utf8Encoder == nullptr)
+    MIME_get_unicode_encoder("UTF-8", getter_AddRefs(text->utf8Encoder));
+
+  bool useInputCharsetConverter = obj->options->m_inputCharsetToUnicodeDecoder && !PL_strcasecmp(text->charset, obj->options->charsetForCachedInputDecoder.get());
+
+  if (useInputCharsetConverter)
+    status = obj->options->charset_conversion_fn(line, length,
+                         text->charset,
+                         "UTF-8",
+                         &converted,
+                         &converted_len,
+                         obj->options->stream_closure, obj->options->m_inputCharsetToUnicodeDecoder,
+                       obj->options->m_unicodeToUTF8Encoder);
+  else
+    status = obj->options->charset_conversion_fn(line, length,
+                         text->charset,
+                       "UTF-8",
+                         &converted,
+                         &converted_len,
+                         obj->options->stream_closure, (nsIUnicodeDecoder*)text->inputDecoder,
+                         (nsIUnicodeEncoder*)text->utf8Encoder);
+
+  if (status < 0)
+  {
+    PR_FREEIF(converted);
+    return status;
+  }
+
+  if (converted)
+  {
+    line = converted;
+    length = converted_len;
+  }
+
+  /* Now that the line has been converted, call the subclass's parse_line
+   method with the decoded data. */
+  status = obj->clazz->parse_line(line, length, obj);
+  PR_FREEIF(converted);
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+//In this function call, all buffered lines in lineDam will be sent to charset detector 
+// and a charset will be used to parse all those line and following lines in this mime obj.
+static int 
+MimeInlineText_open_dam(char *line, int32_t length, MimeObject *obj)
+{
+  MimeInlineText *text = (MimeInlineText *) obj;
+  const char* detectedCharset = nullptr;
+  nsresult res = NS_OK;
+  int status = 0;
+  int32_t i;
+
+  if (text->curDamOffset <= 0) {
+    //there is nothing in dam, use current line for detection
+    if (length > 0) {
+      res = MIME_detect_charset(line, length, &detectedCharset);  
+    }
+  } else {
+    //we have stuff in dam, use the one 
+    res = MIME_detect_charset(text->lineDamBuffer, text->curDamOffset, &detectedCharset);  
+  }
+
+  //set the charset for this obj
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(res) && detectedCharset && *detectedCharset)  {
+    PR_FREEIF(text->charset);
+    text->charset = strdup(detectedCharset);
+
+    //update MsgWindow charset if we are instructed to do so
+    if (text->needUpdateMsgWinCharset && *text->charset)
+      SetMailCharacterSetToMsgWindow(obj, text->charset);
+  }
+
+  //process dam and line using the charset
+  if (text->curDamOffset) {
+    for (i = 0; i < text->lastLineInDam-1; i++)
+    {
+      status = MimeInlineText_convert_and_parse_line(
+                text->lineDamPtrs[i],  
+                text->lineDamPtrs[i+1] - text->lineDamPtrs[i],
+                obj  );
+    }
+    status = MimeInlineText_convert_and_parse_line(
+                text->lineDamPtrs[i],
+                text->lineDamBuffer + text->curDamOffset - text->lineDamPtrs[i],
+                obj );
+  }
+
+  if (length)
+    status = MimeInlineText_convert_and_parse_line(line, length, obj);
+
+  PR_Free(text->lineDamPtrs);
+  PR_Free(text->lineDamBuffer);
+  text->lineDamPtrs = nullptr;
+  text->lineDamBuffer = nullptr;
+  text->inputAutodetect = false;
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+
+static int
+MimeInlineText_rotate_convert_and_parse_line(char *line, int32_t length,
+                       MimeObject *obj)
+{
+  int status = 0;
+  MimeInlineTextClass *textc = (MimeInlineTextClass *) obj->clazz;
+
+  PR_ASSERT(!obj->closed_p);
+  if (obj->closed_p) return -1;
+
+  /* Rotate the line, if desired (this happens on the raw data, before any
+   charset conversion.) */
+  if (obj->options && obj->options->rot13_p)
+  {
+    status = textc->rot13_line(obj, line, length);
+    if (status < 0) return status;
+  }
+
+  // Now convert to the canonical charset, if desired.
+  //
+  bool    doConvert = true;
+  // Don't convert vCard data
+  if ( ( (obj->content_type) && (!PL_strcasecmp(obj->content_type, TEXT_VCARD)) ) ||
+       (obj->options->format_out == nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageSaveAs)
+       || obj->options->format_out == nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageAttach)
+    doConvert = false;
+    
+  // Only convert if the user prefs is false 
+  if ( (obj->options && obj->options->charset_conversion_fn) &&
+       (!obj->options->force_user_charset) &&
+       (doConvert)       
+     )
+  {
+    MimeInlineText  *text = (MimeInlineText *) obj;
+
+    if (!text->initializeCharset)
+    {
+      MimeInlineText_initializeCharset(obj);
+      //update MsgWindow charset if we are instructed to do so
+      if (text->needUpdateMsgWinCharset && *text->charset)
+        SetMailCharacterSetToMsgWindow(obj, text->charset);
+    }
+
+    //if autodetect is on, push line to dam
+    if (text->inputAutodetect)
+    {
+      //see if we reach the lineDam buffer limit, if so, there is no need to keep buffering
+      if (text->lastLineInDam >= DAM_MAX_LINES ||
+          DAM_MAX_BUFFER_SIZE - text->curDamOffset <= length) {
+        //we let open dam process this line as well as thing that already in Dam
+        //In case there is nothing in dam because this line is too big, we need to 
+        //perform autodetect on this line
+        status = MimeInlineText_open_dam(line, length, obj);
+      }
+      else {
+        //buffering current line
+        text->lineDamPtrs[text->lastLineInDam] = text->lineDamBuffer + text->curDamOffset;
+        memcpy(text->lineDamPtrs[text->lastLineInDam], line, length);
+        text->lastLineInDam++;
+        text->curDamOffset += length;
+      }
+    }
+    else 
+      status = MimeInlineText_convert_and_parse_line(line, length, obj);
+  }
+  else
+    status = obj->clazz->parse_line(line, length, obj);
+
+  return status;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/src/mimetext.h b/mailnews/mime/src/mimetext.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..78cb6bf3a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/src/mimetext.h
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _MIMETEXT_H_
+#define _MIMETEXT_H_
+
+#include "mimeleaf.h"
+
+/* The MimeInlineText class is the superclass of all handlers for the
+   MIME text/ content types (which convert various text formats to HTML,
+   in one form or another.)
+
+   It provides two services:
+
+     =  if ROT13 decoding is desired, the text will be rotated before
+      the `parse_line' method it called;
+
+   =  text will be converted from the message's charset to the "target"
+        charset before the `parse_line' method is called.
+
+   The contract with charset-conversion is that the converted data will
+   be such that one may interpret any octets (8-bit bytes) in the data
+   which are in the range of the ASCII characters (0-127) as ASCII
+   characters.  It is explicitly legal, for example, to scan through
+   the string for "<" and replace it with "&lt;", and to search for things
+   that look like URLs and to wrap them with interesting HTML tags.
+
+   The charset to which we convert will probably be UTF-8 (an encoding of
+   the Unicode character set, with the feature that all octets with the
+   high bit off have the same interpretations as ASCII.)
+
+   #### NOTE: if it turns out that we use JIS (ISO-2022-JP) as the target
+        encoding, then this is not quite true; it is safe to search for the
+    low ASCII values (under hex 0x40, octal 0100, which is '@') but it
+    is NOT safe to search for values higher than that -- they may be
+    being used as the subsequent bytes in a multi-byte escape sequence.
+    It's a nice coincidence that HTML's critical characters ("<", ">",
+    and "&") have values under 0x40...
+ */
+
+typedef struct MimeInlineTextClass MimeInlineTextClass;
+typedef struct MimeInlineText      MimeInlineText;
+
+struct MimeInlineTextClass {
+  MimeLeafClass   leaf;
+  int (*rot13_line) (MimeObject *obj, char *line, int32_t length);
+  int (*convert_line_charset) (MimeObject *obj, char *line, int32_t length);
+  int (*initialize_charset) (MimeObject *obj);
+};
+
+extern MimeInlineTextClass mimeInlineTextClass;
+
+#define DAM_MAX_BUFFER_SIZE 8*1024
+#define DAM_MAX_LINES  1024
+
+struct MimeInlineText {
+  MimeLeaf leaf;      /* superclass variables */
+  char *charset;      /* The charset from the content-type of this
+                         object, or the caller-specified overrides
+                         or defaults. */
+  bool charsetOverridable;
+  bool needUpdateMsgWinCharset;
+  char *cbuffer;      /* Buffer used for charset conversion. */
+  int32_t cbuffer_size;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIUnicodeDecoder> inputDecoder;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIUnicodeEncoder> utf8Encoder;
+
+  bool    inputAutodetect;
+  bool    initializeCharset;
+  int32_t lastLineInDam;
+  int32_t curDamOffset;
+  char *lineDamBuffer;
+  char **lineDamPtrs;
+};
+
+#define MimeInlineTextClassInitializer(ITYPE,CSUPER) \
+  { MimeLeafClassInitializer(ITYPE,CSUPER) }
+
+#endif /* _MIMETEXT_H_ */
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/src/mimethpl.cpp b/mailnews/mime/src/mimethpl.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9d01229f9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/src/mimethpl.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,165 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/* TODO:
+  - If you Save As File .html with this mode, you get a total mess.
+  - Print is untested (crashes in all modes).
+*/
+/* If you fix a bug here, check, if the same is also in mimethsa, because that
+   class is based on this class. */
+
+#include "mimethpl.h"
+#include "prlog.h"
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "mimemoz2.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsIDocumentEncoder.h" // for output flags
+
+#define MIME_SUPERCLASS mimeInlineTextPlainClass
+/* I should use the Flowed class as base (because our HTML->TXT converter
+   can generate flowed, and we tell it to) - this would get a bit nicer
+   rendering. However, that class is more picky about line endings
+   and I currently don't feel like splitting up the generated plaintext
+   into separate lines again. So, I just throw the whole message at once
+   at the TextPlain_parse_line function - it happens to work *g*. */
+MimeDefClass(MimeInlineTextHTMLAsPlaintext, MimeInlineTextHTMLAsPlaintextClass,
+       mimeInlineTextHTMLAsPlaintextClass, &MIME_SUPERCLASS);
+
+static int MimeInlineTextHTMLAsPlaintext_parse_line (const char *, int32_t,
+                                                     MimeObject *);
+static int MimeInlineTextHTMLAsPlaintext_parse_begin (MimeObject *obj);
+static int MimeInlineTextHTMLAsPlaintext_parse_eof (MimeObject *, bool);
+static void MimeInlineTextHTMLAsPlaintext_finalize (MimeObject *obj);
+
+static int
+MimeInlineTextHTMLAsPlaintextClassInitialize(MimeInlineTextHTMLAsPlaintextClass *clazz)
+{
+  MimeObjectClass *oclass = (MimeObjectClass *) clazz;
+  NS_ASSERTION(!oclass->class_initialized, "problem with superclass");
+  oclass->parse_line  = MimeInlineTextHTMLAsPlaintext_parse_line;
+  oclass->parse_begin = MimeInlineTextHTMLAsPlaintext_parse_begin;
+  oclass->parse_eof   = MimeInlineTextHTMLAsPlaintext_parse_eof;
+  oclass->finalize    = MimeInlineTextHTMLAsPlaintext_finalize;
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+MimeInlineTextHTMLAsPlaintext_parse_begin (MimeObject *obj)
+{
+  MimeInlineTextHTMLAsPlaintext *textHTMLPlain =
+                                       (MimeInlineTextHTMLAsPlaintext *) obj;
+  textHTMLPlain->complete_buffer = new nsString();
+     // Let's just hope that libmime won't have the idea to call begin twice...
+  return ((MimeObjectClass*)&MIME_SUPERCLASS)->parse_begin(obj);
+}
+
+static int
+MimeInlineTextHTMLAsPlaintext_parse_eof (MimeObject *obj, bool abort_p)
+{
+  if (obj->closed_p)
+    return 0;
+
+  // This is a hack. We need to call parse_eof() of the super class to flush out any buffered data.
+  // We can't call it yet for our direct super class, because it would "close" the output
+  // (write tags such as </pre> and </div>). We'll do that after parsing the buffer.
+  int status = ((MimeObjectClass*)&MIME_SUPERCLASS)->superclass->parse_eof(obj, abort_p);
+  if (status < 0)
+    return status;
+
+  MimeInlineTextHTMLAsPlaintext *textHTMLPlain =
+                                       (MimeInlineTextHTMLAsPlaintext *) obj;
+
+  if (!textHTMLPlain || !textHTMLPlain->complete_buffer)
+    return 0;
+
+  nsString& cb = *(textHTMLPlain->complete_buffer);
+
+  // could be empty, e.g., if part isn't actually being displayed
+  if (cb.Length())
+  {
+    nsString asPlaintext;
+    uint32_t flags = nsIDocumentEncoder::OutputFormatted
+      | nsIDocumentEncoder::OutputWrap
+      | nsIDocumentEncoder::OutputFormatFlowed
+      | nsIDocumentEncoder::OutputLFLineBreak
+      | nsIDocumentEncoder::OutputNoScriptContent
+      | nsIDocumentEncoder::OutputNoFramesContent
+      | nsIDocumentEncoder::OutputBodyOnly;
+    HTML2Plaintext(cb, asPlaintext, flags, 80);
+
+    NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8 resultCStr(asPlaintext);
+    // TODO parse each line independently
+    status = ((MimeObjectClass*)&MIME_SUPERCLASS)->parse_line(
+                               resultCStr.BeginWriting(),
+                               resultCStr.Length(),
+                               obj);
+    cb.Truncate();
+  }
+
+  if (status < 0)
+    return status;
+
+  // Second part of the flush hack. Pretend obj wasn't closed yet, so that our super class
+  // gets a chance to write the closing.
+  bool save_closed_p = obj->closed_p;
+  obj->closed_p = false;
+  status = ((MimeObjectClass*)&MIME_SUPERCLASS)->parse_eof(obj, abort_p);
+  // Restore closed_p.
+  obj->closed_p = save_closed_p;
+  return status;
+}
+
+void
+MimeInlineTextHTMLAsPlaintext_finalize (MimeObject *obj)
+{
+  MimeInlineTextHTMLAsPlaintext *textHTMLPlain =
+                                        (MimeInlineTextHTMLAsPlaintext *) obj;
+  if (textHTMLPlain && textHTMLPlain->complete_buffer)
+  {
+    // If there's content in the buffer, make sure that we output it.
+    // don't care about return codes
+    obj->clazz->parse_eof(obj, false);
+
+    delete textHTMLPlain->complete_buffer;
+    textHTMLPlain->complete_buffer = NULL;
+      /* It is important to zero the pointer, so we can reliably check for
+         the validity of it in the other functions. See above. */
+  }
+  ((MimeObjectClass*)&MIME_SUPERCLASS)->finalize (obj);
+}
+
+static int
+MimeInlineTextHTMLAsPlaintext_parse_line (const char *line, int32_t length,
+                                          MimeObject *obj)
+{
+  MimeInlineTextHTMLAsPlaintext *textHTMLPlain =
+                                       (MimeInlineTextHTMLAsPlaintext *) obj;
+
+  if (!textHTMLPlain || !(textHTMLPlain->complete_buffer))
+  {
+#if DEBUG
+printf("Can't output: %s\n", line);
+#endif
+    return -1;
+  }
+
+  /*
+    To convert HTML->TXT syncronously, I need the full source at once,
+    not line by line (how do you convert "<li>foo\n" to plaintext?).
+    parse_decoded_buffer claims to give me that, but in fact also gives
+    me single lines.
+    It might be theoretically possible to drive this asyncronously, but
+    I don't know, which odd circumstances might arise and how libmime
+    will behave then. It's not worth the trouble for me to figure this all out.
+   */
+  nsCString linestr(line, length);
+  NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16 line_ucs2(linestr.get());
+  if (length && line_ucs2.IsEmpty())
+    CopyASCIItoUTF16 (linestr, line_ucs2);
+  (textHTMLPlain->complete_buffer)->Append(line_ucs2);
+
+  return 0;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/src/mimethpl.h b/mailnews/mime/src/mimethpl.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fc302f4f1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/src/mimethpl.h
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/* The MimeInlineTextHTMLAsPlaintext class converts HTML->TXT->HTML, i.e.
+   HTML to Plaintext and the result to HTML again.
+   This might sound crazy, maybe it is, but it is for the "View as Plaintext"
+   option, if the sender didn't supply a plaintext alternative (bah!).
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MIMETHPL_H_
+#define _MIMETHPL_H_
+
+#include "mimetpla.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+
+typedef struct MimeInlineTextHTMLAsPlaintextClass MimeInlineTextHTMLAsPlaintextClass;
+typedef struct MimeInlineTextHTMLAsPlaintext      MimeInlineTextHTMLAsPlaintext;
+
+struct MimeInlineTextHTMLAsPlaintextClass {
+  MimeInlineTextPlainClass plaintext;
+};
+
+extern MimeInlineTextHTMLAsPlaintextClass mimeInlineTextHTMLAsPlaintextClass;
+
+struct MimeInlineTextHTMLAsPlaintext {
+  MimeInlineTextPlain  plaintext;
+  nsString             *complete_buffer;  // Gecko parser expects wide strings
+};
+
+#define MimeInlineTextHTMLAsPlaintextClassInitializer(ITYPE,CSUPER) \
+  { MimeInlineTextPlainClassInitializer(ITYPE,CSUPER) }
+
+#endif /* _MIMETHPL_H_ */
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/src/mimethsa.cpp b/mailnews/mime/src/mimethsa.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..58441dee0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/src/mimethsa.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/* Most of this code is copied from mimethpl; see there for source comments.
+   If you find a bug here, check that class, too.
+*/
+
+/* The MimeInlineTextHTMLSanitized class cleans up HTML
+
+   This removes offending HTML features that have no business in mail.
+   It is a low-level stop gap for many classes of attacks,
+   and intended for security conscious users.
+   Paranoia is a feature here, and has served very well in practice.
+
+   It has already prevented countless serious exploits.
+
+   It pushes the HTML that we get from the sender of the message
+   through a sanitizer (nsTreeSanitizer), which lets only allowed tags through.
+   With the appropriate configuration, this protects from most of the
+   security and visual-formatting problems that otherwise usually come with HTML
+   (and which partly gave HTML in email the bad reputation that it has).
+
+   However, due to the parsing and serializing (and later parsing again)
+   required, there is an inherent, significant performance hit, when doing the
+   santinizing here at the MIME / HTML source level. But users of this class
+   will most likely find it worth the cost.
+ */
+
+#include "mimethsa.h"
+#include "prmem.h"
+#include "prlog.h"
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "mimemoz2.h"
+#include "nsIPrefBranch.h"
+#include "mimethtm.h"
+
+#define MIME_SUPERCLASS mimeInlineTextHTMLClass
+MimeDefClass(MimeInlineTextHTMLSanitized, MimeInlineTextHTMLSanitizedClass,
+       mimeInlineTextHTMLSanitizedClass, &MIME_SUPERCLASS);
+
+static int MimeInlineTextHTMLSanitized_parse_line(const char *, int32_t,
+                                                  MimeObject *);
+static int MimeInlineTextHTMLSanitized_parse_begin(MimeObject *obj);
+static int MimeInlineTextHTMLSanitized_parse_eof(MimeObject *, bool);
+static void MimeInlineTextHTMLSanitized_finalize(MimeObject *obj);
+
+static int
+MimeInlineTextHTMLSanitizedClassInitialize(MimeInlineTextHTMLSanitizedClass *clazz)
+{
+  MimeObjectClass *oclass = (MimeObjectClass *)clazz;
+  NS_ASSERTION(!oclass->class_initialized, "problem with superclass");
+  oclass->parse_line  = MimeInlineTextHTMLSanitized_parse_line;
+  oclass->parse_begin = MimeInlineTextHTMLSanitized_parse_begin;
+  oclass->parse_eof   = MimeInlineTextHTMLSanitized_parse_eof;
+  oclass->finalize    = MimeInlineTextHTMLSanitized_finalize;
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+MimeInlineTextHTMLSanitized_parse_begin(MimeObject *obj)
+{
+  MimeInlineTextHTMLSanitized *me = (MimeInlineTextHTMLSanitized *)obj;
+  me->complete_buffer = new nsString();
+  int status = ((MimeObjectClass*)&MIME_SUPERCLASS)->parse_begin(obj);
+  if (status < 0)
+    return status;
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+MimeInlineTextHTMLSanitized_parse_eof(MimeObject *obj, bool abort_p)
+{
+  if (obj->closed_p)
+    return 0;
+  int status = ((MimeObjectClass*)&MIME_SUPERCLASS)->parse_eof(obj, abort_p);
+  if (status < 0)
+    return status;
+  MimeInlineTextHTMLSanitized *me = (MimeInlineTextHTMLSanitized *)obj;
+
+  // We have to cache all lines and parse the whole document at once.
+  // There's a useful sounding function parseFromStream(), but it only allows XML
+  // mimetypes, not HTML. Methinks that's because the HTML soup parser
+  // needs the entire doc to make sense of the gibberish that people write.
+  if (!me || !me->complete_buffer)
+    return 0;
+
+  nsString& cb = *(me->complete_buffer);
+  if (cb.IsEmpty())
+    return 0;
+  nsString sanitized;
+
+  // Sanitize.
+  HTMLSanitize(cb, sanitized);
+
+  // Write it out.
+  NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8 resultCStr(sanitized);
+  MimeInlineTextHTML_insert_lang_div(obj, resultCStr);
+  // Call to MimeInlineTextHTML_remove_plaintext_tag() not needed since
+  // sanitization already removes that tag.
+  status = ((MimeObjectClass*)&MIME_SUPERCLASS)->parse_line(
+                             resultCStr.BeginWriting(),
+                             resultCStr.Length(),
+                             obj);
+  cb.Truncate();
+  return status;
+}
+
+void
+MimeInlineTextHTMLSanitized_finalize(MimeObject *obj)
+{
+  MimeInlineTextHTMLSanitized *me = (MimeInlineTextHTMLSanitized *)obj;
+
+  if (me && me->complete_buffer)
+  {
+    obj->clazz->parse_eof(obj, false);
+    delete me->complete_buffer;
+    me->complete_buffer = NULL;
+  }
+
+  ((MimeObjectClass*)&MIME_SUPERCLASS)->finalize(obj);
+}
+
+static int
+MimeInlineTextHTMLSanitized_parse_line(const char *line, int32_t length,
+                                       MimeObject *obj)
+{
+  MimeInlineTextHTMLSanitized *me = (MimeInlineTextHTMLSanitized *)obj;
+
+  if (!me || !(me->complete_buffer))
+    return -1;
+
+  nsCString linestr(line, length);
+  NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16 line_ucs2(linestr.get());
+  if (length && line_ucs2.IsEmpty())
+    CopyASCIItoUTF16(linestr, line_ucs2);
+  (me->complete_buffer)->Append(line_ucs2);
+
+  return 0;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/src/mimethsa.h b/mailnews/mime/src/mimethsa.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..42a7f81b4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/src/mimethsa.h
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _MIMETHSA_H_
+#define _MIMETHSA_H_
+
+#include "mimethtm.h"
+
+typedef struct MimeInlineTextHTMLSanitizedClass MimeInlineTextHTMLSanitizedClass;
+typedef struct MimeInlineTextHTMLSanitized      MimeInlineTextHTMLSanitized;
+
+struct MimeInlineTextHTMLSanitizedClass {
+  MimeInlineTextHTMLClass html;
+};
+
+extern MimeInlineTextHTMLSanitizedClass mimeInlineTextHTMLSanitizedClass;
+
+struct MimeInlineTextHTMLSanitized {
+  MimeInlineTextHTML    html;
+  nsString             *complete_buffer;  // Gecko parser expects wide strings
+};
+
+#define MimeInlineTextHTMLSanitizedClassInitializer(ITYPE,CSUPER) \
+  { MimeInlineTextHTMLClassInitializer(ITYPE,CSUPER) }
+
+#endif /* _MIMETHPL_H_ */
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/src/mimethtm.cpp b/mailnews/mime/src/mimethtm.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..edf39b35e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/src/mimethtm.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,254 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+#include "mimethtm.h"
+#include "prmem.h"
+#include "plstr.h"
+#include "prlog.h"
+#include "prprf.h"
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "nsMimeStringResources.h"
+#include "mimemoz2.h"
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+#define MIME_SUPERCLASS mimeInlineTextClass
+MimeDefClass(MimeInlineTextHTML, MimeInlineTextHTMLClass,
+       mimeInlineTextHTMLClass, &MIME_SUPERCLASS);
+
+static int MimeInlineTextHTML_parse_line (const char *, int32_t, MimeObject *);
+static int MimeInlineTextHTML_parse_eof (MimeObject *, bool);
+static int MimeInlineTextHTML_parse_begin (MimeObject *obj);
+
+static int
+MimeInlineTextHTMLClassInitialize(MimeInlineTextHTMLClass *clazz)
+{
+  MimeObjectClass *oclass = (MimeObjectClass *) clazz;
+  PR_ASSERT(!oclass->class_initialized);
+  oclass->parse_begin = MimeInlineTextHTML_parse_begin;
+  oclass->parse_line  = MimeInlineTextHTML_parse_line;
+  oclass->parse_eof   = MimeInlineTextHTML_parse_eof;
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+MimeInlineTextHTML_parse_begin (MimeObject *obj)
+{
+  int status = ((MimeObjectClass*)&mimeLeafClass)->parse_begin(obj);
+  if (status < 0) return status;
+
+  if (!obj->output_p) return 0;
+
+  status = MimeObject_write_separator(obj);
+  if (status < 0) return status;
+
+  MimeInlineTextHTML  *textHTML = (MimeInlineTextHTML *) obj;
+
+  textHTML->charset = nullptr;
+
+  /* If this HTML part has a Content-Base header, and if we're displaying
+   to the screen (that is, not writing this part "raw") then translate
+   that Content-Base header into a <BASE> tag in the HTML.
+  */
+  if (obj->options &&
+    obj->options->write_html_p &&
+    obj->options->output_fn)
+  {
+    char *base_hdr = MimeHeaders_get (obj->headers, HEADER_CONTENT_BASE,
+      false, false);
+
+    /* rhp - for MHTML Spec changes!!! */
+    if (!base_hdr)
+    {
+      base_hdr = MimeHeaders_get (obj->headers, HEADER_CONTENT_LOCATION, false, false);
+    }
+    /* rhp - for MHTML Spec changes!!! */
+
+    if (base_hdr)
+    {
+      uint32_t buflen = strlen(base_hdr) + 20;
+      char *buf = (char *) PR_MALLOC(buflen);
+      const char *in;
+      char *out;
+      if (!buf)
+        return MIME_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+        /* The value of the Content-Base header is a number of "words".
+        Whitespace in this header is not significant -- it is assumed
+        that any real whitespace in the URL has already been encoded,
+        and whitespace has been inserted to allow the lines in the
+        mail header to be wrapped reasonably.  Creators are supposed
+        to insert whitespace every 40 characters or less.
+      */
+      PL_strncpyz(buf, "<BASE HREF=\"", buflen);
+      out = buf + strlen(buf);
+
+      for (in = base_hdr; *in; in++)
+        /* ignore whitespace and quotes */
+        if (!IS_SPACE(*in) && *in != '"')
+          *out++ = *in;
+
+        /* Close the tag and argument. */
+        *out++ = '"';
+        *out++ = '>';
+        *out++ = 0;
+
+        PR_Free(base_hdr);
+
+        status = MimeObject_write(obj, buf, strlen(buf), false);
+        PR_Free(buf);
+        if (status < 0) return status;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+static int
+MimeInlineTextHTML_parse_line (const char *line, int32_t length, MimeObject *obj)
+{
+  MimeInlineTextHTML  *textHTML = (MimeInlineTextHTML *) obj;
+
+  if (!obj->output_p)
+    return 0;
+
+  if (!obj->options || !obj->options->output_fn)
+    return 0;
+
+  if (!textHTML->charset)
+  {
+    char * cp;
+    // First, try to detect a charset via a META tag!
+    if ((cp = PL_strncasestr(line, "META", length)) &&
+        (cp = PL_strncasestr(cp, "HTTP-EQUIV=", length - (int)(cp - line))) &&
+        (cp = PL_strncasestr(cp, "CONTENT=", length - (int)(cp - line))) &&
+        (cp = PL_strncasestr(cp, "CHARSET=", length - (int)(cp - line)))
+        )
+    {
+      char* cp1 = cp + 8;  //8 for the length of "CHARSET="
+      char* cp2 = PL_strnpbrk(cp1, " \"\'", length - (int)(cp1 - line));
+      if (cp2)
+      {
+        char* charset = PL_strndup(cp1, (int)(cp2 - cp1));
+
+        // Fix bug 101434, in this case since this parsing is a char*
+        // operation, a real UTF-16 or UTF-32 document won't be parse
+        // correctly, if it got parse, it cannot be UTF-16 nor UTF-32
+        // there fore, we ignore them if somehow we got that value
+        // 6 == strlen("UTF-16") or strlen("UTF-32"), this will cover
+        // UTF-16, UTF-16BE, UTF-16LE, UTF-32, UTF-32BE, UTF-32LE
+        if ((charset != nullptr) &&
+            PL_strncasecmp(charset, "UTF-16", 6) &&
+            PL_strncasecmp(charset, "UTF-32", 6))
+        {
+          textHTML->charset = charset;
+
+          // write out the data without the charset part...
+          if (textHTML->charset)
+          {
+            int err = MimeObject_write(obj, line, cp - line, true);
+            if (err == 0)
+              err = MimeObject_write(obj, cp2, length - (int)(cp2 - line), true);
+
+            return err;
+          }
+        }
+        PR_FREEIF(charset);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  // Now, just write out the data...
+  return MimeObject_write(obj, line, length, true);
+}
+
+static int
+MimeInlineTextHTML_parse_eof (MimeObject *obj, bool abort_p)
+{
+  int status;
+  MimeInlineTextHTML  *textHTML = (MimeInlineTextHTML *) obj;
+  if (obj->closed_p) return 0;
+
+  PR_FREEIF(textHTML->charset);
+
+  /* Run parent method first, to flush out any buffered data. */
+  status = ((MimeObjectClass*)&MIME_SUPERCLASS)->parse_eof(obj, abort_p);
+  if (status < 0) return status;
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * The following function adds <div class="moz-text-html" lang="..."> or
+ * <div class="moz-text-html"> as the first tag following the <body> tag in the
+ * serialised HTML of a message. This becomes a no-op if no <body> tag is found.
+ */
+void
+MimeInlineTextHTML_insert_lang_div(MimeObject *obj, nsCString &message)
+{
+  if (obj->options->format_out != nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageBodyDisplay &&
+      obj->options->format_out != nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessagePrintOutput)
+    return;
+
+  // Make sure we have a <body> before we start.
+  int32_t index = message.Find("<body", /* ignoreCase = */ true);
+  if (index == kNotFound)
+    return;
+  index = message.FindChar('>', index) + 1;
+
+  // Insert <div class="moz-text-html" lang="..."> for the following two purposes:
+  // 1) Users can configure their HTML display via CSS for .moz-text-html.
+  // 2) The language group in the 'lang' attribure is used by Gecko to determine
+  //    which font to use.
+  int32_t fontSize;             // default font size
+  int32_t fontSizePercentage;   // size percentage
+  nsAutoCString fontLang;       // langgroup of the font.
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(GetMailNewsFont(obj, false, &fontSize, &fontSizePercentage, fontLang)))
+  {
+    message.Insert(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("<div class=\"moz-text-html\" lang=\"") +
+                   fontLang +
+                   NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("\">"),
+                   index);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    message.Insert(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("<div class=\"moz-text-html\">"),
+                   index);
+  }
+
+  index = message.RFind("</body>", /* ignoreCase = */ true);
+  if (index != kNotFound)
+    message.Insert(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("</div>"), index);
+}
+
+/*
+ * The following function replaces <plaintext> tags with <x-plaintext>.
+ * <plaintext> is a funny beast: It leads to everything following it
+ * being displayed verbatim, even a </plaintext> tag is ignored.
+ */
+void
+MimeInlineTextHTML_remove_plaintext_tag(MimeObject *obj, nsCString &message)
+{
+  if (obj->options->format_out != nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageBodyDisplay &&
+      obj->options->format_out != nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessagePrintOutput)
+    return;
+
+  // Replace all <plaintext> and </plaintext> tags.
+  int32_t index = 0;
+  bool replaced = false;
+  while ((index = message.Find("<plaintext", /* ignoreCase = */ true, index)) != kNotFound) {
+    message.Insert("x-", index+1);
+    index += 12;
+    replaced = true;
+  }
+  if (replaced) {
+    index = 0;
+    while ((index = message.Find("</plaintext", /* ignoreCase = */ true, index)) != kNotFound) {
+      message.Insert("x-", index+2);
+      index += 13;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/src/mimethtm.h b/mailnews/mime/src/mimethtm.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fbd730cd2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/src/mimethtm.h
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _MIMETHTM_H_
+#define _MIMETHTM_H_
+
+#include "mimetext.h"
+
+/* The MimeInlineTextHTML class implements the text/html MIME content type.
+ */
+
+typedef struct MimeInlineTextHTMLClass MimeInlineTextHTMLClass;
+typedef struct MimeInlineTextHTML      MimeInlineTextHTML;
+
+struct MimeInlineTextHTMLClass {
+  MimeInlineTextClass text;
+};
+
+extern MimeInlineTextHTMLClass mimeInlineTextHTMLClass;
+
+struct MimeInlineTextHTML {
+  MimeInlineText  text;
+  char            *charset;  /* If we sniffed a charset, do some converting! */
+};
+
+#define MimeInlineTextHTMLClassInitializer(ITYPE,CSUPER) \
+  { MimeInlineTextClassInitializer(ITYPE,CSUPER) }
+
+void
+MimeInlineTextHTML_insert_lang_div(MimeObject *obj, nsCString &message);
+void
+MimeInlineTextHTML_remove_plaintext_tag(MimeObject *obj, nsCString &message);
+#endif /* _MIMETHTM_H_ */
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/src/mimetpfl.cpp b/mailnews/mime/src/mimetpfl.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..da7eff413
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/src/mimetpfl.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,630 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "mimetpfl.h"
+#include "mimebuf.h"
+#include "prmem.h"
+#include "plstr.h"
+#include "mozITXTToHTMLConv.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsMimeStringResources.h"
+#include "nsIPrefBranch.h"
+#include "nsIServiceManager.h"
+#include "mimemoz2.h"
+#include "prprf.h"
+#include "nsMsgI18N.h"
+
+static const uint32_t kSpacesForATab = 4; // Must be at least 1.
+
+#define MIME_SUPERCLASS mimeInlineTextClass
+MimeDefClass(MimeInlineTextPlainFlowed, MimeInlineTextPlainFlowedClass,
+       mimeInlineTextPlainFlowedClass, &MIME_SUPERCLASS);
+
+static int MimeInlineTextPlainFlowed_parse_begin (MimeObject *);
+static int MimeInlineTextPlainFlowed_parse_line (const char *, int32_t, MimeObject *);
+static int MimeInlineTextPlainFlowed_parse_eof (MimeObject *, bool);
+
+static MimeInlineTextPlainFlowedExData *MimeInlineTextPlainFlowedExDataList = nullptr;
+
+// From mimetpla.cpp
+extern "C" void MimeTextBuildPrefixCSS(
+                       int32_t quotedSizeSetting,      // mail.quoted_size
+                       int32_t    quotedStyleSetting,  // mail.quoted_style
+                       char       *citationColor,      // mail.citation_color
+                       nsACString &style);
+// Definition below
+static
+nsresult Line_convert_whitespace(const nsString& a_line,
+                                 const bool a_convert_all_whitespace,
+                                 nsString& a_out_line);
+
+static int
+MimeInlineTextPlainFlowedClassInitialize(MimeInlineTextPlainFlowedClass *clazz)
+{
+  MimeObjectClass *oclass = (MimeObjectClass *) clazz;
+  NS_ASSERTION(!oclass->class_initialized, "class not initialized");
+  oclass->parse_begin = MimeInlineTextPlainFlowed_parse_begin;
+  oclass->parse_line  = MimeInlineTextPlainFlowed_parse_line;
+  oclass->parse_eof   = MimeInlineTextPlainFlowed_parse_eof;
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+MimeInlineTextPlainFlowed_parse_begin (MimeObject *obj)
+{
+  int status = ((MimeObjectClass*)&MIME_SUPERCLASS)->parse_begin(obj);
+  if (status < 0) return status;
+
+  status =  MimeObject_write(obj, "", 0, true); /* force out any separators... */
+  if(status<0) return status;
+
+  bool quoting = ( obj->options
+    && ( obj->options->format_out == nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageQuoting ||
+         obj->options->format_out == nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageBodyQuoting
+       )       );  // The output will be inserted in the composer as quotation
+  bool plainHTML = quoting || (obj->options &&
+       obj->options->format_out == nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageSaveAs);
+       // Just good(tm) HTML. No reliance on CSS.
+
+  // Setup the data structure that is connected to the actual document
+  // Saved in a linked list in case this is called with several documents
+  // at the same time.
+  /* This memory is freed when parse_eof is called. So it better be! */
+  struct MimeInlineTextPlainFlowedExData *exdata =
+    (MimeInlineTextPlainFlowedExData *)PR_MALLOC(sizeof(struct MimeInlineTextPlainFlowedExData));
+  if(!exdata) return MIME_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+  MimeInlineTextPlainFlowed *text = (MimeInlineTextPlainFlowed *) obj;
+
+  // Link it up.
+  exdata->next = MimeInlineTextPlainFlowedExDataList;
+  MimeInlineTextPlainFlowedExDataList = exdata;
+
+  // Initialize data
+
+  exdata->ownerobj = obj;
+  exdata->inflow = false;
+  exdata->quotelevel = 0;
+  exdata->isSig = false;
+
+  // check for DelSp=yes (RFC 3676)
+
+  char *content_type_row =
+    (obj->headers
+     ? MimeHeaders_get(obj->headers, HEADER_CONTENT_TYPE, false, false)
+     : 0);
+  char *content_type_delsp =
+    (content_type_row
+     ? MimeHeaders_get_parameter(content_type_row, "delsp", NULL,NULL)
+     : 0);
+  ((MimeInlineTextPlainFlowed *)obj)->delSp = content_type_delsp && !PL_strcasecmp(content_type_delsp, "yes");
+  PR_Free(content_type_delsp);
+  PR_Free(content_type_row);
+
+  // Get Prefs for viewing
+
+  exdata->fixedwidthfont = false;
+  //  Quotes
+  text->mQuotedSizeSetting = 0;   // mail.quoted_size
+  text->mQuotedStyleSetting = 0;  // mail.quoted_style
+  text->mCitationColor = nullptr;  // mail.citation_color
+  text->mStripSig = true; // mail.strip_sig_on_reply
+
+  nsIPrefBranch *prefBranch = GetPrefBranch(obj->options);
+  if (prefBranch)
+  {
+    prefBranch->GetIntPref("mail.quoted_size", &(text->mQuotedSizeSetting));
+    prefBranch->GetIntPref("mail.quoted_style", &(text->mQuotedStyleSetting));
+    prefBranch->GetCharPref("mail.citation_color", &(text->mCitationColor));
+    prefBranch->GetBoolPref("mail.strip_sig_on_reply", &(text->mStripSig));
+    mozilla::DebugOnly<nsresult> rv =
+      prefBranch->GetBoolPref("mail.fixed_width_messages", &(exdata->fixedwidthfont));
+    NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "failed to get pref");
+         // Check at least the success of one
+  }
+
+  // Get font
+  // only used for viewing (!plainHTML)
+  nsAutoCString fontstyle;
+  nsAutoCString fontLang;     // langgroup of the font
+
+
+  // generic font-family name ( -moz-fixed for fixed font and NULL for
+  // variable font ) is sufficient now that bug 105199 has been fixed.
+
+  if (exdata->fixedwidthfont)
+    fontstyle = "font-family: -moz-fixed";
+
+  if (nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageBodyDisplay == obj->options->format_out ||
+      nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessagePrintOutput == obj->options->format_out)
+  {
+    int32_t fontSize;       // default font size
+    int32_t fontSizePercentage;   // size percentage
+    nsresult rv = GetMailNewsFont(obj, exdata->fixedwidthfont,
+                                  &fontSize, &fontSizePercentage, fontLang);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      if ( ! fontstyle.IsEmpty() ) {
+        fontstyle += "; ";
+      }
+      fontstyle += "font-size: ";
+      fontstyle.AppendInt(fontSize);
+      fontstyle += "px;";
+    }
+  }
+
+  // Opening <div>.
+  if (!quoting)
+       /* 4.x' editor can't break <div>s (e.g. to interleave comments).
+          We'll add the class to the <blockquote type=cite> later. */
+  {
+    nsAutoCString openingDiv("<div class=\"moz-text-flowed\"");
+    // We currently have to add formatting here. :-(
+    if (!plainHTML && !fontstyle.IsEmpty())
+    {
+      openingDiv += " style=\"";
+      openingDiv += fontstyle;
+      openingDiv += '"';
+    }
+    if (!plainHTML && !fontLang.IsEmpty())
+    {
+      openingDiv += " lang=\"";
+      openingDiv += fontLang;
+      openingDiv += '\"';
+    }
+    openingDiv += ">";
+    status = MimeObject_write(obj, openingDiv.get(), openingDiv.Length(), false);
+    if (status < 0) return status;
+  }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+MimeInlineTextPlainFlowed_parse_eof (MimeObject *obj, bool abort_p)
+{
+  int status = 0;
+  struct MimeInlineTextPlainFlowedExData *exdata = nullptr;
+
+  bool quoting = ( obj->options
+    && ( obj->options->format_out == nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageQuoting ||
+         obj->options->format_out == nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageBodyQuoting
+       )           );  // see above
+
+  // Has this method already been called for this object?
+  // In that case return.
+  if (obj->closed_p) return 0;
+
+  /* Run parent method first, to flush out any buffered data. */
+  status = ((MimeObjectClass*)&MIME_SUPERCLASS)->parse_eof(obj, abort_p);
+  if (status < 0) goto EarlyOut;
+
+  // Look up and unlink "our" extended data structure
+  // We do it in the beginning so that if an error occur, we can
+  // just free |exdata|.
+  struct MimeInlineTextPlainFlowedExData **prevexdata;
+  prevexdata = &MimeInlineTextPlainFlowedExDataList;
+
+  while ((exdata = *prevexdata) != nullptr) {
+    if (exdata->ownerobj == obj) {
+      // Fill hole
+      *prevexdata = exdata->next;
+      break;
+    }
+    prevexdata = &exdata->next;
+  }
+  NS_ASSERTION (exdata, "The extra data has disappeared!");
+
+  if (!obj->output_p) {
+    status = 0;
+    goto EarlyOut;
+  }
+
+  for(; exdata->quotelevel > 0; exdata->quotelevel--) {
+    status = MimeObject_write(obj, "</blockquote>", 13, false);
+    if(status<0) goto EarlyOut;
+  }
+
+  if (exdata->isSig && !quoting) {
+    status = MimeObject_write(obj, "</div>", 6, false); // .moz-txt-sig
+    if (status<0) goto EarlyOut;
+  }
+  if (!quoting) // HACK (see above)
+  {
+    status = MimeObject_write(obj, "</div>", 6, false); // .moz-text-flowed
+    if (status<0) goto EarlyOut;
+  }
+
+  status = 0;
+
+EarlyOut:
+  PR_Free(exdata);
+
+  // Free mCitationColor
+  MimeInlineTextPlainFlowed *text = (MimeInlineTextPlainFlowed *) obj;
+  PR_FREEIF(text->mCitationColor);
+  text->mCitationColor = nullptr;
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+
+static int
+MimeInlineTextPlainFlowed_parse_line (const char *aLine, int32_t length, MimeObject *obj)
+{
+  int status;
+  bool quoting = ( obj->options
+    && ( obj->options->format_out == nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageQuoting ||
+         obj->options->format_out == nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageBodyQuoting
+       )           );  // see above
+  bool plainHTML = quoting || (obj->options &&
+       obj->options->format_out == nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageSaveAs);
+       // see above
+
+  struct MimeInlineTextPlainFlowedExData *exdata;
+  exdata = MimeInlineTextPlainFlowedExDataList;
+  while(exdata && (exdata->ownerobj != obj)) {
+    exdata = exdata->next;
+  }
+
+  NS_ASSERTION(exdata, "The extra data has disappeared!");
+
+  NS_ASSERTION(length > 0, "zero length");
+  if (length <= 0) return 0;
+
+  uint32_t linequotelevel = 0;
+  nsAutoCString real_line(aLine, length);
+  char *line = real_line.BeginWriting();
+  const char *linep = real_line.BeginReading();
+  // Space stuffed?
+  if(' ' == *linep) {
+    linep++;
+  } else {
+    // count '>':s before the first non-'>'
+    while('>' == *linep) {
+      linep++;
+      linequotelevel++;
+    }
+    // Space stuffed?
+    if(' ' == *linep) {
+      linep++;
+    }
+  }
+
+  // Look if the last character (after stripping ending end
+  // of lines and quoting stuff) is a SPACE. If it is, we are looking at a
+  // flowed line. Normally we assume that the last two chars
+  // are CR and LF as said in RFC822, but that doesn't seem to
+  // be the case always.
+  bool flowed = false;
+  bool sigSeparator = false;
+  int32_t index = length-1;
+  while(index >= 0 && ('\r' == line[index] || '\n' == line[index])) {
+    index--;
+  }
+  if (index > linep - line && ' ' == line[index])
+       /* Ignore space stuffing, i.e. lines with just
+          (quote marks and) a space count as empty */
+  {
+    flowed = true;
+    sigSeparator = (index - (linep - line) + 1 == 3) && !strncmp(linep, "-- ", 3);
+    if (((MimeInlineTextPlainFlowed *) obj)->delSp && !sigSeparator)
+       /* If line is flowed and DelSp=yes, logically
+          delete trailing space. Line consisting of
+          dash dash space ("-- "), commonly used as
+          signature separator, gets special handling
+          (RFC 3676) */
+    {
+      length = index;
+      line[index] = '\0';
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (obj->options &&
+      obj->options->decompose_file_p &&
+      obj->options->decompose_file_output_fn)
+  {
+    return obj->options->decompose_file_output_fn(line,
+                                                  length,
+                                                  obj->options->stream_closure);
+  }
+
+  mozITXTToHTMLConv *conv = GetTextConverter(obj->options);
+
+  bool skipConversion = !conv ||
+                          (obj->options && obj->options->force_user_charset);
+
+  nsAutoString lineSource;
+  nsString lineResult;
+
+  char *mailCharset = NULL;
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  if (!skipConversion)
+  {
+    // Convert only if the source string is not empty
+    if (length - (linep - line) > 0)
+    {
+      uint32_t whattodo = obj->options->whattodo;
+      if (plainHTML)
+      {
+        if (quoting)
+          whattodo = 0;
+        else
+          whattodo = whattodo & ~mozITXTToHTMLConv::kGlyphSubstitution;
+                    /* Do recognition for the case, the result is viewed in
+                        Mozilla, but not GlyphSubstitution, because other UAs
+                        might not be able to display the glyphs. */
+      }
+
+      const nsDependentCSubstring& inputStr = Substring(linep, linep + (length - (linep - line)));
+
+      // For 'SaveAs', |line| is in |mailCharset|.
+      // convert |line| to UTF-16 before 'html'izing (calling ScanTXT())
+      if (obj->options->format_out == nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageSaveAs)
+      {
+        // Get the mail charset of this message.
+        MimeInlineText  *inlinetext = (MimeInlineText *) obj;
+        if (!inlinetext->initializeCharset)
+          ((MimeInlineTextClass*)&mimeInlineTextClass)->initialize_charset(obj);
+        mailCharset = inlinetext->charset;
+        if (mailCharset && *mailCharset) {
+          rv = nsMsgI18NConvertToUnicode(mailCharset, PromiseFlatCString(inputStr), lineSource);
+          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, -1);
+        }
+        else // this probably never happens...
+          CopyUTF8toUTF16(inputStr, lineSource);
+      }
+      else   // line is in UTF-8
+        CopyUTF8toUTF16(inputStr, lineSource);
+
+      // This is the main TXT to HTML conversion:
+      // escaping (very important), eventually recognizing etc.
+      rv = conv->ScanTXT(lineSource.get(), whattodo, getter_Copies(lineResult));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, -1);
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    CopyUTF8toUTF16(nsDependentCString(line, length), lineResult);
+    status = 0;
+  }
+
+  nsAutoCString preface;
+
+  /* Correct number of blockquotes */
+  int32_t quoteleveldiff=linequotelevel - exdata->quotelevel;
+  if((quoteleveldiff != 0) && flowed && exdata->inflow) {
+    // From RFC 2646 4.5
+    // The receiver SHOULD handle this error by using the 'quote-depth-wins' rule,
+    // which is to ignore the flowed indicator and treat the line as fixed.  That
+    // is, the change in quote depth ends the paragraph.
+
+    // We get that behaviour by just going on.
+  }
+
+  // Cast so we have access to the prefs we need.
+  MimeInlineTextPlainFlowed *tObj = (MimeInlineTextPlainFlowed *) obj;
+  while(quoteleveldiff>0) {
+    quoteleveldiff--;
+    preface += "<blockquote type=cite";
+
+    nsAutoCString style;
+    MimeTextBuildPrefixCSS(tObj->mQuotedSizeSetting, tObj->mQuotedStyleSetting,
+                           tObj->mCitationColor, style);
+    if (!plainHTML && !style.IsEmpty())
+    {
+      preface += " style=\"";
+      preface += style;
+      preface += '"';
+    }
+    preface += '>';
+  }
+  while(quoteleveldiff<0) {
+    quoteleveldiff++;
+    preface += "</blockquote>";
+  }
+  exdata->quotelevel = linequotelevel;
+
+  nsAutoString lineResult2;
+
+  if(flowed) {
+    // Check RFC 2646 "4.3. Usenet Signature Convention": "-- "+CRLF is
+    // not a flowed line
+    if (sigSeparator)
+    {
+      if (linequotelevel > 0 || exdata->isSig)
+      {
+        preface += "--&nbsp;<br>";
+      } else {
+        exdata->isSig = true;
+        preface += "<div class=\"moz-txt-sig\"><span class=\"moz-txt-tag\">"
+                   "--&nbsp;<br></span>";
+      }
+    } else {
+      Line_convert_whitespace(lineResult, false /* Allow wraps */,
+                              lineResult2);
+    }
+
+    exdata->inflow=true;
+  } else {
+    // Fixed paragraph.
+    Line_convert_whitespace(lineResult,
+                            !plainHTML && !obj->options->wrap_long_lines_p
+                              /* If wrap, convert all spaces but the last in
+                                 a row into nbsp, otherwise all. */,
+                            lineResult2);
+    lineResult2.AppendLiteral("<br>");
+    exdata->inflow = false;
+  } // End Fixed line
+
+  if (!(exdata->isSig && quoting && tObj->mStripSig))
+  {
+    status = MimeObject_write(obj, preface.get(), preface.Length(), true);
+    if (status < 0) return status;
+    nsAutoCString outString;
+    if (obj->options->format_out != nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageSaveAs ||
+        !mailCharset || !*mailCharset)
+      CopyUTF16toUTF8(lineResult2, outString);
+    else
+    { // convert back to mailCharset before writing.
+      rv = nsMsgI18NConvertFromUnicode(mailCharset, lineResult2, outString);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, -1);
+    }
+    status = MimeObject_write(obj, outString.get(), outString.Length(), true);
+    return status;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Maintains a small state machine with three states. "Not in tag",
+ * "In tag, but not in quote" and "In quote inside a tag". It also
+ * remembers what character started the quote (" or '). The state
+ * variables are kept outside this function and are included as
+ * parameters.
+ *
+ * @param in/out a_in_tag, if we are in a tag right now.
+ * @param in/out a_in_quote_in_tag, if we are in a quote inside a tag.
+ * @param in/out a_quote_char, the kind of quote (" or ').
+ * @param in a_current_char, the next char. It decides which state
+ *                           will be next.
+ */
+static void Update_in_tag_info(bool *a_in_tag, /* IN/OUT */
+                   bool *a_in_quote_in_tag, /* IN/OUT */
+                   char16_t *a_quote_char, /* IN/OUT (pointer to single char) */
+                   char16_t a_current_char) /* IN */
+{
+  if(*a_in_tag) {
+    // Keep us informed of what's quoted so that we
+    // don't end the tag too soon. For instance in
+    // <font face="weird>font<name">
+    if(*a_in_quote_in_tag) {
+      // We are in a quote. A quote is ended by the same
+      // character that started it ('...' or "...")
+      if(*a_quote_char == a_current_char) {
+        *a_in_quote_in_tag = false;
+      }
+    } else {
+      // We are not currently in a quote, but we may enter
+      // one right this minute.
+      switch(a_current_char) {
+      case '"':
+      case '\'':
+        *a_in_quote_in_tag = true;
+        *a_quote_char = a_current_char;
+        break;
+      case '>':
+        // Tag is ended
+        *a_in_tag = false;
+        break;
+      default:
+        // Do nothing
+        ;
+      }
+    }
+    return;
+  }
+
+  // Not in a tag.
+  // Check if we are entering a tag by looking for '<'.
+  // All normal occurrences of '<' should have been replaced
+  // by &lt;
+  if ('<' == a_current_char) {
+    *a_in_tag = true;
+    *a_in_quote_in_tag = false;
+  }
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Converts whitespace to |&nbsp;|, if appropriate.
+ *
+ * @param in a_current_char, the char to convert.
+ * @param in a_next_char, the char after the char to convert.
+ * @param in a_convert_all_whitespace, if also the last whitespace
+ *                                     in a sequence should be
+ *                                     converted.
+ * @param out a_out_string, result will be appended.
+*/
+static void Convert_whitespace(const char16_t a_current_char,
+                               const char16_t a_next_char,
+                               const bool a_convert_all_whitespace,
+                               nsString& a_out_string)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION('\t' == a_current_char || ' ' == a_current_char,
+               "Convert_whitespace got something else than a whitespace!");
+
+  uint32_t number_of_nbsp = 0;
+  uint32_t number_of_space = 1; // Assume we're going to output one space.
+
+  /* Output the spaces for a tab. All but the last are made into &nbsp;.
+     The last is treated like a normal space.
+  */
+  if('\t' == a_current_char) {
+    number_of_nbsp = kSpacesForATab - 1;
+  }
+
+  if(' ' == a_next_char || '\t' == a_next_char || a_convert_all_whitespace) {
+    number_of_nbsp += number_of_space;
+    number_of_space = 0;
+  }
+
+  while(number_of_nbsp--) {
+    a_out_string.AppendLiteral("&nbsp;");
+  }
+
+  while(number_of_space--) {
+    // a_out_string += ' '; gives error
+    a_out_string.AppendLiteral(" ");
+  }
+
+  return;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Passes over the line and converts whitespace to |&nbsp;|, if appropriate
+ *
+ * @param in a_convert_all_whitespace, if also the last whitespace
+ *                                     in a sequence should be
+ *                                     converted.
+ * @param out a_out_string, result will be appended.
+*/
+static
+nsresult Line_convert_whitespace(const nsString& a_line,
+                                 const bool a_convert_all_whitespace,
+                                 nsString& a_out_line)
+{
+  bool in_tag = false;
+  bool in_quote_in_tag = false;
+  char16_t quote_char;
+
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; a_line.Length() > i; i++)
+  {
+    const char16_t ic = a_line[i];  // Cache
+
+    Update_in_tag_info(&in_tag, &in_quote_in_tag, &quote_char, ic);
+    // We don't touch anything inside a tag.
+    if (!in_tag) {
+      if (ic == ' ' || ic == '\t') {
+        // Convert the whitespace to something appropriate
+        Convert_whitespace(ic, a_line.Length() > i + 1 ? a_line[i + 1] : '\0',
+                           a_convert_all_whitespace ||
+                           !i, // First char on line
+                           a_out_line);
+      } else if (ic == '\r') {
+        // strip CRs
+      } else {
+        a_out_line += ic;
+      }
+    } else {
+      // In tag. Don't change anything
+      a_out_line += ic;
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/src/mimetpfl.h b/mailnews/mime/src/mimetpfl.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c3b20c445
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/src/mimetpfl.h
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _MIMETPFL_H_
+#define _MIMETPFL_H_
+
+#include "mimetext.h"
+
+/* The MimeInlineTextPlainFlowed class implements the
+   text/plain MIME content type for the special case of a supplied
+   format=flowed. See
+   ftp://ftp.ietf.org/internet-drafts/draft-gellens-format-06.txt for
+   more information. 
+ */
+
+typedef struct MimeInlineTextPlainFlowedClass MimeInlineTextPlainFlowedClass;
+typedef struct MimeInlineTextPlainFlowed      MimeInlineTextPlainFlowed;
+
+struct MimeInlineTextPlainFlowedClass {
+  MimeInlineTextClass text;
+};
+
+extern MimeInlineTextPlainFlowedClass mimeInlineTextPlainFlowedClass;
+
+struct MimeInlineTextPlainFlowed {
+  MimeInlineText  text;
+  bool            delSp;                // DelSp=yes (RFC 3676)
+  int32_t         mQuotedSizeSetting;   // mail.quoted_size
+  int32_t         mQuotedStyleSetting;  // mail.quoted_style
+  char            *mCitationColor;      // mail.citation_color
+  bool            mStripSig;            // mail.strip_sig_on_reply
+};
+
+
+/*
+ * Made to contain information to be kept during the whole message parsing.
+ */
+struct MimeInlineTextPlainFlowedExData {
+  struct MimeObject *ownerobj; /* The owner of this struct */
+  bool inflow; /* If we currently are in flow */
+  bool fixedwidthfont; /* If we output text for fixed width font */
+  uint32_t quotelevel; /* How deep is your love, uhr, quotelevel I meen. */
+  bool isSig;  // we're currently in a signature
+  struct MimeInlineTextPlainFlowedExData *next;
+};
+
+#define MimeInlineTextPlainFlowedClassInitializer(ITYPE,CSUPER) \
+  { MimeInlineTextClassInitializer(ITYPE,CSUPER) }
+
+#endif /* _MIMETPFL_H_ */
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/src/mimetpla.cpp b/mailnews/mime/src/mimetpla.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..72a974a73
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/src/mimetpla.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,451 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "mimetpla.h"
+#include "mimebuf.h"
+#include "prmem.h"
+#include "plstr.h"
+#include "mozITXTToHTMLConv.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsIComponentManager.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsMimeStringResources.h"
+#include "mimemoz2.h"
+#include "nsIServiceManager.h"
+#include "nsIPrefBranch.h"
+#include "prprf.h"
+#include "nsMsgI18N.h"
+
+#define MIME_SUPERCLASS mimeInlineTextClass
+MimeDefClass(MimeInlineTextPlain, MimeInlineTextPlainClass,
+       mimeInlineTextPlainClass, &MIME_SUPERCLASS);
+
+static int MimeInlineTextPlain_parse_begin (MimeObject *);
+static int MimeInlineTextPlain_parse_line (const char *, int32_t, MimeObject *);
+static int MimeInlineTextPlain_parse_eof (MimeObject *, bool);
+
+static int
+MimeInlineTextPlainClassInitialize(MimeInlineTextPlainClass *clazz)
+{
+  MimeObjectClass *oclass = (MimeObjectClass *) clazz;
+  NS_ASSERTION(!oclass->class_initialized, "class not initialized");
+  oclass->parse_begin = MimeInlineTextPlain_parse_begin;
+  oclass->parse_line  = MimeInlineTextPlain_parse_line;
+  oclass->parse_eof   = MimeInlineTextPlain_parse_eof;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+extern "C"
+void
+MimeTextBuildPrefixCSS(int32_t    quotedSizeSetting,   // mail.quoted_size
+                       int32_t    quotedStyleSetting,  // mail.quoted_style
+                       char       *citationColor,      // mail.citation_color
+                       nsACString &style)
+{
+  switch (quotedStyleSetting)
+  {
+  case 0:     // regular
+    break;
+  case 1:     // bold
+    style.Append("font-weight: bold; ");
+    break;
+  case 2:     // italic
+    style.Append("font-style: italic; ");
+    break;
+  case 3:     // bold-italic
+    style.Append("font-weight: bold; font-style: italic; ");
+    break;
+  }
+
+  switch (quotedSizeSetting)
+  {
+  case 0:     // regular
+    break;
+  case 1:     // large
+    style.Append("font-size: large; ");
+    break;
+  case 2:     // small
+    style.Append("font-size: small; ");
+    break;
+  }
+
+  if (citationColor && *citationColor)
+  {
+    style += "color: ";
+    style += citationColor;
+    style += ';';
+  }
+}
+
+static int
+MimeInlineTextPlain_parse_begin (MimeObject *obj)
+{
+  int status = 0;
+  bool quoting = ( obj->options
+    && ( obj->options->format_out == nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageQuoting ||
+         obj->options->format_out == nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageBodyQuoting
+       )       );  // The output will be inserted in the composer as quotation
+  bool plainHTML = quoting || (obj->options &&
+       (obj->options->format_out == nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageSaveAs));
+       // Just good(tm) HTML. No reliance on CSS.
+  bool rawPlainText = obj->options &&
+       (obj->options->format_out == nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageFilterSniffer
+         || obj->options->format_out == nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageAttach);
+
+  status = ((MimeObjectClass*)&MIME_SUPERCLASS)->parse_begin(obj);
+  if (status < 0) return status;
+
+  if (!obj->output_p) return 0;
+
+  if (obj->options &&
+    obj->options->write_html_p &&
+    obj->options->output_fn)
+  {
+      MimeInlineTextPlain *text = (MimeInlineTextPlain *) obj;
+      text->mCiteLevel = 0;
+
+      // Get the prefs
+
+      // Quoting
+      text->mBlockquoting = true; // mail.quoteasblock
+
+      // Viewing
+      text->mQuotedSizeSetting = 0;   // mail.quoted_size
+      text->mQuotedStyleSetting = 0;  // mail.quoted_style
+      text->mCitationColor = nullptr;  // mail.citation_color
+      text->mStripSig = true; // mail.strip_sig_on_reply
+      bool graphicalQuote = true; // mail.quoted_graphical
+
+      nsIPrefBranch *prefBranch = GetPrefBranch(obj->options);
+      if (prefBranch)
+      {
+        prefBranch->GetIntPref("mail.quoted_size", &(text->mQuotedSizeSetting));
+        prefBranch->GetIntPref("mail.quoted_style", &(text->mQuotedStyleSetting));
+        prefBranch->GetCharPref("mail.citation_color", &(text->mCitationColor));
+        prefBranch->GetBoolPref("mail.strip_sig_on_reply", &(text->mStripSig));
+        prefBranch->GetBoolPref("mail.quoted_graphical", &graphicalQuote);
+        prefBranch->GetBoolPref("mail.quoteasblock", &(text->mBlockquoting));
+      }
+
+      if (!rawPlainText)
+      {
+        // Get font
+        // only used for viewing (!plainHTML)
+        nsAutoCString fontstyle;
+        nsAutoCString fontLang;  // langgroup of the font
+
+        // generic font-family name ( -moz-fixed for fixed font and NULL for
+        // variable font ) is sufficient now that bug 105199 has been fixed.
+
+        if (!obj->options->variable_width_plaintext_p)
+          fontstyle = "font-family: -moz-fixed";
+
+        if (nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageBodyDisplay == obj->options->format_out ||
+            nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessagePrintOutput == obj->options->format_out)
+        {
+          int32_t fontSize;       // default font size
+          int32_t fontSizePercentage;   // size percentage
+          nsresult rv = GetMailNewsFont(obj,
+                             !obj->options->variable_width_plaintext_p,
+                             &fontSize, &fontSizePercentage, fontLang);
+          if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+          {
+            if ( ! fontstyle.IsEmpty() ) {
+              fontstyle += "; ";
+            }
+            fontstyle += "font-size: ";
+            fontstyle.AppendInt(fontSize);
+            fontstyle += "px;";
+          }
+        }
+
+        // Opening <div>. We currently have to add formatting here. :-(
+        nsAutoCString openingDiv;
+        if (!quoting)
+             /* 4.x' editor can't break <div>s (e.g. to interleave comments).
+                We'll add the class to the <blockquote type=cite> later. */
+        {
+          openingDiv = "<div class=\"moz-text-plain\"";
+          if (!plainHTML)
+          {
+            if (obj->options->wrap_long_lines_p)
+              openingDiv += " wrap=true";
+            else
+              openingDiv += " wrap=false";
+
+            if (graphicalQuote)
+              openingDiv += " graphical-quote=true";
+            else
+              openingDiv += " graphical-quote=false";
+
+            if (!fontstyle.IsEmpty())
+            {
+              openingDiv += " style=\"";
+              openingDiv += fontstyle;
+              openingDiv += '\"';
+            }
+            if (!fontLang.IsEmpty())
+            {
+              openingDiv += " lang=\"";
+              openingDiv += fontLang;
+              openingDiv += '\"';
+            }
+          }
+          openingDiv += "><pre wrap>\n";
+        }
+        else
+          openingDiv = "<pre wrap>\n";
+
+      /* text/plain objects always have separators before and after them.
+       Note that this is not the case for text/enriched objects. */
+      status = MimeObject_write_separator(obj);
+      if (status < 0) return status;
+
+      status = MimeObject_write(obj, openingDiv.get(), openingDiv.Length(), true);
+      if (status < 0) return status;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+MimeInlineTextPlain_parse_eof (MimeObject *obj, bool abort_p)
+{
+  int status;
+
+  // Has this method already been called for this object?
+  // In that case return.
+  if (obj->closed_p) return 0;
+
+  nsCString citationColor;
+  MimeInlineTextPlain *text = (MimeInlineTextPlain *) obj;
+  if (text && text->mCitationColor)
+    citationColor.Adopt(text->mCitationColor);
+
+  bool quoting = ( obj->options
+    && ( obj->options->format_out == nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageQuoting ||
+         obj->options->format_out == nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageBodyQuoting
+       )           );  // see above
+
+  bool rawPlainText = obj->options &&
+       (obj->options->format_out == nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageFilterSniffer
+        || obj->options->format_out == nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageAttach);
+
+  /* Run parent method first, to flush out any buffered data. */
+  status = ((MimeObjectClass*)&MIME_SUPERCLASS)->parse_eof(obj, abort_p);
+  if (status < 0) return status;
+
+  if (!obj->output_p) return 0;
+
+  if (obj->options &&
+    obj->options->write_html_p &&
+    obj->options->output_fn &&
+    !abort_p && !rawPlainText)
+  {
+      MimeInlineTextPlain *text = (MimeInlineTextPlain *) obj;
+      if (text->mIsSig && !quoting)
+      {
+        status = MimeObject_write(obj, "</div>", 6, false);  // .moz-txt-sig
+        if (status < 0) return status;
+      }
+      status = MimeObject_write(obj, "</pre>", 6, false);
+      if (status < 0) return status;
+      if (!quoting)
+      {
+        status = MimeObject_write(obj, "</div>", 6, false);
+                                        // .moz-text-plain
+        if (status < 0) return status;
+      }
+
+      /* text/plain objects always have separators before and after them.
+     Note that this is not the case for text/enriched objects.
+     */
+    status = MimeObject_write_separator(obj);
+    if (status < 0) return status;
+  }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+static int
+MimeInlineTextPlain_parse_line (const char *line, int32_t length, MimeObject *obj)
+{
+  int status;
+  bool quoting = ( obj->options
+    && ( obj->options->format_out == nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageQuoting ||
+         obj->options->format_out == nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageBodyQuoting
+       )           );  // see above
+  bool plainHTML = quoting || (obj->options &&
+       obj->options->format_out == nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageSaveAs);
+       // see above
+
+  bool rawPlainText = obj->options &&
+       (obj->options->format_out == nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageFilterSniffer
+       || obj->options->format_out == nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageAttach);
+
+  // this routine gets called for every line of data that comes through the
+  // mime converter. It's important to make sure we are efficient with
+  // how we allocate memory in this routine. be careful if you go to add
+  // more to this routine.
+
+  NS_ASSERTION(length > 0, "zero length");
+  if (length <= 0) return 0;
+
+  mozITXTToHTMLConv *conv = GetTextConverter(obj->options);
+  MimeInlineTextPlain *text = (MimeInlineTextPlain *) obj;
+
+  bool skipConversion = !conv || rawPlainText ||
+                          (obj->options && obj->options->force_user_charset);
+
+  char *mailCharset = NULL;
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  if (!skipConversion)
+  {
+    nsDependentCString inputStr(line, length);
+    nsAutoString lineSourceStr;
+
+    // For 'SaveAs', |line| is in |mailCharset|.
+    // convert |line| to UTF-16 before 'html'izing (calling ScanTXT())
+    if (obj->options->format_out == nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageSaveAs)
+    { // Get the mail charset of this message.
+      MimeInlineText  *inlinetext = (MimeInlineText *) obj;
+      if (!inlinetext->initializeCharset)
+         ((MimeInlineTextClass*)&mimeInlineTextClass)->initialize_charset(obj);
+      mailCharset = inlinetext->charset;
+      if (mailCharset && *mailCharset) {
+        rv = nsMsgI18NConvertToUnicode(mailCharset, inputStr, lineSourceStr);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, -1);
+      }
+      else // this probably never happens ...
+        CopyUTF8toUTF16(inputStr, lineSourceStr);
+    }
+    else  // line is in UTF-8
+      CopyUTF8toUTF16(inputStr, lineSourceStr);
+
+    nsAutoCString prefaceResultStr;  // Quoting stuff before the real text
+
+    // Recognize quotes
+    uint32_t oldCiteLevel = text->mCiteLevel;
+    uint32_t logicalLineStart = 0;
+    rv = conv->CiteLevelTXT(lineSourceStr.get(),
+                            &logicalLineStart, &(text->mCiteLevel));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, -1);
+
+    // Find out, which recognitions to do
+    uint32_t whattodo = obj->options->whattodo;
+    if (plainHTML)
+    {
+      if (quoting)
+        whattodo = 0;  // This is done on Send. Don't do it twice.
+      else
+        whattodo = whattodo & ~mozITXTToHTMLConv::kGlyphSubstitution;
+                   /* Do recognition for the case, the result is viewed in
+                      Mozilla, but not GlyphSubstitution, because other UAs
+                      might not be able to display the glyphs. */
+      if (!text->mBlockquoting)
+        text->mCiteLevel = 0;
+    }
+
+    // Write blockquote
+    if (text->mCiteLevel > oldCiteLevel)
+    {
+      prefaceResultStr += "</pre>";
+      for (uint32_t i = 0; i < text->mCiteLevel - oldCiteLevel; i++)
+      {
+        nsAutoCString style;
+        MimeTextBuildPrefixCSS(text->mQuotedSizeSetting, text->mQuotedStyleSetting,
+                               text->mCitationColor, style);
+        if (!plainHTML && !style.IsEmpty())
+        {
+          prefaceResultStr += "<blockquote type=cite style=\"";
+          prefaceResultStr += style;
+          prefaceResultStr += "\">";
+        }
+        else
+          prefaceResultStr += "<blockquote type=cite>";
+      }
+      prefaceResultStr += "<pre wrap>\n";
+    }
+    else if (text->mCiteLevel < oldCiteLevel)
+    {
+      prefaceResultStr += "</pre>";
+      for (uint32_t i = 0; i < oldCiteLevel - text->mCiteLevel; i++)
+        prefaceResultStr += "</blockquote>";
+      prefaceResultStr += "<pre wrap>\n";
+    }
+
+    // Write plain text quoting tags
+    if (logicalLineStart != 0 && !(plainHTML && text->mBlockquoting))
+    {
+      if (!plainHTML)
+        prefaceResultStr += "<span class=\"moz-txt-citetags\">";
+
+      nsString citeTagsSource(StringHead(lineSourceStr, logicalLineStart));
+
+      // Convert to HTML
+      nsString citeTagsResultUnichar;
+      rv = conv->ScanTXT(citeTagsSource.get(), 0 /* no recognition */,
+                         getter_Copies(citeTagsResultUnichar));
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return -1;
+
+      prefaceResultStr.Append(NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(citeTagsResultUnichar));
+      if (!plainHTML)
+        prefaceResultStr += "</span>";
+    }
+
+
+    // recognize signature
+    if ((lineSourceStr.Length() >= 4)
+        && lineSourceStr.First() == '-'
+        && Substring(lineSourceStr, 0, 3).EqualsLiteral("-- ")
+        && (lineSourceStr[3] == '\r' || lineSourceStr[3] == '\n') )
+    {
+      text->mIsSig = true;
+      if (!quoting)
+        prefaceResultStr += "<div class=\"moz-txt-sig\">";
+    }
+
+
+    /* This is the main TXT to HTML conversion:
+       escaping (very important), eventually recognizing etc. */
+    nsString lineResultUnichar;
+
+    rv = conv->ScanTXT(lineSourceStr.get() + logicalLineStart,
+                       whattodo, getter_Copies(lineResultUnichar));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, -1);
+
+    if (!(text->mIsSig && quoting && text->mStripSig))
+    {
+      status = MimeObject_write(obj, prefaceResultStr.get(), prefaceResultStr.Length(), true);
+      if (status < 0) return status;
+      nsAutoCString outString;
+      if (obj->options->format_out != nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageSaveAs ||
+          !mailCharset || !*mailCharset)
+        CopyUTF16toUTF8(lineResultUnichar, outString);
+      else
+      { // convert back to mailCharset before writing.
+        rv = nsMsgI18NConvertFromUnicode(mailCharset,
+                                         lineResultUnichar, outString);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, -1);
+      }
+
+      status = MimeObject_write(obj, outString.get(), outString.Length(), true);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      status = 0;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    status = MimeObject_write(obj, line, length, true);
+  }
+
+  return status;
+}
+
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/src/mimetpla.h b/mailnews/mime/src/mimetpla.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b846403bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/src/mimetpla.h
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/* The MimeInlineTextPlain class implements the text/plain MIME content type,
+   and is also used for all otherwise-unknown text/ subtypes.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MIMETPLA_H_
+#define _MIMETPLA_H_
+
+#include "mimetext.h"
+
+typedef struct MimeInlineTextPlainClass MimeInlineTextPlainClass;
+typedef struct MimeInlineTextPlain      MimeInlineTextPlain;
+
+struct MimeInlineTextPlainClass {
+  MimeInlineTextClass text;
+};
+
+extern MimeInlineTextPlainClass mimeInlineTextPlainClass;
+
+struct MimeInlineTextPlain {
+  MimeInlineText text;
+  uint32_t mCiteLevel;
+  bool            mBlockquoting;
+  //bool            mInsideQuote;
+  int32_t         mQuotedSizeSetting;   // mail.quoted_size
+  int32_t         mQuotedStyleSetting;  // mail.quoted_style
+  char            *mCitationColor;      // mail.citation_color
+  bool            mStripSig;            // mail.strip_sig_on_reply
+  bool            mIsSig;
+};
+
+#define MimeInlineTextPlainClassInitializer(ITYPE,CSUPER) \
+  { MimeInlineTextClassInitializer(ITYPE,CSUPER) }
+
+#endif /* _MIMETPLA_H_ */
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/src/mimetric.cpp b/mailnews/mime/src/mimetric.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..95e08ac9b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/src/mimetric.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,353 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+#include "mimetric.h"
+#include "mimebuf.h"
+#include "prmem.h"
+#include "plstr.h"
+#include "prlog.h"
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+#define MIME_SUPERCLASS mimeInlineTextClass
+MimeDefClass(MimeInlineTextRichtext, MimeInlineTextRichtextClass,
+       mimeInlineTextRichtextClass, &MIME_SUPERCLASS);
+
+static int MimeInlineTextRichtext_parse_line (const char *, int32_t, MimeObject *);
+static int MimeInlineTextRichtext_parse_begin (MimeObject *);
+static int MimeInlineTextRichtext_parse_eof (MimeObject *, bool);
+
+static int
+MimeInlineTextRichtextClassInitialize(MimeInlineTextRichtextClass *clazz)
+{
+  MimeObjectClass *oclass = (MimeObjectClass *) clazz;
+  PR_ASSERT(!oclass->class_initialized);
+  oclass->parse_begin = MimeInlineTextRichtext_parse_begin;
+  oclass->parse_line  = MimeInlineTextRichtext_parse_line;
+  oclass->parse_eof   = MimeInlineTextRichtext_parse_eof;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* This function has this clunky interface because it needs to be called
+   from outside this module (no MimeObject, etc.)
+ */
+int
+MimeRichtextConvert (const char *line, int32_t length,
+           MimeObject *obj,
+           char **obufferP,
+           int32_t *obuffer_sizeP,
+           bool enriched_p)
+{
+  /* RFC 1341 (the original MIME spec) defined text/richtext.
+   RFC 1563 superceded text/richtext with text/enriched.
+   The changes from text/richtext to text/enriched are:
+    - CRLF semantics are different
+    - << maps to <
+    - These tags were added:
+       <VERBATIM>, <NOFILL>, <PARAM>, <FLUSHBOTH>
+    - These tags were removed:
+       <COMMENT>, <OUTDENT>, <OUTDENTRIGHT>, <SAMEPAGE>, <SUBSCRIPT>,
+         <SUPERSCRIPT>, <HEADING>, <FOOTING>, <PARAGRAPH>, <SIGNATURE>,
+       <LT>, <NL>, <NP>
+   This method implements them both.
+
+   draft-resnick-text-enriched-03.txt is a proposed update to 1563.
+    - These tags were added:
+      <FONTFAMILY>, <COLOR>, <PARAINDENT>, <LANG>.
+    However, all of these rely on the magic <PARAM> tag, which we
+    don't implement, so we're ignoring all of these.
+   Interesting fact: it's by Peter W. Resnick from Qualcomm (Eudora).
+   And it also says "It is fully expected that other text formatting
+   standards like HTML and SGML will supplant text/enriched in
+   Internet mail."
+   */
+  int status = 0;
+  char *out;
+  const char *data_end;
+  const char *last_end;
+  const char *this_start;
+  const char *this_end;
+  unsigned int desired_size;
+
+  // The code below must never expand the input by more than 5x;
+  // if it does, the desired_size multiplier (5) below must be changed too
+#define BGROWTH 5
+  if ( (uint32_t)length >= ( (uint32_t) 0xfffffffe)/BGROWTH )
+      return -1;
+  desired_size = (length * BGROWTH) + 1;
+#undef BGROWTH  
+  if (desired_size >= (uint32_t) *obuffer_sizeP)
+  status = mime_GrowBuffer (desired_size, sizeof(char), 1024,
+               obufferP, obuffer_sizeP);
+  if (status < 0) return status;
+
+  if (enriched_p)
+  {
+    for (this_start = line; this_start < line + length; this_start++)
+    if (!IS_SPACE (*this_start)) break;
+    if (this_start >= line + length) /* blank line */
+    {
+      PL_strncpyz (*obufferP, "<BR>", *obuffer_sizeP);
+      return MimeObject_write(obj, *obufferP, strlen(*obufferP), true);
+    }
+  }
+
+  uint32_t outlen = (uint32_t) *obuffer_sizeP;
+  out = *obufferP;
+  *out = 0;
+
+  data_end = line + length;
+  last_end = line;
+  this_start = last_end;
+  this_end = this_start;
+  uint32_t addedlen = 0;
+  while (this_end < data_end)
+  {
+    /* Skip forward to next special character. */
+    while (this_start < data_end &&
+       *this_start != '<' && *this_start != '>' &&
+       *this_start != '&')
+    this_start++;
+
+    this_end = this_start;
+
+    /* Skip to the end of the tag. */
+    if (this_start < data_end && *this_start == '<')
+    {
+      this_end++;
+      while (this_end < data_end &&
+         !IS_SPACE(*this_end) &&
+         *this_end != '<' && *this_end != '>' &&
+         *this_end != '&')
+      this_end++;
+    }
+
+    this_end++;
+
+    /* Push out the text preceeding the tag. */
+    if (last_end && last_end != this_start)
+    {
+      memcpy (out, last_end, this_start - last_end);
+      out += this_start - last_end;
+      *out = 0;
+      outlen -= (this_start - last_end);
+    }
+
+    if (this_start >= data_end)
+    break;
+    else if (*this_start == '&')
+    {
+      PL_strncpyz (out, "&amp;", outlen); 
+      addedlen = strlen(out);
+      outlen -= addedlen; 
+      out += addedlen;
+    }
+    else if (*this_start == '>')
+    {
+      PL_strncpyz (out, "&gt;", outlen); 
+      addedlen = strlen(out); 
+      outlen -= addedlen; 
+      out += addedlen;
+    }
+    else if (enriched_p &&
+         this_start < data_end + 1 &&
+         this_start[0] == '<' &&
+         this_start[1] == '<')
+    {
+      PL_strncpyz (out, "&lt;", outlen); 
+      addedlen = strlen(out); 
+      outlen -= addedlen; 
+      out += addedlen;
+    }
+    else if (this_start != this_end)
+    {
+      /* Push out this ID. */
+      const char *old = this_start + 1;
+      const char *tag_open  = 0;
+      const char *tag_close = 0;
+      if (*old == '/')
+      {
+        /* This is </tag> */
+        old++;
+      }
+
+      switch (*old)
+      {
+      case 'b': case 'B':
+        if (!PL_strncasecmp ("BIGGER>", old, 7))
+        tag_open = "<FONT SIZE=\"+1\">", tag_close = "</FONT>";
+        else if (!PL_strncasecmp ("BLINK>", old, 5))
+        /* Of course, both text/richtext and text/enriched must be
+           enhanced *somehow*...  Or else what would people think. */
+        tag_open = "<BLINK>", tag_close = "</BLINK>";
+        else if (!PL_strncasecmp ("BOLD>", old, 5))
+        tag_open = "<B>", tag_close = "</B>";
+        break;
+      case 'c': case 'C':
+        if (!PL_strncasecmp ("CENTER>", old, 7))
+        tag_open = "<CENTER>", tag_close = "</CENTER>";
+        else if (!enriched_p &&
+             !PL_strncasecmp ("COMMENT>", old, 8))
+        tag_open = "<!-- ", tag_close = " -->";
+        break;
+      case 'e': case 'E':
+        if (!PL_strncasecmp ("EXCERPT>", old, 8))
+        tag_open = "<BLOCKQUOTE>", tag_close = "</BLOCKQUOTE>";
+        break;
+      case 'f': case 'F':
+        if (!PL_strncasecmp ("FIXED>", old, 6))
+        tag_open = "<TT>", tag_close = "</TT>";
+        else if (enriched_p &&
+             !PL_strncasecmp ("FLUSHBOTH>", old, 10))
+        tag_open = "<P ALIGN=LEFT>", tag_close = "</P>";
+        else if (!PL_strncasecmp ("FLUSHLEFT>", old, 10))
+        tag_open = "<P ALIGN=LEFT>", tag_close = "</P>";
+        else if (!PL_strncasecmp ("FLUSHRIGHT>", old, 11))
+        tag_open = "<P ALIGN=RIGHT>", tag_close = "</P>";
+        else if (!enriched_p &&
+             !PL_strncasecmp ("FOOTING>", old, 8))
+        tag_open = "<H6>", tag_close = "</H6>";
+        break;
+      case 'h': case 'H':
+        if (!enriched_p &&
+          !PL_strncasecmp ("HEADING>", old, 8))
+        tag_open = "<H6>", tag_close = "</H6>";
+        break;
+      case 'i': case 'I':
+        if (!PL_strncasecmp ("INDENT>", old, 7))
+        tag_open = "<UL>", tag_close = "</UL>";
+        else if (!PL_strncasecmp ("INDENTRIGHT>", old, 12))
+        tag_open = 0, tag_close = 0;
+/*        else if (!enriched_p &&
+               !PL_strncasecmp ("ISO-8859-", old, 9))
+        tag_open = 0, tag_close = 0; */
+        else if (!PL_strncasecmp ("ITALIC>", old, 7))
+        tag_open = "<I>", tag_close = "</I>";
+        break;
+      case 'l': case 'L':
+        if (!enriched_p &&
+          !PL_strncasecmp ("LT>", old, 3))
+        tag_open = "&lt;", tag_close = 0;
+        break;
+      case 'n': case 'N':
+        if (!enriched_p &&
+          !PL_strncasecmp ("NL>", old, 3))
+        tag_open = "<BR>", tag_close = 0;
+        if (enriched_p &&
+          !PL_strncasecmp ("NOFILL>", old, 7))
+        tag_open = "<NOBR>", tag_close = "</NOBR>";
+/*        else if (!enriched_p &&
+               !PL_strncasecmp ("NO-OP>", old, 6))
+        tag_open = 0, tag_close = 0; */
+/*        else if (!enriched_p &&
+               !PL_strncasecmp ("NP>", old, 3))
+        tag_open = 0, tag_close = 0; */
+        break;
+      case 'o': case 'O':
+        if (!enriched_p &&
+          !PL_strncasecmp ("OUTDENT>", old, 8))
+        tag_open = 0, tag_close = 0;
+        else if (!enriched_p &&
+             !PL_strncasecmp ("OUTDENTRIGHT>", old, 13))
+        tag_open = 0, tag_close = 0;
+        break;
+      case 'p': case 'P':
+        if (enriched_p &&
+          !PL_strncasecmp ("PARAM>", old, 6))
+        tag_open = "<!-- ", tag_close = " -->";
+        else if (!enriched_p &&
+             !PL_strncasecmp ("PARAGRAPH>", old, 10))
+        tag_open = "<P>", tag_close = 0;
+        break;
+      case 's': case 'S':
+        if (!enriched_p &&
+          !PL_strncasecmp ("SAMEPAGE>", old, 9))
+        tag_open = 0, tag_close = 0;
+        else if (!enriched_p &&
+             !PL_strncasecmp ("SIGNATURE>", old, 10))
+        tag_open = "<I><FONT SIZE=\"-1\">", tag_close = "</FONT></I>";
+        else if (!PL_strncasecmp ("SMALLER>", old, 8))
+        tag_open = "<FONT SIZE=\"-1\">", tag_close = "</FONT>";
+        else if (!enriched_p &&
+             !PL_strncasecmp ("SUBSCRIPT>", old, 10))
+        tag_open = "<SUB>", tag_close = "</SUB>";
+        else if (!enriched_p &&
+             !PL_strncasecmp ("SUPERSCRIPT>", old, 12))
+        tag_open = "<SUP>", tag_close = "</SUP>";
+        break;
+      case 'u': case 'U':
+        if (!PL_strncasecmp ("UNDERLINE>", old, 10))
+        tag_open = "<U>", tag_close = "</U>";
+/*        else if (!enriched_p &&
+             !PL_strncasecmp ("US-ASCII>", old, 10))
+        tag_open = 0, tag_close = 0; */
+        break;
+      case 'v': case 'V':
+        if (enriched_p &&
+          !PL_strncasecmp ("VERBATIM>", old, 9))
+        tag_open = "<PRE>", tag_close = "</PRE>";
+        break;
+      }
+
+      if (this_start[1] == '/')
+      {
+        if (tag_close) PL_strncpyz (out, tag_close, outlen);
+        addedlen = strlen (out);
+        outlen -= addedlen;
+        out += addedlen;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        if (tag_open) PL_strncpyz (out, tag_open, outlen);
+        addedlen = strlen (out);
+        outlen -= addedlen;
+        out += addedlen;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* now go around again */
+    last_end = this_end;
+    this_start = last_end;
+  }
+  *out = 0;
+
+  return MimeObject_write(obj, *obufferP, out - *obufferP, true);
+}
+
+
+static int
+MimeInlineTextRichtext_parse_line (const char *line, int32_t length, MimeObject *obj)
+{
+  bool enriched_p = (((MimeInlineTextRichtextClass *) obj->clazz)
+            ->enriched_p);
+
+  return MimeRichtextConvert (line, length,
+                obj,
+                &obj->obuffer, &obj->obuffer_size,
+                enriched_p);
+}
+
+
+static int
+MimeInlineTextRichtext_parse_begin (MimeObject *obj)
+{
+  int status = ((MimeObjectClass*)&MIME_SUPERCLASS)->parse_begin(obj);
+  char s[] = "";
+  if (status < 0) return status;
+  return MimeObject_write(obj, s, 0, true); /* force out any separators... */
+}
+
+
+static int
+MimeInlineTextRichtext_parse_eof (MimeObject *obj, bool abort_p)
+{
+  int status;
+  if (obj->closed_p) return 0;
+
+  /* Run parent method first, to flush out any buffered data. */
+  status = ((MimeObjectClass*)&MIME_SUPERCLASS)->parse_eof(obj, abort_p);
+  if (status < 0) return status;
+
+  return 0;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/src/mimetric.h b/mailnews/mime/src/mimetric.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fe6c66974
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/src/mimetric.h
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _MIMETRIC_H_
+#define _MIMETRIC_H_
+
+#include "mimetext.h"
+
+/* The MimeInlineTextRichtext class implements the (obsolete and deprecated)
+   text/richtext MIME content type, as defined in RFC 1341, and also the
+   text/enriched MIME content type, as defined in RFC 1563.
+ */
+
+typedef struct MimeInlineTextRichtextClass MimeInlineTextRichtextClass;
+typedef struct MimeInlineTextRichtext      MimeInlineTextRichtext;
+
+struct MimeInlineTextRichtextClass {
+  MimeInlineTextClass text;
+  bool enriched_p;  /* Whether we should act like text/enriched instead. */
+};
+
+extern MimeInlineTextRichtextClass mimeInlineTextRichtextClass;
+
+struct MimeInlineTextRichtext {
+  MimeInlineText text;
+};
+
+#define MimeInlineTextRichtextClassInitializer(ITYPE,CSUPER) \
+  { MimeInlineTextClassInitializer(ITYPE,CSUPER) }
+
+#endif /* _MIMETRIC_H_ */
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/src/mimeunty.cpp b/mailnews/mime/src/mimeunty.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..212b08ba8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/src/mimeunty.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,588 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "mimeunty.h"
+#include "prmem.h"
+#include "plstr.h"
+#include "prlog.h"
+#include "nsMimeTypes.h"
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "nsMimeStringResources.h"
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+#define MIME_SUPERCLASS mimeContainerClass
+MimeDefClass(MimeUntypedText, MimeUntypedTextClass,
+       mimeUntypedTextClass, &MIME_SUPERCLASS);
+
+static int MimeUntypedText_initialize (MimeObject *);
+static void MimeUntypedText_finalize (MimeObject *);
+static int MimeUntypedText_parse_begin (MimeObject *);
+static int MimeUntypedText_parse_line (const char *, int32_t, MimeObject *);
+
+static int MimeUntypedText_open_subpart (MimeObject *obj,
+                     MimeUntypedTextSubpartType ttype,
+                     const char *type,
+                     const char *enc,
+                     const char *name,
+                     const char *desc);
+static int MimeUntypedText_close_subpart (MimeObject *obj);
+
+static bool MimeUntypedText_uu_begin_line_p(const char *line, int32_t length,
+                         MimeDisplayOptions *opt,
+                         char **type_ret,
+                         char **name_ret);
+static bool MimeUntypedText_uu_end_line_p(const char *line, int32_t length);
+
+static bool MimeUntypedText_yenc_begin_line_p(const char *line, int32_t length,
+                         MimeDisplayOptions *opt,
+                         char **type_ret,
+                         char **name_ret);
+static bool MimeUntypedText_yenc_end_line_p(const char *line, int32_t length);
+
+static bool MimeUntypedText_binhex_begin_line_p(const char *line,
+                           int32_t length,
+                           MimeDisplayOptions *opt);
+static bool MimeUntypedText_binhex_end_line_p(const char *line,
+                         int32_t length);
+
+static int
+MimeUntypedTextClassInitialize(MimeUntypedTextClass *clazz)
+{
+  MimeObjectClass *oclass = (MimeObjectClass *) clazz;
+  PR_ASSERT(!oclass->class_initialized);
+  oclass->initialize  = MimeUntypedText_initialize;
+  oclass->finalize    = MimeUntypedText_finalize;
+  oclass->parse_begin = MimeUntypedText_parse_begin;
+  oclass->parse_line  = MimeUntypedText_parse_line;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+static int
+MimeUntypedText_initialize (MimeObject *object)
+{
+  return ((MimeObjectClass*)&MIME_SUPERCLASS)->initialize(object);
+}
+
+static void
+MimeUntypedText_finalize (MimeObject *object)
+{
+  MimeUntypedText *uty = (MimeUntypedText *) object;
+
+  if (uty->open_hdrs)
+  {
+    /* Oops, those shouldn't still be here... */
+    MimeHeaders_free(uty->open_hdrs);
+    uty->open_hdrs = 0;
+  }
+
+  /* What about the open_subpart?  We're gonna have to assume that it
+   is also on the MimeContainer->children list, and will get cleaned
+   up by that class. */
+
+  ((MimeObjectClass*)&MIME_SUPERCLASS)->finalize(object);
+}
+
+static int
+MimeUntypedText_parse_begin (MimeObject *obj)
+{
+  return ((MimeObjectClass*)&MIME_SUPERCLASS)->parse_begin(obj);
+}
+
+static int
+MimeUntypedText_parse_line (const char *line, int32_t length, MimeObject *obj)
+{
+  MimeUntypedText *uty = (MimeUntypedText *) obj;
+  int status = 0;
+  char *name = 0, *type = 0;
+  bool begin_line_p = false;
+
+  NS_ASSERTION(line && *line, "empty line in mime untyped parse_line");
+  if (!line || !*line) return -1;
+
+  /* If we're supposed to write this object, but aren't supposed to convert
+   it to HTML, simply pass it through unaltered. */
+  if (obj->output_p &&
+    obj->options &&
+    !obj->options->write_html_p &&
+    obj->options->output_fn)
+  return MimeObject_write(obj, line, length, true);
+
+
+  /* Open a new sub-part if this line demands it.
+   */
+  if (line[0] == 'b' &&
+    MimeUntypedText_uu_begin_line_p(line, length, obj->options,
+                    &type, &name))
+  {
+    /* Close the old part and open a new one. */
+    status = MimeUntypedText_open_subpart (obj,
+                       MimeUntypedTextSubpartTypeUUE,
+                       type, ENCODING_UUENCODE,
+                       name, NULL);
+    PR_FREEIF(name);
+    PR_FREEIF(type);
+    if (status < 0) return status;
+    begin_line_p = true;
+  }
+
+  else if (line[0] == '=' &&
+    MimeUntypedText_yenc_begin_line_p(line, length, obj->options,
+                    &type, &name))
+  {
+    /* Close the old part and open a new one. */
+    status = MimeUntypedText_open_subpart (obj,
+                       MimeUntypedTextSubpartTypeYEnc,
+                       type, ENCODING_YENCODE,
+                       name, NULL);
+    PR_FREEIF(name);
+    PR_FREEIF(type);
+    if (status < 0) return status;
+    begin_line_p = true;
+  }
+
+  else if (line[0] == '(' && line[1] == 'T' &&
+       MimeUntypedText_binhex_begin_line_p(line, length, obj->options))
+  {
+    /* Close the old part and open a new one. */
+    status = MimeUntypedText_open_subpart (obj,
+                       MimeUntypedTextSubpartTypeBinhex,
+                       APPLICATION_BINHEX, NULL,
+                       NULL, NULL);
+    if (status < 0) return status;
+    begin_line_p = true;
+  }
+
+  /* Open a text/plain sub-part if there is no sub-part open.
+   */
+  if (!uty->open_subpart)
+  {
+    // rhp: If we get here and we are being fed a line ending, we should
+    // just eat it and continue and if we really get more data, we'll open
+    // up the subpart then.
+    //
+    if (line[0] == '\r') return 0;
+    if (line[0] == '\n') return 0;
+
+    PR_ASSERT(!begin_line_p);
+    status = MimeUntypedText_open_subpart (obj,
+                       MimeUntypedTextSubpartTypeText,
+                       TEXT_PLAIN, NULL, NULL, NULL);
+    PR_ASSERT(uty->open_subpart);
+    if (!uty->open_subpart) return -1;
+    if (status < 0) return status;
+  }
+
+  /* Hand this line to the currently-open sub-part.
+   */
+  status = uty->open_subpart->clazz->parse_buffer(line, length,
+                          uty->open_subpart);
+  if (status < 0) return status;
+
+  /* Close this sub-part if this line demands it.
+   */
+  if (begin_line_p)
+  ;
+  else if (line[0] == 'e' &&
+       uty->type == MimeUntypedTextSubpartTypeUUE &&
+       MimeUntypedText_uu_end_line_p(line, length))
+  {
+    status = MimeUntypedText_close_subpart (obj);
+    if (status < 0) return status;
+    NS_ASSERTION(!uty->open_subpart, "no open subpart");
+  }
+  else if (line[0] == '=' &&
+       uty->type == MimeUntypedTextSubpartTypeYEnc &&
+       MimeUntypedText_yenc_end_line_p(line, length))
+  {
+    status = MimeUntypedText_close_subpart (obj);
+    if (status < 0) return status;
+    NS_ASSERTION(!uty->open_subpart, "no open subpart");
+  }
+  else if (uty->type == MimeUntypedTextSubpartTypeBinhex &&
+       MimeUntypedText_binhex_end_line_p(line, length))
+  {
+    status = MimeUntypedText_close_subpart (obj);
+    if (status < 0) return status;
+    NS_ASSERTION(!uty->open_subpart, "no open subpart");
+  }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+static int
+MimeUntypedText_close_subpart (MimeObject *obj)
+{
+  MimeUntypedText *uty = (MimeUntypedText *) obj;
+  int status;
+
+  if (uty->open_subpart)
+  {
+    status = uty->open_subpart->clazz->parse_eof(uty->open_subpart, false);
+    uty->open_subpart = 0;
+
+    PR_ASSERT(uty->open_hdrs);
+    if (uty->open_hdrs)
+    {
+      MimeHeaders_free(uty->open_hdrs);
+      uty->open_hdrs = 0;
+    }
+    uty->type = MimeUntypedTextSubpartTypeText;
+    if (status < 0) return status;
+
+    /* Never put out a separator between sub-parts of UntypedText.
+     (This bypasses the rule that text/plain subparts always
+     have separators before and after them.)
+     */
+    if (obj->options && obj->options->state)
+    obj->options->state->separator_suppressed_p = true;
+  }
+
+  PR_ASSERT(!uty->open_hdrs);
+  return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+MimeUntypedText_open_subpart (MimeObject *obj,
+                MimeUntypedTextSubpartType ttype,
+                const char *type,
+                const char *enc,
+                const char *name,
+                const char *desc)
+{
+  MimeUntypedText *uty = (MimeUntypedText *) obj;
+  int status = 0;
+  char *h = 0;
+
+  if (!type || !*type || !PL_strcasecmp(type, UNKNOWN_CONTENT_TYPE))
+  type = APPLICATION_OCTET_STREAM;
+  if (enc && !*enc)
+  enc = 0;
+  if (desc && !*desc)
+  desc = 0;
+  if (name && !*name)
+  name = 0;
+
+  if (uty->open_subpart)
+  {
+    status = MimeUntypedText_close_subpart (obj);
+    if (status < 0) return status;
+  }
+  NS_ASSERTION(!uty->open_subpart, "no open subpart");
+  NS_ASSERTION(!uty->open_hdrs, "no open headers");
+
+  /* To make one of these implicitly-typed sub-objects, we make up a fake
+   header block, containing only the minimum number of MIME headers needed.
+   We could do most of this (Type and Encoding) by making a null header
+   block, and simply setting obj->content_type and obj->encoding; but making
+   a fake header block is better for two reasons: first, it means that
+   something will actually be displayed when in `Show All Headers' mode;
+   and second, it's the only way to communicate the filename parameter,
+   aside from adding a new slot to MimeObject (which is something to be
+   avoided when possible.)
+   */
+
+  uty->open_hdrs = MimeHeaders_new();
+  if (!uty->open_hdrs) return MIME_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+  uint32_t hlen = strlen(type) +
+                (enc ? strlen(enc) : 0) +
+                (desc ? strlen(desc) : 0) +
+                (name ? strlen(name) : 0) +
+                100;
+  h = (char *) PR_MALLOC(hlen);
+  if (!h) return MIME_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+  PL_strncpyz(h, HEADER_CONTENT_TYPE ": ", hlen);
+  PL_strcatn(h, hlen, type);
+  PL_strcatn(h, hlen, MSG_LINEBREAK);
+  status = MimeHeaders_parse_line(h, strlen(h), uty->open_hdrs);
+  if (status < 0) goto FAIL;
+
+  if (enc)
+  {
+    PL_strncpyz(h, HEADER_CONTENT_TRANSFER_ENCODING ": ", hlen);
+    PL_strcatn(h, hlen, enc);
+    PL_strcatn(h, hlen, MSG_LINEBREAK);
+    status = MimeHeaders_parse_line(h, strlen(h), uty->open_hdrs);
+    if (status < 0) goto FAIL;
+  }
+
+  if (desc)
+  {
+    PL_strncpyz(h, HEADER_CONTENT_DESCRIPTION ": ", hlen);
+    PL_strcatn(h, hlen, desc);
+    PL_strcatn(h, hlen, MSG_LINEBREAK);
+    status = MimeHeaders_parse_line(h, strlen(h), uty->open_hdrs);
+    if (status < 0) goto FAIL;
+  }
+  if (name)
+  {
+    PL_strncpyz(h, HEADER_CONTENT_DISPOSITION ": inline; filename=\"", hlen);
+    PL_strcatn(h, hlen, name);
+    PL_strcatn(h, hlen, "\"" MSG_LINEBREAK);
+    status = MimeHeaders_parse_line(h, strlen(h), uty->open_hdrs);
+    if (status < 0) goto FAIL;
+  }
+
+  /* push out a blank line. */
+  PL_strncpyz(h, MSG_LINEBREAK, hlen);
+  status = MimeHeaders_parse_line(h, strlen(h), uty->open_hdrs);
+  if (status < 0) goto FAIL;
+
+
+  /* Create a child... */
+  {
+  bool horrid_kludge = (obj->options && obj->options->state &&
+               obj->options->state->first_part_written_p);
+  if (horrid_kludge)
+    obj->options->state->first_part_written_p = false;
+
+  uty->open_subpart = mime_create(type, uty->open_hdrs, obj->options);
+
+  if (horrid_kludge)
+    obj->options->state->first_part_written_p = true;
+
+  if (!uty->open_subpart)
+    {
+    status = MIME_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+    goto FAIL;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Add it to the list... */
+  status = ((MimeContainerClass *) obj->clazz)->add_child(obj,
+                              uty->open_subpart);
+  if (status < 0)
+  {
+    mime_free(uty->open_subpart);
+    uty->open_subpart = 0;
+    goto FAIL;
+  }
+
+  /* And start its parser going. */
+  status = uty->open_subpart->clazz->parse_begin(uty->open_subpart);
+  if (status < 0)
+  {
+    /* MimeContainer->finalize will take care of shutting it down now. */
+    uty->open_subpart = 0;
+    goto FAIL;
+  }
+
+  uty->type = ttype;
+
+ FAIL:
+  PR_FREEIF(h);
+
+  if (status < 0 && uty->open_hdrs)
+  {
+    MimeHeaders_free(uty->open_hdrs);
+    uty->open_hdrs = 0;
+  }
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+static bool
+MimeUntypedText_uu_begin_line_p(const char *line, int32_t length,
+                MimeDisplayOptions *opt,
+                char **type_ret, char **name_ret)
+{
+  const char *s;
+  char *name = 0;
+  char *type = 0;
+
+  if (type_ret) *type_ret = 0;
+  if (name_ret) *name_ret = 0;
+
+  if (strncmp (line, "begin ", 6)) return false;
+  /* ...then three or four octal digits. */
+  s = line + 6;
+  if (*s < '0' || *s > '7') return false;
+  s++;
+  if (*s < '0' || *s > '7') return false;
+  s++;
+  if (*s < '0' || *s > '7') return false;
+  s++;
+  if (*s == ' ')
+  s++;
+  else
+  {
+    if (*s < '0' || *s > '7') return false;
+    s++;
+    if (*s != ' ') return false;
+  }
+
+  while (IS_SPACE(*s))
+  s++;
+
+  name = (char *) PR_MALLOC(((line+length)-s) + 1);
+  if (!name) return false; /* grr... */
+  memcpy(name, s, (line+length)-s);
+  name[(line+length)-s] = 0;
+
+  /* take off newline. */
+  if (name[strlen(name)-1] == '\n') name[strlen(name)-1] = 0;
+  if (name[strlen(name)-1] == '\r') name[strlen(name)-1] = 0;
+
+  /* Now try and figure out a type.
+   */
+  if (opt && opt->file_type_fn)
+  type = opt->file_type_fn(name, opt->stream_closure);
+  else
+  type = 0;
+
+  if (name_ret)
+  *name_ret = name;
+  else
+  PR_FREEIF(name);
+
+  if (type_ret)
+  *type_ret = type;
+  else
+  PR_FREEIF(type);
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+static bool
+MimeUntypedText_uu_end_line_p(const char *line, int32_t length)
+{
+#if 0
+  /* A strictly conforming uuencode end line. */
+  return (line[0] == 'e' &&
+      line[1] == 'n' &&
+      line[2] == 'd' &&
+      (line[3] == 0 || IS_SPACE(line[3])));
+#else
+  /* ...but, why don't we accept any line that begins with the three
+   letters "END" in any case: I've seen lots of partial messages
+   that look like
+
+    BEGIN----- Cut Here-----
+    begin 644 foo.gif
+    Mxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
+    Mxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
+    Mxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
+    END------- Cut Here-----
+
+   so let's be lenient here.  (This is only for the untyped-text-plain
+   case -- the uudecode parser itself is strict.)
+   */
+  return (line[0] == ' ' ||
+      line[0] == '\t' ||
+      ((line[0] == 'e' || line[0] == 'E') &&
+       (line[1] == 'n' || line[1] == 'N') &&
+       (line[2] == 'd' || line[2] == 'D')));
+#endif
+}
+
+static bool
+MimeUntypedText_yenc_begin_line_p(const char *line, int32_t length,
+                MimeDisplayOptions *opt,
+                char **type_ret, char **name_ret)
+{
+  const char *s;
+  const char *endofline = line + length;
+  char *name = 0;
+  char *type = 0;
+
+  if (type_ret) *type_ret = 0;
+  if (name_ret) *name_ret = 0;
+
+  /* we don't support yenc V2 neither multipart yencode,
+     therefore the second parameter should always be "line="*/
+  if (length < 13 || strncmp (line, "=ybegin line=", 13)) return false;
+
+  /* ...then couple digits. */
+  for (s = line + 13; s < endofline; s ++)
+    if (*s < '0' || *s > '9')
+      break;
+
+  /* ...next, look for <space>size= */
+  if ((endofline - s) < 6 || strncmp (s, " size=", 6)) return false;
+
+  /* ...then couple digits. */
+  for (s += 6; s < endofline; s ++)
+    if (*s < '0' || *s > '9')
+      break;
+
+   /* ...next, look for <space>name= */
+  if ((endofline - s) < 6 || strncmp (s, " name=", 6)) return false;
+
+  /* anything left is the file name */
+  s += 6;
+  name = (char *) PR_MALLOC((endofline-s) + 1);
+  if (!name) return false; /* grr... */
+  memcpy(name, s, endofline-s);
+  name[endofline-s] = 0;
+
+  /* take off newline. */
+  if (name[strlen(name)-1] == '\n') name[strlen(name)-1] = 0;
+  if (name[strlen(name)-1] == '\r') name[strlen(name)-1] = 0;
+
+  /* Now try and figure out a type.
+   */
+  if (opt && opt->file_type_fn)
+  type = opt->file_type_fn(name, opt->stream_closure);
+  else
+  type = 0;
+
+  if (name_ret)
+  *name_ret = name;
+  else
+  PR_FREEIF(name);
+
+  if (type_ret)
+  *type_ret = type;
+  else
+  PR_FREEIF(type);
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+static bool
+MimeUntypedText_yenc_end_line_p(const char *line, int32_t length)
+{
+  if (length < 11 || strncmp (line, "=yend size=", 11)) return false;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+
+#define BINHEX_MAGIC "(This file must be converted with BinHex 4.0)"
+#define BINHEX_MAGIC_LEN 45
+
+static bool
+MimeUntypedText_binhex_begin_line_p(const char *line, int32_t length,
+                  MimeDisplayOptions *opt)
+{
+  if (length <= BINHEX_MAGIC_LEN)
+  return false;
+
+  while(length > 0 && IS_SPACE(line[length-1]))
+  length--;
+
+  if (length != BINHEX_MAGIC_LEN)
+  return false;
+
+  if (!strncmp(line, BINHEX_MAGIC, BINHEX_MAGIC_LEN))
+  return true;
+  else
+  return false;
+}
+
+static bool
+MimeUntypedText_binhex_end_line_p(const char *line, int32_t length)
+{
+  if (length > 0 && line[length-1] == '\n') length--;
+  if (length > 0 && line[length-1] == '\r') length--;
+
+  if (length != 0 && length != 64)
+  return true;
+  else
+  return false;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/src/mimeunty.h b/mailnews/mime/src/mimeunty.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9661f68bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/src/mimeunty.h
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _MIMEUNTY_H_
+#define _MIMEUNTY_H_
+
+#include "mimecont.h"
+
+/* The MimeUntypedText class is used for untyped message contents, that is,
+   it is the class used for the body of a message/rfc822 object which had
+   *no* Content-Type header, as opposed to an unrecognized content-type.
+   Such a message, technically, does not contain MIME data (it follows only
+   RFC 822, not RFC 1521.)
+
+   This is a container class, and the reason for that is that it loosely
+   parses the body of the message looking for ``sub-parts'' and then
+   creates appropriate containers for them.
+
+   More specifically, it looks for uuencoded data.  It may do more than that
+   some day.
+
+   Basically, the algorithm followed is:
+
+     if line is "begin 644 foo.gif"
+       if there is an open sub-part, close it
+     add a sub-part with type: image/gif; encoding: x-uue
+     hand this line to it
+     and hand subsequent lines to that subpart
+   else if there is an open uuencoded sub-part, and line is "end"
+     hand this line to it
+     close off the uuencoded sub-part
+     else if there is an open sub-part
+     hand this line to it
+     else
+       open a text/plain subpart
+     hand this line to it
+
+   Adding other types than uuencode to this (for example, PGP) would be
+   pretty straightforward.
+ */
+
+typedef struct MimeUntypedTextClass MimeUntypedTextClass;
+typedef struct MimeUntypedText      MimeUntypedText;
+
+struct MimeUntypedTextClass {
+  MimeContainerClass container;
+};
+
+extern MimeUntypedTextClass mimeUntypedTextClass;
+
+typedef enum {
+  MimeUntypedTextSubpartTypeText,  /* text/plain */
+  MimeUntypedTextSubpartTypeUUE,  /* uuencoded data */
+  MimeUntypedTextSubpartTypeYEnc,  /* yencoded data */
+  MimeUntypedTextSubpartTypeBinhex  /* Mac BinHex data */
+} MimeUntypedTextSubpartType;
+
+struct MimeUntypedText {
+  MimeContainer container;      /* superclass variables */
+  MimeObject *open_subpart;      /* The part still-being-parsed */
+  MimeUntypedTextSubpartType type;  /* What kind of type it is */
+  MimeHeaders *open_hdrs;      /* The faked-up headers describing it */
+};
+
+#define MimeUntypedTextClassInitializer(ITYPE,CSUPER) \
+  { MimeContainerClassInitializer(ITYPE,CSUPER) }
+
+#endif /* _MIMEUNTY_H_ */
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/src/modlmime.h b/mailnews/mime/src/modlmime.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..547739885
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/src/modlmime.h
@@ -0,0 +1,398 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _LIBMIME_H_
+#define _LIBMIME_H_
+
+#ifdef XP_UNIX
+#undef Bool
+#endif
+
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsMailHeaders.h"
+#include "nsIMimeStreamConverter.h"
+#include "nsIUnicodeDecoder.h"
+#include "nsIUnicodeEncoder.h"
+#include "nsIPrefBranch.h"
+#include "mozITXTToHTMLConv.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "modmimee.h" // for MimeConverterOutputCallback
+
+#define MIME_DRAFTS
+
+/* Opaque object describing a block of message headers, and a couple of
+   routines for extracting data from one.
+ */
+
+typedef struct MimeHeaders
+{
+  char *all_headers;      /* A char* of the entire header section. */
+  int32_t all_headers_fp;      /* The length (it is not NULL-terminated.) */
+  int32_t all_headers_size;    /* The size of the allocated block. */
+
+  bool done_p;        /* Whether we've read the end-of-headers marker
+                   (the terminating blank line.) */
+
+  char **heads;          /* An array of length n_headers which points
+                   to the beginning of each distinct header:
+                   just after the newline which terminated
+                   the previous one.  This is to speed search.
+
+                   This is not initialized until all the
+                   headers have been read.
+                 */
+  int32_t heads_size;        /* The length (and consequently, how many
+                   distinct headers are in here.) */
+
+
+  char *obuffer;        /* This buffer is used for output. */
+  int32_t obuffer_size;
+  int32_t obuffer_fp;
+
+  char *munged_subject;      /* What a hack.  This is a place to write down
+                   the subject header, after it's been
+                   charset-ified and stuff.  Remembered so that
+                   we can later use it to generate the
+                   <TITLE> tag. (Also works for giving names to RFC822 attachments) */
+} MimeHeaders;
+
+class MimeDisplayOptions;
+class MimeParseStateObject;
+typedef struct MSG_AttachmentData MSG_AttachmentData;
+
+/* Given the name of a header, returns the contents of that header as
+   a newly-allocated string (which the caller must free.)  If the header
+   is not present, or has no contents, NULL is returned.
+
+   If `strip_p' is true, then the data returned will be the first token
+   of the header; else it will be the full text of the header.  (This is
+   useful for getting just "text/plain" from "text/plain; name=foo".)
+
+   If `all_p' is false, then the first header encountered is used, and
+   any subsequent headers of the same name are ignored.  If true, then
+   all headers of the same name are appended together (this is useful
+   for gathering up all CC headers into one, for example.)
+ */
+extern char *MimeHeaders_get(MimeHeaders *hdrs,
+               const char *header_name,
+               bool strip_p,
+               bool all_p);
+
+/* Given a header of the form of the MIME "Content-" headers, extracts a
+   named parameter from it, if it exists.  For example,
+   MimeHeaders_get_parameter("text/plain; charset=us-ascii", "charset")
+   would return "us-ascii".
+
+   Returns NULL if there is no match, or if there is an allocation failure.
+
+   RFC2231 - MIME Parameter Value and Encoded Word Extensions: Character Sets,
+   Languages, and Continuations
+
+   RFC2231 has added the character sets, languages, and continuations mechanism.
+   charset, and language information may also be returned to the caller.
+   Note that charset and language should be free()'d while
+   the return value (parameter) has to be PR_FREE'd.
+
+   For example,
+   MimeHeaders_get_parameter("text/plain; name*=us-ascii'en-us'This%20is%20%2A%2A%2Afun%2A%2A%2A", "name")
+   MimeHeaders_get_parameter("text/plain; name*0*=us-ascii'en-us'This%20is%20; CRLFLWSPname*1*=%2A%2A%2Afun%2A%2A%2A", "name")
+   would return "This is ***fun***" and *charset = "us-ascii", *language = "en-us"
+ */
+extern char *MimeHeaders_get_parameter (const char *header_value,
+                    const char *parm_name,
+                    char **charset,
+                    char **language);
+
+extern      MimeHeaders *MimeHeaders_copy (MimeHeaders *srcHeaders);
+
+extern void MimeHeaders_free (MimeHeaders *hdrs);
+
+typedef enum {
+  MimeHeadersAll,          /* Show all headers */
+  MimeHeadersSome,        /* Show all "interesting" headers */
+  MimeHeadersSomeNoRef,    /* Same, but suppress the `References' header
+                             (for when we're printing this message.) */
+  MimeHeadersMicro,        /* Show a one-line header summary */
+  MimeHeadersMicroPlus,    /* Same, but show the full recipient list as
+                             well (To, CC, etc.) */
+  MimeHeadersCitation,    /* A one-line summary geared toward use in a
+                             reply citation ("So-and-so wrote:") */
+  MimeHeadersOnly,        /* Just parse and output headers...nothing else! */
+  MimeHeadersNone         /* Skip showing any headers */
+} MimeHeadersState;
+
+
+/* The signature for various callbacks in the MimeDisplayOptions structure.
+ */
+typedef char *(*MimeHTMLGeneratorFunction) (const char *data, void *closure,
+                      MimeHeaders *headers);
+
+class MimeDisplayOptions
+{
+public:
+  MimeDisplayOptions();
+  virtual ~MimeDisplayOptions();
+  mozITXTToHTMLConv   *conv;        // For text conversion...
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> m_prefBranch; /* prefBranch-service */
+  nsMimeOutputType    format_out;   // The format out type
+  nsCString           charsetForCachedInputDecoder;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIUnicodeDecoder>   m_inputCharsetToUnicodeDecoder;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIUnicodeEncoder>   m_unicodeToUTF8Encoder;
+
+  const char *url;      /* Base URL for the document.  This string should
+                 be freed by the caller, after the parser
+                 completes (possibly at the same time as the
+                 MimeDisplayOptions itself.) */
+
+  MimeHeadersState headers;  /* How headers should be displayed. */
+  bool fancy_headers_p;  /* Whether to do clever formatting of headers
+                 using tables, instead of spaces. */
+
+  bool output_vcard_buttons_p;  /* Whether to output the buttons */
+                  /* on vcards. */
+
+  bool variable_width_plaintext_p;  /* Whether text/plain messages should
+                       be in variable width, or fixed. */
+  bool wrap_long_lines_p;  /* Whether to wrap long lines in text/plain
+                   messages. */
+
+  bool rot13_p;      /* Whether text/plain parts should be rotated
+                 Set by "?rot13=true" */
+  char *part_to_load;    /* The particular part of the multipart which
+                 we are extracting.  Set by "?part=3.2.4" */
+
+  bool no_output_p; /* Will never write output when this is true.
+          (When false, output or not may depend on other things.)
+          This needs to be in the options, because the method
+          MimeObject_parse_begin is controlling the property "output_p"
+          (on the MimeObject) so we need a way for other functions to
+          override it and tell that we do not want output. */
+
+  bool write_html_p;    /* Whether the output should be HTML, or raw. */
+
+  bool decrypt_p;    /* Whether all traces of xlateion should be
+                 eradicated -- this is only meaningful when
+                 write_html_p is false; we set this when
+                 attaching a message for forwarding, since
+                 forwarding someone else a message that wasn't
+                 xlated for them doesn't work.  We have to
+                 dexlate it before sending it.
+               */
+
+  /* Whether this MIME part is a child of another part (and not top level). */
+  bool is_child = false;
+
+  uint32_t whattodo ;       /* from the prefs, we'll get if the user wants to do glyph or structure substitutions and set this member variable. */
+
+  char *default_charset;  /* If this is non-NULL, then it is the charset to
+                 assume when no other one is specified via a
+                 `charset' parameter.
+               */
+  bool override_charset;  /* If this is true, then we will assume that
+                 all data is in the default_charset, regardless
+                               of what the `charset' parameter of that part
+                               says. (This is to cope with the fact that, in
+                               the real world, many messages are mislabelled
+                               with the wrong charset.)
+               */
+  bool    force_user_charset; /* this is the new strategy to deal with incorrectly
+                                 labeled attachments */
+
+  /* =======================================================================
+   Stream-related callbacks; for these functions, the `closure' argument
+   is what is found in `options->stream_closure'.  (One possible exception
+   is for output_fn; see "output_closure" below.)
+   */
+  void *stream_closure;
+
+  /* For setting up the display stream, so that the MIME parser can inform
+   the caller of the type of the data it will be getting. */
+  int (*output_init_fn) (const char *type,
+             const char *charset,
+             const char *name,
+             const char *x_mac_type,
+             const char *x_mac_creator,
+             void *stream_closure);
+
+  /* How the MIME parser feeds its output (HTML or raw) back to the caller. */
+  MimeConverterOutputCallback output_fn;
+
+  /* Closure to pass to the above output_fn.  If NULL, then the
+   stream_closure is used. */
+  void *output_closure;
+
+  /* A hook for the caller to perform charset-conversion before HTML is
+   returned.  Each set of characters which originated in a mail message
+   (body or headers) will be run through this filter before being converted
+   into HTML.  (This should return bytes which may appear in an HTML file,
+   ie, we must be able to scan through the string to search for "<" and
+   turn it in to "&lt;", and so on.)
+
+   `input' is a non-NULL-terminated string of a single line from the message.
+   `input_length' is how long it is.
+   `input_charset' is a string representing the charset of this string (as
+     specified by MIME headers.)
+   `output_charset' is the charset to which conversion is desired.
+   `output_ret' is where a newly-malloced string is returned.  It may be
+     NULL if no translation is needed.
+   `output_size_ret' is how long the returned string is (it need not be
+     NULL-terminated.).
+   */
+  int (*charset_conversion_fn) (const char *input_line,
+                int32_t input_length, const char *input_charset,
+                const char *output_charset,
+                char **output_ret, int32_t *output_size_ret,
+                void *stream_closure, nsIUnicodeDecoder *decoder, nsIUnicodeEncoder *encoder);
+
+  /* If true, perform both charset-conversion and decoding of
+   MIME-2 header fields (using RFC-1522 encoding.)
+   */
+  bool rfc1522_conversion_p;
+
+  /* A hook for the caller to turn a file name into a content-type. */
+  char *(*file_type_fn) (const char *filename, void *stream_closure);
+
+  /* A hook by which the user may be prompted for a password by the security
+   library.  (This is really of type `SECKEYGetPasswordKey'; see sec.h.) */
+  void *(*passwd_prompt_fn)(void *arg1, void *arg2);
+
+  /* =======================================================================
+   Various callbacks; for all of these functions, the `closure' argument
+   is what is found in `html_closure'.
+   */
+  void *html_closure;
+
+  /* For emitting some HTML before the start of the outermost message
+   (this is called before any HTML is written to layout.) */
+  MimeHTMLGeneratorFunction generate_header_html_fn;
+
+  /* For emitting some HTML after the outermost header block, but before
+   the body of the first message. */
+  MimeHTMLGeneratorFunction generate_post_header_html_fn;
+
+  /* For emitting some HTML at the very end (this is called after libmime
+   has written everything it's going to write.) */
+  MimeHTMLGeneratorFunction generate_footer_html_fn;
+
+  /* For turning a message ID into a loadable URL. */
+  MimeHTMLGeneratorFunction generate_reference_url_fn;
+
+  /* For turning a mail address into a mailto URL. */
+  MimeHTMLGeneratorFunction generate_mailto_url_fn;
+
+  /* For turning a newsgroup name into a news URL. */
+  MimeHTMLGeneratorFunction generate_news_url_fn;
+
+  /* =======================================================================
+     Callbacks to handle the backend-specific inlined image display
+   (internal-external-reconnect junk.)  For `image_begin', the `closure'
+   argument is what is found in `stream_closure'; but for all of the
+   others, the `closure' argument is the data that `image_begin' returned.
+   */
+
+  /* Begins processing an embedded image; the URL and content_type are of the
+   image itself. */
+  void *(*image_begin) (const char *image_url, const char *content_type,
+            void *stream_closure);
+
+  /* Stop processing an image. */
+  void (*image_end) (void *image_closure, int status);
+
+  /* Dump some raw image data down the stream. */
+  int (*image_write_buffer) (const char *buf, int32_t size, void *image_closure);
+
+  /* What HTML should be dumped out for this image. */
+  char *(*make_image_html) (void *image_closure);
+
+
+  /* =======================================================================
+   Other random opaque state.
+   */
+  MimeParseStateObject *state;    /* Some state used by libmime internals;
+                     initialize this to 0 and leave it alone.
+                   */
+
+
+#ifdef MIME_DRAFTS
+  /* =======================================================================
+  Mail Draft hooks -- 09-19-1996
+   */
+  bool decompose_file_p;            /* are we decomposing a mime msg
+                     into separate files */
+  bool done_parsing_outer_headers;  /* are we done parsing the outer message
+                      headers; this is really useful when
+                      we have multiple Message/RFC822
+                      headers */
+  bool is_multipart_msg;            /* are we decomposing a multipart
+                      message */
+
+  int decompose_init_count;            /* used for non multipart message only
+                    */
+
+  bool signed_p;             /* to tell draft this is a signed
+                      message */
+
+  bool caller_need_root_headers;    /* set it to true to receive the message main
+                                         headers through the callback
+                                         decompose_headers_info_fn */
+
+  /* Callback to gather the outer most headers so we could use the
+   information to initialize the addressing/subject/newsgroups fields
+   for the composition window. */
+  int (*decompose_headers_info_fn) (void *closure,
+                  MimeHeaders *headers);
+
+  /* Callbacks to create temporary files for drafts attachments. */
+  int (*decompose_file_init_fn) (void *stream_closure,
+                 MimeHeaders *headers );
+
+  MimeConverterOutputCallback decompose_file_output_fn;
+
+  int (*decompose_file_close_fn) (void *stream_closure);
+#endif /* MIME_DRAFTS */
+
+  int32_t attachment_icon_layer_id; /* Hackhackhack.  This is zero if we have
+                   not yet emitted the attachment layer
+                   stuff.  If we have, then this is the
+                   id number for that layer, which is a
+                   unique random number every time, to keep
+                   evil people from writing javascript code
+                   to hack it. */
+
+  bool missing_parts;  /* Whether or not this message is going to contain
+                 missing parts (from IMAP Mime Parts On Demand) */
+
+  bool show_attachment_inline_p; /* Whether or not we should display attachment inline (whatever say
+                         the content-disposition) */
+
+  bool quote_attachment_inline_p; /* Whether or not we should include inlined attachments in
+                         quotes of replies) */
+
+  int32_t html_as_p; /* How we should display HTML, which allows us to know if we should display all body parts */
+
+  /**
+   * Should StartBody/EndBody events be generated for nested MimeMessages.  If
+   *  false (the default value), the events are only generated for the outermost
+   *  MimeMessage.
+   */
+  bool notify_nested_bodies;
+
+  /**
+   * When true, compels mime parts to only write the actual body
+   *  payload and not display-gunk like links to attachments. This was
+   *  primarily introduced for the benefit of the javascript emitter.
+   */
+  bool write_pure_bodies;
+
+  /**
+   * When true, only processes metadata (i.e. size) for streamed attachments.
+   *  Mime emitters that expect any attachment data (including inline text and
+   *  image attachments) should leave this as false (the default value).  At
+   *  the moment, only the JS mime emitter uses this.
+   */
+  bool metadata_only;
+};
+
+#endif /* _MODLMIME_H_ */
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/src/modmimee.h b/mailnews/mime/src/modmimee.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..123fbcdb1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/src/modmimee.h
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+ /* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4 -*-
+   mimeenc.c --- MIME encoders and decoders, version 2 (see mimei.h)
+   Copyright (c) 1996 Netscape Communications Corporation, all rights reserved.
+   Created: Jamie Zawinski <jwz@netscape.com>, 15-May-96.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MIMEENC_H_
+#define _MIMEENC_H_
+
+#include "nsError.h"
+#include "nscore.h" // for nullptr
+
+typedef int (*MimeConverterOutputCallback)
+  (const char *buf, int32_t size, void *closure);
+
+/* This file defines interfaces to generic implementations of Base64,
+   Quoted-Printable, and UU decoders; and of Base64 and Quoted-Printable
+   encoders.
+ */
+
+
+/* Opaque objects used by the encoder/decoder to store state. */
+typedef struct MimeDecoderData MimeDecoderData;
+
+struct MimeObject;
+
+
+/* functions for creating that opaque data.
+ */
+MimeDecoderData *MimeB64DecoderInit(MimeConverterOutputCallback output_fn,
+                  void *closure);
+
+MimeDecoderData *MimeQPDecoderInit (MimeConverterOutputCallback output_fn,
+                  void *closure, MimeObject *object = nullptr);
+
+MimeDecoderData *MimeUUDecoderInit (MimeConverterOutputCallback output_fn,
+                  void *closure);
+MimeDecoderData *MimeYDecoderInit (MimeConverterOutputCallback output_fn,
+                  void *closure);
+
+/* Push data through the encoder/decoder, causing the above-provided write_fn
+   to be called with encoded/decoded data. */
+int MimeDecoderWrite (MimeDecoderData *data, const char *buffer, int32_t size,
+                  int32_t *outSize);
+
+/* When you're done encoding/decoding, call this to free the data.  If
+   abort_p is false, then calling this may cause the write_fn to be called
+   one last time (as the last buffered data is flushed out.)
+ */
+int MimeDecoderDestroy(MimeDecoderData *data, bool abort_p);
+
+#endif /* _MODMIMEE_H_ */
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/src/moz.build b/mailnews/mime/src/moz.build
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1d44db88a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/src/moz.build
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+# vim: set filetype=python:
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+EXPORTS += [
+    'mimecont.h',
+    'mimecryp.h',
+    'mimecth.h',
+    'mimehdrs.h',
+    'mimei.h',
+    'mimeleaf.h',
+    'mimemoz2.h',
+    'mimemsig.h',
+    'mimemult.h',
+    'mimeobj.h',
+    'mimepbuf.h',
+    'mimetext.h',
+    'modlmime.h',
+    'modmimee.h',
+    'nsMimeStringResources.h',
+    'nsStreamConverter.h',
+]
+
+SOURCES += [
+    'comi18n.cpp',
+    'mimebuf.cpp',
+    'mimecms.cpp',
+    'mimecom.cpp',
+    'mimecont.cpp',
+    'mimecryp.cpp',
+    'mimecth.cpp',
+    'mimedrft.cpp',
+    'mimeebod.cpp',
+    'mimeenc.cpp',
+    'mimeeobj.cpp',
+    'mimehdrs.cpp',
+    'MimeHeaderParser.cpp',
+    'mimei.cpp',
+    'mimeiimg.cpp',
+    'mimeleaf.cpp',
+    'mimemalt.cpp',
+    'mimemapl.cpp',
+    'mimemcms.cpp',
+    'mimemdig.cpp',
+    'mimemmix.cpp',
+    'mimemoz2.cpp',
+    'mimempar.cpp',
+    'mimemrel.cpp',
+    'mimemsg.cpp',
+    'mimemsig.cpp',
+    'mimemult.cpp',
+    'mimeobj.cpp',
+    'mimepbuf.cpp',
+    'mimesun.cpp',
+    'mimetenr.cpp',
+    'mimetext.cpp',
+    'mimeTextHTMLParsed.cpp',
+    'mimethpl.cpp',
+    'mimethsa.cpp',
+    'mimethtm.cpp',
+    'mimetpfl.cpp',
+    'mimetpla.cpp',
+    'mimetric.cpp',
+    'mimeunty.cpp',
+    'nsCMS.cpp',
+    'nsCMSSecureMessage.cpp',
+    'nsMimeObjectClassAccess.cpp',
+    'nsSimpleMimeConverterStub.cpp',
+    'nsStreamConverter.cpp',
+]
+
+LOCAL_INCLUDES += [
+     '/mozilla/security/certverifier',
+     '/mozilla/security/manager/ssl',
+     '/mozilla/security/pkix/include',
+]
+
+EXTRA_COMPONENTS += [
+    'mimeJSComponents.js',
+    'msgMime.manifest',
+]
+
+EXTRA_JS_MODULES += [
+    'extraMimeParsers.jsm',
+    'jsmime.jsm',
+    'mimeParser.jsm'
+]
+
+FINAL_LIBRARY = 'mail'
+
+DEFINES['ENABLE_SMIME'] = True
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/src/msgMime.manifest b/mailnews/mime/src/msgMime.manifest
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9ce79bf74
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/src/msgMime.manifest
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+component {d1258011-f391-44fd-992e-c6f4b461a42f} mimeJSComponents.js
+component {96bd8769-2d0e-4440-963d-22b97fb3ba77} mimeJSComponents.js
+component {93f8c049-80ed-4dda-9000-94ad8daba44c} mimeJSComponents.js
+component {c560806a-425f-4f0f-bf69-397c58c599a7} mimeJSComponents.js
+contract @mozilla.org/messenger/mimeheaders;1 {d1258011-f391-44fd-992e-c6f4b461a42f}
+contract @mozilla.org/messenger/mimeconverter;1 {93f8c049-80ed-4dda-9000-94ad8daba44c}
+contract @mozilla.org/messenger/headerparser;1 {96bd8769-2d0e-4440-963d-22b97fb3ba77}
+contract @mozilla.org/messenger/structuredheaders;1 {c560806a-425f-4f0f-bf69-397c58c599a7}
+category custom-mime-encoder A-extra resource:///modules/extraMimeParsers.jsm
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/src/nsCMS.cpp b/mailnews/mime/src/nsCMS.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c7cfb31ed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/src/nsCMS.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,966 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsCMS.h"
+
+#include "CertVerifier.h"
+#include "CryptoTask.h"
+#include "ScopedNSSTypes.h"
+#include "cms.h"
+#include "mozilla/Logging.h"
+#include "mozilla/RefPtr.h"
+#include "nsArrayUtils.h"
+#include "nsIArray.h"
+#include "nsICMSMessageErrors.h"
+#include "nsICryptoHash.h"
+#include "nsISupports.h"
+#include "nsIX509CertDB.h"
+#include "nsNSSCertificate.h"
+#include "nsNSSComponent.h"
+#include "nsNSSHelper.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+#include "pkix/Result.h"
+#include "pkix/pkixtypes.h"
+#include "smime.h"
+
+using namespace mozilla;
+using namespace mozilla::psm;
+using namespace mozilla::pkix;
+
+#ifdef PR_LOGGING
+extern mozilla::LazyLogModule gPIPNSSLog;
+#endif
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsCMSMessage, nsICMSMessage, nsICMSMessage2)
+
+nsCMSMessage::nsCMSMessage()
+{
+  m_cmsMsg = nullptr;
+}
+nsCMSMessage::nsCMSMessage(NSSCMSMessage *aCMSMsg)
+{
+  m_cmsMsg = aCMSMsg;
+}
+
+nsCMSMessage::~nsCMSMessage()
+{
+  nsNSSShutDownPreventionLock locker;
+  if (isAlreadyShutDown()) {
+    return;
+  }
+  destructorSafeDestroyNSSReference();
+  shutdown(ShutdownCalledFrom::Object);
+}
+
+nsresult nsCMSMessage::Init()
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> nssInitialized = do_GetService("@mozilla.org/psm;1", &rv);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+void nsCMSMessage::virtualDestroyNSSReference()
+{
+  destructorSafeDestroyNSSReference();
+}
+
+void nsCMSMessage::destructorSafeDestroyNSSReference()
+{
+  if (m_cmsMsg) {
+    NSS_CMSMessage_Destroy(m_cmsMsg);
+  }
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsCMSMessage::VerifySignature()
+{
+  return CommonVerifySignature(nullptr, 0);
+}
+
+NSSCMSSignerInfo* nsCMSMessage::GetTopLevelSignerInfo()
+{
+  nsNSSShutDownPreventionLock locker;
+  if (isAlreadyShutDown())
+    return nullptr;
+
+  if (!m_cmsMsg)
+    return nullptr;
+
+  if (!NSS_CMSMessage_IsSigned(m_cmsMsg))
+    return nullptr;
+
+  NSSCMSContentInfo *cinfo = NSS_CMSMessage_ContentLevel(m_cmsMsg, 0);
+  if (!cinfo)
+    return nullptr;
+
+  NSSCMSSignedData *sigd = (NSSCMSSignedData*)NSS_CMSContentInfo_GetContent(cinfo);
+  if (!sigd)
+    return nullptr;
+
+  PR_ASSERT(NSS_CMSSignedData_SignerInfoCount(sigd) > 0);
+  return NSS_CMSSignedData_GetSignerInfo(sigd, 0);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsCMSMessage::GetSignerEmailAddress(char * * aEmail)
+{
+  nsNSSShutDownPreventionLock locker;
+  if (isAlreadyShutDown())
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_AVAILABLE;
+
+  MOZ_LOG(gPIPNSSLog, LogLevel::Debug, ("nsCMSMessage::GetSignerEmailAddress\n"));
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(aEmail);
+
+  NSSCMSSignerInfo *si = GetTopLevelSignerInfo();
+  if (!si)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  *aEmail = NSS_CMSSignerInfo_GetSignerEmailAddress(si);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsCMSMessage::GetSignerCommonName(char ** aName)
+{
+  nsNSSShutDownPreventionLock locker;
+  if (isAlreadyShutDown())
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_AVAILABLE;
+
+  MOZ_LOG(gPIPNSSLog, LogLevel::Debug, ("nsCMSMessage::GetSignerCommonName\n"));
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(aName);
+
+  NSSCMSSignerInfo *si = GetTopLevelSignerInfo();
+  if (!si)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  *aName = NSS_CMSSignerInfo_GetSignerCommonName(si);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsCMSMessage::ContentIsEncrypted(bool *isEncrypted)
+{
+  nsNSSShutDownPreventionLock locker;
+  if (isAlreadyShutDown())
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_AVAILABLE;
+
+  MOZ_LOG(gPIPNSSLog, LogLevel::Debug, ("nsCMSMessage::ContentIsEncrypted\n"));
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(isEncrypted);
+
+  if (!m_cmsMsg)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  *isEncrypted = NSS_CMSMessage_IsEncrypted(m_cmsMsg);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsCMSMessage::ContentIsSigned(bool *isSigned)
+{
+  nsNSSShutDownPreventionLock locker;
+  if (isAlreadyShutDown())
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_AVAILABLE;
+
+  MOZ_LOG(gPIPNSSLog, LogLevel::Debug, ("nsCMSMessage::ContentIsSigned\n"));
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(isSigned);
+
+  if (!m_cmsMsg)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  *isSigned = NSS_CMSMessage_IsSigned(m_cmsMsg);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsCMSMessage::GetSignerCert(nsIX509Cert **scert)
+{
+  nsNSSShutDownPreventionLock locker;
+  if (isAlreadyShutDown())
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_AVAILABLE;
+
+  NSSCMSSignerInfo *si = GetTopLevelSignerInfo();
+  if (!si)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIX509Cert> cert;
+  if (si->cert) {
+    MOZ_LOG(gPIPNSSLog, LogLevel::Debug, ("nsCMSMessage::GetSignerCert got signer cert\n"));
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIX509CertDB> certdb = do_GetService(NS_X509CERTDB_CONTRACTID);
+    certdb->ConstructX509(reinterpret_cast<const char *>(si->cert->derCert.data),
+                          si->cert->derCert.len,
+                          getter_AddRefs(cert));
+  }
+  else {
+    MOZ_LOG(gPIPNSSLog, LogLevel::Debug, ("nsCMSMessage::GetSignerCert no signer cert, do we have a cert list? %s\n",
+      (si->certList ? "yes" : "no") ));
+
+    *scert = nullptr;
+  }
+
+  cert.forget(scert);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsCMSMessage::GetEncryptionCert(nsIX509Cert **ecert)
+{
+  nsNSSShutDownPreventionLock locker;
+  if (isAlreadyShutDown())
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_AVAILABLE;
+
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsCMSMessage::VerifyDetachedSignature(unsigned char* aDigestData, uint32_t aDigestDataLen)
+{
+  if (!aDigestData || !aDigestDataLen)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  return CommonVerifySignature(aDigestData, aDigestDataLen);
+}
+
+nsresult nsCMSMessage::CommonVerifySignature(unsigned char* aDigestData, uint32_t aDigestDataLen)
+{
+  nsNSSShutDownPreventionLock locker;
+  if (isAlreadyShutDown())
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_AVAILABLE;
+
+  MOZ_LOG(gPIPNSSLog, LogLevel::Debug, ("nsCMSMessage::CommonVerifySignature, content level count %d\n", NSS_CMSMessage_ContentLevelCount(m_cmsMsg)));
+  NSSCMSContentInfo *cinfo = nullptr;
+  NSSCMSSignedData *sigd = nullptr;
+  NSSCMSSignerInfo *si;
+  int32_t nsigners;
+  RefPtr<SharedCertVerifier> certVerifier;
+  nsresult rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  if (!NSS_CMSMessage_IsSigned(m_cmsMsg)) {
+    MOZ_LOG(gPIPNSSLog, LogLevel::Debug, ("nsCMSMessage::CommonVerifySignature - not signed\n"));
+    return NS_ERROR_CMS_VERIFY_NOT_SIGNED;
+  }
+
+  cinfo = NSS_CMSMessage_ContentLevel(m_cmsMsg, 0);
+  if (cinfo) {
+    // I don't like this hard cast. We should check in some way, that we really have this type.
+    sigd = (NSSCMSSignedData*)NSS_CMSContentInfo_GetContent(cinfo);
+  }
+
+  if (!sigd) {
+    MOZ_LOG(gPIPNSSLog, LogLevel::Debug, ("nsCMSMessage::CommonVerifySignature - no content info\n"));
+    rv = NS_ERROR_CMS_VERIFY_NO_CONTENT_INFO;
+    goto loser;
+  }
+
+  if (aDigestData && aDigestDataLen)
+  {
+    SECItem digest;
+    digest.data = aDigestData;
+    digest.len = aDigestDataLen;
+
+    if (NSS_CMSSignedData_SetDigestValue(sigd, SEC_OID_SHA1, &digest)) {
+      MOZ_LOG(gPIPNSSLog, LogLevel::Debug, ("nsCMSMessage::CommonVerifySignature - bad digest\n"));
+      rv = NS_ERROR_CMS_VERIFY_BAD_DIGEST;
+      goto loser;
+    }
+  }
+
+  // Import certs. Note that import failure is not a signature verification failure. //
+  if (NSS_CMSSignedData_ImportCerts(sigd, CERT_GetDefaultCertDB(), certUsageEmailRecipient, true) != SECSuccess) {
+    MOZ_LOG(gPIPNSSLog, LogLevel::Debug, ("nsCMSMessage::CommonVerifySignature - can not import certs\n"));
+  }
+
+  nsigners = NSS_CMSSignedData_SignerInfoCount(sigd);
+  PR_ASSERT(nsigners > 0);
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(nsigners > 0, NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED);
+  si = NSS_CMSSignedData_GetSignerInfo(sigd, 0);
+
+  // See bug 324474. We want to make sure the signing cert is
+  // still valid at the current time.
+
+  certVerifier = GetDefaultCertVerifier();
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(certVerifier, NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED);
+
+  {
+    UniqueCERTCertList builtChain;
+    mozilla::pkix::Result result =
+      certVerifier->VerifyCert(si->cert,
+                               certificateUsageEmailSigner,
+                               Now(),
+                               nullptr /*XXX pinarg*/,
+                               nullptr /*hostname*/,
+                               builtChain);
+    if (result != mozilla::pkix::Success) {
+      MOZ_LOG(gPIPNSSLog, LogLevel::Debug,
+             ("nsCMSMessage::CommonVerifySignature - signing cert not trusted now\n"));
+      rv = NS_ERROR_CMS_VERIFY_UNTRUSTED;
+      goto loser;
+    }
+  }
+
+  // We verify the first signer info,  only //
+  // XXX: NSS_CMSSignedData_VerifySignerInfo calls CERT_VerifyCert, which
+  // requires NSS's certificate verification configuration to be done in
+  // order to work well (e.g. honoring OCSP preferences and proxy settings
+  // for OCSP requests), but Gecko stopped doing that configuration. Something
+  // similar to what was done for Gecko bug 1028643 needs to be done here too.
+  if (NSS_CMSSignedData_VerifySignerInfo(sigd, 0, CERT_GetDefaultCertDB(), certUsageEmailSigner) != SECSuccess) {
+    MOZ_LOG(gPIPNSSLog, LogLevel::Debug, ("nsCMSMessage::CommonVerifySignature - unable to verify signature\n"));
+
+    if (NSSCMSVS_SigningCertNotFound == si->verificationStatus) {
+      MOZ_LOG(gPIPNSSLog, LogLevel::Debug, ("nsCMSMessage::CommonVerifySignature - signing cert not found\n"));
+      rv = NS_ERROR_CMS_VERIFY_NOCERT;
+    }
+    else if(NSSCMSVS_SigningCertNotTrusted == si->verificationStatus) {
+      MOZ_LOG(gPIPNSSLog, LogLevel::Debug, ("nsCMSMessage::CommonVerifySignature - signing cert not trusted at signing time\n"));
+      rv = NS_ERROR_CMS_VERIFY_UNTRUSTED;
+    }
+    else if(NSSCMSVS_Unverified == si->verificationStatus) {
+      MOZ_LOG(gPIPNSSLog, LogLevel::Debug, ("nsCMSMessage::CommonVerifySignature - can not verify\n"));
+      rv = NS_ERROR_CMS_VERIFY_ERROR_UNVERIFIED;
+    }
+    else if(NSSCMSVS_ProcessingError == si->verificationStatus) {
+      MOZ_LOG(gPIPNSSLog, LogLevel::Debug, ("nsCMSMessage::CommonVerifySignature - processing error\n"));
+      rv = NS_ERROR_CMS_VERIFY_ERROR_PROCESSING;
+    }
+    else if(NSSCMSVS_BadSignature == si->verificationStatus) {
+      MOZ_LOG(gPIPNSSLog, LogLevel::Debug, ("nsCMSMessage::CommonVerifySignature - bad signature\n"));
+      rv = NS_ERROR_CMS_VERIFY_BAD_SIGNATURE;
+    }
+    else if(NSSCMSVS_DigestMismatch == si->verificationStatus) {
+      MOZ_LOG(gPIPNSSLog, LogLevel::Debug, ("nsCMSMessage::CommonVerifySignature - digest mismatch\n"));
+      rv = NS_ERROR_CMS_VERIFY_DIGEST_MISMATCH;
+    }
+    else if(NSSCMSVS_SignatureAlgorithmUnknown == si->verificationStatus) {
+      MOZ_LOG(gPIPNSSLog, LogLevel::Debug, ("nsCMSMessage::CommonVerifySignature - algo unknown\n"));
+      rv = NS_ERROR_CMS_VERIFY_UNKNOWN_ALGO;
+    }
+    else if(NSSCMSVS_SignatureAlgorithmUnsupported == si->verificationStatus) {
+      MOZ_LOG(gPIPNSSLog, LogLevel::Debug, ("nsCMSMessage::CommonVerifySignature - algo not supported\n"));
+      rv = NS_ERROR_CMS_VERIFY_UNSUPPORTED_ALGO;
+    }
+    else if(NSSCMSVS_MalformedSignature == si->verificationStatus) {
+      MOZ_LOG(gPIPNSSLog, LogLevel::Debug, ("nsCMSMessage::CommonVerifySignature - malformed signature\n"));
+      rv = NS_ERROR_CMS_VERIFY_MALFORMED_SIGNATURE;
+    }
+
+    goto loser;
+  }
+
+  // Save the profile. Note that save import failure is not a signature verification failure. //
+  if (NSS_SMIMESignerInfo_SaveSMIMEProfile(si) != SECSuccess) {
+    MOZ_LOG(gPIPNSSLog, LogLevel::Debug, ("nsCMSMessage::CommonVerifySignature - unable to save smime profile\n"));
+  }
+
+  rv = NS_OK;
+loser:
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsCMSMessage::AsyncVerifySignature(
+                              nsISMimeVerificationListener *aListener)
+{
+  return CommonAsyncVerifySignature(aListener, nullptr, 0);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsCMSMessage::AsyncVerifyDetachedSignature(
+                              nsISMimeVerificationListener *aListener,
+                              unsigned char* aDigestData, uint32_t aDigestDataLen)
+{
+  if (!aDigestData || !aDigestDataLen)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  return CommonAsyncVerifySignature(aListener, aDigestData, aDigestDataLen);
+}
+
+class SMimeVerificationTask final : public CryptoTask
+{
+public:
+  SMimeVerificationTask(nsICMSMessage *aMessage,
+                        nsISMimeVerificationListener *aListener,
+                        unsigned char *aDigestData, uint32_t aDigestDataLen)
+  {
+    MOZ_ASSERT(NS_IsMainThread());
+    mMessage = aMessage;
+    mListener = aListener;
+    mDigestData.Assign(reinterpret_cast<char *>(aDigestData), aDigestDataLen);
+  }
+
+private:
+  virtual void ReleaseNSSResources() override {}
+  virtual nsresult CalculateResult() override
+  {
+    MOZ_ASSERT(!NS_IsMainThread());
+
+    nsresult rv;
+    if (!mDigestData.IsEmpty()) {
+      rv = mMessage->VerifyDetachedSignature(
+        reinterpret_cast<uint8_t*>(const_cast<char *>(mDigestData.get())),
+        mDigestData.Length());
+    } else {
+      rv = mMessage->VerifySignature();
+    }
+
+    return rv;
+  }
+  virtual void CallCallback(nsresult rv) override
+  {
+    MOZ_ASSERT(NS_IsMainThread());
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsICMSMessage2> m2 = do_QueryInterface(mMessage);
+    mListener->Notify(m2, rv);
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsICMSMessage> mMessage;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISMimeVerificationListener> mListener;
+  nsCString mDigestData;
+};
+
+nsresult nsCMSMessage::CommonAsyncVerifySignature(nsISMimeVerificationListener *aListener,
+                                                  unsigned char* aDigestData, uint32_t aDigestDataLen)
+{
+  RefPtr<CryptoTask> task = new SMimeVerificationTask(this, aListener, aDigestData, aDigestDataLen);
+  return task->Dispatch("SMimeVerify");
+}
+
+class nsZeroTerminatedCertArray : public nsNSSShutDownObject
+{
+public:
+  nsZeroTerminatedCertArray()
+  :mCerts(nullptr), mPoolp(nullptr), mSize(0)
+  {
+  }
+
+  ~nsZeroTerminatedCertArray()
+  {
+    nsNSSShutDownPreventionLock locker;
+    if (isAlreadyShutDown()) {
+      return;
+    }
+    destructorSafeDestroyNSSReference();
+    shutdown(ShutdownCalledFrom::Object);
+  }
+
+  void virtualDestroyNSSReference()
+  {
+    destructorSafeDestroyNSSReference();
+  }
+
+  void destructorSafeDestroyNSSReference()
+  {
+    if (mCerts)
+    {
+      for (uint32_t i=0; i < mSize; i++) {
+        if (mCerts[i]) {
+          CERT_DestroyCertificate(mCerts[i]);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    if (mPoolp)
+      PORT_FreeArena(mPoolp, false);
+  }
+
+  bool allocate(uint32_t count)
+  {
+    // only allow allocation once
+    if (mPoolp)
+      return false;
+
+    mSize = count;
+
+    if (!mSize)
+      return false;
+
+    mPoolp = PORT_NewArena(1024);
+    if (!mPoolp)
+      return false;
+
+    mCerts = (CERTCertificate**)PORT_ArenaZAlloc(
+      mPoolp, (count+1)*sizeof(CERTCertificate*));
+
+    if (!mCerts)
+      return false;
+
+    // null array, including zero termination
+    for (uint32_t i = 0; i < count+1; i++) {
+      mCerts[i] = nullptr;
+    }
+
+    return true;
+  }
+
+  void set(uint32_t i, CERTCertificate *c)
+  {
+    nsNSSShutDownPreventionLock locker;
+    if (isAlreadyShutDown())
+      return;
+
+    if (i >= mSize)
+      return;
+
+    if (mCerts[i]) {
+      CERT_DestroyCertificate(mCerts[i]);
+    }
+
+    mCerts[i] = CERT_DupCertificate(c);
+  }
+
+  CERTCertificate *get(uint32_t i)
+  {
+    nsNSSShutDownPreventionLock locker;
+    if (isAlreadyShutDown())
+      return nullptr;
+
+    if (i >= mSize)
+      return nullptr;
+
+    return CERT_DupCertificate(mCerts[i]);
+  }
+
+  CERTCertificate **getRawArray()
+  {
+    nsNSSShutDownPreventionLock locker;
+    if (isAlreadyShutDown())
+      return nullptr;
+
+    return mCerts;
+  }
+
+private:
+  CERTCertificate **mCerts;
+  PLArenaPool *mPoolp;
+  uint32_t mSize;
+};
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsCMSMessage::CreateEncrypted(nsIArray * aRecipientCerts)
+{
+  nsNSSShutDownPreventionLock locker;
+  if (isAlreadyShutDown())
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_AVAILABLE;
+
+  MOZ_LOG(gPIPNSSLog, LogLevel::Debug, ("nsCMSMessage::CreateEncrypted\n"));
+  NSSCMSContentInfo *cinfo;
+  NSSCMSEnvelopedData *envd;
+  NSSCMSRecipientInfo *recipientInfo;
+  nsZeroTerminatedCertArray recipientCerts;
+  SECOidTag bulkAlgTag;
+  int keySize;
+  uint32_t i;
+  nsresult rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  // Check the recipient certificates //
+  uint32_t recipientCertCount;
+  aRecipientCerts->GetLength(&recipientCertCount);
+  PR_ASSERT(recipientCertCount > 0);
+
+  if (!recipientCerts.allocate(recipientCertCount)) {
+    goto loser;
+  }
+
+  for (i=0; i<recipientCertCount; i++) {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIX509Cert> x509cert = do_QueryElementAt(aRecipientCerts, i);
+
+    if (!x509cert)
+      return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+    UniqueCERTCertificate c(x509cert->GetCert());
+    recipientCerts.set(i, c.get());
+  }
+
+  // Find a bulk key algorithm //
+  if (NSS_SMIMEUtil_FindBulkAlgForRecipients(recipientCerts.getRawArray(), &bulkAlgTag,
+                                            &keySize) != SECSuccess) {
+    MOZ_LOG(gPIPNSSLog, LogLevel::Debug, ("nsCMSMessage::CreateEncrypted - can't find bulk alg for recipients\n"));
+    rv = NS_ERROR_CMS_ENCRYPT_NO_BULK_ALG;
+    goto loser;
+  }
+
+  m_cmsMsg = NSS_CMSMessage_Create(nullptr);
+  if (!m_cmsMsg) {
+    MOZ_LOG(gPIPNSSLog, LogLevel::Debug, ("nsCMSMessage::CreateEncrypted - can't create new cms message\n"));
+    rv = NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+    goto loser;
+  }
+
+  if ((envd = NSS_CMSEnvelopedData_Create(m_cmsMsg, bulkAlgTag, keySize)) == nullptr) {
+    MOZ_LOG(gPIPNSSLog, LogLevel::Debug, ("nsCMSMessage::CreateEncrypted - can't create enveloped data\n"));
+    goto loser;
+  }
+
+  cinfo = NSS_CMSMessage_GetContentInfo(m_cmsMsg);
+  if (NSS_CMSContentInfo_SetContent_EnvelopedData(m_cmsMsg, cinfo, envd) != SECSuccess) {
+    MOZ_LOG(gPIPNSSLog, LogLevel::Debug, ("nsCMSMessage::CreateEncrypted - can't create content enveloped data\n"));
+    goto loser;
+  }
+
+  cinfo = NSS_CMSEnvelopedData_GetContentInfo(envd);
+  if (NSS_CMSContentInfo_SetContent_Data(m_cmsMsg, cinfo, nullptr, false) != SECSuccess) {
+    MOZ_LOG(gPIPNSSLog, LogLevel::Debug, ("nsCMSMessage::CreateEncrypted - can't set content data\n"));
+    goto loser;
+  }
+
+  // Create and attach recipient information //
+  for (i=0; i < recipientCertCount; i++) {
+    UniqueCERTCertificate rc(recipientCerts.get(i));
+    if ((recipientInfo = NSS_CMSRecipientInfo_Create(m_cmsMsg, rc.get())) == nullptr) {
+      MOZ_LOG(gPIPNSSLog, LogLevel::Debug, ("nsCMSMessage::CreateEncrypted - can't create recipient info\n"));
+      goto loser;
+    }
+    if (NSS_CMSEnvelopedData_AddRecipient(envd, recipientInfo) != SECSuccess) {
+      MOZ_LOG(gPIPNSSLog, LogLevel::Debug, ("nsCMSMessage::CreateEncrypted - can't add recipient info\n"));
+      goto loser;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+loser:
+  if (m_cmsMsg) {
+    NSS_CMSMessage_Destroy(m_cmsMsg);
+    m_cmsMsg = nullptr;
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsCMSMessage::CreateSigned(nsIX509Cert* aSigningCert, nsIX509Cert* aEncryptCert,
+                           unsigned char* aDigestData, uint32_t aDigestDataLen,
+                           int16_t aDigestType)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(aSigningCert);
+  nsNSSShutDownPreventionLock locker;
+  if (isAlreadyShutDown())
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_AVAILABLE;
+
+  MOZ_LOG(gPIPNSSLog, LogLevel::Debug, ("nsCMSMessage::CreateSigned\n"));
+  NSSCMSContentInfo *cinfo;
+  NSSCMSSignedData *sigd;
+  NSSCMSSignerInfo *signerinfo;
+  UniqueCERTCertificate scert(aSigningCert->GetCert());
+  UniqueCERTCertificate ecert;
+  nsresult rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  if (!scert) {
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+
+  if (aEncryptCert) {
+    ecert = UniqueCERTCertificate(aEncryptCert->GetCert());
+  }
+
+  SECOidTag digestType;
+  switch (aDigestType) {
+    case nsICryptoHash::SHA1:
+      digestType = SEC_OID_SHA1;
+      break;
+    case nsICryptoHash::SHA256:
+      digestType = SEC_OID_SHA256;
+      break;
+    case nsICryptoHash::SHA384:
+      digestType = SEC_OID_SHA384;
+      break;
+    case nsICryptoHash::SHA512:
+      digestType = SEC_OID_SHA512;
+      break;
+    default:
+      return NS_ERROR_INVALID_ARG;
+  }
+
+  /*
+   * create the message object
+   */
+  m_cmsMsg = NSS_CMSMessage_Create(nullptr); /* create a message on its own pool */
+  if (!m_cmsMsg) {
+    MOZ_LOG(gPIPNSSLog, LogLevel::Debug, ("nsCMSMessage::CreateSigned - can't create new message\n"));
+    rv = NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+    goto loser;
+  }
+
+  /*
+   * build chain of objects: message->signedData->data
+   */
+  if ((sigd = NSS_CMSSignedData_Create(m_cmsMsg)) == nullptr) {
+    MOZ_LOG(gPIPNSSLog, LogLevel::Debug, ("nsCMSMessage::CreateSigned - can't create signed data\n"));
+    goto loser;
+  }
+  cinfo = NSS_CMSMessage_GetContentInfo(m_cmsMsg);
+  if (NSS_CMSContentInfo_SetContent_SignedData(m_cmsMsg, cinfo, sigd)
+          != SECSuccess) {
+    MOZ_LOG(gPIPNSSLog, LogLevel::Debug, ("nsCMSMessage::CreateSigned - can't set content signed data\n"));
+    goto loser;
+  }
+
+  cinfo = NSS_CMSSignedData_GetContentInfo(sigd);
+
+  /* we're always passing data in and detaching optionally */
+  if (NSS_CMSContentInfo_SetContent_Data(m_cmsMsg, cinfo, nullptr, true)
+          != SECSuccess) {
+    MOZ_LOG(gPIPNSSLog, LogLevel::Debug, ("nsCMSMessage::CreateSigned - can't set content data\n"));
+    goto loser;
+  }
+
+  /*
+   * create & attach signer information
+   */
+  signerinfo = NSS_CMSSignerInfo_Create(m_cmsMsg, scert.get(), digestType);
+  if (!signerinfo) {
+    MOZ_LOG(gPIPNSSLog, LogLevel::Debug, ("nsCMSMessage::CreateSigned - can't create signer info\n"));
+    goto loser;
+  }
+
+  /* we want the cert chain included for this one */
+  if (NSS_CMSSignerInfo_IncludeCerts(signerinfo, NSSCMSCM_CertChain,
+                                       certUsageEmailSigner)
+          != SECSuccess) {
+    MOZ_LOG(gPIPNSSLog, LogLevel::Debug, ("nsCMSMessage::CreateSigned - can't include signer cert chain\n"));
+    goto loser;
+  }
+
+  if (NSS_CMSSignerInfo_AddSigningTime(signerinfo, PR_Now())
+	      != SECSuccess) {
+    MOZ_LOG(gPIPNSSLog, LogLevel::Debug, ("nsCMSMessage::CreateSigned - can't add signing time\n"));
+    goto loser;
+  }
+
+  if (NSS_CMSSignerInfo_AddSMIMECaps(signerinfo) != SECSuccess) {
+    MOZ_LOG(gPIPNSSLog, LogLevel::Debug, ("nsCMSMessage::CreateSigned - can't add smime caps\n"));
+    goto loser;
+  }
+
+  if (ecert) {
+    if (NSS_CMSSignerInfo_AddSMIMEEncKeyPrefs(signerinfo, ecert.get(),
+	                                      CERT_GetDefaultCertDB())
+	  != SECSuccess) {
+      MOZ_LOG(gPIPNSSLog, LogLevel::Debug, ("nsCMSMessage::CreateSigned - can't add smime enc key prefs\n"));
+      goto loser;
+    }
+
+    if (NSS_CMSSignerInfo_AddMSSMIMEEncKeyPrefs(signerinfo, ecert.get(),
+	                                        CERT_GetDefaultCertDB())
+	  != SECSuccess) {
+      MOZ_LOG(gPIPNSSLog, LogLevel::Debug, ("nsCMSMessage::CreateSigned - can't add MS smime enc key prefs\n"));
+      goto loser;
+    }
+
+    // If signing and encryption cert are identical, don't add it twice.
+    bool addEncryptionCert =
+      (ecert && (!scert || !CERT_CompareCerts(ecert.get(), scert.get())));
+
+    if (addEncryptionCert &&
+        NSS_CMSSignedData_AddCertificate(sigd, ecert.get()) != SECSuccess) {
+      MOZ_LOG(gPIPNSSLog, LogLevel::Debug, ("nsCMSMessage::CreateSigned - can't add own encryption certificate\n"));
+      goto loser;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (NSS_CMSSignedData_AddSignerInfo(sigd, signerinfo) != SECSuccess) {
+    MOZ_LOG(gPIPNSSLog, LogLevel::Debug, ("nsCMSMessage::CreateSigned - can't add signer info\n"));
+    goto loser;
+  }
+
+  // Finally, add the pre-computed digest if passed in
+  if (aDigestData) {
+    SECItem digest;
+
+    digest.data = aDigestData;
+    digest.len = aDigestDataLen;
+
+    if (NSS_CMSSignedData_SetDigestValue(sigd, digestType, &digest) != SECSuccess) {
+      MOZ_LOG(gPIPNSSLog, LogLevel::Debug, ("nsCMSMessage::CreateSigned - can't set digest value\n"));
+      goto loser;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+loser:
+  if (m_cmsMsg) {
+    NSS_CMSMessage_Destroy(m_cmsMsg);
+    m_cmsMsg = nullptr;
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsCMSDecoder, nsICMSDecoder)
+
+nsCMSDecoder::nsCMSDecoder()
+: m_dcx(nullptr)
+{
+}
+
+nsCMSDecoder::~nsCMSDecoder()
+{
+  nsNSSShutDownPreventionLock locker;
+  if (isAlreadyShutDown()) {
+    return;
+  }
+  destructorSafeDestroyNSSReference();
+  shutdown(ShutdownCalledFrom::Object);
+}
+
+nsresult nsCMSDecoder::Init()
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> nssInitialized = do_GetService("@mozilla.org/psm;1", &rv);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+void nsCMSDecoder::virtualDestroyNSSReference()
+{
+  destructorSafeDestroyNSSReference();
+}
+
+void nsCMSDecoder::destructorSafeDestroyNSSReference()
+{
+  if (m_dcx) {
+    NSS_CMSDecoder_Cancel(m_dcx);
+    m_dcx = nullptr;
+  }
+}
+
+/* void start (in NSSCMSContentCallback cb, in voidPtr arg); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsCMSDecoder::Start(NSSCMSContentCallback cb, void * arg)
+{
+  nsNSSShutDownPreventionLock locker;
+  if (isAlreadyShutDown())
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_AVAILABLE;
+
+  MOZ_LOG(gPIPNSSLog, LogLevel::Debug, ("nsCMSDecoder::Start\n"));
+  m_ctx = new PipUIContext();
+
+  m_dcx = NSS_CMSDecoder_Start(0, cb, arg, 0, m_ctx, 0, 0);
+  if (!m_dcx) {
+    MOZ_LOG(gPIPNSSLog, LogLevel::Debug, ("nsCMSDecoder::Start - can't start decoder\n"));
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* void update (in string bug, in long len); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsCMSDecoder::Update(const char *buf, int32_t len)
+{
+  nsNSSShutDownPreventionLock locker;
+  if (isAlreadyShutDown())
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_AVAILABLE;
+
+  MOZ_LOG(gPIPNSSLog, LogLevel::Debug, ("nsCMSDecoder::Update\n"));
+  NSS_CMSDecoder_Update(m_dcx, (char *)buf, len);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* void finish (); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsCMSDecoder::Finish(nsICMSMessage ** aCMSMsg)
+{
+  nsNSSShutDownPreventionLock locker;
+  if (isAlreadyShutDown())
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_AVAILABLE;
+
+  MOZ_LOG(gPIPNSSLog, LogLevel::Debug, ("nsCMSDecoder::Finish\n"));
+  NSSCMSMessage *cmsMsg;
+  cmsMsg = NSS_CMSDecoder_Finish(m_dcx);
+  m_dcx = nullptr;
+  if (cmsMsg) {
+    nsCMSMessage *obj = new nsCMSMessage(cmsMsg);
+    // The NSS object cmsMsg still carries a reference to the context
+    // we gave it on construction.
+    // Make sure the context will live long enough.
+    obj->referenceContext(m_ctx);
+    *aCMSMsg = obj;
+    NS_ADDREF(*aCMSMsg);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsCMSEncoder, nsICMSEncoder)
+
+nsCMSEncoder::nsCMSEncoder()
+: m_ecx(nullptr)
+{
+}
+
+nsCMSEncoder::~nsCMSEncoder()
+{
+  nsNSSShutDownPreventionLock locker;
+  if (isAlreadyShutDown()) {
+    return;
+  }
+  destructorSafeDestroyNSSReference();
+  shutdown(ShutdownCalledFrom::Object);
+}
+
+nsresult nsCMSEncoder::Init()
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> nssInitialized = do_GetService("@mozilla.org/psm;1", &rv);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+void nsCMSEncoder::virtualDestroyNSSReference()
+{
+  destructorSafeDestroyNSSReference();
+}
+
+void nsCMSEncoder::destructorSafeDestroyNSSReference()
+{
+  if (m_ecx)
+    NSS_CMSEncoder_Cancel(m_ecx);
+}
+
+/* void start (); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsCMSEncoder::Start(nsICMSMessage *aMsg, NSSCMSContentCallback cb, void * arg)
+{
+  nsNSSShutDownPreventionLock locker;
+  if (isAlreadyShutDown())
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_AVAILABLE;
+
+  MOZ_LOG(gPIPNSSLog, LogLevel::Debug, ("nsCMSEncoder::Start\n"));
+  nsCMSMessage *cmsMsg = static_cast<nsCMSMessage*>(aMsg);
+  m_ctx = new PipUIContext();
+
+  m_ecx = NSS_CMSEncoder_Start(cmsMsg->getCMS(), cb, arg, 0, 0, 0, m_ctx, 0, 0, 0, 0);
+  if (!m_ecx) {
+    MOZ_LOG(gPIPNSSLog, LogLevel::Debug, ("nsCMSEncoder::Start - can't start encoder\n"));
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* void update (in string aBuf, in long aLen); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsCMSEncoder::Update(const char *aBuf, int32_t aLen)
+{
+  nsNSSShutDownPreventionLock locker;
+  if (isAlreadyShutDown())
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_AVAILABLE;
+
+  MOZ_LOG(gPIPNSSLog, LogLevel::Debug, ("nsCMSEncoder::Update\n"));
+  if (!m_ecx || NSS_CMSEncoder_Update(m_ecx, aBuf, aLen) != SECSuccess) {
+    MOZ_LOG(gPIPNSSLog, LogLevel::Debug, ("nsCMSEncoder::Update - can't update encoder\n"));
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* void finish (); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsCMSEncoder::Finish()
+{
+  nsNSSShutDownPreventionLock locker;
+  if (isAlreadyShutDown())
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_AVAILABLE;
+
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  MOZ_LOG(gPIPNSSLog, LogLevel::Debug, ("nsCMSEncoder::Finish\n"));
+  if (!m_ecx || NSS_CMSEncoder_Finish(m_ecx) != SECSuccess) {
+    MOZ_LOG(gPIPNSSLog, LogLevel::Debug, ("nsCMSEncoder::Finish - can't finish encoder\n"));
+    rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+  m_ecx = nullptr;
+  return rv;
+}
+
+/* void encode (in nsICMSMessage aMsg); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsCMSEncoder::Encode(nsICMSMessage *aMsg)
+{
+  nsNSSShutDownPreventionLock locker;
+  if (isAlreadyShutDown())
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_AVAILABLE;
+
+  MOZ_LOG(gPIPNSSLog, LogLevel::Debug, ("nsCMSEncoder::Encode\n"));
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/src/nsCMS.h b/mailnews/mime/src/nsCMS.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e8f2fdd4b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/src/nsCMS.h
@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef __NS_CMS_H__
+#define __NS_CMS_H__
+
+#include "nsISupports.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsXPIDLString.h"
+#include "nsIInterfaceRequestor.h"
+#include "nsICMSMessage.h"
+#include "nsICMSMessage2.h"
+#include "nsIX509Cert.h"
+#include "nsICMSEncoder.h"
+#include "nsICMSDecoder.h"
+#include "sechash.h"
+#include "cms.h"
+#include "nsNSSShutDown.h"
+
+#define NS_CMSMESSAGE_CID \
+  { 0xa4557478, 0xae16, 0x11d5, { 0xba,0x4b,0x00,0x10,0x83,0x03,0xb1,0x17 } }
+
+class nsCMSMessage : public nsICMSMessage,
+                     public nsICMSMessage2,
+                     public nsNSSShutDownObject
+{
+public:
+  NS_DECL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSICMSMESSAGE
+  NS_DECL_NSICMSMESSAGE2
+
+  nsCMSMessage();
+  nsCMSMessage(NSSCMSMessage* aCMSMsg);
+  nsresult Init();
+
+  void referenceContext(nsIInterfaceRequestor* aContext) {m_ctx = aContext;}
+  NSSCMSMessage* getCMS() {return m_cmsMsg;}
+private:
+  virtual ~nsCMSMessage();
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIInterfaceRequestor> m_ctx;
+  NSSCMSMessage * m_cmsMsg;
+  NSSCMSSignerInfo* GetTopLevelSignerInfo();
+  nsresult CommonVerifySignature(unsigned char* aDigestData, uint32_t aDigestDataLen);
+
+  nsresult CommonAsyncVerifySignature(nsISMimeVerificationListener *aListener,
+                                      unsigned char* aDigestData, uint32_t aDigestDataLen);
+
+  virtual void virtualDestroyNSSReference() override;
+  void destructorSafeDestroyNSSReference();
+
+};
+
+// ===============================================
+// nsCMSDecoder - implementation of nsICMSDecoder
+// ===============================================
+
+#define NS_CMSDECODER_CID \
+  { 0x9dcef3a4, 0xa3bc, 0x11d5, { 0xba, 0x47, 0x00, 0x10, 0x83, 0x03, 0xb1, 0x17 } }
+
+class nsCMSDecoder : public nsICMSDecoder,
+                     public nsNSSShutDownObject
+{
+public:
+  NS_DECL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSICMSDECODER
+
+  nsCMSDecoder();
+  nsresult Init();
+
+private:
+  virtual ~nsCMSDecoder();
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIInterfaceRequestor> m_ctx;
+  NSSCMSDecoderContext *m_dcx;
+  virtual void virtualDestroyNSSReference() override;
+  void destructorSafeDestroyNSSReference();
+};
+
+// ===============================================
+// nsCMSEncoder - implementation of nsICMSEncoder
+// ===============================================
+
+#define NS_CMSENCODER_CID \
+  { 0xa15789aa, 0x8903, 0x462b, { 0x81, 0xe9, 0x4a, 0xa2, 0xcf, 0xf4, 0xd5, 0xcb } }
+class nsCMSEncoder : public nsICMSEncoder,
+                     public nsNSSShutDownObject
+{
+public:
+  NS_DECL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSICMSENCODER
+
+  nsCMSEncoder();
+  nsresult Init();
+
+private:
+  virtual ~nsCMSEncoder();
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIInterfaceRequestor> m_ctx;
+  NSSCMSEncoderContext *m_ecx;
+  virtual void virtualDestroyNSSReference() override;
+  void destructorSafeDestroyNSSReference();
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/src/nsCMSSecureMessage.cpp b/mailnews/mime/src/nsCMSSecureMessage.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0b7a99d7d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/src/nsCMSSecureMessage.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,363 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsXPIDLString.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsISupports.h"
+#include "nsIInterfaceRequestor.h"
+#include "nsCRT.h"
+#include "nsIX509CertDB.h"
+
+#include "nsICMSSecureMessage.h"
+
+#include "nsCMSSecureMessage.h"
+#include "nsIX509Cert.h"
+#include "nsNSSHelper.h"
+#include "nsNSSCertificate.h"
+#include "nsNSSShutDown.h"
+
+#include <string.h>
+#include "plbase64.h"
+#include "cert.h"
+#include "cms.h"
+
+#include "nsIServiceManager.h"
+#include "nsIPrefService.h"
+#include "nsIPrefBranch.h"
+
+#include "mozilla/Logging.h"
+#ifdef PR_LOGGING
+extern mozilla::LazyLogModule gPIPNSSLog;
+#endif
+
+using namespace mozilla;
+
+// Standard ISupports implementation
+// NOTE: Should these be the thread-safe versions?
+
+/*****
+ * nsCMSSecureMessage
+ *****/
+
+// Standard ISupports implementation
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsCMSSecureMessage, nsICMSSecureMessage)
+
+// nsCMSSecureMessage constructor
+nsCMSSecureMessage::nsCMSSecureMessage()
+{
+  // initialize superclass
+}
+
+// nsCMSMessage destructor
+nsCMSSecureMessage::~nsCMSSecureMessage()
+{
+}
+
+nsresult nsCMSSecureMessage::Init()
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> nssInitialized = do_GetService("@mozilla.org/psm;1", &rv);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+/* string getCertByPrefID (in string certID); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsCMSSecureMessage::
+GetCertByPrefID(const char *certID, char **_retval)
+{
+  nsNSSShutDownPreventionLock locker;
+  MOZ_LOG(gPIPNSSLog, LogLevel::Debug, ("nsCMSSecureMessage::GetCertByPrefID\n"));
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  CERTCertificate *cert = 0;
+  nsXPIDLCString nickname;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIInterfaceRequestor> ctx = new PipUIContext();
+
+  *_retval = 0;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefs = do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+    goto done;
+  }
+
+  rv = prefs->GetCharPref(certID,
+                          getter_Copies(nickname));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) goto done;
+
+  /* Find a good cert in the user's database */
+  cert = CERT_FindUserCertByUsage(CERT_GetDefaultCertDB(), const_cast<char*>(nickname.get()), 
+           certUsageEmailRecipient, true, ctx);
+
+  if (!cert) { 
+    /* Success, but no value */
+    MOZ_LOG(gPIPNSSLog, LogLevel::Debug, ("nsCMSSecureMessage::GetCertByPrefID - can't find user cert\n"));
+    goto done;
+  } 
+
+  /* Convert the DER to a BASE64 String */
+  encode(cert->derCert.data, cert->derCert.len, _retval);
+
+done:
+  if (cert) CERT_DestroyCertificate(cert);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+
+// nsCMSSecureMessage::DecodeCert
+nsresult nsCMSSecureMessage::
+DecodeCert(const char *value, nsIX509Cert ** _retval)
+{
+  nsNSSShutDownPreventionLock locker;
+  MOZ_LOG(gPIPNSSLog, LogLevel::Debug, ("nsCMSSecureMessage::DecodeCert\n"));
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  int32_t length;
+  unsigned char *data = 0;
+
+  *_retval = 0;
+
+  if (!value) { return NS_ERROR_FAILURE; }
+
+  rv = decode(value, &data, &length);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+    MOZ_LOG(gPIPNSSLog, LogLevel::Debug, ("nsCMSSecureMessage::DecodeCert - can't decode cert\n"));
+    return rv;
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIX509CertDB> certdb = do_GetService(NS_X509CERTDB_CONTRACTID);
+  if (!certdb) {
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIX509Cert> cert;
+  certdb->ConstructX509(reinterpret_cast<char *>(data), length, getter_AddRefs(cert));
+
+  if (cert) {
+    *_retval = cert;
+    NS_ADDREF(*_retval);
+  }
+  else {
+    rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+
+  free((char*)data);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+// nsCMSSecureMessage::SendMessage
+nsresult nsCMSSecureMessage::
+SendMessage(const char *msg, const char *base64Cert, char ** _retval)
+{
+  nsNSSShutDownPreventionLock locker;
+  MOZ_LOG(gPIPNSSLog, LogLevel::Debug, ("nsCMSSecureMessage::SendMessage\n"));
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  CERTCertificate *cert = 0;
+  NSSCMSMessage *cmsMsg = 0;
+  unsigned char *certDER = 0;
+  int32_t derLen;
+  NSSCMSEnvelopedData *env;
+  NSSCMSContentInfo *cinfo;
+  NSSCMSRecipientInfo *rcpt;
+  SECItem output;
+  PLArenaPool *arena = PORT_NewArena(1024);
+  SECStatus s;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIInterfaceRequestor> ctx = new PipUIContext();
+
+  /* Step 0. Create a CMS Message */
+  cmsMsg = NSS_CMSMessage_Create(nullptr);
+  if (!cmsMsg) {
+    MOZ_LOG(gPIPNSSLog, LogLevel::Debug, ("nsCMSSecureMessage::SendMessage - can't create NSSCMSMessage\n"));
+    rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    goto done;
+  }
+
+  /* Step 1.  Import the certificate into NSS */
+  rv = decode(base64Cert, &certDER, &derLen);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+    MOZ_LOG(gPIPNSSLog, LogLevel::Debug, ("nsCMSSecureMessage::SendMessage - can't decode / import cert into NSS\n"));
+    goto done;
+  }
+
+  cert = CERT_DecodeCertFromPackage((char *)certDER, derLen);
+  if (!cert) {
+    MOZ_LOG(gPIPNSSLog, LogLevel::Debug, ("nsCMSSecureMessage::SendMessage - can't decode cert from package\n"));
+    rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    goto done;
+  }
+
+  /* Step 2.  Get a signature cert */
+
+  /* Step 3. Build inner (signature) content */
+
+  /* Step 4. Build outer (enveloped) content */
+  env = NSS_CMSEnvelopedData_Create(cmsMsg, SEC_OID_DES_EDE3_CBC, 0);
+  if (!env) {
+    MOZ_LOG(gPIPNSSLog, LogLevel::Debug, ("nsCMSSecureMessage::SendMessage - can't create envelope data\n"));
+    rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    goto done;
+  }
+
+  cinfo = NSS_CMSEnvelopedData_GetContentInfo(env);
+  s = NSS_CMSContentInfo_SetContent_Data(cmsMsg, cinfo, 0, false);
+  if (s != SECSuccess) {
+    MOZ_LOG(gPIPNSSLog, LogLevel::Debug, ("nsCMSSecureMessage::SendMessage - can't set content data\n"));
+    rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    goto done;
+  }
+
+  rcpt = NSS_CMSRecipientInfo_Create(cmsMsg, cert);
+  if (!rcpt) {
+    MOZ_LOG(gPIPNSSLog, LogLevel::Debug, ("nsCMSSecureMessage::SendMessage - can't create recipient info\n"));
+    rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    goto done;
+  }
+
+  s = NSS_CMSEnvelopedData_AddRecipient(env, rcpt);
+  if (s != SECSuccess) {
+    MOZ_LOG(gPIPNSSLog, LogLevel::Debug, ("nsCMSSecureMessage::SendMessage - can't add recipient\n"));
+    rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    goto done;
+  }
+
+  /* Step 5. Add content to message */
+  cinfo = NSS_CMSMessage_GetContentInfo(cmsMsg);
+  s = NSS_CMSContentInfo_SetContent_EnvelopedData(cmsMsg, cinfo, env);
+  if (s != SECSuccess) {
+    MOZ_LOG(gPIPNSSLog, LogLevel::Debug, ("nsCMSSecureMessage::SendMessage - can't set content enveloped data\n"));
+    rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    goto done;
+  }
+  
+  /* Step 6. Encode */
+  NSSCMSEncoderContext *ecx;
+
+  output.data = 0; output.len = 0;
+  ecx = NSS_CMSEncoder_Start(cmsMsg, 0, 0, &output, arena,
+            0, ctx, 0, 0, 0, 0);
+  if (!ecx) {
+    MOZ_LOG(gPIPNSSLog, LogLevel::Debug, ("nsCMSSecureMessage::SendMessage - can't start cms encoder\n"));
+    rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    goto done;
+  }
+
+  s = NSS_CMSEncoder_Update(ecx, msg, strlen(msg));
+  if (s != SECSuccess) {
+    MOZ_LOG(gPIPNSSLog, LogLevel::Debug, ("nsCMSSecureMessage::SendMessage - can't update encoder\n"));
+    rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    goto done;
+  }
+
+  s = NSS_CMSEncoder_Finish(ecx);
+  if (s != SECSuccess) {
+    MOZ_LOG(gPIPNSSLog, LogLevel::Debug, ("nsCMSSecureMessage::SendMessage - can't finish encoder\n"));
+    rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    goto done;
+  }
+
+  /* Step 7. Base64 encode and return the result */
+  rv = encode(output.data, output.len, _retval);
+
+done:
+  if (certDER) free((char *)certDER);
+  if (cert) CERT_DestroyCertificate(cert);
+  if (cmsMsg) NSS_CMSMessage_Destroy(cmsMsg);
+  if (arena) PORT_FreeArena(arena, false);  /* false? */
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+/*
+ * nsCMSSecureMessage::ReceiveMessage
+ */
+nsresult nsCMSSecureMessage::
+ReceiveMessage(const char *msg, char **_retval)
+{
+  nsNSSShutDownPreventionLock locker;
+  MOZ_LOG(gPIPNSSLog, LogLevel::Debug, ("nsCMSSecureMessage::ReceiveMessage\n"));
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  NSSCMSDecoderContext *dcx;
+  unsigned char *der = 0;
+  int32_t derLen;
+  NSSCMSMessage *cmsMsg = 0;
+  SECItem *content;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIInterfaceRequestor> ctx = new PipUIContext();
+
+  /* Step 1. Decode the base64 wrapper */
+  rv = decode(msg, &der, &derLen);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+    MOZ_LOG(gPIPNSSLog, LogLevel::Debug, ("nsCMSSecureMessage::ReceiveMessage - can't base64 decode\n"));
+    goto done;
+  }
+
+  dcx = NSS_CMSDecoder_Start(0, 0, 0, /* pw */ 0, ctx, /* key */ 0, 0);
+  if (!dcx) {
+    MOZ_LOG(gPIPNSSLog, LogLevel::Debug, ("nsCMSSecureMessage::ReceiveMessage - can't start decoder\n"));
+    rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    goto done;
+  }
+
+  (void)NSS_CMSDecoder_Update(dcx, (char *)der, derLen);
+  cmsMsg = NSS_CMSDecoder_Finish(dcx);
+  if (!cmsMsg) {
+    MOZ_LOG(gPIPNSSLog, LogLevel::Debug, ("nsCMSSecureMessage::ReceiveMessage - can't finish decoder\n"));
+    rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    /* Memory leak on dcx?? */
+    goto done;
+  }
+
+  content = NSS_CMSMessage_GetContent(cmsMsg);
+  if (!content) {
+    MOZ_LOG(gPIPNSSLog, LogLevel::Debug, ("nsCMSSecureMessage::ReceiveMessage - can't get content\n"));
+    rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    goto done;
+  }
+
+  /* Copy the data */
+  *_retval = (char*)malloc(content->len+1);
+  memcpy(*_retval, content->data, content->len);
+  (*_retval)[content->len] = 0;
+
+done:
+  if (der) free(der);
+  if (cmsMsg) NSS_CMSMessage_Destroy(cmsMsg);
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsCMSSecureMessage::
+encode(const unsigned char *data, int32_t dataLen, char **_retval)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  *_retval = PL_Base64Encode((const char *)data, dataLen, nullptr);
+  if (!*_retval) { rv = NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY; goto loser; }
+
+loser:
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsCMSSecureMessage::
+decode(const char *data, unsigned char **result, int32_t * _retval)
+{
+  MOZ_LOG(gPIPNSSLog, LogLevel::Debug, ("nsCMSSecureMessage::decode\n"));
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  uint32_t len = strlen(data);
+  int adjust = 0;
+
+  /* Compute length adjustment */
+  if (data[len-1] == '=') {
+    adjust++;
+    if (data[len-2] == '=') adjust++;
+  }
+
+  *result = (unsigned char *)PL_Base64Decode(data, len, nullptr);
+  if (!*result) {
+    MOZ_LOG(gPIPNSSLog, LogLevel::Debug, ("nsCMSSecureMessage::decode - error decoding base64\n"));
+    rv = NS_ERROR_ILLEGAL_VALUE;
+    goto loser;
+  }
+
+  *_retval = (len*3)/4 - adjust;
+
+loser:
+  return rv;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/src/nsCMSSecureMessage.h b/mailnews/mime/src/nsCMSSecureMessage.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a36124ab0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/src/nsCMSSecureMessage.h
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _NSCMSSECUREMESSAGE_H_
+#define _NSCMSSECUREMESSAGE_H_
+
+#include "nsICMSSecureMessage.h"
+
+#include "cms.h"
+
+// ===============================================
+// nsCMSManager - implementation of nsICMSManager
+// ===============================================
+
+#define NS_CMSSECUREMESSAGE_CID \
+  { 0x5fb907e0, 0x1dd2, 0x11b2, { 0xa7, 0xc0, 0xf1, 0x4c, 0x41, 0x6a, 0x62, 0xa1 } }
+
+class nsCMSSecureMessage
+: public nsICMSSecureMessage
+{
+public:
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSICMSSECUREMESSAGE
+
+  nsCMSSecureMessage();
+  nsresult Init();
+
+private:
+  virtual ~nsCMSSecureMessage();
+  NS_METHOD encode(const unsigned char *data, int32_t dataLen, char **_retval);
+  NS_METHOD decode(const char *data, unsigned char **result, int32_t * _retval);
+};
+
+
+#endif /* _NSCMSMESSAGE_H_ */
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/src/nsMimeObjectClassAccess.cpp b/mailnews/mime/src/nsMimeObjectClassAccess.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f1286dcc1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/src/nsMimeObjectClassAccess.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include "mimecom.h"
+#include "nscore.h"
+#include "nsMimeObjectClassAccess.h"
+
+/*
+ * The following macros actually implement addref, release and
+ * query interface for our component.
+ */
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMimeObjectClassAccess, nsIMimeObjectClassAccess)
+
+/*
+ * nsMimeObjectClassAccess definitions....
+ */
+
+/* 
+ * Inherited methods for nsMimeObjectClassAccess
+ */
+nsMimeObjectClassAccess::nsMimeObjectClassAccess()
+{
+}
+
+nsMimeObjectClassAccess::~nsMimeObjectClassAccess()
+{
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMimeObjectClassAccess::MimeObjectWrite(void *mimeObject,
+                                         char *data,
+                                         int32_t length,
+                                         bool user_visible_p)
+{
+  int rc = XPCOM_MimeObject_write(mimeObject, data, length, user_visible_p);
+  NS_ENSURE_FALSE(rc < 0, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMimeObjectClassAccess::GetmimeInlineTextClass(void **ptr)
+{
+  *ptr = XPCOM_GetmimeInlineTextClass();
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMimeObjectClassAccess::GetmimeLeafClass(void **ptr)
+{
+  *ptr = XPCOM_GetmimeLeafClass();
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMimeObjectClassAccess::GetmimeObjectClass(void **ptr)
+{
+  *ptr = XPCOM_GetmimeObjectClass();
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMimeObjectClassAccess::GetmimeContainerClass(void **ptr)
+{
+  *ptr = XPCOM_GetmimeContainerClass();
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMimeObjectClassAccess::GetmimeMultipartClass(void **ptr)
+{
+  *ptr = XPCOM_GetmimeMultipartClass();
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMimeObjectClassAccess::GetmimeMultipartSignedClass(void **ptr)
+{
+  *ptr = XPCOM_GetmimeMultipartSignedClass();
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMimeObjectClassAccess::GetmimeEncryptedClass(void **ptr)
+{
+  *ptr = XPCOM_GetmimeEncryptedClass();
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMimeObjectClassAccess::MimeCreate(char * content_type, void * hdrs, void * opts, void **ptr)
+{
+  *ptr = XPCOM_Mime_create(content_type, hdrs, opts);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/src/nsMimeObjectClassAccess.h b/mailnews/mime/src/nsMimeObjectClassAccess.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d4a189aac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/src/nsMimeObjectClassAccess.h
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/*
+ * This interface is implemented by libmime. This interface is used by
+ * a Content-Type handler "Plug In" (i.e. vCard) for accessing various
+ * internal information about the object class system of libmime. When
+ * libmime progresses to a C++ object class, this would probably change.
+ */
+#ifndef nsMimeObjectClassAccess_h_
+#define nsMimeObjectClassAccess_h_
+
+#include "mozilla/Attributes.h"
+#include "nsISupports.h"
+#include "nsIMimeObjectClassAccess.h"
+
+class nsMimeObjectClassAccess : public nsIMimeObjectClassAccess {
+public:
+  nsMimeObjectClassAccess();
+
+  /* this macro defines QueryInterface, AddRef and Release for this class */
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+
+  // These methods are all implemented by libmime to be used by
+  // content type handler plugins for processing stream data.
+
+  // This is the write call for outputting processed stream data.
+  NS_IMETHOD    MimeObjectWrite(void *mimeObject,
+                                char *data,
+                                int32_t length,
+                                bool user_visible_p) override;
+
+  // The following group of calls expose the pointers for the object
+  // system within libmime.
+  NS_IMETHOD    GetmimeInlineTextClass(void **ptr) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD    GetmimeLeafClass(void **ptr) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD    GetmimeObjectClass(void **ptr) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD    GetmimeContainerClass(void **ptr) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD    GetmimeMultipartClass(void **ptr) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD    GetmimeMultipartSignedClass(void **ptr) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD    GetmimeEncryptedClass(void **ptr) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD    MimeCreate(char *content_type, void * hdrs,
+                           void * opts, void**ptr) override;
+
+private:
+  virtual ~nsMimeObjectClassAccess();
+};
+
+#endif /* nsMimeObjectClassAccess_h_ */
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/src/nsMimeStringResources.h b/mailnews/mime/src/nsMimeStringResources.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4177c7863
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/src/nsMimeStringResources.h
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _NAME_OF_THIS_HEADER_FILE__
+#define _NAME_OF_THIS_HEADER_FILE__
+
+/* Note that the negative values are not actually strings: they are error
+ * codes masquerading as strings. Do not pass them to MimeGetStringByID()
+ * expecting to get anything back for your trouble.
+ */
+#define  MIME_OUT_OF_MEMORY                        -1000
+#define  MIME_UNABLE_TO_OPEN_TMP_FILE              -1001
+#define  MIME_ERROR_WRITING_FILE                   -1002
+#define  MIME_MHTML_SUBJECT                        1000
+#define  MIME_MHTML_RESENT_COMMENTS                1001
+#define  MIME_MHTML_RESENT_DATE                    1002
+#define  MIME_MHTML_RESENT_SENDER                  1003
+#define  MIME_MHTML_RESENT_FROM                    1004
+#define  MIME_MHTML_RESENT_TO                      1005
+#define  MIME_MHTML_RESENT_CC                      1006
+#define  MIME_MHTML_DATE                           1007
+#define  MIME_MHTML_SENDER                         1008
+#define  MIME_MHTML_FROM                           1009
+#define  MIME_MHTML_REPLY_TO                       1010
+#define  MIME_MHTML_ORGANIZATION                   1011
+#define  MIME_MHTML_TO                             1012
+#define  MIME_MHTML_CC                             1013
+#define  MIME_MHTML_NEWSGROUPS                     1014
+#define  MIME_MHTML_FOLLOWUP_TO                    1015
+#define  MIME_MHTML_REFERENCES                     1016
+#define  MIME_MHTML_MESSAGE_ID                     1021
+#define  MIME_MHTML_BCC                            1023
+#define  MIME_MSG_LINK_TO_DOCUMENT                 1026
+#define  MIME_MSG_DOCUMENT_INFO                    1027
+#define  MIME_MSG_ATTACHMENT                       1028
+#define  MIME_MSG_DEFAULT_ATTACHMENT_NAME          1040
+#define  MIME_FORWARDED_MESSAGE_HTML_USER_WROTE    1041
+
+#endif /* _NAME_OF_THIS_HEADER_FILE__ */
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/src/nsSimpleMimeConverterStub.cpp b/mailnews/mime/src/nsSimpleMimeConverterStub.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..50dcf27fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/src/nsSimpleMimeConverterStub.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,209 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 20; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "mimecth.h"
+#include "mimeobj.h"
+#include "mimetext.h"
+#include "mimemoz2.h"
+#include "mimecom.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsComponentManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsICategoryManager.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsAutoPtr.h"
+#include "nsISimpleMimeConverter.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsSimpleMimeConverterStub.h"
+
+typedef struct MimeSimpleStub MimeSimpleStub;
+typedef struct MimeSimpleStubClass MimeSimpleStubClass;
+
+struct MimeSimpleStubClass {
+    MimeInlineTextClass text;
+};
+
+struct MimeSimpleStub {
+    MimeInlineText text;
+    nsCString *buffer;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleMimeConverter> innerScriptable;
+};
+
+#define MimeSimpleStubClassInitializer(ITYPE,CSUPER) \
+  { MimeInlineTextClassInitializer(ITYPE,CSUPER) }
+
+MimeDefClass(MimeSimpleStub, MimeSimpleStubClass, mimeSimpleStubClass, NULL);
+
+static int
+BeginGather(MimeObject *obj)
+{
+    MimeSimpleStub *ssobj = (MimeSimpleStub *)obj;
+    int status = ((MimeObjectClass *)XPCOM_GetmimeLeafClass())->parse_begin(obj);
+
+    if (status < 0)
+        return status;
+
+    if (!obj->output_p ||
+        !obj->options ||
+        !obj->options->write_html_p) {
+        return 0;
+    }
+
+    ssobj->buffer->Truncate();
+    return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+GatherLine(const char *line, int32_t length, MimeObject *obj)
+{
+    MimeSimpleStub *ssobj = (MimeSimpleStub *)obj;
+
+    if (!obj->output_p ||
+        !obj->options ||
+        !obj->options->output_fn) {
+        return 0;
+    }
+
+    if (!obj->options->write_html_p)
+        return MimeObject_write(obj, line, length, true);
+
+    ssobj->buffer->Append(line);
+    return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+EndGather(MimeObject *obj, bool abort_p)
+{
+    MimeSimpleStub *ssobj = (MimeSimpleStub *)obj;
+
+    if (obj->closed_p)
+        return 0;
+
+    int status = ((MimeObjectClass *)MIME_GetmimeInlineTextClass())->parse_eof(obj, abort_p);
+    if (status < 0)
+        return status;
+
+    if (ssobj->buffer->IsEmpty())
+        return 0;
+
+    mime_stream_data  *msd = (mime_stream_data *) (obj->options->stream_closure);
+    nsIChannel *channel = msd->channel;  // note the lack of ref counting...
+    if (channel)
+    {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> uri;
+        channel->GetURI(getter_AddRefs(uri));
+        ssobj->innerScriptable->SetUri(uri);
+    }
+    nsCString asHTML;
+    nsresult rv = ssobj->innerScriptable->ConvertToHTML(nsDependentCString(obj->content_type),
+                                                        *ssobj->buffer,
+                                                        asHTML);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+        NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "converter failure");
+        return -1;
+    }
+
+    // MimeObject_write wants a non-const string for some reason, but it doesn't mutate it
+    status = MimeObject_write(obj, asHTML.get(),
+                              asHTML.Length(), true);
+    if (status < 0)
+        return status;
+    return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+Initialize(MimeObject *obj)
+{
+    MimeSimpleStub *ssobj = (MimeSimpleStub *)obj;
+
+    nsresult rv;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsICategoryManager> catman =
+        do_GetService(NS_CATEGORYMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        return -1;
+
+    nsAutoCString contentType; // lowercase
+    ToLowerCase(nsDependentCString(obj->content_type), contentType);
+
+    nsCString value;
+    rv = catman->GetCategoryEntry(NS_SIMPLEMIMECONVERTERS_CATEGORY,
+                                  contentType.get(), getter_Copies(value));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv) || value.IsEmpty())
+        return -1;
+
+    ssobj->innerScriptable = do_CreateInstance(value.get(), &rv);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !ssobj->innerScriptable)
+        return -1;
+    ssobj->buffer = new nsCString();
+    ((MimeObjectClass *)XPCOM_GetmimeLeafClass())->initialize(obj);
+
+    return 0;
+}
+
+static void
+Finalize(MimeObject *obj)
+{
+    MimeSimpleStub *ssobj = (MimeSimpleStub *)obj;
+    ssobj->innerScriptable = nullptr;
+    delete ssobj->buffer;
+}
+
+static int
+MimeSimpleStubClassInitialize(MimeSimpleStubClass *clazz)
+{
+    MimeObjectClass *oclass = (MimeObjectClass *)clazz;
+    oclass->parse_begin = BeginGather;
+    oclass->parse_line = GatherLine;
+    oclass->parse_eof = EndGather;
+    oclass->initialize = Initialize;
+    oclass->finalize = Finalize;
+    return 0;
+}
+
+class nsSimpleMimeConverterStub : public nsIMimeContentTypeHandler
+{
+public:
+    nsSimpleMimeConverterStub(const char *aContentType) : mContentType(aContentType) { }
+
+    NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+
+    NS_IMETHOD GetContentType(char **contentType) override
+    {
+        *contentType = ToNewCString(mContentType);
+        return *contentType ? NS_OK : NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+    }
+    NS_IMETHOD CreateContentTypeHandlerClass(const char *contentType,
+                                             contentTypeHandlerInitStruct *initString,
+                                             MimeObjectClass **objClass) override;
+private:
+    virtual ~nsSimpleMimeConverterStub() { }
+    nsCString mContentType;
+};
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsSimpleMimeConverterStub, nsIMimeContentTypeHandler)
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsSimpleMimeConverterStub::CreateContentTypeHandlerClass(const char *contentType,
+                                                     contentTypeHandlerInitStruct *initStruct,
+                                                         MimeObjectClass **objClass)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(objClass);
+
+    *objClass = (MimeObjectClass *)&mimeSimpleStubClass;
+    (*objClass)->superclass = (MimeObjectClass *)XPCOM_GetmimeInlineTextClass();
+    NS_ENSURE_TRUE((*objClass)->superclass, NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED);
+
+    initStruct->force_inline_display = true;
+    return NS_OK;;
+}
+
+nsresult
+MIME_NewSimpleMimeConverterStub(const char *aContentType,
+                                nsIMimeContentTypeHandler **aResult)
+{
+    RefPtr<nsSimpleMimeConverterStub> inst = new nsSimpleMimeConverterStub(aContentType);
+    NS_ENSURE_TRUE(inst, NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY);
+
+    return CallQueryInterface(inst.get(), aResult);
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/src/nsSimpleMimeConverterStub.h b/mailnews/mime/src/nsSimpleMimeConverterStub.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..bdc12e5e3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/src/nsSimpleMimeConverterStub.h
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 20; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef NS_SIMPLE_MIME_CONVERTER_STUB_H_
+#define NS_SIMPLE_MIME_CONVERTER_STUB_H_
+
+nsresult
+MIME_NewSimpleMimeConverterStub(const char *aContentType,
+                                nsIMimeContentTypeHandler **aResult);
+
+#endif /* NS_SIMPLE_MIME_CONVERTER_STUB_H_ */
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/src/nsStreamConverter.cpp b/mailnews/mime/src/nsStreamConverter.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0d1781498
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/src/nsStreamConverter.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1157 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include "mimecom.h"
+#include "modmimee.h"
+#include "nscore.h"
+#include "nsStreamConverter.h"
+#include "prmem.h"
+#include "prprf.h"
+#include "prlog.h"
+#include "plstr.h"
+#include "mimemoz2.h"
+#include "nsMimeTypes.h"
+#include "nsIComponentManager.h"
+#include "nsIURL.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsUnicharUtils.h"
+#include "nsIServiceManager.h"
+#include "nsMemory.h"
+#include "nsIPipe.h"
+#include "nsMimeStringResources.h"
+#include "nsIPrefService.h"
+#include "nsIPrefBranch.h"
+#include "nsNetUtil.h"
+#include "nsIMsgQuote.h"
+#include "nsIScriptSecurityManager.h"
+#include "nsNetUtil.h"
+#include "mozITXTToHTMLConv.h"
+#include "nsIMsgMailNewsUrl.h"
+#include "nsIMsgWindow.h"
+#include "nsICategoryManager.h"
+#include "nsIInterfaceRequestor.h"
+#include "nsIInterfaceRequestorUtils.h"
+#include "nsIAsyncInputStream.h"
+#include "nsIAsyncOutputStream.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "mozilla/ArrayUtils.h"
+
+#define PREF_MAIL_DISPLAY_GLYPH "mail.display_glyph"
+#define PREF_MAIL_DISPLAY_STRUCT "mail.display_struct"
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Bridge routines for new stream converter XP-COM interface
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+extern "C" void  *
+mime_bridge_create_draft_stream(nsIMimeEmitter      *newEmitter,
+                                nsStreamConverter   *newPluginObj2,
+                                nsIURI              *uri,
+                                nsMimeOutputType    format_out);
+
+extern "C" void  *
+bridge_create_stream(nsIMimeEmitter      *newEmitter,
+                     nsStreamConverter   *newPluginObj2,
+                     nsIURI              *uri,
+                     nsMimeOutputType    format_out,
+                     uint32_t            whattodo,
+                     nsIChannel          *aChannel)
+{
+  if  ( (format_out == nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageDraftOrTemplate) ||
+        (format_out == nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageEditorTemplate) )
+    return mime_bridge_create_draft_stream(newEmitter, newPluginObj2, uri, format_out);
+  else
+    return mime_bridge_create_display_stream(newEmitter, newPluginObj2, uri, format_out, whattodo,
+                                             aChannel);
+}
+
+void
+bridge_destroy_stream(void *newStream)
+{
+  nsMIMESession     *stream = (nsMIMESession *)newStream;
+  if (!stream)
+    return;
+
+  PR_FREEIF(stream);
+}
+
+void
+bridge_set_output_type(void *bridgeStream, nsMimeOutputType aType)
+{
+  nsMIMESession *session = (nsMIMESession *)bridgeStream;
+
+  if (session)
+  {
+    // BAD ASSUMPTION!!!! NEED TO CHECK aType
+    mime_stream_data *msd = (mime_stream_data *)session->data_object;
+    if (msd)
+      msd->format_out = aType;     // output format type
+  }
+}
+
+nsresult
+bridge_new_new_uri(void *bridgeStream, nsIURI *aURI, int32_t aOutputType)
+{
+  nsMIMESession *session = (nsMIMESession *)bridgeStream;
+  const char    **fixup_pointer = nullptr;
+
+  if (session)
+  {
+    if (session->data_object)
+    {
+      bool     *override_charset = nullptr;
+      char    **default_charset = nullptr;
+      char    **url_name = nullptr;
+
+      if  ( (aOutputType == nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageDraftOrTemplate) ||
+            (aOutputType == nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageEditorTemplate) )
+      {
+        mime_draft_data *mdd = (mime_draft_data *)session->data_object;
+        if (mdd->options)
+        {
+          default_charset = &(mdd->options->default_charset);
+          override_charset = &(mdd->options->override_charset);
+          url_name = &(mdd->url_name);
+        }
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        mime_stream_data *msd = (mime_stream_data *)session->data_object;
+
+        if (msd->options)
+        {
+          default_charset = &(msd->options->default_charset);
+          override_charset = &(msd->options->override_charset);
+          url_name = &(msd->url_name);
+          fixup_pointer = &(msd->options->url);
+        }
+      }
+
+      if ( (default_charset) && (override_charset) && (url_name) )
+      {
+        //
+        // set the default charset to be the folder charset if we have one associated with
+        // this url...
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgI18NUrl> i18nUrl (do_QueryInterface(aURI));
+        if (i18nUrl)
+        {
+          nsCString charset;
+
+          // check to see if we have a charset override...and if we do, set that field appropriately too...
+          nsresult rv = i18nUrl->GetCharsetOverRide(getter_Copies(charset));
+          if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !charset.IsEmpty() ) {
+            *override_charset = true;
+            *default_charset = ToNewCString(charset);
+          }
+          else
+          {
+            i18nUrl->GetFolderCharset(getter_Copies(charset));
+            if (!charset.IsEmpty())
+              *default_charset = ToNewCString(charset);
+          }
+
+          // if there is no manual override and a folder charset exists
+          // then check if we have a folder level override
+          if (!(*override_charset) && *default_charset && **default_charset)
+          {
+            bool folderCharsetOverride;
+            rv = i18nUrl->GetFolderCharsetOverride(&folderCharsetOverride);
+            if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && folderCharsetOverride)
+              *override_charset = true;
+
+            // notify the default to msgWindow (for the menu check mark)
+            // do not set the default in case of nsMimeMessageDraftOrTemplate
+            // or nsMimeMessageEditorTemplate because it is already set
+            // when the message is displayed and doing it again may overwrite
+            // the correct MIME charset parsed from the message header
+            if (aOutputType != nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageDraftOrTemplate &&
+                aOutputType != nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageEditorTemplate)
+            {
+              nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> msgurl (do_QueryInterface(aURI));
+              if (msgurl)
+              {
+                nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgWindow> msgWindow;
+                msgurl->GetMsgWindow(getter_AddRefs(msgWindow));
+                if (msgWindow)
+                {
+                  msgWindow->SetMailCharacterSet(nsDependentCString(*default_charset));
+                  msgWindow->SetCharsetOverride(*override_charset);
+                }
+              }
+            }
+
+            // if the pref says always override and no manual override then set the folder charset to override
+            if (!*override_charset) {
+              nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> pPrefBranch(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+              if (pPrefBranch)
+              {
+                bool    force_override;
+                rv = pPrefBranch->GetBoolPref("mailnews.force_charset_override", &force_override);
+                if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && force_override)
+                {
+                  *override_charset = true;
+                }
+              }
+            }
+          }
+        }
+        nsAutoCString urlString;
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(aURI->GetSpec(urlString)))
+        {
+          if (!urlString.IsEmpty())
+          {
+            NS_Free(*url_name);
+            *url_name = ToNewCString(urlString);
+            if (!(*url_name))
+              return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+            // rhp: Ugh, this is ugly...but it works.
+            if (fixup_pointer)
+              *fixup_pointer = (const char *)*url_name;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+static int
+mime_headers_callback ( void *closure, MimeHeaders *headers )
+{
+  // We get away with this because this doesn't get called on draft operations.
+  mime_stream_data *msd = (mime_stream_data *)closure;
+
+  NS_ASSERTION(msd && headers, "null mime stream data or headers");
+  if ( !msd || ! headers )
+    return 0;
+
+  NS_ASSERTION(!msd->headers, "non-null mime stream data headers");
+  msd->headers = MimeHeaders_copy ( headers );
+  return 0;
+}
+
+nsresult
+bridge_set_mime_stream_converter_listener(void *bridgeStream, nsIMimeStreamConverterListener* listener,
+                                          nsMimeOutputType aOutputType)
+{
+  nsMIMESession *session = (nsMIMESession *)bridgeStream;
+
+  if ( (session) && (session->data_object) )
+  {
+    if  ( (aOutputType == nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageDraftOrTemplate) ||
+          (aOutputType == nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageEditorTemplate) )
+    {
+      mime_draft_data *mdd = (mime_draft_data *)session->data_object;
+      if (mdd->options)
+      {
+        if (listener)
+        {
+          mdd->options->caller_need_root_headers = true;
+          mdd->options->decompose_headers_info_fn = mime_headers_callback;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          mdd->options->caller_need_root_headers = false;
+          mdd->options->decompose_headers_info_fn = nullptr;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      mime_stream_data *msd = (mime_stream_data *)session->data_object;
+
+      if (msd->options)
+      {
+        if (listener)
+        {
+          msd->options->caller_need_root_headers = true;
+          msd->options->decompose_headers_info_fn = mime_headers_callback;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          msd->options->caller_need_root_headers = false;
+          msd->options->decompose_headers_info_fn = nullptr;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// find a query element in a url and return a pointer to its data
+// (query must be in the form "query=")
+static const char *
+FindQueryElementData(const char * aUrl, const char * aQuery)
+{
+  if (aUrl && aQuery)
+  {
+    size_t queryLen = 0; // we don't call strlen until we need to
+    aUrl = PL_strcasestr(aUrl, aQuery);
+    while (aUrl)
+    {
+      if (!queryLen)
+        queryLen = strlen(aQuery);
+      if (*(aUrl-1) == '&' || *(aUrl-1) == '?')
+        return aUrl + queryLen;
+      aUrl = PL_strcasestr(aUrl + queryLen, aQuery);
+    }
+  }
+  return nullptr;
+}
+
+// case-sensitive test for string prefixing. If |string| is prefixed
+// by |prefix| then a pointer to the next character in |string| following
+// the prefix is returned. If it is not a prefix then |nullptr| is returned.
+static const char *
+SkipPrefix(const char *aString, const char *aPrefix)
+{
+  while (*aPrefix)
+    if (*aPrefix++ != *aString++)
+       return nullptr;
+  return aString;
+}
+
+//
+// Utility routines needed by this interface
+//
+nsresult
+nsStreamConverter::DetermineOutputFormat(const char *aUrl, nsMimeOutputType *aNewType)
+{
+  // sanity checking
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aNewType);
+  if (!aUrl || !*aUrl)
+  {
+    // default to html for the entire document
+    *aNewType = nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageQuoting;
+    mOutputFormat = "text/html";
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  // shorten the url that we test for the query strings by skipping directly
+  // to the part where the query strings begin.
+  const char *queryPart = PL_strchr(aUrl, '?');
+
+  // First, did someone pass in a desired output format. They will be able to
+  // pass in any content type (i.e. image/gif, text/html, etc...but the "/" will
+  // have to be represented via the "%2F" value
+  const char *format = FindQueryElementData(queryPart, "outformat=");
+  if (format)
+  {
+    //NOTE: I've done a file contents search of every file (*.*) in the mozilla
+    // directory tree and there is not a single location where the string "outformat"
+    // is added to any URL. It appears that this code has been orphaned off by a change
+    // elsewhere and is no longer required. It will be removed in the future unless
+    // someone complains.
+    MOZ_ASSERT(false, "Is this code actually being used?");
+
+    while (*format == ' ')
+      ++format;
+
+    if (*format)
+    {
+      mOverrideFormat = "raw";
+
+      // set mOutputFormat to the supplied format, ensure that we replace any
+      // %2F strings with the slash character
+      const char *nextField = PL_strpbrk(format, "&; ");
+      mOutputFormat.Assign(format, nextField ? nextField - format : -1);
+      MsgReplaceSubstring(mOutputFormat, "%2F", "/");
+      MsgReplaceSubstring(mOutputFormat, "%2f", "/");
+
+      // Don't muck with this data!
+      *aNewType = nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageRaw;
+      return NS_OK;
+    }
+  }
+
+  // is this is a part that should just come out raw
+  const char *part = FindQueryElementData(queryPart, "part=");
+  if (part && !mToType.Equals("application/vnd.mozilla.xul+xml"))
+  {
+    // default for parts
+    mOutputFormat = "raw";
+    *aNewType = nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageRaw;
+
+    // if we are being asked to fetch a part....it should have a
+    // content type appended to it...if it does, we want to remember
+    // that as mOutputFormat
+    const char * typeField = FindQueryElementData(queryPart, "type=");
+    if (typeField && !strncmp(typeField, "application/x-message-display", sizeof("application/x-message-display") - 1))
+    {
+      const char *secondTypeField = FindQueryElementData(typeField, "type=");
+      if (secondTypeField)
+        typeField = secondTypeField;
+    }
+    if (typeField)
+    {
+      // store the real content type...mOutputFormat gets deleted later on...
+      // and make sure we only get our own value.
+      char *nextField = PL_strchr(typeField, '&');
+      mRealContentType.Assign(typeField, nextField ? nextField - typeField : -1);
+      if (mRealContentType.Equals("message/rfc822"))
+      {
+        mRealContentType = "application/x-message-display";
+        mOutputFormat = "text/html";
+        *aNewType = nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageBodyDisplay;
+      }
+      else if (mRealContentType.Equals("application/x-message-display"))
+      {
+        mRealContentType = "";
+        mOutputFormat = "text/html";
+        *aNewType = nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageBodyDisplay;
+      }
+    }
+
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  const char *emitter = FindQueryElementData(queryPart, "emitter=");
+  if (emitter)
+  {
+    const char *remainder = SkipPrefix(emitter, "js");
+    if (remainder && (!*remainder || *remainder == '&'))
+      mOverrideFormat = "application/x-js-mime-message";
+  }
+
+  // if using the header query
+  const char *header = FindQueryElementData(queryPart, "header=");
+  if (header)
+  {
+    struct HeaderType {
+      const char * headerType;
+      const char * outputFormat;
+      nsMimeOutputType mimeOutputType;
+    };
+
+    // place most commonly used options at the top
+    static const struct HeaderType rgTypes[] =
+    {
+      { "filter",    "text/html",  nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageFilterSniffer },
+      { "quotebody", "text/html",  nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageBodyQuoting },
+      { "print",     "text/html",  nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessagePrintOutput },
+      { "only",      "text/xml",   nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageHeaderDisplay },
+      { "none",      "text/html",  nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageBodyDisplay },
+      { "quote",     "text/html",  nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageQuoting },
+      { "saveas",    "text/html",  nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageSaveAs },
+      { "src",       "text/plain", nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageSource },
+      { "attach",    "raw",        nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageAttach }
+    };
+
+    // find the requested header in table, ensure that we don't match on a prefix
+    // by checking that the following character is either null or the next query element
+    const char * remainder;
+    for (uint32_t n = 0; n < MOZ_ARRAY_LENGTH(rgTypes); ++n)
+    {
+      remainder = SkipPrefix(header, rgTypes[n].headerType);
+      if (remainder && (*remainder == '\0' || *remainder == '&'))
+      {
+        mOutputFormat = rgTypes[n].outputFormat;
+        *aNewType = rgTypes[n].mimeOutputType;
+        return NS_OK;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  // default to html for just the body
+  mOutputFormat = "text/html";
+  *aNewType = nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageBodyDisplay;
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsStreamConverter::InternalCleanup(void)
+{
+  if (mBridgeStream)
+  {
+    bridge_destroy_stream(mBridgeStream);
+    mBridgeStream = nullptr;
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Inherited methods for nsMimeConverter
+ */
+nsStreamConverter::nsStreamConverter()
+{
+  // Init member variables...
+  mWrapperOutput = false;
+  mBridgeStream = nullptr;
+  mOutputFormat = "text/html";
+  mAlreadyKnowOutputType = false;
+  mForwardInline = false;
+  mForwardInlineFilter = false;
+  mOverrideComposeFormat = false;
+
+  mPendingRequest = nullptr;
+  mPendingContext = nullptr;
+}
+
+nsStreamConverter::~nsStreamConverter()
+{
+  InternalCleanup();
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsStreamConverter, nsIStreamListener, nsIRequestObserver,
+  nsIStreamConverter, nsIMimeStreamConverter)
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// nsStreamConverter definitions....
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsStreamConverter::Init(nsIURI *aURI, nsIStreamListener * aOutListener, nsIChannel *aChannel)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aURI);
+
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  mOutListener = aOutListener;
+
+  // mscott --> we need to look at the url and figure out what the correct output type is...
+  nsMimeOutputType newType = mOutputType;
+  if (!mAlreadyKnowOutputType)
+  {
+    nsAutoCString urlSpec;
+    rv = aURI->GetSpec(urlSpec);
+    DetermineOutputFormat(urlSpec.get(), &newType);
+    mAlreadyKnowOutputType = true;
+    mOutputType = newType;
+  }
+
+  switch (newType)
+  {
+    case nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageSplitDisplay:    // the wrapper HTML output to produce the split header/body display
+      mWrapperOutput = true;
+      mOutputFormat = "text/html";
+      break;
+    case nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageHeaderDisplay:   // the split header/body display
+      mOutputFormat = "text/xml";
+      break;
+    case nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageBodyDisplay:   // the split header/body display
+      mOutputFormat = "text/html";
+      break;
+
+    case nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageQuoting:      // all HTML quoted output
+    case nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageSaveAs:       // Save as operation
+    case nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageBodyQuoting:  // only HTML body quoted output
+    case nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessagePrintOutput:  // all Printing output
+      mOutputFormat = "text/html";
+      break;
+
+    case nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageAttach:
+    case nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageDecrypt:
+    case nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageRaw:              // the raw RFC822 data and attachments
+      mOutputFormat = "raw";
+      break;
+
+    case nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageSource:      // the raw RFC822 data (view source) and attachments
+      mOutputFormat = "text/plain";
+      mOverrideFormat = "raw";
+      break;
+
+    case nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageDraftOrTemplate:       // Loading drafts & templates
+      mOutputFormat = "message/draft";
+      break;
+
+    case nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageEditorTemplate:       // Loading templates into editor
+      mOutputFormat = "text/html";
+      break;
+
+    case nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageFilterSniffer: // output all displayable part as raw
+      mOutputFormat = "text/html";
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      NS_ERROR("this means I made a mistake in my assumptions");
+  }
+
+
+  // the following output channel stream is used to fake the content type for people who later
+  // call into us..
+  nsCString contentTypeToUse;
+  GetContentType(getter_Copies(contentTypeToUse));
+  // mscott --> my theory is that we don't need this fake outgoing channel. Let's use the
+  // original channel and just set our content type ontop of the original channel...
+
+  aChannel->SetContentType(contentTypeToUse);
+
+  //rv = NS_NewInputStreamChannel(getter_AddRefs(mOutgoingChannel), aURI, nullptr, contentTypeToUse, -1);
+  //if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+  //    return rv;
+
+  // Set system principal for this document, which will be dynamically generated
+
+  // We will first find an appropriate emitter in the repository that supports
+  // the requested output format...note, the special exceptions are nsMimeMessageDraftOrTemplate
+  // or nsMimeMessageEditorTemplate where we don't need any emitters
+  //
+
+  if ( (newType != nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageDraftOrTemplate) &&
+    (newType != nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageEditorTemplate) )
+  {
+    nsAutoCString categoryName ("@mozilla.org/messenger/mimeemitter;1?type=");
+    if (!mOverrideFormat.IsEmpty())
+      categoryName += mOverrideFormat;
+    else
+      categoryName += mOutputFormat;
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsICategoryManager> catman = do_GetService(NS_CATEGORYMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      nsCString contractID;
+      catman->GetCategoryEntry("mime-emitter", categoryName.get(), getter_Copies(contractID));
+      if (!contractID.IsEmpty())
+        categoryName = contractID;
+    }
+
+    mEmitter = do_CreateInstance(categoryName.get(), &rv);
+
+    if ((NS_FAILED(rv)) || (!mEmitter))
+    {
+      return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+    }
+  }
+
+  // initialize our emitter
+  if (mEmitter)
+  {
+    // Now we want to create a pipe which we'll use for converting the data.
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIPipe> pipe = do_CreateInstance("@mozilla.org/pipe;1");
+    rv = pipe->Init(true, true, 4096, 8);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    // These always succeed because the pipe is initialized above.
+    MOZ_ALWAYS_SUCCEEDS(pipe->GetInputStream(getter_AddRefs(mInputStream)));
+    MOZ_ALWAYS_SUCCEEDS(pipe->GetOutputStream(getter_AddRefs(mOutputStream)));
+
+    mEmitter->Initialize(aURI, aChannel, newType);
+    mEmitter->SetPipe(mInputStream, mOutputStream);
+    mEmitter->SetOutputListener(aOutListener);
+  }
+
+  uint32_t whattodo = mozITXTToHTMLConv::kURLs;
+  bool enable_emoticons = true;
+  bool enable_structs = true;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> pPrefBranch(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  if (pPrefBranch)
+  {
+    rv = pPrefBranch->GetBoolPref(PREF_MAIL_DISPLAY_GLYPH,&enable_emoticons);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv) || enable_emoticons)
+    {
+      whattodo = whattodo | mozITXTToHTMLConv::kGlyphSubstitution;
+    }
+    rv = pPrefBranch->GetBoolPref(PREF_MAIL_DISPLAY_STRUCT,&enable_structs);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv) || enable_structs)
+    {
+      whattodo = whattodo | mozITXTToHTMLConv::kStructPhrase;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (mOutputType == nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageSource)
+    return NS_OK;
+  else
+  {
+    mBridgeStream = bridge_create_stream(mEmitter, this, aURI, newType, whattodo, aChannel);
+    if (!mBridgeStream)
+      return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+    else
+    {
+      SetStreamURI(aURI);
+
+      //Do we need to setup an Mime Stream Converter Listener?
+      if (mMimeStreamConverterListener)
+        bridge_set_mime_stream_converter_listener((nsMIMESession *)mBridgeStream, mMimeStreamConverterListener, mOutputType);
+
+      return NS_OK;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsStreamConverter::GetContentType(char **aOutputContentType)
+{
+  if (!aOutputContentType)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  // since this method passes a string through an IDL file we need to use nsMemory to allocate it
+  // and not strdup!
+  //  (1) check to see if we have a real content type...use it first...
+  if (!mRealContentType.IsEmpty())
+    *aOutputContentType = ToNewCString(mRealContentType);
+  else if (mOutputFormat.Equals("raw"))
+    *aOutputContentType = (char *) nsMemory::Clone(UNKNOWN_CONTENT_TYPE, sizeof(UNKNOWN_CONTENT_TYPE));
+  else
+    *aOutputContentType = ToNewCString(mOutputFormat);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+//
+// This is the type of output operation that is being requested by libmime. The types
+// of output are specified by nsIMimeOutputType enum
+//
+nsresult
+nsStreamConverter::SetMimeOutputType(nsMimeOutputType aType)
+{
+  mAlreadyKnowOutputType = true;
+  mOutputType = aType;
+  if (mBridgeStream)
+    bridge_set_output_type(mBridgeStream, aType);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsStreamConverter::GetMimeOutputType(nsMimeOutputType *aOutFormat)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  if (aOutFormat)
+    *aOutFormat = mOutputType;
+  else
+    rv = NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+//
+// This is needed by libmime for MHTML link processing...this is the URI associated
+// with this input stream
+//
+nsresult
+nsStreamConverter::SetStreamURI(nsIURI *aURI)
+{
+  mURI = aURI;
+  if (mBridgeStream)
+    return bridge_new_new_uri((nsMIMESession *)mBridgeStream, aURI, mOutputType);
+  else
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsStreamConverter::SetMimeHeadersListener(nsIMimeStreamConverterListener *listener, nsMimeOutputType aType)
+{
+   mMimeStreamConverterListener = listener;
+   bridge_set_mime_stream_converter_listener((nsMIMESession *)mBridgeStream, listener, aType);
+   return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsStreamConverter::SetForwardInline(bool aForwardInline)
+{
+  mForwardInline = aForwardInline;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsStreamConverter::GetForwardToAddress(nsAString &aAddress)
+{
+  aAddress = mForwardToAddress;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsStreamConverter::SetForwardToAddress(const nsAString &aAddress)
+{
+  mForwardToAddress = aAddress;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsStreamConverter::GetOverrideComposeFormat(bool *aResult)
+{
+  if (!aResult)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+  *aResult = mOverrideComposeFormat;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsStreamConverter::SetOverrideComposeFormat(bool aOverrideComposeFormat)
+{
+  mOverrideComposeFormat = aOverrideComposeFormat;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsStreamConverter::GetForwardInline(bool *aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+  *aResult = mForwardInline;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsStreamConverter::GetForwardInlineFilter(bool *aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+  *aResult = mForwardInlineFilter;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsStreamConverter::SetForwardInlineFilter(bool aForwardInlineFilter)
+{
+  mForwardInlineFilter = aForwardInlineFilter;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsStreamConverter::GetIdentity(nsIMsgIdentity * *aIdentity)
+{
+  if (!aIdentity) return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+  /*
+  We don't have an identity for the local folders account,
+    we will return null but it is not an error!
+  */
+    *aIdentity = mIdentity;
+    NS_IF_ADDREF(*aIdentity);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsStreamConverter::SetIdentity(nsIMsgIdentity * aIdentity)
+{
+  mIdentity = aIdentity;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsStreamConverter::SetOriginalMsgURI(const char * originalMsgURI)
+{
+  mOriginalMsgURI = originalMsgURI;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsStreamConverter::GetOriginalMsgURI(char ** result)
+{
+  if (!result) return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+  *result = ToNewCString(mOriginalMsgURI);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsStreamConverter::SetOrigMsgHdr(nsIMsgDBHdr *aMsgHdr)
+{
+  mOrigMsgHdr = aMsgHdr;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsStreamConverter::GetOrigMsgHdr(nsIMsgDBHdr * *aMsgHdr)
+{
+  if (!aMsgHdr) return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aMsgHdr = mOrigMsgHdr);
+  return NS_OK;
+} 
+
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Methods for nsIStreamListener...
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+// Notify the client that data is available in the input stream.  This
+// method is called whenver data is written into the input stream by the
+// networking library...
+//
+nsresult
+nsStreamConverter::OnDataAvailable(nsIRequest     *request,
+                                   nsISupports    *ctxt,
+                                   nsIInputStream *aIStream,
+                                   uint64_t       sourceOffset,
+                                   uint32_t       aLength)
+{
+  nsresult        rc=NS_OK;     // should this be an error instead?
+  uint32_t        readLen = aLength;
+  uint32_t        written;
+
+  // If this is the first time through and we are supposed to be
+  // outputting the wrapper two pane URL, then do it now.
+  if (mWrapperOutput)
+  {
+    char        outBuf[1024];
+const char output[] = "\
+<HTML>\
+<FRAMESET ROWS=\"30%%,70%%\">\
+<FRAME NAME=messageHeader SRC=\"%s?header=only\">\
+<FRAME NAME=messageBody SRC=\"%s?header=none\">\
+</FRAMESET>\
+</HTML>";
+
+    nsAutoCString url;
+    if (NS_FAILED(mURI->GetSpec(url)))
+      return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+    PR_snprintf(outBuf, sizeof(outBuf), output, url.get(), url.get());
+
+    if (mEmitter)
+      mEmitter->Write(nsDependentCString(outBuf), &written);
+
+    // rhp: will this stop the stream???? Not sure.
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+
+  char *buf = (char *)PR_Malloc(aLength);
+  if (!buf)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY; /* we couldn't allocate the object */
+
+  readLen = aLength;
+  aIStream->Read(buf, aLength, &readLen);
+
+  // We need to filter out any null characters else we will have a lot of trouble
+  // as we use c string everywhere in mime
+  char * readPtr;
+  char * endPtr = buf + readLen;
+
+  // First let see if the stream contains null characters
+  for (readPtr = buf; readPtr < endPtr && *readPtr; readPtr ++)
+    ;
+
+  // Did we find a null character? Then, we need to cleanup the stream
+  if (readPtr < endPtr)
+  {
+    char * writePtr = readPtr;
+    for (readPtr ++; readPtr < endPtr; readPtr ++)
+    {
+      if (!*readPtr)
+        continue;
+
+      *writePtr = *readPtr;
+      writePtr ++;
+    }
+    readLen = writePtr - buf;
+  }
+
+  if (mOutputType == nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageSource)
+  {
+    rc = NS_OK;
+    if (mEmitter)
+    {
+      rc = mEmitter->Write(Substring(buf, buf+readLen), &written);
+    }
+  }
+  else if (mBridgeStream)
+  {
+    nsMIMESession   *tSession = (nsMIMESession *) mBridgeStream;
+    // XXX Casting int to nsresult
+    rc = static_cast<nsresult>(
+      tSession->put_block((nsMIMESession *)mBridgeStream, buf, readLen));
+  }
+
+  PR_FREEIF(buf);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Methods for nsIRequestObserver
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+// Notify the observer that the URL has started to load.  This method is
+// called only once, at the beginning of a URL load.
+//
+nsresult
+nsStreamConverter::OnStartRequest(nsIRequest *request, nsISupports *ctxt)
+{
+#ifdef DEBUG_rhp
+    printf("nsStreamConverter::OnStartRequest()\n");
+#endif
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_mscott
+  mConvertContentTime = PR_IntervalNow();
+#endif
+
+  // here's a little bit of hackery....
+  // since the mime converter is now between the channel
+  // and the
+  if (request)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIChannel> channel = do_QueryInterface(request);
+    if (channel)
+    {
+      nsCString contentType;
+      GetContentType(getter_Copies(contentType));
+
+      channel->SetContentType(contentType);
+    }
+  }
+
+  // forward the start request to any listeners
+  if (mOutListener)
+  {
+    if (mOutputType == nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageRaw)
+    {
+      //we need to delay the on start request until we have figure out the real content type
+      mPendingRequest = request;
+      mPendingContext = ctxt;
+    }
+    else
+      mOutListener->OnStartRequest(request, ctxt);
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+//
+// Notify the observer that the URL has finished loading.  This method is
+// called once when the networking library has finished processing the
+//
+nsresult
+nsStreamConverter::OnStopRequest(nsIRequest *request, nsISupports *ctxt, nsresult status)
+{
+  // Make sure we fire any pending OnStartRequest before we do OnStop.
+  FirePendingStartRequest();
+#ifdef DEBUG_rhp
+    printf("nsStreamConverter::OnStopRequest()\n");
+#endif
+
+  //
+  // Now complete the stream!
+  //
+  if (mBridgeStream)
+  {
+    nsMIMESession   *tSession = (nsMIMESession *) mBridgeStream;
+
+    if (mMimeStreamConverterListener)
+    {
+
+      MimeHeaders    **workHeaders = nullptr;
+
+      if  ( (mOutputType == nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageDraftOrTemplate) ||
+            (mOutputType == nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageEditorTemplate) )
+      {
+        mime_draft_data *mdd = (mime_draft_data *)tSession->data_object;
+        if (mdd)
+          workHeaders = &(mdd->headers);
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        mime_stream_data *msd = (mime_stream_data *)tSession->data_object;
+        if (msd)
+          workHeaders = &(msd->headers);
+      }
+
+      if (workHeaders)
+      {
+        nsresult rv;
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMimeHeaders> mimeHeaders = do_CreateInstance(NS_IMIMEHEADERS_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        {
+          if (*workHeaders)
+            mimeHeaders->Initialize(Substring((*workHeaders)->all_headers,
+              (*workHeaders)->all_headers_fp));
+          mMimeStreamConverterListener->OnHeadersReady(mimeHeaders);
+        }
+        else
+          mMimeStreamConverterListener->OnHeadersReady(nullptr);
+      }
+
+      mMimeStreamConverterListener = nullptr; // release our reference
+    }
+
+    tSession->complete((nsMIMESession *)mBridgeStream);
+  }
+
+  //
+  // Now complete the emitter and do necessary cleanup!
+  //
+  if (mEmitter)
+  {
+    mEmitter->Complete();
+  }
+
+  // First close the output stream...
+  if (mOutputStream)
+    mOutputStream->Close();
+
+  // Make sure to do necessary cleanup!
+  InternalCleanup();
+
+#if 0
+  // print out the mime timing information BEFORE we flush to layout
+  // otherwise we'll be including layout information.
+  printf("Time Spent in mime:    %d ms\n", PR_IntervalToMilliseconds(PR_IntervalNow() - mConvertContentTime));
+#endif
+
+  // forward on top request to any listeners
+  if (mOutListener)
+    mOutListener->OnStopRequest(request, ctxt, status);
+
+
+  mAlreadyKnowOutputType = false;
+
+  // since we are done converting data, lets close all the objects we own...
+  // this helps us fix some circular ref counting problems we are running into...
+  Close();
+
+  // Time to return...
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsStreamConverter::Close()
+{
+  mOutgoingChannel = nullptr;
+  mEmitter = nullptr;
+  mOutListener = nullptr;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// nsIStreamConverter implementation
+
+// No syncronous conversion at this time.
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsStreamConverter::Convert(nsIInputStream  *aFromStream,
+                                         const char *aFromType,
+                                         const char *aToType,
+                                         nsISupports     *aCtxt,
+                                         nsIInputStream **_retval)
+{
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+// Stream converter service calls this to initialize the actual stream converter (us).
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsStreamConverter::AsyncConvertData(const char   *aFromType,
+                                                  const char   *aToType,
+                                                  nsIStreamListener *aListener,
+                                                  nsISupports       *aCtxt)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgQuote> aMsgQuote = do_QueryInterface(aCtxt, &rv);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIChannel> aChannel;
+
+  if (aMsgQuote)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMimeStreamConverterListener> quoteListener;
+    rv = aMsgQuote->GetQuoteListener(getter_AddRefs(quoteListener));
+    if (quoteListener)
+      SetMimeHeadersListener(quoteListener, nsMimeOutput::nsMimeMessageQuoting);
+    rv = aMsgQuote->GetQuoteChannel(getter_AddRefs(aChannel));
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    aChannel = do_QueryInterface(aCtxt, &rv);
+  }
+
+  mFromType = aFromType;
+  mToType = aToType;
+
+  NS_ASSERTION(aChannel && NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "mailnews mime converter has to have the channel passed in...");
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> aUri;
+  aChannel->GetURI(getter_AddRefs(aUri));
+  return Init(aUri, aListener, aChannel);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsStreamConverter::FirePendingStartRequest()
+{
+  if (mPendingRequest && mOutListener)
+  {
+    mOutListener->OnStartRequest(mPendingRequest, mPendingContext);
+    mPendingRequest = nullptr;
+    mPendingContext = nullptr;
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/mime/src/nsStreamConverter.h b/mailnews/mime/src/nsStreamConverter.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0bd11d1d9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/mime/src/nsStreamConverter.h
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+#ifndef nsStreamConverter_h_
+#define nsStreamConverter_h_
+
+#include "nsIStreamConverter.h"
+#include "nsIMimeStreamConverter.h"
+#include "nsIMimeEmitter.h"
+#include "nsIURI.h"
+#include "nsIAsyncInputStream.h"
+#include "nsIAsyncOutputStream.h"
+#include "nsIChannel.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+
+#define MIME_FORWARD_HTML_PREFIX "<HTML><BODY><BR><BR>"
+
+class nsStreamConverter : public nsIStreamConverter, public nsIMimeStreamConverter {
+public:
+  nsStreamConverter();
+
+  NS_DECL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS
+
+  // nsIMimeStreamConverter support
+  NS_DECL_NSIMIMESTREAMCONVERTER
+  // nsIStreamConverter methods
+  NS_DECL_NSISTREAMCONVERTER
+  // nsIStreamListener methods
+  NS_DECL_NSISTREAMLISTENER
+
+  // nsIRequestObserver methods
+  NS_DECL_NSIREQUESTOBSERVER
+
+  ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+  // nsStreamConverter specific methods:
+  ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+  NS_IMETHOD Init(nsIURI *aURI, nsIStreamListener * aOutListener, nsIChannel *aChannel);
+  NS_IMETHOD GetContentType(char **aOutputContentType);
+  NS_IMETHOD InternalCleanup(void);
+  NS_IMETHOD DetermineOutputFormat(const char *url, nsMimeOutputType *newType);
+  NS_IMETHOD FirePendingStartRequest(void);
+
+private:
+  virtual ~nsStreamConverter();
+  nsresult Close();
+
+  // the input and output streams form a pipe...they need to be passed around together..
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAsyncOutputStream>     mOutputStream;     // output stream
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAsyncInputStream>      mInputStream;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStreamListener>   mOutListener;   // output stream listener
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIChannel>          mOutgoingChannel;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMimeEmitter>      mEmitter;         // emitter being used...
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIURI>              mURI;             // URI being processed
+  nsMimeOutputType              mOutputType;      // the output type we should use for the operation
+  bool                          mAlreadyKnowOutputType;
+
+  void                          *mBridgeStream;   // internal libmime data stream
+
+  // Type of output, entire message, header only, body only
+  nsCString                     mOutputFormat;
+  nsCString                     mRealContentType; // if we know the content type for real, this will be set (used by attachments)
+
+  nsCString                     mOverrideFormat;  // this is a possible override for emitter creation
+  bool                          mWrapperOutput;   // Should we output the frame split message display
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMimeStreamConverterListener>  mMimeStreamConverterListener;
+  bool                          mForwardInline;
+  bool                          mForwardInlineFilter;
+  bool                          mOverrideComposeFormat;
+  nsString                      mForwardToAddress;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIdentity>      mIdentity;
+  nsCString                     mOriginalMsgURI;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr>         mOrigMsgHdr;
+
+  nsCString                     mFromType;
+  nsCString                     mToType;
+#ifdef DEBUG_mscott
+  PRTime mConvertContentTime;
+#endif
+  nsIRequest *                  mPendingRequest;  // used when we need to delay to fire onStartRequest
+  nsISupports *                 mPendingContext;  // used when we need to delay to fire onStartRequest
+};
+
+#endif /* nsStreamConverter_h_ */
diff --git a/mailnews/moz.build b/mailnews/moz.build
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8a6211e3b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/moz.build
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+# vim: set filetype=python:
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+DIRS += [
+    'addrbook',
+    'base',
+    'compose',
+    'db/gloda',
+    'db/msgdb',
+    'extensions',
+    'imap/public',
+    'imap/src',
+    'import/public',
+    'import/src',
+    'import/text/src',
+    'import/vcard/src',
+    'intl',
+    'jsaccount',
+    'local/public',
+    'local/src',
+    'mime',
+    'news',
+]
+
+if CONFIG['MOZ_WIDGET_TOOLKIT'] == 'cocoa':
+    DIRS += [
+        'import/applemail/src',
+    ]
+
+if CONFIG['OS_ARCH'] == 'WINNT':
+    DIRS += [ 'import/becky/src' ]
+
+    if CONFIG['MOZ_MAPI_SUPPORT']:
+        DIRS += ['import/outlook/src']
+
+    if not CONFIG['GNU_CC']:
+        DIRS += [
+            'import/oexpress',
+            'import/winlivemail',
+        ]
+
+if CONFIG['MOZ_MAPI_SUPPORT']:
+    DIRS += [
+        'mapi/mapiDLL',
+        'mapi/mapihook',
+    ]
+
+DIRS += [
+    'build',
+    'import/build',
+]
+
+DEFINES['OS_ARCH'] = CONFIG['OS_ARCH']
+DEFINES['MOZ_WIDGET_TOOLKIT'] = CONFIG['MOZ_WIDGET_TOOLKIT']
+
+JAR_MANIFESTS += ['jar.mn']
+
+JS_PREFERENCE_PP_FILES += [
+    'mailnews.js',
+]
diff --git a/mailnews/news/content/downloadheaders.js b/mailnews/news/content/downloadheaders.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..bd856ae0d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/news/content/downloadheaders.js
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+/* -*- Mode: Java; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+Components.utils.import("resource:///modules/mailServices.js");
+
+var markreadElement = null;
+var numberElement = null;
+
+var nntpServer = null;
+var args = null;
+
+function OnLoad()
+{
+  let newsBundle = document.getElementById("bundle_news");
+
+  if ("arguments" in window && window.arguments[0]) {
+    args = window.arguments[0]
+                 .QueryInterface(Components.interfaces.nsINewsDownloadDialogArgs);
+    /* by default, act like the user hit cancel */
+    args.hitOK = false;
+    /* by default, act like the user did not select download all */
+    args.downloadAll = false;
+
+
+    nntpServer = MailServices.accounts.getIncomingServer(args.serverKey)
+               .QueryInterface(Components.interfaces.nsINntpIncomingServer);
+
+    document.title = newsBundle.getString("downloadHeadersTitlePrefix");
+
+    let infotext = newsBundle.getFormattedString("downloadHeadersInfoText",
+                                                 [args.articleCount]);
+    setText('info', infotext);
+    let okButtonText = newsBundle.getString("okButtonText");
+    let okbutton = document.documentElement.getButton("accept");
+    okbutton.setAttribute("label", okButtonText);
+    okbutton.focus();
+    setText("newsgroupLabel", args.groupName);
+  }
+
+  numberElement = document.getElementById("number");
+  numberElement.value = nntpServer.maxArticles;
+
+  markreadElement = document.getElementById("markread");
+  markreadElement.checked = nntpServer.markOldRead;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+function setText(id, value) {
+  let element = document.getElementById(id);
+  if (!element)
+    return;
+
+  if (element.hasChildNodes())
+    element.firstChild.remove();
+  let textNode = document.createTextNode(value);
+  element.appendChild(textNode);
+}
+
+function OkButtonCallback() {
+  nntpServer.maxArticles = numberElement.value;
+  nntpServer.markOldRead = markreadElement.checked;
+
+  let radio = document.getElementById("all");
+  if (radio)
+    args.downloadAll = radio.selected;
+
+  args.hitOK = true;
+  return true;
+}
+
+function CancelButtonCallback() {
+  args.hitOK = false;
+  return true;
+}
+
+function setupDownloadUI(enable) {
+  let checkbox = document.getElementById("markread");
+  let numberFld = document.getElementById("number");
+
+  checkbox.disabled = !enable;
+  numberFld.disabled = !enable;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/news/content/downloadheaders.xul b/mailnews/news/content/downloadheaders.xul
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1adf7c819
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/news/content/downloadheaders.xul
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+<?xml version="1.0"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<?xml-stylesheet href="chrome://messenger/skin/dialogs.css" type="text/css"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE dialog SYSTEM "chrome://messenger/locale/downloadheaders.dtd">
+
+<dialog xmlns="http://www.mozilla.org/keymaster/gatekeeper/there.is.only.xul"
+        style="max-width: 27em;"
+        buttonpack="center"
+        ondialogaccept="return OkButtonCallback();"
+        ondialogcancel="return CancelButtonCallback();"
+        onload="OnLoad();">
+
+  <stringbundle id="bundle_news" src="chrome://messenger/locale/news.properties"/>
+  <script type="application/javascript" src="chrome://messenger/content/downloadheaders.js"/>
+
+  <label class="header" style="width: 25em; max-width: 25em;" id="newsgroupLabel" control="downloadGroup"/>
+  <description style="width: 25em; max-width: 25em;" id="info" control="downloadGroup"/>
+  <separator class="thin"/>
+  <vbox class="indent">
+    <radiogroup id="downloadGroup">
+      <radio id="all" label="&all.label;" accesskey="&all.accesskey;"
+             oncommand="setupDownloadUI(false);"/>
+      <separator class="thin"/>
+      <hbox align="center" valign="middle">
+        <radio id="some" selected="true" label="&download.label;"
+               accesskey="&download.accesskey;"
+               oncommand="setupDownloadUI(true);"
+               aria-labelledby="some number headers"/>
+        <textbox id="number"
+                 size="7"
+                 type="number"
+                 min="1"
+                 increment="10"
+                 aria-labelledby="some number headers"/>
+        <label value="&headers.label;" accesskey="&headers.accesskey;"
+               id="headers" control="number"/>
+      </hbox>
+    </radiogroup>
+
+    <hbox class="indent" align="start">
+      <checkbox id="markread" label="&mark.label;" accesskey="&mark.accesskey;"/>
+    </hbox>
+  </vbox>
+
+</dialog>
diff --git a/mailnews/news/moz.build b/mailnews/news/moz.build
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..27dcb8746
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/news/moz.build
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+# vim: set filetype=python:
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+DIRS += [
+    'public',
+    'src',
+]
diff --git a/mailnews/news/public/moz.build b/mailnews/news/public/moz.build
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b1e02bd5b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/news/public/moz.build
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+# vim: set filetype=python:
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+XPIDL_SOURCES += [
+    'nsIMsgNewsFolder.idl',
+    'nsIMsgOfflineNewsState.idl',
+    'nsINewsDownloadDialogArgs.idl',
+    'nsINNTPArticleList.idl',
+    'nsINntpIncomingServer.idl',
+    'nsINNTPNewsgroupList.idl',
+    'nsINNTPNewsgroupPost.idl',
+    'nsINNTPProtocol.idl',
+    'nsINntpService.idl',
+    'nsINntpUrl.idl',
+]
+
+XPIDL_MODULE = 'msgnews'
+
+EXPORTS += [
+    'nsMsgNewsCID.h',
+]
+
diff --git a/mailnews/news/public/nsIMsgNewsFolder.idl b/mailnews/news/public/nsIMsgNewsFolder.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..291fe3bfd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/news/public/nsIMsgNewsFolder.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,132 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+#include "nsIMsgFolder.idl"
+
+%{C++
+#include "nsTArray.h"
+%}
+
+interface nsIMsgWindow;
+interface nsINntpIncomingServer;
+
+[ref] native nsMsgKeyArrayRef(nsTArray<nsMsgKey>);
+
+[scriptable, uuid(9a12c3a5-9de5-4c57-ace3-d51802b525a9)]
+interface nsIMsgNewsFolder : nsISupports {
+  readonly attribute AString unicodeName;
+  /**|rawName| is an 8-bit string to represent the name of a newsgroup used by 
+   * a news server. It's offered for the convenience of callers so that they 
+   * don't have to convert |unicodeName| to the server-side name when 
+   * communicating with a news server.  It's US-ASCII except for some 
+   * 'stand-alone' Chinese news servers that use GB2312 for newsgroup names 
+   * violating RFC 1036. For those servers, it's GB2312. However, it can be any
+   * other single and multibyte encoding in principle. The encoding of this 
+   * string is stored in |nsINntpIncomingServer| because that's a server-wide
+   * property.
+   **/
+  [noscript] readonly attribute ACString rawName;
+  readonly attribute nsINntpIncomingServer nntpServer;
+  attribute boolean saveArticleOffline;
+
+  /**
+   * @name Authentication methods
+   * NNTP authentication is slightly wonky, due to edge cases that are not seen
+   * in other protocols. Authentication is not necessary; if authentication is
+   * used, it could be configured on a per-group basis or even require only a
+   * username and not a password.
+   *
+   * Since passwords could be per-group, it is necessary to refer to passwords
+   * using the methods on this interface and not nsIMsgIncomingServer. Passwords
+   * for the server as a whole are found via the root folder. If the server is
+   * configured to use single sign-on (the default), asking any group for its
+   * password will result in the server's password, otherwise, each group stores
+   * its password individually.
+   *
+   * Due to this setup, most of the password management functions on
+   * nsIMsgIncomingServer do not correctly work. The only one that would affect
+   * the passwords stored on folders correctly is forgetPassword; using any
+   * other on a news server would result in inconsistent state.
+   *
+   * Before requesting either the username or password for authentication, it is
+   * first necessary to call getAuthenticationCredentials. If the method returns
+   * true, then groupUsername and groupPassword are appropriately set up for
+   * necessary authentication; if not, then authentication must be stopped.
+   */
+  /// @{
+
+  /**
+   * Gets the authentication credentials, returning if the results are valid.
+   *
+   * If mustPrompt is true, then the user will always be asked for the
+   * credentials. Otherwise, if mayPrompt is true, then the user will be asked
+   * for credentials if there are no saved credentials. If mayPrompt is false,
+   * then no prompt will be shown, even if there are no saved credentials.
+   *
+   * If this method returns true, then groupUsername and groupPassword will
+   * contain non-empty results that could be used for authentication. If this
+   * method returns false, then the values of groupUsername and groupPassword
+   * will be cleared if they had previously been set. This could happen if
+   * mustPrompt were true and the user decided to cancel the authentication
+   * prompt.
+   *
+   * Note that this method will be executed synchronously; if an async prompt
+   * is wanted, it is the responsibility of the caller to manage it explicitly
+   * with nsIMsgAsyncPrompter.
+   */
+  bool getAuthenticationCredentials(in nsIMsgWindow aMsgWindow,
+    in bool mayPrompt, in bool mustPrompt);
+
+  /// The username that should be used for this group
+  attribute ACString groupUsername;
+
+  /// The password that should be used for this group
+  attribute ACString groupPassword;
+
+  /// Forgets saved authentication credentials permanently.
+  void forgetAuthenticationCredentials();
+  /// @}
+  
+  void moveFolder(in nsIMsgFolder aNewsgroupToMove, in nsIMsgFolder aRefNewsgroup, in int32_t aOrientation);
+
+  nsIMsgFolder addNewsgroup(in AUTF8String newsgroupName, in ACString setStr);
+
+  void setReadSetFromStr(in ACString setStr);
+
+  readonly attribute ACString newsrcLine;
+  readonly attribute ACString optionLines;
+  readonly attribute ACString unsubscribedNewsgroupLines;
+  void SetNewsrcHasChanged(in boolean newsrcHasChanged);
+  void updateSummaryFromNNTPInfo(in long oldest, in long youngest, in long total);
+  void removeMessage(in nsMsgKey key); 
+  [noscript] void removeMessages(in nsMsgKeyArrayRef aMsgKeys);
+  void cancelComplete();
+  void cancelFailed();
+
+  ACString getMessageIdForKey(in nsMsgKey key);
+
+  void getNextNMessages(in nsIMsgWindow aMsgWindow);
+  void notifyDownloadedLine(in string line, in nsMsgKey key);
+  void notifyFinishedDownloadinghdrs();
+
+  /**
+   * Retrieves the database, but does not cache it in mDatabase.
+   *
+   * This is useful for operations that shouldn't hold open the database.
+   */
+  nsIMsgDatabase getDatabaseWithoutCache();
+
+  /**
+   * Requests that a message be canceled.
+   *
+   * Note that, before sending the news cancel, this method will check to make
+   * sure that the user has proper permission to cancel the message.
+   *
+   * @param aMsgHdr     The header of the message to be canceled.
+   * @param aMsgWindow  The standard message window object, for error dialogs.
+   */
+  void cancelMessage(in nsIMsgDBHdr aMsgHdr, in nsIMsgWindow aMsgWindow);
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/news/public/nsIMsgOfflineNewsState.idl b/mailnews/news/public/nsIMsgOfflineNewsState.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7268ad6fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/news/public/nsIMsgOfflineNewsState.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+/* -*- Mode: IDL; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/*
+ * offline news message state. Interface for old MSG_OfflineNewsArtState
+ */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+[scriptable, uuid(921AC210-96B5-11d2-B7EB-00805F05FFA5)]
+interface nsIMsgOfflineNewsState : nsISupports {
+
+    /* outputBuffer is actually
+     * a buffer to dump data into, but we normally pass it NET_Socket_Buffer,
+     * which is constant. The implementation should only allocate a new
+     * buffer if *outputBuffer is NULL.
+     */
+  long Process(out string outputBuffer, in long bufferSize);
+  long Interrupt();
+};
+
diff --git a/mailnews/news/public/nsINNTPArticleList.idl b/mailnews/news/public/nsINNTPArticleList.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a4ba9a967
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/news/public/nsINNTPArticleList.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+/* -*- Mode: IDL; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+#include "MailNewsTypes2.idl"
+
+interface nsIMsgNewsFolder;
+
+[scriptable, uuid(043d9dd4-b133-4eb4-a1a8-71abff69b613)]
+interface nsINNTPArticleList : nsISupports {
+    void initialize(in nsIMsgNewsFolder newsFolder);
+    void addArticleKey(in nsMsgKey key);
+    void finishAddingArticleKeys();
+};
+
diff --git a/mailnews/news/public/nsINNTPNewsgroupList.idl b/mailnews/news/public/nsINNTPNewsgroupList.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..537293c44
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/news/public/nsINNTPNewsgroupList.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/* -*- Mode: IDL; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+interface nsIMsgNewsFolder;
+interface nsINntpUrl;
+interface nsIMsgWindow;
+
+/**
+ * A utility class for nsINNTPProtocol that handles the list of new headers.
+ */
+[scriptable, uuid(579aa17b-4c77-465d-8eb6-feaa927cb19c)]
+interface nsINNTPNewsgroupList : nsISupports {
+  
+  void initialize(in nsINntpUrl runningURL, in nsIMsgNewsFolder newsFolder);
+  
+  long getRangeOfArtsToDownload(in nsIMsgWindow aMsgWindow, in long first_message,
+                                in long last_message,
+                                in long maxextra,
+                                out long real_first_message,
+                                out long real_last_message);
+  
+  void addToKnownArticles(in long first_message, in long last_message);
+
+  /**
+   * Initializes the internal state to get the messages.
+   *
+   * This method should be called before sending the line
+   * <tt>XOVER @arg first_message-@arg last_message</tt> to the server.
+   *
+   * @param first_message  The first message of the download range.
+   * @param last_message   The last message of the download range.
+   */
+  void initXOVER(in long first_message, in long last_message);  
+  void processXOVERLINE(in string line, out unsigned long status);
+  void resetXOVER();
+  void finishXOVERLINE(in long status, out long newstatus);
+
+  /**
+   * Initalizes the state in preparation for a call to XHDR.
+   *
+   * @return               The next header to get, or an empty string if done.
+   */
+  ACString initXHDR();
+  /**
+   * Processes a line of the server's response to XHDR.
+   *
+   * It will calculate the message number and other information itself, so the
+   * unadulterated line itself should be sent.
+   *
+   * @param aLine          The line as sent from the server.
+   */
+  void processXHDRLine(in ACString aLine);
+
+  /**
+   * Initalizes the internal state to process a HEAD command.
+   *
+   * This method should be called before sending the line
+   * <tt>HEAD @arg aMessage</tt> to the server.
+   *
+   * @param aMessage       The message number that will be sent.
+   */
+  void initHEAD(in long aMessage);
+  /**
+   * Processes a line of the server's response to HEAD.
+   *
+   * This will not check for a quoted '.' at the beginning.
+   *
+   * @param aLine          The line the server sent.
+   */
+  void processHEADLine(in ACString aLine);
+  /**
+   * Manages the internal state if the call to HEAD failed.
+   *
+   * @param aMessage       The message key that caused the HEAD failure.
+   */
+  void HEADFailed(in long aMessage);
+
+  /**
+   * Calls the filters after all messages have been processed.
+   *
+   * This method also cleans out some internal state relating to the messages
+   * that have been processed, so it should always be called at the end of
+   * XOVER/XHDR/HEAD processing.
+   */
+  void callFilters();
+
+  attribute boolean getOldMessages;
+};
+
diff --git a/mailnews/news/public/nsINNTPNewsgroupPost.idl b/mailnews/news/public/nsINNTPNewsgroupPost.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..382ad5d65
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/news/public/nsINNTPNewsgroupPost.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+/* -*- Mode: IDL; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/* This object represents the stream of data which will be sent to an
+   NNTP server. You basically set up all the RFC850 required headers, etc,
+   then pass it to something that reads off the nsIInputStream interface.
+*/
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+interface nsIFile;
+
+[scriptable, uuid(9979a2cb-a4e6-45e6-bfeb-b08e704c5a2b)]
+interface nsINNTPNewsgroupPost : nsISupports {
+    
+    /* from RFC850 */
+    /* section 2.1 - required headers */
+    attribute string relayVersion;
+    attribute string postingVersion;
+    attribute string from;
+    attribute string date;
+    
+    void AddNewsgroup(in string newsgroupName);
+    readonly attribute string newsgroups;
+    
+    attribute string subject;
+    attribute string path;
+    
+    /* Secion 2.2 - optional headers */
+    attribute string replyTo;
+    attribute string sender;
+    attribute string followupTo;
+    attribute string dateReceived;
+    attribute string expires;
+
+    readonly attribute string references;
+
+    attribute string control;
+    attribute string distribution;
+    attribute string organization;
+
+    /* the message itself */
+    attribute string body;
+
+    /* is this a control message? */
+    readonly attribute boolean isControl;
+
+    attribute nsIFile postMessageFile;
+};
+
+
+
diff --git a/mailnews/news/public/nsINNTPProtocol.idl b/mailnews/news/public/nsINNTPProtocol.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f7c9105bb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/news/public/nsINNTPProtocol.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+/* -*- Mode: IDL; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+interface nsIURI;
+interface nsIMsgFolder;
+interface nsIMsgWindow;
+
+[scriptable, uuid(30106238-0991-11d4-a565-0060b0fc04b7)]
+interface nsINNTPProtocol : nsISupports {
+
+  /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+  // isBusy is true if the connection is currently processing a url
+  // and false otherwise.
+  /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+  attribute boolean isBusy;
+
+  void LoadNewsUrl(in nsIURI aUri, in nsISupports aConsumer);
+  void Initialize(in nsIURI aURL, in nsIMsgWindow aMsgWindow);
+
+    // Get last active time stamp
+    void GetLastActiveTimeStamp(out PRTime aTimeStamp);
+
+  attribute boolean isCachedConnection;
+  readonly attribute nsIMsgFolder currentFolder;
+
+  void CloseConnection();
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/news/public/nsINewsDownloadDialogArgs.idl b/mailnews/news/public/nsINewsDownloadDialogArgs.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9d728a9bd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/news/public/nsINewsDownloadDialogArgs.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+[scriptable, uuid(3634327c-392b-4686-adf5-576e6cef9196)]
+interface nsINewsDownloadDialogArgs: nsISupports {
+  attribute AString groupName;
+  attribute long articleCount;
+  attribute string serverKey;
+  attribute boolean hitOK;
+  attribute boolean downloadAll;
+};
+
+%{ C++
+#define DOWNLOAD_HEADERS_URL "chrome://messenger/content/downloadheaders.xul"
+%}
diff --git a/mailnews/news/public/nsINntpIncomingServer.idl b/mailnews/news/public/nsINntpIncomingServer.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c2ac6e9d7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/news/public/nsINntpIncomingServer.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,152 @@
+/* -*- Mode: IDL; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+interface nsIFile;
+interface nsIMsgNewsFolder;
+interface nsINNTPProtocol;
+interface nsNNTPProtocol;
+interface nsIChannel;
+interface nsIURI;
+interface nsIMsgWindow;
+
+[scriptable, uuid(077620ed-c6c4-4d4d-bed5-4d041f924002)]
+interface nsINntpIncomingServer : nsISupports {
+    /* the on-disk path to the newsrc file for this server */
+    attribute nsIFile newsrcFilePath;
+
+    /* the newsrc root path (the directories all the newsrc files live) */
+    attribute nsIFile newsrcRootPath;
+    
+    /* ask the user before downloading more than maxArticles? */
+    attribute boolean notifyOn;
+
+    /* the max articles to download */
+    attribute long maxArticles;
+
+    /* when we don't download all, do we mark the rest read? */
+    attribute boolean markOldRead;
+
+    /* abbreviate the newsgroup names in the folder pane? */
+    attribute boolean abbreviate;
+
+    /* do we use a single login per server or do we login per group */
+    attribute boolean singleSignon;
+
+    /** the server charset and it may be needed to display newsgroup folder
+     *  names correctly 
+     **/
+    attribute ACString charset;
+
+    /* the server keeps track of all the newsgroups we are subscribed to */
+    void addNewsgroup(in AString name);
+    void removeNewsgroup(in AString name);
+
+    void writeNewsrcFile();
+
+    attribute boolean newsrcHasChanged;
+
+    /**
+     * The maximum number of connections to make to the server.
+     *
+     * This preference (internally max_cached_connections) controls how many
+     * connections we can make. A negative connection count is treated as only
+     * one connection, while 0 (the default) loads the default number of
+     * connections, presently 2.
+     */
+    attribute long maximumConnectionsNumber;
+
+    void displaySubscribedGroup(in nsIMsgNewsFolder msgFolder,
+                                in long firstMessage, in long lastMessage,
+                                in long totalMessages);
+
+
+    /**
+     * Get a new NNTP channel to run the URI.
+     *
+     * If the server has used up all of its connections, this will place the URI
+     * in the queue to be run when one is freed.
+     *
+     * @param uri    The URI to run.
+     * @param window The standard message window object.
+     */
+    nsIChannel getNntpChannel(in nsIURI uri, in nsIMsgWindow window);
+    /**
+     * Enqueues a URI to be run when we have a free connection.
+     *
+     * If there is one already free, it will be immediately started.
+     *
+     * @param uri      The URI to run.
+     * @param window   The standard message window object.
+     * @param consumer An argument to be passed to nsINNTPProtocol:LoadNewUrl.
+     */
+    void loadNewsUrl(in nsIURI uri, in nsIMsgWindow window,
+                     in nsISupports consumer);
+
+    /**
+     * Remove a connection from our connection cache.
+     *
+     * @param aNntpConnection The connection to be removed.
+     */
+    void removeConnection(in nsINNTPProtocol aNntpConnection);
+
+    /**
+     * Load the next URI in the queue to the given connection.
+     *
+     * @param aNntpConnection The newly-freed connection.
+     */
+    [noscript] void prepareForNextUrl(in nsNNTPProtocol aNntpConnection);
+
+    /**
+     * Returns whether or not the server has subscribed to the given newsgroup.
+     *
+     * Note that the name here is intended to be escaped; however, since `%' is
+     * not a legal newsgroup name, it is possibly safe to pass in an unescaped
+     * newsgroup name.
+     */
+    boolean containsNewsgroup(in AUTF8String escapedName);
+
+    void subscribeToNewsgroup(in AUTF8String name);
+
+    /* used for the subscribe dialog.
+       name is encoded in |charset|  (attribute declared above) */
+    [noscript] void addNewsgroupToList(in string name);
+
+    attribute boolean supportsExtensions;
+    void addExtension(in string extension);
+    boolean queryExtension(in string extension);
+
+    attribute boolean postingAllowed;
+    attribute boolean pushAuth;
+    attribute unsigned long lastUpdatedTime;
+    
+    void addPropertyForGet(in string name, in string value);
+    string queryPropertyForGet(in string name);
+    
+    void addSearchableGroup(in AString name);
+    boolean querySearchableGroup(in AString name);
+    
+    void addSearchableHeader(in string headerName);
+    boolean querySearchableHeader(in string headerName);
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the folder corresponding to the given group.
+     *
+     * Note that this name is expected to be unescaped.
+     * @note If the group does not exist, a bogus news folder will be returned.
+     *       DO NOT call this method unless you are sure that the newsgroup
+     *       is subscribed to (e.g., by containsNewsgroup)
+     */
+    nsIMsgNewsFolder findGroup(in AUTF8String name);
+
+    readonly attribute AUTF8String firstGroupNeedingExtraInfo;
+    void setGroupNeedsExtraInfo(in AUTF8String name, in boolean needsExtraInfo);
+
+    void groupNotFound(in nsIMsgWindow window, in AString group,
+                       in boolean opening);
+
+    void setPrettyNameForGroup(in AString name, in AString prettyName);
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/news/public/nsINntpService.idl b/mailnews/news/public/nsINntpService.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0383bf864
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/news/public/nsINntpService.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+/* -*- Mode: IDL; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+#include "nsIUrlListener.idl"
+#include "nsINntpIncomingServer.idl"
+#include "MailNewsTypes2.idl"
+
+interface nsIURI;
+interface nsIFile;
+interface nsIMsgWindow;
+interface nsIMsgFolder;
+interface nsICacheStorage;
+
+[scriptable, uuid(dc5cadb0-966c-4ef1-a4c8-cc1e48d1ac61)]
+interface nsINntpService : nsISupports {
+  
+  /* newsgroupsList is a comma separated list of newsgroups, which may be
+   * in news://host/group or group form
+   * "news://host/group1,news://host/group2" or "group1,group2"
+   *
+   * newsgroupsHeaderVal is a comma separated list of groups in the group form
+   * "group1,group2"
+   *
+   * newshostHeaderVal is a single hostname.
+   * "host"
+   */
+  void generateNewsHeaderValsForPosting(in ACString newsgroupsList, out string newsgroupsHeaderVal, out string newshostHeaderVal);
+
+  nsIURI postMessage(in nsIFile aFileToPost, in string newsgroupNames, in string aAccountKey, in nsIUrlListener aUrlListener, in nsIMsgWindow aMsgWindow);
+
+  nsIURI getNewNews(in nsINntpIncomingServer nntpServer, in string uri, in boolean getOld, in nsIUrlListener aUrlListener, in nsIMsgWindow aMsgWindow);
+
+  nsIURI cancelMessage(in string cancelURL, in string messageURI, in nsISupports aConsumer, in nsIUrlListener aUrlListener, in nsIMsgWindow aMsgWindow);
+ 
+  void getListOfGroupsOnServer(in nsINntpIncomingServer nntpServer, in nsIMsgWindow aMsgWindow, in boolean getOnlyNew);
+
+  nsIURI fetchMessage(in nsIMsgFolder newsFolder, in nsMsgKey key, in nsIMsgWindow aMsgWindow, in nsISupports aConsumer, in nsIUrlListener aUrlListener);
+
+  void downloadNewsgroupsForOffline(in nsIMsgWindow aMsgWindow, in nsIUrlListener aListener);
+  /** 
+   * can handle news-message:// and news:// 
+   */
+  void decomposeNewsURI(in string uri, out nsIMsgFolder folder, out nsMsgKey key);
+
+  // handle to the cache session used by news....
+  readonly attribute nsICacheStorage cacheStorage;
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/news/public/nsINntpUrl.idl b/mailnews/news/public/nsINntpUrl.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d85b37e63
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/news/public/nsINntpUrl.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+/* -*- Mode: IDL; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+#include "MailNewsTypes2.idl"
+
+interface nsINNTPNewsgroupPost;
+
+typedef long nsNewsAction;
+
+/**
+ * Represents specific attributes to a URL for news usage.
+ *
+ * Note that the urls represented by this interface can be one of five schemes:
+ * [s]news, nntp[s], or news-message. Any URI that is valid under RFC 5538 will
+ * be accepted. However, it is possible for some queries to be invalid. There
+ * are also a few important things to note:
+ *
+ * - Missing authorities in [s]news: URIs cause nsIMsgMailNewsUrl::server and
+ *   nsIMsgMessageUrl::folder to be null.
+ * - nsIMsgMailNewsUrl::server and nsIMsgMessageUrl::folder will be null if the
+ *   specified server does not actually exist. In addition, the folder is null
+ *   if the group is not currently subscribed on that server.
+ * - Although news-message URIs are parsable, there is no protocol handler
+ *   associated with this url. To run these, you should convert these to the
+ *   corresponding [s]news or nntp URL, and set the original one in
+ *   nsIMsgMessageUrl::uri and ::originalSpec.
+ * - A URI that results in an ActionUnknown will not be run.
+ * - Cancel URIs require the original spec to also be set, so it can find both
+ *   the message ID and the group/key combination.
+ * * Some actions require either a group or a message id. Since actions can be
+ *   set after the fact, these conditions are not verified.
+ */
+[scriptable, uuid(ef920ca3-9c46-48b8-9fa3-cb430d3681ea)]
+interface nsINntpUrl : nsISupports {
+  /// For ActionPostArticle URIs, the message to be posted.
+  attribute nsINNTPNewsgroupPost messageToPost;
+
+  /**
+   * The action that this URL will take when run.
+   *
+   * Most actions can be automatically determined from the URL spec as follows:
+   *
+   * 1. The query string is searched for the appropriate action.
+   *
+   * 2. A non-empty message ID or key is found (sets ActionFetchArticle).
+   *
+   * 3. A non-empty group is found (ActionGetNewNews or ActionListGroups).
+   */
+  attribute nsNewsAction newsAction;
+
+  /// For ActionGetNewNews URIs, whether or not to get older messages.
+  attribute boolean getOldMessages;
+
+  /**
+   * The group portion of the URI, if one is present.
+   *
+   * This group name is fully unescaped; if you need to construct news URLs with
+   * this value, be sure to escape it first.
+   */
+  readonly attribute ACString group;
+
+  /// The message ID portion of the URI, if one is present
+  readonly attribute ACString messageID;
+
+  /// The message key portion of the URI or nsMsgKey_None if not present
+  readonly attribute nsMsgKey key;
+
+  /// The action of this news URI could not be determined
+  const nsNewsAction ActionUnknown = 0;
+  /// Fetch the contents of an article
+  const nsNewsAction ActionFetchArticle = 1;
+  /// Fetch the part of an article (requires ?part=)
+  const nsNewsAction ActionFetchPart = 2;
+  /// Save the contents of an article to disk
+  const nsNewsAction ActionSaveMessageToDisk = 3;
+  /// Cancel the article (requires ?cancel)
+  const nsNewsAction ActionCancelArticle = 4;
+  /// Post an article
+  const nsNewsAction ActionPostArticle = 5;
+  /// List the non-expired ids in the newsgroup (requires ?list-ids)
+  const nsNewsAction ActionListIds = 6;
+  /// Do an online newsgroup search (requires ?search)
+  const nsNewsAction ActionSearch = 7;
+  /// Retrieve new messages from the server
+  const nsNewsAction ActionGetNewNews = 8;
+  /// List groups for subscribe
+  const nsNewsAction ActionListGroups = 9;
+  /// List new groups for subscribe (requires ?new-groups)
+  const nsNewsAction ActionListNewGroups = 10;
+
+  /// Constant for the default NNTP over ssl port number
+  const int32_t DEFAULT_NNTP_PORT = 119;
+
+  /// Constant for the default NNTP over ssl port number
+  const int32_t DEFAULT_NNTPS_PORT = 563;
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/news/public/nsMsgNewsCID.h b/mailnews/news/public/nsMsgNewsCID.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e56a93bb7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/news/public/nsMsgNewsCID.h
@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsMsgNewsCID_h__
+#define nsMsgNewsCID_h__
+
+#include "nsISupports.h"
+#include "nsIFactory.h"
+#include "nsIComponentManager.h"
+#include "nsMsgBaseCID.h"
+
+//
+// nsMsgNewsFolder
+#define NS_NEWSFOLDERRESOURCE_CONTRACTID \
+  NS_RDF_RESOURCE_FACTORY_CONTRACTID_PREFIX "news"
+#define NS_NEWSFOLDERRESOURCE_CID                      \
+{ /* 4ace448a-f6d4-11d2-880d-004005263078 */           \
+ 0x4ace448a, 0xf6d4, 0x11d2,         \
+ {0x88, 0x0d, 0x00, 0x40, 0x05, 0x26, 0x30, 0x78}   \
+}
+
+//
+// nsNntpIncomingServer
+//
+#define NS_NNTPINCOMINGSERVER_CONTRACTID \
+  NS_MSGINCOMINGSERVER_CONTRACTID_PREFIX "nntp"
+
+#define NS_NNTPINCOMINGSERVER_CID       \
+{ /* 6ff28d0a-f776-11d2-87ca-004005263078 */     \
+ 0x6ff28d0a, 0xf776, 0x11d2,         \
+ {0x87, 0xca, 0x00, 0x40, 0x05, 0x26, 0x30, 0x78}   \
+}
+
+//
+// nsNntpService
+//
+
+#define NS_NNTPPROTOCOLINFO_CONTRACTID    \
+  NS_MSGPROTOCOLINFO_CONTRACTID_PREFIX "nntp"
+
+#define NS_NEWSPROTOCOLHANDLER_CONTRACTID \
+  NS_NETWORK_PROTOCOL_CONTRACTID_PREFIX "news"
+#define NS_SNEWSPROTOCOLHANDLER_CONTRACTID \
+  NS_NETWORK_PROTOCOL_CONTRACTID_PREFIX "snews"
+#define NS_NNTPPROTOCOLHANDLER_CONTRACTID \
+  NS_NETWORK_PROTOCOL_CONTRACTID_PREFIX "nntp"
+#define NS_NEWSMESSAGESERVICE_CONTRACTID \
+  "@mozilla.org/messenger/messageservice;1?type=news-message"
+#define NS_NNTPMESSAGESERVICE_CONTRACTID \
+  "@mozilla.org/messenger/messageservice;1?type=news"
+#define NS_NNTPSERVICE_CONTRACTID \
+  "@mozilla.org/messenger/nntpservice;1"
+#define NS_NEWSSTARTUPHANDLER_CONTRACTID \
+  "@mozilla.org/commandlinehandler/general-startup;1?type=news"
+
+#define NS_NNTPSERVICE_CID                              \
+{ /* 4C9F90E1-E19B-11d2-806E-006008128C4E */      \
+ 0x4c9f90e1, 0xe19b, 0x11d2,                            \
+ {0x80, 0x6e, 0x0, 0x60, 0x8, 0x12, 0x8c, 0x4e}   \
+}
+
+//
+// nsNNTPNewsgroupPost
+//
+#define NS_NNTPNEWSGROUPPOST_CONTRACTID \
+  "@mozilla.org/messenger/nntpnewsgrouppost;1"
+#define NS_NNTPNEWSGROUPPOST_CID  \
+{ /* 30c60228-187e-11d3-842f-004005263078 */ \
+ 0x30c60228, 0x187e, 0x11d3, \
+ {0x84, 0x2f, 0x00, 0x40, 0x05, 0x26, 0x30, 0x78} \
+}
+
+//
+// nsNNTPNewsgroupList
+//
+#define NS_NNTPNEWSGROUPLIST_CONTRACTID \
+  "@mozilla.org/messenger/nntpnewsgrouplist;1"
+#define NS_NNTPNEWSGROUPLIST_CID \
+{ /* 631e9054-1893-11d3-9916-004005263078 */ \
+ 0x631e9054, 0x1893, 0x11d3, \
+ {0x99, 0x16, 0x00, 0x40, 0x05, 0x26, 0x30, 0x78} \
+}
+
+//
+// nsNNTPArticleList
+//
+#define NS_NNTPARTICLELIST_CONTRACTID \
+  "@mozilla.org/messenger/nntparticlelist;1"
+#define NS_NNTPARTICLELIST_CID  \
+{ /* 9f12bdf0-189f-11d3-973e-00805f916fd3 */ \
+ 0x9f12bdf0, 0x189f, 0x11d3, \
+ {0x97, 0x3e, 0x00, 0x80, 0x5f, 0x91, 0x6f, 0xd3} \
+}
+
+//
+// nsNntpUrl
+//
+#define NS_NNTPURL_CONTRACTID \
+  "@mozilla.org/messenger/nntpurl;1"
+#define NS_NNTPURL_CID                  \
+{ /* 196B4B30-E18C-11d2-806E-006008128C4E */      \
+  0x196b4b30, 0xe18c, 0x11d2,              \
+    { 0x80, 0x6e, 0x0, 0x60, 0x8, 0x12, 0x8c, 0x4e } }
+
+//
+// nsNewsDownloadDialogArgs
+//
+#define NS_NEWSDOWNLOADDIALOGARGS_CONTRACTID \
+   "@mozilla.org/messenger/newsdownloaddialogargs;1"
+#define NS_NEWSDOWNLOADDIALOGARGS_CID   \
+{ /* 1540689e-1dd2-11b2-933d-f0d1e460ef4a */    \
+  0x1540689e, 0x1dd2, 0x11b2,   \
+    { 0x93, 0x3d, 0xf0, 0xd1, 0xe4, 0x60, 0xef, 0x4a} }
+
+#endif // nsMsgNewsCID_h__
diff --git a/mailnews/news/src/moz.build b/mailnews/news/src/moz.build
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c2f18c389
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/news/src/moz.build
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+# vim: set filetype=python:
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+SOURCES += [
+    'nsNewsDownloadDialogArgs.cpp',
+    'nsNewsDownloader.cpp',
+    'nsNewsFolder.cpp',
+    'nsNewsUtils.cpp',
+    'nsNNTPArticleList.cpp',
+    'nsNntpIncomingServer.cpp',
+    'nsNntpMockChannel.cpp',
+    'nsNNTPNewsgroupList.cpp',
+    'nsNNTPNewsgroupPost.cpp',
+    'nsNNTPProtocol.cpp',
+    'nsNntpService.cpp',
+    'nsNntpUrl.cpp',
+]
+
+EXTRA_COMPONENTS += [
+    'nsNewsAutoCompleteSearch.js',
+    'nsNewsAutoCompleteSearch.manifest',
+]
+
+FINAL_LIBRARY = 'mail'
+
diff --git a/mailnews/news/src/nntpCore.h b/mailnews/news/src/nntpCore.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e09f72f2c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/news/src/nntpCore.h
@@ -0,0 +1,163 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _NNTPCore_H__
+#define _NNTPCore_H__
+
+#define NEWS_MSGS_URL       "chrome://messenger/locale/news.properties"
+
+// The following string constants are protocol strings. I'm defining them as macros here
+// so I don't have to sprinkle all of the strings throughout the protocol.
+#define NNTP_CMD_LIST_EXTENSIONS    "LIST EXTENSIONS" CRLF
+#define NNTP_CMD_MODE_READER      "MODE READER" CRLF
+#define NNTP_CMD_LIST_SEARCHES      "LIST SEARCHES" CRLF
+#define NNTP_CMD_LIST_SEARCH_FIELDS     "LIST SRCHFIELDS" CRLF
+#define NNTP_CMD_GET_PROPERTIES         "GET" CRLF
+#define NNTP_CMD_LIST_SUBSCRIPTIONS     "LIST SUBSCRIPTIONS" CRLF
+#define NNTP_CMD_POST        "POST" CRLF
+#define NNTP_CMD_QUIT        "QUIT" CRLF
+
+// end of protocol strings
+
+#define MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_HELP 100
+
+#define MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_POSTING_ALLOWED 200
+#define MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_POSTING_DENIED 201
+
+#define MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_DISCONTINUED 400
+
+#define MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_COMMAND_UNKNOWN 500
+#define MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_SYNTAX_ERROR 501
+#define MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_PERMISSION_DENIED 502
+#define MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_SERVER_ERROR 503
+
+#define MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_ARTICLE_BOTH 220
+#define MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_ARTICLE_HEAD 221
+#define MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_ARTICLE_BODY 222
+#define MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_ARTICLE_NONE 223
+#define MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_ARTICLE_NO_GROUP 412
+#define MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_ARTICLE_NO_CURRENT 420
+#define MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_ARTICLE_NONEXIST 423
+#define MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_ARTICLE_NOTFOUND 430
+
+#define MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_GROUP_SELECTED   211
+#define MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_GROUP_NO_GROUP   411
+
+#define MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_IHAVE_OK         235
+#define MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_IHAVE_ARTICLE    335
+#define MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_IHAVE_NOT_WANTED 435
+#define MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_IHAVE_FAILED     436
+#define MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_IHAVE_REJECTED   437
+
+#define MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_LAST_OK          223
+#define MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_LAST_NO_GROUP    412
+#define MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_LAST_NO_CURRENT  420
+#define MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_LAST_NO_ARTICLE  422
+
+#define MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_LIST_OK          215
+
+#define MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_NEWGROUPS_OK     231
+
+#define MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_NEWNEWS_OK       230
+
+#define MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_NEXT_OK          223
+#define MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_NEXT_NO_GROUP    412
+#define MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_NEXT_NO_CURRENT  420
+#define MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_NEXT_NO_ARTICLE  421
+
+#define MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_POST_OK          240
+#define MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_POST_SEND_NOW    340
+#define MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_POST_DENIED      440
+#define MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_POST_FAILED      441
+
+#define MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_QUIT_OK          205
+
+#define MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_SLAVE_OK         202
+
+#define MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_CHECK_NO_ARTICLE 238
+#define MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_CHECK_NO_ACCEPT  400
+#define MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_CHECK_LATER      431
+#define MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_CHECK_DONT_SEND  438
+#define MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_CHECK_DENIED     480
+#define MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_CHECK_ERROR      500
+
+#define MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_XHDR_OK          221
+#define MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_XHDR_NO_GROUP    412
+#define MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_XHDR_NO_CURRENT  420
+#define MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_XHDR_NO_ARTICLE  430
+#define MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_XHDR_DENIED      502
+
+#define MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_XOVER_OK         224
+#define MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_XOVER_NO_GROUP   412
+#define MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_XOVER_NO_CURRENT 420
+#define MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_XOVER_DENIED     502
+
+#define MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_XPAT_OK          221
+#define MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_XPAT_NO_ARTICLE  430
+#define MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_XPAT_DENIED      502
+
+#define MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_AUTHINFO_OK      281
+#define MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_AUTHINFO_CONT    381
+#define MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_AUTHINFO_REQUIRE 480
+#define MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_AUTHINFO_REJECT  482
+#define MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_AUTHINFO_DENIED  502
+
+#define MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_
+
+#define MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_AUTHINFO_SIMPLE_OK      250
+#define MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_AUTHINFO_SIMPLE_CONT    350
+#define MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_AUTHINFO_SIMPLE_REQUIRE 450
+#define MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_AUTHINFO_SIMPLE_REJECT  452
+
+#define MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_TYPE_INFO    1
+#define MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_TYPE_OK      2
+#define MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_TYPE_CONT    3
+#define MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_TYPE_CANNOT  4
+#define MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_TYPE_ERROR   5
+
+#define MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_TYPE(x) (x/100)
+
+// the following used to be defined in allxpstr.h. Until we find a new values for these,
+// I'm defining them here because I don't want to link against xplib.lib...(mscott)
+
+#define MK_DATA_LOADED    1
+#define MK_EMPTY_NEWS_LIST  -227
+#define MK_INTERRUPTED    -201
+#define MK_MALFORMED_URL_ERROR  -209
+#define MK_NEWS_ERROR_FMT    -430
+#define MK_NNTP_CANCEL_CONFIRM  -426
+#define MK_NNTP_CANCEL_DISALLOWED -427
+#define MK_NNTP_NOT_CANCELLED    -429
+#define MK_OUT_OF_MEMORY     -207
+#define XP_CONFIRM_SAVE_NEWSGROUPS      -1
+#define XP_HTML_ARTICLE_EXPIRED        -1
+#define XP_HTML_NEWS_ERROR          -1
+#define XP_PROGRESS_READ_NEWSGROUPINFO     1
+#define XP_PROGRESS_RECEIVE_ARTICLE       1
+#define XP_PROGRESS_RECEIVE_LISTARTICLES   1
+#define XP_PROGRESS_RECEIVE_NEWSGROUP     1
+#define XP_PROGRESS_SORT_ARTICLES         1
+#define XP_PROGRESS_READ_NEWSGROUP_COUNTS   1
+#define XP_THERMO_PERCENT_FORM         1
+#define XP_PROMPT_ENTER_USERNAME       1
+#define MK_NNTP_AUTH_FAILED            -260
+#define MK_NNTP_ERROR_MESSAGE          -304
+#define MK_NNTP_NEWSGROUP_SCAN_ERROR    -305
+#define MK_NNTP_SERVER_ERROR          -217
+#define MK_NNTP_SERVER_NOT_CONFIGURED     -307
+#define MK_TCP_READ_ERROR          -252
+#define MK_TCP_WRITE_ERROR          -236
+#define MK_NNTP_CANCEL_ERROR        -428
+#define XP_CONNECT_NEWS_HOST_CONTACTED_WAITING_FOR_REPLY  1
+#define XP_PLEASE_ENTER_A_PASSWORD_FOR_NEWS_SERVER_ACCESS 1
+#define XP_GARBAGE_COLLECTING                1
+#define XP_MESSAGE_SENT_WAITING_NEWS_REPLY          1
+#define MK_MSG_DELIV_NEWS                  1
+#define MK_MSG_COLLABRA_DISABLED              1
+#define MK_MSG_EXPIRE_NEWS_ARTICLES                1
+#define MK_MSG_HTML_IMAP_NO_CACHED_BODY            1
+#define MK_MSG_CANT_MOVE_FOLDER                1
+
+#endif /* NNTPCore_H__ */
diff --git a/mailnews/news/src/nsNNTPArticleList.cpp b/mailnews/news/src/nsNNTPArticleList.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..106f5439f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/news/src/nsNNTPArticleList.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "msgCore.h"    // precompiled header...
+
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsNNTPArticleList.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolder.h"
+#include "nsAutoPtr.h"
+#include "nsMsgKeyArray.h"
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsNNTPArticleList, nsINNTPArticleList)
+
+nsNNTPArticleList::nsNNTPArticleList()
+{
+}
+
+nsNNTPArticleList::~nsNNTPArticleList()
+{
+  if (m_newsDB) {
+    m_newsDB->Commit(nsMsgDBCommitType::kSessionCommit);
+    m_newsDB->Close(true);
+    m_newsDB = nullptr;
+  }
+
+  m_newsFolder = nullptr;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNNTPArticleList::Initialize(nsIMsgNewsFolder *newsFolder)
+{
+    nsresult rv;
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(newsFolder);
+
+    m_dbIndex = 0;
+
+    m_newsFolder = newsFolder;
+
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> folder = do_QueryInterface(m_newsFolder, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+    rv = folder->GetMsgDatabase(getter_AddRefs(m_newsDB));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+    if (!m_newsDB) return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+
+    RefPtr<nsMsgKeyArray> keys = new nsMsgKeyArray;
+    rv = m_newsDB->ListAllKeys(keys);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+    keys->Sort();
+    m_idsInDB.AppendElements(keys->m_keys);
+
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNNTPArticleList::AddArticleKey(nsMsgKey key)
+{
+#ifdef DEBUG
+  m_idsOnServer.AppendElement(key);
+#endif
+
+  if (m_dbIndex < m_idsInDB.Length())
+  {
+    nsMsgKey idInDBToCheck = m_idsInDB[m_dbIndex];
+    // if there are keys in the database that aren't in the newsgroup
+    // on the server, remove them. We probably shouldn't do this if
+    // we have a copy of the article offline.
+    // We'll add to m_idsDeleted for now and remove the id later
+    while (idInDBToCheck < key)
+    {
+      m_idsDeleted.AppendElement(idInDBToCheck);
+      if (m_dbIndex >= m_idsInDB.Length())
+        break;
+      idInDBToCheck = m_idsInDB[++m_dbIndex];
+    }
+    if (idInDBToCheck == key)
+      m_dbIndex++;
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNNTPArticleList::FinishAddingArticleKeys()
+{
+  // if the last n messages in the group are cancelled, they won't have gotten removed
+  // so we have to go and remove them now.
+  if (m_dbIndex < m_idsInDB.Length())
+    m_idsDeleted.AppendElements(&m_idsInDB[m_dbIndex],
+      m_idsInDB.Length() - m_dbIndex);
+  
+  if (m_idsDeleted.Length())
+    m_newsFolder->RemoveMessages(m_idsDeleted);
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+  // make sure none of the deleted turned up on the idsOnServer list
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < m_idsDeleted.Length(); i++) {
+    NS_ASSERTION(!m_idsOnServer.Contains((nsMsgKey)m_idsDeleted[i]),
+      "a deleted turned up on the idsOnServer list");
+  }
+#endif
+  return NS_OK;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/news/src/nsNNTPArticleList.h b/mailnews/news/src/nsNNTPArticleList.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5cbfc47df
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/news/src/nsNNTPArticleList.h
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsNNTPArticleList_h___
+#define nsNNTPArticleList_h___
+
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsINNTPArticleList.h"
+#include "nsIMsgNewsFolder.h"
+#include "nsIMsgDatabase.h"
+#include "MailNewsTypes.h"
+#include "nsTArray.h"
+
+class nsNNTPArticleList : public nsINNTPArticleList
+{
+public:
+  nsNNTPArticleList();
+
+    NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+    NS_DECL_NSINNTPARTICLELIST
+
+protected:
+  virtual ~nsNNTPArticleList();
+
+    nsTArray<nsMsgKey> m_idsInDB;
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+    nsTArray<nsMsgKey> m_idsOnServer;
+#endif
+    nsTArray<nsMsgKey> m_idsDeleted;
+
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgNewsFolder> m_newsFolder;
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDatabase> m_newsDB;
+
+    uint32_t  m_dbIndex;
+};
+
+#endif /* nsNNTPArticleList_h___ */
diff --git a/mailnews/news/src/nsNNTPNewsgroupList.cpp b/mailnews/news/src/nsNNTPNewsgroupList.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3833390c7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/news/src/nsNNTPNewsgroupList.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1332 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/*
+ * formerly listngst.cpp
+ * This class should ultimately be part of a news group listing
+ * state machine - either by inheritance or delegation.
+ * Currently, a folder pane owns one and libnet news group listing
+ * related messages get passed to this object.
+ */
+
+#include "msgCore.h"    // precompiled header...
+#include "MailNewsTypes.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsIDBFolderInfo.h"
+#include "nsINewsDatabase.h"
+#include "nsIMsgStatusFeedback.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsPIDOMWindow.h"
+#include "mozIDOMWindow.h"
+#include "nsIMsgMailNewsUrl.h"
+#include "nsIMsgAccountManager.h"
+#include "nsIMsgIncomingServer.h"
+#include "nsINntpIncomingServer.h"
+#include "nsMsgBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFilter.h"
+#include "nsNNTPNewsgroupList.h"
+
+#include "nsINNTPArticleList.h"
+#include "nsMsgKeySet.h"
+
+#include "nntpCore.h"
+#include "nsIStringBundle.h"
+
+#include "plstr.h"
+#include "prmem.h"
+#include "prprf.h"
+
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+
+#include "nsMsgDatabase.h"
+
+#include "nsIDBFolderInfo.h"
+
+#include "nsNewsUtils.h"
+
+#include "nsMsgDBCID.h"
+
+#include "nsINewsDownloadDialogArgs.h"
+
+#include "nsXPCOM.h"
+#include "nsISupportsPrimitives.h"
+#include "nsIInterfaceRequestor.h"
+#include "nsIInterfaceRequestorUtils.h"
+#include "nsIMsgWindow.h"
+#include "nsIDocShell.h"
+#include "nsIMutableArray.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolderNotificationService.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFilterCustomAction.h"
+#include "nsComponentManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+#include "mozilla/Services.h"
+
+// update status on header download once per second
+#define MIN_STATUS_UPDATE_INTERVAL PRTime(PR_USEC_PER_SEC)
+
+
+nsNNTPNewsgroupList::nsNNTPNewsgroupList()
+  : m_finishingXover(false),
+  m_getOldMessages(false),
+  m_promptedAlready(false),
+  m_downloadAll(false),
+  m_maxArticles(0),
+  m_lastPercent(-1),
+  m_lastStatusUpdate(0),
+  m_lastProcessedNumber(0),
+  m_firstMsgNumber(0),
+  m_lastMsgNumber(0),
+  m_firstMsgToDownload(0),
+  m_lastMsgToDownload(0),
+  m_set(nullptr)
+{
+  memset(&m_knownArts, 0, sizeof(m_knownArts));
+}
+
+nsNNTPNewsgroupList::~nsNNTPNewsgroupList()
+{
+  CleanUp();
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsNNTPNewsgroupList, nsINNTPNewsgroupList, nsIMsgFilterHitNotify)
+
+nsresult
+nsNNTPNewsgroupList::Initialize(nsINntpUrl *runningURL, nsIMsgNewsFolder *newsFolder)
+{
+  m_newsFolder = newsFolder;
+  m_runningURL = runningURL;
+  m_knownArts.set = nsMsgKeySet::Create();
+
+  nsresult rv = m_newsFolder->GetDatabaseWithoutCache(getter_AddRefs(m_newsDB));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> folder = do_QueryInterface(m_newsFolder, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  rv = folder->GetFilterList(m_msgWindow, getter_AddRefs(m_filterList));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  nsCString ngHeaders;
+  m_filterList->GetArbitraryHeaders(ngHeaders);
+  ParseString(ngHeaders, ' ', m_filterHeaders);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+  rv = folder->GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  rv = server->GetFilterList(m_msgWindow, getter_AddRefs(m_serverFilterList));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  nsAutoCString servHeaders;
+  m_serverFilterList->GetArbitraryHeaders(servHeaders);
+
+  nsTArray<nsCString> servArray;
+  ParseString(servHeaders, ' ', servArray);
+
+  // servArray may have duplicates already in m_filterHeaders.
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < servArray.Length(); i++)
+  {
+    if (!m_filterHeaders.Contains(servArray[i]))
+      m_filterHeaders.AppendElement(servArray[i]);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsNNTPNewsgroupList::CleanUp()
+{
+  // here we make sure that there aren't missing articles in the unread set
+  // So if an article is the unread set, and the known arts set, but isn't in the
+  // db, then we should mark it read in the unread set.
+  if (m_newsDB)
+  {
+    if (m_knownArts.set && m_knownArts.set->getLength() && m_set->getLength())
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIDBFolderInfo> folderInfo;
+      m_newsDB->GetDBFolderInfo(getter_AddRefs(folderInfo));
+      int32_t firstKnown = m_knownArts.set->GetFirstMember();
+      int32_t lastKnown =  m_knownArts.set->GetLastMember();
+      if (folderInfo)
+      {
+        uint32_t lastMissingCheck;
+        folderInfo->GetUint32Property("lastMissingCheck", 0, &lastMissingCheck);
+        if (lastMissingCheck)
+          firstKnown = lastMissingCheck + 1;
+      }
+      bool foundMissingArticle = false;
+      while (firstKnown <= lastKnown)
+      {
+        int32_t firstUnreadStart, firstUnreadEnd;
+        if (firstKnown == 0)
+          firstKnown = 1;
+        m_set->FirstMissingRange(firstKnown, lastKnown, &firstUnreadStart, &firstUnreadEnd);
+        if (firstUnreadStart)
+        {
+          while (firstUnreadStart <= firstUnreadEnd)
+          {
+            bool containsKey;
+            m_newsDB->ContainsKey(firstUnreadStart, &containsKey);
+            if (!containsKey)
+            {
+              m_set->Add(firstUnreadStart);
+              foundMissingArticle = true;
+            }
+            firstUnreadStart++;
+          }
+          firstKnown = firstUnreadStart;
+        }
+        else
+          break;
+
+      }
+      if (folderInfo)
+        folderInfo->SetUint32Property("lastMissingCheck", lastKnown);
+
+      if (foundMissingArticle)
+      {
+        nsresult rv;
+        nsCOMPtr<nsINewsDatabase> db(do_QueryInterface(m_newsDB, &rv));
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+        db->SetReadSet(m_set);
+      }
+    }
+    m_newsDB->Commit(nsMsgDBCommitType::kSessionCommit);
+    m_newsDB->Close(true);
+    m_newsDB = nullptr;
+  }
+
+  if (m_knownArts.set)
+  {
+    delete m_knownArts.set;
+    m_knownArts.set = nullptr;
+  }
+  if (m_newsFolder)
+    m_newsFolder->NotifyFinishedDownloadinghdrs();
+
+  m_newsFolder = nullptr;
+  m_runningURL = nullptr;
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CHANGELISTENER
+void nsNNTPNewsgroupList::OnAnnouncerGoingAway (ChangeAnnouncer *instigator)
+{
+}
+#endif
+
+static nsresult
+openWindow(nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow, const char *chromeURL,
+           nsINewsDownloadDialogArgs *param)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMsgWindow);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIDocShell> docShell;
+  rv = aMsgWindow->GetRootDocShell(getter_AddRefs(docShell));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      return rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<mozIDOMWindowProxy> domWindow(do_GetInterface(docShell));
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(domWindow, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsPIDOMWindowOuter> parentWindow = nsPIDOMWindowOuter::From(domWindow);
+  parentWindow = parentWindow->GetOuterWindow();
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(parentWindow);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupportsInterfacePointer> ifptr = do_CreateInstance(NS_SUPPORTS_INTERFACE_POINTER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  ifptr->SetData(param);
+  ifptr->SetDataIID(&NS_GET_IID(nsINewsDownloadDialogArgs));
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsPIDOMWindowOuter> dialogWindow;
+  rv = parentWindow->OpenDialog(NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16(chromeURL),
+                                NS_LITERAL_STRING("_blank"),
+                                NS_LITERAL_STRING("centerscreen,chrome,modal,titlebar"),
+                                ifptr, getter_AddRefs(dialogWindow));
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsNNTPNewsgroupList::GetRangeOfArtsToDownload(nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow,
+                                              int32_t first_possible,
+                                              int32_t last_possible,
+                                              int32_t maxextra,
+                                              int32_t *first,
+                                              int32_t *last,
+                                              int32_t *status)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(first);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(last);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(status);
+  *first = 0;
+  *last = 0;
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> folder = do_QueryInterface(m_newsFolder, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  m_msgWindow = aMsgWindow;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsINewsDatabase> db(do_QueryInterface(m_newsDB, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  rv = db->GetReadSet(&m_set);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !m_set)
+    return rv;
+
+  m_set->SetLastMember(last_possible); // make sure highwater mark is valid.
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIDBFolderInfo> newsGroupInfo;
+  rv = m_newsDB->GetDBFolderInfo(getter_AddRefs(newsGroupInfo));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && newsGroupInfo) {
+    nsCString knownArtsString;
+    nsMsgKey mark;
+    newsGroupInfo->GetKnownArtsSet(getter_Copies(knownArtsString));
+
+    rv = newsGroupInfo->GetHighWater(&mark);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+    if (last_possible < ((int32_t)mark))
+      newsGroupInfo->SetHighWater(last_possible);
+    if (m_knownArts.set)
+      delete m_knownArts.set;
+    m_knownArts.set = nsMsgKeySet::Create(knownArtsString.get());
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    if (m_knownArts.set)
+      delete m_knownArts.set;
+    m_knownArts.set = nsMsgKeySet::Create();
+    nsMsgKey low, high;
+    rv = m_newsDB->GetLowWaterArticleNum(&low);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+    rv = m_newsDB->GetHighWaterArticleNum(&high);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+    m_knownArts.set->AddRange(low,high);
+  }
+
+  if (m_knownArts.set->IsMember(last_possible)) {
+    nsString statusString;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundleService> bundleService =
+      mozilla::services::GetStringBundleService();
+    NS_ENSURE_TRUE(bundleService, NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundle> bundle;
+    rv = bundleService->CreateBundle(NEWS_MSGS_URL, getter_AddRefs(bundle));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    rv = bundle->GetStringFromName(u"noNewMessages", getter_Copies(statusString));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    SetProgressStatus(statusString.get());
+  }
+
+  if (maxextra <= 0 || last_possible < first_possible || last_possible < 1)
+  {
+    *status=0;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  m_knownArts.first_possible = first_possible;
+  m_knownArts.last_possible = last_possible;
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+  rv = folder->GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsINntpIncomingServer> nntpServer = do_QueryInterface(server, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  /* Determine if we only want to get just new articles or more messages.
+  If there are new articles at the end we haven't seen, we always want to get those first.
+  Otherwise, we get the newest articles we haven't gotten, if we're getting more.
+  My thought for now is that opening a newsgroup should only try to get new articles.
+  Selecting "More Messages" will first try to get unseen messages, then old messages. */
+
+  if (m_getOldMessages || !m_knownArts.set->IsMember(last_possible))
+  {
+    bool notifyMaxExceededOn = true;
+    rv = nntpServer->GetNotifyOn(&notifyMaxExceededOn);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) notifyMaxExceededOn = true;
+
+    // if the preference to notify when downloading more than x headers is not on,
+    // and we're downloading new headers, set maxextra to a very large number.
+    if (!m_getOldMessages && !notifyMaxExceededOn)
+      maxextra = 0x7FFFFFFFL;
+        int result =
+            m_knownArts.set->LastMissingRange(first_possible, last_possible,
+                                              first, last);
+    if (result < 0) {
+            *status=result;
+      return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+        }
+    if (*first > 0 && *last - *first >= maxextra)
+    {
+      if (!m_getOldMessages && !m_promptedAlready && notifyMaxExceededOn)
+      {
+        m_downloadAll = false;
+        nsCOMPtr<nsINewsDownloadDialogArgs> args = do_CreateInstance("@mozilla.org/messenger/newsdownloaddialogargs;1", &rv);
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+        rv = args->SetArticleCount(*last - *first + 1);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+        nsString groupName;
+        rv = m_newsFolder->GetUnicodeName(groupName);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+        rv = args->SetGroupName(groupName);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+        // get the server key
+        nsCString serverKey;
+        rv = server->GetKey(serverKey);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+        rv = args->SetServerKey(serverKey.get());
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+        // we many not have a msgWindow if we are running an autosubscribe url from the browser
+        // and there isn't a 3 pane open.
+        //
+        // if we don't have one, bad things will happen when we fail to open up the "download headers dialog"
+        // (we will subscribe to the newsgroup, but it will appear like there are no messages!)
+        //
+        // for now, act like the "download headers dialog" came up, and the user hit cancel.  (very safe)
+        //
+        // TODO, figure out why we aren't opening and using a 3 pane when the autosubscribe url is run.
+        // perhaps we can find an available 3 pane, and use it.
+
+        bool download = false;
+
+        if (aMsgWindow) {
+          rv = openWindow(aMsgWindow, DOWNLOAD_HEADERS_URL, args);
+          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+          rv = args->GetHitOK(&download);
+          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+        }
+
+      if (download) {
+         rv = args->GetDownloadAll(&m_downloadAll);
+         NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+         m_maxArticles = 0;
+         rv = nntpServer->GetMaxArticles(&m_maxArticles);
+         NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+          maxextra = m_maxArticles;
+          if (!m_downloadAll)
+          {
+            bool markOldRead = false;
+
+            rv = nntpServer->GetMarkOldRead(&markOldRead);
+            if (NS_FAILED(rv)) markOldRead = false;
+
+            if (markOldRead && m_set)
+              m_set->AddRange(*first, *last - maxextra);
+            *first = *last - maxextra + 1;
+          }
+        }
+        else
+          *first = *last = 0;
+        m_promptedAlready = true;
+      }
+      else if (m_promptedAlready && !m_downloadAll)
+        *first = *last - m_maxArticles + 1;
+      else if (!m_downloadAll)
+        *first = *last - maxextra + 1;
+    }
+  }
+
+  m_firstMsgToDownload = *first;
+  m_lastMsgToDownload = *last;
+  *status=0;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsNNTPNewsgroupList::AddToKnownArticles(int32_t first, int32_t last)
+{
+  nsresult status;
+
+  if (!m_knownArts.set)
+  {
+    m_knownArts.set = nsMsgKeySet::Create();
+    if (!m_knownArts.set)
+      return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+  }
+
+  // XXX Casting int to nsresult
+  status = static_cast<nsresult>(m_knownArts.set->AddRange(first, last));
+
+  if (m_newsDB) {
+    nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIDBFolderInfo> newsGroupInfo;
+    rv = m_newsDB->GetDBFolderInfo(getter_AddRefs(newsGroupInfo));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && newsGroupInfo) {
+      nsCString output;
+      status = m_knownArts.set->Output(getter_Copies(output));
+      if (!output.IsEmpty())
+        newsGroupInfo->SetKnownArtsSet(output.get());
+    }
+  }
+  return status;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsNNTPNewsgroupList::InitXOVER(int32_t first_msg, int32_t last_msg)
+{
+  /* Consistency checks, not that I know what to do if it fails (it will
+   probably handle it OK...) */
+  NS_ASSERTION(first_msg <= last_msg, "first > last");
+
+  /* If any XOVER lines from the last time failed to come in, mark those
+     messages as read. */
+  if (m_lastProcessedNumber < m_lastMsgNumber)
+  {
+    m_set->AddRange(m_lastProcessedNumber + 1, m_lastMsgNumber);
+  }
+  m_firstMsgNumber = first_msg;
+  m_lastMsgNumber = last_msg;
+  m_lastProcessedNumber = first_msg > 1 ? first_msg - 1 : 1;
+  m_currentXHDRIndex = -1;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// from RFC 822, don't translate
+#define FROM_HEADER "From: "
+#define SUBJECT_HEADER "Subject: "
+#define DATE_HEADER "Date: "
+
+nsresult
+nsNNTPNewsgroupList::ParseLine(char *line, uint32_t * message_number)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> newMsgHdr;
+
+  if (!line || !message_number) {
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+  }
+
+  char *next = line;
+
+#define GET_TOKEN()                           \
+  line = next;                                \
+  next = (line ? PL_strchr (line, '\t') : 0); \
+  if (next) *next++ = 0
+
+  GET_TOKEN (); /* message number */
+  *message_number = atol(line);
+
+  if (atol(line) == 0) /* bogus xover data */
+    return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+
+  m_newsDB->CreateNewHdr(*message_number, getter_AddRefs(newMsgHdr));
+
+  NS_ASSERTION(newMsgHdr, "CreateNewHdr didn't fail, but it returned a null newMsgHdr");
+  if (!newMsgHdr)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  GET_TOKEN (); /* subject */
+  if (line) {
+    const char *subject = line;  /* #### const evilness */
+
+    uint32_t flags = 0;
+    // ### should call IsHeaderRead here...
+    /* strip "Re: " */
+    nsCString modifiedSubject;
+    if (NS_MsgStripRE(nsDependentCString(subject), modifiedSubject))
+      (void) newMsgHdr->OrFlags(nsMsgMessageFlags::HasRe, &flags);
+    
+    // this will make sure read flags agree with newsrc
+    if (! (flags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Read))
+      rv = newMsgHdr->OrFlags(nsMsgMessageFlags::New, &flags);
+
+    rv = newMsgHdr->SetSubject(modifiedSubject.IsEmpty() ? subject : modifiedSubject.get());
+
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      return rv;
+  }
+
+  GET_TOKEN (); /* author */
+  if (line) {
+    rv = newMsgHdr->SetAuthor(line);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      return rv;
+  }
+
+  GET_TOKEN ();
+  if (line) {
+    PRTime date;
+    PRStatus status = PR_ParseTimeString (line, false, &date);
+    if (PR_SUCCESS == status) {
+      rv = newMsgHdr->SetDate(date); /* date */
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        return rv;
+    }
+  }
+
+  GET_TOKEN (); /* message id */
+  if (line) {
+    char *strippedId = line;
+    if (strippedId[0] == '<')
+      strippedId++;
+    char * lastChar = strippedId + PL_strlen(strippedId) -1;
+
+    if (*lastChar == '>')
+      *lastChar = '\0';
+
+    rv = newMsgHdr->SetMessageId(strippedId);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      return rv;
+  }
+
+  GET_TOKEN (); /* references */
+  if (line) {
+    rv = newMsgHdr->SetReferences(line);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      return rv;
+  }
+
+  GET_TOKEN (); /* bytes */
+  if (line) {
+    uint32_t msgSize = 0;
+    msgSize = (line) ? atol (line) : 0;
+
+    rv = newMsgHdr->SetMessageSize(msgSize);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+  }
+
+  GET_TOKEN (); /* lines */
+  if (line) {
+    uint32_t numLines = 0;
+    numLines = line ? atol (line) : 0;
+    rv = newMsgHdr->SetLineCount(numLines);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+  }
+
+  GET_TOKEN (); /* xref */
+
+  m_newHeaders.AppendObject(newMsgHdr);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNNTPNewsgroupList::ApplyFilterHit(nsIMsgFilter *aFilter, nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow, bool *aApplyMore)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aFilter);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aApplyMore);
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(m_newMsgHdr, NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED);
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(m_newsDB, NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED);
+
+  // you can't move news messages, so applyMore is always true
+  *aApplyMore = true;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIArray> filterActionList;
+
+  nsresult rv = aFilter->GetSortedActionList(getter_AddRefs(filterActionList));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  uint32_t numActions;
+  rv = filterActionList->GetLength(&numActions);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  bool loggingEnabled = false;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFilterList> currentFilterList;
+  rv = aFilter->GetFilterList(getter_AddRefs(currentFilterList));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && currentFilterList && numActions)
+    currentFilterList->GetLoggingEnabled(&loggingEnabled);
+
+  for (uint32_t actionIndex = 0; actionIndex < numActions; actionIndex++)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgRuleAction> filterAction;
+    rv = filterActionList->QueryElementAt(actionIndex, NS_GET_IID(nsIMsgRuleAction),
+                                                       getter_AddRefs(filterAction));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !filterAction)
+      continue;
+
+    nsMsgRuleActionType actionType;
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(filterAction->GetType(&actionType)))
+    {
+      if (loggingEnabled)
+        (void) aFilter->LogRuleHit(filterAction, m_newMsgHdr);
+
+      switch (actionType)
+      {
+      case nsMsgFilterAction::Delete:
+        m_addHdrToDB = false;
+        break;
+      case nsMsgFilterAction::MarkRead:
+        m_newsDB->MarkHdrRead(m_newMsgHdr, true, nullptr);
+        break;
+      case nsMsgFilterAction::MarkUnread:
+        m_newsDB->MarkHdrRead(m_newMsgHdr, false, nullptr);
+        break;
+      case nsMsgFilterAction::KillThread:
+        m_newMsgHdr->SetUint32Property("ProtoThreadFlags", nsMsgMessageFlags::Ignored);
+        break;
+      case nsMsgFilterAction::KillSubthread:
+        {
+          uint32_t newFlags;
+          m_newMsgHdr->OrFlags(nsMsgMessageFlags::Ignored, &newFlags);
+        }
+        break;
+      case nsMsgFilterAction::WatchThread:
+        {
+          uint32_t newFlags;
+          m_newMsgHdr->OrFlags(nsMsgMessageFlags::Watched, &newFlags);
+        }
+        break;
+      case nsMsgFilterAction::MarkFlagged:
+        m_newMsgHdr->MarkFlagged(true);
+        break;
+      case nsMsgFilterAction::ChangePriority:
+        {
+          nsMsgPriorityValue filterPriority;
+          filterAction->GetPriority(&filterPriority);
+          m_newMsgHdr->SetPriority(filterPriority);
+        }
+        break;
+      case nsMsgFilterAction::AddTag:
+      {
+        nsCString keyword;
+        filterAction->GetStrValue(keyword);
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> messageArray(do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID));
+        messageArray->AppendElement(m_newMsgHdr, false);
+        nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> folder = do_QueryInterface(m_newsFolder, &rv);
+        if (folder)
+          folder->AddKeywordsToMessages(messageArray, keyword);
+        break;
+      }
+      case nsMsgFilterAction::Label:
+        {
+          nsMsgLabelValue filterLabel;
+          filterAction->GetLabel(&filterLabel);
+          nsMsgKey msgKey;
+          m_newMsgHdr->GetMessageKey(&msgKey);
+          m_newsDB->SetLabel(msgKey, filterLabel);
+        }
+        break;
+
+      case nsMsgFilterAction::StopExecution:
+      {
+        // don't apply any more filters
+        *aApplyMore = false;
+      }
+      break;
+
+      case nsMsgFilterAction::Custom:
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFilterCustomAction> customAction;
+        rv = filterAction->GetCustomAction(getter_AddRefs(customAction));
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+        nsAutoCString value;
+        filterAction->GetStrValue(value);
+
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> messageArray(
+            do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+        NS_ENSURE_TRUE(messageArray, rv);
+        messageArray->AppendElement(m_newMsgHdr, false);
+
+        customAction->Apply(messageArray, value, nullptr,
+                            nsMsgFilterType::NewsRule, aMsgWindow);
+      }
+      break;
+
+      default:
+        NS_ERROR("unexpected action");
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsNNTPNewsgroupList::ProcessXOVERLINE(const char *line, uint32_t *status)
+{
+  uint32_t message_number=0;
+  //  int32_t lines;
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  NS_ASSERTION(line, "null ptr");
+  if (!line)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  if (m_newsDB)
+  {
+    char *xoverline = PL_strdup(line);
+    if (!xoverline)
+      return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+    rv = ParseLine(xoverline, &message_number);
+    PL_strfree(xoverline);
+    xoverline = nullptr;
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      return rv;
+  }
+  else
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+  NS_ASSERTION(message_number > m_lastProcessedNumber ||
+               message_number == 1, "bad message_number");
+  if (m_set && message_number > m_lastProcessedNumber + 1)
+  {
+  /* There are some articles that XOVER skipped; they must no longer
+     exist.  Mark them as read in the newsrc, so we don't include them
+     next time in our estimated number of unread messages. */
+    if (m_set->AddRange(m_lastProcessedNumber + 1, message_number - 1))
+    {
+    /* This isn't really an important enough change to warrant causing
+       the newsrc file to be saved; we haven't gathered any information
+       that won't also be gathered for free next time.  */
+    }
+  }
+
+  m_lastProcessedNumber = message_number;
+  if (m_knownArts.set)
+  {
+    int result = m_knownArts.set->Add(message_number);
+    if (result < 0) {
+      if (status)
+        *status = result;
+      return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (message_number > m_lastMsgNumber)
+    m_lastMsgNumber = message_number;
+  else if (message_number < m_firstMsgNumber)
+    m_firstMsgNumber = message_number;
+
+  if (m_set) {
+    (void) m_set->IsMember(message_number);
+  }
+
+  /* Update the progress meter with a percentage of articles retrieved */
+  if (m_lastMsgNumber > m_firstMsgNumber)
+  {
+    int32_t totalToDownload = m_lastMsgToDownload - m_firstMsgToDownload + 1;
+    int32_t lastIndex = m_lastProcessedNumber - m_firstMsgNumber + 1;
+    int32_t numDownloaded = lastIndex;
+    int32_t totIndex = m_lastMsgNumber - m_firstMsgNumber + 1;
+
+    PRTime elapsedTime = PR_Now() - m_lastStatusUpdate;
+
+    if (elapsedTime > MIN_STATUS_UPDATE_INTERVAL || lastIndex == totIndex)
+      UpdateStatus(false, numDownloaded, totalToDownload);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsNNTPNewsgroupList::ResetXOVER()
+{
+  m_lastMsgNumber = m_firstMsgNumber;
+  m_lastProcessedNumber = m_lastMsgNumber;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsNNTPNewsgroupList::FinishXOVERLINE(int status, int *newstatus)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  struct MSG_NewsKnown* k;
+
+  /* If any XOVER lines from the last time failed to come in, mark those
+     messages as read. */
+
+  if (status >= 0 && m_lastProcessedNumber < m_lastMsgNumber) {
+    m_set->AddRange(m_lastProcessedNumber + 1, m_lastMsgNumber);
+  }
+
+  if (m_lastProcessedNumber)
+    AddToKnownArticles(m_firstMsgNumber, m_lastProcessedNumber);
+
+  k = &m_knownArts;
+
+  if (k && k->set)
+  {
+    int32_t n = k->set->FirstNonMember();
+    if (n < k->first_possible || n > k->last_possible)
+    {
+      /* We know we've gotten all there is to know.
+         Take advantage of that to update our counts... */
+      // ### dmb
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (!m_finishingXover)
+  {
+    // turn on m_finishingXover - this is a horrible hack to avoid recursive
+    // calls which happen when the fe selects a message as a result of getting EndingUpdate,
+    // which interrupts this url right before it was going to finish and causes FinishXOver
+    // to get called again.
+    m_finishingXover = true;
+
+    // XXX is this correct?
+    m_runningURL = nullptr;
+
+    if (m_lastMsgNumber > 0) {
+      nsAutoString firstStr;
+      firstStr.AppendInt(m_lastProcessedNumber - m_firstMsgNumber + 1);
+
+      nsAutoString lastStr;
+      lastStr.AppendInt(m_lastMsgNumber - m_firstMsgNumber + 1);
+
+      nsString statusString;
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundleService> bundleService =
+        mozilla::services::GetStringBundleService();
+      NS_ENSURE_TRUE(bundleService, NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED);
+
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundle> bundle;
+      rv = bundleService->CreateBundle(NEWS_MSGS_URL, getter_AddRefs(bundle));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      const char16_t *formatStrings[2] = { firstStr.get(), lastStr.get() };
+      rv = bundle->FormatStringFromName(u"downloadingArticles", formatStrings, 2, getter_Copies(statusString));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      SetProgressStatus(statusString.get());
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (newstatus)
+    *newstatus=0;
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNNTPNewsgroupList::InitXHDR(nsACString &header)
+{
+  if (++m_currentXHDRIndex >= m_filterHeaders.Length())
+    header.Truncate();
+  else
+    header.Assign(m_filterHeaders[m_currentXHDRIndex]);
+  // Don't include these in our XHDR bouts, as they are already provided through
+  // XOVER. 
+  if (header.EqualsLiteral("message-id") ||
+      header.EqualsLiteral("references"))
+    return InitXHDR(header);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNNTPNewsgroupList::ProcessXHDRLine(const nsACString &line)
+{
+  int32_t middle = line.FindChar(' ');
+  nsCString value, key = PromiseFlatCString(line);
+  if (middle == -1)
+    return NS_OK;
+  value = Substring(line, middle+1);
+  key.SetLength((uint32_t)middle);
+
+  // According to RFC 2980, some will send (none) instead.
+  // So we don't treat this is an error.
+  if (key.CharAt(0) < '0' || key.CharAt(0) > '9')
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  int32_t number = key.ToInteger(&rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+  // RFC 2980 specifies one or more spaces.
+  value.Trim(" ");
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> header;
+  rv = m_newsDB->GetMsgHdrForKey(number, getter_AddRefs(header));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = header->SetStringProperty(m_filterHeaders[m_currentXHDRIndex].get(), value.get());
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  int32_t totalToDownload = m_lastMsgToDownload - m_firstMsgToDownload + 1;
+  int32_t numDownloaded = number - m_firstMsgNumber + 1;
+
+  PRTime elapsedTime = PR_Now() - m_lastStatusUpdate;
+
+  if (elapsedTime > MIN_STATUS_UPDATE_INTERVAL)
+    UpdateStatus(true, numDownloaded, totalToDownload);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNNTPNewsgroupList::InitHEAD(int32_t number)
+{
+  if (m_newMsgHdr)
+  {
+    // Finish processing for this header
+    // If HEAD didn't properly return, then the header won't be set
+    m_newHeaders.AppendObject(m_newMsgHdr);
+
+    int32_t totalToDownload = m_lastMsgToDownload - m_firstMsgToDownload + 1;
+    int32_t lastIndex = m_lastProcessedNumber - m_firstMsgNumber + 1;
+    int32_t numDownloaded = lastIndex;
+    int32_t totIndex = m_lastMsgNumber - m_firstMsgNumber + 1;
+
+    PRTime elapsedTime = PR_Now() - m_lastStatusUpdate;
+
+    if (elapsedTime > MIN_STATUS_UPDATE_INTERVAL || lastIndex == totIndex)
+      UpdateStatus(false, numDownloaded, totalToDownload);
+  }
+
+  if (number >= 0)
+  {
+    if (m_newHeaders.Count() > 0 && m_lastMsgNumber == m_lastProcessedNumber)
+    {
+      // We have done some processing of messages. This means that we have
+      // relics of headers from XOVER. Since we will get everything from HEAD
+      // anyways, just clear the array.
+      m_newHeaders.Clear();
+    }
+
+    nsresult rv = m_newsDB->CreateNewHdr(number, getter_AddRefs(m_newMsgHdr));
+    m_lastProcessedNumber = number;
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    AddToKnownArticles(m_firstMsgNumber, m_lastProcessedNumber);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNNTPNewsgroupList::HEADFailed(int32_t number)
+{
+  m_set->Add(number);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNNTPNewsgroupList::ProcessHEADLine(const nsACString &line)
+{
+  int32_t colon = line.FindChar(':');
+  nsCString header = PromiseFlatCString(line), value;
+  if (colon != -1)
+  {
+    value = Substring(line, colon+1);
+    header.SetLength((uint32_t)colon);
+  }
+  else if (line.CharAt(0) == ' ' || line.CharAt(0) == '\t') // We are continuing the header
+  {
+    m_thisLine += header; // Preserve whitespace (should we?)
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return NS_OK; // We are malformed. Just ignore and hope for the best...
+  }
+  
+  nsresult rv;
+  if (!m_lastHeader.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    rv = AddHeader(m_lastHeader.get(), m_thisLine.get());
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  }
+  
+  value.Trim(" ");
+
+  ToLowerCase(header, m_lastHeader);
+  m_thisLine.Assign(value);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsNNTPNewsgroupList::AddHeader(const char *header, const char *value)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  // The From, Date, and Subject headers have special requirements.
+  if (PL_strcmp(header, "from") == 0)
+  {
+    rv = m_newMsgHdr->SetAuthor(value);
+  }
+  else if (PL_strcmp(header, "date") == 0)
+  {
+    PRTime date;
+    PRStatus status = PR_ParseTimeString (value, false, &date);
+    if (PR_SUCCESS == status)
+      rv = m_newMsgHdr->SetDate(date);
+  }
+  else if (PL_strcmp(header, "subject") == 0)
+  {
+    const char *subject = value;
+
+    uint32_t flags = 0;
+    // ### should call IsHeaderRead here...
+    /* strip "Re: " */
+    nsCString modifiedSubject;
+    if (NS_MsgStripRE(nsDependentCString(subject), modifiedSubject))
+      // this will make sure read flags agree with newsrc
+     (void) m_newMsgHdr->OrFlags(nsMsgMessageFlags::HasRe, &flags);
+
+    if (! (flags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Read))
+      rv = m_newMsgHdr->OrFlags(nsMsgMessageFlags::New, &flags);
+
+    rv = m_newMsgHdr->SetSubject(modifiedSubject.IsEmpty() ? subject :
+      modifiedSubject.get());
+  }
+  else if (PL_strcmp(header, "message-id") == 0)
+  {
+    rv = m_newMsgHdr->SetMessageId(value);
+  }
+  else if (PL_strcmp(header, "references") == 0)
+  {
+    rv = m_newMsgHdr->SetReferences(value);
+  }
+  else if (PL_strcmp(header, "bytes") == 0)
+  {
+    rv = m_newMsgHdr->SetMessageSize(atol(value));
+  }
+  else if (PL_strcmp(header, "lines") == 0)
+  {
+    rv = m_newMsgHdr->SetLineCount(atol(value));
+  }
+  else if (m_filterHeaders.Contains(nsDependentCString(header)))
+  {
+    rv = m_newMsgHdr->SetStringProperty(header, value);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsNNTPNewsgroupList::CallFilters()
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCString filterString;
+  
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> folder = do_QueryInterface(m_newsFolder, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  uint32_t filterCount = 0;
+  if (m_filterList)
+  {
+    rv = m_filterList->GetFilterCount(&filterCount);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  }
+
+  uint32_t serverFilterCount = 0;
+  if (m_serverFilterList)
+  {
+    rv = m_serverFilterList->GetFilterCount(&serverFilterCount);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  }
+
+  uint32_t count = m_newHeaders.Count();
+
+  // Notify MsgFolderListeners of message adds
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolderNotificationService> notifier(do_GetService(NS_MSGNOTIFICATIONSERVICE_CONTRACTID));
+
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < count; i++)
+  {
+    m_newMsgHdr = m_newHeaders[i];
+    if (!filterCount && !serverFilterCount)
+    {
+      m_newsDB->AddNewHdrToDB(m_newMsgHdr, true);
+
+      if (notifier)
+        notifier->NotifyMsgAdded(m_newMsgHdr);
+      // mark the header as not yet reported classified
+      nsMsgKey msgKey;
+      m_newMsgHdr->GetMessageKey(&msgKey);
+      folder->OrProcessingFlags(msgKey,
+                                nsMsgProcessingFlags::NotReportedClassified);
+
+      continue;
+    }
+    m_addHdrToDB = true;
+
+    // build up a "headers" for filter code
+    nsCString subject, author, date;
+    rv = m_newMsgHdr->GetSubject(getter_Copies(subject));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+    rv = m_newMsgHdr->GetAuthor(getter_Copies(author));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+    nsCString fullHeaders;
+    if (!(author.IsEmpty()))
+    {
+      fullHeaders.AppendLiteral(FROM_HEADER);
+      fullHeaders += author;
+      fullHeaders += '\0';
+    }
+
+    if (!(subject.IsEmpty()))
+    {
+      fullHeaders.AppendLiteral(SUBJECT_HEADER);
+      fullHeaders += subject;
+      fullHeaders += '\0';
+    }
+
+    for (uint32_t header = 0; header < m_filterHeaders.Length(); header++)
+    {
+      nsCString retValue;
+      m_newMsgHdr->GetStringProperty(m_filterHeaders[header].get(),
+                                     getter_Copies(retValue));
+      if (!retValue.IsEmpty())
+      {
+        fullHeaders += m_filterHeaders[header];
+        fullHeaders.AppendLiteral(": ");
+        fullHeaders += retValue;
+        fullHeaders += '\0';
+      }
+    }
+
+    // The per-newsgroup filters should go first. If something stops filter
+    // execution, then users should be able to override the global filters in
+    // the per-newsgroup filters.
+    if (filterCount)
+    {
+      rv = m_filterList->ApplyFiltersToHdr(nsMsgFilterType::NewsRule,
+          m_newMsgHdr, folder, m_newsDB, fullHeaders.get(),
+          fullHeaders.Length(), this, m_msgWindow);
+    }
+    if (serverFilterCount)
+    {
+      rv = m_serverFilterList->ApplyFiltersToHdr(nsMsgFilterType::NewsRule,
+          m_newMsgHdr, folder, m_newsDB, fullHeaders.get(),
+          fullHeaders.Length(), this, m_msgWindow);
+    }
+
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+    if (m_addHdrToDB)
+    {
+      m_newsDB->AddNewHdrToDB(m_newMsgHdr, true);
+      if (notifier)
+        notifier->NotifyMsgAdded(m_newMsgHdr);
+      // mark the header as not yet reported classified
+      nsMsgKey msgKey;
+      m_newMsgHdr->GetMessageKey(&msgKey);
+      folder->OrProcessingFlags(msgKey,
+                                nsMsgProcessingFlags::NotReportedClassified);
+    }
+  }
+  m_newHeaders.Clear();
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+void
+nsNNTPNewsgroupList::SetProgressBarPercent(int32_t percent)
+{
+  if (!m_runningURL)
+    return;
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailnewsUrl = do_QueryInterface(m_runningURL);
+  if (mailnewsUrl) {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgStatusFeedback> feedback;
+    mailnewsUrl->GetStatusFeedback(getter_AddRefs(feedback));
+
+    if (feedback) {
+      feedback->ShowProgress(percent);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+void
+nsNNTPNewsgroupList::SetProgressStatus(const char16_t *aMessage)
+{
+  if (!m_runningURL)
+    return;
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailnewsUrl = do_QueryInterface(m_runningURL);
+  if (mailnewsUrl) {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgStatusFeedback> feedback;
+    mailnewsUrl->GetStatusFeedback(getter_AddRefs(feedback));
+
+    if (feedback) {
+      // prepending the account name to the status message.
+      nsresult rv;
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+      rv = mailnewsUrl->GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS_VOID(rv);
+      nsString accountName;
+      server->GetPrettyName(accountName);
+      nsString statusMessage;
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundleService> sbs =
+        mozilla::services::GetStringBundleService();
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundle> bundle;
+      rv = sbs->CreateBundle(MSGS_URL,
+                             getter_AddRefs(bundle));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS_VOID(rv);
+      const char16_t *params[] = { accountName.get(), aMessage };
+      bundle->FormatStringFromName(u"statusMessage",
+                                   params, 2, getter_Copies(statusMessage));
+
+      feedback->ShowStatusString(statusMessage);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+void
+nsNNTPNewsgroupList::UpdateStatus(bool filtering, int32_t numDLed, int32_t totToDL)
+{
+  int32_t numerator = (filtering ? m_currentXHDRIndex + 1 : 1) * numDLed;
+  int32_t denominator = (m_filterHeaders.Length() + 1) * totToDL;
+  int32_t percent = numerator * 100 / denominator;
+  
+  nsAutoString numDownloadedStr;
+  numDownloadedStr.AppendInt(numDLed);
+
+  nsAutoString totalToDownloadStr;
+  totalToDownloadStr.AppendInt(totToDL);
+
+  nsAutoString newsgroupName;
+  nsresult rv = m_newsFolder->GetUnicodeName(newsgroupName);
+  if (!NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      return;
+
+  nsString statusString;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundleService> bundleService =
+    mozilla::services::GetStringBundleService();
+  if (!bundleService)
+    return;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundle> bundle;
+  rv = bundleService->CreateBundle(NEWS_MSGS_URL, getter_AddRefs(bundle));
+  if (!NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    return;
+
+  if (filtering)
+  {
+    NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16 header(m_filterHeaders[m_currentXHDRIndex]);
+    const char16_t *formatStrings[4] = { header.get(),
+      numDownloadedStr.get(), totalToDownloadStr.get(), newsgroupName.get() };
+    rv = bundle->FormatStringFromName(u"newNewsgroupFilteringHeaders",
+      formatStrings, 4, getter_Copies(statusString));
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    const char16_t *formatStrings[3] = { numDownloadedStr.get(),
+      totalToDownloadStr.get(), newsgroupName.get() };
+    rv = bundle->FormatStringFromName(u"newNewsgroupHeaders",
+      formatStrings, 3, getter_Copies(statusString));
+  }
+  if (!NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    return;
+
+  SetProgressStatus(statusString.get());
+  m_lastStatusUpdate = PR_Now();
+
+  // only update the progress meter if it has changed
+  if (percent != m_lastPercent)
+  {
+    SetProgressBarPercent(percent);
+    m_lastPercent = percent;
+  }
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNNTPNewsgroupList::SetGetOldMessages(bool aGetOldMessages)
+{
+  m_getOldMessages = aGetOldMessages;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNNTPNewsgroupList::GetGetOldMessages(bool *aGetOldMessages)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(aGetOldMessages);
+
+  *aGetOldMessages = m_getOldMessages;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/news/src/nsNNTPNewsgroupList.h b/mailnews/news/src/nsNNTPNewsgroupList.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6b21be32b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/news/src/nsNNTPNewsgroupList.h
@@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+/*
+ * formerly listngst.h
+ * This class should ultimately be part of a news group listing
+ * state machine - either by inheritance or delegation.
+ * Currently, a folder pane owns one and libnet news group listing
+ * related messages get passed to this object.
+ */
+#ifndef nsNNTPNewsgroupListState_h___
+#define nsNNTPNewsgroupListState_h___
+
+#include "nsINNTPNewsgroupList.h"
+#include "nsIMsgNewsFolder.h"
+#include "nsIMsgDatabase.h"
+#include "nsMsgKeySet.h"
+#include "nsINntpUrl.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFilterList.h"
+#include "nsIMsgHdr.h"
+#include "nsIMsgWindow.h"
+#include "nsCOMArray.h"
+#include "nsTArray.h"
+
+/* The below is all stuff that we remember for netlib about which
+   articles we've already seen in the current newsgroup. */
+
+typedef struct MSG_NewsKnown {
+  nsMsgKeySet* set; /* Set of articles we've already gotten
+                       from the newsserver (if it's marked
+                       "read", then we've already gotten it).
+                       If an article is marked "read", it
+                       doesn't mean we're actually displaying
+                       it; it may be an article that no longer
+                       exists, or it may be one that we've
+                       marked read and we're only viewing
+                       unread messages. */
+
+  int32_t first_possible; /* The oldest article in this group. */
+  int32_t last_possible; /* The newest article in this group. */
+
+  bool shouldGetOldest;
+} MSG_NewsKnown;
+
+// This class should ultimately be part of a news group listing
+// state machine - either by inheritance or delegation.
+// Currently, a folder pane owns one and libnet news group listing
+// related messages get passed to this object.
+class nsNNTPNewsgroupList : public nsINNTPNewsgroupList, public nsIMsgFilterHitNotify
+#ifdef HAVE_CHANGELISTENER
+/* ,public ChangeListener */
+#endif
+{
+public:
+  nsNNTPNewsgroupList();
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSINNTPNEWSGROUPLIST
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGFILTERHITNOTIFY
+
+private:
+  virtual  ~nsNNTPNewsgroupList();
+
+  NS_METHOD CleanUp();
+     
+  bool    m_finishingXover;
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CHANGELISTENER
+  virtual void OnAnnouncerGoingAway (ChangeAnnouncer *instigator);
+#endif
+  nsresult ParseLine(char *line, uint32_t *message_number);
+  nsresult GetDatabase(const char *uri, nsIMsgDatabase **db);
+  void SetProgressBarPercent(int32_t percent);
+  void SetProgressStatus(const char16_t *aMessage);
+
+  void UpdateStatus(bool filtering, int32_t numDled, int32_t totToDL);
+
+  nsresult AddHeader(const char * header, const char * value);
+protected:
+  bool m_getOldMessages;
+  bool m_promptedAlready;
+  bool m_downloadAll;
+  int32_t m_maxArticles;
+  int32_t m_lastPercent;
+  PRTime m_lastStatusUpdate;
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgNewsFolder> m_newsFolder;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDatabase> m_newsDB;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsINntpUrl> m_runningURL;
+ 
+  /**
+   * The last message that we have processed (XOVER or HEAD).
+   */
+  nsMsgKey m_lastProcessedNumber;
+  /**
+   * The endpoints of the message chunk we are actually downloading.
+   */
+  nsMsgKey m_firstMsgNumber, m_lastMsgNumber;
+  /**
+   * The endpoints of the message chunk we are capable of downloading.
+   */
+  int32_t m_firstMsgToDownload, m_lastMsgToDownload;
+  
+  struct MSG_NewsKnown m_knownArts;
+  nsMsgKeySet *m_set;
+
+  nsTArray<nsCString> m_filterHeaders;
+  uint32_t m_currentXHDRIndex;
+  nsCString m_lastHeader;
+  nsCString m_thisLine;
+
+private:
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgWindow> m_msgWindow;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFilterList> m_filterList;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFilterList> m_serverFilterList;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> m_newMsgHdr; // current message header we're building
+  nsCOMArray<nsIMsgDBHdr> m_newHeaders;
+
+  bool m_addHdrToDB;
+
+};
+    
+#endif /* nsNNTPNewsgroupListState_h___ */
+
diff --git a/mailnews/news/src/nsNNTPNewsgroupPost.cpp b/mailnews/news/src/nsNNTPNewsgroupPost.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..03c67c455
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/news/src/nsNNTPNewsgroupPost.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "msgCore.h"    // precompiled header...
+#include "nsNNTPNewsgroupPost.h"
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsNNTPNewsgroupPost, nsINNTPNewsgroupPost)
+
+nsNNTPNewsgroupPost::nsNNTPNewsgroupPost()
+{
+  m_isControl=false;
+}
+
+nsNNTPNewsgroupPost::~nsNNTPNewsgroupPost()
+{
+}
+
+#define IMPL_GETSET(attribute, member) \
+  NS_IMETHODIMP nsNNTPNewsgroupPost::Get##attribute(char **result) \
+  { \
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(result); \
+    *result = ToNewCString(member); \
+    return NS_OK; \
+  } \
+  NS_IMETHODIMP nsNNTPNewsgroupPost::Set##attribute(const char *aValue) \
+  { \
+    member.Assign(aValue); \
+    return NS_OK; \
+  }
+
+IMPL_GETSET(RelayVersion, m_header[IDX_HEADER_RELAYVERSION])
+IMPL_GETSET(PostingVersion, m_header[IDX_HEADER_POSTINGVERSION])
+IMPL_GETSET(From, m_header[IDX_HEADER_FROM])
+IMPL_GETSET(Date, m_header[IDX_HEADER_DATE])
+IMPL_GETSET(Subject, m_header[IDX_HEADER_SUBJECT])
+IMPL_GETSET(Path, m_header[IDX_HEADER_PATH])
+IMPL_GETSET(ReplyTo, m_header[IDX_HEADER_REPLYTO])
+IMPL_GETSET(Sender, m_header[IDX_HEADER_SENDER])
+IMPL_GETSET(FollowupTo, m_header[IDX_HEADER_FOLLOWUPTO])
+IMPL_GETSET(DateReceived, m_header[IDX_HEADER_DATERECEIVED])
+IMPL_GETSET(Expires, m_header[IDX_HEADER_EXPIRES])
+IMPL_GETSET(Control, m_header[IDX_HEADER_CONTROL])
+IMPL_GETSET(Distribution, m_header[IDX_HEADER_DISTRIBUTION])
+IMPL_GETSET(Organization, m_header[IDX_HEADER_ORGANIZATION])
+IMPL_GETSET(Body, m_body)
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNNTPNewsgroupPost::GetNewsgroups(char **result)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(result);
+  *result = ToNewCString(m_header[IDX_HEADER_NEWSGROUPS]);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNNTPNewsgroupPost::GetReferences(char **result)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(result);
+  *result = ToNewCString(m_header[IDX_HEADER_REFERENCES]);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNNTPNewsgroupPost::GetIsControl(bool *result)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(result);
+  *result = m_isControl;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsNNTPNewsgroupPost::AddNewsgroup(const char *newsgroup)
+{
+    m_header[IDX_HEADER_NEWSGROUPS].AppendLiteral(", ");
+    m_header[IDX_HEADER_NEWSGROUPS].Append(newsgroup);
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+// the message can be stored in a file....allow accessors for getting and setting
+// the file name to post...
+nsresult
+nsNNTPNewsgroupPost::SetPostMessageFile(nsIFile * aPostMessageFile)
+{
+  m_postMessageFile = aPostMessageFile;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult 
+nsNNTPNewsgroupPost::GetPostMessageFile(nsIFile ** aPostMessageFile)
+{
+  if (aPostMessageFile)
+    NS_IF_ADDREF(*aPostMessageFile = m_postMessageFile);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/news/src/nsNNTPNewsgroupPost.h b/mailnews/news/src/nsNNTPNewsgroupPost.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..721b4f1f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/news/src/nsNNTPNewsgroupPost.h
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef __nsNNTPNewsgroupPost_h
+#define __nsNNTPNewsgroupPost_h
+
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "nsINNTPNewsgroupPost.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsIFile.h"
+
+#define IDX_HEADER_FROM             0
+#define IDX_HEADER_NEWSGROUPS       1
+#define IDX_HEADER_SUBJECT          2
+
+// set this to the last required header
+#define IDX_HEADER_LAST_REQUIRED    IDX_HEADER_SUBJECT
+
+#define IDX_HEADER_PATH             3
+#define IDX_HEADER_DATE             4
+
+#define IDX_HEADER_REPLYTO          5
+#define IDX_HEADER_SENDER           6
+#define IDX_HEADER_FOLLOWUPTO       7
+#define IDX_HEADER_DATERECEIVED     8
+#define IDX_HEADER_EXPIRES          9
+#define IDX_HEADER_CONTROL          10
+#define IDX_HEADER_DISTRIBUTION     11
+#define IDX_HEADER_ORGANIZATION     12
+#define IDX_HEADER_REFERENCES       13
+
+// stuff that's required to be in the message,
+// but probably generated on the server
+#define IDX_HEADER_RELAYVERSION     14
+#define IDX_HEADER_POSTINGVERSION   15
+#define IDX_HEADER_MESSAGEID        16
+
+// keep this in sync with the above
+#define HEADER_LAST                 IDX_HEADER_MESSAGEID
+
+class nsNNTPNewsgroupPost : public nsINNTPNewsgroupPost {
+    
+public:
+    nsNNTPNewsgroupPost();
+    
+    NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+    NS_DECL_NSINNTPNEWSGROUPPOST
+    
+private:
+    virtual ~nsNNTPNewsgroupPost();
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> m_postMessageFile;
+    nsCString m_header[HEADER_LAST+1];
+    nsCString m_body;
+    bool m_isControl;
+};
+
+#endif /* __nsNNTPNewsgroupPost_h */
diff --git a/mailnews/news/src/nsNNTPProtocol.cpp b/mailnews/news/src/nsNNTPProtocol.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c6b4c799b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/news/src/nsNNTPProtocol.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,4777 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "msgCore.h"    // precompiled header...
+#include "MailNewsTypes.h"
+#include "nntpCore.h"
+#include "nsNetUtil.h"
+#include "nsIMsgMailNewsUrl.h"
+#include "nsIMsgHdr.h"
+#include "nsNNTPProtocol.h"
+#include "nsINNTPArticleList.h"
+#include "nsIOutputStream.h"
+#include "nsIMemory.h"
+#include "nsIPipe.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsMsgI18N.h"
+#include "nsINNTPNewsgroupPost.h"
+#include "nsMsgBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsMsgNewsCID.h"
+
+#include "nsINntpUrl.h"
+#include "prmem.h"
+#include "prtime.h"
+#include "mozilla/Logging.h"
+#include "prerror.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "mozilla/Attributes.h"
+#include "mozilla/Services.h"
+#include "mozilla/mailnews/MimeHeaderParser.h"
+
+#include "prprf.h"
+#include <algorithm>
+
+/* include event sink interfaces for news */
+
+#include "nsIMsgSearchSession.h"
+#include "nsIMsgSearchAdapter.h"
+#include "nsIMsgStatusFeedback.h"
+
+#include "nsMsgKeySet.h"
+
+#include "nsNewsUtils.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+
+#include "nsIMsgIdentity.h"
+#include "nsIMsgAccountManager.h"
+
+#include "nsIPrompt.h"
+#include "nsIMsgStatusFeedback.h"
+
+#include "nsIMsgFolder.h"
+#include "nsIMsgNewsFolder.h"
+#include "nsIDocShell.h"
+
+#include "nsIMsgFilterList.h"
+
+// for the memory cache...
+#include "nsICacheEntry.h"
+#include "nsICacheStorage.h"
+#include "nsIApplicationCache.h"
+#include "nsIStreamListener.h"
+#include "nsNetCID.h"
+
+#include "nsIPrefBranch.h"
+#include "nsIPrefService.h"
+
+#include "nsIMsgWindow.h"
+#include "nsIWindowWatcher.h"
+
+#include "nsINntpService.h"
+#include "nntpCore.h"
+#include "nsIStreamConverterService.h"
+#include "nsIStreamListenerTee.h"
+#include "nsISocketTransport.h"
+#include "nsIArray.h"
+#include "nsArrayUtils.h"
+
+#include "nsIInputStreamPump.h"
+#include "nsIProxyInfo.h"
+#include "nsContentSecurityManager.h"
+
+#include <time.h>
+
+#undef GetPort  // XXX Windows!
+#undef SetPort  // XXX Windows!
+#undef PostMessage // avoid to collision with WinUser.h
+
+#define PREF_NEWS_CANCEL_CONFIRM  "news.cancel.confirm"
+#define PREF_NEWS_CANCEL_ALERT_ON_SUCCESS "news.cancel.alert_on_success"
+#define READ_NEWS_LIST_COUNT_MAX 500 /* number of groups to process at a time when reading the list from the server */
+#define READ_NEWS_LIST_TIMEOUT 50  /* uSec to wait until doing more */
+#define RATE_STR_BUF_LEN 32
+#define UPDATE_THRESHHOLD 25600 /* only update every 25 KB */
+
+using namespace mozilla::mailnews;
+using namespace mozilla;
+
+// NNTP extensions are supported yet
+// until the extension code is ported,
+// we'll skip right to the first nntp command
+// after doing "mode reader"
+// and "pushed" authentication (if necessary),
+//#define HAVE_NNTP_EXTENSIONS
+
+// quiet compiler warnings by defining these function prototypes
+char *MSG_UnEscapeSearchUrl (const char *commandSpecificData);
+
+/* Logging stuff */
+
+PRLogModuleInfo* NNTP = NULL;
+#define out     LogLevel::Info
+
+#define NNTP_LOG_READ(buf) \
+if (NNTP==NULL) \
+    NNTP = PR_NewLogModule("NNTP"); \
+MOZ_LOG(NNTP, out, ("(%p) Receiving: %s", this, buf)) ;
+
+#define NNTP_LOG_WRITE(buf) \
+if (NNTP==NULL) \
+    NNTP = PR_NewLogModule("NNTP"); \
+MOZ_LOG(NNTP, out, ("(%p) Sending: %s", this, buf)) ;
+
+#define NNTP_LOG_NOTE(buf) \
+if (NNTP==NULL) \
+    NNTP = PR_NewLogModule("NNTP"); \
+MOZ_LOG(NNTP, out, ("(%p) %s",this, buf)) ;
+
+const char *const stateLabels[] = {
+"NNTP_RESPONSE",
+#ifdef BLOCK_UNTIL_AVAILABLE_CONNECTION
+"NNTP_BLOCK_UNTIL_CONNECTIONS_ARE_AVAILABLE",
+"NNTP_CONNECTIONS_ARE_AVAILABLE",
+#endif
+"NNTP_CONNECT",
+"NNTP_CONNECT_WAIT",
+"NNTP_LOGIN_RESPONSE",
+"NNTP_SEND_MODE_READER",
+"NNTP_SEND_MODE_READER_RESPONSE",
+"SEND_LIST_EXTENSIONS",
+"SEND_LIST_EXTENSIONS_RESPONSE",
+"SEND_LIST_SEARCHES",
+"SEND_LIST_SEARCHES_RESPONSE",
+"NNTP_LIST_SEARCH_HEADERS",
+"NNTP_LIST_SEARCH_HEADERS_RESPONSE",
+"NNTP_GET_PROPERTIES",
+"NNTP_GET_PROPERTIES_RESPONSE",
+"SEND_LIST_SUBSCRIPTIONS",
+"SEND_LIST_SUBSCRIPTIONS_RESPONSE",
+"SEND_FIRST_NNTP_COMMAND",
+"SEND_FIRST_NNTP_COMMAND_RESPONSE",
+"SETUP_NEWS_STREAM",
+"NNTP_BEGIN_AUTHORIZE",
+"NNTP_AUTHORIZE_RESPONSE",
+"NNTP_PASSWORD_RESPONSE",
+"NNTP_READ_LIST_BEGIN",
+"NNTP_READ_LIST",
+"DISPLAY_NEWSGROUPS",
+"NNTP_NEWGROUPS_BEGIN",
+"NNTP_NEWGROUPS",
+"NNTP_BEGIN_ARTICLE",
+"NNTP_READ_ARTICLE",
+"NNTP_XOVER_BEGIN",
+"NNTP_FIGURE_NEXT_CHUNK",
+"NNTP_XOVER_SEND",
+"NNTP_XOVER_RESPONSE",
+"NNTP_XOVER",
+"NEWS_PROCESS_XOVER",
+"NNTP_XHDR_SEND",
+"NNTP_XHDR_RESPONSE",
+"NNTP_READ_GROUP",
+"NNTP_READ_GROUP_RESPONSE",
+"NNTP_READ_GROUP_BODY",
+"NNTP_SEND_GROUP_FOR_ARTICLE",
+"NNTP_SEND_GROUP_FOR_ARTICLE_RESPONSE",
+"NNTP_SEND_ARTICLE_NUMBER",
+"NEWS_PROCESS_BODIES",
+"NNTP_PRINT_ARTICLE_HEADERS",
+"NNTP_SEND_POST_DATA",
+"NNTP_SEND_POST_DATA_RESPONSE",
+"NNTP_CHECK_FOR_MESSAGE",
+"NEWS_START_CANCEL",
+"NEWS_DO_CANCEL",
+"NNTP_XPAT_SEND",
+"NNTP_XPAT_RESPONSE",
+"NNTP_SEARCH",
+"NNTP_SEARCH_RESPONSE",
+"NNTP_SEARCH_RESULTS",
+"NNTP_LIST_PRETTY_NAMES",
+"NNTP_LIST_PRETTY_NAMES_RESPONSE",
+"NNTP_LIST_XACTIVE_RESPONSE",
+"NNTP_LIST_XACTIVE",
+"NNTP_LIST_GROUP",
+"NNTP_LIST_GROUP_RESPONSE",
+"NEWS_DONE",
+"NEWS_POST_DONE",
+"NEWS_ERROR",
+"NNTP_ERROR",
+"NEWS_FREE",
+"NNTP_SUSPENDED"
+};
+
+
+/* end logging */
+
+/* Forward declarations */
+
+#define LIST_WANTED     0
+#define ARTICLE_WANTED  1
+#define CANCEL_WANTED   2
+#define GROUP_WANTED    3
+#define NEWS_POST       4
+#define NEW_GROUPS      5
+#define SEARCH_WANTED   6
+#define IDS_WANTED      7
+
+/* the output_buffer_size must be larger than the largest possible line
+ * 2000 seems good for news
+ *
+ * jwz: I increased this to 4k since it must be big enough to hold the
+ * entire button-bar HTML, and with the new "mailto" format, that can
+ * contain arbitrarily long header fields like "references".
+ *
+ * fortezza: proxy auth is huge, buffer increased to 8k (sigh).
+ */
+#define OUTPUT_BUFFER_SIZE (4096*2)
+
+/* the amount of time to subtract from the machine time
+ * for the newgroup command sent to the nntp server
+ */
+#define NEWGROUPS_TIME_OFFSET 60L*60L*12L   /* 12 hours */
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// TEMPORARY HARD CODED FUNCTIONS
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+#define NET_IS_SPACE(x) ((x)==' ' || (x)=='\t')
+
+// turn "\xx" (with xx being hex numbers) in string into chars
+char *MSG_UnEscapeSearchUrl (const char *commandSpecificData)
+{
+  nsAutoCString result(commandSpecificData);
+  int32_t slashpos = 0;
+  while (slashpos = result.FindChar('\\', slashpos),
+         slashpos != kNotFound)
+  {
+    nsAutoCString hex;
+    hex.Assign(Substring(result, slashpos + 1, 2));
+    int32_t ch;
+    nsresult rv;
+    ch = hex.ToInteger(&rv, 16);
+    result.Replace(slashpos, 3, NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && ch != 0 ? (char) ch : 'X');
+    slashpos++;
+  }
+  return ToNewCString(result);
+}
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// END OF TEMPORARY HARD CODED FUNCTIONS
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED(nsNNTPProtocol, nsMsgProtocol, nsINNTPProtocol,
+  nsITimerCallback, nsICacheEntryOpenCallback, nsIMsgAsyncPromptListener)
+
+nsNNTPProtocol::nsNNTPProtocol(nsINntpIncomingServer *aServer, nsIURI *aURL,
+                               nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow)
+: nsMsgProtocol(aURL),
+  m_connectionBusy(false),
+  m_nntpServer(aServer)
+{
+  if (!NNTP)
+    NNTP = PR_NewLogModule("NNTP");
+
+  m_ProxyServer = nullptr;
+  m_lineStreamBuffer = nullptr;
+  m_responseText = nullptr;
+  m_dataBuf = nullptr;
+
+  m_cancelFromHdr = nullptr;
+  m_cancelNewsgroups = nullptr;
+  m_cancelDistribution = nullptr;
+  m_cancelID = nullptr;
+
+  m_key = nsMsgKey_None;
+
+  mBytesReceived = 0;
+  mBytesReceivedSinceLastStatusUpdate = 0;
+  m_startTime = PR_Now();
+
+  if (aMsgWindow) {
+    m_msgWindow = aMsgWindow;
+  }
+
+  m_runningURL = nullptr;
+  m_fromCache = false;
+  MOZ_LOG(NNTP, LogLevel::Info,("(%p) creating",this));
+  MOZ_LOG(NNTP, LogLevel::Info,("(%p) initializing, so unset m_currentGroup",this));
+  m_currentGroup.Truncate();
+  m_lastActiveTimeStamp = 0;
+}
+
+nsNNTPProtocol::~nsNNTPProtocol()
+{
+  MOZ_LOG(NNTP, LogLevel::Info,("(%p) destroying",this));
+  if (m_nntpServer) {
+    m_nntpServer->WriteNewsrcFile();
+    m_nntpServer->RemoveConnection(this);
+  }
+  if (m_lineStreamBuffer) {
+     delete m_lineStreamBuffer;
+  }
+  if (mUpdateTimer) {
+    mUpdateTimer->Cancel();
+    mUpdateTimer = nullptr;
+  }
+  Cleanup();
+}
+
+void nsNNTPProtocol::Cleanup()  //free char* member variables
+{
+  PR_FREEIF(m_responseText);
+  PR_FREEIF(m_dataBuf);
+  PR_FREEIF(m_cancelFromHdr);
+  PR_FREEIF(m_cancelNewsgroups);
+  PR_FREEIF(m_cancelDistribution);
+  PR_FREEIF(m_cancelID);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNNTPProtocol::Initialize(nsIURI *aURL, nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow)
+{
+  if (aMsgWindow) {
+    m_msgWindow = aMsgWindow;
+  }
+  nsMsgProtocol::InitFromURI(aURL);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server = do_QueryInterface(m_nntpServer);
+  NS_ASSERTION(m_nntpServer, "nsNNTPProtocol need an m_nntpServer.");
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(m_nntpServer, NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED);
+
+  nsresult rv = m_nntpServer->GetMaxArticles(&m_maxArticles);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  int32_t socketType;
+  rv = server->GetSocketType(&socketType);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  int32_t port = 0;
+  rv = m_url->GetPort(&port);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || (port<=0)) {
+    rv = server->GetPort(&port);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    if (port<=0) {
+      port = (socketType == nsMsgSocketType::SSL) ?
+             nsINntpUrl::DEFAULT_NNTPS_PORT : nsINntpUrl::DEFAULT_NNTP_PORT;
+    }
+
+    rv = m_url->SetPort(port);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+
+  NS_PRECONDITION(m_url, "invalid URL passed into NNTP Protocol");
+
+  m_runningURL = do_QueryInterface(m_url, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  SetIsBusy(true);
+
+  nsCString group;
+
+  // Initialize m_newsAction before possible use in ParseURL method
+  m_runningURL->GetNewsAction(&m_newsAction);
+
+  // parse url to get the msg folder and check if the message is in the folder's
+  // local cache before opening a new socket and trying to download the message
+  rv = ParseURL(m_url, group, m_messageID);
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && m_runningURL)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailnewsUrl = do_QueryInterface(m_runningURL);
+    if (mailnewsUrl)
+    {
+      if (aMsgWindow)
+        mailnewsUrl->SetMsgWindow(aMsgWindow);
+
+      if (m_newsAction == nsINntpUrl::ActionFetchArticle || m_newsAction == nsINntpUrl::ActionFetchPart
+          || m_newsAction == nsINntpUrl::ActionSaveMessageToDisk)
+      {
+        // Look for the content length
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMessageUrl> msgUrl(do_QueryInterface(m_runningURL));
+        if (msgUrl)
+        {
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+          msgUrl->GetMessageHeader(getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+          if (msgHdr)
+          {
+            // Note that for attachments, the messageSize is going to be the
+            // size of the entire message
+            uint32_t messageSize;
+            msgHdr->GetMessageSize(&messageSize);
+            SetContentLength(messageSize);
+          }
+        }
+
+        bool msgIsInLocalCache = false;
+        mailnewsUrl->GetMsgIsInLocalCache(&msgIsInLocalCache);
+        if (msgIsInLocalCache || WeAreOffline())
+          return NS_OK; // probably don't need to do anything else - definitely don't want
+        // to open the socket.
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  else {
+    return rv;
+  }
+
+  if (!m_socketIsOpen)
+  {
+    // When we are making a secure connection, we need to make sure that we
+    // pass an interface requestor down to the socket transport so that PSM can
+    // retrieve a nsIPrompt instance if needed.
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIInterfaceRequestor> ir;
+    if (socketType != nsMsgSocketType::plain && aMsgWindow)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIDocShell> docShell;
+      aMsgWindow->GetRootDocShell(getter_AddRefs(docShell));
+      ir = do_QueryInterface(docShell);
+    }
+
+    // call base class to set up the transport
+
+    int32_t port = 0;
+    nsCString hostName;
+    m_url->GetPort(&port);
+
+    rv = server->GetRealHostName(hostName);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    MOZ_LOG(NNTP,  LogLevel::Info, ("(%p) opening connection to %s on port %d",
+      this, hostName.get(), port));
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIProxyInfo> proxyInfo;
+    rv = MsgExamineForProxy(this, getter_AddRefs(proxyInfo));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) proxyInfo = nullptr;
+
+    rv = OpenNetworkSocketWithInfo(hostName.get(), port,
+           (socketType == nsMsgSocketType::SSL) ? "ssl" : nullptr,
+           proxyInfo, ir);
+
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+    m_nextState = NNTP_LOGIN_RESPONSE;
+  }
+  else {
+    m_nextState = SEND_FIRST_NNTP_COMMAND;
+  }
+  m_dataBuf = (char *) PR_Malloc(sizeof(char) * OUTPUT_BUFFER_SIZE);
+  m_dataBufSize = OUTPUT_BUFFER_SIZE;
+
+  if (!m_lineStreamBuffer)
+    m_lineStreamBuffer = new nsMsgLineStreamBuffer(OUTPUT_BUFFER_SIZE, true /* create new lines */);
+
+  m_typeWanted = 0;
+  m_responseCode = 0;
+  m_previousResponseCode = 0;
+  m_responseText = nullptr;
+
+  m_firstArticle = 0;
+  m_lastArticle = 0;
+  m_firstPossibleArticle = 0;
+  m_lastPossibleArticle = 0;
+  m_numArticlesLoaded = 0;
+  m_numArticlesWanted = 0;
+
+  m_key = nsMsgKey_None;
+
+  m_articleNumber = 0;
+  m_originalContentLength = 0;
+  m_cancelID = nullptr;
+  m_cancelFromHdr = nullptr;
+  m_cancelNewsgroups = nullptr;
+  m_cancelDistribution = nullptr;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNNTPProtocol::GetIsBusy(bool *aIsBusy)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aIsBusy);
+  *aIsBusy = m_connectionBusy;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNNTPProtocol::SetIsBusy(bool aIsBusy)
+{
+  MOZ_LOG(NNTP, LogLevel::Info,("(%p) setting busy to %d",this, aIsBusy));
+  m_connectionBusy = aIsBusy;
+  
+  // Maybe we could load another URI.
+  if (!aIsBusy && m_nntpServer)
+    m_nntpServer->PrepareForNextUrl(this);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNNTPProtocol::GetIsCachedConnection(bool *aIsCachedConnection)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aIsCachedConnection);
+  *aIsCachedConnection = m_fromCache;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNNTPProtocol::SetIsCachedConnection(bool aIsCachedConnection)
+{
+  m_fromCache = aIsCachedConnection;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* void GetLastActiveTimeStamp (out PRTime aTimeStamp); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNNTPProtocol::GetLastActiveTimeStamp(PRTime *aTimeStamp)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aTimeStamp);
+  *aTimeStamp = m_lastActiveTimeStamp;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNNTPProtocol::LoadNewsUrl(nsIURI * aURL, nsISupports * aConsumer)
+{
+  // clear the previous channel listener and use the new one....
+  // don't reuse an existing channel listener
+  m_channelListener = nullptr;
+  m_channelListener = do_QueryInterface(aConsumer);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsINntpUrl> newsUrl (do_QueryInterface(aURL));
+  newsUrl->GetNewsAction(&m_newsAction);
+
+  SetupPartExtractorListener(m_channelListener);
+  return LoadUrl(aURL, aConsumer);
+}
+
+
+// WARNING: the cache stream listener is intended to be accessed from the UI thread!
+// it will NOT create another proxy for the stream listener that gets passed in...
+class nsNntpCacheStreamListener : public nsIStreamListener
+{
+public:
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIREQUESTOBSERVER
+  NS_DECL_NSISTREAMLISTENER
+
+  nsNntpCacheStreamListener ();
+
+  nsresult Init(nsIStreamListener * aStreamListener, nsIChannel* channel, nsIMsgMailNewsUrl *aRunningUrl);
+protected:
+  virtual ~nsNntpCacheStreamListener();
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIChannel> mChannelToUse;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStreamListener> mListener;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mRunningUrl;
+};
+
+NS_IMPL_ADDREF(nsNntpCacheStreamListener)
+NS_IMPL_RELEASE(nsNntpCacheStreamListener)
+
+NS_INTERFACE_MAP_BEGIN(nsNntpCacheStreamListener)
+   NS_INTERFACE_MAP_ENTRY_AMBIGUOUS(nsISupports, nsIStreamListener)
+   NS_INTERFACE_MAP_ENTRY(nsIRequestObserver)
+   NS_INTERFACE_MAP_ENTRY(nsIStreamListener)
+NS_INTERFACE_MAP_END
+
+nsNntpCacheStreamListener::nsNntpCacheStreamListener()
+{
+}
+
+nsNntpCacheStreamListener::~nsNntpCacheStreamListener()
+{}
+
+nsresult nsNntpCacheStreamListener::Init(nsIStreamListener * aStreamListener, nsIChannel* channel,
+                                         nsIMsgMailNewsUrl *aRunningUrl)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(aStreamListener);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(channel);
+
+  mChannelToUse = channel;
+
+  mListener = aStreamListener;
+  mRunningUrl = aRunningUrl;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpCacheStreamListener::OnStartRequest(nsIRequest *request, nsISupports * aCtxt)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr <nsILoadGroup> loadGroup;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIRequest> ourRequest = do_QueryInterface(mChannelToUse);
+
+  NS_ASSERTION(mChannelToUse, "null channel in OnStartRequest");
+  if (mChannelToUse)
+    mChannelToUse->GetLoadGroup(getter_AddRefs(loadGroup));
+  if (loadGroup)
+    loadGroup->AddRequest(ourRequest, nullptr /* context isupports */);
+  return (mListener) ? mListener->OnStartRequest(ourRequest, aCtxt) : NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpCacheStreamListener::OnStopRequest(nsIRequest *request, nsISupports * aCtxt, nsresult aStatus)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIRequest> ourRequest = do_QueryInterface(mChannelToUse);
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  NS_ASSERTION(mListener, "this assertion is for Bug 531794 comment 7");
+  if (mListener)
+    mListener->OnStopRequest(ourRequest, aCtxt, aStatus);
+  nsCOMPtr <nsILoadGroup> loadGroup;
+  NS_ASSERTION(mChannelToUse, "null channel in OnStopRequest");
+  if (mChannelToUse)
+    mChannelToUse->GetLoadGroup(getter_AddRefs(loadGroup));
+  if (loadGroup)
+    loadGroup->RemoveRequest(ourRequest, nullptr, aStatus);
+
+  // clear out mem cache entry so we're not holding onto it.
+  if (mRunningUrl)
+    mRunningUrl->SetMemCacheEntry(nullptr);
+
+  mListener = nullptr;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsINNTPProtocol> nntpProtocol = do_QueryInterface(mChannelToUse);
+  if (nntpProtocol) {
+    rv = nntpProtocol->SetIsBusy(false);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  }
+  mChannelToUse = nullptr;
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpCacheStreamListener::OnDataAvailable(nsIRequest *request, nsISupports * aCtxt, nsIInputStream * aInStream, uint64_t aSourceOffset, uint32_t aCount)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_STATE(mListener);
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIRequest> ourRequest = do_QueryInterface(mChannelToUse);
+    return mListener->OnDataAvailable(ourRequest, aCtxt, aInStream, aSourceOffset, aCount);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNNTPProtocol::GetOriginalURI(nsIURI* *aURI)
+{
+    // News does not seem to have the notion of an original URI (See Bug #193317)
+    *aURI = m_url;
+    NS_IF_ADDREF(*aURI);
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNNTPProtocol::SetOriginalURI(nsIURI* aURI)
+{
+    // News does not seem to have the notion of an original URI (See Bug #193317)
+    return NS_OK;       // ignore
+}
+
+nsresult nsNNTPProtocol::SetupPartExtractorListener(nsIStreamListener * aConsumer)
+{
+  bool convertData = false;
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  if (m_newsAction == nsINntpUrl::ActionFetchArticle)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> msgUrl = do_QueryInterface(m_runningURL, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+    nsAutoCString queryStr;
+    rv = msgUrl->GetQuery(queryStr);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+    // check if this is a filter plugin requesting the message.
+    // in that case, set up a text converter
+    convertData = (queryStr.Find("header=filter") != kNotFound
+      || queryStr.Find("header=attach") != kNotFound);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    convertData = (m_newsAction == nsINntpUrl::ActionFetchPart);
+  }
+  if (convertData)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIStreamConverterService> converter = do_GetService("@mozilla.org/streamConverters;1");
+    if (converter && aConsumer)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIStreamListener> newConsumer;
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIChannel> channel;
+      QueryInterface(NS_GET_IID(nsIChannel), getter_AddRefs(channel));
+      converter->AsyncConvertData("message/rfc822", "*/*",
+           aConsumer, channel, getter_AddRefs(newConsumer));
+      if (newConsumer)
+        m_channelListener = newConsumer;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsNNTPProtocol::ReadFromMemCache(nsICacheEntry *entry)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(entry);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIInputStream> cacheStream;
+  nsresult rv = entry->OpenInputStream(0, getter_AddRefs(cacheStream));
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIInputStreamPump> pump;
+    rv = NS_NewInputStreamPump(getter_AddRefs(pump), cacheStream);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+    nsCString group;
+    // do this to get m_key set, so that marking the message read will work.
+    rv = ParseURL(m_url, group, m_messageID);
+
+    RefPtr<nsNntpCacheStreamListener> cacheListener =
+      new nsNntpCacheStreamListener();
+
+    SetLoadGroup(m_loadGroup);
+    m_typeWanted = ARTICLE_WANTED;
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailnewsUrl = do_QueryInterface(m_runningURL);
+    cacheListener->Init(m_channelListener, static_cast<nsIChannel *>(this), mailnewsUrl);
+
+    mContentType = ""; // reset the content type for the upcoming read....
+
+    rv = pump->AsyncRead(cacheListener, m_channelContext);
+
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) // ONLY if we succeeded in actually starting the read should we return
+    {
+      // we're not calling nsMsgProtocol::AsyncRead(), which calls nsNNTPProtocol::LoadUrl, so we need to take care of some stuff it does.
+      m_channelListener = nullptr;
+      return rv;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsNNTPProtocol::ReadFromNewsConnection()
+{
+  // we might end up here if we thought we had a news message offline
+  // but it turned out not to be so. In which case, we need to
+  // recall Initialize().
+  if (!m_socketIsOpen || !m_dataBuf)
+  {
+    nsresult rv = Initialize(m_url, m_msgWindow);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+  return nsMsgProtocol::AsyncOpen(m_channelListener, m_channelContext);
+}
+
+// for messages stored in our offline cache, we have special code to handle that...
+// If it's in the local cache, we return true and we can abort the download because
+// this method does the rest of the work.
+bool nsNNTPProtocol::ReadFromLocalCache()
+{
+  bool msgIsInLocalCache = false;
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailnewsUrl = do_QueryInterface(m_runningURL);
+  mailnewsUrl->GetMsgIsInLocalCache(&msgIsInLocalCache);
+
+  if (msgIsInLocalCache)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> folder = do_QueryInterface(m_newsFolder);
+    if (folder && NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+    // we want to create a file channel and read the msg from there.
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIInputStream> fileStream;
+      int64_t offset=0;
+      uint32_t size=0;
+      rv = folder->GetOfflineFileStream(m_key, &offset, &size, getter_AddRefs(fileStream));
+
+      // get the file stream from the folder, somehow (through the message or
+      // folder sink?) We also need to set the transfer offset to the message offset
+      if (fileStream && NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      {
+        // dougt - This may break the ablity to "cancel" a read from offline mail reading.
+        // fileChannel->SetLoadGroup(m_loadGroup);
+
+        m_typeWanted = ARTICLE_WANTED;
+
+        RefPtr<nsNntpCacheStreamListener> cacheListener =
+          new nsNntpCacheStreamListener();
+
+        cacheListener->Init(m_channelListener, static_cast<nsIChannel *>(this), mailnewsUrl);
+
+        // create a stream pump that will async read the specified amount of data.
+        // XXX make size 64-bit int
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIInputStreamPump> pump;
+        rv = NS_NewInputStreamPump(getter_AddRefs(pump),
+                                   fileStream, offset, (int64_t) size);
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+          rv = pump->AsyncRead(cacheListener, m_channelContext);
+
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) // ONLY if we succeeded in actually starting the read should we return
+        {
+          mContentType.Truncate();
+          m_channelListener = nullptr;
+          NNTP_LOG_NOTE("Loading message from offline storage");
+          return true;
+        }
+      }
+      else
+        mailnewsUrl->SetMsgIsInLocalCache(false);
+    }
+  }
+
+  return false;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNNTPProtocol::OnCacheEntryAvailable(nsICacheEntry *entry, bool aNew, nsIApplicationCache* aAppCache, nsresult status)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(status))
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailnewsUrl = do_QueryInterface(m_runningURL, &rv);
+    mailnewsUrl->SetMemCacheEntry(entry);
+
+    // Insert a "stream T" into the flow so data gets written to both.
+    if (aNew)
+    {
+      // use a stream listener Tee to force data into the cache and to our current channel listener...
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIStreamListener> newListener;
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIStreamListenerTee> tee = do_CreateInstance(NS_STREAMLISTENERTEE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIOutputStream> outStream;
+      rv = entry->OpenOutputStream(0, getter_AddRefs(outStream));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      rv = tee->Init(m_channelListener, outStream, nullptr);
+      m_channelListener = do_QueryInterface(tee);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      rv = ReadFromMemCache(entry);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+        entry->MarkValid();
+        return NS_OK; // kick out if reading from the cache succeeded...
+      }
+    }
+  } // if we got a valid entry back from the cache...
+
+  // if reading from the cache failed or if we are writing into the cache, default to ReadFromNewsConnection.
+  return ReadFromNewsConnection();
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNNTPProtocol::OnCacheEntryCheck(nsICacheEntry* entry, nsIApplicationCache* appCache,
+                                  uint32_t* aResult)
+{
+  *aResult = nsICacheEntryOpenCallback::ENTRY_WANTED;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsNNTPProtocol::OpenCacheEntry()
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailnewsUrl = do_QueryInterface(m_runningURL, &rv);
+  // get the cache session from our nntp service...
+  nsCOMPtr <nsINntpService> nntpService = do_GetService(NS_NNTPSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsICacheStorage> cacheStorage;
+  rv = nntpService->GetCacheStorage(getter_AddRefs(cacheStorage));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // Open a cache entry with key = url, no extension.
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> uri;
+  rv = mailnewsUrl->GetBaseURI(getter_AddRefs(uri));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // Truncate of the query part so we don't duplicate urls in the cache for
+  // various message parts.
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> newUri;
+  uri->Clone(getter_AddRefs(newUri));
+  nsAutoCString path;
+  newUri->GetPath(path);
+  int32_t pos = path.FindChar('?');
+  if (pos != kNotFound) {
+    path.SetLength(pos);
+    newUri->SetPath(path);
+  }
+  return cacheStorage->AsyncOpenURI(newUri, EmptyCString(), nsICacheStorage::OPEN_NORMALLY, this);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNNTPProtocol::AsyncOpen(nsIStreamListener *listener, nsISupports *ctxt)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailnewsUrl = do_QueryInterface(m_runningURL, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  int32_t port;
+  rv = mailnewsUrl->GetPort(&port);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      return rv;
+
+  rv = NS_CheckPortSafety(port, "news");
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      return rv;
+
+  m_channelContext = ctxt;
+  m_channelListener = listener;
+  m_runningURL->GetNewsAction(&m_newsAction);
+
+  // Before running through the connection, try to see if we can grab the data
+  // from the offline storage or the memory cache. Only actions retrieving
+  // messages can be cached.
+  if (mailnewsUrl && (m_newsAction == nsINntpUrl::ActionFetchArticle ||
+                      m_newsAction == nsINntpUrl::ActionFetchPart ||
+                      m_newsAction == nsINntpUrl::ActionSaveMessageToDisk))
+  {
+    SetupPartExtractorListener(m_channelListener);
+
+    // Attempt to get the message from the offline storage cache. If this
+    // succeeds, we don't need to use our connection, so tell the server that we
+    // are ready for the next URL.
+    if (ReadFromLocalCache())
+    {
+      if (m_nntpServer)
+        m_nntpServer->PrepareForNextUrl(this);
+      return NS_OK;
+    }
+
+    // If it wasn't offline, try to get the cache from memory. If this call
+    // succeeds, we probably won't need the connection, but the cache might fail
+    // later on. The code there will determine if we need to fallback and will
+    // handle informing the server of our readiness.
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(OpenCacheEntry()))
+      return NS_OK;
+  }
+  return nsMsgProtocol::AsyncOpen(listener, ctxt);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNNTPProtocol::AsyncOpen2(nsIStreamListener *aListener)
+{
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIStreamListener> listener = aListener;
+    nsresult rv = nsContentSecurityManager::doContentSecurityCheck(this, listener);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    return AsyncOpen(listener, nullptr);
+}
+
+nsresult nsNNTPProtocol::LoadUrl(nsIURI * aURL, nsISupports * aConsumer)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aURL);
+
+  nsCString group;
+  mContentType.Truncate();
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  m_runningURL = do_QueryInterface(aURL, &rv);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+  m_runningURL->GetNewsAction(&m_newsAction);
+
+  SetIsBusy(true);
+
+  rv = ParseURL(aURL, group, m_messageID);
+  NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv),"failed to parse news url");
+  //if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+  // XXX group returned from ParseURL is assumed to be in UTF-8
+  NS_ASSERTION(MsgIsUTF8(group), "newsgroup name is not in UTF-8");
+  NS_ASSERTION(m_nntpServer, "Parsing must result in an m_nntpServer");
+
+  MOZ_LOG(NNTP, LogLevel::Info,("(%p) m_messageID = %s", this, m_messageID.get()));
+  MOZ_LOG(NNTP, LogLevel::Info,("(%p) group = %s", this, group.get()));
+  MOZ_LOG(NNTP, LogLevel::Info,("(%p) m_key = %d",this,m_key));
+
+  if (m_newsAction == nsINntpUrl::ActionFetchArticle ||
+      m_newsAction == nsINntpUrl::ActionFetchPart ||
+      m_newsAction == nsINntpUrl::ActionSaveMessageToDisk)
+    m_typeWanted = ARTICLE_WANTED;
+  else if (m_newsAction == nsINntpUrl::ActionCancelArticle)
+    m_typeWanted = CANCEL_WANTED;
+  else if (m_newsAction == nsINntpUrl::ActionPostArticle)
+  {
+    m_typeWanted = NEWS_POST;
+    m_messageID = "";
+  }
+  else if (m_newsAction == nsINntpUrl::ActionListIds)
+  {
+    m_typeWanted = IDS_WANTED;
+    rv = m_nntpServer->FindGroup(group, getter_AddRefs(m_newsFolder));
+  }
+  else if (m_newsAction == nsINntpUrl::ActionSearch)
+  {
+    m_typeWanted = SEARCH_WANTED;
+
+    // Get the search data
+    nsCString commandSpecificData;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIURL> url = do_QueryInterface(m_runningURL);
+    rv = url->GetQuery(commandSpecificData);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    MsgUnescapeString(commandSpecificData, 0, m_searchData);
+
+    rv = m_nntpServer->FindGroup(group, getter_AddRefs(m_newsFolder));
+    if (!m_newsFolder)
+      goto FAIL;
+  }
+  else if (m_newsAction == nsINntpUrl::ActionGetNewNews)
+  {
+    bool containsGroup = true;
+    rv = m_nntpServer->ContainsNewsgroup(group, &containsGroup);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      goto FAIL;
+
+    if (!containsGroup)
+    {
+      // We have the name of a newsgroup which we're not subscribed to,
+      // the next step is to ask the user whether we should subscribe to it.
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIPrompt> dialog;
+
+      if (m_msgWindow)
+        m_msgWindow->GetPromptDialog(getter_AddRefs(dialog));
+
+      if (!dialog)
+      {
+         nsCOMPtr<nsIWindowWatcher> wwatch(do_GetService(NS_WINDOWWATCHER_CONTRACTID));
+         wwatch->GetNewPrompter(nullptr, getter_AddRefs(dialog));
+      }
+
+      nsString statusString, confirmText;
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundle> bundle;
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundleService> bundleService =
+        mozilla::services::GetStringBundleService();
+
+      // to handle non-ASCII newsgroup names, we store them internally
+      // as escaped. decode and unescape the newsgroup name so we'll
+      // display a proper name.
+
+      nsAutoString unescapedName;
+      rv = NS_MsgDecodeUnescapeURLPath(group, unescapedName);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+      bundleService->CreateBundle(NEWS_MSGS_URL, getter_AddRefs(bundle));
+      const char16_t *formatStrings[1] = { unescapedName.get() };
+
+      rv = bundle->FormatStringFromName(
+        u"autoSubscribeText", formatStrings, 1,
+        getter_Copies(confirmText));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+      bool confirmResult = false;
+      rv = dialog->Confirm(nullptr, confirmText.get(), &confirmResult);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      if (confirmResult)
+      {
+         rv = m_nntpServer->SubscribeToNewsgroup(group);
+         containsGroup = true;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        // XXX FIX ME
+        // the way news is current written, we've already opened the socket
+        // and initialized the connection.
+        //
+        // until that is fixed, when the user cancels an autosubscribe, we've got to close it and clean up after ourselves
+        //
+        // see bug http://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=108293
+        // another problem, autosubscribe urls are ending up as cache entries
+        // because the default action on nntp urls is ActionFetchArticle
+        //
+        // see bug http://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=108294
+        if (m_runningURL)
+          FinishMemCacheEntry(false); // cleanup mem cache entry
+
+        return CloseConnection();
+      }
+    }
+
+    // If we have a group (since before, or just subscribed), set the m_newsFolder.
+    if (containsGroup)
+    {
+      rv = m_nntpServer->FindGroup(group, getter_AddRefs(m_newsFolder));
+      if (!m_newsFolder)
+        goto FAIL;
+    }
+    m_typeWanted = GROUP_WANTED;
+  }
+  else if (m_newsAction == nsINntpUrl::ActionListGroups)
+    m_typeWanted = LIST_WANTED;
+  else if (m_newsAction == nsINntpUrl::ActionListNewGroups)
+    m_typeWanted = NEW_GROUPS;
+  else if (!m_messageID.IsEmpty() || m_key != nsMsgKey_None)
+    m_typeWanted = ARTICLE_WANTED;
+  else
+  {
+    NS_NOTREACHED("Unknown news action");
+    rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+
+    // if this connection comes from the cache, we need to initialize the
+    // load group here, by generating the start request notification. nsMsgProtocol::OnStartRequest
+    // ignores the first parameter (which is supposed to be the channel) so we'll pass in null.
+    if (m_fromCache)
+      nsMsgProtocol::OnStartRequest(nullptr, aURL);
+
+      /* At this point, we're all done parsing the URL, and know exactly
+      what we want to do with it.
+    */
+
+FAIL:
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    {
+      AlertError(0, nullptr);
+      return rv;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      if (!m_socketIsOpen)
+      {
+        m_nextStateAfterResponse = m_nextState;
+        m_nextState = NNTP_RESPONSE;
+      }
+      rv = nsMsgProtocol::LoadUrl(aURL, aConsumer);
+    }
+
+    // Make sure that we have the information we need to be able to run the
+    // URLs
+    NS_ASSERTION(m_nntpServer, "Parsing must result in an m_nntpServer");
+    if (m_typeWanted == ARTICLE_WANTED)
+    {
+      if (m_key != nsMsgKey_None)
+        NS_ASSERTION(m_newsFolder, "ARTICLE_WANTED needs m_newsFolder w/ key");
+      else
+        NS_ASSERTION(!m_messageID.IsEmpty(), "ARTICLE_WANTED needs m_messageID w/o key");
+    }
+    else if (m_typeWanted == CANCEL_WANTED)
+    {
+      NS_ASSERTION(!m_messageID.IsEmpty(), "CANCEL_WANTED needs m_messageID");
+      NS_ASSERTION(m_newsFolder, "CANCEL_WANTED needs m_newsFolder");
+      NS_ASSERTION(m_key != nsMsgKey_None, "CANCEL_WANTED needs m_key");
+    }
+    else if (m_typeWanted == GROUP_WANTED)
+      NS_ASSERTION(m_newsFolder, "GROUP_WANTED needs m_newsFolder");
+    else if (m_typeWanted == SEARCH_WANTED)
+      NS_ASSERTION(!m_searchData.IsEmpty(), "SEARCH_WANTED needs m_searchData");
+    else if (m_typeWanted == IDS_WANTED)
+      NS_ASSERTION(m_newsFolder, "IDS_WANTED needs m_newsFolder");
+
+    return rv;
+}
+
+void nsNNTPProtocol::FinishMemCacheEntry(bool valid)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr <nsICacheEntry> memCacheEntry;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailnewsurl = do_QueryInterface(m_runningURL);
+  if (mailnewsurl)
+    mailnewsurl->GetMemCacheEntry(getter_AddRefs(memCacheEntry));
+  if (memCacheEntry)
+  {
+    if (valid)
+      memCacheEntry->MarkValid();
+    else
+      memCacheEntry->AsyncDoom(nullptr);
+  }
+}
+
+// stop binding is a "notification" informing us that the stream associated with aURL is going away.
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNNTPProtocol::OnStopRequest(nsIRequest *request, nsISupports * aContext, nsresult aStatus)
+{
+    // either remove mem cache entry, or mark it valid if url successful and
+    // command succeeded
+    FinishMemCacheEntry(NS_SUCCEEDED(aStatus)
+      && MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_TYPE(m_responseCode) == MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_TYPE_OK);
+
+    nsMsgProtocol::OnStopRequest(request, aContext, aStatus);
+
+    // nsMsgProtocol::OnStopRequest() has called m_channelListener. There is
+    // no need to be called again in CloseSocket(). Let's clear it here.
+    if (m_channelListener) {
+        m_channelListener = nullptr;
+    }
+
+  // okay, we've been told that the send is done and the connection is going away. So
+  // we need to release all of our state
+  return CloseSocket();
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNNTPProtocol::Cancel(nsresult status)  // handle stop button
+{
+    m_nextState = NNTP_ERROR;
+    return nsMsgProtocol::Cancel(NS_BINDING_ABORTED);
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsNNTPProtocol::ParseURL(nsIURI *aURL, nsCString &aGroup, nsCString &aMessageID)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aURL);
+
+    MOZ_LOG(NNTP, LogLevel::Info,("(%p) ParseURL",this));
+
+    nsresult rv;
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> folder;
+    nsCOMPtr <nsINntpService> nntpService = do_GetService(NS_NNTPSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMessageUrl> msgUrl = do_QueryInterface(m_runningURL, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailnewsUrl = do_QueryInterface(msgUrl, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    nsCString spec;
+    rv = msgUrl->GetOriginalSpec(getter_Copies(spec));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+    // if the original spec is non empty, use it to determine m_newsFolder and m_key
+    if (!spec.IsEmpty()) {
+        MOZ_LOG(NNTP, LogLevel::Info,("(%p) original message spec = %s",this,spec.get()));
+
+        rv = nntpService->DecomposeNewsURI(spec.get(), getter_AddRefs(folder), &m_key);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+        // since we are reading a message in this folder, we can set m_newsFolder
+        m_newsFolder = do_QueryInterface(folder, &rv);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+        // if we are cancelling, we aren't done.  we still need to parse out the messageID from the url
+        // later, we'll use m_newsFolder and m_key to delete the message from the DB, if the cancel is successful.
+        if (m_newsAction != nsINntpUrl::ActionCancelArticle) {
+            return NS_OK;
+        }
+    }
+    else {
+        // clear this, we'll set it later.
+        m_newsFolder = nullptr;
+        m_currentGroup.Truncate();
+    }
+
+  // Load the values from the URL for parsing.
+  rv = m_runningURL->GetGroup(aGroup);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  rv = m_runningURL->GetMessageID(aMessageID);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  NS_ASSERTION(aMessageID.IsEmpty() || aMessageID != aGroup, "something not null");
+
+  // If we are cancelling, we've got our message id, m_key, and m_newsFolder.
+  // Bail out now to prevent messing those up.
+  if (m_newsAction == nsINntpUrl::ActionCancelArticle)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  rv = m_runningURL->GetKey(&m_key);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // Check if the key is in the local cache.
+  // It's possible that we're have a server/group/key combo that doesn't exist
+  // (think nntp://server/group/key), so not having the folder isn't a bad
+  // thing.
+  if (m_key != nsMsgKey_None)
+  {
+    rv = mailnewsUrl->GetFolder(getter_AddRefs(folder));
+    m_newsFolder = do_QueryInterface(folder);
+
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && m_newsFolder)
+    {
+      bool useLocalCache = false;
+      rv = folder->HasMsgOffline(m_key, &useLocalCache);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+      // set message is in local cache
+      rv = mailnewsUrl->SetMsgIsInLocalCache(useLocalCache);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+    }
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+/*
+ * Writes the data contained in dataBuffer into the current output stream. It also informs
+ * the transport layer that this data is now available for transmission.
+ * Returns a positive number for success, 0 for failure (not all the bytes were written to the
+ * stream, etc). We need to make another pass through this file to install an error system (mscott)
+ */
+
+nsresult nsNNTPProtocol::SendData(const char * dataBuffer, bool aSuppressLogging)
+{
+    if (!aSuppressLogging) {
+        NNTP_LOG_WRITE(dataBuffer);
+    }
+    else {
+        MOZ_LOG(NNTP, out, ("(%p) Logging suppressed for this command (it probably contained authentication information)", this));
+    }
+
+  return nsMsgProtocol::SendData(dataBuffer); // base class actually transmits the data
+}
+
+/* gets the response code from the nntp server and the
+ * response line
+ *
+ * returns the TCP return code from the read
+ */
+nsresult nsNNTPProtocol::NewsResponse(nsIInputStream *inputStream, uint32_t length)
+{
+  uint32_t status = 0;
+
+  NS_PRECONDITION(nullptr != inputStream, "invalid input stream");
+
+  bool pauseForMoreData = false;
+  char *line = m_lineStreamBuffer->ReadNextLine(inputStream, status, pauseForMoreData);
+
+  NNTP_LOG_READ(line);
+
+  if(pauseForMoreData)
+  {
+    SetFlag(NNTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  if(!line)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  ClearFlag(NNTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);  /* don't pause if we got a line */
+
+  /* almost correct */
+  if(status > 1)
+  {
+    mBytesReceived += status;
+    mBytesReceivedSinceLastStatusUpdate += status;
+  }
+
+  m_previousResponseCode = m_responseCode;
+
+  PR_sscanf(line, "%d", &m_responseCode);
+
+  if (m_responseCode && PL_strlen(line) > 3)
+    NS_MsgSACopy(&m_responseText, line + 4);
+  else
+    NS_MsgSACopy(&m_responseText, line);
+
+  /* authentication required can come at any time
+  */
+  if (MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_AUTHINFO_REQUIRE == m_responseCode ||
+    MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_AUTHINFO_SIMPLE_REQUIRE == m_responseCode)
+  {
+    m_nextState = NNTP_BEGIN_AUTHORIZE;
+  }
+  else {
+    m_nextState = m_nextStateAfterResponse;
+  }
+
+  PR_FREEIF(line);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* interpret the server response after the connect
+ *
+ * returns negative if the server responds unexpectedly
+ */
+
+nsresult nsNNTPProtocol::LoginResponse()
+{
+  bool postingAllowed = m_responseCode == MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_POSTING_ALLOWED;
+
+  if(MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_TYPE(m_responseCode)!=MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_TYPE_OK)
+  {
+    AlertError(MK_NNTP_ERROR_MESSAGE, m_responseText);
+
+    m_nextState = NNTP_ERROR;
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+
+  m_nntpServer->SetPostingAllowed(postingAllowed);
+  m_nextState = NNTP_SEND_MODE_READER;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsNNTPProtocol::SendModeReader()
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  rv = SendData(NNTP_CMD_MODE_READER);
+    m_nextState = NNTP_RESPONSE;
+    m_nextStateAfterResponse = NNTP_SEND_MODE_READER_RESPONSE;
+    SetFlag(NNTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+    return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsNNTPProtocol::SendModeReaderResponse()
+{
+  SetFlag(NNTP_READER_PERFORMED);
+
+  /* ignore the response code and continue
+   */
+  bool pushAuth = false;
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  NS_ASSERTION(m_nntpServer, "no server, see bug #107797");
+  if (m_nntpServer) {
+    rv = m_nntpServer->GetPushAuth(&pushAuth);
+  }
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && pushAuth) {
+    /* if the news host is set up to require volunteered (pushed) authentication,
+    * do that before we do anything else
+    */
+    m_nextState = NNTP_BEGIN_AUTHORIZE;
+  }
+  else {
+#ifdef HAVE_NNTP_EXTENSIONS
+    m_nextState = SEND_LIST_EXTENSIONS;
+#else
+    m_nextState = SEND_FIRST_NNTP_COMMAND;
+#endif  /* HAVE_NNTP_EXTENSIONS */
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsNNTPProtocol::SendListExtensions()
+{
+  nsresult rv = SendData(NNTP_CMD_LIST_EXTENSIONS);
+
+  m_nextState = NNTP_RESPONSE;
+  m_nextStateAfterResponse = SEND_LIST_EXTENSIONS_RESPONSE;
+  ClearFlag(NNTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsNNTPProtocol::SendListExtensionsResponse(nsIInputStream * inputStream, uint32_t length)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  if (MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_TYPE(m_responseCode) == MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_TYPE_OK)
+  {
+    uint32_t status = 0;
+    bool pauseForMoreData = false;
+    char *line = m_lineStreamBuffer->ReadNextLine(inputStream, status, pauseForMoreData, &rv);
+
+    if(pauseForMoreData)
+    {
+      SetFlag(NNTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+      return NS_OK;
+    }
+    if (!line)
+      return rv;  /* no line yet */
+
+        if ('.' != line[0]) {
+            m_nntpServer->AddExtension(line);
+        }
+    else
+    {
+      /* tell libmsg that it's ok to ask this news host for extensions */
+      m_nntpServer->SetSupportsExtensions(true);
+      /* all extensions received */
+      m_nextState = SEND_LIST_SEARCHES;
+      ClearFlag(NNTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* LIST EXTENSIONS not recognized
+     * tell libmsg not to ask for any more extensions and move on to
+     * the real NNTP command we were trying to do. */
+
+     m_nntpServer->SetSupportsExtensions(false);
+     m_nextState = SEND_FIRST_NNTP_COMMAND;
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsNNTPProtocol::SendListSearches()
+{
+    nsresult rv;
+    bool searchable=false;
+
+    rv = m_nntpServer->QueryExtension("SEARCH",&searchable);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && searchable)
+  {
+    rv = SendData(NNTP_CMD_LIST_SEARCHES);
+
+    m_nextState = NNTP_RESPONSE;
+    m_nextStateAfterResponse = SEND_LIST_SEARCHES_RESPONSE;
+    SetFlag(NNTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* since SEARCH isn't supported, move on to GET */
+    m_nextState = NNTP_GET_PROPERTIES;
+    ClearFlag(NNTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsNNTPProtocol::SendListSearchesResponse(nsIInputStream * inputStream, uint32_t length)
+{
+  uint32_t status = 0;
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  NS_PRECONDITION(inputStream, "invalid input stream");
+
+  bool pauseForMoreData = false;
+  char *line = m_lineStreamBuffer->ReadNextLine(inputStream, status, pauseForMoreData, &rv);
+
+  NNTP_LOG_READ(line);
+
+  if(pauseForMoreData)
+  {
+    SetFlag(NNTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  if (!line)
+    return rv;  /* no line yet */
+
+  if ('.' != line[0])
+  {
+        nsAutoCString charset;
+        nsAutoString lineUtf16;
+        if (NS_FAILED(m_nntpServer->GetCharset(charset)) ||
+            NS_FAILED(nsMsgI18NConvertToUnicode(charset.get(),
+                                                nsDependentCString(line),
+                                                lineUtf16, true)))
+            CopyUTF8toUTF16(nsDependentCString(line), lineUtf16);
+
+    m_nntpServer->AddSearchableGroup(lineUtf16);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* all searchable groups received */
+    /* LIST SRCHFIELDS is legal if the server supports the SEARCH extension, which */
+    /* we already know it does */
+    m_nextState = NNTP_LIST_SEARCH_HEADERS;
+    ClearFlag(NNTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+  }
+
+  PR_FREEIF(line);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsNNTPProtocol::SendListSearchHeaders()
+{
+  nsresult rv = SendData(NNTP_CMD_LIST_SEARCH_FIELDS);
+
+  m_nextState = NNTP_RESPONSE;
+  m_nextStateAfterResponse = NNTP_LIST_SEARCH_HEADERS_RESPONSE;
+  SetFlag(NNTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsNNTPProtocol::SendListSearchHeadersResponse(nsIInputStream * inputStream, uint32_t length)
+{
+  uint32_t status = 0;
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  bool pauseForMoreData = false;
+  char *line = m_lineStreamBuffer->ReadNextLine(inputStream, status, pauseForMoreData, &rv);
+
+  if(pauseForMoreData)
+  {
+    SetFlag(NNTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  if (!line)
+    return rv;  /* no line yet */
+
+  if ('.' != line[0])
+        m_nntpServer->AddSearchableHeader(line);
+  else
+  {
+    m_nextState = NNTP_GET_PROPERTIES;
+    ClearFlag(NNTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+  }
+
+  PR_FREEIF(line);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsNNTPProtocol::GetProperties()
+{
+    nsresult rv;
+    bool setget=false;
+
+    rv = m_nntpServer->QueryExtension("SETGET",&setget);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && setget)
+  {
+    rv = SendData(NNTP_CMD_GET_PROPERTIES);
+    m_nextState = NNTP_RESPONSE;
+    m_nextStateAfterResponse = NNTP_GET_PROPERTIES_RESPONSE;
+    SetFlag(NNTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* since GET isn't supported, move on LIST SUBSCRIPTIONS */
+    m_nextState = SEND_LIST_SUBSCRIPTIONS;
+    ClearFlag(NNTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsNNTPProtocol::GetPropertiesResponse(nsIInputStream * inputStream, uint32_t length)
+{
+  uint32_t status = 0;
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  bool pauseForMoreData = false;
+  char *line = m_lineStreamBuffer->ReadNextLine(inputStream, status, pauseForMoreData, &rv);
+
+  if(pauseForMoreData)
+  {
+    SetFlag(NNTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  if (!line)
+    return rv;  /* no line yet */
+
+  if ('.' != line[0])
+  {
+    char *propertyName = NS_strdup(line);
+    if (propertyName)
+    {
+      char *space = PL_strchr(propertyName, ' ');
+      if (space)
+      {
+        char *propertyValue = space + 1;
+        *space = '\0';
+                m_nntpServer->AddPropertyForGet(propertyName, propertyValue);
+      }
+      PR_Free(propertyName);
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* all GET properties received, move on to LIST SUBSCRIPTIONS */
+    m_nextState = SEND_LIST_SUBSCRIPTIONS;
+    ClearFlag(NNTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+  }
+
+  PR_FREEIF(line);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsNNTPProtocol::SendListSubscriptions()
+{
+    nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+/* TODO: is this needed for anything?
+#if 0
+    bool searchable=false;
+    rv = m_nntpServer->QueryExtension("LISTSUBSCR",&listsubscr);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && listsubscr)
+#else
+  if (0)
+#endif
+  {
+    rv = SendData(NNTP_CMD_LIST_SUBSCRIPTIONS);
+    m_nextState = NNTP_RESPONSE;
+    m_nextStateAfterResponse = SEND_LIST_SUBSCRIPTIONS_RESPONSE;
+    SetFlag(NNTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+  }
+  else
+*/
+  {
+    /* since LIST SUBSCRIPTIONS isn't supported, move on to real work */
+    m_nextState = SEND_FIRST_NNTP_COMMAND;
+    ClearFlag(NNTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsNNTPProtocol::SendListSubscriptionsResponse(nsIInputStream * inputStream, uint32_t length)
+{
+  uint32_t status = 0;
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  bool pauseForMoreData = false;
+  char *line = m_lineStreamBuffer->ReadNextLine(inputStream, status, pauseForMoreData, &rv);
+
+  if(pauseForMoreData)
+  {
+    SetFlag(NNTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  if (!line)
+    return rv;  /* no line yet */
+
+  if ('.' != line[0])
+  {
+        NS_ERROR("fix me");
+#if 0
+    char *url = PR_smprintf ("%s//%s/%s", NEWS_SCHEME, m_hostName, line);
+    if (url)
+      MSG_AddSubscribedNewsgroup (cd->pane, url);
+#endif
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* all default subscriptions received */
+    m_nextState = SEND_FIRST_NNTP_COMMAND;
+    ClearFlag(NNTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+  }
+
+  PR_FREEIF(line);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+/* figure out what the first command is and send it
+ *
+ * returns the status from the NETWrite */
+
+nsresult nsNNTPProtocol::SendFirstNNTPCommand(nsIURI * url)
+{
+    char *command=0;
+
+    if (m_typeWanted == ARTICLE_WANTED) {
+        if (m_key != nsMsgKey_None) {
+            nsresult rv;
+            nsCString newsgroupName;
+            if (m_newsFolder) {
+                rv = m_newsFolder->GetRawName(newsgroupName);
+                NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+            }
+            MOZ_LOG(NNTP, LogLevel::Info,
+                   ("(%p) current group = %s, desired group = %s", this,
+                   m_currentGroup.get(), newsgroupName.get()));
+            // if the current group is the desired group, we can just issue the ARTICLE command
+            // if not, we have to do a GROUP first
+            if (newsgroupName.Equals(m_currentGroup))
+              m_nextState = NNTP_SEND_ARTICLE_NUMBER;
+            else
+              m_nextState = NNTP_SEND_GROUP_FOR_ARTICLE;
+
+            ClearFlag(NNTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+            return NS_OK;
+        }
+    }
+
+    if(m_typeWanted == NEWS_POST)
+    {  /* posting to the news group */
+        NS_MsgSACopy(&command, "POST");
+    }
+  else if (m_typeWanted == NEW_GROUPS)
+  {
+      uint32_t last_update;
+      nsresult rv;
+
+      if (!m_nntpServer)
+      {
+        NNTP_LOG_NOTE("m_nntpServer is null, panic!");
+        return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+      }
+      rv = m_nntpServer->GetLastUpdatedTime(&last_update);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      if (!last_update)
+    {
+        NS_MsgSACopy(&command, "LIST");
+      }
+    else
+      {
+        char small_buf[64];
+        PRExplodedTime  expandedTime;
+        PRTime t_usec = (PRTime)last_update * PR_USEC_PER_SEC;
+        PR_ExplodeTime(t_usec, PR_LocalTimeParameters, &expandedTime);
+        PR_FormatTimeUSEnglish(small_buf, sizeof(small_buf),
+                               "NEWGROUPS %y%m%d %H%M%S", &expandedTime);
+        NS_MsgSACopy(&command, small_buf);
+      }
+  }
+    else if(m_typeWanted == LIST_WANTED)
+    {
+      nsresult rv;
+
+    ClearFlag(NNTP_USE_FANCY_NEWSGROUP);
+
+        NS_ASSERTION(m_nntpServer, "no m_nntpServer");
+    if (!m_nntpServer) {
+          NNTP_LOG_NOTE("m_nntpServer is null, panic!");
+          return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    }
+
+      bool xactive=false;
+      rv = m_nntpServer->QueryExtension("XACTIVE",&xactive);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && xactive)
+      {
+        NS_MsgSACopy(&command, "LIST XACTIVE");
+        SetFlag(NNTP_USE_FANCY_NEWSGROUP);
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        NS_MsgSACopy(&command, "LIST");
+      }
+  }
+  else if(m_typeWanted == GROUP_WANTED)
+    {
+        nsresult rv = NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+        NS_ASSERTION(m_newsFolder, "m_newsFolder is null, panic!");
+        if (!m_newsFolder) return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+        nsCString group_name;
+        rv = m_newsFolder->GetRawName(group_name);
+        NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv),"failed to get newsgroup name");
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+        m_firstArticle = 0;
+        m_lastArticle = 0;
+
+        NS_MsgSACopy(&command, "GROUP ");
+        NS_MsgSACat(&command, group_name.get());
+      }
+  else if (m_typeWanted == SEARCH_WANTED)
+  {
+    nsresult rv;
+    MOZ_LOG(NNTP, LogLevel::Info,("(%p) doing GROUP for XPAT", this));
+    nsCString group_name;
+
+    /* for XPAT, we have to GROUP into the group before searching */
+    if (!m_newsFolder) {
+        NNTP_LOG_NOTE("m_newsFolder is null, panic!");
+        return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    }
+    rv = m_newsFolder->GetRawName(group_name);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    NS_MsgSACopy(&command, "GROUP ");
+    NS_MsgSACat (&command, group_name.get());
+
+    // force a GROUP next time
+    m_currentGroup.Truncate();
+    m_nextState = NNTP_RESPONSE;
+    m_nextStateAfterResponse = NNTP_XPAT_SEND;
+  }
+  else if (m_typeWanted == IDS_WANTED)
+  {
+    m_nextState = NNTP_LIST_GROUP;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  else  /* article or cancel */
+  {
+    NS_ASSERTION(!m_messageID.IsEmpty(), "No message ID, bailing!");
+    if (m_messageID.IsEmpty()) return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+    if (m_typeWanted == CANCEL_WANTED)
+      NS_MsgSACopy(&command, "HEAD ");
+    else {
+      NS_ASSERTION(m_typeWanted == ARTICLE_WANTED, "not cancel, and not article");
+      NS_MsgSACopy(&command, "ARTICLE ");
+    }
+
+    if (m_messageID[0] != '<')
+      NS_MsgSACat(&command,"<");
+
+    NS_MsgSACat(&command, m_messageID.get());
+
+    if (PL_strchr(command+8, '>')==0)
+      NS_MsgSACat(&command,">");
+  }
+
+  NS_MsgSACat(&command, CRLF);
+  nsresult rv = SendData(command);
+  PR_Free(command);
+
+  m_nextState = NNTP_RESPONSE;
+  if (m_typeWanted != SEARCH_WANTED)
+    m_nextStateAfterResponse = SEND_FIRST_NNTP_COMMAND_RESPONSE;
+  SetFlag(NNTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+  return rv;
+} /* sent first command */
+
+
+/* interprets the server response from the first command sent
+ *
+ * returns negative if the server responds unexpectedly
+ */
+
+nsresult nsNNTPProtocol::SendFirstNNTPCommandResponse()
+{
+  int32_t major_opcode = MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_TYPE(m_responseCode);
+
+  if((major_opcode == MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_TYPE_CONT &&
+    m_typeWanted == NEWS_POST)
+    || (major_opcode == MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_TYPE_OK &&
+    m_typeWanted != NEWS_POST) )
+  {
+
+    m_nextState = SETUP_NEWS_STREAM;
+    SetFlag(NNTP_SOME_PROTOCOL_SUCCEEDED);
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+    nsString group_name;
+    NS_ASSERTION(m_newsFolder, "no newsFolder");
+    if (m_newsFolder)
+      rv = m_newsFolder->GetUnicodeName(group_name);
+
+    if (m_responseCode == MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_GROUP_NO_GROUP &&
+      m_typeWanted == GROUP_WANTED) {
+      MOZ_LOG(NNTP, LogLevel::Info,("(%p) group (%s) not found, so unset"
+                                 " m_currentGroup", this,
+                                 NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(group_name).get()));
+      m_currentGroup.Truncate();
+
+      m_nntpServer->GroupNotFound(m_msgWindow, group_name, true /* opening */);
+    }
+
+    /* if the server returned a 400 error then it is an expected
+    * error.  the NEWS_ERROR state will not sever the connection
+    */
+    if(major_opcode == MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_TYPE_CANNOT)
+      m_nextState = NEWS_ERROR;
+    else
+      m_nextState = NNTP_ERROR;
+    // if we have no channel listener, then we're likely downloading
+    // the message for offline use (or at least not displaying it)
+    bool savingArticleOffline = (m_channelListener == nullptr);
+
+    if (m_runningURL)
+      FinishMemCacheEntry(false);  // cleanup mem cache entry
+
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !group_name.IsEmpty() && !savingArticleOffline) {
+      nsString titleStr;
+      rv = GetNewsStringByName("htmlNewsErrorTitle", getter_Copies(titleStr));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+      nsString newsErrorStr;
+      rv = GetNewsStringByName("htmlNewsError", getter_Copies(newsErrorStr));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+      nsAutoString errorHtml;
+      errorHtml.Append(newsErrorStr);
+
+      errorHtml.AppendLiteral("<b>");
+      errorHtml.Append(NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16(m_responseText));
+      errorHtml.AppendLiteral("</b><p>");
+
+      rv = GetNewsStringByName("articleExpired", getter_Copies(newsErrorStr));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+      errorHtml.Append(newsErrorStr);
+
+      char outputBuffer[OUTPUT_BUFFER_SIZE];
+
+      if ((m_key != nsMsgKey_None) && m_newsFolder) {
+        nsCString messageID;
+        rv = m_newsFolder->GetMessageIdForKey(m_key, messageID);
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+          PR_snprintf(outputBuffer, OUTPUT_BUFFER_SIZE,"<P>&lt;%.512s&gt; (%lu)", messageID.get(), m_key);
+          errorHtml.Append(NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16(outputBuffer));
+        }
+      }
+
+      if (m_newsFolder) {
+        nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> folder = do_QueryInterface(m_newsFolder, &rv);
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && folder) {
+          nsCString folderURI;
+          rv = folder->GetURI(folderURI);
+          if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+            PR_snprintf(outputBuffer,OUTPUT_BUFFER_SIZE,"<P> <A HREF=\"%s?list-ids\">", folderURI.get());
+          }
+        }
+      }
+
+      errorHtml.Append(NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16(outputBuffer));
+
+      rv = GetNewsStringByName("removeExpiredArtLinkText", getter_Copies(newsErrorStr));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+      errorHtml.Append(newsErrorStr);
+      errorHtml.AppendLiteral("</A> </P>");
+
+      if (!m_msgWindow) {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailnewsurl = do_QueryInterface(m_runningURL);
+        if (mailnewsurl) {
+          rv = mailnewsurl->GetMsgWindow(getter_AddRefs(m_msgWindow));
+          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+        }
+      }
+      if (!m_msgWindow) return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+      // note, this will cause us to close the connection.
+      // this will call nsDocShell::LoadURI(), which will
+      // call nsDocShell::Stop(STOP_NETWORK), which will eventually
+      // call nsNNTPProtocol::Cancel(), which will close the socket.
+      // we need to fix this, since the connection is still valid.
+      rv = m_msgWindow->DisplayHTMLInMessagePane(titleStr, errorHtml, true);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+    }
+    // let's take the opportunity of removing the hdr from the db so we don't try to download
+    // it again.
+    else if (savingArticleOffline)
+    {
+      if ((m_key != nsMsgKey_None) && (m_newsFolder)) {
+         rv = m_newsFolder->RemoveMessage(m_key);
+      }
+    }
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+
+}
+
+nsresult nsNNTPProtocol::SendGroupForArticle()
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  nsCString groupname;
+  rv = m_newsFolder->GetRawName(groupname);
+  NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !groupname.IsEmpty(), "no group name");
+
+  char outputBuffer[OUTPUT_BUFFER_SIZE];
+
+  PR_snprintf(outputBuffer,
+      OUTPUT_BUFFER_SIZE,
+      "GROUP %.512s" CRLF,
+      groupname.get());
+
+  rv = SendData(outputBuffer);
+
+  m_nextState = NNTP_RESPONSE;
+  m_nextStateAfterResponse = NNTP_SEND_GROUP_FOR_ARTICLE_RESPONSE;
+  SetFlag(NNTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsNNTPProtocol::SetCurrentGroup()
+{
+  nsCString groupname;
+  NS_ASSERTION(m_newsFolder, "no news folder");
+  if (!m_newsFolder) {
+    m_currentGroup.Truncate();
+    return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+  }
+
+  mozilla::DebugOnly<nsresult> rv = m_newsFolder->GetRawName(groupname);
+  NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !groupname.IsEmpty(), "no group name");
+  MOZ_LOG(NNTP, LogLevel::Info,("(%p) SetCurrentGroup to %s",this, groupname.get()));
+  m_currentGroup = groupname;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsNNTPProtocol::SendGroupForArticleResponse()
+{
+  /* ignore the response code and continue
+   */
+  m_nextState = NNTP_SEND_ARTICLE_NUMBER;
+
+  return SetCurrentGroup();
+}
+
+
+nsresult nsNNTPProtocol::SendArticleNumber()
+{
+  char outputBuffer[OUTPUT_BUFFER_SIZE];
+  PR_snprintf(outputBuffer, OUTPUT_BUFFER_SIZE, "ARTICLE %lu" CRLF, m_key);
+
+  nsresult rv = SendData(outputBuffer);
+
+    m_nextState = NNTP_RESPONSE;
+    m_nextStateAfterResponse = SEND_FIRST_NNTP_COMMAND_RESPONSE;
+    SetFlag(NNTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsNNTPProtocol::BeginArticle()
+{
+  if (m_typeWanted != ARTICLE_WANTED && m_typeWanted != CANCEL_WANTED)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  /*  Set up the HTML stream
+   */
+
+#ifdef NO_ARTICLE_CACHEING
+  ce->format_out = CLEAR_CACHE_BIT (ce->format_out);
+#endif
+
+  // if we have a channel listener,
+  // create a pipe to pump the message into...the output will go to whoever
+  // is consuming the message display
+  //
+  // the pipe must have an unlimited length since we are going to be filling
+  // it on the main thread while reading it from the main thread.  iow, the
+  // write must not block!! (see bug 190988)
+  //
+  if (m_channelListener) {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIPipe> pipe = do_CreateInstance("@mozilla.org/pipe;1");
+      nsresult rv = pipe->Init(false, false, 4096, PR_UINT32_MAX);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      // These always succeed because the pipe is initialized above.
+      MOZ_ALWAYS_SUCCEEDS(pipe->GetInputStream(getter_AddRefs(mDisplayInputStream)));
+      MOZ_ALWAYS_SUCCEEDS(pipe->GetOutputStream(getter_AddRefs(mDisplayOutputStream)));
+  }
+
+  m_nextState = NNTP_READ_ARTICLE;
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsNNTPProtocol::DisplayArticle(nsIInputStream * inputStream, uint32_t length)
+{
+  uint32_t line_length = 0;
+
+  bool pauseForMoreData = false;
+  if (m_channelListener)
+  {
+    nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+    char *line = m_lineStreamBuffer->ReadNextLine(inputStream, line_length, pauseForMoreData, &rv, true);
+    if (pauseForMoreData)
+    {
+      uint64_t inlength = 0;
+      mDisplayInputStream->Available(&inlength);
+      if (inlength > 0) // broadcast our batched up ODA changes
+        m_channelListener->OnDataAvailable(this, m_channelContext, mDisplayInputStream, 0, std::min(inlength, uint64_t(PR_UINT32_MAX)));
+      SetFlag(NNTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+      PR_Free(line);
+      return rv;
+    }
+
+    if (m_newsFolder)
+      m_newsFolder->NotifyDownloadedLine(line, m_key);
+
+    // line only contains a single dot -> message end
+    if (line_length == 1 + MSG_LINEBREAK_LEN && line[0] == '.')
+    {
+      m_nextState = NEWS_DONE;
+
+      ClearFlag(NNTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+
+      uint64_t inlength = 0;
+      mDisplayInputStream->Available(&inlength);
+      if (inlength > 0) // broadcast our batched up ODA changes
+        m_channelListener->OnDataAvailable(this, m_channelContext, mDisplayInputStream, 0, std::min(inlength, uint64_t(PR_UINT32_MAX)));
+      PR_Free(line);
+      return rv;
+    }
+    else // we aren't finished with the message yet
+    {
+      uint32_t count = 0;
+
+      // skip over the quoted '.'
+      if (line_length > 1 && line[0] == '.' && line[1] == '.')
+        mDisplayOutputStream->Write(line+1, line_length-1, &count);
+      else
+        mDisplayOutputStream->Write(line, line_length, &count);
+    }
+
+    PR_Free(line);
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsNNTPProtocol::ReadArticle(nsIInputStream * inputStream, uint32_t length)
+{
+  uint32_t status = 0;
+  nsresult rv;
+  char *outputBuffer;
+
+  bool pauseForMoreData = false;
+
+  // if we have a channel listener, spool directly to it....
+  // otherwise we must be doing something like save to disk or cancel
+  // in which case we are doing the work.
+  if (m_channelListener)
+    return DisplayArticle(inputStream, length);
+
+
+  char *line = m_lineStreamBuffer->ReadNextLine(inputStream, status, pauseForMoreData, &rv, true);
+  if (m_newsFolder && line)
+  {
+    const char *unescapedLine = line;
+    // lines beginning with '.' are escaped by nntp server
+    // or is it just '.' on a line by itself?
+    if (line[0] == '.' && line[1] == '.')
+      unescapedLine++;
+    m_newsFolder->NotifyDownloadedLine(unescapedLine, m_key);
+
+  }
+
+  if(pauseForMoreData)
+  {
+    SetFlag(NNTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  if(status > 1)
+  {
+    mBytesReceived += status;
+    mBytesReceivedSinceLastStatusUpdate += status;
+  }
+
+  if(!line)
+    return rv;  /* no line yet or error */
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> ctxt = do_QueryInterface(m_runningURL);
+
+  if (m_typeWanted == CANCEL_WANTED && m_responseCode != MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_ARTICLE_HEAD)
+  {
+    /* HEAD command failed. */
+    PR_FREEIF(line);
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+
+  if (line[0] == '.' && line[MSG_LINEBREAK_LEN + 1] == 0)
+  {
+    if (m_typeWanted == CANCEL_WANTED)
+      m_nextState = NEWS_START_CANCEL;
+    else
+      m_nextState = NEWS_DONE;
+
+    ClearFlag(NNTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    if (line[0] == '.')
+      outputBuffer = line + 1;
+    else
+      outputBuffer = line;
+
+      /* Don't send content-type to mime parser if we're doing a cancel
+      because it confuses mime parser into not parsing.
+      */
+    if (m_typeWanted != CANCEL_WANTED || strncmp(outputBuffer, "Content-Type:", 13))
+    {
+      // if we are attempting to cancel, we want to snarf the headers and save the aside, which is what
+      // ParseHeaderForCancel() does.
+      if (m_typeWanted == CANCEL_WANTED) {
+        ParseHeaderForCancel(outputBuffer);
+      }
+
+    }
+  }
+
+  PR_Free(line);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+void nsNNTPProtocol::ParseHeaderForCancel(char *buf)
+{
+    nsAutoCString header(buf);
+    int32_t colon = header.FindChar(':');
+    if (!colon)
+    return;
+
+    nsCString value(Substring(header, colon + 1));
+    value.StripWhitespace();
+
+    switch (header.First()) {
+    case 'F': case 'f':
+        if (header.Find("From", CaseInsensitiveCompare) == 0) {
+            PR_FREEIF(m_cancelFromHdr);
+      m_cancelFromHdr = ToNewCString(value);
+        }
+        break;
+    case 'M': case 'm':
+        if (header.Find("Message-ID", CaseInsensitiveCompare) == 0) {
+            PR_FREEIF(m_cancelID);
+      m_cancelID = ToNewCString(value);
+        }
+        break;
+    case 'N': case 'n':
+        if (header.Find("Newsgroups", CaseInsensitiveCompare) == 0) {
+            PR_FREEIF(m_cancelNewsgroups);
+      m_cancelNewsgroups = ToNewCString(value);
+        }
+        break;
+     case 'D': case 'd':
+        if (header.Find("Distributions", CaseInsensitiveCompare) == 0) {
+            PR_FREEIF(m_cancelDistribution);
+      m_cancelDistribution = ToNewCString(value);
+        }
+        break;
+    }
+
+  return;
+}
+
+nsresult nsNNTPProtocol::BeginAuthorization()
+{
+  char * command = 0;
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  if (!m_newsFolder && m_nntpServer) {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server = do_QueryInterface(m_nntpServer);
+    if (m_nntpServer) {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> rootFolder;
+      rv = server->GetRootFolder(getter_AddRefs(rootFolder));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && rootFolder) {
+        m_newsFolder = do_QueryInterface(rootFolder);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  NS_ASSERTION(m_newsFolder, "no m_newsFolder");
+  if (!m_newsFolder)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  // We want to get authentication credentials, but it is possible that the
+  // master password prompt will end up being synchronous. In that case, check
+  // to see if we already have the credentials stored.
+  nsCString username, password;
+  rv = m_newsFolder->GetGroupUsername(username);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  rv = m_newsFolder->GetGroupPassword(password);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // If we don't have either a username or a password, queue an asynchronous
+  // prompt.
+  if (username.IsEmpty() || password.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAsyncPrompter> asyncPrompter =
+      do_GetService(NS_MSGASYNCPROMPTER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    // Get the key to coalesce auth prompts.
+    bool singleSignon = false;
+    m_nntpServer->GetSingleSignon(&singleSignon);
+    
+    nsCString queueKey;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server = do_QueryInterface(m_nntpServer);
+    server->GetKey(queueKey);
+    if (!singleSignon)
+    {
+      nsCString groupName;
+      m_newsFolder->GetRawName(groupName);
+      queueKey += groupName;
+    }
+
+    // If we were called back from HandleAuthenticationFailure, we must have
+    // been handling the response of an authorization state. In that case,
+    // let's hurry up on the auth request
+    bool didAuthFail = m_nextStateAfterResponse == NNTP_AUTHORIZE_RESPONSE ||
+      m_nextStateAfterResponse == NNTP_PASSWORD_RESPONSE;
+    rv = asyncPrompter->QueueAsyncAuthPrompt(queueKey, didAuthFail, this);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    m_nextState = NNTP_SUSPENDED;
+    if (m_request)
+      m_request->Suspend();
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  NS_MsgSACopy(&command, "AUTHINFO user ");
+  MOZ_LOG(NNTP,  LogLevel::Info,("(%p) use %s as the username", this, username.get()));
+  NS_MsgSACat(&command, username.get());
+  NS_MsgSACat(&command, CRLF);
+
+  rv = SendData(command);
+
+  PR_Free(command);
+
+  m_nextState = NNTP_RESPONSE;
+  m_nextStateAfterResponse = NNTP_AUTHORIZE_RESPONSE;
+
+  SetFlag(NNTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsNNTPProtocol::AuthorizationResponse()
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  if (MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_AUTHINFO_OK == m_responseCode ||
+    MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_AUTHINFO_SIMPLE_OK == m_responseCode)
+  {
+    /* successful login */
+#ifdef HAVE_NNTP_EXTENSIONS
+    bool pushAuth;
+    /* If we're here because the host demanded authentication before we
+    * even sent a single command, then jump back to the beginning of everything
+    */
+    rv = m_nntpServer->GetPushAuth(&pushAuth);
+
+    if (!TestFlag(NNTP_READER_PERFORMED))
+      m_nextState = NNTP_SEND_MODE_READER;
+      /* If we're here because the host needs pushed authentication, then we
+      * should jump back to SEND_LIST_EXTENSIONS
+    */
+    else if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && pushAuth)
+      m_nextState = SEND_LIST_EXTENSIONS;
+    else
+      /* Normal authentication */
+      m_nextState = SEND_FIRST_NNTP_COMMAND;
+#else
+    if (!TestFlag(NNTP_READER_PERFORMED))
+      m_nextState = NNTP_SEND_MODE_READER;
+    else
+      m_nextState = SEND_FIRST_NNTP_COMMAND;
+#endif /* HAVE_NNTP_EXTENSIONS */
+
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  else if (MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_AUTHINFO_CONT == m_responseCode)
+  {
+    char * command = 0;
+
+    // Since we had to have called BeginAuthorization to get here, we've already
+    // prompted for the authorization credentials. Just grab them without a
+    // further prompt.
+    nsCString password;
+    rv = m_newsFolder->GetGroupPassword(password);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv) || password.IsEmpty())
+      return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+    NS_MsgSACopy(&command, "AUTHINFO pass ");
+    NS_MsgSACat(&command, password.get());
+    NS_MsgSACat(&command, CRLF);
+
+    rv = SendData(command, true);
+
+    PR_FREEIF(command);
+
+    m_nextState = NNTP_RESPONSE;
+    m_nextStateAfterResponse = NNTP_PASSWORD_RESPONSE;
+    SetFlag(NNTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+
+    return rv;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* login failed */
+    HandleAuthenticationFailure();
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  NS_ERROR("should never get here");
+  return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+}
+
+nsresult nsNNTPProtocol::PasswordResponse()
+{
+  if (MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_AUTHINFO_OK == m_responseCode ||
+    MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_AUTHINFO_SIMPLE_OK == m_responseCode)
+  {
+    /* successful login */
+#ifdef HAVE_NNTP_EXTENSIONS
+    bool pushAuth;
+    /* If we're here because the host demanded authentication before we
+    * even sent a single command, then jump back to the beginning of everything
+    */
+    nsresult rv = m_nntpServer->GetPushAuth(&pushAuth);
+
+    if (!TestFlag(NNTP_READER_PERFORMED))
+      m_nextState = NNTP_SEND_MODE_READER;
+      /* If we're here because the host needs pushed authentication, then we
+      * should jump back to SEND_LIST_EXTENSIONS
+    */
+    else if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && pushAuth)
+      m_nextState = SEND_LIST_EXTENSIONS;
+    else
+      /* Normal authentication */
+      m_nextState = SEND_FIRST_NNTP_COMMAND;
+#else
+    if (!TestFlag(NNTP_READER_PERFORMED))
+      m_nextState = NNTP_SEND_MODE_READER;
+    else
+      m_nextState = SEND_FIRST_NNTP_COMMAND;
+#endif /* HAVE_NNTP_EXTENSIONS */
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    HandleAuthenticationFailure();
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  NS_ERROR("should never get here");
+  return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNNTPProtocol::OnPromptStart(bool *authAvailable)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(authAvailable);
+  NS_ENSURE_STATE(m_nextState == NNTP_SUSPENDED);
+  
+  if (!m_newsFolder)
+  {
+    // If we don't have a news folder, we may have been closed already.
+    NNTP_LOG_NOTE("Canceling queued authentication prompt");
+    *authAvailable = false;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  bool didAuthFail = m_nextState == NNTP_AUTHORIZE_RESPONSE ||
+    m_nextState == NNTP_PASSWORD_RESPONSE;
+  nsresult rv = m_newsFolder->GetAuthenticationCredentials(m_msgWindow,
+    true, didAuthFail, authAvailable);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // What we do depends on whether or not we have valid credentials
+  return *authAvailable ? OnPromptAuthAvailable() : OnPromptCanceled();
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNNTPProtocol::OnPromptAuthAvailable()
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_STATE(m_nextState == NNTP_SUSPENDED);
+
+  // We previously suspended the request; now resume it to read input
+  if (m_request)
+    m_request->Resume();
+
+  // Now we have our password details accessible from the group, so just call
+  // into the state machine to start the process going again.
+  m_nextState = NNTP_BEGIN_AUTHORIZE;
+  return ProcessProtocolState(nullptr, nullptr, 0, 0);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNNTPProtocol::OnPromptCanceled()
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_STATE(m_nextState == NNTP_SUSPENDED);
+ 
+  // We previously suspended the request; now resume it to read input
+  if (m_request)
+    m_request->Resume();
+
+  // Since the prompt was canceled, we can no longer continue the connection.
+  // Thus, we need to go to the NNTP_ERROR state.
+  m_nextState = NNTP_ERROR;
+  return ProcessProtocolState(nullptr, nullptr, 0, 0);
+}
+
+nsresult nsNNTPProtocol::DisplayNewsgroups()
+{
+  m_nextState = NEWS_DONE;
+  ClearFlag(NNTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+
+  MOZ_LOG(NNTP, LogLevel::Info,("(%p) DisplayNewsgroups()",this));
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsNNTPProtocol::BeginNewsgroups()
+{
+  m_nextState = NNTP_NEWGROUPS;
+  mBytesReceived = 0;
+    mBytesReceivedSinceLastStatusUpdate = 0;
+    m_startTime = PR_Now();
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsNNTPProtocol::ProcessNewsgroups(nsIInputStream * inputStream, uint32_t length)
+{
+  char *line, *lineToFree, *s, *s1=NULL, *s2=NULL;
+  uint32_t status = 0;
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  bool pauseForMoreData = false;
+  line = lineToFree = m_lineStreamBuffer->ReadNextLine(inputStream, status, pauseForMoreData, &rv);
+
+  if(pauseForMoreData)
+  {
+    SetFlag(NNTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  if(!line)
+    return rv;  /* no line yet */
+
+                     /* End of list?
+   */
+  if (line[0]=='.' && line[1]=='\0')
+  {
+    ClearFlag(NNTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+    bool xactive=false;
+    rv = m_nntpServer->QueryExtension("XACTIVE",&xactive);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && xactive)
+    {
+      nsAutoCString groupName;
+      rv = m_nntpServer->GetFirstGroupNeedingExtraInfo(groupName);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+        rv = m_nntpServer->FindGroup(groupName, getter_AddRefs(m_newsFolder));
+        NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "FindGroup failed");
+        m_nextState = NNTP_LIST_XACTIVE;
+        MOZ_LOG(NNTP, LogLevel::Info,("(%p) listing xactive for %s", this,
+                                   groupName.get()));
+        PR_Free(lineToFree);
+        return NS_OK;
+      }
+    }
+    m_nextState = NEWS_DONE;
+
+    PR_Free(lineToFree);
+    if(status > 0)
+      return NS_OK;
+    else
+      return rv;
+  }
+  else if (line [0] == '.' && line [1] == '.')
+    /* The NNTP server quotes all lines beginning with "." by doubling it. */
+    line++;
+
+    /* almost correct
+  */
+  if(status > 1)
+  {
+    mBytesReceived += status;
+    mBytesReceivedSinceLastStatusUpdate += status;
+  }
+
+  /* format is "rec.arts.movies.past-films 7302 7119 y"
+   */
+  s = PL_strchr (line, ' ');
+  if (s)
+  {
+    *s = 0;
+    s1 = s+1;
+    s = PL_strchr (s1, ' ');
+    if (s)
+    {
+      *s = 0;
+      s2 = s+1;
+      s = PL_strchr (s2, ' ');
+      if (s)
+      {
+        *s = 0;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  mBytesReceived += status;
+  mBytesReceivedSinceLastStatusUpdate += status;
+
+  NS_ASSERTION(m_nntpServer, "no nntp incoming server");
+  if (m_nntpServer) {
+    rv = m_nntpServer->AddNewsgroupToList(line);
+    NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv),"failed to add to subscribe ds");
+  }
+
+  bool xactive=false;
+  rv = m_nntpServer->QueryExtension("XACTIVE",&xactive);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && xactive)
+  {
+    nsAutoCString charset;
+    nsAutoString lineUtf16;
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(m_nntpServer->GetCharset(charset)) &&
+        NS_SUCCEEDED(nsMsgI18NConvertToUnicode(charset.get(),
+                                               nsDependentCString(line),
+                                               lineUtf16, true)))
+      m_nntpServer->SetGroupNeedsExtraInfo(NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(lineUtf16),
+                                           true);
+    else
+      m_nntpServer->SetGroupNeedsExtraInfo(nsDependentCString(line), true);
+  }
+
+  PR_Free(lineToFree);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+/* Ahhh, this like print's out the headers and stuff
+ *
+ * always returns 0
+ */
+
+nsresult nsNNTPProtocol::BeginReadNewsList()
+{
+  m_readNewsListCount = 0;
+    mNumGroupsListed = 0;
+    m_nextState = NNTP_READ_LIST;
+
+    mBytesReceived = 0;
+    mBytesReceivedSinceLastStatusUpdate = 0;
+    m_startTime = PR_Now();
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+#define RATE_CONSTANT 976.5625      /* PR_USEC_PER_SEC / 1024 bytes */
+
+static void ComputeRate(int32_t bytes, PRTime startTime, float *rate)
+{
+  // rate = (bytes / USECS since start) * RATE_CONSTANT
+
+  // compute usecs since we started.
+  int32_t delta = (int32_t)(PR_Now() - startTime);
+
+  // compute rate
+  if (delta > 0) {
+    *rate = (float) ((bytes * RATE_CONSTANT) / delta);
+  }
+  else {
+    *rate = 0.0;
+  }
+}
+
+/* display a list of all or part of the newsgroups list
+ * from the news server
+ */
+nsresult nsNNTPProtocol::ReadNewsList(nsIInputStream * inputStream, uint32_t length)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  int32_t i=0;
+  uint32_t status = 1;
+
+  bool pauseForMoreData = false;
+  char *line, *lineToFree;
+  line = lineToFree = m_lineStreamBuffer->ReadNextLine(inputStream, status, pauseForMoreData, &rv);
+
+  if (pauseForMoreData)
+  {
+    SetFlag(NNTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+    PR_Free(lineToFree);
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  if (!line)
+    return rv;  /* no line yet */
+
+  /* End of list? */
+  if (line[0]=='.' && line[1]=='\0')
+  {
+    bool listpnames=false;
+    NS_ASSERTION(m_nntpServer, "no nntp incoming server");
+    if (m_nntpServer) {
+      rv = m_nntpServer->QueryExtension("LISTPNAMES",&listpnames);
+    }
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && listpnames)
+      m_nextState = NNTP_LIST_PRETTY_NAMES;
+    else
+      m_nextState = DISPLAY_NEWSGROUPS;
+    ClearFlag(NNTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+    PR_Free(lineToFree);
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  else if (line[0] == '.')
+  {
+    if ((line[1] == ' ') || (line[1] == '.' && line [2] == '.' && line[3] == ' '))
+    {
+      // some servers send "... 0000000001 0000000002 y"
+      // and some servers send ". 0000000001 0000000002 y"
+      // just skip that those lines
+      // see bug #69231 and #123560
+      PR_Free(lineToFree);
+      return rv;
+    }
+    // The NNTP server quotes all lines beginning with "." by doubling it, so unquote
+    line++;
+  }
+
+  /* almost correct
+  */
+  if(status > 1)
+  {
+    mBytesReceived += status;
+    mBytesReceivedSinceLastStatusUpdate += status;
+
+    if ((mBytesReceivedSinceLastStatusUpdate > UPDATE_THRESHHOLD) && m_msgWindow) {
+      mBytesReceivedSinceLastStatusUpdate = 0;
+
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgStatusFeedback> msgStatusFeedback;
+
+      rv = m_msgWindow->GetStatusFeedback(getter_AddRefs(msgStatusFeedback));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      nsString statusString;
+
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundleService> bundleService =
+        mozilla::services::GetStringBundleService();
+      NS_ENSURE_TRUE(bundleService, NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED);
+
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundle> bundle;
+      rv = bundleService->CreateBundle(NEWS_MSGS_URL, getter_AddRefs(bundle));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      nsAutoString bytesStr;
+      bytesStr.AppendInt(mBytesReceived / 1024);
+
+      // compute the rate, and then convert it have one
+      // decimal precision.
+      float rate = 0.0;
+      ComputeRate(mBytesReceived, m_startTime, &rate);
+      char rate_buf[RATE_STR_BUF_LEN];
+      PR_snprintf(rate_buf,RATE_STR_BUF_LEN,"%.1f", rate);
+
+      nsAutoString numGroupsStr;
+      numGroupsStr.AppendInt(mNumGroupsListed);
+      NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16 rateStr(rate_buf);
+
+      const char16_t *formatStrings[3] = { numGroupsStr.get(), bytesStr.get(), rateStr.get()};
+      rv = bundle->FormatStringFromName(u"bytesReceived",
+        formatStrings, 3,
+        getter_Copies(statusString));
+
+      rv = msgStatusFeedback->ShowStatusString(statusString);
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+        PR_Free(lineToFree);
+        return rv;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* find whitespace separator if it exits */
+  for(i=0; line[i] != '\0' && !NET_IS_SPACE(line[i]); i++)
+    ;  /* null body */
+
+  line[i] = 0; /* terminate group name */
+
+  /* store all the group names */
+  NS_ASSERTION(m_nntpServer, "no nntp incoming server");
+  if (m_nntpServer) {
+    m_readNewsListCount++;
+    mNumGroupsListed++;
+    rv = m_nntpServer->AddNewsgroupToList(line);
+//    NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv),"failed to add to subscribe ds");
+    // since it's not fatal, don't let this error stop the LIST command.
+    rv = NS_OK;
+  }
+  else
+    rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  if (m_readNewsListCount == READ_NEWS_LIST_COUNT_MAX) {
+    m_readNewsListCount = 0;
+    if (mUpdateTimer) {
+      mUpdateTimer->Cancel();
+      mUpdateTimer = nullptr;
+    }
+    mUpdateTimer = do_CreateInstance("@mozilla.org/timer;1", &rv);
+    NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv),"failed to create timer");
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+      PR_Free(lineToFree);
+      return rv;
+    }
+
+    mInputStream = inputStream;
+
+    const uint32_t kUpdateTimerDelay = READ_NEWS_LIST_TIMEOUT;
+    rv = mUpdateTimer->InitWithCallback(static_cast<nsITimerCallback*>(this), kUpdateTimerDelay,
+      nsITimer::TYPE_ONE_SHOT);
+    NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv),"failed to init timer");
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+      PR_Free(lineToFree);
+      return rv;
+    }
+
+    m_nextState = NNTP_SUSPENDED;
+
+    // suspend necko request until timeout
+    // might not have a request if someone called CloseSocket()
+    // see bug #195440
+    if (m_request)
+      m_request->Suspend();
+  }
+
+  PR_Free(lineToFree);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNNTPProtocol::Notify(nsITimer *timer)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(timer == mUpdateTimer.get(), "Hey, this ain't my timer!");
+  mUpdateTimer = nullptr;    // release my hold
+  TimerCallback();
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+void nsNNTPProtocol::TimerCallback()
+{
+  MOZ_LOG(NNTP, LogLevel::Info,("nsNNTPProtocol::TimerCallback\n"));
+  m_nextState = NNTP_READ_LIST;
+
+  // process whatever is already in the buffer at least once.
+  //
+  // NOTE: while downloading, it would almost be enough to just
+  // resume necko since it will call us again with data.  however,
+  // if we are at the end of the data stream then we must call
+  // ProcessProtocolState since necko will not call us again.
+  //
+  // NOTE: this function may Suspend necko.  Suspend is a reference
+  // counted (i.e., two suspends requires two resumes before the
+  // request will actually be resumed).
+  //
+  ProcessProtocolState(nullptr, mInputStream, 0,0);
+
+  // resume necko request
+  // might not have a request if someone called CloseSocket()
+  // see bug #195440
+  if (m_request)
+    m_request->Resume();
+
+  return;
+}
+
+void nsNNTPProtocol::HandleAuthenticationFailure()
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server(do_QueryInterface(m_nntpServer));
+  nsCString hostname;
+  server->GetRealHostName(hostname);
+  int32_t choice = 1;
+  MsgPromptLoginFailed(m_msgWindow, hostname, &choice);
+
+  if (choice == 1) // Cancel
+  {
+    // When the user requests to cancel the connection, we can't do anything
+    // anymore.
+    NNTP_LOG_NOTE("Password failed, user opted to cancel connection");
+    m_nextState = NNTP_ERROR;
+    return;
+  }
+
+  if (choice == 2) // New password
+  {
+    NNTP_LOG_NOTE("Password failed, user opted to enter new password");
+    NS_ASSERTION(m_newsFolder, "no newsFolder");
+    m_newsFolder->ForgetAuthenticationCredentials();
+  }
+  else if (choice == 0) // Retry
+  {
+    NNTP_LOG_NOTE("Password failed, user opted to retry");
+  }
+
+  // At this point, we've either forgotten the password or opted to retry. In
+  // both cases, we need to try to auth with the password again, so return to
+  // the authentication state.
+  m_nextState = NNTP_BEGIN_AUTHORIZE;
+}
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// XOVER, XHDR, and HEAD processing code
+// Used for filters
+// State machine explanation located in doxygen comments for nsNNTPProtocol
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+nsresult nsNNTPProtocol::BeginReadXover()
+{
+  int32_t count;     /* Response fields */
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  rv = SetCurrentGroup();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  /* Make sure we never close and automatically reopen the connection at this
+  point; we'll confuse libmsg too much... */
+
+  SetFlag(NNTP_SOME_PROTOCOL_SUCCEEDED);
+
+  /* We have just issued a GROUP command and read the response.
+  Now parse that response to help decide which articles to request
+  xover data for.
+   */
+  PR_sscanf(m_responseText,
+    "%d %d %d",
+    &count,
+    &m_firstPossibleArticle,
+    &m_lastPossibleArticle);
+
+  m_newsgroupList = do_CreateInstance(NS_NNTPNEWSGROUPLIST_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = m_newsgroupList->Initialize(m_runningURL, m_newsFolder);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = m_newsFolder->UpdateSummaryFromNNTPInfo(m_firstPossibleArticle, m_lastPossibleArticle, count);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  m_numArticlesLoaded = 0;
+
+  // if the user sets max_articles to a bogus value, get them everything
+  m_numArticlesWanted = m_maxArticles > 0 ? m_maxArticles : 1L << 30;
+
+  m_nextState = NNTP_FIGURE_NEXT_CHUNK;
+  ClearFlag(NNTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsNNTPProtocol::FigureNextChunk()
+{
+    nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  int32_t status = 0;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailnewsurl = do_QueryInterface(m_runningURL);
+  if (m_firstArticle > 0)
+  {
+      MOZ_LOG(NNTP, LogLevel::Info,("(%p) add to known articles:  %d - %d", this, m_firstArticle, m_lastArticle));
+
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && m_newsgroupList) {
+          rv = m_newsgroupList->AddToKnownArticles(m_firstArticle,
+                                                 m_lastArticle);
+      }
+
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+
+  if (m_numArticlesLoaded >= m_numArticlesWanted)
+  {
+    m_nextState = NEWS_PROCESS_XOVER;
+    ClearFlag(NNTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+    NS_ASSERTION(m_newsgroupList, "no newsgroupList");
+    if (!m_newsgroupList) return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+    bool getOldMessages = false;
+    if (m_runningURL) {
+      rv = m_runningURL->GetGetOldMessages(&getOldMessages);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    }
+
+    rv = m_newsgroupList->SetGetOldMessages(getOldMessages);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    rv = m_newsgroupList->GetRangeOfArtsToDownload(m_msgWindow,
+      m_firstPossibleArticle,
+      m_lastPossibleArticle,
+      m_numArticlesWanted - m_numArticlesLoaded,
+      &(m_firstArticle),
+      &(m_lastArticle),
+      &status);
+
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  if (m_firstArticle <= 0 || m_firstArticle > m_lastArticle)
+  {
+    /* Nothing more to get. */
+    m_nextState = NEWS_PROCESS_XOVER;
+    ClearFlag(NNTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  MOZ_LOG(NNTP, LogLevel::Info,("(%p) Chunk will be (%d-%d)", this, m_firstArticle, m_lastArticle));
+
+  m_articleNumber = m_firstArticle;
+
+    /* was MSG_InitXOVER() */
+    if (m_newsgroupList) {
+        rv = m_newsgroupList->InitXOVER(m_firstArticle, m_lastArticle);
+  }
+
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  ClearFlag(NNTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+  if (TestFlag(NNTP_NO_XOVER_SUPPORT))
+    m_nextState = NNTP_READ_GROUP;
+  else
+    m_nextState = NNTP_XOVER_SEND;
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsNNTPProtocol::XoverSend()
+{
+  char outputBuffer[OUTPUT_BUFFER_SIZE];
+
+    PR_snprintf(outputBuffer,
+        OUTPUT_BUFFER_SIZE,
+        "XOVER %d-%d" CRLF,
+        m_firstArticle,
+        m_lastArticle);
+
+    m_nextState = NNTP_RESPONSE;
+    m_nextStateAfterResponse = NNTP_XOVER_RESPONSE;
+    SetFlag(NNTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+
+  return SendData(outputBuffer);
+}
+
+/* see if the xover response is going to return us data
+ * if the proper code isn't returned then assume xover
+ * isn't supported and use
+ * normal read_group
+ */
+
+nsresult nsNNTPProtocol::ReadXoverResponse()
+{
+#ifdef TEST_NO_XOVER_SUPPORT
+  m_responseCode = MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_CHECK_ERROR; /* pretend XOVER generated an error */
+#endif
+
+    if(m_responseCode != MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_XOVER_OK)
+    {
+        /* If we didn't get back "224 data follows" from the XOVER request,
+       then that must mean that this server doesn't support XOVER.  Or
+       maybe the server's XOVER support is busted or something.  So,
+       in that case, fall back to the very slow HEAD method.
+
+       But, while debugging here at HQ, getting into this state means
+       something went very wrong, since our servers do XOVER.  Thus
+       the assert.
+         */
+    /*NS_ASSERTION (0,"something went very wrong");*/
+    m_nextState = NNTP_READ_GROUP;
+    SetFlag(NNTP_NO_XOVER_SUPPORT);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        m_nextState = NNTP_XOVER;
+    }
+
+    return NS_OK;  /* continue */
+}
+
+/* process the xover list as it comes from the server
+ * and load it into the sort list.
+ */
+
+nsresult nsNNTPProtocol::ReadXover(nsIInputStream * inputStream, uint32_t length)
+{
+  char *line, *lineToFree;
+  nsresult rv;
+  uint32_t status = 1;
+
+  bool pauseForMoreData = false;
+  line = lineToFree = m_lineStreamBuffer->ReadNextLine(inputStream, status, pauseForMoreData, &rv);
+
+  if(pauseForMoreData)
+  {
+    SetFlag(NNTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  if(!line)
+    return rv;  /* no line yet or TCP error */
+
+  if(line[0] == '.' && line[1] == '\0')
+  {
+    m_nextState = NNTP_XHDR_SEND;
+    ClearFlag(NNTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+    PR_Free(lineToFree);
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  else if (line [0] == '.' && line [1] == '.')
+    /* The NNTP server quotes all lines beginning with "." by doubling it. */
+    line++;
+
+    /* almost correct
+  */
+  if(status > 1)
+  {
+    mBytesReceived += status;
+    mBytesReceivedSinceLastStatusUpdate += status;
+  }
+
+  rv = m_newsgroupList->ProcessXOVERLINE(line, &status);
+  NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "failed to process the XOVERLINE");
+
+  m_numArticlesLoaded++;
+  PR_Free(lineToFree);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+/* Finished processing all the XOVER data.
+*/
+
+nsresult nsNNTPProtocol::ProcessXover()
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  /* xover_parse_state stored in MSG_Pane cd->pane */
+  NS_ASSERTION(m_newsgroupList, "no newsgroupList");
+  if (!m_newsgroupList) return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  // Some people may use the notifications in CallFilters to close the cached
+  // connections, which will clear m_newsgroupList. So we keep a copy for
+  // ourselves to ward off this threat.
+  nsCOMPtr<nsINNTPNewsgroupList> list(m_newsgroupList);
+  list->CallFilters();
+  int32_t status = 0;
+  rv = list->FinishXOVERLINE(0, &status);
+  m_newsgroupList = nullptr;
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && status < 0) return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  m_nextState = NEWS_DONE;
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsNNTPProtocol::XhdrSend()
+{
+  nsCString header;
+  m_newsgroupList->InitXHDR(header);
+  if (header.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    m_nextState = NNTP_FIGURE_NEXT_CHUNK;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  
+  char outputBuffer[OUTPUT_BUFFER_SIZE];
+  PR_snprintf(outputBuffer, OUTPUT_BUFFER_SIZE, "XHDR %s %d-%d" CRLF,
+              header.get(), m_firstArticle, m_lastArticle);
+
+  m_nextState = NNTP_RESPONSE;
+  m_nextStateAfterResponse = NNTP_XHDR_RESPONSE;
+  SetFlag(NNTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+
+  return SendData(outputBuffer);
+}
+
+nsresult nsNNTPProtocol::XhdrResponse(nsIInputStream *inputStream)
+{
+  if (m_responseCode != MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_XHDR_OK)
+  {
+    m_nextState = NNTP_READ_GROUP;
+    // The reasoning behind setting this flag and not an XHDR flag is that we
+    // are going to have to use HEAD instead. At that point, using XOVER as
+    // well is just wasting bandwidth.
+    SetFlag(NNTP_NO_XOVER_SUPPORT);
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  
+  char *line, *lineToFree;
+  nsresult rv;
+  uint32_t status = 1;
+
+  bool pauseForMoreData = false;
+  line = lineToFree = m_lineStreamBuffer->ReadNextLine(inputStream, status, pauseForMoreData, &rv);
+
+  if (pauseForMoreData)
+  {
+    SetFlag(NNTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  if (!line)
+    return rv;  /* no line yet or TCP error */
+
+  if (line[0] == '.' && line[1] == '\0')
+  {
+    m_nextState = NNTP_XHDR_SEND;
+    ClearFlag(NNTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+    PR_Free(lineToFree);
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  if (status > 1)
+  {
+    mBytesReceived += status;
+    mBytesReceivedSinceLastStatusUpdate += status;
+  }
+
+  rv = m_newsgroupList->ProcessXHDRLine(nsDependentCString(line));
+  NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "failed to process the XHDRLINE");
+
+  m_numArticlesLoaded++;
+  PR_Free(lineToFree);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsNNTPProtocol::ReadHeaders()
+{
+  if(m_articleNumber > m_lastArticle)
+  {  /* end of groups */
+
+    m_newsgroupList->InitHEAD(-1);
+    m_nextState = NNTP_FIGURE_NEXT_CHUNK;
+    ClearFlag(NNTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    m_newsgroupList->InitHEAD(m_articleNumber);
+
+    char outputBuffer[OUTPUT_BUFFER_SIZE];
+    PR_snprintf(outputBuffer,
+      OUTPUT_BUFFER_SIZE,
+      "HEAD %ld" CRLF,
+      m_articleNumber++);
+    m_nextState = NNTP_RESPONSE;
+    m_nextStateAfterResponse = NNTP_READ_GROUP_RESPONSE;
+
+    SetFlag(NNTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+    return SendData(outputBuffer);
+  }
+}
+
+/* See if the "HEAD" command was successful
+*/
+
+nsresult nsNNTPProtocol::ReadNewsgroupResponse()
+{
+  if (m_responseCode == MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_ARTICLE_HEAD)
+  {     /* Head follows - parse it:*/
+    m_nextState = NNTP_READ_GROUP_BODY;
+
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    m_newsgroupList->HEADFailed(m_articleNumber);
+    m_nextState = NNTP_READ_GROUP;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+}
+
+/* read the body of the "HEAD" command
+*/
+nsresult nsNNTPProtocol::ReadNewsgroupBody(nsIInputStream * inputStream, uint32_t length)
+{
+  char *line, *lineToFree;
+  nsresult rv;
+  uint32_t status = 1;
+
+  bool pauseForMoreData = false;
+  line = lineToFree = m_lineStreamBuffer->ReadNextLine(inputStream, status, pauseForMoreData, &rv);
+
+  if(pauseForMoreData)
+  {
+    SetFlag(NNTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  /* if TCP error of if there is not a full line yet return
+  */
+  if(!line)
+    return rv;
+
+  MOZ_LOG(NNTP, LogLevel::Info,("(%p) read_group_body: got line: %s|",this,line));
+
+  /* End of body? */
+  if (line[0]=='.' && line[1]=='\0')
+  {
+    m_nextState = NNTP_READ_GROUP;
+    ClearFlag(NNTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  else if (line [0] == '.' && line [1] == '.')
+    /* The NNTP server quotes all lines beginning with "." by doubling it. */
+    line++;
+
+  nsCString safe_line(line);
+  rv = m_newsgroupList->ProcessHEADLine(safe_line);
+  PR_Free(lineToFree);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+
+nsresult nsNNTPProtocol::GetNewsStringByID(int32_t stringID, char16_t **aString)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsAutoString resultString(NS_LITERAL_STRING("???"));
+
+  if (!m_stringBundle)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundleService> bundleService =
+      mozilla::services::GetStringBundleService();
+    NS_ENSURE_TRUE(bundleService, NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED);
+
+    rv = bundleService->CreateBundle(NEWS_MSGS_URL, getter_AddRefs(m_stringBundle));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+
+  if (m_stringBundle) {
+    char16_t *ptrv = nullptr;
+    rv = m_stringBundle->GetStringFromID(stringID, &ptrv);
+
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+      resultString.AssignLiteral("[StringID");
+      resultString.AppendInt(stringID);
+      resultString.AppendLiteral("?]");
+      *aString = ToNewUnicode(resultString);
+    }
+    else {
+      *aString = ptrv;
+    }
+  }
+  else {
+    rv = NS_OK;
+    *aString = ToNewUnicode(resultString);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsNNTPProtocol::GetNewsStringByName(const char *aName, char16_t **aString)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsAutoString resultString(NS_LITERAL_STRING("???"));
+  if (!m_stringBundle)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundleService> bundleService =
+      mozilla::services::GetStringBundleService();
+    NS_ENSURE_TRUE(bundleService, NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED);
+
+    rv = bundleService->CreateBundle(NEWS_MSGS_URL, getter_AddRefs(m_stringBundle));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+
+  if (m_stringBundle)
+  {
+    nsAutoString unicodeName;
+    CopyASCIItoUTF16(nsDependentCString(aName), unicodeName);
+
+    char16_t *ptrv = nullptr;
+    rv = m_stringBundle->GetStringFromName(unicodeName.get(), &ptrv);
+
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    {
+      resultString.AssignLiteral("[StringName");
+      resultString.Append(NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16(aName));
+      resultString.AppendLiteral("?]");
+      *aString = ToNewUnicode(resultString);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      *aString = ptrv;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    rv = NS_OK;
+    *aString = ToNewUnicode(resultString);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+// sspitzer:  PostMessageInFile is derived from nsSmtpProtocol::SendMessageInFile()
+nsresult nsNNTPProtocol::PostMessageInFile(nsIFile *postMessageFile)
+{
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> url = do_QueryInterface(m_runningURL);
+    if (url && postMessageFile)
+        nsMsgProtocol::PostMessage(url, postMessageFile);
+
+    SetFlag(NNTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+
+    // for now, we are always done at this point..we aren't making multiple
+    // calls to post data...
+
+    // always issue a '.' and CRLF when we are done...
+    PL_strcpy(m_dataBuf, "." CRLF);
+    SendData(m_dataBuf);
+    m_nextState = NNTP_RESPONSE;
+    m_nextStateAfterResponse = NNTP_SEND_POST_DATA_RESPONSE;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsNNTPProtocol::PostData()
+{
+    /* returns 0 on done and negative on error
+     * positive if it needs to continue.
+     */
+    NNTP_LOG_NOTE("nsNNTPProtocol::PostData()");
+    nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+    nsCOMPtr <nsINNTPNewsgroupPost> message;
+    rv = m_runningURL->GetMessageToPost(getter_AddRefs(message));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> filePath;
+        rv = message->GetPostMessageFile(getter_AddRefs(filePath));
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+            PostMessageInFile(filePath);
+     }
+
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+/* interpret the response code from the server
+ * after the post is done
+ */
+nsresult nsNNTPProtocol::PostDataResponse()
+{
+  if (m_responseCode != MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_POST_OK)
+  {
+    AlertError(MK_NNTP_ERROR_MESSAGE,m_responseText);
+    m_nextState = NEWS_ERROR;
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+    m_nextState = NEWS_POST_DONE;
+  ClearFlag(NNTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsNNTPProtocol::CheckForArticle()
+{
+  m_nextState = NEWS_ERROR;
+  if (m_responseCode >= 220 && m_responseCode <= 223) {
+    /* Yes, this article is already there, we're all done. */
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+  /* The article isn't there, so the failure we had earlier wasn't due to
+     a duplicate message-id.  Return the error from that previous
+     posting attempt (which is already in ce->URL_s->error_msg). */
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+}
+
+nsresult nsNNTPProtocol::StartCancel()
+{
+  nsresult rv = SendData(NNTP_CMD_POST);
+
+  m_nextState = NNTP_RESPONSE;
+  m_nextStateAfterResponse = NEWS_DO_CANCEL;
+  SetFlag(NNTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+void nsNNTPProtocol::CheckIfAuthor(nsIMsgIdentity *aIdentity, const nsCString &aOldFrom, nsCString &aFrom)
+{
+  nsAutoCString from;
+  nsresult rv = aIdentity->GetEmail(from);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return;
+  MOZ_LOG(NNTP, LogLevel::Info,("from = %s", from.get()));
+
+  nsCString us;
+  nsCString them;
+  ExtractEmail(EncodedHeader(from), us);
+  ExtractEmail(EncodedHeader(aOldFrom), them);
+
+  MOZ_LOG(NNTP, LogLevel::Info,("us = %s, them = %s", us.get(), them.get()));
+
+  if (us.Equals(them, nsCaseInsensitiveCStringComparator()))
+    aFrom = from;
+}
+
+nsresult nsNNTPProtocol::DoCancel()
+{
+    int32_t status = 0;
+    bool failure = false;
+    nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+    char *id = nullptr;
+    char *subject = nullptr;
+    char *newsgroups = nullptr;
+    char *distribution = nullptr;
+    char *body = nullptr;
+    bool requireConfirmationForCancel = true;
+    bool showAlertAfterCancel = true;
+
+    int L;
+
+  /* #### Should we do a more real check than this?  If the POST command
+     didn't respond with "MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_POST_SEND_NOW Ok", then it's not ready for us to throw a
+     message at it...   But the normal posting code doesn't do this check.
+     Why?
+   */
+  NS_ASSERTION (m_responseCode == MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_POST_SEND_NOW, "code != POST_SEND_NOW");
+
+  // These shouldn't be set yet, since the headers haven't been "flushed"
+  // "Distribution: " doesn't appear to be required, so
+  // don't assert on m_cancelDistribution
+  NS_ASSERTION (m_cancelID &&
+   m_cancelFromHdr &&
+   m_cancelNewsgroups, "null ptr");
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundleService> bundleService =
+    mozilla::services::GetStringBundleService();
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(bundleService, NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundle> brandBundle;
+  bundleService->CreateBundle("chrome://branding/locale/brand.properties",
+                              getter_AddRefs(brandBundle));
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(brandBundle, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+
+  nsString brandFullName;
+  rv = brandBundle->GetStringFromName(u"brandFullName",
+                                      getter_Copies(brandFullName));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8 appName(brandFullName);
+
+  newsgroups = m_cancelNewsgroups;
+  distribution = m_cancelDistribution;
+  id = m_cancelID;
+  nsCString oldFrom(m_cancelFromHdr);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefBranch = do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrompt> dialog;
+  if (m_runningURL)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> msgUrl (do_QueryInterface(m_runningURL));
+    rv = GetPromptDialogFromUrl(msgUrl, getter_AddRefs(dialog));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+
+  NS_ASSERTION (id && newsgroups, "null ptr");
+  if (!id || !newsgroups) return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  m_cancelNewsgroups = nullptr;
+  m_cancelDistribution = nullptr;
+  m_cancelFromHdr = nullptr;
+  m_cancelID = nullptr;
+
+  L = PL_strlen (id);
+
+  subject = (char *) PR_Malloc (L + 20);
+  body = (char *) PR_Malloc (PL_strlen (appName.get()) + 100);
+
+  nsString alertText;
+  nsString confirmText;
+  int32_t confirmCancelResult = 0;
+
+  // A little early to declare, but the goto causes problems
+  nsAutoCString otherHeaders;
+
+  /* Make sure that this loser isn't cancelling someone else's posting.
+     Yes, there are occasionally good reasons to do so.  Those people
+     capable of making that decision (news admins) have other tools with
+     which to cancel postings (like telnet.)
+
+     Don't do this if server tells us it will validate user. DMB 3/19/97
+   */
+  bool cancelchk=false;
+  rv = m_nntpServer->QueryExtension("CANCELCHK",&cancelchk);
+  nsCString from;
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !cancelchk)
+  {
+    NNTP_LOG_NOTE("CANCELCHK not supported");
+
+    // get the current identity from the news session....
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccountManager> accountManager =
+      do_GetService(NS_MSGACCOUNTMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && accountManager) {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIArray> identities;
+      rv = accountManager->GetAllIdentities(getter_AddRefs(identities));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      uint32_t length;
+      rv = identities->GetLength(&length);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      for (uint32_t i = 0; i < length && from.IsEmpty(); ++i)
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIdentity> identity(do_QueryElementAt(identities, i, &rv));
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+          CheckIfAuthor(identity, oldFrom, from);
+      }
+    }
+
+    if (from.IsEmpty())
+    {
+      GetNewsStringByName("cancelDisallowed", getter_Copies(alertText));
+      rv = dialog->Alert(nullptr, alertText.get());
+      // XXX:  todo, check rv?
+
+      /* After the cancel is disallowed, Make the status update to be the same as though the
+         cancel was allowed, otherwise, the newsgroup is not able to take further requests as
+         reported here */
+      status = MK_NNTP_CANCEL_DISALLOWED;
+      m_nextState = NNTP_RESPONSE;
+      m_nextStateAfterResponse = NNTP_SEND_POST_DATA_RESPONSE;
+      SetFlag(NNTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+      failure = true;
+      goto FAIL;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      MOZ_LOG(NNTP, LogLevel::Info,("(%p) CANCELCHK not supported, so post the cancel message as %s", this, from.get()));
+    }
+  }
+  else
+    NNTP_LOG_NOTE("CANCELCHK supported, don't do the us vs. them test");
+
+  // QA needs to be able to disable this confirm dialog, for the automated tests.  see bug #31057
+  rv = prefBranch->GetBoolPref(PREF_NEWS_CANCEL_CONFIRM, &requireConfirmationForCancel);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || requireConfirmationForCancel) {
+    /* Last chance to cancel the cancel.*/
+    GetNewsStringByName("cancelConfirm", getter_Copies(confirmText));
+    bool dummyValue = false;
+    rv = dialog->ConfirmEx(nullptr, confirmText.get(), nsIPrompt::STD_YES_NO_BUTTONS,
+                           nullptr, nullptr, nullptr, nullptr, &dummyValue, &confirmCancelResult);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    	confirmCancelResult = 1; // Default to No.
+  }
+  else
+    confirmCancelResult = 0; // Default to Yes.
+    
+  if (confirmCancelResult != 0) {
+      // they cancelled the cancel
+      status = MK_NNTP_NOT_CANCELLED;
+      failure = true;
+      goto FAIL;
+  }
+
+  if (!subject || !body)
+  {
+    status = MK_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+    failure = true;
+    goto FAIL;
+  }
+
+  PL_strcpy (subject, "cancel ");
+  PL_strcat (subject, id);
+
+  otherHeaders.AppendLiteral("Control: cancel ");
+  otherHeaders += id;
+  otherHeaders.AppendLiteral(CRLF);
+  if (distribution) {
+    otherHeaders.AppendLiteral("Distribution: ");
+    otherHeaders += distribution;
+    otherHeaders.AppendLiteral(CRLF);
+  }
+
+  PL_strcpy (body, "This message was cancelled from within ");
+  PL_strcat (body, appName.get());
+  PL_strcat (body, "." CRLF);
+
+  m_cancelStatus = 0;
+
+  {
+    /* NET_BlockingWrite() should go away soon? I think. */
+    /* The following are what we really need to cancel a posted message */
+    char *data;
+    data = PR_smprintf("From: %s" CRLF
+                       "Newsgroups: %s" CRLF
+                       "Subject: %s" CRLF
+                       "References: %s" CRLF
+                       "%s" /* otherHeaders, already with CRLF */
+                       CRLF /* body separator */
+                       "%s" /* body, already with CRLF */
+                       "." CRLF, /* trailing message terminator "." */
+                       from.get(), newsgroups, subject, id,
+                       otherHeaders.get(), body);
+
+    rv = SendData(data);
+    PR_Free (data);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+      nsAutoCString errorText;
+      errorText.AppendInt(status);
+      AlertError(MK_TCP_WRITE_ERROR, errorText.get());
+      failure = true;
+      goto FAIL;
+    }
+
+    SetFlag(NNTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+    m_nextState = NNTP_RESPONSE;
+    m_nextStateAfterResponse = NNTP_SEND_POST_DATA_RESPONSE;
+
+    // QA needs to be able to turn this alert off, for the automate tests.  see bug #31057
+    rv = prefBranch->GetBoolPref(PREF_NEWS_CANCEL_ALERT_ON_SUCCESS, &showAlertAfterCancel);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv) || showAlertAfterCancel) {
+      GetNewsStringByName("messageCancelled", getter_Copies(alertText));
+      rv = dialog->Alert(nullptr, alertText.get());
+      // XXX:  todo, check rv?
+    }
+
+    if (!m_runningURL) return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+    // delete the message from the db here.
+    NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && m_newsFolder && (m_key != nsMsgKey_None), "need more to remove this message from the db");
+    if ((m_key != nsMsgKey_None) && (m_newsFolder))
+       rv = m_newsFolder->RemoveMessage(m_key);
+
+  }
+
+FAIL:
+  NS_ASSERTION(m_newsFolder,"no news folder");
+  if (m_newsFolder)
+    rv = ( failure ) ? m_newsFolder->CancelFailed()
+                     : m_newsFolder->CancelComplete();
+
+  PR_Free (id);
+  PR_Free (subject);
+  PR_Free (newsgroups);
+  PR_Free (distribution);
+  PR_Free (body);
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsNNTPProtocol::XPATSend()
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  int32_t slash = m_searchData.FindChar('/');
+
+  if (slash >= 0)
+  {
+    /* extract the XPAT encoding for one query term */
+    /* char *next_search = NULL; */
+    char *command = NULL;
+    char *unescapedCommand = NULL;
+    char *endOfTerm = NULL;
+    NS_MsgSACopy (&command, m_searchData.get() + slash + 1);
+    endOfTerm = PL_strchr(command, '/');
+    if (endOfTerm)
+      *endOfTerm = '\0';
+    NS_MsgSACat(&command, CRLF);
+
+    unescapedCommand = MSG_UnEscapeSearchUrl(command);
+
+    /* send one term off to the server */
+    rv = SendData(unescapedCommand);
+
+    m_nextState = NNTP_RESPONSE;
+    m_nextStateAfterResponse = NNTP_XPAT_RESPONSE;
+    SetFlag(NNTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+
+    PR_Free(command);
+    PR_Free(unescapedCommand);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    m_nextState = NEWS_DONE;
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsNNTPProtocol::XPATResponse(nsIInputStream * inputStream, uint32_t length)
+{
+  uint32_t status = 1;
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  if (m_responseCode != MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_XPAT_OK)
+  {
+    AlertError(MK_NNTP_ERROR_MESSAGE,m_responseText);
+    m_nextState = NNTP_ERROR;
+    ClearFlag(NNTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+
+  bool pauseForMoreData = false;
+  char *line = m_lineStreamBuffer->ReadNextLine(inputStream, status, pauseForMoreData, &rv);
+
+  NNTP_LOG_READ(line);
+
+  if(pauseForMoreData)
+  {
+    SetFlag(NNTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  if (line)
+  {
+    if (line[0] != '.')
+    {
+      long articleNumber;
+      PR_sscanf(line, "%ld", &articleNumber);
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailnewsurl = do_QueryInterface(m_runningURL);
+      if (mailnewsurl)
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgSearchSession> searchSession;
+        nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgSearchAdapter> searchAdapter;
+        mailnewsurl->GetSearchSession(getter_AddRefs(searchSession));
+        if (searchSession)
+        {
+          searchSession->GetRunningAdapter(getter_AddRefs(searchAdapter));
+          if (searchAdapter)
+            searchAdapter->AddHit((uint32_t) articleNumber);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* set up the next term for next time around */
+      int32_t slash = m_searchData.FindChar('/');
+
+      if (slash >= 0)
+        m_searchData.Cut(0, slash + 1);
+      else
+        m_searchData.Truncate();
+
+      m_nextState = NNTP_XPAT_SEND;
+      ClearFlag(NNTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+      PR_FREEIF(line);
+      return NS_OK;
+    }
+  }
+  PR_FREEIF(line);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsNNTPProtocol::ListPrettyNames()
+{
+
+  nsCString group_name;
+  char outputBuffer[OUTPUT_BUFFER_SIZE];
+
+  m_newsFolder->GetRawName(group_name);
+  PR_snprintf(outputBuffer,
+    OUTPUT_BUFFER_SIZE,
+    "LIST PRETTYNAMES %.512s" CRLF,
+    group_name.get());
+
+  nsresult rv = SendData(outputBuffer);
+  NNTP_LOG_NOTE(outputBuffer);
+  m_nextState = NNTP_RESPONSE;
+  m_nextStateAfterResponse = NNTP_LIST_PRETTY_NAMES_RESPONSE;
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsNNTPProtocol::ListPrettyNamesResponse(nsIInputStream * inputStream, uint32_t length)
+{
+  uint32_t status = 0;
+
+  if (m_responseCode != MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_LIST_OK)
+  {
+    m_nextState = DISPLAY_NEWSGROUPS;
+    /*    m_nextState = NEWS_DONE; */
+    ClearFlag(NNTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  bool pauseForMoreData = false;
+  char *line = m_lineStreamBuffer->ReadNextLine(inputStream, status, pauseForMoreData);
+
+  NNTP_LOG_READ(line);
+
+  if(pauseForMoreData)
+  {
+    SetFlag(NNTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  if (line)
+  {
+    if (line[0] != '.')
+    {
+#if 0 // SetPrettyName is not yet implemented. No reason to bother
+      int i;
+      /* find whitespace separator if it exits */
+      for (i=0; line[i] != '\0' && !NET_IS_SPACE(line[i]); i++)
+        ;  /* null body */
+
+      char *prettyName;
+      if(line[i] == '\0')
+        prettyName = &line[i];
+      else
+        prettyName = &line[i+1];
+
+      line[i] = 0; /* terminate group name */
+      if (i > 0) {
+        nsAutoCString charset;
+        nsAutoString lineUtf16, prettyNameUtf16;
+        if (NS_FAILED(m_nntpServer->GetCharset(charset) ||
+            NS_FAILED(ConvertToUnicode(charset, line, lineUtf16)) ||
+            NS_FAILED(ConvertToUnicode(charset, prettyName, prettyNameUtf16)))) {
+          CopyUTF8toUTF16(line, lineUtf16);
+          CopyUTF8toUTF16(prettyName, prettyNameUtf16);
+        }
+        m_nntpServer->SetPrettyNameForGroup(lineUtf16, prettyNameUtf16);
+
+        MOZ_LOG(NNTP, LogLevel::Info,("(%p) adding pretty name %s", this,
+               NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(prettyNameUtf16).get()));
+      }
+#endif
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      m_nextState = DISPLAY_NEWSGROUPS;  /* this assumes we were doing a list */
+      /*      m_nextState = NEWS_DONE;   */ /* ### dmb - don't really know */
+      ClearFlag(NNTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+      PR_FREEIF(line);
+      return NS_OK;
+    }
+  }
+  PR_FREEIF(line);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsNNTPProtocol::ListXActive()
+{
+  nsCString group_name;
+  nsresult rv;
+  rv = m_newsFolder->GetRawName(group_name);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  char outputBuffer[OUTPUT_BUFFER_SIZE];
+
+  PR_snprintf(outputBuffer,
+    OUTPUT_BUFFER_SIZE,
+    "LIST XACTIVE %.512s" CRLF,
+    group_name.get());
+
+  rv = SendData(outputBuffer);
+
+  m_nextState = NNTP_RESPONSE;
+  m_nextStateAfterResponse = NNTP_LIST_XACTIVE_RESPONSE;
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsNNTPProtocol::ListXActiveResponse(nsIInputStream * inputStream, uint32_t length)
+{
+  uint32_t status = 0;
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  NS_ASSERTION(m_responseCode == MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_LIST_OK, "code != LIST_OK");
+  if (m_responseCode != MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_LIST_OK)
+  {
+    m_nextState = DISPLAY_NEWSGROUPS;
+    /*    m_nextState = NEWS_DONE; */
+    ClearFlag(NNTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  bool pauseForMoreData = false;
+  char *line = m_lineStreamBuffer->ReadNextLine(inputStream, status, pauseForMoreData);
+
+  NNTP_LOG_READ(line);
+
+  if(pauseForMoreData)
+  {
+    SetFlag(NNTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+   /* almost correct */
+  if(status > 1)
+  {
+    mBytesReceived += status;
+    mBytesReceivedSinceLastStatusUpdate += status;
+  }
+
+  if (line)
+  {
+    if (line[0] != '.')
+    {
+      char *s = line;
+      /* format is "rec.arts.movies.past-films 7302 7119 csp"
+      */
+      while (*s && !NET_IS_SPACE(*s))
+        s++;
+      if (*s)
+      {
+        char flags[32];  /* ought to be big enough */
+        *s = 0;
+        PR_sscanf(s + 1,
+          "%d %d %31s",
+          &m_firstPossibleArticle,
+          &m_lastPossibleArticle,
+          flags);
+
+
+        NS_ASSERTION(m_nntpServer, "no nntp incoming server");
+        if (m_nntpServer) {
+          rv = m_nntpServer->AddNewsgroupToList(line);
+          NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv),"failed to add to subscribe ds");
+        }
+
+        /* we're either going to list prettynames first, or list
+        all prettynames every time, so we won't care so much
+        if it gets interrupted. */
+        MOZ_LOG(NNTP, LogLevel::Info,("(%p) got xactive for %s of %s", this, line, flags));
+        /*  This isn't required, because the extra info is
+        initialized to false for new groups. And it's
+        an expensive call.
+        */
+        /* MSG_SetGroupNeedsExtraInfo(cd->host, line, false); */
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      bool xactive=false;
+      rv = m_nntpServer->QueryExtension("XACTIVE",&xactive);
+      if (m_typeWanted == NEW_GROUPS &&
+        NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && xactive)
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgNewsFolder> old_newsFolder;
+        old_newsFolder = m_newsFolder;
+        nsCString groupName;
+
+        rv = m_nntpServer->GetFirstGroupNeedingExtraInfo(groupName);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+        rv = m_nntpServer->FindGroup(groupName,
+                                     getter_AddRefs(m_newsFolder));
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+        // see if we got a different group
+        if (old_newsFolder && m_newsFolder &&
+          (old_newsFolder.get() != m_newsFolder.get()))
+          /* make sure we're not stuck on the same group */
+        {
+          MOZ_LOG(NNTP, LogLevel::Info,("(%p) listing xactive for %s", this, groupName.get()));
+          m_nextState = NNTP_LIST_XACTIVE;
+          ClearFlag(NNTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+          PR_FREEIF(line);
+          return NS_OK;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          m_newsFolder = nullptr;
+        }
+      }
+      bool listpname;
+      rv = m_nntpServer->QueryExtension("LISTPNAME",&listpname);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && listpname)
+        m_nextState = NNTP_LIST_PRETTY_NAMES;
+      else
+        m_nextState = DISPLAY_NEWSGROUPS;  /* this assumes we were doing a list - who knows? */
+      /*      m_nextState = NEWS_DONE;   */ /* ### dmb - don't really know */
+      ClearFlag(NNTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+      PR_FREEIF(line);
+      return NS_OK;
+    }
+  }
+  PR_FREEIF(line);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsNNTPProtocol::SendListGroup()
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  char outputBuffer[OUTPUT_BUFFER_SIZE];
+
+  NS_ASSERTION(m_newsFolder,"no newsFolder");
+  if (!m_newsFolder) return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  nsCString newsgroupName;
+
+  rv = m_newsFolder->GetRawName(newsgroupName);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  PR_snprintf(outputBuffer,
+    OUTPUT_BUFFER_SIZE,
+    "listgroup %.512s" CRLF,
+    newsgroupName.get());
+
+  m_articleList = do_CreateInstance(NS_NNTPARTICLELIST_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  rv = m_articleList->Initialize(m_newsFolder);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  rv = SendData(outputBuffer);
+
+  m_nextState = NNTP_RESPONSE;
+  m_nextStateAfterResponse = NNTP_LIST_GROUP_RESPONSE;
+  SetFlag(NNTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsNNTPProtocol::SendListGroupResponse(nsIInputStream * inputStream, uint32_t length)
+{
+  uint32_t status = 0;
+
+  NS_ASSERTION(m_responseCode == MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_GROUP_SELECTED, "code != GROUP_SELECTED");
+  if (m_responseCode != MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_GROUP_SELECTED)
+  {
+    m_nextState = NEWS_DONE;
+    ClearFlag(NNTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  bool pauseForMoreData = false;
+  char *line = m_lineStreamBuffer->ReadNextLine(inputStream, status, pauseForMoreData);
+
+  if(pauseForMoreData)
+  {
+    SetFlag(NNTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  if (line)
+  {
+    mozilla::DebugOnly<nsresult> rv;
+    if (line[0] != '.')
+    {
+      nsMsgKey found_id = nsMsgKey_None;
+      PR_sscanf(line, "%ld", &found_id);
+      rv = m_articleList->AddArticleKey(found_id);
+      NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "add article key failed");
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      rv = m_articleList->FinishAddingArticleKeys();
+      NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "finish adding article key failed");
+      m_articleList = nullptr;
+      m_nextState = NEWS_DONE;   /* ### dmb - don't really know */
+      ClearFlag(NNTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+      PR_FREEIF(line);
+      return NS_OK;
+    }
+  }
+  PR_FREEIF(line);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+nsresult nsNNTPProtocol::Search()
+{
+  NS_ERROR("Search not implemented");
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+nsresult nsNNTPProtocol::SearchResponse()
+{
+  if (MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_TYPE(m_responseCode) == MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_TYPE_OK)
+    m_nextState = NNTP_SEARCH_RESULTS;
+  else
+    m_nextState = NEWS_DONE;
+  ClearFlag(NNTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsNNTPProtocol::SearchResults(nsIInputStream *inputStream, uint32_t length)
+{
+  uint32_t status = 1;
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  bool pauseForMoreData = false;
+  char *line = m_lineStreamBuffer->ReadNextLine(inputStream, status, pauseForMoreData, &rv);
+
+  if(pauseForMoreData)
+  {
+    SetFlag(NNTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  if (!line)
+    return rv;  /* no line yet */
+
+  if ('.' == line[0])
+  {
+    /* all overview lines received */
+    m_nextState = NEWS_DONE;
+    ClearFlag(NNTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+  }
+  PR_FREEIF(line);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+/* Sets state for the transfer. This used to be known as net_setup_news_stream */
+nsresult nsNNTPProtocol::SetupForTransfer()
+{
+  if (m_typeWanted == NEWS_POST)
+  {
+    m_nextState = NNTP_SEND_POST_DATA;
+  }
+  else if(m_typeWanted == LIST_WANTED)
+  {
+    if (TestFlag(NNTP_USE_FANCY_NEWSGROUP))
+      m_nextState = NNTP_LIST_XACTIVE_RESPONSE;
+    else
+      m_nextState = NNTP_READ_LIST_BEGIN;
+  }
+  else if(m_typeWanted == GROUP_WANTED)
+    m_nextState = NNTP_XOVER_BEGIN;
+  else if(m_typeWanted == NEW_GROUPS)
+    m_nextState = NNTP_NEWGROUPS_BEGIN;
+  else if(m_typeWanted == ARTICLE_WANTED ||
+    m_typeWanted== CANCEL_WANTED)
+    m_nextState = NNTP_BEGIN_ARTICLE;
+  else if (m_typeWanted== SEARCH_WANTED)
+    m_nextState = NNTP_XPAT_SEND;
+  else
+  {
+    NS_ERROR("unexpected");
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// The following method is used for processing the news state machine.
+// It returns a negative number (mscott: we'll change this to be an enumerated type which we'll coordinate
+// with the netlib folks?) when we are done processing.
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+nsresult nsNNTPProtocol::ProcessProtocolState(nsIURI * url, nsIInputStream * inputStream,
+                                              uint64_t sourceOffset, uint32_t length)
+{
+  nsresult status = NS_OK;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailnewsurl = do_QueryInterface(m_runningURL);
+  if (inputStream && (!mailnewsurl || !m_nntpServer))
+  {
+    // In these cases, we are going to return since our data is effectively
+    // invalid. However, nsInputStream would really rather that we at least read
+    // some of our input data (even if not all of it). Therefore, we'll read a
+    // little bit.
+    char buffer[128];
+    uint32_t readData = 0;
+    inputStream->Read(buffer, 127, &readData);
+    buffer[readData] = '\0';
+    MOZ_LOG(NNTP, LogLevel::Debug, ("(%p) Ignoring data: %s", this, buffer));
+  }
+
+  if (!mailnewsurl)
+    return NS_OK; // probably no data available - it's OK.
+
+  if (!m_nntpServer)
+  {
+    // Parsing must result in our m_nntpServer being set, so we should never
+    // have a case where m_nntpServer being false is safe. Most likely, we have
+    // already closed our socket and we are merely flushing out the socket
+    // receive queue. Since the user told us to stop, don't process any more
+    // input.
+    return inputStream ? inputStream->Close() : NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  ClearFlag(NNTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+
+  while(!TestFlag(NNTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ))
+  {
+    MOZ_LOG(NNTP, LogLevel::Info,("(%p) Next state: %s",this, stateLabels[m_nextState]));
+    // examine our current state and call an appropriate handler for that state.....
+    switch(m_nextState)
+    {
+    case NNTP_RESPONSE:
+      if (inputStream == nullptr)
+        SetFlag(NNTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+      else
+        status = NewsResponse(inputStream, length);
+      break;
+
+      // mscott: I've removed the states involving connections on the assumption
+      // that core netlib will now be managing that information.
+
+    case NNTP_LOGIN_RESPONSE:
+      if (inputStream == nullptr)
+        SetFlag(NNTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+      else
+        status = LoginResponse();
+      break;
+
+    case NNTP_SEND_MODE_READER:
+      status = SendModeReader();
+      break;
+
+    case NNTP_SEND_MODE_READER_RESPONSE:
+      if (inputStream == nullptr)
+        SetFlag(NNTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+      else
+        status = SendModeReaderResponse();
+      break;
+
+    case SEND_LIST_EXTENSIONS:
+      status = SendListExtensions();
+      break;
+    case SEND_LIST_EXTENSIONS_RESPONSE:
+      if (inputStream == nullptr)
+        SetFlag(NNTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+      else
+        status = SendListExtensionsResponse(inputStream, length);
+      break;
+    case SEND_LIST_SEARCHES:
+      status = SendListSearches();
+      break;
+    case SEND_LIST_SEARCHES_RESPONSE:
+      if (inputStream == nullptr)
+        SetFlag(NNTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+      else
+        status = SendListSearchesResponse(inputStream, length);
+      break;
+    case NNTP_LIST_SEARCH_HEADERS:
+      status = SendListSearchHeaders();
+      break;
+    case NNTP_LIST_SEARCH_HEADERS_RESPONSE:
+      if (inputStream == nullptr)
+        SetFlag(NNTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+      else
+        status = SendListSearchHeadersResponse(inputStream, length);
+      break;
+    case NNTP_GET_PROPERTIES:
+      status = GetProperties();
+      break;
+    case NNTP_GET_PROPERTIES_RESPONSE:
+      if (inputStream == nullptr)
+        SetFlag(NNTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+      else
+        status = GetPropertiesResponse(inputStream, length);
+      break;
+    case SEND_LIST_SUBSCRIPTIONS:
+      status = SendListSubscriptions();
+      break;
+    case SEND_LIST_SUBSCRIPTIONS_RESPONSE:
+      if (inputStream == nullptr)
+        SetFlag(NNTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+      else
+        status = SendListSubscriptionsResponse(inputStream, length);
+      break;
+
+    case SEND_FIRST_NNTP_COMMAND:
+      status = SendFirstNNTPCommand(url);
+      break;
+    case SEND_FIRST_NNTP_COMMAND_RESPONSE:
+      if (inputStream == nullptr)
+        SetFlag(NNTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+      else
+        status = SendFirstNNTPCommandResponse();
+      break;
+
+    case NNTP_SEND_GROUP_FOR_ARTICLE:
+      status = SendGroupForArticle();
+      break;
+    case NNTP_SEND_GROUP_FOR_ARTICLE_RESPONSE:
+      if (inputStream == nullptr)
+        SetFlag(NNTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+      else
+        status = SendGroupForArticleResponse();
+      break;
+    case NNTP_SEND_ARTICLE_NUMBER:
+      status = SendArticleNumber();
+      break;
+
+    case SETUP_NEWS_STREAM:
+      status = SetupForTransfer();
+      break;
+
+    case NNTP_BEGIN_AUTHORIZE:
+      status = BeginAuthorization();
+      break;
+
+    case NNTP_AUTHORIZE_RESPONSE:
+      if (inputStream == nullptr)
+        SetFlag(NNTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+      else
+        status = AuthorizationResponse();
+      break;
+
+    case NNTP_PASSWORD_RESPONSE:
+      if (inputStream == nullptr)
+        SetFlag(NNTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+      else
+        status = PasswordResponse();
+      break;
+
+      // read list
+    case NNTP_READ_LIST_BEGIN:
+      status = BeginReadNewsList();
+      break;
+    case NNTP_READ_LIST:
+      status = ReadNewsList(inputStream, length);
+      break;
+
+      // news group
+    case DISPLAY_NEWSGROUPS:
+      status = DisplayNewsgroups();
+      break;
+    case NNTP_NEWGROUPS_BEGIN:
+      status = BeginNewsgroups();
+      break;
+    case NNTP_NEWGROUPS:
+      status = ProcessNewsgroups(inputStream, length);
+      break;
+
+      // article specific
+    case NNTP_BEGIN_ARTICLE:
+      status = BeginArticle();
+      break;
+
+    case NNTP_READ_ARTICLE:
+      status = ReadArticle(inputStream, length);
+      break;
+
+    case NNTP_XOVER_BEGIN:
+      status = BeginReadXover();
+      break;
+
+    case NNTP_FIGURE_NEXT_CHUNK:
+      status = FigureNextChunk();
+      break;
+
+    case NNTP_XOVER_SEND:
+      status = XoverSend();
+      break;
+
+    case NNTP_XOVER:
+      status = ReadXover(inputStream, length);
+      break;
+
+    case NNTP_XOVER_RESPONSE:
+      if (inputStream == nullptr)
+        SetFlag(NNTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+      else
+        status = ReadXoverResponse();
+      break;
+
+    case NEWS_PROCESS_XOVER:
+    case NEWS_PROCESS_BODIES:
+      status = ProcessXover();
+      break;
+
+    case NNTP_XHDR_SEND:
+      status = XhdrSend();
+      break;
+
+    case NNTP_XHDR_RESPONSE:
+      status = XhdrResponse(inputStream);
+      break;
+
+    case NNTP_READ_GROUP:
+      status = ReadHeaders();
+      break;
+
+    case NNTP_READ_GROUP_RESPONSE:
+      if (inputStream == nullptr)
+        SetFlag(NNTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+      else
+        status = ReadNewsgroupResponse();
+      break;
+
+    case NNTP_READ_GROUP_BODY:
+      status = ReadNewsgroupBody(inputStream, length);
+      break;
+
+    case NNTP_SEND_POST_DATA:
+      status = PostData();
+      break;
+    case NNTP_SEND_POST_DATA_RESPONSE:
+      if (inputStream == nullptr)
+        SetFlag(NNTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+      else
+        status = PostDataResponse();
+      break;
+
+    case NNTP_CHECK_FOR_MESSAGE:
+      status = CheckForArticle();
+      break;
+
+      // cancel
+    case NEWS_START_CANCEL:
+      status = StartCancel();
+      break;
+
+    case NEWS_DO_CANCEL:
+      status = DoCancel();
+      break;
+
+      // XPAT
+    case NNTP_XPAT_SEND:
+      status = XPATSend();
+      break;
+    case NNTP_XPAT_RESPONSE:
+      if (inputStream == nullptr)
+        SetFlag(NNTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+      else
+        status = XPATResponse(inputStream, length);
+      break;
+
+      // search
+    case NNTP_SEARCH:
+      status = Search();
+      break;
+    case NNTP_SEARCH_RESPONSE:
+      if (inputStream == nullptr)
+        SetFlag(NNTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+      else
+        status = SearchResponse();
+      break;
+    case NNTP_SEARCH_RESULTS:
+      status = SearchResults(inputStream, length);
+      break;
+
+
+    case NNTP_LIST_PRETTY_NAMES:
+      status = ListPrettyNames();
+      break;
+    case NNTP_LIST_PRETTY_NAMES_RESPONSE:
+      if (inputStream == nullptr)
+        SetFlag(NNTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+      else
+        status = ListPrettyNamesResponse(inputStream, length);
+      break;
+    case NNTP_LIST_XACTIVE:
+      status = ListXActive();
+      break;
+    case NNTP_LIST_XACTIVE_RESPONSE:
+      if (inputStream == nullptr)
+        SetFlag(NNTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+      else
+        status = ListXActiveResponse(inputStream, length);
+      break;
+    case NNTP_LIST_GROUP:
+      status = SendListGroup();
+      break;
+    case NNTP_LIST_GROUP_RESPONSE:
+      if (inputStream == nullptr)
+        SetFlag(NNTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+      else
+        status = SendListGroupResponse(inputStream, length);
+      break;
+    case NEWS_DONE:
+      m_nextState = NEWS_FREE;
+      break;
+    case NEWS_POST_DONE:
+      NNTP_LOG_NOTE("NEWS_POST_DONE");
+      mailnewsurl->SetUrlState(false, NS_OK);
+      m_nextState = NEWS_FREE;
+      break;
+    case NEWS_ERROR:
+      NNTP_LOG_NOTE("NEWS_ERROR");
+      if (m_responseCode == MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_ARTICLE_NOTFOUND || m_responseCode == MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_ARTICLE_NONEXIST)
+        mailnewsurl->SetUrlState(false, NS_MSG_NEWS_ARTICLE_NOT_FOUND);
+      else
+        mailnewsurl->SetUrlState(false, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+      m_nextState = NEWS_FREE;
+      break;
+    case NNTP_ERROR:
+      // XXX do we really want to remove the connection from
+      // the cache on error?
+      /* check if this connection came from the cache or if it was
+      * a new connection.  If it was not new lets start it over
+      * again.  But only if we didn't have any successful protocol
+      * dialog at all.
+      */
+      FinishMemCacheEntry(false);  // cleanup mem cache entry
+      if (m_responseCode != MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_ARTICLE_NOTFOUND && m_responseCode != MK_NNTP_RESPONSE_ARTICLE_NONEXIST)
+        return CloseConnection();
+      MOZ_FALLTHROUGH;
+    case NEWS_FREE:
+      // Remember when we last used this connection
+      m_lastActiveTimeStamp = PR_Now();
+      CleanupAfterRunningUrl();
+      MOZ_FALLTHROUGH;
+    case NNTP_SUSPENDED:
+      return NS_OK;
+      break;
+    default:
+      /* big error */
+      return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+    } // end switch
+
+    if (NS_FAILED(status) && m_nextState != NEWS_ERROR &&
+        m_nextState != NNTP_ERROR && m_nextState != NEWS_FREE)
+    {
+      m_nextState = NNTP_ERROR;
+      ClearFlag(NNTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ);
+    }
+
+  } /* end big while */
+
+  return NS_OK; /* keep going */
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNNTPProtocol::CloseConnection()
+{
+  MOZ_LOG(NNTP, LogLevel::Info,("(%p) ClosingConnection",this));
+  SendData(NNTP_CMD_QUIT); // this will cause OnStopRequest get called, which will call CloseSocket()
+  // break some cycles
+  CleanupNewsgroupList();
+
+  if (m_nntpServer) {
+    m_nntpServer->RemoveConnection(this);
+    m_nntpServer = nullptr;
+  }
+  CloseSocket();
+  m_newsFolder = nullptr;
+
+  if (m_articleList) {
+    m_articleList->FinishAddingArticleKeys();
+    m_articleList = nullptr;
+  }
+
+  m_key = nsMsgKey_None;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsNNTPProtocol::CleanupNewsgroupList()
+{
+    nsresult rv;
+    if (!m_newsgroupList) return NS_OK;
+  int32_t status = 0;
+    rv = m_newsgroupList->FinishXOVERLINE(0,&status);
+    m_newsgroupList = nullptr;
+    NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "FinishXOVERLINE failed");
+    return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsNNTPProtocol::CleanupAfterRunningUrl()
+{
+  /* do we need to know if we're parsing xover to call finish xover?  */
+  /* yes, I think we do! Why did I think we should??? */
+  /* If we've gotten to NEWS_FREE and there is still XOVER
+  data, there was an error or we were interrupted or
+  something.  So, tell libmsg there was an abnormal
+  exit so that it can free its data. */
+
+  MOZ_LOG(NNTP, LogLevel::Info,("(%p) CleanupAfterRunningUrl()", this));
+
+  // send StopRequest notification after we've cleaned up the protocol
+  // because it can synchronously causes a new url to get run in the
+  // protocol - truly evil, but we're stuck at the moment.
+  if (m_channelListener)
+    (void) m_channelListener->OnStopRequest(this, m_channelContext, NS_OK);
+
+  if (m_loadGroup)
+    (void) m_loadGroup->RemoveRequest(static_cast<nsIRequest *>(this), nullptr, NS_OK);
+  CleanupNewsgroupList();
+
+  // clear out mem cache entry so we're not holding onto it.
+  if (m_runningURL)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailnewsurl = do_QueryInterface(m_runningURL);
+    if (mailnewsurl)
+    {
+      mailnewsurl->SetUrlState(false, NS_OK);
+      mailnewsurl->SetMemCacheEntry(nullptr);
+    }
+  }
+
+  Cleanup();
+
+  mDisplayInputStream = nullptr;
+  mDisplayOutputStream = nullptr;
+  mProgressEventSink = nullptr;
+  SetOwner(nullptr);
+
+  m_channelContext = nullptr;
+  m_channelListener = nullptr;
+  m_loadGroup = nullptr;
+  mCallbacks = nullptr;
+
+  // disable timeout before caching.
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISocketTransport> strans = do_QueryInterface(m_transport);
+  if (strans)
+    strans->SetTimeout(nsISocketTransport::TIMEOUT_READ_WRITE, PR_UINT32_MAX);
+
+  // don't mark ourselves as not busy until we are done cleaning up the connection. it should be the
+  // last thing we do.
+  SetIsBusy(false);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsNNTPProtocol::CloseSocket()
+{
+  MOZ_LOG(NNTP, LogLevel::Info,("(%p) ClosingSocket()",this));
+
+  if (m_nntpServer) {
+    m_nntpServer->RemoveConnection(this);
+    m_nntpServer = nullptr;
+  }
+
+  CleanupAfterRunningUrl(); // is this needed?
+  return nsMsgProtocol::CloseSocket();
+}
+
+void nsNNTPProtocol::SetProgressBarPercent(uint32_t aProgress, uint32_t aProgressMax)
+{
+  // XXX 64-bit
+  if (mProgressEventSink)
+    mProgressEventSink->OnProgress(this, m_channelContext, uint64_t(aProgress),
+                                   uint64_t(aProgressMax));
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsNNTPProtocol::SetProgressStatus(const char16_t *aMessage)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  if (mProgressEventSink)
+    rv = mProgressEventSink->OnStatus(this, m_channelContext, NS_OK, aMessage);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNNTPProtocol::GetContentType(nsACString &aContentType)
+{
+
+  // if we've been set with a content type, then return it....
+  // this happens when we go through libmime now as it sets our new content type
+  if (!mContentType.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    aContentType = mContentType;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  // otherwise do what we did before...
+
+  if (m_typeWanted == GROUP_WANTED)
+    aContentType.AssignLiteral("x-application-newsgroup");
+  else if (m_typeWanted == IDS_WANTED)
+    aContentType.AssignLiteral("x-application-newsgroup-listids");
+  else
+    aContentType.AssignLiteral("message/rfc822");
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsNNTPProtocol::AlertError(int32_t errorCode, const char *text)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  // get the prompt from the running url....
+  if (m_runningURL) {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> msgUrl (do_QueryInterface(m_runningURL));
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIPrompt> dialog;
+    rv = GetPromptDialogFromUrl(msgUrl, getter_AddRefs(dialog));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    nsString alertText;
+    rv = GetNewsStringByID(MK_NNTP_ERROR_MESSAGE, getter_Copies(alertText));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+    if (text) {
+      alertText.Append(' ');
+      alertText.Append(NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16(text));
+    }
+    rv = dialog->Alert(nullptr, alertText.get());
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNNTPProtocol::GetCurrentFolder(nsIMsgFolder **aFolder)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aFolder);
+  if (m_newsFolder)
+    rv = m_newsFolder->QueryInterface(NS_GET_IID(nsIMsgFolder), (void **) aFolder);
+  return rv;
+}
+
diff --git a/mailnews/news/src/nsNNTPProtocol.h b/mailnews/news/src/nsNNTPProtocol.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..08db18ee8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/news/src/nsNNTPProtocol.h
@@ -0,0 +1,510 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsNNTPProtocol_h___
+#define nsNNTPProtocol_h___
+
+#include "nsMsgProtocol.h"
+
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsIAsyncInputStream.h"
+#include "nsIAsyncOutputStream.h"
+#include "nsINntpUrl.h"
+#include "nsINntpIncomingServer.h"
+#include "nsINNTPProtocol.h"
+
+#include "nsINNTPNewsgroupList.h"
+#include "nsINNTPArticleList.h"
+#include "nsIMsgAsyncPrompter.h"
+#include "nsIMsgNewsFolder.h"
+#include "nsIMsgWindow.h"
+
+#include "nsMsgLineBuffer.h"
+#include "nsIStringBundle.h"
+#include "nsITimer.h"
+#include "nsICacheEntryOpenCallback.h"
+
+// this is only needed as long as our libmime hack is in place
+#include "prio.h"
+
+// State Flags (Note, I use the word state in terms of storing
+// state information about the connection (authentication, have we sent
+// commands, etc. I do not intend it to refer to protocol state)
+
+#define NNTP_PAUSE_FOR_READ      0x00000001  /* should we pause for the next read */
+#define NNTP_PROXY_AUTH_REQUIRED    0x00000002  /* is auth required */
+#define NNTP_SENT_PROXY_AUTH        0x00000004  /* have we sent a proxy auth? */
+#define NNTP_READER_PERFORMED       0x00000010  /* have we sent any cmds to the server yet? */
+#define NNTP_USE_FANCY_NEWSGROUP    0x00000020  /* use LIST XACTIVE or LIST */
+#define NNTP_DESTROY_PROGRESS_GRAPH 0x00000040  /* do we need to destroy graph progress */
+#define NNTP_SOME_PROTOCOL_SUCCEEDED 0x0000080  /* some protocol has suceeded so don't kill the connection */
+#define NNTP_NO_XOVER_SUPPORT       0x00000100  /* xover command is not supported here */
+
+/* states of the machine
+ */
+typedef enum _StatesEnum {
+NNTP_RESPONSE,
+#ifdef BLOCK_UNTIL_AVAILABLE_CONNECTION
+NNTP_BLOCK_UNTIL_CONNECTIONS_ARE_AVAILABLE,
+NNTP_CONNECTIONS_ARE_AVAILABLE,
+#endif
+NNTP_CONNECT,
+NNTP_CONNECT_WAIT,
+NNTP_LOGIN_RESPONSE,
+NNTP_SEND_MODE_READER,
+NNTP_SEND_MODE_READER_RESPONSE,
+SEND_LIST_EXTENSIONS,
+SEND_LIST_EXTENSIONS_RESPONSE,
+SEND_LIST_SEARCHES,
+SEND_LIST_SEARCHES_RESPONSE,
+NNTP_LIST_SEARCH_HEADERS,
+NNTP_LIST_SEARCH_HEADERS_RESPONSE,
+NNTP_GET_PROPERTIES,
+NNTP_GET_PROPERTIES_RESPONSE,
+SEND_LIST_SUBSCRIPTIONS,
+SEND_LIST_SUBSCRIPTIONS_RESPONSE,
+SEND_FIRST_NNTP_COMMAND,
+SEND_FIRST_NNTP_COMMAND_RESPONSE,
+SETUP_NEWS_STREAM,
+NNTP_BEGIN_AUTHORIZE,
+NNTP_AUTHORIZE_RESPONSE,
+NNTP_PASSWORD_RESPONSE,
+NNTP_READ_LIST_BEGIN,
+NNTP_READ_LIST,
+DISPLAY_NEWSGROUPS,
+NNTP_NEWGROUPS_BEGIN,
+NNTP_NEWGROUPS,
+NNTP_BEGIN_ARTICLE,
+NNTP_READ_ARTICLE,
+NNTP_XOVER_BEGIN,
+NNTP_FIGURE_NEXT_CHUNK,
+NNTP_XOVER_SEND,
+NNTP_XOVER_RESPONSE,
+NNTP_XOVER,
+NEWS_PROCESS_XOVER,
+NNTP_XHDR_SEND,
+NNTP_XHDR_RESPONSE,
+NNTP_READ_GROUP,
+NNTP_READ_GROUP_RESPONSE,
+NNTP_READ_GROUP_BODY,
+NNTP_SEND_GROUP_FOR_ARTICLE,
+NNTP_SEND_GROUP_FOR_ARTICLE_RESPONSE,
+NNTP_SEND_ARTICLE_NUMBER,
+NEWS_PROCESS_BODIES,
+NNTP_PRINT_ARTICLE_HEADERS,
+NNTP_SEND_POST_DATA,
+NNTP_SEND_POST_DATA_RESPONSE,
+NNTP_CHECK_FOR_MESSAGE,
+NEWS_START_CANCEL,
+NEWS_DO_CANCEL,
+NNTP_XPAT_SEND,
+NNTP_XPAT_RESPONSE,
+NNTP_SEARCH,
+NNTP_SEARCH_RESPONSE,
+NNTP_SEARCH_RESULTS,
+NNTP_LIST_PRETTY_NAMES,
+NNTP_LIST_PRETTY_NAMES_RESPONSE,
+NNTP_LIST_XACTIVE,
+NNTP_LIST_XACTIVE_RESPONSE,
+NNTP_LIST_GROUP,
+NNTP_LIST_GROUP_RESPONSE,
+NEWS_DONE,
+NEWS_POST_DONE,
+NEWS_ERROR,
+NNTP_ERROR,
+NEWS_FREE,
+NNTP_SUSPENDED
+} StatesEnum;
+
+class nsICacheEntry;
+
+class nsNNTPProtocol : public nsMsgProtocol,
+                       public nsINNTPProtocol,
+                       public nsITimerCallback,
+                       public nsICacheEntryOpenCallback,
+                       public nsIMsgAsyncPromptListener
+{
+public:
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED
+  NS_DECL_NSINNTPPROTOCOL
+  NS_DECL_NSICACHEENTRYOPENCALLBACK
+  NS_DECL_NSITIMERCALLBACK
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGASYNCPROMPTLISTENER
+
+  // Creating a protocol instance requires the URL
+  // need to call Initialize after we do a new of nsNNTPProtocol
+  nsNNTPProtocol(nsINntpIncomingServer *aServer, nsIURI *aURL,
+                 nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow);
+
+  // stop binding is a "notification" informing us that the stream associated with aURL is going away.
+  NS_IMETHOD OnStopRequest(nsIRequest *request, nsISupports * aCtxt, nsresult aStatus) override;
+
+  char * m_ProxyServer;    /* proxy server hostname */
+
+  NS_IMETHOD Cancel(nsresult status) override;  // handle stop button
+  NS_IMETHOD GetContentType(nsACString &aContentType) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD AsyncOpen(nsIStreamListener *listener, nsISupports *ctxt) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD AsyncOpen2(nsIStreamListener *listener) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetOriginalURI(nsIURI* *aURI) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD SetOriginalURI(nsIURI* aURI) override;
+
+  nsresult LoadUrl(nsIURI * aURL, nsISupports * aConsumer) override;
+
+private:
+  virtual ~nsNNTPProtocol();
+  /**
+   * Triggers the protocol state machine.
+   * Most of the time, this machine will read as much input as it can before
+   * closing.
+   *
+   * This method additionally handles some states not covered by other methods:
+   * NEWS_DONE: Alias for NEWS_FREE
+   * NEWS_POST_DONE: Alias for NEWS_FREE that cleans up the URL state
+   * NEWS_ERROR: An error which permits further use of the connection
+   * NNTP_ERROR: An error which does not permit further use of the connection
+   * NEWS_FREE: Cleans up from the current URL and prepares for the next one
+   * NNTP_SUSPENDED: A state where the state machine does not read input until
+   *                 reenabled by a non-network related callback
+   *
+   * @note Use of NNTP_SUSPENDED is dangerous: if input comes along the socket,
+   * the code will not read the input stream at all. Therefore, it is strongly
+   * advised to suspend the request before using this state.
+   */
+  virtual nsresult ProcessProtocolState(nsIURI * url, nsIInputStream * inputStream,
+                                        uint64_t sourceOffset, uint32_t length) override;
+  virtual nsresult CloseSocket() override;
+
+  // we have our own implementation of SendData which writes to the nntp log
+  // and then calls the base class to transmit the data
+  nsresult SendData(const char * dataBuffer, bool aSuppressLogging = false) override;
+
+  nsresult CleanupAfterRunningUrl();
+  void Cleanup(); //free char* member variables
+
+  void ParseHeaderForCancel(char *buf);
+
+  virtual const char* GetType() override { return "nntp"; }
+
+  static void CheckIfAuthor(nsIMsgIdentity *aIdentity, const nsCString &aOldFrom, nsCString &aFrom);
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsINNTPNewsgroupList> m_newsgroupList;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsINNTPArticleList> m_articleList;
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgNewsFolder> m_newsFolder;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgWindow> m_msgWindow;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAsyncInputStream> mDisplayInputStream;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAsyncOutputStream> mDisplayOutputStream;
+  nsMsgLineStreamBuffer   * m_lineStreamBuffer; // used to efficiently extract lines from the incoming data stream
+  // the nsINntpURL that is currently running
+  nsCOMPtr<nsINntpUrl> m_runningURL;
+  bool        m_connectionBusy;
+  bool        m_fromCache;  // is this connection from the cache?
+  PRTime      m_lastActiveTimeStamp;
+  nsNewsAction m_newsAction;
+
+  // Generic state information -- What state are we in? What state do we want to go to
+  // after the next response? What was the last response code? etc.
+  StatesEnum  m_nextState;
+  StatesEnum  m_nextStateAfterResponse;
+  int32_t     m_typeWanted;     /* Article, List, or Group */
+  int32_t     m_responseCode;    /* code returned from NNTP server */
+  int32_t   m_previousResponseCode;
+  char       *m_responseText;   /* text returned from NNTP server */
+
+  char    *m_dataBuf;
+  uint32_t   m_dataBufSize;
+
+  /* for group command */
+  nsCString m_currentGroup;     /* current group */
+
+  int32_t   m_firstArticle;
+  int32_t   m_lastArticle;
+  int32_t   m_firstPossibleArticle;
+  int32_t   m_lastPossibleArticle;
+
+  int32_t    m_numArticlesLoaded;  /* How many articles we got XOVER lines for. */
+  int32_t    m_numArticlesWanted; /* How many articles we wanted to get XOVER lines for. */
+  int32_t   m_maxArticles;        /* max articles to get during an XOVER */
+
+  // Cancelation specific state. In particular, the headers that should be
+  // used for the cancelation message.
+  // mscott: we can probably replace this stuff with nsString
+  char   *m_cancelFromHdr;
+  char     *m_cancelNewsgroups;
+  char     *m_cancelDistribution;
+  char     *m_cancelID;
+  int32_t    m_cancelStatus;
+
+  // variable for ReadNewsList
+  int32_t   m_readNewsListCount;
+
+  // Per news article state information. (article number, author, subject, id, etc
+  nsCString m_messageID;
+  int32_t   m_articleNumber;   /* current article number */
+  nsCString m_searchData;
+
+  int32_t   m_originalContentLength; /* the content length at the time of calling graph progress */
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundle> m_stringBundle;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsINntpIncomingServer> m_nntpServer;
+
+  nsresult GetNewsStringByName(const char *aName, char16_t **aString);
+  nsresult GetNewsStringByID(int32_t stringID, char16_t **aString);
+
+  nsresult PostMessageInFile(nsIFile * filePath);
+
+  //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+  // Communication methods --> Reading and writing protocol
+  //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+  int32_t ReadLine(nsIInputStream * inputStream, uint32_t length, char ** line);
+
+  //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+  // Protocol Methods --> This protocol is state driven so each protocol method
+  //            is designed to re-act to the current "state". I've attempted to
+  //            group them together based on functionality.
+  //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+  // gets the response code from the nntp server and the response line. Returns the TCP return code
+  // from the read.
+  nsresult NewsResponse(nsIInputStream *inputStream, uint32_t length);
+
+  // Interpret the server response after the connect.
+  // Returns negative if the server responds unexpectedly
+  nsresult LoginResponse();
+  nsresult SendModeReader();
+  nsresult SendModeReaderResponse();
+
+  nsresult SendListExtensions();
+  nsresult SendListExtensionsResponse(nsIInputStream *inputStream, uint32_t length);
+
+  nsresult SendListSearches();
+  nsresult SendListSearchesResponse(nsIInputStream *inputStream, uint32_t length);
+
+  nsresult SendListSearchHeaders();
+  nsresult SendListSearchHeadersResponse(nsIInputStream *inputStream, uint32_t length);
+
+  nsresult GetProperties();
+  nsresult GetPropertiesResponse(nsIInputStream *inputStream, uint32_t length);
+
+  nsresult SendListSubscriptions();
+  nsresult SendListSubscriptionsResponse(nsIInputStream *inputStream, uint32_t length);
+
+  // Figure out what the first command is and send it.
+  // Returns the status from the NETWrite.
+  nsresult SendFirstNNTPCommand(nsIURI *url);
+
+  // Interprets the server response from the first command sent.
+  // returns negative if the server responds unexpectedly.
+  nsresult SendFirstNNTPCommandResponse();
+
+  nsresult SetupForTransfer();
+
+  nsresult SendGroupForArticle();
+  nsresult SendGroupForArticleResponse();
+
+  nsresult SendArticleNumber();
+  nsresult BeginArticle();
+  nsresult ReadArticle(nsIInputStream *inputStream, uint32_t length);
+  nsresult DisplayArticle(nsIInputStream *inputStream, uint32_t length);
+
+  //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+  // News authentication code
+  //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+  /**
+   * Sends the username via AUTHINFO USER, NNTP_BEGIN_AUTHORIZE.
+   * This also handles the step of getting authentication credentials; if this
+   * requires a prompt to run, the connection will be suspended and we will
+   * come back to this point.
+   * Followed by: NNTP_AUTHORIZE_RESPONSE if the username was sent
+   *              NNTP_SUSPENDED          if we need to wait for the password
+   */
+  nsresult BeginAuthorization();
+  /**
+   * Sends the password if necessary, the state NNTP_AUTHORIZE_RESPONSE.
+   * This also reads the result of the username.
+   * Followed by: NNTP_PASSWORD_RESPONSE  if a password is sent
+   *              NNTP_SEND_MODE_READER   if MODE READER needed auth
+   *              SEND_FIRST_NNTP_COMMAND if any other command needed auth
+   *              NNTP_ERROR              if the username was rejected
+   */
+  nsresult AuthorizationResponse();
+  /**
+   * This state, NNTP_PASSWORD_RESPONSE, reads the password.
+   * Followed by: NNTP_SEND_MODE_READER   if MODE READER needed auth
+   *              SEND_FIRST_NNTP_COMMAND if any other command needed auth
+   *              NNTP_ERROR              if the password was rejected
+   */
+  nsresult PasswordResponse();
+
+  nsresult BeginReadNewsList();
+  nsresult ReadNewsList(nsIInputStream *inputStream, uint32_t length);
+
+  // Newsgroup specific protocol handlers
+  nsresult DisplayNewsgroups();
+  nsresult BeginNewsgroups();
+  nsresult ProcessNewsgroups(nsIInputStream *inputStream, uint32_t length);
+
+  // Protocol handlers used for posting data
+  nsresult PostData();
+  nsresult PostDataResponse();
+
+  nsresult CheckForArticle();
+
+  /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+  // XHDR, XOVER, HEAD filtering process handlers
+  // These are ordered by the rough order of usage
+  /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+ 
+  /**
+   * The first step in the filtering process, the state NNTP_XOVER_BEGIN.
+   * This method sets up m_newsgroupList.
+   * Followed by: NNTP_FIGURE_NEXT_CHUNK
+   */
+  nsresult BeginReadXover();
+  /**
+   * The loop control for filtering, the state NNTP_FIGURE_NEXT_CHUNK.
+   * This method contacts the newsgroupList to figure out which articles to
+   * download and then prepares it for XOVER support.
+   * Followed by: NEWS_PROCESS_XOVER       if everything is finished
+   *              NNTP_READ_GROUP          if XOVER doesn't work
+   *              NNTP_XOVER_SEND          if XOVER does work
+   */
+  nsresult FigureNextChunk();
+
+  // The XOVER process core
+  /**
+   * The state NNTP_XOVER_SEND, which actually sends the message.
+   * Followed by: NNTP_XOVER_RESPONSE
+   */
+  nsresult XoverSend();
+  /**
+   * This state, NNTP_XOVER_RESPONSE, actually checks the XOVER capabiliity.
+   * Followed by: NNTP_XOVER               if XOVER is supported
+   *              NNTP_READ_GROUP          if it isn't
+   */
+  nsresult ReadXoverResponse();
+  /**
+   * This state, NNTP_XOVER, processes the results from the XOVER command.
+   * It asks nsNNTPNewsgroupList to process the line using ProcessXOVERLINE.
+   * Followed by: NNTP_XHDR_SEND
+   */
+  nsresult ReadXover(nsIInputStream *inputStream, uint32_t length);
+
+  // The XHDR process core
+  /**
+   * This state, NNTP_XHDR_SEND, sends the XHDR command.
+   * The headers are all managed by nsNNTPNewsgroupList, and this picks them up
+   * one by one as they are needed.
+   * Followed by: NNTP_XHDR_RESPONSE       if there is a header to be sent
+   *              NNTP_FIGURE_NEXT_CHUNK   if all headers have been sent
+   */
+  nsresult XhdrSend();
+  /**
+   * This state, NNTP_XHDR_RESPONSE, processes the XHDR response.
+   * It mostly passes the information off to nsNNTPNewsgroupList, and only does
+   * response code checking and a bit of preprocessing. Note that if XHDR
+   * doesn't work properly, HEAD fallback is switched on and all subsequent
+   * chunks will NOT use XOVER.
+   * Followed by: NNTP_READ_GROUP          if XHDR doesn't work properly
+   *              NNTP_XHDR_SEND           when finished processing XHR.
+   */
+  nsresult XhdrResponse(nsIInputStream *inputStream);
+
+  // HEAD processing core
+  /**
+   * This state, NNTP_READ_GROUP, is the control for the HEAD processor.
+   * It sends the HEAD command and increments the article number until it is
+   * finished. WARNING: HEAD is REALLY SLOW.
+   * Followed by: NNTP_FIGURE_NEXT_CHUNK   when it is finished 
+   *              NNTP_READ_GROUP_RESPONSE when it is not
+   */
+  nsresult ReadHeaders();
+  /**
+   * This state, NNTP_READ_GROUP_RESPONSE, checks if the article exists.
+   * Because it is required by NNTP, if it doesn't work, the only problem would
+   * be that the article doesn't exist. Passes off article number data to 
+   * nsNNTPNewsgroupList.
+   * Followed by: NNTP_READ_GROUP_BODY     if the article exists
+   *              NNTP_READ_GROUP          if it doesn't.
+   */
+  nsresult ReadNewsgroupResponse();
+  /**
+   * This state, NNTP_READ_GROUP_BODY, reads the body of the HEAD command.
+   * Once again, it passes information off to nsNNTPNewsgroupList.
+   * Followed by: NNTP_READ_GROUP
+   */
+  nsresult ReadNewsgroupBody(nsIInputStream *inputStream, uint32_t length);
+
+  /**
+   * This state, NNTP_PROCESS_XOVER, is the final step of the filter-processing
+   * code. Currently, all it does is cleans up the unread count and calls the
+   * filters, both via nsNNTPNewsgroupList.
+   * Followed by: NEWS_DONE
+   */
+  nsresult ProcessXover();
+
+
+
+  // Canceling
+  nsresult StartCancel();
+  nsresult DoCancel();
+
+  // XPAT
+  nsresult XPATSend();
+  nsresult XPATResponse(nsIInputStream *inputStream, uint32_t length);
+  nsresult ListPrettyNames();
+  nsresult ListPrettyNamesResponse(nsIInputStream *inputStream, uint32_t length);
+
+  nsresult ListXActive();
+  nsresult ListXActiveResponse(nsIInputStream *inputStream, uint32_t length);
+
+  // for "?list-ids"
+  nsresult SendListGroup();
+  nsresult SendListGroupResponse(nsIInputStream *inputStream, uint32_t length);
+
+  // Searching Protocol....
+  nsresult Search();
+  nsresult SearchResponse();
+  nsresult SearchResults(nsIInputStream *inputStream, uint32_t length);
+
+  //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+  // End of Protocol Methods
+  //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+  nsresult ParseURL(nsIURI *aURL, nsCString &aGroup, nsCString &aMessageID);
+
+  void SetProgressBarPercent(uint32_t aProgress, uint32_t aProgressMax);
+  nsresult SetProgressStatus(const char16_t *aMessage);
+  nsresult InitializeNewsFolderFromUri(const char *uri);
+  void TimerCallback();
+
+  void HandleAuthenticationFailure();
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIInputStream> mInputStream;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsITimer> mUpdateTimer;
+  nsresult AlertError(int32_t errorCode, const char *text);
+  int32_t mBytesReceived;
+  int32_t mBytesReceivedSinceLastStatusUpdate;
+  PRTime m_startTime;
+  int32_t mNumGroupsListed;
+  nsMsgKey m_key;
+
+  nsresult SetCurrentGroup(); /* sets m_currentGroup.  should be called after doing a successful GROUP command */
+  nsresult CleanupNewsgroupList(); /* cleans up m_newsgroupList, and set it to null */
+
+  // cache related helper methods
+  void FinishMemCacheEntry(bool valid); // either mark it valid, or doom it
+  nsresult OpenCacheEntry(); // makes a request to the cache service for a cache entry for a url
+  bool ReadFromLocalCache(); // attempts to read the url out of our local (offline) cache....
+  nsresult ReadFromNewsConnection(); // creates a new news connection to read the url
+  nsresult ReadFromMemCache(nsICacheEntry *entry); // attempts to read the url out of our memory cache
+  nsresult SetupPartExtractorListener(nsIStreamListener * aConsumer);
+};
+
+
+#endif  // nsNNTPProtocol_h___
diff --git a/mailnews/news/src/nsNewsAutoCompleteSearch.js b/mailnews/news/src/nsNewsAutoCompleteSearch.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..335c32cba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/news/src/nsNewsAutoCompleteSearch.js
@@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
+/* -*- Mode: Javascript; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+var Cc = Components.classes;
+var Ci = Components.interfaces;
+var Cu = Components.utils;
+
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/mailServices.js");
+Cu.import("resource://gre/modules/XPCOMUtils.jsm");
+
+var kACR = Ci.nsIAutoCompleteResult;
+var kSupportedTypes = new Set(["addr_newsgroups", "addr_followup"]);
+
+function nsNewsAutoCompleteResult(aSearchString) {
+  // Can't create this in the prototype as we'd get the same array for
+  // all instances
+  this._searchResults = [];
+  this.searchString = aSearchString;
+}
+
+nsNewsAutoCompleteResult.prototype = {
+  _searchResults: null,
+
+  // nsIAutoCompleteResult
+
+  searchString: null,
+  searchResult: kACR.RESULT_NOMATCH,
+  defaultIndex: -1,
+  errorDescription: null,
+
+  get matchCount() {
+    return this._searchResults.length;
+  },
+
+  getValueAt: function getValueAt(aIndex) {
+    return this._searchResults[aIndex].value;
+  },
+
+  getLabelAt: function getLabelAt(aIndex) {
+    return this._searchResults[aIndex].value;
+  },
+
+  getCommentAt: function getCommentAt(aIndex) {
+    return this._searchResults[aIndex].comment;
+  },
+
+  getStyleAt: function getStyleAt(aIndex) {
+    return "subscribed-news";
+  },
+
+  getImageAt: function getImageAt(aIndex) {
+    return "";
+  },
+
+  getFinalCompleteValueAt: function(aIndex) {
+    return this.getValueAt(aIndex);
+  },
+
+  removeValueAt: function removeValueAt(aRowIndex, aRemoveFromDB) {
+  },
+
+  // nsISupports
+
+  QueryInterface: XPCOMUtils.generateQI([kACR])
+}
+
+function nsNewsAutoCompleteSearch() {}
+
+nsNewsAutoCompleteSearch.prototype = {
+  // For component registration
+  classDescription: "Newsgroup Autocomplete",
+  classID: Components.ID("e9bb3330-ac7e-11de-8a39-0800200c9a66"),
+
+  cachedAccountKey: "",
+  cachedServer: null,
+
+  /**
+   * Find the newsgroup server associated with the given accountKey.
+   *
+   * @param accountKey  The key of the account.
+   * @return            The incoming news server (or null if one does not exist).
+   */
+  _findServer: function _findServer(accountKey) {
+    let account = MailServices.accounts.getAccount(accountKey);
+
+    if (account.incomingServer.type == 'nntp')
+      return account.incomingServer;
+    else
+      return null;
+  },
+
+  // nsIAutoCompleteSearch
+  startSearch: function startSearch(aSearchString, aSearchParam,
+                                    aPreviousResult, aListener) {
+    let params = aSearchParam ? JSON.parse(aSearchParam) : {};
+    let result = new nsNewsAutoCompleteResult(aSearchString);
+    if (!("type" in params) || !("accountKey" in params) ||
+        !kSupportedTypes.has(params.type)) {
+      result.searchResult = kACR.RESULT_IGNORED;
+      aListener.onSearchResult(this, result);
+      return;
+    }
+
+    if (("accountKey" in params) && (params.accountKey != this.cachedAccountKey)) {
+      this.cachedAccountKey  = params.accountKey;
+      this.cachedServer = this._findServer(params.accountKey);
+    }
+
+    if (this.cachedServer) {
+      let groups = this.cachedServer.rootFolder.subFolders;
+      while (groups.hasMoreElements()) {
+        let curr = groups.getNext().QueryInterface(Ci.nsIMsgFolder);
+        if (curr.prettiestName.includes(aSearchString)) {
+          result._searchResults.push({
+            value: curr.prettiestName,
+            comment: this.cachedServer.prettyName
+          });
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    if (result.matchCount) {
+      result.searchResult = kACR.RESULT_SUCCESS;
+      // If the user does not select anything, use the first entry:
+      result.defaultIndex = 0;
+    }
+    aListener.onSearchResult(this, result);
+  },
+
+  stopSearch: function stopSearch() {
+  },
+
+  // nsISupports
+
+  QueryInterface: XPCOMUtils.generateQI([Ci.nsIAutoCompleteSearch])
+};
+
+// Module
+var NSGetFactory = XPCOMUtils.generateNSGetFactory([nsNewsAutoCompleteSearch]);
diff --git a/mailnews/news/src/nsNewsAutoCompleteSearch.manifest b/mailnews/news/src/nsNewsAutoCompleteSearch.manifest
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7a90b8074
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/news/src/nsNewsAutoCompleteSearch.manifest
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+component {e9bb3330-ac7e-11de-8a39-0800200c9a66} nsNewsAutoCompleteSearch.js
+contract @mozilla.org/autocomplete/search;1?name=news {e9bb3330-ac7e-11de-8a39-0800200c9a66}
diff --git a/mailnews/news/src/nsNewsDownloadDialogArgs.cpp b/mailnews/news/src/nsNewsDownloadDialogArgs.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..277f635b0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/news/src/nsNewsDownloadDialogArgs.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsNewsDownloadDialogArgs.h"
+
+nsNewsDownloadDialogArgs::nsNewsDownloadDialogArgs()
+{
+    mArticleCount = 0;
+    mServerKey = "";
+    mHitOK = false;
+    mDownloadAll = false;
+}
+
+nsNewsDownloadDialogArgs::~nsNewsDownloadDialogArgs()
+{
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsNewsDownloadDialogArgs, nsINewsDownloadDialogArgs)
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNewsDownloadDialogArgs::GetGroupName(nsAString & aGroupName)
+ {
+    aGroupName = mGroupName;
+ 
+    return NS_OK;
+ }
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNewsDownloadDialogArgs::SetGroupName(const nsAString & aGroupName)
+ {
+ 
+     mGroupName = aGroupName;
+ 
+     return NS_OK;
+ }
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNewsDownloadDialogArgs::GetArticleCount(int32_t *aArticleCount)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aArticleCount);
+
+    *aArticleCount = mArticleCount;
+
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNewsDownloadDialogArgs::SetArticleCount(int32_t aArticleCount)
+{
+    mArticleCount = aArticleCount;
+
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNewsDownloadDialogArgs::GetServerKey(char * *aServerKey)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aServerKey);
+    
+    *aServerKey = ToNewCString(mServerKey);
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNewsDownloadDialogArgs::SetServerKey(const char * aServerKey)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aServerKey);
+
+    mServerKey = aServerKey;
+
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNewsDownloadDialogArgs::GetHitOK(bool *aHitOK)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aHitOK);
+    
+    *aHitOK = mHitOK;
+
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNewsDownloadDialogArgs::SetHitOK(bool aHitOK)
+{
+    mHitOK = aHitOK;
+
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNewsDownloadDialogArgs::GetDownloadAll(bool *aDownloadAll)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aDownloadAll);
+
+    *aDownloadAll = mDownloadAll;
+
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNewsDownloadDialogArgs::SetDownloadAll(bool aDownloadAll)
+{
+    mDownloadAll = aDownloadAll;
+
+    return NS_OK;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/news/src/nsNewsDownloadDialogArgs.h b/mailnews/news/src/nsNewsDownloadDialogArgs.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5ec8e0df6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/news/src/nsNewsDownloadDialogArgs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsNewsDownloadDialogArgs_h__
+#define nsNewsDownloadDialogArgs_h__
+
+#include "nsINewsDownloadDialogArgs.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+
+class nsNewsDownloadDialogArgs : public nsINewsDownloadDialogArgs
+{
+public:
+  nsNewsDownloadDialogArgs();
+
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSINEWSDOWNLOADDIALOGARGS
+
+private:
+  virtual ~nsNewsDownloadDialogArgs();
+
+  nsString mGroupName;
+  int32_t mArticleCount;
+  nsCString mServerKey;
+  bool mHitOK;
+  bool mDownloadAll;
+};
+
+#endif // nsNewsDownloadDialogArgs_h__
diff --git a/mailnews/news/src/nsNewsDownloader.cpp b/mailnews/news/src/nsNewsDownloader.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0794e30e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/news/src/nsNewsDownloader.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,586 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "nntpCore.h"
+#include "netCore.h"
+#include "nsIMsgNewsFolder.h"
+#include "nsIStringBundle.h"
+#include "nsNewsDownloader.h"
+#include "nsINntpService.h"
+#include "nsMsgNewsCID.h"
+#include "nsIMsgSearchSession.h"
+#include "nsIMsgSearchTerm.h"
+#include "nsIMsgSearchValidityManager.h"
+#include "nsRDFCID.h"
+#include "nsIMsgAccountManager.h"
+#include "nsMsgFolderFlags.h"
+#include "nsIRequestObserver.h"
+#include "nsIMsgMailSession.h"
+#include "nsMsgMessageFlags.h"
+#include "nsIMsgStatusFeedback.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsComponentManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "mozilla/Services.h"
+#include "nsIArray.h"
+#include "nsArrayUtils.h"
+
+// This file contains the news article download state machine.
+
+// if pIds is not null, download the articles whose id's are passed in. Otherwise,
+// which articles to download is determined by nsNewsDownloader object,
+// or subclasses thereof. News can download marked objects, for example.
+nsresult nsNewsDownloader::DownloadArticles(nsIMsgWindow *window, nsIMsgFolder *folder, nsTArray<nsMsgKey> *pIds)
+{
+  if (pIds != nullptr)
+    m_keysToDownload.InsertElementsAt(0, pIds->Elements(), pIds->Length());
+
+  if (!m_keysToDownload.IsEmpty())
+    m_downloadFromKeys = true;
+
+  m_folder = folder;
+  m_window = window;
+  m_numwrote = 0;
+
+  bool headersToDownload = GetNextHdrToRetrieve();
+  // should we have a special error code for failure here?
+  return (headersToDownload) ? DownloadNext(true) : NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+/* Saving news messages
+ */
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsNewsDownloader, nsIUrlListener, nsIMsgSearchNotify)
+
+nsNewsDownloader::nsNewsDownloader(nsIMsgWindow *window, nsIMsgDatabase *msgDB, nsIUrlListener *listener)
+{
+  m_numwrote = 0;
+  m_downloadFromKeys = false;
+  m_newsDB = msgDB;
+  m_abort = false;
+  m_listener = listener;
+  m_window = window;
+  m_lastPercent = -1;
+  m_lastProgressTime = 0;
+  // not the perfect place for this, but I think it will work.
+  if (m_window)
+    m_window->SetStopped(false);
+}
+
+nsNewsDownloader::~nsNewsDownloader()
+{
+  if (m_listener)
+    m_listener->OnStopRunningUrl(/* don't have a url */nullptr, m_status);
+  if (m_newsDB)
+  {
+    m_newsDB->Commit(nsMsgDBCommitType::kLargeCommit);
+    m_newsDB = nullptr;
+  }
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNewsDownloader::OnStartRunningUrl(nsIURI* url)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNewsDownloader::OnStopRunningUrl(nsIURI* url, nsresult exitCode)
+{
+  bool stopped = false;
+  if (m_window)
+    m_window->GetStopped(&stopped);
+  if (stopped)
+    exitCode = NS_BINDING_ABORTED;
+
+ nsresult rv = exitCode;
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(exitCode) || exitCode == NS_MSG_NEWS_ARTICLE_NOT_FOUND)
+    rv = DownloadNext(false);
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsNewsDownloader::DownloadNext(bool firstTimeP)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  if (!firstTimeP)
+  {
+    bool moreHeaders = GetNextHdrToRetrieve();
+    if (!moreHeaders)
+    {
+      if (m_listener)
+        m_listener->OnStopRunningUrl(nullptr, NS_OK);
+      return NS_OK;
+    }
+  }
+  StartDownload();
+  m_wroteAnyP = false;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsINntpService> nntpService = do_GetService(NS_NNTPSERVICE_CONTRACTID,&rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  return nntpService->FetchMessage(m_folder, m_keyToDownload, m_window, nullptr, this, nullptr);
+}
+
+bool DownloadNewsArticlesToOfflineStore::GetNextHdrToRetrieve()
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  if (m_downloadFromKeys)
+    return nsNewsDownloader::GetNextHdrToRetrieve();
+
+  if (m_headerEnumerator == nullptr)
+    rv = m_newsDB->EnumerateMessages(getter_AddRefs(m_headerEnumerator));
+
+  bool hasMore = false;
+
+  while (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv = m_headerEnumerator->HasMoreElements(&hasMore)) && hasMore)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsISupports> supports;
+    rv = m_headerEnumerator->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(supports));
+    m_newsHeader = do_QueryInterface(supports);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, false);
+    uint32_t hdrFlags;
+    m_newsHeader->GetFlags(&hdrFlags);
+    if (hdrFlags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Marked)
+    {
+      m_newsHeader->GetMessageKey(&m_keyToDownload);
+      break;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      m_newsHeader = nullptr;
+    }
+  }
+  return hasMore;
+}
+
+void nsNewsDownloader::Abort() {}
+void nsNewsDownloader::Complete() {}
+
+bool nsNewsDownloader::GetNextHdrToRetrieve()
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  if (m_downloadFromKeys)
+  {
+    if (m_numwrote >= (int32_t) m_keysToDownload.Length())
+      return false;
+
+    m_keyToDownload = m_keysToDownload[m_numwrote++];
+    int32_t percent;
+    percent = (100 * m_numwrote) / (int32_t) m_keysToDownload.Length();
+
+    int64_t nowMS = 0;
+    if (percent < 100)  // always need to do 100%
+    {
+      nowMS = PR_IntervalToMilliseconds(PR_IntervalNow());
+      if (nowMS - m_lastProgressTime < 750)
+        return true;
+    }
+
+    m_lastProgressTime = nowMS;
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgNewsFolder> newsFolder = do_QueryInterface(m_folder);
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundleService> bundleService =
+      mozilla::services::GetStringBundleService();
+    NS_ENSURE_TRUE(bundleService, false);
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundle> bundle;
+    rv = bundleService->CreateBundle(NEWS_MSGS_URL, getter_AddRefs(bundle));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, false);
+
+    nsAutoString firstStr;
+    firstStr.AppendInt(m_numwrote);
+    nsAutoString totalStr;
+    totalStr.AppendInt(int(m_keysToDownload.Length()));
+    nsString prettiestName;
+    nsString statusString;
+
+    m_folder->GetPrettiestName(prettiestName);
+
+    const char16_t *formatStrings[3] = { firstStr.get(), totalStr.get(), prettiestName.get() };
+    rv = bundle->FormatStringFromName(u"downloadingArticlesForOffline",
+                                      formatStrings, 3, getter_Copies(statusString));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, false);
+    ShowProgress(statusString.get(), percent);
+    return true;
+  }
+  NS_ASSERTION(false, "shouldn't get here if we're not downloading from keys.");
+  return false;  // shouldn't get here if we're not downloading from keys.
+}
+
+nsresult nsNewsDownloader::ShowProgress(const char16_t *progressString, int32_t percent)
+{
+  if (!m_statusFeedback)
+  {
+    if (m_window)
+      m_window->GetStatusFeedback(getter_AddRefs(m_statusFeedback));
+  }
+  if (m_statusFeedback)
+  {
+    m_statusFeedback->ShowStatusString(nsDependentString(progressString));
+    if (percent != m_lastPercent)
+    {
+      m_statusFeedback->ShowProgress(percent);
+      m_lastPercent = percent;
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP DownloadNewsArticlesToOfflineStore::OnStartRunningUrl(nsIURI* url)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP DownloadNewsArticlesToOfflineStore::OnStopRunningUrl(nsIURI* url, nsresult exitCode)
+{
+  m_status = exitCode;
+  if (m_newsHeader != nullptr)
+  {
+#ifdef DEBUG_bienvenu
+    //    XP_Trace("finished retrieving %ld\n", m_newsHeader->GetMessageKey());
+#endif
+    if (m_newsDB)
+    {
+      nsMsgKey msgKey;
+      m_newsHeader->GetMessageKey(&msgKey);
+      m_newsDB->MarkMarked(msgKey, false, nullptr);
+    }
+  }
+  m_newsHeader = nullptr;
+  return nsNewsDownloader::OnStopRunningUrl(url, exitCode);
+}
+
+int DownloadNewsArticlesToOfflineStore::FinishDownload()
+{
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNewsDownloader::OnSearchHit(nsIMsgDBHdr *header, nsIMsgFolder *folder)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(header);
+
+
+  uint32_t msgFlags;
+  header->GetFlags(&msgFlags);
+  // only need to download articles we don't already have...
+  if (! (msgFlags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Offline))
+  {
+    nsMsgKey key;
+    header->GetMessageKey(&key);
+    m_keysToDownload.AppendElement(key);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNewsDownloader::OnSearchDone(nsresult status)
+{
+  if (m_keysToDownload.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    if (m_listener)
+      return m_listener->OnStopRunningUrl(nullptr, NS_OK);
+  }
+  nsresult rv = DownloadArticles(m_window, m_folder,
+                  /* we've already set m_keysToDownload, so don't pass it in */ nullptr);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    if (m_listener)
+      m_listener->OnStopRunningUrl(nullptr, rv);
+
+  return rv;
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNewsDownloader::OnNewSearch()
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+int DownloadNewsArticlesToOfflineStore::StartDownload()
+{
+  m_newsDB->GetMsgHdrForKey(m_keyToDownload, getter_AddRefs(m_newsHeader));
+  return 0;
+}
+
+DownloadNewsArticlesToOfflineStore::DownloadNewsArticlesToOfflineStore(nsIMsgWindow *window, nsIMsgDatabase *db, nsIUrlListener *listener)
+  : nsNewsDownloader(window, db, listener)
+{
+  m_newsDB = db;
+}
+
+DownloadNewsArticlesToOfflineStore::~DownloadNewsArticlesToOfflineStore()
+{
+}
+
+DownloadMatchingNewsArticlesToNewsDB::DownloadMatchingNewsArticlesToNewsDB
+  (nsIMsgWindow *window, nsIMsgFolder *folder, nsIMsgDatabase *newsDB,
+   nsIUrlListener *listener) :
+   DownloadNewsArticlesToOfflineStore(window, newsDB, listener)
+{
+  m_window = window;
+  m_folder = folder;
+  m_newsDB = newsDB;
+  m_downloadFromKeys = true;  // search term matching means downloadFromKeys.
+}
+
+DownloadMatchingNewsArticlesToNewsDB::~DownloadMatchingNewsArticlesToNewsDB()
+{
+}
+
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMsgDownloadAllNewsgroups, nsIUrlListener)
+
+
+nsMsgDownloadAllNewsgroups::nsMsgDownloadAllNewsgroups(nsIMsgWindow *window, nsIUrlListener *listener)
+{
+  m_window = window;
+  m_listener = listener;
+  m_downloaderForGroup = new DownloadMatchingNewsArticlesToNewsDB(window, nullptr, nullptr, this);
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(m_downloaderForGroup);
+  m_downloadedHdrsForCurGroup = false;
+}
+
+nsMsgDownloadAllNewsgroups::~nsMsgDownloadAllNewsgroups()
+{
+  NS_IF_RELEASE(m_downloaderForGroup);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDownloadAllNewsgroups::OnStartRunningUrl(nsIURI* url)
+{
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDownloadAllNewsgroups::OnStopRunningUrl(nsIURI* url, nsresult exitCode)
+{
+  nsresult rv = exitCode;
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(exitCode) || exitCode == NS_MSG_NEWS_ARTICLE_NOT_FOUND)
+  {
+    if (m_downloadedHdrsForCurGroup)
+    {
+      bool savingArticlesOffline = false;
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgNewsFolder> newsFolder = do_QueryInterface(m_currentFolder);
+      if (newsFolder)
+        newsFolder->GetSaveArticleOffline(&savingArticlesOffline);
+
+      m_downloadedHdrsForCurGroup = false;
+      if (savingArticlesOffline) // skip this group - we're saving to it already
+        rv = ProcessNextGroup();
+      else
+        rv = DownloadMsgsForCurrentGroup();
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      rv = ProcessNextGroup();
+    }
+  }
+  else if (m_listener)  // notify main observer.
+    m_listener->OnStopRunningUrl(url, exitCode);
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Leaves m_currentServer at the next nntp "server" that
+ * might have folders to download for offline use. If no more servers,
+ * m_currentServer will be left at nullptr and the function returns false.
+ * Also, sets up m_serverEnumerator to enumerate over the server.
+ * If no servers found, m_serverEnumerator will be left at null.
+ */
+bool nsMsgDownloadAllNewsgroups::AdvanceToNextServer()
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  if (!m_allServers)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccountManager> accountManager =
+             do_GetService(NS_MSGACCOUNTMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    NS_ASSERTION(accountManager && NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "couldn't get account mgr");
+    if (!accountManager || NS_FAILED(rv))
+      return false;
+
+    rv = accountManager->GetAllServers(getter_AddRefs(m_allServers));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, false);
+  }
+  uint32_t serverIndex = 0;
+  if (m_currentServer)
+  {
+    rv = m_allServers->IndexOf(0, m_currentServer, &serverIndex);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      serverIndex = -1;
+
+    ++serverIndex;
+  }
+  m_currentServer = nullptr;
+  uint32_t numServers;
+  m_allServers->GetLength(&numServers);
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> rootFolder;
+
+  while (serverIndex < numServers)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server = do_QueryElementAt(m_allServers, serverIndex);
+    serverIndex++;
+
+    nsCOMPtr <nsINntpIncomingServer> newsServer = do_QueryInterface(server);
+    if (!newsServer) // we're only looking for news servers
+      continue;
+
+    if (server)
+    {
+      m_currentServer = server;
+      server->GetRootFolder(getter_AddRefs(rootFolder));
+      if (rootFolder)
+      {
+        rv = rootFolder->GetDescendants(getter_AddRefs(m_allFolders));
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        {
+          rv = m_allFolders->Enumerate(getter_AddRefs(m_serverEnumerator));
+          if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && m_serverEnumerator)
+          {
+            bool hasMore = false;
+            rv = m_serverEnumerator->HasMoreElements(&hasMore);
+            if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && hasMore)
+              return true;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return false;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Sets m_currentFolder to the next usable folder.
+ *
+ * @return  False if no more folders found, otherwise true.
+ */
+bool nsMsgDownloadAllNewsgroups::AdvanceToNextGroup()
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  if (m_currentFolder)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgNewsFolder> newsFolder = do_QueryInterface(m_currentFolder);
+    if (newsFolder)
+      newsFolder->SetSaveArticleOffline(false);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailSession> session =
+             do_GetService(NS_MSGMAILSESSION_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && session)
+    {
+      bool folderOpen;
+      uint32_t folderFlags;
+      m_currentFolder->GetFlags(&folderFlags);
+      session->IsFolderOpenInWindow(m_currentFolder, &folderOpen);
+      if (!folderOpen && ! (folderFlags & (nsMsgFolderFlags::Trash | nsMsgFolderFlags::Inbox)))
+        m_currentFolder->SetMsgDatabase(nullptr);
+    }
+    m_currentFolder = nullptr;
+  }
+
+  bool hasMore = false;
+  if (m_currentServer)
+    m_serverEnumerator->HasMoreElements(&hasMore);
+  if (!hasMore)
+    hasMore = AdvanceToNextServer();
+
+  if (hasMore)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> supports;
+    rv = m_serverEnumerator->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(supports));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      m_currentFolder = do_QueryInterface(supports);
+  }
+  return m_currentFolder;
+}
+
+nsresult DownloadMatchingNewsArticlesToNewsDB::RunSearch(nsIMsgFolder *folder, nsIMsgDatabase *newsDB, nsIMsgSearchSession *searchSession)
+{
+  m_folder = folder;
+  m_newsDB = newsDB;
+  m_searchSession = searchSession;
+
+  m_keysToDownload.Clear();
+
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(searchSession);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(folder);
+
+  searchSession->RegisterListener(this,
+                                  nsIMsgSearchSession::allNotifications);
+  nsresult rv = searchSession->AddScopeTerm(nsMsgSearchScope::localNews, folder);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  return searchSession->Search(m_window);
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDownloadAllNewsgroups::ProcessNextGroup()
+{
+  bool done = false;
+
+  while (!done)
+  {
+    done = !AdvanceToNextGroup();
+    if (!done && m_currentFolder)
+    {
+      uint32_t folderFlags;
+      m_currentFolder->GetFlags(&folderFlags);
+      if (folderFlags & nsMsgFolderFlags::Offline)
+        break;
+    }
+  }
+  if (done)
+  {
+    if (m_listener)
+      return m_listener->OnStopRunningUrl(nullptr, NS_OK);
+  }
+  m_downloadedHdrsForCurGroup = true;
+  return m_currentFolder ? m_currentFolder->GetNewMessages(m_window, this) : NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDownloadAllNewsgroups::DownloadMsgsForCurrentGroup()
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(m_downloaderForGroup, NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY);
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDatabase> db;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDownloadSettings> downloadSettings;
+  m_currentFolder->GetMsgDatabase(getter_AddRefs(db));
+  nsresult rv = m_currentFolder->GetDownloadSettings(getter_AddRefs(downloadSettings));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgNewsFolder> newsFolder = do_QueryInterface(m_currentFolder);
+  if (newsFolder)
+    newsFolder->SetSaveArticleOffline(true);
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgSearchSession> searchSession = do_CreateInstance(NS_MSGSEARCHSESSION_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  bool downloadByDate, downloadUnreadOnly;
+  uint32_t ageLimitOfMsgsToDownload;
+
+  downloadSettings->GetDownloadByDate(&downloadByDate);
+  downloadSettings->GetDownloadUnreadOnly(&downloadUnreadOnly);
+  downloadSettings->GetAgeLimitOfMsgsToDownload(&ageLimitOfMsgsToDownload);
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgSearchTerm> term;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgSearchValue>    value;
+
+  rv = searchSession->CreateTerm(getter_AddRefs(term));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  term->GetValue(getter_AddRefs(value));
+
+  if (downloadUnreadOnly)
+  {
+    value->SetAttrib(nsMsgSearchAttrib::MsgStatus);
+    value->SetStatus(nsMsgMessageFlags::Read);
+    searchSession->AddSearchTerm(nsMsgSearchAttrib::MsgStatus, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, value, true, nullptr);
+  }
+  if (downloadByDate)
+  {
+    value->SetAttrib(nsMsgSearchAttrib::AgeInDays);
+    value->SetAge(ageLimitOfMsgsToDownload);
+    searchSession->AddSearchTerm(nsMsgSearchAttrib::AgeInDays, nsMsgSearchOp::IsLessThan, value, nsMsgSearchBooleanOp::BooleanAND, nullptr);
+  }
+  value->SetAttrib(nsMsgSearchAttrib::MsgStatus);
+  value->SetStatus(nsMsgMessageFlags::Offline);
+  searchSession->AddSearchTerm(nsMsgSearchAttrib::MsgStatus, nsMsgSearchOp::Isnt, value, nsMsgSearchBooleanOp::BooleanAND, nullptr);
+
+  m_downloaderForGroup->RunSearch(m_currentFolder, db, searchSession);
+  return rv;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/news/src/nsNewsDownloader.h b/mailnews/news/src/nsNewsDownloader.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b9a018032
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/news/src/nsNewsDownloader.h
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _nsNewsDownloader_H_
+#define _nsNewsDownloader_H_
+
+
+#include "nsIMsgDatabase.h"
+#include "nsIUrlListener.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolder.h"
+#include "nsIMsgHdr.h"
+#include "nsIMsgWindow.h"
+#include "nsIMsgSearchNotify.h"
+#include "nsIMsgSearchSession.h"
+
+// base class for downloading articles in a single newsgroup. Keys to download are passed in
+// to DownloadArticles method.
+class nsNewsDownloader : public nsIUrlListener, public nsIMsgSearchNotify
+{
+public:
+  nsNewsDownloader(nsIMsgWindow *window, nsIMsgDatabase *db, nsIUrlListener *listener);
+
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIURLLISTENER
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGSEARCHNOTIFY
+
+  virtual nsresult DownloadArticles(nsIMsgWindow *window, nsIMsgFolder *folder, nsTArray<nsMsgKey> *pKeyArray);
+
+  bool ShouldAbort() const { return m_abort; }
+
+protected:
+  virtual ~nsNewsDownloader();
+
+  virtual int32_t Write(const char * /*block*/, int32_t length) {return length;}
+  virtual void Abort();
+  virtual void Complete();
+  virtual bool GetNextHdrToRetrieve();
+  virtual nsresult DownloadNext(bool firstTimeP);
+  virtual int32_t FinishDownload() {return 0;}
+  virtual int32_t  StartDownload() {return 0;}
+  virtual nsresult ShowProgress(const char16_t *progressString, int32_t percent);
+
+  nsTArray<nsMsgKey>      m_keysToDownload;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder>  m_folder;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDatabase> m_newsDB;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIUrlListener> m_listener;
+  bool m_downloadFromKeys;
+  bool m_existedP;
+  bool m_wroteAnyP;
+  bool m_summaryValidP;
+  bool m_abort;
+  int32_t     m_numwrote;
+  nsMsgKey    m_keyToDownload;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgWindow> m_window;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgStatusFeedback> m_statusFeedback;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgSearchSession> m_searchSession;
+  int32_t m_lastPercent;
+  int64_t m_lastProgressTime;
+  nsresult  m_status;
+};
+
+
+// class for downloading articles in a single newsgroup to the offline store.
+class DownloadNewsArticlesToOfflineStore : public nsNewsDownloader
+{
+public:
+  DownloadNewsArticlesToOfflineStore(nsIMsgWindow *window, nsIMsgDatabase *db, nsIUrlListener *listener);
+  virtual ~DownloadNewsArticlesToOfflineStore();
+
+  NS_IMETHOD OnStartRunningUrl(nsIURI* url);
+  NS_IMETHOD OnStopRunningUrl(nsIURI* url, nsresult exitCode);
+protected:
+  virtual int32_t  StartDownload();
+  virtual int32_t FinishDownload();
+  virtual bool GetNextHdrToRetrieve();
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsISimpleEnumerator>  m_headerEnumerator;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr>  m_newsHeader;
+};
+
+// class for downloading all the articles that match the passed in search criteria
+// for a single newsgroup.
+class DownloadMatchingNewsArticlesToNewsDB : public DownloadNewsArticlesToOfflineStore
+{
+public:
+  DownloadMatchingNewsArticlesToNewsDB(nsIMsgWindow *window, nsIMsgFolder *folder, nsIMsgDatabase *newsDB,  nsIUrlListener *listener);
+  virtual ~DownloadMatchingNewsArticlesToNewsDB();
+  nsresult RunSearch(nsIMsgFolder *folder, nsIMsgDatabase *newsDB, nsIMsgSearchSession *searchSession);
+protected:
+};
+
+// this class iterates all the news servers for each group on the server that's configured for
+// offline use, downloads the messages that meet the download criteria for that newsgroup/server
+class nsMsgDownloadAllNewsgroups : public nsIUrlListener
+{
+public:
+  nsMsgDownloadAllNewsgroups(nsIMsgWindow *window, nsIUrlListener *listener);
+
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIURLLISTENER
+
+  nsresult ProcessNextGroup();
+
+protected:
+  virtual ~nsMsgDownloadAllNewsgroups();
+
+  bool     AdvanceToNextServer();
+  bool     AdvanceToNextGroup();
+  nsresult DownloadMsgsForCurrentGroup();
+
+  DownloadMatchingNewsArticlesToNewsDB *m_downloaderForGroup;
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> m_currentFolder;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgWindow> m_window;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIArray> m_allServers;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIArray> m_allFolders;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgIncomingServer> m_currentServer;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsISimpleEnumerator> m_serverEnumerator;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIUrlListener> m_listener;
+
+  bool m_downloadedHdrsForCurGroup;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/news/src/nsNewsFolder.cpp b/mailnews/news/src/nsNewsFolder.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3af5ae43f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/news/src/nsNewsFolder.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1897 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsIPrefBranch.h"
+#include "nsIPrefService.h"
+#include "prlog.h"
+
+#include "msgCore.h"    // precompiled header...
+#include "nntpCore.h"
+#include "nsIMsgMailNewsUrl.h"
+#include "nsNewsFolder.h"
+#include "nsMsgFolderFlags.h"
+#include "MailNewsTypes.h"
+#include "prprf.h"
+#include "prsystem.h"
+#include "nsIArray.h"
+#include "nsIServiceManager.h"
+#include "nsINntpService.h"
+#include "nsIFolderListener.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsIRDFService.h"
+#include "nsRDFCID.h"
+#include "nsMsgDBCID.h"
+#include "nsMsgNewsCID.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "nsNewsUtils.h"
+
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsIMsgIncomingServer.h"
+#include "nsINntpIncomingServer.h"
+#include "nsINewsDatabase.h"
+#include "nsMsgBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsILineInputStream.h"
+
+#include "nsIMsgWindow.h"
+#include "nsIDocShell.h"
+#include "nsIPrompt.h"
+#include "nsIWindowWatcher.h"
+
+#include "nsNetUtil.h"
+#include "nsIAuthPrompt.h"
+#include "nsIURL.h"
+#include "nsNetCID.h"
+#include "nsINntpUrl.h"
+
+#include "nsIInterfaceRequestor.h"
+#include "nsIInterfaceRequestorUtils.h"
+#include "nsArrayEnumerator.h"
+#include "nsNewsDownloader.h"
+#include "nsIStringBundle.h"
+#include "nsMsgI18N.h"
+#include "nsNativeCharsetUtils.h"
+#include "nsIMsgAccountManager.h"
+#include "nsArrayUtils.h"
+#include "nsIMsgAsyncPrompter.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolderNotificationService.h"
+#include "nsIMutableArray.h"
+#include "nsILoginInfo.h"
+#include "nsILoginManager.h"
+#include "nsIPromptService.h"
+#include "nsEmbedCID.h"
+#include "nsIDOMWindow.h"
+#include "mozilla/Services.h"
+#include "nsAutoPtr.h"
+#include "nsIInputStream.h"
+
+static NS_DEFINE_CID(kRDFServiceCID, NS_RDFSERVICE_CID);
+
+// ###tw  This really ought to be the most
+// efficient file reading size for the current
+// operating system.
+#define NEWSRC_FILE_BUFFER_SIZE 1024
+
+#define kNewsSortOffset 9000
+
+#define NEWS_SCHEME "news:"
+#define SNEWS_SCHEME "snews:"
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+nsMsgNewsFolder::nsMsgNewsFolder(void) :
+     mExpungedBytes(0), mGettingNews(false),
+     mInitialized(false),
+     m_downloadMessageForOfflineUse(false), m_downloadingMultipleMessages(false),
+     mReadSet(nullptr), mSortOrder(kNewsSortOffset)
+{
+  MOZ_COUNT_CTOR(nsMsgNewsFolder); // double count these for now.
+  mFolderSize = kSizeUnknown;
+}
+
+nsMsgNewsFolder::~nsMsgNewsFolder(void)
+{
+  MOZ_COUNT_DTOR(nsMsgNewsFolder);
+  delete mReadSet;
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ADDREF_INHERITED(nsMsgNewsFolder, nsMsgDBFolder)
+NS_IMPL_RELEASE_INHERITED(nsMsgNewsFolder, nsMsgDBFolder)
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgNewsFolder::QueryInterface(REFNSIID aIID, void** aInstancePtr)
+{
+  if (!aInstancePtr)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+  *aInstancePtr = nullptr;
+
+  if (aIID.Equals(NS_GET_IID(nsIMsgNewsFolder)))
+    *aInstancePtr = static_cast<nsIMsgNewsFolder*>(this);
+  if(*aInstancePtr)
+  {
+    AddRef();
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  return nsMsgDBFolder::QueryInterface(aIID, aInstancePtr);
+}
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgNewsFolder::CreateSubFolders(nsIFile *path)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  bool isNewsServer = false;
+  rv = GetIsServer(&isNewsServer);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  if (isNewsServer)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsINntpIncomingServer> nntpServer;
+    rv = GetNntpServer(getter_AddRefs(nntpServer));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    rv = nntpServer->GetNewsrcFilePath(getter_AddRefs(mNewsrcFilePath));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    rv = LoadNewsrcFileAndCreateNewsgroups();
+  }
+  else // is not a host, so it has no newsgroups.  (what about categories??)
+    rv = NS_OK;
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgNewsFolder::AddNewsgroup(const nsACString &name, const nsACString& setStr,
+                              nsIMsgFolder **child)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(child);
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIRDFService> rdf = do_GetService(kRDFServiceCID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsINntpIncomingServer> nntpServer;
+  rv = GetNntpServer(getter_AddRefs(nntpServer));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  nsAutoCString uri(mURI);
+  uri.Append('/');
+  // URI should use UTF-8
+  // (see RFC2396 Uniform Resource Identifiers (URI): Generic Syntax)
+
+  // we are handling newsgroup names in UTF-8
+  NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16 nameUtf16(name);
+
+  nsAutoCString escapedName;
+  rv = NS_MsgEscapeEncodeURLPath(nameUtf16, escapedName);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  rv = nntpServer->AddNewsgroup(nameUtf16);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  uri.Append(escapedName);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFResource> res;
+  rv = rdf->GetResource(uri, getter_AddRefs(res));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder(do_QueryInterface(res, &rv));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgNewsFolder> newsFolder(do_QueryInterface(res, &rv));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  // cache this for when we open the db
+  rv = newsFolder->SetReadSetFromStr(setStr);
+
+  rv = folder->SetParent(this);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  // this what shows up in the UI
+  rv = folder->SetName(nameUtf16);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  rv = folder->SetFlag(nsMsgFolderFlags::Newsgroup);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  int32_t numExistingGroups = mSubFolders.Count();
+
+  // add kNewsSortOffset (9000) to prevent this problem:  1,10,11,2,3,4,5
+  // We use 9000 instead of 1000 so newsgroups will sort to bottom of flat folder views
+  rv = folder->SetSortOrder(numExistingGroups + kNewsSortOffset);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  mSubFolders.AppendObject(folder);
+  folder->SetParent(this);
+  folder.swap(*child);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgNewsFolder::ParseFolder(nsIFile *path)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgNewsFolder::AddDirectorySeparator(nsIFile *path)
+{
+  // don't concat the full separator with .sbd
+  return (mURI.Equals(kNewsRootURI)) ?
+                  NS_OK :
+                  nsMsgDBFolder::AddDirectorySeparator(path);
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgNewsFolder::GetSubFolders(nsISimpleEnumerator **aResult)
+{
+  if (!mInitialized)
+  {
+    // do this first, so we make sure to do it, even on failure.
+    // see bug #70494
+    mInitialized = true;
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> path;
+    nsresult rv = GetFilePath(getter_AddRefs(path));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+    rv = CreateSubFolders(path);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+    // force ourselves to get initialized from cache
+    // Don't care if it fails.  this will fail the first time after
+    // migration, but we continue on.  see #66018
+    (void)UpdateSummaryTotals(false);
+  }
+
+  return aResult ? NS_NewArrayEnumerator(aResult, mSubFolders) : NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+}
+
+//Makes sure the database is open and exists.  If the database is valid then
+//returns NS_OK.  Otherwise returns a failure error value.
+nsresult nsMsgNewsFolder::GetDatabase()
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  if (!mDatabase)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBService> msgDBService = do_GetService(NS_MSGDB_SERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+    // Get the database, blowing it away if it's out of date.
+    rv = msgDBService->OpenFolderDB(this, false, getter_AddRefs(mDatabase));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      rv = msgDBService->CreateNewDB(this, getter_AddRefs(mDatabase));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    if(mAddListener)
+      rv = mDatabase->AddListener(this);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsINewsDatabase> db = do_QueryInterface(mDatabase, &rv);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      return rv;
+
+    rv = db->SetReadSet(mReadSet);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      return rv;
+
+    rv = UpdateSummaryTotals(true);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      return rv;
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgNewsFolder::GetDatabaseWithoutCache(nsIMsgDatabase **db)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(db);
+
+  // The simplest way to perform this operation is to get the database normally
+  // and then clear our information about it if we didn't already hold it open.
+  bool wasCached = !!mDatabase;
+  nsresult rv = GetDatabase();
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*db = mDatabase);
+
+  // If the DB was not open before, close our reference to it now.
+  if (!wasCached && mDatabase)
+  {
+    mDatabase->RemoveListener(this);
+    mDatabase = nullptr;
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgNewsFolder::UpdateFolder(nsIMsgWindow *aWindow)
+{
+  // Get news.get_messages_on_select pref
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefBranch = do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  bool getMessagesOnSelect = true;
+  prefBranch->GetBoolPref("news.get_messages_on_select", &getMessagesOnSelect);
+
+  // Only if news.get_messages_on_select is true do we get new messages automatically
+  if (getMessagesOnSelect)
+  {
+    rv = GetDatabase(); // want this cached...
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      if (mDatabase)
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgRetentionSettings> retentionSettings;
+        nsresult rv = GetRetentionSettings(getter_AddRefs(retentionSettings));
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+          rv = mDatabase->ApplyRetentionSettings(retentionSettings, false);
+      }
+      rv = AutoCompact(aWindow);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+      // GetNewMessages has to be the last rv set before we get to the next check, so
+      // that we'll have rv set to NS_MSG_ERROR_OFFLINE when offline and send
+      // a folder loaded notification to the front end.
+      rv = GetNewMessages(aWindow, nullptr);
+    }
+    if (rv != NS_MSG_ERROR_OFFLINE)
+      return rv;
+  }
+  // We're not getting messages because either get_messages_on_select is
+  // false or we're offline. Send an immediate folder loaded notification.
+  NotifyFolderEvent(mFolderLoadedAtom);
+  (void) RefreshSizeOnDisk();
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgNewsFolder::GetCanSubscribe(bool *aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+  *aResult = false;
+
+  bool isNewsServer = false;
+  nsresult rv = GetIsServer(&isNewsServer);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  // you can only subscribe to news servers, not news groups
+  *aResult = isNewsServer;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgNewsFolder::GetCanFileMessages(bool *aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+  // you can't file messages into a news server or news group
+  *aResult = false;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgNewsFolder::GetCanCreateSubfolders(bool *aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+  *aResult = false;
+  // you can't create subfolders on a news server or a news group
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgNewsFolder::GetCanRename(bool *aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+  *aResult = false;
+  // you can't rename a news server or a news group
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgNewsFolder::GetCanCompact(bool *aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+  *aResult = false;
+  // you can't compact a news server or a news group
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgNewsFolder::GetMessages(nsISimpleEnumerator **result)
+{
+  nsresult rv = GetDatabase();
+  *result = nullptr;
+
+  if(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    rv = mDatabase->EnumerateMessages(result);
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgNewsFolder::GetFolderURL(nsACString& aUrl)
+{
+  nsCString hostName;
+  nsresult rv = GetHostname(hostName);
+  nsString groupName;
+  rv = GetName(groupName);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+  rv = GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  int32_t socketType;
+  rv = server->GetSocketType(&socketType);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  int32_t port;
+  rv = server->GetPort(&port);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  const char *newsScheme = (socketType == nsMsgSocketType::SSL) ?
+                           SNEWS_SCHEME : NEWS_SCHEME;
+  nsCString escapedName;
+  rv = NS_MsgEscapeEncodeURLPath(groupName, escapedName);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  nsCString tmpStr;
+  tmpStr.Adopt(PR_smprintf("%s//%s:%ld/%s", newsScheme, hostName.get(), port,
+                           escapedName.get()));
+  aUrl.Assign(tmpStr);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgNewsFolder::SetNewsrcHasChanged(bool newsrcHasChanged)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsINntpIncomingServer> nntpServer;
+  rv = GetNntpServer(getter_AddRefs(nntpServer));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+  return nntpServer->SetNewsrcHasChanged(newsrcHasChanged);
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgNewsFolder::CreateChildFromURI(const nsCString &uri, nsIMsgFolder **folder)
+{
+  nsMsgNewsFolder *newFolder = new nsMsgNewsFolder;
+  if (!newFolder)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+  NS_ADDREF(*folder = newFolder);
+  newFolder->Init(uri.get());
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgNewsFolder::CreateSubfolder(const nsAString& newsgroupName,
+                                               nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  if (newsgroupName.IsEmpty())
+    return NS_MSG_ERROR_INVALID_FOLDER_NAME;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> child;
+  // Create an empty database for this mail folder, set its name from the user
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> newsDBFactory;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDatabase> newsDB;
+
+  //Now let's create the actual new folder
+  rv = AddNewsgroup(NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(newsgroupName), EmptyCString(), getter_AddRefs(child));
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    SetNewsrcHasChanged(true); // subscribe UI does this - but maybe we got here through auto-subscribe
+
+  if(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && child){
+    nsCOMPtr <nsINntpIncomingServer> nntpServer;
+    rv = GetNntpServer(getter_AddRefs(nntpServer));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+    nsAutoCString dataCharset;
+    rv = nntpServer->GetCharset(dataCharset);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+    child->SetCharset(dataCharset);
+    NotifyItemAdded(child);
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolderNotificationService> notifier(do_GetService(NS_MSGNOTIFICATIONSERVICE_CONTRACTID));
+    if (notifier)
+      notifier->NotifyFolderAdded(child);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgNewsFolder::Delete()
+{
+  nsresult rv = GetDatabase();
+
+  if(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    mDatabase->ForceClosed();
+    mDatabase = nullptr;
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> folderPath;
+  rv = GetFilePath(getter_AddRefs(folderPath));
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> summaryPath;
+    rv = GetSummaryFileLocation(folderPath, getter_AddRefs(summaryPath));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      bool exists = false;
+      rv = folderPath->Exists(&exists);
+
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && exists)
+        rv = folderPath->Remove(false);
+
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        NS_WARNING("Failed to remove News Folder");
+
+      rv = summaryPath->Exists(&exists);
+
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && exists)
+        rv = summaryPath->Remove(false);
+
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+        NS_WARNING("Failed to remove News Folder Summary File");
+    }
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsINntpIncomingServer> nntpServer;
+  rv = GetNntpServer(getter_AddRefs(nntpServer));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  nsAutoString name;
+  rv = GetUnicodeName(name);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  rv = nntpServer->RemoveNewsgroup(name);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  (void) RefreshSizeOnDisk();
+
+  return SetNewsrcHasChanged(true);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgNewsFolder::Rename(const nsAString& newName, nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgNewsFolder::GetAbbreviatedName(nsAString& aAbbreviatedName)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  rv = nsMsgDBFolder::GetPrettyName(aAbbreviatedName);
+  if(NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  // only do this for newsgroup names, not for newsgroup hosts.
+  bool isNewsServer = false;
+  rv = GetIsServer(&isNewsServer);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  if (!isNewsServer) {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsINntpIncomingServer> nntpServer;
+    rv = GetNntpServer(getter_AddRefs(nntpServer));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+    bool abbreviate = true;
+    rv = nntpServer->GetAbbreviate(&abbreviate);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+    if (abbreviate)
+      rv = AbbreviatePrettyName(aAbbreviatedName, 1 /* hardcoded for now */);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+// original code from Oleg Rekutin
+// rekusha@asan.com
+// Public domain, created by Oleg Rekutin
+//
+// takes a newsgroup name, number of words from the end to leave unabberviated
+// the newsgroup name, will get reset to the following format:
+// x.x.x, where x is the first letter of each word and with the
+// exception of last 'fullwords' words, which are left intact.
+// If a word has a dash in it, it is abbreviated as a-b, where
+// 'a' is the first letter of the part of the word before the
+// dash and 'b' is the first letter of the part of the word after
+// the dash
+nsresult nsMsgNewsFolder::AbbreviatePrettyName(nsAString& prettyName, int32_t fullwords)
+{
+  nsAutoString name(prettyName);
+  int32_t totalwords = 0; // total no. of words
+
+  // get the total no. of words
+  int32_t pos = 0;
+  while(1)
+  {
+    pos = name.FindChar('.', pos);
+    if(pos == -1)
+    {
+      totalwords++;
+      break;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      totalwords++;
+      pos++;
+    }
+  }
+
+  // get the no. of words to abbreviate
+  int32_t abbrevnum = totalwords - fullwords;
+  if (abbrevnum < 1)
+    return NS_OK; // nothing to abbreviate
+
+  // build the ellipsis
+  nsAutoString out;
+  out += name[0];
+
+  int32_t length = name.Length();
+  int32_t newword = 0;     // == 2 if done with all abbreviated words
+
+  fullwords = 0;
+  char16_t currentChar;
+  for (int32_t i = 1; i < length; i++)
+  {
+    // this temporary assignment is needed to fix an intel mac compiler bug.
+    // See Bug #327037 for details.
+    currentChar = name[i];
+    if (newword < 2) {
+      switch (currentChar) {
+      case '.':
+        fullwords++;
+        // check if done with all abbreviated words...
+        if (fullwords == abbrevnum)
+          newword = 2;
+        else
+          newword = 1;
+        break;
+      case '-':
+        newword = 1;
+        break;
+      default:
+        if (newword)
+          newword = 0;
+        else
+          continue;
+      }
+    }
+    out.Append(currentChar);
+  }
+  prettyName = out;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgNewsFolder::GetDBFolderInfoAndDB(nsIDBFolderInfo **folderInfo, nsIMsgDatabase **db)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(folderInfo);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(db);
+  nsresult openErr;
+  openErr = GetDatabase();
+  *db = mDatabase;
+  if (mDatabase) {
+    NS_ADDREF(*db);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(openErr))
+      openErr = (*db)->GetDBFolderInfo(folderInfo);
+  }
+  return openErr;
+}
+
+/* this used to be MSG_FolderInfoNews::UpdateSummaryFromNNTPInfo() */
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgNewsFolder::UpdateSummaryFromNNTPInfo(int32_t oldest, int32_t youngest, int32_t total)
+{
+  /* First, mark all of the articles now known to be expired as read. */
+  if (oldest > 1)
+  {
+    nsCString oldSet;
+    nsCString newSet;
+    mReadSet->Output(getter_Copies(oldSet));
+    mReadSet->AddRange(1, oldest - 1);
+    mReadSet->Output(getter_Copies(newSet));
+  }
+
+  /* Now search the newsrc line and figure out how many of these messages are marked as unread. */
+
+  /* make sure youngest is a least 1. MSNews seems to return a youngest of 0. */
+  if (youngest == 0)
+    youngest = 1;
+
+  int32_t unread = mReadSet->CountMissingInRange(oldest, youngest);
+  NS_ASSERTION(unread >= 0,"CountMissingInRange reported unread < 0");
+  if (unread < 0)
+    // servers can send us stuff like "211 0 41 40 nz.netstatus"
+    // we should handle it gracefully.
+    unread = 0;
+
+  if (unread > total)
+  {
+    /* This can happen when the newsrc file shows more unread than exist in the group (total is not necessarily `end - start'.) */
+    unread = total;
+    int32_t deltaInDB = mNumTotalMessages - mNumUnreadMessages;
+    //int32_t deltaInDB = m_totalInDB - m_unreadInDB;
+    /* if we know there are read messages in the db, subtract that from the unread total */
+    if (deltaInDB > 0)
+      unread -= deltaInDB;
+  }
+
+  bool dbWasOpen = mDatabase != nullptr;
+  int32_t pendingUnreadDelta = unread - mNumUnreadMessages - mNumPendingUnreadMessages;
+  int32_t pendingTotalDelta = total - mNumTotalMessages - mNumPendingTotalMessages;
+  ChangeNumPendingUnread(pendingUnreadDelta);
+  ChangeNumPendingTotalMessages(pendingTotalDelta);
+  if (!dbWasOpen && mDatabase)
+  {
+    mDatabase->Commit(nsMsgDBCommitType::kLargeCommit);
+    mDatabase->RemoveListener(this);
+    mDatabase = nullptr;
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgNewsFolder::GetExpungedBytesCount(int64_t *count)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(count);
+  *count = mExpungedBytes;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgNewsFolder::GetDeletable(bool *deletable)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(deletable);
+
+  *deletable = false;
+  // For legacy reasons, there can be Saved search folders under news accounts.
+  // Allow deleting those.
+  GetFlag(nsMsgFolderFlags::Virtual, deletable);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgNewsFolder::RefreshSizeOnDisk()
+{
+  uint64_t oldFolderSize = mFolderSize;
+  // We set size to unknown to force it to get recalculated from disk.
+  mFolderSize = kSizeUnknown;
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(GetSizeOnDisk(&mFolderSize)))
+    NotifyIntPropertyChanged(kFolderSizeAtom, oldFolderSize, mFolderSize);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgNewsFolder::GetSizeOnDisk(int64_t *size)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(size);
+
+  bool isServer = false;
+  nsresult rv = GetIsServer(&isServer);
+  // If this is the rootFolder, return 0 as a safe value.
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || isServer)
+    mFolderSize = 0;
+
+  // 0 is a valid folder size (meaning empty file with no offline messages),
+  // but 1 is not. So use -1 as a special value meaning no file size was fetched
+  // from disk yet.
+  if (mFolderSize == kSizeUnknown)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> diskFile;
+    nsresult rv = GetFilePath(getter_AddRefs(diskFile));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    // If there were no news messages downloaded for offline use, the folder file
+    // may not exist yet. In that case size is 0.
+    bool exists = false;
+    rv = diskFile->Exists(&exists);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !exists)
+    {
+      mFolderSize = 0;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      int64_t fileSize;
+      rv = diskFile->GetFileSize(&fileSize);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      mFolderSize = fileSize;
+    }
+  }
+
+  *size = mFolderSize;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgNewsFolder::DeleteMessages(nsIArray *messages, nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow,
+                                bool deleteStorage, bool isMove,
+                                nsIMsgCopyServiceListener* listener,
+                                bool allowUndo)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(messages);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMsgWindow);
+
+  if (!isMove)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolderNotificationService> notifier(do_GetService(NS_MSGNOTIFICATIONSERVICE_CONTRACTID));
+    if (notifier)
+      notifier->NotifyMsgsDeleted(messages);
+  }
+
+  rv = GetDatabase();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = EnableNotifications(allMessageCountNotifications, false, true);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    uint32_t count = 0;
+    rv = messages->GetLength(&count);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    for (uint32_t i = 0; i < count && NS_SUCCEEDED(rv); i++)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr = do_QueryElementAt(messages, i, &rv);
+      if (msgHdr)
+        rv = mDatabase->DeleteHeader(msgHdr, nullptr, true, true);
+    }
+    EnableNotifications(allMessageCountNotifications, true, true);
+  }
+ 
+  if (!isMove) 
+    NotifyFolderEvent(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) ? mDeleteOrMoveMsgCompletedAtom :
+      mDeleteOrMoveMsgFailedAtom);
+
+  (void) RefreshSizeOnDisk();
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgNewsFolder::CancelMessage(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr,
+                                             nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(msgHdr);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMsgWindow);
+
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsINntpService> nntpService = do_GetService(NS_NNTPSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  // for cancel, we need to
+  // turn "newsmessage://sspitzer@news.mozilla.org/netscape.test#5428"
+  // into "news://sspitzer@news.mozilla.org/23423@netscape.com"
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+  rv = GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  nsCString serverURI;
+  rv = server->GetServerURI(serverURI);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  nsCString messageID;
+  rv = msgHdr->GetMessageId(getter_Copies(messageID));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  // we need to escape the message ID,
+  // it might contain characters which will mess us up later, like #
+  // see bug #120502
+  nsCString escapedMessageID;
+  MsgEscapeString(messageID, nsINetUtil::ESCAPE_URL_PATH, escapedMessageID);
+
+  nsAutoCString cancelURL(serverURI.get());
+  cancelURL += '/';
+  cancelURL += escapedMessageID;
+  cancelURL += "?cancel";
+
+  nsCString messageURI;
+  rv = GetUriForMsg(msgHdr, messageURI);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  return nntpService->CancelMessage(cancelURL.get(), messageURI.get(), nullptr /* consumer */, nullptr, 
+                                    aMsgWindow, nullptr);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgNewsFolder::GetNewMessages(nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow, nsIUrlListener *aListener)
+{
+  return GetNewsMessages(aMsgWindow, false, aListener);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgNewsFolder::GetNextNMessages(nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow)
+{
+  return GetNewsMessages(aMsgWindow, true, nullptr);
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgNewsFolder::GetNewsMessages(nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow, bool aGetOld, nsIUrlListener *aUrlListener)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  bool isNewsServer = false;
+  rv = GetIsServer(&isNewsServer);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  if (isNewsServer)
+    // get new messages only works on a newsgroup, not a news server
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsINntpService> nntpService = do_GetService(NS_NNTPSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsINntpIncomingServer> nntpServer;
+  rv = GetNntpServer(getter_AddRefs(nntpServer));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIURI> resultUri;
+  rv = nntpService->GetNewNews(nntpServer, mURI.get(), aGetOld, this,
+                               aMsgWindow, getter_AddRefs(resultUri));
+  if (aUrlListener && NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && resultUri)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> msgUrl (do_QueryInterface(resultUri));
+    if (msgUrl)
+      msgUrl->RegisterListener(aUrlListener);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgNewsFolder::LoadNewsrcFileAndCreateNewsgroups()
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  if (!mNewsrcFilePath) return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  bool exists;
+  rv = mNewsrcFilePath->Exists(&exists);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  if (!exists)
+    // it is ok for the newsrc file to not exist yet
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIInputStream> fileStream;
+  rv = NS_NewLocalFileInputStream(getter_AddRefs(fileStream), mNewsrcFilePath);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsILineInputStream> lineInputStream(do_QueryInterface(fileStream, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  bool more = true;
+  nsCString line;
+
+  while (more && NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    rv = lineInputStream->ReadLine(line, &more);
+    if (line.IsEmpty())
+      continue;
+    HandleNewsrcLine(line.get(), line.Length());
+  }
+
+  fileStream->Close();
+  return rv;
+}
+
+int32_t
+nsMsgNewsFolder::HandleNewsrcLine(const char * line, uint32_t line_size)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  /* guard against blank line lossage */
+  if (line[0] == '#' || line[0] == '\r' || line[0] == '\n') return 0;
+
+  if ((line[0] == 'o' || line[0] == 'O') &&
+    !PL_strncasecmp (line, "options", 7))
+    return RememberLine(nsDependentCString(line));
+
+  const char *s = nullptr;
+  const char *setStr = nullptr;
+  const char *end = line + line_size;
+
+  for (s = line; s < end;  s++)
+    if ((*s == ':') || (*s == '!'))
+      break;
+
+    if (*s == 0)
+      /* What is this?? Well, don't just throw it away... */
+      return RememberLine(nsDependentCString(line));
+
+    bool subscribed = (*s == ':');
+    setStr = s+1;
+
+    if (*line == '\0')
+      return 0;
+
+  // previous versions of Communicator poluted the
+  // newsrc files with articles
+  // (this would happen when you clicked on a link like
+  // news://news.mozilla.org/3746EF3F.6080309@netscape.com)
+  //
+  // legal newsgroup names can't contain @ or %
+  //
+  // News group names are structured into parts separated by dots,
+  // for example "netscape.public.mozilla.mail-news".
+  // Each part may be up to 14 characters long, and should consist
+  // only of letters, digits, "+" and "-", with at least one letter
+  //
+  // @ indicates an article and %40 is @ escaped.
+  // previous versions of Communicator also dumped
+  // the escaped version into the newsrc file
+  //
+  // So lines like this in a newsrc file should be ignored:
+  // 3746EF3F.6080309@netscape.com:
+  // 3746EF3F.6080309%40netscape.com:
+  if (PL_strchr(line, '@') || PL_strstr(line, "%40"))
+    // skipping, it contains @ or %40
+    subscribed = false;
+
+  if (subscribed)
+  {
+    // we're subscribed, so add it
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> child;
+
+    rv = AddNewsgroup(Substring(line, s), nsDependentCString(setStr), getter_AddRefs(child));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return -1;
+  }
+  else {
+    rv = RememberUnsubscribedGroup(nsDependentCString(line), nsDependentCString(setStr));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return -1;
+  }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgNewsFolder::RememberUnsubscribedGroup(const nsACString& newsgroup, const nsACString& setStr)
+{
+  mUnsubscribedNewsgroupLines.Append(newsgroup);
+  mUnsubscribedNewsgroupLines.AppendLiteral("! ");
+  if (!setStr.IsEmpty())
+    mUnsubscribedNewsgroupLines.Append(setStr);
+  else
+    mUnsubscribedNewsgroupLines.Append(MSG_LINEBREAK);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+int32_t
+nsMsgNewsFolder::RememberLine(const nsACString& line)
+{
+  mOptionLines = line;
+  mOptionLines.Append(MSG_LINEBREAK);
+  return 0;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgNewsFolder::ForgetLine()
+{
+  mOptionLines.Truncate();
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgNewsFolder::GetGroupUsername(nsACString& aGroupUsername)
+{
+  aGroupUsername = mGroupUsername;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgNewsFolder::SetGroupUsername(const nsACString& aGroupUsername)
+{
+  mGroupUsername = aGroupUsername;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgNewsFolder::GetGroupPassword(nsACString& aGroupPassword)
+{
+  aGroupPassword = mGroupPassword;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgNewsFolder::SetGroupPassword(const nsACString& aGroupPassword)
+{
+  mGroupPassword = aGroupPassword;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgNewsFolder::CreateNewsgroupUrlForSignon(const char *ref,
+    nsAString &result)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIURL> url = do_CreateInstance(NS_STANDARDURL_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+  rv = GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsINntpIncomingServer> nntpServer;
+  rv = GetNntpServer(getter_AddRefs(nntpServer));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  bool singleSignon = true;
+  rv = nntpServer->GetSingleSignon(&singleSignon);
+
+  if (singleSignon)
+  {
+    nsCString serverURI;
+    rv = server->GetServerURI(serverURI);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    rv = url->SetSpec(serverURI);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    rv = url->SetSpec(mURI);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+
+  int32_t port = 0;
+  rv = url->GetPort(&port);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  if (port <= 0)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+    rv = GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    int32_t socketType;
+    nsresult rv = server->GetSocketType(&socketType);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    // Only set this for ssl newsgroups as for non-ssl connections, we don't
+    // need to specify the port as it is the default for the protocol and
+    // password manager "blanks" those out.
+    if (socketType == nsMsgSocketType::SSL)
+    {
+      rv = url->SetPort(nsINntpUrl::DEFAULT_NNTPS_PORT);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    }
+  }
+
+  nsCString rawResult;
+  if (ref)
+  {
+    rv = url->SetRef(nsDependentCString(ref));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    rv = url->GetSpec(rawResult);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    // If the url doesn't have a path, make sure we don't get a '/' on the end
+    // as that will confuse searching in password manager.
+    nsCString spec;
+    rv = url->GetSpec(spec);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    if (!spec.IsEmpty() && spec[spec.Length() - 1] == '/')
+      rawResult = StringHead(spec, spec.Length() - 1);
+    else
+      rawResult = spec;
+  }
+  result = NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16(rawResult);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgNewsFolder::GetAuthenticationCredentials(nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow,
+    bool mayPrompt, bool mustPrompt, bool *validCredentials)
+{
+  // Not strictly necessary, but it would help consumers to realize that this is
+  // a rather nonsensical combination.
+  NS_ENSURE_FALSE(mustPrompt && !mayPrompt, NS_ERROR_INVALID_ARG);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(validCredentials);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundleService> bundleService =
+    mozilla::services::GetStringBundleService();
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(bundleService, NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED);
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStringBundle> bundle;
+  rv = bundleService->CreateBundle(NEWS_MSGS_URL, getter_AddRefs(bundle));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsString signonUrl;
+  rv = CreateNewsgroupUrlForSignon(nullptr, signonUrl);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // If we don't have a username or password, try to load it via the login mgr.
+  // Do this even if mustPrompt is true, to prefill the dialog.
+  if (mGroupUsername.IsEmpty() || mGroupPassword.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsILoginManager> loginMgr =
+      do_GetService(NS_LOGINMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    uint32_t numLogins = 0;
+    nsILoginInfo **logins = nullptr;
+    rv = loginMgr->FindLogins(&numLogins, signonUrl, EmptyString(), signonUrl,
+      &logins);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    if (numLogins > 0)
+    {
+      nsString uniUsername, uniPassword;
+      logins[0]->GetUsername(uniUsername);
+      logins[0]->GetPassword(uniPassword);
+      mGroupUsername = NS_LossyConvertUTF16toASCII(uniUsername);
+      mGroupPassword = NS_LossyConvertUTF16toASCII(uniPassword);
+
+      *validCredentials = true;
+    }
+    NS_FREE_XPCOM_ISUPPORTS_POINTER_ARRAY(numLogins, logins);
+  }
+
+  // Show the prompt if we need to
+  if (mustPrompt ||
+      (mayPrompt && (mGroupUsername.IsEmpty() || mGroupPassword.IsEmpty())))
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAuthPrompt> dialog;
+    if (aMsgWindow)
+    {
+      rv = aMsgWindow->GetAuthPrompt(getter_AddRefs(dialog));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIWindowWatcher> wwatch(do_GetService(NS_WINDOWWATCHER_CONTRACTID));
+      if (wwatch)
+        wwatch->GetNewAuthPrompter(0, getter_AddRefs(dialog));
+      if (!dialog) return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    }
+
+    NS_ASSERTION(dialog, "We didn't get a net prompt");
+    if (dialog)
+    {
+      // Format the prompt text strings
+      nsString promptTitle, promptText;
+      bundle->GetStringFromName(u"enterUserPassTitle",
+        getter_Copies(promptTitle));
+
+      nsString serverName;
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+      rv = GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      server->GetPrettyName(serverName);
+
+      nsCOMPtr<nsINntpIncomingServer> nntpServer;
+      rv = GetNntpServer(getter_AddRefs(nntpServer));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      bool singleSignon = true;
+      nntpServer->GetSingleSignon(&singleSignon);
+
+      const char16_t *params[2];
+      params[0] = mName.get();
+      params[1] = serverName.get();
+      if (singleSignon)
+        bundle->FormatStringFromName(
+          u"enterUserPassServer",
+          &params[1], 1, getter_Copies(promptText));
+      else
+        bundle->FormatStringFromName(
+          u"enterUserPassGroup",
+          params, 2, getter_Copies(promptText));
+
+      // Fill the signon url for the dialog
+      nsString signonURL;
+      rv = CreateNewsgroupUrlForSignon(nullptr, signonURL);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      // Prefill saved username/password
+      char16_t *uniGroupUsername = ToNewUnicode(
+        NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16(mGroupUsername));
+      char16_t *uniGroupPassword = ToNewUnicode(
+        NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16(mGroupPassword));
+
+      // Prompt for the dialog
+      rv = dialog->PromptUsernameAndPassword(promptTitle.get(),
+        promptText.get(), signonURL.get(),
+        nsIAuthPrompt::SAVE_PASSWORD_PERMANENTLY,
+        &uniGroupUsername, &uniGroupPassword, validCredentials);
+
+      nsAutoString uniPasswordAdopted, uniUsernameAdopted;
+      uniPasswordAdopted.Adopt(uniGroupPassword);
+      uniUsernameAdopted.Adopt(uniGroupUsername);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      // Only use the username/password if the user didn't cancel.
+      if (*validCredentials)
+      {
+        SetGroupUsername(NS_LossyConvertUTF16toASCII(uniUsernameAdopted));
+        SetGroupPassword(NS_LossyConvertUTF16toASCII(uniPasswordAdopted));
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        mGroupUsername.Truncate();
+        mGroupPassword.Truncate();
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  
+  *validCredentials = !(mGroupUsername.IsEmpty() || mGroupPassword.IsEmpty());
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgNewsFolder::ForgetAuthenticationCredentials()
+{
+  nsString signonUrl;
+  nsresult rv = CreateNewsgroupUrlForSignon(nullptr, signonUrl);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsILoginManager> loginMgr =
+    do_GetService(NS_LOGINMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  uint32_t count;
+  nsILoginInfo** logins;
+
+  rv = loginMgr->FindLogins(&count, signonUrl, EmptyString(), signonUrl,
+    &logins);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // There should only be one-login stored for this url, however just in case
+  // there isn't.
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < count; ++i)
+    loginMgr->RemoveLogin(logins[i]);
+  NS_FREE_XPCOM_ISUPPORTS_POINTER_ARRAY(count, logins);
+
+  // Clear out the saved passwords for anyone else who tries to call.
+  mGroupUsername.Truncate();
+  mGroupPassword.Truncate();
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// change order of subfolders (newsgroups)
+// aOrientation = -1 ... aNewsgroupToMove aRefNewsgroup ...
+// aOrientation =  1 ... aRefNewsgroup aNewsgroupToMove ...
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgNewsFolder::MoveFolder(nsIMsgFolder *aNewsgroupToMove, nsIMsgFolder *aRefNewsgroup, int32_t aOrientation)
+{
+  // if folders are identical do nothing
+  if (aNewsgroupToMove == aRefNewsgroup)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  // get index for aNewsgroupToMove
+  int32_t indexNewsgroupToMove = mSubFolders.IndexOf(aNewsgroupToMove);
+  if (indexNewsgroupToMove == -1)
+    // aNewsgroupToMove is no subfolder of this folder
+    return NS_ERROR_INVALID_ARG;
+
+  // get index for aRefNewsgroup
+  int32_t indexRefNewsgroup = mSubFolders.IndexOf(aRefNewsgroup);
+  if (indexRefNewsgroup == -1)
+    // aRefNewsgroup is no subfolder of this folder
+    return NS_ERROR_INVALID_ARG;
+
+  // set new index for NewsgroupToMove
+  uint32_t indexMin, indexMax;
+  if (indexNewsgroupToMove < indexRefNewsgroup)
+  {
+    if (aOrientation < 0)
+      indexRefNewsgroup--;
+    indexMin = indexNewsgroupToMove;
+    indexMax = indexRefNewsgroup;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    if (aOrientation > 0)
+      indexRefNewsgroup++;
+    indexMin = indexRefNewsgroup;
+    indexMax = indexNewsgroupToMove; 
+  }
+
+  // move NewsgroupToMove to new index and set new sort order
+  NotifyItemRemoved(aNewsgroupToMove);
+
+  if (indexNewsgroupToMove != indexRefNewsgroup)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> newsgroup = mSubFolders[indexNewsgroupToMove];
+
+    mSubFolders.RemoveObjectAt(indexNewsgroupToMove);
+
+    // indexRefNewsgroup is already set up correctly.
+    mSubFolders.InsertObjectAt(newsgroup, indexRefNewsgroup);
+  }
+  
+  for (uint32_t i = indexMin; i <= indexMax; i++)
+    mSubFolders[i]->SetSortOrder(kNewsSortOffset + i);
+
+  NotifyItemAdded(aNewsgroupToMove);  
+
+  // write changes back to file
+  nsCOMPtr<nsINntpIncomingServer> nntpServer;
+  rv = GetNntpServer(getter_AddRefs(nntpServer));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  rv = nntpServer->SetNewsrcHasChanged(true);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  rv = nntpServer->WriteNewsrcFile();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgNewsFolder::CreateBaseMessageURI(const nsACString& aURI)
+{
+  return nsCreateNewsBaseMessageURI(nsCString(aURI).get(), mBaseMessageURI);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgNewsFolder::GetNewsrcLine(nsACString& newsrcLine)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsString newsgroupNameUtf16;
+  rv = GetName(newsgroupNameUtf16);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+  NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8 newsgroupName(newsgroupNameUtf16);
+
+  newsrcLine = newsgroupName;
+  newsrcLine.Append(':');
+
+  if (mReadSet) {
+    nsCString setStr;
+    mReadSet->Output(getter_Copies(setStr));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      newsrcLine.Append(' ');
+      newsrcLine.Append(setStr);
+      newsrcLine.AppendLiteral(MSG_LINEBREAK);
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgNewsFolder::SetReadSetFromStr(const nsACString& newsrcLine)
+{
+  delete mReadSet;
+  mReadSet = nsMsgKeySet::Create(nsCString(newsrcLine).get());
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(mReadSet, NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY);
+
+  // Now that mReadSet is recreated, make sure it's stored in the db as well.
+  nsCOMPtr<nsINewsDatabase> db = do_QueryInterface(mDatabase);
+  if (db) // it's ok not to have a db here.
+    db->SetReadSet(mReadSet);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgNewsFolder::GetUnsubscribedNewsgroupLines(nsACString& aUnsubscribedNewsgroupLines)
+{
+  aUnsubscribedNewsgroupLines = mUnsubscribedNewsgroupLines;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgNewsFolder::GetOptionLines(nsACString& optionLines)
+{
+  optionLines = mOptionLines;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgNewsFolder::OnReadChanged(nsIDBChangeListener * aInstigator)
+{
+  return SetNewsrcHasChanged(true);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgNewsFolder::GetUnicodeName(nsAString& aName)
+{
+  return GetName(aName);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgNewsFolder::GetRawName(nsACString & aRawName)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  if (mRawName.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    nsString name;
+    rv = GetName(name);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+    // convert to the server-side encoding
+    nsCOMPtr <nsINntpIncomingServer> nntpServer;
+    rv = GetNntpServer(getter_AddRefs(nntpServer));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+    nsAutoCString dataCharset;
+    rv = nntpServer->GetCharset(dataCharset);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+    rv = nsMsgI18NConvertFromUnicode(dataCharset.get(), name, mRawName);
+
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      LossyCopyUTF16toASCII(name, mRawName);
+  }
+  aRawName = mRawName;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgNewsFolder::GetNntpServer(nsINntpIncomingServer **result)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(result);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+  rv = GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsINntpIncomingServer> nntpServer;
+  rv = server->QueryInterface(NS_GET_IID(nsINntpIncomingServer),
+                              getter_AddRefs(nntpServer));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+  nntpServer.swap(*result);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// this gets called after the message actually gets cancelled
+// it removes the cancelled message from the db
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgNewsFolder::RemoveMessage(nsMsgKey key)
+{
+  nsresult rv = GetDatabase();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv); // if GetDatabase succeeds, mDatabase will be non-null
+
+  // Notify listeners of a delete for a single message
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolderNotificationService> notifier(do_GetService(NS_MSGNOTIFICATIONSERVICE_CONTRACTID));
+  if (notifier)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+    rv = mDatabase->GetMsgHdrForKey(key, getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> msgHdrs(do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID));
+    msgHdrs->AppendElement(msgHdr, false);
+
+    notifier->NotifyMsgsDeleted(msgHdrs);
+  }
+  return mDatabase->DeleteMessage(key, nullptr, false);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgNewsFolder::RemoveMessages(nsTArray<nsMsgKey> &aMsgKeys)
+{
+  nsresult rv = GetDatabase();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv); // if GetDatabase succeeds, mDatabase will be non-null
+
+  // Notify listeners of a multiple message delete
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolderNotificationService> notifier(do_GetService(NS_MSGNOTIFICATIONSERVICE_CONTRACTID));
+
+  if (notifier)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> msgHdrs(do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID));
+    rv = MsgGetHeadersFromKeys(mDatabase, aMsgKeys, msgHdrs);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    notifier->NotifyMsgsDeleted(msgHdrs);
+  }
+
+  return mDatabase->DeleteMessages(aMsgKeys.Length(), aMsgKeys.Elements(), nullptr);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgNewsFolder::CancelComplete()
+{
+  NotifyFolderEvent(mDeleteOrMoveMsgCompletedAtom);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgNewsFolder::CancelFailed()
+{
+  NotifyFolderEvent(mDeleteOrMoveMsgFailedAtom);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgNewsFolder::GetSaveArticleOffline(bool *aBool)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(aBool);
+  *aBool = m_downloadMessageForOfflineUse;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgNewsFolder::SetSaveArticleOffline(bool aBool)
+{
+  m_downloadMessageForOfflineUse = aBool;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgNewsFolder::DownloadAllForOffline(nsIUrlListener *listener, nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow)
+{
+  nsTArray<nsMsgKey> srcKeyArray;
+  SetSaveArticleOffline(true);
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  // build up message keys.
+  if (mDatabase)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsISimpleEnumerator> enumerator;
+    rv = mDatabase->EnumerateMessages(getter_AddRefs(enumerator));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && enumerator)
+    {
+      bool hasMore;
+      while (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv = enumerator->HasMoreElements(&hasMore)) && hasMore)
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr <nsISupports> supports;
+        rv = enumerator->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(supports));
+        NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "nsMsgDBEnumerator broken");
+        nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> pHeader = do_QueryInterface(supports);
+        if (pHeader && NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        {
+          bool shouldStoreMsgOffline = false;
+          nsMsgKey msgKey;
+          pHeader->GetMessageKey(&msgKey);
+          MsgFitsDownloadCriteria(msgKey, &shouldStoreMsgOffline);
+          if (shouldStoreMsgOffline)
+            srcKeyArray.AppendElement(msgKey);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  RefPtr<DownloadNewsArticlesToOfflineStore> downloadState =
+    new DownloadNewsArticlesToOfflineStore(msgWindow, mDatabase, this);
+  m_downloadingMultipleMessages = true;
+  rv = downloadState->DownloadArticles(msgWindow, this, &srcKeyArray);
+  (void) RefreshSizeOnDisk();
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgNewsFolder::DownloadMessagesForOffline(nsIArray *messages, nsIMsgWindow *window)
+{
+  nsTArray<nsMsgKey> srcKeyArray;
+  SetSaveArticleOffline(true); // ### TODO need to clear this when we've finished
+  uint32_t count = 0;
+  uint32_t i;
+  nsresult rv = messages->GetLength(&count);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // build up message keys.
+  for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
+  {
+    nsMsgKey key;
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> msgDBHdr = do_QueryElementAt(messages, i, &rv);
+    if (msgDBHdr)
+      rv = msgDBHdr->GetMessageKey(&key);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      srcKeyArray.AppendElement(key);
+  }
+  RefPtr<DownloadNewsArticlesToOfflineStore> downloadState =
+    new DownloadNewsArticlesToOfflineStore(window, mDatabase, this);
+  m_downloadingMultipleMessages = true;
+
+  rv = downloadState->DownloadArticles(window, this, &srcKeyArray);
+  (void) RefreshSizeOnDisk();
+  return rv;
+}
+
+// line does not have a line terminator (e.g., CR or CRLF)
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgNewsFolder::NotifyDownloadedLine(const char *line, nsMsgKey keyOfArticle)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  if (m_downloadMessageForOfflineUse)
+  {
+    if (!m_offlineHeader)
+    {
+      GetMessageHeader(keyOfArticle, getter_AddRefs(m_offlineHeader));
+      rv = StartNewOfflineMessage();
+    }
+    m_numOfflineMsgLines++;
+  }
+
+  if (m_tempMessageStream)
+  {
+    // line now contains the linebreak.
+    if (line[0] == '.' && line[MSG_LINEBREAK_LEN + 1] == 0)
+    {
+      // end of article.
+      if (m_offlineHeader)
+        EndNewOfflineMessage();
+
+      if (m_tempMessageStream && !m_downloadingMultipleMessages)
+      {
+        m_tempMessageStream->Close();
+        m_tempMessageStream = nullptr;
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      uint32_t count = 0;
+      rv = m_tempMessageStream->Write(line, strlen(line), &count);
+    }
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgNewsFolder::NotifyFinishedDownloadinghdrs()
+{
+  bool wasCached = !!mDatabase;
+  ChangeNumPendingTotalMessages(-mNumPendingTotalMessages);
+  ChangeNumPendingUnread(-mNumPendingUnreadMessages);
+  bool filtersRun;
+  // run the bayesian spam filters, if enabled.
+  CallFilterPlugins(nullptr, &filtersRun);
+
+  // If the DB was not open before, close our reference to it now.
+  if (!wasCached && mDatabase)
+  {
+    mDatabase->Commit(nsMsgDBCommitType::kLargeCommit);
+    mDatabase->RemoveListener(this);
+    // This also clears all of the cached headers that may have been added while
+    // we were downloading messages (and those clearing refcount cycles in the
+    // database).
+    mDatabase->ClearCachedHdrs();
+    mDatabase = nullptr;
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgNewsFolder::Compact(nsIUrlListener *aListener, nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  rv = GetDatabase();
+  if (mDatabase)
+    ApplyRetentionSettings();
+  (void) RefreshSizeOnDisk();
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgNewsFolder::ApplyRetentionSettings()
+{
+  return nsMsgDBFolder::ApplyRetentionSettings(false);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgNewsFolder::GetMessageIdForKey(nsMsgKey key, nsACString& result)
+{
+  nsresult rv = GetDatabase();
+  if (!mDatabase)
+    return rv;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> hdr;
+  rv = mDatabase->GetMsgHdrForKey(key, getter_AddRefs(hdr));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  nsCString id;
+  rv = hdr->GetMessageId(getter_Copies(id));
+  result.Assign(id);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgNewsFolder::SetSortOrder(int32_t order)
+{
+  int32_t oldOrder = mSortOrder;
+  
+  mSortOrder = order;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIAtom> sortOrderAtom = MsgGetAtom("SortOrder");
+  // What to do if the atom can't be allocated?
+  NotifyIntPropertyChanged(sortOrderAtom, oldOrder, order);
+  
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgNewsFolder::GetSortOrder(int32_t *order)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(order);
+  *order = mSortOrder;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgNewsFolder::Shutdown(bool shutdownChildren)
+{
+  if (mFilterList)
+  {
+    // close the filter log stream
+    nsresult rv = mFilterList->SetLogStream(nullptr);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+    mFilterList = nullptr;
+  }
+
+  mInitialized = false;
+  if (mReadSet) {
+    // the nsINewsDatabase holds a weak ref to the readset,
+    // and we outlive the db, so it's safe to delete it here.
+    nsCOMPtr<nsINewsDatabase> db = do_QueryInterface(mDatabase);
+    if (db)
+      db->SetReadSet(nullptr);
+    delete mReadSet;
+    mReadSet = nullptr;
+  }
+  return nsMsgDBFolder::Shutdown(shutdownChildren);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgNewsFolder::SetFilterList(nsIMsgFilterList *aFilterList)
+{
+  if (mIsServer)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+    nsresult rv = GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+    return server->SetFilterList(aFilterList);
+  }
+
+  mFilterList = aFilterList;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgNewsFolder::GetFilterList(nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow, nsIMsgFilterList **aResult)
+{
+  if (mIsServer)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+    nsresult rv = GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+    return server->GetFilterList(aMsgWindow, aResult);
+  }
+
+  if (!mFilterList)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> thisFolder;
+    nsresult rv = GetFilePath(getter_AddRefs(thisFolder));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIFile> filterFile = do_CreateInstance(NS_LOCAL_FILE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);;
+    rv = filterFile->InitWithFile(thisFolder);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    // in 4.x, the news filter file was
+    // C:\Program Files\Netscape\Users\meer\News\host-news.mcom.com\mcom.test.dat
+    // where the summary file was
+    // C:\Program Files\Netscape\Users\meer\News\host-news.mcom.com\mcom.test.snm
+    // we make the rules file ".dat" in mozilla, so that migration works.
+
+    // NOTE:
+    // we don't we need to call NS_MsgHashIfNecessary()
+    // it's already been hashed, if necessary
+    nsCString filterFileName;
+    rv = filterFile->GetNativeLeafName(filterFileName);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+    filterFileName.AppendLiteral(".dat");
+
+    rv = filterFile->SetNativeLeafName(filterFileName);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFilterService> filterService =
+      do_GetService(NS_MSGFILTERSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    rv = filterService->OpenFilterList(filterFile, this, aMsgWindow, getter_AddRefs(mFilterList));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aResult = mFilterList);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgNewsFolder::GetEditableFilterList(nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow, nsIMsgFilterList **aResult)
+{
+  // We don't support pluggable filter list types for news.
+  return GetFilterList(aMsgWindow, aResult);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgNewsFolder::SetEditableFilterList(nsIMsgFilterList *aFilterList)
+{
+  return SetFilterList(aFilterList);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgNewsFolder::OnStopRunningUrl(nsIURI *aUrl, nsresult aExitCode)
+{
+ if (m_tempMessageStream)
+  {
+    m_tempMessageStream->Close();
+    m_tempMessageStream = nullptr;
+  }
+  m_downloadingMultipleMessages = false;
+  return nsMsgDBFolder::OnStopRunningUrl(aUrl, aExitCode);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgNewsFolder::GetIncomingServerType(nsACString& serverType)
+{
+  serverType.AssignLiteral("nntp");
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
diff --git a/mailnews/news/src/nsNewsFolder.h b/mailnews/news/src/nsNewsFolder.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b5b085b0b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/news/src/nsNewsFolder.h
@@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/**
+   Interface for representing News folders.
+*/
+
+#ifndef nsMsgNewsFolder_h__
+#define nsMsgNewsFolder_h__
+
+#include "mozilla/Attributes.h"
+#include "nsMsgDBFolder.h"
+#include "nsIFile.h"
+#include "nsINntpIncomingServer.h" // need this for the IID
+#include "nsNewsUtils.h"
+#include "nsMsgKeySet.h"
+#include "nsIMsgNewsFolder.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFilterService.h"
+#include "nsIArray.h"
+
+class nsMsgNewsFolder : public nsMsgDBFolder, public nsIMsgNewsFolder
+{
+public:
+  nsMsgNewsFolder(void);
+
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGNEWSFOLDER
+
+  // nsIUrlListener method
+  NS_IMETHOD OnStopRunningUrl(nsIURI * aUrl, nsresult aExitCode) override;
+  // nsIMsgFolder methods:
+  NS_IMETHOD GetSubFolders(nsISimpleEnumerator **aResult) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD GetMessages(nsISimpleEnumerator **result) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD UpdateFolder(nsIMsgWindow *aWindow) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD CreateSubfolder(const nsAString& folderName,
+                             nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD Delete() override;
+  NS_IMETHOD Rename(const nsAString& newName,
+                     nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD GetAbbreviatedName(nsAString& aAbbreviatedName) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD GetFolderURL(nsACString& url) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD GetExpungedBytesCount(int64_t *count);
+  NS_IMETHOD GetDeletable(bool *deletable) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD RefreshSizeOnDisk();
+
+  NS_IMETHOD GetSizeOnDisk(int64_t *size) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD GetDBFolderInfoAndDB(nsIDBFolderInfo **folderInfo,
+                                  nsIMsgDatabase **db) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD DeleteMessages(nsIArray *messages,
+                            nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow, bool deleteStorage,
+                            bool isMove, nsIMsgCopyServiceListener* listener, 
+                            bool allowUndo) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetNewMessages(nsIMsgWindow *aWindow,
+                            nsIUrlListener *aListener) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD GetCanSubscribe(bool *aResult) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetCanFileMessages(bool *aResult) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetCanCreateSubfolders(bool *aResult) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetCanRename(bool *aResult) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetCanCompact(bool *aResult) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD OnReadChanged(nsIDBChangeListener * aInstigator) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD DownloadMessagesForOffline(nsIArray *messages,
+                                        nsIMsgWindow *window) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD Compact(nsIUrlListener *aListener,
+                     nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD DownloadAllForOffline(nsIUrlListener *listener,
+                                   nsIMsgWindow *msgWindow) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetSortOrder(int32_t *order) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD SetSortOrder(int32_t order) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD Shutdown(bool shutdownChildren) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD GetFilterList(nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow,
+                           nsIMsgFilterList **aFilterList) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetEditableFilterList(nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow,
+                                   nsIMsgFilterList **aFilterList) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD SetFilterList(nsIMsgFilterList *aFilterList) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD SetEditableFilterList(nsIMsgFilterList *aFilterList) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD ApplyRetentionSettings() override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetIncomingServerType(nsACString& serverType) override;
+
+protected:
+  virtual ~nsMsgNewsFolder();
+  // helper routine to parse the URI and update member variables
+  nsresult AbbreviatePrettyName(nsAString& prettyName, int32_t fullwords);
+  nsresult ParseFolder(nsIFile *path);
+  nsresult CreateSubFolders(nsIFile *path);
+  nsresult AddDirectorySeparator(nsIFile *path);
+  nsresult GetDatabase() override;
+  virtual nsresult CreateChildFromURI(const nsCString &uri,
+                                      nsIMsgFolder **folder) override;
+
+  nsresult LoadNewsrcFileAndCreateNewsgroups();
+  int32_t RememberLine(const nsACString& line);
+  nsresult RememberUnsubscribedGroup(const nsACString& newsgroup, const nsACString& setStr);
+  nsresult ForgetLine(void);
+  nsresult GetNewsMessages(nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow, bool getOld, nsIUrlListener *aListener);
+
+  int32_t HandleNewsrcLine(const char * line, uint32_t line_size);
+  virtual nsresult CreateBaseMessageURI(const nsACString& aURI) override;
+
+protected:
+  int64_t mExpungedBytes;
+  bool mGettingNews;
+  bool mInitialized;
+  bool m_downloadMessageForOfflineUse;
+  bool m_downloadingMultipleMessages;
+
+  nsCString mOptionLines;
+  nsCString mUnsubscribedNewsgroupLines;
+  nsMsgKeySet *mReadSet;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> mNewsrcFilePath;
+
+  // used for auth news
+  nsCString mGroupUsername;
+  nsCString mGroupPassword;
+
+  // the name of the newsgroup.
+  nsCString mRawName;
+  int32_t mSortOrder;
+
+private:
+  /**
+   * Constructs a signon url for use in login manager.
+   *
+   * @param ref    The URI ref (should be null unless working with legacy).
+   * @param result The result of the string
+   */
+  nsresult CreateNewsgroupUrlForSignon(const char *ref, nsAString &result);
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFilterList> mFilterList;
+};
+
+#endif // nsMsgNewsFolder_h__
diff --git a/mailnews/news/src/nsNewsUtils.cpp b/mailnews/news/src/nsNewsUtils.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b7fc5e70c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/news/src/nsNewsUtils.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "nntpCore.h"
+#include "nsNewsUtils.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+
+
+/* parses NewsMessageURI */
+nsresult
+nsParseNewsMessageURI(const char* uri, nsCString& group, nsMsgKey *key)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(uri);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(key);
+
+  nsAutoCString uriStr(uri);
+  int32_t keySeparator = uriStr.FindChar('#');
+  if(keySeparator != -1)
+  {
+    int32_t keyEndSeparator = MsgFindCharInSet(uriStr, "?&", keySeparator);
+
+    // Grab between the last '/' and the '#' for the key
+    group = StringHead(uriStr, keySeparator);
+    int32_t groupSeparator = group.RFind("/");
+    if (groupSeparator == -1)
+      return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+    // Our string APIs don't let us unescape into the same buffer from earlier,
+    // so escape into a temporary
+    nsAutoCString unescapedGroup;
+    MsgUnescapeString(Substring(group, groupSeparator + 1), 0, unescapedGroup);
+    group = unescapedGroup;
+
+    nsAutoCString keyStr;
+    if (keyEndSeparator != -1)
+      keyStr = Substring(uriStr, keySeparator + 1, keyEndSeparator - (keySeparator + 1));
+    else
+      keyStr = Substring(uriStr, keySeparator + 1);
+    nsresult errorCode;
+    *key = keyStr.ToInteger(&errorCode);
+
+    return errorCode;
+  }
+  return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+nsresult nsCreateNewsBaseMessageURI(const char *baseURI, nsCString &baseMessageURI)
+{
+  nsAutoCString tailURI(baseURI);
+
+  // chop off news:/
+  if (tailURI.Find(kNewsRootURI) == 0)
+    tailURI.Cut(0, PL_strlen(kNewsRootURI));
+
+  baseMessageURI = kNewsMessageRootURI;
+  baseMessageURI += tailURI;
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/news/src/nsNewsUtils.h b/mailnews/news/src/nsNewsUtils.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..17170d6c2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/news/src/nsNewsUtils.h
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef NS_NEWSUTILS_H
+#define NS_NEWSUTILS_H
+
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "MailNewsTypes2.h"
+
+class nsIMsgNewsFolder;
+
+#define kNewsRootURI "news:/"
+#define kNntpRootURI "nntp:/"
+#define kNewsMessageRootURI "news-message:/"
+#define kNewsURIGroupQuery "?group="
+#define kNewsURIKeyQuery "&key="
+
+#define kNewsRootURILen 6
+#define kNntpRootURILen 6
+#define kNewsMessageRootURILen 14
+#define kNewsURIGroupQueryLen 7
+#define kNewsURIKeyQueryLen 5
+
+extern nsresult
+nsParseNewsMessageURI(const char* uri, nsCString& group, nsMsgKey *key);
+
+extern nsresult
+nsCreateNewsBaseMessageURI(const char *baseURI, nsCString &baseMessageURI);
+
+#endif //NS_NEWSUTILS_H
+
diff --git a/mailnews/news/src/nsNntpIncomingServer.cpp b/mailnews/news/src/nsNntpIncomingServer.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7c3fcad4b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/news/src/nsNntpIncomingServer.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,2162 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsNntpIncomingServer.h"
+#include "nsIPrefBranch.h"
+#include "nsIPrefService.h"
+#include "nsNewsFolder.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolder.h"
+#include "nsIFile.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsINntpService.h"
+#include "nsINNTPProtocol.h"
+#include "nsMsgNewsCID.h"
+#include "nsNNTPProtocol.h"
+#include "nsIDirectoryService.h"
+#include "nsMailDirServiceDefs.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "nsIPrompt.h"
+#include "nsIStringBundle.h"
+#include "nntpCore.h"
+#include "nsIWindowWatcher.h"
+#include "nsITreeColumns.h"
+#include "nsIDOMElement.h"
+#include "nsMsgFolderFlags.h"
+#include "nsMsgI18N.h"
+#include "nsUnicharUtils.h"
+#include "nsILineInputStream.h"
+#include "nsNetUtil.h"
+#include "nsISimpleEnumerator.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "mozilla/Services.h"
+#include "nsITreeBoxObject.h"
+
+#define INVALID_VERSION         0
+#define VALID_VERSION           2
+#define NEW_NEWS_DIR_NAME       "News"
+#define PREF_MAIL_NEWSRC_ROOT   "mail.newsrc_root"
+#define PREF_MAIL_NEWSRC_ROOT_REL "mail.newsrc_root-rel"
+#define PREF_MAILNEWS_VIEW_DEFAULT_CHARSET "mailnews.view_default_charset"
+#define HOSTINFO_FILE_NAME      "hostinfo.dat"
+
+#define NEWS_DELIMITER          '.'
+
+// this platform specific junk is so the newsrc filenames we create
+// will resemble the migrated newsrc filenames.
+#if defined(XP_UNIX)
+#define NEWSRC_FILE_PREFIX "newsrc-"
+#define NEWSRC_FILE_SUFFIX ""
+#else
+#define NEWSRC_FILE_PREFIX ""
+#define NEWSRC_FILE_SUFFIX ".rc"
+#endif /* XP_UNIX */
+
+// ###tw  This really ought to be the most
+// efficient file reading size for the current
+// operating system.
+#define HOSTINFO_FILE_BUFFER_SIZE 1024
+
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+
+/**
+ * A comparator class to do cases insensitive comparisons for nsTArray.Sort()
+ */
+class nsCStringLowerCaseComparator
+{
+public:
+  bool Equals(const nsCString &a, const nsCString &b) const
+  {
+    return a.Equals(b, nsCaseInsensitiveCStringComparator());
+  }
+
+  bool LessThan(const nsCString &a, const nsCString &b) const
+  {
+    return Compare(a, b, nsCaseInsensitiveCStringComparator()) < 0;
+  }
+};
+
+static NS_DEFINE_CID(kSubscribableServerCID, NS_SUBSCRIBABLESERVER_CID);
+
+NS_IMPL_ADDREF_INHERITED(nsNntpIncomingServer, nsMsgIncomingServer)
+NS_IMPL_RELEASE_INHERITED(nsNntpIncomingServer, nsMsgIncomingServer)
+
+NS_INTERFACE_MAP_BEGIN(nsNntpIncomingServer)
+    NS_INTERFACE_MAP_ENTRY(nsINntpIncomingServer)
+    NS_INTERFACE_MAP_ENTRY(nsIUrlListener)
+    NS_INTERFACE_MAP_ENTRY(nsISubscribableServer)
+    NS_INTERFACE_MAP_ENTRY(nsITreeView)
+NS_INTERFACE_MAP_END_INHERITING(nsMsgIncomingServer)
+
+nsNntpIncomingServer::nsNntpIncomingServer()
+{
+  mNewsrcHasChanged = false;
+
+  mGetOnlyNew = true;
+
+  mHostInfoLoaded = false;
+  mHostInfoHasChanged = false;
+  mVersion = INVALID_VERSION;
+
+  mLastGroupDate = 0;
+  mUniqueId = 0;
+  mHasSeenBeginGroups = false;
+  mPostingAllowed = false;
+  mLastUpdatedTime = 0;
+
+  // these atoms are used for subscribe search
+  mSubscribedAtom = MsgGetAtom("subscribed");
+  mNntpAtom = MsgGetAtom("nntp");
+
+  // we have server wide and per group filters
+  m_canHaveFilters = true;
+
+  SetupNewsrcSaveTimer();
+}
+
+nsNntpIncomingServer::~nsNntpIncomingServer()
+{
+    mozilla::DebugOnly<nsresult> rv;
+
+    if (mNewsrcSaveTimer) {
+        mNewsrcSaveTimer->Cancel();
+        mNewsrcSaveTimer = nullptr;
+    }
+    rv = ClearInner();
+    NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "ClearInner failed");
+
+    rv = CloseCachedConnections();
+    NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "CloseCachedConnections failed");
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_SERVERPREF_BOOL(nsNntpIncomingServer, NotifyOn, "notify.on")
+NS_IMPL_SERVERPREF_BOOL(nsNntpIncomingServer, MarkOldRead, "mark_old_read")
+NS_IMPL_SERVERPREF_BOOL(nsNntpIncomingServer, Abbreviate, "abbreviate")
+NS_IMPL_SERVERPREF_BOOL(nsNntpIncomingServer, PushAuth, "always_authenticate")
+NS_IMPL_SERVERPREF_BOOL(nsNntpIncomingServer, SingleSignon, "singleSignon")
+NS_IMPL_SERVERPREF_INT(nsNntpIncomingServer, MaxArticles, "max_articles")
+
+nsresult
+nsNntpIncomingServer::CreateRootFolderFromUri(const nsCString &serverUri,
+                                              nsIMsgFolder **rootFolder)
+{
+  nsMsgNewsFolder *newRootFolder = new nsMsgNewsFolder;
+  if (!newRootFolder)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+  NS_ADDREF(*rootFolder = newRootFolder);
+  newRootFolder->Init(serverUri.get());
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::GetNewsrcFilePath(nsIFile **aNewsrcFilePath)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  if (mNewsrcFilePath)
+  {
+    *aNewsrcFilePath = mNewsrcFilePath;
+    NS_IF_ADDREF(*aNewsrcFilePath);
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  rv = GetFileValue("newsrc.file-rel", "newsrc.file", aNewsrcFilePath);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && *aNewsrcFilePath)
+  {
+    mNewsrcFilePath = *aNewsrcFilePath;
+    return rv;
+  }
+
+  rv = GetNewsrcRootPath(getter_AddRefs(mNewsrcFilePath));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  nsCString hostname;
+  rv = GetHostName(hostname);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsAutoCString newsrcFileName(NEWSRC_FILE_PREFIX);
+  newsrcFileName.Append(hostname);
+  newsrcFileName.Append(NEWSRC_FILE_SUFFIX);
+  rv = mNewsrcFilePath->AppendNative(newsrcFileName);
+  rv = mNewsrcFilePath->CreateUnique(nsIFile::NORMAL_FILE_TYPE, 0644);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = SetNewsrcFilePath(mNewsrcFilePath);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  NS_ADDREF(*aNewsrcFilePath = mNewsrcFilePath);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::SetNewsrcFilePath(nsIFile *aFile)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aFile);
+
+    bool exists;
+    nsresult rv = aFile->Exists(&exists);
+    if (!exists)
+    {
+      rv = aFile->CreateUnique(nsIFile::NORMAL_FILE_TYPE, 0664);
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+    }
+    return SetFileValue("newsrc.file-rel", "newsrc.file", aFile);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::GetLocalStoreType(nsACString& type)
+{
+  type.AssignLiteral("news");
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::GetLocalDatabaseType(nsACString& type)
+{
+  type.AssignLiteral("news");
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::SetNewsrcRootPath(nsIFile *aNewsrcRootPath)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG(aNewsrcRootPath);
+    return NS_SetPersistentFile(PREF_MAIL_NEWSRC_ROOT_REL, PREF_MAIL_NEWSRC_ROOT, aNewsrcRootPath);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::GetNewsrcRootPath(nsIFile **aNewsrcRootPath)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aNewsrcRootPath);
+    *aNewsrcRootPath = nullptr;
+
+    bool havePref;
+    nsresult rv = NS_GetPersistentFile(PREF_MAIL_NEWSRC_ROOT_REL,
+                              PREF_MAIL_NEWSRC_ROOT,
+                              NS_APP_NEWS_50_DIR,
+                              havePref,
+                              aNewsrcRootPath);
+
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    bool exists;
+    rv = (*aNewsrcRootPath)->Exists(&exists);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !exists)
+        rv = (*aNewsrcRootPath)->Create(nsIFile::DIRECTORY_TYPE, 0775);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    if (!havePref || !exists)
+    {
+        rv = NS_SetPersistentFile(PREF_MAIL_NEWSRC_ROOT_REL, PREF_MAIL_NEWSRC_ROOT, *aNewsrcRootPath);
+        NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "Failed to set root dir pref.");
+    }
+    return rv;
+}
+
+/* static */ void nsNntpIncomingServer::OnNewsrcSaveTimer(nsITimer *timer, void *voidIncomingServer)
+{
+  nsNntpIncomingServer *incomingServer = (nsNntpIncomingServer*)voidIncomingServer;
+  incomingServer->WriteNewsrcFile();
+}
+
+nsresult nsNntpIncomingServer::SetupNewsrcSaveTimer()
+{
+  int64_t ms(300000);   // hard code, 5 minutes.
+  //Convert biffDelay into milliseconds
+  uint32_t timeInMSUint32 = (uint32_t)ms;
+  //Can't currently reset a timer when it's in the process of
+  //calling Notify. So, just release the timer here and create a new one.
+  if(mNewsrcSaveTimer)
+    mNewsrcSaveTimer->Cancel();
+  mNewsrcSaveTimer = do_CreateInstance("@mozilla.org/timer;1");
+  mNewsrcSaveTimer->InitWithFuncCallback(OnNewsrcSaveTimer, (void*)this, timeInMSUint32,
+                                           nsITimer::TYPE_REPEATING_SLACK);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::SetCharset(const nsACString & aCharset)
+{
+  return SetCharValue("charset", aCharset);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::GetCharset(nsACString & aCharset)
+{
+  //first we get the per-server settings mail.server.<serverkey>.charset
+  nsresult rv = GetCharValue("charset", aCharset);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  //if the per-server setting is empty,we get the default charset from
+  //mailnews.view_default_charset setting and set it as per-server preference.
+  if (aCharset.IsEmpty()) {
+    nsString defaultCharset;
+    rv = NS_GetLocalizedUnicharPreferenceWithDefault(nullptr,
+         PREF_MAILNEWS_VIEW_DEFAULT_CHARSET,
+         NS_LITERAL_STRING("ISO-8859-1"), defaultCharset);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    LossyCopyUTF16toASCII(defaultCharset, aCharset);
+    SetCharset(aCharset);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::WriteNewsrcFile()
+{
+    nsresult rv;
+
+    bool newsrcHasChanged;
+    rv = GetNewsrcHasChanged(&newsrcHasChanged);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_NEWS
+  nsCString hostname;
+  rv = GetHostName(hostname);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+#endif /* DEBUG_NEWS */
+
+    if (newsrcHasChanged) {
+#ifdef DEBUG_NEWS
+        printf("write newsrc file for %s\n", hostname.get());
+#endif
+        nsCOMPtr <nsIFile> newsrcFile;
+        rv = GetNewsrcFilePath(getter_AddRefs(newsrcFile));
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIOutputStream> newsrcStream;
+        nsresult rv = MsgNewBufferedFileOutputStream(getter_AddRefs(newsrcStream), newsrcFile, -1, 00600);
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+          return rv;
+
+        nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleEnumerator> subFolders;
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> rootFolder;
+        rv = GetRootFolder(getter_AddRefs(rootFolder));
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+        nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgNewsFolder> newsFolder = do_QueryInterface(rootFolder, &rv);
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+        uint32_t bytesWritten;
+        nsCString optionLines;
+        rv = newsFolder->GetOptionLines(optionLines);
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !optionLines.IsEmpty()) {
+          newsrcStream->Write(optionLines.get(), optionLines.Length(), &bytesWritten);
+#ifdef DEBUG_NEWS
+               printf("option lines:\n%s", optionLines.get());
+#endif /* DEBUG_NEWS */
+        }
+#ifdef DEBUG_NEWS
+        else {
+            printf("no option lines to write out\n");
+        }
+#endif /* DEBUG_NEWS */
+
+        nsCString unsubscribedLines;
+        rv = newsFolder->GetUnsubscribedNewsgroupLines(unsubscribedLines);
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !unsubscribedLines.IsEmpty()) {
+          newsrcStream->Write(unsubscribedLines.get(), unsubscribedLines.Length(), &bytesWritten);
+#ifdef DEBUG_NEWS
+               printf("unsubscribedLines:\n%s", unsubscribedLines.get());
+#endif /* DEBUG_NEWS */
+        }
+#ifdef DEBUG_NEWS
+        else {
+            printf("no unsubscribed lines to write out\n");
+        }
+#endif /* DEBUG_NEWS */
+
+        rv = rootFolder->GetSubFolders(getter_AddRefs(subFolders));
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+        bool moreFolders;
+
+        while (NS_SUCCEEDED(subFolders->HasMoreElements(&moreFolders)) &&
+               moreFolders) {
+            nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> child;
+            rv = subFolders->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(child));
+            if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && child) {
+                newsFolder = do_QueryInterface(child, &rv);
+                if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && newsFolder) {
+                    nsCString newsrcLine;
+                    rv = newsFolder->GetNewsrcLine(newsrcLine);
+                    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !newsrcLine.IsEmpty()) {
+                        // write the line to the newsrc file
+                        newsrcStream->Write(newsrcLine.get(), newsrcLine.Length(), &bytesWritten);
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+        }
+
+        newsrcStream->Close();
+
+        rv = SetNewsrcHasChanged(false);
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+    }
+#ifdef DEBUG_NEWS
+    else {
+        printf("no need to write newsrc file for %s, it was not dirty\n", (hostname.get()));
+    }
+#endif /* DEBUG_NEWS */
+
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::SetNewsrcHasChanged(bool aNewsrcHasChanged)
+{
+    mNewsrcHasChanged = aNewsrcHasChanged;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::GetNewsrcHasChanged(bool *aNewsrcHasChanged)
+{
+    if (!aNewsrcHasChanged) return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+    *aNewsrcHasChanged = mNewsrcHasChanged;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::CloseCachedConnections()
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsINNTPProtocol> connection;
+
+  // iterate through the connection cache and close the connections.
+  int32_t cnt = mConnectionCache.Count();
+
+  for (int32_t i = 0; i < cnt; ++i)
+  {
+    connection = mConnectionCache[0];
+    if (connection)
+    {
+      rv = connection->CloseConnection();
+      // We need to do this instead of RemoveObjectAt(0) because the
+      // above call will likely cause the object to be removed from the
+      // array anyway
+      mConnectionCache.RemoveObject(connection);
+    }
+  }
+
+  rv = WriteNewsrcFile();
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  if (!mGetOnlyNew && !mHostInfoLoaded)
+  {
+    rv = WriteHostInfoFile();
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::GetMaximumConnectionsNumber(int32_t *aMaxConnections)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMaxConnections);
+
+  nsresult rv = GetIntValue("max_cached_connections", aMaxConnections);
+  // Get our maximum connection count. We need at least 1. If the value is 0,
+  // we use the default. If it's negative, we treat that as 1.
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && *aMaxConnections > 0)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  *aMaxConnections = (NS_FAILED(rv) || (*aMaxConnections == 0)) ? 2 : 1;
+  (void)SetMaximumConnectionsNumber(*aMaxConnections);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::SetMaximumConnectionsNumber(int32_t aMaxConnections)
+{
+  return SetIntValue("max_cached_connections", aMaxConnections);
+}
+
+bool
+nsNntpIncomingServer::ConnectionTimeOut(nsINNTPProtocol* aConnection)
+{
+    bool retVal = false;
+    if (!aConnection)
+      return retVal;
+
+    PRTime lastActiveTimeStamp;
+    if (NS_FAILED(aConnection->GetLastActiveTimeStamp(&lastActiveTimeStamp)))
+      return retVal;
+
+    if (PR_Now() - lastActiveTimeStamp >= PRTime(170) * PR_USEC_PER_SEC)
+    {
+#ifdef DEBUG_seth
+      printf("XXX connection timed out, close it, and remove it from the connection cache\n");
+#endif
+      aConnection->CloseConnection();
+      mConnectionCache.RemoveObject(aConnection);
+      retVal = true;
+    }
+    return retVal;
+}
+
+
+nsresult
+nsNntpIncomingServer::CreateProtocolInstance(nsINNTPProtocol ** aNntpConnection, nsIURI *url,
+                                             nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow)
+{
+  // create a new connection and add it to the connection cache
+  // we may need to flag the protocol connection as busy so we don't get
+  // a race
+  // condition where someone else goes through this code
+  nsNNTPProtocol *protocolInstance = new nsNNTPProtocol(this, url, aMsgWindow);
+  if (!protocolInstance)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+  nsresult rv = protocolInstance->QueryInterface(NS_GET_IID(nsINNTPProtocol), (void **) aNntpConnection);
+  // take the protocol instance and add it to the connectionCache
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && *aNntpConnection)
+    mConnectionCache.AppendObject(*aNntpConnection);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+
+nsresult
+nsNntpIncomingServer::GetNntpConnection(nsIURI * aUri, nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow,
+                                        nsINNTPProtocol ** aNntpConnection)
+{
+  int32_t maxConnections;
+  (void)GetMaximumConnectionsNumber(&maxConnections);
+
+  // Find a non-busy connection
+  nsCOMPtr<nsINNTPProtocol> connection;
+  int32_t cnt = mConnectionCache.Count();
+  for (int32_t i = 0; i < cnt; i++)
+  {
+    connection = mConnectionCache[i];
+    if (connection)
+    {
+      bool isBusy;
+      connection->GetIsBusy(&isBusy);
+      if (!isBusy)
+        break;
+      connection = nullptr;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (ConnectionTimeOut(connection))
+  {
+    connection = nullptr;
+    // We have one less connection, since we closed this one.
+    --cnt;
+  }
+
+  if (connection)
+  {
+    NS_IF_ADDREF(*aNntpConnection = connection);
+    connection->SetIsCachedConnection(true);
+  }
+  else if (cnt < maxConnections)
+  {
+    // We have room for another connection. Create this connection and return
+    // it to the caller.
+    nsresult rv = CreateProtocolInstance(aNntpConnection, aUri, aMsgWindow);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    // We maxed out our connection count. The caller must therefore enqueue the
+    // call.
+    *aNntpConnection = nullptr;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  // Initialize the URI here and now.
+  return (*aNntpConnection)->Initialize(aUri, aMsgWindow);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::GetNntpChannel(nsIURI *aURI, nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow,
+                                     nsIChannel **aChannel)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aChannel);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsINNTPProtocol> protocol;
+  nsresult rv = GetNntpConnection(aURI, aMsgWindow, getter_AddRefs(protocol));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  if (protocol)
+    return CallQueryInterface(protocol, aChannel);
+
+  // No protocol? We need our mock channel.
+  nsNntpMockChannel *channel = new nsNntpMockChannel(aURI, aMsgWindow);
+  if (!channel)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+  NS_ADDREF(*aChannel = channel);
+
+  m_queuedChannels.AppendElement(channel);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::LoadNewsUrl(nsIURI *aURI, nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow,
+                                  nsISupports *aConsumer)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsINNTPProtocol> protocol;
+  nsresult rv = GetNntpConnection(aURI, aMsgWindow, getter_AddRefs(protocol));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  if (protocol)
+    return protocol->LoadNewsUrl(aURI, aConsumer);
+
+  // No protocol? We need our mock channel.
+  nsNntpMockChannel *channel = new nsNntpMockChannel(aURI, aMsgWindow,
+                                                     aConsumer);
+  if (!channel)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+  m_queuedChannels.AppendElement(channel);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::PrepareForNextUrl(nsNNTPProtocol *aConnection)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(aConnection);
+
+  // Start the connection on the next URL in the queue. If it can't get a URL to
+  // work, drop that URL (the channel will handle failure notification) and move
+  // on.
+  while (m_queuedChannels.Length() > 0)
+  {
+    RefPtr<nsNntpMockChannel> channel = m_queuedChannels[0];
+    m_queuedChannels.RemoveElementAt(0);
+    nsresult rv = channel->AttachNNTPConnection(*aConnection);
+    // If this succeeded, the connection is now running the URL.
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      return NS_OK;
+  }
+  
+  // No queued uris.
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* void RemoveConnection (in nsINNTPProtocol aNntpConnection); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNntpIncomingServer::RemoveConnection(nsINNTPProtocol *aNntpConnection)
+{
+  if (aNntpConnection)
+    mConnectionCache.RemoveObject(aNntpConnection);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::PerformExpand(nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow)
+{
+  // Get news.update_unread_on_expand pref
+  nsresult rv;
+  bool updateUnreadOnExpand = true;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefBranch = do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    prefBranch->GetBoolPref("news.update_unread_on_expand", &updateUnreadOnExpand);
+
+  // Only if news.update_unread_on_expand is true do we update the unread counts
+  if (updateUnreadOnExpand)
+    return DownloadMail(aMsgWindow);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsNntpIncomingServer::DownloadMail(nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> rootFolder;
+  nsresult rv = GetRootFolder(getter_AddRefs(rootFolder));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleEnumerator> groups;
+  rv = rootFolder->GetSubFolders(getter_AddRefs(groups));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  bool hasNext;
+  while (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv = groups->HasMoreElements(&hasNext)) && hasNext)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> nextGroup;
+    rv = groups->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(nextGroup));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> group(do_QueryInterface(nextGroup));
+    rv = group->GetNewMessages(aMsgWindow, nullptr);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::DisplaySubscribedGroup(nsIMsgNewsFolder *aMsgFolder, int32_t aFirstMessage, int32_t aLastMessage, int32_t aTotalMessages)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  if (!aMsgFolder) return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+#ifdef DEBUG_NEWS
+  printf("DisplaySubscribedGroup(...,%ld,%ld,%ld)\n",aFirstMessage,aLastMessage,aTotalMessages);
+#endif
+  rv = aMsgFolder->UpdateSummaryFromNNTPInfo(aFirstMessage,aLastMessage,aTotalMessages);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::PerformBiff(nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow)
+{
+  // Biff will force a download of the messages. If the user doesn't want this
+  // (e.g., there is a lot of high-traffic newsgroups), the better option is to
+  // just ignore biff.
+  return PerformExpand(aMsgWindow);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNntpIncomingServer::GetServerRequiresPasswordForBiff(bool *aServerRequiresPasswordForBiff)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aServerRequiresPasswordForBiff);
+  *aServerRequiresPasswordForBiff = false;  // for news, biff is getting the unread counts
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::OnStartRunningUrl(nsIURI *url)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::OnStopRunningUrl(nsIURI *url, nsresult exitCode)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  rv = UpdateSubscribed();
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  rv = StopPopulating(mMsgWindow);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::ContainsNewsgroup(const nsACString &aName,
+                                        bool *containsGroup)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(containsGroup);
+    NS_ENSURE_FALSE(aName.IsEmpty(), NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+
+    if (mSubscribedNewsgroups.Length() == 0)
+    {
+      // If this is empty, we may need to discover folders
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> rootFolder;
+      GetRootFolder(getter_AddRefs(rootFolder));
+      if (rootFolder)
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleEnumerator> subfolders;
+        rootFolder->GetSubFolders(getter_AddRefs(subfolders));
+      }
+    }
+    nsAutoCString unescapedName;
+    MsgUnescapeString(aName, 0, unescapedName);
+    *containsGroup = mSubscribedNewsgroups.Contains(aName);
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::SubscribeToNewsgroup(const nsACString &aName)
+{
+    NS_ASSERTION(!aName.IsEmpty(), "no name");
+    NS_ENSURE_FALSE(aName.IsEmpty(), NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+
+    // If we already have this newsgroup, do nothing and report success.
+    bool containsGroup = false;
+    nsresult rv = ContainsNewsgroup(aName, &containsGroup);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    if (containsGroup)
+      return NS_OK;
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> msgfolder;
+    rv = GetRootMsgFolder(getter_AddRefs(msgfolder));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_TRUE(msgfolder, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+
+    return msgfolder->CreateSubfolder(NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16(aName), nullptr);
+}
+
+bool
+writeGroupToHostInfoFile(nsCString &aElement, void *aData)
+{
+    nsIOutputStream *stream;
+    stream = (nsIOutputStream *)aData;
+    NS_ASSERTION(stream, "no stream");
+    if (!stream) {
+        // stop, something is bad.
+        return false;
+    }
+    return true;
+}
+
+void nsNntpIncomingServer::WriteLine(nsIOutputStream *stream, nsCString &str)
+{
+  uint32_t bytesWritten;
+  str.Append(MSG_LINEBREAK);
+  stream->Write(str.get(), str.Length(), &bytesWritten);
+}
+nsresult
+nsNntpIncomingServer::WriteHostInfoFile()
+{
+  if (!mHostInfoHasChanged)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  mLastUpdatedTime = uint32_t(PR_Now() / PR_USEC_PER_SEC);
+
+  nsCString hostname;
+  nsresult rv = GetHostName(hostname);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  if (!mHostInfoFile)
+    return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIOutputStream> hostInfoStream;
+  rv = MsgNewBufferedFileOutputStream(getter_AddRefs(hostInfoStream), mHostInfoFile, -1, 00600);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // XXX TODO: missing some formatting, see the 4.x code
+  nsAutoCString header("# News host information file.");
+  WriteLine(hostInfoStream, header);
+  header.Assign("# This is a generated file!  Do not edit.");
+  WriteLine(hostInfoStream, header);
+  header.Truncate();
+  WriteLine(hostInfoStream, header);
+  nsAutoCString version("version=");
+  version.AppendInt(VALID_VERSION);
+  WriteLine(hostInfoStream, version);
+  nsAutoCString newsrcname("newsrcname=");
+  newsrcname.Append(hostname);
+  WriteLine(hostInfoStream, hostname);
+  nsAutoCString dateStr("lastgroupdate=");
+  dateStr.AppendInt(mLastUpdatedTime);
+  WriteLine(hostInfoStream, dateStr);
+  dateStr = "uniqueid=";
+  dateStr.AppendInt(mUniqueId);
+  WriteLine(hostInfoStream, dateStr);
+  header.Assign(MSG_LINEBREAK"begingroups");
+  WriteLine(hostInfoStream, header);
+
+  // XXX TODO: sort groups first?
+  uint32_t length = mGroupsOnServer.Length();
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < length; ++i)
+  {
+    uint32_t bytesWritten;
+    hostInfoStream->Write(mGroupsOnServer[i].get(), mGroupsOnServer[i].Length(),
+                          &bytesWritten);
+    hostInfoStream->Write(MSG_LINEBREAK, MSG_LINEBREAK_LEN, &bytesWritten);
+  }
+
+  hostInfoStream->Close();
+  mHostInfoHasChanged = false;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsNntpIncomingServer::LoadHostInfoFile()
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  // we haven't loaded it yet
+  mHostInfoLoaded = false;
+
+  rv = GetLocalPath(getter_AddRefs(mHostInfoFile));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+  if (!mHostInfoFile) return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  rv = mHostInfoFile->AppendNative(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(HOSTINFO_FILE_NAME));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  bool exists;
+  rv = mHostInfoFile->Exists(&exists);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  // it is ok if the hostinfo.dat file does not exist.
+  if (!exists) return NS_OK;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIInputStream> fileStream;
+  rv = NS_NewLocalFileInputStream(getter_AddRefs(fileStream), mHostInfoFile);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsILineInputStream> lineInputStream(do_QueryInterface(fileStream, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  bool more = true;
+  nsCString line;
+
+  while (more && NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    rv = lineInputStream->ReadLine(line, &more);
+    if (line.IsEmpty())
+      continue;
+    HandleLine(line.get(), line.Length());
+  }
+  mHasSeenBeginGroups = false;
+  fileStream->Close();
+
+  return UpdateSubscribed();
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::StartPopulatingWithUri(nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow, bool aForceToServer, const char *uri)
+{
+#ifdef DEBUG_seth
+  printf("StartPopulatingWithUri(%s)\n",uri);
+#endif
+
+  nsresult rv = EnsureInner();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  rv = mInner->StartPopulatingWithUri(aMsgWindow, aForceToServer, uri);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  rv = StopPopulating(mMsgWindow);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::SubscribeCleanup()
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+    rv = ClearInner();
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::StartPopulating(nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow, bool aForceToServer, bool aGetOnlyNew)
+{
+  mMsgWindow = aMsgWindow;
+
+  nsresult rv = EnsureInner();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  rv = mInner->StartPopulating(aMsgWindow, aForceToServer, aGetOnlyNew);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  rv = SetDelimiter(NEWS_DELIMITER);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  rv = SetShowFullName(true);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsINntpService> nntpService = do_GetService(NS_NNTPSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  mHostInfoLoaded = false;
+  mVersion = INVALID_VERSION;
+  mGroupsOnServer.Clear();
+  mGetOnlyNew = aGetOnlyNew;
+
+  if (!aForceToServer) {
+  rv = LoadHostInfoFile();
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+  }
+
+  // mHostInfoLoaded can be false if we failed to load anything
+  if (aForceToServer || !mHostInfoLoaded || (mVersion != VALID_VERSION)) {
+    // set these to true, so when we are done and we call WriteHostInfoFile()
+    // we'll write out to hostinfo.dat
+  mHostInfoHasChanged = true;
+  mVersion = VALID_VERSION;
+
+  mGroupsOnServer.Clear();
+  rv = nntpService->GetListOfGroupsOnServer(this, aMsgWindow, aGetOnlyNew);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+  }
+  else {
+  rv = StopPopulating(aMsgWindow);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * This method is the entry point for |nsNNTPProtocol| class. |aName| is now
+ * encoded in the serverside character encoding, but we need to handle
+ * newsgroup names in UTF-8 internally, So we convert |aName| to
+ * UTF-8 here for later use.
+ **/
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::AddNewsgroupToList(const char *aName)
+{
+    nsresult rv;
+
+    nsAutoString newsgroupName;
+    nsAutoCString dataCharset;
+    rv = GetCharset(dataCharset);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+    rv = nsMsgI18NConvertToUnicode(dataCharset.get(),
+                                   nsDependentCString(aName),
+                                   newsgroupName);
+#ifdef DEBUG_jungshik
+    NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "newsgroup name conversion failed");
+#endif
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+        CopyASCIItoUTF16(nsDependentCString(aName), newsgroupName);
+    }
+
+    rv = AddTo(NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(newsgroupName),
+               false, true, true);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::SetIncomingServer(nsIMsgIncomingServer *aServer)
+{
+  nsresult rv = EnsureInner();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  return mInner->SetIncomingServer(aServer);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::SetShowFullName(bool showFullName)
+{
+  nsresult rv = EnsureInner();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  return mInner->SetShowFullName(showFullName);
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsNntpIncomingServer::ClearInner()
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  if (mInner) {
+    rv = mInner->SetSubscribeListener(nullptr);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+    rv = mInner->SetIncomingServer(nullptr);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+    mInner = nullptr;
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsNntpIncomingServer::EnsureInner()
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  if (mInner)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  mInner = do_CreateInstance(kSubscribableServerCID,&rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  if (!mInner)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  rv = SetIncomingServer(this);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::GetDelimiter(char *aDelimiter)
+{
+  nsresult rv = EnsureInner();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  return mInner->GetDelimiter(aDelimiter);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::SetDelimiter(char aDelimiter)
+{
+  nsresult rv = EnsureInner();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  return mInner->SetDelimiter(aDelimiter);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::SetAsSubscribed(const nsACString &path)
+{
+  mTempSubscribed.AppendElement(path);
+  if (mGetOnlyNew && (!mGroupsOnServer.Contains(path)))
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  nsresult rv = EnsureInner();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  return mInner->SetAsSubscribed(path);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::UpdateSubscribed()
+{
+  nsresult rv = EnsureInner();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  mTempSubscribed.Clear();
+  uint32_t length = mSubscribedNewsgroups.Length();
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < length; ++i)
+    SetAsSubscribed(mSubscribedNewsgroups[i]);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::AddTo(const nsACString &aName, bool addAsSubscribed,
+                            bool aSubscribable, bool changeIfExists)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(MsgIsUTF8(aName), "Non-UTF-8 newsgroup name");
+  nsresult rv = EnsureInner();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  rv = AddGroupOnServer(aName);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  rv = mInner->AddTo(aName, addAsSubscribed, aSubscribable, changeIfExists);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::StopPopulating(nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISubscribeListener> listener;
+  rv = GetSubscribeListener(getter_AddRefs(listener));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  if (!listener)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  rv = listener->OnDonePopulating();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  rv = EnsureInner();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  rv = mInner->StopPopulating(aMsgWindow);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  if (!mGetOnlyNew && !mHostInfoLoaded)
+  {
+    rv = WriteHostInfoFile();
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  }
+
+  // XXX TODO: when do I set this to null?
+  // rv = ClearInner();
+  // NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::SetSubscribeListener(nsISubscribeListener *aListener)
+{
+  nsresult rv = EnsureInner();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  return mInner->SetSubscribeListener(aListener);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::GetSubscribeListener(nsISubscribeListener **aListener)
+{
+  nsresult rv = EnsureInner();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  return mInner->GetSubscribeListener(aListener);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::Subscribe(const char16_t *aUnicharName)
+{
+  return SubscribeToNewsgroup(NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(aUnicharName));
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::Unsubscribe(const char16_t *aUnicharName)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aUnicharName);
+
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> serverFolder;
+  rv = GetRootMsgFolder(getter_AddRefs(serverFolder));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  if (!serverFolder)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  // to handle non-ASCII newsgroup names, we store them internally as escaped.
+  // so we need to escape and encode the name, in order to find it.
+  nsAutoCString escapedName;
+  rv = NS_MsgEscapeEncodeURLPath(nsDependentString(aUnicharName), escapedName);
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> newsgroupFolder;
+  rv = serverFolder->FindSubFolder(escapedName,
+                                   getter_AddRefs(newsgroupFolder));
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  if (!newsgroupFolder)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  rv = serverFolder->PropagateDelete(newsgroupFolder, true /* delete storage */, nullptr);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  // since we've unsubscribed to a newsgroup, the newsrc needs to be written out
+  rv = SetNewsrcHasChanged(true);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsNntpIncomingServer::HandleLine(const char* line, uint32_t line_size)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(line, "line is null");
+  if (!line)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  // skip blank lines and comments
+  if (line[0] == '#' || line[0] == '\0')
+    return NS_OK;
+  // XXX TODO: make this truly const, maybe pass in an nsCString &
+
+  if (mHasSeenBeginGroups) {
+    // v1 hostinfo files had additional data fields delimited by commas.
+    // with v2 hostinfo files, the additional data fields are removed.
+    char *commaPos = (char *) PL_strchr(line,',');
+    if (commaPos) *commaPos = 0;
+
+        // newsrc entries are all in UTF-8
+#ifdef DEBUG_jungshik
+    NS_ASSERTION(MsgIsUTF8(nsDependentCString(line)), "newsrc line is not utf-8");
+#endif
+    nsresult rv = AddTo(nsDependentCString(line), false, true, true);
+    NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv),"failed to add line");
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
+      // since we've seen one group, we can claim we've loaded the
+      // hostinfo file
+      mHostInfoLoaded = true;
+    }
+  }
+  else {
+    if (PL_strncmp(line,"begingroups", 11) == 0) {
+      mHasSeenBeginGroups = true;
+    }
+    char*equalPos = (char *) PL_strchr(line, '=');
+    if (equalPos) {
+      *equalPos++ = '\0';
+      if (PL_strcmp(line, "lastgroupdate") == 0) {
+        mLastUpdatedTime = strtoul(equalPos, nullptr, 10);
+      } else if (PL_strcmp(line, "uniqueid") == 0) {
+        mUniqueId = strtol(equalPos, nullptr, 16);
+      } else if (PL_strcmp(line, "version") == 0) {
+        mVersion = strtol(equalPos, nullptr, 16);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsNntpIncomingServer::AddGroupOnServer(const nsACString &aName)
+{
+  mGroupsOnServer.AppendElement(aName);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::AddNewsgroup(const nsAString &aName)
+{
+  // handle duplicates?
+  mSubscribedNewsgroups.AppendElement(NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(aName));
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::RemoveNewsgroup(const nsAString &aName)
+{
+  // handle duplicates?
+  mSubscribedNewsgroups.RemoveElement(NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(aName));
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::SetState(const nsACString &path, bool state,
+                               bool *stateChanged)
+{
+  nsresult rv = EnsureInner();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  rv = mInner->SetState(path, state, stateChanged);
+  if (*stateChanged) {
+    if (state)
+      mTempSubscribed.AppendElement(path);
+    else
+      mTempSubscribed.RemoveElement(path);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::HasChildren(const nsACString &path, bool *aHasChildren)
+{
+  nsresult rv = EnsureInner();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  return mInner->HasChildren(path, aHasChildren);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::IsSubscribed(const nsACString &path,
+                                   bool *aIsSubscribed)
+{
+  nsresult rv = EnsureInner();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  return mInner->IsSubscribed(path, aIsSubscribed);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::IsSubscribable(const nsACString &path,
+                                     bool *aIsSubscribable)
+{
+  nsresult rv = EnsureInner();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  return mInner->IsSubscribable(path, aIsSubscribable);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::GetLeafName(const nsACString &path, nsAString &aLeafName)
+{
+  nsresult rv = EnsureInner();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  return mInner->GetLeafName(path, aLeafName);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::GetFirstChildURI(const nsACString &path, nsACString &aResult)
+{
+  nsresult rv = EnsureInner();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  return mInner->GetFirstChildURI(path, aResult);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::GetChildren(const nsACString &aPath,
+                                  nsISimpleEnumerator **aResult)
+{
+  nsresult rv = EnsureInner();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  return mInner->GetChildren(aPath, aResult);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::CommitSubscribeChanges()
+{
+  // we force the newrc to be dirty, so it will get written out when
+  // we call WriteNewsrcFile()
+  nsresult rv = SetNewsrcHasChanged(true);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  return WriteNewsrcFile();
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::ForgetPassword()
+{
+  // clear password of root folder (for the news account)
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> rootFolder;
+  nsresult rv = GetRootFolder(getter_AddRefs(rootFolder));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  if (!rootFolder) return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgNewsFolder> newsFolder = do_QueryInterface(rootFolder, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  if (!newsFolder) return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  rv = newsFolder->ForgetAuthenticationCredentials();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  // clear password of all child folders
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleEnumerator> subFolders;
+
+  rv = rootFolder->GetSubFolders(getter_AddRefs(subFolders));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  bool moreFolders = false;
+
+  nsresult return_rv = NS_OK;
+
+  while (NS_SUCCEEDED(subFolders->HasMoreElements(&moreFolders)) &&
+         moreFolders) {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> child;
+    rv = subFolders->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(child));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && child) {
+      newsFolder = do_QueryInterface(child, &rv);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && newsFolder) {
+        rv = newsFolder->ForgetAuthenticationCredentials();
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+          return_rv = rv;
+      }
+      else {
+        return_rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return return_rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::GetSupportsExtensions(bool *aSupportsExtensions)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::SetSupportsExtensions(bool aSupportsExtensions)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::AddExtension(const char *extension)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::QueryExtension(const char *extension, bool *result)
+{
+#ifdef DEBUG_seth
+  printf("no extension support yet\n");
+#endif
+  *result = false;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::GetPostingAllowed(bool *aPostingAllowed)
+{
+  *aPostingAllowed = mPostingAllowed;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::SetPostingAllowed(bool aPostingAllowed)
+{
+  mPostingAllowed = aPostingAllowed;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::GetLastUpdatedTime(uint32_t *aLastUpdatedTime)
+{
+  *aLastUpdatedTime = mLastUpdatedTime;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::SetLastUpdatedTime(uint32_t aLastUpdatedTime)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::AddPropertyForGet(const char *name, const char *value)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::QueryPropertyForGet(const char *name, char **value)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::AddSearchableGroup(const nsAString &name)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::QuerySearchableGroup(const nsAString &name, bool *result)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::AddSearchableHeader(const char *name)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::QuerySearchableHeader(const char *name, bool *result)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::FindGroup(const nsACString &name, nsIMsgNewsFolder **result)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(result);
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> serverFolder;
+  rv = GetRootMsgFolder(getter_AddRefs(serverFolder));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  if (!serverFolder) return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  // Escape the name for using FindSubFolder
+  nsAutoCString escapedName;
+  rv = MsgEscapeString(name, nsINetUtil::ESCAPE_URL_PATH, escapedName);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> subFolder;
+  rv = serverFolder->FindSubFolder(escapedName, getter_AddRefs(subFolder));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  if (!subFolder) return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  rv = subFolder->QueryInterface(NS_GET_IID(nsIMsgNewsFolder), (void**)result);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  if (!*result) return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::GetFirstGroupNeedingExtraInfo(nsACString &result)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::SetGroupNeedsExtraInfo(const nsACString &name,
+                                             bool needsExtraInfo)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::GroupNotFound(nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow,
+                                    const nsAString &aName, bool aOpening)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIPrompt> prompt;
+
+  if (aMsgWindow) {
+    rv = aMsgWindow->GetPromptDialog(getter_AddRefs(prompt));
+    NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "no prompt from the msg window");
+  }
+
+  if (!prompt) {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIWindowWatcher> wwatch(do_GetService(NS_WINDOWWATCHER_CONTRACTID));
+    rv = wwatch->GetNewPrompter(nullptr, getter_AddRefs(prompt));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIStringBundleService> bundleService =
+    mozilla::services::GetStringBundleService();
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(bundleService, NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED);
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIStringBundle> bundle;
+  rv = bundleService->CreateBundle(NEWS_MSGS_URL, getter_AddRefs(bundle));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  nsCString hostname;
+  rv = GetRealHostName(hostname);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16 hostStr(hostname);
+
+  nsString groupName(aName);
+  const char16_t *formatStrings[2] = { groupName.get(), hostStr.get() };
+  nsString confirmText;
+  rv = bundle->FormatStringFromName(
+                    u"autoUnsubscribeText",
+                    formatStrings, 2,
+                    getter_Copies(confirmText));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  bool confirmResult = false;
+  rv = prompt->Confirm(nullptr, confirmText.get(), &confirmResult);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  if (confirmResult) {
+    rv = Unsubscribe(groupName.get());
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::SetPrettyNameForGroup(const nsAString &name,
+                                            const nsAString &prettyName)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::GetCanSearchMessages(bool *canSearchMessages)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(canSearchMessages);
+  *canSearchMessages = true;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::GetOfflineSupportLevel(int32_t *aSupportLevel)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aSupportLevel);
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  rv = GetIntValue("offline_support_level", aSupportLevel);
+  if (*aSupportLevel != OFFLINE_SUPPORT_LEVEL_UNDEFINED) return rv;
+
+  // set default value
+  *aSupportLevel = OFFLINE_SUPPORT_LEVEL_EXTENDED;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::GetDefaultCopiesAndFoldersPrefsToServer(bool *aCopiesAndFoldersOnServer)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aCopiesAndFoldersOnServer);
+
+  /**
+   * When a news account is created, the copies and folder prefs for the
+   * associated identity don't point to folders on the server.
+   * This makes sense, since there is no "Drafts" folder on a news server.
+   * They'll point to the ones on "Local Folders"
+   */
+
+  *aCopiesAndFoldersOnServer = false;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::GetCanCreateFoldersOnServer(bool *aCanCreateFoldersOnServer)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aCanCreateFoldersOnServer);
+
+  // No folder creation on news servers. Return false.
+  *aCanCreateFoldersOnServer = false;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::SetSearchValue(const nsAString &aSearchValue)
+{
+  nsCString searchValue = NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(aSearchValue);
+  MsgCompressWhitespace(searchValue);
+
+  if (mTree) {
+    mTree->BeginUpdateBatch();
+    mTree->RowCountChanged(0, -static_cast<int32_t>(mSubscribeSearchResult.Length()));
+  }
+
+  nsTArray<nsCString> searchStringParts;
+  if (!searchValue.IsEmpty())
+    ParseString(searchValue, ' ', searchStringParts);
+
+  mSubscribeSearchResult.Clear();
+  uint32_t length = mGroupsOnServer.Length();
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < length; i++)
+  {
+    // check that all parts of the search string occur
+    bool found = true;
+    for (uint32_t j = 0; j < searchStringParts.Length(); ++j) {
+      if (MsgFind(mGroupsOnServer[i], searchStringParts[j], true, 0) == kNotFound) {
+        found = false;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+
+    if (found)
+      mSubscribeSearchResult.AppendElement(mGroupsOnServer[i]);
+  }
+
+  nsCStringLowerCaseComparator comparator;
+  mSubscribeSearchResult.Sort(comparator);
+
+  if (mTree)
+  {
+    mTree->RowCountChanged(0, mSubscribeSearchResult.Length());
+    mTree->EndUpdateBatch();
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::GetSupportsSubscribeSearch(bool *retVal)
+{
+  *retVal = true;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::GetRowCount(int32_t *aRowCount)
+{
+  *aRowCount = mSubscribeSearchResult.Length();
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::GetSelection(nsITreeSelection * *aSelection)
+{
+  *aSelection = mTreeSelection;
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aSelection);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::SetSelection(nsITreeSelection * aSelection)
+{
+  mTreeSelection = aSelection;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::GetRowProperties(int32_t index, nsAString& properties)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::GetCellProperties(int32_t row, nsITreeColumn* col, nsAString& properties)
+{
+  if (!IsValidRow(row))
+    return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(col);
+
+  const char16_t* colID;
+  col->GetIdConst(&colID);
+  if (colID[0] == 's') {
+    // if <name> is in our temporary list of subscribed groups
+    // add the "subscribed" property so the check mark shows up
+    // in the "subscribedCol"
+    if (mSearchResultSortDescending)
+      row = mSubscribeSearchResult.Length() - 1 - row;
+    if (mTempSubscribed.Contains(mSubscribeSearchResult.ElementAt(row))) {
+      properties.AssignLiteral("subscribed");
+    }
+  }
+  else if (colID[0] == 'n') {
+    // add the "nntp" property to the "nameCol"
+    // so we get the news folder icon in the search view
+    properties.AssignLiteral("nntp");
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::GetColumnProperties(nsITreeColumn* col, nsAString& properties)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::IsContainer(int32_t index, bool *_retval)
+{
+  *_retval = false;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::IsContainerOpen(int32_t index, bool *_retval)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::IsContainerEmpty(int32_t index, bool *_retval)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::IsSeparator(int32_t index, bool *_retval)
+{
+  *_retval = false;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::IsSorted(bool *_retval)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::CanDrop(int32_t index,
+                              int32_t orientation,
+                              nsIDOMDataTransfer *dataTransfer,
+                              bool *_retval)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::Drop(int32_t row,
+                           int32_t orientation,
+                           nsIDOMDataTransfer *dataTransfer)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::GetParentIndex(int32_t rowIndex, int32_t *_retval)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::HasNextSibling(int32_t rowIndex, int32_t afterIndex, bool *_retval)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::GetLevel(int32_t index, int32_t *_retval)
+{
+  *_retval = 0;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+bool
+nsNntpIncomingServer::IsValidRow(int32_t row)
+{
+  return ((row >= 0) && (row < (int32_t)mSubscribeSearchResult.Length()));
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::GetImageSrc(int32_t row, nsITreeColumn* col, nsAString& _retval)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::GetProgressMode(int32_t row, nsITreeColumn* col, int32_t* _retval)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::GetCellValue(int32_t row, nsITreeColumn* col, nsAString& _retval)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::GetCellText(int32_t row, nsITreeColumn* col, nsAString& _retval)
+{
+  if (!IsValidRow(row))
+    return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(col);
+
+  const char16_t* colID;
+  col->GetIdConst(&colID);
+
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  if (colID[0] == 'n') {
+    nsAutoCString str;
+    if (mSearchResultSortDescending)
+      row = mSubscribeSearchResult.Length() - 1 - row;
+    // some servers have newsgroup names that are non ASCII.  we store
+    // those as escaped. unescape here so the UI is consistent
+    rv = NS_MsgDecodeUnescapeURLPath(mSubscribeSearchResult.ElementAt(row), _retval);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::SetTree(nsITreeBoxObject *tree)
+{
+  mTree = tree;
+  if (!tree)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsITreeColumns> cols;
+  tree->GetColumns(getter_AddRefs(cols));
+  if (!cols)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsITreeColumn> col;
+  cols->GetKeyColumn(getter_AddRefs(col));
+  if (!col)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMElement> element;
+  col->GetElement(getter_AddRefs(element));
+  if (!element)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  nsAutoString dir;
+  element->GetAttribute(NS_LITERAL_STRING("sortDirection"), dir);
+  mSearchResultSortDescending = dir.EqualsLiteral("descending");
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::ToggleOpenState(int32_t index)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::CycleHeader(nsITreeColumn* col)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(col);
+
+  bool cycler;
+  col->GetCycler(&cycler);
+  if (!cycler) {
+    NS_NAMED_LITERAL_STRING(dir, "sortDirection");
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMElement> element;
+    col->GetElement(getter_AddRefs(element));
+    mSearchResultSortDescending = !mSearchResultSortDescending;
+    element->SetAttribute(dir, mSearchResultSortDescending ?
+      NS_LITERAL_STRING("descending") : NS_LITERAL_STRING("ascending"));
+    mTree->Invalidate();
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::SelectionChanged()
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::CycleCell(int32_t row, nsITreeColumn* col)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::IsEditable(int32_t row, nsITreeColumn* col, bool *_retval)
+{
+  *_retval = false;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::IsSelectable(int32_t row, nsITreeColumn* col, bool *_retval)
+{
+  *_retval = false;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::SetCellValue(int32_t row, nsITreeColumn* col, const nsAString& value)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::SetCellText(int32_t row, nsITreeColumn* col, const nsAString& value)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::PerformAction(const char16_t *action)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::PerformActionOnRow(const char16_t *action, int32_t row)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::PerformActionOnCell(const char16_t *action, int32_t row, nsITreeColumn* col)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::GetCanFileMessagesOnServer(bool *aCanFileMessagesOnServer)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aCanFileMessagesOnServer);
+
+  // No folder creation on news servers. Return false.
+  *aCanFileMessagesOnServer = false;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::GetFilterScope(nsMsgSearchScopeValue *filterScope)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(filterScope);
+
+  *filterScope = nsMsgSearchScope::newsFilter;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::GetSearchScope(nsMsgSearchScopeValue *searchScope)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(searchScope);
+
+  if (WeAreOffline()) {
+    // This value is set to the localNewsBody scope to be compatible with
+    // the legacy default value.
+    *searchScope = nsMsgSearchScope::localNewsBody;
+  }
+  else {
+    *searchScope = nsMsgSearchScope::news;
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::GetSocketType(int32_t *aSocketType)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aSocketType);
+  if (!mPrefBranch)
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+  nsresult rv = mPrefBranch->GetIntPref("socketType", aSocketType);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+  {
+    if (!mDefPrefBranch)
+      return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+    rv = mDefPrefBranch->GetIntPref("socketType", aSocketType);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      *aSocketType = nsMsgSocketType::plain;
+  }
+
+  // nsMsgIncomingServer::GetSocketType migrates old isSecure to socketType
+  // style for mail. Unfortunately, a bug caused news socketType 0 to be stored
+  // in the prefs even for isSecure true, so the migration wouldn't happen :(
+
+  // Now that we know the socket, make sure isSecure true + socketType 0
+  // doesn't mix. Migrate if that's the case here.
+  if (*aSocketType == nsMsgSocketType::plain)
+  {
+    bool isSecure = false;
+    nsresult rv2 = mPrefBranch->GetBoolPref("isSecure", &isSecure);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv2) && isSecure)
+    {
+      *aSocketType = nsMsgSocketType::SSL;
+      // Don't call virtual method in case overrides call GetSocketType.
+      nsMsgIncomingServer::SetSocketType(*aSocketType);
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::SetSocketType(int32_t aSocketType)
+{
+  if (!mPrefBranch)
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+  nsresult rv = nsMsgIncomingServer::SetSocketType(aSocketType);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    bool isSecure = false;
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(mPrefBranch->GetBoolPref("isSecure", &isSecure)))
+    {
+      // Must keep isSecure in sync since we migrate based on it... if it's set.
+      rv = mPrefBranch->SetBoolPref("isSecure",
+                                    aSocketType == nsMsgSocketType::SSL);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::OnUserOrHostNameChanged(const nsACString& oldName,
+                                              const nsACString& newName,
+                                              bool hostnameChanged)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  // 1. Do common things in the base class.
+  rv = nsMsgIncomingServer::OnUserOrHostNameChanged(oldName, newName, hostnameChanged);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  // 2. Remove file hostinfo.dat so that the new subscribe
+  //    list will be reloaded from the new server.
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIFile> hostInfoFile;
+  rv = GetLocalPath(getter_AddRefs(hostInfoFile));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  rv = hostInfoFile->AppendNative(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(HOSTINFO_FILE_NAME));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  hostInfoFile->Remove(false);
+
+  // 3.Unsubscribe and then subscribe the existing groups to clean up the article numbers
+  //   in the rc file (this is because the old and new servers may maintain different
+  //   numbers for the same articles if both servers handle the same groups).
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> serverFolder;
+  rv = GetRootMsgFolder(getter_AddRefs(serverFolder));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleEnumerator> subFolders;
+  rv = serverFolder->GetSubFolders(getter_AddRefs(subFolders));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  nsTArray<nsString> groupList;
+  nsString folderName;
+
+  // Prepare the group list
+  bool hasMore;
+  while (NS_SUCCEEDED(subFolders->HasMoreElements(&hasMore)) && hasMore)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> item;
+    subFolders->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(item));
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> newsgroupFolder(do_QueryInterface(item));
+    if (!newsgroupFolder)
+      continue;
+
+    rv = newsgroupFolder->GetName(folderName);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+    groupList.AppendElement(folderName);
+  }
+
+  // If nothing subscribed then we're done.
+  if (groupList.Length() == 0)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  // Now unsubscribe & subscribe.
+  uint32_t i;
+  uint32_t cnt = groupList.Length();
+  nsAutoCString cname;
+  for (i = 0; i < cnt; i++)
+  {
+    // unsubscribe.
+    rv = Unsubscribe(groupList[i].get());
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  }
+
+  for (i = 0; i < cnt; i++)
+  {
+    // subscribe.
+    rv = SubscribeToNewsgroup(NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(groupList[i]));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  }
+
+  // Force updating the rc file.
+  return CommitSubscribeChanges();
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpIncomingServer::GetSortOrder(int32_t* aSortOrder)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aSortOrder);
+  *aSortOrder = 500000000;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/news/src/nsNntpIncomingServer.h b/mailnews/news/src/nsNntpIncomingServer.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b2196f05d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/news/src/nsNntpIncomingServer.h
@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef __nsNntpIncomingServer_h
+#define __nsNntpIncomingServer_h
+
+#include "nsINntpIncomingServer.h"
+#include "nsIUrlListener.h"
+#include "nscore.h"
+
+#include "nsMsgIncomingServer.h"
+
+#include "prmem.h"
+#include "plstr.h"
+#include "prprf.h"
+
+#include "nsIMsgWindow.h"
+#include "nsISubscribableServer.h"
+#include "nsITimer.h"
+#include "nsIFile.h"
+#include "nsITreeView.h"
+#include "nsITreeSelection.h"
+#include "nsIAtom.h"
+#include "nsCOMArray.h"
+
+#include "nsNntpMockChannel.h"
+#include "nsAutoPtr.h"
+
+class nsINntpUrl;
+class nsIMsgMailNewsUrl;
+
+/* get some implementation from nsMsgIncomingServer */
+class nsNntpIncomingServer : public nsMsgIncomingServer,
+                             public nsINntpIncomingServer,
+                             public nsIUrlListener,
+                             public nsISubscribableServer,
+                             public nsITreeView
+                             
+{
+public:
+    NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED
+    NS_DECL_NSINNTPINCOMINGSERVER
+    NS_DECL_NSIURLLISTENER
+    NS_DECL_NSISUBSCRIBABLESERVER
+    NS_DECL_NSITREEVIEW
+
+    nsNntpIncomingServer();
+
+    NS_IMETHOD GetLocalStoreType(nsACString& type) override;
+    NS_IMETHOD GetLocalDatabaseType(nsACString& type) override;
+    NS_IMETHOD CloseCachedConnections() override;
+    NS_IMETHOD PerformBiff(nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow) override;
+    NS_IMETHOD PerformExpand(nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow) override;
+    NS_IMETHOD OnUserOrHostNameChanged(const nsACString& oldName,
+                                       const nsACString& newName,
+                                       bool hostnameChanged) override;
+
+    // for nsMsgLineBuffer
+    virtual nsresult HandleLine(const char *line, uint32_t line_size);
+
+    // override to clear all passwords associated with server
+    NS_IMETHODIMP ForgetPassword() override;
+    NS_IMETHOD GetCanSearchMessages(bool *canSearchMessages) override;
+    NS_IMETHOD GetOfflineSupportLevel(int32_t *aSupportLevel) override;
+    NS_IMETHOD GetDefaultCopiesAndFoldersPrefsToServer(bool *aCopiesAndFoldersOnServer) override;
+    NS_IMETHOD GetCanCreateFoldersOnServer(bool *aCanCreateFoldersOnServer) override;
+    NS_IMETHOD GetCanFileMessagesOnServer(bool *aCanFileMessagesOnServer) override;
+    NS_IMETHOD GetFilterScope(nsMsgSearchScopeValue *filterScope) override;
+    NS_IMETHOD GetSearchScope(nsMsgSearchScopeValue *searchScope) override;
+
+    NS_IMETHOD GetSocketType(int32_t *aSocketType) override; // override nsMsgIncomingServer impl
+    NS_IMETHOD SetSocketType(int32_t aSocketType) override; // override nsMsgIncomingServer impl
+    NS_IMETHOD GetSortOrder(int32_t* aSortOrder) override;
+
+protected:
+    virtual ~nsNntpIncomingServer();
+   virtual nsresult CreateRootFolderFromUri(const nsCString &serverUri,
+                                            nsIMsgFolder **rootFolder) override;
+    nsresult GetNntpConnection(nsIURI *url, nsIMsgWindow *window,
+                               nsINNTPProtocol **aNntpConnection);
+    nsresult CreateProtocolInstance(nsINNTPProtocol **aNntpConnection,
+                                    nsIURI *url, nsIMsgWindow *window);
+    bool ConnectionTimeOut(nsINNTPProtocol* aNntpConnection);
+    nsCOMArray<nsINNTPProtocol> mConnectionCache;
+    nsTArray<RefPtr<nsNntpMockChannel> > m_queuedChannels;
+
+    /**
+     * Downloads the newsgroup headers.
+     */
+    nsresult DownloadMail(nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow);
+
+    NS_IMETHOD GetServerRequiresPasswordForBiff(bool *aServerRequiresPasswordForBiff) override;
+    nsresult SetupNewsrcSaveTimer();
+    static void OnNewsrcSaveTimer(nsITimer *timer, void *voidIncomingServer);
+    void WriteLine(nsIOutputStream *stream, nsCString &str);
+
+private:
+    nsTArray<nsCString> mSubscribedNewsgroups;
+    nsTArray<nsCString> mGroupsOnServer;
+    nsTArray<nsCString> mSubscribeSearchResult;
+    bool mSearchResultSortDescending;
+    // the list of of subscribed newsgroups within a given
+    // subscribed dialog session.  
+    // we need to keep track of them so we know what to show as "checked"
+    // in the search view
+    nsTArray<nsCString> mTempSubscribed;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAtom> mSubscribedAtom;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIAtom> mNntpAtom;
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsITreeBoxObject> mTree;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsITreeSelection> mTreeSelection;
+
+    bool     mHasSeenBeginGroups;
+    bool     mGetOnlyNew;
+    nsresult WriteHostInfoFile();
+    nsresult LoadHostInfoFile();
+    nsresult AddGroupOnServer(const nsACString &name);
+
+    bool mNewsrcHasChanged;
+    bool mHostInfoLoaded;
+    bool mHostInfoHasChanged;
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIFile> mHostInfoFile;
+
+    uint32_t mLastGroupDate;
+    int32_t mUniqueId;
+    uint32_t mLastUpdatedTime;
+    int32_t mVersion;
+    bool mPostingAllowed;
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsITimer> mNewsrcSaveTimer;
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgWindow> mMsgWindow;
+
+    nsCOMPtr <nsISubscribableServer> mInner;
+    nsresult EnsureInner();
+    nsresult ClearInner();
+    bool IsValidRow(int32_t row);
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> mNewsrcFilePath;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/news/src/nsNntpMockChannel.cpp b/mailnews/news/src/nsNntpMockChannel.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1dfd462ff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/news/src/nsNntpMockChannel.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,353 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsNntpMockChannel.h"
+
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "nsILoadInfo.h"
+#include "nsNNTPProtocol.h"
+#include "nsNetUtil.h"
+#include "nsIInputStream.h"
+#include "nsContentSecurityManager.h"
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsNntpMockChannel, nsIChannel, nsIRequest)
+
+nsNntpMockChannel::nsNntpMockChannel(nsIURI *aUri, nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow)
+: m_url(aUri),
+  m_msgWindow(aMsgWindow),
+  m_channelState(CHANNEL_UNOPENED),
+  m_protocol(nullptr),
+  m_cancelStatus(NS_OK),
+  m_loadFlags(0),
+  m_contentLength(-1)
+{
+}
+
+nsNntpMockChannel::nsNntpMockChannel(nsIURI *aUri, nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow,
+                                     nsISupports *aConsumer)
+: m_url(aUri),
+  m_context(aConsumer),
+  m_msgWindow(aMsgWindow),
+  m_channelState(CHANNEL_OPEN_WITH_LOAD),
+  m_protocol(nullptr),
+  m_cancelStatus(NS_OK),
+  m_loadFlags(0),
+  m_contentLength(-1)
+{
+}
+
+nsNntpMockChannel::~nsNntpMockChannel()
+{
+}
+
+#define FORWARD_CALL(function, argument) \
+  if (m_protocol) \
+    return m_protocol->function(argument);
+
+////////////////////////
+// nsIRequest methods //
+////////////////////////
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNntpMockChannel::GetName(nsACString &result)
+{
+  FORWARD_CALL(GetName, result)
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNntpMockChannel::IsPending(bool *result)
+{
+  FORWARD_CALL(IsPending, result)
+  // We haven't been loaded yet, so we're still pending.
+  *result = true;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNntpMockChannel::GetStatus(nsresult *status)
+{
+  FORWARD_CALL(GetStatus, status)
+  *status = m_cancelStatus;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNntpMockChannel::Cancel(nsresult status)
+{
+  m_cancelStatus = status;
+  m_channelState = CHANNEL_CLOSED;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNntpMockChannel::Suspend()
+{
+  NS_NOTREACHED("nsNntpMockChannel::Suspend");
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNntpMockChannel::Resume()
+{
+  NS_NOTREACHED("nsNntpMockChannel::Resume");
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNntpMockChannel::SetLoadGroup(nsILoadGroup *aLoadGroup)
+{
+  FORWARD_CALL(SetLoadGroup, aLoadGroup)
+  m_loadGroup = aLoadGroup;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNntpMockChannel::GetLoadGroup(nsILoadGroup **aLoadGroup)
+{
+  FORWARD_CALL(GetLoadGroup, aLoadGroup)
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aLoadGroup = m_loadGroup);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNntpMockChannel::GetLoadFlags(nsLoadFlags *aLoadFlags)
+{
+  FORWARD_CALL(GetLoadFlags, aLoadFlags)
+  *aLoadFlags = m_loadFlags;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNntpMockChannel::SetLoadFlags(nsLoadFlags aLoadFlags)
+{
+  FORWARD_CALL(SetLoadFlags, aLoadFlags)
+  m_loadFlags = aLoadFlags;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNntpMockChannel::GetLoadInfo(nsILoadInfo **aLoadInfo)
+{
+  FORWARD_CALL(GetLoadInfo, aLoadInfo)
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aLoadInfo = m_loadInfo);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNntpMockChannel::SetLoadInfo(nsILoadInfo *aLoadInfo)
+{
+  FORWARD_CALL(SetLoadInfo, aLoadInfo)
+  m_loadInfo = aLoadInfo;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+////////////////////////
+// nsIChannel methods //
+////////////////////////
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNntpMockChannel::GetOriginalURI(nsIURI **aURI)
+{
+  FORWARD_CALL(GetOriginalURI, aURI)
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aURI = m_url);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNntpMockChannel::SetOriginalURI(nsIURI *aURI)
+{
+  FORWARD_CALL(SetOriginalURI, aURI)
+  // News does not seem to have the notion of an original URI.
+  // (See bug 193317 and bug 1312314.)
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNntpMockChannel::GetURI(nsIURI **aURI)
+{
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aURI = m_url);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNntpMockChannel::GetOwner(nsISupports **owner)
+{
+  FORWARD_CALL(GetOwner, owner)
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*owner = m_owner);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNntpMockChannel::SetOwner(nsISupports *aOwner)
+{
+  FORWARD_CALL(SetOwner, aOwner)
+  m_owner = aOwner;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpMockChannel::GetNotificationCallbacks(nsIInterfaceRequestor **callbacks)
+{
+  FORWARD_CALL(GetNotificationCallbacks, callbacks)
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*callbacks = m_notificationCallbacks);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpMockChannel::SetNotificationCallbacks(nsIInterfaceRequestor *aCallbacks)
+{
+  FORWARD_CALL(SetNotificationCallbacks, aCallbacks)
+  m_notificationCallbacks = aCallbacks;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNntpMockChannel::GetSecurityInfo(nsISupports **securityInfo)
+{
+  FORWARD_CALL(GetSecurityInfo, securityInfo)
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNntpMockChannel::GetContentType(nsACString &aContentType)
+{
+  FORWARD_CALL(GetContentType, aContentType)
+  aContentType = m_contentType;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNntpMockChannel::SetContentType(const nsACString &aContentType)
+{
+  FORWARD_CALL(SetContentType, aContentType)
+  return NS_ParseResponseContentType(aContentType, m_contentType, m_contentCharset);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNntpMockChannel::GetContentCharset(nsACString &aCharset)
+{
+  FORWARD_CALL(GetContentCharset, aCharset)
+  aCharset = m_contentCharset;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNntpMockChannel::SetContentCharset(const nsACString &aCharset)
+{
+  FORWARD_CALL(SetContentCharset, aCharset)
+  m_contentCharset = aCharset;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpMockChannel::GetContentDisposition(uint32_t *aContentDisposition)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_AVAILABLE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpMockChannel::SetContentDisposition(uint32_t aContentDisposition)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_AVAILABLE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpMockChannel::GetContentDispositionFilename(nsAString &aContentDispositionFilename)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_AVAILABLE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpMockChannel::SetContentDispositionFilename(const nsAString &aContentDispositionFilename)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_AVAILABLE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpMockChannel::GetContentDispositionHeader(nsACString &aContentDispositionHeader)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_AVAILABLE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNntpMockChannel::GetContentLength(int64_t *length)
+{
+  FORWARD_CALL(GetContentLength, length)
+  *length = m_contentLength;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpMockChannel::SetContentLength(int64_t aLength)
+{
+  FORWARD_CALL(SetContentLength, aLength)
+  m_contentLength = aLength;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+////////////////////////////////////////
+// nsIChannel and nsNNTPProtocol glue //
+////////////////////////////////////////
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNntpMockChannel::Open(nsIInputStream **_retval)
+{
+  return NS_ImplementChannelOpen(this, _retval);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNntpMockChannel::Open2(nsIInputStream **_retval)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStreamListener> listener;
+  nsresult rv = nsContentSecurityManager::doContentSecurityCheck(this, listener);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  return Open(_retval);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNntpMockChannel::AsyncOpen(nsIStreamListener *listener,
+                                           nsISupports *ctxt)
+{
+  m_channelState = CHANNEL_OPEN_WITH_ASYNC;
+  m_channelListener = listener;
+  m_context = ctxt;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNntpMockChannel::AsyncOpen2(nsIStreamListener *aListener)
+{
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIStreamListener> listener = aListener;
+    nsresult rv = nsContentSecurityManager::doContentSecurityCheck(this, listener);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    return AsyncOpen(listener, nullptr);
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsNntpMockChannel::AttachNNTPConnection(nsNNTPProtocol &protocol)
+{
+  // First things first. Were we canceled? If so, tell the protocol.
+  if (m_channelState == CHANNEL_CLOSED || m_channelState == CHANNEL_UNOPENED)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+
+  // We're going to active the protocol now. Note that if the user has
+  // interacted with us through the nsIChannel API, we need to pass it to the
+  // protocol instance. We also need to initialize it. For best results, we're
+  // going to initialize the code and then set the values.
+  nsresult rv = protocol.Initialize(m_url, m_msgWindow);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // Variable fun
+  protocol.SetLoadGroup(m_loadGroup);
+  protocol.SetLoadFlags(m_loadFlags);
+  protocol.SetOwner(m_owner);
+  protocol.SetNotificationCallbacks(m_notificationCallbacks);
+  protocol.SetContentType(m_contentType);
+
+  // Now that we've set up the protocol, attach it to ourselves so that we can
+  // forward all future calls to the protocol instance. We do not refcount this
+  // instance, since the server will be owning all of them: once the server
+  // releases its reference, the protocol instance is no longer usable anyways.
+  m_protocol = &protocol;
+
+  switch (m_channelState)
+  {
+  case CHANNEL_OPEN_WITH_LOAD:
+    rv = protocol.LoadNewsUrl(m_url, m_context);
+    break;
+  case CHANNEL_OPEN_WITH_ASYNC:
+    rv = protocol.AsyncOpen(m_channelListener, m_context);
+    break;
+  default:
+    NS_NOTREACHED("Unknown channel state got us here.");
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+
+  // If we fail, that means that loading the NNTP protocol failed. Since we
+  // essentially promised that we would load (by virtue of returning NS_OK to
+  // AsyncOpen), we must now tell our listener the bad news.
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) && m_channelListener)
+    m_channelListener->OnStopRequest(this, m_context, rv);
+
+  // Returning a failure code is our way of telling the server that this URL
+  // isn't going to run, so it should give the connection the next URL in the
+  // queue.
+  return rv;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/news/src/nsNntpMockChannel.h b/mailnews/news/src/nsNntpMockChannel.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..dc20185ec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/news/src/nsNntpMockChannel.h
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsNntpMockChannel_h___
+#define nsNntpMockChannel_h___
+
+#include "nsIChannel.h"
+#include "nsIMsgWindow.h"
+
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+
+class nsNNTPProtocol;
+
+class nsNntpMockChannel : public nsIChannel
+{
+public:
+  NS_DECL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSICHANNEL
+  NS_DECL_NSIREQUEST
+
+  nsNntpMockChannel(nsIURI *aUri, nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow);
+  nsNntpMockChannel(nsIURI *aUri, nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow,
+                    nsISupports *aConsumer);
+
+  nsresult AttachNNTPConnection(nsNNTPProtocol &protocol);
+protected:
+  virtual ~nsNntpMockChannel();
+
+  // The URL we will be running
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> m_url;
+
+  // Variables for arguments to pass into the opening phase.
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIStreamListener> m_channelListener;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> m_context;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgWindow> m_msgWindow;
+
+  // The state we're in
+  enum
+  {
+    CHANNEL_UNOPENED,        //!< No one bothered to open this yet
+    CHANNEL_OPEN_WITH_LOAD,  //!< We should open with LoadNewsUrl
+    CHANNEL_OPEN_WITH_ASYNC, //!< We should open with AsyncOpen
+    CHANNEL_CLOSED           //!< We were closed and should not open
+  } m_channelState;
+
+  // The protocol instance
+  nsNNTPProtocol *m_protocol;
+
+  // Temporary variables for accessors before we get to the actual instance.
+  nsresult m_cancelStatus;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsILoadGroup> m_loadGroup;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsILoadInfo> m_loadInfo;
+  nsLoadFlags m_loadFlags;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> m_owner;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIInterfaceRequestor> m_notificationCallbacks;
+  nsCString m_contentType;
+  nsCString m_contentCharset;
+  int64_t m_contentLength;
+};
+
+#endif  // nsNntpMockChannel_h___
diff --git a/mailnews/news/src/nsNntpService.cpp b/mailnews/news/src/nsNntpService.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8cb3cb2ec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/news/src/nsNntpService.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1751 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "msgCore.h"    // precompiled header...
+#include "nntpCore.h"
+#include "nsMsgNewsCID.h"
+#include "nsINntpUrl.h"
+#include "nsIMsgNewsFolder.h"
+#include "nsNNTPNewsgroupPost.h"
+#include "nsIMsgIdentity.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsNewsUtils.h"
+#include "nsNewsDatabase.h"
+#include "nsMsgDBCID.h"
+#include "nsMsgBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsIPrefBranch.h"
+#include "nsIPrefService.h"
+#include "nsNntpService.h"
+#include "nsIChannel.h"
+#include "nsILoadGroup.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsIDirectoryService.h"
+#include "nsIMsgAccountManager.h"
+#include "nsIMessengerMigrator.h"
+#include "nsINntpIncomingServer.h"
+#include "nsICategoryManager.h"
+#include "nsIDocShell.h"
+#include "nsIDocShellLoadInfo.h"
+#include "nsIMessengerWindowService.h"
+#include "nsIWindowMediator.h"
+#include "mozIDOMWindow.h"
+#include "nsIMsgSearchSession.h"
+#include "nsMailDirServiceDefs.h"
+#include "nsIWebNavigation.h"
+#include "nsIIOService.h"
+#include "nsNetCID.h"
+#include "nsIPrompt.h"
+#include "nsNewsDownloader.h"
+#include "prprf.h"
+#include "nsICacheStorage.h"
+#include "nsICacheStorageService.h"
+#include "nsILoadContextInfo.h"
+#include "nsICacheEntry.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "nsNetUtil.h"
+#include "nsIWindowWatcher.h"
+#include "nsICommandLine.h"
+#include "nsIMsgMailNewsUrl.h"
+#include "nsIMsgMailSession.h"
+#include "nsISupportsPrimitives.h"
+#include "nsArrayUtils.h"
+#include "nsIStreamListener.h"
+#include "nsIInputStream.h"
+#include "../../base/src/MailnewsLoadContextInfo.h"
+
+#undef GetPort  // XXX Windows!
+#undef SetPort  // XXX Windows!
+
+#define PREF_MAIL_ROOT_NNTP   "mail.root.nntp"        // old - for backward compatibility only
+#define PREF_MAIL_ROOT_NNTP_REL   "mail.root.nntp-rel"
+
+nsNntpService::nsNntpService()
+{
+  mPrintingOperation = false;
+  mOpenAttachmentOperation = false;
+}
+
+nsNntpService::~nsNntpService()
+{
+  // do nothing
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsNntpService, nsINntpService, nsIMsgMessageService,
+  nsIProtocolHandler, nsIMsgProtocolInfo, nsICommandLineHandler,
+  nsIMsgMessageFetchPartService, nsIContentHandler)
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// nsIMsgMessageService support
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpService::SaveMessageToDisk(const char *aMessageURI,
+                                 nsIFile *aFile,
+                                 bool aAddDummyEnvelope,
+                                 nsIUrlListener *aUrlListener,
+                                 nsIURI **aURL,
+                                 bool canonicalLineEnding,
+                                 nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow)
+{
+    nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMessageURI);
+
+    // double check it is a news-message:/ uri
+    if (PL_strncmp(aMessageURI, kNewsMessageRootURI, kNewsMessageRootURILen))
+    {
+        rv = NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+    }
+
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> folder;
+    nsMsgKey key = nsMsgKey_None;
+    rv = DecomposeNewsMessageURI(aMessageURI, getter_AddRefs(folder), &key);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+    nsCString messageIdURL;
+    rv = CreateMessageIDURL(folder, key, getter_Copies(messageIdURL));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> url;
+    rv = ConstructNntpUrl(messageIdURL.get(), aUrlListener, aMsgWindow, aMessageURI, nsINntpUrl::ActionSaveMessageToDisk, getter_AddRefs(url));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMessageUrl> msgUrl = do_QueryInterface(url);
+    if (msgUrl) {
+//        msgUrl->SetMessageFile(aFile);
+        msgUrl->SetAddDummyEnvelope(aAddDummyEnvelope);
+        msgUrl->SetCanonicalLineEnding(canonicalLineEnding);
+    }
+
+    bool hasMsgOffline = false;
+
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailNewsUrl = do_QueryInterface(url);
+    if (folder)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgNewsFolder> newsFolder = do_QueryInterface(folder);
+      if (newsFolder)
+      {
+        if (mailNewsUrl)
+        {
+          folder->HasMsgOffline(key, &hasMsgOffline);
+          mailNewsUrl->SetMsgIsInLocalCache(hasMsgOffline);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    if (mailNewsUrl)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIStreamListener> saveAsListener;
+      mailNewsUrl->GetSaveAsListener(aAddDummyEnvelope, aFile, getter_AddRefs(saveAsListener));
+
+      rv = DisplayMessage(aMessageURI, saveAsListener, /* nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow */nullptr, aUrlListener, nullptr /*aCharsetOverride */, aURL);
+    }
+    return rv;
+}
+
+
+nsresult
+nsNntpService::CreateMessageIDURL(nsIMsgFolder *folder, nsMsgKey key, char **url)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(folder);
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(url);
+    if (key == nsMsgKey_None) return NS_ERROR_INVALID_ARG;
+
+    nsresult rv;
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgNewsFolder> newsFolder = do_QueryInterface(folder, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+    nsCString messageID;
+    rv = newsFolder->GetMessageIdForKey(key, messageID);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+    // we need to escape the message ID,
+    // it might contain characters which will mess us up later, like #
+    // see bug #120502
+    nsCString escapedMessageID;
+    MsgEscapeString(messageID, nsINetUtil::ESCAPE_URL_PATH, escapedMessageID);
+
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> rootFolder;
+    rv = folder->GetRootFolder(getter_AddRefs(rootFolder));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+    nsCString rootFolderURI;
+    rv = rootFolder->GetURI(rootFolderURI);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+    nsString groupName;
+    rv = folder->GetName(groupName);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+    nsAutoCString uri;
+    uri = rootFolderURI.get();
+    uri += '/';
+    uri += escapedMessageID;
+    uri += kNewsURIGroupQuery; // ?group=
+    AppendUTF16toUTF8(groupName, uri);
+    uri += kNewsURIKeyQuery; // &key=
+    uri.AppendInt(key);
+    *url = ToNewCString(uri);
+
+    if (!*url)
+      return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpService::DisplayMessage(const char* aMessageURI, nsISupports * aDisplayConsumer,
+                                       nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow, nsIUrlListener * aUrlListener, const char * aCharsetOverride, nsIURI ** aURL)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMessageURI);
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> folder;
+  nsMsgKey key = nsMsgKey_None;
+  rv = DecomposeNewsMessageURI(aMessageURI, getter_AddRefs(folder), &key);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  nsAutoCString urlStr;
+  // if we are displaying (or printing), we want the news://host/message-id url
+  // we keep the original uri around, for cancelling and so we can get to the
+  // articles by doing GROUP and then ARTICLE <n>.
+  //
+  // using news://host/message-id has an extra benefit.
+  // we'll use that to look up in the cache, so if
+  // you are reading a message that you've already read, you
+  // (from a cross post) it would be in your cache.
+  rv = CreateMessageIDURL(folder, key, getter_Copies(urlStr));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  // rhp: If we are displaying this message for the purposes of printing, append
+  // the magic operand.
+  if (mPrintingOperation)
+    urlStr.Append("?header=print");
+
+  nsNewsAction action = nsINntpUrl::ActionFetchArticle;
+  if (mOpenAttachmentOperation)
+    action = nsINntpUrl::ActionFetchPart;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> url;
+  rv = ConstructNntpUrl(urlStr.get(), aUrlListener, aMsgWindow, aMessageURI, action, getter_AddRefs(url));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> msgUrl = do_QueryInterface(url,&rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgI18NUrl> i18nurl = do_QueryInterface(msgUrl,&rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  i18nurl->SetCharsetOverRide(aCharsetOverride);
+
+  bool shouldStoreMsgOffline = false;
+
+  if (folder)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+    // We need to set the port on the url, just like 
+    // nsNNTPProtocol::Initialize does, so the specs will be the same.
+    // we can ignore errors here - worst case, we'll display the
+    // "message not available" message.
+    rv = folder->GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    int32_t port = 0;
+    rv = url->GetPort(&port);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv) || (port <= 0))
+    {
+      rv = server->GetPort(&port);
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv) || (port <= 0))
+      {
+        int32_t socketType;
+        rv = server->GetSocketType(&socketType);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+        port = (socketType == nsMsgSocketType::SSL) ?
+               nsINntpUrl::DEFAULT_NNTPS_PORT : nsINntpUrl::DEFAULT_NNTP_PORT;
+      }
+
+      rv = url->SetPort(port);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    }
+
+    folder->ShouldStoreMsgOffline(key, &shouldStoreMsgOffline);
+
+    // Look for the message in the offline cache
+    bool hasMsgOffline = false;
+    folder->HasMsgOffline(key, &hasMsgOffline);
+
+    // Now look in the memory cache
+    if (!hasMsgOffline)
+    {
+      rv = IsMsgInMemCache(url, folder, &hasMsgOffline);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    }
+
+    // If the message is not found in either, then we might need to return
+    if (!hasMsgOffline && WeAreOffline())
+      return server->DisplayOfflineMsg(aMsgWindow);
+
+    msgUrl->SetMsgIsInLocalCache(hasMsgOffline);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgNewsFolder> newsFolder(do_QueryInterface(folder, &rv));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    newsFolder->SetSaveArticleOffline(shouldStoreMsgOffline);
+  }
+
+  if (aURL)
+    NS_IF_ADDREF(*aURL = url);
+
+  return GetMessageFromUrl(url, aMsgWindow, aDisplayConsumer);
+}
+
+nsresult nsNntpService::GetMessageFromUrl(nsIURI *aUrl,
+                                          nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow,
+                                          nsISupports *aDisplayConsumer)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  // if the consumer is the docshell then we want to run the url in the webshell
+  // in order to display it. If it isn't a docshell then just run the news url
+  // like we would any other news url.
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIDocShell> docShell(do_QueryInterface(aDisplayConsumer, &rv));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIDocShellLoadInfo> loadInfo;
+    // DIRTY LITTLE HACK --> if we are opening an attachment we want the docshell to
+    // treat this load as if it were a user click event. Then the dispatching stuff will be much
+    // happier.
+    if (mOpenAttachmentOperation)
+    {
+      docShell->CreateLoadInfo(getter_AddRefs(loadInfo));
+      loadInfo->SetLoadType(nsIDocShellLoadInfo::loadLink);
+    }
+
+    rv = docShell->LoadURI(aUrl, loadInfo, nsIWebNavigation::LOAD_FLAGS_NONE, false);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIStreamListener> aStreamListener(do_QueryInterface(aDisplayConsumer, &rv));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIChannel> aChannel;
+      nsCOMPtr<nsILoadGroup> aLoadGroup;
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailnewsUrl = do_QueryInterface(aUrl, &rv);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && mailnewsUrl)
+      {
+        if (aMsgWindow)
+          mailnewsUrl->SetMsgWindow(aMsgWindow);
+        mailnewsUrl->GetLoadGroup(getter_AddRefs(aLoadGroup));
+      }
+      rv = NewChannel(aUrl, getter_AddRefs(aChannel));
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+      rv = aChannel->SetLoadGroup(aLoadGroup);
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+      nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> aCtxt = do_QueryInterface(aUrl);
+      //  now try to open the channel passing in our display consumer as the listener
+      rv = aChannel->AsyncOpen(aStreamListener, aCtxt);
+    }
+    else
+      rv = RunNewsUrl(aUrl, aMsgWindow, aDisplayConsumer);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpService::FetchMessage(nsIMsgFolder *folder, nsMsgKey key, nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow, nsISupports * aConsumer, nsIUrlListener * aUrlListener, nsIURI ** aURL)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(folder);
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgNewsFolder> msgNewsFolder = do_QueryInterface(folder, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> hdr;
+  rv = folder->GetMessageHeader(key, getter_AddRefs(hdr));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  nsCString originalMessageUri;
+  rv = folder->GetUriForMsg(hdr, originalMessageUri);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  nsCString messageIdURL;
+  rv = CreateMessageIDURL(folder, key, getter_Copies(messageIdURL));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> url;
+  rv = ConstructNntpUrl(messageIdURL.get(), aUrlListener, aMsgWindow, originalMessageUri.get(),
+                        nsINntpUrl::ActionFetchArticle, getter_AddRefs(url));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  rv = RunNewsUrl(url, aMsgWindow, aConsumer);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  if (aURL)
+    url.swap(*aURL);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNntpService::FetchMimePart(nsIURI *aURI, const char *aMessageURI, nsISupports *aDisplayConsumer, nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow, nsIUrlListener *aUrlListener, nsIURI **aURL)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> msgUrl (do_QueryInterface(aURI, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  msgUrl->SetMsgWindow(aMsgWindow);
+
+  // set up the url listener
+  if (aUrlListener)
+    msgUrl->RegisterListener(aUrlListener);
+
+// this code isn't ready yet, but it helps getting opening attachments
+// while offline working
+//    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMessageUrl> msgMessageUrl = do_QueryInterface(aURI);
+//    if (msgMessageUrl)
+//    {
+//      nsAutoCString spec;
+//      rv = aURI->GetSpec(spec);
+//      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+//      msgMessageUrl->SetOriginalSpec(spec.get());
+//    }
+  return RunNewsUrl(msgUrl, aMsgWindow, aDisplayConsumer);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNntpService::OpenAttachment(const char *aContentType,
+                                            const char *aFileName,
+                                            const char *aUrl,
+                                            const char *aMessageUri,
+                                            nsISupports *aDisplayConsumer,
+                                            nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow,
+                                            nsIUrlListener *aUrlListener)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aUrl);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aFileName);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> url;
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  nsAutoCString newsUrl;
+  newsUrl = aUrl;
+  newsUrl += "&type=";
+  newsUrl += aContentType;
+  newsUrl += "&filename=";
+  newsUrl += aFileName;
+
+  NewURI(newsUrl, nullptr, nullptr, getter_AddRefs(url));
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && url)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> msgUrl (do_QueryInterface(url, &rv));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    msgUrl->SetMsgWindow(aMsgWindow);
+    msgUrl->SetFileName(nsDependentCString(aFileName));
+// this code isn't ready yet, but it helps getting opening attachments
+// while offline working
+//   nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMessageUrl> msgMessageUrl = do_QueryInterface(url);
+//    if (msgMessageUrl)
+//      msgMessageUrl->SetOriginalSpec(newsUrl.get());
+    // set up the url listener
+    if (aUrlListener)
+      msgUrl->RegisterListener(aUrlListener);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIDocShell> docShell(do_QueryInterface(aDisplayConsumer, &rv));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && docShell)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIDocShellLoadInfo> loadInfo;
+      docShell->CreateLoadInfo(getter_AddRefs(loadInfo));
+      loadInfo->SetLoadType(nsIDocShellLoadInfo::loadLink);
+      return docShell->LoadURI(url, loadInfo, nsIWebNavigation::LOAD_FLAGS_NONE, false);
+    }
+    else
+      return RunNewsUrl(url, aMsgWindow, aDisplayConsumer);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNntpService::GetUrlForUri(const char *aMessageURI, nsIURI **aURL, nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMessageURI);
+
+  // double check that it is a news-message:/ uri
+  if (PL_strncmp(aMessageURI, kNewsMessageRootURI, kNewsMessageRootURILen))
+  {
+    rv = NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> folder;
+  nsMsgKey key = nsMsgKey_None;
+  rv = DecomposeNewsMessageURI(aMessageURI, getter_AddRefs(folder), &key);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  nsCString messageIdURL;
+  rv = CreateMessageIDURL(folder, key, getter_Copies(messageIdURL));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  // this is only called by view message source
+  rv = ConstructNntpUrl(messageIdURL.get(), nullptr, aMsgWindow, aMessageURI, nsINntpUrl::ActionFetchArticle, aURL);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  if (folder && *aURL)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailnewsUrl = do_QueryInterface(*aURL);
+    if (mailnewsUrl)
+    {
+      bool useLocalCache = false;
+      folder->HasMsgOffline(key, &useLocalCache);
+      mailnewsUrl->SetMsgIsInLocalCache(useLocalCache);
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpService::DecomposeNewsURI(const char *uri, nsIMsgFolder **folder, nsMsgKey *aMsgKey)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  rv = DecomposeNewsMessageURI(uri, folder, aMsgKey);
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsNntpService::DecomposeNewsMessageURI(const char * aMessageURI, nsIMsgFolder ** aFolder, nsMsgKey *aMsgKey)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMessageURI);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aFolder);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMsgKey);
+
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  // Construct the news URL
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailnewsurl = do_CreateInstance(NS_NNTPURL_CONTRACTID,&rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsINntpUrl> nntpUrl = do_QueryInterface(mailnewsurl, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  rv = mailnewsurl->SetSpec(nsDependentCString(aMessageURI));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // Get the group name and key from the url
+  nsAutoCString groupName;
+  rv = nntpUrl->GetGroup(groupName);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = nntpUrl->GetKey(aMsgKey);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // If there is no group, try the harder way.
+  if (groupName.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    *aMsgKey = nsMsgKey_None;
+    return GetFolderFromUri(aMessageURI, aFolder);
+  }
+
+  return mailnewsurl->GetFolder(aFolder);
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsNntpService::GetFolderFromUri(const char *aUri, nsIMsgFolder **aFolder)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aUri);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aFolder);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> uri;
+  nsresult rv = NS_NewURI(getter_AddRefs(uri), nsDependentCString(aUri));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  nsAutoCString path;
+  rv = uri->GetPath(path);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgAccountManager> accountManager = do_GetService(NS_MSGACCOUNTMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+  rv = accountManager->FindServerByURI(uri, false, getter_AddRefs(server));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> rootFolder;
+  rv = server->GetRootFolder(getter_AddRefs(rootFolder));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  // check if path is "/"
+  // if so, use the root folder
+  if (path.Length() == 1)
+  {
+    NS_ADDREF(*aFolder = rootFolder);
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  // the URI is news://host/(escaped group)
+  // but the *name* of the newsgroup (we are calling ::GetChildNamed())
+  // is unescaped.  see http://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=210089#c17
+  // for more about this
+  nsCString unescapedPath;
+  MsgUnescapeString(Substring(path, 1), 0, unescapedPath); /* skip the leading slash */
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> subFolder;
+  rv = rootFolder->GetChildNamed(NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16(unescapedPath),
+                                 getter_AddRefs(subFolder));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  subFolder.swap(*aFolder);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpService::CopyMessage(const char * aSrcMessageURI, nsIStreamListener * aMailboxCopyHandler, bool moveMessage,
+                           nsIUrlListener * aUrlListener, nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow, nsIURI **aURL)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aSrcMessageURI);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMailboxCopyHandler);
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> streamSupport = do_QueryInterface(aMailboxCopyHandler, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  rv = DisplayMessage(aSrcMessageURI, streamSupport, aMsgWindow, aUrlListener, nullptr, aURL);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpService::CopyMessages(uint32_t aNumKeys, nsMsgKey *akeys,
+                            nsIMsgFolder *srcFolder,
+                            nsIStreamListener * aMailboxCopyHandler,
+                            bool moveMessage,
+                            nsIUrlListener * aUrlListener,
+                            nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow,
+                            nsIURI **aURL)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsNntpService::FindServerWithNewsgroup(nsCString &host, nsCString &groupName)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgAccountManager> accountManager = do_GetService(NS_MSGACCOUNTMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIArray> servers;
+  rv = accountManager->GetAllServers(getter_AddRefs(servers));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  NS_ASSERTION(MsgIsUTF8(groupName),
+               "newsgroup is not in UTF-8");
+
+  // XXX TODO
+  // this only looks at the list of subscribed newsgroups.
+  // fix to use the hostinfo.dat information
+
+  uint32_t length;
+  rv = servers->GetLength(&length);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < length; ++i)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsINntpIncomingServer> newsserver(do_QueryElementAt(servers, i, &rv));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      continue;
+
+    bool containsGroup = false;
+    rv = newsserver->ContainsNewsgroup(groupName,
+                                       &containsGroup);
+    if (containsGroup)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server(do_QueryInterface(newsserver, &rv));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      return server->GetHostName(host);
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsNntpService::FindHostFromGroup(nsCString &host, nsCString &groupName)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  // host always comes in as ""
+  NS_ASSERTION(host.IsEmpty(), "host is not empty");
+  if (!host.IsEmpty()) return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  rv = FindServerWithNewsgroup(host, groupName);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  // host can be empty
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsNntpService::SetUpNntpUrlForPosting(const char *aAccountKey, char **newsUrlSpec)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  nsCString host;
+  int32_t port = -1;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> nntpServer;
+  rv = GetNntpServerByAccount(aAccountKey, getter_AddRefs(nntpServer));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && nntpServer)
+  {
+    nntpServer->GetHostName(host);
+    nntpServer->GetPort(&port);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    NS_WARNING("Failure to obtain host and port");
+  }
+
+  *newsUrlSpec = PR_smprintf("%s/%s:%d",kNewsRootURI, host.IsEmpty() ? "news" : host.get(), port);
+  if (!*newsUrlSpec) return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// nsINntpService support
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// XXX : may not work with non-ASCII newsgroup names and IDN hostnames
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpService::GenerateNewsHeaderValsForPosting(const nsACString& newsgroupsList, char **newsgroupsHeaderVal, char **newshostHeaderVal)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(newsgroupsHeaderVal);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(newshostHeaderVal);
+
+  // newsgroupsList can be a comma separated list of these:
+  // news://host/group
+  // news://group
+  // host/group
+  // group
+  //
+  // we are not going to allow the user to cross post to multiple hosts.
+  // if we detect that, we stop and return error.
+
+  nsAutoCString host;
+  nsAutoCString newsgroups;
+
+  nsTArray<nsCString> list;
+  ParseString(newsgroupsList, ',', list);
+  for (uint32_t index = 0; index < list.Length(); index++)
+  {
+    list[index].StripWhitespace();
+    if (!list[index].IsEmpty())
+    {
+      nsAutoCString currentHost;
+      nsAutoCString theRest;
+      // does list[index] start with "news:/"?
+      if (StringBeginsWith(list[index], NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(kNewsRootURI)))
+      {
+        // we have news://group or news://host/group
+        // set theRest to what's after news://
+        theRest = Substring(list[index], kNewsRootURILen /* for news:/ */ + 1 /* for the slash */);
+      }
+      else if (list[index].Find(":/") != -1)
+      {
+        // we have x:/y where x != news. this is bad, return failure
+        return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+      }
+      else
+        theRest = list[index];
+
+      // theRest is "group" or "host/group"
+      int32_t slashpos = theRest.FindChar('/');
+      if (slashpos > 0 )
+      {
+        nsAutoCString currentGroup;
+
+        // theRest is "host/group"
+        currentHost = StringHead(theRest, slashpos);
+
+        // from "host/group", put "group" into currentGroup;
+        currentGroup = Substring(theRest, slashpos + 1);
+
+        NS_ASSERTION(!currentGroup.IsEmpty(), "currentGroup is empty");
+        if (currentGroup.IsEmpty())
+          return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+        // build up the newsgroups
+        if (!newsgroups.IsEmpty())
+          newsgroups += ",";
+        newsgroups += currentGroup;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        // theRest is "group"
+        rv = FindHostFromGroup(currentHost, theRest);
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+          return rv;
+        // build up the newsgroups
+        if (!newsgroups.IsEmpty())
+          newsgroups += ",";
+        newsgroups += theRest;
+      }
+
+      if (!currentHost.IsEmpty())
+      {
+        if (host.IsEmpty())
+          host = currentHost;
+        else
+        {
+          if (!host.Equals(currentHost))
+            return NS_ERROR_NNTP_NO_CROSS_POSTING;
+        }
+      }
+      currentHost = "";
+    }
+  }
+
+  *newshostHeaderVal = ToNewCString(host);
+  if (!*newshostHeaderVal) return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+  *newsgroupsHeaderVal = ToNewCString(newsgroups);
+  if (!*newsgroupsHeaderVal) return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsNntpService::GetNntpServerByAccount(const char *aAccountKey, nsIMsgIncomingServer **aNntpServer)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aNntpServer);
+  nsresult rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgAccountManager> accountManager = do_GetService(NS_MSGACCOUNTMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  if (aAccountKey)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgAccount> account;
+    rv = accountManager->GetAccount(nsDependentCString(aAccountKey), getter_AddRefs(account));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && account)
+      rv = account->GetIncomingServer(aNntpServer);
+  }
+
+  // if we don't have a news host, find the first news server and use it
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !*aNntpServer)
+    rv = accountManager->FindServer(EmptyCString(), EmptyCString(), NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("nntp"), aNntpServer);
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpService::PostMessage(nsIFile *aFileToPost, const char *newsgroupsNames, const char *aAccountKey, nsIUrlListener * aUrlListener, nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow, nsIURI **_retval)
+{
+  // aMsgWindow might be null
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(newsgroupsNames);
+
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(*newsgroupsNames);
+
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsINntpUrl> nntpUrl = do_CreateInstance(NS_NNTPURL_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = nntpUrl->SetNewsAction(nsINntpUrl::ActionPostArticle);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCString newsUrlSpec;
+  rv = SetUpNntpUrlForPosting(aAccountKey, getter_Copies(newsUrlSpec));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailnewsurl = do_QueryInterface(nntpUrl, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = mailnewsurl->SetSpec(newsUrlSpec);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  if (aUrlListener) // register listener if there is one...
+    mailnewsurl->RegisterListener(aUrlListener);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsINNTPNewsgroupPost> post = do_CreateInstance(NS_NNTPNEWSGROUPPOST_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = post->SetPostMessageFile(aFileToPost);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = nntpUrl->SetMessageToPost(post);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> url = do_QueryInterface(nntpUrl);
+  rv = RunNewsUrl(url, aMsgWindow, nullptr /* consumer */);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  if (_retval)
+    rv = CallQueryInterface(nntpUrl, _retval);
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsNntpService::ConstructNntpUrl(const char *urlString, nsIUrlListener *aUrlListener, nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow, const char *originalMessageUri, int32_t action, nsIURI ** aUrl)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsINntpUrl> nntpUrl = do_CreateInstance(NS_NNTPURL_CONTRACTID,&rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailnewsurl = do_QueryInterface(nntpUrl);
+  mailnewsurl->SetMsgWindow(aMsgWindow);
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgMessageUrl> msgUrl = do_QueryInterface(nntpUrl);
+  msgUrl->SetUri(originalMessageUri);
+  rv = mailnewsurl->SetSpec(nsDependentCString(urlString));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  nntpUrl->SetNewsAction(action);
+
+  if (originalMessageUri)
+  {
+    // we'll use this later in nsNNTPProtocol::ParseURL()
+    rv = msgUrl->SetOriginalSpec(originalMessageUri);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  }
+
+  if (aUrlListener) // register listener if there is one...
+    mailnewsurl->RegisterListener(aUrlListener);
+
+  (*aUrl) = mailnewsurl;
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aUrl);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsNntpService::CreateNewsAccount(const char *aHostname, bool aUseSSL,
+                                 int32_t aPort, nsIMsgIncomingServer **aServer)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aHostname);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aServer);
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgAccountManager> accountManager = do_GetService(NS_MSGACCOUNTMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgAccount> account;
+  rv = accountManager->CreateAccount(getter_AddRefs(account));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  // for news, username is always null
+  rv = accountManager->CreateIncomingServer(EmptyCString(), nsDependentCString(aHostname), NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("nntp"), aServer);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  if (aUseSSL)
+  {
+    rv = (*aServer)->SetSocketType(nsMsgSocketType::SSL);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+
+  rv = (*aServer)->SetPort(aPort);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgIdentity> identity;
+  rv = accountManager->CreateIdentity(getter_AddRefs(identity));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+  if (!identity) return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  // by default, news accounts should be composing in plain text
+  rv = identity->SetComposeHtml(false);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  // the identity isn't filled in, so it is not valid.
+  rv = (*aServer)->SetValid(false);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  // hook them together
+  rv = account->SetIncomingServer(*aServer);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+  rv = account->AddIdentity(identity);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  // Now save the new acct info to pref file.
+  rv = accountManager->SaveAccountInfo();
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsNntpService::GetServerForUri(nsIURI *aUri, nsINntpIncomingServer **aServer)
+{
+  nsAutoCString hostName;
+  nsAutoCString scheme;
+  nsAutoCString path;
+  int32_t port = 0;
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  rv = aUri->GetAsciiHost(hostName);
+  rv = aUri->GetScheme(scheme);
+  rv = aUri->GetPort(&port);
+  rv = aUri->GetPath(path);
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgAccountManager> accountManager = do_GetService(NS_MSGACCOUNTMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  // find the incoming server, it if exists.
+  // migrate if necessary, before searching for it.
+  // if it doesn't exist, create it.
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+
+  // Grab all servers for if this is a no-authority URL. This also loads
+  // accounts if they haven't been loaded, i.e., we're running this straight
+  // from the command line
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIArray> servers;
+  rv = accountManager->GetAllServers(getter_AddRefs(servers));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailUrl = do_QueryInterface(aUri, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = mailUrl->GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  if (!server && !hostName.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    // If we don't have this server but it isn't no-auth, add it.
+    // Ideally, we should remove this account quickly (see bug 41133)
+    bool useSSL = false;
+    if (scheme.EqualsLiteral("snews") || scheme.EqualsLiteral("nntps"))
+    {
+      useSSL = true;
+      if ((port == 0) || (port == -1))
+          port = nsINntpUrl::DEFAULT_NNTPS_PORT;
+    }
+    rv = CreateNewsAccount(hostName.get(), useSSL, port, getter_AddRefs(server));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+
+  if (!server && hostName.IsEmpty())
+    // XXX: Until we support no-auth uris, bail
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  if (!server) return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsINntpIncomingServer> nntpServer;
+  nntpServer = do_QueryInterface(server, &rv);
+
+  if (!nntpServer || NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aServer = nntpServer);
+
+  nsAutoCString spec;
+  rv = aUri->GetSpec(spec);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+#if 0 // this not ready yet.
+  nsNewsAction action = nsINntpUrl::ActionUnknown;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsINntpUrl> nntpUrl = do_QueryInterface(aUri);
+  if (nntpUrl) {
+    rv = nntpUrl->GetNewsAction(&action);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  }
+
+  // if this is a news-message:/ uri, decompose it and set hasMsgOffline on the uri
+  // Or, if it's of this form, we need to do the same.
+  // "news://news.mozilla.org:119/3D612B96.1050301%40netscape.com?part=1.2&type=image/gif&filename=hp_icon_logo.gif"
+
+  // XXX todo, or do we want to check if it is a news-message:// uri or
+  // a news:// uri (but action is not a fetch related action?)
+  if (!PL_strncmp(spec.get(), kNewsMessageRootURI, kNewsMessageRootURILen) ||
+      (action == nsINntpUrl::ActionFetchPart || action == nsINntpUrl::ActionFetchArticle))
+  {
+#else
+  // if this is a news-message:/ uri, decompose it and set hasMsgOffline on the uri
+  if (!PL_strncmp(spec.get(), kNewsMessageRootURI, kNewsMessageRootURILen))
+  {
+#endif
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> folder;
+    nsMsgKey key = nsMsgKey_None;
+    rv = DecomposeNewsMessageURI(spec.get(), getter_AddRefs(folder), &key);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && folder)
+    {
+      bool hasMsgOffline = false;
+      folder->HasMsgOffline(key, &hasMsgOffline);
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> msgUrl (do_QueryInterface(aUri));
+      if (msgUrl)
+        msgUrl->SetMsgIsInLocalCache(hasMsgOffline);
+    }
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsNntpService::RunNewsUrl(nsIURI * aUri, nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow, nsISupports * aConsumer)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  if (WeAreOffline())
+    return NS_MSG_ERROR_OFFLINE;
+
+  // almost there...now create a nntp protocol instance to run the url in...
+  nsCOMPtr<nsINntpIncomingServer> server;
+  rv = GetServerForUri(aUri, getter_AddRefs(server));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  return server->LoadNewsUrl(aUri, aMsgWindow, aConsumer);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNntpService::GetNewNews(nsINntpIncomingServer *nntpServer, const char *uri, bool aGetOld, nsIUrlListener * aUrlListener, nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow, nsIURI **_retval)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(uri);
+
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+  server = do_QueryInterface(nntpServer);
+
+  /* double check that it is a "news:/" url */
+  if (strncmp(uri, kNewsRootURI, kNewsRootURILen) == 0)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> aUrl;
+    rv = ConstructNntpUrl(uri, aUrlListener, aMsgWindow, nullptr, nsINntpUrl::ActionGetNewNews, getter_AddRefs(aUrl));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsINntpUrl> nntpUrl = do_QueryInterface(aUrl);
+    if (nntpUrl)
+    {
+      rv = nntpUrl->SetGetOldMessages(aGetOld);
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+    }
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailNewsUrl = do_QueryInterface(aUrl);
+    if (mailNewsUrl)
+      mailNewsUrl->SetUpdatingFolder(true);
+
+    rv = RunNewsUrl(aUrl, aMsgWindow, nullptr);
+
+    if (_retval)
+      NS_IF_ADDREF(*_retval = aUrl);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    NS_ERROR("not a news:/ url");
+    rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpService::CancelMessage(const char *cancelURL, const char *messageURI, nsISupports * aConsumer, nsIUrlListener * aUrlListener, nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow, nsIURI ** aURL)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(cancelURL);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(messageURI);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> url;
+  // the url should be "news://host/message-id?cancel"
+  rv = ConstructNntpUrl(cancelURL, aUrlListener,  aMsgWindow, messageURI, nsINntpUrl::ActionCancelArticle, getter_AddRefs(url));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  rv = RunNewsUrl(url, aMsgWindow, aConsumer);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  if (aURL)
+  {
+    *aURL = url;
+    NS_IF_ADDREF(*aURL);
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNntpService::GetScheme(nsACString &aScheme)
+{
+  aScheme = "news";
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNntpService::GetDefaultDoBiff(bool *aDoBiff)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aDoBiff);
+    // by default, don't do biff for NNTP servers
+    *aDoBiff = false;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNntpService::GetDefaultPort(int32_t *aDefaultPort)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aDefaultPort);
+    *aDefaultPort = nsINntpUrl::DEFAULT_NNTP_PORT;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNntpService::AllowPort(int32_t port, const char *scheme, bool *_retval)
+{
+    *_retval = true; // allow news on any port
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpService::GetDefaultServerPort(bool aUseSSL, int32_t *aDefaultPort)
+{
+    nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+    // Return Secure NNTP Port if secure option chosen i.e., if useSSL is TRUE.
+    if (aUseSSL)
+        *aDefaultPort = nsINntpUrl::DEFAULT_NNTPS_PORT;
+    else
+        rv = GetDefaultPort(aDefaultPort);
+
+    return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNntpService::GetProtocolFlags(uint32_t *aUritype)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aUritype);
+    *aUritype = URI_NORELATIVE | URI_FORBIDS_AUTOMATIC_DOCUMENT_REPLACEMENT |
+      URI_LOADABLE_BY_ANYONE | ALLOWS_PROXY | URI_FORBIDS_COOKIE_ACCESS
+#ifdef IS_ORIGIN_IS_FULL_SPEC_DEFINED
+      | ORIGIN_IS_FULL_SPEC
+#endif
+    ;
+  
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNntpService::NewURI(const nsACString &aSpec,
+                                    const char *aCharset, // ignored
+                                    nsIURI *aBaseURI,
+                                    nsIURI **_retval)
+{
+    nsresult rv;
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> nntpUri = do_CreateInstance(NS_NNTPURL_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+    if (aBaseURI)
+    {
+      nsAutoCString newSpec;
+      aBaseURI->Resolve(aSpec, newSpec);
+      rv = nntpUri->SetSpec(newSpec);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      rv = nntpUri->SetSpec(aSpec);
+    }
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+    NS_ADDREF(*_retval = nntpUri);
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNntpService::NewChannel(nsIURI *aURI, nsIChannel **_retval)
+{
+  return NewChannel2(aURI, nullptr, _retval);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNntpService::NewChannel2(nsIURI *aURI,
+                                         nsILoadInfo *aLoadInfo,
+                                         nsIChannel **_retval)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aURI);
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsINntpIncomingServer> server;
+  rv = GetServerForUri(aURI, getter_AddRefs(server));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIChannel> channel;
+  rv = server->GetNntpChannel(aURI, nullptr, getter_AddRefs(channel));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = channel->SetLoadInfo(aLoadInfo);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  channel.forget(_retval);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpService::SetDefaultLocalPath(nsIFile *aPath)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG(aPath);
+    return NS_SetPersistentFile(PREF_MAIL_ROOT_NNTP_REL, PREF_MAIL_ROOT_NNTP, aPath);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpService::GetDefaultLocalPath(nsIFile ** aResult)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+    *aResult = nullptr;
+
+    bool havePref;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> localFile;
+    nsresult rv = NS_GetPersistentFile(PREF_MAIL_ROOT_NNTP_REL,
+                              PREF_MAIL_ROOT_NNTP,
+                              NS_APP_NEWS_50_DIR,
+                              havePref,
+                              getter_AddRefs(localFile));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+    bool exists;
+    rv = localFile->Exists(&exists);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !exists)
+        rv = localFile->Create(nsIFile::DIRECTORY_TYPE, 0775);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    if (!havePref || !exists)
+    {
+        rv = NS_SetPersistentFile(PREF_MAIL_ROOT_NNTP_REL, PREF_MAIL_ROOT_NNTP, localFile);
+        NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "Failed to set root dir pref.");
+    }
+
+    NS_IF_ADDREF(*aResult = localFile);
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpService::GetServerIID(nsIID* *aServerIID)
+{
+    *aServerIID = new nsIID(NS_GET_IID(nsINntpIncomingServer));
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpService::GetRequiresUsername(bool *aRequiresUsername)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aRequiresUsername);
+  *aRequiresUsername = false;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpService::GetPreflightPrettyNameWithEmailAddress(bool *aPreflightPrettyNameWithEmailAddress)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aPreflightPrettyNameWithEmailAddress);
+  *aPreflightPrettyNameWithEmailAddress = false;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpService::GetCanLoginAtStartUp(bool *aCanLoginAtStartUp)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aCanLoginAtStartUp);
+  *aCanLoginAtStartUp = true;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpService::GetCanDelete(bool *aCanDelete)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aCanDelete);
+  *aCanDelete = true;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpService::GetCanDuplicate(bool *aCanDuplicate)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aCanDuplicate);
+  *aCanDuplicate = true;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpService::GetCanGetMessages(bool *aCanGetMessages)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aCanGetMessages);
+    *aCanGetMessages = false;  // poorly named, this just means we don't have an inbox.
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpService::GetCanGetIncomingMessages(bool *aCanGetIncomingMessages)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aCanGetIncomingMessages);
+    // temporarily returns false because we don't yet support spam
+    // filtering in news.  this will change.
+    *aCanGetIncomingMessages = false;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpService::GetShowComposeMsgLink(bool *showComposeMsgLink)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(showComposeMsgLink);
+    *showComposeMsgLink = false;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpService::GetFoldersCreatedAsync(bool *aAsyncCreation)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aAsyncCreation);
+  *aAsyncCreation = false;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+//
+// rhp: Right now, this is the same as simple DisplayMessage, but it will change
+// to support print rendering.
+//
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNntpService::DisplayMessageForPrinting(const char* aMessageURI, nsISupports * aDisplayConsumer,
+                                                  nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow, nsIUrlListener * aUrlListener, nsIURI ** aURL)
+{
+  mPrintingOperation = true;
+  nsresult rv = DisplayMessage(aMessageURI, aDisplayConsumer, aMsgWindow, aUrlListener, nullptr, aURL);
+  mPrintingOperation = false;
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpService::StreamMessage(const char *aMessageURI, nsISupports *aConsumer,
+                              nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow,
+                              nsIUrlListener *aUrlListener,
+                              bool /* convertData */,
+                              const nsACString &aAdditionalHeader,
+                              bool aLocalOnly,
+                              nsIURI **aURL)
+{
+    // The nntp protocol object will look for "header=filter" to decide if it wants to convert
+    // the data instead of using aConvertData. It turns out to be way too hard to pass aConvertData
+    // all the way over to the nntp protocol object.
+    nsAutoCString aURIString(aMessageURI);
+
+    if (!aAdditionalHeader.IsEmpty())
+    {
+      aURIString.FindChar('?') == kNotFound ? aURIString += "?" : aURIString += "&";
+      aURIString += "header=";
+      aURIString += aAdditionalHeader;
+    }
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder;
+    nsMsgKey key;
+    nsresult rv = DecomposeNewsMessageURI(aMessageURI, getter_AddRefs(folder), &key);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    nsAutoCString urlStr;
+    rv = CreateMessageIDURL(folder, key, getter_Copies(urlStr));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    nsNewsAction action = nsINntpUrl::ActionFetchArticle;
+    if (mOpenAttachmentOperation)
+      action = nsINntpUrl::ActionFetchPart;
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> url;
+    rv = ConstructNntpUrl(urlStr.get(), aUrlListener, aMsgWindow, aURIString.get(),
+                          action, getter_AddRefs(url));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    if (aLocalOnly || WeAreOffline())
+    {
+      // Check in the offline cache, then in the mem cache
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> msgUrl(do_QueryInterface(url, &rv));
+      bool hasMsgOffline = false;
+      folder->HasMsgOffline(key, &hasMsgOffline);
+      if (!hasMsgOffline)
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+        rv = folder->GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+        int32_t socketType;
+        rv = server->GetSocketType(&socketType);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+        url->SetPort((socketType == nsMsgSocketType::SSL) ?
+                     nsINntpUrl::DEFAULT_NNTPS_PORT : nsINntpUrl::DEFAULT_NNTP_PORT);
+
+        rv = IsMsgInMemCache(url, folder, &hasMsgOffline);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+      }
+
+      // Return with an error if we didn't find it in the memory cache either
+      if (!hasMsgOffline)
+        return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+      msgUrl->SetMsgIsInLocalCache(true);
+    }
+
+    if (aURL)
+      NS_IF_ADDREF(*aURL = url);
+
+    return GetMessageFromUrl(url, aMsgWindow, aConsumer);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNntpService::StreamHeaders(const char *aMessageURI,
+                                           nsIStreamListener *aConsumer,
+                                           nsIUrlListener *aUrlListener,
+                                           bool aLocalOnly,
+                                           nsIURI **aURL)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMessageURI);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aConsumer);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder;
+  nsMsgKey key;
+
+  nsresult rv = DecomposeNewsMessageURI(aMessageURI, getter_AddRefs(folder), &key);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  if (key == nsMsgKey_None)
+    return NS_MSG_MESSAGE_NOT_FOUND;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIInputStream> inputStream;
+  bool hasMsgOffline = false;
+  folder->HasMsgOffline(key, &hasMsgOffline);
+  if (hasMsgOffline)
+  {
+    int64_t messageOffset;
+    uint32_t messageSize;
+    folder->GetOfflineFileStream(key, &messageOffset, &messageSize, getter_AddRefs(inputStream));
+    if (inputStream)
+      return MsgStreamMsgHeaders(inputStream, aConsumer);
+  }
+  nsAutoCString urlStr;
+  rv = CreateMessageIDURL(folder, key, getter_Copies(urlStr));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  if (aLocalOnly)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNntpService::IsMsgInMemCache(nsIURI *aUrl,
+                                             nsIMsgFolder *aFolder,
+                                             bool *aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aUrl);
+  *aResult = false;
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  if (mCacheStorage)
+  {
+    // NNTP urls are truncated at the query part when used as cache keys.
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIURI> newUri;
+    aUrl->Clone(getter_AddRefs(newUri));
+    nsAutoCString path;
+    newUri->GetPath(path);
+    int32_t pos = path.FindChar('?');
+    if (pos != kNotFound) {
+      path.SetLength(pos);
+      newUri->SetPath(path);
+    }
+    bool exists;
+    rv = mCacheStorage->Exists(newUri, EmptyCString(), &exists);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && exists) {
+      *aResult = true;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNntpService::Search(nsIMsgSearchSession *aSearchSession, nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow, nsIMsgFolder *aMsgFolder, const char *aSearchUri)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(aMsgFolder);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(aSearchUri);
+
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  nsCString searchUrl;
+  rv = aMsgFolder->GetURI(searchUrl);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  searchUrl.Append(aSearchUri);
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIUrlListener> urlListener = do_QueryInterface(aSearchSession);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> url;
+  rv = ConstructNntpUrl(searchUrl.get(), urlListener, aMsgWindow, nullptr, nsINntpUrl::ActionSearch, getter_AddRefs(url));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> msgurl (do_QueryInterface(url));
+  if (msgurl)
+    msgurl->SetSearchSession(aSearchSession);
+
+  // run the url to update the counts
+  return RunNewsUrl(url, nullptr, nullptr);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpService::GetListOfGroupsOnServer(nsINntpIncomingServer *aNntpServer, nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow, bool aGetOnlyNew)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aNntpServer);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server = do_QueryInterface(aNntpServer, &rv);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+  if (!server) return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  nsCString serverUri;
+  rv = server->GetServerURI(serverUri);
+  nsNewsAction newsAction;
+  if (aGetOnlyNew)
+  {
+    serverUri.AppendLiteral("/?newgroups");
+    newsAction = nsINntpUrl::ActionListNewGroups;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    serverUri.AppendLiteral("/*");
+    newsAction = nsINntpUrl::ActionListGroups;
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIUrlListener> listener = do_QueryInterface(aNntpServer, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> url;
+  rv = ConstructNntpUrl(serverUri.get(), listener, aMsgWindow, nullptr, newsAction, getter_AddRefs(url));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // now run the url to add the rest of the groups
+  return RunNewsUrl(url, aMsgWindow, nullptr);
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpService::Handle(nsICommandLine* aCmdLine)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aCmdLine);
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  bool found;
+
+  rv = aCmdLine->HandleFlag(NS_LITERAL_STRING("news"), false, &found);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && found) {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIWindowWatcher> wwatch (do_GetService(NS_WINDOWWATCHER_CONTRACTID));
+    NS_ENSURE_TRUE(wwatch, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<mozIDOMWindowProxy> opened;
+    wwatch->OpenWindow(nullptr, "chrome://messenger/content/", "_blank",
+                       "chrome,extrachrome,menubar,resizable,scrollbars,status,toolbar",
+                       nullptr, getter_AddRefs(opened));
+    aCmdLine->SetPreventDefault(true);
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpService::GetHelpInfo(nsACString& aResult)
+{
+  aResult.Assign(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("  -news              Open the news client.\n"));
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpService::HandleContent(const char * aContentType, nsIInterfaceRequestor* aWindowContext, nsIRequest *request)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(request);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIChannel> aChannel = do_QueryInterface(request, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // check for x-application-newsgroup or x-application-newsgroup-listids
+  if (PL_strncasecmp(aContentType, "x-application-newsgroup", 23) == 0)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> uri;
+    rv = aChannel->GetURI(getter_AddRefs(uri));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailUrl = do_QueryInterface(uri);
+    if (mailUrl)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> msgFolder;
+      rv = mailUrl->GetFolder(getter_AddRefs(msgFolder));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      // No folder means we can't handle this
+      if (!msgFolder)
+        return NS_ERROR_WONT_HANDLE_CONTENT;
+
+      nsCString folderURL;
+      rv = msgFolder->GetURI(folderURL);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      // this is all we need for listing newsgroup ids.
+      if (!PL_strcasecmp(aContentType, "x-application-newsgroup-listids"))
+        return NS_OK;
+
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgWindow> msgWindow;
+      mailUrl->GetMsgWindow(getter_AddRefs(msgWindow));
+      if (!msgWindow)
+      {
+        // This came from a docshell that didn't set msgWindow, so find one
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailSession> mailSession =
+          do_GetService(NS_MSGMAILSESSION_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+        mailSession->GetTopmostMsgWindow(getter_AddRefs(msgWindow));
+
+        if (!msgWindow)
+        {
+          // We need to create a 3-pane window, then
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIWindowWatcher> wwatcher =
+            do_GetService(NS_WINDOWWATCHER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+          nsCOMPtr<nsISupportsCString> arg =
+            do_CreateInstance(NS_SUPPORTS_CSTRING_CONTRACTID);
+          arg->SetData(folderURL);
+
+          nsCOMPtr<mozIDOMWindowProxy> newWindow;
+          rv = wwatcher->OpenWindow(nullptr, "chrome://messenger/content/",
+            "_blank", "chome,all,dialog=no", arg, getter_AddRefs(newWindow));
+          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+        }
+      }
+      if (msgWindow)
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgWindowCommands> windowCommands;
+        msgWindow->GetWindowCommands(getter_AddRefs(windowCommands));
+        if (windowCommands)
+          windowCommands->SelectFolder(folderURL);
+      }
+      request->Cancel(NS_BINDING_ABORTED);
+    }
+  } else // The content-type was not x-application-newsgroup.
+    rv = NS_ERROR_WONT_HANDLE_CONTENT;
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpService::MessageURIToMsgHdr(const char *uri, nsIMsgDBHdr **_retval)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(uri);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(_retval);
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> folder;
+  nsMsgKey msgKey;
+
+  rv = DecomposeNewsMessageURI(uri, getter_AddRefs(folder), &msgKey);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  if (!folder)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  rv = folder->GetMessageHeader(msgKey, _retval);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpService::DownloadNewsgroupsForOffline(nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow, nsIUrlListener *aListener)
+{
+  RefPtr<nsMsgDownloadAllNewsgroups> newsgroupDownloader =
+    new nsMsgDownloadAllNewsgroups(aMsgWindow, aListener);
+  return newsgroupDownloader->ProcessNextGroup();
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNntpService::GetCacheStorage(nsICacheStorage **result)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  if (!mCacheStorage)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsICacheStorageService> cacheStorageService =
+      do_GetService("@mozilla.org/netwerk/cache-storage-service;1", &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+    RefPtr<MailnewsLoadContextInfo> lci =
+      new MailnewsLoadContextInfo(false, false, mozilla::NeckoOriginAttributes());
+
+    rv = cacheStorageService->MemoryCacheStorage(lci, getter_AddRefs(mCacheStorage));
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*result = mCacheStorage);
+  return rv;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/news/src/nsNntpService.h b/mailnews/news/src/nsNntpService.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..58c2699f2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/news/src/nsNntpService.h
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsNntpService_h___
+#define nsNntpService_h___
+
+#include "nsINntpService.h"
+#include "nsIProtocolHandler.h"
+#include "nsIMsgMessageService.h"
+#include "nsINntpIncomingServer.h"
+#include "nsIMsgIncomingServer.h"
+#include "nsIFile.h"
+#include "MailNewsTypes.h"
+#include "nsIMsgProtocolInfo.h"
+#include "nsIMsgWindow.h"
+#include "nsINntpUrl.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsIContentHandler.h"
+#include "nsICacheStorage.h"
+
+#include "nsICommandLineHandler.h"
+
+class nsIURI;
+class nsIUrlListener;
+
+class nsNntpService : public nsINntpService,
+                      public nsIMsgMessageService,
+                      public nsIMsgMessageFetchPartService,
+                      public nsIProtocolHandler,
+                      public nsIMsgProtocolInfo,
+                      public nsICommandLineHandler,
+                      public nsIContentHandler
+{
+public:
+
+  NS_DECL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSINNTPSERVICE
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGMESSAGESERVICE
+  NS_DECL_NSIPROTOCOLHANDLER
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGPROTOCOLINFO
+  NS_DECL_NSICONTENTHANDLER
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGMESSAGEFETCHPARTSERVICE
+  NS_DECL_NSICOMMANDLINEHANDLER
+
+  // nsNntpService
+  nsNntpService();
+
+protected:
+  virtual ~nsNntpService();
+
+  nsresult GetNntpServerByAccount(const char *aAccountKey, nsIMsgIncomingServer **aNntpServer);
+  nsresult SetUpNntpUrlForPosting(const char *aAccountKey, char **newsUrlSpec);
+  nsresult FindHostFromGroup(nsCString &host, nsCString &groupName);
+  nsresult FindServerWithNewsgroup(nsCString &host, nsCString &groupName);
+
+  nsresult CreateMessageIDURL(nsIMsgFolder *folder, nsMsgKey key, char **url);
+  nsresult GetMessageFromUrl(nsIURI *aUrl, nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow, nsISupports *aDisplayConsumer);
+  // a convience routine used to put together news urls
+  nsresult ConstructNntpUrl(const char * urlString, nsIUrlListener *aUrlListener,  nsIMsgWindow * aMsgWindow, const char *originalMessageUri, int32_t action, nsIURI ** aUrl);
+  nsresult CreateNewsAccount(const char *aHostname, bool aIsSecure, int32_t aPort, nsIMsgIncomingServer **aServer);
+  nsresult GetServerForUri(nsIURI *aUri, nsINntpIncomingServer **aProtocol);
+  // a convience routine to run news urls
+  nsresult RunNewsUrl (nsIURI * aUrl, nsIMsgWindow *aMsgWindow, nsISupports * aConsumer);
+  // a convience routine to go from folder uri to msg folder
+  nsresult GetFolderFromUri(const char *uri, nsIMsgFolder **folder);
+  nsresult DecomposeNewsMessageURI(const char * aMessageURI, nsIMsgFolder ** aFolder, nsMsgKey *aMsgKey);
+
+  bool              mPrintingOperation; // Flag for printing operations
+  bool        mOpenAttachmentOperation; // Flag for opening attachments
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsICacheStorage> mCacheStorage; // the cache storage used by news
+};
+
+#endif /* nsNntpService_h___ */
diff --git a/mailnews/news/src/nsNntpUrl.cpp b/mailnews/news/src/nsNntpUrl.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5cdc3ba8d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/news/src/nsNntpUrl.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,578 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "msgCore.h"    // precompiled header...
+
+#include "nsIURL.h"
+#include "nsNntpUrl.h"
+
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsNewsUtils.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+
+#include "nntpCore.h"
+
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsIMsgDatabase.h"
+#include "nsMsgDBCID.h"
+#include "nsMsgNewsCID.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolder.h"
+#include "nsIMsgNewsFolder.h"
+#include "nsINntpService.h"
+#include "nsIMsgMessageService.h"
+#include "nsIMsgAccountManager.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+
+
+nsNntpUrl::nsNntpUrl()
+{
+  m_newsgroupPost = nullptr;
+  m_newsAction = nsINntpUrl::ActionUnknown;
+  m_addDummyEnvelope = false;
+  m_canonicalLineEnding = false;
+  m_filePath = nullptr;
+  m_getOldMessages = false;
+  m_key = nsMsgKey_None;
+}
+
+nsNntpUrl::~nsNntpUrl()
+{
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ADDREF_INHERITED(nsNntpUrl, nsMsgMailNewsUrl)
+NS_IMPL_RELEASE_INHERITED(nsNntpUrl, nsMsgMailNewsUrl)
+
+NS_INTERFACE_MAP_BEGIN(nsNntpUrl)
+   NS_INTERFACE_MAP_ENTRY_AMBIGUOUS(nsISupports, nsINntpUrl)
+   NS_INTERFACE_MAP_ENTRY(nsINntpUrl)
+   NS_INTERFACE_MAP_ENTRY(nsIMsgMessageUrl)
+   NS_INTERFACE_MAP_ENTRY(nsIMsgI18NUrl)
+NS_INTERFACE_MAP_END_INHERITING(nsMsgMailNewsUrl)
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Begin nsINntpUrl specific support
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+/* News URI parsing explanation:
+ * We support 3 different news URI schemes, essentially boiling down to 8
+ * different formats:
+ * news://host/group
+ * news://host/message
+ * news://host/
+ * news:group
+ * news:message
+ * nntp://host/group
+ * nntp://host/group/key
+ * news-message://host/group#key
+ *
+ * In addition, we use queries on the news URIs with authorities for internal
+ * NNTP processing. The most important one is ?group=group&key=key, for cache
+ * canonicalization.
+ */
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNntpUrl::SetSpec(const nsACString &aSpec)
+{
+  // For [s]news: URIs, we need to munge the spec if it is no authority, because
+  // the URI parser guesses the wrong thing otherwise
+  nsCString parseSpec(aSpec);
+  int32_t colon = parseSpec.Find(":");
+
+  // Our smallest scheme is 4 characters long, so colon must be at least 4
+  if (colon < 4 || colon + 1 == (int32_t) parseSpec.Length())
+    return NS_ERROR_MALFORMED_URI;
+
+  if (Substring(parseSpec, colon - 4, 4).EqualsLiteral("news") &&
+      parseSpec[colon + 1] != '/')
+  {
+    // To make this parse properly, we add in three slashes, which convinces the
+    // parser that the authority component is empty.
+    parseSpec = Substring(aSpec, 0, colon + 1);
+    parseSpec.AppendLiteral("///");
+    parseSpec += Substring(aSpec, colon + 1);
+  }
+
+  nsresult rv = nsMsgMailNewsUrl::SetSpec(parseSpec);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  nsAutoCString scheme;
+  rv = GetScheme(scheme);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  if (scheme.EqualsLiteral("news") || scheme.EqualsLiteral("snews"))
+    rv = ParseNewsURL();
+  else if (scheme.EqualsLiteral("nntp") || scheme.EqualsLiteral("nntps"))
+    rv = ParseNntpURL();
+  else if (scheme.EqualsLiteral("news-message"))
+  {
+    nsAutoCString spec;
+    rv = GetSpec(spec);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    rv = nsParseNewsMessageURI(spec.get(), m_group, &m_key);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, NS_ERROR_MALFORMED_URI);
+  }
+  else
+    return NS_ERROR_MALFORMED_URI;
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  rv = DetermineNewsAction();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsNntpUrl::ParseNewsURL()
+{
+  // The path here is the group/msgid portion
+  nsAutoCString path;
+  nsresult rv = GetFilePath(path);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // Drop the potential beginning from the path
+  if (path.Length() && path[0] == '/')
+    path = Substring(path, 1);
+
+  // The presence of an `@' is a sign we have a msgid
+  if (path.Find("@") != -1 || path.Find("%40") != -1)
+  {
+    MsgUnescapeString(path, 0, m_messageID);
+
+    // Set group, key for ?group=foo&key=123 uris
+    nsAutoCString spec;
+    rv = GetSpec(spec);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    int32_t groupPos = spec.Find(kNewsURIGroupQuery); // find ?group=
+    int32_t keyPos   = spec.Find(kNewsURIKeyQuery);   // find &key=
+    if (groupPos != kNotFound && keyPos != kNotFound)
+    {
+      // get group name and message key
+      m_group = Substring(spec, groupPos + kNewsURIGroupQueryLen,
+                          keyPos - groupPos - kNewsURIGroupQueryLen);
+      nsCString keyStr(Substring(spec, keyPos + kNewsURIKeyQueryLen));
+      m_key = keyStr.ToInteger(&rv, 10);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, NS_ERROR_MALFORMED_URI);
+    }
+  }
+  else
+    MsgUnescapeString(path, 0, m_group);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsNntpUrl::ParseNntpURL()
+{
+  nsAutoCString path;
+  nsresult rv = GetFilePath(path);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  if (path.Length() > 0 && path[0] == '/')
+    path = Substring(path, 1);
+
+  if (path.IsEmpty())
+    return NS_ERROR_MALFORMED_URI;
+
+  int32_t slash = path.FindChar('/');
+  if (slash == -1)
+  {
+    m_group = path;
+    m_key = nsMsgKey_None;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    m_group = Substring(path, 0, slash);
+    nsAutoCString keyStr;
+    keyStr = Substring(path, slash + 1);
+    m_key = keyStr.ToInteger(&rv, 10);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, NS_ERROR_MALFORMED_URI);
+
+    // Keys must be at least one
+    if (m_key == 0)
+      return NS_ERROR_MALFORMED_URI;
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsNntpUrl::DetermineNewsAction()
+{
+  nsAutoCString path;
+  nsresult rv = nsMsgMailNewsUrl::GetPath(path);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  nsAutoCString query;
+  rv = GetQuery(query);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  if (query.EqualsLiteral("cancel"))
+  {
+    m_newsAction = nsINntpUrl::ActionCancelArticle;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  if (query.EqualsLiteral("list-ids"))
+  {
+    m_newsAction = nsINntpUrl::ActionListIds;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  if (query.EqualsLiteral("newgroups"))
+  {
+    m_newsAction = nsINntpUrl::ActionListNewGroups;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  if (StringBeginsWith(query, NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("search")))
+  {
+    m_newsAction = nsINntpUrl::ActionSearch;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  if (StringBeginsWith(query, NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("part=")) ||
+      query.Find("&part=") > 0)
+  {
+    // news://news.mozilla.org:119/3B98D201.3020100%40cs.com?part=1
+    // news://news.mozilla.org:119/b58dme%24aia2%40ripley.netscape.com?header=print&part=1.2&type=image/jpeg&filename=Pole.jpg
+    m_newsAction = nsINntpUrl::ActionFetchPart;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  if (!m_messageID.IsEmpty() || m_key != nsMsgKey_None)
+  {
+    m_newsAction = nsINntpUrl::ActionFetchArticle;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  if (m_group.Find("*") >= 0)
+  {
+    // If the group is a wildmat, list groups instead of grabbing a group.
+    m_newsAction = nsINntpUrl::ActionListGroups;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  if (!m_group.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    m_newsAction = nsINntpUrl::ActionGetNewNews;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  // At this point, we have a URI that contains neither a query, a group, nor a
+  // message ID. Ergo, we don't know what it is.
+  m_newsAction = nsINntpUrl::ActionUnknown;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNntpUrl::SetGetOldMessages(bool aGetOldMessages)
+{
+  m_getOldMessages = aGetOldMessages;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNntpUrl::GetGetOldMessages(bool * aGetOldMessages)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(aGetOldMessages);
+  *aGetOldMessages = m_getOldMessages;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNntpUrl::GetNewsAction(nsNewsAction *aNewsAction)
+{
+  if (aNewsAction)
+    *aNewsAction = m_newsAction;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNntpUrl::SetNewsAction(nsNewsAction aNewsAction)
+{
+  m_newsAction = aNewsAction;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNntpUrl::GetGroup(nsACString &group)
+{
+  group = m_group;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNntpUrl::GetMessageID(nsACString &messageID)
+{
+  messageID = m_messageID;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNntpUrl::GetKey(nsMsgKey *key)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(key);
+  *key = m_key;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNntpUrl::GetPrincipalSpec(nsACString& aPrincipalSpec)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNntpUrl::SetUri(const char * aURI)
+{
+  mURI = aURI;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// from nsIMsgMessageUrl
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNntpUrl::GetUri(char ** aURI)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  // if we have been given a uri to associate with this url, then use it
+  // otherwise try to reconstruct a URI on the fly....
+  if (mURI.IsEmpty()) {
+    nsAutoCString spec;
+    rv = GetSpec(spec);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+    mURI = spec;
+  }
+
+  *aURI = ToNewCString(mURI);
+  if (!*aURI) return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+  return rv;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMPL_GETSET(nsNntpUrl, AddDummyEnvelope, bool, m_addDummyEnvelope)
+NS_IMPL_GETSET(nsNntpUrl, CanonicalLineEnding, bool, m_canonicalLineEnding)
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNntpUrl::SetMessageFile(nsIFile * aFile)
+{
+  m_messageFile = aFile;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNntpUrl::GetMessageFile(nsIFile ** aFile)
+{
+  if (aFile)
+    NS_IF_ADDREF(*aFile = m_messageFile);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// End nsINntpUrl specific support
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+nsresult nsNntpUrl::SetMessageToPost(nsINNTPNewsgroupPost *post)
+{
+  m_newsgroupPost = post;
+  if (post)
+    SetNewsAction(nsINntpUrl::ActionPostArticle);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsNntpUrl::GetMessageToPost(nsINNTPNewsgroupPost **aPost)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aPost);
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aPost = m_newsgroupPost);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNntpUrl::SetMessageHeader(nsIMsgDBHdr *aMsgHdr)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNntpUrl::GetMessageHeader(nsIMsgDBHdr ** aMsgHdr)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsINntpService> nntpService = do_GetService(NS_NNTPSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgMessageService> msgService = do_QueryInterface(nntpService, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  nsAutoCString spec(mOriginalSpec);
+  if (spec.IsEmpty()) {
+    // Handle the case where necko directly runs an internal news:// URL,
+    // one that looks like news://host/message-id?group=mozilla.announce&key=15
+    // Other sorts of URLs -- e.g. news://host/message-id -- will not succeed.
+    rv = GetSpec(spec);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+
+  return msgService->MessageURIToMsgHdr(spec.get(), aMsgHdr);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNntpUrl::IsUrlType(uint32_t type, bool *isType)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(isType);
+
+  switch(type)
+  {
+    case nsIMsgMailNewsUrl::eDisplay:
+      *isType = (m_newsAction == nsINntpUrl::ActionFetchArticle);
+      break;
+    default:
+      *isType = false;
+  };
+
+  return NS_OK;
+
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpUrl::GetOriginalSpec(char **aSpec)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aSpec);
+    *aSpec = ToNewCString(mOriginalSpec);
+    if (!*aSpec) return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpUrl::SetOriginalSpec(const char *aSpec)
+{
+    mOriginalSpec = aSpec;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpUrl::GetServer(nsIMsgIncomingServer **aServer)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aServer);
+  
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsAutoCString scheme, user, host;
+
+  GetScheme(scheme);
+  GetUsername(user);
+  GetHost(host);
+
+  // No authority -> no server
+  if (host.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    *aServer = nullptr;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  // Looking up the server...
+  // news-message is used purely internally, so it can never refer to the real
+  // attribute. nntp is never used internally, so it probably refers to the real
+  // one. news is used both internally and externally, so it could refer to
+  // either one. We'll assume it's an internal one first, though.
+  bool isNews = scheme.EqualsLiteral("news") || scheme.EqualsLiteral("snews");
+  bool isNntp = scheme.EqualsLiteral("nntp") || scheme.EqualsLiteral("nntps");
+  
+  bool tryReal = isNntp;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccountManager> accountManager = 
+    do_GetService(NS_MSGACCOUNTMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // Ignoring return results: it is perfectly acceptable for the server to not
+  // exist, but FindServer (and not FindRealServer) throws NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED
+  // in this case.
+  *aServer = nullptr;
+  if (tryReal)
+    accountManager->FindRealServer(user, host, NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("nntp"), 0,
+      aServer);
+  else
+    accountManager->FindServer(user, host, NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("nntp"), aServer);
+  if (!*aServer && (isNews || isNntp))
+  {
+    // Didn't find it, try the other option
+    if (tryReal)
+      accountManager->FindServer(user, host, NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("nntp"),
+        aServer);
+    else
+      accountManager->FindRealServer(user, host, NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("nntp"), 0,
+        aServer);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNntpUrl::GetFolder(nsIMsgFolder **msgFolder)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(msgFolder);
+
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+  rv = GetServer(getter_AddRefs(server));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // Need a server and a group to get the folder
+  if (!server || m_group.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    *msgFolder = nullptr;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  // Find the group on the server
+  nsCOMPtr<nsINntpIncomingServer> nntpServer = do_QueryInterface(server, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  bool hasGroup = false;
+  rv = nntpServer->ContainsNewsgroup(m_group, &hasGroup);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  if (!hasGroup)
+  {
+    *msgFolder = nullptr;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgNewsFolder> newsFolder;
+  rv = nntpServer->FindGroup(m_group, getter_AddRefs(newsFolder));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  return newsFolder->QueryInterface(NS_GET_IID(nsIMsgFolder), (void**)msgFolder);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNntpUrl::GetFolderCharset(char **aCharacterSet)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder;
+  nsresult rv = GetFolder(getter_AddRefs(folder));
+  // don't assert here.  this can happen if there is no message folder
+  // like when we display a news://host/message-id url
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !folder)
+    return rv;
+  nsCString tmpStr;
+  rv = folder->GetCharset(tmpStr);
+  *aCharacterSet = ToNewCString(tmpStr);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNntpUrl::GetFolderCharsetOverride(bool * aCharacterSetOverride)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder;
+  nsresult rv = GetFolder(getter_AddRefs(folder));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(folder, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+  rv = folder->GetCharsetOverride(aCharacterSetOverride);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNntpUrl::GetCharsetOverRide(char ** aCharacterSet)
+{
+  if (!mCharsetOverride.IsEmpty())
+    *aCharacterSet = ToNewCString(mCharsetOverride);
+  else
+    *aCharacterSet = nullptr;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNntpUrl::SetCharsetOverRide(const char * aCharacterSet)
+{
+  mCharsetOverride = aCharacterSet;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNntpUrl::CloneInternal(uint32_t aRefHandlingMode,
+                                       const nsACString& newRef,
+                                       nsIURI **_retval)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  rv = nsMsgMailNewsUrl::CloneInternal(aRefHandlingMode, newRef, _retval);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMessageUrl> newsurl = do_QueryInterface(*_retval, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  return newsurl->SetUri(mURI.get());
+}
+
diff --git a/mailnews/news/src/nsNntpUrl.h b/mailnews/news/src/nsNntpUrl.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..db040a395
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/news/src/nsNntpUrl.h
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsNntpUrl_h__
+#define nsNntpUrl_h__
+
+#include "nsINntpUrl.h"
+#include "nsMsgMailNewsUrl.h"
+#include "nsINNTPNewsgroupPost.h"
+#include "nsIFile.h"
+
+class nsNntpUrl : public nsINntpUrl, public nsMsgMailNewsUrl, public nsIMsgMessageUrl, public nsIMsgI18NUrl
+{
+public:
+  NS_DECL_NSINNTPURL
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGMESSAGEURL
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGI18NURL
+
+  // nsIURI over-ride...
+  NS_IMETHOD SetSpec(const nsACString &aSpec) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD IsUrlType(uint32_t type, bool *isType) override;
+
+  // nsIMsgMailNewsUrl overrides
+  NS_IMETHOD GetServer(nsIMsgIncomingServer **server) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetFolder(nsIMsgFolder **msgFolder) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD CloneInternal(uint32_t aRefHandlingMode,
+                           const nsACString& newRef,nsIURI **_retval) override;
+
+  // nsNntpUrl
+  nsNntpUrl();
+
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED
+
+private:
+  virtual ~nsNntpUrl();
+  nsresult DetermineNewsAction();
+  nsresult ParseNewsURL();
+  nsresult ParseNntpURL();
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsINNTPNewsgroupPost> m_newsgroupPost;
+  nsNewsAction m_newsAction; // the action this url represents...parse mailbox, display messages, etc.
+
+  nsCString mURI; // the RDF URI associated with this url.
+  nsCString mCharsetOverride; // used by nsIMsgI18NUrl...
+
+  nsCString mOriginalSpec;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIFile>  m_filePath;
+
+  // used by save message to disk
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> m_messageFile;
+
+  bool          m_addDummyEnvelope;
+  bool          m_canonicalLineEnding;
+  bool          m_getOldMessages;
+
+  nsCString m_group;
+  nsCString m_messageID;
+  nsMsgKey m_key;
+};
+
+#endif // nsNntpUrl_h__